Conference Agenda
Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).
|
Session Overview |
Date: Monday, 26/Aug/2024 | |
8:45 - 9:30 | 99 ERC SES 00: Welcoming Newcomers to ERC Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Welcome for ERC newcomers |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Welcoming Newcomers to ERC 1University College London; 2University of Padova; 3Ankara University; 4University of Hamburg; 5KU Leuven; 6Leeds Beckett University Presenting Author:Welcoming Newcomers to ERC |
9:30 - 10:00 | 99 ERC SES 01 A: ERC Opening Ceremony Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid ERC Opening |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events ERC Opening Ceremony 1University of Padua (Italy), Italy; 2EERA President, Norway Presenting Author:ERC Opening Ceremony |
10:00 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 02 A: ERC Interactive Session: Inquiring with data: Large-scale surveys and learning analytics in educational research and practice Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Maria Meletiou-Mavrotheris Interactive Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Inquiring with Data: Large-scale Surveys & Learning Analytics in Educational Research & Practice 1European University Cypru, Cyprus; 2University of Cyprus Presenting Author:Educational research is characterized by its embrace of diverse theories, methodological approaches, and data analysis techniques, enabling researchers to investigate a wide range of phenomena related to learning, teaching, and schooling. Large-scale surveys in education have been around since the early 20th century, providing data about students’ academic achievement and background characteristics, along with relevant information in different contexts (e.g., family, instructional, institutional) and levels of the educational system. As data became more complex and abundant due to the emergence of computer-based tools and technologies, such as computerized assessments, virtual learning environments, and learning management systems, new approaches have been developed to extract meaningful interpretations from the evidence gathered, for instance, Learning Analytics. Learning Analytics research aims to enhance learning by processing information about students and their contexts within the learning environment. It typically involves gathering data on factors such as login frequency and time spent on online platforms to analyze student engagement, habits, and online social interactions. Statistical techniques such as clustering and prediction are then applied to derive insights from this data. Research with large-scale assessment and survey data often focuses on testing theoretical hypotheses regarding factors associated with academic achievement or on evaluating the effectiveness of educational policies through statistical modeling techniques such as structural equation and multilevel modelling. Additionally, it addresses measurement and methodological inquiries, such as investigating the properties of survey instruments or exploring the patterns of student responses to various question types. While opportunities to gain deeper insights into student learning have increased with the accumulation of vast amounts of information over time, concerns about privacy and ethics have also arisen. For instance, statistical algorithms applied to make predictions are biased and serve to perpetuate already existing inequalities. In this interactive session, two researchers based in Cyprus, Michalis Michaelides and Ioulia Televantou, discuss the potential of large-scale assessment surveys and learning analytics to inform educational research and practice. They draw on real-world examples from existing studies showcasing both the strengths and limitations of the two approaches in an empirical manner. With their presentation, they aspire to spur a discussion in the audience on the extent to which these methodological frameworks can be of use for the scope of their research. |
11:00 - 11:30 | Break 01: ERC Coffee Break |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 A: Ignite Talks Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Ignite Talks Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Enhancing Science Teachers’ Pedagogical Practices in Inquiry Based Laboratory Activity Approach towards Sustainable Science Education:A Critical Participatory Action Research Study UPSI, Malaysia Presenting Author:The research aims at enhancing pedagogical practices of developing professional development with science teachers through inquiry based laboratory activity approach towards sustainable science education in Malaysia. The research will further explore on possibility of collaboratively develop materials, ways of implement the teaching and learning materials and reveal the impact to participating teachers. Investigations are indeed about empowering children to apply knowledge, but it is essential that the teacher acts as a skilful mediator in the process (Gott et al.,1995). Hence the research centred on the following inquiries: 1) In what ways do participating teachers collaboratively develop, implement and evaluate the science teaching and learning materials that aligned with scientific literacy skills and sustainable issues? 2) To what extend does inquiry based laboratory activity influence science teacher’s to promote scientific literacy and sustainable issues in their classroom? The research is based on the Interconnected Model of Teacher Professional Growth proposed by Clarke and Hollingsworth (2002) that encompasses four domains of change in teachers' professional environment include the personal domain (comprising knowledge, beliefs, and attitude), the domain of practice (involving professional experi- mentation), the domain of consequence (related to student learning) and the domain of the culture of the school (related to student learning) (Willems & Bossche, 2019). The model suggests a non-linear and recursive process for teacher professional growth, capturing the dynamics among the different domains. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In accordance with a critical participatory action research as a research design (Kemmis et al., 2014), the research will be carried out in three consecutive qualitative stages. i) Reconnaissance involving focus group discussions (FGD) that establishing a public spheres with thematic analysis and respondent validation with democratic validity ii) Action plan (Planning and Enacting) involving researcher’ field notes, teaching and learning documents, reflective journals, conservations, video and audio recordings, structured observational notes/checklist and Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis (Smith,2013) with expert validation, dialogic and process validity iiii) Reflecting involving focus group discussions and thematic analysis (Clarke & Braun, 2014) with outcome validity. Based on the preceding steps, the study employs a variety of data collection methods. Eight teachers and eight groups of students (a total of 90 are expected) will be recruited (purposive sampling). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study will cast light on the current state of pedagogical practices in inquiry based laboratory activity approach towards sustainable science education in Malaysia. Research is required to unravel teacher’s understanding of inquiry based laboratory activity approach and their long-term professional development with sustainable issues related to the scientific literacy skills. As a results, the findings will pave ways for teachers to develop learning materials echos with national vision. References Abd‐El‐Khalick, F., Boujaoude, S., Duschl, R., Lederman, N. G., Mamlok‐Naaman, R., Hofstein, A., Niaz, M., Treagust, D., & Tuan, H. L. (2004). Inquiry in science education: International perspectives. Science Education, 88 (3), 397–419. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.10118 Banchi, H., & Bell, R. (2008). The Many Levels of Inquiry.Science and Children, 46(2), 26–29. Bybee, R. W. (1997). Achieving scientific literacy: From purposes to practices. Heinemann. Bresser, R., & Fargason, S. (2023). Becoming scientists: Inquiry‐based teaching in diverse classrooms, Grades 3‐5. Abingdon: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781032680620 Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297–298. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18 (8), 947–967. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742051X(02)00053-7 Constantinou, C. P., Tsivitanidou, O. E., & Rybska, E. (2018). What is inquiry‐based science teaching and learning? In O. E. Tsivitanidou, P. Gray, E. Rybska, L. Louca, & C. P. Constantinou (Eds.), Professional Development for Inquiry‐based Science Teaching and Learning (pp. 1–23). Dortrecht: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978‐3‐319‐91406‐0_1 Dewey, J. (1938). Logic: The Theory of Inquiry. In John Dewey: The Later Works (12th ed., pp. 1925–1953). Carbondale, IL: SIU Press. Feldman, A., Altrichter, H., Posch, P., & Somekh, B. (2018). Teachers Investigate Their Work: An introduction to action research across the professions (3rd ed.). Routledge. Gott, R., & Duggan, S. (1995). Investigative Work in the Science Curriculum. Herbert, S., & Rainford, M. (2014). Developing a model for continuous professional development by action research. Professional Development in Education, 40 (2), 243–264. Kemmis, S. (2006). Participatory action research and the public sphere. Educational Action Research, 14(4), 459–476. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Lewis, C. C., Perry, R., Friedkin, S., & Roth, J. R. (2012). Improving Teaching Does Improve Teachers. Journal of Teacher Education, 63, 368–375. McTaggart, R. (1998). Is validity really an issue for participatory action research? Studies in Cultures, Organizations and Societies, 4(2), 211–236. Smith, J. A. (2013). Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis: Theory, Method and Research. London, UK: Sage Publications. Schwab, J. J. (1962). The Teaching of Science as Enquiry. In J. J. Schwab & P. F. Brandwein (Eds.), The Teaching of Science (pp. 1–104). London: Oxford University Press. Willems, I., & Bossche, P. (2019). Lesson study effectiveness for teachers’ professional learning: A best evidence synthesis. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies,8(4), 257–271.https://doi.org/10.1108/ijlls-04-2019-0031 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) "Developing of Educational Competence Among University Teachers in Lithuania: Regulations Vs. Reality." Klaipeda University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Topic description. The topic of my presentation is one part of my PhD thesis research on development of educational competence among university teachers in different cultural environment, which contains thematic content analysis of the regulations of Lithuanian universities and semi-structured interview which well be taken in the framework of the research. The primary stage of the research is thematic content analysis of all regulation documents about developing educational competence among universaity teachers in Lithuania. The main research question of this presentation. HOW THE EDUCATIONAL COMPETENCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM IN LITHUANIAN UNIVERSITIES COULD BE UPGRADED? Additional (secondary) research question: what is the gap between the regulation texts and the real educational competence situation of the Lithuanian universities? Relevance of the research. In the fast changing environment of the world educational processes the relevant concepts of the competence and educational competence are always changing (Lennon-Harmon, 2022; Enyon, Iuzzini, 2020; Carbone, 2021; Santoso, Lestari, 2019; Cebrian et al., 2020; Mahlanga, Moloto, 2022). So, despite there is a "common" theory backrounf like White (1959) and Chomsky's (1962) concepts of competence, this concept always can be updated to the current situation (Arifin, 2021). The definition of the educational competence is so flexible, that we are able to "compose" and/or interpretate this concept according to current situation: cultural, political environment, certain country, reagion or institution. This give a large potential for this research not only in Lithuanian, but also in very broad international context. The practical relevance of the topic. Many higher education institutions (universities and colleges) of Lithuania have an absolutely formal syste, of educational competence development of the teachers/professor. Mostly it contains just a number of hours, which should be spent in specialized events. So, the practical significance of this research is to provide new model, how the educational competences system among university teachers couold be upgraded. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research contains two major stages: I. Thematic content analysis of the documents of the Lithuanian universities, which regulate the system of developing the educational competence among the university students. On the first stage this will be very common content analysis to know the main points, which part of educational competence regulations should be concentrated on in the next (interviewing stage). During the content analysis of the regulatory documents the very modern Cardno (2018) approach will be used. This approach bases on using the regulatory document text as a practical tool. E.g., building proper questions "what this text could be used for". This is a very appropriate tool for concentrating on the MOST relevant points of the regulatory document text. II. Collecting semi-structured interviews from the younger university teachers (up to 5 years of university teaching experience). The younger colleagues are more preferrable interviewed, because in Lithuania most of the educational competence developing regulations are provided for younger university teachers, i. e. those, who have less than 10 year university teaching experience. After that the documents text analysis results will be compared to the interview content analysis results, the main "regulations vs. reality" will be described. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main expected outcome: Which certain points of the regulatory documents for developing educational competences among university teachers are really practically working for improving the educational competence training among the university teachers. There will be also few secondary expected outcomes of the research. 1. The practically effective measures, described in the regulatory documents. 2. Less practically effective measures, which are described in the regulatory documents, but are not that practically effective for university teachers' educational competence development. 3. The key points, mentioned by interviewed university teachers, how university teachers' educational competences cuold be developed. 4. Summarizing results of the document analysis and interview thematic content analysis and building possibly effective upgrades on educational competence improvement measures. References Carbone, A. (2021). The ripple effect: How the Australian Awards for University Teachers (AAUT) build and maintain excellence in teaching and learning across the nation. Journal of University Teaching & Learning Practice, 18(6), 12-17. Cardno, C. (2018). Policy Document Analysis: A Practical Educational Leadership Tool and a Qualitative Research Method. Educational Administration: Theory & Practice, 24(4), 623-640. Eynon, B., & Iuzzini, J. (2020). Teaching & Learning Toolkit: A Research-Based Guide to Building a Culture of Teaching & Learning Excellence. Achieving the Dream. Mahlangu, V. P., & Moloto, B. M. (2022). Strategic Competencies and Skills for Future University Leaders: Creating More Agile Universities. In Leadership and Management Strategies for Creating Agile Universities (pp. 169-181). IGI Global. Santoso, A., & Lestari, S. (2019). The roles of technology literacy and technology integration to improve students’ teaching competencies. KnE Social Sciences, 243-256. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Implementation of Wellbeing Programs and Practices in a Primary School Context: Teachers’ and Students’ Perspectives UNSW, Australia Presenting Author:The high rates of depression and suicide amongst teenagers highlights the need for more preventative mental health and wellbeing measures to be in place from an earlier age. Government initiatives such as wellbeing programs and practices are being implemented into schools. There has been considerable variance in their effects, however, likely due to factors relating to implementation (Durlak, 2016). The purpose of the proposed study is to explore how wellbeing programs are being carried out in primary schools. The aim is to highlight the opportunities and challenges that teachers have with school-based wellbeing programs and how their related practices are perceived by students. Therefore, the research questions include:
The Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) (Cane et al., 2012) will be used as the theoretical framework for the study. The framework consists of 14 domains (1) Knowledge; (2) Skills; (3) Social/Professional Role and Identity; (4) Beliefs and Capability; (5) Optimism; (6) Beliefs about Consequences; (7) Reinforcement; (8) Intentions; (9) Goals; (10) Memory, Attention and Decision Processes; (11) Environmental Context and Resources; (12) Social Influences; (13) Emotion; and (14) Behavioural Regulation. These domains will be used alongside implementation fidelity indicators (Dane & Schneider, 1998) to understand barriers and facilitators to wellbeing program implementation. By utilising the TDF and implementation fidelity indicators to explore teachers' and students' perspectives of wellbeing programs that have been implemented in schools, we can begin to understand what conditions are needed to increase the uptake of effective wellbeing programs and practices and explain why variance in implementation and effectiveness of programs occurs (Durlak & DuPre, 2008). A recent systematic review that was conducted to identify articles that explored teachers’ views and experiences of implementing mental health and wellbeing programs found only seven studies (Goodwin et al., 2023), two of which were conducted in Australia. Evidently, there is a need to explore this area as programs are increasingly implemented into schools. Furthermore, although behavioural interventions are often guided by theory, in practice they are often not or are only minimally (Michie & Prestwich, 2010). Similarly, studies identified in Goodwin and colleagues (2023) review lack a theoretical framework when constructing questions for teachers and analysis is often undertaken through exploration of themes that were discussed (e.g., in interviews), without attributing these themes to any framework. The authors recommend future research to adopt more robust methodological approaches. Providing a theoretical framework such as this will help to develop a better foundation for exploring and analysing teachers’ and students’ perspectives of wellbeing programs/practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research aims or questions will be addressed using a qualitative two-phase case study research design that will include semi-structured interviews and focus groups. Primary school teachers and their students in K-6 classes at government schools in NSW, Australia will be invited if they have recently or currently implemented (e.g., within one school year) a wellbeing program. These methodology and target populations are appropriate to answer the research questions because they will enable an in-depth exploration of how current wellbeing program/s are perceived by teachers and students in NSW primary schools. Specifically, qualitative data will be collected from teachers through in-person interviews and preliminarily analysed (Phase 1) before collecting data from their students via focus groups (Phase 2). This qualitative design will allow for the exploration of a phenomenon (wellbeing program implementation) from a teachers’ perspective through interviews, before confirming questions for focus groups with students. The synthesis of data from the two phases of the study will be undertaken at the time of interpretation of the results (after Phase 2). This design is suggested to be particularly suitable for implementation research as it provides a practical way to understand multiple perspectives and multiple types of outcomes (Peters et al., 2013). To analyse the data, teacher interview transcripts will be read and considered in relation to the domains from the TDF and then attributed to one or more of the domains. Then thematic analysis will be undertaken as an inductive approach for the remaining data. The data will then be coded into barriers and facilitators to implementation. These barriers and facilitators may then be discussed in relation to teachers’ capability, opportunity, and motivation to interpret meaning from the interviews (Hsiegh & Shannon, 2005). This data will then be used to develop and conduct student focus groups in the second phase. A similar approach will be undertaken for the student data, consisting of transcribing the recording, attributing the data to one or more domains, and then conducting a thematic analysis. Finally, the data will be triangulated with the interview data by using the previous frameworks and themes. For instance, students’ attitudes towards the program may be compared across schools and then triangulated with the teacher interview data by examining questions such as those relating to teacher’s social and environmental influences (e.g., to explore whether teacher/school-related factors may be associated with students’ attitudes towards the program). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By exploring teachers' and students' perspectives of wellbeing programs that have been implemented in schools, we can begin to understand what conditions are needed to increase the uptake of effective wellbeing programs and practices and explain why variance in implementation and effectiveness of programs occurs (Durlak & DuPre, 2008). The TDF can be used to highlight specific domains such as knowledge, skills, environmental context and resources, social influence etc. that may impact the effectiveness of wellbeing programs. We may find, for example, that teachers lack sufficient time and are provided with inadequate support from colleagues or administration such as their principal. Furthermore, students’ perspectives such as their attitudes towards the program may be influenced by various factors such as their teachers’ prior beliefs and capability, optimism, and behavioural regulation. Highlighting such barriers to implementation may support understanding of where/how to allocate further resources towards wellbeing programs to improve future implementation. References Cane, J., O’Connor, D., & Michie, S. (2012). Validation of the theoretical domains framework for use in behaviour change and implementation research. Implementation science, 7, 1-17. Dane, A.V.; Schneider, B.H. (1998). Program Integrity in primary and early secondary prevention: Are implementation effects out of control? Clinical Psychology Review, 18, 23–45. Durlak, J. A. (2016). Programme implementation in social and emotional learning: basic issues and research findings. Cambridge Journal of Education, 46(3), 333-345. Durlak, J. A., & DuPre, E. P. (2008). Implementation matters: A review of research on the influence of implementation on program outcomes and the factors affecting implementation. American Journal of Community Psychology, 41, 327-350. Goodwin, J., Behan, L., & O’Brien, N. (2023). Teachers’ views and experiences of student mental health and well-being programmes: A systematic review. Journal of Child & Adolescent Mental Health, 1-20. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288. Michie, S., & Prestwich, A. (2010). Are interventions theory-based? Development of a theory coding scheme. Health Psychology, 29(1), 1. Peters, D. H., Adam, T., Alonge, O., Agyepong, I. A., & Tran, N. (2013). Implementation research: what it is and how to do it. Bmj, 347. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) How to Research Inclusion in Elementary School in Cooperation with Pupils: Reflections from a Research Project in Norway. Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim, Norway Presenting Author:The starting point of this study is the belief that pupils are valuable resources for research projects on inclusion in elementary schools. Thus, the objective of this research project is to let pupils` voices be heard from the beginning so that their voices will contribute to designing the research project`s focus areas. They are, after all, the experts on their own experiences and views (Alderson, 2008). This research project is about our experiences as researchers with co-creating a research project with pupils about inclusion. We want to find out with the pupils what matters to themselves when it comes to inclusion in their school life. What do they experience as inclusive or exclusive practices? What is it that really matters to them? And how can researchers co-operate with pupils to explore these questions? A lot of research has been conducted on different aspects of inclusive education in the educational field as reflected in many different literature reviews (Nilholm, 2021). However, the research that has been conducted is mostly theoretical and does not focus on the realization of inclusive education in different settings in practice (Göransson & Nilholm 2014). What is missing is the perception of children on defining inclusion in education (Qvortrup & Qvortrup, 2018), and even more importantly how children experience inclusion in their daily lives (Mittler, 2000). As Mittler (2000) states “it is the day-to-day experiences of children in classrooms that define the quality of their participation” (p. 95). This highlights the need for a new research entry in the field of education on inclusion that is based on practical experiences, from pupil`s voices. This is one of the reasons why some researchers have taken the step “inside” the school to investigate the concept of inclusion from the perspective of pupils. Adderley et al. (2015) highlight the importance of the pupils' perspective and that they can provide valuable insight into how teachers' practices can promote or hinder their experience of inclusion in the classroom. Messiou (2019) argues that pupils can become resources for change and the development of inclusive practices provided that they are listened to. Kleeberg-Niepage et al. (2022) describe in their study that pupils can provide important insight into success factors for inclusive practices at secondary school. In pupil-based investigations into how pupils themselves experience school, Arnesen (2020) found various examples of processes that pupils experience as including or excluding. Arnesen (2020) gained an insight into pupils' experiences both in terms of pupil-pupil relationships and teacher-pupil relationships, as well as how positive and negative cycles can be created in the social interaction at school (Arnesen, 2020). Tangen (2022) emphasizes that children are important voices in research and argues that listening to pupils' voices promotes inclusion. She suggests that a good school life can only be developed by seeing it from the pupils' own perspective (Tangen 2022). Uthus and Sivertsen (2023) have also found, through their studies in the field of practice, that teachers themselves demand a pupil-oriented perspective on inclusion. These previously done research projects emphasize the importance of pupils' voices in research on inclusion in their school life. This project is about our experiences as researchers with using co-creating processes in the research field of inclusion and not about the empirical data that we collected. We want to focus on the co-creating process together with the pupils regarding inclusion while focusing on the following research questions:
Research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research project is a “participatory research” project (Macaulay et al., 2011; Salsberg et al., 2015 in Askheim et al. 2019, p.15) where pupils are contributing actors. That means that our research is based on co-operation with pupils during the entire project. The researchers used two different methods to listen to pupils’ voices – a participatory workshop and photovoice. Participatory workshop is a method used to generate knowledge on inclusion together with the pupils (Veale, 2005). The participatory workshop was designed to give the pupils an opportunity to take a role in the decision process. They could determine which topics they wanted the researcher to focus on regarding inclusion in school life. Additionally, they could express some thoughts on how they wanted the research to be conducted (Mason & Danby, 2011). Three groups of pupils and their teachers from three different primary school classes were included. The workshop took place during a school day. In total did 13 pupils participated, age range 6-11 years old. The workshop was not part of data collection. It was meant to be a collaborative brainstorming together with the pupils, to give the researcher a starting point for focus areas and research design in further research. The research settings differed for each workshop session. One session took place while the children were on a trip, one during lunch and one in the classroom. The workshop's experience formed the interview questions which will be asked in the follow-up interviews. This way, the pupils have contributed to research design and relevant interview questions about what is important to them from the start. The method used to follow-up the participatory workshop was photovoice. Photovoice is used as a method in this project, for engaging children in research by letting them take pictures of phenomena (Abma, Breed, Lips, Schrijver, 2022). This research method can be useful for documenting the meaning of inclusion and a sense of belonging for children from diverse backgrounds and for documenting everyday school life experiences since these can be difficult to explain verbally. The photovoice is followed up by interviews with the children who have taken the pictures. In this project, the pupils got the task to take pictures of places, objects, and persons (unrecognizable) that are important to them at school. This gave them the opportunity to express their views on what they think the research about inclusion should focus on. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the participatory workshop, the pupils expressed that they wanted researchers to talk to them and ask them questions. The pupils also wanted the researchers to observe both pupils and teachers and how they interact. Our preliminary impression from the workshop is that this way of involving pupils from the start is very valuable. The things the pupils said during the workshop gave the teacher who was present information they did not have before. That, in turn, led to more conversations between teacher and pupils after the researcher had left. During those conversations the teacher uncovered forms of exclusion that they had not been aware of, and they started taking measures to improve the current situation for the pupils affected. In that way the workshop had an impact and led to development, even though no research data had been collected yet. From the coming research it is to be expected that we might uncover inclusive and exclusive practices that play a big role in the pupil's school life. We also assume that the pupils themselves will play a central role in finding potential solutions to challenges regarding exclusive practices. Our preliminary impression from using photovoice is that the children feel heard by using this method. They are eager to tell the researchers about the pictures they have taken and have ownership to the pictures they took. This leads to fruitful interviews about different aspects of inclusion and exclusion in their daily school lives. These results are considered as very important for both the school setting but also for the different general defining process of inclusion seen by the pupils´ their viewpoints. This perspective from the children would not have been available to us if we had not asked the pupils what they think researchers should do at their school. References Abma, T., Breed, M., Lips, S., & Schrijver, J. (2022). Whose Voice is It Really? Ethics of Photovoice With Children in Health Promotion. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211072419 Adderley, R.J., Hope, M.A., Hughes, G.C., Jones, L., Messiou, K. & Shaw, P.A. (2015). Exploring inclusive practices in primary schools: focusing on children’s voices. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 30(1), 106-121. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.964580. Alderson, P. (2008). Children as Researchers: Participation Rights and Research Methods. In P. J. Christensen, Allison (Ed.), Research With Children (pp. 292-306). United Kingdom: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203964576-21 Arnesen, A.L. (2020). Pedagogisk nærvær – Skolen som inkluderingsarena og risikosone. Universitetsforlaget. Askheim, O.P., Lid, I.M., Østensjø, S. (Eds) (2019). Samproduksjon i forskning – Forskning med nye aktører. Universitetsforlaget. Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 265-280. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933545 Kleeberg-Niepage, A., Brehme, D., Bendfeldt, L.M. & Jansen, K. (2022). What makes a good school? Perspectives of students at inclusive secondary schools in Germany. International Journal of Inclusive Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2022.2136772 Mason, J., & Danby, S. (2011). Children as Experts in Their Lives: Child Inclusive Research. Child Indicators Research, 4(2), 185-189. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-011-9108-4 Messiou, K. (2019). The missing voices: students as a catalyst for promoting inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 768-781. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1623326 Mittler, P. (2000). Working Towards Inclusive Education Social Contexts. David Fulton Publishers.mi Nilholm, C. (2021). Research about inclusive education in 2020 – How can we improve our theories in order to change practice? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(3), 358-370. Qvortrup, A., & Qvortrup, L. (2018). Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education. International journal of inclusive education, 22(7), 803-817. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1412506 Tangen, R. (2022). Elevenes stemmer i skolen – Elevkunnskap og skolelivskvalitet. (1.utg., 1.oppl.). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Uthus, M., & Sivertsen, K. I. H. (2023). Samskapt kunnskapsutvikling om inkludering i en mangfoldig skole - med eleven i sentrum. I A. B. Emstad (Red.), Samskapt kunnskap i skole og lærerutdanning. Der praksis og forskning møtes (s. 180-199). Cappelen Damm Akademisk Veale, A. (2005). Creative methodologies in participatory research with children. Researching children’s experience: Approaches and methods, 253-272. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 B: Didactics - Learning and Teaching Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Agni Stylianou-Georgiou Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper SHARE: Teachers’ Perception about Changes in Teaching and Learning 1School Lyceum #53, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2School-Lyceum #50, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-gymnasium #58, Astana, Kazakhstan; 4School-Lyceum #35, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The aim of this small-scale research is to explore whether there is an improvement teaching and learning practices resulting from the collaborative action research focused on Student Engagement in Classroom Learning, implemented in 22 SHARE schools (School Hub for Action Research in Education) in Astana city, Kazakhstan. The SHARE project is an educational initiative, implemented since 2019 by the Astana city Department of Education in collaboration with esteemed scholars, including the Emeritus Professor of the University of Cambridge, Professor Colleen McLaughlin, a former Principal of Bottisham Village College Mrs. Kate Evans and Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva, the University of Cambridge graduate and prominent advocate for action research in Kazakhstan, who also serves as a national coordinator for the SHARE. The coordination and implementation of the SHARE are carried out by the Center for Education Modernisation along with 22 school coordinators, four of whom are the authors of this paper. The primary goal of the SHARE is to bring about the changes into teachers’ practice, ensuring that every child benefits from the initiative. In contemporary educational settings, there exists a need to explore innovative methodologies that actively engage students in the learning process. Scholarly enquiries by Elliott (1991), Townsend (2013), Pollard (2014), and other education practitioners highlight the transformative impact of action research on the educational paradigm, fostering to enhance learning outcomes. In response to this context, Calhoun (1993) has emphasized three distinct approaches aimed at supporting teachers to improve teaching and learning practices by engaging inaction research: 1. Individual teacher research, 2. Collaborative action research, and 3. School-wide action research. Manfra's (2019) research findings suggest that collaborative action research approaches are particularly effective in empowering teachers to modify their teaching practices. Moreover, Oranga and Gisore(2023) in their research focus their attention on improving problem-solving effectiveness through comprehensive school-wide initiatives. Hence, the SHARE, that started as a collaborative action research within and across different schools of Astana city has a significant potential to help teachers to improve teaching, enhance their own learning and share ideas and practices for other to learn from.The implementation of any small-scale action research project within the SHARE centers around four domains of change: 1) acquiring knowledge about action research methodology; 2) improving teaching and learning; 3) fostering teacher leadership; 4) establishing conditions for sustained engagement in the initiative and beyond. As such, during the 2022-2023 academic year all 22 SHARE schools implemented a small-scale action research project about student engagement in classroom learning. During academic year teachers were guided by the core team of scholar show to implement the project, including reading about student engagement, conducting classes, filling in the protocols of class observation and video-recording lessons for the analysis and etc., in order to learn about student engagement in classroom settings. Whereas SHARE school-coordinators were guided by a national coordinator to research teachers’ perception about the four domains of SHARE. Specifically, our team consisting of a national coordinator and four school-coordinators came together to research teachers’ perception about one of the SHARE domains. That is, to learn about changes in teaching and learning practices steaming from the implementation of student engagement in classroom settings, implemented across 22 SHARE schools. Thus, the research is intended to assist conducting a literature review about teachers’ perception of changes and contribute to better understanding of how teachers perceive the changes and improvements in their practices within SHARE initiatives.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, three main sources of information were used: a literature review to learn about the changes in teaching and learning among teachers, SHARE teachers’ reflective accounts and survey data conducted in SHARE schools. The systematic literature review was conducted in English, Kazakh, and Russian languages and guided by the main research question. Google Scholar was the primary source for literature search due to the restricted access to subscription -based databases in the schools. Survey data was collected via Google Forms. This choice was guided by several factors, including time constraints and the necessity to reach a substantial number of respondents. A questionnaire comprising of thirteen questions was designed along with other three teams researching SHARE domains. General information about the respondents, including their role in the student engagement project and in the SHARE project, was collected to be used during the analysis by all four teams exploring the four domains. Among the thirteen questions, two were specifically focused to teachers’ perception about the changes in their practices. The survey was carried out anonymously. Anonymity was considered essential in creating an open and honest environment for participants, encouraging a greater willingness to share their perceptions without fear of judgment or misunderstanding. This approach aimed to produce more accurate and truthful insights into the participants' perspectives on changes in learning. The SHARE teacher’s’ reflective accounts provided by SHARE teachers served as a valuable complement to the survey data, enhancing our understanding of subjective views. The segmentation and descriptive analyses were employed to identify trends in responses, allowing for a differentiated examination of feedback from both new and long-standing project participants. This approach aimed to offer nuanced insights into the evolving perspectives and experiences of teachers involved in the Student Engagement in Classroom Learning project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The survey data was validated with 171 responses. Preliminary findings highlighted the positive effect of the Student Engagement in Classroom Learning project on teacher practice. The findings indicated that teachers engaged in the project for over three years either fully or partially agreed that the project prompted changes in their practices. However, a quarter of the teachers with less than two years of project experience responded that they found it challenging to respond, citing a lack of time, a common sentiment among SHARE teacher early in the project. Nonetheless, a growing number of teachers now recognise and affirm that the creating conditions for changes lies in the hands. Reflective accounts reveal instances of teachers exercising autonomy, in such areas as selecting a critical friend and making time to meet to discuss teaching strategies and student related issues in the school, even when there is no dedicated space and time is set in their daily schedule. In general, the findings underscore the success of the “Student Engagement in Learning” project and its impact on teachers’ perception about the changes in teaching and learning in long run. Future research endeavors could explore in more depth the specific aspects of SHARE initiative contributing to improving teaching and learning in schools. References Calhoun, E. F. (1993). Action Research: Three Approaches. Educational leadership, 51(2), 62-65. Elliot, J. (1991). Action research for educational change. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). Farrell, T. S. (2011). ‘Keeping SCORE’: Reflective practice through classroom observations. RELC Journal, 42(3), 265-272. Manfra, M. M. (2019). Action research and systematic, intentional change in teaching practice. Review of Research in Education, 43(1), 163-196. Oranga, J., &Gisore, B. (2023). Action Research in Education. Open Access Library Journal, 10(7), 1-10. Pollard, A., Black-Hawkins, K., Cliff-Hodges, G., Dudley, P., & James, M. (2014). Reflective teaching in schools: Evidence-informed professional practice. Bloomsbury Publishing. Townsend, A. (2013). Action research: The challenges of changing and researching practice: The challenges of understanding and changing practice. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Heritage Education: Mapping Urban Places through Children’s Voices Free University of Bozen, Italy Presenting Author:The present paper is part of the PNRR PhD project “Teaching and learning heritage”, which responds to the need expressed in the PNRR plan to develop strategies for safeguarding cultural heritage (M1C3.1: cultural heritage for the next generation). The research project identifies heritage education with children as a possible safeguarding action, as also suggested by the 2003 UNESCO Convention. Considering the reflections brought by Manal & Srour (2021) and Smith (2013), which underline how children are under-represented in heritage discourses and how necessary it is to rethink their relationship with heritage, the aim of the research is to get a deeper understanding of children’s perspectives of cultural heritage (in all its forms, natural, tangible and intangible), and its associated meanings, related to their everyday urban environment. In this context, mapping urban spaces with children as a method to foster an identification and co-construction of knowledge (De Nicola et al., 2022) of cultural heritage is proposed. For considering children as social and cultural actors (Melton et al, 2014), implies involving them in safeguarding processes and bringing their voices into the – this way intergenerationally structured – heritage discourse. To reflect on heritage education, the perspective of intangible cultural heritage is proposed. The “intangible cultural heritage” paradigm shift introduced by 2003 UNESCO Convention highlights a change from the hegemony of the cultural objects to the centrality of the subjects (Lapiccirella Zingari, 2017, p. 19). The 2005 Faro Convention also emphasises the relevance of the participation of communities, groups, and individuals in the processes of heritage making, safeguarding and education. Thus, heritage, considered as a cultural (Smith, 2006) and active process (Copeland, 2012, p. 22), is constituted by the meanings and the values that individuals attribute to it. Accordingly, heritage education “is about people” (Copeland, 2012, p.22), which means that it lies less in the acquisition of factual knowledge, but rather in the individuals’ involvement in the process of heritage making and meaning making. Furthermore, Del Gobbo et al. (2018) emphasise the importance of designing educational activities that foster the production of a plurality of narratives and interpretations by persons and communities, highlighting the dynamic and active component of cultural experiences (p.26). Inspired by Children’s geography, the tool of mapping urban spaces, assuming the "more than representational" approach (Malatesta, 2015), allows to compose the experienced dimension (practices, meanings, values) of places with its translation into graphic form (Malatesta, 2015, p.62). In this sense, mapping no longer represents an objective physical space, but becomes the narrative of an experienced and lived place. As Barnes (2018) and Powell (2010) suggest, mapping, as a research method, allows the exploring of new narratives, not fixing meanings. In heritage education, asking children to map their urban spaces means identifying all those elements (places, cultural practices, people) considered important. The children’s narratives of their maps will compose a collective narrative of the places, as well as of the community living in the neighborhood. Observing cultural heritage from everyday places responds on one hand to the necessity to make this concept more accessible (Schofield, 2015), anchoring it in everyday experiences that are considered significant; on the other hand, it also allows to recognise all those 'unofficial' cultural expressions as heritage (Harrison, 2013, p. 15). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project can be defined as a qualitative and exploratory research (Mortari & Ghirotto, 2019) based on a reconstructive approach (Bohnsack, 2010). The empirical study will be conducted in northern Italian urban area and will involve 30/40 children aged between 6 and 11 years old. The data collection will start in May 2024. To answer the research question, I will conduct creative mapping workshops in collaboration with cultural and social associations based in the selected area (90 minutes & 15 participants each). They will be structured in three main phases: 1. First group activation to introduce the topic of cultural heritage through different stimuli; 2. Workshop activity, in which children will be asked to represent through drawings, or maps, the places of the area/district that are most important for them, or the element that they consider cultural heritage; 3. Group discussion, where children will be asked to talk about their drawing and to share ideas on cultural heritage. In terms of methods of data collection, participant observations and field notes will be used to monitor/observe the process. Field notes, also often described as “memos”, will focus both on observative and methodological aspects; furthermore, reflexive field notes will work as a starting point for the elaboration of the research process (Bove, 2019) and for the interpretation of the data. The graphic representations of places are seen as the products of the children's lived experience, transforming the materiality of spaces into a “sense of place” (Malatesta, 2015, p. 64). As Barnes (2018) and Powell (2010) suggest mapping becomes a form of narrative of the places experienced and lived. Children's drawings will be accompanied by a description. Narratives will suggest a clearer, but also closer, understanding of children’s thought and ideas on their living places. Documentary method will be used for the analyses, combined with the ethnographically aligned approach. Both approaches refer to an abductive research process, through which theory is generated ex novo. In accordance with the documentary method, it is intended to triangulate the different data collection procedures (participant observation, children’s drawings, and group discussion) to develop a more accurate and deeper interpretation of them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The principal aim of the research is to understand more in detail how children perceive, understand and, most importantly, live cultural heritage in their ordinary urban environments. Through the experience of mapping, the expected outcome is to involve actively and practically children in the process of identify heritage elements and co-construct knowledge and awareness of heritage. The insights gained can be made fruitful for further discourse on heritage education in an innovative way. Moreover, the conduction of workshops in collaboration with cultural associations based in the selected area emphasise an approach to heritage education actions in the context of non-formal education, enriching the experiences proposed in the school and in the museum context. By this, it is encouraged a heritage education closer to children´s experiences. Lastly, through this paper, it is intended to open a deeper reflection on how to involve children, in heritage safeguarding and valorisation processes, taking seriously their way of acting and meaning-giving in their daily lives. References Barnes, A. (2018). Creative Representations of Place (1st ed.). Milton: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315162089 Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (Eds.). (2010). Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method: In International Educational Research (1st ed.). Opladen & Farmington Hills, MI: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bove, C. (2019). Il metodo etnografico. In L. Mortari & L. Ghirotto, Metodi per la ricerca educativa. Roma: Carocci editore. Copeland, T. (2012). Heritage Education in Europe. Mirando a Europa: Estado de La Cuestión y Perspectivas de Futuro. Ponencias, 21–29. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Alfredo-Palacios Garrido/publication/280601520_El_Open_Museum_de_Glasgow_llevar_el_museo_a_las_personas/links/55bd708408ae092e96638786/El-Open-Museum-de-Glasgow-llevar-el-museo-a-las-personas.pdf#page=21 Del Gobbo, G., Galeotti, G., & Torlone, F. (2018). Le valenze educative del patrimonio culturale: Riflessioni teorico-metodologiche tra ricerca evidence based e azione educativa nei musei. Canterano: Aracne. De Nicola, A., Pepe, A., Zuccoli, F. (2022). Living Territories to the Full, Dialoguing with Citizens. In: Casonato, C., Bonfantini, B. (eds) Cultural Heritage Education in the Everyday Landscape. Digital Innovations in Architecture, Engineering and Construction (113–127). Cham: Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-10395-7_8 Harrison, R. (2013). Heritage: Critical Approaches. Routledge. Lapiccirella Zingari, V. (2017). Patrimoni vitali nel paesaggio. Note sull’immaterialità del patrimonio culturale alla luce delle convenzioni internazionali. In D. Parbuono & F. Sbardella (Eds.), Costruzione di Patrimoni. Le parole degli oggetti e delle convenzioni (17–51). Bologna: Pàtron Editore. Malatesta, S. (2015). Geografia dei bambini: Luoghi, pratiche e rappresentazioni (1a ed). Milano: Guerini e Associati. Manal Ginzarly & F. JORDAN Srour (2021) Unveiling children’s perceptions of World Heritage Sites: a visual and qualitative approach, International Journal of Heritage Studies, 27:12, 1324-1342, DOI: 10.1080/13527258.2021.1977374 Melton, G. B., Ben-Aryeh, A., Cashmore, J., Goodman, G. S., & Worley, N. K. (Eds.). (2014). The SAGE handbook of child research. Los Angeles: SAGE Mortari, L., & Ghirotto, L. (2019). Metodi per la ricerca educativa. Roma: Carocci. Powell, K. (2010). Making Sense of Place: Mapping as a Multisensory Research Method. Qualitative Inquiry, 16(7), 539-555. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800410372600 Schofield, J. (2015). Forget About ‘Heritage’: Place, Ethics and the Faro Convention. In T. Ireland & J. Schofield (Eds.), The Ethics of Cultural Heritage (pp. 197–209). New York NY: Springer New York. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4939-1649-8_12 Smith, L. (2006). Uses of Heritage (Repr). London: Routledge. Smith, L. (2013). Taking the children: children, childhood and heritage making. In K. Darian-Smith & C. Pascoe, Children, Childhood and Cultural Heritage (107–125). London and New York: Routledge. UNESCO. (2003). The basic text of the 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. https://ich.unesco.org/en/basic-texts-00503 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Jazz’n School. Exploring a Teaching and Learning Posture through Practices, Policies, and Cultures Università di Padova, Italy Presenting Author:In a present marked by uncertainty, instability, and unpredictability, school system struggles to keep pace, despite calls for schools and teachers to be dynamic, open to change and to prepare pupils to face the challenges and problems of an ever-fast-changing world (European Union, 2008). The environments where we spend most of our time in the period of (trans)formation appear entrenched in an overly predetermined structure that fail to align with the dynamism of the present. This research aims to delve into jazz, conceived as a metaphor encompassing values and attitudes essential for daily life and long-term development (Santi, Zorzi, 2016). Jazz embodies a formative potential for the next generations and a trans-formative one for the teaching/learning approach and, more in general, for the idea of an inclusive, inventive, polyphonic, and explorative education. Schools frequently hinder aspects inherent to human existence that are also prevalent in jazz: improvisation in ambiguous situations, adaptation to new contexts, curiosity about the unknown, and learning from mistakes. Instead of presenting themselves as protected havens resistant to the unpredictability of the world, educational environments should be viewed as safe spaces that foster experimentation, mirroring what happens between jazz musicians during a jam session with no audience. In both contexts, focus is placed on the process unfolding in the present, requiring continuous attention (Masschelein, 2010), rather than prioritizing the product as a predetermined outcome subject to rigid evaluation criteria. The research’s main theoretical framework is pedagojazz (Santi, 2010, 2015; Santi, Zorzi, 2016). Santi's theoretical proposal introduces values that could serve as inspiration for a novel pedagogical approach, exploring possibilities often overlooked in traditional education. Specifically, it emphasizes the significance of authentic presence, the establishment of a safe creativity environment (Weinstein, 2016) that encourages experimentation without fear of making mistakes, and the importance of maintaining an open stance toward others in the pursuit of a shared educational journey. Above all, pedagojazz places a priority on the potential of improvisation, a fundamental element of jazz music, that has undergone extensive study in various fields, including education (Cappa, Negro, 2006; Tomlinson, Germundson, 2007; Sawyer, 2011; Zorzi, 2020). It teaches that mistakes are inherent in the journey, and the real challenge lies in effectively dealing with them. Embracing mistakes is the pathway to stepping out of our comfort zones and genuinely putting ourselves on the line. The research subject is of great topicality, which is confirmed by the support from NRRP funds for this research grant. Moreover, the project stems from a collaboration between the University of Padua and Federazione Nazionale Il Jazz Italiano. The objective is to expose jazz hallmarks by drawing insights directly from the experiences of jazz professionals to outline a teaching and learning jazzing posture that responds to the need to embrace the uncertainty of the present. Due to the collaborative nature of the project, it pursues two interconnected goals, addressing both theoretical and practical needs. Firstly, it endeavors to explore the potentially revolutionary impact of a jazzing approach in the pedagogical field: what does it mean to bring jazz to school? What does a teaching and learning jazzing posture entail? Which positive implications might it have? Secondly, the project aims to highlight the cultural heritage of jazz, recognized by UNESCO for promoting peace, dialogue, respect, eradicating discrimination, fostering gender equality, and promoting freedom of expression. The collaborative effort involves co-constructing a yet-to-be-identified tool with representatives from jazz organizations to answer the following questions: how is it possible to enhance networking among musicians engaged in the educational field? How could this step benefit the school system as a whole? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From a methodological point of view, the exploratory nature of the research suggested the choice of a qualitative approach (Denzin, Lincoln, 2005; Bogdan, Biklen, 2007), framing the work in social constructivism (Lincoln, Guba, 1985) within a phenomenological perspective (Mortari, 2007). The most appropriate method appeared to be Grounded Theory (Strauss, Corbin, 1998): the tool of semi-structured interview (Zammuner, 1998) has been used for data collection, as for data analysis the choice was the software ATLAS.ti. Three different groups of participants to the research have been selected based on three interdependent dimensions emerging from the Index of Inclusion (Booth, Ainscow, 2000, 2002, 2011), a resource that promote a development of inclusion in schools. The three dimensions – cultures, policies, and practices – are thought as a never-ending process towards inclusion. Every little change of a dimension influences the others, sustaining the dynamism of both challenges and potential solutions. Hence, it is vital to recognize each dimension and develop them all together to shape a common flexible direction. The choice of this tool as a guiding principle arises from its alignment with a concept of inclusion that mirrors an approach akin to jazz music. This embraces an upstream view of diversity, considering alternatives as generative opportunities for the system itself. The practices dimension is represented by musicians (17) with a jazz background, who had experiences in educational environments. Referents of jazz organizations (3) played an active part in the research representing the policies dimension, too, being more aware of the political framework and the constraints they face every day. The third and last dimension is the one of cultures, embodied in the group of theoreticians (15), namely experts from different fields who, within their own area of expertise, had already brought reflections on the research topic. The analysis of data from semi-structured interviews will involve three primary steps. At first, data obtained from each group will be processed independently, as closed systems, to extract distinct categories. Afterwards, the analysis will transition to an open systems perspective, where the categories derived from the closed analysis will be compared. The objective is to identify any common categories that may emerge across various dimensions. Finally, the identified categories will be juxtaposed with existing literature on the topic, with the aim of determining whether they align with those outlined in prior studies (Santi, 2015, 2016) or if they introduce unexplored nuances. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All interviews have been conducted and transcribed, data analysis is in progress, but initial ones offer a glimpse into potential outcomes. Firstly, we foresee the identification of core categories that transcend all three interviewees’ groups, serving as pivotal elements in shaping the jazzing posture. We also expect these categories to correspond to some of the characteristic traits already tracked by pedagojazz (Santi, 2015, 2016). One of these will almost certainly be improvisation that, in its collaborative declination, is a persistent feature in all the interviews so far. In the same way, new elements also stand out, stemming precisely from the personal teaching experiences of the musicians interviewed, capable of broadening the traits of pedagojazz enriching it with new, different, and generative perspectives. Likewise, some categories may occur exclusively within certain groups, shedding light on aspects that are less explored or lack awareness, such as the naturally inclusive nature of jazz, also related to its history, which conflicts with the exclusivity manifested in jam sessions among skilled musicians that do not admit those who stay one step behind. A deeper exploration of distinct elements contributes to the development of a tool that fosters collaboration among musicians, enhancing their unique teaching approaches, but also promising mutual enrichment within the musical education landscape. Simultaneously, this exploration extends beyond jazz as a teaching discipline. The process that will lead to the co-construction of the as-yet unidentified tool provides for the identification of fallouts in the pedagogical field. Therefore, it presents itself as an opportunity for critical reflections on the broader educational dimensions of cultures, practices, and policies. This multifaceted approach, nurtured by a constant and dynamic interplay between experiences and contrasting points of view, enables a more comprehensive understanding of the potential impact and applications of the jazzing posture in diverse educational settings. References Bogdan R. & Biklen S. K. (2007). Qualitative research for education. An introduction to theories and methods. New York: Pearson Education Inc., Allyn & Bacon. Booth, T. & Ainscow, M. (2000, 2002, 2011). Index for Inclusion, developing learning and participation in school. UK: CSIE. Cappa, F. & Negro, C. (2006). Il senso nell’istante: improvvisazione e formazione. Milano: Guerini Scientifica. Denzin N. K. & Lincoln Y. S. (2005). Handbook of qualitative research. Thousand Oaks (California): Sage. European Union, C319 (2008). An Agenda for European Cooperation on Schools. Official Journal of the European Union. Lincoln, Y. & Guba, E. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Masschelein, J. (2010). E-ducating the gaze: the idea of a poor pedagogy. Ethics and Education, 5(1), 43-53. Mortari, L. (2007). Cultura della ricerca e pedagogia. Roma: Carocci Editore. Santi, M. (Ed.). (2010). Improvisation between technique and spontaneity. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars. Santi M. (2015). Improvvisare creatività: nove principi di didattica sull’eco di un discorso. Studium Educationis, 2, 103-114. Santi M. (2016). Educare in jazz: otto tratti di una nuova pedagogia. In W. Kohan, S. Lopes, F. Martins (Eds.), O ato de educar em uma lingua ainda por ser escrita (pp. 379-390). Rio de Janeiro: NEFI. Santi, M. & Zorzi, E. (Eds.). (2016). Education as Jazz: Interdisciplinary Sketches on a New Metaphor. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars. Sawyer, R. K. (2011). Structure and Improvisation in Creative Teaching. New York: Cambridge University Press. Strauss, A. L. & Corbin, J. M. (1998). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (2nd ed.). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Tomlinson, C. A. & Germundson, A. (2007). Teaching as Jazz. Educational Leadership, 8(64), 27-31. Weinstein, J. (2016). A Safe Creativity Environment. In Santi M. & Zorzi E. (Eds.), Education as Jazz: Interdisciplinary Sketches on A New Metaphor (pp. 49-61). Newcastle upon Tyne, Cambridge Scholars. Zammuner V. L. (1998). Tecniche dell’intervista e del questionario. Bologna: Il Mulino. Zorzi, E. (2020). L’insegnante improvvisatore. Napoli: Liguori. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Development of a Pedagogical Tool for CLIL: Research and Practice University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL)* and language immersion programmes have been implemented in the majority of educational systems of Europe since the 1990s (Goris et al., 2019; Renau & Mas Marti, 2018). There is a consensus in the literature that the target language (TL) development of students in CLIL and immersion settings outstrips their peers who study the language in stand-alone classes (Cammarata & Tedick, 2012; Dalton-Puffer, 2008; Genesee & Lindholm-Leary, 2013; Tedick & Lyster, 2020). However, many scholars internationally conclude that students do not reach an advanced level of competence but, rather, a “functional proficiency” (Cammarata & Tedick, 2012, p. 253). For CLIL to reach its full potential by the end of upper secondary education, a more explicit and systematic focus on language is needed in content-area classrooms (Tedick & Lyster, 2020). There is acknowledgement that this is not an easy undertaking as this fusing of content teaching and language teaching has variously been referred to as a “stab in the dark” (Cammarata & Tedick, 2012, p. 261) and a “conundrum” (Ó Ceallaigh et al., 2018, p. 5). In many jurisdictions this situation is exacerbated by teacher readiness issues, where no specific qualification is required to teach in CLIL settings (Ó Ceallaigh et al., 2018; Tedick & Fortune, 2013). Irish is a minority language on the island of Ireland with the English language being the first language (L1) of the vast majority of the population (Central Statistics Office, 2017). This research project focused on the lived experiences of secondary CLIL teachers as they attempt to integrate the teaching of content and the teaching of language in Irish-medium schools. The first iteration of a pedagogical tool was developed to explore CLIL teachers’ experiences, attitudes and practices (Mac Gearailt et al., 2023). This pedagogical tool, SIOF, has now been refined and it is hoped that it will be a significant development in a move to a more “systematic” pedagogy” (Genesee & Lindholm-Leary, 2013, p. 22). SIOF focuses on “language sensitive” (Marsh et al., 2001, p. 4) classroom practices that relate to Scaffolding, Input, Output and Feedback. It adopts a socio-cognitive view of the learning process and accepts that cognition and social interaction have complementary roles in language learning (Lyster, 2007). Considering the varied and naturalistic input of CLIL settings, the work of Krashen (1982), his theory on Comprehensible Input in particular, underpins much of the scholarship on CLIL. Social interactions are fundamental to the sociocultural perspective on second language learning (Lightbown & Spada, 2013). Speaking (and writing) enables learners to control their mental processes, which facilitates the internalisation of language used in social interactions. In devising SIOF the authors drew heavily on the Counterbalanced Approach of Lyster (2007) and the CAPA model of Tedick and Lyster (2020), which focuses on contextualisation, awareness, practice and autonomy when integrating the teaching of language and content. Form-focused instruction (FFI) is the bedrock of these approaches, and of SIOF. FFI is defined as “any pedagogical effort which is used to draw the learners’ attention to language form either implicitly or explicitly” (Spada, 1997, p. 73). * The authors view CLIL as an umbrella term for any context where an additional language is used to teach content. As such, when the authors use the term CLIL this includes immersion. For further discussion on the interrelatedness of CLIL and immersion see (Mac Gearailt et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was conducted within an interpretive ontological paradigm. A phenomenological approach, a form of naturalistic research that resides within the interpretive paradigm, was adopted (Cohen et al., 2018). This approach allowed the researcher to explore the lived experiences or “lifeworld” (Newby, 2010, p. 36) of CLIL teachers. Invitations to participate and information notes were sent to all of the Irish-medium secondary schools in Ireland (n=35) outside of official Gaeltacht areas (areas designated as being Irish speaking). Teachers who teach non-language subjects (geography, history, science etc.) were invited to participate. Within this school/teacher population a purposive sampling technique was utilised. Purposive sampling is a form of non-probability sampling which allows the researcher to recruit participants in a “strategic” way (Clark et al., 2016, p. 378). The researcher used his judgement to assemble participants to best meet the “specific needs” of the study (Cohen et al., 2018). A copy of the SIOF document was forwarded to all participants before attending an online information session. At these session the fundamentals of SIOF were explained to the participants and they were afforded the opportunity to ask questions. 32 participants were recruited (five subsequently withdrew) and sixteen information sessions were conducted. At the conclusion of these sessions the participating teachers were requested to reflect on the strategies/approaches outlined in SIOF for a period of two to four weeks and to explore some of the strategies/approaches in their classrooms. Subsequently three focus groups (with five to seven participants) and nine semi-structured interviews were conducted. The SIOF pedagogical tool was used as an interview schedule but a semi-structured approach was maintained. These interviews were audio recorded and subsequently transcribed for analysis. The researcher took notes during the interviews/focus groups and during the transcription process. The data was analysed using thematic analysis. The researcher followed the “contour” of data analysis conceptualised by Creswell and Poth (2018, p. 186). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings: 1) Many of the participants endeavour to scaffold language use and to engage in language sensitive teaching. However, this happens in an unsystematic fashion. This is in contrast to the Language Tryptic of Coyle et al. (2010) which presents a more structured analysis of language requirements. 2) The data is suggesting that SIOF could foster reflection amongst teachers and an “awakening” (Cammarata & Tedick, 2012, p. 260) to the nuances of CLIL teaching. 3) As Irish is a minority language the breadth and dept of teaching recourses is not as great as there is in English. The data suggests that immersion teachers display innovation and creativity in ameliorating this situation. However, many participants admit to using English language resources. Some participants use English language textbooks even though Irish language ones are available. 4) The data also suggests that some participants (especially those without an undergraduate degree in Irish) do not feel sufficiently confident in their own level of Irish. 5) Many teachers give corrective feedback on language use in content classes. Some are apprehensive about feedback as it might disrupt the flow of the lesson. Others expressed a desire to give feedback but lack the confidence in their own language ability. 6) A common, but subtle theme, throughout the data is the conflict many teachers feel between the teaching of content and the teaching of language. This is the “subject-focused mindset” (Mehisto, 2008, p. 103). There is an underlying fear that an overemphasis on language will distract from content teaching. 7) All of the participants emphasised the importance of a whole school approach in relation to CLIL methodologies. In addition, there is also scope for greater collaboration within subject departments. 8) All the participants expressed a great desire for more CPD in the area of CLIL best-practice. References Cammarata, L., & Tedick, D. J. (2012). Balancing content and language in instruction: The experience of immersion teachers. The Modern Language Journal, 96(2), 251-269. Clark, T., Foster, L., Sloan, L., & Bryman, A. (2016). Bryman’s social research methods (5th ed.). Oxford University Press. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in Education (8th ed.). Routledge. Coyle, D., Hood, P., & Marsh, D. (2010). Content and Language Integrated Learning. Cambridge University Press. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage. Genesee, F., & Lindholm-Leary, K. (2013). Two case studies of content-based language education. Journal of Immersion and Content-Based Language Education, 1(1), 3-33. Goris, J., Denessen, E., & Verhoeven, L. (2019). The contribution of CLIL to learners’ international orientation and EFL confidence. The Language Learning Journal, 47(2), 246-256. Krashen, S. D. (1982). Principles and practice in second language acquistion. Prentice-Hall. Lightbown, P., & Spada, N. (2013). How languages are learned (4th ed.). Oxford University Press. Lyster, R. (2007). Learning and teaching languages through content: A counterbalanced approach. John Benjamins. Mac Gearailt, B., Mac Ruairc, G., & Murray, C. (2021). Actualising Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) in Irish-medium education; why, how and why now? Irish Educational Studies, 1-19. Mac Gearailt, B., Mac Ruairc, G., & Murray, C. (2023). Towards a research-based pedagogical tool for language sensitive teaching in secondary CLIL and immersion settings. Journal of Immersion and Content-Based Language Education, 1-26. Marsh, D., Maljers, A., & Hartiala, A.-K. (2001). Profiling European CLIL classrooms. University of Jyväskylä. Mehisto, P. (2008). CLIL counterweights: Recognising and decreasing disjuncture in CLIL. International CLIL Research Journal, 1(1). Newby, P. (2010). Research methods for education. Pearson. Ó Ceallaigh, T. J., Hourigan, M., & Leavy, A. (2018). Developing potentiality: Pre-service elementary teachers as learners of language immersion teaching. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. Renau, M. L., & Mas Marti, S. (2018). A CLIL approach: Evolution and current situation in Europe and in Spain. International Journal of Science and Research, 8(2), 1100-1119. Spada, N. (1997). Form-focused instruction and second language acquisition: A review of classroom and laboratory research. Language teaching, 30, 73-87. Tedick, D. J., & Fortune, T. W. (2013). Bilingual/immersion teacher education. In C. A. Chapelle (Ed.), The encyclopedia of applied linguistics (pp. 438-443). Blackwell. Tedick, D. J., & Lyster, R. (2020). Scaffolding language development in immersion and dual language classrooms. Routledge. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 C: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Teachers’ Perception on Teacher Leadership 1School-lyceum №60, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2School-gymnasium №67, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-gymnasium №68, Astana, Kazakhstan; 4School-lyceum №37, Astana, Kazakhstan; 5School-lyceum №62, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The concept of “teacher leadership” is complex. The development of leadership qualities in teachers is combined with improving their autonomy and accountability at the same time. Teacher leadership, in its widest definition, is the process by which teachers, individually or collectively, influence their colleagues, principals, and other members of the school communities to improve teaching and learning practices with the aim to increased student learning and educational achievement (CCSRI, 2005, pp. 287-288). One of the characteristics of teachers with leadership qualities is their ability to foster a conducive environment for students, enabling them to realise their full potential. In general, teacher leadership is characterised by a combination of high intellectual and professional qualities and wisdom, literacy and sensitivity, proficiency in understanding the diverse psychological needs of students, and a capacity for adapting to changes. Teacher leadership promoted around the world, and Kazakhstan is no exception. For example, Qanay and Frost (2023) assert that the Teacher Leadership in Kazakhstan initiative professionality as described by Hoyle (1974), thus they can also contribute school improvements and build organisational capacity. Nevertheless, it is vital to consider that teachers actively interpret and implement teacher leadership concept based on the context and conditions (McLaughlin & Ayubayeva, 2015). Consequently, pedagogical leadership is distinctive, shaped by the objectives to be fulfilled and the prevailing context. Contemporary research widely agrees that teacher leadership qualities can be both innate and learnt. There is acknowledgment that individual can develop and enhance their leadership skills through intentional efforts and meaningful experience. The ongoing implementation of the SHARE (School Hub for Action Research in Education) initiative across 22 Astana city schools in Kazakhstan, has demonstrated the potential for cultivating teacher leadership qualities by engaging teachers in collaborative action research (Ayubayeva & McLaughlin, 2023). Since 2019, the schools involved in the SHARE project have organised three cohorts: in the 2019-2020 academic year, the 1st cohort comprised of 5 schools; in the 2020-2021 academic year, 2nd cohort included 8 schools, and in the 2021-2022 academic year, 3rd cohort consisted of 9 schools. It is worth noting that the impact of the SHARE on teacher development may vary, given that schools joined the initiative at different stages of its implementation. In 2022-2023 academic year SHARE schools across all three cohorts were engaged in conducting action research on student engagement in classroom learning. A core team comprising of five teacher-participants from each school underwent trainings facilitated by Professor Colleen McLaughlin, Mrs Kate Evans and Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva. The trainings provided the participants with a structured algorithm, following which, each school identified the classes, a subject teacher for study, requiring video recording of her/his lesson, followed by the focus group interview with student and one-to-one interview with the teacher, whose lesson was observed, and recording a learning from the process of discussion and transcribing of the interviews. Obtaining permission from both students and their parents for video recording of a lesson was crucial to ensure compliance with the ethical standards. The process of conducting this small-scale action research revealed that while some members of a core team were active, the others were reluctant to take a responsibility. Hence, the team of school coordinators, consisting of schools #37, #60, #62, #67, and #68, collaborated under the guidance of the national coordinator, Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva, who also served as a critical friend, to research the SHARE teacher-participants’ perception about teacher leadership. The aim of this small-scale research is to explore the effect of the SHARE initiative in fostering teacher leadership qualities among teacher-participants and beyond. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Three sources were employed to collect the data. Initially, a literature review on the concept of teacher leadership across various contexts was conducted. It was defined that there are limited studies on teacher leadership in Kazakh and Russian languages, the primary languages of communication for all the authors. Hence, many of the literature was in English and required translation through Google Translate. This necessitated extensive discussion among team members to ensure a comprehensive understanding of the perception derived from the literature. The second data source consisted of reflective accounts from SHARE teacher-participants regarding teacher leadership, as well as case studies generated by the team based on these reflective accounts. Given the relatively recent adoption of the teacher leadership concept in Kazakhstani school, diverse opinions have emerged among colleagues engaged in SHARE. These opinions varied from viewing a teacher leader as someone responsible for school management, to someone who motivates others to follow, and even to someone who speak eloquently in front of a large audience. The third source of information involved survey data collected via Google Forms. A questionnaire was developed, drawing from the current perception of SHARE teacher-participants as expresses in their reflective accounts. The survey included both the SHARE core team members and volunteer-teachers. Utilizing a survey method proved to be practical within the time constraints of this research, allowing for the collection of data from a substantial number of participants. Acknowledging the potential risk of narrow questions in fully capturing the thoughts and opinions of participants about the concept under study, it was decided to complement the data with one-to-one interview and focus group meetings. The interview should allow us to provide deeper insights into the thoughts and views of the participants, while biases inherent to participants as teachers will be balances through collective responses obtained during focus-group discussions. To uphold democratic principles in an ethical sense, participation in interviews and focus group discussions are entirely voluntary (KERA, 2020), and explicit consent will be sought from participants before conducting interview and focus group discussions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review played a crucial part in providing a foundation for an evidence-based discussion on the concept of teacher leadership within various contexts. Through a thorough examination of diverse sources, the study concluded that teachers could enhance and refine their leadership qualities by prioritizing professional growth and continuously improving their teaching and learning practices. This groundwork was invaluable for analyzing survey data and setting the stage for upcoming interview and focus group discussion. The survey data was validated with 171 responses, and preliminary findings revealed varying perspectives on feasibility of teacher leadership in the current context. Some teachers expressed their belief that teacher leadership is attainable primary with a higher position in school administration, while others emphasized the importance of creating conditions for all teachers to assume leadership qualities. The presence of hierarchical culture and structures was noted, suggesting that the development of leadership necessitates increased responsibility and deliberate actions. One-third of the respondents, indicating that they perceive leadership in an active teacher with strong organisational skills. This subgroup emphasizes the ability of a leader to guide others through motivational speech. This perspective adds another layer to the divers understanding of teacher leadership. Although, there is a recognition among surveyed colleagues that teacher leadership is associated with innovation and substantial responsibility. It appears that this viewpoint is not popular, likely influenced by the perception that the concept of teacher leadership is accessible primary to those engaged in specific initiatives such as TKL or SHARE. To gain more detailed information, future plans include conducting interviews with teachers from schools participating in SHARE. This should allow us to explore insights of teachers involved, offering a more comprehensive understanding of the teacher leadership development facilitated by SHARE. References Ayubayeva, N. & McLaughlin, C. (2023). Developing Teachers as Researchers: Action Research as a School Development Approach, In C. Mclaughlin, L. Winter & N.Yakavets (Ed), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan, Cambridge University Press. CCSRI (2005), The Center for Comprehensive School Reform and Improvement (2005). “Research Brief: What does the research tell us about Teacher Leadership?” Washington, DC. Creswell, J. (2012). Educational Research. Boston, Publisher: Pearson Elliott, J. (1991). Action Research for Educational Change. Buckingham: Open University Press. Hoyle (1974), Professionality, professionalism and control in teaching. London Educational Review 3 (2), 13-19. Qanay, G. & Frost, D. (2023). Teacher Leadership in Kazakhstan Initiative. In C. Mclaughlin, L. Winter & N.Yakavets (Ed), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan, Cambridge University Press. KERA (2020). Code of ethics for educational researchers in Kazakhstan. Astana: First edition. - Nur-Sultan McLaughlin, C. and Ayubayeva, N. (2015). ‘It is the research of self-experience’: feeling the value. Action Research. Educational Action Research 23 (1), 51-67. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Leading Schools in Uncertain Times: Exploring Factors of School Leaders' Innovation-related Self-efficacy 1University of Tübingen, Germany; 2Leuphana University of Lüneburg, Germany Presenting Author:Self-efficacy has been widely established as an important construct in educational research and can be defined as the belief that own capabilities are strong enough to reach a set goal (Bandura, 1977). To date, there is extensive research on self-efficacy for student outcomes (Bartimote-Aufflick et al., 2016) and for teachers (e.g., Perera et al., 2019; Hajovsky et al., 2020). However, it has been less focus on school leaders’ self-efficacy (Fischer, 2020), which can be defined as the leaders’ belief in their own competence to induce change in their school (Fischer 2020; Tschannen-Moran & Gareis, 2004), and which proves to be a predictor of student achievement (Leithwood & Jantzi, 2008), organizational learning (Hesbol, 2019), and crisis management (Röhl et al., 2022). In particular, few findings exist on the sources and conducive factors that influence school leaders’ self-efficacy. Taking up this desideratum, the present study that is presented in the poster addressed the research question of what factors foster school leaders’ innovation-related self-efficacy. Bandura (1977) proposed that mastery experience, vicarious experience, social persuasions, and physical and emotional states are antecedents of self-efficacy. The influence of these factors on self-efficacy has been widely researched and empirically proven (e.g., Pfitzner-Eden, 2016). We firstly hypothesize that mastery experience (here, perceived achievement), vicarious experience (here, mentors as role models), verbal persuasion (here, encouragement from mentors or colleagues), and emotional state (here, exhaustion) impact school leaders’ innovation-related self-efficacy (H1). Secondly, studies on factors which are included in professional training and development opportunities have indicated to influence school leaders’ self-efficacy positively (Anselmus et al., 2022; Fischer, 2020; Versland, 2016). Based on these findings, we hypothesize that also leadership-related professional development factors increase school leaders’ innovation-related self-efficacy (H2). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To investigate our hypotheses, we used a representative sample of N = 405 school leaders in Germany collected by a professional survey provider in 2019. We measured school leaders’ innovation related self-efficacy using four items provided by Schmitz and Schwarzer (2002; ω = .811). Additionally, we surveyed the possible sources of self-efficacy mentioned by Bandura as well as completed qualifications programs and professional development activities with single items. Furthermore, we controlled for school leaders’ gender, migration background, professional experience, school size, - and type. Specifying a structural equation model including all assumed predictors of self-efficacy, results show that perceived achievement (β = .282, p < .001) and encouragement from team (β = .259, p < .001) both had significant effects on innovation-related self-efficacy in school leaders, as well as exhaustion (β = .103, p = .028). Mentors as role model (β = .027, p = .417), and encourager (β = -.005, p = .485) showed no significant effects. Regarding school leaders’ professional development activities, analysis revealed a significant effect of participation in university trainings and courses (β = .109; p = .007) and professional learning networks (β = .101, p = .032). Contrary to expectations, there were no significant effects of participating in leadership qualification programs, in-service trainings offered by the school administration, or other job-related learning opportunities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, many of the sources postulated by Bandura (1997) as well as the conduciveness of professional learning for self-efficacy can be confirmed to some extent. However, it should be noted that the findings are solely based on cross-sectional analyses and therefore no causal statements can be made. Nevertheless, our results demonstrate the value of leadership preparation programs that permit the participants to explore different work-related tasks and promote feelings of mastery, as well as the importance of team cooperation for the development of self-efficacy. Furthermore, the findings point to the open question of how mentoring relationships, often leadership qualification programs, and in-service training provided by school administrations can be made more conductive to school leaders’ self-efficacy development. References Anselmus Dami, Z., Budi Wiyono, B., Imron, A., Burhanuddin, B., Supriyanto, A., & Daliman, M. (2022). Principal self-efficacy for instructional leadership in the perspective of principal strengthening training: work engagement, job satisfaction and motivation to leave. Cogent Education, 9(1), 2064407. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2022.2064407 Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191–215. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.191 Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The Exercise of Control. Freeman. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/1997-08589-000 Bartimote-Aufflick, K., Bridgeman, A., Walker, R., Sharma, M., & Smith, L. (2016). The study, evaluation, and improvement of university student self-efficacy. Studies in Higher Education, 41(11), 1918–1942. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2014.999319 Fisher, Y. (2020). Self-efficacy of School Principals. In Oxford research encyclopedia, education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/97680190264093.013.910 Hajovsky, D. B., Chestnut, S. R., & Jensen, K. M. (2020). The role of teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs in the development of teacher-student relationships. Journal of School Psychology, 82, 141–158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2020.09.001 Hesbol, K. A. (2019). Principal self-efficacy and learning organizations: influencing school improvement. International Journal of Educational Leadership Preperation, 14(1), 33–51. Leithwood, K., & Jantzi, D. (2008). Linking leadership to student learning: the contributions of leader efficacy. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(4), 496–528. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X08321501 Perera, H. N., Calkins, C., & Part, R. (2019). Teacher self-efficacy profiles: determinants, outcomes, and generalizability across teaching level. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 58, 186–203. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2019.02.006 Pfitzner-Eden, F. (2016). Why do I feel more confident? Bandura’s sources predict preservice teachers’ latent changes in teacher self-efficacy. Frontiers in Psychology, 7(1486). https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2016.01486 Röhl, S., Pietsch, M., & Cramer, C. (2022). School leaders’ self-efficacy and its impact on innovation: findings of a repeated measurement study. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 174114322211324. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432221132482 Schmitz, G. S., and R. Schwarzer. 2002. "Individuelle und kollektive Selbstwirksamkeitserwartung von Lehrern." In Selbstwirksamkeit und Motivationsprozesse in Bildungsinstitutionen, edited by Matthias Jerusalem and Diether Hopf, 192-214. Belz. Tschannen-Moran, M., & Gareis, C. (2004). Principals’ sense of efficacy. Assessing a promising construct. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(5), 573–585. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578230410554070 Versland, T. M. (2016). Exploring self-efficacy in education leadership programs: what makes the difference? Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 11(3), 298 https://doi.org/10.1108/09578230410554070320 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Safety and Healthy School Climate in Education - The Role of Administration Aegean University, Greece Presenting Author:The issue of security in an organisation is a very important parameter for the smooth running of the organisation and its profitability. For educational organisations in particular, the issue of security is crucial as unsafe operating conditions cause dysfunction and obstacles to the educational process. The feeling of insecurity caused to students and teachers does not contribute to the smooth functioning of the school and the achievement of its objectives. The head teacher of a school and the teachers' association, as the collective governing body, play an essential role in ensuring all aspects of the safe operation of the school. Safety in schools is divided into physical, emotional and digital (Hammond, 2020; Sergiovanni, 2000; Freiberg, 1998). In addition to the issue of safe facilities, there are also serious incidents of violence, such as shootings, kidnappings, etc., that take place in school environments (Armstrong, 2019). Today, in the era of globalisation of knowledge and information, with the spread of digital technology and its use both for educational purposes in an organised and personalised way by every student or adult, information is accessible in many ways (Sherry, 2020). School violence, victimization and acrimonious relationships in schools today are occurring with enough frequency to take on epidemic characteristics, and research to analyze them applies epidemiological methods. The term Epidemiology is a compound of the adverb " ep" meaning upon, the term "demos" meaning population and the term " logos" meaning the scientific analysis of the issue. "Epidemiology is the study of the distribution and determinants of health-related conditions or events in specific populations and the application of this study to the control of health problems." (Last, 2001, p. 61). Methods of investigating factors that harm public health are appropriate for investigating factors that negatively affect the work of schools. Education researchers who adopt the methods of epidemiology are able to identify key problems that harm the educational process and school effectiveness and find solutions. "The purpose-driven teacher understands the value of seeking information about the underlying problem so that the problem can be identified and solved." (McGiboney, 2023, p. 22). The purpose of this study is to explore the views of school principals and teachers, as members of the faculty and therefore a collective governing body, regarding safety and the creation of a healthy school climate in the school.The research aims to highlight the current issues of safety and school climate in schools, which seem to be negatively escalating, and to record the views of school management on this vital issue.The choice to interview principals and teachers on these issues is made because they are the ones who are most knowledgeable about the relevant problems and the most competent to highlight the critical parameters that will help prevent risks or improve difficult situations.The principal and teachers experience the daily life of the school internally, they are not external evaluators.For this reason, their opinions and suggestions are the most valid and useful for taking measures that will help to create safe schools, schools that all teachers and students want to belong to. Based on the above, the research questions posed are: A) What are the safety challenges according to the views of school principals? B) What are the factors that compromise school safety and how do they address them? C) What policies and practices can help overcome any problems in this regard?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The issue of school safety is becoming an increasingly serious one for those involved in the school community. Schools are crowded and busy places of activity, and the effectiveness and quality of educational work depends to a large extent on the sense of security in the area. School administrators bear the primary responsibility for ensuring and maintaining safe operating conditions for all participants in the site and educational processes. Pupils in school should feel wholly safe and secure, as well as being respected and connected in trusting relationships with adults and the learning environment. This study explored the views of principals and teachers of vocational high schools (VET) on the issue of safety. This was a quantitative survey of views conducted using a questionnaire. The statistical processing of the data was done with the statistical package for Social Sciences. 480 principals and secondary school teachers working in Vocational Lyceums of the Regional Directorate of Attica and the Regional Directorate of South Aegean took part in the survey. The ethical requirements of the research were met, as regards the consent of the participants, anonymity, data retention for a certain period of time, as stipulated by the Ethics Committee of the University of the Aegean and the Ministry of Education and Science. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This survey gave the principals and teachers the opportunity to highlight dimensions and problems in the operation of schools and related to safety. Respondents highlighted the safety problems faced in schools for students, teachers and other employees, and suggested solutions to overcome them. This survey wishes to contribute to the scientific debate on the effectiveness of schools at a time when problems are becoming more complex due to social and technological changes. The conclusions of the survey record that the issue of security affects the lives of all members of the school community. It is of great concern to the principals of vocational high schools, and they particularly highlight the issue of the emotional safety of pupils. Burnout is also recorded for both principals and teachers, attributed to the increasing demands of their professional role. They stress that their existing institutional framework has focused on strengthening them however, they argue that schools are in need of further support frameworks and regulations. References Armstrong, T. (2019). School Safety Starts for Within. Educational Leadership, 77(2), 48-52. Freiberg, H. J. (1998). Measuring school climate: Let me count the ways. Educational Leadership, 56(1), 22-26. Hammond, Z. (2020). The Power of Protocols for Equity. Educational Leadership, 77(7), 45-50. Last, J.M. (2001). Dictionary of Epidemiology 4th Edition. New York, Oxford University Press. McGiboney W.G. (2023). The Psychology of School Climate, 2nd Edition. Cambridge Scholars Publishing. Sergiovanni, T. J. (2000). The lifeworld of leadership: Creating culture, community, and personal meaning in our schools. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Sherry, M. (2020). Three Strategies for Better Online Discussions. Educational Leadership, 77(7), 72-74. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Exploring Teacher Positionality in Collaborative Action Research Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Researchers argue that determining one’s positionality requires one to reflect on his/her multiple identities derived from group membership, roles and responsibilities, personality and value systems, characteristics and even language use. These factors may influence the research questions, methods and the way you interpret research findings. Hence, this small-scale research aimed to explore the teacher’s positionality in conducting collaborative action research. The issue related to our own positionality was identified when we, as teachers, engaged in collaborative action research to examine students’ engagement in classroom learning (SECL). The SECL collaborative action research project was introduced as a part of the SHARE (School Hub for Action Research in Education) initiative that our school joined in September 2023. The team consisting of five teachers, who are the authors of this paper, from Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools of Physic and Maths in Astana (NIS), participated in trainings on SECL project conducted by Emeritus Professor of the University of Cambridge Collen McLaughlin, Ex-Principal of Bottisham Village College Kate Evans and the national coordinator of SHARE in Kazakhstan, Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva. In SECL collaborative action research, teachers were tasked with conducting structured action research, including delivering a lesson, videotaping this lesson, conducting a reflective interview with a teacher and students, transcribing and making sense of collected data and organizing an in-depth discussion of the findings. Each team member was responsible for one of the processes to be undertaken in the project. In all this processes we were asked to observe the ethical considerations. The first stage of the SECL project was concluded with a reflective discussion on the processes undertaken facilitated by the national coordinator of SHARE. Through this deep reflection and discussion, it became evident that understanding our own positionality as teachers in this project was crucial for effectively harnessing the collected data to achieve valid, transparent, and accurate results for action. Hence, a decision was made to explore the aspects of teacher positionality before digging into the data on the SECL project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we employ the term “positionality” as an individual’s world view and the position they adopt about a research task and its social and political context (Foote & Bartell 2011, Rowe, 2014). We align with the assertion that “positionality is never fixed and always situation and context-dependent” (Holmes, 2020). To explore this there are two main sources of information were used to explore the concept under study. Firstly, a systematic literature review was conducted guided by the research question. Google Scholar served as the primary platform for literature search. The key words related to the subject such as “positionality in action research”, “positionality in collaborative action research” and “teacher positionality”, “practitioner positionality”, “language and positionality” and “power and positionality” to find relevant literature. These terms were translated into Kazakh and Russian languages and search was conducted in three languages simultaneously to ensure a comprehensive exploration of context-dependent aspects. Additionally, we determined that each participant in the SECL project should compose a reflective account on the processes and conducted components of the study with the focus to learn about our own positionality, and clarify how it might impact the results of the study. Notably, two members of our team hold administrative roles within the school authority. Due to their administrative duties, these teachers faced challenges in completing their part of the research activities promptly. Consequently, their full engagement in the study’s process was limited. Hence, the team members honest and transparent reflective accounts not only to serve us to enrich the literature review conducted, but also flagged the issues related to our context, which will be valuable insight to share within the SHARE community and beyond. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the study highlighted importance of reflecting upon and understanding a researcher’s positionality, particularly engaging as an insider researcher or a practitioner researcher involved in collaborative action research initiatives. As such, our team defined four key aspects in our roles as practitioner researchers. These aspects encompass teachers’ behavior when conducting research with students; understanding research activities; researcher’s language position; and the teacher’s position in action research. Teachers conducting research should take an honest and critical stance throughout their future research and at any given stage of a particular research project. (Mellisa Chin et al., 2022). It is necessary to make a contract with students during research, or if it is necessary to ask for permission. The languages used and spoken by participants and researchers can significantly influence the quality of the data collected (Cormier, 2017). In any study, whether the researcher is a linguistic outsider, or an insider plays an important role. This can affect not only the reliability and validity of the data, but it also affects the relationship dynamics between the researcher and the participants. Jemma Simeon (2015) discusses about relationships between research participants that may affect the accuracy of the research. Hence, while conducting action research project teachers should critically understand their own positionality. For further research we intend to identify what types of positionality teachers encounter while conducting research activities and to explore how these research challenges affect their research results. he outcome of the team’s research is to create a framework; teachers may use it to know how to escape the situations that decrease the efficiency of their study because of teacher positionality. References Foote, Mary Q. and Tonya Gau Bartell. “Pathways to Equity in Mathematics Education: How Life Experiences Impact Researcher Positionality.” Educational Studies in Mathematics, vol. 78, 2011, pp. 45-68. Gail Cormier (2017): The language variable in educational research: an exploration of researcher positionality, translation, and interpretation, International Journal of Research & Method in Education, DOI: 10.1080/1743727X.2017.1307335 Holmes, Andrew Gary Darwin. “Researcher Positionality - A Consideration of Its Influence and Place in Qualitative Research - A New Researcher Guide.” Shanlax International Journal of Education, vol. 8, no. 4, 2020, pp. 1-10. Chin, M., Beckwith, V., Levy, B., Gulati, S., Macam, A. A., Saxena, T., & Suwarningsih, D. P. S. (2022). Navigating researcher positionality in comparative and international education research: Perspectives from emerging researchers. International Education Journal: Comparative Perspectives, 21(2), 21-36. Rowe, Wendy E. “Positionality.” The Sage Encyclopedia of Action Research, edited by Coghlan, David and Mary Brydon-Miller, Sage, 2014. Simeon, J. (2015), "A reflexive account on my positionality in a collaborative action research project in a Seychelles secondary school", Qualitative Research Journal, Vol. 15 No. 1, pp. 2-19. https://doi.org/10.1108/QRJ-05-2014-0016 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster From Deliberative to Radical Democracy? The Potentiality of the Collaborative and Open Curriculum Process in Politicisation of Gender Equality University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:This summary part of my dissertation deals with the conflicting gender equality discourses in the recent curriculum process for Finnish basic education. From the perspective of radical democracy, the study investigates the potential of an open curriculum process to bring discursive conflicts into light. Despite the study focuses on the Finnish context, it provides a global perspective on the open and inclusive curriculum processes. The latest Finnish curriculum process provides a compelling perspective on the curriculum drafting and to struggles related to gender equality in basic education for two significant reasons. Firstly, the curriculum process demonstrated greater openness compared to its predecessors, which offered a possibility to members of society to voice their opinion on education policies during the process. Secondly, the Finnish National Core Curriculum (FNCC) for basic education underwent revision at the same time with the amendment (1329/2014) of the Act on Equality between Women and Men (609/1986) in 2014. Following the revisions, Finnish comprehensive schools are now required to formulate equality policies, and the understanding of gender was extended from a binary concept to gender diversity. In the latest curriculum process topic of gender gained visibility when both national and local policies had to adapt revisions. Finland is well-known for being a model country of gender equality (Edström & Brunila 2016; Lahelma, Öhrn & Weiner 2021). Because of this reputation, there is a perception that gender equality achieved state of affairs. As a result, Finnish educational policies have stressed gender-neutral discourse, taken binary essence of gender for granted and avoided challenging gendered power relations (Edström & Brunila, 2016). Thus, the amendments to the Act on Equality may raise conflicting views on gender equality within a context accustomed to gender-neutral discourses. The study critically examines discursive construction of gender equality (see Fairclough 1992; 1995), and asks, how gender equality is discursively shaped and what kind of conflicts between discourses arise at different phases of the curriculum process, in 1) FNCC 2004 and 2014, 2) the FNCC2014 draft and feedback comments given on it and 3) school-based gender equality policies (n=140). The study also explores the notably open curriculum process, investigating how discursive conflicts on gender equality are addressed within the process and examining the transformative potential linked to these conflicts from the standpoint of radical democracy. Previous studies on curriculum process have assessed the success of the processes from the perspectives of shared meaning making, coherence, validity, transparency and consensus (e.g. Pietarinen et al. 2016; Säily 2021). However, deliberative democracy has been criticized for instance by policy researcher Chantal Mouffe. She (2013; 2020) argues that the principles of deliberative democracy often supersede the interests and ideologies linked to political matters. Furthermore, in the deliberative model, policymaking focuses more on the outcome rather than the conflicts that emerge during negotiation. Mouffe challenges deliberative understanding of democracy with her own model of radical democracy. Within radical democracy, ideological conflicts are viewed as essential for the politicization of issues and for exposing the underlying power dynamics. Mouffe argues that consensus solutions do not eliminate power relations. Alongside with these notions made by Mouffe, feminist policy researchers (Lombardo et al., 2009; Prügl, 2011; Rönnblom, 2017) have emphasised the need of politicisation of gender. Then gender is to be articulated in terms of conflicting interests and as a matter of power relations (Rönnblom, 2017, p. 162; Elomäki & Ylöstalo 2021). The study adopts a critical perspective on the tradition of deliberative democracy within Finnish curriculum studies. It assesses the capacity of radical democracy to effectively handle discursive conflicts and address the social power relations in the curriculum process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study I have examined education policy documents which represent three different phases of Finnish curriculum process: 1) Finnish national core curriculum (FNCC) 2004 and 2014, 2) the draft of FNCC2014 and feedback comments given on it and 3) school-based gender equality policies (n=140). I have utilized Faircloughian discursive approach to make visible gender equality discourses and the hierarchy between the discourses. Fairclough approaches discourse three-dimensionally as a text, discourse practice and social practice. He perceives discourse intertwined with non-discursive social structures and institutional practices, which are approached via theoretical concepts and previous studies. I approached the documents as social events, which construct and reflect understanding of gender equality, but also maintain or challenge gendered power relations (see Fairclough 1992). In first phase of the analysis, I read carefully the vocabulary and expressions of the sentences dealing with gender equality. In second phase, I focused on the gender equality interpretations. In the three sub-studies, I utilized different feminist policy theories (Squires 1999; 2001; Fraser 2005; Lombardo et. al. 2009), to make visible discursive practices on gender equality: These theoretical frameworks helped me to interpret how words construct and reflect different kinds of understanding of equality. In the last phase of analysis, I explained the discursive construction of gender equality to its societal and institutional practices, such as decontextualization of educational sciences, hegemony of gender binarism in educational equality policies and strategic managerialism in equality work. Finally, I structured the order of discourses in each sub-study and reflected on the conflicts that arise between them. Finally, I assessed how these conflicts evolve within the curriculum process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the feedback comments given on core curriculum draft illustrates that gender equality is a contested concept in Finnish education policies. The process perspective illustrates that the neoliberal discourse emphasizing individuality, and anti-feminist discourse neglecting gender diversity, had the most significant impact on the published FNCC2014. As a result, the comments which challenged gender binarism were bypassed in the published version of FNCC2014. In the school-specific equality policy documents, 50% of the 140 schools avoided mentioning gender, while the remaining half fixed it to depoliticised measures that did not conceptualize gender in terms of power. The issue with these documents was their failure to politicize gender. Altogether, these phases of curriculum process illustrate that the relatively open and collaborative curriculum process can offer a stage for conflicting discourses to combat over meaning of equality. In the preparatory phase, post-modern, neoliberal and anti-feminist discourses were conflicting, because they approached gender binarism differently. However, only discourses, which emphasized neutrality and individuality changed published FNCC2014. The discursive conflicts of preparatory phase were still apparent in published FNCC, but they are mitigated compared to preparatory phase. This might reflect consensus-seeking tradition of deliberative democracy, which avoids conflicts and the hegemonic power intertwined with them (see Mouffe 2013; 2020). On the local level, it seems that schools have difficulties to approach gender as a matter of power relations and to handle conflicting views on equality. It seems that schools emphasise consensus-policies, which do not trouble current school culture or serve interests of anybody (see Rönnblom 2017). From a radical democratic standpoint on the curriculum process, I propose that curriculum processes should recognise the transformative potential of discursive conflicts, no to vanish them. Therefore, these conflicts should be critically assessed at higher levels of policymaking, providing schools with opportunities to deal with politicised topics. References Act on Equality between Women and Men. (609/1986; amendments up to 915/2016 included) https://www.finlex.fi/en/laki/kaannokset/1986/en19860609_20160915.pdf (read 19.10.2023). Edström, C., & Brunila, K. (2016). Troubling gender equality: Revisiting gender equality work in the famous Nordic model countries. Education as Change, 20(1): 10–272. https://doi.org/10.17159/1947-9417/2016/564. Elomäki, A., & Ylöstalo, H. (2021). From promoting gender equality to managing gender equality policy. International Feminist Journal of Politics, 23(5), 741–762. https://doi.org/10.1080/14616742.2021.1880289 Fairclough, N. 1992. Discourse and Social Change. Cambridge and Maiden: Polity. Fraser, N. 2005. “Reframing Justice in Globalizing World.” New Left Review 36: 69–88. Lahelma, E. 2014. “Troubling Discourses on Gender and Education.” Educational Research 56 (2): 171–183. doi:10.1080/00131881.2014.898913 Lahelma, E., Öhrn, E., & Weiner, G. (2021). Reflections on the emergence, history, and contemporary trends in Nordic research on gender and education. In M. Carlson, B. E. Halldórsdóttir, B. Baranović, A.-S. Holm, S. Lappalainen, & A. Spehar (Eds.), Gender and Education in Politics, Policy and Practice – Transdisciplinary Perspectives (pp. 17–33). Springer. Lombardo, E., Meier, P., and Verloo, M. (2009). Stretching and bending gender equality. A discursive politics approach. In E. Lombardo, P. Meier, and M. Verloo (Eds.), The discursive politics of gender equality. Stretching, bending and policy-making (pp. 1–18). Routledge. Mouffe, C. 2013. Agonistics. Thinking the world politically. Verso. Mouffe, C. 2020. The return of the political. Verso. Pietarinen, J., Pyhältö, K. & Soini, T. 2016. Large-scale curriculum reform in Finland – exploring the interrelation between. Shared Sense-Making in Curriculum Reform: Orchestrating the Local Curriculum Work. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-15. Prügl, E. (2011). Diversity management and gender mainstreaming as technologies of government. Politics & Gender, 7(1), 71–89. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1743923X10000565 Squires, J. 1999. Gender in political theory. Polity. Squires, J. 2001. Representing groups, deconstructing identities. Feminist Theory 2 (1), 7–27. Rönnblom, M. (2017). Analysing power at play: (Re-)doing an analytics of the political in an era of governance. In C. Hudson, M. Rönnblom, & K. Teghtsoonian (Eds.), Gender, governance and feminist analysis: Missing in action? (pp. 162–180). Routledge. Säily, L., Huttunen R., Heikkinen H. L. T., Kiilakoski T. & Kujala T. (2020): Designing education democratically through deliberative crowdsourcing: the case of the Finnish curriculum for basic education, Journal of Curriculum Studies, DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2020.1857846 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 D: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Formal and Informal Mentoring: The Literature Review 1Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Almaty, Kazakhstan; 2ChBD NIS Almaty, Kazakhstan; 3NARXOZ University Presenting Author:As a young teacher and a graduate of Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, I have returned to pursue further studies as a PhD student. My personal journey has sparked my interest in mentoring, particularly in the context of formal and informal mentoring programmes. Mentoring is a crucial aspect of professional development, particularly for novice teachers who require support and guidance as they show the complexities of the classroom. Mentoring is a process that defines the relationship between mentor and mentee. Mentoring can take many forms, ranging from formal programmes to informal relationships that develop spontaneously between colleagues. The literature on mentoring is vast and varied, with empirical studies exploring the benefits and challenges of different mentoring approaches. As a young teacher, I have experienced the benefits of mentoring first-hand. I have been fortunate to have mentors who have provided me with guidance and support as I face classroom challenges. However, I have also encountered the limitations of mentoring, particularly regarding access to resources and the challenges of mentoring programmes. Formal mentoring requires a short-term (one-year) formal programme (Inzer & Crawford, 2005). The mentors are usually assigned and protégés (mentees) are strongly encouraged to participate in this programme (Cotton, Ragins, & Miller, 2000). An informal programme, on the other hand, is defined as a natural process where the mentor and mentee are in a good relationship that contains personal and professional respect. The relationship is usually long-term. However, in comparing formal and informal mentoring, Boyle and Boice (1998) found that participants of the formal mentoring programme reported high levels of satisfaction, considering better planning, organisation, systematic feedback, and the huge involvement of mentees in school activities. As discussed by the other researcher, Mathias (2005), teachers who just started their career, have a greater appreciation for the formal mentorship component. Furthermore, he follows that formal mentorship provided them with more in-depth support for professional growth, with the help of outside experts, invited to support the unique requirements of each department. On the other hand, according to the study of Inzer and Crawford (2005), informal organisational mentoring is more advantageous than formal mentoring. They argue that more career development activities, such as coaching, giving difficult jobs, or raising mentees’ experience and reflectiveness, were performed by informal mentors. Positive psychosocial behaviours like counselling, social interaction assistance, role modelling, and friendship-granting were more frequently performed by informal mentors. Due to the ease of relating to one another, informal mentoring ties grow. As the mentee may seek to imitate the mentor's traits, and the mentor may recognise themselves in the mentee. Consequently, informal mentoring is considered one of the most effective and useful strategies for mentees’ development, as it lasts longer and is based on both mentor and mentee satisfaction. It takes place in a relationship that both teachers voluntarily form, where friendship comes first, followed by education and career. Although informal mentors excel in career development, they fail to acknowledge the structured programmes that formal mentoring might provide for skill enhancement. Moreover, emphasising how simple it is to establish ties in informal mentoring may have the possibility of prejudice or the absence of systematic supervision in these kinds of relationships, resulting in the mentor and mentee choice being based more on personal preferences than on objective standards of professional growth. Therefore, the paper aims to provide a further review of the literature by comparing formal and informal mentoring programmes by highlighting the benefits and critiques that each type of programme faces. The review addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology employed in this review reflects my personal experiences and challenges encountered during the research process. In order to perform this literature evaluation on the topic of formal and informal mentoring, a thorough and systematic strategy was chosen. Using Boolean operators for refinement, the search method used keywords like "formal mentoring," "informal mentoring," "mentorship," "mentoring programmes," and "mentoring relationships" to look for electronic databases like SCOPUS, ERIC, Google Scholar and the university library. While access to certain scholarly articles was limited due to subscription constraints, as my university could not provide me with a SCOPUS subscription, I managed these challenges by utilizing open-access resources, such as Sci-hub. This approach allowed me to engage with a wide range of literature while acknowledging and working within the limitations posed by subscription barriers. Peer-reviewed articles and scholarly publications published in English, Russian and Kazakh between 1990 and 2023 were included in the inclusion criteria. The choice of this time frame is notable since it coincides with Kazakhstan's independence, marking a period of substantial change in the nation's educational system. Furthermore, the review includes international sources that provide thorough analyses of mentorship systems that extend beyond Kazakhstan. After a first screening of the titles and abstracts, a full-text review was conducted, and 30 papers out of initial number of 70 were ultimately chosen, with an emphasis on reviews, meta-analyses, and empirical research. Information about the author(s), publication year, research design, methodology, important findings, and implications were all retrieved as part of the data extraction process. The nature of mentoring relationships as formal and informal, the comparison of both formal and informal mentoring, the benefits and critiques of formal and informal mentoring, and the contextual elements affecting mentoring practices were chosen as the basis for thematic categorisation of the articles. Systematic quality evaluation ensured the reliability and validity of the selected literature. While acknowledging certain limitation as the period of time selected, the technique used offers a strong basis for the analysis of the literature provided in this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, this literature review has been a valuable learning experience for me as an emerging researcher. It has provided insights into the complexities of mentoring and the challenges faced in accessing scholarly resources. Through this process, I have gained a deeper understanding of the methodologies and a broader understanding of mentoring, which has significantly contributed to my professional development as a Ph.D. student. The review has also shed light on the challenges inherent in accessing scholarly literature, prompting a reflection on the limitations and opportunities presented by the current academic environment. Overall, the literature review provides a comprehensive overview of the types of mentoring, highlighting the benefits and challenges of different approaches and offering insights into the ways in which mentoring can support teacher retention and professional development. References References Boyle, P., & Boice, B. (1998). Systematic Mentoring for New Faculty Teachers and Graduate Teaching Assistants. Innovative Higher Education, Vol. 22, No. 3. Brannon, D., Fiene, J., Burke, L., & Wehman, T. (2009, Fall). Meeting the needs of new teachers through mentoring, induction, and teacher support. Academic Leadership, 7(4), 1-7. Brown, K. M., & Wynn, S. R. (2007). Teacher Retention Issues: How Some Principals are Supporting and Keeping New Teachers. Journal of School Leadership, 17(6), pp. 664–698. Cotton, J. L., Ragins, B. R., & Miller, J. S. (2000). Marginal mentoring: The effects of type of mentor, quality of relationship, and program design on work and career attitudes. Academy of Management Journal, 43(6), 1177-1194. Fantilli, R. D., & McDougall, D. E. (2009). A study of novice teachers: Challenges and supports in the first years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(6), 814–825. Ingersoll, R. M., & Smith, T. M. (2004). Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter? NASSP Bulletin, 88(638), 28–40. Ingersoll, R., & Strong, M. (2011). The Impact of Induction and Mentoring Programs for Beginning Teachers: A Critical Review of the Research. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), pp. 201–233. Inzer, L., & Crawford, C. (2005). A Review of Formal and Informal Mentoring. Journal of Leadership Education, 31-50. Koroleva. (2017). The role of mentoring in teacher professional development (Master thesis). Astana, Kazakhstan: Nazarbayev University. Kram, K. E. (1983). Phases of the mentor relationship. Academy of Management Journal, Boston University, 26, 000004. Long, J. (1994). The Dark Side of Mentoring. AARE Conference. Australian Catholic University Mathias, H. (2005). Mentoring on a Programme for New University Teachers: A partnership in revitalizing and empowering collegiality. International Journal for Academic Development, 10:2, 95-106. Rachel, S., Michelle, A. T., Krøjgaard, F., Karen, A., Dean, R., & Eva, B. (2020). A comparative study of mentoring for new teachers. Professional Development in Education. Schulleri, P. (2020). Teacher Mentoring: Experiences from International Teacher Mentors in Kazakhstan. Asian Journal of Education and Training, 6(2), 320-329. Stan, C. (2021). Formal Mentoring Versus Informal Mentoring in Education. The European Proceedings of Social and Behavioural Sciences (EpSBS), 165-174. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teacher Reasoning: Addressing Student Diversity in the Classroom 1The Hague University of Applied Sciences; 2Radboud University Nijmegen; 3Leiden University Presenting Author:Introduction, Research Objective, and Context: Previous research (Vanlommel et al., 2017; Jager et al, 2021) indicates that when tailoring their education to differences in the classroom, teachers make instructional decisions based on various sources of information. Studies indicate (Educational Inspectorate, 2023; Van Casteren et al.. 2017) that teachers find adapting to differences challenging, as they make a significant number of decisions throughout the day (approximately 1500) (Mockler, 2022). This aligns with research indicating that differentiation is a complex process requiring knowledge and skills to systematically and consciously utilize these information sources to shape education (Van Geel et al., 2019). Additionally, research (Urhahne & Wijnia, 2021; Payne, 2008; İnan-Kaya & Rubie-Davies, 2022 ) suggests that urban environments exhibit a high degree of diversity in classes, contributing to the complexity teachers face when tailoring their education to differences. To gain a deeper understanding of teachers' pedagogical reasoning regarding dealing with differences among students, this qualitative research was conducted to analyze the thoughts of teachers in the Haaglanden region in more detail. Specific attention is given to the role of the student in this process, and potential differences between schools regarding the student population are explored. Theoretical Framework: Pedagogical reasoning (Loughran, 2019) refers to the thoughtful thought process underlying teachers' informed professional practice . It involves teachers' ability to make thoughtful and informed decisions about teaching their students. When the level of diversity in the classroom is higher, it means greater complexity for the teacher to tailor education to all students. The use of information and data by teachers plays a crucial role in pedagogical reasoning (Keuning et al, 2017; Loibl et al., 2020, Park & Datnow, 2017). Teachers must effectively collect and analyze information to align their teaching practices with their students. When dealing with diversity, especially concerning students' backgrounds (Denessen, 2017), there are risks associated with the use of information and data . These risks can vary, and it is important for teachers to be aware of them to ensure a just and inclusive educational environment. Giving the student a voice in education can contribute to this (Hudson-Glynn, 2019). Research Questions:
Scientific and Practical Significance of the Content Contribution: By gaining a better understanding of what teachers do, teachers can be better supported in adaptive teaching to ultimately provide education to all their students, meeting all their educational needs while considering the socio-cultural background of the student or the school's location. This subject concerns all teachers, teacher-educators and educational researchers, not just in the Dutch context but it is internationally relevant to all educational professionals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employs a descriptive, qualitative research method (Creswell, 2013). Data were collected through 48 semi-structured interviews with teachers from 10 primary schools in the Haaglanden region. The interviews lasted 30–45 minutes, were conducted digitally via MS Teams or in-person, transcribed verbatim, and thematically analyzed using Atlas.ti. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results and Supported Conclusions: The research provides a more precise understanding of teachers' pedagogical reasoning regarding dealing with differences in the classroom. Preliminary results align with previous research, indicating that teachers reason about dealing with differences from various perspectives, depending on the goals they have in mind, and factors such as the school's educational vision, time, and the availability of materials can influence how teachers shape their instruction. Current efforts are being made to further analyze the ways differences exist in teachers' pedagogical reasoning regarding the school population. This includes a specific research period on how teachers reason about dealing with differences, how they then shape their instruction, the role of the student in this process and how teachers address specific backgrounds of students. References Creswell, J. W. (2013). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Sage Publications, Incorporated. Denessen, E. (2017). Verantwoord omgaan met verschillen: sociaal-culturele achtergronden en differentiatie in het onderwijs. Universiteit Leiden. Educational Inspectorate. (2023). De Staat van het Onderwijs 2023. [The state of education. Educational year report 2023]. Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap. Utrecht: Inspectie van het Onderwijs. Hudson-Glynn, K. (2019). Lessons learnt by student teachers from the use of children’s voice in teaching practice. In J. Wearmouth & A. Goodwyn (Ed.), Student teacher and family voice in educational institutions (pp. 15 - 32). New York: Routledge. İnan-Kaya, G., & Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2022). Teacher classroom interactions and behaviours: Indications of bias. Learning and Instruction, 78, 101516-. Jager, L., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A. H., & Meijer, P. C. (2021). Sixty seconds about each student–studying qualitative and quantitative differences in teachers’ knowledge and perceptions of their students. Social Psychology of Education, 24, 1-35. Keuning, T., Geel, M., & Visscher, A. (2017). Why a Data‐Based Decision‐Making Intervention Works in Some Schools and Not in Others. Learning Disabilities Research and Practice, 32(1), 32–45. Loibl, K., Leuders, T., & Dörfler, T. (2020). A Framework for Explaining Teachers’ Diagnostic Judgements by Cognitive Modeling (DiaCoM). Teaching and Teacher Education, 91, 103059-. Loughran, J. (2019). Pedagogical reasoning: the foundation of the professional knowledge of teaching. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 25(5), 523–535. Mockler, N. (2022). Teacher professional learning under audit: Reconfiguring practice in an age of standards. Professional Development in Education, 48(1), 166-180. Park, V., & Datnow, A. (2017). Ability grouping and differentiated instruction in an era of data-driven decision making. American Journal of Education, 123(2), 000-000. Payne, C. M. (2008). So much reform, so little change: The persistence of failure in urban schools. Harvard Education Press. 8 Story Street First Floor, Cambridge, MA 02138. Urhahne, D., & Wijnia, L. (2021). A review on the accuracy of teacher judgments. Educational Research Review, 32, 100374-. Van Casteren, W., Bendig-Jacobs, J., Wartenbergh-Cras, F., van Essen, M., & Kurver, B. (2017). Differentiëren en differentiatievaardigheden in het primair onderwijs. Nijmegen: ResearchNed, 2004-2006. Van Geel, M., Keuning, T., Frèrejean, J., Dolmans, D., van Merriënboer, J., & Visscher, A. J. (2019). Capturing the complexity of differentiated instruction. School effectiveness and school improvement, 30(1), 51-67. Vanlommel, K., Van Gasse, R., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2017). Teachers’ decision-making: Data based or intuition driven? International Journal of Educational Research, 83, 75-83. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster ComeMINT: TPACK - Pain/Gain Questionnaire to Assess Teachers' Knowledge and Readiness for Digitally Enhanced Biology Teaching 1University of Education Ludwigsburg, Germany; 2University Cologne, Germany; 3University Bielefeld, Germany Presenting Author:The overall aim of the ComeMINT research project is to design, implement and evaluate an adaptive, digitized teacher training course, available to pre-service and in-service teachers, to explore the potential of digital incremental scaffolds in biology education. Teachers are often challenged when faced with individual learning needs, particularly in science education. The complex nature of biology education enhances the demands - particularly when considering the challenge of problem-solving tasks during experimentation (Stiller & Wilde, 2021). It has been shown that the complexity of such problem-solving tasks often leads to student overload (Schmidt-Weigand et al., 2008). These challenges for students are particularly strong in heterogeneous learning groups that include students with different levels of prior knowledge (Kalyuga, 2013). Previous studies argue that students with a lack of prior knowledge of content and methods struggle with problem solving tasks compared to students with a higher level of prior knowledge (Bekel-Kastrup et al., 2020). The perceived complexity of the task and the level of prior knowledge seem to play an important role when considering students' learning progress. These different preconditions are often not considered in lesson planning. One way to consider students' preconditions is to implement (digital) incremental scaffolds. The potential of these scaffolds is often underestimated, although the positive effect of adaptable instructions can be beneficial for low-performing learners (Großmann & Wilde, 2019; Kalyuga, 2013) as well as students with high prior knowledge (Stäudel et al., 2007). Incremental scaffolds mediate between instruction and independent learning by considering students' prior knowledge (Franke-Braun et al., 2008; Hänze et al., 2010; Schmidt-Weigand et al., 2008). Therefore, scaffolding tools can meet different learning needs and reduce students' cognitive load (Arnold et al., 2017). Incremental scaffolds consist of structured prompts and worked examples that allow students to receive as much help as they individually need to solve problems (Schmidt-Weigand et al., 2008). This concept is not only useful for students who need additional help to solve a scientific problem but can also stimulate the learning process for more advanced students by creating a challenging learning situation, especially in biology classes (Großmann & Wilde, 2019). When it comes to reducing barriers and improving inclusion in biology education, digital learning tools might prove helpful (Stinken-Rösner et al., 2021). The integration of digital tools enables access to biology education for students with individual needs and facilitates the integration of assistive tools into biology lessons and experiments (Abels & Stinken-Rösner 2022). Furthermore, the use of incremental scaffolds could support scientific thinking (Arnold et al., 2017) as well as conceptual and procedural knowledge (Stiller & Wilde, 2021). The underlying research question revolves around the perceived behavioral orientation towards digital and heterogeneous sensitive teaching and the extent to which participation in our training influences the intention to implement the training content into the own lesson planning. A prerequisite for the implementation of digital scaffolding methods in the curriculum of biology teachers is curiosity about new technologies. Therefore, a pilot study will be conducted with pre-service biology teachers to investigate their readiness to integrate digital tools into their future teaching, as well as their prior knowledge of the available tools and their purpose of implementation through a questionnaire. As an intervention, these pre-service teachers will participate in a seminar to learn about inclusive technological applications and to generate their own teaching materials. A change in knowledge about suitable technologies and perceived readiness of conducting digitally enhanced biology lessons will be evaluated through pre- and post-questionnaires. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The content and structure of the teacher training will be based on Lipowsky and Rzejak's (2021) guidelines for effective teacher training (Lipowsky & Rzejak, 2021). It will be a fully digital self-study unit implemented on the iMooX platform (https://imoox.at/mooc/). The platform provides OER material and enables the individual creation of openly licensed online courses. The training will consist of a basic module and selectable advanced modules, allowing for a personalized learning experience if desired. The base module provides basic information about incremental scaffolds, such as their theoretical background, their effectiveness for student learning, and their development and use in the classroom. Advanced modules provide examples of the implementation of digital incremental scaffolds in biology education. Opportunities for collaboration and communication will be provided through a chat forum and optional workshop. The approach of the overall research project is based on intervention studies, building upon the main constructs of the Theory of Planned Behaviour (Ajzen, 1991). Therefore, we aim to examine the effect of the developed teacher training on participants' attitudes, subjective norms, perceived behavioral control and behavioral intentions as indicators of the prospective use of incremental scaffolds in biology education. Based on the potential change in teachers' intention to use digital incremental scaffolds after completing the training, a change in participants' teaching is expected and will be further investigated trough follow-up test or interviews. The TPACK model, or rather the adapted instrument by Zinn et al. (2022), has proven to be a useful tool for assessing pre-service teachers' digital literacy skills. Extending the test instrument to include the respondent's assessment of beneficial and detrimental factors (Pain/Gain elements) provides deeper insights into the respondent's motives for or against the use of technology. Therefore, in collaboration with Prof. Siegmar Otto (University of Hohenheim), we have developed a new 67-item scale that inquire about such elements. Together with the adapted 12-item TPACK scale (Zinn et al., 2022), this results in a comprehensive test instrument for assessing teachers' knowledge and readiness to use technology in biology lessons. The sample for the validation of this instrument will consist of approximately 25 pre-service teachers who will take part in an intervention seminar accompanied by a pre- and post-test. Targeted variables in the questionnaire will be the participants' technological pedagogical content knowledge, as well as their favorable or impeding factors for technology integration through various reasons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The intervention will take place between April and July 2024, accompanied by a pre- and post-test. As Bachelor students in their final semester are taking part in this seminar, we expect that the students have not yet gained much experience with technology integration in their own lesson planning. The pre-test offers insights into the pre-service teachers' current knowledge and readiness to incorporate digital technologies in their teaching. During the seminar, students explore the question of how digital applications can be used to support learning in heterogeneous learning communities. Each week, they will learn about new applications, thereby improving their prior knowledge and possibly their readiness to use technology in their own lessons. At the end of the seminar, the students present their own teaching concept and reflect on the benefits and disadvantages in the group. This approach serves as a pilot for our research question as to whether engaging with the topic of digital inclusion has a positive impact on knowledge and future teaching practice. We expect that this seminar will provide best practice-examples of digital and heterogeneity-sensitive biology lessons that we can integrate into our teacher training end of the year. The findings from the Bachelor seminar will be presented through our poster, contributing to the development of our self-study unit for biology-teachers. In addition, we will verify the suitability of the novel test instrument consisting of TPACK and Pain/Gain elements for assessing the level of knowledge and readiness of (pre-service) teachers to use technologies in their own teaching. References Abels, S., Stinken-Rösner, L. (2022). „Diklusion“ im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht – Aktuelle Positionen und Routenplanung. In: Watts, E.M., Hoffmann, C. (eds) Digitale NAWIgation von Inklusion. Edition Fachdidaktiken. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-37198-2_2 Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior, Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, Volume 50, Issue 2, Pages 179-211, ISSN 0749-5978, https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T. Arnold, J., Kremer, K., & Mayer, J. (2017). Scaffolding beim Forschenden Lernen. Eine empirische Untersuchung zur Wirksamkeit von Lernunterstützungen. Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Naturwissenschaften, 23, 21–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40573-016-005 Bekel-Kastrup, H., Hamers, P., Kleinert, S. I., Haunhorst, D., & Wilde, M. (2020). Schüler*innen werten selbstständig ein Experiment zur Bestimmung der Zellsaftkonzentration (Osmose) aus: Binnendifferenzierung im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht durch den Einsatz gestufter Lernhilfen. Die Materialwerkstatt. Zeitschrift für Konzepte Und Arbeitsmaterialien für Lehrer*innenbildung Und Unterricht., 2(1), 9–16. https://doi.org/10.4119/dimawe-3283 Franke-Braun, G., Schmidt-Weigand, F., Stäudel, L., & Wodzinski, R. (2008). Aufgaben mit gestuften Lernhilfen – ein besonderes Aufgabenformat zur kognitiven Aktivierung der Schülerinnen und Schüler und zur Intensivierung der sachbezogenen Kommunikation. In Kasseler Forschungsgruppe (Hrsg.), Lernumgebungen auf dem Prüfstand: Zwischenergebnisse aus den Forschungsprojekten (S. 27–42). Kassel: Kassel University Press Großmann, N., &Wilde, M. (2019) Experimentation in biology lessons: guided discovery through incremental scaffolds, International Journal of Science Education, 41:6, 759-781, doi: 10.1080/09500693.2019.1579392 iMooX-Homepage (https://imoox.at/mooc/, retrieved 30.01.2024) Kalyuga, S. (2013). Effects of learner prior knowledge and working memory limitations on multimedia learning. Procedia—Social and Behavioral Sciences, 83, 25–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro. 2013.06.00 Lipowsky, F., & Rzejak, D. (2021). Fortbildungen für Lehrpersonen wirksam gestalten. Ein praxisorientierter und forschungsgestützter Leitfaden. Bertelsmann Stiftung. 10.11586/2020080 Stäudel, L., Franke-Braun, G., &Schmidt-Weigand, F. (2007). Komplexität erhalten - auch in heterogenen Lerngruppen: Aufgaben mit gestuften Lernhilfen. CHEMKON, 14: 115-122. https://doi.org/10.1002/ckon.200710058 Stiller, C., & Wilde, M. (2021). Einfluss gestufter Lernhilfen als Unterstützungsmaßnahme beim Experimentieren auf den Lernerfolg im Biologieunterricht. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24(3), 743–763. 10.1007/s11618-021-01017-4 Stinken-Rösner, Lisa; Weidenhiller, Patrizia; Nerdel, Claudia; Weck, Hannah; Kastaun, Marit; Meier, Monique (2023). Inklusives Experimentieren im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht digital unterstützen - InInklusion digital! Chancen und Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildung im Kontext von Digitalisierung. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt 2023, S. 152-167 - URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-263095 - DOI: 10.25656/01:26309; 10.35468/5990-11 Zinn, B., Brändle, M., Pletz, C. & Schaal, S. (2022). Wie schätzen Lehramtsstudierende ihre digitali-sierungsbezogenen Kompetenzen ein? Eine hochschul- und fächerübergreifende Studie. die hochschullehre, Jahrgang 8/2022. DOI: 10.3278/HSL2211W. Online unter: wbv.de/die-hochschullehre 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Teacher’s Perception about Effectiveness of Action Research Methodology 1School-Lyceum No.76, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2UBES School, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-Lyceum No.72, Astana, Kazakhstan; 4School-Lyceum No. 59, Astana, Kazakhstan; 5School-Lyceum No. 70, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Introduction The purpose of this small-scale study is to study a perceived effectiveness of Action Research methodology and tools by teachers in the context of the Student Engagement project conducted by the SHARE community schools. The SHARE (schools hub for action research in education) is a community of 25schools located in Astana, Kazakhstan. The Share community was established in 2019 for collaborative study and implementation of the Action Research methodology to enhance teachers' pedagogical practices in classroom. In 2023 the Share schools collaboratively conducted “Student engagement” project. This practice-led research was aimed to study student engagement in the classroom and included the following:
Leaders of the SHARE community have developed the methodology of the 'Student Engagement' project. Throughout 2023, they supported project participants through in-service trainings and consultations. Additionally, the leaders provided participants with ready-made tools for project implementation, such as:
Each participating school independently utilized the knowledge and tools acquired from the leaders in their own school. Therefore, the project management processes and outcomes varied significantly, influenced by a wide range of factors such as:
The factors influenced the focus and activity of teachers in applying tools. The current study aims to explore teachers' perceptions of the effectiveness of the Action Research methodology and tools, using the 'Student Engagement' project as an example. The research questions:
Through an examination of these specific research questions, the research team also plans to better understand the context and factors influencing teachers' perceptions of the effectiveness of the Action Research methodology overall. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research site. The SHARE community comprises 25 schools in Astana, where dedicated teachers have actively participated in SHARE projects for an extensive period of over three years. The current study is the result of collaborative efforts by a team of educators within the professional research community of schools (#70, #59, #72, #76). The focal point of this collaborative exploration is the realm of Action Research, with a specific focus on evaluating the perceived effectiveness of tools aimed at enhancing classroom practices. Data collection and sampling. The study includes two phases: 1. Several survey questions on Action research methodology’s effectiveness as a part of a wider monitoring survey on results of SHARE project. All 25 schools - members of the SHARE community took part in the survey. 2. Interviews with teachers on perception of Action research effectiveness in the context of “Student engagement” project. By the time of abstract presenting the first stage of the study has been completed (November-December 2023). The survey was conducted among teachers participated in SHARE project. In total, 171 respondents took part in the survey from all 25 SHARE schools. Semi-structured interviews will be conducted in March – April 2024. Teachers participated in the “Student Engagement” project at different roles will be interviewed. The roles of teachers include the following: • Teacher conducting lessons during video recording; • Teacher observing the lesson; • Teacher recording video of the lesson; • Teacher conducting interviews; • Teacher participating in interviews as a participant; • Teacher participating in surveys or focus groups; • Teacher leading discussions of video recordings with students; • Teacher leading discussions of video recordings with the teacher who conducted the lesson; • Teacher participating in transcription; • Teacher participating in the analysis and interpretation of results. In most cases, teachers combined several roles in the project. Therefore, an average of 3-4 teachers from 5 schools are expected to participate in the interview. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Survey The preliminary results of the first stage of the study - the survey covered two main topics: 1. The role of research teachers in the Student Engagement project 2. The implementation of Action research tools. According to the survey results, action research tools are used by research teachers as follows: • To analyze the lesson; • To monitor the lesson; • To record a video lesson; • To jointly analyze the lesson; Overall results showed that a large majority of teachers (90%), confirmed the effectiveness of Action Research tools. 10% of teachers expressed doubts, providing responses such as “ineffective,” “can’t say,” or “did not participate.” In the process of data analysis, an interesting fact emerged, which showed that the majority of teachers who do not realize the effectiveness of Action Research tools are those who participated in the project as teachers who carried out a joint analysis of video lessons with students. Among teachers who actively participated in lesson analysis, lesson monitoring, and video lesson analysis, 90% expressed strong support for the effectiveness of action research tools, rating them as “effective” or “very effective”. Interviews with teachers In the results of conducting interviews with teachers regarding their perception of Action Research effectiveness in the context of the "Student Engagement" the research team plans to reveal insights about context, factors and overall impact of Action Research tools to the chanages in teacher practices in classroom. Teachers may share their experiences and identify specific Action Research strategies that they consider effective in enhancing student engagement. On the other hand, the interviews may reveal challenges or barriers teachers have encountered while implementing AR methodology in the context of student engagement. The interviews can also help assess the alignment between the goals of the "Student Engagement" project and the perceived effectiveness of AR methodology. References Ayubayeva, N. & McLaughlin, C. (2023). Developing Teachers as Researchers: Action Research as a School Development Approach, In C. Mclaughlin, L. Winter & N.Yakavets (Ed), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan, Cambridge University Press; Elliott, J. (1991). Action Research for Educational Change. Buckingham: Open University Press. McLaughlin, C. and Ayubayeva, N. (2015). ‘It is the research of self-experience’: feeling the value. Action Research. Educational Action Research 23 (1), 51-67. McLaughlin, Colleen. (2022). Connecting to School and Each Other: Towards a New Paradigm of a School Response to Mental Health. Impact, Issue 14. Rönnerman, K. (2003). Action research: educational tools and the improvement of practice. Educational Action Research, 11(1), 9-22. McLaughlin, C. & Ayubayeva, N. The teacher and educational change in Kazakhstan: through a sociocultural lens (2021), In Fielding, N. Ed. Kazakhstan at 30: The Awakening Great Steppe. (pp.175-191) 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster The Experiences and Professional Identity Development of Novice Teachers in the Face of Educational Reality of the 21st Century Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The aim of the study is to find out how beginning teachers experience the reality of education and how it changes the teacher's professional identity. Research objectives: 1. To conceptualise the notions of neoliberalism, new public management, knowledge society, social reproduction and constructivism in the context of novice teachers experiences in the 21st century. 2. To investigate how the concepts described in the theory are manifested in the experiences of beginning teachers and how they affect the teachers' professional identity. 3. To investigate the pedagogical development and beliefs of novice teachers over a period of two years. 4. To determine what factors influence similar choices - to stay working in public educational institutions, to move to the private sector or to leave the teaching profession. Research on the "reality shock" of beginning teachers (Veenman, 1984, Feiman-Nemser, 2001, Flores and Day, 2006, Tynjälä and Heikkinen, 2011, Morrison, 2013, etc.) proves the uniqueness of a teacher's professional beginning in terms of workload and responsibilities. Since it changes little over time, the novice teacher experiences the culture of the organization (and the field of all the educational system that affects him) quite thoroughly and intensively from the very beginning (it is not for nothing that the concept of "shock" is used). The "reality shock" of beginning teachers, the change in beliefs, pedagogical attitudes and practice have been extensively studied in the second half of the twentieth century (Lortie, 1975 (2020), Corcoran, 1981, Veenman, 1984, etc.) It was found that the beginning teacher's beliefs are formed while she/he is still a student and these beliefs are usually teacher-oriented, based on behaviouristic ideas, which rely on response reinforcement, punishments, and rewards. Later, in the years of study, the acquired more progressive knowledge and attitudes diminish again when they find themselves in the real reality of education - they return to their pre-study beliefs. Because at the end of 20th century, in pedagogy, a constructivist approach has become very widespread, which claims that learning is an active process of knowledge construction, researchers assume that the experience of modern novice teachers has already changed, so previously conducted research loses its relevance (Voss and Kunter, 2020). However, already in the 21st century, studies conducted abroad still show that in the second and third years of teaching, teachers' beliefs migrate to the side of traditional didactics (Flores and Day, 2006, Hong, 2010, Voss and Kunter, 2020, etc.), but similar empirical studies conducted in Lithuania could not be found. The theoretical part will aim to delve into the resistance of traditional education to more progressive education methods, its significance for student achievement in Lithuania, in connection with the concepts of poverty pedagogy and critical pedagogy (Tyack and Tobin, 1994, Mayer, 1996, Mayer, 2004, Haberman, 2010, etc.) A wide range of influences affects teachers’ everyday life: politics, institutional traditions, culture, norms, etc. Teachers' inner beliefs and instructions dictated by reformers often do not match (Lasky, 2005, Ponomarenko, 2022). In the research conducted by the author of this project, the testimonies of the teachers of the "Renkuosi mokyti!" project revealed unacceptable aspects of education for them: prevalence of fabrications (documents do not correspond to reality), chasing results, heavy workload, etc. (Lebedytė-Mečionienė, 2022). With the help of the postmodern direction of thought and its theorists: Lyotard, Foucault, Bourdieu, Baudrillard, Bauman, etc. it will be aimed to further deepen and analyse the processes in education by connecting them with the results of empirical research by foreign and Lithuanian scientists (Ball, Želvys, Vaitekaitis, Duoblienė, Ponomarenko, Tumlovskaja, etc.) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, I would like to reveal not only the momentary attitude and subjective experiences of beginning teachers, but also to record a possible deep change over time, therefore it was chosen to conduct a longitudinal qualitative study (Aleknevičienė, Pocienė and Šupa, 2020). Longitudinal research is not unambiguously described, various choices of duration and frequency are possible. However, there are authors who define a minimum duration for change - from 1 to 3 years (Holland, Thompson and Henderson, 2006). In this case, a two-point study is planned: in the first year of pedagogical work and at the beginning of the third year. It is based on studies of beginning teachers, which show that in the third year of teaching, emotional tension decreases and pedagogical beliefs are established (Goddard and Goddard, 2006, Voss and Kunter, 2020, etc.) It is planned to apply a narrative research strategy, from the point of view of which human experience is always narrated and it is through the narration that to the experience is given meaning (Moen, 2006). Narratives are inseparable from the social and cultural context; they represent a collective experience because the cultural, historical and institutional environment has shaped them (ibid.). It is planned to use an unstructured or semi-structured in-depth interview as a data collection method. Interviews are conducted in the first and third year of teaching. It is likely that some teachers may have given up the teaching profession. Data analysis. Interview recordings will be transcribed with intonation and other peculiarities. Later, the textual data will be reduced: coded, divided into topics, connections between topics will be searched - with the help of the NVIVO qualitative data analysis program. Finally, the structured data will be linked to the theoretical part and presented in the results. Quality assurance. It will be based on the main quality criteria of qualitative and narrative research: authenticity, reliability, critical reflexivity, etc. - in an attempt to secure them (Braun and Clarke, 2006, Andrews, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Neoliberalism, new public management, and life in the knowledge society greatly affect the daily experiences of novice teachers. A new focus may be established, possibly directed towards these factors as catalysts for development. The transition in the teaching profession from resistance to adaptation, along with the distinctive features of the new generation, may also be recorded. References Andrews, M. (2021). Quality indicators in narrative research. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 353-368, https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769241 Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of education policy, 18(2), 215-228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Feiman-Nemser, S. (2001). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers College Record, 103(6), 1013-1055. https://doi.org/10.1111/0161- 4681.00141 Flores, M. A., Day, C. (2006). Contexts which shape and reshape new teachers’ identities: A multi-perspective study. Teaching and teacher education, 22(2), 219-232. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.09.002 Goddard, R., Goddard, M. (2006). Beginning teacher burnout in Queensland schools: Associations with serious intentions to leave. The Australian educational researcher, 33(2), 61-75. Haberman, M. (2010). The Pedagogy of Poverty versus Good Teaching. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(2), 81–87. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171009200223 Holland, J., Thomson, R., Henderson, S. (2006). Qualitative longitudinal research: A discussion paper. London: London South Bank University. Hong, J. Y. (2010). Pre-service and beginning teachers’ professional identity and its relation to dropping out of the profession. Teaching and teacher Education, 26(8), 1530-1543. Lasky, S. (2005). A sociocultural approach to understanding teacher identity, agency and professional vulnerability in a context of secondary school reform. Teaching and teacher education, 21(8), 899-916. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.003 Lebedytė-Mečionienė, I. (2022). Pradedančiųjų mokytojų susidūrimas su ugdymo realybe: programos „Renkuosi mokyti!“ atvejis. Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia, 49, 56-68. https://doi.org/10.15388/ActPaed.2022.49.4 Lortie, D. C. (2020). Schoolteacher: A sociological study. University of Chicago press. Mayer, R. E. (2004). Should There Be a Three-Strikes Rule Against Pure Discovery Learning? American Psychologist, 59(1), 14–19. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.59.1.14 Moen, T. (2006). Reflections on the Narrative Research Approach. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(4), 56-69. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940690600500405 Morrison, C. M. (2013). Teacher Identity in the Early Career Phase: Trajectories that Explain and Influence Development. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 38(4), 91-107. http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2013v38n4.5 Tyack, D. ir Tobin, W. (1994). The "Grammar" of Schooling: Why Has It Been So Hard to Change? American Educational Research Journal, 31(3), 453-479. https://doi.org/10.2307/1163222 Tynjälä, P., Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2011). Beginning teachers’ transition from pre-service education to working life. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 14(11), 33. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-011-0175-6 Voss, T., Kunter, M. (2020). “Reality Shock” of Beginning Teachers? Changes in Teacher Candidates’ Emotional Exhaustion and Constructivist-Oriented Beliefs. Journal of Teacher Education, 71(3), 292–306. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487119839700 Veenman, S. (1984). Perceived Problems of Beginning Teachers. Review of Educational Research, 54(2), 143-178. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543054002143 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Research Skills and Dispositions in Teacher Education Through Service-Learning 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Ioannina, Greece; 3University of Regensburg, Germany; 4Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain; 5University College for Agricultural and Environmentral Education, Austria Presenting Author:Previously, extensive research has delved into service-learning and related methods, offering students the opportunity to not only grasp subject matter but also develop methodological and social skills through real-world interaction (Salam et al., 2019). In this poster presentation, we aim to examine service learning more closely. Specifically, we have crafted a service-learning experience, structured as a one-semester university course, for teacher education students with the objective of bolstering research skills and dispositions. At the beginning of the course, in-service teachers share real classroom challenges with pre-service students. These challenges may vary from developing more effective and less time-consuming marking procedures (Froehlich et al., 2021) to experimenting with game designs to enhance OneHealth education (Hobusch et al., 2024). Throughout the semester, students work in groups, alongside the teacher, volunteering subject-matter experts, and the course facilitator, to develop research-based solutions to the challenges presented. At the end of the semester, the research projects culminate in the presentation of solutions to in-service teachers, providing them with a valuable service. A student-centred, active and experimental teaching approach is recognized as effective in the development of research methods (Nind & Katramadou, 2023). And as social interactions are considered crucial to human learning (Eraut, 2007), our aim is to explore the effectiveness of service-learning in developing research skills and dispositions, and to identify the most significant learning interactions for students in this process. When discussing learning interactions, the focus is on the interactions between students, in-service teachers and experts, including course facilitators. Additionally, content interactions are also considered, as students are exposed to the school challenges presented by the in-service teachers and supported by learning materials at each stage of the research cycle. To achieve this goal, we have established an international longitudinal mixed-methods study, utilizing students’ reflections and questionnaire responses from various countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data is collected at the beginning, various points during, and at the end of the one-semester period to examine the research question objectively and comprehensively. 1. General Efficacy Measurement: To analyse the effects of learning interactions in more detail, we must first examine whether research skills and dispositions have increased overall. A modified questionnaire based on the Perceived Research Competence (PR-Comp) (Marrs et al., 2022) and the Teacher Educators’ Researcherly Disposition (TERDS) Scale (Tack & Vanderlinde, 2016) will be used as a pre- and post-assessment to determine changes in research skills and dispositions of pre-service teachers. Additionally, a control group comprising students from another university research methods course will also be used to ensure a robust comparison. 2. Initial Learning Interaction: The student research projects begin with an interaction between the students and the presented challenges. A qualitative analysis will be conducted, which involves discussing with the students the possible causes of the challenges and their readiness to tackle them. This is accompanied by a quantitative analysis, where each challenge is evaluated based on different parameters, such as frequency (students’ perception of how often the problem arises in the classroom) or urgency (the requirement for an immediate solution). 3. Ongoing Interactions: It is believed that learners benefit from active engagement fostered by learning interactions with in-service teachers, peers, course facilitators and experts. To analyse this informal learning, we use a modified questionnaire based on the Proactive Social Informal Learning (PSIL) Scale (Crans et al., 2023) at multiple points throughout the semester. This is complemented by qualitative reflection questions. 4. Change of Perspective: Analysing Teachers’ Experiences of Learning Interactions with Students and the Service Received Not only is the perspective of students of interest, but also the experiences and learning outcomes of teachers require analysis. An interview study with teachers is planned to assess and evaluate their skill development as well as whether the project has changed their teaching methods and whether they recognized the value of research-based practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As this service-learning experience takes place in an international setting, we will analyse its impact in Austria, Spain, Greece and Germany. This approach will provide a diverse and rich dataset that reflects the different educational environments and practices. Singular data points from other countries, such as Indonesia, will help to make further conclusions about generalizability. The presented findings on our poster will shed light on beneficial learning behaviours, optimal enhancement of research skills and disposition, and cultivating a researcher mindset in students and future educators. References Crans, S., Froehlich, D., Segers, M., & Beausaert, S. (2023). Measuring learning from others: The development and validation of the Proactive Social Informal Learning Questionnaire. International Journal of Training and Development, 27(3–4), 461–479. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijtd.12310 Eraut, M. (2007). Learning from Other People in the Workplace. Oxford Review of Education, 33(4), 403–422. Froehlich, D. E., Hobusch, U., & Moeslinger, K. (2021). Research Methods in Teacher Education: Meaningful Engagement Through Service-Learning. Frontiers in Education, 6, 680404. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.680404 Hobusch, U., Scheuch, M., Heuckmann, B., Hodžić, A., Hobusch, G. M., Rammel, C., Pfeffer, A., Lengauer, V., & Froehlich, D. E. (2024). One Health Education Nexus: Enhancing Synergy Among Science-, School-, and Teacher Education Beyond Academic Silos. Frontiers in Public Health, 11, 1337748.https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1337748 Marrs, S. A., Quesada-Pallarès, C., Nicolai, K. D., Severson-Irby, E. A., & Martínez-Fernández, J. R. (2022). Measuring Perceived Research Competence of Junior Researchers. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 834843. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.834843 Nind, M., & Katramadou, A. (2023). Lessons for teaching social science research methods in higher education: Synthesis of the literature 2014-2020. British Journal of Educational Studies, 71(3), 241–266. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2022.2092066 Salam, M., Awang Iskandar, D. N., Ibrahim, D. H. A., & Farooq, M. S. (2019). Service learning in higher education: A systematic literature review. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20(4), 573–593. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09580-6 Tack, H., & Vanderlinde, R. (2016). Measuring Teacher Educators’ Researcherly Disposition: Item Development and Scale Construction. Vocations and Learning, 9(1), 43–62. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-016-9148-5 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 E: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Into the Nature of Creativity: a Multimodal Exploration of Play & Games 1University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies (CEIS20); 2University of Porto; 3Malmö Univetsity Presenting Author:- Objective - As part of the 3rd year of my doctoral research in Contemporary Studies, at the Center for Interdisciplinary Studies of the University of Coimbra, I am currently undertaking the experimental phase of a transdisciplinary exploration that looks into Arts and Design as a Ludic Space, where players are more keen for adventures and prone to collaborate. My main objective is to acknowledge CREATIVE EMANCIPATION as an irreplaceable complement to academic learning and therefore present across every field of culture. In this regard, my research aims to demonstrate that collaboration can be fun, and therefore by losing the need for total control of our lives, we may be able to gain autonomy and collective power over our territory, not by making games serious, but by engaging in play that is never completely predetermined, but genuinely elicited by the search to enjoy each other. - Main Research Question - How can Game Design spark/inspire collective action for playfully coordinated political deliberation of everyday life? - Conceptual Framework - The games we play entail our first experience of political education, as they require us to assume roles, experiment power, manage conflicts and make decisions within the limited a playscape (Farnè). By interacting through games, what Fröbel called gifts, Vygotsky pivots, and Winnicott transitional objects, an educational experience is turned into self-learning practices as players learn what they need, at their own pace (Farnè). Similarly to carnival, festivals and parties, games are arenas for cultural exchange and can be studied as evidence of material culture. The processes used to build each copy reveal the technological dexterity, material availability, visual references and cultural concerns of players and designers. Play is conceived as a spontaneous and attractive attitude, granting games with a fleeting flexibility to spread, transporting their elements across cultures, while keeping their main characteristics together (Spanos). Since nobody can be forced to play, games allows players to relate to their environment by engaging into open-ended unconventional interactions, looking at complex issues and building low-fidelity representations of what they find relevant (Huizinga, Piaget, Vigotsky, Farné). It is also true that play has a perverse side, when for example, players are no longer aware they are being played (Flusser, Flanagan). As manipulation, abuse and welfare tactics may seem to be justified, game designers, teachers and ultimately every authority with the privilege of crafting others' experiences are responsible for their wellbeing and must act accordingly to their needs and expectations, promoting opennes to diversity, mutual respect and care among players. Play as a Pedagogy can be thought of as an enthusiastic system, where people cooperate with one another, in order to assure positive interdependence, preparing players to become responsible for their own path, attentive to their own motivations and to those of their peers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to test this ideas, I recall the cyclical structure and four stages of Kolb’s experiential learning (1984) and superimpose it over Hunicke, LeBlanc and Zubek’s MDA framework (2004) that looks into games as systems with Mechanic, Dynamic and Aesthetic elements. This operation creates a 4x4 matrix that describes games in regards to their structure and the different functions they play along its participatory developmental process. On the horizontal axis of this matrix there are 4 functions that respond to the following questions. In order for games to be memorable, these functions are to be perceived as coherent by the players, something that is quite difficult to design, but obviously not impossible: Objective: What is the game about? Productive: What artifacts/interfaces do we need to play? Interactive: What is it allowed to do within the game? Aesthetical: Why is it relevant? On the vertical axis, the matrix describes 4 stages of an experiential cycle by which emancipated players learn / design new games: Line 1 - Centered on Theory - How does play, design, culture and education relate to each other? How are they related today and how does that relation have evolved in history? In this regard, I've already published two articles in two international journals: one in Spanish [Alfabetización Multimodal: Sobre las formas de comunicar] and another in English [Games as Socio-Technical Systems: Interdisciplinary Infrastructure for a Pedagogy of Play]. Line 2 - Centered on Production - How to address creativity through different ways of being? My ongoing study of genius, our exceptional and natural disposition to imagine clever solutions rooted on resourceful analysis of the material richness at hand, turning obsolete ideas into better off configurations. Line 3 - Centered on Play - What is creativity? How do you play it? Who wants to play? From local interactions to online meeting places, virtual and tangible are no longer away from each other. This line aims at extending the magic circle outside the classroom, not by making games serious, but by engaging in exploratory play. Line 4 - Centered on Reflection - What are the constraints and enablers of creative freedom? An endeavor to unravel the fundamental nature of education: on the one side, the sensitive and spontaneous immersion into the chaos of the natural world and on the other side, an intentional and structured reflective assimilation process that leads to significant learnings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Along this journey I have managed to collect a series of learnings and case studies, examples of games that sustain what I’ve called, The Ludiverse: a design system to bridge the gap between users and designers, by acknowledging both as players on a common adventure. Even if these games conveyed a great vehicle to transfer learnings from theory to practice, my focus goes beyond the instrumentalization of play, as I am more interested in the integration of such didactics into a pedagogical framework that prepare people to surf chaos, to deal with unwanted situations and unforeseen results, incorporating creativity as a transdisciplinary field that provides specific tools to overcome the challenges of the reality we live in, that is not only joyful but may also have a therapeutic effect, as it allows to reinterpret traumatic experiences by building models and prototypes, that represent themselves on better off situations. My overall goal does not remain solely in a collection of games, I consider that the main contribution of this project will be the development of a network of creatives engaged in creative education, not limited to reproducing the status quo, but ingeniously addressing pertinent and complex challenges. Through an open model that can easily be adopted and reformulated by others (students, teachers, researchers, scientists, artists and designers all across the globe), I aspire to inspire attitudes of exploration, awe and curiosity, where people feel free to raise questions, suggest alternatives and build solutions to meet their own needs and such of their communities. In a few words, I expect to demonstrate that collaboration can be fun, and therefore by losing the need for total control of our lives, we may be able to create long lasting games, which in the terms of Roberto Farnè, enable a meaningful long-life education. References Alvarado, Maite (2013). Escritura e invención en la escuela. Bhabha, H. (1994). The location of culture. London: Routledge. Björgvinsson, E., Ehn, P., & Hillgren, P.-A. (2010). Participatory design and “democratizing innovation.” Bourriaud, N. (2008). Estética relacional. Caillois, R. (1958). Man, play and games. Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2000). Multiliteracies: Literacy learning and the design of social futures. Routledge. Cornu L. (1999). La confianza en las relaciones pedagógicas. Construyendo un saber sobre el interior de la escuela Cross, Nigel (2001). Designerly ways of knowing: design discipline versus design science. Culver, S. y Jacobson, T. (2012). Alfabetización mediática como método para fomentar la participación cívica. Dewey J. (1934). Art as experience. Equihua, L. (2017). El futuro del aprendizaje orientado a proyectos y productos mezclando disciplinas Elisondo, R. C., & Donolo, D. S. (2015). Creatividad y alfabetización informacional. Escobar, A. (2017). Autonomía y Diseño. La realización de lo comunal. Flusser, V. (1999). The Shape of Things. A Philosophy of Design. Freire, P. (1985). Pedagogía del oprimido. Fröbel, F. W. (1887). The Education of Man. Hunicke, R., LeBlanc, M. y Zubek, R. (2004). MDA: A Formal Approach to Game Design and Game Research. Illich, I. (1978). La convivencialidad. Kolb, D. (1994). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Lukosch, H. et al. (2018). A Scientific Foundation of Simulation Games for the Analysis and Design of Complex Systems. Maturana, H. (1997). Metadesign: Human beings versus machines, or machines as instruments of human designs? McLuhan, E., & McLuhan, M. (1988). Laws of media: The new science. Mondragón, R. (2018). La escuela como espacio de utopía. Morais, José (2018). Literacy and democracy. Nicholson, S. (2009). The Theory of Loose Parts, An important principle for design methodology. Nicolescu, Basarab (2013). Transdisciplinary Theory & Practice. Piaget, J. (1997). Psicología y pedagogía. Portilla, J. (1984) Fenomenología del relajo y otros ensayos. Salem, K. y Zimmerman, E. (2004) Rules of Play: Game Design Fundamentals. Sanders, Elizabeth B.-N. & Stappers, Pieter Jan (2014) Probes, toolkits and prototypes: three approaches to making in codesigning, Schön, Donald (1998). El profesional reflexivo. Cómo piensan los profesionales cuando actúan. The New London Group (1996). A Pedagogy of Multiliteracies: Designing Social Futures. Torres-Maya, R. (2021). Investigación, indagación y diseño. Vygotsky, L. S. (1976). Play and Its Role in the Mental Development of the Child. Zimmerman, E. (2003). Play as Research: The Iterative Design Process. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster "Bridging Times: The Evolution and Future Trajectory of Home Economics Education in Europe" MIC Thurles, Ireland Presenting Author:Overview Home Economics education employs a multifaceted, interdisciplinary approach seeking to empower students with the skills to cultivate reflective, critical decision-making abilities they require to deal with practical perennial problems. It has been defined by the International Federation for Home Economics (IFHE) as a curriculum area that “facilitates students to discover and further develop their own resources and capabilities to be used in their personal life, by directing their professional decisions and actions or preparing them for life” (IFHE Position Statement - Home Economics in the 21st Century, 2008). Initial teacher education institutions and educators have a significant role to play devising curricula that address the complexity and uncertainty of our current times. They must integrate contemporary global challenges into the curriculum to prepare teachers for dynamic classroom discussions and practical problem-solving. Teachers need to be trained to be adaptable and resilient, equipping them with strategies to handle unexpected changes and stressors. There is a need to ensure that teachers are proficient with digital tools and teaching methodologies which are essential in a technology-driven educational landscape. Teachers need to be prepared to create inclusive environments that respect and accommodate diverse cultural backgrounds and learning needs while also in them the importance of lifelong learning, enabling them to stay updated with the latest educational trends and practices. This study will examine how historical socio-economic changes and technological advancements have influenced the evolution of Home Economics education in Europe, and what are the projected future trends and challenges for this field in a global context. In times of social and economic uncertainty, teaching essential life skills through Home Economics education is critical. Educators must be equipped to support students' ability to critically consider possible actions for solutions that serve the well-being of people and the planet. Research Questions
Objectives The objective is to explore and compare how Home Economics initial teacher education in various European countries- Finland, Ireland and Estonia have adapted to socio-political and economic challenges, the role it plays in shaping European identity amidst mass migration, and the strategies educators use to prepare for contemporary and future societal changes. This research aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the differences and similarities in Home Economics education across Europe, offering insights into best practices and future directions for the field. Theoretical Framework This research will use a multidisciplinary approach and explore the historical context of challenges and their influence on educational research and practice. It will also examine the role of educationalists in responding to these societal changes and conceptualising their roles in the changing landscape. The aim is to understand the impact of current societal challenges on Home Economics education and to explore ways it can evolve to address these issues.
Educational Sociology: Examining how societal factors, including economic and political dynamics, influence educational systems and pedagogical approaches in Home Economics in Europe. Comparative Education: Focuses on analysing and comparing Home Economics education across different European countries, providing insights into how diverse socio-political contexts shape educational practices. Cultural Studies: Investigating the role of Home Economics in shaping and reflecting European identities, especially in the context of increased cultural diversity due to migration.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods/methodology This study draws on the use of a framework consisting of three primary components: 1. Historical Socio-Economic Analysis: This study examines how socioeconomic factors and trends throughout history have influenced the development and transformation of Home Economics education. It delves into the past to understand how economic conditions, societal needs, and material realities have shaped educational practices and priorities in Home Economics over time. It critically examines peer reviewed articles from four data bases including Web of Science, ERIC, Scopus and British Education Index, educational policy documents and other empirical based research focusing on sources that specifically address the relationship between societal and economic changes and educational shifts. The latest Home Economics curricula in three European countries- Finland, Ireland and Estonia are examined to see how they are evolving in response to changes in culture and technology while addressing regional variations and commonalities. 2. Constructivism: Focused on understanding current educational practices, this theory posits that learning is an active, constructive process. In the context of Home Economics, it will be used to analyse how contemporary curricula adapt to cultural and technological changes and how students engage with and internalise these new educational experiences. 3. Futurism in Education: This component is centred on anticipating and mapping out future directions for Home Economics education. It involves a thorough analysis of emerging technological advancements, shifting societal norms, and global trends to forecast their implications for educational needs and practices in the future. It emphasises understanding and predicting how ongoing and emerging technological advancements, societal trends, and global interconnectivity will shape the future of education. In the context of Home Economics, this means exploring how factors like digitalisation, sustainability, and global perspectives could reform educational content and teaching methodologies. It involves not just adapting to current changes but actively preparing for and shaping future educational landscapes to ensure relevance and efficacy in a rapidly evolving world. By combining these theoretical approaches, the research aims to offer a comprehensive, systematic inquiry into the past, present, and future of Home Economics education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes/results The expected outcomes from this research on home economics education include the following: • An in-depth understanding of how Home Economics education has evolved throughout time in response to past societal and economic changes. • A comparative understanding of how different European contexts impact Home Economics education. • A comparative study of how different European contexts impact Home Economics education and if and how modern Home Economics curricula are adapting to current cultural and technological shifts, and how this impacts student learning. • Giving consideration to emerging societal, political and economic and technological trends, exploring the future direction for Home Economics education. • Recommendations for educators, initial teacher educator, policy makers to adapt Home Economics curricula to better meet contemporary and future needs. • Contributions to the European educational dialogue, especially in terms of policy, practice, and cultural understanding in Home Economics. References References Nickols, S.Y., and Kay, G. (2015). Remaking Home Economics: Resourcefulness and Innovation in Changing Times. Athens: University of Georgia Press. Pendergast, D., McGregor, S.L.T., and Turkki, K. (2012). Creating Home Economics Futures: The Next 100 Years. Bowen, Australia: Australian Academic Press. Sri Mariya, Sufyarma, and Jamaris (2021), “Futurism and Digitalism in the World of Education," Central Asian Journal of Social Sciences and History, 2(12), pp. 78–84. Available at: https://cajssh.centralasianstudies.org/index.php/CAJSSH/article/view/213 Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., & Altman, D. G. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Bmj, 339, b2535. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.b2535 Barth, M. (2016). Implementing sustainability in higher education learning in an age of transformation. London: Routledge. Hargreaves, A. Sustainability of Educational Change: The Role of Social Geographies. Journal of Educational Change 3, 189–214 (2002). https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1021218711015 Taar, J. and Palojok, P. (2022), Applying interthinking for learning 21st-century skills in home economics education, Redirecting. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2022.100615 Dewhurst, Y., & Pendergast, D. (2008). Home Economics in the 21st Century: A Cross-Cultural Comparative Study. International Journal of Home Economics, 1(1), 63–87. https://search.informit.org/doi/10.3316/informit.775143957869748 Kim, N.E., 2020. Developing home economics education programs for sustainable development: Focusing on changemaker education with the theme of ‘improving consumer life’. Human Ecology Research, 58(3), pp. 279–298, Erjavšek, M., Lovšin Kozina, F., and Kostanjevec, S., 2021. In-service home economics teachers’ attitudes toward the integration of sustainable topics in the home economics subject. Ceps Journal, 11(1), pp. 27–47. Kuusisaari, H., Seitamaa-Hakkarainen, P., Autio, M., and Holtta, M., 2021. The future of home economics teaching: teachers' reflections on 21st century competencies. International Journal of Home Economics, 14(2), pp. 51–68. McCloat, A., and Caraher, M., 2023. HOME ECONOMICS CURRICULUM POLICY IN IRELAND. Food Futures in Education and Society. Haapaniemi, J. et al. (2023), ‘Navigating digital challenges together: Cooperation of researchers and subject teachers’, INTED2023 Proceedings [Preprint]. doi:10.21125/inted.2023.0858. International Journal of Home Economics (2008) International Federation for Home Economics (IFHE). Available at: https://www.ifhe.org/ejournal/about-the-journal 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Negotiating Vulnerability within Digital Activist Spaces: The European Climate Movement in the Context of Global Injustice Goethe-Universität, FFM, Germany Presenting Author:This research focuses on nuanced expressions of vulnerability within climate activist groups on social media and their impact on political protest. In recent years, the climate movement has grown significantly, both in Europe and around the globe. Especially the movement „Fridays for Future“ has gained momentum since 2018 and youth resistance has since become a global phenomenon. In their protests, activists frame their political demands around an injustice resulting from previous generations actions (Eide & Kunelius, 2021; Spaiser et al., 2022) , rendering them vulnerable to imminent climate catastrophes. Vulnerability based on a neglect of care from preceding generations (King, 2010) therefore acts as one of the main narratives in activist articulations. According to Butler (2016), vulnerability is conceptualized as an ontological, relational category that is impossible to overcome in general terms but whose distribution should be equalized where possible. It is thus often the basis of political activism that demands political action based on an injust and avoidable exposure to vulnerability (ibid.). In terms of climate activism, the relational character exceeds interpersonal relations and contains the dependence on environmental surroundings. It remains an ambivalent attribution, as the explication of vulnerability is on the one hand often re-configured as „heroic“ (Safaian, 2022), whereas declaring vulnerability over a specific (sub)group can on the other hand be conzeptualized as an expression of hegemonic power (Govrin, 2022; Manzo, 2010). The climate movement in Europe and the so-called Global North has been publicly criticised as a group of wealthy youth, primarily bound by shared privilege, thus depoliticizing the protests (von Zabern & Tulloch, 2021) - although there is conflicting empirical data regarding this argument (della Porta & Portos, 2021). Nonetheless, statistical evidence indicates that activists are well-educated (Sommer et al. 2019) and in a global perspective, disproportianaley less vulnerable to climate change than respective youth in the „majority world“ (Crawford et al., 2023). Notwithstanding, the acknowledgment and effective communication of vulnerability, both within specific activist groups and as a global ecological concern, remain crucial for crafting affective narratives, especially in the realm of social media networks (Papacharissi, 2016) that are crucial in connecting disparate events to a global movement (Bouliane et al., 2020). The complex position that European activists navigate, oscillating between victimhood and directly profiting from global injustice systems (Malafaia, 2022), necessitates a comprehensive analysis that avoids merely responsibilizing climate activists. Therefore, the question of group constitution that is on the one hand based on a global political injustice (in which children and youth have been argued to shape the „climate precariat“ as proposed by Holmberg & Alvinius, 2021) and yet acknowledges global differences along intersectional vulnerabilities (Crenshaw, 2010; Yuval-Davis, 2010) remains crucial. This research adopts a qualitative approach, intending to empirically examine the negotiation and affective depiction of vulnerability in public articulations of climate protest on social media platforms. While existing research has delved into climate activism, particularly on digital platforms (Neumayer & Rossi, 2018; Belotti et al., 2022), this study aims to contribute by systematically analyzing depictions and attributions of vulnerability within the activism, and its intricate interplay with privilege within the European context. The poster emphasizes the need for a nuanced understanding that recognizes the relational structure of vulnerability (Butler, 2016) and the resulting political imperative for care (Bond et al., 2020). Main research ocjective for the poster presentation is to answer the question (RQ1) How do climate activists articulate and negotiate vulnerability on social media platforms and how do these articulations shape their political activism in the context of the European climate movement? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a cumulative, qualitative PhD project aimed at comprehending the affective dimensions within both digital and local climate activism groups. The PhD in turn, is situated within a larger framework of a research project concerning practices of politicisation on digital platforms with a focus on TikTok (see Silkenbeumer et al, 2023). The methodological context for the PhD project encompasses both ethnographic and netnographic research methodologies. To address the specific research question at hand, a netnographic approach, following the framework proposed by Kozinets (2019) has been chosen. The focus of this research involves the examination of TikTok profiles directly associated with European climate protest groups, identified through their names (e.g FFF_Scotland) as a form of „Activist Political Online Community“ (Villegas, 2021). The rationale for selecting TikTok lies in its algorithmic structuring, encouraging the creation of highly emotionalized content. After a research period of „deep immersion“ (Kozinets, 2019) in the digital context, ten videos have been chosen for a detailed qualitative hermeneutic analysis. For the sample, 10 videos have been chosed for deeper analysis based on European origin, depictions of vulnerability and articulations of specifically European perspectives on climate activism, ensuring comparability by limiting the selection to content in either German or English. The timeframe for video inclusion spans from October 2023 to March 2024. To develop a nuanced understanding of the medium, a detailed multimodal analysis is employed, following the metholodical approaches of “Visual Grounded Theory Methodology” (Mey & Dietrich, 2016), additionally drawing on hermeneutic interpretation principles (Oevermann, 2016). This analytical approach allows for the exploration of the intricate process of meaning-making, considering the interaction of various content creation levels such as sound, visuals, and memetic structures (see e.g. Literat & Kligler-Vilenchik, 2019). Through this approach, the study aims to reconstruct and review the complex layers of meaning within TikTok content in the context of the research question, allowing for a comprehensive understanding of how vulnerability is expressed on multiple levels within the European climate movement on social media platforms. This research contributes to the broader discourse on climate activism by examining the nuanced dynamics of vulnerability and privilege within the digital realm. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research identifies distinct predominant narratives of vulnerability employed by climate activists on TikTok: It becomes evident that vulnerability is mostly depicted indirectly and is hereby related to multiple social categories, such as gender, race, and socioeconomic status. Importantly, these intersections are not uniformly addressed by climate activists online, with certain dimensions like disability being largely overlooked. Strategies for addressing vulnerability exhibit variation in their affective dimensions based on three key factors: (1) the intended audience, conceptualized as the imagined "other," (2) the explicitness of political demands within the content and (3) multiple and intersecting depictions of vulnerability. The affective impact of these strategies ranges from (self) "heroic" depictions, positioning activists as potentially powerful despite their vulnerability (following Safaian, 2022), at times even due to their vulnerability to portrayals where vulnerability is presented not as a virtue but as a reason for desperation (Kessl, 2019), and in some instances, hopelessness. This diversity in affective impact corresponds to different narratological motives, including the use of popular memetic templates and platform-specific affordances like sound or filters. These findings contribute to a deeper understanding of meaning-making in digital spheres, particularly regarding political demands in non-formalized contexts. Lastly, the research draws conclusions on depictions of vulnerability that extend beyond the vulnerabilities of the activists themselves. It uncovers complex layers of solidarity within these depictions, highlighting the interconnectedness of vulnerabilities and the various ways in which activists navigate and express solidarity within digital spaces. The demand for a politics of care is discussed based on the theoretical discourse on vulnerability (Butler, 2016) as well as the typologies derived from specific depictions found in the empirical data. References Bond, S., Thomas, A., & Diprose, G. (2020). Making and unmaking political subjectivities: Climate justice, activism, and care. Trans Inst Br Geogr, 45(4), 750–762. https://doi.org/10.1111/tran.12382 Boulianne, S., Lalancette, M., & Ilkiw, D. (2020). “School Strike 4 Climate”: Social Media and the International Youth Protest on Climate Change. Media and Communication, 8(2), 208–218. https://doi.org/10.17645/mac.v8i2.2768 Butler, J. (2016). Rethinking Vulnerability and Resistance. In J. Butler, Z. Gambetti, & L. Sabsay (Eds.), Vulnerability in resistance (pp. 12–27). Duke University Press. Crawford, N. J., Michael, K., & Mikulewicz, M. (2024). Climate justice in the majority world: Vulnerability, resistance and diverse knowledges. Routledge advances in climate change. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003214021 Crenshaw, K. W. (2016). Demarginalising the Intersection of Race and Sex. In M. T. Herrera Vivar, H. Lutz, & L. Supik (Eds.), Feminist imagination, Europe and beyond.(pp.25–42). Routledge. Holmberg, A., & Alvinius, A. (2021). Children as a new climate precariat: A conceptual proposition. Current Sociology, 70(5), 781–797. https://doi.org/10.1177/0011392120975461 Kozinets, R. V. (2019). Netnography: Redefined (3rd edition). SAGE Publications. Literat, I., & Kligler-Vilenchik, N. (2019). Youth collective political expression on social media: The role of affordances and memetic dimensions for voicing political views. New Media & Society, 21(9), 1988–2009. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444819837571 Malafaia, C. (2022). 'Missing school isn't the end of the world (actually, it might prevent it)': Climate activists resisting adult power, repurposing privileges and reframing education. Ethnography and Education, 17(4), 421–440. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2022.2123248 Manzo, K. (2010). Imaging vulnerability: the iconography of climate change. Area, 42(1), 96–107. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-4762.2009.00887.x Mey, G., & Dietrich, M. (2016). From Text to Image—Shaping a Visual Grounded Theory Methodology. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 17(2). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-17.2.2535 Neumayer, C., & Rossi, L. (2018). Images of protest in social media: Struggle over visibility and visual narratives. New Media & Society, 20(11), 4293–4310. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444818770602 Papacharissi, Z. (2016). Affective publics and structures of storytelling: sentiment, events and mediality. Information, Communication & Society, 19(3), 307–324. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2015.1109697 Safaian, D. (2022). Greta Thunberg und die Ambivalenz heroischer Vulnerabilität. In S. Lethbridge & A. Hemkendreis (Eds.), helden. heroes. héros. E-Journal zu Kulturen des Heroischen. (pp. 21–32). Spaiser, V., Nisbett, N., & Stefan, C. G. (2022). “How dare you?”—The normative challenge posed by Fridays for Future. PLOS Climate, 1(10), e0000053. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pclm.0000053 Villegas, D. (2021). Political Netnography. A Method for Studying Power and Ideology in Social Media. In R. V. Kozinets & R. Gambetti (Eds.), Netnography unlimited: Understanding technoculture using qualitative social media research (pp. 100–115). Routledge. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 F: Teacher Education Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Perspectives on Pedagogical Adaptivity Amid Curricular Change University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:Teaching in today’s dynamic landscape is marked by complexity (Parsons, 2012). With evolving curricula, emerging organisational systems, and escalating demands for continuous adaptation, educators are compelled to constantly assess their professional growth in the realms of learning, teaching, and knowledge (Hammond & Bransford, 2007). Consequently, adaptive expertise has become fundamental to effective teaching (Hatano & Iganaki, 1988; Vogt & Rogalla, 2009). Pedagogical adaptivity entails tailoring lesson assignments to match learners' cognitive levels, facilitating their progression within their zone of proximal development (König et al., 2020), achieved through preplanned or spontaneous adjustments (Beltramo, 2017). Adaptive teachers are exemplary in their teaching (Soslau, 2012) and possess pedagogical content knowledge that is flexible and creatively employed in instruction (Hattie, 2012). Within this construct teachers use a range of cognitive, motivational strategies, and identity components to adapt their practice (Crawford et al., 2005). However, classrooms present unpredictable landscapes, with students from diverse backgrounds, cultures, and experiences, as well as varying proficiencies, interests, and abilities (Parsons et al., 2018). Adaptive experts prioritise the impact of their methods on these students, seeking new skills and knowledge when their routines prove ineffective (Timperley, 2011), thereby selecting innovative strategies to accommodate diverse contexts (Vagle, 2016). Consequently, pedagogical adaptability is an ongoing, contextual, and multifaceted process (ibid.). During periods of change, external factors like curricular reform can disrupt a teacher’s pedagogical adaptivity. In such swiftly evolving environments, adaptivity—characterised by flexibility, reflexivity, and innovation—is pivotal for navigating change (Tan et al., 2017). The scholarly literature suggests that a teacher's disposition is fundamental to their pedagogical adaptivity. The capacity for effective and thoughtful adaptivity is closely intertwined with teachers' beliefs, vision, sense of belonging, and identity (Fairbanks et al., 2010). Fairbanks et al. (2010) delineate a thoughtful adaptive teacher as one possessing both declarative and procedural knowledge, as well as conditional knowledge. They comprehend not only the what and how of teaching but also possess a profound understanding of the most efficacious instructional approaches tailored to the intricate needs of their students (Ankrum et al., 2020; König et al., 2020). When teachers possess a clear awareness of their beliefs, a guiding vision for their practice, a sense of belonging, and can envision identities for both themselves and their students, they are more likely to exhibit thoughtful adaptivity and thereby become more effective educators (Fairbanks et al., 2010). Through this lens this study adopts an interpretive epistemological stance to investigate the impact of curricular reform at the lower secondary level in Ireland on teachers' vision, beliefs, sense of belonging, and identity, and consequently, how this affects their agentic capacity to use pedagogical adaptivity within a classroom. The research specifically focuses on in-service teachers working within immersive Irish language contexts across the Republic of Ireland. The objective is to explore the pedagogical adaptivity of these teachers, examining their characteristics and assessing how intrinsic and extrinsic factors influence their ability to address the diverse needs of their students during periods of change.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The researcher aimed to investigate the impact of curricular change on teacher characteristics such as belief, vision, belonging, and identity, and how these factors influenced teacher pedagogical adaptivity through a case study approach. Employing an interpretive epistemological stance, this PhD study embraced a social constructivist ontological paradigm. Loxley and Seery (2008) argue that knowledge is not merely a collection of facts but rather an engagement with the world that yields culturally, historically, and temporally bound meanings and understandings. Through interpretivism, the focus is on studying individuals and their interactions—how they perceive the world and construct their realities (Thomas, 2017). According to Creswell et al. (2016), the objective of research is to rely heavily on participants' perspectives on the situation. They suggest that in practice, questions should be broad and open-ended so that participants can construct the meaning of a situation, often achieved through discussions or interactions with others. Given the researcher's intent to explore teachers' experiences and perceptions qualitatively, it was logical to incorporate both an interpretive and constructivist viewpoint into this research project. To achieve this, the researcher utilised a case study approach for data collection. Creswell et al. (2016) define case study research as a qualitative method in which the investigator examines a real-life, contemporary bounded system (a case) or multiple bounded systems over time. In this instance, Irish language teachers within immersive Irish language secondary schools outside the Gaeltacht area were selected as the bounded system. Qualitative data played a central role in the data collection process, with semi-structured interviews serving as the primary method. Seventeen teachers from these contexts were interviewed, focusing on their adaptive characteristics during a period of curricular change. The data collected from the interviews was analysed using the QDA package NVIVO. Cohen et al. (2011) suggest that qualitative data analysis is inherently interpretive and rarely provides a completely accurate representation of a reflexive, reactive interaction. They explain that qualitative data analysis involves organising, accounting for, and interpreting the data, identifying patterns, themes, categories, and regularities. Consequently, the researcher employed ethnomethodology when analysing the data (Cohen et al., 2011), in conjunction with the constant comparative method (Thomas, 2017), which entails repeatedly comparing each element, phrase, or paragraph with all others. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Thematic analysis of 17 semi-structured interviews across 10 schools was conducted. Teachers spoke about the varying strategies which they employed in their classroom to motivate and encourage students to develop their Irish language skills. They described the diverse methods which they used to cater to the increasingly diverse student population and recounted the challenges and opportunities of recent curricular change. Uncertainty was prevalent throughout the data. Teachers conveyed a pervasive sense of ambiguity regarding their identity, role, and ability to adequately support all students during the reform phase. A noticeable decrease in confidence was observed among most coupled with a questioning of their professional competence. Although teachers’ beliefs and vision centred on student language proficiency and cultivating a love for the Irish language, the interviews uncovered prevalent concerns regarding performativity. The ambiguity surrounding mandated state examinations added to confusion and apprehension among teachers, hindering capacity to tailor pedagogical strategies to meet students' needs. Teacher belonging and identity emerged as pivotal factors influencing in relation to pedagogical adaptivity during this time. Where teacher identity, and predominantly language identity, was robust, educators were less likely to be impacted by this ambiguity and regained confidence in their capacity to cater to all students' needs more swiftly. Similarly, teachers who described a strong sense of belonging within their educational context, reported more heightened levels of pedagogical adaptivity and indicated that curricular changes had a lesser impact on their instructional practices. Curricular change created a noticeable decline in teachers' confidence regarding pedagogical adaptivity. Many grappled with this uncertainty, relying on their beliefs, vision, belonging, and identity as guiding principles during this period. However, in instances where these characteristics were fragile and lacked reinforcement, teachers exhibited a slower recovery and struggled to regain their pre-change levels of pedagogical adaptivity and agency in the classroom. References Ankrum, J. W., Morewood, A. L., Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Parsons, A. W., & Hawkins, P. M. (2020). Documenting Adaptive Literacy Instruction: The Adaptive Teaching Observation Protocol (ATOP). Reading Psychology, 41(2), 71-86. Beltramo, J. L. (2017). Developing adaptive teaching practices through participation in cogenerative dialogues. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 326-337. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2011). Research methods in education. Routledge. Crawford, V. M., Schlager, M., Toyama, Y., Riel, M., & Vahey, P. (2005, April). Characterizing adaptive expertise in science teaching. In Annual meeting of the american educational research association, Montreal, Quebec, Canada (pp. 1-26). Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications. Darling-Hammond, L., & Bransford, J. (Eds.). (2007). Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do. John Wiley & Sons. Fairbanks, C. M., Duffy, G. G., Faircloth, B. S., He, Y., Levin, B. B., Rohr, J., & Stein, C. (2010). Beyond knowledge: Exploring why some teachers are more thoughtfully adaptive than others. Journal of Teacher Education, 61, 161–171. Doi: 10.1177/0022487109347874 Hatano, G., & Inagaki, K. (1984). Two courses of expertise. 乳幼児発達臨床センター年報, 6, 27-36. Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing impact on learning. Routledge. König, J., Bremerich-Vos, A., Buchholtz, C., & Glutsch, N. (2020). General pedagogical knowledge, pedagogical adaptivity in written lesson plans, and instructional practice among preservice teachers. Journal of curriculum studies, 52(6), 800-822. Parsons, S. A. (2012). Adaptive teaching in literacy instruction: Case studies of two teachers. Journal of Literacy Research, 44(2), 149-170. Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Scales, R. Q., Gallagher, M. A., Parsons, A. W., Davis, S. G., ... & Allen, M. (2018). Teachers’ instructional adaptations: A research synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 88(2), 205-242. Soslau, E. (2012). Opportunities to develop adaptive teaching expertise during supervisory conferences. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(5), 768-779. Tan, L.S., Ponnusamy, L.D., Tan, C.K.K., & Koh, K.B.L. (2017). Cultures and Leverages for Nurturing Adaptive Capacities through Curriculum Innovation. Singapore: National Institute of Education. Thomas, G. (2017). How to do your research project: A guide for students. Sage. Vagle, M. D. (2016). Making pedagogical adaptability less obvious. Theory Into Practice, 55(3), 207-216. Vogt, F., & Rogalla, M. (2009). Developing adaptive teaching competency through coaching. Teaching and teacher education, 25(8), 1051-1060. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Literature Review of Curriculum Theories on Meso Level in Science Education Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Strong expectations are associated with education in terms of preparing the next generation for social and technological change. Globally, curriculum documents are therefore being reviewed/revised (or developed where they have not yet existed) at the national level. In previous decades, however, curriculum changes were investigated mainly at the school level. My goal is to contribute to knowledge about the meso curriculum making (meso level) and its research reflection – for definition of site of activities in curriculum making see Priestley et al. (2021, p. 13). The Czech curriculum for primary education and lower secondary education is currently being reviewed, too. In my doctoral research I analyse this process using case study conducted on the meso curriculum making. In continental Europe (as well as in the Czech republic) there is typical to have commissions (or committees) selected by the state which are reviewing national curriculum (Sivesind & Westbury, 2016). We want to determine causal processes in physics (science education is divided into physics, chemistry and biology in the Czech Republic) subject curriculum committee because these processes appear to be under‑theorized (Dvořák, 2023). That is why we think about our case study “as the opportunity to shed empirical light on some theoretical concepts or principles” (Yin, 2018, p. 38). Main research question of case study is “How is the process of curriculum review at the meso level in the Czech Republic carried out?”. Some possible theoretical frameworks have been already identified. The theoretical framework is based on curriculum making, which changes the understanding from ‘level’ (e. g. school or teacher) to ‘social practices‘ (e. g. production of resources) (Priestley et al., 2021). Other models describing the process of curriculum making/reviewing include Curriculum Design Coherence Model (Rata, 2021) or Modelling of Curriculum (Hajerová Műllerová & Slavík, 2020). The question arises whether and how are these models being applied. To expand already found theories and models I have conducted a literature review. In this review I am going to looking for curriculum theories or models used on meso level in reviewing science education (ISCED levels 1–3). My goal is to continue in a work of my colleagues from Charles University in Prague (Žák & Kolář, 2018). They found in primary studies very strong criticism of traditional approach to curriculum. On the other hand, they also identified innovative approaches (e. g. Active Physics) as a reaction on traditional approach. The main research question of the literature review is “How is the processes of curriculum reviews for primary and secondary science education at the meso level being researched or described recently?”. More specific research questions focus on 1) terminology used to describe processes; 2) theoretical frameworks of researchers; 3) research study designs. According to number of founded studies I will restrict these questions by more criteria. The theory and theoretical propositions in case studies can be helpful in defining the appropriate research design and data to be collected. Therefore, this literature review aims to find theoretical as well as methodological aspects of studies on curriculum reviews. Based on these findings I can better develop propositions (“qualitative hypotheses”) to be examined through the case study. At the same time, I want to contribute to discovering the terminology related to curriculum reviewing/making, which appears to be inconsistent. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The literature review of curriculum theories on meso level based on PRISMA statement (Page et al., 2021) was divided in three phases. In the first phase relevant keywords were identified, in the second phase systematic (literature) reviews of studies focusing on curriculum were found. Finally, in the third phase I am going to find primary studies. I looked for relevant systematic (literature) reviews in Scopus databases which were found with keywords based on occurrences in formerly found theories, studies, or reviews. The literature review is looking for studies published from 2016 to 2023. The year 2016 was chosen, because I build on previous study made by Žák & Kolář (2018). The end date is specified to avoid risk of not including the newest papers (the review was started in January 2024). Relevant keywords were identified from Žák & Kolář (2018) as well as from Scopus database by reading abstracts of papers and reviews about curriculum also from other disciplines than science education. Near curriculum, curricula or curricular (curricul*) were found keywords (sorted by occurrence in Scopus and omitted those which have less than 100 occurrences): development (3 794), design (3 303), reform* (1 598), model (824), review* (579), future (562), innovation (531), theory (442), making (352), revision (288), redesign (244), revised (226), creation (118) and others. 29 potential relevant systematic (literature) reviews in Scopus database were found based on these keywords and adding “AND ((science W/1 education) OR "STEM" OR "STEAM" OR physics) AND (systematic PRE/1 review)” to query string and looking in title, abstract, or key words. None of them are focusing on meso curriculum level itself. That is why (systematic) literature review is going to be conducted especially from primary studies. 141 primary studies were found using the same query string (without systematic PRE/1 review) and searching in titles of articles. Based on these articles, an overview of the theoretical frameworks on which the research is based (or the curriculum making process itself), the methodologies used, and the resulting findings is going to be created. Further analysis is going to be carried out according to the geographical affiliation of the works and the level of education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It appeared that the latest literature review on meso level of curriculum making in STEM or science was published 6 years ago (Žák & Kolář, 2018). That’s why I am going to conduct a recent literature review using PRISMA statement (Page et al., 2021) to systematically describe the context of my dissertation and fill in discovered research gap in curriculum making. It was identified that there are a lot of keywords related to the terms “curriculum”, “curricula” and “curricular” concerning curriculum making or reviewing processes. That led to identification of systematic (literature) reviews related to research question. I also found 141 potentially relevant primary studies which I am going to filter more with respect to my research questions and identify theoretical frameworks, methodological aspects and research study designs relevant for my case study. Review studies often examined specific curricular innovations of content (e.g. computer science education, sustainability) or teaching strategies (inquiry-based; STEM education; inclusive curriculum). Lots of reviews are focusing on higher education. Less represented were works that dealt with the process of the curriculum making, for exapmle a student emergent curriculum in the science classroom (Laux, 2018). The primary/empirical publications were often case studies of specific revised national or state documents, with Australian Curriculum strongly represented. Critical analysis of the power relations of the actors at macro levels was more performed than studies of meso level processes within the curriculum committees, and more studies looked at social studies / humanities rather than science subjects. References Dvořák, D. (2023). Curriculum development. In R. J. Tierney, R. Fazal, & E. Kadriye (Eds.), International encyclopedia of education (4th Ed., pp. 149–154). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.03024-4 Hajerová Műllerová, L., & Slavík, J. (2020). Modelování kurikula (1. vydání). Západočeská univerzita v Plzni, Fakulta pedagogická. Laux, K. (2018). A theoretical understanding of the literature on student voice in the science classroom. Research in Science and Technological Education, 36(1), 111–129. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.1080/02635143.2017.1353963 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. Systematic Reviews, 10(1), 89. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-021-01626-4 Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (1st Ed.). Emerald Publishing Limited. Rata, E. (2021). The Curriculum Design Coherence Model in the Knowledge‐Rich School Project. Review of Education, 9(2), 448–495. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3254 Sivesind, K., & Westbury, I. (2016). State-based curriculum-making, Part I. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6), 744–756. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186737 Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th edition). SAGE. Žák, V., & Kolář, P. (2018). Proměny fyzikálního kurikula – první výsledky analýzy mezinárodních zdrojů. Scientia in educatione, 9(1). https://doi.org/10.14712/18047106.1034 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Assumptions for Training Higher Education Teachers to Adopt Active Methodologies in Flexible Learning Spaces 1CIDTFF / University of Aveiro, Portugal; 2DEP / University of Aveiro, Portugal Presenting Author:The adoption of Active Methodologies (AM) in higher education is strongly recommended for preparing students to live and work in the 21st century (Michael, 2006). In this sense, the European University Association (2019) indicates that promoting active learning in universities is fundamental, given the role of these institutions in training critical, creative and collaborative citizens and professionals, capable of contributing to a complex and ever-changing world. Active learning should therefore be part of universities' strategies to fulfil their social mission and promote education geared towards sustainable development. In addition, various studies have shown that student-centred teaching approaches are more effective than passive, teacher-centred teaching approaches (Freeman et al., 2014; Hsieh, 2013; Michael, 2006). Active learning consists of involving students in activities that encourage them to reflect on ideas and how they are applied when speaking, listening, writing, reading and/or reflecting (Hsieh, 2013; Michael, 2006). It also implies students being consciously involved in the process of constructing, testing and refining their mental models while dealing with problems, challenges or concepts in a particular discipline (Freeman et al., 2014; Michael, 2006). From this perspective, teachers are charged with acting as facilitators or mediators of learning and students present a participatory and central role in the pedagogical process. This understanding has led universities to invest in the development of learning environments that support the adoption of Active Methodologies. In this sense, Flexible Learning Spaces (FLS) have emerged, i.e. innovative environments intentionally designed to promote the implementation of AM and collaborative pedagogical approaches (Van Horne & Murniati, 2016). Corroborating this definition, the authors Li et al. (2019) understand these spaces to be physical classrooms geared towards the development of active learning processes, in combination with advanced forms of educational technology and flexible furniture, to provide personalised and dialogical learning experiences. This situation makes the implementation of FLS widely indicated and considered as one of the main trends in technological strategies to be adopted in higher education currently (European University Association, 2019). This orientation has led several Portuguese universities to invest in FLS in recent years. Given this scenario, there is a need to train university teachers to work in these spaces. This is because the structuring of Flexible Learning Spaces alone is not enough to guarantee the implementation of pedagogical practices centred on students' active learning. The teaching and learning process needs to be explicitly geared towards taking advantage of the pedagogical potential of the space (Becker et al., 2018). Furthermore, different studies have reported barriers faced by professors in the use of FLS, which may have an impact on their choice to continue using transmissive teaching methods or even choose not to adopt this type of space in their work (MacLeod et al., 2018; Van Horne & Murniati, 2016; Wetzel & Farrow, 2023). The aim of this research is therefore to develop, implement and evaluate a training model for higher education teachers that promotes the critical and reflective adoption of Active Methodologies in Flexible Learning Spaces. To this end, the first phase of the research sought to identify and systematise the training principles that should guide this model, based on the following research questions: Q1. What assumptions should guide the training of higher education teachers to adopt Active Methodologies in their classes? Q2. When specifically considering the implementation of Active Methodologies in Flexible Learning Spaces, what premises should guide the training processes for higher education teachers in these spaces? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to identify and systematise the training assumptions that should guide the training of university teachers to promote active learning in FLS, the Delphi method was chosen as the main methodological approach for this research (Marques & Freitas, 2018). The participants in this study were 13 experts in AM and FLS, working as teachers, researchers and trainers at different universities in Portugal. After the definition of the experts, the Delphi study had the following stages, in accordance with the recommendations of Marques and Freitas (2018) and Osborne et al. (2003): Round 1. Questionnaire 1 was structured by open-ended questions, asking which assumptions should guide the training of university teachers to implement AM in FLS. The data collected were analysed qualitatively using categorical content analysis with the support of MAXQDA software (Bardin, 2011). Based on the analysis of the responses, a synthesis of the emerging assumptions was structured to reflect on the essence of the statements made by the participating experts. Round 2 - The aim of Questionnaire 2 was to determine the level of agreement of the experts with the assumptions previously mentioned in Questionnaire 1. The questionnaire presented the titles and summaries of the assumptions that had emerged in Round 1, together with representative and anonymous comments from the experts. At this stage, participants were asked to indicate their level of agreement with each assumption on a 5-point Likert scale and to justify their rating. The data collected were analysed using descriptive statistics. The mean, mode and standard deviation were calculated for the assumptions discussed. In addition to this quantitative analysis, the qualitative contributions were analysed, resulting in adjustments to some of the training assumptions. Round 3 - Given the results of Round 2, this last questionnaire asked the experts to indicate, also on a 5-point Likert scale, the degree of importance of prioritising the assumptions under analysis. At the end of Round 3, a collective view of the experts was obtained, not only in terms of the level of agreement, but also in terms of the level of prioritisation of the assumptions addressed. The mean, mode and standard deviation of the level of prioritisation of the assumptions were also calculated. To guide the design of the training model, training assumptions with a mean of 4 or more and a standard deviation of less than 1 were selected. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In response to the question "What assumptions should guide the training of higher education teachers for the implementation of AM?", this study systematised a set of 16 assumptions with a high level of agreement and prioritisation among the experts. The highlights are: a) Promoting and mobilising pedagogical differentiation to create inclusive learning environments; b) Facilitating training focused on active learning and the development of 21st century skills; c) Prioritising evidence-based pedagogical approaches; d) Encouraging training linked to Digital Enhancement for Learning and Teaching (DELT); e) Implementing in-service training from an isomorphic perspective; f) Encouraging collaboration between teachers; and g) Addressing beliefs and barriers to the adoption of AM. For the second research question, in which the experts were asked to specifically consider teacher training for the implementation of AM in FLS, the following assumptions were defined: a) Deepening the pedagogical potential of FLS for peer learning; b) Promoting reflection on FLS, clarifying its principles and characteristics; c) Promoting experimentation with FLS and simulation of AM; d) Developing competences for the adoption of digital technologies; e) Encouraging the design, implementation and evaluation of learning scenarios in FLS; and f) Considering the "space" dimension in pedagogical planning, mediation and management. In conclusion, the results of this study show that the training model in focus needs to be in strong dialogue with the Active Teacher Training model (Rodrigues, 2020) and with the current discussions on DELT (Gaebel et al., 2021). Furthermore, the dimension of space in the training process needs to be considered, as outlined in the Technology, Pedagogy, Content and Space framework (Kali et al., 2019). Finally, we believe that the conclusions of this work make a significant contribution to the training of higher education teachers, considering the wide dissemination of FLS not only in Portugal but also in Europe. References Bardin, L. (2011). Análise de Conteúdo (4a ed). Edições 70. Becker, S. A., Brown, M., Dahlstrom, E., Davis, A., DePaul, K., Diaz, V., & Pomerantz, J. (2018). NMC Horizon Report: 2018 Higher Education Edition. EDUCAUSE. European University Association. (2019). Learning & Teaching Paper #5: Promoting Active Learning in Universities. Freeman, S., Eddy, S. L., McDonough, M., Smith, M. K., Okoroafor, N., Jordt, H., & Wenderoth, M. P. (2014). Active learning increases student performance in science, engineering, and mathematics. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 111(23), 8410–8415. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1319030111 Gaebel, M., Zhang, T., Stoeber, H., & Morrisroe, A. (2021). Digitally enhanced learning and teaching in European higher education institutions. Hsieh, C. (2013). Active Learning: Review of Evidence and Examples. In Tzyy-Yuang Shiang, Wei-Hua Ho, Peter Chenfu Huang, & Chien-Lu Tsai (Eds.), 31 International Conference on Biomechanics in Sports . International Society of Biomechanics in Sports (ISBS) . Kali, Y., Sagy, O., Benichou, M., Atias, O., & Levin‐Peled, R. (2019). Teaching expertise reconsidered: The Technology, Pedagogy, Content and Space (TPeCS) knowledge framework. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(5), 2162–2177. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12847 Li, Y., Yang, H. H., & MacLeod, J. (2019). Preferences toward the constructivist smart classroom learning environment: examining pre-service teachers’ connectedness. Interactive Learning Environments, 27(3), 349–362. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2018.1474232 MacLeod, J., Yang, H. H., Zhu, S., & Li, Y. (2018). Understanding students’ preferences toward the smart classroom learning environment: Development and validation of an instrument. Computers & Education, 122, 80–91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.03.015 Marques, J. B. V., & Freitas, D. de. (2018). Método DELPHI: caracterização e potencialidades na pesquisa em Educação. Pro-Posições, 29(2), 389–415. https://doi.org/10.1590/1980-6248-2015-0140 Michael, J. (2006). Where’s the evidence that active learning works? Advances in Physiology Education, 30(4), 159–167. https://doi.org/10.1152/advan.00053.2006 Osborne, J., Collins, S., Ratcliffe, M., Millar, R., & Duschl, R. (2003). What ?ideas-about-science? should be taught in school science? A Delphi study of the expert community. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 40(7), 692–720. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.10105 Rodrigues, A. L. (2020). Digital technologies integration in teacher education: the active teacher training model. Journal of E-Learning and Knowledge Society, 16(3), 24–33. Van Horne, S., & Murniati, C. T. (2016). Faculty adoption of active learning classrooms. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 28(1), 72–93. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12528-016-9107-z Wetzel, E. M., & Farrow, C. Ben. (2023). Active learning in construction management education: faculty perceptions of engagement and learning. International Journal of Construction Management, 23(8), 1417–1425. https://doi.org/10.1080/15623599.2021.1974684 Acknowledgements: This work is financially supported by National Funds through FCT – I.P., under the projects and UIDP/00194/2020 (https://doi.org/10.54499/UIDP/00194/2020) and the doctoral scholarship under reference 2021.06815.BD (https://doi.org/10.54499/2021.06815.BD). |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 G: Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Gasper Cankar Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Assess Students' Digital Competencies: from the Measurement Scale to the Threshold Levels Catholic University, Italy Presenting Author:The paper is part of national and international studies aimed at defining and assessing digital competencies, with particular attention to those of students at different school levels. Digital competencies are at the top of the European political agenda, aiming to improve them for digital transformation. The European Skills Agenda 2020 promotes digital competencies and supports the goals of the Digital Education Action Plan for the development of a high-performance digital education system. The Digital Compass and the European Pillar of Social Rights Action Plan set targets to reach at least 80% of the population with basic digital skills and 20 million specialists in information and communication technologies by 2030. In Italy, the current legislation (National Plan for Recovery and Resilience) provides for the country to equip itself with a system of certification of digital competencies from 2025. It is therefore necessary to define what is meant by digital skills and to measure them. In this perspective, INVALSI, the Italian National Institute for the Evaluation of the Education and Training System, is launching the DIGCOMP.MIS project to define a prototype model to attest digital competencies, applicable for spring 2025; reference are students of secondary II second grade but with the prospect of observing the evolution of digital skills from the end of secondary first grade to the end of secondary second grade. The framework assumed by INVALSI and by this paper is DIGCOMP 2.2. (Digital Competence Framework for Citizens) developed by the European Commission to describe and assess the digital skills of citizens aged 16 and over. From 2013 to today, DIGCOMP has found application in the context of employment, education, training, and lifelong learning; it has been adopted at the European level to build the Digital Skills Indicator and to monitor the Digital Economy and Society Index. Specifically, this project deals with the definition of the levels of digital competence and the adequacy thresholds corresponding to the different school grades. In large-scale educational surveys, the variables considered consist of skills, knowledge, or skills possessed at a stage of the school career or in a given age group, constructs not directly observable, but defined based on a theoretical reference framework and operationalized to administer standardized tests. An outcome in terms of numerical score, however, is not directly informative of what students with a given score know and can do concerning the investigated domain; this is a limit for those interested in interpreting the results of a survey and obtaining information for interventions or teaching practices. The attribution of an explicitly described level allows students, families, and teachers to have significant feedback, which can be integrated by the students into their perception of competence and useful for teachers teaching. Many national and international surveys combine a score result with a description of the corresponding level; similarly, INVALSI does. The aim of the project will therefore be to define the type of target levels and their identification. The paper aims to give an account of the first phase of the project, particularly the analysis of scientific literature and models tested or in use in other European contexts that allow linking of the elaboration of the model to the most authoritative and updated studies of national and international research; This, together with the reference to the DIGCOMP framework, allows the proposed model to be modular also given future comparative developments of digital competences surveys. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project will consist of the following phases and methodologies: • Retrieval and critical analysis of scientific literature • First definition of target-level typology and identification modalities (e.g. standard-referenced approach, descriptive proficiency levels approach) • Improvement of target levels • Level verification and remodeling, also based on INVALSI data (DIGCOMP.MIS, act. 3) • Definition of the scale at levels Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcome of the project will be the proposal of a model of levels descriptive of the competencies of students in terms of digital skills, corresponding to the score obtained in a standardized national test to measure them. To date, Italy does not have tools and models for this purpose. The collaboration with INVALSI and the contemporaneity of the project concerning DIGCOMP.MIS will allow to orient the research in a way that also corresponds to the application and organizational requirements of a public survey on a national scale at least. There are many predictable benefits. In the field of educational and docimological research, the project addresses original themes and will represent a useful advancement of knowledge. Professionals working in the field of school practice, teaching, and more generally training can make use of the descriptions of the level of competence achieved by the students. References Calvani A., Fini A., & Ranieri M. (2009). Valutare la competenza digitale. Modelli teorici e strumenti applicativi. TD-Tecnologie Didattiche, 48, 39-46. Cortoni, I. (2016). La valutazione delle competenze digitali. Analisi di un case study. Rassegna italiana di valutazione, 20(66), 7-28. Cortoni, I. & Lo Presti. V. (2014). Verso un modello di valutazione delle competenze digitali. Rassegna italiana di valutazione, 18(60), 7-23. Desimoni, M. (2018). I livelli per la descrizione delle prove INVALSI. Roma: INVALSI. Durda, T., Artelt, C., Lechner, C.M., Rammstedt, B., & Wicht, A. (2022). Proficiency level descriptors for low reading proficiency: An integrative process model. International Review of Education, 66, 211-233. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-020-09834-1 Griffin, P., Gillis, S., & Calvitto, L. (2007). Standards-referenced assessment for vocational education and training in schools. Australian Journal of Education, 51(1), 19-38. https://doi.org/10.1787/dfe0bf9c-en OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Assessment and Analytical Framework. Paris: PISA, OECD Publishing. Scalcione, V.N. (2022). Ambienti tecnologici di apprendimento: strumenti per la valutazione delle competenze digitali. QTimes Journal of Education, Technologies and social studies, 14(4), 171-193. Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Zumbo, B.D. (2016). Standard-setting methodology: Establishing performance standards and setting cut-scores to assist score interpretation. Appl. Physiol. Nutr. Metab., 41, S74–S82 dx.doi.org/10.1139/apnm-2015-0522 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Developing and Piloting a Digital Assessment Tool for Social-Emotional Skills in Early School Years Universität Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Social-emotional competences are crucial for children’s development, especially in middle childhood. Numerous frameworks describe social-emotional competences (Soto et al., 2019), often focus on the acquisition of social-emotional skills: i.e., social-emotional learning (SEL). SEL aims to enhance five interrelated individual competences: self-awareness, self-management, social-awareness, relationship skills, and responsible decision-making (CASEL, 2024). Promoting SEL not only helps to prevent behavioral disorders but also positively influences other areas, such as prosocial behavior, well-being, and academic skills (Durlak et al., 2022). To assess these competences and measure the effectiveness of SEL interventions, accurate assessment instruments are needed, for both research and educational purposes (McKnown et al., 2017; Soto et al., 2019). These instruments should identify risks to social-emotional well-being and then ease the search for appropriate interventions supporting each child’s individual development (Denham et al., 2016). Especially concerning children during their early school years, developing and/or improving assessment tools in the area of social-emotional competences is essential (e.g., Abrahams et al., 2019; Halle & Darling-Churchill, 2015). Addressing this need for accurate assessments for children (Soto et al., 2019), we developed a screening to assess social-emotional skills. In addition to the dimensions proposed in the CASEL model, we also considered four subdomains that were identified by Halle and Darling-Churchill (2016) as frequently being part of social-emotional assessments: social competence, emotional competence, behavior problems, and self-regulation. Based on these models and proposed sub-competences, we developed a digital screening taking into consideration Emotion Recognition, Prosocial Behavior, Emotion Regulation, and Social Situations. As our target group is children at an early stage of schooling (6 to 8 years), we used a digital approach via tablets and provided all questions and instructions as audios and in a written form. This enabled children to work at their own pace using headphones. Another advantage of the digital assessment is a higher motivation of the children (Blumenthal & Blumenthal, 2020). For measuring Prosocial Behavior and Emotion Regulation, we used a 5-point Likert scale with the word-based response format rating ‘never’ to ‘very often’ to achieve better scale properties and more differentiated results than with the traditional yes-no format (Mellor & Moore, 2014). The subtest Social Situations is a situational judgement test (SJT), consisting of descriptions of challenging school scenarios (e.g., someone laughing at the child) supported by a graphical representation. The test offers four different behavioral options describing reactions in the scenario. Children rate these options on a 5-point Likert scale referring to whether or not they would react like proposed in the option. The scale is anchored in “certainly would” and “certainly would not” react like this, as used by Murano et al. (2020). This subtest requires social-cognitive information processing (Crick & Dodge, 1994), and SJT is a promising approach assessing social skills (Soto et al., 2019). The subtest Emotion Recognition is a performance measurement, therefore, very robust against attempts of faking good (Abrahams et al., 2019). Pictures of facial expressions (produced with the support of artificial intelligence) representing emotions are presented and children choose the fitting emotion out of five options. Currently, we are piloting this assessment tool in two pilot studies with second graders. First, using a participatory approach, we ask children how they liked the screening and where they experienced challenges. The collected feedback is then used to adapt the instrument before implementing it with a larger group. Our presentation will focus on the following two research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper will present two studies on a screening’s (Emotion Recognition, Prosocial Behavior, Emotion Regulation, and Social Situations) usability and test design, using a mixed-methods approach. First (01-02/2024), second graders aged 7-8 (n = 8) complete the assessment providing feedback on usability and ratability of each subscale. We will use screencasts to record and observe their navigation through the questions. To find out if the students can relate to the challenging situations presented and whether they found the format easy to complete, we will ask them questions during and after working on the screening. Secondly (03/2024), about 60 children (aged 7-8) will complete the adapted (based on Study 1) screening in groups of 5 to 6. Besides learning about the feasibility of the group setting, we will analyze item parameters (difficulty and discriminatory power as well as run factor analyses) and check for testing time. The children can work independently using headphones ensuring unbiased responses. Besides observing the group setting, we will briefly interview the children on their experiences as well as on ideas for improvement and let them rate usability and their motivation. The screening is implemented in an online survey tool (LimeSurvey version 3.28.22) and is modified for children (graphic design, font type and font size, audios to guide through). In the first subtest, Emotion recognition, children look at 10 pictures of other children’s facial expressions and choose the fitting emotion out of 7 basic emotions. Pictures were generated by artificial intelligence and pre-evaluated by master’s and doctoral students. The Prosocial Behavior subtest consists of five items about prosocial behavior in classroom. Students have to rate from ‘1-never’ to ‘5-always’ whether they have acted prosocially towards their classmates (e.g., helped another child in the class, cheered up another child) during the past two weeks. To assess Emotion Regulation, students have to indicate on a five-point Likert scale, how often they use certain emotion regulation strategies when being angry, sad or afraid of something (e.g., “When I am angry, I think of something positive.”). The subscale Social Situations contains 15 different challenging everyday situations at schools (e.g., feeling left out). The students’ task is to decide on a five-point Likert scale (‘1-no, never’ to ‘5-certainly’) how likely they will act in a certain way. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper presents a newly developed screening tool to assess social-emotional skills (social competence, emotional competence, behavior problems, and self-regulation) in second graders. The goal of this assessment is to reliably measure social-emotional skills, taking easy classroom implementation and a high motivation of children into account. Using tablets should make the tool more accessible for heterogenous groups of students, as the audio guiding through the tool meets the needs of students with reading difficulties. We expect the children to help us identify improvements of the assessment. Analyses conducted in the second pilot study should show to what extent the subscales’ characteristics are satisfactory. We provide insights into the developmental process and adaptions for usability and reliability due to piloting in an individual and small group setting. Especially, the participatory approach with students in individual settings (Pilot 1) will clarify whether the structure of the tool as well as the instruction of the subscales were clear to them, and the proposed challenging situations met their school life experiences. The usability will also be reflected when using the adapted instrument in small groups (Pilot 2). Based on these findings, a reduction of items in some subscales to increase internal consistency and improve the economy of the assessment is expected. To accompany and evaluate interventions, accurate assessment tools are needed that differentiate between various aspects of social-emotional skills. Our developed tool should fill the gap of missing assessment instruments (Abrahams et al., 2019) for German-speaking countries. Further, we discuss general conditions, such as use of digital devices, item scaling, that should be addressed when assessing social-emotional skills in primary grade students. References Abrahams, L., Pancorbo, G., Primi, R., Santos, D., Kyllonen, P., John O. P., & de Fruyt F. (2019). Social-Emotional Skill Assessment in Children and Adolescents: Advances and Challenges in Personality, Clinical, and Educational Contexts. Psychological Assessment, 31(4), 460-473. https://doi.org/10.1037/pas0000591 Blumenthal, S., & Blumenthal Y. (2020). Tablet or Paper and Pen? Examining Mode Effects on German Elementary School Students’ Computational Skills with Curriculum-Based Measurements. International Journal of Educational Methodology, 6(4), 669-680. https://doi.org/10.12973/ijem.6.4.669 CASEL. (2024). What Is the CASEL Framework? https://casel.org/fundamentals-of-sel/what-is-the-casel-framework/ Crick, N. R., & Dodge, K. A. (1994). A review and reformulation of social information-processing mechanisms in children‘s social adjustment. Psychological Bulletin, 115(1), 74–101. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.115.1.74 Denham, S. A., Ferrier, D. E., Howarth, G. Z., Herndon, K. J., & Bassett, H. H. (2016). Key considerations in assessing young children’s emotional competence. Cambridge Journal of Education, 46(3), 299–317. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764x.2016.1146659 Durlak, J. A., Mahoney, J. L., & Boyle, A. E. (2022). What we know, and what we need to find out about universal, school-based social and emotional learning programs for children and adolescents: A review of meta-analyses and directions for future research. Psychological Bulletin, 148(11-12). 765-782. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000383 Halle, T. G., & Darling-Churchill, K. E. (2016). Review of measures of social and emotional development. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 45, 8–18. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.appdev.2016.02.003 McKown, C. (2017). Social-Emotional Assessment, Performance, and Standards. The Future of Children, 27(1), 157-178. https://www.jstor.org/stable/44219026 Mellor, D., & Moore, K. A. (2014). The use of Likert scales with children. Journal of pediatric psychology, 39(3), 369–379. https://doi.org/10.1093/jpepsy/jst079 Murano, D., Lipnevich, A. A., Walton, K. E., Burrus, J., Way, J. D., & Anguiano-Carrasco, C. (2020). Measuring social and emotional skills in elementary students: Development of self-report Likert, situational judgment test, and forced choice items. Personality and Individual Differences, 169, 110012. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2020.110012 Soto, C. J., Napolitano, C. M., & Roberts, B. W. (2021). Taking Skills Seriously: Toward an Integrative Model and Agenda for Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Skills. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 30(1), 26-33. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721420978613 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 H: Research on Arts Education Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Navigating Failure - Exploring the Influence of Artefacts in 8th-Grade Groups’ Problem-Solving University of Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:Problem solving and collaboration are crucial components of the 21st century skills and the combined ‘collaborative problem solving’ has received remarkable academic attention and been integrated into major educational frameworks such as PISA 2015 (van Laar et al. 2020; Scoular et al. 2020). While frameworks such as PISA focus on students' strategies for surmounting difficulties, academics also argue that struggling with a problem can have a unique learning potential, through reflecting on what the problem consists of (e.g., Schön 1987). A noteworthy contribution to this tradition is Manu Kapur and his notion of productive failure. Herein Kapur emphasizes that spending time on open-ended, non-scaffolded problems allows students to discuss the limits of a problem, which he found supported students’ long-term learning (Kapur 2008). In this paper, I am investigating the circumstances in artefact-based group work that facilitate or hinder students’ engagement in meaningful problem-solving conversations. For understanding students’ discussions during problem-solving challenges, I am interested in whether students are comparing and contrasting different solutions, in so-called exploratory talk (Littleton and Mercer 2013). Several articles suggest that the use of tools and artefacts is important for how group members can work together (Knight and Littleton 2015; Wegerif 1996). The distribution of access to instruments or digital artefacts is co-constructing how individuals can take part in their groups, as exemplified in the use of all-participating-at-once at interactive tabletops vs the turn-taking when groups are collaborating around a single ipad (Fleck, Vasalou, and Stasinou 2021). As the artefacts can restrict access to task-relevant information, it influences the need for information-sharing within the group, whether that be vocal or physical through turn-taking. This focus emphasizes the importance of the body and the near-material sphere for understanding how collaboration happens around (digital) tools in education (Gourlay 2021; Davidsen and Ryberg 2017). Exploratory talk thus shows promise as an effective learning strategy but places demands on group communication to establish a shared understanding. With a lack of common ground (Stahl 2011), groups might turn to either advance their own ideas without discussing them (dispositional talk), or just accept others’ ideas without having any basis to challenge them on (cumulative talk) (Littleton and Mercer 2013). By investigating relevant situations where student groups face problems, this project seeks to identify mechanisms that affect the exploratory talk in group work. This is in line with a ~30 years old discussion on the sequence of sharing tools and artefacts (Wegerif 1996). This article is based on the following research question: How is group-members’ engagement with the artefacts affecting the orchestration of the work, the establishment of common ground and their exploratory talk? To address this question, I observe student groups at an activity center, in which 8th graders participate in a one-day science lab. The work in this article is part of a bigger project, which through combining ethnography and sensors, badges, and cameras will investigate in what situations groups remain courageous and curious in science despite encountering challenges (Bjerre-Nielsen and Glavind 2022). While important in its own right, this ethnographic investigation is also serving to ground our analysis, and to help pinpoint indicators for a quantitative ethnographic layer of the project (Shaffer 2017). While language has been highlighted as the primary modality to investigate exploratory talk through (Littleton and Mercer 2013), my focus is on how artefacts are part of co-creating the group work centers the physical use and showing, and the access to the resources (Fleck et al. 2009; Fleck, Vasalou, and Stasinou 2021; Davidsen and Ryberg 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Due to my interest in the relationship between artefacts and students’ collaborative problem-solving, I observe group activities with different artefacts at a science center for schools. My key interest lies in the critical instants preceding groups encountering problems, as I contend that the collective understanding is vital in shaping possible strategies for solving problems in groups. As I am unable to predict when groups will face problems, I concentrate on observing the same one- or two groups throughout their visit to the center. This proposal stems from my 14 visits to the activity center between November 2023 and May 2024. I follow the students as they arrive at the center until they leave, and I select the groups as they are seated in the lab. I conduct a brief semi-structured interview with the teachers to gain insights into the class’s group work practices and use of artefacts at the school. I also ask the pupils about their experiences with group work, as well as their perception of the equipment. All data is completely anonymously collected, and teachers, students and parents are informed prior to their visit to the center. My data consists of notes and memos from the activities, focusing on the distribution and sharing of equipment and encountered difficulties within the group. I transcribe or record my observations from the notes within two days of the visit and keep a journal for reflections as well. The limited duration (one day) that each school spends at the center makes my initial positioning extra important. By choosing one or two groups I can direct my interaction to a much smaller subset of students. Additionally, interacting with different classes enables me to alter the way I am positioning myself. To gain different perspectives, I have altered between participating directly in the group activities or more distantly listening in to their conversation at the end of their table. I utilize that I meet different classes at each visit, to change the level of interaction and the way I position myself, so I sometimes engage directly with the groups, and other times is less interactive, e.g., sitting at their table and listening in on their conversations. Afterwards, I line-by-line coded the observation notes. From this structured reading of the cases, I identified situations in which the students face a problem that could lead them to exploratory talk. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on my initial data collection, I have made a preliminary data-analysis, which can point towards the type of results I can present in August, protruded by my continued ethnographic work. In this tentative analysis, several factors have emerged that ties students’ engagement with artefacts to students’ orchestration of group work, the formation of common ground, and the occurrences of exploratory talk. For the orchestration of their shared work artefacts are both serving as means for students to situate themselves within the group (i.e., using the artefact as a way to negotiate what roles they will take on), as a way for facilitators to generate roles within the group work. Furthermore, the artefact itself seems to provide specific divisions of labor, through the way students can interact with it. The establishment of common ground is influenced by the students’ access to relevant information, which differs across the orchestrations of group. Students who are physically separated from the central focus of their task become more reliant on their peers’ sharing of relevant information. Meanwhile, tasks less closely connected to one specific artefact may accommodate a larger number of students working concurrently but could also result in a loosely structured group dynamic. Not all student groups encountering problems engage in exploratory talk. For those who do, access to information plays a pivotal role in shaping the nature of their discussions. Groups with more dispersed workflows tend to focus on task-related details (for instance, whether the task specifies that glasses should contain water), whereas groups with more shared workflows will be more likely to address epistemic questions (e.g., what does it mean to have a high-voltage of power going through). References Bjerre-Nielsen, Andreas, and Kristoffer Lind Glavind. 2022. “Ethnographic Data in the Age of Big Data: How to Compare and Combine.” Big Data & Society 9 (1): 205395172110698. https://doi.org/10.1177/20539517211069893. Davidsen, Jacob, and Thomas Ryberg. 2017. “‘This Is the Size of One Meter’: Children’s Bodily-Material Collaboration.” International Journal of Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning 12 (1): 65–90. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11412-017-9248-8. Fleck, Rowanne, Yvonne Rogers, Nicola Yuill, Paul Marshall, Amanda Carr, Jochen Rick, and Victoria Bonnett. 2009. “Actions Speak Loudly with Words: Unpacking Collaboration around the Table.” In Proceedings of the ACM International Conference on Interactive Tabletops and Surfaces, 189–96. ITS ’09. New York, NY, USA: Association for Computing Machinery. https://doi.org/10.1145/1731903.1731939. Fleck, Rowanne, Asimina Vasalou, and Konstantina Stasinou. 2021. “Tablet for Two: How Do Children Collaborate around Single Player Tablet Games?” International Journal of Human-Computer Studies 145 (January): 102539. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhcs.2020.102539. Gourlay, Lesley. 2021. “There Is No ‘Virtual Learning’: The Materiality of Digital Education.” Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research 10 (1): 57–66. https://doi.org/10.7821/naer.2021.1.649. Kapur, Manu. 2008. “Productive Failure.” Cognition and Instruction 26 (3): 379–424. https://doi.org/10.1080/07370000802212669. Knight, Simon, and Karen Littleton. 2015. “Thinking, Interthinking, and Technological Tools.” In The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Teaching Thinking. Routledge. Laar, Ester van, Alexander J. A. M. van Deursen, Jan A. G. M. van Dijk, and Jos de Haan. 2020. “Determinants of 21st-Century Skills and 21st-Century Digital Skills for Workers: A Systematic Literature Review.” SAGE Open 10 (1): 2158244019900176. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244019900176. Littleton, Karen, and Neil Mercer. 2013. Interthinking: Putting Talk to Work. London: Routledge. Schön, Donald A. 1987. Educating the Reflective Practitioner: Toward a New Design for Teaching and Learning in the Professions. Educating the Reflective Practitioner: Toward a New Design for Teaching and Learning in the Professions. San Francisco, CA, US: Jossey-Bass. Scoular, Claire, Sofia Eleftheriadou, Dara Ramalingam, and Dan Cloney. 2020. “Comparative Analysis of Student Performance in Collaborative Problem Solving: What Does It Tell Us?” Australian Journal of Education 64 (3): 282–303. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004944120957390. Shaffer, David Williamson. 2017. Quantitative Ethnography. First printing. Madison, Wisconsin: Cathcart Press. Stahl, Gerry. 2011. “How to Study Group Cognition.” In Analyzing Interactions in CSCL, edited by Sadhana Puntambekar, Gijsbert Erkens, and Cindy Hmelo-Silver, 107–30. Boston, MA: Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-7710-6_5. Wegerif, R. 1996. “Collaborative Learning and Directive Software.” Journal of Computer Assisted Learning 12 (1): 22–32. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.1996.tb00034.x. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Comics for Science Communication and Education: Developing a Resource for a Non-Formal Education Context 1CIDTFF – Research Centre on Didactics and Technology in the Education of Trainers; 2Department of Education and Psychology of the University of Aveiro (Portugal); 3Faculty of Sciences of the University of Porto (Portugal) Presenting Author:This research project is associated with a Ph.D. investigation, which aims to develop (design, implement, and evaluate the impact) a didact resource based on comics for science communication and science education (science comics), related to the Health Education field. The context of action and investigation is a non-formal education environment – a science center based in Portugal – and the target audience is composed of children from the first years of schooling. The methodology is based on the Research and Development (R&D) ideas, combining principles of qualitative research (Creswell, 2012) with the process of Design Thinking (DT) for Educators (Riverdale & IDEO, 2012). The research question is “How to communicate science to children, using comics, in order to foster learning?". To answer this research question, three specific objectives were defined:
In the field of science communication and science education, comics emerge as a powerful mediator tool, fostering engaging and effective learning experiences. In this context, we can use the term science comics, i.e. the “comics which have as one of their main aims to communicate science or to educate the reader about some non-fictional, scientific concept or theme” (Tatalovic, 2009, p.4). Previous studies (omitted for blind review) concluded that comics are an interesting resource for science communication and education since they have the potential to explain concepts that are difficult to visualize (such as abstract scientific concepts) and, as a didactic resource, it is important to be combined with a didactic strategy adapted to the learning objectives, the target audience, and the educational context. Many authors have been studying science communication and science education simultaneously (Baram-Tsabari & Osborne, 2015; Lewenstein, 2015; McKinnon & Vos, 2015) to comprehend the relationship between both. They are distinct disciplinary areas but may share some characteristics, such as similar goals, strategies, and learning contexts. It is important to comprehend the relationship between science communication and science education to understand how comics can contribute to achieving the expected results of both disciplinary areas. One of the main goals is to promote scientific literacy, and it is important to develop this competency in children since the first years of schooling, to develop critical citizens who can make informed decisions based on science. According to McKinnon and Vos (2015), “Each definition of scientific literacy incorporates common elements: principally an understanding of scientific concepts and the nature of science, interest in science and an ability to find and evaluate information in order to make decisions about science-based issues” (p. 301) Nowadays, non-formal science education contexts have an important role in promoting scientific literacy in society. According to Rodrigues (2016), non-formal education is an important ally of formal education and even informal education, as a lifelong learning strategy. Schools are no longer seen as the only space for learning and other educational contexts have gained importance to ensure the scientific culture of society. The promotion of scientific literacy is associated with the development of competencies, considering that “the concept of competency implies more than just the acquisition of knowledge and skills; it involves the mobilization of knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values to meet complex demands” (OECD, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As already stated, this is an R&D investigation, which combines qualitative research with the DT process. DT is inherently human-centered, emphasizing empathy and a deep comprehension of people’s needs and motivations. The DT process has five stages: discovery, interpretation, ideation, experimentation, and evolution. Qualitative research methods were combined with procedures of the DT process, to deeply understand each stage. The first phase of the research project involved the discovery and interpretation stages. The discovery stage is the moment to be aware of new opportunities and understand the research problem and the design challenge. It was carried out through systematic literature reviews, focus group interviews, and science comics analysis. The interpretation stage involved content analysis (Bardin, 2012), to interpret the findings of the previous stage. The result of this stage was a framework to develop science comics – still in its first version – which guided the next stages. The second phase of the research project involved the other stages: ideation, experimentation, and evolution. The ideation stage was the moment: to co-create different ideas for the didactic sequence and the didactic resource, with the stakeholders of the project: educators, science communicators, and – in the specific case of this project – health researchers; to create narratives using the steps described by (omitted for blind review) which supposed finding a character, defining the scenery, determining the time of the action, and defining the lines of action, including an initial situation, a complication, incidents, and a resolution. The experimentation stage included: the prototype’s building to test the ideas in context; the data collection using techniques such as observation, semi-structured interviews, and group interviews. Finally, in the evolution stage, the framework to develop science comics has been refined to support the development of new didactic resources based on comics to be used in science communication and science education activities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Since this project aimed to understand how to develop didactic resources, it was useful to apply a methodological approach that combines product development methodology and qualitative research methodology. The combination of the DT procedures with the qualitative research methods allowed us to deeply understand each stage of the research as it was precisely focused on the development process itself. The co-creation techniques were important considering the multidisciplinary essence of the project. Therefore, the multidisciplinary team collaborated to build knowledge and new ideas regarding the teaching (and learning) strategies related to the disciplinary areas involved: science communication, science education, health education, and languages. It was concluded that the didactic resource developed has the potential to mediate activities that involve science communication, science education, and language education – especially because of the essence of comics itself, composed of visual and verbal language, creating a narrative through a story plot. The Portuguese and the Science and Technology learning objectives from the Primary School curriculum were considered to create the narratives and the didactic sequence. It was important to understand the characteristics of the non-formal education context. For instance, to consider that the activities would be carried out on Saturday morning outside school. Thus, the didactic strategies had to be less rigid and more flexible to meet the expectations of the target audience. To sum up, creating a didactic sequence that involves the use of the resource previously designed and is consistent with the proposed learning objectives and the characteristics of the education context makes the resource able to support the development of competencies related to scientific literacy and language literacy in children. References Baram-Tsabari, A., & Osborne, J. (2015). Bridging science education and science communication research. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 52(2), 135–144. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21202 Bardin, L. (2012). Análise de Conteúdo. Edições 70. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational Research (4th ed.). Pearson. Lewenstein, B. V. (2015). Identifying what matters: Science education, science communication, and democracy. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 52(2), 253–262. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21201 McKinnon, M., & Vos, J. (2015). Engagement as a Threshold Concept for Science Education and Science Communication. International Journal of Science Education, Part B: Communication and Public Engagement, 5(4), 297–318. https://doi.org/10.1080/21548455.2014.986770 OECD. (2018). The Future of Education and Skills: Education 2030. In OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/about/documents/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf Riverdale, & IDEO. (2012). Design Thinking for Educators (2a). Rodrigues, A. V. (2016). Perspetiva Integrada de Educação em Ciências: Da teoria à prática (1a). UA Editora. Tatalovic, M. (2009). Science comics as tools for science education and communication: A brief, exploratory study. Journal of Science Communication, 8(4). https://doi.org/10.22323/2.08040202 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Joint Poetic Transcription for Researching Learning Experiences, A Methodological Discussion of Quality in Conversation with the Participants 1Lancaster Univesity, United Kingdom; 2Universidad de los Andes, Chile Presenting Author:This paper is a methodological discussion regarding doing Poetic Transcription jointly with the research participants to create data. Within the frame of a larger research project centred on Early Career Academics experiences of teaching in Higher Education, learning for their role and learning to teach, this paper explores the conversations had with all 11 UK participants regarding the use of Joint Poetic Transcription to produce the data for the research project. Early Career Academics (ECAs) often step into Higher Education Institution (HEI) teaching roles without the necessary pedagogical know-how (Emmioğlu, et al., 2017; Salimzadeh et al., 2017), adding to their already extensive list of challenges (Hollywood et al., 2020; Nästesjö, 2020). This situation raises questions about how academics in higher education navigate their experiences of teaching. The main project behind this paper aims to illuminate the learning journey of ECAs experiencing teaching in a UK University. On top of that, it advocates for Art-based Research via Poetic Transcription to research and reflect on this process, as it has gained some attention for researching experiences (Sánchez, 2023). Art-based research understands research as a dynamic interplay among various elements and actors and acknowledges the role of methods in not just describing but actively shaping our understanding of reality (Law, 2004). Thus, research becomes a creative craft, itself producing an experience (Clough, 2009). For the main project, Art-based Research was deemed good to provide answers to its questions, using poetry as a means of expression that offers rich, complex avenues to create meaning (Leggo, 2018). Thus, within the broad research field of Poetic Inquiry, Poetic Transcription was selected as the appropriate approach (Faulkner, 2019; Vincent, 2018; Glesne, 1997). Typically, it involves interviewing participants, transcribing the conversations, and creating poems based on these transcripts (Loads et al., 2019; Burdick, 2011). For the project, and following the constructed, relational and collective understanding of both research and experience (Sánchez, 2023), participant collaboration was added to the process, thus creating Joint Poetic Transcription. Recognizing research as a creative craft, Joint Poetic Transcription involves participant collaboration in creating poems as data. This collaborative poetic process surpasses the prior by actively involving participants in the creation of poetry: they became co-creators of the poems by crafting the poem alongside the research team. In a nutshell, the transcription is shared, and both produce meaning together through poetry. Parts of the transcript verbatim are intertwined with arising ideas, woven into poems using poetic license. As a joint constructive process, this approach seeks to redefine research as an experiential, participatory and productive journey. This transformative, participatory process redefines research as experiential and productive, and thus some challenges arise. Specifically responding to the literature regarding the quality of this methodology, this paper argues that engaging participants in crafting poems would offer a unique avenue for learning from their experiences and thus provide a way to argue for the value of said method. Specifically in Poetic Inquiry, some emphasize the importance of engaging with the craft itself as a marker of quality, like in Leavy's focus on authenticity and resonance (2017). Faulkner's proposed criteria for assessing quality involve methodological, artistic, and technical elements, encompassing rigor, impact, and the development of craft within the research process (Faulkner, 2016). In this paper, one of the signs of quality suggested by Faulkner (2016) is explored: Participant Response. The aim of the present paper is to explore the merits and quality of the method directly with the participants. Through Participant Response, a way of evaluating if the methodology was well executed in its transformative and learning character could be provided. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used It is argued that poems need to promote thinking and reflection for those that craft them to have value (Tian, 2023); thus, being a good tool for learning is identified as something worth looking into for addressing the success of the project. In the present paper, the informal insights by Burdick (2011) where participants’ analysis of the poems and reflection on the process were collected, were turned into a formal research process. To do so, follow-up conversations were scheduled with each research participant after crafting the poems to provide insight into this matter. This process was added as part of the main research procedure after the poems were crafted, with a meeting that was held no sooner than two weeks after having created the poems. The meetings were held to discuss both the poem itself and the process of making it. The guiding points for the conversation were: - When you think back on the poem, do you recognize yourself in the poem? - Do you think that your colleagues would recognize you – the author? - Do you think that your colleagues would recognize them in the poem? - Has the process of creating a poem or the poem itself helped you think about your experience in a way that you haven’t before? - Has the process of creating a poem or the poem itself helped you think learn from your experience? - How did feel during the process – the interview, poem creation, this moment, etc… The discussions in such meetings were recorded, transcribed, and analysed following a Thematic Analysis to identify overarching emergent themes/ideas across the multiple experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to Sánchez (2023), through the method, research produces its object. On to of that, the author argues for art as a way to appropriate the object of research by re-creating the experience of it through the artistic production. With the research process, the researcher, participants and methodology would be part of a creative process that produces the experience under research. Taking this alongside concepts like perezhivanie by Vygotski (1994) would lead to think that the process of producing a reproducing an experience with the participants would lead them to work-through it and thus learn from the work done. In accordance with this, the preliminary Thematic Analysis shows that, overall, participants see the process of Joint Poetic Transcription as a safe space to work-through their past experiences and create new meaning regarding their role as teachers and academics, and the poem themselves as means to promote thinking and learning about the early academic career and teaching. This methodological discussion shines a light into some relevant elements to consider in research. By structuring a safe space and method where participants work to create distilled data makes the process not only more engaging for them but also more useful, as they can create something for themselves and others to reflect upon and learn from. By acknowledging and fostering the potentially transformative process of working through experiences through the method, researching learning experiences through Art-based Research can gain an extra edge on the field, as it would prove not only to be beneficial for creating new knowledge, but also to be beneficial for the participants as they would also be transformed for the better thanks to their participation and work. References Burdick, M. (2011). Researcher and Teacher-Participant Found Poetry: Collaboration in Poetic Transcription. International Journal of Education & the Arts, 12. Clough, P. (2009). The new empiricism: Affect and sociological method. European Journal of Social Theory, 12(1), 43-61. https://doi.org/10.1177/1368431008099643 Emmioğlu, E., McAlpine, L., & Amundsen, C. (2017). Doctoral Students’ Experiences of Feeling (Or Not) Like an Academic. International Journal of Doctoral Studies, 12, 73–90. https://doi-org.ezproxy.lancs.ac.uk/10.28945/3727 Faulkner, S. (2016). The Art of Criteria: Ars Criteria as Demonstration of Vigor in Poetic Inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 22(8), 662–665. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800416634739 Faulkner, S. (2019). Poetic inquiry: Craft, method and practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351044233 Glesne, C. (1997). That rare feeling: Re-presenting research through poetic transcription. Qualitative inquiry, 3(2), 202-221. https://doi.org/10.1177/107780049700300204 Hollywood, A., McCarthy, D., Spencely, C., & Winstone, N. (2020). ‘Overwhelmed at first’: the experience of career development in early career academics. Journal of further and higher education, 44(7), 998-1012. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877x.2019.1636213 Law, J. (2004). After method: Mess in social science research. Routledge. Leavy, P. (2017). Research design: Quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research approaches. Guilford Publications. Leggo, C. (2018). Poetry in the academy: A language of possibility. Canadian Journal of Education/Revue canadienne de l'éducation, 41(1), 69-97. Loads, D., Marzetti, H., & McCune, V. (2020). ‘Don’t hold me back’: Using poetic inquiry to explore university educators’ experiences of professional development through the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning. Arts and Humanities in Higher Education, 19(4), 337-353. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474022219846621 Nästesjö, J. (2020). Navigating uncertainty: Early career academics and practices of appraisal devices. Minerva, 59(2), 237-259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-020-09425-2 Salimzadeh, R., Saroyan, A., & Hall, N. C. (2017). Examining the factors impacting academics’ psychological well-being: A review of research. International Education Research, 5(1), 13-44. https://doi.org/10.12735/ier.v5n1p13 Sánchez, F. (2023). Research as an experience: A reflective exploration of art-based research and poetry for researching experiences. In J. Huisman & M. Tight (Eds.). Theory and Method in Higher Education Research (Vol. 9, pp. 63–83). Emeral Publishing. doi:10.1108/S2056-375220230000009004 Tian, M. (2023). Arts-based Research Methods for Educational Researchers. Taylor & Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003196105 Vincent, A. (2018). Is there a definition? Ruminating on poetic inquiry, strawberries and the continued growth of the field. Art/Research International: A Transdisciplinary Journal, 3(2), 48-76. https://doi.org/10.18432/ari29356 Vygotsky, L. S. (1994). The problem of the environment. In R. van der Veer & J. Valsiner (Eds.), The Vygotsky Reader (pp. 338–355). Blackwell. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 I: Communities, Families, and Schooling in Educational Research Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper School Choice Fever: Exploring the Educational Burden of Chinese Rural Families Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:‘School choice fever’, or the over-heated competition for school choice, has become one of the most pressing concerns of Chinese society. Parents rush to get their children into top schools to give them an edge on a series of entrance examinations. The huge school choice fees and high-priced school district housing turned school choice-making into a game of power and money, which adds a heavy burden on the low- or middle-income families (Wu, 2013). Such fervent competition is believed to have corrupted the educational system and reproduced the social class inequalities (e.g., Liu and Apple, 2016; Zhou et al., 2020). In recent years, the school choice fever has spread from large and medium- sized cities to counties and rural areas of China, where quality educational resources are in striking shortage compared to urban areas. Though school choice is vital for rural families, previous research suggests many of them cannot choose the school they desired due to the restrictions of policies and their lack of economic, social resources. Bourdieu's theory has been widely applied to school choice research across various context, offering a theoretical framework for understanding the differential school-choosing experiences undergone by families with different SES, the perceptions of school choice policy by parents, and the link between school choice and social reproduction (Ball & Gewirtz, 1997; Khalil & Kelly, 2020; Yoon, 2020). Applying Bourdieu's theory to China's school choice situation is especially relevant given the increasing demand for educational opportunities and the imbalanced distribution of educational resources, which particularly hinders lower socioeconomic status families from meeting their educational needs. Though Bourdieu’s theory has been widely applied in school choice studies across the world, previous analysis is mainly focused on the middle class and urban contexts, lacking explanations for the motivations of, and strategies used by rural parents, who are generally in lower socioeconomic status in China (Lu & Chen, 2004). Researching the school choice of disadvantaged groups is crucial for understanding the reproduction of social inequalities and protecting the rights of education for marginalised children.Therefore, this ethnographic research aims to fill the gap by investigating Chinese rural families’ school choice. The research aspires to answer the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an ethnographic approach, allowing for a deep, contextual understanding of the decision-making processes among rural families regarding school choice. The research was conducted in three distinct yet interconnected sites within B City, Anhui Province: L Village, L Town Centre, and the urban district of B City. This multi-site design allows for a comprehensive cross-sectional analysis, offering insights into varying socio-economic contexts and their influence on school choice behavior, thus shedding light on urban-rural disparities. Analysis of policy documents was carried out to provide a comprehensive background for the study. On October 1st 2023, I arrived at L Village situated in L Town, B City, commencing my fieldwork. I resided in the home of a local resident who owned a small village store. The room I live in is on the second floor of the store, which is strategically located at the corner of the village's central street. Benefiting from this location, this store served as an informal hub of the local community, with many villagers stopping by to chat or shop, thereby creating an ideal setting for gathering information. Purposive sampling, specifically maximum variation sampling, was employed to select a diverse range of participants based on socio-economic backgrounds and geographical locations. The primary participants are families with children aged 11-14, transitioning from primary to secondary education. The sampling expanded through snowballing techniques, ensuring a broad spectrum of perspectives. Data collection primarily involves semi-structured, in-depth interviews, aimed at understanding the 'why' and 'how' of school choice decisions. These interviews delve into participants' perceptions of policies and the challenges they face. The participants of the first- and second-round data collection (Oct 2023 to January 2024) included 40 parents, 8 grandparents, 22 children, and 15 teachers, totalling 85 individuals mainly from the above three locations. Following this, the one-year, longitudinal participant observation within selected families will offer a 'thick description' of the educational decision-making process, highlighting daily consultations, compromises, and conflicts inherent in these choices. The data collected will be analysed using thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aims to shed light on the intricate dynamics of school choice in rural China, exploring the interplay of socio-economic factors, family dynamics, and educational choices. The initial data collection reveals a complex scenario where socio-economic status prominently influences school choice. Particularly notable is the strategic utilisation of cultural and social capital by rural school teachers to secure optimal educational environment for their children. This strategy starkly contrasts with the challenges faced by economically and socially disadvantaged families in accessing quality education. Moreover, the fervent pursuit of making school chocie is found to be intricately linked to the pressures of an exam-oriented educational system. This system fosters pervasive intergenerational pressures, with parents and grandparents (especially those caring for left-behind children) placing high academic expectations on children. These pressures often result in heavy academic loads and profound impacts on children’s mental health, exacerbated by their awareness of the sacrifices made by their families in their educational journey. An intriguing finding is the divergent attitudes towards school types among rural families. While there is a strong preference for private schools and a general aversion to rural public schools, a notable discord exists between parents’ favoring of boarding schools and children’s resistance to them. This disparity not only underscores the varied perceptions and values linked to different educational institutions but also highlights the unique needs of rural families, such as the need for full-boarding school with closed campus management due to parental migration for work. In conclusion, this study offers a detailed perspective on the factors shaping educational choices in rural China, providing crucial insights for educators, policymakers, and families. The findings underscore the need for policies that resonate with the realities of rural communities, paving the way for a more inclusive and equitable educational system in China. References Ball, S. J., & Gewirtz, S. (1997). Is Research Possible? A rejoinder to Tooley’s ‘On School Choice and Social Class ‘. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 18(4), 575–586. Khalil, L., & Kelly, A. (2020). The practice of choice-making: Applying Bourdieu to the field of international schooling. Journal of Research in International Education, 19(2), 137–154. https://doi.org/10.1177/1475240920954045 Liu, S., & Apple, M. W. (2016). Parental Choice of School, Class Strategies, and Educational Inequality: An Essay Review of School Choice in China—A Different Tale?(X. Wu, New York, NY: Routledge, 2014, 168 pp. ISBN 978-0-415-81769-1). Educational Policy, 30(6), 940–955. Lu, M., & Chen, Z. (2004). Urbanization, Urban-Biased Economic Policies and Urban-Rural Inequality [J]. Economic Research Journal, 6(5), 50–58. Reay, D. (1996). Contextualising Choice: Social Power and Parental Involvement. British Educational Research Journal, 22(5), 581–596. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1501671 Wu, X. (2013). School choice in China: A different tale? Routledge. Yoon, E.-S. (2020). School Choice Research and Politics with Pierre Bourdieu: New Possibilities. Educational Policy, 34(1), 193–210. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904819881153 Zhou, X., Mau, A., & Jordan, L. (2020). Gaming the no-choice system? School choice and persistent educational inequality in China. Research Papers in Education, 1–19. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Aspirations Among Native and Immigrant Mothers in Germany Europa-Universität Flensburg, Germany Presenting Author:This study addresses socially-induced inequalities in educational attainment, highlighting how higher education and associated life opportunities are not equally accessible to all societal groups. Parental freedom in educational decision-making plays a crucial role in determining their children’s educational outcomes. These decisions are influenced by educational aspirations, which are strongly correlated with the actual educational achievements of children. In Germany's highly stratified education system, research has underscored the immense importance of parental aspirations during the transition from primary to secondary schools, with early selection processes impacting variously across social classes. While numerous studies, predominantly quantitative, have shown a strong correlation between parental education and aspirations, with a historical focus on the father's occupational status, recent interest has shifted towards exploring the impact of maternal education on educational inequalities. This shift is partly due to mothers – despite egalitarian role models in Germany – still assuming the majority of caregiving and educational responsibilities, but it is also closely linked to social advancements in women's rights to education and employment. Therefore, this study focuses on maternal educational aspirations for their children during the transition to secondary education. An additional crucial factor is the family's migration background. Germany, faced with multiple migration waves, serves as a pertinent context for this study. There are significant educational inequalities between migrants and natives and the European Union plays a pivotal role due to its legal provisions and agreements in migration and free movement. Two EU decisions are particularly relevant for this study: first, the freedom of movement for workers, enabling EU citizens to work and live in other EU countries without needing work or residence permits. According to Eurostat data, 10.2 million EU citizens of working age (3.9%) live in a member state other than that of their nationality, a significant increase from 2.4% in 2009. Second, EU programs fostering education and research mobility, enhancing the diversity of residence rights and conditions for mothers in Germany, thus creating a heterogeneous group of migrant women. Considering migrant experiences is therefore essential in researching educational inequalities and informing targeted educational policies beyond Germany. While the influence of parental educational aspirations on children's actual educational attainment is undisputed, the processes and mechanisms underlying this connection remain unclear. Of high interest is how these aspirations are successfully implemented and why some social groups are better at translating high aspirations into reality than others. This study investigates maternal biographies to holistically capture and qualitatively locate maternal educational aspirations. The study's theoretical framework follows two key implications: rational decision-making and implicit capital transmission. Rational choice approaches center on the idea that individuals consciously make decisions to maximize their utilities, as proposed by G. S. Becker, and invest in human capital to promote long-term household economic success. However, migrants often face lower educational levels, work experience, and language barriers, suggesting a lower human capital as a plausible explanation for disparities between immigrant and native populations. Extending monetary approaches, Pierre Bourdieu's concept of capitals considers various resources, including economic, social, and cultural capital. Bourdieu highlights a crucial oversight in economic theories: the transmission of capital within families and social groups, arguing that cultural capital, encompassing knowledge, skills, and cultural competence, is acquired and passed down within the family through informal processes such as social interactions, upbringing, and cultural practices. In the context of the diverse socioeconomic and migration backgrounds of the mothers in the present study, this theoretical combination establishes a framework for analyzing the interplay between individual choices and societal structures offering significant explanatory potential. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study's research question necessitates an open, biographically oriented approach. Biographical research, through the reconstruction of individuals' perceptions and interpretations, provides authentic data on the topic of interest. Therefore, biographical narrative interviews with mothers in Germany were conducted between 2020 and 2023. The data collection adhered to the Grounded Theory tradition. The primary sampling criterion was having at least one underage child, preferably at the transition from primary to secondary school. The final sample included 17 mothers aged 26 to 50, with eight born in Germany and nine abroad, including Russia and Romania (among them, 4 Romani mothers). The European Qualifications Framework was used to account for educational levels, covering levels one to eight. Mothers' educational levels were acquired either abroad, in Germany, or through a combination of training and recognition procedures. Three mothers lacked professional qualifications, seven underwent vocational training, and eight held university degrees (Master of Arts), with one possessing a doctorate (PhD). A brief questionnaire was presented to the participants after the interview, in which they were asked to specify the type of school they intend to send their child to and the ideal educational qualification they wish their child to achieve (educational aspirations). One year later, the mothers were contacted again to inquire about the actual school they sent their child to, in order to compare whether the educational aspirations were indeed realized. After conducting and transcribing the 17 interviews verbatim, a six-step narrative-analytical approach was employed for analysis. This approach allows systematic segmentation of the life narrative into phases, each with a specific function, referred to as process structures by Schütze. This methodology enables the reconstruction of recurring patterns, attitudes, and the entire educational trajectory beyond attained qualifications. Insights into migrant biographies also reveal how educational processes occur across national borders and how discontinuities and institutional barriers affect the recognition of foreign qualifications. Overall, the analysis uncovers mothers' efforts, investments, and concerns for their children's education. It also brings to light educational decisions and aspirations made against a backdrop of rational decisions and the invisible transmission of cultural capital within the family through hidden mechanisms, accessible mainly through qualitative approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Biographical analyses revealed two opposing trends in mothers' life courses. Some mothers actively guide their academic and personal self-fulfillment, while others passively experience their circumstances, confronting extensive institutional barriers. Migration experience and educational level crucially influence these trajectories. Depending on migration status, mothers may face limitations impacting their academic paths and lowering educational aspirations for their children. Work permits and residency status of their spouses can compel them to accept precarious work conditions, leaving little time for their children. Some migrant mothers, denied education in their childhood, express no educational aspirations for their children, partly due to varying awareness about the German education system. The study also uncovers trends beyond educational aspirations, highlighting the realities of mothers' lives and suggesting areas for further research. Parents experience intense educational pressure from narratives of an 'educational crisis' and inadequate institutional infrastructures. Many doubt the ability of schools and kindergartens to provide sufficient personal and professional development for their children, leading them to undertake independent support efforts from an early stage. This situation demands significant monetary and time investments from mothers, who often feel solely responsible for their children's 'successful' upbringing. In 2022, 63 percent of mothers with children over six opted for part-time work, one of the highest rates in the EU-27. Although part-time employment can adversely affect career progression and pension contributions, mothers often reduce their working hours for 'family and child management', sometimes to the point of self-sacrifice. A comparative analysis across European countries could shed light on labor market incentives and conditions for policies that better support mothers in balancing work and family life. References Becker, B. (2010): Bildungsaspirationen von Migranten – Determinanten und Umsetzung in Bildungsergebnisse. Becker, B., and Gresch, C. (2016): Bildungsaspirationen in Familien mit Migrationshintergrund. In: Diehl, C.; Hunkler, C., and Kristen, C. (Eds.): Ethnische Ungleichheiten im Bildungsverlauf. Mechanismen, Befunde, Debatten. Wiesbaden: Springer SV, 73–115. Becker, G. S. (1964): Human capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with Special Reference to Education. New York: Columbia Univ. Press. Bourdieu, P. (1983): Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital. In: Soziale Welt, Sonderband 2, 183–198. Europäisches Parlament (2024): Kurzdarstellungen zur Europäischen Union. Freizügigkeit der Arbeitnehmer. : Europäisches Parlament. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/factsheets/de/sheet/41/freizugigkeit-der-arbeitnehmer (Retrieved January 29, 2024). Eurostat Statistics (2024). Erwerbstätigenquoten nach Geschlecht, Alter und Staatsangehörigkeit (%). https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/view/LFSA_ERGAN__custom_107085/bookmark/table?lang=de&bookmarkId=eb11a019-2016-46bc-b9ef-0f958228f70e (Retrieved January 26, 2024). Glaser, B. G., and Strauss, A. L. (1967): The discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. New Brunswick: Aldine. Gresch, C. (2012): Der Übergang in die Sekundarstufe I. Leistungsbeurteilung, Bildungsaspiration und rechtlicher Kontext bei Kindern mit Migrationshintergrund. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Klapproth, F. (2020): Familie und Bildungsaspirationen. In: Ecarius, J., and Schierbaum, A. (Eds.): Handbuch Familie. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien, 1–20. Kurz, K., and Paulus, W. (2008): Übergänge im Grundschulalter: die Formation elterlicher Bildungsaspirationen. In: Die Natur der Gesellschaft: Verhandlungen des 33. Kongresses der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Soziologie, 5489–5503. Relikowski, Ilona; Yilmaz, Erbil, and Blossfeld, Hans-Peter (2012): Wie lassen sich die hohen Bildungsaspirationen von Migranten erklären? Eine Mixed-Methods-Studie zur Rolle von strukturellen Aufstiegschancen und individueller. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 52, Vol. 52, Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, 111–136. Schütze, F. (1984): Kognitive Figuren autobiographischen Stegreiferzählens. In: Kohli, M., and Robert, G. (Eds.): Biographie und soziale Wirklichkeit: Neue Beiträge und Forschungsperspektiven. Stuttgart: Metzler, 78–117. Stocké, V. (2013): Bildungsaspirationen, soziale Netzwerke und Rationalität. In: Becker, R., and Schulze, A. (Eds.), Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 269–298 Trubeta, S. (2022): Diskurse um EU-Binnenmigration aus Süd- und Südosteuropa. In: Zeitschrift für Migrationsforschung 2 (1), 61–94. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Parental Involvement in Elementary Education in Kazakhstan: Nature, Factors, And Implications for Academic Achievement Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Physics and Math in Semey Presenting Author:Research background Parents take the central part in all spheres of their children’s lives, including education. Historically, parents were the ones who educated their offspring or chose the governors for them. In the beginning of 20th century, with the expansion of formal education, however, schools became the primary places to cultivate knowledge and develop skills (Scully, Barbour, & Roberts-King, 2015). Since then, family-school collaboration underwent dramatic changes (Epstein & Sanders, 2002). Initially, there was a clear cut between the roles families and school performed: schools aimed at developing basic literacy, calculation, and sciences, whereas parents taught their children culture, moral and religion (Hill & Taylor, 2004). Today’s curriculum has further expanded to incorporate many aspects which were traditionally considered as a family responsibility to foster, leaving the majority of parents uninvolved (Scully et al., 2015). Most commonly, parental involvement is identified as a critical factor to accelerate students’ academic achievements. A substantial body of research confirms the relationship between parental involvement and academic achievement (Castro et al., 2015; Hill & Tyson, 2009; Jeynes, 2012); however, the results vary greatly from low-moderate positive to negative and non-existent (Mattingly, Prislin, McKenzie, Rodriguez, & Kayzar, 2002; McNeal, 2001). The consistent positive effects of parental involvement, according to Borgonovi and Montt (2012), are most commonly noted in the US and the UK, where it has been most thoroughly researched. Parental engagement has also been investigated in such varied cultural contexts as Mexico, Korea, Egypt, Iceland, Greece, Hong Kong-China, Italy, New Zealand, Germany, and the Netherlands. However, empirical research on parental involvement in Central Asia is rather limited. Research problem OECD report on Parental Involvement in Selected Countries and Economies participating in the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) states that parental involvement might be successfully used as a mean to ease financial pressure on the education budget through minimizing the number of students who fail to complete the annual academic program and need additional subsidizing from the government to repeat the year (Borgonovi & Montt, 2012). Parental involvement is also reported to increase the level of the school completion rate, which is pivotal for children’s future economic success, especially for those coming from low-income families (Barnard, 2004). Parental involvement is beneficial to practically every group of stakeholders involved in education. Sung (2010), however, claims that effectiveness of parental involvement interventions is closely related to the cultural context it is taking place. A considerable number of countries and policies worldwide have acknowledged the value of parental involvement and committed to launching intervention programs (Domina, 2005), whereas engaging parents in education is still an unexplored terrain in Kazakhstani context. It is yet to be found out what the parental involvement beliefs and practices in Kazakhstan are, which factors affect parents’ choice to become involved in their child’s schooling and what the relationships between parental involvement and academic achievement are. Aim of the study The study aims to investigate how the concept of parental involvement is understood and practiced in Kazakhstani context as well as to determine the factors which affect the degree of parental engagement. Research questions: 1. How is the concept of parental involvement understood by Kazakhstani parents in elementary school? 2. Which types of parental involvement are typically practiced in elementary schools in Kazakhstan? 3. What are the factors which affect the degree of parental involvement in these settings? 4. What is the relationship between parental involvement and students' academic achievement in elementary school in Kazakhstan? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The nature of the research questions formulated in this study suggested a quantitative methodology to be applied. A non-experimental exploratory survey research design was employed to explore the nature of parental involvement in Kazakhstan, to study the relationship between parental involvement and students’ academic achievement, to investigate the factors which mediate them. Non-probability maximum variation sampling was chosen to collect data from parents who have their children in various academic settings, represent different family characteristics and come from diverse socioeconomic backgrounds. The research aimed to collect data from the parents who have their children in Grade 1 and 4 of the elementary school, to allow the comparison of parental involvement practices across the first and the last stages of primary education. Four primary schools in Semey were approached with the request to participate in the study. Selected schools varied in school location (SES-advantaged areas/SES-disadvantaged areas) and language of instruction. The research intended to collect data from 200 parents. The sample, however, comprised 172 parents aged 20 to above 50 years old. 85 percent of parents either had a Bachelor or a Master’s degree, while 42 percent graduated from vocational colleges or chose not to pursue further education after secondary school. This research used self-completion paper-based questionnaires to collect nominal data on respondents’ background and to measure parental involvement beliefs, parental involvement practices and students’ academic achievement. It consisted of 56 multiple choice questions and comprised five sections. To measure parental involvement beliefs (Section 1), a scale was developed based on the indices adopted from Catsambis (1998), Catsambis and Garland (1997), DePlanty, Coulter-Kern and Duchane (2007), Fan (2001). Three indices were chosen to represent each of the six parentail involvement dimensions. Section 1 included 18 items and utilized a six-point Level of Agreement Likert-scale. The same scale of indices as for parental involvement beliefs was employed to collect the data on parental involvement practices (Section 2). In Section 3 – Information about the child and his/her academic achievement – parents were asked to self-report on their child’s global academic and subject-specific achievement. Section 4 consisted of four close-ended questions about family demographics, which allowed collecting the information about family structure and the number of siblings the child had. Four close-ended questions in Section 5 aimed to collect data on family socioeconomic status: parents’ educational background, their employment schedule and family income. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The purpose of this study was three-fold: first, to study how the concept of the parental involvement is understood and practiced by Kazakhstani parents within the Epstein’s (1995) theoretical framework. The second aim of the research was to investigate the factors which affect parents’ decision to become parentally involved. Finally, the study was targeted to examine the relationship between parental involvement and student’s academic achievement, thus adding to the ongoing debate in the field. A non-experimental exploratory survey research design was applied to answer the research questions. A self-report paper- based questionnaire was utilized for the data collection. The analyses of the mean scores for each of the six parental involvement dimensions revealed that beliefs and practices of the home-based activities (Type 1, Type 3, Type 4) were prevalent in the Kazakhstani society. Parents’ beliefs about and practices of Parenting dimension were found to be particularly strong, whereas Decision Making dimension scored the lowest. Although the majority of the factors this study scrutinized did not prove to be significant predictors of the parental involvement beliefs and practices in the Kazakhstani Elementary schools, the research was able to confirm the role of the child’s gender on the range and frequency of the parental involvement practices parents tended to adopt. Parental involvement was also found to be affected by the mothers’ employment working schedule as well as child’s grade and the language of instruction employed at the school. Pearson correlation analysis of the relationship between six parental involvement dimensions and students’ general academic achievement, achievement in math and reading did not yield many strong connections between the variables. References Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179-211. doi:10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). Contexts of child rearing: Problems and prospects. American Psychologist, 34(10), 844-850. doi:10.1037/0003-066X.34.10.844 Brown, M. C. (1994). Parental involvement as a variable in reading readiness: A review of related literature. ERIC Document Reproduction Service No.: ED 384850. Retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED384850.pdf Catsambis, S. (1998). Expanding the knowledge of parental involvement in secondary education: Effects on high school academic success (CRESPAR Report 27). Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University. Chen, J. J. L. (2005). Relation of academic support from parents, teachers, and peers to Hong Kong adolescents' academic achievement: The mediating role of academic engagement. Genetic, Social, and General Psychology Monographs, 131(2), 77-127. doi:10.3200/MONO.131.2.77-127 Epstein, J.L. (1995). School/family/community partnerships: Caring for the children we share. Phi Delta Kappan, 76(9), 701-712. doi:10.1177/003172171009200326 Fan, X. (2001). Parental involvement and students' academic achievement: A growth modeling analysis. The Journal of Experimental Education, 70(1), 27-61, doi:10.1080/00220970109599497 Hill, N. E., & Taylor, L. C. (2004). Parental school involvement and children's academic achievement pragmatics and issues. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13(4), 161-164. doi:10.1111/j.0963-7214.2004.00298.x Hoover-Dempsey, K., & Sandler, H. M. (1997). Why do parents become involved in their children’s education? Review of Educational Research, 67(1), 3-42. doi:10.3102/00346543067001003 IAC (Information-analytic centre). (2014). OECD Review of Policies to Improve the Effectiveness of Resource Use in Schools: Country Background Report for Kazakhstan. Retrieved from http://www.oecd.org/education/school/CBR_Kazakhstan_english_final.pdf IAC. (2015). Osnovnye pokazateli doshkolnogo, obshego srednego, tekhicheskogo i professionalnogo obrazovaniya 2015-2016 [Core indicators of pre-school, secondary, technical and vocational education 2015-2016]. Astana, Kazakhstan: Information-Analytic Center. IAC. (2016a). National report on the state and development of the educational system of the Republic of Kazakhstan, 2015. Astana, Kazakhstan: Information-Analytic Center. Nurbek, S. (2017, October). Values in Kazakhstani Society: Their impact on Education. Paper presented at IX International Research-to-Practice Conference of AEO Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools “Values, Wellbeing and Innovation for the Future of Education”, Astana, Kazakhstan. Pons, A., Amoroso, J., Herczynski, J., Kheyfets, I., Lockheed, M., & Santiago, P. (2015). OECD Reviews of School Resources. Paris, France: OECD Publishing. Scully, P. A., Barbour C., & Roberts-King, H. (2015). Families, schools, and communities: Building partnerships for educating children. London, UK: Pearson Sung, H. Y. (2010). The influence of culture on parenting practices of East Asian families and emotional intelligence of older adolescents: A qualitative study. School Psychology International, 31(2), 199-214. doi:10.1177/0143034309352268 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper When We Open The Doors. Renewing The Family-School Corresponsibility In The Primary School As A Resource For Countering Educational Poverty Unimore, Italy Presenting Author:The present work, which is part of a larger doctoral dissertation project, stems from a series of questions regarding the reality of the Italian Primary School experienced by the researcher herself in the dual role of teacher and parent. The critical issues related to the participation of families in school life as well as the apparent lack of incisiveness of the Primary School in making a difference for those children who come from poor educational backgrounds, raised a number of questions about the underlying motivations behind the two phenomena and a possible correlation between the school-family co-responsibility variable and the fight against educational poverty in the Primary School. The main questions that have emerged are: What are the beliefs, motivations, preconceptions, and emotions that shape the relationality of teachers and parents? Through building a meaningful school-family dialogue in primary school, is it possible to trigger virtuous mechanisms to counter educational poverty? A traditional literature review and empirical research were conducted to answer the research questions. In this regard, after the literature review of publications related to both educational poverty and school-family educational co-responsibility, this study attempts to suggest a possible way forward that puts back at the center: dialogue, openness to the other's point of view, the generative resources of families (Amadini 2013, 2018, 2019; Maia, 2022) as well as the capabilities of each person (Sen, 1990, 2014; Nussbaum, 2006, 2011, 2014) as necessary and no longer procrastinable premises for concrete projects and actions that counter educational poverty, at school. A major source of theoretical inspiration for this work is the Reggio Children Approach (Edwards, Gandini, Forman, 2017), which makes family and community participation a foundation of its pedagogical thinking and educational action in the 0-11 range. The complexity of the new social and family contexts, the recent pandemic and a widespread crisis of values represent, in general, a challenge for school worldwide. In Italy, the Primary school, in particular, due to a kind of its intrinsic conformation, shows, with some evidence, how complex it is for the actors involved in the educational process to be able to enter into relationships and create positive synergies and shared planning (Dusi, 2009, 2011, 2019, 2022; Epstein, 2018; Pati, 2011, 2019). In this paper, through empirical research, we investigate school-family co-responsibility and its possible role in combating educational poverty by collecting the voices of parents, by collecting parents and teachers voices through online questionnaires and focus groups and by involving them in a shared micro-projectuality to be realized at school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to answer the research questions as postulated, it was necessary to resort to a type of inquiry that would draw its information from experience by giving voice to the protagonists of the context under investigation. The approach that considers knowledge inseparable from the knowing subject and is the basis of this work, is that of empirical phenomenology (Husserl, 1913; Scott, 1991; Sità, 2017). Following a phenomenological approach, a Mixed Method survey was used in order "to find the best possible answers to the question that originated the research itself" by combining quantitative and qualitative analysis (Mortari, Ghirotto, 2012). The basic idea of the Mixed Method is to be able to meet different research objectives, that is, to arrive at the explanation of factors on the basis of others and to understand in a deeper way some individual and/or collective dynamics. In this type of research all phases "constitute a single study and the two moments- qualitative and quantitative-cannot be separated" (Mortari, Ghirotto, 2012). This work applied an explanatory type strategy with sequential architecture, that is: it started with a first quantitative study followed by a second qualitative one to understand in depth what emerged in the first. The instruments used were: an online questionnaire for both parents and teachers to collect quantitative data and a couple of in-depth online focus groups (by category of participants) to collect qualitative ones. There were 49 completed questionnaires from teachers and 69 from parents in two different Primary Schools. One focus group per category was conducted in each school and one micro-project meeting between teachers and parents is being held for each school. The mixed-group micro-project phase (still ongoing) is also conducted online and recorded as a focus group activity. The use of the Mixed Method ensured, therefore, both a quantitative type of analysis on the recursiveness of motivations, feelings, attitudes or preconceptions regarding the themes investigated, and then cross-referencing them with other factors such as biographical data, geographic origin, family characteristics and so on; and a qualitative type of analysis that would allow us to explore and understand the meanings that the participants involved attributed to events and experiences related to school life and their participation as well as to the theme of educational poverty. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the analysis and collection of data is still in progress, it is possible to make some preliminary observations about the fact that there are points of convergence in thinking between teachers and parents from which they can start to meet in a dialogical relationship. The transcripts of the focus groups are still being analyzed and show a shared desire to make the school-family partnership effective by moving beyond the biases and preconceptions that emerged in both the questionnaire and the separate group focus groups. The micro-project phase (still ongoing) is providing the ground for concrete experimentation with what educational co-responsibility means and how it can be placed at the service of combating educational poverty. Research questions are expected to be answered in a way that confirms the urgency for Italian primary schools to "open the doors" to families with a view to making them co-protagonists in the educational project concerning their children. References Amadini M. (2013). La generatività familiare: un impegno e una risorsa per la pedagogia. La Famiglia 47/257, 2013, pp. 132-147. Bourdieu P., Passeron J. C. (2006). La riproduzione. Per una teoria dei sistemi di insegnamento, Rimini: Guaraldi Dusi P., Pati L. (2011). Corresponsabilità educativa. Scuola e famiglia nella sfida multiculturale: una prospettiva europea, Brescia: Editrice La Scuola Dusi P. (2014). La corresponsabilità educativa tra famiglia e scuola, Pedagogia della Famiglia Dusi P., Addi-Raccah A. (2022). Time to rethink the teacher-family alliance?Central issues in the “pandemic” literature on home-school cooperation. Encyclopaideia. 26(63), 7–29 Edwards, C., Gandini, L., & Forman, G. (2017). I Cento Linguaggi dei Bambini: l'approccio di Reggio Emilia all'educazione dell'infanzia. Edizioni junior. Epstein J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Routledge. Husserl, (1913), Idee per una fenomenologia pura e per una filosofia fenomenologica, trad. it, Torino Einaudi, 2002. Maia E. (2022). Servizi educativi 0-6 e cultura dell'infanzia. Riflessioni sul ruolo generativo delle famiglie, MeTis-Mondi educativi. Temi indagini suggestioni,12(1), 134-148. Mortari L., Ghirotto L. (a cura di), (2019). Metodi per la ricerca educativa, Roma: Carocci Editore Nussbaum M. (2006). Coltivare l’umanità, Roma: Carocci Editore Nussbaum M. (2014). Creare capacità, Bologna: il Mulino Pati L. (2019). Scuola e famiglia. Relazione e corresponsabilità educativa, Brescia: Morcelliana Rossi-Doria M. (2022). Povertà educativa e comunità educanti, Sicurezza e scienze sociali, 2/2022, pp 45-59 Save the Children (2014). La lampada di Aladino. L’indice di Save the Children per misurare le povertà educative e illuminare il futuro dei bambini in Italia, Roma Save the Children (a cura di C. Morabito) (2016). La povertà educativa in Italia: una emergenza silenziosa, Ventiduesimo rapporto sulle Fondazioni di origine bancaria, pp. 306-324, Roma Save the Children (2018). Nuotare contro corrente: povertà educativa e resilienza in Italia, Roma Save the Children (2022). Impossibile. Costruire il futuro di bambine, bambini, adolescenti. Ora, Roma Scott, J. W. (1991). The evidence of experience. Critical inquiry, 17(4), 773-797. Sen A. (1990). La libertà individuale come impegno sociale, terza edizione 2007, Bari: Laterza Sen A. (1999/2014). Lo sviluppo è libertà, Milano: Edizioni Mondadori Sità C. (2012). Indagare l'esperienza: l'intervista fenomenologica nella ricerca educativa, Roma: Edizioni Carocci Tassan, M., & Lanzi, D. (2022). Le culture delle famiglie. Genitorialità e partecipazione nei servizi educativi per l’infanzia di Reggio Emilia. Educazione interculturale, 20(1), 1-12 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 K: ICT in Education and Training Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandra Langer Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Subjectivation and Inequalities in Non-Formal, Digitalised Educational Arrangements University of Cologne, Germany Presenting Author:Different non-formal educational institutions in Germany provide afternoon activities, school holiday programs or extracurricular activities in schools that revolve around the usage of digital technologies such as 3D-printing, basic coding with microcomputers, gaming or photography/image editing. “DILABoration”, a joint German research project, aims at identifying conditions under which such non-formal educational arrangements create opportunities for participation and education specifically for marginalised youth. Drawing on the approach as well as the data from “DILABoration”, this dissertation project focuses on the question how processes of subject positioning and subjectivation unfold via addressing practices within these educational arrangements and in relation to digitality. Following the increase of digital media use in recent years, new specific forms of culture, interaction and expression have emerged, pointing to a “culture of digitality” (Stalder 2016, 12-13). Digital technologies have become relevant for processes of subjectivation and orientation (Jörissen / Marotzki 2009). However, specific forms of subjectivity are considered legitimate or illegitimate within a discourse on digitality (Allert et al. 2017, 223, 13). In accordance with this, research has pointed to the social reproduction of inequalities via digital media access (first-level digital inequality) and digital media use (second level digital inequality; Hargittai 2002), based on existing levels of social and cultural and economic capital (Rudolph 2019; Iske / Kutscher 2020). Therefore, marginalized youth require opportunities to appropriate practices of digital media use in ways that are valuable within their everyday lives. Non-formal educational arrangements may be specifically valuable in creating these opportunities (Fujii et al. 2021). Here, non-formal educational arrangements are understood as organisationally framed educational contexts outside of formal education, characterised by voluntary participation, lower levels of standardisation and lack of relevance to formal educational certification (Rohlfs 2012, 37). Within formal educational contexts, conservative structures of educational practices have been shown to persist despite the inclusion of technological innovations (Thiersch / Wolf 2021). This emphasises the question, whether contingencies related to the involvement of digital technologies in educational practices unfold more easily or differently in less standardised, non-formal contexts. Moreover, marginalised youth may be enabled to appropriate digital media practices in ways that relate to their everyday lives within these contexts, if respective supportive structures are provided (Fujii et al., 2021). At the same time, normative ideas of ‘legitimate’ and ‘illegitimate’ media use are inscribed all social interactions in a digitalised society and are reproduced in non-formal educational contexts as well. This may further increase marginalisation if not reflected upon appropriately (ibid. 43; Dawson 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this dissertation project, potentials and limitations of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements with regard to inequalities are investigated through the lens of subject positionings unfolding in practice. Subject positions emerge within social relations and in relation to normativity, which can be captured through the lens of recognition theory (Reh / Ricken 2012, 40). By operationalising recognition as addressing practices, embodied and discursive acts provide insight to the emergence of subject positions in practice (ibid., 42). Therefore, in this dissertation project, non-formal educational arrangements are understood as situations with specific elements and relations (Clarke 2021), in which shared practice and subject positionings unfold in different ways. Routinised interaction with artefacts, normative expectations of the usage of artefacts and the usage context of artefacts are recognised as constitutive dimensions of this (Rabenstein 2018, 24 f.). By applying this lens, the material and discursive dimension of digitality (Allert / Asmussen / Richter 2017, 13) within non-formal digitalised educational arrangements can be focused. In order to investigate this, focused ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001), including participant observations and (some) video recordings, have been conducted in different educational arrangements provided by two non-formal educational institutions in 2022 and 2023. One institution is an independent non-profit organisation which provides different digital education programmes independently and in cooperation with other organisations (e.g. schools) in a “marginalised” district in a German city. The second institution is a youth club in a different German city, funded within the state youth welfare system and specialising in digital education. Participation in both organisations is free of charge. The arrangements focused in this project differ with respect to elements such as number of participants, roles of participants, activities, locations, involved (digital) artefacts and spatial conditions. The data is collected and analysed in an iterative process, informed by Grounded Theory Methodology (Corbin / Strauss 2015). Data analysis is conducted through sequence analysis and coding (Breidenstein 2020). Practice theory (Schatzki 2008) as well as addressing practices (Reh / Ricken 2012) are applied as sensitising concepts in this process. Moreover, Situational Analysis (Clarke 2021) is applied in order to take human as well as non-human entities and their affordances and relations within different educational arrangements into account through mapping. This analysis aims at decoding addressing practices within specific educational situations and the processes of subjectivation resulting from this. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This dissertation project is still in progress. So far, case descriptions and situational maps of different educational arrangements have been developed. Selected sequences haven been analysed and coded openly. Different angles have been developed for further analysis. Going forward, these angles will be applied by browsing through the material again. The sensitising concept of addressing practices will be applied more strongly, aiming at developing an understanding of the concept in relation to the empirical material. The aim is to identify different conditions of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements and addressing practices within them, resulting in different processes of subject positionings. In order to understand the involvement of digitality and related notions of normativity in these arrangements and processes, the role of digital technologies will be focused on a material and discursive level. This approach is expected to provide insight into how processes of subjectivation and orientation in relation to digitality may be facilitated or inhibited for young participants in these kinds of arrangements. The approach is limited with regard to individual processes of subjectivation, which involve unobservable, internal dimensions (Reh / Ricken 2012, 44). At the Emerging Researchers’ Conference, the research interest and the theoretical framework of this dissertation will be presented. In relation to core sequences from the empirical material, potentialities and limitations of applying “addressing practices” as a theoretical lens will be discussed. The presentation aims at discussing and reviewing this approach with other emerging researchers as well as more experienced researches in similar fields. References Allert, H., Asmussen, M., & Richter, C. (2017). Digitalität und Selbst: Einleitung. In H. Allert, M. Asmussen, & C. Richter (Eds.), Digitalität und Selbst: Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven auf Subjektivierungs- und Bildungsprozesse (pp. 9–23). Transcript. Breidenstein, G., Hirschauer, S., Kalthoff, H., & Nieswand, B. (2020). Ethnografie: Die Praxis der Feldforschung (Thrid Edition). UVK Verlag. Clarke, A. E. (2021). From Grounded Theory to Situational Analysis. In J. M. Morse (Eds.), Developing grounded theory: The second generation revisited (Second Edition, pp. 223–266). Routledge. Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (Fourth edition). SAGE. Dawson, E. (2014). Equity in informal science education: Developing an access and equity framework for science museums and science centres. Studies in Science Education, 50(2), 209–247. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2014.957558 Fujii, M. S., Kutscher, N., & Niermann, K.-M. (2021). Grenzen pädagogischen Handelns: Medienbildung zwischen Anerkennung und Handlungsbefähigung. In J. Wahl, I. Schell-Kiehl, & T. Damberger (Eds.), Pädagogik, Soziale Arbeit und Digitalität: = Education, social work and digitality. Beltz Juventa. Hargittai, E. (2002). Second-Level Digital Divide: Differences in People’s Online Skills. First Monday, 7(4). https://doi.org/10.5210/fm.v7i4.942 Iske, S., Kutscher, N. (2020). Digitale Ungleichheiten im Kontext Sozialer Arbeit. In: Kutscher, Nadia/Ley, Thomas/Seelmeyer, Udo/Siller, Friederike/Tillmann, Angela/Zorn, Isabel (Eds.): Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung (pp. 115–124). Beltz Juventa. Jörissen, B., & Marotzki, W. (2009). Medienbildung - eine Einführung: Theorie - Methoden - Analysen. Klinkhardt. Knoblauch, H. (2005). Focused Ethnography. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, Vol 6, No 3: The State of the Art of Qualitative Research in Europe. https://doi.org/10.17169/FQS-6.3.20 Rabenstein, K. (2017). Wie schaffen Dinge Unterschiede? In A. Tervooren & R. Kreitz (Eds.), Dinge und Raum in der qualitativen Bildungs- und Biographieforschung (pp. 15–35). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv8xnfwg Reh, S., & Ricken, N. (2012). Das Konzept der Adressierung. In I. Miethe & H.-R. Müller (Eds.), Qualitative Bildungsforschung und Bildungstheorie (pp. 35–56). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvd7w919 Rohlfs, C. (2011). Ein neuer Bildungsbegriff? In C. Rohlfs, Bildungseinstellungen (pp. 33–54). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92811-1_3 Rudolph, S. (2019). Digitale Medien, Partizipation und Ungleichheit: Eine Studie zum sozialen Gebrauch des Internets. Springer VS. Schatzki, T. R. (2008). Social practices: A Wittgensteinian approach to human activity and the social. Cambridge University Press. Stalder, F. (2016). Kultur der Digitalität. Suhrkamp. Thiersch, S., & Wolf, E. (2023). Digitale Dinge im schulischen Unterricht. In C. Leineweber, M. Waldmann, & M. Wunder (Eds.), Materialität – Digitalisierung – Bildung. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Relationship Between Learning Design Patterns and Digital Distraction - A Multiple Case Study in Vocational Schools University of Bamberg, Germany Presenting Author:The integration of digitization in classrooms is reshaping teaching and learning methods, presenting new opportunities and challenges. Digital technologies offer the potential to expand the classroom's boundaries and connect it with the outside world (Gerholz, Ciolek & Wagner 2020). However, alongside these benefits, challenges arise, such as the increased and simultaneous use of media by contemporary students, leading to reduced attention and performance (Qian & Li 2017; Bolkan & Griffin 2017). The accessibility of digital tools like smartphones and tablets tempts students to engage in non-class-related activities during lessons (Kay, Benzimra & Li 2017). A study found that Generation Z students spend 19.4% of their school day on off-task mobile use, disrupting learning (McCoy, 2020). Teachers often resort to measures like deactivating Wi-Fi, blocking websites, or using monitoring apps, but these can hinder participation and motivation. Such tactics also limit the potential of digital educational technologies, making them counterproductive. Cell phone bans and digital monitoring are not effective. Instead, efforts should focus on enhancing active participation and learning engagement to prevent off-task behaviour (Flanigan et al., 2023). Previous studies have investigated off-task behaviour of learners in various educational contexts to identify factors that contribute to digital distraction. A comprehensive literature review was undertaken to encapsulate the diverse findings in this domain, culminating in the formulation of a cohesive model. The identified factors coalesce into three principal categories, each delineating distinct perspectives on the observed phenomenon. Primarily, the model underscores the significance of teaching quality dimensions, including the establishment of a conducive classroom climate and proficient classroom management. Empirical evidence attests that considerations of these quality dimensions yield enhanced learning outcomes on multiple instances (Praetorius et al. 2020; Kounin 1970; Qian & Li 2017; Kay, Benzimra & Li 2017). The maximization of effective learning time is intricately linked to the mitigation of unproductive learning time, typified by the aforementioned off-task behaviors (Fried 2008). To investigate off-task behaviour, it is also useful to consider the learner's perspective. The teacher should take into account individual learning prerequisites when designing lessons, along with planning methods and social forms. These prerequisites comprise of students' self-efficacy, motivation, and emotional states during learning (Pekrun 2006). Such factors emerge as predictive indicators for less off-task behaviour (Flanigan et al. 2023). In addition, the instructional design of the classroom can extend the amount of time spent on the task. Collaborative and interactive work phases can foster active engagement with the learning content (Kay, Benzimra & Li 2017). Furthermore, the quality of the integration of digital technologies is of great importance in achieving meaningful utilization. If digital technologies are used only as a replacement for traditional media, there is often no identifiable added value. However, increased integration has shown positive outcomes in terms of technology acceptance and motivation to learn (Gerholz, Ciolek & Wagner 2020. Therefore, it can be argued that purposeful use of technology in the classroom can lead to fewer off-task activities (Kay & Lauricella 2011). Preventing off-task behaviour in a sustainable manner requires successful consideration of instructional design features, students' learning prerequisites, and teaching quality dimensions. It is important to note that these three lenses, which combine the different causes of off-task behaviour, should not be considered separately, as they are characterized by overlaps and interactions. The key research questions for exploring digital off-task behaviours of students during class in several subjects are therefore as follows: 1. which factors lead to digital off-task behaviour of students in lessons at vocational schools with digital educational technologies? 2. which instructional design patterns can prevent off-task behaviour of students in lessons at vocational schools with digital educational technologies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a case study research methodology, which is suitable for analysing learning situations and lessons in a context-sensitive manner due to the special nature of multicriticality. Case study research has the advantage of being able to analyse complex mechanisms of action. The focus is on specific areas along propositions rather than the completeness of the survey of all factors. These propositions are based on theoretical and empirical findings, and inductively derived from the available study material. Method triangulation can further validate and generalize the results. Yin (2014) classifies case studies into four basic types based on two dimensions. The present study employs a multiple-case design, defining both several cases and several objects of analysis within the cases. The study's data set comprises 10 vocational schools in Germany. For each school, one class and one teacher were interviewed. The survey employed a quantitative questionnaire, as well as focus group and expert interviews. In addition, teaching materials were analysed in order to have a documentation of the teaching events. Following Yin's (2014) definition, a case is an object that is directly relevant to answering the research question. This study examines the class under investigation, which can be divided into several objects of analysis. These are defined by the teaching staff, the pupils, and the learning situation itself. The case study analysis takes into account the context of individual cases, which contains important implications for answering the research question. The present study focuses on off-task behaviour with and through digital educational technologies. A total of 155 VET-students and 10 teachers were interviewed about one specific teaching sequence per school, including the subjects mathematics, German, business administration, English and electrical engineering. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study show that digital technologies bring with them an increased potential for distraction for learners. Compared to traditional lessons, learners state that they are increasingly distracted by the technologies and use them for activities unrelated to the lesson. However, the reasons that ultimately lead to off-task behaviour cannot be attributed solely to the presence of digital devices in the classroom. Rather, the analysis of the student survey revealed that the factors for this lie in features of the lesson design, such as low student activation or monotonous lessons. The teachers surveyed also mentioned aspects of pupils' individual learning requirements as a reason for off-task behaviour, such as a lack of motivation and willingness to make an effort. The question of how lessons should be designed so that off-task behaviour occurs less frequently is therefore not easy to answer. Rather, it depends on several factors that can influence each other. The results point to several design patterns that can curb the distraction potential of digital educational technologies. A positive teacher-student relationship, coupled with meaningful lesson topics and diverse integration of technologies can be presented here as an example of a promising design pattern. References Bolkan, S. & Griffin, D. J. (2017). Students’ use of cell phones in class for off-task behaviors: The indirect impact of instructors’ teaching behaviors through boredom and students’ attitudes. Communication Education, 66(3), 313–329. Flanigan, A.E., Brady, A.C., Dai, Y. & Ray, E. (2023). Managing Student Digital Distraction in the College Classroom: a Self-Determination Theory Perspective. Educational Psychology Review, 35(60). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09780-y Fried, C. B. (2008). In-class laptop use and its effects on student learning. Computers & Education, 50(3), 906–914. Gerholz, K., Ciolek, S., & Wagner, A.C. (2020). Digitalisation of Design Research – A case study to illustrate the use of digital technologies and tools for collaboration in Design Research projects. EDeR - Educational Design Research, 4(1), 1-17. Kay, R., Benzimra, D., & Li, J. (2017). Exploring Factors That Influence Technology-Based Distractions in Bring Your Own Device Classrooms. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 55(7), 974-995. Kay, R. H., & Lauricella, S. (2011). Exploring the benefits and challenges of using laptop computers in higher education classrooms: A formative analysis. Canadian Journal of Learning and Technology, 37(1), 1–18. Kounin, J. S. (1970). Discipline and Group Management in Classrooms. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. McCoy, B.R. (2020). Gen Z and Digital Distractions in the Classroom: Student Classroom Use of Digital Devices for Non-Class Related Purposes. Faculty Publications, College of Journalism & Mass Communications. 116. URL: https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/journalismfacpub/116, Last access: 29.01.2024. Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18 (4), 315-341. Praetorius, A.-K., Klieme, E., Kleickmann, T., Brunner, E., Lindmeier, A., Taut, S., Charalambous, C.(2020). Towards developing a theory of generic teaching quality. Origin, current status, and necessary next steps regarding the Three Basic Dimensions Model. In A.-K., Praetorius, J.,Grünkorn & E., Klieme (Eds.), Empirische Forschung zu Unterrichtsqualität. Theoretische Grundfragen und quantitative Modellierungen. (1. ed, pp. 15-36). Beltz Juventa. Qian, Y. & Li, L. (2017). Student Off-Task Electronic Multitasking Predictors: Scale Development and Validation. Journal of the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 17(2), 53-73. Yin, R. K. (2014): Case Study Research. Design and Methods. 5. ed, Thousand Oaks: Sage. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 03 M: Policy Studies and Politics of Education Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Antonis Tampouras Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Rural Education Modernization in China: Exploring Temporality in Education Policy University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:This paper uses China’s education policy to explore the concept of temporality which is a relatively new and under-theorized conception in the field of education policy (Lingard, 2021). Drawing upon historical sociology, this paper aims to contribute to the field by investigating the temporal construct of China’s policy discourse on ‘education modernization’. Temporality highlights the messy entanglement of times which enables policy analysts to reflect on the main theme of this conference “how the past endeavor, current realities, and future hopes” are intertwined together, exerting a profound impact on education policymaking. Temporality provides a critical approach to deconstructing the problem, context, and history that are assumed and constructed by a policy. Regarding the temporal dimension, “education modernization”, a dominant discourse in China's education policy landscape, is an intriguing combination of discourse to examine. The strategic vision plan titled: China Education Modernization 2035 puts “education modernization” as the key word for China’s future education, while the discourse has a strong link with the historical memory of twentieth-century China, embracing the struggles associated with resisting colonialism and building an independent modern nation-state. Modernization thus becomes a temporal discourse where multiple temporalities are conflated; the past and the future of the nation converge in this discourse at present. This temporal dimension of the education modernization policy discourse underscores a need to go back to the history of China’s education modernization to find some answers to the following questions: What are the assumptions and presuppositions of this temporal construct, the ‘modernization’ discourse? What are the relationships between the history and the present that are mobilized by this discourse? This paper critically examines the history of rural education modernization to shed light on the current education modernization policy, identifying two temporal threads: the rural as a problem and the rural as a modernization plan. It reveals how the discourse acts as a governing technique that mobilizes history to construct a mission for the nation, thereby providing historical legitimacy for the party-state and its policy. However, the government is trapped in the underlying homogenous narrative of modernization because the hegemonic thinking of modernization marginalizes potential empowering voices, such as those of the rural. The case of China demonstrates how the past and ongoing agenda of modernization, and the deep-rooted belief in it, has a profound and enduring impact on education policy. It showcases how modernization constitutes and constructs a sophisticated temporal construct that underpins education policy. The process of unpacking history to analyze current policy highlights an innovative dimension (temporality) and method (historical sociology) for education policy analysis. The findings illustrate not only how the current unequal situation of the marginalized voices is normalized by the modernization agenda, but also how the current marginalized voices, such as the rural, can be an empowering force that enables an empowering lens in the metro-centric world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper adopted historical sociology as the method. A historical sociology approach emphasizes the ‘social embeddedness’ of education (Seddon et al., 2017); that is, a certain form of education can be unfolded as a particular historical formation of social practices, concepts, and inquiry (Seddon et al., 2017). The formulation of educational discourse is basically anchored by a certain way of understanding society and the world (McLeod, 2017). Disentangling the historical ‘embeddedness’ of education is to reveal how history constitutes the anchoring framework of today’s policy agenda in order to push the constraining boundaries or reframe the path of inquiry. Four educational reforms in four historical periods were selected for analysis as all are included in the contemporary narrative of education modernization. These educational reforms assisted in identifying all key milestones recognized by Chinese rural education research; they will be discussed chronologically, although this is not a historical review. The objective of case selection is to contrast four distinct historical configurations: China in imperial, republican, revolutionary, and reform time. The questions that guide the history analysis are: how are ‘modern’ and ‘tradition’ perceived in these education reforms? How is ‘rural’ positioned in these reforms? The education reform periods include (a) the 1900s, the establishment of the modern education system, imperial China, the Qing dynasty; (b) the 1930s, the rural construction movement, Republican China, the Kuo Ming Tang (KMT) government; (c) the 1960s, revolution PRC, the CCP government; (d) the 2000s, reform PRC, the CCP government. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper firstly illuminates how history is bound up in the policy discourse thereby cloaking the differences of different regimes in the past and constructing a unified destiny of the nation for the future. By allying with another powerful discourse, the great rejuvenation of China’s nation, modernization discourse can mobilize the historical memory of colonial history. The vision for future education is thus discursively associated with the colonial past through the same mission, that of modernization, which constructs a destiny for the nation, making advances to avoid colonization and humiliation (Meinhof, 2017). It is because of the humiliation, crisis, and threats in the pre-modern past that the future of modernization assumed in the policy is desirable. From this, China’s case demonstrates how education policy is underpinned by a particular temporal construct. Policy is built upon certain historical and cultural assumptions and temporal arrangements, which highlights an innovative dimension for policy analysis. This analysis has significant implications on how the rural is perceived in education policy, joining the current discussion about rurality and policy (Cruickshank et al., 2009; Beach & Öhrn 2023). By examining the history, there are two temporal threads throughout the four reforms: the rural as a problem and the rural as a modernization plan. Particularly, there is a strong link between national identity and rurality thus the rural is positioned as a valuable resource that has been integrated into modernization plan to counter colonial power in history. This tread enables us to reflect on the seemingly contrasting relation between rurality and modernity especially metro-centricity has been a global phenomenon found in different countries and regions (Beach et al, 2019; Corbett, 2010; Roberts & Cuervo, 2015; Gristy et al., 2020). China’s case offers an empowering lens to see rural education in this modern and metro-centric world. References Beach, D. & Öhrn, E (2023) The community function of schools in rural areas: Normalising dominant cultural relations through the curriculum silencing local knowledge, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2023.2298466 Beach, D., Johansson, M., Öhrn, E., Rönnlund, M., & Per-Åke, R. (2019). Rurality and education relations: Metro-centricity and local values in rural communities and rural schools. European Educational Research Journal, 18(1), 19-33. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904118780420 Corbett, M. (2010). Standardized individuality: Cosmopolitanism and educational decision‐making in an Atlantic Canadian rural community. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 40(2), 223–237. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057920903546088 Cruickshank, J., Lysgård, H.K. and Magnussen, M.-L. (2009), The logic of the construction of rural politcs: political discourse on rurality on Norway. Geografiska Annaler Series B, Human Geography, 91: 73-89. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0467.2009.00307.x Gristy, C., Hargreaves, L., & Kučerová, S. R. (2020). Educational research and schooling in rural Europe: An engagement with changing patterns of education, space and place. IAP. McLeod, J. (2017). Marking time, making methods: Temporality and untimely dilemmas in the sociology of youth and educational change. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 13–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1254541 Meinhof, M. (2017). Colonial temporality and Chinese national modernization discourses. InterDisciplines. Journal of History and Sociology, 8(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.4119/indi-1037 Roberts, P., & Cuervo, H. (2015). What next for rural education research? Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 1–8. Seddon, T., Julie, M., & Noah, S. (2017). Reclaiming comparative historical sociologies of education. In World Yearbook of Education 2018. Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Manifestation of Middle Manager Power - Power over, Power to and/or Power with? Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:The ECER 2024 call for proposals states that ‘Social, political, and economic problems have significant impacts on education and educational research.’ Accordingly, there is a need to investigate who has the power in education, and who can come to terms with present challenges and provide hope for the future. The truth is in all probability that there is a range of powerful actors in education. In this paper middle managers in local education administrations constitute key actors. The chief education officer delegates assignments, and power, to the middle managers. What is delegated may be regulated in writing or an oral agreement between the chief education officer and the middle manager. Institutional structure and relationships are believed to be important factors to expand or limit the acquisition of power. How the local education administration is organised, what the middle manager mandate entails and the extent of autonomy available generate diverse powers. Given their position in their respective organisations, in between the chief education officers and head teachers, we can assume that middle managers possess power, but what kind of power requires more research. Departing from the concept of power the paper aims to answer the research question ‘What kind of power do middle managers in local education administrations exercise?’ There is a general understanding that bureaucratic power is located at the highest point of a hierarchy. Peters et al. (2016) however maintain that significant power resources reside with those further down the hierarchy as they are equipped with expertise and knowledge. In Sweden, the local governments, and in particular local education administrations, play a vital role in the governance of education. Furthermore, local self-governance is pronounced. Local governments differ considerably in terms of size, demography and resources, this fact, coupled with the freedom to independently decide on ways of organising generates unique local administrations. There is not one single way that local governments make use of middle managers. What is known is that school leaders have increased in numbers in both local education administrations and at the school level because of larger school units and due to more leadership duties and strengthened administrative control (Ärlestig & Leo 2023). Today many Swedish local education administrations house middle managers and have one, or several, layers of middle managers between the chief education officer and head teachers. There are different middle managers, here school form managers and school area managers are in focus. There are different ways to understand power. The research question will be answered utilising the concepts power over, power to and power with (cf. Högberg 2007, Pansardi & Bindi 2021, Pansardi 2012). The first refers to power over other human beings while the second concerns the power to do things generally, and the third refers to how a group can work jointly to reach shared outcomes or goals (Pansardi & Bindi 2021, Pansardi 2012). Moreover, the paper centres on both hard and soft powers. While hard power includes financial power and the ability to employ and make employees redundant soft power takes account of attracting others to move in a certain direction. Hard power is about coercion whereas soft power is about incentives (Nye 2010). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study rests on qualitative data. Interviews were conducted in the spring of 2023 with education officers in four local education administrations. Interviews have been conducted with chief education officers, middle managers and head teachers. A total of 18 interviews were conducted, their length ranging from 35 to 97 minutes. The local governments are located in different parts of Sweden, and they are of various sizes. To be selected the local government was required to have a minimum of one local education administration (there are local governments without education administrations) and a minimum of one organisation layer of middle managers. Three of the local education administrations selected have one layer of middle managers between the chief education officer and head teachers while one has two layers. The informants participated in individual semi-structured interviews most of which were conducted in their respective workplaces and some on Zoom. The themes covered in the interviews included background questions on education and working life, the organisation of the local education administration, function and mandate, relationships at the workplace, autonomy and, finally, governance and power. Regardless of whether the informant worked as a chief education officer, middle manager or head teacher; the middle manager role was at the heart of the conversation. For this paper, the parts related to perceptions concerning power will be in focus. Power will be analysed using three forms of power: power over, power to and power with. The paper does not have a generalising ambition, rather, the objective is to present how power can be utilised in various ways by middle managers in various contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data has been categorised and preliminary results indicate that there are various manners to exercise power. Middle managers exercise power over, power to and power with. Power is a loaded term with various connotations. One informant does not want to admit to exercising power but recognises her/his influence. Simultaneously power is recognised as important. As indicated, all three forms of power surface in the interviews. In the case of heads of local governments they should not make decisions without negotiations with local councillors (Högberg, 2007), middle managers in turn may require the support of senior local government officers to exercise decision-making. The chief education officer, and other superordinates, directly or indirectly influence whether middle managers have power over, power to or power with. In one of the local education administrations working as a unit is emphasised (power with). In another hierarchy, not circumventing levels, is considered essential (power over). Moreover, power comes with the position. Being an education officer is a position of power which can entail both power over and power to. In an interview, it is stressed that knowledge is power; power to. There are further examples of power to, for instance, some officers have power over the budget. Furthermore, middle managers prioritise among policies. The three categories enable problematising power or lack thereof. In one of the administrations, the chief education officer and the middle managers work as a team. Either power with truly entails a distribution of power or merely disguises that the chief education officer holds the most power and is unwilling to delegate. My presentation will elaborate on the manifestation of middle manager power; more specifically, how middle managers, and their superordinates and subordinates, perceive them to exercise power over, power to and power with. References Högberg, Ö. 2007. Maktlösa Makthavare: En studie om kommunalt chefskap. Department of Management and Engineering, Linköping University. Nye, J. S. Jr. 2010. The Powers to Lead. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Pansardi, P. 2012. “Power to and power over: two distinct concepts of power?” Journal of Political Power, 5 (1), 73-89. Pansardi, P. & Bindi, M. 2021. “The New Concepts of Power? Power-over, Power-to and Power-with, Journal of Political Power”, 14:1, 51-71. Peters, B. G., Erkkila, T. & Maravic, P. v. 2016. Public Administration: Research Strategies, Concepts, and Methods. New York: Routledge. Ärlestig, H. & Leo, U. 2023. “Sweden – Good Will on All Governance Levels is not Enough to Create Sustainable Improvement”, in Gunnulfsen et al. (eds.) Education and Democracy in the Nordic Countries. Switzerland: Springer Nature. |
13:00 - 14:00 | 99 ERC SES 03.5: Lunch Break Event: Getting to Know EERA and Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference and ECER - A Special Edition for EERA's 30th Anniversary (sign-up required) Location: Cafeteria Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Lunch Break Event |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Getting to Know EERA & Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference & ECER - A Special Edition for EERA's 30th Anniversary 1KU Leuven; 2University of Hamburg Presenting Author:Getting to Know EERA and Making the Most of the Emerging Researchers' Conference and ECER - A Special Edition for EERA's 30th Anniversary |
13:00 - 14:00 | Break 02: ERC Lunch Break |
14:00 - 15:30 | 100 ERC SES 04: Working Meeting - EERA Exec PART 1 Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Paper Session |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Working Meeting - EERA Exec PART 1 EERA Office Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 A: Ignite Talks Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Joe O'Hara Ignite Talks Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) A Grounded Theory Study of the Assumptions in the Recognition of Prior Learning 1Munster Technological University, Ireland; 2University of Limerick, Ireland; 3South East Technological University, Ireland Presenting Author:This presentation shares the findings of a critical constructivist grounded theory study carried out in Higher Education (HE) in Ireland on the assumptions present in the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). Assumptions are significant because they represent the driving forces or motivations operating in each context. It is argued that understanding what assumptions are present will bring more transparent, equitable procedures and ultimately will support the delivery of RPL provision (Friesen, 2011; Hamer, 2016, Travers, 2017). Assumptions describe what is expected in each situation, and we act accordingly in response to these underlying assumptions. RPL provides for the identification, assessment, and validation of non-formal and informal learning which in turn allows for access to HE and/or for credits within programmes. RPL is a key component of the broader lifelong learning remit of Higher Education Institutions (HEI). RPL provides for the acknowledgement of learning gained through work, volunteering and life and in doing so RPL supports everyone across the lifespan where individuals choose to return to HE to support their career or for reskilling or upskilling. This research took a grounded theory approach and followed Charmaz (2006), for the data analysis of 82 semi-structured interviews which were carried out between 2014 and 2016, first with RPL Mentors, then Assessors and finally with Candidates for RPL. The theoretical framework employed for this research adapted Van Kleef’s (2007) model of RPL by following Schein’s (2004) organisational culture model which had explicitly positioned assumptions at the deepest level of culture below espoused values. There were three rounds of coding in the data analysis. The second stage of coding foregrounded two major themes, and these were treated as conceptual categories; assumptions about what is possible through RPL and, assumptions about what is required for RPL. Thus, the findings show that two sets of interrelated assumptions exist in RPL. This presentation will explore these major findings and the differences in expression between the participants will be explicated. Upholding the academic standards was assumed by all the participants although it was really emphasised by the assessors of RPL. Similarly, the assumption that protocols and procedures were in place was important to RPL mentors and assessors, yet it was not mentioned by the candidates for RPL at all. Instead, the candidates assumed that RPL frees up time, and they also assumed that it meant not repeating learning, and that RPL provided for acknowledgement for their prior learning. All three sets of participants assumed that RPL allows access to the HE system, and that it was a rigorous process. Candidates and RPL mentors assumed that evidence is key, while candidates and assessors assumed that RPL facilitates progression. This research concludes that the interrelated assumptions that were expressed provides empirical evidence of the conditional nature of our expectations about RPL. Assumptions drive our expectations and the distinct roles of each of the participants whether assessor, RPL mentor or candidate for RPL was clearly apparent in the ways that the assumptions were expressed. For the assessors, although it was important to all, the academic standards were sacrosanct and operating safely within the parameters of policy and procedure was essential. Despite these assumptions, the candidates openly expressed their motivations for engaging with RPL and so distinctly different assumptions were named, such as the assumptions that RPL helps to free up time and that RPL means they do not have to repeat what is known already. This research concludes that the participants respect the inter-dependent nature of what is at stake; that RPL only works to provide access and/or credits for prior learning if the standards are upheld. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research followed Charmaz’s (2006) critical constructivist grounded theory approaches to analyse 82 semi-structured, audio-recorded interviews. For each interview, the researcher obtained institutional ethical approval, and all appropriate ethical guidelines were followed for this research study (Cohen et al., 2018). Data collection began in 2014 when 20 HEI’s in Ireland were contacted. Initial data collection was through purposive sampling. As a result, 21 RPL Mentors from 14 different institutions participated in the interviews. The interview questions directly asked all the participants what assumptions were significant in the Recognition of Prior Learning? All the interviews were transcribed. The second set of interviews was carried out in 2015 in one HEI setting with assessors of RPL (n=31), and in 2016 the third set of interviews was carried out with candidates for RPL (n=30). The interviews with the candidates were in the same HEI as the previous year’s interviews with the assessors. The theoretical framework for this research supported the data analysis and brought further developments to Van Kleef’s (2007) model of RPL to position assumptions at the core of her model. This was informed by Shein’s (2004) model of organisational culture as it placed assumptions at the deepest level. Data analysis employed grounded theory methods, and memos were written after each interview was transcribed. Constant comparison of the data supported the researcher and guided further sampling. As the research proceeded theoretical sampling developed across the three years of interviewing, and in that time, the issues and most dominant open codes that emerged subsequently informed further data collection in the field. The analysis delivered three rounds of coding, open codes, focused codes, and theoretical codes. The initial open codes were descriptive. The second round of coding was more focused, and the data was brought into themes or conceptual categories. The abstract theoretical codes were used to frame the research findings. The findings brought the assumptions in RPL to the fore. The empirical evidence shows that there is an inter-dependant quality to the assumptions present in RPL and each of the participants respects that what is possible through RPL is only acceptable if the academic standards are safeguarded. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research concludes that the assumptions in RPL have an inter-dependant nature: what is possible through RPL, whether it is for non-standard access, advanced entry, or whether RPL is for credits, is only acceptable if the academic standards, the very currency of HE is not diluted. Society depends on HE to safeguard the academic standards and the programmes that are delivered across the qualification frameworks. The interrelated assumptions that were expressed in this research provides empirical evidence of the conditional nature of our assumptions about RPL. Assumptions drive our actions and having a better idea of what these forces are provides a more holistic understanding to provision for RPL accordingly. This research concludes that the distinct roles of each of the participants came across in the assumptions that they expressed. The strong assumption about upholding the academic standards by assessors reflects their ultimate responsibility, where the assessment of modules and the standards relating to this are a central concern. Interestingly, this was a concern for all, as all the participants assumed that the academic standards must be protected. Participants responsible for the RPL enactment, assessors and mentors held the assumption that the policy and procedures for RPL within the HEI provided a safe practice framework. Interestingly this assumption was not present in the data of the RPL candidate. This research concludes that the candidates’ assumptions were focused on what motivated them to engage with RPL. When candidates expressed the assumption that RPL would free up time, and that it meant that they would not have to repeat learning, they were reflecting the juggle of managing their studies in HE along with work and family commitments. Ultimately, if successful with RPL the candidate acquires significant cultural capital which publicly legitimises their knowledge, skills, and competencies and provides for choice in future. References 1.Charmaz, K. (2006) Constructing Grounded Theory; a practical guide through qualitative analysis. London: Sage. 2.Cohen, L., Manion, L., and Morrison, K. (2018) Research Methods in Education. 8th edition. New York: Routledge. 3.Friesen, N. (2011) ‘Endword: Reflections on research for an emergent field,’ in J. Harris, M. Brier & C. Wihak (eds.) Researching the Recognition of Prior Learning; International Perspectives, Leicester: NIACE, 325-328. 4.Hamer, J. (2016) ‘Assessment Philosophy: A Critically Conscious Tool for Ethical Skills Recognition,’ PLA Inside Out: An International Journal on Theory, Research and Practice in Prior Learning Assessment. 5.Schein, E. (2004) Organizational Culture and Leadership, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. 6.Travers, N. (2017) ‘Inherent tensions within the practices of prior learning assessment at SUNY Empire State College.’ in: Jelly, K. & Mandell, A. (eds.) Principles, Practices and Creative Tensions in Progressive Higher Education. Rotterdam, Boston, Tapei: Sense Publishers, 215-241. 7.Van Kleef, J. (2007) 'Strengthening PLAR: Integrating theory and practice in post-secondary education.' Journal of Applied Research on Learning, 1, 1-22. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) The Social Usefulness of Naturalistic Knowledge from Action Research for The Social Impact of Ibero-America 1Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco, México.; 2Universidad Autónoma de Yucatán, México.; 3Universidad de Granada, España.; 4Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco, México. Presenting Author:University development must be based on the exercise of solid planning with a defined direction, with timely monitoring and evaluation of the achievements obtained and challenges to be addressed that allow for continuous improvement. Link to the productive projects of the Innovation Agenda of the South-Southeast Region in Ibero-America to meet the demands of the social context. Through educational research, it will allow us to highlight cultural roots and define non-profit ethical positions related to the development of social innovation to operationalize the promise of leaving no one behind (Cabrera-Hernández, 2021; Natarén and Reyes, 2022; UN Sustainable Development Group, 2023). Action research in liberating education recognizes that human beings are conditioned, due to lifelong learning, reflected in the coherence between discourse and practice. On the one hand, there is the humanistic vision, supported by philosophers. and intellectuals at UNESCO (2020), that advocates a hermeneutic approach focused on the integral development of people. On the other hand, we find the utilitarian vision, supported by economists from the OECD (2010) and the World Bank (Ferreyra et al., 2021), which leans towards a more instrumental approach based on individual competencies for a world of work. . Our study identifies the processes of transfer of knowledge and values, located in educational practice, from the problematization of the contents, the analysis of reality, confrontation of the student through critical dialogue, and teaching the student to think critically about the contents, by which are designed two educational programs that address the social utility of knowledge. This dimension allows measuring the capacity to fulfill the function or social role expected of science and the production of knowledge to promote tertiary education in the Ibero-American region. (Cruz, 2020). Through the social usefulness of knowledge, it is necessary to ask how it should be approached from the didactic situation, so the questions are established: ¿What is the purpose of scientific knowledge and for whom is it beneficial? What relationships are promoted between teachers and students according to the various interpretations of the usefulness of knowledge? Who plays a role in defining the social utility of knowledge for social justice? Allowing us to structure the analysis of our study. It is recognized that scientific knowledge has the “capacity” to become a “resource or asset” for social agents who do not belong to the scientific field but carry out the work of teacher-researchers in emerging, possible, preliminary or transitory educational contexts. In particular, understanding what this concept implies in our research is related to the dimensions of social appropriation of knowledge, competencies, culture, environmental uncertainty and strategies (ASCCCIE) as a resource for educational management in action research processes: theoretical, methodological and practical (Elliot, 1993; Mertler, 2021). Answer: ¿What are the challenges of action research in sciences and arts in the ASCCIE educational context for the development of higher education in the south-southeast region of Mexico? Through the Critical Theory of Education, the historical-social character of higher education examines the relationship between the educational system and the structure of society through the intervention of university educational practice, understanding technological aspects, ideologies, educational objectives and responsibility. pedagogical, whose evaluation is in relation to practice (Horkheimer, 2000). The framework allows improving management and educational practice in Latin America through the application of the phenomenological-hermeneutic methodology in the educational experience of the university classroom, appealing to philosophical traditions (Van Mannen, 2003), fostering critical awareness and respect for individuality, and allowing the legitimacy of the teacher in the educational field for scientific research with the use of qualitative methods for educational emancipation (Denzin & Lincoln, 2018; Denzin et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is developed under the qualitative paradigm, studying phenomena in a naturalistic context with emphasis on depth, contextuality and complexity. Researchers study reality holistically, using multiple sources and data collection methods, paying attention to multiple voices, data triangulation, as well as member verification and informed consent, as part of the ethical aspects of research that contributes to its validity. Our study is based on four moments: (1) Literature Review (RL), which addresses Applied Hermeneutic Phenomenology (FHA) in the pedagogical area of the higher level, from the educational management structure, the teaching and educational perspective in the Latin American countries, allowing the identification of techniques and instruments in qualitative methods from the phenomenological approach; (2) the action research cycle is developed (Macintyre, 2000) through the design of the teaching program for two universities in the south-southeast region of Mexico: (a) Agile management of educational projects with qualitative methods; (b) Active methodologies in post-gradual programs in cooperation with the south-southeast for educational innovation, teaching identity and social significance, these postgraduate level programs are addressed from the areas of Humanities and Economic-Administrative Sciences, in four stages: Phase 1 : perception, understanding and evaluation of social problems; Phase 2: Interpretation and creation of an approach proposal; and Phase 3: Socialization and evaluation for work improvement; Phase 4: Community Exposure; (3) In the third moment, we collect the data obtained through participant observation through records, interviews and focus groups, where we apply the Phenomenological Epojé (PE) method to the lived experiences (Dodgson, 2023) and Post-photography: methodology based on lenses and forms of critical thinking based on practice from visual data collection (Hill, 2020). With MAXQDA 2022 software it is used to analyze the data and explore the benefits of the reduction technique. (4) Finally, an event is organized with the educational community to socialize the products obtained from the teaching program. Strengthening collaborative learning, from student-centered and research-based approaches. Teachers in classrooms in the third part of the 21st century use these strategies to teach critical skills, recognizing the technological, economic and social aspects of the environment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The phenomenological movement has considered higher education as training, since it focuses on personal development rather than the possession of knowledge. This movement promotes research to find better ways of learning and living, confirming the importance of designing programs to generate social utility of knowledge through the solution of national problems. Social innovations have flourished in the 21st century, developing intellectual connections, content practices and skills for social transformation. However, there are challenges in the leadership and motivation of emerging teachers, who must be considered for educational management, having relevance in the strategic planning and managerial decision making of HEIs through promotion of levels in the teaching career. , from the opening of new places and equal opportunities for the massification of education. In countries with low levels of GDP such as Mexico, the current young population has the highest levels of schooling in the country's history and educational levels among young teachers have reached equal conditions, although the economic participation of women has not yet been achieved. has increased substantially. Therefore, the social utility of knowledge for social justice requires new teachers to raise the innovation economy and face the technological era. This can lead to a sensitive variation in teachers' behavior, resulting in resistance to organizational change by HEIs. Our study uses reading as a tool to guide liberating knowledge, generating critical cognitive processes through the analysis of narratives, photographs and participant readings. Current philosophy requires strategic approaches to restructure graduate curricula and balance organizational and psychosocial factors that hinder academic performance. The impact of innovative educational practices, such as teaching-practice, intervention-research-action and educational-educational management, stimulates teaching performance and favors internationalization in HEIs. Educational administrative management is modernized from the context ASCCCIE, advancing historical-geographic visions with active and agile methodologies, and promoting educational policies for quality education and social inclusion. References 1.Cabrera Hernández, D., M. (2021). Investigación educativa e innovación tecnológica en el sur-sureste de México: rutas paralelas. Innovación Educativa, 21(86), 123-144. https://www.ipn.mx/assets/files/innovacion/docs/Innovacion-Educativa-86/investigacion-educativa-e-innovacion-tecnologica--en-el-sur-este-de-mexico.pdf 2.Cisneros, C. E., & Jiménez, L. R. (2023). Gestión ágil de proyectos educativos con métodos cualitativos [Programa de enseñanza]. Universidad Autónoma de Yucatán. 3.Cruz Aguilar, E. (2020). La educación transformadora en el pensamiento de Paulo Freire. Educere, 24(78), 197-206. https://www.redalyc.org/journal/356/35663284002/html/ 4.Denzin, N., & Lincoln, Y., S. (2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. (5th ed). Sage Publications, Inc.http://www.daneshnamehicsa.ir/userfiles/files/1/9-%20The%20SAGE%20Handbook%20of%20Qualitative%20Research.pdf 5.Denzin, N., Lincoln, Y., S., Giardina, M., D., Cannella, G., S. (2023). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. (6th ed). Sage Publications, Inc. 6.Dodgson, J. D. (2023). Phenomenology: Researching the Lived Experience. Journal of Human Lactation, 39(3),385–396. https://doi.org/10.1177/08903344231176453 7.Elliott, J. (1993). El cambio educativo desde la investigación-acción. Ediciones Morata. 8.Ferreyra, M., M., Dinarte-Díaz, L., Urzúa, S., Bassi, M. (2021). La vía rápida hacia nuevas competencias: Programas cortos de educación superior en América Latina y el Caribe. Banco Internacional de Reconstrucción y Fomento/Banco Mundial. https://hdl.handle.net/10986/35598 9.Hill, R. (2020). Post-photography: Lens-based methodology and practice-led ways of critical thinking. LINK Conference Proceedings, 1(1),28. https://doi.org/10.24135/linksymposium.vi.9 10.Horkheimer, M. (2000). Teoría tradicional y teoría crítica. Paidós ICE/UA. 11.Macintyre, C. (2012). The art of action research in the classroom. David Fulton Publishers. 12.Mertler, C.A. (2021). Action Research as Teacher Inquiry: A Viable Strategy for Resolving Problems of Practice. Practical Assessment, Research & Evaluation, 26(19). 1-12. https://scholarworks.umass.edu/pare/vol26/iss1/19/ 13.Natarén-Nandayapa, C., F. & Reyes-Vázquez, A., A. (2022). La Educación Superior Inclusiva: Una perspectiva de la región Sur-Sureste. Universidad Autónoma de Chiapas. https://crss.anuies.mx/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/EDUCACIONSUPERIOR_INCLUSIVA_2022.pdf 14.OCDE. (2010). Acuerdo de cooperación México-OCDE para mejorar la calidad de la educación de las escuelas mexicanas. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/46216786.pdf 15.UN Sustainable Development Group. (2023). Operationalizing leaving no one behind good practice note for un country teams. https://unsdg.un.org/es/download/5578/685 16.UNESCO. (2020). El enfoque de Aprendizaje a lo Largo de Toda la Vida: Implicaciones para la política educativa en América Latina y el Caribe. Organización de las Naciones Unidas para la Educación, la Ciencia y la Cultura. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373632_spa.locale=es 17.Van Manen, M. (2014). Phenomenology of Practice. Meaning-Giving Methods in Phenomenological Research and Writing. California: Left Coast Press Inc. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315422657 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Acting Beyond Disciplines: Post-disciplinary Future of Higher Education Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Research Question Outline In an era marked by complex global challenges, from climate change to health crises, the imperative for innovative and collaborative solutions is paramount. This urgency foregrounds the role of interdisciplinarity within European Higher Education Institutions (HEIs), positing it not merely as an academic ideal but as a crucial framework for addressing the multifaceted problems of our time. However, the gap between the theoretical valorization of interdisciplinarity and its practical application in Higher Education remains a significant barrier. My doctoral research endeavors to bridge this chasm by exploring the question I would like to raise in Ignite Talk: How can European HEIs effectively actualize interdisciplinarity, transforming it from a conceptual ideal into a sustainable, practice-oriented approach that fosters collaboration across disciplines to address the pressing challenges of our age? Theoretical Framework Grounded in the postmodern paradigm, this research underscores the fluid, pluralistic nature of knowledge and reality, challenging the rigid boundaries that have traditionally defined academic disciplines. Central to this inquiry is the theory of social constructivism, which posits that knowledge is co-constructed through social interactions and cultural contexts. This perspective is pivotal for understanding interdisciplinarity, as it highlights the importance of cultural, institutional, and political factors in shaping interdisciplinary practices. Social constructivism also emphasizes the role of dialogue and collaboration in the construction of knowledge, suggesting that a true interdisciplinary approach requires not just the blending of disciplines but the creation of new, co-constructed understandings that transcend individual disciplinary perspectives. Inspiration and Implication My doctoral research is driven by the conviction that interdisciplinarity holds the key to addressing the complex challenges of our time. By redefining interdisciplinarity within a post-disciplinary context, this study aims to propose actionable strategies for its effective implementation in HEIs, thereby enhancing academic collaboration and fostering a more inclusive, innovative educational environment. The findings of my research will not only shed light on the barriers to effective interdisciplinarity but also provide a roadmap for HEIs to navigate these challenges, fostering a culture of collaboration that transcends disciplinary boundaries. In doing so, this study will inspire a reimagining of higher education, one that embraces the uncertainty of our age as an opportunity for innovation, collaboration, and transformative learning. Why Ignite Talk? I believe in vocalizing the ideas. I believe in giving the voice to the unheard or silenced ones. I will share compelling data from focus groups among HE actors in Lithuania, offering a nuanced conceptualization of interdisciplinarity and drawing attention to its post-disciplinary future. Through this exploration, we will ignite a conversation about the power relations,potential of interdisciplinarity to not only advance academic knowledge but also to equip learners and educators with the tools to collaboratively address the pressing global challenges of our time, fostering a sense of hope and resilience for the future of Higher Education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In my doctoral reseach I chosen the mixed-methods sequential explanatory design (Creswell et al. 2003) where quantitative methodology (survey) is followed by qualitative methodology (focus groups) in the framework of triangulation (Denzin 1970, Flick 2012). 1. Explorative in-depth interviews - in order to create a survey. 2. Survey - to set the ground data for explaining the phenomena of interdisciplinarity. 3. Focus groups - to study how the meanings, interpretations, and narratives of interdisciplinarity are socially constructed during group interactions. 4. Conceptual Analysis - for data analysis. 5. Data triangulation - to access a deeper understanding of the phenomenon within different data groups. In this Ignite Talk I will share the rich data gathered in 6 focus groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main aim is to conceptualise the interdisciplinarity and vocalise the experience of HE actors (students, professors, administrators). In broader context I expect to prove that interdisciplinarity shouldn't be only a decoration to HE strategy, but a sustainable everyday practice that requires not only political will but also the active participation of HE actors. I would also like to introduce the concept of post-disciplinarity with the idea that traditional disciplinary boundaries in HE are becoming increasingly blurred, and that new and innovative forms of interdisciplinary education are needed. References * Beyer, L. (2000). The postmodern university. Cultural Studies, 14(1), 47-57. * Creswell, J. W., V. L. Plano Clark, M. Gutmann, and W. Hanson. 2003. Advanced mixed methods research designs. In Handbook on mixed methods in the behavioral and social sciences, ed. A. Tashakkori and C. Teddlie, 209-240. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. * Davies, M., & Devlin, M. (2010). Interdisciplinary higher education. In Interdisciplinary Higher Education: Perspectives and Practicalities (pp. 3–28). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. * Denzin, N. (1970) The research act. Chicago: Aldine. * Flick, U., Garms-Homolova, V., Herrmann, W., Kuck, J., & Röhnsch, G. (2012) "I can't prescribe something just because someone asks for it..." using mixed methods in the framework of triangulation. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 6(2): 97-110. * Lyotard, J.F. (1984). The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge. Manchester: Manchester University Press. * Smith, M. K. (2008). Postmodernism and Education. Routledge. * Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Addressing Future Uncertainty in Competence Development by Adopting Complex Systems Approach: the Case of Translator Education Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:This study seeks to contribute to the emerging post-positivist discourse in translation studies by challenging currently prevalent approaches towards translator competence development from a post-structuralist complex systems perspective. If translation studies curricula of higher education institutions (HEIs) were focused on a broader development of the mindset necessary for the reality-yet-to-come, instead of the development of predefined sets of translator skills and capabilities, then future translators would be better equipped for contexts characterised as a VUCA world (Bennis and Nanus 2003) – the world of volatility, uncertainty, complexity and ambiguity. However, currently, translator education is based on translator competence models that are linear, structured and mainly focused on know-how rather than on knowledge (Hébrard 2013) due to various factors: they are grounded on constructivist theories, translator education is market-orientated, technologies evolve faster than our theories, and HEIs are slow in change.
Among diverse professional landscapes, translators are an indicative example of competence development as subject to the technological advancement and overall future uncertainty. Firstly, translation, both as a discipline and a profession, has a long history of being subject to the implications of technological developments and this dates back to the Georgetown-IBM experiment in 1954 aimed at machine translation (MT) research. Secondly, handling uncertainty is an inherent part of translators’ work (i.e., navigating the challenges to produce accurate and contextually appropriate translations), thus, competence development for uncertain professional working environments is at the core of translator competence. And yet, due to the prevalence of neural MT and LLM-based technologies, many graduates need to upskill already right after they have completed their studies. Therefore, the underlying research question raised in this study is how future uncertainty could be incorporated into translator education. To address that, this study aims to re-conceptualise the notion of translator competence based on the post-structuralist complex systems approach by defining competence development as a complex system.
What has the theoretical background of complex systems theories to offer to the European educational domain? Competence development in the European Higher Education Area has occupied the focus of many international debates on curricula, assessment and education in general (European Commission 2019, OECD 2017). Throughout Europe, the focus on competence assessment has been shifting from mere measurement of pre-defined sets of skills to the evaluation of much more complex abilities that are ingrained in real-world contexts (Koeppen et al. 2008). As major educational domains keep moving beyond the long-standing linear, hierarchical and top-down attitudes towards learning and teaching, the understanding of the new dynamics of education can benefit from complexity-informed approach (Biesta 2020), which is increasingly more apparent across many disciplines and professions (Byrne and Callaghan 2014). Concequently, this complexity-informed standpoint also reflects an ontological turn that is underway in the current paradigm of translator education and HE in general. It calls for viewing students “as persons, not merely knowers” (Barnett 2004), or in a post-modern sense, insists upon a shift from what learners develop or acquire to who they become (Dall‘Alba and Barnacle 2007). As the understanding of what kind of knowledge and competencies are necessary for daily life and employment is rapidly changing (The World Economic forum 2020), and the focus is shifted towards the unpredictability of what learners may need to be able to do in the future (Markauskaite et al. 2022), translator education is expected to undertake a transformative role first and foremost by equipping future translators with the disposition to reflect on becoming and being a translator in this era of digital technologies and rapid change rather than focusing on the mere acquisition of translation skills and capabilities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The design of this study relies on qualitative research methodology implemented in two steps: (1) concept mapping of complex systems literature, and (2) thematic analysis of literature on translator competence development. Firstly, literature review is carried out shedding light on studies addressing complex systems in the field of educational sciences (Davis and Sumara 2008, Mason 2008, Jacobson 2020, etc.) and translation studies (Kiraly‘s (2015) model of translator competence as a co-emergent phenomenon, Massey‘s (2019) co-emergent learning, Marais and Meylaerts’ (2022) emergentist approach towards translation, etc.). This part of the research intends to provide a concept map (Novak 1995) of the underlying qualities of a complex system that will serve as the basis for the conceptual model of translator competence as a complex system. Secondly, thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke 2021) is performed, focused on the exploration of (1) documents which serve as guidelines for translation study programmes across the EU (competence frameworks, ISO standards, etc.), and (2) currently existing translator competence models (PACTE group (2003), Göpferich (2009), EMT (2009, 2016, 2022)). The major objective of this part of the study is to both identify the major constituents of translator competence and to depict their dynamics by organising them into a model of translator competence as a complex system, based on the concept map carried out in the first part of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study sheds light on how complex systems approach could be adopted in translator education as a means to address future uncertainty by redefining competence development. As literature review suggests, the epistemology of complexity thinking expands translator educators‘ views of competence acquisition and encourages them to break free from linearity, reductionism and expectations of predictability, and lean on to openness, self-organisation and emergence (Lewin (1993), Holland (1998), Cilliers (2002)). The study reasons that even though currently existing translator competence models recognise the multi-faceted nature of translation and the manifold skills it requires, they tend to undermine their complexity by merely focusing on sets of translation skills and capabilities, which, as indicated by thematic analysis, often are assessed as the major learning outcomes, such as language proficiency, cultural and technical competencies, interpersonal, communication and project management skills, etc. In addition, the concept map, which was built based on the literature review of a post-structuralist complexity-informed learning approach, identified the underlying components which could assumably constitute the complex system of translator competence. The concept map includes essential concepts of complex systems that revolve around uncertainty, such as systems agents, interactions, systems levels, emergence, non-linearity, feedback loops, dynamic behaviour, self-organisation, resilience, and adaptability. The major outcome of this study – a model of translator competence as a complex system – is yet to be built. The model is intended to re-arrange the identified constituents of translator competence around the uncertainty-related concepts of the conceptual complexity map. The overall conclusions of this study also shed light on the onto-epistemological shift in translation studies that is waiting to dawn and certain epistemic fluency and inner epistemic resourcefulness (Markauskaite and Goodyear 2017) which may be crucial for the reality-yet-to-come not only among the graduates of translation studies but among students of almost any study programme. References Barnett, R. 2004. Learning for an Unknown Future. Higher Education Research & Development 23 (3): 247–260. Bennis, W., Nanus, B. 2003. Leaders: Strategies for Taking Charge. New York: Harper Business. Biesta, G. 2020. Educational research: An unorthodox introduction. London: Bloomsbury. Braun, V., Clarke, V. 2021. Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. London: Sage Publications. Byrne, D., Callaghan, G. 2014. Complexity theory and the social sciences (2nd ed.). Routledge. Cilliers, P. 2002. Complexity and Postmodernism: Understanding Complex Systems. London: Routledge. Dall’Alba, G., Barnacle, R. 2007. An Ontological Turn for Higher Education. Studies in Higher Education 32 (6): 679–691. doi:10.1080/03075070701685130. Davis, B., Sumara, D. 2008. Complexity and Education. Inquiries into Learning, Teaching, and Research. New York: Routledge. European Commission. 2019. Key Competences for Lifelong Learning. European Union. European Master‘s in Translation (EMT). 2022. Translator Competence Framework. Directorate-General for Translation, Brussels. Accessed March 14, 2023. https://commission.europa.eu/news/updated-version-emt-competence-framework-now-available-2022-10-21_en Göpferich, S. 2009. Towards a model of translation competence and its acquisition: the longitudinal study TransComp. Copenhagen studies in language: 11-37. Jacobson, M. 2020. Complexity Conceptual Perspectives for Research About Educational Complex Systems. The Journal of Experimental Education, 88:3, 375-381. Kiraly, D. 2015. Occasioning Translator Competence: Moving Beyond Social Constructivism Toward a Postmodern Alternative to Instructionism. Translation and Interpreting Studies, 10(1): 8-32. Koeppen, K., Hartig, J., Klieme, E., Leutner, D. 2008. Current Issues in Competence Modelling and Assessment. Journal of Psychology, Vol. 216(2): 61–73. Marais, K., Meylaerts, R. 2022. Exploring the Implications of Complexity Thinking for Translation Studies. New York: Routledge. Markauskaite, L., Goodyear, P. 2017. Epistemic Fluency and Professional Education Innovation, Knowledgeable Action and Actionable Knowledge. Dordrecht: Springer. Mason, M. (ed). 2008. Complexity theory and the Philosophy of Education. Oxford: Wiley Blackwell. Massey, G., 2019. The Bigger Picture: Experiential Learning from the Classroom to the Organisation. In Don, K., Massey, G. (eds) Towards authentic experiential learning in translator education, Cambridge Scholars Publishing. Novak, J. D. 1995. Concept mapping: A strategy for organizing knowledge. In S. M. Glynn & R. e. a. Duit (Eds.), Learning science in the schools: Research reforming practice, 229-245. New York: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. OECD. 2017. Global competency for an inclusive world. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. PACTE. 2003. Building a Translation Competence Model. In Alves, F. (ed.) Triangulating Translation: Perspectives in Process Oriented Research, Amsterdam: John Benjamins. The World Economic Forum. 2020. Schools of the future. Defining new models of education for the fourth industrial revolution. World Economic Forum. http://www3.weforum. org/docs/WEF_Schools_of_the_Future_Report_2019.pdf. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 B: Didactics Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anna Aleksanyan Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “Self-Study is Like an Expedition”. Using Metaphors to Understand Lecturers' Concepts of Self-Study in Higher Education Teaching University of Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:Being able to learn independently is indispensable for successfully organizing your time at university. Individual learners are influenced by the teaching practices in higher education, which are often primarily shaped by university lecturers. However, ideas about the design and requirements of self-study often remain vague for this group (Gerber, 2023). One way to address this challenge is to familiarize lecturers with different conceptual understandings and design dimensions of self-study, particularly in light of the fact that the German-speaking scientific discourse on concepts of self-study has so far been largely independent of the rich theoretical and empirical work on related concepts such as self-directed, self-regulated, and self-organized learning (e.g. Dyrna, 2021). Thematizing own ideas and concepts of self-study, especially from an international comparative perspective, seems to open up new opportunities to contribute to the further development of self-study in the European Higher Education Area. Such thematization and reflection were undertaken with lecturers from Germany and Ukraine as part of three workshops on higher education didactics. Based on the theoretical assumption that metaphors, in particular, have an influence on thinking, speaking, and action (Lakoff & Johnson, 2003), the hypothesis can be derived that the metaphors used by university lecturers to describe self-study reflect their ideas of academic teaching and learning and have an impact on their didactic activities. Lakoff and Johnson (2003) propose that our "unreflected everyday actions [Author's translation.]" and our "everyday language [Author's translation.]" are largely structured by metaphorical concepts. In the following, a metaphor is understood as a transfer of meaning "from one area to another" (Schmitt, 2017, p. 39). A "metaphorical concept" is a bundling of corresponding individual metaphorical phrases and formulations (Schmitt, 2017). Rau and Kosubski (2019) view metaphors in learning and educational contexts as having the potential to express individual and collective ideas about specific topics linguistically and to make them accessible for reflection because they "bundle specific individual or cultural patterns of thought, perception, feeling, and action [Author's translation.]" (Schmitt, 2017, p. 52). The reconstruction of metaphorical concepts opens up opportunities for reflection regarding the linguistic means of one's own didactic expressiveness as well as the everyday language of certain target groups (Rau & Kosubski, 2019). The potential of metaphors as tools for reflection is being discussed and examined, particularly in the English- and German-speaking debate in higher education didactics (e.g. Ekoç-Özçelik 2022; Scharlau, 2020; Bager-Elsborg & Greve 2019; Wegner & Nückles, 2013; Visser-Wijnveen et al., 2009). The purpose of this qualitative study is to explore the perceptions and beliefs of university lecturers regarding the concept of self-study through the use of metaphors. In pursuit of this overarching goal, the research addresses the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample: Thirty-nine lecturers (35 women and 4 men) from Germany and Ukraine took part in this study. They were university lecturers who attended a workshop on digital teaching and the design of self-study, which was developed as part of the ViBeS project. The workshop was voluntary for all lecturers and took place in September 2022 and August 2023 at the University of Vechta in Germany and once digitally as part of a collaboration with Lesya Ukrainka Volyn National University in Ukraine. In the sample, 27% are employed as scientific staff, 27% as employees with a focus on teaching in higher education and 46% as professors. The participant groups had diverse discipline affiliations. They have been working in university teaching for between less than two years and more than twenty years. Instrument: During three workshops, the lecturers were instructed to create a metaphor that explicitly compared self-study to something else, using the format "Self-study is like...". They were also asked to provide an explanation for the chosen metaphor. These compositions served as the primary data sources for the study. Procedure: The process involved collecting metaphors and explanations during an asynchronous preparation phase for a synchronous workshop. Participants were given text fields to elaborate on explicit comparisons and to formulate corresponding explanations or interpretations of the selected metaphors in a learning management system. A total of 38 metaphors were formulated by the participating lecturers. During the workshop, the emphasis was on stimulating discussions based on the previously formulated ideas and confronting alternative views and perspectives on self-study. Additionally, the teachers engaged in developing and discussing a group metaphor using the think-pair-share method. Data analysis: Based on the outlined data collection, the aim of a metaphor analysis was to gain insights into the lecturers' concepts and the linguistic and didactic articulation options for describing self-study. For this purpose, metaphorical concepts of self-study (Schmitt, 2017) were reconstructed. The methodological implementation was based on the project by Rau and Kosubski (2019) on the analysis of metaphors for digital media. The analysis was carried out in three steps, which were iterated in a circular procedure: (1) Identification of the source domains and elements of the target domain; (2) Reconstruction of the transfers of meaning; and (3) Reconstruction of the metaphorical concepts. The processed data and results were discussed in a research group for communicative validation of various analysis steps. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The metaphors that emerged reveal a variety of original ways of expressing self-study. Most lecturers described self-study as a process. Some of these processes had a specific goal (e.g. preparing for a half marathon), while others were ongoing processes (e.g. cycling through different landscapes) or were conceptualized with an uncertain outcome and path (e.g. walking in darkness; making a first parachute jump without an instructor). Only a few participants directly described their role as lecturers in the context of self-study (e.g. as advisors or supporters). The initial results and the workshop concept appear promising for the professional development of university lecturers for two reasons. The reconstructed metaphorical concepts emphasize different aspects of academic teaching and learning in the context of self-study and express them metaphorically. For example, the concept "SELF-STUDY AS EXERCISE/TRAINING" focuses on the acquisition of knowledge and skills in the sense of the appropriation metaphor of learning (Wegner & Nückles, 2013). In contrast, the concept "SELF-STUDY AS VISIBLE MOVEMENT (WITH SUPPORT)" conceptualizes self-study as more student-oriented, giving students more choice in their learning process and seeing lecturers as supporters. The (international) comparative consideration of the different concepts thus offers various opportunities for discussion and reflection on the design of self-study in an age of uncertainty. On this basis, it is possible to discuss the consequences for the professionalization of university lecturers in media and higher education didactics regarding the design of cooperative and collaborative learning in self-study, and to derive concrete implications from the results for workshops. References Bager-Elsborg, A., & Greve, L. (2019). Establishing a method for analysing metaphors in higher education teaching: A case from business management teaching. Higher Education Research & Development, 38(7), 1329–1342. Dyrna, J. (2021). Selbstgesteuert, -organisiert, -bestimmt, -reguliert? Versuch einer theoretischen Abgrenzung. In J. Dyrna, J. Riedel, S. Schulze-Achatz, & T. Köhler (Eds.), Selbstgesteuertes Lernen in der beruflichen Weiterbildung: Ein Handbuch für Theorie und Praxis (pp. 84–106). Waxmann. Ekoç-Özçelik, A. (2022). Metaphors as Trails of University English Language Instructors’ Perceptions about Emergency Remote Teaching in Turkey. TEFLIN Journal - A Publication on the Teaching and Learning of English, 33(2), 257. Gerber, L. (2023). Was ist Selbststudium? Gestaltungsdimensionen des Selbststudiums im erweiterten Bildungsraum. In H. Rundnagel & K. Hombach (Eds.), Kompetenzen im digitalen Lehr- und Lernraum an Hochschulen (Vol. 140, pp. 83–93). wbv Publikation. Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (2003). Metaphors we live by. University of Chicago Press. Rau, F., & Kosubski, I. (2019). «Digitale Medien sind wie Pilze»: Eine Analyse studentischer Metaphern zu digitalen Medien. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift Für Theorie Und Praxis Der Medienbildung, 36, 81–96. Scharlau, I. (2020). Fachkulturen unter der Lupe: Metaphern in Reflexionen über die Lehre. Hochschuldidaktik im Spiegel der Fachkulturen, 6(25), 376–387. Schmitt, R. (2017). Systematische Metaphernanalyse als Methode der qualitativen Sozialforschung. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Visser-Wijnveen, G. J., Van Driel, J. H., Van Der Rijst, R. M., Verloop, N., & Visser, A. (2009). The relationship between academics’ conceptions of knowledge, research and teaching – a metaphor study. Teaching in Higher Education, 14(6), 673–686. Wegner, E., & Nückles, M. (2013). Kompetenzerwerb oder Enkulturation? Lehrende und ihre Metaphern des Lernens. Zeitschrift Für Hochschulentwicklung, 8(1), 15–29. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Preschool Education: Fundamental Brick in the Wall. Teachers' and Parents' Perspective Federacja Akademii Wojsk., Poland Presenting Author:By the the age of Uncertainty I understand the knot of recently experienced: economic crises, global warming, pandemics, technological development, wars, and mass migrations. All these contribute to the necessity of posing the question on the aim of education again. My research question is: how do adults, who are directly responsible for children’s development, (i.e. parents and teachers), understand the aim of preschool education and their role in it? What values, attitudes and competences they find fundamental in that regard, and how they define them. I place special emphasis on preschool education. Evidence overwhelmingly demonstrates that experiences from birth through age 5 are critical to children’s development (Wechsler, 2016). At the same time, preschool children are unknowingly thrown into education and these are adults who are responsible for delivering the best possible raising up conditions. On one hand, research indicates important elements of high-quality early childhood education programs. These include, among others:
These high-quality building blocks should be the foundation of any early childhood education system (Wechsler, 2016). On the other hand, there is a gap between academic research and the way that preschool education is organised and provided in different countries. Also, the growing consensus that preschool quality matters greatly for children’s outcomes focuses mainly on school entry readiness and academic achievement over the subsequent four years (Newman, 2022). Various schools that are providing early childhood education have been found exceeding their limits and putting unnecessary pressure and academic burden on pre-schoolers by stressing on formal teaching of reading, writing and number work. These practices appear to have encouraged parents to subject children in the age-group of 3-6 years to the pressure of formal education. It is very important for both parents and teachers to understand that they have a valuable contribution to make towards development of children at early years without burdening the young mind. My expected outcome is to unveil parents’ and teachers' Subjective Concepts of Meanings of aims of preschool education. Capturing the differences and similarities in the subjective perception of reality can be used to redefine the role of the preschool teachers, refresh curriculum and teaching methods. Outcomes need to be compiled with the current interdisciplinary research and core curricilum which indicates the purpose of preschool education, the preventive and educational tasks of a preschool education setting and the results of the tasks achieved by children at the end of preschool education Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study addresses the concept of preschool education - its purpose and curriculum. It is not an analysis of what preschool education is, but how adults responsible for raising children at the age 3-7 (parents and teachers) understand it. How they define their roles and best possible education for children. The research method is phenomenography, which was first introduced by Ference Marton and his colleagues in 1970. The focus of phenomenography is on what is known as the second-order perspective and the different ways that people can experience the same phenomenon. My research assumes interviews with two groups of adults responsible for children's education - parents of 3-7yo and preschool teachers. Idealistic-subjectivist orientation. I focus on what is subjective, local,unique, i.e. on the phenomena analysed in the context of the lives of subjects. I remain in the interpretative –systematic paradigm analysis of social meanings created by people in their natural conditions of functioning, with a view to understanding and interpreting how people create and understand the world in which they function. The research sample started in the public kindergarten in Gdańsk and is extended by the snowball efect. I am considering extending it to other European countries in the future. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Investment in education and the consequent increase in the role and quality of education systems is one of the key objectives of the Europe 2020 strategy. Equipping young people with the skills and qualifications necessary for active participation in today's world is therefore a key responsibility in the educational system. We don’t need no thought control. The conclusions from the pilot studies has revealed that both groups - parents and teachers of children of 3-7 years old in Poland pointed out that critical thinking is one of the crucial competences to be shaped. According to the fast speed of world changes they declare that they want children to be able to think independently and trust themselves. Learning ability and good communication skills appeared several times in interwievs. Teachers, don't leave them kids alone! Also the emotional development, ability to cope with problems and ‘inner strength’ were emphasised. ‘Won't be easy to break’, ‘manage with life’ - might be interpreted as resilience. Interviewed adults want kids to be able to make friends and cooperate in the future. They put an impact on relations. Teachers define their role as leaders, assistants, supporters. Next step is to extend the study to other European countries in order to get the enlarged view of values, key competencies and attitudes offered in the preschool curiculum. References Marton, F. (1986). Phenomenography—A Research Approach to Investigating Different Understandings of Reality. Journal of Thought, 21(3), 28–49. http://www.jstor.org/stable/42589189 Newman S.,McLoughlin J.,Skouteris H., Blewitt C.,Melhuish E. & Bailey C. (2022) Does an integrated, wrap-around school and community service model in an early learning setting improve academic outcomes for children from low socioeconomic backgrounds?, Early Child Development and Care, 192:5, 816-830, DOI: 10.1080/03004430.2020.1803298 “Building a National Early Childhood Education System That Works.” Learning Policy Institute, March 2021. p. 1. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED614493.pdf Wechsler, M., Melnick, H., Maier, A., & Bishop, J. (2016). The building blocks of high-quality early childhood education programs. Learning Policy Institute. https://learningpolicyinstitute.org/product/building-blocks-high-quality-early-childhood-education-programs. Chaudry, A., Morrissey, T., Weiland, C., & Yoshikawa, H. (2017). Cradle to Kindergarten: A New Plan to Combat Inequality. Russell Sage Foundation. Reid, J. L., kagan, S. L., Hilton, M., & Potter, H. (2015). A better start: Why classroom diversity matters in early education. Century Foundation and the Poverty & Race Research Action Council. https://tcf.org/content/commentary/a-better-start-why-classroom- diversity-matters-in-early-education/; Ansari, A., Pianta, R. C., Whittaker, J. V., Vitiello, V. E., & Ruzek, E. A. (2019). Starting Early: The Benefits of Attending Early Childhood Education Programs at Age 3. American Educational Research Journal, 56(4), 1495-1523. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831218817737 McCoy, D. C., Yoshikawa, H., Ziol-Guest, K. M., Duncan, G. J., Schindler, H. S., Magnuson, K., Yang, R., Koepp, A., & Shonkoff, J. P. (2017). Impacts of Early Childhood Education on Medium- and Long-Term Educational Outcomes. Educational Researcher, 46(8), 474-487. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X17737739 Understanding Early Childhood Education,Prepared for The School Superintendents Association, Hanover Research, 2022, https://www.aasa.org/resources/resource/understanding-early-childhood-education Fenomenografia jako strategia jakościowa w badaniach pedagogicznych nad edukacją dzieci / Agnieszka Nowak-Łojewska (Wydział Nauk Społecznych. Instytut Pedagogiki. Zakład Badań nad Dzieciństwem i Szkołą). Brzezińska A., Nauczyciel jako organizator społecznego środowiska uczenia sie Nowak-Łojewska A., Kompetencje kluczowe w edukacji dzieci. Od deklaracji do realizacji |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 C: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Sound Perception in the Dialect-Standard Continuum of German University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:In language courses, a near-standard variant and pronunciation is often used, whereas in everyday life in the everyday environment of learners, different variants of the majority language (in this case German) must be heard and decoded, whereby phoneme perception and differentiation play an essential role not only for the initial acquisition of German, but also for linguistic interaction in later phases, so that decoding problems on the part of speakers and listeners can be reduced. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample for the planned study will be compiled with the help of language courses. For this purpose, the relevant institutes must be contacted and participants "recruited" who can take part in the study. For this purpose, it is important to determine certain reference points such as region of origin, languages of origin, duration of language contact, language level, educational background and the age of the participants as a prerequisite for access. This key data should be recorded in the form of a short interview as a language biography and serve as support for the evaluation. A survey instrument is to be created for the realisation of the study. As the data is to be collected using minimal pairs, these are to be played as audio samples. For the audio samples, minimal pairs, spoken by people with the East-Central Bavarian dialect, are to be recorded and then played to the participants for differentiation. The survey instrument is to be piloted before the study is carried out. Improvements can then be made. Once the final survey instrument and the survey period have been finalised, the survey can be carried out. These are words that usually have the same number of morphemes but only differ in one phoneme and therefore have a different meaning. They are used to demonstrate that these two sounds represent two different phonemes in the language and therefore make a difference in meaning. The aim is to investigate whether the phonetic difference is perceived in minimal pairs and whether there are implications for the participants' languages of origin. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Without awareness of the continuum, this could lead to significant communication difficulties, especially in informal conversational situations, as participants may misinterpret local dialects due to the change in pronunciation. For effective communication, it is important to avoid such misunderstandings (due to the decoding process) and to promote accurate interpretation of linguistic expressions in different regional contexts. In addition to avoiding decoding problems, the goal is linguistic flexibility: by correctly mapping the phonemes of the dialect-standard continuum, learners can effectively vary and adapt their linguistic skills in different social contexts. It is to be expected that the sounds that are familiar to the participants from their own native languages will also be correctly understood and that phonemes that are unfamiliar to them will present a challenge in terms of perception and will thus be assigned to a sound that is familiar to them, even if it does not correspond to the sound originally heard. Another assumption is that speakers of different languages belonging to the same language group perceive phonemes in a similar way. The work is intended to show that auditory speech comprehension, especially in the context of the dialect-standard continuum, is a complex process that requires careful perception and interpretation of the sounds. References -Boada, Richard ;Pennington, Bruce (2006): Deficient implicit phonological representations in children with dyslexia F.NEW YORK: Elsevier IncJournal of experimental child psychology,2006, Vol.95 (3), p.153-193 -Field, John (2008): Listening in the language classroom. Cambridge. -Gunsenheimer, Birgit (2009): Brünner Hefte zu Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Jahrgang 2, Nummer 1. 41-53. -Krammer, Lisa (2022): Formen, Verwendungen und Funktionen von Sprachvariation. Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik. De Gruyter. Hrsg: Jan Gerwinski, Stefan Hauser, Vivien Heller, Saskia Kersten, Katharina KönigS.30-63. Band 2022 Heft 76. -Neeb, Yvonne; Isberner Maj-Britt; Knoepke Julia; Naumann, Johannes; ; Richter, Tobias (2015): Phonologische Verarbeitung von gesprochener und geschriebener Sprache. Waxmann Verlag -Solmecke, Gert (2010): Vermittlung der Hörfertigkeit. In: Krumm, Hans-Jürgen/Fandrych, Christian/Hufeisen, Britta Riemer, Claudia (Hg.): Deutsch als Fremd- und Zweitsprache. Ein internationales Handbuch. 1. Halbband. Berlin/New York, 969-975. Spiegel, Carmen (2009): Zuhören im Gespräch, in: dies. /Michael Krelle (Hg.), Sprechen und Kommunizieren. Entwicklungsperspektiven, Diagnosemöglichkeiten und Lernszenarien in Deutschunterricht und Deutschdidaktik, Baltmnnsweiler 2009, S. 189– 203. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Teaching in Transit: Discursive Practices in Language Education Programmes on the Periphery of Europe and their Implications for Adult Education Universität Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:People on the move frequently spend months or even years in the condition of “waiting” (Conlon 2011) in so-called “transit countries” on the periphery of Europe, such as Serbia and Bulgaria (Panayotova & Petrova 2020; Galijas 2019; Lukic 2016; Kogovsek Salamon 2016). This happens mostly due to political aspirations to limit immigration from Africa and the Middle East, the totality of which can be conceptualised as „geopolitical whiteness“ (Rexhepi 2023).The Balkans, which have historically been crucial to European bordering processes along ethnic and religious lines, are still an important site for border-making and identity-construction in the present day (ibid.: 7). These processes have sharpened following the most recent forced migration movement from Ukraine (Açit 2022). Arguably, one of the most fortified borders runs right through the heart of the Balkan peninsula, demarcating the inside and the outside of the European Union. This reality results in highly different legal frameworks regarding migration. Regulations such as the Dublin Regulation[1], which apply in Bulgaria but not in Serbia, lead to different reception conditions and different strategies employed by forced migrants. These in turn impact aims, requirements and provisions regarding language education programmes. It has been established that civil society actors are crucial for adaptation processes of forced migrants (Galera et al. 2018; Spencer & Delvino 2018; Stock 2017; Van Dyk, Dauling & Haubner 2015), and states rely on civil society to provide necessary services (Tietje et al. 2021; Lorey 2012). This is even more pronounced in transit countries (Norman 2019: 43). In Serbia and Bulgaria there are currently no public programmes for language education as part of public migration policy, as opposed to most EU states at the core of Europe (Simpson & Whiteside 2015). Instead, adult education programmes are facultative and offered exclusively by civil society organisations. Due to historical developments and the aforementioned geopolitical positions the civil society organisations working in the field of forced migration vary widely between Serbia and Bulgaria. In Serbia the landscape is comprised mostly by local NGOs, many of which are rooted in the humanitarian crisis following the Yugoslav wars in the 90s, while in Bulgaria global NGOs such as Caritas or the Red Cross are most relevant. This project explores how ideologies about language(s) are governing discursive practices in spaces of civil society organised adult language education courses and how they can affect participants’. Specifically, the project combines a micro-analysis of communicative practices in different language classrooms (see: Heller 2015; Kern et al. 2015) with extensive analysis of interview data generated in conversation with teachers, learners and programme managers. In accordance with the principles of critical ethnography (Madison 2005), the aim is to map the language related rules and norms in the classroom, as well as the (self-)positioning of participants within the community of practice. Exploring Bourdieu’s sociolinguistic concepts of (il-)legitimate speech (see e.g.: Bourdieu 2017) and more recent perspectives on “raciolinguistic ideology” (like Rosa & Flores 2015) and “linguicism” (Dirim 2010), the project aspires to show discursive practices reinforcing and/or contesting linguistic stigmatization and racialised perceptions of the self and others. [1] Council Regulation (EU) No 604/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013, Official Journal of the European Union L180/31 Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following data collection methods are used: classroom observation and qualitative semi-guided interviews. More specifically, the following data are analysed: 1 Observation protocols and sheets focusing on the interaction structure and language related discursive practices in four different civil society organisations. 2 Interviews with language class participants learners, focusing on individual linguistic repertoires, language learning experiences, strategies and attitudes towards language learning. 3 Interviews with language teachers, focusing their use of students’ linguistic repertoires, experiences in teaching heterogenous groups and dealing with multilingual classrooms as well as their reflection on the teacher’s role in the learning environment. 4 Interviews with the programme managers of each organisation, focusing on the aims and conditions of the language education programme, the curriculum, eligibility and choice of participants as well as major obstacles in providing civil society organised adult education. Nexus analysis (Norris & Jones 2005; Jocuns 2018), also known as mediated discourse analysis (Scollon 1998; Scollon & Wong 2013) is used as (meta-)methodology (Hult 2017). Discourse is hereby understood as recurrent and systematic ways of interacting and performing social identities (see: Norris & Jones 2005: 10). Like critical discourse analysis, nexus analysis uses discourse as a window through which social problems can become visible (ibid.: 9). However, contrary to critical discourse analysis, the research subject of mediated discourse analysis is not discourse itself, but its role in concrete social interactions (ibid.:10). The project described here aims to show which language related discourse(s) are influential on different levels of classroom interaction. Such a combination of methods is considered particularly well-suited for analysing ethnographic data in the area of language policy (Wodak & Savski 2018), and has been applied effectively for the analysis of classroom interaction in recent years (Hoch 2019). While nexus analysis is used as methodology, framing both research design and process, for the micro-analysis of interview data the project will use mapping methods informed by situation analysis (Clarke et al. 2022; Wolf & Wegmann 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While the theoretical body on linguicism and raciolinguistic ideologies is growing, few of the reviewed contributions has yet sought to link this new body of research to Bourdieu’s theory of habitus. Combining these theoretical approaches might contribute towards a better understanding of the embodiment of habitus and its social construction in the context of race. Hence, the study could potentially contribute towards filling a theoretical gap, which is necessary for understanding raciolinguist practices and combatting racism in and beyond education. Additionally, exploring this interrelation in the understudied context of transit countries potentially poses a highly relevant contribution to critical postcolonial scholarship because the Balkans have been historically, and are still, a region where bordering processes between Europe and “the rest” are taking place. This prospect becomes ever more relevant as diversity within populations and the forced migrant population itself is growing. Further, the findings are expected to show considerable differences to discursive practices in countries such as Austria or Germany, with compulsory public language education programmes (see: Integrationsvereinbarung 2017; Zuwanderungsgesetz 2004). Such policies and corresponding programmes in Austria and Germany have received manifold criticisms (Plutzar 2010; Dorostar 2013; Heinemann 2017; Rosenberger & Gruber 2020). One important aspect refers to the curricula for language and cultural learning, which tend to omit not only the realities of protracted migration processes and multiple displacements (including multiple stopovers in transit zones), but also reproduce colonial images of the “migrant other” (Muftee 2015; Kittl 2020) and mostly fail to make use of existing language competences and language repertoires (Busch 2017). The results of this project will contribute to address some of the important criticisms that integration policies and language programmes have received in Austria and Germany by researching language education programmes in transit countries and their potential for enhancement of participants’ agency. References Apostolova, R. (2016), The Real Appearance of the Economic/Political Binary: Claiming Asylum in Bulgaria. Intersections. East European Journal of Society and Politics, 2(4): p. 33-50. Bourdieu, P. (2017): Sprache. Berlin [Suhrkamp]. Busch, B. (2017): Mehrsprachigkeit. Wien [facultas]. Clarke, Adele, Washburn, Rachel & Friese, Carrie (2022)2: Situational Analysis in Practice. Mapping Relationalities Across Disciplines. Routledge/New York & London. Conlon, D. (2011), Waiting: Feminist perspectives on the spacings/timings of migrant (im)mobility, Gender, Place & Culture, 18, pp. 353–360. Dirim, I. (2010): „Wenn man mit Akzent spricht, denken die Leute, dass man auch mit Akzent denkt oder so.“ Zur Frage des (Neo-)Linguizismus in den Diskursen über die Sprache(n) der Migrationsgesellschaft. In: Mecheril, Paul/Dirim, Inci/Gomolla, Mechtild/Hornberg, Sabine/Stojanov, Krassimir (Eds.): Spannungsverhältnisse. Assimilationsdiskurse und interkulturell-pädagogische Forschung. Münster [et al.]: Waxmann, S.91-113. Flores, N. & Rosa, J. (2015): Undoing Appropriateness: Raciolinguisitc Ideologies and Language Diversity in Education. In: Harvard Educational Review (85/2). Galera, G./ Giannetto, L & and Noya, A. (2018), The Role of Non-state Actors in the Integration of Refugees and Asylum Seekers, OECD Local Economic and Employment Development (LEED)Working Papers 2018/02. Galijas, A. (2019): Permanently in Transit. Middle Eastern Migrants and Refugees in Serbia.In: Südosteuropa 67(1), S. 75-109 Kern, F./Lingnau, B. & Ingwer, P. (2015): The construction of ‘academic language’ in German classrooms: Communicative practices and linguistic norms in ‘morning circles‘. In: Linguistics and Education 31(2015), S.207-220.. Kogovsek Salamon, N. (2016): Asylum Systems in the Western Balkan Countries: Current Issues. In: International Migration 54 (6), S. 151-163. Lukic, V. (2016): Understanding Transit Asylum Migration: Evidence from Serbia, International Migration 54 (4), S. 31-43. Madison, D.S. (2005): Critical Ethnography: Methods, Ethics and Performance. Thousand Oaks CA: Sage. Norman, K. (2019): Inclusion, exclusion or indifference? Redefining migrant and refugee host state engagement options in Mediterranean ‘transit’ countries. In: Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 45(1), p. 42-60, DOI: 10.1080/1369183X.2018.148220 Panayotova, S. & Petrova, D. (2020): Republic of Bulgaria – Transit Country for Refugees. In: Trakia Journal of Sciences 18, S. 460 – 466. Rexhepi, P. (2023): White Enclosures. Racial Capitalism & Coloniality along the Balkan Route. Durham / London: Duke University Press. Simpson, J. & Whiteside, A. (2015, Eds.): Adult Language Education and Migration: Challenging Agendas in Policy and Practice. London & New York / Routledge. Spencer, S. & Delvino, N. (2018): Cooperation between government and civil society in the management of migration: Trends, opportunities and challenges in Europe and North America, COMPAS. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster The Effectiveness of Marzano's Instructional Strategies in Teaching Argumentative Essays Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Argumentative writing is a critical genre that involves justifying and supporting a position on an issue or topic with reliable evidence. They aim to persuade the audience by providing logical reasons for a belief or idea. Studies have shown that students often struggle to write rebuttal paragraphs and maintain an academic tone while developing their argumentative essays (Ozfidan& Mitchell, 2020). Marzano's teaching strategies are known to have a significant impact on student learning, especially when they are well organised, systematically applied and properly assessed in class (Akdeniz, 2016; Marzano, 2003). Marzano's nine strategies include setting goals and providing feedback, reinforcing effort and providing recognition, cooperative learning, homework and exercises, questions, hints and advance organisers, summaries and notes, recognising similarities and differences, creating and testing hypotheses, and using non-linguistic representations (Marzano et al., 2007). These strategies, based on research on effective teaching, have been widely studied in the United States, but not in the Kazakh context, particularly in the area of teaching argumentative writing. This study aims to fill this gap and potentially extend the application of Marzano’s strategies to other educational contexts. This study aims to assess the effectiveness of Marzano's instructional strategies in enhancing the writing skills of students in 11th grade English and 8th grade Kazakh language courses. By focusing on argumentative essay writing, the research seeks to understand how these strategies can improve students' writing abilities in different language contexts. Objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposed study will adopt a single-group intervention methodology, focusing on 11th grade students enrolled in an English course and 8th grade students in a Kazakh language course. This approach is designed to assess the effectiveness of Marzano's instructional strategies in enhancing argumentative essay writing skills. The intervention, spanning a period of four weeks, will involve a detailed module on argumentative essay writing, underpinned by Marzano's instructional methodologies. Key to the study's methodology is the collection of both quantitative and qualitative data. Quantitative data will be gathered through pre-test and post-test assessments. These tests are designed to objectively measure the writing skills of the students before and after the implementation of Marzano's strategies, allowing for a direct comparison of their effectiveness. In addition to these tests, qualitative data will be obtained through a series of structured interviews and surveys. These will be conducted with students across different proficiency levels - categorized as A, B, and C - both prior to and following the intervention. The interviews aim to delve deeper into the students' personal experiences, challenges, and perceptions regarding argumentative essay writing in their respective language courses. Surveys will further supplement this by providing broader insights into the common difficulties faced by students in learning and improving their writing skills in English and Kazakh. The analysis of this data will be twofold. For the quantitative aspect, a comparative analysis of the pre-test and post-test results will be conducted. This will provide a clear picture of the improvements or changes in the students' argumentative essay writing skills, attributable to the instructional strategies employed. The qualitative data from interviews and surveys will undergo thematic analysis. This approach will help in identifying recurring themes, patterns, and insights regarding the students' experiences and the impact of the instructional strategies on their learning process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate the effectiveness of Marzano's instructional strategies in improving argumentative essay writing skills across different languages. It will also provide insights into the specific challenges faced by students in writing argumentative essays and how these can be addressed through targeted instructional methods. References Akdeniz, C. (Ed.). (2016.) Instructional process and concepts in theory and practice: Improving the teaching process. Singapore: Springer. Ozfidan, B., & Mitchell, C. (2020). Detected Difficulties in Argumentative Writing: The Case of Culturally and Linguistically Saudi Backgrounded Students. Journal of Ethnic and Cultural Studies, 7(2), 15–29. https://www.jstor.org/stable/48710081 Marzano, R. J., Marzano, J. S., & Pickering, D. (2003). classroom management that works: Research-based strategies for every teacher. ASCD. Marzano, R. J. (2007). The art and science of teaching: A comprehensive framework for effective instruction. Alexandria, VA: The Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster An Exploration of Meaning-making around Belonging and Transforming at University amongst Black, Asian and minority ethnic undergraduate Business School students University of Hertfordshire, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Within higher education, it is acknowledged that a sense of belonging is paramount to student engagement which ultimately impacts student success (Thomas, 2012; Kahu et. al. 2022). More recently, the concept of ‘mattering’ (Flett, 2018; Gravett, 2021) as an aspect of belonging has come to the fore, focusing on students’ sense of personal value to staff and peers rather than simply a sense of fitting in with a group. Diminished sense of ‘belonging’ has been linked to poorer academic outcomes for racially minoritized students than for white students in the UK (HEFCE, 2015; Millward, 2021). In addition, post-92 universities seek to provide a transformational learning experience to enable social mobility and increase access, participation and success amongst minoritized, marginalised and non-traditional students, but what exactly does it mean to belong and transform, and how do racially minoritized students make-meaning of these concepts in their learning context? This study focuses on the lived experiences of racially minoritized undergraduate students within a post-92 Business School in the south-east of England. Exploring the immediate and extended environment of students’ lived experiences through their own photographs and metaphorical interpretations of these, factors which hinder or enable a sense of belonging and/ or transforming are examined and discussed. Employing an arts-based methodology with reference to decolonising methodologies (Tuhiwai Smith, 2012) and Critical Race Theory, the study uses photo-elicitation and collage as methods to access deeper reflections on experience and situations which may go unnoticed or be dismissed (Hughes & Giles, 2010), thereby ‘making the invisible visible’ (Samatar et. al., 2021 p4). Through the creation of metaphors, and participants’ own interpretations of these, whiteness and patterns of oppression and resistance are identified using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun and Clark, 2006 & 2022; Terry and Hayfield, 2020). Whilst the research is contextually situated and conducted in the year post-Covid, the findings will have relevance to all universities looking beyond the headline statistics on ethnicity degree awarding gaps and drop-out rates to understand the lived experiences of students othered as ‘non-white’ in European higher education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Eleven undergraduate Business School students were recruited to participate in the study, following several promotions of the project during the Semester A induction period in 2022, and several personal student referrals from tutors. The participants all identified as either Black, Asian or from a minority ethnic background. Five participants identified as male and six as female. All were in either the second or final year of their bachelor’s degree in the same Business School. Photo-voice methods were selected to give agency to participants in determining which aspects of their subjective world to represent and how (Mannay, 2016), to capture atmospheres and feelings (Allen, 2020) and make it easier to discuss sensitive issues (Kara, 2015). The eleven undergraduates spent a week taking photos of anything in their student life which resonated with ‘belonging’ or ‘not belonging’ at the university, or with ‘transforming’ or ‘not transforming’ at the university. Following this, each attended an audio-recorded discussion of their photos with the researcher. The second stage of data gathering involved the use of non-stick collage as a vehicle for accessing deeper reflections on experience. A few months after the individual interviews had concluded, all eleven participants were invited to a group session (either an online session using Canva software for digital collaging, or an in-person session in a university art room using non-stick resources). Ten of the eleven participants attended the group sessions which were audio-recorded. These group sessions served to gather further reflections on experiences discussed in the individual interviews, allow participants to cross validate shared experiences and emotions (Blaisdell, Santos Dietz & Howard, 2022) and to ask each other questions about their experiences. All recordings of the interviews and the group collaging activities were then transcribed and analysed using NVivo software following the Reflexive Thematic Analysis framework (Braun and Clarke, 2006;2022). Data familiarisation and coding has been completed and theme generation will be ongoing throughout Spring 2024, with discussion of findings (conclusions) anticipated in April/ May 2024. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings following data familiarisation and initial coding demonstrate a picture of individual endeavour, punctuated by isolation and loneliness, and insecure friendships at university. Large parts of the dataset relate to issues of struggling alone, feeling excited and proud to come to university but the reality of student life being more one of exclusion than inclusion. Mitigating factors which increased belonging included positive relationships with staff, lasting peer friendships and a sense of student community. Whilst the usual ups and downs of student life are expected for all undergraduates, for racially minoritized students entering the UK higher education system, issues of social safety, representation, fairness, trust and feeling valued impact their sense of belonging, regardless of whether they join from overseas or from UK communities. The findings thus far point towards a linear relationship between belonging and transforming, which is impacted by race. All participants identified how they had transformed as a result of coming to university, and some of that transformation had been achieved by persevering through the harder times, the social exclusion and the struggles with peers, to go on and achieve a future they feel proud of. Pride in the academic endeavour and the fulfilment of potential came through in the data, as well as pride in the institution. Feelings of being their authentic self, becoming viable professionals in the world of business and pushing themselves out of their own comfort zone were all given as examples of having transformed. The positive support of staff in keeping students on track, helping with wellbeing and academic support, and believing in their abilities were received as signs that the university ‘cares’ and this was seen to be important in feeling a sense of belonging and achieving transformation. References Allen, L (2020) Schools in Focus: photo methods in educational research. In Ward, M.R.M. and Delamont, S. (2020) Handbook of Qualitative Research in Education. 2nd edn. Cheltenham, Gloucestershire: Edward Elgar Publishing Limited. Blaisdell, B, Santos Dietz, S. and Howard, C. (2022) The Secret Hurt: Exposing the Visceral Nature of Whiteness in the Academy, Educational Studies, 58:4, 474-494, DOI: 10.1080/00131946.2022.2087656 Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), pp.77-101. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic analysis: a practical guide. Los Angeles: SAGE. Flett, G (2018) The Psychology of Mattering: Understanding the Human Need to Be Significant, Elsevier Science & Technology, San Diego. Gravett, K., Taylor C. A. and Fairchild, N. (2021) Pedagogies of mattering: re-conceptualising relational pedagogies in higher education, Teaching in Higher Education, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2021.1989580 Hughes, Robin, and Giles, M. (2010) CRiT Walking in Higher Education: Activating Critical Race Theory in the Academy. Race Ethnicity and Education 13 (1): 41–57. doi:10.1080/13613320903549685 Kahu, E. R., Ashley, N., and Picton, C. (2022) Exploring the Complexity of First-Year Student Belonging in Higher Education: Familiarity, Interpersonal, and Academic Belonging. Student Success, Vol 13(2) https://doi.org/10.5204/ssj.2264 Kara, H. (2015) Creative Research Methods in the Social Sciences: A Practical Guide, 1st edn, Policy Press, Bristol. Mannay, D. (2016) Visual, narrative and creative research methods. London: Routledge. Millward, C. (2021) Race and ethnic disparities in higher education – diagnosis demands prescription of a cure. Office for Students, 29 Nov 2021. Available at:https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/news-blog-and-events/blog/race-and-ethnic-disparities-in-higher-education-diagnosis-demands-prescription-of-a-cure/ [Accessed: 31 Jan 2023] Terry, G. And Hayfield, N. (2020). In:Handbook of Qualitative Research in Education, edited by Michael R. M. Ward, and Sara Delamont, Edward Elgar Publishing Limited, 2020. ProQuest Ebook Central, https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/herts/detail.action?docID=6317815. Pp430-441 Thomas, L (2012). Building student engagement and belonging in Higher Education at a time of change: final report from the What Works? Student Retention & Success programme. Higher Education Academy. Available at: https://s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/assets.creode.advancehe-document-manager/documents/hea/private/what_works_final_report_1568036657.pdf [Accessed 23 Jan 2023] Tuhiwai Smith, P.L. (2012) Decolonizing Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples. 2nd edn. London: Zed Books. Samatar, A., Madriaga, M. and McGrath, L. (2021) No love found: how female students of colour negotiate and repurpose university spaces, British Journal of Sociology of Education, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2021.1914548 |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 D: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Poster Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Gypsy, Roma and Traveller Engagement in Early Childhood Education and Care: A European Systematic Review University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:European policy has made efforts to extend education and care resources and accessibility to Gypsies, Roma and Travellers. However, there is still seemingly low engagement with education and care services from the GRT population, this may be due to fundamental underlying problems that need systematic research to identify. Despite attempts by European policy to solve the lack of educational engagement and poor educational trajectories, 50% of GRT children in Europe do not complete primary education, and 25% complete secondary education (Council of Europe, 2020). The GRT population make up the most predominant ethnic minority group in Europe. There is a lack of conciseness to census data on Gypsy, Roma and Traveller population figures possibly due to their nomadic lifestyle, a non-representational choice of ethnicity to choose from, or distrust in reporting ethnicity at all in fear of discrimination (Rutigliano, 2020). Despite difficulties in census attainment across Europe, it is estimated more than 10-12 million individuals identify with being a part of the Gypsy, Roma, Traveller population (European Commission, 2020). This community has endured undeniable intergenerational trauma in the form of discrimination, racism, exclusion and unequal access to educational and care resources. Travellers and Roma people across Europe have historically been reported to have lower levels of attainment with higher levels of school absenteeism and school withdrawal. The European Union Agency of Fundamental Rights reports 36 % of GRT individuals have difficulty reading the national language of their country while nearly half (43 %) have difficulty writing it. Barriers that oppress and discourage GRT from engaging within education in the first place, such as lack of representation and bullying due to cultural differences must be addressed in order to understand how policy can be informed more accurately to improve uptake of education and care resources. An important dimension of this systematic review is the emphasis on early childhood education and care engagement and uptake within the Gypsy, Roma and Traveller population. A family and child's early experience or past experience within an education system can set the tone on how willing the family is to engage with resources and opportunities presented. This systematic review will focus specifically on early childhood engagement within the Gypsy, Roma and Traveller community across Europe. The first 3 years of life are an especially sensitive period of time for brain development. After birth a young child's brain rapidly produces synaptic connections based experiences of their external environment. A young child's brain reaches approximately 1,000 trillian synaptic connections by about age 3 which is double of what is present in an adult's brain (Halfon et al., 2001). This stage of early development presents a window of opportunity for expansive brain growth and lifelong foundational development. Care settings such as preschool and community settings along with family home life all possess points of interaction for the child's brain structure to produce and build skills in cognitive, social, attention and self regulation (Yoshikawa et al., 2013). Evidence points to a positive impact in young children, especially minorities, in engaging with quality early childcare services. Early childhood education can increase lifelong educational success rates along with narrowing poverty and equity gaps (Wilder et al., 2008). Yet the GRT participation rate in early childhood education is nearly half that of the majority mainstream population (European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights, 2016). Analyses conducted in this review will potentially be able to pinpoint recurring themes across GRT accounts that may be responsible for facilitators or barriers of engagement that can in turn inform policy and practice at the European level within early childhood education and care. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For a well grounded analysis, this systematic review will be informed by the PRISMA statement and guidelines (Moher et al., 2009) along with reliable quality assessment tools. Selection Criteria: Inclusion criteria included: -Early Childhood Education and Care Refers to any regulated arrangement that provides education and care for children from birth to compulsory primary school age, which may vary across the EU (European Commission) -Roma, Gypsy Traveller Roma, Gypsies and Travellers (GRT) have been used to describe a range of ethnic groups or people with nomadic ways of life who are not from a specific ethnicity (government UK) -Continent of Europe Continent of Europe and surrounding islands -Peer Reviewed -Published in English Exclusion Criteria: -Occupational Travellers -Travellers who do not identify with the ethnicity or cultural component of a migrant community -Parental home school The parent may not be the sole provider of early childhood education and care -Compulsory school Any literature pertaining to children in formal schooling including primary, secondary and higher education The following platforms were used to conduct the initial search using the search strings below. Ebsco, Proquest, and Wiley. Additionally, appropriate government and organisational websites were searched for grey literature. Search Strings “early childhood education” OR “early childhood education and care” OR “early child-care” OR “early education” OR “early-education” OR “pre-primary education” OR “pre-primary school” OR “pre-primary education”OR “childcare” OR “early childcare” OR “creche” OR “preschool*” OR “pre-school*” OR “pre school*” OR “child development* centre*” OR “nursery school*” OR “nursery education” OR “day nursery” OR “early child-care” OR “early childcare” OR “day care” OR “day-care” OR “day care centre*” OR “day-care centre*” OR “playgroup*” OR “playschool*” OR “pre-kindergarten” OR “pre-k” OR “prekindergarten*” OR “infant* school*” OR “early childcare* centre*” OR “early childcare setting*” OR “early child-care centre*” OR “early child-care setting*” OR “early childcare service*” OR “early child-care service*” OR “early education service*” OR “early year* education” OR “early-year* education” And “traveller*” OR “european gypsy” OR “gypsy” OR “irish traveller” OR “pavee” OR “english gypsy” OR “scottish gypsy” OR “welsh gypsy” OR “roma* gypsy” OR “hungarian gypsy” OR “vlach rom” OR “kalderash” OR “manouche” OR “sinti” OR “tattare” OR “kale” OR “kaale” OR “cale” OR “lavari” OR “ursari” OR “boyhas” OR “nachins” OR “luri” OR “abdal” Or “romanichel” OR ashkali OR “camminanti” OR “gitano” OR “roma-sinti” OR “yenish” OR “gurbeti” OR “churari” OR “ursari” Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The search resulted in 173 records identified for initial review after the removal of duplicates. Two authors (SP/RG) screened titles and abstracts of records independently based on the inclusion/exclusion criteria. Each source received a Yes/No/Maybe to determine eligibility (van Tulder et al., 2003). This left 58 records that were then screened at the full text level. Two authors (SP/SS) screened full texts which left 36 sources of data eligible to be included. Data extraction and preparation for synthesis is currently underway. Due to the high volume of qualitative data identifying through data extraction, I will be conducting a thematic synthesis of data (Thomas & Harden, 2008). Through NVivo I will be able to identify descriptive and analytical themes from the data that will emphasise the lived experiences of Gypsy, Roma and Travellers in Europe and the barriers and facilitators they face within early childhood education and care. References Council of Europe. (2020). Strategic Action Plan for Roma and Traveller Inclusion (2020–2025). European Commission. (2020). EU Roma Strategic Framework for Equality, Inclusion and Participation for 2020–2030. European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights. (n.d.). (rep.). Roma and Travellers in six countries - Technical report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Halfon, N., Shulman, E., & Hochstein, M. (2001). Brain Development in Early Childhood. Building Community Systems for Young Children. Page, M. J., Moher, D., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & McKenzie, J. E. (2021). PRISMA 2020 explanation and elaboration: updated guidance and exemplars for reporting systematic reviews. bmj, 372. Rutigliano, A. (2020). Inclusion of Roma students in Europe: A literature review and examples of policy initiatives. Thomas, J., & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews. BMC medical research methodology, 8(1), 1-10. Women and Equalities Committee. (2019). Tackling the Inequalities Faced by Gypsy, Roma and Traveller Communities. London: UK Parliament Women and Equalities Committee.. Yoshikawa, H., Weiland, C., Brooks-Gunn, J., Burchinal, M. R., Espinosa, L. M., Gormley, W. T., ... & Zaslow, M. J. (2013). Investing in our future: The evidence baseon preschool education. Society for Research in Child Development. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Immigrant Youth’s Educational Pathways into and through Upper Secondary Education in Austria. A Longitudinal Perspective on Individual and Contextual Factors 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2Institute for Advanced Studies, Vienna Presenting Author:This paper presents empirical insights into the mechanisms that drive inequalities in young people’s educational trajectories in Austria. My research interest focuses on the transition patterns of immigrant youth (first and second generation) into and through upper secondary education. The empirical analysis is based on longitudinal register data covering a full cohort of students in the Austrian education system. These data allow for a fine-grained analysis of differences within the heterogeneous group of immigrant youth while paying attention to the context in which educational transitions are made. The following research questions are addressed: First, I explore how immigrant youth’s pathways into and through upper secondary educational tracks differ from those of their native peers, between girls and boys, and by country of origin. Second, I investigate the extent to which individual, school-level, and regional context variables can explain these differences in transition patterns. Austria is an example of a highly stratified education system where students are tracked into different educational pathways at a young age. Adolescents who reach the end of lower secondary education (typically at the age of fourteen) may either pursue general education or enter upper secondary vocational education and training (VET). Moreover, the VET sector comprises different options of fully school-based versus dual (apprenticeship) options leading to different levels of qualifications. In this context, moving from lower into upper secondary education marks a decisive transition for young people’s educational outcomes and future employment prospects. The high level of differentiation as well as the important role of VET make the Austrian education system a particularly interesting case for analysis. Conceptually, I rely on sociological theories of inequality in education and (immigrant) youth’s educational choices. Building on Boudon’s (1974) well-established distinction between primary and secondary effects of social origin, immigrant youth are assumed to attain lower average educational achievements than their native peers due to a lower socioeconomic status (SES) and additional barriers such as language skills (Diehl et al. 2016). At the same time, an immigrant background has been consistently associated with comparatively high educational aspirations (Kao & Tienda 1995; Rudolphi & Salikutluk 2021) manifested in ambitious educational choices (Dollmann 2021). Beyond the individual level, contextual factors such as school composition (Perry 2012) and regional opportunity structures (Becker et al. 2020) are also considered important determinants of young people’s educational opportunities and attainments. Based on a full cohort of students and the comprehensive information provided through administrative data, my analyses contribute to the existing literature in several ways. For the transition into upper secondary education, previous studies consistently show that young immigrants are overall more likely to enter academic tracks and less likely to enter VET than their native peers, once prior achievements are accounted for (Glauser & Becker 2023; Jonsson & Rudolphi 2011; Tjaden & Hunkler 2017). However, the extent to which so-called ‘ethnic choice effects’ differ along dimensions such as gender, country of origin, or SES has not been conclusively explored. Furthermore, there is a gap in understanding how and why immigrant youth’s transition patterns vary depending on the context in which decisions to pursue different educational options are made. Finally, recent evidence suggests that immigrant youth’s ambitious choices do not necessarily translate into favourable outcomes, but are also accompanied by higher dropout rates at the upper secondary level (Birkelund 2020; Dollmann et al. 2023; Ferrara 2023). Covering a period of seven years, the analytical strategy applied in this paper gathers new empirical evidence on how immigrant youth’s educational pathways develop beyond the point of entry into upper secondary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical basis for analysis is a longitudinal dataset that integrates information from various administrative registers. These data cover the educational and labour market trajectories of a full cohort of students in the Austrian education system for a period of 13 years. I study the cohort of young people who were 13 years old (typically in the final year of their lower secondary education) at the beginning of the school year 2013/14. This includes a total of 88.000 students, of which more than 20.000 have an immigrant background (9% first-generation and 13,7% second-generation immigrants). The dataset is ideal for the purpose of this study due to its large number of cases as well as the extensive and reliable information provided on young people’s backgrounds and trajectories. Sequence analysis and subsequent multilevel regression analyses are applied to answer the previously outlined research questions. In a first step, pathways into and through upper secondary education are mapped using sequence analysis (SA) (Raab & Struffolino 2023). This analysis is conducted for the full cohort based on annual information on individual educational status (i.e., the type of school attended) or labour market status (i.e., leaving the school system into the labour market, or dropout). The SA covers a period of seven years, starting with students’ final year of lower secondary education (typically the eighth school year, concluded at age 14). An optimal matching method (Biemann 2011) is employed to cluster educational pathways according to their similarity. The result of the SA is a typology of pathways. Corresponding to the first research question (RQ), the frequency of occurrence of these pathways is compared across different groups, defined by their gender (boys/girls), immigrant status (immigrant/native), and country of origin. Addressing the second RQ, the resulting clusters are used as categorical input for multinomial logistic regression analysis. I use a multilevel regression model to test the effects of and interactions between factors at three different levels, namely the individual, the school, and students’ home district. The variables of interest include students’ gender, immigrant status, migrant generation, country of origin, and family background (SES) at the individual level, and the aggregated composition according to students’ SES and immigrant background at school level. Regional opportunity structures in students’ home districts are operationalised based on various factors such as the degree of urbanisation, labour market conditions, and school infrastructure. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results of the sequence analysis indicate that what constitutes a typical pathway into and through upper secondary education varies not only between young people with and without an immigrant background, but also within the heterogeneous group of immigrant youth. This supports the assumption that the mechanisms postulated to explain immigrant youth’s comparatively high educational aspirations – including a so-called ‘immigrant optimism’, information deficits and an anticipation of future discrimination on the labour market – do not apply equally for all minority groups. Instead, transition patterns – e.g., the likelihood of pursuing vocational or general education, the stability or instability of educational pathways, and risks of dropout – vary along dimensions such as immigrants’ families’ countries of origin, migrant generation, and gender. By revealing how young people’s educational trajectories develop beyond the point of entry into upper secondary education, the SA yields new empirical insights concerning the implications that immigrant youth’s comparatively ambitious choices may have for their future educational outcomes. The complex interplay of individual, school, and regional level variables underlying differences in (immigrant) youth’s transition patterns is investigated in detail in the multilevel regression analysis. I expect school composition variables such as the share of students with an immigrant background or low SES to show significant effects in the regression analysis. Furthermore, I expect that measures of regional opportunity structures (e.g., labour market conditions and school infrastructure) constitute significant factors to explain group-specific differences in educational pathways. Ultimately, the results of this analysis will contribute to a better understanding of the mechanisms that drive inequalities in education. By shifting the focus from individual characteristics to structural factors at school and regional (district) level, these findings are also relevant to policy making targeted at promoting equal opportunities in education. References Becker R, Glauser D, Möser S. 2020. Determinants of Educational Choice and Vocational Training Opportunities in Switzerland. Empirical Analyses with Longitudinal Data from the DAB Panel Study. In Against the Odds - (In)Equity in Education and Educational Systems, eds. N McElvany, HG Holtappels, F Lauermann, A Edele, A Ohle-Peters, pp. 125–43 Biemann T. 2011. A Transition-Oriented Approach to Optimal Matching. Sociological Methodology. 41:195–221 Birkelund JF. 2020. Aiming High and Missing the Mark? Educational Choice, Dropout Risk, and Achievement in Upper Secondary Education among Children of Immigrants in Denmark. European Sociological Review. 36(3):395–412 Boudon R. 1974. Education, Opportunity, and Social Inequality: Changing Prospects in Western Society. New York: Wiley Diehl C, Hunkler C, Kristen C. 2016. Ethnische Ungleichheiten im Bildungsverlauf. Eine Einführung. In Ethnische Ungleichheiten Im Bildungsverlauf: Mechanismen, Befunde, Debatten, eds. C Diehl, C Hunkler, C Kristen, pp. 3–31. Wiesbaden: Springer VS Dollmann J. 2021. Ethnic inequality in choice‐ and performance‐driven education systems: A longitudinal study of educational choices in England, Germany, the Netherlands, and Sweden. The British Journal of Sociology. 72(4):974–91 Dollmann J, Jonsson JO, Mood C, Rudolphi F. 2023. Is ‘immigrant optimism’ in educational choice a problem? Ethnic gaps in Swedish upper secondary school completion. European Sociological Review. 39(3):384–99 Ferrara A. 2023. Aiming too high or scoring too low? Heterogeneous immigrant–native gaps in upper secondary enrolment and outcomes beyond the transition in France. European Sociological Review. 39(3):366–83 Glauser D, Becker R. 2023. Gendered ethnic choice effects at the transition to upper secondary education in Switzerland. Frontiers in Sociology. 8:1–12 Jonsson JO, Rudolphi F. 2011. Weak Performance--Strong Determination: School Achievement and Educational Choice among Children of Immigrants in Sweden. European Sociological Review. 27(4):487–508 Kao G, Tienda M. 1995. Optimism and Achievement: The Educational Performance of Immigrant Youth. Social Science Quarterly. 76(1):1–19 Perry LB. 2012. Causes and Effects of School Socio-Economic Composition? A Review of the Literature. Education and Society. 30(1):19–35 Raab M, Struffolino E. 2023. Sequence Analysis. Los Angeles: SAGE Rudolphi F, Salikutluk Z. 2021. Aiming High, No Matter What? Educational Aspirations of Ethnic Minority and Ethnic Majority Youth in England, Germany, the Netherlands and Sweden. Comparative Sociology. 20(1):70–100 Tjaden JD, Hunkler C. 2017. The optimism trap: Migrants’ educational choices in stratified education systems. Social Science Research. 67:213–28 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster To What Extent Do Parental Expectations Affect the Academic Performance of Students. 1Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in Astana, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Karaganda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The positive effects of parental involvement on students’ academic results are widely accepted by researchers worldwide. Over the last fifty years, psychologists and sociologists have paid close attention to the role of parents’ expectations in influencing children’s scholastic achievement. They have generally been determined to be crucial for children’s academic progress; however, due to the lack of comprehensive information on the vitality of expectations, academic performance tends to decline (Wilder, 2014). Various research suggests that students with high expectations from their parents tend to fare better academically and perform higher on standardized tests than students with relatively modest prospects from their parents. It has previously been observed by Wilder (2014) that parental expectations, among other influences, had the greatest effect on children's scholastic achievement. A Korean study revealed that, inversely, when opposed to parental participation, expectations had a relatively minor influence on a student’s self-efficacy (You et al., 2015). In addition, Gordon and Cui (2012) indicate that academic success in young adulthood was substantially correlated with adolescent gender, age, parental education, and family structure. These covariates are not accounted for in most studies, which limits their applicability. According to Yamamoto and Holloway (2010), despite the vast research work that has been done on parental expectations, the majority has concentrated on European American, middle-class families, and the studies have typically neglected to account for the role of race or ethnicity in shaping the variables. This study also revealed that different ethnic groups do not have parental expectations as their predictor of a student’s grades, contrasting with other research. As such, it is indicated that not enough research has been done on various racial groups, with none of the research being conducted in a Kazakhstani context. This research is being conducted to determine the difference in the GPA between students who have relatively high parental expectations and those who do not. The study aims to find a correlation between the variables collected through a survey, as well as to indicate how different social factors alter the results, specifically for adolescents in one NIS of Astana. It will also cover the effect of different types of expectations and the highest achieved results. MRQ: To what extent do parental expectations affect the academic performance of 11th-grade students? SQ1: How do factors such as a student’s gender, nationality, and parents’ education level impact parental expectations? SQ2: Parents have expectations regarding their child’s highest level of education, as well as the student’s grades. Which type of parental expectations affects GPA the most? SQ3: What is the optimal level of expectations required to maximize academic achievement? This study will contribute to the educational research field of Kazakhstan. Furthermore, given the major influence of parental expectations on students’ academic success, exploring this topic is essential to ascertain the correlation between the variables in a local context. This will not only provide comprehensive information for parents to adequately set prospects for their children but also affect the academic achievement in the student’s future education and career. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quantitative approach most accurately corresponds with the objective of this research. According to Creswell (2012), the characteristics of quantitative research include a description of tendencies or a clarification of the relationship between variables. The main variables of this study are parental expectations and scholastic success although the correlation between social factors and expectations, as well as among several expectation types is also considered. Furthermore, since this study will focus on precise measurements, complying with another feature that suggests quantitative research forms exact, restricted and measurable questions (Creswell, 2012). The target population of the study is 11th grade students of one Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) in Astana, a specialised school regarded as a testing ground for the adoption, execution and assessment of innovative educational program models (Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, n.d.). The perceived parental expectations of the pupils at this school may differ from those found in other research as a result of this specialisation. Consequently, this site presents a unique paradigm for examining parental aspirations and their relationship to students’ GPA. Regarding the participants, a sample size calculator was used to ascertain the number of respondents (Maple Tech. International LLC., n.d.); in total, 83 high-school students were sampled out of a population of 117 in order to have a confidence level of 90% with a margin of error within 5% of the surveyed value. Convenience sampling, a type of non-probability sampling, was applied because it allows the involvement of volunteering participants that consent to being examined, which is optimal for a study (Creswell, 2012). In addition, although this method cannot be used for constructing generalisations, it is appropriate for collecting descriptive data, such as the effect of parents’ expectations on students on a local level, so convenience sampling is suitable for this style of research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the answers collected via a survey, it could be inferred that students with higher expectations from their parents tend to have better academic results compared to those with lower expectations. Moreover, there is a notable gender difference in parental expectations, with female students having marginally higher expectations on average compared to male students, staying consistent with the research of Zhang et al. (2010) and Wilder (2014). The study also partially complemented the study of Spera et al. (2008), clearly deducing a positive correlation between parental education level and the level of academic aspirations they have for their children. Furthermore, GPA aspirations were found to be the most determining factor associated with academic performance; the other expectation types, however, showed no significant correlation. Overall, these findings suggest that setting high expectations for academic achievement has a positive impact on academic performance, which closely parallels the findings of Gordon and Cui (2012), You et al. (2015) and Ma et al. (2018). Despite this, some inconsistencies were found with the statements of Spera et al. (2008), Wilder (2014) and Boonk et al. (2018). Thus, the main hypothesis, stating that high parental expectations favourably affect GPA, was justified, and the major conclusions answered the research questions. References Annan, D. (2019). A Simple Guide to Research Writing. Stevejobs.education. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative (4th ed.). Pearson Education. Gordon, M. S., & Cui, M. (2012). The Effect of School-Specific Parenting Processes on Academic Achievement in Adolescence and Young Adulthood. Family Relations, 61(5), 728-741. doi:10.1111/j.1741-3729.2012.00733.x Wilder, S. (2014). Effects of parental involvement on academic achievement: a meta-synthesis. Educational Review, 66(3), 377-397. doi:10.1080/00131911.2013.780009 Yamamoto, Y., & Holloway, S. D. (2010). Parental expectations and children's academic performance in sociocultural context. Educational Psychology Review, 22(3), 189-214. doi:10.1007/s10648-010-9121-z You, S., Lim, S. A., No, U., & Dang, M. (2015). Multidimensional aspects of parental involvement in Korean adolescents’ schooling: a mediating role of general and domain-specific self-efficacy. Educational Psychology, 36(5), 916–934. doi:10.1080/01443410.2015.1025705 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Feedback Methods Used in the Teaching of Biology in International High Schools in the Czech Republic CHARLES UNIVERSITY PRAGUE, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Feedback Methods Used in the Teaching of Biology in International High Schools in the Czech Republic Onyedika Emmanuel Okpala Faculty of Education, Charles University, Magdaleny Rettigove 4, 116 39 Praha 1, Czech Republic. Emails: nuelwinner@gmail.com Despite the positive improvements reported in the Czech education system over the years, such as the increase of 16 percentage points between TALIS 2013 and TALIS 2018 in teacher engagement in professional development related to student assessment, evidence shows that improvement-focused teacher assessment still needs to be developed. For example, in 2015, only 34% of students were in schools where principals reported that student assessments were used to identify aspects of instruction that could be improved; this is lower than the OECD average of 59%. In addition, in the Programme for International Student Assessment 2018, students in the Czech Republic perceived teacher feedback on their learning to be among the lowest in the OECD, with index teacher feedback of -0.24 compared to an OECD average of 0.01[1]. Assessment can be defined as activities undertaken by teachers and their students, providing information that can be used as feedback to modify teaching and learning [2]. Effective feedback as a form of formative assessment encourages students to learn by enabling them to understand their strengths and weaknesses, leading to an improved outcome [3]. Evidence shows that participating in different formative assessment practices results in remarkable achievement in educational outcomes [4]. The main aim of this study is to investigate the feedback methods teachers use in teaching biology in Czech International schools. The study is theoretically informed by the work of sociologist John Meyer’s new institutionalism theory, published in 1977, and the Personal Practice Assessment Theory [5,6 ]. Qualitative research and multiple case studies will be used to investigate the teachers’ feedback methods. Four biology teachers will be recruited across four international schools in Prague, Czech Republic, with five student focus groups from each school. Primary data sources will include in-class observations, background or post-observation and student focus group interviews, while secondary data sources will include information from written assessments and the curriculum or syllabus for the course. All interviews (semi-structured) will be audio-recorded and later transcribed for further analysis. The data analysis approach will involve open, deductive coding. Software such as MAXQDA, which is used for qualitative data analysis, will be adopted for the coding. Triangulation of results, a qualitative research approach to evaluate the validity of research findings by the convergence of information generated from diverse sources, will be carried out. At the same time, the influence of bias and ethical issues will also be considered. The potential findings from this study will create the opportunity to discover the most frequent and best feedback method preferred by students in teaching biology and help modify or explore the theories and methods of feedback in teaching biology in high school. Dissertation aims. (1) To investigate the similarities and disparities in feedback methods used by biology teachers in the selected international schools in Prague, Czech Republic. (2) To investigate the nature and frequency of feedback among teachers and schools from a biology perspective. (3) To understand potential contextual elements or factors (internal and external) that may facilitate or create a barrier towards assessment by teachers. Research questions (RQs) RQ1 What are the similarities and disparities in feedback methods used by teachers within and across schools? RQ2 What are students’ perceptions towards feedback? RQ3 How do contextual elements (internal and external factors) hinder or facilitate teachers' feedback practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 2. 1. Epistemological Critical Realism and Attribution Theory in Qualitative Research: The combination of critical realism and attribution theory provides a different dimension in social reality. Attribution theory will enable the systematic identification of social phenomena and their causal mechanism; it explains the features of that mechanism and who/what is responsible for and affected by them. On the other hand, critical realism helps to differentiate causal mechanisms and generative forces that enable those mechanisms to be actualised and have an impact [5]. 2.2. Multiple case study approach: This study will use a multiple-case study approach. We will use a multiple-case study approach to investigate the teachers’ assessment (formative) practice [6]. 2.3. Recruitment strategies: To access the schools, teachers, and student focus groups, a letter will be written to the directors/heads of all the schools requesting access to the school classrooms, biology teachers, and selected students. 2.4. Choice and Number of Participants: Four or three experienced biology teachers with differing backgrounds and roles teaching upper-level biology courses and similar teaching experiences from four schools will be selected as case participants. 2.5. Data collection approach and sources (primary and secondary data source): Primary data sources will include in-class observation, background or post-observation interviews, and student focus group interviews. Background interviews may be conducted to discuss each teacher’s teaching beliefs/philosophy, assessment planning decisions, and reasoning behind the specific course module that will be observed. Some secondary data sources will include information from written assessments and the curriculum or syllabus for the course. All interviews in this study will be audio-recorded and later transcribed for further analysis. 2.6. The data analysis approach will involve open, deductive coding. Software such as MAXQDA, which is used for qualitative data analysis, will be adopted for the coding. 2.7. Cross-case analysis: It is important to compare results obtained across teachers, student focus groups, and schools to achieve reasonable generalisation. 2.8. Triangulation of results: Since the data will be obtained from multi-case studies in this research, it is essential to project the results into a common area where the data are melded and discussed using a triangulation approach to increase the credibility of the research findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The potential findings from this study will create the opportunity to discover the most frequent and best feedback method preferred by students in teaching biology and help modify or explore the theories and methods of feedback in teaching biology in high school. References References [1] OECD (2020). Education Policy Outlook Czech Republic. https://www.oecd.org/education/policy-outlook/country-profile-Czech-Republic-2020.pdf. [2] Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice.5: 7-74. [3] Muijs, D et al. (2014). State of the art – teacher effectiveness and professional learning. School effectiveness and school improvement. 25: 231-256. [4] Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning – A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. London: Routledge [5] Paul, D. (1998). The New Institutionalism: Avenues of Collaboration. Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics (JITE). 154 (4): 696–705. [6] Box, C., Skoog, G., & Dabbs, J. M. (2015). A case study of teacher personal practice assessment theories and complexities of implementing formative assessment. American Educational Research Journal, 52(5), 956–983. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831215587754 [7] Al-Sharif, R. (2021). "Critical realism and attribution theory in qualitative research", Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management, 16 (1), 127–144. [8] Yin, R.K. (2014). Case study research design and methods (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc 282 pages. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster SHARE: Teachers’ Perception about Conditions for Teachers’ Engagement in Action Research 1School-gymnasium #91, Astana, Kazakhstan; 2School-gymnasium #74, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3School-gymnasium #75, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The integration of action research into the teacher appraisal system in Kazakhstan emphasizes the pivotal roles of teachers as “teacher-researchers” and “master teachers”. In 2019, the initiation of the SHARE (School Hub for action Research in Education) by the Mayor of Astana city provided teachers from 22 Astana schools with opportunities to actively engage in action research. The collaborative effort involved coordination with Professor Colleen McLaughlin, Kate Evans, and Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva. The Astana Department of Education Center for Education Modernization played a key role in coordinating and overseeing the project. The main aim of this initiative is to engage teachers in action research in school settings. Embracing the perspectives by Stenhouse and Elliott (1983, 1991) the initiative recognizes teachers as knowledge generators, acquiring insights through self-directed research in collaboration with critical friends within the school community. Thus, teachers together with students are the primary audience for teachers engaged in action research. The process requires teachers to approach their work with honesty, open-mindedness, and a critical mindset. This involves a commitment to openly examining their own practices as well as those of their colleagues. The overarching goal in mind is to enhance teaching and learning for students through a continuous and reflective improvement process. Emphasizing teachers as initiators in this process is crucial for academic and professional growth. British educators Stenhouse (1981, 1983, 1988) and Rudduck (1988) stress daily research for teachers, stating curriculum study is their prerogative. Implementing change involves learning processes, challenging beliefs, and attitudes (Altrichter, 2005). Mills (2012) emphasizes teachers as decision-makers in research, creating conditions for their investigations. Mills' hypothesis asserts that if teachers, students, and administrators don't think independently about their actions, schools won't improve. Hence, for the community of action researchers to sustain, it requires a recognition that the research teachers can thrive in an intellectually secure environment conducive to their work within the research domain (Samaras, 1950). The international literature highlights the importance of creating equitable conditions for teachers to voluntarily participate in action research. This involves clearly outlining intentions at the outset and maintaining transparency throughout the process, thereby enhancing the likelihood of realizing anticipated outcomes. Furthermore, it emphasizes the promotion of a teacher-driven process, empowering educators to take an active and leading role in shaping the trajectory of action research initiatives. In the academic year 2022-2023, 22 SHARE schools conducted action research with a focus on student engagement in classroom learning. The action research was organized around the four key action research concepts: exploring how the action research methodology help teacher to learn about their own practices, investigating whether teachers engaged in action research foster teacher leadership qualities fostered, examining if there are observable changes in teaching and learning resulting from teachers’ engagement in action research, and finally, examining whether conducive conditions were established to facilitate active engagement in action research in participating schools. Our team, representing three school-gymnasiums #74, #75, and #91, was assigned to explore conditions established for conducting action research on student engagement in classroom learning during the 2022-2023 academic year. Hence, the aim of this small-scale research is to provide insights into the conditions created by schools, teachers and community for the successful implementation of action research in the context.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study two primary sources of information were utilized: a literature review aimed at understanding the conditions necessary for individual teachers, groups of teachers, school communities, and collaborations with external experts to engage in action research; and a survey data collected within SHARE settings. For the literature review, a systematic approach was employed in English, Kazakh and Russian languages and guided by main key words for search. Google Scholar served as the primary source for literature search due to the restricted access to subscription -based databases in the schools. Survey data were collected via Google Forms, a decision guided by considerations such as time constraints and need to reach a substantial number of respondents. A questionnaire comprising thirteen questions, was collaboratively designed with three other teams researching SHARE domains. General information about the respondents, including their role in the student engagement project and in the SHARE project, was gathered for analysis purposes. Among the thirteen questions, two were specifically targeted teachers’ perception of the conditions created in their schools for engagement in action research. The survey was conducted anonymously. This approach aimed to encourage a greater willingness to share perceptions without fear of judgment or misunderstanding, ultimately seeking more accurate and truthful insights into the participants' perspectives. However, recognizing the potential limitations posed by narrow survey questions fully capturing the thoughts of participants about the concept under study, we intend to address this issue by complementing the data with one-to-one interviews and focus group meetings in the future. This will allow us to overcome potential limitations in the study design and ensure a more comprehensive exploration of participants’ perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings derived from the survey data, validated with 171 responses out of 228, indicate that SHARE teachers in the student engagement in classroom learning project acquired some degree of autonomy to establish necessary conditions to engage with the action research in their own school setting and beyond. Among the key findings: 80% of teacher-participants agreed that they have an opportunity to select their own critical friend. However, it should be noted that the school-based practice related to the lesson observation is very structured and is mandated by the order of the school principal who and when they attend the lesson. More than 90% of teachers reported having access to school-based trainings on action research conducted by the SHARE core team, whereas only little more than 50% reported having an opportunity to participate in trainings conducted by the Cambridge experts. Despite this, over 95% reported that they had an opportunity to participate in the SHARE mini conferences conducted with the participation of the Cambridge experts. Only 50% teacher-participants either fully or partially agreed that they have an opportunity to construct a timetable that accommodates time for discussion and reflections for all involved. The prevalent narrative of “lack of time” is commonly heard in schools. Addressing this challenge requires attention from school administration and decision makers at the level of subject departments. The examination of existing literature on the conditions for teachers' participation in action research revealed various ways of addressing the challenges teachers encounter. In conclusion, this small-scale study conducted by practitioners contributes to the discourse surrounding the importance of ensuring equitable conditions for voluntary teacher participation in action research, which in turn should contribute to the broader goal of empowering teachers as both researchers and leaders, ultimately enhancing teaching and learning experiences for all students. References Altrichter, H. (2005). Curriculum implementation–limiting and facilitating factors. Making it relevant: Context based learning of science, pp. 35-62. Germany. Elliott, J. (1993). Reconstructing Teacher Education. Teacher Development. London and New York: Routledge. Gay, L.R., Mills, Geoffrey E., Airasian, P. (2012). Educational research : competencies for analysis and applications (10th ed.). USA: Pearson Education, Inc. Rudduck, J. (1988). Changing the world of the classroom by understanding it: a review of some aspects of the work of Lawrence Stenhouse. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision, Vol,4. No 1, 30-42. Samaras, Anastasia P. (1950). Self-study teacher research: improving your practice through collaborative inquiry. US: SAGE Publications, Inc. Stenhouse, L. (1981). Educational Procedures and Attitudinal Objectives: a Paradox. Journal of Curriculum Studies, Vol. 13, NO. 4, 329-337. DOI: 10.1080/0022027810130405 Stenhouse, L. (1983). The relevance of practice to theory. Theory Into Practice 22:3, 211-215, DOI: 10.1080/00405848309543063 Stenhouse, L. (1988). Artistry and teaching: the teacher as focus of research and development. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision, Vol,4. No 1, pp. 43-51. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Poster Exploring Education-to-work Pathways in Scotland: The Case of Foundation Apprenticeships University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Dual apprenticeship integrates classroom and work-based learning (WBL), promoting both theoretical knowledge and practical skills. Proponents, such as Beer and Meethan (2007), highlight its strategic advantage in customising skills training for industry demands and reducing youth unemployment. However, Guile and Okumoto (2007) highlight the importance of preventing employers from designing 'restrictive' skills content. In contrast, a lifelong skills approach favours transferable skills. Lassnigg (2011) calls for a balance between specific and broader educational goals. Capsada-Munsech and Valiente (2020) emphasise the necessity of both technical and ‘soft’ skills for successful employment and social integration. Central to the dual model is the assumption that WBL in competitive sectors confers an advantage in the labour market, aligning with Human Capital Theory (HCT) as championed by Becker (1962). HCT underscores education's role in developing individuals' skills and competencies to augment their "capital," an intangible asset of social and economic value, motivating individuals to enhance their capital for improved labour market positioning and increased earnings. A rationale for extending dual apprenticeship into earlier education levels emerges based on the perceived value of capital accumulation and the positive relationship between education, skills development, and labour market outcomes. Under this premise, participation in secondary-level dual apprenticeship allows individuals to build capital earlier, acquire practical skills, and gain industry-specific knowledge from a younger age, enhancing future employability and facilitating a more seamless transition into the labour market. Aggregate evidence suggests initial gains for vocational education and training (VET) graduates in terms of employability and earnings (Chankseliani and Anuar, 2019), but these advantages fade once university graduates enter the workforce (Brunello and Rocco, 2017). Low-level analyses reveal tracking mechanisms, formal or cultural, which amplify impacts of background factors such as gender and prior academic performance, exacerbating educational inequalities (Simon and Clarke, 2016; Smith, 2010). When the model moves to lower schooling levels, increased demand for WBL placements may give already privileged individuals an advantage, especially when employers hold the right to select apprentices since they may not be held to the same equality, diversity, inclusion, and accessibility standards as education bodies (Smith et. al., 2021). My study focuses on Foundation Apprenticeships (FA) in Scotland. I assess who benefits most or least from apprenticeship, taking contextual factors into account. This inquiry tests HCT assumptions about capital accumulation and socioeconomic outcomes. Research questions (RQ1-RQ3) explore post-FA outcomes, socioeconomic variations, and sectoral differences, and compare with other (post)secondary options, addressing the impact of dual training on younger apprentices. Several factors make the case of FA noteworthy. First, FA coexists with more vocationally oriented Modern Apprenticeships (MA), providing youth with a choice between more academic or workplace-oriented apprenticeship options. FA participants remain in school as students, while MA participants are classified as workers. Second, FA facilitates pathways into higher education, as its qualifications are recognised by Scottish universities. However, differences in the acceptance of sector-specific FA qualifications vary by educational institution. My study raises questions aimed at assessing the effectiveness of dual apprenticeship in building capital and tests HCT assumptions associating capital accumulation with socioeconomic outcomes by controlling for individual characteristics. I ask:
RQ1 explores variations in post-FA employment rates, income levels, and destinations across gender, region, and socioeconomic status. RQ2 addresses potential sectoral differences, acknowledging that different industries may exhibit varying outcomes related to FA participation. RQ3 directly compares the outcomes of FA with those of other (post)secondary options, e.g., apprenticeships at International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED) levels four and five. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Utilising statistical methods, I examine patterns of participation in FA across socioeconomic groups, analysing potential biases towards candidates from higher social class backgrounds amongst sectors. Investigating outcomes for individuals who have participated in FA versus other education options/levels can contribute to an assessment of whether there is a discernible advantage in employment, wages, and career advancement for individuals from certain social backgrounds. Exploring the intersection effects of social class with other demographic factors such as gender, socioeconomic status (using the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation/SIMD), or geography may identify compounded effects contributing to unequal opportunities. Finally, comparing FA/MA outcomes and selection processes with other educational pathways, such as higher education (HE), provides a broader context for understanding disparities. I investigate short to mid-term (<10 years) FA outcomes across sectors with existing secondary quantitative survey data. The Scottish Household Survey contains indicators relevant to my study across the full period of FA provision (2008-2022). This data is freely accessible through the UKDataService and is suitable for academic use. After cleaning and processing the data for analysis (addressing outliers and missing observations, identifying variable types, etc.), I define the dependent variables as employment status, wage, and highest qualification level/type achieved, and the independent variables as gender, SIMD, sector, and region (Scottish local authority/LA). Initially, I will calculate descriptive statistics (means, medians, and standard deviations) for the outcomes of interest in each sector and LA, and explore variations in outcomes across IV categories. Data visualisation will also aid my analysis. Bar charts, box plots, or heat maps can be used to illustrate differences in outcomes across sectors and regions. Drawing on emerging patterns, I will perform statistical tests (e.g., t-test/ANOVA) to assess the significance of differences between groups. Using the exploratory analysis as a guide, my analysis centres around the relationship between apprenticeship participation (at European Qualifications Framework/EQF level 4) and socioeconomic outcomes. To address RQ1-3, I use multiple linear regression models to quantify differences in wages and occupational attainment across economic sectors by educational level, paying particular attention to differences by social background. This correlative exercise is performed to create a quantitative foundation outlining post-FA trajectories. An important element of my analysis will be to explore interaction effects between gender, sector, and region using interactive terms in the various regression specifications. This exploration of contextual factors will be crucial to inform subsequent qualitative inquiry. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings HCT presumes that obtaining qualifications earlier will improve economic outcomes. The literature demonstrates that VET graduates typically secure employment faster and have higher initial earnings than their non-VET counterparts (Chankseliani and Anuar, 2019). This prediction leads to H1. Hypothesis 1: Positive association between education level and employment status, wage with higher returns for workers in the labour <10 years with FA qualification. Differences in outcomes have been associated with gender (Simon and Clarke, 2016; Bridges et. al., 2022) and socioeconomic status (Klatt, Clarke and Dulfer, 2017). H2 considers variations by gender, LA, and SIMD. Hypothesis 2: Differences in outcomes are associated with gender and socioeconomic status. Strathdee and Cooper (2017) emphasise the highly contextual nature of gender and the intersectionality of ethnicity, socio-economic status, and gender in affecting participation and achievement in VET. H3 highlights interaction effects amongst gender, LA, and SIMD. Hypothesis 3: There are significant interactions between employment, wage and sector, gender, LA, SIMD. Several studies investigate how initial labour market advantages of apprenticeship may diminish or even reverse over time (e.g., Brunello and Rocco, 2017; Neyt, Verhaest and Baert, 2020). While WBL increases employability in the short term (Hanushek, et. al., 2017), occupation-specific skills may become obsolete (Weber, 2014), are sensitive to labour demand changes (Golsteyn and Stenberg, 2017) and may become increasingly exposed as automation and digitisation lead to rapid technological change (Neyt, Verhaest and Baert, 2020). This prediction leads to H4. Hypothesis 4: Earnings for households with SVQ qualifications will be lower than those for households/individuals with (academic) SCQF qualifications, exhibit a positive association with higher educational attainment, and vary across high/low-growth sectors. My work contributes to debates surrounding the utility of HCT in assessing dual apprenticeship, concerns around sectoral skills patterns, and gaps in gender and socioeconomic patterning of VET outcomes. References Becker, 1962. Investment in human capital: A theoretical analysis. Journal of Political Economy, 70(5). Beer and Meethan, 2007. Marine and maritime sector skills shortages in the South West of England: Developing regional training provision. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 59(4). Brunello and Rocco, 2017. The labor market effects of academic and vocational education over the life cycle: Evidence based on a British cohort. Journal of Human Capital, 11(1). Bridges, Bamberry, Wulff and Krivokapic‐Skoko, 2022. “A trade of one's own”: The role of social and cultural capital in the success of women in male‐dominated occupations. Gender, Work & Organization, 29(2). Capsada-Munsech and Valiente, 2020. Sub-National Variation of Skill Formation Regimes: A Comparative Analysis of Skill Mismatch Across 18 European Regions. European Education, 52(2). Chankseliani and Anuar, 2019. Cross-country comparison of engagement in apprenticeships: A conceptual analysis of incentives for individuals and firms. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6(3). Golsteyn and Stenberg, 2017. Earnings over the life course: General versus vocational education. Journal of Human Capital, 11(2). Guile and Okumoto, 2007. ‘We are trying to reproduce a crafts apprenticeship’: from Government Blueprint to workplace‐generated apprenticeship in the knowledge economy. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 59(4). Hanushek, Schwerdt, Woessmann and Zhang, 2017. General education, vocational education, and labor-market outcomes over the lifecycle. Journal of Human Resources, 52(1). Klatt, Clarke and Dulfer, 2017. Working their way to school completion: a snapshot of School-based Apprenticeships and Traineeships for young Australians. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(4). Lassnigg, 2011. The ‘duality’ of VET in Austria: institutional competition between school and apprenticeship. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 63(3). Neyt, Verhaest and Baert, 2020. The impact of dual apprenticeship programmes on early labour market outcomes: A dynamic approach. Economics of Education Review, 78. Simon and Clarke, 2016. Apprenticeships should work for women too!. Education+ training. Smith, 2010. Teaching assistant apprentices? English TAs' perspectives on apprenticeships in schools. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 62(3). Smith, Taylor-Smith, Fabian, Zarb, Paterson, Barr and Berg, 2021. A multi-institutional exploration of the social mobility potential of degree apprenticeships. Journal of Education and Work, 34(4). Strathdee and Cooper, 2017. Ethnicity, vocational education and training and the competition for advancement through education in New Zealand. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(3). Weber, 2014. Human capital depreciation and education level. International Journal of Manpower, 35(5). |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 E: Social Justice and Intercultural Education Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Role of Social Inequality in Shaping Learning Processes in Classrooms in India University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:This paper aims to understand how inequalities manifest in classrooms in India and interact with learning processes. It will focus on the pedagogic practices utilised by teachers in the classroom, specifically the classification and framing rules of knowledge and pedagogy, to understand the relations of power and control lying within the classrooms. This paper is based on an ethnographic study conducted in the government schools of Delhi which aimed at understanding the role of the social identity- the intersection of caste, class, religious, and gender identity- of the learner in mediating the teaching-learning practices and relations in the classroom to facilitate the learning process. Several studies and assessment surveys worldwide have indicated a link between socio-economic background of students and their schooling experiences. PISA analysis has highlighted the gaps in learning outcomes between students from advantaged and disadvantaged socio-economic backgrounds. Even within schools in India, disparities in learning outcomes are indicated by the poor performance of students from marginalised caste/class groups in arithmetic and language skills. Often poor performance is concentrated in rural or government-run schools. This is furthered by a stratified schooling system wherein students from marginalised castes and the working class attend the majority of the government-run (public) schools, while the most (more expensive) private schools are attended majorly by the middle and upper class/castes. Theories of social class reproduction have been used to analyse schools as sites for the recreation and solidifying of inequalities by embodying the dominant culture or middle-class habitus, developing skills compatible with hierarchical positions, and as a state apparatus for exercising control and hegemony. Studies have indicated the existence of prejudices and discrimination in the schooling experiences of students from marginalised groups but there is limited research that examines the impact of socio-economic differences directly on learning processes especially in the urban context. This paper uses Basil Bernstein’s theoretical framework that analyses the dialectical relationship of structural inequalities and agency by looking at the relations of power and control at the macro (knowledge production) and also micro (recontextualization) level of the classroom where inequalities can be negotiated or legitimised. Although the conceptualisation originates from a European context, Bernstein provides a comprehensive framework to understand the learning processes in a classroom where the intersection of structural inequalities permeate in light of the gaps in learning outcomes between advantaged and disadvantaged students. This paper theoretically engages with Bernstein and tries to expand the framework beyond social class to include the intersection of identities of caste, religion, class, and gender. Bernstein explains the pedagogic code of schools as an elaborated code which is transmitted through variations in classification degree ("organisational" elements of pedagogy or “degree of boundary maintenance” of contents) and framing of knowledge (interactional elements of knowledge or degree of control over selection, pacing, and organisation) at the level of instructional discourse and regulative discourse. These shape the power and control relations between teachers, students, knowledge structures, etc. Bernstein argues that although schools reward students with the orientation that enables them to access the context-independent knowledge structures of the school, it is also needed to enable an environment that recognises the identity of working-class students and does not hold a deficit view of marginalised people. By following this line of inquiry, the paper tries to address the overarching research question: what pedagogic practices (including what knowledge [classification] and how it is transmitted [framing]) are used by the teachers to recontextualize knowledge in the classroom? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological foundation for this study is provided by Roy Bhaskar’s conceptualisation of critical realism as a means of understanding the relationship between social structure and social action. Social structures are reproduced and transformed by everyday action while also containing and enabling agency, and can be observed through their effects and causal relationships in the material world. This study takes a qualitative approach using methods of ethnography and participant observation in a government-run school in Delhi. Ethnography and participant observation enable studying a context holistically, revealing the social relations of the group and the social processes while practising the dialectical relationship of intimacy and estrangement. Continuous action-oriented interviews are conducted with teachers to understand their perspectives, strategies employed in the classrooms, and reasons behind the pedagogic processes which will complement observational data. Informal conversations with students also help understand and get feedback on the teaching-learning practices in the classroom. It also contributes to understanding the recognition and realisation rules possessed by them which enable them to recognise a particular context, understand the appropriate response to it (make meaning) and produce that response. The collected data will be coded using NVivo. For analysis, a combination of Gee’s (1999) approach to critical discourse analyses (CDA) and Bernstein’s framework will be used as both focus on discourse and the link between language and social practice. Gee (1999) provides tools to operationalize the analysis of language (written and spoken), everyday talk and identify discourse pervasive among teachers and students that is used to make meaning, position individuals (to form biases and prejudices), construct and deconstruct identity (of both teacher and student) and inform teaching-learning practices. This will be integrated into Bernstein’s framework, which will help analyse processes of transmission, acquisition and evaluation of knowledge in the classroom. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper contributes to the emerging literature on understanding the role of socio-economic differences on learning. It also contributes to understanding “why” and “how” the gaps in learning outcomes between students from advantaged and disadvantaged backgrounds occur. It understands advantages and disadvantages as a sociological phenomenon i.e. as a condition of stigma, segregation and inequality that exist in Western societies as well. This can add to the developing work on the interplay of social structure and power and control relations in the classroom and its role in shaping learning processes. The paper highlights the strategies and methods used by teachers to make taught content significant in the classroom, and highlight the rules of criteria, whether they are explicit rules that allow students to understand what is the legitimate text in the classroom or are implicit that allow questioning and rethinking of the evaluation criteria and rules of pacing of knowledge. It helps to understand assumptions of social identity (class, caste, etc.) that shape pedagogic practices. Specifically, the teachers’ perceptions and ideas towards students, about teaching in government-run schools and how those shape their pedagogical approaches and also students' self-perception. It will also show the advantages or disadvantages learners have over each other by virtue of their social location. Another aspect highlights the nature of the relationship of the teacher-students, student-student and the position of the teacher within the larger structure of the schooling institution (rules of hierarchy). The findings will overall help understand how knowledge is recontextualised in the classroom and how teachers incorporate and utilise students' identities and orientations in the classroom. Furthermore, this paper understands learning as a process that promotes participation and access to academic discourse while also recognising local knowledge. This can also help understand students' motivations and interests in schooling and learning. References Annual Status of Education Report. (2020). Annual Status of Education Report (Rural) 2019 Early Years’. Batra, P. (2015). Curriculum in India: Narratives, Debates, and a Deliberative Agenda. In Pinar, W. (Ed.), Curriculum studies in India: Intellectual histories, present circumstances (pp 35-63). Springer. Barrett, B. D. (2017). Bernstein in the urban classroom: A case study. British Journal of sociology of education, 38(8), 1258-1272. Bernstein, B. (1964). Elaborated and restricted codes: Their social origins and some consequences. American anthropologist, 66(6), 55-69. Bernstein, B. (1990). Class, codes and control: The structuring of pedagogic discourse (Vol. 4). Bernstein, B. (1999). Vertical and horizontal discourse: An essay. British journal of sociology of Education, 20(2), 157-173 Bernstein, B. (2004). Social class and pedagogic practice. The RoutledgeFalmer reader in sociology of education, 196-217. Desai, S., Adams, C. D., & Dubey, A. (2010). Segmented Schooling: Inequalities in Primary Education. In Thorat, S., & Neuman, K. S. (Eds.), Blocked by Caste: Economic Discrimination in Modern India (pp. 230-252). Oxford University Press. Gee, J. P. (1999). An introduction to discourse analysis: Theory and method. Routledge. Hoadley, Ursula & Muller, Johan. (2010). Codes, Pedagogy and Knowledge: Advances in Bernsteinian Sociology of Education. The Routledge International Handbook of the Sociology of Education. Routledge. Hoff, K., & Pandey, P. (2006). Discrimination, social identity, and durable inequalities. American economic review, 96(2), 206-211. Hoff, K., & Pandey, P. (2014). Making up people—The effect of identity on performance in a modernizing society. Journal of Development Economics, 106, 118-131. Majumdar, M., & Mooij, J. E. (2011). Education and inequality in India: A classroom view (Vol. 46). Routledge. Morais, A. M. (2002). Basil Bernstein at the micro level of the classroom. British journal of sociology of education, 23(4), 559-569. Nambissan, G. B. (2010). Exclusion and Discrimination in Schools: Experiences of Dalit Children. In Thorat, S., & Neuman, K. S. (Eds.), Blocked by Caste: Economic Discrimination in Modern India (pp. 253-286). Oxford University Press. Sachar, R., Hamid, S., Oommen, T. K., Basith, M. A., Basant, R., Majeed, A., & Shariff, A. (2006). Social, economic and educational status of the Muslim community of India (No. 22136). East Asian Bureau of Economic Research. Sayed, Y., Subrahmanian, R., Soudien, C., Carrim, N., Balgopalan, S., Nekhwevha, F., & Samuel, M. (2007). Education exclusion and inclusion: Policy and implementation in South Africa and India. London: Department for International Development. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Opportunities for Small Schools in Hungary University of Pécs, Hungary Presenting Author:In Hungary, after the change of regime in 1990, a number of educational policy changes affected primary schools, which also had a major impact on students' opportunities for further education. These changes in the education system are strongly influenced by both social and economic factors (Andl, 2015, 2020; Halász, 2001), which in the case of Hungarian schools can be mainly seen in the processes of centralisation and decentralisation (Kozma, 2014). In the 1990s, subsidies to local governments played an important role in the life of educational institutions, as they led to a significant increase in the number of schools (Andl, 2015; Imre, 1997). However, the decade was also characterised by segregation in education policy, which mainly affected Roma pupils (Forray, 2009; Forray & Pálmainé Orsós, 2010), and was also contributed to by the right of parents to choose their schools (Havas et al, 2001). This was changed by the integration efforts of the early 2000s, which were also reflected in the school scene. The Integration Pedagogical System (IPS) was established within this framework, providing significant support to the institutions participating in the programme for almost a decade. By 2012, it had been implemented in 2.000 public education institutions and had reached more than 100.000 pupils (Híves, 2016). The „Széll Kálmán Plan”, introduced in 2010, reflects the drive to centralise education: „the state must return to the world of education. The quality of education should not depend on the situation and ad hoc decisions of local governments, the state can bring uniform order in this area” (Széll Kálmán Plan, 2010 cited in Györgyi, 2019, p. 214). In my research, I will mainly examine the impact of these interventions through the example of an institution that has innovated a lot in the space of thirty years, but is now under threat of closure due to a drastic reduction in the number of students. This institution is one of the participants in the career guidance mentoring programme in which I am involved as a junior researcher. The child-centred pedagogical work in the school and the dedication of the teachers struck me when I was doing input research for this research and development programme. It was then that I began to wonder how, despite its positive values, the survival of the school was threatened. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My research is a case study, using both quantitative and qualitative research tools and it is exploratory and I have formulated the following questions: 1. How the changes mentioned above have affected this process. How have they affected the educational opportunities of disadvantaged and Roma pupils in the school? 2. What elements of the school's life can be classified under the aspects of the SWOT analysis? In order to answer my questions, I conducted semi-structured interviews with the teachers of the school (N=5). Three of them were interviewed individually, but all five teachers participated in the focus group discussion. Participation in the interviews was voluntary. I interviewed teachers who had been employees of the institution for at least 2/3 of the period under study (about 20 years). Content analysis was carried out on the transcripts of the interviews using an inductive approach, supplemented with education statistics. During my participant observations, I visited classrooms and participated in other extra-curricular activities with a class from the school. A thorough review of the relevant literature on the subject helped me to get a general idea of the process I was studying. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The last 34 years of the institution under review can be divided into three periods: 1. 1990-2003: the newly appointed headmaster brought many changes to the school, which were most evident in the development of the teaching staff. 2. 2003-2007: the integrationist education policy of the early 2000s gave a new impetus to improvements. Exemplary pedagogical work was carried out in the institution, reinforced by the support provided by the Integrated Pedagogical System. 3. From 2007 until present day: from 2007 onwards, the institution gradually lost its autonomy. In that year the institution became a member school of a multi-purpose association of local authorities, and in 2013 the state took over the maintenance of the public education institutions. It was the last third of the period under review that jeopardised the school's survival. During this period, the school suffered a sudden and sharp reduction in staff numbers, which, although it has eased, has not stopped. There has been a constant turnover of teachers and a decline in the representation of young teachers. My case study shows that the situation of small schools in Hungary has become hopeless. The experience of previous years shows that, with sufficient financial support and a more decentralised education system, institutions can be more viable than in the current situation, where the long distance between the school and the institution is to the detriment of the school and its pupils. References Andl, H. (2015). A kisiskolák és nemzetiségi oktatás összefüggésrendszerének néhány aspektusáról. Romológia, 3(9), 36-55. Andl, H. (2020). A kisiskolák és lehetőségeik. Educatio, 8(3), 409-424. Forray, R. K. (2009). Hátrányos helyzet – a cigányság az iskolában. Educatio, 18(4), 436- 446. Forray, R. K. & Pálmainé Orsós, A. (2010). Hátrányos helyzetű vagy kulturális kisebbség – cigány programok. Educatio, 19(1), 75-87. Györgyi, Z. (2019). Célok és következmények: tanügyirányításunk átalakítása. Educatio, 28(2), 211-227. https://doi.org/10.1556/2063.28.2019.2.1 Halász, G. (2001). Az oktatási rendszer. Műszaki Könyvkiadó, Budapest. Havas, G., Kemény, I. & Liskó, I. (2001). Cigány gyerekek az általános iskolákban. Oktatáskutató Intézet, Budapest. Híves, T. (2016). Halmozottan hátrányos helyzetű tanulók és az Integrációs Pedagógiai Rendszerben résztvevők statisztikai elemzése. Autonómia és Felelősség, 2(1), 21-41. Imre, A. (1997). Kistelepülési iskolák. Educatio, 6(1). Kozma, T. (2014). A központosítás haszna és ára. Educatio, 23(1), 3-12. Varga, A. (2018). A hazai oktatási integrációs tapasztalatok és a korai iskolaelhagyás megelőzése. In: Fejes, J. B. & Szűcs, N. (Eds.): Én vétkem. Helyzetkép az oktatási szegregációról. Motiváció Oktatási Egyesület, Szeged. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Poverty of Minors from Migrant Backgrounds. A Multidimensional Approach for Social Inclusion. Roma Tre University, Italy Presenting Author:The research work falls within the framework of the educational poverty phenomenon, which, thanks to the contributions of studies and research, as well as a legislative path incentivized – also – by advocacy efforts from the Third Sector (Save the Children, 2014), has become central in recent years in scientific and political discourse, entering the realm of public policy agendas. The notion of poverty in the educational context emerged in the social sciences discourse in the late 1990s to draw attention to the multidimensionality of the poverty phenomenon (Anand & Sen, 1997), not entirely reducible to purely economic aspects. Over the past two decades, there has been extensive discourse in the literature regarding the significance of measuring and analyzing educational poverty (Allmendinger & Leibfried, 2003; Lohmann & Ferger, 2014). It has been emphasized that the impact of educational deprivation is subtle, creating a gap during a vulnerable period that proves challenging to overcome later in life (Battilocchi, 2020). An initial disadvantage can result in a crystallization of the same across different generations and transform cultural factors into hereditary elements, in a vicious circle of poverty. Numerous international and national organizations have directed attention to poverty and educational challenges, with the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development addressing these issues (United Nations General Assembly, 2015). Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 1 emphasizes the need to eradicate poverty in all its forms, while SDG 4 aims to ensure inclusive and equitable quality education, promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all. Moreover, many European strategies and recommendations have focused on addressing issues related to poverty and education, starting with the Lisbon Strategy (European Council, 2000). In this context, accurate measures of educational poverty are crucial for designing effective policy interventions, and local data play a vital role in tailoring actions to specific communities. A review of the scientific literature reveals that the dimensions and measures of educational poverty are not fully developed. In fact, despite numerous studies on the subject (Agasisti et al., 2021; Botezat, 2016), there is still a lack of shared theorization of this notion to date. Educational poverty is understood as a polysemic concept with broad semantic boundaries, multidimensional, and depicted by a poly-perspective characterization. It can be described as a world of deprivation and exclusion that pertains to various forms of educational deprivation, impeding the full development of human potential. Building on this perspective, this research aims to investigate the phenomenon of educational poverty among minors from migrant backgrounds, who «are particularly exposed to educational poverty due to more challenging family and economic conditions, bureaucratic obstacles, inequalities in accessing high school tracks, and early school dropout» (IDOS Research and Study Center & Institute of Political Studies S. Pio V, 2021, p. 98). In particular, the investigation is guided by the following research question: 1) What differences can be identified between minors with and without a migratory background regarding the phenomenon of educational poverty? 2) What are the characteristics of the phenomenon of educational poverty among minors from migrant backgrounds? 3) How do some of the most relevant factors, such as socio-economic background, gender, and type of migratory background, influence the educational poverty of minors from migrant backgrounds? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employed a quantitative approach. Indeed, the extensive nature of the research object and the descriptive and explanatory nature of the investigation's objective suggested the use of this perspective, albeit with an awareness of the unique visual angle through which reality was observed, thus acknowledging the limitations of the acquired knowledge. Specifically, the survey technique was chosen, involving the administration of a self-completed semi-structured questionnaire with group data collection to a statistically representative sample of 1761 students enrolled in the third year of lower secondary school in the academic year 2021/2022 in the municipality of Rome. The questionnaire was designed to capture the basic sociographic properties, attitudes, and behaviors of the subjects. It consisted of six sections: 1) sociodemographic characteristics of the participants, including migratory background, gender, and age. 2) Participants' school experience, focusing on their relationship with studying, family expectations, students' emotional and relational experiences, and their academic path. 3) Future perspectives of students and their families regarding the path to be taken after lower secondary school and their career prospects. 4) Leisure time and engagement in educational or social activities, such as sports, extracurricular activities, and attendance of cultural places and events. 5) Socio-economic-cultural environment of the participants, with specific reference to the education level and occupational status of parents, and material conditions. 6) The neighborhood and the characteristics of the territory in which the students lived, with particular attention to the presence and attendance of educational and social facilities. The questionnaire included both closed-ended questions (31), semi-closed-ended questions (16), and open-ended questions (9), totaling 56 questions. Since the research specifically focused on students from migratory backgrounds, a stratified probability sampling design was chosen, allowing to increase the efficiency of the sample in the presence of areas of greater homogeneity (Cohen et al., 2007). To implement this sampling design, it was deemed appropriate to divide the population of the schools into strata based on the variable 'percentage of students with non-Italian citizenship,' considered as a proxy for the percentage of students from migratory backgrounds for which official data are not available. Data processing was carried out using IBM SPSS (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences), version 28.0.1. Specifically, univariate analysis was conducted for each question to describe the studied phenomenon, and bivariate analysis aimed to study the relationship between each variable and the background. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the analysis of the responses, it emerges that students from migratory backgrounds generally experience school less favorably compared to their peers without migratory backgrounds, they have future expectations profoundly influenced by their migratory background, engage in educational or social activities less regularly, and have less access to certain educational opportunities due to the disadvantages often associated with their socio-economic-cultural environment and territorial context. Therefore, it appears that students with migratory backgrounds not only often face more challenging academic paths on average but also have reduced access to non-formal and informal educational opportunities due to various socio-economic-cultural disadvantages. Consequently, it can be concluded that minors with migratory backgrounds are at a higher risk of educational poverty compared to their peers without migratory backgrounds. In order to contribute to the development of prevention and intervention strategies against educational poverty among minors from migratory backgrounds, it is essential to adopt a multidimensional and intercultural approach (Fiorucci, 2017; Portera, 2019). This approach should acknowledge the complexity of the phenomenon at hand and aim to promote quality educational opportunities (Dewey, 1938), individual and community empowerment (Curti et al., 2020), awareness, and self-determination (Freire, 1968/2017), strengthening capabilities (Nussbaum, 2011; Sen, 1999), and fostering active and conscious citizenship. The ultimate goal is to promote the flourishing of human potential. Aware of the complexity of the addressed issue and the limitations of the adopted approach, this study can make a significant contribution to understanding the phenomenon of educational poverty, particularly among minors with migratory backgrounds. By doing so, it enriches the existing scientific discourse and supports the development of new prevention and intervention measures against educational poverty. References Agasisti, T., Longobardi, S., Prete, V., & Russo, F. (2021). The relevance of educational poverty in Europe: Determinants and remedies. Journal of Policy Modeling, 43, 692–709. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpolmod.2020.03.015 Allmendinger, J., & Leibfried, S. (2003). Education and the welfare state: the four worlds of competence production. Journal of European Social Policy, 13(1), 63-81. Anand, S., & Sen, A. K. (1997). Concepts of Human Development and Poverty: A Multidimensional Perspective. Poverty and Human Development: Human Development Papers 1997, 1-20. Battilocchi, G. L. (2020). Educational poverty in Italy: concepts, measures and policies. Central European Journal of Educational Research, 2(1), 1-10. Botezat, A. (2016). Educational poverty. NESET II ad hoc question No. 5/2016. https://nesetweb.eu/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/AHQ5_Educational-Poverty.pdf Cohen L., Manion L., & Morrison K. (2007), Research Methods in Education. Routledge. Curti, S., Fornari, S., & Moroni, E. (2020). Educating communities as a protection network against educational poverty. QTimes webmagazine, 12(4), 332-344. Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and Education. Macmillan Company. European Council (2000). Lisbon European Council 23 And 24 March 2000. Presidency conclusions. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/summits/lis1_en.htm Fiorucci, M. (2017). Educatori e mediatori culturali: elementi per la formazione interculturale degli educatori. Pedagogia oggi, 15(2), 75-90. Freire, P. (2017). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Penguin Books. (Original edition published in 1968) General Assembly of the United Nations (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (A/RES/70/1). https://www.un.org/en/development/desa/population/migration/generalassembly/docs/globalcompact/A_RES_70_1_E.pdf IDOS Research and Study Center & Institute of Political Studies S. Pio V (2021). Osservatorio sulle migrazioni a Roma e nel Lazio: sedicesimo rapporto. IDOS Research and Study Center. Lohmann, H., & Ferger, F. (2014). Educational Poverty in a Comparative Perspective: Theoretical and Empirical Implications [SFB 882 Working Paper Series n. 26]. DFG Research Center (SFB) 882 From Heterogeneities to Inequalities. https://pub.uni-bielefeld.de/download/2651911/2651912/SFB_882_WP_0026_Lohmann_Ferger.pdf Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating Capabilities: The Human Development Approach. Harvard University Press. Portera, A. (2019). Dal multiculturalismo all’educazione e alle competenze (realmente) interculturali. Educazione Interculturale, 17(2), 1-10. Save the Children (2014). La lampada di Aladino. L’indice di Save the Children per misurare le povertà educative e illuminare il futuro dei bambini in Italia. Save the Children Italia. https://s3.savethechildren.it/public/files/uploads/pubblicazioni/la-lampada-di-aladino.pdf Sen, A. K. (1999). Development as Freedom. Oxford University Press. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 F: Sociologies of Education Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Katie Biggin Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Perceptions of Fairness regarding Educational Opportunities in Germany and Romania LSE, United Kingdom Presenting Author:There is an abundance of studies showing that even when educational selection processes are “meritocratically” set up (e.g. standardised, based on achievement), a student’s socioeconomic background still influences the track or stream a student is allocated to (Mijs, 2016, p.18). Yet, there are few studies (e.g. Spruyt, 2015) looking at the way in which people perceive the fairness of educational opportunities. Access to educational opportunities can be conceptualised as “fairness capital”, made out of dimensions related to both societal and personal circumstances (Thomas, 2021). This article investigates the way in which people educated in different types of educational systems perceive the fairness of educational opportunities in their countries. Thus, this research addresses the following question: How do people with different education levels from Germany and Romania perceive the fairness of educational opportunities in their countries? Using data from round 9 of the European Social Survey, I look at perceptions of fairness regarding educational opportunities in Germany and Romania. Romania and Germany were selected because they belong to different educational regimes (Dumas et al., 2013). In Germany, there is a relatively strong link between educational qualifications and labour market positions (Allmendinger, 1989), although there are also large social background effects on track allocation in secondary school (Skopek & Leopold, 2020). Inequality has increased in Germany since the beginning of the 2000s, which has been accompanied by a rising share of affluent individuals who believe their society is unfair (Sachweh and Sthamer, 2019). Romania is a post-socialist country that has recently experienced growing levels of inequality, currently being one of the most unequal countries in the EU in terms of income disparities (Precupetu, 2013). This article explores individuals’ perceptions about the fairness of opportunities for everyone in their country to assess the level of legitimacy attributed to educational systems in Germany and Romania. Moreover, the paper investigates how individuals perceive their own opportunities relative to others in their country, with the aim to infer the satisfaction levels of individuals with different education levels regarding their relative chances to gain the education level sought. Empirically, research is inconclusive on how education level affects perceptions of meritocracy (Duru-Bellat & Tenret, 2012). Therefore, Mijs (2016) warns that the approach to studying meritocratic beliefs in terms of (universal) human psychology is rather narrow. Instead, he suggests that researchers should explore how different institutional configurations contribute to shaping individuals’ perceptions of meritocracy. Research by Lavrijsen and Nicaise (2016) suggests that opinions about the fairness of opportunities differ significantly between countries. Cross-national variation in perceptions of fairness might be explained by differences in the structure of opportunities in different countries, and the visibility of unfair (dis)advantages. The visibility of educational privilege could be influenced by the forms of capital that constitute educational privilege. Bourdieu and Passeron (1977) argue that privilege is mostly noticed in its crudest forms, as help with schoolwork, but the essential part of cultural capital is passed on more discretely. Their work talks about the visibility of privilege to external observers, but does not touch on individuals’ awareness of their own privilege. This paper will look at people’s perceptions of their own privilege, as well as the extent to which they evaluate opportunities for other people in their countries as fair. In order to identify barriers that stand in the way of a fair distribution of educational opportunities, this paper focuses on the opinions of elite students from Germany and Romania. Based on semi-structured interviews, this paper will further answer the question: How do elite students from Germany and Romania conceptualise educational privilege and the barriers to fairly rewarding talent and effort in their countries? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on two different types of data –survey data and in-depth interviews with people educated in Germany and Romania. The research interest is to examine: a) evaluations about the fairness of educational opportunities in Germany and Romania, and b) people’s conceptualisations of privilege and the factors that make educational opportunities unfair. This paper looks at perceptions of fairness regarding educational opportunities, collected in round 9 of the European Social Survey, in 2018-2019. Respondents were asked to choose the extent to which they agreed with the following statements: “Compared to other people in my country, I have had a fair chance to achieve the level of education I was seeking”; “Overall everyone in [country] has a fair chance of achieving the level of education they seek”. The first question measures self-regarding (egocentric) evaluations of fairness, while the second measures other-regarding (sociotropic) evaluations of fairness (Schnaudt et al., 2021). To explore why patterns in perceived fairness of educational opportunities vary between the two countries, I conducted 31 semi-structured interviews with undergraduate students who study social sciences at Russell Group universities and who went to school in either Germany or Romania. As they required high grades to get into prestigious universities, these individuals have an insider’s perspective into what it takes to successfully navigate the requirements of the school systems in which they were educated. Social science students are generally more aware of social inequalities than people studying different subjects (Duru-Bellat & Tenret, 2012), so they are more likely than students from other disciplines to provide elaborated accounts of how privilege is manifested and what barriers come in the way of rewarding talent and effort. During the interviews, I asked participants about their opinions of the overall fairness of educational chances, and about the extent to which they think their educational system rewards talent and effort. Thus, the methodological approach draws on quantitative data to conduct a population-level analysis of fairness evaluations, and qualitative data to bring out different interpretations of educational privilege. To compare the way in which people in different countries evaluate theirs and others’ educational opportunities, I construct a variable named “perceived privilege”. This variable records the difference between the perceived fairness of respondents’ own chances to gain the educational level sought, and the perceived fairness of chances for everyone else in their country. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The average score of perceived fairness of educational opportunities varies considerably between the two countries. On a scale of 0 to 10, the average score of perceived fairness of opportunities for everyone in Romania (4.64) is the lowest among all European countries. In Germany, the average score of perceived fairness of educational opportunities for everyone is 6.34. In both countries, for most educational categories, the mode of perceived privilege is 0. This means it is common for people to perceive they had as fair chances as everyone else in their country, regardless of their education level. However, among Germans with higher education, the mode of perceived privilege is 3, which indicates that highly educated respondents from Germany perceive there is a notable discrepancy between the educational opportunities they benefitted from, as compared to other people in their country. The average scores of perceived privilege among people with higher education is very similar in Romania and Germany. Hence, higher education graduates from both countries tend to perceive educational opportunities as polarised. Some students from Romania argue that economic capital is a threat to background fairness in their educational system. Participants from Germany understand the barriers to rewarding talent and effort as mostly related to cultural capital and to the very entrenched ways of preparing for and during Gymnasium. While Romanian participants identify more explicit manifestations of privilege – material resources and developmental opportunities, German participants identify more implicit ways in which privilege operates, usually through learning from parents how to study, communicate, and channel their effort effectively. In line with Bourdieu’s (1986) argument that the intergenerational transmission of cultural capital is less visible and less condemned by others than economic capital, we can argue that unfairness of educational opportunities is less visible in Germany than in Romania. References Allmendinger, J. (1989). Educational systems and labor market outcomes. European Sociological Review. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordjournals.esr.a036524 Bourdieu, P. (1986). The Forms of Capital. In J. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education. Greenwood. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in education, society and culture. Sage. Dumas, A., Mehaut, P., & Olympio, N. (2013). From Upper Secondary to Further Education: European Models of Post-Compulsory Learning. In The Dynamics and Social Outcomes of Education Systems. Palgrave Macmillan. Duru-Bellat, M., & Tenret, E. (2012). Who’s for meritocracy? Individual and contextual variations in the faith. Comparative Education Review. https://doi.org/10.1086/661290 Lavrijsen, J., & Nicaise, I. (2016). Ascription, Achievement, and Perceived Equity of Educational Regimes: An Empirical Investigation. Social Sciences, 5(4), 1–18. Mijs, J. J. B. (2016). The Unfulfillable Promise of Meritocracy: Three Lessons and Their Implications for Justice in Education. Social Justice Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11211-014-0228-0 Precupetu, I. (2013). Inequality trends in Romania. Calitatea Vietii, 24(3), 249–276. Sachweh, P., & Sthamer, E. (2019). Why Do the Affluent Find Inequality Increasingly Unjust? Changing Inequality and Justice Perceptions in Germany, 1994-2014. European Sociological Review. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcz024 Schnaudt, C., Hahn, C., & Heppner, E. (2021). Distributive and Procedural Justice and Political Trust in Europe. Frontiers in Political Science, 3(May), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpos.2021.642232 Skopek, J., & Leopold, T. (2020). Educational Reproduction in Germany: A Prospective Study Based on Retrospective Data. Demography, 57(4), 1241–1270. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13524-020-00896-2 Spruyt, B. (2015). Talent, Effort or Social Background?: An empirical assessment of popular explanations for educational outcomes. European Societies. https://doi.org/10.1080/14616696.2014.977323 Thomas, K. J. (2021). A dark lens or a dark world? Conceptualising Justice Capital. International Journal of Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1002/ijop.12799 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A Narrative Account of Teacher Demoralisation University of Queensland, Australia Presenting Author:The following paper uses an autoethnographic method to investigate current teacher practice in schools. It narrativises my experience as a high school teacher and illuminates the fragmentary and diminishing spaces for teacher- produced professionalism in education.
The work of teachers in schools has suffered from “the rise of top-down prescription of both the content and form of education” (Biesta, 2020a, p. 72) restricting our professional autonomy - our daily practices defined by measurement of externally-imposed outcomes. The impact of technicist measurement regimes has led to a degradation of the important role of teachers, catalysing a crisis in attracting people to teaching, and misguided descriptions of ‘teacher burnout’ (Santoro, 2019). I discuss Ball’s description of “exteriorisation” (Ball, 2003, p. 226, see Lyotard, 1984 : 4) to external pressures, resulting in a palpable intensification in teachers’ working lives. The intention of this paper is to exemplify and interrogate the daily work of teachers and draw attention to the concomitant problem of retaining teachers in our ‘profession’ (in Australia our professions remains defined by others through externally-imposed standards). I draw on three decades of work as a practising English teacher in secondary schools in New South Wales, Australia to explore the paradigm that reduces individual teacher judgement and professionalism and encourages a sense of ‘demoralisation’ (Santoro, 2019) about my/our work.
Common narratives exist of ‘teachers do a wonderful job’, but… ‘they also need to prepare students for an unknown future, improve standardised testing results, focus on student-centred learning, teach online for ‘asynchronous learning’, teach to demonstrate ‘competency’ in achieving outcomes, track student data for school improvement…’. The list goes on and on, highlighting a confusing and disturbing melange of disparate and externally-imposed purposes.
In this paper, I tell a story about the tensions between externally-imposed factors and teacher professionalism and artistry. ‘Artistry’ should be endemic to teaching practice and involves making situational, pedagogical decisions in response to uncertain or unexpected moments in the classroom. This differs substantially to the current discourse of teacher ‘competency’ or ‘proficiency’, which reduces teacher artistry/practice to the fulfilment and measurement of outcomes and often stifles artistry/creativity in drawing out ‘subjectifying’ experiences. I draw on Gert Biesta’s writing, as his work focuses on the rediscovering the importance of teaching, particularly in the subjectification domain of educational purpose. Subjectification relates to the “subjectivity or subject-ness of those we educate”, (Biesta, 2013, p. 4) becoming “subjects of action and responsibility”, (Biesta, 2013, p.18), which orientates them towards questions about problems in relation to freedom and emancipation. The other purposes of education, qualification and socialisation, (Biesta, 2013), are overly emphasised in current schooling systems in Australia and other parts of the Anglosphere and the Global North, resulting in a reduction in the importance of teacher virtuosity (Biesta, 2103) and teacher-led professional action. Teaching in the subjectification domain requires freedom in teacher practice to maintain the integrity of education as an educational field, not one colonised by multiple external incursions.
Schools should be places of ‘freedom’ for students, providing ‘free time’ and the “space to leave their own known environment, rise above themselves and renew (and thus change in unpredictable ways) the world” (Masschelein & Simons, 2013, p. 9-10). Without this ‘renewal’, Biesta (2013) argues that education and democracy are at risk.
My paper highlights the extent to which teacher professionalism has been hindered as our practices are inflected by discourses of accountability and performativity, the antithesis to Biesta’s ideas about education. Referring to Biesta’s more recent work, I further consider how I navigate the contemporary classroom and varied school systems and attempt to maintain a sense of purpose in my work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I draw on an autoethnographic methodology to present a “unique and multifaceted window into individual experiences” (Restler, 2019, p. 621) of my teaching in schools. Autoethnography allows for “non-traditional forms of inquiry and expression” (Wall, 2006, p.146) and makes “room for other ways of knowing” (p.148), unsettling assumptions of traditional understandings of what constitutes research and knowledge. My research (I am in my first six months of a PhD) combines a ‘cumulative knowledge’ (Leavy, 2020, p. 2) of teaching experience and research. I draw on the arts-based research practice of Leavy (2020) in challenging existing methods of qualitative research, allowing for alternative ways of exploring “voice, authority, representation and reflexivity” (Leavy, 2020, p. 10). Leavy investigates the congruence between subject matter and method through the “capability of the arts to capture process”, mirroring the nature of “the unfolding nature of social life” (Leavy, 2020, p. 22). My chosen ‘arts’, in this case, are the genre of creative non-fiction and autoethnographic reflection. I present a small fragment (Mendel, 2019) of this work in this paper. For the first section of this paper, I offer an autoethnographic account in third person that is constructed to reveal an immediacy through the deployment of the present tense. It aims to be a tangible representation of a teacher’s daily life and provokes wider thinking and a critical awareness of the on-the-ground experience that science-based research may struggle to articulately as a/effectively. Teachers are increasingly objectified in our work; we have become objects of ‘educational intervention’ (Biesta, 2020b, p. 89) rather than subjects of initiative and responsibility and as such are marginalised voices, whose disagreements are often expressed only through leaving the profession. Through the interior dialogue of my experiences, I offer what I hope will be a visceral reflection of how school improvement agendas and performativity play out in a school. My paper provides a hybrid collection of narrative, analysis and personal reflection: a narrative of a ‘typical’ day of a high school teacher; an analysis of that teacher’s day focusing on the three areas of performativity, intensification and ‘future-proofing’; and a self-reflexive account of a search for schooling and an education that is ‘educational’. In sum my teacher practice, examined through autoethnography, may hold “emancipatory promise” (Wall, 2006, p. 148) and help me (and others perhaps) avoid the ‘extinguishment of my sense of agency’ (Ruti, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In needing to be accountable to external pressures in education, what has been lost in the classroom are moments of risk, dissonance and unpredictability, all vital for the domain of subjectification to be possible. Without emphasis away from qualification and socialisation, teachers are restricted in their judgement and their virtuosity. In spite of the fact that multiple educators have expressed concern about performativity and accountability for decades, the conditions that foster this kind of work have become intensified. In an eternal search to ‘improve education’, evidence-based research, predicated on causality, has dominated debates. What is clear from this research is that education, and particularly schooling, cannot be predicated on simplistic cause and effect relationships. Biesta (2020a) states that we need a “wider range of possibilities for action, based on a wider range of understandings” (p. 21) in order to validate the “open, semiotic and recursive” (Biesta, 2020a, p. 39) nature of education. This paper is an attempt to produce a narrative of (my) teacher experience about the realities of education from the margins of discourse to a more central place, authorising the importance of individual teacher judgement. This research invites others to reimagine teaching as virtuosity (Biesta, 2103) and listen to the often-silenced voices that are suppressed in attempts to discover “secure scientific knowledge about ‘what works’” (Biesta, 2020a, p.109). Narrative or autoethnographic research, produced by practising teachers in the field offers authentic, experiential and reflexive knowledge about the importance of teacher freedom and the need to reduce the instrumentalisation of education. For education to remain ‘educational’, we must hold fast to notions of autonomy and freedom in teacher practice. References Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. Biesta, G. J. J. (2013). The Beautiful Risk of Education, Paradigm Publishers, 5589 Arapahoe Avenue, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. Biesta, G.J. J. (2015). An Appetite for Transcendence: A Response to Doris Santoro’s and Samuel Rocha’s Review of The Beautiful Risk of Education. Stud Philos Educ 34, 419–422 (2015). Biesta, G. J. J. (2017). The Rediscovery of Teaching. Taylor & Francis Group. Biesta, G. (2020a). Educational research: An unorthodox introduction. Bloomsbury Publishing. Biesta, G. (2020b). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89-104. June Biesta, G.J.J. (2022). World-centred education: a view for the present. Routledge. Biesta, G. J. J. (2023). On being a teacher: How to respond to the global construction of teachers and their teaching. In Making of a Teacher in the Age of Migration. London/New York: Bloomsbury. Biesta, G. J. J. & Säfström, C. A. (2011). A manifesto for education. Policy futures in education, 9(5), 540-547. Heimans, S. & Biesta, G. J. J. (2020). Rediscovering the beauty and risk of education research and teaching: an interview with Gert Biesta by Stephen Heimans, Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 48:2, 101-111. Leavy, P. (2020). Method meets art: Arts-based research practice. Guilford publications. Masschelein, J., Simons, M. (2013). In Defence of the School. A Public Issue, Education, Culture & Society Publishers; Leuven, 2013-01 Mendel, M. (2019). The spatial ways democracy works: On the pedagogy of common places. Why, why now? Research in Education (Manchester), 103(1), 5–18. Restler, V. (2019). Countervisualities of care: re-visualizing teacher labor, Gender and Education, 31:5, 643-654. Ruti, M. (2014). In search of defiant subjects: Resistance, rebellion, and political agency in Lacan and Marcuse. Psychoanalysis, Culture & Society, 19, 297-314. Santoro, D. (2019). The problem with stories about teacher “burnout” Phi Delta Kappan, 101(4), 26–33. Wall, S. (2006). An Autoethnography on Learning About Autoethnography. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(2), 146–160. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Tensions in the University Classroom: the Double Burden of Critical Education University of Amsterdam, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The following is my proposal for a PhD research project. I am looking to present this project in hopes of receiving feedback on my research design. While universities increasingly aim to address the contemporary crises faced by society, it is critical educators who contextualize such crises as structural and help students engage with these structures. The demand for critical education is more pressing than ever, yet the struggles such educators face in the classroom are often unaddressed. To teach a course on capitalism, white-supremacy and patriarchy means to create both personal and interpersonal tensions in your classroom. Students arguing with each other, students arguing with the lecturer, frustration, expectation, disappointment and sometimes even anger are par for the course of critical education. The point is not that ‘regular’ education does not encounter its own set of tensions, such as neoliberal policy forcing the instrumentalization of higher education, but that critical educators experience an added set of tensions that revolve around their course content and pedagogy. While such tensions are highly visible, sometimes even making the news, they are rarely conceptualized as something structural, as something which educational programs need to account for. One explanation for such tensions in critical education revolves around the politicization of ‘critical’ topics. The topics addressed by critical educators are politically contentious topics, racism, feminism, the climate crisis, which means there will be divisions and disagreements along people’s political alignment. This explanation covers some of the difficulties critical educators face, allegations of ‘wokeness’ or students who expect certain conclusions from you. However, this explanation fails to explain why these topics become political and therefore fails to explain a range of other tensions encountered in critical education. Another explanation for the tensions in critical education says that critical education arouses anger and other emotions that can derail the classroom (Zembylas, 2007; Harlap, 2014). For example, a student might take offense to the course content and their discontent becomes a stumbling block to continue class. A flaw of this explanation is that it is too broad. Any classroom tension can be classified as related to emotions and it remains unclear why critical education would arouse more emotions than ‘regular’ education. While these explanations are not exhaustive, the struggles facing critical education remain obscure and therefore difficult if not impossible for universities to take account of. The central questions for my research proposal would then be: how can educational scientists conceptualize the particular struggles facing critical education? What even are the tensions experienced by critical educators? Lastly, how are these tensions related to the structures addressed by critical educators? Theoretically, to investigate the tensions critical educators experience in university classrooms the project will lean on three concepts. First, I will use Paulo Freire’s understanding of critical education and specifically his concept of ‘the oppressor in us’, second Max Van Manen’s concept of ‘critical reflection’ as the goal for critical education, and third Baxter’s conceptualization of tensions as dialectical and other scholar’s application of dialectical tensions to the classroom setting. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project would revolve around two components, an ethnographic study of critical education at the University of Amsterdam and the Erasmus University Rotterdam, and a course on critical education taught by me (possibly in collaboration with a potential supervisor). The ethnographic study would include participation in critical courses, and interviews with the students, lecturers and their colleagues. Critical education includes a wide variety of topics, and the ethnographic component of the research project is meant to account for possible variations in the types of tensions critical educators experience. The project will operationalize the definition of critical education by looking for courses that revolve around words such as ‘social justice, oppression, capitalism, feminism, white supremacy, patriarchy, imperialism, colonialism, abolition, decolonize’ and others. After speaking with the lecturers of such courses regardless of department or discipline, I will speak with the lecturers and ask for their permission to regularly attend their courses and conduct intermittent interviews with them throughout. During my observations I would look for dialectical tensions encountered by the educators, this can take the form of student grievances, emotional outbursts, loaded questions and ethical dilemmas. For the second component, I would teach my own critical course to both experience the difficulties of ‘critical’ education firsthand and involve students in the research project. A student perspective is crucial for understanding the tensions that come with critical education, and through this course students can be meaningfully included in the research. The course would be intended for more seasoned students, third year bachelor students or above, and its topical focus will be Marxism and critical education. I envision the course as a research-oriented course where students can explore and bring their own interests to class. The first two weeks I would require them to read critical education literature to show them the different expectations they can have of the course and me. Students would then be asked to bring topics that they feel are difficult to discuss but still would like to learn about for the following weeks. Together we would find academic texts and frameworks, possibly guest lecturers, and discuss the tensions that come with their topics. For the research data, students will be asked every two weeks to fill out an adapted version of the ‘Critical Incident Questionnaire’ (Gilstrap & Dupree, 2008). Additionally, they will also be asked weekly about their perspective on the tensions present in the classroom. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In theorizing how critical education brings its own dynamics to the classroom, the project is of relevance to the Sociology of Education and the relatively new field of Critical university Studies. First, the Sociology of Education is relatively blind to the hardships experienced during critical education, because of the tendency to connect critical education to more specific pedagogies such as ‘problem-based learning’ and the like. However, critical education can be practiced in any educational setting and need not involve clearly delineating boundaries. The project would therefore push the boundaries of the field in providing a novel perspective on the tensions specific to critical education. Second, as Shain & Ozga warn, the Sociology of Education struggles to remain relevant for educators and policymakers as educators are conceptualized as cogs in a broader societal machine and policy is conceptualized as the reforming or updating of its capitalist underpinnings, an argument which is now prevalent within the Critical University Studies. Without dismissing this analysis, the project would center the education practices which challenge the reproduction of oppressive regimes. In doing so, the project pushes the boundaries of the fields by adding to increasing literature within the Sociology of Education that can be useful for educators and policy makers. Additionally, while a combination of research/teaching is not new to these fields, the research methodology remains undertheorized. I believe scholars of education can benefit from ‘stepping into’ the field themselves, allowing for student input and creativity in research and course design. References Baxter, L.A., & Montgomery, B.M. (1996). Relating: Dialogues and Dialectics. New York, NY: Guilford Press. Chiang, K. H., & Karjalainen, A. (2022). Fluid Education-a New Pedagogical Possibility. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(6), 991–1004. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2021.1958254 Freire, P. (2005). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Continuum. Gilstrap, D. L., & Dupree, J. (2008). Assessing Learning, Critical Reflection, and Quality Educational Outcomes: The Critical Incident Questionnaire. College & Research Libraries, 69(5), 407–426. https://doi.org/10.5860/0690407 Harlap, Y. (2014). Preparing university educators for hot moments: theater for educational development about difference, power, and privilege. Teaching in Higher Education, 19(3), 217–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2013.860098 Mampaey, J., Schtemberg, V., Schijns, J., Huisman, J., & Wæraas, A. (2020). Internal branding in higher education: dialectical tensions underlying the discursive legitimation of a new brand of student diversity. Higher Education Research and Development, 39(2), 230–243. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2019.1674252 van Manen, M. (1977). Linking Ways of Knowing with Ways of Being Practical. Curriculum Inquiry, 6(3), 205–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/03626784.1977.11075533 Prentice, C. M., & Kramer, M. W. (2006). Dialectical Tensions in the Classroom: Managing Tensions through Communication. The Southern Communication Journal, 71(4), 339–361. https://doi.org/10.1080/10417940601000436 Zembylas, M. (2007). Mobilizing Anger for Social Justice: The politicization of the emotions in education. Teaching Education (Columbia, S.C.), 18(1), 15–28. https://doi.org/10.1080/10476210601151516 |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 G: Mathematics Education Research Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Karen Jordan Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper An Exploration of the Impact of Mathematical Modelling and Culturally Relevant Pedagogy on Students’ motivation in Mathematics Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Historically, school mathematics has been viewed as a complex and abstract subject with little relevance to daily life (Ernest, 2016). Eccles (1983) found that student negativity towards mathematics increases over time, mirroring a decline in self-belief and motivation. Eccles et al. (1993) subsequently investigated the causes of declining motivation, and found that getting older was not the primary driver; rather the decline was influenced by teachers exhibiting more control over students as they advanced through grades, restricting student decision-making and conveying lower expectations in students’ ability. In their seminal report, Kilpatrick et al. (2001) identified five interconnected components that are necessary to learn mathematics successfully. One of these components is productive disposition, essentially a combination of self-efficacy and perceived usefulness for mathematics (Kilpatrick et al., 2001). Both self-efficacy and seeing that mathematics demonstrates utility (useful for future goals) are considered vital for motivation (Gafoor & Kurukkan, 2015). For this study, Eccles & Wigfield’s (2020) Situated Expectancy-Value Theory will be used as a theoretical framework. The framework indicates primarily that expectancies and values drive future performance. Eccles (1983) found that motivation is boosted when students value the tasks that they are engaging with. Task values are a function of attainment values (Importance of succeeding), intrinsic values (Enjoyment), utility values (help with forthcoming goals) and cost(Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). In their framework, Eccles & Wigfield (2020) indicate that utility value is the most ‘malleable’ of task values. Utility value interventions have shown promise in improving student effort generally (Hulleman et al., 2008), but also specifically within mathematics (Liebendörfer & Schukajlow, 2020). However, despite evidence that utility value interventions positively impact student motivation, many teachers are unaware of its relevance (Hulleman & Barron, 2013). While utility value interventions may improve motivation, what one person might see as useful another may not; it is important to remain cognisant of the fact that utility values are individual, and can be influenced by cultural differences. It is therefore worthwhile considering the potential of culturally responsive teaching as a method of enhancing students’ perceived utility values towards mathematics. Hunter et al. (2016) noted student reactions to culturally relevant interventions, citing comments such as “When the problems are about us you can see that maths is real and it’s useful……not just something random you do at school”. This demonstrates that relating mathematics to familiar contexts can impact utility value. Lowrie (2004) also highlights the benefits of using artefacts to make mathematical tasks more realistic, which may lead to students seeing increased utility value in mathematics. Another approach that has been noted as supporting students to understand the relevance of more abstract mathematical concepts is mathematical modelling (Liebendörfer & Schukajlow, 2020). With mathematical modelling there is no definite answer; students take real-life scenarios, mathematise them, identify variables, make assumptions, generate initial solutions before iteratively reviewing the process (Sahin et al., 2019). By engaging with the process of modelling, students can reflect and generate further examples themselves. Regular Mathematical modelling tasks can enable students to encounter numerous concepts routinely in a variety of contexts, benefitting productive disposition and indeed all five components of mathematical proficiency (Kilpatrick et al., 2001). The goal of this research is to draw together mathematical modelling and culturally responsive teaching in an approach to mathematics teaching that aims increase students’ perceived utility values, productive disposition and motivation, ultimately contributing to successful learning of mathematics. The overarching research question is: What impact does incorporating culturally relevant mathematical modelling tasks have on students’ utility value for mathematics? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research will be conducted via a mixed-methods case study, using Situated Expectancy-Value as a theoretical framework. The intervention will be conducted over the course of two academic years, with students and teachers from a single school. Quantitative data in relation to utility values of students - will be generated by way of a questionnaire administered at various points throughout the research. Qualitative data from both teachers and students via focus group discussions and exit tickets throughout will be collected. The sample of students will be age ~12-13 at the beginning of the intervention (ISCED 2) and three of their teachers. The choice of conducting this intervention with this age group (first year, lower secondary in Ireland) is due to the recent addition of mathematical modelling to the Irish curriculum for this cohort ("Junior Cycle Mathematics," 2024). In addition to teaching students, training for teachers will be provided, where eventually they will be facilitating mathematical modelling lessons. If successful, the intervention will be expanded to more schools. In terms of professional development for teachers, the principles of ‘Experiential Learning Design’ will be followed. Participants will have opportunities to teach in the manner that the training has suggested. They can then reflect on the teaching and learning of students, abstract their reflections and embed this into their practice going forward. This form of professional development is participant-centred and, while quite intensive, it has been shown to be very beneficial for participants (Girvan et al., 2016). Research Questions: 1. Does incorporating culturally relevant artefacts into task designing mathematical modelling tasks increase student utility value for mathematics? 2. Does engaging with mathematical modelling tasks increase student’s conceptual understanding of abstract mathematical concepts? 3. Does incorporating culturally relevant artefacts into task designing mathematical modelling tasks increase student performance in Mathematical Investigation assessment (2nd year Classroom Based Assessment in Ireland, (ISCED 2)) Data 1. Quantitative data from student surveys. 2. Students will complete reflective exit tickets following lessons. 3. Focus group discussions will be conducted with both teachers and students. They will allow for capturing of real-life complexities that quantitative data may not (Zainal, 2007). Focus group discussions topics will include task values, expectations, attributions of past performance and self-concept of ability (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). 4. A thorough analysis will then be compiled of both qualitative feedback from students and teachers and quantitative data from student utility values and in-class assessments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Ultimately, the goal is for students to be successful. Motivation is strongly correlated with future success (Amrai et al., 2011), however, research has shown that motivation, tends to decline as students get older ((Parsons), 1983). Many factors contribute to this decline, but one that has been noted by some authors is the lack of perceived relevance of the subject. However, it is hoped that by situating the mathematics in situations that are relevant to the students, it may be possible to slow, or even halt, this decline (Eccles et al., 1993). The Situated Expectancy-Value theory provides a useful framework through which to explore the effect of the kinds of teaching and learning promoted by this study. Students may identify increased cultural relevance in their mathematics due to culturally relevant artefacts being the basis for mathematical modelling tasks thereby increasing utility value. In sum, this research aims to investigate whether incorporating culturally relevant mathematical modelling tasks leads to increased utility values as outlined in Eccles & Wigfield (2020) and improved academic performance for students. References (Parsons), J. E. (1983). Expectancies, Values and Academic Behaviours. In J. T. Spence, Achievement and Achievement Motives (pp. 75-146). San Francisco: W.H. Freeman and Company. Amrai, K., Motlagh, S. E., & Parhon, H. A. (2011). The relationship between academic motivation and academic achievement students. Procedia Social and Behavioural Sciences, 399-402. An Roinn Oidicheas agus Scileanna. (2024, January 31). Junior Cycle Mathematics. Retrieved from curriculumonline.ie: https://www.curriculumonline.ie/Junior-cycle/Junior-Cycle-Subjects/Mathematics/ Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 1-13. Eccles, J. S., Wigfield, A., Midgley, C., Reuman, D., MacIver, D., & Feldlaufer, H. (1993). Negative Effects of Traditional Middle Schools on Students' Motivation. The Elementary School Journal, 554-574. Ernest, P. (2016). The Collatoral Damage of Learning Mathematics. Philosophy of Mathematics Education Journal, 13-55. Gafoor, K. A., & Kurukkan, A. (2015, August 18). Why High School Students Feel Mathematics Difficult? An Exploration of Affective Beliefs. Retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov: https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED560266.pdf Girvan, C., Conneely, C., & Tangney, B. (2016). Extending experiential learning in teacher professional development. Teaching and Teacher Education, 129-139. Hulleman, C. S., & Barron, K. E. (2013, May 1). Teacher Perceptions of Student Motivational Challenges and Best Strategies to Enhance Motivation. Charlotsville, Virginia, United States of America: American Educational Research Association. Hulleman, C. S., Durik, A. M., Schweigert, S. A., & Harackiewicz, J. M. (2008). Task Values, Achievement Goals, and Interest: An Integrative Analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 398-416. Hunter, J., Hunter, •. R., Bills, T., Cheung, I., Hannant, B., Kritesh, K., & Lachaiya, R. (2016). Developing Equity for Pa¯sifika Learners Within a New Zealand Context: Attending to Culture and Values. NZ J Educ Stud, 197-209. Kilpatrick, J., Swafford, J., & Findell, B. (2001). Adding it Up; Helping Children Learn Mathematics Successfully. Washington D.C.: National Academy Press. Liebendörfer, M., & Schukajlow, S. (2020). Quality matters: how reflecting on the utility valu of mathematics affects future teachers' interest. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 199-218. Lowrie, T. (2004). Making mathematics meaningful, realistic and personalised: Changing the direction of relevance and applicability. Towards Excellence in Mathematics (p. 10pp). Brunswick, Australia: The Mathematics Association of Victoria. Sahin, S., Dogan, M., Cavus Erdem, Z., Gurbuz, R., & Temurtas, A. (2019). Prospective Teachers’ Criteria for Evaluating Mathematical Modeling Problems. International Journal of Research in Education and Science, 730-743. Zainal, Z. (2007). Case study as a research method. Jurnal Kemanusiaan, 1-6. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Model of Coping Strategies for Primary School Students' Mathematical Problem-Solving Difficulties Kaunas University of Tech, Lithuania Presenting Author:Educational assessment studies show that students have difficulties in mathematics, particularly in problem solving. This could be a difficulty in at least one of the four phases (Polya, 1945), namely: understanding the problem, making a plan, carrying out the plan, and looking back. Other studies have also examined the different ways in which students cope with such difficulties. Problem solving is a fundamental skill, both now and in the future. Researchers have long been concerned with its development, and its relevance remains undiminished. The academic study of problem solving emerged in the second half of the 20th century. In the 1970s and 1980s, it focused primarily on elucidating the nature of mathematical problems, students' approaches to solving them, and the salient aspects of problem solving that warrant investigation (Schoenfeld, 1985). More recently, scholarly attention has shifted to educators' perspectives on problem solving and strategies for its improvement (Boaler, 2002; Schoenfeld, 2010, 2014; Stein et al., 2008). In this study, we have investigated the multifaceted domain of problem solving, with a particular focus on the strategies employed in solving mathematical word problems. Van der Schoot et al. (2009) investigated the factors that differentiate successful and less successful problem solvers in their approach to word problems, highlighting in particular the impact of consistency and markedness. Recognised as a fundamental tool for assessing students' practical application of mathematical knowledge, mathematical word problems are often presented in text form rather than using purely mathematical symbols (Daroczy et al., 2015). In solving these problems, as highlighted by Verschaffel et al. (2000), the solver is required to use mathematical operations on known or inferred numerical values from the problem statement to arrive at a solution. This process, according to Kang et al. (2023), can serve as an indicator of the problem solver's abstract reasoning ability. Recently, the scholarly focus has shifted to exploring educators' perspectives on problem solving and coping strategies to improve it (Boaler, 2002; Schoenfeld, 2010, 2014; Stein et al., 2008). Significantly, not every mathematical word problem is sufficiently challenging for students, highlighting the need for exposure to truly complex tasks that promote mathematical sense making (Marcus & Fey, 2003; NCTM, 1991; van de Walle, 2003). Word problems are a particularly difficult type of problem for mathematics students (Verschaffel et al., 2020). Jacobson (2023) defines dyscalculia as a term for specific learning disabilities that affect a child's ability to do arithmetic and number. The estimated prevalence is 5-7% in primary school children. Mathematics covers a wide range of areas: arithmetic, problem solving, geometry, algebra, probability and statistics. Solving mathematical problems requires students to mobilise a range of skills related to number sense, symbol decoding, memory, visuospatial skills, logic, etc., and may lead to difficulties in any one or a combination of these skills (Karagiannakis et al., 2014). Even if these students have not been diagnosed with a mathematical disorder, they need systematic support to learn mathematics because, according to a study by Nelson and Powel (2017), they are likely to continue to experience mathematical difficulties in the future. This paper aims to construct a model for overcoming mathematics learning difficulties by taking into account the congruent abilities required for problem solving, based on Feuerstein's (2015) mediated learning method and Karagiannakis et al.'s (2014) mathematics learning difficulties. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Scopus and Web of Science databases were used for the study because of their reputation for providing reliable and comprehensive data, ease of data extraction, and extensive coverage of relevant articles. After automated data screening in both databases, the selected articles were catalogued in Research Information Systems (RIS) format to ensure the compilation of a scientifically rigorous body of evidence. All identified articles were then imported into Zotero. This meticulous curation process was facilitated by assigning codes to the articles and applying exclusion criteria within the Zotero platform. The selected articles were integrated into the MAXQDA program, and the data were coded using an inductive approach. Inductive reasoning, as postulated by Leavy (2017), is often used in qualitative research, where the primary aim is to uncover entirely new and unexplored data, thus promoting the generation of new knowledge rather than reinforcing existing theoretical frameworks. The qualitative codes derived from the data were then analysed within the interpretive paradigm, in line with the principles elucidated by Leavy (2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This work is expected to result in a theoretical model that reflects the level of flexibility needed to overcome students' learning difficulties and the potential for teachers to apply this model in schools to improve students' use of problem-solving strategies. References 1.Boaler, J. (2002). Experiencing school mathematics. In Routledge eBooks. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781410606365 2.Feuerstein, R., Falik, L., & Feuerstein, R. S. (2015). Changing Minds and Brains—The Legacy of Reuven Feuerstein: Higher Thinking and Cognition Through Mediated Learning. Teachers College Press. 3.Karagiannakis, G., Baccaglini-Frank, A., & Papadatos, Y. (2014). Mathematical learning difficulties subtypes classification. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2014.00057 4.Leavy, P. (2017). Research design: Quantitative, Qualitative, Mixed Methods, Arts-Based, and Community-Based Participatory Research Approaches. Guilford Publications. 5.Schoenfeld, A. H. (2010). How we think. In Routledge eBooks. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203843000 6.Schoenfeld, A. H. (2014a). Mathematical problem solving. Elsevier. 7.Stein, M. K., Engle, R. A., Smith, M. S., & Hughes, E. K. (2008). Orchestrating Productive Mathematical Discussions: Five practices for helping teachers move beyond show and tell. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 10(4), 313–340. https://doi.org/10.1080/10986060802229675 8.Van Der Schoot, M., Arkema, A. H. B., Horsley, T., & Van Lieshout, E. (2009). The consistency effect depends on markedness in less successful but not successful problem solvers: An eye movement study in primary school children. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 34(1), 58–66. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2008.07.002 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper How to Develop Skills and Motivation to Learn Mathematics? Federacja Akademii Wojskowych, Poland Presenting Author:How to develop skills and motivation to learn mathematics? I speak from the perspective of Polish experiences in developing maths education. I refer to transmissive teaching in accordance with the curriculum culture. I do this with hope this might be interesting for an international audience as the beyond Polish specificity this case pertains to a more universal validity. The results my research show the importance of individualization of teaching and the role of building a sense of self-competence and mathematical self-confidence. At school, mathematics education is often based only on providing students with knowledge and implementing the core curriculum. According to Małgorzata Żytko (2013), the National Survey of Third-Grade Skills [Ogólnopolskie Badanie Umiejętności Trzecioklasistów, OBUT] suggested that the main aim of education is the implementation of the core curriculum, not the development of children and meeting their individual educational needs. Anna Brzezińska (1986) similarly stated that the teaching and communication style in the teaching-learning process should be "child-oriented" and not "core curriculum-oriented". She said that you should talk to the child and organize situations in which the student actively participates, investigates and tries to solve problems on his own. In turn, Edyta Gruszczyk-Kolczyńska (2011) proved that primary school reduces mathematical abilities. She showed that more than 50% preschoolers have mathematical abilities such as ease of learning mathematics, great cognitive curiosity, creativity, accuracy and independence in solving mathematical tasks. In the group of first-graders, only 12,5% students has outstanding talents. Gruszczyk-Kolczyńska noticed that after eight months of school, children are less creative, less courageous and have a lower sense of meaning in learning than in kindergarten. Therefore, the priority of my research was to focus on the developing the skills and motivation to learn mathematics of students with different levels of competence and meeting individual educational needs of each student. The basic questions that guided the research were: how to work on individualised strategies of teaching mathematics being a schoolteacher, so that each student makes progress in learning mathematics? What is the importance of strengthening a child's self-confidence and motivation in learning mathematics? What teaching methods and forms of work will be best for each student? I did the research among eight-grade primary school students. There were 21 students in this group. The research lasted from September 2022 to February 2023. The study group were students from Ukraine, students with dyslexia, selective auditory processing disorders and hyperactivity. I created an original program. It considered the individualization of teaching mathematics. I used a scaffolding strategy and various methods and forms of work (e.g. tutoring, project method, problem-based learning, using tasks with different levels of difficulty) and adapted the subject matter to the cognitive capacity of each student. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In my study, I used both qualitative (action research) and quantitative (survey) methods of collecting data for triangulation. I considered that this methods would complement each other and thus provide a comprehensive answer to the research questions. I wanted to triangulate diagnostic data from the survey with the quantitative data gathered during action research. The former allowed to obtain a lot of information of interest about the each student in a short period of time. I used survey to identify the specific mathematical areas where students have the most problems. I learned about both mathematical skills and approach to learning and learning-related problems, as well as individual differences of students (e.g. learning style, gender, emotional intelligence). While action research allowed the teacher to contribute to educational and didactic changes and benefit all participants involved. The analysis of the data collected has made it possible to specify areas for further action research. Based on the survey, I developed specific teaching strategies to help develop each pupil's mathematical skills. I created the original program and used various methods and forms of work and adapted the subject matter to the cognitive capacity of each student. The combination of diagnostic surveys and action research allowed for an individual approach to developing learning abilities in mathematics, taking into account the needs of each student. I used techniques such as a questionnaire, interview, document analysis and participant observation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research results confirmed the effectiveness of individualizing teaching and students' motivation, as well as strengthening the child's faith in their own abilities. The best methods of motivating students to learn mathematics were: using tasks with different levels of difficulty playing "hook for the teacher", tutoring and problem-based learning. The research showed qualitative and quantitative progress in the work of most eighth-graders. Students improved their results on the eighth-grade trial exam in December compared to the September national diagnostic test. The January nationwide project „Sesja z plusem” [Session with Plus] also saw improvement. The average result in this class is 51% and is 13 percentage points higher than the average nationwide result. It's worth asking yourself: if the majority of students in this class made progress in their mathematics learning skills within a few months, then what progress would there be if the teacher used such methods in the earlier years of primary school? Would the school then reduce students' mathematics abilities, as proved by Gruszczyk-Kolczyńska? I agree with Małgorzata Żytko (2013) that the main aim of teaching should not only be the implementation of the core curriculum, but primarily focusing on the development of each child's mathematics learning skills. I believe that if this is our priority in mathematics education, students' results on national tests will also be satisfactory. References Bruner, J.S. (1974). W poszukiwaniu teorii nauczania. Państwowy Instytut Wydawniczy. Warszawa. Brzezińska, A. Styl komunikacji dorosłego z dzieckiem a aktywność twórcza dziecka w sferze języka. Życie Szkoły. 1986, 9. 502-512. Cervinkova, H. Badania w działaniu i zaangażowana antropologia edukacyjna, Teraźniejszość -Człowiek-Edukacja. 2012, 1. 7-18. Czerepaniak-Walczak, M. Badanie w działaniu w kształceniu i doskonaleniu nauczycieli, Przegląd Badań Edukacyjnych. 2014, 2,. p. 185. Chlewiński, Z. (1991). Kształtowanie się umiejętności poznawczych. Identyfikacja pojęć. Państwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe. Warszawa. p. 11. Creswell, J.W. (2013). Projektowanie badań naukowych. Metody jakościowe, ilościowe i mieszane. Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Jagielońskiego. Kraków. Dąbrowski, M. (2007). Pozwólmy dzieciom myśleć. O umiejętnościach matematycznych polskich trzecioklasistów. Centralna Komisja Edukacyjna. Warszawa. p. 95. Filipiak, E. (2008). Rozwijanie zdolności uczenia się, Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Kazimierza Wielkiego, Bydgoszcz. Grochowska, L. Metody aktywizujące na lekcjach matematyki i nie tylko…. Gdyński Kwartalnik Oświatowy. 2016, 1. 42-45. Gruszczyk-Kolczyńska, E.Szkoła, rzeźnia talentów, Dziennik Gazeta Prawna, 90, 10.05.2013. Kopaliński W., Słownik języka polskiego i zwrotów obcojęzycznych z almanachem, Klub Świat Książki, Warszawa 2000. Hornowski B., Rozwój inteligencji i uzdolnień specjalnych, Warszawa 1986, p. 48. Mietzel, G. (2002). Psychologia kształcenia. Praktyczny podręcznik dla pedagogów i nauczycieli. Gdańskie Wydawnictwo Psychologiczne. Gdańsk. p. 374. Nowak-Łojewska, A. (red.). (2021). Action research w praktyce. Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Gdańskiego. Gdańsk. Nowakowska, M. Uśmiech przy tablicy, Psychologia w szkole, 2013, 3 . 92-93. Piaget, J. P (1970). Science of education and the psychology of the child, Viking Press. New York. p. 151. Pietrasiński, Z. (1975). Zdolności, [w:] T. Tomaszewski (red.), Psychologia. Warszawa. p. 736. Pilch , T., Bauman T. (2001). Zasady badań pedagogicznych. Strategie ilościowe i jakościowe, Wydawnictwo Akademickie „Żak”., Warszawa. Reason P., Bradbury H. (2006). The SAGE Handbook of Action Research. Participative Inquiry and Practice. SAGE Publications. Los Angeles. Teliszewska A. (2012). Jak asertywnie chwalić i krytykować. Psychologia w szkole. 4. p. .42. Wygotski L.S.(1971). Problem nauczania i rozwoju umysłowego w wieku szkolnym, [w]: Wygotski L.S., Wybrane prace psychologiczne. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Warszawa. p. 542. Zimbardo P.G., Johnos R.L. (2014). McCann V., Psychologia. Kluczowe koncepcje. Motywacja i uczenie się, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Warszawa. p. 222. Żytko, M. Ogólnopolskie Badanie Umiejętności Trzecioklasistów (OBUT) – pedagogiczny eksperyment z „politycznymi konsekwencjami”. Teraźniejszość – Człowiek – Edukacja. 2013, 4(64), p.101 – 116. www.ls.gwo.pl/raporty-do-pobrania [acces date 30.04.2023]. www.operon.pl [acces date 30.04.2023]. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A glance on Out-of-Field mathematics teaching. Insights from England and New South Wales. The University of Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:The shortage of mathematics teachers has raised several concerns in education systems around the world. One pressing issue involves addressing the vacancies in classrooms, often leading to the emergence of the out-of-field (OOF) teaching phenomenon. This phenomenon entails teaching a subject without a background in the subject or preparation for teaching it. Part of the literature have focused on the impact of teacher qualifications on students’ academic performance. There are studies that reveal disadvantages for students taught by OOF teachers (Porsch & Whannell, 2019). In subjects with cumulative content, such as mathematics, the complexity of which escalates across grade levels, the significance of teachers' qualifications becomes notably pronounced (Hobbs & Törner, 2019). Other strand of literature focus on the consequences for teachers. Challenges in competence and the additional workload associated with OOF teaching are often connected to job dissatisfaction and emotional challenges, including stress, anxiety, and burnout (Buenacosa & Petalla, 2022). Consequently, different policies have emerged to address the issue of OOF mathematics teaching. Focusing on the English former Teacher Subject Specialism Training (TSST) programme and the Australian (NSW) Mathematics Retraining program, this study was guided by the question: how is the phenomenon of OOF mathematics teaching constructed in these two policies? Remembering that policies are designed by people makes us reflect on the assumptions that were made about the phenomenon, and which were left out In 2023, the media has echoed the phenomenon, highlighting that 12% mathematics lessons are taught by someone without a mathematics degree in England, while in Australia 33% of secondary maths teachers were OOF (Carey & Caroll., 2023; Weale, 2023). England and Australia share historical ties, but they also exhibit distinctive educational systems shaped by unique cultural, policy, and contextual factors. This paper shedding light on the nuanced ways each case problematizes and therefore acts upon the same phenomenon. This paper has two objectives. On the one hand, to identify, through the analysis of two international cases, the assumptions regarding the phenomenon of OOF teaching. On the other hand, to compare the representations given to the phenomenon in England and NSW. Traditionally in policy analysis, there has been a conventional belief that policy documents are rational and objective reactions to pre-established and fixed social problems (Bacchi, 2009; Ball, 1993). Therefore, analysts often inquire “what is this policy doing to fix the identified problem?” (Bacchi, 2009). Bacchi argues that these texts, by outlining necessary changes, incorporate implicit representations of the issue or problem they intend to address. Moreover, she contends that such policy documents may inadvertently contribute to defining and spreading the very issues they seek to solve. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The WPR methodology is based on three fundamental assumptions. First, it recognises policy-as-discourse, encompassing assumptions, presumptions, values, and subjectivities. Second, it examines problematizations by analysing how the problem is represented, focusing on the importance of studying the articulation of 'problems'. Third, the WPR underscores the necessity of scrutinizing these problematizations, emphasizing the evaluation of their underlying assumptions and their consequences (Bacchi 2009, xxi). In a way, one of the advantages of the WPR approach is its simplicity. Bacchi offers a structure that allows for an orderly and transparent analysis. Six questions were posed to address the policy. •Question 1: What are the problems represented in policies that directly address the OOF teaching? •Question 2: What deep-seated presuppositions or assumptions underlie this representation of the ‘problem’? •Question 3: How has this representation of the ‘problem’ come about? •Question 4: What remains unproblematic in this problem representation? Where are the silences? Can the ‘problem’ be conceptualized differently? •Question 5: What effects are produced by this representation of the ‘problem’? •Question 6: How and where has this representation of the ‘problem’ been produced, disseminated, and defended? How has it been and how can it be disrupted and replaced? These questions guide analysts and require breaking away from traditional (solution-focused) approaches, unravelling the root of the policy and the birth of the particular problem to be addressed. The WPR appeals to look at the policy not only in the official text (not publicly accessible in most cases), but also in the discourses, constructions that can stem from it. Thus, for this paper, policy can be defined as official public documents that articulate structured statements and directives, representing efforts to address the OOF phenomenon. Therefore, the official public documents used for this study are: • Teacher subject specialism training (TSST): programme details • Teacher subject specialism training (TSST): course directory • Blog. Teaching: Taking on a new challenge - making the move from PE to maths • Mathematics Retraining Program- General Information • Mathematics Retraining Programme – frequently asked questions • Mathematics Retraining Programme - Participant Information Session • Mathematics Retraining/Mentoring Programme Drop-in Session • Mathematics Retraining programme and Mentoring Programmes Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary problem representation identified is the lack of subject-specific expertise among teachers which these policies aim to address through professional development and retraining programs. This methodology underscores a belief in enhancing teacher qualifications as a strategy for improving quality teaching and addresses the immediate need for subject-specific skills in secondary schools. There is an implicit suggestion that the primary solution to OOF teaching lies in individual teacher improvement, rather than systemic changes or broader support mechanisms. The effects of these problem representations are multifaceted. On the one hand, they lead to initiatives that directly enhance teacher competencies and may improve classroom teaching quality. On the other hand, they may inadvertently place additional pressures on teachers, requiring them to undertake further training, often without addressing the broader structural challenges that lead to OOF teaching. In examining the literature on OOF teaching, it becomes apparent that the policies in both England and NSW frame OOF teaching as a detriment to educational quality. Consequently, these policies propose training as a solution, operating under the assumption that enhancing teachers' qualifications will positively impact student learning outcomes. However, this approach to problematisation often neglects the wellbeing of the teachers themselves. While the primary aim of these programs is to retrain teachers for mathematics teaching, it's important for policies addressing OOF teaching to consider those educators who continue to teach OOF but do not participate in these programs. Providing support for teachers who remain in OOF positions, yet are not beneficiaries of these retraining programs, is crucial. Such support can mitigate issues like teacher burnout, stress, and anxiety, potentially averting long-term consequences like teacher attrition. This focus on teacher welfare within OOF teaching policies is essential for a comprehensive approach to addressing the challenges in this area. References Bacchi, C., 2009. Analysing policy: what’s the problem represented to be? Frenchs Forest: Pearson. Bacchi, C., 2012. Why study problematisations? Making politics visible. Open journal of political science, 2 (1), 1–8. doi:10.4236/ojps.2012.21001 Ball, S.J., 1993. What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. Discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, 13 (2), 10–17. doi:10.1080/0159630930130203. Buenacosa, M.S.A. & Petalla, M. B. (2022). Embracing the Unknown: Adaptability and Resiliency of Out-of-Field Secondary Teachers Teaching English in Public Schools. Asian Journal of Education and Social Studies, 37(2), 1-29. https://doi.org/10.9734/ajess/2022/v37i2796 Carey, A. & Caroll, L. (2023, June 14). ‘Number of specialist maths teachers just doesn’t add up’. The Sydney Morning Herald. https://www.smh.com.au/education/number-of-specialist-maths-teachers-just-doesn-t-add-up-20230614-p5dgjm.html Hobbs, L. & Törner, G. (2019). Teaching Out-of-Field as a Phenomenon and Research Problem. In L. Hobbes & G. Törner (eds.), Examining the Phenomenon of “Teaching Out-of-field” (3-20). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_1 Porsch, R., and R. Whannell. 2019. “Out-of-Field Teaching Affecting Students and Learning: What Is Known and Unknown.” In Examining the Phenomenon of “Teaching Out-of-Field”: International Perspectives on Teaching as a Non-Specialist, edited by L. Hobbs and G. Törner, 179–191. Singapore: Springer. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_7. Weale, S. (2023, April 17). ‘Shortage of teachers will be a big maths problem for Rishi Sunak. The Guardian. https://www.theguardian.com/education/2023/apr/17/shortage-of-teachers-will-be-a-big-maths-problem-for-rishi-sunak |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 H: Transitions Across Educational Contexts Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Unveiling Educational Needs: A Narrative Inquiry into Kazakh Adult Returnees from China. Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Title: Unveiling Educational Needs: A Narrative Inquiry into Kazakh Adult Returnees from China. The role of adult education as a means of adaptation of citizens to changing society is crucial. One of the communities which tend to be in demand of adaptation and smooth integration into broader society in Kazakhstan are ethnic Kazakh returnees. Returnees from the regions beyond the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) charachtarized by distinctive political regimes and socio-cultural features and writing systems that differ from Central Asian countries have drawn significant scholarly interest which stemmed from various factors which include returnees experience related to adaptation and integration issues in Kazakhstan. This research focuses particularly on adult returnees who come from China and who constitute the second biggest share of returnees among Kazakh diasporas in the world. Various disciplines have sliced the returnee experiences and issues from their perspectives. In particular, the scholarly discourse on China Kazakh returnees in Kazakhstan revolve around historical, legal, economic and political, socio-cultural aspects of the repatriation and adaptation and integration issues. There has been a limited scholarly investigation into the role of education as both a contributing factor to addressing issues among adult returnees and a mitigating factor in the context of integration. While the legal and regulatory framework for migration has been established and continues to evolve in the country, it is important to highlight returnees’ ongoing integrative challenges. Literature states that lifelong policy predominantly caters for local residents, which raises the concern about its inclusivity. Recognizing the broader challenges related to adaptation and integration, this exploratory study aims to explore educational needs of Kazakhstani adult returnees from China from returnee perspectives. The overarching question of this study is what educational needs do adult returnees have to aid in their successful adjustment and assimilation? This study explores educational needs of adult returnees through Bourdieu's concepts of ‘habitus’ ‘field’, ‘doxa’, and the Third Space Theory by (Bhabha, 1994) and Intersectionality Theory by (Crenshaw, 1991). The study used an eclectic theoretical framework as individually the mentioned theories provide fragmented picture and cannot individually help me in understanding educational needs of returnees therfore I cinsider them within the Third Space theory by Bhabha (1994); it is a suitable lens through which I can tap into the complex process of in-betweenness that is cultural hybridity and identity formation experienced by the returnees. As this theory is defined as ‘third space’ where the fusion and convergence of the individual’s prior socio-cultural experiences and new socio-cultural context occur (Bhabha, 1994). I will witness how the returnees’ hybrid identities are constructed, how they negotiate their dual or multiple cultural affiliations and how the negotiation and hybrid identity impact returnees’ educational needs and what educational resources they seek . Through this theory I acknowledges that their needs are not just shaped by straightforward factors like language proficiency or job skills but are intricately linked to their personal histories, societal structures, cultural norms, and evolving identities. In essence, Third Space theory offers a comprehensive lens through which the multi-layered experiences of returnees can be understood and addressed in terms of education. This research can contribute to knowledge by bridging the current gap in the existing body of knowledge on the subject matter, thereby facilitating understanding of the Kazakhstani context bound educational experience of adult returnees and their educational needs in the context of local and global migrant education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is guided by the postmodernist belief that knowledge is subjective, relative shaped by cultural, social, and historical contexts rather than being universal (Dolphijn & Tuin, 2012). In this vein, it serves as a means for a comprehensive exploration of the educational landscape, viewing each returnee's experience as a unique junction of cultural, social, and individual factors that challenge simplistic categorization. This qualitatively-led research employs narrative research design. The rationale includes first of all experience happens narratively; therefore adult returnees experience should be studied narratively (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000). My intention is to hear the stories of adult returnees in relation to their education needs and not obtain fragmented data;only through hearing their stories I can learn about their educational needs (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000). Their stories not only helps me in this account but also of how the discourse of the social contexts shape the adult returnees’ educational needs. In addition their narrative stories assists me to discover and explore individual needs in relation to education through attending their personal inwards, feelings assumptions which can be reached only through dimensions of narrative inquiry. In this research I 16 male/ female adult returnees in workforce living in Astana city are recruted for intervie. Snowball sampling is used for recruitment which is reported as a method for recruiting future subjects from among their acquaintances, creating a chain of referrals that grows like a snowball. Literature highlights effectiveness of this type of sampling for accessing understandin complex, and nuanced population. The primary instruments for data collection of the study are individual interviews, document analysis. Data collection consist of three phases first document analysis is conducted. The rational of using Document analysis is that “they exist independent of a research agenda, they are nonreactive, that is, unaffected by the research process”; and they are reported as “objective and unobtrusive” source of data which “are product of the context in which they were produced and therefore grounded in the real world ( Merriam and Tisdell, 2015, p. 250). In the second phase the unstructured interview is conducted. The unstructured (open- ended) informal conversational interviews have aided to encourage participants to come up stories to emerge (Charmaz, 2006). Upon analysis of the unstructed interview I have design questions for semistructured interview that have served as a follow up questions based on the findings of the document analyis and unstructured interview. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this ongoing research exploring the educational needs of adult returnees, several anticipated outcomes are expected to emerge, enriching both academic understanding and practical approaches in this field. A significant portion of the research is projected to uncover the array of challenges these returnees encounter. This encompasses cultural reintegration difficulties, discrepancies in educational and professional methodologies between their host and home countries, and potential skill gaps that may impede their assimilation into the local workforce and thus form educational needs. Furthermore, the research anticipates revealing how these challenges and needs vary across different demographics, influenced by factors such as the duration of stay abroad, age, and professional backgrounds of the returnees. Another crucial outcome will likely be an evaluation of the current support systems and educational programs available to these individuals. As such a primary expected finding is the delineation of specific educational requirements unique to adult returnees in Kazakhstan. This includes identifying key areas such as language proficiency, vocational skills, and the validation of overseas qualifications, tailored to their experiences and the context of their return. References Bhabha, H. (1994). 17 Frontlines/Borderposts. In Displacements: Cultural Identities in Question (p. 269). Bhabha, H. (1994). The Location of Culture. Routledge. Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: a social critique of the judgement of taste. Routledge. Bourdieu, P. (1993). The Field of Cultural Production. Polity Press. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. Sage Publications. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative Inquiry: Experience and Story in Qualitative Research. Jossey-Bass Publishers. Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2015). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. John Wiley & Sons. Tuin, I. V. D., & Dolphijn, R. (2012). New materialism: Interviews & cartographies. Open humanities press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Transition from Vocational Education to Higher Education: Predictors of Entry and Results in the Labor Market Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation Presenting Author:This research is aimed at studying the transit trajectory of students’ progress to higher education after achieving vocational qualification. In the Russian educational context, vocational education means graduating from a community college. Community college graduates may be motivated by a variety of reasons when choosing a transit pathway. Firstly, the educational path of «community college – university» can be considered as a widespread channel of social mobility. From the point of view of rational action theory, the researchers agree that the most socially and economically disadvantaged social groups choose vocational education (Alexandrov, Tenisheva, & Savelyev, 2015; Konstantinovskiy & Popova, 2018). At the same time, due to the transit trajectory, the path to higher education and social mobility upon graduation is not blocked for such students. Since Russian community college graduates can enter higher education without passing the Unified State Examination (USE), this path is called "bypass maneuver" (Adamovich, 2022). Second, according to the theory of human capital, higher education contributes to the accumulation of the general human capital (Becker, 1962). This can be a significant incentive to increase the potential return on education. Various studies in Russia repeatedly showcase the positive impact of higher education and work experience on the success of entering the labour market (Dudyrev, Romanova, & Travkin, 2020; Roshchin & Rudakov, 2017). And thirdly, in terms of the signal theory, by obtaining a higher level of education such as a bachelor’s degree after a vocational qualification, the candidates signal to the employer that they are productive and deserve a higher salary (Spence, 1973). Thus, community college graduates can enroll in higher education in order to provide a signal to the employer of their productivity and, as a result, grounds for potential wage increases. Education and career trajectories are a common subject of both sociological and economic research. Sociological research is aimed at identifying the reasons for the choice of a particular educational path, and economic studies — its results. Sociologists, for example, often study educational routes based on the theory of rational action (Breen & Goldthorpe, 1997) and relative risk aversion (Breen & van de Werfhorst, 2014). Economic studies, in turn, examine the results of an educational route. According to the theory of the human capital (Becker, 1962), students who have progressed from community college to university acquire human capital and become more promising candidates in the labor market. It can be assumed that investment in transit educational trajectory, in the long term, will bring higher income and protection from precarious employment (Maltseva & Rosenfeld, 2022). The progression of college graduates to higher education is actively discussed by researchers in Russia (Yastrebov, Kosyakova & Kurakin, D., 2018). However, studying predictors associated with the Russian young people entering the transit trajectory remains scarce. In addition, the career trajectories of such students have not yet been covered by empirical research. The purpose of this study is to identify factors related to the choice of transit education trajectory (socio-economic status (SES), academic achievement, personal characteristics). In addition, this study examines the relationship between the «transit» educational trajectory and the salaries of its graduates. In this research, a transit educational route is classified into two types — completed transit (entering university immediately after community college graduation) and postponed transit (entering university some time after community college graduation). This research study answers the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data for the study were obtained during the national panel of the research project «Trajectories in education and occupation» (TrEC). TrEC is conducted annually by the Institute of Education of Higher School of Economics (HSE) and is based on a representative sample of TIMSS-2011 (Trends in Mathematics and Science Study). This study uses data from nine TrEC waves (2011 to 2020) and data from the Russian Federal Service of State Statistics on the Gross Regional Product (GRP) of various regions of Russia. In the Russian educational context, vocational education means graduating from a community college with Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) qualification. For this study, a sub-sample of TVET diploma holders was formed from those who attended a community college on the basis of 9 grades. This sample includes the respondents who: 1) graduated from community college and had no further studies, 2) graduated from TVET and were studying at university in 2020, 3) graduated from both community college and university. In the data analysis phase, the categorical variable "Educational attainment by 2020" (only TVET, TVET and completed higher education, TVET and continuing education at a university) was selected as a dependent variable in the logistic regression model to answer the first research question. Multinomial logistic regression was chosen for analysis of the presented data, since the dependent variable in this study is categorical. The two main independent variables are the student’s socioeconomic status and their academic performance in school. The level of parents' education is chosen as an indicator of individual socio-economic status. The 8th grade TIMSS math score is used as a measure of academic achievement. Minzer Standard Least Squares Equation is used to answer the second research question on the impact of the transit educational trajectory on the earnings of graduates. For all college graduates a variable has been created, expressing the monthly income for the primary and secondary jobs in 2020. The main independent variables are the respondent’s level of education and work experience. Work experience is represented by the number of TrEC waves when the respondent had a temporary and/or permanent job, including combining it with college or university studies. However, the non-observed characteristics that affect entering in a particular educational path are not monitored in the regression model. It may lead to some bias in the estimate and limit the methodology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Community college graduate’s socio-economic status and academic performance are predictors of entry into the transit educational trajectory. However, entry into this route depends to a greater extent on the respondent's SES, since when this variable is added to the model, academic performance ceases to be significant. Thus, when entering university after graduating from community college, there are primary effects of inequality in education. Moreover, the educational route "9 grades – community college – university" is not a channel of social mobility, but rather a tool of reproduction of higher status positions (compared to holders of only a TVET diploma). The work experience of a "transit" graduate gives a significant return on wages, but graduation from college by 25 years does not create such a return. Graduates of the transit educational trajectory in our sample are 24-25 years old, and the peak of salary in Russia comes in the age of 30-35 years (Gimpelson, 2019). Thus, graduates of the transit route in our sample do not have time to use their accumulated general human capital. Therefore, it is more effective to continue studying the returns from their transit educational trajectory, when respondents reach their salary peak. It is noteworthy that in Russia the transit trajectory is very little highlighted in educational policy, even though one third of university students are "transit" students.The results of the study could be useful for informing youth education and employment policies, focusing policies on mitigating educational inequality and increasing access to higher education. In addition to that, the findings of this research may be of interest to a wide range of readers in the vocational education community. The results of this research can help students and alumni of community colleges to understand the variety of educational opportunities and potential challenges of choosing a career path. References 1. Alexandrov D., Tenisheva K., & Savelyeva S. (2015). No-Risk Mobility: Through College to University. Voprosy Obrazovaniya / Educational Studies Moscow, (3), 66-91. https://doi.org/10.17323/1814-9545-2015-3-66-91 2. Adamovich K. A. (2022) Educational Trajectories of Russian Students after the 9th Grade in 2000—2017: Types of Regional Situations and Their Predictors. Mo ni to ring of Public Opinion: Economic and Social Changes. No. 1. P. 116–142. https://doi.org/10.14515/monitoring.2022.1.1792 3. Becker, G. S. (1962). Investment in human capital: A theoretical analysis. Journal of political economy, 70(5, Part 2), 9-49. https://doi.org/10.1086/258724 4. Breen, R., & Goldthorpe, J. H. (1997). Explaining educational differentials: Towards a formal rational action theory. Rationality and society, 9(3), 275-305. https://doi.org/10.1177/104346397009003002 5. Breen, R., Van De Werfhorst, H. G., & Jæger, M. M. (2014). Deciding under doubt: A theory of risk aversion, time discounting preferences, and educational decision-making. European Sociological Review, 30(2), 258-270. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcu039 6. Dudyrev F., Romanova O., Travkin P. (2020). Student employment and school-to-work transition: the Russian case. Education and Training, 62 (4), 441–457. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-07-2019-0158 7. Gimpelson V. (2019). Vozrast i zarabotnaya plata: stilizovannie fakti i rossiiskie osobennosti [Age and Wage: Stylized Facts and Russian Evidence]. The HSE Economic Journal, vol. 23, no 2, pp. 185–237 (in Russian). https://doi.org/10.17323/1813-8691-2019-23-2-185-237 8. Konstantinovskiy D. L., Popova E. S. (2018). Rossiyskoe srednee professionalnoe obrazovanie: vostrebovannost i spetsifika vybora [Russian Secondary Professional Education: Demand and Specificity of Choice]. Sociological Studies / Sotsiologicheskie issledovaniia, no 3, pp. 34–44. https://doi.org/10.7868/S0132162518030030 9. Maltseva V. A., Shabalin A.I. (2021). Ne-obkhodnoy manevr, ili Bum sprosa na srednee professional’noe obrazovanie v Rossii [The Non-Bypass Trajectory, or The Boom in Demand for TVET in Russia]. Voprosy obrazovaniya / Educational Studies Moscow, no 2, pp. 10–42. https://doi.org/10.17323/1814-9545-2021-2-10-42 10. Roshchin, S., & Rudakov, V. (2017). Patterns of student employment in Russia. Journal of Education and Work, 30(3), 314-338. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2015.1122182 11. Spence, M. (1978). Job market signaling. In Uncertainty in economics (pp. 281-306). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/1882010 12. Yastrebov, G., Kosyakova, Y., & Kurakin, D. (2018). Slipping past the test: Heterogeneous effects of social background in the context of inconsistent selection mechanisms in higher education. Sociology of Education, 91(3), 224-241. https://doi.org/10.1177/003804071877908 |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 I: Communities, Families, and Schooling in Educational Research Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Fiona Hallett Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Co-Creating Caring Communities in our Schools University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper will draw upon the first two years of my doctoral studies in order to address an overarching question: how can caring communities be co-created in our schools? In the context of global conflicts, polarisation of political beliefs, rising inequalities and the climate crisis, learning to live together well and collaborate are arguably the ethical imperatives of our times (Booth, 2018; Samanani, 2022; IEA, 2022). School environments hold the potential to be sites of relational learning, in which both staff and students can learn experientially about coexistence, and how we might collaborate to address common issues. Dewey conceptualises the school environment as a ‘miniature community’: a participatory space, in which we can learn through processes of co-construction and reflecting upon our interactions (1941). As well as a co-learning space, the school community also holds the potential to be an invaluable source of social, emotional and wellbeing support (The Children’s Society, 2023). Yet the extent to which our education systems are preparing young people to grapple, collaboratively, with the challenges we are facing, and enabling schools to support the social and emotional needs of those within their care, can be called into question by urgent calls to transform education globally in light of the climate crisis, and situated reports of alienation and unhappiness in English state secondary schools (e.g. Higham, 2021; Tannock, 2021; UNESCO, 2021; The Children's Society, 2023; McPherson et al., 2023; Haraway, 1988). In the face of these international and national challenges, this paper draws upon the concepts of care, agency and community to theoretically and empirically consider the role of school communities today. This paper explores the potential for participation, support and connection at school through the lens of care: a broad and expansive concept that connects how we relate to each other and the world around us (Dobson and Higham, paper in progress). The theoretical framework for this paper also draws upon the literature review from the first year of my doctoral study, in which I brought together literature on care and agency to theorise an agential ethic of care, elevating our capacity to act together in care in education (references include: Tronto, 1993; Owis, 2022; Noddings, 1984; Higham and De Vynck, 2019). In order to address the central question of how we might co-create caring communities in our schools, this paper will present initial findings from my Economic and Social Research Council-funded doctoral research, which explores: how care and community are lived and experienced in state secondary schools in England at present; barriers to and opportunities for co-creating caring communities in our schools; and emergent possibilities from care and community-centred collaborative research in schools. This field work will provide a situated example of knowing with staff and students in the English context – yet the findings hold international implications, in light of the global challenges we face (Haraway, 1988). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper will invite discussion around initial findings from my doctoral field work, for which I am employing a range of methods. For this field work, I began by facilitating staff and student focus groups about care in one English state secondary school community, leading into a participatory action research project, designed to collaboratively address a particular care need or opportunity identified by co-researchers in the school. To design this field work, I am drawing upon a range of participatory methodological literature (e.g. Fine and Torre 2021; Brown, 2022; Riley, 2017). I plan to also use collaborative methodologies to engage staff and students in other selected school contexts in mixed discussions about care and collaboration, in order to build upon and further explore initial emerging themes. This paper will also draw upon focus group and observational data to explore the experience of participating in a care-and-community-centred participatory research project in a school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Emerging themes from initial focus groups indicate broader structural, relational and individual factors that can affect the extent to which students and staff feel cared for, able to care, and able to participate in their school community. They also indicate the complex balancing act of care needs and priorities, which Tronto argues elevates the need for dialogue about care (1993). Subsequent field work and analysis prior to the ECR conference will build upon and clarify the emerging themes for the paper presentation. Emergent possibilities from this collaborative research will, in combination with the theoretical framework outlined above, feed into the paper’s exploration of co-creating caring communities in our schools. Overall, this research aims, through collaborative methodologies, to help school leaders and policymakers to understand, and act on, what helps staff and students to feel cared for, able to care, able to participate, and able to collaborate within their school community. By re-framing caring as potentially collaborative and agential, this paper seeks to respond to urgent questions of how we can learn to live together well, and how we might support, and engage, members of our school communities - while also making a contribution to theories of care in education. Staff and student perspectives on care and community in their schools, amplified through this research, will hold implications for researchers, policymakers and practitioners, indicating the relevance of and potential for reclaiming ‘schools as caring communities’ in the present-day context (e.g. Baker et al., 1997). References Baker, Jean A., Robert Bridger, Tara Terry, and Anne Winsor (1997). ‘Schools as Caring Communities: A Relational Approach to School Reform’. School Psychology Review 26 (4) 586–602. Booth, A.J. (2018). 'How Should We Live Together? Choosing the Struggle for Inclusive Values'. Revista Ibero-Americana de Estudos em Educação, Esp. 13 (2), pp.1388–1406. Brown, Nicole (2022). ‘Scope and Continuum of Participatory Research’. International Journal of Research & Method in Education 45, (2) pp.200–211. Dewey, J. (1941). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. New York: The Macmillan Company. Fine, Michelle, and Torre, María Elena (2021). Essentials of Critical Participatory Action Research. Washington: American Psychological Association. Haraway, Donna (1988). ‘Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective’. Feminist Studies 14 (3) pp.575–99. Higham, R. (2021) ‘Reframing Ethical Leadership in Response to Civilizational Threats’, in T. Greany and P. Earley (eds) School Leadership and Education System Reform. London, UK: Bloomsbury. Available at: https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/school-leadership-and-education-system-reform-9781350173514. Higham, R. and De Vynck, H. (2019). 'Creating an ‘Ethic of Care’ in a Vertical Tutor Group'. In N. Mercer, R. Wegerif, and L. Major (Eds.), The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education. New York: Routledge, 2020.: Routledge, pp.622–633. IEA (2022). 'International ‘Collaboration Gap’ Threatens to Undermine Climate Progress and Delay Net Zero by Decades'. International Energy Agency. Available at: https://www.iea.org/news/international- collaboration-gap-threatens-to-undermine-climate-progress-and-delay-net-zero-by-decades [Accessed: 3 May 2023]. McPherson, C. et al. (2023). Schools for All? Young Lives, Young Futures: King’s College London. Available at: https://www.edge.co.uk/research/projects/research-reports/schools-for-all/. [Accessed 7 June 2023]. Noddings, N. (1984). Caring, a Feminine Approach to Ethics & Moral Education. Berkeley: University of California Press. Owis, B. (2022). Queering and Trans-gressing Care: Towards a Queer Ethic of Care in QTBIPOC Education. Doctoral Thesis. Vancouver: University of British Columbia. Riley, Kathryn (2017). Place, Belonging and School Leadership: Researching to Make the Difference. London: Bloomsbury. Samanani, F. (2022). How To Live With Each Other : An Anthropologist’s Notes on Sharing a Divided World. London: Profile Books. Tannock, S. (2021) Educating for Radical Social Transformation in the Climate Crisis. Cham, Switzerland: Springer International Publishing. The Children’s Society (2023). The Good Childhood Report 2023. London: The Children’s Society. Tronto, J.C. (1993). Moral Boundaries: A Political Argument for an Ethic of Care. New York: Routledge. UNESCO (2021) Reimagining Our Futures Together: A New Social Contract for Education. Paris, France: Unesco Digital Library. Available at: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379707 [Accessed:15 May 2023]. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Influence of School Climate Assemblies in the Development of Sustainability Competences amongst High School Students Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain Presenting Author:Current societies are characterized by their complexity and globalization, as they must face different global challenges that manifest themselves on a local and regional scale, such as the climate crisis and economic and social inequalities. In order to understand these situations, it is essential to learn how to adapt to these constant changes that seem to become more accentuated over time. Knowledge of these phenomena can help us to understand our attitudes and behaviors in the environment, to contribute so as to benefit it with favorable actions and change those that can harm it. Sustainability competencies are understood as the combination of cognitive skills, practical abilities, and ethical values and attitudes that empower individuals and communities to contribute to sustainability (Bianchi et al., 2022; Brundiers et al). The European Framework of Sustainability competences GreenComp was recently published in order to promote and enrich educational programs so that students develop habits, processes and attitudes in favor of sustainability and public health (Bianchi et al, 2022). This research aims, on the one hand, to inform about the diversity of competences that have been assessed and plenty of instruments that have been designed, validated and applied to measure these competencies in school context and, in the other hand, to communicate about the role of climate school assemblies in the sustainability competencies students’ achievement (EDUCLIMAD project). The EDUCLIMAD project aims to implement school assemblies for the climate as an innovative, democratic and collaborative methodology to learn, deliberate, make informed decisions and search for solutions in a critical and committed way, to deal with climate change and promote sustainability at a local and regional level. Therefore, the school climate assemblies are considered as an innovative, democratic and collaborative methodology to learn, deliberate, make informed decisions and seek solutions in a critical and committed manner to address climate change and promote local and regional sustainability, as well as to achieve the competences in sustainability, established in the European GreenComp framework (Bianchi et al, 2022). The main research questions guiding this doctoral research are: 1) What are the different sustainability competencies’ assessment approaches and tools used in Secondary Education? 2)How can effective assessment tools be designed to measure students' sustainability competencies?; 3) What is the influence of school climate assemblies in the development of sustainability competencies amongst students?. Following the PRISMA guidelines, a systematic review was conducted related to sustainability competencies’ assessment in secondary education. The evaluation resources used in the different investigations are interviews, discussion groups, workshops, drawings and pre and post questionnaires, being the latter the most used to evaluate sustainability competencies among students. These results also reflect the current state of evaluation and offer interesting implications for educators, teachers and researchers working on the development and acquisition of sustainability competencies in secondary education. Moreover, provides detailed information on the influence of climate assemblies on sustainability competencies’ assessment among students through a pre- and post-test instrument related on sustainability behaviors and contextualized situations related to the sustainability competences proposed by the European GreenComp framework (2022). To sum up, this research addresses the challenge of designing competence-based Education for Sustainability, where clear pedagogical and assessment strategies must be defined, tested and documented on how learners develop these competencies to contribute to a collective sustainable social transformation of our societies, specifically focusing on educational context.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following the PRISMA guidelines, a systematic review was conducted related to sustainability competencies’ assessment in secondary education, based on analyzing 35 original articles related to this topic. A systematic search protocol has been followed to determine eligibility criteria, sources of information, data extraction and analysis so as to ensure transparent and rigorous criteria. This research is based on the implementation of an educational intervention that includes the methodological approach to implement climate assemblies in schools in order to promote the active engagement of students and their communities in the co-creation of climate change mitigation and adaptation strategies. Based on existing experiences of citizen climate assemblies, the school climate assemblies adopt a three-phase process related to their design and implementation. The first phase is preparatory and material design, including the design of a methodological guide for the creation and implementation of school climate assemblies and the creation of educational resources aligned with the European Commission's GreenComp sustainability competency framework (Bianchi et al, 2022). The second phase consists of the organization and development of school climate assemblies in high schools and the elaboration of an action plan and policy recommendations by the participating educational communities. The policy actions resulting from the students' analysis are conceptualized and a record is made of their frequency (number of times the action was voted on). The last phase contemplates the evaluation and dissemination of the results, the educational resources designed and learning derived from the project to agents of the territory including policy makers and other educational centers in the district. Finally, the proposals generated will be presented to different educational agents, local entities and policy makers in an event that can bring them all together. To evaluate the level of sustainability competencies of the students, a quantitative instrument has been passed to the students before and after carrying out the assemblies. This instrument consists of a questionnaire related to sustainability behaviors with 4 Likert-type response possibilities: (1) disagree, (2) neither agree nor disagree, (3) agree and (4) totally agree. Besides, 4 contextualized situations are proposed, each of them related to the competence area established by the European GreenComp framework: Embodying sustainability values, Embracing complexity in sustainability, Envisioning sustainable futures and Acting for sustainability. Each of these situations is divided into 3 questions related to the 3 competencies included in each competence area, 12 competencies as a whole. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In relation to the first research question (What are the different sustainability competencies’ assessment approaches and tools used in Secondary Education?), the findings show that most of the interventions used as an assessment tool was questionnaires, most of them combined with another qualitative instruments like interviews or focus groups to gain a more comprehensive understanding of sustainability competencies’ development. Answering the second research question (How can effective assessment tools be designed to measure students' sustainability competencies?) the results obtained through the designed instrument highlights the need to combine it with more qualitative resources like focus groups. Therefore, further research should, on the one hand, focus on identifying and validating additional instruments for assessing sustainability competencies in these educational levels, and on the other hand, should combine different quantitative and qualitative assessment tools focused on sustainability competencies’ development among students. Finally, the results of the third question (What is the influence of school climate assemblies in the development of sustainability competencies amongst students?), school assemblies can contribute to the development of sustainability competencies in high school students associated with interpersonal competence and collective action, which focus on acting for change in collaboration with others and promote students' capacity and willingness to engage in democratic processes to achieve more sustainable societies. In particular, the climate school assemblies’ aspects that students highlighted as positive were active participation, new knowledge and learning, awareness, reflection, collaboration, teamwork and dynamism. This approach also has the potential to inform and influence policy making through the identification of priorities where community learning and action can make a significant contribution to addressing the challenges of climate change and sustainability. This research is considered of scientific relevance because it presents the methodological conceptualization for implementing climate assemblies in educational centers and offers valuable learning from deliberative processes on climate change for other educational institutions (Cebrián et al 2023). References Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U. and Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2022). GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework, Punie, Y. and Bacigalupo, M. editor(s), EUR 30955 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022, ISBN 978-92-76-46485-3, doi:10.2760/13286, JRC128040. Brundiers, K., Barth, M., Cebrián, G., Cohen, M., Diaz, L., Doucette-Remington, S., Dripps, W., Habron, G., Harré, N., Jarchow, M., Losch, K., Michel, J., Mochizuki, Y., Rieckmann, M., Parnell, R., Walker, P., & Zint, M. (2021). Key competencies in sustainability in higher education—toward an agreed-upon reference framework, Sustainability Science, 16, 13-29. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-020-00838-2 Cebrián, G., Boqué, A., Camarero, M., Junyent, M., Moraleda, A., Olano, JX & Renta, AI (2023). Las asambleas escolares por el clima: una herramienta para empoderar a la comunidad educativa en la acción climática, en M. Sánchez-Moreno & J. López-Yáñez (eds) Construir comunidades en la escuela. ISBN 978-84-277-3098-4 Finnegan, W. (2022). Educating for Hope and Action Competence: A study of secondary school students and teachers in England. Environmental Education Research, 29(11), 1617-1636. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2120963 Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Pauw, J. B. (2020). Self-perceived Action Competence for Sustainability: the theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742-760. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1736991 Sass, W., Pauw, J. B., De Mæyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2021). Development and validation of an instrument for measuring action competence in sustainable development within early Adolescents: the Action Competence in Sustainable Development Questionnaire (ACISD-Q). Environmental Education Research, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1888887 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Accompanying Change: How Can Research Contribute to Social Transformation? Université de Limoges, France Presenting Author:In France and within the European Union, representative democracies are in crisis due to the rise of abstention and the erosion of public confidence in the institutions. The COVID health crisis and the social distancing measures have contributed to the deterioration of physical interactions in social life. Researches on civic engagement and political participation in educational sciences and psychology tell us what engagement is, what representations individuals or institutions have of civic rights and duties (Civic Knowledge Framework, 2023). Beyond these researches, how can research contribute to positive social transformation? What challenges awaits the researcher wanting to use research as a transformative channel? Grounded in a multidisciplinary approach, the research evoked in this paper seeks to accompany changes in posture, both among elected officials and citizens, at a municipal level to recreate a participatory culture and repair frayed local social bonds. It is a qualitative longitudinal research and we have been invited into this municipality via the mayor and some of the elected representatives to follow a local experimentation on a new participation project. This is a local policy set by the elected council to involve citizens in collective projects for the municipality. Using institutional analysis (Lourau, 1970), psychosociological studies on group, crisis and the collective imaginary (Guist-Desprairies, 2009), and certain studies in political science (Amnå&Ekman, 2014), we have designed a framework to accompany a participatory council made of volunteer citizens and elected officials, and we try to help them understand and overcome conflicts and contradictions to recreate a participatory culture. The theoretical framework is based on the institutional socio-clinical approach that “aims to think together about the singular futures of subjects (their practices, their subjectivities) and institutional and political transformations.” (Monceau, 2013). It is necessary to say that I have been following the participative council since December 2022 and a lot of steps have been taken. At the beginning of the participation project, the municipality paid a service provider to apply a new method of scientific mediation inspired by the work of Bruno Latour. The citizens gathered for the workshops. A part of those citizens became members of the participative council that emerged from the first period of the participation project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a variety of tools to elaborate its methodology inspired by the concept of situated knowledge which also leads to an analysis of the researcher’s “I” (Harraway, 1988). Ethnographic tools are essential because I am a participant observer. Therefore, I write a field notes journal which allows me to analyze my involvement (Monceau, 2013). I mind my emotions and reactions to my environment to be able to objectivate possible bias. I also have a clinical approach: I conducted semi-structured clinical interviews (Galletta, 2013) with elected officials and citizens about their engagement and how they think of participatory culture. Moreover, because I care about epistemic justice and ethics, I decided to transcribe the interviews and give them back so that the interviewed can modify it if they think it is necessary. We discuss the reasons for modifications together and it allows me to explain how some information could be used in my research and how it is analyzed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The participative council needed to be accompanied because its members were a new consultative organization. They needed to understand why they were here, what the municipality wanted from them, and what they wanted to do with those expectations. Some citizens that came didn’t have political knowledge and the group needed to use collaborative methods to make their collective works. The researcher becomes a mediator that explains the implicit language and norms but also a trainer to help them with project methodology. Therefore, the individuals and the group can develop their empowerment and their critical thinking skills. This research seeks adult emancipation and development of civic engagement. Through this research, I have observed and I still witness a path being crafted by both the searcher that I am and the collective I take part of (participative council). This raises the following question: how does the searcher think and engage into academic research beyond the quest for results, but as an opportunity to fulfill a wider goal that recognizes the movement produced by his research and its transformative power? References Amnå, E. Ekman, J. (2014). Standby citizens: diverse faces of political passivity .European Political Science Review. Galletta, A., & CROSS, W. E. (2013). Mastering the Semi-Structured Interview and Beyond: From Research Design to Analysis and Publication. NYU Press. Giust-Desprairies, F. (2009). L’imaginaire collectif. Toulouse, France : ERES. Giust-Desprairies, F. (2015). Penser le groupe : enjeux historiques et théoriques d'un engagement social. Dans : René Kaës éd., Crises et traumas à l'épreuve du temps : Le travail psychique dans les groupes, les couples et les institutions. Paris : Dunod, 147-176. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. Lourau, R. (1970). L’analyse institutionnelle. EditionsMinuit. Monceau, G. (2013). Institutionnalisation de la réflexivité et obstacles à l’analyse de l’implication. Dans : Jacques Béziat éd., Analyse de pratiques et réflexivité : Regards sur la formation, la recherche et l’intervention socio-éducative (pp. 21-32). Paris:L'Harmattan. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Continuing Education in the Life Course of Different Generations National Research University Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation Presenting Author:The pandemic experience has solidified the knowledge of how crucial it is to periodically pursue additional education and possess soft skills, as well as being able to adjust to changing circumstances (WEF, 2020; Deloitte, 2020). The basic concept of human capital is typically used to frame discussions about involvement in continuing education, which is meant to accumulate this form of capital and so to give profits to its owner (Korshunov, Shirkova, Gorbunova, 2023). Therefore, researchers in continuing education concentrate on adult education providers and the demographics of those who take advantage of these opportunities (Korshunov, Gaponova, Gaponova, 2019). They also study the effects of additional professional training on salary (Travkin., 2014), job satisfaction (Karmaeva, Zakharov, 2021), and the smoothness of the education and employment transition (Du Bois-Reymond, Blasco, 2003; Machin, McNally, 2007). However, taking into account the process of creating one's own educational trajectory is overlooked. For example, education can be used to "upgrade" a current position (either on one's own initiative or at the request of an employer), but it can also be used as a means of sidestepping to occupy a different position within the labor market's structure (Kosyakova, Y., & Bills, D. B., 2021). It turns out that the cross-sectional approach does not allow us to see structural changes: from whatever sector of work people are obliged to retrain and where they are heading, which path and level of education is more self-sufficient, or, conversely, demands (or stimulates) continued education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We follow the paths of several age groups of Russian citizens using the data from 30 waves (1992-2022) of the "Russia Longitudinal Monitoring Survey, RLMS-HSE", conducted by National Research University "Higher School of Economics'' and OOO “Demoscope” together with Carolina Population Center, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the Institute of Sociology of the Federal Center of Theoretical and Applied Sociology of the Russian Academy of Sciences. (RLMS-HSE web sites: https://rlms-hse.cpc.unc.edu, https://www.hse.ru/org/hse/rlms). It is a series of yearly nationally representative surveys that collect socio-demographic data on the population, including the employment and education statistics we are interested in, similar to studies in Great Britain (BHPS), Switzerland (SHP), Germany (SOAP), Canada (SLID), Australia (HILDA) and India (HDC). We use sequence analysis with additional clustering to create educational trajectories from a set of respondents' choices for their education (Brzinsky-Fay, 2014; Sirotin, Egorov, 2018; Monaghan, 2020). Groups of similar trajectories are used further to find out what combinations of educational programs Russians utilize at different ages and historical times, as well as which programs and majors are more relevant for continuing education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The investigation is currently ongoing to accomplish the established goals, but the expected results will be as follows: A longitudinal methodology will help to overcome the limitations of previous studies of continuing education made on cross-sectional data and also identify whether the educational transitions were more proactive (desired) or reactive (forced) (Sullivan, Baruch, 2009; Guan et al., 2019). Moreover, the study will answer the following questions: What trends do Russians have in their educational trajectories with regard to continuing education? Which life periods correspond to the most "active" and "passive" phases of the accumulation of human capital? What connections exist between the transitions in [continuing] education and the labor market? As a result, the findings will contribute to the discourse of nonlinear trajectories in life course and boundaryless or protean careers (Sullivan, Baruch, 2009), where the emphasis is on the individual and how they create their own paths based on their intentions (Hall, 2004) References Brzinsky-Fay C. (2014)The measurement of school-to-work transitions as processes: about events and sequences. European Societies, 16(2), 213–232. Deloitte (2020) COVID-19 The upskilling imperative. Building a future-ready workforce for the AI age. Du Bois-Reymond M., López Blasco A. (2003) Yo-Yo Transitions and Misleading Trajectories: Towards Integrated Transition Policies for Young Adults in Europe. Young People and Contradictions of Inclusion: Towards Integrated Transition Policies in Europe, 19–42. Guan, Y., Arthur, M.B., Khapova, S.N., Hall, R.J., Lord, R.G. (2019) Career boundarylessness and career success: A review, integration and guide to future research. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 110, 390–402. Hall, D.T. (2004) The protean career: A quarter-century journey. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 65(1), 1–13. Karmaeva N., Zakharov A. (2021) Professional Training and Non-Economic Effects for Workers in Russia. Journal of Economic Sociology, 22(2), 81–108. Korshunov I.A., Kuzheleva K.S., Grachev B.A., Sergeev K.A. (2018) Adult education and training: In-demand programs, age and industry structures. Korshunov, I. A., Gaponova, O. S., & Gaponova, N. S. (2019) Adult training and education in the context of economic development of regions. Economy of Region, 15(1), 107–120. Korshunov, I. A., Shirkova, N. N., Gorbunova, M. L. (2023) Active Participation of Adults in Continuing Education: The Role of Regional Economy and Development of Key Industries. Economy of Regions, 1093–1109. Kosyakova, Y. (2016) The regime change and social inequality : educational and job careers in the Soviet and post-Soviet Era. Kosyakova, Y., & Bills, D. B. (2021). Formal adult education and socioeconomic inequality: Second chances or Matthew Effects? Sociology Compass, 15(9). Machin S., McNally S. (2007) Tertiary Education Systems and LabourMarkets. Paris: Education and Training Policy Division, OECD. Monaghan D.B. (2020) College-going trajectories across early adulthood: An inquiry using sequence analysis. The Journal of Higher Education, 91(3), 402–432. Sirotin V.P., Egorov A.A. (2018) Methodological Aspects of Career Trajectories Analysis on Russian Labor Marketi, 25(9), 37-47. Sullivan, S. E., Baruch, Y. (2009). Advances in Career Theory and Research: A Critical Review and Agenda for Future Exploration. Journal of Management, 35(6), 1542–1571. Travkin, P.V. (2014). The impact of the on-the-job training on Russian worker's salary: the effect of abilities approach, 1(33), 51-70. World Economic Forum (2020) The Future of Jobs Report. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 J: Inclusive Education Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper “We’re All In It Together”: School Leaders’ Perspectives About The Collective Efficacy Of Their Staff for Inclusive Education Practices. Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:Research examining education systems and the communities they serve seeks to understand the past endeavours, current realities, and future hopes for inclusive education worldwide (Lyons et al., 2016; Van Mieghem et al., 2020; Yada et al.,2022). The United Nations has recognised the need for inclusive and equitable education opportunities for all (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization [UNESCO], 1994; United Nations, 2006). Most recently, in Transforming our World Agenda for Sustainable Development (United Nations General Assembly, 2015), the United Nations outlined 17 sustainable development goals for people, planet and prosperity. Goal four identifies inclusive education as necessary to meet the target for a sustainable and resilient world. Additionally, the vision of the European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education (EASIE) states that “All learners of any age are provided with meaningful, high-quality educational opportunities in their local community, alongside their friends and peers.” (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2024). The Agency’s position statement – second edition (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022) emphasises the importance of all ‘education actors’ to widen their understanding of inclusive education by including the voices of learners, increasing the capacity of schools and learners, developing partnerships with stakeholders, and by increasing societal awareness of the impact of segregation and social isolation. Understanding school leader’s experiences and perspectives across regions, therefore, is key to evaluating the past, assessing the present and identifying future goals for inclusive education in Europe and internationally. This presentation investigates school leaders’ perspectives about the factors they identify as influential to their school staff’s collective efficacy for inclusive practices. While collective teacher efficacy is broadly acknowledged as an important factor contributing to school performance outcomes (Bandura, 1997; Donohoo et al., 2020; Goddard, 2001), collective teacher efficacy for inclusive education, is a less measured construct in the field of education (Lyons et al., 2016; Sharma et al., 2023). To date, a limited amount of research suggests that collective teacher efficacy is an important contributing factor in the delivery of inclusive practices across a school (Chong & Ong, 2016; Lyons et al., 2016; Sharma et al., 2023). In this presentation, the views of school leaders from Melbourne Australia will be shared. More specifically, in this research, their perspectives about the collective efficacy of their staff as they navigate their school’s inclusive journey were examined. The specific research questions that guided this study were. 1. What factors do school principals identify as the facilitators in enhancing collective efficacy and commitment to inclusive education in their school? 2. What factors do school principals identify as the barriers to enhancing collective efficacy and commitment to inclusive education in their school? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Semi structured interviews were conducted with six school principals from Melbourne Australia. Four principals were from a secondary school setting and two were from a primary school setting. The secondary schools consisted of two co-educational schools, an all girls’ school and an all boys’ school. For the co-educational schools, the first had a student population of 2506 students, 212 teachers and 50 teacher assistants. The second had a student population of 840 students, 80 teachers and 16 teacher assistants. The all-girls’ school had a student population of 967 students, 103 teachers and 7 teacher assistants. The all-boys’ school had a student population of 978 students, 104 teachers and 9 teacher assistants. The two primary schools were co-educational. The first had a student population of 430 students, 41 teachers and 15 teacher assistants. The second primary school had a student population of 436 students, 42 teachers and 12 teacher assistants. The interviews were conducted via video conferencing software, Zoom. The interviews were automatically transcribed using the in-built features of Zoom. Interview questions were framed for a school context, were open ended and aimed to prompt the thoughts and feelings that school principals hold about the facilitators and barriers to building their staff’s collective efficacy for and commitment to inclusive education. Qualitative data analysis was conducted using NVIVO software. Braun and Clarke’s (2013) six step process for thematic analysis guided the qualitative analysis. Firstly, data was read and listened to repeatedly for familiarity and note taking. Secondly, data was coded, reviewed and codes were matched to the research question. Similar codes were merged, and unrelated codes were removed. Thirdly, themes were generated from the codes. Fourthly, themes were reviewed for accuracy to participant responses and connections were drawn between themes. Fifthly, themes were defined and named. Finally, findings were analysed in relationship to each of the schools, their contexts and what this means for future inclusive practices in schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation uncovers significant existing themes about school leaders’ perceptions of the collective efficacy of their staff for inclusive education: the facilitators and the barriers. All school leaders discussed the importance of a shared commitment amongst staff toward every student enrolled at their school. When discussing inclusion, principals referred to the differences experienced in their school communities. Differences included academic ability and disability, but also included cultural and language differences and the socio-economic differences impacting students and their families. School leaders acknowledged that inclusive education is a work in progress at a societal, systems, and school level. They recognised the importance of inclusive education for their school and their role in leading their school’s inclusive journey into the future. Themes generated about the facilitators of collective efficacy and commitment to inclusive education included: effective communication and collaboration between school leadership, teachers and teaching assistants, students and their families; appropriate resourcing including employment of staff, time, and facilities; the creation of inclusive environments across the school (physical, sensory and academic); time and structures for staff to engage with understanding students’ academic and wellbeing needs, curriculum planning and for collaboration; systemic support in the form of resourcing but also access to specialist advice and services; and professional learning for staff. Themes generated regarding the barriers to the collective efficacy and commitment of their staff to inclusion were: the need for more professional learning for teachers; improved skills amongst teachers in differentiation; addressing teacher workload and finding more time for teachers to collaborate and plan for inclusive teaching; better systemic support for schools in readiness for including every student particularly those with acute social emotional needs and high physical needs. Implications of findings for school leaders, policy makers, and researchers in building a school’s collective efficacy and commitment will be shared during the presentation. References Bandura, A. (2000). Exercise of human agency through collective efficacy. Current Directions in Psychological Science : a Journal of the American Psychological Society, 9(3), 75–78. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8721.00064 Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: a practical guide for beginners. Sage. Chong, W.H., & Ong, M. Y. (2016). The Mediating Role of CTE Beliefs in the Relationship between School Climate and Teacher Self-efficacy across Mainstream and Special Needs Schools. In Asia-Pacific Perspectives on Teacher Self-Efficacy (pp. 19–35). Sense Publishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6300-521-0_2 Donohoo, J., O'Leary, T., & Hattie, J. (2020). The Design And Validation Of The Enabling Conditions For Collective Teacher Efficacy Scale. Journal Of Professional Capital And Community, 5(2), 147–166. https://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-08-2019-0020 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2024, January 25). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education. https://www.european-agency.org/data. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2022). Agency Position on Inclusive Education Systems. Second Edition. Odense, Denmark. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/Agency-Position-Paper-2022-EN_0.pdf Goddard, R.D. (2001). Collective Efficacy. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93(3), 467–476. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.93.3.467 Lyons, W.E., Thompson, S. A., Timmons, V. (2016). 'We are inclusive. We are a team. Let's just do it': commitment, collective efficacy, and agency in four inclusive schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20(8), 889–907. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2015.1122841 Sharma, U., Loreman, T., May, F., Romano, A., Lozano, C. S., Avramidis, E., Woodcock, S., Subban P., & Kullmann H. (2023). Measuring collective efficacy for inclusion in a global context. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 38(3) https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2023.2195075 United Nations. (2006). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. Retrieved from http://www.un.org/disabilities/documents/convention/convoptprot-e.pdf. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. (1994). The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. http://www.unesco.org/education/pdf/SALAMA_E.PDF. United Nations General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. Retrieved from https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda United Nations Development Programme. (2022). Human Development Report 2021-22: Uncertain Times, Unsettled Lives: Shaping our Future in a Transforming World. New York. https://hdr.undp.org/system/files/documents/global-report-document/hdr2021-22pdf_1.pdf Van Mieghem, A., Verschueren, K., Petry, K., & Struyf, E. (2020). An analysis of research on Inclusive Education: a systematic search and meta review. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(6), 675–689. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1482012 Wray, E., Sharma, U., & Subban, P. (2022). Factors influencing teacher self-efficacy for inclusive education: A systematic literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 117, 103800. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103800 Yada, A., Leskinen, M., Savolainen, H., & Schwab, S. (2022). Meta-analysis of the relationship between teachers’ self-efficacy and attitudes toward Inclusive Education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109, 103521. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103521 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Education and School Experiences of Women with Acquired Deafblindness: an Exploration of the Complex Nature of Gender Intersectionality University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Individuals with disabilities are entitled to be recognized as experts in their own experiences, therefore they can be considered as the most appropriate research participants to provide reliable information regarding these experiences. Converging to their educational past, these experiences are of utmost importance, as they can reveal oppressive structures within school and society. Considering their descriptions and understandings of their educational past, not only are their voices emancipated, but at the same time proposals are being promoted that may lead to more inclusive educational settings (Vlachou & Papananou, 2015). In this context, the aim of the research was to explore and reveal the quality of education of women with Deafblindness and the challenges they experienced throughout their school years. Through this study, awareness of Deafblindness as a distinct disability is clearly raised (WFDB, 2018). At the same time, the voice of this doubly marginalized group (both women and disabled) is emancipated, as feminist literature suggests that adult women with disabilities remain largely disregarded in the disability rights movement (Evans, 2019; Ferri & Gregg 1998). Qualitative research was conducted as it was well suited to explore the main research question (Flick, 2018), namely of how these women define and make sense of their school experiences. The main research tool was semi-structured interviews, which were conducted individually with each participant. The participants, who were chosen purposively, were two adult women with acquired Deafblindness, who received their education in Australia but then moved to Cyprus. Thematic analysis of research data revealed that although the two women were in a mainstream school, alongside their peers, they were not meaningfully included in their school environment. Segregation was clearly evident, as Deaf students had to attend a different class. Moreover, the two participants were included in the so-called classroom of the Deaf, although they were Deafblind, and joined the classroom of hearing students only in certain subjects, such as physical education, art, and carpentry. The main challenge they both experienced was the rejection, not only of hearing students, but also of their Deaf classmates, as they had not fully accepted them due to their intersectionality (Zavos, 2021). Moreover, given that they migrated from Cyprus to South Australia and later on, moved back to Cyprus, they were also discriminated at because of their origin. It therefore becomes evident that this doubly marginalized group of women, actually became multi marginalized because of their gender, their Deafblindness, as well as their origin. Through this study, it is revealed that different forms of oppression overlap to create complex forms of discrimination. Therefore, the importance of this study, which is still in progress and will evolve to include other doubly marginalized women as participants, lies in that it reveals the complex nature of intersectionality, as used in gender studies. This is, in our opinion, a crucial aspect that needs to be pointed at in multi-country research networks. Finally, even though the participants of this study graduated from school four decades ago, segregation of children with disabilities is still practiced in schools. It is clear that there is a need to implement inclusive education in order to create diverse classrooms, fostering respect and acceptance. We hold that it is only through the study of the complex nature of segregation, that we can aim to develop a more inclusive society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative research was conducted. Through semi-structured interviews, which were used as the main research tool, the participants expressed their personal interpretation of their educational experiences and of their societal surroundings (Cohen et al., 2008). In particular, semi-structured interviews were chosen because they combine the flexible and open questions of the unstructured interview with the predetermined questions of the structured interview. With regard to open-ended questions, these were asked when considered necessary from the course of the interview, in order for the participants to be able to express themselves freely and openly (Pourkos & Dafermos, 2010; Silverman, 2000). Thus, through the natural, but also guided discussion applied to the interview, the main topics were covered (Fontana & Frey, 2005), while at the same time allowing a non-oppressive setting for the voices of participants to be actively listened to. Additionally, to ensure the richness of information (Cohen et al., 2008), purposive sampling was used for this study. The criteria for individuals to participate in this study, were that they must be women and Deafblind, (either congenital or acquired Deafblindness). Hence, two women with acquired Deafblindness were chosen by the researcher. They are sisters and they both have Usher Syndrome Type 1. They were born in Cyprus, but after the division of the island in 1974, they migrated to South Australia and attended school there, while later they moved back to Cyprus. The interviews were carried out at a place and time freely chosen by the participants, in order to enhance the establishment of rapport and familiarity. Specifically, the interviews were conducted in the living room of their parents’ house at midday, when there was ample natural light in addition to the artificial light – a very important feature for these Deafblind women. Simultaneously, it was taken into account that the interview should be conducted in a quiet setting, with a sufficient amount of time allotted. The interview questions were prepared in advance and were based on the theoretical framework. Following the completion of the two interviews—one lasting forty minutes and the other twenty—the researcher noted her observations and the participants’ body language. The interviews were then transcribed and reviewed in order to be better comprehended, before proceeding with the analysis. The three steps of data condensation, data display and conclusion drawing/verification were followed (Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2014; Miles & Huberman, 1994; Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate that both Deaf and Deafblind students’ participation in lessons with hearing students in Australia in the early 80s has been mainly passive. For example, the two women were transferred from ‘special’ classroom to mainstream classroom without all the necessary modifications to the environment or teaching methods, which would ensure that their learning process was accessible and meaningful. This was apparent even when they were in the Deaf students’ classroom. Furthermore, the two participants had superficial relationships with hearing children, and they developed negative feelings about school. Indeed, Wauters & Knoors (2008), report that Deaf children attending mainstream schools have few friends, have less interaction with hearing children, they are often rejected and feel isolated. Moreover, both participants were women, which was enough to experience oppression (Nash, 2008). However, they were also refugees, Deafblind and Greek-Cypriot in an English-speaking country, experiencing discrimination such as racism, sexism and toxicity, particularly associated with minority people (Zavos, 2021). It is evident that this doubly marginalized group of women became multi marginalized because of their gender, their Deafblindness, as well as their origin. Through this study, it is revealed that different forms of oppression overlap to create complex forms of discrimination. Therefore, the importance of this study lies in that it reveals the complex nature of intersectionality, a crucial aspect in gender studies that needs to be pointed at in international conferences. Lastly, even though the participants of this study graduated from school four decades ago, segregation of children with disabilities is still practiced in schools. It is clear, that there is a need to implement inclusive education in order to create diverse classrooms, fostering respect and acceptance. We hold that it is only through the study of the complex nature of segregation, that we can aim to develop a more inclusive society. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), pp. 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Cohen, L., Manion L., & Morrison, K. (2008). Educational research methodology. Maetaichmio. Evans, E. (2019). Disability and intersectionality: Patterns of ableism in the women’s movement 1. In Intersectionality in Feminist and Queer Movements (pp. 143-161). Routledge. https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/handle/20.500.12657/39906/6/external_content-1.pdf#page=154 Ferri, B. A., & Gregg, N. (1998). Women with disabilities: Missing voices. In Women's Studies International Forum. 21(4), pp. 429-439. Pergamon. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0277-5395(98)00038-7 Flick, U. (2018). An Introduction to Qualitative Research (6th edition). SAGE. Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (2005). The interview. In The Sage handbook of qualitative research, 3, pp. 695-727. http://www.iot.ntnu.no/Innovation/Norsi-Common-Courses/Lincoln/Fontana%20&%20frey%20(2000)%20interview.Pdf Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M. & Saldaña, J. (2014) Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd ed.). Sage. Miles, M. B. & Huberman, A. M. (1994) Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Sourcebook. Sage. Pourkos, M. A. & Dafermos, M. (2010) Qualitative Research in Social Sciences: Epistemological, methodological and ethical issues. Topos [in Greek]. Silverman, D. (2000) Doing qualitative research. Sage. Vlachou, A., & Papananou, I. (2015). Disabled students’ narratives about their schooling experiences. Disability & Society, 30(1), pp. 73-86. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2014.982787 Wauters, L. N., & Knoors, H. (2008). Social integration of deaf children in inclusive settings. Journal of deaf studies and deaf education, 13(1), pp. 21-36. https://doi.org/10.1093/deafed/enm028 World Federation of the DeafBlind. (2018). At risk of exclusion from CRPD and SDGs implementation: Inequality and Persons with Deafblindness, pp. 28-30. https://wfdb.eu/wfdb-report-2018/ Zavos, A. (2021). The feminist concept of intersectionality. The Greek Review of Social Research, pp. 55-86. [in Greek]. https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7915-5552 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Fostering Inclusion in Lithuanian Teacher Education: Strategies for Personalized and Differentiated Learning in Diverse Classrooms Education Academy, Vytautas Magnus University Presenting Author:Inclusive education is a universal pedagogical trend, covering a broad range of research areas such as race, ethnicity, gender, culture, language, religion, and ability. An inclusive system concerns the rights, social justice, and equity within education for all, especially the marginalised groups (UNICEF, 2023). The idea of inclusive education in Lithuania is fairly new with its current focus being the official structural shift from a multi-track system to an inclusive one starting in the beginning of 2024. This implies moving away from the language of learners with developmental disorders to learners with special educational needs (SEN). With changing demographics such as a vastly increasing number of returned immigrant and refugee pupils, inclusion in learning settings requires more versatile skills and expertise based on a profound understanding of the ideology of inclusion (Määttä, Äärelä, and Uusiautti, 2018).
Yet, teachers have continued to report ongoing support of segregationist ideas (Ališauskas and Šimkienė, 2013); implementation difficulties in differentiating teaching methods, feeling a lack of readiness to foster student socialisation and dialogue with parents, and experiencing a gap in multiprofessional collaboration (Lakkala et al., 2019).Contextual urgency lies in the changing demographics of the student body and impacts resulting to the urgency to reconsider diversity and inclusion beyond SEN in Lithuanian schools, and how current teacher training prepares future teachers for this.
Here, the practical theory of inclusive teachers requires the ability to recognise and reflect on the factors that support or hinder the inclusion of all students (cf. Shani and Hebel, 2016), both the obvious and the hidden.This is especially true in the context of educational reforms in Lithuania since its re-independence in 1990- which has heavily impacted (initial) teacher training curriculum, especially while moving towards competencies-based education (Rutkienė and Ponomarenko, 2019). As the new teachers' competence frameworks look to refocus on teachers' didactical competencies (individual learning needs, differentiation of teaching instruction, and teachers' self-reflection) and general competencies (i.e. professional communication skills, cultural competence)- beyond merely subject-focused competencies. How teacher educators comprehend inclusion and diversity in education- within the new requirements- significantly influences their teaching and modelling of these principles to the prospective teachers.
Personalised learning, learner profiles, and diverse learning styles are integral to delivering inclusive education. Tailoring instruction to meet individual needs through personalised learning strategies enhances student engagement and achievement, essential for inclusive education (Tomlinson, 1999). Recognising and catering to various learning styles, such as visual, auditory, or kinaesthetic, ensures that instruction resonates with each student, thereby supporting inclusive practices (Fleming & Mills, 1992). In essence, combining personalised learning approaches, an understanding of diverse learning styles, and detailed learner profiles are key to developing an inclusive educational system that caters to the unique needs of every student (Kaminskiene & Khetsuriani, 2019). Comprehensive learner profiles, which include cognitive abilities, interests, and socio-cultural backgrounds, aid educators in creating effective and inclusive learning environments (Hattie, 2009). These profiles are crucial in inclusive classrooms, where the diversity of learning needs is more pronounced (Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). The integration of technology also plays a significant role in personalising learning, offering tools to address varied learning needs and styles, pivotal in today's digital age (Prensky, 2001).
Responding to this, this study investigates how a prominent Lithuanian teacher training university is incorporating personalised learning practices and differentiated instruction within the broader framework of inclusive education. It focuses on understanding teacher training faculty members' strategies in preparing educators to meet the diverse learning profiles, styles, and needs of students. The main research question is: How is inclusive education being understood, addressed and approached in teacher training programmes in Lithuania? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Employing a qualitative case study methodology, this research zeroes in on a major teacher training university in Lithuania. This institution is selected for its leadership in teacher education, particularly its involvement in innovative pedagogical methods and international educational collaborations. The case study aims to provide an in-depth exploration of how teacher educators integrate personalised and differentiated learning approaches in their curriculum and teaching. Data is collected from six teacher educators at a teacher training university, chosen through opportunity sampling to ensure a representation of varied expertise, including those actively engaged in developing and applying innovative, personalised educational strategies. The participants represent different facets of teacher training, such as primary, secondary, subject, and special education, offering insights into a broad spectrum of teaching and learning contexts. The semi-structured interviews focus on educators' perceptions and practices regarding personalised learning and differentiation in the classroom. These interviews are analysed through thematic analysis, a method that facilitates identifying patterns and themes related to the implementation of personalised and differentiated teaching methods (Braun, V., & Clarke, V., 2006). This analysis aims to elucidate the educators' perspectives on these pedagogical approaches and how they are operationalized in teacher training, particularly in light of Lithuania's commitment to inclusive education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the pilot stage of a bigger project, the outcome of this study contributes to a better understanding of how teacher educators are preparing future teachers to employ personalised and differentiated strategies, ensuring that all students' unique learning needs are met in inclusive educational settings. The insights gained also help in understanding the challenges and opportunities in fostering diverse, inclusive classrooms that cater to individual learning differences that are specific to the Lithuanian context. Discussion on how current practices and developments relate to and are situated within the wider European context is also intended. References Ališauskas, A., & Šimkienė, G. (2013). Mokytojų patirtys, ugdant mokinius, turinčius elgesio ir (ar) emocijų problemų [Teachers’ Experiences in Educating Pupils Having Behavioural and / or Emotional Problems]. Specialusis ugdymas, 1(28), 51-61. Retrieved from http://www.sumc.su.lt/images/journal2013_1_28/13_alisauskas_simkiene_en.pdf Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa. Fleming, N. D., & Mills, C. (1992). Not Another Inventory, Rather a Catalyst for Reflection. To Improve the Academy, 11, 137. Retrieved from https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/podimproveacad/246 Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring Inclusive Pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813-828. https://10.1080/01411926.2010.501096 Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement. Routledge. https://10.4324/9780203887332 Kaminkiene L., Khetsuriani N. (2019). Co-creation of learning as an engaging practice. In International Scientific Conference SOCIETY. INTEGRATION. EDUCATION (SIE) pp191-199. http://dx.doi.org/10.17770/sie2019vol2.3708 Lakkala, S., Juškevičienė, A., Česnavičienė, J., Poteliūnienė, S., Ustilaitė, S., & Uusiautti, S. (2019). Implementing Inclusive Education in Lithuania: What are the main Challenges according to Teachers’ Experiences? Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia, 43, 37–56. https://doi.org/10.15388/actpaed.43.3 Määttä, K., Äärelä, T., & Uusiautti, S. (2018). Challenges of special education. In S. Uusiautti & K. Määttä (Eds.) New methods of special education (pp. 13-29). Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. https://doi.org/10.3726/b13246 Prensky, M. (2001). Digital Natives, Digital Immigrants. On the Horizon, 9(5), 1-6. Retrieved from: https://www.learntechlib.org/p/104264/ Rutkienė, A., & Ponomarenko, T. (2019). Initial Teacher Training Challenges in a Context of Educational Reform in Lithuania. In M. Kowalczuk-Walêdziak, A. Korzeniecka-Bondar, W. Danilewicz, & G. Lauwers (Eds.), Rethinking Teacher Education for the 21st Century: Trends, Challenges and New Directions (1st ed., pp. 140–149). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvpb3xhh.13 Shani, M., & Hebel, O. (2016). Educating Towards Inclusive Education: Assessing a Teacher-Training Program for Working with Pupils with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) Enrolled in General Education Schools. International Journal of Special Education, 31(3), 1-23. Retrieved from https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ1120685 Tomlinson, C. A. (1999). The Differentiated Classroom: Responding to the Needs of All Learners. ASCD. https://doi.org/10.4236/jbbs.2017.76017 UNICEF. (2022). Inclusive education. UNICEF. Retrieved from: https://www.unicef.org/education/inclusive-education 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A Novel School-Based Constructive Play Approach to Enhance Young Children's Well-being: Insights from a 14 to 33-Week Investigation Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Overview of Research Questions, Objectives, and Theoretical Framework: Existing research suggests that anxiety can emerge in children as young as five years old, yet the exploration of childhood anxiety is limited due to its discreet manifestations. Aligned with the conference theme 'Education in an Age of Uncertainty: Memory and Hope for the Future,' this study emphasises every child's right to timely support within their natural environment. Building on a recent systematic literature review (Choy et al., under review) on effective interventions for anxiety in children aged 2-12 years, including those with co-morbid autism spectrum condition (ASC), we developed an innovative program integrating collaborative play and evidence-based strategies. The primary aim of the 14 to 33-week fieldwork was to examine methods for reducing anxiety in children, with and without ASC, and assess potential enhancements in social skills and executive functions. Additionally, the study aims to explore the role of the broader school environment in supporting children experiencing anxiety, whether it be generalized or social anxiety. The investigation also explored the short-, medium-, and long-term implications associated with anxiety events, encompassing psychological, emotional, behavioural, and social dimensions. The key research questions guiding the study were: 1. Did the implementation of a 14 to 33-week "build-to-play" approach lead to reduced anxiety, as reported by teachers, parents, and researcher-conducted observations among a sample of 12 children (aged 4-6 years) experiencing anxiety (n = 9) or anxiety and ASC (n = 3)? 2. Did a whole class approach to educating children about anxiety, utilising 'bibliotherapy' within the classrooms of the 12 children, result in a better understanding of anxiety, coping mechanisms, and assisting others in managing anxiety? 3. Throughout the fieldwork, what co-constructed strategies were identified through interviews (n = 12) with parents (N = 11 single, 1 dyads) and teachers that supported the reduction of anxiety? Theoretical Background The theoretical framework includes four foundational theories essential for shaping the methodology and research design. These theories not only establish a theoretical framework but also direct the application of crucial methodological tools, such as data triangulation and the utilisation of multiple informants, ensuring a thorough interpretation of results. To commence, this paper presents theories concerning the comprehensive development of a child, encompassing dimensions of physical, emotional, cognitive, social, language, and communication. Building upon this foundational understanding, the subsequent section concentrates on situating a child within a broader contextual framework. Following this, an in-depth exploration of Bronfenbrenner's ecological model (1979, 1989) unfolds, presenting both the original model's micro, meso, exo, macro, chrono systems and the person-process-context-time framework. Subsequently, the Universal Design (UD) framework unfolds, strategically adopted from the study's inception to ensure inclusivity. Specifically, Universal Design for Learning (UDL) (Rose & Meyer, 2002) is elucidated, underscoring its role in promoting inclusion from the project's inception. Following this, the developmental-transactional model (Rubin et al., 2009) is presented, examining the nuanced development of anxiety and the identification of associated risk factors. Finally, the Empathising-Systemising Theory (Baron-Cohen, 2009) is explored to elucidate the strength-based paradigm for children with anxiety conditions and Autism Spectrum Conditions (ASC), providing valuable insights to inform interventions for this distinctive population. In summary, this paper not only synthesises and contextualises these four theories but also underscores their direct application in the prevention and early intervention strategies within the scope of our ongoing study. This integrative approach emphasizes the pivotal role these theories play in shaping the practical facets of the research, ensuring a comprehensive and nuanced exploration of anxiety in children. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods: In addressing the three research questions, multiple case studies spanning 14 to 33 weeks were conducted across two primary schools in Dublin City, Ireland. The rationale for the number of sessions will be presented. Each case study involved the child, the peers, the parent, and the teacher. Data triangulation was conducted to enhance the credibility and validity of the research. The deliberate selection of a mixed methodological approach, incorporating both quantitative and qualitative methods, was motivated by the desire to capitalise on the strengths of each paradigm. This design ensures a comprehensive exploration of the research questions, encompassing statistical trends and nuanced qualitative insights. The research introduced a tailored "build-to-play" approach, influenced by the theoretical framework. Utilising instruments such as interviews, the Preschool Anxiety Scale (Edwards et al., 2010), and the Strength and Difficulties Questionnaire (Goodman, 2001), this study sought to evaluate the effectiveness of a school-based program for young Irish children and its potential to enhance understanding of anxiety among children, parents, and teachers. The primary objective of this endeavour was to gain insight into the nature and processes of anxiety development and its impact on young children. While previous research on childhood anxiety has predominantly adopted a clinical and psychological perspective, this study aligns within a psychological framework, advocating for the use of mixed methods in both data collection and analysis to broaden the methodological scope and offer varied perspectives and insights (Borkan, 2004). This paper presents the three components constituting the current study, consisting of one quantitative study and two qualitative components. The three study components are delineated as follows: (a) Component One involves “build-to-play” children’s groups- with pre- and post-assessments using the Strength and Difficulties Questionnaire and Preschool Anxiety Scale for childhood anxiety, supplemented by the researcher's session notes; (b) Component Two entails whole-class storybook reading on the topic of anxiety along with associated questions, utilising 'bibliotherapy' (Monroy-Fraustro et al., 2021) within the classrooms of the 12 children; (c) Component Three includes parents and teachers’ pre- and post-semi-structured interviews. The delivery of the "build-to-play" approach in the schools was facilitated by the researcher, a qualified speech and language therapist, play therapist, and counsellor. Sessions were scheduled either before or after school, aligning with a UDL approach that incorporated input from school management to ensure feasibility and participant well-being. Ethical considerations will be presented. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results: The research project extended over two school years, commencing in May 2022 after the COVID-19 pandemic and concluding in June 2023. An innovative "build-to-play" approach, influenced by Universal Design for Learning (UDL) and Bronfenbrenner's bio-ecological framework, was specifically tailored for this investigation. Significant and dual benefits emerged as primary findings, characterized by a notable reduction in childhood anxiety and the fostering of a collaborative comprehension of the nature of anxiety and effective coping strategies. A tangible outcome of this initiative was the development of user-friendly resource packs for parents and teachers. The interdisciplinary nature of the project, encompassing mental health, inclusive education, and early intervention, contributed to the creation of a continuous professional development course for educators and professionals. This initiative is in alignment with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 4 (Quality Education) and 10 (Reducing Inequality), with the aspiration to achieve these goals by the year 2030, in Europe and beyond. The theoretical frameworks that guided this research were firmly grounded in Universal Design for Learning, emphasizing enhanced access to participation, and the bio-ecological model, fostering collaborative engagement among children, peers, parents, and teachers to provide support. The active involvement of stakeholders played a crucial role in facilitating the co-construction of knowledge within school settings, yielding a synergistic outcome in the form of user-friendly resource packs designed for both teachers and parents. References References: Baron‐Cohen, S. (2009). Autism: the empathizing–systemizing (E‐S) theory. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1156(1), 68-80. Borkan, J. M. (2004). Mixed methods studies: a foundation for primary care research. The Annals of Family Medicine, 2(1), 4-6. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). Contexts of child rearing: Problems and prospects. American psychologist, 34(10), 844. Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (1998). The ecology of developmental processes. Choy, S. W.-W., Mc Guckin, C., Twomey, M., Lynam, A., Fitzgerald, G. (under review). To Fill the Gap: A Systematic Literature Review of Effective Group Play-based Intervention to Address Anxiety in Children Aged 2-12 years with Autism Spectrum Conditions. Education Thinking. Edwards, S. L., Rapee, R. M., Kennedy, S. J., & Spence, S. H. (2010). The assessment of anxiety symptoms in preschool-aged children: the revised Preschool Anxiety Scale. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 39(3), 400-409. Goodman, R. (2001). Psychometric properties of the strengths and difficulties questionnaire. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40(11), 1337-1345. Rose, D. H., & Meyer, A. (2002). Teaching every student in the digital age: Universal design for learning. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Monroy-Fraustro D, Maldonado-Castellanos I, Aboites-Molina M, Rodríguez S, Sueiras P, Altamirano-Bustamante NF, de Hoyos-Bermea A and Altamirano-Bustamante MM (2021) Bibliotherapy as a Non-pharmaceutical Intervention to Enhance Mental Health in Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic: A Mixed-Methods Systematic Review and Bioethical Meta-Analysis. Front. Public Health 9:629872. doi: 10.3389/fpubh.2021.629872 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Personal Accounts of Disability and Oppression in Cyprus: Empowering the Voice of Autistic Women with or Without Acquired Verbal Communication University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Abstract
From a young age, disabled people experience oppression and exclusion in their school environment, due to barriers set by society and the educational system (Waldschmidt et al., 2017). Converging to individuals on the autism spectrum, literature indicates that their voice is often absent from disability discourse (Febriantini, Fitriati & Oktaviani, 2021). Moreover, women (with or without disabilities) also experience social exclusion and oppression (Mamas et al., 2021), which indicates that a disabled woman is subject to double oppression. The aim of this research is to explore and reveal the quality of education of autistic women in Cyprus, giving emphasis to the challenges and oppression they experienced throughout their school years. The main researcher of this study is an empowered disabled woman herself, therefore the ideological stance from which this research was approached is related to valuing the participants’ descriptions and understandings; we hold that this can lead to their empowerment and perhaps even the ignition of further activism in the disability rights movement. Indeed, a basic underpinning of the evolving field of Disability Studies in Education, is that understandings of the experiences of education for people with disabilities is central, both for developing critiques of the ableist structures in educational settings, as well as suggestions of how education might be otherwise (Slee, Corcoran & Best, 2021). The main research tool for this qualitative research was semi-structured interviews. Qualitative research was conducted as it was well suited to explore the main research questions, namely of how these women describe and give meaning to their experiences of school life and what suggestions they recommend to future or current teachers for developing more inclusive educational settings. The participants, who were chosen purposively, were two adult women on the autism spectrum, one with verbal and the other with non-verbal communication skills. The research is still in progress and will evolve to include other disabled women. Through thematic analysis of research data (Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2014), four main conclusions emerged. The first conclusion is related to the women’s negative experiences in the school environment and the discrimination they have faced, especially from their teachers. The second is related to their passive participation in the school community. This is quite concerning, as the participants, now in their early twenties, have only recently graduated from school, which points to the fact that there is an ongoing discrimination within the Cypriot educational system. Indeed, relevant local research points to this (Mamas, 2013). Many teachers, due to lack of knowledge on issues related to disability and inclusion, wrongly consider that they include their students in the learning process, when in fact they are simply observed to spatially place them in the general classroom (Majoko, 2019). The third conclusion is related to the different ways each participant makes sense and defines terms such as special education and inclusion. Results indicate that this may be related both to their school experiences, as well as to their field of graduate studies, as one of the participants studies Psychology, whereas the other Primary Education. Within these two fields of study, there seems to be a different balance of students’ involvement with the medical model and/or the social model of disability. Lastly, the fourth conclusion relates to what is, in our opinion, a crucial aspect that needs to be discussed in depth within international conferences, namely the complex nature of intersectionality, as used in gender studies. Indeed, results of this research indicate the development of multiple identities/oppressions within school settings, beyond being disabled, which in turn points to the fact that different forms of oppression overlap, to create complex forms of discrimination. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods section Qualitative research was undertaken, in which the researcher makes a huge mental and emotional investment in topics of personal interest (Phtiaka, 2003), namely of giving voice to marginalized individuals. For this purpose, semi-structured interviews were chosen because of their flexibility, since they combine the open questions of the unstructured interview with the predetermined questions of the structured interview, thus allowing a non-oppressive setting for the voices of participants to be actively listened to (Fontana & Frey, 2005; Pourkos & Dafermos, 2010; Silverman, 2000). Participants were were initially approached through personal acquaintances, by phone. The topic and the aims of the study were described, and they were asked whether they would like to participate. They did not hesitate to agree, saying that they found the topic to be quite interesting and, most importantly, they welcomed the fact that it would be a means for their voice to be heard. Ethical considerations were also taken into account; thus it was explained that they would appear in the written account of the study with pseudonyms (Rojas, Susinos and Calvo, 2013). The interviews were carried out at a place and time freely chosen by the participants, in order to enhance the establishment of rapport and familiarity in a non-oppressive setting. The means with which the interview was conducted was different for each participant and in line with their interests, as well as their oral language skills (Febriantini, Fitriati & Oktaviani, 2021). Communication with Eleni was established orally, whereas with Christina, in written form. During the interview with Eleni, a laptop was used, two different recording devices and a photocopied passage called "My birthday" which I wanted her to relate with her own experiences. Reading the passage out loud to her was an accommodation we mutually agreed on, instead of her reading it by herself. In Christina's interview, a laptop was used, as well as loose, blank A4 sheets without lines, an accommodation which was agreed so that she could easily turn the pages and the lines would not hinder her. During the interview, after she wrote down an answer, the interviewer read it out loud to her so she could confirm it, and for the interviewer to ensure that she understood the content and graphic character correctly. During this process, Christina listened actively and wrote on a piece of paper if she agreed with what the interviewer was reading. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions Through thematic analysis (Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2014), four main conclusions emerged. The first conclusion is related to the women’s negative experiences in the school environment and the discrimination they have faced, especially from their own teachers. In line with other literature, in a survey involving adult autistic people, it was reported that when there was no understanding from teachers, the school environment easily turned into a negative experience for them (Cunningham, 2022). The second conclusion is related to their passive participation in the school community. The two conclusions mentioned above are quite alarming, as the participants have only recently graduated from school, which points to the fact that there is an ongoing discrimination within the Cypriot educational system. Indeed, relevant local research points to this (Mamas, 2013). Many teachers, due to lack of knowledge on issues related to disability and inclusion, wrongly consider that they include their disabled students in the learning process, when in fact they are simply observed to spatially place them in the general classroom (Majoko, 2019). The third conclusion is related to the different ways each participant makes sense of terms such as special education and inclusion. Results indicate that this is mainly related to their field of graduate studies (Psychology vs Primary Education), withing which there seems to be a different balance of students’ involvement with the medical model and/or the social model of disability. Lastly, the fourth conclusion relates to what is, in our opinion, a crucial aspect that needs to be discussed in depth within international conferences, namely the complex nature of intersectionality, as used in gender studies. Indeed, results indicate the development of multiple identities/oppressions within school settings, beyond being disabled, which in turn points to the fact that different forms of oppression overlap, to create complex forms of discrimination. References References Cunningham, M. (2022). ‘This school is 100% not autistic friendly! ’Listening to the voices of primary-aged autistic children to understand what an autistic friendly primary school should be like. International journal of inclusive education, 26(12), pp. 1211-1225. Febriantini, W. A., Fitriati, R., & Oktaviani, L. (2021). An analysis of verbal and non-verbal communication in autistic children. Journal of Research on Language Education, 2(1), pp. 53-56. Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (2005). The interview. The Sage handbook of qualitative research, 3, pp. 695-727. Retrieved from http://www.iot.ntnu.no/Innovation/Norsi-Common-Courses/Lincoln/Fontana%20&%20frey%20(2000)%20interview.Pdf Majoko, T. (2019). Inclusion of children with autism spectrum disorder in mainstream early childhood development: Zimbabwean parent perspectives. Early Child Development and Care, 189(6), pp. 909-925. Mamas, C. (2013). Understanding inclusion in Cyprus. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 28(4), pp. 480-493. Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M. & Saldaña, J. (2014) Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd ed.). Sage. Phtiaka, E. (2003). A Journey into Knowledge: Qualitative Methodology and Research, Contemporary Education, v.132-133, pp. 85-92 (in Greek). Pourkos, M. A. & Dafermos, M. (2010) Qualitative Research in Social Sciences: Epistemological, methodological and ethical issues. Topos [in Greek]. Rojas, S., Susinos, T. & Calvo, A. (2013) ‘Giving voice’ in research processes: an inclusive methodology for researching into social exclusion in Spain, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(2), pp. 156-173. Silverman, D. (2000) Doing qualitative research. Sage. Slee, R., Corcoran, T. & Best, M. (2021) Disability Studies in Education – Building Platforms to Reclaim Disability and Recognise Disablement. Journal of Disability Studies in Education, v1, pp.3-13. Waldschmidt, A., Berressem, H., & Ingwersen, M. (eds.), (2017). Culture–theory–disability: Encounters between disability studies and cultural studies. transcript Verlag. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 K: Professional Learning and Development Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lázaro Moreno Herrera Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Bridging the Gap: Understanding Stakeholders' Perspectives on Future Teacher Competencies NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:In 2017, the Norwegian teacher education program for primary and lower secondary teachers underwent a transformation, transitioning from a four-year program to a master's degree program. By the spring of 2022, the inaugural cohort of primary and lower secondary teachers graduated, equipped with newly earned master's degrees in teaching. Norway's official framework for primary and lower secondary teacher education, as outlined by the Ministry of Education and Research (2016a and 2016b), explicitly emphasizes the necessity for teacher education programs to exhibit both high academic quality and coherence. This coherence, although not exclusively, extends to the integration of learning activities conducted on campus and practical experiences, with the latter also referring to organized practicums for teacher education students. However, it is acknowledged that practical experience encompasses various activities beyond structured practicums. According to the official framework, a teacher education student is required to undergo no less than 110 days of practicum, distributed over the five years of their academic studies. Furthermore, the framework underscores the importance of establishing a close relationship between academic institutions and the professional field represented by practicum schools. Despite the explicit description of the relationship between theory represented by the teacher education institutions and practice, here represented by the practicum schools, in the official framework, there remains a perceived gap or lack of coherence. Munthe et al., (2020) characterize the nexus between theory and practice in teacher education as a context where diverse arenas converge to support the comprehensive knowledge and competence development of teacher students. The lack of such cohesion is not a novel issue within teacher education, evident in both Norwegian and international contexts (ibid). The perceived situation becomes explicit in for example Canrinus et al., (2017) where teacher students report on a gap between theory and practice, and in Thorsen (2019) where it is highlighted a lack of consensus between school-based and university-based educators when they collaborate during teacher students' practicum. During practicums, school-based and university-based teacher educators often collaborate in supporting, mentoring, and evaluating teacher students, forming a formalized partnership. In this partnership, both parties contribute their expertise to facilitate the learning of teacher education students, creating a synergy that enhances the learning environment beyond individual capabilities (Lillejord & Børte, 2014). However, there is a potential risk that a lack of coherence in this partnership may widen the gap between the university and schools rather than narrowing it. Considering the perception of the gap between theory and practice as well as the evolving specialized direction of teacher education, there is a keen interest in examining how school-based and university-based teacher educators perceive the competencies essential for future teachers. Our research question is “How do school-based and university-based teacher educators perceive the competencies future teachers require, and are there any discernible tensions in these perceptions?” And we are curious whether this is a place where they agree or disagree with one another, and if so on what. As mentioned earlier, we want to know how different groups see the skills needed for future teachers. We expect to find tensions, but we do not necessarily know much about what these tensions consist of. A deeper understanding of the present situation will help us focus on improving cooperation between the different parties in this partnership. The goal is to contribute to bridging the gap between theory and practice in teacher education. As we see it, a way to get there is to strengthen the relationship between academic institutions and the professional field represented by practicum schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In December 2023, educators overseeing the third year of two teacher education programs, encompassing both school-based and university-based settings, participated in a survey comprising both qualitative and quantitative inquiries. This survey was administered in advance of a practicum period. Survey data were collected via Nettskjema.no and carried out in Norwegian to avoid miscommunication. The participants filled out the survey online, anonymously. Subsequently, in the spring of 2024, a follow-up survey will be disseminated post the practicum period's conclusion. This subsequent survey will address aspects of a revised framework for the third-year practicum, specifically focusing on a redesigned composition of students within their practicum groups. Emphasis will be placed on aligning the academic backgrounds of the four students with those of the university-based and school-based teacher educators. Historically, practicum groups have comprised of two students from one academic subject and two from another, lacking a systematic approach to ensuring compatibility between the academic backgrounds of the students and their respective educators. The proposed structural changes can be seen as integral to the ongoing specialization of the teacher education programs. Our sample can be described as a homogenous sampling process (Tashakkori & Teddlie, 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings indicate tensions in the perceptions of various stakeholders regarding the competencies they see as essential for future teachers. Preliminary results revealed two main categories: Resource oriented or problem oriented. Further we see a notable portion of primary school-based educators expressing a critical stance toward practicum organization that aligns with the objective of cultivating specialized teachers. They emphasize the necessity for teachers with broad competence and assert that specialization may impede this broader perspective. In other words, they see the current development in the direction of specialization as a problem. Lower secondary teachers, along with a substantial number of university-based teacher educators, embrace this specialization and see it as a resource for professional learning, development, and reflection. Lower secondary teachers also report a positive and optimistic view on the structure of the group, pointing out that the teacher students will have other academic subjects than the one they have in common, which will help ensure a broad practicum experience and view on what it means to be a teacher. References -Canrinus, E. T., Bergem, O. K., Klette, K., & Hammerness, K. (2017). Coherent teacher education programmes: Taking a student perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(3), pp. 313-333. -Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2014). Partnerskap i lærerutdanningen: En forskningskartlegging. [Partnerships in teacher education. An overview of research]. Oslo: Kunnskapssenter for utdanning. -Ministry of Education and Research (2016a). Regulations relating to the framework plan for primary and lower secondary teacher education for years 1-7. UHR. national_guidelines_for_the_primary_and_lower_secondary_teacher_education_programme_for_years_1_7.pdf (uhr.no) -Ministry of Education and Research (2016b). Regulations Relating to the Framework Plan for Primary and Lower Secondary Teacher Education for Years 5–10. UHR. national_guidelines_for_the_primary_and_lower_secondary_teacher_education_programme_for_years_5_10.pdf (uhr.no) -Munthe, E., Ruud, E. & Malmo, K.A.S. (2020). Praksisopplæring i lærerutdanninger i Norge. En forskningsoversikt. [Practical Training in Teacher Education in Norway: A Research Overview]. Kunnskapssenter for Utdanning, Universitetet i Stavanger. -Teddlie, C. and Tashakkori, A. (2009). Foundations of Mixed Methods Research: Integrating Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches in the Social and Behavioral Sciences. Sage, London. -Thorsen, K.E. (2019). Utvikling av faglig kompetanse i praksis. I Teoretiske og praktiske kunnskaper i lærerkvalifisering – sammenhenger og spenninger (pp. 25-34). [Development of Professional Competence in Practice. In Theoretical and Practical Knowledge in Teacher Qualification – Connections and Tensions]. Universitetsforlaget, Oslo. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Decision Making for Instructional Practices, Pedagogical Reasoning and the Role of the Student 1The Hague University of Applied Sciences; 2Radboud University Nijmegen; 3Leiden University Presenting Author:Introduction, Research Objective, and Context: Handling differences in the classroom is complex for teachers. Both internationally and specifically in the Dutch context, the emphasis on adapting to differences among students in education is strongly emphasized, by both the Ministry of Education (Van Casteren et al., 2017) and the annual reports of the Education Inspectorate. This research aims to gain a better understanding of how teachers use various sources of information about the student and their development and whether teachers actively involve their students in dealing with differences in the classroom. By gaining a better understanding of the teacher's pedagogical reasoning, this can contribute to teacher education regarding handling differences in the classroom. Theoretical Framework: How teachers respond to diversity by deciding about the education of their students has been described by Richard Snow (1997) as an ‘awesome balancing act’ in which teachers continuously need to make decisions about when and how (or not) to adapt to the characteristics and needs of their students (Parsons et. al, 2018). Responding to what a student needs requires knowledge and skills to do this properly (Corno, 2008; Keuning et al., 2021). This is a complex process and there is little research available that specifically draws attention to what practicing teachers actually do to address student differences (Corno, 2008; Loibl et al., 2020) and on the basis of which information they make decisions for their educational actions (Gasse & Acker, 2023; Park & Datnow, 2017). The internal cognitive process of adaptive teaching and differentiated instruction can be perceived as a process of pedagogical reasoning. Loughran (2019) describes pedagogical reasoning as 'the thinking that underpins informed professional practice'. Based on information sources, teachers make decisions to differentiate. Differentiated education implies a proactive alignment of instruction and activities (Denessen, 2017). Additionally, teachers use adaptive education based on diagnostics of affective, cognitive, motivational, and socio-cultural variables of students. It is therefore essential for teachers to carefully collect and analyze the knowledge they acquire about students. Adaptive education can be shaped from different perspectives, one being curriculum-focused and contextual, requiring teachers to have diagnostic skills (Van Geel et al., 2019) and an understanding of the student as an individual to establish effective alignment between the student and the curriculum. Another perspective is student-focused, exploring the extent to which the student is a co-owner of the learning process. Research Questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed methods sequential explanatory design (Creswell, 2013) was used to collect and analyze the quantitative (teacher surveys) and qualitative data (interviews). The quantitative questionnaire data were analyzed to describe which sources of information teachers use in the different phases of the differentiation process. The information sources questioned are based on research by Jager et al. (2021). Prast et al.'s model (2015) was used as a framework for examining the use of information sources by teachers. With interviews, qualitative information was obtained about the pedagogical reasoning of teachers about how and why teachers use these sources of information to base their instructional decisions on. Research shows that the use of teacher-student dialogue can be beneficial for the self-reflective capacity of the teacher (Hudson-Glynn, 2019), getting to know the student better (Vygotsky, 1978; Hudson-Glynn, 2019) and autonomy of the student (Fletcher, 2012; Black & Mayes, 2020). The teacher survey therefore included questions on these three topics. To clarify the role of the student, the horizontal participation ladder of Smit et al. (2011) has been employed. This study was conducted with primary school teachers in the Western part of the Netherlands, a demographically diverse area with schools in both urban contexts and schools in suburbs and villages. 26 teachers, teaching grades 4 (age 7/8) to 8 (age 11/12), completed the teacher survey. 19 teachers were female, 5 were male and the amount of teaching experience ranged from a few months to 35 years. 13 of these teachers were interviewed, 11 female, 2 male. The participants completed an online questionnaire using Qualtrics. Teachers were asked about which information sources (study of the student's work, observation, teaching method-related tests, curriculum planning, teacher student dialogue, standardized test scores, student file, information from last year's teacher, teacher parent dialogue) and the frequency of use of these information sources to determine the educational needs of students, set goals, shape differentiated instruction and practice and evaluate the process and progress of students. Components of effective student consultation (timing, focus and purpose, teachers’ feedback and follow-up to pupils) as outlined by Morgan (2011) were added to the questionnaire. The data from the questionnaires have been summarized in frequency tables. Thematic analysis was used to analyze the interviews, using a coding framework based on the topics used of the questionnaire. Here, a deductive approach was used with predefined categories serving as the basis for identifying themes in the collected data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results and Supported Conclusions: In the differentiation process, teachers use various information sources to different extents and combinations in different lesson phases for differentiation decisions. The collected data on students are mainly used to infer educational needs. Less frequently, students are asked to articulate their educational needs themselves. Teachers mainly perceive students as 'research objects'; observed but not actively engaged in a dialogue. Although teachers express a desire to use the 'teacher-student dialogue' more often for shaping adaptive education, practical constraints such as time, group size, curriculum, materials, and space hinder its implementation. Teachers mainly tailor their approach to differences from a didactic perspective focused on gathering information for appropriate didactic choices and less from a social-constructivist perspective focused on actively involving students in their learning process. References Black, R., & Mayes, E. (2020). Feeling voice: The emotional politics of ‘student voice’ for teachers. British Educational Research Journal, 46(5), 1064-1080. Corno, L. (2008). On Teaching Adaptively. Educational Psychologist, 43(3), 161–173. Creswell, J. W. (2013). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Sage Publications, Incorporated. Denessen, E. (2017). Verantwoord omgaan met verschillen: sociaal-culturele achtergronden en differentiatie in het onderwijs. Universiteit Leiden. Hudson-Glynn, K. (2019). Lessons learnt by student teachers from the use of children’s voice in teaching practice. In J. Wearmouth & A. Goodwyn (Ed.), Student teacher and family voice in educational institutions (pp. 15 - 32). New York: Routledge. Jager, L., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A. H., & Meijer, P. C. (2021). Sixty seconds about each student–studying qualitative and quantitative differences in teachers’ knowledge and perceptions of their students. Social Psychology of Education, 24, 1-35. Kahneman, D., Frederick, S., Holyoah, K., & Morrison, R. (2005). A model of heuristic judgment. The Cambridge handbook of thinking and reasoning. J. Holyoak. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Keuning, T., van Geel, M., & Smienk-Otten, C. (2021). Differentiëren in 5, 4, 3...: Stem je onderwijs af op verschillen tussen leerlingen. PICA. Loibl, K., Leuders, T., & Dörfler, T. (2020). A Framework for Explaining Teachers’ Diagnostic Judgements by Cognitive Modeling (DiaCoM). Teaching and Teacher Education, 91, 103059-. Loughran, J. (2019). Pedagogical reasoning: the foundation of the professional knowledge of teaching. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 25(5), 523–535. Morgan, B. (2011). Consulting pupils about classroom teaching and learning: policy, practice and response in one school. Research Papers in Education, 26(4), 445-467. Park, V., & Datnow, A. (2017). Ability grouping and differentiated instruction in an era of data-driven decision making. American Journal of Education, 123(2), 000-000. Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Scales, R. Q., Gallagher, M. A., Parsons, A. W., Davis, S. G., Pierczynski, M. & Allen, M. (2018). Teachers’ instructional adaptations: A research synthesis. Review of educational research, 88(2), 205-242. Prast, E. J., Van de Weijer-Bergsma, E., Kroesbergen, E. H., & Van Luit, J. E. H. (2015). Readinessbased differentiation in primary school mathematics: Expert recommendations and teacher selfassessment. Frontline Learning Research, 3(2), 90–116. Tomlinson, C. A. (2014). The differentiated classroom: Responding to the needs of all learners. Ascd. Urhahne, D., & Wijnia, L. (2021). A review on the accuracy of teacher judgments. Educational Research Review, 32, 100374-. Van Casteren, W., Bendig-Jacobs, J., Wartenbergh-Cras, F., van Essen, M., & Kurver, B. (2017). Differentiëren en differentiatievaardigheden in het primair onderwijs. Nijmegen: ResearchNed, 2004-2006. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teachers’ Perceptions and Experiences of Peer Observation and Its Influence on Their Professional Development in One School in South Kazakhstan NIS Taldykorgan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Peer observation is observing fellow teachers’ lessons or being observed by them with the purpose of professional growth. It is believed to be an effective tool for both training future teachers (Engin & Priest, 2014) and supporting experienced teachers’ professional development (O’Leary, 2014; Wragg, 2002). If used effectively, peer observation can become “a valuable tool for improving the quality of teaching” (Wragg, 2002, p. VIII). Nevertheless, despite its positive impact on teacher professional development, peer observation might still cause negative attitudes and resistance among teachers due to several reasons such as negative feedback that teachers might receive after being observed (Dos Santos, 2016) or poor organization of this process at school (Engin & Priest, 2014; Gosling, 2002). Engin and Priest (2014) state that “teachers who have experienced such contexts may not see the learning value of peer observation” (p. 2). Although peer observation is an important part of teaching practice in many schools around the world including Kazakhstan, it is often imposed on teachers (Gosling, 2002), which is another reason why they do not view it as a tool for professional growth. Therefore, studying teachers’ perceptions of this process and their experiences in peer observation can help better organize this process at schools and make it a valuable tool for continuous development. This study aims to investigate school teachers' perceptions regarding peer observation and their experiences of peer observation at one school in South Kazakhstan. To achieve this purpose, the study analyses teachers' viewpoints on peer observation, both from the perspective of observing their colleagues and being observed themselves. Furthermore, it delves into an examination of their experiences and practices in the context of peer observation, as well as the impact of these experiences on their professional development. The following research questions were identified to guide this study: 1. What are the schoolteachers’ perceptions of peer observation? 2. What are their experiences in peer observation? 3. How does peer observation affect teachers’ professional development? Teacher professional development should happen in collaboration with others and be ongoing (Darling-Hammond & Richardson, 2009; Garet et al., 2006). Bandura’s social learning theory and the professional learning community offered by Darling-Hammond and Richardson (2009) as a new paradigm might help to explain this need for collaboration and the importance of consistent teacher learning. These theories also support the importance of peer observation for teacher professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Since the purpose of this study is to explore the teachers’ perceptions and experiences of peer observation, the qualitative research study was chosen as the most appropriate method for this research. In-depth, semi-structured interviews were conducted to answer the research questions and learn about teachers’ perceptions and experiences of peer observation. As stated by Merriam and Tisdell (2016), certain fields like education or health employ a research design called ‘basic qualitative study’. The basic qualitative study aims to understand how people “make sense of their life and experiences” (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016, p. 24), while the other types of research design in qualitative research have additional purposes. In addition, Merriam and Tisdell (2016) state that based on this design “researchers simply describe their study as a “qualitative research study” without declaring a particular type of qualitative study” (p. 23). The current study employed this design due to the necessity to understand people’s experiences and perceptions. Drawing on empirical evidence and related literature, this interview-based study aimed to discover the perceptions and experiences of teachers in peer observation. Six semi-structured interviews were conducted to answer the research questions of this study. This helped to learn the individual experiences and perceptions of the participants in-depth. Five interviews were conducted face to face as “the interaction produced when the researcher and participants meet in the shared space produces humane and sensitive data that reflects the interest of both parties” (Kamarudin, 2015, p. 14). One participant asked for an online interview as it was more convenient for them in terms of time. Document analysis was used as an additional instrument. The school has an online system that is used during the lesson observations and analyzing this system assisted in understanding teachers’ perspectives and experiences of peer observation at this school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the data obtained, it can be concluded that the participants consider peer observation to be an important part of the teaching profession and understand how crucial it is for teachers’ professional development and collaboration. It can also be concluded that the teachers at this school are willing to observe and be observed, although one participant mentioned that there is a small number of teachers who avoid this practice (Participant 2). As there is no clear division between peer observation and lesson observation, the participants do not differentiate between these two terms and use them interchangeably. The school culture of peer observation which highlights its importance for professional development, the fact that peer observation is used as support for younger and new teachers as well as the frequent observations by various visitors can be the reasons why teachers have such a positive attitude to peer observation at this school. Additionally, the participants stated that they feel more comfortable when peer observation happens within their subject departments. Unconstructive and negative feedback was mentioned by most participants as a reason for some stress during peer observations. References Darling-Hammond, L., & Richardson, N. (2009). Research review/teacher learning: What matters. Educational leadership, 66(5), 46-53. Dos Santos, L. M. (2016). How do teachers make sense of peer observation professional development in an Urban School. International Education Studies, 10(1), 255. https://doi.org/10.5539/ies.v10n1p255 Engin, M. (2014). Observing teaching: A lens for self-reflection. Journal of Perspectives in Applied Academic Practice, 2(2). https://doi.org/10.14297/jpaap.v2i2.90 Garet, M. S., Porter, A. C., Desimone, L., Birman, B. F., & Yoon, K. S. (2001). What makes professional development effective? Results from a national sample of teachers. American Educational Research Journal, 38(4), 915–945. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312038004915 Gosling, D. (2002). Models of peer observation of teaching. Kamarudin, D. (2015). Comparing online and traditional interview techniques: A qualitative study of the experiences of researchers and participants in the Malaysian context (dissertation). Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. O'Leary, M. (2014). Classroom observation: A guide to the effective observation of teaching and learning. Routledge. Wragg, E. C. (2002). An introduction to classroom observation. Taylor & Francis e-Library. |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 L: Health and Wellbeing Education Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Seeds of Narration for Sprouts of Well-Being. Wondering Students' Narratives on Flourishing Opportunities Within the University Context. University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:Nowadays, a dignified condition of social existence presupposes good navigation skills: surviving the elusive liquidity of contemporary times and spaces (Bauman, 2013) means learning to sway in the flow, that is to enjoy the experience in an optimal way, being absorbed and at the same time intact inside the intensity of that moment. What Csíkszentmihályi (2013) defines as a "state of grace". The flowing movement takes on the nuances of a practice of freedom and, at the same time, of democratic liberation, since it allows the individual to experience an intrinsic involvement with life, attributing to it a personal choice and meaning. Consequently, faced with this condition, educational institutions are invested with a new, but eternal, political responsibility: educating for freedom, social justice, equity (Freire, 1994; Nussbaum, 1997, 2002). Education thus assumes the role of valorisation of personal agency, life aspirations and human potentials (ONU, 2006). Within this context, however, resides a paradox: contemporary changes leads to ambitions for progress that are often unsustainable for the promotion of an adequate quality of life; a capitalistic individualization in which the citizen perceives him/herself only and in this solitude, oppressed because detached from any inter-personal belonging (Rosales, Frangioni & Marroccoli, 2019). The same loneliness and lack of belonging complained by more and more university students, whose educational system seems to be frozen within a performative perspective of competence and academic success, far away from the generative perspective of individual capability and fulfillment (Volstad et al., 2020). Higher Education is asked to shift its gaze from welfare to well-being, to re-think educational processes capable of overcoming the freedom-solitude paradox, rediscovering how the apparent antinomies are actually accomplices constructs, equally significant for co-building a democratic reality. Then, how to deal with this urgent need? One possibility has been suggested by Nussbaum (1997), according to whom a fundamental tool for the cultivation of society corresponds to "narrative imagination", that is, the ability to interpret one’s own history and empathize with that of others, imagining better life scenarios for each, for all. According to this perspective, self-narratives are interpretative keys of personal aspirations on the ancient εὐδαιμονία (eudaimonia), in the sense of flourishing life (D'Olimpio, 2022), as well as a starting point for designing enabling and accessible contexts that suits everyone's functioning. Considering this framework, our research aims to answer the following questions: which are the opportunities of flourishing currently offered by University, according to students’ self-narratives? Which are the ideal opportunities aspired by the students? Which common flourishing dimensions emerge from students’ narratives? And, in which ways can self-narratives support students’ personal flourishing within the University contexts? Thus, through a combinated narrative-appreciative inquiry on students’ flourishing and the transcendent essence of their personal story as community core living (Huber, Caine, Huber and Steeves, 2013), students are welcomed in a democratic space of sharing ideas and ideals. Meanwhile, they participate in expressing a common culture of flourishing through meaningful connections among their own identity and others’ narratives (Wise & Barney, 2021). Hence, my research purposes are: (re)discovering the flourishing perspective from undergraduate students’ voices and from their autobiographical narratives, questioning together with them the ways in which such narratives can prove to be a positive pedagogical-didactic support; inquiring students' well-being aspirations by enhancing practices of self-narration through appreciation; transforming students' narrative-appreciative journey into a common manifest of flourishing, in the form of an Open Educational Resource (OER) shareable with the representatives of the whole university students, in order to make this topic a more open and collective discussion, because living well in education regards any of us, as all of us. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The assumption of personal narratives as interpretative keys of educational realities leads this research to embrace the methodology of Narrative Inquiry, which employs self-narratives as in-depth living data, means of understanding individuals’ perspectives (Connelly and Clandinin, 1990). It requires going beyond the use of narrative as rhetorical structure to an analytic examination of the underlying insights of a personal story (Bell, 2002). Simultaneously, the purpose of seeking images of the possible, within the students’ storytelling, finds its place in the generative frame of Appreciative Inquiry, searching for life-giving forces through a 4-D cycle (Whitney & Cooperrider, 1998). It is precisely through the four phases of this cycle that our research project has been planning. The first phase, known as Discovery, is intended to inquire “what is”. For this reason, we have conducted a Systematic Literature Review, following the PRISMA Statement (Page et al., 2021), to explore the evolutionary concept of human flourishing, and its possible connections with self-narration, in the existing studies. Based on the qualitative results of this review, we have developed an exploratory questionnaire, concerning well-being and narration, that is going to be proposed to 340 undergraduate students from three different courses of Padua University. The participation is voluntary, respectfully with the freedom of expression. The questionnaire has been inspired by the Flourish Project (Ellyatt, 2022) and it includes both open and closed questions, in the view of a concurrent embedded strategy. The second phase, called Dream, aims at imagining “what might be” and is going to start with an online forum for each course, during which those key themes retrieved from statistical and thematic analysis of questionnaire, will be shared and discussed, opening the way to generative reflections. In the third phase, that is Design, a new design proposal will involve each group of students: WONDER, acronym of Ways of Narrating Enjoyable Didactic Routes. It represents a narrative journey, following the appreciative scheme, through students’ artifacts and stories about past, present and future experiences and opportunities of flourishing in education. Finally, the fourth phase, or Destiny, brings together the previous steps and it faces “what will be”; in this sense, a structured focus group (Biggeri, Di Masi & Bellacicco, 2019) is going to take place with all the students from the three courses, with the purpose of creating a common “flourishing manifesto” to share with students’ representatives, and make it an accessible resource to the whole community. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to Gadamer’s hermeneutics, the flourishing process has a multidimensional and ecological nature composed by individual, contextual, temporal and dialectical aspects that need to be equally explored (Volstad et al., 2020). With a view of catching this complex portrait, this research invests the role of inquiring human flourishing within the life stories of students, looking for personal, as well as interpersonal, meanings of it. Currently, the state of process is focused on the analysis of students’ responses to the questionnaire, and soon we will start with the second phase of our inquiry path. Frequently questioning our research about the ways it can be significant for the whole community, we make practice of a metacognitive exercise that helps us to both stimulate utopian ideas of improvement and innovative thinking. Thus, this significance appears to live in a transformative process that embraces a pro-positive tension into the educational scenarios and, likewise, contextualizes in them concrete tools of collaborative and narrative reflections. In reference to this, the scientific society does not surely lack scales of well-being measurement, but the educational community complains of missing qualitative explorations and narrative reflections up on flourishing. Therefore, through the encounter of the methodologies and methods described above, the research is gradually embracing the perspective of Grassroot Innovation (Belda-Miquel, Pellicer-Sifres & Boni, 2020), by responding to students' priority of a bottom-up approach, their need of thinking themselves active “storytellers”, creators of narrative plots of learning, not more objects of a defined storyline, in which what counts is just performing. Flourishing and self-narratives are here re-discovered as key dimensions of individuals’ telos and autobiographical epistemologies, necessary foundations for a community building that open its arms to a connective WONDER, with the meaning of marvel but also asking. References Bauman, Z. (2013). Liquid modernity. NJ, Hoboken: John Wiley & Sons. Belda-Miquel, S., Pellicer-Sifres, V., & Boni, A. (2020). Exploring the contribution of grassroots innovations to justice: Using the capability approach to normatively address bottom-up sustainable transitions practices. Sustainability, 12(9), 1-9. Bell, J. S. (2002). Narrative inquiry: More than just telling stories. TESOL quarterly, 36(2), 207-213. Biggeri, M., Di Masi, D., & Bellacicco, R. (2019). Disability and higher education: assessing students’ capabilities in two Italian universities using structured focus group discussions. Studies in higher education, 45(4), 909-924. Connelly, F. M. & Clandinin, D. J. (1990). Stories of experience and narrative inquiry. Educational Researcher, 19(5), 2-14. Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2013). Flow: The psychology of happiness. New York, NY: Random House. D'Olimpio, L. (2022). Aesthetica and eudaimonia: Education for flourishing must include the arts. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 56(2), 238-250. Ellyatt, W. (2022). Education for Human Flourishing—A New Conceptual Framework for Promoting Ecosystemic Wellbeing in Schools. Challenges, 13(2), 1-23. Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of Hope. New York, NY: Continuum. Huber, J., Caine, V., Huber, M., & Steeves, P. (2013). Narrative inquiry as pedagogy in education: The extraordinary potential of living, telling, retelling, and reliving stories of experience. Review of research in education, 37(1), 212-242. Nussbaum, M. C. (1997). Cultivating humanity: A classical defense of reform in liberal education. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Nussbaum, M. (2002). Capabilities and social justice. International Studies Review, 4(2), 123-135. Page, M.J., McKenzie, J.E., Bossuyt, P.M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T.C., Mulrow, C.D., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. 372. Rosales, P. B., Frangioni, T., & Marroccoli, G. (2019). Introduzione: il paradosso di un’esperienza collettiva solitaria. Riflessioni sulla solitudine politica. Cambio, 9(17), 5-13. United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, December 13, 2006, https://www.ohchr.org/en/hrbodies/crpd/pages/conventionrightspersonswithdisabilities.aspx. Volstad, C., Hughes, J., Jakubec, S. L., Flessati, S., Jackson, L., & Martin-Misener, R. (2020). “You have to be okay with okay”: experiences of flourishing among university students transitioning directly from high school. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-Being, 15(1), 1-14. Whitney, D., & Cooperrider, D. L. (1998). The appreciative inquiry summit: Overview and applications. Employment Relations Today, 25(2), 17-28. Wise, J. B., & Barney, K. (2021). A Personal Narrative Conveying Human Flourishing. Therapeutic Recreation Journal, 55(1), 42-59. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Can Children’s Social Competence Predict their Social-Emotional Wellbeing in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) or vice versa? 1Department of Education, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland; 2Faculty of Education and Psychology, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland; 3Knowledge Management and Co-Creation unit/ Knowledge Base for Health and Welfare Management team, Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare (THL), Finland Presenting Author:Defined as children’s ability to successfully obtain acceptable entries to group activities, collaborative negotiations and cooperative play for full and active participation in ECEC group activities as confident agents, social competence among children in ECEC is considered a crucial skill to construct and maintain mutual and durable friendships with peers and harmonious relationships with adults (Pakarinen et al., 2020). These relationships have been proved to be related to children’s wellbeing (Sandseter & Seland, 2018), an essential element for children’s holistic development in many ECEC curriculum frameworks (Council of European Union, 2019), including the Finnish Core Curriculum for ECEC (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2018), a Nordic welfare model with universalism, equality and equity for every child regardless of their different backgrounds (Kumpulainen, 2018). However, sparse research has been done on how young children’s social competence is related to their social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC in both directions. Moreover, sizable research has been undertaken on the effects of ECEC arrangements on children’s development such as cognitive, languages and social emotional competence (Zachrisson & Lekhal, 2014). Nevertheless, little is known about how ECEC arrangements (weekly hours and providers) are associated with children’s social-emotional wellbeing (i.e., enjoyment and the fulfilment of their basic needs) in ECEC. In addition, the association of childcare arrangements and children’s social behaviours has been studied in different childcare systems (Averdijk et al., 2022; Huston et al., 2015), etc., with mixed results, but its moderation effects on the two-way associations between children’s social competence and social-emotional wellbeing have been scarcely researched. Thus, this study aims to investigate the two-way associations between children’s social competence and their social-emotional wellbeing (i.e., the fulfilment of their basic needs and their enjoyment) in ECEC. Specifically, it examines whether children with higher social competence have their basic needs fulfilled and enjoy their ECEC experiences more or whether children with higher level of enjoyment and basic need fulfilment demonstrate higher prosocial and less antisocial behaviors. The current research also investigates if children’s weekly hours in ECEC and the types of ECEC providers they attend (private or public) moderate the two-way associations between children’s social competence and their social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on the survey data collected by the Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare (FIHW) from the guardians of four-year-old children on the health and wellbeing of children and their families in 2018. In this study, structural equation modelling analyses with Mplus software (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2023) were executed to examine the associations between children’s social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC and their social competence in both directions. Moreover, the moderation effects of ECEC arrangements on these associations were also investigated. Children’s social competence was assessed with MASCS scale (Junttila et al., 2006) of 13 items with the Linkert of 1-never to 4-very often. The scale includes four subscales, empathy and cooperation indicated prosocial behaviors, disruptiveness and impulsivity categorized as antisocial behaviors. Children’s social-emotional wellbeing consists of their enjoyment and basic need fulfilment in ECEC. Children’s enjoyment in ECEC was evaluated with 5 out of 12 items of Leiden Child Wellbeing Inventory (van Trijp et al., 2021) with Linkert scales from 1-never to 6-always. These items evalaute the levels of being comfortable with ECEC attendance, other children, in the groups, on arrival and the settings. Children’s basic need fulfillment was assessed from 1 = fully agree to 5 = fully disagree with 5 items (Koivula et al., 2023): (1) ECEC meets our family’s needs, (2) My child is regarded as an individual and his/her background is taken into consideration, (3) My child receives care and attention that meet his/her individual needs (safety, meals, rest, etc.), (4) the interactive relationships between my child and the staff are good, (5) My child is listened to, and he/she can take part in planning and developing the activities”. Structural equation modeling analyses were conducted to examine the association between children’s social competence and their social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC in both directions and the moderating effects ECEC arrangements (weekly time in ECEC and ECEC providers). Control variables of family and child factors such as the gender of children and their parents, children’s living arrangements (with both parents or others), children’s citizenship status (with themselves or both parents were born inside or outside Finland), parental highest educational level, financial satisfaction levels, mental health were added to the models so that only the effects of ECEC will be considered. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that children’s higher prosocial behaviors were significantly and positively associated with their enjoyment in ECEC, and higher antisocial behaviors were significantly and negatively associated with their enjoyment in ECEC in both directions. In addition, children’s social competence had significant association with their basic need fulfilment but not conversely. Moreover, weekly hours in ECEC and ECEC providers did not moderate the relation between children’s social competence and their social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC in both directions. That is, whether the four-year-old children spent longer time in ECEC or whether they attended private or public ECEC, the association between their social competence and social-emotional wellbeing in ECEC remained the same in both directions. The study’s results highlight the provision of joyful environments that enhance young children’s both social competence and social-emotional wellbeing. It also contributes to broader knowledge on the two-way linkages between children’s social competence and social-emotional wellbeing, i.e., enjoyment and basic need fulfilment – the prerequisite conditions for children’s rights, agency and participation. References Averdijk, M., Ribeaud, D., & Eisner, M.P. (2022). External childcare and socio-behavioral development in Switzerland: Long-term relations from childhood into young adulthood. PLoS ONE, 17. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0263571 Council of the European Union (2019). Council recommendation on high-quality early childhood education and care systems. Brussels: Council of the European Union. Finnish National Agency for Education [FNAE]. (2018). National core curriculum for early childhood education and care. Regulations and guidelines 2018:3c. Finnish National Agency for Education. Huston A. C., Bobbitt K. C., & Bentley A. (2015). Time spent in child care: How and why does it affect social development? Developmental Psychology, 51(5), 621–634. https://doi.org/10.1037/a00389511 PMID: 25751096 Junttila, N., Vauras, M., Niemi, P., & Laakkonen, E. (2012). Multisource assessed social competence as a predictor for children's and adolescents' later loneliness, social anxiety, and social phobia. Journal for educational research online, 4, 73–98. Retrieved from: https://research.utu.fi/converis/portal/detail/Publication/3850690?auxfun=&lang=fi_FI Koivula, M., Räikkönen, E., Turja, L., Poikonen, P.-L., & Laakso, M.-L. (2023). Family and work-related risk factors in children's social–emotional well-being and parent–educator cooperation in flexibly scheduled early childhood education and care. International Journal of Social Welfare, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijsw.12585 Kumpulainen, K. (2018). A principled, personalised, trusting and child centric ECEC system in Finland. In S. L. Kagan (Ed.), The Early Advantage 1: Early Childhood Systems That Lead by Example - A Comparative Focus on International Early Childhood Education (pp. 72– 98). Teachers College Press. Retrieved from https://helda.helsinki.fi/bitstream/handle/10138/255278/Chapter_4_Finland.pdf?sequence=1 Muthén, L., & Muthén, B. (1998–2023). Mplus user's guide. Muthén & Muthén. Pakarinen, E., Lerkkanen, M. K., & von Suchodoletz, A. (2020). Teacher emotional support in relation to social competence in preschool classrooms. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 43(4), 444–460. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2020.1791815 Sandseter, E.B.H., Seland, M. (2018). 4–6-year-old children’s experience of subjective well-being and social relations in ECEC institutions. Child Indicators Research 11, 1585–1601 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-017-9504-5 van Trijp, C., Lekhal, R., Drugli, M. B., Rydland, V., & Solheim Buøen, E. (2021). Validation of the Leiden Inventory for the Child's Well-Being in Daycare (LICW-D) Questionnaire in Norwegian Early Childhood Education and Care Centers. Frontiers in psychology, 12, 767137. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.767137 van Trijp, K., & Lekhal, R. (2018). Promoting children's well-being in ECEC: A challenging goal. Journal of International Doctoral Research, 7(1), 30–54. Zachrisson, H. D., & Lekhal, R. (2014). Psychology of child well-being. Early childhood education and care. In A. Ben-Arieh, F. Casas, I. Frønes, & J. E. Korbin (Eds.), Theories, methods and policies in global perspective (pp. 599–601). Springer. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Concept of Spirituality in Pedagogy: Literature Review Tomas Bata University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The influence of spirituality on pedagogical phenomena has been discussed in the literature for many years (e.g. Behera & Dash, 2015; Ben-Arieh et al. 2014; de Souza et al. 2009; Fisher, 2011; Pandya, 2017; Wane et al, 2011). At the same time, the importance of its investigation is supported by findings of associations between levels of spirituality and positive formation of personality, or lower levels of risky behavior or depressive symptoms among students (Dankulincova Veselska et al., 2018; Henningsgaard & Arnau, 2008; Pérez et al., 2009; Raftopoulos & Bates, 2011). Despite the growing interest in this topic abroad, less attention has been given to this issue in educational research in the Czech Republic. If it is explored, it is so far in an unsystematized form (Jirásek, 2023; Říčan, 2006; Suchánková & Matušů, 2020; Veselský et al., 2013). To support the initiation of this research, this paper offers an overview of theoretical approaches to conceptualizing spirituality that can be applied to pedagogy. It maps key approaches to spirituality in the pedagogical context over the last forty years and highlights the possibility of applying them both in terms of research and in the formulation of educational objectives or tools for pedagogical action. In doing so, it also aims to open a discussion on how spirituality can be explored in a pedagogical context and whether it is beneficial to work with it in mainstream pedagogical practice. Based on the literature, we identified three key theoretical approaches that work with the concept of spirituality in contexts relevant to pedagogy, namely (1) the psychology of religion, (2) philosophy and theory of education, and (3) the well-being approach. The study aim is to clarify disciplinary and transdisciplinary grounding of these theoretical approaches and their distinct and congruent aspects. Further, review based on this classification allows us to better highlight the possibilities of application of these approaches in education. The ECER proposal will present (1) the importance of exploring spirituality from an educational science perspective, (2) a review of theoretical approaches conceptualizing spirituality applicable to pedagogy, and (3) introduce possible future steps to explore this topic further. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is designed as a literature review of a traditional/narrative character. This approach is characterised by a more extensive set of sources and aims to analyse and summarise findings over a specified timeframe and may or may not include empirical findings (Grant & Booth, 2009; Mareš, 2013). This type of review was chosen for two reasons. First, it is the focus on mapping theoretical approaches. As such, it does not rely on a strictly defined body of work but draws on a range of sources of different nature (quantitative and qualitative studies, compendia, legal and other documents). Second, it is the breadth of the topic of spirituality. The paper draws on the findings of various disciplines, synthesizing or contrasting them on the one hand, while on the other hand respecting the conceptual apparatus of each approach and highlighting their most important aspects. The first step was a thorough research focused on the topic of spirituality in general and then on the individual theoretical approaches. A mind map was created to capture the main elements of each approach and the basic structure of the text. The text of the study was written iteratively with the aim of refining the arguments or adding perspectives. This methodology allowed us to map and finally synthesize a range of findings from different disciplines in which the concept of spirituality is anchored. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that the perspective of the psychology of religion allows us to identify spirituality within the school environment as a potential factor (1) enhancing positive personality development, (2) promoting positive behaviour, and (3) contributing to the formation of healthy interpersonal relationships. We believe that further pedagogical research should focus on exploring these relationships, included the potential risks. Conceptualisations of spirituality from philosophy and theory of education can be insightful for education because they enable to conceptualise spirituality in relation to the needs of the educational process. The most important aspects emerging from this approach are the emphasis on (1) holistic student development, (2) the complementarity of student experiences, and (3) specific educational methods designed to develop spirituality. The contribution of the "well-being approach" to spirituality in relation to education is seen in three basic areas: (1) the empirically grounded concepts of spirituality, (2) the research tools for its measurement, and (3) the possible applicability of the chosen concepts at the level of curricular documents. However, when working with these concepts of spirituality, it is necessary to take into account their grounding in concepts of quality of life. The contributions of the paper are threefold: (1) it provides an overview of the approaches conceptualizing spirituality that are applicable to pedagogy, (2) it highlights their potential applications in terms of research and the formulation of educational goals, and (3) it contributes to the broader discussion on the relationship between spirituality and education. References Behera, S., & Dash, M. (2015). Stress and spirituality among school teachers. Indian Journal of Health and Wellbeing, 6(3), 305–308. Ben-Arieh, A., Casas, F., Frønes, I., & Korbin, J. E. (Ed.). (2014). Handbook of Child Well-Being: Theories, Methods and Policies in Global Perspective. Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-9063-8 Dankulincova Veselska, Z., Jirasek, I., Veselsky, P., Jiraskova, M., Plevova, I., Tavel, P., & Madarasova Geckova, A. (2018). Spirituality but not Religiosity Is Associated with Better Health and Higher Life Satisfaction among Adolescents. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 15(12), 2781. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph15122781 de Souza, M., Francis, L. J., O’Higgins-Norman, J., & Scott, D. (Ed.). (2009). International Handbook of Education for Spirituality, Care and Wellbeing (Roč. 3). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-9018-9 Fisher, J. (2011). The Four Domains Model: Connecting Spirituality, Health and Well-Being. Religions, 2(1), 17–28. https://doi.org/10.3390/rel2010017 Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x Henningsgaard, J. M., & Arnau, R. C. (2008). Relationships between religiosity, spirituality, and personality: A multivariate analysis. Personality and Individual Differences, 45(8), 703–708. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2008.07.004 Jirásek, I. (2023). Pojmové zakotvení modelu spirituální gramotnosti v českém pedagogickém prostoru a možnosti její kultivace ve školním prostředí. Pedagogika, 73(1), 63–84. https://doi.org/10.14712/23362189.2022.2301 Mareš, J. (2013). Přehledové studie: Jejich typologie, funkce a způsob vytváření. Pedagogická orientace, 23(4), 427–454. https://doi.org/10.5817/PedOr2013-4-427 Pandya, S. P. (2017). Teachers’ views on spirituality for adolescents in high schools across countries. Pastoral Care in Education, 35(2), 88–110. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643944.2017.1290132 Pérez, J. E., Little, T. D., & Henrich, C. C. (2009). Spirituality and Depressive Symptoms in a School-Based Sample of Adolescents: A Longitudinal Examination of Mediated and Moderated Effects. Journal of Adolescent Health, 44(4), 380–386. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2008.08.022 Raftopoulos, M., & Bates, G. (2011). ‘It’s that knowing that you are not alone’: The role of spirituality in adolescent resilience. International Journal of Children’s Spirituality, 16(2), 151–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364436X.2011.580729 Říčan, P. (2006). Spiritualita jako základ mravní výchovy. Pedagogika, 56, 119–131. Suchánková, E., & Matušů, R. (2020). Spiritualita pedagogů tradičních a alternativních škol. Sociální pedagogika / Social Education, 8(2), 29–43. https://doi.org/10.7441/soced.2020.08.02.02 Veselský, P., Poslt, J., Majewská, P., & Bolcková, M. (2013). Spiritualita ve vzdělávání – zpět k širšímu pojetí učení se. Paidagogos, 2013(2), 411–430. Wane, N. N., Manyimo, E. L., & Ritskes, E. J. (2011). Spirituality, education & society: An integrated approach. SensePublishers. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Investigating Mental Health Training and Provision in Initial Teacher Training (ITT/ITE) Programmes University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:There is a growing global concern over the issues of promoting and sustaining mental health and well-being in education, in which the mental health implications in the classroom continue to pose a significant public challenge worldwide, affecting children, adolescents, and teachers/new teachers, with an increasing economic cost (Purser, 2022). According to recent World Health Organization estimates, between 10% and 20% of children worldwide have a diagnosable mental health problem (WHO, 2021b). There is also an upward trend in adolescents’ mental illness in many countries (Seven, et al., 2020), with approximately 20% of the world’s adolescents experiencing mental health issues (United Nationals International Children’s Emergency Fund [UNICEF] Data, 2021). Schools are often recognized in research and policy as appropriate key settings to enhance and protect children’s and adolescents’ physical and mental well-being (Lahti et al., 2023; Hattersley, 2023). Teachers, therefore, play a crucial role in effective mental health provision in schools, as they are expected to be knowledgeable in identifying children’s and adolescents’ mental health problems and intervening early to support their students (DoH, 2011; Purser, 2022). Nevertheless, teachers consistently report that they often feel ill-prepared and lack experience and training to support children with emotional, behavioural, and social difficulties. They also feel vulnerable and psychologically distressed when meeting the mental health needs of their students in school settings (Rothi et al., 2008; Lahti et al., 2023; Nygaard et al., 2023). Meanwhile, teachers’ mental health must also be considered as their psychological well-being has been associated with students’ mental health and wellness. The teaching profession is generally recognized as an emotionally intense and stressful occupation, in which low career satisfaction, substantial workloads, and multiple role requirements all can have a deleterious effect on teachers’ mental health and place them at increased risk of common mental health disorders (Hattersley, 2023). Since teachers’ experiences of occupational stress are highly likely to be linked with their capacity to support students’ mental health, it is imperative to prepare and encourage teachers to seek guidance and support for their own mental health (Kush et al., 2021). Insufficient attention and training are currently given to the development and provision of required competences (knowledge, skills, and attitudes) and effective methods for mental health promotion in initial teacher training programmes (ITT/ITE). Although mental health providers, such as school psychologists and school counselors, are known as experts in delivering school-based mental health services, teachers are the first line of defense in providing prevention strategies to students in need of support. Against this background, the study sets out to explore teacher educators’ and student teachers’ perspectives and experiences related to mental health training and provision in Initial Teacher Training Programmes (ITT/ITE) in China and the UK. Given that educational systems, social and cultural backgrounds, and professional qualifications differ across countries, the challenges related to promoting students' and teachers’ mental health and well-being, nevertheless, are similar. The research design is a Delphi survey, in which it attempts to identify the threshold concepts in mental health and well-being and to provide a framework for developing a curriculum to build the knowledge and capacity of the future teacher workforce. It intends to answer the following two questions: What key knowledge and pedagogical approaches should be included in a comprehensive mental health training curriculum for Initial Teacher Training Programmes? What main competencies (knowledge, skills, and attitudes) should student teachers acquire during the ITT/ITE programme to promote their own mental health and that of others? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Delphi survey has been used in several research done in higher educational settings, and it aims to achieve reliable consensus among a group of experts which is invaluable and critical to the identification of threshold concepts in any field or discipline (Barradell, 2013). As the extensive involvement of the researcher in the decision process, transparency is essential to demonstrate rigor in the procedures selected (Smith, et al., 2016). This research will follow three major phases of a Delphi-based research project: preparing, conducting, and analyzing. It intends to utilize an effective qualitative technique at each stage and to reveal the situated, contextual meaning participants generate and ascribe to social phenomena (May, 2011). In the preparation stage, the subject under discussion (a. knowledge of mental health and well-being; b. individual competences) will be explored and two creative workshops will be used to define the Delphi format. Followed by a thorough literature review to get a first idea for potential Delphi statements and to obtain a list of knowledge and competenceies that student teachers should acquire in a comprehensive mental health curriculum. Once the framework for developing a mental health curriculum has been identified, another two Delphi rounds will be conducted at the second conducting stage. A semi-structured approach will be carried out with a panel of experts before the results become stable or consensus is achieved. It is advisable to have at least 15 to 20 experts in a group and the Delphi survey typically uses one panel with a number of rounds (Amos and Pearse, 2008), Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is believed that the acquisition of mental health knowledge and relevant professional skill packages is extremely important for students who intend to enter the teaching profession. By conducting a Delphi survey and semi-structured group interviews with experts and subject specialists, this research aims to provide a framework for developing an integrated and comprehensive mental health curriculum for ITE student teachers. Teachers and potential teachers’ mental health matters. Teachers play a pivotal role in daily interactions with students, they frequently influence the social and emotional development of our youth beyond academic needs. It is, therefore, essential to provide significant input for student teachers through ITE to meet the required skills and competencies to be effective educators. References Amos, T., and Pearse, N. (2008). Pragmatic research design: An illustration of the use of the Delphi technique. Electronic Journal of Business Research Methods, 6 (2), 95 – 102. Barradell, S. (2013). The identification of threshold concepts: A review of theoretical complexities and methodological challenges. Higher Education, 65 (2), 265 – 276. Department of Health. (2011). No health without mental health: A cross-government mental health outcomes strategy for people of all ages. UK: Department of Health. Hattersley, E. (2023). “When I feel like I can make a difference, it’s amazing”: using IPA to explore primary school teachers’ experiences of children’s mental health in the United Kingdom. Educational Psychology in Practice, 39 (2), 235 – 251. Kush, J.M., Badillo-Giocoechea, E., Musci, R.J., and Stuart, E.A. (2021). Teacher mental health during the COVID-19 pandemic: Informing policies to support teacher well-being and effective teaching practices. John Hopkins School of Public Health. Lahti, M., Korhonen, J., Sakellari, E., Notara, V., Lagiou, A., Istomina, N., Grubliauskiene, J., Makutiene, M., Sukyte, D., Erjavec, K., Petrova, G., Lalova, V., Ivanoa, S., and Laaksonen, C. (2023). “Competences for promoting mental health in primary school’. Health Education Journal, 82 (5), 529 – 541. May, T. (2011). Social research: issues, methods and process. Maidenhead: Open University Press. Purser, L. (2022) ‘What do we need to teach new teachers about child mental health?”, Buckingham Journal of Education, 3, pp47 – 77. Rothi DM., Uphoff, E., and Best R. (2008) “On the front-line: Teachers as active observers of pupils’ mental health. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24 (5): 1217. Seven, U.S., Stoll, M., Dubbert, D., Kohls, C., Werner, P., Kalbe, E. “Perception, Attitudes, and Experiences Regarding Mental Health Problems and Web Based Mental Health Information Amongst Young People with and without Migration Background in Germany. A Qualitative Study. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health 2020, 18, 81. Smith, C. F., Finn, G. M., Stewart, J., & McHanwell, S. (2016). Anatomical Society core regional anatomy syllabus for undergraduate medicine: the Delphi process. Journal of Anatomy, 228 (1), 2 – 14. United Nations International Children’s Emergency Fund. Available online: https://data.unicef.org/topic/child-health/mental-health/#_ednref1. (accessed on 28th, December, 2023). World Health Organization (WHO) (2021b) Maternal and child mental health. Available at: http://www.who.int/mental_health/maternal-child/en/ (accessed on 28th December, 2023). |
14:00 - 15:30 | 99 ERC SES 04 M: Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring Perceptions of Media Literacy of English as a Foreign Language Teachers in Kazakhstan Kazakh National Women’s Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Integrating media literacy into the existing school curriculum is of profound importance in order to challenge students’ critical thinking skills, creativity, and functional literacy. The aim of this paper is to explore the development of media literacy in Foreign Language classrooms by focusing on teachers’ media literacy perceptions and tensions. This research uses a qualitative approach by conducting semi- structured interviews with secondary school teachers of Kazakhstan. Media literacy as a concept and a teaching purpose is therefore corresponding with the perception of education as a socialisation process for active involvement in a democratic society (Tyner, 2014). Media-literate teachers will have enhanced capacities to empower students with their efforts in learning autonomously and pursuing lifelong learning. In the research about maximising impact on teacher professional development, secondary school teachers are identified as the most significant factor in the learning context (Hattie, 2012). This is specifically the case for teachers of foreign languages, who have a particular interest in the international community (Korona,2020). Teachers’ perceptions of ML The factors influencing EFL teachers’ perceptions of media literacy are nested within four supportive factors- professional development opportunities; classroom resources and materials; administrative support; and educational context (Pederson, 2023; Yavuz-Konokman,2020). The notion of media is large and it may mean different things to different people. Earlier scholars consider media both as print and traditional media types (Scribner & Cole, 1981; Sinatra, 1986), television (Masterman,1980; Bowes et al., 1990), multimedia and visual media including static and animated pictures (Buckingham, 1993; Messaris, 1994; Kress, 2003), digital media (Hartley, 2017; Tyner, 1998), a popular culture (Quinlisk, 2003), and all technologies that spread information (Brown, 2006; Hobbs & Frost, 1998; Potter, 2010). The National Association for media literacy (2007) notes that ‘the concept of literacy (i.e. reading and writing) includes all forms of media’ (p. 3). Challenges on promoting ML Professional development and leadership support are important factors in moderating teachers’ challenges and increasing their in integrating media literacy into the classroom (Zhang et al., 2014). Teachers are believed to face challenges in integrating media literacy, such as lesson planning, content adaptation, navigating the social and cultural contexts of institutions, and developing content knowledge (Manfra & Holmes, 2020). The controversial nature of media topics makes developing students’ media literacy even more difficult (Robertson & Hughes, 2011). The fear of being ideologically or politically partisan or wrong and their own conformational biases may hinder teachers from implementing media literacy in the classroom (Schmeichel et al., 2018). These concerns must be addressed in teacher education institutes through designing instruments and building faculty members’ capacity. Existing studies suggest that media literacy is a very complex term because there is no evidence for a commonly shared meaning (Potter, 2022). Some of those meanings vary from one another in minor details and some vary in a broader sense. But even small variations in meaning can cause problems when educators hold different perceptions of the same concepts. Therefore, before implementing larger-scale research in developing students’ media literacy, we must explore how teachers understand it. There are core issues in the formulation of the conceptual framework of media literacy education. We aim at identifying the attempts of teachers to formulate the definition of the key concepts such as “media”, “literacy”, and “media literacy”. With a better understanding of how teachers perceive the key concepts of media literacy, it will be possible to identify existing issues and suggest further research areas. The research was driven by the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper analyses the current state of media literacy education and teachers’ perception of key terms relating to the concept and the existing tension to implement it. From the theoretical perspective, this is a qualitative study based on a constructivist worldview. As such, my research approach allows me to explore EFL teachers’ perceptions of media literacy as a phenomenon in interaction with research participants. Thus, I determine the object of study from the point of view of a subjectivist epistemology, in which the researcher and the object of research are interactively bonded so that the results are created as the research proceeds (Guba & Lincoln, 1994). It aims to generate knowledge grounded in the EFL teachers’ contexts, perceptions and attitudes. Data were collected through naturalistic observations, reflective journals, and semi-structured interviews. With the aim of getting clear data about teachers’ perceptions and challenges in implementing media literacy in the classroom, all the interview data collection tools focused on three wide areas. These were: (1) teachers’ perceptions of key terms, (2) checking existing needs and barriers to implementing media literacy education, and (3) providing feedback. Qualitative data were analysed through thematic analysis and deductive coding (Pope, 2000). Thematic analysis is a methodology for exploring, evaluating, and depicting common themes from the data (Vaismoradi et al., 2013), this process includes precise interpretation of the information. Then a check of interview participants was conducted to maintain the reliability of the results. I ran three semi-structured interviews with 15 teachers. Observation is an important instrument for the collection of live data through the study (Cohen et al., 2011), as it helped to generate information on knowledge, attitudes, and perceptions in promoting media literacy of the 15 teachers, and complementary information to interviews. It provides more detailed information and hence can complement data collected during interviews. It can facilitate the comparison of what is said with what is done (Robson, 2002). I aim to use open-ended unstructured observation to address my research questions (Hargreaves, 2012). In order to provide objective information during observations, I aim to triangulate data by discussing them with teachers, whose classes I observe. Hence, I aim to conduct a minimum of three observations of the teachers in different settings, such as lesson planning hours, parent meetings, and classrooms. I have developed an observation protocol, which I aim to confirm with teachers before observing their classes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The certain manner in which media literacy competencies are addressed remains not clear (Schmidt, 2013), hence warranting the necessity for further investigation of teaching strategies. Additionally, the results that media literacy is rarely addressed within primary grades suggest that including media literacy coursework in obligatory education at the primary and middle levels is important (Martens, 2010; Flores-Koulish, 2020). The factors influencing EFL teachers’ perceptions of media literacy are nested within four supportive factors- professional development opportunities; classroom resources and materials; administrative support; and educational context. This study exploring teachers' perceptions about developing media literacy in EFL classrooms in Kazakhstan, has clearly established that media literacy development is an essential contributor to achieving high language proficiency and resistance to cyber threats. On a very rare occasion, participants suggested the opposite view and addressed the theme that “media literacy is of not a great importance” (f=2). Participant Teacher_2: ‘Firstly the importance of media literacy should be explained to the teachers, as I have no idea of it’. Despite the policy of internalisation of education and a strong focus on upgrading curriculum in primary years of teaching, these educators saw less value in media literacy than did educators at the high school level. Also, the type of school and the level of students’ language competencies play a great role in teachers’ perception and implementation of media education. Thus, teachers of specialised schools and gymnasium teachers showed greater interest in using media literacy development tasks with students, compared to mainstream public school teachers. References Bowes, M. O. W. I. (1990). Laugh'in A. Goodwin & G. Whannel, Understanding Television. London & New York. Hargreaves, A. & Evans, R. (1997). Teachers and educational reform. In Hargreaves, A. and Evans, R. (Eds.) Beyond Educational Reform: bringing teachers back in. Buckingham: Open University Press. Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing impact on learning. Rutledge. London: Routledge. Manfra, M., Holmes, C. (2020). Integrating media literacy in social studies teacher education. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 20(1), 121-141 Masterman, L. (1983). Media education in the 1980s. Journal of Educational Television, 9(1), 7-20. Pederson, R. (2023). An Argument for Including Critical Media Literacy in EFL Curriculum and Pedagogy. English Teaching, 78(1). Pope, C. (2000). Qualitative research in health care: Analysing qualitative data. BMJ, 320(7227), 114–116. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.320.7227.114 Potter, W. J. (2022). Analysis of definitions of media literacy. Journal of Media Literacy Education, 14(2), 27–43. https://doi.org/10.23860/jmle-2022-14-2-3 Quinlisk, C. (2003). Media Literacy in the ESL/EFL Classroom: Reading Images and Cultural Stories. TESOL Journal, 3: 35-40. Robertson, L., &; Hughes, J.M. (2011). Investigating pre-service teachers’ understandings of critical media literacy. Language and Literacy, 13(2), 37-53. Schmeichel, M., Garrett, J., Ranschaert, R., McAnulty, J., Thompson, S., Janis, S., Biven, B. (2018). The complexity of learning to teach news media in social studies education. Journal of Media Literacy Education,10(2), 86-103. Schmidt, H. (2013). Media literacy education from kindergarten to college: A comparison of how media literacy is addressed across the educational system. Journal of Media Literacy Education. https://doi.org/10.23860/jmle-5-1-3 Tyner, K. (2014). Literacy in a digital world. Routledge. http://dx.doi.org/10.4324/9781410601971 Vaismoradi, M., Turunen, H., & Bondas, T. (2013). Content analysis and thematic analysis: Implications for conducting a qualitative descriptive study. Nursing & Health Sciences, 15(3), 398–405. https://doi.org/10.1111/nhs.12048 Yavuz-Konokman, G. (2020). Integration of Media and Critical Literacy into Curriculum through Thinking Education: From Teacher Training Perspective. International Online Journal of Education and Teaching, 7(4), 1839-1866. Zhang, H., Zhu, C., Sang, G. (2014). Teachers’ stages of concern for media literacy education and the integration of MLE in Chinese primary schools. Asia Pacific Education Review, 15(3), 459–471.https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-014-9321-1 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Communicating Identities in Digital Spaces: Greek Migrant Youth and New Media University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:My a/r/tographic inquiry explored how Greek migrant youths aged 18–24 years living in Discussions about social media use explored how identities are performed and shaped by The paper I propose will discuss this a/r/tographic inquiry undertaken during my doctoral research which was guided by the following co-designed research question developed in a participatory process in consultation with my participants: In what ways does new media usage shape the identities of Greek migrant youths, and help them find a sense of belonging? My research makes a unique methodological contribution to creative methods using new media in the digital space, namely via its use of videoconferencing and its blending of My inquiry explored the boundaries of a/r/tographic possibilities and how identity has shifted in the context of a global pandemic. The design of my a/r/tographic inquiry allowed for an authentic exploration of the impact of new media on identity work for Greek migrant youths. Videoconferencing as a site for exploration of the self through others afforded new possibilities and meaningful ways to conduct arts-based participatory research in which life stories and artmaking happened simultaneously, albeit from different physical locations. It was here in the digital space that discussion and artmaking unfolded new openings into a rhizomatic digital world that the study participants and I created together. Creating the conditions needed for safety, care and collaboration was of paramount importance. For a/r/tographers, this relationality means an ongoing quest for understanding of all that sits in and around the research site/cite/sight (Coleman, 2019) that is timely, emergent, generative, and responsive for those involved (Nixon, 2017). For me as a/r/tographer, the research also presented an opportunity to reimagine my identity and belonging as artist, researcher, and teacher in new ways. My identities as artist, researcher, and teacher were continuously in a state of flux – of being reborn in what Deleuze describes as a state of becoming (Deleuze, 1992). My line of inquiry sought to identify where the major ‘a-ha’ moments or epiphanies about identity and belonging through new media were, and how I could show these in visual and written form. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design combined participatory narrative inquiry, with a/r/tography, and Bakhtin's concepts of heteroglossia. 1. Participatory Narrative Inquiry Researchers collect stories using PNI (Kurtz, 2014) in order to gain a deeper understanding of a given situation or to create an environment for telling previously unshared stories. There are three essential phases: collection, sensemaking and return. PNI was particularly helpful in this study as a way to collect narratives in visual, verbal, and written formats. New media, specifically social media accounts, provided some of the comments and photographs to aid in the collection of narratives. 2. A/r/tography As the a/r/tographer, documenting my personal migratory history and sharing examples of negotiating my identities, I was able to establish a space for gathering, sharing, and friendship (Mallos, 2021). The participants and I navigated our identities through artmaking within a digital space together. Rosunee (2012) asserted that arts-based practice can be used to understand and conceptualise the self and the other – essentially stating that the images used in narrative inquiry are a superior way of gaining an understanding of the self and other – using an a/r/trophic approach. 3. Heteroglossia In keeping with an a/r/tographical approach, Bakhtin (1986) saw life as part of a process of experiencing the world with others. His concept of heteroglossia was particularly useful to the current study in helping me explore the meanings in the storyboards rendered through a/r/tography, in the sense that new media has allowed for new artefacts that combine words and visual metaphors shared by the participants to generate new knowledge and new ways of seeing similar themes in the data. Bakhtin’s (1984) conceptual idea of heteroglossia, however, could also be understood in terms of how interactions through new media impact expression, perception, identities, and communication. Visual representations and narratives merged in understanding, mediating, and recognising messages, meanings, and significances through them. Several data collection methods were used in a collaborative dialogic manner, including: • transcripts of all the workshops • transcripts of peer interviews • photographs from participants' mobile phones and social media screenshots • Instagram portraits created by the participants and researcher using Instastory mode • written reflections from the participants pertaining to photographs from their social media, and the making of the Instagram portraits and • digital narratives (an arts-based response digitally created by researcher and participants to communicate their identities). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I identified five key areas of knowledge relating to the focus of research question about the ways in which new media shapes the identities of Greek migrant youths in the digital space. These areas are: 1) emotional toil and nostalgia; 2) the value of digital diasporas; 3) how using new media shapes identities; 4) developing a sense of belonging through new media; and 5) the researcher as a/r/tographer. This study makes a strong methodological contribution through its combination of PNI, a/r/tography and Bakhtinian concepts of identity. This study is also the first of its kind to explore the role new media plays in the identity formation and sense of belonging of Greek migrant youths who have migrated to Melbourne since 2010, thereby adding to existing literature about Greek migrant youth involved in participatory arts-based research to explore identity work, and narrowing the scope to which transnational migrants use new media to connect and construct their personal identities (Kim, 2018). The participatory arts-based and narrative design helped to highlight the different identities that Greek migrant youths inhabit through the affordances of new media and would be useful when working with other migrant youths from other cultural backgrounds and countries. The study explores how Greek migrant youth in Melbourne use new media to create, communicate, and navigate their identities. The research findings enable the use of visual art education to support teachers in engaging their students in exploring their identities and senses of belonging through creative processes. From a visual arts education standpoint, the findings also contribute to the field because a/r/tography is considered as a practice that is not limited to physical locations and indeed can be applied much more broadly to the digital space. References Diminescu, D. (2008). The connected migrant: An epistemological manifesto. Social Science Information, 47(4), 565-579. https://doi.org/10.1177/0539018408096447 Georgalou, M. (2019). Place identity construction in Greek neomigrants’ social media discourse. Internet Pragmatics, 2(1), 136-161. Georgalou, M. (2021). Emotions and migration in social media discourse: A new Greek migrant case study. Emotion, Space and Society, 38, 100745. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2020.100745 Georgiou, M. (2010). Identity, space and the media: thinking through diaspora. Revue Europeenne des Migrations Internationales, 26 (1). 17-36. Ito, M., Baumer, S., Bittanti, M., Boyd, D., Cody, R., Herr-Stephenson, B., Horst, H. A., Lange, P. G., Mahendran, D., Martinez, K. Z., Pascoe, J. C., Robinson, L., Sims, C., & Tripp, L. (2009). Hanging out, messing around, and geeking out: Kids living and learning with new media. MIT Press. Kim, S. (2018). Migrant youth identity work in transnational new mediascape. Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, 28(2), 281-302. https://doi.org/10.1075/japc.00013.kim Kurtz, C. (2014). Working with stories in your community or organization: Participatory narrative inquiry. Kurtz-Fernhout Publishing. Mavroudi, E., & Holt, L. (2021). Learning to be (multi)national: Greek diasporic childhood re-memories of nationalism and nation-building in Australia. Children's Geographies, 19(5), 552-566. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2021.1965090 Theodoropoulou, I. (2021). Nostalgic diaspora or diasporic nostalgia? Discursive and identity constructions of Greeks in Qatar. Lingua, 263, 102697. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lingua.2019.05.007 |
14:00 - 17:00 | 100 SES 0.1 (ISSPP) 1: NW 26 ISSPP Meeting.working meeting - Part 1 Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Helene Ärlestig
Internal Working Meeting
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Meetings/ Events NW 26 ISSPP Meeting.working meeting Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:. |
15:30 - 16:00 | Break 03: ERC Coffee Break |
16:00 - 17:30 | 100 ERC SES 05: Working Meeting - EERA Exec PART 2 Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Paper Session |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Working Meeting - EERA Exec PART 2 EERA Office Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC Poster Jury: Working Meeting - ERC Poster Jury Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Working Meeting Poster Jury |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Working Meeting - ERC Poster Jury University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 A: NW 04. Inclusive Education Workshop: Towards more inclusive and responsible research: Ethics and Ethical Procedures in Participatory Research Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Network Workshop |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events NW 04 Workshop: Towards more inclusive and responsible research: Ethics and Ethical Procedures in Participatory Research 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Belgrade; 3University of Glasgow; 4Open University Presenting Author:In the realm of participatory research, the interplay between ethics and ethical procedures often gives rise to intriguing contradictions. This workshop is dedicated to shedding light on these inconsistencies, fostering a heightened awareness of ethical complexities throughout the various stages of research, including research design, data collection, analysis, and the dissemination of findings, with a special focus on inclusive education. A strong drive towards enhancing integrity of the research is visible in constant development of new institutional rules and procedures that must be adhered to. To this end, participants will familiarise themselves with the ethical guidelines and procedures as delineated by prominent institutional frameworks like the British Educational Research Association, the Academy of Social Sciences, and the Economic and Social Research Council. However, we argue that in research practices, where the process and relationships take precedence and where micro-ethical dilemmas are frequently encountered, the focus should be on the professional integrity of the researcher. As Guillemin and Gillam pointed out: "There is no direct or necessary relationship between ethics committee approval of a research project and what actually happens when the research is undertaken. The committee does not have direct control over what the researcher actually does. Ultimately, responsibility falls back on the researchers themselves – they are the ones on whom the conduct of ethical research depends." (2004, p.269). Guided by this perspective, the workshop will utilise case study-driven activities to delve into the nuanced dynamics between participation and ethics. Participants will have the opportunity to share experiences, grapple with intricate micro-ethical dilemmas, and discuss effective strategies for navigating the researcher-participant relationship, the concept of knowledge ownership, and the sensitivity of ethical rules and procedures to different cultural practices. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 B: NW 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments Workshop: Exploring Diversity Through Photovoice and Active Learning: A Participatory Action Research Approach Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Network Workshop |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events NW 20 Workshop: Exploring Diversity Through Photovoice and Active Learning: A Participatory Action Research Approach 1University of Valencia, Spain; 2University of Barcelona; 3Catholic University of Valencia Presenting Author:Diversity is an integral aspect of our increasingly interconnected world, and understanding its multifaceted dimensions is crucial for fostering inclusive and equitable communities, organizations, and institutions. This workshop seeks to shed light on innovative research methodologies, Photovoice and Active Learning, as potent tools for investigating diversity through a Participatory Action Research (PAR) lens. Photovoice, a qualitative research technique, empowers participants to capture their experiences visually and narratively, providing an authentic platform for the expression of diverse perspectives (Wang & Burris, 1997). PhotoVoice includes critical reflections of social, political, cultural, and community factors using photographic images (Sitter, 2017; Wang, 1999). Rooted in feminist theories of inclusion and empowerment, participants determine the direction and goals of the project by taking photographs of community experiences that affect their everyday lives (Latz, 2017; Schumann et al., 2019). Active Learning, on the other hand, engages participants in interactive, collaborative activities, fostering dialogue, self-reflection, and the exchange of diverse viewpoints (Prince, 2004). The workshop will feature a rich tapestry of insights, experiences, and case studies, demonstrating how Photovoice and Active Learning can be seamlessly integrated into a PAR framework to address diversity comprehensively. Key themes to be explored during the workshop include: The transformative power of Photovoice: How visual narratives empower marginalized communities to voice their experiences and challenge existing notions of diversity (Wang, 1999). Active Learning as a catalyst for meaningful dialogue: Strategies for designing interactive learning activities that promote critical thinking, self-awareness, and empathy in the context of diversity (Bonwell & Eison, 1991). Active learning methods presume that the educator has high expectations of all the learners and will delegate a lot of the learning process to their learners. Active learning motivates learners to explore by giving them ownership of the learning process, empowering them and helping them see that they have a role in society. Ethical considerations and practical challenges: Discussions on ethical considerations when working with diverse groups and addressing practical challenges in implementing these methodologies. Thus, the workshop aims to foster a collaborative and inclusive environment where participants can exchange ideas, best practices, and insights, and inspire future research and action in the field of diversity studies. Together, we will explore how Photovoice and Active Learning, when embedded in the PAR framework, have the potential to drive positive change and promote diversity, equity, and inclusion in our ever-evolving society. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 D: Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper School Project. Meanings of School Quality for School Futures from an Ethnographic Perspective University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:It is since the time of the Sumerians (3500 BC) that the world has felt the need to pass on acquired knowledge in teaching and learning actions that have become increasingly structured and defined. A need that perhaps arose to make sense of the chaos of the outside world, to orientate, to delineate paths, and to educate the new generations so that they can make the world in which we live better. Undoubtedly the school represents, then as now, one of the pillars of the world and one of the elements that defines the quality of life in a country, and in our complex world, educational institutions are indispensable and necessary for everyone (Ingold, 2019). About quality, Elshaer (2012, p. 8) states: "Quality is a situation in which a set of intrinsic characteristics constantly satisfies the changing requirements of the organization’s customers and other stakeholders". And, if we want to relate this defining principle to the world of schools, we could say that school quality is what is achieved when the internal characteristics of the individual school under evaluation contribute to the satisfaction of the - constantly evolving - demand made on the school itself not only by students but also by society. But the picture of today's school appears dramatic. The data relating to access, attendance, and completion, as well as those relating to learning, scholastic well-being and teacher preparation, highlight numerous elements of weakness in the functioning of the world's schools. The UNESCO Statistical Institute (2022) states that 64 million children of primary school age do not attend school, most of them from marginalized groups, and of the 92% of children who start primary school, only 61% complete it (UNICEF, 2021). In addition to not being accessible to all, school also does not always teach. Even in countries with a high and medium level of economic development, the deficits in basic learning in reading, calculation and science are considerable. The results of PISA 2022, report that although about three out of four 15-year-old students demonstrate attainment of basic skills in reading and science in OECD countries, only 7% of students have attained the highest proficiency levels and only 69% of students are at least substantially proficient in mathematics (OECD, 2023).The data presented allows us to consider the needs and necessities for school intervention to improve the operations and direct the objectives in a new and changing society. Indeed, Sidorkin (2011) tells us that, at the crossroads where the world of mass education finds itself, we lack sufficient theoretical understanding to see where it can and cannot go next. Speaking about quality, the last theoretical aspect we wish to consider is the project Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development of the United Nations (UN, 2015), with Goal 4: to provide quality, equitable and inclusive education, and learning opportunities for all. 2030 Agenda represents a milestone in the research, as it is the document that binds the four case studies selected, whose countries are signatories to the document, and is the script on which the research tools are based. The research we intend to present, therefore, aims to identify meanings and quality perspectives for the school of the future from the analysis of data collected in four case studies, which involved pupils, teachers, heads of school and families from four primary schools in the world, in comparison with the fundamentals of goal four of the 2030 Agenda (UN, 2015); and it has attempted to the tortuous but necessary path towards achieving a quality school by outlining some perspectives on quality for the future of schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research aims to identify meanings and quality perspectives for the school of the future starting from the analysis of data collected in multiple-case-studies which involved pupils, teachers, heads of school and families from four primary schools in the world, in comparison with the fundamentals of goal four of Agenda 2030 (UN, 2015). The subjects involved are part of 4 primary schools in the world located in Italy, the Russian Federation, Ghana and Sierra Leone, countries in different levels of economic development and whose public expenditure investment, in relation to GDP in education, is not proportional to their income and to total public expenditure. About the first factor, according to data compiled by the World Bank (2023), the countries of the world can be divided into four economic income classes: high-income countries, upper-middle-income countries, lower-middle-income countries and low-income countries. For each of these categories, a reference country was selected and then a primary school, the case study. The research methodology involved the conduct of multiple case studies in an ethnographic perspective in four mixed, public and government primary schools and, for each of these, the intentionally chosen sample consisted of pupils, teachers, school principals and families of pupils in the last two-year classes (school grades three, four, five or six depending on the school system of reference). Specifically, the selected schools are located in Padua (Italy), Moscow (Russian Federation), Elmina (Ghana) and Freetown (Sierra Leone) respectively. In total, the sample of subjects reached is 210 pupils, 21 teachers, 5 school managers and 122 families. The multiplicity of research and observation tools, constructed within the trajectory of the 2030 Agenda, allows us to investigate the prospects of quality for the school of the future starting from a reasoning that involved the subjects in defining characteristics and meanings of the school of the present. The data analysis, which considered a specific model for data analysis, was based on the principles of phenomenological interpretative analysis (Pole & Morrison, 2003) and Computer-assisted qualitative data analysis (CAQDAS) with Atlas.ti. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the combination of what was codified for each primary school, an overall analysis was then reached. The results broaden the view considerably from the 10 sub-goals of Goal 4 of the 2030 Agenda, thus providing to the scientific community, but also to schools, with a bottom-up perspective, new meanings and new actions, to re-construct the school's future from a quality perspective. In particular, a dialogue was opened with respect to the accessibility of the school and the recognition of its importance; to the need for structures and learning spaces appropriate to education and to the needs of the people living in the school; to rethinking the conformation of the classroom environment, which can also be structured by discipline, by students' ability levels and by psycho-physical needs; to the adjustment of school times; to the involvement of pupils and families in decision-making processes; to the implementation of real, concrete lessons that help pupils orientate themselves in the future and to the care of pupils' education in multiple aspects of life; to the development of healthy relationships and a serene learning environment in which there is well-being for all involved, without exclusion. Finally, to the allocation of adequate financial aid. The research therefore sought to move away from the usual to venture into the unprecedented. What has been arrived at can hopefully represent a tension towards change, towards new horizons and new minds, to reorient objectives, in terms of reflection and praxis, in the direction of an intercultural change, desirable or possible, in the face of the criticalities, the cracks, the limits, of today's school, to outline a new educational paradigm. Understood in this sense, the school is all to be built and in an always open building site. References Atkinson, P. (1992). Understanding Ethnographic Texts. SAGE Publications. Biesta, G. (2012). Making Sense of Education: Fifteen Contemporary Educational Theorists in their own Words. Springer Netherlands. Biesta, G. J. J. (2017). The Rediscovery of Teaching. Routledge. Burner T. (2018), “Why is educational change so difficult and how can we make it more effective?”, Forskning og Forandring, 1, 1: 22–134. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (8th edition). Routledge. Common Worlds Research Collective, 2020. Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Paper commissioned for the Unesco. URL: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374032.locale=en (accessed on 20th September 2022). Denzin, N. K. e Lincoln, Y. S. (2000). Handbook of qualitative research (Second). Sage Publications. Elshaer, I. (2012). What is the Meaning of Quality? MPRA Paper 57345, University Library of Munich. Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2010). Ethnography: Principles in practice (3rd edition). Routledge. Harvey, L., & Green, D. (1993). Defining Quality. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 18(1), 9–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/0260293930180102 Ingold, T. (2017). Anthropology and/as Education. Routledge. Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (2019). Pirls 2021 assessment frameworks. TIMSS & PIRLS. OECD & Europäische Kommission (2020). Cities in the world: A new perspective on urbanisation. OECD Publishing. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en OECD. (2023a). Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en Packer, M. (2011). The science of qualitative research. Cambridge University Press. Pole, C. J., & Morrison, M. (2003). Ethnography for education. Open university press. Sidorkin, A. M. (2011). On the Essence of Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 30(5), 521–527. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-011-9258-3 Smith, J. A., Larkin, M., & Flowers, P. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method, and research. SAGE. UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1. https://www.refworld.org/docid/57b6e3e44.html UNESCO (2022). A Bayesian Cohort Model for Estimating SDG Indicator 4.1.4. Out-of-School Rates. A proposal by the UNESCO Institute for Statistics and the Global Education Monitoring Report. https://www.unesco.org/gemreport/sites/default/files/medias/fichiers/2022/08/OOS_Proposal.pdf UNICEF (2021), Protecting child rights in a time of crises. UNICEF Annual Report 2021, testo disponibile al sito: https://www.unicef.org/media/121251/file/UNICEF%20Annual%20Report%202021.pdf (accessed on 20th Settembre 2022). Wolcott H. (1995), The Art of Fieldwork, Alta Mira Press, Lanham. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th Ed.). Sage. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Evaluation VS Teacher Attestation from Literature Review 1Kazakh National Women’s Teacher Training University; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in Almaty Presenting Author:This literature review presented in this paper was completed to fulfill the assignment for my PhD study. As an emerging researcher I am interested in teachers’ teaching quality and how it is assessed. Therefore, I would like to present in this paper the most interesting finding I have encountered in my literature review journey. I have looked at numerous conducted research, scholarly written articles and books related to international and Kazakhstani practice of teaching quality assessment. As I am from Kazakhstan, it was in priority for me to look at its performance in teaching assessment quality and how it could be improved. However, to have wide and diverse view and to discover teaching assessment practices by leading countries in education, I have selected six countries to compare with Kazakhstan. There is an interesting argument that the school’s quality cannot exceed its teacher’s quality (OECD, 2014). The idea of the statement could be interpreted as a teacher’s quality is crucial in fostering positive outcomes in the classroom. If a teacher’s quality is important, then how to determine whether a certain teacher is well-qualified? There are frameworks practised worldwide known as teacher appraisal, performance appraisal, and teacher evaluation. In the Kazakhstani context, it was given the name of teacher attestation by the Ministry of Education and Science (MoES, 2000). Therefore, I will use the term teacher evaluation to refer to international teacher assessment systems while teacher attestation will be used in relation to Kazakhstan’s teacher assessment system. According to Danielson (2007), teacher evaluation serves as a foundation for assessing, improving, and maintaining the quality of teaching. The Kazakhstani teacher attestation is defined by Pak (2020) as a periodical process which takes place to identify the level of professional and qualification training of teachers to determine the level of pedagogical skills. Although both teacher evaluation and teacher attestation are generally implemented for assessment and development of teaching quality, the aims and structure may vary. For instance, countries such as Finland and Singapore are often cited for having effective teacher evaluation systems. Teachers in Finland are urged to reflect and learn continuously (Sahlberg, 2010). Professional learning communities, mentoring, and an emphasis on collaboration among teachers are all included in Singapore's model (Ong Kelly et al., 2008). Every system seeks to address the teachers' continuous growth and development. In case of Kazakhstan, the reviewed teacher attestation was introduced and implemented in Kazakhstan in 2000 and its aim was to assess teachers' competencies, subject knowledge, and adherence to educational standards (MoES, 2000). Therefore, it was implemented to enhance the quality of education and professional development among educators. This assessment often included the review of instructional practices, student outcomes, and professional responsibilities. However, changes in the policy of teacher attestation as well as in its aim is a frequent practice in Kazakhstan. Therefore, in Kazakhstan as well as in other countries, teacher attestation and teacher evaluation systems have faced and been facing challenges. In this context, this paper provides a systematic review and analysis of scholarly written works, policy documents, and empirical research. The evaluation systems of countries such as Finland, Canada, China, Japan, Singapore and South Korea were selected to be compared with the Kazakhstani teacher attestation. The paper is written to explore the aims of selected international teacher evaluations and Kazakhstani teacher attestation. The systematic literature review aims to answer the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The process of the systematic literature review guided by research questions took the following steps. Initially, academic and scholarly related to the topic of interest articles from reliable journals were considered. The criteria of relativity and reliability were created in selecting articles. The criteria were based on the book Doing Your Own Research by Judith Bell (2010). According to Bell (2010) the keywords should be well grouped and organized before starting the search. In case of this research, the following keywords were identified and implemented: “teacher evaluation”, “teacher appraisal”, “performance appraisal”, “teacher attestation”, “Finland”, “Canada”, “China”, “Japan”, “Singapore”, “South Korea”, and “teacher evaluation critique”. The search included the university, national libraries in Kazakhstan as well as electronic databases as Google Scholar, ERIC, Taylor & Francis, Sage Publications, and SCOPUS. After the articles were accessed on the criteria of reliability and relativity, they were thematically grouped and divided. The initial number of articles was 60, however, after reviewing and analysing, 20 articles were removed, and 40 articles were opted and used in this systemic review. Moreover, apart from articles and empirical research, official standards by ministries were also included in the review according to the nationally standardised nature of teacher attestation. The selected literature was divided according to the themes such as the Formation of Teacher Evaluation, Teacher Evaluation Systems Globally, Historical Background of Teacher Attestation, Aims of Teacher Evaluation and Teacher Attestation Systems, and Critiques towards Teacher Evaluation and Teacher Attestation. However, there is an important aspect I have to mention as an emerging researcher who wants to be an ethically honest researcher. Unfortunately, through my current place of study and due to their absence of subscription and access to databases such as SCOPUS and other databases with peer-reviewed articles and scholarly works, I had to be involved in a process of obtaining the articles related to the topic of my interest through the website as Sci-Hub which is a shadow library website that provides free access to peer-reviewed and scholarly works. I do understand that my actions are unethical, however, in order to read reliable literature, I had to obtain them through the shadow library website. The reason why I have mentioned my such actions is because I would like to highlight my struggles as an emerging researcher of accessing reliable information, so in future universities will be obtaining official subscriptions not to make their students unethical as researchers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The purpose of this paper is to introduce the topic of my interest and identify the gaps through the review of the literature. According to the review of the existing literature which were covered in this systematic review of literature several gaps have been identified. It was identified that both goal teacher evaluation systems worldwide and the teacher attestation system in Kazakhstan are concerned about the quality of education. However, it was explored that the aims of the considered teacher assessment systems in this paper significantly vary. Moreover, some teacher evaluation systems face critiques and challenges as well as the attestation system of Kazakhstan. The literature review emphasises the importance of effective teacher evaluation systems that are contextually relevant, supportive, and growth oriented. Moreover, undertaking this literature review has not only been done to fulfil the assignment, but has also been a personally enriching experience, by providing a valuable and deeper understanding of the topic of my interest. However, I have encountered challenges such as limitations of accessing peer-reviewed literature. Despite the hurdles, through this journey of literature review, I have learned important aspects as an emerging researcher such as being systematic, critical, able to analyse and interpret. References Danielson, C. (2007). Enhancing professional practice: A framework for teaching (2nd ed.). Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Maharaj S. (2014). Administrators’ views on teacher evaluation: Examining Ontario’s teacher performance appraisal. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, 152, 1-58. Martinez, F., Taut, S., & Schaaf, K. (2016). Classroom observation for evaluating and improving teaching: An international perspective. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 49, 15-29. OECD. (2014). Reviews of National Policies for Education: Secondary Education in Kazakhstan. OECD Publishing. Ong Kelly, K., Yun Angela Ang, S., Ling Chong, W. and Sheng Hu, W. (2008), "Teacher appraisal and its outcomes in Singapore primary schools", Journal of Educational Administration, 46(1), 39-54. Order of the Minister of Education and Science (MoES) of the Republic of Kazakhstan “On approval of the Rules on the certification of attestation staff,” dated April 28, 2000 No. 422. Registered with the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Kazakhstan on July 13, 2000 No. 1193. Retrieved [5.12.2023] from [https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/V000001193] Order of the Minister of Education and Science (MoES) of the Republic of Kazakhstan “On approval of the Rules and conditions for certification of civil servants in the field of education and science,” dated January 27, 2016 No. 83. Registered with the Ministry of Justice of the Republic of Kazakhstan on February 29, 2016 No. 13317. Retrieved [23.10.2023] from [https://adilet.zan.kz/rus/archive/docs/V1600013317] Pak, V. (2020). Teacher Appraisal System in one Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Kazakhstan: Teachers’ Perceptions and Experiences. Retrieved [22.11.2023] from [https://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/4914] Sahlberg, P. (2010). "The secret to Finland's success: Educating teachers." Teachers College Record, 112(10), 2603-2634. Tarhan, H., Karaman, A., Lauri, K., & Aerila, J. A. (2019). Understanding teacher evaluation in Finland: A professional development framework. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 44(4), 33-50. Whyte, J. B. (1986). Teacher assessment: a review of the performance appraisal literature with special reference to the implications for teacher appraisal. Research Papers in Education, 1(2), 137–163. Yoo, J. (2018). Evaluating the new teacher evaluation system in South Korea: Case studies of successful implementation, adaptation, and transformation of mandated policy. Policy Futures in Education, 16(3), 277-290. Zhang, X. F., & Ng, H. M. (2017). An effective model of teacher appraisal: Evidence from secondary schools in Shanghai, China. Educational management administration & leadership, 45(2), 196-218. Zhumykbayeva, А., Ablayeva, М. (2023). “Teacher Attestation: Identifying the Factors Influencing Teacher Reflective Skills.” BULLETIN Series of Pedagogical Sciences, 79(3), 256–264. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Evaluating the Impact of a Policy in Education in Kazakhstan Using Synthetic Difference-in-Dierences Minerva University, United States Presenting Author:There is substantial evidence supporting the importance of education and its significant positive effect on our lives. Specifically, it leads to higher income (Card, 1999), reduced crime rates (Machin et al., 2011), and better health (Conti & Hechman, 2010), and for women, in particular, it leads to lower birth rates and higher woman autonomy (Cygan-Rehm & Maeder, 2022; The World Bank, 2022). One of the common ways to assess the quality of education in a country, albeit subject to debate, is through standardized examinations. In the international arena, Kazakhstani students score lower than the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) average on international tests like the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) and Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS), with an overall declining national average over time. To improve the quality of education at primary, basic, and general secondary education levels, the Ministry of Education of Kazakhstan has implemented numerous educational programs in the past decade. However, there is little to no empirical evidence to support these programs and justify the allocated budget apart from success in the low-scale pilot studies. To address this challenge, I perform a policy evaluation of a shift to per capita funding in primary and secondary education levels, piloted in 2014 in partnership with UNESCO and launched in public schools in the capital Astana in 2018 and two other largest cities in the country, Almaty and Shymkent in the following year. Using the Difference-in-Differences, Synthetic Control and the newly introduced Synthetic Difference-in-Difference estimator by Arkhangelsky and colleagues (2021), I find no statistically significant evidence of the shift to per capita funding on the share of students who score below the threshold on a United National Testing (UNT) taken by high school graduates. While there certainly are limitations due to the data’s availability, the study’s short period, and the policy’s possible lagged effects, this paper is a significant step in using empirical research to inform policymaking and evidence-based social intervention in Kazakhstan. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Question What is the impact of the shift to per capita funding in K-12 in Kazakhstan on student UNT scores in Astana? Objective To evaluate the impact of the shift to per capita funding in Astana using a quasi-experimental design and publicly available data, controlling for confounding variables across regions. Program In 2018, 76% of schools in Astana city had to undergo a mandatory transition from ”smeta” funding to per capita funding, followed by two other major cities, Almaty and Shymkent, in 2019 (the cities were, thus, excluded from the analysis). Design, Setting and Units of Analysis Using difference-in-differences (DID), synthetic control (SCM), and synthetic difference-in-difference (SDID) estimators, this study examines the effect of the shift to per capita funding in the city of Astana using UNT examination scores from 2014 until 2022 and compares it to the student outcomes of the remaining 13 regions (excluding an outlier). Main Outcomes and Measures The study uses UNT examination scores (specifically, the number of students who score below the national threshold to enrol in higher education institutions) as an outcome variable. Future studies will also use PISA and TIMSS scores to measure the policy’s success as soon as the results become available in 2023 and 2024. Limitations Due to inconsistency in data reporting, numerous other educational programs initiated by the government simultaneously, and possible lagged effects of the policy, the current study only lays the foundation for further analyses for impact evaluation. Future studies will significantly benefit from using scores from international examinations after sufficient time has passed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results The results from all three methods (DID, SC, SDID) show no impact of the program on student UNT scores (coefficients 0.04, 0.03, 0.03, respectively). Findings Using high school examination scores as a measure of success and controlling for demographic characteristics across regions, the shift to per capita funding does not affect student outcomes in public schools. Meaning Despite the government’s report of the program’s positive effect on student outcomes (8.6% increase), the results of this study show no effect of this program. References Abadie, A., Diamond, A., & Hainmueller, J. (2010). Synthetic control methods for comparative case studies: Estimating the effect of california’s tobacco control program. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 105(490), 493–505. doi: 10.1198/jasa.2009.ap08746 Abadie, A., Diamond, A., & Hainmueller, J. (2014). Comparative politics and the synthetic control method. American Journal of Political Science, 59(2), 495–510. doi: 10.1111/ajps.12116 Abadie, A., & Gardeazabal, J. (2003). The economic costs of conflict: A case study of the basque country. American Economic Review , 93 (1), 113–132. doi: 10.1257/000282803321455188 Arkhangelsky, D., Athey, S., Hirshberg, D. A., Imbens, G. W., & Wager, S. (2021). Synthetic difference-in-differences. American Economic Review , 111 (12), 4088–4118. doi: 10.1257/aer.20190159 Asian Development Bank. (2018). Kazakhstan country gender assessment. Country Planning Documents, 1–109. doi: 10.22617/tcs179181 International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement. (2023b). Trends in international mathematics and science study (timss). IEA. Re- trieved from JSC Financial Center. (2022). Jsc financial center. Retrieved from https:// www.invest.fincenter.kz/ |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 E: Language and Education Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Language of Instruction Choices Among Ethnic Kazakh Parents Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Since gaining independence, Kazakhstan has significantly emphasized language policies as part of the Kazakhization process (Fierman, 2006; Smagulova, 2008). The central focus has been on the development of the Kazakh language and the increase of Kazakh-medium schools. Despite this, Russian-medium schools constitute 17% of all schools, while mixed schools, incorporating Russian-medium classes, comprise 32%, indicating their relevance in the post-colonial context. International and domestic assessments reveal disparities in academic outcomes based on the medium of instruction, with Russian-medium schools significantly outperforming Kazakh language schools (Muratkyzy, 2020; OECD, 2012). This can lead parents to prefer Russian-medium schools, potentially contradicting Kazakhization policies and indirectly accentuating economic inequality which is important in creating a more culturally cohesive society. This study addresses the dearth of empirical research on parental school choice concerning the language of instruction. Drawing on Spolsky’s (2009) language management and Kambatyrova’s (2020) language ideologies frameworks, it seeks to answer the following main research question: How do ethnic Kazakh parents make choices regarding the language of instruction for their children at primary schools? Specifically, it aims to uncover: 1) The underlying motivations and rationales driving ethnic Kazakh parents to choose a particular language of instruction for their children. 2) The existing ideologies among parents regarding languages of instruction and how these influence the overall decision-making process. 3) Other non-linguistic factors that may influence parents’ decisions regarding the language of instruction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Centered on three cities in Kazakhstan, the research aims to unveil the parental reasoning behind the selection of Russian-medium, Kazakh-medium, or mixed-language primary schools for their children. Anchored in a pragmatic philosophical approach, the study employs qualitative focus group discussions and a quantitative cross-sectional survey as integral parts of the PhD thesis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The qualitative data will be collected during February-March 2024. The study will present tentative qualitative results that are anticipated to shed light on the complex dynamics influencing parental decisions and provide guidance for fostering cultural cohesion within society. It will offer insights valuable to policymakers, educators, and parents in navigating post-colonial and multilingual educational contexts. References Fierman, W. (2006). Language and education in Post-Soviet Kazakhstan: Kazakh-medium instruction in urban schools. Russian Review, 65(1), 98–116. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9434.2005.00388.x Kambatyrova, A. (2020). Parents’ language ideologies in the context of trilingual educational policy in Kazakhstan [Doctoral dissertation, Nazarbayev University]. http://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/6730 Muratkyzy, A. (2020). Equity and excellence in the Kazakhstani education system: A multilevel analysis of the personal and contextual factors contributing to students’ reading literacy performance on PISA 2018 [Master's thesis, Nazarbayev University]. http://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/4886 OECD. (2012). PISA technical report. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/pisaproducts/PISA-2012-technical-report-final.pdf Smagulova, J. (2008). Language policies of Kazakhization and their influence on language attitudes and use. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 11(3–4), 440–475. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050802148798 Spolsky, B. (2009). Language management. Cambridge University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Embedding Literacy in Post-16 Vocational Education: Undressing the L Word. King's College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:As practitioner-researcher working in Post-16 vocational education with 16-19 year olds and their teachers, my research aims to understand the ‘what’ and ‘how’ of literacy embedding. ‘Embedding’ is the deliberate teaching of literacy objectives as an integrated element of the vocational curriculum, and is found to produce enormous benefits for students’ vocational and skills qualification achievement when carried out effectively (Casey et al., 2006). The last national embedding policy ended in 2011 with the discontinuation of the Skills for Life strategy (England and Wales). Since then, along with a decade of funding challenges, literacy embedding has been sidelined in favour of the 2014 GCSE English re-sit policy; GCSEs are end-of secondary school academic qualifications. The aim of this policy is to push as many students over the GCSE English pass-line as possible. This is a laudable aim, but unfortunately, there is little evidence that the policy produces literacy learning which students can transfer to their vocational subjects (Verhoeven, 2022). Vocational subject teachers comment that their students lack the literacy skills to do well in their courses, but that the teachers themselves lack the knowledge to support their students. With scant resources in post-16 education now focused on the GCSE English re-sit, embedding knowledge developed during the Skills for Life years may have been lost. These suppositions are anecdotal – the last large-scale study into post-16 literacy embedding was conducted during the Skills for Life years in 2006 with the Casey et al. report. Skills for Life was an excellent starting point, but did not conceptualise literacy in terms of vocational epistemologies. There is compelling theoretical and empirical research which finds that subject epistemologies are directly related to text structures. Genre theory and Disciplinary literacy research, informed by Functional Linguistics, reaches this conclusion (Cope & Kalantzis, 1993; Shanahan & Shanahan, 2012; Swales, 1990; Tardy, 2011). This suggests that students should be taught explicitly how to ‘analyse’, ‘evaluate’, and ‘compare’ along with associated text and syntactical structures. My research attempts to break new ground by using this theoretical grounding to focus on vocational subject teacher development. There are international implications; Genre and Disciplinary Literacy research is currently applied to academic subjects, particularly in the USA and Australian contexts, but not yet, as far as I know, to vocational education and training. I am attempting to understand:
In this vein, my research is informed by the teacher knowledge frameworks proposed by Shulman (1986), and developed in relation to literacy by Carney and Indrisano (2013), as well as Clarke and Hollingsworth’s model of teacher change (2002). My research will hopefully result in a dual-framework: 1) a curricular and pedagogical toolkit for teaching vocational subject genres; 2) a ‘schedule’ of teacher genre knowledge required to embed literacy, with suggested approaches for developing this knowledge. My ultimate intention is to produce practical and theoretical findings which will support students’ literacy development in the vocational education context. This work is driven by a social justice agenda. Known as the ‘Cinderella sector’, FE is under-researched and under-resourced (Atkins & Flint, 2015). Its students tend to come from socio-economically deprived backgrounds, and are more likely to drop out of university after one year and gain a lower class degree than their academic subject counterparts (Myhill et al., 2019). This is the vocational-academic dimension of the attainment gap. My research aims to address this particular form of inequality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using one college as a case study, my research is based around a teacher-development project with a group of teacher participants, with whom I have been working as a literacy coach. Taking a critical auto-ethnographically orientated approach, this qualitative study treats the researcher (Rose) as an active participant of the research: I am 1) researcher (subject), 2) a research participant (object) and 3) a research instrument (means). This research is ‘critical’ in the sense that I am not just describing and analysing cultural practices, but attempting to shape them, using Genre theory to develop teachers’ beliefs and knowledge. My fieldwork took the form of a nine-month literacy coaching program in which I worked with seven teachers in one college. These teachers volunteered to work with me, agreeing to a range of teacher development activities: 1-1 dialogic coaching meetings, my observation of their lessons, group meetings, reciprocal (group) lesson observations, and co-planning & delivery of training workshops to other teachers. The coaching model I use is rooted in the principle of dialogic co-construction; practitioners develop understandings, beliefs and practices through a collaborative “professional knowledge-creating process” (Lofthouse et al., 2010, p. 29). However, I view constructionism critically in that there are objective realities related to the knowledge demands of qualifications and occupations. My fieldwork has produced data in the form of recorded coaching dialogues, lesson observation notes, teaching materials, images of students’ work, researcher reflections and fieldnote ‘jottings’. Along the way, I have conducted theoretical sampling by recruiting additional participants to explore various insights. I am now in the initial phase of analysing these data. Taking a grounded approach, I am using thematic open coding and analytical memos (Charmaz, 2006), having transcribed my recorded data. I am drawing on all the data sets, with the inclusion of qualification documentation such as exams, mark schemes and specifications, to produce my insights and findings. In terms of validity, I do not intend to generalise about the nature of teachers’ knowledge; my data indicate that teachers’ knowledge of genre is variable and spiky. However, I believe I can extrapolate on the various factors that influence teachers’ knowledge development from this case study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I am still in the early stages of analysis, yet my emergent findings point to difficulties and inconsistencies in how vocational subjects conceptualise their epistemologies. This seems to impede the effective teaching of functions such as ‘evaluate’, ‘analyse’ and ‘compare’ – functions which dictate text structures. My supposition is that vocational subject teachers work in an environment which is quite hostile to literacy embedding, and so struggle with the ‘what’ and ‘how’ knowledge requirements to teach these functions explicitly and systematically. My data suggest that a large amount of knowledge about genre is tacit for teachers; it is largely concealed from their active knowledge base, and is therefore not taught explicitly. In other words, students are performing functions such as ‘evaluate’, analyse’ and ‘compare’, but since they are not being taught these functions explicitly, students remain dependent on writing frames, and rarely learn to achieve these functions independently. This probably explains their relatively weak achievement at university. This suggests implications for in-service teacher training: rather than focusing solely on pedagogical development, as is often the case, CPD should also work on teachers’ curriculum knowledge development. My provisional findings support what critics of vocational ‘Learning Outcomes’ based qualifications theorise; that the Learning Outcomes model misunderstands knowledge, conceptualising it as atomised and ‘flat’ (Allais, 2014). Hopefully I can develop these theoretical understandings in terms of procedural knowledge (genre). On a more positive note, my data are producing some useful insights relating to the development of the dual-framework, which is one of my aims. I am in the process of developing a ‘schedule’ of genre-knowledge for teachers, which I will use to produce an embedding curricular and pedagogical framework. References Allais, S. (2014). Selling out education: National qualifications frameworks and the neglect of knowledge. In Selling Out Education: National Qualifications Frameworks and the Neglect of Knowledge. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6209-578-6 Atkins, L., & Flint, K. J. (2015). Nothing changes: Perceptions of vocational education in England. International Journal of Training Research, 13(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/14480220.2015.1051344 Carney, M., & Indrisano, R. (2013). Disciplinary literacy and pedagogical content knowledge. Journal of Education, 193(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/002205741319300306 Casey, H., Cara, O., Eldred, J., Grief, S., Hodge, R., Ivanic, R., Jupp, T., Lopez, D., & McNeil, B. (2006). You wouldn’t expect a maths teacher to teach plastering ... embedding literacy, language and numeracy in post-16 vocational programmes - the impact on learning and achievement. In National Research and Development Centre for adult literacy and numeracy, Institute of Education, University of London: London. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory : A practical guide through qualitative analysis. Sage Publications. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(8). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7 Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (1993). The powers of literacy : a genre approach to teaching writing. University of Pittsburgh Press. Lofthouse, R., Leat, D., & Towler, C. (2010). Coaching for teaching and learning : A practical guide for schools. Myhill, D., Banerjee, P., Herbert, D., Robinson, C., Kaniadakis, A., Lawson, H., Venner, S., Morris, R., Mackenzie, H., & Kinderkhedia, M. (2019). Transforming transitions : A HEFCE Catalyst Project. http://socialsciences.exeter.ac.uk/media/universityofexeter/collegeofsocialsciencesandinternationalstudies/education/research/transformingtransitions/TransformingTransitionsFinalReport.pdf Shanahan, T., & Shanahan, C. (2012). What is disciplinary literacy and why does it matter? . Topics in Language Disorders, 32(1), 7–18. Shulman, L. (1986). Those Who Understand: Knowledge Growth in Teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4–14. Swales, J. (1990). Genre Analysis : English in academic and research settings. Bell & Bain Ltd. Tardy, C. M. (2011). Genre analysis. In Ken Hyland & Brian Paltridge (Eds.), The Continuum compendium to discourse analysis (pp. 54–68). Continuum International Publishing Group. Verhoeven, B. (2022). The politics of GCSE English Language. English Today, 38(4). https://doi.org/10.1017/s0266078421000110 |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 F: Ethnography Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Making of a Preschool Teacher. An Ethnological Study of Preschool Teacher Education and the Discursivity of the Preschool Mission Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:In recent decades, preschools as well as schools and other higher education have been increasingly influenced by international contexts with migration flows, global political actors, and multinational companies. What this has come to mean from a cultural, historical, and educational science perspective is what we study within the interdisciplinary doctoral school Education, Learning and Globalisation, in which I am included within the framework of my doctoral position in ethnology at Södertörn University. The doctoral school has among other focus areas, one of which is intercultural and norm-critical perspectives on preschool, school, and teacher education. It is this area my study connects to by using theoretical inspiration from the political discourse theory (PDT) to seek knowledge of how norms and value conflicts in the wake of migration and global political discourses affect the interpretation and implementation of the Swedish preschool's social mission. The purpose of the thesis is to empirically examine how the construction of the subject position of a preschool teacher takes place in preschool teacher education in relation to the norm and value conflicts, contradictions, and dissonances that may arise while practicing this position. What drives people to work in preschools and what are their initial conceptions of the preschool teacher role and the preschool mission when entering the education? How does the understanding of the social mission of future preschool teachers change during the course of the education and what are the discourses that create this change? What ambiguities and dissonances emerge between different values and norms within the preschool assignment, and what consequences does this have for future preschool teachers during their internship periods? What intercultural tensions and conflicts of norms and values arise in the encounter between divergent discourses and perceptions of the preschool mission in everyday preschool life, and how are these experienced and handled by future preschool teachers during their internship periods? I intend to use political discourse theory as my theoretical approach, especially as developed by Chantal Mouffe (2008). Pre-school education is to a considerable extent about the fosterage of democracy, and there is a long tradition of assigning children the role of ‘political utopia bearers’; not infrequently, children are regarded as ‘promises of a better future’ (Dolk 2013:114; Hörnfeldt 2009:14). Nevertheless, preschool teacher students often have problems answering exam questions about how the preschool mission is political. In her book On the Political (Mouffe 2008), Mouffe worries about democracy in relation to our inability to think politically. The reason for this inability is our delusion that there is such a thing as consensus, based on 'common sense' and universal consensus solutions. Is the preschool mission and its values an example of such a delusion? Mouffe completely dismisses the idea that it would be possible to ever reach a complete consensus, as the notion of such is a chimera: consensus is always based on exclusionary practices. Consensus is nothing but ‘the result of a hegemonic articulation’ (Laclau och Mouffe 2001:xviii). According to Mouffe, there are always groups and individuals who do not feel included in such supposedly universal consensual solutions (Mouffe 2008). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is an ethnographic, qualitative study. My main category of material consists of semi-structured in-depth interviews, with 21 preschool teacher students, conducted in the spring/autumn of 2023. The interviews form the basis for analyses of how different discourses shape the preschool teacher students' view of their future role and societal mission. The interviews have been recorded with audio recording technology and/or via Zoom (with or without image) and then transcribed. I have also conducted observations where I followed the interviewed preschool teacher students during certain educational elements. This includes their internship periods at the preschools. Thirteen such observations at five different preschools have been carried out. Other observations concern the introductory and reflection seminars given by the higher education institutions, where the students are assigned the tasks they will carry out during the internship. The seminars also allow the students to process their internship experiences and discuss both expectations and concerns with each other as well as with their teachers. Seventeen seminars in three different institutions were observed. A further interesting but somewhat sensitive observation has been the ‘tripartite dialogue’ between the student, the examining teacher, and the supervisor assigned to the student. During such a tripartite, the teacher and supervisor observe the student during a pedagogical activity at the preschool, after which they evaluate the student’s achievement together. I managed to take part in two such evaluations. By supplementing the in-depth interviews with observations, I wanted to gain insight into discrepancies between ideals and practice, since when ‘generally accepted visions are put into practice’ they sometimes get ‘consequences that are not always in line with the ideals’ (Runfors 2003:38, my translation). This relates to the political discourse theory's view of discourses as being not only what is expressed in text or speech, but also what is articulated in everyday practice (Laclau och Howarth 2015:25). Other material categories consist of various forms of reflection material that preschool teacher students are asked to produce throughout their education. Hereby they record what they see as significant, upsetting, or difficult to understand in the course literature or during the lectures and seminars, and not least during their periods of practical training. The material described above will be contextualised using material from media archives, course literature, specialist journals, and various steering documents such as the Education Act, curricula, equal treatment plans, policies, etc. Methodologically, this implies text and discourse analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings ‘The preschool shall actively and consciously influence and stimulate children to gradually embrace the common values of our society’, says the Swedish preschool curriculum (Skolverket 2018:12). Previous research, however, has shown that there seems to be an overconfidence that these values are necessarily perceived as common and unproblematic in a society characterised by increasing diversification (Dolk 2013; Hill 2021; Zackariasson 2015). The feasibility of the assignment is further complicated by the fact that there is a contradictory ‘dissonance’ between some of these values and norms (León Rosales 2010:58ff). At the time of this application, I had barely begun any analytical work, but so far, my material has to a low extent revealed the dissonance promised by previous research. This might be due to my involuntary selection. The students, preschools, and parents who have given their consent to participate in the study are probably not the ones with the major problems. Still, there are problems, I hear them mentioned - but I cannot say that they are prominent in my material. Instead, the Swedish preschool appears as a ‘better version of reality’ as one student put it. When reading the curriculum, the Education Act, and the course literature; when visiting preschools, and listening to teachers and students, it sometimes seems hard not to be blinded by an image of The Preschool as a politically correct micro-society, exclusively inhabited by democratic and open-minded citizens, of whom all are being listened to, equal and self-actualised, as well as safe, happy and sugar-free. The preschool is a place with zero tolerance for violence; where everyone's individual interests are safeguarded; and where there is every opportunity for constant learning, as well as becoming one's potential ‘best self’. A world where you want to be - even as an adult. A quasi-world to fall in love with. References Dolk, Klara. 2013. Bångstyriga barn: makt, normer och delaktighet i förskolan. Stockholm: Ordfront. Hill, Helena. 2021. ”Normkritisk vaccination. Normkritik och normkritisk pedagogik i Skolverkets rapporter och råd 2009 – 2014”. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, Vol. 26 (2–3):38–60. Hörnfeldt, Helena. 2009. Prima barn, helt u.a. : normalisering och utvecklingstänkande i svensk barnhälsovård 1923-2007. Göteborg: Makadam. Laclau, Ernesto, och David R. Howarth. 2015. Ernesto Laclau : post-marxism, populism, and critique. London ; Routledge. Laclau, Ernesto, och Chantal Mouffe. 2001. Hegemony and Socialist Strategy: Towards a Radical Democratic Politics. London: Verso. León Rosales, René. 2010. Vid framtidens hitersta gräns: om maskulina elevpositioner i en multietnisk skola. Stockholm ; Botkyrka: Mångkulturellt centrum, Elanders. Mouffe, Chantal. 2008. Om det politiska. Hägersten: Tankekraft. Runfors, Ann. 2003. Mångfald, motsägelser och marginaliseringar: en studie av hur invandrarskap formas i skolan. Stockholm: Prisma. Skolverket. 2018. Läroplan för förskolan. Lpfö 18. Zackariasson, Maria. 2015. ”Caught between expectations: Swedish student teachers’ experiences of working with gender and sexuality issues”. Nordic studies in education (3–04):217–32. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Relational Pedagogies: Re-orienting Learning for an Epistemology of Entanglement University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:We live in a critical ecological moment. We face unstable climates, intensifying environmental disasters, and escalating extinction rates, all of which threaten the survival of a vast array of species, including humans (Tsing et al. 2017). A significant shift in the way in which humans interact with the world is urgently needed (Taylor et al. 2020). This paper contributes to the body of work that approaches such a shift through Environmental Education (EE), helping us to imagine ways we might learn to live sustainably. I propose that an exploration of how we understand our relationship with the world through embodied creative activities could help us consider ourselves as ‘entangled’ in the world’s interconnected and affective state of becoming - knowing that our actions and futures are constantly engaged in relation with all else. I explore ways we can apply the concepts of ‘entanglement’ and ‘relationality’ to the process of learning, suggesting that an understanding of the world through these concepts could encourage mindset shifts towards sustainability. The goal of this paper is to explore a pedagogy for an onto-epistemology of relationality, with the hope of helping schools nurture mindsets capable of learning to live sustainably in a changing climate. A global approach is needed to face the international climate crisis and a large proportion of EE research currently stems from Europe and the Global North. Much of current EE in Western Europe is predominantly focussed on scientific knowledge transmission about climate change and conservation. It perpetuates ideas of human exceptionalism by separating human activity from ‘nature’, teaching about the environment rather than acknowledging how we live within it (Dunlop & Rushton 2022). This has resulted in inadequate pedagogic practices to address the challenges of the current environmental crisis (Taylor et al. 2020). My research grows from the idea that there is a link between ineffective EE practices and the compartmentalised learning necessitated by Western European education systems. Secondary school learning is a very structured operation, it is characterised by the study of different subjects which require different books and often different teachers with little acknowledgment of the relationality of the experience. My suggestion is that the absence of relational learning is complicit in the justification of the exploitation and destruction of multi-species ecologies that have caused the current climate crisis. To address this, we need to diversify the epistemologies with which we engage in order to facilitate research into effective EE (Blaser and Cadena 2018). Combining EE with global ideologies of entanglement and relationality through arts-based approaches will diversify approaches to EE by helping us to explore ways of learning that enable us to understand our relationship with/in it. Understanding ourselves as entangled entities, deconstructing human exceptionalism, and resisting anthropocentric philosophies is the imagining required to live within a changing world (Haraway 2016). This paper outlines my experience of working with a secondary school in the UK to explore ways of knowing as curricula to approach EE. I collaborate with a small group of students to creatively explore their learning experience through a series of school based workshops. We use drama and storytelling approaches (Burrows and O’Sullivan 2019) to consider their whole school experience, exploring how learning itself can be relational.
My research is framed around these lines of inquiry:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The focus of this paper is an exploration of relational research methods that can help young people understand concepts of entanglement and relationality. My relational methodological approach is consistent with my onto-epistemic justification for the research and includes ethnographic and arts-based techniques as well as taking inspiration from emergent post-qualitative inquiries. My methods include extended observation, informal interviews, and a participatory creative project that culminates in an collaborative artistic artefact. Informed by Judith Green and David Bloome’s (2005) approach to ethnography, I interrogate relational knowledge encounters by using “ethnographic tools” (p.4). These tools include situating myself in the place of my research and paying attention to the conversations or informal interviews, participant observations, and subsequent personal explorations which emerge from the experience. I am inspired by Gary Knowles and Ardra Cole (2008) who advocate for research in which the art is the research as opposed to an object to be researched. My process draws on new-materialist arts-informed research to consider the art co-created by participants as the materiality of the research conducted, and the ‘data’ as the stories of relational knowledge which emerge. I draw on Elizabeth St. Pierre’s (1997) ideas about post-qualitative data analysis which aims to “produce different knowledge and produce knowledge differently” (p.175). Analysing the stories which emerge through co-creating relational art is a process of generative difference and close attentiveness to the a/effects of difference. Arts-informed research and ethnographic tools as outlined above will enable me to explore ways that difference can be produced from within entanglement in order to “make difference” (Barad 2007, p.91). As a result, the relational pedagogy explored helps me reveal a relational inquiry that facilitates its creation. I create space for both qualitative and post-qualitative approaches in my research because both engage with ways of thinking that are productive to exploring radical encounters of relational pedagogy. My work goes beyond conceptual research into tangible participatory practice, where some qualitative methods (e.g. interviews and ethnographic journaling) provide vital insights. However, weaving through a post-qualitative critique allows me to unpack what the qualitative methods make visible but also what they exclude from view. A post-qualitative approach of acknowledging the students’ learning experience as entanglement enables me to take into consideration all encounters with my research and know that they can all hold insights as part of my scholarly practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper has proposed an exploration of the experience of school learning through concepts of entanglement and relationality, an interrogation of the ways we learn, not changing what we learn. What could follow is an application of this to how we understand our relationship with/in the world. Considering our affective relationality with the world might help young people understand the need to consider beyond-anthropocentric impacts of the choices they make. My hope is that doing so will allow for imagining sustainable lifestyles of response-able relationships to unfold. The implications of this research could contribute to the development of pedagogic practice in EE. The ongoing climate crisis demonstrates that dominant humanist approaches to EE in Europe and the Global North have failed to teach us how we live with the world. I have outlined how EE which implies a separation between human and nature is complicit in the justification of exploitation and unsustainable consumption of resources. Alternative approaches to EE, such as the one I propose, can facilitate the onto-epistemological shift of an understanding of entanglement, opening beyond-anthropocentric pedagogic possibilities for learning to live sustainably. Rather than encourage schools to add more of EE initiatives and then show students how these things connect together, I want to start with how schools address relational thinking by engaging in holistic and embodied learning techniques, and then apply this to EE in what might then be considered effective learning for the environment. My work addresses the discipline literature gap on how to approach this, exploring relational learning in mainstream secondary education practice. As a result, my research could contribute to international policy debate around designing future EE. My hope is that teaching for relationality will enable schools to support the development of young people capable of critical beyond-anthropocentric thinking within a changing climate. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway. Durham and London: Duke University Press. Blaser, M., & de la Cadena, M. (2018). A World of Many Worlds. Durham and London: Duke University Press. Burrows, D. & O’Sullivan, S. (2019). Fictioning: The Myth-functions of Contemporary Art and Philosophy. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Dunlop, L., and Rushton, E.A.C. (2022). Putting climate change at the heart of education: Is England's strategy a placebo for policy? British Educational Research Journal, 48(6), pp.1083-1101. Green, J. & Bloome, D. (2005) Ethnography and ethnographers of and in education: A situated perspective. In Flood, J., Heath, S. B., & Lapp, D. (Eds.), Handbook of research on teaching literacy through the communicative and visual arts, pp.181-202. New York: Macmillan Publishers. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham and London: Duke University Press. Knowles, G. J. & Cole, A. L. (2008). Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative Research. California: Sage Publications, Inc. St. Pierre, E. A. (1997) Methodology in the fold and the irruption of transgressive data, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 10(2), pp.175-189. Taylor, A., Pacini-Ketchabaw, V., Blaise, M., & Silova, I. (2020). Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Common Worlds Research Collective. Paper commissioned for the UNESCO Futures of Education report. Tsing, A. L., Bubandt, N., Gan, E. & Swanson, H. (Eds) (2017). Arts of Living on a Damaged Planet: Ghosts and Monsters of the Anthropocene. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 G: Research on Arts Education Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Session Chair: Julio Cesar Estrada Monterroso Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Education for Creativity in Initial Teacher Education: Perceptions of Pre-service Primary School Science Teachers 1CIDTFF/DEP - University of Aveiro, Portugal; 2Drexel University, USA Presenting Author:In our interconnect world, characterized by widespread access to technology and information, it is increasingly important to understand teachers´ role in human and social development (Rodrigues & Martins, 2018). Educating people for present and future times, requires mastery of the learning competences for the 21st century (P21, 2015) and their relationship with the structured of school curricula. One of the roles of science education is to educate citizens to be prepared to critically analyze scientific information, make informed decisions, and actively participate in civic issues related to science (Justi et al., 2022). It is essential that, since the beginning of teacher training, Science Education is presented through the cross-related perspective between Science, Technology and Society (STS) orientation (Vieira et al., 2011), specifically combining theoretical and practical teaching strategies (Rodrigues, 2011). STEAM is an educational approach based on a student-centered methodology, with an interdisciplinary perspective between Science, Technology, Engineering, Art and Math areas, and focused on solving real or realistic problems (Shernoff et al., 2017). STEAM Education fosters key competencies, namely creativity, problem-solving, collaborative work, communication and others (Perignat & Katz-Buonincontro, 2019). The development of Creativity during the learning process stands out as it is a key point in fostering existing and future problem-solving, several cognitive skills, and also revealing potential for innovation in educational, economic and social spheres (Plucker et al., 2004). Creativity can be understood as a cross-disciplinary ability to produce individual or collective ideas and strategies that are original, critical, plausible and feasible (Beghetto, 2007). Craft (2010) defends that creativity is human potential manifested in different cognitive domains, so everybody is potentially creative by nature. In order to educate future citizens with these competencies, it is necessary to cultivate them the early years and throughout a life learning context. Clearly, it is urgent to encourage a teacher training approach that presents innovative teaching and learning methodologies (Ompok et al., 2020). In this project, we chose to approach STEAM education through a Challenge-Based Learning (CBL) methodology. CBL aims, in a collaborative, multidisciplinary and experiential way, to identify, investigate and propose solutions to real CTS problems along the learning process (Rådberg et al., 2020). This study has in view answering the question "What are the perceptions of pre-service teachers about creativity education?", identifying possible changes in the perception of creativity in the educational process. It was utilized scales of perception about creativity, already validated in literature, before and after the implementation of a formative proposal based on STEAM education and creativity promotion, through CBL methodology. This communication is part of a doctoral project whose main research question is How creative thinking and teaching skills can be promoted for science primary school teaching through a STEAM approach? With specific questions to answer: i)How to develop a proposal for pre-service primary teachers initial training through a STEAM approach promoting creative thinking? ii) What are the effects of the STEAM formative proposal on developing creative thinking in pre-service primary school teachers? iii) What is the relation between the creative thinking level and developing primary school science teaching competencies? The PhD project has the following research goals: i)To develop (design, plan, validate, implement and evaluate) a STEAM & Creativity formative proposal that promotes the creative thinking of pre-service teachers; ii) To evaluate the effects of the STEAM & Creativity formative proposal on the level of creative thinking and it´s relation to developing teaching skills; iii) To develop a set of recommendations from the research results for primary school science teacher training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The results were obtained by answering two different perceptions about creativity scales: i)Teaching for Creativity Scale (Rubenstein et al., 2013) and ii) Beliefs about Teaching for Creativity Scale (Katz-Buonincontro et al, 2021). Both scales were translated from English to Portuguese with translator validation and adapted for initial teacher training context, more specifically adjusting verbs to represent realistic scenarios of what the participants will face in the field, as they still have little or no teaching experience. All two instruments have items that require participants to take a position on a statement according to a 7-point likert scale, relating to the four parameters: i) Teacher Self-efficacy; ii) Environmental Desirability; iii) Social Value; iv) Creative mindset. The target audience for this study was bachelor's and master's degree students in education courses during one academic year. It should be emphasized that interpreting these results in isolation does not allow making assumptions about improvement in participants' creative or teaching potential. The results will still have to be triangulated with more diversified data collected to make global assertions of this nature. The data collection was set into three cycles of implementation and two cycles of redesign & analysis, with interleaved stages. It was worth carrying out these interval analyses in order to identify some constraints in the first scale in relation to the participants, so in the last round of implementation we were able to change the scale used. The initial scale application took place before the formative proposal implementation, that lasted two academic semesters with didactic-nature and creative fostering regular activities. Another one was carried out in the end of this term. In first and second cycle it was adopted the Teaching for Creativity Scale (Rubenstein et al., 2013) and in the last one, the Beliefs about Teaching for Creativity Scale was applied (Katz-Buonincontro et al, 2021). Over the three cycles of implementation of the formative proposal, around 80 responses were collected in the initial stage and 70 in the final stage. The data collected was analyzed using interpretative quantitative methodology with Microsoft Excel support. These results will contribute to an overall analysis of the development of creative and teaching skills, along with other instruments such as creativity tests, students´ portfolio, focus group sessions and observation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study revealed that, based on the perceptions presented by the participating future teachers, before and after the proposal´s implementation, creativity-related topics had been discussed and some concepts are more developed. In four dimensions set, i) Teacher Self-efficacy; ii) Environmental Desirability; iii) Social Value; iv) Creative mindset. it was possible to note and justify the patterns of responses shown. Overall, the results show that these pre-service primary school teachers feel prepared to act in their teaching practice by stimulating their students' creative thinking. They recognize the importance and impact of creativity as an essential skill for citizenship and as an instrument of social transformation. They also indicate an acknowledgement that all people are potentially creative, and that creativity is a skill that can and should be developed throughout life. It should be pointed that in the environmental dimension, which deals with the relationship between the development of creativity through external educational agents (management, training bodies, curriculum management bodies, etc.), there were some disparate patterns of responses with a wide range of occurrences among the response, which could be explained by the short or none teaching experience of the participants involved in the study. As a constraint to using the Teaching for Creativity Scale, it is possible to highlight the length and items to be answered by the students. That could explain the difference in the number of responses in the stages after implementations, which was carried out asynchronously. Subsequently, in the last cycle of analysis we chose to use the Beliefs about Teaching for Creativity Scale (Katz-Buonincontro et al., 2021) to collect the perceptions of pre-service teachers, as it is a more concise instrument and is also targeted at the context in question. References Justi,R., Maia, P., Monique Santos. (2022). Science education for citizenship. In Dillon, J., & Watts, M. (Eds.). Debates in Science Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003137894 Katz‐Buonincontro, J., Hass, R., Kettler, T., Tang, L. M., & Hu, W. (2020). Partial measurement invariance of beliefs about teaching for creativity across U.S. and Chinese educators. British Journal of Educational Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12379 Ompok, C. S., Ling, M. T., Abdullah, S. N. M., Tambagas, M., Tony, E. E., & Said, N. (2020). Mentor-mentee programme for STEM education at preschool level. Southeast Asia Early Childhood Journal, 9(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.37134/saecj.vol9.no1.1.2020 P21 (Partnership for 21st Century Learning). (2017). P21 Framework definitions. Washington, DC. Perignat, E., & Katz-Buonincontro, J. (2019). STEAM in practice and research: An integrative literature review. Thinking Skills and Creativity. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.TSC.2018.10.002. Plucker, J., Beghetto, R., & Dow, G. (2004). Why Isn't Creativity More Important to Educational Psychologists? Potentials, Pitfalls, and Future Directions in Creativity Research. Educational Psychologist, 39, 83 - 96. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15326985ep3902_1. Rådberg, K., Lundqvist, U., Malmqvist, J., & Hagvall Svensson, O. (2020).From CDIO to challenge-based learning experiences–expanding student learning as well as societal impact?. European Journal of Engineering Education, 45(1), 22–37. Rodrigues, A. V. (2011). A Educação em Ciências no Ensino Básico em Ambientes Integrados de Formação. Doctoral Thesis. Unviersity of Aveiro. Rodrigues, A. V., & Martins, I. P. (2018). Formação Inicial de Professores para o Ensino das Ciências nos primeiros anos em Portugal. In Formação inicial e continuada de professores de ciências: o que se pesquisa no Brasil, Portugal e Espanha. (pp. 179–198). Edições Hipótese. Rubenstein, L. D., McCoach, D. B., & Siegle, D. (2013). Teaching for Creativity Scales: An Instrument to Examine Teachers’ Perceptions of Factors That Allow for the Teaching of Creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 25(3), 324–334. https://doi.org/10.1080/10400419.2013.813807 Vieira, R. M., Vieira-Tenreiro, C., & Martins, I. P. (2011). A Educação em Ciências com Orientação CTS -atividades para o ensino básico. Porto: Areal Editores 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Photovoice and Dyslexics: Photos of the Past and Pictures of the Future Edge Hill Univeristy, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Proposal Information (590/600 words): Empirical research has historically been shaped by the doctrine that power in research should be held by the researcher over the research participant. This approach, however, has often resulted in marginalized groups not being represented accurately, as the researcher's choices will shape the scope of what is discoverable in the work. By allowing researchers to have complete control over the research design, participants' agency is often limited, leading to results that are not truly reflective of their concerns. Reconsidering this power imbalance and exploring ways to foreground the authentic concerns of participants is growing to be a key concern in social justice research, particularly in relation to neurodiverse participants, where disrupting traditional research orthodoxies can help bridge this gap and enact emancipatory participation in social justice research. This paper presents an examination of my PhD work and how emancipatory participation has been considered in the design to disrupt traditional research power imbalances. In the work, four dyslexic participants shared their experience of the university library using photovoice methods and member check processes. Utilising theoretical frameworks drawn from the writings of Gramsci (1971) and Friere (1970), the content of the paper will illustrate areas of good practice in the research, and postulate what could be improved in future endeavours with dyslexic participants to maximize their input in sharing their experience as part of social justice research. As I sought to evidence the experiences of dyslexic library users, the methods were carefully considered with participant agency in mind. The definitions used to identify dyslexics are often underpinned by a deficit approach; the most ubiquitous and synonymous characteristic of dyslexics is a failure to meet expected reading and writing levels, (Rice & Brooks, 2004; Elliot & Gibbs, 2008) where these levels vary by country and language, such as the case of bilingual monolingual dyslexics who are considered dyslexic in one language but not another (Miles, 2000; Wydell & Butterworth, 1999). Consequently, it is pertinent to question how insight into the lives of this marginalized group is gained, and whether methods of inquiry are congruent to participant living experience and strengths. I wished to foreground the participants' voices’, reducing my control over the data in the process, I crafted co-production activities through which participants and I could work together to ensure that my writing was representative of their experiences and that I had not misunderstood or impressed meaning into their stories based on my subjectivities. I kept note of my subjectivities in a methodological reflexivity journal, where I recorded a personal inventory (Gramsci, 1971) and memos (Charmaz, 2011; 2014) about my thinking, feelings, and experiences that related to the ones participants shared so that I could identify overlaps in our stories as I sought to relate to theirs without assuming I understood their experience. Traditional methods, such as structured interviews, where question sets remain inflexible to the insights gleaned from participants, do not allow for agentic input from participants or the corresponding rich data that can be accessed. The work appealed to a constructivist grounded theory methodology that allowed for the alteration of questions used in the semi-structured interview, to better reflect the discourses which arose in the data where I had not considered such aspects of library use in the study design (Charmaz, 2014). Altering the research tools (i.e., the question set) to reflect participants' insights thereby allows for an investigation into the authentic concerns of the participants and enables the investigation to take shape according to themes that are truly grounded in the richness of the data that was reflective of participants' unfolding stories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In contrast to investigations that have predicated insight into dyslexic experience on an exchange through written methods, I propose that photo-based knowledge exchange affords emancipatory action in research with dyslexic participants, as the data gathered is not predicated on the deficit that defines them and can be applied across national and international contexts (Rose, 2012). Rose (2012) explains that photovoice involves images captured by the participants, enabling the researcher to experience the participant's world as closely as possible, seeing what the participants sees through symbolic meaning attatched to the photos they take. However, the literature (Plunkett, Leipet, & Ray; Pollock, 2017) cautions that reflexive processes are to be used alongside photovoice methods, to be transparent about the researchers’ subjectivities that could impact the inquiry. Taking regular personal inventories throughout the research can aid the researcher in “knowing thy self” (Gramsci, 1971, p.324); the researcher can acknowledge their influence on the investigation, enabling them to clarify their own and the participant's voices as they construct the research together. Similarly, keeping memos, as suggested by Charmaz (2014), affords insight and reflexivity into the researcher's influence over the project, where consideration of co-production through photovoice methods enables authentic illustration of participant experience. Co-production in research is hailed as "a cornerstone of social innovation" (Voorberg, Bekkers, & Tummers, 2015, p.14) as it provides an opportunity to disrupt the traditional research orthodoxy that sees researchers in a 'privileged' position over the inference placed on the data. This is a vital consideration in research involving neurodiverse individuals so that the results may be crafted according to a systemic 'neurotypical gaze' (McDermott, 2021; Bertilsdotter Rosqvist et al., 2023). Drawing on the insights of Friere, I argue that this is a necessary consideration for all researchers, as self-oppression of neurodiverse traits in line with harmful systemic neurotypical discourses may influence the scope of the investigation, where neurotypical researchers may “internalized the image of the oppressor and [adopt] his guidelines” (1970, p.47). Despite being dyslexic myself, I could not guarantee I would interpret participants experiences accurately, and so both self-inventories and memos were kept throughout the project; opportunities for co-construction and member checking were built into the research design to enable enhanced participant agency over the picture I was portraying of their experiences (Dickenson-Swift, James, Kippen, & Liamputtong, 2007; Birt et al., 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants shared their experience of the university library, capturing photographs to illustrate what impacts their experience, and ranking these according to what impacts their experience the most. During the interviews, rich and in-depth conversations revealed several themes concerning services and resources that shaped each person’s experience, setting the bounds for what they felt capable of and willing to do in the library. The themes of ‘support from others’ and ‘accessibility’ were the overarching themes found through grounded theory analysis, where the participants' experiences overlapped on several topics – for example, the majority of the participants discussed feeling anxious and worried when seeking resources in the library, as they were concerned about onlookers perceptions of them as inadequate or unprepared for university study. These insights were validated by participants in a series of collaborative exercises as part of the member check process and would not have been possible without appeal to emancipatory methods and processes. Engagement with photovoice methods and member-checking processes painted a picture of emancipatory research that contrasts starkly with previous investigations that prised researcher control over the investigation. Expression of agency in the research offered participants to contribute and shape the bounds of what the research could reveal. The insights presented within the investigation illustrate what is possible when working with marginalised groups, and the positive outcomes that are achievable when actively seeking to involve participants in the design and understanding of investigation outputs. Challenges to embedding co-production activities will be discussed, with directions to enhance further works that involve dyslexic participants. The methods discussed enable participant emancipation and agency, regardless of the participant's first language, and could transform the research landscape, offering valuable insights into the lived experiences of diverse groups in both national and international settings. References Bertilsdotter Rosqvist, H., Botha, M., Hens, K., O’Donoghue, S., Pearson, A., & Stenning, A. (2023). Cutting our own keys: New possibilities of neurodivergent storying in research. Autism, 27(5), 1235-1244. Birt, L., Scott, S., Cavers, D., Campbell, C., & Walter, F. (2016). Member checking: a tool to enhance trustworthiness or merely a nod to validation?. Qualitative health research, 26(13), 1802-1811. Charmaz, K. (2011). Grounded theory methods in social justice research. Strategies of qualitative inquiry, 4. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage. Dickson-Swift, V., James, E. L., Kippen, S., & Liamputtong, P. (2007). Doing sensitive research: what challenges do qualitative researchers face?. Qualitative research, 7(3), 327-353. Elliott, J. G., & Gibbs, S. (2008). Does dyslexia exist?. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 42(3-4), 475-491. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Continuum Gramsci, A. (2020). Selections from the prison notebooks. In The applied theatre reader (pp. 141-142). Routledge. McDermott, C. (2021). Theorising the neurotypical gaze: Autistic love and relationships in The Bridge (Bron/Broen 2011–2018). Medical humanities. Miles, E. (2000). Dyslexia may show a different face in different languages. Dyslexia, 6(3), 193-201. Plunkett, R., Leipert, B. D., & Ray, S. L. (2013). Unspoken phenomena: Using the photovoice method to enrich phenomenological inquiry. Nursing Inquiry, 20(2), 156-164. Pollock, S. P. (2017). Literacy barriers to learning and learner experiences.[Student Thesis]. University of Exeter. https://ore.exeter.ac.uk/repository/bitstream/handle/10871/30847/PollockS.pdf?sequence=1 Rice, M., & Brooks, G. (2004). Developmental dyslexia in adults: a research review. National Research and Development Centre for adult literacy and numeracy. Rose, G. (2012). Visual methodologies: An introduction to researching with visual materials. London: Sage. Voorberg, W. H., Bekkers, V. J., & Tummers, L. G. (2015). A systematic review of co-creation and co-production: Embarking on the social innovation journey. Public management review, 17(9), 1333-1357. Wydell, T. N., & Butterworth, B. (1999). A case study of an English-Japanese bilingual with monolingual dyslexia. Cognition, 70(3), 273-305. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Unraveling the Experiences of Uzbek Motherscholars through Arts-based Visual Methods Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The title of our paper is a reminder that the intersectionality of culture, race, and gender remains crucial in doctoral education. Globally, the experiences of doctoral students, their borderland crossings into new academic discourse communities and having to navigate dual roles or identities of being or becoming researchers draw considerable attention (Ref). However, a growing body of global research focuses specifically on the challenges of female doctoral students who confront the additional burden of navigating their dual role or identities as mothers and caregivers that results in increased time commitment required for study and compromises their emotional well-being or dual guilt due to a lack of family and institutional support (Breitenbach et al., 2019; Catalano & Radin, 2021; CohenMiller, 2014). This global phenomenon is also true in Uzbekistan where female doctoral students' academic success is often hindered by familial responsibilities, with a high portion getting married and becoming mothers during that time. In the Uzbekistan higher education (HE) landscape females account for less than 30% of all doctoral students. In this context, women are not only underrepresented but also take longer to complete their doctoral education and tend to opt out of the Ph.D. programs more frequently than their male counterparts. Of particular concern was the lack of attention given to the experiences of doctoral student mothers in Uzbekistan since it carries profound implications, creating a void in women’s opportunities and hampering Uzbekistan’s economic development. Guided by a postcolonial approach and social-constructivist paradigm, this research integrated matricentric feminist theory, Bourdieusian sociological concepts, and Lave and Wenger’s (1991) Community of Practice theory to better understand the different factors such as societal traditions, socio-cultural expectations, and their gender roles that impact the experiences of Uzbek DSMs in-depth. The preliminary results reveal that the interplay of gender, habitus, and Uzbek religious and cultural norms not only contributes to inequalities but also significantly influences the identity construction of researcher roles, particularly based on gender. For example, the data suggests that gender and family play a significant role in shaping motherscholars’ identity, which was starkly pronounced in cases of those, who were living with parents-in-law, confronting additional layers of familial and societal expectations. The participants experienced various challenges caused by having to balance the multiple roles of a mother and a doctoral student. In particular, a threat to well-being (a high level of emotional stress), and lack of family, institutional and government support were the major ones. Unwritten “hierarchical” rules inherited by the former Soviet Union, scarcity of financial support, institutional strategic policies and a free childcare policy also were key themes. gender-bias patterns were common in the narratives of Uzbek motherscholars, which can be linked to inferior and submissive role of women in the family and social hierarchies. Cultural norms dictated the participants’ interaction with men and women. Lack of spousal support was considered as norm, as the mentality and accepted social rules don’t allow men to help women in households or childcare. Fundamentally, the gendered impact of parenthood and a heavier burden falling specifically on mothers, the doctoral mothers encounter more challenges (Correl et al., 2007; Morgan et al., 2021). These findings further corroborate the policy recommendations given by these 15 doctoral student mothers from Uzbekistan to dismantle systematic barriers they face and promote equitable opportunities for them. Finally, this research offered insights into a historically marginalized and overlooked community - the lived experiences of doctoral student mothers - amplifying their voices. Also, it contributed to a more inclusive and supportive academic environment and generate implications that can inform higher education institutions on how to better support doctoral student mothers in successfully and timely completing their doctoral programs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We have applied a qualitative approach with a hermeneutic phenomenological research design, incorporating innovative visual art-based data collection tools, particularly, the Critical Incident Technique (CIT), Dixit cards and in-depth interviews. These tools enabled the participants to reflect on and share narratives of their lived experiences. This approach allowed to conduct more creative and participant-centered interview techniques, enabling participants to express their own interpretations (Grant & Trenor, 2010; Burnard, 2012). Overall 15 doctoral student mothers from Social Science field, who we were enrolled in PhD program and a mother of small children participated in this study. The data was collected at state universities in Tashkent, the capital city of Uzbekistan. The duration of interviews lasted from 60 to 130 minutes through two rounds. Initially, the participants annotated a winding timeline with their key turning points and significant episodes as a self-repost charting on A4 paper, which helped them to visualise their motherhood and doctoral journeys and reflect upon the discoveries that have marked their paths. Then, the visual/prompt elicitation tool - Dixit cards was used as catalysts to delve into the meta-concepts of participants’ previously shared lived experiences (López-Íñiguez & Burnard, 2022). Fifteen cards from the Dixit board game were presented on a table and the participants were asked to select one card for each question and explain why they selected a particular card. The untold and unexpressed inner thoughts was stimulated through cards, as the participants could choose the relevant cards to their own lived experiences. The semi-structured interviews were conducted on another day that allowed for a deeper exploration and understanding of their lived realities (Bloomberg & Volpe, 2008). The questions asked: Main question: In what ways do Uzbek DSMs navigate motherhood and doctoral identities from periphery to centre? The data was translated from Uzbek into English by the first author. For the coding process, we utilized Saldana’s (2016) approach using NVivo software, which involved multiple cycles of careful coding. The coding process focused on identifying descriptions of concepts and processes guided by the interdisciplinary theoretical framework of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, this study delved into the experiences of both challenging and positive of motherscholars in Uzbekistan, shedding light on the complex intersection of motherhood, kelinhood (bride in husband’s family), academic pursuits and gendered societal expectations. The prevalent gender disparities and a lack of attention given for motherscholars underlined the need for comprehensive policy interventions. Employing a qualitative hermeneutic phenomenological design through innovative visual art-based data collection tools, the study revealed that gender and familial roles significantly influence the identity of motherscholars. In particular, challenges such as emotional stress, inadequate support systems, financial constraints, and gender bias were recurring themes in the narratives, with the burden disproportionately falling on them due to ingrained gender norms. The study also aligns with existing literature on the global challenges faced by mothers in doctoral education, while also unraveling the unique contextual peculiarities in Uzbekistan. These findings not only generate policy implications for doctoral education institutions in Uzbekistan, but also contribute to dismantling systematic barriers and promoting more equitable opportunities for motherscholars. References References Bloomberg, L. D., & Volpe, M. (2008). Presenting methodology and research approach. In L.D. Bloomberg & M. Volpe (Eds.), Completing Your Qualitative Dissertation: A Roadmap from Beginning to End (pp.65-93). Sage Publications.https://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781452226613.n3 Breitenbach, E., Bernstein, J., Ayars, C. L., & Konecny, L. T. (2019). The influence of family on doctoral student success. International Journal of Doctoral Studies, 14, 761-782. https://doi.org/10.28945/4450 Burnard, P. (2012). Rethinking creative teaching and teaching as research: Mapping the critical phases that mark times of change and choosing as learners and teachers of music. Theory Into Practice, 51(3), 167-178. 10.1080/00405841.2012.690312 Catalano, A. J., & Radin, S. T. (2021). Parents pursuing a doctorate of education: A mixed methods examination of how parents manage the roles of student and parent. International Journal of Doctoral Studies, 16, 253-272. https://doi.org/10.28945/4741 CohenMiller, A. S. (2014). The phenomenon of doctoral student motherhood/mothering in academia: Cultural construction, presentation of self, and situated learning. [Doctoral dissertation, The University of Texas]. Correll, S. J., Benard, S., & Paik, I. (2007). Getting a job: Is there a motherhood penalty?. American journal of sociology, 112(5), 1297-1338. Grant, D., & Trenor, J. (2010, June). Use of the critical incident technique for qualitative research in engineering education: An example from a grounded theory study. In 2010 Annual Conference & Exposition (pp. 15-1310). 10.18260/1-2--15712 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge university press. López-Íñiguez, G., & Burnard, P. (2022). Toward a nuanced understanding of musicians’ professional learning pathways: What does critical reflection contribute?. Research Studies in Music Education, 44(1), 127-157. 10.1177/1321103X211025850 Morgan, A. C., Way, S. F., Hoefer, M. J., Larremore, D. B., Galesic, M., & Clauset, A. (2021). The unequal impact of parenthood in academia. Science Advances, 7(9), eabd1996. DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.abd1996 Saldaña, J. (2016). Goodall’s verbal exchange coding: An overview and example. Qualitative Inquiry, 22(1), 36-39. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 H: Vocational Education and Training (VETNET) Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandra Langer Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper From Practice to Praxis: Enacting Practical Hope and Radical Love in Teacher Learning Communities University of Calgary, Canada Presenting Author:Scholarship underscores the pivotal role of teacher training in maintaining standardized education, primarily institutionalized via different sorts of learning communities (i.e., professional development programs materialized via professional learning communities (PLCs), communities of practice (CoPs), action research groups) within schools, arguably to enhance curricular content, instructional practices, and student academic performance (Nawab et al., 2021; Sullivan, 2020). However, in Western-centric contexts, efforts to enhance teacher-learning communities often prioritize reforms, policymaking, and empirical studies aligning with business-sponsored agendas rooted in neoliberal market ideologies (Giroux, 2019; Darling-Hammond et al., 2005). Unfortunately, these initiatives frequently lack meaningful participation from key stakeholders, hindering teachers’ professionalism and critical skills development for transformative education, social justice, and climate change awareness (Giroux, 2021). Against this backdrop, teacher-learning communities are often operationalized as socio-political and historical learning-as-training projects, neglecting the complexities of the educational experience and its axiological commitment to social change (Macedo, 2018). This study builds upon educational experiences in the Americas and Europe, exploring transformative possibilities in teacher-learning communities intersecting with critical pedagogies. It aims to articulate critical pedagogy's conceptualization of practical hope and radical love (Freire, 2005; Goméz, 2015; Agnello, 2016) as community-oriented axiological-educational frameworks sustaining teacher learning communities, referred to as communities of praxis. This exploration may bring forth collectively crafted counternarratives anchored in relational engagements, dialogic encounters, knowledge co-creation, eco-justice ethics, and situated practices (Flecha, 2015). According to Freire (2005), critical educational counternarratives should be grounded in practical hope and radical love. Hope serves as a fundamental aspect of our human condition and educational practice, motivating collective intervention in shaping history. Love provides sustenance for the struggle against historical determinisms, promoting possibility, solidarity, humility, and openness—goals inherent in communities of praxis. Studies addressing practical hope and radical love as educational frameworks are virtually nonexistent (Torres Olave et al., 2023) and even more limited through the lenses of teacher-learning communities. While addressing the research question (How may communities of praxis be enacted in schools?), my study aims to collect data documenting teachers’ dialogic interactions in small-group gatherings as they may co-construct pathways to develop a community of praxis, engaging in transformative experiences and unsettling dominant curricular-pedagogical approaches and sociopolitical-educational practices. The theoretical-conceptual framework guiding this study integrates a critical theory/pedagogy of situated learning-in-practice (Lave, 2019; Freire, 2005), a relational-axiological embodied theory of cognition-knowing (Maturana, 2012) and the pursuit of transformative and emancipatory goals (Carr & Thésée, 2020). Situated learning, as articulated by Lave, embraces the social nature of human existence where knowing is subject to practice as a relational process of constant becoming (identity formation as a continuum) among individuals in communities of practices situated in evolving sociopolitical-educational contexts. Critical pedagogy elaborates further on the nature of situated learning, underscoring the transformative potential of learning-in-place that occurs intertwined with sociopolitical practices in the multiplicity of voices in the world, shaping one's affect, senses, emotions, and emergent subjectivities. Enactivism introduces an embodied theory of cognition-knowing to learning, asserting that cognition arises from bodily experiences within broader psychological and cultural contexts, emphasizing how individuals co-construct knowledge and inner worlds articulating axiological dimensions. Transformative and Emancipatory Education (Carr & Thésée, 2020) advocates for the encounter of multiplicities when building learning communities, offering pathways to challenging systemic barriers through alternative constructs to conventional teacher learning-as-training within Western-centric educational systems. Altogether, these theories comprise a framework for the enaction of communities of praxis that points at practical hope as a sociopolitical-educational transformative project and at radical love as praxis to struggle against educational determinisms while exploring new possibilities in the contemporary landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing from Denzin and Lincoln’s (2018) conceptualizations, inspired by Lévi-Strauss (1968), Kincheloe and Berry’s (2004) Rigour and Complexity, and Tobin and Steinberg's (2015) Doing Educational Research, this study proposes an Action Research-oriented (AR) bricolage design. Bricolage is an emancipatory research construct, a dynamic orientation to address the complexity of human worlds and experiences, where the bricoleur—someone who looks through the lenses of the bricolage— “moves back and forth between theories and practices” to construct context-based research paths, diverging from the predetermined “procedures of traditional monological research” (Kincheloe & Berry, 2004, p. 107). The overarching emerging design of my bricolage attempts to blur boundaries between disciplinary borders—rejecting reductionism—and instead encourages the interaction of diverse theories, techniques, and knowledges to study the educational phenomenon and construct richer and more nuanced interpretations of its complexity, in this case, regarding teacher learning communities. Through the lenses of bricolage, AR may take advantage of a multiplicity of research constructs to allow the emergence of methodological inventiveness, participants’ agency, multilogical interpretations, community-oriented emancipatory goals, sociopolitical-educational advocacy, activism, and intervention (Kincheloe & Berry, 2004; Cohen et al., 2018). By embracing the multiperspectival rigour of bricolage, the complexity of the phenomenon of interest is approached not only through the specific lenses of AR but also from the crystallization of other orientations. For the scope of this study and based on my experience with qualitative research, such research orientations include phenomenological hermeneutics, ethnographies, narrative inquiry, historiography, and creative-based methods, leaving space for considering other available ‘tools’ that may befit the unfolding complexity of the research phenomenon under study (Berry, 2015). From such a methodological repertoire, interviews—particularly unstructured walking interviews with teachers—alongside journals, photovoice, participant observation, and art-based artifacts have proved the most beneficial methods for fostering critical dialogues and collecting thick data, asserting participants’ agency while triggering awareness-raising processes. Additionally, discourse and content analysis provide systematic and rigorous ways to deepen narrative analysis and connect teachers’ lived experiences to institutional (con)texts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In delving into a qualitative research exploration with teachers, this paper anticipates multifaceted outcomes that extend beyond traditional academic boundaries. The primary objective lies in the embodiment and articulation of a comprehensive research framework, grounded in the theoretical-conceptual underpinnings of bricolage. By envisioning the possibilities of communities of praxis, the research seeks to advance the scholarship of bricolage within the realm of educational research. Targeted towards scholars with interests in qualitative research, critical pedagogy, the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL), teachers-as-researchers, action research (AR), decolonial education, place-based education, and multi-modal research approaches, this research aspires to contribute significantly to the theoretical and methodological foundations of these fields. Intertwining practice and theory through autoethnographic elements, expected outcomes may also engage a broader audience beyond academia, offering insights that resonate with practitioners keen on advancing critical educational approaches within their everyday contexts. By bridging the gap between scholarly discourse and practical application, the research endeavours to empower and inspire educators to enact transformative sociopolitical-educational learning communities in their schools. The study aims to present findings not merely as empirical results but as valuable learning-teachable experiences gained in the field while conducting bricolage-research. In doing so, it outlines practical approaches to co-develop teacher communities of praxis within educational institutions, fostering a collective ethos of shared learning and collaboration. A pivotal focus of this research lies in elucidating the methodological rigour of bricolage. It explores the researcher's role as an educational bricoleur, weaving together experiences with teachers-as-co-researchers. References Agnello, M. F. (2016). Enactivating Radical Love: Joe L. Kincheloe’s 10 Precepts of Teachers as Researchers. International Journal of Critical Pedagogy, 7(3), 67–78. Berry, K. (2015). Research as bricolage: Embracing relationality, multiplicity and complexity. In: Tobin S, Steinberg S (eds) Doing Educational Research, second edition. Rotterdam, Boston, Taipei: Sense Publishers, p.79–110. Carr, P., & Thésée, G. (2020). Social theories. In S. Steinberg, D. Barry, & J. Robinson (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Critical Pedagogies, pp. 67 – 74. SAGE Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education 8th Ed. Routledge Darling-Hammond, L., Holtzman, D. J., Gatlin, S. J., & Heilig, J. V. (2005). Does teacher preparation matter? Evidence about teacher certification, Teach for America, and teacher effectiveness. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 42, 13. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. Flecha, R. (2015). SPRINGER BRIEFS IN EDUCATION Successful Educational Actions for Inclusion and Social Cohesion in Europe. Springer. Freire, P. (2005). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (30th Anniversary Ed). Continuum Giroux, H. A. (2019). Neoliberalism and the weaponising of language and education. Race and Class, 61(1), 26–45. Giroux, H. A. (2021). Race, Politics, and Pandemic Pedagogy: Education in a Time of Crisis. Bloomsbury Publishing Plc Gómez, J. (2015). Radical love. A revolution for the 21st century. Peter Lang. Kincheloe, J., & Berry, K. (2004). Rigour and complexity in educational research. Open University Press. Lave, J. (2019). Learning and Everyday Life: Access, Participation, and Changing Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/9781108616416 Lévi-Strauss, C. (1968). The savage mind. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Macedo, D. (2018). Literacies of Power: What Americans Are Not Allowed to Know. Routledge Maturana, H. (2012). Reflections on my collaboration with Francisco Varela. Constructivist Foundations, 7(3), 155–164 Nawab, A., Bissaker, K., & Datoo, A. K. (2021). Contemporary trends in professional development of teachers: importance of recognising the context. International Journal of Educational Management, 35(6), 1176–1190. Sullivan, F. (2020). Critical pedagogy and teacher professional development for online and blended learning: the equity imperative in the shift to digital. Education Tech Research Dev 69, pp. 21-24. Springer Tobin K., & Steinberg, S. (2015). Doing Educational Research, 2nd edition. Rotterdam, Boston, Taipei: Sense Publishers Torres Olave, B., Tolbert, S. & Frausto Aceves, A. Reflecting on Freire: a praxis of radical love and critical hope for science education. Cult Stud of Sci Educ 18, 1–20 (2023). 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Italian Teachers’ Current Perception of Professional Enhancement, Career and Teachers’ Evaluation Free University of Bozen, Italy Presenting Author:Recent decades have shown the progressive loss of social recognition of the teaching profession (Ianes, et al., 2019; Paletta, 2020; OECD, 2023). Argentin (2018), deepening what has already been highlighted by Colombo (2017), has demonstrated how teaching can be considered a "quasi-profession" as it contains only some of the elements that caracterize occupations considered “true” professions. Moreover, in the Italian case, we are faced, on the one hand, with a totally "flat" career (Eurydice, 2021) and on the other hand with the persistence of a real "taboo" on teacher evaluation (Guerrini, 2018). These aspects, to which are added the phenomena of high feminization and ageing of the teaching staff, represent a major challenge for schools and society (Gavosto, 2022). Many studies and researches have addressed these issues but, according to the literature review conducted so far, none have systematically investigated the point of view of those directly involved. And it is precisely this gap that we aim to bridge by answering two research questions: what is the “sentiment” of Italian teachers with respect to career, valorisation and evaluation? Under what conditions would it be possible to introduce a teacher evaluation/appraisal system in Italy as well? The research hypothesis is that there is a growing interest and openness on the part of teachers to valorisation and evaluation. However it is a process to be built according to a 'bottom-up' logic and not a 'top-down' one as hitherto (Romei, 2000). Even though, Hattie (2016) states that having more and more inspired and passionate teachers could improve learning, this cannot be realised solely by relying on ideal and/or vocational elements, but also on structural-organisational, legal-economic aspects and prospects for real professional development and careers. First at all, in order to answer the research questions, a critical review of the literature was performed through reading and analysing about one hundred texts of various types (monographs, articles, degree-master-doctorate theses, conference proceedings, national and international surveys, regulatory provisions). They are mainly in Italian (but also in English as regards the international surveys carried out by organisations such as Eurydice and OECD), published since 2000 (the year in which school autonomy was officially introduced – Presidential Decree 275/99). A specific consideration and evaluation was paid to all those passages presenting information and data on the opinions of Italian teachers concerning research topics; This was accomplished by setting the advanced search filters with at least one of the key words and concepts such as: Career - Valuing - Evaluation - Professional development - Social and economic recognition. As no work or research was found that gives an up-to-date, complete and rigorous representation of the issues being researched, it is necessary to supplement the research project with an experimental part using the tools of the interview, questionnaire and focus group. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions and to test the research hypothesis, a qualitative-quantitative research design was chosen. The quantitative methodology envisages the administration of an online questionnaire to a sample of 400 teachers representative of the identified population (about 22,500 tenured teachers of Lombardy middle-schools). In addition to a first part referring to socio-personal and contextual data, the questionnaire includes questions with multiple closed answers with a Likert scale set with values from 1 to 6. However, the item 'Other' is provided for in order to guarantee greater flexibility of the instrument. A pre-test is planned to validate the questionnaire (especially for the latent constructs) and introduce necessary corrections. In the data processing phase, we will use comparative trend analysis together with cross-tabulation (in order to filter the results). The analysis will mainly consist of a restitution of the data in graphical or tabular form, to highlight the distribution of the different characteristics of the sample according to the various dimensions considered. To prepare the questionnaire items, a panel of experts (scholars, representatives of professional associations, Ministry officials) will be consulted through semi-structured interviews. This introduces the qualitative part according to an explanatory research design. The semi-structured interview method was chosen because it is the closest to the aims of the survey. On the one hand, in fact, we wanted to avoid directive conducting methods that could, if not distort, at least influence the results; on the other hand, it was decided not to use completely open and free forms so as not to run the risk of a dispersion that would make the information gathered scarcely usable. Interviews will be conducted primarily in person, with audio recording and transcription. Whether this is not possible, for practical-logistical reasons or for other needs of the interested people, the online mode will be applied, with simultaneous video recording and subsequent transcription. Content analysis will be used to study the data collected. Lastly, in order to analyse the issues proposed in the questionnaire, three focus groups will be constituted at different Institutes in Lombardy identified on the basis of geographical, socio-economic-cultural criteria. Data collection will take place through observation, notes and audio-recording. The analysis of data and information will be conducted at two levels: - content-informative (to classify and synthesise the information obtained); - relational (to describe the dynamics that have developed and the ways in which collective opinions are formed and expressed). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The involvement of a Panel of experts by means of semi-structured interviews, the administration of the questionnaire to a representative sample of the reference population (made up of tenured teachers of middle schools in Lombardy, equal to about 22,500 units) and the activation of some in-depth focus groups aim to: • Obtain as snapshot (as reliable and accurate as possible) of the opinions, ideas, expectations and concerns that state secondary school teachers have with regard to the assessment, valorisation, and recognition of their professional activity and career development prospects • Understand which aspects the teachers interviewed perceive as facilitating or hindering a possible professional development and enhancement system; • Provide guidance to policy-makers and the Ministry officials regarding the possible introduction of a career and evaluation model for teachers. References •Argentin, G. (2018). Gli insegnanti nella scuola italiana. Ricerche e prospettive di intervento. Il Mulino. •Cavalli, A. & Argentin, G. (2010). Gli insegnanti italiani: come cambia il modo di fare scuola. Terza indagine dell’Istituto IARD sulle condizioni di vita e di lavoro nella scuola italiana. Il Mulino. •Colombo, M. (2017). Gli insegnanti in Italia. Radiografia di una professione. Vita e Pensiero. •Commissione europea/EACEA/Eurydice (2021). Insegnanti in Europa: carriera, sviluppo professionale e benessere. Rapporto Eurydice. •Gavosto, A. (2022). La scuola bloccata. Laterza. •Guerrini, V. (2018). Valutazione e autovalutazione degli insegnanti. Riflessioni per promuovere processi di professionalizzazione in un’ottica life long learning, Lifelong Lifewide Learning. https://doi.org/10.19241/lll.v14i31.116 •Hattie, J. (2016). Apprendimento visibile, insegnamento efficace. Erickson. •Ianes, D., Cramerotti, S., Biancato, L., Demo, H. (2019). Il manuale dell’expert teacher. Erickson. •OECD – Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (2023), Education at a Glance: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. •Paletta, A. (2020). Dirigenza scolastica e middle management. Distribuire la leadership per migliorare l'efficacia della scuola. Bononia University Press. •Pellegrini, M. & Vivanet, G. (2018). Sintesi di ricerca in educazione. Basi teoriche e metodologiche. Carrocci Editore. •Romei, P. (2000). Autonomia e progettualità. La scuola come laboratorio di gestione della complessità sociale. La Nuova Italia. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Training in the Big Pond – Reference-group Effects of Vocational Education and Training (VET) Contexts on Adolescents’ Educational Aspirations 1Federal Institute for Vocational Education and Training, Germany; 2Tuebingen University, Germany; 3ROA, Maastricht University, Netherlands Presenting Author:Reference-group effects are well-established within educational psychology. According to the Big-Fish-Little-Pond-Effect (BFPLE) achievement-based school/class composition influences individuals’ academic self-evaluation. Controlling for individual achievement, higher group achievement is related to lower individual academic self-concept and vice versa (Fang et al., 2018). Recently, efforts have been made to link the BFLPE to a variety of educational and occupational outcomes and to establish the long-term nature of these effects. Researchers found negative effects of average school achievement on educational/occupational aspirations (Nagengast & Marsh, 2012; Yuan & Olivos, 2023), expectations and attainment (Göllner et al., 2018; Marsh et al., 2023). In some studies, these effects have been found to persist multiple years after measuring group achievement (Göllner et al., 2018, Marsh, 1991; Marsh et al., 2023). However, research on the longevity of these effects remains scarce: Specifically, we only know of one study that examined the long-term BFLPE on aspirations (Marsh, 1991). As aspirations have been shown to be a relevant precursor of attainment, increasing adolescents’ aspirations can have a significant positive effect on their life trajectories (Schoon & Polek, 2011). Hence, the first aim of our study is to analyse the effect of group achievement in secondary school on educational aspirations during tertiary education, i.e. two/four years later. We decided to focus on a sample of students who start vocational education and training (VET) after school. VET students can profit strongly from an increase in their educational aspirations, as they are – compared to higher education graduates – disadvantaged in the labour market (Protsch & Solga, 2016). Based on these considerations, we derive the following hypothesis: H1: Holding constant for individual achievement, school average achievement in secondary school negatively affects students’ educational aspirations during VET. Apart from that, examining a sample of VET students enables us to analyse how different reference-groups work together a) simultaneously and b) over time. While researchers acknowledge that in the school setting multiple reference-groups (e.g. classes and schools) influence educational outcomes simultaneously (Jansen et al., 2022; Yuan & Olivos, 2023; Zell & Alicke, 2009), it is unclear if this holds also true for the VET context. In the German VET system, students spend time in two separate learning contexts: VET classrooms and training firms. We suggest that both constitute relevant reference-groups. Therefore, the second aim of our study is to examine the BFLPE on educational aspirations in VET classes and training firms simultaneously. We assume the BFLPE to be stronger in VET classrooms than training firms due to the standardised nature of the school setting (Jansen et al., 2022). H2: When controlling for individual achievement, a) VET classroom group achievement and b) VET firm group achievement negatively influence educational aspirations during VET. H3: The BFLPE in the VET classroom is stronger than the BFLPE in the training firm. H4: The BFLPEs in secondary school remains after adding BFLPEs in the VET classroom and the training firm. H5: The BFLPEs in a) the VET classrooms and b) the training firm are stronger than the BFLPE in secondary school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used data from Starting Cohort 3 of the National Educational Panel Study (NEPS-SC3, Blossfeld & Roßbach, 2019), specifically a subsample of adolescents who are in VET during waves 9 and/or 11 (N = 1715). These time points were chosen, as they provide data on achievement in VET schools/training firms as well as on educational aspirations. To measure achievement in the VET context, we use self-reports about VET students’ individual achievement in VET classrooms/training firms relative to their peers’ achievement in these contexts. These indicators enable us to examine the mechanisms behind the BFLPE: Previous research shows that the effects of individual and group achievement are driven mainly by such self-evaluations of one’s achievement position within the reference-group (Huguet et al., 2009; Wang & Bergin, 2017). Using these variables, BFLPEs are indicated by a positive effect sign. Educational aspirations during VET were coded dichotomously, indicating whether or not students aspire to complete higher education in their life. To measure the BFLPE in secondary school, we used data on group and individual achievement. We worked with weighted likelihood estimates (WLE) of a mathematics competency test conducted in grade 9. We calculated group achievement by averaging all individual scores over schools. This procedure is in line with previous BFLPE studies (Fleischmann et al., 2021). Furthermore, we included items for educational aspirations in grade 9, sex, age, socioeconomic status (individual and school average), wave (9 vs. 11) and migration background as covariates in the analyses; academic self-concept measures as well as educational aspirations in grade 9 were used to conduct robustness checks. We filled in missing information with multiply imputed data. To be able to calculate average school achievement and average school socioeconomic status, we conducted multiple imputation with a larger sample consisting of all students in the relevant secondary schools. After the calculation of school averages, we reduced the sample again to N = 1715 VET students. We calculated generalised linear mixed models with individuals at level 1 and schools at level 2. Models were built in a stepwise manner, starting with intercept-only models, then adding covariates and predictors separately. All models are random-intercept models and were calculated using R. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Empirical support was found for hypotheses H2a, H3, H4 and H5a. We found when individual achievement relative to group achievement in the VET classroom – but not the training firm – is higher, the chance of aspiring higher education during VET is larger. These results are not only in line with the BFLPE but also show that VET classrooms might constitute more relevant frames of reference than training firms. Surprisingly, the effect of group achievement in secondary school on educational aspirations yields opposite results (H1), suggesting that higher group achievement leads to higher aspirations. In additional analyses we examined the effect of secondary school group achievement on educational aspirations and academic self-concept in grade 9. Negative effects were found on academic self-concept and positive effects were found on aspirations. In sum, these results suggest that the effect of secondary school group achievement might differ between outcome variables. A positive effect on educational aspirations (in secondary school and VET classrooms) hints at the so-called basking-in-the-reflected-glory-of-others-effect (BIRGE), which is another well-established reference-group effect in educational psychology. However, previous research has shown that the BIRGE is usually smaller than the BFLPE and can be extracted by controlling for group social status (which we did; Göllner et al., 2018; Marsh et al., 2023). Hence, further analyses need to shed light on these contradictions. Apart from that it remains unclear why secondary school and VET classroom effects have opposite directions. One explanation would be a self-report bias of the VET classroom measure. Another reason might be the comparison of secondary schools and VET classrooms, two different frames of reference. We aim to do further exploratory analyses to gain insight into these open questions. All in all, our study reveals the complex nature of reference-group effects over time and in contexts that include multiple learning environments. References Blossfeld, H.-P., & Roßbach, H.-G. (Eds.). (2019). Education as a lifelong process: The German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS). Edition ZfE (2. Aufl.). Springer VS. Fang, J., Huang, X., Zhang, M., Huang, F., Li, Z., & Yuan, Q. (2018). The big-fish-little-pond effect on academic self-concept: A meta-analysis. Frontiers in Psychology, 9(AUG), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2018.01569 Fleischmann, M., Becker, D., Weßling, K., Nagengast, B., & Trautwein, U. (n.d.). Living in the big pond: Adding the neighborhood as a frame-of-reference for academic self-concept Formation. https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/tnjra Göllner, R., Damian, Rodica Ioana, Nagengast, B., Roberts, B. W., & Trautwein, U. (2018). It’s not only who you are but who you are with: High School composition and individuals’ attainment over the life course. Psychological Science, 29(11), 1785 –1796. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797618794454 Huguet, P., Dumas, F., Marsh, H., Régner, I., Wheeler, L., Suls, J., Seaton, M., & Nezlek, J. (2009). Clarifying the role of social comparison in the Big-Fish-Little-Pond Effect (BFLPE): An integrative study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 97(1), 156–170. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0015558 Jansen, M., Boda, Z., & Lorenz, G. (2022). Social comparison effects on academic self-concepts —Which peers matter most? Developmental Psychology, 58(8), 1541–1556. https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0001368 Marsh, H. W., Pekrun, R., Dicke, T., Guo, J., Parker, P. D., & Basarkod, G. (2023). Disentangling the Long-Term Compositional Effects of School-Average Achievement and SES: a Substantive-Methodological Synergy. In Educational Psychology Review (Vol. 35, Issue 3). Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09726-4 Nagengast, B., & Marsh, H. W. (2012). Big fish in little ponds aspire more: Mediation and cross-cultural generalizability of school-average ability effects on self-concept and career aspirations in science. Journal of Educational Psychology, 104(4), 1033–1053. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0027697 Protsch, P., & Solga, H. (2016). The social stratification of the German VET system. Journal of Education and Work, 29(6), 637–661. Schoon, I., & Polek, E. (2011). Teenage career aspirations and adult career attainment: The role of gender, social background and general cognitive ability. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 35(3), 210–217. https://doi.org/10.1177/0165025411398183 Wang, Z., & Bergin, D. A. (2017). Perceived relative standing and the big-fish-little-pond effect in 59 countries and regions: Analysis of TIMSS 2011 data. Learning and Individual Differences, 57(April), 141–156. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2017.04.003 Yuan, X., & Olivos, F. (2023). Conformity or contrast? Simultaneous effect of grademates and classmates on students’ educational aspirations. Social Science Research, 114(June). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssresearch.2023.102908 Zell, E., & Alicke, M. D. (2009). Contextual neglect, self-evaluation, and the frog-pond effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 97(3), 467–482. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Career Change Through Education - A Grounded Theory Study LAB UAS, Finland Presenting Author:What kind of process is career change? This study examines career changing in the Finnish context because it is interesting from a research point of view. Finland has a national strategy of lifelong learning and free education for all which makes it an interesting case for three reasons. First, with the help of Finnish case, we can study this phenomenon from a perspective that is not suppressed by extensive market forces but leaves more room for adults’ choices. Second, studying is flexible during all stages of life. Consequently, In Finland, career choices and the transition to adult education and training can be made at any stage of the career. The phenomenon of career change has been studied in the context of changing working life, but not from adult choices perspective. Career change here is defined as movement to a different job that is not part of a current career path. This study specially focuses to the voluntary turnover and vocational change. In their integrated career change model, Rhodes & Doering (1983) present the determinants of job satisfaction and dissatisfaction, which lead to career change. Experiencing dissatisfaction in one’s current job influences one’s thoughts about changing jobs or careers (Carless & Arnup 2010), and it also increases the intention to search for a new career (Rhodes & Doering 1983). There is a positive correlation between satisfaction with work and satisfaction with areas of personal life outside work (Martel & Dupuis 2006). A career change is undertaken because there is an expectation that various aspects of work life will improve after this change. Hess, Jepsen, & Dries (2012) argue that for specific career concerns to be translated into career change intentions, there must be a certain degree of self-perceived ability and opportunity to make those changes (Hess et al. 2012). The individual characteristics of career changers, such as openness to experience and general self-efficacy (Carless & Arnup 2010), are also considered explanatory career-change factors. In other words, self-efficacy is a belief in one’s ability to perform across a variety of situations (Chen, Gully & Eden 2004). It is conceivable that a career is changed because of the variating needs of the working life, but also in pursuit of employee’s own wishes. Work standards change as working life changes, atypical and precarious work becomes more typical. Developments like this has led to need for constant retraining as people engage in learning trajectories (training, work, employment etc.) throughout the life course. (Glastra et al. 2004.) Illeris (2003) claims, that adults must constantly re-engage with education and training, and those who do not, risk social and economic marginalization (Illeris 2003). Also, previous studies of Giddens (1990) and Scanlon (2008) have shown that all situations and individuals have horizons of possibility. That is, there are always limitations on the degree to which individuals can remake themselves through the process of change. From a sociological point of view, Giddens (1990) calls the process by which adults make recurring transitions as ‘self-authoring’. The key, of the self-authoring is reflexivity where individuals consider their biographies now and in the future. They make career choices, which are based on an analysis of their life circumstances, competences, and work-life requirements. In his theory of perspective transformation, Mezirow (1991) states that adults make intentional movements to resolve grievances in their lives. They are reflective and think things through critically and ponder things from different perspectives. Moreover, they evaluate the validity of the current view of meaning and examine the validity of other perspectives. Mezirow (1991) defines that meaning perspective is the frame within which meaning making takes place. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In line with the Grounded Theory methodology approach, this study began by collecting data. The open interview method (Creswell 2014; Glaser 1978, 1992) was applied. Interview data were collected without strictly elaborated research questions. The interviews present experiential events that follow one another. In social encounters with the researcher, people told stories with their own words (Fludernik 1996). Data was analyzed by following systematic coding protocol of the Grounded Theory methodology. After analysis, results are presented as categories and subcategories. Also, under each subcategory properties are presented which clarify the subcategories. Instead of describing the results as such, the aim is to conceptualize what has been found. The concepts continue to guide the theoretical discussion. According to Glaser (1978), the Grounded Theory is a methodology that allows a thorough clarification of the phenomenon because it is based on research data. Grounded Theory emphasizes behavior and seeks patterns of behavior, with the goal of conceptualizing human behavior. It is an open approach into unexpected research data, like social encounters can be. Over time, several variations have been developed in the Grounded Theory. This study, however, follows the classical Grounded Theory orientation of Glaser (1978), because of its openness and discipline. Although the method is systematic, it gives space to emergent properties, and researcher’s creativity, especially when discovering new insights into the phenomenon based on collected data. Little research has been done about the career changers’ authentic experiences. The classical Grounded Theory was considered as a suitable method to conceptualize career-change processes based on the social encounters with career changers and openly interviewed data. The Grounded Theory methodology is based on coding and comparing the identified incidents in peoples’ life stories to discover patterns in their life-course (Glaser, 1978). The goal of the analysis was to generate an emergent set of codes and categories, which relate to their properties which fit, work and are relevant for integrating them into an emerging theory (Glaser, 1978). The properties were collated together followed by comparing and grouping them (selective coding) into specific categories. In the analysis, the following categories emerged: elements that trigger career-change; adult choices after vocational education and training; and implementing a career-change as part of life change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Career-change does not cause discontinuity between person’s original and current career. On the contrary, several acquired vocations expand the career opportunities and existing capacity. They also increase the opportunities to consolidate the position in the labor market. In addition to employment opportunities, personal skills expand and can be used in new ways in acquired vocations, and after a career change there is an opportunity to continue working either in the previous job or in a new vocation. Particularly, certain characteristics of work are highly valued, such as experiencing meaningfulness at work, self-guidance at work and the opportunity to make independent decisions in work tasks. In conclusion the results of this study show, that when making career choices, adults firstly experience uncertainty about his or her abilities, secondly measure the permanence of areas of interest, thirdly assess the current and long-term potential of alternative vocations. Eventually, adults will do their best to find the most suitable job to building their own life. Self-authored career-change is about seeking a suitable and meaningful work, making independent choices, and re-orienting career and life. Besides, the impact of the change on the future is critically assessed as life is expected to change with it. Career-change is a multifactorial process that is difficult to fit directly from one stage to another. This study shows that one’s personal life situation must be suitable to support career change. Family, social relationships, financial security, and an awareness of the option of changing careers influenced career change. Moreover, parallel changes in life were crucial triggering elements in the process. Career-change is also the response to the need for change caused by the conflict between work and other life. Above all, a changing career can be viewed as part of a life change. References Carless, S. A. & Arnup, J. L. (2010). ‘A longitudinal study of the determinants and outcomes of career change.’ Journal of Vocational Behavior, 78(2011), 80–91. DOI:10.1016/j.jvb.2010.09.002 Chen, G., Gully, S. & Eden, D. (2004). ‘General self-efficacy and self-esteem: Toward theoretical and empirical distinction between correlated self-evaluations.’ Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 375–395. DOI:10.1002/job.251 Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. London: SAGE Publications. Fludernik, M. (1996). Towards a ‘natural’ narratology. London: Routledge. DOI:10.1515/jlse.1996.25.2.97 Giddens, A. (1990). The consequences of modernity. Cambridge: Polity. Glaser, B. G. (1978). Theoretical sensitivity: Advances in the methodology of grounded theory. Mill Valley, CA: University of California. Glaser, B. G. (1992). Basics of grounded theory analysis: Emergence vs forcing. Mill Valley, CA: Sociology Press. Glastra, F., Hake, B. & Schedler, P. (2004). Lifelong learning as transitional learning. Adult Education Quarterly 54, no. 4: 291_307. Hess, N., Jepsen, D. M. & Dries, N. (2012). ‘Career and employer change in the age of the ‘boundaryless’ career.’ Journal of Vocational Behavior, 81(2), 280–288. DOI:10.1016/j.jvb.2011.10.009 Illeris, K. (2003). Adult education as experienced by learners. International Journal of Lifelong Education 22, no. 1: 13-23 Martel, J.-P. & Dupuis, G. (2006). “Quality of work life: Theoretical and methodological problems, and presentation of a new model and measuring instrument.” Social Indicators Research, 77(2), 333–368. DOI:10.1007/s11205-004-5368-4 Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Rhodes, S. R. & Doering, M. (1983). ‘An integrated model of career change.’ The Academy of Management Review, 8(4), 631–639. DOI:10.2307/258264 Scanlon, L. (2008) Adults’ motives for returning to study: the role of self-authoring, Studies in Continuing Education, 30:1, 17-32. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 I: Organizational Education Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Joe O'Hara Session Chair: Ella Grigoleit Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Contributions and Possible Influences of Industrial Education on Current Vocational Education Policy in Portugal CIIE, Porto University, Portugal Presenting Author:Vocational schools in Portugal began their activities in 1989, but other forms of education influenced the impact of the creation of the current configuration to varying degrees. According to Martinho (2006), industrial education made it possible to rethink the education system in Portugal, firstly to bring the country into line with European educational standards and then to enable it to train staff who were essential to an industrial society with an impact on economic development. The industrial schools fulfilled the mission of training technical staff for the industries, also enabling the qualification of some young people who, for economic reasons, had to access the labour market without long academic training. Despite these advantages, they experienced the contradiction of being a less prestigious form of education than high school, which is why, after 25 April 1974, they were challenged and reconfigured (Alves, 2000; Pascoal, 2002; Afecto, 2022). Considering the latest study carried out by Costa, Leite & Monteiro (2023), one of the findings revealed that industrial education had a major influence on the creation of vocational schools, but in a more inclusive, better distributed, and less discriminatory way (Azevedo, 2008). Based on this background, the aim of this research is to understand the contributions that industrial education advocated and transferred to the current vocational education policy and the possible influences that this modality had during the molding of the policy to create vocational schools (Portugal, 1989). The study also aims to investigate other aspects from a historical point of view, namely issues related to the negative social image commonly associated with vocational education, and whether it has its origins in industrial schools. The main theoretical references mobilized for the study arise, as previously highlighted, from the very nature of the problem, the objectives and research questions, as well as the researcher's own epistemological positioning. The context of the investigation, in this case professional schools (PE) and vocational education in other educational institutions, was based on texts by Azevedo (2008; 2017), Doroftei (2020) and Barbosa (2023), which allowed justifying the interest of the study and understand the locus of the research as well as guide the possible theoretical framework. The analysis of this research is based on the perspective of the Whole School Approach (WSA), we use the Reference Framework of Skills for Democratic Culture, volume 3, published by the European Council (2018c), Alves & Varela (2012), Dewey (1976, 1997), Freire (1987), Rosvall & Nylund (2022) and Branco (2014). The theoretical framework defined for the analysis in the study also draws on the conceptual framework of Young (2010) and Baker et al. (2009) on issues of equality, including equity in access to education, considering this as “indispensable for the full exercise of capabilities, choices and freedoms in an information age” and for the “exercise of global citizenship”. The challenge stands out as equal access to educational paths (Lappalainen, Nylund, & Rosvall, 2019), maintenance in these respective paths and possibilities of continuity in the next path (job market; higher education; others). To what refer to Social Justice, the framework mobilises the concepts of Fraser (2002), as it links two dimensions of the social order, the dimension of distribution and the dimension of recognition, a situation reaffirmed by Sampaio & Leite (2016) when refer to teaching and learning in their democratic dimension, with the challenge being fair distribution. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In methodological terms, the research design is configured as a case study of a descriptive and interpretative nature (Yin, 2018). To answer the research questions of the present study, we will use a documentary analysis and an exploratory interview. The literature review carried out within the general scope of the doctoral program allowed us to improve the theoretical framework and specify the main areas to explore and helped us identify the main influences of Industrial Education for the current configuration of current vocational education in the Portuguese context. Among the documents analysed are the archives of Portuguese industrial schools, however, the main source of information were archives of industrial schools that are available for public consultation, in this case the northern region of the country. The procedure was complemented with an exploratory interview with a privileged interlocutor. The research was carried out from February to December 2023. The theoretical framework served as a basis for both the design of the research instruments and the analysis of the data collected. The approach used in this study allowed, in general, the identification of contributions and trends of industrial education in current vocational education. The data was analysed using NVivo software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study are expected to broaden the discussion in the academic community about vocational education, identifying the “baggage” that passed from industrial education to vocational education in Portugal. It is also intended to bring to the debate different points of view regarding the “success” and sustainability of the current policy, giving special focus to issues related to social resistance which, according to Doroftei (2020), remains in educational ecosystems. Considering that the study is ongoing, we highlight the following preliminary results: from a positive point of view, industrial education enabled technological inclusion (currently digital inclusion); the modernization and adaptation of buildings with updated equipment and resources; encouraged the use of spaces dedicated to the acquisition of knowledge (schools) to disseminate skills that went beyond theory (practical component); enabled coordination between schools and local businesses; set a precedent for the recognition of several professions that are currently present in Portugal's National Qualifications Catalogue (CNQ). From a negative point of view: we highlight the fact that Industrial Schools were created only to professionalise, depriving these students of the possibility of pursuing higher education studies, leaving them linked only to operational activities; the majority of industrial education students came from lower social classes, namely males; the courses were mostly exclusive to men and contained sexist terms such as “need for physical strength” in their requirements; exclusively technical and practical curricula; the articulation of companies and factories with industrial schools was focused on profit through the “free” training of qualified labour; lack of subjects for the development of psychosocial skills in the common curriculum; concern with governmental status within European frameworks and not with students' personal development and community involvement/empowerment. References Afecto, Maria Carlota Pontes (2022). O contributo das Escolas Industriais no desenvolvimento regional: Um estudo de caso. Dissertação de Mestrado. Escola de Engenharia da Universidade do Minho. https://repositorium.sdum.uminho.pt/bitstream/1822/83349/1/Disserta%C3%A7%C3%A3o_Carlota%20Afecto.pdf Alves, Luís Alberto Marques (2000). O arranque do ensino industrial no Porto (1884-1910). Revista da Faculdade de Letras, História, 3, v. 1, 67-81. Azevedo, Joaquim (2018). Relançar o ensino profissional, trinta anos depois. ELO 25 - Revista do Centro de Formação Francisco de Holanda, 25, 125-141. http://hdl.handle.net/10400.14/25674 Costa, Richelme, Leite, Carlinda, & Monteiro, Angélica. (2023). Ensino profissional em Portugal: motivações e desafios da conceção à atualidade. E-book IV Seminário Internacional CAFTE / XIV EIFORPECS, Porto (no prelo). Doroftei, Alexandra (2020). Cursos de aprendizagem e equidade no campo educativo: um estudo sobre representações, reconhecimento e imagem social do ensino profissionalizante de jovens em Portugal. Tese de Doutoramento. Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação da Universidade do Porto. https://repositorio-aberto.up.pt/bitstream/10216/127812/2/407228.pdf Lappalainen, Sirpa, Mattias Nylund, and Per-Åke Rosvall. 2019. Imagining Societies through Discourses on Educational Equality. European Educational Research Journal, 18 (3), 335–354. doi:10.1177/1474904118814140 Martinho, António Manuel Matoso (2006). A criação do ensino industrial em Portugal. Máthesis, 15, 53-81. Pascoal, Augusto (2002). Evolução do ensino profissionalizante: alguns contributos. OBSERVARE - Janus, 2002, 1-7. https://repositorio.ual.pt/handle/11144/1821 Rosvall, Per-Åke & Nylund, Mattia (2022). Civic education in VET: concepts for a professional language in VET teaching and VET teacher education. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, may, 2022. DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2075436 Portugal. (1989). Decreto-Lei n.º 26/1989, de 21 de janeiro - Cria Escolas e Cursos Profissionais. Diário da República, 1.ª série - n.º 18. Ministério da Educação. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Generic Skills in Relation to Final-Stage Undergraduate Students’ Socioeconomic Background 1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Theoretical framework. Generic skills have attracted widespread interest in research. They have been conceptualized and operationalized in various ways, however, in this study generic skills are understood as a broad set of higher-order thinking skills such as communication, problem-solving, and critical thinking skills needed by citizens of 21st century in all professional fields (Tuononen et al., 2022). In the higher education context, generic skills have been considered as central skills for students, for example, in terms of success in both studies and working life after graduation (e.g., Tuononen et al., 2019). It has also been noted that generic skills are brought up as one of the key learning goals in various policy documents regarding higher education (Strijbos et al., 2015; Tuononen et al., 2022). Thus, assessment of higher education students’ generic skills has been increasingly emphasized internationally, for example by such organizations as the OECD (see e.g., Van Damme, 2022). In summary, it can be stated that alongside domain-specific skills higher education is expected to produce universally needed generic skills for its students. Despite the above, several studies have found that there is remarkable variation in higher education students’ generic skills (e.g., Evens et al., 2013; Hyytinen, 2015; Ursin et al., 2021). The socioeconomic background of students has been found to be one of the factors explaining this variation among first-year undergraduate students (Kleemola et al., 2022). From the point of view of educational (in)equality, it is worth considering if socioeconomic background is reflected in learning outcomes, such as generic skills, even in higher education. However, there is still relatively little information on the topic at the level of higher education, especially regarding students at the final stage of their undergraduate studies. Previous studies on the generic skills of higher education students have often focused on first-year students (e.g., Evens et al., 2013; Kleemola, 2023; van der Zanden et al., 2019). Additionally, more research is needed on the extent to which socioeconomic background is associated with the generic skills of students in different higher education sectors. In the Finnish context, previous research has, for example, shown that there are differences in the mastery of generic skills between students from universities and universities of applied sciences (UASs). This can partly be explained by the different educational and socioeconomic backgrounds of the students representing these two higher education sectors (Ursin et al., 2021). Objectives. Since the assumption and universal goal is that students achieve certain generic skills in higher education, it is important to investigate in more detail which factors explain the variation of generic skills between the individual students. The aim of this study is to explore associations of Finnish final-stage undergraduate students’ generic skills with their socioeconomic background. In particular, the study aims to examine the extent to which socioeconomic factors explain the differences in generic skills between students from two higher education sectors. In this study, we focus on specific three generic skills that students are expected to learn during their higher education studies: analysis and problem-solving (i.e., the ability to utilize, analyze, and evaluate the information provided and the ability to reach a conclusion), writing effectiveness (i.e., the ability to elaborate and to provide arguments that are well-constructed and logical), and writing mechanics (i.e., the ability to produce a well-structured text). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Context In 2024, the Finnish higher education system consists of 24 universities of applied sciences and 14 universities. They differ in their basic tasks so that universities are focused on conducting scientific research and providing research-based education, while universities of applied sciences in turn provide practical education that aims to meet the needs of working life and regional development. In the Finnish education system, it is possible to enter higher education through several different routes, either through general upper secondary education or vocational upper secondary education. Instrument In this study a performance-based assessment called Collegiate Learning Assessment (CLA+) International was used to measure higher education students’ generic skills. The CLA+ is an US-based test instrument that consists of an open-ended performance task (PT), a section of selected-response questions (SRQs), and a background information survey which includes, among other things, questions regarding students’ socioeconomic background (Zahner et al., 2022). The CLA+ measures especially higher education students’ analysis and problem-solving, argumentation, and written communication skills. Both the PT and SRQs were based on different source materials which the students were required to utilize in solving the tasks and to support their responses. Such performance-based assessments as the CLA+ International enable evidence-based way to capture students’ real skills compared to, for example, self-assessments through which information can only be obtained indirectly (Tuononen et al., 2022). The instrument was translated and adapted into Finnish and Swedish which are the two official languages of Finland. International Test Commission’s (ITC) guidelines for translating and adapting test instruments were followed throughout the adaptation process (see Ursin et al., 2021, 2022). Participants, data collection, and analysis The participants (n = 800) were final-stage Bachelor-level (third year) students from eleven universities and seven UASs in Finland. The data were collected between 2019 and 2020 as a part of a larger national research project (see Ursin et al., 2021). Testing was administered online, and a single test session lasted about for two hours in total. The participants were asked for a written consent to participate in the study. Participation was voluntary. In this study, the scores received by the participating students from the CLA+ and self-reported information about socioeconomic background (parental education and the number of books at childhood home) will be used as variables in the analysis. Structural equation models (SEM) will be applied in examining the associations between students’ generic skills and indicators of socioeconomic background. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Since the research is still in progress, only the expected results can be discussed here. Based on previous studies (e.g., Kleemola et al., 2022; Ursin et al., 2021), it is assumed that associations will be detected between higher education students’ generic skills and their socioeconomic background. This study aims to estimate magnitude of these associations as well as the role which different indicators of socioeconomic background play in explaining variation in generic skills between students. In addition to factors related to socioeconomic background, the effect of students’ prior education needs to be examined (see Kleemola et al., 2022). The results will be discussed in more detail from the perspectives of educational equality and higher education pedagogy. This study invites careful consideration how Finnish higher education could contribute to reducing socioeconomic disparities in generic skills. The need for longitudinal research to examine the associations between socioeconomic background and the development of generic skills will also be discussed. References Evens, M., Verburgh, A., & Elen, J. (2013). Critical thinking in college freshmen: The impact of secondary and higher education. International Journal of Higher Education, 2(3), 139–151. http://dx.doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v2n3p139 Hyytinen, H. (2015). Looking beyond the obvious : Theoretical, empirical and methodological insights into critical thinking [Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki]. University of Helsinki, Institute of Behavioural Sciences, Studies in Educational Sciences 260. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-0308-6 Kleemola, K. (2023). Variation in novice students’ critical thinking and argumentation : Transition to higher education is not a level playing field [Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki]. Helsinki Studies in Education, number 159. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-8941-7 Kleemola, K., Hyytinen, H., & Toom, A. (2022). Critical thinking and writing in transition to higher education in Finland: do prior academic performance and socioeconomic background matter? European Journal of Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2022.2075417 Strijbos, J., Engels, N., & Struyven, K. (2015). Criteria and standards of generic competences at bachelor degree level: A review study. Educational Research Review, 14, 18–32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.01.001 Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Kleemola, K., Hailikari, T., Männikkö, I., & Toom, A. (2022). Systematic review of learning generic skills in higher education – Enhancing and impeding factors. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.885917 Tuononen, T., Parpala, A., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2019). Graduates’ evaluations of usefulness of university education, and early career success – a longitudinal study of the transition to working life. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(4), 581–595. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1524000 Ursin, J., Hyytinen, H., & Silvennoinen, K. (Eds.). (2021). Assessment of undergraduate students' generic skills in Finland : Findings of the Kappas! project. Publications of the Ministry of Education and Culture 2021:31. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-263-901-1 Ursin, J., Hyytinen, H., Silvennoinen, K., & Toom. A. (2022). Linguistic, contextual, and experiential equivalence issues in the adaptation of a performance-based assessment of generic skills in higher education. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.885825 Van Damme, D. (2022). Do higher education students acquire the skills that matter? In D. Van Damme, & D. Zahner (Eds.), Does higher education teach students to think critically? (pp. 18–38). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a44c9bad-en van der Zanden, P., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A., & Meijer, P. (2019). Patterns of success: first-year student success in multiple domains. Studies in Higher Education, 44(11), 2081–2095. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2018.1493097 Zahner, D., Dawber, T., & Rotholz, K. (2022). The Collegiate Learning Assessment – a performance-based assessment of generic skills. In D. Van Damme, & D. Zahner (Eds.), Does higher education teach students to think critically? (pp. 39–60). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org./10.1787/6c58ae81-en 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Redefining Internationalization: Reflections on the Transformation of Academic Work at Public Universities in Uzbekistan The University of Edinburgh, the UK Presenting Author:Research in higher education (HE) has become a centre of attention for the creation of new knowledge and its dissemination as well as for its effectiveness for higher education institutions (HEIs) and contribution to societal progress (Altbach, 2013). Nevertheless, in the modern world research development is seen as a complex and multifaceted process. It requires comprehensive understanding of globalisation and internationalization trends, geopolitical circumstances, national and organisational conditions including individual aspects and cultural contexts when policymakers are involved in adopting specific reforms and making transformations in HE. It is especially important for developing countries in which universities are seen traditionally as places of teaching, training, and service (Altbach, 2009). Yet with increasing competition among HEIs globally and regionalally, the emphasis on integrating research development and knowledge production at universities intensified. In the context of Uzbekistan, national research policies play an instrumental role in shaping the research landscape of the country because HEIs are centrally controlled by the government (Ruziev & Burkhanov, 2018). Yet, over the years the HE sector witnessed the erosion of physical infrastructure and human capital because of decades of neglect and underinvestment after the country gained independence in 1991 (Ruziev & Mamasolieva, 2022). Driven by a common belief that economic growth is highly influenced by a nation’s ability to compete in the global knowledge economy (Lane, 2012), the government of Uzbekistan also started to develop research capacity of HEIs and make investments in research infrastructure with an ambitious plan of establishing an education hub in Central Asia by 2030 and creating the foundation for so-called ‘‘The Third Renaissance Initiative’’ (President Decree No. 5847, 2019). In view of these developments, this research study focuses on the government’s initiatives since 2017, a turning point in the liberalization of many sectors, including HE. These initiatives aim to enhance research productivity, stimulate innovation, and drive economic growth within the country and encourage university academics in their pursuit of research engagement and raising research productivity. This research project aims to examine the effects of internationalization efforts in Uzbekistan, specifically regarding how academics produce research. The objective is to investigate various internationalization initiatives such as the introduction of research metrics and global rankings, international collaboration, academic mobility, and international publication, and how they influence the research landscape and orientation of HE in Uzbekistan. An important aspect of this study involves the changing boundaries of the academic work and profession in response to national research policies, including influences from the Soviet era, Western norms, and nation-building on academic practices. By exploring these aspects, the research aims to identify any shifts and tensions within the current academic environment, highlighting the challenges that need addressing to enhance research engagement at universities. Using a qualitative research method, this study aims to gain insights into changes and continuities experienced by academics in Uzbekistan. The research addresses three main questions: 1) What are the main international trends observed in the higher education sector? 2) How are these internationalization agendas translated and adapted to the context of the strong Soviet legacy and current geopolitical tensions? 3) How do Uzbek academics experience the changing research landscape and what strategies do they adopt in planning and conducting their research and publications? The study will utilize the sociology of quantification and Stephen Ball's (2004) performativity to expand understanding of changes and continuities in the current academic environment and to gain insights into how the quantification of performance (control by numbers) impact the behavior and practices of academics. The theoretical framework will aid in comprehending how internationalization trends are contextualized to accommodate the Soviet legacy and understand the mechanisms through which these changes occur. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research study utilizes a qualitative method to examine how academics participate in research endeavors in accordance with national research policies. The study involves in-depth semi-structured interviews (LeCompte & Preissle, 1993; ) mainly with academic staff as well as vice-rectors and/or deans for scientific and internationalization affairs (as data triangulation) to gain insights into how the Soviet legacy and internationalization efforts shape the research environment and transform the academic work of university staff. The sampling strategy for this study involves two steps: the selection of HEIs as research sites, and the selection of faculty members from the selected universities. The study uses a purposive sampling technique to select the HEIs. Specifically, the primary pool of HEIs consists of those recognized as 'public universities' by the government. This focus is justified by the fact that 'public universities' are research-oriented and have a broader specialization in various fields. The universities are chosen based on several criteria, including their research-intensive nature, their status as flagship or research universities, their diverse range of specializations (social sciences, natural sciences, humanities), and their establishment during the Soviet period. The participants are recruited from the faculty members of four selected institutions located in two regions applying purposive (maximum variation strategy) and snowball sampling. Purposive sampling enables researchers to carefully select cases based on their judgement of typicality (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2017), while snowball sampling facilitates to access additional participants who meet the inclusion criteria through referrals (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2017). The maximum variation strategy of purposive sampling involves diverse cases in order to include various types across one or more dimensions in the research (Johnson & Christensen, 2019). Considering different backgrounds of academics, the study aims for variation in terms of gender, age, education background, academic discipline (humanities and social sciences), and institutional rank. This allows for a more comprehensive understanding of the challenges and tensions faced by academics across diverse contexts. The interviews are conducted with 36 academic and administrative staff working at selected public universities. The study utilizes coding techniques (in the English language) to analyze the transcribed (in the Uzbek language) material employing the NVIVO software. The codes will then be organized into categories, enabling the development of new themes or the reinforcement of existing ones based on the inductive data (Miles and Huberman, 1994). Finally, the themes will be developed based on the interview questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, this research project aims to contribute to academic literature by extensively examining internationalization efforts in HE and the transformations of academic work in Uzbekistan. It provides a qualitative understanding of how Uzbek academics experience changing landscape and the strategies they adopt in planning and conducting their research and highlights the challenges that need to be addressed to enhance research engagement at universities in Uzbekistan. It also sheds light on topics related to quantification, performativity, and academic work that were previously little known or understudied in Uzbekistan. In terms of wider extent of knowledge, the study advances our understanding of higher education in Central Asia, an understudied region of the world that is strategically and geopolitically significant and at the nexus of influences from Europe, China, and Russia. Finally, the study provides valuable insights into how internationalization goals have shaped the current state of higher education in Central Asia as well as in Eastern Europe (the regions which share similar histories) to inform future policy decisions. References Altbach, P. G. (2009). Peripheries and centers: Research universities in developing countries. Asia Pacific Education Review, 10, 15-27. Altbach, P. G. (2013). Advancing the national and global knowledge economy: The role of research universities in developing countries. Studies in Higher Education, 38(3), 316-330. Ball, S. (2004). Performativities and fabrications in the education economy: Towards the performative society. In The performing school (pp. 210-226). Routledge. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2017). Research methods in education. Routledge. Johnson, R. B., & Christensen, L. (2019). Educational research: Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches. Sage publications. Lane, J. E. (2012). Higher education and economic competitiveness. In J. E. Lane & D. B. Johnstone (Eds.), Colleges and universities as economic drivers: Measuring higher education’s role in economic development (pp. 1–30). Albany: State University of New York Press. LeCompte, M. D., Preissle, J., & Tesch, R. (1993). Ethnography and qualitative design in educational research. Academic Press. Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. President Decree of the Republic of Uzbekistan No. 5847. (2019, October 8). On approval of the Concept of developing Higher Education system by 2030. https://lex.uz/docs/-4545884 Ruziev, K., & Burkhanov, U. (2018). Uzbekistan: Higher education reforms and the changing landscape since independence. In 25 Years of Transformations of Higher Education Systems in Post-Soviet Countries: Reform and Continuity, 435-459. Ruziev, K., & Mamasolieva, M. (2022). Building University Research Capacity in Uzbekistan. In Building Research Capacity at Universities (pp. 285-303). Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 J: Inclusive Education Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Vafa Gasimova Session Chair: Fiona Hallett Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Implementation of Inclusion of Children with Disabilities in Cyprus: Reasonable Accommodation and the Provision of Assistant to Children with Disabilities University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This paper concerns the research results related to a case study about the implementation of inclusion of children with disabilities in Cyprus, with a focus on the issue of reasonable accommodations and specifically the provision of assistant to children with disabilities. The research under study was qualitative and for the collection of data two interviews were carried out. The participants were the mother of a child with cerebral palsy, quadriplegia and hearing loss and the child's assistant and interpreter of sign language. The aim of the research was to clarify how parents of disabled children and their assistants define and make sense of the procedures followed in the local educational system, concerning the issue of reasonable accommodation for their children. Moreover, another aim was to clarify their opinions on how these procedures affect students with disabilities and what impact they may have on their lives. The research was held within the framework of the PhD Course EPA542: "Special and Inclusive Education in Cyprus", under the supervision of Dr. Maria Iacovou, during Winter Semester 2022, at the University of Cyprus. It is still an undergoing research and it will evolve to include other parents and assistants as participants. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative methodology was used and semi-structured interviews were used as the methodological tool for the collection of data (Hobbs & May, 1993; Maxwell, 2005; Charalambous, 2011). After the necessary literature review, participants were identified purposively, through acquaintances. For the purposes of triangulation and cross-checking of the research data and for greater reliability (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2008), two interviews were conducted with people related to the case study, Mrs Yioula Pitsiali, who is the mother of a child with cerebral palsy, quadriplegia and hearing loss of Nicolas Markantonis and Mr Constantinos Malekkidis, who is his school assistant and interpreter of sign language from 2015 until today. It’s useful and significant to clarify that Nicolas is now studying at the University of Cyprus and has been granted all the reasonable accommodations. For the interviews, an Interview Guide and an Informed Consent Form were prepared for them to sign. They did not wish for pseudonyms to be used, as they are activists concerning the rights of people with disabilities and they are quite well known in the local community of Cyprus - especially Mrs Pitsiali. The research question was «how do the procedures followed in the Cypriot educational system - based on the Education and Training of Children with Special Needs Law of 1999 (L.113(I)/1999) - affect students with disabilities and what impact do they have on the lives of people with disabilities, according to the participants». After the interviews, transcripts were made, the data were coded and conclusions were drawn. The results that emerged from the analysis are separated in four main categories, namely: the process of hiring assistants - as well as their qualifications and duties, the role of parents, the role of the assistant and the impact on students with disabilities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Undoubtedly, results highlight the complex and contentious nature of the procedures followed for the recruitment of assistants of children with disabilities. As a result, there is a negative impact on the lives of these children. The procedures and decisions made by the local Ministry of Education, seem to be in the wrong direction, since the implementation of inclusion does not seem to be their underlying philosophy. Indeed, according to relevant literature, the exclusion of children with disabilities is a consequence of a set of decisions (Slee, 2011). In the case of Nicolas, the consequences could have been detrimental, if it was not for the struggles of the mother and the assistant, who took up an activistic role. It is a fact that the case of Nicolas is an example which indicates that every child can succeed when there is a supportive environment around them. It is essentially concerned with the transformation of the school and the educational system itself so that it becomes capable of responding to diversity (Pieridou & Phtiaka, 2011), not about parents and assistants struggling to remove the barriers set up by the educational system itself. Moreover, it is clear that there is an absence of a clearly defined role for assistants (Iacovou, 2022), however in some cases they indeed seem to perform an important pedagogical role for more genuine inclusive practices to be implemented for children with disabilities. It follows that the least that can be done is to educate them on the significance of their role, namely as catalysts of inclusion and not as separators walls (Phtiaka, 2008). It is clear that the results of this research also demonstrate the necessity of further investigation of the subject under study, as well as the definite need to restructure educational system (Phtiaka, 2008). References Charalambous, C. (2011) Unpublished Course Paper EPA 682 "Qualitative Research in Education". Winter Semester 2011. University of Cyprus. Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2008) Educational Research Methodology, Athens: Metaichmio Publications. Hobs, D., & May, T. (1993) Interpreting the Field: Accounts of Ethnography, Oxford: Charendon Press. Iacovou, M. (2022) Meeting 4th: [Powerpoint slides]. EPA542: Special & Inclusive Education in Cyprus. Retrieved from University of Cyprus Blackboard: https://blackboard.ucy.ac.cy/webapps/portal/execute/tabs/tabAction?tab_tab_group_id=_10_1 L.113(I)/1999. The Education and Training of Children with Special Needs Law. Available on the website: https://www.moec.gov.cy/en/pdf/special_education_law_113(I)_1999.pdf (24.01.24). Maxwell, A. J. (2005) Qualitative Research Design. An Interactive Approach, United Kingdom: Sage Publications. Phtiaka, E. (2008) Stop by for a coffee: family and school relations at the edge of diversity, Athens: Taxideutis. Pieridou, M. & Phtiaka, E. (2011) The inclusion of children with disabilities in primary schools in Cyprus: Quality Education for all? In Proceedings from the Conference: Social Justice and Participation: the role of Higher Education, November 25-27, 2011. Nicosia (Ed. Mavrou K, & Lambrianou, I.). Slee, R. (2011) The irregular school. Exclusion, schooling and inclusive education, London: Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teacher Agency as Enabler of Inclusive Education in Nepal Inland Norway University of Applied Science, Norway Presenting Author:The Presentation titled “Teacher agency as enabler of inclusive education in Nepal” is based on the study which aims at exploring how teacher agency has been shaped and contributing as enabler of inclusive education in resource scarce environment. In order to investigate aspects of inclusive teacher agency, the model developed by (Pantić & Florian, 2015) and elaborated by (Li & Ruppar, 2021) will be used. Inclusive teacher identity, Professional competence, Inclusive professional philosophy, Autonomy and Reflexivity will frame the aspects of inclusive teacher agency. To look into factors shaping teachers agency, the ecological model incorporated by Priestley et al. (2016) will be used. Iterational, Practical-evaluative and Projective elements will provide a theoretical framework to investigate what has shaped teacher agency in mainstream school. This study will look into which envisions frames inclusive education among teachers so they can provide opportunities to students with disabilities in nearby mainstream schools. Placing this study in Nepal, the study aims to expand teacher agency shaped in a given cultural context to challenge ableism in education and to create anti ableist pedagogies(Nieminen & Pesonen, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Eight qualitative interviews of teachers from four mainstream schools of Nepal using semi structured interviews for data acquisition. Participants will be selected purposively focusing on teachers who have positive experience on teaching students with disabilities. The experience of the teachers having disability themselves will be included in the study. Research participants will be from two urban and two rural mainstream schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Key learnings from this study are: a) Insight into how deep cultural elements, societal context, personal factors and stake holders’ expectation shape the teacher agency which enables them to provide positive learning experiences towards students with disabilities. b) how teachers extend their role beyond classroom pedagogy to collaborate with parents and other stake holders. c) the role of responsibility and accountability experienced by the teachers to actively engage the inclusion of children with disability in the mainstream schools. d) Teachers’ role from advocate to counselor and good collaborator in the process of inclusion in school and society as well. The last part of this study will look into if these positive, innovative, teachers are contributing to the co-creation of the inclusive pedagogy within the classroom, or if limited sharing and collaboration is the reality in Nepali schools. References Li, L., & Ruppar, A. (2021). Conceptualizing teacher agency for inclusive education: A systematic and international review. Teacher Education and Special Education, 44(1), 42-59. Nieminen, J. H., & Pesonen, H. V. (2022). Politicising inclusive learning environments: how to foster belonging and challenge ableism? Higher Education Research & Development, 41(6), 2020-2033. Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 27311. Priestley, M., Biesta, G.J.J. & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. London: Bloomsbury Academic |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 K: Professional Learning and Development Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The challenges of public schools in Portugal: An epistemological approach to the Student and Teacher Profile in the 21st Century Lusofona University, Portugal Presenting Author:
This study is part of a PhD program on teachers’ professional role on curriculum change, in Portugal, since the Law-Decree n.º55/2018 (Ministério da Educação, 2018), and the implemented new goals for education, following the OECD (2019), UNESCO (2021), and European Union guidelines for the XXI century education. This research is an epistemological approach, focused on the development of a new agenda for education. Today’s education goals are scored through key-competences, that students must learn until de end of compulsory school age (Ministério da Educação, 2017), measured by international systems for assessment: as PISA and TIMSS (Schleicher, 2018; Robertson, 2022; Teodoro, 2022), and other evidence-based assessment strategies (Biesta, 2017). Teachers are called to be agents of these change (OECD, 2019), but at same time, they also must follow prescriptive methods to teach (Priestley et al. 2015). They also must have competences to deliver this new educational paradigm, acting as instructors on a learning competence, where what counts is social-economic and technological future for the XXI century (Biesta, 2022; Robertson, 2022). Biesta (2017; 2022) and Giroux (2022) argue that the perception of teacher as instructors, following orders, doesn’t leave space for critical action. Education assumes a submiss role, working to satisfy society needs, and the will of consumerism: with students as consumers of the product of a fast-food education that, according with Biesta (2022), is based on a “learnification”, in which teachers don’t do what education should do: bring new knowledge to students. As Biesta & Säfström (2023) and Giroux (2022) write, this concept of education goes against what is democratic public systems, subverting what Dewey (2018) said it should be the relationship between education and society: a bilateral relationship, instead of what it is now. Unilateral, with education taking orders from society, assuming students as objects (of assessment) instead of subjects, that have to learn to be in the world (Biesta, 2022). OECD (2005) understands teachers as an important agent to fulfill the anticipator project for the future of education. Bandura´s (1997) definition for agency is an act of someone that produces an effect in society. Priestley et al. (2015) developed the Ecological Model for Teacher Agency in which they state that there are three dimensions interrelated dimensions in teacher agency: the present conditions and the past experiences influence teachers’ perceptions for their action and what they see education in the future. Teachers are important actors in education, as Freire’s (1997) argues. They must have the autonomy to decide what’s best for their student’s knowledge growth, they must flourish their student critical consciousness (Freire, 2021). The purpose of this study is to contribute for the development of the public democratic education, grounded on social justice values, where students are allowed to develop their comprehension of the world and themselves. Where school act on behalf of the purpose for what is grounded as a public institution, and teachers have an important role. This study is focused on a critical analysis of the Portuguese curricular documents from the period of 2017 to 2023, analysis of the epistemological principles subjacent of this curricular change (Ministério da Educação, 2017; 2018a; 2018b), what do they understand as the student’s profile to be developed by teachers, to respond to this new professionals demands (Giroux, 2004), it´s relation with the Essential Learnings (Ministério da Educação, 2017), what should be the teachers profile for the school and students education success. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is an epistemological approach, focused on a critical analysis of Portuguese actual system practices between the period 2017 to 2023, and its background is international educational reference documents (OECD, 2019; UNESCO, 2021), through Biesta´s World-Centred Education approach, for the promotion of a democratic, humanist school, focused on bringing knowledge to students. The methodology comes from an epistemological paradigm, socio-critic from Habermas (Cohen et al. 2018), that reflects on the OECD anticipatory political ideology, for the economical and sustainable development. The object of the study is characterized by its subjectivity analyzed according with Biesta paradigm with the purpose of educate, and school social role, the purpose of education, what is the human being relation with the world. The study also has a qualitative research basis, focused on a sociocritical and transformative paradigm (Coutinho, 2018), supported by the critical theory of Biesta (2022), through a solid literature review, to reflect on anticipatory policies from international organizations for education (OECD and UNESCO), and the Portuguese policy documents referenced before, that will be critically analyzed through Biesta´s (2022) approach, Freire´s (1997; 2021) autonomy and critical consciousness perception, and Priestley et al., (2015) teacher agency ecological model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The result of the literature review will contribute to ground the theory for empirical research to build the script for the interviews schedule for the following part of the research with actors from the political, teachers, and researchers from the education field. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-Efficacy: The exercise of control. W. H. Freeman and Company. Biesta, G. (2017). The Future of Teacher Education: Evidence, Competence or Wisdom? In M. Peters, B. Cowie, & I. Menter (Eds.), A Companion to Research in Teacher Education (pp. 435–454). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-4075-7 Biesta, Gert. (2022). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003098331 Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.). Routledge. Pereira Coutinho, C. (2018). Metodologia de Investigação em Ciências Sociais e Humanas: Teoria e Prática. Almedina. Dewey, John (2018). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. Myers Education Press. Freire, Paulo. (1997). Autonomia: Saberes Necessários à Prática Educativa. Paz e Terra. Freire, P. (2023). Education for critical consciousness. (3a) Bloomsbury. Giroux, H. A. (2004). Cultural Studies, Public Pedagogy, and the Responsability of Intellectuals. Communication and Critical/Cultural Studies, 1(1), 59–79. https://doi.org/10.1080/1479142042000180935 Giroux, H. (2020). On Critical Pedagogy (2a). Bloomsbury. Hossaye, J. (2015) Le triangle pédagogique: Les différentes facettes de la pédagogie (Pédagogies références) ESF Editeur. Ministério da Educação. (2017a). Perfil dos Alunos à Saída da Escolaridade Obrigatória. https://dge.mec.pt/sites/default/files/Curriculo/Projeto_Autonomia_e_Flexibilidade/perfil_dos_alunos.pdf Ministério da Educação. (2017b). Despacho n.o 5907/2017. Diário Da República , 2a série(128), 13881–13890. http://www.dge.mec.pt/sites/default/files/Curriculo/Projeto_Autonomia_e_Flexibilidade/despacho_5908_2017.pdf Ministério da Educação. (2018). Decreto-Lei n.o55/2018. Diário Da Républica, 1a série, 2928–2943. https://dre.pt/dre/legislacao-consolidada/decreto-lei/2018-115645941 OECD. (2005). Teachers Matter: Attracting, Developing and Retaining Effective Teachers. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/34990905.pdf OCDE. (2019). Well-being 2030 Action OECD. Future of Education and Skills 2030: A series of concept notes. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/learning-compass-2030/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_Concept_Note_Series.pdf Prange, K. (2004). What kind of teachers does the schools need?: The relationship between profession, method, and teacher ethos. European Education, 36(1), 71–84. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2004.11042351 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach (1a). Bloomsbury. Unesco. (2021). Reimagining our Futures Together : a New Social Contract For Education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381 Robertson, S. L. (2022). Guardians of the Future: International Organizations, Anticipatory Governance and Education. Global Society, 36(2), 188–205. https://doi.org/10.1080/13600826.2021.2021151 Säfström, C. A., & Biesta, G. (2023). Introduction: The publicness of education. In The new publicness of education; democratic possibilities after the critique of neo-liberalism (1st ed., pp. 1–7). Routledge. Schleicher, A. (2018). World Class: How to build a 21st-century School System. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/world-class-9789264300002-en.html Teodoro, A. (2022). PISA and the limitations and risks of an OECD global governance program. Revista Lusofona de Educacao, 56(56), 45–64. https://doi.org/10.24140/issn.1645-7250.rle56.04 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring the Practice and Challenges of PLCs in Professional Development for Middle Leaders University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The position and role of middle leaders (MLs) in educational institutions has attracted attention from researchers, policymakers, and practitioners worldwide, as they have been proven to have the potential to make strategic contributions to institutions (Bryant, 2019). Considering that MLs occupy critical positions providing important linkages upwards, across and downwards (Grootenboer, 2018), capacity building and professional development for MLs (PD for MLs) has become an emerging research direction. Existing research shows that PD opportunities and the effective experience of MLs in practice are limited (Bassett, 2016; Bassett & Shaw, 2018). Previous research highlighted that PD for MLs prioritises practical on-the-job experience over formal leadership training (Lillejord & Børte, 2019; Lipscombe et al., 2021). Bryant (2019) also confirmed that MLs build capacity by developing professional networks and establishing partnerships with NGOs, consultants, and other universities. In other words, collaboration and interaction are effective ways to realise PD for MLs. The concept of professional learning communities (PLCs) comes from learning organisation (Senge, 1990) and community of practice theories (Wenger, 1998). As defined by Stoll et al. (2006), PLCs are the manner in which a group of people conduct an ongoing, reflective, collaborative, inclusive, learning-oriented, growth-promoting event to share and critically interrogate their practice. Although empirical evidence from different contexts has different manifestations and interpretations of PLCs, a consensus has been reached in the academic research field around the five characteristics of PLCs, involving shared values and vision; collaborative activities; reflective professional inquiry and dialogue; collective responsibility for student learning; de-privatised practice (Stoll et al., 2006; Vescio et al., 2008). The aforementioned characteristics have been widely recognised and used in different educational contexts. However, it should be noted that such existing studies focus on the role of PLCs in teacher professional development, while research that connects PLCs with the professional development for institutional members other than teachers, such as MLs, is limited. In China, research that connects PLCs and PD for MLs is limited. In the few existing studies, MLs along with principals have been discussed in depth as vital factors affecting the PLCs and teacher professional development (Tang et al., 2023; Zhang et al., 2022; Bryant et al., 2020). Indeed, informal learning and PLCs have great potential in realising PD for MLs (Lillejord and Børte, 2019; Lipscombe et al., 2021). In this context, this study attempts to investigate PLCs’ practices in PD for MLs based on the Chinese context, which can enrich international educators’ understanding of the match or fit between the development of PLCs and their social culture (Stoll et al., 2006). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study reports on a qualitative phenomenological study of 4 Chinese higher vocational colleges (CHVCs) in Shandong Province, involving two stages. In the first stage of the study, the researcher collected and screened policy texts issued by the central and Shandong provincial governments as well as institutional texts of sample colleges to quickly grasp the attitudes and initiatives of authoritative agencies and colleges towards PD for MLs and PLCs. In the second stage, the researcher further qualitatively examined the learning experiences of MLs in PLCs, using a snowball sampling strategy to identify 15 eligible MLs to complete two rounds of semi-structured interviews. The design of the interview outline was completed under the guidance of the basic situation mastered in the previous stage. During the interview process, the interview content and field notes were fully recorded. For confidentiality, pseudonyms are used for all interviewees. All data for this study were collected and transcribed in Chinese, and then the grounded theory coding method was used as the data analysis method (Charmaz, 2014). The researchers re-read policy texts, interview transcripts, and field notes and used Nvivo to assist with data storage and analysis. During the initial coding phase, the researcher identified a series of procedural and descriptive codes (Saldaña, 2021). This stage aims to restore the real experience of MLs participating in PLCs. The researcher then re-recorded, analysed and reviewed the first round of coding and raw data, which were then combined to form emerging categories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research findings reveal that two types of PLCs that play a vital role in PD for MLs, traditional PLCs with well-articulated structure and position-based PLCs. A variety of well-structured PLCs provide MLs with formal learning opportunities across boundaries. Learning opportunities here focus on the teaching role and expert status of MLs. As collaboration and learning platforms, although the foundation and scope of PLCs are different, their purpose involves strengthening members’ capabilities. Through top-down promotion and regulation, collaborative activities in PLCs gradually achieve institutional development. This study emphasises that the dilemmas faced by traditional PLCs in PD for MLs include role deviation, content disconnection, and controlled operation. In addition, there is a type of bottom-up PLCs in the Chinese hierarchical context to support PD for MLs, which can be conceptualised in terms of shared vision for institutional governance and development, collective endeavours and responsibility for institutional development, collaborative and mutual professional activities, de-privatised exchange of experiences, reflective deliberations and explorations. This study specifically proposes that this type of PLCs has the MLs-driven and position-based nature of PLCs and exist outside the bureaucratic structure in educational institutions. Such PLCs are proven to hold promise in areas wherein traditional contrived communities have fallen short, particularly when maintaining an equilibrium between bureaucratic learning mandates and authentic learning needs for routine work. In addition, this study also identified potential barriers to the development of position-based PLCs involving institutional leadership, structural and cultural conditions. By explaining the practices and effects of PLCs in PD for MLs, this study aims to investigate the characteristics of PLCs in different contexts and scenarios, which assumes major significance in both centralised and devolved systems. It adds to the growing knowledge base about PLCs and also informs international educators who are interested in promoting PLCs practices. References Bassett, M. (2016). The role of middle leaders in New Zealand secondary schools: Expectations and challenges. Waikato Journal of Education, 21(1). Bassett, M., & Shaw, N. (2018). Building the confidence of first-time middle leaders in New Zealand primary schools. International Journal of Educational Management, 32(5), 749-760. Bryant, D. A. (2019). Conditions that support middle leaders’ work in organisational and system leadership: Hong Kong case studies. School Leadership & Management, 39(5), 415-433. Bryant, D. A., Wong, Y. L., & Adames, A. (2020). How middle leaders support in-service teachers’ on-site professional learning. International journal of educational research, 100, 101530. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. sage. Grootenboer, P. (2018). The practices of school middle leadership. Springer. Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2019). Middle leaders and the teaching profession: building intelligent accountability from within. Journal of Educational Change, 21(1), 83-107. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2021). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. The coding manual for qualitative researchers, 1-440. Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional Learning Communities: A Review of the Literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221-258. Tang, J., Bryant, D. A., & Walker, A. D. (2023). In search of the middle influence: how middle leaders support teachers’ professional learning. Educational Research, 65(4), 444-461. Vescio, V., Ross, D., & Adams, A. (2008). A review of research on the impact of professional learning communities on teaching practice and student learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(1), 80-91. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning as a social system. Systems thinker, 9(5), 2-3. Zhang, X., Wong, J. L., & Wang, X. (2022). How do the leadership strategies of middle leaders affect teachers’ learning in schools? A case study from China. Professional Development in Education, 48(3), 444-461. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 L: Health and Wellbeing Education Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Voices from the Classroom: Exploring Adolescent and Teacher Perspectives on Factors Shaping Positive Teacher-Student Relationships 1The University of Western Australia, Australia; 2University of Tasmania, Australia Presenting Author:Background Adolescents' experiences in the classroom significantly influence their development, with teacher-student relationship (TSR) quality playing a pivotal role in psychological, behavioural, and academic outcomes(1, 2). However, much of the research and almost all TSR interventions focus on early childhood settings, despite the fact that adolescents are at greater risk of experiencing poor quality TSRs(3, 4). Throughout adolescence, many students experience additional stress and vulnerability, which may have a negative impact on mental wellbeing and academic achievement, as well as increased risk of school disengagement(5). Alarmingly, adolescents are experiencing heightened rates of mental illness and suicidality, with post-COVID-19 estimates surpassing pre-pandemic levels worldwide(6, 7). Emerging evidence has suggested that positive TSRs are an important protective factor and a promising intervention target to improve outcomes for adolescents with adverse childhood experiences(8). In light of the increasing rates of adolescent mental illness, it is more imperative than ever to understand how to improve the quality of TSRs as a vital protective factor. The value of cultivating positive relationships in the classroom is undeniable, the uncertainty lies in how these relationships are developed and maintained in practice. Evidenced-based practices that are designed to support and guide teachers in forming these relationships are extremely limited. Theoretical Framework Traditionally, the landscape of TSR research has found its roots in Attachment Theory. This foundational understanding underscores the pivotal role played by early childhood interactions with adult attachment figures in shaping children's attachment styles—an indispensable element in their social and emotional development (9). However, as children transition to adolescence, the significance of early attachments may diminish, making way for other contextual factors, for example peer relationships (4). A shift in perspective to Self-Determination Theory (SDT) reveals TSRs' potential to enhance student outcomes by addressing innate needs—competency, autonomy, and relatedness (10). Given the complex nature of psychological phenomena, research on TSRs must incorporate diverse theoretical approaches. Central to both attachment and self-determination theoretical frameworks is the indispensable role of emotional connection and support between teachers and students. Within this conceptual amalgamation, Developmental Systems Theory (DST) emerges as a comprehensive framework for understanding the interplay of various factors influencing the emotional connection between teachers and students, subsequently shaping relationship quality (4). As such, this study proposes DST as an organisational framework in unravelling the nuanced dynamics of TSRs, emphasising three primary components: characteristics of individuals within the relationships, patterns of interaction between teachers and students, and external influences. The current Study This study aimed to compare adolescent and teacher perceptions on the facilitators and barriers to developing and maintaining positive teacher-student relationships. Employing an exploratory qualitative inquiry through interviews with both teachers and adolescents, the research delved into their perspectives to fill a crucial void, as previous studies have often neglected the valuable input of students. The overarching goal was to construct a robust framework, rooted in developmental systems theory, exploring the various interconnected factors impacting TSR quality to guide interventions and empower educators in enhancing the quality of these relationships. While the qualitative nature limits generalisability, this study's international implications address universally relevant education issues. The exploration of TSRs, particularly during adolescence, may impact educational outcomes globally. The study's departure from traditional attachment perspectives enriches understanding, allowing for a nuanced exploration of TSR dynamics during adolescence. This theoretical evolution enriches the discourse on TSRs and opens avenues for innovative interventions that align more closely with the developmental needs of adolescents. In a world where educational challenges and mental health concerns among adolescents are widespread, the study's findings contribute to a global conversation on fostering positive relationships in classrooms, transcending national borders to inform international educational practices and policies.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an exploratory qualitative inquiry with semi-structured interviews, grounded in the constructivist epistemological stance. Constructivism, emphasising the social and cognitive construction of reality, influenced the research design by recognising the unique perspectives of teachers and adolescents. Interviews enabled participants to share experiences, capturing the richness of viewpoints. The exploratory methodology aligns with constructivist principles, allowing in-depth exploration and organic emergence of themes. Constructivism emphasises the co-construction of knowledge between researchers and participants, recognising that meaning is not fixed but is negotiated through shared understanding. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 30 adolescents aged between 11-15 years (mean = 12.9 years; SD = 1.1) and 20 secondary school teachers in Western Australia (WA). The schools represented diverse socio-economic areas across metropolitan and regional WA, comprising both government and non-government institutions. Participants were sampled purposively and sample size was determined with careful consideration of information power, ensuring diverse and rich insights relevant to the research question(11). Preliminary data analysis occurred after each interview, and data collection continued until information power was deemed sufficient. The final interviews revealed no new insights, indicating theoretical saturation had been reached. Guided by an interview protocol, drawing insights from literature and refined through community consultation, the semi-structured interviews were designed to address the specific needs of adolescents. Given the challenges in eliciting meaningful responses from adolescents, questions were structured with both open-ended queries and precise prompts. A hypothetical classroom scenario was presented to facilitate discussions. Additionally, a separate interview protocol was employed for teachers. This semi-structured approach provided a consistent framework while allowing flexibility to explore emergent themes based on each participant's unique characteristics. The inductive thematic analytic approach, inherent in constructivist qualitative research, aligns with the study's aim to develop a comprehensive framework rooted in the experiences and perspectives of both teachers and students. Reflexive thematic analysis involves deriving insights and themes directly from the data rather than imposing preconceived categories, allowing for the emergence of new and unexpected findings(12). Following transcription, data was imported to QSR NVivo 12 to facilitate analysis. Transcripts were read line by line to ensure familiarity and data immersion(12). Patterns of response across participants were analysed to generate initial codes which were subsequently collated into themes(12). The identified themes were reviewed and refined through an iterative process(12). To ensure transparency and rigour, all authors independently coded the same transcript. Any coding discrepancies were resolved through discussion with the research team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the ongoing analysis of study data, preliminary findings highlight critical factors influencing the quality of TSRs within the framework of Developmental Systems Theory (DST). DST posits that relationships are shaped by interconnected factors including characteristics of individuals involved, patterns of interaction, and external influences. While the final analysis is underway, initial insights illuminate noteworthy aspects in each domain. Individual Characteristics: The personal attributes of both teachers and students emerged as key determinants of TSR quality. For instance, teachers who exhibited empathy, communication skills, and a genuine interest in students' wellbeing fostered positive relationships. Similarly, students' emotional intelligence, engagement, and receptivity to guidance were identified as influential factors. Interaction Patterns: Teachers who employed inclusive teaching methods, encouraged student autonomy, and provided individualised constructive feedback were associated with more positive relationships. Conversely, instances of authoritative teaching styles, using shame and humiliation as punishment, or limited communication hindered the development of a supportive connection. The patterns of interaction reflected not only the pedagogical strategies but also the emotional dynamics within the classroom. External Influences: COVID-19 exacerbated teaching shortages and resource issues, intensifying pressures on educators. Teachers, operating within what some describe as a 'broken system', struggle to find time for positive relationships amid increased workloads. Beyond the need for enhanced relationship education, urgent calls arise for systemic changes and increased support, acknowledging broader socio-economic and contextual factors in the post-pandemic educational landscape. In conclusion, the study's insights into the multifaceted determinants of TSRs underscore the need for tailored interventions. Emphasising the pivotal role of individual characteristics, interaction patterns, and external influences, practical implications extend to targeted teacher training programs, trauma-informed teaching methodologies, and systemic reforms. Implementing these findings in educational practice holds the potential to enhance the quality of TSRs with adolescent students, fostering a supportive environment conducive to positive learning experiences. References 1.Wang MT, Brinkworth M, Eccles JS. Moderating effects of teacher-student relationship in adolescent trajectories of emotional and behavioral adjustment. Developmental psychology. 2013;49(4):690-705. 2.Keane K, Evans RR, Orihuela CA, Mrug S. Teacher–student Relationships, Stress, and Psychosocial Functioning During Early Adolescence. Psychology in the Schools. 2023. 3.Davis HA. Conceptualizing the Role and Influence of Student-Teacher Relationships on Children's Social and Cognitive Development. Educational Psychologist. 2003;38(4):207-34. 4.Poling DV, Van Loan CL, Garwood JD, Zhang S, Riddle D. A narrative review of school-based interventions measuring dyadic-level teacher-student relationship quality. Educational Research Review. 2022:100459. 5.Rice F, Ng-Knight T, Riglin L, Powell V, Moore GF, McManus IC, et al. Pupil Mental Health, Concerns and Expectations About Secondary School as Predictors of Adjustment Across the Transition to Secondary School: A Longitudinal Multi-informant Study. School Mental Health. 2021;13(2):279-98. 6.Hertz MF, Barrios LC. Adolescent mental health, COVID-19, and the value of school-community partnerships. Injury Prevention. 2021;27(1):85-6. 7.Li SH, Beames JR, Newby JM, Maston K, Christensen H, Werner-Seidler A. The impact of COVID-19 on the lives and mental health of Australian adolescents. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry. 2022;31(9):1465-77. 8.Keane K, Evans RR. The Potential for Teacher‐Student Relationships and the Whole School, Whole Community, Whole Child Model to Mitigate Adverse Childhood Experiences. Journal of school health. 2022;92(5):504-13. 9.Bowbly J. Attachment and loss. Attachment, Vol. 1. New York: Basic Books; 1969. 10.Ryan RM, Deci EL. Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. The American psychologist. 2000;55(1):68-78. 11.Malterud K, Siersma VD, Guassora AD. Sample Size in Qualitative Interview Studies: Guided by Information Power. Qualitative health research. 2016;26(13):1753-60. 12.Braun V, Clarke V. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology. 2006;3(2):77-101. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Socio-Cultural Insights: Examining the Professional Well-being of Teachers in India (Methodology) 1University of Warsaw, Poland; 2Tata University of Social Sciences, India Presenting Author:Prioritizing a teacher's professional well-being (PWB) is an unequivocal approach to increase the probability of attaining Sustainable Development Goal 4 (SDG4), particularly in lower GDP nations like India, where students primarily rely on their teachers for knowledge acquisition. However, the existing tools for evaluating a teacher's PWB in India may need to be attuned to the country's socio-cultural landscape. While several studies have investigated teachers' PWB, they primarily originate from the global north (Uchida & Kitayama, 2009; Zhang et al., 2023) or use scales developed in Western countries (Jeyaraj, 2013; Kamboj & Garg, 2021; Raj et al., 2022 among others) or view the phenomenon only through a negative lens, focusing primarily on stress and burnout (Mooij, 2008; Kaur & Singh, 2019). However, significant aspects of well-being (WB) often hinge on personal or cultural perspectives rather than universally accepted factual truths (Thin, 2018), and there is imminent evidence that, conceptually, WB (and PWB) is a multidimensional phenomenon. Therefore, the need for socio-cultural understanding of PWB in India emerges as a gap in the literature. The purpose of this study is to understand how Indian teachers perceive social and cultural factors in connection with their PWB and is guided by the research question: How do Indian teachers perceive social and cultural factors in connection to their professional well-being? The research adopts a critical realist (Archer et al., 1998) philosophical viewpoint to explore PWB as an emerging phenomenon, considering empirical manifestations such as physical health and relationships. Emphasizing PWB as a collective endeavor, the study aligns with Bronfenbrenner's bio-ecological model (Bronfenbrenner, 1974), highlighting the interconnectedness of PWB with socio-cultural structures. The principal researcher's Indian heritage, experience as a teacher in India and abroad, and knowledge of Hindi act as vantage points and can be of immense value when it comes to interpreting cultural nuances, understanding the intricacies of the education system (in comparison to that of the West), and fostering a deeper connection with the participants. The project is conducted under the guidance of supervisors who are advanced in the field of teacher education and research. The study acknowledges limitations in its applicability to other cultural contexts due to its emphasis on the Indian context. Even within India, it may not represent all. The collection of empirical data is limited to English or Hindi, which may cause bias. Relying solely on virtual interviews may affect the depth of interpersonal connections and non-verbal cues vital in qualitative research. The researcher's Indian-born background may bring bias that could affect data interpretation. In India, education is a fundamental right. Therefore, a society that values the education of its children should establish evidence-based policies at the state level to ensure that school leaders and administrations are obliged to implement plans regularly tracking the PWB of teachers. The objective of this tracking is to understand, improve, and sustain PWB and thus benefit the learning of children while maximizing the potential of teachers. In the future, it may be possible to translate this scale into other Indian languages and utilize a comparative methodology to produce similar scales and plans in other countries, such as in the European Union, which could serve as vital tools in achieving SDG 4. However, this is beyond the scope of the current study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study focuses on examining the sociocultural understanding of teacher PWB in India. The study is conducted through a cross-sectional design with eleven significant milestones. It started with a State of the Art Review, followed by Desk Research examining reports from diverse entities to understand policies influencing PWB in India. After receiving approval from the University Ethical Committee, one-on-one online interviews will be conducted with teachers and experts employed via snowballing. Teacher interviews will be in the form of deliberate discussions (Ross, 2019; Scheunpflug et al., 2016), whereas expert interviews will be semi-structured. The main objective of the interview with teachers is to understand how teachers perceive and manage their PWB, and the interview with experts seeks to gather possible policy suggestions. The data from the desk research and all interviews will be triangulated by categorizing them into themes of 'values' and 'issues.' Each coded element will then be assigned a level tag (or tags) corresponding to the relevant bioecological sphere: Microsphere, Mesosphere, Exosphere, Macrosphere, or Chronosphere. The synthesized data will undergo an analysis process, and abduction will be used to uncover the intricate sociocultural underpinnings of PWB. The information emerging will provide a basis for making inferences that will be instrumental in the development of the questions in the Teacher PWB (TPWB) scale, which is a part of the quantitative stage of this study. The TPWB will be based on the PERMA+ framework (Seligman, 2018; Donaldson et al., 2022) and incorporate dimensions such as positive emotion, engagement, relationships, meaning, and accomplishment. Additionally, it will incorporate four additional factors: physical health, mindset, physical work environments, and economic security. The scale will undergo pre-piloting to ensure language clarity and coherence. Next, it will undergo Pilot Testing, which involves online trials with Indian teachers, statistical analysis (Cronbach's alpha), and adjustments based on results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Knowledge Contribution: The study will comprehend the sociocultural factors that impact teachers' PWB and identify trends and practices that teachers use to manage situations that negatively impact their PWB. Practical Implications: The project outcomes could create a positive and supportive environment for school teachers, promote their PWB, and improve the quality of education by offering a tangible tool, i.e., the TPWB scale that can be used in educational institutions and help school administrators appraise their teachers PWB. This outcome bridges the gap between theory and practice. Policy Recommendations: The study also moves towards advocacy by providing evidence-based guidance to policymakers. It offers recommendations that are customized to the nuanced sociocultural landscape of India. By doing so, the study contributes to policy enhancement by providing guidelines to improve existing frameworks, ensuring that they are aligned with the unique needs of Indian teachers. Universal Achievement: Finally, the methodology employed in this study can be a valuable resource for developing similar tools in other sociocultural settings, especially in the European context. The approach can contribute to achieving SDG 4, which focuses on ensuring inclusive and equitable quality education and promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all. References Archer, M. S., Bhaskar, R., Collier, A., Lawson, T., & Norrie, A. (Eds.). (1998). Critical realism: Essential readings. Routledge. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1974). Developmental Research, Public Policy, and the Ecology of Childhood. Child Development, 45(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.2307/1127743 Coyne, I. T. (1997). Sampling in qualitative research. Purposeful and theoretical sampling; merging or clear boundaries? Journal of Advanced Nursing, 26(3), 623–630. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2648.1997.t01-25-00999.x Donaldson, S. I., van Zyl, L. E., & Donaldson, S. I. (2022). PERMA+4: A Framework for Work-Related Wellbeing, Performance and Positive Organizational Psychology 2.0. Frontiers in Psychology, p. 12. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.817244 Jeyaraj, S. (2013). Occupational Stress among the Teachers of the Higher Secondary Schools in Madurai District, Tamil Nadu. IOSR Journal of Business and Management, 7(5), 63–76. https://doi.org/10.9790/487X-0756376 Kamboj, K. P., & Garg, P. (2021). Teachers' psychological well-being role of emotional intelligence and resilient character traits in determining the psychological well-being of Indian school teachers. International Journal of Educational Management, 35(4), 768–788. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-08-2019-0278 Kaur, M., & Singh, B. (2019). Teachers' Well-Being: Overlooked Aspect of Teacher Development. Education & Self Development, 14(3), 25–33. https://doi.org/10.26907/esd14.3.03 Mooij, J. (2008). Primary education, teachers' professionalism and social class about motivation and demotivation of government school teachers in India. International Journal of Educational Development, 28(5), 508–523. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2007.10.006 Raj, K., Neelopant, S. A., Wadhwa, M., & Dabas, P. (2022). A Cross-Sectional Study to Estimate Occupational Stress among Higher Secondary School Teachers in Thalassery, Kerala. National Journal of Community Medicine, 13(2), 74–78. https://doi.org/10.5455/njcm.20211101064057 Ross, A. (2019). Finding Political Identities: Young People in a Changing Europe. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-90875-5 Scheunpflug, A., Krogull, S., & Franz, J. (2016). Understanding learning in world society: Qualitative reconstructive research in global learning and learning for sustainability. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 7(3). https://doi.org/10.18546/IJDEGL.07.3.02 Seligman, M. (2018). PERMA and the building blocks of well-being. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 13(4), 333–335. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2018.1437466 Thompson, J. (2022). A Guide to Abductive Thematic Analysis. The Qualitative Report. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2022.5340 Uchida, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2009). Happiness and unhappiness in East and West: Themes and variations. Emotion, 9(4), 441–456. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0015634 United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. United Nations. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda Woodside, A. G., & Miller, D. C. (1993). Handbook of Research Design and Social Measurement. Journal of Marketing Research, 30(2), 259. https://doi.org/10.2307/3172834 Zhang, L., Chen, J., Li, X., & Zhan, Y. (2023). A Scope Review of the Teacher Well-being Research Between 1968 and 2021. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-023-00717-1 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The PEM Framework: A Holistic Approach to Viewing Student Well-Being in an Australian and Aotearoa, New Zealand Context. University of South Australia, Australia Presenting Author:Well-being has been touted for many years as being a key factor in ensuring positive outcomes for students in schools across many parts of the world [1, 2]. Recently, some researchers have even proposed that low levels of well-being may be an underlying root cause of some of the social issues currently impacting our schools [3, 4]. However, while the concept is regularly discussed there is no widely accepted definition of well-being. McLeod and Wright [5] have even gone so far as to state that “calls to address wellbeing are so commonplace and widespread that they can mean both everything and nothing.” Some authors discuss well-being as synonymous with the concept of positive mental health, while others consider it from the perspective of social belonging, and still others consider well-being through the lens of a student’s readiness to learn [6, 7]. In the 1970s, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) played a pivotal role in highlighting the significance of positive well-being [8]. However, despite increased awareness, child and adolescent mental health disorders persist as a crucial public health concern [9]. Recognising the urgency of addressing adolescent well-being, governments have collectively acknowledged the immediate need for change within the community, particulalry within schools [10]. Although it is widely accepted that student well-being is a public issue, in Australia the federated nature of government places the onus on each individual state and territory to mandate their own policies in support of student well-being in schools. Consequently, each state continues to have a different approach to and understanding of well-being. Although significantly smaller, schools in Aotearoa, New Zealand also have an ambiguous understanding of student well-being driven by the lack of clear definition in the single curriculum framework. The many different approaches and understandings of well-being hint towards its multi-dimensional nature. We therefore conceive of well-being as “a composite state of existence. Thus, a person who is well, will experience their being as a stable equilibrium of their physical, mental/emotional, and environmental dimensions. Factors that threaten any one or more of these three states of being may disrupt this equilibrium and result in unwell-being.” Our definition thus describes overall well-being as a holistic balance of the different underlying dimensions of physical (P), environmental (E), and mental/emotional (M) well-being. This multi-dimensional conceptual framework (which we will refer to as the PEM framework) is in keeping with other models of well-being such as te whare tapa whā [11] and PERMA+ [12]. Given the importance of well-being to student outcomes, we completed a scoping review to identify which factors best support student well-being in Australian and Aotearoa, New Zealand schools. This review explored a high-level understanding of the various approaches implemented in schools that have been reported to positively impact student well-being. We synthesised these approaches and three broad themes emerged: (1) the nature of student voice, (2) the nature of student perivallon (or physical environment), and (3) the nature of student relationships. For the sake of clarity, we adopted the term perivallon (literally, “that which surrounds”) to avoid conflating these approaches with a student’s environmental well-being as proposed in the PEM framework. We mapped these three themes on to our three PEM dimensions and we propose the PEM framework as a way of understanding holistic well-being. In the PEM framework we suggest that the approaches identified in the literature that align with each of the themes act to facilitate change in one or more of the PEM dimensions and hence impact a student’s overall well-being state. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The completed scoping review adopted the PRISMA-ScR [13] checklist. To be considered for inclusion in the review, the sources needed to be (1) published and/or localized to Australia or Aotearoa, New Zealand, (2) focussed specifically on school-aged (ages 5-18 years old) students’ well-being, and (3) report strategies or findings that described impacts on student well-being. Sources could be journal articles, case studies, books, or government reports. All sources had to include a description of the measurement of well-being adopted and be published between 2010 and 2023. Journal articles needed to be peer reviewed and written in English. Case studies needed to have been conducted in either Australia or Aotearoa, New Zealand. Books needed to be written between 2010 and 2023 and be relevant to the Australian or Aotearoa, New Zealand context. Systematic reviews were considered for inclusion if they drew from studies conducted between 2010 and 2023. Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods studies were included to ensure that a range of different measurement tools were captured. Any sources that did not meet the eligibility criteria or were incompatible with the conceptual framework for the study were excluded. Google Scholar was searched between the 13th and 23rd of January 2023 to identify relevant sources. Ten parallel searches were performed and the first 50 results from each search, sorted by relevance, were screened for inclusion based on title, keywords, and source type. Results meeting the inclusion criteria were exported into Endnote. Duplicated items were then removed by the authors and a second screening performed for relevance based on abstracts. A separate search for grey literature was conducted on the websites of the state and national departments of education with the aim to supplement the database with relevant legislation and policies. This resulted in 46 sources being considered for analysis. A data charting form was developed by the researchers to determine which variables would be extracted and updated iteratively. Using a spreadsheet, data were extracted according to article characteristics (country of study, year of study), approach to/understanding of well-being, methodology, and key findings. An attempt to chart demographic factors (e.g., location and socio-economic status) was made; however, the anonymity present in the sources made this impossible to achieve in a reliable manner. When systematic reviews were encountered an additional note of the number of studies included in that review that potentially met the inclusion criteria was made. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature explored revealed several conceptions for well-being in use that combine to support our three-dimensional PEM framework. The impacts of various approaches on well-being reported in the research suggest a series of complex relationships between the PEM dimensions which we show using the themes. Changes in perivallon (e.g., significant changes to the classroom) might enable changes in a student’s physical well-being while also promoting mental/emotional well-being. Enhancing a student’s voice in the school environment promotes both their mental/emotional and their environmental well-being. The literature was clear that central to a student’s overall well-being is the need for quality relationships between students and their peers and/or their teachers. Enhancing relationships supports physical well-being, enables environmental well-being, and reinforces mental/emotional well-being Furthermore, the literature showed that the nature of an adolescent’s relationship with themselves was also highly significant, and that changes in these self-relationships have wide ranging impacts on all PEM dimensions of their well-being. Finally, the PEM framework acknowledges that each of the links is bi-directional. That is, a change in any dimension of well-being will have impacts on a student’s voice, their interaction with their perivallon, and their relationships with self and others. Much of the existing literature suggests many researchers focus on only one dimension of well-being, with little exploration of the interactions between dimensions or mediating factors. What becomes clear when considering the interacting factors in a framework such as this is the need for a holistic understanding of well-being. Researchers in this field therefore need to make a priority of the development of a multi-dimensional holistic measurement instrument tailored for student well-being that can be used regularly and with minimal impact on students. Such a measure would allow for richer understandings of well-being and greater knowledge of the interactions between dimensions to be explored. References 1. Waters, L., A Review of School-Based Positive Psychology Interventions. The Australian Educational and Developmental Psychologist, 2011. 28(2): p. 75-90. 2. McBride, E., Half a billion dollar investment into student wellbeing. 2023. 3. Boyd, S., Assessing and building wellbeing. Set: Research Information for Teachers, 2019. 1(54): p. 54-58. 4. Grové, C. and S. Laletas, Promoting student wellbeing and mental health through social and emotional learning, in Inclusive Education for the 21st Century: Theory, Policy and Practice L.J. Graham, Editor. 2020, Routledge. p. 317 - 335. 5. McLeod, J. and K. Wright, Inventing Youth Wellbeing, in Rethinking Youth Wellbeing: Critical Perspectives, K. Wright and J. McLeod, Editors. 2015, Springer Singapore: Singapore. p. 1-10. 6. Banville, D., et al., Feeling refreshed: Aotearoa/New Zealand students' perspectives of the role of healthy behaviours in schools. European physical education review, 2017. 23(1): p. 41-59. 7. Aldridge, J.M. and K. McChesney, The relationships between school climate and adolescent mental health and wellbeing: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Educational Research, 2018. 88: p. 121-145. 8. Fleming, C. and M. Manning, Understanding wellbeing, in Routledge Handbook of Indigenous Wellbeing, C. Fleming, & Manning, M., Editor. 2019, Routledge. 9. Lawrence, D., et al., Key findings from the second Australian Child and Adolescent Survey of Mental Health and Wellbeing. Aust N Z J Psychiatry, 2016. 50(9): p. 876-886. 10. National Mental Health Commission, Monitoring mental health and suicide prevention reform: National report 2021. 2022. p. 83. 11. Durie, M., Whaiora: Māori Health Development. 2 ed. 1999, USA: Oxford University Press. 12. Seligman, M.E., Flourish: A visionary new understanding of happiness and well-being. 2011: Simon and Schuster. 13. Tricco, A.C., et al., PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): checklist and explanation. Annals of internal medicine, 2018. 169(7): p. 467-473. |
16:00 - 17:30 | 99 ERC SES 05 M: Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Applications from the Children's Point of View: Incorporating ICT into the Preschool Curriculum Univ. of Hradec Kralové, Czech Republic Presenting Author:In the era of digital immersion for children, understanding the factors that make educational apps appealing and effective is of utmost importance. A comprehensive exploration of the motivations, attitudes, and preferences surrounding educational apps in preschoolers unveils a multifaceted landscape. Elements such as entertainment value, emoji usage, and the role of positive reinforcement play significant roles in shaping the educational experience. This investigation not only illuminates the dynamics of preschool learning but also contributes to the optimization of educational applications for this crucial developmental stage. Current research reveals several properties that make educational applications attractive to preschool children. Lu et al. (2021) emphasize the importance of providing a fun learning environment that enables children to actively participate in teaching activities. The user interfaces of these applications, as highlighted by Kolak et al. (2023), are designed to be neat and user-friendly, ensuring ease of navigation for preschoolers. These apps boast higher entertainment value, as noted by Own et al. (2023), making them not only interesting but also motivating for children to engage in the learning process. Moreover, despite having lower lexical diversity compared to child-directed speech (CDS) and books, educational applications can offer an enriched supplementary form of language input (Kolak et al., 2023). Children's motivation to repeatedly use educational apps is linked to the enjoyment and perceived usefulness of the activities, according to Amaefule et al. (2022). Menon's (2022) research supports this by indicating that enjoyment of the app and perceived usefulness of mobile technologies strongly predict children's intention to use educational apps. Positive attitudes towards using emojis during learning activities, as highlighted by Camilleri & Camilleri (2020), also contribute to children's intention to use the app. The motivations behind using educational apps encompass academic assistance, convenience, social influence, novelty, engagement, and activity, as outlined by Camilleri & Camilleri (2022). Tiede et al. (2022) further emphasize that perceived enjoyment, perceived usefulness, and ease-of-use of the apps play significant roles in children's intentions to continue using them. In summary, enjoyable learning activities, perceived usefulness, and positive attitudes towards using emojis emerge as pivotal factors motivating children to repeatedly engage with educational apps. By centering on enjoyable learning activities and understanding the preferences of young users, we can create educational apps that effectively engage and support the educational journey of preschool children. The ultimate goal of the activities that follow this study is to leverage these insights in designing educational applications that not only captivate children's attention but also foster a positive and enriching learning experience. Through a continued focus on user satisfaction and learning efficacy, we aim to contribute to the ongoing enhancement of educational technology tailored for the unique needs of preschool learners. In connection with the aim of this study, two research objectives were determined: (1) To identify which features of educational applications are attractive for preschool children. (2) To identify what motivates children to use the chosen educational applications repeatedly. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research study adopted a mixed-methods experimental design in two phases. In the first phase, an on-line questionnaire survey was distributed to preschool teachers in Czech Republic. Self-selection sampling method (Keiding, Louis, 2018) was used to obtain the research sample consisting of 80 preschool teachers. The objective of the questionnaire was to identify which widely accessible educational applications are being used in Czech preschools when integrating a touch-screen ICT devices (such as tablets and interactive boards) to school curriculum. Four educational applications were selected based on teacher's answers: iSchool, CTEdu, Alfik and Hravouka. In the second phase, selected applications were tested by 43 preschool children from Central Bohemian region, Czech Republic (M = 25, F = 17), age 4 - 7. Each participant had a time-limited interval to free-play applications using touch-screen tablet in the presence of the researcher. Data acquisition was carried out through individual structured interview with participants after they finished using the applications and subsequent focus group discussions (Morgan, 1996), conducting two focus groups discussions – focus group 1 (FG1, N= 10) and focus group 2 (FG2: N = 10). The focus group interview was used as a complementary method to individual interviews which aimed to identify what experiences the participants had during the free play. Children were asked, what they liked about the applications. Which games they would want to continue to play and why. The data was analysed from the perspective of thematic reflexive analysis using open coding and interpreted to in relation to the objectives of the study into categories (Saldaña, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research aimed to identify (1) features of educational applications that are attractive for preschool children. Interpretation of the collected data showed, that attractivity was connected to (a) diverse content (CTEdu) - participants preferred applications with variability of tasks where they could choose from, best tasks were action ones (speed games). (b) Interactive role of the player (Hravouka, CTEdu) - participants preferred apps with possibilities to choose their own adventure which gave them the opportunity to have an active role in advancing the story. (c) Engaging visuals (Hravouka) - creative illustrations and rich environment with elements from nature. Outside of the attractivity of application features, others were also identified, such as (d) previous experience (iSchool, CTEde) – participants claimed that they like certain apps because they sometimes play them at home or in kindergarten and (e) age prestige – only connected to iSchool, which according to participants is an app for the “older” children when they are preparing for elementary school. As to what motivates (2) children to use the educational applications repeatedly, participants preferred to stay longer with applications, that had connecting story arc (CTEdu) or a main hero (Hravouka). Participants stated, that they would like to continue to find out, what happens next and what they can discover in other parts of the game. Other motivators were closely connected to (1a) content as children stated that they would like to continue to play action tasks. Results of this can lead not only to understanding of children's perspectives on educational applications, but also towards the development of applications that will be age-propriate and educational, but above all motivating for children to be active and to teach themselves further. References Amaefule, C. O., Breitwieser, J., Biedermann, D., Nobbe, L., Drachsler, H., & Brod, G. (2022). Fostering children's acceptance of educational apps: The importance of designing enjoyable learning activities. British Journal of Educational Technology 54, 1351-1372. DOI:10.1111/bjet.13314 Camilleri, M.A., & Camilleri, A.C. (2020). The students’ readiness to engage with mobile learning apps. Interactive Technology and Smart Education 17(1), 28-38. doi: 10.1108/ITSE-06-2019-0027 Camilleri, M.A., & Camilleri, A.C. (2022). Utilitarian and intrinsic motivations to use mobile learning technologies: An extended technology acceptance model. ICSLT '22: Proceedings of the 8th International Conference on e-Society, e-Learning and e-Technologies. June 2022. Pages 76–81 doi: 10.1145/3545922.3545935 Keiding, Niels; Louis, Thomas A. (2018) Web-Based Enrollment and Other Types of Self-Selection in Surveys and Studies: Consequences for Generalizability. Annual Review of Statistics and Its Application. PG 25-47. 10.1146/annurev-statistics-031017-100127 [doi] Kolak, J., Monaghan, P., & Taylor, G. (2023). Language in educational apps for pre-schoolers. A comparison of grammatical constructions and psycholinguistic features in apps, books and child directed speech. Journal of Child Language 50(4), 895-921. doi: 10.1017/s0305000922000198 Lu, Z., Liu, N., Xie, Y. & Xu, J. (2023). Augmented Reality based Language and Math Learning Applications for Preschool Children Education. Preprint. doi: 10.21203/rs.3.rs-2726015/v1 Morgan, David. (1996). Focus Groups. Annual Review of Sociology. 22. 129-152. Menon, D. (2022). Uses and gratifications of educational apps: A study during COVID-19 pandemic. Computers and Education Open, 3. doi: 10.1016/j.caeo.2022.100076 Saldaña, J. (2016). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (3E.). SAGE. Own, C-M., Cai, T., & Hung, C-Y.(2023). Exploring the Potential of Tangible and Multitouch Interfaces to Promote Learning Among Preschool Children. IEEE Transactions on Learning Technologies 16(1), 66-77. doi: 10.1109/tlt.2022.3170031 Tiede, J., Treacy, R., Grafe, S., & Mangina, E. (2022). Fostering Learning Motivation of Students with Reading and Spelling Difficulties by an AR-Enhanced Gamified Educational App for Literacy Learning. Proceedings of IEEE GEM Conference 2022, 1-6. https://doi.org/10.1109/GEM56474.2022.10017825 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Modes of Interaction in Non-Formal and Digitalised Educational Arrangements – A Documentary Video Analysis University of Cologne, Germany Presenting Author:Educational inequality in Europe is prevalent: PISA results show educational opportunities are highly unequal (OECD 2023). Existing structures of inequality depend on different levels of social, economic and cultural capital (Bourdieu 1978), further reproducing educational disadvantages among youth (Jünger 2008; Lareau 2011). While formal education is often prioritised in the discussion, non-formal (e.g. voluntary after school youth clubs) and informal education are considered essential in the acquisition of relevant skills (Spanhel 2020). In the last decade, non-formal educational settings have been discussed as increasingly indispensable for the acquisition of skills, especially in the context of digitalisation (Jeong et al. 2018). In accordance with the German tradition of “Bildung”, educational participation is understood as a transformation of self-world-relations, further highlighting non-formal and informal arrangements. Digital media have become essential for self-world-relations, as they have created new options for participation as well as new requirements and obstacles for orientation (Jörissen and Marotzki 2009). This proceeds from the assumption that youth centres as non-formal educational providers offer a great opportunity of transformative education. In line with the concept of “lifeworld orientation” (Grunwald and Thiersch 2009), educational programmes are becoming increasingly digitalised in view of the increasing mediatisation of everyday life, e.g. non-formal educational arrangements revolve around the usage of digital media, such as coding, 3D-printing or gaiming (“non-formal digitalised educational arrangements”). The question emerges, whether non-formal institutions with digitalised educational arrangements succeed in enabling participation of youth, therefore reducing social and digital inequalities (Kutscher and Iske 2020). In analysing different modes of interaction, the study examines conditions of participation in non-formal digitalised educational arrangements. The study aims at reconstructing social practices of interactions between pedagogues and youth as well as between humans and digital artefacts (e.g. programmes, tablets, 3D printers) that lead to participation of youth in processes of learning with and about digital artefacts. Considering different conditions in those non-formal, educational arrangements, the pedagogical everyday life in both educational organisations is examined through Focused Ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001). The study employs a qualitative research design: In order to empirically reconstruct the mechanisms of interaction towards educational participation, the participants’ and employees’ practices within those contexts are examined on the basis of Focused Ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001); Participatory Observation (e.g. Kelle 2018) and Documentary Video Analysis (e.g. Baltruschat 2010). In an ethnographic and reconstructive approach, the study identifies conditions under which these arrangements enable or constrain meaningful participations, thus facilitating the transformation of self-world-relations.Within the research process, structures and practices produced by artefacts such as digital hardware and software as well as non-digital artefacts are considered. Field access is ensured via two institutions that offer a variety of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements involving activities such as coding, 3D-printing, gaming and streaming. The activities are offered free of charge and mostly take place after school. They do not aim at any formal qualification, thus they are considered to be “non-formal”. Preliminary findings are based on a broad empirical data base collected: So far, 8 programmes in two different institutions have been filmed, allowing for in-depth analysis. This paper fits in with the ECER’s 2024 theme “Education in an Age of Uncertainty” as, on one hand, ‘Bildung’ in relation to digitality is characterised by contingencies while, on the other hand, it may confront institutions, staff and youth to the new and unknown and may enable them to adapt to circumstances of digitalisation (Jörissen and Marotzki 2009). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to empirically reconstruct different modes of interactions and the mechanisms of educational participation, the employees’ as well as participants’ practices within both non-formal institutions are examined through Focused Ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001); Participatory Observation (e.g. Kelle 2018) and Documentary Video Analysis (e.g. Baltruschat 2010). Data analysis is conducted with the Documentary Method, which is based on Karl Mannheims “sociology of knowldge” (Bohnsack 2009). The Documentary Method enables empirical access to (1) theoretical / explicit knowledge; (2) implicit, habitualised knowledge; as well as (3) incorporated practices of the ‘actual doings’ of the actors within its social contexts (Asbrand et al. 2013). The interactions captured on video in pedagogical settings are a comparatively new research object for the Documentary Method, as it challenges some of its principles. At the same time, it is attributed innovative power (Bohnsack 2017; Nohl et al. 2021): Interactions are characterised by "double complexity": (1) interactions are ambiguous as they arise between several actors with different habitus and roles (2) interactions develop simultaneously and sequentially. Video-based analysis of data using the Documentary Method can take this double complexity into account by considering two elements of interaction: orientations of different actors as well as the different manifestations of the modes of interaction (Nohl et al. 2021). Video analysis is not limited to spoken utterances. It focuses on communicative modalities that can be captured visually, thereby broadening its scope compared to ethnomethodology and conversation analysis (Tuma et al. 2013). Therefore, in this study not only speech, but also gestures and facial expressions are integrated into video transcriptions to make them accessible for analysis. Following the Documentary Method, data analysis consists of three steps (1) formulating interpretation, (2) reflecting interpretation and (3) comparison (Bohnsack et al. 2010). The comparison includes contrasting different cases of interactions as well as comparing both non-formal institutions regarding their institutional conditions, professional backgrounds of staff, resources and location which helps to understand how these conditions prevent or enable interactions and participation of youth. The data analysis culminates in the development of a typology that contributes to theory formation (Bohnsack 2021). In this study, the analysed interaction dynamics of professionals as well as youth are condensed into different modes of interaction and typified in terms of orientations, taking into account the sequence of the different modes of interaction (Nohl et al. 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Implementing an ethnographic and reconstructive research approach, the study identifies different modes of interactions in non-formal institutions with a focus on participation of youth. Due to the digitalised educational arrangements of both researched youth centres, the study reconstructs conditions for participating in digitalised educational processes, thus facilitating the transformation of self-world-relations. In order to empirically reconstruct different modes of interactions and the mechanisms of educational participation, the participants’ and employees’ practices within both non-formal institutions are examined through Focused Ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001); Participatory Observation (e.g. Kelle 2018) and Documentary Video Analysis (e.g. Baltruschat 2010). This praxeological approach enables the identification of practices and conditions of participation. Data analysis is implemented with the Documentary Method (Bohnsack 2009) enabling empirical access to (1) theoretical / explicit knowledge; (2) implicit, habitualised knowledge; as well as (3) incorporated practices of the ‚actual doings‘ of the actors within its social contexts (Asbrand et al. 2013). Video-based analysis of data using the Documentary Method takes this double complexity into account by considering two elements of interaction: orientations of different actors as well as the different manifestations of the modes of interaction (Nohl et al. 2021). This paper will introduce the methodological approach and the research process of this study. Moreover, first analytical stances on conditions in non-formal digitalised educational arrangements enabling or reinforcing educational participation of youth will be discussed. Provided data extracts will transparently illustrate the empirical base of the analytical stances. References Asbrand, Barbara, Matthias Martens, und Dorthe Petersen. 2013. „Die Rolle der Dinge in schulischen Lehr-Lernprozessen“. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft 16(S2):171–88. doi: 10.1007/s11618-013-0413-1. Baltruschat, Astrid. 2010. „Film Interpretation According to the Documentary Method“. S. 311–42 in Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research, herausgegeben von R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff, und W. Weller. Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bohnsack, Ralf. 2009. „Dokumentarische Methode“. S. 319–30 in Qualitative Martkforschung. Konzepte - Methoden - Analysen. Bohnsack, Ralf. 2017. „Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge and Documentary Method: Karl Mannheim’s Framing of Empirical Research“. S. 199–220 in The Anthem companian to Karl Mannheim. Bohnsack, Ralf. 2021. Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden. 10., durchgesehene Auflage. Opladen Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bohnsack, Ralf, Nicolle Pfaff, und Wivian Weller, Hrsg. 2010. Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research. Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bourdieu, Pierre. 1978. Die feinen Unterschiede: Kritik der gesellschaftlichen Urteilskraft. 29. Auflage. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Grunwald, Klaus, und Hans Thiersch. 2009. „The Concept of the ‘Lifeworld Orientation’ for Social Work and Social Care“. Journal of Social Work Practice 23(2):131–46. doi: 10.1080/02650530902923643. Jeong, Shinhee, Soo Jeoung Han, Jin Lee, Suravee Sunalai, und Seung Won Yoon. 2018. „Integrative Literature Review on Informal Learning: Antecedents, Conceptualizations, and Future Directions“. Human Resource Development Review 17(2):128–52. doi: 10.1177/1534484318772242. Jörissen, Benjamin, und Winfried Marotzki. 2009. Medienbildung eine Einführung ; Theorie - Methoden - Analysen. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Jünger, Rahel. 2008. Bildung für alle? Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Kelle, Helga. 2018. „Teilnehmende Beobachtung“. S. 224–27 in Hauptbegriffe qualitativer Sozialforschung, herausgegeben von R. Bohnsack, A. Geimer, und M. Meuser. Opladen: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Knoblauch, Hubert. 2001. „Fokussierte Ethnographie: Soziologie, Ethnologie und die neue Welle der Ethnographie“. 123–41. Kutscher, Nadia, und Stefan Iske. 2020. „Digitale Ungleichheiten im Kontext Sozialer Arbeit“. S. 115–28 in Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung. Lareau, Annette. 2011. Unequal childhoods: class, race, and family life. 2nd ed., with an update a decade later. Berkeley: University of California Press. Nohl, Arnd-Michael, Morvarid Dehnavi, und Steffen Amling. 2021. „Interaktionsmodi und pädagogische Prozesse: Zur videographiebasierten dokumentarischen Interpretation von Interaktionen in Kindertagesstätten“. Jahrbuch Dokumentarische Methode 3(4):77–101. OECD. 2023. PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD. Spanhel, Dieter. 2020. „Kinder, Jugendliche und junge Erwachsene in digitalisierten Lernwelten“. S. 101–14 in Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung, herausgegeben von N. Kutscher, T. Ley, U. Seelmeyer, F. Siller, A. Tillmann, und I. Zorn. Weinheim Basel: Beltz Juventa. |
17:45 - 18:15 | 99 ERC SES 06 A: ERG Network Meeting Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Network Meeting |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Emerging Researchers' Group - Network Meeting 1Ankara University; 2University of Hamburg Presenting Author:Emerging Researchers' Group - Network Meeting |
Date: Tuesday, 27/Aug/2024 | |
9:15 - 11:45 | 00 SES 0.5 WS G: Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion at conferences and in research Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nicole Brown Workshop. Pre-registration NOT required Please bring: Laptop; your own presentation that will be presented during ECER 2024 |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion at conferences and in research UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This workshop is aimed at all members of the academy so they may gain confidence in developing more accessible practices in carrying out and disseminating research. Over the past few years, academia has become more consciously aware of the need for fairer approaches to delivering research and conferences (e.g. Irish, 2020; Walters, 2019; Brown et al., 2018) and its own role in fostering equality, diversity, and inclusion, with EDI strategies and initiatives springing up continually. However, academics, researchers, as well as conference and events organisers often feel overwhelmed when it comes to implementing such strategies (Brown, 2021) and putting into practice activist demands. This hands-on, interactive workshop offers delegates the opportunity to practically engage with ways and measures to make their own research practices more inclusive and accessible for all. Considering all phases of the research, and drawing on our own experiences in and with research, we will examine what it means to foster Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion in data collection, analysis and dissemination. Delegates will experiment with alternative forms of data collection and analysis, whilst also considering their own circumstances as researchers needing to guarantee their own safety and wellbeing. When exploring accessible research dissemination, delegates will have the opportunity to put their learning into practice immediately during the ECER Nicosia conference by considering good microphone etiquette, and/or colour schemes for slides, for example. In line with the pedagogical principles of social constructivism the course is delivered as a mixture of interactive group tasks, discussions and mini-lectures to enable active and experiential learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Brown, N. (2021). Lived Experiences of Ableism in Academia: Strategies for Inclusion in Higher Education. Bristol University Press. Brown, N., Thompson, P., & Leigh, J. S. (2018). Making academia more accessible. Journal of Perspectives in Applied Academic Practice, 6(2). Irish, J. E. (2020). Increasing participation: Using the principles of universal design to create accessible conferences. Journal of Convention & Event Tourism, 21(4). pp. 308-330. Walters, T. (2019). A tripartite approach to accessibility, diversity, and inclusion in academic conferences. In: Finkel, R., Sharp, B., & Sweeney, M. (eds.). Accessibility, Inclusion, and Diversity in Critical Event Studies. Routledge. pp. 230-241. |
9:15 - 11:45 | 00 SES 0.5 WS L: MAXQDA and AI on Education Research – A Starter Workshop Session Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Francisco Freitas Workshop
Please bring your Laptop.
Based on Pre-registration |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop MAXQDA and AI on Education Research – A Starter Workshop Session MAXQDA - Verbi Software GmbH, Portugal Presenting Author:This workshop is designed for researchers and practitioners willing to learn about computer assisted qualitative and mixed-methods research. This hands-on session will comprise the presentation of the main options available for coding and extracting meaning from data using MAXQDA. Workshop participants will grant the possibility of testing different options, ranging from the more traditional approaches to automation using Artificial Intelligence (AI) tools. The workshop will consist of a quick guided practice tour through the opening stages of a research data project. Main features and tasks will be practiced in detail, including importing data, creating and applying codes, performing searches and queries, writing memos, retrieving selected coded data segments, analyzing data, and reporting results using some of the special features available (e.g. summaries, QTT, reports, AI Assist). The main goal of this workshop is to provide an overview of the data analysis process relying on MAXQDA assistance, a state-of-the-art software package for qualitative and mixed-methods research. Upon completing the session, workshop participants will identify important options available for tackling their qualitative research data. Verbi GmbH (2023), MAXQDA User Manual (https://www.maxqda.com/help-mx22/welcome) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings .: References : |
9:30 - 11:00 | 00 SES 0.5 WS A (NW01): Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen Session Chair: Michelle Helms-Lorenz Workshop. Pre-registration required |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe 1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of Groningen, Netherlands; 3University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway Presenting Author:The induction phase is crucial for teachers' professional growth. A key approach to help support new teachers to enter the profession is mentoring, which supports teachers to cope with the complexity of their work. Today, mentoring is seen not just as a transfer of knowledge but as a dynamic process of peer learning and dialogue. This open workshop aims to reframe how mentoring is used and explored in contemporary teacher professional learning and development. The workshop is based on the "Ecosystems of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME)" project, launched in 2021 under the EERA Network 1 activities (Professional Learning and Development). The workshop is a get-together for European educationalists interested in induction and mentoring, promoting networking and collaboration between researchers, and paving the way for future projects. This includes joint publications, symposia, meetings and the application for research funding for collaborative projects across Europe. If professional learning and development for teachers is of particular interest to you, especially at the beginning of your career, you are warmly welcome to join us! Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
9:30 - 11:00 | 100 SES 00 - LC 1: Link Convenors Meeting part 1 Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo Governance Meeting |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Link Convenor Meeting - 1 Northumbria University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 A: Ignite Talks Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Ignite Talks Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) The Making of Educational Technologies: A Media Ethnographic Study Proposal to Research the Genesis of Educational Media Technology University of Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:With the emergence of a multitude of new educational technology (EdTech) and the simultaneous opacity of the capabilities, limitations, and methods used by a digital tool or platform, it is becoming increasingly challenging for teachers, school administrators, and education policy makers to make sufficiently informed decisions about the use of technology in schooling. As EdTech remains a ‘black box’ (Hartong, 2021) in terms of both its functionality and emergence, sociotechnical imaginaries and algorithmic logics are inadvertently being implemented into the technology´s educational concept (Decuypere, 2019; Macgilchrist, 2019; Troeger et al., 2023). Due to their methodology, previous studies on the development of educational media technologies have only been able to hypothesize about the discrepancy between the pedagogical conception and the actual implementation of an EdTech product (e.g., Weich et al., 2021). Meanwhile, ethnographies of the EdTech sector have either been rather event-based (Player-Koro et al., 2022) or have not yet focused on the development processes of technology (Ames, 2019; Macgilchrist, 2019; Ramiel, 2021). I would like to close this gap with my thesis by critically observing developers as they work in a relatively young venture, using a media ethnography approach. Over a time span of at least six months, I would like to investigate which, how, and why fundamental design decisions are made when translating pedagogical concepts into algorithmic environments. The planned project is situated in two contexts. On the one hand, it is characterized by the assumption that educational media technologies emerge in an interplay of socio-technically negotiated ideas and social construction (Bijker et al., 1987), coming into being through “situated action” (Suchman, 2006, p. 70) and practices (Pink et al., 2016). A technology is therefore an expression of a certain image of educational and learning processes, of pedagogical theories and didactic concepts on the part of its developers. How exactly this image is translated into algorithmic or digital environments, how it is programmed and implemented, is the subject of a variety of negotiation processes. These are embedded in a social working context, characterized by translation practices between different internal and external actors and professions that need to be captured. On the other hand, my dissertation project assumes that the European educational media production is undergoing a decisive digital transformation, with new players entering the market and fundamentally changing it. While established educational media publishers have to reinvent themselves in order to meet the social and political pressure of digitalization, platform-based technologies and products dominate the school EdTech market, especially from supposedly 'disruptive' start-ups (Ramiel, 2021). These new private-sector actors introduce a wide array of new sociotechnical imaginaries (Jasanoff, 2015) of education, not only to the European EdTech market, but also to more general educational discourses (Eynon & Young, 2021; Nivanaho et al., 2023). However, young EdTech organizations are also interesting for my research in that it is precisely the negotiation processes in the early founding and development phase of a venture that shape fundamental socio-technically influenced concept decisions. Therefore, this moment seems suitable for researching the medial construction of educational concepts ‘in the making’, so to speak. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I chose to implement a media ethnographic approach to research EdTech start-ups and their inner workings. With this, I will be able to conduct educational organizational and conceptual research at the micro and meso level, for which a qualitative methodology seems appropriate. As shown, previous studies have so far refrained from ‘in situ’ research of such design processes and have only been able to ascertain that discrepancies become visible between the statements of developers about their educational ideals and the pedagogical end product of their work. The media ethnographic approach of participant observation, on the other hand, will allow me to gain a differentiated insight into pedagogical production decisions and processes. For this reason, my research project combines several data collection methods: In order to gain an overview of the research context and the startup team, ethnographic interviews will be conducted first, which will then be followed by participant observation to “study the differences between what people say they do and what they do” (Boellstorff, 2021, p. 51), for at least 6 months. Concluding interviews complete the survey, which will then be analysed with a grounded theory approach (Glaser & Strauss, 1999) and a special focus on “rich points” (Agar, 1996, p. 31) in my material. The startup will be sampled along three criteria. First, the stage of development of the company is taken into account. Only projects that are still in an early phase, i.e. are either about to be founded (pre-seed phase) or have recently been founded (seed-phase), are considered, because it can be assumed that interesting fundamental technical and educational product development decisions are made here. A second criterion is the possible access to the company. This does not only mean the possibility of being able to research a case in a purely practical way, but also the accessibility of the researched team and an openness to critical research and participant observation (Cunliffe & Alcadipani, 2016). The third (soft) criterion I apply is the relevance potential of the company to be examined, i.e. the presumed infrastructural and/or market reach of the envisaged EdTech. The reason for this is that my project is intended to gain knowledge about the algorithmic modelling of pedagogical processes across school subjects and competencies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As my contribution to the ERC is about proposing a research design, which I intend to implement by September 2024 in my PhD project, I will not be able to present any results. Instead, I would like to use this opportunity as a newcomer to the ERC to reflect on my research proposal, to learn from my peers, and to hear about their experiences with the topic of EdTech development and the methodology of (media) ethnography. Especially in the European context, the matter of digital future-making seems to be a cross-cutting issue. The digitalisation and mediatisation of education and schooling are worldwide meta processes that cannot be dealt with in a regional understanding, but need a global, and especially a European perspective. EU-wide policy papers like the Digital Competence Framework for Educators show the relevance and normalisation of emerging technologies in the classroom. Digitalisation seems to be one of the few certain futures in European education. It is important to understand not only the practical impact of this ‘digital turn’ on schooling, how it changes classroom culture, competencies, and media usage in schools. It is also crucial to turn to the media production side of digitalisation in education, to ask critical questions about what parts of pedagogical theory and practice can be digitalised and how this is done, to look at new actors like EdTech startups and their imaginations of digital futures that are inscribed in EdTech. References Agar, M. (1996). The professional stranger. Academic Press. Ames, M. G. (2019). The Charisma Machine. MIT Press. Bijker, W. E., Hughes, T. P., & Pinch, T. (Eds.). (1987). The Social construction of technological systems. MIT Press. Boellstorff, T. (2021). Rethinking Digital Anthropology. In H. Geismar & H. Knox (Eds.), Digital anthropology (pp. 44–62). Routledge. Cunliffe, A. L., & Alcadipani, R. (2016). The Politics of Access in Fieldwork: Immersion, Backstage Dramas, and Deception. Organizational Research Methods, 19(4), 535–561. Decuypere, M. (2019). Researching educational apps: Ecologies, technologies, subjectivities and learning regimes. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–16. Eynon, R., & Young, E. (2021). Methodology, Legend, and Rhetoric: The Constructions of AI by Academia, Industry, and Policy Groups for Lifelong Learning. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 46(1), 166–191. Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1999). The discovery of grounded theory. Aldine Transaction. Hartong, S. (2021). The power of relation-making: Insights into the production and operation of digital school performance platforms in the US. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 34–49. Jasanoff, S. (2015). Dreamscapes of Modernity: Sociotechnical Imaginaries and the Fabrication of Power (S. Jasanoff & S.-H. Kim, Eds.). University of Chicago Press. Macgilchrist, F. (2019). Cruel optimism in edtech: When the digital data practices of educational technology providers inadvertently hinder educational equity. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 77–86. Nivanaho, N., Lempinen, S., & Seppänen, P. (2023). Education as a co-developed commodity in Finland? A rhetorical discourse analysis on business accelerator for EdTech startups. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–15. Pink, S., Horst, H. A., Postill, J., Hjorth, L., Lewis, T., & Tacchi, J. (Eds.). (2016). Digital ethnography: Principles and practice. SAGE. Player-Koro, C., Jobér, A., & Bergviken Rensfeldt, A. (2022). De-politicised effects with networked governance? An event ethnography study on education trade fairs. Ethnography and Education, 17(1), 1–16. Ramiel, H. (2021). Edtech Disruption Logic and Policy Work: The Case of an Israeli Edtech Unit. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(1), 20–32. Suchman, L. (2006). Human-Machine Reconfigurations: Plans and Situated Actions. Cambridge University Press. Troeger, J., Zakharova, I., Macgilchrist, F., & Jarke, J. (2023). Digital ist besser!? – Wie Software das Verständnis von guter Schule neu definiert (pp. 93–129). Springer VS. Weich, A., Deny, P., Priedigkeit, M., & Troeger, J. (2021). Adaptive Lernsysteme zwischen Optimierung und Kritik: Eine Analyse der Medienkonstellationen bettermarks aus informatischer und medienwissenschaftlicher Perspektive. MedienPädagogik, 44, 22–51. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Digitally Divided? The Fabrication of 'Technology' and 'Social Background' in the International Comparative School Achievement Study ICILS 2018 University of Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:Over the past 20-30 years, international comparative school achievement studies have established themselves as a key influence for designing educational processes in European schools and beyond (Martens et al., 2016). They have led to the immense prominence of educational standards and thus to a paradigm shift at almost all levels of education in schools (Vogt & Neuhaus, 2021). In this sense, the logics of international educational standards have become deeply inscribed in the logic of European educational research and practice. Accordingly, what is considered 'education' today is largely configured by the international circulation of educational standards through international comparative studies. Following the success of the PISA study, it is therefore not surprising that the way students use digital media technologies in schools is also being surveyed according to these logics and recorded with the help of standardisation and international comparison. The international comparative school performance study ICILS (International Computer and Information Literacy Study) plays a central role in this by attempting to assess the so-called computer and information literacy of eighth-graders in 2018, as it did in 2013. As expected, there was a great deal of media attention in Germany when the study was published, as its results seemingly suggested that students "learnt nothing" (Schmoll, 2019; transl.) with regard to their digital skill and a large number of them are "left behind" (Unterberg, 2019; transl.). What didn’t find its way into this reception were the techniques, methods and apparatus with which such comparable standards and forms of knowledge are fabricated and organised in the first place. This Ignite Talk takes a critical look at the ICILS 2018 study and these standardisation dynamics. A particular focus is put on the categories and items that are included or not included in the fabrication of comparable school performance data. To exemplify, this contribution questions the items 'technology' and 'social background' as well as their relationship. Although both categories are central and controversially discussed in European educational research, their constructions in international comparative studies such as PISA or ICILS are not self-explanatory. What constitutes a 'technology' or a 'social background' must first be operationalised in the study designs – it has to be constructed in a certain way in order to be surveyed. These operationalisations are contingent and depend, among other things, on disciplinary logics, research pragmatics and institutional power dynamics (Eckhard & Mattmüller, 2017). Accordingly, the research questions of this talk are: How are 'technology' and 'social background' fabricated as categories for computer and information literacy in the international comparative study ICILS 2018? And what implications do these fabrications have for the understanding of and the encounter with digital inequality in European classrooms? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these questions the ICILS 2018 study was first subjected to a close reading, in which particularly the chapters and sections in which the categories 'technology' and 'social background' were introduced and applied were analysed. In analysing these sections, a historical-critical stance was adopted in order to counter the assumptions that have become entrenched in comparative studies and are not (or no longer) questioned. Following the "genealogy of the critical stance" (Foucault, 1996, p. 178; transl.), this analysis was devoted to the "problematizations" (ibid., 179) of truth, i.e. those forms of knowledge that are situationally recognised as truth and serve as basis for action. Such an analysis of problematizations in their historical context allows a critical view of the inherent power relations in the knowledge systems as well as their becoming – which usually remains invisible without this step of investigation. Finally, the reconstructed problematizations that are inscribed in the categories of 'technology' and 'social background' were contrasted with a critique generated from the critical literature on educational technologies (EdTech). This critique builds on a socio-technical understanding (Selwyn, 2022) of the connections between digitality and society and offers an alternative look at digital media in European schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This contribution shows how the ICILS study employs a narrow concept of technology that outsources various contexts - above all the societal context - and diametrically opposes it to the technological. This conceptual separation of the technological from the societal brings advantages for the operationalisation of various study items of the quantitative comparative study on the one hand, but on the other hand leads to a simplification of the entanglements of the technological and societal and a trivialisation of the phenomenon of sociodigital inequality (Helsper, 2021). In summary, both the ICILS study's understanding of technology and the digital divide concept it employs apply a technodeterministic perspective. This perspective harbours the risk of ignoring the social contexts in which technology acts, simplifying the study item 'social background' and correspondingly underestimating the complex phenomenon of sociodigital inequality in European classrooms. References Eckhard, S., & Mattmüller, J. (2017). Verwaltungseinfluss und Verhandlungsergebnisse in internationalen Organisationen. Moderne Staat, 2, Article 2. https://doi.org/10.3224/dms.v10i2.04 Foucault, M. (1996). Diskurs und Wahrheit: Die Problematisierung der Parrhesia: 6 Vorlesungen, gehalten im Herbst 1983 an der Universität von Berkeley/Kalifornien (J. Pearson, Ed.; M. Köller, Trans.). Merve Verlag. Helsper, E. (2021). The digital disconnect. SAGE Publications Ltd. Martens, K., Niemann, D., & Teltemann, J. (2016). Effects of international assessments in education – a multidisciplinary review. European Educational Research Journal, 15(5), 516–522. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116668886 Schmoll, H. (2019, November 5). Bildung: Schüler haben bei Digitalkompetenz nichts dazugelernt. FAZ.NET. https://www.faz.net/aktuell/politik/inland/bildung-schueler-haben-bei-digitalkompetenz-nichts-dazugelernt-16469645.html Selwyn, N. (2022). Education and technology: Key issues and debates (Third edition). Bloomsbury Academic. Unterberg, S. (2019, November 5). Computerkompetenz: Ein Drittel der Schüler ist abgehängt. Der Spiegel. https://www.spiegel.de/lebenundlernen/schule/computernutzung-ein-drittel-der-schueler-ist-abgehaengt-a-1294424.html Vogt, M., & Neuhaus, T. (2021). Fachdidaktiken im Spannungsfeld zwischen kompetenzorientiertem fachlichen Lernen und inklusiver Pädagogik: Vereinigungsbemühungen oder Verdeckungsgeschehen? Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung, 14(1), 113–128. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-020-00093-5 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) The Impact of AI on Teaching: Teachers' Motivations and Concerns Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:In the rapidly evolving landscape of education, the integration of AI, particularly Chatbots, presents a fundamental area of exploration. My research is centered around the critical question: "How does the integration of AI, particularly Chatbots, affect the professional activities of teachers, and how do educators envision their roles with these AI tools?" This inquiry delves into the transformative impact of artificial intelligence on educational practices. The theoretical framework of this research is multi-faceted, intertwining educational philosophy paradigms with contemporary socio-technological theories. At its core, the research utilizes a constructivist paradigm, inspired by the works of Papert (1971), Kay (2011), Ilic et al. (2021) viewing AI as a dynamic tool enhancing the learning process. It actively transforms education and motivates teachers to prepare students for the future. These tools simplify complex concepts by relating them to familiar ones within the environment and have the potential to create their models of the world. Complementing this, the postmodern perspective, particularly Foucault's and other Foucauldian scholars contributing to this discourse's insights on power dynamics and knowledge creation, offers a lens to examine the interaction between technology and educators. It probes into how these interactions influence societal structures and control within the educational realm. Furthermore, the application of Actor-Network Theory (ANT), as conceptualized by Latour (2005), provides a nuanced understanding of AI in education. ANT posits that both technology and humans, in this case, educators, are co-actors in the social world, shaping and being shaped by each other. This theory is particularly relevant in exploring how educators interact with AI tools like Chatbots, forming a symbiotic relationship that redefines the educational landscape. The research also draws attention to the broader European and international dimensions, reflecting on the insights from UNESCO which underscore the importance of technology in future educational models. The response of European countries, as noted by the OECD and the European Parliament, especially during the Covid-19 pandemic, highlights the strength and adaptability of implementing AI in various sectors, including education. This research aims not only to provide a theoretical understanding of these dynamics but also to offer practical insights for educators and policymakers. The increasing necessity for teacher professional development in line with technological advancements is a crucial aspect of this study. It addresses the potential risks of a future where educators might be unprepared for the integration of modern AI tools in their teaching practices. In conclusion, this research analyzing the motivations, implications, and future prospects of AI integration in teacher professional activities, it aims to contribute significantly to the discourse on technology and education, ensuring that educators are well-equipped to harness the benefits of AI in their professional lives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In my PhD research, I am planning to use Actor-Network Theory (ANT) as both a theoretical and methodological approach to explore the intricate relationship between educators and artificial intelligence tools, particularly Chatbots. ANT, a framework developed in the field of Science and Technology Studies, offers a unique lens through which the complex networks of interactions between human and non-human actors can be examined. In the context of my research, this involves understanding how educators, as human actors, interact with and are influenced by AI technologies, which are non-human actors in the educational landscape. However, I am currently conducting a survey with teachers to gather data on their readiness and motivation to use digital tools, particularly AI technologies like Chatbots. The survey seeks to understand the educators' level of engagement with these technologies, their perceptions of its benefits and challenges, and their willingness to integrate such tools into their teaching practices. Therefore, in this conference, I will also present this dynamic to provide a more holistic understanding of the impact of AI on teaching and teachers' motivations to use these tools. This mixed-methods approach allows for a more comprehensive exploration of the topic. The qualitative aspect focuses on the nuanced, detailed experiences and perceptions of educators, while the quantitative aspect offers a broader, statistically significant perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One of the primary expected outcomes is a detailed insight into educators readiness and motivation to incorporate AI tools in their teaching practices. The survey conducted with teachers is likely to reveal varied levels of engagement with these technologies, influenced by factors such as technological proficiency, perceived benefits and challenges, and the existing educational infrastructure. These findings will contribute to a deeper understanding of the factors that drive or hinder the adoption of AI in education. In general this research is expected to provide comprehensive findings on the integration of AI in education, with a focus on the perspective of teachers. It aims to inform future practices in educational technology, ensuring that the incorporation of AI tools like Chatbots is effectively aligned with the needs and capabilities of educators. This alignment is crucial for maximizing the potential of AI in enhancing educational outcomes and preparing students and teachers for a future increasingly influenced by technological advancements. References Ausat, A. M. A. (2022). Positive Impact of The Covid-19 Pandemic on The World of Education. Jurnal Pendidikan, 23(2), 107-117. Ausat, A. M. A., Massang, B., Efendi, M., Nofirman, N., Riady, Y. (2023). Can Chat GPT Replace the Role of the Teacher in the Classroom: A Fundamental Analysis. Journal on Education, 5(4), 100-106 Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault and education: Disciplines and knowledge. Routledge. Fenwick, T., Edwards, R. (2010). Introduction: Reclaiming and renewing actor network theory for educational research. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 43(sup1), 1-14. Gough, N. (2004). RhizomANTically Becoming-Cyborg: Performing posthuman pedagogies. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 36(3), 253-265. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2004.00066.x Foucault, M. (1975). Discipline and punish: The birth of the prison. Vintage. Heimans, S., Biesta, G., Takayama, K., & Kettle, M. (2023). ChatGPT, subjectification, and the purposes and politics of teacher education and its scholarship. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 51(2), 105-112. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2023.2189368 Ilic, M. P., Paun, D., Popovic Ševic, N., Hadžic, A., Jianu, A. (2021). Needs and performance analysis for changes in higher education and implementation of artificial intelligence, machine learning, and extended reality. Education Sciences, 11(10), 568. Kay, A. C. (1991). Computers, networks and education. Scientific American, 265(3), 138-149. Latour, B. (2005) Reassembling the Social: An introduction to actor-network theory, (Oxford, Oxford University Press). OECD (2021). OECD Digital Education Outlook. Retrieved from: https://read.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/oecd-digital-education-outlook-2021_589b283f-en#page5 Papert, S. (1993). The children's machine: Rethinking school in the age of the computer. Basic Books, a Division of HarperCollins Publishers. Rabinow P., Rose N. (2006) Biopower today. BioSocieties 1.2: 195-217. Simanowski, R. (2016). Digital humanities and digital media conversations on politics, culture, aesthetics, and literacy. London. UNESCO. (2021). Pathways to 2050 and beyond: Findings from a public consultation on the futures of higher education. Retrieved from: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379985 Vaswani, A., Shazeer, N., Parmar, N., Uszkoreit, J., Jones, L., Gomez, A. N., Kaiser, L., & Polosukhin, I. (2017). Attention is all you need. Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, 30. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 B: Didactics - Learning and Teaching Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marco Rieckmann Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Investigating Levels of Pre-service Teacher Motivation and Confidence to Teach Numeracy. Victoria University, Australia Presenting Author:In an increasingly complex and uncertain world, proficiency in numeracy skills provides students essential cognitive tools to interpret evidence, evaluate risk and rewards, and make informed decisions. Thus, effective numeracy instruction offers students hope by empowering them with capacities for reasoning and problem solving vital for personal agency and civic participation. This highlights an imperative within teacher education programs worldwide. However, teaching numeracy poses significant challenges for many preservice teachers. Specifically, conceptual ambiguity regarding numeracy presents difficulties for both teacher educators and future teachers across many countries. These difficulties are further compounded by growing attention given to numeracy in educational policies and standards in places like the UK, US, Canada and Australia. These policies increasingly mandate that all subject area teachers take responsibility for teaching numeracy concepts relevant to their disciplines. For example, in the UK, the National Numeracy Strategy instituted a requirement that numeracy be explicitly addressed across all subjects in primary and secondary schools. Similarly, countries like Australia and Canada have introduced standardized literacy and numeracy tests for entrance into many teacher preparation programs. However, international research indicates personal numeracy competence does not necessarily equate to pedagogical expertise in teaching numeracy. Furthermore, pedagogical knowledge alone does not necessarily translate into positive teacher beliefs about their own motivation and self-efficacy to teach numeracy. Extensive previous research reinforces that these affective variables exert significant influence on student numeracy outcomes. This highlights an imperative within teacher education programs worldwide to intertwine building content expertise with efforts to cultivate positive teacher beliefs. Presently, limited data has emerged regarding pre-service teachers’ own motivation and self-efficacy to teach numeracy across different subjects and age groups. Additional perspectives are needed to evaluate teacher educators’ views on best practices for developing pre-service teachers’ beliefs and competencies. Further comparative investigation of the roots of pre-service teachers’ self-beliefs and motivations towards teaching numeracy is therefore vital and could illuminate improvements to initial teacher education involving numeracy curriculum and pedagogy internationally. The present research examines preservice teachers’ levels of motivation and self-efficacy for teaching numeracy using a mixed methods design. Quantitative findings derived from a newly developed survey instrument demonstrated variability in levels of motivation and self-efficacy beliefs among 729 teacher candidates. Factor analysis indicated that both motivation and self-efficacy to teach numeracy represented valid and reliable factors reflective of Goos’ rich interpretation of numeracy. Subsequent interviews with nine teacher educators yielded qualitative themes such as the significance of previous mathematical education and experience, and the role of teacher educators in fostering critical thinking of pre-service teachers. Integrating the quantitative and qualitative results highlights the need for sustained efforts to understand and improve teacher motivation and self-efficacy to teach numeracy within teacher education. Further research is needed to continue to improve the reliability and validity of the newly developed measure in conjunction with longitudinal and intervention studies. Overall, findings provide additional knowledge to inform ongoing program development and empirical inquiry regarding the field of numeracy teaching within initial teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design employed in this study can be referred to as a mixed-methods approach, using methods that capture both quantitative and qualitative data. The research design can also be described as a descriptive cross-sectional study rather than an explanatory or experimental one. In this study, data collection through the survey questionnaire and interviews occurred at a single point in time, providing a snapshot of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence levels and the perspectives of teacher educators. This approach does not involve experimental manipulation or intervention, nor does it seek to establish causal relationships or explanations for observed phenomena. Furthermore, the research design emphasizes the measurement and description of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence, rather than attempting to manipulate variables to determine causation. Thus, the study's primary focus is on describing and understanding the current state of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence in numeracy instruction, making it consistent with a descriptive cross-sectional research design. The research can also be divided into two perspectives. The first perspective was gained through the development and administration of a survey questionnaire designed to measure levels of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. The survey instrument was crafted based on a thorough review of relevant literature and subjectd to exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis to ensure validity and reliability. Data collected through the survey provided quantitative insights into the levels of motivation and confidence among pre-service teachers. The second perspective was developed from qualitative interviews with teacher educators using thematic analysis. These semi-structured interviews were conducted to gain an additional understanding of the nature of and factors that influence pre-service teacher motivation and confidence in teaching numeracy. The combination of these two research methods—quantitative survey data and qualitative interviews with teacher educators—allowed for a comparative examination of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence in numeracy teaching. By integrating both perspectives, this research design ensures a more robust and nuanced exploration of pre-service teacher motivation and confidence to teach numeracy, contributing to a deeper understanding of this critical aspect of teacher preparation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main contribution of this research has been the development of a new measure of motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. Having been developed through two successive studies, the developed measure achieved very acceptable validity and reliability data. Its factor structure for both the motivation and confidence scales revealed support for a conceptualisation of numeracy teaching in broad alignment with Goos’ 21st century rich model of numeracy. The descriptive data and associations between factors contributed to an understanding of the nature and structure of numeracy teaching. The measure that resulted from the first two studies provided the pre-service teacher perspective. The third study interviewed both mathematics and non-mathematics background teacher educators on their thoughts regarding pre-service teachers’ motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. Again, given the lack of literature on this issue, this research has produced insights helpful for the improvement of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programs. The resulting themes portray the extent to which teacher educators see their job as developing pre-service teachers’ motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. This also gives voice to what such educators see as problematic and challenging thereby offering suggestions for potential policy or educational initiatives in ITE. The three studies have therefore contributed knowledge to an understanding of pre-service teachers’ levels of motivation and confidence to teach numeracy. Furthermore, when taken together, they form an interesting and perhaps more nuanced and rigorous picture. Important similarities and differences can be seen when comparing the pre-service teacher and teacher educator perspectives. In particular, the importance of mathematics education was highlighted by both. Overall, this research has contributed both conceptually and empirically to the issue of numeracy teaching in ITE and has therefore provided an additional basis from which to articulate future recommendations for research and practice. References Askew, Mike (2015). Numeracy for the 21st century: a commentary. ZDM Mathematics Education 47(4), 707–712. Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman. Bennison, A. (2016). Teacher identity as an embedder-of-numeracy: Identifying ways to support teachers to promote numeracy learning across the curriculum [Doctoral dissertation, University of Queensland]. Frejd, P., Geiger, V. (2017): Exploring the Notion of Mathematical Literacy in Curricula Documents. In G. Stillman, W. Blum, & G. Kaiser (Eds.), Mathematical Modelling and Applications (pp. 255–263). Springer Geiger, V., Goos, M., Forgasz, H. (2015). A rich interpretation of numeracy for the 21st century: a survey of the state of the field. ZDM Mathematics Education, 47(4), 531–548. Karaali, G., Hernandez, E. H. V., Taylor, J. A. (2016). What's in a Name? A Critical Review of Definitions of Quantitative Literacy. Numeracy, 9(1). Goos, M., O’Sullivan, K. (2023). The Evolution and Uptake of Numeracy and Mathematical Literacy as Drivers for Curriculum Reform. In F. Leung & J. Dorier (Eds.), Mathematics Curriculum Reforms Around the World (pp. 345–357). Springer. Han, J., Yin, H., Boylan, M. (2016). Teacher motivation: Definition, research development and implications for teachers. Cogent Education, 3(1). Liljedahl, P. (2015). Numeracy task design: a case of changing mathematics teaching practice. ZDM Mathematics Education, 47(4), 625–637. O'Sullivan, K. (2022). Investigating pre-service teachers' knowledge of numeracy and their ability to teach numeracy for disciplinary learning [Doctoral dissertation, University of Limerick]. Pajares, F. (1996). Self-Efficacy Beliefs in Academic Settings. Review of Educational Research, 66(4), 543–578. Schunk, D., DiBenedetto, M. (2020). Motivation and social cognitive theory. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 60. Schunk, D., Pintrich, P, Meece, J. (1996). Motivation in education: theory, research, and applications. Merrill. Shulman, L. (1987). Knowledge and Teaching:Foundations of the New Reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1–23. Steen, L. (2001). Mathematics and democracy. The case for quantitative literacy. NCED. Tsatsaroni, A., Evans, J. (2014). Adult numeracy and the totally pedagogised society: PIAAC and other international surveys in the context of global educational policy on lifelong learning. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 87(2), 167–186. Vacher, H. L. (2019). The Second Decade of Numeracy: Entering the Seas of Literacy. Numeracy, 12(1). 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Facilitating Compassionate Learning: An Ethnographic Study of Education and Care in Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities in Sweden. University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Contribution Education serves as a key to independence and personal development. In Sweden, children with intellectual disabilities attend a Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities. The education is adapted to the needs of each pupil and aims to provide knowledge, personal development and well-being. There is high staff density with special education teachers and paraprofessionals. Much of the educational practice is conducted by teaching assistants without any formal academic training and there is evidence that communication regarding these teaching and learning processes between teachers and paraprofessionals to be a hurdle. There is limited research that has engaged with the everyday practices within these school settings. Incorporated within a broader research initiative, this study is conducted within the framework of a larger research project carried out in collaboration between a specialised compulsory school and university: "The path towards collaboration for education in a Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities: in the tension between teaching, care, physiotherapy, and occupational therapy." The study is grounded in the Sociocognitive theory formation (Bandura, 1977), which emphasizes how learning and knowledge development are influenced by interactions among individuals, their environment, and their own cognitive processes. In the context of Compulsory School for Pupils with severe Intellectual disabilities, the focus will be how teaching and care are shaped and impacted by social and cognitive factors. The research investigates how teaching and care in Compulsory School for Pupils with severe Intellectual disabilities take shape within the framework of sociocognitive theory. The study will shed light on how teachers and students can interact to create a conducive learning environment and how sociocognitive processes can influence students' well-being and knowledge development. Within Sociocognitive theory, self-efficacy, also known as confidence or self-capability (Bandura, 1997), is a central concept. Self-efficacy refers to an individual's perceived ability to successfully perform a task within a specific context. In this study, the sociocognitive theory with a focus on self-efficacy will be utilised as the theoretical framework for interpreting the results. In this study, sociocognitive theory with a focus on self-efficacy will be used as the theoretical framework to interpret the results and describe how self-efficacy, according to sociocognitive theory, can impact teaching and care in Compulsory school for Pupils with severe Intellectual disabilities. The analysis explores how self-efficacy manifests itself in students and how it affects their engagement, goal setting, and perseverance in the learning process, as well as how teachers' beliefs in students' abilities influence instruction. The individual's belief in their ability to perform a specific task, according to Bandura's theory of self-efficacy, influences the goals they set and their confidence in achieving them. The level of self-confidence affects how much effort the individual invests in reaching these goals and the degree of persistence when facing challenges (Caprara, G.V., Barbaranelli, C., Steca, P. & Malone, P.S., 2006). The purpose of the study is to examine the relationship between teaching and care in a Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities. The study describes how teaching and care take place and how these factors can interact to benefit students' knowledge development. The purpose is further specified in the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method The study adopts an ethnographic approach, aiming to gain a profound understanding of the specific context and intricate dynamics of collaboration between care and teaching and its impact on students' learning. Employing an ethnographic approach in the investigation of teaching and care in Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities involves immersing oneself in the daily environment and culture of the school to comprehend and interpret social interactions and behaviours. The data comprises 50 hours of video observations and field notes documenting educational practices. Collecting empirical data through video documentation enables a more in-depth analysis of interactions among individuals, groups, and contexts compared to observations solely relying on written documentation (Eidevald, 2022). Conducting observations supported by video technology allows for the study of interaction situations and highlights subtle signals (Andersson and Tvingstedt, 2009; Tanner and Roos, 2017). This study is conducted in an environment where various forms of Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) play a central role in participant interactions. Hence, video documentation is a favorable method for gathering empirical data as it facilitates a detailed examination of teacher and student interactions through both verbal and non-verbal communication (Tanner and Roos, 2017). To capture details and provide a comprehensive description, video observations were complemented with field notes during all observation sessions. Field notes are a crucial component of data collection in the execution of a condensed ethnographic study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes The purpose of the study is to examine the relationship between teaching and care in a Compulsory School for Pupils with Intellectual disabilities. The study describes how teaching and care take place and how these factors can interact to benefit students' knowledge development. The analysis is based on the empirical data collection methods outlined above. The analysis explores how self-efficacy manifests itself in students and how it affects their engagement, goal setting, and perseverance in the learning process, as well as how teachers' beliefs in students' abilities influence instruction. The staff's competence in Alternative and Augmentative Communication (AAC) is a direct influencing factor on students' level of participation in education. To enable knowledge development, trust in the abilities of both students and teachers is crucial. By possessing adequate knowledge and skills in AAC, opportunities for increased communicative interaction are created, thereby fostering students' complete engagement and participation in the learning process. References References Bandura, A. (1977). Social learning theory. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall. Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: the exercise of control. Basingstoke: W. H. Freeman. Eidevald, C. (2022). Videoobservationer. Ahrne, G. och Svensson, P. (Red.), Handbok i kvalitativa metoder. (Upplaga 3). (s. 139-152). Stockholm: Liber. Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: a relational approach to ethics & moral education. (Second edition, updated). Berkeley, California: University of California Press. Plantin Ewe, L. (2022). Lärares relationskompetens i möte med elever med ADHD. Diss. (sammanfattning): Malmö universitet, 2022. Malmö. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Diffracting Environmental Education in Uncertain Times: A Critical Posthuman and Decolonial Approach to Utopia as Method University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:While contemporary research affirms we will soon arrive at the point of irreconcilable ecological breakdown, new technologies are advancing rapidly, imbricating themselves into every facet of our lives. Yet today’s mainstream Environmental Education (EE) research lacks thorough exploration of the onto-epistemological origins surrounding how education could/should exist within current entanglements of technology with/in nature. In fact, EE, as positioned in its neoliberal context, driven by a Eurocentric research community, has defaulted to anthropocentric perspectives which force a nature/culture binary (Aikens et al., 2016). What’s more, potentially promising alternative (or ‘transformative’) approaches remain fragmented across EE and are oftentimes inaccessible to teachers. This paper is thus positioned within the critical current of posthumanism, which brings together critiques of exclusionary, hierarchical, and anthropocentric humanisms from, for example, feminist, decolonial, queer, ecofeminist, STS, and environmental studies (Braidotti, Jones, & Klumbytė, 2022). Critical posthumanism includes decolonial perspectives, which challenge narratives that promote unbridled technological progress by unravelling human/tech, human/nature, and nature/tech binaries and can centre EE within the ever-plural, entangled nature that includes all environments (biological, social, technological), viewing these environments as ontologically and epistemologically entangled (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017). Critical posthuman onto-epistemologies are particularly relevant to this aim of reconceptualising EE in an ecologically and technologically uncertain world as they stress the hybrid, intersectional, and relational aspects of existence where humans are irreducibly entangled with technology and the environment, co-evolving alongside one another. (Barad, 2007; Braidotti, Jones, & Klumbytė, 2022) As a result, in my ongoing research as a doctoral scholar, I argue that EE should engage more critically and deeply with envisioning and enacting new ways of being in the world. I propose a reconceptualisation of education that disrupts the constraints of an anthropocentric education system in the Global North, and engages with transformative approaches that do not perpetuate epistemic, social, ecological or technological violence, so we might collectively and effectively help our students navigate the realities of their future and our changing world. I ask: what does living, thriving and dying well on a damaged planet ask from Environmental Education? I draw from the ‘real utopia’ movement within social sciences and humanities research, which formulate concrete proposals to address systemic injustices designed to challenge and transform existing paradigms (Wright, 2010). To do so, this research takes a decolonial approach to Levitas’ (2013) three-staged methodological-philosophical framework ‘Utopia-as-Method’ (UAM) to not only critically analyse the current discourse in EE but also to imagine and construct alternative habits of knowing and being which take into account the technological realities of today’s world. In this project, UAM’s first stage, Archaeology, involves a critical exploration of current trends, underlying assumptions and metanarratives in EE through a critical hermeneutic literature review, serving as a basis for envisioning transformative alternatives. Stage 2, Ontology, is grounded on an exploration of alternative ways of being and possibilities for the future through decolonial diffractive readings, while Stage 3, Architecture, is where I seek to build alternative EE futures drawing on a research-creation method. This paper will briefly discuss the trends emerging from Stage 1, including, for example, the aforementioned anthropocentric, Western-centric research community, resulting in various instances of colonial modernity and techno-optimism. The methodological approach of Stage 2 (decolonial diffractive readings) will then be discussed in detail. Having critically considered and unearthed many underlying assumptions and conditions in EE, Stage 2, the Ontology stage of UAM, is grounded on an exploration of alternative ways of being and possibilities for the future, challenging existing ideas and boundaries. Finally, this paper will discuss the implications of these findings on the final UAM Stage within the broader research project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach for this study will engage with central ideas from the area of Decolonial Research, which is an ontological and socio-political position from which to approach and enact research methodologies (Tuck et al., 2014). Decoloniality in research methods highlights the context in which research problems are conceptualised and their implications and relationship to power, creating different orientations to research (Smith, 2012). The ontological task here is one grounded on decolonial perspectives, informed by critical posthuman (post-qualitative) inquiry, through diffractive reading. This decolonial diffractive approach allows for new insights and unexpected connections that differ from the aforementioned Eurocentric trends I seek to reconceptualize in EE. Diffractive reading is a departure from normative representational readings toward a reading that embraces a more fluid, relational, and contextually situated approach to inquiry, where multiple perspectives and voices are considered and engaged with (Mazzei, 2014). This approach involves reading one discipline/text/approach with detailed, attentive care through another, allowing them to intersect and influence each other (Fox & Alldred, 2023). In doing so, the material and the discursive become entangled through the diffractive apparatus, producing unpredictable patterns of thought and knowledge (Mazzei, 2014). This approach to reading explores openings for transformative action in EE and observes how they shape each other and/or produce new ideas surrounding what ‘education’ in uncertain times entails. Thus, I will detail my process of thinking with theory, and of deploying concepts to see how they entangle and change/generate thinking. The findings summarised in Stage 1 will be the luminaries to Stage 2, highlighting what needs further exploration, including discourses not currently (or prominently) featured in EE literature. My diffractive apparatus is built around the notion of defamiliarisation to destabilise colonial norms of knowing and thinking in research and education. I explore seemingly different material-discursive phenomena in relationship with one another and pay attention to the patterns of difference generated. While this research is still ongoing, I anticipate the diffractive readings will engage with pedagogy, Indigenous cosmologies, ecofeminism and deep ecology, AI/technology philosophy, and personal narratives. The aim is to bring these ostensibly different texts in dialogue together to see what emerges. This process includes close readings of the texts followed by diffractive readings and researcher reflexivity using a journal. These journal entries include reflections and memories as a teacher to serve as a bridge from the diffractive process back into education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Exploring seemingly different material-discursive phenomena in relationship with one another can generate unpredictable patterns of behaviour. For example, in one diffractive reading within this Stage 2, Ubuntu–a southern African ethic/philosophy (Murove, 2012) was read through Le Guin’s (2019) feminist view of storytelling and technology, The Carrier Bag Theory. In doing so, both Ubuntu and Carrier Bag were made unfamiliar and seen anew in light of the patterns they create, offering insights for understanding technology as a receptacle for togetherness–community, sharing, and communication. This diffractive methodology then brings forth the impetus to question the dominating Eurocentric epistemologies of the Global North, while also examining how technology and human-machine interfaces influence how we perceive and experience. When linked with other diffractive readings on pedagogy and ecology, I expect unique ways of educating in contemporary times to emerge, which this paper will discuss. As mentioned, EE has been overwhelmingly informed by an anthropocentric philosophical underpinning that promotes an ontological separateness of human/nature/technology with roots in coloniality. As such, this paper aims to interrogate onto-epistemologies often overlooked in mainstream EE, and their potential contributions to teachers’ work around EE in formal contexts of education. Despite the rapid technological advancements and ecological emergencies that define the zeitgeist of contemporary life (Daub, 2020), ontological questions surrounding technology are an area of relative neglect within EE literature. Nevertheless, this type of thinking is necessary for transforming EE. What’s more, many EE scholars call for a new way of being with regard to education and nature (Morrell & Connor, 2002), but do not seem to be able to articulate what a human-nature-technology shift entails. Where traditional EE falls short in its neoliberal, anthropocentric habits, this paper proposes critical posthuman and decolonial methodological approaches can move us into new habits of being and educating in uncertain times. References Aikens, K., McKenzie, M., & Vaughter, P. (2016). Environmental and Sustainability Education Policy Research: A systematic review of methodological and thematic trends. Environmental Education Research, 22(3), 333–359. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Bozalek & Zembylas, M. (2017). Diffraction or reflection? Sketching the contours of two methodologies in educational research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 30(2), 111–127. Braidotti, Jones, E., & Klumbytė, G. (2022). More Posthuman Glossary / Rosi Braidotti, Emily Jones, Goda Klumbyte. Daub. (2020). What tech calls thinking : an inquiry into the intellectual bedrock of Silicon Valley / Adrian Daub. (First edition.). Fox, & Alldred, P. (2023). Applied Research, Diffractive Methodology, and the Research-Assemblage: Challenges and Opportunities. Sociological Research Online, 28(1), 93–109. https://doi.org/10.1177/13607804211029978 Le Guin, 2019. The carrier bag theory of fiction (introduced by Donna Haraway). London: Ignota Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as Method: The Imaginary Reconstitution of Society. Palgrave Macmillan. Mazzei. (2014). Beyond an Easy Sense. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(6), 742–746. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800414530257 Morrell & O’Connor. (2002). Introduction. In: Expanding the boundaries of transformative learning: Essays on theory and praxis. Edited by E. O’Sullivan, A. Murove, M. (2012). Ubuntu. Diogenes (English Ed.), 59(3-4), 36–47. https://doi.org/10.1177/0392192113493737 Smith, Linda Tuhiwai. (2012). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and Indigenous peoples (Second ed.) London: Zed books Tuck, E., McKenzie, M., & McCoy, K. (2014). Land Education: Indigenous, post-colonial, and decolonizing perspectives on Place and Environmental Education Research. Environmental Education Research, 20(1), 1–23. Wright, E. O. (2010). Envisioning Real Utopias. Verso. New York, NY. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 C: Social Justice and Intercultural Education Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eleni Damianidou Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teachers’ Role in Reducing Inequalities for Roma Students: Case Studies in Serbia Charles University, Faculty of Education Presenting Author:Roma, Europe’s biggest ethnic minority, continue to face prejudice and social exclusion (European Commission, 2020). European Agency for Fundamental Human Rights (FRA, 2023) reports ongoing deprivation and discrimination in all the key areas, cautioning about the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and inflation. While global challenges amplify the struggle Roma face in Europe, it could be argued that Roma continue to live in uncertainty irrespective of them. Similar to other European countries, research in Serbia indicates stigmatization, lower levels of employment, participation in preschool, school and higher education, lower academic achievements, higher absenteeism and risk of early school leaving, and segregation in education (Civil Rights Defenders, 2018; FRA, 2023; Jovanović et al., 2013; Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia & UNICEF, 2019). One of the priority areas of the Strategic Action Plan on Roma and Traveller Inclusion (2020-2025) is “supporting access to inclusive quality education and training” (European Commission, 2020). Britton (2014) emphasizes that quality education is crucial for oppressed minorities: without quality education, Roma are unable to change the circumstances they live in, fight discrimination and obtain other basic human rights. Grounded in the theoretical framework of social justice education, this study emphasizes teachers as key actors in enhancing Roma students' learning opportunities and life chances. Inclusive education is related to “challenging the ways in which educational systems reproduce and perpetuate social inequalities” (Liasidou, 2012, p. 168). Aims to eliminate the oppression and marginalization of some groups of students are rooted in critical pedagogy (Giroux 1992; McLaren 1998, as cited in Liasidou, 2012). Teachers can have a crucial role in fostering trust between Roma students and schools and motivating them to participate (Bhopal, 2011, 468, as cited in Zachos, 2017). By choosing teaching and classroom management methods teachers either support or hinder students’ performances (Zachos, 2017). While critical pedagogy and social justice discourse are criticized for being abstract and neglecting learning goals, this study focuses on their practical aspects such as integrating students' personal experience into teaching, fostering critical thinking (Katz, 2014), empathy, activism (Burke & Collier, 2017), multiple perspectives and discussions, valuing diversity, and challenging the curriculum (Cochran‐Smith et al., 2009). Moreover, Cochran-Smith et al. (2009) argue that social justice teaching focuses on high achievements as a basis for challenging inequalities. This study also relies on the concept of teacher agency for social justice as defined by Pantić and Florian (2015). They combine the model of teacher agency (Pantić, 2015) with the framework for evidencing inclusive pedagogy in action (Florian & Spratt 2013), referring to teachers’ agency as their sense of purpose, competence, autonomy and reflexivity (Pantić & Florian, 2015, pp. 344–346). Teacher’s agency depends on micro, meso and macro level factors such as institutional structures and assumptions or teachers’ implicit beliefs (Pantić, 2021). Therefore, this study focuses on the role of the teacher in reducing inequalities for Roma pupils. The research questions are: 1) How do teachers view their role in promoting high achievements and social justice for Roma students? 2) How do teachers promote high achievements and social justice for Roma students through teaching, supporting relationships between students and collaboration with families? 3) How do other actors of the school community view the teacher’s role in promoting high achievements and social justice for Roma students? 4) What are the challenges and support mechanisms that teachers recognize in promoting high achievements and social justice for Roma children in Serbia? As Lingard & Mills (2007, p. 234) warn, it is important not to be “too optimistic” nor “too pessimistic” about teachers' influence on social justice, but exploring different perspectives can help provide important insights into this potential. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study presents the first phase of qualitative doctoral dissertation research employing a multiple case study design conducted in two primary schools in Belgrade, Serbia, with high proportions of Roma students (the second phase will be set in two schools in the Czech Republic). The sample was purposive and prioritized the schools with a high proportion of Roma students, that were more accessible for data collection (Stake, 2006). An indicator of a high number of Roma students was the employment of a pedagogical assistant to support Roma students. To explore different contexts, one selected school had 99% Roma students, manifesting ethnic segregation, and the other had around 15%, with 2 to 5 Roma students in classrooms. Case studies were chosen because they allow various methods and multiple sources (Yin, 2018). The study included lesson observations using the ICALT observational tool and notes to record indicators of the teaching quality of Roma students specifically and in general. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with class teachers (6 from one, and 5 from the other school), counseling staff (school psychologist and/or school pedagogue), pedagogical assistants, Roma students (4 from the first school and 3 from the second school) and Roma family members (3 from the first school and 7 from the second school). All participants were informed of the study's purpose, assured confidentiality and the right to withdraw, and provided written consent to participate. For children, parental consent was obtained. Two classes in each school were studied as embedded units of analysis, involving lesson observations and interviews with class teachers, Roma students, and family members. The inability to reach some parents in the first school limited the interviews with no parents from two embedded units participating and no parental consent for students from one of the units. In the second school, a visit to the Roma settlement with the pedagogical assistant was possible to interview the family members and note the living conditions. In the first school apart from the two embedded units, two more classes were visited for lesson observation on the initiative of the class teacher. Teacher interviews delved into their role in Roma students' education, teaching methods, addressing specific needs, their agency for societal changes, obstacles, and support systems in education. Other participants deepened the understating of the teacher’s role in the education of Roma students and the needs of Roma families, with each group of participants sharing their authentic experience. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initial findings reveal the complexity of teachers' role in addressing Roma students' needs. Other participants see teachers as the main factor in motivating Roma students to learn and attend school. Reflecting on the teacher agency for social justice (Pantić & Florian, 2015), the teachers' sense of purpose differs, with some prioritizing literacy in the first school due to high absenteeism, while teachers in the second school focus on fostering tolerance as the classes are mixed. However, prioritizing social acceptance over learning goals may perpetuate the unprivileged position of Roma students (Jovanovic, 2018). Following previous findings, some teachers transfer responsibility to families (Jovanovic et al., 2014; Peček & Macura-Milovanović, 2012), believe in Roma privilege and minority status abuse (Dimitrijevic et al., 2017; Simić & Vranješević, 2022). Conversely, Roma families and children emphasize the significance of education for improving their living conditions. Regarding competence for social justice, observations show that teachers vary in their success at creating inclusive classrooms that foster critical thinking and engagement. Roma children mostly see their teacher as a motivator, source of knowledge, support, trust and understanding. Similar to earlier research (Cochran‐Smith et al., 2009; Picower, 2011), teachers perceive their role in effecting change mainly at the classroom level (e.g., they undertake humanitarian actions, promote education, tolerance, empathy, or foster high achievements). As for autonomy and reflexivity, teachers highlight the importance of collaboration with their colleagues in providing quality education for all. As in other studies (Cochran‐Smith et al., 2009; Katz, 2014; Lingard & Mills, 2007; Picower, 2011), teachers cite system limitations (monitoring, high expectations, rigid curriculum, lack of trust). However, they fall short in acknowledging Roma culture, language and the significance of their participation in the societal changes. Intercultural dialogue is necessary in Serbia and other European countries for developing tolerance and eliminating exclusion (Rutigliano, 2020). References Britton, E. (2014). The right to education of Roma children in the Czech Republic, Hungary, Romania and Slovakia [University of Birmingham]. Cochran‐Smith, M., Shakman, K., Jong, C., Terrell, D. G., Barnatt, J., & McQuillan, P. (2009). Good and Just Teaching: The Case for Social Justice in Teacher Education. American Journal of Education, 115(3), 347–377. https://doi.org/10.1086/597493 Dimitrijevic, B., Petrovic, D., & Leutwyler, B. (2017). Teachers’ implicit beliefs about the students of the Roma and the Hungarian cultural group. Zbornik Instituta Za Pedagoska Istrazivanja, 49(1), 55–76. https://doi.org/10.2298/ZIPI1701055D European Commission. (2020, October 7). Roma equality, inclusion and participation in the EU - European Commission. https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/policies/justice-and-fundamental-rights/combatting-discrimination/roma-eu/roma-equality-inclusion-and-participation-eu_en FRA. (2023). Roma in 10 European countries: Main results. Publications Office of the European Union. Jovanovic, O., Simic, N., & Rajovic, V. (2014). Students at risk: Perceptions of Serbian teachers and implications for teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(2), 220–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2013.858693 Katz, L. (2014). Teachers’ Reflections on Critical Pedagogy in the Classroom. InterActions: UCLA Journal of Education and Information Studies, 10(2). https://doi.org/10.5070/D4102017865 Liasidou, A. (2012). Inclusive Education and Critical Pedagogy at the Intersections of Disability, Race, Gender and Class. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 10(1), 168–184. Lingard, B., & Mills, M. (2007). Pedagogies making a difference: Issues of social justice and inclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 11(3), 233–244. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110701237472 Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 27311. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311 Peček, M., & Macura-Milovanović, S. (2012). Who is responsible for vulnerable pupils? The attitudes of teacher candidates in Serbia and Slovenia. European Journal of Teacher Education, 35(3), 327–346. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2012.686105 Picower, B. (2011). Resisting Compliance: Learning to Teach for Social Justice in a Neoliberal Context. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 113(5), 1105–1134. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811111300503 Rutigliano, A. (2020). Inclusion of Roma students in Europe: A literature review and examples of policy initiatives (OECD Education Working Papers 228; OECD Education Working Papers, Vol. 228). Simić, N., & Vranješević, J. (2022). I fight, therefore I am: Success factors of Roma university students from Serbia. Psiholoska Istrazivanja, 25(2), 205–223. Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia, & UNICEF. (2019). Serbia Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey and Serbia Roma Settlements Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey, 2019, Survey Findings Report. Zachos, D. T. (2017). Teachers’ perceptions, attitudes and feelings towards pupils of Roma origin. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(10), 1011–1027. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1326176 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Examining the Impact of Principal Leadership on Inclusive Education Implementation: A Case Study of One South Kazakhstani Inclusive School NIS Taldykorgan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Recently, Kazakhstan established a policy on inclusive education. By making adjustments to existing policies and introducing new ones, the country aims make the educational system inclusive with the goal of having 70% of all schools enrolled by the end of 2025 (Makoelle, 2020). The most recent developments in Kazakhstan indicate that inclusive education is still associated with special needs students and, as a result, only sometimes accommodates all forms of diversity. According to Zholtayeva et al. (2013, as cited in Makoelle, 2020), inclusive education in the Kazakh context entails integrating all students with special needs into the classroom, placing a focus on the use of a variety of methodologies and learning resources, as well as having school staff choose from a variety of approaches to the learning process. Research on inclusive policies and practices implies that inclusive leadership poses a distinct challenge. In line with Ryan's (2006) perspective, inclusive leadership involves collaborative procedures that broaden the scope of leadership to address matters such as teacher involvement, the presence of administrators at different organizational levels, and engagement with the school community. Therefore, this research aims to explore the following questions: • What leadership practices does the principal employ to promote inclusive education within the school? • What obstacles does the principal encounter while fostering and guiding inclusive education initiatives? • How does the principal support school staff and educators in adopting inclusive education principles in their classrooms? This research seeks to study the actions of a school leader in Taldykorgan that promote inclusive education. Their views could provide insights into how the school administration, staff, teachers, and parents establish inclusive practices in their contexts. This study will examine school leader's overall views and understanding of inclusion, their specific strategies and the problems they experience while implementing inclusive education. The study underscores the significance of inclusive education as a crucial factor for school improvement, with a school leader playing a pivotal role in expanding learning opportunities for all students. The research holds importance in multiple ways: Firstly, it advances inclusive education in Kazakhstan by highlighting successful practices that can be adopted by other school leaders to foster more inclusive school cultures, resulting in better student outcomes. Secondly, the study identifies leadership skills and strategies that can facilitate the development of effective leadership practices, benefiting policymakers and school leaders seeking to enhance their leadership capabilities. Lastly, the research offers evidence-based recommendations to inform policy decisions to enhance inclusive education in Kazakhstan, promoting inclusive schools' growth and practical leadership approaches. Given the limited research on leaders' perspectives in this domain, the study substantially contributes to the existing literature on inclusive education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Creswell (1998) explains that data generation methods refer to the techniques employed to collect data for empirical research. In case studies, it is common to utilize various sources of information to ensure a comprehensive analysis of the phenomenon under investigation. The semi-structured interview will be conducted on a one-on-one basis and will comprise of open-ended questions that enable participants to share their ideas freely. As stated by Johnson and Christensen (2012), open-ended questions will facilitate the collection of comprehensive and accurate information regarding the research topic. They are an essential aspect of qualitative research, which seeks to understand the subjective experiences of the participants using their own language. Furthermore, observations will be conducted as one of the data collection methods. According to Morgan et al., (2017), observation methods offer the advantage of going beyond other techniques that primarily or exclusively rely on self-reported data. Observations involve systematically watching and recording participants behaviors, interactions, and activities in their natural setting (Creswell, 2013). By observing the participants within the school environment, the researcher can gain valuable insights into how inclusive practices are implemented and experienced on a day-to-day basis. The observations will be guided by a predefined observation protocol to ensure consistency and relevance to the research objectives. Notes, field observations, and records will be taken during the observation process to document the observed behaviors and interactions. As a means of triangulation I will use document analysis, as organizational and institutional documents have long been a fundamental component of qualitative research. In recent times, there has been a rise in research reports and journal articles that incorporate document analysis as a crucial part of their methodology (Bowen, 2009). As a researcher I aim to enhance credibility through triangulation, which involves bringing together multiple sources of evidence (Eisner, 1991, p. 110). By analyzing data obtained through various methods, the researcher can validate findings across different datasets, thereby minimizing the influence of potential biases inherent in a single study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research examining the impact of principal leadership on inclusive education implementation in a South Kazakhstani inclusive school is expected to yield valuable insights into various critical aspects of inclusive education. This comprehensive investigation aims to shed light on the following key outcomes: Firstly, the study is likely to identify effective leadership practices employed by school principals that positively influence the successful implementation of inclusive education. This may encompass strategies for fostering an inclusive school culture, promoting collaboration among staff members, and addressing the diverse needs of students. Moreover, the research is poised to uncover insights into how principals facilitate and encourage teacher collaboration within the school. Effective leadership may be linked to the promotion of professional development opportunities that enhance teachers' abilities to support diverse learners. Another significant aspect of the research involves examining how principals allocate resources to support inclusive education. This encompasses not only staffing considerations but also the allocation of material resources. Additionally, the study may identify effective support systems for students with diverse needs. Furthermore, the study is expected to provide recommendations for educational policies at regional or national levels that can support and enhance the implementation of inclusive education. This may involve highlighting areas where policy adjustments could be beneficial. Additionally, the role of principals in developing community and parental involvement in inclusive education will be explored. Effective leadership may be linked to creating partnerships with the community and ensuring parents are actively engaged in the inclusive education process. To contextualize the findings, the research may compare its results with international best practices in inclusive education leadership. This comparative analysis could provide insights into global trends and successful models that can be adapted to the South Kazakhstani context. References Ainscow, M., Booth, T. and Dyson, A. (2004), “Understanding and developing inclusive practices in schools: a collaborative action research network”, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 8(2), pp. 125-139. Ainscow, M. (2005). Developing inclusive education systems: what are the levers for change?. Journal of educational change, 6(2). Ainscow, M. (2007). From special education to effective schools for all: a review of progress so far. The SAGE handbook of special education, 146-159. Ainscow, M., & Sandill, A. (2010). Developing inclusive education systems: The role of organisational cultures and leadership. International journal of inclusive education, 14(4), 401-416. Booth, T., Ainscow, M., Black-Hawkins, K., Vaughan, M., & Shaw, L. (2002). Index for inclusion. Developing learning and participation in schools, 2. Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), 27-40. Carrington, S. and Robinson, R. (2004) A case study of inclusive school development: a journey of learning, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 8(2), pp. 141-153. Connelly, L. M. (2010). What is phenomenology?. Medsurg Nursing, 19(2), 127. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Pearson Education, 4th edition. University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Forlin, C. (1995). Educators beliefs about inclusive practices in Western Australia. British Journal of Special Education, 22(4), 179-185. Forlin, C., Keen, M., & Barrett, E. (2008). The concerns of mainstream teachers: Coping with inclusivity in an Australian context. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 55(3), 251-264. Forlin, C. (2013). Changing paradigms and future directions for implementing inclusive education in developing countries. Asian Journal of Inclusive Education, 1(2), 19-31. Makoelle, T. M. (2020). Schools’ transition toward inclusive education in post-Soviet countries: Selected cases in Kazakhstan. Sage Open, 10(2), 2158244020926586. Moberg, S., & Savolainen, H. (2003). Struggling for inclusive education in the North and the South: Educators perceptions on inclusive education in Finland and Zambia. International Journal of Rehabilitation Research, 26(1), 21-31. Morgan, S. J., Pullon, S. R., Macdonald, L. M., McKinlay, E. M., & Gray, B. V. (2017). Case study observational research: A framework for conducting case study research where observation data are the focus. Qualitative health research, 27(7), 1060-1068. Roberts, M. & Guerra, F. R. (2017). Principals perceptions of their knowledge in special education. Current Issues in Education, 20(1), 1-16. Ryan, J. (2006). Inclusive leadership and social justice for schools. Leadership and Policy in schools, 5(1), 3-17. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Reconceptualising the Value of Vulnerability for Vocational Education and Training and Workplace Education University of Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:Even though 750 millions classify as vulnerable, vulnerable workers with generally lower levels of human capital, are scientifically understudied As a result of a literature review, vulnerability has been widely used in VET as a synonym for being disadvantaged, stereotyped, marginalized, or theorized and conceptualized loosely or not at all. The theoretical concept of vulnerability allows the link between VET and social justice, here conceptualized as educational equity, to be captured. The term vulnerability represents that oppression is structurally present in all systems, including workplace education. (Lopez-Fogues, 2016). Vulnerability is not understood as only physically, but as relational vulnerable in the context of its social situatedness (Burghardt et al., 2019). This tries to capture individuals as well as groups as being part of bigger systems of power and hierarchies, which are being re-produced, re-negotiated and re-discussed in interpersonal relationships which leads to differing levels of vulnerability. Organizations and practices, such as VET, play a double role in a) constituting and b) depending on social infrastructure (Scheibmayr, 2023). Limitations of certain groups, such as vulnerable workforce, are usually not considered when designing training (Carvajal Muñoz, 2022). If recognised as a concept in VET, it can be used as an anthropological category which inevitably brings the pedagogical obligation to avoid violation (Burghardt et al., 2019). In order to conceptualize vulnerability in vocational education and training (VET) at both the individual and the organizational level, the question arises as to whether existing theories, focusing on work-based learning (WBL) theories, are applicable. The idea is to identify common conceptualizations and theorizations of vulnerability in VET in order to reconceptualize it's value as a tool for exploring the underlying social structure of organizational practice in VET, with a focus on WBL. Following the example of Corlett et al. (2019), vulnerability should be used here as an alternative, more humane idea of the individual learner in VET. This can offer an alternative way of seeing human limits and provide alternative discourses to the dominant neoliberal ones. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This project is planned to be of a conceptual form. Theoretical relevance is given by the fact that relevant research is still at an exploratory and theory-building level concerning vulnerable workforce in general (Restubog et al., 2021, 2023; VETNET, 2023). To fully do justice to vulnerable workforce, any vulnerabilities have to be considered in conjunction with the concept of intersectionality (Gilodi et al., 2022). Another challenge comes with the aimed group itself, as it makes deepened ethical considerations necessary (Restubog et al., 2023). This comes due to the fact that the use of the vulnerability concept may reproduce paternalistic patterns as well as stereotypes and may give authority to certain agencies (Scheibmayr, 2023) or may be misused as a tool for oppression or control (Gilodi et al., 2022). The work can be categorised as post-structuralist, as it uses Butler's concept of vulnerability and refers to Foucault's question of how people become subjects in many theoretical constructs. The aim is to overcome categorical and conceptual dichotomies. (Ricken & Balzer, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The contribution is used on several levels. It can be used as epistemology, ontology or ethics and can therefore contribute to a broader research agenda in VET. As VET is at the intersection of work and education, it is important to understand the challenges associated with vulnerable workers in order to identify whether personal or contextual elements contribute to workers' vulnerability. Vulnerability as a concept is valuable here as it theorises shared interdependence and dependence on social infrastructure. (Scheibmayr, 2023). The relevance lies in the fact that vulnerability as a workplace issue contributes to the development of social justice (McWhirter & McWha-Hermann, 2021). It may also be of organisational relevance, as preventing access to HRM practices and skills development may reproduce (educational) inequality (Amis et al., 2020; Piasna et al., 2013). Therefore, the findings of this study may have implications for human resource development, especially concerning educational programmes, which may lead to the implementation of more inclusive and equitable training programmes. References Burghardt, D., Dederich, M., Dziabel, N., Krebs, M., Lohwasser, D., Noack Napoles, J., Stöhr, R., & Zirfas, J. (2019). Die Frage der Vulnerabilität. Eine Einleitung. In R. Stöhr, D. Lohwasser, J. Noack Napoles, D. Burghardt, M. Dederich, N. Dziabel, M. Krebs, & J. Zirfas, Schlüsselwerke der Vulnerabilitätsforschung (S. 1–14). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-20305-4_1 Carvajal Muñoz, M. R. (2022). Training policy among vulnerable unemployed groups: Its contextualisation and difficult relationship with the capabilities approach. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2022.2159860 Corlett, S., Mavin, S., & Beech, N. (2019). Reconceptualising vulnerability and its value for managerial identity and learning. Management Learning, 50(5), 556–575. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507619865650 Gilodi, A., Albert, I., & Nienaber, B. (2022). Vulnerability in the Context of Migration: A Critical Overview and a New Conceptual Model. Human Arenas. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42087-022-00288-5 Guile, D., Unwin, L., Brown, C., McMullen, M. B., File, N., Hall, G. E., Gollnick, D. M., Quinn, L. F., Shapiro, H., Saltman, K. J., Means, A., Beach, D., Bagley, C., Metzger, S. A., Harris, L. M., Jeynes, W., Hughes, M. T., Talbott, E., Waite, D., … Surry, D. (o. J.). The Wiley Handbook of Vocational Education and Training. Restubog, S. L. D., Deen, C. M., Decoste, A., & He, Y. (2021). From vocational scholars to social justice advocates: Challenges and opportunities for vocational psychology research on the vulnerable workforce. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 126, 103561. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2021.103561 Restubog, S. L. D., Schilpzand, P., Lyons, B., Midel Deen, C., & He, Y. (2023). The Vulnerable Workforce: A Call for Research. Journal of Management, 49(7), 2199–2207. https://doi.org/10.1177/01492063231177446 Ricken, N., & Balzer, N. (Hrsg.). (2012). Judith Butler: Pädagogische Lektüren. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-94368-8 Scheibmayr, I. (2023). Organizing vulnerability exploring Judith Butler’s conceptualization of vulnerability to study organizations. Gender, Work & Organization, gwao.13103. https://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.13103 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Group Work in Intercultural Learning Environments in Higher Education University of Umeå, Sweden Presenting Author:Student mobility has been constantly growing across the globe (Rizvi & Lingard, 2010). More and more students participate in short-term mobility programmes such as the ERASMUS+ exchange study programme, and the provision of English-taught programmes has been expanding. Following this global trend, Finland has also increased the number of English-taught programmes and courses across universities (Wächter & Maiworm, 2014) which led to a steadily increase of international degree students. Indicatively, in 2001 the number of international students in Finland was 6,877 and in two decades it tripled to 20,868 in 2020 (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2018, 2022a). These developments increased the cultural diversity inside higher education classrooms which subsequently raised the need to use flexible and culturally diverse teaching methods (Leask, 2009), as well as to implement inclusive approaches and responsive strategies (Larke, 2013). Furthermore, teachers are expected to consider students’ experiences and knowledge to construct new knowledge (Biggs & Tang, 2011) while students familiarise themselves with the new learning environment, have their own expectations (Stier, 2003) and points of reference (Hahl, 2016). Forming culturally diverse groups has been shown to have a positive impact on students’ academic and sociocultural adaptation (Wang, 2012). Yet, group work between culturally diverse students does not ensure intercultural interaction (Moore & Hampton, 2015) as it can be affected by different communication styles, values, and approaches (Reid & Garson, 2017). Following the work of Reid and Garson (2017) this paper discusses how students’ experience group work in a culturally diverse environment in higher education. The research questions are: 1) What aspects of group work contribute most positively to students’ learning experiences in an intercultural setting? 2) What are the most common challenges faced by students in an intercultural group setting? 3) What strategies were most effective in overcoming those challenges? The participants of this course were mainly exchange students in their bachelor’s level studies and a few students from the master’s degree programmes (international and Finnish students) who attended a course on Multicultural Education. The course’s participants were mainly from European countries (n=20) followed by Asian (n=16), African (n=1), and Central American countries (n=1). As a compulsory task for the course, the students were instructed to spend approximately 8 hours to read a case study (provided by the teacher), discuss it withing their group and then prepare a 20-minute presentation about it. Instructions about the focus of the presentation were also provided. The case studies were authored by the course book and were based on interviews with high school students. These case studies included the reflections of these high school students on their academic life, personal experiences, and their ties with their cultural background and family. In addition, each case study focuses on a significant theme relevant to the high school student profile such as immigration matters, language and cultural dynamics, stereotypes, identity etc. The goal of this activity was to engage in a critical analysis and discussion of the case study, exchange perspectives, develop teamwork abilities, create a presentation, and highlight effective strategies for teachers who teach in culturally diverse classrooms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used After the presentations, an email was sent to all the participants with the research privacy notice, a cover page informing the participants about the purpose of the study, including information on data management. The participants were free to accept or decline participation and their participation was done on a voluntarily basis. In the same email a consent form was also provided as well as the link to the online survey. In total the research invitation was sent to 38 participants in autumn 2023. After a week, a reminder was sent to the participants which also informed them that the link will close after three weeks. In total, out of 38 participants, 22 responded so the response rate was 58%. It has to be noted, that questions related to personal characteristics such as, gender, ethnicity, prior educational experiences were not asked in the survey to protect participants’ identity and avoid bias. The online survey was chosen as it gave the possibility to the participants to respond at their own time without the researcher being present (Braun et al., 2021). In the survey there were ten open-ended questions and a Likert-scale statement to evaluate the group work experiences. Six of the open-ended questions were adapted from Reid and Garson’s study (2017). These questions are marked with an asterisk (*) and the one without an asterisk was created by the researcher. The next questions were analysed for this study: 1. What was the best part of working in a group for this course?* 2. What was the worst part of working in a group for this course? 3. Which part of group work did you find most challenging and what were some of the strategies you used to deal with the challenges?* To analyse the qualitative data content analysis method was employed (Miles & Huberman, 1984). The participants’ responses were read multiple times while notes were taken simultaneously on differences and similarities between the responses. Then broader categories were defined with specific coding rules. After data coding, the results were analysed to identify patterns and themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that the opportunity to discuss about the case study, while listening, sharing, and exchanging perspectives and personal stories contributed most positively to students’ learning experiences. Students’ attitudes on being respectful to each other, expressing their views openly and freely were also noted by the students. Moreover, students described that this activity helped them develop negotiation skills, cultural awareness and sensitivity. The most common challenge faced by students related to practical matters such as, finding a common time to work together as students had different schedules. In addition, task division and ensuring that everyone knows their own role and responsibility was also noted. To overcome those challenges, students applied a variety of strategies such as having a leader who oversees the work progression, having a mutual participation in the fair division of the tasks, and considering what each person prefers to do. Dealing with these challenges led the students to become more aware of their position and role in a team e.g., when it is important to step back, how much to argue, how much space to give to others, which will have a positive impact in their future group work and professional career. Although the study was conducted in Finland, its findings and potential applications can be relevant to group work and instructional methods in other higher education settings. References Biggs, J. B., & Tang, C. (2011). Teaching for quality learning at university. Maidenhead, UK: Open University Press. Braun, V., Clarke, V., Boulton, E., Davey, L. & McEvoy, L. (2021). The online survey as a qualitative research tool. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. 24(6), 641-654. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2020.1805550 Finnish National Agency for Education. (2018). Statistics on foreign degree students in Finnish higher education institutions in 2017. Retrieved from https://www.oph.fi/sites/default/files/documents/167121_factsexpress9b_2018_0.pdf Finnish National Agency for Education. (2022a). International full degree students in Finnish higher education institutions (universities and universities of applied sciences) 2010-2020. Retrieved from: https://www.oph.fi/sites/default/files/documents/International%20full%20degree%20students%20in%20Finnish%20HE%202010-2020.pdf Hahl, K. (2016). Co-constructing meaning and context in international teacher education. Journal of English as a Lingua Franca, 5(1), 83–105. doi:10.1515/jelf-2016-0004 Larke, P. (2013). Culturally responsive teaching in higher education: What professors need to know. Counterpoints, 391, 38–50. Leask, B. (2009). Using formal and informal curricula to improve interactions between home and international students. Journal of Studies in International Education, 13(2), 205–221. doi:10.1177/1028315308329786 Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1984). Drawing valid meaning from qualitative data: Toward a shared craft. Educational Researcher, 13(5), 20–30. doi:10.2307/1174243 Moore, P., & Hampton, G. (2015). “It’s a bit of a generalisation, but . . .”: Participant perspectives on intercultural group assessment in higher education. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 40(3), 390–406. Reid, R., & Garson, K. (2017). Rethinking multicultural group work as intercultural learning. Journal of Studies in International Education, 21(3), 195-212. Stier, J. (2003) Internationalisation, ethnic diversity and the acquisition of intercultural competencies. Intercultural Education, 14(1), 77–91. doi:10.1080/1467598032000044674 Wang, Y. (2012). Mainland Chinese students’ group work adaptation in a UK business school. Teaching in Higher Education, 17(5), 523–535. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 D: Policy Studies and Politics of Education Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Antonis Tampouras Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Role of Educational Administration for Inclusion in School Education – A Systematic Narrative Literature Review TU Braunschweig, Germany Presenting Author:Data as well as policy evaluation results indicate that the ratification of the CRPD – by Austria in 2007 and Germany in 2009 – can rarely make an impact on the implementation of the right to inclusive education in central European countries (EASNIE, 2020; KMK, 2022; Statistik Austria, 2022). A glance at the numbers shows that Germany represents the European average (7.02%) with 7.2% of students with SEN while Austria is below the average at 5.3%. This ranks both countries in the middle of the field regarding the percentage of students with SEN. Like all European countries, Austria and Germany operate with assessment strategies to categorize students according to their abilities. The local school authorities organize the procedure to examine and assign eight to nine different SEN labels. A consistent and coherent examination strategy, nevertheless, is missing, but international classification systems like ICD-10 guide the diagnostic procedure (Buchner & Proyer, 2020; Gasterstädt et al., 2021). Thus, the organization of education and learning is shaped by traditional disability categories rather than an inclusive understanding guided by fostering participation, empowerment, and self-determination (Florian, 2014; Prengel, 2022). Based on an inclusive understanding, scholars and practitioners proclaim the organization of assessments that consider environmental factors, are conducted by multi-professional teams, and include inclusive classifications like ICF (Moretti et al., 2012; Sanches-Ferreira et al., 2014). This requires shifting the focus from diagnostics to pedagogics and thus administration with bottom-up rather than top-down approaches. It results in the trilemmatic situation of administrating (inclusive) education regarding (1) the impact of (inter)national policies, (2) the bureaucratically top-down SEN assessment systems, and (3) attempts for inclusive bottom-up practices on the ground. This leads to the following question: What aspects constitute the research field of educational administration and inclusion in school education? The paper contributes to the scientific debate on policy-making to implement inclusion in school education with a special focus on the role of educational administration in fostering social inclusion and diversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper presents the central parts of my Ph.D. desk research consisting of a Systematic Narrative Literature Review (SNRL). The research field of inclusive education and its nexus to educational administration has rarely been researched so far. Thus, the SNLR as an innovative method in educational research combines a traditional systematic approach with a snowballing strategy (Baumeister & Leary, 1997; Halász, 2019). It aims to map the research field of inclusion in school education and educational administration rather than limiting it to one specific aspect. The methodological focus of the SNLR helps to identify the theoretical implications and narratives that shape the highly interdisciplinary research topic. For the first research cycle, I used the three databases [Scopus, Jstor, and FIS Bildung] to start the review procedure with the following keywords »inclusive education OR inclusion OR special education«. The entry of »AND primary school OR secondary school OR school system« narrowed down the area of education. The terms »organizational education OR organisation OR administration OR bureaucracy ” finalized the search strategy intending to review the nexus of inclusion and educational administration across all school system levels. The German database was fed with the equivalent terms “Inklusion”, “Schule”, “Organisation”, “Administration” and “Bürokratie”. The search presented 292 papers. Following the research purpose, the selection criteria included a) English or German language, b) publishing date < 2007, c) theoretical, empirical, and methodological approaches on inclusion in school education and educational administration, and d) abstract. 57 papers met the inclusion criteria and were scanned by their abstract and full availability. Then, nine papers suit the research purpose. The second research cycle switched to snowballing to identify further literature, which was not considered by the first cycle because the SNLR is not limited to scientific literature but includes working papers, grey literature, etc. (Boyle et al., 2014). 105 documents expanded the literature corpus and finally included 114 relevant pieces. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that the research activities in the field of inclusion in school education and educational administration are very promising in terms of understanding the implementation of inclusion holistically. The SNRL revealed three main narratives: the policy narrative, the steering narrative, and the assessment narrative. All narratives vary from different ontological, epistemological, and methodological origins. They reveal different (practical) approaches with overlapping top-down and bottom-up characteristics to implement inclusion on the ground. The SNLR pictures the interplay of politics and individuals as key for successful implementation. All three narratives appear in the Austrian and German school context and describe the systematical interplay between education policies and the individuals’ practices to implement inclusion on the ground. The second narrative referred to as the steering narrative can be defined as predominately in Austria and Germany. Thereby, the Special Educational Needs Assessment constitutes the governance of inclusive education. The administration of inclusion seems to have pure steering characteristics rather than explicit pedagogical implications for students´ education and learning processes as the assessment narratives promote. The underresearched policy narrative points to the relevance of education policies and their impact but also their reproduction on the ground. As the systematical interplay between education policies and individual practices seems to be key for the implementation of inclusion on the ground, the talk shed light on the policy narrative. Using a traditional systematic review approach emerged as insufficient due to the little high-impact research and resulting from the gap in the research topic of inclusion in school education and educational administration. Thus, the extension towards an SNRL proved to be a suitable method for an overview of a wide range of interdisciplinary research. References Baumeister, R. F.; Leary, M. R. (1997). Writing narrative literature reviews. In Review of General Psychology 1 (3), p. 311-320. DOI: 10.1037//1089-2680.1.3.311. Boyle, E. A.; MacArthur, E. W.; Connolly, T. M.; Hainey, T.; Manea, M. Kärki, A. & van Rosmalen, P. (2014). A narrative literature review of games, animations and simulations to teach research methods and statistics. In Computer & Education 74, 1-14. DOI: 10.1016/j.compedu.2014.01.004. Buchner, T. & Proyer, M. (2020). From special to inclusive education policies in Austria – developments and implications for school and teacher education. In European Journal of Teacher Education 43 (1), S. 83–94. DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2019.1691992. EASNIE (2020). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education: 2018 Dataset Cross-Country Report. Odense, Denmark. Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? In European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), p. 286–294. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2014.933551. Gasterstädt, J.; Kistner, A. & Adl-Amini, K. (2021). Die Feststellung sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs als institutionelle Diskriminierung? Eine Analyse der schulgesetzlichen Regelungen. In: Zeitschrift für Inklusion (4). Under https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/551 Halász, G. (2019). Doing Systematic Literature Review - `Net Fishing´ or `Whale Hunting´? In M. Honerød Hoveid, L. Ciolan, A. Paseka & S. Marques Da Silva (eds.). Doing educational research. Overcoming challenges in practice (p. 91-113). London: SAGE Publications Ltd. KMK (2021). Sonderpädagogische Förderung an Schulen. Berlin. Under https://www.kmk.org/dokumentation-statistik/statistik/schulstatistik/sonderpaedagogische-foerderung-an-schulen.html Moretti, M.; Alves, I. & Maxwell, G. (2012). A systematic literature review of the situation of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health and the International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health-Children and Youth version in education: a useful tool or a flight of fancy? In American Journal of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation 91 (13), 3-17. DOI: 10.1097/PHM.0b013e31823d53b2. Prengel, A. (2022). Schule inklusiv gestalten. Eine Einführung in die Gründe und Handlungsmöglichkeiten. Opladen; Berlin; Toronto: Budrich. Sanches-Ferreira, M.; Silveira-Maia, M. & Alves, S. (2014). The use of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health, version for Children and Youth (ICF-CY), in Portuguese special education assessment and eligibility procedures: the professionals’ perceptions. In European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), S. 327-343. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2014.908025. Statistik Austria (2022). Schulstatistik ab 2006. Wien. Under https://statcube.at/statistik.at/ext/statcube/jsf/dataCatalogueExplorer.xhtml 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Compulsory Schooling in Sweden - The Legal Responsibility When Children do not Attend School Umeå universitet, Sweden Presenting Author:In Sweden compulsory education means that children must participate in education from the age of six, which includes one mandatory preschool year followed by nine years of compulsory school (The Education Act (2010:800) chapter 7 section 4). Children are also entitled, but not obligated, to take part in education, in for example preschool from ages 1-5 and upper secondary school.
Children who do not attend school is an increasing concern, both in Sweden and in other countries (Gren-Landell et al, 2015; Kreitz-Sandberg and Fredriksson, 2023; prop. 2017/18:182). There is a lot of focus on how to get children back to school but there is a lack of research about school´s legal responsibility in this area. In the general debate the school is highlighted as an important actor for children’s well-being. Research has shown that children with a history of problematic school attendance are at risk of early school leaving and run increased risks of weak connections to the labor market and poor health (Sundelin et al, 2023). To leave school with incomplete grades can also lead to social vulnerability and exclusion (prop. 2017/18:182). The project takes its starting point in these societal issues and investigates and analyses the legal responsibility for various actors regarding children´s fulfillment of compulsory schooling.
The right to education is a fundamental right which is protected by the Swedish constitution (The Swedish Instrument of Government), the European Convention on Human Rights and the Convention on the Rights of the Child. There is a potential conflict when children with a right to education do not participate in school. In most cases it is not possible to opt out of the right to education when the child is also subject to compulsory schooling and therefore has an obligation to attend school. On the other hand, there is a risk that the right to education will not be upheld if the child does not participate in school.
The legal responsibility for children’s non-attendance at school is shared across several actors. For example, teachers, principals, the education providers, and municipalities. Except for the actors’ mentioned, student health also has a central role in the work with school absences. my goal is to elucidate the legal responsibilities of each party, examining both preventive and reactive measures. I will also investigate the legal regulations and analyse if the legal responsibility is clear as to when it starts and how extensive it is. One part of the study is the focus in recent years on cooperation between schools and other authorities (prop. 2017/18:182; förordning (2023:179) om statsbidrag för personalkostnader för skolsociala team). When a child has problems with school absenteeism many authorities can be involved, not only internal cooperation with teachers, principals, municipalities, and students’ health. External cooperation with for example healthcare, social service and the police can also be relevant. There might also be a conflict between different actors concerning the purpose of preventive and reactive actions; Is the purpose for example, to focus on children’s long-term well-being or knowledge development? (Strandler and Harling, 2023). Depending on what role the actor has, it might affect the type of responsibility they have. The legal conditions for cooperation will therefore be investigated. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the aims of the project, a legal-dogmatic method is used. This method involves drawing conclusions about the content of law based on the hierarchy of legal sources. These sources include legislation, above all the Swedish Education Act, preparatory works, court decisions and legal literature (Pescenik, 1995). Here, this method is used to assess content and the extent of compulsory schooling as well as regarding the responsibilities of compulsory school attendance and school absenteeism, through mapping of different pieces of legislation and identification of gaps in relation to the societal problems. One part of the project is historical, where I will identify the government’s objectives of compulsory education from when it started in year 1882. To understand the legal meaning with compulsory schooling over time, legislation and preparatory works have primarily been analysed. The actors of focus of my project are principals, teachers, the education providers, municipalities, and student health. The analysis includes an examination of how wide mandates the legislators have given the actors in relation to problematic school attendance. This is analysed to find the roles and legal responsibilities of the actors in both preventive and reactive measures. Some challenges have been identified in the legal material. Since not many decisions from principals or other authorities can be appealed, there is a shortage of case-law. Instead, there is extensive guidance material and decisions from school authorities; the Swedish National Agency for Education and the Swedish Schools Inspectorate, which will investigated. This kind of material is not a traditional legal source. However, since fundamental principles, as equivalent education (Education Act chapter 1 section 9), governs the application of law this kind of material serves a purpose and will be used in the project (Pescenik, 1995.) The definitions of absenteeism or truancy are not consistent (Forsell, 2020; SOU 2016:94). Terms frequently used are for example absenteeism or problematic absenteeism or school attendance problems (Kreitz-Sandberg and Fredriksson, 2023). In my project I will focus on both attendance and absenteeism and at this stage in the project I am not only using one term to address the problem. Later on, it might be necessary to define and problematize terms relevant for a legal definition. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One of my preliminary results concerns the scope of compulsory schooling in a legal context. The fact that the compulsory schooling requirement may met in different ways, means that students may fulfill this obligation through a variation of educational arrangements that may not always align with the legislator's original intended purposes behind the requirement. For example, there is a clearly stated objective of children to be educated, which in long term are expected to contribute to the higher and even more long-term goal of supporting future participation in the labor market and in social life in general. These goals are closely linked to the legal requirements for participation and an important factor is therefore how the requirements for attendance at school should be interpreted based on the legal rules. That compulsory schooling exists according to the Education Act is clear, after investigation and analysis of the legal rules in the Education Act it has become clear that compulsory schooling can be fulfilled in different ways, not only in school. After assessments in the individual case based on the individual children´s needs, for example, certain education can be obtained at home or in another location. The analysis of current legal regulations can therefore form the basis for discussing whether it is possible to talk about different types of compulsory schooling and problematize the attendance requirement. The next step in my project is to investigate the different actor’s role in relation to the fulfillment of the school obligation when the children is not in school. What the actors can, should and must do based on the legal material. References Forsell, Tobias ”Man är ju typ elev, fast på avstånd”: problematisk skolfrånvaro ur elevers, föräldrars och skolpersonals perspektiv. Umeå: Umeå Universitet, 2020 Gren-Landell Malin, Ekerfelt Allvin Cornelia, Bradley Maria, Andersson Maria and Andersson Gerhard Teachers’ views on risk factors for problematic school absenteeism in Swedish primary school students.. Educational Psychology In Practice, volume 31(4), 2015, p. 412-423. Kreitz-Sandberg Susanne and Fredriksson Ulf. Comparative Perspectives on School Attendance, Absenteeism, and Preventive Measures in Europe and Beyond. European education 2023, Vol. 55, Nos. 3–4, 137-147. Pescenik Aleksander, Vad är rätt? : om demokrati, rättssäkerhet, etik och juridisk argumentation, Stockholm: Fritze, 1995. Prop. 2017/18:182 Samling för skolan. SOU 2016:94 Saknad! Uppmärksamma elevers frånvaro och agera. Strandler Ola and Harling Martin. The Problem of “Problematic School Absenteeism” – On the Logics of Institutional Work with Absent Students’ Well-Being and Knowledge Development. European education 2023, Vol. 55, Nos. 3–4, 172–185. Sundelin Åsa, Lindgren Joakim and Lundahl Lisbeth: Young People’s Stories of School Failure and Remedial Trajectories – Clues to Prevention of School Absenteeism and Early School Leaving. European Education, Volume 55, 2023 - Issue 3-4 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Navigating Citizenship, Competitiveness, and Societal Dynamics:A Policy Analysis of International School Policies in the Global South University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:topic: International schools in policy discussions face complexity within the network of globalization and national development strategy interests (Ball, 2012). Global South (GS) countries engage in the international education market to enhance international competitiveness with globalization, aligning with the 'competition state' concept that emphasizes economic performance and increased marketization within national borders (Cerny, 1997). However, GS governments find themselves at a crossroads, as global capital's ascendancy challenges sovereign states' authority (Held & McGrew, 2007). Also, citizenship and national identity issues complicate the formulation of internationalized education policies (Hansen, 2012). Moreover, international school policies’ implementation simultaneously faces a democratic deficit, as noted by Brown (2000), where citizens are excluded from decisions on credential competition rules when international schools operate outside national systems. Regulations on international schools delineate national education system boundaries (Komljenovic & Robertson, 2017), determining who can opt out of mainstream education for a market-oriented educational environment. One current international school policies’ primary objective is to manage market participation. Allowing local students access to international schools enables departure from the conventional education system and circumventing socialization’s significant aspects. This access may constitute a covert form of educational marketization, facilitating a quiet process that directly influences critical issues such as citizenship, inequality, national identity, and the country's strategy and position on talent in economic globalization context. The convergence of economic globalization, Southern economic development, and middle-class growth, coupled with IB’s increasing popularity, marks a significant epoch. Through international school policies, GS nations strive to reconcile citizenship and stratification concerns with competitiveness. This confluence of economic forces and educational trends demands careful scholarly examination to comprehend global education’s evolving dynamics and its far-reaching societal implications.
Research questions & objectives: Using evidence from four GS countries (China, India, Mexico, South Africa),the research will compare and analyse their international school policy from following aspects: Evolution of International School Policies Over Time:
Strategic Positioning and Talent Development:
Impact on Education Systems and National Identity:
Theoretical Framework: Policy Process Model (Sabatier & Jenkins-Smith, 1993) provides a robust theoretical framework for effective policy analysis of this research. This model is suitable for exploring policy evolution’s multifaceted dimensions, formulation, and implementation. Emphasizing the dynamic and complex nature of policy development, the Policy Process Model considers stages like agenda setting, policy formulation, adoption, implementation, and evaluation. Several scholars argue for the Policy Process Model’s applicability in education policy analysis (Ball, 1994; McLaughlin, 1987). Sabatier (2007) emphasizes the model's capacity to adapt to changing economic, social, and political contexts influencing policy development. Using this model, researchers can systematically investigate the historical trajectory of international school policies in the GS, identifying patterns, trends, and influential factors at each stage of the policy process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. Data Collection: Policy Documents: • Laws, regulations, guidelines, and official reports related to international education. • Systematic collection of policy documents related to international school policies in the global South from relevant government agencies, education ministries, and international organizations. • Inclusion of historical and current policy documents to trace the evolution of international school policies over time. multimedia materials: • Statements and speeches of policymakers, views of experts and stakeholders, media coverage, public feedback and comments, relevant research, and academic literature • By collecting and analysing these diverse materials, researchers can gain a more holistic understanding of the formation and evolution of policy discourse. This comprehensive approach allows for a deeper analysis of the policy context, influencing factors, and societal responses. 2. Data Analysis: Thematic Analysis Thematic analysis stands as the chosen approach to scrutinize the collected data from policy documents and materials. This method involves a multi-step process, beginning with familiarization through repeated readings/watching to gain a profound understanding of the content (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Initial coding will identify key themes and patterns, followed by systematic searching for additional themes and their subsequent review. The final step involves defining and naming these themes to accurately represent the policy documents' content. This thematic analysis provides a structured and nuanced approach to uncovering the complexities within the policies (Nowell, Norris, White & Moules, 2017). 3. Coding Framework Development The development of a coding framework is crucial for organizing and interpreting the data effectively. The codebook, which serves as the guide for the analysis, will include clearly defined codes corresponding to the themes and patterns identified during the thematic analysis (Saldaña, 2015). The hierarchical structure of the codebook ensures that the complexity and interrelation of themes are appropriately represented (Huberman,2014). 4. Data Interpretation Following the coding process, the interpretation of the data involves placing the identified themes within their historical, social, and economic context. This contextualization is essential for understanding the nuanced aspects of policy decisions. Comparative analysis across different policy documents and time frames will be employed to discern patterns and shifts within the policies (Huberman,2014). The aim is to construct a coherent and comprehensive narrative that captures the evolution of international school policies in the global South, highlighting key turning points, challenges, and underlying motivations. This interpretative phase contributes to the depth and richness of the qualitative analysis (Elliott, Fischer, & Rennie, 1999). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With assistance of the Policy Process Model, the findings revel the evolving mechanisms of international school policies in the global South in response to changing economic, social, and political contexts. The comparison and analysis of policy documents and multimedia materials from different global south government reveals various patterns of strategic positioning, driven by aspirations for international competitiveness and economic growth. The growth of the middle class and its increasing access to international education underscore the transformative role of international schools in shaping both domestic and global policies and institutions. Furthermore, the study highlights the complex interplay between international school policies, marketization pressures, and challenges related to citizenship, inequality, and national identity. Policies promoting international education often intersect with broader economic development strategies, reflecting the tension between citizenship concerns and competitiveness imperatives. The democratic deficit observed in the implementation of international school policies raises critical questions about inclusivity and public participation in education governance. Overall, the findings underscore the importance of international school policies as key instruments for managing participation in the global education market. By allowing local students access to international schools, governments in the global South seek to leverage education as a strategic tool for talent development and economic growth. However, these policies also raise concerns about equity, social cohesion, and national identity, highlighting the need for careful policy design and implementation. The research contributes to a deeper understanding of the multifaceted dynamics of international school policies in the global South, offering insights into their historical evolution, policy trajectories, and societal implications. By elucidating the complex interplay between economic globalization, education policies, and national development strategies, the study provides a valuable foundation for future research and policy discussions in this area. References Ball, S. (1994). Education reform. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc.—New policy networks and the neo-liberal imaginary. Oxon: Routledge. Belfield, C. R., & Levin, H. M. (Eds.). (2007). The price we pay: Economic and social consequences of inadequate education. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Brown, E. (2000). Socrates the cosmopolitan. Stanford Agora (1): 74–87. Cerny, Philip G. 1997. “Paradoxes of the Competition State: The Dynamics of Political Globalization.” Government and Opposition 32 (2): 251–274. Elliott, R., Fischer, C. T., & Rennie, D. L. (1999). Evolving guidelines for publication of qualitative research studies in psychology and related fields. British journal of clinical psychology, 38(3), 215-229. Hansen, D. T. (Ed.). (2012). John Dewey and our educational prospect: A critical engagement with Dewey's democracy and education. State University of New York Press. Held, D., and A. McGrew. 2007. Globalisation Theory. Cambridge: Polity Press. Huberman, A. (2014). Qualitative data analysis a methods sourcebook. Komljenovic, Janja, and Susan Lee Robertson. 2017. “Making Global Education Markets and Trade.” Globalisation, Societies and Education 15 (3): 289–295. McLaughlin, M. W. (1987). Learning from experience: Lessons from policy implementation. Educational evaluation and policy analysis, 9(2), 171-178. Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International journal of qualitative methods, 16(1), 1609406917733847. Sabatier, P. (2000). Theories of the policy process. Sabatier, P. A., & Jenkins-Smith, H. C. (1993). Policy change and learning: An advocacy coalition approach. Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. The coding manual for qualitative researchers, 1-440. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Anticipatory Governance of Global Agendas in Education 1King's College London, United Kingdom; 2University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 3University of Bristol, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper explores the rise of anticipatory governance by international organizations (IOs) and global technology corporations through the deployment of global agendas to govern education futures (Berten & Kranke, 2022; Miller, 2018; Poli, 2018). In recent years, international organizations have taken up the role of ‘guardians of the future’ through their work on education visions (Robertson, 2022). Simultaneously, the Covid-19 crisis not just accelerated global technology corporations to embed educational technology (EdTech) in the classroom but also to bypass national laws and security concerns (Williamson & Hogan, 2020). Thus, taken together, education visions and EdTech are global agendas that play an influential role in contemporary education policies and practice, particularly in the governing of futures in education. Global agendas are a broad term, and I follow the definition of Elfert and Ydesen (2023) that global agendas act “as a key instrument of the global governance of education and are global targets that aim at uniting all relevant actors – national governments, IOs, non-governmental organizations, and other non-state actors behind a supposedly universal agenda of critical significance” (p. 200). Therefore, in such scenario, global agendas in education can include agenda-setting initiatives such as Education for All (EFA), international large-scale assessments, Sustainable Development Goals 4 (Bandola-Gill et al., 2022), accountability mechanisms and other relevant agendas that function through the ‘politics of convergence’ (Elfert & Ydesen, 2023, p. 103). In a time of uncertainty, IOs as well as technology corporations have resorted to imbue anticipatory mechanisms within their global agendas to exert their authority and gain dominance in the complex architecture of the global education landscape. In the spirit of the conference theme, this paper will investigate Google For Education (an EdTech service from global technology giant – Google) and the Program for International Student Assessment (PISA), an international large scale assessment launched by the Organization of the Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) to understand how anticipation methods and tools are utilized in order to steer education futures. Therefore, this paper seeks to understand how anticipatory governance in global agendas in education attempt to influence contemporary education policies and practice (Flyverbom & Garsten, 2022). In order to understand this, I employ a combination of qualitative content analysis and technography, to capture the anticipatory practices imbued in both Google For Education (Solomon, 2023) and PISA. I also deploy the key concepts of ‘sustainable futures’ and ‘techno-solutionism’ as conceptual frameworks to further tease out how PISA and Google For Education leverage on these two key concepts to steer education policies and practices. Initial findings suggest that the anticipatory practices in both Google For Education and PISA have considerable influence in the reorganization of education policies and practices (Gulson et al., 2021). For example, Google For Education relies on micro-credentialing professional development courses rooted in the discourse ‘preparing teachers for the future of learning’ to perpetually expand itself within teacher organisations. As for PISA, the ranking of nation-states in a vertical table creates anticipation for future rankings. Therefore, this research concludes that anticipatory governance in global agendas is on the rise as international organizations and global technology corporations seek for authority in the global education space. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper uses an innovative conceptual framework of two key conceptual vocabulary in a time anticipatory governance - sustainable futures and techno-solutionism. Sustainable futures are associated with the humanistic-emancipatory agenda and techno-solutionism is related to the ‘economics of education’ movement and represents the unwavering belief that technology will save us all. Based on these key words, I construct a conceptual framework that attempts to capture how global agendas leverage on these two key concepts through anticipation processes. In terms of method, I will apply “technography”, which can be described as a “descriptive social science of technology that examines human and machine/ tool interaction” (Jansen & Vellema, 2011). Simultaneously, “technography” also involves a close analysis of technical documentation and secondary sources (Perotta et al., 2021). Drawing on a close analysis of technical documentation, relevant media articles, and official guidelines from technology corporations, I will make the case for Google For Education. In terms of exploring anticipatory governance in PISA, I deploy a qualitative content analysis which involves a documentary analysis of PISA publications. This also involves concept notes, trend reports, extended reports and videos. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings suggest that the anticipatory practices in both Google For Education and PISA have considerable influence in the reorganization of education policies and practices (Gulson et al., 2021). For example, Google For Education relies on micro-credentialing professional development courses rooted in the discourse ‘preparing teachers for the future of learning’ to perpetually expand itself within teacher organisations. As for PISA, the ranking of nation-states in a vertical table creates anticipation for future rankings. Therefore, this research concludes that anticipatory governance in global agendas is on the rise as international organizations and global technology corporations seek for authority in the global education space. References Bandola-Gill, J., Grek, S., & Tichenor, M. (2022). Governing the sustainable development goals: Quantification in Global Public Policy (p. 165). Springer Nature. Berten, J., & Kranke, M. (2022). Anticipatory global governance: International Organisations and the politics of the future. Global Society, 36(2), 155-169. Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Global governance of education: The historical and contemporary entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank (Vol. 24). Springer Nature. Flyverbom, M., & Garsten, C. (2021). Anticipation and organization: Seeing, knowing and governing futures. Organization Theory, 2(3), 26317877211020325. Gulson, K., Perrotta, C., Williamson, B. & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Should We be Worried about Google Classroom? The Pedagogy of Platforms in Education. Journal of Professional Learning. Retrieved from https://cpl.asn.au/journal/semester-2-2021/should-we-be-worried-about-google-classroom-the-pedagogy-of-platforms-in Miller, R. (2018). Transforming the future: Anticipation in the 21st century (p. 300). Taylor & Francis. Morris, J., Couture, J. C., & Phelan, A. M. (2023). Riding Fences: Anticipatory Governance, Curriculum Policy, and Teacher Subjectivity. Canadian Journal of Education, 46(3), 517-544. OECD. (n.d.). Technology governance. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/sti/science-technology-innovation-outlook/technology-governance/ Perrotta, C., Gulson, K. N., Williamson, B., & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 97-113. Poli, R. (2017). Introduction to anticipation studies (Vol. 1). Springer. Robertson, S. L. (2022). Guardians of the future: International organisations, anticipatory governance and education. Global Society, 36(2), 188-205. Solomon, J. (2023, March 23). New tools for more collaborative, personal and accessible learning. Google Blog. Retrieved from https://blog.google/outreach-initiatives/education/bett-2023-google-for-education-updates-/ Williamson, B., & Hogan, A. (2020). Commercialisation and privatisation in/of education in the context of Covid-19. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 E: Language and Education Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Second Language and Migration, the Intercultural Perspective for Social Inclusion University of Roma Tre, Italy Presenting Author:In Europe, the assessment of language proficiency in the Second Language (SL) of migrants once they arrive in the country of immigration, if not even prior to this moment, is crucial for permanence in the destination territory of migration. Consequently language can tip the scale that decides against the fate of migrants in the migratory context, based on the assessment of linguistic and grammatical skills, founded on the criteria defined by the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). Beyond these regulatory and normative connotations, SL has a central role in the path of social inclusion in the host society and, for this reason, the right to language education is fundamental to the migrant's effective and active participation and, indeed, can be defined precisely as the most important skill to be acquired with a view to medium- or long-term stay in the host country (OECD, 2021). The linguistic dimension, however, is much more heterogeneous, biographical and, at the same time, cultural. For these reasons, in addition to the acquisition of grammatical and lexical skills alone, it is unthinkable not to consider identity and social aspects as well in the construction of pathways of education, hosting and inclusion. Such consideration ensures that the formative and educational experience is not characterized by the assimilationist paradigm, but, rather, by a curious, supportive and humanizing attitude toward otherness. The intercultural perspective in SL learning allows for the recognition of all the cultural and identity aspects that characterize the linguistic biography of the subject who, in migration, finds himself interacting with other languages and other identities. In the communicative relationship with otherness, dialogue is fundamental and cannot be excluded from pedagogical and cultural reflection, which is essential in order to effectively direct educational interventions toward an intercultural and socially inclusive society. In this perspective, plurilingualism arising, also, from migration encourages and promotes forms of participation of "otherness" that, among other things, predisposes the overcoming of power dynamics inherent also to the linguistic dimension. Indeed, it is recognized that forms of cultural racism also find in language a mode of expression of relations of domination and that Fanon (1952), specifically, identifies the promotion of the colonizer's language as a civilizing language, defining a relational hierarchy dependent on cultural and identity factors. The risk inherent in the imposition of the acquisition of the language of the country of immigration at the expense of the linguistic and cultural background of which the migrant person is the bearer would, in fact, entail the adoption of the assimilationist paradigm by the country of immigration, favoring passive coexistence instead of social interaction resulting from inclusive processes. For these reasons, the realities of non-formal language training for migrants were investigated, paying attention to the inclusion practices applied in these contexts and noting the criticalities of this sector and the unmet needs of users. At the theoretical level, the project is guided by the analysis of migration, the encounter between cultures and the processes of inclusion captured through an intercultural, post-colonial and intersectional perspective of the phenomenon under investigation. The three research questions that guided the investigation of the phenomenon are: 1. What are the characteristics, strengths and weaknesses of non-formal language training practices for migrants? 2. What are the educational, cultural and social needs of migrants?3. In particular, what training tools are effective in empowering migrants attending SL courses (also in the recent pandemic situation)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was carried out in the city of Rome, Italy, between October 2021 and September 2022, a period in which 60 semi-structured interviews were administered to 8 SL schools. The schools that have joined are mostly part of the panorama of associations and only one is part of the institutional school. Of the people interviewed, 25 were teachers (volunteers, operators and tenured teachers) and 35 students, from A0 level of language proficiency to B1 level according to CEFR criteria, And all respondents participated in the survey on a voluntary basis. Based on the role played by the respondents were formulated two grids of interview, one directed to teachers and one to students, but both built on the same thematic areas: 1. biographical area; 2. the school and the language courses; 3. SL during the Covid-19 pandemic period; 4. SL and inclusion. Given the linguistic competence of the respondents, particular attention has been paid to the interviewer’s interview skills and the communication asymmetries inherent in the use of the aforementioned survey tool. Language is one of the fundamental elements of the interview relationship, especially with subjects who have or perceive a vulnerability in this field, for these reasons the language of the researcher is adapted to that of the interviewee. As regards the transcription of the interviews have been reported in the form of the literal transcription, without any adaptation or manipulation, as this attitude enhances the words of the students of the courses, who carried out the interview in the SL and, if they did not have sufficient language skills to carry out the interview in Italian, they had the opportunity to use mediation languages, in particular English, French and Spanish. Furthermore, the literal transcription of the interviews was considered to be the most suitable method for the analysis as the attitude adopted towards the data was illustrative and aimed at a thematic analysis of the content of the interviews. Themes and sub-themes have been identifies within the interview, in order to allow comparison. the interview extracts used in the analysis of the themes are then treated crosswise, bringing out the relevant content through a kind of conversation between the interviewees. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings What has emerged is that language courses pay special attention to all those elements that could limit access to training services, and this awareness allows for proposals to counter social and educational marginality, particularly for immigrant women and illiterate people. The importance of the territorial network and contacts between schools emerged, which are confirmed to be fundamental in the construction of educating communities and effective paths of social inclusion. The focus on the intercultural inclusion project is also confirmed by the numerous workshop and experiential activities that go along with SL learning and encourage interaction among class members, but also with the reality of immigration. Regarding the pandemic period, social, economic and gender inequalities are also confirmed in the introduction of online learning, which saw many students, but also many teachers, cut off from the possibility of accessing language education. Regarding the connection between language learning and the migrant's path to inclusion, SL learning has a strong potential for empowerment and self-determination if understood from an intercultural perspective, although it emerges how there are numerous elements that hinder language training, in fact some of the interviewees undertake this education many years after migration. For these reasons, numerous critical issues have been identified, such as the influence of the community of origin in the territory of migration and the absence of relationships of schools with these realities, leading to the lack of language acquisition and social inclusion not only of an individual, but of an entire migrant community settled in the territory. Other elements relate to the desire to strengthen relations with territorial services, communication methods to promote SL services and the need to invest more in intercultural activities in which natives are also involved. References Abdallah-Pretceille, M. (2015). L’interculturel comme paradigme de transgression par rapport au culturalisme. Voix plurielles, vol.12 (2), 251-263. Coste, D., Moore, D. & Zarate, G. (2009). Plurilingual and pluricultural competences. Studies towards a Common European Framework of Reference for language learning and teaching. Language Policy Division. Davis, A. (1983). Women, Race and Class. Vintage Books. Fanon, F. (2015). Pelle nera, maschere bianche (S. Chiletti, Trans.). ETS (original work published 1952). Fiorucci, M., Pinto Minerva, F. & Portera, A. (2017). Gli alfabeti dell’intercultura. Edizioni ETS. Freire, P. (2018). Pedagogia degli oppressi (L. Bimbi, Trans.). Edizioni Gruppo Abele (original work published in 1970) Gümüsay, K. (2022). Speaking and belonging. How language binds and frees us. Profile Books. Hill Collins, P. (2019). Intersezionality, as a critical social theory. Duke University Press Hill Collins, P. (2008). Black Feminist Though: Knowledge, Consciousness, and the Politics of Empowerment. Routledge. hooks, b. (1982). Ain’t I a woman?. Pluto Press. hooks, b. (1984). Feminist theory: from margin to center. South End Press. hooks, b. (2015). Yearning. Race, gender and cultural politics. Routledge. Lo Bianco J., Liddicoat A.J. & Crozet C. (1999). Striving for the third place. Intercultural competence through language education. Language Australia Moraga, C.L. & Anzaldúa, G.E. (1981). This bridge called my back. Writings by radical women of color. Persephone Press. OECD (2021). Language Training for Adult Migrants, Making Integration Work. OECD Publishing. Pratt, M.L. (1992), Imperial eyes. Travel writing and transculturation, Routledge. Quijano, A. (1992). Colonialidad y modernidad-racionalidad. In H. Bonilla (a cura di), Los conquistados. 1492 y la población indígena de las Américas (pp. 437-447). Tercer Mundo Editores. Spivak G. C. (1985), Can the subaltern speak?. In P. Williams & L. Chrisman (a cura di), Colonial discourse and post-colonial theory. A reader (pp. 66-111). Columbia University Press. Tabouret-Keller, A. (1998). Language and Identity. In F. Coulmas (a cura di), The Handbook of Sociolinguistics (pp. 315-326). Oxford. Velez, E. & Tuana, N. (2020), Tango Dancing with María Lugones Toward Decolonial Feminisms. Critical Philosophy of Race, vol. 8 (1-2), 1-24. Zoletto, D. (2023). Riflessività postcoloniale e ricerca pedagogica nei contesti ad alta complessità socioculturale. Educational Reflective Practices, n. 1, 139-150. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Multilingual Learning and Teaching Agency in Chinese Tertiary LOTE Education University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom Presenting Author:English as a global language has predominated over languages other than English (LOTEs) in language education studies for ages. This trend has been emphasised in non-Anglophone countries' higher education systems, which resulted in a decline in LOTE education worldwide (Gao & Zheng, 2019; Lanvers, 2018). On the other hand, the Chinese government has initiated a programme of multilingual reform in education as a concomitant of the “Belt and Road Initiative” (B&R) in 2013. As a substantial China-led infrastructure project, the B&R initiative focuses on transnational construction, railways, and highways which has connected East Asia and Europe and extended to Africa, Oceania, and Latin America within a decade. To date, 147 countries are participating or showing interest in the B&R initiative which involves more than 50 official languages other than English. Since the scope of the bilateral economic relations between China and other non-Anglophone countries has been expanded, the significance of LOTEs has drawn the attention of the government of China mainland, which promotes the development of LOTE education in Chinese tertiary education (Chen et al., 2021). The promotion of LOTE programmes in national language policies in China will diversify the multilingual journey of stakeholders at the local level, such as language teachers and college students. However, there is a general paucity of empirical research describing how the national language policy is being understood by meso-level (institutional) actors in higher education in China. Meanwhile, few studies have examined the potential contribution of institutional agency work to the language policy and planning (LPP) concerning LOTEs (Hamid et al., 2018) and the consequences of current LPP for the learner agency of LOTE students in Chinese universities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employs a qualitative case study to capture the agentic actions in the context of LOTE education in a Chinese tertiary institution from the perspective of educators and undergraduates. An emic approach has been undertaken to describing the phenomena of LOTE education in China, which is an insider’s view of reality. This study involved a university teacher and five final year undergraduates who majored in Arabic and German from a well-famed university in Shanghai. Semi-structured interviews are used as the main research tools to elicit Chinese undergraduates’ multilingual learning trajectories and language use and the perceptions and implementation of national and institutional language policy by meso-level actors in the LOTE contexts. In this research, the educator participated in one-to-one interviews which revolved around their understanding and appropriation of national and institutional language policy and potential factors influencing they exerting agency in teaching and scaffolding students in the LOTE classrooms. Meanwhile, LOTE learners were invited to interviews which elicited Chinese undergraduates’ experiences of learning LOTEs in the university context, their investment in LOTE learning, their interaction with teachers regarding formal LOTE study and the underlying factors influencing their language trajectories and use. In addition, both students and educators’ narratives from interviews will be coded through the use of thematic analysis based on the themes generated from Glasgow and Bouchard (2019)’s Model for studying agency in LPP, such as prevailing socio-cultural values and ideologies, enabling and/or constraining effects of policy, agentive response(s) to policy and the outcomes of agentive responses. Currently, the data analysis process is still ongoing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this study will contribute to our understanding of individual agency regarding language planning at an institutional level in the context of LOTE education within China, contributing empirical evidence to support academic debate and policy. The study offers some important insights into guiding policy decision-makers to balance the impact of disproportionate individual power in implementing language planning and develop a more supportive environment for the enactment of individual agency at the local level regarding LOTE education in China. The results of this study will contribute to the evaluation of the compatibility between national language policy, institutional language planning and individual language learners’ aspirations in relation to LOTE program development. In addition, the study tries to illustrate the language learning experiences of LOTE learners including identity, motivation and attitudes. This research sheds new light on contextual factors promoting and prohibiting LOTE teaching and learning within Chinese tertiary education. The objective of this research is to offer advice to policymakers, university administrators, course organizers and ordinary teachers to make a concerted effort to enhance the teaching and learning of LOTEs in China. References Ahearn, L. 2001. Language and agency. Annual Review of Anthropology, pp.109-137. Chen, X., Tao, J. & Zhao, K. 2021. Agency in meso-level language policy planning in the face of macro-level policy shifts: a case study of multilingual education in a Chinese tertiary institution. Current issues in language planning, 22, pp. 136-156. Gao, X. & Zheng, Y. 2019. Multilingualism and higher education in Greater China. Journal of multilingual and multicultural development, 40, 555-561. Glasgow, G. P. & Bouchard, J. 2019. Introduction. In: BOUCHARD, J. & GLASGOW, G. P. (eds.) Agency in language policy and planning : critical inquiries Abingdon, Oxon Routledge. Hamid, O., Nguyen, H. T., Nguyen, H. V. & Phan, T. T. H. 2018. Agency and Language-in-Education Policy in Vietnamese Higher Education. In: GLASGOW, G. P. & BOUCHARD, J. (eds.) Researching agency in language policy and planning. New York: Routledge, pp.102-124. Hatoss, A. 2018. Language awareness and identity in diasporic communities. In: COTS, P. G. J. M. (ed.) Handbook of language awareness. London: Routledge, pp.418 - 434. Lantolf, J. P. & Thorne, S. L. 2006. Sociocultural theory and the genesis of second language development / J.P. Lantolf, S.L. Thorne, Oxford ;, Oxford University Press. Lanvers, U. 2018. ‘If they are going to university, they are gonna need a language GCSE’: Co-constructing the social divide in language learning in England. System (Linköping), 76, pp.129-143. Phillipson, R. & Skutnabb-Kangas, T. 2017. English, Language Dominance, and Ecolinguistic Diversity Maintenance. In: FILPPULA, M., KLEMOLA, J. & SHARMA, D. (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of World Englishes, Oxford Handbooks. online edn: Oxford Academic. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Trilingual Policy in education: Teacher Power, Agency, and Ideology in Kazakhstani mainstream schools in urban and rural contexts University of Bristol, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This qualitative case-study research explores the role of EFL (English as a Foreign Language) teachers in the language in education policy context. In the modern society it is very common to promote bilingual or even trilingual educational policies, where learners will be able to acquire languages which are recognised by the government as essential for its development (Ferguson, 2006; McKay, 2010, Spolsky, 2003; Mehisto, Kambatyrova and Nurseitova, 2012). Considering economically, socially, and politically important goals for the development of Kazakhstan in future, English became the strategic language of international relations in the trilingual policy on a par with Kazakh (the State language) and Russian (the inter-ethnic language) in Kazakhstan. However, the task was about how to make the implementation of English successful since it was not used widely in the country. The EFL teachers are not only those who promote foreign language knowledge and skills, but as well they play one of the essential roles in imparting educational values which are the basis of education in the language policy context. In this study the role of English language teachers in Kazakhstani mainstream schools in urban and rural contexts in trilingual policy in education enactment process is explored through the analysis of multiple case-studies conducted in secondary school system in Kazakhstan. As noted by Radha (2016) teachers’ role is vital in nation building since they build every single student’s character. We might even assume that future generations depend on teachers, as teachers shape them to prepare to the world. This study presents the preliminary findings of a wider research (PhD) which is been conducted during 2020-2024. The main research objective is to offer insights how the policy is understood and enacted in specific teaching context. The main theoretical framework for this research is the Spolsky's triad of language policy and language planning, where professor Bernard Spolsky (2022) suggested the theory on how to analyse language policy through the perspective of both top-down and bottom-up decisions, practices, and beliefs of education policy makers and language teachers (2004). This triad is important to this study, as the trilingual policy in Kazakhstani mainstream schools is being viewed through the perspective of teacher beliefs (ideology), teacher practice (power), and teacher agency. In this study I was following the critical realist case study approach. Critical realism philosophical paradigm can be defined as there are two dimensions of the world where one is observed, and the other is real (not observed). Ontologically speaking, in this project I have observed whether teachers’ ideologies are reflected in their practice, as critical realists claim knowledge is partial and context dependent (Creamer, 2018). It means that if teachers have any beliefs or attitudes related to teaching and learning process considering educational values as one of the ways of effective trilingual policy enactment, then do they use their teacher agency and power to implement the elements of value-led education in their practice. From the epistemological view of critical realism, I want to know how teachers perceive their role in relation to imparting educational values as one of the main directions of trilingual education policy in Kazakhstan aslso viewed as curriculum-based values. As it is described, critical realists admit the possibility of multiple valid interpretations of the same phenomenon (Maxwell and Mittapalli, 2010). That is why the phenomenon of trilingual education policy and its constituencies might differentiate in teachers’ viewpoints which might hypothetically be caused by their personal viewpoints, ideologies, agency, and power they either possess and exercise or do not. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative case study research has been conducted in the mainstream secondary schools (rural and urban) in Kazakhstan in January - June 2023. After the schools (3 case study schools) have been recruited. 11 teachers of English from secondary schools participated in this study during 6 months period. The research participants were involved into the sequence of the first face-to-face interviews, lesson observations 2-4 lessons (English), and the second face-to-face interviews, which were conducted with all participating teachers of English from the case study schools. Simultaneously the researcher has collected the documents and the artefacts from the schools for further policy analysis (documentary analysis). The final part of data collection process was online focus group interviews with teachers of urban and rural schools (separate focus groups). The qualitative data was analysed in accordance with Braun and Clarke's (2021) thematic analysis (deductive coding) method. Following the ideas of the main theoretical and conceptual framework, the main 7 codes were identified for applying to further analysis. The main concepts applied to this research were Teacher Power, Teacher Ideology, Teacher Agency, The values of Education: Lifelong learning, Autonomous language learning, Critical thinking, and Intercultural competence. The Spolsky's (2021) language policy analysis triad was used as the main data analysis framework. The data on teacher beliefs (ideology), the power they have been exercising in policy enactment process and the teacher agency applied in their teaching process were analysed within the policy planning theories (Spolsky (2021), Ricento and Hornberger (1996). The operational definitions of the main concepts of the study originated from the theories of Foucault and Habermas (Power), Eagleton (Ideology), Gourd (teacher Agency), and the studies on the educational values Benson (Autonomous language learning), Fleming (Lifelong learning), Facione (Critical thinking) and Bennet (Intercultural competence). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings revealed that Kazakhstani EFL teachers from mainstream schools in urban and rural areas share the same ideological views towards trilingual language policy in Kazakhstan, paying a lot of attention to the status of Kazakh language, as the one representing the national identity, that is why teachers exercise their agency and power during the lessons using code-switching and translanguaging for promoting all three languages (with the emphasis on Kazakh language) while conducting the English language lesson. Regarding the imparting of main values stated in trilingual policy in education, teachers operate them and develop the skills of critical thinking and autonomous language learning in learners, they are aware of intercultural competence and lifelong learning; however, they might probably not conceptualise it properly. At the same time EFL teachers believe that English language is very important for their learners in future, but they do not possess enough power to improve the language learning situation at once and quickly. The preliminary findings also revealed that EFL teacher professional life has changed with the language-in-education policy implementation process; although the changes are promising the positive impact, the reality shows various teachers' attitudes towards the policy implementation process and its impact on teachers professional life. References Ball, S. J. (1993). Education Policy, Power Relations and Teachers’ Work. British Journal of Educational Studies, 41(2), pp. 106–121. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis : a practical guide. SAGE. Cohen, L., Manion, L., and Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education 8th ed. London: Routledge. Collier, A. (1994). Critical realism. An introduction to Roy Bhaskar’s Philosophy. UK: Verso. Cenoz, J., Hufeisen, B. and Jessner, U. (2001). Towards Trilingual education, International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 4(1), pp. 1–10. Cooper, R.L.L. (2000). Language planning and social change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Creamer, E. (2018). Chapter 3 Distinguishing paradigmatic assumptions in Creamer, E. (2018). Eagleton, T. (2007). Ideology. An Introduction. London: Verso. Foucault, M. (1982). The subject and power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), pp. 777–795. USA: University of Chicago Press. Grosjean, F. (2008). Studying Bilinguals. UK: Oxford University Press. Gourd, T. Y. (2015). Toward a theory for understanding teacher agency: Grounded theory with inclusion co-teachers. Seattle, WA: University of Washington Press. Gourd, T.Y. (2018) Chapter 1: Teacher, Power, and Agency in Gourd, T.Y. (2018) (ed.) Radial Educators Rearticulating Education and Social Change: Teacher Agency and Resistance, Early 20th century to the Present. Hüttner, J., Dalton-Puffer, C., and Smith, U. (2013) The Power of Beliefs: Lay theories and their influence on the implementation of CLIL programmes. International Journal of Bilingual education and Bilingualism, 16 (3); 267-284. Karabassova, L. (2022) Teachers’ conceptualization of content and language integrated learning (CLIL): evidence from a trilingual context. International Journal of Bilingual Rfucationa and Bilingualism, 25 (3) pp. 787-799. Karabassova, L. (2021) English-medium education reform in Kazakhstan: comparative study of educational change across two contexts in the country. Current Issues in Language Planning, 22 (5), pp.553-573. Lowe, R. J. (2020). Uncovering ideology in English language teaching: identifying the 'native speaker' frame (Ser. English language education, v. 19). Macaro, E. (2018) English Medium Instruction. UK: Oxford University Press. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-46231-4. Ricento, T. K., & Hornberger, N. H. (1996). Unpeeling the onion: language planning and policy and the elt professional. Tesol Quarterly, 30(3), 401–427. Shohamy, E. G. (2006). Language policy : hidden agendas and new approaches. Routledge. Spolsky, B. (2007). Towards a theory of language policy. Working Papers in Educational Linguistics (WPEL), 22(1), 1. Spolsky, B. (2009). Language Management. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/CBO9780511626470 Spolsky, B. (2021). Rethinking language policy. Edinburgh University Press. Tollefson, J. W., & Tollefson, J. W. (2013). Language policies in education : critical issues (2nd ed.). Routledge. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Exploring the Relationship between Continuous Professional Development and Foreign language Teachers Self-efficacy: A Secondary Data Analysis of OECD Countries Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The present quantitative study is a secondary data analysis of lower secondary foreign language school teachers’ professional development from 30 OECD countries who participated in the 2018 Teaching and Learning International Study (TALIS). The analysis focuses on the OECD countries as they subscribe to shared educational aims of promoting policies that will improve the economic and social wellbeing of people in the member states (OECD, 2013). The data analysis aims to cross-nationally estimate foreign language (FL) teachers’ self-efficacy and how it is related to continuous professional development (CPD) across the countries as perceived by the participants of the survey in terms of its content, form, impact on teaching practices and to review what types of CPD are crucial for teachers in order to promote, sustain teachers' CPD and keep them up to date as “teachers are called upon not only to acquire new knowledge and skills but also to develop them continuously” (Teachers’ professional development 2010:12). This study uses three research questions to investigate the correlation between the CPD and teacher self-efficacy. These research questions include the following: 1.How much of the variation in FL teachers’ self-efficacy can be explained by differences between school and teachers’ characteristics across the OECD countries? 2. Which teacher and school characteristics explain variations in lower secondary school teachers of FL self-efficacy? 3. What types of professional development activities explain variations in teacher self-efficacy? The secondary data analysis not only endeavors to extend evidence about relationship between CPD and FL teachers’ self-efficacy but also presents compelling support for the cross-national investigation as only a small number of studies cross nationally examine these issues in the field of foreign language teaching. A greater understanding of the relation between different areas included into CPD and teacher efficacy beliefs may be valuable to those who develop, deliver, and evaluate foreign language teachers’ preparation, accreditation, and certification programs. In order to provide a solid conceptual foundation for this secondary analysis, different research on the relationship between CPD and FL teachers’ self-efficacy have been reviewed. A range of previous research has highlighted the contribution of CPD towards teacher self-efficacy. According to Darling-Hammond et.al (2017), professional development aims to expand teacher knowledge and might impact teachers' practices, self-efficacy and, as a result, student learning outcomes. Although self-efficacy has been extensively researched, comparatively few studies have directly examined self-efficacy within the field of language learning and teaching. In investigating teacher efficacy in this area, research examined teacher self-efficacy in a number of cross-cultural contexts exploring the correlation between FL teachers’ self-efficacy and their CPD, demographic variables (qualification, years of experience, gender) and second language proficiency (Atay, 2007; Chacon, 2005; Göker, 2006; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007; Swanson, 2010a; Tsui & Kennedy, 2009; Choi & Lee, 2016, Thompson, 2020). The conceptual framework for this secondary data analysis draws on Thomson’s (2020) conceptual framework of the Japanese FL teacher efficacy beliefs. Modified from Borg’s conceptual framework of teacher cognition for FL teacher self-efficacy beliefs (Borg. 2006) and integrated triadic reciprocal causation from Bandura’s social cognitive theory (1977, 1986), Thomson’s (2020) conceptual framework is a solid foundation for the current research as it enables the researcher to explore the correlations between personal factors (self-beliefs), environmental factors (teaching context) and behaviours (teaching activities). The present research also adopts Bray & Thomas’s (1995) model of multilevel analysis which enables the researcher to compare the relations between constructs engaging different dimensions. Two dimensions have been employed in the current research: personal factors of teachers (individual level) and environmental factors (school level and country level).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study employed the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2018 dataset, obtained from the official website of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (https://www.oecd.org/education/talis/talis-2018-data.htm), as the primary data source. Five international teacher datasets were merged to create a comprehensive dataset, which underwent a rigorous data cleaning process to eliminate any duplicate entries. Subsequently, the raw dataset was filtered to focus solely on teachers working at the lower secondary school level of foreign languages, adhering to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED) level 2 criteria (ISCED, 2011). The TALIS 2018 self-administered online teacher-questionnaire (main data collection mode) and paper questionnaire (substitute or fallback mode) were used to provide the study with the perspectives of FL teachers on their teaching and learning environments, as well as contextual information on schools from the OECD countries (OECD, 2018, p.9). Therefore, only the dataset which focuses on areas included in the professional development of lower secondary school teachers of FL and their self-efficacy was employed (questions 19-28 from the Teacher Questionnaire, respectively). In order to perform high-quality data analysis and ensure the best results, a computer software package that supports the management of quantitative data: International Business Machines Statistical Packages for the Social Sciences (IBM SPSS, version 26), the International Database (IDB) Analyzer and EXCEL software were used. Thus, data were entered by the researcher into Microsoft Excel and then analyzed using SPSS and IDB Analyzer. To investigate the correlation between foreign language teachers’ self-efficacy and their engagement in CPD, a series of rigorous statistical analyses were conducted. Initially, frequency analyses were performed to examine the distribution patterns of the key variables of interest within the dataset. Subsequently, regression analysis was employed to assess the associations between several independent variables and teacher self-efficacy across multiple countries. The independent variables examined in this analysis included gender, age, years of experience as a teacher, the proportion of students from socioeconomically disadvantaged homes, the number of hours dedicated to CPD and types of professional development activities. By scrutinizing the influence of these independent variables, the study aimed to ascertain their significance in shaping teacher self-efficacy, the dependent variable of interest. In essence, the statistical analyses conducted in this study aimed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the interplay between teacher self-efficacy and various factors, including teacher and school characteristics, as well as professional development activities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Given the comparative nature of the study, the analysis displayed deviations in distribution of gender, age, educational levels and years of experience among FL teachers as well as their variance with teacher self-efficacy in the countries surveyed. The most important finding pertains to the evidence that FL teacher self-efficacy operates differently in dissimilar cultures and contexts. Based on the importance of culture and context in shaping FL teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs, the study supports the recommendation that both, culture and context, should be considered when planning teacher professional development programs. The study revealed that gender (female) correlated positively with teacher self-efficacy across most OECD countries. The most positive association of age and self-efficacy was in the group of teachers aged 30-49. Similar to other research, this study demonstrated that years of experience is related positively to self-efficacy in most OECD countries with exception of Columbia, Korea, Latvia, Mexico and Turkey. The types of professional development undertaken by FL teachers are much the same in terms of attendance at such CPD activities as “Knowledge and understanding of subject fields”, “Pedagogical competences and teaching subject fields” across the OECD countries. This finding is consistent with the previous research that content knowledge was highly valued by the great majority of foreign language teachers (Swanson, 2013; Hoang & Wyatt, 2021). Although the findings of the study are based on self-reported data, which implies certain built-in limitations, they do provide a foundation for further research about teacher efficacy in the FL setting. More qualitative studies are needed to elaborate on the links between FL teachers’ self-efficacy and their professional development activities. Together with further research this study will provide useful information to education policymakers and practitioners in governments, universities, and schools concerning how to increase FL teachers’ self-efficacy and therefore, improve classroom practice. References Atay, D. (2007). Beginning teacher efficacy and the practicum in an EFL context. Teacher Development, 11(2), 203-219. doi:10.1080/13664530701414720 Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84, 191-215. Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall Borg, S. (2006). Teacher cognition and language education: Research and practice. London: Continuum. Bray, M., Thomas, R., Moray (1995). Levels of Comparison in Educational Studies: Different Insights from Different Literatures and the Value of Multilevel Analyses. Harvard Educational Review, 65 (3): 472–491. Chacón, C. T. (2005). Teachers’ perceived efficacy among English as a foreign language teacher in middle schools in Venezuela. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21, 257-272. Choi, E., & Lee, J. (2016). Investigating the relationship of target language proficiency and self-efficacy among nonnative EFL teachers. System, 58, 49-63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2016.02.010 Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler M., & Gardner M. (2017). Effective Teacher Professional Development, Learning Policy Institute, Palo Alto, CA Göker, S. D. (2006). Impact of peer coaching on self-efficacy and instructional skills in TEFL teacher education. System, 34, 239-254 Hoang T., Wyatt., M. (2021). Exploring the self-efficacy beliefs of Vietnamese pre-service teachers of English as a foreign language. System, 96, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2020.102422 International Standard Classification of Education ISCED 2011, (2012). UNESCO Institute for statistics OECD. (2018). Teacher Questionnaire. Main Survey Version. https://www.oecd.org/education/talis/talis2018questionnaires.htm OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 Technical Report. Paris: OECD Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 611-625. doi:10.1037/0022-0663.99.3.611 Smith, E. (2008). Using secondary data in educational and social research. Open University Press Swanson, P. B. (2010a). Efficacy and language teacher attrition: A case for mentorship beyond the classroom. Northeast Conference on the Teaching of Foreign Languages Review, 66, 48-72. Teachers’ professional development (2010). Europe in international comparison. An analysis of teachers’ professional development based on the OECD’s Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS). Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Union Thompson, G. (2020). Exploring language teacher efficacy in Japan. London: Multilingual Matters. Tsui, K. T., & Kennedy, K. J. (2009). Evaluating the Chinese version of the teacher sense of efficacy scale (C-TSE): Translation adequacy and factor structure. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 18(2), 245-260. Wyatt, M. 2018a. ‘Language Teachers’ Self-Efficacy Beliefs: An Introduction.’ In Language Teacher Psychology, edited by S. Mercer and A. Kostoulas. Bristol: Multilingual Matters |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 F: Teachers Professionalism Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The New Appointment System in Education in Cyprus: Outlining the ideal primary school teacher as a professional. University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Teachers in Cyprus have been traditionally appointed to public schools through the appointment system of ‘Epetirida’ (Yearbook), which put candidates in a chronological waiting list ordering the mainly on their year of graduation. However, since the 1980s, there have been several discussions around the qualification of teachers appointed to public schools. Also the number of teacher candidates in the Yearbook was large in relation to the appointment needs of the state, resulting in most of them waiting for many years (even decades) until their appointment. In this context, and after a series of negotiations between different stakeholders, the appointment system changed. More particularly, the New Appointment System in Education (NASE), was legislated in 2015 and has been implemented from 2017 onwards. In this study the NASE is theorized as a governmental technology through which the state regulates and controls the teachers who want to work in public schools. This paper argues that the NASE is a governmental technology mobilized by the state to choose a particular kind of teachers as professionals for public education. In this way, the state can govern education and its teachers, since as Foucault (2012) points out governance, for a certain historic period, was aimed exclusively at the prosperity of the state, subjecting teachers to the ideas of the state about education. Moreover, in this paper the body is theorized as a surface on which events are recorded and the subject is created by sacrificing the body (Butler, 2009). It is argued that NASE governs teachers to shape them as ideal subjects by transforming them into submissive bodies. More specifically, the teachers who expect to be appointed to the public education have to conform to the requirements of NASE. The purpose of this paper is to trace the emergence of a new type of an ‘ideal’ professional subject: the primary school teacher who can succeed in this specific recruitment system, including its written examinations. NASE changed the way teachers were appointed in the public sector, introducing additional criteria and written examination processes of teacher selection by the state. These criteria and processes mark an increase in the regulation and control by the state of the knowledge, qualification, and nature of professionalism anticipated by the ‘ideal’ teachers. Within this governmental technology, the written examination formulates a specific technique, since NASE requires passing a written examination by candidate teachers (who need to be university graduates to be eligible for the exam) before they can be considered for appointment to public schools. Primary teachers are tested on the official school curriculum of two subject-areas (Greek Language and Mathematics); on General Didactic Skills; and on their Knowledge of the Greek Language; the last two components are required for all candidates). Those candidates who pass the exam, can enter a new waiting list (per level of education), in which they are ranked along other criteria: their first Degree’s GPA (8%), additional qualification (e.g. Master degree/Phd 9%), professional experience in education (20%), graduation year (10%) and military service (3%). The written examination is conducted every two years and any teacher planning to take it has to declare their interest and later pay a fee. Four examination procedures have been conducted since the introduction of the NASE in 2015. Before each examination, the examinable content is provided, for every level of education, subject-area and educational specialty and provides general information to the candidates regarding anything new about the legislation, or the procedure they have to follow, through a web-site dedicated to NASE. In a similar way, after every examination procedure the solutions to the tests and the results are shared. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The main purpose of this paper is to examine how primary candidate teachers are construed as subjects through the official policy documents, practices and examination tests of NASE. Teacher professionalism is defined as a fluid concept shaped by the changing political and socioeconomic conditions. Since such socio – economic conditions are both local and broader/international at the same time, a systematic literature review was undertaken on teacher professionalism and teacher selection/recruitment processes at a local and international level. In that way, the professionalism of teachers in Cyprus was mapped along both the local history of the profession of teaching and teacher professionalism as well as broader discourses of professionalism in the international literature. This paper focuses on the following research question: ‘How are primary school teachers construed as professionals-subjects in NASE and especially in the 2023 examination tests?’ To address this research question, the data collection involved the collection and analysis of multiple NASE legal, policy and examination documents as well as interviews with 20 teacher candidates of varied experiences of NASE since 2017. In this paper, I focus on the analysis of the documentation produced for the most recent round of NASE in 2023, which are the following: the legislation about NASE as applicable in 2023, the state announcements before, during and after the 2023 examination, the relevant information documents of the whole 2023 procedures, the examination content announced, the 2023 examination tests for primary teachers, the results of the examination for primary teachers and the statistical analysis of those results. The analysis of this data draws on the theoretical framework of professionalism, as internationally and locally mapped. For this purpose, thematic and content analysis methods were combined to trace how certain meanings of teacher professionalism were produced by the policy documents and tests. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As teacher professionalism is informed by socio – economic conditions and broader conditions in the local and international level, the results are expected to demonstrate that connection. In this way, the results are expected to show elements of de-professionalization of teachers and restriction in their autonomy, as the ‘new professionalism’ movement shows (Beck, 2008). Also, the results are expected to outline a certain kind of teacher, more appropriate for the public education, highlighting the dependence of teachers on the state. This kind of teacher professional is shaped by the state and especially the examination procedures to have certain kinds of knowledge and skills, as defined and assessed in the tests. Furthermore, stereotypical perceptions about the teaching profession (such as gender of teachers, the duration and the kind of their education) may be detected in the official policy documents and in the types of questions comprising the examination tests of NASE. More specifically the NASE was established mobilizing an ‘excellence’ rhetoric, with the aim to select the ‘best’ among the candidate teachers for public schools. In relation to the school curriculum in particular, the ideal teacher-subject is construed as the one who can pass the NASE exam in two school subjects, rendering those as more significant and sidelining all other subject areas of the primary school curriculum. Moreover, the constriction of these two subject-areas’ curriculum contents to the types and topic of the test questions outline the restricted curricular and overall autonomy of teachers, since they must conform to particular knowledge, skills and attitudes in the profession, as these are assessed in the tests, in order to enter the profession in its larger sector, that of public education. References Beck, J. (2008). Governmental professionalism: Re – professionalizing or De – professionalizing teachers in England?. British journal of Education Studies, 56 (2), 119 -143. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8527.2008.00401.x Butler, J. (2009). Η ψυχική ζωή της εξουσίας. Μτφρ. Τ. Μπέτζελος. Αθήνα: Πλέθρον. Δαφέρμος, Μ. (2008). Κοινωνικός κονστρουξιονισμός και Ανάλυση Λόγου. Ελεύθερνα, 4, 67-90. Goodwin, A. L. (2011). “Teaching as a Profession: Are We There Yet?” In The Routledge International Handbook of Teacher and School Development, edited by C. Day, 44–56. Abingdon, UK: Taylor & Francis. Φουκώ, Μ. (2012). Η γέννηση της Βιοπολιτικής. Μτφρ. B. Πατσογιάννης. Αθήνα: Πλέθρον. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Sustainable and Future-proofed Teaching Professionalism Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Education is a fundamental element of our society and accompanies every person from the very beginning and spans the entire lifespan. It is a potential opportunity for integration for all levels of society with all its diversity. It aims to promote participation in society, the development of individual potential, democratization, the development of human capital and human ontogenesis. However, educational processes also harbor the potential for selection and the prevention of developments. Education therefore has a decisive influence on society. Empirical educational research now provides reliable evidence that individual developments and transitions in the education system as well as in the employment system are significantly and sustainably influenced by the actions and decisions of teachers and thus have an impact on individual life courses as well as on the realization of tasks for society as a whole (Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia et al., 2009).
Teachers are therefore one of the greatest influencing factors on the quality and the corresponding 'outcomes' of the education system (ibid.; Hattie, 2013). For this reason, their professionalism is increasingly being publicly discussed and scientifically investigated. On this basis, validated competence models have been developed (e.g. Baumert & Kunter, 2006), which can depict professional competences in teaching contexts in a structured way.
In times of uncertainty and transformation, however, the question also arises in this context (see current debates in professional society) as to which changes must be considered and which adjustments are considered adequate, which processes this requires and which results (like future skills) should be achieved (e.g. Ehlers, 2020; Stifterverband & McKinsey, 2021; OECD, 2021).
The current crises and transformations in our society (globalization, digitalization, individualization and the climate crisis, among others) are changing educational processes as well as social processes. Specifically, this affects educational participants, all stakeholder groups, the starting conditions and educational goals. If education continues to serve the participation in the (also future) society of its education participants, this goal is also constituted from the crises or transformations of society and the corresponding uncertainty. This fundamental assumption results in a new professional and competence profile for teachers and thus also the need to adapt previously established and validated competence models.
Based on this, three process steps were developed in this doctoral project: The 1st process step research question is: 'What is sustainable teaching professionalism? For this purpose, previously validated competence models for teaching contexts were expanded with the results of current future skills research (ibid.) and the facets of the structural core of professional action (e.g. Helsper et al. 2000). The result is a profession-oriented competence model for sustainable teaching (Möller, 2023), which is to be tested as a theory-based thesis in a research process.
The 2nd process step research questions are: 'How do groups involved in educational processes describe sustainable teaching professionalism? Which facets are prioritized by which group? What indications can be derived from this for teacher (further) training? This serves to record the currently perceived competence requirements in the various groups, to compare these on the basis of the competence model (validated by experts), to examine a theory-practice-gap and as a basis for deriving group-specific recommendations for teacher (further) training. The 3rd process step research question is: 'Which reflection processes contribute to the future-oriented professionalization of teachers?‘ The thesis developed here is based on the assumption that the model developed, with its presentation and description, provides a broader view of the complex structure of a professional ability to act in the teaching context and a deeper understanding of these competence facets and thus stimulates a comprehensive reflection on one's own future-oriented teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research process for the 1st process step serves to validate the competency model developed. A Delphi survey with quantitative and qualitative question types was conducted for this purpose. This was used to map (using a Likert scale) the assessed importance of the various model facets and the model structure, to introduce further perspectives or missing facets and to validate the content by forming a consensus (as the basis of the Delphi method). In contrast to previous research activities in the area of future skills, experts (n = 12) from the educational context were interviewed in this project. In the research process for the 2nd process step, the validated competency model serves as the basis for evaluating structured interviews on the question of which facets of future-proof teaching professionalism are prioritized by which group and classified as relevant in the future in order to derive corresponding implications for teacher training. The interviewees here were pupils (n = 240), primary school teachers (n = 19), student teachers (n = 48) and university lecturers in the field of teacher training (n = 20). The transcription process is currently almost complete, so that the evaluation using qualitative content analysis (according to Kuckartz, 2018) can begin and the first prepared results can be shown for presentation. In the research process for the third process step, the validated competency model provides an up-to-date overview of requirements in teaching activities and serves as the basis for the creation of reflection portfolios for teacher training and university teaching. These reflection portfolios are implemented with three different reflection processes. These are peer reflection, self-reflection and reflection with generative AI. These are currently being evaluated in a test procedure (using a questionnaire with quantitative and qualitative question types). In this process, feedback on the usability of the reflection portfolio and on the different reflection processes and the differences between them is collected and evaluated. The presentation will show the first tendencies of this research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The validation process of the profession-oriented competence model for future-oriented teaching shows that educational experts from German-speaking countries see the importance of combining the competence model with the currently discussed future skills and profession-oriented facets, thereby establishing a model that reflects current social transformations. This can create a basis on which implications for teacher training and the further development of university lecturers can be developed. The interviews with the named groups show which topics each group is currently focusing on and in which areas there is a need for further training or which areas are only marginally perceived by the groups and seen as relevant for their area. On this basis, strategic indications for the design of teacher training courses can be developed. The validation process also shows that educational experts see reflective competencies as a central element for dealing with current social transformations. In order to establish a holistic reflection process for (prospective) teachers, a reflection portfolio was developed based on the profession-oriented competency model for sustainable teaching. This reflection portfolio is suitable for longer reflection phases spanning the course of study and professional life and provides guidance for differentiated and 'further training' reflection, as it contains the theoretical foundations of the model. At this point in the process, it seems appropriate to present the profession-oriented competence model for sustainable teaching, the results of the Delphi survey and the initial trends of the structured interviews as well as the work with the reflection portfolios with the different reflection processes mentioned to an international audience for discussion. References Baumert, J. & Kunter, M. (2006). Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 9 (4), S. 469-520. Ehlers, Ulf-Daniel (2020). Future Skills. Lernen der Zukunft – Hochschule der Zukunft. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Hattie, J. (2013). Lernen sichtbar machen. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider-Verlag Hohengehren. Helsper, W., Krüger H.-H. & Rabe-Kleberg, U. (2000). Professionstheorie, Professions- und Biographieforschung - Einführung in den Themenschwerpunkt. ZBBS, Heft 1/2000, S. 5-19. Hippler, H. (Hrsg.) (2015). Glossar HRK (Projekt nexus). Online: http://www.hrk-nexus. de/meta/glossar/, zugegriffen: 25.05.2020. Kultusministerkonferenz (2015). Darstellung von kultureller Vielfalt, Integration und Migration in Bildungsmedien - Gemeinsame Erklärung der Kultusministerkonferenz, der Organisationen von Menschen mit Migrationshintergrund und der Bildungsmedienverlage (Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 08.10.2015) Berlin, Bonn: Sekretariat der Ständigen Konferenz der Kultusminister der Länder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Kuckartz, Udo (2018): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung, 4. Auflage, Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa. Kunter, M., Baumert, J., Blum, W., Klusmann, U., Krauss, S. & Neubrand, M. (Hrsg.) (2011). Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften: Ergebnisse des Forschungsprogramms COACTIV. Münster: Waxmann. Möller, W. (2023). Ein professionsorientiertes Kompetenzmodell für die zukunftsfähige Lehre. Workingpaper. Universität Rostock, https://doi.org/10.18453/rosdok_id00004412 Nittel, D., Tippelt, R., Dellori, C. & Siewert-Kölle, A. (2014). Gemeinsamkeiten und Unterschiede der pädagogischen Berufsgruppen. In D. Nittel, J. Schütz & R. Tippelt (Hrsg.), Pädagogische Arbeit im System des lebenslangen Lernens. Ergebnisse komparativer Berufsgruppenforschung. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. S. 60-98. OECD: OECD Future of Education and Skills. Abgerufen unter: https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/ (Zuletzt aufgerufen 27.09.2021). Stifterverband/McKinsey (2021). Future Skills 2021. 21 Kompetenzen für eine Welt im Wandel. Essen: Stifterverband für die Deutsche Wissenschaft e.V. Terhart, E. (1996). Berufskultur und professionelles Handeln. In A. Combe & W. Helsper (Hrsg.), Pädagogische Professionalität. Untersuchungen zum Typus pädagogischen Handelns. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, S. 448-471. Terhart, E. (2011). Lehrerberuf und Professionalität. Gewandeltes Begriffsverständnis – neue Herausforderungen. In W. Helsper & R. Tippelt (Hrsg.), Pädagogische Professionalität. Weinheim: Beltz, S. 202-224. Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, O., Beck, K., Sembill, D., Nickolaus, R. & Mulder, R. (2009). Perspektiven auf „Lehrprofessionalität". In O. Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, K. Beck, D. Sembill, R. Nickolaus & R. Mulder (Hrsg.), Lehrprofessionalität: Bedingungen, Genese, Wirkungen und ihre Messung. Weinheim: Beltz. S. 13-33. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 G: Gender and Education Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Leaning into the ‘Discomfort’ of Inequitable Representation: Gendered and Racialised Barriers for Women Academics of Colour in British STEM Academia University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This study explores the underrepresentation of women academics of colour (WAC) in British STEM academia, building upon a substantial body of literature highlighting the glaring and seemingly intractable lack of diversity within UK STEM faculties and across global STEM academia (WISE, 2019). Beyond numerical inequities, existing evidence points to a higher likelihood of WAC being disproportionately concentrated in junior academic positions, indicative of unequal power relations (APPG, 2021). This is compounded by nuanced issues relating to idealised and masculinised cultures prevalent across STEM disciplines (Carlone and Johnson, 2007) as well as issues of knowledge otherness – referring to how WAC are epistemologically marginalised/silenced (Ong et al., 2018). Even more is the prevailing tendency to prioritise gender as the primary focus in inequity discussions, often overshadowing race (Bhopal and Henderson, 2021), and other categories such as class, age, sexuality, and disability within initiatives and policy actions aimed at promoting equity in STEM. This tendency may, in part, stem from the discomfort surrounding discourses of sexism, racism, and experiences of marginalisation as well as the challenges associated with addressing these issues at institutional levels (Ahmed, 2012). It is therefore not surprising that while there are substantial scholarly works on the underrepresentation of women in STEM as well as a disproportionate underrepresentation of WAC in British higher education, there remains a dearth of research studies exploring gender-race intersectionality in STEM, particularly within the UK context (e.g., Casad et al., 2021; Ong et al., 2018; most of which are studies conducted in the US). This is a gap this study seeks to support in literature, contributing to pressing calls to decolonise British STEM academia while extending research on the underrepresentation of WAC in STEM beyond gender and race-based discrimination to complex issues relating to epistemological hegemony, cultural conformity, and counter-technologies, all of which are interlinked with the underrepresentation of WAC in STEM. Against this backdrop, the study seeks to address the overarching question of how orientalist power dynamics serve to perpetuate and/or exacerbate inequitable patterns of representation for these women in STEM faculties. More specifically, it explores ways in which WAC’s gender and racial/ethnic identities intersect to constrain their progression, retention, and equitable representation more broadly in STEM. This includes how these women subvert the power of dominant discourses through micro-practices of resistance and techniques of power (Ahmed, 2012; Ong et al., 2018). In search for answers around the intersectional barriers and the underlying processes that pose obstacles towards equitable representation for these women, I adopt a post-colonial perspective, drawing on Said’s (1978) epistemological conception of orientalism. Said defines this as a discursively constructed power relation between two constructed regions - the ‘Orient’ and ‘Occident’. Underpinning this power relation are discourses that work to explicitly or implicitly present the knowledge and ideas of the West/Occident as ‘developed’ and superior while the Orient/East is essentialised as ‘underdeveloped’ and inferior. In addition to postcolonial scholars, as well as post-colonialist feminists such as Spivak (1988) and Subedi and Daza (2008), I draw on complementary work from Foucauldian poststructuralist feminism. This approach views power relations – including gender - as discursively constructed and fluid (Foucault, 1988; Butler, 1990; Hall, 1996), shifting the study's focus from discursive narratives based on participants’ sense of subjectivity to a structural understanding of how STEM cultures and practices perpetuate inequities on gender and ‘race’ lines. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Underpinned by an interpretivist perspective (Dean, 2018), the study employs a qualitative approach involving 15 online semi-structured interviews facilitated through timeline maps. These maps aided participants in charting pivotal moments and influences shaping their career trajectories which in turn proved useful in unpacking the complexities and dynamics of participants' experiences. Participants encompass WAC of diverse racial groups (including Africans, Afro-Caribbeans, South Asians, and Black Brits), and across various career stages within STEM faculties in seven British universities. Five initial participants were purposively selected drawing on networks established through my professional contacts, employing three primary criteria including participants: 1) self-identifying as women, 2) having African, Afro-Caribbean, South-Asian or black British backgrounds/ethnicities, and 3) working and/or studying in STEM disciplines. Subsequently, the original sample was broadened through a snowballing strategy, wherein participants were asked for referrals. To minimise sampling bias, efforts were made to include individuals who were predominantly colleagues of acquaintances or those recommended by participants interviewed within the study. Adopted for cost-effectiveness and its perceived user-friendliness, Zoom videoconferencing proved vital for facilitating interviews with a diverse and geographically dispersed group of participants (Archibald et al., 2019). Its use was not only safe and essential, preventing COVID-19 infections and mitigating conflicts arising from finding suitable interview spaces, but also environmentally conscious, avoiding unnecessary travel impact on the climate. Conducting the interviews from the privacy of my flat allowed considerable control over disruptions and maintaining confidentiality, yet unanticipated challenges, such as unexpected post deliveries, PC malfunctions, internet issues, and family dynamics, arose. Despite these, Zoom was instrumental in facilitating the interviews and maintaining research progress. Data analysis was conducted using a mix of thematic and discourse analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2021) allowing the exploration of key themes, as well as an analysis of the dynamics of the discourses that participants use to articulate their experiences. Interlinked with epistemologically orientalist power dynamics, this informed an analysis of the ways in which discursive practices shape and influence the conduct of WAC in STEM spaces (Arribas-Ayllon & Walkerdine, 2017). Put together, this analytical approach was useful in exploring nuanced aspects of inequities such as epistemological hegemony and their links to the under-representation of WAC in STEM rather than solely focusing on individual instances of discrimination and simply charting numerical underrepresentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the study point toward four overarching themes including: Firstly, "the masculinity of science identity" - deconstructing power imbalances within discourses of 'science identity,' highlighting its performative nature. This construct implicitly frames non-conforming bodies/performances as 'outsiders-within’, requiring additional support, surveillance, and (re)socialisation into the science culture. Secondly, "checking the colour box" - unpacking the contradictory positioning of WAC, with their representation often tokenised as diversity markers, while their epistemological contributions are deemed academically short of the perceived ‘standard’. Thirdly, "the partnership and motherhood penalty" - analysing how societal expectations regarding gender roles in partnership/motherhood act as significant barriers for WAC in STEM, exploring the overlap between a woman’s biological clock, her career clock, and her partner’s career clock. Lastly, "Out of place yet unrelated to gender and/or race identity" - exploring various forms of dissonance, with participants associating gendered and racialised experiences with cultural dynamics. This theme references hegemonic meritocratic discourses prevalent in STEM and internalised responses to gendered and racialised experiences, potentially contributing to the underrepresentation of WAC in STEM. These findings extend an invitation to conference participants to lean into the discomfort and engage/contribute to discourses around gendered and racialised barriers, including epistemological hegemonic cultures and practices that serve to perpetuate and/or exacerbate the underrepresentation of WAC in STEM. Informed by the study’s findings, these discussions have the potential to facilitate equitable and cultural changes in policies and practices. This includes implications for a renewed commitment to targeted recruitments, inclusive mentoring, family-friendly policies, cultural intelligence training, and a critical (re)evaluation of existing criteria and perceptions of epistemological competence. References Ahmed, S. 2012. On being included: Racism and diversity in institutional life. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. All-Party Parliamentary Group (APPG) on Diversity and Inclusion in Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths (STEM), 2020. Inquiry into Equity in the STEM Workforce. Archibald, M. M., Ambagtsheer, R. C., Casey, M. G. and Lawless, M. 2019. Using Zoom videoconferencing for qualitative data collection: Perception and experiences of researchers and participants. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 18: 1-8. Arribas-Ayilon, M. & Walkerdine, V., 2017. “Foucauldian Discourse Analysis.” In The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research in Psychology, edited by Carla Willig and Wendy Stainton-Rogers. London: SAGE, 91–108. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. 2021. Thematic analysis: a practical guide. London: SAGE Publications Ltd, I-338 Bhopal K. and Henderson, H. 2021. Competing inequalities: gender versus race in higher education institutions in the UK, Educational Review, 73(2): 153-169. Butler, J., 1990. Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. New York: Routledge, 1-272. Carlone, H.B. and Johnson, A., 2007. Understanding the science experiences of successful women of color: Science identity as an analytic lens. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 44(8): 1187-1218. Casad BJ, Franks JE, Garasky CE, Kittleman MM, Roesler AC, Hall DY, Petzel ZW. 2021. Gender inequality in academia: Problems and solutions for women faculty in STEM. Journal of Neurosciences Research, 99:13–23. Dean, B. A., 2018. The Interpretivist and the Learner. International Journal of doctoral studies, 13: 1-8. Foucault, M., 1988. “Truth, Power, Self: An Interview with Michel Foucault, October 25, 1982.” In Technologies of the Self: A Seminar with Michel Foucault, edited by Luther H. Martin, Patrick Hall, S., 1996. Introduction: Who needs ‘identity’? in S. Hall & P. du Gay (eds.), Questions of Identity. London: SAGE Publications Ltd, 1-17. Ong, M. Smith, J. M. & Ko, L. T., 2018. ‘Counterspaces for Women of Color in STEM Higher Education: Marginal and Central Spaces for Persistence and Success’. Journal of Research in Science Teaching. 55(2): 206–245. Said, E. W., 1978. Orientalism. London: Routledge, pp. 1-92. Spivak, G. C. (1988). Can the subaltern speak? In C. Nelson & L. Grossberg (Eds.), Marxism and the interpretation of culture (pp. 271–313). University of Illinois Press Subedi, B. & Daza, S. L., 2008. The possibilities of postcolonial praxis in education, Race Ethnicity and Education, 11(1): 1-10. WISE Campaign. 2019. 2019 workforce statistics – 1 million women in STEM in the UK. Accessed 21 Sept 2021 at: https://www.wisecampaign.org.uk/annual-core-stem-stats-round-up-2019-20/ 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Culture of Choice: Decision-Making of Prospective Female Doctoral Students in Chinese Higher Education University of Nottingham Ningbo China Presenting Author:Topic: Under-representation of female doctoral students has been identified as a gender-specific injustice of higher education restricting women from academic careers (UNESCO UIS, 2017). In China, this phenomenon is the case. Female participation has exceeded 50% in both Bachelor’s and Master’s programmes since 2011, but is significantly lower in doctoral programmes. Take the latest data as an example, in 2022, female students accounted for 52.90% in Bachelor’s programmes, 52.89% in master's programmes, but only 41.91% in doctoral programmes (Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China, 2023). However, since educational choice is seen as personal, this issue is ignored and under-researched, or explained away as opt-out through a group decision preference. It is imperative to understand the actual ‘choices’ prospective female doctoral students have and how they make the decision of either pursuing or giving up doctoral studies.
Research Objectives: The project is designed to 1) identify the choice dilemmas in the personal decision-making experience of these female students; 2) understand, in a Chinese cultural context, how they identify options available to them and make their decisions; 3) identify root causes of female students opting out of doctoral studies after considered decision-making.
Research Questions: Research question 1: What choice dilemmas do prospective female doctoral students face when making the decision on pursuing doctoral studies? Research question 2: When faced with choice dilemmas, how do they make their own choices or how do they delegate their autonomy of choice to others? What choice skills and relevant identification or reflection involved, respectively? Research question 3: In the process of decision-making, how do the constituents in these dilemmas interact with cultural discourses and then limit their agency of decision-making?
Theoretical framework: The paper uses the theoretical framework of Schwarz's cultural sociology of choice centered on culture, choice and agency. Schwarz (2018) has argued for a cultural theory of choice and decision-making as a more valid account of actual social behaviour than the interpretations and predictions offered by rational choice-inspired theory. Choices are cultural and choice processes are culture-specific ways of doing based on normativity, which rely on both cultural-specific choice techniques and culturally knowledge of the options.
Significance: This study contributes to the understanding of choice and its process as ever-changing social phenomena and the examination of gender equality in Chinese doctoral education based on cultural sociology of choice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper reports on a purely qualitative study in which detailed experiences of Chinese female students in their decision-making in pursuing doctoral education are the key focus. 30 in-depth interviews with semi-open structure were conducted with prospective female students, who are either considering or in the process of applying for doctoral study. Respondents are recruited by judgement sampling mainly through two ways: 1) researcher send a recruitment request in his/her own social circle and contact some acquainted female students who are considering or applying for a doctoral programme; 2) gain some samples by introduction by these prospective students and researcher’s social circle. After sifting, finally, diverse research sample with different characteristics is established according to their life or research backgrounds such as marital status, whether they have children, and research fields. Respondents of different marital status include 10 single females, 10 females in relationships, and 10 married females, 6 of whom have children. Respondents of different research fields include 11 prospective students majoring in humanities, 11 in STEM and 8 in business. All interviews are conducted face-to-face, being recorded with well-guaranteed anonymity and confidentiality. Participants are presented with Consent Form and document that clearly stats their rights and where they could contact when feeling disturbed after interviewing. Each form of data was treated with utmost discretion and confidentiality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are three main findings: 1) prospective female doctoral students significantly value doctoral studies, but they face dilemmas caused by a cultural incompatibility between pursuing doctoral studies and other choices. These include getting married and/or having children before they are in their 30s; becoming employed in order to settle down early in an intensely competitive job market; ceding financial investment to another family member whose development and/or family status takes priority; taking on childcare; keeping emotionally safe from harm from stereotypes of a female doctor; and simply acting as a ‘dutiful’ daughter. 2) This incompatibility, in nature, tells of the absence of genuine choice for females to pursue doctoral studies, which is caused by constant discouragement from cultural-specific discourses during the whole process of decision-making. Specifically, choices are constrained by culturally powerful, shared normative and epistemological horizons shaping females either to delegate to parents - and/or husband - crucial choices, or to make their own choices but consider the expectations of their family or cultural community. When options chosen are culturally right, female individuals may gain a sense of identity and morality. If not, they experience feedback that serves the culturally privileged telling them they are not making right choices and may be pushed to choose again until their choices are culturally right. 3) Choice of pursuing doctoral studies is not impossible, which is always based on a premise that those who are allowed pursuing doctoral studies are considerably expected to ‘do both’ – to finish life tasks contained in the option which is not chosen but is considered as more culturally right, during or even before the years of their doctoral studies. References Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China (2023) Number of Students of Formal Education by Type and Level. Available at: http://www.moe.gov.cn/jyb_sjzl/moe_560/2022/quanguo/202401/t20240110_1099535.html (Accessed: 20 January 2024). Schwarz, O. (2018) ‘Cultures of choice: towards a sociology of choice as a cultural phenomenon’, The British Journal of Sociology, 69(3), pp. 845-864. doi: 10.1111/1468-4446.12305. UNESCO UIS (2017) Women are Missing from the Ranks of Higher Education and Research. Available at: https://uis.unesco.org/en/news/women-are-missing-ranks-higher-education-and-research (Accessed: 20 January 2024). 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Transcultural Journeys: Unveiling Hybrid Identities and Superdiversity Among Young Quota Refugees in Iceland University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:This paper presents preliminary findings from the research project, A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI) After generations of upbringing in migration destinations, children and young people grow up within communities with strong transnational ties to countries of origin (Olwig, 2011, 2013). Children’s identification and sense of belonging also refer to local places in the countries of residence (Olwig, 2003) such as school, a place children identify strongly with. Children thus operate with multiple, shifting identities, developing multiple relationships and a sense of belonging (Motti-Stefanidi & Masten, 2017; Ragnarsdóttir & Hama, 2018a; Tran & Lefever, 2018). Belonging has been argued to be multidimensional involving four distinct dimensions, such as a fundamental need to belong; a need to be connected to people and places and sharing memberships; belonging to a distinct social group; and a process of power and politics on micro and macro levels where children become excluded and included (Johansen & Puroila, 2021). Research shows that young Syrian refugees use social media platforms like Facebook, WhatsApp, and Snapchat to strengthen ties and connect across cultural divides (Veronis, Tabler, & Ahmed, 2018) and globally, unaccompanied refugees use Facebook, WhatsApp, Viber, and Skype for emotional bonding despite geographical distance (Gillespie et al., 2016; Kutscher and Kress, 2018). Social media platforms also play a role in symbolic acculturation, reflecting identity expression and a desire for successful integration (Thorpe and Wheaton, 2021). Communication technologies play a crucial role in negotiating changes during migration and resettlement (Thorpe and Wheaton, 2021). The virtual world facilitates emotional connections across borders, preserving a sense of unity for families experiencing forced migration (Robertson et al., 2016; Kutscher and Kress, 2018). Social media has become a tool for communication, information sharing, and resource exchange among geographically distant individuals, influencing local resettlement experiences (Marlowe, 2020). The process of sharing information in mobilized virtual communities impacts rapid dissemination within online filter bubbles and echo chambers (Urry, 2016; Pariser, 2011). Virtual technologies enable transnational socio-virtual groups, fostering common interests irrespective of cultural differences (Marlowe, 2020). The ESRCI project aims to critically explore the education and social inclusion of Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth at pre-, compulsory, and upper secondary levels and the structures created for their learning and wellbeing in their social and educational settings. Pillar 3 specifically engages with social inclusion and aims to explore wellbeing, social relationships and positions of refugee children and youth, identity, and intersections. It aims to comprehend the ways in which young refugees adapt to unfamiliar social and cultural surroundings, with a particular focus on the influence of social media in promoting transcultural experiences. The research also examines the ideas of hybridity and superdiversity, investigating the interaction between physical and virtual platforms in the context of transcultural communities. The ultimate objective is to provide valuable insights into the complex social environments encountered by young refugees in Iceland. Research questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative ESRCI research project involves Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth of different genders and their parents who have diverse educational and socio-economic backgrounds, altogether 40 families with children in schools at one or more levels (pre-, compulsory and upper secondary) in eleven municipalities in Iceland, as well as the children’s teachers, principals and where relevant, school counsellors, in the children’s schools, municipality persons, social services and NGOs. The municipalities are located in different parts of Iceland: Southwest (Capital area), Northwest, West Fjords, Northeast, East and South Iceland. Purposive sampling is used to select the children and parents and professionals in schools and municipalities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This pillar aims to thoroughly study the challenges and opportunities faced by young refugees as they establish themselves in Iceland, navigating the diverse norms, systems, and cultures of their unfamiliar environment. The study seeks to unveil the dynamics in the formation of hybrid identities, stemming from the imperative to engage with multiple environments that encompass a variety of ideas and cultures. These environments include their homes, where different norms, languages, cultures, and religions are taught, and the Icelandic public sphere, which introduces additional language differences, norms, religions, and cultural nuances, influencing various aspects of their perception and prosperity in Iceland. These hybrid identities become superdiverse as they further intertwine with transcultural tendencies through the virtual world. The virtual world involves endless diverse ideas, cultures, and information, adding another layer of complexity to the formation of the young refugees' identities. In this context, young refugees may transform into distinct virtual travelers, maintaining connections with their home countries through cross-border communication. Conversely, virtual spheres might also facilitate increased interaction with Icelanders, presenting an opportunity for further integration and cultural exchange. While conducted in Iceland, this study introduces innovative frameworks to comprehend the mixed social and virtual dimensions shaping refugee socialization and integration in a new society. Simultaneously, it aims to provide insights into the experiences of the contemporary younger generation in the Western world. Serving as a guide for future research on understanding young refugees' perceptions and establishment in a foreign society, it also offers a pathway for comprehending the broader experiences of contemporary younger generations in the West – the "gen Z and gen ALPHA." Anticipated findings encompass indications of stigmatization, exclusion, isolation, or parallel mobilization, with potential implications for the well-being, prosperity, productivity, and education of these individuals. References Alarcón, X., Bobowik, M., & Prieto-Flores, S. (2021). Mentoring for Improving the Self-Esteem, Resilience, and Hope of Unaccompanied Migrant Youth in the Barcelona Metropolitan Area. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(10), 5210. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18105210 Gupta, A., & Ferguson, J. (1997). Beyond “culture.” Culture, Power, Place, 33–51. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822382089-001 Korkiamäki, R., & Gilligan, R. (2020). Responding to misrecognition – A study with unaccompanied asylum-seeking minors. Children and Youth Services Review, 119, 105687. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105687 Kutscher, N., & Kreß, L. M. (2018). The Ambivalent Potentials of Social Media Use by Unaccompanied Minor Refugees. Social Media + Society, 4(1), 205630511876443. https://doi.org/10.1177/2056305118764438 Johansson, E. & Puroila, A.-M. (2021). Research perspectives on the politics of belonging in early years education. International Journal of Early Childhood. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-021-00288-6. Marlowe, J. (2020). Refugee resettlement, social media and the social organization of difference. Global Networks, 20(2), 274–291. https://doi.org/10.1111/glob.12233 Masten, A. S. (2014). Ordinary magic: Resilience in development. New York, NY: Guilford Press. Motti-Stefanidi, F., & Masten, A. S. (2017). A resilience perspective on immigrant youth adaptation and development. In N. J. Cabrera & B. Leyendecker (Eds.), Handbook on positive development of minority children and youth. DOI 10.1007/978-3-319-43645-6_2 Pariser, E. (2012). The filter bubble: what the Internet is hiding from you. London: Penguin Books Olwig, K. F. (2003). Children’s places of belonging in immigrant families of Caribbean background. In K. Fog Olwig & E. Gulløy (Eds.). Children’s places, cross-cultural perspectives. London: Routledge. Olwig, K. F. (2011). ´Integration´: Migrants and refugees between Scandinavian welfare societies and family relations. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 37(2), 179–196. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2010.521327 Olwig, K. F. (2013). Notions and practices of difference: An epilogue on the ethnography of diversity. Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power, 20(4), 471–479. https://doi.org/10.1080/1070289X.2013.822378 Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Hama, S. R. (2018a). Refugee children in Icelandic schools: Experiences of families and schools. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & S. Lefever (Eds.), Icelandic studies on diversity and social justice in education (pp. 82–104). Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars Press. Sheller, M., & Urry, J. (2016). Mobilizing the new mobilities paradigm. Applied Mobilities, 1(1), 10–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/23800127.2016.1151216 Veronis, L., Tabler, Z., & Ahmed, R. (2018). Syrian Refugee Youth Use Social Media: Building Transcultural Spaces and Connections for Resettlement in Ottawa, Canada. Canadian Ethnic Studies, 50(2), 79–99. Vertovec, S. (2021). The social organization of difference. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 44(8), 1273–1295. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2021.1884733 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 H: Research on Arts Education Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Julio Cesar Estrada Monterroso Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Effect of Visual Reasoning on Arithmetic Word Problem Solving 1Babeș-Bolyai University, Romania; 2Babeș-Bolyai University, Romania; 3College of Tourism Services “Napoca” Presenting Author:Problem-solving is an important part of the primary school mathematics curriculum. The purpose of problem-solving activities in the classroom is to apply abstract mathematical concepts to real-world situations. (Verschaffel et. al, 2000; Mellone, et. al, 2014) Riley et. al (1983) described the conceptual knowledge required to solve simple addition or subtraction word problems in terms of semantic relations residing between quantitative information existing in problem text: compare, combine and change. For primary school pupils, comprehending word problems at the early stages of learning to read, is a difficult task. Despite their lack of understanding, some pupils still engage in the solving process, employing arbitrary strategies, such as randomly combining numbers existing in the problem into mathematical operations suggested by specific keywords in the problem i.e. “more” for addition and “less” for subtraction (Schoenfeld, 1991). Research on mathematical reasoning evidenced that mental representations of abstract mathematical concepts appear to be visual, originating in one's visually sensed experiences. (Bishop, 1989) Arcavi (2003) described visualization as the ability, process and product of creation, interpretation, use and reflection upon pictures, images, and diagrams in our minds or paper or with other technological means to describe and communicate information, develop thinking, and advance understanding of new ideas. Dreyfus (1991) described visual reasoning in mathematics as a process of expressing verbal information in concrete visual representations that illustrate the relationships between mathematical expressions and concepts. By advancing the use of visual reasoning in mathematics learning, comprehension is translated into one's ability to use the given information to solve problems. (Mayer, 1989) To improve pupils' problem-solving abilities, recent studies explored different methods of facilitating the understanding of mathematical relations in word problems. In his research, Glenberg et al. (2012) improved elementary school pupils' problem-solving performance by having them physically manipulate objects that recreated the problem situation, which supported forming accurate mental representations of the relations between quantitative information in the problem. Dewolf et. al (2017) investigated the effect of representational illustrations that accompanied problematic word problems in solving process, expecting to help pupils mentally imagine the situation and solve the problems more realistically by employing everyday life knowledge. The findings evidenced no positive effect on realistic problem-solving. Research question/ hypothesis The current study investigates the effect of visual reasoning on the solving process of a mathematical word problem which involves part-whole relations between sets of elements. To test our hypothesis, we worked on word problems commonly encountered in the first-grade mathematics curriculum, which required addition and subtraction operations to determine the problem solution. We also aimed to investigate and describe the correlation between students' reading comprehension abilities and their visual and mathematical reasoning performances. We expect that visual reasoning will help pupils form accurate mental representations of the mathematical relations in the problem, improving their comprehension of the problem situation and increasing the number of correct problem solutions afterwards.
We hypothesized that asking first-grade pupils to create visual representations of the problem situation by drawing will improve comprehension, determining an increased number of correct problem solutions. We also predicted that pupils with average reading comprehension abilities would create correct visual representations of the problem situation leading them to perform the appropriate operations to determine the correct problem solution. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design: quasi-experiment, one group pretest-post-test. Participants: 45 first-grade pupils (22 boys and 23 girls) with ages of 7 and 8 years old (mean age 7.13). The pupils belonged to two first-grade classes from the same urban primary school in Cluj-Napoca, Romania. The pupils were assigned to each class randomly, following the Romanian class formation legislation in 2021. At the beginning of the experiment, pupil's mathematics performances and reading comprehension abilities (RCA) were globally assessed by their teacher, by completing an individual form. The individual mathematical abilities (IMP) ranged from very good (= 27 participants, 15 boys and 12 girls), good (= 10 participants, 2 boys and 8 girls); sufficient (= 6 participants, 4 boys and 2 girls), to insufficient (= 2 participants, 1 male and 1 female). The reading comprehension abilities ranged from 1 (poor) to 5 (high) as follows: 1 (= 5 participants, 3 boys and 2 girls), 2 (= 3 participants, 1 boy and 2 girls), 3 (= 8 participants, 3 boys and 2 girls), 4 (= 16 participants, 8 boys and 8 girls), to 5 (= 13 participants, 7 boys and 6 girls). The participants were tested in two different contexts: In normal context, pupils received the following word problem, containing compare and combine semantic relations between sets of objects, in an individual paper-and-pencil task during a usual mathematics class: Radu has 3 pencils, and Tudor has 4 more pencils than Radu. How many pencils do children have altogether? The problem was read aloud once by the teacher. Pupils were instructed to read the problem again and solve it independently, writing down the solution procedure and the answer on paper. In visual context, a similar word problem was given during another regular mathematics class: 5 frogs are sitting on a water lily leaf and 3 less frogs are sitting on the leaf nearby. How many frogs are sitting on the lily leaves altogether? The problem was written on the board and read aloud once, by the teacher. The pupils were instructed to individually read and illustrate the problem situation by drawing, following the information in the problem statement. Afterwards, they were required to perform the mathematical operations and determine the numerical solution of the problem, on the back of the page. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Problem solutions and visual representations were categorised as follows:: Correct Problem Solution (= CPS): participants determined the number of elements required by the problem statement, performing one or two operations; Solution Error (= SE/ pSE): participants only performed subtraction 5–3=2 (=partial solution error, pSE) or provided other numeric solution than CPS; No Answer (= N/A) Correct Visual Representation (= CVR): accurate illustration of numeric information and of the relations between the two sets of elements; Representation Error (= RE): incorrectly illustrates the sets of elements that must be combined to determine the whole value. In normal context, we assumed that understanding the problem situation was associated with the amount of CPS. Solving problems in visual context revealed increased comprehension of the problem situation, reflected by the amount of CVR. Data analysis in SPSS revealed a significant correlation (p=0.044<0.05) between the problem solutions determined in normal context and the problem solutions determined in visual context. Findings evidenced significantly improved problem solutions when pupils solved the problem in visual context compared to problem solutions determined in normal context. Pupils with higher RCA and IMP levels who determined CPS in normal context maintained their performance in visual context. About a third of pupils that provided pSE in normal context, most of them with very good IMP and medium RCA, determined CPS in visual context. Despite the positive effect of using visual reasoning in solving problems, about half of the participants with CVR couldn’t determine CPS. Participants with CVR who provided SE couldn’t associate mathematical operations required to determine the numeric solution and combined numbers in the problem into a subtraction suggested by the keyword “less”. Therefore, illustrating the problem situation by drawing can be a helpful tool in current teaching practice because of its positive effect on problem comprehension and solving process. References Arcavi, A. (2003). The role of visual representations in the learning of mathematics. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 52, 215–241. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1024312321077 Bishop, A. J. (1988). A review of research on visualization in mathematics education. In A. Borbás (Ed.), Proceedings of the 12th PME International Conference (vol. 1, pp. 170–176). OOK Printing House. Dewolf, T., Dooren, W., & Verschaffel, L. (2017). Can visual aids in representational illustrations help pupils to solve mathematical word problems more realistically? European Journal of Psychology of Education, 32(3), 335–351. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-016-0308-7 Dreyfus, T. (1991). On the status of visual reasoning in mathematics and mathematics education. In F. Furinghetti (Ed.), Proceedings of the 15th PME International Conference, 1, 33-48. Glenberg, A., Willford, J., Gibson, B., Goldberg, A., & Zhu, X. (2012). Improving Reading to Improve Math. Scientific Studies of Reading, 16(4), 316–340. 10.1080/10888438.2011.564245 Riley, M. S., Greeno, J. G., & Heller, I. J. (1983). Development of Children’s Problem-Solving Ability in Arithmetic. In H. P. Ginsburg (Ed.), The Development of Mathematical Thinking (pp. 153–196). Academic Press. Mayer, R. E. (1989). Models for Understanding. Review of Educational Research, 59(1), 43–64. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543059001043 Mellone, M., Verschaffel, L., & Van Dooren, W. (2014). Making sense of word problems: The effect of rewording and dyadic interaction. In P. Liljedahl, S. Oesterle, C. Nicol & D. Allan (Eds.), Proceedings of the Joint Meeting of PME 38 and PME-NA 36, Vol. 4, (pp. 201‒208). https://www.pmena.org/pmenaproceedings/PMENA%2036%20PME%2038%2020 14%20Proceedings%20Vol%204.pdf Schoenfeld, A. H. (1991). On mathematics as sense-making: An informal attack on the unfortunate divorce of formal and informal mathematics. In J. F. Voss, D. N. Perkins, & J. W. Segal (Eds.), Informal reasoning and education (pp. 311–343). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Verschaffel, L., Greer, B., & De Corte, E. (2000). Making sense of word problems. Swets and Zeitlinger. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Amsterdam Model of Learning Environments (AMOLE) – A conceptual approach for linking pedagogy and architecture University of Ed. Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:The question of how an optimal learning environment should be designed is probably as old as the building task itself. It has always been and continues to be a reflection of constantly changing educational, social, and technological conditions. Despite the small field of research, the scientific debate on the subject has gained attention since its beginnings in the 1920s, especially in the past decade. The fact that physical space can influence learning has already been proven several times (e.g. Rance et al., 2023; Baloch et al. 2021; Barrett et al., 2015; Walden, 2008). However, there is still no theoretical model that takes a holistic view of the architectural aspects of a learning environment and at the same time addresses current research and school development. Today, we are faced with a fundamentally changed pedagogical understanding, even if some demands in this respect were already made at the beginning of the 20th century by the New Education Movement (Renz, 2016). Findings from educational research have influenced teaching methods and goals of education in the last decades: Lessons should include different social forms, be skills-oriented, and take individualised learning into account (Saalfrank, 2017; Corno, 2008; Helmke, 2007; Weinert, 2001). In addition, the role of schools has changed since the Emotional Turn in the 1990s, meaning the topic of well-being is receiving increasing attention (Hascher & Balloid, 2000). This also raises the question of social responsibility: to what extent can schools respond to the challenges of our time, such as inclusion, division of society, strengthening democracy, and the climate crisis? In addition to these pedagogical and social demands, however, there are also changing technological and construction-specific conditions (digitalization, climate-neutral buildings, resource conservation, etc.), which on the one hand call for increased responsibility, but also open up opportunities to find answers for the school building question. In construction practice, this is usually based on the orientation of positive examples and building guidelines, but also increasingly through participation processes in which, for example, teachers and pupils are involved in the concept planning (Montag Stiftungen Jugend und Gesellschaft, 2017). Although this is fundamentally a positive development, it is also associated with the problem that this approach is tailored to the personal needs of individual groups at a specific point in time and therefore does not represent the whole. To date, an orientation towards Evidenced Based Design in (school) construction is hardly common (Hamilton & Watskin, 2009), which is due on the one hand to the common professional practice of architects, but also to the small field of research. Even here, the presentation of positive examples takes up a large space, and empirical research methods are still only used sporadically. What is more, the knowledge that has already been gained is seldom bundled and prepared for practical use – as a result, there is hardly any scientific communication. In addition to the problem of the very limited number of studies, there is also little cooperation between the various scientific disciplines, which means that architecture, educational science, and architectural psychology (which is generally underrepresented) usually act separately from each other. This results in the need for an interdisciplinary approach that, on the one hand, maps the different aspects of a learning environment as comprehensively as possible and, at the same time, takes current pedagogical, social, and technological developments into account. It raises the question of how architectural-psychological and pedagogical requirements of the school learning environment can be mapped in a theoretical model – and thus serves as a basis for empirical research, as a planning aid, and for the evaluation of school buildings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the course of a metatheoretical reorientation in empirical social research, a plea is made for multiple modes of representation that place theories and conceptual models consequently in the centre of attention (Renkl, 2022; Dreier, 2013). To present the complex relationships between teaching/learning and architectural psychology coherently, a multi-layered theoretical model has been designed as follows: Initially, innovative new and existing school buildings (N=42), mainly in the Netherlands, but also in Germany, and Austria were inspected using the environmental psychology observation method Casual Observation with the purpose “to inform the direction of a possible future study“ (Sussman, 2016, p.13) to obtain a practical, up-to-date approach to the topic. In addition, a literature review was carried out, focusing on conceptual models for the built (learning) environment (Preiser, 1983; Vischer, 2005; Walden, 2008; Gifford, 2014; Barrett et al., 2015; Seidel, 2023). While being flexible to be applied to different typologies that are currently being pursued (e.g. classroom plus, cluster, learning studio), social changes that are already increasingly being integrated into current pedagogy (inclusion, digitalization, sustainability, etc.) are mapped with an architectural reference on a theoretical level. As the model focuses on environmental psychology, the central concepts of privacy, personal space, territory, crowding (Altman, 1975), and environmental control (Walden, 2008) are taken into account. This systematic analysis is followed by a conceptualisation of the new model in terms of content and graphics (although the visualisation cannot be attached here, it will form the basis of the explanation during the presentation). Subsequently, a literature review is now being conducted to re-examine each of the aspects of the model in terms of their organisation into sub-groups and the current state of research from different perspectives (environmental psychology, architecture, and teaching/learning research). Finally, based on this analysis, hypotheses about correlations within the model will be formulated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review has shown that no model exists to date that takes pedagogical, architectural, and environmental psychological aspects into account and can be applied to new learning environments at the same time. Taking into account the fragmented nature of previous research, the aim was to develop a basic theoretical framework that would allow for the elaboration of interrelationships: The AMOLE is divided into two main areas: On the left are the General Requirements, including Basic, Physical, and Aesthetical Aspects – i.e. components that every type of building should fulfill. On the right are the Specific Requirements, including Functional and Pedagogical Aspects – i.e. aspects that are particularly relevant to learning environments. Both areas are not strictly separated but must be considered with flowing transitions. At the same time, the individual components of the aspects influence each other (size/openness, for example, significantly determines acoustics). The different zones of a learning environment with their Transition Requirements (Activity Setting, School Building, School Grounds, Neighborhood) represent the question of how connections are created – spatially and in terms of cooperation. All in all, the areas are enclosed by the Ethical Requirements, thus: What is the message that a school should send in terms of social issues (inclusion, diversity, sustainability)? Focusing on Environmental Psychology, the presented model aims to provide a foundation for practice and research upon which further work can be built. It does not claim to be complete but provides a framework for development. As a next step, it could serve as a basis for a generally applicable Post-Occupancy Evaluation (POE) survey tool. In addition, the model may be used in the future to look more closely at individual areas, such as those of Educational Aspects to derive recommendations in the sense of an Evidenced Based Design. References Altman, I. (1975). The Environment and Social Behavior. Privacy, Personal Space, Territory, Crowding. Books/Cole Publishing Company. Baloch, R. M., Maesano, C. N., Christofferson, J., Mandin, C., Csobod, E., De Oliviera Fernandes, E., Annesi-Maesano, I. (2021). Daylight and School Performance in European Schoolchildren. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18, 258. Barrett, P., Fay, D., Zhang, Y., Barrett, L. (2015). The impact of classroom design on pupils’ learning: Final results of a holistic, multi-level analysis. Building and Environment 89, 118–133. Corno, L. (2008). On Teaching Adaptively. Educational Psychologist, 43(3), 161–173. Dreier, V. (2013). Modelle, Theorien und empirische Daten. zum Beitrag der modernen Wissenschaftstheorie für eine metatheoretische Neuorientierung in der empirischen Sozialforschung. Zeitschrift für Theoretische Soziologie 1, 116–134. Gifford, R. (2014). Environmental Psychology: Principles and Practice (5th Edition). Optimal Books. Hamilton, D. K. & Watskin, D. H. (2009). Evidence-based Design for Multiple Building Types. John Wiley & Sons. Hascher, T., Balloid, J. (2000). Auf der Suche nach dem Wohlbefinden in der Schule. Schweizer Schule, 87(3), 3–12. Helmke, A. (2007). Was wissen wir über guten Unterricht? Wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse zur Unterrichtsforschung und Konsequenzen für die Unterrichtsentwicklung. Bildung. koeln.de/imperia/md/content/selbst_schule/downloads/andreas_helmke_.pdf Montag Stiftungen Jugend und Gesellschaft (2017). Schulen planen und bauen 2.0. (2. Aufl.). Jovis. Preiser, W. F. E. (1983). The hability framework: a conceptual approach towards linking human behaviour and physical environment. Design Studies 4(2), 84–91. Rance, G., Dowell, R. C. & Tomlin, D. (2023). The effect of classroom environment on literacy development. npj Science of Learning, 8(9). Renz, K. (2016). Testfall der Moderne. Transfer und Diskurs im Schulbau der 1950er Jahre. Wasmuth. Renkl, A. (2022). Meta-analyses as a privileged information source for informing teachers’ practice? Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie 36(4), 217–231. Saalfrank, W.‐T. (2012). Differenzierung. In E. Kiel (Hrsg.), Unterricht sehen, analysieren, gestalten (2. Aufl.). UTB GmbH. Seidel, O. (2023). Anforderungen an ein Schulgebäude. Lernräume – Arbeitsräume – Lebensräume. Klett Kallmeyer. Sussman, R. (2016). Observational Methods: The First Step in Science. In R. Gifford (Ed.), Research Methods for Environmental Psychology (pp.9–28). John Wiley & Sons. Vischer, J. C. (2005) Space meets status: Designing workplace performance. Taylor and Francis/ Routledge. Walden, R. (2008). Architekturpsychologie: Schule, Hochschule und Bürogebäude der Zukunft. Pabst Science Publishers. Weinert, F. E. (2001) (Ed.). Leistungsmessungen in Schulen. Beltz 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper In the Sign of Dialogue. Traces of Creativity Teaching in Primary School University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:The development of creative skills (UNESCO, 2006) appears to be one of the most urgent challenges in today's complex (Morin, 2017) and 'fluid' (Bauman, 2007) society, characterized by uncertainty and instability. This is because creativity is not an adaptive response to needs and difficulties but an exactive (Vrba & Gould, 1982) opportunity to be in relation to the context. In fact, the concept of creativity has multiple definitions: it is a performative skill, a transformative process (Edwards, Grandini & Forman, 2017; Munari, 2017; Rodari, 2010), an improvisational attitude (Zorzi, 2020), a generative capacity (Tiozzo Brasiola, 2020), a political condition and a dimension of complex thinking (Lipman, 2005). Moreover, creativity is a higher psychic function present in all human beings since childhood (Vygotsky, 2010) and a process historically and culturally mediated. Creativity is a necessary educational condition to imagine otherness, to think in terms of differences, and to welcome the thought of the other (Santi, 2006a) to nurture open and democratic societies. Hence, schools are in charge of cultivating it, so that it becomes a different opportunity to relate with others and with the world. If and how can creativity be taught? In the Italian language, the word "teach" comes from the Latin word "insignare" and means to put things into signs, to leave a mark. According to Peirce (1980), sign is a dialogical relationship between three semiotic entities: object, representamen and interpreter. The transition between them occurs through a creative mediation, which is possible only when the sign participates in the nature of thought. For this reason, creative mediation allows signs to always have other interpretations thus inserting them into a process of unlimited semiosis. What results is the generativity of the sign through thought. In this sense, sign, like creativity, is also uncertain, indefinite, never completely clear. As a result, teaching creativity understood as putting creativity into signs can only involve the dimension of thought. According to Lipman (1988, 2005), creativity is one of the dimensions of complex thinking that can be finds expression in Philosophy for Children (P4C), an educational practice characterized by the dialogic-argumentative method and the didactic model of the research community (Santi, 2005). In the literature, there are many researches aimed at investigating creative thinking through P4C (De Puig, 2003; Sátiro, 2006, 2019; Santi, 2007), but no studies highlighting the possible link between generativity and creative thinking through signs in the perspective of complex thinking. Therefore, mobilizing generativity as an interpretative model to read an empirical investigation of creativity promoted through P4C can open a new pedagogical and didactic view of what has already been explored. The research aspires to give a generative reading of creativity, as an object of teaching, by investigating the horizon of generative didactics of creativity through PhilosophArt. PhilosophArt is an educational-didactic practice that aims to generate creativity through art and dialogue in the community, taking into account the complexity of thought. It combines the dialogical-discursive method and the research community of P4C with the realization of community works of art through graphic signs (Kandinsky, 1968, 2005). P4C develops creative, critical and free minds in community members so that they can live in today's complex, unstable and uncertain society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research questions are: 1. How can the complex thinking approach be reinterpreted through a generative outlook in order to redefine the concept of creativity at school? 2. What is generative creativity didactics? 3. Can PhilosophArt be an educational-didactic activity that moves creative-generative thinking? 3.1 What signs of creative-generative thinking are moved through PhilosophArt? The research involved the entire school community of a primary school in the Veneto Region, Italy. More specifically, 120 students and 13 teachers. This school was chosen because it is a small public school, located on the outskirts of the city and with a school timetable suitable for hosting a medium-term research project. Furthermore, the teachers decided to join the research by highlighting the urgency of promoting creativity education in their school. In line with the participants and the research topic, the Participatory Art-Based Research has been chosen for this exploratory study (Barone & Eisner, 2012; Lenette, 2022). The use of arts-based participatory research methods fosters research practices that are more collaborative, creative, and respectful of co-researchers' perspectives (Lenette, 2022). The research design involves three phases. The first phase (October 2022) was an exploration of the structural, organizational, and methodological-didactic aspects of the school context. This has been done through a community of inquiry with all teachers in the school. The macro-topics of the focus group refer to an INDIRE questionnaire on creative practices and they concern 1) the concept of creativity, 2) didactics and creativity, and 3) creativity space. The second step (October 2022-February 2023) of the research was an experimental phase: PhilosofArt sessions were proposed in each classroom of the school. In the concluding phase (March 2023), we did a community of inquiry with the teachers of the school complex around the macro-topics investigated in phase 1 in the light of the observed PhilosophArt experience and its reflections on everyday teaching. The collected data were analyzed with the video-analysis software "Transana." The dialogue between the collected data and Kandinsky's theory brought out the meanings the community attributed to the abstract graphic signs used in the PhilosophArt sessions. A possible model of thinking in signs emerged. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research is part of a national and international overview that strongly believes in creativity as the key to 21st-century education (UNESCO, 2006, OCSE, 2022). There are many meanings that psychology and pedagogy have been attributing to creativity for years, but few of them are their educational nuances. On this gap in the literature, the research intends to fit. The educational and pedagogical value of research on creative and generative thinking in the historical, social and cultural context of today's schools shows how it can be an opportunity to cope with the uncertainty and instability of today's society. In this horizon, PhilosophyArt can be an opportunity to promote creative thinking through its signs. Indeed, in this educational practice, the conceptual indefiniteness of creativity is reflected in all the meanings that are attributed by the community to signs. Signs suggest, invite, evoke something that is never certain, clear and equal for all. This uncertainty that inhabits meaning also encroaches on gesture, on the way of leaving a graphic and verbal trace. In addition, in PhilosophyArt, the cultural diversity of creativity promotes inter-subjective exchange, growth of knowledge and openness to different perspectives also through different languages of communication. Finally, this educational practice fosters the contextual diversity of creativity, as artistic and dialogical signs do not have value in themselves but in relation to others and the world (Lotman, 2022). The questioning of the sign and the discussion about the sign thus create a habit of uncertainty in the community of enquiry. A school that creates the conditions for creativity to reproduce itself becomes a school that generates different opportunities for all in relation to others, the world, and culture. References Barone, T., Eisner, E. (2012). Arte Based Research. SAGE Bauman, Z. (2007). Liquid times: Living in an age of uncertainty. Polity Press. De Puig, I. (2003). Pensar. Percebre, sentir i pensar. Universitat de Girona Edwards, C., Gandini, L., & Forman G. (2017). I cento linguaggi dei bambini. L’approccio di Reggio Emilia all’educazione dell’infanzia. Edizioni junior Kandinsky, V. (1968). Punto linea superficie. Contributo all'analisi degli elementi pittorici. Milano: Adelphi Kandinsky, V. (2005). Lo spirituale nell'arte. SE Knowles J. G., Cole A. L. (2008). Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative Research: Perspectives, Methodologies, Examples, ans Issues. SAGE Lenette, C. (2022). Cultural Safety in Participatory Arts-Based Research: How Can We Do Better? Journal of Participatory Research Methods, 3 (1) Lipman, M. (1988). Philosophy goes to school. Temple Univ Pe Lipman, M. (2005). Educare al pensiero. Vita e Pensiero Lotman, J. M. (2022). Il girotondo delle muse: Semiotica delle arti. Milano: Bompiani McNiff, S. (2009). Art-Based Research. Jessica Kingsley Morin, E. (2017). La sfida della complessità. Le Lettere. Munari, B. (2017). Fantasia. Editori Laterza. National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education (1999). All our futures: Creativity, culture & education. Sudbury, Suffolk: Department for Education and Employment. OECD (2022). Thinking outside the box. The PISA 2022. Creative Thinking Assessment Peirce, C. (1980). Semiotica. Einaudi Rodari, G. (2010). La grammatica della fantasia. Einaudi Ragazzi Santi, M. (cur.). (2005). Philosophy for Children: un curricolo per insegnare a pensare. Liguori Editore Santi, M. (2006a). Costruire comunità di integrazione in classe. Pensa MultiMedia Santi, M. (2007). How students understand art: a change in children through Philosophy. Childhood & Philosophy, 3, n.5, 19-33 Sátiro, A. (2006). Pensar creativamente. III Seminario Iberoamericano Sátiro, A. (2019). Personas creativas ciudadanos creativos. Corporación Universitaria Minuto de Dios – UNIMINUTO Tiozzo Brasiola, O. (2020). Didattica generativa della solidarietà: generare creatività e creare generatività. Formazione & Insegnamento, XVIII, 1, 737-746 UNESCO (2006). World conference on arts education, building creative capacities for the 21st century. Lisbon, Portugal, 6–9 March 2006. Working document. Lisbon: UNESCO Vrba E.S., Gould S.J., (1982). Exaptation. A missing term in the science of form, «Paleobiology», VIII, 1, 4-1 Vygotskij, L. (2010). Immaginazione e creatività nell’età infantile. Editori Riuniti university press Zorzi, E., Antoniello, S.M. (2020). Promuovere creatività nelle intelligenze multiple: filoso-fare a scuola negli atelier. Encyclopaideia, XXIV, 58, 59-73 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 I: Curriculum Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Agni Stylianou-Georgiou Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Educational Design Research as a Form of Teacher Professional Learning: A Systematic Literature Review University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Teacher quality and quality teaching are crucial when we talk about quality matters in education. It has been exemplified by policy developments in many countries, including Australia and the US, through the adoption of standards-based reforms relating to teachers and teaching (Lewis et al., 2019). A variety of university-based teacher training and professional development initiatives are emerging worldwide in response to the policy vision. While the attempt at standardization can never be fully realized in practice, as they can never use the easy-to-measure characteristics to assess complex, ever-changing classrooms with unavoidable uncertainty (Biesta, 2014). This explains a turn toward practice-based teacher education (Zeichner, 2012) and a shift from passive and intermittent professional development to that which is “active, consistent, based on the teaching environment, supported by peers in a professional learning community” (Stewart, 2014, p. 28).
Educational Design Research (EDR) is a genre of research that fits the substantive aspects outlined above, for its being situated in real educational contexts, focusing on the design and testing of interventions, using mixed methods, involving multiple iterations, stemming from a partnership between researchers and practitioners, yielding design principles; and concerned with an impact on practice (Anderson & Shattuck, 2012). With these characteristics, EDR can involve teachers and researchers collaborating throughout the process of studying teaching and learning in a specific subject area, to improve both teaching practices and theoretical understandings through cycles of testing and refining (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). Accordingly, we can assume that EDR can be a form of teacher professional learning during this process (Juuti, et al., 2017). It has been proven in some studies (e.g., Dunn et al., 2019; Lim, 2022) but there is no paper that reviews the studies on this topic.
It is not easy to improve teacher quality and teaching quality. According to the review, using EDR as a viable alternative can change teachers and their practices over a long-term, deliberately designed process. As a counterbalance to the performance-based professional development in the past that is evidence-based, manageable, and sustainable, this research advocates more integrated, job-embedded professional learning, demonstrating “the power of protest” as seen in teacher education discourse. In this study, we suggest design heuristics or learning principles for EDR or other EDR-like professional learning initiatives that can be used by policymakers, teacher educators, and school leaders. A further contribution of this research is to examine the existing knowledge base of EDR and build up knowledge of EDR as a form of teacher professional learning. This can inform future research to systematically explore teachers’ learning in the context of EDR or to notice teachers' learning as a vital aspect alongside their EDR studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Thus, this research documents the trends in the literature and offers a groundbreaking look at the structural and content patterns in the knowledge base of teacher professional learning within EDR, by using a topographic methodology. The methodology is recommended when the available literature is insufficient and lacks essential findings needed for synthesis (Walker & Hallinger, 2015). Although EDR has been a mature research area, EDR as a form of teacher professional learning has not been adequately explored. Teachers’ learning has been acknowledged when EDR is used to design, develop, and evaluate a variety of interventions, such as educational products, processes, programs, or policies (McKenney & Reeves, 2019), while only a few studies intentionally explore teachers’ professional learning in the context of EDR interventions. Both conditions will be examined in this study to investigate teacher professional learning. Topographical analysis is thus an appropriate method for reviewing literature in such a complex, newly developing research field. With the methodology, this study systematically analyses 131 peer-reviewed journal articles, sourced from Scopus, WoS, ProQuest, and ERIC databases, and published up to 2022. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature maintained a steady growth from its initial publication in 2006 until 2018, culminating in a surge that began in 2019 and reached its peak in 2022. However, a gap exists in the literature across national settings and systems, with the US dominating publications, followed by Australia, Canada, Korea, and Singapore. Despite the limited number of publications, the fact that authors from over 36 countries have contributed to this field shows its global importance. These studies varied in their data collection and analysis methods based on their research purposes. Out of the 131 EDR studies, 83 utilized qualitative research methods, 34 employed mixed methods, and 14 used quantitative methods. This suggests a wider range of methods employed in EDR methodology. In addition to the structural patterns from publication metrics, the review yielded three prominent themes. First, it is the role of teachers in EDR. While some collaborations involve data extractions where teachers act solely as practitioners, others involve clinical partnerships where teachers are also collaborators who work with researchers to design, conduct, and report the inquiry. However, it is rare for teachers to become practitioner-researchers who reach co-learning agreements with researchers to advance the inquiry together. Second, it is the changes of teachers in EDR. It is found that teachers change their knowledge, perspectives, emotions, and practices in different partnerships. Third, the influences that impact teachers’ change in EDR, range from personal, community, and organizational to external factors. Finally, a framework is proposed to understand how teacher learning occurs during EDR by linking the three themes to varying partnerships. References Anderson, T., & Shattuck, J. (2012). Design-based research: A decade of progress in education research? Educational Researcher, 41(1), 16-25. Biesta, G. (2014). The beautiful risk of education. Educational Theory, 64(3), 303-309. Lim, F. V. (2022). A Design-Based Research Approach to the Teaching and Learning of Multiliteracies. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 1-13. Juuti, K., Lavonen, J., Salonen, V., Salmela-Aro, K., Schneider, B., & Krajcik, J. (2021). A teacher–researcher partnership for professional learning: Co-designing project-based learning units to increase student engagement in science classes. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 32(6), 625-641. Lewis, S., Savage, G. C., & Holloway, J. (2020). Standards without standardisation? Assembling standards-based reforms in Australian and US schooling. Journal of Education Policy, 35(6), 737-764. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Stewart, C. (2014). Transforming professional development to professional learning. Journal of Adult Education, 43(1), 28-33. Walker, A., & Hallinger, P. (2015). A synthesis of reviews of research on principal leadership in East Asia. Journal of Educational Administration, 53(4), 554-570. Zeichner, K. (2012). The turn once again toward practice-based teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 63(5), 376-382. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teachers as Macro Curriculum Makers - National Curriculum Committees in the Norwegian LK20 University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway Presenting Author:Modern curriculum making can be perceived as a social practice undertaken in different sites across the education system (Priestley et al., 2021). Research has shown that teachers are defined as key actors in education reform, and they are expected to participate in curriculum work and to act as agents of change (Priestley et al., 2012). Thus, participatory approaches to macro curriculum making and involvement of teachers in reform work is becoming increasingly common internationally (Almeida & Viana, 2023; Soini et al., 2021). Yet, a well-known issue in participatory approaches is that they can give the illusion of symmetrical relationships. The process can create the appearance of equal influence among the participating actors, when the reality is that government institutions have more power, which gives them more influence over the outcome (Vaillancourt, 2009). Thus, such processes can conceal hierarchies and power structures that are inherent in them. The current study focuses on a central part of macro curriculum making, namely government-appointed curriculum committees consisting of teachers and subject experts who work alongside government officials in the development of a new curriculum. The article zooms in on a recent curriculum making process in Norway. In 2020, Norway introduced a new national curriculum, called the Knowledge Promotion Reform 2020 (LK20), where co-construction and partnerships with the education sector were important policy elements of the development process. From the literature, we know that national curriculum development processes are highly governed and controlled by central authorities (Humes, 2022; Levin, 2008; Westbury et al., 2016), and teachers’ role in such processes is not always clear. We also know that even when teachers are involved in macro curriculum making, they do not necessarily have any significant influence over the outcome of the process (Finnanger & Prøitz, forthcoming; Theodorou et al., 2017). Thus, the aim of the study is to investigate how documents present the teachers’ mandate, and to explore how these findings resonate with the teachers’ understanding of the mandate and their perceived contribution to the final national curriculum. The research questions that have guided the investigation are:
How is teachers’ mandate as national curriculum makers described in documents? How does this resonate with teachers’ understanding of the mandate and their perception of contribution to the final national curriculum? Theoretically, the study is guided by the understanding that curriculum making is a social practice. Modern curriculum theorists argue that curriculum making is a complex, interactive, non-linear, social practice that occurs and flows across various contexts (Alvunger et al., 2021; Priestley et al., 2021). It is a dynamic and transactional process of interpretation, mediation, negotiation, and translation, involving different actors, activities and sites across the education system (Alvunger et al., 2021). Central to this heuristic is that curriculum making happens in sites, and that it is the type of activity and not the involved actors, that determines the site. This way of conceptualizing curriculum making infers that actors can move between sites. The process is shaped by the beliefs, values, and professional knowledge of the involved actors, as well as by their room to manoeuvre and the interplay between actors, contested spaces, contextual factors, and power relations (Alvunger et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study relies on two types of data – documents and qualitative interviews. First, a selection of documents was sampled and used to gain a broad understanding of the curriculum making process (Bowen, 2009). It was important that the documents could provide information relevant for the aim of the study and the research question, and the sampling can thus be considered purposeful. The documents included policy documents, the strategy for the LK20 reform, the contract for the curriculum committee members, and communication between the Ministry of Education and the Directorate for Education and Training. As a second source of data, interviews were conducted with six teachers who participated in three different curriculum committees within the field of English as a foreign language, and one interview with a subject supervisor from the Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training who participated in and oversaw the process of developing the LK20 curriculum. The recruitment of informants was done purposefully based on who and what could provide the most suitable data for the research question and scope of the study. The analysis of the documents and interview transcripts was conducted using a combination of deductive and inductive approaches. All material was first coded deductively using the two broad categories mandate and contribution. Then the categorized parts were coded inductively. Through the inductive analysis, the aim was to construct patterns of similarities, while also considering parts that stood out or were surprising (Saldana, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results shows that the curriculum committees’ mandate is vague. None of the studied documents state precisely what the committees’ mandate is. A clear pattern is vagueness regarding whether the curriculum committees’ documents would be the final macro curriculum or whether changes would be done after the documents were submitted to the Directorate for Education and Training. This finding is mirrored in the interviews, where the teachers show diverging understandings of their mandate and about the status of their final documents. Another pattern in the documents is that teachers were expected to contribute with their professional experiences and practical knowledge from classrooms in the national curriculum making process. However, how those practical experiences should be materialized in the curriculum making process or in the final curriculum is not specified. When talking about their contribution, the teachers focus on practical aspects of the curriculum and particularly how the curriculum can be suited to different student groups. Finally, the analysis of interviews revealed that the teachers – though involved in most of the curriculum making process – were excluded from the final decision-making process, and some of the teachers reacted strongly to changes that were made to their curriculum documents by central authorities after the committees submitted their final recommendations. References Almeida, S. d., & Viana, J. (2023). Teachers as curriculum designers: What knowledge is needed? The Curriculum Journal, 34(3), 357-374. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.199 Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 273-293). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/ https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83867-735-020211013 Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27-40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 Finnanger, T. S., & Prøitz, T. S. (forthcoming). Teachers as national curriculum makers: Does involvement equal influence? Humes, W. (2022). THE ‘IRON CAGE’ OF EDUCATIONAL BUREAUCRACY. British Journal of Educational Studies, 70(2), 235-253. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2021.1899129 Levin, B. (2008). Curriculum Policy and the Politics of What Should be Learned in Schools. In F. M. Connelly, M. F. He, & J. Phillon (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of curriculum and instruction (pp. 7-24). SAGE. Priestley, M., Edwards, R., Priestley, A., & Miller, K. (2012). Teacher Agency in Curriculum Making: Agents of Change and Spaces for Maneouvre. Curriculum Inquiry, 42(2), 191-214. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2012.00588.x Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making: a conceptual framework. In Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited. Saldana, J. (2011). Fundamentals of qualitative research. Oxford university press. Soini, T., Pyhältö, K., & Pietarinen, J. (2021). Shared Sense-Making as Key for Large Scale Curriculum Reform in Finland. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 247-272). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83867-735-020211012 Theodorou, E., Philippou, S., & Kontovourki, S. (2017). Caught between worlds of expertise: Elementary teachers amidst official curriculum development processes in Cyprus. Curriculum Inquiry, 47(2), 217-240. https://doi.org/10.1080/03626784.2017.1283591 Vaillancourt, Y. (2009). SOCIAL ECONOMY IN THE CO-CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC POLICY. Annals of Public and Cooperative Economics, 80(2), 275-313. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8292.2009.00387.x Westbury, I., Aspfors, J., Fries, A.-V., Hansén, S.-E., Ohlhaver, F., Rosenmund, M., & Sivesind, K. (2016). Organizing curriculum change: an introduction. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6), 729-743. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186736 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper AI Tools as Part of Everyday School Life? Where Hopes meet great Uncertainties. Universität Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:Have AI tools found their way into schools using the freely accessible ChatGPT tool as an example? How eagerly do students use the new tools for their school work? How uncertain are teachers about their role as initiators and facilitators of the learning process? AI tools have not only existed since February 2023, when the ChatGPT tool was made available to the public. Zhang & Begum Aslang (2021) and Feng & Law (2021) summarized several years researching the use of AI applications in schools and universities and their implications for education. Zhang & Begum (2021) report having reviewed 40 empirical studies on AI in education published between 1993 and 2020. Feng & Law (2021) reviewed more than 1800 articles on artificial intelligence in education from 2010 and 2019. However, since the release of the ChatGPT tool, the topic has reached a wider audience and gained a new emotional intensity. People of different professions, ages, and educational backgrounds have felt compelled to engage with it more intensively. Artificial intelligence has become part of our everyday lives. It has changed them, and it will most likely continue to change them. VanLehn (2011) was able to show that personalised, digital 1:1 support and fine-grained feedback lead to similar learning outcomes as human support. The change that has already begun has aroused emotions such as curiosity, enthusiasm for the new possibilities, but also fears about whether and how to keep up with the change. In many cases, schools have also responded with concerns about the role of the teacher and the learning effectiveness of school homework in the future. The uncertainty seems justified. After all, the ChatGPT chatbot is a technology that can process natural human language and generate a response, and it can be used for tasks such as content generation in both native and foreign languages, explanation, translation, and much more. Even if the tasks are not part of everyday school life, it is assumed here that the AI tools are used in a school context at home. This has an influence on the institutionalised educational processes, which are not independent of the processes that take place outside. The question of how their benefits affect learning outcomes remains under-researched (de Witt, 2023). In this contribution I will first present the theoretical background. Then I will present the first results of the survey I conducted for my PhD thesis. The aim of the survey is to take a closer look at the use of ChatGPT among students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample consists of more than 100 students in Austria at secondary level 1 and 2. The surveyed students were between 12 and 19 years old. The survey took place in the schools in the form of paper-pencil questionnaires. In addition, semi-structured interviews were conducted to find out the specific concerns and hopes of teachers. The interviews are analysed using grounded theory (Glaser & Strauss, 2010), which is established as a hypothesis-generating method. The results form the initial basis for further research. The data from the surveys are analysed using descriptive statistics with IBM SPSS Statics version 27. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results should reflect the current status of the use of AI tools in Austrian schools. It is hypothesised that, in addition to enthusiasm for the new possibilitiesof AI in education, there is also uncertainty on the part of both students and teachers. The contribution will end with the short summary and an outlook for the further research. References De Witt, C., Gloerfeld, C. & Wrede, S. E. (Ed.) (2023). Künstliche Intelligenz in der Bildung. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-40079-8 Feng, S. & Law, N. (2021). Mapping artificial intelligence in education research: A network-based keyword analysis. International Journal of Artificial intelligence in Education, 31, 277–303. Glaser, B. G. & Strauss, A. L. (2010): Grounded theory. Strategien qualitativer Forschung. Huber. VanLehn, K. (2011). The relative effectiveness of human tutoring, intelligent tutoring systems, and other tutoring systems. Educational Psychologist, 46(4), 197–221. https://doi. org/10.1080/00461520.2011.611369. Zhang, K., & Begum Aslan, A. (2021). AI technologies for education: Recent research & future directions. Computers and Education Artificial Intelligence, 2(2021), 100025, 1– 11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2021.100025. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 K: Children, Youth and Education Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Session Chair: Kyriakos Demetriou Paper Session
|
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper What do You Want to Be? Preliminary Findings from a Study of Diverse Primary School Children’s Career Aspirations, Including Teaching. University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:The constructivist grounded theory (CGT) study upon which this paper draws explores the career aspirations of senior (aged 10-13) primary school pupils from different social class backgrounds, including in relation to teaching as a career, in two school environments, one a designated disadvantaged school (hereafter, Chester school) and one non-disadvantaged school (hereafter, Duke school) in the west of Ireland. Our focus is an exploration and comparison of Irish pupils’ perspectives about their futures, with particular reference to their views about progressing to higher education (HE), considering various careers, including teaching, and their views about diversity, or the lack thereof, amongst the teaching profession. An underlying objective is to ascertain the role of social class, and any other relevant socio-demographic factors, in influencing their aspirations. Research in the UK points to the over-representation of higher social classes in more ‘prestigious’ professions, including law, medicine, and veterinary studies (Macmillan, Tyler and Vignoles 2015), even when controlling for university qualifications (cf. Freidman and Laurison 2019). Research in Canada (Andres and Adamuti-Trache 2008) and the USA (Fang and Tilsik 2022) demonstrate strong links between social class background and degrees of occupational prestige. In Ireland, class (and other) disparities in relation to HE access, and, to an extent, different professions, are tracked by the Higher Education Authority (HEA). Despite the work related to National Access Plans (cf. HEA 2015) and institutions’ widening participation activities, those from lower socio-economic groups remain under-represented in HE (HEA 2022) and in teaching (Keane and Heinz 2015; Heinz and Keane 2018). The rationale for diversifying the teaching profession has been premised on two grounds, a) an equity of access perspective, in that opportunities are provided to those who wish to become teachers but who may otherwise encounter barriers, and b) the significant benefits that accrue to both minority and majority groups of having a more diverse teaching population (cf. Childs et al. 2011; Goodwin and Keane 2023). What is missing from the literature is the voices of children about future aspirations, particularly it is in childhood and adolescence that occupational aspirations develop (Helwig 2001, 2021; Schultheiss 2005). We know relatively little about children’s reasons for considering (or not) various careers, specifically teaching, or how such reasons compare for those from different social class backgrounds. Of the small amount of research conducted, it has been found that children in less disadvantaged schools are more likely to consider more prestigious professions (Chambers et al. 2018; Connolly and Healy 2004), with those from more disadvantaged backgrounds more likely to identify aspirations for careers such as hairdressing, retail, or nursing (Chambers et al. 2018; Fuller 2009), including in Ireland (cf. Olsthoorn 2019), and to highlight the role of locality in mediating career perspectives, with those from lower socio-economic groups preferring ‘working class’ positions near home (Connolly and Healy 2004). While such research suggests a link between children’s career aspirations and social class, we do not know children’s reasons for considering or not considering certain careers, specifically teaching, or how these reasons compare for those from different class backgrounds. In this context, the study upon which this paper draws, utilising constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2000, 2006, 2014) (CGT), aims to examine and develop a substantive theory about the perspectives and experiences of senior primary school pupils about their future aspirations in terms of progressing to HE and various careers, including teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This in-depth qualitative study employs Constructivist Grounded Theory (CGT) (Charmaz, 2000, 2006, 2014) as a methodology to develop a substantive theory about the experiences and perspectives of senior primary school pupils from diverse social class backgrounds regarding their higher education and career aspirations, particularly in relation to teaching. Two primary schools were selected for the study based on the socio-demographic profile of their student populations, one disadvantaged and one non-disadvantaged. Data generation commenced with four 45-minute focus groups, with a total of 19 participants, in school 1 (‘Duke school’), the non-disadvantaged school, broadly exploring pupils’ educational experiences and aspirations for the future, including teaching as a potential career. The focus groups were transcribed and coded following completion, with some amendments to the interview schedule as we went along. Following a full analysis of the four transcripts, provisional categories were constructed and reviewed to identify questions and ‘gaps’ in preparation for theoretical sampling in school 2 (‘Chester school’), the disadvantaged school. The next round of focus groups consisted of seven 45-minute focus groups with 28 participants. Coding and analysis followed the same approach as the previous stage, resulting in an updated set of provisional categories developed and key questions and gaps identified for the following theoretical sampling stage. Next, individual interviews commenced in Duke school with 13 participants, each lasting about 30 minutes, focused on further expanding on the provisional categories and filling gaps in the emerging analytic frame. Following the transcription and coding of an individual interview, some amendments were made to the interview schedule as we went along. As before, an updated set of provisional categories resulted from the formal analysis of these interviews, with more questions and gaps identified for the final round of theoretical sampling, which involved individual interviews, also of about 30 minutes in duration, with 10 participants in Chester school. Following the analysis of these final interviews, the final categories were devised and finalised through various iterations of refinement. Reflective journaling and critical analytic memoing were conducted throughout the above stages of data generation and analysis to adhere to the framework set out by the CGT methodology, which greatly facilitated the development of the overall conceptual theory which is still being refined. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of writing, the categories for this study are: 1) Family Funnelling, 2) You can be what you want to be, but..., and 3) Anyone can be a teacher, but some don’t, and others won’t; with the overall conceptual theory still being established. However, while the overall theory and relationships therein are still being finalised and they are only treated in summary form here given that this paper is focused on the first category listed here: ‘Family Funnelling’. Thus, in this paper we examine this emerging category relating to the children’s career aspirations, focusing on the influence family background has on respective career choices, and how these perspectives were mediated by social class and ethnicity. In this regard, we examine participants' perceived levels of support from parents, and how this support results, or not, in choosing career aspirations similar to parent occupation. Following this, we consider participants’ understanding of respective career paths, as well as plans for higher education, and how these were influenced by social class and ethnicity. Lastly, we discuss how participants in this study were differentially prioritizing for the future depending on their social class or ethnic backgrounds. While this study takes place in Ireland, we also interrogate these early emerging findings in the context of international previous research and theory relating to diversifying the teaching profession, and social class and ethnicity in education more generally, and consider implications for policy, practice, and future research References Andres, L. and Adamuti-Trache, M. (2008) Life-course transitions, social class, and gender: A 15-year perspective of the lived lives of Canadian young adults. Journal of youth studies, 11(2), pp.115-145. Chambers, N., Kashefpakdel, E.T., Rehill, J. and Percy, C. (2018) Drawing the future: Exploring the career aspirations of primary school children from around the world. London: Education and Employers. Charmaz, K. (2000) Grounded theory: Objectivist and constructivist methods. In N. Denzin & Y. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed., pp. 509–535). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Charmaz, K. (2006) Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis. London: Sage. Charmaz, K. (2014) Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed). London: Sage. Childs, R. A., Broad, K., Gallagher-Mackay, K., Sher, Y., Escayg, K., and McGrath, C. (2011) Pursuing Equity in and through Teacher Education Program Admissions. Education Policy Analysis Archives/Archivos Analíticos de Políticas Educativas. 19(1), pp. 1-22. Connolly, P. and Healy, J. (2004) Symbolic violence, locality and social class: the educational and career aspirations of 10-11-year-old boys in Belfast. Pedagogy, Culture and Society, 12(1), pp.15-33. Fang, R.T. and Tilcsik, A. (2022) Prosocial occupations, work autonomy, and the origins of the social class pay gap. Academy of Management Journal, 65(3), pp.903-929. Friedman, S., & Laurison, D. (2020). The Class Ceiling: Why it Pays to be Privileged. Policy Press. Fuller, C. (2009) Sociology, gender and educational aspirations: Girls and their ambitions. A&C Black Goodwin, D. (2020) Social class and ‘becoming’ a post-primary teacher in Ireland: Imagining, investing, and sinking, swimming, or sailing in ITE and into the profession. Unpublished thesis (PhD), National University of Ireland Galway. Heinz, M. and Keane, E. (2018) Socio-demographic composition of primary initial teacher education entrants in Ireland. Irish Educational Studies, 37(4), pp.523-543. Higher Education Authority (HEA) (2015) Key Facts and Figures 2013–2014. Dublin: HEA. Higher Education Authority (HEA) (2022) National Access Plan: A strategic plan for equity of access, participation and success in Higher Education 2022-2028. Dublin: HEA Keane, E. and Heinz, M. (2015) Diversity in initial teacher education in Ireland: The socio-demographic backgrounds of postgraduate post-primary entrants in 2013 and 2014. Irish Educational Studies, 34(3), pp.281-301. Macmillan, L., Tyler, C. and Vignoles, A. (2015) Who gets the top jobs? The role of family background and networks in recent graduates’ access to high-status professions. Journal of Social Policy, 44(3), pp.487-515. Olsthoorn, A. (2020) An examination of the career aspirations of Irish children within the framework of goal contents theory. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Voices for Education in Uncertain Times: The Transformative Role of Education Coalitions toward Right to Education University of Glasgow, UK Presenting Author:This empirical research critically examines the instrumental role of direct action within the landscape of education, with a specific emphasis on education coalitions and their corresponding strategies for advocating the right to education. It provides an in-depth analysis of the mechanisms through which education coalitions harness the power of direct action to instigate meaningful reform and foster education systems that embody the principles of inclusivity and equity. The research centers on the Pakistan Coalition for Education (PCE), a primary advocate for accessible education in a turbulent landscape. As Pakistan's leading education coalition, PCE collaborates with the Global Campaign for Education (GCE), striving to uphold education as a fundamental human right. Employing Whole Network Analysis, the study offers a comprehensive illustration of the intricate dynamics within education coalitions. The study's focus on PCE underscores its pivotal role at international, national, and local levels, combating neoliberal tendencies towards privatization and championing the cause of free, high-quality public education for all. Theoretical Framework: The research is guided by a holistic theoretical framework, drawing from seminal works in education advocacy. It incorporates Cortina & Lafuente's (2018) insights on Civil Society Organizations (CSOs) and their cooperative frameworks, essential for understanding the collaborative dynamics in Pakistan's education coalitions. Verger and Novelli's (2010) exploration of education coalition action repertoires provides a spectrum of strategies crucial for this study, ranging from direct engagements with decision-makers to large-scale public awareness campaigns. Arvidson et al.'s (2018) work on the evolving nature of insider and outsider advocacy strategies, especially in the digital age, informs the study's exploration of modern advocacy tactics, including the role of social media. This framework aims to capture the breadth and depth of activities undertaken by education coalitions in Pakistan, discerning strategies that are most effective in this unique socio-political context. By integrating insights from these research works with Pakistani realities, the study develops a comprehensive understanding of the role of education coalitions. The overarching aim is to set a solid theoretical foundation for a detailed empirical examination of these coalitions, ensuring relevance and applicability to the Pakistani milieu. The narratives of coalition members, policymakers, and civil society leaders are expected to bring theoretical constructs to life, making this study a reflection of the aspirations and challenges in promoting education rights in Pakistan. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts a mixed-methods approach, incorporating a broad spectrum of data sources to construct a comprehensive and nuanced view of the subject matter. These sources include pivotal education coalition documents such as mission statements, annual reports, policy briefs, and meeting minutes, as well as social media handles, which illuminate the coalition's objectives, strategic approaches, collaborative activities, and policy stances. Central to this approach is the use of Social Network Analysis (SNA) to map and analyze the intricate network of relationships and interactions among coalition members. This method is crucial for understanding the dynamics of coalition advocacy and for identifying key influencers and patterns of collaboration within the education sector. In addition to SNA, the study harnesses the insights gained from Key Informant Interviews (KIIs) with coalition members. These interviews provide firsthand narratives of their experiences, elucidating their strategies and perspectives in advocating for education rights. To further deepen the understanding of these dynamics, the research also involves Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) with PCE members and associate members. These discussions offer a platform for a more interactive and detailed exploration of their collective experiences, challenges, and advocacy strategies used in the field. Crucially, the study also examines the role of social media as a vital tool in the coalition's strategy. The research investigates how PCE leverages these platforms to amplify its message, engage with a broader audience, and create a more resilient and interconnected network of advocates for educational reform. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This investigation significantly contributes to educational discourse by highlighting the central role of direct action in education, especially in contexts of uncertainty. The findings emphasize the importance of collaborative networks, effective communication, and evidence-based advocacy as catalysts for advancing inclusive and equitable education systems. These insights are particularly valuable for policymakers, researchers, and practitioners, offering guidance in promoting education justice in challenging times. In conclusion, the study not only underscores the transformative potential of education coalitions in the landscape of protest-driven educational reform but also resonates with the ECER 2024 theme by exemplifying the role of educational research in fostering hope and resilience amidst global challenges. By employing a robust theoretical and methodological framework, the study emphasizes the significance of direct action as a powerful tool for generating momentum and facilitating positive change in education, illuminating effective strategies for fostering globally inclusive and equitable education systems. References Cortina, R., & Lafuente, C. (Eds.). (2018). Civil Society Organizations in Latin American Education: Case Studies and Perspectives on Advocacy (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315104874 Verger, A., & Novelli, M. (Eds.). (2012). Campaigning for “Education for All”: Histories, strategies and outcomes of transnational advocacy coalitions in education. Springer Science & Business Media. Arvidson, M., Johansson, H., Meeuwisse, A., & Scaramuzzino, R. (2018). A Swedish culture of advocacy? Civil society organisations' strategies for political influence. Sociologisk Forskning, 341-364. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 99 ERC SES 07 L: Research in Higher Education Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Shosh Leshem שוש Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Revenue Diversification Strategies: Insights from Public and Private Universities in Kazakhstan Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The purpose of this study is to investigate the process of revenue diversification at the universities of Kazakhstan what challenges they are facing, and how they are dealing with them. It seeks to explore the understanding, practices, and results of revenue diversification from the perspective of university leadership and faculty and to propose solutions supported by an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses found in the existing literature. Given this purpose, this study aims to address the following question: How do two (public and private) universities in Kazakhstan implement revenue diversification to enhance their financial sustainability? To address the research question and achieve the study’s objectives, two theoretical frameworks are employed: cost-sharing theory (Johnstone, 2002) and resource dependence theory (RDT) (Pfeffer & Salancik, 2003). According to cost-sharing in higher education costs are divided among four parties: students, parents, industry, and government. The costs paid by these parties contribute to HEIs as income. There are both internal and external factors that motivate universities to generate income from various sources. RDT asserts that the ability of organizations to survive is contingent upon acquiring and sustaining resources (Pfeffer & Salancik, 2003). However, this task is challenging due to environmental conditions marked by scarcity and uncertainty. Organizations must adapt to the requirements of key resource providers, and an open-systems perspective underscores the necessity for organizations to interact with those who control resources (Katz & Kahn, 1966). The degree of autonomy an organization experiences is influenced by the significance and concentration of its resource sources. This theory explains external forces faced by HEIs which encompass both global and national contexts. Furthermore, RDT analyzes the results of revenue diversification. As discussed in the previous section, there are some risks to the core mission of HEIs, which involves teaching and research, when they increase the amount of income generated from diverse sources. Using these theories as a foundation and based on the literature reviewed, a conceptual framework for analyzing revenue diversification and the impact of diversification on student satisfaction was developed. The given theories and concepts discussed in the following sections will be synthesized to construct a framework for capturing a complex structure of revenue diversification. The internal setting of HEIs plays a crucial role in the process of revenue diversification. Factors such as a university’s mission, status, strategic development, organizational structure, history, size, location, teaching and research activities, and other related aspects contribute to the quality of revenue diversification. The internal parameters of the universities selected as research sites will be discussed in future chapters. By combining cost-sharing theory and RDT, the motivations, incentives, barriers, and possible outcomes of revenue diversification in HEIs are explored. In the context of HE in Kazakhstan and beyond, this research will contribute to our understanding of how institutions manage the challenges of resource dependencies and institutional goals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative multiple case study research design. Conducting multiple case study allows for an in-depth examination of two different types of universities as cases. In addition, this design provides opportunities for the triangulation of data sources, which can increase the validity and reliability of the results. According to Stake (1995), validity and reliability of the findings can be achieved by gaining the same results from multiple data sources. Moreover, the complex phenomenon can often be better understood through multiple case study, allowing a researcher to examine various situations, contexts, and perspectives (Yin, 2009). Two universities (one state and one public) are units of analysis in this case study. Multiple case study with two cases has several advantages for this research. The validity of the research findings can be enhanced by conducting multiple case study and comparing and contrasting them to identify shared patterns or themes (Miles et al., 2014). Patterns that emerge across multiple cases are more likely to apply to other situations, increasing the generalizability of the research. A significant rationale for conducting a multiple case study is investigating how a program or phenomenon operates in diverse environments (Stake, 2013). Although multiple case study is advantageous in various terms, Merriam (2014) points out that managing it can be difficult. This is because working on multiple sites can be confusing, with diverse data to keep track of. Once the first case study is completed, subsequent cases become more manageable. However, the various statuses of selected universities in this study may be an obstacle in using the same framework for two cases. In this research, the purposeful sampling process targets university leadership members, including rectors or vice-rectors, financial managers, deans, and other officials responsible for financial and strategic decision-making in HEIs for semi-structured interviews. Participants for the second data collection instrument – focus group discussions will be selected among faculty members in different departments. In selecting the faculties, it is important to cover a different range of schools and departments. For this reason, in this process, Biglan’s (1973) classification of scientific disciplines will be utilized. Data collection is planned to be conducted in February and March 2024, with initial findings expected to be ready by May 2024. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study will contribute insights into the complex process of revenue diversification in universities, shedding light on the unique dynamics and practices in the Kazakhstani context. This study aims to articulate the primary challenges, opportunities, potential outcomes, and policy recommendations emerging from the research findings. This research serves as a valuable resource for university leadership, middle management, and policymakers seeking effective strategies to enhance financial sustainability in higher education institutions in Kazakhstan. References Johnstone, B. D. (2002). Challenges of financial austerity: Imperatives and limitations of revenue diversification in higher education. The Welsh Journal of Education, 11(1), 18–36. https://doi.org/10.16922/wje.11.1.3 Katz, D., & Kahn, R. L. (1966). The social psychology of organizations. John Wiley and Sons, New York. Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldana, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis. SAGE. Pfeffer, J., & Salancik, G. R. (2003). The external control of organizations: A resource dependence perspective. Stanford, CA: Stanford Business Books. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Beneath the Surface: A Review of Underlying Pedagogical Principles for Generic Skill Development 1School of Business and Economics, Maastricht University; 2Faculty of Law, Maastricht University Presenting Author:Students are navigating an ambiguous post-graduate landscape, marked by global crises, shifting societal demands, and dynamic careers (Redecker et al., 2011). This uncertainty poses challenges for graduates, as they often feel ill-prepared when transitioning from the stable confines of higher education to the dynamic and often unfamiliar professional realm (De Schepper et al., 2023). Recognising this, higher education institutions are adjusting their focus, moving from job-specific skills to cultivating a broader set of competences that are transferable across diverse contexts (Trinidad et al., 2021). As such, the importance of ‘generic skills’ has grown increasingly evident within higher education and related research. The term ‘generic skills’, synonymous with soft skills, transferable skills, 21st-century skills, and employability competences, encompasses critical thinking, collaboration, creativity, problem-solving, and ethical skills (Tuononen et al., 2022). Broadly defined, these skills constitute a “dynamic combination of cognitive and meta-cognitive skills, interpersonal, intellectual and practical skills” that empower individuals to navigate challenges effectively, within both professional and personal realms (Haselberger et al., 2012, p. 67). It is important to note that this call for ‘21st-century-skills’ is not necessarily novel, as these competences, such as critical thinking, have been components of education throughout history. However, as highlighted by Rotherham and Willingham (2010), “[w]hat’s actually new is the extent to which changes in our economy and the world mean that collective and individual success depends on having such skills” (p. 17). This growing emphasis on generic skills has prompted various initiatives, ranging from comprehensive programmes and standalone workshops, to seamlessly integrating skills training into content courses. Notably, within this landscape, specific skill-development practices have gained prominence. For instance, some institutions have integrated competence-based coaching approaches into their curricula, emphasising a supportive and reciprocal coach-coachee relationship as means to cultivate skill development (Nuis & Beausaert, 2020). Alternatively, other institutions have adopted problem-based learning methods, concentrating on facilitating skill development through the resolution of complex, authentic problems (Carvalho, 2015), or portfolio systems, wherein students compile diverse documents to illustrate their learning goals and competence development (Heymann et al., 2021). These efforts have also been echoed within research, as scholars aim to understand what skills are needed (e.g., García-Álvarez, 2022), as well as how to effectively cultivate these types of competences in educational settings (e.g., Tuononen et al., 2020). However, despite well-intentioned endeavours, these efforts often yield mixed results. Extensive research has explored diverse skill-development methods, such as those mentioned above, spanning various contexts, including medical and business domains. This diversity makes it challenging to discern the effective mechanisms in different settings, highlighting the need to consolidate these efforts and cultivate a more systematic understanding of their practical functioning and efficacy (Abelha et al., 2020; Cranmer, 2006). Moreover, the optimal strategy for implementing skill development into higher education remains debated, whether through curriculum integration, optional courses, or work-related experiences (Abelha et al., 2020). Crucially, Tuononen et al. (2022) reveal that factors influencing skill development are contextual, related to teaching and learning environments, rather than individual student factors. In other words, higher education institutions and educators have a degree of control in the success of skill development programmes, particularly if there is effective understanding and implementation of evidence-informed principles. As such, this study recognises existing efforts and aims to address the above uncertainty by providing a comprehensive overview of effective skill development practices and their contextual conditions, addressing the research question: What pedagogical principles underlie effective generic skill development in higher education? By delving into this complexity, this study aims to contribute to the theoretical understanding of effective skill development, as well as provide insights for the practical implementation of evidence-informed frameworks in educational settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The review process for this study adheres to the procedural steps for systematic reviews by Petticrew and Roberts (2006). To begin, a search strategy was devised based on the proposed research question, utilising a combination of synonyms for three sets of terms: (1) higher education, (2) skill development, and (3) pedagogy. Two large databases, Web of Science and EBSCOhost, were chosen to ensure a broad selection of studies across diverse educational domains. To narrow down the scope, the search was limited to peer-reviewed journal articles published in English between 2006 (the year of implementation of the Bologna Declaration) and 2023. The literature search was conducted in November 2023, yielding a total of 16.166 articles. Following the initial search, 1.440 duplicate records were removed, leaving 14.726 articles for further review. Titles and abstracts were then screened to identify studies meeting the inclusion criteria, which require an empirical evaluation of generic skill development for students within higher education. Next, the selected articles will undergo a thorough assessment of their full text to ensure alignment with the research objectives, as well as a critical appraisal to evaluate their quality. Upon completion the review process, the analysis will employ a ‘realist synthesis method’ to help uncover underlying pedagogical principles evident in the selected empirical studies. This analytical approach was chosen for its capacity in revealing the interplay between context, mechanism and outcome (e.g., Kusurkar et al., 2023), a feature that effectively aligns with the research objective. This choice is particularly suitable considering the existing diversity of skill-development methods across various domains and the recognition that the effectiveness of such initiatives is contingent on context (e.g., Tuononen et al., 2022). In relation to this research, the ‘context-mechanism-outcome’ approach will facilitate the identification of which pedagogical principles lead to what (level of) skills in which educational contexts. It is important to note that this comprehensive review process, as well as the subsequent analysis, will be carried out over the next six months. As such, a more detailed description of the methodology and exhaustive findings will be presented during the ERC 2024 conference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The spotlight on cultivating generic skills among higher education students has sparked considerable attention and recognition. Despite this, a theoretical underpinning of how to effectively design and implement these programmes is lacking. This review study aims to fill this gap by systematically delving into empirical studies that delineate various pedagogical approaches for developing generic skills within education. This focus is on uncovering principles underpinning teaching and learning practices that foster generic skills, particularly through a focus on the ‘context-mechanism-outcome’ approach. For example, De Backer et al. (2014) explore how peer tutoring can promote students’ metacognitive cognition. Through the application of the ‘realist synthesis method’, educational systems that emphasise independent learning (context), reciprocal peer tutoring, which involves feedback provision (mechanism), can be harnessed to facilitate the development of metacognitive regulation skills (outcome). The overarching objective is to establish a robust theoretical foundation, shedding light on the intricacies of these pedagogical approaches. The expected results will not only contribute to a deeper understanding of the theoretical landscape but also offer practical insights for future studies to explore the nuanced application of these evidence-informed principles. Furthermore, higher education institutions seeking to create impactful skill development trajectories can benefit from leveraging these informed principles for more effective implementation. References Abelha, M., Fernandes, S., Mesquita, D., Seabra, F., & Ferreria-Oliveira, A.T. (2020). Graduate employability and competence development in higher education – A systematic literature review using PRISMA. Sustainability, 12, 1-27. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12155900 Cranmer, S. (2006). Enhancing graduate employability: Best intentions and mixed outcomes. Studies in Higher Education, 31(2), 169-184. De Backer, L., Van Keer, H., & Valcke, M. (2014). Promoting university students’ metacognitive regulation through peer learning: the potential of reciprocal peer tutoring. Higher Education, 70, 469-486. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-014-9849-3 De Schepper, A., Clycq, N., & Kyndt, E. (2023). Socioeconomic differences in the transition from higher education to the labour market: A systematic review. Journal of Career Development, 50(1), 234-250. https://doi.org/10.1177/08948453221077674 García-Álvarez, J., Vázquez-Rodríguez, A., Quioga-Carrillo, A., & Priegue Caamaño, D. (2022). Transversal competencies for employability in university graduates: A systematic review from the employers’ perspective. Education Sciences, 12, 1-37. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12030204 Haselberger, D., Oberheumer, P., Perez, E., Cinque, M. Capasso, D. (2012). Mediating soft skills at higher education institutions. ModEs Project, Life-Long Learning Programme. https://gea-college.si/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/MODES_handbook_en.pdf Heymann, P., Bastiaens, E., Jansen, A., van Rosmalen, A., & Beausaert, S. (2021). A conceptual model of student reflective practice for the development of employability competence, supported by an online learning platform. Education + Training, 64(3), 380-397. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-05-2021-0161 Kusurkar, R.A., Orsini, C., Somra, S., Artino, A.R., Daelmans, H.E.M., Schoomade, L.J., & van der Vleuten, C. (2023). The effect of assessments on student motivation for learning and its outcomes in health professions education: A review and realist synthesis. Academic Medicine, 98(9), 1083-1091. http://doi.org/10.1097/ACM.0000000000005263 Nuis, W., & Beausaert, S. (2020). The what and How of Mentoring for Student Reflection in Higher Education: A Literature Review, Paper Presented at EARLI 2019, Aachen, Germany. Petticrew, M., & Roberts, H. (2006). Systematic reviews in the social sciences: A practical guide. Blackwell Publishing. https://doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v10n3p268 Redecker, C., Leis, M., Leendertse, M., Punie, Y., Gijsbers, G., Kirschner, P., Stoyanov, S., & Hoogveld, B. (2011). The future of learning: Preparing for change. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2791/64117 Rotherham, A.J., & Willingham, D.T. (2010). “21st-Century” Skills: Not new, but a worth challenge. American Educator. 17-20. https://www.aft.org/sites/default/files/periodicals/RotherhamWillingham.pdf Trinidad, J.E., Raz, M.D., & Magsalin, I.M. (2021). “More than professional skills:” student perspectives on higher education’s purpose. Teaching in Higher Education, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2021.1891043 Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Kleemola, K., Hailikari, T., Männikkö, I., & Toom, A. (2022). Systematic review of learning generic skills in higher education – enhancing and impeding factors. Frontiers in Education, 7, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.885917 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Recognition of Prior Learning in Irish Higher Education- A Qualitative Study Munster Technological University, Ireland Presenting Author:This paper explores why, despite inclusion in national strategy and position papers, the practice of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) remains at low levels in Irish higher education. The study focuses, in particular, on the recognition of informal and non-formal learning and seeks to elucidate the elements which have most influence on practice. In Irish higher education, RPL can include formal, informal, and non-formal learning. The recognition process seeks to validate the learning in the context of a specified destination award from level one to ten on the national framework of qualifications (European Commission; Cedefop; ICF International, 2014, p. 3). The research conducted focused on exploring academics understanding of RPL, its position within their institutional context, and identifying opportunities and perceived challenges to practice and implementation. The study addresses a knowledge gap in Irish RPL literature regarding the reasons for diminished support and practice of RPL despite evident backing in national published sources and initiatives. The study is focused on exploring the beliefs of academics in relation to why implementation of RPL remains low. It also seeks to determine if there is a correlation between staff beliefs and RPL in practice with the intention of informing future systems and structures for RPL within higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research study adopts a constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2006) and interpretative approach to examine the reasons for limited practice of RPL, with a particular focus on informal and non-formal learning in higher education. The qualitative research study gathered empirical data through 31 semi-structured interviews conducted over two years, 2019 and 2020. The data includes the views of 17 senior academic and 14 academic staff from 11 higher education institutions. Purposive sampling was initially employed to identify potential participants within the study, snowball sampling was subsequently used, as participants identified colleagues with experience of RPL in practice who had an interest in contributing to the research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate the diversity of the views of academic staff regarding RPL in practice in higher education. There are a number of barriers in current national and institutional settings that have impact on practice. Three dominant causal effects arose from the study, namely, culture, resources, and motivation (national, institutional and individual staff). These factors emerged as exerting most influence on the practice and implementation of RPL in Irish higher education. Responsibility for the implementation of RPL also emerged as a challenge from the research. A framework to address these factors is proposed as a mechanism to ensure greater engagement with RPL at three levels: national, institutional, and individual staff. This study of the practice and implementation of RPL in Irish higher education is significant, as it makes a unique contribution to identifying the factors influencing the implementation of RPL and the findings have implications for policy, practice, and future research of RPL. The study has relevance at a European and international level in the development of validation practice and policy. It also has relevance to national, European and international development of lifelong learning and adult education. References Cedefop, 2023. European guidelines for validating non-formal and informal learning, Luxembourg: Publications Office Cedefop reference series No 124. Charmaz, K., 2006. Constructing Grounded Theory:Practical guide through qualitative analysis. London: Sage Publications Inc.. Charmaz, K., 2014. Constructing Grounded Theory. Introducing Qualitative Methods series. 2nd ed. London: Sage. European Commission; Cedefop; ICF International, 2014. European Inventory on validation of non-formal and informal learning 2014 : country report Ireland, Brussels: European Commission. OECD, 2021. The recognition of prior learning in adult basic education. [Online] Available at: https://www.oecd.org/els/emp/skills-and-work/adult-learning/Prior_learning.pdf [Accessed 21 December 2022]. UNESCO, 2023. International trends of lifelong learning in higher education. Germany: UNESCO. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The International Mobility of Early-Career Researchers: Contextual Structures and Agential Practices University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Studies on early-career researchers (ECRs) as an emerging field of higher education research has gained an increasing attention in the past 20 years (McAlpine & Amundsen, 2018). Traditionally, cross-border mobility is commonly believed to promote academic success and is regarded as an unconditional good. However, with the underlying neoliberal influence and the changing landscape in the internationalisation of HE, literature has revealed a more complex picture of international mobility with conflicting outcomes. Literature highlights a diverse range of motivations driving ECRs to engage in international mobility. Career advancement, access to cutting-edge research facilities, and collaboration opportunities emerge as prominent factors (Teichler, 2004; Horta, Jung, & Santos, 2020; Poole & Xu, 2022); while fierce competitions juxtapose with the positive discourse lead to normalized or even coerced practices of international mobility among ECRs that may lead to risks such as increased precarity and the loss of social capital (Ackers, 2005; Bauder, 2020). Despite the flow of ECRs from Global South to Global North, which still remains as a major mobility pattern, a growing inclination of returning mobility to their home countries in the Global South has been noticed. Studies have discussed the benefits and challenges brought by the mobility experience for the returning ECRs, however limited research has been done to reveal how they negotiate with macro structures through exercising agency. Therefore, a nuanced understanding of rationales and experiences behind the different mobility patterns of staying or returning is needed. As context matters for comparative analysis, China and UK are chosen as the two research sites for this study. UK is the top destination in Europe while China being the largest sending country in the non-EU region not only for students but also for international staffs at HEIs (OECD, 2022; HESA, 2022). This study aims to understand the stay/return rationales and experiences among Chinese ECRs in the UK and those who have returned to China, specifically, the author asks: RQ1. In the context of China and UK, what roles do structural factors play in attracting, recruiting, retaining, and developing of international ECRs? RQ2. For Chinese ECRs with a UK PhD degree, what factors influence their stay/return decisions of international mobility? RQ3. For internationally trained Chinese ECRs in UK and returned to China, how do they navigate through their academic career and personal life trajectories? a) What are the similarities and differences in their exercise of agency? b) How do the different contextual structures shape their exercise of agency? This study adopts Glonacal Agency Heuristic as the conceptual framework (Marginson & Rhoades, 2002). Glonacal stands for global, national and local, the three interconnected levels in the process of globalization of higher education. This heuristic pinpoints six nods on each level, including people individually or collectively as agencies in 1) polities, 2) economies, and 3) higher education, and 4) organizations and entities in/of governmental and non-governmental agencies, 5) economics agencies and markets, and 6) educational and professional agencies. The nods form a set of three hexagons, indicating the direct or indirect reciprocal interplay between forces of different levels. It is adopted in this study particularly for its power in conceptualizing agency representing both entities and organizations at global, national and local level, and people’s ability to exercise agency. National level and individual agency will be the main focus for this study, with only some necessary discussions on the practice of institutions based on data analysis, since in the context of both UK and China, national policies play a much prominent role in attracting and recruiting internationally trained ECRs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This empirical study reconciles ontological Critical Realism and epistemic relativism through comparative case study. Critical Realism offers a philosophical foundation for understanding reality as multi-layered, with observable events influenced by underlying structures and generative mechanisms. Epistemic relativism informs the significance of a context-based interpretation of individuals’ experience. It allows the current research to combine empirical investigation with critical analysis to gain a more comprehensive understanding of the mobility of ECRs and address the interconnection between structure and agency. Following the stance of ontological Critical Realism and epistemic relativism, I intend to adopt the qualitative method of comparative case study (CCS) to investigate my research questions (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2017). The two countries, China and the UK, are the two cases for examining stay/return mobility of Chinese ECRs. Its approach to horizontal comparisons (between the two cases of UK and China) and vertical comparisons (across organisations and individuals within one case) also aligns with my conceptual framework. I intend to adopt documentary analysis, website analysis, semi-structured interview, and focus group to address my research questions. For documentary analysis, the UK and China’s major policies pertaining to the attraction, recruitment, retaining, and developing of ECRs at national level will be analyzed. Documents from mainly the immigration department, education bureau, and national academic organisations will be analyzed. Website analysis mainly focuses on the academic organisations at national level. I intend to investigate the vision and mission statements of academic organisations such as UK Research and Innovation and National Natural Science Foundation of China. It is conducive to identify the major forms of supports such as funding opportunities and training programmes that open to international ECRs. By cross-case comparisons, potential structural enablements and constraints influencing the development of ECRs might be identified. In the current study, ECRs are defined as academics who are within ten years of completing their doctorates. For interview and focus group participants of ECRs in the UK, it will include postdocs and other academic staffs with Chinese nationality who are not recipients of funding opportunities that require their return to China; for interview and focus group participants of ECRs in China, it will include postdocs and other academic staffs who returned to China with a UK doctorate. Nvivo will be used for coding and thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research aims to explore the motivations and decision-making process influencing the international mobility of ECRs, examining their experiences and the intricate relationship between contextual structures and their agential practices within the evolving landscape of internationalization in HE. More specifically, the study delves into the interplay of national structural constraints and opportunities for UK-trained Chinese ECRs. It unveils the complex factors influencing their choices, including staying in the host country, returning to China, or even re-expatriating to the Global North, and sheds light on the challenges faced by ECRs within the neoliberal-influenced HE systems of both the UK and China. This study contributes to the literature on the internationalisation of HE with a particular focus on the mobility of ECRs. The critical discussions on the rationales of the flow of ECRs from Global North to Global South and the opposite, together with a systematically examination of its influence on the experience of ECRs could reveal the emerging dynamics within the changing landscape of international academic mobility. Though financial gains offered by the talent recruitment programs in China may still be one of the largest reasons for the return of ECRs, it is expected to discover other cultural, social, and political factors that support their long-term development in China, or on the contrary, that prompt their plan to re-expatriate in the future. While for Chinese researchers in the UK, the financial aspects may have lost its attractiveness in retaining ECRs, but it might not be the only concern of returnees in China and stayer in the UK. It is also expected to find the practice of agency to form a transnational space where they are not fully “accultured”, but are collectively acting to create a more diverse and dynamic academic community in both the host and home countries. References Ackers, L. (2005). Moving people and knowledge: Scientific mobility in the European Union. International Migration, 43(5), 99–131. Altbach, P., & de Wit, H. (2018). The Challenge to Higher Education Internationalisation. University World News. Archer, M. (2000). Being human: The problem of agency. Cambridge University Press. Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Comparative case studies: An innovative approach. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1(1), 5-7. Bauder, H. (2020). Migrant solidarities and the politics of place. Progress in Human Geography, 44(6), 1066-1080. Brooks, R., & Waters, J. (2011). Student mobilities, migration and the internationalization of higher education. Springer. Cantwell, B. (2021). Concepts for understanding the geopolitics of graduate student and postdoc mobility. U.S. Power in International Higher Education, edited by J. J. Lee, Ithaca, NY: Rutgers University Press, pp. 94-110. Cao, C., Baas, J., Wagner, C. S., & Jonkers, K. (2020). Returning scientists and the emergence of China’s science system. Science and Public Policy, 47(2), 172–183. De Wit, H., & Altbach, P. G. (2021). Internationalization in higher education: Global trends and recommendations for its future. In Higher Education in the Next Decade (pp. 303-325). Brill. Hayhoe, R. (2017). China's universities, 1895-1995: A century of cultural conflict. Routledge. Horta, H., Jung, J., & Santos, J. M. (2020). Mobility and research performance of academics in city-based higher education systems. Higher Education Policy, 33, 437–458. Kehm, B. M., & Teichler, U. (2007). Research on internationalisation in higher education. Journal of Studies in International Education, 11(3-4), 260-273. Kim, D., Bankart, C. A., & Isdell, L. (2011). International doctorates: Trends analysis on their decision to stay in US. Higher Education, 62, 141-161. Knight, J. (2003). Updated definition of internationalization. International higher education, (33), 2-3. Laudel, G., & Bielick, J. (2019). How do field-specific research practices affect mobility decisions of early career researchers?. Research Policy, 48(9), 103800. Lee, J. T. (2015). The regional dimension of education hubs: Leading and brokering geopolitics. Higher Education Policy, 28, 69-89. Marginson, S., & Rhoades, G. (2002). Beyond national states, markets, and systems of higher education: A glonacal agency heuristic. Higher Education, 43, 281-309. McAlpine, L., & Amundsen, C. (2018). Identity-trajectories of early career researchers. Palgrave Macmillan. Zweig, D. (2006). Competing for talent: China's strategies to reverse the brain drain. International Labour Review, 145, 65-90. |
9:30 - 11:45 | 00 SES 0.5 WS B (NW21): Reading and Discussing Monographs: a Clinical Device for Research in Education Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois Session Chair: Patrick Geffard Workshop. Pre-registration required |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Reading and Discussing Monographs: a Clinical Device for Research in Education 1Rouen University, France; 2Paris 8 University, France; 3Paris-Est Créteil University, France Presenting Author:This workshop is a follow-up to the work started during ECER 2023 in Glasgow, on clinical methods for research in education and particularly on monographic writing. This workshop focuses on a clinical research method centred on the analysis of professional practices in education and training. The monographic method will be briefly presented, in comparison with other research methods involving group writing (Stamenova and Hinshelwood, 2018; Orsenigo and Ulivieri-Stiozzi, 2018; Rustin, 2019). The method we will use is inspired by works conducted in the ‘Institutional Pedagogy’ current (Vasquez & Oury, 1967), that authors of the proposal both practice since a few decades. The leaders of the device proposed during the workshop have been conducting this type of working group for more than twenty years with different publics in the field of education and training. In this field, to write and to read monographs in group situations is a way to analyze the unconscious psychic processes potentially at work in professional situations and in educational relationships. The aim of those analysis is both to train professionals to take into account what is happening on a subjective level during educational situations and also to provide data for research focusing on psychical processes in the same field of education and training.
The workshop will end with a closing session during which each participant will be able to say a few words about their experience. Our analyses will focus mainly on the transferential issues at work in this kind of working group. The group is a place of transference, both onto the group leaders and between the participants. We consider the monographic writing group as a mediated device (Brun et alii, 2013) where the monograph – a written narrative of a lived professional experience – is a mediator object. This mediating object, in its concrete materiality, is also the object of transfers. A discussion period will be dedicated for evoking these transfers in the group with the participants. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Brun, A., Chouvier, B. et Roussillon, R. (dir.) (2013). Manuel des médiations thérapeutiques. Dunod. Orsenigo, J. et Ulivieri-Stiozzi, S. (2018). La Clinica della formazione in Italia. Cliopsy, 20, 23-37 Oury, F. & Vasquez, A. (1967). Vers une pédagogie institutionnelle. Maspero. Rustin, M. (2019). Researching the Unconscious. Principles of Psychoanalytic Method. Routledge. Stamenova, K. & Hinshelwood, R. D. (2018). Methods of Research into the Unconscious. Applying Psychoanalytic Ideas to Social Science. Routledge. |
9:30 - 11:45 | 00 SES 0.5 WS E (NW 09 A): ***CANCELLED*** Getting started with R in Rstudio Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Erika Majoros Workshop. Pre-registration required |
9:30 - 11:45 | 00 SES 0.5 WS F (NW 09 B): ICCS 2022 – How to Analyze Secondary Students’ Civic Knowledge and Attitudes Towards Democracy Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ana María Mejía-Rodríguez Session Chair: Sabine Meinck Workshop. Pre-registration required |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop ICCS 2022 – How to Analyze Secondary Students’ Civic Knowledge and Attitudes Towards Democracy IEA, Germany Presenting Author:The primary objective of this workshop is to explore how data from international assessments can be used for research regarding outcomes and contexts of civic and citizenship education. The workshop will put emphasis on how data from studies conducted by the IEA (International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement) could provide further insights for policy and practice. As a leading organization in the field of educational research for more than 60 years, the IEA promotes capacity building and knowledge sharing to facilitate innovation and foster quality in education. IEA studies approach the reality of educational learning outcomes in its complexity by collecting a huge variety of background information that can be related to students’ achievement, knowledge, and attitudes.This workshop will introduce participants to the IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2022. The ICCS 2022 database was published in February 2024 and provides a fresh and rich source for secondary research of outcomes related to civic and citizenship education (CCE) across the world, and in particular in Europe with more than 21 European countries and education systems participating. ICCS 2022 is the 3rd cycle of IEA’s study on CCE, following the administrations in 2009 and 2016. The workshop will include an overview of ICCS, covering its background, conceptual framework and design. It will present some key findings from the 2022 data collection. Participants will be introduced to the survey instruments and database, and be provided with access paths to data sources, technical documentation, analysis guides and software tools. There will also be a presentation about available variables such as students’ civic knowledge, their attitudes towards civic principles and democratic values, characteristics of teachers of that student cohort, and class- and school-level learning contexts. With this information, participants will formulate and discuss research questions that can be addressed with ICCS 2022 data. The instructors will be available to mentor the development of research ideas and design as well as to answer data related and technical questions. Research questions from individual attendants will be presented to all participants in order to provide opportunities to share ideas. No prior knowledge about large-scale international studies is required. Basic knowledge about statistical analysis is not required but is an advantage. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used - Introduction (20 mins) - ICCS (20 mins) - Group work (40 mins) - Break (10 mins) - Example Analysis (20 mins) - Group work (60 mins) - Summary & closing (10 mins) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Afana, Y., Brese, F., Kowolik, H., Cortes, D., & Schulz, W. (forthcoming). ICCS 2022 user guide for the international database. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge. The International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer. Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 assessment framework. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20113-4 Schulz, W., Friedman, T., Fraillon, J., & Losito, B. (forthcoming). ICCS 2022 technical report. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). |
9:30 - 11:45 | 00 SES 0.5 WS J (NW28): Environmental Futures Workshop Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Diego Alatorre Guzmán Workshop. Pre-registration NOT required. |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Environmental Futures Workshop University of Coimbra, Center for Interdisciplinary Studies Presenting Author:Ethics is a historical process by which we reflect upon the impact of new ideas and technologies on our lives. In terms of its practice, ethics is a discipline that has evolved from a classic philosophy, centred on humanistic values, to a post-human approach that goes beyond our individuality, integrating other epistemologies and sources of knowledge. What has been labelled as undesirable attitudes changes across cultures and throughout time. Even if there is a general consensus that murder and child abuse are nefarious, there are other forms of structural violence which have not yet reached the same degree of broad consensus, as ongoing social struggles and disputes show. Many times these challenges are labelled “controversial” because social movements or individuals challenge the status quo that maintains privileges for certain fringes of society or individuals. Our aim with this workshop is to build an environmental future scenario where participants can reflect, from an intersectional perspective, on their own subjectivity and “place of speech”, envisioning possible scenarios where privilege is used against structural forms of violence. Based on a collective journey in the FUTUROSCOPIO, this scenario will be built by integrating the feelings and perceptions of multiple crews across their journey and turned into an on-site installation to invite EERA attendees and passersby to experience a shared future vision. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We are looking forward to engaging with future enthusiasts, people from diverse backgrounds, multiple disciplines, and across all different ages interested in exploring the Pluriverse’s Future, what we have called, the Futuriverse. We invite everyone to join in: our only requirement is that participants dare to stop thinking that only by thinking they can solve their problems, and start feeling, sharing and trusting each other as sponsors of a collective project. We are committed to making the most out of your time by offering emotionally available real-time assistance, plus future-oriented creative facilitation by certified experts, working hybridly across the world. Particularly for this call, we intend to take some extra time to build an environmental prototype capable of sharing the generated insights by placing the outcome of the workshop in an open space, where other EERA attendees and passersby can interact with and reimagine the future. Our Futuroscopic exploration service includes personalised one-on-one attention to ensure the best possible experiences along the journey to the future and a pleasant comeback. Our tools have been adapted to work smoothly in local, hybrid and online setups, allowing for multiple crews all around the world to share their ideas and to build common future scenarios in parallel. The overall time required to complete a Futuroscopic exploration journey to the future and back depends on the detail by which each crew intends to describe their experience, visualise their perceptions and reflect on their journey. To make the best out of this experience, we suggest the overall workshop to last 3 hours, time to take the participants into their future and back, across the following itinerary: Introduction of the Workshop and the participants 10 min Operating the FUTUROSCOPIO (tables / break-out rooms) 60 min Deconstruction of the Present (RIFADO method) 20 min Time Travel (choosing one portal into the Future) 5 min Future Reconstruction (Futuroscopic map) 25 min Backcasting (coming back to the present) 15 min BREAK 15 min Experimental Future Representation (building a common scenario) 25 min Environmental Prototyping 50 min Testing 30 min Feedback 20 min Conclusion (sharing learnings) 20 min TOTAL: 180 minutes Our tools have been adapted to work smoothly in local, hybrid and online setups. In any of these scenarios, the ideal crew size is about six people and we can take from one to 12 teams from all around the world in parallel. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Gathered over an infinity of future visions, we hold a few pieces of evidence of what previous crews have discovered throughout their Futuroscopic journeys. Every chance to engage with future enthusiasts represents an opportunity to extend our FUTURES LIBRARY, adding new scenarios into a comprehensive reader of the times-to-come. This compilation aims at raising awareness on the biopolitical mechanisms of control and liberation that ideas such as universal history, time and future reflect and perpetuate. We truly believe that role playing alternative futures may be the first step to actually making things happen, relegating those who live their present absorbed by their past, unprepared to face increasingly complicated challenges and consequently more likely to abandon their expectations: demotivated, unwillingly adapting to others’ desires and away from their own needs. In the quest to liberate us from domestication, FUTUROSCOPIO invites players to stop and change the points of view by which usually perceive reality, weaving new memories, embedded in between synapses that keep identity vivid, acknowledging our agency to transform our present into better possible places, while extending the scale of the circle of influence by choosing play as an open attitude for a meaningful long-life education. From this perspective FUTUROSCOPIO is not only a roleplay game, but a provocation to deal with complex issues over fantastic narratives that bring out the best from each participant, appealing to them as active writers of a common story. References This project has been played, presented and exhibited in the following events: 2019: Miradas desde 2050 - Centro de Investigaciones de Diseño Industrial, UNAM 2020: 2a Bienal de Artes y Diseño - Museo Universitario de Ciencias y Artes, UNAM 2020: FUTUROSCOPIO - Selected and exhibited at Premio Diseña México [Finalists] 2020: FUTUROSCOPIO - Selected and exhibited at Abierto Mexicano de Diseño 2020: Ministr3s del Pluriverso - Centro de Cultura Digital [PDF] 2021: Estética Lúdica Futuroscópica - Conferencia magistral [Video] 2022: Converting a Tabletop Serious Game Into a Digital Version, by Joanna Gladh [MAU] 2023: Futuroscopio - Interesting worlds to come [STS Italia Conference] 2023: FUTUROSCOPIO [Print and Play] |
9:30 - 12:00 | 00 SES 0.5 WS C (NW33): Methodological and Theoretical Perspectives on Intersectionality; Confronting Positionality in Research Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi Session Chair: Andrea Abbas Workshop. Pre-registration required |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Methodological and Theoretical Perspectives on Intersectionality; Confronting Positionality in Research 1UCL, United Kingdom; 2University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The workshop will be of interest to early career researchers. The session will be interactive and focus on the importance of critical reflection to enable researchers to develop insights into the importance of who they are to shaping their research findings. The workshop explores how this is not a case of bias, but an inevitable, important and valuable aspect of doing research and building knowledge. To do this aspect of research rigorously and well, all researchers need to regularly subject themselves, their research practices, findings and theorisations to reflection and scrutiny. The audience will be invited to challenge their beliefs as we explore well-known phenomena through the fresh lens of unacknowledged and hidden forms of sexism, racism and other forms of prejudice. Workshop Objectives
By the end of this session, participants will be better able to: Identify and eliminate the propensity for personal perspectives to influence the interpretation of research data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
9:30 - 12:00 | 00 SES 0.5 WS D (NW 07): Learning to talk in/with research: Recognition and power in consultation-conversational methodologies Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hanna Ragnarsdóttir Workshop. Pre-registration required |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Learning to Talk in/with Research: Recognition and Power in Consultation-Conversational Methodologies 1Porto University, Portugal; 2University of Iceland, Iceland; 3University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:To choose or not to choose consultation-conversational methodologies, that is the question! In terms of the structure, the session will start with a gathering moment by means of the 'my place' exercise. A Focus Group Discussion will follow on 'the conditions surrounding my research'; leading to dialogical exploration of the theoretical and procedural foundations of FGD and conversational learning, expressed ”in our own voice(s)”. The session departs from the assumption of the essential role of communication/ consultation/ conversation as a research method that allows for deepening personal and joint production of data which goes beyond ’common-sense’. Deriving from the first assumption, we argue that the recourse to a communicational paradigm makes sense only and if only it stands on both the recognition of the value of human relations and of the asymmetries of power among researchers and the participant ”researchees” (and in between participant ”researchees”) and there is a conscious intent to find ways to reduce such verticality. This implies authentic and humanized communication(s) in which all the voices feel they have space to express, be heard and make a difference. Moreover, consultation-conversational methodologies may be of great use if you want to make the best of the interrelations between participants and focus on the cultures produced by means of their unique interaction within a unique research situation. The place attributed/recognized to participants as coauthors of the data produced and of the research as a whole has implications in the way(s) in which you lead your research with the due respect to your research agenda. Last but not least, we argue that the recognition of voices(s) has implications not only on the way(s) in which you collect and produce data but also in the way(s) we build your analysis so that all voices are accounted for and the currently silenced voices emerge and assert their place in the world. ”Conflict of interpretation”, dissense and the exploration of disagreement are at the core and in the horizon of consultation-conversational methodologies, such as focus group discussion, which will be explored. Some points to be discussed are: How to resist the prejudice of the divisive dichotomy quantitative vs qualitative? What is the role of the researcher? What is the role of the participants? What is the place given to different voices? How to register and manage subjectivities and the intersubjective vision and cultures constructed through multiple dialogue? How to make sense of different levels of research and methodological options? What decisions need to be made in terms of the potential methodological complementarities and clashes? How to move from the theory as a thought trough method to the method as theory in action respecting the principles and values of a ’good’ and multiple expressive marriage? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
9:30 - 12:00 | 100 SES 0.5 (ISSPP) 2: NW 26 ISSPP Meeting.working meeting - Part 2 Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Helene Ärlestig Internal Working Meeting |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Meetings/ Events NW 26 ISSPP Meeting.working meeting - Part 2 Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:. |
9:45 - 11:45 | 00 SES 0.5 WS I (NW28): Navigating the Postdoc Phase Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ofir Sheffer Workshop. Pre-registration required |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Navigating the Postdoc Phase MOFET INSTITUTE, Israel Presenting Author:A workshop tailored for post-doctoral from all networks and communities. Postdoctoral scholars face the demanding task of crafting an impactful academic portfolio within a limited timeframe. Achieving success during this pivotal stage frequently hinges on securing financial resources for research endeavors. However, many researchers encounter challenges when it comes to fundraising. To assist researchers in navigating this phase, EERA Network 28 invites you to participate in a three-hours workshop focusing on the essentials of fundraising as a means of personal leverage in academic careers. The workshop, especially addressed to post-doc researchers, aims to present and discuss the essential elements for growth inherent in the postdoctoral/early career research phase and life.
9:45-10:30 10:30-11:00 11:00-11:45 Join us for a deeper understanding of how fundraising can not only finance your research but also enhance your professional standing and unlock new opportunities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
10:15 - 11:45 | 00 SES 0.5. WS H(NW 12): Empowering Research: A Workshop on Navigating Educational Literature Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Workshop. Pre-registration NOT required |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop Empowering Research: A Workshop on Navigating Educational Literature DIPF, Germany Presenting Author:The search and selection of research literature are fundamental aspects of academic work, with researchers being experts in finding necessary studies, ranging from short lookup through exploratory searches to systematic literature reviews. Systematic reviews and other forms of research synthesis have drawn attention to the need for transparent approaches to research, directing focus towards infrastructures supporting research. There is a variety of literature databases of heterogenious quality, different publication types, and inclusion of publications in different languages. Many literature services are not explicit about the scope of their databases. Educational research often requires a transdisciplinary knowledge base, dispersed across multiple platforms. However, the choice of literature databases for a search influences the results (Wanyama et al., 2022; Heck et al., 2023). To navigate the search process effectively, a combination of knowledge about different databases, retrieval methods, and search strategies is essential. Since there is no universal solution in information seeking, the selection of databases, search engines, and academic social networks remains an individual decision tied to research objectives. The workshop will provide an overview of existing literature services, considering the publishing norms in educational science and focusing on specialized databases in the field, along with their advantages and disadvantages regarding media coverage, access methods, and disciplinary focus. Next, the workshop will encourage discussions allowing participants to exchange their experiences regarding bibliographic work in educational research and within national contexts. The objectives of the workshop are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References Heck, T., Keller, C., Rittberger, M. (2023). Coverage and similarity of bibliographic databases to find most relevant literature for systematic reviews in education. International Journal on Digital Libraries, https://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00799-023-00364-3 Wanyama, S. B., McQuaid, R. W., & Kittler, M. (2022). Where you search determines what you find: The effects of bibliographic databases on systematic reviews. International Journal of Social Research Methodology: Theory & Practice, 25(3), 409–422. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2021.1892378 |
11:00 - 11:30 | 99 ERC SES 07.5 A: ERC Poster Exhibition Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Basement Level / Open Area ERC Poster Exhibition |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events ERC Poster Exhibition N.N. Presenting Author:Invitation to see all posters which have been presented in the ERC sessions in the coffee break. |
11:00 - 11:30 | Break 04: ERC Coffee Break |
11:00 - 12:30 | 30 SES 0.5: Workshop and Provocative Panel: Implications of Policy in the Field of ESE in Europe: examples and reflections Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Elsa Lee Workshop and Panel |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Research Workshop Workshop and Provocative Panel: Implications of Policy in the Field of ESE in Europe: examples and reflections University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Provocations from: Aravella Zacchariou, Arjen Wals, Nicola Walshe, Sobhi Tawil, Kate Greer, and Keri Facer Facilitators: Elsa Lee, Ole Andreas Kvamme, Stefan Bengtsson Presentations will provide concrete examples of policy frameworks that have implications for ESE research and practice across Europe and beyond. The frameworks include UNECE, ACE from UNFCCC, and the UNESCO Futures of Education report. Some of the presentations will be live and streamed, while others will be provided as video materials a week before the event. On the day, the workshop will open with four 10 minute presentations, followed by some questions to the panel and then a whole group discussion, using padlet to feedback ideas for a plenary. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 A: Systematic Literature Review Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Motivation in Adult Education: a Systematic Review Tomas Bata University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Motivation plays a crucial role in adult learning and education. In view of the rapid development of society and the transformation of the world in which we live, the concept of lifelong learning is becoming increasingly important (Ilie, 2019). Although motivation for adult learning is one of the classic research topics in the field of adult education, it has received relatively little empirical attention in the last decade (Boeren 2012a, 2012b; Kalenda & Kočvarová, 2021). Considering the importance of lifelong learning, which is central to personal and professional development, it is essential to understand what motivates adults to engage in learning (Sogunro, 2014) and apply this knowledge in practice. Understanding the factors that drive adults to pursue further education is critical for educators, policymakers, and employers (Gardner et al., 2021). The topic of adult motivation for learning is important for several reasons. First, motivated adults are more likely to actively engage in the learning process and persist through challenges (Sogunro, 2014). This increases the chances that adults will complete their education in both formal and non-formal settings. Second, adult learners are often driven by practical considerations such as applying newfound knowledge or skills to their work or daily responsibilities. This makes it possible to discern what direction the current revision of the curricula should take to reflect the current needs and demands of adults (Creighton & Hudson, 2002). Third, adults could improve their chances of success in the labour market through further organised learning (Boeren et al., 2012a). Finally, successful completion of training programmes can motivate adults to participate in further education even more, increase their self-esteem and self-confidence, improve working conditions and increase belief in their own abilities (Mara, Cascón-Pereira, & Brunet Icart, 2022) This presentation will bring the systematic review aimed at exploring the motivations of adults for education, considering both the individual and environmental factors that influence their decision to participate in educational programs. The main objective of this review study is to describe the relationship between motivation and adult learning through an analysis of published empirical studies since the 1960s. A secondary aim is to provide an overview of the directions and trends that these two interrelated concepts have taken. In this presentation, we address the following research questions:
In this systematic review, we will examine the existing literature on adult education motivation to identify key themes, trends, and gaps in the current understanding of this topic. By synthesizing the findings from a range of studies, we aim to provide a comprehensive overview of the motivational factors that influence adults' decisions to engage in educational activities. Our review will contribute to a deeper understanding of adult education motivation and provide valuable insights for practitioners and researchers in the field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to collect relevant and comprehensive data for this review study, we conducted a thorough literature search using two key databases. We worked with Web of Science and Scopus databases. We selected the keywords "Motivation" AND "Adult Education". This resulted in 676 research studies. We further worked with the result and defined the selection conditions, which were a focus on the thematic areas of "Social Sciences" and "Psychology". Subsequently, we selected the document type "Article". We have reached a total of 417 studies. We then chose the last category, namely studies in English only. This brings us to the result of 362 studies, covering the period of 1960 to 2023. Based on the abstract, we excluded the irrelevant ones. The selected studies will be subjected to a more in-depth analysis. Our orientation will be to follow the development of the topic, the theories and methodology used, the geographical/culture location of the researchers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This review study will offer an overview of research on motivation in adult education research between 1960 and 2023. The paper will offer a new periodisation of the development of adult education research focused on motivation and show the structure of research with respect to prevailing topics, theories, methodology, geographical setting of research. References 1.BOEREN, E., HOLFORD, J., NICAISE, I., & BAERT, H. (2012a). Why do adults learn? Developing motivational typology across twelve European countries. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 10(1), 247–269. https://doi.org/ 10.1080/14767724.2012.678764. 2.BOEREN, E., NICAISE, I., ROOSMAA, E. L., & SAAR, E. (2012b). Formal Adult Education in the spotlight: Profiles, motivation, and experiences of participants in 12 countries. In S. Riddel, J. Markowitsch, & E. Weeden (Eds.), Lifelong learning in Europe: Equality and efficiency in balance (pp. 63–86). Bristol: Polity Press. 3.CREIGHTON, S., HUDSON, L. (2002). Participation Trends and Patterns in Adult education: 1991 to 1999: Statistical Analysis report. http://www.education.rekom.ru/2_2007/32.html. 4.GARDNER, A., MAIETTA, H N., GARDNER, P D., & PERKINS, N. (2021). Postsecondary Adult Learner Motivation: An Analysis of Credentialing Patterns and Decision Making Within Higher Education Programs. Adult Learning, 33(1), 15-31. https://doi.org/10.1177/1045159520988361. 5.ILIE, V. (2019). Study on adult learning motivation. The International Journal of Human and Behavioral Science, 5(1), 11-28. doi: 10.19148/ijhbs.543980. 6.KALENDA, J., & KOČVAROVÁ, I. (2021). Od mimoprofesní seberealizace k nezbytnosti pracovně orientovaného vzdělávání: Proměna motivace k neformálnímu vzdělávání dospělých v ČR. Sociologický časopis / Czech Sociological Review, Vol. 57, No. 1: 75–100 https://doi.org/10.13060/csr.2021.001. 7.Mara, L.-C., Cascón-Pereira, R., & Brunet Icart, I. (2022). Perceptions of empowerment and motivation as outcomes of a continuing vocational education and training (CVET) programme for adults. Education + Training, Vol. 64 No. 3, pp. 433-444. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-12-2020-0389. 8.SOGUNRO, O. A. (2014). Motivating Factors for Adult Learners in Higher Education. International Journal of Higher Education, 4(1). doi:10.5430/ijhe.v4n1p22. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Integration of Generative AI in Foreign Language Teacher Education: A Systematic Literature Review Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Foreign language teachers’ digital competencies have undoubtedly become significant for effective teaching practices not only due to the rapid advancement in technology. Recently, the importance of teachers’ AI competencies has been highlighted as a result of the release of ChatGPT at the end of 2022, which provoked a huge number of discussions over the effects of Generative AI (GAI) on language instruction. There is no doubt that foreign language teacher training programmes should ensure the enhancement of future language teachers’ AI digital competencies in order to avoid old-fashioned teaching and learning practices, promote innovative methodologies, and prepare student teachers for an effective teaching in the future. However, there are certain difficulties and challenges that still hinder the integration of GAI in teacher training programmes. Thus, it is significant to carry out a systematic analysis of international practices of GAI integration in teacher education for enhancing foreign language teachers’ competencies. This paper describes the practical bases of GAI integration in language teacher education around the world from 2022 to 2024. The purpose of this review is to identify research trends and potential directions that would help to establish knowledge about empirical research on GAI integration in foreign language teacher training. It does not only examine the most novel practices of applying its models, but also describes these practices, evaluates challenges, emphasizes the most interesting experiences, and contributes with an overview for researchers, teacher educators, educational authorities on how foreign language teacher education can develop student teachers’ AI digital competencies necessary for the future use in classroom instruction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This systematic review is carried out according to the preferred methods for systematic reviews. It consists of four processes known as identification, screening, eligibility, and inclusion. In order to find the related papers and resources included in this systematic literature review, two databases, namely Web of Science (WoS) and Scopus, were referred to. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Among the conclusions it is defined that foreign language teacher training programmes should be designed in a way that would enhance student teachers’ positive approaches towards GAI and their comprehension of pedagogical opportunities and limitations of GAI integration for teaching and learning purposes. It is also argued that the employment of GAI tools should be assessed as the area that enhances new competencies as well as the method for creating innovative learning environments for student teachers. References Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Boston, Mass.: Pearson. Baltynova, A., Kamariyash, K., Muzdbaeva, T., Bolat, Y., Beleukhanova, K., Zharikova, D., Mollakuqe, E. (2023). Pedagogical Conditions for the Training of Future Teachers Based on Digital Educational Technologies. International Journal of Emerging Technologies in Learning (iJET), 18(18), pp. 121–137. https://doi.org/10.3991/ijet.v18i18.43209 Biletska, I. O., Paladieva, A. F., Avchinnikova, H. D., & Kazak, Y. Y. (2021). The use of modern technologies by foreign language teachers: developing digital skills. Linguistics and Culture Review, 5(S2), 16-27. https://doi.org/10.37028/lingcure.v5nS2.1327 Chernysh, V. V., Vaseiko, Y., Kaplinskіy, V., Tkachenko, L., & Bereziuk, J. (2020). Modern Methods of Training Foreign Language Teachers. International Journal of Higher Education, 9(7), 332. https://doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v9n7p332 Gough, D.; Oliver, S.; Thomas, J. (2017). Introducing systematic reviews. In An Introduction to Systematic Reviews, 2nd ed.; Gough, D., Oliver, S., Thomas, J., Eds.; Sage: London, UK. Kaminskienė, L., Järvelä, S., & Lehtinen, E. (2022). How does technology challenge teacher education? International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 19(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-022-00375-1 Kairienė, A., & Mažeikienė, N. (2023). The Cartography of Rhizomatic Learning of English: Unravelling Students’ Nomadic Wanderings. Pedagogika / Pedagogy, 150(2), 191–211. https://doi.org/10.15823/p.2023.150.10 Kildė, L. (2023). ESL Teachers’ Approaches towards the Acceptance of Educational Technology Integration in Non-Formal Education: A Case from Kenya. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 14(1), 634-649. Ma, S., & Lei, L. (2024). The factors influencing teacher education students’ willingness to adopt artificial intelligence technology for information-based teaching. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2024.2305155 Meirovitz, T., Russak, S., & Zur, A. (2022). English as a foreign language teachers’ perceptions regarding their pedagogical-technological knowledge and its implementation in distance learning during COVID-19. Heliyon, 8(4), e09175. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e09175 Moorhouse, B. L. (2024). Beginning and first-year language teachers’ readiness for the generative AI age. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 6, 100201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100201 Ng, D. T. K., Leung, J. K. L., Su, J., Ng, R. C. W., & Chu, S. K. W. (2023). Teachers’ AI digital competencies and twenty-first century skills in the post-pandemic world. Educational Technology Research and Development, 71(1), 137–161. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-023-10203-6 Salas-Pilco, S., Xiao, K., & Hu, X. (2022). Artificial Intelligence and Learning Analytics in Teacher Education: A Systematic Review. Education Sciences, 12(8), 569. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12080569 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Challenges of Managing Sino-UK Transnational Education University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:There has been an exponential growth in Transnational Education (TNE) by UK universities in the last two decades (Healey, 2017). This has provided UK Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) with a method to export high quality education and brand to diversify their international activities and income streams, and to enhance their reputation (Hatakenaka, 2004).
TNE, as opposed to international student recruitment, is commonly understood in the UK to mean the delivery of education from a university in the UK, to students in a different country (JISC, 2020). Rather than the students coming to the UK for their education, the university will deliver education via collaboration with another partner, at an international branch campus (IBC), or via some form of online method.
In 2012 the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) reported 70 UK HEIs were involved in TNE activities specifically with China (QAA, 2013). According to the 2022 British Council research piece into TNE, nearly all UK HEIs are engaged in some type of TNE activity, with 133 respondents declaring some form of collaborative arrangement with a Chinese partner, demonstrating a 50% increase in a decade (British Council, 2022). Similarly, during this time China has been looking to improve its tertiary education by importing the best of the West, as can be seen from updates to the Chinese - Foreign Cooperation in Running Schools (CFCRS) policies which date from 2003, (State Council, 2003).
As a major contributor to the UK international student market, China has been seen as a key target for the export of UK higher education. Over the last 30 years, China’s tertiary education has been evolving rapidly (QAA, 2013) during which time there has been a growing interest in UK Universities entering partnership agreements in China.
The first TNE partnerships in China involving UK HEIs can be seen in the joint campus arrangements of University of Nottingham Ningbo (UNNC), which opened in 2004, and Xi’An Jiaotong Liverpool University (XJTLU), established in 2006. Creating such campus models is incredibly complex and expensive (Feng, 2013). As a result, most UK HEIs have preferred to look towards the Joint Institute (JI) or Joint Education Programme (JEP). These models require the foreign partner to contribute one third of the staff, hours, modules, and credits of the degree, based on the Chinese award requirements. The main difference between them is that the former contains two or more programmes while the latter is a single programme. The number of students which can be recruited to each is also capped at 300 for a JI or 120 for a JEP. At present there are 44 JI collaborations between UK and Chinese Universities.
In this paper I will explore the literature around the challenges faced in managing staff working within TNE, and will address the following questions:
Research conducted in previous studies, limited by a very small sample of participants, has primarily focused on those teaching at International Branch Campuses (Healey, 2017; Richardson & McKenna, 2002; Tran, Le, Phan, & Pham, 2021). This focus means that evidence is limited and somewhat anecdotal in nature and has not taken account of the challenges of working in partnership with another organisation. This research will look to apply prior knowledge and develop the pedagogy around these new types of complex collaborations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Undertaking a critical review of current literature I will investigate the landscape of Sino-UK TNE by examining existing scholarly works which include, but is not limited to, the relevant terms of Sino-UK educational collaboration, TNE, Managerial Challenges. I will investigate and critically analyse the methods and sampling used within this work to identify common themes and gaps which can inform opportunities to develop the pedagogy in this expanding area. My research will begin with a systematic and purposive approach to major databases such as ERIC and JSTOR; academic journals such as Review of Educational Research, Studies in Higher Education, Higher Education and the Journal of Higher Education, where the focus will be on peer reviewed articles. I will also look at previous conference papers and governmental reports. I will prioritise work from the last 20 years and use key search terms such as “UK-Sino TNE”, and “Transnational Education” and other related phrases to broaden the scope of the literature review. Ethical considerations will be paramount throughout the research process, proper citation and acknowledgement of sources will be maintained to uphold academic integrity and respect intellectual property rights. The proposed timeline for this work will be 6 months. The first 3 months will be dedicated to an extensive literature search and secondary data gathering. Thereafter I will spend 2 months synthesizing the findings, and the final month drafting and finalising the conference paper and presentation. This research hopes to offer a comprehensive understanding of the UK-Sino TNE landscape, shedding light on the challenges and drawing thematic conclusions on the issues surrounding staff working in these complex collaborations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research will form a core part of my PhD, researching the emergence and management of collaborations between UK and Chinese Universities to better understand their context, operation, and, most importantly, the challenges faced in managing them. Adding to the pedagogy of these initiatives is imperative as the UK universities look to diversify their income streams, student recruitment, and global branding while maintaining control of their unique selling points. It is also necessary to understand why UK universities are interested in this type of activity, cynically, one could say, referred to as HiEdBiz (Collini, 2012). Higher Education as a business sits uncomfortably for many within the sector, this should not mean that universities do not take a considered and strategic approach to this type of development, not least when we consider that the career of an academic can be boundaryless, the number of staff engaging in TNE delivery will only increase (Richardson & McKenna, 2002). The aim of this research is to shed light on the complexities of these opportunities, while also providing guidance and best practice on how UK universities can continue to provide high quality education on a global scale. References British Council. (2022). Environment for Transnational Education Partnerships and UK Qualifications: Challenges and Opportunities China and UK. London: British Council. Collini, S. (2012). What are universities for? London: Penguin. Feng, Y. (2013). University of Nottingham Ningbo China and Xi'an Jiaotong-Liverpool University: globalization of higher education in China. Higher Education , 65(4), 471-485. Hatakenaka, S. (2004). Internationalisation in Higher Education: A review. Higher Education Policy Institute. Healey, N. (2017). The Challenges of managing transnational education partnerships: The views of "home-based" managers vs "in-country" managers. International joural of Educational Management, 32(2), 241-256. doi:10.1108/IJEM-04-2017-0085 JISC. (2020). Transnational Education (TNE). Retrieved from https://www.jisc.ac.uk/rd/projects/transnational-education#:~:text=This%20project%20was%20archived%20on%2031%20December%202021&text=Transnational%20education%20(TNE)%20is%20an,country%20to%20students%20in%20another QAA. (2013). Review of UK transnational education in China 2012. Retrieved from https://www.qaa.ac.uk/docs/qaa/international/tne-china-overview-(1).pdf Richardson, J., & McKenna, S. (2002). Leaving and experiencing: why academics expatriate and how they experience expatriation. Career Development International, 7(2), 67-78. doi:10.1108/13620430210421614 State Council. (2003). Regulations of the People's Republic of China on Chinese -foreign cooperation in running schools. Retrieved from http://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2003/content_62030.htm Tran, L. T., Le, T. T., Phan, H. L., & Pham, A. (2021). Induction and off you go: professional development for teachers in transnational education. Oxford Review of Education, 47(4), 529-547. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2020.1867524 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 B: Education in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Fiona Hallett Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper (Re)Imagining and (Re)Organizing Care: Unveiling Practices in Times of Uncertainty Philipps-University Marburg, Germany Presenting Author:This paper delves into the discourse surrounding the crisis of care, particularly in the aftermath of the Covid-19 pandemic, and seeks alternative perspectives that expose the shortcomings of neoliberal capitalism. The focus on the inhumanity and criminality of such a system (Saad-Filho, 2020) is heightened in the context of the pandemic, considered "the worst global crisis since World War II" (ILO, 2020: p. 2). The paper argues that amidst crises such as wars, conflicts, climate change, and economic downturns, there is an opportunity to envision a society that serves the majority and avoids repeating suffering and disgraceful outcomes.
The primary objective is to explore feminist, political economy, and post-human theoretical approaches to the 21st-century crisis and its connection to the crisis of care. Care, as emphasized by Fisher and Tronto (1990), is portrayed as a fundamental aspect of our lives, essential for maintaining, continuing, and repairing our world. Given the current global crisis characterized by pandemics, climate crises, social inequality, and economic troubles, the significance of care becomes more pronounced, leading to a specific focus on the crisis of care.
From feminist discussions about contradictions related to care within social reproduction, Nancy Fraser, a prominent social reproduction theorist, contends that while social reproduction is essential for sustained capital accumulation, capitalism's relentless pursuit of unlimited growth has the potential to destabilize the very processes of social reproduction on which it relies (Fraser, 2016, p.100). In the realm of social reproduction, significant contributions have been made by feminist scholars such as Bhattacharya (2015; 2017) and Fraser (2016). It is argued that social reproduction, involving the production of life, plays a central role in the accumulation of capital. Moreover, by incorporating feminist critiques, some scholars also criticize the gendered aspect of care in organizing and advocate for a 'care revolution' (Winker, 2015; 2020; Habermann, 2009; 2016) that confronts the crisis of social reproduction.
In light of the devaluation and extensive commodification of care, there has been a consequential emergence of fractured care cycles, leading to distinct separations among caring-about, taking-care-of, care-giving, care-receiving, and even caring-with (Tronto, 1993, 2009). This fragmentation underscores the complex nature of contemporary care dynamics. Recently, there has been a surge in feminist researchers and social movements advocating for a "Care Revolution" (Winker 2015; 2021; Habermann 2009; 2016). Regional networks have formed, bringing together groups and individuals from diverse fields of care, collectively confronting the crisis of social reproduction. The vision behind the "care revolution" is to steer society away from profit-driven orientations towards a focus on genuine needs. Advocating for fundamental changes, the movement calls for a deeper exploration of political economy and formulates a utopian vision emphasizing the participation of all and (self)care for all (Brückner 2016). Communities engaged in these efforts envision, reimagine, and reorganize care issues through joint initiatives. The concept of commons is integral to this transformation, expanding the understanding of care beyond traditional caregiving services for specific demographics. Care is viewed broadly as caring for each other, demonstrating concern and interest in the community as a whole. The issue of care is deliberately positioned at the heart of commons and commoning (Helfrich & Bollier 2020; Habermann 2009; 2016). By starting from people's own needs and envisioning care beyond the confines of the neoliberal capitalist system, commoning serves as a means to showcase "other possible" care practices. This approach recognizes that needs are the starting points for reproduction commoning, fostering community building not based on identity or status but on shared material and life conditions (Zechner, 2021, p.35). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper focuses on the organizational practices of women's cooperatives in "re-imagining" and re-inventing care, with the primary aim of answering the question, "How and to what extent do women's cooperatives reimagine and reorganize care?" During the empirical data collection process, semi-structured and in-depth interviews were conducted with 23 members from 19 women's cooperatives in Izmir between August and September 2020. The data collection was originally undertaken within the scope of my master's thesis, designed to address a different research question. However, I now aim to reexamine the organizational practices of women's cooperatives, focusing specifically on their experiences with care. A qualitative research approach was employed to explore and comprehend potential patterns in the given theme. In the analysis phase, a narrative approach was utilized. The current study involves revisiting and re-analyzing the collected data to extract new insights and perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes by raising critical questions regarding the practical implementation of reimagining and reorganizing care. It explores whether these transformations manifest as tangible strategies and provides examples of collective self-organization, thereby evolving into a practice for the future. The inquiry extends to the generalizability of these examples into a broader political strategy of commoning, questioning whether they embody the essence of commoning as a revolutionary "realpolitics." The concept of transformation, envisioned as a series of contested steps, involves the formation of collective organizing of commoning at local and regional levels, constituting a societal practice of commoning from the grassroots. Commoning, as a transformative concept, prompts a reconsideration of our relationships with nature and non-human entities. This reevaluation challenges prevailing extractive capitalist systems, striving for the collective establishment of a shared identity. Drawing from scholars like Federici (2019) and Moore (2018), the paper emphasizes that commoning practices are not merely freely accessible resources but methods of producing and managing shared resources. Moore further characterizes commoning as a practice centered on cultivating and caring for the relationships intertwined with the production of shared resources (Moore, 2018:18; 16). The conclusion underscores the importance of the commoning perspective as a dynamic and participatory approach that transcends conventional notions of resource accessibility, advocating for a paradigm shift in societal practices towards shared responsibility and collective well-being. Basis on the emprical finding, I intend to demonstrate how women's cooperatives engage in caring for their members, other women’s co-ops/their network, the local community, and the planet to connect with real-life politics. References Bhattacharya, T. (2015) How not to skip class: social reproduction of labor and the global working class, Viewpoint, 31 October, https://viewpointmag.com/2015/10/31/how-not-to-skip-class-social-reproduction-of-labor-and-the-global-working-class/. Bhattacharya, T. (ed) (2017) Social Reproduction Theory: Remapping Class, Recentering Oppression, London: Pluto. Brückner, M. (2016). Rezension: Gabriele Winker: Care-Revolution. Schritte in eine solidarische Gesellschaft [Rezension des Buches], Femina Politica – Zeitschrift für feministische Politikwissenschaft, 25(1), S. 191-193. (abgelegt) Fisher, B., & Tronto, J. (1990). Towards a Feminist Theory of Care. In E. E. Abel & M. Nelson (Eds.), Circles of Care. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Fraser, N. (2016). Contradictions of Capital and Care. New Left Review, 100, 99-117 Habermann, F. (2009): Halbinseln gegen den Strom: Anders Leben und Wirtschaften im Alltag. Ulrike Helmer Verlag. Habermann, F. (2016): Ecommony. UmCARE zum Miteinander, Ulrike Helmer Verlag. Helfrich, S. &. Bollier, D. (2020): Frei, Fair & Lebendig. Bielefeld: transcript. Helfrich, S.; Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung (Eds.) (2012): Commons. Für eine neue Politik jenseits von Markt und Staat. Bielefeld: transcript. ILO. (2020). ILO Monitor : COVID-19 and the world of work 2 nd edition: updated estimates and analysis. Moore, S. (2018) The “Care-full” Commons: Open Access and the Care of Commoning. In Deville, J., Moore, S., and Nadim, T. (eds), The Commons and Care, Coventry, Post Office Press and Rope Press. Saad-Filho, A. (2021). Endgame: from crisis in neoliberalism to crises of neoliberalism. Human Geography, 14(1), 133–137. https://doi.org/10.1177/1942778620962026 Winker, G. (2015): Care Revolution. Schritte in eine solidarische Gesellschaft. s.l.: transcript Verlag (X-Texte zu Kultur und Gesellschaft). Winker, G. (2020). Aufbau einer solidarischen und nachhaltigen Care Ökonomie. Ein Plädoyer in Zeiten von Corona. In M. Volkmer & K. Werner (Hrsg.), Die Corona-Gesellschaft, Analysen zur Lage und Perspektiven für die Zukunft. Bielefeld transcript. Winker, G. (2021): Solidarische Care-Ökonomie. Bielefeld: transcript Verlag Zechner, M. (2021) Commoning Care & Collective Power: Childcare Commons and the Micropolitics of Municipalism in Barcelona. Vienna: Transversal Texts 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Identity in Flux: Chinese Students' Academic Journey Through Pandemic-Era UK University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This study aims to explore the dynamics of academic identity negotiation and (re)construction among Chinese students in the UK and the factors that affected the identity negotiation and (re)construction during this process. The pandemic era introduces additional complexities and challenges, making this research particularly timely and relevant. As globalisation forges ahead, an increasing number of Chinese students choose to study abroad, with those in the UK representing a significant proportion. In this context, comprehending how these students navigate and reshape their academic identities amidst the unique challenges of the pandemic and post-pandemic periods becomes crucial. While there are previous studies related to identity negotiation and (re)construction of Chinese international students abroad, it often narrowly focused on doctoral students, thus overlooking the substantial cohort of master’s students. Furthermore, much of the existing literature presented fragmented insights and lacks a comprehensive, longitudinal perspective on the students’ identity development trajectory. Drawing from post-structuralist stance of identity and incorporating theories of agency along with Norton’s notion of investment, this study analysed how Chinese students dynamically negotiated and (re)constructed their identities during their studies in the UK, especially under the extraordinary circumstances brought about by the pandemic. The post-structuralist perspective on identity acknowledges its dynamic, fluid, and sometimes contradictory nature. The theoretical framework of agency and investment is suitable for analysing students’ identity in my study as it emphasises the active role students play in their language learning and identity formation. Agency highlights learners’ intentional actions to shape their learning experiences and identity, emphasising the dynamic and proactive nature of identity construction. Investment, on the other hand, links learners' commitment to language learning with their identity and social context, showing how learners invest in their language skills as part of their identity and social membership. This framework is applicable to my study as it can provide insights into how Chinese students studying abroad actively engage in and shape their academic and social experiences, negotiating and constructing their identities in a new linguistic and cultural environment. The study's significance is manifold: it aims not only to facilitate Chinese students’ adaptation to new academic environments in these unprecedented times but also to equip educators and policymakers with a profound understanding of the students' academic identity (re)construction and negotiation processes. This, in turn, will improve the support systems available to these students during and after the pandemic. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of this study was meticulously designed to ensure a robust and comprehensive understanding of the participants' experiences. Lasted for approximately six months, the research was conducted at a prestigious Russell Group university. The study recruited a diverse group of 11 participants from different academic programmes, thereby ensuring a rich variety of perspectives and experiences. At the heart of this research was the mini-ethnographic approach, a qualitative method particularly well-suited for in-depth and nuanced exploration of social phenomena within their natural context. The data collection was multifaceted, incorporating semi-structured interviews, audio diaries, and informal conversations. These methods were carefully chosen to facilitate a deeper engagement with the participants, allowing for a more comprehensive understanding of their lived experiences and the meanings they attach to them. An essential aspect of the methodology was the linguistic approach. All interactions with the participants were conducted in Mandarin, ensuring comfort and authenticity in their responses. This choice was crucial, as it allowed participants to express themselves in their native language, providing richer and more nuanced data. Following the interactions, permission was obtained from the participants to record these interactions, ensuring ethical transparency and respect for their privacy. The subsequent phase involved meticulous transcription of the interactions. A bilingual approach was adopted in the analysis phase, where specific parts of the transcriptions were translated into English. This practice was not only essential for the broader accessibility of the research findings but also ensured that the nuances and subtleties of the original Mandarin discourse were preserved and accurately represented in the analysis. The analytical process was conducted using NVivo to facilitate a rigorous thematic analysis, allowing for a systematic and comprehensive exploration of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study uncovered the intricate narrative of the academic identity evolution among second language (L2) learners during the pandemic. Initially, participants actively crafted an academic identity, aspiring to the image of L2 learners who preferred characteristics associated with native speakers. Over time, however, pragmatic use became their priority consideration. A significant shift occurred in their perception of English. Learners moved away from an ideology centered on adhering to native English standards. Instead, they began to appreciate English as a lingua franca, recognising its role in fostering global communication. This shift marked a broader, more inclusive understanding of language use, extending beyond traditional native norms. Conscious learners employed various strategies to enhance their English proficiency, leveraging existing cultural capital or digital tools to facilitate learning. Conversely, others improved their English unconsciously, employing diverse strategies. Some participants unintentionally enhanced their language skills through social capital investments like friendships or through everyday interactions. While most participants reported improving their English, consciously or not, they also noted disparities in their progress, such as differences between everyday and academic English proficiency or uneven development in specific academic language areas. Meanwhile, parental influence proved pivotal throughout learners' educational journeys. Parents played a crucial role not only in initial decisions to study abroad but also in shaping students' post-graduation aspirations and plans, highlighting the profound impact of family expectations and support in navigating foreign academic environments. Moreover, the findings suggested a shift in identity and cognitive adaptation, reflecting a deeper integration of the second language identity. This shift involves not only language acquisition but also a profound reinterpretation of learners' understanding of language, academia, and their broader personal identities. References Binah-Pollak, A., & Yuan, S. (2022). Negotiating identity by transnational Chinese students during COVID-19. China Information, 0(0), 0920203X211065013. https://doi.org/10.1177/0920203x211065013 Blackledge, A., & Pavlenko, A. (2001). Negotiation of identities in multilingual contexts. International Journal of Bilingualism, 5(3), 243-257. https://doi.org/10.1177/13670069010050030101 Copland, F., & Creese, A. (2015). Linguistic Ethnography: Collecting, Analysing and Presenting Data. In. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473910607 Creese, A. (2015). Linguistic Ethnography: Collecting, Analysing and Presenting Data. In. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473910607 Darvin, R., & Norton, B. (2015). Identity and a Model of Investment in Applied Linguistics. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 35, 36-56. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0267190514000191 Darvin, R., & Norton, B. (2021). Investment and motivation in language learning: What's the difference? Language Teaching, 56(1), 29-40. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444821000057 Jin, R., & Wang, X. (2022). “Somewhere I belong?” A study on transnational identity shifts caused by “double stigmatization” among Chinese international student returnees during COVID-19 through the lens of mindsponge mechanism. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 1018843. Jung, J. (2021). Learning experience and academic identity building by master's students in Hong Kong. Studies in Higher Education, 46(4), 782-795. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2019.1652811 Li, B., Jiang, W., & Chakma, U. (2023, 2023/05/19). Negotiating identities in western academia: an autoethnographic study of international doctoral students in Australia. Higher Education Research & Development, 42(4), 888-902. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2022.2082388 Özdil, B. M., & Kunt, N. (2023). Do Bi/Multilingual Learners Play by the Rules of the Game? A Postmodern Approach to L1/L2 Use and Learner Investment. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2023.2180372 Tran, L. T., & Vu, T. T. P. (2018). 'Agency in mobility': towards a conceptualisation of international student agency in transnational mobility. Educational review (Birmingham), 70(2), 167-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2017.1293615 Vaughn, M. (2020). What is student agency and why is it needed now more than ever? Theory into practice, 59(2), 109-118. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2019.1702393 Walshaw, M. (2013). Post-Structuralism and Ethical Practical Action: Issues of Identity and Power. Journal for research in mathematics education, 44(1), 100-118. https://doi.org/10.5951/jresematheduc.44.1.0100 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Looking for Meaningfulness Across Different Types of International Learning Experiences: Is it about us or about the world? University of Toronto / Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, Canada Presenting Author:The presentation topic is located in the intersection of internationalization in higher education and formal and non-formal educational activities. Learning abroad, especially in higher education, but also in the non-formal education field, receives a lot of attention in the last decades. Emerging neoliberal pressures have affected the domain of learning abroad and keep pushing towards the direction of sending future professionals overseas in order for them to acquire valuable skills and competencies for their education and future career (Moscovitz & Zahavi, 2019; Rizvi, 2011; Thimmel, 2013; Waldow, 2018; Yang, 2020). These developments have fueled the further diversification of the available programs for learning abroad and, as a result, an increasing number of individuals has visited multiple countries today by getting involved in several types of learning experiences (e.g., study abroad, volunteering, language courses, au-pair, work & travel). The objective of this research is to collect experiences of current higher education students as well as recent graduates who have participated in at least two different types of international learning experiences. Individuals with multiple experiences abroad were chosen as the most suitable group to determine what people find meaningful across different types of international learning experiences because of their ability to compare their experiences overseas. This presentation focuses on one aspect of the wider research project that is being conducted, and attempts to discover to what extent participants of formal and non-formal international learning experiences find meaningfulness in personal development aspects and/or aspects regarding their contribution to/influence on the world. Regarding the conceptual framework, I examine meaningfulness mainly in subjective terms (Yeoman, 2019). This means that the assessment of worthiness and the subsequent feelings cultivated by the interviewees should imply that the action is perceived by the individual as meaningful, irrespectively of whether the results could be characterized as ‘objectively meaningful’. The interviewees’ assessment is taken into account first and foremost. Further, to determine and categorize where individuals find meaningfulness and if this is primarily associated with the self or the world, I take into account two theories regarding the sources of meaning (Aguinis & Glavas, 2019; Rosso et al., 2010 in Yeoman, 2014: 18). These theories mention the self, others, the context (skill variety, task identity, task significance), and spiritual life as major sources of meaningfulness. The analysis under the above-mentioned lens offers a better understanding of what individuals aspire to gain when choosing to go abroad for learning purposes. Following Baumeister (2018), a differentiation is made between happiness and meaningfulness in international learning experiences. This means that positive feelings of happiness during an experience abroad do not necessarily guarantee meaningful results and vice versa. Approaching international experiences from a lifelong perspective, meaningfulness is examined under a lifelong lens in order to help future students and current professionals in the field of internationalization to choose their international learning experiences more consciously. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research paradigm that the study adopts is social constructivism / interpretivism (Creswell & Creswell, 2018: 7-8; Mason, 2002: 56). According to this framework, each individual seeks to understand the world around them by developing their own unique subjective meanings of their experiences. The research design is exploratory, since there is a very limited number of studies that investigate the phenomenon of multiple international learning experiences, as most research until today has either focused on a very limited spectrum of target groups (mainly university students going abroad to study) or has primarily compared only up to two different target groups with one another (e.g., Streitwieser et al., 2019; Gu et al., 2010; Hudson & Inkson, 2006). Also, the topic of meaningfulness has been approached from psychological and educational perspectives, but has not been investigated specifically in relation to learning abroad apart from the model of Thomas and Kerstetter (2020). As a result, an exploratory, inductive methodological design that is data-driven instead of theory-driven has been selected. Within this framework, the chosen methodological approach is hermeneutical phenomenology (van Manen, 1990 in Creswell, 2013: 79-80). Phenomenology focuses on the lived experiences of individuals who all have experienced the phenomenon which is being investigated. Consequently, this approach is aligned with the research outlined above, since it aims to investigate common or shared experiences of different types of programs for learning abroad based on the individuals’ perception of meaningfulness. Hermeneutical phenomenology, more specifically, engages in an interpretive process during which the researcher attempts to bridge the gap between different meanings (the several meanings coming from each research participant and the researcher’s own meanings and interpretations). As a researcher with experience of multiple formal and non-formal learning abroad programs, I intend to actively use my own lens to interpret the data through a reflexive lens. In terms of sampling, purposive sampling has been applied which is used in cases where it is not possible to identify and list all the individuals belonging to the population that is being investigated (Blaikie, 2000: 205; Silverman, 2022: 294). Interviewees were recruited from Europe (Germany, Greece) and Canada. Lastly, the data will be triangulated by combining the verbal data (semi-structured interviews) with visual data (visual creations by the interviewees, based on the method of the ‘river of experience’ – Iantaffi, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most interviewees mention that they found meaningfulness in their international learning experiences in terms of personal development on an individual level. Experiences abroad that led them to make important decisions for their lives, even if they were challenging ones, were described as more meaningful. When asked about the impact of their activities on the world, most interviewees mentioned that they did not think of their actions as irreplaceable and extremely meaningful. On the contrary, some individuals concluded that their 'impact on the world' is rather limited or not detectable at all. Therefore, situations of ‘dynamic stability’ (Long, 2014) that offered circumstances between stability and growth on an individual level were characterized as more meaningful. Furthermore, the way how the experience abroad is embedded into one’s life (preparation before departure, life phase) seems to be of great importance regarding whether an experience is more or less meaningful to the individual. References Aguinis, H., & Glavas, A. (2019). On Corporate Social Responsibility, Sensemaking, and the Search for Meaningfulness Through Work. Journal of Management, 45(3), 1057–1086. Baumeister, R. F. (2018). Happiness and meaningfulness as two different and not entirely compatible versions of the good life. The social psychology of living well, 1, 37-49. Blaikie, N. (2000). Designing Social Research: The Logic of Anticipation. Cambridge: Polity Press. Creswell, J. W. & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design (5th ed.). Sage Publications. Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd ed.). Sage Publications. Gu, Q., Schweisfurth, M. & Day, C. (2010). Learning and growing in a ‘foreign’ context: Intercultural experiences of international students. Compare, 40(1), 7-23. Hudson, S. & Inkson, K. (2006). Volunteer overseas development workers: the hero's adventure and personal transformation, Career Development International, 11(4), 304-320. Iantaffi, A. (2012). Travelling along ‘rivers of experience’: personal construct psychology and visual metaphors in research. In Visual Methods in Psychology (pp. 305-317). Routledge. Long, T. (2014). Work Engagement and Meaningfulness: The Application of Personal Construct Theory in Iterative, Exploratory Research. SAGE Publications, Ltd. Mason, J. (2002). Qualitative Researching (2nd ed.). London: Sage Publications. Moscovitz, H. & Zahavi, H. (2019). The Bologna Process as a foreign policy endeavour: motivations and reactions to the externalisation of European higher education, European Journal of Higher Education, 9(1), 7-22. Rizvi, F. (2011). Theorizing student mobility in an era of globalization. Teachers and Teaching, 17(6), 693–701. Silverman, D. (2022). Doing Qualitative Research (6th edition). London: Sage Publications. Streitwieser, B., Bryantb, F. B., Dranec, D. & Light, G. (2019). Assessing student conceptions of international experience: Developing a validated survey instrument. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 68, 26-43. Thimmel, A. (2013). Linking Youth Work and Learning Mobility- The Research Perspective. Mobility Spaces – Learning Spaces - European Platform on Learning Mobility, Berlin. Waldow, F. (2018). “Commentary to Part III: Why Is “Being International” so Attractive? “Being International” as a Source of Legitimacy and Distinction.” In Elite Education and Internationalisation, 247-253. Palgrave Macmillan. Yang, P. (2020). Toward a framework for (re)thinking the ethics and politics of international student mobility. Journal of Studies in International Education, 24(5), 518-534.Yeoman 2019 Yeoman, R. (2014). Meaningful Work and Workplace Democracy. Palgrave Macmillan UK. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Euro-superdiversity and Sense of Belonging: The School Experiences of Polish Children in Post-Brexit England University of East Anglia, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Children of immigrants navigate the complex terrain of multiple ethnic identities and spaces of belonging, a process shaped by diverse contextual influences that can foster assimilation into the host culture or nurture connections to their parents' homeland. Schools, as primary institutions of the host country, wield considerable influence in this negotiation, with interactions among peers and adults contributing significantly to the development of ideas about ethnic self and others. The current global climate, steeped in anti-immigrant rhetoric and exclusionary immigration policies, exacerbates the challenges faced by these children. The United Kingdom's (UK) Brexit referendum stands as a poignant example, reflecting a culmination of hostility towards migrant and ethnic minorities in Britain (Benson and Lewis, 2019; Burrell and Schweyher, 2019). This paper positions itself within the neo-assimilationist context illuminated by Zontini and Peró (2020), seeking to explore how migrant children, particularly the largest community of Polish pupils in the UK, perceive and experience their school climate. The Brexit context adds a layer of significance to the experiences of Polish children, who rapidly established themselves in the UK following the 2004 enlargement of the European Union. Despite initial expectations of seamless integration due to their whiteness and shared cultural background, the shifting socio-political landscape has exposed vulnerabilities and challenges for this migrant group (Lumsden et al., 2019). In this dynamic context, the paper explores the web of social interactions with peers and adults, investigating how these interactions contribute to Polish pupils' sense of belonging within the school environment. Additionally, the exploration of the overall school atmosphere provides insights into how these children navigate the neo-assimilationist climate and the broader implications for their well-being. The theoretical framework grounding this research draws from the concept of school climate (Thapa et al., 2013), offering a nuanced lens to understand social relationships, safety perceptions, and the institutional environment for learning. Beyond the conventional focus on teaching and learning and academic achievements, this study uncovers the multifaceted ways in which Polish children navigate their school environment, shedding light on the socio-cultural dynamics that shape their educational experiences. By examining the socio-political landscape and the experiences of Polish children in UK schools, this research contributes to the broader conversation surrounding migration, education, and social cohesion in a post-Brexit era. The study's focus on Polish children aligns with the European/international dimension, as Brexit is not an isolated phenomenon but a microcosm of the challenges faced by migrant communities within the larger exclusionary European context. The experiences of Polish pupils in the UK reflect broader trends of increasing anti-immigration sentiments across Europe and globally, making this research relevant to educational practitioners, policymakers, and researchers working within an international framework. Furthermore, this research serves as a platform to amplify the voices of marginalised children, providing them with an opportunity to be heard in a landscape where their perspectives are often overlooked. This study contributes to developing an understanding of the school experiences of Polish children in England post-Brexit, offering insights into the intricate dynamics of their social interactions, sense of belonging, and overall school climate. By focusing on the largest community of migrant pupils in the UK, the research illuminates broader trends of anti-immigration sentiments, making a compelling case for the importance of fostering inclusive and culturally sensitive educational environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Inspired by symbolic interactionism, this study employs a qualitative and ethnographic approach to make sense of the school experiences of Polish children in this new context. I spent 3 months conducting participant observation in a multi-ethnic Catholic school in the Southeast of England. I observed classrooms and common spaces of the school, including assembly and dining halls, corridors, shared learning areas, the library, the kitchen suite, and outdoor areas, including the field, the multi-use game area, playgrounds, and the parking space. Through participant observation, I examined the everyday practices of Polish children, how they interact with teachers and peers, what kind of friendship groups they form, where they sit, whom they play with and so on. During participant observation, I also engaged in spontaneous conversations with pupils, who functioned as informants of my observations. I participated in classroom learning sessions, individual and group parallel support sessions (when Polish children were present), lunches, and spent break time with children. In addition, 15 Polish pupils (8 boys and 7 girls) aged 9-11 years old participated in a palette of child-centred creative methods, namely drawings, photo voice, and Persona Dolls. In those sessions, groups of 2-4 Polish were separated from their classroom and invited to a shared learning space to talk about their experiences through these creative means. This space provided an opportunity for children to talk freely about their educational and social experiences of growing up as children of migrants. I created vignettes about these conversations, which were part of the corpus of written data. Moreover, I asked children about their drawings and photographs and also noted these interactions in my fieldnotes. Data analysis consisted of a thick ethnographic description (Geertz, 1973) of the interactions and relationships developed in the field. In particular, grounded theorising (Hammersley and Atkinson, 2007) was employed, where concepts and categories that were part of children’s accounts (codes) were then transformed into general analytical ideas and framework. In addition to the ethnographic notes, children also produced visual data in the form of drawings and photographs. As drawings and other visual materials and the accompanying narrative are not separate entities (Einarsdottir et al., 2009), the vignettes were also associated with the ethnographic corpus of data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this multi-ethnic context, my participants developed a positive attachment to their educational institution, feeling valued and respected for their ethnic diversity. This is mainly due to the euro-superdiverse (Vertovec, 2007) feature of the school, which provides various opportunities for identity matching (Reynolds, 2008) and for the formation of intra and cross-ethnic friendships, and to the school’s ethos that promotes inclusivity, tolerance, and respect, which help them to create a sense of belonging. Their ethnic background is both unique and ordinary in the sense that it does not stand out due to the demographics of the school. My participants recognise that prejudice and racism are things that happen in other schools and settings, but they see their school as a safe haven and refuge against the external world (Suárez-Orozco and Suárez-Orozco, 2002), a place where everyone can ‘fit in’. Moreover, it shows how schools that actively cultivate an atmosphere of diversity, inclusion, tolerance, and respect can significantly enhance the overall educational experience of migrant children. For these children, their school was not only a place to acquire new knowledge, but a place where they can feel valued, appreciated, and part of a big family. This underscores the profound impact of the school's diverse and inclusive ethos on children's perceptions, highlighting the pivotal role educational environments play in shaping a sense of belonging and development of identity for young migrants in England. These findings illustrate that the experiences of European children in the post-Brexit context are complex and multi-faceted and cannot be reduced only to experiences of othering and discrimination. It advances knowledge about how children develop positive relationships in their superdiverse local context against the background of an (inter)national hostile environment. References Benson, M., Lewis, C., 2019. Brexit, British People of Colour in the EU-27 and everyday racism in Britain and Europe. Ethnic and Racial Studies 42, 2211–2228. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2019.1599134 Botterill, K., Burrell, K., 2019. (In)visibility, privilege and the performance of whiteness in Brexit Britain: Polish migrants in Britain’s shifting migration regime. Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space 37, 23–28. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263774X18811923e Burrell, K., Schweyher, M., 2019. Conditional citizens and hostile environments: Polish migrants in pre-Brexit Britain. Geoforum 106, 193–201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2019.08.014 Einarsdottir, J., Dockett, S. and Perry, B. (2009) ‘Making meaning: children’s perspectives expressed through drawings’, Early Child Development and Care, 179(2), pp. 217–232. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430802666999. Geertz, C. (1973) The interpretation of cultures: selected essays. New York: Basic Books. Hammersley, M. and Atkinson, P. (2007) Ethnography: principles in practice. 3rd edn. London: Routledge. Lumsden, K., Goode, J., Black, A., 2019. ‘I Will Not Be Thrown Out of the Country Because I’m an Immigrant’: Eastern European Migrants’ Responses to Hate Crime in a Semi-Rural Context in the Wake of Brexit. Sociological Research Online 24, 167–184. https://doi.org/10.1177/1360780418811967 Reynolds, G. (2008) The Impacts and Experiences of Migrant Children in UK Secondary Schools. Working paper 47. Brighton: Sussex Centre for Migration Research. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/migrant-integration/library-document/impacts-and-experiences-migrant-children-uk-secondary-schools_en (Accessed: 25 July 2023). Suárez-Orozco, C. and Suárez-Orozco, M.M. (2002) Children of immigration. Cambridge, Massachusetts, and London, England: Harvard University Press (The developing child series). Thapa, A. et al. (2013) ‘A Review of School Climate Research’, Review of Educational Research, 83(3), pp. 357–385. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313483907. Vertovec, S. (2007) Super-diversity and its implications, Ethnic and Racial Studies, 30(6), pp. 1024-1054. Zontini, E. and Però, D. (2020) ‘EU Children in Brexit Britain: Re‐Negotiating Belonging in Nationalist Times’, International Migration, 58(1), pp. 90–104. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/imig.12581. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 C: Sociologies of Education Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: George Olympiou Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper "Objectivity in Evaluation. Coding." Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study presents a quantitative analysis of empirical research on the objectivity of evaluation throughout the term's summative assessment in specialized schools. In the field of education, evaluation is the process of determining the efficacy, caliber, or performance of curriculum, instructors, pupils, or organizations. The purpose of evaluation is to collect data that will enable decision-makers to make well-informed choices on the efficacy and enhancement of educational initiatives. Evaluation criteria may include time, purpose, evaluator, focus, criteria, kind of data, and level. The assessment based on timing is the main topic of the work. In Kazakhstan's educational system, examinations are always very important. While each academic has given their own explanation of the importance of assessment, it is important to note the observations of S. Mirseitova, who supplied three definitions of assessment: Evaluation: To make well-informed judgments, evidence must be gathered, analyzed, and interpreted. A wider range of tasks are included in evaluation with the goal of determining how well educational procedures and results work. Assessment (Monitoring): This phrase refers to the ongoing monitoring and assessment of students' academic performance as they move through the learning process. Evaluation aids in monitoring modifications and modifying instructional tactics for improved outcomes. Grade (Mark or Grade): This is the phrase used to describe the final assessment of a student's academic performance. A grade is an evaluation, either numerical or letter-based, that shows the student's degree of knowledge and proficiency in a certain area. For the purpose of comprehending and evaluating the efficacy of Kazakhstan's educational system, each of these concepts is crucial. (2004) In the event of examining the data and literature of researchers who have already defined and conducted studies regarding objective assessment of learners, it’s clear to observe that their conclusions match. “Although academics, instructors, and students are interested in this issue, the current method for measuring knowledge is far from flawless.” stated G. Romashkina (2005) and A. Slobodin (2002). “There is no absolutely objective evaluation.” concluded B. Walvoord (1998). When it came to defining objectivity as fairness or honesty, Robin Dee Tierney provided an expanded definition that was considered a crucial finding of the study. Fairness in educational evaluation is required by several imperatives, including pedagogical, technological, and democratic imperatives. Since fairness is neither binary nor a characteristic of an evaluation task or instrument, it is comparable to the measurement attributes of validity and reliability. (2013) Two years ago, a new school in Kazakhstan opened its doors for the purpose of conducting the research. Overestimating the present school evaluation was a concern during the first academic year. In this sense, the current academic year saw the coding of summative works. We may make the following deductions after examining the acquired average indicators of quality and learning accomplishment throughout a two-year period of study: Learning success is at 100%. The degree of knowledge lies between excellent and acceptable. However, in the second academic year, the caliber of knowledge declines. In the first quarter the quality of knowledge amounted to 42.03%, in the second quarter it amounted to 62.55%. While in the last academic year it amounted to 70.19%. The study's significance is defined by the necessity to enhance the present evaluation technique for students' knowledge and to identify students' current knowledge and abilities in dynamics. Due to the large range of assessment methods, the research problem—the absence of impartiality in the evaluation of students' summative work—is pervasive. The objective of this research is to quantify the development of evaluation objectivity and academic outcomes to the previous year after introducing and implementing new assessment methods, in particular “coding”, that can increase impartiality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current study is being conducted in Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Turkestan city during the 2023-2024 academic year. There are 555 students and 111 teachers overall. To ensure triangulation, three research methods were used: questionnaires (after first and second terms), analyzing pedagogical reports, which reflect the correlation analysis between subjects, monitoring results, the gap between current assessment in school and observation of the procedure for checking summative works. Teachers were given an algorithm for evaluating pupils' work for the current academic year. The students' data was coded by the school principal for academic work at the start of the assessment week. Teachers collected the papers without student data after the summative week and went over them. To do this, they designated a location, and all of the instructors from that parallel took a seat to begin grading the work of the kids. A link to the online report card including student data was sent to the teacher leaders following the review of the summative assessments. Following verification of summative works, the heads of methodological associations were supplied with a connection to online declarations including student data. The outcomes of students' summative assessments for the quarter were statistically and psychometrically examined. Coding was implemented cautiously, and all educators and students were given advance notice. In the cover sheets of each quarterly test paper for each subject, there was no indent for learners’ names, but rather an indent for a special and individual code for each of them, the decoding of which was known only to the students themselves, the vice principal, and the teacher-organizer - curator of each class. As expected, the indicator of knowledge quality decreased significantly in percentage during the first quarter of the 2023-2024 academic year when compared to the fourth quarter of the 2022-2023 academic year, but this did not have a negative impact on students' behavior or psychology; rather, it motivated them to study the curriculum more thoroughly. 503 students and parents participated in the questionnaire. Students as well as their parents were surveyed at the conclusion of the first quarter to find out what they thought about coding. 92% of parents and students had good opinions, stating that the most reliable way for parents to determine their children's academic achievement and level of knowledge is through objective evaluation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The predicted performance discrepancy between the first and second quarters was already evident since this grading approach was quickly adopted. This time, however, the approach was changed in response to the recommendations and demands of a significant number of students (76.3%), who made such requests. On the cover page, a new column was introduced for verifying the teacher's signature in addition to the one for student input. This decision turned out to be the best one yet since the student gets in touch with the teacher who was reviewing his or her work after receiving it and asks for a detailed critical analysis. Consequently, most students were once again convinced that their work had been assessed impartially and objectively. Students started to believe in the assessment's objectivity, even though the workload has somewhat increased as a result of the decoding process taking a long time and because, for the most part, teachers tried to assign grades as well as provide a reasonable explanation for each additional point. They began to examine on their own how well they were mastering the offered course contents and how well they were achieving their educational objectives. Given the results of this study report, it is expected that summative assessments for the quarter will still be decided using coding checklists. Furthermore, throughout the upcoming quarters, a somewhat positive movement in the students' knowledge quality is anticipated. Second, in this method, both teachers and students may accurately offer feedback on how well learning objectives are met. Thirdly, we would want to draw attention to the positive effects that this assessment approach has on students' fundamental human values in both their academic and overall lives. One of the primary goals of every institute is to educate the well-rounded and truth worthy individual. References 1. Мирсеитова, С. С. Транспозиция вопросительных предложений в современном английском языке. 2004 2. Ромашкина Г.Ф. Оценка качества образования: опыт эмпирического исследования. Университетское управление: практика и анализ, 2005, №5, c. 83–88. 3. Слободин А.В. Часовских В.П. Совершенствование оценки знаний методом тестирования. Телематика 2002. Труды Всероссийской научно-методической конференции. СПб., 2002. 4. Walvrood B.E. Effective Grading: A Tool for Learning and Assessment. 1998. 5. Tierney R.D. Fairness in Classroom Assessment. SAGE Handbook of Research on Classroom Assessment (J.H. McMillan, Ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE, 2013. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper A Comparative Case Study of Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion in the Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland. University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The demographics of students in schools are more diverse than ever in today’s globalized world due to the growing cultural, linguistic, and developmental diversity in classrooms (Florian, 2017).1994 Salamanca Statement and Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities has started international movement for inclusion to be norm and promoting all students to have equal rights to access to education. Within growing advocacy and policy reforms, inclusive education has been recommended as the most practical way to educate students with needs (Chow et al.). Teachers are seen as key figures/ agents to implement inclusive education and determine the success of inclusion in mainstream schools (de Boer et al., 2011; Feng, 2012; Moberg et al., 2020; Robo, 2014; Shevchenko et al., 2020). In other words, the success of inclusive education heavily relies on teachers using appropriate methods to be able to address to different needs of learners. Yet, teachers reporting lack of competence, insufficient knowledge and not being supported raise an issue (Seo, 2020). In view of the fact and considering that higher education institutions are offering Teacher Education (TE) programmes for pre-service teachers to be qualified to teach in mainstream classes which in turn raise concerns about how adequate teacher education programmes are and how pre-service teachers should be prepared sufficiently respond to students with diverse needs. TE is divided into two main stages: Initial teacher education and Continuing Professional Development (CPD) in which this research will based on ITE for Inclusion in two divergent contexts: Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland. This comparative research will discuss the teachers’ role in shaping inclusive education in two contrasting cultural settings: Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland with a focus on ITE for Inclusion. The research aims to present latest situation of inclusive education, introducing ITE programmes and how inclusion is embedded in the programs. Furthermore, information on how/ what pre-service teachers are being taught to be prepared to teach students with needs in both given contexts will be provided. The research will employ two theoretical framework: Amarta Sen's capacity approach to explore how ITE programs contribute to building capabilities in pre-service teachers for inclusive practices, and a cross-cultural comparative analysis approach to illuminate factors that foster similarities and differences in ITE programs for inclusion between two countries characterized by divergent educational and cultural norms. The research question and sub-questions guiding the study are: 1. How does initial teacher education (ITE) programmes prepare pre-service teachers for inclusive practices in the Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland? 1.1 What differences and similarities exist between Azerbaijani and Scottish’s ITE programmes for inclusion? 1.2 What are experiences of senior pre-service teachers in their involvement with ITE programmes for Inclusion? 1.3 What are the experiences of teacher educators in the context of ITE programs for inclusion? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is designed as comparative case-study research which will include higher education institutions in two countries and recruiting teacher educators and last year pre-service teachers to participate in the research. A qualitative approach is considered as the most appropriate way to collect data for the study compiling three research methods: semi-structured interviews, focus group discussions and document analysis. Document analysis will be applied to review a wide range of documents related to teacher education, teacher education programmes and inclusive education. Data analyses is an effective method as a way of collecting data and at the same time can be used as supplementary method for data triangulation and trustworthiness (credibility) measures (Kutsyuruba, 2023). Teacher educators from various higher education institutions in both mentioned contexts engaged in giving lectures/ seminars or teaching subjects regarding inclusion will be invited to attend semi-structured interviews to receive in depts understanding of their experience in ITE programmes for inclusion. Semi-structured interviews, in contrast to unstructured interviews, allow to explore different directions as conversation unfolds between interviewer and interviewees while maintaining the main focus determined earlier (Magaldi & Berler, 2020). For this reason, it seemed like an appropriate choice to include semi-structured interviews as one of the methods. In addition, senior pre-service teachers attended those ITE programmes will be invited to participate in focus group discussions to reflect on their experiences they obtained in the programmes. Given that focus groups can be utilized in research to learn about students' experiences of a specific teaching (Breen, 2006), and it seems reasonable to use this technique to conduct group interview with student teachers to learn regarding their experiences of ITE programmes for inclusion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is in the early stages and data predicted to be collected commencing from May. However, the study has formulated research gap, presenting research questions and engaged with deep literature review. Prior the conference starting date, it is expected to obtain some raw data to be presented at the conference. While I won’t be able to present the complete study results listed below due to the study is ongoing and will continue both during and after the conference, I will share data gathered before the conference begins. Specifically, the presentation will delve into the complexities of ITE programs for inclusion drawing comparison between Scotland and Azerbaijan. The research outcomes are expected to add crucial contributions to the existing literature by comparing two divergent countries and highlighting how ITE programmes prepare pre-service teachers for inclusion in mainstream schools in Republic of Azerbaijan and Scotland and if there, what similarities and differences between countries emerged during the data collection process. Additionally, the study will explore the reflections of last year pre-service teachers’ experiences who have studied in those programs. References Breen, R. L. (2006). A Practical Guide to Focus-Group Research. Journal of geography in higher education, 30(3), 463-475. https://doi.org/10.1080/03098260600927575 Chow, W. S. E., de Bruin, K., & Sharma, U. A scoping review of perceived support needs of teachers for implementing inclusive education. International journal of inclusive education, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2244956 de Boer, A., Pijl, S. J., & Minnaert, A. (2011). Regular primary schoolteachers' attitudes towards inclusive education: a review of the literature. International journal of inclusive education, 15(3), 331-353. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110903030089 Feng, Y. (2012). Teacher career motivation and professional development in special and inclusive education: perspectives from Chinese teachers. International journal of inclusive education, 16(3), 331-351. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2010.489123 Florian, L. (2017). Teacher Education for the Changing Demographics of Schooling: Inclusive Education for Each and Every Learner. In L. Florian & N. Pantić (Eds.), Teacher Education for the Changing Demographics of Schooling: Issues for Research and Practice (pp. 9-20). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-54389-5_2 Kutsyuruba, B. (2023). Document Analysis. In J. M. Okoko, S. Tunison, & K. D. Walker (Eds.), Varieties of Qualitative Research Methods: Selected Contextual Perspectives (pp. 139-146). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-04394-9_23 Magaldi, D., & Berler, M. (2020). Semi-structured Interviews. In V. Zeigler-Hill & T. K. Shackelford (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Personality and Individual Differences (pp. 4825-4830). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-24612-3_857 Moberg, S., Muta, E., Korenaga, K., Kuorelahti, M., & Savolainen, H. (2020). Struggling for inclusive education in Japan and Finland: teachers' attitudes towards inclusive education. European journal of special needs education, 35(1), 100-114. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2019.1615800 Robo, M. (2014). Social inclusion and inclusive education. Academicus international scientific journal, V(10), 181-191. https://doi.org/10.7336/academicus.2014.10.12 Seo, J. (2020). Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion: A Literature Review of Special Educational Needs and Disabilities in the United Kingdom and in South Korea. International journal of special education, 35(2), 83. https://doi.org/10.52291/ijse.2020.35.16 Shevchenko, Y., Dubiaha, S. M., Melash, V. D., Fefilova, T., & Saenko, Y. О. (2020). The Role of Teachers in the Organization of Inclusive Education of Primary School Pupils. International Journal of Higher Education. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Professional Identity and Practice of Teachers in Ireland’s Reformed Further Education and Training Sector? Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:In the past 10 years, the Further Education and Training (FET) sector in Ireland has undergone fundamental reform (Rami & O’Leary, 2017). FET in Ireland is now an umbrella term to describe all post-compulsory education and training outside of Higher Education. SOLAS (An tSeirbhis Oideachais Leanunaigh agus Scileanna which translates as Further Education and Skills Service) was formed in 2013 as the state organisation responsible for funding, planning and coordinating FET in Ireland. This study is driven by the question, ‘What impact has sectoral reform has had on the professional identity and practice of teachers in Ireland’s FET sector?’ As the first phase of wider multi-phase study, this systematic literature review will provide the initial groundwork for mapping the activity system (Engeström, 2016) of teachers in FET. This mapping will inform conceptual and theoretical frameworks for subsequent study phases. Ireland’s national FET strategy (SOLAS, 2020) proposes an evolution of the FET sector in Ireland, prioritising agility and responsiveness to changing societal and economic needs. Owing to the separate evolution of ‘Further Education’ and ‘Training’ sectoral components, reform has raised ideological tensions within FET. Criticism from those within adult and further education traditions have claimed reforms represent a neo-liberal paradigm-shift (Glanton, 2023) with a bias towards training traditions. A top-down re-organisation of the sector and the acceleration to align education with employability is noted by O'Neill and Fitzsimons (2020) as contributing to a "contested profession" of FET teacher. The current Irish FET sector will be explored through the Three-Perspectives Model of VET (Cedefop, 2023), representing overlapping and competing perspectives of Socioeconomic/Labour Market, Education System and Pedagogical/Epistemological. This lens allows comparative analysis of the Irish FET system reforms and other relevant national VET systems in Europe. A Socioeconomic/Labour Market perspective focuses on FET’s place in Irish society. The SOLAS sectoral reforms have prioritised an outcome-based approach to FET and prioritised jobs creation. This has led to a perceived commoditisation and marketisation of education, leading to FET being subservient to the interests of the economy rather than being driven by emancipatory educational goals (O'Brien, 2018). From an Educational System perspective, we will examine the infrastructure that has developed under sectoral reform. The role of FET within the wider education system will be reviewed. A performative funding model has been criticism as contributing to a shift from a flexible learner-centred approach to a simplified funder-centred system-driven model (O'Brien, 2018), similar to the new public management approach to further education in England (Smith & O’Leary, 2013). The role of the FET teacher will be examined from a Pedagogical/Epistemological perspective. Terms such as ‘adult education’ have disappeared from the FET narrative, while others such as ‘inclusion’ and ‘lifelong learning’ have been redefined within an FET driven by a neo-liberal training agenda (Glanton, 2023). The reframing of ‘Teachers’ in FET as ‘Learning Practitioners’ (SOLAS & ETBI, 2017; SOLAS & ETBI, 2020) further demonstrates the contested professional status of teachers (O'Neill & Fitzsimons, 2020) within a reformed sector. Finally, building from the Pedagogical/Epistemological perspective findings, the Activity System (Engeström, 2016) of FET teachers will be mapped. This unit of analysis helps to frame the professional identity and practice of teachers in FET, and identify inner contradictions and tensions stemming from sectoral reform. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A systematic review of literature was undertaken to answer the question ‘What impact has sectoral reform has had on the professional identity and practice of teachers in Ireland’s FET sector?’ This approach allowed for a comprehensive and structured synthesis of several studies investigating the same research area, representing the state of knowledge in the field of study (Boland, Cherry and Dickson, 2017). The Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) 2020 Statement (Page et al., 2021) informed the planning and conducting of the review to ensure a transparent, complete and accurate account was provided. To develop the initial inclusion criteria for the systematic review, an adaption of the Population, Intervention, Comparator and Outcome (PICO) Framework was used. The key components of the research were identified, along with surrogate terms to develop the following initial search terms. Population: Teacher, Trainer, Educator Intervention: Reform*, Change, Improvement Context: Further Education and Training, Vocational Education and Training, Post-Compulsory Education, Adult Education Context: Ireland, Irish, Europe*, EU Outcome: Identity, Practice The following terms were used to exclude results. NOT: Teacher Education, Teacher Educators, Teacher Trainers The search terms were used to search the literature databases of Academic Research Complete, Education Research Complete and ERIC, resulting in the return of 176 matching results. The following exclusion criteria were applied resulting in the reduction of sources retained for review to the number indicated below. Date range (2013 – 2024) – 79 English Only – 72 Peer-reviewed Journal Articles – 56 Title Read for relevance – 23 Duplicates Removed – 18 Abstract Read for Relevance – 15 Full text versions of 15 retained journal articles were assessed for eligibility to the research question and how reform of the FET sector has impacted the identity and practice of teachers. Studies from other European countries were also considered for inclusion if covering the same research area in comparable VET systems. This final selection process was to exclude reports that did not focus on the professional identity or practice of teachers in FET/VET sectors at times of change or reform. Additional literature was identified for inclusion following backwards and forwards citation searching. Informed by the research question, the analysis of the final literature selection was guided by the Three-Perspectives Model of VET (Cedefop, 2023) and the Activity System triangular model (Engeström, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from this systematic literature review will be used to map the impact that sectoral reform has had on the professional identity and practice of teachers in Ireland’s FET sector. Initial study findings indicate that FET and VET are increasing acknowledged as contested terrains (Avis, 2018) and the teacher within it a contested profession (O’Neill & Fitzsimons, 2020). The dominant discourse of national strategy informed by European Union policy is resulting in a narrowed professional field of view for teachers in FET (Glanton, 2023). The emancipatory and social justice language of education is being appropriated to drive the alternative agenda of sectoral reform (Shannon, 2019), with new top-down reporting systems dominating agendas, and professional recognition of teachers being significantly reduced (Kyle, 2020). This systematic literature review represents the first phase of a transformative mixed-methods cyclical design (Mertens, 2018) study into Understanding and Facilitating the Changing Role of Further Education and Training Teachers. It is hoped this wider study will develop a framework, with supporting tools and platforms, that will support the collaborative co-creation of value between FET teacher, stakeholders and industry. The analysis of literature review findings through the Three-Perspectives Model of VET (Cedefop, 2023) and the Activity System triangular model (Engeström, 2016) will provide a foundation from which to further explore the interconnected activity systems of FET teachers, sectoral stakeholders and industry professionals. The mapping of interdependent activity systems will help to highlight opportunities for Expansive Learning (Engeström, 2016) between stakeholders. This learning will not be limited to transmitting and preserving cultures or processes, but rather the process of transformation and creating culture within a reform FET sector. By better understanding the reformed FET sector, the professional role of teachers can be developed to meeting new challenges while retaining professional values and standards. References Avis, J. (2018). Crossing Boundaries: VET, the Labour Market and Social Justice. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 5(3), 178–190. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.5.3.2 Boland, A., Cherry, M. G., & Dickson, R. (Eds.). (2017). Doing a systematic review: A student’s guide (2nd edition). SAGE Publications. CEDEFOP. (2023). The future of vocational education and training in Europe: 50 dimensions of vocational education and training : Cedefop’s analytical framework for comparing VET. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/57908 Engeström, Y. (2016). Studies in Expansive Learning: Learning What Is Not Yet There (1st ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781316225363 Glanton, N. (2023). Adult education in a neoliberal policy paradigm. Irish Educational Studies, 42(4), 787–803. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2023.2259377 Kyle, S. (2018). Assessing the Health of Community Education: The Experience of Change from the Perspective of Community Education Practitioners. Adult Learner: The Irish Journal of Adult and Community Education, 50–67. eric. O’Brien, T. (2018). Adult literacy organisers in Ireland resisting neoliberalism. Education + Training, 60(6), 556–568. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-03-2018-0055 O’Leary, M., & Rami, J. (2017). The impact of austerity in Further Education. In B. Bartram (Ed.), International and Comparative Education (1st ed., pp. 74–86). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315563091-7 O’Neill, J., & Fitzsimons, C. (2020). Precarious professionality: Graduate outcomes and experiences from an Initial Teacher (Further) Education programme in Ireland. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 25(1), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2020.1720143 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Shannon, D. (2019). A Tale of a Discursive Shift: Analysing EU Policy Discourses in Irish Adult Education Policy—From the ‘White Paper’ to the ‘Further Education and Training Strategy’. Adult Learner: The Irish Journal of Adult and Community Education, 98. Smith, R., & O’Leary, M. (2013). New Public Management in an age of austerity: Knowledge and experience in further education. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 45(3), 244–266. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2013.796913 SOLAS. (2020). Future FET: Transforming Learning. SOLAS. https://www.solas.ie/f/70398/x/64d0718c9e/solas_fet_strategy_web.pdf SOLAS & Education and Training Boards Ireland (ETBI). (2017). FET Professional Development Strategy 2017–2019. SOLAS. https://www.solas.ie/f/70398/x/4e966c3112/solasfetpds.pdf SOLAS & Education and Training Boards Ireland (ETBI). (2020). The FET Professional Learning & Development: Statement of Strategy 2020-2024. SOLAS. https://www.solas.ie/f/70398/x/1e2e117467/solas-professional-dev-strategy.pdf |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 D: Participation in Education Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eleni Damianidou Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Agonistic Democracy and Student Participation in Daily School Decision-Making Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:In today's world, pervasive alienation and detachment from democratic processes underscore the urgency of addressing political challenges, particularly the rise of populist rhetoric (Ruitenberg, 2009; Tryggvason, 2018). The potential decline in civic engagement and trust in democracy among students is linked to their limited exposure to lived democracy, often absent in decision-making processes at school; for instance, over 70% of Lithuanian students don’t believe that their voice can make a difference in decision-making (NVO Švietimo tinklas, 2017). This disillusionment often leads students to relinquish decision-making to authorities and detachment from institutions. Despite the endorsement of children's participation by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, translating this ideal into practice poses challenges. Despite the school's routine featuring non-formal civic education situations related to conflicts, student voices, and school governance, negative attitudes persist (Lo, 2017). Mere adoption of a democratic formal system is insufficient; authentic democratic institutions flourish when rooted in a democratic culture with values, attitudes, and practices (Council of Europe, 2016). Consistently upholding these values within the school community is vital for fortifying democracy, embracing pluralism, and transcending mere imitation (Thornberg; 2009). This significantly shapes how students develop democratic competence, particularly as the younger generation, disillusioned with traditional political processes, seeks alternative ways to engage in and reshape democracy (Thomas & Percy-Smith, 2023). Their evolving approach to school participation may align with agonistic democracy, as proposed by Chantal Mouffe. Arising as a reaction to global polarization and in contrast to deliberative democracy, agonistic democracy sees conflict not as a hazard but as a driving force for democracy (Mouffe, 2000, 2013). Shifting attitudes toward conflict and viewing them as opportunities for educating democratic citizenship in schools could bring transformative changes in student participation and learning processes (Lo, 2017; Ruitenberg, 2009). Understanding how students learn about democracy and develop attitudes toward democratic values in today's world requires exploring pupil participation from an agonistic perspective, with an emphasis on the positive role of conflict to foster a dynamic and participatory school environment. Within the historical context of Lithuania, where democratic citizenship education emerged three decades ago following the restoration of independence, marking a departure from almost half a century of totalitarian rule, there exists a noticeable gap in the study of student participation in daily school life. Consequently, this research aims to address this gap by evaluating students' current participation in daily school life and, through participatory action research, identifying and exploring ways to instigate change, potentially by implementing approaches rooted in agonistic democracy. Research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Ethnographic research strategy and Participatory Action Research (PAR) are considered to be chosen for this project. The first one, ethnography, is commonly employed to illuminate cultural groups and their shared patterns in behavior, beliefs, and language, as well as dynamics like power, resistance, and dominance (Creswell, 2007). For this study, ethnography is selected to offer a detailed, in-depth description of students' daily lives and activities, focusing on their involvement in decision-making processes within the school, their natural environment. Conducting ethnography requires the researcher to fully immerse in the daily lives of the people to establish trust, aiming to transition from an outsider to an insider and deeply comprehend the community's perspectives and practices. Consequently, the data gathering period for this research, focusing on pupils aged 11-15 from two schools, will span a minimum of 5 months. This age group was chosen given the fact that at the secondary school, the aim is to provide students with a foundation in civic education, but it is mostly young people (i.e., 14 years and above) or 8th graders who are studied. In ethnographic research, diverse methods are utilized for data collection. In this instance, triangulation is pursued through participant observation, interviews, and the incorporation of photovoice. This approach seeks to engage teenagers in a dialogue about their school participation, offering them an alternative means to express their voices. Information will be documented through field notes, interviews, and observational protocols, with coding and thematic analysis applied for data interpretation. While ethnographic research initially integrates participatory approaches, aiming to move beyond mere description to enact change, it will be followed by Participatory Action Research (PAR). PAR, a transformative methodology, actively engages educators, students, and stakeholders collaboratively, transcending traditional research paradigms and seeks democratization of the research process itself (Udvarhelyi, 2020). This approach seamlessly aligns with the research's objectives. Through iterative cycles of planning, action, reflection, and adjustment, PAR cultivates a dynamic learning environment, effectively addressing intricate educational challenges like student participation and democratic learning experiences. By integrating varied voices (in this case, emphasis on the students’ voices) and fostering a sense of ownership, PAR ensures research outcomes are pertinent, practical, and genuinely reflective of the actual needs within the educational community. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The landscape of student participation in daily school life in Lithuania has been largely overlooked, as civic engagement assessments predominantly focus on broader societal aspects like involvement in elections and public organizations rather than within the school community. Despite the integration of democratic education principles in elementary and secondary schools, existing research on civic engagement primarily centers around older adolescents (14 years old and above). Furthermore, the significance of this study transcends the boundaries of education to encompass wider societal challenges, including global issues like climate change, migration, technological crises, and ongoing wars that pose significant threats to democratic principles. Beyond merely providing a profound understanding of the state of democratic education in Lithuania, this research aims to offer valuable recommendations for decision-makers and practitioners. Moreover, the exploration of agonistic democracy in education worldwide has predominantly taken a theoretical rather than empirical approach (Sant, 2019; Sant et al., 2021). This study seeks to fill this gap by providing empirical insights, underscoring the potential global relevance of its findings. Through a nuanced examination of student participation and the potential application of agonistic democracy through PAR, the research aspires not only to enrich the understanding of democratic education in Lithuania but also to contribute actionable insights for fostering democratic principles in educational systems globally. References Council of Europe (2016). Competences for Democratic Culture: Living Together as Equals in Culturally Diverse Democratic Societies. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Creswell, J. W. (2007). Inquiry and Research Design. Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Sage publications. NVO švietimo tinklas (2017). Pilietiškumo studija. Lo, J. C. (2017). Empowering Young People through Conflict and Conciliation: Attending to the Political and Agonism in Democratic Education. 25. Mouffe, C. (2000). The Democratic Paradox. Verso. Mouffe, C. (2013). Agonistics: Thinking The World Politically (1st edition). Verso. https://monoskop.org/images/3/31/Mouffe_Chantal_Agonistics_Thinking_the_World_Politically_2013.pdf Ruitenberg, C. W. (2009). Educating Political Adversaries: Chantal Mouffe and Radical Democratic Citizenship Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 28(3), 269–281. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-008-9122-2 Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655–696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493 Sant, E., McDonnell, J., Pashby, K., & Menendez Alvarez-Hevia, D. (2021). Pedagogies of agonistic democracy and citizenship education. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 16(3), 227–244. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197920962373 Thomas, N. P., & Percy-Smith, B. (2023). Introduction: The shifting landscape of children and young people’s participation: looking forward, looking back. In A Handbook of Children and Young People’s Participation (2nd ed.). Routledge. Thornberg, R. (2009). School democratic meetings: pupil control discourse in disguise. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26, 924-932 Tryggvason, Á. (2018). Democratic Education and Agonism: Exploring the Critique from Deliberative Theory. Democracy & Education, 26(1), 1–9. Udvarhelyi, É. T. (2020). Participatory action research as political education. Action Learning: Research and Practice, 17(1), 24–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767333.2020.1712839 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Intercultural Learning as Socialisation into the Discourse of Difference PH Schwäbisch Gmünd, Germany Presenting Author:The presented study is based on the observation of the implementation of an intercultural project offered in secondary schools in Germany. Intercultural competence has been deemed as one of the possibilities to tackle the forces that broaden the gap between migrated and established members of society in a time of political and societal uncertainty all over Europe.The primary argument of the paper is however, that the intercultural education currently offered in schools is not an exercise in reducing individual stereotypes in order to strengthen societal unity; rather, it involves the active engagement with, utilization of, and reflection on social situations from the perspective of the societal diversity discourse which carries the danger of strengthening mechanisms of exclusion by reproducing not only differentiating categories but the idea of dividing difference which is embedded in a social imaginary no longer attuned to societal reality (Schmidt/Wächter 2023). Though the study is working with a program designed for a national context, conclusions for the improvement of intercultural education in a European context will be drawn. The research was triggered when it became clear that teachers and instructors of the program reinterpreted situations of conflict brought up by students during discussions by applying the predominant categories of differentiation such as “migrational background” or “nationality” even when these categories were not initially invoked by the participants. This divide between the participants' narrated experiences and the interpretations by instructors and teachers suggests that the courses can be viewed as reinforcing the existing discourse and socializing students into it. The central argument of this paper is that intercultural education in schools, at times, falls short of its stated objectives. Instead of achieving a deeper understanding as theorized by Bredendiek (2015) and Deardoff (2009), it often serves as an initiation of learners into the discoursive system that perpetuates societal differentiation. More specifically, the program engages in the addressing and discussion of categories commonly employed in public discourse to interpret social problems, thus training participants to argue along those lines. Consequently, participants become socialized into the discourse and the associated narratives, as well as the societal roles imposed upon them through the lense of social identities. Throughout the program, participants attended three distinct sessions, wherein group dynamic exercises and discussions aimed to enhance understanding and acceptance among students of diverse backgrounds and identities. Despite the program's claim to be grounded in current research on intersectionality and the constructed nature of societal categories, it adhered to traditional methods and beliefs of intercultural education which are widely criticized by Mecheril/Rangger (2022) and Gogolin/Krüger-Potratz (2020). They characterize current intercultural education as it is performed in schools as accepting a seemingly ontological differentiation between "us and them," focusing solely on acceptance rather than understanding or deconstruction of differences. Despite its claimed departure from problematic traditions and Eurocentrism, the program seemingly faces the same pitfalls as similar predecessors. The observations reveal that participants, enrolled due to conflicts within the group as perceived by the teachers, seldom attributed the conflicts to the categories discussed by the program. Instead, it was the explicit discussion of categories such as nationality or culture that incorporated them into the participants' argumentative patterns. Often, it was the teachers or instructors who actively reinterpreted participants' discussions through the lense of discursive categories such as "culture" or "belonging." Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data the study is based on was gathered through participatory observation of projects in eleven different secondary schools over three school terms. Three workshops each were observed. The schools were chosen in a way to cover a wide range of school forms and social contexts such as faith based, private and public schools, rural and urban areas. Following the grounded theory approach (Bryant/Charmaz 2019), categories of observation were formed from within the field and discussed by a panel of observants. A critical discourse analysis (Jäger 2015) was performed on the texts that were produced during the observations. The protocols of observation were enriched using audio tapes of the dialogues within the classroom which were transcribed verbatim at crucial points within the workshop. The categorization of the data was peer reviewed among the observants and colleagues who had not been in the situation. The analysis was done using MaxQDA. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that the discourse of diversity or difference is pervasive in the observed schools and intertwined with the institutional setting (Emmerich/Moser 2020; Emmerich/Hormel 2013; Gomolla/Radtke 2009). While the discourse asserts the insignificance of categories, it paradoxically reinforces their use and transforms the handling of diversity into a moral metagood (Nieswand 2021). This mechanism stops intercultural education from adapting to theoretical developments and transforms schools into spaces that perpetuate established discourses. The paper will try to address some suggestions how trainings of this kind can be approved by changing the construction of identity to a Social Identity Approach (Hornsey 2008) in order to harvest their potential for improving societal unity and fighting discrimination within schools. A European perspective is thereby important as one solution suggested is the promotion of a European outlook on diversity rather than a more national one. References Bredendiek, M. (2015). Menschliche Diversität und Fremdverstehen. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien. Bryant, A.; Charmaz, K. (2019). The SAGE handbook of current developments in grounded theory. Los Angeles: Sage. Deardorff, D. K. (2009). The Sage handbook of intercultural competence. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage. Emmerich, M., Hormel, U. (2013). Semantik und Diskurs: Soziale Unterscheidungen zwischen Systemreferenz und Klassifikation. In: Heterogenität - Diversity - Intersektionalität. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. Gogolin, I.; Krüger-Potratz, M. (2020): Einführung in die Interkulturelle Pädagogik. Geschichte, Theorie und Diskurse, Forschung und Studium. 3. Ed. Opladen, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Gomolla, M.; Radtke, F. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Die Herstellung ethnischer Differenz in der Schule. 3. Ed. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Jäger, S. (2015). Kritische Diskursanalyse. Eine Einführung. 7.Ed. Münster: Unrast. Hornsey, Matthew J. (2008). Social Identity Theory and Self-categorization Theory: A Historical Review. In: Social and Personality Psychology Compass 2 (1), p. 204–222. Mecheril, P.; Rangger, M. (2022). Handeln in Organisationen der Migrationsgesellschaft. Differenz- und machttheoretische Reflexionen einer praxisorientierten Fortbildungsreihe. Wiesbaden, Heidelberg: Springer VS. Nieswand, Boris: Die Diversität der Diversitätsdiskussion. In: Handbuch Migrationssoziologie, p. 1–26. Schmidt, C.; Wächter, N. (2023). Die Moralisierung der Diversität im baden-württembergischen Bildungsplan. In: heiEDUCATION Journal. Transdisziplinäre Studien zur Lehrerbildung: Werte – Bildung – Neutralität, p. 55-79. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Participating in a Meaningful Setting? - A Performative Approach to Explore the Everyday School Life of Pupils with a Refugee Experience Humboldt University of Be, Germany Presenting Author:In her book 'Belonging: a culture of space', bel hooks writes 'living away from my native place I become more consciously Kentuckian than I was when I lived at home' (hooks 2009/2019, p. 13). This quote shows the significance of places in relation to one's own feelings of belonging. This is exactly where my doctoral project comes in, in which I ask how students with a refugee background experience everyday life in secondary schools in Berlin (Germany). Based on a relational understanding of space, I differentiate between place and space (Löw 2001/2019). The focus on space in this case becomes interesting when we understand space as a product of physical, mental and social elements where the physical cannot be seen in isolation from the social and relational (Lefebvre). Space therefore can be described as a combination of what is physically present and what is imagined (Soja). The relation between school and out-of-school spaces will be explored, as will the self-positioning of the students within everyday life at school - beyond the classroom. In this context, moments of agency and well-being that arise in the students' everyday life are of particular research interest. Focusing on a young refugees' perspective can be understood as a form of 'strategic essentialism' (Spivak 1981), that serves to contribute to a systematic thematization of migration, which is still a young phenomenon in the academic landscape. At the same time it is intended to counteract the dominant discourse in which the connection between education and migration is discussed primarily in the context of successful integration (into the existing system) (Mecheril 2013). In this paper I want to put a special focus on methodological topics around participatory and creative research with students with a refugee background in schools: Which personas do play a key role?, In which way is the research influenced by the structures of the school itself?, and one of the most important questions, how can the participants be recruited in a participatory manner? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The work is orientated towards a performative research logic and draws on creative, artistic and embodied inquiries. In this case, creating a research environment where the well-being of the students is ethically the main priority, playful and experimental elements are significant. During a workshop at a school, it has already been established that the students are very interested in photography. Photography should therefore be used – as part of the Photo Voice method – to explore their own living environment in everyday life. The research perspective is guided by a) a praxeological perspective through which school orders and aspects of materiality can be analysed, as well as b) phenomenological approaches to the students' experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the discourse of a so-called critical migration pedagogy, the aim is to visualise the lived experiences and self-positionings of the students with a refugee background. Contradictory perspectives and counter-narratives can in this case subvert powerful structures. In the sense of a participatory and transformative research design, a rhizomatic logic is followed instead of linear knowledge production. The results should also be made visible to the public, therefore exhibitions inside and outside of the school are an integral part of the research process. Most importantly, students are not seen as objects of the research, but are given the opportunity to engage in an environment that is meaningful to them and, at best, empowering. References Beier, Frank (2019): Vom repräsentativen zum ästhetischen Regime – Für eine andere Empirie. In: Mayer, R./Schäfer, A./Wittig, S. (Ed.): Jaques Rancière. Pädagogische Lektüren. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 91-112. Buchner, Tobias und Köpfer, Andreas (2022): Mapping the field: spatial relations in research on inclusion and exclusion in education. In: International Journal of Inclusive Education. DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2022.2073058. Burles, Meridith and Thomas, Roanne (2014). “I Just Don’t Think There’s any other Image that Tells the Story like [This] Picture Does”: Researcher and Participant Reflections on the Use of Participant-Employed Photography in Social Research. In: International Journal of Qualitative Methods, p. 185–205. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940691401300107. Hillebrandt, Frank (2014): Praxistheorie und Schulkultur. In: Böhme, J./Hummrich, M./Kramer, R.-T. (Ed.): Schulkultur. Theoriebildung im Diskurs. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 429-444. Holm, Gunilla (2008). Photography as a Performance. Forum: Qualitative Social Research 9, 2. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-9.2.394. hooks, bell (2009/2019): Belonging: a culture of space. London: Taylor & Francis. Illich, Ivan (1995): Deschooling Society. London: Marion Boyars Publishers. Kara, Helen (2020): Creative Research Methods. A Practical Guide. Bristol: Policy Press. Kessel, Fabian (2016): Erziehungswissenschaftliche Forschung zu Raum und Räumlichkeit. Eine Verortung des Thementeils „Raum und Räumlichkeit in der erziehungswissenschaftlichen Forschung. In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 62 (2016) 1, p. 5-19. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Kogler, Michaela and Wintzer, Jeannine (2021): Raum und Bild – Strategien visueller raumbezogener Forschung. Berlin: Springer Spektrum. Lefebvre, Henri (2016/1968): Das Recht auf Stadt. Hamburg: Edition Nautilus. Leigh, Jennifer and Brown, Nicole (2021): Embodied Enquiry. Research Methods. London: Bloomsbury Academic. Löw, Martina (2001): Raumsoziologie. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Mecheril, Paul (2013): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Erkundung eines epistemischen Anliegens in 57 Schritten. In: Mecheril, Paul et al. (Ed.): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Konturen einer Forschungsperspektive. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 7-58. Peez, Georg (2003): Fotoanalysen im Rahmen kunstpädagogischer qualitativer Forschung. In: Ehrenspeck, Y./Schäffer, B. (Ed.): Film- und Fotoanalyse in der Erziehungswissenschaft. Eine Einführung. Opladen: Leske+Budrich, p. 289-306. Ploder, Andrea (2013): Widerstände sichtbar machen. Zum Potenzial einer performativen Methodologie für kritische Migrationsforschung. In: Mecheril, Paul et al. (Ed.): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Konturen einer Forschungsperspektive. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, p. 141-156. Ruby, Jay (1991): Sharing the Power. Perspektief Magazine No 41. Sontag, Susan (1977/2010): On photography. München: Penguin. Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty (2007): Can the Subaltern Speak? Postkolonialität und subalterne Artikulation. Wien: Turia + Kant. Strom, Kathrin J./ Martin, Adrian D. (2017): Becoming-Teacher. A Rhizomatic Look at First-Year Teaching. Rotterdam/Boston/Taipei: Sense Publishers. von Unger, Hella (2014): Partizipative Forschung. Einführung in die Forschungspraxis. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 F: Sociologies of Education Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Vafa Gasimova Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Learning of Infamous People University of Hohenheim, Germany Presenting Author:There is a consensus about lifelong learning (LLL) being at the centre of a rapidly changing world. The idea is that change happens in “such a frantic pace that […] we all need to be lifelong learners. We need to continually keep our skills sharp and up to date so that we have an edge in all we do” (Laal & Salamati, 2012, p. 1). Luckily, “of course, we all have a natural desire to learn for adapting to change, enriching and fulfilling our lives” (ibid.). European policy has embraced this zeitgeist and developed several strategies towards LLL. However, the concepts of LLL and the associated concepts knowledge economy/society lack clear analytical distinctions, contributing to a conceptual ambiguity (Peters, 2001). This is not merely definitional but shapes and legitimates knowledge (Hughes, 2002). Brine (2006) differentiates between high knowledge-skilled (HKS) individuals, typically graduates, and low knowledge-skilled (LKS) individuals. Brine (2006)also reveals a persistent association between LLL and employability, especially for LKS learners and despite the shift of employment from the first to the fourth aim of LLL, the European Commission continued to prioritise the relationship between LLL and employability in its White Papers (CEC, 2000). The White Papers construct the LKS learner as at risk and the threat, to the knowledge society. The White Papers outline the individualised, pathologised, LKS learner who, unlike the HKS learner, has personal identifiable needs: basic skills (numeracy, literacy, information technology), entrepreneurship and social skills. Those who have not been able, for whatever reason, to acquire the relevant basic skills threshold must be offered continuing opportunities to do so. However often they may have failed to succeed to take up what has been offered so far (CEC, 2000, p. 11). In this sense, Field (2006, p. 114) states that “[l]ifelong learning is actively reproducing inequality.” Field (2006, p. 116) raises four reasons for that: 1) the closure of options for those deemed unskilled; 2) rising general expectations; 3) new politics of poverty and welfare; 4) absence from new learning culture can become a mechanism for legitimating existing inequalities. And so, inequalities in education carry on throughout life even if those who suffer the most from it are often the least aware of it (Becker, 2013; Hadjar, 2008). Because those who have benefited least from educational opportunities in the past are also far the most likely to express little or no wish to return to education in the future (Aldridge, 2005, pp. 15-17). And so, another important aspect of LLL to consider is resistance. Some adults simply have no interest in taking up the so-called opportunities that are on offer (Field, 2006, p. 131). For them, not being a school type can be a positive form of self-identity. Working out the perception and subsequent coping strategies of this form of inequality and/or resistance is the aim of this research. The focus of this project is on the relationship between educational and job-related experiences and the resulting attitudes towards LLL. This relationship describes the exercise, production, and accumulation of knowledge and cannot be dissociated from the power mechanisms with which they maintain complex relations (Foucault, 1994, p. 291). This work will therefore analyse how the LLL discourse, including societal expectations and exclusion, affect people whose lives are shaped by educational inequality. The research question is: What patterns of perception, interpretation and potential coping strategies are evident in people who suffer from educational inequality regarding the perceived pressure coming from LLL discourse? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to understand the mechanisms of disadvantage, affected individuals will be interviewed with the help of biographical interviews. Interview partners will be recruited, in Germany, amongst lower educated employees as well as amongst the long term unemployed. Employees with lower educational histories are affected by disruptive technologies and are hence under pressure for LLL. The long term unemployed are forced to visit educational programmes by the state and must therefore also cope with a pressure for LLL. Expected results will be coping strategies and structures of meaning concerning pressure as well as opportunities for LLL. LKS learner’s awarded abilities, needs and wishes for LLL are widely shaped by their educational experiences and the discourse around LLL, and hence, by society. A decisive argument was put forth, by Rosenthal (1993) to navigate away from the impasse of the subject-society dualism through the utilization of the concept of biography. The exploration of the biographical as a social entity encompasses both the inquiry into the social role of biographies and the examination of the social processes that shape them (Fischer-Rosenthal, 1991, p. 253). In biographical interviews, biographers are prompted with an opening question to spontaneously narrate their life events. The uninterrupted main narrative, facilitated by nonverbal cues, allows for a comprehensive account. The subsequent questioning phase delves into elaborations on mentioned topics and addresses blocked-out issues. Analysis involves two levels: genetical (reconstructing biographical meaning and chronological sequence of experiences) and narrated (thematic field analysis for present meanings and temporal order). Thematic field analysis explores the selection mechanisms guiding the biographer’s textual elements. The goal is to reconstruct the form and structure of the narrated life story, emphasizing the dialectical link between experienced life history and narrated life story. Considering biography as a social construct that encompasses both social reality and the subjective experiential realm focuses on methodological and procedural aspects of reconstructing narrated life stories, aiming to address the relationship between educational experiences, decision-making and behaviour and the discourse of LLL. In short, the aim of the biographical interviews is to gain insights into the LKS learner perspective on LLL. So far, the needs of LKS learner have been defined by others, top-down. This research aims to inquire from the ground-up, self-defined learning described by LKS learners as well as to understand the meaning of learning for LKS learners. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The technological progress and the frantically paced change lead to contradictory developments in LLL: On the one hand, in many areas, more complex work equipment increases the pressure on employees to learn new things as a means of ensuring employability. This can lead to uncertainty and additional stress for employees and the unemployed in two ways. Firstly, their own perceived employability is weakened when knowledge and skills lose their (perceived) half-life (Jackson & Wilton, 2017; Yeves et al., 2019). Secondly, a confusing and contradictory technology discourse leads to uncertainties regarding relevant knowledge. The market for continuing education programmes reflects this confusion. On the other hand, technologies that foster human-machine interaction can result in jobs that require no skills or qualification (Autor, 2015). LKS learners, hence, are still needed but in fewer numbers. So, the discourse of LLL can help to blame the unfortunate life situation of marginalised learners (e.g., long-term unemployment) on themselves, as all the options for LLL (the cure for all their ills) are always at hand. Because LKS learners are often problematised as a threat to society, there is only little research on potential positive meaning of non-participation in education and its relationship to the LLL discourse. Rather, the needs of the LKS learners are described as basic skills, skills to increase inclusion, vocational education, basic social skills and skills to increase entrepreneurship and increase employability (Thompson, 2002). However, if individual employability, the economy and even the nation itself ride on lifelong learning, the infamous and the reluctant are of interest, too. References Aldridge, F. (2005). Better news this time? The niace survey on adult participation in learning 2005. NIACE. Autor, D. H. (2015). Why are there still so many jobs? The history and future of workplace automation. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 29(3), 3-30. https://doi.org/10.1257/jep.29.3.3 Becker, R. (2013). Bildungsungleichheit und gerechtigkeit in der schweiz. Swiss Journal of Educational Research, 35(3), 405-424. Brine, J. (2006). Lifelong learning and the knowledge economy: Those that know and those that do not—the discourse of the European Union. British Educational Research Journal, 32(5), 649-665. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920600895676 CEC, Commission of the European Communities (2000). Commission staff working paper: A memorandum on lifelong learning. Field, J. (2006). Lifelong learning and the new educational order. ERIC. Fischer-Rosenthal, W. (1991). Biographische methoden in der soziologie. Flick, U./Kardorff, E. v./Keupp, H./Rosenstiel, Lv/Wolff, St.(Hg.)(1991): Handbuch Qualitative Sozialforschung. München: Psychologie Verlags Union, 253-256. Foucault, M. (1994). Interview conducted by d. Trombadori 1978, first published 1980. In: J. D. Faubion (Ed.), Michel Foucault: Essential works of Foucault 1954–1984. Volume 3: Power. Sage. Hadjar, A. (2008). Meritokratie als legitimationsprinzip. Springer. Hughes, C. (2002). Key concepts in feminist theory and research. Sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/9780857024459 Jackson, D., & Wilton, N. (2017). Perceived employability among undergraduates and the importance of career self-management, work experience and individual characteristics. Higher Education Research & Development, 36(4), 747-762. Laal, M., & Salamati, P. (2012). Lifelong learning; why do we need it? Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 31, 399-403. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2011.12.073 Peters, M. (2001). National education policy constructions of the ‘knowledge economy’: Towards a critique. The Journal of Educational Enquiry, 2(1). Rosenthal, G. (1993). Reconstruction of life stories: Principles of selection in generating stories for narrative biographical interviews. The Narrative Study of Lives, 1(1), 59-91. Thompson, J. (2002). Life politics and popular learning. In: J. Field & M. Leicester (Eds.) Lifelong learning: education across the lifespan (pp. 134-145). Routledge. Yeves, J., Bargsted, M., Cortes, L., Merino, C., & Cavada, G. (2019). Age and perceived employability as moderators of job insecurity and job satisfaction: A moderated moderation model. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 799. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper The Evidence Claims in the Systematic Reviews of Qualitative Studies in Education: a Systematic Review University of Verona, Italy Presenting Author:There is a growing interest in conducting Systematic Reviews in education for both research purposes and evidence-based policy making. Education research is a critical domain that grants us valuable insights into the intricate processes of learning and teaching. Within this dynamic field, researchers employ a diverse array of methods and approaches to investigate a wide spectrum of educational facets, ranging from the dynamics of classroom environments and teacher-student interactions to the far-reaching consequences of education policies and practices on student outcomes (Creswell & Poth, 2019). Typically, education research is categorized into two overarching paradigms: qualitative and quantitative research. However, it's worth noting that mixed-method research occupies a distinctive paradigm of its own. This comprehensive approach brings with it unique foundational perspectives on social reality and research, distinct ontological and epistemological viewpoints, and a set of axiologies and methodologies exclusive to its domain. However, Systematic Reviews synthesising qualitative research evidence still pose theoretical and methodological challenges at all stages of the process (from the formulation of research questions to the evidence claim made by the authors). In the field of education, the synthesis of qualitative studies within systematic reviews has long been a shared challenge. Education, inherently qualitative in nature, presents a complexity of variables that complicates the calculation of a straightforward combining effect size in meta-analysis (Borenstein, 2009). Moreover, the profound insights into educational settings and perceptions derived from the synthesis of qualitative studies hold immense value. Understanding not just whether a practice was successful, but why it was, offers a deeper perspective. However, the diversity in how qualitative research is conducted and reported poses significant challenges in synthesizing these findings (Sandelowski & Barroso, 2006). While there's a prevailing belief that qualitative research can be systematically reviewed and synthesized, distinguishing methodically conducted qualitative research from those lacking rigor remains a necessity. Furthermore, a consensus on various aspects of the research process and its reporting still eludes the field (Garside, 2014). Qualitative systematic reviews in Education provide valuable insights into the characteristics of knowledge claims made within the field. These reviews are designed to synthesize and analyse qualitative research studies to generate comprehensive and nuanced understandings of educational phenomena. The characteristics of knowledge claims in qualitative systematic reviews are distinct and supported by the review authors through rigorous methodology and transparent reporting. Critical reflection on facts and the interpretation of evidence lies at the core of all research, particularly when using research findings to guide policies and practices. Within the context of a systematic review, this process takes on added significance. Here, it is not only essential to deliberate upon the review methodology but also scrutinize the studies that have been incorporated into the review and dissect the resultant findings (Gough et al., 2017). This interconnected triplet – the research question, research methods, and research data – forms the linchpin of constructing knowledge claims within the purview of qualitative systematic reviews in the field of Education. Against this backdrop, this review aims at answering the following research question: What are the characteristics of the knowledge claims made in qualitative systematic reviews in the field of education and how are they supported by the authors of the reviews? a) conducting a systematic review of existing systematic reviews of qualitative studies in the education field with a focus on student, teacher and parents’ subjective experiences, beliefs, opinions and attitudes; b) developing a comprehensive theoretical framework by integrating Toulmin's Argumentation Model and Gough's Claim Appraisal Framework (Gough, 2022; Toulmin, 1958) to identify methodological characteristics and reporting practices of qualitative systematic reviews in the education field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This review is preceded by an iterative protocol including detailed inclusion and exclusion criteria, a structured search process to locate and select relevant existing reviews, and a formal process to extract data. The screening process will be documented using the PRISMA Flow Diagram (Page et al., 2021) For the purposes of this study, only systematic reviews focused on qualitative studies that included the subjective experiences of students, teachers and parents were considered. Only primary or secondary education was taken into account. An initial search of ERIC database was undertaken. The search strategy used to construct clear and meaningful objectives was developed around three main concepts informed by the PCC framework (Pollock et al., 2023): Population: students, teachers, parents. Concept: students, teachers’ and parents’ subjective experiences (beliefs, attitudes, perceptions, opinions, experiences). Context: school environment, from primary to secondary education within the formal educational system where students engage in structured learning activities. Following the search, all identified citations have been collated into Zotero and then uploaded into Rayyan where duplicates were removed. The records in Rayyan were deemed eligible for inclusion if they met the following eligibility criteria. Inclusion criteria: 1. Must be a systematic review (a review and synthesis of existing primary research studies with reported methods) 2. The primary studies included in the systematic review should use qualitative methods (i.e investigate the views/ beliefs/ attitudes/ perceptions/ opinions/ experiences of participants using text / narrative/ speech as data). 3. The systematic review must use a qualitative method of synthesis. 4. The participants should be students, teachers, or parents in primary or secondary school settings (from grade 1 to 12). 5. The topic of the research should be education or learning broadly conceived. Exclusion criteria: 1. A review without methods and/ or primary research studies. 2. The primary studies included in the systematic review use quantitative methods (data is in the form of numbers). 3. The systematic review uses a statistical method of synthesis. 4. The participants are not students, teachers, or parents in primary or secondary school settings (from grade 1 to 12). 5. The topic of the research is health Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research study is part of a PhD project which aims to explore the intricacies of 'knowledge claims' within the existing literature, particularly within qualitative reviews. To accomplish this goal, from a theoretical and conceptual perspective, an integration of Toulmin's model (Toulmin, 1958) with Gough's framework (Gough, 2022) will be enhanced. This synergistic approach will enable a comprehensive analysis of the characteristics inherent in these knowledge claims as they are portrayed in the body of qualitative research literature. The search strategy in ERIC yielded 335 studies, of which two were removed as duplicates. The remaining 333 studies were screened against the inclusion and exclusion criteria. The systematic review is still in progress, but the author expects to proceed simultaneously in two directions: (i) screening of studies for inclusion and (ii) construction of the framework for assessing the 'fit for purpose' of evidence claims by integrating Toulmin's model of argumentation and Gough's framework. This step is necessary to code the eligible studies (systematic reviews) that used qualitative research designs. These will be categorised into broader, higher order themes based on the integrated framework. References - Borenstein, M. (2009). Effect sizes for continuous data. In L. V. H. H. Cooper &. J. C. Valentine (Eds. ). (A c. Di), The handbook of research synthesis and meta-analysis (1–Book, Section, pp. 221–235). Russell Sage Foundation. - Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2019). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). SAGE Publication. - Garside, R. (2014). Should we appraise the quality of qualitative research reports for systematic reviews, and if so, how? Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research, 27(1), 67–79. - Gough, D. (2022a). Appraising Evidence Claims. Review of Research in Education, 45(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X20985072 - Gough, D. (2022b). Appraising Evidence Claims. Review of Research in Education, 45(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X20985072 - Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews (2nd ed.). SAGE. - Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., (et al.) (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 - Pollock, D., Peters, M. D. J., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Alexander, L., Tricco, (et al.) (2023). Recommendations for the extraction, analysis, and presentation of results in scoping reviews. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 21(3), 520–532. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-22-00123 - Sandelowski, M., & Barroso, J. (2006). Handbook for synthesizing qualitative research. Springer publishing company. - Toulmin, S. (1958). The uses of argument. University Press |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 G: Science in Education Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Erich Svecnik Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Implementing the Primary Science Capital Teaching Approach in a Scientist-Facilitated Intervention University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:Topic and theoretical framework Previous research across the Irish (SFI, 2021), European (Archer et al., 2020; El Takach & Yacoubian, 2020) and international (Dickson et al., 2021) context has illustrated that young people generally have positive views of and are interested in science while in school. Despite this, many, especially those from underrepresented backgrounds, struggle to envision themselves as scientists (Archer, 2020). Some restrictive and possibly exclusionary perceptions about science and scientists persist within Ireland, the UK and other European countries (Brumovska et al., 2022; Christidou et al., 2019; Shimwell et al., 2023). These perceptions can act as a barrier to positive engagement with science, within the educational ‘pipeline’ or outside of it. Science capital, based on Bourdieu’s social and cultural capital (Bourdieu, 1990), is a construct that encapsulates all science-related knowledge, attitudes, experiences, and social contacts that a person may have (Archer et al., 2015). Since its conception, the theoretical lens of science capital has been applied to better understand science engagement in other countries such as Spain (Salvadó et al., 2021) and China (Du & Wong, 2019). The social justice-oriented pedagogy embedded in the Primary Science Capital Teaching Approach (PSCTA) focuses on changing the field of science education to become more equitable and personalised (Godec et al., 2017; Nag Chowdhuri et al., 2021). Currently there is little published research on how the PSCTA might be applied in a once-off, scientist-facilitated intervention and any potential impacts on young people’s perceptions of scientists. Intervention description The aim of the “Meet The Cell Explorer’s (CE) Scientist” intervention is to widen young people’s perceptions of what it means to be a scientist, challenge stereotypes associated with science and being a scientist, and therefore widen the reach of science to more students. The session also aims to contribute towards students’ social science capital by introducing them to a diverse range of local scientist role models, many with hobbies, interests, and backgrounds similar to themselves. In the intervention, groups of 4-6 CE scientists visit 10-13 year old pupils in their school classrooms. During the hour-long session, scientists introduce themselves and engage in Q&A discussions in small groups of 3-6 young people per scientist, focusing on topics such as the scientist’s hobbies and interests, where they are from, their journey to becoming a scientist and their daily lives as scientists. Young people are given topic names to aid in focusing the discussion but are free to ask any questions they wish to the scientist in their small group, with an additional “ask anything” section at the end of the intervention. These topics aim to integrate the science capital dimensions of knowing someone in a science-related role, knowledge about the transferability of science, and science-related attitudes, values, and dispositions. Cell Explorer's scientists comprise of volunteer undergraduate and postgraduate science students, and staff based at the university. The scientists receive specialized training to enhance their support for young people’s science capital and using the PSCTA. Through an online module and a 1.5 hour in-person training workshop, the scientists are trained in how to help young people identify their own funds of knowledge that may be useful as a scientist, to make links between the young people’s interests and science, and to address restrictive misconceptions about science and scientists. Research objective This study aims to explore the potential short-term effects of a once-off, scientist-facilitated intervention implementing the PSCTA on young people’s perceptions of science and scientists. Research question How, if at all, does a once-off, scientist-facilitated classroom intervention implementing elements of the PSCTA contribute towards supporting young people's science capital, specifically their perceptions of scientists? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Study context This research project took place within the context of the primary level of the Irish formal education system, comprising the first 8 years of schooling. It focuses on the senior part of the system - 4th to 6th class, which typically spans ages 10-13 years old. Intervention design The "Meet the Cell EXPLORERS Scientist" intervention was developed through the application of Design-Based Research (DBR) principles. The intervention was refined through multiple cycles of design, implementation, and evaluation. Initial design stages involved developing and evaluating the delivery of the intervention in an online format, followed by an in person round of pilots, whereafter intervention content, materials and scientist training was re-evaluated. Iterative adjustments were made to improve the intervention and alignment of the scientist training seminars with science capital dimensions and the PSCTA. Data collection materials were revised through a similar iterative refinement cycle. Research approach This research employed a predominantly qualitative study methodology utilising a mixed methods approach for data collection. Quantitative data pertaining to the young people’s demographics and science capital was collected via a written pre- and post-intervention questionnaire. Qualitative data was collected via field observations during the intervention and semi-structured interviews before and after the intervention. Participant demographics Six classes in five schools across Galway, Ireland, recruited through convenience sampling, participated in the research. A total of 161 children between 9 and 13 years old completed the questionnaire between April and May 2023. The sample included 61 girls and 91 boys, and 9 children who preferred not to indicate their gender. Questionnaire analysis The science capital of 9-13 year old pupils from senior cycle of primary school (n=161) was assessed using a questionnaire developed from research on science capital in primary students (Nag Chowdhuri et al., 2021). Responses were used to calculate a science capital score for each participant. Open-ended responses, not used in the calculation of science capital, were analysed using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021). A post-questionnaire (n=126), investigating the children’s opinions on session quality and their perceptions of scientists, was administered by their teacher a day after the intervention. Interview analysis A total of 22 pupils were interviewed pre- and post-intervention and observed during the intervention. Interviews were analysed using Reflexive Thematic Analysis on NVivo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Consistent with previous research in the UK (Archer et al., 2020), most children surveyed had medium science capital. Children across all levels of science capital held largely positive perceptions of scientists before the intervention, though stereotypical perceptions were evident. Most of the children interviewed asserted that anyone could become a scientist, though this is restricted by factors such as interest, effort and specific personality traits. For example, 14/22 children interviewed specified that scientists must be smart. An 11 year old girl with a low level of science capital, explained that to become a scientist the person must be “very smart… and you have to like usually be brave because if you do something wrong something bad can happen”. After participating in the intervention, children recalled a positive experience with the scientists and reported gaining insights into their daily lives. Most (74%) felt they knew more about the lives of scientists than before and 81% considered the scientists to be like normal people. Some participants reported in interview that the intervention positively influenced their belief in their ability to become a scientist by broadening their understanding of what counts in science and science-related careers, now seeing clearer links between their existing interests and science. For some others, existing perceptions were shifted. An 11 year old boy with low science capital explained that he “kind of expected [the scientists] to be a bit nerdy and they wouldn’t really be that cool… or have an interest in most things. But what I think of scientists now is that…. they can be cool and interesting”. This research offers practical insights for the development of similar non-formal, brief interventions, emphasizing the importance of training scientists in evidence-based pedagogies, while bringing scientists’ interests, personalities and backgrounds to the forefront. References Archer, L., Dawson, E., DeWitt, J., Seakins, A., & Wong, B. (2015). “Science capital”: A conceptual, methodological, and empirical argument for extending bourdieusian notions of capital beyond the arts. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 52(7), 922–948. Archer, L., Moote, J., MacLeod, E., Francis, B., & DeWitt, J. (2020). ASPIRES 2: Young people’s science and career aspirations, age 10-19. UCL Institute of Education. Bourdieu, P. (1990). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture (second edition). In London, England: SAGE. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE. Brumovska, T. J., Carroll, S., Javornicky, M., & Grenon, M. (2022). Brainy, Crazy, Supernatural, Clumsy and Normal: Five profiles of children’s stereotypical and non-stereotypical perceptions of scientists in the Draw-A-Scientist-Test. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 3, 100180. Christidou, V., Hatzinikita, V., & Kouvatas, A. (2019). Public visual images of Greek scientists and science: Tracing changes through time. International Journal of Science Education, Part B, 9(1), 82–99. Dickson, M., McMinn, M., Cairns, D., & Osei-Tutu, S. (2021). Children’s perceptions of scientists, and of themselves as scientists. LUMAT: International Journal on Math, Science and Technology Education, 9(1). Du, X., & Wong, B. (2019). Science career aspiration and science capital in China and UK: a comparative study using PISA data. International Journal of Science Education, 41(15). El Takach, S., & Yacoubian, H. A. (2020). Science Teachers’ and Their Students’ Perceptions of Science and Scientists. International Journal of Education in Mathematics, Science and Technology, 8(1), 65. Godec, S., King, H., & Archer, L. (2017). THE SCIENCE CAPITAL TEACHING APPROACH: engaging students with science, promoting social justice. University College London. Nag Chowdhuri, M., King, H., & Archer, L. (2021). The Primary Science Capital Teaching Approach: Teacher handbook. Salvadó, Z., Garcia-Yeste, C., Gairal-Casado, R., & Novo, M. (2021). Scientific workshop program to improve science identity, science capital and educational aspirations of children at risk of social exclusion. Children and Youth Services Review, 129, 106189. Science Foundation Ireland (2021). SFI Science in Ireland Barometer 2020 Research Report. https://www.sfi.ie/engagement/barometer/SFI-Science-in-Ireland-Barometer-2020-Research-Report.pdf Shimwell, J., DeWitt, J., Davenport, C., Padwick, A., Sanderson, J., & Strachan, R. (2023). Scientist of the week: Evaluating effects of a teacher-led STEM intervention to reduce stereotypical views of scientists in young children. Research in Science & Technological Education, 41(2), 423–443. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Understanding the Factors Influencing Upper Secondary School Students STEM Career Aspirations University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The aim of this study is to examine upper secondary school students’ perceptions about careers on science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) related fields, and to understand factors influencing their career choices. Despite the global need for STEM professionals, there is a persistent decline in students' interest in STEM studies and careers, especially in Europe (OECD, 2016; Osborne & Dillon, 2008; Potvin & Hasni, 2014). Various factors, both intrinsic and extrinsic, contribute to this decline, including socio-economic status, learning opportunities, attitude towards science, and limited knowledge of STEM careers (e.g., Holmegaard et al., 2014). Recognizing the multifaceted nature of these challenges, efforts to address declining interest include specially designed instructional interventions with integrated career-based perspectives to enhance students' understanding of STEM careers and boost interest in science (Drymiotou et al., 2021; Gago et al., 2005; OECD, 2016). lisää drymioutou
Social cognitive career theory (Lent et al., 1999) provides a framework for understanding how cognitive, social, and environmental factors interact to shape career choices and development over time. The theory emphasizes, for example, the role of self-efficacy beliefs, outcome expectations, interests and goals, environmental influences, performance and choice expectancies, and contextual supports and barriers in shaping an individual's career choices and actions. Furthermore, previous research has shown that for example other people’s recognition and STEM identity (Ladachart et al., 2023; Nugent et al., 2015; Simpson & Bouhafa, 2020), receiving career information (Kaleva et al., 2023), preconceptions about STEM careers (Holmegaard et al., 2014) and instructional activities in school (Drymiotou et al., 2021) can influence adolescents’ STEM related career choices.
Upper secondary school experiences can significantly influence students' career aspirations, impacting their motivation and choices of science subjects and subsequent academic and career paths (Simpkins et al., 2006). Understanding students’ conceptions about science and STEM related careers is important. It can help teachers and other professionals to develop and implement better learning opportunities that enhance students' beliefs and understanding of STEM related fields. In the present study, the factors influencing upper secondary school students’ STEM career choices are examined through semi-structured interviews. The research questions are: RQ1: What factors do students described as being influential for their career choices? RQ2: What kind of conceptions do students have about science and STEM related fields? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research took place in the context of Finnish upper-secondary education, providing general education for students aged 16 to 19. The majority of students complete their studies in a three-year timeframe, with the duration ranging from two to four years based on individual study plans. The participants (N = 10) were second- and third-year students in a single upper secondary school located in southern Finland. Five students identified themselves as female and five as male. Prior to the interviews, descriptive background data from a larger sample of students was collected using a set of closed- and open-ended questions on career aspirations as well as interest and motivation on science subjects. Ten students were chosen to participate the study based on their consent for subsequent inquiries and their indications of STEM related career aspirations. The data collection took place in school year 2022-2023. During the school year, the author of this paper worked in the school as a science teacher and a guidance counselor. The author was also responsible for the data collection and analyses. Semi-structured interviews were employed for data collection, with the aim of ensuring consistency while also allowing for spontaneous discussions. The interview questions were categorized into three sections: (1) career aspirations in general, (2) factors that have influenced the career decision, and (3) conceptions about desired education or profession. The interview data was first transcribed and then analyzed through inductive content analysis to classify the responses into categories. The purpose of such analysis is to achieve a concise yet comprehensive representation of a phenomenon, resulting in the identification of categories or concepts that describe the phenomenon (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008). The process begun with the preparation stage, during which the specific portions of data relevant to the scope of this study were identified. Next, the data was allotted into units of analysis, each accompanied by a note or preliminary code. These units of analysis represented meaningful segments that ranged in length from parts of sentences to lengthy paragraphs. Following iterative examinations of the data, final codes were assigned to the units of analysis. Finally, these codes were grouped under higher-order categories, which were further organized under the main categories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Out of the 10 participants, 4 pursued a career in engineering and technology, 3 in medicine, 2 in environmental sciences and 1 in aviation. According to the qualitative content analysis of the semi-structured interviews, students described several factors that had influenced their career choices. These factors were categorized under 5 main themes, following the terminology of social cognitive career theory: self-efficacy beliefs, outcome expectations, interests and values, environmental influences, and contextual barriers. Self-efficacy beliefs included student descriptions of their skills and abilities, outcome expectations included sub-themes on employment and prestige of the profession, interests and values included detailed descriptions on personal interests and important values, environmental influences included sub-themes of family- and school-related factors, and contextual barriers included factors related to the admission to the desired education. Furthermore, students described both negative and positive conceptions about science and STEM related fields, and also, changes in their conceptions that had affected their career aspiration. The findings of this study have important implications to both upper secondary school science instruction and career counselling. Students’ need more information and realistic conceptions about the STEM related careers. These challenges can be addressed through informed instructional and counselling interventions. References Drymiotou, I., Constantinou, C. P., & Avraamidou, L. (2021). Enhancing students’ interest in science and understandings of STEM careers: the role of career-based scenarios. International Journal of Science Education, 43(5), 717–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2021.1880664 Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Gago, J. M., Ziman, J., Caro, P., Constantinou, C. P., Davies, G. R., Parchmann, I., Rannikmae, M., & Sjoberg, S. (2005). Europe needs more scientists: Increasing human resources for science and technology in Europe. Holmegaard, H. T., Madsen, L. M., & Ulriksen, L. (2014). To Choose or Not to Choose Science: Constructions of desirable identities among young people considering a STEM higher education programme. International Journal of Science Education, 36(2), 186–215. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2012.749362 Kaleva, S., Celik, I., Nogueiras, G., Pursiainen, J., & Muukkonen, H. (2023). Examining the predictors of STEM career interest among upper secondary students in Finland. Educational Research and Evaluation, 28(1–3), 3–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2022.2161579 Ladachart, L., Sriboonruang, O., & Ladachart, L. (2023). Whose recognition is meaningful in developing a STEM identity? A preliminary exploration with Thai secondary school students. Research in Science Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-023-10151-4 Lent, R. W., Hackett, G., & Brown, S. D. (1999). A Social Cognitive View of School‐to‐Work Transition. The Career Development Quarterly, 47(4), 297–311. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.2161-0045.1999.tb00739.x Nugent, G., Barker, B., Welch, G., Grandgenett, N., Wu, C., & Nelson, C. (2015). A Model of Factors Contributing to STEM Learning and Career Orientation. International Journal of Science Education, 37(7), 1067–1088. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2015.1017863 OECD. (2016). PISA 2015 results (Volume I): Excellence and equity in education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264266490-en Osborne, J., & Dillon, J. (2008). Science education in Europe: Critical reflections (Vol. 13). The Nuffield Foundation. Potvin, P., & Hasni, A. (2014). Interest, motivation and attitude towards science and technology at K-12 levels: a systematic review of 12 years of educational research. Studies in Science Education, 50(1), 85–129. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2014.881626 Simpkins, S. D., Davis-Kean, P. E., & Eccles, J. S. (2006). Math and science motivation: A longitudinal examination of the links between choices and beliefs. Developmental Psychology, 42(1), 70–83. https://doi.org/10.1037/0012-1649.42.1.70 Simpson, A., & Bouhafa, Y. (2020). Youths’ and Adults’ Identity in STEM: a Systematic Literature Review. Journal for STEM Education Research, 3(2), 167–194. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41979-020-00034-y |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 H: Teachers and Social Justice Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Anna Aleksanyan Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Critical Voices of Social Justice in Education: Four Teachers’ Stories from Rural Peru University of Bristol, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Over the previous three decades, social justice in education has become increasingly relevant to debates on globalisation, capitalism, and inequalities around the world (Rawls, 1971; Young, 1990; Fraser, 1997; Zajda, 2006; Rizvi, 2009; Taylor et al, 1997). In the Latin American context, neoliberalism has become hegemonic in the last 30 years with Peru adopting this model in 1990. However, neoliberalism has affected communities in distinct ways, creating further disparities between a minority who have benefitted from this model and more than one third of the population still living in poverty and exclusion in countries like Peru. For example, the latest national assessments on quality education reveal that 66.4% of children in Huancavelica (rural Peru) do not achieve the expected level of literacy for Year 2 (primary level). By contrast, in regions like Tacna (a predominantly urban region) 55.7% of children achieved the expected level (MINEDU, 2022). Moreover, the neoliberal model has served to marginalise the voices of rural teachers and their practices of social justice in Peru. As teachers play a central role in educational process, the Peruvian scenario shows that rural teachers’ voices who are engaged in the praxis of social justice have not been sufficiently heard at the level of national debates or been part of large studies. The previous research have been largely focused on the analysis of Peruvian teachers’ policy including aspects of remuneration, quality, performance, among others (Cuenca & Stojnic, 2008; UNESCO, 2017; Montero & Uccelli, 2023). For instance, Cuenca (2020), has published a book of six Peruvian teachers’ stories by analysing aspects of teachers’ identities in the last ten years in the country. The author focuses on teachers' concept of work, the value they place on vocation and the way in which they recognise and are recognised as professionals (Cuenca, 2020). Although the author mentions aspects of critical pedagogies in one of the teaching typologies, the study does not will delve into these aspects through the teachers’ stories from a social justice perspective. And this is a gap in Peruvian educational research that this study seeks to fill in. Thus, the main research question is: How do a group of schoolteachers in rural Peru conceptualise and practice their commitment to social justice through critical pedagogies within the constraints of the neoliberal policy landscape? As secondary questions: What do a group of rural teachers in Peru understand by social justice and critical pedagogies? How do they implement critical pedagogies through their practices as rural teachers? In what ways could the praxis of social justice through critical pedagogies from these group of rural teachers run into tension within the neoliberal policies? To discuss the above questions, the theoretical framework focuses on critical pedagogies by reviewing key Freirean concepts such as critical consciousness, problem posing and dialogue. For Freire, critical consciousness is integrated with reality where things and facts exist empirically in their causal and circumstantial correlations (Freire, 1974: 39). While problem-posing education is revolutionary in its futurity and its prophetic and hopeful ethos mediated by dialogue as an act of creation (Freire, 1970). Although the study discusses the Peruvian case, this research sheds light on broader issues connected to discriminatory processes and injustices that affect educational spaces in European contexts. In particular, this study focuses on the role of teachers as key actors in promoting social justice transformations in highly diverse contexts such as Europe. This is an approach to transforming teaching practices, the construction of knowledge(s), the institutional structure and the material relations of wider society (Pica-Smith, 2018; Breunig, 2005). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research uses a narrative inquiry approach within the tradition of qualitative studies. The study of narratives refers to the plural ways humans experience the world (Connelly & Clandinin, 1990). Narrative inquiry embraces narrative as both the method and phenomena of study (Pinnegar & Daynes, 2007).Based on the research questions, four rural teachers from Cusco and Ayacucho (two of the poorest regions in the southern highlands of Peru) were selected based on the following criteria: • Those who have at least five years of teaching experience working with critical pedagogies/social justice perspectives in rural areas of Peru. • Those who identify themselves as critical educators. • Those who have a trajectory not only as a teacher but also as activists, leaders or members of networks working in line with critical pedagogies/social justice in education Alongside the support of two Peruvian NGOs working with social justice perspectives, two teachers from Cusco and two from Ayacucho joined the study. Based on a narrative approach, a set of in-depth interviews were carried out as a main tool to grasp the teacher’s stories about their experiences and meanings around social justice in education. Following Ritchie et al (2014), the in-depth interviews used open questions to allow the participants the opportunity to express their ideas without the restrictions of closed questions that require yes/no answers. In this sense, based on the model of Riessman (1993), I created the following broad questions: • Tell me, how did you decide to become a teacher? Could you share about this experience? • You said you had (example: a very difficult experience teaching in rural schools), can you tell me a bit more about this experience? • How did you start your engagement with critical pedagogies? Could you tell me about this experience? • How do you apply critical pedagogies in the classroom with children? Could you provide some examples? • Would you say, in your own words, what is social justice in education for you? Why? Thus, I held extensive dialogues with these four teachers in their local schools over a period of four months in Peru followed by online meetings to delve into aspects that they wanted to expand on. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Following the paradigmatic analysis (Polkinghorne, 1995), a set key dimensions were identified based on the teacher’s narratives. In this sense, the analysis in-progress reveals the important role of dialogue and critical consciousness in reappraising the native culture as a practice of social justice in education. For example, one teacher from Cusco is problematising the historical discrimination against native culture through the explanation of meanings associated with Quechua surnames. For example, meanings associated with “guidance” and “strength” are helpful to empower students to be proud of their indigenous roots by reflecting critically about their own heritage and history. As this teacher said, “So, I give each student a mission [based on their surnames and meanings] and they work together. So, it is how to bring that cosmovision to put each one "in their spirit". It is not monetary value, it's spiritual value. It's emotion”. Another key dimension of the practice of social justice is the engagement with the community in reappraising and exalting indigenous knowledge production. For instance, these teachers encourage students to talk with the “Yachaq” (wise elders in the rural Andes) in Quechua (native language) to stimulate use of the language while preserving their cultural elements. For example, one teacher from Ayacucho invites “Yachaqs” to teach students how to cultivate the land while others are invited to give talks about festivities and/or important dates relevant for the community. This cultural information is key in building the communal calendar at the beginning of each year. As one teacher from Ayacucho says: “These activities motivate us as a family, all of us who are there, showing our emotional expressions of joy and sadness, and being united” Thus, these narratives are emerging from rural teachers who are making their voices heard from a social justice approach. References Breunig, M. (2005). Turning experiential education and critical pedagogy theory into praxis. Journal of Experiential Education, 28 (5), 106– 122. Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1990). Stories of Experience and Narrative Inquiry. Educational Researcher, 19(5), 2–14 Cuenca, R & Stojnic, L (2008). La cuestión docente Perú: carrera pública magisterial y el discurso del desarrollo profesional. Buenos Aires: Fundación Laboratorio de Políticas Públicas. Cuenca, R (2020). La misión sagrada: seis historias sobre qué es ser docente en el Perú. Instituto de Estudios Peruanos, Perú. Fraser, N. (1997). Justice Interruptus: Critical Reflections on the "Postsocialist" Condition (1st ed.). Routledge. Freire, P (1970) Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York, Continuum Freire, P (1974) Education for Critical Consciousness. New York, Continuum, 1974 Ministerio de Educación del Perú (MINEDU, 2022) Unidad de Medición de la Calidad Educativa. Evaluación Muestral 2022. Montero y Uccelli (2023). De ilusiones, conquistas y olvidos. La educación rural en el Perú. Lima: Documento para el Informe GEM 2020 América Latina y el Caribe Pica-Smith, Cinzia, et al. (2018) Social Justice Education in European Multi-Ethnic Schools: Addressing the Goals of Intercultural Education, Taylor & Francis Group Pinnegar, S., & Daynes, J. G. (2007). Locating Narrative Inquiry Historically: Thematics in the Turn to Narrative. In D. J. Clandinin (Ed.), Handbook of narrative inquiry: Mapping a methodology (pp. 3–34). Sage Publications Polkinghorne, D (1995) Narrative configuration in qualitative analysis, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 8:1, 5-23, DOI: 10.1080/0951839950080103 Rawls, John. 1971. A Theory of Justice. Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press Rizvi, F & Engel L. (2009) Neo-Liberal Globalization, Educational Policy, and the Struggle for Social Justice. In: Ayers, W. et al. Handbook of social justice in education. Routledge Riessman, C. K. (1993). Narrative analysis. Sage Publications, Inc. Ritchie, J; Lewis, J., McNaughton Nicholls, C., & Ormston, R. (2014). Qualitative research practice: a guide for social science students and researchers. SAGE publications. Taylor, S., Rizvi, F., Lingard, B., & Henry, M. (1997). Education Policy and the Politics of Change. London: Routledge UNESCO Lima (2017) Una Mirada a la profesión docente en el Perú: futuros docentes, docentes en servicio y formadores de docentes. Young, I. M. (1990). Justice and the politics of difference. Princeton University Press Zajda J., Majhanovich S., Rust V. (2006) Education and Social Justice: Issues of Liberty and Equality in the Global Culture. In: Zajda J., Majhanovich S., Rust V. (eds) Education and Social Justice. Springer, Dordrecht 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Bridging Educational Divides: Han Chinese Teachers' Perceptions of Indigenous Students in Taiwan National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Students in Indigenous societies worldwide often lack enthusiasm for traditional schooling, mainly due to the cultural clash between colonizers and Indigenous people (Battiste, 2002). In alignment with Indigenous communities in other countries, the Indigenous peoples of Taiwan have endured a history marked by both physical and symbolic violence, manifested through military subjugation, the dismantling of social structures, cultural suppression, and forceful assimilation (Sun, 2000; Pawan, 2009). This has left a legacy of colonization that fails to acknowledge or value Indigenous culture and knowledge in public education (Kawagley et al., 1998). With Taiwan's democratic transition and recent advocacy for Indigenous historical justice and transitional justice, the government has enacted several education policies such as Education Act for Indigenous Peoples, Indigenous Languages Development Act, and Development of National Languages Act, safeguarding the education, language, and cultural rights of Indigenous communities. In 2019, amendments to the Education Act for Indigenous Peoples expanded its scope from Indigenous students to encompass all teachers, students, and citizens, marking the formal commencement of an “Indigenous Education for All” era.
While educational policies and regulations play a crucial role in preserving Indigenous languages and cultures and fostering reconciliation between Indigenous and Han Chinese communities, the success of policy implementation and curriculum transformation hinges on teaching and learning, as well as interactions between teachers and students. However, with the migration of Indigenous peoples from Homeland to urban and the significant increase in urban Indigenous students (Huang & Liu, 2016), coupled with the inclusion of Indigenous-related topics in the Curriculum Guidelines of 12-year Basic Education, which implemented in 2019 (Taiwan Ministry of Education, 2019), Han Chinese teachers often find Indigenous-related issues challenging to teach in classrooms with both Indigenous and Han Chinese students, posing challenges to building relationships and interactions with Indigenous students.
A substantial literature indicates that teachers’ perceptions of students influence their expectations, teacher-student interactions, and teaching method (Fang, 1996; Nespor, 1987; Pajares, 1993), thus understanding teachers’ perceptions of Indigenous students and how these perceptions may change is crucial in responding to the challenges they face. Like every human being, teachers harbor preconceived notions about members of different ethnicities, genders, social classes, etc., which are often stable and resistant to change (Tatto, 1996). While qualitative research on Han Chinese teachers’ perceptions of Indigenous students suggests that they may hold stereotypical impressions, adopt a cultural deficit perspective, and even exhibit cultural blindness(Chou, 2005, 2007), recent quantitative survey research on Han Chinese teachers’ knowledge about Indigenous students has identified discrepancies between teachers’ self-reported positive, open, and encouraging attitudes toward Indigenous students and their perceived cultural deficiencies in the students (Couch, Nesterova, & Nguyen, 2023). The authors of both researches argue that such phenomena exist due to teachers’ perceptions being shaped by the contextual environment in which they exist, and these perceptions often align with the mainstream societal views of Indigenous peoples. However, they could not explain the mechanisms through which the context influences teachers’ beliefs of Indigenous students.
Expanding on earlier studies, this research delves deeper into the influence of context on teachers' views of Indigenous students. The purpose of this study is:
Our study aims to enhance the practice of teachers in creating a safe learning environment and providing suitable opportunities for Indigenous students. Additionally, the research aspires to contribute to discussions on the construction of shared cultural interweaving spaces among different cultural groups.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on the research purposes, we interviewed 11 in-service teachers to gain insights into their perceptions of, expectations of, and knowledge about Indigenous students. The participants were chosen from regular urban junior high or high schools with a low Indigenous student population (3 schools), regular urban junior high or high schools with a higher Indigenous student population (3 schools), Indigenous-focused schools (schools where Indigenous students constitute over one-third of the total student population in Indigenous areas or schools with over one hundred Indigenous students or one-third of the total student population in non-Indigenous areas) in non-Indigenous area (1 school), and Indigenous-focused schools in Indigenous areas with a majority of Indigenous students (2 schools). These schools were located in metropolitan areas and rural areas. Among the 11 interviewees, 4 were Indigenous teachers, and 7 were Han Chinese teachers. The four Indigenous teachers had diverse backgrounds, representing four out of the sixteen officially recognized Indigenous groups in Taiwan. The two researchers conducting the interviews brought distinct backgrounds to the study. One researcher, a Han Chinese from Malaysia, with Mandarin as her native language, and had taught in high school, is familiar with both Chinese culture and the educational system in Taiwan. The other researcher, an Indigenous female who grew up in her Homeland, had over 20 years of experience teaching in a regular urban junior high school in the northern metropolitan area. Despite residing in a city, she maintained close ties to both urban Indigenous communities and her Homeland. Considering the delicate social relations between Taiwan Han Chinese and Indigenous peoples, we decided the first researcher to conduct interviews with Han Chinese teachers, while the second researcher interviewed Indigenous teachers. The primary data sources were semi-structured in-depth interviews. All interviewees provided their informed consent and consented to the audio recording of the interviews. Following the verbatim transcription of the interviews, key points were summarized and provided to the interviewees for member checks. Data analysis was collaboratively conducted by both researchers. Our diverse cultural backgrounds and experiences allowed us to cross-verify our interpretations, enhancing our understanding of the perspectives of Han Chinese and Indigenous teachers. Additionally, throughout the data analysis and interpretation process, we engaged in discussions with other academic peers, which facilitated identifying biases, assumptions, and fallacies in our study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study reveals that Han Chinese teachers' perceptions of Indigenous students vary depending on the proximity of the school to Indigenous communities. In schools distant from Indigenous communities, where urban Indigenous students are rare and unwilling or unable to live out their cultural identity, Han Chinese teachers often have limited exposure to the group, hindering their understanding of the diversity within urban Indigenous students which had discovered by Indigenous teachers, and thus failed to address the needs of Indigenous students. Conversely, in schools near Indigenous communities or with a high Indigenous student population, Han Chinese teachers interact frequently with Indigenous communities, and thus accumulate first-hand knowledge of Indigenous life, culture, and values. These teachers, similar to their Indigenous counterpart, effectively respond to the unique needs of Indigenous students. They even begin to adopt an Indigenous perspective, engaging in critical self-reflection through Indigenous culture and regarding it as respected learning resources. Through hybridity formed from the amalgamation of two cultures, they have carved out a third space (Bhabha, 1994), transcending the dichotomies of Han Chinese and Indigenous identities. This establishment of a third space prompts transformative shift in their praxis. In doing so, they contribute to stretched the boundaries of the constrained gaps for the preservation of Indigenous cultural heritage (Liao & Hsu, 2004). Even though the public education system is considered as “culturally insensitive, contextually irrelevant and [has an] irresponsive curriculum” (Nesterova, 2019) by Indigenous elites, this study found that non-indigenous teachers, who proactively engage with Indigenous communities and engage in critical self-reflection, may become what Freire (2000) refers to as “the converts”, and bring a glimmer of hope to the somewhat bleak educational landscape. This study suggests that teacher training should provide opportunities for teachers to have meaningful interactions and engage in cultural exchange with individuals from diverse cultures. References Battiste, M. (2002). Indigenous knowledge and pedagogy in First Nations education: A literature review with recommendations. Ottawa: Indian and Northern Affairs Canada. Bhabha, K. H. (1994). The location of culture. New York: Routledge. Chou, Hui-Min (2005). Educating urban Indigenous students in Taiwan: Six teachers’ perspectives. PhD Thesis, University of Maryland, College Park, MD. Chou, Hui-Min (2007). Teachers’ beliefs about teaching urban indigenous students in Taiwan. Report downloaded from https://archive.org/details/ERIC_ED495652 Couch, D., Nesterova, Y. & Nguyen, H. (2023) Examining non-Indigenous teacher perceptions of Indigenous students in Taiwan through a Strategic Relational Approach. Asia Pacific Education Review, published online (28 Feb 2023) https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-023-09830-8 Fang, Zhi-hui (1996). A review of research on teacher beliefs and practices. Educational Research, 38(1), 47-65, DOI: 10.1080/0013188960380104 Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.). New York, NY: The Continuum. (Original work published 1968) Huang, Shu-min & Liu, Shao-Hua (2016). Discrimination and incorporation of Taiwanese indigenous Austronesian peoples. Asian Ethnicity, 17(2), 294-312. 10.1080/14631369.2015.1112726. Kawagley, A. Oscar, Norris-Tull, D., & Norris-Tull, R. (1998). The Indigenous worldview of Yupiaq culture: Its scientific nature and relevance to the practice and teaching of science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 35(2), 133-144. Liao, Chian-Hui & Hsu, Chih-Hsing (2004). Hybridity and creativity: Another thinking and interpretation for cultural situation and education of aboriginals in Taiwan. Aboriginal Education Quarterly, 34, 81-106. Nespor, J. (1987). The role of beliefs in the practice of teaching. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 19(4), 317-328, DOI: 10.1080/0022027870190403 Nesterova, Y. (2019). Teaching Indigenous children in Taiwan: Tensions, complexities, and opportunities. Global Studies of Childhood, 9(2), 156-166. Pajeres, F. (1993). Preservice teachers’ beliefs: A focus for teacher education. Action in Teacher Education, 15(2), 45-54. Pawan, C. (2009). Indigenous language education in Taiwan. UC Berkeley: Department of Linguistics. Retrieved from https://escholarship.org/uc/item/8wm6g4cf Sun, Da-Chuan. (2000). Ethnic construction in the cracks: The language, culture and politics of Taiwan Indigenous people. Taipei, Taiwan: UNITAS Publishing. Taiwan Ministry of Education (2019). Curriculum guidelines of 12-year basic education. Tatto, M. T. (1996). Examining values and beliefs about teaching diverse students: Understanding the challenges for teacher education. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 18(2), 155-80. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 I: Histories of Education Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stavroula Philippou Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Selected Historical Models of Educating Vulnerable Young People in the Context of Contemporary Czech Care Uni of South Bohemia, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Due to the high number of young vulnerable people in need, residential care still occupies an important place in the Czech social care system, even though it is often criticised by all. The adoption of Act No. 189/2016 Coll. has renewed the discussion on the current form of institutional re-educational care, which has been ongoing in the Czech Republic for several decades. The widest possible range of educational resources is being sought, and forms of appropriate institutional action are constantly being discussed. The paper presents my dissertation that contributes to the above-mentioned discussion by turning to the past, as it examines older models and looks for the possible application of some of their elements in the contemporary context of re-education practice. The dissertation presents projects from the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries that were successful in their time. This historical period was chosen as it was a time of all kinds of experiments. A close examination of the older projects shows that their founders often had to face the same challenges that accompany today's institutional re-educational care of a child. The same issues were present and had to be addressed so studying the operation of historical projects can provide examples of good practice in re-education even for today. The dissertation, in the form of qualitative historical research, follows the development of institutional care for at-risk children. The focus is on a detailed description of eight innovative projects created at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries. The paper focuses on Junior Republic (USA), Ford Republic (USA), Little Commonwealth (UK), Baumgarten (Austria), Boys Town (USA), House of Orphans (Poland), Gorky Colony (Soviet Union), and Summerhill (Great Britain) – as these models are only briefly described in Czech scholarly literature. Looking back and describing successful solutions to care issues in the past can contribute to the current discussion on the effective form of institutional care for at-risk youth in the Czech Republic. To achieve its goals the research relies on the combination of a direct method and a multiple case study. For triangulation, various primary data sources are used. Topics that have emerged in the past relate to the present situation via Standards of Quality of Care (2015), with 17 inspection reports from residential institutions caring for at-risk children, and 17 annual educational plans. When exploring the history of care for vulnerable young people with focus on selected residential care projects from the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries I ask these questions:
To meet these objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I chose the historical-pedagogical research design because I want to examine the history of institutional re-educational care with a focus on inspiring models created at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries, and I want to trace possible parallels with current practice in residential care in the Czech Republic. I use the direct method of historical research, supplemented by the multiple case study methodology of qualitative research. In examining the selected projects, I present as detailed a picture as possible, based on information from a variety of sources. The selection criteria to include the projects in the dissertation were: the date of their creation, the fact that they were initiated by an individual, the innovativeness of the project compared to other institutions of the time and the experimentation with elements of self-governance. For a better understanding of the context, the factual data in the research report are also supplemented by the researcher's thoughts and reflections. In the dissertation I show that the issues that preoccupy educators today were at least equally preoccupying more than a hundred years ago. Several recurring themes are explored in more detail. These are: the founder of the project, the sources of inspiration, the aim of education, the means of education, the environment and organisation, the conditions of admission, the form of self-government, the concept of punishment, the use of the media, the school, life after leaving the institution and the obstacles to the operation of the project. I used these themes to identify the concepts on which the projects were based, the elements that made them successful and were common to all the projects and the elements that were specific to a particular project. Due to the Covid 19 situation, I decided to link good practice from the past with the present, using theoretical requirements for current re-education practice. These requirements are represented by the Quality Standards of Childcare in School Facilities for the Performance of Institutional and Protective Education and Preventive Educational Care (Pacnerová et al., 2015). This is a legally binding document issued by Czech Ministry of Education. Another objective link to the present, used in the dissertation, is the publicly accessible inspection reports of the Ministry of Education and Culture of the Czech Republic from visits to 17 institutions in 2020. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The key factors for the projects of the past that may still be viable today are the active approach of the facility managers in raising funds, giving more responsibility to the residents (shared responsibility model), more rigorous development of financial literacy, developing the facility culture by spending time together, aftercare support for former residents, and making full use of modern technology. I conclude the dissertation by looking at two models of re-education established at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries that have survived their founders and are still functioning today. They represent two very different approaches to the search for good practice in residential education for young people at risk. Summerhill's way of providing freedom, which can only be controlled by living, is described. But also, the organised and disciplined approach of today's Boys Town, which still builds on the legacy of Flanagan's call to faith, hope, leadership, and love. References Bernfeld, S. (1921). Kinderheim Baumgarten. Bericht uber einen ersthaften Versuch mit neuer Erziehung. Berlin: Judischer Verlag. Cervinkova-Riegrova, M. (1887). Ochrana chude a opustene mladeze. Rozhledy po lidumilstvi v Evrope. Praha: Spolek Ochrana opustenychch a zanedbanych divek. Dekker, J.H. (2009). Children at risk in history: a story of expansion. Paedagogica Historica, 45(1–2), 17–36. Retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230902746206 Foucault, M. (1994). Dejiny silenstvi, (Czech translation by Dvorakova). Praha: Nakladatelstvi Lidove noviny. Francke, A. H. (1867). Faith´s Work Perfected: Francke’s Orphan House at Halle, (English translation by W.L. Gage). New York: Anson D F Randolph Gear, C. G. (1999). Industrial Schools in England, 1857 – 1933. “Moral Hospitals” or “Oppressive Institutions”? Dissertation. University of London. George, W. R. (1909). The Junior Republic: Its History and Ideals. New York/London: D. Appleton and Company. Hessova, L. (2022): Vybrane modely prevychovne institucionalni pece o dite z prelomu 19. a 20. stoleti v kontextu soucasne ceske etopedicke praxe: historicko-pedagogicky vyzkum. Dissertation. Univerzita Karlova. Higginbotham, P. (2017). Children´s Homes: A History of Institutional Care for Britain´s Young. Barnsley: Pen & Sword History. Holl, J. M. (1971). Juvenile Reform in the Progressive Era. William R. George and the Junior Republic Movement. Ithaca/London: Cornell University Press. Jacobi, J. (2009). Between charity and education: orphans and orphanages in early modern times. Paedagogica Historica, 45(1–2), 51–66. Retrieved from: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00309230902746396 Kamp, J. M. (2006). Kinderrepubliken: Geschichte, Praxis und Theorie radikaler Selbstregierung in Kinder- und Jugendheimen (pdf print). Retrieved from: http://paed.com/kinder/kind/kinderrepubliken.pdf Kasper, T. (2008). Nemecke vychovne ustavy – analyza reformne pedagogickeho konceptu a priklad Svobodne skolni obce v Litomericich v mezivalecne CSR. Praha: UK. Neill, A. S. (2015). Summerhil. Pribeh prvni demokraticke skoly na svete. (Czech translation by V. Jurek). Praha: PeopleComm. Oursler, F., & Oursler, W. (1949). Father Flanagan of Boys Town. New York: Doubleday &Company. Pacnerova et al., (2015). Standardy kvality pece o deti ve skolskych zarizenich pro vykon ustavni a ochranne vychovy a preventivne vychovne pece. (Czech Standards). Retrieved from: Pecha, L. (1999). Kruta Poema Makarenko-jak ho nezname. Doplnek: Brno. Reilly, H., & Warneke, K. (2008). Father Flanagan of Boys Town. A Man of Vision. Nebraska: Boys Town Press. Riis, J. A. (1890). How the other half lives. Studies among the Tenements of New York. New York: Charles Scribner´s Sons. Toth, S. A. (2019). Mettray. A History of France's Most Venerated Carceral Institution. Cornell University Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Discourse Systems in History of Education and its Transnational Transmission: Semantic Analysis of German and Chinese Textbooks (1794-1948) University of Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:The role of history of education as an organizational framework for educational knowledge has been pivotal in the creation and diffusion of educational knowledge. However, there remains a gap in empirical research concerning the semantic structure of history of education knowledge and its transnational transmission. This study addresses this gap by employing complex network science and natural language processing techniques to construct semantic networks for history of education textbooks in German and Chinese. The goal is to explore the early development of the discourse system within the field of "history of education" and investigate the aspects of stability and variability in the process of transnational transmission. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To achieve this, a comprehensive collection of 125 history of education textbooks published in Germany from 1794 to 1933 and 59 history of education textbooks published in China from 1901 to 1948 was systematically compiled. Subsequently, a computer-processable full-text corpus with a total word count of approximately 25.8 million was created through optical character recognition. The study utilizes distribution-based semantic proximity metrics to reconstruct the semantic networks between high-frequency words in the two corpora. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that the semantic networks of both German and Chinese history of education textbooks exhibit similar overall topological structures, comprising around six interrelated conceptual core categories. For instance, German history of education textbooks encompass key categories, including the institutional foundation of education centered around "school and teacher," family education with "child and parent" as the core, curriculum and teaching emphasizing "student and teaching," philosophical and religious category focusing on "human and spirit," and a category labeled "educational theory," with "education and pedagogy" at its core. These categories are intricately linked by historical elements at the heart of the network, establishing the foundational discourse system in German history of education textbooks. Remarkably, this methodology unveils connections between categories, challenging preconceived notions present in German history of education. Notably, terms like Bildung and Pädagogik, traditionally emblematic of German pedagogy, do not hold a central position in the network. Further comparative analysis reveals an isomorphism between the semantic categories of Chinese and German history of education textbooks, with differences in local topological structures, such as historical categories not occupying a central position but being connected to specific semantic categories. Additionally, China's distinctive educational institutions, figures, and ideas are embedded in specific positions in the network. In the next phase, the study plans to introduce time and social dimensions to examine the dynamic mechanisms of knowledge structure replacement in history of education textbooks, along with the social background (or institutional conditions) of history of education knowledge producers. The methodological framework proposed by this study offers a new approach for researching discourse systems in pedagogy from a comparative perspective. References Erdmann, D., & Vogel, K. (Hrsg.) (2021). Erziehungswissenschaft aus der Distanz: empirische Studien (Erziehungswissenschaftliche Studien). Göttingen: Universitätsverlag. doi:10.17875/gup2021-1586 Gonon, P. (1999). Historiographie als Erziehung. Zur Konstitution der pädagogischen Geschichtsschreibung im 19. Jahrhundert. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 45(4), 521–530. pedocs. Jörg-W. Link (2021). Geschichte der pädagogischen Historiographie (utb-Titel ohne Reihe). Studienbuch Erziehungs- und Bildungsgeschichte (S. 31–51). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/10.36198/9783838557083-31-51 [Stand: 27.10.2021]. Manza, J., Sauder, M., & Wright, N. (2010). Producing Textbook Sociology: European Journal of Sociology. Archives Européennes de Sociologie, 51(2), 271–304. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/S0003975610000135 Oelkers, J. (1999). Die Geschichte der Pädagogik und ihre Probleme. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 45(4), 461–483. Prondczynsky, A. von (1999). Die Pädagogik und ihre Historiographie. Umrisse eines Forschungsfeldes. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 45(4), 485–504. Prondczynsky, A. von (2009). Historische Bildungsforschung: Auf der Suche nach dem systematischen Ort der Bildungsgeschichte. In M. Caruso, H. Kemnitz & J.-W. Link (Hrsg.), Orte der Bildungsgeschichte (S. 15–29). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Rule, A., Cointet, J.-P., & Bearman, P. S. (2015). Lexical shifts, substantive changes, and continuity in State of the Union discourse, 1790–2014. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 112(35), 10837–10844. doi:10.1073/pnas.1512221112 Tenorth, H.-E. (2010). Historische Bildungsforschung. In R. Tippelt & B. Schmidt-Hertha (Eds.), Handbuch Bildungsforschung (3., durchgesehene Auflage, pp. 135–152). VS-Verlag. Wiegmann, U. (2008). Pädagogikgeschichtliche Gesamtdarstellungen, Quellenbände und Periodika. Berlin: Bibliothek für Bildungsgeschichtliche Forschung. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-40816 [Stand: 13.11.2020]. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Towards an Education of the Senses (EoS): An alternative pragmatic view on STEAM KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:This abstract is based on a a PhD project to be conducted by three researchers from the KU Leuven. The PhD Project is interdisciplinary, bringing together the fields of Pedagogy, Arts and the Sciences. In doing so it hopes to make connections that go beyond just an enriched curriculum, and that are to be found in the very fiber of the different disciplines. It is this what a pragmatic view on STEAM entails, to avoid a bifurcation between the Sciences and the Arts and see them both as sensory ways of being in and getting to know the World.
The starting point of this research project is not to investigate the efficiency and effectiveness of STEAM education as a vehicle for the acquisition of predefined learning outcomes. Rather this project aims to investigate how STEAM, as a composition of science and arts, carries the potential to reconsider it through the lens of an Education of the Senses (EoS). Approaching STEAM as an educational design that activates students' imaginative engagement with the world and with the future, and that allows the student and the teacher to get away from a predefined understanding of it. Theoretically, this project builds further onto the sociological approach of Bruno Latour (2018), starting from the claim that today’s environmental and social problems are a consequence of the irreversible destruction we ourselves have brought to the world we inhabit through our post-enlightenment endeavours. Hence, what we take away from Latour is that we will have to learn to relate to the world differently. Investigating this new form of learning is precisely what we want to perpetuate with our refashioning of STEAM. As Dutch educationalist Gert Biesta (2006) asserts, to find sustainable pedagogical answers to these ecological and social issues, it is thus needed to look at educational practices through a different lens. To do so, we want to distance ourselves from education as being singularly associated with 'learning', as often happens, by rethinking ‘the school’ as a place where one is allowed to start relating to the world and society in the face of daring challenges. The school is then an intermediary space where efficiency logics are held at a (relative) distance to make way for questions such as "what is the subject under study trying to say to me?" (Vansieleghem, 2021). In this way students may develop a caring sensitivity to said world. To realise such a world-oriented approach of education, this research project wants to look at a more general educational reconceptualization of pedagogy that goes beyond the limits of instrumentalist logic, on the basis of pragmatic ideas such as those of the educationalist scholar John Dewey and the importance he places on practice-bound learning through experiencing. Drawing on pragmatic frameworks linked to experiential learning, particularly influenced by John Dewey, our focus extends beyond conventional socialization, emphasizing an education centered on familiarity with and sensitivity to significant matters. Building on this, our second objective [RO2] takes a practical turn, aiming to conceptualize education as an 'Education of the Senses' (EoS). This involves developing protocols and maxims, integrating the efficacy of lab and studio practices through an ArtScience co-creation. Such a convergence of scientific and artistic methods contributes to the formulation of a comprehensive EoS thinking framework. In pursuit of our third objective [RO3], we aim to devise a concrete curricular design for a radical reimagining of STEAM education rooted in EoS. This design, crafted collaboratively with field practitioners, aims to offer a practical and applicable STEAM solution for Flemish schools, with broader implications for addressing global environmental and social challenges. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The main research methodology will follow a theoretical hourglass trajectory. Roughly summarised, this process will start from the current approach of STEAM, and conceptually address the model’s shortcomings. In this way, a new vision on education will be formulated as an Education of the Senses. Starting from that Education of the Senses, a new curricular implementation of STEAM packages can then be designed in line with the vision that was set out in EoS; from STEAM, to EoS, to STEAM, or in other words we are moving from STEAM, to STEAM, through a lens of an Education of the Senses. As stated, in order to genuinely stay true to concrete practices and to recognise the added value of practitioner expertise, this main research will moreover be underpinned by practitioner research. Concretely this practitioner research will take place in STEM project classes with pupils aged 16 or above during two school years with regular contact intervals . In this way, the design will be developed in collaboration with students and teachers from STEM fields as co-researchers qnd co-creators. The practitioners and doctoral researchers will together engage in investigating, discussing and designing lab and studio practices in several lessons during hours reserved by schools to work on STEM. More concretely - by taking into account the research data collected by the researchers in the primary research - they will together think about and develop both an Education of the Senses and, based on this, what a redesign of STEAM might look like in practice. This means that the teachers and students will actively be participating in the field study as well as the design of EoS, in line with the ethics of practitioner research (de Vugt et al., 2017). Our conception of what might indicate valuable STEAM practices are not only theoretically derived and practically tested, but are also deducted from observational fieldwork in artisitic studio practices and scientific laboratory environments. More specifically, through the analysis of these studio and lab practices, the researchers will then shape the framework for an Education of the Senses; by investigating what happens in these studio and lab practices, the researchers will stipulate protocols; which procedures, (hidden) rules and relationships are at the core of such practices that make them educational? These protocols in turn make it possible to formulate core maxims for an Education of the Senses to be realised. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this proposed research endeavor, we embark on a transformative journey to reimagine STEAM education beyond the conventional paradigms. Departing from the typical scrutiny of STEAM's efficiency, our project places a novel emphasis on Education of the Senses (EoS). The overarching objective is not merely to ascertain predetermined learning outcomes but to delve into the profound potential of STEAM as an immersive, imaginative experience that transcends traditional boundaries. The theoretical foundation, rooted in the sociological insights of Bruno Latour, propels us to confront the dire consequences of irreversible environmental degradation and social upheavals resulting from our post-enlightenment pursuits. In response to these challenges, we posit that education must cease to be a mere repository of predefined knowledge and embrace a paradigm shift. Gert Biesta's call for sustainable pedagogical answers prompts us to view education as an intermediary space—a realm where efficiency logics yield to profound questions about the subject under study and the world's entreaties. Practitioner research, a cornerstone of our approach, actively involves students and teachers in shaping an EoS and crafting a new STEAM curriculum. The interdisciplinary lens we adopt, transcending traditional disciplinary boundaries, seeks inspiration from studio and laboratory practices. This unique perspective encourages a cross-disciplinary pollination, challenging doctoral researchers to venture outside their comfort zones and discover innovative insights. As we weave together theoretical insights and real-world practices, this research envisions a future where STEAM emerges not as a rote pursuit of knowledge but as an immersive, transformative journey—an Education of the Senses that fosters a deep, caring sensitivity to the world and its challenges. References Affifi, R. (2020a). Beauty in the Darkness: Aesthetic Education in the Ecological Crisis. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1126–1138. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12475 Biesta, G. (2006) Beyond Learning. Democratic Education for a Human Future (Boulder, Paradigm). Biesta, G. (2017). Letting art teach. de Vugt, A., Castelein, T., & De Baets, T. (2017). Ticket to ride : praktijkonderzoek in muziekeducatie (A. de Vugt, T. Castelein, & T. De Baets, Eds.). Garant. Duurzaam onderwijs: visie en ambities. (2022). KU Leuven. Greene, M. (1986). The Spaces of Aesthetic Education. The Journal of Aesthetic Education, 20(4), 56–62. https://doi.org/10.2307/3332600 Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble : making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780822373780 Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2018). Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy. punctum books. 11. https://doi.org/10.21983/P3.0193.1.00 Hoezo AstroSounds? (z.d.). AstroSounds. https://doi.org/10.14619/016 https://www.astrosounds.be/ https://www.kuleuven.be/duurzaamheid/duurzaam-onderwijs/visie Ingold, T. (2018). Anthropology and/as Education. London/NY: Routledge. Ingold, T. (2022). Knowing from the inside. Bloomsbury Academic James, W. (2005). Talks To Teachers On Psychology; And To Students On Some Of Life’s Ideals. Project Gutenberg. Latour, B. (2008). What is the style of matters of concern? Assen: Van Gorcum. Latour, B. (2018). Down to Earth: Politics in the New Climatic Regime. In Anthropological Quarterly (Vol. 93, Issue 2). Polity Press. https://doi.org/10.1353/ANQ.2020.0036 Lewis, T. E., & Hyland, P. (2022). Studious Drift : Movements and Protocols for a Postdigital Education. University of Minnesota Press. Meirieu, P. (2018). Le plaisir d’apprendre. Autrement. Schatzki, T. R. . (1996). Social practices : a Wittgensteinian approach to human activity and the social. Cambridge University press. Schildermans, H. (2019). Making a University. Introductory Notes on an Ecology of Study Practices (Doc- toral dissertation). KU Leuven, Belgium Sennett, R., & van Paassen, W. (2008). De ambachtsman: de mens als maker. (W. van Paassen, Trans.). Meulenhoff. Stengers, I. (2015). In Catastrophic Times: Resisting the Coming Barbarism. Open Humanities Press. Vansieleghem, Nancy; 2021. The Point of Study Practices Is to Discover the Kind of Questions That We 'Also' Should Ask. Philosophy and Theory in Higher Education; 2021; pp. 107 - 118 Vlieghe, J. & KU Leuven. (2022). Opvoeden: Oorspronkelijkheid zonder oorsprong. Lessen voor de 21ste eeuw, Leuven, Belgium. Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an Ontology of Teaching. Thing-centred Pedagogy, Affirmation and Love for the World. 11. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-16003-6 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 K: Sustainability in Education Research Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Joe O'Hara Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper How Does Action Competence Explain Young People's Sustainability Action? Finnish Environment Institute (Syke), Finland Presenting Author:Societal change calls for thorough readjustment of human agency to align with sustainability visions. Individual and collective actions that promote sustainability are required at many levels, including in the private lives of people and in the public sphere. Actions are needed to lower the environmental footprint of individuals and, at the same time, to catalyze a system-level adoption of sustainability. In recent years, young people have been at the forefront of collective sustainability efforts. Since its inception, the Fridays For Future -events have mobilized hundreds of thousands of predominantly young participants worldwide each year (“Strike Statistics”, 2024). In addition to strikes and demonstrations young people express their agency and drive sustainability in diverse ways (Oinonen & Paloniemi, 2023; Trott, 2021; Tayne, 2022). To engage in action towards sustainability may require a variety of skills, knowledge, and attitudes. Frameworks that capture these sustainability competencies have been under intensive development during the last decade (e.g., Bianchi et al., 2022; UNESCO, 2017). Of particular interest has been action competence for sustainability, which has been defined as the overall will, confidence, and knowhow to bring about sustainability transformations (Sass et al., 2020). Action competence has been understood as an educational approach (Mogensen & Schnack, 2010) as well as an educational outcome, an underlying latent capacity of individuals and groups (Olsson et al., 2020). However, these is a lack of knowledge of how action competence and its subconstructs are related to different kinds of actions and behaviors that promote sustainability. Especially the role of knowledge of action possibilities in determining sustainability efforts is in a need for clarification. As complexity and uncertainty are fundamental parts of sustainability challenges (e.g., Lönngren & van Poeck, 2021), it is hard to know which efforts will produce the desired effects. Instead, actions emerge from a knowledge base that is always incomplete (Almers, 2013). The notion of pluralism in action-oriented knowledge emphasizes that multiple kinds of knowledge and different ways of knowing are involved in actions for sustainability (Caniglia et al., 2021; Wals, 2010). Therefore, reaching an end-goal of enough knowledge is not feasible when tackling wicked sustainability problems. This concerns particularly collective actions that are directed on system-level change, since tracing their legacies is a tedious task even for experts (Amenta et al., 2010). To investigate the relationship between action competence and sustainability actions, we conducted a national survey of 15 to 29-year-olds (N = 940) in Finland. We asked how action competence for sustainability is related to both private sphere behavior and collective action that drive change. Results of structural equation modeling show that the overall measure of self-perceived action competence for sustainability strongly predicts private sphere behavior, but the association is nonexistent with system-oriented sustainability action. Further analysis on the components of action competence reveals that high perceived knowledge and low outcome expectations predict low engagement in sustainability action. Knowledge and outcome expectations also affect behavior indirectly via willingness to act. Based on our results we argue that actions and behaviors have different antecedents, and that the ability to recognize outcome uncertainty affects how young people’s sustainability agency is manifested. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The survey measures were translated, adapted to the Finnish context, and tested with four groups of young people. We requested a sample of 1000 Finnish speaking young people aged 15–29 from an online panel maintained by Kantar Media Finland Oy. After screening the data, 940 participants were retained, of which 43% were male, 56% female, and 1% did not specify. 25% were aged between 15–19, 37% were aged between 20–24, and 38% were aged between 25–29 years old. Action competence was measured with the Self-Perceived Action Competence for Sustainability -scale (Olsson et al., 2020) which consists of 12 items covering three subconstructs: knowledge of action possibilities, confidence in one’s own influence and willingness to act. The scale has a 5-point response format (1 = strongly disagree … 5 = strongly agree). Sustainability action was measured with 16 items adapted from Alisat and Riemer’s (2015) Environmental Action Scale. These actions range from low-profile efforts, such as participating in events and raising awareness in social media, to highly devoted activism, such as organizing protests or public events. Sustainability behavior was measured with eight private sphere behavior items, such as preferring vegetarian meals, buying eco-labelled products, and educating oneself. Actions and behaviors were assessed on a 5-point scale (0 = never … 4 = very frequently) according to the rate at which the respondent had performed them in the last six months. We used the structural equation modeling framework to assess two competing models. In model A, we estimated how action competence for sustainability as a higher order factor predicts sustainability action and behavior. In model B, we disaggregated action competence in its sub-scales to see how they were associated with sustainability efforts. In addition, in model B we specified direct associations from knowledge of action possibilities and confidence in one’s own influence on willingness to act, in order to estimate their indirect effects on sustainability action and behavior. We evaluated local and global fit of the models by inspecting the correlation residual matrices and examining a set of fit statistics (model chi-square, RMSEA, CFI and SRMR). We refrained from hanging onto firm cutoff criteria and evaluated the fit indices in the context of the scales’ measurement quality (McNeish et al., 2018). The models were run using the ‘lavaan’ package in R with two estimators: maximum likelihood with Satorra-Bentler scaling and weighted least squares mean and variance adjusted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results suggest that action competence as a higher order construct is positively related to personal practices, such as preferring a plant-based diet, but it doesn’t predict collective actions that are targeted at a system-level change, such as organizing sustainability-themed events and protests. This is unexpected, since the theory of action competence emphasizes action that aims to solve the problems or change the conditions that created the problems (Mogensen & Schnack, 2010). Furthermore, we found that scoring high on knowledge of action possibilities is associated with less sustainability action, and that the relationship is nonexistent with private-sphere behavior. We argue that respondents who score high on the knowledge subconstruct represent young people who have more confidence in their knowledge base and possibly disregard the uncertainties of sustainability challenges, thus having little motivation to take actions with unforeseeable outcomes. By contrast, respondents who score less on the knowledge subscale are not necessarily short of knowledge, but they may recognize their limits of knowing and deliberate more thoroughly on their agency. These young people acknowledge the uncertainties and risks that are an inevitable part of sustainability, which is precisely why they have a greater urge to make sustainability efforts targeted at the system level. Our findings are of key relevance for sustainability education and to understand youth engagement. Strong arguments have been made that sustainability education should support the development of thinking skills that help learners to embrace uncertainty, reflect on their values, appraise the adequacy of their knowledge base, and adjust their actions accordingly (Bianchi et al., 2022; Mogensen & Schnack, 2010; UNESCO, 2017). These skills and competencies are strongly linked to the ways in which young people’s sustainability agency might emerge. References Alisat, S., & Riemer, M. (2015). The environmental action scale: Development and psychometric evaluation. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 43, 13–23. Almers, E. (2013). Pathways to action competence for sustainability—Six themes. The Journal of Environmental Education, 44(2), 116-127. Amenta, E., Caren, N., Chiarello, E., & Su, Y. (2010). The political consequences of social movements. Annual Review of Sociology, 36, 287-307. Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2022). GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Caniglia, G., Luederitz, C., von Wirth, T., Fazey, I., Martin-López, B., Hondrila, K., König, A., von Wehrden, H., Schäpke, N. A., Laubichler, M. D. & Lang, D. J. (2021). A pluralistic and integrated approach to action-oriented knowledge for sustainability. Nature Sustainability, 4(2), 93-100. Lönngren, J., & Van Poeck, K. (2021). Wicked problems: A mapping review of the literature. International Journal of Sustainable Development & World Ecology, 28(6), 481-502. McNeish, D., An, J., & Hancock, G. R. (2018). The thorny relation between measurement quality and fit index cutoffs in latent variable models. Journal of personality assessment, 100(1), 43-52. Mogensen, F., & Schnack, K. (2010). The action competence approach and the ‘new’ discourses of education for sustainable development, competence and quality criteria. Environmental education research, 16(1), 59–74. Oinonen, I. & Paloniemi, R. (2023) Understanding and measuring young people’s sustainability actions. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 91, 102124. Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Boeve-de Pauw, J. (2020). Self-perceived action competence for sustainability: The theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742–760. Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292-305. Strike Statistics. (2024, January 23.) In Fridaysforfuture. https://fridaysforfuture.org/what-we-do/strike-statistics Tayne, K. (2022). Buds of collectivity: student collaborative and system-oriented action towards greater socioenvironmental sustainability. Environmental Education Research, 28(2), 216-240. Trott, C. D. (2021). What difference does it make? Exploring the transformative potential of everyday climate crisis activism by children and youth. Children's Geographies, 19:3, 300-308. UNESCO (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO publishing. Wals, A. E. (2010). Between knowing what is right and knowing that is it wrong to tell others what is right: On relativism, uncertainty and democracy in environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 16(1), 143-151. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Embracing Uncertainty: Holistic Education in Lithuania's Primary Schools for an Ever-Changing Future Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania Presenting Author:In the 21st century, it is surprising to witness that alongside climate change and technological advancements, a dearth of empathy and compassion has emerged. The ongoing conflict in Ukraine, the unrest in Israel, and the inhumane treatment of fellow global inhabitants serve as poignant reminders that the fundamental question of our humanity, "What constitutes the essence of being human?", remains unanswered. According to a report published by UNESCO (2023), the discourse on post-COVID education revolves around the incorporation of technologists and artificial intelligence to establish a personalized and inclusive learning environment for all. However, the report highlights that the integration of technology in education is often driven by the profit-oriented agendas of technology companies, rather than being aligned with the specific needs of both students and teachers. In the present era, marked by post-humanist and anthropocentric ideologies, and confronted with pressing challenges like climate change, inequality, and conflict, it becomes essential to redirect our focus towards holistic education. Additionally, it is important to reexamine the very notion of "being human" in this rapidly evolving, technology-driven world. Over twenty-five years ago, UNESCO-APNIEVE (1998) raised a thought-provoking inquiry about the essence of learning to coexist and thrive together: The significance of holistic education and its potential role in addressing worldwide challenges begs the question of its essence and its capacity to offer solutions. Essentially, the paradigm of holistic education is rooted in the notion that fully educating a child necessitates addressing their intellectual, social, emotional, physical, spiritual, and artistic needs in a balanced manner (Bhatta, 2009; Hare, 2010; Preston, 2012; Rudge, 2016; Miller, 2010, 2019; Pong, 2021; Miseliunaite et al., 2022). Considered a transformative educational approach, Hare (2010) asserts that holistic education equips students with lifelong learning skills, emphasizing life skills, attitudes, and personal awareness necessary for navigating an increasingly intricate world (p. 6). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1.1 Research Questions: This research aims to explore the features and manifestations of holistic education in the Lithuanian primary education system. The following research questions will guide the study: R1: What are the features of holistic education in the Lithuanian primary education system? R2: How are the features of holistic education manifested in Lithuanian primary education? 1.2 Data Collection Methods: To ensure the reliability and comprehensiveness of the collected data, a triangulation approach was employed, drawing on multiple data collection methods (Denscombe, 2014, p. 154-5): 1. Collection of Lithuania's updated primary curriculum documents (2022): The primary curriculum documents will provide valuable insights into the educational policies and frameworks encompassing holistic education. 2. Classroom Observations: Observations were conducted in primary schools, with a total of 30 lessons observed across various primary school teachers. These observations offer a firsthand understanding of how holistic education practices are implemented in real classroom settings. 3. Semi-structured In-depth Interviews: Semi-structured interviews were conducted with education policy makers. A total of five interviews were conducted to gain insights into their perspectives on holistic education and its integration within the primary education system. 1.3 Data Analysis Methods: A mixed methods approach, combining quantitative and qualitative analysis, was employed to address the research questions and achieve a comprehensive understanding of the features and manifestations of holistic education in Lithuanian primary education (Leavy, 2017, p. 164). - Thematic Analysis: The qualitative data collected from the curriculum documents, observations, and interviews will be analyzed using the MAXQDA software. Thematic coding will be applied to identify recurring themes and patterns related to holistic education. - Quantitative Coding: The quantitative data obtained from the observations and curriculum documents will be coded using Microsoft Excel, allowing for numerical analysis to identify prevalent features of holistic education. 1.4 Data Interpretation and Synthesis: Data interpretation and synthesis will be guided by an interpretative paradigm (Leavy, 2017) and a combination of deductive and inductive reasoning. Deductive reasoning will be employed to analyze the curriculum documents and observations, while inductive reasoning will be utilized to explore insights gained from the interviews with education policy makers. By triangulating these different perspectives, a comprehensive interpretation and synthesis of the analyzed data will be achieved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings: • The study findings emphasize the need to prioritize spirituality as an essential component of holistic education, which fosters coherence, self-awareness, and resilience amidst global challenges. • Observations in Lithuanian primary education indicates an imbalance favouring transmissive and transactional teaching methods over transformative education, leading to limited emphasis on spirituality as a key component of holistic education. • Lithuanian education policy makers recognize the importance of coherence, collaboration, teacher training, and a shift in assessment methods to successfully implement holistic education in the primary curriculum. • The potential impact of a holistic education paradigm in equipping the younger generation for an uncertain future lies in fostering well-rounded individuals with a holistic mindset and harmonious relationships, yet the practical implementation faces challenges due to resource and competence requirements, along with a lack of conscious integration of transformative education and spirituality in education policy and methods, as exemplified in Lithuania. References UNESCO (2023). Global Education Monitoring Report. Technology in education: A tool in whose terms? https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000385723 United Nations (2023). Report on the 2022 Transforming Education Summit. Convened by the UN Secretary-General.https://www.un.org/sites/un2.un.org/files/report_on_the_2022_transforming_education_summit.pdf UNESCO-APNIEVE (1998). Learning To Live Together in Peace and Harmony. Sourcebook No. 1. Bangkok: UNESCO-APNIEVE. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED440028.pdf UNESCO (2015). Rethinking Education Towards a Global Common Good? UNESCO: Paris, France, 2015; 10–86. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232555 Bhatta, C. P. (2009). Holistic Personality Development through Education. Journal of Human Values, 15(1), 49–59. https://doi.org/10.1177/097168580901500104 Hare, J. (2010). Holistic Education: An Interpretation for Teachers in the IB Programmes. International Baccalaureate Organization: Geneva, Switzerland. (pp. 3–8). https://balicurriculum.files.wordpress.com/2010/08/holistic-education-an-interpretation-for-teachers-in-the-ib-programmes.pdf Preston, J.P. (2012). Holistic Education: A Pioneer Narrative. Informal Learn. Flex. Contexts Divers. Dimens., 5, 251–267. https://doi.org/10.36510/learnland.v5i2.564 Rudge, L. T. (2016). Holistic Pedagogy in public Schools: A case study of three alternative schools. Other Education, 5(2), 169–195. https://www.othereducation.org/index.php/OE/article/download/152/172 Miller, J.P. (2010). Whole child education. https://www.amazon.com/Whole-Child-Education-John-Miller/dp/144261143X Miller, J.P. (2019). The Holistic Curriculum (3rd ed.). University of Toronto Press: Toronto, ON, Canada. Pong, H. (2021). The cultivation of university students’ spiritual wellbeing in holistic education: longitudinal mixed-methods study. International Journal of Children’s Spirituality, 26(3), 99–132. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364436x.2021.1898344 Miseliunaite, B., Kliziene, I., & Cibulskas, G. (2022). Can Holistic Education Solve the World’s Problems: A Systematic Literature Review. Sustainability, 14(15), 9737. MDPI AG. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/su14159737 Denscombe, M. (2014). The Good Research Guide (4th Edition). Maidenhead, UK: Open University Press. Leavy, P. (2017). Introduction to Social Research. In Research Design: Quantitative, Qualitative, Mixed Methods, Arts-Based, and Community-Based Participatory Research Approaches (1st ed). New York, NY: The Guilford Press. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Sustainability on the University Campus: A Multiple-case Analysis University of Vechta (Germany), Rafael Landívar University (Guatemala) Presenting Author:This research brings an overview of the characteristics and impacts of “sustainability on campus” as living laboratories for sustainable development initiatives of Europe, in comparison to other geographical, cultural, social and environmental contexts (continents). Higher education for sustainable development has been a global trend on recent years. Among the most relevant addressed issues are the challenge to transfer sustainable development approaches to universities (Adomssent et.al., 2007), the integration of sustainability in education through changes in higher education (Barth, 2011), the student´s points of view on higher education as an innovative approach to provoke changes (Barth et. al., 2011) and the analysis of key competencies for sustainable development (Rieckmann, 2012). With regards to campus sustainability in higher education evaluation measures, Townsend and Barrett (2015) in Jain, S., et. al. (2017), states that limited information is available, highlighting the need to develop specific tools or frameworks that may be used for assessing the sustainability initiatives on university campuses. Starting on a theoretical basis, sustainability science has been defined as a discipline that addresses the understanding of the dynamics of human-environment systems and facilitates the design, implementation, and evaluation of practical interventions (Clark & Dickson (2003) in Zen, I. S. (2017)). On this regard, Zizka, L., et. al. (2021) emphasizes the potential and relevance that academic institutions have to promote change and therefore contribute directly in the implementation of sustainable development priorities. The same author continues to argue that besides the political willing at the international and national levels to address the role of higher education institutions on sustainable development, there is still the need of deepening and expanding studies related to concepts like “green university” or “sustainability on campus”. Alshuwaikhat and Abubakar (2008) in Martek, I. et. al. (2022), with reference to sustainability initiatives in universities, states that traditional practices and regulations related to environmental issues are mainly implemented in a reactive manner, with a high degree of inefficiency and low guarantee of being sustainable on a long term. Another topic that has recently emerged is the analysis of operating the university campus as a living laboratory for sustainability problem-solving institution. McMillin and Dyball (2009) in Cohen, B. (2018) refer to the connections that are made visible to students and campus community between theory and practice. Shawe, R., et. al., (2019) have also found evidence in the literature predominantly concentrating on campus actions and changes, without addressing university outreach activities. Following these findings, the current research aims to identify what are the common variables that characterizes the current trends of “sustainability on campus” initiatives as a living laboratory for sustainable development. A holistic multiple case study will be conducted on five selected universities. Therefore, the general objective is to identify common variables that characterize current trends in “sustainability on campus” initiatives as “living laboratories” for sustainable development. Three specific research objectives are formulated as follows: (1) define a theoretical and conceptual framework of the university campus as a living laboratory for sustainable development; (2) identify commonalities and differences among selected variables of current “sustainability on campus” practices on different environmental contexts; and, (3) design a systematic scheme of variables that represents a university campus as a living laboratory for sustainable development. The research questions related to the data to be collected are: How are the common variables of the “Sustainability on Campus” initiatives functioning as a living laboratory for sustainable development? and, how is the natural environment impacting on the built environment sustainability initiatives of each university campus? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Multiple-case analysis is a method for in-depth exploration of similarities and differences across cases in support of conceptual generalizability and theoretical predictions. This method facilitates the comparison of commonalities and differences in events, activities, and processes of the units of analyses (Yin, 1994). According to Dawson (1997), Snow & Thomas (1994) and Wolfgramm (1997) in Chaves and Weiler (2016), as an empirical investigation that studies a contemporary phenomenon within its real-life context, a multiple-case study searches to expand and analyze a theory (analytical generalization) rather than enumerate frequencies (statistical generalization). Through a replication logic analysis, the selected cases will be tested through two contradictory theories: (1) sustainability on campus initiatives as living laboratories for sustainable development are necessary for the implementation of an Education for Sustainable Development approach in higher education institutions; and, (2) There is no need of establishing and implementing sustainability on campus initiatives as living laboratories for sustainable development in order to promote an Education for Sustainable Development approach in higher education institutions. On this regard, the theoretical propositions to be analyzed in the multiple case study are: “sustainable development is implemented as an institutional initiative of the university”; “sustainability on campus” initiatives aim to link Education for Sustainable Development in higher education institutions to campus design and facility management; “sustainability on campus variables belongs to a social, economic, environmental and institutional systemic approach” and, “a university campus as a living laboratory involves its institutional framework and all daily activities derived or not from a specific initiative”. The units of analysis of the multiple–case study are five different university campuses. Two of them are campuses that have sustainability on campus and living laboratories initiatives under an ongoing implementation process and three of them are universities that do not have sustainability on campus and living laboratories initiatives currently undergoing. The collected data from each unit of analysis will be related to the above mentioned contradictory theories and theoretical propositions. This analysis will include a combination of data collection techniques, such as interviews, documents analysis, webpages revision and collaboration with experts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Sustainability in higher education literature emphasizes the need to project a system´s approach (Lidstone L., et. al. 2015). This implies a whole holistic institutional effort to implement “sustainability on campus” initiatives. In this case, the same author refers to learning activities beyond the classroom that could include all facets of the university on campus daily life: education (curricula), research (student and faculty research for sustainability), operations (transforming building, procurement, maintenance practices, human resources, and student administration), and community outreach (including the broader community in these efforts). The initiatives to implement “sustainable campuses” or “green campuses” have grown in the last years across the world. However, according to Garrido-Yserte, R., & Gallo-Rivera, M.-T., 2020) there are different definitions of sustainable university campus and different interpretations or approaches to implement “sustainability on campus” initiatives. Therefore, although “sustainability on campus” has been included in the most recent debate on strategies to promote sustainability in universities, its implementation strategies lack of an international or regional consensus. The expected outcomes or findings of this research are to contrast the inclusion and exclusion theoretical framework (starting point) through the identification of the most relevant variables that coincide with the “implementation” and “put into practice” of the science of sustainability framework in higher education institutions. The geographical context of the current study reaches contemporary cases that are located in different environmental-geographical contexts (continents), in order to identify a link between diverse natural environments and their respective built environment sustainability management characteristics. The emphasis of the study will be focus on European higher education institutions that coincide with the above mentioned methodological criteria in order to have comparison parameters with other institutional strategies that are focused on the implementation of “sustainability on campus” initiatives as living laboratories for sustainable development. References Chaves and Weiler (2016) Los estudios de casos como enfoque metodológico. Cohen, B., Lawrence, K. T., Armstrong, A., Wilcha, M., & Gatti, A. (2018). Greening Lafayette: A model for building sustainable community. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 19(7), 1239-1258. Garrido-Yserte, R., & Gallo-Rivera, M.-T. (2020). The Potential Role of Stakeholders in the Energy Efficiency of Higher Education Institutions. Sustainability, 12(21), 8908. Jain, S., Agarwal, A., Jani, V., Singhal, S., Sharma, P., & Jalan, R. (2017). Assessment of carbon neutrality and sustainability in educational campuses (CaNSEC): A general framework. Ecological Indicators, 76, 131-143. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2017.01.012 Lidstone, L., Wright, T., & Sherren, K. (2015). An analysis of Canadian STARS-rated higher education sustainability policies. Environment, Development and Sustainability, 17(2), 259-278. Martek, I., Hosseini, M. R., Durdyev, S., Arashpour, M., & Edwards, D. J. (2022). Are university “living labs” able to deliver sustainable outcomes? A case-based appraisal of Deakin University, Australia. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 23(6), 1332-1348. Shawe, R., Horan, W., Moles, R., & O’Regan, B. (2019). Mapping of sustainability policies and initiatives in higher education institutes. Environmental Science & Policy, 99, 80-88. Yin, R. (1994): Case Study Research: Design and Methods. Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks. Zen, I. S. (2017). Exploring the living learning laboratory: An approach to strengthen campus sustainability initiatives by using sustainability science approach. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 18(6), 939-955. Zizka, L., McGunagle, D. M., & Clark, P. J. (2021). Sustainability in science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) programs: Authentic engagement through a community-based approach. Journal of Cleaner Production, 279, 123715. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Expression of Sustainable Mindset Traits in Lithuanian Primary School Curriculum Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania Presenting Author:The pressing global challenges necessitate a paradigm shift in how humanity lives, prompting education systems to adapt and incorporate learning objectives aligned with sustainability principles (UNESCO, 2017). Acknowledging this imperative, acquiring new mindsets becomes crucial (Broo, 2022; Lees, 2021; Rimanoczy, 2020). This shift involves a profound transformation of individuals' inner worlds, encompassing radical changes in values, thoughts, and lifestyles (Jančius et al., 2022). Recognizing that primary education shapes the future, integrating sustainability values into curricula becomes essential, influencing children's lifelong perspectives (Chawla, 2007; Lloyd & Gray, 2014). While it is vital for curricula to reflect global issues, there is a risk of schools merely disseminating information without fostering critical engagement (Bourn et al., 2016). It becomes paramount to guide children in establishing harmonious relationships with the Earth and others, addressing issues like climate change, global poverty, and gender equality (Herbert, 2008). However, research indicates a scarcity of sustainability-related content in primary education, with existing studies indirectly linked to sustainability (Andersen, 2018). Despite holistic aspects of sustainability education in primary schools, the lack of effective didactic approaches hampers influencing students' attitudes and behaviors (Taylor et al., 2019; Nepraš et al., 2022). Moreover, teachers' discomfort in discussing uncomfortable or controversial topics with primary students adds a layer of complexity (Mundy & Manion, 2008; Oberman et al., 2012; Robinson & Sebba, 2010). This unease is exacerbated by the fact that sustainability competences have traditionally been studied in higher education, leaving a dearth of knowledge about their development in primary education (Brundiers et al., 2020; Redman & Wiek, 2021; Vesterinen & Ratinen, 2023). To address this gap and uncover the potential of developing a sustainable mindset in primary education, the research question posed is: How are the characteristics of a sustainable mindset reflected in the Lithuanian primary curriculum? The study's aim is to reveal the expression of sustainable mindsets in the primary curriculum. Research Objectives:
The theoretical conceptual frameworks guiding this study include:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research approach was used to uncover the expression of sustainability mindset in the primary curriculum. The study analysed Lithuanian Common Curriculum for pre-primary, primary, secondary and basic education (the Common Curriculum provisions and 12 curriculum annexes) and 12 textbooks on integrated primary content. The study only analysed the content of the curricula and the curriculum annexes that are included in primary education. In this study, in order to uncover the expression of sustainable mindset in the primary curriculum, individual sections of selected curriculum annexes were analysed in the following ways: general provisions; aim and objectives; development of competences; achievement domains and outcomes; content of the curriculum; students’ levels of achievement by area of achievement. For the analysis of the chapter on students’ levels of achievement by area of achievement, data are collected from the higher levels of achievement. In order to see the broader possibilities for the development of sustainable mindset in the primary curriculum, the integrated content textbooks for grades 1-4. " Vaivorykštė" were also analysed. The analysis is carried out in two stages. The first stage involves the development of a coding tool for the analysis. The analysis codes are based on the model of the expression of the traits of a sustainable mindset in primary education presented in the theoretical part. The traits of a sustainable mindset are divided into characteristics and these into criteria. In the second part, the data are analysed by reading the texts carefully and dividing the text segments into units of analysis, to which analysis codes are assigned. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of scientific literature revealed that sustainability is a multi-layered construct encompassing economic, ecological, social, and cultural aspects, whose interaction is directed towards preserving the planet and ensuring the well-being of present and future generations. The integration of sustainability into education can occur through external and internal perspectives. The external perspective emphasizes the development of competencies, skills, and attitudes necessary to address sustainability-related challenges. The internal perspective serves as the foundation for sustainability mindset and highlights the integration of sustainability principles into decision-making and operational processes. The adapted model of sustainability mindset revealed the possibilities of integrating sustainability mindset into the primary education curriculum. The document analysis, conducted using content analysis methodology and a coding instrument developed based on the model of sustainability mindset expression in primary education, showed that the expression of assumptions underlying the development of sustainability mindset in Lithuanian primary education programs is partial. The expression of sustainability mindset traits is most prominent in the content of ethics, natural sciences, and ethnic culture programs. These programs emphasize criteria associated with specific characteristics of sustainability mindset, such as collaboration, the creation and adherence to agreements, and the understanding of global human and cultural diversity. Characteristics of sustainability mindset that are directly related to sustainable development, nature conservation, and sustainability are mostly developed in optional education content. The programs prioritize an external perspective on sustainability education, with less emphasis on the development of an internal perspective. The analysis of primary education textbooks revealed that subject integration creates favourable conditions for the development of sustainability mindset traits at the primary education stage. The integrated format of textbooks facilitates the development of sustainability mindset across all subject lessons by integrating themes horizontally and expanding the content vertically throughout the educational year. References Broo, D. G. (2022). Transdisciplinarity and three mindsets for sustainability in the age of cyber-physical systems [Article]. Journal of Industrial Information Integration, 27, 100290. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jii.2021.100290 Chawla, L. (2007). Childhood Experiences Associated with Care for the Natural World: A Theoretical Framework for Empirical Results. Children, Youth and Environments, 17(4), 144–170. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.7721/chilyoutenvi.17.4.0144 Hermes, J., & Rimanoczy, I. (2018). Deep learning for a sustainability mindset [Article]. The International Journal of Management Education, 16(3), 460–467. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijme.2018.08.001 Kassel, K., Rimanoczy, I., & Mitchell, S. F. (2018). A sustainability mindset model for management education. In Developing a Sustainability Mindset in Management Education (pp. 3–37). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351063340-1 Lees, M. (2021). Sustainable Compassionate Education Leadership in a Global Society. In A. A. Ritz & I. Rimanoczy (Eds.), Sustainability Mindset and Transformative Leadership (pp. 225–240). Sustainable Development Goals Series. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-76069-4_11 Nepraš, K., Strejčková, T., & Kroufek, R. (2022). Climate Change Education in Primary and Lower Secondary Education: Systematic Review Results. Sustainability, 14(22), 14913. https://doi.org/10.3390/su142214913 Redman, A., & Wiek, A. (2021). Competencies for Advancing Transformations Towards Sustainability. Frontiers in Education, 6, 484. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.785163 Rimanoczy, I. (2020). The Sustainability Mindset Principles: A Guide to Developing a Mindset for a Better World. Routledge. https://books.google.lt/books?id=LZ-GzQEACAAJ Rimanoczy, I., & Klinberger, B. (2021). The Sustainability Mindset Indicator: A Personal Development Tool. Journal of Management for Global Sustainability, 9(1), 43–79. https://doi.org/10.13185/JM2021.09103 Ritz, A. A., & Rimanoczy, I. (2021). Sustainability Mindset and Transformative Leadership [Book]. Springer International Publishing AG. Sterling, S. (2001). Sustainable Education: Re-Visioning Learning and Change. Schumacher Briefings. Vesterinen, M., & Ratinen, I. (2023). Sustainability competences in primary school education – a systematic literature review. Environmental Education Research, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2170984 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 L: Educational Leadership Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nagima Sarsenbayeva Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Grassroots Innovations in Schools: Barriers and Ways to Overcome Them HSE, Russian Federation Presenting Author:The innovations proposed by educational organisation staff are a specific case of so-called "bottom-up" or grassroots innovations, which arise from the initiative of individuals, as opposed to the "top-down" reform of the educational system.. An important characteristic of grassroots innovations is their orientation towards local needs and context [Gupta, 2020]. According to previous research, compared to "top-down" innovations, grassroots innovations are less constrained by institutional frameworks, are more responsive to emerging demands and opportunities, thus enabling the system to incorporate fresher and more creative solutions to existing problems [Koroleva and Khavenson, 2015; Seyfang and Smith, 2007]. In this context, innovations are understood to encompass both radically new approaches and methods, as well as existing practices adapted to the specific school context [Vincent-Lancrin et al., 2019]. The emergence of grassroots innovations has been described in previous studies as a complex and risky process [Glor, 2002]. Innovations, even if they have proven their effectiveness, encounter numerous obstacles during their implementation and dissemination, especially in conservative systems such as the education system [Halasz, 2018]. Barriers associated with the dissemination of innovations and modernisation of the school environment have been addressed in previous research [Sucha et al., 2021; Koroleva and Naushirvanov, 2020]. Key barriers include funding shortages, staffing needs, and a low willingness to adopt innovations, absence of motivation among teachers, administrators, families, and society. The next logical step would involve considering ways to overcome the identified barriers, as they are currently described only fragmentarily in the literature. In some studies focusing on barriers and drivers within organisations similar to schools, levels at which certain barriers and drivers operate have been emphasised. For example, Sucha et al. [2021] examine the barriers and drivers of innovations in Czech libraries at four different levels: personal, local, organisational, and structural. We hypothesise that such an approach could be beneficial for studying the emergence and diffusion of innovations in the field of education. Furthermore, an in-depth understanding of these results would involve a transition from a linear correspondence between barriers and levels (according to the methodology of the Czech study, a barrier cannot occur at different levels simultaneously, which seems to be an oversimplification) to an exploration of the connections between barriers and opportunities at different levels. Thus, our research questions are: How do innovators navigate between opportunities and barriers at different levels? What happens if a barrier arises at one level while opportunities exist at other levels? We study these issues based on the case of one region. It allows for a detailed understanding of the barriers and strategies to overcome them. Although the local specificity is important, we believe that the result might be relevant to other regions and countries as meta-analyses show that teachers from different countries face similar challenges that might affect innovation processes in schools: high workload, insufficient funding, well-being and burnout, conservative views on the education system, and so on. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical data collected during the spring of 2022 in one of the Russian regions which can be considered a typical region from the point of social-economic situation and a successful region in terms of educational quality. This combination of characteristics warrants the investigation and dissemination of its experience. Within the region, the sample was constructed based on the principle of maximum variation. The research was conducted in 8 cities, allowing for a diverse socioeconomic context. To find informants, the snowball sampling method was employed. Entry points into the field included 1) public information about innovative projects; 2) requests to representatives of regional universities, municipal education authorities, and school administrations. In each school, efforts were made to speak with representatives of the innovative project teams and the school administration. In total, 88 interviews were conducted in 30 schools. The majority of informants in the sample were teachers of various subjects (N=55). There was also a significant proportion of administrative staff, including 23 deputy directors and 10 headteachers. With few exceptions, the respondents were female, reflecting the actual gender distribution in schools. The study was conducted in 18 regular secondary schools, 4 secondary schools with in-depth study of specific subjects, 5 gymnasiums, 2 lyceums, and 1 private school. Semi-structured interviews were chosen as the primary method of data collection. The interview guide included questions about interest in innovation, experience in implementing new projects for the school, interaction and knowledge exchange with colleagues. Thematic analysis of the interviews was conducted using Atlas.ti software [Bryman, 2016; Braun and Clarke, 2006]. Following the merger of two classifications, two groups of two-level codes were developed: the first group denotes the substantive essence of the barrier or driver [Koroleva and Naushirvanov, 2020; Sucha et al, 2021], while the second group distinguishes the level of the barrier or driver [Sucha et al., 2021]. The substantive codes can be divided into several groups: relationships with stakeholders, financial and material-technical infrastructure, characteristics of the collective, personal qualities, laws, and competencies. The levels considered include personal, organisational, community, regional, and federal. Moreover, it is noteworthy that each barrier and driver may occur at each of the five levels. The strategy for overcoming barriers were identified based on the logic of open coding [Blair, 2015]. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the interviews, we have identified the key barriers that school staff face in initiating innovative projects. The identified barriers include shortage of innovative ideas, high workload of educators, resistance to innovation from teachers and parents, the inability to establish contacts with external actors, deficiency in competencies, staff shortages, lack of funding and material-technical infrastructure. In addition, we highlighted and systemized innovators’ strategies to overcome those barriers. For example, in response to the high workload of educators hindering their professional development, we suggested transitioning training to an online format, creating a comfortable learning environment, conducting training outside of active educational cycles, and delegating training to the most competent staff members or specially hired personnel. Summarising various mechanisms of overcoming, it can be observed that interaction between the school and external organisations within the locality not only helps to overcome barriers but also encourages school staff to embrace new innovations. In case, there is no opportunity to overcome the barrier, the innovators adapt a project so that it can work with existing resources, for instance, implementing a project at the school level if it is not feasible at the city level, and so on. Using online resources should be seen as an important strategy for overcoming barriers, including those related to limitations of a specific locality. It cannot be reduced to any of the stated levels at the previous classification of Sucha et al. (2021), so we propose to expand this classification. Also, based on investigating the relation between the level of a barrier and the level of overcoming it, we argue that a barrier arising at one level does not necessarily need to be overcome at the same level. In cases where essential project resources are lacking, innovators have sought alternative solutions or bridged gaps using personal resources. References Blair E. A reflexive exploration of two qualitative data coding techniques //Journal of Methods and Measurement in the Social Sciences. – 2015. – Т. 6. – №. 1. – С. 14-29. Braun V., Clarke V. Using thematic analysis in psychology // Qualitative Research in Psychology. - 2006. - №3(2). - P. 77–101. Bryman A. Social research methods. - Oxford university press, 2016 Glor, E. Innovation patterns // The Innovation Journal: The Public Sector Innovation Journal. – 2002. Gupta S. Understanding the feasibility and value of grassroots innovation //Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science. – 2020. – Т. 48. – С. 941-965. Halász G. Measuring innovation in education: The outcomes of a national education sector innovation survey //European Journal of Education. – 2018. – Т. 53. – №. 4. – С. 557-573. Koroleva D. O., Khavenson T. E. The portrait of a twenty-first century innovator in education //Russian Education & Society. – 2015. – Т. 57. – №. 5. – С. 338-357. Seyfang G., Smith A. Grassroots innovations for sustainable development: Towards a new research and policy agenda //Environmental politics. – 2007. – Т. 16. – №. 4. – С. 584-603. Sucha L.Z., Bartosova E., Novotny R. [et al.] Stimulators and barriers towards social innovations in public libraries: Qualitative research study // Library and Information Science Research. - 2021. - №43. - P. 1–7. Vincent-Lancrin S. Urgel, J., Kar, S., & Jacotin, G Measuring innovation in education 2019. – OECD: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, 2019. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Does Mentors’ Socioeconomic Background Influence Their Self-evaluation? University of Pécs, Hungary Presenting Author:Mentoring is implemented in several educational contexts as a tool for equitable intervention. The presentation focuses on university students who as mentors, participate in a mentor program situated in Hungary, that provides mentoring as an equitable service for mostly rural primary school pupils in Hungary in which pupils of low socioeconomic status (SES) and the largest Hungarian minority, the Roma minority is also overrepresented (Andl et al., 2020) leading people in the area to have intersectional difficulties (Varga, 2017). Mentoring began in the Autumn 2019 with the inclusion of Hungarian universities. All university students are free to join the mentor-training course and after its completion, they can become mentors of pupils aged c. 12-15 (Godó, 2021, Horváth, 2022). Pupils in the program are mostly at-risk youth as they face obstacles due to their SES, and racial prejudices, thus they are in an intersectional position (Varga, 2017). Mentoring aims at the manifestation of career guidance that pupils of low SES generally lack (Bereményi, 2020). Mentoring can be understood as prevention as it is to prevent early-school leaving (Bocsi, Varga & Fehérvári, 2023; Fehérvári & Varga, 2023). The presentation focuses on mentors, who also benefit from joining mentoring programs (Beltman, Herker & Fischer, 2019). Based on the literature, mentors’ success and development are based on various factors, for instance professional background (Berei, 2020), personality (Lakind, Eddy & Zell, 2014), experience in mentoring (Beltman, Herker & Fischer, 2019; Jones & Blankenship, 2020) and psycho-sociological background (Nagy, 2014). In this presentation the latest is given special attention: as primary school pupils’ primary socialization differs from the institutional secondary school socialization sphere; they are thought to undergo bicultural socialization (LaFromboise, Coleman & Gerton, 1993; Nguyen & Benet-Martínez, 2013; Stogianni et al, 2021). Mentors, who are of similar socialization patterns as mentees are expected to be found in the program – even though they are underrepresented at universities (Varga et al., 2021). Thus, inquiring about participating mentors’ SES is essential as it allows us to reveal the benefits of their bicultural selves in the process of mentoring pupils of similar backgrounds. Considering SES as an independent variable, the research aimed to answer the following three research questions. What are mentors’ motivations to join and their expectations about themselves? What do mentors highlight as successes and obstacles in their work? How do mentors evaluate their emotional, social, and professional development? The introduced data collection involved mentors at a Hungarian university (P=180; S=50). The applied questionnaire inquired about mentors’ perceptions and assumptions about mentoring and their success as mentors. Items included in the research have followed the patterns of the process-based model of inclusivity (Varga & Trendl, 2022), respondents have reflected (retrospectively) on their joining to the program (input), their participation (process) and expected outcomes (output). Based on SES data two subsamples have been created: 1) students of similar SES as the pupils (SLowSES=15) and 2) students of higher SES than the other group (SHigherSES=35). Data from the research shows tendencies that are to describe the sample and its subcategories. Socio-economic status influenced mentors’ demands towards their work and the evaluation of their results as mentors. Respondents in both sample groups have set out high expectations towards themselves as mentors that they could not achieve as planned in their mentoring outcomes. Participants of low SES have been more determined than their peers and set even higher mentoring goals. Data show that mentors perceived their participation in the program as beneficial, yet summarized hardships. Results of the research send lessons to learn in mentor training, as they reveal the main advantages and challenges of participation in the program. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is based on the analysis of macro-statistical data about mentors at the analysed university. Databases have been provided by the program leader at the university. The analysis included the description of students being involved in the preparatory, mentor-training course and those who joined the mentor program later (the analysis also included analysing tendencies in their drop-out of the program). Mentors’ (and mentor trainees’) mentoring duration (if any), university program/majors and demographic data have been included in the description. The presented research is based on an online questionnaire that consisted of open and closed questions. The introduced data collection involved (alumni) students at a Hungarian university. The research aimed to involve and reach out to all participants in the program who have worked as mentors from Autumn 2019 to Spring 2022. Many late mentors have finished their studies and could be reached only via informal channels, thus snowball-method sampling has been carried out (P=180; S=50). Respondents participated in the research without any compensation and agreed to be involved in the data collection. Participation was anonymous and data collection and storing of respondents’ data followed the ethical guidelines and research norms. Data collection took place in September 2022. The applied research tool, a mixed-method questionnaire consisted of 27 closed-, and open-ended items. Data has been analysed via descriptive statistics; qualitative, open-ended items have been coded via content analysis. Based on the respondents’ socioeconomic status (SES) two groups were created: 1) students of similar SES as the pupils (S*LOWSES=15) and 2) students of higher SES (S*HigherSES*=35). Respondents were also categorised based on their university majors and their connection to mentors’ work (S*STRONG CONNECTION*=27; S*WEAK CONNECTION*=12; S*NO CONNECTION*=11). These subsamples have functioned as the basis of analysis as independent variables. As data on students’ distribution in higher education shows, students of Roma minority and/or low SES are underrepresented in Hungarian higher education, the total estimated number of the two student groups and their overlap are thought not to exceed 1.5% (Varga et al, 2021, p. 74), thus the sample overrepresents students of lower SES. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The process-based model applied allows the description of the sample on three levels that are in harmony with the research aims. Social and economic status influenced mentors’ demands towards their work and the evaluation of their results as mentors. The research has revealed data about the mentors at the analysed university: their motivations to join social responsibility have been highlighted. Bicultural mentors (SLowSES) have set out higher goals than their peers when joining the program, but they could complete these with higher success than monocultural mentors. This tendency can be explained by that bicultural students wish to return and help their communities. The successes and advantages of being a mentor and its hardships have been also evaluated. Evaluation of the mentoring process was also linked to the chosen independent variable. Bicultural mentors have evaluated their emotional, social, and professional development (outcome of being a mentor) as more beneficial than their monocultural peers. Results of the research send lessons to learn in mentor training, as they reveal the main advantages and challenges of participation in the program. The introduced research has limitations. Firstly, repetition of the research at other Hungarian universities could be beneficial for the getting more detailed data. Secondly, some of the findings could not be explained based on the research tool, thus involving qualitative (interview-format) methods could strengthen triangulation of data. References Andl H., Arató, F., Orsós, A., & Varga, A. (2021). Így fejlődünk MI - A Tanítsunk Magyarországért! program hatása az egyetemi hallgatókra. Anyanyelv-pedagógia, 14(1), 47-63. DOI: 10.21030/anyp.2021.1.4 Beltman, S., Helker, K. & Fischer, S. (2019). ’I really enjoy it’: Emotional Engagement of University Peer Mentors. International Journal of Emotional Education, 11(2), 50-70. Berei, E. B. (2020). The Social Responsibility among Higher Education Students. Education Sciences, 10(3), 66. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10030066 Bereményi, Á. (2020). Career guidance inequalities in the context of labour shortage. The case of Roma young people in Hungary. Working Paper Series, 2020(5). Central European University Bocsi, V., Varga, A., & Fehérvári, A. (2023). Chances of Early School Leaving—With Special Regard to the Impact of Roma Identity. EDUCATION SCIENCES, 13(5). http://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13050483 Fehérvári, A., & Varga, A. (2023). Mentoring as prevention of early school leaving: a qualitative systematic literature review. FRONTIERS IN EDUCATION, 8. http://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1156725 Godó, K. (2021). Big Brother Mentoring in the Let’s Teach for Hungary Program. CENTRAL EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH, 3(3), 114–141. http://doi.org/10.37441/cejer/2021/3/3/10158 Horváth, G. (2022) "Mentoring Students of Disadvantaged Background in Hungary — “Let’s Teach for Hungary!” as an Equitable Intervention in the Public School System," Journal of Global Awareness, 3(1), Article 6. DOI: https://doi.org/10.24073/jga/3/01/06 Jones, I., & Blankenship, D. (2020). Mentoring as seen through the lens of doctoral students. Research in Higher Education Journal, 38. (Letöltve, 2022. 06. 28.) https://www.aabri.com/manuscripts/193107.pdf LaFromboise, T., Coleman, H. L. K., & Gerton, J. (1993). ‘Psychological impact of biculturalism: evidence and theory’ Psychology Bulletin, 114(3), 395-412. Nagy T. (2014). A mentor szerepe a tehetséggondozásban. In. Gefferth É. (szerk.) (2014). Mentorálás a tehetséggondozásban, (pp. 41-51). Magyar Tehetségsegítő Szervezetek Szövetsége. Nguyen, A. M. D., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2013). ‘Biculturalism and adjustment: Ametaanalysis’ Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 44(1), 122-159. Stogianni, M., Bender, M., Sleegers, W. W. A., Benet-Martinez, V., & Nguyen, A. (2021). Sample Characteristics and Country Level Indicators Influencing the Relationship Between Biculturalism and Adjustment: An Updated Meta-Analysis. Varga, A. (2017). Inkluzivitás napjainkban: hátrányos helyzetű, roma/cigány fiatalok életútja. Educatio, 26 (3), 418–430. DOI: 10.1556/2063.26.2017.3.8 Varga, A., Vitéz, K., Orsós, I., Fodor, B., & Horváth, G. (2021). Diversity and Inclusion in Higher Education. TRAINING AND PRACTICE, 19 (1-2). 70-81. https://doi.org/10.17165/TP.2021.1-2.7 Varga, A., & Trendl, F. (2022). Roma Youth and Roma Student Societies in the Hungarian Higher Education in the Light of Process-based Model of Inclusion. Autonomy and Responsibility Journal of Educational Sciences, 7(1), 19–36. https://doi.org/10.15170/AR.2022.7.1.2. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 99 ERC SES 08 M: Research on Citizenship Education Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Natasha Ziebell Paper Session |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teaching Difficult Knowledge from Lived Experiences with Violence. Narratives of Chilean Teachers and Challenges for Affective Citizenship Education Universidad Católica, Chile Presenting Author:Most Chilean teachers in public schools teach in marginalised contexts. Social segregation, racism, drug trafficking and gender violence are some of the problems they face every day in their communities (Matus et al., 2019). The situation is even more complex when the curriculum prescribes teaching these problems, which become difficult knowledge (MINEDUC, 2019). Teachers must confront the difficult issues in the school subjects (e.g., social studies, citizenship education, science, philosophy). This request interacts with their personal experiences with different forms of violence (Kim, 2021; Sonu, 2023). In short, teaching decisions are inserted in a complex assemblage that interests the field of citizenship education (CE), which is the focus of this research. In the last decades, teaching difficult and controversial issues at school has represented a relevant topic for researchers in CE (Barton & Ho, 2021; Pace, 2021). Most studies have addressed teachers' beliefs, student's cognitive skills, and teaching methodologies (Journell, 2022). Recently, some scholars have been interested in studying the relationship between teachers' personal experiences and pedagogical practices (e.g., Sonu, 2023; Zembylas & Loukadis, 2021). The research agenda in the area has been developed under a humanistic and modern paradigm (Zembylas, 2022). As a result, the affective and embodied dimensions of teaching difficult knowledge have been unrepresented. This study aims to analyse the affects produced by the encounter between teachers' experiences with violence and teaching difficult knowledge; from the new materialism theory (Barad, 2007) and the posthumanism (Braidotti, 2019). I understand the affects from Deleuze and Guattari's (1988) definition, as forces or energies produced by the encounter between human (e.g., students, teachers, families) and non-human bodies (e.g., social discourses, materialities, nature), changing the ability to act. These changes can manifest in different intensities and directions. Thus, these theoretical frameworks allow to understand the teaching of difficult knowledge, considering the embodied and affective dimensions that need more exploration. This research contributes to the field of citizenship education, and particularly for those interested in teaching difficult and controversial issues in school contexts. In particular, at least three contributions could be named: first, teaching decisions depends on teachers' personal and affective relationships with curricular content; second, it contributes to understanding teaching difficult knowledge from a complex and holistic theoretical perspective; and third, it allows us to recognise the value of affects and corporeality on creating alternative teaching methodologies to face these issues in challenging contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I conducted a post-qualitative study (Lather & St. Pierre, 2013) under a narrative approach (Tamboukou, 2021) to analyse the experiences of 4 teachers of public schools in the Metropolitan Region of Chile. It should be noted that the decision to focus on public schools lies in my interest in exploring the entanglements between the sociopolitical problems faced (e.g., racism, homophobia, classism) and the teaching decisions. To produce data, I conducted two narrative interviews with each teacher to delve deeper into the intersection between their teaching decisions about difficult knowledge, the social problems faced by the schools, and teachers lived experiences. One of these interviews embraces Springay and Truman's (2017) proposal of walking data production. To do this, each teacher selected a location where personal experiences and teaching decisions intersect. In this instance, teachers shared photographs, class plans, and learning resources that they selected previously. After the narrative interviews, I met with the four teachers in a participatory mapping session (Risler & Ares, 2013). On this occasion, with the provided materials (e.g., drawings, pencils, magazines), teachers mapped an experience of teaching difficult knowledge intertwined with their lived experience and the social problems faced by schools. Each teacher designed their map and explained it to the group, and we collectively dialogue about the possibilities and challenges of affective citizenship education. Finally, I carried out a narrative interview with each teacher to deepen into the participatory mapping session, assess their participation in the research and discuss about the affects and body reactions produced by the research. To analyse the narrative data, I used rhizoanalysis (Masny, 2013) and intra-action analysis (Jackson & Mazzei, 2011). The records on my field diary were part of the data research and were analysed in their affective interrelationship with the teachers' narratives. This study followed the requirements of the university's ethics committee and developed an adverse event protocol due to the emotionally sensitive nature of the topics addressed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results described the human and non-human elements that constitute the teachers' narratives. The interrelation between teachers' life stories and students' lived experiences stood out among the human elements. Regarding non-human elements, it appeared that teachers' narratives are tensioned by social discourses that pressure them not to address difficult issues. Also, their narrative intraact with the curricular prescriptions and the deficient infrastructure of public schools. In addition, the findings showed the intertwining between experiences teaching difficult knowledge and teachers' personal experiences with race, gender, and class discrimination. The broad sociopolitical context and challenges their schools address affect teachers' decisions. Finally, the affects of censorship, nostalgia and resistance appeared more strongly in teachers' narratives. In the discussion, I propose to build an affective CE that values the pedagogical potential of affects and recognises teachers as subjects full (and not empty) of experiences. Likewise, I theorise difficult knowledge and school citizenship education from new materialisms and posthumanities. These frameworks challenge the modern and rationalist view of teaching and teacher subjectivity and call to understand students' citizenship learning experiences entangled with teachers' political, affective, and embodied experiences. References Barad, K. M. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Barton, K. C., & Ho, L. C. (2021). Curriculum for justice and harmony: Deliberation, knowledge, and action in social and civic education. Routledge. Braidotti, R. (2019). A Theoretical Framework for the Critical Posthumanities. Theory, Culture & Society, 36(6), 31-61. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276418771486 Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (1988) A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia, trans. Massumi, Brian. London: The Athlone Press. Jackson, A., & Mazzei, L. (2011). Thinking with Theory in Qualitative Research: Viewing Data Across Multiple Perspectives (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203148037 Journell, W. (2022). Classroom Controversy in the Midst of Political Polarization: The Essential Role of School Administrators. NASSP Bulletin, 106(2), 133-153. https://doi.org/10.1177/01926365221100589 Kim, Y. (2021). Imagining and teaching citizenship as non-citizens: Migrant social studies teachers’ positionalities and citizenship education in turbulent times. Theory & Research in Social Education, 49(2), 176-200. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2021.1885543 Lather, P. & St. Pierre, E. (2013) Post-qualitative research, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26:6, 629-633, 10.1080/09518398.2013.788752 Masny, D. (2013). Rhizoanalytic Pathways in Qualitative Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 19(5), 339-348. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800413479559 Matus, C., Rojas-Lasch, C., Guerrero-Morales, P., Herraz-Mardones, P. C., & Sanyal-Tudela, A. (2019). Difference and Normality: Ethnographic Production andIntervention in Schools. Magis. Revista Internacional de Investigacion en Educacion, 11(23), 23-39. Ministerio de Educación de Chile. (2019). Bases Curriculares 3° y 4° medio. Unidad de Curriculum y Evaluación. https://www.curriculumnacional.cl/614/articles-91414_bases.pdf Pace, J. L. (2021). Hard questions: Learning to teach controversial issues. Rowman & Littlefield. Risler, J., & Ares, P. (2013). Manual de mapeo colectivo: recursos cartográficos críticos para procesos territoriales de creación colaborativa. Buenos Aires, Argentina. Sonu, D. (2023) From criticality to shame: Childhood memories of social class and how they matter to elementary school teachers and teaching, Theory & Research in Social Education, 51:4, 503-529, DOI: 10.1080/00933104.2023.2210081 Springgay, S. & Truman, S. (2017). Walking methodologies in a more-than-human world: WalkingLab. Routledge. Tamboukou, M. (2021) Narrative rhythmanalysis: the art and politics of listening to women’s narratives of forced displacement, International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 24:2, 149-162, DOI: 10.1080/13645579.2020.1769271 Zembylas, M., & Loukaidis, L. (2021). Affective practices, difficult histories and peace education: An analysis of teachers’ affective dilemmas in ethnically divided Cyprus. Teaching and Teacher Education, 97, 103225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103225 in Education, 106(1), 59-76. https://doi-org/10.1177/0034523719890367 Zembylas, M. (2022). Decolonizing and re-theorizing radical democratic education: Toward a politics and practice of refusal. Power and Education, 14(2), 157-171. https://doi.org/10.1177/17577438211062349 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Avatar Citizenship: Ethnoreligious Minority Youth and International Education “Bubbles” in Israel’s Contested Cities The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel Presenting Author:Processes of globalisation have drawn us into an increasingly interconnected world, yet stark divisions continue to exist in conflict and post-conflict societies, where minority and majority populations are involved in deep-seated ethnonational and religious conflicts. Among such divided communities engaged in violent conflict, schooling is often characterised by the existence of separate, parallel education systems divided along ethnoreligious lines. Although such segregated schooling often perpetuates conflict by maintaining separate ethnonational identities (e.g., Davies 2010; Fontana 2016), we must not overlook possibilities for religious education to promote peace and develop cosmopolitan identities and citizenships within societies facing protracted political conflict (Loukaidis & Zembylas 2017; Papastephanou 2005). This potential is particularly relevant when we consider multicultural and/or international curricula in faith-based schools serving religious minorities, such as Israel’s colonial-international Church schools (e.g., Levy & Monterescu 2022). This comparative ethnographic study of colonial-international Church schools in two of Israel’s contested cities (the Armenian School in Jerusalem and the Scottish School in Jaffa, both of which use the British-based International GCSE) unpacks how international education shapes the citizenship practices of local ethnoreligious minority youth against the background of protracted conflict and institutionalised discrimination against non-Jewish minorities. In Israel, a sector-based education system keeps most students religiously and linguistically segregated, with the Jewish majority and non-Jewish minorities attending separate schools. Israeli government policies maintain large inequities between Jewish and Arab systems to control and subordinate the Palestinian minority. Schools within the Arab sector are underfunded, overcrowded, short-staffed, and subject to surveillance, with the curriculum controlled and censored to delegitimize and exclude minority narratives and youth identities. Consequently, large achievement gaps exist between Jewish and non-Jewish students (e.g., Nasser & Abu-Nimer 2022). To circumvent the inequitable Arab state school system, many ethnoreligious minorities have turned to private Christian schools, several of which utilise international curricula. The greatest expansion of international education is now occurring in local markets, where families aim to provide their children with perceived economic advantage (e.g., Hayden 2013) through the accrual of international (Resnik 2018) and cosmopolitan capital (Igarashi & Saito 2014). Besides providing enhanced access to academic and economic opportunities within global markets, internationalisation in education strives towards education for global citizenship (Ortloff et al. 2012), which materialises in multiple forms, including cosmopolitan and advocacy models (Oxley & Morris 2013). Given the exclusion of Arab-Palestinian identity in the Israeli curriculum, as Arab-Palestinian youth seek alternative ways of collective belonging (Pinson 2008), global citizenship education has the potential to offer attachments to a global society which may compensate for the lack of recognition within the Israeli national narrative (Goren, Maxwell & Yemeni 2019). In recent decades, globalisation processes have encouraged youth to (re)imagine and (re)produce such post-national identities challenging traditional conceptions of nationhood and national identity (e.g., David, Dolby & Rizvi 2010). Although the relationship between the internationalisation of education and global citizenship is the subject of much contemporary scholarship, how such global citizenship discourses unfold within international schools serving marginalised ethnoreligious groups remains an under-researched aspect of international education’s increasingly widespread reach. The present study addresses this lacuna, as it grapples with the multiple subjectivities circulating within the Armenian and Scottish schools. Examining how minority youth in these colonial-international Church schools negotiate citizenships on local, global, and transnational scales, I consider the novel forms of global citizenship which emerge within a contentious sociopolitical environment. The research draws on and contributes to the anthropology of education, postcolonial sociology, comparative education, and conflict studies, calling attention to contemporary questions surrounding identity and citizenship in an era when divisions within cities may be wider and more perilous than those across oceans. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on seven years of fieldwork from the perspective of a teacher-ethnographer, this study relies on a variety of ethnographic methods, including participant observation, intensive interviewing, and content analysis of school Facebook pages. Although this comparative ethnography focuses on two individual colonial-international Church schools, I regard the Armenian School in Jerusalem and the Scottish School in Jaffa not as singular, bounded entities, but as embedded within multilayered social, historical, and political contexts at municipal, national, transnational, and global levels. Consequently, my fieldwork and the resulting ethnography extend beyond classroom walls and schoolyard fences, taking us into local communities and churches, to public protests and sporting events, to imagined homelands abroad, and into the digital worlds of cyberspace. In each school, I conducted participant observation during school assemblies, holiday celebrations, field trips, and other community events, and engaged faculty, parents, and students in informal conversations. Participant observation enabled holistic data collection concerning key actors’ practices, attitudes, perspectives, and motivations, drawing on emic discourses to understand how multiple subjectivities constructed within the school serve minority interests. I recorded fieldnotes and conversation logs during each visit, and later wrote full observation protocols. In several cases, audio recordings supplemented fieldnotes. A total of forty-three intensive interviews were conducted with faculty and alumni of the Armenian and Scottish schools. Beyond the collection of basic biographical information, faculty were asked questions about the mission of the school, the school population, and the use of the international curriculum in order to understand how the school shapes local and global youth identities. Alumni interviews aimed to understand the link between the graduates’ phenomenology of identity and citizenship and those discourses present within the school. A consideration of both faculty and alumni perspectives is essential to understand the degree to which institutional and community expectations regarding citizenship and identity formation are reflected in students’ lived experiences. Finally, posts (texts, images, videos) on the schools’ Facebook pages were sampled throughout the academic year. Adapting the methodology of Miller and Sinanan (2017), I analysed posts to identify genres and emergent patterns using principles of ethnographic content analysis (Altheide & Schneider 2013). Applying grounded theory (Charmaz, 2014), data analysis entailed coding and categorising key concepts and themes within the data, uncovering recurring patterns and relationships between categories, and developing theory rooted in these patterns and relationships about the use of international education by marginalised communities and its impact on citizenship practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Complex intersections of global curricula, religious tradition, colonial legacies, local ethnonational agendas, and multicultural discourses construct the Church schools under study as international education “bubbles” isolated from the surrounding conflict-ridden landscape. Both the Armenian and Scottish schools aim to maintain the distinctiveness of the minority communities they serve through the use of politically “neutral” international curricula. For minority youth, international education within a Christian school offers alternative avenues to attain educational equity, employment opportunities, and belonging by accumulating international capital and developing pragmatic forms of global citizenship. Considering the exclusion of non-Jewish minority identities within the bounds of the Jewish state, these schools create spaces encouraging students to forge new international attachments and allegiances, challenging traditional conceptions of belonging and citizenship. Beyond facilitating the accrual of international capital among their students, these schools shape students as citizens of imaginary worlds. In Jerusalem’s Armenian School, diaspora nationalism finds expression via key ethnosymbols and diasporic narratives which promulgate a powerful sense of belonging to an imagined Armenian transnation, captivating Armenian and non-Armenian students alike. Meanwhile, in the complete absence of Scottish students, the Church of Scotland School encourages transnational ties with a romanticised Scotland while simultaneously positioning Christianity as a uniting force for all peoples within an idealised narrative of coexistence. Within the imaginary worlds created by these schools, I argue that minority students find space for belonging that is otherwise inaccessible in Jaffa or Jerusalem. I contend that these sheltered oases promote a novel form of global citizenship, which I term “avatar citizenship.” Rather than fashioning students as citizens of the world, graduates of the Armenian and Scottish schools emerge as citizens of imaginary worlds, where experimentation with crossing boundaries of time, distance, and cultures forges multiple selves who simultaneously belong both everywhere and nowhere. References Altheide, D. L., & Schneider, C. J. (2013). Qualitative media analysis. Los Angeles: Sage. Charmaz, K. (2014).Constructing grounded theory. London: Sage. David, S., Dolby N., & Rizvi, F. (2010). Globalization and postnational possibilities in education for the future: Rethinking borders and boundaries. In J. Zajda (Ed.), Global Pedagogies: Schooling for the Future (pp. 35–46). Dordrecht: Springer. Davies, L. (2010). The different faces of education in conflict.Development53, 491–497. https://doi.org/10.1057/dev.2010.69 Fontana, G. (2016). Religious education after conflicts: promoting social cohesion or entrenching existing cleavages? Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 46(5), 811-831. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2015.1099422 Goren, H., Maxwell, C., & Yemeni, M. (2019). Israeli teachers make sense of global citizenship education in a divided society – religion, marginalisation and economic globalisation. Comparative Education, 55(2), 243–263. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2018.1541660. Hayden, M. (2013). A review of curriculum in the UK: Internationalising in a changing context.Curriculum Journal,24(1), 8-26. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2012.744328 Igarashi, H., & Saito, H. (2014). Cosmopolitanism as cultural capital: Exploring the intersection of globalization, education, and stratification. Cultural Sociology, 8(3), 222–239. https://doi.org/10.1177/1749975514523935. Levy, N. & Monterescu, D. (2022): Radical conservatism and circumstantial multiculturalism: Jews, Christians and Muslims in a French Catholic School in Israel, International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2022.2049690 Loukaidis, L. & Zembylas, M. (2017) Greek-Cypriot teachers’ perceptions of religious education and its contribution to peace: perspectives of (in)compatibility in a divided society. Journal of Peace Education, 14(2), 176-194. https://doi.org/10.1080/17400201.2016.1269732 Miller, D., and Sinanan, J. (2017).Visualising Facebook: A comparative perspective. UCL Press. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/1543315/1/Visualising-Facebook.pdf Nasser, I. & Abu-Nimer, M. (2022). Marginalizing Palestinians in historic Palestine (Israel) through education. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1805 Ortloff, D.H., Shah, P.P., Lou, J. & Hamilton, E. (2012). International education in secondary schools explored: A mixed-method examination of one Midwestern state in the USA. Intercultural Education, 23(2), 161–180. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2012.686023 Oxley, L. & Morris, P. (2013). Global citizenship: A typology for distinguishing its multiple conceptions. British Journal of Educational Studies, 61(3), 301– 325. Papastephanou, M. (2005). Religious teaching and political context: The case of Cyprus. Journal of Beliefs & Values, 26 (2), 139-156. https://doi.org/10.1080/13617670500164262. Pinson, H. (2008). The excluded citizenship identity: Palestinian/Arab Israeli young people negotiating their political identities. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 29(2), 201–212. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690701837554 Resnik, J. (2018). Shaping international capital through international education: The case of the French-Israeli school in Israel.Journal of Curriculum Studies,50(6), 772–788. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 00220272.2018.1499808. 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Controversial Issues in School Context. Student Learning and Unforeseen Events Reported by International Literature 1Universidad Católica, Chile; 2Universidad Católica, Chile Presenting Author:Liberal democracy is in crisis (Sant, 2021). The deepening of structural inequalities, ideological polarization, and advancing neo-fascist discourses are concrete manifestations of this scenario (Askanius & Mylonas, 2015). In the educational field, efforts have been made to address this panorama through education for democratic citizenship (EDC) (Eurydice, 2018; UNESCO, 2016). An ECD pedagogical response is the discussion of controversial issues (DCI) (Cassar, 2023; Ho et al., 2017), where teachers and students exchange perspectives based on empathetic listening and deliberation on matters of difficult consensus. Migration policies, hate speech in social media, and the State´s role in facing wealth concentration are examples of controversial issues that spark hated debates in the public space. Researchers in EDC argue that DCI among school students has high educational potential (Ho et al., 2017). In addition, they maintain that DCI promotes the acquisition of civic knowledge, skills, and attitudes for democratic life (Kohlmeier & Saye, 2014; Misco, 2016). They also suggest that schools are ideal contexts for discussing controversial issues since there is more social and ideological diversity than students usually find in their social circle of belonging (Parker, 2010). Based on the above, DCI in the school classroom has represented a relevant area of research for citizenship education (e.g., Hess & McAvoy, 2015; Journell, 2022; Wansink et al., 2023). Recently, Theory & Research in Social Education, one of the most important journals in the area, has published that "Why teachers address unplanned controversial issues in the classroom" (Cassar et al. 2023) was the most downloaded article of 2023. This data shows the considerable interest in this topic. Unfortunately, studies report that DCI in a school context is rare and is concentrated in social studies. The teachers' lack of knowledge and training experiences and the fear of the reactions of students, families, and administrators are among the main reasons for their low presence (Cassar et al., 2023). However, recent literature has shown that discussion of public controversies arises spontaneously in the classroom. Discussing controversial issues at school occurs as unplanned and unforeseen experiences to which the literature needs to pay more attention (Cassar et al., 2023; Pace, 2021). Considering this background, we set out to systematically review empirical studies that have deployed DCI among primary and secondary students in different school areas (e.g., sciences, arts, social studies). The questions that guided our review were: What findings about students learning in discussing controversial issues at schools are reported on empirical research? What unforeseen situations during the discussion are informed by the literature? Our review contributes to the field of EDC and to academics interested in DCI in the school space first because it maps the production of knowledge in the area and recognizes research gaps second because it identifies research and findings from different school areas, not just social studies. Third, because informs teacher educators and teachers in preparation and practice about the characteristics and challenges of teaching strategies for DCI and contributes to their institutional and didactic decisions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We analysed articles published between 2012-2023 in Web Of Science, Scopus, and Scielo. These databases lead the academic discussion of American, European, and Ibero-American concerts. For the search, we developed a syntax with words associated with three dimensions: discussion of controversial issues, citizenship education, and students' educational level. The words we combined were deliberation, discussion, controversial issues, conflict teaching, citizenship education, civic education, citizen training, citizenship teaching, student, elementary school, primary education, key stage 1, key stage 2, school middle, secondary, and K 12. Following the PRISMA protocol (Page et al., 2021) we applied inclusion and exclusion criteria to 451 articles obtained from the three databases. The focus of the search was to find empirical research that activated discussions among school students to identify their findings regarding student learning and unforeseen situations. Therefore, and under expert judgment, we excluded literature reviews, quantitative works that analysed secondary databases, documentary studies, works on conceptions and beliefs of students and teachers, research on teacher training in preparation and service, theoretical articles, and research that did not have DCI as an object of study. The 30 selected articles were subjected to systematization. We register the theoretical approach, design, purposes, sample, country, school level, teaching strategy, topics under discussion, learning findings, and unforeseen situations. The reflective thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) of the findings resulted in four emergent themes: a. the conceptual complexity of DCI; referred to the evidence presented by empirical studies about the sophistication of the conceptual complexity that encourages the discussion of controversies among school students; b. the skills to participate in DCI; referred to the evidence presented by studies in the area regarding the gain of discussion skills by the students; c. the role of DCI in critical analysis of the reality; referred to the findings that show the benefits of discussion for reflection and questioning of reality; d. DCI for social coexistence; referred to the results of a group of research that showed the contribution of discussion to the promotion of democratic values, such as empathy and collaboration. To answer the second question of the review, we decided to report the unforeseen situations reported by the literature for each of the four major themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We present the results of the review with two focuses. The first refers to the presentation of a mapping of empirical research in the area (geographical origin, methodologies, school levels, teachers' participation, teaching strategies, discussed topics). The second focus responds to the review questions by reporting the four categories from the qualitative analysis. We decided to write the unforeseen situations for each of the four major themes to answer the second review question. Some of these situations are rapid acceptance of the conclusions raised in the discussion, search for the correct answer in the face of controversy, censorship, verbal aggression, and emotional silence of some students. A relevant finding of our review is that most unforeseen events coexist with learning contributions. We discuss the results of the review with some emphasis. First, we expose challenges for the academic community around the democratization of knowledge production and the relationship during fieldwork with school teachers. Second, we will present our point of view on the results that show the coexistence between the contributions of DCI to student learning and unforeseen events associated with undemocratic practices. An agonistic and affective perspective of DCI could constitute an alternative to face this challenge. Finally, we present the value of our review for trainer educators and pre-service and practicing teachers interested in citizenship education through DCI. The presence of the DCI in university and school contexts is relevant. However, the international literature review poses challenge we must face through collective reflection and specific pedagogical proposals. ECER 2024 is a great space to promote discussion and create possible scenarios. We acknowledge Agencia Nacional de Investigación y Desarrollo ANID and Beca de Doctorado Nacional 21220336 and Fondecyt 1241017 for the funding that supports these research processes and outputs. References Askanius, T. y Y. Mylonas (2015): “Extreme-right Responses to the European Economic Crisis in Denmark and Sweden: The Discursive Construction of Scapegoats and Lodestars”, Journal of the European Institute for Communication and Culture, 22(1), pp. 55-72. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13183222.2015.1017249 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Cassar, Ch., Oosterheert, I. & Meijer, P. (2023) Why teachers address unplanned controversial issues in the classroom, Theory & Research in Social Education, 51:2, 233-263, 10.1080/00933104.2022.2163948 European Commission, European, E., Culture Executive, A., Sigalas, E., & De Coster, I. (2019). Citizenship education at school in Europe, 2017. Publications Office Hess, D. E., & McAvoy, P. (2015). The political classroom: Evidence and ethics in democratic education. Routledge. Ho, L.-C., McAvoy, P., Hess, D., & Gibbs, B. (2017). Teaching and learning about controversial issues and topics in the social studies: A review of the research. In C. M. Bolick & M. M. Manfra (Eds.), The Wiley handbook of social studies research (pp. 321–335). Wiley Blackwell. Journell, W. (2022). Classroom Controversy in the Midst of Political Polarization: The Essential Role of School Administrators. NASSP Bulletin, 106(2), 133-153. https://doi.org/10.1177/01926365221100589 Kohlmeier, J., & Saye, J. W. (2014). Ethical Reasoning of U.S. High School Seniors Exploring Just Versus Unjust Laws. Theory & Research in Social Education, 42(4), 548-578. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2014.966218 Misco, T. (2016). “We are only looking for the right answers”: The challenges of controversial issue instruction in South Korea. Asia Pacific Journal Education, 36(3), 332-349. 10.1080/02188791.2014.940031 Pace, J. L. (2021). Hard questions: Learning to teach controversial issues. Rowman & Littlefield. Page, M. J., J. E. McKenzie, P. M. Bossuyt, I. Boutron, T. C. Hoffmann, C. D. Mulrow, et al. 2021. “The PRISMA 2020 Statement: An Updated Guideline for Reporting Systematic Reviews.” BMJ 372 (71), doi:10.1136/bmj.n71. Parker, W. (2010). Listening to strangers: Classroom discussion in democratic education. Teachers College Record, 112(11), 2815-2832. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811011201104 Sant, E. (2021). Educación política para una democracia radical. Revista Departamento de Ciencia Política, 20, 138-157. https://doi.org/10.15446/frdcp.n20.84203 Unesco. (2016). Educación para la ciudadanía mundial: preparar a los educandos para los retos del siglo XXI. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000244957 Wansink, B. G. J., Mol, H., Kortekaas, J., & Mainhard, T. (2023). Discussing controversial issues in the classroom: Exploring students' safety perceptions and their willingness to participate. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104044 99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper Teachers Views on Pedagogical Challenges During Post-war Return in Mosul 1University of Graz, Austria; 2University of Mosul, Iraq Presenting Author:The Human Development Index shows that almost 60% of countries ranked 'low' on the HDI have experienced conflict since the 1990s (The World Bank, 2005). It is argued that education and conflict influence each other and that this relationship is considered to be complex and multifaceted (The World Bank, 2005). It is also explained that education plays an essential role in post-conflict reconstruction, as conflicts often flare up again (The World Bank. 2005). This is why Fiedler et al. (2016) refer to the importance of a multidimensional peacebuilding approach. Approaches to education in emergency and conflict settings and post-conflict reconstruction are widely discussed in the literature. Particular attention is paid to specific challenges (UNESCO, 2011), such as humanitarian risks, infrastructural conditions (Jones & Naylor, 2014), self-sufficiency issues (Sommers, 2002) and forced migration (UNHCR, 2014). Pedagogical challenges, such as building student-teacher relationships, classroom management, creating safe spaces, large and consistent groups, and dealing with heterogeneity in terms of achievement, are often mentioned but not explored further (Symeonidis et al., 2023). Our paper aims to further unfold the multiple complexities of post-war educational challenges in the first five years after severe violent conflict. Our study is set in Mosul, Iraq, a city that has been affected by conflict for many years and is just recovering from the occupation of the city by the terrorist militia ISIS from 2014 to 2017. In this paper, therefore, we analyse the different pedagogical challenges that teachers face in the context of conflict in Iraq and the pedagogical approaches that teachers use in schools. Therefore, we asked the following research question: "What pedagogical challenges do teachers describe in conflict contexts?" and "What pedagogical concepts do teachers describe as essential in conflict contexts?". Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To do this, we conducted qualitative interviews with 10 primary and secondary teachers working in inner-city schools in Mosul. Our aim is to illustrate how the complex interplay of infrastructure and reconstruction of school organisation affects teachers' ideas and learning environments. Interviews were conducted in Arabic, translated into English and analysed by a working group. The interviews will be analysed using qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz (2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Iraq has been in conflict for many years. Due to the occupation by IS, Mosul is a conflict context that has been and continues to be affected by various challenges. In education, the main challenges of conflict in general are related to language and teaching materials, curricula, but also the perception or exclusion of conflict in the curriculum. The physical and psychological trauma of people living in conflict is also affected and therefore has an impact on the education system (Thabet & Vostanis, 2015). However, the impact is not only relevant during the conflict, as there are also challenges after the conflict has ended (The World Bank, 2005). It is important to understand the complex relationship between education and conflict, and to address the educational challenges that arise during such times. Education is a fundamental right for every child and should not be compromised during conflict. Our findings provide valuable insights into the lived experiences of teachers in Mosul. Our study shows how the complex interplay of infrastructure and rebuilding of school organisation affects teachers' perceptions and learning environments. This contributes to a more nuanced, differentiated and context-sensitive understanding of pedagogical work in war and conflict contexts, providing valuable insights for peacebuilding. References Bush, K., & Saltarelli, D. (2000). The two faces of education in ehtnic conflict: Towards a Peacebuilding Education for Children. Fiedler, C., Mroß, K., & Grävingholt, J. (11/2016). Building Peace after war: the knows and unknows of external support to post-conflict-societies. German Institute of Development and Sustainability. Jones, A., & Naylor, R. (2014). The quantitative impact of armed conflict on education: counting the human and financial costs. https://inee.org/sites/default/files/resources/CfBT_023_Armed_Conflict_Online.pdf Kuckartz, U. (2010). Einführung in die computergestützte Analyse qualitativer Daten. (3. akutalisierte Auflage). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften: Wiesbaden Smith, A., & Vaux, T. (2003). Education, Conflict and International Development. Sommers, M. (2002). Children, education and war: reaching education for all (EFA) objectives in countries affected by conflict. Conflict Prevention and Reconstruction Unit Working Papers, 1, o. S. Symeonidis, V., Senger, F., Wendt, H., Zedan, A, Salim Dawood, S., & Jabrail, F. (2023). Teacher education in conflict-affected societies The case of Mosul University after the demise of the Islamic State. In: Madalińska-Michalak, J. (Eds.) Quality in Teaching and Teacher Education. International Perspectives from a Changing World (pp. 203-228). Brill. doi.org/10.1163/9789004536609_011 Thabet, A. A. M., & Vostanis, P. (2015). Impact of Trauma on Palestinian Children´s and the Role of Coping Strategies. British Journal of Medicine & Medical Research, 5(3), 330–340. UNESCO. (2011). Education for All Global Monitoring Report 2011: The hidden crisis: Armed conflict and education. GEM Report UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54676/CIHD8631 UNESCO (Ed.). (2014). UNESCO roadmap for implementing the Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000230514 UNHCR. (2014). UNHCR Global Trends. https://www.unhcr.org/sites/default/files/legacy-pdf/5399a14f9.pdf The World Bank. (2005). Reshaping the future: education and post conflict reconstruction |
12:00 - 12:45 | 00 SES 00: Opening Ceremony ECER 2024 Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid ECER Opening |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events ECER Opening Ceremony Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway Presenting Author:EERA and the Local Organizers of ECER 2024 would like to formally welcome you to ECER 2024, Nicosia “Education in an Age of Uncertainty: memory and hope for the future”. This year's ECER is a joint collaboration, organised by the University of Cyprus and EERA. |
12:45 - 13:15 | Break 07: ECER Break |
13:00 - 14:00 | 99 ERC SES 08.5: Lunch Break Event: Lunch Break with Local Academics (sign-up required) Location: Cafeteria Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Lunch Break Event |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Lunch Break with Local Academics 1KU Leuven, Belgium; 2University College London, UK Presenting Author:Lunch Break with Local Academics |
13:00 - 14:00 | Break 05: ERC Lunch Break |
13:15 - 14:45 | 01 SES 01 A: Workload, Values and Onboarding Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Birgitte Lund Nielsen Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Transition as new Educator in Higher Education – in the Context of a Strategic Decision about a central Pedagogical Unit VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:Professional development for educators in higher education is a field with a growing international awareness (Irby & O'Sullivan, 2017; Vanderlinde et al., 2016). However, organizational initiatives for such development in higher education are complex when the intention is to involve all faculty members, covering various aspects such as technology, organizational development and teaching (Camblin & Steger, 2000). In general, the term 'onboarding' is used for initiatives focusing on new employees (Bauer, 2015). The onboarding is important for the assimilation of new staff and their well-being (Ellis et. al., 2015). The focus of this study is the onboarding and the further process for new assistant professors at a large university college. The framework conditions have changed due to a new strategic initiative (2022) establishing a central organizational unit, the Educational Academy, tasked with leading and hosting professional development for all educators across the college's campuses in seven cities. The college, with approximately 2000 employees and 40,000 students, offers professional bachelor programs in fields such as nursing, teacher education, business administration, engineering, and computer graphics. Due to stakeholder-interests, e.g. among those who previously managed the mandatory program on teaching skills for assistant professors, the initiative introduces both potentials and tensions within the organization (Duch & Nielsen, 2023). In 2023 the Educational Academy among other things initiated a completely redesigned program for assistant professors. This paper focuses on the initial development as professional educator from the perspective of the assistant professors within this program. The aim is to track the professional development of assistant professors transitioning towards being associate professors, exploring the shift from their previous identity, and understanding of teaching, which is influenced by diverse educational backgrounds and job experiences. The research seeks to answer the following questions: 1) How do new assistant professors perceive their role as an educator at a university college? 2) How do assistant professors with diverse educational backgrounds and work experiences understand the profession they are educating for? 3) How do they perceive to be supported in their development in the program for assistant professors at the Educational Academy? Theoretical inspiration is drawn from Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner (2015), who utilize the metaphor of learning in a landscape and the concept of boundary crossing. Wenger (1999) previously introduced the term 'broker' to comprehend the relationship between different contexts, each hosting distinct communities of practice. He discusses 'boundary objects' as "artifacts, documents, terms, concepts, and other forms of reification around which communities of practice can organize their interconnections" (Wenger, 1999, p. 105). The process of becoming a professional educator in higher education can be viewed as a journey from legitimate peripheral participation to achieving full membership. This journey unfolds in a new landscape with multiple boundaries to traverse. By observing assistant professors throughout the transition period, we can witness the development of meaningfulness, identity, and collaboration with colleagues within the program where they are teaching and in the context of the activities designed by the Educational Academy. Research indicates that content focus, active learning, coherence, duration, and collective participation are crucial elements in professional development (Desimone, 2009). However, for a program designed for diverse educators in higher education and not limited to teacher educators, where we know most from previous research (MacPhail et al., 2018; Vanderlinde et al., 2016), the transition from being social worker, engineer, nurse, etc., based on varied educational backgrounds, is equally significant. Additionally, the ongoing changes in vocational education (Smeby, 2013) play a crucial role. These changes may influence identity development on micro and macro levels, encompassing personal identity, professional identity, and identity within the profession (Wackerhausen, 2009; Heggen, 2013; Nielsen et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is part of a large-scale mixed method study (Creswell & Clark, 2018) initiated in 2022 within the context of the newly established Educational Academy. Initially, document analyses were performed to grasp the strategic perspective, followed by a range of interviews with the unit manager and stakeholders representing various perspectives within the unit (Duch & Nielsen, 2023). Subsequently, newly designed short courses for associate professors, where professional inquiry is a central part, have been monitored using a primarily qualitative questionnaire (Braun et al., 2021), e.g. to understand the associate professors’ needs and experiences, and to broadly comprehend the pedagogical thinking guiding the Educational Academy. This presentation is based on the subsequent phase of the research involving repeated individual interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2008) with eleven assistant professors participating in the new program designed for this group. These interviews will be conducted every six months throughout the four-year program. The informants represent nine different higher education institutions located on four different campuses. Thus, the interviews aim to capture the diversity among educators at the University College, representing various professions and geographic locations. In the first phase of this longitudinal research our interest lies in understanding the assistant professors' perspectives on teaching and educating for a profession. The interview themes encompass: 1) the decision to become an educator, 2) initial experiences as an educator 3) collaboration with colleagues, and 4) the experiences from the first part of the new program for assistant professors in the Educational Academy. Sampling included inviting the 56 participants in the program to participate in the research. Following an initial email, where the majority of the eleven associate professors responded, selected participants were contacted again to ensure an adequate number of participants and a broad representation of professional educations. The interviews, conducted in January 2023, lasted approximately 60 minutes each and were subsequently transcribed. Subsequent interviews will delve into research competencies, further development of identity as an educator and the written assignments required to attain associate professor status. These future interviews will be complemented by observations (Gold, 1958) and focus group interviews on different settings of the program for assistant professors. Thus, the long-term development will be tracked. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a diversity of understandings regarding being an educator. Some of the variation is due to the culture and pedagogical thinking in the educational program they are transitioning into, e.g. an engineering educator argues referring to the principles of problem-based learning used in the unit. Another element is their educational background and work experiences. Some of them have a close connection to the professions, while others have an academic background in a specific discipline, e.g. one teacher educator has a degree in Nordic languages while another is transitioning from being a Mathematics teacher with a subsequent degree in pedagogical sociology. However, even when the connection to the profession is close, pedagogical perspectives vary, and while some educators have prior teaching experience and possess a broad understanding of pedagogy others are relatively new to teaching. Some of them find preparation, structuring, and interaction with students challenging. The landscape appears distinct across the various programs. Some assistant professors engage in close cooperation with colleagues, receiving feedback and support. Others find themselves in a more solitary position. Nevertheless, all of them mention at least some of the activities in the program at the Educational Academy as affecting their pedagogical thinking and practice. In particular there are high expectations for the newly established learning groups where they collaborate around professional inquiry with other assistant professors. Despite this, their evaluations of the program differ, with some emphasizing the significance of talks from experts, while others stress the importance of meetings and discussions with assistant professors from different parts of the college. Summing up, the results suggest a highly diverse landscape where assistant professors navigate through a variety of boundaries. The complexity of onboarding new educators at a large university college must account for this diversity and be designed to differentiate and facilitate accordingly. References Bauer, T. (2015). Onboarding: Maximizing role clarity and confidence. https://doi.org//10.13140/RG.2.1.1834.8887 . Braun, V., Clarke, V., Boulton, E., Davey, L., & McEvoy, C. (2021). The online survey as a qualitative research tool. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 24(6), 641-654. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2020.1805550 Camblin, L.D., Steger, J.A. (2000). Rethinking faculty development. Higher Education 39, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1003827925543 Creswell, J.W. & Clark, V.L.P (2018). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research (third ed.). SAGE. Duch & Nielsen (2023). Organisatorisk rammesætning af kompetenceudvikling for undervisere på videregående uddannelse. Dansk Universitetspædagogisk Tidsskrift 18 (35). https://doi.org/10.7146/dut.v18i35.136250 Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Towards better conceptualizations and measures. Educational researcher, 38(3), 181-199. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X0833114 Ellis, M. A.; Bauer, T. N.; Mansfield, L. R. Erdogan, B.; Truxillo, D. M. & Simon, L. S. (2015). Navigating Uncharted Waters. Journal of Management 41(1), 203-235. DOI: 10.1177/0149206314557525 Gold, R. L. (1958). Roles in sociological field observations. Social Forces, 36(3), 217–223 Heggen, K. (2013). Profesjon og identitet. In A. Molander & L.I. Terum (ed.) Profesjonsstudier (p. 321-332). Universitetsforlaget. Irby, D. M. & O´Sullivan, P. S. (2017). Developing and rewaring teachers as educators and scholars: remarkable progress and dauting challenges. Medical Education (52), 58–67. https://doi.org//10.1111/medu.13379 Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2008). InterView. (2. ed.) Hans Reitzels Forlag MacPhail, A., Ulvik, M., Guberman, A., Czerniawski, G., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., & Bain, Y. (2019). The professional development of higher education- based teacher educators: needs and realities. Professional Development in Education, 45(5), 848-861. https://doi.org//10.1080/19415257.2018.1529610 Nielsen, B. L., Lang, N. R., Grosen, T. H., & Høyer, H. (2023). Professionsidentitet på tværs: Hvordan er vi som professionelle, hvordan er jeg, og hvad tænker de andre? Tidsskrift for professionsstudier, 19(36), 38-48. https://doi.org/10.7146/tfp.v19i36.13997 Smeby, J.C. (2013). Profesjon og udtanning. I: A. Molander & L.I. Terum (eds), Profesjonsstudier (p. 87-102). Universitetsforlaget. Wackerhausen, S. (2009). Collaboration, professional identity and reflection across boundaries. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 23(5), 455-473. https://doi.org/10.1080/13561820902921720 Vanderlinde, R.; Tuytens, M.; De Wever, B. & Aeltermann, A. (2016). An introduction. In B. De Wever; R. Vanderlinde, M. Tuytens & A. Aelterman Professional learning in education challenges for teacher educators, teachers and student teachers (s. 9-22). Academia Press. Wenger, E. (1999). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Wenger-Trayner, E. & Wenger-Trayner, B (2015). Learning in a landscape of practice: A framework. In E. Wenger-Trayner; M. Fenton-O´Creevy; S. Hutchinson, C. Kubiak & B. Wenger-Trayner, B. Learning in Landscapes of Practice. Routledge. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Value Creation in the Context of an International Summer Academy for Teacher Educators 1HAN University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands; 2University of Applied Sciences Windesheim, The Netherlands; 3University of East London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Teacher educators, responsible for educating both prospective and in-service teachers, have been the subject of research, especially regarding their professional development. Teacher educators have a strong desire for continuous professional learning influenced by the context they work in (Czerniawski et al., 2017). However, teacher educators are only moderately satisfied with professional development opportunities, while teacher educators find opportunities in collaborative professional development and research important (McPhail et al., 2021; Van der Klink et al., 2017). Studies indicate that professional development for teacher educators is often self-initiated and induction in the profession is frequently absent. Research has drawn particular attention to the importance of network learning and learning communities. Both in teaching and teacher education numerous studies have shown the importance of (professional) learning communities (Hadar & Brody, 2010; Prenger et al., 2019) as a way for professional development, innovation, the quality of professional practice, and for breaking isolation within the profession. Some studies have indicated positive outcomes of participation in a (professional or networked) learning community in terms of satisfaction and impact on professional practice (Prenger et al. 2019). International comparative needs analyses of higher education-based teacher educators and school-based teacher educators (Czerniawski et al., 2017; Czerniawski et al., 2023) has built on this literature by emphasising the ways in which teacher educators, as both teachers and researchers, want to be part of a collaborative community where they can feel supported, listened to, and share their practices and experiences. Both networks and communities of practice offer learning opportunities, but assessing the value of this learning is a complex issue. The concept of value creation is central to understanding the benefits derived from participation in such groups. De Laat et al. (2014) identify five cycles of value creation: immediate value, potential value (knowledge capital), applied value, realized value, and reframing value. To gauge the overall value added by network participation, individuals are encouraged to share their "value narratives." These narratives involve participants articulating the overall benefits of their involvement in a network or community and detailing specific instances of value creation, such as contributions to networks or improvements in professional practice. In this study, teacher educators participating in an international professional development one-week programme, the so-called InFo-TED Summer Academy, are asked to describe their personal value narratives. The Summer academy is organized by InFo-Ted, an international forum working to promote professional development of teacher educators. This involves reflecting on the overall added value of their participation in the programme and identifying specific instances of value creation that they experienced during the programme. The main aim of our study was to gain insight in the perceived impact of an international professional development initiative on teacher educators professional learning. In this study, we explore to what extent professional learning of teacher educators is influenced by such factors as their own values, those of their institutional context and national and international policy contexts for teacher education (Czerniawski, 2018; Lunenberg & Dengerink, 2021). Focusing on participants of the Summer Academy, the study examines how this experience broadens their value perspectives, introducing them to new roles, professional contacts, and institutional expectations, thereby enriching their professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The International Forum of Teacher Educator Development (InFo-TED) launched the Summer Academy to enhance the professional growth of teacher educators, foster networking among them, and support their role in developing fellow educators. Two iterations of the Summer Academy took place: a face-to-face event in Trondheim, Norway, in 2018 with 24 participants from seven jurisdictions, and an online version in 2021 (due to de COVID-19 pandemic) via MS Teams with 66 participants from nine jurisdictions. Despite differences, both academies shared similar learning opportunities: thematic kick-offs, storylines, collaborative groupwork, and individual reflection (Oolbekkink-Marchand et al., 20. Data collection In this study teacher educators, who participated in one of the InFo-TED summer academes, were invited for an online interview. Participation in the interview was voluntary. Sixteen teacher educators responded and were interviewed, and these included eleven women and four men. Participants came from Belgium (1), Ireland (4), Norway (1), the Netherlands (2), Portugal (1) and United Kingdom (7). Nine participants were university-based teacher educators, five were School-based teacher educators. All participants gave active and informed consent for the interviews to be recorded. They were asked to describe their personal narrative by reflecting on the overall added value of participation and the specific instances of value creation. A template value narrative was constructed based on work of De Laat et al. (2014) and send in advance to prepare for the interview. Overall, the interviews lasted between 45-60 minutes. Data analysis A qualitative content analysis approach was chosen to analyse the interview transcripts (Hsieh & Shannon, 2015). More specifically, the transcripts of the interviews were analysed by the research team in three different ways. The first researcher coded inductively, by studying all interviews and looking for common themes in the interviews (convential content analysis). All interviews were open and axial coded by the second researcher, selecting salient quotes and connecting themes to them (directed content analysis). The third researcher coded deductively, by focusing in the transcripts on themes related to impact (directed/summative content analysis). Engaging in research with these multiple methods of qualitative data analysis, as described in the tripartite approach to coding interviews, offered several advantages. The arguments for utilizing this method were: to accommodate the comprehensiveness and richness of the data, triangulation, mitigation of researcher bias and comprehensive understanding of the context of the Summer Academies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three main outcomes were identified. The Summer Academy had impact on three areas. There was perceived impact on professional identity, perceived impact on professional networks and there was perceived impact on the professional practice of teacher educators. The perceived impact on one's professional identity as a Teacher Educator included several key aspects. It involved awareness of belonging to a professional group, which is a significant part of identity formation. This sense of belonging fosters a connection, leading to feelings of validation and acceptance within the professional group. Furthermore, participants mentioned a realisation that a researcher identity can coexist with, or even become an integral part of, the teacher educator identity. This integration enhances the professional persona of a Teacher Educator, enriching their role with the analytical and inquisitive qualities of a researcher. The perceived impact on the professional networks was diverse. For teacher educators, the main influence from the Summer Academy was increased working on collaborative research. Some described pursuing professional doctorates, starting to work on (research) publications, starting up new research or research collaborations. This was especially the case for early career teacher educators. The perceived impact of the InFo-TED Summer Academy on the professional practice was three folded. Some, and not all, participating teacher educators began to start their lessons with practice before theory. They developted a mixed pedagogical perspective on teaching and they began to emphasise the importance of embodying the principles they teach. The findings suggest that professional development programmes such as the InFo TED Summer Academy can play a role in shaping a next generation of teacher educators and influence the practice of teacher education. However, as one of the attendees pointed out, teacher educators need more time to process the new knowledge acquired during the Summer Academy to be able to influence future teachers. References Czerniawski, G., Guberman, A., & MacPhail, A. (2017). The professional developmental needs of higher education-based teacher educators: an international comparative needs analysis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 127-140. Czerniawski, G., Guberman, A., MacPhail, A., & Vanassche, E. (2023). Identifying school-based teacher educators’ professional learning needs: an international survey. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-16. De Laat, M., Schreurs, B., & Sie, R. (2014). Utilizing informal teacher professional development networks using the network awareness tool. The architecture of productive learning networks, 239. Hadar, L., & Brody, D. (2010). From isolation to symphonic harmony: Building a professional development community among teacher educators. Teaching and teacher education, 26(8), 1641-1651. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288. MacPhail, A., Ulvik, M., Guberman, A., Czerniawski, G., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., & Bain, Y. (2019). The professional development of higher education-based teacher educators: needs and realities. Professional development in education, 45(5), 848-861. Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., Meijer, P. C., & Lunenberg, M. (2021).Teacher educators' professional development during an international Summer Academy. Teacher Educators and their Professional Development, 92. Prenger, R., Poortman, C. L., & Handelzalts, A. (2019). The effects of networked professional learning communities. Journal of teacher education, 70(5), 441-452. Van der Klink, M., Kools, Q., Avissar, G., White, S., & Sakata, T. (2017). Professional development of teacher educators: What do they do? Findings from an explorative international study. Professional development in education, 43(2), 163-178. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 01 SES 01 B: Mentoring Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sally Windsor Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Power of Students on Practice Placements: Discursively Uncovering Power Dynamics in Mentoring Dyads 1KU Leuven, Kulak, Belgium; 2Maastricht University, the Netherlands Presenting Author:Mentoring practice is a widely established practice in preparing students for professional practice in various professions (Peiser et al., 2018). This is translated into extended placements in the field setting with formal mentorship opportunities; providing the integration of theory and practice (Orland-Barak, 2010). Mentoring practice typically has set roles: the mentor as the experienced expert whose role is to support the student’s development, and the student as inexperienced professional who needs to build her/his professional and personal skills (Kram, 1985). Mentoring practice is therefore inherently hierarchical, with the mentor as powerful and the student as less powerful. In uncertain times with changing roles, the roles of mentor and student, respectively, are also at a tipping point. It is true that the mentor exercises power, but, what is often overlooked is that the student also can exercise power: that in and by his/her speaking and acting s/he also directs the conversation and thereby influences the learning. In line with recent work (e.g., Ben-Harush & Orland-Barak, 2018; Mullen & Klimaitis, 2021) that urges to redefine mentoring, focusing on a more dynamic relationship and bidirectional learning; the purpose of this study is to uncover if and how students can (also) be powerful in mentoring practices and influence the focus of their learning. To explore this, power was discursively conceptualized. This means that power is viewed as the effect of how actors interact with each other (Martín Rojo, 2001). Actors do power, resulting in a continuous flux of power in interactions (Hayward, 1998). Power is thus not conceptualized as something that an individual possesses (or lacks), but rather as something that is performed relationally. It is about 'power to' rather than 'power over' someone (Hayward, 1998). Such a discursive approach to power is operationalized further using a combination of positioning theory (PT) (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999) and frame analysis (FA) (Dumay, 2014). Central to PT is the idea that actors continuously position themselves and others in interaction (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999). ‘Positioning’ entails a continuous dynamic, relational process wherein the actors assign specific rights and duties to themselves and others (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999). These positionings are then interpreted from the frame on which they are looking at the placement. Frames are defined as cognitive structures that actors bring to a situation but always evolve and develop in interaction with others (Dumay, 2014). Actors’ frames are linked to their prior experiences, informed by their beliefs and expectations for (mentoring) practice, and help them to explain and make sense of the situation they find themselves in. FA provides the tools to see how frames over time emerge, gain meaning, adapt, merge or clash. As such, the combination of PT and FA results in a better understanding of the flow of power dynamics. This resulted in following research question: (How) Do students exercise power based on the confluence of positionings and frames, and how does this influence the focus of their learning? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the study draws on extensive observation of two mentoring dyads (mentor-student) in medical education during their six-week placement period. These students were in their third and final year of their master’s prgramme in medical education, doing their final elective placement in general practice before specializing. The context of mentoring in medical education in many ways mirrors the ‘standard’ practice emerging from the literature: an experienced professional with several years of experience as a doctor, supervising a junior colleague on placement. Central to the research design were weekly non-participant observations of workplace practice (Jerolmack & Khan, 2014). We observed interactions during workplace practice (i.e., a mentor interrupting a mentee or inquiring his/her mentee’s decision-making process while s/he is performing) as well as their interactions away from or about workplace practice (i.e., feedback and evaluation meetings). Repeated observations afforded insight in the development of mentoring relations over time, as well as shifts in the nature and focus of the mentoring activities and conversations (cfr. positionings). The observations were supported through extensive field note writing, used to document (non-)verbal language use and important contextual information (Montgomery & Bailey, 2007). Periodic, focused ethnographic interviews with both mentors and students focused on building a better understanding of their developing expectations and goals for mentoring practice (cfr. frames) and communicatively validating preliminary insights and reflections from the analysis (Reeves et al., 2013). Participants were further invited to make sense of their experiences by asking them to document critical incidents that occurred in the absence of the researcher in an audio diary shared before each interview (see e.g., Wijbenga et al., 2021). For the analysis, field notes, interviews and audio diaries were first thoroughly read through and memos on initial interpretations and power dynamics (positionings; frames) were written (Miles et al., 2014). A detailed analysis of the positionings (field notes) followed later in the analysis by identifying micro-identities as positionings (Kayı-Aydar, 2019). These specific positionings were then clustered and deepened in dialogue with the larger dataset over time. The interviews were inductively coded to identify expectations and goals of the individual actors, resulting in identified frames. These frames were subsequently re-ordered and interpreted over time. The final step in the analysis specifically related the identified positionings and frames to the focus of learning, starting from the interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the first dyad, the student was allowed to do consultations largely independently from the beginning, with the mentor insisting on discussing the diagnosis and treatment each time. This allowed the student to practice indepentenly while the mentor maintained control over what happens to “his patients” (frame). However, in order to gain self-confidence, the student experessed the wish to complete consultations completely independent (frame). At some stage in the placement, the student starts enacting this frame by not calling up on the mentor for confirming the diagnosis and treatment. Increasingly, the student positions the mentor as a supporter (or supplement) rather than a supervisor: she decides when to call on the mentor for help. Learning eventually focuses more on personal (self-confidence) rather than academic development (perfecting her content knowledge), consistent with the student's frame. In the second dyad, the student indicates from the beginning the importance of getting along with the mentor in order to achieve good results (frame), positioning the mentor as a friend. During placement, the student increasingly initates informal conversations, replacing more case-driven or substantive conversations. As a result, feedback and information on the student’s performance diminishes over the course the placement; in line with the student’s framing of the placement as about good grades and enjoyment rather than learning. These cases show that students can effectively exercise power in the mentoring dyad, directing their learning. This highligths that the interplay between the mentor and student within the specific time-spatial context determines how mentoring practice takes shape and thus what is learned, more than the capacities of the individuals involved. These results imply that, beyond existing research in which power is a fixed characteristic, the roles of mentors and students should be viewed critically and dynamically. References Ben-Harush, A., & Orland-Barak, L. (2019). Triadic mentoring in early childhood teacher education: The role of relational agency. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 8(3), 182-196. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-10-2018-0055 Dumay, X. (2014). How do teachers coordinate their work? A framing approach. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 27, 88-91. http://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2012.737045 Hayward, C. R. (1998). De-facing power. Polity, 31(1), 1-22. Jerolmack, C., & Khan, S. (2014). Talk is cheap: Ethnography and the attitudinal fallacy. Sociological Methods & Research, 43(2), 178-209. https://doi.org/10.1177/0049124114523396 Kayı-Aydar, H. (2019). Classroom discourse for positioning research. In: Positioning Theory in Applied Linguistics. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-97337-1_5 Kram, K. (1985). Mentoring at work: Developmental relationships in organizational life. Scott Foresman. Martín Rojo, L. (2001). New developments in discourse analysis: Discourse as social practice. Folia Linguistica, 35(1-2), 41-78. https://doi.org/10.1515/flin.2001.35.1-2.41 Miles, M. B., & Huberman, M. A. (1994). Qualitative analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2nd ed.). Sage. Montgomery, P., & Bailey, P. H. (2007). Field notes and theoretical memos in grounded theory. Western Journal of Nursing Research, 29(1), 65-79. https://doi.org/10.1177/0193945906292557 Mullen, C. A., & Klimaitis, C. C. (2021). Defining mentoring: A literature review of issues, types, and applications. New York Academy of Sciences, 1483, 19-35. https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.14176 Orland-Barak, L. (2010). Learning to Mentor-as-Praxis: Toward a conceptual framework. Learning to Mentor-as-Praxis, 23-30. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-0582-6 Peiser, G., Ambrose, J., Burke, B., & Davenport, J. (2018). The role of the mentor in professional knowledge development across four professions. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 7(1), 2-18. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-07-2017-0052 Reeves, S., Peller, J., Goldman, J., & Kitto, S. (2013). Ethnography in qualitative educational research: AMEE Guide No. 80. Medical Teacher, 35(8), e1365-e1379. https://doi.org/10.3109/0142159X.2013.804977 van Langenhove, L., & Harré, R. (1999). Introducing positioning theory. In R. Harré & L. van Langenhove (Eds.), Positioning theory: Moral contexts of intentional action (pp. 14-31). Blackwell Publishers. Wijbenga, M. H., Teunissen, P. W., Ramaekers, S. P. J., Driessen, E. W., & Duvivier, R. J. (2021). Initiation of student participation in practice: An audio diary study of international clinical placements. Medical Teacher, 43(10), 1179-1185. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142159X.2021.1921133 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Growing Through Mentoring – The Professional Development of Mentors in Sweden Gothenburg University, Sweden Presenting Author:The purpose of this research project, a three-year study funded by the Swedish Research Council (2022-2024), is to investigate how the mentoring of student teachers can contribute to the professional development of the mentor teachers themselves. Professional development in this study refers to teachers´ perceived experiences of growth in professional knowledge, skills and dispositions in connection to the mentorship activities they carry out with student teachers. We conducted a large-scale survey study, through a questionnaire design based on the previous literature on mentoring, explorative interviews with mentors, and the thematic areas proposed in Activity Theory (Engeström, 1999). The participants include a nationwide sample of teachers who mentor student teachers enrolled in teacher education programs at the primary school level (Grades 4-6) in Sweden. Through the analysis of the data, we have built a model that demonstrates how mentoring activities and mentor teachers´ characteristics can be potential predictors of their professional development. We conducted a number of analyses of the survey data:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The preliminary phase of this study involved two parts: a) an extensive review of the mentoring literature with a focus on the mentoring of pre-service teachers, and b) exploratory interviews with 6 teachers who were either currently mentoring student teachers or have done so within the six months that preceded data collection. The findings from the interview phase, together with a review of the mentoring in education literature, and the thematic areas posited in Activity Theory (Engström, 1999) guided the construction of the (pilot and final) questionnaire. The questionnaire was designed to identify the relations between concepts related to the mentoring context, activities, processes, and the possible professional knowledge developed as an outcome. A valid and reliable measurement of the key concepts primarily depends on development of a conceptual framework that has both content and construct validity, and so we used the conceptual elements of Engeström´s (1999) Activity theory, (i.e., tools, rules, contexts/conditions, community and division of labour), to represent the central components of mentoring. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings The presentation will share the overall findings of the project which are related to: mentoring self efficacy, mentor knowledge and attributes, mentor training, professional development, reasons for starting to mentor student teachers, challenges mentors face, and various background factors (eg. gender, school type, location, no of mentees, hours of mentoring) References Andreasen, J., Bjørndal, C., & Kovač, V. (2019). Being a teacher and teacher educator: The antecedents of teacher educator identity among mentor teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 281-291. Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman, NY. Engeström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. In Y. Engeström, R. Miettinen, & R. Punämaki (Eds.), Perspectives on activity theory. New York: Cambridge University Press. Lopez‐Real, F., & Kwan, T. (2005). Mentors' perceptions of their own professional development during mentoring, Journal of Education for Teaching, 31(1), 15-24. Maton, K., (2014). Knowledge and knowers. Towards a realist sociology of education. Routledge. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 02 SES 01 A: VETNET Opening Session Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Barbara E. Stalder Session Chair: Christof Nägele VETNET Opening Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Panel Discussion VETNET Opening Session: A Common Labour Market 1University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland; 2Bahcesehir Cyprus University; 3European Forum of Technical and Vocational Education and Training; 4Bern University of Teacher Education Presenting Author:We are planning a session on VET on the island of Cyprus and its specific challenges. This information will be updated later. All participants who submitted to VETNET will receive further information in due time by email. Participants who submitted to other networks, interested in attending this session, will find further information in the conference app, later. References Make yourself familiar with the education systems on the island of Cyprus. Chair Barbara E. Stalder |
13:15 - 14:45 | 03 SES 01 A: The written curriculum as a complex message system Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Curriculum and Pedagogy - Two Sides of the Same Coin? Queen's University Belfas, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The topic of pedagogy has long been a contested one in education. While there is a level of agreement in terms of the importance of factors such as feedback and interaction, there are nevertheless fundamental disagreements between proponents of more constructivist and discovery-oriented approaches and those that lean on direct instruction and teacher-led approaches (Taber, 2011 ; Hirsch, 2016). In recent decades, there has also been increased dissonance around curriculum, with a skills- and competencies-based approach increasingly contrasted with knowledge-rich curricula (Guile, Lambert & Reiss, 2018). The two debates are often linked, in that a knowledge-rich curriculum is often seen as best delivered through direct instruction, while competency and skills-based curricula are associated with more constructivist approaches to pedagogy (see e.g. Hirsh's advocacy of direct instruction). An ongoing question, however, is to what extent these perceived differences actually translate into differential practice in the classroom. In this study we make use of a ‘natural experiment’ to compare two jurisdictions that are culturally relatively similar, but have taken a radically different approach to curriculum over the past decade, England and Northern Ireland, with the former transitioning to a strongly knowledge-based curriculum since 2010, while the latter has since 2007 followed a strongly skills- and competency-based approach. The relative cultural similarity between these two English-speaking jurisdictions, which are both part of the UK, allows us to overcome some of the issues present when doing international comparisons. In this study we use data from PIRLS 2021 to compare the two education systems. Theoretically we draw from a number of frameworks. Firstly, we draw on the distinction between the intended and enacted curriculum (Pak et al, 2020). This relates to the question to what extent we can expect national curriculum frameworks to actually be present in schools and classrooms. The second theoretical lens we will be employing is that of complexity theory in public policy, which will shine a light on the complexity of policy enactment, especially in multi-layered systems such as education (Cairney, 2012). To look at the relationship between curriculum and pedagogy we will ask the following questions: 1. To what extent do official and espoused pedagogies and curriculum differ between England and Northern Ireland? 2. To what extent do enacted curriculum and pedagogy accord with official curriculum in England and Northern Ireland, and to what extent do they vary within country? 3. To what extent do enacted curriculum and pedagogy differ between England and Northern Ireland? 4. What is the relationship between curriculum, pedagogy, and student attainment? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer research question 1 we will conduct a policy study, analysing official documents from England and Northern Ireland, such as curriculum documents, government policy papers, and guidance documents related to curriculum and pedagogy produced by education ministries or related bodies such as the Education and Testing Inspectorate in Northern Ireland or Ofsted in England To study research questions 2-4 we will use the PIRLS 2021 dataset. The PIRLS study provides us with a range of useful data, as in addition to the tests, the study utilised a curriculum questionnaire, comparing aspects of the curriculum in each country. PIRLS also contains a range of relevant scales and items in its surveys. The teacher survey contains a range of items and scales relating to pedagogy, both specifically in relation to reading (which of course has been a major area of pedagogical contention) and in relation to general pedagogy, as well as items relating to curriculum knowledge and implementation, as does the school questionnaire. The student questionnaire provides useful data on student views on teaching in their school. To analyse the data, items relating to pedagogy will first be theoretically assigned to the different pedagogical approaches. Confirmatory Factor Analysis will be used to test whether the data fit this structure, in itself a measure of the validity of the dualistic framework that often characterises educational debate. Multilevel regression models will be used to model relationships between pedagogy, curriculum and attainment, controlling for pupil and school characteristics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The policy study, which has been completed, shows clear differences in curricular intent between England and Northern Ireland. The NI curriculum is based on a framework employing 6 cross-currricular areas of learning. According to the curriculum “teachers should, where appropriate, integrate learning across the six areas to make relevant connections for children” (CCEA, 2007, p.4). The English national curriculum for primary, by contrast, is organised around 11 separate subjects, and stresses the knowledge to be learnt in each subject in each year through separate programmes of study for each subject. The English curriculum in England puts a strong emphasis on phonics, while the ‘Language and Literacy’ strand of the Northern Irish curriculum tends to see this as one element of a broader approach. Similar differences can be seen in the approaches of the school inspectorates, with the English inspection framework having a strong focus on subject curriculum (through subject ‘deep dives’), while the focus in Northern Irish inspections is much more strongly on generic pedagogical strategies such as differentiation. The quantitative data analysis has not yet been completed, but will be presented in full at the conference. References Cairney, P. (2012). Complexity Theory in Political Science and Public Policy. Political Studies Review, 10(3), 346-358. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1478-9302.2012.00270.x Guile, D., Lambert, D. & Reiss, M. (2018). Sociology, Curriculum Studies and Professional KnowledgeNew Perspectives on the Work of Michael Young. Abingdon: Routledge Hirsch, E. D. (2016). Why knowledge matters: Rescuing our children from failed educational theories. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard Education Press. Pak, K., Polikoff, M. S., Desimone, L. M., & Saldívar García, E. (2020). The Adaptive Challenges of Curriculum Implementation: Insights for Educational Leaders Driving Standards-Based Reform. AERA Open, 6(2). https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858420932828 Taber, K. S. (2011). Constructivism as Educational Theory. In: Hassakah, J. (Ed.). Educational Theory. Pp. 39-61. New York: Nova Science Publishers 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper ‘We Are Not Aiming to Cultivate artists’:Art Curriculum Textbooks Discourse and Teachers’ Interpretation in China’s Secondary Schools 1Ghent University, Belgium; 2Bejng Normal Univesity, China Presenting Author:Aligned with the reorientation of the arts and culture in the educational field in the EU and the US(Commission, 2019; Heilig, Cole, & Aguilar, 2010), China’s government has been working on enhancing schools' arts and aesthetic education in recent decades. On 20 December 2023, China's Ministry of Education issued a new educational policy titled ‘Notice on Comprehensive Implementation of School Arts Education Immersion Initiatives’(2023). This policy serves as a further amendment since a series of state-level policy came out in the last decade related to school arts education(2015; 2020; 2014). As stated in this policy, arts education is supposed to foster a mentally and physically wholesome personality in students and to involve arts immersion among students, teachers, and schools(2023). These aspects, to some extent, reflect the ambition of the government to emphasize arts education in school settings. However, there exists a tension between the expectation and the reality as the current reality of arts education remains problematic (e.g., ) in schools(Sun & Fan, 2018; Yu, 2016). There are some studies about policy and practice(Wang & Zhao, 2022; Xu, 2018), especially none of the previous literature examined the gap and the transition process between the policy and its implementations or, in other words, the reality in China’s school practice. Apart from the ideal concepts and guidelines present in the policy, we consider the artistic textbooks and the national standards as important perspectives to understand and investigate the aims and the practice of school arts education in China. They are official and ‘persuasive texts’, representing a series of dominant knowledge(s) and governmental expectations(Wang, 2019). More importantly, they are directly received by the diverse participants in schools, arguably act as the ‘bridge’ between the institutional assumptions and the practice(Issitt, 2004). In this case, we formed research question: ‘What functions are reflected(framed) in artistic textbooks, and how are they perceived and interpreted by teachers?’ . Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we adopt the critical discourse analysis, specifically, the Discourse-Historical Approach (DHA). The content of textbooks is neither static nor value-neutral, it is intertwined with contextual knowledge(s) and with specific educational, political and cultural purposes(Jackson et al., 2023; Wang, 2019) in the other words, textbooks are material-political-social-cultural artefacts(Macgilchrist, 2018). Additionally, the discourse in textbooks is vital and situated in the teaching and learning process involving different actors(Kolbeck & Röhl, 2018). The commonly-used content analysis cannot thoroughly examine the underlying power dynamics, while DHA brings contextual, intertextual, and interdiscursive perspectives to understanding the specific texts and helps to understand the ways in which meaning is stabilized(Barbara Christophe et al., 2018; Reisigl & Wodak, 2015). Given the problem-oriented nature of DHA, we have specified the research questions into several sub-questions: 1)What functions are brought into artistic textbooks? 2)What are the textbook structural and discursive strategies? 3) What are the teacher's perceptions and interpretations of the textbooks? Data selection: In China's secondary schools, the official arts curriculum includes visual arts, music, dance, drama and digital arts, with music and visual arts compulsory in all schools. Despite the variety of textbook editions, two popular ones come to our attention. One is the Fine Art (People's Education Edition,) and the other is the Music (People's Music Publishing House Edition), both of which are used in Xiamen, China, where the interviews are conducted. These two textbook editions are the primary genre in our analysis process, in addition to the selected data: • 2022 China’s National art curriculum standard • Interviews with 3 editors (2 chair editor, and 1editor for renewal version of the fine arts, grade 9) • Interviews with 24 teachers (3 researchers, 13music teachers and 10 Fine art teachers, convenience sampling) Analytical process: First, we organized the data by addressing contextual information. We then conducted the qualitative pilot analysis to select analytical categories, focusing on three dimensions of discourse themes, discursive strategies (i.e., nomination, argumentation, and framing as focal points, especially in this study), and major claims about the functions of arts education in selected texts. This was followed by a detailed case study in the entire section of data, and we did an interdiscursive analysis across different genres. Finally, we formulated the critique and went back to the board economic and political context and discursive practice , then report the results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The report is formulated to address three research questions. It provides an overview of the primary functions (i.e., aesthetic appreciation, moral and political cultivation, sound personality development, etc.) outlined in the textbooks. This overview is based on an examination of the textbook's objectives and content choices and is aligned with the goals of the national curriculum standards. Notably, there is emphasis on Chinese culture in both editions, reflecting a concerted effort to integrate cultural identity into the educational framework. This cultural emphasis is intertwined with a robust intertextuality among the national standards, the textbooks and policy discourse. Detailed description of discursive strategies contains the claims and assumptions, nominative construction. The ideal-interpretation-implementation loop reveals some autonomy and flexibility of teachers in adapting textbooks to real-world practices and goals, although under certain ideological guidelines. They mentioned the tendency and requirements on emphasizing native and patriotic consciousness, which on the other hand weakens the part of intercultural understanding of art, even the content of the textbook has not been renewed. In relation to the historical context, the political discursive turn in Chinese society promotes the increasing demands for highlighting cultural confidences in terms of the art curriculum. However, there are potential challenges to achieving a balanced and culturally diverse arts education under the state's assumptions. References Barbara Christophe, Annekatrin Bock, Eckhardt Fuchs, Felicitas Macgilchrist, Otto, M., & Sammler, S. (2018). New Directions. In E. Fuchs & A. Bock (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Textbook Studies. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-53142-1_30 Opinion of the European Committee of the Regions on ‘Creative Europe and A New European Agenda for Culture’, 37-48 168 (2019). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52018AR3890 Coucil, C. s. S. (2015). The Opinions on Comprehensively Strengthening and Improving Aesthetic Education in Schools. Retrieved from http://www.moe.gov.cn/jyb_xxgk/moe_1777/moe_1778/201509/t20150928_211095.html Council, C. s. S., & Committee, G. O. o. t. C. C. (2020). The Opinions on Comprehensively Strengthening and Improving the Aesthetic Education in Schools in the New Era Retrieved from http://www.moe.gov.cn/jyb_xxgk/moe_1777/moe_1778/202010/t20201015_494794.html Education, C. s. M. o. (2014). The Opinions on Promoting the Development of Arts Education in Schools Retrieved from http://www.moe.gov.cn/srcsite/A17/moe_794/moe_795/201401/t20140114_163173.html Education, C. s. M. o. (2023). Notice on Comprehensive Implementation of School Arts Education Immersion Initiatives. Retrieved from https://www.gov.cn/zhengce/zhengceku/202401/content_6924205.htm Heilig, J. V., Cole, H., & Aguilar, A. (2010). From Dewey to No Child Left Behind: The Evolution and Devolution of Public Arts Education. Arts Education Policy Review, 111(4), 136-145. https://doi.org/10.1080/10632913.2010.490776 Issitt, J. (2004). Reflections on the study of textbooks. History of Education, 33(6), 683-696. https://doi.org/10.1080/0046760042000277834 Jackson, L., Apple, M. W., Yan, F., Lin, J. C., Jiang, C., Li, T., & Vickers, E. (2023). The politics of reading textbooks: Intergenerational and international reflections on China. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 1-11. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2023.2239446 Kolbeck, G., & Röhl, T. (2018). Textbook Practices: Reading Texts, Touching Books. The Palgrave Handbook of Textbook Studies, 399-410. Macgilchrist, F. (2018). Textbooks. In J. Flowerdew & J. E. Richardson (Eds.), The Routledge Handbook of Critical Discourse Studies (pp. 525-539). Routledge. Reisigl, M., & Wodak, R. (2015). The discourse-historical approach (DHA). In R. Wodak & M. Meyer (Eds.), Methods of critical discourse studies (3rd Edition ed.). Sage. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315739342 Sun, Y., & Fan, G. (2018). The Current Situation, Problems and Countermeasures of School Aesthetic Education in China. Educational Science Research(10), 70-75. Wang, H., & Zhao, l. (2022). The Centennial Evolution of Chinese Aesthetic Education under the Influence of Educational Policies Journal of Southwest University(Social Sciences Edition), 48(01). Wang, P. (2019). The Methodological Construction of the Discourse Analysis of Textbooks. Educational Research, 5, 51-59. Xu, H.-S. (2018). Improving School Aesthetic Education —A Study on Key Policies of School Aesthetic Education during the Past 40 Years of Reforming and Opening. Journal of Aesthetic Education, 9(06), 17-25. Yu, G. (2016). On Art Education For a Perfect Person [Doctor, Suzhou Univerisity]. https://d.wanfangdata.com.cn/thesis/ChJUaGVzaXNOZXdTMjAyMTA1MTkSCUQwMTAwNzM5ORoIMnR4ZWd1cms%3D 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Successful Integration of Media-related Competencies in All Subjects of Teacher Education: Support Structure as the Key to Success University of Education Weingarten, Germany Presenting Author:The research relates to a teacher education programme (TEP) and pedagogical concepts in teacher education, but has already been highlighted at national conferences for transfer to other degree programmes in the context of digitalisation initiatives at universities, e.g. for implementation in all degree programmes at the university. Key research questions: How can a compulsory additional programme for all students to foster digital and 21st century skills be anchored in the curriculum? What prerequisites for success have been identified? The paper discusses the necessity of a change management process in the context of digitalisation initiatives at universities and presents a designing process for advancing digital transformation. Especially the promotion of digitisation-related competences among teachers is an educational policy concern in the context of the digital transformation. Therefore, the question of how prospective teachers can be better prepared for the effective and productive use of digital technologies in their lessons has been under investigation for some time. Media-related and cross-cutting competences should be specifically promoted (e.g. KMK 2012; 2017; Baumert & Kunter 2006; Koehler & Mishra 2009). A key challenge of teacher education is to develop learning opportunities and learning paths that enable teachers to acquire the required competences. Teacher education is a core area of degree programmes at the University of Education Weingarten, Germany (UEW), as around 2/3 of its students are currently enrolled on TEP. UEW has chosen a comprehensive approach in the context of the project "Teacher Education goes Digital" (TEgoDi), to the sensitive modification of its TEP on the basis of an interdisciplinary concept in teacher education grounded in educational theory (Müller et al., 2021). Modification result: All teacher students complete two mandatory media projects, aimed at promoting digital competences within subject-specific topics. Media pedagogical and media (subject) didactic competences are strengthened within the TEP. A pedagogical makerspace, CoLiLab, equipped with digital tools, provides the necessary learning and production environment. Results, anchored in subject didactics and educational science curricula, are documented and reflected on via an e-portfolio. University's decision-making processes, especially with regard to changes in the university’s TEP, are not organised top-down, but take their course through the university’s faculties and departments (Graf-Schlattmann et al. 2020). For this reason, TEgoDi included dedicated change agents attached to the faculties acting as experts for e-learning. They promote and mediate communication and cooperation between lecturers, university management, faculties and project staff (Stratmann et al., 2021). Our paper presents approaches and means for the successful integration of this programme at UEW. For this purpose, the obligatory curricular elements in connection with the digital skills and competences required of teachers and the implementation of various support structures are briefly presented. In addition, the various instruments used in the project under discussion are described in order to systematically and appropriately involve all stakeholders at the university in the change process. As a central element, we consider an actor-specific perspective with action variables to increase the willingness to change. (Grassinger et al., 2022; Stratmann et al. 2021). In addition, the challenges of curricular anchoring are addressed by discussing the difficulties we have encountered in dealing with research and interventions. The curricular integration with all subjects participating in the TEP facilitated the most effective form of implementation. No add-on was introduced, which is often chosen as a solution for implementation. Instead, the existing course offerings were expanded to incorporate the aspect of enhancing digital-related skills, and the workload was relieved from subject disciplines through the support structures. Aims: 2024 formally linked to the existing study and examination regulations by a transitional statute, from 2025 on, compulsory part for all teacher students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We worked with different work packages to establish demand-oriented support services for lecturers and students to ensure quality and to anchor the two digital media projects in the curriculum. In doing so, we used the method of design-based research (DBR) (Hoadley & Campos, 2022; Reinmann, 2017). DBR models usually assume that existing problems in practice form the starting point of the research, for the solution of which an intervention is developed, which is then tested, evaluated and successively improved. The designation and presentation of the phases vary. We also found this to be the case. TEgoDi applies a participatory change management approach, promoting and maintaining collective willingness to change in the entire university. This approach is comparable to the model of collective readiness for change developed by Graf-Schlattmann et al. (2020). The formative evaluation follows the iterative development procedure (Allen & Sites, 2012), which encompasses three major development loops. Each loop is evaluated using feedback from students and lecturers (as different target groups) and tutors or board members (as additional stakeholders). The summative evaluation focusses primarily on the effect of the two digital media-based projects on two levels: (1) On students level the central question is the effect on different individual variables, e.g. digital media self-efficacy (Pumptow & Brahm, 2020) or digital media-related competencies (Ghomi & Redecker, 2019). (2) On the level of lectures the acceptance of digital media in teaching–learning processes (Venkatesh & Bala, 2008) or the increased use of digital media during lectures are of interest. Further, it is intended to identify the critical success factors for sustainability of the implemented processes and structures as well as to publish them to transfer knowledge to upcoming projects with similar challenges (Müller et al. 2021). Firstly, the measures that contribute to the successful implementation of media projects in teacher training are analysed. This is done through a quantitative analysis that involves the use of measurable indicators. These indicators include learning outcomes, utilisation of media resources and students' experiences with the TEgoDi concept. This quantitative approach enables a systematic evaluation of the effectiveness of the TEgoDi concept in improving the digital media literacy of teacher students. Change agents evaluated the need, readiness and acceptance quantitatively in online surveys and qualitatively in workshops with all subjects (initially subject-specific and later interdisciplinary) as well as in meetings with early adopters. Early adopters have integrated media projects into their courses for trialling in 2021-2023. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In accordance with the requirements for TEP in Baden-Württemberg/Germany the connection to study and examination regulations was realised, the module handbooks were revised for the systematic and binding integration of media-related competence acquisition in all subjects. Transparency in the module handbooks enables a systematic and targeted processing of teaching and learning from the perspective of digital social change and the associated reflexive examination of subject/learning cultures. This way, the curricular anchoring in all subjects was ensured through acceptance and willingness. Extensive support services were set up and evaluated at the university as part of the TEgoDi project. To ensure quality, the students are professionally supervised by lecturers in whose courses the projects are located. Part of the decision-making process was the agreement on interdisciplinary standards for both media projects for quality assurance. In addition to templates for lecturers and material for media-didactic and technical input, media-didactic and technical learning guides support the implementation of projects in courses, providing adequate support materials to assist them in collaborating with students on the planning and reflection of media-based learning scenarios in a reflexive, theory-based manner (Janssen et al., 2013). 1. Demand-oriented support services: including an online self-assessment to reflect on one's own media-related didactic competences, the TEgoDi material collection as a digital advice centre and digital self-learning materials on the university’s DokuWiki and moodle lead them on their individual learning path. 2. Extensive support services for students: The learning support team of various learning and teaching labs and service points. While technical solutions simplify the scalability of the support services, learning guides support students individually and according to their needs on their way to acquiring competences. Workshops should enable learners to support each other in planning media-supported teaching and learning settings (Schnebel & Kreis 2014). In addition, the CoLiLab also provides technical equipment. References Allen M. & Sites R. (2012). Leaving ADDIE for SAM. An agile model for developing the best learning experiences. Danvers: ASTD Press. Baumert, J. & Kunter, M. (2006). Stichwort: Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 9(4), 469–520. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-006-0165-2. Graf-Schlattmann, M., Meister, D. M., Oevel, G. & Wilde, M. (2020). Kollektive Veränderungsbereitschaft als zentraler Erfolgsfaktor von Digitalisierungsprozessen an Hochschulen. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 15(1), 19–39. https://doi.org/10.3217/zfhe-15-01/02. Grassinger, R., Bernhard, G., Müller, W., Schnebel, S., Stratmann, J., Weitzel, H. et al. (2022). Fostering Digital Media-Realted Competences of Student Teachers. SN Computer Science, 3(258). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42979-022-01135-8. Ghomi M. & Redecker C. (2019). Digital competence of educators (Dig-CompEdu): development and evaluation of a self‐assessment instrument for teachers' digital competence. In: Proceedings of the 11th international conference on computer supported education (CSEDU 2019), 1, 541–548. Hoadley, Christopher & Campos, Fabio C. (2022) Design-based research: What it is and why it matters to studying online learning, Educational Psychologist, 57:3, 207-220, https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2022.2079128. Koehler M. & Mishra P. (2009). What is technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK)? Contemp Issues Technol Teach Educ., 9(1), 60–70. Kreis, A., Schnebel, S. & Musow, S. (2017). What do pre-service teachers talk about in collaborative lesson planning dialogues? Results of an intervention study with content focused peer coaching. Lehrerbildung auf dem Prüfstand, Sonderheft, 80-106. Mishra, P. & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge: A Framework for Teacher Knowledge. Teacher College Record, Volume 108(6). Müller, W., Grassinger, R., Schnebel, S., Stratmann, J., Weitzel, H., Aumann, A. et al. (2021). Integration of Digital Competences into a Teacher Education Program: A Sensitive Approach. Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computer Supported Education - Volume 1: CSEDU, 232–242. https://doi.org/10.5220/0010527202320242. Pumptow M. & Brahm T. (2020). Students’ digital media self-efficacy and its importance for higher education institutions: development and validation of a survey instrument. Technol Knowl Learn. 2020(26), 555–75. Reinmann, G. (2017). Design-based Research. In D. Schemme & H. Novak (Eds.), Gestaltungsorientierte Forschung – Basis für soziale Innovationen. Erprobte Ansätze im Zusammenwirken von Wissenschaft und Praxis (49-61). Bielefeld: Bertelsmann. Stratmann, J., Visotschnig, M. S., Widmann, J. & Müller, W. (2021). Change-Management an Hochschulen im Rahmen strategischer Digitalisierungsprojekte. In H.-W. Wollersheim, M. Karapanos & N. Pengel (Eds.), Bildung in der digitalen Transformation,143–152. Münster: Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830994565 Venkatesh V, Bala H. Technology acceptance model 3 and a research agenda on interventions. Decis Sci. 2008;39(2):273–315. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-5915.2008.00192.x. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 04 SES 01 A: Assessment in Inclusive Education Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Andrea Kogler Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Assessment of Children with Learning Difficulties and Support Classes: Hope or Barrier to Their Future? European University Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:The Preamble to the UN Convention on the Rights of People with Disabilities underlines the importance of equal access to education for all. To this end, according to Articles 8b and 24, states should encourage respect for the rights of children with disabilities, because of their right to equal opportunities in education without discrimination (United Nations, 2008). The education systems in Europe then should be inclusive at all levels and all the time. This means that children with learning difficulties should not be excluded because of having difficulties to learn in the same way or at the same pace as children without learning difficulties (Charitaki, Marasidi & Soulis, 2018). In contrast, they should be supported to learn on an equal basis together with their peers. To this end, there should be provision of reasonable accommodation and individualized support, which should be ensured by the state (Damianidou & Phtiaka, 2018). The promotion of inclusive education is also one of the priority areas set up by the European Disability Strategy 2010-2020, which is supported by the Academic Network of European Disability experts (ANED) (European Commission, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Since this research aimed to explore the personal experience and interpretations of prevalent education practices, we decided to employ a qualitative methodology. Our aim was to gain in-depth insights from key informants in order to develop grounded theory. We interpreted our findings within the framework of the medical and social model of disability, which postulate that the restrictions that disabled people have to confront are not a consequence of disability but represent the barriers constructed by the powerful society that values and promotes ‘normality’ on the one hand and condemns deviance on the other, considering it as illness and a source of misery (Oliver, 1996). Hence disability is not a real situation that stems from inside the person, as the medical model postulates, but an externally imposed plasmatic category that serves the reproduction of existing power relationships and the positioning of disabled people in social hierarchy. Our main research tool was the semi-structured interview. Our questions focused on how children with learning difficulties are affected by the assessment process and their enrolment in support classes. Each interview lasted between one to two hours and was based on the informed consent of the participants. A grounded theory method was employed; thus, the interviews were driven by the participants’ perceptions. We started by asking the participants to tell us their stories of the assessment process of children with learning difficulties and the consequences of the children’s enrolment in support classes, regarding their development and learning opportunities. Then we used prompts and probes to steer the conversation through the following topics: the meaning and the experience of assessment, the effectiveness of the teaching methods used, feelings of being part of a support class, learning opportunities and barriers to inclusion. The interviews were tape-recorded and transcribed verbatim. In total, our sample comprised of 15 primary education teachers teaching in support classes and 10 parents with children with learning difficulties that are enrolled in support classes. Brinkmann and Kvale (2015) suggest that five to 25 people represent an adequate sample for qualitative studies. Even though we cannot postulate that we selected a representative sample that reflects the enormous range of the experiences and perspectives of persons involved in the education of children with learning difficulties, we tried to recruit a diverse group of participants with different backgrounds. To this end, we employed a combination of purposive and snowball sampling methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The proliferating percentage of children with learning difficulties in contemporary European schools and their right to equal opportunities in education highlight the necessity to implement policies that may dismantle the barriers to inclusion and ensure the participation of all children in schooling and social life (Buchner et al., 2021). To this end, as the participants stated, there are assessment processes in Greece, with which children with learning difficulties may be identified and educated in support classes, according to their needs. However, as the participants revealed, the assessment process does not seem to promote inclusion or facilitate learning, since the delays that are usually observed and the placement of children according to the availability of support classes, and not their needs, seem to indicate an underlying intention to reproduce the social hierarchy instead of satisfying the children’s needs. On the other hand, both the participating teachers and parents highlighted the importance of home-school partnership to maximize the children’s potential and enhance learning. The participating teachers though expressed their disappointment because of the lack of co-operation with the general teachers, which seem to raise barriers to the inclusion of children with learning difficulties, when they attend lessons at the general class. Ironically, both parents and teachers observed children’s decreased confidence and lack of self-efficiency. However, they did not attribute the latter to the shortcomings of the assessment system and the services provided, but on the children, reproducing the medical model of disability and facilitating the placement of children with learning difficulties in the lowest levels of social hierarchy, as not fitting the prevalent ideal of the confident and self-efficient student. It seems then that it is essential to realize the oppression of students with learning difficulties to render the support system a hope for the future (Damianidou, 2021). References Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste. London, UK: Routledge. Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (Vol. 3). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Buchner, T., Shevlin, M., Donovan, M. A., Gercke, M., Goll, H., Šiška, J., & Corby, D. (2021). Same progress for all? Inclusive education, the United Nations Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities and students with intellectual disability in European countries. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities, 18(1), 7-22. Charitaki, G., Marasidi, Y., & Soulis, S. G. (2018). School adjustment: A case of an adolescent diagnosed with specific learning disabilities. Open Journal of Social Sciences, 6(04), 15-23. Damianidou, E. (2021). Curriculum and the power to ex(in)clude disabled students. International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2021.1994034. Damianidou, E., & Phtiaka, H. (2018). Implementing inclusion in disabling settings: The role of teachers’ attitudes and practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(10), 1078-1092. European Commission. (2020). European Disability Strategy 2010-2020 helped to remove barriers. Available from https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=89&furtherNews=yes&newsId=9835&langId=en Lindner, K. T., & Schwab, S. (2020). Differentiation and individualisation in inclusive education: a systematic review and narrative synthesis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2020.1813450. Oliver, M. (1996). Understanding disability: From theory to practice. New York, NY, US: St Martin's Press. Pappas, M. A., Papoutsi, C., & Drigas, A. S. (2018). Policies, practices, and attitudes toward inclusive education: The case of Greece. Social sciences, 7(6), 90-109. Symeonidou, S., & Mavrou, K. (2020). Problematising disabling discourses on the assessment and placement of learners with disabilities: can interdependence inform an alternative narrative for inclusion?. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(1), 70-84. United Nations. (2008). Convention On The Rights Of Persons With Disabilities (CRPD). Availabe from https://social.desa.un.org/issues/disability/crpd/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities-crpd 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusive Assessment, Measurement or Diagnostics? The Potential of Systematic Reviews to Create Common Understandings in International Contexts University Frankfurt, Germany Presenting Author:As has already been discussed in various publications (e.g., Gasterstädt, 2021, Artiles & Dyson 2005) and in the context of panels at ECER 2023 (e.g., 04 SES 02 D), the fuzzy nature of terms sometimes is an obstacle to the discourse about inclusive education as well as their realisation. On the one hand, the adaptation of inclusion-related concepts, as those set out in international conventions, across different levels of national/ regional education systems leads to (re)contextualisations such as the creation of specific terms in school practice. On the other hand, we experience the same phenomenon in scientific contexts in the form of separate strands of development linked to language-specific terms. With the so-called meta-projects, the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF) in Germany has introduced a so far internationally little-known organisation type between project sponsors and funded third-party projects, which is intended to promote the networking of the projects assigned to them in a non-hierarchical manner as well as promoting the utilisation of their results. One of the aims of the ‘Meta-project inclusive education’ (MInkBi), based at Goethe University Frankfurt from 2017-2026, is to analyse the state of research in the academic discourse on an international level in order to situate the results of the 66 funded projects within it. In the form of a systematic review, the meta-project is working on relating the concept of “förderbezogene Diagnostik“ (support-related diagnostics), which is specific to the German-speaking community, to the English-speaking dominating debates internationally. By trying to (re)connect terminology and concepts behind it we aim to open up research efforts from all over Germany to the global community. The difficulty here is that these terms cannot simply be translated literally into English, nor can they be understood detached from their specific local and language-bound context. In the DACH countries of the 1960s, originally medical diagnostic procedures were linked to learning processes, and the term "pädagogische Diagnostik” (pedagogical diagnostics) was coined by Ingenkamp (Ingenkamp & Lissmann, 2008). Over the course of time, a large number of different categorisations and subcategories emerged, for example, the distinction between educational diagnostics in the narrow vs. broad sense, assignment, learning process, status, and support diagnostics (Beck 2023). The currently evolving review is an attempt to place the phenomenon of “förderbezogene Diagnostik“ (support-related diagnostics) in an international context and to identify what is known about comparable issues. To this end, an endeavour is made to answer the following questions:
It can be assumed that similar challenges arise anywhere when it comes to developing more inclusive education systems and practices as well as when conducting research on this topic, which is why the discourse about international parallels and differences promises valuable synergies. With this paper, we would like to provide an insight into the method and conceptual design of the systematic review. We hope that our contribution will lead to an exchange on potentials and limitations of the approach presented and that we will receive valuable feedback by opening up the discussion within network four. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The term systematic review refers to a large number of scientific studies that, despite sometimes differing approaches, all endeavour to provide an overview of the current state of knowledge, guided by a research question or a specific topic. They therefore have the collection, assessment and presentation of available research findings (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005) in common. The component of these procedures referred to as systematic is the methodological approach, which must be presented in a comprehensible manner on the basis of generally recognised methodology in order to withstand criticism with regard to quality issues such as plausibility and bias (Pati & Lorusso, 2018). The structure of this review is based on the SALSA method according to Grant & Booth (2009), which as an acronym describes the four consecutive work steps: Search, AppraisaL, Synthesis and Analysis. The process was also orientated on the basis of the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021). The search was conducted using ProQuest and EBSChost to to identify peer reviewed literature in English across seven databases: PSYNDEX Literature with PSYNDEX Tests, APA PsycArticles, APA PsycInfo, ERIC, ASSIA, IBSS, LLBA. In order to avoid unintentionally limiting the field of research in advance due to bias, the following key words as English counterparts of ‘support-related diagnostics’ were developed from conversations with colleagues from different countries: inclusive diagnostics/ assessment/ measurement. In order to make the search as comprehensive as possible, three individual keyword searches were carried out in each of the two databases: 1. ‘assessment’ AND ‘inclusi*’ 2. ‘diagnos*’ AND ‘inclusi*’ 3. ‘measurement’ AND ‘inclusi*’ As the UNCRPD was adopted in December 2006, the preliminary period chosen for the publication dates of papers was 2007 until the time of the search run in July 2023. In total, this resulted in 1.236 search hits, which were imported into a literature management programme. After duplicates were removed (n = 126) the sample was reduced to 1.110 records. Records are currently being screened for ‘reference to formal (pre-/school) education’ and subsequent screening steps and coding procedures are being discussed within the research team. Therefore next steps are the selection in reference to appropriate types of literature, a focus on diagnostics/ assessment/ measurement and a target perspective on (social) inclusion/ integration. In accordance with our research objectives, we aspire to develop a review of ‘configurative’ nature (Gough et al., 2012), drawing in particular on the thematic synthesis according to Thomas & Harden (2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One of the main aims of the project MInkBi is to conduct a systematic review that brings together research findings from around the world in the form of a synthesis which promises the possibility of situating the construct of ‘support-related diagnostics’ shaped by the German discourse. The initial results of our work reflect the need for extensive research, communication and translation efforts, which are essential for drawing connections between concepts of different origins on an international level. We have realised that certain strands of argumentation are also represented in educational research publications in English from around the world and that different conceptualisations are associated with the individual terms assessment, measurement and diagnostics, which we aim to identify with our forthcoming work. So far we can describe our perception that a distinction is being drawn internationally between more medically oriented concepts, which seem to be often characterised by the term diagnostics, and more learning-oriented measures, which tend to be associated with the term assessment. Since the German-language discourse deals with a dimension of diagnostics in relation to the performance of pupils and international comparative studies also concern the aspect of performance measurement, it can be assumed that this aspect might also be reflected to a certain extent in the researched studies. At this point in time, it is unfortunately only possible to draw up expected outcomes in the sense of assumptions, but we are confident that we will be able to present our final findings and synthesis in August 2024. References Arksey, H. & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Artiles, A.; Dyson, A. (2005). Inclusive education in the globalization age: The promise of comparative cultural-historical analysis. In: David Mitchell (Ed.): Contextualizing Inclusive Education: Routledge, 37–62. Beck, K. (2023). Inklusion zum Systemerhalt – die widersprüchliche Steuerungsfunktion sonderpädagogischer Diagnostik im Rahmen der inklusiven Bildungsreform in Baden-Württemberg. In: Robert Kruschel und Kerstin Merz-Atalik (Eds.), Steuerung von Inklusion!?, Educational Governance 52. Wiesbaden: Springer, 253-269. Gasterstädt, J. (2021). Same same but different – Ein Vergleich der Entwicklung inklusiver Strukturen in zwei Bundesländern in Deutschland. In: Andreas Köpfer, Justin J. W. Powell und Raphael Zahnd (Eds.): Handbuch Inklusion international. Globale, nationale und lokale Perspektiven auf Inklusive Bildung = International handbook of inclusive education: global, national and local perspectives. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich, 179–196. Gough, D., Thomas, J. & Oliver, S. (2012). Clarifying differences between review designs and methods. Systematic reviews, 1, 28. https://doi.org/10.1186/2046-4053-1-28 Grant, M. J. & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: an analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health information and libraries journal, 26(2), 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x Ingenkamp, K.; Lissmann, U. (2008). Lehrbuch der pädagogischen Diagnostik (6. Auf.). Beltz Pädagogik. Page, M. J., Moher, D., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., . . . McKenzie, J. E. (2021). PRISMA 2020 explanation and elaboration: updated guidance and exemplars for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ (Clinical research ed.), 372, n160. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n160 Pati, D. & Lorusso, L. N. (2018). How to Write a Systematic Review of the Literature. HERD, 11(1), 15–30. https://doi.org/10.1177/1937586717747384 Thomas, J. & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews. BMC medical research methodology, 8, 45. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-8-45 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Counseling Parents/guardians During the Assessment Process for Special Educational Needs (SEN) in Austria - the Perspective of the Involved Experts. 1University of Graz (Austria), Inclusive Education Unit, Institute of Education Research and Teacher Education; 2University of Graz (Austria), Research Center for Inclusive Education Presenting Author:In Austria, children with disabilities are assigned with the label “special educational needs (SEN)” in order to provide appropriate educational support for them. The guidelines for the organization and implementation of SEN in Austria are summarized in Circular No. 7/2019 of the Federal Ministry of Education, Science and Research (BMBF [Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung]) and are valid nationwide. Students should be assigned with SEN if they are unable to follow lessons without special educational support due to a disability. The application for the assignment of SEN is usually submitted by the parents/guardians. During the SEN assessment process the parents/guardians have several rights. Among others they have the right to select the school for their child which means they should be able to choose between a general and a special school (BMBWF, 2019). Although this right exists, the decision between different schools often is very difficult for parents/guardians. On the one hand, families usually prefer a general school for their child. But they often have to fight for it (Hausmanns & Wingerter, 2013; Lalvani & Hale, 2015; Pinetz, 2019). Many families opt for a special school because they are better adapted and offer more flexibility and more possibilities for their child (Kalcher & Gasteiger-Klicpera, 2021; Kobelt Neuhaus, 2017). Some families have no other choice (Thoms, 2023). However, rather privileged parents/guardians with academic qualifications and a higher-class affiliation (Lalvani & Hale, 2015; Sasse, 2004) or parents/guardians who are more assertive (Klicpera, 2005) can be credited with getting through this "fight" (Lalvani & Hale, 2015). This results in significant disadvantages for families with social disadvantages and/or a migration background. In addition, existing language barriers makes it difficult to obtain the necessary information. However, this is essential to be able to assert the rights of parents/guardians and children (Pinetz, 2019). In order to support all parents/guardians in their decision, adequate counseling is required (Kalcher & Gasteiger-Klicpera, 2021; Klicpera, 2005, 2007). However, Kalcher and Wohlhart (2021) found that the majority of respondents had no or only limited professional counseling. Furthermore, the decision for a particular school was often not based on a choice from several options (Gasteiger-Klicpera, Klicpera, Gebhardt & Schwab, 2013; Klicpera, 2005, 2007; Pinetz, 2019; Thoms, 2023). The advice was often focused on the existing resources (Hausmanns & Wingerter, 2013) or interests of the counseling persons (Klicpera, 2005). Although this problem is well known and the legal regulations prescribe the obligation to offer counselling for parents/guadians, this still is not sufficiently implemented. Therefore, it is necessary to analyze the counselling processes and align it more closely to the needs of the parents/guardians. The aim of this study was to examine the counselling and support of parents/guardians during the SEN assessment process from different perspectives, that of the parents/guardians, teachers, head teachers and diversity managers. The study aimed to identify challenges and critical aspects and to discover opportunities for improvement and consequences for further development of this process of accompanying the parents during this difficult decision process. The following research question should be answered:
The steps in the process consist of (1) justification and application, i.e. informing the parents/guardians about the importance of the SEN, explaining why SEN is necessary and explaining what this means for the child's future career, (2) choosing the right school, deciding on curriculum allocation and support measures and (3) decision and communication about the outcome of the SEN assessment process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was part of the project "Evaluation of the assessment process for SEN in Austria", which was carried out from 2022 to 2023 on behalf of the BMBWF (Gasteiger-Klicpera et al., 2023). The central aim of this study was to obtain a detailed overview of the current SEN assessment process. As part of this study, a quantitative survey and a qualitative interview study were conducted with all expert groups involved in the entire process. For the quantitative survey four target group-specific questionnaires were designed, with questions about child-specific data, the procedure and individual perceptions, the outcome and consequences, satisfaction with the procedure and confidence in the child's future, problems and suggestions for improvement, criteria for allocating resources and socio-demographic data of the participants. A total of 293 persons took part in the survey. This sample consisted of 52 parents/guardians (female 86.5 %, male 13.5 %), 67 teachers (female 88.1 %, male 10.4 %, diverse 1.5 %), 72 head teachers (female 76.4 %, male 23.6 %) and 102 diversity managers (female 83.3 %, male 11.8 %, diverse 4.9 %). This involved 293 SEN assessment processes between January 2022 and May 2023. The procedures evaluated refer to 293 children with SEN (female 37.5 %, male 62.5 %) with an average age of 9.97 years (SD = 2.30, R = 5-17, n = 265). The interviews were conducted using a semi-structured interview guide with four blocks of questions: (1) procedure and documentation of the procedure, (2) significance and impact of the circular nr. 7/2019, (3) information and openness towards the diagnosis of "disability" and (4) suggestions for optimizing the procedure. The interview study was conducted with experts who were involved in the SEN assessment process, i. e. school quality managers, diversity managers, head teachers, teachers and parents/guardians. The interviews took place between September and December 2022 in all federal states of Austria. A total of 31 people took part in the interview study. The evaluation was based on descriptive statistics (SPSS) and content analysis (MaxQDA). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows that counseling plays a crucial role in the SEN assessment process. All groups of experts emphasized the importance and significance of counselling and support for parents. However, the participants reported different perceptions regarding the continuity of the counseling process. While some parents/guardians considered the counseling opportunities to be too limited, the other participating experts pointed out that they had given the parents/guardians comprehensive advice. It also emerged that parents/guardians were satisfied with their decision for a specific school for their child. This could indicate that the responsible persons involved have mostly succeeded in establishing a trustful relationship with the parents/guardians. However, it may also indicate that parents/guardians feel dependent on the school, so that they avoid criticism out of concern for their child. In summary, it was shown that the teachers, head teachers and diversity managers endeavor to provide parents/guardians with sound advice and guidance, but it is not clear enough whose re-sponsibility it is to continuously support parents/guardians in this process. Sometimes it is the diversity management and sometimes it is the school that takes on parts of the communication. This confirms that the responsibility for this process has not been clarified. It should also be considered that one-off information for parents/guardians is not enough. It would be essential to provide regular, reciprocal information in the sense of a symmetrical exchange based on partnership (Schürer & Lintorf, 2023), which focuses on well-founded support of the child from both perspectives, the parents/guardians and the school. References BMBWF [Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung]. (2019). Rundschreiben Nr. 7/2019: Richtlinien zur Organisation und Umsetzung der sonderpädagogischen Förderung. Bun-desministerium Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. https://rundschreiben.bmbwf.gv.at/rundschreiben/?id=808 Gasteiger-Klicpera, B., Buchner, T., Frank, E., Grubich, R., Hawelka, V., Hecht, P., Hoffmann, M., Hoffmann, T., Holzinger, A., Hölzl, C., Kahr, S., Kreilinger, M., Lüke, T., Proyer, M., Raich, K., Rümmele, K., Schuster, S., Steiner, M., Prammer, W., . . . Wohlhart, D. (Eds.). (2023). Evaluierung der Vergabepraxis des sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs (SPF) in Österreich: Abschlussbericht, September 2023. Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. Gasteiger-Klicpera, B., Klicpera, C., Gebhardt, M., & Schwab, S. (2013). Attitudes and experiences of parents regarding inclusive and special school education for children with learning and intellectual disabilities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(7), 663–681. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2012.706321 Hausmanns, S., & Wingerter, E. K. (2013). Unabhängige Beratung als Qualitätsmerkmal. In V. Moser (Ed.), Die inklusive Schule. Standards für die Umsetzung (2. Auflage, pp. 223–235). Kohlhammer. Kalcher, M., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2021). Herausforderungen für Eltern von Kindern mit Behinderungen, die Regelschulen besuchen. Eine Interviewstudie. Vierteljahresschrift Für Heilpädagogik Und Ihre Nachbargebiete, 90, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.2378/vhn2021.art13d Kalcher, M., & Wohlhart, E. (2021). Beratung und Unterstützung von Familien mit Kindern mit Be-hinderung: Erfahrungen von Eltern aus Österreich. Schweizerische Zeitschrift Für Heilpädagogik, 27(12), 16–23. Klicpera, C. (2005). Elternerfahrung mit Sonderschulen und Integrationsklassen. Eine qualitative Interviewstudie zur Schulwahlentscheidung und zur schulischen Betreuung in drei österreichischen Bundesländern. Integrations- und Heilpädagogik: Bd. 1. LIT Verlag. Klicpera, C. (2007). Erfahrungen von Eltern und Schulaufsicht mit dem Elternwahlrecht in der Ent-scheidung über den Unterrichtsort. Integrations- und Heilpädagogik: Bd. 2. LIT Verlag. Lalvani, P., & Hale, C. (2015). Squeaky Wheels, Mothers from Hell, and CEOs of the IEP: Parents, Privilege, and the “Fight” for Inclusive Education. Understanding & Dismantling Privilege, 5(2), 21–41. Pinetz, P. (2019). Schulische Integration ist für uns Eltern ein langer Kampf.: Ein Beitrag aus Elternsicht. In E. Feyerer & W. Prammer (Eds.), Inklusion konkret. Verstehen und Handeln (pp. 33–45). BZIB. Schürer, S., & Lintorf, K. (2023). Erziehungs- und Bildungspartnerschaften mit Eltern von Kindern mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf. Ein einlösbarer Anspruch am Grundschulübergang? In M. Haider, R. Böhme, S. Gebauer, C. Gößinger, M. Munser-Kiefer, & A. Rank (Eds.), Nachhaltige Bildung in der Grundschule (pp. 158–164). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:27739 Thoms, E.‑M. (2023). Reden wir über das Elternwahlrecht. Eine für alle - Die inklusive Schule für die Demokratie (Schriftenreihe). Heft 8. https://eine-fuer-alle.schule/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Heft8Igstadt-Thomsf.Web_.pdf |
13:15 - 14:45 | 04 SES 01 B: Inclusion in Higher Education Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Istvan Orsos Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusive Excellence and Neurodiversity in Higher Education: Explorative Research Using a Process Model of Inclusion University of Pécs, Hungary Presenting Author:This conference paper will offer a literature review on the most recent findings of the current Diversity, Equality, and Inclusion research in the context of higher education students with disability, especially with a focus on students with neurodiversity in Hungary. This presentation will summarize the basic principles of neurodiversity, explaining why diversity and equity indeed contribute to the academic excellence of all universities. Despite the affirmative action received by those whose special education diagnosis was documented, due to the stigma on IEPs in our orthodox education system (Gallagher Et Al., 2003), our hypothesis is that many of our students with learning differences come without diagnosis and attend university without accommodation and support services, which may result in tangible disadvantages that could be tracked with the help of our database. Neurodiversity as an approach challenges ableism (Armstrong, 2011) by boldly asserting, that in a learning community, individuals are not solely limited by their own physical, sensory, or speech disabilities nor by their mental or cognitive developmental states, but they are in fact primarily disabled by their environment, and the lack of university-wide inclusion policies which do not accept and/or not able to adapt to unique learning needs (NTOMBELA-MAHMANGU, 2019). The social model of disability has allowed a structural analysis of the social exclusion of people with disabilities and demand for accessibility and reasonable accommodations from all HE institutions (HASLER, 1993; SHAKESPEARE & WATSON, 2001). The results of academic research support the paradigm shift: instead of pathologizing our university citizens who think differently, learn differently, and access learning differently we should focus on the acceptance of biodiversity, the benefits and relative strength of brain variation, and outstanding sub-skills and the creation of opportunities for inclusive learning development in communities of inquiry and practice (SKIDMORE, 2004; RANKIN, 2021). To what extent has this academic shift in approach become translated into practice in Hungarian HE? Has the inclusive environment been able to 'break out of the bubble of individual problem solving' (FAZEKAS ET AL., 2020) towards starting to build institutional strategies that follow European standards? What are the next steps according to Support Service staff and program participants? What are the experiences of students with disabilities arriving at universities? Is “preferential treatment” enough to retain neurodivergent individuals and help them successfully graduate, and transition to meaningful jobs after experiencing inclusion in HE (Bjarnason, 2004)? We sought answers to these questions in a mixed methods research. In an exploratory & descriptive research our Inclusive Excellence Reseaarch Group at University of Pécs analyzed data over a period of 10 years and described the state of inclusion in status reports (Varga et al., 2021). Looking for correlations between data figures led me to take interest in a group of disabled students with very high latency, called students with specific learning differences (Elmer at al., 2021) or in other word, neurodivergent individuals (Singer, 1999; Armstrong, 2011). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I have built my mixed-method research on the Processed-based Model of Inclusion (VARGA, 2005:7) and created a survey based on the original Booth-Ainscow “Index for Inclusion” and used its validated version for higher education (LOSADA PUENTE ET AL., 2021). I have also created a survey for faculty members based on a self-evaluation tool, titled Inclusivity Tips for Educators (CHARM-EU, 2022). The aims of these survey instruments are to explore the characteristics of inclusiveness at UP, with a special focus on the experiences of students with disabilities and neurodiversity. First, we will summarize the quantitative results from our time-series data analyses from a decade's data from the Neptun Unified Education System at the University of Pécs, Hungary (student N:68 602; study track N:83 067) using SPSS data analysis software with a special focus on students with disabilities, especially neurodivergent individuals’ educational outcome (in particular students with dyslexia, ADHD and autism spectrum condition). Furthermore, additional qualitative data was derived from student and faculty surveys. The instruments were translated adapted and validated for Hungarian higher education use with the authors’ consents. In addition, semi-structured focus group interviews with neurodivergent university students (N=12), students with other disabilities (N=11), Support Service staff (N=12), and educational leaders (N=6) responsible for inclusion, diversity and human rights protection at UP and its partner institutions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the survey sample is not yet representative, it is informative, and results gained from the interviews and the open-ended survey questions (N=31) continue to give valuable insights into student experiences that can be thematically clustered around the pillars of the Process Model of Inclusion (VARGA, 2005:7) showing challenges that need to be tackled as well as best practices worth disseminating. Quantitative results from the Neptune data show that the proportion of neurodivergent persons follows an inverted U-shaped trend over time, declining again after a peak in 2015-17. There is a very high latency due to the stigma against diagnosis in the Hungarian public education system. Due to the exemptions received by many diagnosed dyslexic students, the proportion of neurodivergent people without language proficiency test is much higher than average (65.9%), which impedes their academic mobility. When attempting multivariate modelling that estimate the probability of a person successfully completing a training track (model 1), having a language exam (model 2), having at least one passive semester (model 3) and receiving a scholarship (model 4), for all models, except for model 4, the effect is significant (p < 0.05) (TOSZEGI, ERAT & VARGA, 2023). Qualitative results suggest that it would be important for leadership and faculty members to agree on a common set of criteria as to what constitutes an inclusive approach in HE when redesigning curriculum or planning professional developments. Most faculty members claim that they are not prepared to apply inclusive practices and academic language support for vulnerable groups as they believe that they lack the training and competences, which necessitates institution-wide strategies. Higher education in our region needs to recognize that diversity without equity has only brought symbolic and financial benefits to universities, but no meaningful benefits to underrepresented student groups. References Armstrong, T. (2011): Neurodiversity. The Perseus Books Group. Bjarnason, Dóra (2004). Disability and Young Adulthood: New Voices from Iceland. NY. Nova Science Publishers. CHARM-EU Consortium. (2022). CHARM-EU D6. 2-Good Practices in the field of inclusion and diversity. Elmer, D., Kertész, Á., Magdali, Cs., Molnár, Gy., Montag, B. & Zobokiné Gergely, N. (2021). Szolgáltatások a fogyatékossággal élő hallgatók inklúziójáért a PTE-n. In Vitéz, K. (Ed.). Befogadó egyetem – itt és most. Pécsi Tudományegyetem Bölcsészet- és Társadalomtudományi Kar Neveléstudományi Intézet. Pécs. Fazekas, Á. S., Alonso I Fernández, J., De Vocht, L., Zimonjić, B., Telesca, B. & Bittnerova, A.(2020). Mapping the challenges and enablers of international Mobility for students with disabilities. Erasmus Student Network AISBL. Brussels. Gallagher, Deborah, Heshusius, Lous, Iano, Richard P and Skrtic, Thomas M (2003) Challenging orthodoxy in special education: dissenting voices. Denver, Colorado: Love Publishing. Hasler, F. (1993). Developments in the Disabled People’s Movement. In Swain, J., Finkelstein,V., French, S. & Oliver, M. (Eds.) (1993). Disabling Barriers Enabling Environments. Sage. Jacobs, G. Introverts Can Succeed with Cooperative Learning. Online Submiss. 2014, 4, 83–94. [Google Scholar] Losada Puente, L., Fiuza Asorey, M. & Baña Castro, M. (2021). What Defines Inclusion in Higher Education Institutions? Validation of an Instrument Based on the ‘Index for Inclusion’. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 69(1), 91-105. DOI: 10.1080/1034912X.2021.1992752 Ntombela, S., & Mahlangu, V. P. (2019). The Inclusion and Support of Students with Disabilities in the South African Higher Education System: Supporting Students with Disabilities. In Diversity, equity, and inclusivity in contemporary higher education (pp. 195-210). IGI Global. Rankin, S. (2021, January 15). Raising Awareness of Neurodiversity in the Scientific Workplace.http://sangerinstitute.blog/2020/04/03/raising-awarness-of-neurodiversity-in-the-scientific-workplace Singer, J. (1999). “Why can’t you be normal for once in your life?” From a problem with no name to the emergence of a new category of difference. In Corker M., & French, S. (Eds.). Disability Discourse. (pp. 59–67). Open University Press. Shakespeare, T. & Watson, N. (2002). The Social Model of Disability: An outdated ideology? Social Science and Disability, 2002(2), 9-28. Skidmore, D. (2004). Inclusion: The Dynamic of School Development. Open University Press. Varga, A., Vitéz, K., & Széll, K. (2021). Characteristics of Diversity and Inclusion at the University of Pécs: A Case Study. Iskolakultúra, 31(09), 45-62. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Equal Access to Learning: Overcoming Barriers in Higher Education for Students with Disabilities Inland Norway University of Ap, Norway Presenting Author:Theme/topic: Research Questions:
Theoretical Framework: Intended Purpose: The paper aims to:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological Approach: The study utilized a qualitative research method, conducting in-depth interviews with eighteen lecturers from twelve different universities in Norway. These lecturers were selected through employee lists on university websites and were interviewed to explore their practices and attitudes towards universal design in tools such as Canvas, PowerPoint, Word, and videos. The hermeneutic phenomenological approach guided the thematic analysis of the interview data, emphasizing the iterative process of understanding, reflecting the Gadamerian hermeneutic circle. This method allowed for a nuanced exploration of the lecturers' narratives, recognizing the researchers' biases and preconceptions and achieving a 'fusion of horizons' in the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings: The analysis revealed several key themes: * A lack of time and institutional support for discussing and implementing pedagogical work. * Challenges in creating accessible content, particularly with automated captioning in Norwegian dialects. * A gap between regulatory expectations and the practical feasibility of implementing universal design. * A general unpreparedness for inclusive teaching, particularly in digital environments like Canvas. * A recognition that intuitive ICT skills are insufficient for ensuring true accessibility. * The crucial role of leadership in prioritizing and supporting accessibility initiatives. Conclusion: The paper concludes with specific recommendations for making learning resources accessible: * Anchoring the importance of accessibility at the leadership level. * Providing lecturers with access to professional and updated training materials, including online asynchronous resources with practical examples and interactive tasks. * Facilitating discussions on universal design within professional communities. * Enhancing the understanding among lecturers of why accessibility is crucial for an inclusive learning environment. This paper contributes to a deeper understanding of the challenges and potential strategies for implementing universal design in higher education, underscoring the important role of lecturers in bridging the gap between policy and practice. References Lipsky, M. (2010). Street-level bureaucracy : dilemmas of the individual in public services (30th anniversary expanded ed., pp. XXIII, 275). Russell Sage Foundation. Sanderson, N. C., Kessel, S., & Chen, W. (2022). What do faculty members know about universal design and digital accessibility? A qualitative study in computer science and engineering disciplines. Universal Access in the Information Society, 21(2), 351–365. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10209-022-00875-x Svendby. (2020). Lecturers’ Teaching Experiences with Invisibly Disabled Students in Higher Education: Connecting and Aiming at Inclusion. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/http://doi.org/10.16993/sjdr.712 04. Inclusive Education
Paper An Example Of An Inclusive Community In Higher Education In Hungary From The Perspective Of Roma Youth University of Pécs, Hungary Presenting Author:In 2022 a complex research project was organized to investigate the inclusiveness of a student society where mostly Roma low SES students are the participants. Their aim was to gain a new perspective on the role of this organization through the experiences of former members of the student society. A fundamental characteristic of the topic is that the situation of the Roma population in higher education is rarely discussed, with few international publications dealing with it. There are, of course, historical, social, economic reasons for this, which are not discussed in detail in this paper, but which can serve as an important contribution to the discussion of the situation of the target groups of inclusion. Theoretical background related to the need for higher education for marginalized groups, such as Roma children and individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, is often questioned. However, the socio-economic advantages of obtaining higher education are widely acknowledged. The expansion of higher education has resulted in a more diverse student population in Hungarian universities, which has been a focus of research both internationally and in Hungary. Inclusive Excellence movements, such as the one in the U.S., have emphasized the importance of creating a diverse learning environment in higher education institutions. Research has shown that diverse student environments contribute to academic excellence. The concept of inclusiveness in higher education is defined as a process-based approach that encompasses the conditions supporting entry into an inclusive organization, the components of the time spent in the community, and indicators of achievement. Research around the world has identified new groups that have been historically underrepresented in higher education and is exploring ways to make institutions more inclusive. In Hungary, social groups such as people with disabilities, individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, parents of young children, Hungarians living outside the borders, and foreign students are recognized in legislation as groups to be supported. Although Roma individuals are not specifically mentioned in legislation, research is focusing on their inclusion in higher education. Intersectionality, which examines the intersection of multiple categories of inequality, is also an important aspect of research in this field. Studies have highlighted the underrepresentation of Roma individuals in higher education across European countries. The proportion of Roma individuals with tertiary education ranges from 1% to 4%, making them one of the most underrepresented groups. Research has shown that Roma individuals with successful educational outcomes often have a supportive family background and strong community capital. The presence of ties to the majority society also plays a significant role in their education. Hidden costs and the capital accumulation and conversion processes of socially mobile individuals are factors that impact the educational outcomes of underrepresented individuals. Support programs and community networks can significantly reduce or compensate for these costs. While schooling is increasingly valued in Roma communities, inequalities in education continue to persist. Involvement, recognition, and a network of contacts can help open pathways to mobility for Roma families and students. Support systems for Roma children and students throughout their entire school careers are limited in Europe. In Hungary, support for Roma youth in higher education has been initiated in recent years, from early childhood interventions to primary and secondary schooling. The Roma Student Society Network, established in 2011 with EU funding and now state-funded, provides support for Roma students across the country. In summary, the theoretical background related to higher education for marginalized groups emphasizes the need for inclusiveness and support mechanisms to ensure equal opportunities for all individuals, irrespective of their socio-economic background or ethnic identity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the research the focus was also on aspects of the student society that were important in supporting social mobility, as most students were first-generation intellectuals and young Roma. We considered anyone to be Roma who identified themselves as Roma and to be of disadvantaged background if at least one parent did not have a high school certificate or higher qualification. As a research tool, a life course interview was applied with structured questions covering the whole life course of the individual, focusing also on the components of the development of resilience. In the interview questions, the period until entering university was also inquired about, but in this analysis the period of higher education and the role of the student society is discussed. Based on the process-based model of inclusion, the following questions are explored: (1.) How did the research participant enter the student society? Were there any accessibility aids and tools? (2) What motivation and expectations did they have towards the student society at the time of entry? (3.) What has the student society offered to the research participant, and why was this important for them? The content analysis of the interviews was carried out by two independent coders, based on a pre-designed coding scheme that was slightly modified during the coding process. The coding scheme reflected the model of inclusion, resilience factors, and types of capital. During the coding process, multiple mentions of a theme were also recorded so that the analysis can be done in two ways. Analysis is based on 1) if a theme appeared or not and 2) if the frequency of the theme appearing is also considered. The independent variables were gender (male/female), length of time spent in the student society (less than 1 year, between 1-2 years, more than 2 years), Roma/non-Roma origin, and social status (parents' education and financial situation). Data on the total membership of the student society are available from the organization’s documentation. SPSS was used for the analysis and, in addition to descriptive statistics, Chi-square tests were performed to explore correlations. Due to the small size of the sample, the reliability of this is severely limited, so we only point to a few correlations that are not mathematically significant. The strength of the significant relationship between variables was measured using Cramer's V index. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A key issue is the facilitation of access to supportive communities, which is one of the tasks of an inclusive organization and which it achieves through its personal network of contacts in cooperation with informal and formal networks. Social capital played a major role in access, which was the network of family, peer group, and educators. The role of the peers in engaging new students is also of particular importance, as they authentically transmit information and their self-directed work in building their own communities. This is an important finding of the research, as no similar findings have been discovered in research on the progress of Roma youth in higher education. The narratives of our interviewees also pointed out that regardless of the inclusiveness of higher education, there is a need for smaller communities where first-generation Roma or non-Roma intellectuals can find support. This finding is in line with studies that emphasize the retaining power of the social network of Roma student societies and identify the capital of such communities as "Roma community capital". The organization we studied operated a communal space in the process of inclusiveness, characterized by an attitude and sense of inclusion. Both peers and facilitators (e.g., university teachers) were prominent as community builders in the organization, and their role was exemplary and supportive as described in bicultural socialization theory. The importance of community is indicated by the fact that the mention of student society services was more often related to some kind of community experience. This result is also novel from an organizational point of view, as the results of the study show that equitable support is better used by linking it to the community. References Adler, P. S. (1975). Beyond cultural identity: Reflections on cultural and multicultural man. Samovar, L. & Porter, R. (Eds.) Intercultural Communication. Belmont. CA: Wadsworth. pp. 327-378. Boros, J. & Bogdán, P. & Durst, J. (2021). Accumulating Roma cultural capital: First-in-family graduates and the role of educational talent support programs in Hungary in mitigating the price of social mobility. Review of Sociology 2021, 31(3), 74–102. DOI: 10.51624/SZOCSZEMLE.2021.3.4 Cooper, M. (Ed.) (2010). Changing the Culture of the Campus: Towards an Inclusive Higher Education – Ten Years on. European Access Network, London, UK. Hoffman, J. & Blessinger, P. & Makhanya, M. (Eds). (2019). Strategies for Facilitating Inclusive Campuses in Higher Education. International Perspectives on Equity and Inclusion. Innovations in Higher Education Teaching and Learning. Volume 17. Emerald Publishing Limited. Howard House, UK. p. 309. Hugh, F. & Marlier, E. (2011). Promoting the Social Inclusion of Roma. Synthesis Report. EU Network of Independent Experts on Social Inclusion. https://www.euromanet.eu/upload/03/11/synthesis_report_2011-2_final_3.pdf Hurtado, S. & Alvarez, C. L. & Guillermo-Wann, C. & Cuellar, M. & Arellano, L. (2012). A Model for Diverse Learning Environments. The Scholarship on Creating and Assessing Conditions for Student Success. Smart, J. C. & Paulsen, M. B. (Eds.): Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research, 27. Springer Science Business Media B.V. 41-122. Lukács, J. Á. & Szabó, T. & Huszti, É. & Komolafe, C. & Ember, Zs. & Dávid, B. (2023). The role of colleges for advanced studies in Roma undergraduates’ adjustment to college in Hungary from a social network perspective. Intercultural Education 34 : 1 pp. 22-42. Rutigliano, A. (2020). "Inclusion of Roma students in Europe: A literature review and examples of policy initiatives", OECD Education Working Papers, No. 228, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/19939019 Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose Culture Has Capital? A Critical Race Theory Discussion of Community Cultural Wealth. Race, Ethnicity and Education 8(1), 69–91. DOI: 10.1080/1361332052000341006 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 04 SES 01 C: Professional collaboration for Inclusive Education Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Thomas Barow Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Soft Skill of Collaboration in General and Special Education Teachers: A Systematic Literature Review University of the Aegean,, Greece Presenting Author:Research on teachers’ soft skills is an interesting and important field of research that has attracted the interest of experts in recent years (Vasanthakumari, 2019). An important soft skill that teachers should have been collaboration, which is one of the social skills. Collaboration refers to the action that is jointly planned (Vangrieken et al., 2015). A more recent definition of collaboration refers to the process of exchange in which individuals share information, material, or knowledge (Bush & Grotjohann, 2020). Through collaboration, teachers can observe and rethink everything that is done, change strategies, and aim to improve themselves, the students, and the school in general (Giakoumi & Theofilidis, 2012). In the international arena, surveys focus on secondary school teachers and students (Onabamiro et al., 2014). In Greece, studies on social skills are limited. The present research investigates the skill of collaboration adopted by general and special education teachers, its contribution to the educational process, but also in the development of their own, as well as the ways of cultivating it. The research questions posed were: - How do general and special education teachers conceptualize the soft skill of collaboration? - In what ways does a general and special education teacher develop the skill of collaboration? - How is the contribution of collaboration skills to the educational process assessed? - How is the contribution of collaboration skills to the development and progression of general and special education teachers assessed? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study constitutes qualitative research, and particularly a systematic literature review. Regarding the sample, the literature search was focused on the following databases: Science Direct, Heal Link, Google Scholar, Research Gate, PubMed, Wiley Online Library, ERIC, Taylor & Francis, Elsevier, and the National Documentation Centre. The criteria for the inclusion of the studies in this literature review were the following: a) The language of writing should be one of the following: English and Greek, b) the articles should be published in reputable journals, c) the articles should focus on the soft skill of general and/or special education teachers’ collaboration, d) the access should be either open or through the University of the Aegean (academic access). The exclusion criteria were as follows: a) the articles to be duplicates, b) articles written in a language other than the above, c) unpublished studies, and d) the content of the studies should not be related to the research questions. Thirty (30) titles were identified in the international literature. However, seventeen (17) scientific articles were relevant to the topic in terms of content and the research objectives of the study. Therefore, the study constitutes a systematic literature review of seventeen (17) articles published in reputable international scientific journals during the period 1997–2020. The results were extracted using the PRISMA flow diagram (PRISMA Flow Diagram, 2009). The data analysis was qualitative, and it was a thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The purported outcomes of this study are to explore whether teachers perceive the importance of collaboration and to what extent. Additionally, to highlight its contribution, its development, and most importantly, its utilisation for the individual and professional development of teachers, but also the development of the educational process. Finally, to suggest ways of cultivating the skill of collaboration. The findings of the study indicated that most research focuses on the fact that the skill of collaboration is valued as significant by general and special education teachers. Regarding the contribution of this skill to the educational process, teachers point out its importance as well as the difficulties that may arise from various factors that limit its implementation, such as the heavy workload of teachers, the large number of students in the classroom, the lack of awareness of the importance of collaboration, the lack of pre- and in-service training, and the negative attitudes of teachers. In most of the studies under review, collaboration is found to contribute mainly to the teacher’s professional development. In addition, teachers mention further training and the support required from the school environment and the students’ families as ways of developing collaboration. The general conclusion of the study is that teachers, overall, perceive the skill of collaboration as highly assessable. According to the above findings, the need for more research on the soft skill of collaboration is underlined, focusing on general and special education teachers and the way it emerges between teachers, students, and families. References Bush, A., & Grotjohann, N. (2020). Collaboration in teacher education: A cross-sectional study on future teachers’ attitudes towards collaboration, their intentions to collaborate and their performance of collaboration. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88, 102968. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102968 Giakoumi, S., & Theofilidis, C. (2012). Collaborative culture as a supportive tool in teachers’ work. Proceedings of the 12th Conference of the Cyprus Pedagogical Society (pp. 474 - 483). Cyprus Pedagogical Society. [in Greek] Onabamiro et al. (2014). Teachers’ perception of teaching and assessing soft skills in secondary schools. Education, 4(5), 2014, 109-115. https://doi.org/10.5923/j.edu.20140405.01 Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002 Vasanthakumari, S. (2019). Soft skills and its application in work place. World Journal of Advanced Research and Reviews, 3(2), 66-72. https://doi.org/10.30574/wjarr.2019.3.2.0057 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Fostering Professional Collaboration in the Education of Pupils with Severe Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities: an Action Research-inspired Project in Sweden 1Örebro University; 2University of Gothenburg; 3Lerum Municipality Presenting Author:The education of children with severe multiple disabilities represents a significant challenge in inclusive education across many countries (cf. Agran et al., 2020; Kleinert, 2020; Cologon, 2022). Despite the UN Convention on the Rights of People with Disabilities, these children are often educated separately. The general school system frequently faces various obstacles, prompting Slee's question, "Who is in and who is out?" (Slee, 2013, 905). While inclusive education is a central goal of Swedish school legislation, several pupils are outside the general education system. Currently, approximately 0.5 percent of all Swedish children attend compulsory school for pupils with severe intellectual disabilities. They follow a separate curriculum covering five areas: aesthetics, communication, physical coordination, everyday activities, and perception of reality. Many of these children rely on comprehensive aids, particularly in communication and mobility. Nursing assistance and care are essential in this context, often with a perceived tension in their relationship to curricular content. Overcoming the dichotomy between care and education is crucial in this regard (Östlund, 2015). The existence of different professions in educational practice must also be considered, such as special education teachers and teaching assistants in the classroom, the latter characterized by an intermediate position between the teacher and the pupils (Östlund et al., 2021). Additionally, the children are supported by habilitation and therapeutic professionals such as occupational and speech therapists. The purpose of the presented project is to ensure the right to education for students with severe intellectual disabilities, often combined with neurodevelopmental and physical disabilities. The goal is to enhance students' opportunities for education, personality development, participation, and autonomy. The overarching research question is how the various professional groups involved can develop collaboration that benefits the students' education. This question has not been addressed in a Swedish context before, and the project may also provide new impulses for collaboration regarding other target groups in education, mainly within Sweden. Given the focus on the specific target group of children with severe intellectual disabilities, this research is also relevant to an international audience, highlighting the need for collaboration in an interdisciplinary educational context. The study's theoretical foundation is based on a collaboration model that integrates horizontal and vertical forms of cooperation (Axelsson & Bihari Axelsson, 2013). All forms of collaboration occur within a social context where various domains interact and mutually influence one another. This can be elucidated through Bronfenbrenner's (1979) ecological approach, where the individual – in our case, the pupil – is placed at the center. Surrounding the pupil is a microsystem comprising, among other elements, family, and school, which, in turn, interacts within a mesosystem and is connected to a broader exosystem (social services, legislation, etc.) and an overarching macrosystem (attitudes, culture, etc.). This theoretical approach can be correlated with neo-institutional perspectives involving the four analysis levels of the political domain, professional domain, administrative domain, and the users' domain (Danermark & Kullberg, 1999). In our research, a clear understanding of the collaborative nature and collaboration factors and integration of systems-theoretical and neo-institutional perspectives contribute to a deeper understanding of the processes in education. These theoretical approaches assist in comprehending the interaction among various professionals and their relationship with pupils. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The action research-inspired project and its methods are approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority. The ongoing research involves two schools in one municipality and is conducted across four phases, currently transitioning from phase 2 to 3. In phase 1, data was collected from practice to serve as a mapping for planning and identifying areas of development in the operation. Phase 2 involved planning interventions in consultation with stakeholders to enhance teaching practices. Phase 3 includes the implementation and documentation of the plan and intervention. The analysis and documentation of the change process take place in phase 4, with feedback provided to participants. The accumulated documentation serves as the foundation for ongoing collegial discussions and reflections throughout the process, and it will also be integrated into both schools’ systematic quality work. In phase 1 of the project, three methods were employed: structured video observations, semi-structured interviews, and focus group interviews (Bryman, 2016). The data was collected by both researchers and students working on advanced-level theses, establishing a connection between research and education. 1. Structured video observations: This method aims to map pupils' instructional time, time spent on their care needs and on physiotherapy. Video observations are selected based on the complexity of the instruction, the effort to avoid influencing the proceedings through observation, and the possibility of using the recorded material as part of the action research process. 2. Semi-structured interviews: This method, conducted with pupils' caregivers and professionals from habilitation services, aims to provide interviewees with the opportunity to share their thoughts and perspectives on collaboration. The analysis involved coding themes raised by the interviewees. 3. Focus group interviews: These interviews were conducted with educators and teaching assistants, focusing on the shared meaning construction of the interviewed individuals who collaborate daily in the work team. The analysis also involves coding of themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings are based on the diverse empirical data collection methods outlined above. Given the ongoing nature of the project presented here, these outcomes should be regarded as interim steps toward a more comprehensive reporting of the results. On both the vertical and horizontal levels, factors that are either supportive or hindering were identified. Supportive factors included clear task distribution and the mutual complementation of competencies among professionals with diverse skills. Educational professionals highly positively evaluate the provision of adapted tools by habilitation staff. On the other hand, hindering factors include unclearly expressed expectations and everyday events that disrupt the learning process. These obstacles include interruptions due to treatments deemed unnecessary in the school routine (e.g., school dentist), time-consuming room changes, and unreliable student transportation. While these hindrances are attributed to the microsystem, other challenges lie in the meso- and partially in the exosystem, such as staffing shortages and the absence of training opportunities. On the macrosystem, hindering attitudes become obvious, in particular varying perspectives on educational needs. From a neo-institutional viewpoint, the results primarily touch upon the professional and users' domains, but issues in the political and administrative domains are also evident. The limitations of this research and development project pertain to the limited empirical material based on the schooling of children with severe intellectual disabilities in one municipality. Simultaneously, it is assumed that in the further course of the project, ways will be developed to address the outlined challenges. The preliminary results extend previous Swedish research (Östlund, 2015; Östlund et al., 2021). At the same time, these first results are encouraging and indicate paths on how the educational processes of children in precarious life situations can be influenced in a way that strengthens their autonomy. References Agran, M., Jackson, L., Kurth, J. A., Ryndak, D., Burnette, K., Jameson, M., Zagona, A., Fitzpatrick, H. & Wehmeyer, M. (2020). Why Aren’t Students with Severe Disabilities Being Placed in General Education Classrooms: Examining the Relations Among Classroom Placement, Learner Outcomes, and Other Factors. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 45(1), 4-13 Axelsson, R. & Bihari Axelsson, S. (2013). Samverkan som samhällsfenomen – några centrala frågeställningar. Axelsson; R. & Bihari Axelsson, S. (eds.). Om samverkan – för utveckling av hälsa och välfärd (17-38). Lund: Studentlitteratur Bradbury, H. (ed.) (2015). The SAGE handbook of action research (Third edition) Los Angeles, Calif.: SAGE Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. (Fifth edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Cologon, K. (2022). Is inclusive education really for everyone? Family stories of children and young people labelled with ‘severe and multiple’ or ‘profound’ ‘disabilities’. Research Papers in Education, 37(3), 395-417 Danermark, B. & Kullberg, C. (1999). Samverkan: välfärdsstatens nya arbetsform. Lund: Studentlitteratur Kleinert, H. L. (2020). Students With the Most Significant Disabilities, Communicative Competence, and the Full Extent of Their Exclusion. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 45(1), 34-38 Östlund, D. (2015). Students with profound and multiple disabilities in education in Sweden: teaching organisation and modes of student participation. Research and practice in intellectual and developmental disabilities, 2(2), 148-164 Östlund, D., Barow, T., Dahlberg, K. & Johansson, A. (2021). In between special needs teachers and students: Paraprofessionals work in self-contained classrooms for students with intellectual disabilities in Sweden. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(2), 168-182 Slee, R. (2013). How do we make inclusive education happen when exclusion is a political predisposition? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(8), 895-907 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Significance of Collaborative Approaches in Organising Multilingual Students with Special Needs: An Investigation of Practices in light of Inclusion. Volda University College, Norway Presenting Author:The presentation explores the education of multilingual students with special educational needs in Norway. It questions how the teaching is characterized and organised, considering the Education Act’s requirement for individually adapted teaching. The presentation highlights the importance of culturally responsive perspectives, recognizing students’ languages and backgrounds as resources, and discuss further the challenges in identifying factors that define good special education and the need for coherence between special and regular education for positive learning outcomes (Festøy & Haug, 2017). In a complementary understanding of teaching, the quality of the regular teaching procedures greatly influences both the need for extra measures, and also the value of these same accommodations (Haug, 2017, p. 386). The theoretical perspectives are drawn from multicultural pedagogy and special education. The research question I seek to answer is: “How does the organisation of multilingual students in special education affect the inclusion process?” Identifying factors for effective special education remains challenging, leading to exploration of its pedagogic signature. Disagreements persist in literature regarding distinctions between special and regular education. The signature comprises three levels: surface structure, deep structure, and implicit structure (Haug, 2015). A culturally responsive perspective, recognizing students’ languages and cultures as resources, is central across all levels (Remøy & Skrefsrud, 2024). Despite some adaptations, much of the teaching lacks sufficient adjustment, particularly in regular classes where their linguistic and cultural backgrounds are often overlooked. The premises for adapted teaching are minimally fulfilled, suggesting schools may lack awareness of the potential scope for action within their organisation. There is minimal difference between the content of adapted teaching, special education, and regular provisions. Special education methods often mirror regular teaching, leading to fragmented routines and lack of cohesion for students. Segregation from regular teaching for special education and language instruction can hinder both academic and social inclusion. Students can be excluded on several levels through active exclusion from the teaching in the regular class, but also through exclusion in the teaching that is part of the education offered (Nes, 2017). The findings show that the school leaders care about the education as a whole and wish to build on the linguistic and cultural experiences that the students bring with them. Thus they base the school’s practice on a culturally sensitive pedagogy, in which adapted teaching also involves being aware of and using the linguistic and cultural accomplishments of the pupils (Ladson-Billings, 1995; Remøy & Skrefsrud, 2024). Although, however, the pupils’ experiences are highly valued, the language does not appear to function as a tool in the teaching, but instead is reduced to a transition ritual with a compensatory value. This is reflected in the various ways of organizing the education.Even though the administrations at the case-schools were mindful of the role of the first language in their education and claimed that they were very concerned about taking into account the culture and language the pupils brought with them to school, we see the gap between good intentions and what is actually possible to do on a daily basis at school (Remøy & Skrefsrud, 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My PhD-project is part of a research cooperation between Volda University College, Hedmark University College and the Norwegian Research Council (The Function of Special Education/ The SPEED project) . The project was conducted as a case study and focuses on four multilingual students with special needs. Data was collected through participatory observation and field conversations with key actors around the students. In this presentation I focus on interviews with the teachers and the principals. The intention is to gain further understanding about the phenomenon multilingual students in special education. The design can be defined as exploratory. The case study is both descriptive in the way that I wish to describe a phenomenon in the real world, but also explanatory by focusing on explaining how and why something happened in the special way. The case-study is an intrinsic case-study in the way that each case is important in itself (Stake, 2000). Contextual understanding of each case is crucial for interpretation. Observations include both ‘thin’ (factual) and ‘thick’ (interpretive) descriptions. An experience-near approach was used for first-order interpretation, with more experience-distant forms of analysis for second-order interpretation. At the same time the analytical generalization depends on the theoretical framework of the study to establish a logic that can be relevant also in other situations (Yin, 2012). Analysis was based on thematic network analysis, with recurring themes of teacher expertise, organisation, use of first language, and academic content. The study is registered with the Norwegian Centre for Research Data (NSD) and adheres to ethical guidelines for research on vulnerable groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Organisation of the students was explained on both academic and pragmatic grounds. Academically the multilingual students are continually assessed in relation to their Norwegian-language capabilities, which results in placement in various group constellations linked to different levels. At the same time, we find that it can be an untenable situation for the teachers to have the multilingual pupils in class. Those pupils who are taught outside the regular provisions thus serve a double function, whereby the teaching that is intended to accommodate these pupils, at the same time serves as a relief for the teacher. A pertinent question then is whether the level placement provides ideal circumstances for a dynamic differentiation of the adapted teaching, or whether it is more a static placement based on a snapshot of the Norwegian-language proficiency, or even a practical solution that shows more consideration for the teachers than for the multilingual pupils with special educational needs. The organisation of special education can be built around different types of pedagogical support systems, (Nordahl & Overland, 2021), the same can be said about multilingual education. The need to look at the organisation of multilingual students who are learning Norwegian, requires increased competence among all the teachers in the school about inclusion (Hanssen et al., 2024, p. 273). The organisation of the teaching has a great significance for the content and the conditions for an inclusive education. The way the teaching is organized around one of the students in this study, it is easier to create coherence than is the case with the other students. However, the study shows that the services offered to the multilingual students who receive special education are shaped by the premises for the organisation of the teaching and by the enthusiasm and expertise of each individual teacher. References Festøy, A. R. F., & Haug, P. (2017). Sambandet mellom ordinær opplæring og spesialundervisning i lys av inkludering. In Ordinær opplæring og spesialundervisning i lys av inkludering (S. 52-73. ed.). Samlaget. Gay, G. (2013). Teaching to and through cultural diversity. Curriculum Inquiry, 43(1), 48–70. Hanssen, N. B., Harju-Luukkainen, H., & Sundqvist, C. (2024). Inclusion and Special Needs Education for Immigrant Students in the Nordic Countries - what are the lessons? In N. B. Hanssen, H. Harju-Luukkainen, & C. Sundqvist (Eds.), Inclusion and Special Needs Education for Immigrant Students in the Nordic Countries (First edition. ed., pp. 270-287). Routledge. Haug, P. (2015). Spesialundervisning og ordinær opplæring. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 1. https://doi.org/10.17585/ntpk.v1.121 Haug, P. (2017). Kva spesialundervisning handlar om, og kva funksjon den har. In P. Haug (Ed.), Spesialundervisning. Innhald og funskjon (pp. 386-411). Samlaget. Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). Toward a theory of culturally relevant pedagogy. American Educational Research Journal, 32(3), 465–491. Nes, K. (2017). Mer ekskludering på ungdomstrinnet? In (S. 146-169. ed.). Samlaget. Nordahl, T., & Overland, T. (2021). Tilpasset opplæring og inkluderende støttesystemer : høyt læringsutbytte for alle elever. Gyldendal. Paris, D. (2012). Culturally Sustaining Pedagogy: A Needed Change in Stance, Terminology, and Practice. Educational Researcher, 41(3), 93–97. Remøy, A.-K., & Skrefsrud, T.-A. (2024). Teaching multilingual learners entitled to special education. Stake, R. E. (2000). Case Studies. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2 ed., pp. 435-454). Sage. Yin, R. K. (2012). Applications of case study research. SAGE. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 04 SES 01 D: Intersectionality in Inclusive Education Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marina Democratous Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper (Re)thinking Intersectionality and Dis-ability through Post-humanist Intra-viewing University of Plymouth Presenting Author:
The United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals prioritise the elimination of poverty and inequalities, and position education as key to civic and cultural participation (UN, 2015). At a European level, it is claimed that social diversity and equality in higher education (HE) are conditions of European competitiveness in the context of Europe’s changing demographic profile (Claeys-Kulik, Jørgensen, & Stöber, 2019). Yet, despite the Paris Declaration of EU member states that promoted citizenship, freedom, tolerance and non-discrimination through education (European Education and Culture Executive Agency, 2016), at an institutional level, research undertaken by the European University Association has identified barriers to the realisation of strategic objectives specifically related to equity, diversity and inclusion (EDI), particularly, lack of both resources and awareness (Claeys-Kulik, Jørgensen, & Stöber, 2019). In contrast to the pervasive liberal humanist discourse of equality of opportunity, EDI initiatives in higher education imply awareness that students from socially marginalised demographics are likely to require additional resource and support in order to achieve equal outcomes, thereby complementing the use of participation rates as accountability-related institutional demonstrations of the inclusion of specific demographics. However, the aforementioned report notes variability in the extent to which intersectionality is addressed, where intersectionality describes student identification with ‘various dimensions of diversity’ (Claeys-Kulik, Jørgensen, & Stöber, 2019, p.24) such as gender, socio-economic disadvantage, disability. In Deleuze’s (1995) configuration of the ‘control’ society, reconfigured by Rouvroy (2013, p.157) as ‘algorithmic governmentality’, participation rate data comprises ‘infra-individual digital traces of impersonal, disparate, heterogeneous, dividualized facets of daily life and interactions’, meaning that, for instance, the embodied intersection of dis-ability and disadvantage or lower socio-economic status is neglected. The reported small-scale study focuses on higher education students’ experience of this specific intersection but problematises an additive configuration of intersectionality (the accumulation of oppressions) in favour of a working hypothesis that intersectionality denotes variable and qualitatively distinctive experiences. Following (Charteris & Smardon, 2019, p.6), the notion of voicework is problematic, risking tokenism and unaltered hegemonic institutional power relations. Nevertheless, this research can be read as contributing to ‘discourses of refusal’ that ‘trouble structures of neoliberal accountability and responsibilisation through setting up new spaces of refusal and reflexivity’, in contrast to discourses of governmentality and accountability which position students as, respectively, passive consumer informants (Demetriou, 2001) or as assurers of the quality of institutional provision (Keddie, 2015). We refer to the interview as intra-viewing, drawing on Foucault’s (1980, 2012) configuration of power as relational, and Deleuze’s (1994, p.29) refusal to view difference solely in terms of contradiction or opposition and positing of an underlying radical relationality. When applied to the interview, researcher and researched remain imbricated in the discourses associated with institutionally codified ethical practice, which assume a power relation and the vulnerability of socially marginalised participants (British Educational Research Association, BERA, 2018); yet, concurrent with and beneath such socially constructed individuated identities, they are also ‘larval subjects’ (Deleuze, 1994, p.78) - subjects-in-process in a relational space characterised by fluidity not fixed categories of identity.
Project aims:
1) To investigate the lived experience of students classified as dis-abled and of lower socio-economic status. 2) To reconfigure the interview process as a generative process (not only as a power differential between researcher-researched), affording more control to participants. 3) To reconsider the concept of intersectionality (rejecting additive conceptualisations) and identifying any distinctive features associated with the intersection of socio-economic status and dis-ability. 4) To contribute to the literature on HE student 'voice' (examining discourses around 'voice' in the context of our findings).
Research question: What is the embodied experience of the intersection of dis-ability and lower socio-economic status for HE students in an English university? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Ethical approval was granted by a Faculty Research Ethics and Integrity Committee at the University of Plymouth, UK, in January 2024. The adopted methodology is qualitative with data collection involving relatively unstructured interviews, conceived as intra-views to reflect the relational conceptualisation of power in Foucault (1980, 2012) and the radical intra-subjectivity posited by Deleuze (1994). This strategy permits adherence to BERA (2018) and institutional ethical research practice guidelines while also being informed by posthumanist theorising which precludes the objectification of participants as ‘other’ and posits an interview process in which the binary of researcher and researched is replaced by the recognition that, despite socially ascribed and fixed identities, individuals ‘express their perspectives through a necessarily vague assemblage of affects and sensations’ when encountering the possible worlds that others present (Stark, 2012, p.105); hence the generative nature of the intra-view. Participants will be recruited through professional and student networks in a purposive and opportunistic sampling process (Cohen, Manion and Morrison, 2014), following distribution of a participant information sheet advising of the aims and objectives of the research. Consent forms will be signed prior to intra-views which will be recorded and transcribed. The sample is likely to include 5-10 students drawn from undergraduate and postgraduate levels of study that are classified within the institution as having a disability and self-identifying as of lower socio-economic status or working class. Intra-views will last approximately one hour and be transcribed by the interviewer. No harm or distress caused to intra-viewees is envisaged, however, should this occur, the intra-viewer will signpost appropriate sources of support. Participants will be assured of anonymity and confidentiality through, for example, the use of fictionalised names at analysis and reporting stages, and strict adherence to secure data storage guidelines. A validation exercise will be undertaken, permitting participants to contribute to any necessary refinement of the analytic process (Pascoe Leahy, 2021). Data will be collated using NVivo software and data analysis will be executed collaboratively and reflexively, following Braun and Clarke (2020), in a reflexive, deductive, and inductive thematic analysis to identify key themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcomes are uncertain as the study is intended to be exploratory (with the potential for upscaling), however, it is anticipated that the results will contribute to an international literature that questions the positioning of students from the selected demographic: The tendency in research narratives and institutional discourse related to intersectionality to homogenise experiences through descriptors such as ‘disabled students’ and ‘disadvantaged students’ will be found to be problematic. Such unitary categories risk the neglect of the complex interplay of marginalising processes, institutional discourses, and individuated student trajectories (Shuttleworth, Wedgewood & Wilson, 2012). Similarly, it is highly likely that the uncritical mobilisation of the descriptor ‘inclusive education’ in institutional and policy discourse will be critiqued (Romstein, 2015). The influence of other marginalising factors and discourse such as gender will be shown to complicate the students’ experience of varied dis-abilities and lower socio-economic status (Jung Kim, Parish & Skinner, 2017). Primarily, the specificity of different experiences of an intersection of varied dis-abilities and relative economic disadvantage will be highlighted, prompting a reconfiguration of intersectionality. It is envisaged that participants will comment on their experiences of institutional discourses around ‘voice’ and voicework, and the extent to which their expressed views are acknowledged and acted upon. Data analysis will be completed early in 2024 and it is anticipated that data analysis will identify some of these issues and participant perspectives pertaining to them, and additional themes to be derived inductively. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020): One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, DOI: 10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 British Educational Research Association. 2018. Ethical guidelines for education research (4th edition). https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/ethical-guidelines-for-educational-research-2018 Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. 2019. Democratic contribution or information for reform? Prevailing and emerging discourses of student voice. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 44 (6), 1-18. https://doi.org/ 10.14221/ajte.2018v44n6.1 Claeys-Kulik, A.-L., Ekman Jørgensen, T. & Stöber, H. 2019. Diversity, equity and inclusion in European higher education institutions. European University Association. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. 2001. Research methods in education (5th edition). Routledge Falmer. Deleuze, G. 1994. Difference and repetition. Trans. P. Patton. Columbia University Press. Deleuze, G. 1995. Negotiations. Trans. M. Joughin. Columbia University Press. Demetriou, D.Z. 2001. Connell’s concept of hegemonic masculinity: A critique. Theory and Society, 30, 337-361. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017596718715 European Education and Culture Executive Agency. 2016. Promoting citizenship and the common values of freedom, tolerance and non-discrimination through education: Overview of education policy developments in Europe following the Paris Declaration of 17 March 2015. Publications Office, 2016. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/396908 Foucault, M. (1980) The history of sexuality, Vol. 1: An introduction, transl. Robert Hurley Pantheon. Foucault, M. (2012). The courage of truth: The government of self and others II. Palgrave Macmillan. Jung Kim, E., Parish, S. L. & Skinner, T. 2017. The impact of gender and disability on the economic well-being of disabled women in the United Kingdom: A longitudinal study between 2009 and 2014. Social Policy and Administration, 53 (7), 1064-1080. Keddie, A. (2015). Student voice and teacher accountability: Possibilities and problematics. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 23 (2), 225–244. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2014.977806 Pascoe Leahy, C. (2022) The afterlife of interviews: explicit ethics and subtle ethics in sensitive or distressing qualitative research, Qualitative Research, 22 (5), 777-794. Romstein, K. 2015. Neoliberal values and disability: Critical approach to inclusive education. Quality, Social Justice and Accountability in Education Worldwide, 13 (1), 327-322. Rouvroy, A. 2013. The end(s) of critique: Data-behaviourism vs. due-process. In M. Hildebrandt & K. De Vries (eds.), Privacy, due process and the computational turn. Philosophers of law meet philosophers of technology (pp.143-168). Routledge. Shuttleworth, R., Wedgewood, N., & Wilson, N. J. 2012. The dilemma of disabled masculinity. Men and Masculinities, 15 (2), 174-194. https://doi.org/10.1177/1097184X12439879 Stark, H. 2012. Deleuze and love. Angelaki, 17 (1), 99-113. DOI:10.1080/0969725X.2012.671669 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Childhood and Disability - An Intersectional Analysis of Adultist and Ableist Entanglements 1Leibniz University of Hannover, Germany; 2Martin-Luther-University of Halle-Wittenberg, Germany Presenting Author:While the discourse on the rights and participation of disabled people is hardly focusing on children, the discourse on children's rights is hardly ever considering children with disabilities. The proposal aims to analyse the largely separate discourses on childhood and disability, children's rights and the rights of disabled people and their participation. In doing so, it intends to emphasise the potential of discourse entanglement for the implementation of the rights of children and young people with disabilities. The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UN-CRC, UN 1989) calls for the realization of 'protection', 'provision' and 'participation'. One of the four guiding principles of the UN CRC stipulates that 'the best interests of the child' (Art. 3, para. 1) should be taken into account in the best possible way in all measures that affect them. However, in Germany, as in many other countries, the innovative potential of the UN CRC is underestimated. All Children but especially children who contradict norms of a presumed ‘normal childhood’, such as children with disabilities, are treated in a patronising way, with children's rights being reduced to the legal groups of protection rights and rights to care and services and participatory rights being neglected. Such a practice contradicts UN CRC, which recognises children as independent legal subjects from birth, doing so in a binding form under international law for the first time (Lindmeier 2023). The UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN CRPD, UN 2006) which aims to ensure the rights of disabled people of all ages, also implies a comprehensive recognition of the interests, participation rights and subject status of children in Art. 7 para. 3 (Rossa, 2014). This assures the right of disabled children to be heard (Art. 12 UN CRC) in a double manner. Nevertheless, there are serious deficits in the establishment of sustainable and effective participation opportunities for children and young people with disabilities and their agency(Lindmeier, 2023; Mac Arthur et al. 2007). In practice, the participation of children with disabilities does not sufficiently fulfil the requirements of both conventions. In particular, participants do not have sufficient clarity about their roles and functions and the resulting power to influence. There is also a lack of transparency and accessible communication, and the interests of children with disabilities are hardly represented, "not to mention by children and young people themselves" (Deutsches Institut für Menschenrechte, 2015, 10). The proposal analyses the concepts of disability and childhood, agency and vulnerability, using critical discourse analysis. In doing so, it aims at changing the view of children with disabilities by paying more attention to children's agency (Ehrenberg 2023; Priestley, 2020), informed by an understanding of children as active social actors. A general attribution of children with disabilities as vulnerable bears the risk of stigmatizing them instead of building upon their resources, and the risk of distracting from social inequality and emerging power relations instead of critically discussing and breaking them down (Schmitt, 2019). In order establish an inclusive childhood education, it is necessary, on the one hand, to focus more strongly on children's interests and, on the other hand, not to neglect group-specific vulnerability. In addition, it is necessary to take into account the communicative conditions under which disabled children can assert their right to be heard. The final question is therefore how disabled children realize agency under these conditions and what significance the perspective on children's rights and interests has. This will be discussed in conclusion with reference to the authors' initial empirical work and will result in suggestions on participatory research methods suitable to involve disabled children in a meaningful way. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposal uses the method of critical discourse analysis to analyse, critically discuss and emphasize dominant knowledge structures and bring together different discourses (Traue et al. 2014). Firstly, the right to participation and agency of children with disabilities is analysed on the basis of international human rights documents. In particular, General Comment No. 7 on the right to participation of the UN CRPD is analysed. This is followed by an exemplary analysis of press releases from international organisations on the 30th anniversary of the UN CRC, which shows that the participation rights and agency of children are, at first glance, relevant. A power-critical analysis is used to determine whether the voices of the children merely serve to amplify and authorize the voices of the adult actors, and what image of an "ideal childhood" they produce. Discourses are producing a social meaning through communicative and strategic action in a situationally enduring way. Critical discourse analysis was theoretically founded by Michael Foucault, among others, who defines discourses as “procedures that act as principles of classification, arrangement and distribution” (Foucault 2014, 17) and emphasizes the reciprocal relationship between knowledge and power in discourses. Consequently, knowledge is generated as well as structured and transported through discourse. In this case, it is knowledge about children and people with disabilities as (not) capable of speech and as beings with (limited) potential for autonomy. Embedded in this is both the image of an ‘ideal child’ and a ‘good childhood’ (Sünker & Bühler-Niederberger, 2020). As discourse analysis aims to examine contemporary concepts and the knowledge embedded in them, the focus is on their historical context as well as their temporal and situational localization and the subjectivations contained therein (Traue et al. 2014). The knowledge disseminated therein specifically guides interpretation processes, produces truths and creates classifications (Kerner 2017). Thus, the relationship between power and knowledge in discourses becomes recognizable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis shows that in the relationship between power and knowledge, an image of disabled children emerges which, leads to a double vulnerability of disabled children through prejudice and the denial of rights. The intersectional discourse analysis shows that childhood and disability both have an inherent construction of imperfection linked to concepts of ability. Both children and people with disabilities are addressed as insufficiently capable, dependent and deficient compared to non-disabled adults. In intersection of disability with childhood as a specifically vulnerable phase of life, an ascribed double vulnerability emerges, which restricts the the opportunities for agency and participation of children with disabilities. Thus, the interaction of adultism and ableism leads to discrimination which is not even discussed openly but hidden beneath a protective approach. The aim of inclusive childhood education should be to understand and address the relationship between independence and dependency, the significance of vulnerability and agency (Schmitt, 2019) and the generational order (Eckermann & Heinzel, 2018) more precisely in the context of disability. References Deutsches Institut für Menschenrechte (2015). Parallelbericht an den UN-Fachausschuss für die Rechte von Menschen mit Behinderungen anlässlich der Prüfung des ersten Staatenberichts Deutschlands gemäß Artikel 35 der UN-Behindertenrechtskonvention. Berlin: Deutsches Institut für Menschenrechte. Eckermann, T. & Heinzel, F. (2018). Kindheitsforschung: Eine erziehungswissenschaftliche Perspektive. In A. Kleeberg-Niepage & S. Rademacher (Hrsg.), Kindheits- und Jugendforschung in der Kritik: Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven auf zentrale Begriffe und Konzepte (S. 251–272). Heidelberg, Berlin: Springer. Ehrenberg, K. (2023): Das aktuelle Thema. Agency von Kindern. Sonderpädagogische Förderung heute 68(2), 121-122. Foucault, M. (2014): Die Ordnung des Diskurses. In M. Foucault & R. Konersmann (Hrsg.): Die Ordnung des Diskurses. (13. Aufl., S. 7- 49). Frankfurt am Main: Fischer Taschenbücher. Kerner, I. (2017). Postkoloniale Theorien zur Einführung. 3.Aufl. Hamburg. Liebel, M. (2015). Kinderinteressen. Zwischen Paternalismus und Partizipation. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Lindmeier, C. (2011). Inklusive Bildung und Kinderrechte. In: Gemeinsam leben. Zeitschrift für Inklusion 19, 205-218. Lindmeier, C. (2023). Partizipation behinderter Kinder und Jugendlicher aus kinderrechtlicher Perspektive. In: Gemeinsam leben 31/1, 26-36. MacArthur, J., S.Sharp, B. Kelly, and M. Gaffney. 2007. Disabled children negotiating school life: Agency, difference and teaching practice. International Journal of Children’s Rights 15(1): 99–120. Priestley, A. (2020). Care-Experienced Young People: Agency and Empowerment. Children & Society 34 (6): 521–536. Rossa, E. (2014). Kinderrechte. Das Übereinkommen der Rechte des Kindes im internationalen und nationalen Kontext. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang Verlag. Schmitt, C. (2019). Agency und Vulnerabilität. Soziale Arbeit 68 (8), 282–288. doi:10.5771/0490-1606-2019-8-282 Schröter, A., Meyer, D.; Ehrenberg, K.; Giese, L.-S. & Lindmeier, B. (in press). Machtkritische Perspektiven auf Agency und Teilhabe von Kindern. In S. Schuppener, A. Langner, A. Goldbach, K. Mannewitz & N. Leonhardt (Hrsg.), Machtkontexte – Kritische Reflexionen von Wissensordnungen, Wissensproduktion und Wissensvermittlung. Sünker, H. & Bühler-Niederberger, D. (2020). Kindheit und Gesellschaft. In: R. Braches-Chyrek, C. Röhner, H. Sünker & M. Hopf (Hrsg.): Handbuch Frühe Kindheit. 2. Aufl. Opladen, Berlin & Toronto, S. 43-53. Traue, B., Pfahl, L. & Schürmann, L.: Diskursanalyse. In: N. Baur & J. Blasius (Hrsg.): Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung. Wiesbaden 2014, S. 493-508. United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989). https://www.unicef.org/child-rights-convention/convention-text United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with disabilities. (2006). https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-persons-disabilities 04. Inclusive Education
Paper An Intersectional Approach Towards the Experiences of Women with Disabilities in Education and Society University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This study falls within the feminist approach of Disability Studies and Inclusive Education. It also draws upon the concept of intersectionality which is addressed by Critical Disability Studies and other disciplines. Personal experiences of disability are considered important by disability feminists, since they lead to unique experiences which vary even for persons who live in the same cultural contexts (Morris, 1996; Thomas, 1999). Disability feminists highlight the fact that women with disabilities are oppressed on the basis of disability and gender. They also argue that they may also experience multiple oppression because of their gender, race, and disability giving a more comprehensive understanding of personal experiences (Vernon, 1996, 1998). More recently, Critical Disability Studies scholars draw upon the concept of intersectionality to further highlight that the identities of women with disabilities intersect and define their experiences in different areas of life (Goodley, 2017). This concept was developed by Crenshaw (1989, 1991) and has been informing different disciplines. Furthermore, Goodley, Lawthom, and Runswick-Cole (2014) refer to the DisHuman, and they focus on the ways in which people with disabilities tend to be considered "less human" and dehumanized. The narratives shared by people with disabilities regarding their experiences within the educational system, taking into account their intersecting identities and how these aspects influence their educational or social integration or exclusion, highlight the significance of implementing fair pedagogical approaches that are deeply connected to the diverse identities and experiences of students (Janzen, 2019; Schwitzman, 2019). Therefore, the adoption of an intersectional perspective in education is not just beneficial but essential for fostering inclusion and ensuring equitable opportunities for all students. Most of the literature focusses on the barriers posed by segregating or mainstream settings and call for inclusive education. Personal experiences during school life may enhance this argument and shed light on how the identified barriers impact children’s lives. At the same time, personal experiences may illuminate new parameters that define school experiences. These experiences may be relevant to children’s different identities and their intersections and the relevance of these identities to other factors such as the family and the cultural context. Thus, it is important to consider personal experiences in education if we are to adopt a social justice perspective in policy and practice, infused by inclusive education ideology (Liasidou, 2013). This study aims to examine how the experiences of women with disabilities at school and their intersectional identities can help us conceptualize how the education system and other factors oppresses or empowers them. The research question is: How do the intersectional identities of women with disabilities and other factors influence their life trajectory through their experiences in the education system? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper constitutes a part of a PhD research project and will focus on the experiences of women with disabilities in education from the perspective of intersectionality. A sample of 12 women was selected through purposive and chain sampling (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2008), meeting the criteria set for the study, i.e. women with any type of impairment; with two or more identities for which they are likely to experience discrimination, including disability (e.g. sexual orientation, social class, immigrant/refugee background); aged between 18-70 years old. Specifically, the participants included two women with hearing impairment, two women with visual impairment, four women with various physical impairments, one woman with intellectual disability, one woman with mental health issues, one woman with multiple sclerosis, and one woman with cerebral palsy, all aged between 25 and 65 years old. Their experiences in the education system varied in several aspects, particularly concerning the context in which they studied (mainstream or special) and how each context interacted with their intersecting identities or characteristics. The methodology involved gathering data through an audio-recorded oral history interview, followed by a second interview centered on the participant's personal objects or artifacts. Prior to participation, all individuals were provided with comprehensive information regarding the research focus and their rights throughout the process, encompassing aspects such as anonymity, the right to withdraw at any point, and the right to verify interview transcriptions. Informed consent was obtained through signed consent forms. The oral history interviews were conducted by one of the abstract's two authors, who took measures to ensure that her background did not act as barrier, fostering an environment where participants felt at ease sharing their stories (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2008). Data were analyzed in the language that the interviews were contacted. Thematic narrative analysis was selected as a content analysis method as it merges well with the concept of intersectionality and highlights important aspects of one’s intersecting identities contextualizing the story in numerous different ways (Esposito & Evans-Winters, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals that the experiences of women with disabilities in education are affected by numerous factors and differ, mainly according to the framework in which they studied as children. For example, Athena, a woman with visual impairment found her transition from a special school consisting only of girls to a mainstream school shocking, impacting her life trajectory: “I spent primary education at the School for the Blind, I only had 4 female classmates…So after [experiencing] this protective environment, high school inclusion came to me as a psychological and a social shock.” The educational framework seems to play a crucial role in women’s experiences in education. However, intersecting identities and other factors such as family perspectives, affect their experiences both at school and adult life. Specifically, Athena’s life trajectory was also affected by the extreme protectiveness of her mother. One of the important topics she raised was her emancipation, something she had also confirmed through a personal object: “This is the first keyring of my apartment keys. It was such a nice feeling […], that yes, this is my space, my home. I got the responsibility of looking after it, clean it.” The independence she needs because of the experiences she had mainly in the educational and family context, seems to affect other areas as well, such as love relationships: “Regarding relationship issues, I have settled on one but I’m not looking for anything more. It's just a relationship, [...] self-understanding that it's… It's something I keep a secret from everyone. And it doesn't bother me, I'm calm. Emotionally I value him, […] but we are friends, sex friends.” In conclusion, this paper calls for a focussed discussion on how the intersecting experiences of women with disabilities in education can inform inclusive education and contribute in reducing ableist thinking. References Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2008). The Methodology of Educational Research. London and NY: Routledge. Crenshaw, K. (1989). Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex: A Black feminist critique of antidiscrimination doctrine, feminist theory and antiracist politics. University of Chicago Legal Forum, 189, 139-167. Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the margins: Intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review, 46, 1241-1299. Esposito, J. & Evans-Winters, V. (2022). Introduction to Intersectional Qualitative Research. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. Goodley, D. (2017). Disability Studies: An Interdisciplinary Introduction. London: Sage Publications. Goodley, D., Lawthom, R. & Runswick Cole, K. (2014b). Dis/ability and austerity: Beyond work and slow death. Disability and Society, 29(6), 980-984. Janzen, M. D. (2019). Children’s “mis”behaviours: An ethical engagement with the mystery of the other. Journal for Curriculum Theory (JCT) Special Issue: The Curriculum of Disability Studies: Multiple Perspectives on Dis/Ability. 34(1), 91-99. Liasidou, A. (2013). Intersectional understandings of disability and implications for a social justice reform agenda in education policy and practice. Disability & Society, 28(3), 299-312. Morris, J. (1996). Introduction. In J. Morris (Ed.), Encounters with strangers: Feminism and disability. London: The Women’s Press. Schwitzman, T. E. (2019). “Dealing with Diversity and Difference”: A DisCrit analysis of teacher education curriculum at a Minority Serving Institution. Journal for Curriculum Theory (JCT) Special Issue: The Curriculum of Disability Studies: Multiple Perspectives on Dis/Ability. 34(1), 50-71. Thomas, C. (1999). Female forms. Experiencing and understanding disability. Buckingham: Open University Press. Vernon, A. (1996). A stranger in many camps: The experience of disabled black and ethnic minority women. In J. Morris (Ed.), Encounters with strangers: Feminism and disability. London: The Women’s Press. Vernon, A. (1998). Multiple oppression and the disabled people’s movement. In T. Shakespeare (Ed.), The disability reader. London: Continuum. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 04 SES 01 E: Accessibility and school design Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Foteini Pasenidou Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Community Participation in the Redesign of a Modern School Building: The research project for the renovation of José Falcão School 1University of Coimbra, Centre for Social Studies, Department of Architecture; 2University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Department of Architecture; 3University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Faculty of Arts and Humanities; 4University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences; 5University of Coimbra, Department of Architecture Presenting Author:The Portuguese school buildings were built during the 20th century promoted by educational policies based on four main political regimes – monarchy until 1910, republic from 1910 to 1926, dictatorship from 1926 to 1974, and democracy since 1974 (Moniz & Cordeiro, 2019). These regimes used the schools not only to educate the population but also to represent their power relations. In most cases, the students were not the center of the education process, as John Dewey claimed already in 1916 in his book “Education and Democracy”, where students should “learn by doing”. Beyond some interesting experiences in the 1960s and 1970s, in the late days of the dictatorship and the early days of democracy, school buildings were designed by architects without any interaction with the school community. The governmental institution prepared an architectural brief based on technical and programmatic regulations, and architects developed proposals supported by their contemporary architecture culture – neoclassic, modern, pavilions, brutalist, minimalist, etc. Beautiful school buildings were designed and built, but without the engagement of the school community - although the rector or the school director was involved in some cases (Moniz, 2018). Since the beginning of the 21st century, the Portuguese government started a programme to renovate secondary school buildings, named Parque Escolar, that worked between 2007 and 2017, where 100 buildings were refurbished. Although the programme aimed for community participation, in most cases that was not possible due to the short time to develop the architectural project and to a lack of participation culture. Today, the government is transferring the management of the secondary school buildings to the municipalities and an opportunity is created to do things differently, due to the proximity between the municipalities and the schools (Cordeiro et al, 2023). The question is how can the school community be engaged in the redesign of their school buildings and what are the goals that may be achieved with this participation process? The case of the José Falcão Secondary School, the former Lyceum of Coimbra (Moniz, 2004, 2008; Coelho, 2018a), can offer answers and guidance to achieve a more inclusive education supported by an architectural and pedagogical design process developed with the school community. The building was designed in 1930 and built in 1936 in the frame of the national competition for modern lyceums, promoted by the dictatorship, in the early years of the so-called New State. The renovation of this school building was not included in the Parque Escolar programme because the teachers were not involved in the decision, and they refused the transformation of the school into a music school – the conservatory of Coimbra. Due to this lack of consensus, the school was excluded from the programme and the renovation is today very urgent and delicate because the building is a national monument, and it has a strong sense of belonging for Coimbra society. The Municipality of Coimbra understood the exceptional character of this building and started a competition for a research-in-action project opened to universities with research centers in architecture, education and engineering. The University of Coimbra presented a proposal, led by the Department of Architecture, in partnership with the Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences and the Department of Civil and Mechanics Engineering, and several research centers. This paper aims to discuss the proposal submitted by the University of Coimbra and to present the first results of the participatory process that was developed between November 2023 and January 2024. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the last months, several teams are developing the first phase of the research-in-action project, surveying the school in architectural and engineering terms, to know more about the present physical condition of the building. In parallel, an interdisciplinary team is promoting a participatory process with the school community to engage them in its redesign process. The team is replicating the methodologies developed previously in two European projects, where concepts, methods and tools were developed and tested to answer these challenges: RMB – Reuse of Modernist Buildings (coordinated by HfM Detmold) (Moniz & Ferreira, 2016) and CoRed – Collaborative Redesign with Schools (coordinated by Newcastle University) (Woolner, 2018). The University of Coimbra was a partner in these projects and members of these teams are now developing the research-in-action project for the renovation of José Falcão Secondary School. The methodology is focused on the participatory process developed with the school community between December 2023 and January 2024 to build together the functional programme and to rethink the use of the existing school spaces’ according to the experience of its daily users. The research activities are based on the Survey on Student School Spaces methodology (S3S) (Coelho et al, 2022) developed in the CoReD project (https://www.ncl.ac.uk/cored/). This current process integrates surveys, walkthroughs, workshops, interviews and a school assembly, and involves 500 participants among a community of 1000 members. Specifically, students (aged 12-19), teachers and staff were asked to participate in an online survey about their activities and feelings in the school’s common spaces. This was followed by walkthroughs with the several groups that detailed their feedback. Finally, all the school community was invited to an assembly where conclusions were displayed and programme proposals analysed, to inform the subsequent design process. Additionally, this was complemented by workshops with former students and with the school council; and by walkthroughs to identify the specificities related to the labs, classrooms, arts and sports areas. Furthermore, the School Direction and the Municipality are also involved as active stakeholders, in a state-of-the-art redesign process that involves all the school community in the refurbishment of a modern school building. The final programme proposed by the research team is the product of the dialogue between the community voices and the modern building principles, and also the result of conflicts and opportunities mediated by a participatory process that included all the school’s stakeholders. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This project seeks to renovate a nearly nine-decade-old school, national heritage site, using participatory methods for full school community engagement. Uncommon in a traditionally centralized country, the functional program is defined collaboratively, a departure from previous Municipality or Government-driven decisions lacking input from daily users. Six workshops and ten walkthroughs conveyed representatives from diverse groups of the educational community, with workshop attendance ranging between 15-20 individuals and walkthroughs hosting around 5-10 participants. The online survey gathered 524 responses (80% students, 17% teachers and 3% staff), followed by four walkthroughs and one workshop, which were conducted for further data clarification. The school assembly, attended by more than 150 participants, facilitated the presentation of the project’s initial conclusions and invited active participation in refining the programme proposal. In summary, the comprehensive engagement through all the activities fostered a collaborative environment, encouraging diverse stakeholders to contribute to the refinement of the proposed educational program in development. With more than 500 participants, this was a rare time in Portugal when open and participatory work was carried out in the context of the refurbishment of a school facility. Additionally, this project is taking place at a time when society expects schools to involve all children and youngsters for longer, as an adaptable and sustainable learning environment that doesn't discriminate against anyone (Coelho, 2018b). Thus, the participation of the community, implies the educational spaces to be inclusive, to answer users’ functional and mobility requirements, and to enable the teaching-learning processes according to the current paradigm. This encompasses a profound update of the school’s facilities, the refurbishment of its physical condition, its preservation as a national heritage building, and also its redesign as a contemporary urban, social and educational hub, which the participatory process aims to achieve through the active engagement of all the school community. References . Coelho, C.; Cordeiro, A.R.; Alcoforado, L.; & Moniz, G.C. (2022). Survey on Student School Spaces: An Inclusive Design Tool for a Better School. Buildings, 12, 392. https://doi.org/10.3390/buildings12040392 . Coelho, C. (2018a). In search of modernist adaptability. A systematic approach for discussing the adaptive reuse potential of José Falcão School. Joelho. Journal of Architectural Culture #9. “Reuse of Modernist Buildings: pedagogy and profession”, n. 9, 202-223. ISSN 1647-9548. e-ISSN 1647-8681. Coimbra: e|d|arq - Department of Architecture. https://doi.org/10.14195/1647-8681_9_12 . Coelho, C. (2018b). Life within Architecture from Design Process to Space Use. Adaptability in School Buildings Today - A Methodological Approach. Ph.D. Thesis, Universidade de Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal. https://hdl.handle.net/10316/86931 . Cordeiro, A.R.; Coelho, C.; Oliveira, C., et al., (2023). Rede Escolar – 20 anos de Transformação com Fundos Europeus na Região Centro. Lisboa: Direção-Geral dos Estabelecimentos Escolares. ISBN 978-989-33-4659-4. https://www.dgeste.mec.pt/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Rede_Escolar_20_anos_de_Transformacao_com_Fundos_Europeus_na_Regiao_Centro.pdf . Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. . Moniz, G.C.; & Ferreira, C. (2016). The school as a city and a city as a school:Future architectural scenarios for the school. In U. Stadler-Altmann (Org.). Lernumgebungen Erziehungswissenschaftliche Perspektiven auf Schulgebäude und Klassenzimmer. (pp. 125-137). Opladen, Berlin, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://shop.budrich.de/produkt/lernumgebungen/?v=35357b9c8fe4 . Moniz, G.C. (2018). Democratic Schools for an Authoritarian Regime: Portuguese Educational and Architectural Experiences in the 1960s. In I. Grosvenor & L. Rosén Rasmussen (Eds.). Making Education: Material School Design and Educational Governance. Educational Governance Research, vol 9. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-97019-6_3 . Moniz, G.C. (2008). O Liceu de Coimbra, do Liceu Dr. Júlio Henriques à Escola Secundária José Falcão, Rua Larga, 19. Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra. http://www.uc.pt/rualarga/anteriores/19/11 . Moniz, G.C. (2004). O Liceu Moderno – do Programa-tipo ao Liceu-máquina. Arquitectura Moderna Portuguesa 1920-1970. (pp. 68-81). Lisboa: IPPAR. . Moniz, G. C.; & Cordeiro A.R. (2019). A Educação e a Rede de Equipamentos Escolares no Estado Novo. In J. Brites & L.M. Correia (Eds.) Obras Públicas no Estado Novo. (pp. 225-250).Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra. . Woolner, P. (2018). Collaborative Re-design: Working with School Communities to Understand and Improve their Learning Environments. In R. A. Ellis, & P. Goodyear (Ed.). Spaces of teaching and learning: Integrating perspectives on research and practice. Springer. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusive School Design Oriented Towards the Future and in Response to the Past University of South Australia, Australia Presenting Author:Although, UNESCO (2019) calls for schools to become “welcoming spaces … where respect and appreciation for the diversity of all students prevail” (pp. 11, 15), educators and educational systems continue to stive to promote all students’ right to presence, participation and achievement in their education. For inclusive education to be realised, an intersectionality of architecture and inclusive education is emerging in the policy context (UNESCO, 2019, 2020), calling “State parties”/governments to take measures for “removing architectural … barriers to mainstream education” (UN, 2016, p. 15). This paper contributes to the emerging field of the role of architecture in supporting the translation of inclusive policy into practice for all students. Affirming a collective responsibility to promote inclusive education, the Sustainable Development Goal 4 (SDG4) – Education 2030 in the “Incheon Declaration and SDG4 – Education 2030 Framework for Action” established the need for the enactment of inclusive education to be “country-led”, requiring a “whole of government” approach. The Framework for Action was informed by three principles: education as a “fundamental human right and an enabling right”, ensuring equal access to inclusive education “free and compulsory, leaving no one behind”; education as a “public good” and a “shared societal endeavour”; and gender equality ensuring access, completion and empowerment for “girls and boys”, “women and men” (UNESCO, 2016, p. 28). Within the “whole of government” approach, the Framework for Action recognised that governments “will need the support of all stakeholders”, that is, “civil society, teachers and educators, the private sector, communities, families, youth and children” and understanding that they “all have important roles in realizing the right to quality education” (UNESCO, 2016, pp. 28, 60). However, this raises the question of how the right to quality education can be fully realised. According to UNESCO’s Sustainable Development Goal 4 (2019) “school infrastructure must be improved, creating safe, accessible spaces” (p. 11). Therefore, allowing the affordances of architecture to emerge, ensuring safety in the architectural design of a school responds to students’ needs, while meeting policy requirements. Richard Meier (1984) at the 1984 Pritzker Architecture Prize Ceremony described architecture as “vital and enduring because it contains us; it describes space, space we move through, exist in and use” (p. 1). School spaces have been reported in the literature for their role in the education of students with disabilities (Buchner, 2021; Jin et al., 2018), students with English as an additional language (Everatt et al., 2019; Wrench et al., 2018), and all students (Kallio, 2018; Ytterhus & Åmot, 2021). Space has been recommended as one of the resources affecting student learning (OECD, 2013, p. 24) with research providing evidence that school architecture that meets the qualities of being “accessible, suitable and appropriate” is deemed to “benefit all learners” (Ackah-Jnr & Danso, 2019 p. 205). It is now widely accepted globally that inclusive education refers to “an optimum learning environment [that] benefits all students” (Boyle & Anderson, 2020, p. 208). However, this raises the question of what an optimum learning environment for all looks like. Informing the intersectionality of architecture with inclusive education, this case study in a primary school setting in metropolitan South Australia reports on student and educator experiences of ‘suitable’ and ‘designed specifically for children’ material-economic arrangements enabling students’ inclusive education. The research questions that underpinned the study were:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study explored the intersectionality of architecture and inclusive education in a single case study of a primary school (students aged 5-12 years) in metropolitan South Australia with implications for schools worldwide. Appreciating cultural and linguistic diversity, the school was selected “on the recognition of attempts to respond to diversity” (Bristol, 2015, p. 817) with a reported diversity of ‘50 different ethnic and cultural groups in the school’ and with ‘approximately 60% of the enrolments’ meeting the English as additional language (EALD) criteria (2019 Annual General Meeting); the school was categorised among the most educationally disadvantaged schools in South Australia. Therefore, implications of this study can inform inclusive practices for the education for all worldwide. Being committed to a systemic whole school (OECD, 2007; UN, 2006; UNESCO, 2017) and intersectional approach to inclusive education (Migliarini et al., 2019), this study explored the role of architecture as an intersubjective space in a school community. The study employed a qualitative case study participatory co-design approach with its epistemological and ontological premises informed by a practice architectures (PA) lens. Practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014) can enable researchers to explore and identify “how some particular sets of sayings (language) come to hang together with a particular set of doings (in activity, or work) and a particular set of relatings (e.g., particular kinds of power relationships or relationships of inclusion or exclusion)” (Mahon et al., 2017, p. 8). Participants included three parents/carers and 34 educators of the school community including two school leaders, 21 teachers, 9 staff members who did not specify their role, one Education Support Officer and one teacher/numeracy support staff member. Additionally, promoting students’ rightful participation to express their views freely (UN, 2006, 2016) and support “meaningful change” (Dollinger et al., 2021, p. 751), the researcher worked closely with two student cohorts i.e., ten from Reception (aged 5-6) and 21 from Year 4 (aged 9-10) including nine students with disabilities; speech delay, Autism Spectrum, Asperger’s syndrome, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), intellectual disability and arbitrary disorder. Data was collected through; surveys with parents/carers and educators, as well as focus groups and visual participatory co-design methods including auto-photography, digital and hand-made storybooks, and digital construction models using Tinkercad. Data was imported into a qualitative computer software, NVivo. The coding process followed a thematic content analysis combining inductive and deductive approaches (Braun & Clarke, 2006; Nowell et al., 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Informing ways to promote sustainable changes in students’ inclusive education, one staff member recommended that ‘good quality educational furniture’ would support students’ inclusive education, whereas one of the school leaders identified a future direction towards ‘safe’ and ‘quality furniture’. This school leader identified furniture used in the past as ‘poorly made’ and not ‘sustainable’ as opposed to the new furniture at school, which was ‘well-made’, ‘suitable’ and ‘designed specifically for children’ in line with one of the school’s values stated on the school website: ‘We have established the architecture of the class to provide the best learning environment’. Prioritising furniture ‘designed specifically for children’ suggests that the furnishing was user-friendly. Having user-appropriate and user-friendly furnishing for all students has been supported as a tenet of inclusive education. Through an intersectional lens, findings affirm that material-economic arrangements ‘suitable’, ‘flexible’, ‘inviting’ and ‘comfortable’ can further enable students’ inclusive education, with their right to ‘safety’ through inclusion of cushions and beanbags being reinforced by students in the current study. Educators in this study referred to ‘quality’ and ‘sustainability’, terms further supported by the Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4 on education suggesting the need to support and sustain inclusive practices in the future. The school leader ‘re-imagined all learning areas’ including classroom décor in a collaborative consultation with teachers and architects, all of whom considered what ‘children like[d]’. Such a collaboratively informed approach has the potential for change to be sustainable in the future as an inclusive practice. Sustainability further supports an orientation towards future and in response to the past. Having taught and researched in schools in Central Greece and South Australia, the presenter will discuss findings of this study and their implications for students’ right to access and succeed in safe, inviting, multi-functional and diverse learning environments within global inclusive education initiatives. References Ackah-Jnr, F. R., & Danso, J. B. (2019). Examining the physical environment of Ghanaian inclusive schools: How accessible, suitable and appropriate is such environment for inclusive education? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(2), 188-208. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1427808 Boyle, C., & Anderson, J. (2020). The justification for inclusive education in Australia. Prospects, 49, 203-217. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09494-x Buchner, T. (2021). On ‘integration rooms’, tough territories, and ‘places to be’: the ability-space-regimes of three educational settings at Austrian secondary schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1950975 Bristol, L. (2015). Leading-for-inclusion: Transforming action through teacher talk. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(8), 802-820. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.971078 Everatt, J., Fletcher, J., & Fickel, L. (2019). School leaders’ perceptions on reading, writing and mathematics in innovative learning environments. Education 3-13, 47(8), 906-919. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2018.1538256 Jin, J., Yun, J., & Agiovlasitis, S. (2018). Impact of enjoyment on physical activity and health among children with disabilities in schools. Disability and Health Journal, 11(1), 14-19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dhjo.2017.04.004 Kallio, J. M. (2018). Participatory design of classrooms: Infrastructuring education reform in K-12 personalized learning programs. Journal of Learning Spaces, 7(2), 35-49. http://libjournal.uncg.edu/jls/article/view/1727 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer. Meier, R. (1984). Laureate, Ceremony Acceptance Speech. The Pritzker Prize Ceremony Speech. https://www.pritzkerprize.com/sites/default/files/inline-files/Richard_Meier_Acceptance_Speech_1984.pdf Migliarini, V., Stinson, C., & D’Alessio, S. (2019). ‘SENitizing’ migrant children in inclusive settings: Exploring the impact of the Salamanca Statement thinking in Italy and the United States. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 754-767. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622804. Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1), 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F1609406917733847 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2013). Innovative learning environments. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264203488-en UNESCO. (2016). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action towards inclusive and equitable quality education and lifelong learning for all. http://uis.unesco.org/sites/default/files/documents/education-2030-incheon-framework-for-action-implementation-of-sdg4-2016-en_2.pdf UNESCO. (2019). Final report: International forum on inclusion and equity in education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000372651 UNESCO. (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373718 United Nations Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, General comment No. 4 (2016), Article 24: Right to inclusive education, 2 September 2016, CRPD/C/GC/4, available at: https://www.refworld.org/docid/57c977e34.html 04. Inclusive Education
Paper “We do it Together!”: An Interview Study on Using Widgit Online Graphic Symbols to Promote Primary School Accessible Learning Environment University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:The aim of this study was to increase the knowledge about teachers’ experiences of implementing and using visual support with the graphic symbol program “Widgit Online” (WO) in a Swedish primary school to promote an accessible learning environment. As the overarching theoretical framework the study used inclusive pedagogy, which involves a pedagogical practice that compensates for individual student differences during whole-class teaching and activities (Brennan et al., 2021; Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). The pedagogical practice should focus on creating rich learning opportunities accessible to all students enabling participation for everyone (Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). Within the Swedish discourse, however, the term employed is "accessible learning environment" instead of "inclusive pedagogy." Essentially, the essence of this concept corresponds with that of inclusive pedagogy. The Swedish National Agency for Special Needs Education and Schools (SpecialPedagogiska SkolMyndigheten; SPSM, 2023b) states that “accessibility encompasses the conditions necessary for all children and students to participate in an inclusive school environment”. According to “The Accessibility Model” developed by SPSM, creating accessible learning environments involves adapting the pedagogical, social, and physical environment to support the learning of all students (SPSM, 2023a). The model is widely referred to in Swedish schools and aligns with the Swedish education act (SFS 2010:800) stating that in education, it is essential to address the diverse needs of students, providing support and stimulation to maximize their development while striving to equalize student differences. Accessible learning environment was therefore used as a second theoretical framework in the current study. The use of visual supports of different kinds are one way of creating an accessible learning environment in schools. Previous studies have shown that visual supports in the school context may be beneficial to students with disabilities, such as language disorders, autism, ADHD, and intellectual disability (Lequia et al., 2012; McDougal et al., 2022; Van Dijk & Gage, 2019; Wellington & Stackhouse, 2011) as well as second language learners (e.g., Dixon et al., 2020). Importantly, however, visual supports have also demonstrated broad benefits for all students in a classroom setting, contributing to vocabulary development, supporting listening skills, enhancing social communication skills, aiding literacy, and improving higher-order thinking and language skills (Crosskey & Vance, 2011; Gil-Glazer et al., 2019; John & Vance, 2014; Mavrou et al., 2013; Pampoulou & Detheridge, 2007). The notion of using visual supports as part of the everyday pedagogical practice to support the learning of all students in the classroom thus aligns with both the accessible learning environment as well as the inclusion pedagogy theoretical frameworks. One type of visual support is graphic symbol sets, systematically designed to symbolize all types of words in a language, such as Widgit symbols (Kambouri et al., 2016). Widgit symbols in Swedish schools have become more prevalent with the widespread adoption of the web-based program WO, which also comprises a variety of templates, such as mind-maps and schedules. WO is accessible in many classrooms across Sweden, often with individual teacher access. Widgit symbols and the specific WO program are also available in several countries in Europe and beyond. Yet, there is a paucity in research investigating the implementation and utilization of visual support with graphic symbols and programs such as WO in mainstream classrooms. Through an interview study with nine primary school teachers we thus aimed to explore the following research questions: 1. How do the teachers describe implementation and use of WO as a tool for promoting an accessible learning environment? 2. What impact does use of WO have on the students’ learning, development, and participation, according to the teachers? 3. What important organizational factors are described in implementing and using visual support with WO? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The first and second authors conducted semi-structured interviews with nine early years teachers from a primary school in a mid-sized Swedish municipality, encompassing pre-school class through year 6 as well as school-age educare. Pre-school class for 6-year-olds is part of the Swedish compulsory school. School-age educare is open for students before and after school hours and supplements the school education. The school had a total enrollment of four hundred and eighty students during the study, whereof about 30% had Swedish as a second language. The particular school was a convenience selection as the authors had knowledge of the school’s structured and innovative work with visual support using WO. Specifically, the study focused on early years teachers, involving four from pre-school classes, one from year 1, two from year 2, and two from the school-age educare who consented to participate in the interviews. To prevent data loss from technical issues, interviews were recorded on two separate digital devices and promptly transferred to a secure digital storage space approved by the University of Gothenburg. The verbatim transcription initially involved using the transcribing function in Word on a secure university platform, followed by careful listening to the recordings and adjusting the transcriptions to accurately reflect the spoken content. Data was organized and coded in the software program NVivo and analyzed using qualitative content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings reveal that teachers utilized Widgit Online (WO) in diverse ways to enhance an accessible learning environment, aiding in structuring lessons and activities, organizing materials, reinforcing content, assisting memory, and supporting language and communication development. A significant and innovative aspect was the interactive utilization of WO, where the teacher and students collaboratively generated mind-maps or other visual support structures in real time on a particular theme or concept. Simultaneously, the emerging output was displayed on the classroom screen for collective viewing. Further, teachers noted increased clarity for students, promoting accessibility for all in general and for those with Swedish as a second language or a language disorder in particular. The use of WO also led to increased student independence, active engagement, group cohesion, and heightened participation in teaching activities, according to the teachers. Regarding organizational aspects in implementing and utilizing WO, teachers emphasized the crucial role of school leadership in establishing a clear purpose, offering various training sessions, and allocating time and platforms for collaborative learning among colleagues. In conclusion, the preliminary findings underscore the flexible and varied use of graphic symbols with WO by early year primary teachers to promote an accessible learning environment, both in the classroom and the school-age educare. The interactive features, such as real-time collaboration on visual support structures, contribute significantly to this goal. The positive outcomes noted by teachers, including increased clarity, enhanced student independence, and heightened participation, emphasize the impact of visual support using WO on creating an inclusive pedagogical approach. Moreover, the recognition of school leadership's pivotal role in providing clear objectives, comprehensive training, and opportunities for collaborative learning highlights the importance of organizational support in ensuring the successful implementation of visual support using the graphic symbol program WO for the benefit of an accessible and inclusive educational environment. References Crosskey, L., & Vance, M. (2011). Training teachers to support pupils’ listening in class: An evaluation using pupil questionnaires. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 27(2), 165-182. Dixon, C., Thomson, J., & Fricke, S. (2020). Evaluation of an explicit vocabulary teaching intervention for children learning English as an additional language in primary school. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 36(2), 91-108. Florian, L. & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813–828. Gil-Glazer, Y. A., Walter, O., & Eilam, B. (2019). PhotoLingo—Development and Improvement of Higher-Order Thinking and Language Skills Through Photographs. Journal of Education, 199(1), 45-56. John, P. S. & Vance, M. (2014). Evaluation of a principled approach to vocabulary learning in mainstream classes. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 30, 255-271. Kambouri, M., Pampoulou, E., Pieridou, M., & Allen, M. (2016). Science learning and graphic symbols: an exploration of early years teachers’ views and use of graphic symbols when teaching science. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 12(9), 2399-2417. Lequia, J., Machalicek, W., & Rispoli, M. J. (2012). Effects of activity schedules on challenging behavior exhibited in children with autism spectrum disorders: A systematic review. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6(1), 480-492. Mavrou, K., Charalampous, E., & Michaelides, M. (2013). Graphic symbols for all: using symbols in developing the ability of questioning in young children. Journal of Assistive Technologies, 7(1), 22-33. McDougal, E., Tai, C., Stewart, T. M., Booth, J. N., & Rhodes, S. M. (2023). Understanding and supporting attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in the primary school classroom: Perspectives of children with ADHD and their teachers. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 53(9), 3406-3421. Pampoulou, E., & Detheridge, C. (2007). The role of symbols in the mainstream to access literacy. Journal of Assistive Technologies, 1(1), 15-21. SFS 2010:800. Skollag. https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/skollag-2010800_sfs-2010-800 SPSM. (1 June 2023a). Tillgänglighetsmodellen. https://www.spsm.se/stod-och-rad/skolutveckling/tillganglig-utbildning/tillganglighetsmodell/ SPSM. (27 December 2023b). Tillgänglig utbildning. https://www.spsm.se/stod-och-rad/skolutveckling/tillganglig-utbildning/ Van Dijk, W., & Gage, N. A. (2019). The effectiveness of visual activity schedules for individuals with intellectual disabilities: A meta-analysis. Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability, 44(4), 384-395. Wellington, W. & Stackhouse, J. (2011). Using visual support for language and learning in children with SLCN: A training programme for teachers and teaching assistants. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 27, 183-201. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 06 SES 01 A: Educational Ecosystems and Open Learning Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Paper Session |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Musical Digital Assets for the Diffusion of Immaterial Cultural Heritage 1University of Salerno, Italy; 2University of Nicosia, Cyprus Presenting Author:This research aims to explore how Musical Digital Assets can enhance inclusive processes through listening, bringing people closer to the rich cultural heritage that characterized ancient peoples, particularly the Mediterranean populations. In this sense, Musical Digital Asset represents a frontier that improves the educational context (Turchet, 2023). In this regard, digital technologies have transformed how music educators convey knowledge, offering a wide range of resources and learning opportunities (Sibilio et al., 2023). Digital libraries, streaming platforms, and sound production tools provide an inexhaustible source of educational materials, enabling educators to customize teaching to meet the needs of users, with a particular focus on artificial intelligence, which has recently been the subject of numerous studies about music and its application in education and inclusivity (Miranda, 2021; Caramiaux & Donnarumma, 2021; Di Paolo et al., 2022).In this context, transmitting cultural heritage based on digital assets enriches users’ repertoire and promotes interactivity and active participation. Through modern technologies, users can explore and experience theoretical concepts that can be learned in a virtual museum. Digitally assisted production allows them to apply theoretical skills, stimulating creativity and problem-solving. Furthermore, integrating digital resources prepares users for the challenges of the contemporary landscape, where technological competence is often essential for professional success (McPherson & Tahıroğlu, 2020).In a practical context, the integration of digital musical heritage can occur using streaming platforms to access historical and contemporary recordings, allowing users to compare interpretive styles and analyze performance dynamics. In particular, the Mediterranean populations, have left various cultural testimonies that should be paid attention to under the artistic-musical profile. For the user, therefore, approaching, and exploring music that in some way echoes the history of that population allows for greater reflection on immaterial cultural heritage, opening new perspectives for interpretation (Li & Sun, 2023).Specialized software offers the user the opportunity to listen attentively and repeatedly to a given composition, enhancing understanding of its harmonic structures and historical features. Open-access multimedia resources that are always available to the user, not but in a virtual context, allow flexible access to materials and in-depth study of complex topics that belong not only to historiography or museology but to musicology and its possible relationship to other disciplines.In this context, Transmitting cultural heritage based on digital assets enriches users’ repertoire and promotes interactivity and active participation. Through modern technologies, users can explore and experience theoretical concepts that can be learned in a virtual museum. Digitally assisted production allows them to apply theoretical skills, stimulating creativity and problem-solving. Furthermore, the integration of digital resources prepares users for the challenges of the contemporary landscape, where technological competence is often essential for professional success (McPherson & Tahıroğlu, 2020).In a practical context, the integration of digital musical heritage can occur using streaming platforms to access historical and contemporary recordings, allowing users to compare interpretive styles and analyze performance dynamics. In particular, the Mediterranean populations, have left various cultural testimonies that should be paid attention to under the artistic-musical profile. For the user, therefore, approaching, and exploring music that in some way echoes the history of that population allows for greater reflection on immaterial cultural heritage, opening new perspectives for interpretation (Li & Sun, 2023).Specialized software offers the user the opportunity to listen attentively and repeatedly to a given composition, enhancing understanding of its harmonic structures and historical features. Open-access multimedia resources that are always available to the user, not but in a virtual context, allow flexible access to materials and in-depth study of complex topics that belong not only to historiography or museology but to musicology and its possible relationship to other disciplines. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A 3D scan of a reproduction of a Mediterranean flute was created to be included in a virtual museum to link auditory channels with visual ones in this virtual educational context. Using headsets and joypads, users can approach the artifact and experiment with its sound. In a subsequent phase, eye movements will also be recorded using the sensors of the Meta Quest 2 virtual reality headset. This is motivated by previous studies that have demonstrated the utility of fixation eye movements for enhancing learning (e.g., Chan et al., 2022). Given the inclusion of textual elements in the virtual museum, the examination of eye movements (e.g., fixations, saccades, and regressions) becomes even more significant, particularly in the context of individuals with reading difficulties (Fella et al., 2023). It is noteworthy that the virtual museum incorporates text utilizing a font specifically optimized for dyslexics, augmented with Greek alphabet letters, developed in collaboration between the University of Salerno and the University of Nicosia (Bilotti, et al.,2023) and it is likely that in the future works of art and artifacts from Cyprus will become part of the virtual exhibition. The reproduction of Mediterranean melodies is based on previous studies, based on archaeomusicology studies (Bellia, 2021), seeking to create original compositions that evoke sounds that are not present in current scores. Using Sibelius software, scores were created for a Mediterranean dance in three variants: flute solo, accompaniment with tambourines, and a version with singing and ritual text. These compositions were converted into various audio formats, including MIDI, and MP3, to adapt to the specifications of audio cards and adjust bitrates. Virtuality allows users to "touch" the flute and contributes to an improved perception of cultural identity, following theses related to psycho-materiality and cultural psychology (Iannaccone, 2010; Valsiner, 2012) The project involves a three-phase implementation, integrating the scanned flute and compositions into the dedicated virtual museum. In summary, this initiative combines technology, history, and culture to offer an engaging and multisensory educational experience, enriching users' understanding of musical and archaeological pasts, and promoting appreciation of the rich cultural heritage through digital innovation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The innovative approach to education aims to create a temporal bridge, allowing users to fully immerse themselves in the nuances of past daily life through music (Rogers et al., 2020). Through virtuality, the objective is to transmit not only the sound of ancient instruments, specifically the Mediterranean, but to somehow try to re-propose the same atmosphere and emotion that listening to them aroused. Certainly, these experiments represent best practices, and efforts are already underway to replicate virtual museums with countries in the Alpine region, particularly Switzerland. Collaborations have been established with various universities, further expanding the project's content. This initiative aims to increasingly internationalize its scope beyond Mediterranean areas. This hands-on dimension enriches the learning experience, developing tangible musical and cultural skills (Turchet et al., 2021). The proposal aims to transform users into true operators of cultural and musical heritage, inspiring them to keep this richness alive through their active participation and sharing of learned experiences. In this way, the project's mission is not only to educate but also to transform cultural heritage into a living treasure, continuously enriched and transmitted through generations. References Bellia A. (2021), From Digitalisation and Virtual Reconstruction of Ancient Musical Instruments to Sound Heritage Simulation and Preservation, «Archeologia e Calcolatori» Bilotti, U., Todino, M. D., & Fella, A. (2023). Implementation of Greek alphabet characters according to the OpenDyslexic standard and teacher's guide for font use. Journal of Inclusive Methodology and Technology in Learning and Teaching, 3(1sup). Caramiaux, B., & Donnarumma, M. (2021). Artificial intelligence in music and performance: a subjective art-research inquiry. Handbook of Artificial Intelligence for Music: Foundations, Advanced Approaches, and Developments for Creativity, 75-95. Chan, A.S., Lee, TL., Sze, S.L. et al. Eye-tracking training improves the learning and memory of children with learning difficulty. Sci Rep 12, 13974 (2022). Di Paolo, A., Beatini, V., Todino, M. D., & Di Tore, S. (2022). From artificial intelligence to musical intelligence for inclusive education: reflections and proposals. Italian Journal Of Health Education, Sport And Inclusive Didactics, 6. Evidence for Simultaneous Cognitive Processing in Reading. Children, 10(12), 1855. Iannaccone, A. (2010). Le condizioni sociali del pensiero. Contesti sociali e culturali. Unicopli. Li, Y., & Sun, R. (2023). Innovations of music and aesthetic education courses using intelligent technologies. Education and Information Technologies, 1-24. Magnusson, T. (2021). The migration of musical instruments: on the socio-technological conditions of musical evolution. Journal of New Music Research, 50. McPherson, A., & Tahıroğlu, K. (2020). Idiomatic patterns and aesthetic influence in computer music languages. Organised sound, 25(1), 53-63. Rogers, K., Milo, M., Weber, M., & Nacke, L. E. (2020). The potential disconnect between time perception and immersion: Effects of music on vr player experience. In Proceedings of the Annual Symposium on Computer-Human Interaction in Play (pp. 414-426). Sibilio, M., Di Tore, S., Todino, M. D., Lecce, A., Viola, I., & Campitiello, L. (2023). MetaWelt: Embodied in Which Body? Simplex Didactics to Live the Web 3.0. In International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction (pp. 111-119). Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland. Turchet, L. (2023). Musical Metaverse: vision, opportunities, and challenges. Personal and Ubiquitous Computing, 1-17. Turchet, L., Hamilton, R., & Çamci, A. (2021). Music in extended realities. IEEE Access, 9. Valsiner, J. (2014). Needed for cultural psychology: Methodology in a new key. Culture & Psychology, 20(1), 3-30. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Between Playing and Learning - Enablers, Barriers and Frictions of Digital Learning Opportunities in Educational Ecosystems 1Leibniz Institute for Educational Media, Germany; 2University of Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:With the aim to equip young people with skills, knowledge and competences for dealing with the challenges and uncertainties of the 21st century, educational experts have come to the realisation that this cannot be accomplished by school alone and should not be reduced to subject-specific learning. To understand and enhance students’ ability to navigate a digitally connected world and to steer this world to new futures, studies have adopted broader approaches which involve schooling and educational media and look beyond the school at further relations, practices and systems in which young people live. A decade of research from the Connected Learning Alliance (CLA) has shown that students learn most when educators give them the opportunity to follow their interests, to embed their learning in social relationships, and to connect their learning to real-world opportunities beyond the classroom (Ito et al., 2020). Many emerging initiatives around the world have taken an ‘ecological’ approach to learning ecosystems (cf. Otto/Kerres 2023), which have been described as ‘a potential game-changer for today’s learners’ (Al-Fadala, WISE, in Hannon et al. 2019, p. i). In connecting different in and out of school learning spaces like schools, museums, libraries, youth centers under the umbrella of “educational ecosystems”, providers aim to offer young people more open and expanded learning opportunities. However, despite the thorough engagement with ecosystem research, projects mostly retain the individualist epistemology underlying mainstream educational research or focus on the communication and governance between the institutions involved (Huber et al. 2020). This stands in tension with a thorough conception of an ecosystem which emphasizes the interconnectedness and inter-relationships among biological, physical and chemical actors. In building on previous research in education we aim to adopt the conception of an ecosystem as ‘a fundamental organizational unit of the biosphere in which biological communities interact with their non-biological environment through energy flows and material cycles’ (Yu et al., 2021, p. 151). In this way, ‘ecosystem science is the study of patterns, processes, and services of ecosystems’ (ibid.). In our presentation we will present the findings of a study of three such educational ecosystem projects in Germany which are funded by a company foundation. With a common slogan these networks offer STEAM based learning through gaming, robotic, digital production in makerspaces and youth centers or research-based learning in museum and school. Key underlying questions are how digital media technologies are embedded in these ecosystems, how they relate to traditional media and what kind of practices evolve within their contexts. One of the underlying theses of our research is that educational ecosystems can be considered as media ecosystems in which the interplay between different ‘media constellations’ (Weich 2020; 2023) is crucial. Media constellations can be conceptualized as a co-constitutive entanglement of materialities, knowledge/practices, content and subject positions. Between institutions within a given ecosystem, there might be continuities and compatibilities as well as frictions and tensions between their media constellations which can stabilise the ecosystem, helping it to thrive, but could also destabilise the ecosystem, potentially leading to rupture. The presentation compares these three educational ecosystems with the following questions: Which goals are being pursued by the different actors in the network? Which media constellations do they create to reach their goals? What expectations, fulfillments and disappointments do the actors experience? And which frictions and tensions can be observed in these spaces? Based on ethnographic research we aim to provide deep insights into how these educational ecosystems are developed, what they offer for participating youth and most importantly what young people make of these opportunities.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design is rooted in an ethnographic qualitative research paradigm, with participant observation, interviews, and thematic analysis, and draws from media anthropology (Coman 2005) and media theory (Easterling, 2021; Krämer, 2008). The project focuses on three maximally contrasting cases: 1) Pop-up Makerspace/ City library: Developing/Changing ecosystem 2) Research Learning/Museum of Natural History, Partner schools. Emerging ecosystem 3) Maker mobile/ City, Youth Centers: Stable ecosystem One key method to explore participants’ experiences is semi-structured interviewing. Providers are interviewed in two stages: Stage 1 explore goals, barriers and enablers. Further interviews with providers and young people are identified via a snowball method, until saturation is achieved. Stage 2 interviews reflect on initial findings, exploring whether findings resonate across cases. The second key method is an ethnographic sensitivity to ‘following’ threads, i.e., following things, actors and institutions across time and space (Marcus, 1995) within and across media constellations. Interview partners are likely to mention objects, people, institutions, practices, discourse or content which they consider key to the ecosystem. The research team identifies one object and one institution to ‘follow’ for each case study, i.e. to visit, to conduct participant observation, and to write extensive fieldnotes (Emerson et al., 2011). In each case study, two young people have been invited as key informants. The researcher follows their practices across the locations of the ecosystem. The focus lies on observing how media constellations unfold and how objects and students move across media constellations within the ecosystem. Analysis of the interviews and fieldnotes uses thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006; 2020), coding the interview material and fieldnotes, systematising these codes to central themes that respond to the three sub-questions ([i] goals, [ii] barriers and enablers, [iii] harms and benefits). Analysis also crafts contextualised user stories, to add nuance, complexity and narrative richness in order to understand how young people traverse the media constellations in which they are involved. From this, the project develops a systematic broader response to the overarching research question, teasing out which patterns, practices and services are visible in educational ecosystems. This cascade of findings enables the team to identify implications for practitioners creating, catalysing or managing educational ecosystems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings tease out how divergent media constellations constitute educational ecosystems, what enables them to thrive or fail, and what renders them stable or fragile. By identifying emerging themes and key media constellations across educational ecosystems, the paper presents continuities/compatibilities and frictions/tensions within the ecosystems. By crafting user stories rooted in young people’s experiences of the ecosystems, we aim to show their ‘journeys’ between different media constellations, and the impact of these journeys on young people’s narratives of self, community, connections, learning and technology. In addition to these findings, the project aims to contribute to academic debates on ecosystems in education by exploring the different understandings of this key word “ecosystems” as enacted in practice. The paper ends by reflecting on implications for future research and for creating and sustaining educational ecosystems. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Coman, Mihai. (2005). Media anthropology: An overview. http://www. media-anthropology. net/coman_maoverview. pdf Easterling, K. (2021). Medium Design: Knowing How to Work on the World. Verso. Krämer, S. (2008). Medium, Bote, Übertragung: Kleine Metaphysik der Medialität. Suhrkamp. Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. University of Chicago Press. Hannon, V., Thomas, L., Ward, S., & Beresford, T. (2019). Local Learning Ecosystems: Emerging Models. https://www.wise-qatar.org/2019-wise-research-learning-ecosystems-innovation-unit/ Huber, S. G., Werner, R., Koszuta, A., Schwander, M., Strietholt, R., Bacso, M. A., & Nonnenmacher, L. (2020). Zusammenarbeit und Bildungsangebote in Bildungsnetzwerken–Entwicklungen, Nutzen und Gelingensbedingungen. IBB Pädagogische Hochschule Zug. Ito, M., Arum, R., Conley, D., Gutiérrez, K., Kirshner, B., Livingstone, S., Michalchik, V., Penuel, W., Peppler, K., Pinkard, N., Jean Rhodes, K., Tekinbaş, S., Schor, J., Sefton-Green, J., & Watkins, S. C. (2020). The Connected Learning Research Network. Reflections on a Decade of Engaged Scholarship. Connected Learning Alliance. https://clalliance.org/publications/theconnected-learning-research-network-reflections-on-a-decade-of-engaged-scholarship/ Otto, D., & Michael K. (2023). Distributed Learning Ecosystems in Education: A Guide to the Debate. Distributed Learning Ecosystems: Concepts, Resources, and Repositories. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, 13-30. Weich, A., Koch, K., & Othmer, J. (2020). Medienreflexion als Teil „digitaler Kompetenzen“ von Lehrkräften? Eine interdisziplinäre Analyse des TPACK und DigCompEdu-Modells. k:ON -Kölner Online Journal für Lehrer*innenbildung, 1(1), 43-64. https://doi.org/10.18716/ojs/kON/2020.1.3 Weich, A. (2023). Medienkonstellationsanalyse. In L. Niebling, F. Raczkowski, & S.Stollfuß (Eds.): Handbuch digitale Medien und Methoden. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-36629-2_28-1 Marcus, G. (1995). Ethnography on/of the world system: The emergence of multi-site ethnography. Annual Review of Anthropology, 24, 95-117 Yu, G., Piao, S., Zhang, Y., Liu, L., Peng, J., & Niu, S. (2021). Moving toward a new era of ecosystem science. Geography and Sustainability, 2(3), 151-162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geosus.2021.06.004 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 07 SES 01 A: Greek Discourse on Migration and Education - Opening Session of Network 7 "Social Justice and Intercultural Education" Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ghazala Bhatti Opening Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Greek Discourse on Migration and Education - Opening Session of Network 7 Social Justice and Intercultural Education Aristotle Uni of Thessaloniki, Greece Presenting Author:Intercultural education has been an issue of importance in Greek education since the 1990s, when Greece became a receiving country for immigrants; this was the time, when educational policy and research started to focus more on the country’s historical and cultural minorities, as a whole. 1997 constitutes a milestone, since four major Programmes were initiated by the Greek Ministry of Education and implemented by Greek universities with regard to the Education of Immigrant and Repatriate Students, the Muslim Minority Children in Thrace, Roma Children, as well as Children of the Greek Diaspora. After the onset of the Greek economic and social crisis in 2009, it became evident that the idea of intercultural education had to be reconsidered and linked more closely with the concepts of democracy, human rights and intercultural citizenship. Since 2015, the refugee crisis, the pandemic and more recently the Ukraine war, have created new demands for inclusion, quality education and education for social justice. Cyprus also constitutes a particularly multicultural landscape with its main historical communities (Greek Cypriots, Turkish Cypriots, Maronites, Latins and Armenians); additionally, the economic immigrant inflow, especially after Cyprus became a EU member in 2004, has created new challenges for education, from which relevant policies and practices have arisen. The presentation will focus on the specifics of the Greek discourse on migration and education (areas of discussion and research, controversies and their assumed potential for future developments), taking both educational policy and practice into consideration; it will also pursue the aim to shed light on selected aspects of the Cypriot discourse. About the presenter Dr Anastasia Kesidou Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
13:15 - 14:45 | 08 SES 01 A: Social and Emotional Learning, Peer Dynamics and Student Perceptions Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ros McLellan Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Understanding Primary School Children’s Perceptions Towards Tanning: the SUN-CHAT Study 1Swansea University; 2Cardiff and Vale University Health Board Presenting Author:SUN-CHAT is a study funded by Swansea University’s Morgan Advanced Studies Institute (MASI), that engages with children, parents/carers, and primary school educators to scope current tanning perceptions and the perceived effect tanning has on health. The study addresses some of these challenges with a vision of enabling children’s voice and listening to their views (Shier 2001). This paper is focused on an area of activity of this research, that is, the work with children to understand their perceptions and experiences. We make the connection between a healthy environment (school) and better health and wellbeing for all generations in Wales, by exploring perceptions of tanning and how healthier attitudes and behaviours can be encouraged and adopted from a young age to build a resilient and hopeful future. This project addresses a health public issue with ongoing education strengths in Wales by building on the holistic education process proposed in Curriculum for Wales (Welsh Government 2023). We take the known problem of skin cancer and address it by engaging with children through co-constructed activities, to facilitate and prioritise their participation (Dadlani and Orlow 2008; Blaisdell et al. 2018). Skin cancer, including melanoma and non-melanoma (keratinocyte) now comprises half of all cancers in England and Wales (GIRFT 2021; Public Health Wales 2023). Yet 86% of melanomas can be prevented with safer sun exposure and scientists agree there is no such thing as a ‘safe tan’. As over exposure as a child greatly increases future skin cancer risk, childhood is a critical time for promoting health behaviours such as sun protection. However, both parents (Thoonen et al. 2021) and children (McAvoy et al. 2020) generally have positive perceptions of tanned skin and work is urgently needed to understand and address the misconceptions of the perceived health benefits of tanning. SUN-CHAT aligns with the agenda of the Welsh Government set out in ‘A Healthier Wales’ (Welsh Government 2018) by prioritising prevention and helping people remain healthier. The project is also aligned with the focus of Well-being of Future Generations (WFG) Act (Welsh Government 2015) which aims to ensure that everyone understands how their health behaviours (such as managing their desire for a tan in a healthy way) can benefit their future health. The Curriculum for Wales (Welsh Government 2023) with its designated area for Health and Well-being and autonomy for schools in designing curriculum content, presents an ideal way to facilitate this exploration. One way in which this is being undertaken is via child-led ‘healthy schools’ clubs. Focusing on understanding how different health dimensions, e.g., physical, emotional, and social well-being play a role in children’s lives. Aims:
Study Objectives: • To understand perceptions, attitudes and behaviours of school-aged children (5-8 years of age) in primary schools in Wales, specifically in relation to sun tanning and sun exposure. • To gather viewpoints on best ways of engaging with school-aged children (5-8 years of age) and their parents/carers about health. • To understand perceptions, attitudes and behaviours of parents/carers of primary school children in Wales regarding tanning, both for themselves and their children. • To explore challenges that primary school educators face in engaging with the school community around the Health and Well-being Area of Learning and Experience in Curriculum for Wales, specifically about healthy attitudes to tanning. • Consolidate evidence to support the development of an educational toolkit for integration within the Curriculum for Wales. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used SUN-CHAT is a mixed methods exploratory study (Caruth 2013) that explore perceptions on tanning comprising three work streams: (a) Workshops with school children; (b) an online multiple-choice survey with parents/carers; (c) a focus group with primary school educators. Three primary schools in South Wales with a Healthy Schools Club were invited to participate in the study using existing networks. These clubs typically consist of 8-10 children across different year groups with an interest in health and well-being. Consent was sought from each of the school’s headteacher, and each school were invited to participate in all three work streams. We received ethical approval to conduct the study from Swansea University’s Medical School Research Sub-Committee (Ref 2022-0089). This paper presents the qualitative methods to work with children (first work stream) and indicative findings of their perceptions to tanning. We approached the workshops from a children’s right perspective (Children’s Commissioner for Wales 2021) talking to children as empowered participants able to make decisions about taking part via ongoing, negotiated assent (Blaisdell, Arnott, Wall and Robinson 2018). We talked children through the informed consent process using appropriate child-friendly language and verbally confirm that they would be audio-recorded prior to beginning the workshop activities (BERA 2018). The study is based on an interpretive research paradigm that enables children’s voices (Boardman 2022). Children’s ways of expressing their views and opinions are diverse, and hence, creative/artistic activities that facilitate the communication with children and expand on spoken language have been designed to collect data (Clark 2017). Data collection activities comprised colouring, role-play, drawing, collage techniques, videos and posters to enhance children’s voices. Each activity aimed to meet the research aims and objectives, first and foremost, to encourage meaningful conversations with children and ensure their voices are heard. As an example, children suggested sharing a poster with schools to spread the voice on sun safety tips to help other children’s healthy behaviours. Children were involved in creating the (anonymised) poster, and it was made available to schools online and printed, and it was publicly shared on the project website. We use NVivo12, an online qualitative data analysis software package to analyse workshop transcripts and children’s outputs using thematic analysis following the recommended 6 step process: familiarisation; coding; generating themes; reviewing themes; defining and naming themes and writing up (Braun and Clarke 2006). We analyse the resources and pictures children create during the workshop using content analysis (Weber 1990). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data collected in Sun-Chat is being analysed and findings will be presented at the conference in greater detail. Results will be used to inform future studies and interventions with young children across Wales and beyond. By questioning perceptions of tanning and the effects on young children’s health and well-being, we will also raise critical awareness of sun-safety and skin cancer with future young children's interventions. We will explore differences between perceptions, attitudes and reported behaviours towards tanning to identify whether there are any differences between knowledge and healthy practices from each of the activities. Results from this collaborative study will be used to inform development and testing of an educational toolkit to encourage children’s healthy behaviours towards tanning and sun exposure as part of future work. Further findings from all workstreams will be written up for publications in suitable journals. A SUN-CHAT webpage hosted on a Swansea University website have been designed to promote real-time study news and provide public updates of the study progress. Video logs (vlogs) have been created and uploaded online to provide lay-friendly updates and public insights into study activities over the study lifetime. References BERA (2018). Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research. https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/ethical-guidelines-for educational-research-2018-online Blaisdell C, Arnott L, Wall K, Robinson C. (2018). Look Who’s Talking: Using creative, playful arts-based 457 methods in research with young children. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 17(1):1476718X1880881. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/1476718X18808816 Boardman, K. (2022) Where are the children’s voices and choices in educational settings’ early reading policies? A reflection on early reading provision for under-threes, European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30 (1): 131-146, DOI: 10.1080/1350293X.2022.2026437 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Caruth, G. D. (2013). Demystifying Mixed Methods Research Design: A Review of the Literature. Mevlana International Journal of Education, 3 (2): 112–122. Children’s Commissioner for Wales (2021). The right way - A children’s rights approach. https://www.childcomwales.org.uk/resources/the-right-way-a-childrens-rights-approach/ Clark, A.(2017). Listening to Young Children. Expanded Third Edition: A Guide to Understanding and Using the Mosaic Approach. Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Dadlani, C. and Orlow S.J. (2008) Planning for a brighter future: a review of sun protection and barriers to behavioral change in children and adolescents. Dermatology Online Journal https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/19061583/ GIRFT (2021). Level N. Dermatology GIRFT programme national speciality report. Public Health Wales (2023) Non-Melanoma Skin Cancer Incidence in Wales, 2016-2019. https://publichealthwales.shinyapps.io/nmsc_incidence_wales_2016_2019/ McAvoy, H., Rodríguez, L.M., Költő, A., & Gabhainn, S.N. (2020). Children's exposure to ultraviolet radiation - a risk profile for future skin cancers in Ireland. DOI:10.14655/11971-1084881 Shier, H. (2001). Pathways to Participation: Openings, Opportunities and Obligations. Children & Society 15: 107–117. Thoonen K, van Osch L, Drittij R, de Vries H, Schneider F. (2021). A Qualitative Exploration of Parental Perceptions Regarding Children's Sun Exposure, Sun Protection, and Sunburn. Front Public Health. doi: 10.3389/fpubh.2021.596253. Weber, R. (1990). Techniques of content analysis. SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412983488 Welsh Government (2015). Well-being of Future Generations (WFG) Act: the essentials. Gov.Wales. Welsh Government (2018). A healthier Wales: long term plan for health and social care. Gov.Wales. Welsh Government (Updated guideline 31st Jan. 2023). Curriculum for Wales. Gov.Wales. https://hwb.gov.wales/curriculum-for-wales 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Advancing Social-Emotional Learning Through Digital Storytelling: A Design-Based Study in a Primary Classroom Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:There is substantial empirical evidence linking social-emotional learning (SEL) to improved well-being, positive teacher-child relationships, and greater academic success (Denham & Brown, 2010; Stefan et al., 2022). According to a sociocultural conception of narrative, children engage in various domains of SEL while elaborating their experiences in the form of stories (Bruner, 2004). Thus, storytelling activities provide natural opportunities for social-emotional learning in the classroom. Recent studies have specifically explored the connection between digital storytelling and SEL. Some emphasize how collaborative digital storytelling creates a conducive environment for SEL (del Moral Pérez et al., 2016; Del-Moral-Pérez et al., 2018; Uslu & Uslu, 2021). Children exercise peer support, adapt to different situations and develop cognitive flexibility and adaptivity as fundamental social abilities (del Moral Pérez et al., 2016, p. 34). However, there is limited research on how digitally enhanced storytelling activities can be specifically crafted to foster specific dimensions of social-emotional learning, such as self-awareness, self-management, social awareness, relationship skills, and responsible decision-making (Denham & Brown, 2010; Hecht & Shin, 2015; Payton et al., 2000). Here, SEL encompasses "knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary to understand and manage emotions, set and achieve positive goals, feel and show empathy for others, establish and maintain positive relationships, and make responsible decisions” (Weissberg, 2019). This research investigates how a guided storytelling tool, which has been developed as part of a wider design-based research project (McKenney & Reeves, 2018), can be adapted and applied for the specific goal of advancing SEL through storytelling. In specific, the aim of the study was to develop a set of guidelines on how to prepare and scaffold collaborative storytelling activities in which children engage with social emotional learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Focusing on the specific research question, "How can storytelling activities enhance social-emotional learning in a primary classroom?" this study explores the utilization of a digital storytelling tool tailored to this particular case. In the observed classroom, the teacher noticed that some students faced challenges such as low self-esteem, negative social-problem solving patterns, and difficulties in emotion regulation, hindering their full participation and benefit from lessons. Consequently, in accordance with participatory research principles, the study’s aim originated from the research setting, with written permission obtained from parents and caregivers. The research was conducted in a Portuguese public primary school, involving a fourth-grade class with students aged 9-10, where 19 participants took part (11 boys, 8 girls). The study intervention followed a structured three-part format. In the initial phase, general topics related to social-emotional learning were discussed with the children. They were encouraged to design and draw story elements pertaining to different categories (characters, emotions, events, magic objects) that would later be entered into the database of the digital storytelling tool. Within the tool, children choose between three story-elements at each step, constructing a storyboard-like scaffold for their narration. After the child-made elements were digitalized, during the second part of the intervention children worked collaboratively on their stories in the school’s computer lab. The stories underwent different stages according to the functioning of the storytelling tool, beginning from an oral recount, a storyboard of selected images, and finally a written document. In the third part, children presented and exchanged their stories and reflected on the storytelling process. Thus, this specific study followed the approach of a qualitative case study (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016, p. 233). The intervention spanned over one and a half months with weekly appointments. The data collected comprised transcripts of semistructured interviews with the teacher, field notes, memos, and children’s creative products, i.e. drawings on emotions, logs of the storytelling tool (pdf exports) and written stories. The qualitative content analysis of these artifacts focused on how children elaborated SEL concepts in a narrative form, such as responsible decision-making and social awareness, starting from their interaction with the digital storytelling interface. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the intervention is composed of three perspectives. First, the interview with the class teacher before and after the intervention was analyzed, along with the observational notes taken during the various sessions. Thanks to the long-term involvement of the researchers with the class and the teacher’s comments, some relevant behavior can be related to the learning trajectory of some children. Further, a graphical analysis of the drawings children made to generate the story element library provides valuable information on the children’s perceptions and interpretations of emotions. An additional examination of selection preferences lets us see how children relate to drawings made by peers. Third, a content analysis of the produced narratives reveals if and how children accomplished SEL through the elaboration of stories. In a meta-analysis, Durlak et al. (2011, p. 410) recommend school programs for SEL to be structured (1) as sequenced and connected activities, (2) through active forms of learning, (3) focused on a specific personal or social skill and (4) explicitly targeted towards a SEL dimension. This study enhances these guidelines by developing an evaluation rubric to assess how children’s stories relate to different domains of SEL. Considering that children express their reflections on various social-emotional issues, such as social and self-awareness, through the behavior of the protagonists in their stories, the research advocates for focused storytelling activities as a means to promote social-emotional learning. References Bruner, J. (2004). Life as narrative. Social research: An international quarterly, 71(3), 691–710. Del Moral Pérez, M.E., Martínez, L.V., & Piñeiro, M.d.R.N. (2016). Habilidades sociales y creativas promovidas con el diseño colaborativo de digital storytelling en el aula. Digital Education Review, (30), 30–52. Del-Moral-Pérez, M.E., Villalustre-Martínez, L., & del Rosario Neira-Piñeiro, M. (2018). Teachers’ perception about the contribution of collaborative creation of digital storytelling to the communicative and digital competence in primary education schoolchildren. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 32(4), 342–365. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2018.1517094 Denham, S.A., & Brown, C. (2010). ’plays nice with others’: Social–emotional learning and academic success. Early Education and; Development, 21(5), 652–680. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2010. 497450 Durlak, J.A., Weissberg, R.P., Dymnicki, A.B., Taylor, R.D., & Schellinger, K.B. (2011). The impact of enhancing students’ social and emotional learning: A meta-analysis of school-based universal interventions. Child Development, 82(1), 405–432. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2010.01564.x Hecht, M.L., & Shin, Y. (2015). Culture and social and emotional competencies. In Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice (pp.50–64). The Guilford Press. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting educational design research (2nded.). Routledge. Merriam, S.B., & Tisdell, E.J. (2016). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (4thed.). Jossey-Bass. Payton, J.W., Wardlaw, D.M., Graczyk, P.A., Bloodworth, M.R., Tompsett, C.J., & Weissberg, R.P. (2000). Social and emotional learning: A framework for promoting mental health and reducing risk behavior in children and youth. Journal of School Health, 70(5), 179–185. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1746-1561.2000. tb06468.x Stefan, C.A., Dănilă, I., & Cristescu, D. (2022). Classroom-wide school interventions for preschoolers’ social-emotional learning: A systematic review of evidence-based programs. Educational Psychology Review. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-022-09680-7 Uslu, A., & Uslu, N.A. (2021). Improving primary school students’ creative writing and social-emotional learning skills through collaborative digital storytelling. Acta Educationis Generalis, 11(2), 1–18. https://doi. org/10.2478/atd-2021-0009 Weissberg, R.P. (2019). Promoting the social and emotional learning of millions of school children. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 14(1), 65–69. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691618817756 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Effects of Peer Interactions and the Social Environment on Students’ Current Academic Motivation in the Classroom: An Experience Sampling Study 1Paderborn University, Germany; 2University of Fribourg, Switzerland Presenting Author:The importance of peers for academic motivation is a crucial issue in educational psychology. According to the General Motivation Model (Heckhausen & Rheinberg, 1980), motivation affects concentration, enjoyment, and subjective experience during learning. The model emphasizes that motivation is influenced by personal characteristics, such as general motivation and interests, but also by situational and variable factors, such as the level of demands or the learning environment with its social norms. This leads to the conclusion that academic motivation is, on the one hand, highly variable and context-dependent (e.g., Pekrun & Marsh, 2022) and, on the other hand, highly sensitive to the social context (e.g., Deci & Ryan, 2012), which is strongly determined by peers. Peer relationships provide children with companionship and entertainment, help with problem solving, personal and emotional support, and a foundation for identity development throughout childhood and adolescence. Self-determination theory also highlights the importance of a sense of belonging as a basic psychological need, alongside the need for autonomy and the experience of competence (Ryan & Deci, 2000). According to this theory, students perceive themselves as more self-determined and motivated in their actions when they feel that they belong to, and are accepted and supported by, their peer group. Empirical evidence supports the importance of peers for emotional experiences, that are closely related to students’ motivational and behavioural outcomes: Students are more motivated and engaged when working with peers (high positive activation), but also less stressed or nervous (low negative activation) than in individual situations (e.g., Knickenberg et al., 2020; Zurbriggen & Venetz, 2016). Although the relevance of peers for academic motivation is well established, individuals’ perceptions of peer support, e.g. in terms of social classroom climate, have (still) received little attention in current research. Social classroom climate can be characterized by mutual respect or a willingness to cooperate. Such a climate makes it easier for young people to establish and maintain positive contacts with each other. There is little evidence of a differentiated relationship between a more prosocial classroom climate and an increase in individual students’ social skills (Hoglund & Leadbeater, 2004). Another study showed that the social and emotional behavioural norms within a classroom community can serve as a reference norm for emotional experience and behaviour at the individual level, to which students can orient themselves (Barth et al., 2004). Specifically in relation to academic motivation, research suggests that student motivation can be enhanced by a positive social classroom climate (e.g., Wang et al., 2020), particularly the perception of supportive peers and teachers (e.g., Raufelder et al., 2013). Against this theoretical and empirical background, we aim to examine the relationships between aspects of current motivation and peer-related predictors at both the situational (L1) and person levels (L2), in order to gain a deeper understanding of the impact of peer dynamics. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To account for the variability of current motivation, a pilot study was conducted using the Experience Sampling Method (ESM; e.g., Hektner et al., 2007), which allows motivation to be assessed close to the situation. Other advantages of ESM are that it captures people’s subjective experiences in real situations with as little measurement bias as possible. The real-time and in-situ measurement reduces retrospective effects (Zurbriggen et al., 2021), while simultaneously capturing characteristics of the situation and the person (Bolger & Laurenceau, 2013). The study involved NL2=145 fifth graders (M=10.97 years, SD=.09; 56.7% male) from six classes in two secondary schools in North-Rhine Westphalia in Germany. They were asked to report on their current social context (i.e., social interaction with peers) four to five times a day during class over a school week (Monday to Friday). As aspects of current motivation, positive activation (PA; e.g. “exited vs. bored”; Schallberger, 2005), enjoyment of learning (e.g., “It gives me great pleasure.”) and concentration (e.g., “I am completely absorbed in the matter.”; Zurbriggen & Venetz, 2016) were measured simultaneously on a 7-point Likert-scale. In this way, NL1=3099 ‘snapshots’ were collected in the classroom. One short questionnaire took approximately 2 to 3 minutes to fill out. Data were collected offline with the help of tablet computers referring to the movisens application. Participants also completed a conventional questionnaire on social classroom climate (e.g., “We all stick together in class.”; Rauer & Schuck, 2003) and their perceptions of their peers and teachers as motivators (PPM: e.g., “My classmates and I motivate each other at school.”; TPM: e.g., “I will try harder if I think the teacher believes in me.”; Raufelder et al., 2013) measured with six items each on a 4-point Likert-scale. Multilevel structural equation models (MSEM) were specified in Mplus to examine the effects of social interactions (L1), social classroom climate, PPM, and TPM (L2) on students’ current motivation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First descriptive results show that the students worked alone in more than half of the measurement times (55.9%), in pairs in 13.3% of the measurement times and in a group or with the class in 20.6% of the measurement times (in the other cases they listened to their teacher or classmates). The intra-class coefficients (ICCs) in a null model indicate that between 26.9% and 41.0% of the total variance in the dependent variables (PA, enjoyment of learning, and concentration) can be attributed to differences between the students. This means that there is sufficient variance at L2 to justify a multilevel analytical approach. The results of a first random-intercept model, which initially considered only L1 predictors, suggest that both students’ PA (b=.17, p<.05) and enjoyment of learning (b=.16, p<.05) are higher when they interact with peers. This indicates that students enjoy learning more and are more motivated when working with a peer or in groups. There is no significant effect of social interaction on students’ concentration. When L2 predictors (PPM, TPM and social classroom climate) were added in a second random-intercept model, the previously significant effects of the L1 predictor (social interaction) decreased. However, person-level (L2) predictors can explain additional variance in the dependent variables: Students report higher PA when they rate the classroom social climate higher (b=.28, p<.05). Furthermore, they enjoy learning when they perceive their peers as motivators (b=.48, p<.05). In contrast, TPM has no significant predictive value. The variance in students’ concentration could not be explained significantly by the predictors on L1 and L2. Based on our findings, the relevance of peers for students’ current academic motivation in the classroom will be discussed, along with the challenges and limitations of assessing social interaction in during lessons using ESM. References Barth, J. M., Dunlap, S. T., Dane, H., Lochman, J. E., & Wells, K. C. (2004). Classroom environment influences on aggression, peer relations, and academic focus. Journal of School Psychology, 42, 115–133. Bolger, N., & Laurenceau, J.-P. (2013). Intensive longitudinal methods. An introduction to diary and experience sampling research. The Guilford Press. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2012). Motivation, personality, and development within embedded social contexts: An overview of self-determination theory. In R. M. Ryan (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Human Motivation (pp. 85–107). Oxford University Press. Heckhausen, H., & Rheinberg, F. (1980). Lernmotivation im Unterricht, erneut betrachtet. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 8, 7–47. Hektner, J. M., Schmidt, J. A., & Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2007). Experience sampling method: Measuring the quality of everyday life. Sage. Hoglund, W. L., & Leadbeater, B. J. (2004). The effects of family, school, and classroom ecologies on changes in children’s social competence and emotional and behavioral problems in first grade. Developmental Psychology, 40(4), 533–544. Knickenberg, M., Zurbriggen, C., & Schmidt, P. (2020). Peers als Quelle aktueller Motivation? Wie Jugendliche mit heterogenen Verhaltensweisen Peerinteraktionen in Abhängigkeit des behavioralen Klassenumfeldes erleben. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 37(3), 173–187. Pekrun, R., & Marsh, H. W. (2022). Research on situated motivation and emotion: Progress and open problems. Learning and Instruction, 81, 101664. Rauer, W., & Schuck, K. D. (2003). FEESS 3–4: Fragebogen zur Erfassung emotionaler und sozialer Schulerfahrungen von Grundschulkindern dritter und vierter Klassen. Manual. Beltz Test. Raufelder, D., Drury, K., Jagenow, D., Hoferichter, F., & Bukowski, W. (2013). Development and validation of the Relationship and Motivation (REMO) scale to assess students’ perceptions of peers and teachers as motivators in adolescence. Learning and Individual Differences, 24, 182–189. Ryan, R. M. & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self‐determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well‐being. American Psychologist, 55, 68–78. Schallberger, U. (2005). Kurzskalen zur Erfassung der Positiven Aktivierung, Negativen Aktivierung und Valenz in Experience Sampling Studien (PANAVA-KS). Psychologisches Institut, Universität Zürich. Wang, M.-T., Degol, J. L., Amemiya, J., Parr, A., & Guo, J. (2020). Classroom climate and children’s academic and psychological wellbeing: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Developmental Review, 57, 100912. Zurbriggen, C. L. A., Jendryczko, D., & Nussbeck, F. W. (2021). Rosy or blue? Change in recall bias of students’ affective experience during early adolescence. Emotion, 21(8), 1637–1649. Zurbriggen, C. & Venetz, M. (2016). Soziale Partizipation und aktuelles Erleben im gemeinsamen Unterricht. Empirische Pädagogik, 30(1), 98–112. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 09 SES 01 A: Doubly-Latent Models of Compositional Effects:An Illustration Using Educational Large-scale Assessment Data Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ioulia Televantou Research Workshop |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Research Workshop Doubly-Latent Models of Compositional Effects:An Illustration Using Educational Large-scale Assessment Data European University Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This workshop discusses the methodological framework of recent empirical studies (Marsh et al., 2009; Televantou et al., 2015) that have addressed the impact of correcting for measurement error in student-level measures (i.e., student achievement) on compositional effects’ estimates. A compositional effect is revealed when students’ outcomes are associated with the aggregated characteristics of their peers in the school or the classroom, after controlling for pre-existing differences at the student level. Research findings often support what is taken to be the conventional wisdom, suggesting a positive, but weak effect of class- or school-aggregated achievement on students’ academic outcomes. Thus, for example, they suggest a positive association between the peers’ average achievement and a student’s academic achievement. Still, there is remarkably little agreement on this matter. Further, the workshop considers academic self-concept toward mathematics as an educational outcome (Dicke et al., 2018; Televantou et al., 2021; 2023), showing how doubly latent models can be used to investigate the so-called big-fish-little-pond effect (BFLPE). The BFLPE suggests that average achievement at the classroom level or the school negatively predicts academic self-concept, despite the positive effect of achievement on self-concept at the individual level, and it is a robust finding concerning controls for measurement in compositional analysis (Dicke et al., 2018; Televantou et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The conventional approach to the investigation of compositional effects is multilevel analysis. Multilevel modeling effectively considers the hierarchical structure of educational data (e.g., students nested within schools, with Level 1 representing individual-level variables nested within Level 2 or group-level variables). The methodological framework typically used until recently to control for unreliability due to measurement error was one of single-level confirmatory factor analysis and Structural Equation Modeling (SEM). SEM research is concerned with issues related to the factor structure: how multiple indicators are related to the latent variables (factors) they are intended to represent, the assessment of measurement error, and the investigation of relationships among the latent variables after controlling for measurement error (Marsh et al., 2009).The problem with using these models in educational settings is that, conventionally, they fail to take potential clustering in the data into account. These two dominant approaches in educational research, multilevel modeling and structural equation modeling, have been integrated into a single framework. Using the Big-Fish-Little-Pond-Effect hypothesis as their substantive basis—a classic compositional effect widely investigated in the field of educational psychology—Marsh et al. (2009) demonstrated a 2x2 taxonomy of multilevel structural equation models. Marsh, et al., used the term “manifest” in relation to measurement error or sampling error when no adjustments are made for the corresponding source of error and “latent” when measurement or sampling error is adjusted for.In this way, the doubly manifest model is the conventional multilevel model that makes no adjustments for measurement or sampling error, while the doubly latent model accommodates both measurement error at level 1 and level 2 as well as sampling error in the higher-level aggregates. The models control for measurement error using multiple indicators and for sampling error, assuming latent rather than manifest aggregation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The proposed workshop seeks to familiarize the attendees with the literature on the mixed findings regarding the magnitude and direction of school/class compositional effects on students’ individual outcomes. It aspires to spur discussion on the validity of empirical results from past and current research that evaluates compositional effects based on sub-optimal models failing to control for measurement error. Meanwhile, it demonstrates the robustness of the BFLPE to different modeling specifications and datasets used. Importantly, this workshop aims to equip educational researchers with the methodological knowledge that allows them to quantify the amount of bias in the compositional effect estimates that could be attributable to a failure to control for measurement error. Hence, by the end of this session, attendees will have achieved the following outcomes: I. Gain a comprehensive understanding of the significance of correcting for measurement error when testing compositional effects in educational contexts. II. Have been presented with research questions that could potentially be answered using large-scale educational survey data and doubly latent models. III. Understand how to perform relevant statistical analyses in the Mplus statistical package. IV. Be equipped with information on further resources for continued learning on the topics presented. References Dicke, T., Marsh, H. W., Parker, P. D., Pekrun, R., Guo, J., & Televantou, I. (2018). Effects of school-average achievement on individual self-concept and achievement: Unmasking phantom effects masquerading as true compositional effects. Journal of Educational Psychology, 110(8), 1112–1126. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000259 Marsh, H.W., Lüdtke, O., Nagengast, B., Trautwein, U., Morin, A.J.S., Abduljabbar, A.S. and Köller, O. (2012) Classroom climate and contextual effects: Conceptual and methodological issues in the evaluation of group-level effects. Educational Psychologist, 47 (2), pp. 106-124. 10.1080/00461520.2012.670488 Marsh, H.W., Lüdtke, O., Robitzsch, A., Trautwein, U., Asparouhov, T., Muthén, B. and Nagengast, B. (2009) Doubly-latent models of school contextual effects: Integrating Multilevel and structural equation approaches to control measurement and sampling error. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 44 (6), pp. 764-802. Televantou, I., Marsh, H. W., Dicke, T., & Nicolaides, C. (2021). Phantom and big-fish-little-pond-effects on academic self-concept and academic achievement: Evidence from English early primary schools. Learning and Instruction, 71, 101-399. Televantou, I., Marsh, H. W., Kyriakides, L., Nagengast, B., Fletcher, J. & Malmberg, L-E. (2015). Phantom effects in school composition research: consequences of failure to control biases due to measurement error in traditional multilevel models. School Effectiveness and School Improvement. 26(1), 75-101. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2013.871302 Televantou, I., Marsh, H. W., Xu, K. M., Guo, J., & Dicke, T. (2023). Peer Spillover and Big-Fish-Little-Pond Effects with SIMS80: Revisiting a Historical Database Through the Lens of a Modern Methodological Perspective. Educational Psychology Review, 35(4), 100. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 09 SES 01 B: Insights into Learning and Assessment Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sarah Howie Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Dangers of the Skip-Button - How Learning Analytics Can Enhance Learning Platforms and Student Learning University of Flensburg, Germany Presenting Author:A high number of European students face challenges in reading (Betthäuser et al., 2023; Mullis et al., 2023) and require reading support as the new Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) displayed last year. Consequently, it is crucial to employ formative diagnostics to record the learning levels of students, enabling the design of targeted interventions at an early stage. As a result, the German Kultusminsterkonferenz [Commission of the Conference of Ministers of Education] advocates for the early implementation of nationwide diagnostics (Köller et al., 2022). Furthermore, the PIRLS, is not only conducted through a computer-based assessment since 2016, but also has a focus point in digital forms of reading (Mullis & Martin, 2019). Formative assessment serves not only to monitor the students’ learning but also to provide ongoing feedback, refine teaching approaches, and address the unique needs of individual students (OECD, 2005; OECD, 2008). Formative assessment is essential for both students and teachers. Additionally, in the realm of monitoring and aggregating student data, is learning analytics, which plays a vital role for researchers and developers of educational applications. Researchers seek to understand students' learning behaviors and their utilization of platforms, while developers strive to leverage this information for enhancing learning platforms (SoLAR, 2021). In the project DaF-L an adaptive, digital, and competence-oriented reading screening with aligned reading packages, consisting of literary texts and reading exercises, was developed, tested, standardized, and subsequently made available as an Open Education Resource (OER) on the online learning platform Levumi (Gebhardt et al., 2016) for primary schools in Germany. The digital reading packages were developed for three reading ability levels, in which the students were sorted into through the screening. The packages’ reading ability levels consist of the same story line for the literary texts and the same exercise formats with some variation depending on the ability level. One key importance of the reading packages is the digitalization. The reading packages support different ability levels and an individualized learning where students can work on the exercises at their own speed with integrated tools such as immediate individualized feedback, second try-options, and solutions. Additionally, and essential is that the reading packages can be used as a diagnostic tool, which enables teachers to support students in the best way possible. Teachers are required and encouraged to conduct and to employ diagnostics with the focus to support their students. However, it is very time consuming and difficult for teachers to execute as they often do not know what ability test/s they should convey, how to determine if the application was helpful, if students used their full potential to answer questions, where they might need help, and what tools were helpful or unnecessary in an application. Therefore, the DaF-L project provides diagnostic tools for teachers with everything they need in order to support their students. Furthermore, through the intervention study, researchers who developed the digital reading packages received essential data. The gathered data offered insights into the reading packages, allowing for an assessment of the reading packages' strengths and weaknesses. This information was utilized to make essential adjustments, ensuring the development of the most optimal application. Moreover, the research conducted a four-week intervention in a regular classroom setting continuously gathering data to gain a deeper understanding of students' learning behaviors and their utilization of the learning platform. The presentation will discuss the digitalization of the reading packages with focusing on learning analytics. With the objective of exploring how learning analytics, such as examining the time dedicated to reading literary texts, time spent on answering questions, and assessing the use of the skip-button, can improve learning platforms worldwide. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The collaborative project follows a multi-method design. An ABA-design was selected for the intervention study (Graham et al., 2012). The study was expedited from April 2023 until July 2023 and collected quantitative data of individuals, groups, and classes. It consisted of a survey group (N = 59) and a control group (N = 53). A) Start of the initial testing started, which consisted of the self-developed digital and competence-oriented reading screening and the ELFE 2, which is an established diagnostic test. B) Approximately two weeks later, in the first lesson the students took a self-developed digital a-version test tailored to their reading packages, marking the initiation of a four-week intervention phase. The intervention (reading support) occurred three times a week for 30 minutes within a classroom setting. Students were provided with a reading package based on their proficiency levels and worked on them individually. Throughout all intervention sessions students’ responses as well as any additional information regarding their learning and their platform usage were digitally recorded. At the end of the intervention, students participated in the b-version of the aligned test as well as a second administration of the competence-oriented reading screening and the ELFE 2. A) A follow-up was conducted with the ELFE 2, the screening, and the c-version of the aligned test. Throughout the study, educators were interviewed, and observation protocols were employed. The learning platform Levumi and digital reading packages underwent adjustments based on insights gleaned from these interviews and observation protocols. However, the most intriguing insights of the students’ learning behavior emerged from the data collected during the intervention (learning analytics). This data encompassed various aspects, including the duration students spent completing the entire reading package, the time allocated to each exercise, the time students devoted to initially reading the literary text, the time spent on text rereading, whether students attempted exercises a second time, and the frequency of skip-button usage. Moreover, the scrutinized learning behavior could also be compared with the test results, examining whether factors such as the duration spent on reading materials align with test scores. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The insights gained from interviews with educators and the observation protocols played a crucial role in advancing and enhancing the learning platform Levumi and the digital reading packages. While the observation protocols partially revealed intriguing findings, the data, especially concerning the misuse of the skip-button, was a noteworthy revelation. The collected information also shed light on important aspects of students' reading and response behavior, including the time spent reading the text before tackling exercises, the duration devoted to each exercise, utilization of the text-going-back function for rereading, use of the showing solution feature, engagement with the 2nd attempt, and the frequency of skip-button usage. Furthermore, based on the collected data, adjustments were made to the reading packages. Others such as the removal of the skip-button, in response to the observed misuse, are planned. Moreover, the learning behavior could also be examined in correspondence with the results of the tests, such as if an excessive usage of the skip-button has a negative effect on the test results or if a short reading time correlates with the test results. Additionally, the insights gained on the project can be applied to other learning platforms worldwide in order to enhance those. References Betthäuser, B. A., Bach-Mortensen, A. M. & Engzell, P. (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Nature human behaviour. Vorab-Onlinepublikation. Gebhardt, M., Diehl, K. & Mühling, A. (2016). Online Lernverlaufsmessung für alle SchülerInnen in inklusiven Klassen. www.LEVUMI.de. Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 67(10), 444-454. Graham, J. E., Karmarkar, A. M., Ottenbacher, K. J. (2012). Small Sample Research Designs for Evidence-Based Rehabilitation: Issues and Methods. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 93(8, Supplement), 111-S116. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apmr.2011.12.017 Köller, O., Thiel, F., van Ackeren, I., Anders, Y., Becker-Mrotzek, M., Cress, U., Diehl, C., Kleickmann, T., Lütje-Klose, B., Prediger, S., Seeber, S., Ziegler, B., Kuper, H., Stanat, P., Maaz, K. & Lewalter, D. (2022). Basale Kompetenzen vermitteln – Bildungschancen sichern. Perspektiven für die Grundschule. Gutachten der Ständigen Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz (SWK). SWK: Bonn. Mullis, I.V.S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K.A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.tr2103.kb5342 Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2019). PIRLS 2021 Assessment Frameworks. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/pirls2021/frameworks/ Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD). (2008). Assessment for Learning - Formative Assessment . AE Assessment for Learning . https://www.oecd.org/site/educeri21st/40600533.pdf Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD). (2005). Formative Assessment: Improving Learning in Secondary Classrooms. Policy Brief. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/ceri/35661078.pdf PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/pirls2021/frameworks/ Society for Learning Analytics Research (SoLAR). (2021). What is Learning Analytics?. Society for Learning Analytics Research (SoLAR). https://www.solaresearch.org/about/what-is-learning-analytics/ Stanat, P., Schipolowski, S., Schneider, R., Sachse, K. A., Weirich, S. & Henschel, S. (2022). IQB-Bildungstrend 2021: Kompetenzen in den Fächern Deutsch und Mathematik am Ende der 4. Jahrgangsstufe im dritten Ländervergleich. Waxmann Verlag. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper The Missing Piece in Multi-Informant Assessments? A Systematic Review on Self-Reports of School-Aged Participants with ADHD. 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2North-West University, Research Focus Area Optentia, Vanderbijlpark, South Africa Presenting Author:Recent evidence suggests that multi-informant assessments of children and adolescents with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and co-occurring problems are more likely to provide sufficient sensitivity and specificity for population screening and clinical use than single measures (De Los Reyes et al., 2015); however, the perspectives of children and adolescents are underrepresented in scientific studies (Caye et al., 2017; for review see Mulraney et al., 2022). The question remains whether children and adolescents are reliable sources of information about their own ADHD symptoms. This may point to the need to investigate the complex interplay between self- and other (i.e. teachers, parents) reported ADHD symptoms (e.g. hyperactivity, inattention) and other externalizing (e.g. aggression) and internalizing (e.g. anxiety) problems. This review aims to systematically analyze and examine existing empirical studies that have focused on the comparison of self-reported and other-reported ADHD symptoms and co-occurring behavior problems in children and adolescents with ADHD. The purpose is to evaluate (1) the overall inclusion of self-reports in the assessment process (2) the agreements between informants (3) which types of informants are frequently used and (4) the instruments utilized. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Eligible studies published over the past decade in four major databases (PubMed, ERIC, PsycINFO, Web of Science) and retrieved from educational and psychological peer-reviewed journals through a thorough manual hand-search process were identified. Following PRISMA 2020 (Brennan & Munn, 2021) guidelines for inclusion and exclusion criteria, the study focuses on prospective data collection of school-aged participants to minimize recall bias associated with retrospective data reported in previous studies (von Wirth et al., 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Only 11 studies out of 467 selected studies published between 2003 and 2023 that involved a sample of diagnosed school-aged participants met the pre-defined inclusion criteria. Agreements of raters differ by (1) type of other informants (i.e. teachers or parents), (2) methodological procedures, (3) utilized assessment instruments and their psychometric properties, and (4) measured constructs. A variety of screening measures were utilized, with questionnaires predominating over interviews. In addition to teacher reports, parent reports were commonly included, with only one study gathering information from objective measurement methods. The review emphasizes that researchers who include self-reports need to be aware that young participants with ADHD often tend to underreport their behavior problems. Considering the strengths and limitations of the study, implications for practice and future research concerning existing inconsistencies in the conceptualization of externalizing problems are discussed. References Brennan, S. E., & Munn, Z. (2021). PRISMA 2020: A reporting guideline for the next generation of systematic reviews. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 19(5), 906–908. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-21-00112 Caye, A., Machado, J. D., & Rohde, L. A. (2017). Evaluating parental disagreement in ADHD diagnosis: Can we rely on a single report from home? Journal of Attention Disorders, 21(7), 561–566. APA PsycInfo. https://doi.org/10.1177/1087054713504134 De Los Reyes, A., Augenstein, T. M., Wang, M., Thomas, S. A., Drabick, D. A. G., Burgers, D. E., & Rabinowitz, J. (2015). The validity of the multi-informant approach to assessing child and adolescent mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 141(4), 858–900. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0038498 Mulraney, M., Arrondo, G., Musullulu, H., Iturmendi-Sabater, I., Cortese, S., Westwood, S. J., Donno, F., Banaschewski, T., Simonoff, E., Zuddas, A., Döpfner, M., Hinshaw, S. P., & Coghill, D. (2022). Systematic Review and Meta-analysis: Screening Tools for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder in Children and Adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 61(8), 982–996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaac.2021.11.031 von Wirth, E., Mandler, J., Breuer, D., & Döpfner, M. (2021). The Accuracy of Retrospective Recall of Childhood ADHD: Results from a Longitudinal Study. Journal of Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 43(2), 413–426. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper The Relationship Between Students’ Response Times and Their Socioeconomic Status in European Countries: A Case of Achievement Motivation Questionnaire Items The Anchoring Center for Educational Research, Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Student questionnaire data, typically collected via Likert-scale items, is commonly used to compare different groups of students, be it across countries or based on student characteristics such as gender and socioeconomic status (e.g., OECD, 2017). However, such analyses can lead to inaccurate conclusions as the data might be biased due to the differences in reporting behavior between different groups of students (e.g., He & van de Vijver, 2016; Kyllonen & Bertling, 2013). Students can, for example, differ in the amount of effort they put into filling in the questionnaire.
Our theoretical framework relates to reporting behavior in surveys. Terms careless responding or insufficient effort responding have been used to describe responding patterns in which respondents lack motivation to answer accurately and do not pay attention to the content of items and survey instructions (Goldammer et al., 2020). A number of approaches have been suggested to identify such careless responding, the analysis of response time (to the whole survey or parts of it) being one of them (Curran, 2016; Goldammer et al., 2020). It rests on an assumption that there is a minimum time needed to read and answer a questionnaire item (Goldammer et al., 2020). The term “speeding” has been used for responding too fast to questionnaire items to give much thought to answers (Zhang & Conrad, 2014).
The analysis of response times is a promising tool for identification of the differences in the amount of effort put into filling in questionnaire surveys between different groups of students. It could help identify careless responding (a) between different groups of students during a single wave of measurement as well as (b) changes in careless responding of particular groups of students across different waves of measurement. This could be exploited, for example, in longitudinal research studies using questionnaires (e.g., [foreign language] learning motivation studies) as well as international large-scale assessment (ILSA) studies such as, for example, Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA). So far, however, the knowledge concerning the differences in questionnaire item response times between different groups of students in the context of ILSA studies is rather limited.
Previous research has suggested that students’ reporting behavior may differ across different socioeconomic groups (Vonkova et al., 2017), encouraging further exploration of the reporting behavior-socioeconomic status relationship. In this contribution, we address this research area. Our aim is to analyze the relationship between students’ response times to achievement motivation questionnaire items and their socioeconomic status in European PISA 2015 participating countries. Our research question is: How do questionnaire response times to achievement motivation items differ between students with parents achieving different education levels in European PISA 2015 participating countries? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We analyze data from the PISA 2015 questionnaire, focusing on 171,762 respondents from 29 European countries who were administered the questionnaire via computer. Specifically, we look at the response time to question ST119 (Achievement motivation), and we use the highest achieved education by parents (PISA variable HISCED) as an indicator for the socioeconomic status of students. Only respondents, who had complete information on all analysed variables were included in this analysis. In the question ST119, respondents were asked to answer five statements on achievement motivation using responses Strongly disagree (1), Disagree (2), Agree (3), and Strongly agree (4). The five statements were: (1) I want top grades in most or all of my courses, (2) I want to be able to select from among the best opportunities available when I graduate, (3) I want to be the best, whatever I do, (4) I see myself as an ambitious person, and (5) I want to be one of the best students in my class (OECD, 2014). Response times were taken from the response time dataset for PISA 2015, specifically the variable ST119_TT. They were logged for each screen (in this case screen containing five items relating to achievement motivation) and they were logged in milliseconds. For the purposes of our analysis, we have set an upper limit of two minutes for students to be included in the analysis. That is because a vast majority of respondents were able to respond in this time interval and only 406 respondents took longer. These were typically respondents who took extremely long (one even nearing an hour spent on the screen) and as such would negatively impact the analysis through not displaying standard response behavior. Information on parental education levels (HISCED) was extracted from the PISA 2015 dataset which uses the ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 1997 classification. HISCED categories ranged from 0 to 6, representing various levels of educational attainment. HISCED0 represents unfinished ISCED 1 level, HISCED1 and HISCED2 represent ISCED 1 and 2 levels, respectively, HISCED3 represents ISCED 3B and 3C, HISCED4 represents ISCED 3A and 4, HISCED5 represents ISCED 5B, and HISCED6 represents ISCED 5A and 6. Due to the low number of observations, we combined HISCED 0-2 categories for the purposes of our analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our initial analysis showed a notable inverse relationship between mean response times to question ST119 and HISCED for European countries. Specifically, respondents from families with a lower educational background took longer when answering. This is further highlighted when looking both at median times and results of linear regression with country fixed effects (time being the explained variable and HISCED levels and country dummies being the explanatory variables), both of which display the same trend. However, when examining the variation in each HISCED group, data showed that HISCED0-2 group had fairly higher variation of response time than all other HISCED groups, the lowest being in the HISCED5 group. This suggests that there is a greater heterogeneity in response time within the HISCED0-2 group. This indicates that this group consists of a mix of respondents with low and high response times to the question ST119. Our results show that it is necessary to take response times into consideration when comparing groups of respondents, as they can potentially affect the analysis. Further research may be focused on the relationship of response times and home possessions or other indicators of socioeconomic status. Additionally, further research may also analyze other world regions and compare them with the European results. References Curran, P. G. (2016). Methods for the detection of carelessly invalid responses in survey data. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 66, 4–19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jesp.2015.07.006 Goldammer, P., Annen,H., Stöckli, P.L., & Jonas, K.(2020). Careless responding in questionnaire measures: Detection, impact, and remedies. The Leadership Quarterly, 31(4), Article 101384. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2020.101384 He, J., & Van de Vijver, F. J. R. (2016). The motivation-achievement paradox in international educational achievement tests: Toward a better understanding. In R. B. King & A. B. I. Bernardo (Eds.), The psychology of Asian learners: A festschrift in honor of David Watkins (pp. 253–268). Springer Science. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-287-576-1 Kyllonen, P. C., & Bertling, J. (2013). Innovative questionnaire assessment methods to increase cross-country comparability. In L. Rutkowski, M. von Davier, & D. Rutkowski (Eds.), A handbook of international large-scale assessment data analysis: Background, technical issues, and methods of data analysis (pp. 277–285). Chapman Hall/CRC Press. OECD. (2014). PISA 2015 student questionnaire (computer-based version). https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/CY6_QST_MS_STQ_CBA_Final.pdf OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 results (volume III): Students' well-being. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264273856-en Vonkova, H., Bendl, S., & Papajoanu, O. (2017). How students report dishonest behavior in school: Self-assessment and anchoring vignettes. The Journal of Experimental Education, 85(1), 36-53. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.2015.1094438 Zhang, C., & Conrad, F. (2014). Speeding in web surveys: The tendency to answer very fast and its association with straightlining. Survey Research Methods, 8(2), 127–135. https://doi.org/10.18148/srm/2014.v8i2.5453 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 10 SES 01 B: Internationalisation in Teacher Education: Innovation and Diversity in the Classroom Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Diverse Internationalisation of Teacher Education: What, why and how? 1University of Porto, Portugal; 2University of Szczecin, Poland Presenting Author:Internationalisation in higher education was primarily defined as the process of integrating an international, intercultural or global dimension into the purpose, functions or ways of delivery of tertiary education (Knight, 2003). Hence, internationalisation can be assumed either as a response to globalisation or as an agent of globalisation itself. In this context, the internationalisation of teacher education, which is considered a sub-field in teacher education, seems to derive from international/global education in general and particularly from the internationalisation of higher education (Koh et al., 2022). It emerges together with the recognition of teaching as a cosmopolitan work and profession amidst critical and economic relations to flows, contexts and consequences linked to the globalisation of dimensions centred on economy and culture (Luke, 2004). Apparently, the internationalisation of teacher education has become imperative in the last decades, with important global players in education, such as UNESCO and the OECD, devoting themselves to developing and endorsing policies to enhance education and societies (Sieber & Mantel, 2012). Obviously, while internationalisation is comprehended as a means to develop society as a whole, in light of an international competence that reveals to be critical to the cultural, technological, economic and political health of nations, institutions and individuals (Yemini et al., 2017), different organisations influencing its processes certainly detain varied, if not opposing, purposes (Sieber & Mantel, 2012). Within this scenario, more recently, the internationalisation debate has also shed light on a different nuance – the idea of internationalisation at home, i.e., the purposeful integration of international and intercultural dimensions into the formal and informal curriculum for all students in the scope of domestic learning environments (Beelen & Jones, 2015). Internationalisation at home is realised as promoting the development of international/global understanding and intercultural skills (Wächter, 2016) while equipping students with transversal competencies essential to thrive in a globalised world (Beelen & Jones, 2015). The approached theoretical framework is the basis of the project DITE – Diverse Internationalisation of Teacher Education, which focuses on the element of internationalisation (at home) to increase the capabilities of future teachers by sensitising Teacher Education students to international perspectives. The project network comprises six partners, namely, two networks specialised in the theme of internationalisation, and four higher education institutions spread over three countries - Portugal, Spain and Poland. In the project's first phase, an empirical study was led to explore the current state of the internationalisation of teacher education in the participating higher education institutions. In this communication, we explore the results of this study, organising how different stakeholders (course directors, teacher educators, students, etc.) conceptualise internationalisation and associated values, challenges, enablers and barriers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical study that informs this communication was led under the project DITE – Diverse Internationalisation of Teacher Education (2021-1-PL01-KA220-HED-000031129), which focuses on the element of internationalisation to increase the capabilities of future teachers by sensitising Teacher Education students to international perspectives. DITE relies especially on internationalisation at home (IaH), counterbalancing the usual perspective on mobility, to develop a model of globalised teacher education through diverse internationalisation with a focus on students becoming teachers in upper secondary education. At the beginning of the project, the team conducted research centred on understanding the current state of internationalisation of teacher education in the context of four higher education institutions which are partners in this endeavour, namely, the University of Porto (Portugal), the University of Szczecin (Poland), the Adam Mickiewicz University (Poland) and the University Rovira i Virgili (Spain). The collected data consists of 25 interviews carried out with different higher education stakeholders, such as students, teacher educators, course directors, department directors and a vice-dean. Moreover, a series of six focus groups were organised with course directors, teacher educators and students. These materials were transcribed and categorised according to content analysis techniques. The analysis of thematic nature resulted in a model arranged around six main domains: conceptualisation of internationalisation of teacher education (ITE), values underpinning ITE, enablers of ITE, barriers to ITE, challenges of ITE and good practices of ITE. A series of suggestions for fostering the ITE were also put together based on the overall results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of our study centred on the current state of internationalisation of teacher education in four European higher education institutions suggest that, in these contexts, internationalisation of teacher education is understood as an attempt to incorporate a global and/or intercultural perspective in daily teaching. Different stakeholders agree that the focus is to broaden students’ (future teachers’) horizons and help them realise global problems and think of international solutions in the teaching profession. Overall, the internationalisation of teacher education has positive connotations, although its potential risks are not ignored – e.g., the indoctrination aspect, which might be activated via processes of knowledge transference. Also, different actors realise cooperation is a key idea when portraying internationalisation. This concept is commonly linked to values in the scope of cultural sharing, inclusion and respect for diversity. Regarding challenges, there is agreement that labour market dynamics interfere with fostering teacher education internationalisation, the same way rigid national systems for teacher education may emerge as an issue. A final remark would be that achieving an overarching strategy towards internationalisation of teacher education at the university level is a key factor if successful and sustainable practices are meant to be implemented. References Beelen, J., & Jones, E. (2015). Redefining internationalization at home. In A. Curaj, L. Matei, R. Pricopie, J. Salmi, & P. Scott (Eds.), The European Higher Education Area: Between Critical Reflections and Future Policies (pp. 59–72). Springer International Publishing. Knight, J. (2003). Updated definition of internationalization. International Higher Education, 33, 2-3. Koh, A., Pashby, K., Tarc, P. & Yemini, M. (2022). Editorial: Internationalisation in teacher education: discourses, policies, practices. Teachers and Teaching, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2022.211938i Luke, A. (2004). Teaching after the market: From commodity to cosmopolitan. Teachers College Record, 106(7), 1422–1443. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2004.00384.x Sieber, P. & Mantel C. (2012). The internationalization of teacher education: An introduction. Prospects, 42, 5–17. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-012-9218-x Wächter, B. (2016). An introduction: Internationalisation at home in context. Journal of Studies in International Education, 7(1), 5-11. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315302250176 Yemini, M., Hermoni, J., Holzmann, V., Shokty, L., Jayusi, W., & Natur, N. (2017). The implementation of internationalisation in Israeli teacher training colleges. European Journal of Education, 52(4), 546-557. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12239 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper How Can Finland Support Developing Countries in Implementing and Strengthening Teacher Education? 1University of Lapland, Finland; 2Pedagogical University of Maputo, Mozambique Presenting Author:In this presentation, a developmental case based on a project named The Theory-Practice Balance in Teacher Education (TEPATE) will be introduced. The project is funded by Finland’s Higher Education Institutions Institutional Cooperation Instrument (HEI ICI) that supports cooperation projects between higher education institutions in Finland and the developing world. The project started in 2020 and will run for four years, ending in August 2024. The TEPPATE project is designed to tackle the problems related to alarmingly low learning outcomes in Mozambique by enhancing the theory-practice balance of teacher education at two Mozambican Higher Education Institutions: Universidade Pedagógica de Maputo (Pedagogical University of Maputo) and Instituto Superior de Educação e Tecnologia–One World (ISET One world). By doing this, the project contributes to the aim of the Government of Mozambique to achieve the Sustainable Development Goal 4 of the United Nations’ 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development: ensuring inclusive and equitable quality education and promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all. In other words, TEPATE project aims at improving the quality and relevance of initial teacher training at the Mozambican partner HEIs and by so doing, support the efforts of the Mozambican government to improve the overall quality of education in the country. The teaching profession requires theory-based pedagogical thinking, which is embedded in the teacher's daily activities (cf. Zanting et al., 1998). Often, teacher training is considered too theoretical and does not provide graduating teachers with sufficient pedagogical skills to apply learner-centered pedagogy in practice (Allen & Wright, 2013; Hoy & Woolfolk, 1989). The TEPATE project focuses on improving the balance between theory and practice in teacher education in Mozambican partner universities, and the presentation focus on teaching practice. Internships are an essential part of teacher education, as they provide prospective teachers with an authentic environment in which to practice the pedagogical skills. In Mozambique, school attendance has improved significantly over the last decade, but unfortunately school completion rates and learning outcomes have not improved at the same pace (Chimbutane, 2013). According to the most recent household budget survey, Inqurito sobre Orcamento Familiar (IOF) 2014/2015, two thirds (68%) of young people aged 13-17 do not complete primary education (UNICEF, 2020). Moreover, the Ministry of Education and Human Development (MINEDH) published similar statistics, showing that in 2017 only 29 percent of all students had completed primary school and 13 percent had completed secondary school (MINEDH, 2019). In addition, 94 percent of girls attend primary school, but more than half drop out of primary school before completing the 5th grade (MINEDH, 2020). The analysis confirms that the older the child becomes, the less likely he or she will stay on track, with the possibility of not catching up to their more successful peers diminishing every year. This may lead to the loss of motivation, one of the reasons for lack of attendance, age-appropriate skills and knowledge, which in turn leads to school dropout leads. The teacher Education System in Mozambique is guided by the general principles of education, culture, training, balanced and inclusive human development where everyone has equal rights. It is responsible for promoting education, as an integral part of educational action in the terms defined by the Constitution of the Republic, aiming to provide fundamental skills, general knowledge about the world around them, and the means to progress in work and lifelong learning. This system is guided by the pedagogical principles of capacity development and personality in a harmonious, balanced, and constant way, as well as the Freedom to learn, teach, research, and disseminate culture, thought, art and knowledge. Currently the whole country has 15 Universities, six state universities and nine private universities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation focuses on one part of the TEPATE study, which aimed to analyse the current situation of teaching practice in Mozambique. The following research question was set for the study: How do Mozambican student teachers, teachers and teacher educators understand and experience teaching practice as part of teacher education? The study was carried out using a phenomenographic research approach. Phenomenography is a qualitative study that examines the different ways in which people can understand certain phenomena or parts of the world around them (Marton, 1986). In this study, the different actors built the data together: twenty-seven actors responded to a semi-structured questionnaire about their experience of teacher training in teacher education programmes. In addition to the background questions, the questionnaire included open-ended questions on the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats of teaching practice. The questionnaire was distributed via an internet link and responses were collected using the webropol application. A total of 27 responses were received, of which 10 were from student teachers (37.0%), two from teachers (7.4%) and 15 from teacher educators (55.6%). The data was collected during the autumn 2022. Open-ended questions were used to allow respondents to decide as freely as possible what issues they wanted to raise in their answers (cf. Marton, 1988). The aim was that the questionnaire would delve as deeply as possible into the experiences of the respondents, which is why the responses were collected without personal data. It was important to create an atmosphere of trust and openness so that respondents could share their experiences honestly and confidentially. The data was analysed using phenomenographic analysis (see e.g. Marton, 1986), guided by the research questions. Uljens (1996) and Marton (1988) point out that there is no precise description or step-by-step method for phenomenographic data analysis. It should be noted that analysis is not based on theory and categories are not decided in advance, but are formed during the process of analysis. It can be said that the aim of this research was to describe how the teaching practice is experienced, rather than the teaching practice as such (cf. Marton and Booth, 1997). Through careful examination of the raw data, the research was structured into meaning units and further into descriptive categories and finally into an outcome space. The results of the study describe a hierarchically organised set of outcomes space, representing different ways of experiencing the phenomenon under study: teaching practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation will assess the existing structure and practices of teaching practice: presenting the current strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats to practical training in the teacher education units in Mozambique, as perceived by students, teachers and teacher educators. According to the research there are already many good and effective practices in teacher education in Mozambique. These are e.g. students’ possibility to enable professional development and to practice in a real environment during the study program. Respondents saw the opportunity for professional development both as a teacher and as a student, and reflection as an essential element in this development process. The responses also show that teaching practice also provides an opportunity to combine theory, and practice and to apply what has been learned. At the same time, however, there is a high risk that these practices are not implemented at the same high level in all schools and teacher education institutions. This was reflected in the fact that respondents also highlighted the same issues as weaknesses in teaching practices. In addition, they cited lack of resources, particularly time, as a key weakness. In conclusion, particular attention needs to be paid in the future to the adequacy of resources and the commitment of teachers and teacher trainers to guidance and mentoring. There is also a need to focus on ensuring that the voice of local teachers is heard and rewarded. One effective way to develop teacher training would be to train supervisors and teachers together to build collaboration and networking between them. Based on these results and insights, further development actions will be planned. The expected outcome is an increase in the capacity of Mozambican higher education institutions to develop programmes that will better equip student teachers to put learner-centred pedagogy into practice. References Allen, J.M. & Wright, S.E. 2013. Integrating theory and practice in the preservice teacher education practice. Teachers and Teaching 20:2. 136–151. Chimbutane, F. 2013. Mozambique: Binding Quantitative and Qualitative Goals. In Harper, C. Education in Southern Africa: Patterns and Issues. Bloomsbury Education. London: Bloomsbury. 123–144 Hoy, W.K. & Woolfolk, A.E. 1989. Supervising student teachers. In Woolfolk, A.E. Research perspectives in the graduate preparation of teachers (pp. 108–131). Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ. Marton, F. 1986. Phenomenography - A research approach investigating different understandings of reality. Journal of Thought, 21(2), 28-49. Marton, F. 1988. Phenomenography: a research approach to investigating different understandings of reality. In: Sherman, R. and Webb, R. eds. Qualitative research in education: focus and methods. Lontoo: Falmer. 141–161. Marton, F. and Booth, S. 1997. Learning and awareness. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. MINEDH (2019). Análise do Sector de Educação (ESA) Relatório Final. Maputo July 2019. MINEDH (2020). Plano Estratégico da Educação 2020 – 2029 (5th Draft) Maputo. Uljens, M. 1996. On the philosophical foundations of phenomenography. In: Dalla’Alba G. and Hasselgren, B. eds. Reflections of phenomenography: toward a methodology. Göteborg: Acta univeritatis Gothoburgensis. 103–128. UNICEF (2020). Attendance and Educational Attainment of Primary School Children in Mozambique. Longitudinal Assessment of School Dropout: Results of the 2018 Round. Available from https://www.unicef.org/mozambique/media/3911/file. Zanting, A., Verloop, N., Vermunt, J .D. & van Driel, J. H. (1998) Explicating Practical Knowledge: an Extension of Mentor Teacher’s Role. European Journal of Teacher Education 21 (1), 11–28. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Making Appropriate Use of the Students’ Home Languages (HLs) in Linguistically Diverse Norwegian EAL Classrooms NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:Making appropriate use of the students’ home languages (HLs) has been one of the greatest challenges English as an additional language (EAL) teachers face in linguistically diverse classrooms (Flores & Aneja, 2017; Hall & Cook, 2012). Because of the lack of research on HL use in Nordic contexts, but also because the topic is rarely discussed in teacher training programs, teachers often assume that students prefer an environment that makes little to no use of their HL (Haukås et al., 2021; Shin et al., 2020). Research undertaken thus far in Norwegian settings illustrates that while HL use is quite prevalent as the medium of instruction, teachers feel guilty about its presence (Neokleous & Ofte, 2020). However, with classrooms becoming increasingly multilingual and multicultural, students along with their teachers do not seem to share a common language and are encouraged to adopt a multilingual approach to teaching with HLs being actively present (García & Wei, 2014; Lin & He, 2017). The updated Norwegian curriculum for the subject of English in primary education (Norwegian Directorate of Education & Training, 2020) states that the students’ HL should have a role in the classroom particularly in identifying linguistic similarities and differences between two languages. However, it does not state the classroom purposes and functions it should serve. As a result, Neokleous and Krulatz (2018) argued that this dearth of more specific guidelines can prompt teachers to adopt an approach that favours almost-exclusive usage of the TL (Neokleous & Krulatz, 2018). Trying to unearth Norwegian teacher attitudes towards HL usage in the classroom, Neokleous and Ofte’s (2020) study revealed that while the four teacher participants acknowledged the potential of HL usage, they also felt guilty about making recourse to Norwegian, particularly since their reported use did not always reflect their classroom behaviours. The lack of empirical studies that would shed light on how teachers should foster multilingual approaches has left teachers confused as to whether they should use the majority language in the classroom or not and for what purposes (Singleton & Aronin, 2019). The purpose of this presentation is to broaden the research lens by focusing on the perception of EAL in-service teachers and students on HL use and the pivotal role teachers could serve in adopting multilingual pedagogies. Thus far, studies venturing to explore the topic in Norwegian settings primarily focused on the teacher perspective through surveys and questionnaires (Haukås et al., 2021; Krulatz, et al., 2016; Neokleous & Krulatz, 2018). Neokleous and Ofte’s (2020) study was the first study that brought classroom and interview data together to explore how in-service teachers perceived HL integration, compared this perception to their actual practice, and also how they interpreted the lack of clear teaching guidelines in the curriculum. This presentation delves deeper into the teacher perspectives on the topic but also explore the student voice. The study explores the attitudes of four teachers and their students in EAL classrooms situated in geographically different parts of Norway. Trying to elicit the views of in-service EAL teachers and young EAL learners in Norway, the purpose of this article is to address the following questions: a) What do students think of the general presence but also their teachers’ use of the HL in the classroom? b) What is the value of using the HL as a resource for learning English as seen by the participants? c) How do in-service EAL teachers in multilingual environments address the presence of different HLs in the classroom? Do they make recourse to the students’ HLs? If so, when? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions, a qualitative approach was adopted. Data were collected through classroom observations and the use of semi-structured interviews. The participants were four in-service EAL teachers and their students in three different schools situated in geographically disparate areas of the whole of Norway. The four teacher participants were EAL instructors at the upper primary education level in grades 5-10 and have been teaching English for over five years in public schools. The six classrooms were observed four times during an entire academic year. To maintain a clearer and sharper focus on the observations, as the sessions were not recorded, an observational protocol was developed based on Neokleous’ and Ofte’s (2020) study. At the end of the academic year, the six teachers and fifty-seven students of these classes were individually interviewed: thirteen students from Emilie’s (9) class, nine students from Astrid’s (9) class, twelve students from Sigurd’s (10) class, eleven students from Morten’s (8) class and twelve students from Ingrid’s (8) class. Notes taken during the observations were later written up as field notes and constituted the third data collection strategy. The observations assisted the researchers in pinpointing instances during which teachers but also students indulged in HL usage and gather an understanding as to how the teachers address the presence of different HLs in the classroom, which was the third research questions of the study. The interviews enabled the teacher and student participants to delve deeper into their general attitudes towards HL usage in the classroom, which was the focus of the first and the second research questions. As interviews with the teachers and students were semi-structured in nature, based on the notes gathered during the observations, additional questions were formulated that enabled the teacher and the student interviewees to elaborate on HL classroom practices and strategies that the researchers deemed worthy of discussing. An interpretational approach was adopted to answer the research questions. Abiding by the interpretational guidelines, the individual interviews with the teacher and student participants were transcribed and coded using Saldaña’s (2009) two coding cycle methods. The objective was to unravel in-service teacher and student attitudes towards HL use in the classroom along with their beliefs as to what are the advantages associated with its use as well as the strategies and techniques the teachers adopted in their classrooms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study indicated that both the teacher and the student participants displayed a positive stance towards HL use in the classroom. For both groups, the greatest benefit associated with its use is its ability to ensure understanding. Relatedly, teachers also felt that its integration in the classroom sustains motivation while it also serves as a time-saving strategy. On the other hand, along with increasing their TL understanding, students also felt that making recourse to the HL allows them to maintain a conversation in the TL while it also assists struggling students in coping with learning the TL. Despite acknowledging the value of HL integration, the teacher participants held strong views about the importance of using the TL in the classroom. The four teachers believed that strong reliance on HL could have a detrimental effect both on the students but also the teachers. As the results also indicated, integrating the HL still triggers feelings of guilt with teachers stressing the need to justify this classroom practice either for fear of practicing an incorrect classroom strategy or of having students believe that their command of English is limited. On the other hand, students were adamant about the importance of employing Norwegian to clarify and exemplify questions that could potentially arise during the course of the lesson. They also, however, cautioned about the overreliance that could lead to “an English class being transformed into a Norwegian class”. With multilingual classrooms becoming the norm, it is of paramount importance that future research would contribute toward ensuring a school environment that embraces students’ diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds. Further, teacher education must ensure that future teachers feel confident to make use of their students' cultural and linguistic diversities in the EAL classroom. References Flores, N., & Aneja, G. (2017). "Why needs hiding?" Translingual (Re) orientations in TESOL teacher education. Research in the Teaching of English, 51(4), 441–463. Hall, G., & Cook, G. (2012). Own-language use in language teaching and learning. Language Teaching, 45(3), 271-308. Haukås, Å., Storto, A., & Tiurikova, I. (2021). The Ungspråk project: Researching multilingualism and multilingual identity in lower secondary schools. Globe: A Journal of Language, Culture and Communication, 12, 83-98. Krulatz, A., Neokleous, G., & Henningsen, F.V. (2016). Towards an understanding of target language use in the EFL classroom: A report from Norway. International Journal for 21st Century Education, 3(Special), 137–152. Lin, A. M. & He, P. (2017) Translanguaging as dynamic activity flows in CLIL classrooms. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 16(4), 228–244. Neokleous, G., & Krulatz, A. (2018). Investigation into Norwegian teachers’ perspectives on the use of students' mother tongue in the EFL classroom. Journal of Linguistics and Language Teaching, 9(2), 1-28. Neokleous, G., & Ofte, I. (2020). In-service teacher attitudes toward the use of the mother tongue in Norwegian EFL classrooms. Nordic Journal of Modern Language Methodology, 8(2), 68-88. Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. (2020). English subject curriculum. Retrieved from https://www.udir.no/lk20/eng01-04 Saldaña, J. (2009). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. London: Sage. Shin, J. Y., Dixon, L. Q., & Choi, Y. (2020). An updated review on use of L1 in foreign language classrooms. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 41(5), 406-419. Singleton, D. & Aronin, L. (Eds.). (2019). Twelve lectures on multilingualism. Bristol: Multilingual Matters. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 10 SES 01 D: Teacher Wellbeing and Emotions Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Eleni Dimitrellou Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Curricular Autonomy, Work Engagement and Teacher Well-being: A Systematic Review 1Lusofona University, CeiED, Portugal; 2Lusofona University, Hei-Lab, Portugal; 3Lusofona University, CIDEFES, Portugal Presenting Author:Scientific research has pointed to the importance of understanding the relation between curricular autonomy, work engagement and teachers’ well-being. To our knowledge few efforts have been made from a theoretical framework, and no systematic evidence has been provided regarding the interrelation between these three concepts. This study concerns an initial phase of a larger project entitled “Times of change and changing times: a study of the relationships between curricular autonomy and teacher engagement and well-being of teachers” which aims to: understand the relationship between the development of autonomy policies and curricular flexibility in educational contexts and the professional involvement and well-being of teachers to analyse the ways in which autonomy and curricular flexibility policies have been received, interpreted, appropriated and put into practice by teachers. The aim of this study is to collect and analyse scientific articles, identify gaps in the literature, and provide research trends and suggestions for future studies.The starting question for this study was: What is the relationship among curricular autonomy, professional involvement and teacher well-being between 2015 and 2023? This time period was chosen given the start of legislation on curricular autonomy in Portugal, begun in 2016, following the Pilot Projects for Pedagogical Innovation (PPIP), which preceded a modification of the curriculum in Decree-Law 55/2018. Curriculum management is recognised as a complex and dynamic process that takes place at various levels, as stated by Roldão and Almeida (2018), from the macro level (decisions made by the supervisory body regarding common learning at national level), the meso level, which includes the institutional context (school and its educational and curricular projects) and the group level (through the projects that each educational team draws up for a class) to the micro level (concerning each teacher, on a daily basis in the classroom). On the other hand, during the period in which this study is being conducted, the world has also come up against a change in times: the times of digitalisation, distance learning and the pandemic. In these changing times, schools and teachers have also introduced new terms, concepts, working times and spaces to their professional work, taking into account the priority of addressing the increasing inequalities between pupils. As a result of new problems and ongoing needs, the performance of the teaching role is likely to promote both burnout and professional engagement. In line with more recent approaches to positive psychology, teacher well-being is a growing field of study, with a steady increase in literature in recent years (Dreer, 2023; McCallum, 2021; Salmela-Aro, Hietajärvi, & Lonka, 2019). Subjective well-being, as described by Keyes (2002), can be seen as a measure of mental health, made up of three dimensions: emotional, social and psychological. The benefits of well-being seem to go beyond psychological advantages for individuals and employee retention for institutions, as evidenced by studies in different organisations. well-being fosters the development and maintenance of positive relationships between teachers and students, as well as the establishment of a supportive learning climate and learning (Barroso et.al. 2019). On the other hand, work engagement is a relatively new concept when applied to teachers, in regard to work expectations and commitment to their performance. Some authors define work engagement as an enthusiastic state of involvement of the individual in crucial and personal activities, which is diametrically opposed to burnout (Dreer, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to accomplish the stated goals and respond to the initial question, a systematic review of the literature is being conducted and qualitatively analysed using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) method, which is divided into three phases: identification, screening, and inclusion of studies (Page et al., 2021; Vilelas, 2020; Shamseer et al., 2015).The search and analysis are ongoing. For the evidence-gathering process we will use the data extraction tool Covidence. The inclusion criteria defined are scientific articles, published between January 2015 and December 2023, in English, Portuguese, Spanish and French retrieved from the Portuguese Open Access Databases (RCAAP), Scientific Electronic Library Online (SciELO), ScienceDirect and Scopus, considering the subjects Social Sciences, Psychology, Decision Sciences, Arts and Humanities. The exclusion criteria selected are theses, dissertations, book chapters and communications at conferences, protocols, duplicate documents, studies with unavailable full texts or in languages other than those selected for inclusion, or with a different focus. As Costa and Rouco (2023) point out, the review process will follow a strict protocol per database, in order to avoid bias in the data collection process and, consequently, in the process of analysing and discussing the data. Thus, the review process will be conducted by two reviewers, under the supervision of other project members, who will resolve any conflicts that might emerge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Considering that systematic review uses rigorous and explicit procedures to identify, select, and critically evaluate relevant research, it is expected to present a description of the studies screened using a flowchart using the PRISMA method, as well as a table of the studies selected for the review. We expect that this research can help identify different approaches to curricular autonomy, work engagement and teacher well-being, in order to find some correlations and summarise a theoretical frame of reference that will be discussed. Thus, this systematic review aims to contribute to a more in-depth understanding of the relation between concepts that have been identified as emerging issues in educational processes. It also attempts to provide a broader view of the authors' different perspectives on the phenomena under study, bearing in mind that the relation between curricular autonomy, teachers' work engagement and well-being may be enhanced by the diversity of school contexts. In regards to reviewing the authors' methodological strategies, including study design, sample characteristics, measures, and data analysis, we aim to synthesise a methodological framework. Furthermore, this will allow us to identify gaps in the literature that might guide the directions for future studies, which can be particularly important given the current challenges that new technologies pose to the teaching profession, along with the recent introduction of legislation on curricular autonomy in Portugal. References Barroso, I. M. Monteiro, M. J., Rodrigues, V., Antunes, M. C., Almeida, C. M., Lameirão, J.R., & da Conceição Rainho, M. (2019). Estilos de vida e bem-estar em Professores. Motricidade, 15(4), 21-25. Costa, F.K.F. da and Rouco, J.C.D. (2023) ‘Mapping Military Leadership Competencies: A Systematic Literature Review’, European Conference on Management Leadership and Governance, 19(1), pp. 583–592. https://doi.org/10.34190/ecmlg.19.1.1966 Decreto Lei nº 54/2018. Diário da República (2018). https://data.dre.pt/eli/dec-lei/54/2018/07/06/p/dre/pt/html Decreto Lei nº 55/2018. Diário da República (2018). https://data.dre.pt/eli/dec-lei/55/2018/07/06/p/dre/pt/html Dreer, B. (2023) On the outcomes of teacher wellbeing: a systematic review of research. Front. Psychol. 14:1205179. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1205179 Keyes, C. L. M. (2002). The mental health continuum: From languishing to flourishing in life. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 43(2), 207–222. https://doi.org/10.2307/3090197 McCallum, F. (2021). Teacher and Staff Wellbeing: Understanding the Experiences of School Staff. In: Kern, M.L., Wehmeyer, M.L. (eds) The Palgrave Handbook of Positive Education. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-64537-3_28 Page, M.J. et al. (2021) ‘The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews’, BMJ, p. n71. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Roldão, M. D. C., & Almeida, S. (2018). Gestão curricular: Para a autonomia das escolas e professores. Direção-Geral da Educação - Ministério da Educação. Salmela-Aro, K., Hietajärvi, L., & Lonka, K. (2019). Work burnout and engagement profiles among teachers. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, Article 2254. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02254 Shamseer, L. et al. (2015) ‘Preferred reporting items for systematic review and meta-analysis protocols (PRISMA-P) 2015: elaboration and explanation’, BMJ, 349, p. g7647. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.g7647 Vilelas, J. (2020) Investigação: o processo de construção do conhecimento. 3a Ed. Edições Sílabo. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Relationship between Curriculum Autonomy, Work Engagement and Teacher Well-Being – in Changing Times 1Lusofona University, CeiED, Portugal; 2Lusofona University, CIDEFES, Portugal; 3Lusofona University, Hei-Lab, Portugal Presenting Author:The changes in education systems brought about, among other reasons, by digitalization and the societal transformations, have been imposed in all countries. This communication addresses the relationship between the development of autonomy and curricular flexibility policies and the professional engagement and well-being of teachers in educational contexts. The research underpinning this paper is part of a cross-cutting, interdisciplinary, collaborative project that brings together researchers from different areas - education, sociology, and psychology - and different generations, as well as teachers from schools with different pedagogical-didactic situations, with an emphasis on reflection and direct action. The concepts involved in this project have been studied by themselves, but never all together by the same instrument. Therefore this approach allows an analysis of the different levels of involvement applied in a specific professional situation. This study regards the period from 2016 to 2023, considering that the world has also faced a change in times: the time of digital, the remote teaching, and the pandemic. In these new times, it is also schools and teachers who have introduced new terms, concepts, times, and workspaces to their professionalism, taking into account the priority of combating the growing inequalities between students. The complex nature of teachers' work is a challenge to teacher well-being and teacher burnout has been recognized as a problem worldwide (Salmela-Aro, Hietajärvi, & Lonka, 2019). According to the literature, well-being influences the quality of the teacher-student relationship, classroom management and the effective application of social-emotional education (Carvalho et al., 2021). In addition, teacher well-being is linked to a variety of desirable elements and outcomes, including teacher retention, positive teacher-student interactions, and student performance (Dreer, 2023). Understanding the complex dynamics between curricular autonomy, teacher well-being and teaching engagement will help to characterize educational policies within the scope of Curricular Autonomy and Flexibility in Portugal, in the period 2016 - 2023; to identify professional engagement and well-being of teachers in the context of curricular autonomy and flexibility policies; and to prepare a comparative analysis to be applied in the future in the various intervention contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on the question "What links exist between the development of autonomy and curricular flexibility policies and the work engagement and well-being of teachers in educational contexts?", this study is part of a mixed-method investigation (quantitative and qualitative) and has several dimensions (curricular autonomy, professional engagement and teachers’ well-being). The combination of quantitative and qualitative approaches makes it possible to broaden and deepen the results, which, through the triangulation of techniques, provides diversified readings and a multiplication of analysis perspectives (Dal-Farra & Lopes, 2013). Since the aim is to study the relationship between the proposals for curricular autonomy, the engagement of teachers in this process, which began in 2016, and teachers’ well-being, the most appropriate methodological approach will be developed in two phases in order to allow triangulation between theory and practice. Although the study to be developed includes other phases, namely intensive studies in the form of multiple case studies, in this communication we will only focus on the preliminary phase of document analysis and the development of the necessary instruments for the extensive study that the research entails, presenting its first results, which are part of phase 0 and phase 1. Phase 0 - Document analysis - focuses on: i) legislation framing the educational/curriculum policies of the years 2016-2023 ii) “gray literature” and other reports produced in this period on the object of analysis Phase 1 - carrying out an extensive study - using a questionnaire that makes use of previously defined and validated scales - The Mental Health Continuum-Short Form (MHC-SF; Keyes, 2006; Portuguese version by Matos et al, 2010); The Utrecht Work Engagement Scale, UWES-S (Schaufeli et al., 2002; Portuguese version by Sinval et al., 2018); adapted from Estudo Avaliativo da Autonomia e Flexibilidade Curriular (Cosme, Ferreira, Lima & Barros, 2021). This questionnaire is focused on three dimensions, namely: i) Teachers' perceptions of autonomy and curricular flexibility ii) Subjective well-being iii) Teachers' professional engagement The Ecological Approach to Teacher Agency developed by Priestley et al. (2015) will be considered, as the authors propose the analysis of teacher agency through the interactions that occur between three domains that promote the realization of agency: i) iterational (related to the teacher's beliefs and convictions and their personal and professional life experience); ii) practical-evaluative (related to cultural, structural and material factors); iii) projective (what teachers imagine as the future in the short and long term). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes are: a) to understand whether there is a direct relationship between curricular autonomy, which the system aims for, and teachers’ well-being. b) to further analyze the extent to which curricular autonomy develops feelings and actions of greater engagement and accountability in decision-making about the curriculum and, therefore, the school. c) to reflect on whether teachers' decision-making autonomy in many aspects of curriculum management is experienced as an extra-responsibility stress factor or used for their professional development. d) to identify the presence of teacher agency in its various domains. References Carvalho, J. S., Oliveira, S., Roberto, M. S., Gonçalves, C., Bárbara, J. M., de Castro, A. F., Pereira, R., Franco, M., Cadima, J., Leal, T., Lemos, M. S., & Marques-Pinto, A. (2021). Effects of a mindfulness-based intervention for teachers: A study on teacher and student outcomes. Mindfulness, 12(7), 1719–1732. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12671-021-01635-3 Cosme, A., Ferreira, D., Lima, L. & Barros, M. (2021). Avaliação externa da autonomia e flexibilidade curricular. Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação da Universidade do Porto. Dal-Farra, R. A., & Lopes, P. T. C. (2014). Métodos mistos de pesquisa em educação: pressupostos teóricos. Nuances: Estudos Sobre Educação, 24(3), 67–80. https://doi.org/10.14572/nuances.v24i3.2698 Dreer, B. (2023) On the outcomes of teacher wellbeing: a systematic review of research. Front. Psychol. 14:1205179. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1205179 Jennings, P. A., & Greenberg, M. (2009). The prosocial classroom: Teacher social and emotional competence in relation to child and classroom outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 79(1), 491-525. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308325693 Keyes, C. L. M. (2002). The mental health continuum: From languishing to flourishing in life. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 43(2), 207–222. https://doi.org/10.2307/3090197 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency - An Ecological Approach (1o). Bloomsbury. https://archive.org/details/teacheragencyecoOOOOprie Salmela-Aro, K., Hietajärvi, L., & Lonka, K. (2019). Work burnout and engagement profiles among teachers. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, Article 2254. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02254 Schaufeli, W.B. (2017). General Engagement: Conceptualization and Measurement with the Utrecht General Engagement Scale (UGES). J well-being assess 1, 9–24. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41543-017-0001-x Schaufeli, W. B., Salanova, M., González-Romá, V., and Bakker, A. B. (2002). The measurement of engagement and burnout: a two sample confirmatory factor analytic approach. J. Vocat. Behav. 3, 71–92. doi: 10.1023/A:1015630930326 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Has the Explicit Teaching of Emotions a Place in the Secondary School Curriculum? University of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Introduction: The benefit of socio-emotional learning (SEL) to student behaviour and academic attainment is widely known. Teachers are nowadays expected to deliver packaged programmes on socioemotional learning (SEL) interventions that they find hard to agree, seeing them be beyond the remit of their responsibilities and completely alienated from their subject knowledge. Research Questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method: This paper draws on the findings of a novel pilot project, the first of its kind, that employs a lesson study (LS) approach to actively involve teacher trainees in curriculum development and explicitly introduce socioemotional-oriented teaching in the context of physical education (PE). LS is a collaborative professional development approach for teachers to assess, evaluate and plan a sequence of lessons with a specific focus. The project was conducted in partnership with one mainstream secondary school in the Southwest of England for a period of two months during the summer term 2021-2022. Two teacher trainees and one qualified PE teacher agreed to design, evaluate and plan a sequence of 4 research lessons focusing on integrating SEL instruction in PE. Data collection involved 4 focus groups and 6 in dept evaluation interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results: Our findings provide insights into the tensions, challenges and significance of introducing explicitly socioemotional-oriented teaching in the national secondary curriculum highlighting the effectiveness of a lesson study approach in empowering teachers’ involvement in curriculum development. Conclusion: Evidence suggests that teacher trainees are motivated to teach SEL learning when it is integrated in their subject topic. Practical implications for teacher training and professional development are discussed. References Durlak J, Weissberg R, Dymnicki A, Taylor R, Schellinger K. (2011).The impact of enhancing students’ social and emotional learning: a meta-analysis of school-based universal interventions. Child Dev, 82(1), 405–432. Gómez, E. S., Núñez, M. J. S., Gómez, A. I. P., & Trapero, N. P. (2015). Lesson study and the development of teacher’s competences: From practical knowledge to practical thinking. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 4(3), 209-223. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 11 SES 01 A: Adult Education: From Theory to Practice Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Valerija Drozdova Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Transferring Results of Professional Development into Practice: Designing a framework for systematic review University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:Although significant resources are yearly allocated to the professional development of adults in Latvia, there is a lack of evidence on whether the implemented professional development policies and activities has brought the expected practical results, resonating with the insights arrived at worldwide (Kennedy, 2019; Botma et al., 2015; Hughes et al., 2021, etc.), revealing the encountered challenges when transferring the acquired knowledge into practice. The problems still exist despite some early research on transfer of learning (Curry et al., 1994) and many follow up publications on the transfer and impact of professional development. (Borg, 2018; Brion, 2020, 2023; Kennedy, 2016; King, 2014; Blume, et al., 2010; Curry et al., 2005) Besides, these problems are compounded by the lack of clarity about what effectiveness of transfer really means, and also the lack of evidence on how to transfer professional development results into practice effectively. Despite the concept of transfer is being thoroughly explored, it still requires an in-depth look into the factors influencing the process of applying and transferring training results into practice. (Blume, et als, 2010) In the context of Latvia, only indirect evidence can be provided on the existence of such transfer. For example, the report "Results of adult education survey" (CSBL, 2018) mentions that 50.7% of respondents in formal education and 65.3% in non-formal education indicated adult education having led to better job performance. Besides, with teachers being one of the most relevant target groups when learning and professional development are in the focus, it should be noted that in 2018, 88.6 % of teachers in Latvia admitted a positive impact on their teaching practices over the 12 months prior to the survey (OECD, 2020). One of the most recent studies on teachers' work and professional development, (UL Interdisciplinary Centre for Educational Innovation, 2023) points to the need for a qualitative transformation of the professional development system for teachers, including the development of a targeted and goal-oriented support system within the organization. Measuring the impact and quality of implementation of professional development was another important finding, as well as preparing professional support staff for different needs. Nowadays understanding of the nature, implementation and results of professional development has evolved, and there are many definitions, models and approaches to the concept, most of them related to the teacher professional development. The current study seeks to further elaborate the definition of the concept by focusing on holistic perspective of processional development, thus including various forms of learning - formal and informal learning, training, workplace learning, coaching, mentoring, etc. To find evidence-based solutions for developing effective and efficient ways of professional competences of adults and assessing of the transfer of its results into practice in Latvia, first of all, it is necessary to raise awareness of the existing knowledge base, conduct a conceptual feasibility study, and identify indicators for the transfer of professional development results which in the current situation sufficiently reflect the transfer efficiency revealing also methodological concerns (including the recognition that self-reflected evidence produce ’inflating’ effect; see Blume, et al., 2010) related to the measurement and conclusions. Three research questions are stated for systematic literature analysis: 1) What characterizes effective professional development? 2) Which theoretical concepts in the scientific literature represent the transfer of adult professional development into practice? 3) What processes and indicators show effective ways of transferring results professional learning outcomes into practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research questions will be addressed by using guidelines of Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA, Page at al., 2021). A systematic review attempts to collect all the existing knowledge on the topic area (Grant & Booth, 2009) and uses a systematic approach to synthesize findings of relevant studies, which is why the research is organized in three steps. First, a preliminary qualitative research of the already published systematic reviews and meta-analysis regarding the transfer of professional development results into practice, the total of 99 units, is done by searching relevant databases (Scopus, ERIC, EBSCO, Sage Journals, SpringerLink Contemporary Journals, Wiley Online Library, Taylor & Francis Library, ScienceDirect, MDPI, Emerald eJournals Premier). The goal of this preliminary research is to identify objectives, keywords, the main theoretical concepts, processes and sectors, and to propose the eligibility criteria (i.e., the inclusion and exclusion criteria related to publication year, language, type of publication, target group, research context, field, etc.) and data sources for the systematic literature analysis according to PRISMA statement (Page at al., 2021). Then, the research field shall be narrowed to the most appropriate published systematic reviews for the specific project objective selected for detailed analysis to identify indicators for measuring how effective professional development and transfer of professional results into practice are. A decision was made to narrow down the databases where articles were searched (Web of Science and Scopus), as it is mostly possible to find articles published by other publishing houses in these databases. This will allow to move into the final research stage – the analysis of new original studies (not systematic reviews) to provide answers to the research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The proposed systematic literature review (January-March 2024) will identify the main relevant theoretical concepts, processes, models, solutions as well as performance indicators related to effective professional development and effective transfer of its results into practice. So far we conclude that the system is recommended to be designed so that it was focused, personalized and effective, which can be achieved by designing specific, flexible targeted programs according to the needs of different teaching profiles, commissioning/financing forms of professional development that have an impact on practice, both workplace learning and a flexible choice of different modules (micro-courses), etc. The results of systematic literature analysis will empower the next steps of the research, namely, identification of good practice examples transferable into the socio-cultural and legislative contexts in Latvia. This includes the tools for measuring how effective and efficient transfer of professional development into practice is. This research is funded by the Ministry of Education and Science Republic of Latvia, project “Elaboration of evidence-based solutions for effective professional competence development of adults and assessment of the transfer of its results into practice in Latvia”, project No. VPP-IZM-Izglītība-2023/4-0001. References Blume, B. D., Ford, J. K., Baldwin, T. T., & Huang, J. L. (2010). Transfer of Training: A Meta-Analytic Review. Journal of Management, 36(4), 1065-1105. Borg, S. (2018). Evaluating the impact of professional development. RELC Journal, 49(2), 195-216. Botma, Y., Van Rensburg, G. H., Coetzee, I. M., & Heyns, T. (2015). A conceptual framework for educational design at modular level to promote transfer of learning. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 52, 499–509. Brion, C. (2020). Learning transfer: The missing linkage to effective professional development. Journal of Cases in Educational Leadership, 23(3), 32-47. https://doi.org/ Brion, C. (2023). The impact of local culture on adult learning transfer: Implications for human resources professionals. Human Resource Development International, 26(3), 331-340. CSBL - Central Statistical Bureau of Latvia (2018). Results of adult education survey. https://admin.stat.gov.lv/system/files/publication/2018-03/Nr%208%20Apsekojuma%20Pieauguso%20izglitiba%20rezultati%20%2818_00%29%20LV_EN.pdf Curry, D. H., Caplan, P. & Knuppel, J. (1994). Transfer of training and adult learning (TOTAL). Journal of Continuing Social Work Education, 6(1), 8-14. Curry, D., McCarragher, T. & Dellmann‐Jenkins, M. (2005). Training, transfer, and turnover: Exploring the relationship among transfer of learning factors and staff retention in child welfare. Children and Youth Services Review, 27(8), 931-948. Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91-108. Hughes, A. M., Zajac, S., Woods, A. L., & Salas, E. (2020). The Role of Work Environment in Training Sustainment: A Meta-Analysis. Human Factors, 62(1), 166-183. Kennedy, M. M. (2016). How does professional development improve teaching? Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 945-980. Kennedy, M. M. (2019). How We Learn About Teacher Learning. Review of Research in Education, 43(1), 138-162. King, F. (2014). Evaluating the impact of teacher professional development: An evidence-based framework. Professional Development in Education, 40(1), 89-111. Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D. et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372(71). OECD (2020), TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and School Leaders as Valued Professionals, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris, UL Interdisciplinary Centre for Educational Innovation. (2023). Kā izglītības sistēma var atbalstīt skolotāju, lai skolēni varētu apgūt 21. gadsimta prasībām atbilstošu izglītību? Ieteikumi izglītības politikas veidotājiem [Recommendations for education policy makers on how the education system can support teachers to provide students with a 21st century education]. UL ICEI. https://www.siic.lu.lv/fileadmin/user_upload/lu_portal/projekti/siic/LU_Izglitibas_Sistemas_Atbalsts_Skolotajiem.pdf 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Leadership and School Improvement in Swedish Municipal Adult Education Karlstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:In times of global instability because of climate change, international conflicts, war, and increased migration, the interest in adult education has become global. Adult education is seen as the potential driving force for paving the way for human rights, emancipation, citizenship, multiculturalism, equality, and sustainable societies, and brings hope for a peaceful world (UNESCO, 2022). For this reason, UNESCO emphasizes the need for enabling participation in adult education for more individuals over the world. Swedish municipal adult education, MAE, is the largest in the world per capita (Fejes & Henning Loeb, 2021), and therefore, may seem successful. However, viewing participation in itself as a measure of quality in education is questionable, as the educational mission is often complex and related to the national educational system context, which sets the conditions for practice. While UNESCO concludes that most countries have reported progression in quality in adult education, the trends within Swedish MAE are contrasting. Swedish MAE is facing severe challenges in terms of quality, such as many students leaving MAE without passing (65% of all registered students in 2022, according to the Swedish National Agency for Education, 2023), increased detection of grade fabrications (Fejes, Runesdotter & Wärvik, 2015), and mass exodus of professional practitioners (Portfelt, 2021). While the reasons for this condition have mostly been studied from a critical policy analysis perspective, there is a lack of school improvement research. There is consequently a call for such research studies (Fejes & Henning Loeb, 2021).
This study reports on the research project Leadership and school improvement within Swedish MAE that started in 2019 in collaboration between a researcher (author) and two practitioners working within MAE. The collaborative practice was set up as an action research approach, and the multimethod project evolved over time. The research set-up contrasts with the dominating trends in international research on adult education, and responds to a lack of studies using multimethod and/or quantitative methods (Boeren, 2019; Fejes & Nylander, 2019). We eventually came to study eight local MAE institutions in terms of internal quality work and indirectly, their surrounding practices. Analytically, we defined quality work as the practitioners’ systematic work with supporting each student in their learning and progression, based on the students’ individual pre-conditions, learning capacity, and needs, as far as possible to succeed in their studies.
The aim of this study is to explore the preliminary findings from the research project and shed light on how practices emerge in the local MAE institutions in terms of quality work, and what prefigures practice. Research questions are;
- How is the quality work of the local MAE institutions carried out in practice? - What aspects enable as well as constrain the systematic quality work of the local MAE institutions? The study uses the theory of practice architecture, TPA, as an analytical framework (Kemmis et al., 2014). Here, practice is defined as social processes that emerge in the interplay between individuals, cultures, and structures, as a result of historical as well as ongoing processes. The focus is on practices and how they are brought into the site. Kemmis et al. (2014) emphasize that practices are constituted by the sayings, doings, and relatings that interplay in relation to the studied phenomena in a specific practice. The sayings, doings, and relatings are prefigured by practice architectures that are present or emerging into the site; sayings by cultural-discursive arrangements, doings by material-economic arrangements, and relatings by social-political arrangements. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data is generated by multimethod, such as qualitative policy analysis, a survey completed by teachers in eight local MAE institutions analyzed by factor analysis, multivariate analysis, descriptive statistics, and qualitative content analysis of free text options, and interviews with principals in the eight local MAE institutions. The research project has been approved by the local university’s ethical committee. No personal data have been collected from the respondents. The participants were fully informed about the research project and their rights in accordance with research ethics, and have given their consent to participate in recordings, survey analyses, and reports of the findings. The research project has followed all the ethical guidelines and recommendations of the Swedish Research Council (“Good Research Practice” from 2017, a new edition forthcoming in 2024). All preliminary findings will be integrated and meta-analyzed through the framework theory of practice architecture. Due to the variety of data and findings, the meaning of findings from each study in the research project will be coded into sayings, doings, and relatings in accordance with the theoretical framework. These codes will then be analyzed to identify the surrounding arrangements. Finally, the interrelations between the arrangements will be analyzed to reveal the practice architecture of the local MAE institutions in terms of quality work, and its constraining and enabling traits (Kemmis et al., 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings How the quality work of the local MAE institutions is carried out in practice Participating practitioners in the study seem to have big interest in and compassion for MAE students. However, the quality work of local MAE institutions emerges as unsystematic, sporadic, optional, and coincidental. Principals are mostly described as absent as pedagogical leaders. Professionals emerge as loosely coupled, and there are no systems or routines in place to support professionals in quality work. Individuals, or small sub-groups of professionals with a particular interest in working systematically with quality work, invent their own systems. As a consequence, several parallel systems sometimes exist and compete with one another within one and the same local MAE, which fragments the efforts to work with quality even more. This tends to produce radical introvertism among some of the professionals within MAE, promote the emergence of informal leaders, and create a type of professional autonomy that make practitioners refuse to be led by a formal leader. Aspects that enable as well as constrain the systematic quality work of the local MAE institutions On the one hand, social-political arrangements enable quality work, as the content in policy focuses systematically on supporting students in their learning. On the other hand, social-political arrangements constrain such quality work by putting MAE into an educational market, forcing local MAE institutions to compete by reducing efforts and costs, not requiring special education teachers or student health, and allowing municipalities to organize MAE under school boards with no knowledge of the educational assignment of MAE. Local quality work is enabled by principals that prioritize their pedagogical leadership, educate their local school board about the mission of MAE, arrange their local MAE to focus on students’ learning and progression, and use scientific approaches to professionalize local MAE professions. References Boeren, E., Cabus, S. & Mackie, A. (2023). Participation in Adult Learning: System Characteristics and Individuals’ Experiences. In: Holford, J., Boyadjieva, P., Clancy, S., Hefler, G., Studená, I. (eds) Lifelong Learning, Young Adults and the Challenges of Disadvantage in Europe. Palgrave Studies in Adult Education and Lifelong Learning. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-14109-6_4 Fejes, A., Nylander, E. (2019). Introduction: Mapping the Research Field on Adult Education and Learning. In: Fejes, A., Nylander, E. (eds) Mapping out the Research Field of Adult Education and Learning. Lifelong Learning Book Series, vol 24. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-10946-2_1 Fejes, A., & Henning Loeb, I. (2021), Om komvux och skolutveckling. (About MAE and school improvement) In Hirsh, Å. & Olin, A. (red), (2021). Skolutveckling i teori och praktik. Malmö: Gleerups Utbildning AB. Fejes, A., Runesdotter., C., & Wärvik, G.B. (2016). Marketisation of adult education: Principals as business leaders, standardised teachers and responsibilised students. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 2016. 35(6), pp.664-681. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2016.1204366 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Singapore: Springer Science-Business Media. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-47-4. Portfelt, I. (2021). Komvuxrektorers professionella autonomi – frivillig eller påtvingad? I Att jobba som rektor: - om rektorer som professionella yrkesutövare / [ed] Ahlström, B., Berg, G., Håkansson Lindqvist, M. & Sundh, F., Lund: Studentlitteratur , 2021, 1, s. 137-151. UNESCO (2023). Fifth Global Report on Adult Learning and Education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000381666 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Teaching/Learning Methodologies for Solving Internal Communication Challenges in Tourism and Hospitality Enterprises Turiba University, Latvia Presenting Author:The development of information and communication technologies, the spread of various social networks, the development of AI, has greatly impacted organizations, the way how they manage communication. This is especially true about the industries where communication is directly related with selling their product, tourism and hospitality industry among them. Communication is a complex, social and never-ending process which takes place in a definite socio-cultural environment. Communication has been defined as ‘the exchange of knowledge (founded upon information exchange)' (Gontier, 2022), ‘a transmission of information that implies the emission of the message’ (Matias & Cardoso, 2021, 133), ‘a unique, powerful, and complicated form of human behaviour' (Waldron 2022: 1), and ‘the use of symbols that represent ideas, which then create meanings that can be shared’ (Topić, 2023, 537). Communication happens in different contexts, among different interlocutors and for various purposes. In ECER2022, the author presented the article on intergenerational communication problems in tourism enterprises (Luka, Šakytė-Statnickė, Budrytė-Ausiejienė, 2023). In ECER2023 teaching/learning initiatives to organize adult learning to solve intergenerational communication problems were presented (Šakytė-Statnickė, Budrytė-Ausiejienė, Luka, Drozdova, 2023). The contribution of ECER2024 will focus on internal organizational communication, its challenges and the skills and knowledge necessary for efficient internal communication and the methodologies on how they could be developed. Theoretical framework is based on the theories of organizational communication, focusing on internal communication, and the development of knowledge and skills required for efficient internal organizational communication. Business communication refers to information exchange between a company and its employees ‘based on an examination of the structure and operation of communication networks and systems’ (Kraljević, Russo, 2022, 112). Communication in organizations is divided into internal and external communication. In turn, internal communication may be further subdivided into two-way symmetrical communication (a dialogue between the management and the employees) and asymmetrical communication (upward or downward) (Balakrishnan, Angusamy, & Rosli, 2024). The latest research presented in literature higlights the following knowledge and skills crucial for efficient internal organizational communication: 1) knowledge of understanding internal communication and its role within an organization, organizational culture, crisis management, strategic use of digital media and understanding multicultural and global issues 2) oral communication skills, listening, empathy, flexibility to change, teamwork, interpersonal communication and leadership (Yue, Thelen, 2023; Gomes, Santos, Martins, 2023; Verčič, Špoljarić, 2020; Verčič, Men, 2023; Waititu, Barker, 2023). Therefore, it is essential to apply such teaching/learning methods that would increase the employees’ essential knowledge and develop skills mentioned above in various contexts, practising symmetrical and asymmetrical communication situations. Integration of digital and analogue learning methods and tools may be beneficial therein (Orr, Luebcke, Schmidt, et al., 2020). It is especially important because in the future the contrast between a physical and a virtual space will become less and less important, the two spaces will probably merge. Reciprocal questioning is of utmost importance as well. In practice, learners are trained to ask generic questions of each other, following the teaching of a piece of content. For example: What is the main idea here? How would you compare this with . . .? Collaborative learning groups, jigsaw groups, chatrooms, concept mapping, problem-solving tasks are other opportunities (Biggs, Tang, 2011). Project-based and games-based learning are usuful as well (Council Recommendtion, 2018) as they incraese learner engagement. The aim of the research presented in ECER2024 is to analyze internal organizational communication goals, practices, benefits and challenges in tourism and hospitality enterprises and offer teaching/learning methods to eliminate the existing problems. Research question: What challenges of internal communication do tourism and hospitality industry companies face and what teaching/learning methods may be applied to educate employees in managing more efficient internal organizational communication? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was conducted in the Nordplus Adult Development project „NordTourNet-3: Solving Communication Problems of Different Generations in Tourism Companies” (NPAD-2020/10015; 2020-2023). The project partners are three education institutions from Lithuania, Latvia and Sweden implementing adult education programs. The qualitative exploratory research conducted is in line with interpretivism paradigm to understand ‘individual cases and situation’ and meanings holistically (Coe, 2017, 6). Qualitative exploratory research (Collis, Hussey, 2009) applying 12 semi-structured interviews and 9 unobtrusive social observations in tourism companies were done (Aurini, Heath, Howells, 2016). This contribution employs the data derived from 12 in-depth semi-structured expert interviews with top level tourism and hospitality industry management representatives and business owners conducted in Lithuania, Latvia and Sweden face-to-face onsite or using video conferencing applications (Zoom or Cisco Webex) (Aurini, Heath, Howells, 2016). The interviews were transcribed, coded and analysed applying qualitative content analysis (Croucher, Cronn-Mills, 2019, 162). Criterion sample was created, involving 4 participants from Lithuania, 5 participants from Latvia and 3 participants from Sweden representing 4 accommodation enterprises, 2 catering enterprises, 6 participants represented tour organization (travel agencies, tour operating companies, tourist information centres). The companies employed from 2 to 23 employees. The interview guide included 5 parts. This contribution focuses on the data of Part 2 (information about participants and their companies), Part 3 (internal communication of the company, including the social media used), Part 5 (different communication problems encountered in the company and their reasons). The research was conducted during the Covid-19 period and post-Covid period from January 2021 to June 2022. Research limitations: participants managed or owned small or medium-sized enterprises. This is a typical situation in the target countries, wherein a great majority of accommodation and catering enterprises are family run businesses. However, providing the sample had included also participants from large enterprises, the results could have differed. Another limitation was the Covid-19 period since all companies had to sack part of their employees as tourism was among the first industries to suffer from the crisis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 3 categories of themes were defined: 1) the main goals of internal communication in the organization, 2) the internal communication channels used in the organization, and 3) the strengths and weaknesses of internal communication in the organization. The main goals of internal communication depend on the type of the company. Below LV, LT, SE stand for the respective country: 1) For accommodation business: pass on information to the employees (LV2, LV5, LT1), ensure that daily duties are fulfilled properly (LV5), get feedback from employees about job satisfaction (LT1), improve language skills (SE3). 2) For catering business: ensure reputation (LT4), improve language skills (SE2), escape miscommunication and eliminate disagreements (SE2). 3) For tour organization: provide high standard of services (LV1, LT2, LT3), set goals and reach them (LV3), make sure that the information is passed to all employees (LV4, LT2, SE1), brainstorm business ideas (LV4). The internal communication channels are similar to all countries: 1) Written: e-mail (LV2, LV3, LV4, LV5, LT2, LT3, SE2), WhatsApp or FB group (LV3, LV5, LT1, LT3, LT4, SE2), messaging (LT2, SE3), google drive (LT1, LT3). The predominance of e-mail is explained by participant LT2: ‘Email is the main means of communication because all information has to be in writing’. 2) Oral: phone calls (LV2, LV3, LT1, LT2, LT3, SE2, SE3), F2F meetings (LV4, LT1, LT2, LT3, LT4, SE1, SE2, SE3), visits (LV3, LT1), video conferencing application (LT3). F2F communication is preferred in all businesses, disregarding the company size. Such weaknesses were discovered: cultural differences (LV1), lack of information, quality of information passed (LV2, LV5, LT2, LT3, LT4), language problems (LV2, LV5), lack of feedback (LV3, LT1, LT2), communication barriers (LV2, LV3, LV4, SE2), breaking the rules (LT2), intergenerational communication conflicts (LT2, LT3), different approaches to communication channels (LT2). References *Aurini, J.D., Heath, M., Howells, S. (2016). The How to of Qualitative Research. Sage. *Balakrishnan, K., Angusamy, A., Rosli, M.D.R. (2024). Two-way asymmetrical communication mediating internal communication and employee engagement. Environment and Social Psychology, 9(2), 2074. *Biggs, J., Tang, C. (2011). Teaching for Quality Learning at University. What the student does. McGraw-Hill Education. *Coe, R.J. (2017). The nature of educational research. R.J. Coe (Eds.), Research Methods & Methodologies in Education, (5-14), Sage. *Collis, J., Hussey, R. (2009). Business Research. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. *Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning, 2018/C 189/01. *Croucher, S.M., Cronn-Mills, D. (2019). Understanding Communication Research Methods. Routledge. *Gomes, P., Santos, E., Martins, E. (2023). An exploratory analysis of internal communication in times of the COVID-19 pandemic. Global Business and Organizational Excellence (GBOE), 42, 37-49. *Gontier, N. (2022). Defining Communication and Language from Within a Pluralistic Evolutionary Worldview. Topoi, 41, 609-622. *Kraljević, S., Russo, A. (2022). Communication in the Management Process -Productive Communication. Pomorski zbornik, 62, 111-124. *Luka, I., Drozdova, V., Šakytė-Statnickė, G., Budrytė-Ausiejienė, L. (2023). Solving Intergenerational Communication Problems in Tourism and Hospitality Enterprises. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 14(1), 207-228. *Matias, A. & Cardoso, L. (2021). Defining communication: factors and barriers of a complex concept. European Journal of Social Sciences Studies, 7(1), 131-141. *Orr, D., et al. (2020). Higher Education Landscape 2030: A Trend Analysis based on the AHEAD International Horizon Scanning. Springer Open. *Šakytė-Statnickė, G., Budrytė-Ausiejienė, L., Luka, I., Drozdova, V. (2023). Internal and External Communication between Employees of Different Generations: Emerging Problems in Lithuanian, Latvian, and Swedish Tourism Organizations. Journal of Tourism and Services, 14(26). *Topić, M. (2023) Editorial 28.4: Interpersonal Communication and Social Listening. Corporate Communications: an international journal, 28(4), 537-543. *Verčič, A.T., Men, L.R. (2023). Redefining the link between internal communication and employee engagement. Public Relations Review, 49, 102279. *Verčič, A.T. Verčič, D., Čož, S., Špoljarić, A. (2024). A systematic review of digital internal communication. Public Relations Review, 50, 102400. *Waititu, P., Barker, R. (2023). Employees’ Perceptions on the use of Online Internal Communication for Knowledge Sharing. The Electronic Journal of Knowledge Management, 21(2), 103-113. *Waldron, V.R. (2022). Foreword: Yes, reading interpersonal communication theory can be life changing. In Braithwaite, D.O., Schrodt, P. (eds.), Interpersonal Communication: Multiple Perspectives, 1-7. Taylor & Francis. *Yue, C.A., Thelen, P.D. (2023). The state of internal communication in Latin America: An international Delphi study. Public Relations Review, 49, 102262. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 13 SES 01 A: War and Education Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Piotr Zamojski Opening Panel |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Panel Discussion Opening Panel 1University of Galway, Ireland; 2University of Cyprus; 3Open University of Cyprus Presenting Author:There is a tradition in our Network where we invite scholars affiliated with or connected to the current location to form a panel to open the Network sessions. We are both delighted and excited to announce that esteemed colleagues Zelia Gregoriou, Marianna Papastephanou, and Michalinos Zembylas have accepted our invitation and will be speaking on the theme of war and education References . Chair Ian Munday |
13:15 - 14:45 | 14 SES 01 A: Parental Involvement in Schools and Communities. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Katinka Bacskai Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Parents' Personal Characteristics as Predicting Parental Help-Giving to Children in Learning at the Home Arena 1Tel-Hai Academic College, Israel; 2The Open University of Israel Presenting Author:The present study investigates parental involvement in learning processes while focusing on the parent-child helping relations in the context of learning at home. The theoretical framework of this study is based on integration of educational and psychological perspectives that examine the effect of a parent’s personal characteristics while giving assistance to the child in academic matters at home. Much attention has been given in recent years to family-school collaboration and creating a partnership (Addi-Raccah et al., 2022; Epstein, 2018; Sheldon & Turner-Vorbeck, 2019). Epstein (2010) conceptualizes family involvement as occurring on multiple levels, considers the overlapping spheres of influence that families and schools have on students and how those spheres interact, and calls for a greater overlap between roles than often exist in schools as well as for greater partnerships between home and school. Studies conducted in recent years have supported the importance of this collaboration (Sanders-Smith et al., 2020) which have encouraged learning-at-home activities and a strong relationship between the home and school arenas (Erdener & Knoeppel, 2018; Ihmeideh et al., 2020) and have demonstrated the variety of ways that families are involved in children’s education as well as the positive outcomes in terms of better performance, better attitudes toward school, and higher graduation rates (Epstein & Van Voorhis, 2012; Henderson et al., 2007; Sanders-Smith et al., 2020). The parent-teacher-student relationship has been examined from different angles. Epstein (2010) distinguished between parental school-based activities, such as volunteering, communicating, decision-making, and collaborating and home-based activities, such as parenting or learning at home. Accordingly, Medwell and Wray’s research (2019) indicates that the vast majority of teachers felt that practice and learning assignments at home promoted partnership between the school and parents in regard to their child’s learning. In the present study, we focus on the involvement of a parent in their children's learning processes at home and specifically, in parental help-giving with learning assignments and academic matters at home. The main goal of the present study is to examine a parent’s personal characteristics that are associated with the type of help the parent provides to their child in academic assignments. We see importance in understanding the helping relations in this area because of the impact of different types of involvement which may contribute to encouraging effective and proactive assistance for the child, in addition to the understandable importance of parental involvement in their children's educational processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and Procedure The research is based on 306 Israeli parents with at least one child in elementary school (156 females, 150 males) aged 27-59 (M=40.06; SD=5.90). After receiving approval from the research ethics committee, the sample was collected in December 2021 by online participants' recruitment surveys based on over 100,000 paid participants from Israel. The sample population were parents who had at least one child in elementary school. Measures Parents were asked to answer the next questionnaires: Short Grit scale (Grit-S). Duckworth and Quinn’s (2009). Reliability of Cronbach α = 0.70. The satisfaction with life scale (SWLS) (Diener et al., 1985). Cronbach α = 0.91. Advice/affect management (Segrin et. al., 2012), subscales of Overparenting (Segrin et. al., 2012). Cronbach α = 0.88. Parenting sense of competence scale (PSOC) (Gibaud-Wallston & Wanderson, 1978). Cronbach’s α = .85. Parental help-giving orientations scale (P-HGOs) (Author et al., 2023). Sub-scale Autonomy help-giving orientation, Cronbach’s α = .81 and Dependent help-giving - parent as a student, Cronbach’s α = .83. General background questionnaire includes gender, age, family status, number of children, children’ grades, socioeconomic status (SES). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The general correlations between the study variables initially confirmed our research hypotheses, as the independent variables of the parent’s personal characteristics (i.e., grit, advice/affect management, Subjective Wellbeing-SWB, and Parental Self-efficacy-PSE) were inversely associated with P-HGO (parental help-giving orientation) of parent as a student (i.e., negatively) and autonomy help-giving (i.e., positively). In the path analysis we established, a parent’s grit was negatively associated with parent as a student orientation, both directly and indirectly (via self-efficacy). A parent’s grit was also indirectly associated with parental autonomy help-giving, meaning that those two variables are positively associated due to the mediation effect of high PSE. Likewise, parental advice/affect management was found to be positively associated with parental autonomy help-giving both directly and indirectly (via PSE) and also negatively-indirectly associated with parent as a student. Parental SWB was associated with the P-HGO in a similar way (i.e., positively and negatively), as expected via PSE as a mediator. Taken together, our proposed model showed a good fit to the data, with the parental characteristics explaining proportions of 32% and 22% of variances of the autonomy help-giving and parent as a student variables (respectively). The present study aimed to advance the understanding of the relationship between parent’s personal characteristics and the kind of help given to a child in academic assignments at home. Generally, in accord with our primary expectations, the findings identified inverse links between a parent’s personal characteristics and the P-HGO of a parent as student (with negative associations), parental autonomy (with positive associations), with all of these observed effects to be at least partially mediated by the PSE. References Addi-Raccah, A., Dusi, P., & Seeberger Tamir, N. (2022). What can we learn about research on parental involvement in school? Bibliometric and thematic analyses of academic journals. Urban Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/00420859211017978 Author, Author, & Author (2023). Dempsey, I., & Dunst, C. J. (2004). Helpgiving styles and parent empowerment in families with a young child with a disability. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability, 29(1), 40-51. https://doi.org/10.1080/13668250410001662874 Diener, E. D., Emmons, R. A., Larsen, R. J., & Griffin, S. (1985). The satisfaction with life scale. Journal of personality assessment, 49(1), 71-75. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327752jpa4901_13 Duckworth, A. L., & Quinn, P. D. (2009). Development and validation of the Short Grit Scale (GRIT–S). Journal of personality assessment, 91(2), 166-174. https://doi.org/10.1080/00223890802634290 Epstein, J. L. (2010). School/family/community partnerships: Caring for the children we share. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(3), 81–96. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171009200326 Epstein, J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships in teachers’ professional work. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(3), 397-406. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2018.1465669 Epstein, J. L., & Van Voorhis, F. L. (2012). The changing debate: From assigning homework to designing homework. In Contemporary debates in childhood education and development (pp. 277-288). Routledge. Erdener, M.A., & Knoeppel, R.C. (2018). Parents’ perceptions of their involvement in schooling. International Journal of Research in Education and Science (IJRES), 4(1), 1-13. Gibaud-Wallston, J., & Wandersman, L. P. (1978). Parenting Sense of Competence Scale (PSOC) [Database record]. APA PsycTests. https://doi.org/10.1037/t01311-000 Henderson, A. T., Mapp, K. L., Johnson, V. R., & Davies, D. (2007). Beyond the bake sale: The essential guide to family-school partnerships. The New Press. Ihmeideh, F., AlFlasi, M., Al-Maadadi, F., Coughlin, C., & Al-Thani, T. (2020) Perspectives of Family–School relationships in Qatar based on Epstein’s Model of Six Types of Parent Involvement. Early Years, 40(2), 188-204. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2018.1438374 Medwell, J., & Wray, D. (2019). Primary homework in England: The beliefs and practices of teachers in primary schools. Education 3-13, 47(2), 191-204. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2017.1421999 Sanders-Smith, S. C., Smith-Bonahue, T. M., & Soutullo, O. R. (2020). ‘The parents are locked out’: policies, practices, and perspectives undermining family engagement. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 29(3), 250-273. https://doi.org/10.1080/09620214.2020.1768881 Segrin, C., Woszidlo, A., Givertz, M., Bauer, A., & Taylor Murphy, M. (2012). The association between overparenting, parent‐child communication, and entitlement and adaptive traits in adult children. Family Relations, 61(2), 237-252. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-3729.2011.00689.x Segrin, C., Givertz, M., Swaitkowski, P., & Montgomery, N. (2015). Overparenting is associated with child problems and a critical family environment. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 24(2), 470-479. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-013-9858-3 Sheldon, S. B., & Turner-Vorbeck, T. A. (Eds.). (2019). Family, school and community relationships in education. Wiley Blackwell. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Hard-to-reach Parents? Parental Involvement in Case of Low SES and SEN Students. , MTA-DE-Parent-Teacher Cooperation Research Group, Hungarian Academy of SciencesUniversity of Debrecen, Hungary Presenting Author:In an inclusive school, the parents are involved, in both the SEN and non-SEN students (Paseka & Schwab, 2020). Several empirical studies have examined the relationship between parental involvement (PI) and academic achievement (Domina, 2005; Driessen et al., 2005; Sheldon and Epstein 2005; Erdem and Kaya 2020; Naite 2020), however, neither the PI itself nor the relationship between the two factors is shared equally by the researchers in the studies (Boonk et al. 2018, Nyitrai et al. 2019). In families with low socioeconomic backgrounds, the PI volume is lower than in high SES families. Students with special educational needs are more likely to be impacted by the PI because of its relevance to them. We have a great deal of cross-sectional studies, which look at the school-family collaboration in families with low socioeconomic status and in the case of families with special needs students, but we have very little information about the longitudinal changes of the PI and its influence over time. This study aimed to examine the association beetween the PI and the school sucess in inclusive classrooms using a longitudinal database. We aim to analyze how the PI has changed over time as the school years progress. In our analysis highlighted the low SES SEN students, whose parent’s are fare from the schoollife. All students in the 6th, 8th, and 10th grades in Hungary take part in a process called the National Assessment of Basic Competencies (NABC), which is a kind of census. From the years 2015-2019, we have merged the three based databases based on Student IDs and built a longitudinal database that covers the 6th through the 10th grade. During the four years of the school's existence, we want to analyse and understand how to change the PI and the variables that describe the success of the school for low SES and SEN students during the four years. We found that students from low SES and those with special needs are at high risk of dropping out, but the amount of involvement they receive at school can help counterbalance this risk. When compared to the average population, the volume of the PI is higher in the case of the SEN students, but in the case of the low SES families with SEN students, the correlation is not valid. As a result, one of the main conclusions from the study is that access to the hard-to-reach parents is very important for the schools in order to improve the educational opportunities students have in their schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we built an longitudinal database. The database used for the research was created by merging data at the student level. Our baseline year was the 2015 NABC measurement in Year 6, with Year 6 students as the base. We first merged the student and institution databases, and then repeated this step for the 2017 grade 8 and 2019 grade 10 databases. We then compiled a database based on the individual identifiers of Year 6 students, which can track students' achievements and backgrounds over four years in the case of an unbroken learning pathway. Our initial database contains 91956 students, the final merged database of data from three different years contains 104110 rows, i.e. the number of students with measurement IDs. The discrepancy between the two numbers indicates the problem that our response gap will be very high for many questions. The construction of the database is based on the fact that students who appear in one of the three years with their individual identifiers are included, i.e. they may have dropped out, repeated a class and thus dropped out or entered our database. A special attention was paid to students who could not be identified in the subsequent databases and therefore could have dropped out. The low SES and SEN student cathegory is recorded administratively in the central database. We used descriptive statistics and 2-level Hierarchical Linear Modeling (student nested in school). Since both academic achievement (Beta=0.34) and parental involvement (Beta=0.13) are strongly correlated with social background, we used the residuals of the regression for the descriptive statistics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our expected outcomes are at different levels. Our results show that the percentage of SEN pupils in the total population in Grade 6 is 5.9%. If we calculate the percentage by social background, it is distributed in a ratio of 1:2, i.e. the proportion of SEN pupils in the cumulatively deprived group is twice as high as in the non-deprived group. At higher grades, however, the proportion of non-deprived SEN pupils does not decrease to the same extent, i.e. it is more likely that pupils from the deprived groups crumble and disappear from the database. The proportion of SEN pupils who are not severely disadvantaged is 4.2%, while the same figure for the severely low SES group is 11%. In general, parents of SEN children are more involved and parents in low SES families are less involved. Less involvement is also typical for parents of SEN children if the family is disadvantaged. However, when we look at students who have an unbroken learning path, i.e. who have not dropped out but have fulfilled the requirements of the school system up to the age of 16, we see a different correlation. For successful (not dropped out) students, parents of disadvantaged SEN students show increasing levels of involvement. As a result, one of the main conclusions from the study is that access to hard-to-reach parents is very important for schools to improve the educational opportunities students have in their schools. References - Boonk, L., Gijselaers, H. J. M., Ritzen, H., & Brand-Gruwel, S. (2018). A review of the relationship between parental involvement indicators and academic achievement. Educational Research Review, 24, 10–30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2018.02.001 - Domina, T. (2005). Leveling the home advantage: Assessing the effectiveness of parental involvement in elementary school. Sociology of Education, 78, 233–249. - Driessen, G., Smit, F., & Sleegers, P. (2005). Parental involvement and educational achievement. British Educational Research Journal, 31(4), 509–532. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920500148713 - Sheldon, S. B., & Epstein, J. L. (2005). Involvement Counts: Family and Community Partnerships and Mathematics Achievement. The Journal of Educational Research, 98(4), 196–206. https://doi.org/10.3200/JOER.98.4.196-207 Kuru Cetin, S., & Taskin, P. (2016). Parent involvement in education in terms of their socio-economic status. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, 66, 105-122 http://dx.doi.org/10.14689/ejer.2016.66.6 - Paseka, A., & Schwab, S. (2020). Parents’ attitudes towards inclusive education and their perceptions of inclusive teaching practices and resources. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(2), 254–272. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2019.1665232 - Schwab, S. 2019. “Inclusive and Special Education in Europe.” Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Accessed 13 June 2019. https://oxfordre.com/education/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.001.0001/acrefore-9780190264093-e-1230 - Xu, M., Benson, S. N. K., Mudrey-Camino, R., & Steiner, R. P. (2010). The relationship between parental involvement, self-regulated learning, and reading achievement of fifth graders: A path analysis using the ECLS-K database. Social Psychology of Education, 13, 237–269. https://doi.org/ttps://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-009-9104-4 - Lavan, A.; Reiter, S.; Heiman, T. Educational Involvement of Parents of Mainstreamed Special Needs Children. Contemp School Psychol 2019, 23 (4), 401–411. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40688-018-0202-1. - Gedfie, M.; Getahun, D. A.; Negassa, D. Parent’s Involvement in the Education of Their Children with Disabilities in Primary Schools of Bahir Dar City, Ethiopia: Voices of Parents. IJSE 2021, 35 (1). https://doi.org/10.52291/ijse.2020.35.6. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 16 SES 01 A: Chatbots and Robotics Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ruth Wood Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper A Meta Scoping Review of Programming and Robotics in K-12 Education: Characteristics, Benefits and Challenges 1The Knowledge Centre for Education, University of Stavanger, Norway; 2EPPI Centre, University College London Presenting Author:The digitalisation of education offers transformative potential, enriching teaching practices and broadening instructional possibilities within schools. However, this shift also introduces a set of complex challenges that impact both pedagogy and curriculum. Within this evolving digital landscape, which includes domains such as artificial intelligence, data management, cloud computing, and sustainable technologies (González-Pérez & Ramírez-Montoya, 2022), teachers are faced with complex considerations, including classroom management, assessment, ethical concerns, and the integration of digital technologies. A key area of focus within digital transformation is the development of computational thinking through programming and educational robotics, targeting 21st-century skills such as collaboration, critical- and ethical thinking (González-Pérez & Ramírez-Montoya, 2022; Ye et al., 2022). In response to these educational imperatives, programming has been integrated into the school curricula of several countries. While some countries have introduced programming as a separate subject or as a subsection of Mathematics, others like Finland and Norway have embraced a cross-curricular approach, incorporating programming into diverse subjects such as Art and Design, Music, and Science, in addition to Mathematics. Based on the interdisciplinary landscape of programming education, its research intersects with various academic disciplines and pedagogical approaches. In order to shed light on how these interdisciplinary perspectives are brought together in current K-12 programming research, as well as to gauge the scope and quality of evidence syntheses that have been undertaken previously, as well as identify research gaps, a meta scoping review (Booth et al., 2022) was undertaken. The overarching research question guiding this study is: What is the nature and scope of evidence synthesis on programming and robotics in primary and secondary education? To provide a comprehensive answer to this main research question, the study is broken down into the following sub-questions:
By conducting this meta scoping review, the study aims to lay a foundational groundwork for future primary and secondary research in the domain of programming education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to answer the research questions, a meta scoping review was conducted (Booth et al., 2022), using explicit and predefined criteria (Gough et al., 2012; Zawacki-Richter et al., 2020), with the reporting guided by the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021). A scoping meta-review is a type of tertiary review (Kitchenham et al., 2009), which synthesises secondary research such as systematic reviews and meta-analyses. The review was undertaken based on previous tertiary reviews (Bond et al., 2024; Buntins et al., 2023), with the first search conducted in April 2023, and subsequent searches conducted until 17 January 2024 to ensure the inclusion of extant literature. The platforms and databases searched were the Web of Science, Scopus, EBSCOHost (including ERIC), and Progress, with the OpenAlex platform (Priem et al., 2022) also searched via evidence synthesis software EPPI Reviewer (Thomas et al., 2023). A search string was developed based on two previous tertiary reviews (Bond et al., 2024; Buntins et al., 2023), focusing on programming, computational thinking and robotics in K-12, as well as variations of evidence synthesis (Sutton et al., 2019). The search strategy yielded 4,369 items, which were exported as a .txt or .ris file and imported into EPPI Reviewer. Following the automatic removal of 485 duplicates, two reviewers screened the same 200 items on title and abstract (2 x 100), applying the inclusion/exclusion criteria, to ensure inter-rater reliability. After achieving perfect agreement, the remaining 3,684 items were screened on title and abstract. Studies were included if they explored programming or computational thinking in K-12, were a journal article published after 2010 in English, and were a form of evidence synthesis, leaving 195 items to screen on full text. To ensure continued inter-rater reliability, a further 10 items were double screened at this stage, and again the reviewers were in complete agreement. After screening the remaining items, 121 evidence syntheses were identified for data extraction and synthesis within EPPI Reviewer. For the purposes of this paper, however, only the 50 reviews pertaining to programming and robotics will be included. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This meta scoping review explores the evolution, distribution, and quality of evidence syntheses in programming education research from 2011 to 2023, focusing on primary and secondary education. Whilst analysis is currently ongoing, systematic reviews and meta-analyses have been dominant, with a gradual increase in the number and range of syntheses being conducted since 2021. The 50 journal articles in the corpus were published in 37 unique journals, reflecting a wide interest in not only the topic, but in synthesis methods also. Geographically, authors span five continents, with most authors hailing from Europe (42%) and Asia (38%), suggesting worldwide engagement in this research area. However, there was a notable lack of representation from Africa and Oceania. Collaboration patterns showed a heavy preference for domestic partnerships (64.8% of co-authored articles), with only 18% of research published by international research teams. The quality of studies also varied, with a preponderance of medium and low-quality evidence, with very few higher quality studies, highlighting the need for more rigorous and transparent approaches to evidence synthesis, echoing findings in the wider field of education (Bond et al., 2024; Buntins et al., 2023). Thematic analysis revealed a focus on sub-themes such as skill development, teaching methods, and pedagogical goals. However, gaps were evident, particularly in subjects like Mathematics, on the ethical considerations of AI and robotics, and the role of teachers in programming education. The benefits of programming and robotics education emerged as significant, enhancing cognitive development, creativity, and interdisciplinary learning. Challenges included resource constraints, curriculum integration, teacher training needs, cognitive load concerns, and the need for more parental involvement in robot-assisted learning. While programming education research is extensive and diverse, areas identified for future exploration, particularly in underrepresented regions, include ethical issues in technology use, and more inclusive pedagogical strategies. References Bond, M., Khosravi, H., De Laat, M., Bergdahl, N., Negrea, V., Oxley, E., Pham, P., Chong, S.W., & Siemens, G. (2024). A meta systematic review of Artificial Intelligence in Higher Education: A call for increased ethics, collaboration, and rigour. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00436-z Booth, A., Sutton A., Clowes, M., Martyn-St James, M. (2022). Systematic Approaches to a Successful Literature Review. SAGE Buntins, K, Bedenlier, S., Marín, V., Händel, M., & Bond, M. (2023). Methodological approaches to evidence synthesis in educational technology. A tertiary systematic mapping review. MedienPädagogik Research Syntheses, 54, 167–191. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/54/2023.12.20.X González, M.Á., Rodríguez-Sedano, F.J., Llamas, C.F., Gonçalves, J., Lima, J., & García-Peñalvo, F.J. (2020). Fostering STEAM through challenge‐based learning, robotics, and physical devices: A systematic mapping literature review. Computer Applications in Engineering Education, 29, 46 - 65. Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (Eds.). (2012). An introduction to systematic reviews. SAGE. Kitchenham, B., Pearl Brereton, O., Budgen, D., Turner, M., Bailey, J., & Linkman, S. (2009). Systematic literature reviews in software engineering – A systematic literature review. Information and Software Technology, 51(1), 7–15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.infsof.2008.09.009 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., . . . Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Priem, J., Piwowar, H., & Orr, R. (2022). OpenAlex: A fully-open index of scholarly works, authors, venues, institutions, and concepts. ArXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2205.01833 Sutton, A., Clowes, M., Preston, L., & Booth, A. (2019). Meeting the review family: Exploring review types and associated information retrieval requirements. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 36(3), 202–222. https://doi.org/10.1111/hir.12276 Thomas, J., Graziosi, S., Brunton, J., Ghouze, Z., O'Driscoll, P., Bond, M., & Koryakina, A. (2023). EPPI Reviewer: advanced software for systematic reviews, maps and evidence synthesis. EPPI Centre Software. UCL Social Research Institute. London. https://eppi.ioe.ac.uk/cms/Default.aspx?alias=eppi.ioe.ac.uk/cms/er4 Ye, J., Lai, X., & Wong, G. K.‑W. (2022). The transfer effects of computational thinking: A systematic review with meta‐analysis and qualitative synthesis. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 38(6), 1620–1638. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcal.12723 Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., & Buntins, K. (Eds.). (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Harnessing AI to Scale Dialogic Education and Reduce Polarization Hebrew university of Jerusalem, Israel Presenting Author:Dialogic education has promising potential for reducing polarization, widely seen as a threat to democracy (Wegerif, 2022; Parker, 2023). Engaging students in an internally persuasive discourse (IPD) (Bakhtin, 1981) means creating a space where students examine their vested truth in light of critique and alternatives presented by a different, conflicting Other (Matusov, 2009). Successful implementation of IPD increases students’ polyphony, manifested in legitimizing the right of other opinions (other voices) to exist and engaging in a dialogic relationship with this voice (Parker, 2023). It could bring democracy to life inside the school (Apple & Beane, 2007; Gilbert, 2020). In previous work, we developed and successfully implemented a pedagogical model aimed at IPD. Our design relied on the replete evidence in the literature that a dyadic interaction — students with textual, inanimate representations of the Other, conflicting voice — is less likely to generate IPD because students’ reading is mediated by the mechanism of appropriation/resistance (Wertsch, 1998). Namely, students tend to unquestionably accept representations in line with their in-group voice and ignore or reject (with ostensive argumentative efforts) the Other voice (Brand et al., 2023). We thus structured a triadic interaction— students from both sides of the conflict and text. The hypothesis was that the animated Other is flexible and attuned to one’s voice, thereby metaphorically “amplifying” the text. Nonetheless, meticulous scaffolding is required to (a) prevent the deterioration of hot discussions into mere disputes, (b) enable a safe space to argue and criticize, and (c) encourage reasoning and re-examination. In one successful implementation of this model, Israeli post-secondary students, Jewish and Arabs, e-investigated an event from the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. As expected, the discussions were disputatious. Nonetheless, they were fruitful. While students did not abandon their in-group narratives, their voices became polyphonic, that is, enriched by the Other voice. This was expressed, for example, in moving from a zero-sum viewpoint on historical events and employing moral judgment to a portrayal of an entangled relationship between the agents and assuming (some) accountability towards in-group historical agents (Ben-David Kolikant & Pollack, 2015). Intuitively, chatbots based on large-language models (LLMs) (e.g., ChatGPT, Llama, Bard) can be used to scale dialogical education because, owing to their nature, they could enable, provoke, and facilitate a productive dyadic interaction—student and text. Specifically, the text that a chatbot provides is not inanimate, it “talks” and hence can dynamically attune the responses to the interlocutor. Moreover, it can introduce students to a myriad of voices and ideas attuned to the unfolding conversation. The use of chatbots also lessens the need for careful structuring of the encounter, aimed at preventing “explosions”, students being offended or stressed by the Other, which may lead to the opposite result, a boost to polarization. Since chatbots are not human, there is no fear they would be offended by interlocutors. Additionally, students can feel safe to utter their voices and critique, ask for clarifications, experience uttering the Other’s voice, and admit that they changed their minds or realized there is merit in the other’s viewpoint without feeling that they betrayed themselves and/or their in-group. To gain insights into the potential and limitation of LLMs to scale dialogic education, in particular the engagement of students in IPD, we fine-tuned an LLM with a corpus of discussions in which IPD was evident. Then, we conducted discussions on controversial topics with the chatbot and analyzed its discursive moves. Our focus was on how, if at all, the chatbot provokes and enables its interlocutors to revisit their ideas. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We fine-tuned “Llama-2-7b-chat-hf” with a corpus of 1000 discussions taken from Reddit/Change My View (CMV). Llama 2 is a collection of pre-trained and fine-tuned generative text models, which (a) range in scale from 7 billion to 70 billion parameters; (b) are auto-regressive language models that use optimized transformer architecture; and, importantly, (c) can be optimized for dialogue use cases. We named the chatbot obtained “LlamaLo” (meaning ‘why not’, in Hebrew). CMV is self-described as “A place to post an opinion you accept may be flawed in an effort to understand other perspectives on the issue” (www.reddit.com/r/changemyview/). CMV is heavily moderated. To encourage users to respond to each other, whoever succeeds in shifting or expanding (i.e., changing) the view of the original poster can be rewarded with a Delta (∆). The idea was that LlamaLo would grasp the discursive “ground rules” embedded in discussions with Delta and use them in future conversations. Owing to the high quality of discussions in CMV, they are commonly used for natural language processing (NLP) and social science research, ranging from argument mining to the study of the effects of forum norms and moderation (Dutta et al., 2020; Na & DeDeo, 2022; Nguyen & Young, 2022). The Delta reward is perceived in those studies as an indicator of a productive discussion since it declares change or expansion in view. We then discussed with LlamaLo 10 controversial topics (e.g., religion and state; bi-national conflicts). We examined its responses to several discursive situations we had created (e.g., unreasoned disagreement, fake knowledge, complex argumentation, and critical questions). We analyzed the conversations, focusing on LlamaLo’s (a) quality of arguments presented, (b) extent of knowledge added, (c) transactivity, i.e., building on the interlocutor’s utterances, and (d) discursive acts that invite the interlocutor to expand and refine their voice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The significance of this work is in the proof of concept of the possibility to scale dialogic education, employing a dyadic interaction between a chatbot and users. Specifically, our preliminary findings are encouraging. LlamaLo, for the most part, presented alternative ideas using well-grounded claims and added relevant knowledge. It mitigated the disagreement (i.e., softening) and provided to-the-point critique and alternative claims. It also made discursive moves, inviting the interlocutor to continue the conversation with probing questions, such as “What do you think?”. However, similarly to other LLM-based chatbots, it was not free of flaws, such as hallucinations. Also, sometimes it stuck to one point rather than enabling the conversation to expand. We are now in the process of further improving Llamalo by fine-tuning the base model and formulating effective prompts in order to scrutinize the potential and limits of such a tool. This phase lays the ground for future work, in which we will carefully and thoughtfully design a pedagogical model that leverages the learning potential of the dyadic interactions—student and chatbot. Then we will carry out design-based research to examine and improve the learning that takes place when the model is implemented in schools. References Apple, M. W., & Beane, J. A. (2007). Schooling for Democracy. Principal leadership, 8(2), 34-38. Bakhtin, M. (1981). The dialogical imagination: Four essays. (C. Emerson and M. Holquist, Trans.). Austin: University of Texas Press. Ben-David Kolikant, Y., & Pollack, S. (2015). The dynamics of non-convergent learning with a conflicting other: internally persuasive discourse as a framework for articulating successful collaborative learning. Cognition and Instruction, 33(4), 322-356. Brand, C. O., Brady, D., & Stafford, T. (2023, June 27). The Ideological Turing Test: a behavioural measure of open-mindedness and perspective-taking. https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/2e9wn Dutta, S., Das, D., & Chakraborty, T. (2020). Changing views: Persuasion modeling and argument extraction from online discussions. Information Processing & Management, 57(2), 102085. Gibson, M. (2020). From deliberation to counter-narration: Toward a critical pedagogy for democratic citizenship. Theory & Research in Social Education, 48(3), 431-454. Matusov, E. (2009). Journey into dialogic pedagogy. Nova Science Publishers. Na, R. W., & DeDeo, S. (2022). The Diversity of Argument-Making in the Wild: from Assumptions and Definitions to Causation and Anecdote in Reddit's" Change My View". In J. Culbertson, A. Perfors, H. Rabagliati & V. Ramenzoni (Eds.), Proceedings of the 44th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (pp. 969-975). Nguyen, H., & Young, W. (2022, March). Knowledge Construction and Uncertainty in Real World Argumentation: A Text Analysis Approach. In LAK22: 12th International Learning Analytics and Knowledge Conference (pp. 34-44). Parker, W. C. (2023). Education for Liberal Democracy: Using Classroom Discussion to Build Knowledge and Voice. Teachers College Press. Wegerif, R. (2022). Beyond democracy: Education as design for dialogue. In Liberal democratic education: A paradigm in crisis (pp. 157-179). Brill mentis. Wertsch, J. V. (1998). Mind as action. Oxford university press. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper The Prompt, A Crucial Component for the Use of the Chatbots to Support Written Feedback and Assessment Routines University of Agder, Norway Presenting Author:As one of the main insights working with Chatbots as teacher or instructor is their proper and reflected use. Specifically, one first and decisive step is a thoroughly created prompt. A prompt in generative AI is a specific way of interaction between a human and a large language model that let the model generate the intended output, in this study the constructive feedback for the learner. One can almost say that this is already a research result, the prompts’ importance, starting to work and apply chatbots systematically and for educational purposes. This is not different from the old proverb that “we reap what we sow” one need to thoroughly consider how to design a prompt. Whereas chat bot applications for learners are implemented and under research for instance in Learning Management Systems (Lee et al., 2020) to assist student learning (Edubots, n.d.), applications for teachers specifically on assessment are less in focus with some exceptions. Just 6 % of the Edubots support assessment activities (Okonkwo & Ade-Ibijola, 2021, p.5-6). Therefore, the prompts and approaches researched here should support teacher’s feedback work on student learning. Beside different types of prompts to address different purposes and styles of answers, one need to respect principles which one can find in publications developed by the experience of language modelers for AI bots (Atlas, 2023). This will have influenced the approaches developed and presented in this paper. These principles are described differently in the literature but as summarized here one can find the following basic handling principles: • choose the words carefully • define the conversation’s purpose • define the conversations focus • specify and be concise • provide context Other recommendations are to include the following types of components (Research project at our university, n.d.): • role (the expertise or the perspective which should be taken) • task (the specific task, objective your bot should conduct) • format (intended presentation format for the bot answer) Ekin (2023, p.4) is presenting five factors influencing the so-called “engineering” of prompts which in away include the handling principles and the types of components but add a bigger picture on the understanding of the technology itself used. User intent: Understand the user’s goal and desired output. This helps in crafting a prompt that aligns with the user’s expectations. Model understanding: Familiarize yourself with the strengths and limitations of ChatGPT. This knowledge assists in designing prompts that exploit the model’s capabilities while mitigating its weaknesses. Keep in mind that even state-of-the-art models like ChatGPT may struggle with certain tasks or produce incorrect information. Domain specificity: When dealing with a specialized domain, consider using domain-specific vocabulary or context to guide the model towards the desired response. Providing additional context or examples can help the model generate more accurate and relevant outputs. Clarity and specificity: Ensure the prompt is clear and specific to avoid ambiguity or confusion, which can result in suboptimal responses. Ambiguity can arise from unclear instructions, vague questions, or insufficient context. Constraints: Determine if any constraints (e.g., response length or format) are necessary to achieve the desired output. Explicitly specifying constraints can help guide the model towards generating responses that meet specific requirements, such as character limits or structured formats. Independent which kind of factors to consider, basic principles to follow or components to apply there is a need to make a choice to be able to use the bots purposeful and efficient. One can find literature and training programs for the so-called “prompt engineering” (see Ekin, 2023). The research question is: How will the use of different prompt-types influence the support for teachers’ writing feedback?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology, methods, research instruments and sources used This study includes a summarizing literature study on ‘prompts engineering’ as well 2 approaches conducted at our university. These approaches can be understood as an incremental development by experiences made and by increasing practice as well as theoretical development of knowledge; creating on the one hand useful prompts and on the other hand analyses useful educational framework for providing chatbot supported feedback. •The first approach use data from a university course on the bachelor’s level in international education. The students’ midterm assignments were used as data source for the written chatbot-supported feedback •The second approach uses midterm reports which applies specific structured prompts (rubric) on a course on bachelor level in English An analysis will be done on two levels. The prompts will be analyzed regarding their structure, principals or factors used related to the feedback quality given by applying those. Another guiding question will be how one can design tasks for coursework respecting in advance the prompts logic embraced by the given syllabus or the teaching plan given. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One of the results is to provide an overview of studies on prompt guidelines, principles or factors. The second result will show which types of the analyzed prompts will lead to which kind of results respecting the educational assignment and context given. As well a third result will be a recommendation on which kind of assignment type can be properly supported by AI feedback. References Literature: Atlas, S. (2023). Chatbot Prompting: A guide for students, educators, and an AI-augmented workforce. University of Rhode Island. Independent publication. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/367464129_Chatbot_Prompting_A_guide_for_students_educators_and_an_AI-augmented_workforce Edubots (n.d.). Best Practices of Pedagogical Chatbots in Higher Education. https://uploads-ssl.webflow.com/5eb417ec5e1a81e0e30258a0/6241a9addc2a994a9b1018ec_WP5_D6_Whitepaper_Best_Practices_of_Chatbots_in_higher_education.pdf Ekin, S. (2023). Prompt Engineering For ChatGPT: A Quick Guide To Techniques, Tips, And Best Practices. 10.36227/techrxiv.22683919.v1. L. -K. Lee, Y. -C. Fung, Y. -W. Pun, K. -K. Wong, M. T. -Y. Yu and N. -I. Wu,(2020). "Using a Multiplatform Chatbot as an Online Tutor in a University Course," 2020 International Symposium on Educational Technology (ISET), Bangkok, Thailand, 2020, pp. 53-56, doi: 10.1109/ISET49818.2020.00021. Lizarraga, C.; Okonkwo, C. W.; Abejide Ade-Ibijola (2021). Chatbots Applications in Education: A Systematic Review” Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence. Our project (n.d.). University information website specified after review. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 17 SES 01 A: Thinking Historically about Temporality, Innovation, and Policy in Education Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Geert Thyssen Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Tensions in Temporality: The ‘Use’ of the Past to Govern an Uncertain Future – A Critical Analysis of Education Policies 1Maastricht University; 2Katholieke Universiteit Leuven Presenting Author:We live in a future-focused present. The predicted, yet unknown, crises that our world is set to face to the coming decade are undoubtedly salient. In response, governments are increasingly turning to anticipatory governance – a proactive approach to navigate these ambiguous futures (Muiderman et al., 2020). This approach extends beyond general modes of governance, in that it reveals a palpable intent to shape an unpredictable future (Rose & Abi-Rached, 2013). To aid in this anticipatory mode of governance, policymakers often employ rhetorical strategies, including referencing the past to help defend arguments to shape the future. This tactic is also evident in education policies, where 'educational futures' are emphasised by “projecting the past and present into planning of the future” (Popkewitz, 1997, p. 401). In doing so, these policies instrumentalise the past to govern the future. Scholars stress that such ‘instrumental uses of the past’ differ from drawing on historical perspectives to analyse contemporary issues (Dougherty, 2009), which remains highly valuable in educational research (Westberg, 2021). Instead, instrumentalising the past, as many future-oriented education policies do, involves “creating different pasts so they match (or not) the futures that we deem preferable” (Galviz, 2022, p. 31). Consequently, the past is used in service of certain ideologies, which not only prompts a biased and incomplete interpretation of history (Hess, 2010), but also risks producing ‘instrumental futures’ (Michael, 2000). Therefore, this paper will investigate the use of historical narratives in two contemporary and future-oriented policies. Specifically, this study delves into the concept of 'politics of temporality', exploring how the past is instrumentalised to govern and shape future education reform, especially in response to global uncertainties. In doing so, it emphasises the power of supranational organisations in guiding this education reform, particularity within the current knowledge economy. Utilising recent scholarship of ‘applied history of education’ (cf. Westberg, 2021; Westberg & Primus, 2023) and drawing inspiration from the work of, amongst others, Seixas (2005), who emphasises the need for historical thinkers – policymakers included – to think more historically, this research employs Jörn Rüsen’s staged scheme of development in historical consciousness. This framework identifies four ‘types’ of historical thinking – traditional, exemplary/progressive, critical, and genetic – ranging from basic to more advanced. Thus, the analysis aims to pinpoint the mode of historical consciousness employed in the selected policies, intending to prompt a ‘window of opportunity’ for the development of more sophisticated historical thinking in education policies. As such, this research has a dual objective: firstly, to unveil instrumental readings of history within contemporary education policies, and secondly, to analyse how these readings may both hinder our understanding of history and serve as rhetorical devices for advocating disruptive futures. In other words, this study aims to uncover both what education policy discourse says and what the discourse does. It argues that instrumentalising the past not only distorts histories of education, but also serves as a powerful tool for policymakers to advance specific agendas in education. Accordingly, this research advocates for a critical reflection on the uses of the past in education policy-making and calls for the development of critical and genetic modes of historical consciousness, arguing that this may facilitate a dialogue among policymakers and historians (of education) in reflecting on educational futures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study analyses two policies from differing governing levels – i.e., supra/international and national. These policies were selected based on their future-oriented emphasis, as well as on the skills required to cope with this future, or ‘knowledge imaginary’ (Fairclough, 2003). In doing so, both policies present a “powerful narrative about social change that is driven by economic process” (Seddon, 2009, p. 260). The first policy selected for this paper, the 'Future of Education and Skills 2030' by the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), represents an international discourse. This OECD project encompasses a variety of “scripts’ for reordering society” (Simons & Voß, 2018, p. 31), with one particular policy ‘script’ being selected due to its comprehensive overview of the project. The second policy, 'Ending the Big Squeeze of Skills: How to Futureproof Education in Britain' by the Tony Blair Institute (TBI), provides a national perspective within the European context. This report, part of the ‘Future of Britain’ project, provides recommendations for education reform, emphasising accountability measures and critiquing past shortcomings. The OECD’s global influence, described as “catalysts for confluence of interests and agendas” (Ydesen, 2021, p. 120), warrants a close examination of its rhetoric and advocating reform. On the other hand, the TBI’s national focus allows for a nuanced exploration of how the past is leveraged to advocate for future reform, aligning with the notion of history being “simplified and telescoped, used mainly to explain problems and failure” (McCulloch, 2011, p. 57). Moreover, with the UK being an OECD member, its policies are likely to reveal rhetorical strategies that align with global, knowledge economy ideals. To unravel the use of the past within these policies, the analysis was inspired by the work of Fairclough (1989, 2003), particularly his method of Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA). Discourse analysis, as Taylor (1997) highlights, helps to illuminate how policy ‘problems’ (e.g., ‘future skills’) are being presented within policy agendas (e.g., through uses of the past). Fairclough (1989) demonstrates that CDA can expose power mechanisms within discourse, and particularly how language aids in this governance. As such, Fairclough’s CDA-framework was used to guide the analysis, particularly due to its ability in making visible the uses of the past within policy (‘what the discourse says’), as well as in furthering our understanding of its discursive and governing effects (‘what the discourse does’). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals that the selected future-oriented education policies predominantly operate from an ‘exemplary/progressive’ mode of historical reasoning – leveraging the past to advocate for future changes. This insight emerged from a thorough examination of each policy, leading to the identification of distinctive themes in their 'use' of the past. For OECD’s policy, four themes were identified: ‘The past is information for the future’; ‘The past was painful, and education (reform) is the cure’; ‘We have changed, and so should education’; and ‘We will show you where to go’. Notably, the policy uses historical facts and figures, often without adequate historical sources, to justify educational reform and advocate for continual evolution to address current and future challenges. For Britain’s Futureproof Education policy, three themes were identified: ‘Defaming the past, and those who created it’; ‘The past is too old for new economy’; and ‘If we don’t change, we will lose’. This policy document portrays past educational systems negatively, using terms like 'narrow' and 'misguided', to contrast it to the proposed modern, sophisticated reforms. It highlights the imperative for educational change to keep pace with economic and societal developments, stressing the risk of ‘falling behind’ without reform. Based on this, three overall strategies are recognised and discussed: 'We do not want to repeat history,' 'We are different from our past,' and 'We must change to win.' Through an exploration of these strategies and existing (histories of education) scholarship, this study raises questions about the instrumental use of history in policy, as it potentially oversimplifies and distorts complex historical realities to serve contemporary educational agendas. The study suggests a ‘window of opportunity’ for policymakers to embrace higher levels of historical thinking (Seixas, 2005), allowing for a more nuanced understanding of histories of education, in the collective ‘shaping’ of educational futures. References Dougherty, J. (2009). Conflicting questions: Why historians and policymakers miscommunicate on urban education. In K.K Wong & R. Rothman (Eds.), CLIO at the table: Using history to inform and improve education policy (pp. 251–262). Peter Lang. Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge. Fairclough, N. (1989). Language and power. Longman Group. Galviz, C. L. (2022). The Paris boulevard autrement. In K. Facer, J. Siebers, & B. Smith (Eds.), Working with time in qualitative research: Case studies, theory, and practice (pp. 1–233). Routledge. McCulloch, G. (2011). The struggle for the history of education (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203828854 Michael, M. (2000). Futures of the present: From performativity to prehension. In N. Brown, B. Rappert, & A. Webster (Eds.). Contested futures: A sociology of prospective techno-science (pp. 21–39). Ashgate. Popkewitz, T. S. (1997). Educational sciences and the normalization of the teacher and child: Some historical notes on current USA pedagogical reforms. Paedagogica Historica, 33(2), 386–412. https://doi.org/10.1080/0030923970330201 Seddon, T. (2009). Knowledge economy: Policy discourse and cultural resource. In M. Simons, M. Olssen, & M. A. Peters (Eds.), Re-reading education policies: A handbook studying the policy agenda of the 21st century (pp. 257–276). Sense. Seixas, P. (2005). Historical consciousness: The progress of knowledge in a postprogressive age. In J. Straub (Ed.), Narration, identity, and historical consciousness (pp. 141–159). Berghahn Books. Westberg, J. (2021). What we can learn from studying the past: The wonderful usefulness of history in educational research. Encounters in Theory and History of Education, 22, 227–248. https://doi.org/10.24908/encounters.v22i0.14999 Westberg, J., & Primus, F. (2023). Rethinking the history of education: Considerations for a new social history of education. Paedagogica Historica, 59(1), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230.2022.2161321 Ydesen, C. (2021). Extrapolated imperial nationalisms in global education policy formation: An historical inquiry into American and Scandinavian agendas in OECD policy. In D. Tröhler, N. Piattoeva, & W.F. Pinar (Eds.), World yearbook of education 2022: Education, schooling and the global universalization of nationalism (pp. 119–135). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003137801-10 Primary Sources (The selected policies) Coulter, S., Iosad, A., & Scales, J. (2022). Ending the big squeeze on skills: How to futureproof education in England. Tony Blair Institute for Global Change. Organisation of Economic and Cooperative Development. (2019). OECD future of education and skills 2030: project background 17. Histories of Education
Paper Educational Innovation (1970-1990): Tracing the Origins and Development of a Concept Complutense University of Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:Educational innovation is nowadays an indispensable concept when describing and understanding educational systems. It has been a key line of action in the reform processes globally implemented to adapt educational systems to the needs and societies of the 21st century (Caldwell & Spinks, 2013; Hallgarten & Beresford, 2015; Leadbeater & Wong, 2010). It has gained such centrality in the school environment that the OECD has announced what it calls "the imperative of innovation" (2015, p. 16). However, the widespread adoption of educational innovation in discursive and practical levels has not been accompanied by research and analysis efforts, leading to a lack of scientific knowledge regarding its conceptualization.
The term "educational innovation," despite its broad use by individuals from various fields, remains undefined. The word “innovation” is associated with the introduction of something new, implying a novel idea or element for an individual or group, from which a change in a system is derived. In the educational field, such change is associated with an idea of improvement in student learning and the quality of education (Rodríguez & Zubillaga, 2020). It can take the form of a theory, an organizational structure at the school or educational system level, a teaching-learning process, content, methodology, or teaching resource.
However, the term's meaning has not been precisely outlined, resulting in an ongoing lack of consensus and even contradictory meanings (Hill et al., 2022). This ambiguity makes it difficult to focus the debate and distinguish the purposes to which innovation responds. Consequently, although innovation has been established as imperative in current educational discourses, its meaning has remained vague and diffuse, hindering the assessment of its alignment with the quality and equity objectives that shape the global educational agenda for educational systems.
This communication aims to clarify this concept and address the limitation of current discourses and studies. To achieve this, it is necessary to delve into the origins of the term and observe its evolution. In the mid-20th century, there was a sharp interest in educational innovation understood as an improvement in students' academic performance, neglecting a more holistic vision of educational innovation related to human growth. This more integrated conceptualization progressively fades from the mid-20th century onwards in favor of school effectiveness, measuring its effects through educational performance and school profitability (Cogan, 1976). While it is a gradual process, it is primarily from the 1970s onwards when the concept of 'educational innovation' focuses predominantly on factors enabling the improvement of students' learning outcomes. For this reason, we concentrate the study on the meanings attributed to the concept of innovation in scientific research in the educational field between the 1970s and the 1990s.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology employed has been a scoping review (Arksey and O’Malley, 2005). It involves a comprehensive and meticulously structured analysis of the scientific literature available on educational innovation. The search for key references was conducted in several phases. Firstly, a scoping review was conducted in JCR and Scopus as they are the main research databases with impact metrics. The JCR was searched using the term 'innovación educativa' in Spanish and 'educational innovation' in English. In Spanish, 0 results were obtained, and in English, 258 results were found. In Scopus, 0 results were found in Spanish, and 287 were found in English. This search had a disadvantage for the specific search period (1970-1990), as many important journals were not indexed during that time and, therefore, did not appear in the results. For this reason, the search was extended to include Google Scholar and JSTOR. Google Scholar returned 2990 articles in Spanish and 16,400 in English, making it challenging to screen. Therefore, the research team decided to exclude Google Scholar due to the abundance of documents that did not meet minimum scientific quality. This was the reason for choosing JSTOR, whose precision in the type of documents and sources was reliable for the search. In JSTOR, 46 documents were found in Spanish and 2,557 in English. By applying filters for "academic articles" and 'education' as the field of knowledge, the results were narrowed down to 1716 documents. The manual screening was then conducted based on the following criteria: non-university educational scope, non-specific didactic experiences, not focused on a specific discipline, and having a conceptual nature. The result after this screening was 54 documents: 10 in Spanish, 2 in French, and 42 in English. For the content analysis of the 54 selected documents, a table was created with columns for the year, title, authors, journal, key idea of the article – synthesis, innovation concept, models, trends, schools, related words (nomological network), areas of application of the concept (school organization, methodology, teacher training...), comments, and other references worth noting from this article. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the mid-20th century, but especially from the 1970s onwards, there is a surge in educational innovation linked to factors that enable the improvement of students' learning outcomes (McGeown, 1979), as well as the effectiveness of teaching by educators and school leadership (Kozuch, 1979). However, some authors resist this trend, emphasizing the school's role as a space for cultural transmission (Eisner, 1990), the importance of the teacher's voice (Helsel, 1972), the need to consider contexts rather than isolated elements of the educational system (González Faraco, 1996), advocating for the ethical rather than technical nature of education (Jacob, 1997). The result is consistent with the initial hypothesis we held regarding the confusion and vagueness of the concept and the clarification that delving into history provides. The conceptual transformations of 'educational innovation' from the 1970s onward represent a concrete manifestation of the school effectiveness movements that emerged in response to the Coleman Report in the mid-1960s. This understanding of innovation focused on teaching effectiveness contrasts with a conceptualization of innovation as human growth and development that predates these years. In this sense, this communication provides a nomological network of the term 'educational innovation' and its related terms (renewal, change, improvement, progress), contributing to the current context of the imperative for innovation by offering clarification and systematization of the concept. References Arksey, H. & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International journal of social research methodology, 8(1), 19-32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Caldwell, B. J. & Spinks, J. M. (2013). The self-transforming school. Routledge. Cogan, M. L. (1976). Educational Innovation: Educational Wasteland. Theory Into Practice, 15(3), 220–227. Eisner, E. W. (1990). Who Decides What Schools Teach? The Phi Delta Kappan, 71(7), 523–526. http://www.jstor.org/stable/20404201 González Faraco, J. C. (1999). El currículum atrofiado: del pensamiento innovador en la práctica docente. Estudio longitudinal de la educación ambiental en Andalucía. REP, nº 213. Hallgarten, H. V., & Beresford, T. (2015). Creative Public Leadership: How School System Leaders Can Create the Conditions for System-wide Innovation. WISE. Helsel, A. R. (1972). Teachers’ Acceptance of Innovation and Innovation Characteristics. The High School Journal, 56(2), 67–76. Hill, K. L., Desimone, L., Wolford, T., Reitano, A. & Porter, A. (2022). Inside school turnaround: what drives success? Journal of Educational Change. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-022-09450-w Jacob, E. (1997). Context and Cognition: Implications for Educational Innovators and Anthropologists. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 28(1), 3–21. Kozuch, J. A. (1979). Implementing an Educational Innovation: The Constraints of the School Setting. The High School Journal, 62(5), 223–231. Leadbeater, C. & Wong, A. (2010). Learning from the Extremes. Cisco. McGeown, V. (1979). School Innovativeness as Process and Product. British Educational Research Journal, 5(2), 221–235. OCDE. (2015). Schooling Redesigned: Towards Innovative Learning Systems, Educational Research and Innovation. OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264245914-en Rodríguez, H. & Zubillaga, A. (Coords.) (2020). Reflexiones para el cambio: ¿Qué es innovar en educación? ANELE. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Educational Policy and Civil Society Associations: The Configuration of Spanish Education during the Transition to Democracy 1970-1990. Extremadura University, Spain Presenting Author:For many years the emergence of civil society was seen as an important element in the rise, maintenance and consolidation of democracy around the world (Botchway 2018; Diamond, 1994). Nevertheless, there are differences with regard to what counts as civil society, and how it supports democratization (Edwards, 2009;.Jensen, 2006). There is also research that points out that civic associational life sometimes coexists with authoritarian regimes (Lorch & Bunk, 2017) or that civil society can, under specific conditions, even bring to the faltering of democracy (Sombatpoonsiri, 2020). Research on the contribution of civil society to democratization highlights that it provides spaces for democratic deliberation and facilitates bringing grassroots issues to public attention due to their inclusion in the public sphere. But civil society is also important to support democracy as it can limit the power of the state. Casanova (2001) highlights the case of church-state interaction maintaining that in situations in which the church is disengaged from the state it contributes to processes of normative contestation in the public sphere. In Spain, due to the death of the dictator, Francisco Franco, in 1975, the Catholic Church was clearly relocated from its privileged role as a close ally of the state to civil society, becoming a central actor. In collaboration with a net of catholic civic associations it mobilized in order to protect its interests, especially in the sphere of education. The 1970 educational reform which was launched under the Franco regime recognised the privileged place of the catholic religion, while the reforms of 1985 and 1990 initiated by the newly elected socialist government installed a lay and public model of state education. This process was accompanied by large scale social mobilizations of teachers, parents and school associations both against and in favour of government educational policy. In this paper we look at the role of civil society educational organisations in the consolidation of the Spanish democratic educational system. On the one hand we continue with a well-established line of inquiry which shows how educational associations and social movements opposing to the dictatorship and its legacy interacted with state and society in order to impact educational legislation, pedagogical practice and teacher training (Groves, 2014; Groves et al., 2017;Parcerisa et al., 2023). On the other hand, we complement and contrast this analysis with a novel enquiry into the role of catholic educational networks in the configuration of the Spanish education system during this period. The transition to democracy in the 1970s has dissolved their privileged position vis a vi the Franco regime which fused its nationalistic project with Catholicism. Due to the new democratic context they were obliged to reformulate their attitude toward the state which in its turn incorporated, after forty years of social and political exclusion, the world view of progressive social actors. As catholic schools and associations were identified with the barriers for the implementation of a post-dictatorial democratic education, their mobilization and incorporation into civil society has been hardly studied. Thus we know very little about their strategies of influence and interaction with the state. In this paper we sustain that by comparing the mobilization of the catholic educational network with that of the progressive educational initiatives we can discern how their different position vis a vi the state influenced their educational discourse and legitimacy strategies. This comparison also enriches the understanding of the interaction between the state, civil society and education policy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As our interest lies in the public sphere we mainly look at the press and other publications which can serve to analyse the open discourse adopted by the lay associations of teachers and families identifies with progressive education on the one hand and of the Catholic Church and civil society associations on the other hand. We also analyse oral interviews with activists from both types of organisations and finally when it is possible we look at internal and external correspondence across educational civil society associations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both groups mobilised in the streets and their activities were widely covered by the media. While the educational progressive lay groups enjoyed open access to government officials and maintained close relationship with the ministry of education, the catholic associations had no direct access to state officials. Many of the ideas echoed by the progressive educational associations penetrated legislation, especially their views about the functioning of schools in what they called a democratic way and the role of teachers as autonomous agents. The catholic organisations had contacts with political figures from the conservative right but they were not directly involved in legislation. As a result, they used the vocabulary of pluralism and democracy to defend the religious character and funding of their schools and appealed to international support to maintain a plural education system which would permit them to maintain authoritarian running of schools and teachers who identify with a specific religious doctrine. Their agenda was also incorporated into the educational legislation, although in a subtler way, fusing their version of democracy with that of the progressive educational civil society associations. We thus hope to show that both types of civic associations, while developing opposing discourses and using distinct strategies, contributed to the consolidation of a democratic education system and a vibrant civil society. References Casanova, J. (2001). Civil society and religion: Retrospective reflections on Catholicism and prospective reflections on Islam. Social Research, 1041-1080. Diamond, L. (1994). Toward democratic consolidation. J. democracy, 5, 4. Edwards, M. (2009). Civil society. Polity. https://books.google.es/books?hl=en&lr=&id=_RI9uH2sQJgC&oi=fnd&pg=PR5&dq=edwards+civil+society&ots=3kS3JCK384&sig=H1N_1W6LVmwsGDwitWShSzhviIw Groves, T. (2014). Teachers and the Struggle for Democracy in Spain, 1970-1985. Springer. Groves, T., Townson, N., Ofer, I., Herrera, A., & Parishes, N. (2017). Social Movements and the Spanish Transition. Springer. Jensen, M. N. (2006). Concepts and conceptions of civil society. Journal of Civil Society, 2(1), 39-56. https://doi.org/10.1080/17448680600730934 Lorch, J., & Bunk, B. (2017). Using civil society as an authoritarian legitimation strategy: Algeria and Mozambique in comparative perspective. Democratization, 24(6), 987-1005. https://doi.org/10.1080/13510347.2016.1256285 Parcerisa, L., Collet-Sabé, J., & Villalobos, C. (2023). The (im)possibilities of an ideal education reform. Discourses, alliances and construction of alternatives of the Rosa Sensat movement in Catalonia. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 55(3), 290-306. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2022.2153813 Sombatpoonsiri, J. (2020). ‘Authoritarian civil society’: How anti - democracy activism shapes Thailand’s autocracy. Journal of Civil Society, 16(4), 333-350. https://doi.org/10.1080/17448689.2020.1854940 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 18 SES 01 A: Curriculum and Policy in Physical Education Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anna Bryant Paper Session |
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Uncovering Critical Perspectives Through UK Cross-Border Dialogue 1University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2University of Loughborough, United Kingdom; 3Cardiff Metropolitan University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:For decades, scholars internationally have explored and advocated for critical perspectives and pedagogies within the context of Physical Education (PE) (see Pringle, Larsson & Gerdin, 2020). For example, researchers have investigated the extent to which PE marginalises and/or privileges young people in relation to issues of gender (Oliver & Kirk, 2015), ethnicity (Hill & Azzarito, 2012) and ability (Wilkinson & Penney, 2022). Much of this research has focused on uncovering the social inequalities prevalent within PE, and seeks to develop alternative ways of thinking about and doing PE so that all young people feel that PE can be a space for them. However, it is important to note that these approaches remain themselves on the margins, and have had relatively limited impact on how PE is conceptualised across the UK (Gray et al., 2022, 23) and internationally (Philpot et al., 2021; Tinning, 2019). Overall, PE continues to be a rather exclusive space, primarily for those young people who have the physical capacities to engage in competitive sports. In this presentation, and building on our previous UK PE cross-border research (e.g., Gray et al., 2022; Stirrup et al., 2023), we propose that PE teachers from across the four nations of the UK might be supported to think critically about PE curriculum through opportunities to engage in cross-border dialogue. By comparing knowledge and experiences of curriculum across England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales, exploring similarities and differences and all the complexities around these, teachers might begin collectively to develop new knowledge, or ‘alternative vocabularies’ (Evans, 2014, p. 555), around the purposes of PE. Acknowledging the complexities working critically with curriculum (Priestley et al., 2012), and considering critical thinking as a useful entry point for teachers on a journey towards change (Hickey & Mooney, 2019), we planned a series of workshops bringing PE teachers together from England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales to engage in activities intended to stimulate cross-curriculum discussion, critical thinking and the development of new ideas. The four countries of the UK present an interesting and somewhat unique research context in that each devolved government within the UK is responsible for setting their own educational agenda, which inevitably leads to points of divergence across each system (Gray et al., 2022; Stirrup et al., 2023). As such, this context is notable because those points of convergence can support collaboration through initiating and sustaining productive dialogue, while points of divergence can open up opportunities to disrupt and re-imagine (O’Connor & Jess, 2019). Recognising the novelty of our approach, this project was 'tentative and exploratory' (Lupton and Leahy 2019, p. 636-637) in nature. It is one part of a larger proof of study project focused on the feasibility and possible outcomes of cross-border learning (see Gray et al., 2022a; 2023). As a result, we were guided by research questions that were intentionally ‘open’ to allow an organic and emergent research process: 1. What discussions or themes are evident when PE teachers from across the four nations of the UK are invited to share curriculum knowledge and experiences? 2. In what ways (if any) do discussions encourage critical perspectives to emerge? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing from participatory methods, we planned a series of workshops (three series in total, with two workshops per series), bringing together PE teachers from across the four nations to discuss the UK PE curricula. In the present study, we report on the data from the first participatory workshops of each series, which took place between February 2023 and April 2023 and which focused on sharing and learning from curriculum knowledge and experiences. Seventeen participants (n=8 male and n=9 female) attended the first workshops across the three series including four from Wales, seven from Scotland, four from England and two from Northern Ireland. Participants were recruited through social media (Twitter/X), where a message was sent inviting teachers from across the four nations of the UK to express their interest in participating in the workshops. All those teachers who expressed an interest in participating (n=40) were sent an information sheet and consent form. Out of the 40 teachers who expressed an interest in taking part in the workshops, 25 teachers returned a consent form and 17 attended the first workshops. The aim of the first workshop was to explore each of the curricula across the UK. To do so, participants created word clouds and engaged in discussions that focused on the purposes and defining strengths of their respective curricula. To support these discussions, participants were also presented with a summary of our previous research that has analysed the PE curricula across the UK (Gray et al., 2022). Participants used Padlet to (anonymously) note their responses to this presentation, which were then used to guide further discussions. All of the discussions in each workshop were recorded using Microsoft Teams and transcribed for subsequent analysis. Text from the chat function on Teams was copied into a Word document and analysed along with the artefacts produced from the workshop activities (e.g., Padlet posts). To make sense of the data that was generated from the workshops, we undertook a process of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019), engaging in a systematic, but also collaborative, flexible and iterative, process of generating codes and themes. Guided by the researchers’ discussions and notes, this involved assigning phrases to relevant units of texts to reflect/summarise meaning, and then grouping similar units of meaning (codes) together to generate themes. This process was carried out for each workshop separately, before bringing the themes from each workshop together to identify themes across groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Evidence from the discussions suggest that the teachers found it interesting, and at times surprising, to learn about the different UK curricula. For example, several of the teachers highlighted the curriculum in England as being notably different from the other curricula in terms of the limited detail presented within the curriculum document and the overt focus on developing pupils’ performance within this. For some teachers, this knowledge of different curricula was subsequently used as a basis to reflect on the relative strengths and weaknesses of their own curriculum. It was also through cross-border discussions that the teachers seemed to become more aware of how health was conceptualised differently in PE curricula across the UK. It is important to note that, although our analysis revealed some evidence of critical thinking, our findings also suggest the persistence of traditional PE discourses related to organising curricula in blocks of activity as well as a focus on teaching games. This suggests that, while the teachers were perhaps on the journey to becoming critical, more time was necessary for them to further interrogate and disrupt the prevailing discourses in PE in order to allow new ways of thinking and acting on the world to emerge (Priestley et al., 2012). Overall, the findings indicate that thinking critically is challenging, even for those teachers already on their journey towards criticality. Thus, time and support are required to help them become critical, to develop alternative perspectives and to bring these perspectives to their reading and enactment of curricula. We argue that ongoing cross-border dialogue and collaborative learning might be one way to support teachers on this journey towards becoming critical where, with time to explore and interact with others from different contexts, new idea might emerge - ideas driven by issues of social justice and inclusion. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597. Evans, J. (2014) Neoliberalism and the future for a socio-educative physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 19(5), 545-558. Gray, S. et al. (2022). A comparative analysis of discourses shaping physical education provision within and across the UK. European Physical Education Review, 28(3), 575–593. Hickey, C. & Mooney, A. (2019). Critical scholarship in physical education teacher education: A journey, not a destination. In R. Pringle, H. Larsson & G. Gerdin (Eds.), Critical research in sport, health and physical education (pp. 147-159). Routledge. Hill, J. & Azzarito, L. (2012) Representing valued bodies in PE: a visual inquiry with British Asian girls. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 17(3), 263-276. Lambert, L., & O'Connor. J. (2018) Breaking and making curriculum from inside ‘policy storms’ in an Australian pre-service teacher education course. The Curriculum Journal, 29(2), 159-180. O’Connor, J., & Jess, M. (2020) From silos to crossing borders in physical education, Sport, Education and Society, 25:4, 409-422. Oliver, K., & Kirk, D. (2015). Girls, gender and physical education. Routledge. Priestley, M., Edwards, R., Priestley, A. & Miller, K. (2012). Teacher Agency in Curriculum Making: Agents of Change and Spaces for Manoeuvre. Curriculum Inquiry, 42, 191-214. Pringle, R., Larsson, H., & Gerdin, G. (2019). Introduction: Are we making a difference? In R. Pringle, H. Larsson & G. Gerdin (Eds.), Critical research in sport, health and physical education (pp. 1-24). Routledge. Stirrup, J. et al. (2023). Exploring the re-legitimisation of messages for health and physical education within contemporary English and Welsh curricula reform. Sport, Education and Society. Wilkinson, S., & Penney, D. (2022). ‘The participation group means that I'm low ability’: students’ perspectives on the enactment of ‘mixed-ability’ grouping in secondary school physical education. British Educational Research Journal. 48, 932-951. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Stakeholder Perspectives on Physical Education (PE) as a Core Subject in England 1Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 2University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom Presenting Author:There has been much debate – both nationally and internationally and over a sustained period of time – about the subject of physical education (PE) and its place and purpose within schools (Kirk, 2010; Ekberg, 2021; Gray et al., 2022a). It has long been recognised by those within the subject that it has much potential for realising learning across multiple domains (Hooper, Sandford & Jarvis, 2020; Lamb et al., 2021) and for supporting the holistic development of young people (Bailey et al., 2009; Luguetti & Oliver, 2020). However, questions have continued to be raised about the educative capacity of the subject and the contribution it makes – or is able to make – to the education of young people (Quennerstedt, 2019). These questions typically stem from what has been considered to be the relatively limited change with regard to how PE has been conceptualised and enacted in practice (Kirk, 2010; Herold, 2020; Gray et al., 2022a) and the continued dominance of particular agendas (i.e., health) within PE (Jung, Pope & Kirk, 2016; Lindsey et al., 2020; Gray et al., 2022b). Nonetheless, advocates of the subject have continued to ‘make the case’ for the subject and to argue its value to and for young people (see UNESCO, 2017; afPE, 2019). Calls for PE to become a core subject are not new, though in England these were formalised by Harris (2018) on behalf of the PE Expert Group. It is notable that PE is the only foundation subject that is compulsory from Key Stage 1 to Key Stage 4 but while this is somewhat akin to core status it is not an equivalent and interpretations of this in practice have been varied. As such, there has continued to be sustained interest and advocacy – following the formal call from Harris (2018) – in making PE a core subject and momentum has been gained in this regard following the formation of the Association for PE (afPE) Taskforce in 2020. The afPE Taskforce was assembled to consider (and make recommendations on) the future of PE within England and comprised expert representatives from across the PE sector with support from a wider advisory group. As part of their work, the afPE Taskforce published a report on putting PE at ‘The Heart of School Life’. The afPE Taskforce report set out to make recommendations to Government about the subject of PE with two of the headline recommendations relating to making PE a core subject. However, despite the House of Lords responding positively to the recommendation to make PE a core subject, the Government’s official response was less positive, affirming that they “do not currently plan to make PE a core subject” (HM Government, 2022, p. 11). As such, despite a strong case being put forward by Harris (2018) and continued interest and advocacy in making PE a core subject, the Government remain unconvinced. Whilst there is evidently much enthusiasm for making PE a core subject, from a range of stakeholders, there is a lack of consensus as to what might constitute PE as a core subject and what this might 'look like'. This present challenges when trying to ‘make the case’ for PE as a core subject when – even amongst the PE community itself – there remains uncertainty. As such, this paper presents findings from a project that seeks to address this notable gap, by engaging with key stakeholders (e.g., teachers of PE, PE subject leaders, PE teacher educators, PE consultants) across England to explore their visions of PE as a core subject. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research outlined with this paper took place from June to October 2023 and adopted a mixed methods approach, drawing on both qualitative and quantitative data to generate rich insights. Data were generated via online surveys sent to key stakeholders (e.g., teachers of PE, PE subject leaders, PE teacher educators, PE consultants) across England. Surveys were disseminated – with support from the Association for Physical Education (afPE) – via social media and newsletters. In total, 332 complete survey responses were received from participants. Data analysis is ongoing but quantitative data will be used to generate descriptive statistics and qualitative data will undergo a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). This is an inductive (i.e., ‘bottom up’) process where themes are derived from close examination and interpretation of the data itself. Data will firstly be read and re-read before codes are assigned to portions of text and memos noted. Themes will then be developed from codes before being reviewed and refined. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As noted, data analysis for this paper is ongoing. However, it is anticipated that this project will extend existing work in this space by Hooper et al. (2023) on PE as a core subject in England. References Association for Physical Education (2019) Outcomes of Quality Physical Education. Available at: https://www.afpe.org.uk/physical-education/wp-content/uploads/Outcomes-Poster-2019-Final.pdf Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3:2, 77–101. DOI: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Ekberg, J-E. (2021) Knowledge in the school subject of physical education: a Bernsteinian perspective, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 26:5, 448-459, DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2020.1823954 Herold, F. (2020) ‘There is new wording, but there is no real change in what we deliver’: Implementing the new National Curriculum for Physical Education in England, European Physical Education Review, 26:4, 920-937. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X19892649 Jung, H., Pope, S. and Kirk, D. (2016) Policy for physical education and school sport in England, 2003–2010: vested interests and dominant discourses, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 21:5, 501-516. DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2015.1050661 Gray, S., Sandford, R., Stirrup, J., Aldous, D., Hardley, S., Carse, N., Hooper, O. & Bryant, A. (2022a) A comparative analysis of discourses shaping physical education provision within and across the UK, European Physical Education Review. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X211059440 Gray, S., Hooper, O., Hardley, S., Sandford R., Aldous, D., Stirrup, J., Carse, N. & Bryant, A. (2022b) A health(y) subject? Examining discourses of health in physical education curricula across the UK, British Educational Research Journal. DOI: 10.1002/berj.3820 Harris, J. (2018) The Case for Physical Education becoming a Core Subject in the National Curriculum. Available at: https://www.afpe.org.uk/physical-education/wp-content/uploads/PE-Core-Subject-Paper-20-3-18.pdf HM Government (2022) Response to House of Lords National Plan for Sport, Health and Wellbeing. Available at: https://committees.parliament.uk/publications/8874/documents/89382/default/ Hooper, O., Sandford, R. and Jarvis, H. (2020) Thinking and feeling in/through physical education: What place for social and emotional learning? In F. Chambers, D. Aldous and A. Bryant (Eds.), Threshold Concepts in Physical Education: A Design Thinking Approach (137-148). London: Routledge. Hooper, O., Sandford, R. and Gray, S. (2023) Scoping the Potential of Physical Education (PE) as a Core Subject: Challenges, Opportunities and Need for Support. Available at: https://cdn.ymaws.com/www.afpe.org.uk/resource/resmgr/downloads/pe_as_a_core_subject_-_scopi.pdf Kirk, D. (2010) Physical Education Futures. London: Routledge. Lindsey, I., Metcalfe, S., Gemar, A., Alderman, J. and Armstrong, J. (2020) Simplistic policy, skewed consequences: Taking stock of English physical education, school sport and physical activity policy since 2013, European Physical Education Review, 27:2, 278-296. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X20939111 Quennerstedt, M. (2019) Physical education and the art of teaching: transformative learning and teaching in physical education and sports pedagogy, Sport, Education and Society, 24:6, 611-623. DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2019.1574731 UNESCO (2017) Quality Physical Education. Available at: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000231101 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 19 SES 01 A: Methodological reflections on educational ethnography Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Anja Sieber Egger Paper Session |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper Collective Co-construction of Ethnographic Data 1University of Central Florida; 2Massachusetts Institute of Technology; 3Klaipeda University Presenting Author:Ethnographic research and writing are often considered the work of lone academics, writing for their particular fields and academic journals. While this view of ethnographic research has been changing (Beach et al., 2018; Eisenhart, 2018; Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019) over the past few decades with growing popularity of participatory, critical, and collaborative approaches and technological advancements (Beneito-Montagut et al., 2017) for dissemination of knowledge on social media, blogs, newsletters, video, etc., most ethnographic data collection and analysis still occurs by one ethnographer. As ethnography expands across disciplines within academia and into the varied industries and organizations (e.g., EPIC, 2024), researchers and program leaders have begun exploring how to leverage different resources and people from varied backgrounds in generating ethnographic data and insights relevant to the multiple stakeholders. In this presentation we draw on two different projects across two countries and disciplinary fields to share the processes and contributions of collaborative construction of ethnographic data and insights.
The first project comes from an online Student Fellows program in the field of invention education. Three experienced ethnographers developed a six-week program for undergraduate students from varied disciplines to learn about and conduct an ethnographic study. The eight undergraduate students came from three different universities and disciplines of engineering, computer science, anthropology, communications, and political science. The eight undergraduate and one high school students became primary ethnographers who collected data in a two-week invention education summer workshop offered online for high school students in the U.S. and other countries. The online workshop was a collaboration by an invention-education program at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and a large biotechnology company with offices across the U.S. and internationally. The Student Fellows program in which undergraduate students were introduced to ethnography through lectures and a hands-on-ethnographic study was co-designed by three experienced ethnographers representing two universities as well academic and service-organization perspectives. The service organization and its funder were the primary clients for the ethnographic report produced through the 6-week Student Fellows program. Data consisted of audiovisual recordings of the Student Fellows program meetings over the six weeks, the online course modules and student reflections and discussion posts in the learning management system, the final report produced for the client, as well as the data undergraduate student fellows generated by conducting participant observation and ethnographic interviewing during the two-week workshop for high school students. The second project comes from a 4-year EU funded project conducted in Lithuania at the intersection of educational and health care research. Researchers from Education facilitated the project and included participants from health care organizations, higher education programs for healthcare, and people with disabilities and their caregivers across Lithuania. Driven by ethnographic goals, the project involved multiple data collection methods and researchers. Data generated included interviews and surveys with varied stakeholders in the healthcare and healthcare education system, observational data in education programs, and reports prepared by academic researchers for presentation and publication to Lithuanian and international audiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this presentation, we selected sample ethnographic fieldnotes, interview transcripts, and published reports generated in the two projects. We also draw on written and recorded student and researcher reflections to explore the processes and outcomes of generating ethnographic data collectively. For a contrastive analysis of what became possible through a collaborative co-construction of ethnographic data, from the first invention education ethnography project we juxtapose three event maps and fieldnotes records. From the second project in Lithuanian healthcare education, we draw on published reports to conduct a taxonomic and network analyses demonstrating links among people and organizations involved over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on two different projects across countries and disciplines, we provide insights on ways of engaging multiple people with different disciplinary and methodological expertise in co-constructing data for ethnographic and ethnographically-informed studies. As ethnographers have argued over the decades, ethnography is an epistemology, not a mere methodology (Anderson-Levitt, 2006; Green et al., 2012). As a way of thinking and constructing knowledge (Atkinson, 2017), it is open to multiple perspectives, theories, and methods for data generation and representation (Green & Bridges, 2018; Skukauskaitė, 2023; Walford, 2020). While researchers have written about ethnographic collaborations with communities and participants (Guerrero et al., 2023; Lassiter, 2005; Nichols & Ruglis, 2021), fewer studies show how ethnographic data can be constructed through collaborations among ethnographers of different backgrounds (Beneito-Montagut et al., 2017; Safronov et al., 2020) and geographic spaces. By sharing practical examples and analytic perspectives on the processes and challenges of collective data construction, this paper contributes to the emerging literature on interdisciplinary, intergenerational, and multiple stakeholder collaborations in generating and presenting ethnographic research within and beyond the academic audiences. References References Anderson-Levitt, K. M. (2006). Ethnography. In J. L. Green, G. Camilli, & P. B. Elmore (Eds.), Handbook of Complementary Methods in Education Research (pp. 279-296). Lawrence Erlbaum & Associates for AERA. Atkinson, P. (2017). Thinking ethnographically. Sage. https://doi.org/https://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781473982741 Beach, D., Bagley, C., & Marques da Silva, S. (2018). Ethnography of education: Thinking forward, looking back. In D. Beach, C. Bagley, & S. Marques da Silva (Eds.), The Wiley handbook of ethnography of education (pp. 515-532). Wiley Blackwell. Beneito-Montagut, R., Begueria, A., & Cassián, N. (2017). Doing digital team ethnography: being there together and digital social data. Qualitative Research, 17(6), 664-682. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794117724500 Eisenhart, M. (2018). Changing conceptions of culture and ethnography in anthropology of education in the United States. In D. Beach, C. Bagley, & S. Marques da Silva (Eds.), The Wiley handbook of ethnography of education (pp. 153-172). Wiley Blackwell. EPIC. (2024). What is ethnography? Epicpeople.org. Retrieved January 10 from https://www.epicpeople.org/what-is-ethnography/ Green, J. L., & Bridges, S. M. (2018). Interactional ethnography. In F. Fischer, C. E. Hmelo-Silver, S. R. Goldman, & P. Reimann (Eds.), International handbook of the learning sciences (pp. 475-488). Routledge. Green, J. L., Skukauskaite, A., & Baker, W. D. (2012). Ethnography as epistemology: An introduction to educational ethnography. In J. Arthur, M. J. Waring, R. Coe, & L. V. Hedges (Eds.), Research methodologies and methods in education (pp. 309-321). Sage. Guerrero, A. L., Peña, I. N., & Dantas-Whitney, M. (2023). Collaborative ethnography with children: Building intersubjectivity and co-constructing knowledge of place. In A. Skukauskaite & J. L. Green (Eds.), Interactional Ethnography: Designing and conducting discourse-based ethnographic research (pp. 163-182). Routledge. Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: Principles in practice (4th ed.). Routledge. Lassiter, L. E. (2005). The Chicago guide to collaborative ethnography [Book]. University of Chicago Press. https://tcsedsystem.idm.oclc.org/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=nlebk&AN=212657&site=ehost-live Nichols, N., & Ruglis, J. (2021). Institutional Ethnography and Youth Participatory Action Research: A Praxis Approach. In P. C. Luken & S. Vaughan (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Institutional Ethnography (pp. 527-550). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-54222-1_27 Safronov, P., Bochaver, A., Nisskaya, A., & Koroleva, D. (2020). Together apart: Field notes as artefacts of collaborative ethnography. Ethnography and Education, 15(1), 109-121. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2019.1600154 Skukauskaitė, A. (2023). Ethnography: Foundations, challenges, and spaces of possibilities. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Ercikan (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition) (pp. 92-101). Elsevier. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.11011-5 Walford, G. (2020). Ethnography is not qualitative. Ethnography and Education, 15(1), 122-135. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2018.1540308 19. Ethnography
Paper Entangled Approaches in Educational Fields: Ethnographic Research with Young Humans and More-than-humans in Times of Uncertainty Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland Presenting Author:In ethnography, illuminating the experiences and perspectives of the researched is paramount. However, it is disconcerting to note that some voices are not represented or are only represented in certain disciplines. Seemingly leaving it to educational sciences (Albon/Huf 2021) ethnographic research with (young) children has been neglected by the scientific disciplines from which ethnography has evolved, namely Social and Cultural Anthropology (Hirschfeld 2002 a.o.)[1], as well as Sociology (Alanen 2014 a. o.). With elucidating possible reasons behind this partial neglect, this proposal addresses the significance of future ethnographic research with young humans in the context of posthumanist approaches. Based on new materialist theorist Karen Barad (2007), I argue that a new theoretical perspective on ethnography, a focus on this demographic, but also a shift to the perception and impact of other neglected actors – such as more-than-humans (Taylor/Fairchild 2020) – is crucial. This proposal highlights the need for an inclusive and more entangled understanding of early childhood (Hamilton/Taylor 2017: 112) and early childhood ethnography. By exploring and reflecting on complexities and challenges of ethnographic research in entangled life(s), implying that “precarity is the condition of our time” (Tsing 2015: 20, emphasis in original), contemporary and future aspirations of ethnographic research are outlined to think differently about entanglements of human/nature/technology (Taylor/Hughes 2016) and the paradox of focusing more on young humans while at the same time decentring them theoretically and analytically (Pacini-Ketchabaw/Taylor/Blaise 2016). When childhood as a social category is not considered as entangled becoming-with (Bollig 2020) it can manifest itself in an age range or discourse construction alienating young humans as humans who are not yet fully developed, no real humans yet. In this contribution, I argue that research on childhood can be conducted differently from research with children. Research on childhood usually means a top-down approach to young humans (and their lives) that turns actors into objects of research, often represented by their caregivers or legal representatives. Thus, a reason for the neglect of ethnographic research may be due to the perception of a cognitive and communicative incompetence of young humans. Underestimating their experiences and with that denying their significance, ethnographic researchers in Sociology, STS or Cultural Studies seemingly prioritize older age groups (e.g. Heath/Brooks/Cleaver/Ireland 2009) or, it seems, young humans are being researched “indirectly” by analysing artefacts of childhood, like toys, clothing, or literature/media (e.g. in German Cultural Studies: Weber-Kellermann 1979). Nevertheless, by exploring and being with young humans in educational settings ethnographically, researchers gather valuable insights into lived experiences (e.g. Lareau 2011). Furthermore, from a new materialist perspective “deep hanging out” (Geertz 1998) means deep entanglement. Ethnography in the context of Agential Realism indicates the researcher as an agential part of the research process, which presupposes that there is no objectivity and no observer “from outside”. Consequently, this is opposed to research about young humans, about objects of research – but, on the contrary, means research with young humans: Research with and within humans and more-than-humans, as it is all entangled-with, also the researcher him- or herself, to “further learn them and ourselves in action” (Tsing 2013: 34, emphasis in original). Regarding current uncertainties and future challenges in educational contexts, another vital but neglected perspective comes into focus: The entanglement of humans and more-than-humans. Advances in technology do already and will further impact ethnographic research, e.g. by altering communication or data collection. Moreover, it will also change how researchers “think ethnography”: Posthumanist approaches question what “being human” means.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used STS' perspectives challenge ideas about nature and the so-called nature/culture divide (e.g. Latour 1993; Haraway 2016). They have also trickled into childhood theory, embracing non-anthropocentric approaches like NatureChildhoods (Malone/Tesar/Arndt 2020) or The Posthuman Child (Murris 2016). This crossing of the perimeters of theory (Spyrou 2017) can be understood as subversive in many respects, as they irritate dominant hegemonic concepts of childhood – like e.g., the closeness of children and nature (Taylor 2013). Thus, not only childhood theory is infused with new perspectives when previously unacknowledged relations materialize, but also humanist attitudes. The presentation will discuss the challenges and potential problems of ethnographic posthumanist research in educational contexts. It is challenging to conduct research from posthumanist perspectives in the apparently “most humanistic” of all fields – namely education – when researchers themselves have grown up in precisely this worldview and have been deeply influenced by it. But a shift to acknowledging entanglements and complexities is called for in a time of uncertainties. However, in conducting fieldwork, this immersive and participatory “observation” often raises ethical concerns. Issues related to consent and confidentiality seem to have deterred researchers from engaging in ethnographic studies with this demographic – even though ensuring the safety, privacy, and emotional welfare of the researched is a fundamental commitment that should (by now) have been implemented in every ethnographic conduct, always (Hammersley 2020). Thus, ethnographic research leads to a problem particularly evident in institutional settings, in which a large part of European childhood takes place today: Conducting ethnographic research with young humans demands significant time and resources. The challenges associated with gaining access to early childhood settings, and establishing relations with young humans and their institutional caregivers and gatekeepers may have contributed to the neglect of this group in many disciplinary strands of ethnographic studies. Another challenge of ethnographic research with young humans is the navigation between the paradox of young humans’ vulnerability and their agency. On the one hand, recognizing their agency is the basic assumption of ethnography with young humans. On the other hand, the vulnerability attributed to them becomes evident in e.g. extensive clarifications on data protection and personal rights before the research project. The presentation will draw on empirical material from my PhD thesis fed by long-term ethnographic research with 4–6-year-olds, reflecting the above-mentioned issues of ethnography with young humans and focusing on a perspective of ethnography with and not about young humans and more-than-humans. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In my contribution, I will outline Karen Barad's Agential Realism and the concept of entanglement to elaborate my theoretical perspective. In conclusion, new materialist ethnographic research with young humans and more-than-humans is vital for a better understanding of the complexities of human, more-than-human and the researchers' entanglements within educational settings. While scientific neglect may be attributed to misconceptions about young humans’ experiences and agency, ethical concerns, and resource constraints, it is imperative to recognize the importance of ethnographic research with young humans and more-than-human entanglements. By doing so, we can not only enrich educational research but also invite other ethnographic disciplines into educational fields and pave the way for broader perspectives and interdisciplinarity. I aim to emphasise what this research perspective has to offer for transdisciplinary ethnographies in educational contexts, particularly focusing on why young humans should be given more relevance in research projects. Additionally, I argue for entangled researching-with and not researching-about approaches. This presentation aims to shed light on the urgency of embracing ethnographic research with young humans and more-than-humans, advocating for a shift that acknowledges entanglement – also on the researcher’s side. References Alanen, L. (2014). Theorizing childhood. Childhood, 21(1), 3–6. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568213513361 Albon, D. & Huf, C. (2021). What matters in early childhood education and care? The contribution of ethnographic research. In: Ethnography and Education, 16(3), p. 243–247, DOI: 10.1080/17457823.2021.1916978 Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Bollig, S. (2020). Children as becomings. Kinder, Agency und Materialität im Lichte der neueren ‚neuen Kindheitsforschung’. In: J. Wiesemann et al. (Hrsg.): Digitale Kindheiten. Kinder - Familie – Medien. Wiesbaden: Springer, 21–38. Geertz, C. (1998). Deep hanging out. The New York review of books, 45(16), 69–72. Hamilton, L., & Taylor, N. (2017). Ethnography after humanism: Power, politics and method in multi-species research. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-53933-5 Hammersley, M. (2020). Ethics of Ethnography. In: Iphofen, R. (eds): Handbook of Research Ethics and Scientific Integrity. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-16759-2_50 Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the Trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Heath, S., Brooks, R., Cleaver, E., & Ireland, E. (2009). Researching young people's lives. SAGE Publications Ltd, https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446249420 Hirschfeld, L.A. (2002). Why Don't Anthropologists Like Children? In: American Anthropologist, 104, 611–627. https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.2002.104.2.611 Lareau, A. (2011). Unequal Childhoods: Class, Race, and Family Life. University of California Press (2nd ed.). http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.1525/j.ctt1ppgj4 Latour, B. (1993). We Have Never Been Modern. Cambridge Harvard University Press. Malone, K., Tesar, M., & Arndt, S. (2020). Theorising Posthuman Childhood Studies. Springer Singapore. Murris, K. (2016). The Posthuman Child. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315718002 Pacini-Ketchabaw, V., Taylor, A., Blaise, M. (2016). Decentring the Human in Multispecies Ethnographies. In: Taylor, C.A., Hughes, C. (eds.): Posthuman Research Practices in Education. Palgrave Macmillan UK, 149–167. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137453082_10 Spyrou, S. (2017). Time to decenter childhood? In: Childhood 24/4, 433–437. Taylor, A. (2013). Reconfiguring the Natures of Childhood. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203582046 Taylor, C. A., & Hughes, C. (eds.) (2016). Posthuman Research Practices in Education. Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137453082 Taylor, C. A. & Fairchild, N. (2020). Towards a posthumanist institutional ethnography: viscous matterings and gendered bodies. In: Ethnography and Education 15 (4), 509–527. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2020.1735469. Tsing, A. (2013). More-than-Human Sociality. A Call for Critical Description. In: Kirsten Hastrup (eds.): Anthropology and Nature. New York Routledge, 27–42. Tsing, A. (2015). The Mushroom at the End of the World: On the Possibility of Life in Capitalist Ruins. Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873548 Weber-Kellermann, I. (1979). Die Kindheit. Kleidung und Wohnen, Arbeit und Spiel. Eine Kulturgeschichte. Frankfurt am Main. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 20 SES 01 A: Enhancing School Communities to Support Refugees and Migrants through Innovative Intercultural Practices Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper School Communities that Better Support Refugees and Migrants' and Respond to Their Needs for a Sense of Belonging 1University of Thessaly, Greece; 2Ministry of Migration and Asylum Presenting Author:Sense of belonging, particularly for immigrants, is a complex tapestry woven from threads of cultural continuity, adaptation, community ties and social recognition. It is a dynamic process shaped by personal narratives, cultural interactions and the wider socio-political context, highlighting the resilience and adaptability of individuals in their search for a place to call home (Nikolaides, et al, 2022). Greeks have been eternal migrants/refugees, whereas the last decades the country has been hosting migrants and refugees itself. It has been their turn to welcome, communicate and bequeath such a sense and make everyone “feel like home”. While first-generation refugees and migrants may grapple with adapting to a new culture, subsequent generations often develop a hybrid identity that seamlessly integrates aspects of both their heritage and the host culture (Georgiadis, 2023a, 2023b). However, their journey is fraught with challenges, and among those are the acquisition of a new language that stands out as a transformative and empowering endeavor. Language learning goes beyond mere communication; it becomes a key tool for integration, understanding, and unlocking opportunities. Resilience, courage, and persistent search for stability in the face of displacement are the lifeline to navigate the complexities of a new life. Peer support for both children and their parents can create a space for emotional connection, where shared experiences would foster a profound understanding of the challenges faced by refugee families. Parents and children may find solace in knowing that their struggles and fears are validated by others who walked a similar path.This validation is a crucial aspect of building resilience. Therefore, the question that arises is how a community and particularly, a school community that includes students, teachers and the parents/guardians can better provide a sense of trust, care and belonging to migrant/refugee and asylum seekers families (Papathanasiou, 2022b). Peer support can aid refugee children in their academic journey, especially in language learning. Fellow students who have already navigated language barriers can provide guidance, tutoring, and encouragement. Understanding the nuances of a new educational system and culture is facilitated through peer interactions, creating a smoother transition for refugee children. In addition to peer support, a linguistic and culturally responsive pedagogy would serve as the bridge to immediate needs such as accessing services, seeking employment, and communicating with the local community. It is a fundamental skill that empowers individuals to navigate their new environment, gain a deeper understanding of the customs, traditions, and societal norms of their host country, and facilitate a smoother integration process. Certain factors, such as parents' socioeconomic situation, educational level, and race but also their different perceptions of their involvement in their children’s education, can directly or indirectly influence learning literacy skills for their children (Brooks-Gunn & Markman, 2005). Nonetheless, the same and other researchers state that the key to the emergence of language learning is neither the profession and education, nor the financial situation and race of the parents, but the way in which the parents organize the appropriate activities and engage their children in them, that ultimately facilitates the emergence of writing and reading (Bornstein & Cheah, 2006, Rowe et al, 2016). In latest research, it has been also stated that one of the main responsibilities of parents is to build a positive family environment that will encourage the development and learning of children (Van Voorhis et al, 2013). Why then not invite parents to an activity in which everyone participates, regardless of age, language, and socio-economic level, as it is a tool that enhances primarily dialogue that incorporates critical thinking and reflection which begins with an inquiry that is triggered with a story, art, or a song. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As a tool to test our research questions, we choose qualitative research. As we all know, qualitative research is very important in educational research as it addresses the "how" and "why" research questions and allows for a deeper understanding of experiences, phenomena and context. Qualitative research allows you to ask questions that cannot easily be put into numbers to understand the human experience. Understanding the everyday reality of a social phenomenon and studying important questions as they are actually practiced contributes to the expansion of knowledge and understanding. To do this, you need to understand the philosophical position of qualitative research and work from it to develop your research question, study design, data collection methods, and data analysis. The researchers have built and used an interview guide with open-ended questions that allow participants to express their thoughts freely. Leading questions that might bias responses are avoided. They also developed probing techniques to elicit deeper and more detailed responses. This may involve asking follow-up questions or seeking clarification. There has been a pilot test with a small sample to refine the interview guide, identify potential issues, and ensure that questions are clear and effective. They begin the interview by building rapport with the participant. Clearly restate the purpose of the study and reassure them about confidentiality. It has been decided to employ a suitable sampling strategy, such as purposive sampling or snowball sampling, based on the research aims and participant characteristics. In particular, our sample consists of 10 subjects from the Turkish and Afghan communities who live in Athens and know Greek well. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Sharing personal stories and coping strategies can be therapeutic, addressing the mental health challenges that often accompany displacement. Therefore, peer support could possibly serve as an informal counseling platform. Community building could assemble a network that creates a sense of belonging, reduces the isolation capable to contribute to mental health issues. Language acquisition on the other hand is integral to cultural integration. Through language, refugees and migrants gain a deeper understanding of the customs, traditions, and societal norms of their host country, facilitating a smoother integration process. In essence, peer support for refugee children and their parents is a testament to the strength of human connections. Beyond offering practical assistance, it serves as a source of emotional sustenance, cultural enrichment, and empowerment, embodying the resilience that defines the refugee experience. Similarly, a linguistically and culturally responsive pedagogy (Cummins, 2021), can unlock the immense potential within these individuals, fostering a more compassionate and integrated future where language becomes the bridge that unites rather than divides. Considering community-based strategies that respond to migrants and refugees’ language learning needs as well as their sense of belonging to a new society cannot be a panacea but it could possibly support, empower and respect those people’s identity, linguistic and cultural background, new language, and provide new opportunities. References Bornstein, M.H., & Cheah, C. S. L. (2006). The place of “culture and parenting” in the ecological contextual perspective on developmental science. In K. H. Rubin, & O. B. Chung (Eds.), Parenting beliefs, behaviors, and parent–child relations. New York: Psychology Press. Brooks-Gunn, J. & Markman, L.B. (2005). The contribution of parenting to ethnic and racial gaps in school readiness. The Future of children, 15(1), 139–168. https://doi.org/10.1353/foc.2005.0001 Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual students: A critical analysis of theoretical claims. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters. Georgiadis, D. (2021). Unaccompanied Minors in Greece: An Empirical Research, The Migration Conference, London, UK. Georgiadis, D. (2023a). Human Rights, Racism and Migration: A philosophical approach Interdisciplinary Research in Counseling, Ethics and Philosophy, vol. 3, issue 7, 2023: pages. 1- 12. ISSN: 2783-9435 © IRCEP. Georgiadis, D. (2023b). The European Management of Immigrants in the mediterranean: The Case of Italy, Athens: Jean Monnet European Centre of Excellence, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. http://dx.doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.22077.03041 Pantazis, V. Georgiadis, D. (2023). Social Pedagogy [Undergraduate textbook]. Kallipos, Open Academic Editions. http://dx.doi.org/10.57713/kallipos-333 Hertel, S. & Jude, N. (2016). Parental Support and Involvement in School. In S. Kuger, E. Klieme, N. Jude, D. Kaplan (Eds.), Assessing Contexts of Learning. Int. Springer Cham: Switzerland. Nicolaides, A., Eschenbacher, S., Buergelt, P. T., Gilpin-Jackson, Y., Welch, M., & Misawa, M. (Eds.). (2022). The Palgrave handbook of learning for transformation. Papathanasiou, M. (2019). Parents’ philosophical community: When parents go to school! Childhood and Philosophy, 15:1-28, 10.12957/childphilo.2019.38746 Papathanasiou, M. (2022a). Parents-Teachers Transformational Community of Philosophical Inquiry: An Innovative Model. University of Naples, Federico II, Italy. Papathanasiou, M. (2022b). Enhancing Parents’ Engagement to Enhance Children’s Learning (270322-091656) in Handbook of Research on Family Literacy Practices and Home School Connections (Eds) ISBN13:9781668445693 Rosenblum, M. Tichenor, D. (2018). The Politics of International Migration, Oxford University Press. Rowe, M. Denmark, N., Harden, B. & Stapleton, L. (2016). The Role of Parent Education and Parenting Knowledge in Children's Language and Literacy Skills among White, Black, and Latino Families. Infant and Child Development. 25. 10.1002/icd.1924. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Informal Encounters Strengthen the Connection between the School and African Immigrant Families Levinsky-Wingate Academic College, Israel Presenting Author:International immigration brought about a change in the human public sphere in Israel and created tensions against the background of differences related to religion, culture, tradition, and language. The education system tries to provide solutions to strengthen non-Jewish immigrant families and community resilience. Additionally, established social initiatives innovative of humanitarian organizations and associations: "Soul Group," which operates according to Waldorf's educational concept, and "Elifelet," citizens for refugee children (https://www.elifelet.org/?lang=en). These organizations support schools, and their goal is to promote a shared life of tolerance, inclusion, and mutual respect while providing equal opportunities for children and their families for social integration, creating social cohesion, health, and security now and in the future days (McAuliffe & Khadria, 2020; Wittenberg, 2017; Magner, 2016). Social integration helps families to be more protected in the foreign environment in terms of language, behavior, tradition, and appearance of skin color. Immigrants live in a reality of economic and social uncertainty, loneliness, and a sense of foreignness. To create protection and community as a substitute for the nuclear family, the immigrants create communion and live in a neighborhood with residents from the same country of origin and socioeconomic status. This social cohesion contributes to maintaining identity, assistance in raising children, administrative procedures, and finding a job. In terms of the education systems in Israel and the world, there is a trend towards segregation, and immigrant families' children study in culturally homogenous schools that were established as a response to this communalism (International Organization for Migration (IOM), 2022; Kugler & Price, 2009; Schleicher, 2017). Interactions between different social groups and informal encounters may lead to a discourse involving obedience, acceptance of the authority of a majority group, and absorption of expressions of violence and racism. Therefore, educators and parents from the majority group need to build relationships on trust, inclusion, and respect. The dialogues with the parents are not based only on the transfer of knowledge but also on understanding the trauma experienced by the immigrant parents from difficulties in The conversations with the parents are not based only on the transfer of knowledge but also on understanding the trauma experienced by the immigrant parents from the problems in their new life. Positive feelings towards the "other" dissolve the concepts of "us and them," which causes considerable tension and separation. It was found that forming an image of peace education, which operates according to the principles of "Restorative justice pedagogy," promotes self-awareness of others and the ability to deal effectively with stereotypes and prejudices (Lee & Walsh, 2017; Ratnam, 2020; Ogilvie & Fuller, 2017). Educators from the majority group, who hold cultural encounters between the parents, must create a safe environment of trust and mutual appreciation with the understanding that there are differences between people and groups, which create the uniqueness of the individual. This will allow partnerships to be built that help the parents and the school define goals and accept joint responsibility for promoting the students' learning and cultural integration processes in the new cultural and linguistic environment (Lerner, 2012; Pharaoh & Li, 2022). The study examines the contribution of the shared experience in informal encounters between Israeli families whose children attend Waldorf education and immigrant families from Africa and its implications on building the relationships and partnerships between African parents and the school in south Tel Aviv. The study questions are: (1) In what way do these informal encounters promote the partnership between the school and African immigrant parents? (2) What are the challenges and consequences of informal activities in developing pedagogical, social, and personal responses for immigrant families in the receiving society? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research approach is a qualitative-interpretive case study, which allows for in-depth observation of the phenomenon within a specific context of real life to understand the case: informal encounters between parents from Israel who believe in Waldorf education and parents from immigrant families. This allows local to global generalizations and examines the studied case's processes, actions, and behaviors. The encounters took place in parks for playing, creative crafts, listening to music, authentic refreshments, and intimate conversations. The participants are 72 families, teachers, and organizers: 34 African immigrant parents from a minority group with a different cultural background, 27 parents from Israel whose children attend Waldorf education schools, 3 program managers, 5 educators, the school principal, and two assistants from a school for children from African families' Immigrants from Tel-Aviv. The data were collected by three research tools: (1) 3 open observations by a researcher acting as an observer as a participant who does not have a role in the groups being studied, (2) semi-structured in-depth interviews lasting about an hour, which took place after participating in the encounters (3) documents such as invitations and verbal and voice correspondence in the WhatsApp groups. To create a complete understanding of the activities, the researcher participated as an active observer and held spontaneous conversations with the participants, writing shortlists, observing, and participating in the activities while maintaining a distance from the participants to create objectivity (Merriam, 2009; Adler & Adler, 1994; Kawulich, 2005). Interviews were conducted with 20 participants in a focus group of up to 10 participants from all groups of parents, as well as with 5 teachers, the program coordinators from the association, the school principal, and the management team. The interviews took place face-to-face, on Zoom, and in a phone call for about forty minutes (Griffin & Care, 2015). The data was analyzed using content analysis, focusing on what the participants said, reflecting their actions, feelings, beliefs, and knowledge. Moreover, the content analysis allows a description of the data and drawing valid conclusions for a broad context (Krippendorff, 2004). According to the analysis of the findings, a general categorical thematic was conducted to help consolidate and clarify the meanings and create generalizations (Englander, 2020). The ethical rules were observed. The chief scientist at the Ministry of Education approved the study. The ethical practices were observed. The chief scientist at the Ministry of Education approved the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study offers unique and innovative informal encounters and highlights the social aspect of school education for immigrant children's future to strengthen personal and community resilience for integration into society. The informal encounters helped the African immigrant parents get closer to the school and understand its critical role in their children's education. These encounters allowed parents from immigrant families to participate in an open space with families of the dominant majority group. The immigrant families usually meet publicly with the Israeli community, where hierarchical order is very prominent. As opposed, the informal encounters between the two groups of families create an atmosphere of equality: all are parents of children seeking to bring about humane and social values. The cooperative atmosphere contributed to the understanding that closeness outweighs distance, and everyone is troubled by similar issues of parenting, enjoyment for children, and a shared desire to be good citizens while demonstrating tolerance, reciprocity, and respect. At the same time, the minority of participants in the third encounter may reveal doubts and uncertainty about parents' abilities. Other social organizations that believe in the full integration of immigrants may want to benefit more from these activities. Therefore, they have interfered with the decisions of the families of the immigrants and prevented them from joining. Meetings between different communities may develop an intercultural competence not satisfied with empathy, listening, and inclusion but work actively to create belonging. The study enriches academic knowledge about the importance of expanding the circles of support for immigrant families. A school must open the door to additional collaborations to provide diverse answers to the children's needs. It can help determine a holistic policy for educating in multicultural schools and promote principles to emphasize the immigrant's identity and our identity as a global society that receives immigration. References Adler, P. A. & Adler, P. (1994). Observation techniques. In Norman K. Denzin & Yvonna S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp.377–392). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Creswell, J. W., Poth, C. N., & Hall, M. (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (Fourth edition). Thousand Oaks, California: SAGE. Englander, M. (2020). Phenomenological psychological interviewing. The Humanistic Psychologist, 48(1),54–73. Griffin, P., & Care, E. (Eds.). (2015). Assessment and teaching of 21st-century skills: Methods and approach. Dordrecht: Springer. International Organization for Migration (IOM) (2022). Protection and Assistance for Migrants Vulnerable to Violence, Exploitation and Abuse: Household/Family Assistance. Kawulich, B. B. (2005). Participant Observation as a Data Collection Method [81 paragraphs]. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 6(2), Art. 43, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0502430. Krippendorff, K. (2004). Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology. Thousand Oaks: Sage. Kugler, E. G., & Price, O. A. (2009). Go beyond the classroom to help immigrant and refugee students succeed. Phi Delta Kappan, 91(3), 48–52. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172170909100310. Lee, S. J., & Walsh, D. (2017). Socially just, culturally sustaining pedagogy for diverse immigrant youth: Possibilities, challenges, and directions. In D., Paris & H. S., Alim (Eds.), Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world (pp. 83–98). Teachers College Press. Lerner, A. B. (2012). The educational resettlement of refugee children: Examining several theoretical approaches. Multicultural Education, 20(1), 9–14. Magner, T. (2016). Refugee, Asylum, and Related Legislation in the US Congress: 2013–2016. Journal on Migration and Human Security, 4, 166–189. McAuliffe, M., & Khadria, B. (2020). World Migration Report. IOM UN MIGRATION, International Organization for Migration. Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. Ogilvie, G., & Fuller, D. (2016). In the classroom: Restorative justice pedagogy in the ESL classroom: Creating a caring environment to support refugee students. TESL Canada Journal, 33(10), 86–96. Pharaoh, L., & Li, J. (2022). Strategies to Develop Intercultural Competence of Students in a Multicultural Set Up. Journal of Learning and Development Studies, 2(3), 14–22. https://doi.org/10.32996/jlds.2022.2.3.3 Ratnam, T. (2020). Provocation to Dialog in a Third Space: Helping Teachers Walk Toward Equity Pedagogy. Frontiers in Education 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.569018 Schleicher, A. (2017). Seeing Education through the Prism of PISA. European Journal of Education, 52(2).124–130. DOI: 10.1111/ejed.12209 Wittenberg, L. (2017). Managing Mixed Migration: The Central Mediterranean Route to Europe. International Peace Institute, (pp. 2-9). 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Conflicting Historical Narratives as a Starting Point for Educational Processes 1University of Teacher Education Carinthia, Austria; 2Alps Adriatic University, Austria Presenting Author:Remembering and storytelling are among the most fundamental human dispositions. Narratives about experienced, inherited and communicated pasts not only have a formative character in the lives of individuals. They are also essential for smaller and larger communities, as the re-presentation of central experiences serves to reaffirm identity and belonging. However, memories need certain media and forms of articulation so that they can fulfil their function of creating identity and meaning. In addition to literature and art, it is above all monuments that play an indispensable role as visible signs in public spaces in the transmission and communication of memory narratives. By examining the design, history and social reception of commemorative symbols, we can observe the development of public attention for historical events. Meanwhile, gaps in the landscape of remembrance tell us something about marginalised cultures of remembrance. What is remembered in public spaces makes it clear who has the power to occupy it and thus to underpin a specific view of the past as the official one. In this presentation, we would like to show the extent to which the examination of historical narratives and conflicts of remembrance can be used for historical-political educational work and global citizenship education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The public space in Kärnten/Koroška - Carinthia, a historically bilingual region with a recognised autochthonous ethnic group - the Carinthian Slovenes - has been described in the literature as a "battlefield of memory", where various "communities of remembrance" struggle to make their versions of history visible and assert themselves. These ongoing memory conflicts can be illustrated by several specific monuments in the region. In our research from 2023 and 2024, historical monuments that address various themes of the Second World War and National Socialism in the region were systematically examined for their suitability in terms of "dialogical remembering" (Assmann 2020; Brousek/Grafenauer/Wintersteiner/Wutti 2020). In a second step, monuments that represent one-sided historical narratives and thus contradict inclusive memory were identified. In considering these "problematic monuments", the focus was placed on possible options for a new contextualisation of these monuments, associated debates and actionist alliances. This content was in turn prepared for school project lessons in order to make topics such as inclusive, dialogical remembrance, the necessary problematisation of existing, outdated symbols of remembrance and current social aspects of the past accessible to pupils. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While publicly visible monuments mainly reflect national and nationalistic perspectives, their critical contextualisation opens their potential for contemporary discourse. Aspects of dialogical remembering can help identify problematic memorials. By using materials which consider (according to national and local circumstances) dialogical remembering, a mutual view of history and ultimately a greater understanding of the community in a transnational region can emerge. These, in turn, can be used in school lessons to spark a contemporary, democratic discourse with young people and at the same time make them accessible to critical topics of contemporary history. The presentation shows the extent to which the examination of historical narratives and conflicts of remembrance can be used for historical-political educational work and global citizenship education. It will show ways in which pupils can be encouraged to actively shape remembrance discourses as part of school projects. References Brousek, Jan/Grafenauer, Danijel/Wintersteiner, Werner & Wutti, Daniel (Eds.) (2020): SLOVENIJA | ÖSTERREICH: Befreiendes Erinnern – Osvobajajoče spominjanje. Dialogische Aufarbeitung der Vergangenheit – Dialoško obravnavanje zgodovine. Drava. Danglmaier, Nadja (2020): The changing landscape of memorials and its pedagogical possibilities. Jahresbericht 2019 erinnern.at – 20 Jahre erinnern.at. 26–27. Danglmaier, Nadja/Hartmann, Eva & Wutti, Daniel (2021): Minority topics, ethnic questions and their potentials for memory work at schools. Treatises and documents – Journal of Ethnic Studies. Institute for Ethnic Studies. 33–48. Danglmaier Nadja/Holfelder Ute/Klatzer Elisabeth & Entner Brigitte (Eds.) (2022). Koroška/Kärnten. Wege zu einer befreienden Erinnerungskultur. Mandelbaum. Wutti, Daniel/Danglmaier, Nadja & Hartmann, Eva (Eds.) (2020). Erinnerungskulturen im Grenzraum – Spominske kulture na obmejnem območju. Mohorjeva/Hermagoras. Wutti, Daniel (2023): Traumen und Gesellschaft. Transgenerationale Traumatisierung & Erinnerungskultur in Kärnten/Koroška. Psychologie in Österreich, (3), 214–221. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Between Despair and Hope - Arab Teachers in a Personal, Educational, and National Trap 1Levinsky-Wingate Academic, Israel; 2Beit Berl College Presenting Author:Israeli society is deeply divided, and the mutual relations between Jews and Arabs are characterized by inequality, alienation, lack of dialogue, mutual negation, and increasing polarization between the groups (Epstein, 2016; Jackson & Doerschler, 2016; Paul-Binyamin and Haj-Yehia, 2019). Between Jews and Arabs, there are religious, cultural, national, and linguistic differences, all of which create one of the centers of political-social tension in everything related to the political-social power relations, including the inequality between them. (Shdema & Martin, 2022) The events of Shiva in October threw Jewish society into the heart of darkness, into a state of trauma and uncertainty, as the dimensions of the massacre are unlike any terrorist events or murders of Jews since the Holocaust. Faced with this reality, the Arabs find themselves in a trap. On the one hand, suspicious voices towards the Arabs are getting stronger, as if they are all terrorists while strengthening the sense of national unity and Jewish identity. On the one hand, moderate voices are heard calling to protect the Arabs of Israel and to leave behind the riots and harassment. The relations of mutual negation and cultural separation intensified following the "Iron Swords" war, and the Arabs are seen as an illegitimate element in the public systems, including the education system, which plays an essential role in shaping Israeli collective identity (Levy, 2023). According to Samuha (2010), power relations and the lack of equality are particularly prominent in the relationship between the Jewish majority group and the Arab-Palestinian minority in the long-standing national and historical conflict. In the Israeli education system, Arab students' study in separate schools from the Jews. Thus, the system is characterized by discrimination, injustice, segregation, and inequality and does not allow the creation of a common basis for an authentic multicultural education that enables mutual interaction and recognition of others (Abu-Saad, 2020; Lustick, 2019). According to Allport's contact theory (Allport, 1954), direct and unmediated meetings between groups reduce conflicts and tensions and improve their relations. The lack of contact in formative years may harm intergroup relations (Cehajic et al., 2008). The discrimination between Jews and Arabs is also reflected in the legislation of the "Nationality Law" (2018), which highlights the Jewish nature of the country. It blatantly ignores the democratic nature of the country and the Arab minority (Amara, 2020). Examining the issue of hiring teachers in Israel reveals that, over the years, there has been a shortage of Jewish teachers. At the same time, hundreds of quality Arab teachers are qualified to teach and are looking for employment. The solution proposed by the state is the integration of Arab teachers in Jewish schools (Shaked, 2016). Researchers (Fa'or, 2021; Pinuras, 2019; Rajput & Talan, 2017; Halabi &) found that, in general, Arab teachers who teach in Jewish schools report a positive feeling alongside difficulties arising from cultural gaps and mistrust arising from national identity related to the Jewish-Arab conflict. Almelek (2020) claims that Arab teachers are often forced to suppress their political positions and beliefs from their students and colleagues to blur the national-political tension and increase the sense of trust. The study directs the focus to the issue of the integration of Arab teachers in Jewish schools as it is perceived in the eyes of Arab teachers. This is to act consciously and intelligently to change the existing situation and promote the implementation of democratic values in society. The interviewees' descriptions constitute an authentic human document that reveals new aspects of their experiences in the current social reality. These stories can illuminate how Arab staff deal with complex situations in their professional practice.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on the qualitative-phenomenological approach that seeks to learn about the issue under investigation by observing a particular phenomenon while focusing on the subjective experience of teachers from Arab society who teach in Jewish schools (Creswell & Poth, 2017). According to this concept, the human experience has meaning for those who experience it and is seen as a significant source of knowledge. Any objective understanding rests on a subjective perception (Eatough & Smith, 2008; Creswell & Creswell, 2018). Nine Arab teachers, aged 25-32, with two to ten years of teaching experience in a Jewish school, participated in the study. All the teachers are graduates of Jewish colleges, and they teach mathematics, English, science, and Hebrew in Jewish elementary schools, middle schools, and high schools. They are selected by the snowball method. The research tool was a semi-structured interview about the teaching experience of the participants and the diverse contexts of their personal, educational, social, cultural, national, and religious world through which it is possible to understand their teaching experience and the meanings they attribute to teaching in a Jewish school. The question addressed to the research participants is, "Describe the teaching experience in the school. Address the challenges in teaching and the main ways to deal with these challenges so that the teaching experience is based on the values of democracy and the promotion of a shared life in Israeli society. Please explain and give examples." During the interview, the Arab teachers shared their feelings, beliefs, educational concepts, and the challenges of socio-cultural integration. The processing of the research data is based on an interpretive content analysis, which allows a look into the inner experience of the Arab teachers while referring to the descriptions of the characteristics of the teaching experience in Jewish schools, the diverse challenges, and ways of coping (Creswell, 2012). The processing was based on content analysis focusing on what the teachers said in words, descriptions, and the way they presented their words. The cases selected for analysis from the large data set were those with explicit mention of the teaching experience, challenges, and coping methods (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The accepted rules of ethics were kept. The goals of the interview were explained, full confidentiality and anonymity were guaranteed, and participants signed a consent letter. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are cultural gaps in educational settings where teachers from diverse cultures, nationalities, and religions teach. The Israeli case is complex because it involves a meeting between teachers from two nations who live in parallel worlds and hardly ever meet in everyday life. In such a reality, Arab teachers often report dealing with personal, emotional, social, and cultural challenges in the face of difficult situations they encounter almost daily in a multicultural space saturated with expressions of racism, alienation, injustice, and disparities. Moreover, they report the fear of expressing themselves freely, of expressing an opinion, of revealing a perception or belief that is not compatible with the perception of the dominant Jewish majority, probably because the school environment is not characterized by the emotional closeness between the Arab teachers and their students or colleagues. These findings establish and add a new layer to the claims of researchers who examined the integration process of Arab teachers teaching in Jewish schools (Alhaj, 1996; Rodnitsky, 2014; Halabi & Fa'or, 2021). Moreover, from a critical point of view, the question arises as to why, despite all the descriptions of racism, alienation, and exclusion, none of the teachers reported a desire to return to teaching in a school in the Arab sector. It seems that the Arab teachers understand that social integration is a continuous process that requires a unilateral concession. They know that they must remain open and exposed, because, above all, they are ambassadors of an entire population suffering from alienation, exclusion, inequality, and discrimination. The Arab teachers can deal with the Jewish students and make them understand that Arabs are people just like Jews. Only in this way of educational-social integration is there a chance to shatter stereotypes, reduce cultural gaps, and change perceptions about Arabs and other minority groups. References Abu-Saad, I., Khalil, M., Haj-Ali, I., Awad, Y., & Dallasheh, W. (2020). Re-Examination of Hofstede's Cultural Value Orientations Among Beginner Palestinian Arab Teachers in Israel. Sumerianz Journal of Education, Linguistics, and Literature, 3(8), 169-177. Allport, G. W. (1954). The effect of contact. Addison-Wesley. Almelek, A. (2020). Emotional closeness and emotional distance in professional and personal relationships between schoolteachers: the case of Arab teachers teaching in Jewish schools. Mofet. Amara, M. (2020). Teaching the Arabic language in Jewish society in Israel - characteristics and challenges. In: Y. Mendel, M. Aro, T. Abu Ras and G. Kramersky (editors). Arabs, Jews, Arabic: the teaching of Arabic in Israel and its challenges (pp. 28-12). Research report. Van Leer. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Cehajic, S., Brown, R., & Castano, E. (2008). Forgive and forget? Antecedents and consequences of intergroup forgiveness in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Political Psychology, 29(3), 351–367. Creswell, J. W. & Creswell, J.D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approach (5th ed). Sage. Eatough, V., & Smith, J. A. (2007). Interpretative phenomenological analysis. In E. Lyons & A. Coyle (Eds.), Analysing qualitative data in psychology (pp. 35–50). Sage. Finuras, P. (2019). Culture Differences and Trust. Journal of Intercultural Management and Ethics, 2(4), 5-12. Halabi, R. and Fa'or, H. (2021). Arab teachers in Jewish schools: suffering and remaining silent. Multifaceted: Research and Discourse, 21, 180-202. Jackson, P. I., & Doerschler, P. (2016). How safe do majority group members, ethnic minorities, and Muslims feel in multicultural European societies? Democracy and Security, 12(4), 247-277. Levy, N. (2023). Arabs in segregated vs. mixed Jewish–Arab schools in Israel: Their identities and attitudes towards Jews. Ethnic & Racial Studies, 46(12), 2720-2746. Lustick, I. (2019). Paradigm lost - from two-state solution to one-state reality. Pennsylvania Press. Paul-Binyamin, I. & Haj-Yehia, K. (2019). Multicultural education in teacher education: Shared experience and awareness of power relations as a prerequisite for conflictual identities dialogue in Israel. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 249–259. Samuha, S. (2013). Do not break the dishes. Index of Arab-Jewish relations in Israel 2012. Israel Democracy Institute. Shaked, K. (2016). Action to expand the circle of teaching: integration of Arab teachers in Jewish schools. Eye Contact, 260, 34–38. Shdema, I., & D. Martin. (2022). Place identity among native minorities: Lessons from Arabs in Israel. Geographical Review, 112(2), 286–305. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 21 SES 01 A: Paper Session 1 Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois Paper Session |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper The Group as a Thinking Space in the Unknown: Psychoanalytical-pedagogical Reflections on the Training and Further Education of Preschool Teachers FH Campus Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Like the entire education sector, the field of early childhood education and care is also subject to constant change, which is linked to overall social - global - change processes (see Lehner, Fürstaller 2021; Betz et al. 2017). Individualization, economization, digitalization and globalization are just some of the buzzwords that come to mind here. The demands and challenges faced by educational professionals working with children and families have changed significantly as a result. Relationships and interactions are increasingly being shifted to the digital space, where they are staged and dissociated. The strong shift of childhood into the institutional context has made parents feel insecure in their parenthood. Economization is widening the gap between rich and poor, both within and beyond national borders. Plurality offers many freedoms, but also risky opportunities, because it means that points of orientation and things that used to work are being lost. Such a loss is further exacerbated psychodynamically and psychosocially by the current crises, especially those surrounding the war. In any case, the developments cited here as examples give rise to (new) uncertainties that are accompanied by uncertainty, powerlessness and discomfort on an unconscious level, but mask themselves as certainties on a manifest level - e.g. in the form of hegemonic claims, populism and social divisions (cf. Klug et al. 2021). Such masking can also be found in pedagogical practice, which must be unmasked through an exploratory and understanding approach. This is an important aspect for pedagogical practice and therefore raises questions for the training and further education of educators: How can teaching succeed in being able to think uncertainties (and discomfort)? How can prospective educators be accompanied in their learning and educational processes in such a way that "responsible action under the conditions of structural uncertainty" (Rabe-Kleberg 2020: 29) becomes possible? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used First, the paper introduces the field of early childhood education and care in the European context (Smidt et al. 2020). Some central lines of discourse on the question of the significance of the above-mentioned overall social developments and crises for the field of early childhood education and care, in practice as well as in (academic) teaching, are presented (cf. Lehner, Fürstaller 2021). In the second step, the group is discussed as a "safe place" from a psychoanalytical-pedagogical perspective. Here, references to Winnicott's concept of "holding" and "intermediate space" and Bion's container-contained model are established and discussed. These theoretical considerations are concretized in a third step by presenting a method of practical reflection that is used in the context of university teaching. This is the Work Discussion method developed at the Tavistock Clinic in London (Lehner, Fürstaller 2023). The Work Discussion method sees itself as an instrument for reflecting on practice in order to make unconscious contexts of meaning accessible to conscious reflection and differentiated understanding. In this way, new - desirable - scope for action can be developed. In the course of the so-called work-discussion seminars, practical protocols are written and discussed in the seminar group. The central aim is to grasp the latent psychodynamics of the situation and to be able to understand the inner experience of all those involved. After presenting the basic features of the work discussion, a concrete example of a practice protocol discussion is used to work out how the group can become a space of possibility for thinking in and of the uncertain (cf. Hover-Reisner et al. 2018). In this context, for example, we explain the extent to which the group is important in order to be able to adopt different experiential perspectives in order to understand the dynamic relationships between juxtaposed feelings, wishes and needs. It is also shown to what extent the group enables enjoyable reflection, even when it comes to difficult content. For this to succeed, it is important that the group treats the discussed content, thoughts, associations and feelings of the group participants in a benevolent, attentive and understanding manner. In this sense, this group mentality enables reflection on oneself (self-perception) and others (external perception). In the course of this presentation, the Work Discussion method is also presented as an instrument for improving the mentalization skills of educators and the importance of the group in this context (Hover-Reisner et a 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In order to be able to focus on what is special about each specific case, professional forms of understanding and reflection are required - in relation to the other person, but also in relation to one's own actions. In order for this to succeed, an attitude is required that sees itself as "approaching the 'foreign' and also the unquestioningly functioning with questioning and curiosity" and "being able to enter into a critical and reflective relationship with oneself and the social situation" (Nentwig-Gesemann et al. 2011, 20). The central key skills are to devote oneself questioningly and curiously to the practical cases and the people involved, to take up irritations as a door opener to what is not understood, to draw on specialist and theoretical knowledge without losing sight of the specific case and the specific situation. The paper shows how the group - in the context of the work discussion - is important for this. The Work Discussion also offers a safe and protective external framework: The groups take place regularly at not too great intervals and the group constellation remains the same over a longer period of time. Such clear and routine processes and structures are therefore important in order to remain capable of thinking as a group. However, this also requires the creation of an institutional framework that can offer security and reliability. This therefore relates to the question of how the university can facilitate such places. References Betz, T. & Kayser, L. B. (2017): Children and society: Children's knowledge about inequalities, meritocracy, and the interdependency of academic achievement, poverty, and wealth. American Behavioral Scientist, 61(2), 186-203. Bion, W. (1962). Lernen durch Erfahrung. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Reisner, N., Fürstaller, M. & Wininger, A. (2018): ‚Holding mind in mind‘: the use of work discussion in facilitating early childcare (kindergarten) teachers‘ capacity to mentalise. Infant Observation, 21/2018, 98-110. DOI: 10.1080/13698036.2018.1539339. Klug, H., Brunner, M. & Skip-Schrötter (Hg.) (2021): Zum Unbehagen in der Kultur. Psychoanalytische Erkundungen der Gegenwart. Psychosozial-Verlag: Gießen. Lehner, B. & Fürstaller, M. (2021:. Einfach ist einfacher? Heterogenität in elementarpädagogischen Einrichtungen in Zeiten der Optimierung [Simple is easier? Heterogeneity in day care centers in times of optimization]. Psychosozial, 44(1, Nr. 163), 10-21. DOI: 10.30820/0171-3434-2021-1-10. Lehner, B. & Fürstaller, M. (2023): Vielfalt in der Elementarpädagogik 2. Von der Reflexion pädagogischer Praxis zum Verantwortungswollen Umgang im Kitaalltag. Frankfurt am Main: Debus Pädagogik Verlag. DOI: https://doi.org/10.46499/2060. Miller, L. (2002). The relevance of observation skills to the Work Discussion Seminar. Infant Observation. The International Journal of Infant Observation and its Applications, 4(3), 55-72. Nentwig-Gesemann, Iris/Fröhlich-Gildhoff, Klaus/Harms & Henriette/Richter, Sarah (2011): Professionelle Haltung – Identität der Fachkraft für die Arbeit mit Kindern in den ersten drei Lebensjahren. Eine Expertise der Weiterbildungsinitiative frühpädagogischer Fachkräfte (Wiff). Frankfurt am Main. Verfügbar unter: https://www.weiterbildungsinitiative.de/publikationen/detail/professionelle-haltung-identitaet-der-fachkraft-fuer-die-arbeit-mit-kindern-in-den-ersten-drei-lebensjahren (25.04.2022). Rabe-Kleberg, U. (2020): Handeln und Haltung. Oder: Brauchen pädagogische Fachkräfte in Kindergärten einen ethischen Kodex? In: Müller, Jens/Fink, Heike/Horak, Renate Elli/ Kaiser, Sabine/Reichmann, Elke (Hg.): Professionalität in der Kindheitspädagogik. Aktuelle Diskurse und professionelle Entwicklungsperspektiven. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto, S. 19-38. Smidt, W. & Embacher, E.-M. (2020). How do activity settings, preschool teachers’ activities, and children’s activities relate to the quality of children’s interactions in preschool? Findings from Austria. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(6), 864-883. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1836586 Winnicott, D. (1965): Reifungsprozesse und fördernde Umwelt. München: Kindler. 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Towards a Psychoanalytic Conception of Uncertainty in Educational Contexts University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:The educational discourse on uncertainty often conveys an undifferentiated view of uncertainty in educational contexts. According to this view, people working in pedagogical fields are constantly confronted with uncertainty. In connection with this, the impression is created that training and further education can at best prepare for this phenomenon, but can hardly influence it beyond that. The reference to psychoanalysis seems to further increase the sense of uncertainty. The lecture will examine the question of how a differentiated theory of uncertainty in pedagogical contexts can be conceptualised and subsequently developed with reference to psychoanalytical basic assumptions and empirical findings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of the investigation can be categorised as "conceptional research". This kind of "conceptional research" is related to empirical data and findings generated (a) by the investigation of the training and further education of people who work in educational fields and (b) the analysis of protocols generated by Work Discussion and the use of the Tavistock Observational Method. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The authors present as result of their investigation a basic concept of uncertainty with reference to psychoanalytic theories. The authors propose to differentiate between three subject domains: (1.) In an elaborated theory of uncertainty, it is firstly necessary to specify which type of uncertainty exists with regard to which different aspects. In this context it is reasonable, for example, to assume that no one can be sure how his or her own behaviour or the behaviour of others can be understood. This is to be distinguished from the fact that no one can be sure how children, young people or adults experience educational measures or activities. Another aspect concerns the question of the consequences of specific educational interventions and interactions. The lecture will show how psychoanalytical perspectives help to clarify the specific character of uncertainty with regard to these educational aspects. (2.) Secondly, the subjective experience of uncertainty should be addressed. In this context, different degrees of uncertainty along a continuum have to be specified. At one end of the continuum are cluelessness, disorientation and panic. At the other end of the spectrum is the denial of uncertainty combined with a manic conviction of knowing the right thing in almost all matters. In this regard, the influence that psychoanalytic education can have on the intensity of the subjective experience of uncertainty needs to be discussed. (3.) Thirdly it is important to bear in mind that the degree of uncertainty can also vary in different situations for objective reasons. In this respect, the influence that psychoanalytic research can have on assessing the extent of uncertainty should be discussed. Finally, the authors will discuss whether a special space should also be dedicated to the investigation of the significance of social and institutional framework parameters for the existence and experience of uncertainty. References Bonnet, A., Glazier, J. (2023): The conflicted role of uncertainty in teaching and teacher education. In: Teachers and Teaching 2023, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2023.2272650 Bormann, I. (2015): Unsicherheit und Vertrauen: Komplementäre Elemente pädagogischer Interaktion und ihre institutionelle Überformung. August 2015. Paragrana 24(1):151-163 DOI:10.1515/para-2015-0014 Datler, M. (2012): Die Macht der Emotionen im Unterricht. Psychosozial-Verlag: Gießen. Gideon, I., Dishon, G., Vedder-Weiss, D. (2022): Pedagogical and epistemic uncertainty in collaborative teacher learning, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 118, 2022, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103808. Paseka, A., Keller-Schneider, M., Combe, A. (Hrsg.) (2018): Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-17102-5_1 Rangell, L. (1976): Gelassenheit und andere menschliche Möglichkeiten. Shrkamp: Frankfurt Strobl, B., Datler, W. (2020): Emotionen als Gegenstand des Nachdenkens und Sprechens über Praxissituationen. Anmerkungen zur Bedeutung von psychoanalytisch orientierten Aus- und Weiterbildungsprozessen für eine Dimension von psychosozialer Professionalität. In: B. Rauh, N. Welter, M. Franzmann, K. Magiera, J. Schramm, N. Wilder (Hrsg.): Emotion – Disziplinierung – Professionalisierung: Pädagogik im Spannungsfeld von Integration der Emotionen und ‚neuen‘ Disziplinierungstechniken. Opladen et al. Budrich, 2020. S. 207-224 Strobl, B., Datler, W. (2023): Der Blick auf das Theorie-Praxis-Verhältnis im Spannungsfeld von Sicherheit und Unsicherheit. In: Uncertainty in Higher Education: Hochschulen in einer von Volatilität geprägten Welt. Waxmann Münster, 2023. S. 195-206 Trunkenpolz, K., Lehner, B. & Strobl, B. (Hrsg.) (2023): Affekt, Gefühl, Emotion – Zentrale Begriffe Psychoanalytischer Pädagogik? Annäherungen aus konzeptueller, forschungsmethodischer und professionalisierungstheoretischer Perspektive. Opladen: Barbara Budrich. 277 S. (Schriftenreihe der DGfE-Kommission Psychoanalytische Pädagogik, Band 15). Zwiebel, R. (2017): Was macht einen guten Psychoanalytiker aus? Klett-Cotta: Stuttgart |
13:15 - 14:45 | 22 SES 01 B: New Models of Learning in HE Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Graça Fernandes Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Does an Evolving Energy Industry Equal a New Education? 1Department of Energy Resources, University of Stavanger, Norway; 2Department of Energy and Petroleum Technology, University of Stavanger, Norway; 3Department of Education, University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:The oil and gas industry is expanding and evolving due to climate, societal, and governmental changes (e.g. Doni et al., 2022; Megura and Gunderson, 2022; García-Amate et al., 2023). How do these changes affect the competences and skills needed in the industry? A Norwegian government-funded research project, Defining Future Subsurface Education Needs in Collaboration with the Energy Industry (SUBSET), attempts to answer this question while creating a framework for course co-creation in collaboration with the energy sector in Norway. The methods and findings of SUBSET might be applicable to education and training in the energy sector internationally as well. The University of Stavanger’s staff worked with five industry partners, two labor organizations, and one governmental advisory board to establish relevance with industry and better understand their current and future needs and expectations. By mapping the competences reported by stakeholders in the workforce now and those needed in the future, the project aims to identify which topics and skills should be offered as continuing or life-long education and which should be included in or excluded from formal degree programs. University courses on subsurface science and technology need to be adapted to accommodate the future needs of the energy industry (Arlett et al., 2010). Our research initiative showcases efforts to bridge the gap between academia and industry and aims to contribute valuable insights for the ongoing transformation of the energy sector. Furthermore, it might serve as a model for fostering contextualized, purposeful, and relevant collaboration between higher education and the dynamic demands of the evolving industry. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used SUBSET was organized in three phases: competence mapping, course co-creation, and course offering and evaluation. The first phase aimed to map competences in the oil and gas industry to improve employability and increase work relevant education (Kipper et al., 2021). Competence mapping consisted of interviews and a workforce survey. Interviews were held with each industry partner to understand what management believes are the skills needed now and in the future. The interviews were then analyzed for repeating themes and provided the basis for the survey. The survey provided input regarding what skills the workforce says they have and what they believe they need in the future. These results were also analyzed using descriptive statistics. The second phase, course co-creation, consisted of a series of workshops with the same industry partners and a team of university scientific and administrative staff where we discussed 1) which skills and what courses are needed; 2) which courses and should be prioritized and created, and 3) what course delivery format could be best tofits the targeted the identified audience. The third phase, course offering, required the course descriptions to be formalized and accredited. Then the courses were run as part of the life-long learning program. Each industry partner and participating labor organization and enrolled students in applicable programs were invited to participate in the courses. Successful participants in the courses received formal university credit. After each course's completion, a course evaluation survey is sent and after a 1 month, 3 months, and 6 months workshops are held to evaluate the knowledge transfer, filling knowledge gaps, and the effects of the course experience. At the time of abstract submission, these workshops are not complete because not enough time has elapsed after course completion. This systematic approach ensures incorporation of ongoing feedback and continuous improvement, which helps the university staffus develop a dynamic and responsive pedagogical framework that adapts to the new skills and competences of the industry. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings SUBSET experimented with a thorough yet time-intensive process yielding valuable insights into industry needs for educational and training purposes. Co-creation in the project setupSUBSET facilitated incorporating input from formal managerial and workforce perspectives, while retaining academic independence. Sustained bidirectional input is deemed as vital post-project to nurture ongoing collaboration also post-project. The two primary themesthemes identified for skill development, were carbon capture, use, and storage (CCUS) and Python programming for skill development. A 10 ECTS fully digital CCUS course, featuring videos and live-streamed instruction, was offered in autumn 2023 and assessed through a project report. Competencies in the field of CCUS were highly rated by the workforce survey as providing increased professional value and development, as well as increasing the competitive edge of the company. Python programming skills were delivered through four micro-courses totaling 10 ECTS, incorporating physical teaching days and hybrid tutorials with each assessed via a programming project. Recognizing the need for digitalization, artificial intelligence, and machine learning in daily workflows, programming emerged as a crucialfundamental future skill. Despite these innovations, traditional subsurface exploration topics remain essential across evolving markets. Maintaining geoscience, petroleum, and reservoir engineering in educational programs is crucial. Balancing this, educational programs must integrate digital and programming solutions and apply subsurface exploration concepts to emerging technologies. As the industry embraces these technological shifts, fostering a versatile and interdisciplinary approach will be crucialcritical for equipping engineers with adaptive skills. References Arlett C., Lamb F., Dales R., Wills L., Hurdle E. “Meeting the needs of industry: the drivers for change in engineering education” Engineering Education 5:2 (2010) 18-25 DOI: 10.11120/ened.2012.05020018 Doni, F., Corvino, A., Bianchi Martini, S. "Corporate governance model, stakeholder engagement and social issues evidence from European oil and gas industry" Social Responsibility Journal 18:3 (2022) 636-662 DOI: 10.1108/SRJ-08-2020-0336 García-Amate, A., Ramírez-Orellana, A., Rojo-Ramírez, A.A. et al. Do ESG controversies moderate the relationship between CSR and corporate financial performance in oil and gas firms?. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications 10 (2023) DOI:10.1057/s41599-023-02256-y Kipper L.M., Iepsen S., Dal Forno A.J., Frozza R., Furstenau L., Agned J., Cossul D. “Scientific mapping to identify competencies required by industry 4.0” Technology in Society 64 (2021) 101454 Megura, M., Gunderson, R. “Better poison is the cure? Critically examining fossil fuel companies, climate change framing, and corporate sustainability reports” Energy Research and Social Science 85 (2022) 102388 DOI: 10.1016/j.erss.2021.102388 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper How Do Degree Apprenticeships In England Fit In The Widening Access Landscape? A Question Of Social Justice 1Sheffield Hallam University United Kingdom; 2Edge Foundation Presenting Author:This paper discusses whether the introduction of Degree Apprenticeships (DAs) offered by English higher education providers (at Level 6) is enhancing social mobility by widening access to underrepresented groups, as the UK Government claims (DfE 2021; Halfon 2023) and is based on two pieces of research being carried out by researchers at Sheffield Hallam and the Edge Foundation. Degree Apprenticeships (DAs) were introduced in England from 2015 for roles including digital, automotive engineering, banking, and construction (Hubble and Bolton 2019) and have quickly expanded to include many more occupational areas from retail management to health and social care. The number of DA starts (at level 6) trebled from 6,400 in 2017/18 to 25,000 in 2022/23 (DfE 2023). DAs provide “an innovative new model bringing together the best of higher and vocational education” (DBIS 2015). The incorporation of a full degree within the degree apprenticeship is “crucial to its ‘brand’” (Reeve and Gallacher 2022, p160). Reflecting that conclusion, Universities UK (2019, p15) noted that “degree apprenticeships are seen as having parity of esteem with traditional degrees, thus helping to raise the appeal of vocational education opportunities more broadly.” Even if parity of esteem is not entirely achieved, the introduction of DA contributes to the improved reputation of vocational and technical education and training. Only few European countries offer apprenticeships at degree level and Scotland is one that introduced Graduate Apprenticeships. Other countries, such as Germany and Austria have hybrid studies. Consequently, this presentation will generate interest from those countries where policies target the inclusion of students from disadvantaged backgrounds in HE, where diversification of vocational students is of interest. DAs are integral to the UK government’s strategy of improving economic productivity through enhancing the skills of the workforce whilst also addressing social inequality (see DfE 2021). DAs are, therefore, part of a coherent and comprehensive shift in education policy and funding in relation to the perceived needs of the UK economy. In terms of the make-up of current apprentices on DAs, research finds that there are two main groups of students that are attracted to them. The first group of students is young (18 years old), going into a new job role as a degree apprentice rather than university as an undergraduate, either as part of a cohort in a large organisation or an individual joining a smaller organisation (see also Cavaglia et al., 2022). Such DA students, however, do not match the underrepresentation profile of what are considered ‘widening participation’ cohorts in the UK, in terms of social class background, gender and ethnicity (Cavaglia et al., 2022; McCaig, Rainford and Squire 2022). The second group of degree apprentices are existing staff already in employment and DAs are often offered to them as part of ongoing staff development within organisations; hence they are people that have not attended higher education, and to that extent DAs are ‘widening participation’ to some disadvantaged groups (e.g. mature students) albeit as a secondary consideration. The UK Government has argued that DAs are a suitable replacement for undergraduate degree programmes, mainly on the basis that degree apprentices don’t accrue student loan debt (Cavaglia et al., 2022) (degrees in England and Wales average around £9,00 per year), so represent a better offer for students from low-income backgrounds. 27% of apprentices on L6 and L7 programme came from the most advantaged areas (CSJ, 2020) and only 13 % lived in the most disadvantaged areas of England. Nevertheless, the extent to which DAs offered by HE providers fit their widening access remits is politically contested given that institutional efforts to improve access is regulated by the Office for Students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on two ongoing pieces of research involving researchers based at Sheffield Hallam University and the Edge Foundation. Thus, the methodology draws on a combination of the different approaches employed. Project one is Impact of Degree Apprenticeships on Widening Participation Activity by HE providers and employs a case study approach to explore the extent to which DAs overlap with work in the area of widening participation (WP) to HE. It should be noted that HE providers are not mandated to offer DAs (in the UK HE providers are legally autonomous and thus have to be persuaded that provision aligns with their institutional mission and business model) but conversely, they are subject to a regulator (the Office for Students) in relation to access, quality and standards. In this context we are exploring how and in which ways university managers and administrators have pivoted their offer to include consideration of degree apprenticeships in their outreach work. The primary method is semi-structured interviews with key informants (KIs) at two contrasting HE providers offering a spread of provision by DA standards, and secondary data analysis of DA provision. KIs are drawn from a variety of institutional roles, including: employer liaison; marketing and recruitment; outreach; access and participation officers (responsible for compliance with OfS); and programme/course leaders. Project 2 Degree Apprenticeships in England: What can we learn from the experience of apprentices, employers and HE providers? This research was led by the Edge Foundation and investigated how DAs are perceived and experienced by various stakeholders; their motivations for engaging with DAs, and the challenges and opportunities moving forward, including the extent to which DAs are supporting widening participation into higher learning and contribute to social mobility. The research took a qualitative approach, interviewing 99 stakeholders. Semi-structured interviews were used with policy makers, universities, apprentices, employers and other relevant sector bodies. In relation to widening participation and increasing diversity we have asked questions from participants about, for example, what they aim to achieve via DAs, the characteristics of their apprentices, communications about DAs and recruitment processes. We used thematic content analysis and used NVivo to support data analysis. In order to further increase validity of findings, the research team has regularly discussed individual interviews and themes and sub-themes deriving from them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are two distinct groups of people participating in degree apprenticeships. Firstly, those that have recently left school or college having completed their (usually) A levels with high achievement. They are therefore new, or comparatively new, to the workplace. Secondly, and more frequently, DAs are taken up by existing employees who are already working within and returning to education (often in their mid-20s). In particular DAs were acknowledged for widening participation to university degrees by giving this mature group opportunities that were not available to them first time around at the traditional entry point of university, age 18. A variety of key reasons were given for this, including not being able to afford university, having children or family responsibilities at a young age, having other financial responsibilities (e.g. a mortgage) and broadly considering university was ‘not for them’ at 18. Other reasons participants mentioned they had learning difficulties or the style of learning in HE did not suit their needs. Case study analysis found that despite universities having a strong commitment to widening participation in higher education of students from under-represented groups, this doesn’t always translate to practices in relation to recruitment of DAs. DAs are primarily recruited by employers; employer prerequisites take precedence over the university’s desire to widen access. As a result, some university respondents discussed the need to engage more with schools and colleges to provide information and guidance on DAs. Some (mainly larger) employers strategically consider their social responsibilities included in their activities elements of WP, usually with a focus on underrepresented groups. Findings indicate an increasing number of school leavers who wish to pursue DAs, but there are not enough opportunities available to them, in part because opportunities are often offered internally to existing employees References Cavaglia, C., McNally, S., and Ventura, G. (2022) The Recent Evolution of Apprenticeships: Apprenticeship pathways and participation since 2015. London: The Sutton Trust. Available at https://www.suttontrust.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/The-recent-evolution-of-apprenticeships.pdf CSJ (The Centre for Social Justice) (2020). How to reboot apprenticeships and kick-start the recovery. London: The Centre for Social Justice Department for Education (DfE) (2021). Skills for Jobs: Lifelong Learning for Opportunity and Growth Available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/601980f2e90e07128a353aa3/Skills_for_jobs_lifelong_learning_for_opportunity_and_growth__web_version_.pdf Department for Education (DfE) (2023). Academic year 2022/23: Apprenticeships and traineeships. Published 30 November 2023. Available at: https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/apprenticeships-and-traineeships Halfon, R, Rt Hon (2023) Ministerial speech to the Higher Education Policy Institute annual conference, 26th June 2023 Hubble, S. and Bolton, P. (2019) Degree Apprenticeships House of Commons Briefing Paper 8471 Published 18 December 2019. Available at: https://researchbriefings.files.parliament.uk/documents/CBP-8741/CBP-8741.pdf McCaig, C, Rainford, J and Squire, R (Eds) (2022) The Business of Widening Participation: policy, practice and culture, Emerald Publishing ISBN 9781800430501 Reeve, F and Gallacher, J. (2022) A New Approach to Providing Higher Vocational Qualification: Higher/Degree Apprenticeships and Graduate Apprenticeships, in E. Knight, A.-M. Bathmaker, G. Moodie, K. Orr, S. Webb & L. Wheelahan (eds) Equity and Access to High Skills through Higher Vocational Education Cham, Switzerland: Palgrave MacMillan, pp145-167. Research by the Edge Foundation and Sheffield Hallam on widening participation and DAs: https://www.edge.co.uk/research/current-research/impact-of-degree-apprenticeships-on-widening-participation-activity-by-he-providers/ Universities UK (2019) The Future of Degree Apprenticeships. Universities UK https://www.universitiesuk.ac.uk/sites/default/files/field/downloads/2021-07/future-degree-apprenticeships.pdf 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Higher Education in the Post-COVID-19 Era: The Case of the University of Latvia University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:The COVID-19 pandemic challenged higher education (HE), university teachers, and students around the globe in 2020. Overnight, COVID-19 brought sudden changes and unexpected shifts to remote teaching and learning, putting teachers and students in an extraordinary situation. Although much research (e.g., Badiozaman et al., 2023; Bajaj et al., 2021; Baker et al., 2022; Leal Filho et al., 2023) has been conducted across different sectors, universities, countries, and continents involving different actors since COVID-19, there are indications that much more research is needed (Baker et al., 2022; Imran et al., 2023). Our study departs from and complements the existing literature in multiple ways. Firstly, due to the cultural context, the research tries to determine the pandemic’s implications in the post-COVID era in Latvian HE. Secondly, the research considers the perspectives of both students and teachers using the case of the University of Latvia (UL). Thirdly, although quite a few studies have been conducted about HE during the COVID-19 period in Latvia, none have yet been published about Latvian HE in the post-COVID-19 period. Finally, although the challenges that every university faces are different, the results will be useful for all HE institutions in Latvia and other post-Soviet European countries. The research questions to be answered are as follows: RQ1 Since COVID-19, have students and teachers perceived any changes in HE (teaching and learning, e-environment, use of technologies, study modes and design)? RQ2 Since COVID-19, have students and teachers perceived any positive benefits in the study process? RQ3 Has the post-COVID-19 era promoted socialization among students? RQ4 Are there any differences between the two groups of respondents Previous research indicates that COVID-19 brought both challenges and new advantages to HE (Kalniņa et al., 2023). The pandemic reshaped the priorities of HE and HE found ways to overcome the COVID-19 crisis through digital transformation technology (Leal Filho et al., 2023). There was hope that this digital transformation would continue in the post-COVID-19 era (Rubene et al., 2021). Furthermore, there was an assumption that HE would be better prepared after COVID-19 to accept and include technology as an essential component of the learning process to make face-to-face learning more flexible and engaging (Benito et al., 2021), thus promoting sustainable development. Nevertheless, the shift to so-called emergency remote teaching during COVID-19 showed that both teachers and students could adapt to new ways of learning (Baker et al., 2022) and promoted a general sense of flexibility in HE. First of all, this flexibility involved moving into asynchronous modes of pre-recorded lectures, flexible schedules, different paces and engagement with course materials, and hybrid/dual modes (online and in-person delivery of lectures and seminars) (Baker et al., 2022; Siow et al., 2021), simulations, virtual reality, and augmented reality (Chans et al., 2023). Secondly, assessment and assessment policies were modified in order to take barriers affecting students’ learning during COVID-19 into account (Baker et al., 2022; Siow et al., 2021). Thirdly, different engaging activities were provided due to the difficulties of students keeping attention (Kalniņa et al., 2023). Fourthly, students and teachers were supported psychologically and in the study process by providing teachers with support and resources, helping to raise the competencies of educators in online teaching (Siow et al., 2021), and students with additional materials online (Kalniņa et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopted an online survey using a quantitative method of data collection. Based on the literature review, the research team developed a structured QuestionPro questionnaire with 37 questions that was then shared with lecturers and students from UL. The questionnaire consisted of four sections. The first demographic section was composed of 10 questions (gender, age, study level, and position at the university). Section two consisted of 15 questions related to the use of artificial intelligence in HE, section three included questions about the self-directed learning experience in HE, and section four included questions related to students’ experience of HE in the post-COVID-19 era. This paper analyzes only part of the questionnaire related to the research questions and considers the seven questions on students’ post-COVID-19 experiences in HE. Some questions required respondents to answer using a 4-point Likert scale or were simple yes/no questions, and others were open-ended. The original questionnaire was reviewed by three field experts to ensure content reliability. Slight modifications were made based on their recommendations. Next, a pilot survey was conducted. Responses were obtained from 1,053 participants. The study followed UL’s research ethics recommendations, and respondents were guaranteed complete anonymity. A convenience sampling method was employed to select respondents based on their availability and willingness to participate. When the data were analyzed, Rather agree and Fully agree responses were combined as positive answers. In the analysis of each question, it was taken into consideration that some respondents (students) did not answer questions or did not have an opinion about changes due to the fact that they were not studying at the time of COVID-19, so comparisons could not be made, and those answers were filtered out. Descriptive statistics were used to analyze the survey data, and a Mann–Whitney U test was conducted to test the differences. First, we tested the internal consistency of the measurements of the survey instruments using Cronbach’s alpha. An alpha value of 0.7 is conventionally used as a reliability threshold (Taber, 2018). The reliability of all measurements in the survey was excellent (α=.971). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings COVID-19 has impacted and will continue to impact the future of HE. Our research revealed that both teachers and students recognize the transformation of HE in the case of UL. Both groups of respondents agree that teachers have demonstrated greater flexibility in the study process since COVID-19 – they are more ready to adapt to students’ requests, different delivery modes are provided during the study process, many more online study opportunities are provided, and more technologies are used. Overall, UL uses different forms of study organization: fully remote, hybrid, and fully face-to-face. At the same time, more than half of the students admitted that the tendency to return to the old normal mode is a reality. Our results show that the university’s e-study environment (e-platform) has been improved and is now better adjusted for the students’ needs to study independently, better structured, and better provided with materials for students. Although there was a hope that COVID-19 would bring some changes to HE pedagogies to become more student-centred, inclusive and personalized, our research shows that there is still a long way to go in this regard, despite some initial progress. Regarding the question about students’ socialization, students socialize less than before, although there are some significant differences in how students and teachers responded to this question (students were more positive). In fact, students were much more positive about many aspects analyzed in the current research, and significant differences were indicated between the two groups of respondents in relation to many questions. COVID-19 represented a once-in-a-generation opportunity for the sector to promote long-needed changes to promote changes by enhancing the digitalization, flexibility and inclusiveness of future learning experiences in HE. Thus, we hope that the pandemic’s positive effects will be used to ensure sustainable and more inclusive HE in the future. References Badiozaman, I. F. A., Ng, A. & Ling, V. M. (2023). “Here we go again”: Unfolding HE students’ hybrid experience and resilience during post-covid times. Asia Pacific Journal of Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2023.2238324 Bajaj, P., Khan, A., Tabash, M. I., & Anagreh, S. (2021). Teachers’ intention to continue the use of online teaching tools post Covid-19, Cogent Education, 8(1), 2002130. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2021.2002130 Baker, S., Anderson, J., Burke, R., De Fazio, T., Due, C., Hartley, L., Molla, T., Morison, C., Mude, W., Naidoo, L., & Sidhu, R. (2022). Equitable teaching for cultural and linguistic diversity: exploring the possibilities for engaged pedagogy in post-COVID-19 higher education. Educational Review, 74(3), 444-459. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.2015293 Chans, G. M., Orona-Navar, A., Orona-Navar, C., & Sánchez-Rodríguez, E. P. (2023). Higher education in Mexico: The effects and consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic. Sustainability, 15(12), 9476. https://doi.org/10.3390/su15129476 Imran, R., Fatima, A., Salem, I. E., & Allil, K. (2023). Teaching and learning delivery modes in higher education: Looking back to move forward post-COVID-19 era. The International Journal of Management Education, 21(2), 100805. https://doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.ijme.2023.100805 23.Leal Filho, W., Lange Salvia, A., Beynaghi, A., Fritzen, B., Ulisses, A., Veiga Avila, L., Shulla, K., Vasconcelos, C. R. P., Moggi, S., Mifsud, M., Anholon, R., Rampasso, I. S., Kozlova, V., Iliško, D., Skouloudis, A., & Nikolaou, I. (2023). Digital transformation and sustainable development in higher education in a post-pandemic world. International Journal of Sustainable Development & World Ecology. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504509.2023.2237933 Kalniņa, D., Nīmante, D., Baranova, S., & Oļesika, A. (2023). Remote learning during the Covid-19 pandemic: Opportunities in higher education. In A. Visvizi, M. D. Lytras & H. J. Al-Lail (Eds.), Moving higher education beyond Covid-19: Innovative and technology-enhanced approaches to teaching and learning (pp. 67-86). Emerald. Rubene, Z., Daniela, L., Sarva, E., & Rūdolfa, A. (2021). Digital transformation of education: Envisioning post-Covid education in Latvia. In L. Daniela (Ed.), Human, technologies and quality of education, 2021 = Cilvēks, tehnoloģijas un izglītības kvalitāte, 2021 (pp. 180-196). University of Latvia. Siow, M. L., Lockstone-Binney, L., Fraser, B., Cheung, C., Shin, J., Lam, R., Ramachandran, S., Abreu Novais, M., Bourkel, T., & Baum, T. (2021). Re-building students’ post-COVID-19 confidence in courses, curriculum and careers for tourism, hospitality, and events. Journal of Hospitality & Tourism Education, 33(4), 270-287. https://doi.org/10.1080/10963758.2021.1963973 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 22 SES 01 C: Research Work Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Christine Teelken Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Research Groups and Research Group Membership: What Works and Why? 1Karlstad University, Sweden; 2Charles Stuart University, School of Education, Australia Presenting Author:Many university researchers belong to research groups, yet little is known about what makes a research group effective or how they benefit members in terms of developing their capacity to produce high-quality research. This project seeks to examine research groups and their members in order to determine the factors that contribute to an effective research group and to collective as well as individual development within those groups. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study will utilize a range of data collection and analysis methods based on a two-phase approach, as follows: Phase 1: Research group member perspectives. The initial phase of the project will survey members of research groups in terms of their perceptions about the effectiveness of the group(s) to which they belong, as well as about their own research careers. An online qualitative survey consisting of multiple choice and open-ended questions will be used. The data will be analysed based on the following membership groupings: higher degree by research student members, early career researcher members, middle career researcher members and established researcher members. Phase 2: Research group functioning. Based on the findings of Phase 1, this phase of the project will utilize document analysis of policies, meeting minutes and other sources to build a picture of how research groups function. Phase 2 will also use in-depth interviews to determine how the functioning of research groups impacts members and their perceptions as to why this is the case, as well as look at the benefits to members of belonging to a research group. Data will be drawn from the responses to a range of semi-structured open-ended questions asked of participants. Zoom/Teams will be utilized to conduct interviews as these are familiar means of communication. The Phase 1 data collection will be a qualitative survey, targeted at any social sciences researcher in Australia and in the Nordic countries who is a member of a research group. The researchers will utilize convenience sampling to distribute the survey outside their own universities, by sending the information to their networks and posting about the survey on social media (such as Twitter/X and LinkedIn). Using snowball sampling, respondents will be asked to send the survey to others in their own network. Phase 1 will commence in February 2024, and this presentation will address the initial findings from this stage. The findings from Phase 1 will inform the development of interview questions for Phase 2. In Phase 2 it is anticipated that between 20 and 25 participants may be interviewed and that up to 10 research groups will provide documents for analysis. NVIVO software will be used for data analysis and it will be based on the thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2015). Thematic analysis was chosen as it can be applied in different ways to address different research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research aims to qualify the value of research groups to members as well as to universities. Publication in peer-reviewed journals and presentations at research conferences will disseminate the findings. While it is difficult to determine prior to data collection, expected outcomes from the survey in phase 1 will hopefully include a broad overview of factors that researchers think contribute to effective research groups. This will allow us to probe more deeply into these factors in the second phase of the project, and perhaps give us the opportunity to explore what enables and constrains the development of these factors for research groups. Similarly, the overview provided by the survey into the various reasons why researchers belong to research groups, and their interpretations of ‘quality’ of research groups will enable us to delve into these reasons in more detail in Phase 2. An important aspect of this research is that it is a parallel project between a research group at Karlstad University, Sweden (SOL), and Charles Sturt University, Australia (PPLE). Part of the value in this project will be the development of a greater understanding of approaches used in each research group and learning from each other. References Browning, L., Thompson, K., & Dawson, D. (2014). Developing future research leaders: Designing early career researcher programs to enhance track record. International Journal for Researcher Development, 5(2), 123-134 Clarke, V., Braun, V., & Hayfield, N. (2015). Thematic analysis. Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods, 3, 222-248. Degn, L., Franssen, T., Sørensen, M. P., & de Rijcke, S. (2018). Research groups as communities of practice—a case study of four high-performing research groups. Higher Education, 76, 231-246. Heffernan, T. (2021). Academic networks and career trajectory: ‘There’s no career in academia without networks’. Higher Education Research & Development, 40(5), 981-994. Ion, G., & Del Mar Duran Belloch, M. (2013). Successful Women Researchers in the Social Sciences: A case study of Catalan public universities. Tertiary Education and Management, 19, 68-84. Larsen, E., Salton, Y., Fanshawe, M., Gaunt, L., Ryan, L., Findlay, Y., & Albion, P. (2023). Early career researchers’ collective advocacy work within an Australian university context. The Australian Educational Researcher, 1-22 Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Lloyd, A. (2018). Practice architectures and being stirred into academic practices of a research group. In Education in an Era of Schooling: Critical perspectives of Educational Practice and Action Research. A Festschrift for Stephen Kemmis (pp. 167-181). Springer Singapore. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Concepts of Scholarly Publishing and the Novice Author through Metaphor Analysis 1Eastern Mediterranean Uni, Cyprus; 2Eastern Mediterranean Uni, Cyprus; 3Eastern Mediterranean Uni, Cyprus Presenting Author:Neoliberal policies of performativity played a crucial role in creating a higher education system where 'publish or perish' and more recently 'publish or no degree' is the norm in many contexts. These neoliberal manifestations have moulded institutional cultures and practices, transforming higher education institutions into commercial enterprises where competitiveness is promoted (Croucher & Lacy 2022) and a new form of governance based on principles of performativity reigns (Mula-Falcón et al., 2022). By putting pressure on scholars to comply with performative values (Aguinis et al., 2020), this transformation has encouraged scholars to prove their worth through publication performance most often measured by research quantity, impact and reach (Sandy & Shen, 2019) to benefit from research funding, promotion and tenure opportunities (Casadevall & Fang, 2012), also accelerating institutionalization of publishing during candidature (Lei 2019). Influenced by these developments, the task role of doctoral students and early career researchers has undergone a significant transformation in way that require them 'to be, or to quickly become, proficient and prolific writers' (Aitchison et al. 2012, 435) in early or preparatory stages of their faculty careers (Horta and Santos 2016; Xu 2022). This study focuses on the metaphorical images doctoral students and early career researchers use to describe the publishing process and themselves as novice authors in relation to their publishing experiences while also exploring conceptual themes that emerge from these metaphorical images. The paper is guided by the figured world and socialization theories. We conceptualize socialization as a process bound to influence inexperienced scholars’ publication experiences (Ramirez, 2016) and their conceptualizations of the publishing process and themselves as novice authors. It is a means through which inexperienced scholars (i.e. doctoral students and early career researchers) get to know the figured world of publishing, a socially constructed realm where certain acts, capitals, discourses and outcomes are privileged over others (Holland et al., 1998). A “discursive social practice embedded in a tangle of cultural, historical practices that are both institutional and disciplinary” (Kamler and Thomson, 2008, p. 508), publishing is loaded with many challenges for inexperienced scholars whose attempts at ‘becoming’ are coupled with the threat of ‘unbecoming’ (Archer, 2008). This is a truism particularly in higher education systems characterized by the use of publications as a basis for recruitment, promotion and funding decisions (Lei, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs qualitative methodology and uses data generated through semi-structured interviews conducted with 6 early career researchers and 5 doctoral students situated in a context characterized by neoliberal orientations of performativity. Metaphorical images were generated by asking participants to select metaphors that describe themselves as novice authors. Before we asked participants to determine a metaphor that would describe themselves as novice authors, we asked them for a historical timeline of their publications (if any) and inquired about their publishing experiences through a range of questions generated throughout the interviews based on their answers. Following this stage, metaphors were initiated from participating scholars and scholars-to-be, who were also asked to elaborate on their chosen metaphor. Data were analyzed using thematic analysis. First, all initiated metaphorical images were coded and a list of metaphors was prepared. The list was used to group metaphors into conceptual themes, which were abstracted following the analysis of metaphors according to its parts – the target (also called topic), source (also called vehicle) and the ground. Following this stage, metaphors were discussed in relation to participants’ publishing experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Several important findings have emerged from our analysis. Metaphorical images of inexperienced scholars reveal the role systemic inequalities embedded in the socialization process play in how they conceptualize the publishing process and themselves as novice authors. Ethically questionable publication practices increasingly evident in different geographies, lack of supervisor support and unsupportive peer review processes were among the most noticeable challenges participants faced, reflected in negative visualizations of publishing as swamp or war and of novice authors as Don Quixote or scattered Lego pieces. Feelings of loneliness, being torn between doing what’s ethical vs what’s profitable, despair and exhaustion prevail in these constructs. The negative influence of these challenges on conceptualizations of publishing and novice authorship was found to be significantly reduced when participants had access to the support of a peer with accumulated cultural capital valued in the figured world of publishing acquired through education or experience. References Aguinis, H., Cummings, C., Ramani, R.S., & Cummings, T.G. (2020). An A is an A”: The new bottom line for valuing academic research. Academy of Management Perspectives, 34(1), 135-154. Croucher, G., & Lacy, W.B. (2022). The emergence of academic capitalism and university liberalism: Perspectives of Australian higher education leadership. Higher Education, 83(2), 279-295. Holland, D., Lachicotte, D., Skinner, D., and Cain, C. (1998). Identity and Agency in Cultural Worlds. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Horta, H., and J. M. Santos. 2016. “The Impact of Publishing during PhD Studies on Career Research Publication, Visibility, and Collaborations.” Research in Higher Education 57 (1): 28–50. Kamler, B., and P. Thomson. 2008. “The Failure of Dissertation Advice Books: Toward Alternative Pedagogies for Doctoral Writing.” Educational Researcher 37 (8): 507–14. Lei, J. (2021). Neoliberal Ideologies in a Chinese University’s Requirements and Rewards Schemes for Doctoral Publication. Studies in Continuing Education 43(1), pp. 68-85. Lei, J., 2019. “Publishing During Doctoral Candidature from an Activity Theory Perspective: The Case of Four Chinese Nursing Doctoral Students.” TESOL Quarterly 53 (3): 655–84. Mula-Falcón, J., Caballero, K., & Segovia, J.D. (2022). Exploring academics’ identities in today’s universities: A systematic review. Quality Assurance in Education, 30(1), 118-134. Ramirez, E. (2016). Unequal Socialization: Interrogating the Chicano/Latino (a) Doctoral Education Experience. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education 10(1), pp. 25-38. Sandy, W. and Shen, H. (2019). Publish to earn incentives: How do Indonesian professors respond to the new policy? Higher Education, 77(2), 247-263. Xu, L. 2022. “Chinese International Doctoral Students’ Perceptions of Publishing: A Time–Space Perspective.” Teaching in Higher Education 1–18. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Just Because You Are Staying Does Not Mean You Are Stuck: Conceptualisations of Academic Mobility for Precarious Academics 1Charles Sturt University, Australia; 2University of Newcastle, Australia; 3Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 4The University of Manchester, UK Presenting Author:The romantic image of peregrinate academicus, the privileged scholar who travels in pursuit of knowledge and scholarly exchange (Henderson, 2021), has long been associated with academic life. The wandering intellectual image is built around a particular type of academic, one who can travel freely, without ties like caring responsibilities. In recent years, however, the concept of academic mobility has faced criticism with a growing body of literature exposing how the concept of peregrinate academicus is linked to conditions of inequity (e.g., Henderson, 2021). For many academics in modern, neoliberal universities, the expectation of mobility can be highly problematic – some academics are not afforded opportunities beyond their current institution(s), and many are unable to commit to extended travel for a range of reasons, including finances, care giving responsibilities and safety concerns. Given the increased focus on disparities between academics in insecure work and those in ongoing positions, the issue of mobility warrants further attention.
Binary conceptualisations have previously dominated discussions of academic mobility, with academics perceived as either mobile or immobile (Henderson, 2021). Tzanakou and Henderson’s (2021) concepts of ‘sticky’ and ‘stuck’ were developed to deconstruct this im/mobility binary, with sticky representing remnants of an academic’s past as the “imprint of the previous context in [the academic’s] identity or work practices” (Tzanakou and Henderson, 2021, p. 689). Sticky can also represent mobility that might be restricted through personal circumstances, creating links that ‘stick’ the academic to their family, locality or community. Being ‘stuck’, on the other hand, is conceptualised as being unable to move from a particular location or employment type, which often experienced by those in casual or fixed-term positions.
Changes to the academic workforce, which now see up to 70% of academic staff employed on fixed-term or casual employment contracts, necessitate a reconsideration of the expectation of academic mobility. In this age of uncertainty, academics who are precariously employed often don’t have access to the types of funding, support and international networks required to meet the ideal of the ‘wandering scholar’. Furthermore, privileging the notion of academic mobility creates an inequitable playing field for those who, for myriad reasons, want to maintain specific geographical or institutional ties.
In this paper, we take up the call by Tzanakou and Henderson (2021) to use their conceptualisations and further examine the nuances within discussions of academic mobility, particularly with reference to academics employed in fixed-term or casual positions. We conceptualise ‘stickiness’ as the affective strings which metaphorically connect the mobile scholar to particular localities, including the one from which they originate. In practice, residues across the life course create stretchy strings that bind academics to places, people and institutions, even when they are mobile. These strings can influence a scholar’s short-term mobility (such as conference attendance) or long-term mobility, such as relocating overseas. We also expand on the notion of how academics become ‘stuck’, and identify how staying within one location is viewed as a positive for many academics, while for others it remains a source of frustration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative, inductive research draws on empirical evidence around academic mobility, collected in interviews with research academics on fixed-term or casual contracts in Australia and the United Kingdom. After institutional Human Ethics approval, participants were recruited through professional networks and a general call on social media. Two of the authors conducted semi-structured interviews (n= 26) which were either face-to-face or via videoconference, depending on the participant’s location or preference. All participants were engaged in, or had been engaged in, some form of contract research. In-depth interviews asked participants about their experiences of precarity, and how it had affected their lives and their beliefs about themselves as academics. Participants had experience working in a range of institutions in countries including Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States of America. We recruited participants who had experience with contract research; however, due to the nature of precarious employment in the university sector, many were also engaged in casual teaching. It was common for participants to be working on a range of contracts across several institutions at any one time. Most of these participants had spent between 5 and 20 years in a variety of precariously employed academic roles. Each participant has been assigned a pseudonym and we do not report on the specifics of each individual’s institutional history to ensure their identities are obscured. We have, however, found remarkable similarities across the range of countries, employment contracts and disciplinary backgrounds. Interview transcripts were read, and initially analysed using an inductive open coding format. It was noted that participants frequently talked about travel and were aware of broader institutional discourses around the importance of physical mobility as a lever for acquiring the networks and skills that are valued in Australian universities. After the first round of open coding, we returned to the data and specifically identified instances of participants discussing mobility. At this point, it became apparent that a more theoretically informed analysis was required, and data was reanalysed using the notion of sticky mobilities. We noted that some contract positions were sticky, which created ramifications and responsibilities extending beyond the life of the contract. We identified two dominant forms of how our participants found themselves ‘stuck’: first, as unable to move for ongoing positions because of stickiness to insecure contracts; and second, being ‘stuck’ to an institution. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis highlighted that sticky ties can create feelings of being stuck for contract researchers, which can have ramifications for gaining ongoing employment. Personal and professional ties included the need to be networked ‘in’, family responsibilities, personal responsibilities or previous work that stuck to them as they tried to gain future employment. In discussions of how contract researchers could gain ongoing employment, many participants referenced the ideal of the wandering scholar who should be free from the stickiness of familial and geographical ties. Yet, in their own lives, there were complex personal and professional factors that influenced mobility and that held people to institutions. The need to “sell” oneself is reminiscent of the “idealised entrepreneurial academic self’ (Loveday, 2018, p. 160), through which the individual is hypervigilant in finding and responding to opportunities. In looking to become ‘unstuck’ contract researchers may endure financial costs to improve the likelihood of mobility, whether that be in the form of an ongoing contract at another institution, or one that would continue to employ them under precarious conditions. Although previous research has suggested that networks can be useful in gaining ongoing employment (Heffernan, 2021; Spina et al., 2020), creating such networks can be challenging for precariously employed academics. Concerningly, the feeling of cultivating the ties that hold you to an institution led participants to stretch their capacity and engage in overwork (Smithers et al. 2023). References Heffernan, T. (2021). Academic networks and career trajectory: ‘There’s no career in academia without networks’. Higher Education Research & Development, 40(5), 981-994. Henderson, E. F. (2021). Sticky care and conference travel: unpacking care as an explanatory factor for gendered academic immobility. Higher Education, 82(4), 715-730. Loveday, V. (2018). The neurotic academic: Anxiety, casualisation, and governance in the neoliberalising university. Journal of Cultural Economy, 11(2), 154-166. Smithers, K., Spina, N., Harris, J., & Gurr, S. (2023). Working every weekend: The paradox of time for insecurely employed academics. Time & Society, 32(1), 101-122. Spina, N., Harris, J., Bailey, S. & Goff, M. (2020) Making it as a Contract Researcher: A pragmatic look at precarious work. Routledge. Tzanakou, C., & Henderson, E. F. (2021). Stuck and sticky in mobile academia: reconfiguring the im/mobility binary. Higher Education, 82(4), 685-693. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 22 SES 01 D: Management and Governance in the World Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ana Luísa Rodrigues Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Higher Education Governance Reform in Kazakhstan: Translating Best Management Practices University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Following the collapse of the Soviet Union, member countries gained independence and sought to adopt educational practices from the West (Silova, 2010) in an attempt to break away from the Soviet model. Kazakhstan, one of those countries, has undergone significant reforms in the higher education system. It aims to transition from a centralised system controlled by the Ministry of Education and Science towards a market-driven structure that allows for greater institutional autonomy. Despite the government’s efforts since independence, the universities remained less competitive with a governance style similar to the Soviet system. The decision-making process lacked academic involvement and transparency and also displayed limited autonomy. In 2018, the government introduced the Law "On amendments and additions to some legislative acts of the Republic of Kazakhstan on the expansion of academic and managerial autonomy of higher education institutions" to 29 public universities. The objective of the Law was to grant academic and managerial autonomy to higher education institutions by creating independent governing bodies with decision-making powers similar to those in Western countries. The Law was expected to be the foundation for transforming HEIs by enabling institutional flexibility and establishing an accountability system through governing boards. Universities have received increased powers to create endowment funds, open start-up companies, and attract additional sources of financial and material resources to implement statutory activities. Academic autonomy has been extended to determine the content of education programmes. Before the 2018 Law, this was the Ministry's responsibility. This has enabled universities to become more independent from state control and focus more on their core mission of education and research. Indeed, enacting the 2018 Law transformed the landscape of governance structure, changed decisions and extended academic autonomy. However, transitioning to a more autonomous system through introducing and establishing a new governance model was challenging across the sector. The study's main objective is to understand the factors of university implementation of the 2018 reform. We analyse how different types of public universities in Kazakhstan responded to, implemented and experienced a new governance model at institutions. Our analytical framework is based on the literature on higher education forms and the public sector. Accordingly, we hypothesise that 1) organisational age and size; 2) institutional type and mission; 3) distribution of resources; 4) geographical, economic and political centrality; 5) organisational identities affect the implementation of reforms. To achieve this, we conducted 46 semi-structured interviews with top management leaders of HEIs and analysed official governance documents such as the Law, by-laws, and institutional meeting minutes. Finally, we used national statistical data to compare universities' evolution over time. The findings of the empirical study reveal variations in the implementation of governance reform at the organisational level. Interestingly, successful implementation was not contingent upon university age and size, types and missions, research activities, funding, or geographical location. Instead, it was strongly correlated with the active engagement of university leaders in the policymaking process at the governmental level. Findings show that peripheral universities in Kazakhstan successfully implemented the policy reform due to the involvement of the top and middle-level management team in the decision-making process of the Ministry. Based on our analyses, we have shown that the main factors affecting reform implementation are the following. 1) the greater involvement of institutional actors in policy-making activities leads to better implementation of reforms. 2) the key role played by the government in designing the consultations for the reform 3) the importance of the broader political national context 4) the significant role that peripheral universities can play in the reform process as well as in the development of the HE sector. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed qualitative case study approach using semi-structured interviews to gather qualitative data from university leaders, decision-makers, and management team members who participated in the implementation of governance reform at higher education institutions.The study was conducted in five public universities in Kazakhstan. To gain a more comprehensive understanding, universities of different types were selected, and to understand regional aspects towards the implementation of and response to the governance reform, case universities were selected from different geographic regions, including North, East, West, and Central. These universities play essential roles in meeting the needs of regional markets and employers, as well as in economic and social development. Despite having similar goals, regional aspects could differ based on location, potentially impacting the implementation of the reforms. Additionally, document analysis were conducted at national and institutional levels: national level – laws, governmental policies, and regulations; institutional level – charters, regulations, corporate documents, minutes of the Board meetings, institutional reports. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from our empirical study reveal variations in the implementation of governance reform at the organisational level. Interestingly, successful implementation was not contingent upon university age and size, types and missions, research activities, funding, or geographical location. Instead, it was strongly correlated with the active engagement of university leaders in the policymaking process at the governmental level. By successful implementation, we mean the positive impact on the development of institutions, the involvement of various stakeholders and their active engagement in decision-making processes, a strong management team with accountability among stakeholders, and continuous improvement. However, findings demonstrate that academics as main stakeholders are not part of decision-makers and are not involved in institutional policies. Findings show that peripheral universities in Kazakhstan successfully implemented the policy reform due to the involvement of the top and middle-level management team in the decision-making process of the Ministry. These institutions’ practices and learned lessons were being translated into leading national research universities and played an essential role in guiding institutions. Based on our analyses, we have shown that the main factors affecting reform implementation are the following. 1) the greater involvement of institutional actors in policy-making activities leads to better implementation of reforms. 2) the key role played by the government in designing the consultations for the reform 3) the importance of the broader political national context 4) the significant role that peripheral universities can play in the reform process as well as in the development of the HE sector. References Amaral, A., Jones, G. & Karseth, B. (Eds.). (2002). Governing higher education: National perspectives on institutional governance. Kluwer Academic Publishers. Austin, I., & Jones, G. (2016). Governance of higher education: Global perspectives, theories, and practices. New York: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Balen, M. E. and Leyton, C. (2015). ‘Policy translation: An invitation to revisit the work of Latour, Star and Marres’. Global Discourse. 6 (1-2), pp. 101 - 115. Birnbaum, R. (1989) The cybernetic institution: Toward an integration of governance theories. Higher Education, 18, 239-253. Boer, H., & File, J. (2009). Higher education governance reforms accross Europe. Brussels. Boer, H. de, Enders, J., & Leišyte, L. (2007). Public sector reform in Dutch higher education: The or-ganizational transformation of the university. Public Administration, 85(1), 27–46. Clarke, J., Bainton, D., Lendvai, N. and Stubbs, P. (2015). Making policy move: towards a politics of translation and assemblage. Bristol: Policy Press. Clark, B. R. (1983). The Higher Education System. Academic Organisation in Cross- National Perspective, University of California Press, Berkeley. Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2007). Research methods in education. 6th ed. Oxford, England: Routledge. Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. 4th ed. Los Angeles: Los Angeles: SAGE. Czarniawska, B., and Sevón, G. (1996). Translating Organizational Change. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Degn, L. Translating Governance Ideas in Danish Higher Education. High Educ Policy 28, 295–313 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1057/hep.2014.12 Dobbins, M., & Knill, C. (2014). Higher educa tion governance and policy change in Western Europe: International challenges to historical institutions . Palgrave http://dx.doi.org/10.1057/9781137399854 Gornitzka, A., & Maassen, P. (2014). Dynamics of convergence and divergence. Exploring accounts of higher education policy change. In P. Mattei (Ed.), University adaptation in difficult economic times (pp. 13–29). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Gornitzka, A., Maassen, P., & de Boer, H. (2017). Change in university governance structures in continental Europe. Higher Education Quarterly, 71, 274–289. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12127 Dobbins, M., & Knill, C. (2009). Higher education policies in Central and Eastern Europe: Convergence toward a common model? Governance 22 ( 397 430.http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1468 0491.2009.01445. Fumasoli, T. and Stensaker B. (2013). Organisation studies in Higher Education. Higher Education Policy, 26, 479-496. Maassen, P., Gornitzka, A., Fumasoli, T. (2017) University reform and institutional autonomy: A framework for analysing the living autonomy, Higher Education Quarterly, 71(3). 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Transformative Agency in Higher Education: Ukrainian Universities in the Times of Existential Crisis EdUHK, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Existential crisis can be a major driver of transformations in the universities. Using interviews and survey responses from Ukrainian professors and administrators affected by the Russian invasion of 2014-2022, this paper examines the transformative agency of academic communities in Ukraine. The data are analyzed through the prism of agency as “relational pragmatics” (Emirbayer and Mische, 1998) where determination, creativity, will to power and other qualities of taking actions within social constructs of institutional development are supposed to lead to desired outcomes. Yet, the legacies and values of the previous phases of institutional development often interfere and generate unintended outcomes. Grounded in idiosyncrasies (Kramar 2014), human agency naturally develops tensions with forms of institutional agency that are constructed through the misaligned influences of governments and universities which are often unable to coordinate properly or respond to the stakeholders’ demands in a timely manner. The agency undergoes a major transformation itself in the context of major crises (Oleksiyenko et al. 2023). In war zones affected by destruction and death existential crisis can be particularly glaring (Benedek, 1997; Oleksiyenko and Terepyshchyj 2023). The loss of intellectuals drastically impoverishes the human habitat and educational landscape of universities and their communities (Milton, 2018). While humanitarian assistance can play a significant role in alleviating the problem, technical intervention is only a temporary solution (Heath, 2009). More sustainable strategies, including the re-establishment of educational institutions and their infrastructure, are usually difficult to advance in the absence of substantial resources, and commitment of donors and local educators and governments. These challenges grow in the absence of respectful conduct among the belligerent parties (Milton, 2021). Leadership and determination for transformations in such environments is particularly back-breaking as hopes are difficult to sustain (Oleksiyenko and Terepyshchyj, 2023). The reconceptualization of agency and examination of the impact of transformative powers on scholars’ strategies of teaching, research and service are increasingly important, as the war in Ukraine shows (Oleksiyenko and Terepyshchyi, 2023). The transformative agency is in high demand as scholars in vulnerable societies are urged to take a closer look at the processes of value-making and intentionality in their own institutions, especially as demand for strategies of trust- and partnership-building grows among colleagues, students and other members of society. These pressures also show to affect networks abroad. The massive engagement of Ukrainian refugees in the European space of higher education and science has shown to be reshaping the idea of university linkages and responsibilities. This became increasingly obvious as more Western scholars had been striving to reassess and reframe prevalent Russo-centric narratives on their campuses and in their programmes (Aslund, 2023; Prince, 2023). Ukrainians are also urging their colleagues to move away from the old paradigms of thinking about Ukraine as lacking agency, self-determination, and a predisposition to chart a European future. With conflict-affected areas multiplying around the world, the transformative agency is becoming an intriguing concept which requires more investigation and reframing. In particular, the roles and responsibilities of academic leaders, as the core of transformative agency, grow in importance (Clifford and Montgomery, 2015), especially given that the crisis affects the growing number of stakeholders who believe in solutions to be made by exceptional individualities. The need to reconceptualize the transformative strategies for enhanced security looms thus larger on the academic radars for change management.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on data collected and analysed with the help of interviews engaging 50 participants from across Ukraine. These participants were engaged through online interviews (N40) and emailed or web-based survey responses (N10). Most of them were female, given that many males were conscripted. The study engaged representatives of public and private universities. The responses came from universities representing all parts of Ukraine (13 – Northern, 6 – Southern, 8 – Western, 5 – Eastern, and 8 – Central Ukraine). Given the war-related context of the study, the study has acquired a phenomenological character. Indeed, the participants were located in unusual conditions and environments while being periodically affected by missile attacks, bombing and shelling. Some grieved over losses in their families and institutions. Many were under direct affect of devastation and death. With campuses closing and being restructured in view of declining public budget, many felt a direct threat of precarity with their jobs being terminated. The financial and structural crisis became staggering. The participants shared their “lived experiences” while answering questions about the nature of crisis, academic responsibilities, and transformative challenges affecting the universities and teaching positions. The interviews were conducted online, recorded, and later transcribed verbatim using conventional guidelines for qualitative research in general (Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2018), and interviews in particular (Salmons, 2011). Each interview was semi-structured and lasted between around 40 minutes. Considering participants' competing priorities, potential connectivity disruptions, and the emotional burden imposed by the war, the interviewers were cautious in managing time and respecting the participants' privacy and need for withdrawal, in accordance with the institutional ethics procedures governing data collection in this study. The interviewers posed clarifying questions and encouraged participants to engage in retrospective and prospective analysis of their universities' institutional strategies and transformative approaches. The study sought opportunities to re-explore the concept of agency within the phenomenological context of the crisis-driven university, and examined how transformative powers of exceptional individualities affect the social construct of agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study finds that transformative agency used to transpire at the Ukrainian universities over the past few decades through confrontations with the post-soviet legacy-holders who promoted mediocrity and bullying in expectation to sustain the status quo and reproduce the culture of dependency and peripherality. The legacy-holders often derided innovations. Before the war, very few universities were able to change this organizational culture and some action-driven participants argued to have suffered from uncritical thinking and apathy in their communities and institutions. By using the transformative agency, the activists however sought opportunities to undermine this culture or at least to escape it, while reaching out to peers in partner universities abroad and creating a robust exchange of teaching and research ideas and methods. The war has brought a range of institutional pressures onto all academics to re-orientate themselves toward “useful” teaching and research agendas. As the larger number of Ukrainian citizens express their commitment to the EU accession and NATO membership, this usefulness implies joining the space of education and development promoting the competitive and accountable science. With Ukrainian universities closing their departments, merging with other institutions in their regions, and terminating redundant and unproductive professoriate, questions however emerge about the sustainability rather than re-orientation of science-based higher education. In the absence of proper resources for high-technology education, which science departments require, the transformative agency, and intellectual leadership as its extension and continuation, has been primarily expanding on the basis of international partnerships with colleagues of the former socialist camp. Meanwhile, such collaborations are not as ample in English-speaking countries, where more resources exist. The westward outreach is often limited in view of colonial legacy of anti-westernization (primarily suspicion to the intentions and capacities of partners abroad), narcissistic self-isolation, and deficient skills in scientific English – the key banes of the soviet-days academia. References Aslund, A. (2023, January 4). The end of post-soviet studies? Kyiv Post, retrieved from https://www.kyivpost.com/post/6385 Benedek, W. (1997). International cooperation and support of higher education in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Journal of Studies in International Education, 1(1), 69-78. Clifford, V., & Montgomery, C. (2015). Transformative learning through internationalization of the curriculum in higher education. Journal of Transformative Education, 13(1), 46-64. Emirbayer, M., and Mische, A. (1998). What is Agency? American Journal of Sociology 103 (4): 962–1023. Heath, E. (2009). Power structures, politics and change in Kosovo’s higher education system. In Nicolai, S. (ed.). Opportunities for Change: Education Innovation and Reform During and After Conflict (pp. 151–162). Paris: UNESCO/IIEP. Kramar, R. (2014). Beyond strategic human resource management: is sustainable human resource management the next approach?. The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 25(8), 1069-1089. Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldaña, J. (2018). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook. Sage Publications. Milton, S. (2018). Higher Education and Post-Conflict Recovery. Switzerland: Springer International Publishing AG. Milton, S. (2021). Higher education and sustainable development goal 16 in fragile and conflict-affected contexts. Higher Education, 81(1), 89-108. Oleksiyenko, A., Mendoza, P., Riaño, F. E. C., Dwivedi, O. P., Kabir, A. H., Kuzhabekova, A., ... & Shchepetylnykova, I. (2023). Global crisis management and higher education: Agency and coupling in the context of wicked COVID‐19 problems. Higher Education Quarterly, 77(2), 356-374. Oleksiyenko, A., & Terepyshchyi, S. (2023). ‘Hope despite all odds’: academic precarity in embattled Ukraine. Teaching in Higher Education, 1-15. Prince, T. (2023, January 1). Moscow's invasion of Ukraine triggers 'soul-searching' at Western universities as scholars rethink Russian studies. Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, retrieved from https://www.rferl.org/a/russia-war-ukraine-western-academia/32201630.html Salmons, J. (2011). Cases in online interview research. Sage Publications. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper A Conceptual Framework for Change Leadership in Higher Education Atlantic Technological University, Ireland Presenting Author:This paper is part of a Doctorate in Education at Maynooth University in Ireland. Focusing on an emerging technological university, the primary research question is “How do stakeholders experience and value change leadership?” Examining the development and utilisation of a suitable conceptual framework, this paper will provide insights into the inter-relationships between organisational context, leadership, culture and change.
A systematic literature review identified that higher education has multiple change drivers, diverse cultures and various leadership approaches and characteristics. Unsurprisingly many of those discussed ‘complexity’ (e.g., Lazaridou 2019; Drew, 2010). Complexity theorists argue that many forces drive complexity, and the underlying factors are greater interconnectivity and redistribution of power resulting from information flows that are facilitating people to link up and drive change in unprecedented ways (Uhl-Bien and Arena, 2018).
Mason (2008a) states that complexity theory can provide descriptive and pragmatic insights well suited to educationalists and argues that complexity theory’s strength is that it draws existing educational leadership and management theory together using existing and familiar concepts. Hence, this theory was chosen as a suitable theoretical lens for this research. Mason (2008b) outlines that complexity theory looks at complex systems as open systems, which survive through evolution and adaptation. He believes that organisations are complex, with many connected elements or agents, which facilitate the sharing of knowledge through formal bureaucratic structures and informal social networks.
Grant and Osanloo (2014, p.16) argue that a ‘conceptual framework offers a logical structure of connected concepts that help provide a picture or visual display of how ideas in a study relate to one another within the theoretical framework.’ When reflecting on the purpose of this study, related literature, and gaps in knowledge, as well as the theoretical framework of complexity theory and its limitations, a change leadership conceptual framework has been developed. As well as serving as a suitable conceptual perspective for this study, it also intends to address the limitations of complexity theory identified in this study.
The framework synthesises the core areas relevant for this study. Firstly, it incorporates the themes of change drivers, context and staff identified in the literature review. Secondly, key complexity theory and complexity leadership concepts have been added. These include the primary concepts of continuity (Mason, 2008a, 2008b), emergence (Mason, 2008a, 2008b; Uhl-Bien and Arena 2018), alignment (Uhl-Bien and Arena, 2018), and adaptability (Mason, 2008a; Uhl-Bien and Arena 2018). Also, sub concepts of diversity (Tsai et al., 2019), feedback (Mason, 2008a; Tsai et al. 2019), networks (Mason, 2008a; Tsai et al. 2019), linking up (Uhl-Bien and Arena 2018) and sponsorship (Uhl-Bien and Arena, 2018) have been added where appropriate. In addition, complexity leadership components of entrepreneurial leadership, enabling leadership and operational leadership are incorporated (Uhl-Bien, Marion and McKevley, 2007; Uhl-Bien and Arena 2018).
Furthermore, change leadership characteristics are important for this study and the change leadership themes of strategy, tactics, relationships, culture, and capability synthesised from literature are central to this framework as they relate to all types of change. Finally, Cameron and Quinn’s (2011) competing values of clan, adhocracy, market and hierarchy outlined in have been incorporated and link the central concept of culture and other change leadership themes to the other primary concepts through these values. The competing values framework dimensions have also been included (external focus and differentiation, stability and control, internal focus and integration, flexibility, and discretion).
It is hoped that the proposed conceptual framework will be considered by other HEIs so that a better understanding of the complexities of change leadership in higher education can be gained. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From a research design perspective, a mixed methods approach, using both qualitative and quantitative research methods was used in this study. A key feature of this mixed methods approach is its methodological pluralism, which frequently leads to superior results when compared to taking one method (Johnson & Onwuegbuzie 2004). This pluralist approach, generally seen as a pragmatic philosophical paradigm, avails of the strengths of both methods and will help identify actionable, practical solutions for the stakeholders to consider. The overall scope of this doctoral research focuses on an emerging Technological University (TU) and consisted for four stages as follows: Stage 1 involved a qualitative review using NVIVO of the TU application document to assess the initial common voice of the emerging TU and assess word frequency and emerging themes. Stage 2 builds on this context and involved an online focus group with a representative sample of senior management (both academic and support staff) from each of the three merging organisations (18 participants). A pre-focus group survey was conducted to gather demographic data of participants and initial insights into change leadership themes as well as culture. The focus of this stage was on obtaining participant perceptions on change drivers, change and leadership as well as discuss culture for the emerging TU. Stage 2 focus groups were recorded and transcribed as well as coded and analysed using NVIVO. Stage 3 involved an online survey (using JISC) for all staff in the three organisations. 371 participants successfully completed the survey resulting in confidence level of 95%. SPSS was utilised to analyse the quantitative data from the survey and the open question responses were coded in NVIVO also. Stage 4 involved an interview with the new TU president to discuss the preliminary findings from the previous stages. Note a pre-interview survey was completed by the President like Stage 2, which included culture assessment. The qualitative data from this interview was transcribed and analysed using NVIVO as per Stage 2. The primary focus of this paper is the use of the conceptual framework as a lens to view and understand the research findings from all stages. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Having used the conceptual framework as a lens to gain insights into the findings of this research, a better understanding of the conceptual framework itself has been gained. While the framework proved to be a valuable tool for understanding the inter-relationships between context, change leadership, change and culture, some minor refinements are proposed to facilitate future research in this field. The TU change drivers represent the external organisational context, while culture represents the internal organisational context. Although the conceptual framework had concepts of change drivers, context, and staff located under the concept of continuity, it is proposed that the internal context, including staff perceptions which provide cultural insights, can be represented under the concept of culture. Culture is already located centrally as a change leadership theme and links to the four competing values of compete, control, collaboration and create. Therefore, it is proposed that culture will represent the organisational culture and staff considerations as well as the specific change leadership characteristics directly related to culture. This revision allows for the change leadership themes centrally located in the framework to represent the internal organisation. In addition, the concept of continuity represents the external organisational environment, where the organisation responds to its environment in the marketplace to maintain continuity. Furthermore, some of the subheadings relating to complexity theory and complexity leadership such as ‘sponsorship, linking up, networks, diversity and feedback were useful to test the framework. However, to refine and streamline the framework for future research, it is proposed that these terms are removed as they can be assumed to be contained within the complexity leadership headings of Emergence, Adaptability and Alignment accordingly. It is hoped that this research on a change leadership conceptual framework will act as a catalyst for further research in this emerging and important area. References Burnes, B., Hughes, M., & By, R. T. (2016). Reimagining organisational change leadership. Leadership. doi:10.1177/1742715016662188 Cameron KM & Quinn RE, (2011). Diagnosing and Changing Organizational Culture. Third edn. Jossey Bass, USA. Drew, G. (2010). Issues and Challenges in Higher Education Leadership: Engaging for Change. Australian Educational Researcher (Australian Association for Research in Education), 37(3), 57-76. doi:10.1007/BF03216930 Grant, C., & Osanloo, A. (2014). Understanding, Selecting, and Integrating a Theoretical Framework in Dissertation Research: Creating the Blueprint for Your “House”. Administrative Issues Journal Education Practice and Research, 4(2). doi:10.5929/2014.4.2.9 Johnson, R. B., & Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2004). Mixed Methods Research: A Research Paradigm Whose Time Has Come. Educational Researcher, 33(7), 14–26. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X033007014 Lazaridou, A. (2019). Reinventing a university principal preparation programme: complexity, change, and leadership. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 22(2), 206-221. doi:10.1080/13603124.2017.1360947 Mason, M. (2008a). Complexity Theory and the Philosophy of Education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40(1), 4-18. Retrieved from https://login.jproxy.nuim.ie/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eric&AN=EJ812783&site=ehost-live http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00412.x Mason, M. (2008b). What Is Complexity Theory and What Are Its Implications for Educational Change? Educational Philosophy & Theory, 40(1), 35-49. doi:10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00413.x Tsai, Y. S., Poquet, O., Gašević, D., Dawson, S., & Pardo, A. (2019). Complexity leadership in learning analytics: Drivers, challenges and opportunities. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(6), 2839-2854. doi:10.1111/bjet.12846 Uhl‐Bien, M., & Arena, M.J. (2018). Leadership for organizational adaptability: A theoretical synthesis and integrative framework. Leadership Quarterly, 29, 89-104. Uhl-Bien, M., Marion, R., & McKelvey, B. (2007). Complexity Leadership Theory: Shifting leadership from the industrial age to the knowledge era. The Leadership Quarterly, 18(4), 298-318. doi:10.1016/j.leaqua.2007.04.002 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 23 SES 01 A: Teachers and Teaching Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Moira Hulme Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Teachers’ Work and the Marketisation of Schools: Quantitative Analysis of Teacher Control, Fulfilment and Buffering from Business Influences Zayed University, United Arab Emirates Presenting Author:The increasing presence and influence of international schools is a “well-kept secret” (Hayden & Thompson, 2008) hiding the influence of private organisations on global education policy and outside of national boundaries (Waterson, 2015). The international school sector has increased the non-state actors in global governance of education through privatisation of social service provision with new norms tied to business interests and non-state actors shaping education policy (Gunter & Fitzgerald, 2015). The result of this increasing presence of for-profit education management organisations as authorities on education policy has been significant normalisation of marketisation in education reform around the world. International schools are chronically under-researched, particularly the social processes and influence (Tarc & Mishra Tarc, 2015). The marketisation of schools occurs in various forms where the lines between public and private provision are blurred (Ball, 2018). With such variety, marketisation may be just one of many interacting influences on schools and teachers’ work. This makes it potentially difficult to research when many confounding factors of governance and operation exist. International schools provide an excellent context in which to research teachers’ work where marketisation is a clear guiding force for school work. For advocates of creating a market for schools, a competitive market of free enterprise is seen to revolutionise education (Friedman, 1997). The principles of competition, efficiency and accountability structural conditions of markets reinforce principles of rationality, efficiency and accountability. In schools, the market conditions are believed to boost student and school performance as well as the overall quality of education through competition and incentives to satisfy customers while striving to achieve profitable scale (Vander Ark, 2012). While a marketised system of schools is defended as potentially revolutionising education and benefitting teachers, the mechanism for how marketisation affects teachers and their work to obtain this outcome are often unclear. Understanding the work of teachers and schools as workplaces is a necessary step to recognising the process. Schools are not simply a learning environment housed inside a building, they are workplaces structured by systems, resources, relationships and practises that shape what teachers are able to do and, in turn, what students can learn (Biesta, 2011). An important aspect of research about teachers’ work is the emotional experience of teaching. Teachers’ descriptions of the fulfilment they receive from their work may include pride in their students’ achievement scores or feelings about the events in their teaching career but also key is how teacher’s experience emotions related to the context of their work. In the literature, many different types of emotions are described like hope, passion, emotional labour, burnout and demoralisation among other terms. Within the context of marketisation, it becomes even more important to understand teachers’ work and their workplace. In this research, the marketisation of schools and the implications for teachers’ experiences are the focus. Previous research has noted the necessity of finding out the relationship between marketisation and teachers’ experiences at work. Specifically for international schools, Bunnell et al (2016) call for research to focus on the “impact and effects not just ideology and existence” (p. 556) of international schools. In the international school sector, the marketisation of schools and its influences on teachers becomes a prominent feature of any discussion. As all kinds of schools are becoming increasingly marketised, it becomes necessary to see teachers as a vital part of the education process and understand how the effects of marketisation impact their work. We must ask: What are teachers’ experiences in marketised contexts? How are the influences on their work related? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data analysis of this project included three stages of semi-structured interviews to create themes of teachers’ work, a mixed-method pilot of the items created based on those interviews and, finally a large scale quantitative data collection and analysis using Rasch analysis (Rasch, 1960). While the overall project was a mixed-methods investigation, only the quantitative results of two of the scales are included. To include as many international school teachers as possible for the quantitative data collection, a time-location sampling strategy was used (Magnani, Sabin, Saidel & Heckathorn, 2005). International hiring fairs for international schools occurring in Bangkok, Thailand; Dubai, UAE; and London, England allowed for access to current and prospective international school teachers. A total of 204 responses were collected with 87 (43%) collected at two hiring fairs in Bangkok, 66 (32%) collected in London and 51 (25%) collected in Dubai. The sample included teachers working in many different kinds of schools from around the globe. The questionnaire items were created based on the main themes of the interviews and to be answerable with Strongly Agree, Agree, Disagree and Strongly Disagree. The questionnaire was piloted and analysed with Mokken Scale Analysis using the software MSP5 (Molenaar & Sijtsma, 2000) to reduce the number of items. The final scales were analysed with Rasch analysis to find the overall pattern of the items, to investigate differential item functioning based on demographics and find misfitting items. The relationship between a participants’s ability and difficulty on a set of related items then allows us to calculate a measurement on that scale for each participant that can be used in further analysis (Bond and Fox, 2015). Winsteps was used for the analysis (Linacre, 2023). Path analysis was used as the final step of the analysis as an extension of multiple regression to look at more complicated relations among the variables (Streiner, 2005). Path analysis was chosen because it could be used to create the structural model between the Rasch-calibrated measures for each person on each scale. The strength of path analysis is that variables can act as both predictors of other variables and be predicted by other variables. Where multiple regression constricts variables to being either dependent or independent, a variable can play both roles in path analysis. The path analysis was conducted in SPSS AMOS (Arbuckle, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall this research demonstrated the patterns related to marketisation of teachers’ work and how it interacts with teachers’ experiences at work. The complexity of the relationship between buffering and fulfilment as well as the importance of control over work are described. The nuance of the patterns of marketisation for teachers across contexts, types of schools and other factors have demonstrated a range of negative effects on teachers within a model of influences on their work. Marketisation could only be assumed a neutral force if teacher fulfilment and professional autonomy are not valued. The humanity of the people working in schools, the quality of their work life, and their perceptions are valuable when we see teachers as integral to the complex process of education in schools. The oversimplification of schools as an industry that can deliver a product of education ignores that teacher fulfilment, control and participation in decision making are vital for successful student outcomes. This research demonstrates that a marketised school may have successful teachers who feel control over their work, but this potentially is due to the strength of the buffering they receive from business influences, and is unlikely to be a result of market forces improving education. This means that excellent education may be happening in private and marketised schools despite market influences rather than because of them. While the findings of this research apply to teachers from a variety of types of schools, the understanding of how marketisation affects teachers seems especially pertinent to international schools. With the dramatic growth of international schools and increasing number of students in private, for-profit schools world-wide, school governors must think carefully about the threats to teacher fulfilment and control that come with subjecting teachers to the business influences that inevitably pressure them in a marketised school environment. References Arbuckle JL (2014) IBM SPSS Amos 24 [computer software]. Chicago, IL: IBM SPSS. Ball SJ (2018) Commercialising education: profiting from reform! Journal of Education Policy 33(5): 587–589. DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2018.1467599. Ball SJ (2007) Education Plc: Understanding Private Sector Participation in Public Sector Education. UK, USA and Canada: Routledge. Bond, T. and Fox, C.M. (2015) Applying the Rasch Model: Fundamental Measurement in the Human Sciences, Third Edition. 3rd edn. New York, NY, US: Routlege. Biesta GJ (2011) From Learning Cultures to Educational Cultures: Values and Judgements in Educational Research and Educational Improvement. International Journal of Early Childhood 43(3): 199–210. DOI: 10.1007/s13158-011-0042-x. Friedman M (1997) Public Schools: Make Them Private. Education Economics 5(3): 341–344. DOI: 10.1080/09645299700000026. Gunter HM and Fitzgerald T (2015) Educational administration and neoliberalism: historical and contemporary perspectives. Journal of Educational Administration and History 47(2): 101–104. DOI: 10.1080/00220620.2015.1002388. Hayden M and Thompson J (2008) International Schools: Growth and Influence. Paris, France: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. Linacre, J. M. (2023) Winsteps® Rasch measurement computer program (Version 5.6.0). Portland, Oregon: Winsteps.com Magnani, R. et al. (2005) ‘Review of sampling hard-to-reach and hidden populations for HIV surveillance’, Aids, 19, pp. S67–S72. Molenaar, I.W. and Sijtsma, K. (2000) ‘MPS5 for Windows. A program for Mokken scale analysis for polytomous items’. Groningen: Iec ProGAMMA. Rasch, G. (1960) Studies in mathematical psychology: I. Probabilistic models for some intelligence and attainment tests. Oxford, UK: Nielsen & Lydiche (Studies in mathematical psychology: I. Probabilistic models for some intelligence and attainment tests.). Tarc P and Mishra Tarc A (2015) Elite international schools in the Global South: transnational space, class relationalities and the ‘middling’ international schoolteacher. British Journal of Sociology of Education 36(1): 34–52. DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2014.971945. Vander Ark T (2012) Private Capital, For-Profit Enterprises and Public Education. In: Stanfield JB (ed.) The Profit Motive in Education: Continuing the Revolution. London, UK: The Institute of Economic Affairs, pp. 191–203. Available at: http://mikemcmahon.info/EducationInvestment09.pdf. Waterson M (2015) An analysis of the growth of transnational corporations operating international schools and the potential impact of this growth on the nature of the education offered. Working Papers Series International and Global Issues for Research. University of Bath Department of Education Working Papers Series. Available at: https://www.bath.ac.uk/publications/department-of-education-working-papers/attachments/analysis-of-growth-transnational-corporations-operating-international-schools.pdf. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Strategies for Principled Resistance: the Practical-evaluative Dimension of Teacher Agency at Work 1NHLStenden University, Netherlands, The; 2University of Groningen, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The importance of professional autonomy for the well-being of teachers and for the quality of education has often been demonstrated (e.g. Fullan, 2007). Much research is done about the way in which management can influence a healthy and motivating work environment by creating professional space (Kessels, 2012; Kuijpers et al., 2023; Schaufeli & Taris, 2013). Much less is known, however, about the role that teachers themselves (can) play in influencing that environment. Teachers can reproduce or interrupt cultures and structures (Priestley et al., 2015). Currently, increasing attention is being paid to 'teacher agency', in short defined as: the ability of teachers to exert targeted and effective influence on educational practice (Toom et al., 2015). To add to this body of research, we focus on the agency of teachers in Dutch Early Childhood Education (ECE). In their ecological approach to agency, Priestley et al. (2015) distinguish three dimensions of agency that play a role in the realization of this agency. The iterational aspect (accumulated expertise) is rooted in the past. The projective dimension (aspirations, motivations) is focused on the future. The practical-evaluative dimension (the day-to-day decisions in the complex context of educational practice) is an important connecting element between the former two dimensions. Agency is important when it comes to being resilient in the face of educational innovations imposed by the environment (Priestley et al., 2015). Key to this resilience is the ability to critically assess requested changes, based on specific professional expertise (Edwards, 2015). If such an evaluation turns out to be negative, agency takes the form of offering 'principled resistance', that, according to Achinstein and Ogawa (2006), is based on professional principles. These principles are rooted in widely shared beliefs about education and professionalism and cannot do without reflective capacity and the willingness to change.
The literature on agency mostly focuses on the importance of professional dialogue for the substantive evaluation of educational practice (Edwards 2015). In addition, however, it is also important to evaluate: to what extent is it possible to act according to that evaluation? And if this is not sufficiently the case: how can we influence this? With these questions, a more political dimension of agency emerges. Kelchtermans and Ballet (2005) define micropolitical literacy as 'strategies and tactics used by individuals and groups in an organization to defend their interests' (p. 90). Insight into political dynamics is a crucial part of the practical-evaluative dimension of agency, especially in restricted work environments. In this paper, we focus on the practical-evaluative dimension of agency in ECE teachers. We are specifically interested in the strategies and tactics used by teachers to improve their working conditions in situations where they are hindered in carrying out their daily work in line with their professional views. We therefore pose the research question: How do teachers in groups 1 and 2 of Dutch primary schools respond to autonomy-limiting influences from the environment?
Based on interview stories of teachers who feel constrained by the environment to act according to their professional views, we show that teachers can actively use their specific context as a source for strengthening their agency. The results reveal a multitude of very diverse strategies by which teachers respond to autonomy-limiting circumstances. Analysis shows that successful strategies, i.e. strategies that protect professional autonomy, are based on an open dialogue about, critical reflection on, and inquiry into both educational content and political context.
The results are summarized in a model. This model will be presented, clarified and illustrated with empirical data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data collection Examining teacher agency requires studying teachers in their daily practices and methods of inquiry should be aimed at accessing the judgments, intentional actions and evaluations of these teachers (Edwards et al., 2015). In line with these recommendations, we have opted for qualitative research methods. Eight experienced teachers, who have worked for at least ten years in the first two grades of primary school, were interviewed in a series of three extensive, open interviews, at yearly intervals. An exploration of the relevant literature led to a number of broad sensitizing concepts (Boeije, 2012) that functioned as the main topics in the interviews: vision (professional beliefs), context (facilitating and hindering factors in the work environment), effects (consequences for practice) and strategies (reactions to autonomy-limiting influences). An interview guide served as a semi-structured checklist. The interview questions were open and the respondent was given room to follow their own storyline. All interviews were recorded with permission. In this contribution, we report on the analysis of the data related to the topic of Strategies. Research group The relatively small research group of eight people made it possible to collect rich information over a longer period of time. The respondents were purposive stratified (Boeije, 2012). The teachers differed equally in two respects. Firstly, their perception of the professional space. To distinguish the participants on this, we asked them the question: Do you experience pressure stemming from your work environment to work with young children in ways other than those you perceive as desirable? (yes/no). Secondly, the respondents' previous education differed equally. Previous research has shown that differences in prior education (KLOS or PABO) influenced the professional belief and perceived competences of teachers in the youngest groups of primary school. Analysis Verbatim transcripts have been analyzed thematically (Braun & Clark, 2006). Analysis was done using Atlas.ti, through descriptive coding that alternated between open and axial coding. During this analysis process, research question memos were kept. Regarding specific sub-questions that surfaced in this analysis process, additional deductive analyses was performed. Reliability Inter-rater reliability was sought throughout the research process. The developing code tree and research question memos were discussed in the research team at all stages of the research. The analyzed data have been summarized in extensive synthesis texts that have been sent to the respondents. In a follow-up interview, all respondents confirmed the interpretations (member check). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study provides insight into the way in which the practical-evaluative dimension of teacher agency takes shape in everyday ECE practices. The specific context can both facilitatee and hinder the autonomy of teachers, however, teachers themselves can also actively use the context as a source to strengthen their agency. In the interviews, three strategies emerged as the most important: dialogue, critical reflection, and inquiry. A work-environment in which these central strategies are facilitated, for example by making time available to discuss, investigate and reflect on (new) educational content, the environment supports the balance between openness to change and faithfulness to professional expertise and values. In an environment in which innovations are imposed top-down, such a balance is much more difficult to achieve. To stay true to their own professional expertise, teachers also use the three strategies of dialogue, reflection, and inquiry. In doing so, the wider environment of the school is used more. In addition to focusing on the educational content, the three strategies in this restrictive situation also have a stronger focus on the political environment. The study underlines the importance of collegial relationships. First, regarding the content of teaching, where professional dialogue between colleagues is a source of solid, shared, and conscious expertise and professional self-confidence (see also Fullan, 2007; Wenger, 2010; März & Kelchtermans, 2020). In addition, and especially in restrictive environments, collegial relationships are also of great importance for experiencing emotional support. A well-considered judgement about an imposed change and the perceived support of colleagues are an important basis for offering principled resistance. Additionally, as also shown by Vähäsatanen and Eteläpelto (2015), emotions that arise in this situation can also be a catalyst for teacher agency. Implications for practice will be discussed during the presentation. References Achinstein, B., & Ogawa, R. T. (2006). (In)fidelity: What the resistance of new teachers reveals about professional principles and prescriptive educational policies. Harvard Educational Review, 76(1), 30-63. Boeije, H. R. (2012). Analyseren in kwalitatief onderzoek: Denken en doen [Analysis in qualitative research. Thinking and doing]. The Hague, the Netherlands: Boom onderwijs. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Edwards, A. (2015) Recognising and realising teachers’ professional agency, Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 779-784, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2015.1044333 Fullan, M. (2007). The new meaning of educational change (4th ed.). New York: Teachers College Press. Kelchtermans, G., & Ballet, K. (2005). Micropolitieke geletterdheid en professionele ontwikkeling bij beginnende leerkrachten. Pedagogiek (Assen), 25(2), 89–102. Kessels, J. W. (2012). Leiderschapspraktijken in een professionele ruimte. Oratie. [Leadership practices in a professional space. Inaugural lecture] The Netherlands: Open University. Kuijpers, C.T.L., Janssen-Spanbroek, N.F., & van den Hurk M.M. (2023). De invloed van gespreid leiderschap op de professionalisering van leraren. Pedagogiosche Studiën (100) p. 287-308. März, V., & Kelchtermans, G. (2020). The networking teacher in action: A qualitative analysis of early career teachers’ induction process. Teaching and Teacher Education. https:// doi. org/ 10. 1016/j. tate. 2019. 102933. Priestley, M., Biesta, G. J. J., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency. An ecological approach. London: Bloomsbury Academic. Schaufeli, W., & Taris, T. (2013). Het job demands-resources model: overzicht en kritische beschouwing. [The Job Demands-Resources Model: Overview and Critical Review.] Gedrag & Organisatie, 26(2), 182-204. Toom, A., Pyhältö, K. and Rust, F.O. (2015). Teachers’ professional agency in contradictory times, Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 615-623. Vähäsantanen, K., & Eteläpelto, A. (2015). Professional agency, identity, and emotions while leaving one’s work organization. Professions & Professionalism, 5(3), 1394- 1410. Wenger, E. (2010). Communities of practice and social learning systems: The career of a concept. In Social Learning Systems and Communities of Practice, edited by C. Blackmore, pp. 179-198. London: Springer-Verlag London Limited. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Teachers' Time Use in Scotland: Workload Intensification in Challenging Times 1University of the West of Scotland; 2Cardiff Metropolitan University; 3Birmingham City University Presenting Author:The teaching workforce in and beyond Europe is facing unprecedented challenges. Many European school systems face teacher shortages as recruitment targets are missed and rates of attrition rise. Challenging employment conditions saw industrial action by teachers in France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, Spain, Portugal and the UK in 2022 and 2023. The European Trade Union Committee for Education (ETUCE) and European Federation of Education Employers joint Framework of Actions in response to the declining attractiveness of the teaching profession signalled a need for adequate pay, and equitable and sustainable workloads (ETUCE-EFEE, 2023). Teachers report reform fatigue, emotional exhaustion, and burnout as they contend with multiple new initiatives, the impact of the pandemic on learner progress and wellbeing, stringent accountability demands, increasing class size, and diverse learner needs (Heffernan et al., 2022; OECD, 2023). Advances in communications technology mean that educators are increasingly deemed available outside traditional school hours. This paper reports research commissioned by the largest teacher union in Scotland, the Educational Institute of Scotland, in response to workload concerns expressed by teachers in Scotland’s schools. This examination of teachers’ time use attends to both the number of hours and the nature or constitution of hours spent on work inside and out of the classroom and school. Workload is approached here not just in terms of working hours (volume) but also intensity (i.e., job-related demands in relation to available resources) (Stacey et al., 2022). The study considers the relationship between workload, teacher stress and work intensity and manageability (Creagh et al, 2023; Liu et al., 2023). Workload reduction initiatives have tended to place primary responsibility on educators rather than the institutional and policy context in which they work (Spicksley, 2022). In contrast, this research adopts a social-ecological approach that acknowledges the importance of context in shaping the capacity of teachers to respond well to job-related stressors. The following research questions are addressed:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The main methods of data collection were an online time use diary during one calendar week (using QuestionPro online survey platform) followed by semi-structured remote interviews. A survey link was distributed via workplace email to EIS members currently employed in schools. This method allowed for as close-to-real-time registration of activities without placing an undue burden on participants (te Braak et al., 2023). Participants recorded the full range of work-related activities undertaken over the preceding working days (including evenings) and weekend (i.e., the hours they must work, the hours they do work, and the nature and drivers of work-related activity). Digital diaries were preferred to paper leave-behind diaries because they are cost-effective, permit stronger communication with participants and make completion as easy as possible for those taking part (Sullivan et al., 2020) to not add further to teachers’ workload. They also show no more social desirability issues than offline surveys (Dodou, & de Winter, 2014). A self-completed electronic diary was preferred to a telephone recall diary to eliminate potential for interviewer bias (Allan et al., 2020). Comparison of the quality of data obtained through time-use diaries and direct observation has shown that teachers can reliably self-report their working time retrospectively (Vannest and Hagan-Burke, 2010). Pre-coded activities in the time use diary were generated in consultation with a volunteer teacher panel comprised of twelve primary and secondary teachers employed in four local authorities with a range of roles and varied length of experience. The contribution of panel members informed the design of the time use diary and reduced the risk of partial completion by respondents. The School Staff Census was used to assess proportionality against teaching and demographic characteristics (self-reported gender, age, main role in school, phase, length of teaching experience, tenure/contract type, local authority (Scottish Government Learning Directorate, 2022). Phase two of the research involved semi-structured interviews of 45 minutes duration with thirty teachers to deepen the analysis beyond the number of working hours to factors that explain composition of work patterns. Flexibility was offered in terms of the mode of remote interview – telephone or online video call - to accommodate interviewee preferences, availability and location. Analysis of verbatim interview transcripts was supported by NVivo software. A small sample of transcripts was coded independently by two researchers who then met to discuss appropriate codes and clarify inconsistencies. This process of cross-checking informed the coding of the remainder of the transcripts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research provides new evidence on how statutory and actual working time is spent (nature, scale and scope) and the factors that explain emergent patterns in time use among teachers in Scotland. The findings confirm a marked divergence between actual working time and the time that is recognised. Non-teaching tasks with less direct links to educational benefit for learners are more likely to be perceived as contributing to workload burden. Teachers report a reduction in autonomy over the use of time in face-to-face and non-teaching tasks (i.e., working time inflexibility). In particular, the fragmentation of tasks and escalation of routine administrative activity restricts time available for relationship building and pastoral care. As a result, teachers contend with difficult choices and considerable ambiguity between what constitutes high value core work and directed activity for accountability purposes. Excess working time and limited task discretion have important implications for professional identity, motivation, and career intentions. References Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2023) Workload, work intensification and time poverty for teachers and school leaders: a systematic research synthesis, Educational Review, DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2023.2196607. Dodou, D., & de Winter, J. C. (2014). Social desirability is the same in offline, online, and paper surveys: A meta-analysis. Computers in Human Behavior, 36, 487-495. ETUCE-EFEE (2023) Framework of Actions on the Attractiveness of the Teaching Profession, https://www.csee-etuce.org/en/resources/policy-papers/5106-framework-of-actions-on-the-attractiveness-of-the-teaching-profession . Heffernan, A., Bright, D., Kim, M., Longmuir, F., & Magyar, B. (2022). I cannot sustain the workload and the emotional toll’: Reasons behind Australian teachers’ intentions to leave the profession. Australian Journal of Education, 66(2),196–209. Liu, T., Yang, X., Meng, F. & Wang, Q. (2023) Teachers Who are Stuck in Time: Development and Validation of Teachers’ Time Poverty Scale, Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 16, 2267-2281. OECD (2023). Unravelling the layers of teachers’ work-related stress, Teaching in Focus, No. 46, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/bca86c20-en. Scottish Government Learning Directorate (2022) Schools in Scotland 2022: summary statistics. https://www.gov.scot/publications/summary-statistics-for-schools-in-scotland-2022/documents/ Spicksley, K. (2022) Hard work / workload: discursive constructions of teacher work in policy and practice, Teachers and Teaching, 28(5), 517-532. Stacey, M., Wilson, R. & McGrath-Champ, S. (2022) Triage in teaching: the nature and impact of workload in schools, Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 42(4), 772-785. te Braak, P., van Tienoven, T. P., Minnen, J., & Glorieux, I. (2023). Data Quality and Recall Bias in Time-Diary Research: The Effects of Prolonged Recall Periods in Self-Administered Online Time-Use Surveys. Sociological Methodology, 53(1), 115-138. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 23 SES 01 B: Educational Inequality Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Floris Burgers Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Exploring Factors Behind Regional Educational Inequality University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Educational inequality is a nuanced and multi-dimensional phenomenon (Ball, 2021), requiring a comprehensive exploration, including that at a regional/subnational level. This subnational analysis is crucial not only due to its political implications but also for the potential transformative impact on addressing social injustices. Existing literature delves into educational inequality at different geographic tiers, encompassing administrative regions (Thomas, 2001; Edgerton et al, 2008), broader geographic regions (Qian and Smyth, 2008; Gumus and Chudgar, 2016), and district levels (Bramley and Fletcher, 1995; Hogrebe et al, 2008; Ataç, 2019). Additionally, studies explore rural/urban divides within countries (Qian and Smyth, 2008; Smanova, 2021). This research specifically focuses on regional educational inequality in Kazakhstan, using international large-scale assessments (ILSAs) as a basis. Kazakhstan exhibits substantial achievement gaps among students in different regions. Recent ILSAs reveal that students in Western and Southern regions lag behind their counterparts in science, reading, and math by 2-3 years (IAC, 2020; OECD, 2023). Such regional disparities are not unique to Kazakhstan, as OECD experts acknowledge similar trends in other European countries, emphasizing the significance of subnational results in educational assessments (OECD, 2019, p. 63). In Kazakhstan, these differences are compounded by complex historical legacies, varying quality of life, cultural traditions, and even primary language differences, with Russian-speaking regions consistently outperforming their counterparts. Kazakhstan is a large transcontinental country with a territory greater than that of the whole Western Europe, and its European part including two regional capitals. Bordering two world superpowers, as well as culturally close Central Asian neighbours, it is, historically, a land of contradictions - geographic, political and cultural, which seemed to coexist peacefully until recently (Rees et al, 2021). While it is rarely mentioned in the European post-colonial academic discourse, Kazakhstan’s unique geopolitical and cultural landscape makes it an ideal case study for understanding the impact of Soviet/Russian colonial influence on contemporary life, including educational disparities (Rees et al, 2021). For example, recent violent unrests which shook the country’s leadership, originated in regions with prevailing share of Kazakh-speaking population and higher levels of socio-economic inequality (Kudaibergenova and Laruelle, 2022). Cultural differences between Southern and Northern regions further shape local attitudes towards education (Diener, 2015; Koch and White, 2016). Despite drastic socio-economic variations across regions, conventional explanations fall short, with both overpopulated, economically poor Southern regions and underpopulated, oil-rich West Kazakhstan demonstrating similarly low academic achievement. Tsai et al's (2017) assertion that educational policy should strive for both academic excellence and equity resonates with Coleman's (1975) call for addressing the unequal impact of external environments on educational opportunities. This study posits two central research questions: the extent to which regional educational inequality is addressed in national policy and the factors associated with student achievement on national and regional levels, particularly whether these factors vary between regions. Rooted in the critical educational research paradigm, this study combines Habermas's (1972) knowledge-constitutive interests, encompassing technical knowledge derived from a positivist approach, hermeneutic knowledge acquired through interpretive methodologies, and critical knowledge aimed at emancipating disadvantaged groups (Gibson, 1986). The theoretical framework draws significantly from Habermas's notion of lifeworld and Bourdieu's concepts of cultural and social capital and 'habitus' (Edgerton and Roberts, 2014). These frameworks provide a foundation for exploring causal factors in this educational inequality research, despite Giroux's (1983) caution about the overdetermination of human agency in Bourdieu's works. Caro et al’s (2014) research relying on ILSA data and employing Bourdieu’s three forms of capital, Bernstein’s language code theory and Coleman’s (1988) definition of social capital is one of the primary examples used in this research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts a mixed methods approach to enhance the reliability and validity of data, employing methodological triangulation (Cohen et al, 2018) to address both the 'what' and 'why' questions surrounding regional educational inequality in Kazakhstan. Utilizing PISA 2018 results, four regions were strategically identified, comprising one top-performing, one average, and two low-performing regions. Within each region, a total of four schools were randomly sampled based on predetermined criteria, encompassing rural/urban and Kazakh/Russian language distinctions. The data collection process within each school involved a multi-faceted approach, incorporating interviews with school directors, parent focus groups, and supervised online teacher surveys. Additionally, at the regional level, interviews were conducted with education heads. The research extended further to encompass top-level data collection, incorporating an expert focus group and interviews with two high-ranking policy makers. To sum up, the research generated 37 transcripts from interviews conducted across schools and regions, survey results for 4 regions with over 200 teachers in total, 16 parent focus groups, one expert focus group and two policy maker interviews. This comprehensive dataset offers a unique opportunity to analyze the multifaceted factors influencing student achievement in Kazakhstan from diverse perspectives, spanning all levels of educational policy. The mixed methods approach not only enhances the robustness of the findings but also enables a nuanced exploration of the complex interplay of factors contributing to regional educational inequalities. The triangulation of methods and the depth of data collection underscore the depth and richness of the study, providing valuable insights for policy development and interventions aimed at addressing educational disparities in Kazakhstan. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Currently in the analysis stage, I offer preliminary insights into potential research findings based on the initial data collection and coding efforts. Aligned with the theoretical framework guiding this study, the questionnaire for interviews and online teacher surveys focused on three major prompted themes extensively discussed in educational inequality research: the influence of family (SES, family ethos, etc.), the influence of school (including Teaching quality, School resources, etc.), and the impact of student motivation on academic achievement. Open-ended questions also sought respondents' general opinions on the primary factors influencing student outcomes. Initial results from Nvivo coding indicate a consistent pattern across all regions and respondent categories. Teaching quality and Family ethos, emphasizing the quality of relationships and emotional well-being at home, emerged as pivotal factors influencing student achievement. However, noteworthy variations include both region-specific and national policy-level impact factors in each region. I.e, various specific factors like economic welfare or cultural predispositions (attitudes to education, corruption) may moderate the effects Teaching quality or Family influence. Hypothesizing based on these findings, it appears that Teaching quality may emerge as the paramount factor influencing student achievement universally. However, contextual nuances such as socio-economic status, cultural differences, and the quality of regional educational management, coupled with suboptimal oversight of the national education system, contribute to regional disparities and further reinforce the observed achievement gap. This preliminary hypothesis underscores the need for a nuanced understanding of the interplay between universal and context-specific factors, shedding light on the intricate dynamics contributing to regional educational inequalities in Kazakhstan. As the analysis progresses, a more comprehensive and nuanced understanding of these dynamics will emerge, informing policy recommendations and interventions for addressing these disparities. References Ball, S. (2021). The Great Education Debate (1976–2021). Thomas, S. (2001). Dimensions of Secondary School Effectiveness: Comparative Analyses Across Regions. Edgerton, J., & Roberts, L. (2014). Cultural capital or habitus? Bourdieu and beyond in the explanation of enduring educational inequality. Qian, X., & Smyth, R. (2008). Measuring regional inequality of education in China: Widening coast–inland gap or widening rural–urban gap? Gumus, S., & Chudgar, A. (2016). Factors affecting school participation in Turkey: an analysis of regional differences. Compare: Bramley, G., & Fletcher, C. (1995). Locality Types and School Types: Towards Baselines for Improvement and Effectiveness in Secondary Schools. Hogrebe, M. C. et al (2008). Examining Regional Science Attainment and School—Teac her Resources Using GIS. Education and Urban Society, 40(5), 570–589. Ataç, E. (2019). Modeling Educational Inequalities: Class, Academic Achievement, and Regional Differences in Turkey. Smanova, N. (2021). Can We Overcome the Achievement Gap between Urban and Rural Students in Kazakhstan through School Resources: Evidence from PISA OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris Rees, K. et al (2021). Territorial Belonging and Homeland Disjuncture: Uneven Territorialisations in Kazakhstan. Kudaibergenova, D. & Laruelle, M. (2022). Making sense of the January 2022 protests in Kazakhstan: failing legitimacy, culture of protests, and elite readjustments. Diener, A. (2015). Assessing potential Russian irredentism and separatism in Kazakhstan’s northern oblasts. Koch, N., & White, K. (2016). Cowboys, Gangsters, and Rural Bumpkins: Constructing the “Other” in Kazakhstan’s “Texas”. Kopeyeva, A. (2020). Understanding Factors behind Regional Inequality in Education in Kazakhstan, Central Asian Affairs, 7(1), 38-79. Tsai, S., Smith, M., & Hauser, R. (2017). Families, Schools, and Student Achievement Inequality. Sociology of Education, 90(1), 64-88. Coleman, J. (1975). Equal Educational Opportunity: A Definition. Oxford Review of Education, 1(1), 25-29. Coleman, J. et al (1966). Equality of Educational Opportunity. U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare. Washington. Habermas, J. (1972). Knowledge and Human Interests. Beacon Press. Gibson, R. (1986). Critical Theory and Education. Hodder and Stoughton. Edgerton, J., & Roberts, L. (2014). Cultural capital or habitus? Bourdieu and beyond in the explanation of enduring educational inequality. Theory And Research In Education, 12(2), 193-220. Giroux, H. (1983). Theories of Reproduction and Resistance in the New Sociology of Education: A Critical Analysis. Caro, D. et al (2013). Cultural, social, and economic capital constructs in international assessments: an evaluation using exploratory structural equation modeling. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Equity Funding Policies in German Municipalities: Approaches to Reduce Educational Inequalities 1Ruhr-Universität Bochum, Germany; 2Leibniz-Institut für Bildungsverläufe, Germany Presenting Author:(Inter)national empirical findings repeatedly prove that both socioeconomic status and contextual factors at the level of the learning group, the school, and the social space are decisive for educational opportunities (e.g., OECD, 2019). Equity funding policies might be an effective way to reduce educational inequalities and to create equal life opportunities. Following this approach, schools in challenging circumstances can receive additional staff, funding, or further support. In this regard, resource allocation might be based, for example, on available data (e.g., social indices), application processes, or discretionary of policy makers. According to Verelst, Bakelants, Vandevoort, & Nicaise (2020), more than half of EU countries currently provide some type of equity funding to schools that serve target groups such as low-SES students or children with a migration background. Results from both national and international testing show a strong relationship between students’ socio-economic background and performance. In Germany, this interrelation is particularly strong (e.g., OECD, 2019). Therefore, equity funding policies are meant to compensate for the educational disadvantages of underprivileged students and should lead to an increase in their performance. Moreover, schools in deprived areas often show higher teacher turnover and greater difficulties in attracting qualified teachers and school leaders than school working in more favourable conditions (e.g., Simon & Johnson, 2015; Clotfelder, Ladd, Vigdor, & Wheeler, 2007). Equity funding policies might also counteract these challenges, as a recent meta-analysis highlights the influence of educational policies external to the school on teacher turnover (Nguyen, Pham, Crouch, & Springer, 2020). However, evidence concerning the effects of equity funding policies is scarce and mixed. Moreover, the implementation of equity funding policies depends on the availability of (additional) resources and the willingness of policy makers to reduce educational inequalities. In the multi-level system, municipalities play a dual role regarding the allocation of funds, as they have their own resources but are also responsible for the concrete distribution of federal or state funds. In line with educational governance theory (e.g., Altrichter, Brüsemeister, & Wissinger, 2007), decision-making on the municipality level is shaped by organizational and political conditions and decision-making on the district or federal level (e.g., Honig, Coburn, & Stein, 2009). In recent years, evidence-based decision-making has become a topic of growing interest. Following this approach, grounding decisions and actions in evidence and available data should be the case on every level of the school system. This is seen as a prerequisite for an efficient and effective performance and an increase in students’ achievement (e.g., Honig & Coburn, 2008). International findings suggest that the amount of resources and the ways they are (supposed to be) allocated and used influence the effects of equity funding schemes (e.g., Franck & Nicaise, 2022). Based on theoretical assumptions and international findings, different designs of equity funding schemes can be distinguished. In this regard, the following dimensions can be differentiated:
It can be assumed that policy makers have a considerable leeway in allocating resources. Therefore, their attitudes towards justice in educational opportunities are of great importance as they may influence resource allocation. However, there are hardly any findings in Germany regarding the extent, the concrete design, and the effects of equity funding policies. To our knowledge, a systematic overview of the concrete implementation of resource allocation at the municipal level is still lacking and little is known regarding the attitudes of German policy makers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In a current project funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research we address the desiderata described above. The following research questions are guiding our study: 1. What configurations of equity funding policies can be identified in Germany? 2. How and according to what intentions are equity funding policies implemented in practice? To answer the above research questions, the study makes use of a multimethod approach. First, we analysed equity funding policies in the field of primary and secondary education in the German federal states and in municipalities by means of a systematic document review. We used content analysis (Mayring, 2007) to evaluate educational reports, websites, policy documents, (draft) resolutions, and other documents. The code system was developed both deductively and inductively and the software MAXQDA 22 (https://www.maxqda.com/) was used. Coding by independent coders and a high degree of communicative validation ensured the quality of the analyses. The document analysis identified municipalities or federal states that have already set up equity funding policies, and the extent and form of resources (e.g., additional staff, funds, further support) as well as modes of resource allocation (e.g., allocation based on data, application, or discretionary of policy makers; earmarked vs. free disposal). To identify further regions with equity funding policies, an additional online survey of the heads of municipal school administrators was conducted. Furthermore, four German municipalities that differ in terms of equity funding were chosen based on the findings of the document review to reconstruct their approaches of equity funding policies. In each of these municipalities, up to twelve interviews with actors – directly or indirectly – involved in the decision-making process of resource allocation in K 12 education were conducted in order to carve out sensemaking processes in the context of equity funding. The interviews were recorded, transcribed, and analysed by means of documentary interpretation (Nohl, 2010). In this way, in-depth research of the logics and practices of actors involved in funding policies can be conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results show a significant variation concerning the design of equity funding schemes in German municipalities. Monetary and non-monetary resources are available from a variety of sources (federal, state, local, civil society actors) with different objectives. Whereas some municipalities do not use equity funding schemes at all, others allocate a considerable amount of resources to schools in challenging circumstances. The analyses indicate large differences in the distribution of resources in the education system at both the state and the district/local level: variations can be seen in terms of the type of funds (staff positions or budgets for free or earmarked use) and in terms of the distribution principles applied (application-based, experience-based, data-based). When it comes to resource allocation, German policy makers predominantly draw on their own expertise. They also claim to use data on a small scale. Allocating resources based on proposals by schools or school leaders respectively, results of school inspections, or student achievement in standardized tests seem to be rather uncommon practices. Results of the case studies showed differentiated practices and sensemaking processes in the various municipalities; the face-to-face interviews led to a better understanding of the complexity of funding policies. Different knowledge bases were used in the decision-making process and many actors at different levels of control were involved. It can be concluded that municipalities use individual distribution strategies that differ in many components (e.g., combination of distribution principles, advisors and decisions makers, communication strategies, funding providers, impact orientation and controlling). These are closely linked to the different initial situations and framework conditions of the municipalities. Overall, our findings provide important results in a previously neglected field of research and can contribute to the further development of equity funding policies in the municipalities and federal states. References Altrichter, H., Brüsemeister, T., Wissinger, J. (2007). Educational Governance, Handlungskoordination und Steuerung im Bildungssystem. Wiesbaden: VS Verlg für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-90498-6 Clotfelder, C. T., Ladd, H. F., Vigdor, J. L. & Wheeler, J. (2007). High poverty schools and the distribution of teachers and principals. North Carolina Law Review, 85, 1345–1379. Coburn, C. E., Honig, M. I., & Stein, M. K. (2009). What’s the evidence on districts’ use of evidence? In J. D. Bransford, D. J. Stipek, N. J. Vye, L. M. Gomez, & D. Lam (Eds.), The role of research in educational improvement (pp. 67–86). Harvard Education Press. Franck, E., & Nicaise, I. (2022). The effectiveness of equity funding policies in schools in Europe and North America: A systematic literature review. Issues in Educational Research, 32 (2), 494–512. Honig, M. E., & Coburn, C. (2008). Evidence-based decision making in school district central offices: Towards a policy and research agenda, Educational Policy, 1 (4), 578–608. Mayring, P. (2007). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken [Qualitative content analysis. Foundations and techniques] (9th ed.). Weinheim: Deutscher Studien Verlag. Nohl, A.-M. (2010). Narrative interview and documentary interpretation. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff, & W. Weller (Eds.), Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research (pp. 195–217). Opladen: Budrich. https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-317517 [October 25, 2022]. Nguyen, T. D., Pham, L. D., Crouch, M., & Springer, M. G. (2020). The correlates of teacher turnover: An updated and expanded meta-analysis of the literature. Educational Research Review, 31. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100355. OECD (2019). PISA 2018 results (Volume II): Where all students can succeed. Paris: OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/b5fd1b8f-en. Simon, N. & Johnson, S. M. (2015). Teacher turnover in high poverty schools. What we know and can do. Teachers College Record, 117 (3), 1–36. Verelst, S., Bakelants, H., Vandevoort, L., & Nicaise, I. (2020). The governance of equity funding schemes for disadvantaged schools: Lessons from national case studies (NESET report). Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. doi: 10.2766/989607. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper A Serious Policy Game for Equal Educational Opportunities 1Radboud University; 2University of Amsterdam Presenting Author:While policies, laws and programs of various kinds have been implemented to address inequality of opportunity in education, achievement gaps caused by background rather than ability are persistent across the world. Looking at unequal educational opportunities as a ‘wicked problem’, we propose that collective action networks consisting of various educational actors, such as policy makers, political leaders, school leaders, teachers, parents and other educational professionals, are needed to refine approaches to tackling unequal educational opportunities. For such networks to be successful, though, these actors need to be brought together, get to know each other’s role in the context of the problem, and think of unequal educational opportunities as a wicked problem. We propose that a serious policy game can help the educational field to achieve this and to work towards successful collective action networks. In this article, we present the contours of one such game, designed for the Dutch context, and we explain how a similar game can be developed for usage in other contexts. In doing so, the paper covers two research questions, whereby the second question follows upon our answer to the first: 1) What is needed to refine approaches to tackling the problem of unequal educational opportunities? 2) What does a serious policy game to work towards collective action networks to address unequal educational opportunities look like? In relation to the first question, the paper builds on the concept of ‘wicked problem’, coined by Ritter and Webber (1973) and further developed by Korsten (2019). Wicked problems are characterized by cognitive, normative and social complexity, and we argue that the problem of inequality of educational opportunities is complex in all these three respects, which makes it a typical wicked problem. This leads us to conclude that this problem needs to be addressed through collective action networks (Duke & Geurts, 2004; Innes & Booher, 2016; Crowley & Head, 2017; Korsten, 2019). Drawing on game theories, in particular Duke and Geurts’ (2004) 5Cs for serious policy gaming, we propose that a serious policy game is a useful strategy to work towards such networks. In relation to the second question – what such a game would look like – we employ Olejniczak, Wolański and Widawski’s (2020) well established game typology to arrive at a design framework for a policy game on unequal education opportunities. Both the design framework and an example game are presented in this paper. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The design methodology we employed to design the policy game consisted of three elements: goal specification, game type specification and the specification of design principles. To arrive at a series of game goals we explored the literature on wicked problems and action networks. This helped to determine what skills needed to be developed through the policy game. In order to determine the type of game needed to realise these goals, we followed Olejniczak, Wolański and Widawski’s (2018) well-established game typology, differentiating between the type of problem that is addressed in the game (simple or complex) and the type of learning that is to be realized through gaming (learning for game designers or learning for participants). To be able to specify design principles – which we would then adhere to during game design – we first developed a conceptual overview of the educational system of the Netherlands and, based on both literature reviews and expert conversations, we specified the main dynamics therein that feed into inequality of opportunity. Reflecting on this conceptual overview, we then specified how various components of the educational system and the problem of inequality of opportunity had to be treated in the game design. This approach is consistent with Duke and Geurts’ (2004) procedure for policy game design. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After establishing unequal educational opportunities as a ‘wicked problem’ and making the point that such problems require collective action networks, we conclude that serious games can be useful to work towards such networks. We developed a framework for designing such a game and an example game for the Dutch context. The game we designed aimed to improve participants’ understanding of the various mechanisms and variables that are involved in the problem of inequality of educational opportunities (cognitive complexity), participants’ understanding of how different actors view the problem of inequality of educational opportunities (normative complexity) and participants’ understanding of the roles that different stakeholders play in relation to the problem of inequality of educational opportunities, including the role they play themselves (social complexity). The game type, consistent with these goals, is an ‘exploring systems’ game. The designed game can be played with between 15 and 35 participants and is particularly suitable for educational actors at the municipality level: teachers, school leaders, educational boards, policy makers, political leaders and parents. References Crowley, K., & Head, B. W. (2017). The enduring challenge of ‘wicked problems’: revisiting Rittel and Webber. Policy Sciences, 50, 539–547. Crul, L. (2014). Solving wicked problems through action learning. Action Learning: Research and Practice, 11(2), 215–224. Duke, R. D., & Geurts, J. L. A. (2004). Policy Games for Strategic Management: Pathways To The Unknown. Rozenberg Publishers. Innes, J. E., & Booher, D. E. (2016). Collaborative rationality as a strategy for working with wicked problems. Landscape and Urban Planning, 154, 8–10. Korsten, A. (2019). Omgaan met ‘wicked problems’. Beleidsonderzoek Online. Olejniczak, K., Newcomer, K. E., & Meijer, S. A. (2020). Advancing Evaluation Practice With Serious Games. American Journal of Evaluation, 41(3), 339–366. Rittel, H. W. J., & Webber, M. M. (1973). Dilemmas in a General Theory of Planning. Policy Sciences, 4, 155–169. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 23 SES 01 C: Governance Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Kristiina Brunila Paper Session |
13:15 - 14:45 | 25 SES 01 A: Perspectives on Human Rights Education in school Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ann Quennerstedt Paper Session |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Human Rights Education for Children with Intellectual Disability in a Swedish School Context Örebro university, Sweden Presenting Author:This research examines children´s human rights education in compulsory schools for pupils with intellectual disabilities. The writings about children's human rights in the Swedish school´s governing documents (for pupils without and with intellectual disabilities) are consistent with the UN documents, which define human rights education as education about, through, and for human rights (Strouthers, 2015). Through human rights education, children must be allowed to develop and grow as rights holders. A rights holder is a person who has knowledge of their rights and their ability to exercise their own, as well as respect the rights of others. Growing as a rights holder is something children do when they learn about human rights as well as they acquire rights-conscious attitudes, values, and behaviors through being a participant in human interaction. Sweden has a long tradition of educating pupils with intellectual disability in segregated schools. In Sweden, the education of this group of pupils has a separate national curriculum and course syllabus, and teachers have a rather large room for interpreting values, goals, and regulations (Göransson & Klang, 2021). Internationally, much research has examined educational institutions as arenas for children´s rights, and human rights education research in formal education is an emerging field of study (Quennerstedt & Moody, 2020). However, the adapted school is an institution where research about Human Rights Education is lacking. Therefore, knowledge about Human Rights Education for pupils with intellectual disability is almost non-existent, both in Sweden and internationally. Something that has been noticed in research on the teacher's role is that teachers feel uncertain about how to teach human rights (Struthers, 2016; Quennerstedt, 2019; Quennerstedt et al., 2020), and that teachers' knowledge of human rights tends to be too weak and without subject matter depth (Cassidy, Brunner & Webster, 2014). There is a lack of knowledge about how teachers who work with pupils with intellectual disability interpret and implement the curriculum. A Didaktik approach and terminology create the theoretical framework. Didaktik is the theory and practice of teaching and learning (Gundem, 2011). Collected data are analyzed with qualitative content analysis using Didaktik theory and Dewey's theory of collateral or embedded learning (Dewey, 1938). Dewey´s collateral learning is the lesson learners take from the accidental experience with the lesson rather than from the instructor´s intent. This study explores the role of teachers educating children with intellectual disability in adapted primary schools about, through, and for human rights. The purpose of planned teaching about children's human rights is examined, as well as the content and implementation of the teaching. Also, embedded human rights education is examined. The investigation of unplanned/embedded education is directed at two rights themes: equal value and freedom of expression. The following questions guided the research: - How can planned human rights education take place in an adapted primary school, and how do teachers view planned education as part of human rights education? - How can embedded human rights education take place in an adapted primary school, and how do teachers view embedded education as part of human rights education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Two schools participated in the study that have adapted primary schools for pupils with intellectual disabilities. The pupils in the study are 7 to 12 years old. Observations of teachers and pupils, and interviews of the teachers in one class per school were carried out. The fieldwork lasted about 4-5 weeks in each school, with about 100 hours of observation per school spread over this time and 2-4 interviews with each teacher. The classes in adapted elementary school include several stacked grades, as there are usually few students in each grade and one to three teachers per school. The teachers were asked by the researcher to undertake planned work with the class on children's human rights. The teacher selected the content, methods, and scope of this work without involvement of the researcher. Other teaching and classroom activities were also observed to identify embedded human rights education. Semi-structured interviews took place before and after the implementation of the planned teaching. In a pre-interview, the teachers were asked what purpose they had with the teaching, the content and how they intended to work. In a post-interview, the teachers reflected on the completed teaching, and if they would have done something differently if they were to do the lesson again. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. The observations of the planned teaching situations were documented with film recordings. The embedded human rights education was investigated through observations of other teaching situations and the rest of everyday school life. Field notes documented these observations. The teachers were also interviewed about embedded teaching and were then asked to reflect on teaching and learning in everyday life and unplanned situations. The stimulated recall technique was used during these interviews, i.e., situations the researcher had observed were used as a basis for reflection. Collected data is then analyzed based on previously developed analytical tools, such as qualitative content analysis using didactic theory and Dewey´s theory of embedded learning. Qualitative content analysis is a process designed to condense raw data into categories or themes based on valid inference and interpretation. Qualitative content analysis is “any qualitative data reduction and sense-making effort that takes a volume of qualitative material and attempts to identify core consistencies and meanings” (Patton, 2015, p.453). This progress uses inductive reasoning. From inductive reasoning, themes and categories emerge from the data through the researcher's careful investigation and constant comparison. Through didactic theory, aim, content, and working methods are separated in the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to make an essential contribution to the very limited knowledge about pedagogical children´s rights work in adapted schools where pupils with intellectual disability are educated, and particularly about human rights education in adapted schools. Initial findings show that: Planned (by the teacher) human rights education training - Time and repetition were highlighted by the teachers as a prerequisite for pupils with intellectual disabilities to learn about rights. - Communicative aids fulfilled an important purpose in planned teaching through rights where pupils could assert the right to their voice and freedom of expression. However, it also showed the risk of limiting the pupil's actions to what the adults around them thought they should communicate about. An adult perspective on communication means that various tools for communication (image support, materials, room design) are based on the teacher's perspective, where communication is about what they want the students to communicate. Rarely did the communication emanate from the student's perspective and their interaction with peers in play situations and everyday communication. Embedded human rights education training (unplanned) - Pupils with a severe disability require a relationship with an adult who recognizes the pupil's body language and signals and can interpret and pay attention to the child's needs, opinions, and wishes. This seems to be particularly important in unplanned teaching where others (pupils and other school staff) outside the “relational sphere” encounter pupils with severe intellectual disabilities. The adult often needed to step in, talk, and stand up for the student's rights. Planned and embedded human rights education training. - Many teachers in the classroom, which makes one-to-one-teaching possible risk minimizing teaching situations (planned and unplanned) where the pupils, together with other pupils and/or adults, get to practice experiencing through rights. References Cassidy, C., Brunner, R., Webster, E. (2014). Teaching human rights? ‘All hell will break loose!’ Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 9(1), 19–33. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197913475768 Dewey, J. (1938/1997). Experience & Education. New York: Touchstone. Gundem, B. (2011). Europeisk didaktikk. Tenkning og viten. [European didactics. Thinking and knowing.] Oslo: Universitetsforlaget Göransson, K. Klang, N. (2021). Lärares uppfattningar om skola och undervisning för elever som läser enligt grund- och gymnasiesärskolans läroplaner. I M. Tideman (Red.), Utbildning och undervisning i särskolan-forskningsinsikter möter lärar-och eleverfarenheter (s. 32 – 58).Natur & Kultur. Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative Evaluation and Research Methods. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Quennerstedt, A. (2019). Teaching children’s human rights in early childhood education and school (Reports in Education No 21). Örebro: Örebro University. Quennerstedt, A. Moody, Z. (2020). Educational children’s rights research 1989–2019: Achievements, gaps and future prospects. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 28(1), 183–208. doi:10.1163/15718182-02801003 Quennerstedt, A. Thelander,N. Hägglund.S. (2020). Barns och ungas rättigheter i utbildning Gleerups Utbildning AB Struthers, A. (2015) Human rights education: educating about, through and for human rights. The International Journal of Human Rights 19 (1), 53-73 Struthers, A. (2016); Breaking Down Boundaries: Voice and participation in English primary education. The International Journal of Children's Rights 24 (2), 434-468 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Conceptualising a Human Rights Education Approach to Address Global Inequities and Moral Ambiguity at the Compulsory School Level. 1University of Iceland, Iceland; 2Independent Presenting Author:Students live in an age of increasing global inequity and moral ambiguity, raising concerns about the purposes of education in schools (Biesta, 2020). Shifting demographics exacerbate social, political, and economic disparities, creating contexts of disadvantage for certain members of society. Iceland and Lutruwita/Tasmania, Australia are both island communities characterised by increasing cultural diversity in schools. In Iceland this has been the result of a rapidly increasing migrant population. Migration is also a factor in Lutruwita/Tasmania, in addition to assertion of indigenous identity and culture. Additionally, the role of religious studies in state school programmes, one of the main contributors to values formation in the past, has declined (Evans, 2008; Gunnarsson, 2020; Poulter et al., 2017). In Iceland and Lutruwita/Tasmania there have been discussions about how best to address diversity and the moral development of students through schooling (Aðalbjarnardóttir, 2011; Gunnarsson, 2020; Kristjánsson, 2001; Walker et al., 2012) with attention being paid to multicultural, inclusive and citizenship education. In this paper, we argue that addressing cultural diversity is interrelated to the debate on schools as a place to foster socio-moral development. We call for social justice pedagogies that engage with the social, economic, cultural, civil, and political dimensions of lived realities in response to the the risk of drawing on particular philosophical or religious beliefs and principles which are culturally specific. We propose an education framework which is transcendental in the sense that it is universally recognised and pays attention to the intersecting moral, legal and political dimensions of life. Although applicable internationally, we focus on the Icelandic and Lutruwitan/Tasmanian school contexts to answer the question: How can human rights education assist lower secondary school students to form values and apply them to make decisions in their own lives and about communities at local, regional and global levels? HRE is a new field in the school contexts of Iceland and Australia, implemented in fragmented and ad hoc ways dependent on committed individual teachers (Burridge et al., 2016; Gollifer, 2022a, 2022b). Despite democracy and human rights being one of the six fundamental pillars in the general section of the Icelandic national curriculum guides for all levels of schooling, HRE is not a compulsory part of teacher education. Democracy has a longer history in Iceland than human rights, as is the case in other Nordic countries where democracy and human rights tend to be understood as synonymous with national values (Osler & Lybæk, 2014; Strømmen Lile, 2019; Vesterdal, 2016). In Australia, individual states manage their own state school systems informed by national government curriculum guidelines. The Lutruwita/Tasmanian Department of Education has adopted the Australian National Curriculum for lower secondary students (Yr. 7-10). The Civics and Citizenship strand of the Humanities and Social Science subject area focuses on Australians’ legal and constitutional rights and the parliamentary/democratic process and how they underpin a socially cohesive society. In Year 9 and 10 students look beyond Australia but with a strongly Australian perspective (ACARA, n.d). The disparate ad hoc approach to addressing social justice and moral concerns in schools through preservative pedagogies that favour national perspectives can dilute attention towards opportunities for students to critically and holistically form value-based beliefs. We propose a HRE conceptual framework that emphasises the core cosmopolitan principles of universality, indivisibility, solidarity, and reciprocity as relevant to multiple country contexts, irrespective of distinct historical and cultural backgrounds. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This conceptual essay is the first of two papers. It proposes a HRE framework that will inform a small-scale case study on how cultural diversity and socio-moral development are addressed in Iceland and Lutruwita/Tasmania. Guided by the research question How can human rights education assist lower secondary school students to form values and apply them to make decisions in their own lives and about communities at local, regional and global levels?, we seek to create new HRE knowledge by building on carefully selected sources of information which we discuss in relation to previously developed pedagogical concepts and theories (Hirschheim, 2008; Jaakkola, 2020). We are two educators with extensive experience working in diverse socio-cultural and political country contexts and who now reside in Iceland (author one) and Lutruwita/Tasmania (author two). The commitment to explore the role of education as a means of addressing social and moral concerns led to our collaboration. Our choice to work with two island communities with distinct historical and cultural backgrounds allows for an international HRE perspective. Furthermore, it provides an opportunity to discuss the tensions between the universality of human rights and calls for contextualised and decolonised HRE responses (Zembylas & Keet, 2019). Tasmania, the most southern, and only island state of Australia, and Iceland share small populations. Both have diversifying populations in terms of culture, language, ethnicity and socio-economic status and colonial pasts that raise questions about the impact of dominant power structures and discourse on groups at risk of being marginalised from mainstream society. We start by identifying common pedagogical approaches by drawing on and adapting existing social-justice education typologies to categorise pedagogy into conservative/preservative; liberal/progressive; critical/emancipatory; critical/transformative (see Gorski & Parekh, 2020; Tibbitts, 2017). We then draw on Biesta’s (2020) subjectification; critical pedagogy (Freire, 1996); Adami’s (2014) conceptualisation of rights as relational and decolonial ethics (Zembylas, 2020) to argue that HRE can offer a framework where the moral, legal and political intersect to create opportunities for subjectification. These three dimensions encourage cosmopolitan understandings that emphasise the need for plurality in the context of diverse life narratives and highlight a set of ethical orientations that question conventional assumptions about culture and values formed through colonial logic and Eurocentrism. As stated earlier, our intention is to use the conceptual outcomes of the paper to guide an empirical case study conducted in a small school sample in both Iceland and Lutruwita/Tasmania. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We conclude that learning about cultural diversity and socio-moral development in lower secondary schools tends to reflect liberal/progressive pedagogies. Critical forms of pedagogy that seek emancipation and/or transformation require opportunities for students to become actively engaged with questions of how they are in the world as opposed to who they are. Biesta (2020) argues for three domains of education. Qualification refers to the transmission of knowledge and skills while socialisation explains the representation of values, norms and practices through the educational process, implicitly or explicitly. The third domain, subjectification, is used by Biesta to explain how education can impact the student by enhancing or restricting individual capabilities. Subjectification is the freedom to act, or not act. Biesta (2021) argues that while all three domains of education are important, schools place more emphasis on qualification and socialisation at the expense of subjectification. We suggest that Biesta‘s notion of ‘subjectedness’ can be enhanced through forms of HRE that emphasise the legal, moral and political dimensions of human rights in contexts of lived realities. Dialogue and transformative praxis informed by content and contexts of diverse life narratives provide a cosmopolitan understanding that emphasises the need for plurality. Irrespective of distinct historical and cultural country contexts, transformative HRE places human dignity at its core, underpinned by universal values, indivisible rights contexts, and critical content. Addressing subjectedness through intersecting moral, legal and political dimensions of human rights has great potential to assist lower secondary school students to form values and apply them to make decisions in their own lives and about communities at local, regional and global levels. This conceptualisation contributes to scholarly work on relevant HRE pedagogies in a world of global inequities and moral ambiguity. References Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (ACARA). (n.d). https://www.australiancurriculum.edu.au/ Aðalbjarnardóttir, S. (2011). Borgaravitund ungs fólks í lýðræðisþjóðfélagi [Democratic citizenship among young people in a democratic society]. Institute of Educational Research. Biesta, G. J. J. (2020). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational Theory, 70, 89-104. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12411 Biesta, G. J. J. (2021). World-Centred Education. A View for the Present. Routledge. Burridge, N., Buchanan, J., & Chodkiewicz, A. (2014). Human Rights and History Education: An Australian Study. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 39(3). http://ro.ecu.edu.au/ajte/vol39/iss3/2 Evans, C. (2008). Religious Education in Public Schools: An International Human Rights Perspective. Human Rights Law Review, 8(3), pp. 449-473.https://doi.org/10.1093/hrlr/ngn020 Gollifer, S. E. (2022a). Challenges and possibilities for transformative human rights education in Icelandic upper secondary schools. Human Rights Education Review. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4981 Gollifer, S. E. (2022b). Inertial constraints to educational change: The case of human rights education in Iceland. Netla. https://ojs.hi.is/netla/article/view/3650/2249 Jónsson, O. P. Gorski, P. C. & Parekh, G. (2020). Supporting Critical Multicultural Teacher Educators: Transformative teaching, social justice education, and , and perceptions of institutional support, Intercultural Education, 31:3, 265-285, DOI: 10.1080/14675986.2020.1728497 Gunnarsson, Gunnar J. (2020). Facing the New Situation of Religious Education in Iceland. Religions, 11(10). https://doi.org/10.3390/rel11100537 Hirschheim, R. (2008). Some guidelines for the critical reviewing of conceptual papers. Journal of the Association for Information Systems, 9(8), 432–441. Jaakkola, E. (2020). Designing conceptual articles: four approaches. AMS Review, 10, 18–26. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13162-020-00161-0 Osler, A., & Lybæk, L. (2014). ‘Educating “the new Norwegian we”: An examination of national and cosmopolitan education policy discourses in the context of extremism and Islamophobia’. Oxford Review of Education, 40 (5), 543–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2014.946896 Statistics Iceland. (2023). Population. Inhabitants. https://www.statice.is/statistics/population/inhabitants/ Tibbitts, F., (2017). "Revisiting ‘Emerging Models of Human Rights Education’," International Journal of Human Rights Education, 1(1) . Retrieved from http://repository.usfca.edu/ijhre/vol1/iss1/2 Vesterdal, K. (2019). Championing human rights close to home and far away: Human rights education in the light of national identity construction and foreign policy in Norway. Human Rights Education Review, 2(1), 5-24. Walker, S., Brownlee, J., Whiteford, C., Cobb-Moore , C., Johansson, E., , Ailwood, J.& Boulton-Lewis, G. (2012). Early years teachers’ epistemic beliefs and beliefs about children’s moral learning. Teachers and Teaching, 18:2, 263-275, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2012.632267 Zembylas, M. (2020). "Toward a Decolonial Ethics in Human Rights and Peace Education," International Journal of Human Rights Education, 4 (1). https://repository.usfca.edu/ijhre/vol4/iss1/2 Zembylas, M., & Keet, A. (2019). Critical Human Rights Education. Advancing Social-Justice-Oriented Educational Praxes. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Protecting Invisible Children: How Human Rights Education Could Improve School Safeguarding University of Warwick, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper brings together two distinct but interrelated fields: human rights education (HRE) and safeguarding. It endeavours to show that the former can be beneficial for the efficacy of the latter. By extending an argument put forward recently by Laura Lundy and Gabriela Martínez Sainz, and subsequently by me in a Human Rights Education Review article, that for Human Rights Education to be effective it must enable children to recognise and respond to lived human rights injustices, the paper places this important issue within the existing framework and processes associated with safeguarding young people in formal education. It attempts to both elucidate and consolidate the connection between HRE and safeguarding, arguing that if HRE were to become an integral part of safeguarding training and delivery, children may be better equipped to recognise and speak up about violations of their human rights, rather than relying on a passive system of adult observation. This paper places these arguments in the context of an empirical study carried out by me, together with my Co-I, Dr Ruth Brittle, in 2021, which sought to tentatively map the landscape of the interaction between HRE and safeguarding in the separate jurisdictions of Scotland and England. I will present the findings from our scoping survey, offering a glimpse into current attitudes and practice amongst teachers and Designated Safeguarding Leads (DSLs)/Designated Child Protection Officers (DCPOs) in England and Scotland. I will then discuss some of the interesting points raised by the data and offer some tentative concluding observations, as well as suggestions for areas of future research. If teachers currently lack knowledge and confidence on the topic of human rights, having received little or no training in this area, then simply dictating that HRE should form part of existing safeguarding guidance and training is likely to be an ineffectual route to meaningful change. By mapping a small part of the landscape in this area, we gained a better understanding of the current interaction between safeguarding and HRE in each jurisdiction, thus enabling us to start a conversation about how best to approach the next steps of introducing meaningful change in safeguarding practice that will be beneficial to researchers and practitioners beyond the UK context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to map the landscape as fully as we were able, we created a survey (using the platform SurveyMonkey) that collected scoping data from: (i) primary and secondary teachers; and (ii) Designated Safeguarding Leads (DSLs) in England and Designated Child Protection Officers (DCPOs) in Scotland, regarding their knowledge of, and attitudes towards, human rights. The overall aim of the survey was to tentatively evaluate the extent to which human rights approaches are embedded in school safeguarding practices in both England and Scotland. Data was gathered through a simple survey comprising 13 questions around HRE and safeguarding. The survey was sent to state primary and secondary schools in both countries, including academies and Multi Academy Trusts (MATs). We focused upon England and Scotland in order to compare knowledge of, and attitudes towards, human rights between the two nations, particularly in light of the Scottish Government’s impending incorporation of the UNCRC into domestic law. With existing research suggesting that attitudes to human rights in Scotland may generally be more positive than in England, we were keen to find out if this tracked through to formal education. We received 617 responses to our survey, comprising 380 teachers and 237 DSLs/DCPOs. Unfortunately, time and ethical constraints meant that we were unable to circulate a second survey we had prepared amongst children and young people. We recognise that this limits the value of our data set, as the voice of the child is conspicuous by its absence. We are instead relying on teachers reporting to us what they believe children know and feel about the topics covered in the survey. This is far from ideal and, indeed, speaks to a broader problem (that lies beyond the scope of this paper) of constraints imposed by university ethics committees severely curtailing the abilities of researchers to work directly with children. By allowing adults to speak on behalf of children in this research, we are failing to practice what we preach about the importance and centrality of children’s voices. Faced with the choice between speaking only to teachers or abandoning the research, however, we felt that the former was the preferred course of action, and we agreed to pursue a separate follow-up study that would elicit the views of children on this topic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our data revealed that Scottish teachers and DCPOs tended to have better knowledge of human rights and the UNCRC than their English counterparts. There are various reasons why this is likely to be the case, all relating to the more central position of human rights and the UNCRC within the Scottish educational policy landscape. The UNCRC underpins key legislation and policy documents that inform Scottish educational practice, including: (i) GIRFEC; (ii) the Early Years Framework; and (iii) The Standard for Provisional Registration with the General Teaching Council for Scotland. References to the UNCRC within these documents is ostensibly resulting in human rights terminology being mainstreamed to a greater extent in Scottish teaching practice. The majority of teachers in both jurisdictions considered human rights to be taught as part of the curriculum, either in planned lessons or in assemblies. This is particularly the case with regard to primary teachers and DSLs/DCPOs across both nations; with the latter category being the most confident that HRE is happening in one form or another. This is a positive finding, and it is particularly reassuring that those whose job it is to safeguard children are most confident of the place of HRE within their schools. There is still work to be done, however, with teachers and DSLs/DCPOs in both Scotland and England reporting that human rights are not taught at all within the curriculum (including in assemblies) or that they are unaware as to whether such teaching is happening. References Lundy, L., & Martínez Sainz, G. (2018). The role of law and legal knowledge for a transformative human rights education: Addressing violations of children’s rights in formal education. Human Rights Education Review, 1(2), 4-24. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.2560 Struthers, A. (2021). Protecting invisible children in England: how human rights education could improve school safeguarding. Human Rights Education Review, 4(3), 45-64. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4473 Lord Laming. (2003). The Victoria Climbe Inquiry. Retrieved from https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/273183/5730.pdf. Haringey serious case reviews: child A (2008). Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/haringey-local-safeguarding-children-board-first-serious-case-review-child-a.HM Government. (2018). Department for Education. (September 2021). Keeping children safe in education (2020): Statutory guidance for schools and colleges. Part one: Information for all school and college staff. Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/keeping-children-safe-in-education--2 Watkins, D. (2022). Exploring the role of domestic law in human rights education. Human Rights Education Review, 5(2), 98–116. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4578 Draugedalen, K., & Osler, A. (2022). Teachers as human rights defenders: strengthening HRE and safeguarding theory to prevent child sexual abuse . Human Rights Education Review, 5(2), 32–55. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4776 Struthers, A., ‘Building Blocks and Beyond: How Human Rights Education in Initial Teacher Education May Help to Change the Human Rights Landscape in Scotland’ (2015) 47(2) Scottish Educational Review 5-19 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 26 SES 01 A: Supportive School Leadership in Enhancing Teacher Workplace and Professional Support (Part 1) Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: André Meyer Paper Session Part 1/3, to be continued in 26 SES 06 B |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Exploration of Teacher Commitment to Profession of Secondary School Teachers in the Zhambyl region, Kazakhstan NIS Taraz, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Research Question: Main question: What is the schoolteachers’ understanding of job commitment and what factors influence their commitment to the profession at secondary schools of Zhambyl region? Subsidiary questions: How do secondary school teachers understand and define their professional commitment in Zhambyl region? What factors influence their commitment to the profession? Objective: The purpose of this mixed-method study is to explore schoolteachers’ understanding of professional commitment and what factors influence job commitment in secondary schools in the Zhambyl region, Kazakhstan. Theoretical framework There are several theories concerning professional commitment that guide the study. One of them is Meyer and Allen’s Multidimensional Theory (1997). This theory emphasizes three components of teaching commitment: affective professional commitment (APC), continuance professional commitment (CPC), and normative professional commitment (NPC). According to the affective component, intrinsic factors such as emotional attachment to, identification with, and involvement in the profession impact an individual’s decision to stay in the profession. Continuance Professional Commitment (CPC) is when an individual stays in the job because of recognition of the costs associated with leaving the job (Meyer et al., 1997). Thus, extrinsic factors are more valuable for an individual to retain. Normative professional commitment (NPC) includes elements of intrinsic and extrinsic factors (Meyer et al., 1997). Unfortunately, there is a lack of further research on that theory (Bagraim, 2003). The second theory exploring the factors influencing the professional commitment of teachers is the Self-Determination Theory (Deci & Ryan, 1985, as cited in Sylvester, 2011). This theory (1985) stated that teachers were mostly willing to stay at their job when they met their needs for autonomy, competence, and relatedness. SDT suggests that leaders of the organization should foster workplace conditions where employees can feel support for their autonomy (Deci et al., 2017). Thus, it will lead to job satisfaction for employees, and increase work effectiveness (Deci et al., 2017). The behavior of workers and their attitude towards their jobs are known to be defined by several factors, the exploration of which allows us to understand reactions displayed by individuals. Additionally, individuals' motives are derived from needs. Secondary school teachers like other workers have their unique motives based on necessities, longings, and expectations which power their behavior towards their job and everything it involves (Adiele & Abraham, 2013). To explore teachers' commitment to the profession and the factors influencing it. The Maslow Hierarchy of Needs (1943) was used as a theoretical framework. This theory can be applied in the context of schools to understand individuals' behavior at the workplace and the reasons leading to it. The theory is based on the belief that human needs are arranged in a hierarchy, with basic physiological needs at the bottom and more complex needs at the top (Kaur, 2013). This information can help understand the factors influencing the enhancement of the professional commitment of teachers because it provides a framework for understanding human behavior and motivation. In addition, Maslow's hierarchy of needs applies to individuals of different cultures, backgrounds, ages, and genders (Wahba & Bridwell, 1976). The hierarchy theory (1943) is illustrated as a pyramid consisting of five levels ordered in terms of their significance: physiological, safety, love and belonging, esteem needs, and self-actualization needs. In the school context, psychological needs may be referred to earnings and work conditions; safety needs can be referred to job security; affiliation needs to involve a sense of recognition; respect, autonomy, and accountability can be related to esteem; and realization of teachers' professional potential may be seen as self-actualization needs (Ololube, 2006). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology This study employed an explanatory sequential mixed methods design. This type of design is suitable because the initial quantitative data method allows involving a wide range of participants while a qualitative interview-based study helps to interpret and describe quantitative data as well as hear the voice of participants and gain firsthand, in-depth information (Creswell, 2012). This design allows a more comprehensive understanding of the research question. Another reason for using this research design is that the use of both quantitative and qualitative data allows triangulation of findings (Creswell, 2012). This means that the researcher can compare and contrast the findings to identify commonalities and discrepancies which can validate the results (Creswell, 2012). Research Sample According to Cohen et al., (2007), the quality of the study depends not only on the appropriately chosen methodology and accurate use of instrumentation but also on the sampling strategy that is to be utilized. For this reason, the current mixed-methods study simple random sampling for a quantitative phase and purposeful sampling for a qualitative one (Creswell, 2012). Since the study explores the commitment to profession among the secondary school teachers of Zhambyl region, they served as the population for the current research. Data Collection Tools This study adopted the questionnaire by Meyer and Allen about employee commitment to the organization (Meyer et al., 2004) and the questionnaire about the teachers’ motivation by Kassabgy, Boraie, and Schmidt (2001). Overall, the survey included 38 Likert scale survey questions that helped to identify the teachers’ attitudes towards their commitment to the profession as well as what intrinsic and extrinsic factors influence their professional commitment. The survey was provided in three languages: Russian, Kazakh, and English. The second phase (qualitative) employed a one-on-one semi-structured type of interview protocol as an instrument for the study as it allows the researcher to extract additional information from the interviewee by asking probe questions. Each interview included 34 questions. The interview schedules were prepared in three languages (Russian, Kazakh, and English), so the participants could choose one of the languages that is the most comfortable for them to speak. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students' well-being and academic success were prioritized above all else. Committed teachers understand the role which reflects in their thorough lesson preparation and use of the most effective approaches and methodologies. They establish a trustworthy relationship with students and demonstrate genuine concern for students’ academic performance and engagement. Satisfaction was the most powerful intrinsic factor enhancing teacher commitment. Other personal factors were a sense of achievement, a sense of involvement, job competence, and work experience. Social status, sense of achievement, and involvement are also crucial factors. Factors such as job competence, work experience, and the status of the teaching profession are considered less influential. These suggest that efforts should be made to improve job satisfaction and enhance the social status of the teaching profession to promote commitment. The extrinsic factor as having good relationships and support from school administrators is one of the vital factors in raising the level of professional commitment. The participants expressed dissatisfaction with the managerial style of leadership of their principals and vice principals. From the participants’ perspective reformations in education have many benefits, yet they admit that the policymakers cannot control the implementation of these reforms at the place in every school, where local authorities and school leaders are in charge. Also, the school environment plays a crucial role in promoting job commitment. Such extrinsic factors as salary emerged not to be the leading factor influencing the job commitment of participants. Other extrinsic factors also such as good relationships with students, good relationships with colleagues, fair treatment, adequate workload, flexible working hours, ability to professional development, participation in the school decision-making process, recognition, autonomy, clear rules and procedures along with bonus payments have not deemed a priority among secondary school teachers in the region, it is significant to recognize their role in promoting occupational commitment. References Adiele, E. E., & Abraham, N. (2013). Achievement of Abraham Maslow's Needs Hierarchy Theory among Teachers: Implications for Human Resource Management in the Secondary School System in Rivers State. Journal of Curriculum and Teaching, 2(1), 140-144. Bagraim, J. J. (2003). The dimensionality of professional commitment. SA Journal of Industrial Psychology, 29(2), 6-9. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2007). Research Methods in Education (6th ed.). Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Boston, MA: PearsonEducation. Deci, E., L. & Ryan, R., M. (1985). The general causality orientations scale: Self-determination in personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 19(2). 109-194. https://doi.org/10.1016/0092-6566(85)90023-6 Deci, E., L. & Ryan, R., M. (1985). The general causality orientations scale: Self-determination in personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 19(2). 109-194. https://doi.org/10.1016/0092-6566(85)90023-6 Kassabgy, O., Boraie, D., & Schmidt, R. (2001). Values, rewards, and job satisfaction in ESL/EFL. Motivation and second language acquisition, 4(2), 213-237. Kaur, A. (2013). Maslow’s need hierarchy theory: Applications and criticisms. Global Journal of Management and Business Studies, 3(10), 1061-1064. Ololube, N. P. (2006). Teachers job satisfaction and motivation for school effectiveness: An assessment. Essays in Education, 18(1), 9. Meyer, J. P., & Allen, N. J. (1997). Commitment in the workplace: Theory, research, and application. Sage publications. Meyer, J. P., Becker, T. E., & Vandenberghe, C. (2004). Employee commitment and motivation: a conceptual analysis and integrative model. Journal of applied psychology, 89(6), 991. Meyer, J. P., Morin, A. J., Stanley, L. J., & Maltin, E. R. (2019). Teachers' dual commitment to the organization and occupation: A person-centered investigation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 100-111. Meyer, J. P., Stanley, D. J., Herscovitch, L., & Topolnytsky, L. (2002). Affective, continuance, and normative commitment to the organization: A meta-analysis of antecedents, correlates, and consequences. Journal of vocational behavior, 61(1), 20-52. Molly S. Eickholt & Alan K. Goodboy (2017) Investment model predictions of workplace ostracism on K–12 teachers’ commitment to their schools and the profession of teaching, Journal of Workplace Behavioral Health, 32:2, 139-157, DOI: 10.1080/15555240.2017.1332483 Moses, I., Admiraal, W., Berry, A., & Saab, N. (2019). Student-teachers’ commitment to teaching and intentions to enter the teaching profession in Tanzania. South African Journal of Education, 39(1), 1-15. Wahba, M. A., & Bridwell, L. G. (1976). Maslow reconsidered: A review of research on the need hierarchy theory. Organizational behavior and human performance, 15(2), 212-240. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Principal Leadership Practices for Supporting Teacher Collaboration and Collective Teacher Efficacy: A Random Intercept Cross-Lagged Panel Model 1University of Potsdam, Germany; 2University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:For the past two decades, scholars have extensively studied teacher collaboration and collective teacher efficacy (CTE), investigating their associations with various outcomes at the teacher level (e.g., job satisfaction, teacher commitment; Klassen et al., 2010), the classroom level (e.g., instructional quality; Goddard & Kim, 2018), and the student level (e.g., reading or maths achievement; Goddard et al., 2015). Teacher collaboration involves interaction within a group with the shared goal of accomplishing a task (Vangrieken et al., 2015). This collaboration manifests in various forms of joint work, such as subject or grade-level teacher teams, co-teaching, or professional learning communities (Vangrieken et al., 2015). CTE refers to the belief individual teachers hold about the collective capability of the entire teaching faculty to make an educational difference for their students, surpassing the educational impact of homes and communities (Tschannen-Moran & Barr, 2004). Concerning the causal relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE, previous empirical investigations followed two distinct theoretical approaches: (1) Founded in social cognitive theory, CTE can emerge from mastery and vicarious experiences gained through interactions with colleagues and observing their professional behavior (Bandura, 1997). That is, teachers who engage in collaboration are more likely to feel efficacious as a group (Moolenaar et al., 2012). (2) According to expectancy-value theory, however, the anticipation of success plays a pivotal role in predicting an individual's motivation to undertake a specific activity (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000). From this standpoint, teachers are more inclined to collaborate with their colleagues if they anticipate successful joint efforts (Authors, 2020). However, existing studies used cross-sectional data to examine the relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE (Authors, 2020) or missed to investigate bidirectional temporal associations to find evidence for causality (Goddard et al., 2015). Further, the role of principals in shaping the possible interrelations has not been taken into consideration. In the present study, we suggest that the relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE is likely to be both reciprocal and mutually reinforcing. We further assume that principals play a crucial role in shaping teachers' collaborative efforts because they can guide and support these processes (Honingh & Hooge, 2014). In particular, principals can foster joint work of teachers by creating the necessary conditions for collaboration at the school-level (Authors, 2023; Honingh & Hooge, 2014). That is, principals can establish teacher teams by moderating teacher conferences and allocate time slots for teachers to collaborate when scheduling teachers’ class times (Authors, 2023). Based on our assumption on the reciprocal relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE, we finally hypothesize an indirect relationship between PLP and CTE. Therefore, our study aims to explore the causal relationship between teacher collaboration, collective teacher efficacy, and principal leadership practices for collaboration. Using a random intercept cross-lagged panel model (RI-CLPM), we address the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We address our research questions by analyzing survey data obtained from a project evaluating the impact of an 18-month professional development program on enhancing principals' leadership practices for school improvement in Germany (Authors, under review). Throughout the project, we collected data from principals and teachers across three measurement occasions. This study utilizes panel data from 1112 teachers (69% female, 31% male) in 29 schools, with 619 teachers at T1, 674 at T2, and 263 at T3. Response rates averaged 60% at T1, 67% at T2, and 54% at T3. Teachers assessed their principals' leadership practices in terms of providing structures for school-based teacher collaboration (PLP, 4 items, four-point Likert scale; e.g., The principal at our school makes sure that teachers have time for collaboration), the frequency of collaboration (3 items, six-point scale; e.g., exchanging instructional materials with colleagues), and teachers' collective efficacy (CTE, 3 items, four-point Likert scale; e.g., We can make progress in our school as we are pursuing the same goals as faculty staff). Reliability estimates for all scales were satisfactory (0.67 < ω < 0.84; Nájera Catalán, 2019). Intra-class correlation coefficients indicated substantial variance between groups (0.18 < ICC(1) < 0.45), with highly reliable group means on the school level (0.89 < ICC(2) < 0.97; LeBreton & Senter, 2008). All scales exhibited strong factorial invariance over time, making them suitable for longitudinal investigations. To answer our research questions, we employed a random intercept cross-lagged panel model (RI-CLPM) using manifest variables for principals’ leadership practices (PLP), teacher collaboration, and collective teacher efficacy (CTE) across three measurement occasions. RI-CLPM is a structural equation modelling approach and allows investigations of causal relationships between variables examining cross-lagged correlations, accounting for their time-invariant, trait-like nature (Mulder & Hamaker, 2021). For RQ1 and RQ2, we examined bivariate associations between teacher collaboration and CTE, as well as PLP and teacher collaboration, respectively. RQ3 involved mediation analysis to examine the indirect relationship between PLP and CTE, mediated via teacher collaboration. The final model demonstrated excellent fit to the data (χ² = 23.650, df = 31, p > .05, RMSEA = .00, CFI = 1.00, SRMR = .04). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding RQ1, our findings indicate a reciprocal causal relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE. We observed a significant effect of teacher collaboration on CTE (T1–T2: β = .18, p < .01, T2–T3: β = .18, p < .01) and vice versa, with CTE affecting teacher collaboration (T1–T2: β = .25, p < .05, T2–T3: β = .24, p < .05), while controlling for baseline estimates. In essence, teachers engaged in frequent collaboration are more likely to experience heightened collective efficacy, and conversely, those reporting high levels of collective efficacy are more inclined to report increased collaboration. As per recommendations by Orth et al. (2022), these coefficients indicate large cross-lagged effects. For RQ2, we found a large significant effect for principals’ leadership practices (PLP) on teacher collaboration (T1–T2: β = .28, p < .01, T2–T3: β = .28, p < .01) accounting for baseline PLP estimates. This implies that teachers reporting higher levels of their principal’s leadership practices, specifically in fostering school-based collaboration, are more likely to observe increases in actual teacher collaboration. With regard to RQ3, our results suggest a significant indirect effect of PLP at T1 on CTE at T3 mediated through teacher collaboration at T2, with moderate effect size (βind = .05, p < .01). Principals facilitating structures for school-based collaboration seem to positively influence teachers’ actual collaboration, subsequently enhancing their perception of collective teacher efficacy. However, there are some minor methodological limitations to our study that we need to take into account when interpreting these findings, such as participant dropout at T3. Nonetheless, our study significantly contributes to the field of school leadership and school improvement research as it uses longitudinal data to shed light on the causal relationship between teacher collaboration and CTE. Additionally, we explore the pivotal role of principals’ leadership practices in fostering collaboration among teachers, thereby enhancing their motivation. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman. Goddard, R., Goddard, Y., Sook Kim, E., & Miller, R. (2015). A theoretical and empirical analysis of the roles of instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and collective efficacy beliefs in support of student learning. American Journal of Education, 121(4), 501-530. https://doi.org/10.1086/681925 Goddard, Y., & Kim, M. (2018). Examining connections between teacher perceptions of collaboration, differentiated instruction, and teacher efficacy. Teachers College Record, 120(1), 1-24. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811812000102 Honingh, M., & Hooge, E. (2013). The effect of school-leader support and participation in decision making on teacher collaboration in Dutch primary and secondary schools. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 42(1), 75–98. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213499256 Klassen, R. M., Usher, E. L., & Bong, M. (2010). Teachers’ collective efficacy, job satisfaction, and job stress in cross-cultural context. Journal of Experimental Education, 78(4), 464–486. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220970903292975 LeBreton, J. M., & Senter, J. L. (2008). Answers to 20 Questions About Interrater Reliability and Interrater Agreement. Organizational Research Methods, 11(4), 815–852. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094428106296642 Mulder, J. D., & Hamaker, E. L. (2021). Three extensions of the random intercept cross-lagged panel model. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 28(4), 638-648. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2020.1784738 Nájera Catalán, H. E. (2019). Reliability, Population Classification and Weighting in Multidimensional Poverty Measurement: A Monte Carlo Study. Social Indicators Research, 142(3), 887–910. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-018-1950-z Orth, U., Meier, L. L., Bühler, J. L., Dapp, L. C., Krauss, S., Messerli, D., & Robins, R. W. (2022). Effect size guidelines for cross-lagged effects. Psychological Methods. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000499 Tschannen-Moran, M., & Barr, M. (2004). Fostering student learning: The relationship of collective teacher efficacy and student achievement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 3(3), 189–209. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760490503706 Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002 Wigfield, A., & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy–value theory of achievement motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 68–81. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1015 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 26 SES 01 B: School Leadership Preparation and Development for Equity, Inclusion and Social Justice Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: David Gurr Session Chair: Olof Johansson Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium School Leadership Preparation and Development for Equity, Inclusion and Social Justice This is a two-part symposium focussed on educational leadership preparation and development and draws upon research from members of the International School Leadership Development Network. The first part has four papers describing programs and ideas focussed on equity, inclusion and social justice, with the second part having four papers focussed on the future through discussion of exemplary existing programs and future trends. The papers in the symposium will eventually be published in an edited book along with other chapters. School leadership is a priority in education policy internationally, as it plays the essential role in improving school outcomes by motivating teachers, building teacher capacities, and developing good school climate and conditions (Leithwood, Sun, & Schumacker, 2020). A major finding has been that effective educational leadership is important in enhancing quality and equity in schools (Pont, Nusche & Moorman, 2008; Kemethofer, Helm, & Warwas, 2022). Schools in recent times have faced many challenges and there are many challenges ahead such as: the impact of the COVID pandemic; the rise of AI in schools; teacher shortages in many countries; and massive migration driven through refugee crises in many parts of the world. Along with environmental and humanitarian issues, we know that there is major issues to do with school quality and equity (United Nations, 2015).Leadership preparation development is crucial to building qualified and capable leaders for schools who can take responsibility for fostering students who can deal with the challenges of the world in the long run (Harris & Jones, 2020; Lozano, Garcia, & Sandoval, 2023). In the face of these challenges, we think it is timely to have a futures focused discussion on educational leadership preparation and development. To facilitate this, we have reached out to members of the International School Leadership Development Network (ISLDN), one of the largest and longest serving international school leadership research networks, and through an interactive development process identified four broad areas of focus that will be covered through 14 papers: - Teacher and middle leader preparation and development. - Preparation and development of leadership for equity, inclusion and social justice - School, community and university partnerships for leadership preparation and development. - Leadership Training Programs for Future Leadership Development For the two-part symposium at ECER, we have eight groups reporting on their research and writing. Part A: School leadership preparation and development for equity, inclusion and social justice Part B: Future focussed educational leadership preparation and development This part is focussed on equity, inclusion and social justice, which have become important issues in recent decades and will continue to be the focus of social development globally through efforts such as UNESCO’s ambitious 2030 sustainable development goals (https://en.unesco.org/sustainabledevelopmentgoals). More research is needed to explore these areas in educational leadership development (Vogel, Reichard, Batistič, & Černe, 2021). In this symposium three papers directly address equity issues: Patricia Silva and colleagues describe the educational leadership preparation and development issues concerning social justice in the complex society context of Catalonia in Spain; Helene Ärlestig and Olof Johansson explore school leadership development in Sweden from a democracy perspective; and, Ian Potter explores leadership for equity in England and the Netherlands using the lenses of context and leader personality. The other paper do so but from a school-community partnership perspective with Alison Mitchell focussing on Scotland and a program that had school, community and university partnerships focussed on developing critically conscious school leaders and communities. All papers will consider implications for the future leadership preparation and development. References Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). COVID 19 – school leadership in disruptive times, School Leadership & Management, 40(4), pp. 243-247 Kemethofer,D., Helm, C., & Warwas, J. (2022). Does educational leadership enhance instructional quality and student achievement? The case of Austrian primary school leaders. International Journal of Leadership in Education, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1–25. Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Schumacker, R. (2020). How School Leadership Influences Student Learning: A Test of “The Four Paths Model.” Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(4), 570–599. Pont, B., Nusche, D., & Moorman, H. (2008). Improving school leadership: Vol. 1: Policy and practice. OECDParis United Nations (2015). Transforming our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1 (NY, NY: United Nations). Vogel,B., Reichard, R. J., Batistič, S., & Černe, M. (2021). A bibliometric review of the leadership development field: How we got here, where we are, and where we are headed. The Leadership Quarterly, 32(5), article 101381 Presentations of the Symposium The Path to Respectful Education and Inclusion: Leadership Preparation at the Crossroads
Leadership preparation is at a crossroads so that decisions taken now will have a lasting impact. One path is to continue education of managers who will develop skills to preserve the status quo. The other is to move toward transformative practices, address global issues, and adapt to a digital world that is becoming more diverse.
Transformative leadership (Shields, 2017) and practices based on equity (Llorent-Bedmar, Cobano-Delgado & Navarro-Granados, 2019) are appropriate responses from school leaders and teachers to achieve an education that respects the rights of students. Leadership is presented as a practice full of challenges in the coming years. In a constantly changing world focused on the digital age (Navalpotro, 2023), globalization and diversity, school directors must be agile and have the ability to learn as priorities. Educational leadership preparation has acquired a fundamental role in defining future educational objectives, highlighting the skills and values necessary to face a society in constant evolution.
Additionally, school leaders are expected to place inclusion and social justice at the center of their professional practices (Slater, Antúnez, Silva, 2021; Silva, Antúnez, Slater, 2022), promoting an environment where the voices of all stakeholders of the educational community are heard, and where sustainability and social responsibility are essential topics, along with the well-being of people and the preservation of the planet. These challenges require school leaders to develop increasingly specific competencies and maintain an open mind to address them. (Slater, Antúnez, Silva, 2021).
The paper describes, analyzes, and interprets the professional practices of managers that focus attention on leadership preparation for the cultural and linguistic rights of students, as well as social justice and inclusion. Qualitative data provided by families, teachers and directors who work in highly complex schools in Catalonia are used. Preparation includes best practices of educational leaders, the organizational and didactic strategies implemented to serve students and their families in situations of vulnerability The role of directors and obstacles that they confront are identified to move towards an increasingly inclusive school. In line with Santos-Rego (2014) and Martínez, Fernández and de La Peña (2016), the importance of reviewing and using alternative, particular, and varied organizational models is highlighted to serve children and their families more efficiently.
References:
Llorent-Bedmar, V., Cobano-Delgado, V., & Navarro-Granados, M. (2019). School leadership in disadvantaged contexts in Spain: Obstacles and improvements. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 47(1), 147-164.
Martínez-Usarralde, M. J., Fernández-García, C. M., & Ayala-De La Peña, A. (2016). Yo acojo, tú agrupas, ella compensa": Análisis comparado de la política de integración del alumnado inmigrante en tres Comunidades Autónomas, Revista Complutense de Educación, 27(3), 1103.
Navalpotro, J. (2023) Cero Grados: La dirección escolar en la era de la inteligencia artificial. Madrid: Edición Fundación Mecenas Educación y Cultura.
Santos-Rego, M.A., Julia Crespo- Comesaña, J., Lorenzo-Moledo M., Godas-
Otero, A. (2012) Escuelas e inmigración en España ¿es inevitable la segregación? Cultura y Educación, 24 (2), 193-205.
Shields, C. (2017). Transformative leadership in education: Equitable and socially just change in an uncertain and complex world. Routledge.
Silva, P., Antúnez, S., & Slater C.L. (2020). Towards Social Justice in Highly Complex Schools in Catalonia, Spain. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 49(2), 336-351.
Slater, C. L., Antúnez, S., & Silva, P. (2021). Social justice leadership in Spanish schools: Researcher perspectives. Leadership and Policy in Schools Journal, 20(1), 111-126
Rebuilding Democracy through School Leadership Training Programs
In almost all societies schools are seen as an important base for transferring knowledge and values on how today´s society works and develop from one generation to the next. To go to school is considered as an opportunity for the individual student to require knowledge and skills to be able to make individual choices and prepare enough skills for a coming employment or occupation. At the same time, we see research report describing schools with problems to attract students, competent teachers and get enough economical founding to support and meet the needs of all students.
Besides transferring individual competence and skills, schools have an important task to foster citizens in relation to national policy and culture. Schools plays in that sense an important role in how the national state is understood and valued. Right now, there is globally an increased focus on nationalism with stricter border controls and a stricter view on what to teach in relation to the own countries history and todays governance systems and policy. At the same time, we have global problems related to climate change, war, and organized crime that affects all societies in one way or the other. New technology and AI opens possibilities that we have not seen before. Taken together national and global events and processes change culture, values and norms which directly impact schools and the younger generation.
With these issues, we believe that future schooling needs to focus on sensemaking, values and ethics to meet coming challenges where the ambition to sustain and build democratic citizens are crucial. This requires that school leaders generate schools that combine academic learning with issues related to how we interact and work together as individuals as well as organizations and nations. A school where being together, and experience various perspective can build new generations that see the importance of cooperation to meet mutual challenges. This paper is a commentary that explores these issues and the leadership we will argue for is an authentic value-based leadership for democratic improvement focusing on creating an understanding and balance between individual and public good.
References:
Ärlestig, H., Day, C., & Johansson, O. (2016). A decade of research on school principals: Cases from 24 countries. Dordrecht: Springer.
Johansson, O., & Bredeson, P. V. (1999). Value orchestration by the policy community for the learning community: Reality or myth. In P. T. Begley (Ed.), alues and educational leadership (pp. 51–72). Albany: State University of New York Press.
Johansson, O., & Ärlestig, H. (2019). Bringing Support Structures to Scale: The Role of the State and School Districts, Umeå University, Centre for Principal Development.
Political Acuity in School Principalship: A Future Imperative? Implications for Leadership Preparation, Development and Praxis
This paper explores the increasing imperative of political acuity in contemporary school principalship and the implications therein for professional development that will prepare school leaders to leverage social, political and technological dynamics that threaten future democratic education (Norris, 2023). Political literacy, as a leadership attribute, is promoted in many systems globally (GTCS, 2021), increasingly so through the backdrop of the Covid-19 pandemic that heightened and exposed political and systemic injustices. Amidst global turbulence, the development of politically literate principals, who will lead with cognizance of the extent to which educational policy can perpetuate intersectional inequalities, is essential. In short, the world needs principals with the courage and capacity to act as empowered contributors to future local and global policy trajectories (Brooks & Normore, 2010), especially if they are to help reconcile fundamental tensions within education policy and governance structures that privilege performativity or undermine democracy.
This chapter is structured in three sections. First, it offers a critical review of contemporary literature around the preparation and development of political literacy in principalship, as a compelling objective to support a more democratic, stable and sustainable educational future. Second, the chapter presents data from a case study research-practice, (university/district) partnership: the Enhanced Political Cognizance program for aspirant school principals in Scotland. Enhanced Political Cognizance was designed to strengthen school leaders’ critical understandings and interrogations of the political foundations of education and social policy, developing the courage and capacity to advance and enact positive social change (Lash & Sanchez, 2022; Magill & Rodriguez, 2022) through their leadership praxis in and beyond their communities. While the Enhanced Political Cognizance program was evaluated positively, the individual leaders still wrested with contextual applications of their learning, which required personal courage, reflexivity and understanding of the “political nature in which they, their privilege and their institutions are positioned” (MacDonald, 2023, p. 2). The chapter concludes with reflections on the tensions experienced in enactment of political acuity in the case study system, the importance of practical application of academic learning through research-practice partnerships and implications therein for education leadership preparation and development globally, if we are to reimagine a democratic and sustainable educational future (Carney, 2022).
References:
Brooks, J. S., & Normore, A. H. (2010). Educational leadership and globalization: Literacy for a glocal perspective. Educational policy, 24(1), 52-82.
Carney, K. (2022). Review of Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education: by UNESCO, Comparative Education, 58(4), 568–569.
GTCS. (2021). GTC Professional Standards for Teachers. [online] Available at: https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-standards/professional-standards-for-teachers
Lash, C.L. and Sanchez, J.E. (2022). Leading for equity with critical consciousness: how school leaders can cultivate awareness, efficacy, and critical action. The Clearing house: a Journal of Educational strategies, issues and ideas, 95(1), 1-6.
MacDonald, K. (2023). Social justice leadership practice in unjust times: leading in highly disadvantaged contexts, International Journal of Leadership in Education, 26:1, 1-17, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2020.1770866
Magill, K. R., & Rodriguez, A. (2022). Intellectual leadership for social justice. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 1-22.
Norris, T. (2023). Educational futures after COVID-19: Big tech and pandemic profiteering versus education for democracy. Policy Futures in Education, 21(1), 34-57.
Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) (2021). Into the Future: Scotland’s Curriculum for Excellence, Paris: OECD.
Leadership for Equity starts with the Disposition of the Leader
The aim of this presentation and paper is to explore the traits of leadership for social justice, drawing on the work to date within the International School Leadership Development Network (ISLDN), and referring to James et al’s (2017) writings on Ego States. In doing so, an argument will develop about the implications of this thinking for leadership preparation and development for school leaders and how such contemplations need to be contextualised. The paper has 6 parts as follows: 1. Introduction to the leadership for equity, drawing on the ISLDN literature on Social Justice Leadership and my own thinking around conceptualising equity 2. Introduction to the lens of Ego States in understanding how the personal psychology of a leader impacts on their disposition and approach to leadership. 3. An acknowledgement and consideration of the contextual factors that need to be brought to bear on analysing leadership behaviours. This is in order to recognise diversity of situation across the globe and cultural sensitivities are required when evaluating practice. 4. An exploration of case studies in two countries, providing empirical evidence from England and the Netherlands, where leadership for inclusive practices are examined. These case studies are from the ISLDN. 5. The perspectives framed in parts 1 - 3 above will inform a discussion of the data presented in part 4. 6. Implications for leadership preparation and development will be extrapolated and concluding recommendations made. Contributions to knowledge include:
● An intersectionality of psychology and sociological perspectives
● Bringing the concepts of equity and inclusion to the fore when exploring the notion of social justice leadership
● Comparing and contrasting two ‘European’ case studies of policy and practice in schools, and in doing so illuminating the contextual sensitivities when discussing ‘effective’ school leadership ● Providing some evidence-informed theoretical advice for school leadership preparation and development.
References:
James, C., James, J. S. & Potter, I., (2017). An exploration of the validity and potential of adult ego development for enhancing understanding of school leadership, School Leadership and Management, 37(4), 372-390.
|
13:15 - 14:45 | 26 SES 01 C: Distributed Leadership in Education: Global Perspectives and Challenges Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Sandra Fernández-Núñez Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Project Teams: Exploring Distributed Leadership in Russian Schools 1HSE University; 2HSE University Presenting Author:Distributed leadership is considered one of the most effective approaches to leading a school, as this approach assumes that management is not concentrated in the hands of one person - the school principal but goes beyond the boundaries of the school management team and extends to the school staff. There have been various studies on distributed leadership and its effects on the student learning outcomes all over the world. Our research focuses on the phenomenon of project teams as one of the forms of distributed leadership which started to emerge in schools of Moscow (Benoliel, 2021; Moiseev, 2021). In fact, large scale reorganisation of schools that took place in Moscow (launched in 2012) has lead to major shift and changes in the educational landscape and made impossible to lead the school the same way as before. Today about 80% of schools in Moscow have 5 and more buildings (the biggest school has 22 buildings), which poses new challenges for school principals and raises the question of rethinking the role of the principal. The major debate and question arises: whether leading a school is solely a principal's task or it should involve deputies, teachers etc. as well (Benoliel, 2021)? The concept of distributed leadership assumes that a principal involves school members in leadership. What is more, such leadership is not confined to deputies but involves teaching staff as well (Azorín, Harris & Jones, 2019). In other words, new leadership roles are appearing at schools. Research shows that the emergence of “middle leaders'' in schools has a positive effect on both the educational outcomes of students and the work of teachers (Gurr, 2023). Bush & Glover (2014, cited in Benoliel, 2021) claim that successful schools build their leadership via creating and developing interdisciplinary teams. The teams work on solving particular school issues which can be related to pedagogical issues as well as administrative. Emergence of the teams has a positive impact on school improvement as well as on the teachers’ involvement and motivation (Lu & Hallinger, 2018) Such teams allow principals to cover the taks, issues which could not be covered by school management team alone and at the same time are significant for improving students’ outcomes. However, Hall, Gunter, and Bragg (2012) argue that often distributed leadership, delegation of decision-making, turns out to be a facade, an illusion created by the school management team. The question arises: are middle leaders truly included in leading a school and have their “say” in decision-making? If not, what is their main task? What purpose are teams created at school for? Our team has lead a case-study research on project teams in schools of Moscow to find out the reasons behind emergence of the teams and to answer the following research questions: What role do project teams play in school management? What issues do they address or focus on? What does the organizational structure of schools with project teams look like? What is the role of a school principal in relation to these teams? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research aims at unpacking 5 cases of schools where this approach to distributing leadership was implemented. Convenience sampling was used to define the schools for the studies. The final sample comprised 5 schools of different sizes (schools having from 1840 - 5421 students, 8-18 buildings) and from different parts of Moscow (Tab. 1). The schools were in different stages of implementation of the approach in leading the school. In this way, three schools were developing project teams over years (4-7 years), while two other schools just launched the approach and were testing it. School Quantity of buildings (campuses) Overall quantity of students When project teams approach was implemented The studies involved: - analysis of Moscow educational system; - analysis of the context of each school; - interviews with principals, deputies, leaders of project teams and members of project teams. In other words we interviewed all the parties involved in project teams, because it was crucial to analyze the role of project teams through different lenses. During the interview principals were also asked to draw the organisational structure with project teams. Studies involved analysis of school documentation (project teams proposal templates and other documentation), - in some schools we managed to participate in project proposal procedure and the final project listening (where teams were showing their results). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research unpacked various strategies of leading a school using the project team approach. The organisational structure and the role of project teams in school management differed in schools as the purposes and prerequisites for their emergence differed as well. In all five cases, principals emphasized the importance of project teams in talent search and viewed them as a platform for the professional development of staff. However, it was not the main goal for many of them. Principals pursued different purposes: for some, it was seen as the only mechanism to distribute leadership and address school issues, while for others, it served as a means of quality assurance and staff retention. The research also highlighted changes in the role of the principal depending on the stage of implementation. References Bolden, R. (2011). Distributed leadership in organizations: A review of theory and research. International journal of management reviews, 13(3), 251-269. Benoliel, P. (2021). A team-based perspective for school improvement: The mediating role of school management teams. Journal of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 14(2), 442-470. Lu, J., & Hallinger, P. (2018). A mirroring process: from school management team cooperation to teacher collaboration. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 17(2), 238-263. Moiseev, A. M. (2021). School project teams: creation, activities, support. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Distributed Leadership in Spanish Schools to Face Difficult Circumstances Universidad de Sevilla, Spain Presenting Author:Taken the results and conclusions of two case studies, the paper analyzes and discuss the differences and similarities of the way distributed leadership is promoted by the management teams of two successful secondary schools located in socioeconomically disadvantaged urban contexts (Hallinger, 2018; Moral-Santaella & Raso-Sánchez, 2023). These two schools face difficult circumstances, serving a population with low prerequisites and high ethnic and cultural diversity. However, in both cases, we can speak of success because the management team has been able to care for and to improve the well-being of their educational community without giving up on demanding the best possible academic results of their students. Their common goal is that the majority of students get the maximum benefits, in a broad sense, from their years spent at the school (Day et al., 2016). The study was conducted following the theoretical framework and research protocols of the International School Successful Principalship Project (ISSPP), a project that has conducted case studies on successful school trajectories in more than 25 countries for more than 20 years, identifying the role of school leadership in school success (Day et al., 2022). Our study focuses on the management teams´ achievements and strategies of the two schools, rather than on the individual role of their principals. The 'management team' is a collegiate school management body with a long tradition in the Spanish educational system (Pérez-García et al., 2018). As the general roles and responsibilities of the management team are set by law, they are common to all schools; however, each school adjusts its internal functioning and its relationship with the other governance bodies to the specific context needs and organizational culture. These two schools also take advantage of the formal aspects of the regulatory macro-system, although they transform and adapt them to implement their own management strategy (Leithwood et al., 2020). What interests us in this study is to show how two different styles of organizing the management team can lead their respective schools to relative success in highly challenging contexts. The theoretical framework that underlies our conclusions focuses on leadership as a distributed phenomenon (Harris et al., 2022); the role of middle leadership (Bennett et al., 2007; Harris et al., 2019) in the Spanish educational system; and the specific organizational conditions affecting schools located in challenging contexts (González-Falcón et al., 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The two secondary schools are state-owned (public schools) and both are located in impoverished urban areas with a high level of immigrants from countries outside the European Union (Morocco, Pakistan, Latin American countries). They serve families with limited economic resources, limited employment opportunities and low educational level, which represents a high risk of reproducing their precarious situation in their children. Diamantino Secondary is placed in Seville, Andalusia, while Migracions Secondary (anonymized) is located in Badalona, Catalunya. The chosen methodology is the case study, which has been conducted using the recently redesigned multilevel perspective of the ISSPP project. The project protocols were updated in 2022, and translated and adapted to the characteristics of the Spanish educational system. This is a qualitative analysis methodology that collects information through primary and complementary instruments including the following: For primary data (a) a questionnaire addressed to teachers; (b) semi-structured individual interviews with members of the management team, teachers and other agents from the internal and external school context (e.g. inspection supervisor, municipal education officer, etc); (c) group interviews with other members of the educational community (students and families); and (d) non-participant observation of the management team's day-to-day activities. For complementary data, the following documents were consulted among others: general annual plans; annual reports and other official school documents; inspection reports; reports on approved evaluation indexes; news published by the school or about the school. Data analysis started with the transcription of the interviews. After transcription we proceeded with the process of coding the qualitative data by assigning labels that represent different themes. These themes or categories were elaborated both inductively and deductively, which allowed an in-depth analysis of each case and a comparative analysis of both cases. The information obtained from the interviews have been triangulated with data from the questionnaire addressed to the teachers and with the complementary sources of information. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Leadership distribution is carried out under patterns that can be very different from school to school, so the scope and the agents involved can vary greatly. At Diamantino Secondary, the management team leaves a significant margin of autonomy to the school departments, and so to the respective heads. This way of managing motivates a broad involvement of the teaching staff in decision making (García-Martínez & Martín-Romera, 2019). The case is different at Migracions Secondary, where the management team is more reluctant to distribute leadership among other school community agents. However, relationships are completely horizontal among the members, and their roles are interchangeable. Strategic decisions are made primarily by the team, although, once made, the reasoning and communication to the rest of the faculty is detailed and transparent (Or & Berkovich, 2023), which facilitates their acceptance. Besides, Diamantino serves the very high diversity of its students by organizing homogeneous but flexible groups in terms of academic performance, and by providing pedagogic and methodological resources to teachers who need them and want to apply them. The management team is responsible for maintaining groups with an ideal composition to facilitate learning, as well as to avoid disruptive behavior. By contrast, at Migracions the management of diversity is transferred to a team of course-level coordinators and, at the same time, the tutorial action is reinforced in order to offer a more personalized and direct attention to the students. Both teams achieve, although by means of different strategies, a general climate of trust and collaboration in which both teachers and students participate (López-Yáñez & Sánchez-Moreno, 2021). In both cases the leadership scheme allows flexibility and encourages adaptation, including mechanisms and opportunities for reviewing the effects of their decisions. Thus, the management team might change its strategy to achieve the needed positive impact. References Bennett, N., Woods, P., Wise, C., & Newton, W. (2007). Understandings of middle leadership in secondary schools: A review of empirical research. School Leadership and Management, 27(5), 453–470, https://doi.org/10.1080/13632430701606137. Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(2), 221–258. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X15616863. Day, C., Sun, J., & Grice, C. (2023). Research on successful school leadership. In R.J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, and K. Ercikan, International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition) pp. 62-72, Elsevier, https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.05024-7. García-Martínez, I., & Martín-Romera, A. (2019). Promoting the pedagogical coordination through the middle leadership in secondary education. A systematic review. Bordón. Revista de Pedagogía, 71(2), 55–70. https://doi.org/10.13042/Bordon.2019.67324. González-Falcón, I., García-Rodríguez, M. P., Gómez-Hurtado, I., & Carrasco-Macías, M. J. (2020). The importance of principal leadership and context for school success: insights from ‘(in)visible school.’ School Leadership and Management, 40(4), 248–265. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1612355. Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216670652. Harris, A., Jones, M., & Ismail, N. (2022). Distributed leadership: taking a retrospective and contemporary view of the evidence base. School Leadership & Management, 42(5), 438–456. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2022.2109620. Harris, A., Jones, M., Ismail, N., & Nguyen, D. (2019). Middle leaders and middle leadership in schools: exploring the knowledge base (2003–2017). School Leadership and Management, 39(3–4) 255–277, https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1578738. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership and Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077. López-Yáñez, J., & Sánchez-Moreno, M. (2021). Network, community, organization. The school as the ecosystem of educational innovation. REICE. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 19(4), 31–54. https://doi.org/10.15366/reice2021.19.4.002. Moral-Santaella, C., & Raso-Sánchez, F. (2023). The Meaning of Successful School Leadership in Disadvantaged Contexts in Spain: Approach from the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP). Education Sciences, 13(10). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13101007. Or, M. H., & Berkovich, I. (2023). Participative decision making in schools in individualist and collectivist cultures: The micro-politics behind distributed leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(3), 533–553. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211001364. Pérez-García, P., López, C., & Bolívar, A. (2018). Efficacy of the Educational Leadership in the Spanish Context: The Perspective of Its Agents. NASSP Bulletin, 102(2), 141–160. https://doi.org/10.1177/0192636518774134 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Transformational Potential in the Educational System: Distributed Leadership and Grassroots Innovations as Core Drivers of Change 1Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation; 2Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation Presenting Author:Nowadays, the emergence of digital technologies has begun to radically reshape the institutional design of the educational sphere. At the same time, we witness a series of new demands for the educational sphere that arise due to labour market transformation, the demand for inclusiveness and bridging socio-economic gaps. As a result, the educational system still has additional potential for transformation. We suppose that individual innovative projects or grassroots innovations can become an important development driver in the educational sphere under the conditions of limited resources and global challenges. Simultaneously, innovators in education often find themselves in a situation of resource shortage and high institutional pressure. They also tackle problems related to the lack of peer-to-peer support, as well as a lack of trust between different levels of management in the educational system (Niedlich et al, 2021). Another conjoint problem is the high degree of centralisation of the innovation policy in education [Wu, & Lin, 2020]. Global experience shows that exclusively unidirectional top-down transfer of initiatives through formal channels do not use the full potential of transformation innate to the educational system (Van den Boom-Muilenburg et al., 2022). We seek to combine some of the issues discussed above in order to create the whole picture of how the landscape of education evolves. To discuss these issues we build upon the concept of grassroots innovations, and we combine it with the concept of distributed leadership to incorporate the aspect of co-creation by considering transformational potential in education. This theoretical lens presents a complex approach to explore when we have to link innovative push, institutional redesign, and urgent society demands in education to provide interactions between innovators and different stakeholders in the educational sphere. First, we consider grassroots innovations as the initiatives embedded in the local context, they are closely linked to social initiatives. Another feature of grassroots innovation is that they often have a clear social impact and are launched as a response to social injustice and environmental problems (Raj, et al., 2022). A number of authors compare grassroots innovation with inclusive innovation - aimed at ensuring equal access to benefits for vulnerable categories (Tan, & Zuckermann, 2021). Thus, the potential of grassroots innovation relates to the speed and flexibility of responses to educational problems that public institutions cannot afford. Second, we associate distributed leadership with the number of stakeholders’ viewpoints involved in the decision making process (Denis, et al. 2012) and with a plural leadership view on change (Canterino, et al., 2020). According to previous research, distributed leadership in education develop the professional capital and instructional capacity of teachers (Harris, & DeFlaminis, 2016), impact on teachers’ use of innovative practices (O'Shea, 2021), increase motivation for change, and contribute to more innovative solutions to school challenges (Snoek et al., 2019). Consequently, public authorities in education need to behave less like traditional public bureaucracies and more like innovation animateurs, boosting new connections. To increase transformational potential, we should support collaboration and provide incentives for experimentation, encourage teachers, innovators and other stakeholders to become involved in educational change and to seize opportunities for diversification. The aim of this study is to reveal how distributed leadership and community engagement provide necessary resources and expertise support for grassroots initiatives. We pose the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical study is based on data obtained from the semi-structured interviews. Since the research was designed to study cooperative ties among innovators, the guides for the interviews covered the following topics. The first section contained items to elicit respondents' demographic information, including their professional status in the educational system, as well as the basic information about their innovative project in education. The second section contained items to reveal their motives and barriers for creating an educational project. The third section contained items to describe the exchange and dissemination of innovative ideas in the educational community, the stable and temporary partnerships, and the channels that innovators use to obtain resources, information and expertise. In total, we established 4 different guides for different types of respondents. The research setting chosen for the study consisted of teachers and administrators in schools, regional authorities in the educational sphere, individual innovators, and representatives of museums that carry out educational activities. There has been much discussion about how to measure innovativeness and how to classify projects as innovative. Conventional measures of a firm's innovative activity are not relevant for educational organisations, especially for those within the formal system. The formal status of federal or regional innovative platforms seems to be an evident criterion, but this approach would exclude a lot of grassroots innovations and informal initiatives. Finally, we define educational innovation as a new local practice or approach in the educational process (new educational product, methodological process or approach to interact with the community of learners). Thus, we considered all organisations and individuals which implemented these new practices in the fields of general and extra-curricular education. The research used a non-random sample. To improve the completeness and relevance of the data, we followed 4 principles: we included representatives from both formal and non-formal education; the geography of the study covered towns of different types and sizes within the same region; at least 2 organisations participated in the interview process in each town; at least 2 respondents participated in the interview process in each organisation. The data were collected in 3 russian regions during the field expedition. We conducted 150 interviews with specialists from 65 organisations. The collected data were processed using two-stage thematic coding. First, we identified descriptive codes and categorised them into five sub-themes. Then, we built second-level codes to describe the full range of practices concerning survival, strengthening and dissemination of educational initiatives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We present the following three main results of our study. First, we explored distributed leadership across and between organisations and even levels of education. We present the differences between internal and external ties. Internal ties with partners within the educational system rely upon a joint commitment to similar problems and projects, mutual trust and understanding because of common values and experience. These ties strengthen educational initiatives in an exploitative way through in-depth methodological and contextual elaboration of existing educational products. At the same time, external ties provoke the emergence of new educational formats at the intersection of culture, technology, social and entrepreneurial spheres. All of this allows them to find new digital solutions for the educational process, build learning algorithms with the use of business frames, and implement elements of social design in educational activities. Thus, heterogeneity and cross-disciplinarity of knowledge, skills, and experience reinforce the overall level of the quality, diversity and creativity of educational initiatives. Second, we explored existing formats and types of collaboration within the educational sphere. Team work involves new participants in joint projects on the basis of common interests, independently of institutional structures. Formal and informal professional associations reinforce intra-community trust and motivate young teachers. Personal connections on different platforms. The authors of the projects provide assistance for newcomers in submitting a grant application, preparing for competitions, etc. Event layer. This format provides an extensive and sporadic exchange of experience through events such as festivals, exhibitions, meetings after professional championships etc. Third, we identified the role played by non-governmental organisations in these partnerships. They create communities to disseminate educational initiatives with a social impact. Such organisations interact with schools, universities, corporations, media and other influencers, forming an extensive network of leaders and ambassadors of change. References Canterino, F., Cirella, S., Piccoli, B., & Shani, A. B. R. (2020). Leadership and change mobilization: The mediating role of distributed leadership. Journal of Business Research, 108, 42-51. Denis, J. L., Langley, A., & Sergi, V. (2012). Leadership in the plural. Academy of Management Annals, 6(1), 211-283. Harris, A., & DeFlaminis, J. (2016). Distributed leadership in practice: Evidence, misconceptions and possibilities. Management in education, 30(4), 141-146. Niedlich, S., Kallfaß, A., Pohle, S., & Bormann, I. (2021). A comprehensive view of trust in education: Conclusions from a systematic literature review. Review of Education, 9(1), 124-158. O'Shea, C. (2021). Distributed leadership and innovative teaching practices. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 2, 100088. Raj, G., Feola, G., Hajer, M., & Runhaar, H. (2022). Power and empowerment of grassroots innovations for sustainability transitions: A review. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 43, 375-392. Snoek, M., Hulsbos, F., & Andersen, I. (2019). Teacher leadership: hoe kan het leiderschap van leraren in scholen versterkt worden?. Tan, W. L., Gangopadhyay, P., & Hauptman, O. (2021). Introduction to the special issue on “Grassroots and inclusive innovations: Conceptualizing synergies and complementarities”. Van den Boom-Muilenburg, S. N., Poortman, C. L., Daly, A. J., Schildkamp, K., De Vries, S., Rodway, J., & Van Veen, K. (2022). Key actors leading knowledge brokerage for sustainable school improvement with PLCs: Who brokers what?. Teaching and teacher education, 110, 103577. Wu, S., & Lin, C. Y. Y. (2020). Innovation and entrepreneurship in an educational ecosystem: Cases from Taiwan. Springer Nature. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 27 SES 01 A: Insights into Preschool and Primary Education Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Benoît Lenzen Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Closing the Gap Between Didactics Literacy Pedagogy in ECEC (Early Childhood Education and Care) and school University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:Contribution The transition between Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) and primary school is one of the major early transitions in a child’s life and can cause both positive and negative experiences regarding well-being, learning and development for the child. This transition is much debated in Norway, where children enter school the year they turn six. 98% of all children in Norway attend ECEC before starting school (Norwegian Directorate for Education, 2023). By law ECEC and schools must collaborate in the child’s transition (Ministry of Education and Research, 1998) to ensure a safe and sound transition and minimizing negative effect due to the change children experience. The municipalities are obliged to define and plan and implement the collaboration between ECEC provisions, schools, and after-schools, with subsequently variations. A common understanding in Norway is that ECEC provisions and schools have similarities, but also differ in their pedagogical approaches when it comes to didactic literacy pedagogy. In this study we aim to explore if the use of books as transition objects, can bridge these two didactic literacy pedagogies, and provide the opportunity for children to use their literacy competence across the institutions. For this purpose, we have formulated the following research question: How can books as transition objects bridge the gap between didactic literacy pedagogy in ECEC and school? In 2023, the municipality of Stavanger (146,000 residents) initiated a project aimed at enhancing collaboration and easing the transition between ECEC, after-school programs, and primary schools. As part of this initiative, a backpack was introduced, containing various transition objects such as two books, a jumping rope, a songbook, figures, and a pamphlet offering tips for engaging activities. This backpack was distributed to ECEC teachers responsible for school-starters, as well as first-grade teachers in schools. The concept of transition objects has been deliberated in Norway as a strategy to soften the transition process (Hogsnes, 2017). Originally denoted as items providing comfort to children in the context of parental separation (Wakenshaw, 2020), subsequent studies have expounded on their utility in the ECEC-to-school transition (Hogsnes, 2015). Transition objects can involve objects, actions, activities and learning styles (Hogsnes, 2015). The Stavanger municipality project afforded an opportunity for a research-based evaluation of the efficacy of transition objects in bridging the ECEC-to-school transition. This presentation specifically concentrates on the role of books as transition objects, examining their function as a bridge between didactic literacy pedagogies and as scaffolding mechanisms (Bruner, 1985) facilitating the transition. Within the Norwegian ECEC framework, literacy is conceptualized as emergent literacy, including all reading, and writing behaviours that precede and evolve into conventional literacy (Dickinson & Porche, 2011). During the transition to school, the majority of children remain in this emergent literacy phase, lacking formal reading and writing skills while their focus on the written language intensifies. Both ECEC and schools in Norway adopt a socio-cultural perspective on learning (Säljö, 2000). Nevertheless, literacy didactics in ECEC is characterized by a process-oriented approach, whereas school didactics align more closely with standardized competence goals defined for schools but not for ECEC. The pronounced differences in didactic literacy can be ascribed to modality, where ECEC predominantly emphasizes oral communication, while schools pivot toward written language due to their formalized reading and writing instruction (Skaftun & Wagner, 2019).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method The total design of the research has a wider perspective and purpose and is a research-based evaluation of the use of the backpack in the transition process. In this study we report on data from teachers in ECEC-provisions, schools, and children transition from ECEC to schools. The intension is to investigate how books as transition objects can bridge the gap between didactic literacy in ECEC and schools. We use triangularisation with online questionnaire and audio-recorded group interview to answer the research question. Informants are children attending ECEC and school. Respondent groups are teachers in ECEC and school. Data from the total research was collected in three rows 2023: May, August, and September/October. In this study we use data collected from May and September/October. Participation in the study were voluntary and ethical formal standards was followed. Questionnaire:Eleven ECEC participated (n= 20). Teachers teaching school starters received the questionnaire. Eight schools participated (n= 22). Teachers teaching 1. grade students received the questionnaire. The questionnaire attended as a first impression of the research object and background for the construction of semi-structures group interviews, the aim was to collect additional depth to information by inviting dialogic exchange. By doing so the respondents could construct answers to questions that may require them to consider issues in a depth not explicitly previously explored in the questionnaire (Fontana & Frey, 2000). Semi-structured group interviews: In ECEC eight teachers underwent five group interviews/interviews (n=5), while sixteen schoolteachers participated in four group interviews (n=4). Additionally, twenty-six children were interviewed in ECEC across nine group interviews (n=9), and twenty-one children in school across nine group interviews (n=9). The group interviews with children in both settings occurred in familiar environments within groups assigned by their teachers, starting with an examination of transition objects from the backpacks. Notably, the same children were interviewed across three institutions: ECEC, after-school, and school, providing a comprehensive and comparative analysis of their experiences. All audio recording were transcribed verbatim and anonymized before data analysis. Children’s interviews were also transcribed in verbatim. A thematic analyse (Thagaard. 2019 pp 171-180) combined with cross-section analysis was used. This approach means that we go across the data compare transcripts interview and go in depths on the topics that appear (Mason 2018 pp 194-205). By combining different approaches triangularisation enables us to develop a more thorough understanding of our research topic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes The data analysis is still ongoing, and the final results will be shown at the conference. Yet, in this stage of the analysis we can already mention some preliminary finding supporting the assumptions that books have the potential to serve as transition objects and can bridge the gap between didactic literacy pedagogy in ECEC and school. Data from questionnaire and interviews with ECEC teachers and interviews with children while they still are in ECEC, reveal that the books are used in different activities and that the children show a high literacy competence in relation to the books. Almost all children can re-tell them with great detailing. However, questionnaire and interviews with schoolteachers and interviews with children when they have started school indicate that books are used to a very small extent and only in the context where teachers are reading aloud and the children only listening to the teacher. When asking the teachers whether they could have used the books as a starting point for other reading and writing tasks, all teachers acknowledged the possibility. The teacher’s explanation for not using the books as a way into reading and writing for the children was that they found it hard to implement new didactics in already existing plan for teaching. Bridging the gap between didactic literacy pedagogy in ECEC and primary school by building on literacy competence that children already acquired in ECEC, appears not to be realized. It seems that schoolteachers need more support to explore the potential in books as transition objects, a potential that they seem to recognise when this topic first is brought up in the interviews. References Act relating to Primary and Secondary Education and Training (the Education Act), LOV-1998-07-17-61; https://lovdata.no/dokument/NLE/lov/1998-07-17-61 Bruner, J. (1985). Vygotsky: A historical and conceptual primer. I J.V.Wretsch (Red.), Culture, Communication and Cognition (s 21- 34). University Press. Dickinson, D. K. & Porche, M.V. (2011) relation between language experience in preschool classrooms and children's kindergartens and fourth-grade language and reading abilities. Child development, 82 (3), 870-886. Doi:10.1111/j.1467-8624.2011.01576.x. Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (2000). The interview: From structured questions to negotiated text. Handbook of qualitative research, 2(6), 645-672. Hogsnes, H.D. (2017). Bildebokas potensiale for barns erfaringer med sammenheng i overgangen fra barnehagen til skole. Viden om Literacy, Nummer 22, september 2017. National Videncenter for læsning. Hogsnes, H.D. (2015). Children’s experiences of continuity in the transition from kindergarten to school: the potential of reliance on picture books as boundary objects. International Journal of Transitions in Childhood, Vol.8, 2015. Mason, J. (2018). Qualitative researching. (3. utg.). Sage Säljö, R. (2000). Lärande i praktiken. Ett sociokulturellt perspektiv. Bokförlaget Prisma.. Skaftun, A. & Wagner, Å.K.H (2019). Oracy in year one: a blind spot in Norwegian language and literacy education? L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 19, 1-20. https//doi.org/10.17239/L1ESLL-2019.19.01.09 Thagaard, T. (2018). Systematikk og innlevelse. En innføring i kvalitative metoder. (5. utg.) Fagbokforlaget The Norwegian Education Mirror 2022. https://www.udir.no/in-english/the-education-mirror-2022/ Wakenshaw, C. (2020) The use of Winnicott’s concept of transitional objects in bereavement practice. Bereament Care.vol 39. no.3 pp 119.123 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Problems and Solutions of Self-Directed Learning in Preschool RTU Liepaja Academy, Latvia Presenting Author:In the EU report “10 trends transforming education as we know it' (2019), learning how to learn is mentioned as a value and as one of the current trends and visions for education in 2027. A learning environment that ensures the opportunity for the child to explore the world, express him/herself and use everyday life experience as a learning experience forms the basis for child’s self-directed learning. In Latvia, the guidelines for pre-school education that envisage children's self-directed learning have been implemented since 2019. Therefore, it is important to identify the challenges and conditions that affect the implementation of children's self-directed learning in teachers’ pedagogical practice, ensuring a balance between the teaching and learning, which forms children's personal understanding of the relationship between interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary connections to everyday real life. In this context, the research on pre-schoolers’ self-realization and on teachers’ activities when developing a child-centred environment is of great importance (Mikelsone, Grava, 2018; Grava, Pole, 2021) as it reveals such significant factors of child's self-directed learning in preschool as a meaningful teacher’s support, provision of a positive emotional experience and the opportunity to explore, solve the problems. The research also emphasizes the challenges of the pre-school teachers related to the shift in teachers’ understanding on 1) teacher’s professional pedagogical activity, 2) its content, and 3) implementation methods and evaluation of pedagogical strategy. However, the study of the current situation in Latvia shows contradictions between pre-school education and the implementation of successful learning activities at school, revealing underdeveloped skills of pupils, such as ability to listen, to complete the work, to solve problems independently and express one's own ideas. Thus, the research objective is to discover the determining factors of the child's self-directed learning, revealing the challenges of the pre-school education teachers in organizing self-directed learning process. The research question: What are the challenges for pre-school teachers in implementing self-directed learning in preschool? In our paper, self-directed learning of preschool children is analysed, linking it with the concept of self-realization from a philosophical, pedagogical and psychological point of view, encompassing different approaches in the explanation of the concept. Summarizing the academic research findings, the determining factors of children's self-directed learning are described. The teacher’s professionalism is characterized by the ability to adapt and assess one's activity and position not emphasizing the reproduction of the knowledge content, but the practical application of knowledge, applying it in the new situations (Bialika, Fadels, Trilings, 2017). We will discover a shift in teachers' understanding of their professional pedagogical activity, its content and implementation methods related to metacognitive abilities, in order to effectively plan, organize and evaluate their pedagogical strategies (Bialika, Fadels, Trilings, 2017). In our paper, we will stress the need for purposeful teacher’s participation in the learning process, including in learning taxonomy such basic components as learning how to learn, basic knowledge, responsibility, application of knowledge, emotional aspect. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a phenomenological research study, and its design can be described as a mixed sequential qualitative and quantitative study, which implies a qualitative processing of the initial data. In the collection of research data, a mixed approach has been applied, where successive results of a quantitative method are detailed or expanded with a qualitative method. The obtained data are analysed and interpreted in relation to educational practice, particularly pre-school education. The phenomenological research focuses on a deeper exploration of the problem, focusing on details and interrelationships, describing teachers' experience, pedagogical challenges faced by pre-school teachers in Latvia when implementing self-directed learning in pre-school. The respondents were selected based on subjective selection criteria, i.e. the convenience technique, justified by non-probability sampling. The questionnaires were distributed in various pre-school educational institutions in Latvia. 150 teachers from different regions and cities of Latvia got involved in the research study and completed the survey. When developing the questionnaire, it was important to include the questions that would reveal the teachers' pedagogical experience and understanding of the implementation of self-directed learning in pre-school education practice. In order to identify the non-standard or unusual answers, as well as the personal attitude of respondents towards the research problem, the answers to the open-ended questions were organized in the categories and a content analysis was performed. The interviews were conducted with 7 participants: head-mistresses and methodologists of pre-school educational institutions, and preschool education teachers. The obtained data were analysed using content analysis method. The coding categories were selected on the basis of the scientific literature analysis on conditions of teacher's pedagogical activity for implementation of the child's self-directed learning. In order to give a meaning to the categories derived from the data gathered during the survey and interviews, the main themes were developed and illustrated with quotations from the interviews and questionnaires. Thus, the analysis of data obtained in the interviews significantly complements the survey data allowing to understand deeper the most significant contradictions and challenges. In this study, 50 pre-school teachers' self-assessments on quality of their professional activity were analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the theoretical and empirical research data allows to draw the following conclusions. In a pre-school learning environment that provides the child with the opportunity to come to his/her own conclusion when solving a problem, the child's desire to explore the surrounding world is promoted. Therefore, it is important to involve children in the planning, organization and implementation of the pedagogical process, offering a possibility to choose and promoting child’s own ideas. Learning is an active, creative and problem-oriented process that begins in a familiar everyday environment, when a child encounters the unknown (Sutinen, 2008). The teacher's knowledge drives the child towards a new experience, maintaining a balance between the learning organized by the teacher and the independent learning of a child (Gordon, 2009). Thus, learning cannot be seen only as an individual or only as a social process – individual cognitive and social processes must be integrated into the acquisition of knowledge, as the children learn in different ways: trying independently to solve a problem, collaborating with peers, as well as with the help of a teacher (Gordon, 2009). This allows characterizing the children's self-directed learning as a problem-oriented activity, emphasizing the researcher’s role of the child and the supporter’s role of the teacher. The analysis of the research data revealed that teachers know and understand the essence of child's self-directed learning, but in practice, it is implemented only partially. This paper describes the following challenges that teachers face during the implementation of children's self-directed learning in pre-school: 1) involvement of children in planning of the learning process, 2) arranging of development promoting environment, 3) balance between the teaching and independent creative activity of a child, 4) organization of child’s self-reflection. References Byington, T.A., Tannock, M.T. (2011). Professional Development Needs and Interests of Early Childhood Education Trainers. Early Childhood Research & Practice. Internet-only journal. Vol.13. No 2. http://ecrp.uiuc.edu/v13n2/byington.html. Care, L., Luo, R. (2016). Assessment of Transversal Competences. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation. Available http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002465/246590E.pdf Cohen, L., Manion, L., Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education. Routledge Taylor & Francis Group. London and New York. European Political Strategy Centre. (2019). 10 trends transforming education as we know it. https://op.europa.eu/lv/publication-detail/-/publication/227c6186-10d0-11ea-8c1f-01aa75ed71a1/language-en Fadel, Ch., Bialik, M., Triling, B. (2015). Four-Dimensional Education. The Center for Curriculum Redesign, Boston. Fink, L. D. (2013). Creating Significant Learning Experiences: An Integrated Approach to Designing College Courses. San Francisco: John Wiley & Sons Jossey Bass. Gordon, M. (2009). Toward A Pragmatic Discourse of Constructivism: Reflections on Lessons from Practice. Educational studies, 45-58.p. http://biologydiva.pbworks.com/f/Toward+a+Pragmatic+Discourse+of+Constructiv ism-Reflections+on+lessons+from+practice.pdf Grava, J. , Pole, V., (2021). The promotion of self-directed learning in Pre-school: Reflection on teachers' professional practice. Cypriot Journal of Educational Science. 16(5), 2336-2352. https://doi.org/10.18844/cjes.v16i5.6351 Miķelsone, I., Grava, J. (2018). Perspectives for Perfecting the Pedagogical Activity of Preschool Teachers for Implementation of A Child-Centred Learning Approach. (pp.615 – 627). 4th International conference on lifelong education and leadership for all. ICLEL 2018, Lower Silesia University Wroclaw - POLAND. ISBN: 978-605-66495-3-0. https://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/d546b1_838b960259e448e79c90c577bf556d51.pdf Kolb, D. A. (2015). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River. Sutinen, A. (2008). Constructivism and education: education as an interpretative transformational process. Studies in Philosophy and Education. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ924340 OECD. (2004). Problem Solving for Tomorrow's World: First Measures of Cross-Curricular Competencies from PISA 2003. Paris: OECD. http://www.oecd.org/edu/school/programmeforinternationalstudentassessmentpisa/34009000.pdf 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Teaching Aesthetic Sports Techniques at Primary School. What (dis)continuities in Official, Pre-service and In-service Training Discourses? Université de Genève, Switzerland Presenting Author:From our position as researchers and teacher trainers in didactics of physical education (PE), we note that the transmission of sport techniques is the subject of contrasting discourses. In the field of the history of sports techniques and technologies, there as been an ongoing debate on technique as a cultural object and as an object of teaching, in other words on the relationship between technology and didactics. This debate has centred on a crucial tension which attempts to reconcile two realities (Arnaud, 1986; Garassino, 1980; Robène, 2014): (a) technique as a product of human culture, likely to be historicised as a significant motricity; and (b) body technique understood as a process, i.e. a creative activity. In the PE didactics literature, an evolution is apparent, from an approach privileging the transmissible and rational character of technique as an effective gesture to an approach centred on creativity, innovation and adaptation, opposing the “fixist” dimension of technique to the dynamic of the subject who acts technically (Goirand, 1987; Robène, 2014). We assume that the first approach is the foundation of the teaching tradition “Teaching PE as Sport-Technique”, according to which sports techniques are at the core of PE teaching, using a molecular approach of dividing and segmenting the content to be learned (Forest et al., 2018; Kirk, 2010), while the second approach refers to the teaching tradition “Teaching PE as Physical Culture Education”, according to which the subject to be taught in PE is the rich and complex configuration of knowledge that is at the core of the social practices taken as reference (Cliff et al., 2009; Forest et al., 2018). In this paper, we focus more specifically on aesthetic sports. Best (1985) contrasts these sports where the aim cannot be specified independently of the means of achieving it with purposive sports, where the aesthetics is not intrinsic to their purpose which is to win by scoring the most goals, tries, baskets, points, runs, or the recording of the best times and distances. Arnold (1990) distinguishes partially aesthetic sports (e.g., gymnastics, skating, trampolining) from artistic activities (dance, mime), the latter being by their very make-up intrinsically concerned with aesthetic considerations. Both can be taken as social practices (Martinand, 1989) for the teaching of PE at primary school. How does technique determine the aesthetics of sports? It as been frequently argued that when sport is technically excellent, it takes on aesthetic qualities (Da Costa & Lacerda, 2016; Kreft, 2014; Wright, 2003). However, while the relationships between technical qualities and aesthetic ones are important, they cannot on their own ensure the aesthetic value of a particular movement or series of movements. The aesthetics in sport involves an emotional response/experience and not just the recognition of a technically efficient or functionally excellent performance (Wright, 2003). The aim of this paper is to identify (dis)continuities in official (i.e. curriculum), pre-service and in-service training discourses, in terms of teaching techniques in aesthetic sports. What conceptions of sports technique emerge at these different levels? A “fixist” conception and/or a “dynamic” conception? How is technique considered in relation to aesthetics? What PE teaching tradition(s) do these discourses reveal? Answering these questions will give us a better understanding of the possible tensions to which future primary school PE teachers are exposed during their training, which takes place in several successive institutions. This is a first step towards networking the stakeholders from these different institutions, with the aim of achieving a more coherent approach to teacher training in our context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is part of a wider research project funded by Swissuniversities, aimed at analysing the intra- and inter-institutional (dis)continuities that characterise pre-service and in-service teacher training for primary school in music, rhythmics, visual arts and PE, in terms of the transmission of artistic and sports techniques. For the purposes of this project, we conducted semi-structured interviews with managers and trainers (n=13) and observed training practices at the following institutions: two institutions providing pre-service training in music and/or rhythmics; one institution providing pre-service training in the visual arts; one institution providing pre-service training in sports science; and one institution providing in-service training in music, rhythmics, visual arts and PE. The interview guide we have developed for this purpose addresses the following dimensions inherent to sports and artistic techniques: definition of technique in the field; place and status of technique in the programme and/or courses; evaluation of technique in the programme and/or courses; examples of training activities in which technique comes into play. Interviews were audio recorded and transcribed, while observations made during training activities were captured in notes. For this paper focusing on the teaching of techniques in aesthetic sports as expressed by the actors involved, we analysed the following materials: the curriculum for PE at primary school; the transcriptions of one interview with the head of practical courses and one with a gymnastics instructor from the institution providing pre-service training in sports science; and the transcription of one interview with a didactics trainer from the institution providing in-service training in PE. Based on the content analysis of Bardin (2013), we first carried out an overall reading of our corpus in order to identify the episodes which informed our field of research. We then formulated overall hypotheses relating to our research questions. Finally, we analysed in depth the significant episodes previously identified with regard to clues from the corpus and to pre-established research hypotheses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Aesthetic sports/artistic activities are part of two thematic axes out of the four included in the curriculum for compulsory school (CIIP, 2010): (1) motor and/or expressive activities (body langage, dance, circus); and (2) sporting activities (gymnastics, with purposive sports such as track and field, swimming and orienteering). In these two thematic axes, aesthetic considerations are barely taken into account, and regarding gymnastics, technique is treated as a product to be reproduced. Gymnastics instructor and head of practical courses’ contrasting discourses reveal an intra-institutional discontinuity in terms of the place and status of technique in the programme and courses. The former considers technique as a means of performing gymnastic elements correctly and emphasises the importance of technical bases and the progressiveness of technical learning. He acknowledges that his approach is a fairly technical one. The latter considers that instructors give too much space and place to technique, at the expense of creativity and reflexion. The didactics trainer’s discourse reveals an inter-institutional discontinuity. She makes an important distinction between the sports culture and the school culture. In gymnastics and circus in primary school, she considers it imperative to work on technique, but by integrating it into a whole (gymnastic sequence, circus act). In dance on the other hand, it is possible for her not to teach technique to emphasise creation. Whether in the curriculum or in the discourses of those interviewed, the relationships between technique and aesthetics, in sports that are nevertheless categorised as aesthetic, are rarely mentioned. We will discuss these results with regard to the PE teaching traditions which influence the content and methods of training in our context (Lenzen, 2023). We will also highlight the need to strengthen the role of epistemological analysis of physical, sporting and artistic activities in teacher training programmes (Lenzen & Cordoba, 2016). References Arnaud, P. (1986). Objet culturel, objet technique, objet didactique. STAPS, 13, 43-55. Arnold, P.J. (1990). Sport, the aesthetic and art: Further thoughts. British Journal of Educational Studies, 38(2), 160-179. Bardin, L. (2013). L’analyse de contenu (2e éd.). PUF. Best, D. (1985). Sport is not art. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 12, 25-40. Cliff, K.P., Wright, J. & Clarke, D. (2009). What does a ‘sociocultural perspective’ mean in Health and Physical Education? In M. Dinan-Thompson (Ed.), Health and Physical Education (pp. 165-179). Oxford University Press. Conférence intercantonale de l’instruction publique de la Suisse romande et du Tessin [CIIP] (2010). Plan d’études romand. CIIP. Da Costa, L.A. & Lacerda, T.O. (2016). On the aesthetic potential of sports and physical education. Sport, Ethics and Philosophy, 10(4), 444-464. Forest, E., Lenzen, B. & Öhman, M. (2018). Teaching traditions in physical education in France, Switzerland and Sweden: A special focus on official curricula for gymnastics and fitness training. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 71-90. Garassino, R. (1980). La technique maudite. Revue EP.S., 164, 49-53. Goirand, P. (1987). Une problématique complexe: des pratiques sociales aux contenus d’enseignement en EPS. Spirale, 1 complément, 7-38. Kirk, D. (2010). Physical education futures. Routledge, Taylor and Francis. Kreft, L. (2014). Aesthetics of the beautiful game. Soccer & Society, 15(3), 353-375. Lenzen, B. (2023). Formation initiale à l’enseignement secondaire et formation continue diplômante à l’enseignement primaire en éducation physique à Genève: Quelle(s) tradition(s) d’enseignement? Revue suisse des sciences de l’éducation, 45(2), 109-126. Lenzen, B. & Cordoba, A. (2016). Fondements épistémologiques des activités physiques, sportives et artistiques et corporéité des pratiquants. Quels effets de la transposition didactique en éducation physique? Revue suisse des sciences de l’éducation, 38(1), 112-123. Martinand, J.-L. (1989). Pratiques de référence, transposition didactique et savoirs professionnels en sciences et techniques. Les sciences de l’éducation pour l’ère nouvelle, 1-2, 23-35. Robène, L. (2014). L’histoire des techniques et des technologies sportives : une matrice “culturelle” franco-française de l’histoire du sport? Movement & Sport Science, 86, 93-104. Wright, L. (2003). Aesthetic impliciteness in sport and the role of aesthetic concepts. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 30(1), 83-92. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 28 SES 01 A: Social Imaginaries of the Future Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Tebeje Molla Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Education for Uprising: The Radical Imagination as a Collective Practice Beyond Hope and Despair NHL Stenden University of, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The aim of this paper is to cultivate conceptual and practical possibilities that lie beyond the ubiquity of the crisis narratives that marks research, theory and practice in education and beyond. It is a paper for ‘the ones who stay and fight’ (Jemisin, 2020). Central to the arguments is the development of the radical imagination as a collective practice that can drive what David Graeber (2007) calls ‘insurrectionary moments’ in our work as researchers and practitioners, and in our lives as citizens and human beings. With this work, I set out to contribute to ‘the emergence of a different paradigm for researchers…that puts at the centre concerns with social transformation and the creation of alternative futures through imaginative actions in the present’ (Punk Ethnography, 2023, n.p.). In earlier work, I explored Ruth Levitas’ utopia as method as a way for educational researchers and practitioners to engage with alternative futures that go beyond problem solving (see Van dermijnsbrugge & Chatelier, 2022). I made the argument that the imagination is hijacked by those who wish to build a singular, prefabricated future that will emerge from solving the problems that the assumed crises are posing. This future is a ‘known territory to be mapped and conquered and fought over’ (Facer, 2016, p. 70) with evidence-based ‘weapons’ that do nothing more than perpetuating a crisis-ridden status quo. In this paper, I build on the work of utopia as method by looking more closely at the concepts of hope, despair and radical imagination, as well as the very concept of education itself. I reimagine education as a hyperobject (Morton, 2013) that is ‘everything everywhere all at once’ (after the 2022 film by Daniel Kwan and Daniel Scheinert). I problematize the binary opposition between education and non-education and argue that the ‘explosion’ of education - to borrow an image from anarchists Colin Ward and Anthony Fyson (1973) - beyond the institutionalized and limiting spaces of schools and educational institutions is necessary if we want to put the radical imagination to work and contribute to social transformation. I weave together three arguments that each attempt to respond to a question: Can we exist beyond the binaries of hope and despair? And if so, what does this place look like? What is the radical imagination and what are the conditions for it to exist in educational spaces? So, what do we do now? How can we put the radical imagination to work? Through responding to each of these questions, I try to offer ways of being, thinking and doing that ‘not only help reveal structures and systems of violence, exploitation and domination…it must also contribute to people’s capacity to imagine and forge paths beyond them.’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 85).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is conceptual as well as practical in nature. I build on earlier work on utopia as method (Van dermijnsbrugge & Chatelier, 2022) and anarchist organizational principles (Chaterlier & Van dermijsbrugge, 2022; Van dermijnsbrugge, 2023) and make use of a wide range of interdisciplinary theoretical as well as practical resources and examples. My personal experiences as an educational researcher and practitioner, summarized in a manifesto (Punk Ethnography, 2023) offer an additional critical and practically oriented perspective. The arguments are conceptualized and visualized in a semiotic square of hope and despair, inspired by the work of activists and scholars Haiven and Khasnabish (2014) who developed a semiotic square centered around the concepts of success and failure in their work on researching social movements. The semiotic square ‘offers a profound heuristic tool for taking apart binary thinking and pluralizing the horizons of thought’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 123). I analyze all four ‘sides’ of the semiotic square, thereby also providing examples, ending with the bottom side, which visualizes the non-binary space between not-hope and not-despair. It is in this space, which Haiven and Khasnabish (2014) call ‘the hiatus’, that the radical imagination can be put to work. An important condition for this to happen is Uprising, which is understood as ‘the creation of autonomous communal spaces and modes of interaction’ (Newman, 2017, p. 285). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a response to the first question ‘Can we exist beyond the binaries of hope and despair? And if so, what does this place look like?’, through the analysis of the semiotic square of hope and despair, I argue that we need to think and act beyond the binaries that are limiting our educational work as well as society at large. Binaries are based on the premise of exclusion (this, not that) and are thus not only limiting, but also oppressing and damaging. This brings us to the second question of this paper. The second question is concerned with the radical imagination: What is the radical imagination and what are the conditions for it to exist in educational spaces? Drawing on the work of Cornelius Castoriadis and Chiara Bottici, I further develop the notion of the radical imagination as a collective, ethical practice that can play an activating role in our educational communities. This is the important work that needs to happen in education, wherein the field of education has to be reimagined and expanded-or ‘exploded’. I introduce the notion of Uprising and call for the formation of anarcho-syndicates (drawing mainly on the work of Rudolph Rocker), where education and thus the creation of alternative futures can happen, whilst being ‘worthy of the present’ (Braidotti, 2013). The third and last question ‘So, what do we do now? How can we put the radical imagination to work?’ is a call to action, further developing the notion of Uprising and expressing the need for ‘insurrectionary moments’ (Graeber, 2007). I draw on anarcho-syndicalist principles and principles of direct action: the boycott, the strike, and sabotage (Scalmer, 2023) and offer practical suggestions and examples of what we, as educational researchers and practitioners can do to put the radical imagination at work. References Braidotti, R. (2013). The posthuman. Polity Press. Graeber, D. (2007). Revolution in Reverse. https://theanarchistlibrary.org/library/david-graeber-revolution-in-reverse Jemisin, N.K. (2020). The ones who stay and fight. Lightspeed Magazine. https://www.lightspeedmagazine.com/fiction/the-ones-who-stay-and-fight/ Chatelier, S. & Van dermijnsbrugge, E. (2022). Beyond instrumentalist leadership in schools: Educative leadership and anarcho-syndicates. Management in Education. DOI: 10.1177/08920206221130590 Facer, K (2016). Using the future in education: creating space for openness, hope and novelty. In Lees, H.E. & Noddings, N. (Eds.), The Palgrave international handbook of alternative education (pp. 63–78). Palgrave. Haiven, M. & Khasnabish, A. (2014). The radical imagination. Fernwood Publishing. Morton, T. (2013). Hyperobjects: philosophy and ecology after the end of the world. University of Minnesota Press. Newman, S. (2017). What is an Insurrection? Destituent Power and Ontological Anarchy in Agamben and Stirner. Political Studies. https://doi.org/10.1177/0032321716654498 Punk Ethnography (2023). Manifesto. https://punkethnography.org/ Scalmer, S. (2023). Direct action: the invention of a transnational concept. International Review of Social History. doi:10.1017/S0020859023000391 Van dermijnsbrugge, E. (2023). Against bullshit jobs and bullshitis: a call for anarchisation. Medium. https://medium.com/@emf.vdm/against-bullshit-jobs-and-bullshitis-a-call-for-anarchisation-5bcf7b78627e Van dermijnsbrugge, E. & Chatelier, S. (2022). Utopia as method: A response to education in crisis? Asia Pacific Journal of Education. DOI: 10.1080/02188791.2022.2031870 Ward, C. & Fyson, A. (1973). Streetwork: the exploding school. https://www.are.na/block/4897672 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Imaginaries of Past Futures: a Reading of Late State Socialist Romanian Constructions of the Future in Relation to Education 1West University of Timișoara, Romania; 2Babeș Bolyai University, Romania; 3Democracy Institute/Central European University, Budapest/Vienna Presenting Author:Recently there is a growing interest in anticipatory regimes and imaginaries in education (Ramiel & Dishon, 2023; Morris, Couture & Phelan, 2023; Webb, Sellar & Gulson, 2020; Amsler & Faser, 2017). These contributions bring together questions about how anticipation as a discursive practice narrows down the future imaginaries that are possible in relation to education. The future when turned into an object of educational policy making loses its open-ended character often over-emphasizing certain aspects of the present social world, for example human capital (Webb, Sellar & Gulson, 2020) as central aspects to thinking about the future of education. Thus uncertainty about an open future is progressively turned into performative certainty. The proposed paper seeks to contribute to the debate surrounding the limits of this performative certainty through a historical- sociological analysis of the ways in which sociologists of education, futurologists and related scholars and intellectuals of the 1970s and 1980s in state socialist Romania envisioned the future in relation to education. The time frame was chosen as between the publication of the UNESCO Faure report (1972) Learning to be: the world of education today and tomorrow, as a hallmark for the discursive materialization of a global response to the crisis of education (Elfert, 2015) and the events of 1989 as the end of state socialism in large parts of the world and temporarily of the legitimacy of the corresponding social imaginaries of the future. Moreover, this period allows the inclusion of a perspective on the relationship between imaginaries of the future and education from within late state socialism and thus has the potential to balance out the dominance of capitalist-centric reconstructions of this relationship and its impact on present imaginaries. The investigation builds on archival and library material, primarily academic journal articles and books. In a first step, the inquiry will be focused on the intellectual productions of actors based in Romania that circulated in both Romanian, English, French and German language sources. The analysis will look at the ways in which influential international theories of education of the future, and of the relationship between the future and education, were taken up and responded to in the Romanian context, as well as the interrelationship between conceptual, empirical and political realities. Through this, the project will contribute to a situated and nuanced understanding of the social imaginaries of the future, the roles of education, and the understandings of youth. It will shed light on the ways in which the state socialist system was imagined from within, as a prospectively lasting and continuous future, going well into the 21st century, and the relations that this had with conceptualizing the roles of education. It will shed light both on the limits of anticipatory regimes based on the assumption of continuity, crafted within one political system, thus exposing the fragility of anticipatory practices and the limitations this imposes on prescriptive practices of the roles of education. Moreover, it will help uncover the intellectual traditions of the sociology of education and futurology in Central and Eastern Europe through a Romanian case study, and thus help balance the mostly Western European historic accounts of the European sociology of education. Finally, through a focus on the relationship between socio-cultural reproduction and political-economic system, it will shed lights on the subtle historic differences between educational traditions in Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposed paper is built on archival and library research in Romanian, English, German and French language sources. First the libraries of major universities in Romania were searched (University of Bucharest Library, Babeș Bolyai University Cluj, West University of Timișoara etc). Unavailable editions were also searched through websites of antiquarian bookstores. At the same time, an initial archival research was conducted in the digitized archives available through the virtual sociological library (https://bibliotecadesociologie.ro), a digitization project that affords access to contemporary as well as historic sociological literature in Romania. Initial research uncovered several relevant authors (Pavel Apostol, Mircea Herivan, Fred Mahler, Emil Păun, etc) that were then followed through their research careers and publications from that time, as well as a number of edited volumes (Viitorul Comun al Oamenilor, 1976/ The common future of mankind) – an edited collection printed after Bucharest hosted the World Futures Conference in 1972 (World Futures Studies Federation, N.N.) and relevant journals (Viitorul Social / the Social Future). In a next step, the debates were mapped out in relation to the conceptualization of the future, the crisis of education, the role of education, the construction of youth and the political, labor related, but also everyday life oriented importance of education. The footnotes and bibliographies of these works were studied in order to reconstruct the debates and these were followed up enlarging the basis for analysis. In a next step, archival research is planned to be conducted in digital (arcanum adt, etc) and physical archives (Open Society Archives in Budapest) holding professional educational journals, as well as general newspapers and other forms of media archives focused on the ways in which the relationship between future and education was constructed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis is still in process. However, the following sub-questions will serve as a preliminary guide to the analysis: which aspects of the crisis of education were seen as central to understanding and justifying the transformation of educational practices in Romania in terms of better preparing ‘the youth’ for the future? How was social-cultural reproduction of class privileges through the state socialist educational system addressed, denied or contextualized? What imaginaries of individual and collective futures underlined the ways in which social reproduction was addressed? How was the increased technologization of society and its relationship to education brought into debates about the future of education? How was the right to access knowledge and technology linked to the roles ascribed to education? How was life-long learning conceptualized in relation to these rights and processes? Finally, what were the particularities of the drives to find a humanistic and socialist response to the crisis of education? The responses to these questions will help inform an understanding of the limits of thinking the future of education through anticipatory practices routed in a present time and how performative certainties can act to render invisible potentialities and uncertainties without precluding their socio-material effects. References Amsler, S., & Facer, K. (2017). Contesting anticipatory regimes in education: exploring alternative educational orientations to the future. Futures, 94, 6-14. Elfert, M. (2015). UNESCO, the Faure report, the Delors report, and the political utopia of lifelong learning. European Journal of Education, 50(1), 88-100. Faure, E. (1972). Learning to be: The world of education today and tomorrow. Unesco. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000223222 Morris, J., Couture, J. C., & Phelan, A. M. (2023). Riding Fences: Anticipatory Governance, Curriculum Policy, and Teacher Subjectivity. Canadian Journal of Education, 46(3), 517-544. Ramiel, H., & Dishon, G. (2023). Future uncertainty and the production of anticipatory policy knowledge: the case of the Israeli future-oriented pedagogy project. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 44(1), 30-44. Webb, P. T., Sellar, S., & Gulson, K. N. (2020). Anticipating education: Governing habits, memories and policy-futures. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(3), 284-297. World Future Studies Federation (N.N.) History. https://wfsf.org/history/ 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper “I wanted to be on the right side of History”: Educators in Crisis Zones and Evacuation Centers 1MOFET INSTITUTE; 2ono academic college Presenting Author:On October 7, tens of thousands of Israeli children and youth were uprooted from their homes by the war in Gaza and transferred to evacuation centers, where they reside to this day. Immediately after this withdrawal, dozens of youth workers turned up at these venues for the sake of rebuilding the youth’s education systems. A few months later, non-formal education centers are operating at hotels and motels throughout the country in an effort to bring succor to youngsters who have undergone severe trauma. The research project at hand is documenting the experiences of these educators, their motivations, and the daily challenges they face with the objective of answering two key questions: how do professionals educate in the absence of a blueprint for the future, to include how long their services will be necessary? And what methods are being used to reach traumatized children of all ages and persuade them to adopt, as much as possible, new routines? To date, we have conducted interviews with 80 educators from different organizations and ranks. Preliminary findings suggest that education under fire concentrates on rebuilding trust and re-forming relationships. On occasion, these pedagogic activities have, for all intents and purposes, kept these youth afloat. At the conference, we will elaborate on the enduring efforts to reach high schoolers. In addition, the researcher shall discuss how these educators grasp and are responding to the situation on the ground, while some of them are families and friends' victims of war. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study features a qualitative ethnographic methodology. Upon receiving approval from my research institute’s ethics committee in November 2023, we contacted local civic-communal organization working in evacuation centers. Data is currently collected from seven organization in Israel, spread national wide. All organizations gave us access to their educators, ages 18-35. Additionally, we interviewed one or two representors from every organization, holding a high-management position. Choosing to focus also on management-level due to their knowledge on strategic planning, organizational challenges and having a comprehensive picture of the national differences from region to region. As is common in Israel, many of the interviewees were graduates of the organizations themselves, growing up in the organization from junior positions to management. Our interview manual encompassed a set of questions concerning personal inquiry on motivations and the daily challenges they face. Another set of questions on forming, building and operating educational centers for youth who have undergone severe trauma. By means of an inductive analysis of the data, first set of codes from the interviews were formulated with the ATLAS.ti program. The analysis yielded a set of central categories that reflect the words of the interviewees. Among the main categories: A personal-professional experiences: the transition to the evacuation centers as a turning point in the lives of educators; Emotional work: humility and devotion as keys to success in educational work with traumatized communities; "It's a black hole, collapsing inward": lack of tools and professional knowledge on how to reach the high-schoolers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research is funded by the Ministry of Education and the Rural Education Department. There for, among our expected results of the research - a model for the establishment of emergency education centers, and key components for training youth workers for emergency times. Research on education during war highlights the significant challenges faced by both educators and students. Sharifian (2019) emphasizes the need to address the psychological needs of teachers and students in war zones. We believe, out-of-school education has advantages in war time, such as mobility, variability, and social orientation, and can play an important role in providing psychological support and organizing leisure activities. One of the most commonly cited effect for these positive outcomes is relationships developed within the after-school time (English, 2020(. These relationships have a decisive impact on the wellbeing of young people under war. Also, we estimate that from the results of the study knowledge will be accumulated about educational work with different age groups. Drawing on Eccles’ (Eccles et al., 1993) insights concerning “stage-environment fit,” namely the requisite compatibility between adolescent developmental stages and learning environments. The study focus both on educators working with middle school (12-14) and on high schoolers (15-18). We are currently finishing collecting data, by end of January 2024, the research team will move to an in-depth analysis of the data. We anticipate that by the time of the summer conference we will be able to present a rich overview of conclusions References Eccles, J. S., Midgley, C., Wigeld, A., Buchanan, C. M., Reuman, D., & Flanagan, C. (1993). Development during adolescence. The impact of stage-environment fit on young adolescents’ experiences in schools and in families. American Psychologist, 48(2), 90–101. English, A. (2020). ‘We’re like family and stuff like that’: Relationships in After-School Programs. Educational Considerations, 46(1), 5. https://doi.org/10.4148/0146-9282.2200 Sharifian, M. S., & Kennedy, P. (2019). Teachers in War Zone Education: Literature Review and Implications. International Journal of the Whole Child, 4(2), 9-26. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 28 SES 01 B: Regional, European, Global Sociologies of Higher Education Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Yaqiao Liu Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Higher Education Regimes, the Level of Educational Expansion and the PhD Income Premium in European Countries University of Fribourg, Switzerland Presenting Author:Since the educational expansion in the 1960s, both the number of candidates pursuing a PhD and subsequently the number of doctoral training programmes have steadily increased, accompanied by a diversification of doctoral degrees (e.g., academic, collaborative, professional or industrial doctorates) and the changing purpose of doctoral education and the doctorate in general (Sarrico, 2022). Achieving a doctoral degree requires strenuous effort, as well as opportunity costs in the form of lost spare time and income. Vis-à-vis the ‘limits of growth‘ (Hirsch, 1976), including limited resources in the economy in particular and especially in the labour market, the question arises as to whether this investment pays off in the later course of an individual’s career or whether the returns are below their level of education. Folk wisdom and public discourses often include doubts, with the image of the ‘taxi driver with a PhD degree’ as an extreme simplification of the 1980s discussion that initiated research on returns on education (e.g., Engelage and Hadjar, 2008; Ponds et al., 2016). These uncertainties are also reflected in scientific debates on the precarity among researchers or ‘academic precariat’ (OECD, 2021; Sarrico, 2022). This relates to educational returns – from a monetary perspective, this is the income people receive due to their (higher) educational qualification, while in a broader sense this concerns education-related monetary and non-monetary life chances. Such educational returns are not constant across different countries. Institutional contexts such as educational and social systems with their distinct policies, as well as labour market conditions, which are influenced by multiple factors, shape educational returns (Müller and Shavit, 1998; Glauser, Becker and Zwahlen, 2016; Hanushek et al., 2017). Furthermore, they are also affected by the degree of educational expansion (Bernardi and Ballarino, 2014). In this study, we will focus on the distinguishing characteristics of a PhD degree and the mismatch between the demand and supply of tertiary education in countries with a greater educational expansion and examine whether possession of a very high educational qualification is gaining importance in terms of differentiation to improve one’s own income chances, or whether it reduces them due to educational attainment inflation. In theorising the research issue, we discuss three different aspects: firstly, the PhD degree-income link (PhD premium) relating to classical human capital theory (Becker, 1964) and its application in the Mincer earnings function (Mincer, 1974) as well as to signalling theory and labour queue model (Arrow, 1973; Spence, 1973; Thurow, 1975). Secondly, we theorise the effect of the higher education regime on the base of higher education (HE) system classifications (Pechar and Andres, 2011; Triventi, 2014), which systematise structures and are strongly related to welfare state classifications. Thirdly, the effect of the degree of educational expansion on the PhD premium is conceptualised relating to concepts that center on the idea of education as a positional good. Education functions increasingly as an instrument for distinction in status attainment and labour market careers (Bol, 2015; Hadjar and Becker, 2009), as, referring to prominent conceptual approaches employed in sociology to the issue of the PhD income premium such as the ‘labour queue model’ (Thurow, 1975) and signalling theory (Spence, 1973), a higher qualification is necessary in order to differentiate oneself from others. However, arguments of increasing inflation and thus lower income premiums even for high degrees would point into the opposite direction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We empirically examine our hypothesis by studying the PhD income premiums across 12 European countries, each representing different education regimes. Our investigation is based on data from the Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), covering the years 2006 to 2020. Thus, the base of our multilevel analyses are 89 country-years. The LIS dataset provides information on individual labour income and detailed data on the proportions of people with higher education levels in certain countries and specific years surveyed in this study. These represent various education systems. As it is meaningful to compare PhD graduates to higher education graduates at one level below (namely MA graduates) rather than comparing them to all lower-level higher education graduates, we restrict our data to individuals holding a PhD or master’s degree. To obtain a more homogeneous sample, the sample is further limited to individuals within the working age range of 23 to 65 years, allowing us to encompass the youngest workers with a PhD. We exclude individuals who are still enrolled in education and those who are unemployed. Additionally, we confine our sample to individuals working more than 35 hours per week to exclude those engaged in low part-time employment with marginal participation in the labour market. The dependent variable is the gross annual labour income in the main job in euro. We utilise purchasing power parity (ppp) deflators with the reference year 2017. In our multivariate analyses, we additionally employ the natural logarithm of annual labour income. The key independent variable is whether individuals possess a PhD, with a master’s degree as the reference category. Regarding our conceptual arguments, we generate dummy variables for each education system, including the Anglo-Saxon, continental, Mediterranean, and eastern (post-communist) regimes, and we measure the extent of educational expansion by calculating the country-specific share of working-age individuals (aged 23 to 65) with tertiary education based on the LIS data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis reveals that, on average, individuals holding a PhD benefit from an income premium. Considering country-specific factors, our results indicate that the financial benefit of a PhD degree varies depending on the education regime and the extent of educational expansion. The Anglo-Saxon education regime, categorised as inequality-prone, exhibits the highest PhD income premiums, while the eastern (post-communist) education regime shows no significant differences in incomes between master’s and PhD holders, indicating that PhD degrees may not yield financial benefits in these countries as they do in others. In countries of the Nordic (social-democratic) education regime, known for its low stratification and enhanced redistribution policies, our analyses reveal no significantly lower PhD premiums than in the more inequality-prone Anglo-Saxon and continental education regimes. In contrast, the continental regime, renowned for its strong stratification, is generally perceived as generating greater inequalities. Nevertheless, its countries show a relatively lower PhD income premium, which is significantly lower than in Anglo-Saxon education regime countries. One explanation for the relatively high Phd wage premium in Nordic countries is that due to the generally lower levels of income inequality below the Ph.D. level, the wage increase through a Ph.D. becomes relatively more pronounced. Regarding educational expansion, the results indicate that the rise in tertiary education levels erodes the unique value of PhD certificates as distinguishing criteria, as in countries with a greater degree of educational expansion (proportion of PhD graduates), the income premium of a PhD degree is comparably lower than in countries with a weaker educational expansion. Overall, obtaining a PhD degree is according to recent data and from an international perspective a signal of distinction and comes with income benefits in most countries, but this benefit varies with the proportion of tertiary-educated people and education regime. References Arrow, K. (1973). The theory of discrimination. In Ashenfelter, O. and Rees, A. (Eds.), Discrimination in Labor Markets. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, pp. 3–33. Becker, G. (1964). Human Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis. New York: Columbia University Press. Bernardi, F. and Ballarino, G. (2014). Participation, equality of opportunity and returns to tertiary education in contemporary Europe. European Societies, 16, 422–442. Bol, T. (2015). Has education become more positional? Educational expansion and labour market outcomes, 1985–2007. Acta Sociologica, 58, 105–120. Engelage, S. and Hadjar, A. (2010). PhD and career – is a doctoral degree worth it? In Claes, D. and Preston, T. S. (Eds.), Frontiers in Higher Education. At the Interface/Probing the Boundaries, The Idea of Education, Volume 72. Leiden: Brill, pp. 149–165. Hadjar, A. and Becker, R. (Eds.). (2009). Expected and Unexpected Consequences of the Educational Expansion in Europe and the US. Bern: Haupt. Hanushek, E. A., Schwerdt, G., Woessmann, L. and Zhang, L. (2017). General education, vocational education, and labor-market outcomes over the lifecycle. Journal of Human Resources, 52, 48–87. Hirsch, F. (1976). Social Limits to Growth. Harvard: Harvard University Press. Mincer, J. A. (1974). Schooling, Experience, and Earnings. New York: Columbia University Press. Müller, W. and Shavit, Y. (1998). The institutional embeddedness of the stratification process. In Shavit, Y. and Müller, W. (Eds.), From School to Work. A Comparative Study of Educational Qualifications and Occupational Destinations. Oxford: Clarendon, pp. 1–48. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2021). Reducing the Precarity of Academic Research Careers. OECD Science, Technology and Industry Working Papers, No. 113. Paris: OECD Publishing. Pechar, H. and Andres, L. 2011. Higher-education policies and welfare regimes: international comparative perspectives. Higher Education Policy, 24, 25–52. Ponds, R., Marlet, G., van Woerkens, C. and Garretsen H. (2016). Taxi drivers with a PhD: trickle down or crowding-out for lower educated workers in Dutch cities? Cambridge Journal of Regions, Economy and Society, 9, 405–422. Sarrico, C. S. (2022). The expansion of doctoral education and the changing nature and purpose of the doctorate. Higher Education, 84, 1299–1315. Spence, M. (1973). Job market signaling. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87, 355–374. Thurow, L. C. (1975). Generating Inequality. London/Basingstoke: Macmillan. Triventi, M. (2014). Higher education regimes: an empirical classification of higher education systems and its relationship with student accessibility. Quality & Quantity, 48, 1685–1703. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Globalisation and the Mobilities of International Baccalaureate Teachers in Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Singapore 1The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2National University of Tainan, Taiwan; 3The University of Queensland, Australia Presenting Author:International Baccalaureate (IB) development in Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Singapore is distinct from Asian counterparts like Japan and South Korea due to Chinese cultural influences (Li, Hameed, & Tsao, 2021). These societies share a “re-contextualisation” approach to embedding IB programmes within their local educational systems (Lee, Kim, & Wright, 2021). Hong Kong’s IB schools vie with other diploma options, relying on academic excellence to attract parental support (Tsao, Li, & Hameed, 2023). With limited presence within the local school system, IB in Singapore is mainly adopted in international/independent schools (Morrissey et al. 2014) and exhibits hybrid curricula that balance local/national and international elements. In Taiwan, the IB’s integration came later, primarily within private and international schools, and recently expanded to government schools, scrutinising its alignment with the national curriculum (Li, Hameed, & Tsao, 2021). In this context, the international mobility of teachers in IB schools presents a rich area for inquiry due to its imbrications with technology, tourism, immigration, and social culture. Teacher mobility in international schools is a byproduct of globalisation, serving the transient needs of expatriate families as a symbol of the school’s global identity and fostering the international mobility of the students. This research aims to dissect and understand the complexities of teacher mobility in Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Singapore, where the confluence of Chinese cultural influences, global educational frameworks, assessment-focused culture and local educational policies create unique settings for international education. The following research questions guide the study:
The primary objective of this study is to explore the interplay between the international mobility of teachers and the operational dynamics of IB schools in distinct socio-educational landscapes. It seeks to contribute to a deeper understanding of how mobility shapes educational practices and professional identities within the globalised context of IB schooling and European and Western educational contexts. The study is embedded in the conceptual framework of the “mobility turn” in contemporary sociology (Sheller & Urry, 2006), which regards movement and fluidity as central to understanding modern social life. By examining the mobility of teachers as a phenomenon that encompasses not only geographic relocation but also cultural, intellectual, and experiential shifts, our study acknowledges the potential tension outlined by Deleuze and Guattari (1987) between mobility and the fixed. Consequently, it considers the role of state power and educational policies in guiding and constraining teacher movement. This research recognises the “re-contextualisation” of the IB program as a process influenced by both global aspirations and local educational imperatives (Lee, Kim, & Wright, 2021). It views teacher mobility through the lens of this re-contextualisation, considering how teachers navigate and negotiate their professional roles amid different curricular and cultural demands. It will build on the foundational work of scholars such as Madge, Raghuram, and Noxolo (2015) and Sorensen and Dumay (2021), who have highlighted the need for further exploration of the international teaching labour market and its relation to globalisation. The research is also aligned with calls for a more nuanced approach to the study of education and mobility, one that factors in the diverse experiences of teachers and the multifaceted impacts of their mobility on international education (Gulson & Symes, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study responds to Resnik’s (2012) call for research on the sociology of international education to develop conceptual frameworks for understanding the new social constructions impacted by globalisation that incorporate the dimension of teacher mobility. By studying the international mobility of teachers in IB schools in Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Singapore, this research project attempts to break through the limitations of nationalist methodology in observing teacher professionalism and teaching careers by using a dynamic comparative approach. This research project further disrupts the boundaries between national territories in education and between global and local contexts (Sorensen & Dumay, 2021) by analysing the context, meaning, and social environment of mobility. Our analysis draws on Cresswell’s (2006, 2010) notions of mobility, which include measurable or analysable mobility, cultural and intellectual mobility, and habits shaped through various mobility experiences, to interrogate international teacher mobility. This is also analysed through postcolonial and critical theoretical lenses to understand the IB’s embedded Western norms and Europe’s legacy within the global economy of knowledge and people. Through a comparative qualitative approach, we explored teacher mobility’s complex and nuanced phenomena, including the motivations, challenges, and impacts associated with this mobility process. Data was gathered using two primary methods: semi-structured interviews and archival document analysis. Interviews of schoolteachers and administrators from IB schools across the three contexts elicited rich, detailed narratives of their lived experiences, perceptions, and insights that illuminated how teacher mobility was related to the interplay between personal agency and structural constraints and the resultant professional and pedagogical implications. Schools selected were a mix of public, private, and international schools and targeted teachers and administrators with experience within IB programmes. Reviewing relevant documents from IB schools, such as teaching records, program descriptions, and policy documents, provided the detailed contextual background for our interview data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study makes a substantive contribution to the limited research on teacher mobility in the field of international education, particularly within East Asia. By adopting a comparative perspective across three distinct regions, the study sheds light on IB educators’ shared and divergent experiences and the regional and cultural dynamics that shape their professional paths, illustrating mobility as a multifaceted phenomenon deeply interconnected with the nuances of local curricular demands and global educational movements, that is still saliently shaped by assumptions of European and Western centrality. We, therefore, hope to contribute to how intercultural and mobility practices among European societies act as a reference vis-a-vis the tensions between universal educational models and demands for localised relevance arising from globalisation. The findings reveal distinct patterns of mobility influenced by regional cultural influences, the presence of international and local educational pathways, and the strategic positioning of IB programmes within these societies. The research highlights how mobility is entangled in the negotiation and construction of teachers’ professional identities and pedagogical practices within these fluid contexts and how their mobility experiences contribute to the broader discourse on international education and globalisation. The anticipated outcomes point towards a complex interplay between personal agency, institutional strategies, and national educational policies shaping IB educators’ mobility and impacting teaching methodologies and career trajectories. The findings also provide insights into how the IB curriculum serves as a vehicle for international mobility and a site of convergence for global and local educational imperatives. The empirical evidence and theoretical insights can inform policymaking, curriculum development, and the professional development of teachers, ensuring the sustainability of high-quality international education that is responsive to the global and local contexts in which it operates. References Cresswell, T. (2006). On the move: Mobility in the modern western world. Routledge. Cresswell, T. (2010). Towards a politics of mobility. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 28(1), 17-31. https://doi.org/10.1068/d11407 Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. (B. Massumi, Trans.). University of Minnesota Press. Gulson, K. N., & Symes, C. (2019). Making moves: Theorizations of education and mobility. In K. N. Gulson & C. Symes (Eds.), Education and the mobility turn. Routledge. Li, Y-C., Hameed, S., & Tsao, J. (2021, September). Liminal internationalisation in Southeast Asian societies: Comparing International Baccalaureate schools in Hong Kong, Singapore, and Taiwan. Paper presented at the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER 2021), Geneva, Switzerland. Lee, M., Kim, H., & Wright, E. (2021). The influx of International Baccalaureate (IB) programmes into local education systems in Hong Kong, Singapore, and South Korea. Educational Review, 73(3), 345-363. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1891023 Madge, C., Raghuram, P., & Noxolo, P. (2015). Conceptualising international education: From international student to international study. Progress in Human Geography, 39(6), 681-701. Morrissey, A. M., Rouse, E., Doig, B., Chao, E., & Moss, J. (2014). Early years education in the primary years programme (PYP): Implementation strategies and programme outcomes. Deakin University. Resnik, J. (2012). Sociology of international education: An emerging field of research. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 22(4), 291-310. Sheller, M., & Urry, J. (2006). The new mobilities paradigm. Environment and Planning A, 38(2), 207-226. Sorensen, T. B., & Dumay, X. (2021). The teaching professions and globalization: A scoping review of the Anglophone research literature. Comparative Education Review, 65(4), 527-548. Tsao, J., Y. C. Li & S. A. Hameed (2023) The impacts of International Baccalaureate expansion on professional cultures and assessments in Hong Kong, Taiwan and Singapore, Cambridge Journal of Education, DOI: 10.1080/0305764X.2023.2246397 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 29 SES 01 A: Theatre and drama techniques in educational research Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jelena Joksimovic Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper When Digital Stuff Plays a Role: A Sociomaterial Performance Analysis of Postdigital Theatre in Education 1University of Oldenburg, Germany; 2Leibniz University Hannover, Germany Presenting Author:In April 2023, a new edition of the prestigious theatre festival Theatertreffen der Jugend opened in Berlin. Seven youth theatre productions invited from various regions of Germany were presented to an international audience of theatre practitioners and experts – the topics ranged from feminism and far-right populism to sustainability (Berliner Festspiele, 2023). Within this, almost every theatre production dealt in some way with social transformation processes through and with digital media technologies. Thus, a trend became apparent that can currently be observed throughout the entire European theatre landscape: 'The digital' is finding its way into theatre (Leeker et al., 2017). However, it is not self-evident what is understood as 'the digital' in theatre. While some discourse positions understand 'the digital' as playing with technologies on stage, others locate it, for example, in a certain aesthetic or in the lifeworld of the performers (Traulsen and Büchner, 2022). One reason for this diversity of interpretations is our social condition, which can be understood as postdigital. In this postdigital condition (Jandrić et al., 2023; Macgilchrist, 2021), digital technologies have become an integral part of our everyday lives that an ontological distinction between digital/analogue or online/offline no longer seems meaningful (Ralston, 2023). The growing field of postdigital studies aims to analyse these complex entanglements to understand "human relationships to technologies that we experience, individually and collectively" (Jandrić et al., 2018: 896). Following this, a close look at educational contexts has been initiated recently (Fawns, 2019; Jopling, 2023) which also affected arts education research by asking how digital technologies affect contemporary arts as well as students’ lives and learning (Jörissen, 2020). Within this discourse, theatre in education seems to be a prolific object of analysis, as it bears "the potential to experience and understand digitalization more comprehensively in the context of aesthetic processes and performances than would be possible with purely cognitive means" (Jörissen and Unterberg, 2019: 8, transl.). Thereby, German school theatre plays a unique role in the European arts education, as it is institutionally established as an almost nationwide school subject with a high degree of student participation regarding creative and thematic codetermination in the production of scenes and performative practices (Kup, 2019). An analysis of school theatre productions can – according to the basic premise of this paper – reconstruct the meaning-making and self-positioning practices of their young performers concerning the topic of the performance as well as their attitudes and affects towards 'the digital' itself. For this analysis, adopting a sociomaterial perspective appears particularly fruitful, as it, like postdigital theory, posits a fundamental interweaving of digital and non-digital phenomena (Selwyn, 2023). In this way, the perspective decentralises human agency and understands social and technological actions as co-constitutive (Gourlay, 2021). Accordingly, our paper asks, firstly, how 'the digital' is produced performatively and aesthetically in German school theatre productions at the Theatertreffen der Jugend?; and secondly, which of the performers evaluations and positionings towards the postdigital condition can be reconstructed? In this way, we aim to precisely describe postdigital performance strategies in contemporary youth theatre, to improve the conceptualization of postdigital theatre in education (Büchner and Traulsen, 2021). Furthermore, our paper aims to ascertain knowledge about how young participants in arts education take a stance towards the postdigital condition. Although the empirical investigation of this paper is situated in Germany, the research object and its analysis extend beyond this scope and hold significance for the broader European arts education discussion, as the lived experiences of adolescents and postdigital trends like social media or the datafication of daily life transcend regional and national boundaries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to investigate our research questions, two performances of German school theatre were analysed. Both performances took place at the Theatertreffen der Jugend 2023 – a national youth theatre festival funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research. With its focus on being "a place of learning where young theatre makers can negotiate their working methods and […] are encouraged in their individual, artistic forms of expression" (Berliner Festspiele, 2023), rich insights into current trends of the European youth theatre scene can be gained. As the festival can be defined as a place where current discourses on youth theatre and theatre in education condense, it points beyond its local situatedness and towards the general European arts education landscape. In the performance ERWIN OLAF RE:WORKS 21 students interpret pieces of the digital artwork of Dutch photographer Erwin Olaf and perform them in various scenes. This production is characterized by digital projections of these pieces, which are playfully altered by digital editing, morphing, and glitching as well as by a live DJ who controls sounds directly on stage. In the biographical performance UnGeformt seven students negotiate conflicts between them growing up and societal expectations. Determining for this play are powerful group scenes with all adolescents performing together in form of choral speaking, dancing and (inter-)acting with minimalistic requisites on stage. Video recordings of both performances were used for the analysis. For the analytical procedure, a phenomenologically oriented performance analysis was used, which allows the examination of performances in the entirety of their characteristics (Roselt, 2019). The performance analysis was expanded to include an explicitly sociomaterial perspective in order to capture the complex interplay of human and non-human actors on and off stage. Through this sociomaterial lens, theatrical effect is produced by the circulating agency of various entities that are social, technical or material in nature (Ernst, 2019). The first step of the analysis was the identification and documentation of moments in which 'the digital' was performatively or aesthetically present in the respective productions. Secondly, these moments were categorised and generalised into three different dimensions of how 'the digital' is produced. Thirdly, performative strategies were derived to substantiate the three dimensions and to capture performative characteristics of contemporary youth theatre. Lastly, hypotheses on how these strategies relate to their young performers' meaning-making and evaluation processes were generated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The (preliminary) sociomaterial performance analysis shows that 'the digital' is produced in both productions on three different dimensions: (1) the fundamental localisation of 'the digital', (2) the performed mediality and (3) the performance infrastructure. On each of these dimensions, different performative strategies were identified. These are understood as differently located practices on three spectrums of performative practices: 1. Localisation: exhibit <-> report 'The digital' is either exhibited on stage in the form of digital artefacts (digitally produced music, digital photo and video editing) or it is reported on from off stage experiences (personal experiences of performers in dealing with the postdigital condition). 2. Mediality: overwrite <-> reenact 'The digital' is either overwritten in its mediality on stage (performers inscribe themselves with their bodies and actions in photos and videos projected onto the stage and thus overwrite their mediality) or its mediality is reenacted on stage (performers simulate media formats such as advertising films). 3. Infrastructure: being guided <-> being accentuated 'The digital' guides the performance either very actively and governs the performance sequences (personified by the DJ and through conspicuously setting music or lighting cues) or accentuated the action sequences (through subtly setting music or lighting cues). With regard to the positioning practices of the performers in relation to the postdigital condition, a (preliminary) hypothesis can be stated: the performance strategies on the left-hand side of the three spectrums suggest a rather positivistic-affirmative attitude towards 'the digital', while the strategies on the right-hand side point to critical-reflexive perspectives. This would allow conclusions to be drawn as to how theatre in education can be considered together with knowledge practices and stance formation of its young participants. In this sense, developing and applying performative strategies is closely linked to reflecting on and forming attitudes towards the postdigital condition. References Berliner Festspiele (2023) Theatertreffen der Jugend. Available at: https://www.berlinerfestspiele.de/treffen-junge-szene/theatertreffen-der-jugend (accessed 2 December 2023). Büchner F and Traulsen SJ (2021) ,Postdigitales Schultheater’. Einladung zur Gegenstandserkundung. Zeitschrift für Theaterpädagogik (78): 13–15. Ernst W-D (2019) Scenography and Actor-Network Theory : Analytical Approaches. London: Methuen Drama, pp. 183–197. Fawns T (2019) Postdigital Education in Design and Practice. Postdigital Science and Education 1(1): 132–145. Gourlay L (2021) There Is No ‘Virtual Learning’: The Materiality of Digital Education. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research 10(1): 57. Jandrić P, Knox J, Besley T, et al. (2018) Postdigital science and education. Educational Philosophy and Theory 50(10): 893–899. Jandrić P, MacKenzie A and Knox J (2023) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. In: Jandrić P, MacKenzie A, and Knox J (eds) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. Postdigital Science and Education. Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland, pp. 3–9. Jopling M (2023) The Postdigital School. In: Jandrić P (ed.) Encyclopedia of Postdigital Science and Education. Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland, pp. 1–6. Jörissen B (2020) Digital Nature - Wie Digitalisierung all unsere Lebensbereiche verändert. Schultheater theater:digital: 5. Jörissen B and Unterberg L (2019) Digitale Kulturelle Bildung. Bildungstheoretische Gedanken zum Potenzial Kultureller Bildung in Zeiten der Digitalisierung. KUBI Online. Epub ahead of print 2019. Kup J (2019) Das Theater der Teilhabe: Zum Diskurs um Partizipation in der zeitgenössischen Theaterpädagogik. Berlin Milow Strasburg: Schibri-Vlg. Leeker M, Schipper I and Beyes T (eds) (2017) Performing the Digital: Performativity and Performance Studies in Digital Cultures. Digital Society. Bielefeld: transcript. Macgilchrist F (2021) Theories of Postdigital Heterogeneity: Implications for Research on Education and Datafication. Postdigital Science and Education. Epub ahead of print 15 May 2021. Ralston SJ (2023) Towards a Theory of Postdigital Parity. In: Jandrić P, MacKenzie A, and Knox J (eds) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. Postdigital Science and Education. Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland, pp. 33–49. Roselt J (2019) Phänomenologie des Theaters. In: Phänomenologie des Theaters. Brill Fink. Selwyn N (2023) Afterword: So, What *Is* Postdigital Research? In: Jandrić P, MacKenzie A, and Knox J (eds) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. Postdigital Science and Education. Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland, pp. 295–298. Traulsen SJ and Büchner F (2022) ‹Postdigitales Schultheater›: Eine Kartografie zentraler Akteurinnen des Diskurses ‹Theater und Digitalität›. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung: 331–362. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Theater as an Immersive Space for Learning Science: Lessons from Sciencetheater 1Faculty of education Jagodina, Serbia; 2Škograd (Schoolcity), Serbia Presenting Author:And, with, through, alongside… In scientific literature, all of these words are used to couple drama and learning science. Moreover, phrases such as “using drama in learning science” are equally represented. In this paper, we argue that the marriage between drama and science learning is most fruitful when both are considered equally important for the process of learning, and neither is utilized to enhance the other but the merging, or meeting point, is a qualitatively new ground. On this ground, we created a term "sciencetheater" (Serbian "naukoteatar") as a theater play/workshop integrating topics from science and art in an immersive space. This paper is therefore an evaluative study in which our main research question is how sciencetheater, as a form, contributes to learning engagement. The play we analyze is titled “Story about the Metamorphosis”1 about the naturalist Maria Sibilla Merian, and it was performed 18 times with 450 children aged from 4-10 years. From the content analysis of children's statements, interviews with teachers, and interviews with the authorial team, we draw lessons about the importance of embodied, immersive, and dramatic ways of learning science. Modes of learning science through drama can take different levels and forms of participation, with the most commonly mentioned being: - Appreciating drama - Performing drama - Making drama (Baskerville et al., 2023). Sciencetheater is closest to what is here called performing drama but can also be considered as process drama where the learning experience is in focus, and participating in the plot is more important than displaying it (O’Neill, 1995). In this way, children become "spect-actors," engaged creators of the performance that changes their experience and forms their learning and transformation (Boal, 1995). We map the theoretical background of this study in socio-constructivist theory, rooted in Piagetian and Vygotskian traditions. We aim to move towards ‘discourse communities’ that take space for negotiating and sharing meanings (Driver et al., 1994; Dorion, 2009) by being engaged in dialogues with each other, with actors, with space, and scenography. Moreover ‘embodied cognition theory’ proposes that cognition is “grounded in the body through sensory-motor processes and interactions with the environment as well as the brain” (Stagg, 2020, p. 255). The immersive environment opens up the possibility for children to undertake responsible tasks and share them with experts, shown to increase their engagement and confidence (Bolton, 1995). The primary objective of the play/workshop was to raise awareness about the contributions of women to science and the challenges they faced throughout history. To make the scientists come alive, students personally “met them” through acting. It was important that the students were transported to the time the performance takes place in order to understand the difference between the scientific methods of then and now. Costumes, video projection, sound, and the rest of the set design aimed to help children immerse themselves in voyaging through the rainforest. The key scientific concept we focused on was the metamorphosis of the caterpillar and its stages. The last part of the performance, embodying Maria Sibylla Merian, aimed to challenge students’ scientific identity. Although some boys felt uncomfortable taking on the role of a woman, most of them surprisingly responded well to this task. With all this, we recognize that sciencetheater supports the dynamic developmental system of a child by nurturing collaborative learning, a sense of community and motivation and competence (Darling-Hammond et al., 2020). 1The play was created and performed by Jelena Joksimović, Natalija Drakulović, Aleksandra Kojčinović, and Jana Samardžić, with art direction by Sanja Crnjanski, as part of the program at the Center for the Promotion of Science in Belgrade, Serbia. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our main research method is content analysis, based on a sample of: - 98 statements made by children during the performances, - 2 interviews with teachers, - 3 interviews with authors. Key thematic categories include science learning, embodiment, immersiveness, engagement, and gender. The Context The context for the sciencetheater play/workshops was the International Day of Women in Science, celebrated on the 11th of February. Learning about metamorphosis is an unavoidable part of the curriculum in Serbia, but the significant contribution of Maria Sibylla Merian to this discovery is never mentioned. The Plot Act One: Students are invited to board a ship by the captain. They sit on the floor facing a canvas with a video projection of the ocean. Large nylon on the floor emits blue light, simulating waves. The sounds of the waves and seagulls fill the space. The captain invites Maria and her daughters Dorothea and Johanna to board the ship for Suriname. The voyage begins as the daughters take the nylon and wave. During the journey, Maria shares her work, interest in science, and the challenges she faces as a woman. She displays her paintings of butterflies and caterpillars, but in their excitement, the daughters accidentally drop them into the water. Everyone helps retrieve the drawings. Act Two: The scene shifts to the Surinamese rainforest. Everyone searches the jungle for a caterpillar to explore metamorphosis and restore the damaged illustrations. When an image appears in scenography (a complex illustration recreated from Maria's original works), students begin helping repair the damage by drawing the missing parts they find in nature. The scene ends with the onset of a storm where actual water drops fall from the sky, causing panic and everyone to board. Act Three: Present day. Museum. An exhibition about Maria is being opened. The guest, her descendant, a fictional character inserted to discuss the significance of women in science throughout history, gives a speech at the opening and then guides the students through the exhibition. Actresses then bring out a cardboard cutout in the shape of Maria Sibila Merian's body with an empty space instead of her face. Each student has the opportunity to embody Maria by positioning their head through a hole in the cutout and convey a message to the world inspired by the journey they've participated in. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings suggest that sciencetheater: - Comprises the potential for holistic development, as reported by teachers. Teacher A stated, “I remember the reaction of two girls who were interested in science and nature. Both girls are also involved in painting, so the combination of science and art of Maria S. was a real revelation to them.” - Strongly engages children in embodied learning, as reported by teachers and the authorial team. Teacher A mentioned, “The children were very attentive because the performance was interactive. They were active participants, and there were various activities, so they were attentive and motivated.” Author N added, “The set design, sound effects, and the rain spraying significantly helped to experience this performance with all senses and therefore remember the whole story better. Although they knew it wasn't real, they allowed themselves to be carried away by the atmosphere.” Child: “This is like a 7D cinema!” - Engages children in responsible tasks that support their confidence, as reported by teachers and children themselves. One child (8 years old) said, “I suggest everyone carry a diary with themselves and write about everything they see in nature.” Many children emphasized how a person can be both an artist and a scientist simultaneously, that everyone has equal rights to education regardless of gender, and that Maria should be included in biology textbooks. Author N noted, “Provoking interaction and engagement is in every part of the process. For example Johana and Dorotea (daughters of the scientist) couldn't pronounce the word 'metamorphosis' correctly, and they tried many times inspiring children to help them pronounce but in fact engaging them to learn it.” - Provokes deep interconnections between science and art and deconstructs disciplinary identities of educators (Sochacka et al., 2016), as reported by the authorial team. References Baskerville, D., McGregor, D., Bonsall, A. (2023). Re-thinking Theorising About the Use of Drama, Theatre and Performance in Learning Science. In: McGregor, D., Anderson, D. (eds) Learning Science Through Drama. Contributions from Science Education Research, vol 11. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-17350-9_2 Boal, A. (1995). The rainbow of desire. The Boal method of theatre and therapy. (A. Jackson, Trans.). Routledge. Darling-Hammond L, Flook L, Cook-Harvey C, Barron B, Osher D. (2020) Implications for educational practice of the science of learning and development. Applied Developmental Science. 24: 97–140. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888691.2018.1537791 Dorion, K. (2009). Science through drama: A multicase exploration of the characteristics of drama activities used in secondary science classrooms. International Journal of Science Education, 31(16), 2247–2270. Driver, R., Asoko, H., Leach, J., Mortimer, E., & Scott, P. (1994). Constructing scientific knowledge in the classroom. Educational Researcher, 23(7), 5–12. Sochacka, N., Guyotte, K., & Walther, J. (2016). Learning together: A collaborative auto- ethnographic exploration of STEAM (STEM + the arts) education. Journal of Engineering Education, 105(1), 15–42. Stagg, B. C. (2020). Meeting Linnaeus: improving comprehension of biological classifcation and attitudes to plants using drama in primary science education. Research in Science & Technological Education, 38(3), 253–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/02635143.2019.1605347 O’Neill, C. (1995). Drama worlds: A framework for process drama. Heinemann. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Using Drama Techniques during Early Childhood Teachers' Involvement in Sociodramatic and Imaginative Play UNIVERSITY OF CYPRUS, Cyprus Presenting Author:Play indisputably can have an impact on children's learning and development and teacher's involvement is crucial in supporting children’s play skills (Bodrova & Leong, 2003; Einarsdottir, 2012; Fromberg, 2002; Gmitrova, 2013; Jung, 2013; Lohmander & Samuelsson, 2022; Miller & Almon, 2009; Wood & Attfield, 2005). To appropriately participate in and support children's play, teachers need to have the necessary knowledge and develop their own play skills (Avgitidou, 2022; Loizou &Trawick-Smith, 2022; Trawick-Smith & Loizou, 2022). Specifically, teachers’ involvement in children’s’ play is supported by Vygotsky’s Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD), since their involvement can enhance children’s play (Bodrova,2008). Teachers’ involvement in play can take different forms; such as direct and indirect involvement (e.g. giving children the play theme for direct involvement, and offering role choices for indirect) (Trawick-Smith & Dziurgot, 2010; 2011). Other studies indicate characteristics of teachers’ involvement such as role participation, dialogic interactions of the characters, dramatic tension (Bredikyte & Hakkarainen, 2011). Drama and specifically improvisation fall within the ZPD (Graue, Whyte &Delaney,2014) and Profession Development Programs (PDPs) that use drama develop teachers’ skills (Lobman,2005). There are common features between drama skills and children’s sociodramatic and imaginative play skills. These include roles, tension in play, scenario, verbal and non-verbal communication, language and use of props. It is evident that drama and play have an undeniable connection (Dunn & Stinson,2012) and research suggests drama as a means to support children’s and teachers’ play skills (Lobman,2005). Teacher’s professional development studies have used drama as a means to support teachers play skills and showed positive outcomes (Lee, Cawthon & Dawson, 2013; Lobman, 2005; Raphael & O’Mara, 2002; Stinson, 2009). This study is part of a doctoral thesis that examined the development of teachers’ play skills through the implementation of a drama PDP focusing on teachers’ socio-dramatic and imaginary play skills. In this study we respond to the following research questions: 1) Which drama techniques can be employed in designing an educational drama program that supports early childhood teachers' (ECTs) social-dramatic and imaginative play skills? and 2) Which drama techniques do early childhood teachers' (ECTs ) use during their involvement in play and how do these techniques relate to their socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a doctoral thesis. Data collection methods comprised of drama literature, through which drama techniques were identified and related to the socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills. Based on the results a PDP focusing on ECTs’ socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills using drama techniques was designed and implemented. Furthermore, interviews before and at the end of the program were conducted, as well as video recordings of teachers involved in a socio-dramatic or imaginary play area before, during and at the end of the program. The video recordings took place during free or/and structure time, 7:45am to 9:05am and had a duration of about eighty minutes. Also, the participants kept a reflective journal and field observations were taken by the researcher. The participants of the larger study were thirteen in-service ECTs but four provided the data for this study. All participants were in service teachers working either in the public or private kindergarten. Additionally, their classrooms comprised of children of ages 4-6 years old. Consent forms were given to all parties involved in the research, specifically to the in-service ECT participants, the principal and the classroom assistants. Regarding the children’s assent their parents/guardians gave permission to take part in the study. All necessary permissions were obtained by the Centre of Educational Research and Evaluation. All of the participants had the option to withdraw from the research at any given time. Also, the use of pseudonyms, offered anonymity and confidentiality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study is part of a doctoral thesis. Through a literature review we were able to determine the ECTs’ socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills. These were: the Role Enactment skill, the Interactive Dialogue skill, and the Interactive dialogue with Role enactment skill. Furthermore, the results of this study revealed a connection between drama techniques and the three socio-dramatic and imaginative play skills that ECTs must have to effectively participate in children's play. By comparing the content of the drama techniques with the characteristics of each of the three skills it was found that there was a connection between the two. Specifically, there were drama techniques that were best related to one skill while other techniques that were associated with more than one skill’s characteristics. The participants during their involvement in children’s play on several occasions implemented the drama techniques: teacher in role, telephone conversations, hot sitting, and reportage. Through using these drama techniques, the characteristics of the three skills were implemented. For instance, in the case of the drama technique of telephone conversations the participants exemplified the characteristics of receiving and accepting of ideas/suggestions. The conclusions of this study refer to the ECTs Zone of Proximal Active Involvement in which the three skills relate to the ECTs’ general teaching skills while unfolding the principles of improvisation. This study supports ECTsin implementing play pedagogy and provides innovative and new suggestions for developing teachers’ play skills. References Avdi, A. & Hadzigeorgiou, M. (2007). The art of drama in education, 48 suggestions for theater education workshops [Η τέχνη του Δράματος στην εκπαίδευση, 48 προτάσεις για εργαστήρια θεατρικής αγωγής]. Athens, Greece: Metaichmium. Beaty, J. J. (2012). Skills for Preschool Teachers. Boston, USA:Pearson. Bennett, N., Wood, E., & Rogers, S. (1997). Teaching through Play: Teachers' thinking and classroom practice. Buckingham, UK: Open University Press. Bodrova, E. (2008). Make‐believe play versus academic skills: a Vygotskian approach to today’s dilemma of early childhood education. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 16(3), 357-369. doi: 10.1080/13502930802291777 Bodrova, E., & Leong, D. J. (2003). Chopsticks and Counting Chips: Do Play and Foundational Skills Need To Compete for the Teacher's Attention in an Early Childhood Classroom?. Young Children, 58(3), 10-17. Bodrova, E., & Leong, D. J. (2003). The Importance of Being Playful. Educational Leadership, 60(7), 50-53. Bredikyte, M., & Hakkarainen, P. (2011). Play Intervention and Play Development. In C. Lobman, & B. E. O’ Neil (Eds.), Play and Performance. Play & Culture Studies, Volume 11 (pp.59-83). Lanham, USA: University Press of America. Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational researcher, 38(3), 181-199. doi: 10.3102/0013189X08331140 Dunn, J. (2017). Do you know how to play? A “Beginner’s Guide” to the vocabularies of dramatic play. In O’Connor, P. & Gomez, C.R. (Eds.), Playing with Possibilities (pp. 34-49). Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars Publishing. Farmer, D. (2011). Learning through drama in the primary years. Drama Resource www.dramaresource.com Gmitrova, V. (2013). Teaching to play performing a main role–effective method of pretend play facilitation in preschool-age children. Early Child Development and Care, 183(11), 1705-1719. doi: 10.1080/03004430.2012.746970 Lobman, C. (2003). The Bugs Are Coming! Improvisation and Early Childhood Teaching. Young Children, 58(3), 18-23. Lobman, C., & Lundquist, M. (2007). Unscripted learning: Using improv activities across the K-8 curriculum. New York, USA: Teachers College Press Logue, M. E., & Detour, A. (2011). " You Be the Bad Guy": A New Role for Teachers in Supporting Children's Dramatic Play. Early Childhood Research & Practice, 13(1), 1-16. McCabe, U. (2017). The drama in sociodramatic play: implications for curriculum and pedagogy. NJ, 1-11. doi: 10.1080/14452294.2017.1329689 Tsolakidis, E. (2013). Improvisation in theatre [Ο αυτοσχεδιασμό στο θέατρο]. Athens, Greece: Exandas. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 30 SES 01 A: Knowing in ESE Beyond the Human Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Elsa Lee Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Existential and the Instrumental Logic in ESE ESERGO, Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:Considering the current state of our planet, the need for a vibrant environmental and sustainability education (ESE) is arguably more pressing than ever. However, education at large has also become increasingly characterized by accountability, measurements, and high-stakes testing. Consequently, ESE presently finds itself caught in a tension between two competing educational logics, namely an existential one and an instrumental one. There is undoubtedly a deeply existential dimension to ESE as the content of its educational practices have profound implications for continued human (and non-human) existence (Affifi & Christie, 2019; Vandenplas et al., 2023; Verlie, 2019). ESE involves issues about severe threats to our planet and the extinction of numerous species as well as vast global economic and social inequalities. As such, sustainability issues touch upon the very nerve of what it means to grow up in a society where dreadful visions of the future seem to be closing in. Such visions can spark strong moral emotions in students as well as ignite intense political discussions about the development of society (Sund & Öhman, 2014; Van Poeck et al., 2019). In short, the educational content of ESE carries profound existential implications for both teachers and students that need to be carefully handled in the classroom (Vandenplas et al., 2023). At the same time, sustainable development is being taught within a broader system of schooling characterized by instrumentalism rather than devotion to existential concerns. Many European educational systems have moved in a direction of increased teacher accountability and a stronger focus on test results and measurable outcomes (Grek, 2020). Taken together, the changing institutional condition of schooling means that teachers and students today face a harsh educational reality where didactical autonomy is being reduced and knowledge requirements are to be met. This means that there is a risk that schoolwork is being presented to students in instrumental terms that encourages them to pursue good grades for the sake of personal benefit rather than a sincere commitment to the survival of life on earth. Put succinctly, teachers and students engaged in ESE are today caught in a tension between two fundamentally different logics – an existential and an instrumental – that pose a serious pedagogical challenge. The aim of this paper is to theoretically specify the relation between the existential and the instrumental logic in ESE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this theoretical contribution we explore five different aspects of how the relation between the two logics is played out. The five aspects are: (i) the role of emotions, (ii) the role of experiences, (iii) the role of knowledge, (iv) the aim of education, and (v) the temporality in teaching. By exploring the relation with these five aspects, we shed light on challenges that current ESE practices face in relation to the instrumentality of schooling. To explore these five aspects, we draw on previous theoretical and empirical research. Our selection of previous research was purpose related and followed two criteria: (1) research that clearly address either the existential logic or the instrumental logic in education, (2) research that is influential in the ESE research field. In analysing selected publications, we followed a purpose related reading and methodology (Säfström & Östman, 1999). The first strand of previous research consist of publications on the existential logic in ESE (e.g. Affifi & Christie, 2019; Vandenplas et al., 2023; Verlie, 2019). In a recent study of the existential tendency in ESE, Vandenplas et al. (2023) identify seven different ways in which the existential tendency is expressed in climate change education practices. In engaging with this result, we outline how the existential logic in ESE establishes a specific relation between the student, the subject matter and the teacher. The second strand of previous research relates to the instrumental logic of ESE. The instrumental logic of schooling, and its relation to ESE practices, are sometimes referred to a “Stevenson’s gap”. The notion of “Stevenson’s gap” highlights how the very structure of schools and its orientation toward results, achievements and measurable outcomes is at odds with vital ESE practices (Hacking et al., 2007; Stevenson, 2007; Tryggvason et al., 2022). By bringing these two strands of previous research into dialogue we are able to theoretically specify the relation between the existential and instrumental logic in ESE. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A preliminary finding from our exploration of the relation between the two logics is that the relation is characterized by a tension. We identify a tension between the two logics in all the five aspects that we explore. For instance, the existential logic highlights the role of emotions as a crucial part of environmental issues, as well as central part of the learning process (see Vandenplas et al., 2023; Verlie, 2019). In comparison, within the instrumental logic of schooling the measurable outcomes are in focus, rather than the students’ own emotions when encountering the subject matter. Moreover, within an instrumental logic the students’ previous experiences of environmental and sustainability issues do not have the same relevance as they have within an existential logic. From an instrumental perspective the question of what student should learn, and why, is already set before the students encounter the subject matter (cf. Öhman, 2014). In relation to previous conceptualizations of tensions between ESE practices and school structures, such as “Stevenson’s gap” (Hacking et al., 2007) or the “discourse-practice gap” (Vare, 2020), we argue that our conceptualization further contributes and specifies the role of environmental and sustainability issues (ES-issue) in schools. By outlining the two logics, we are able to theoretically specify why a tension arises when ES-issues are brought into current educational system. In the closing discussion of our paper, we address the wider question discussed in the ESE research field: Is it realistic to expect current educational system to fully handling ES-issues? Or is it necessary to tame the existential “nature” of ES-issues if they are to be taught in an instrumentalized school system? Even though our contribution does not provide definitive answers to these questions, the distinction between the two logics, and their specification, are helpful theoretical tools in further developing this discussion. References Affifi, R., & Christie, B. (2019). Facing loss: Pedagogy of death. Environmental Education Research, 25(8), 1143–1157. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1446511 Grek, S. (2020). Facing “a tipping point”? The role of the OECD as a boundary organisation in governing education in Sweden. Education Inquiry, 11(3), 175–195. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2019.1701838 Hacking, E. B., Scott, W., & Barratt, R. (2007). Children’s research into their local environment: Stevenson’s gap, and possibilities for the curriculum. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), 225–244. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620701284811 Öhman, J. (2014). Om didaktikens möjligheter—Ett pragmatiskt perspektiv. Utbildning & Demokrati – tidskrift för didaktik och utbildningspolitk, 23(3), 33–52. https://doi.org/10.48059/uod.v23i3.1023 Säfström, C.A., & Östman, L. (1999). Textanalys [Textual analysis]. Studentlitteratur. Stevenson, R. B. (2007). Schooling and environmental education: Contradictions in purpose and practice. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), 139–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620701295726 Sund, L., & Öhman, J. (2014). On the need to repoliticise environmental and sustainability education: Rethinking the postpolitical consensus. Environmental Education Research, 20(5), 639–659. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2013.833585 Tryggvason, Á., Sund, L., & Öhman, J. (2022). Schooling and ESE: Revisiting Stevenson’s gap from a pragmatist perspective. Environmental Education Research, 28(8), 1237–1250. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2075326 Van Poeck, K., Östman, L., & Öhman, J. (Eds.). (2019). Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351124348 Vandenplas, E., Van Poeck, K., & Block, T. (2023). ‘The existential tendency’ in climate change education: An empirically informed typology. Environmental Education Research, 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2246694 Vare, P. (2020). Beyond the ‘green bling’: Identifying contradictions encountered in school sustainability programmes and teachers’ responses to them. Environmental Education Research, 26(1), 61–80. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1677859 Verlie, B. (2019). Bearing worlds: Learning to live-with climate change. Environmental Education Research, 25(5), 751–766. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1637823 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Towards Posthuman Climate Change Education University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:Climate change is one of the most critical challenges of our time, requiring significant responses from all aspects of society, including education. The prevailing responses to climate change tend towards treating the crisis as a predominantly scientific and managerial issue that requires technological solutions or behaviour changes. Correspondingly, climate change education (CCE) tends towards teaching climate science and (predominantly individual) behaviour change. Recently, socio-political competencies and climate justice have been advanced, which, while crucial, still do not adequately address the question of how we got here in the first place. What is needed, we argue, is greater attention to how climate change is one of multiple, intersecting sustainability crises (e.g. biodiversity loss, chemical and plastic pollution) rooted in a widespread anthropocentric, extractionist, and instrumental mentality.
Both Sterling (2016) and Bonnett (2021) advocate for a twofold strategy to environmental and sustainability education (ESE): on the one hand, a short-term pragmatic agenda of ‘damage limitation’ that cautiously uses science and technology to lessen environmental damage and social injustice as much as possible; and on the other hand, a long-term agenda to shift the human–more-than-human relationship to one that reflects our interconnectedness with the natural world, which must occur simultaneously, and increasingly inform the short-term strategy.
We suggest posthumanism, with its focus on both decentring the human and simultaneously actively exploring from multiple and supra-disciplinary perspectives, a human self-understanding based on relationality, continuity with the natural world, and the animality and materiality of human beings, could provide the roots and shoots for the long-term shift.
In this paper, we engage with posthuman research, which has had a recent resurgence of interest, including within ESE (Clarke & Mcphie, 2020). We align ourselves with the view of ‘posthumanism’ as a simultaneously critical and creative endeavour that involves interrogating the ‘self-representations and conventional understandings of being human, which “we” have inherited from the past’ (Braidotti, 2019, p. 41) while engaging in the on-going task of learning to think differently about ourselves.
We make the case for why a posthumanist, rather than a critical humanist (Lindgren & Öhman, 2019) approach is needed, by revisiting and challenging some of humanism’s central claims. It should be one of the fundamental concerns of education to challenge human-centredness but not abandon our distinctive human subjectivity entirely. We find Kretz’s (2009) concept of ‘open continuity’ helpful: human identity or self-concept remains very much intact but humans are also considered as ‘situated in ecologically relevant wholes of which [they] are a part’ (2009, p. 131), there is ‘a merging between (what is normally construed as a) self and other’ (2009, p. 123). Such a shift in human self-understanding has far-reaching consequences for the education of current and future generations (Herbrechter, 2018).
We then address the question of how posthumanism might influence ESE/CCE. In particular we examine and contribute to the knowledge on how posthumanism might alter existing frameworks such as UNESCO’s (2017) key competencies for sustainability. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We explore and review the recent surge in research on different ways to tackle posthumanism in education. Then, to feed into this diverse and growing field, we want to address the reality facing most ESE/CCE educators today, that of finding their own pathways towards posthuman ESE/CCE within existing anthropocentric educational frameworks. We want to explore how these existing frameworks might be posthumanised. Recently, there has been an emphasis in ESE on developing competencies ‘that enable individuals to participate in socio-political processes and, hence, to move their societies towards sustainable development’ (Rieckmann, 2018, p. 41). We chose to examine how UNESCO’s (2017) key competencies for sustainability might be challenged, troubled, and reconfigured – posthumanised, and how learners might develop these competencies in an entangled and embodied way with the more-than-human. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Posthuman ESE/CCE entails learning together with and co-constructing knowledge with the more-than-human (Blenkinsop et al., 2022; Herbrechter, 2018a; Quinn, 2021; Taylor, 2017; Verlie CCR 15, 2020). Much posthuman ESE/CCE falls within the sphere of new materialism and involves a focus on immersing learners in their embedded materiality and relational entanglement with the more-than-human (Clarke & Mcphie, 2020; Lynch & Mannion, 2021; Mannion, 2020; Mcphie & Clarke, 2015). The diverse approaches explored are the beginnings of a wave that is creatively pushing at the edges of current pedagogy and existing ESE/CCE practices. Posthumanist ideas significantly alter how UNESCO’s (2017) competencies are understood. We draw on Sterling (2009) to posthumanise the systems thinking competency: ‘Systems thinking can be used as a methodology for anti-ecological, as well as ecological, ends’ (p. 78). Ecological thinking, however, is a fundamentally different way of perceiving the world, a worldview, an ontology. Ecological thinking actively resists instrumental rationality, objectivism, and dualism, and extends our boundaries of concern (Sterling, 2009). Posthuman systems thinking would go even further in terms of inclusiveness of the more-than-human and different ways of knowing. Normative competency involving ‘reflection on the norms and values that underlie one’s actions’ and the Self-awareness competency involving reflection on ‘one’s own role in the local community and (global) society’ (UNESCO, 2017, p. 10) would be interpreted radically differently if posthumanised. Indeed, how different would the Collaborative competency, involving ‘the abilities to learn from others; to understand and respect the needs, perspectives and actions of others; to understand, relate to and be sensitive to others’ (ibid.), be if posthumanised, where ‘others’ includes the more-than-human, entire ecosystems? Posthumanising UNESCO’s key competencies entails making more porous their boundaries and therefore the boundaries of their associated educational approaches, methods and ways of thinking and learning alongside, through and with the more-than-human. References Blenkinsop, S., Morse, M., Jickling, B. (2022). Wild Pedagogies: Opportunities and Challenges for Practice. In: Paulsen, M., Jagodzinski, J., M. Hawke, S. (eds) Pedagogy in the Anthropocene. Palgrave Studies in Educational Futures. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-90980-2_2 Bonnett, M. (2021). Environmental consciousness, nature and the philosophy of education: Ecologizing education. Earthscan. Braidotti, R. (2019). Posthuman knowledge. Polity. Clarke , D. A. G. & Mcphie, J. (2020). New materialisms and environmental education: editorial, Environmental Education Research, 26(9-10), 1255–1265, https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1828290 Herbrechter, S. (2018a). Posthumanist Education, in Paul Smeyers (Ed.) International Handbook of Philosophy of Education, 727–745. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-72761-5 Kretz, L. (2009). Open continuity. Ethics and the Environment, 14(2), 115–137. https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.2979/ete.2009.14.2.115 Lindgren, N., & Öhman, J. (2019). A posthuman approach to human-animal relationships: Advocating critical pluralism. Environmental Education Research, 25(8), 1200-1215. Lynch, J. & Mannion, G. (2021). Place-responsive Pedagogies in the Anthropocene: attuning with the more-than-human, Environmental Education Research, 27(6), 864–878. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1867710 Mannion, G. (2020). Re-assembling environmental and sustainability education: orientations from New Materialism, Environmental Education Research, 26(9-10), 1353–1372. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1536926 Mcphie, J. & Clarke, D. A. G. (2015). A Walk in the Park: Considering Practice for Outdoor Environmental Education Through an Immanent Take on the Material Turn, The Journal of Environmental Education, 46(4), 230–250, https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2015.1069250 Quinn, J. (2021). A humanist university in a posthuman world: relations, responsibilities, and rights, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(5-6), 686–700, https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2021.1922268 Rieckmann, M. (2018). Learning to transform the world: key competencies in Education for Sustainable Development. In A. Leicht, J. Heiss, & W. J. Byun (Eds.), Issues and trends in education for sustainable development (pp. 39-59). UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000261445 Sterling, S. (2009). Ecological intelligence: Viewing the world relationally. In A. Stibbe, The handbook of sustainability literacy (pp. 77–83). Green Books. Sterling, S. (2016). A commentary on education and Sustainable Development Goals. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 10(2), 208–213. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0973408216661886 Taylor, C. A. (2017). Is a posthumanist Bildung possible? Reclaiming the promise of Bildung for contemporary higher education. Higher Education, 74(3), 419–435. UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444 Verlie, B. CCR 15. (2020). From action to intra-action? Agency, identity and ‘goals’ in a relational approach to climate change education, Environmental Education Research, 26(9-10), 1266–1280. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1497147 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Teachers Perceptions and Pedagogies With/as Nature: Exploring Environmental Education Possibilities in the Primary School Classroom Through a Posthuman Perspective Southern Cross University, Australia Presenting Author:Abstract This paper explores Australian primary school years teachers’ perceptions of nature and how this informs pedagogy through a posthuman theoretical framework that is informed by and an entanglement of three posthuman concepts: material-discursive practices (Barad, 2007), affective atmospheres (Ash & Anderson, 2015) and childhoodnature (Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles et al., 2020). This theoretical entanglement purposefully disrupts dichotomies and rejects abuse to marginalised others such as First Nations Peoples, children and nonhuman nature. Such disruptions challenge conventional ways of knowing and being and offer opportunities and possibilities for the reconceptualisation of future learning in environmental education and education more broadly. Moreover, this study adopted a creative methodological approach; a diffractive-ethnographic approach to transqualitative inquiry, that is generative and not reductive, to extend thinking and knowledge in innovative and transformative ways. Research question What are Australian primary school classroom teachers’ perceptions of nature and how do they inform pedagogy?
Objectives or purposes
Perspective(s) or theoretical framework Doing theory requires being open to the world’s aliveness, allowing oneself to be lured by curiosity, surprise, and wonder. Theories are not mere metaphysical pronouncements on the world from some presumed position of exteriority. Theories are living and breathing reconfigurings of the world. The world theorizes as well as experiments with itself. Figuring, reconfiguring. (Barad, 2012, p.2)
The posthuman theoretical perspective underpinning this research is inspired by the work of quantum physicist and feminist theorist, Karen Barad (2007). As Barad (2012) states in the opening vignette, theories are alive, dynamic and invite people and the world to be involved. Barad puts this to practice in their rich and complex theories; one of which – material-discursive practices (Barad, 2007) – is adopted in the theoretical framework of this study. The other two concepts that inform the overarching posthuman theoretical framework are affective atmospheres (Ash & Anderson, 2015) and childhoodnature (Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles et al., 2020). Together, these three concepts enable future thinking of human/nonhuman relationality, which moves beyond conventional separatist notions and dualistic paradigms of nature/culture, teacher/student, adult/child, black/white. In line with Sustainable Development Goals (number 4: quality education), this paper is founded on thinking that accepts inclusivity as a natural state despite the tendency of social and cultural systems to perpetuate binary thinking and practice. This framing encourages educators and educational researchers to detach from developmental theories in understanding the child and embrace perspectives that may best inform, challenge and position children and young people for their future lives (Murris, 2016; Taylor et al., 2013). The future scape has never been more uncertain and providing children and young people with authentic opportunities to voice their concerns in messy and non-judgemental ways has never been more critical, or urgent. Each one of the concepts are theoretically robust each in their own right in disrupting traditional binary-making practices, questioning human exceptionalism, and bringing attention to the mattering of every-thing particularly the agency of human/nonhuman nature, equally so. Together, their conceptual alignment in these matters, provides a fierce theoretical frame to materialise the presentation of the findings as a series of data entanglements. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology To align with the posthuman theory underpinning this paper, a transqualitative methodology has been proposed, utilising a diffractive ethnographic approach. A transqualitative inquiry (TI) as methodology is here proposed to enable the diffraction of traditional humanistic qualitative approaches (such as ethnography) with/in/through posthuman approaches to intra-act and generate ‘new’ and different ways of doing data. TI offers a methodology that accepts these tensions to explore the possibilities when qualitative ethnographic methodologies are pushed through posthuman theoretical thinking. TI promotes creative and innovative research to be undertaken without the limitations of conventional qualitative approaches to research. Diffractive ethnography, as proposed by Gullion (2018), aligns with posthuman thinking in expanding on conventional thought-experiments that silence the material. In a move away from human-centred approaches to research that dismiss the material and nonhuman other as insignificant and not active players in a research setting, diffractive ethnography challenges researchers to think with the nonhuman and be open to exploring the voice and agency of matter. Materiality makes itself known in myriad ways and creates new possibilities for understanding classroom happenings beyond yet including only the human. In further justification of diffractive methodologies, Murris (2020) stresses how this methodology could offer an education revolution since, diffraction helps materialize important new insights for posthuman schooling. It disrupts the idea of humanist schooling that knowledge acquisition is mediated by the more expert and knowledgeable other; schooling as a linear journey from child to the more “fully-human” adult. Importantly, the diffractive teacher can be human, nonhuman or more-than-human, contributing to a reconfiguration of the world in all its materiality – a process of “worlding.” Importantly, this process is always relational, not individual. (p. 21) Here, Murris (2020) decentres the human and enacts the agency of matter including the role of the nonhuman, for example, the role of nonhuman nature in being an educator and teacher for children and students. Methods The research design proposes ethnographic methods through posthuman thinking to arrive at three diffractive ethnographic methods of: i) lesson participations, ii) video-stimulated recall conversations with teachers and iii) visual-journaling. These methods are informed by and deeply rooted in posthuman theory applied to educational contexts to ensure they are robust and create data that is rich, authentic and valid; in ‘new’ and different ways of understanding what these terms mean for research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results The findings from this study suggest that teachers’ perceptions of nature come from a human-centric position despite leaning in to some posthuman ideas. It was evident that while teachers thinking aligned with posthuman notions of humans as nature, this was not communicated in practice. Nature is perceived as something external, ‘out-there’ and as a resource: not in a destructive way, but as a place to appreciate and recharge. From this perception, teachers demonstrated education about, for, and in the environment with little to no explicit education with/as nature. In this paper presentation, the creative works of the teacher-researcher collaboration are shared through the diffractive data entanglement findings. The findings provide an interesting and necessary contribution to understanding how teachers’ perceive nature and how this informs their pedagogy to inform environmental education practices, policies, and future research. Scholarly significance of the study The significance of this study crosses three key domains where there are critical gaps in the existing research. Firstly, this study makes a unique contribution to knowledge in environmental education through investigating primary school classroom teachers’ perceptions of nature and how this informs their pedagogy. Secondly, the study introduces transqualitative inquiry as methodology using a diffractive ethnographic approach, that aligns with a conceptually-informed, robust, posthumanist framework proposed for this study. Finally, this research is significant because there is currently limited research that explores primary school classroom teachers’ perceptions of nature using posthuman theory that asserts the human body is nature, and not apart from it (Author, 2020; Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles et al., 2021). There is dire need for research which addresses these current shortfalls; both the field of education and the planet are dependent on it. References References Ash, J., & Anderson, B. (2015). Atmospheric methods. In P. Vannini (Ed.), Non-representational methodologies (pp. 44-61). Routledge. Author (2020) Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Barad, K. (2012b). On touching—The inhuman that therefore I am. differences, 23(3), 206-223. Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A., Malone, K., & Barratt Hacking, E. (2020). Research handbook on childhoodnature: Assemblages of childhood and nature research (A. Cutter-Mackenzie, K. Malone, & E. Barratt Hacking, Eds.). Springer International Publishing. Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A., Osborn, M., Lasczik, A., Malone, K., & Knight, L. (2021). The Mudbook: Nature play framework. Queensland Government Department of Education. Gullion, J. S. (2018). Diffractive Ethnography. Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351044998 Murris, K. (2016). The Posthuman Child: Educational transformation through philosophy with picturebooks. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315718002 Murris, K. (2020). Posthuman Child and the Diffractive Teacher: Decolonizing the Nature/Culture Binary. In A. Cutter-Mackenzie, K. Malone, & E. Barratt Hacking (Eds.), Research Handbook on Childhoodnature : Assemblages of Childhood and Nature Research (pp. 1-25). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-51949-4_7-2 Murris, K., & Haynes, J. (2018). Literacies, Literature and Learning: Reading Classrooms Differently. Routledge. Taylor, A., Blaise, M., & Giugni, M. (2013). Haraway's ‘bag lady story-telling’: relocating childhood and learning within a ‘post-human landscape’ [Article]. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 34(1), 48-62. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2012.698863 |
13:15 - 14:45 | 30 SES 01 B: Local Places in Global Context Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Alan Reid Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Locally Relevant Education for Sustainable Development: Rural Schools in a Global Context 1Midsweden university, Sweden; 2Midsweden university, Sweden Presenting Author:The main aim of the paper is to discuss students' learning and personal development through developing scientific didactic models in education for sustainable development (ESD) based on rural small school conditions. A partial aim is to present a heuristic research methodology where collaboration between school staff, researchers, neighboring local actors, and the local geographical location contributes to developing ESD theory and practice. Considering present eco-social-cultural challenges and respecting the earth's carrying capacity (Fettes och Blenkinsop, 2023) and planetary boundaries (Oziewicz, 2022) education is an important partner (Jickling et. al 2018). Hence, the need to understand practical challenges and to develop didactical tools for teaching and learning is crucial. Accordingly, this paper presents tentative results from a practice-based research project with three small schools in sparsely populated areas in the middle of Sweden. The project builds on the assumption that schools’ geographical location is important for the kind of environmental and sustainability education that is possible and desirable. Furthermore, whereas place-based education research is common (see Yemini, Engel & Ben Simon 2023), research that focuses on small schools in sparsely populated communities is uncommon. In particular, the paper addresses questions concerning the potential of the local natural environment as an equally important partner in education. Other sustainability factors taken into consideration are how education can address migration into cities, extending formal education to formal-nonformal education in collaboration with neighboring local actors, and how to understand and organize students' learning in such teaching practice context (Miller, 2015). Furthermore, those schools often engage in the proximity of the local community, place, and the culture and history of local communities. The paper builds on categorial Bildung-theory and critical constructive didactics (Klafki, 1995) to enable the importance of personal transformation change and the role of education in mastering the global challenges of an uncertain future (Wilhelmsson & Blenkinsop, accepted; Kvamme, 2021). Simultaneously, critical constructive didactics focuses on educational content and didactics as an intersection between theory and practice (Klafki, 2010). Didactic models are realized to the extent that they are used and tested in teaching practice where the practice is seen as both a starting point and frame of reference for didactic theory (Künzli, 2010). Furthermore, late Klafki introduces “epochal key problems” as important issues that are decisive for the future. This underlines the current and future responsibilities of both teachers and students and the readiness for learning and development that leads to mastering complex sustainability problems (Kvamme, 2021). The research questions addressed are: What challenges and opportunities are constituted in teaching for sustainable development in small schools in sparsely populated areas? What are the pluralistic interaction areas for those schools with nature, the local community, and the socio-geographical location? In what ways does a practical research methodology focusing on didactic models enable a locally relevant education for sustainable development? Tentative results include: Insights into how the school engages (and is engaged by) the local community in education for sustainable development. Didactic models for locally relevant education for sustainable development, including appropriate skills and attributes, that relate critically and constructively to the school's mission. A scientifically assessed research methodology that strengthens collaboration and is sustainable over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study design is based on an abductive logic that enables a continuous didactic reflection where theory and empirical evidence are mutually reinterpreted (Wilhelmsson & Damber, 2022). Accordingly, the reciprocal relationship between theory and empirical practice has a given place in the research process. Abduction's flexible choice of theoretical framework avoids one-sided analysis and uncritical explanations. This is favorable for studying, understanding, and explaining the complexity of education for sustainable development. In addition, a rapidly changing society demands the ability to constantly reconsider theoretical explanations in education and teaching. Practitioner inquiry is used as methodology. Here, teaching becomes the concrete place for the investigation and thus constitutes a context for professional and cultural understanding and development (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). The methodology, which is critical and reflexive, enables the pedagogues' systematic reflection and thus a purpose-oriented study of local teaching practice. The abductive design along with practitioner inquiry ensures that participating researchers and educators collaborate in data collection, activities, and analysis and that these activities also become learning opportunities for participating educators and researchers. Didactic modeling is used throughout the phases of the project as it consists of three components, extraction (construct a tentative model based on empirical data), mangling (successive and purpose-oriented adaptation of the tentative models), and exemplifying (documentation of the use of the models in analysis and teaching) (Hamza and Lundqvist, 2023). The empirical material consists of reflexive texts produced in direct connection to the teaching experience and through collaborative workshops, writing exercises, seminars, and interactive lectures in dialogue with participating pedagogues. Documentation from teaching planning and student participation constitutes supplementary material. Data is also collected using structured dialogues about central teaching cases, and in-depth follow-up interviews with a strategic selection of participating teachers and neighboring local actors. The processing of the material takes place with the aim of jointly and critically reflecting on the complexity of, and the change in, teaching practice in collaboration with the local community and the geographical location. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project produces insights into how schools engage and are engaged by the local community in establishing ESD; research methods and methodology, partnership with small schools, teaching practices that relate critically to the school's commission; how researchers and practitioners can, in collaboration with neighboring local actors, contribute to developing didactic models for locally relevant ESD; identifying relevant skills for participating practitioners and researchers; didactic models for locally relevant education for sustainable development. The three evolving themes imply that locally relevant didactical models that relate critically and constructively to the school's mission in a global context should include collaboration with neighboring local community actors, the place, and nature; significant critical perspectives and student participation for student learning and development; conditions that are constitutive for living and working in sparsely populated communities. The preliminary analysis shows that the three themes are interconnected in most teaching activities and teachers' practice-reflections. The themes also comprise individual student perspectives, teaching practice, and the overall purpose of education. Importantly, although the local community needs and needs of the individual in this specific context is underlined the latter is emphasized in teaching practice. E.g. how to motivate students to learn, what kind of knowledge is underlined, and how to achieve specific competencies in this context. Furthermore, the proximity of the local community, and the culture and history that characterize the geographical location, are celebrated at the same time as social norms and values may be challenged through education to fulfill the school's mission. Additionally, the practitioner inquiry includes pedagogues' systematic reflection and a purpose-oriented study of local teaching practice that implies an imbalance between researchers and practitioners. Practitioners question if their teaching practice are correct and struggle with theoretical perspectives. Hence, researchers´ efforts to contextualize theory into teachers' practice is important. In addition, the work is time-consuming. References Cochran-Smith, M. & Lytle, S.L. (2009) Teacher Research as Stance. The SAGE Handbook of Educational Action Research, Susan E. Noffke, and Bridget Somekh (Red), s. 39–49. SAGE Publications. Fettes, Mark & Blenkinsop, Sean (2023) Education as the Practice of Eco-Social-Cultural Change. Palgrave Macmillan Cham https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-45834-7 Hamza, K &Lundqvist, E. (2023). Mangling didactic models for use in didactic analysis of Classroom interaction. I Lizogate, F., Klette K., och Almqvist, J. (2023) (red) Didactics in a Changing World. European perspectives on Teaching, learning and the curriculum. (s 103–121). Springer Nature Switzerland: Jickling, B., Blenkinsop, S., Timmerman, N. & De Danann Sitka-Sage, M. (2018). Wild Pedagogies: Touchstones for Re-Negotiating Education and the Environment in the Anthropocene. Springer International Publishing AG. Klafki, W. (1995). Didactic analysis as the core of preparation of instruction (Didaktische Anlyse als Kern der Unterrichtsvorbereitung). Journal of Curriculum Studies, 27(1), 13-30. Klafki, W. (2010). The significance of classical theories of bildung for a contemporary concept of allgeminbildung. In, I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a reflective practice: The German didaktic tradition (pp. 85-107). Routledge. Klafki, W. (2010). The significance of classical theories of bildung for a contemporary concept of allgeminbildung. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a reflective practice: The German didaktic tradition (pp. 85-107). Routledge. Kvamme, O. (2021). Rethinking Bildung in the Anthropocene: The case of Wolfgang Klafki. Theological Studies, 77 (3), a 6807, 1-9. Künzli, R. (2010). German didactic models of re-presentation, of intercourse, and of experience. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a Reflective Practice. The German Didaktik Tradition (pp. 41-54). Routledge. Miller, P. (2015). Leading remotely: exploring the experiences of principals in rural and remote School communities in Jamaica. (Case study). International Journal of Whole Schooling, 11(1), 35. Oziewicz, M. (2022). Planetarianism Now: On Anticipatory Imagination, Young People’s Literature, and Hope for the Planet. In: Paulsen, M., jagodzinski, j., M. Hawke, S. (eds) Pedagogy in the Anthropocene. Palgrave Studies in Educational Futures. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-90980-2_12 Yemini, M, Engel, L. & Ben Simon, A. (2023): Placebased education – a systematic review of literature. Educational Review, DOI:10.1080/00131911.2023.2177260 Wilhelmsson, L. & Blenkinsop, S. (accepted). Ecologizing Bildung: Educating for the eco-social-cultural challenges of the twenty-first century: Canadian Journal of Environmental Education. Volume 23. Wilhelmsson, L. & Damber, U. (2022). Abduktion som alternativ i didaktisk forskning. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 4, ss. 180-202. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Exploring the Interpretation of the Learning Environment for Effective Environmental Outdoor Education 1ELTE Eötvös Loránd Uinversity, Institute of People–Environment Transaction; 2ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Doctoral School of Education Presenting Author:The research aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of the interpretations of the out-of-school learning environment of environmental education. The main research questions arise from a general understanding of the use and interpretation of the learning environment in environmental education. 1. How do teachers interpret the components of the learning environment outside school during the implementation of environmental education? 2. Are there any pattern-like links between teachers' and pupils' interpretations of the out-of-school learning environment in relation to the environmental education and between interpretations and implementation in general? Our analysis is therefore necessarily preceded by a rethinking of the definition of the learning environment. We focus on the relationship between people and their environment, where understanding individual interpretations of the learning environment can be the key to successful environmental education. If we think of space as a complex system of effects that provides the framework for the concrete realization of learning, then the continuous temporal variation of the system of effects also means that the conditions of learning are constantly changing (Banyard & Underwood, 2008). Some dimensions of the system of effects conceptualised as space are more closely related to the learning process, while others are indifferent to a particular aspect of the learning process (De Corte et al, 2003). We can define the learning factors that can be described and characterised in a learning space as the elements of the system of effections of the learning space, and thus our related studies also requires a complex approach in which we accept ab ovo that the learning process can only be examined in conjunction with the factors that influences it, along their interrelationships (Tókos et al, 2020). The complex web of relationships between factors that affects the learning space and defines a unit of interaction where abstraction and reflection are associated with learning are continuous or quasi-continuous. This interaction unit is the learning environment. Our understanding of learning environments argues that a given learning environment is always shaped by learning objectives and learning outcomes described in terms of the development of individual and community spaces (Dúll, 2010). In the learning environment, the factors that shape learning form a dynamically changing network and the elements of the network affect the activity system of the individual involved in the learning process in different ways. However, individual activity systems are necessarily interconnected. In most cases individual learning goals are formulated along the lines of the learning goals of the community (Engeström, 1987). So the individual learning outcomes can be interpreted along the lines of community learning outcomes, and community learning outcomes can only be interpreted along the lines of individual learning outcomes (Rusticus et al, 2023). The learning outcomes of environmental education are linked to space, individual and community spaces, which, for some learning outcomes can be fundamental in determining the ideal learning environment for the learning activity (Agarvall et al, 2003; Varga, 2004). These learning outcomes can not only determine the ideal learning environment, but can also continuously shape it. As a result of the learning process, environmental knowledge is expanded, which allows for new and changing interpretations of the whole system of effects (the space around us). And the ideal learning environment supports the success of the learning process, therefore the precise definition of learning outcomes helps to create the ideal learning environment, as the elements that contribute to the achievement of the learning goals are highlighted in the learning space's effects (Corbett, 2002; Cseh, 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research used a mixed methodology which incorporates both quantitative and qualitative elements. In the design of the study, the quantitative unit is complemented by the qualitative one through the observation and case study of concrete learning situations and examples of implementation. The research tools used in this study therefore reflect the specificities of the inductive and deductive approaches. The use of an online questionnaire for teachers (n=480) and pupils, to be implemented in the first phase of the data collection, seems to be an ideal solution for the implementation of the environmental education and for exploring the learning environment outside the school at a more general level. In the second step of the data collection, further data extracted from the focus group interviews (n=30) based on the questionnaire survey data and results. In the interviews, we obtained data specifically on the detailed understanding of the out-of-school learning environment involved in environmental education. The possible correlations between the data collected in this way and the data on environmental education from the questionnaire survey, and their explanation, can be interpreted as expected results of the research. In the third step of the data collection, we done observation in between teachers (n=14), The purpose of the case studies of specific activities is to analyse the relationship between the understanding of the learning environment outside school and the concrete implementation of environmental education at a deeper level. Furthermore, the main objective is to confirm the validity of the relationships described along the interview data and the findings based on them through practical examples. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected results of the research can be broken down into three broad units, similar to each phase of the data collection. Each phase of the data collection may produce different results that can be interpreted individually. However, the complex interconnectedness of environmental education in the out-of-school learning environment and a deeper understanding of it can only be achieved by interpreting the results of these three phases together. The data from the first phase provide a general picture of the situation of out-of-school environmental education in public education in Hungary, showing the methodological, technical and territorial specificities of its implementation and the factors that help and hinder its systematic implementation. The main result of the second phase of data collection is an exploratory analysis of the situation, which reveals the similarities and differences between the interpretations of the out-of-school learning environment by environmental educators, with particular reference to the characteristics and features of the environmental education activities implemented along the lines of the different interpretations. From the analysis of the cases observed in the third phase, the conscious design of the out-of-school learning environment and its impact on students can be described. Another noteworthy result is that the observed cases have resulted in a product of 'good practices' that can be useful for teachers planning environmental education activities in out-of-school learning environments. References Agarwal, Adesh and Saxena, A. K.: Pshycological Perspectives in Environmental and Development Issues, Concept Publishing Company, 2003 Banyard, P., & Underwood, J. (2008). Understanding the learning space. eLearning Papers, (9), 1. Corbett, J. (2002). Supporting inclusive education. Routledge. Cseh, A. (2015). Pre Architectura - Learning Through Space. 10.13140/RG.2.2.11833.26723. De Corte, E., Verschaffel, L., Entwistle, N. & Van Marrienboer, J. (2003, szerk.). Powerful Learning Environments: Unravelling Basic Components and Dimensions. Amsterdam: Pergamon Press. Dúll A. (2010). Helyek, tárgyak, viselkedés (Places, objects, behaviour). Környezetpszichológiai tanulmányok. L’Harmattan Kiadó. Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Orienta-Konsultit. Rusticus, S. A., Pashootan, T., & Mah, A. (2023). What are the key elements of a positive learning environment? Perspectives from students and faculty. Learning Environments Research, 26(1), 161-175. Tókos, K., Rapos, N., Szivák, J., Lénárd, S., & Kárász, J. T. (2020). Osztálytermi tanulási környezet vizsgálata. Iskolakultúra, 30(8), 41-61. Varga, A. (2004). A környezeti nevelés pedagógiai, pszichológiai alapjai (Pedagogical and psychological foundations of environmental education). Eötvös Loránd Tudományegyetem Bölcsészettudományi Kar Neveléstudományi Doktori Iskola. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Global Insights, Local Practices: A Qualitative Inquiry on ESD in Flemish and Japanese School Organizations 1University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2Department of Empirical Social Security Research National Institute of Population and Social Security Research Presenting Author:Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is regarded as one of the main drivers for a sustainable future. Embedding ESD within schools should be the focus of research, practice, and policy (UNESCO, 2020). While there is a growing body of empirical studies on its effects on teaching practices and student outcomes (Boeve-de Pauw et al., 2015; Olsson, 2018), research on the role of schools as organizations in ESD is still lacking, especially in contrast with the literature in educational management and school effectiveness (Creemers and Kyriakides, 2008; Teddlie and Reynolds, 2006; Verhelst et al., 2022; Verhelst et al., 2021). With the Whole School Approach gaining importance for embedding ESD in schools (Bosevska and Kriewaldt, 2020; Sasaki et al., 2023; Wals and Mathie, 2022), the need for a clear understanding of schools organizational functioning is even more evident. Despite the approval of the school organization’s importance by more and more ESD scholars (Mogaji and Newton, 2020; Mogren, 2019; Scott, 2013; Verhelst et al., 2020), the characteristics that shape such an organizational context are still not very well documented in the international research literature (Kuzmina et al., 2020; Verhelst et al., 2020). Seeing that ESD is strongly shaped by the context wherein it is practiced, there is a strong need for a comparison of ESD within different geographical and cultural contexts (Kopnina and Meijers, 2014). While some frameworks on ESD within the school organization were developed based on insights from educational effectiveness research and school improvement research (Mogren et al., 2019; Verhelst et al., 2020), the generalizability of these frameworks across different contexts is still limited (Verhelst et al., 2021). Moreover, seeing that the general field of educational management and administration tends to be predominantly situated in the Anglo-American research traditions (Hallinger and Kovačević, 2019), cross-cultural comparisons pose a unique challenge, necessitating a deeper exploration to discern the applicability and cultural nuances of these frameworks. In this presentation, we seek to address this scholarly gap by scrutinizing the complexities of ESD in Flemish and Japanese school organizations, offering a nuanced insight to discern the transferability and cultural intricacies of the implementation of ESD in school organizations. The theoretical framework at the base of this comparison is the framework for an ESD-effective school (Verhelst et al., 2020). The framework describes eight interconnected characteristics on a contextual and a central level, that have been connected to students’ outcomes in ESD (Verhelst et al., 2022). At the contextual level, sustainable leadership and school resources are situated. Sustainable leadership—defined by the adept adjustment of leadership styles considering holism, pluralism, and action orientation—combined with the school's resources, shapes the environment wherein six central characteristics manifest. These include Pluralistic Communication (fostering recognition and dialogue among diverse viewpoints), Supportive Relations (cultivating positive connections within the school and with external partners), Democratic Decision-Making (involving all relevant stakeholders in decision-making processes), Shared Vision of the School (cultivating a unified understanding of ESD and the school's commitment to it), Adaptability (responding effectively to internal and external demands or opportunities for change), and Collective Efficacy (believing that collective efforts positively impact students' ESD learning outcomes). Importantly, these characteristics collectively embody the ESD culture and organizational values, with their interrelated nature meaning that each can influence the others. Our study aims to examine the factors contributing to the effectiveness of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in Japanese and Flemish schools. Our primary research question is as follows: "To what extent and in what ways are school characteristics perceived and valued as instrumental traits in facilitating ESD in Japanese and Flemish schools?" Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study builds on two qualitative data sets collected in Flanders and in Japan. To obtain an apt sample, we used purposive sampling (Patton, 2015). Via collaboration with educational organizations with expertise in ESD in both Japan and Flanders, suitable schools were identified. Data were gathered via semi-structured interviews, which allowed for interaction between the researcher and the participant (Patton, 2015). While this technique offers a systematic way of asking questions, it did not eliminate the opportunity to discuss relevant information that was not included in the interview guide (Patton, 2015). To mitigate the impact of social desirability, we explicitly communicated to all participants that the interviews were not designed to assess the school's performance. The Japanese data was collected in 2020 among 10 teachers from ESD promoting schools in Yokohama city, 3 primary schools and 3 secondary schools. The Flemish data was collected in 2019 among 12 teachers across nine schools: six primary schools and three secondary schools. The recordings were transcribed and translated for analysis. After a process of reading and rereading, the transcripts were coded in NVivo (version 12 pro). A coding tree was used to deductively code the data (Benjamin and William, 1999). This coding tree was constructed based on the framework for an ESD-effective school (Verhelst et al., 2020). This coding tree was the basis for the comparison of the two samples. The data from both Japanese and Flemish teachers was analyzed via selective coding, specific fragments were assigned to the coding tree. Subsequently, a combination of selective and open coding was used to go through the data again, until saturation (Cohen et al., 2011). Using peer examination when constructing the coding tree and multiple researchers for analyzing the data, the internal validity of this study was addressed (Cohen et al., 2011). Moreover, during both the development of the coding tree and the coding process itself, attention was devoted to the linguistic and conceptual understandings between research partners (Troman and Jeffrey, 2007). To check the reliability of the data analysis, we double coded 10% of the data to calculate the interrater reliability. After the coding was finalized, we looked for differences between Flemish and Japanese respondents with regards to cultural and context specific differences or similarities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this submission, we present preliminary findings of our ongoing research on the perception of school characteristics as instrumental traits in enhancing the efficacy of ESD between Japanese and Flemish schools. We look forward to refining and augmenting these findings as our research advances, and we welcome valuable insights and feedback from the conference attendees. In the following, we briefly discuss what we expect to find in our analyses. Seeing that cross-cultural qualitative research knows many challenges related to the conceptual equivalence across contexts and languages (Troman and Jeffrey, 2007), our explorative comparison of the Japanese and Flemish perspectives attempts to establish a foundation of mutual understanding in future comparative research. Nevertheless, this first explorative inquiry aims to identify any potential differences or similarities in the views of the Flemish and Japanese respondents regarding the conceptual framework of an ESD-effective school. These potential differences could help in understanding how ESD is operationalized in school organizations that have a completely different cultural background. In this we could identify factors related to the organizational system, the curricula, and cultural perceptions regarding ESD. Identifying these potential differences can help researchers understand cultural nuances of ESD within the school organization. Our aim is to contribute to the documentation of factors influencing the organizational implementation of ESD, taking into account the nuanced geographical and cultural contexts that shape schools and educational practices. Through this research, we endeavor to shed light on the contextual variations in the embodiment of ESD characteristics, fostering a more comprehensive and culturally sensitive perspective on sustainable education. References Benjamin and William (1999). Doing Qualitative Research. SAGE Publications. Boeve-de Pauw, Gericke, Olsson and Berglund (2015). "The effectiveness of education for sustainable development." Sustainability. Bosevska and Kriewaldt (2020). "Fostering a whole-school approach to sustainability: learning from one school’s journey towards sustainable education." IRGEE. Cohen, Martin, McCulloch, O'Sullivan, Manion, Morrison and Bell (2011). Data Analysis: Coding and Content Analysis. Research Methods in Education. Routledge. Creemers and Kyriakides (2008). The Dynamics of Educational Effectiveness: a Contribution to Policy, Practice and Theory in Contemporary Schools. Routledge. Hallinger and Kovačević (2019). "A Bibliometric Review of Research on Educational Administration: Science Mapping the Literature, 1960 to 2018." RER. Kopnina and Meijers (2014). "Education for sustainable development (ESD): Exploring theoretical and practical challenges." International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education. Kuzmina, Trimingham and Bhamra (2020). "Organisational Strategies for Implementing Education for Sustainable Development in the UK Primary Schools: A Service Innovation Perspective." Sustainability. Mogaji and Newton (2020). "School Leadership for Sustainable Development: A Scoping Review." JSD. Mogren (2019). Guiding Principles of Transformative Education for Sustainable Development in Local School Organisations: Investigating Whole School Approaches through a School Improvement Lens. Doctoral thesis, Karlstad University. Mogren, Gericke and Scherp (2019). "Whole school approaches to education for sustainable development: a model that links to school improvement." EER. Olsson (2018). Student Sustainability Consciousness : Investigating Effects of Education for Sustainable Development in Sweden and Beyond Doctoral thesis, comprehensive summary, Karlstad University. Patton (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods. Integrating theory and practice. Los Angeles, Calif., SAGE Publications. Sasaki, Yonehara and Kitamura (2023). "The influence of the whole school approach on implementing education for sustainable development in Japan." PROSPECTS. Scott (2013). "Developing the sustainable school: thinking the issues through." The Curriculum Journal. Teddlie and Reynolds (2006). The international handbook of school effectiveness research. Routledge. Troman and Jeffrey (2007). "Qualitative data analysis in cross‐cultural projects." Comparative Education. UNESCO (2020). Education for sustainable development: a roadmap. Verhelst, Vanhoof, Boeve-de Pauw and Van Petegem (2020). "Building a conceptual framework for an ESD-effective school organization." JEE. Verhelst, Vanhoof, De Maeyer, Sass and Van Petegem (2022). "Enabling effective education for sustainable development: Investigating the connection between the school organization and students’ action competence." JEE. Verhelst, Vanhoof and Van Petegem (2021). "School effectiveness for education for sustainable development (ESD): What characterizes an ESD-effective school organization?" EMAL. Wals, and Mathie (2022). Whole School Responses to Climate Urgency and Related Sustainability Challenges. Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation. Springer Singapore. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 31 SES 01 A: Empowering Change: Inclusive Pedagogy, Linguistic Diversity and Social Activism in Teacher Professional Development in Canada, The Netherlands, Germany, New Caledonia Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Emmanuelle Le Pichon-Vorstman Session Chair: Rahat Zaidi Symposium |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Empowering Change: Inclusive Pedagogy, Linguistic Diversity and Social Activism in Teacher Professional Development in Canada, The Netherlands, Germany, New Caledonia The continuous rise in both the number and the diversity of newcomer students in Canada, The Netherlands and Germany along with the imperative of recognizing minority languages in post-colonial educational contexts like Canada and New Caledonia[1], are frequently presented as considerable challenges for educators and school stakeholders. This symposium aims to spotlight the potential inherent in these new student populations to renew classroom dynamics proposing a reevaluation of pedagogical approaches. In these demographically diverse classrooms, teachers navigate a wide range of student profiles, encompassing linguistic, cultural and experiential knowledge while adhering to the school curriculum. In Canada, the Ontario Ministry of Education (2008) emphasizes that all teachers should be capable of supporting language learners. In New Caledonia, the Noumea Accord (1998) acknowledges the importance of indigenous Kanak culture and identity and sustains their re-introduction within the educational system as part of the decolonization process. In all contexts however, most teachers are trained to handle monolingual student populations, leaving them unprepared for the significant linguistic diversity in classrooms and often in denial of its didactic value (Razafimandimbimanana, 2022). This symposium addresses the critical need for teachers to acquire updated skills for the effective practice of linguistically and culturally responsive pedagogy. By presenting perspectives derived from research conducted in diverse contexts, the session aims to address the global similarity of challenges in supporting teachers in the implementation of inclusive pedagogy. The symposium will delve into innovative solutions, drawing from cutting-edge research across the globe, underlining the didactic value of languages as resources for learning and advocating for the recognition of minority languages rights in education (Ruiz, 1984). The objectives of the symposium include: - Enhancing our understanding of how to provide support to pre-service and in-service teachers in addressing discrimination faced by students with a migration, minority or indigenous background; - Providing insights into strategies for ensuring the sustainable implementation of inclusive and equitable teaching practice; - Discussing the implications for the international applicability and transferability of the proposed strategies. The papers in this symposium showcase pioneering research grounded in both language as a right and as a resource for learning. All authors share the project of building culturally sensitive educational institutions by empowering silenced cultures and minorities. The first paper discusses the Language Friendly School approach that promotes linguistic inclusion and creates inclusive environments. The analyses based on interviews with educators from Canada and The Netherlands highlight factors contributing to the network's success in impacting engagement and belongingness. The second paper addresses challenges in implementing multilingual pedagogies in Germany, proposing that involving student teachers with civil society organizations can enhance their understanding and integration of multilingualism. The third paper advocates for the use of pluriartistic mediation to decenter linguistic expertise in (post)colonial contexts, emphasizing the principle of epistemic justice and the promotion of cultural sensitivity among future teachers. The fourth paper focuses on challenges faced by educators in Western Canada regarding newcomer students' disempowerment. It presents a project that provides tools for exploring and shaping the intersectional identities in terms of language, culture and literacy development. Structure of the session. After a brief introduction, we will transition into paper presentations. Then, in discussion with the audience, we will explore, across the diverse contexts (Canada, The Netherlands, Germany, New Caledonia) how the variety of experiences shared enhances our understanding and practice of implementing sustainable pedagogies that are linguistically and culturally responsive. What strategies really promote change through inclusive pedagogy and social activism? Are they applicable to both pre-service and in-service teacher professional development? [1] A French-governed archipelago located in the South Pacific. References Journal officiel de la République française (1998). Lois et décrets (version papier numérisée) n° 0121 du 27/05/1998 Ontario Ministry of Education. (2008). Supporting English Language Learners A practical guide for Ontario educators. Queen’s Printer of Ontario. Razafimandimbimanana, E. (2022). « De la diversité des langues à la pluralité des médiations : faire de la recherche un projet d’émancipation sociale ». HDR, Université Paris Sorbonne-Nouvelle. Ruiz, R. (1984). Orientations in language planning. NABE: The Journal for the National Association for Bilingual Education, 8(2): 15–34. Presentations of the Symposium Fostering Inclusion through In-Service Teacher Professional Development: The Transformative Impact of the Language Friendly School in The Netherlands and Canada
The first paper will center on the Language Friendly School approach, introduced by Le Pichon and Kambel in 2019 to advance linguistic inclusion and equitable educational access. Currently, more than 50 schools worldwide hold official certification as Language Friendly Schools (Le Pichon & Kambel, 2022). Grounded in a comprehensive school-wide strategy, each school commits to refraining from penalizing students for using their own languages and leveraging the linguistic and cultural expertise of their student body. Notably, the network's inclusivity spans diverse educational institutions on four continents, including indigenous, public and private schools, international schools, and schools in refugee centers. Despite contextual differences, these schools share a collective goal: fostering inclusive and culturally responsive environments.
This presentation will explore the factors perceived by teachers as contributors to the success of the Language Friendly School network. Amidst challenging work conditions for educators, how do these schools implement a holistic strategy that integrates research-based practices to champion linguistic and cultural inclusion? What impact do teachers believe the network has on their respective schools?
Using an inductive grounded theory method (Glaser & Strauss, 1967), we analyzed the interviews conducted with school stakeholders (teachers and principals) from two schools in Ontario (primary and secondary schools) and four in The Netherlands, both at the start and after 6 to 12 months of participation in the network.
In this presentation, we will show how the collaborative action approach empowered teachers and cultivated an environment conducive to diversity, ultimately benefiting students and their families. The presentation will showcase the impact of the network on student participation, engagement, and the sense of belonging for students, their families, and teachers according to teachers and administrators. We will highlight the results by showing artifacts shared by educators. The discussion will address the factors that empower educators and create an environment conducive to diversity, along with a consideration of the approach's limitations.
References:
Glaser, B., & Strauss, A. (1967). The discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Mill Valley, CA: Sociology Press.
Le Pichon, E. & Kambel, E.R. (2022). The Language Friendly School: An Inclusive and Equitable Pedagogy, Childhood Education, 98:1, 42-49, DOI: 10.1080/00094056.2022.2020538
Service Learning in Teacher Education Programs to Foster Linguistic Activism and Multilingual Pedagogies across the Curriculum
Research into the implementation of multilingual pedagogies shows that even when teachers have positive attitudes towards the linguistic diversity of societies and their students, they still often choose not to implement them in the classroom (De Angelis, 2011; Haukås, 2016; Huxel, 2018). The reasons can be related to a lack of professional preparation, a lack of resources (time, materials, etc.) and skepticism about learning outcomes (Melo-Pfeifer, 2020). This presentation assumes that greater involvement of student teachers with association of civil society working with multilingual populations, through service learning (Aramburuzabala, McIlrath & Opazo, 2019), can lead to a more concrete experience of multilingualism outside the classroom and the university, becoming part of their professional “funds of knowledge”. These professional experiences have the potential to bridge the gap between the lives of the students they will encounter in the classroom and their initial training, thus reducing student teachers’ skepticism towards multilingual pedagogies and overcoming the monolingual habitus they have been through during their education path. Engaging in community service projects that require multilingual communication and the full use of linguistic repertoires, might lead student teachers to see the immediate impact of their language skills, fostering a sense of social responsibility, through the emotionally loaded living of multilingual strategies in their daily lives.
This presentation draws on this educational framework, using service learning to promote linguistic activism and the subsequent integration of multilingual pedagogies across diverse academic disciplines (Duarte, Gerritsen, Lourenço, Melo-Pfeifer & Pinto, forthcoming). The proposed approach, developed in the scope of the project BOLD (Building on Linguistic and Cultural Diversity), seeks to empower student teachers of different school subjects as linguistic activists by engaging them in meaningful community service projects that require the application and celebration of individual and societal multilingualism. By intertwining service learning, language education across the curriculum and initial teacher education programs, BOLD aims to foster a deeper understanding of linguistic diversity, linguistic responsive practices at school and beyond school, and social responsibility.
In the scope of BOLD, we developed resources about linguistic and cultural diversity to ensure social justice. We will present these resources along with responses of student teachers to them, gained through thinking-aloud protocols. We will show how crisscrossing service learning, linguistic activism, and multilingual pedagogies in initial teacher education programs offers a holistic strategy to prepare student teachers from different school subjects for active participation and implementation of multilingual pedagogies across the curriculum.
References:
Aramburuzabala, P., McIlrath, L., & Opazo, H. (Eds.). (2019). Embedding Service Learning in European Higher Education. Developing a Culture of Civic Engagement. Routledge.
De Angelis, G. (2011). Teachers’ beliefs about the role of prior language knowledge in learning and how these influence teaching practices. International Journal of Multilingualism, 8(3), 216–234.
Duarte, J.; Gerritsen, N.; Lourenço, M.; Melo-Pfeifer, S., & Pinto, S. (forthcoming). Service learning for linguistic and cultural diversity in Higher Education: proposals for initial (language) teacher education. Education Sciences (Featured paper)
Haukås, Å. (2016). Teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism and a multilingual pedagogical approach. International Journal of Multilingualism, 13(1), 1-18. DOI: 10.1080/14790718.2015.1041960
Huxel, K. (2018). LehrerInsein in der Migrationsgesellschaft. Professionalisierung in einem widersprüchlichen Feld. ZIZU, 7, 109-121.
Melo-Pfeifer, S. (2020). “Plurale Ansätze werden mich in der zukünftigen Unterrichtsvorbereitung beeinflussen.” - Unsicherheiten und Dilemmas künftiger Spanischlehrkräfte in Bezug auf plurale Ansätze. In S. Morkötter, K. Schmidt & A. Schröder-Sura (Eds.), Sprachenübergreifendes Lernen. Lebesweltliche und schulische Mehrsprachigkeit (pp. 97-117). Narr Verlag.
Empowering Social Minorities by Decentering Linguistic Expertise in Favor of Creatively Inclusive Pre-Service Teacher Education
As a “nomad researcher”, I will draw from multiple migration experiences (Madagascar, Kenya, Canada, France, England, New Caledonia, Martinique) as well as a plurilingual standpoint to promote creatively inclusive teacher education. Inclusive pedagogy generally means student-centered approaches. If it equally refers to the principle of epistemic justice (Medina, 2011; Mohanty, 1989; Fricker, 2007), then educators, professors, scientists, trainers – in a word “experts”– have to concede to sharing their expertise status with students, trainees and members of larger society. In this paper, decentering linguistic expertise will be discussed as an ethical education posture especially when it comes to teaching in (post)colonial contexts or with communities that are minorized based on linguistic features. It is also a highly efficient way of preparing future teachers to integrate the didactic value of their classrooms’ cultural, linguistic and experiential diversity. Finally, on a long-term basis, the proactive inclusion of students’ expertise in pre-service teacher education contributes to (re)building every students’ self-esteem. However little it may be, such impact always repercusses to empowering minorized children, families, communities and decision-makers for we are dealing with the preparation of culturally-sensitive professionals in the field of education.
As a concrete illustration of decentered language expertise and epistemic justice, I will present a creatively inclusive project carried out in a pre-service teacher program at the University of New Caledonia (2018-2020). In collaboration with local artists, the aim was to foster a better understanding of “linguistic micro-aggressions” (Razafimandimbimanana & Wacalie, 2020) both within student body and larger society. One of the innovative dimensions here was the use of pluriartistic mediation (photography, narrative biographies, street-art) at university level. Decentering linguistic expertise also calls for us researchers to rethink how we produce, share and embody scientific knowledge.
References:
Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic Injustice: Power and the Ethics of Knowing. Clarendon Press.
Medina, J. (2011). The Epistemology of Resistance: Gender and Racial Oppression, Epistemic Injustice, and Resistant Imaginations. Oxford University Press
Mohanty, C. (1989). « On Race and Voice: Challenges for Liberal Education in the 1990s”. Cultural Critique, no. 14: 179-208.
Razafimandimbimanana, E., Wacalie, F. (2020). « Une forme insidieuse de mépris : les micro-agressions linguistiques en Nouvelle-Calédonie », Lidil, 61. URL : http://journals.openedition.org/lidil/7477
Intersectionality: a Basis for Hope and Change in the Multilingual/ Cultural Classroom
This presentation will focus on addressing educators who have been acutely and globally impacted by demographic shifts in their classrooms. Both pre-and in-service educators have been witness to increased sentiments of disempowerment and marginalization of newcomer students and have felt the widening chasm between curricula and practices. In this session I describe how a grassroots initiative conducted through a series of studies with educators in Western Canada examined the potential that culturally and ethnically diverse newcomer adolescent students bring to the classroom. The studies included workshops, multimodal and multilingual initiatives, with a heavy emphasis on an arts-based framework and walking methodologies. It led to the opportunity for educators to center, affirm, and develop the potentiality of these students as they enter the classroom in terms of their intersecting language, culture, and religion and how this can be used proactively in an educational setting.
This intersectionality, as it has come to be known, involves students’ language, race, gender, sexuality, and religion, and it tends to overlap interdependent systems of discrimination and disadvantage (Núñez, 2014). Pre- and in-service educators’ efforts to help newcomer students to integrate and socialize into classrooms and society has become a challenge. They witness their students cast into various situations where they frequently confront racialization and the inevitable face-to-face reality of power imbalances as they negotiate their multiple and overlapping identities (Compton-Lilly, et al., 2017; Núñez, 2014). These form a fundamental component of the racism and imbalances that are often felt by this demographic, and have the potential to lead to individual denigration and inequalities in society and among power hierarchies (Kubota, 2021). As Creese (2019) suggests, the intersectionality of race and identity are an important component in examining how newcomer students succeed.
I discuss an intervention that involves critically engaged literacy workshops (CELWs), a research methodology (Ørngreen & Levinsen, 2017) that pre-/in-service educators can use to explore participants’ lived experiences through a multimodal and multilingual framework (Zaidi & Sah, 2024). CELWs include experimenting with focus groups, walking narratives and sharing stories that all work toward acknowledging newcomer students’ intersectional identities as they develop their language and literacy development (Storvang et al., 2018). I showcase how this research will provide an excellent opportunity for pre-/in-service educators to experiment with and implement curricular changes and models that help shape their newcomer students' linguistic, cultural, and literacy trajectories.
References:
Compton-Lilly, C., Papoi, K., Venegas, P., Hamman, L., & Schwabenbauer, B. (2017).
Intersectional identity negotiation: The case of young immigrant children. Journal of
Literacy Research, 49, 115–140.
Creese, G. (2019). “Where are you from?” Racialization, belonging and identity among second-generation African-Canadians. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 42(9), 1476-1494.
Kubota, R. (2021). Critical antiracist pedagogy in ELT. ELT Journal, 75(3), 237–246.
Núñez, A. (2014). Employing multilevel intersectionality in educational research: Latino
identities, contexts, and college access. Educational Researcher, 43(2), 85 –92.
https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X17724740.
Ørngreen, R., & Levinsen, K. (2017). Workshops as a research methodology. The Electronic Journal of eLearning, 15(1), 70-81.
Zaidi, R., & Sah, P. K. (2024). Multilingual and multimodal literacy interventions to explore youth’s intersectional identities and racialized experiences: A scoping review. SAGE Open.
|
13:15 - 14:45 | 32 SES 01 A: Organizing New Work - Working Practice Architectures Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Session Chair: Andreas Schröer |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper Institutionalization of New Work in organizations – An organizational education view FAU Erlangen-Nuremberg, Germany Presenting Author:“Extreme uncertainty – defined in terms of novelty, magnitude, duration, and the rapid pace of change – generates a difficult operating environment for managers and organizations. The radically changed circumstances call for new forms of leadership, new ways of working, and new operating models.” (Finn et al. 2020, 8) This statement taken from a McKinsey publication exemplifies the enormous relevance of uncertainty to todays’ organizations. As the biggest multi-national management consulting company and one of the most prestigious in the industry, McKinsey claims to condense organizations’ needs based on their work experience with numerous clients. At the same time, their publications shape trends in the business world on a discursive level. Therefore, this “call for new forms of leadership” and “new ways of working” (ibid.) can be interpreted as both a discursive trend and an expression of a need examined in organizational practice. However, the two cannot be considered separately. The discourse of New Work is one of many referring to the challenges organizations are facing in times of uncertainty. As the example above shows, New Work discourse is a popular-scientific one. Rooted in Frithjof Bergmann’s aspiration in the 1980s to transform radically the ways in which we organize work as society, this politico-economic discourse has always been normatively charged. The term has become increasingly prevalent, especially recently, and it has been interpreted in many ways, with no set definition. Its usage shows a wide range from idealistic attempts resembling the original concept to more business-oriented management-strategies (Taimer & Weckmüller 2020). As the McKinsey example points out, the discourse is manifesting, creating, and reproducing notions and normative expectations. From an organizational education perspective, organizations can be seen as spaces, in which institutions, discourses, and norms are enacted (Engel 2020). Simultaneously, organizations as social structures are actors that manifest and perform these institutions, discourses, and norms in specific ways, by translating the existing it into new variations (Engel & Göhlich 2022). Our contribution aims to examine the relation of institutions and organizations by exploring the institutionalization of New Work in organizations. Our research is characterized by tracing documents closely. Based on Smith’s (2002) approach of institutional ethnography, we are investigating how (selected) organizations refer to New Work discourse, how they translate it into organizational programs, and how they perform it. We wish to examine which phenomena manifest when applying each/which theoretical framework. For this purpose, we will introduce three different theoretical perspectives, making use of discourse and document analysis: A historico-philosophical approach (Adorno 1953), an institution theory perspective (Smith 2002), and a genealogical angle (Foucault 2000, 2006). The advantages of this triangulation will be described in the following. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To propose a heuristic serving the interest described above, we start by giving an overview of the (popular-scientific) New Work discourse. We then examine self-descriptions of selected organizations to identify specific organizational constellations of New Work by using a document-analytical approach (Wolff 2013, Schmidt 2016). Mainly drawing on corporate websites, we aim to examine a selection of documents, systematically using three different theoretical perspectives – not as case studies but to explore their potential for further research: What happens if we apply these perspectives to New Work discourse? Which potentially differing focal points do they reveal? Which blind spots can be illuminated by means of their triangulation? First, we use Critical Theory, in particular Theodor Adorno’s thesis of the dialectic nature of organizations (1953) as a historico-philosophical approach. This perspective emphasizes the sociality of organizations, namely their role in structuring society. Stating that organizations always hold the potential of being good or evil, Adorno underlines the necessity to critically reflect on their (or their actions’) objectives to be able to evaluate them from a normative perspective. Secondly, we draw on Dorothy E. Smith’s (2002) institutional ethnography as an institution theory perspective. This actor-centered approach looks at people’s everyday lives and explores how they are structured by social relations, especially in terms of social institutions, one of them being work. Thirdly, we want to apply a genealogical angle by making use of Michel Foucault’s concept of governmentality (2000, 2006). It allows us to challenge taken-for-granted truths and knowledge, and therefore opens up possibilities to examine underlying conditions and power structures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our contribution aims to propose a heuristic for future research in the field of New Work discourse. By applying different theoretical perspectives in a discourse and document analysis, we want to explore different possible emphases for analyzing the relation of institutions and organizations in this field. Our proposition aims at mapping the different actors that institutionalize and materialize New Work in organizations, including a systematic consideration of how – on a programmatic level – the mechanisms and dynamics of institutionalization manifest. This can contribute to further differentiating and defining New Work discourse. By systematically utilizing the theoretical approaches described above, we can identify relevant characteristics to structure the discursive actors, e. g. by focusing on goals, conditions, and power. The resulting heuristic forms the basis for further research, which will use expert interviews and participant observation to clarify how New Work is institutionalized in and by organizations. This research will be continued over the next six months, and the results will be integrated into our paper. References Adorno, Theodor W. (1980/1953). Individuum und Organisation. In Soziologische Schriften Band 1 (S. 440–57). Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Bergmann, F. (2019/2004). New Work New Culture. Work we want to do and a culture that strengthens us. Alresford: John Hunt Publishing. Engel, N. (2020). Institution. In G. Weiß, & J. Zirfas (Hrsg.), Handbuch Bildungs- und Erziehungsphilosophie (S. 549-560). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Engel, N., & Göhlich, M. (2022). Organisationspädagogik. Eine Einführung. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. Finn, P., Mysore, M. & Usher, O. (2020). When nothing is normal: Managing in extreme uncertainty. Zugriff am 24.01.2024 von https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/risk-and-resilience/our-insights/when-nothing-is-normal-managing-in-extreme-uncertainty. Foucault, M. (2000/2019). Die Gouvernementalität. In Ulrich Bröckling, Susanne Krassmann & Thomas Lemke (Hrsg.), Gouvernementalität der Gegenwart. Studien zur Ökonomisierung des Sozialen (S. 41-67). Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Foucault, M. (2006/2017). Die Geburt der Biopolitik. Vorlesungen am Collège de France, 1978-1979. 5. Aufl. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Schmidt, W. (2016). Dokumentenanalyse in der Organisationsforschung. In S. Liebig, W. Matiaske, & S. Rosenbohm (Hrsg.), Handbuch Empirische Organisationsforschung. Wiesbaden: Springer Gabler. Smith, D. E. (2002). Institutional Ethnography. In T. May (Hrsg.), Qualitative Research in Action (S. 23-45). London: Sage Publications. Taimer, L., & Weckmüller, H. (2020). New-Work-Diskursanalyse. Humanisierung von Arbeit oder effektives Managen? Personalführung 10/2020, S. 14-21. Wolff, S. (2000). Dokumenten- und Aktenanalyse. In U. Flick, E. von Kardorff, & I. Steinke (Hrsg.), Qualitative Forschung. Ein Handbuch (S. 502–513). Reinbek: Rowohlt. 32. Organizational Education
Paper Organizational Sales and Service Training in Connected Retail - Through the Lens of Practice Architectures University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Connected retail refers to organizations that utilize digital technologies and information systems to connect their physical stores, online platforms, stakeholders, and customers into a digital service ecosystem. This ecosystem aims to create value and service in virtual and physical realms (Bowen, 2016). Although the average person may not notice any changes in the technology interfaces used in physical stores, the digital service ecosystems constantly evolve and alter the activities and roles of human employees and customers in the service chain (Larivière et al., 2017). In a connected retail organization, the conditions that shape the service encounter in physical stores constantly change. Employees must keep updating their skills through organizational learning to stay valuable in such an organization. This means that the conditions comprising the organization's sales and service training, including organizational knowledge, routines, methods, norms, values, and roles, must also change along with the workplace. This working paper aims to understand how the conditions and content forming organizational sales and service training support or constrain salespeople's new roles and skills development as the service encounter in connected stores transforms. To achieve this, the author draws on recent developments in practice theories, particularly the theory of practice architectures (Mahon et al., 2017), which focuses on how practices are prefigured and shaped through arrangements within specific sites. Addressing the research memorandum of organizational education (Göhlich et al., 2018), the theory of practice architectures (TPA) offers a theoretical and analytical framework that provides resources to explore and describe interaction in the semantic, physical, and social dimensions of an organization and social encounters such as the service encounter. In the 1970s, the retail industry began its digital transformation by introducing computerized cash registers and point-of-sale (POS) systems. These innovations helped automate the transaction process during service encounters. In parallel, service work and the service encounter emerged as research fields, highlighting the social and emotional aspects of work in service organizations )Ikeler, 2016; Payne, 2009). Over the years, scholars from different disciplines and theoretical perspectives have explored service work, service encounters, and workplace learning within the service sector. However, there has been limited knowledge sharing between these research fields despite the extensive literature available. Additionally, there has been a lack of research on the role of frontline employees in service encounters or workplace learning in retail since around 2000. There are multiple definitions and understandings of the concept of a "service encounter" in service literature. Surprenant and Solomon's seminal work (1987, p. 87) defines a service encounter as "the dyadic interaction between a customer and a service provider." Initially, the service encounter was seen as a game of people driven by learned behaviors relevant to the situation (i.e., roles) formulated in the organization's service script, a detailed guide for frontline employees to follow during a service encounter. However, since marketing shifted its theoretical focus to a customer perspective on customer value creation around 2000, marketing theory and service research have increasingly expanded the definition of service encounters beyond just a dyadic interaction between a firm and a customer to service encounters as ecosystems (Bowen, 2016). The automation of transactions could be one explanation for why customer service has been a focus in organizational education since the 1990s. However, the soft skills associated with customer service, also known as emotional labor skills, are not easily captured or measured through traditional means of assessing knowledge and skills. This has led to traditional service jobs, such as sales assistant, clerk, cashier and customer service, becoming entry-level positions in retail organizations that do not require any specific skills and are characterized by short-term employment and low salaries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is based on the findings of three separate studies that were conducted using qualitative methods. These methods included online research, online video research (Legewie & Nassauer, 2018) and the ethnographic methods of observation, interview, and researchers’ logbook (O'Reilly, 2012). TPA and concepts from this theory was used as the framework to analyze data material produced between June 2018 and April 2024. The first study aimed at providing a historical and genealogical perspective on organizational sales and service training in retail organizations. For this purpose, online video research was selected as the research method and the public video-sharing YouTube as the data source. The data material selected for analysis comprised 50 instructional videos for cashier work produced between 1917 and 2021 by retail employers, organizations and tech companies (30 training videos, 10 tutorial videos, and 10 screencast videos). Findings from this study were recently published in a special issue on organizational learning in the Journal of Workplace Learning. The second study was centered on digital education for sales and service in retail organizations provided by non-formal education providers. To gain insights into the content, purpose, and instructional methods used in such education, a combination of research methods including interviews, online research, and online video research were chosen. The third study aims to gather insights from salespeople who work in connected stores regarding their sales and service training experiences. The data collection process, which includes ethnographic methods such as observation, work shadowing, field interviews, and logbook keeping, began in January 2022 and is still ongoing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings in this paper suggest that for the past four decades, digital sales and service training in retail organizations have remained largely unchanged While it was found that the connected service encounter comprises two intertwined processes (‘projects’), transactions and customer service, present sales- and service training showed to still model the traditional service encounter. That is, as a game between people with little or no interference from new technologies. Salespeople play a significant role in service encounters, and their selling practice leads to the co-production of service and value. However, in sales and service training, the selling process is often taught out of context and without any interactions with the digital service ecosystem. There is currently no evidence to suggest that the existing conceptualizations of the selling process in organizational sales and service education address the roles and skills required for the connected service encounter. One's identity as a salesperson is shaped by their experiences as a customer, the values and norms of their employer, and the collective customer service provided by the retail organization. References Arkenback, C. (2022). Workplace Learning in Interactive Service Work: Coming to Practise Differently in the Connected Service Encounter University of Gothenburg]. http://hdl.handle.net/2077/70217 Arkenback, C. (2023). YouTube as a site for vocational learning: instructional video types for interactive service work in retail. Journal of vocational education & training, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1-27. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2023.2180423 Arkenback, C., & Lundin, M. (2023). A century of retail work training: changes in employers’ instructional video modelling of cashier work in service encounters. The journal of workplace learning, 35(8), 752-778. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-12-2022-0179 Arkenback-Sundström, C. (2022). A Postdigital Perspective on Service Work: Salespeople’s Service Encounters in the Connected Store. Postdigital Science and Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-021-00280-2 Bowen, D. E. (2016). The changing role of employees in service theory and practice: An interdisciplinary view. Human Resource Management Review, 26(1), 4-13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.hrmr.2015.09.002 Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbaek, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research memorandum organizational education. Studia paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215. Hochschild, A. R. (1983). The managed heart: commercialization of human feeling. Univ. of California Press. Ikeler, P. (2016). Deskilling emotional labour: Evidence from department store retail. Work, Employment and Society, 30(6), 966-983. https://doi.org/10.1177/0950017015609031 Kemmis, S. (2019). A Practice Sensibility: An Invitation to the Theory of Practice Architectures. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-32-9539-1 Larivière, B., Bowen, D., Andreassen, T. W., Kunz, W., Sirianni, N. J., Voss, C., . . . De Keyser, A. (2017). “Service Encounter 2.0”: An investigation into the roles of technology, employees and customers. Journal of Business Research, 79, 238-246. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2017.03.008 Legewie, N., & Nassauer, A. (2018). YouTube, Google, Facebook: 21st century online video research and research ethics. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 19(3), 1-23. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-19.3.3130 Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Kemmis, S. (2017). Exploring Education and Professional Practice: Through the Lens of Practice Architectures. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-2219-7 O'Reilly, K. (2012). Ethnographic methods. Routledge. Payne, J. (2009). Emotional Labour and Skill: A Reappraisal. Gender, Work & Organization, 16(3), 348-367. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0432.2009.00448.x Solomon, M. R., Surprenant, C., Czepiel, J. A., & Gutman, E. G. (1985). A role theory perspective on dyadic interactions: the service encounter. Journal of Marketing, 49(1), 99-111. https://doi.org/10.2307/1251180 32. Organizational Education
Paper Employer Branding as a School Development Strategy in Times of Uncertainty: Theoretical Reflections University Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:Schools as socially desired organizations have always been focal points of social, political and economic developments and uncertainties due to the associated mission they have to fulfill. Social change and the omnipresent crises have a direct and indirect impact on organizations, including schools. Crises and uncertainties have the potential to erase or blur existing school structures. In extreme cases, the lack of structures for dealing with these impacts can even threaten the existence of both the organizations and the actors involved, which Weick (1993) illustrated very clearly using the example of a forest fire and the firefighters working there (Weick 1993). In this respect, schools are faced with the question of how they react in moments of crisis and how they manage to handle unexpected situations. Etymologically, the term crisis can be traced back to the Greek “krisis”, which initially marks a turning point or climax, the end of which is open. The negative connotation that accompanies the use of the term only came into use in today's language (Thießen 2011, p. 63). If one understands a crisis as a turning point or climax, the momentum shifts back to the side of the actively acting actors, who no longer see themselves at the mercy of the situation through passive, reactive behavior, but rather actively shape it, or in the words of Weick and Sutcliffe (2003 ) 'manage' it. A challenge that exists in many European countries - also due to the uncertain times - is the lack of qualified teachers willing to 'manage' the impacts of crisis and therefor the uncertainty in schools. This finding also applies to teachers. Programs for career changers who have previously carried out other professional activities are evidence of this problem. The problem is doubled here: Schools need committed and motivated teachers in order to defy the current uncertainties and are also faced with the situation that there is a shortage of teachers and they have to recruit the most motivated teachers.In this respect, schools as organizations are also required to provide short- and long-term answers to these challenges by asking themselves how they can make themselves attractive as employers for potential teachers. Schools are competing, not only for future students but also for teachers (Altrichter and Feyerer 2017). The perspective of employer branding offers a possible answer to this challange. This term originally comes from strategic corporate management (Sghendo & Said 2022) and is understood as a corporate strategic measure with which companies position themselves as credible and attractive employers (Jepp 2014; Schuhmacher & Gschwill 2014; Biswas 2013). Employer branding can therefore be seen as a concept against the background of which an organization develops as a brand for potential employees and thus stands out from competing organizations. The focus is on so-called attractiveness factors that are relevant when choosing a school as a future employer. The proposed paper is intended to be a theoretical-conceptual contribution. This article critically discusses the potential of the employer branding approach for the development of an employer brand for schools. The central question here is what contribution schools can make to build an employer brand and what makes an attractive workplace from the perspective of teachers. To this end, the proposed article first outlines the problem. The concept of employer branding is then developed and critically discuesse. The considerations provide an insight into various exemplary attractiveness factors from the perspective of teachers and school management, which we were able to generate as part of an initial exploratory study. The article ends with a summary conclusion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The article is basically seen as a theoretical contribution in which the problem is first discussed and then the theoretical concept of employer branding is questioned with regard to its usability for school development processes. The article is enriched with the results of a first exploratory quantitative online survey in which 450 students were asked about their motives for choosing their future workplace. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, a concept for developing an employer brand for schools is introduced and critically discussed. The aim of this is to convince potential applicants of their own school location. The article is enriched with initial empirical results that make a school attractive. Questions such as child care, as well as non-subject lessons or payment, should be mentioned here. References Altrichter, H. und Feyerer, E. (2017). Schulentwicklung und Inklusion in Österreich. In B. Lütje-Klose, S. Miller, S. Schwab und B. Streese (Hrsg.), Inklusion: Profile für die Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz (S. 31–42). Waxmann. Biswas, M. (2013). Employer branding: A human resource strategy. In R. K. Pradhan & C. K. Poddar (Hrsg.), Human Resources Management in India: Emerging Issues and Challenges (S. 160-180). New Century Publications. Jepp, J. (2014). Employer Branding: Identifikation von Entscheidungskriterien zur Arbeitgeberwahl. Igel Verlag RWS. Schuhmacher, F. & Geschwill, R. (2014). Employer Branding: Human Resources Management für die Unternehmensführung. Springer Gabler. Sghendo, M. & Said, E. (2022). The Perceived Value of Church, Independent, and State Schools’ Employer Brands Among School Teachers in Malta. Education, 3(2), S. 154-187. Thießen, A. (2011). Organisationskommunikation in Krisen. Reputationsmanagement durch situative, integrierte und strategische Krisenkommunikation. VS Verlag. Weick, K. E. (1993). The Collapse of Sensemaking in Organizations: The Mann Gulch Disaster, Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 38, No. 4, S. 301–313. Weick, K. E. und Sutcliffe, K. M. (2003). Das Unerwartete managen. Wie Unternehmen aus Extremsituationen lernen. Klett-Cotta. |
13:15 - 14:45 | 33 SES 01 A: Beyond the Binary-Queering Education in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Helene Götschel Session Chair: Helene Götschel Symposium |
|
33. Gender and Education
Symposium Beyond the Binary – Queering Education in an Age of Uncertainty Educational research on LGBTIQ students and teachers is increasing and has a long tradition at ECER conferences for over a decade. At the same time empirical research is still marginal (De Witte et al. 2021). In this symposium, we spotlight Australia, Germany and Sweden which have all had legal and policy changes concerning gender and sexuality diversity, such as recognition of same-sex marriage or gender diversity (IGLYO 2022). But these legal improvements do not necessarily translate into better conditions for LGBTIQ students and teachers. Educational institutions are shaped by heteronormative traditions and are often structured in binary gendered ways; this is apparent in language, policy, facilities and curriculum taught or omitted at school (Heasley & Crane 2012; McBride & Neary 2021). Teacher training generally omits gender and sexuality diversity, and teachers often feel uncomfortable or incompetent to address gender and sexuality diversity in class (Shepherd 2022). Universities and schools also lack measures to protect LGBTIQ students, teachers, lecturers and staff from bullying and discrimination, and currently violence against gender non-conforming students has increased in the wake of an anti-genderist right wing backlash (EU-FRA 2020; UNESCO 2021). This symposium brings together researchers who analyze these paradoxes and focus on questions of gender and sexuality diversity in educational settings and practices. Framed within empirical educational research, they study conditions which might help to improve the educational opportunities for trans, intersex, non-binary and gender expansive (TIN) students or support the professionalization of LGBTIQ teachers. The symposium will be composed of presentations from three countries. Lundin will present the narrative of Kim, a trans teacher in a Swedish school. He will present supportive conditions of inclusion and recommendations to educators based on Kim’s narrative. Ferfolja and Ullman will introduce a professional research-informed learning module from Australia with multiple guidance resources, including a short film for teacher education. Fütty and Götschel will discuss challenges and requirements in teachers training at German universities about gender and sexuality diversity at school with a focus on ambivalences, entanglements, and uncertainties in education. The presenters are united in the goal to enable inclusive education systems and the symposium aims to foster synergies between these scholars. References De Witte, K., Holz, O., Geunis, L. (Eds.) (2022). A Little Respect? LGBT+ Perspectives on Education from Across Europe. Münster & New York: Waxmann. EU-FRA (European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights) (2020). FRA Report 2020. A long way to go for LGBTI equality. https://fra.europa.eu/sites/default/files/fra_uploads/fra-2020-lgbti-equality-1_en.pdf accessed 15th January 2024. Heasley, R. & Crane, B. (2012). Queering classes – Disrupting hegemonic masculinity and the effect of compulsory heterosexuality in the classroom. In: J. C. Landreau, & N. M. Rodrigues (eds.), Queering Masculinities: A Critical Reader in Education. Dortrecht, 99-118. IGLYO (The International Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer & Intersex Youth and Student Organisation) (2022). LGBTQI Inclusive Education Report 2022. https://www.iglyo.com/resources/ie-2022 accessed 15th January 2024. McBride, R.-S.; Neary, A. (2021). Trans and gender diverse youth resisting cisnormativity in school, Gender and Education, 33 (8), 1090-1107, https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2021.1884201. Shepherd, R. (2022). ‘The winds of change have begun to blow’ – A discussion on English governmental education policy and Inclusion for LGBTQI+ adolescents in English secondary schools. In: De Witte, K.; O. Holz; L. Geunis (Eds.) A Little Respect? LGBT+ Perspectives on Education from Across Europe. Münster & New York: Waxmann, 201–216. UNESCO (2021). Don’t look away. No place for exclusion of LGBTI students. Policy paper No. 45. https://www.unesco.org/gem-report/en/lgbtidontlookaway accessed 15th January 2024. Presentations of the Symposium Queering the School – a Story of Pride and Given Support
In many ways, Sweden can be considered as an open community with respect to LGBT people. This notion includes the school setting and LGBT teachers’ situation, although research points out that their everyday situations yet not seem to fully reflect legislation and policy documents. However, the knowledge on trans people’s situation is limited in comparison to what we know about homo- and bisexual teachers’ situation. This session will address Kim’s experience of being a trans person in school to elicit the importance, also to acknowledge trans people’s work conditions as those can differ from homo- and bisexual teachers work experiences. The aim with the session is to present Kim’s narrative and to make explicit how Kim forwards education. The aim is also to point out how values are communicated in the narrative, facilitating identification and emotional attachment for all, in the school setting.
During the session, a brief overview of what LGBT teachers’ situation can be like in Sweden will be made and Kim’s narrative will be presented. The session will also explain the data collection in which Kim took part. The analysis of Kim’s narrative will touch upon the educational affordances and the impact of the values that are communicated by applying two different theories to identify functions of education (Biesta, 2009) as well as how a sense of belonging (Yuval-Davis, 2006) can be seen as facilitated in Kim’s narrative. The support that the principal gives to Kim is highly important for the positive outcome in Kim’s story. Nevertheless, the session will also address the impact of our different approaches and attitudes. That is, we can learn a lot from Kim’s narrative, but we also need to consider that settings differ as well as people’s expectations. The session will conclude by suggesting a few recommendations to educators based on Kim’s narrative.
References:
Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9
Yuval-Davis, N. (2006): Belonging and the politics of belonging. Patterns of Prejudice, 40(3), 197-214, https://doi.org/10.1080/00313220600769331
WITHDRAWN Developing Professional Learning Resources for Educators: Moving Beyond the Gender Binary in K-12 Classrooms
While ample evidence positions positive primary/secondary school climates and inclusive curriculum as protective factors for gender and sexuality diverse (GSD) youth (Waling, Bellamy, Ezer, Lucke, & Fisher, 2020), educators are often reluctant to engage with related topics due to pervasive concerns about parental and community backlash (Cumming-Potvin & Martino, 2018). Educators express particular concerns when considering how acknowledgement of diverse genders might be incorporated into their classrooms. This paper will commence with a discussion about the recent political and educational climate in Australia with respect to gender and sexuality diversity (Thompson 2020). This backdrop provides a context for the authors’ research, a large-scale, nationally-representative research project which investigated Australian public school parents’ attitudes towards GSD-inclusivity across Kindergarten through Year 12 education – the final year of education. Their findings demonstrated that over 80% of parents support a GSD-inclusive curriculum, including acknowledgement of gender diversity (Ullman, Ferfolja & Hobby, 2022).
This session will focus on the development of a suite of professional learning resources for K-12 educators as a central outcome of this national project, inclusive of an asynchronous micro credential; a professional learning module designed for educator professional development - which includes multiple guidance resources; and a short film. The authors will provide a partial screening of this film resource titled, “What Parents Want: Talking about Gender and Sexuality Diversity in Schools”, developed verbatim from both in-depth interviews and an online forum with parents of GSD students (see Ferfolja & Ullman, 2023). In this film, parents share their experiences of navigating the school system for/with their GSD child and suggest how educators can best support GSD young people. Parents’ narratives featured in the film were inclusive of three children assigned male at birth who had transitioned/were transitioning while at school; one child assigned female at birth who identified as gender-fluid and who shared this with their teachers/peers; an adolescent boy who identified as bisexual; and a same-sex attracted adolescent girl. Accordingly, a particular feature of this film are the experiences of students and their families navigating the constrictions of a normative, binary framing of gender at their schools and how expanded understandings and provisions can support gender diverse children and young people.
The session will conclude by presenting educators’ responses to these professional learning resources and preliminary data on their impact within the school setting.
References:
Cumming-Potvin, W. & W. Martino (2018). The policyscape of transgender equality and gender diversity in the Western Australian education system: A case study. Gender and Education, 30(6), 715–735. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2018.1483491.
Ferfolja, T. & Ullman, J. (2023). Gender and Sexuality Diversity in Schools. https://www.westernsydney.edu.au/gsds/educator_resources accessed 25th January 2024.
Thompson, J. D. (2020). Your parents will read this: Reading (as) parents in journalistic coverage of the Safe Schools Coalition Australia Controversy. Journalism, 21(12), 1–14.
Ullman, J., Ferfolja, T., & Hobby, L. (2022). Parents’ perspectives on the inclusion of gender and sexuality diversity in K-12 schooling: Results from an Australian national study. Sex Education, https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2021.1949975.
Waling, A., Bellamy, R., Ezer, P., Kerr, L., Lucke, J. & Fisher, C. (2020). ‘It’s kinda bad, honestly’: Australian students’ experiences of relationships and sexuality education. Health Education Research, 35(6), 538–552. https://doi.org/10.1093/her/cyaa032.
Challenges and Requirements in Teacher Training. Including Gender:Sex-Diversity in School and Education
Legal gender/sex categories refer to a binary understanding of biological sex and gender identity in Western societies. In the last decades though, the acceptance of LGBTIQ+ people has increased in many countries (IGLYO 2022). In Germany, a third civil status ‘divers’ was legally established for intersex persons in 2019. Since 2021, the ‘Law to Strengthen Children and Youth’ mentions the well-being of trans, intersex and non-binary (TIN) youth in the ‘Social Security Statute Book’ (SBG VIII). Furthermore, a debate about a ‘Self-determination Law’ (SBGG) is ongoing. The visibility of TIN students and the thematization of gender:sex-diversity—the diversification of biological sex and gender identity beyond the binary–increases in science, society and at school (IGLYO 2022; Klenk 2022). At the same time, German schools are still structured on binary gender:sex-norms such as language, subjects or facilities (Oldemeier 2021).
These developments affect education and teaching (Klocke 2017). They provide the context for an ongoing empirical research project on the consequences for teacher education with an interdisciplinary, intersectional and multi-method research design that incorporates crucial interconnections between theory and practice. It aims (1) to collect and analyze data on the discrimination faced by TIN students, as well as the requirements for their inclusion in school; (2) to review the current literature; (3) to investigate current (non-university) training programs on gender:sex-diversity and education and (4) to include a pilot project to teach future teachers (at universities) about gender:sex-diversity. Specifically, the research project asks how the establishment of a ‘third gender:sex’ option impacts school requirements to promote the education of TIN students and identifies the transformations that schools will need to undergo in connection with the new ‘divers’ civil status.
In our presentation we will briefly outline the research project and its qualitative empirical methodology, being rooted in Discourse Analysis and Situational Analysis. We will present first findings of the demands and needs of TINA+ students, reflect upon restrictive binary gender:sex-norms at school and thematize gender:sex-diversity as cross-sectional topics in teacher education. Most of all we will place emphasis on the question how future teachers should be trained to be able to cope with ambivalences, entanglements and uncertainties in school and education. Last but not least, we wish to discuss our findings with other researchers on a trans-national level.
References:
IGLYO (The International Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer & Intersex Youth and Student Organisation) (2022). LGBTQI Inclusive Education Report 2022.
https://www.iglyo.com/resources/ie-2022 accessed 15th January 2024
Klenk, F. C. (2023). Post-Heteronormativität und Schule. Soziale Deutungsmuster von Lehrkräften über vielfältige geschlechtliche und sexuelle Lebensweisen. Opladen & Toronto: Barbara Budrich.
Klocke, U. (2017). Homophobie und Transphobie in Schulen und Jugendeinrichtungen: Was können pädagogische Fachkräfte tun? Loccumer Pelikan, 17(1), 11-17.
https://www.rpi-loccum.de/material/pelikan/pel1-17/1-17_klocke accessed 24th January 2024
Oldemeier, K. (2021). Geschlechtlicher Neuanfang: Narrative Wirklichkeiten junger divers* und trans*geschlechtlicher Menschen. Opladen & Toronto: Barbara Budrich.
|
13:15 - 14:45 | 34 SES 01 A: Conceptualizing Citizenship Education Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ralph Carstens Paper Session |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Integrating Citizenship Competence’ Assessment Frameworks: Complementarities and Differences in the Educational Context of Serbia University of Belgrade, Serbia Presenting Author:Comparative reviews of educational reforms in Europe, and broadly, in the last twenty years or so, show a strong movement towards identifying key competencies in education (Rychen & Salganik, 2000) and implementing more competence-based curricula (European Education and Culture Executive Agency, Eurydice, 2012). These reform movements realized diverse ways and diverse innovations in teaching and learning practices, assessment tools and procedures, and school organization (European Commission, 2020). This movement is determined by European policy embodied in the Reference Framework of Key Competencies for Lifelong Learning (European Commission, 2019). The European policy is the result of several broad factors (Halasz & Michel, 2011) that could be summed up in the assumption that globalization and modernization are creating an increasingly diverse and interconnected world. In this paper, among all the key competencies that young people need in order to be successful in modern society and to contribute to the development of society, we focused on the social and civic competencies and the way how they are operationalized to be measured in two comprehensive international assessment studies ICCS by IEA and PISA Global Competence by OECD. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants. Our sample consisted of 620 students from Belgrade high schools (aged 16-18). To increase the diversity of the sample, we selected both general high schools and vocational schools, as well as central city schools and schools on the suburban periphery. From each of the eleven selected schools, we sampled several classes. The sample was balanced across genders (52.6% girls) and skewed towards higher achieving students. Instruments. We selected available PISA and ICCS items according to the cognitive processes involved and difficulty level. First, we used items that target more complex processes like reasoning and applying while items saturated with specific knowledge were rarely selected. Second, we used items requiring higher proficiency levels, considering our participants were older than in the usual PISA and ICCS samples. Finally, five PISA tasks, each containing four to five items, and thirty-five ICCS items were selected. The format of items was (complex) multiple-choice, short answer or constructed response. In addition, several ICCS multiple-choice items were adapted by making them constructed response items or asking for justification to make the item more demanding. The final selection of items was arranged in ten clusters and counterbalanced across ten test booklets. Therefore, each cluster appears two times and at different places in the test booklet. Procedure. After obtaining informed consent from participants, data collection took place at schools, supervised by the school associates. Testing time was one and a half hours. Each test booklet consisted of 4 clusters, two of civic and two of science competence tasks. In this study, however, we only focus on the former. Data analysis. After data collection, we developed training materials based on PISA Global Competence and ICCS coding guides. Three coders were trained in separate sessions for each cluster. Each item was evaluated by one coder, but they resolved vague and atypical responses through mutual discussion and consultation with the supervisor. At the same time, 10% of responses were coded independently by two different coders in order to calculate intercoder reliability. Coded responses were analyzed by the IRT (item response theory) software Winsteps. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the data obtained on a sample of 17-year-old students from Serbia confirmed our assumption about the complementarity, i.e. the unidimensionality of the two constructs. The main product and effect of this empirical finding would be the creation of a unique instrument for assessing civic competence. The possibilities of applying such an instrument are multiple and significant for education policies in Serbia, especially if you keep in mind some specifics of the education system in Serbia. Firstly, it is about a highly centralized and over-controlled system with content-based curricula, traditional teaching methods that put students in a passive position, general expectations set on the level of literate reproduction of poorly integrated facts, and lack of assessment data (Pavlovic Babic, 2020). Secondly, civic competence, like other transversal competencies, has the status of a key competence, but in teaching practice, it is represented unsystematically, sporadically and insufficiently, without unique curricula and without appropriate training of teachers, which is also indicated by the results of ICCS 2022 (Schulz et al, 2023). Therefore, assessment of civic competence would provide significant input for improving the curriculum and developing the competence of teachers in this area. In addition, the instrument could be used as the external criteria to assess the effects of various interventions in the educational system. One example of such use is the work on developing a model for supporting competencies for collaborative problem solving, which is the main goal of the project under which this research is carried out. References European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540 European Commission, Joint Research Centre, Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V., et al. (2020). LifeComp – The European Framework for personal, social and learning to learn key competence. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/302967 European Education and Culture Executive Agency, Eurydice. (2012). Developing key competences at school in Europe – Challenges and opportunities for policy. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/93204 Halasz, G., & Michel, A. (2011). Key competence in Europe: Interpretation, policy formulation and implementation. European Journal of Education. 46(3), 289-306 OECD (2018). Preparing Our Youth for an Inclusive and Sustainable World The OECD Pisa Global Competence Framework. Paris: OECD. OECD (2020). PISA 2018 Results (Volume VI): Are Students Ready to Thrive in an Interconnected World? PISA, OECD Publishing. Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/d5f68679-en Pavlović Babić, D. (2020). International Assessment Studies in Serbia Between Traditional Solutions, Unexpected Achievements and High Expectations. In H. Harju-Luukkainen, N. McElvany, & J. Stang (Eds.), Monitoring Student Achievement in the 21st Century (pp. 223-236). Springer, Cham. Rychen, D. S., & Salganik, L. H. (2000). Definition and Selection of Competencies: Theoretical and Conceptual Foundations (DeSeCo) Background Paper. Neuchâtel: DeSeCo Secretariat. Paris: OECD. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Valeria, D., & Friedman, T. (2023). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. https://www.iea.nl/sites/default/files/2023-11/ICCS2022-International-Report.pdf Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 Assessment Framework. Springer. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-031-20113-4 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper The Role of Political Emotions in Citizenship Education – an Educational Conceptual Approach Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium Presenting Author:Over the past two decades, national and transnational educational policies and agendas in Europe have focused on CE in response to societal and political challenges in our globalized, multicultural society (Loobuyck, 2020; Joris, 2021), such as the digital transformation, global migration flows, the climate crisis, etc. In this current context, ‘good’ democratic citizenship and CE have become conceptualised and promoted in terms of democratic competence(s) enabling citizens to respond effectively to the ever changing demands and opportunities posed to them by democratic societies (Council of Europe, 2018). This competence-based approach to CE has become particularly relevant in the face of the perception that youth are become increasingly politically apathetic or alienated (Keating & Janmaat, 2016; Dahl et al., 2018; Freitas et al., 2018). Generally, attention is paid to CE in terms of what young people (not yet) know, do, can, or are not (yet) willing to do in relation to the ideals of democracy and citizenship the adult generation has put forward (Hooghe & Smets, 2013). Both within and outside of the walls of schools and classrooms however, our democracies include ‘flesh-and-blood people’, who not only think, reason or apply their ‘‘toolkit of psychological resources’ or competences (Council of Europe, 2018); but also feel things (Backer, 2017). Starting from this assumption, the current dominance of a competence-based discourse of CE is called into question for being rationalist and individualistic, because it relies on an Habermasian (1998), rational-deliberative and cognitive or disaffected model of citizenship and CE. Insights from political philosophy and psychology suggest that political emotions are central to people’s actual political engagement (Demertzis, 2014; Nussbaum, 2013; Knight Abowitz & Mamlok, 2019), are experiences that can be ascribed to bodies that are ‘socialized’, interact and exist together with others (Zembylas, 2007b) and should therefore be considered essential components of political and democratic life and be given a place within democratic CE (Zembylas, 2018). Additionally, when the importance of political emotions in CE is acknowledged, the focus tends to be on conflictual emotions and political identities. Such agonistic approaches emphasize disagreements and the potential of anger and conflict for political action and transformative change through CE (Yacek, 2019), for instance by ‘learning to disagree’ and adversarial position-taking (Knight-Abowitz & Mamlok, 2021). Leiviskä and Pyy (2021) and Yacek (2019), however, indicate how focusing on such an understanding of the nature of the political in CE might lead to relations between different societal groups becoming increasingly conflictual; in a broader democratic culture which is already perceived as divided and polarized (Leiviskä & Pyy, 2021). Focusing on negative emotions such as conflict, differences, angers and fear in CE risks to only deepen and solidify such tendencies, and increase feelings of apathy and closed-mindedness towards the experiences of those considered ‘others’ (Yacek, 2019). They therefore turn to the existing (political) literature on constructive political emotions (Nussbaum, 2013; Leiviskä & Pyy, 2021). This constructive approach to political emotions has been connected to CE theoretically, but appears to have not yet been translated to an actual educational-theoretical framework of CE. This research project therefore aims to develop such a framework, providing answers to the following three research questions: 1. How do political emotions relate to other, cognitive’ dimensions of competence-based models for CE (knowledge, skills, values, attitudes) and how can they be embedded and fostered within a holistic framework for CE? 2. How do negative political emotions relate to constructive political emotions, and how can both be linked to theoretical and conceptual approaches of CE? 3. How can pedagogic classroom and school practices foster youth’s constructive political emotions through CE? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this contribution, I will develop an educational-theoretical framework of political emotions in CE, that both acknowledges political emotions and connects them to ‘cognitive’ aspects of CE, theoretically explores the relation between negative and constructive political emotions, and explores how CE practices in schools might play a role in fostering constructive political emotions. As part of a larger project that aims to construct an educational theoretical perspective of the role of political emotions in CE from the ground up, this contribution presents the procedures and results of the first phase of a qualitative, constructivist grounded theory (CGT) approach to political emotions in CE. The overall aim is to develop a middle-range theory, grounded in and fitting for the collected data (which will include classroom observations, teacher interviews and student focus groups) to generate relevant, applicable and useful analytic explanations (Thornberg and Keane, 2022) of the role of political emotions in CE in schools. CGT and its explanations build on the assumption that social reality (including the political emotions of youth) is continually constructed in everyday social interactions and interpretations within and between individuals, groups and communities (Thornberg & Keane, 2022). Grounded theory is particularly suitable for exploring phenomena of which little is known to date, such as the role of political emotions in CE practices, or how CE practices can foster constructive political emotions; and therefore requires flexible means of inquiry, specifically regarding data collection and analysis (McCreaddie & Payne, 2010). This research project builds on the concrete research design and core features of CGT listed by Thornberg and Keane (2022), and this contribution discusses the results of first phase of this CGT project: the initial literature study. Its main aim is to map the existing body of knowledge, concepts, approaches, and knowledge gaps of political emotions in/and citizenship education in schools, in order to further refine and sharpen the research questions (Thornberg & Keane, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this contribution, I will discuss: 2) a comparison of theoretical approaches of political emotions in different disciplines (sociology, psychology, political philosophy) 1) existing conceptual frameworks of CE, their theoretical and philosophical foundations and the role (or absence) of (political) emotions therein: the importance of both developmental and cultural perspectives 3) The relations and differences between agonistic and constructive political emotions, and their role(s) in CE Finally, I will present the conceptual (and analytical) framework of this research project, resulting form this initial literature study. This will be based on the results of situating the three interests mentioned above in existing political, psychological, and sociological literature, and combining these with insights from existing educational theories on CE. These will include pedagogical practice theory (Kemmis et al., 2014) and other educational-theoretical approaches of (the nature of) classroom and school practices. I will also discuss how this framework can and will serve as the foundation for the future phases of this research project. References Backer, D. I. (2017). The Critique of Deliberative Discussion. Democracy & Education, 25(1), 1-6 Council of Europe (2018). Reference framework of competences for democratic culture. Volume 1: Context, concepts and models. Council of Europe Publishing. Dahl, V., Amnå, E., Banaji,S., Landberg, M., Šerek J., Ribeiro, N., Beilmann, M., Pavlopoulos, V. & Zani, B. (2018). Apathy or alienation? Political passivity among youths across eight European Union countries. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 15(3), 284-301 Demertzis, N. (2014). Political Emotions. In: Nesbitt-Larking, P., Kinnvall, C., Capelos, T., Dekker, H. (eds). The Palgrave Handbook of Global Political Psychology. Palgrave Studies in Political Psychology Series. Palgrave Macmillan. Freitas, M., Howard, C. & Tosca, G. (2018). Millennial dialogue on Europe. Shaping the new EU agenda. Foundation for European Progressive Studies (FEPS) Habermas (1998). Between Facts and Norms: Contributions to a Discourse Theory of Law and Democracy. The MIT Press. Hooghe, M. & Smets, K. (2013). Jongeren en politiek in verandering. Res Publica 55(1), 5-9. Joris, M. (2021). Burgers in de maak? Burgerschapsvorming op school anders bekeken. Pedagogische Studiën, 98(3), 221-235 Keating, A. & Janmaat, J.G. (2016). Education Through Citizenship at School: Do School Activities Have a Lasting Impact on Youth Political Engagement? Parliamentary Affairs 69, 409–429 Knight abowitz, K. & Mamlok, D. (2019). #Neveragainmsd student activism: lessons for agonist political education in an age of democratic crisis. Educational Theory, 70(6), 731-748 Loobuyck, P. (2020). The policy shift towards citizenship education in Flanders. How can it be explained? Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(1), 65-82 Leiviskä, A. & Pyy, I. (2021). The unproductiveness of political conflict in education: A Nussbaumian alternative to agonistic citizenship education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 55, 577-588 McCreaddie, M. & Payne, S. (2010). Evolving Grounded Theory Methodology: Towards a discursive approach. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 47, 781–793 Nussbaum, M. (2013). Political emotions: why love matters for justice. Harvard University Press. Thornberg & Keane, 2022. Designing Grounded Theory Studies. In Flick, U. (ed). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research Design, 452-466. Sage Publications Yacek, D. (2019). Should anger be encouraged in the classroom? Political education, closed mindedness, and civic epiphany. Educational Theory, 69(4), 421-4 Zembylas, M. (2007b). Theory and methodology in researching emotions in education. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 30(1), 57-72 Zembylas (2018): Political Emotions in the Classroom. How Affective Citizenship Education Illuminates the Debate Between Agonists and Deliberators. Democracy & Education, 26(1), 1-5 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Responsiveness, Co-creation, Participation, Citizenship: Mapping the Theoretical & Methodological Approaches in Participatory Research in Two European Projects Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:The participatory paradigm is not only present in the social sciences, including education but has also become an important principle of public policies and any action aimed at introducing significant social change and transforming reality (Budzanowska, Dańda, 2022). However, “any collective action directed at social change to respond to citizens’ concerns must be based on social science evidence” (Albert et al., 2021). In a research context, participation can refer to theoretical assumptions, methodology (participatory research), and the use of research results for a specific common purpose, both by the researchers and by the individuals/groups who are the 'subject' of the research. Participatory research refers to the idea of human science assuming a human-centred orientation, in other words - doing research from a human perspective (Ciechowska & Szymańska, 2018; Kubinowski, 2010; Reyes, Haines & Clark/Keefe, 2021). It abolishes the traditional division between the researchers and the researched - the latter become fully-fledged subjects of research. Moreover, all parties involved in the research process take full part in it - they learn from each other, they contribute their knowledge and skills, and the outcome of research activities emerges from dialogue and interaction (Pushor 2008; Bielecka-Prus, 2013). Simultaneously, this does not mean that all participating parties have the same input or perform the same roles (Bielecka-Prus, 2013). The degree and extent of participation can vary, which is well illustrated by various models of participation, the most well-known of which (the so-called ladder of participation) situates it between two extremes - from minimal participation limited to a “decorative” function (being informed) to the highest level implying full control, i.e. the participation of non-experts on equal terms in all stages and all project activities (Arnstein 1969). In recent years, it has been argued that participation is insufficient and new conceptualisations or concepts relating to citizen participation not only in research and knowledge production but more generally, in social change, have emerged (Beresford 2019; Blühdorn & Butzlaff, 2020). These include co-creation or responsiveness and are argued to increase the influence of participants on the social changes postulated and implemented as the result of the research process. The way participation and the overlapping and related terms (in this case co-creation and responsiveness) are understood, framed and situated in the two European research projects is the subject of the presented analysis. Both projects are participatory, albeit to varying degrees, and implement the inclusion of citizens in the research process. The main research question is what are the similarities and differences in the theoretical assumptions about participatory approaches in the two projects and what are the implications of these assumptions for (1) the methodological solutions adopted to guide the research process, (2) to the understanding of citizenship not only in the research but in a democratic society in general.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Two European projects are to be the subject of our analysis. (1) The first project, COSI.ed (https://cosied.eu/), aims to create solutions and models of practice in working with young people at risk of social exclusion in various educational settings in five European countries. The concept of co-creation is understood as a prerequisite for an equality-based relationship between young people and educational staff. Its aim is “to create an environment that provides access to and experience of educational codes and situations through building on the students’ strengths and experiences”(Bunting et al., 2021). Thus, it empowers young vulnerable people, increasing their participation and sense of agency. (2) The second project, RESPONSIVE (https://responsive-europe.eu/), focuses on citizen participation in transforming social services and aims to enhance the responsiveness of Europe’s social services to input from diverse citizens. Through this, it wants to increase the impact of citizens’ voices on the approaches, organisation and delivery of three types of social service: child protection and services for youth at risk of exclusion, disability, and mental health. Practically, the project is ambitious in generating specific innovations engaging to a greater extent the voice of vulnerable people and accompanying methodological guidance for achieving citizen-centric social services. The concept of responsiveness highlights that democracy, participation, co-creation and social change are continuous processes that need effort and actions over time (Responsive grant application). The presented paper is based on the desk research and in-depth analysis of: - theoretical and methodological backgrounds and approaches of the above-mentioned projects; - use of good practices’ models in working with youth at risk, with special attention paid to understanding and situating the concepts of co-creation and participation; - methodological and practical co-creative solutions applied in both projects (citizen boards, advisory boards, collaborative groups etc.); - the implications of “youth at risk as citizens” concepts in school and out-of-school environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcome of our analysis is to map and demonstrate the diversity of approaches to the problematisation of concepts such as participation, co-creation, responsiveness and citizenship - their interrelationship and interconnectedness at the theoretical, methodological and practice levels. Particular emphasis will be placed on showing methodological solutions to address the dilemma of how to conduct research on participation/co-creation/responsiveness in an ethical, responsible, methodologically sound and at the same time participatory/responsive way, especially in groups and communities particularly vulnerable to exclusion. Awareness of the various challenges faced by international teams carrying out participatory research will allow to address them at the project conceptualisation stage and may contribute to initiating a dialogue on the often unconscious or unspoken assumptions about the understanding of concepts such as participation, citizenship, co-creation and responsiveness by the various social actors involved in project implementation. Earlier recognition of these assumptions may prevent the possibility of misunderstandings in this area at a later stage of the project implementation. Our analysis will also shed light on the contribution of the new concept of responsiveness in citizenship education and education to democracy added to the earlier elements of co-construction, co-creation and co-production. The results of our analysis might be a valuable source of inspiration for those involved in research on citizenship education, social participation and democratisation of social life. References Albert, A., Balázs, B., Butkevičienė, E., Mayer, K., & Perelló J. (2021). Citizen Social Science: New and Established Approaches to Participation in Social Research In K. Vohland, A. Land-Zandstra, L. Ceccaroni, R. Lemmens, J. Perelló, M. Ponti, ... & K. Wagenknecht, The science of citizen science (p. 529). Springer Nature. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-58278-4 Arnstein, S. R. (1969). A ladder of citizen participation. Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35(4), 216–224. Beresford, P. (2019), Public Participation in Health and Social Care: Exploring the Co-production of Knowledge. Frontiers in Sociology, 3:41. Bielecka-Prus, J. (2013). Paradygmat partycypacyjny w naukach społecznych. Wykorzystywanie danych wytworzonych przez badanych w analizie jakościowej. Rocznik Lubuski, 39(1), 29-50. Blühdorn, I., & Butzlaff, F. (2020). Democratization beyond the post-democratic turn: towards a research agenda on new conceptions of citizen participation. Democratization, 27:3: 369-388. DOI: 10.1080/13510347.2019.1707808 Budzanowska, A. & Dańda, A. (2022). Ustawa 2.0 – paradygmat partycypacyjny w politykach publicznych na przykładzie reformy systemu nauki i szkolnictwa wyższego w Polsce. Nauka 2/2022, 71-92. DOI: 10.24425/nauka.2022.140331 Bunting, M., Mikkelsen, S. H. & Cammack, P. (2021). Socio-cultural learning: students as co-researchers, a key for students' success. In D. T. Gravesen, K. Stuart M. Bunting, S. H.Mikkelsen & P. H. Frostholm (Eds.). Combatting marginalisation by co-creating education: methods, theories and practices from the perspectives of young people. Great debates in higher education. Emerald Publishing, Bingley, pp. 15-28: https://insight.cumbria.ac.uk/id/eprint/6994/ Burgh, G., & Thornton, S. (2021). Teaching democracy in an age of uncertainty: Place-responsive learning. Routledge. Ciechowska, M., & Szymańska, M. (2018). Wybrane metody jakościowe w badaniach pedagogicznych. Wydawnictwo Naukowe Akademii Ignatianum. Dedding, C., Groot, B., Slager, M. & Abma, T. (2022). Building an alternative conceptualization of participation: from shared decision-making to acting and work. Educational Action Research,31(2):1-13. DOI:10.1080/09650792.2022.2035788 Kubinowski, D. (2010). Jakościowe badania pedagogiczne. Filozofia – metodyka – ewaluacja. Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Marii Curie-Skłodowskiej, Lublin. Naumiuk, A., Serra, F., Rasell, M., Uggerhoj, L., Pinto. C et al. (2022). Using participation to understand and address the anxieties of European youth about unemployment, future work, and community. In: Nielsen, V. et al. (eds.) Social Work, Social Welfare, Unemployment and Vulnerability Among Youth. Abingdon: Routledge. Pushor, D. (2008). Collaborative Research In The Sage encyclopedia of qualitative research methods, L. M. Given (ed.), Sage, London. Reyes, C. C., Haines, S. J., & Clark, K. (2021). Humanizing methodologies in educational research: Centering non-dominant communities. Teachers College Press. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper A 4Cs Social Sciences Curriculum for Civic Values and Citizenship 1University of West Attica, Greece; 2Aegean University Presenting Author:Educating the new generation is a major purpose of educational systems. It is a highly complex concept that means being a member of a political community. The very concept of citizenship changes over time, depending on the individual's relationship with government, the state and the rights guaranteed. Of a historical option, historical shift from a strictly political definition of the citizen - with an emphasis on his or her relationship with the state - to a broader somewhat more sociological definition, which implies a greater emphasis on the relationship of the citizen, with society as a whole. (Steenbergen, 1994). In the Marshal’s classic essay on citizenship “Citizenship and social class” (1950), he distinguishes three types of citizenship. First, the civil citizenship in the 18th century which established the rights necessary for individual freedom, such as rights to property, personal liberty and justice. Second, the political citizenship in the 19th century was built and encompassed the right to participate in the exercise of political power, and third, the social citizenship in the 20the century the type of citizenship that emphasized the citizen’s rights of economic and social security and gained its expression in the modern welfare state as it developed in Western Europe. In the perception of Marshall, social citizenship marked the end of history, but new concepts of citizenship are emerging, such as cultural citizenship, European citizenship, global citizenship, ecological citizenship, digital citizenship. Dewey stresses that ‘Since a democratic society repudiates the principle of external authority, it must find a substitute in voluntary disposition and interest; these can be created only by education. … A democracy is more than a form of government; it is primarily a mode of associated living, of conjoint communicated experience’ (1916, p. 87). For Freire, education is always a political act. Is it impossible to remain neutral in education, all educational policies and practices have social implications (1985). Also, “It is only when one leaves one’s home and enters the public space that the dialogue about a citizen’s idiosyncrasy begins” (Kingwell 2000, p. 41). “Citizenship or civics education is construed to encompass the preparation of young people for their roles and responsibilities as citizens and, in particular, the role of education (through schooling, teaching and learning) in that preparatory process.” (Kerr 1999, p. 2). Civic values and competences such as equity, mutual understanding and active citizenship are promoted by the European Commission (ET 2020) which has triggered the scientific discourse on this subject (EC 2017, Cockburn, 2013, Moss, 2007). Traditional curricula promoted the 3Rs, -reading, writing, and arithmetic. Reviewing literacy is a continuous process emerging from contemporary social needs and scientific progress. In this sense, a literacy crisis is never temporary, but, rather, the constrain desired in literacy and curriculum studies. Exploring four hypotheses on literacy standards, Welch and Freebody showed that each and every era and society undergoes its own literacy crisis (1993). Maitles and Gilchrist (2004), underline that children are citizens, and not just “citizens in waiting”. The purpose of this research was to investigate the educational practices that promote the democratic citizenship in preprimary education in Greece. Research questions: What is the place of social sciences in the curriculum framework? What are the views of educators on citizenship education? What pedagogical strategies do preschool educators use to develop social science topics? How do they handle challenging issues related to religious and ethnic differences? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on the qualitative example of scientific research. Documentary analysis of the curriculum and official documents is applied upon the main categories of content. Also, a focus group interview with preprimary educators was made. Ethical concerns specifically attend to critical policy and pedagogy analysis as a way of improving coexistence and active participation. As for the interviews, participants were informed about the purpose of the research, and they had the opportunity to withdraw at any time. Method and ethics of the research Method: Qualitative, was carried out by structured interviews Participants: 12 experienced preprimary educators and also Master Degree students. Time: Spring 2023 Method: Praxeological research and participatory paradigm Participants were informed about the purpose of the research and negotiated the time of the interview. They took part voluntarily and had the opportunity to withdraw at any time. They presented their perceptions as well as specific examples from their educational practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers promote in many ways the opening of the preprimary education to parents and the local community. They organize activities and various projects where parents and other citizens take part. In this way, the pre-school institutions function somewhat as a forum for civil society. Educators claim that they promote dialogue with parents and other citizens and this helps a lot in pedagogical work and problem solving. They argue that this method helps to build a cohesive school community and promote a sense of belonging. Also, opening the pre-school center to the community helps to get to know and understand the cultural heritage of the participants, which is very important in today's pluralistic world. They claim that they provide opportunities for student choice and that they promote differentiated teaching when necessary. Teachers handle children from other faiths with discretion during religious days. Many times, children do not participate according to their parents' decision. Regarding national days, teachers emphasize that they highlight the issues of peace and cooperation of states instead of war events. More experienced educators seem to develop projects with social and political content to a greater extent. Educators develop social studies activities and promote civic values and citizenship. Implementing democratic citizenship curriculum in today's pluralistic society is a demanding endeavor and educators should be supported by continuing education and good working conditions. At the same time participatory pedagogical praxis benefits children, families and teachers themselves. References Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education. The Free Press. Earl, C. (2018). Spaces of Political Pedagogy. Occupy! And other radical experiments in adult learning. London. Routledge. Freire, P. (1985). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. London. Penguin Books. Gellner, E. (1994). Conditions of Liberty. Civil society and its rivals. Penguin Group. London. Kerr, D. (1999). Re-examining citizenship education: the case of England in Civic Education Across Countries, National Foundation for Educational Research. Kingwell, M. (2000). The world we want: Virtue, vice and the good citizen. Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Viking. Maitles, H. & Gilchrist, I. (2004) We're not citizens in waiting, we're citizens now! A case study of a democratic approach to learning in an RME secondary class in the West of Scotland, Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 3(1). Marshall, T.H. (1950). Citizenship and Social Class and other essays. London. Cambridge University Press. Mousena, E. (2021). Pluribus vs Unum as Values in Citizenship Education. In Ruby M., Angelo-Rocha, M., Hickey, M., and Agosto, V. Charlotte (Eds) Making A Spectacle: Examining Curriculum/Pedagogy as Recovery from Political Trauma (pp. 49-64). NC: IAP– Information Age Publishing. |
14:00 - 15:00 | 99 ERC SES 09 A: ERC Keynote: Kirsi Pyhältö "Why does investing in doctoral researcher’s wellbeing matter?" Location: Room B205 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou ERC Keynote |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper ERC Keynote: Why Does Investing in Doctoral Researcher’s Wellbeing Matter? university of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Doctoral experience provides both highs and lows that potentially further contribute to doctoral researcher’s wellbeing. In turn, experienced wellbeing impacts on study progress and odds for degree completion. Hence, it is no surprise that doctoral researcher’s’ wellbeing, particularly mental health issues, have gained prominence as a central concern among doctoral education policy makers, developers, and researchers. Also, effective remedies for mental health issues have been called after. Wellbeing of doctoral researchers is, however, more than the absence of negative symptoms. In fact, positive mental states provide a central resource for doctoral studies. This keynote will focus on addressing both positive and negative attributes of doctoral researcher’s wellbeing and means to promote wellbeing in the doctoral education. I will start with discussing the state of art in research on doctoral researchers’ wellbeing and impacts of wellbeing on doctoral experience. After this I will summarize evidence on effective means for promoting doctoral researcher’s wellbeing in the doctoral education. I will conclude my talk with discussing COVID-19 pandemic influences on doctoral researchers’ wellbeing and progress. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
14:45 - 15:15 | Break 08: ECER Coffee Break |
15:15 - 16:45 | 01 SES 02 A: Learning Environments Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nicole Brown Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Sustainability of Teacher Design Teams in vocational secondary education: Exploring Key Conditions for Long-term Teacher Professional Development Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:In an ever-evolving society and consequently school context, teachers are increasingly challenged. It is important for a teacher to continue professional development to meet the needs of his students (Desimone, 2009). To achieve teacher professional development, the importance of long-term professional development initiatives is demonstrated (Merchie et al., 2018). However, a sustained and ongoing implementation of long-term professional development initiatives in the school context are often uncertain (Stoll et al., 2006). In the context of lifelong learning, it is, however, essential to examine how active professional development initiatives can autonomously persist to ensure their sustainability. In this study, sustainability of professional development initiatives is conceptualised as their capacity to endure and remain effective over the long term (van der Klink, 2023). This study aims to investigate the conditions that can contribute to the sustainable continuity of Teacher Design Teams (TDTs). A TDT is described by Handelzalts (2009) as ‘a group of at least two teachers, from the same or related subjects, working together regularly, with the goal to (re)design and enact (a part of) their common curriculum’ (p. 7). More specifically, a TDT can be seen as a type of Professional Learning Community in which teachers engage in professional development by collaboratively designing curriculum materials for active use in the classroom (Binkhorst et al., 2015) Different studies (e.g., Binkhorst et al., 2015; Voogt et al., 2016) demonstrate which conditions have a specific impact on the professional development of teachers and the designed curriculum materials. However, it is also crucial to ensure the continuation of this professional development and explore conditions that can contribute to the sustainability of the TDTs. This research is conducted in the context of the Project Integrated General Subjects (PGS), a course in vocational secondary education in Flanders (Belgium). This course integrates general subjects in a meaningful and project-based manner, aligning with the real-world and professional experiences of vocational students. PGS provides an interesting context for this study as it faces significant teacher turnover (Sierens et al., 2017). The sustainability of TDTs becomes an even greater challenge in this setting, given the necessity for the TDT to continue and be effective despite changes in teaching staff. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Over a period of two school years, a TDT programme was implemented and facilitated by the researcher across four secondary schools. The TDT programme is based on a preliminary study (Gryson et al., forthcoming) and comprised monthly sessions within the four school-based TDTs, where curriculum materials were designed, along with four sessions per school year in an overarching and supportive networked TDT. In the school-based TDTs, a participating teacher was trained as an internal coach to ensure the autonomous progress of these TDTs. The networked TDT, coached by the researcher, was primarily organised to facilitate mutual support among the different school-based TDTs, exchange of knowledge and experiences, and conduct peer supervision sessions for the coach-teachers. Additionally, a digital platform was established where teachers across the TDTs could share their progress and curriculum materials. At the initiation of this first phase of the research in the school year 2020-2021, a total of 14 teachers participated across the four school-based TDTs. In the third school year (school year 2022-2023), the second phase of the research, the two school-based TDTs that decided to continue autonomously with the TDT were investigated but no longer supported by the researcher. Both school-based TDTs were expanded with additional teachers, which resulted in a total of 12 participating teachers across the two TDTs. To collect data, a semi-structured interview was conducted with the participating teachers each school year. Additionally, reports from the school-based TDTs were collected, and verbal reports from the coach-teachers were transcribed. Since the researcher was present during the networked TDT meetings and some school TDT meetings, observation reports and notes from informal conversations were also included in the data collection. Throughout the entire research period, informed consent was obtained from each participant. The data were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). In reflexive thematic analysis, the researcher's subjectivity is regarded as a source and not immediately as something negative. Given the researcher's close involvement during the TDTs, the application of Braun and Clarke's (2019) reflexive thematic analysis acknowledges its guidance in developing the results. The findings were constructed through an intensive, iterative, and theme-based analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that various conditions have an impact on the sustainability of TDTs. It is demonstrated that both motivated teachers and the need for a core team are important, along with a clear focus during regular TDT meetings. However, it strongly emphasised that a crucial role is assigned to the school leader and the coach. Both stakeholders play a vital role in supporting TDTs and ensuring that the work of participating teachers is perceived as valued and meaningful. For the school leader, this support should manifest through allocating time and resources for teachers, as well as expressing confidence and appreciation. The support the coach needs to provide is mainly related to a proactive approach in organising and guiding the TDTs, with a pronounced need for an internal coach. Subsequently, the results also indicate that for all participating teachers in a TDT, the research-based foundation of TDTs must be clear. This leads to teachers perceiving their work as meaningfully anchored. Additionally, it is emphasised that for the sustainability of TDTs, not only the autonomous progress of one's own school-based TDT is essential but also cross-school collaboration remains important. The research also indicates that the context in which the TDTs are initially implemented and subsequently routinised is important. The influence of the Covid-19 measures and ongoing national educational reform at that time greatly impacted the frequency and way teachers could meet in the TDT, as well as the choices and iterative adjustments made to the curriculum materials. References Binkhorst, F., Handelzalts, A., Poortman, C., & Van Joolingen, W. (2015). Understanding teacher design teams – A mixed methods approach to developing a descriptive framework. Teaching and Teacher Education, 51, 213–224. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597. Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving Impact Studies of Teachers’ Professional Development: Toward Better Conceptualizations and Measures. Educational Researcher, 38 (3), 181–199. doi:10.3102/0013189X0833114. Gryson, T., Strubbe, K., Valcke, T., & Vanderlinde, R. (forthcoming). Lifelong learning through Teacher Design Teams for interdisciplinary teaching in secondary vocational education: The perspective of different stakeholders. In F. G. Paloma (Ed.), Lifelong learning - Education for the Future World. IntechOpen. Handelzalts, A. (2009). Collaborative curriculum development in Teacher Design Teams. Dissertation. University of Twente, Twente, The Netherlands. Sierens, S., Verbyst, L., Ysenbaert, J., Roose, I., Cochuyt, J., & Vanderstraeten, W. (2017). Onderzoek naar verklaringen voor de peilingsresultaten Project Algemene Vakken (PAV): Eindrapport. Gent: Universiteit Gent, Steunpunt Diversiteit & Leren. Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Eductollational Change, 7, 221–258. van der Klink, M. R. (2023). Professional learning and development: sustainability in education. Professional Development in Education, 49(5), 781-783. Voogt, J. M., Pieters, J. M., & Handelzalts, A. (2016). Teacher collaboration in curriculum design teams: Effects, mechanisms, and conditions. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(3-4), 121-140. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Creativity in Education: International Perspectives UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Creativity has become a buzzword across all disciplines in education and across all phases. In this panel discussion, we will discuss the key tenets of what it means to be creative whilst also exploring the how creativity may be fostered in educational settings. The aim of the panel discussion is to offer tools, strategies, ideas, and food for thought on fostering creativity amongst learners so they may foster creativity amongst their own learners.
Creativity is a complex yet universal phenomenon (Shao et al., 2019). Most people feel confident in recognising creativity and what constitutes creativity, with many thinking that they are creative in some way or other. The internet is awash with quotes on creativity attributed to scientific geniuses, old masters, artistic highflyers, successful entrepreneurs, and celebrities. However, when it comes to defining "creativity" we seem to struggle to put into words what it is that is required to "be" creative, how to "do" creativity, and often end up linking creativity to aesthetic artfulness or the processes of making (Sefton-Green and Sinker, 2000). In the context of education, publications explore the relationship between creativity, technology, and education (Henriksen et al., 2018), the link between creativity and environmental sustainability (Cheng, 2019), the role that school environments play regarding the development of creativity in education (Ahmadi et al., 2019), and, more broadly, the relationship that creativity plays in contemporary education (e.g., Kaplan, 2019). Research has also been undertaken to consider student and pupil experience of creativity (e.g., Matraeva et al., 2020).
In this presentation, we will outline the role of creativity in education, and what it means to be a creative thinker and learner in the 21st century. Rather than focussing on creativity among pupils, we emphasise the training and formation of future teachers and educationalists so that they will be equipped to foster creativity among their learners. Thus, we will share some of the practical strategies and initiatives used to train and support future educationalists in different educational contexts and country settings.
We begin by drawing on two main approaches to considering creativity: a socio-cultural manifesto (Glăveanu et al., 2020) and the third draft of the Creative Thinking Framework (OECD, 2019). Creativity is a psychological, social, and material phenomenon, is culturally mediated action, dynamic in its meaning and practice, meaningful and relational and fundamental for society (Glăveanu et al., 2020). And as such creativity, can be divided into "Big C" and "little c" creativity, thus deep expertise, higher level thinking on the one hand and everyday creativity on the other (OECD, 2019). We then introduce some specific examples from different countries and educational settings: Sweden, South Korea, Qatar, Chile, United States, China, and Aotearoa New Zealand.
We conclude our presentation with reflections on the complexity of educational settings and the dynamism of changing environments. We suggest that to prepare the next generation as twenty-first-century learners, we need to use creativity to rethink, restructure, recreate and reimagine solutions for a wide range of problems.
The presentation focuses specifically on the professional learning and development of educationalists in different countries. We show how the creative tasks and activities help improve adults' and children's learning, and under which conditions creativity becomes embedded in the professional learning and development of future educationalists. By focussing on a range of educational settings (initial teacher education for primary and secondary schools, educationalists training in and for higher education, library contexts), we demonstrate that fragmentation and difference in teaching and learning approaches may be an opportunity, as we learn from one another and develop professional development programmes in our contexts and settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The following sources/case studies will be used in the presentation: Sweden, South Korea, Qatar, Chile, United States, China, and Aotearoa New Zealand. Sweden: We describe how in a course in the final semester of the preschool teacher programme called Playworld and Play as Phenomenon and Tool in Preschool Education educators work consciously with different tools to stimulate their students’ meta reflection over their own learning processes and to help them see the connection between theory and practice when it comes to creativity, imagination, and play (Eriksson Bergström et al. in: Brown et al., 2024). South Korea: We present how a university, which trains elementary school teachers, has been working on a project to model how key competencies can be developed for pre-service teachers by using a resident art gallery within the university. The basic idea is to foster creativity through curriculum integration and collaboration around the exhibition (Ahn and Ohn in: Brown et al. 2024). Qatar: We offer an insight into the educational context of the Qatar National Library in Doha, where librarians engage in professional development aligned with typical teacher training activities to improve children’s literacy and cognitive development with the help of creative reflective activities and lucky-dip story bags (Bullough in: Brown et al., 2024). Chile: We report on teacher education in Chile, where creativity-related areas are given low importance in initial teacher training (Balbontín-Alvarado and Rivas-Morales in: Brown et al., 2024). United States: We show how students on a teacher education programme are not only taught culturally sustained pedagogy and critical thinking, but also focus on presenting their own understanding of social justice in creative assignments (Ramlackhan in: Brown et al., 2024). China: We present how creativity is taught to future kindergarten teachers through the Kindergarten Curriculum incorporating Chinese traditional culture in Shanghai Normal University TianHua college (Gao et al. in: Brown et al., 2024). Aotearoa New Zealand: We focus on the teaching practice of a dance educator in dance studies at the University of Auckland, where creativity comes in the form of the creative process of dancemaking (Knox in: Brown et al., 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For teachers and educationalists to be able to foster creativity among their learners, we need to ensure that training programmes and professional development activities embed relevant activities. In most cases, educators find a way of modelling best practices and setting tasks that require creative-critical-reflective thinking and the active application of creativity. The case studies also show that an open discussion of what constitutes creativity is required, as definitions and understanding of creativity as a concept vary, not just across but also within different countries and educational settings. The framework of the direct juxtaposition of viewpoints from different countries enables educationalists to learn from one another and therefore continue their personal professional development in the context of didactics and pedagogy. What may work in one setting, for example the choreographic pedagogy in dance education does not necessarily work in another, and yet, it may. In this respect, we ourselves are required to look at the cases creatively and draw from them for our own circumstances. Ultimately, we suggest that a reform in education that propositions the interrelationships between education and the political, cultural and social spheres is essential. The case studies in this presentation offer vignettes to demonstrate various ways in which educators push boundaries to make this happen in different contexts around the world. In its entirety this presentation offers a step towards a greater recognition of the value of creativity for the future. References Ahmadi, N., Peter, L., Lubart, T., and Besançon, M. 2019. ‘School environments: Friend or foe for creativity education and research?’. In Creativity Under Duress in Education? Resistive theories, practices, and actions, edited by C. A. Mullen, 255–66. Cham: Springer. Brown, N., Ince, A., and Ramlackhan, K. (eds.). 2024. Creativity in Education: International Perspectives. London: UCL Press. Ahn, K. and Ohn, J.D.: 41-55. Balbontín-Alvarado, R. and Rivas-Morales, C.: 63-75. Eriksson Bergström, S., Menzel-Kühne, S. and Lundgren, M.: 13-30. Gao, M., Zhou, J. and Zhang, Y.: 139-161. Knox, S.: 167-190. Ramlackhan, K.: 113-131. Cheng, V. M. 2019. ‘Developing individual creativity for environmental sustainability: Using an everyday theme in higher education’, Thinking Skills and Creativity, 33: 100567. Glăveanu, V. P., Hanchett Hanson, M., Baer, J., Barbot, B., Clapp, E. P., Corazza, G. E., Hennessey, B., Kaufman, J. C., Lebuda, I., Lubart, T. Monuori, A., Ness, I. J., Plucker, J., Reoter-Palmon, R., Sierra, Z., Simonton, D. K., Neves-Pereira, M. S., and Sternberg, R. J. 2020. ‘Advancing creativity theory and research: A socio-cultural manifesto’, Journal of Creative Behavior, 54(3): 741–5. Henriksen, D., Henderson, M., Creely, E., Ceretkova, S., Černochová, M., Sendova, E., and Tienken, C. H. 2018. ‘Creativity and technology in education: An international perspective’, Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 23(3): 409–24. Kaplan, D. E. 2019. ‘Creativity in education: Teaching for creativity development’, Psychology, 10(2): 140–7. Matraeva, A. D., Rybakova, M. V., Vinichenko, M. V., Oseev, A. A., and Ljapunova, N. V. 2020. ‘Development of creativity of students in higher educational institutions: Assessment of students and experts’, Universal Journal of Educational Research, 8(1): 8–16. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). 2019. PISA 2021 creative thinking framework: Third draft. Paris: OECD. Sefton-Green, J., and Sinker, R. (eds). 2000. Evaluating Creativity: Making and learning by young people. London and New York: Routledge. Shao, Y., et al. 2019. ‘How does culture shape creativity? A mini-review’, Frontiers in Psychology. Accessed 7 July 2023. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01219. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 01 SES 02 B: Mathematics & Literacy Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ireta Čekse Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper What Does a Teacher Team Learn About the Use of Effective Collaborative Problem Solving in Maths Using Proactive Action Research? 1University of Newcastle, Australia; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) is an impactful pedagogy in maths classrooms but it is rarely used, particularly in the younger years of schooling in primary maths classrooms (Luckin et al., 2017). OECD reports and PISA testing (Program for International Student Assessment [PISA], 2015) have highlighted the importance of both collaboration and problem solving as crucial 21st century skills in diverse classrooms. Cooperative Learning (CL) is one type of pedagogy that helps to develop collaboration and by using CPS in classrooms, teachers can aim to develop their students’ social and cognitive skills. Cooperative learning is a pedagogy designed to ensure all students participate to meet a common goal and has five essential elements to ensure it is effective (Gillies, 2003; Gillies & Ashman, 1996; Johnson & Johnson, 1994). It enables students to develop the skills of collaboration and be a resource for each other’s learning, so provides the opportunity for students to collaborate in problem solving activities. Both collaborative and problem-solving skills are essential especially as teachers need to be “better at preparing students to live and work in a world in which most people will need to collaborate with people from different cultures, and appreciate a range of ideas and perspectives” (OECD, 2017, p.5). The paper explores the importance of supporting teachers’ learning and practice with CPS. Theories of learning (Piaget, 1959; Vygotsky, 1978) have shown clearly that children learn through collaboration (Williams & Sheridan, 2006). Cooperative Learning (CL) is a pedagogical approach that reflects the importance of a collaborative culture which allows students to develop both cognitive and social outcomes (Gillies, 2003; Johnson et al., 1990; Slavin, 1995). Teachers need to therefore plan activities that require their students to be engaged in dialogue, consider different perspectives, encourage tolerance and respect and develop interpersonal relationships. Problem solving activities also promote these skills and this research project examines the issues around Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) as one type of collaborative activity in classrooms to develop these skills and competences as a best practice pedagogy in maths. The PISA 2015 framework defines CPS competency ‘as the capacity of an individual to effectively engage in a process whereby two or more agents attempt to solve a problem by sharing the understanding and effort required to come to a solution and pooling their knowledge, skills and efforts to reach that solution’ (Fiore et al., 2017, p.2). Collaborative problem solving (CPS) is composed of two main elements: collaborative, involving sharing or social aspects alongside knowledge or cognitive aspects. Thus, the primary distinction between individual problem solving and collaborative problem solving is the social component. This involves the use of communication, shared identification of the problem, negotiation and the management of relationships. CPS is different to from other forms of collaboration having a group goal that needs to be achieved with the solution requiring problem solving, needing team members to contribute to the solution, and evaluation required to see whether the group goal has been achieved. It is important to ensure that there are various roles as well as ensuring activities of the team members are interdependent so that a single person cannot solve the group goal alone. The collaborative activities therefore require communication, coordination, and cooperation. This paper examines how a small teacher team developed effective collaborative problem solving (CPS) lessons in their primary maths classrooms. It explores the following research question: How are teachers able to explore the use of effective CPS maths activities in a Professional Learning Network (PLN) and explore their students’ cooperative skills using a proactive action research approach? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants were a team of five primary school teachers who taught in a small primary school in a regional city in Australia. The team all taught in the same stage (age group) of students who were between 10 and 12 years old. All teachers were keen to explore CPS in Maths and see what kind of difference it could make to their students’ cooperative skills. As a teacher team, they also explored the benefits in being a part of a PLN. After a series of professional learning sessions with teachers that focussed on CPS maths implementation and resources teachers were asked to undertake one CPS lesson a week in their classroom. Proactive action research methodology was used (Schmuck, 2006) with the teachers learning about this approach in two sessions of two hours professional learning sessions that also covered: What is collaboration? What is CL? What is collaborative problem solving (CPS)? How can I use CPS in my maths classroom? How can I share my learning in a teacher team to develop my understandings of CPS? What do I notice about my students’ CL skills after implementing CPS in my classroom? It is important in a proactive action research process for teachers to consider how they can move their class forward as they try out this new pedagogy as well as determine how to support each other in the team. The participants were also connected through a closed Facebook group as a PLN to allow the researchers to see how the teacher team encouraged “knowledge sharing and creation as well as the development of new practices and the joint trial and refinement of these practices” (Poortman et al., 2022, p.96). Teacher reflections were also collected once a week from each teacher by email or through a shared Google Drive. The teacher team also came together for a final focus group interview to collect their final reflections on the project and also allowing analysis of how teachers collaborated in a PLN. They learned about teacher collaboration as their students learned about student collaboration. The researchers then examined the focus group transcript and teacher reflections using reflexive thematic analysis (TA) (Braun & Clarke, 2006). As highlighted by Byrne (2022), ‘The reflexive approach to TA highlights the researcher’s active role in knowledge production (Braun and Clarke 2019). Codes are understood to represent the researcher’s interpretations of patterns of meaning across the dataset’ (p.1393). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We explored the types of social skills required in CPS as reported by the teachers and how these were developed during the CPS maths activities as they explored their approaches to CPS teaching and learning in their action research cycles. Their reflective observations, as well interactions with other teachers in the team, allowed them to make sense of the pedagogy and consider how others understood the process of introducing CPS. Cycles continued throughout the process of experimentation with many teachers demonstrating their understanding of the need for development of explicit teaching of social skills. Some of them used specific techniques to teach these skills, which had been taught to them during the PD sessions. Skills and strategies they observed included turn taking, everyone doing their part / allowing everyone to contribute/ accountability/ delegating, sharing resources or workload as well as mention of active and equal participation. As the teacher team developed their skills in CPS in Maths they also utilised each other in a PLN experimenting with CPS in terms of grouping sizes and realising the need at times step back to allow for failure also encouraging their students to reflect and encourage perseverance in solving CPS tasks. They often shared resources, recommendations, experiences and strategies with each other on the Facebook page as well as verbalised how they would retry activities in different ways to see which ones worked better. The Facebook Group allowed them to see the activities as well as learn about them. Being a part of PLN helped them develop trust as they were involved in common structured activities together, as they implemented CPS in their classrooms. It also invigorated them as teachers and ensured that as a well-functioning PLN they were more likely to be reflective and willing to innovate (Stoll & Seashore Louis, 2007). References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Byrne, D. (2022). A worked example of Braun and Clarke’s approach to reflexive thematic analysis. Quality & Quantity, 56(3), 1391-1412. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y Fiore, S., Graesser, A., Greiff, S., Griffin, P., Gong, B., Kyllonen, P., Massey, C., O'Neil, H., Pellegrino, J., Rothman, R., Soulé, H., & von Davier, A. (2017). Collaborative Problem Solving: Considerations for the National Assessment of Educational Progress Collaborative Problem Solving: Considerations for the National Assessment of Educational Progress. Gillies, R. (2003). Structuring cooperative group work in classrooms. International Journal of Educational Research, 39(1-2), 35-49. Johnson, D., & Johnson, R. (1994). Learning Together and Alone: Cooperative, competitive and individualistic learning. Allyn and Bacon. Johnson, D., Johnson, R., & Holubec, E. (1990). Circles of learning: cooperation in the classroom. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. OECD. (2017). Collaborative problem Solving PISA in Focus (2017/78). OECD. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/collaborative-problem-solving_cdae6d2e-en Piaget, J. (1959). Language and thought of the child. Routledge & Kegan Paul. Poortman, C., Brown, C., & Schildkamp, K. (2022). Professional learning networks: a conceptual model and research opportunities. Educational Research, 64(1), 95-112. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2021.1985398 Program for International Student Assessment [PISA]. (2015). PISA 2015 Collaborative Problem Solving. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/innovation/collaborative-problem-solving/ Schmuck, R. (2006). Practical Action research for Change. Corwin. Slavin, R. (1995). The Cooperative Elementary School: Effects on Students' Achievement, Attitudes, and Social Relations. American Educational Research Journal, 32(1), 321-351. Stoll, L., & Seashore Louis, K. (2007). Professional learning communities: Divergence, depth and dilemmas. Open University Press. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in Society: the development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Williams, P., & Sheridan, S. (2006). Collaboration as One Aspect of Quality: A perspective of collaboration and pedagogical quality in educational settings. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(1), 83-93. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper What Categories Do facilitators with Varying Levels of Facilitation Expertise Apply When Noticing a Fictional PD Situation? Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Mathematics teacher education has long been the focus of educational research. Much attention has been paid to university studies and training in schools in the early years (e.g. TEDS-M, Döhrmann et al., 2012). In recent years, the continuing development of teachers already working in schools has also become increasingly important. Professional development (PD) courses are crucial for advancing mathematics education, enriching teachers’ skills, and overall enhancing mathematics instruction (Prediger et al., 2022). Facilitators play a pivotal role in this process, significantly influencing teacher learning (e.g., Borko et al., 2011). Notably, facilitator expertise, particularly their ability to engage in noticing during PD courses, is instrumental in supporting teachers’ effective learning. Following van Es and Sherin's (2002) framework, noticing includes recognizing the significance of a situation, establishing connections between interactions and broader teaching principles, and using contextual knowledge to reason about interactions. Facilitator expertise in PD settings, essential for navigating complex instructional scenarios, has been explored by Zaslavsky and Leikin (1999). However, recent research tends to overlook content-specific considerations while focusing mostly on generic aspects, relevant for different subjects (Prediger et al., 2022). To address this gap, our study focuses on content-related PD, examining facilitators' categories like pedagogical content knowledge on the PD level (PCK-PD) and general pedagogical knowledge on the PD level (GPK-PD). Particularly, we analyze how facilitators categorize a fictional PD situation. The concept of noticing for teachers (van Es & Sherin, 2002) is also transferable to facilitators and PD settings. This transferability can be seen when aligning this framework with the PID-model proposed by Kaiser et al. (2015), which highlights situation-specific skills such as the perception of events, interpretation of activities, and making of decisions. In a PD setting, similarly to in a classroom situation, perception, interpretation, and decision-making are central processes of a diagnostic competence and skilled navigation of facilitation and teaching (Hoth et al., 2016). In considering the expertise that facilitators bring to PD settings, frameworks for examining teachers’ expertise have been lifted to the facilitator level (Prediger et al., 2022). Specific to mathematics content-related facilitator expertise, Prediger et al. (2022) applied a content-related framework for teacher expertise (Prediger, 2019) to the facilitator level. The framework includes jobs as typical and complex situational demands that are connected to the facilitation of specific mathematics PD content. Furthermore, practices are seen as recurring patterns of facilitators’ utterances and actions for handling the jobs and are influenced by underlying categories, pedagogical tools, orientations, and situative goals. In regards to the knowledge that determines the facilitators’ categories or categorial perception and thinking that impacts the facilitators’ practices, this knowledge is connected to their pedagogical content knowledge for teachers’ professional development (PCK-PD). Such PCK-PD consists of the knowledge the facilitators have relative to teachers’ learning. More general pedagogical knowledge on the PD level (GPK-PD) refers to the knowledge facilitators have in relation to the management and instruction of PD courses such as related to motivational aspects (Prediger et al., 2022) In considering these underpinning aspects concerning noticing and facilitator expertise, we pursued the following research questions as a way of examining the expertise and needs of the facilitators in a mathematics PD and qualification program, and specifically, as a means of examining the PCK-PD and GPK-PD that facilitators demonstrate when noticing: 1) How do experienced facilitators engage in noticing of a fictional PD situation? 2) How do less experienced facilitators engage in noticing of a fictional PD situation? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample In total, 156 mathematics facilitators participated in the PD qualification program for facilitators that lasts the first year of a ten year program for the qualification and professional development of mathematics facilitators and teachers. Seventy-two of the facilitators had experience leading 10 or more mathematics PD courses, while 84 of the facilitators had facilitated fewer than 10 PD courses. Instrument The facilitators were provided with a situated instrument, containing a fictional dialogue of three mathematics teachers in a PD who discuss the use of a learning application (app) as a means of supporting student learning. The teachers in the fictional dialogue champion less productive ways of using apps, by emphasizing short-term and motivational benefits of the app, while not reflecting on the lack of construction of conceptual understanding, means of promoting cognitive activation, ways to monitor students’ learning progress, and the development of a learning environment that stimulates communication. The facilitators were asked: 1) Briefly describe what stands out to you about this discussion amongst teachers in a PD? 2) How would you interpret the statements of the three teachers? 3) As a facilitator, how would you respond? Questions 1 and 2 prompted the facilitators to perceive and interpret the situation while question 3 provided the facilitators with the opportunity to show their decision-making concerning the situation. Data analysis The experienced and less experienced facilitators’ responses to questions 1, 2, and 3 were analyzed in terms of their categories for perceiving, interpreting, and deciding to act upon the situation. Thereby, the facilitators’ general pedagogical knowledge (GPK-PD) and pedagogical content knowledge (PCK-PD) were distinguished (Prediger et al., 2022). The five principles of the PD were deductively coded with respect to the facilitators’ PCK-PD: conceptual focus, cognitive demand, student focus and adaptivity, longitudinal coherence, and enhanced communication. Each code was rated as 0 (category not addressed in response) or 1 (category was addressed in response). In considering the facilitators’ GPK-PD, their responses were inductively coded, yielding six categories: atmospheric argumentation, general digital media focus, methodological individualization, short-term success, affective-motivational aspects, and general description. The different PCK-PD and GPK-PD subcategories were assigned to facilitators’ perception/interpretation of the PD situation (questions 1 and 2), as well as to their decision-making (question 3). After several rounds of discussion, a Cohen’s (1960) kappa between k = .88 and k = .94 for inter-rater reliability for the coding was reached by the research team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Concerning the first research question, it can be observed that the experienced facilitators refer to both PCK-PD and GPK-PD in both perception/interpretation and decision-making (P/I-PCK-PD: M=0.77(0.86); P/I-GPK-PD: M=1.37(1.09); D-PCK-PD: M=0.82 (1.08); D-GPK-PD: M=1.14(0.94)). The second research question reveals that the less experienced facilitators also use both PCK-PD and GPK-PD. Here, too, it can be seen that GPK-PD is used more frequently than PCK-PD when noticing the situation. However, the difference between these two is greater than with the experienced facilitators (P/I-PCK-PD: M=0.52(0.77); P/I-GPK-PD: M=1.53(1.05); D-PCK-PD: M=0.64(1.06); D-GPK-PD: M=1.36(0.89)). An experienced facilitator statement exemplifies what a strong PCK-PD focus for perception/interpretation encompasses: “Ms. M. and Mr. M. are pleased that the app contains tasks at different levels and adapts to the individual learning level of the children. No one makes a statement about whether the app works in an understanding-oriented way (e.g. with representations) and whether the levels of representation are interlinked, but this does not seem to be the case. This should be discussed with the teachers.” The statement from a less experienced facilitator exhibits their focus on GPK-PD for decision-making: “I would try to emphasize the positive aspects of the app and assuage potential fears or motivate people to try it out.” Contribution By uncovering differences in how facilitators with varying levels of experience engaged in approximated noticing of a PD situation, this research, in using a situated approach, provides insights into designing qualification programs as based on facilitators’ needs. Thereby, an emphasis on PCK-PD can be integrated into the qualification program so that less experienced facilitators can be better prepared for leading PD. However, it also shows that even experienced facilitators need support. By aligning the design of qualification programs with the needs of the participating facilitators, facilitators will be better prepared to offer PD for teachers. References Borko, H., Koellner, K., Jacobs, J., & Seago, N. (2011). Using video representations of teaching in practice-based professional development programs. ZDM Mathematics Education, 43(1), 175-187. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-010-0302-5 Cohen, J. (1960). A coefficient of agreement for nominal scales. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 20(1), 37-46. Döhrmann, M., Kaiser, G., & Blömeke, S. (2012). The conceptualisation of mathematics competencies in the international teacher education study TEDS-M. ZDM Mathematics Education, 44(3), 325-340. Hoth, J., Döhrmann, M., Kaiser, G., Busse, A., König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2016). Diagnostic competence of primary school mathematics teachers during classroom situations. ZDM Mathematics Education, 48(1), 41-53. Kaiser, G., Busse, A., Hoth, J., König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2015). About the complexities of video-based assessments: Theoretical and methodological approaches to overcoming shortcomings of research on teachers’ competence. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 13(2), 369-387. Prediger, S. (2019). Promoting and investigating teachers’ pathways towards expertise for language-responsive mathematics teaching. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 31, 367-392. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13394-019-00258-1 Prediger, S., Roesken-Winter, B., Stahnke, R., & Pöhler, B. (2022). Conceptualizing content-related PD facilitator expertise. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 25, 403-428. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-021-09497-1 van Es, E. A., & Sherin, M. G. (2002). Learning to notice: Scaffolding new teachers’ interpretations of classroom interactions. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 10(4), 571-596. Walshaw, M., & Anthony, G. (2008). The teacher’s role in classroom discourse: A review of recent research into mathematics classrooms. Review of Educational Research, 78(3), 516-551. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308320292 Zaslavsky, O. & Leikin, R. (1999). Interweaving the training of mathematics teacher educators and the professional development of mathematics teachers. In O. Zaslavsky (Ed.), Proceedings of the 23rd Conference of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education (Vol. 1, pp. 143-158). PME. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Literacy Resilience: Unveiling the Nexus of Linguistic Literacy and Self-Regulation in Learning Ahva Academic College, Israel Presenting Author:Two fundamental assumptions underpin the current research. Firstly, every learning interaction is inherently a literate interaction. This signifies that students are expected to proficiently and flexibly navigate various modes, both spoken and written, in order to convey thoughts and emotions, formulate ideas and opinions, defend arguments, present information clearly and concisely, and effectively engage in quality communication tailored to specific goals, circumstances, and target audiences (Berman & Ravid, 2008; Tolcinski, 2022). The second assumption - every learning interaction encompasses processes related to Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) and Executive functions. SRL is essential in the learning process of students, as it enables them to manage and oversee their entire learning process (Jansen et al., 2019; Lichtinger & Kaplan, 2011; Pintrich, 2000; Zimmerman et al., 2023). The self-regulation process consists of three phases: the preparatory phase, where students plan before learning; the performance phase, where students employ cognitive strategies to successfully complete tasks; and the appraisal phase, where students reflect on their learning, evaluate the effectiveness of their strategies, and consider adjustments for future study sessions (Jansen et al., 2019; Pintrich, 2000; Puustinen & Pulkkinen, 2001; Zimmerman et al., 2023). These processes also encompass executive functions, which are a set of higher-order cognitive processes necessary for directing goal-oriented behaviors and tasks that are not carried out automatically (Spencer, 2020). Executive functions are particularly important in performing complex tasks like reading comprehension and writing (Ravid & Tolchinsky, 2002). Skilled readers, for instance, must exercise control over their reading process, ensuring comprehension and employing diverse strategies (Landi,2012). Written expression also necessitates organization, planning, control, and the ability to analyze task requirements, make decisions, and allocate attention (Flower & Hayes, 1981; Kaplan et al., 2009). These fundamental assumptions are the basis for building the student's literacy resilience. In this study, resilience is examined from both a linguistic literacy and a metacognitive perspective. It focuses on the learners' ability to navigate educational tasks that demand both literacy skills and self-regulated learning (SRL). These skills collectively form the foundation for cultivating literacy resilience. When a student approaches a literacy task while applying meta-strategic knowledge, they will be able to unlock their literacy resilience and autonomously manage such challenges without requiring the intervention of a teacher. This approach is not contingent upon previous failures but is seamlessly integrated into the standard learning routine. Hence, it is crucial to comprehend the concept of literacy resilience, the methods for constructing and nurturing it, and the implications of fostering literacy resilience on teachers' lesson planning, classroom discourse, and students' approaches to their assignments. This study establishes a theoretical connection between linguistic literacy, Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) skills, Executive function and meta-strategic knowledge. In this article, a comprehensive definition of literacy resilience, will be presented. Additionally, an analysis will be presented to evaluate teachers' perceptions of their students' levels of literacy resilience. The term "literacy resilience" (LR) is based on a theoretical connection between linguistic literacy, meta-strategic knowledge and self-regulated learning (SRL) skills. A combined definition of resilience is the ability to persevere in the face of challenges and cope with difficult situations through a set of processes that allow for better results despite the presence of significant threats / difficulties Linguistic literacy skills anchored in SRL are the cornerstones of the learner's literacy resilience (Amir & Heaysman, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 383 participants - teachers who chose to attend a lecture or a PD (Professional Development) course about literacy that was provided by the Ministry of Education. The teachers filled out a questionnaire that was developed specifically for this study. The questionnaire consists of Likert scale questions with the following ratings: 1 (neither/neither), 2 (to a small degree/infrequently), 3 (to a large degree/frequently), and 4 (to an extremely great degree/always). Each question was based on one of the aforementioned facets of the definition of literacy resilience. The Cronbach's α for internal reliability test confirmed high reliability = 0.938. Data Analysis In order to answer the two research questions, first, a descriptive statistical analyses was conducted for each section of the questionnaire, including the mean, standard deviation, and range (minimum and maximum). Second, for each of the indices, three level-based categories were established: low, medium, and high. In the initial phase, the mean of each participant's statements for each index was determined. In the second step, the averages in each index into three categories were sorted: low, medium, and high. The low level included averages between 1 and 1.99, medium between 2 and 2.99, and high between 3 and 4. Thirdly, the frequency of each category was determined (low, medium, and high). Lastly, using ANOVA, the prevalence between age groups was compared. 1. The literacy resilience level of students: (a) To what extent do teachers perceive their students as literately resilient? (b) Will there be differences between the perception of teachers in different education levels (elementary, middle, and high school) regarding their students' literacy resilience? (c) Will there be differences between teachers from different disciplines in their perception of their students' literacy resilience? 2. Will there be a connection between the degree of importance attributed to literacy resilience by teachers and their perception of the level of literacy resilience of their students? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In examining the first research question pertaining to the level of literacy resilience of the students, it was discovered that the vast majority of teachers, regardless of education level or discipline, perceive the level of literacy resilience of the students to be low. According to the teachers, students require a great deal of assistance when completing assignments, as they have difficulty identifying their difficulties in a focused manner, are unfamiliar with suitable coping strategies for tasks requiring linguistic literacy skills. This finding has implications for both the pedagogical-didactic and professional development aspects of teacher education. They present teachers with significant challenges of theoretical and practical knowledge as well as beliefs (Dignath & Buttner, 2018; Lawson et al., 2019). Therefore, it is essential to have professional development for teachers, based on aspects of literacy resilience, which include the development of linguistic literacy skills and SRL. In examining the second research question - Examining the relationship between the variables revealed no correlation between the importance teachers place on literacy resilience and the perceived level of literacy resilience of students. they still perceive the students' level of literacy resilience as low. Why is it crucial to foster literacy resilience? Independent learner development is the pinnacle of education and a global trend (OECD, 2021). Literacy resilience enables students to become independent learners. A learner with literacy resilience will be able to navigate the technology-rich 21st century, manage his learning, plan a complete learning process from beginning to end, know how to ask questions, employ appropriate strategies, and monitor the process. It is an active process in which learners act as their own learning agents and are conscious of the process: they plan and manage the learning, observe their actions, evaluate their situation, and direct their actions accordingly. References Amir. A, Heaysman, O. (2022). Literacy Resilience – how do teachers perceive it? Oryanut vesafa. 9, 81-96. (In Hebrew). Jansen, R. S., Van Leeuwen, A., Janssen, J., Jak, S., & Kester, L. (2019). Self-regulated learning partially mediates the effect of self-regulated learning interventions on achievement in higher education: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 28, 100292. Kaplan, A., Lichtinger, E., & Gorodetsky, M. (2009). Achievement goal orientations and self-regulation in writing: An integrative perspective. Journal of Educational Psychology, 101(1), 51. Landi, N. (2012). Learning to read words: Understanding the relationship between reading ability, lexical quality, and reading context. In Reading-From words to multiple texts (pp. 17-33). Routledge. Lichtinger, E., & Kaplan, A. (2011). Purpose of engagement in academic self-regulation. SRL, (126). Pintrich, P. R. (2000). The role of goal orientation in self-regulated learning. In Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 451-502). Academic Press. Ravid, D., & Tolchinsky, L. (2002). Developing linguistic literacy: A comprehensive model. Journal of Child Language, 29, 419-448. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0305000902005111 Zimmerman, B. J., Greenberg, D., & Weinstein, C. E. (2023). Self-regulating academic study time: A strategy approach. In Schunk, D. H., & Zimmerman, B. J. (Eds.), Self-regulation of learning and performance (pp. 181-199). Routledge. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 01 SES 02 C: Action Research Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hasmik Kyureghyan Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Self-Study for Empowering Interns' Commitment to School Teaching David Yellin Academic Col, Israel Presenting Author:My presentation will focus on self-study as a tool for the professional development of teacher educators. For the last 12 years I work as an interns’ supervisor during their teaching internship year. I am also a member of a teacher educator's action research workshop that is supported by MOFET (The National Institute for Research and Development in Education) and led by Michal Zellermayer (2019). As part of my participation in the teacher educator's action research workshop, I have been writing a weekly diary journal following each internship workshop session, to be read and discussed by my colleagues in the action research group. In every meeting we discuss the practical and theoretical conceptualizations of the events described in our journals. Through my journal I have developed the kind of self-awareness that is not based solely on reflection, but also on observing the mutual interactions between myself and the social fields of my activity. This process made me reconsider my practice. I developed a passion for writing. I felt that writing stimulated me to deepen and expands my learning and helped me to proceed more accurately in my work with my students. That feeling was supported by the writing of Judy Williams that "journaling as a self-study method helps researchers to keep the focus on the self in a self-study, while also considering the range of contextual factors that influence the process of professional becoming" (Williams, 2021, p.61). The main issue that bothered me was how I should guide the interns in crossing the boundaries between the academy and the internship schools, in view of the fact that I do not see them in their schools. The interns cope with conflicts in their schools, with pupils, parents and staff. These conflicts lead them to be ambivalent about their decision to become a teacher. My challenge is to help them deal with these conflicts and to maintain their active participance in our workshop and in the internship schools. In the action research group we were introduced to Cultural-historical-activity theory, a powerful tool for conceptualizing our practice. In my study I particularly focused on the writings of Etienne Wenger (1998/ 2010), who claims that engagement in a social practice is the fundamental process by which we learn and so develop our professional identity. From Wenger I learnt that knowledge is situated within the social practices of a community members, rather than something which exists “out there” in books. Wenger (1998), expresses the connections between two important concepts: participation and reification. Participation consists of the activity; the act of doing something or taking part, and the belonging that is established through connecting with other participants. Reification is the expression of knowledge though concrete artifacts, such as forms, symbols, stories, and concepts. These two concepts enabled me to discover the value of my practice and better understand how I can empower the intern’s participation in my workshop and their commitment to their school teaching. My self-study helped me identify the actions I take for reification and how they contribute to the participation of the interns in the workshop. I learnt that I tend to draw on my interns’ practical challenges. I try to strengthen their affiliation to the school by making them more aware of its culture and agenda. We go through problem-solving processes regarding administrative school demands. I urge them to initiate meaningful communication with their mentors and suggest that they rely more on horizontal collegial relationships with other schoolteachers. While doing so, I use reification. In my presentation I will demonstrate the acts of reification that I initiated and interns responses to them. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants include me and the interns who work in high schools around the country: 3 men and 10 women who are 25-56 years old. For 6 of them this is a second career. This self-study integrates recurring cycles of action and reflection, theory and practice, to solve authentic problems and promote personal growth (Zellermayer, 2019). For this research I used a qualitative research approach and research data collecting tools: 1. The diary journal, in which I report and reflect on activities that take place in the internship workshop and on the conversations that we in these sessions as well as in individual meetings with specific interns. 2 . Reflective journals written by interns that describe events in their work 3 . WhatsApp interactions with individuals interns and groups, containing dilemmas and instructions. The study was approved by the ethics committee of the college. From the data collected with the above tools, three research questions emerged: 1. How should I guide the interns in crossing the boundaries between the academy and the internship school, in view of the fact that I do not see them in their schools? 2. How can I reconceptualize my practice so that it becomes more coherent to me and to other academic audiences? 3. Which self-development circles did my action research lead to? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study makes visible the dialectics between reification and participation and how it became a support system for my students while crossing the boundaries between the academy and the internship schools. The self-study action research succeeded in promoting my understanding of the practices that enhance interns’ commitment to their internship schools and their engagement in the internship workshop. Writing the diary journal allowed me to better understand my role and responsibilities to my interns and how I can improve my practice. In my writing I often relate to the theoretical discussions that takes place in the action research community with illustrations from my own work. From my diary journal, I learnt that I use reification such as poems and videos that can help the interns develop a more positive attitude to their internship. I noticed that they take advantage of the tools that are available for them at their schools and in their communities. As their commitment to the school grows they expand their participation in the school’s activities: initiate interactions with parents, monitor matriculation exams. My purpose is to share insights and understandings from my self-study with other teacher educators interested in interns’ supervision, as well as to commend self-study as an important tool for teacher educators’ professional development. I began by sharing my diary journal with the other participants of my action research group who provided helpful response. As I progressed in my study, I expanded my audience: I shared my study with my college colleagues who responded by forming a community of practice where the interns’ needs were discussed and then with colleagues from other teacher education colleges in Israel. These presentations became the three cycles of my professional learning. I feel ready now to share this professional learning process with an international audience. References Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice; learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Wenger, E. (2010). Communities of Practice and social learning systems: The Career of a concept. In: C. Blackmore (Ed), Social learning systems and communities of practice. Springer (pp. 179-198). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-84996-133-2_11 Williams, J (2021). Journal writing as a self-study method: Teacher educator professional learning and self-understanding. In J. Kitchen (Ed.), Writing as a method for the self-study of practice, (pp. 61-76).https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-2498-8_4. Zellermayer, M. (2019). Teacher research: From Kurt Lewin to self-study and collaborative learning communities. Dapim, 71, 21-54. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper “I Should Conduct Action Research More Often”: Kazakhstani Teacher Educators’ Professional Development through Action Research 1Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan; 2University of Hawaii Manoa Presenting Author:Research on the development of research capacity for teacher educators is limited and mixed. Kelchtermans et al. (2018) argue based on their study of teacher educators from Belgium, Ireland, Israel, the Netherlands, Norway, United Kingdom, and the USA that professional development (PD) for teacher educators should emphasize real research activities. However, a recent study in Israel (Guberman & Zuzovsky, 2022) found that in research capacity development among teacher educators, “the unintended result was the separation of teaching from research” (p. 369). In Kazakhstan, scholars have documented efforts and challenges at transforming research and publication capacity over the past thirty years in national policy and institutional practice among university science professors and students (Kuzhabekova, 2022) and schoolteachers (Ayubayeva & McLaughlin, 2023), but not teacher educators to date. Along with research reform in higher education, the Kazakhstani government has actively supported reform in STEM education. Moreover, as part of trilingual education reforms, the English language is viewed as a science language that facilitates integration into the global economy, and STEM subjects are to be taught through the English language. However, recent research shows that STEM teachers neither display high-quality or innovative skills in lesson planning and implementation of STEM (Goodman et al., 2023), nor are fully ready to teach STEM subjects in English (Manan et al., 2023). Whether teacher educators are prepared to support future STEM teachers in English in Kazakhstan remains an empirical question. To address the twin issues of research capacity and pedagogical capacity building of teacher educators in Kazakhstani pedagogical universities, the authors present a study designed to answer the following main research question: How can action research contribute to development of new STEM and multilingual education practices in Kazakhstani teacher education institutions? The data collection and analysis are framed through the combined lenses of action research and self-efficacy theory. Action research (Pine, 2009) consists of four phases of professional inquiry: 1) planning a change in practice and a means of documenting the change; 2) implementing the change; 3) observe the changes and consequences of the change; 4) reflecting on the process and consequences in order to consider new changes and action research designs. Self-efficacy (Bandura, 1997, as cited in Usher et al., 2023) refers to one’s beliefs about their capacity to perform tasks or skills, beliefs which are shaped by internal and external factors. Previous research has found the utility of using action research to promote self-efficacy of pre-service teachers (e.g., Cabaroglu, 2014) and in-service teachers (e.g., Kinskey, 2018) as part of their professional development. However, it has not been documented whether action research may facilitate self-efficacy in Kazakhstani teacher educators for whom both research methods and pedagogical practices may be relatively new. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a multiple case study design (Yazan, 2015). Case selection (n=60) proceeded in two stages. First, the authors invited administrators from 4 pedagogical universities and 1 college which prepares primary school teachers from three regions of Kazakhstan to participate in a collaborative professional development project. These administrators were keen after an initial professional development course on research methods to further develop their understanding, and their faculty members’ understanding, of both research methods and either STEM or multilingual education practice. In the second stage, these administrators or delegated coordinators selected up to 20 teacher educators who were interested and available for professional development in STEM or multilingual education. Data collection with the teacher educators proceeded in three phases: pre-action research, action research, and post-action research. For Phase One (November-December 2022), the authors conducted workshops on action research synchronously online or in person, and developed a pre-action research questionnaire which included open-ended questions on understanding, interest, and readiness for both action research and specific pedagogies for STEM and multilingual education. For Phase Two, based on content analysis (Prasad, 2019) of the pre-action research responses, the authors prepared videos in three languages (English, Russian, Kazakh) on STEM pedagogies and multilingual education pedagogies of interest and relevance to the teacher educators. After watching the videos, the teacher educators had opportunities to discuss the methods and theory with both authors and their peers during synchronous online meetings. Next, the teacher educators prepared--collaboratively with other teachers or individually--syllabi with at least one of the new pedagogies, and action research plans to assess the effectiveness of applying the pedagogies in their classrooms. The authors provided feedback to the teacher educators for both the developed syllabi and action research plans. In Phase Three, teacher educators implemented the revised lesson plan and action research plans, and completed a post-action research survey in summer 2023. The responses from both open-ended surveys, alongside teachers’ syllabi and action research plans, were coded in NVivo software following the stages of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Results are presented based on individual responses and documents. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis showed all the participants recognized the value of action research and reported the intention to use action research in their classrooms in the future. Some teachers already had the idea of the kind of action research they would want to conduct, either by implementing the action research plan they had prepared during the professional development or developing a new one. Some participants also expressed interest or intentions for collaborations on action research with other teachers, often from their educational institutions. This pattern was observed more among multilingual education professors than among STEM faculty. STEM teachers commented more on the utility of action research as a tool for developing their students’ research skills. However, some participants seemed to display limited understanding of the complexity of action research. The analysis of feedback on action research plans that the workshop leaders gave to the teachers revealed that in developing action research plans the teachers struggled with defining the methods to use in their research and aligning research questions with the methodology and problem. Preliminary analysis of post-action research survey responses showed that although all the participants reported interest in implementing action research in their classrooms, several participants thought that there might be challenges. The most frequently mentioned challenge to implementing action research were time constraints, complexity of the process of action research and lack of experience and skills for conducting it. Only a few participants felt highly confident in their capacity to conduct action research in the future. The results suggest a need for ongoing professional development support for action research, as well as need for administrators to carve out time for faculty members to collaborate on action research. References Ayubayeva, N. & McLaughlin, C. (2023). Developing teachers as researchers: Action research as a school development approach. In C. McLaughlin, L. Winter, & N. Yakavets, (Eds.), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan (pp. 189-202). Cambridge University Press. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, 77-101. Cabaroglu, N. (2014). Professional development through action research: Impact on self-efficacy. System, 44, 79-88. Goodman, B., Nam, A., Yembergenova, A., & Malone, K. (2023). Teaching Science in English in Secondary Schools in Kazakhstan: Policy and Practice Perspectives. In C. McLaughlin, L. Winter, & N. Yakavets, (Eds.), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan (pp. 59-74). Cambridge University Press. Guberman, A., & Zuzovsky, R. (2022). The contribution of research units to research culture in Israeli teacher education colleges from unit members’ perspective. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 50(4), 357-371. Kelchtermans, G., Smith, K., & Vanderlinde, R. (2018). Towards an ‘international forum for teacher educator development’: an agenda for research and action. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(1), 120-134. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1372743 Kinskey, M. (2018). Using action research to improve science teaching self-efficacy, International Journal of Science Education, 40(15), 1795-1811, DOI:10.1080/09500693.2018.1502898 Kuzhabekova, A. (2022). Thirty years of research capacity development in Kazakhstani higher education. In M. Chankseliani, I. Fedyukin, & I. Frumin (Eds.), Building research capacity at universities: Insights from Post-Soviet countries (pp. 225-244). Palgrave-Macmillan. Manan, S. A., Mukhamediyeva, S., Kairatova, S., Tajik, M. A., & Hajar, A. (2023). Policy from below: STEM teachers’ response to EMI policy and policy-making in the mainstream schools in Kazakhstan. Current Issues in Language Planning, 1-21. Pine, G. J. (2009). Teacher action research: Building knowledge democracies. Sage. Prasad, B. D. (2019). Qualitative content analysis: Why is it still a path less taken? Forum: Qualitative Social Research/Sozialforschung, 20(3), Art. 36. http://dx.doi.org/10.17169/fqs-20.3.3392 Usher, E. L., Butz, A. R., Chen, X. Y., Ford, C. J., Han, J., Mamaril, N. A., Morris, D. B., Peura, P. & Piercey, R. R. (2023). Supporting self-efficacy development from primary school to the professions: A guide for educators, Theory Into Practice, 62(3), 266-278, DOI: 10.1080/00405841.2023.2226559 Yazan, B. (2015). Three approaches to case study methods in education: Yin, Merriam, and Stake. The Qualitative Report, 20(1), 134-152. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teacher Education and Development Policy Reforms in Armenia: What Place for the Teacher-Researcher? 1Paradigma Educational Foundation; 2IoE, UCL's Faculty of Education and Society Presenting Author:Education policy reforms in Armenia enacted in 2021 have established a new state curriculum, a new structure and content of continued professional development (CPD) process which has a mandatory and voluntary options, and a qualification ranking system. These reforms have incorporated the notion of the ‘teacher as a researcher’ into the educational discourse in Armenia. This study examines how the notion of ‘teacher-researcher’ is conceptualised in the new education policy documents and how education policymakers plan to operationalise that concept. Lawrence Stenhouse (1975), who is credited for developing the concept of teacher as researcher, asks teachers to engage in a ‘process model’ of curriculum innovation where professional and curricular development become the same enterprise. Stenhouse’s seminal conception of a ‘researching teacher’ will inform our examination of the Armenian education reforms. The central principle in Stenhouse’s work in curriculum development and research is his view of teachers as practitioners who, like artists, can improve their art through the practice of that art and whose professional judgment and imagination are strengthened by careful scrutiny of themselves and other artists at work. Curriculum development is a way of focusing the teacher’s inquiry in an experimental manner on important problems in teaching and learning; research is the process of inquiry by which teachers analyse and learn from practice. In Stenhouse's world, the right to play a part in the criticism and construction of professional knowledge is returned to the teacher, and students are persuaded to accept some responsibility for the authority of their knowing and their right to know. Countries that have succeeded in making teaching an attractive profession have often done so not just through pay, but by raising the status of teaching, offering real career prospects, and giving teachers responsibility as professionals and leaders of reform. This requires teacher education that helps teachers become innovators and researchers in education, not just ‘deliverers’ of a curriculum (Schleicher, 2011). However, teacher research by itself is not enough to improve education, a more reflective and interpretive stance is required to enhance teacher professionalism (Leeman and Wardekker (2014), together with regaining a space for professional judgment (Biesta, 2015). The most successful countries educationally make teaching an attractive, high-status profession and provide training for teachers to become educational innovators and researchers who have responsibility for reform. There is a need for professionalism in teaching and the professionalisation process by which one becomes a professional. Teacher research is an important element of both processes (Hollingsworth, 1992). The lens that this research is looking at teachers and their professionalism is different from the “what works”, agenda that is to say, telling teachers what to do (e.g., Hattie, 2008). “What works” or evidence-based education limits the opportunities for educational practitioners to make judgments in a way that is sensitive to and relevant to their own contextualised settings (Biesta, 2007). Therefore, the lens that we look at in this research deals with teacher professionalism including its core elements such as agency and autonomy so that teachers are seen as content developers, creators, researchers, and artists (Stenhouse, 1975, 1983, 1985; Ruduck, 1988; Eisner, 1975a, b). The research questions are as follows:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use a qualitative exploratory study methodology (Robson and McCartan, 2016) with an interpretive epistemology. This enables us to examine relevant policy documents and explore a deep understanding of the rationale behind the introduction of the ‘teacher as a researcher’ concept into a system where the autonomy and agency of teachers have been suppressed for decades (UNICEF, 2022; Kyureghyan, 2024). An analysis of relevant policy documents and in-depth interviews with key stakeholders (policymakers and the Director of the National Centre for Education and Development) are employed. The document analysis is used as the first stage of collecting data. The main dataset will be collected through in-depth interviews. It is common for studies employing qualitative methods, such as interviews within an interpretive epistemology, to use also documentary evidence as an additional source of data when this is both relevant and feasible (Bryman, 2012). As a type of documentary method, we use qualitative content analysis. Content analysis as a research technique frequently referred to in the literature as analysing the words, language or text in documents (e.g. Bryman, 2012). In our study, we use content analysis from a qualitative perspective as ‘word count’ or ‘statistical approach’ is not appropriate for the purposes of our study. Content analysis is the coding of text to extract categories and themes. The content will be analysed inductively, and then a deductive stage will follow to compare and contrast the findings with the ones in the literature. A thematic analysis (Braun and Clarkes, 2006) will be used for the interview dataset to code and categorise the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teacher research is becoming an international trend and is seen as an integral aspect of teacher professionalism (Leeman and Wardekker, 2015). Involvement in curriculum development and research is a way of empowering teachers by allowing them a greater stake in the ownership of understanding. Meanwhile, there is a concern that the growing popularity of the ‘teachers as researchers’ movement will ensure that it will become yet another form of power and hierarchy inside the school or within the CPD process (Hollingsworth, 1992), as in the case of Armenia, becomes mandated, measured, and potentially meaningless to the actual improvement of practice or simply becomes a new process for reproducing existing ideas. According to the initial analysis of the data, the teachers are perceived as agents of change. The relevant policies (e.g. CPD, qualification ranking) aim to empower teachers by providing them with the opportunity to engage in research practice and experiment (to some extent), which gives them more autonomy than they used to have. However, the autonomy to do research and the actual ability to do that are two different things. As of now, the usual practice is that teachers choose from a few available topics for research (an essay more accurately), with no experimentation, analysis and reflection. The data shows that introducing a teacher as a research concept within teacher qualifications and including teacher research into state-mandatory CPD programmes needs careful deliberation and consideration because its content and process can either powerfully influence the shape of teaching practice or just add additional burden on teachers without ensuring the benefits of such a practice. References Biesta, G. (2007). Why “what works” won’t work: Evidence-based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1–22. doi: 10.1111/j.1741–5446.2006.00241.x Biesta, G. (2015). What is Education For? On Good Education, Teacher Judgement, and Educational Professionalism. European Journal of Education, March 2015, Vol. 50, No. 1 pp. 75-87 Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qual. Res. Psychol. 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Eisner, E. (1975a). Educational Connoisseurship and Criticism: Their form and functions in educational evaluation. Journal of Aesthetic Education Vol 10 No 3,4 pp135-150 Eisner, E. (1975b). The perceptive eye: towards the reformation of educational evaluation. The Stamford Evaluation Consortium Occasional Paper. Hollingsworth, S. (1992). Teachers as researchers: A review of Literature. https://edwp.educ.msu.edu/research/wp-content/uploads/sites/10/2020/11/op142.pdf Kyureghyan, H. (2024). Exploring teacher agency in the context of bottom-up teacher professional development conferences. [Doctoral dissertation, University College London]. Leeman, Y. and Wardekker, W. (2014). Teacher research and the aims of education, Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 20:1, 45-58, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2013.848516 RA MoESCS N 30-Ն (2022). Decree on Defining Teachers’ Professional Qualifications. https://www.arlis.am/documentview.aspx?docid=167157 Robson, C. and McCartan, K. (2016). Real World Research. Fourth Edition John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Ruduck, J. (1988). Changing the World of Classroom by Understanding it: Review of some aspects of the work by Lawrence Stenhouse. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision. Vol 4 No 1,30-2. https://people.bath.ac.uk/edspd/Weblinks/MA_CS/PDFs/Session%205/Rudduck%201988%20JC&S.pdf Schleicher, A. (2011), Building a High-Quality Teaching Profession: Lessons from around the World, OECD Publishing. Stenhouse, L. A. (1975). An Introduction to Curriculum Research and Development. Stenhouse, L . A. (1983) Authority, Education and Emancipation. London: Heinemann. Stenhouse, L.A. (1985). "Can Research Improve Teaching" In Research as a Basis for Teaching: Readings from the Work of Laurence Stenhouse. Ed Jean Rudduck and David Hopkins (London. Heinemann Educational Books, 1985), p 40. UNICEF (2022a). Comprehensive Analysis of Teacher Management System in Armenia. https://www.unicef.org/armenia/media/15136/file/Analysis%20of%20School%20Teacher%20Management%20System%20in%20Armenia.pdf |
15:15 - 16:45 | 02 SES 02 A: Migration and Transition Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marlise Kammermann Session Chair: Horacy Debowski Symposium |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium Migrants' Transition to Successful Pathways and Integration: Supportive Mechanisms and Barriers Migration has become an increasingly discussed topic among all spheres of life be it policy circles, media or the general public. Further, migration has been greatly politicised as during the past years Europe has experienced considerable number of migrants arriving. It is therefore in the individual countries' interest that the migrant population is socially and economically integrated, hence engage with education and training, and employment. Migrants arrive to European countries with different backgrounds and most are eager to continue their disrupted lives by engaging with learning, finding employment (Learning and Work Institute, 2019) and become fully integrated member of a community again. However, there is a significant issue about migrants arriving with qualifications that are not described in terms that are used, recognised, and understood in the receiving country (Laczik and Lasonen 2010; Laczik, 2014; Busse et al., submitted) or gained work-experience in their country of origin that is undervalued and unacknowledged in their new home. This places them in an unfavourable situation. Heath and Cheung (2007) argue that these migrants form a new segment of disadvantaged people in the Western societies. In order to pre-empt this happening or remedy this, vocational education and training (VET) together with developing language skills of the country of residence can play a crucial role. VET and pre-VET provisions can offer migrants learning opportunities that equip them with the skills and knowledge, and certificate to become successful in their chosen career (Stalder et al., 2024). VET schools, enterprises and other establishments can act as enabling local learning ecosystems that is based on communications among different stakeholders (Spours and Grainger, 2018; Buchanan et al., 2017; Aerne and Bonoli, 2023) to enhance migrants experiences and equip them with the skills and knowledge to navigate their career. The concept of an ecosystem helps to enhance our understanding of how individuals (including migrants themselves), networks, and institutions interact to enhance migrants' learning, training and later working experiences that may lead to their economic and social integration. It is vitally important to identify and understand what makes vocational provisions targeted to migrants successful. How individuals, networks, and institutions working together may create an enabling ecosystem that may enhance migrants' opportunities and may lead to their social and economic integration? In what manner do the life transitions of migrants manifest within this ecosystem? These questions will be discussed during the symposium that will bring together three European countries, four national contexts, namely Austria, Germany, England and Switzerland. References Buchanan, J., Anderson, P. & Power, G. (Eds.). (2017). Skill Ecosystems, The Oxford Handbook of Skills and Training. Oxford. Busse, R., Bock-Schappelwein, J., Kammermann, M. (submitted), Zugang zur beruflichen Ausbildung von Geflüchteten - Einblicke in Deutschland, Österreich und die Schweiz. Berufsbildung in Wissenschaft und Praxis, 53(2). Heath, A. & Cheung, S. Y. (2007), Unequal chances. Ethnic minorities in Western labour markets. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Laczik, A. (2014), Hungarian Migrants in the UK Labour Market: A Pilot Study of the Former Education of Hungarian Migrants and the Underutilisation of Their Skills in the UK, SKOPE Research Paper, No. 119. (July 2014). Oxford: ESRC Centre on Skills Knowledge and Organisational Performance. Laczik, A., Lasonen, J. (2010), 'Analysis of how the skills and competencies of economic migrants match the requirements of local labour market'. ECER, Helsinki, Finland. (Symposium: Opening Up Pathways to Competence and Employment for Immigrants). Learning and Work Institute (2019), Progressing resettled refugees into employment. A guide for organisations supporting refugees. Leicester: Learning and Work Institute. Stalder, B. E., Kammermann, M., Michel, I., Schönbächler, M.-T. (2024), Successful Integration of Refugees in Vocational Education and Training: Experiences from a New Pre-vocational Programme. In M. Teräs, A. Osman, E. Eliasson (Eds.). Migration, Education and Employment. Pathways to Successful Integration, 133-154. Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Revisiting the Pre-Apprenticeship for Integration: Who Has Access and Who Does Not and Why?
In Switzerland, as in many European countries, refugees aged 16 to 35 face significant employment challenges, often lacking the necessary educational and vocational credentials for qualified work (Aerne & Bonoli, 2021; Spadarotto et al., 2014). The Swiss government has launched the Integration Agenda Switzerland IAS to enhance refugees' job prospects, proposing post-compulsory (vocational) education for this age group. One of its key initiatives is the one-year pre-vocational programme (pre-apprenticeship for integration, PAI), which was launched in 2018 (Schweizerische Eidgenossenschaft et al., 2018; Stalder et al., 2024) and has been running successfully since then. The PAI combines in-company training with school-based education and is offered in various occupational fields like the building trade, hospitality, sales, and care.
Using resource theory (Hobfoll et al., 2018), the job characteristic theory (Hackman & Oldham, 1980), and their application to the field of dual VET (Stalder & Lüthi, 2020), previous research has explored the PAI programme's role in fostering career success among participating refugees (Stalder et al., 2024). It was found that both situational resources (i.e., high-quality learning environment in the workplace and vocational school) and refugees' individual resources contribute to their successful transition to a regular VET programme. Essential situational resources include high learning opportunities and close guidance from supervisors, teachers, and coaches. Crucial individual resources are, amongst others, refugees' language skills, effort, and career aspirations.
Expanding our knowledge about the effectiveness of the PAI programme, this contribution focuses on the less successful refugees: Those who have not succeeded in enrolling in the PAI and those who left the programme before its end. The latter concerns about one out of six persons.
Using monitoring data on 4000 PAI participants from 2018 to 2023, we first examine the individuals' resources of refugees who did not follow the programme, exploring their alternative pathways and their opportunities to enter a regular VET programme directly. We second compare their resources and career success with refugees participating in the PAI programme. We assume that those who did not enrol in the PAI a) have more limited individual resources than those participants and, consequently, b) have lower chances of entering a regular VET programme. The findings will be discussed in the light of resource theory and highlight the risks and challenges of educational measures such as the PAI.
References:
Aerne, A., & Bonoli, G. (2021). Integration through vocational training. Promoting refugees' access to apprenticeships in a collective skill formation system. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2021.1894219
Hackman, J. R., & Oldham, G. R. (1980). Work redisign. Addison-Wesley.
Hobfoll, S. E., Halbesleben, J., Neveu, J.-P., & Westman, M. (2018). Conservation of resources in the organizational context: The reality of resources and their consequences. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 5(1), 103-128. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-032117-104640
Schweizerische Eidgenossenschaft et al. (2018). Die Integrationsagenda kurz erklärt. https://www.sem.admin.ch/dam/data/sem/integration/agenda/faktenblatt-integrationsagenda-d.pdf
Spadarotto, C., Bieberschulte, M., Walker, K., Morlok, M., & Oswald, A. (2014). Erwerbsbeteiligung von anerkannten Flüchtlingen und vorläufig Aufgenommenen auf dem Schweizer Arbeitsmarkt. Im Auftrag des Bundesamts für Migration, Abteilung Integration.
Stalder, B. E., Kammermann, M., Michel, I., & Schönbächler, M.-T. (2024). Successful integration of refugees in vocational education and training: Experiences from a new pre-vocational programme. In M. Teräs, E. Eliasson, & A. Osman (Eds.), Migration, education and employment: Pathways to successful integration (pp. 133-154). Springer Nature. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-41919-5
Stalder, B. E., & Lüthi, F. (2020). Job resources and career success of IVET graduates in Switzerland: A different approach to exploring the standing of VET. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 72(2), 189-208. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1721735
Transition of Refugees into Vocational Training and Guidance in Companies
The issue of integration of refugees into the labour market has become increasingly important in Switzerland in recent years, particularly since the arrival of large numbers of refugees in Europe in 2015 and 2016. Previously, Swiss integration policies were characterised by federalism, leaving each canton to manage its own objectives and resources in this area. In 2019, the country adopted the Swiss Integration Agenda, which is now binding on all cantons. It emphasises rapid language acquisition and preparation for the labour market (Schweizerische Eidgenossenschaft, 2018).
A pre-apprenticeship integration programme (PAI) has been introduced, and adopted by 18 cantons, with the aim of preparing refugees for dual vocational education and training leading to a Swiss VET certificate.
The aim of the PAI is two-fold: to give refugees easier access to training and jobs and to provide the labour market with skilled workers in sectors that are short of new recruits.
Among the various players who collaborate in the PAI, in-company trainers play a key role, as they decide who gets access to in-company training by offering an apprenticeship contract. Guidance in companies has a major influence on the learning of work-related skills and thus on the development of apprentices' professional skills (Stalder et al., 2021; Stalder et al., 2024).
The literature on workplace learning highlights the importance of workplace learning support for the success of VET (Billett, 2001; Swager et al., 2015). Thus, it is important to generate knowledge about the forms of guidance by trainers.
This paper is based on preliminary results of a study on support for refugee apprentices in the workplace and its link with the development of their agency in four Swiss cantons. It is based on ongoing qualitative interviews (totaling 40) with in-company trainers who provide guidance to PAI apprentices in various professions.
A first interview shows the importance of providing support tailored to the skills, life history and current living conditions of refugee apprentices. It points out that this support is based on a relationship depending on both the trainer and the apprentice. The trainer must be prepared to sometimes rethink the way in which he or she conceives the relationship and look for new solutions. Refugee apprentices also bring with them very different levels of prior skills, requiring individual adaptation of the responsibilities and tasks assigned.
With the ongoing data collection and analysis, more detailed insights will be presented at the conference.
References:
Billett, S. (2001). Learning through work: workplace affordances and individual engagement. Journal of Workplace Learning, 13(5), 209-214. https://doi.org/10.1108/EUM0000000005548
Swager, R., Klarus, R., van Merriënboer Jeroen, J. G., & Nieuwenhuis Loek, F. M. (2015). Constituent aspects of workplace guidance in secondary VET. European Journal of Training and Development, 39(5), 358-372. https://doi.org/10.1108/EJTD-01-2015-0002
SCHWEIZERISCHE EIDGENOSSENSCHAFT (2018): Integrationsagenda Schweiz. https://www.sem.admin.ch/sem/de/home/integration-einbuergerung/integrationsfoerderung/kantonale-programme/integrationsagenda.html
Stalder, B. E., Kammermann, M., Lehmann, S., & Schönbächler, M.-T. (2021). Pre-Apprenticeship for Refugees in Switzerland. In C. Nägele, B. E. Stalder, & M. Weich (Eds.). Pathways in Vocational Education and Training and Lifelong Learning. Proceedings of the 4th Crossing Boundaries Conference in Vocational Education and Training. Muttenz and Bern online, 8. –9. April (332-337). European Research Network on Vocational Education and Training, VETNET, University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland and Bern University of Teacher Education.
Stalder, B.E., Kammermann, M., Michel, I., Schönbächler, M.-T. (2024). Successful Integration of Refugees in Vocational Education and Training: Experiences from a New Pre-vocational Programme. In M. Teräs, A. Osman, E. Eliasson (Eds.). Migration, Education and Employment. Pathways to Successful Integration (Vol. 10), 133-154). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-41919-5_9
The Role of VET in Supporting Young Migrants in England: An Exploration of Issues, Challenges, and Good Practices
England's vocational education and training system (VET) has been criticised for several decades (Wolf, 2011). While its shortcomings have been explored to some extent (Chankseliani et al., 2016; Lupton, 2021), experiences of VET for young people with a migrant background did not receive much attention (McPherson et al., 2024). This scoping study explores issues about how VET helps young migrants integrate into the education system, the labour market, and local communities and societies. By looking at the role of VET in their transition through education and the labour market, the study presents (a) some of the core issues young people from different migrant backgrounds experience, (b) the challenges colleges and private providers face in providing effective VET offerings and (c) good practices supporting young people to achieve favourable outcomes.
To realise our research aims, we use qualitative, in-depth interviews and focus groups with young people (aged 16-21) from different migrant backgrounds, migration histories and educational trajectories who continue their education in further education colleges and the practitioners who actively work with young people with migrant backgrounds.
Based on the interviews we had with sixteen young learners and two practitioners who work with migrant young people and one national/regional ESOL coordinator, our results show diverse experiences for migrant young people. Most young people spoke of their colleges favourably, although they mentioned various issues that may hinder progression. Among these, professional spoken and written language skills were the most prevalent. They pointed out a mismatch between their aspirations and the courses they were placed in. Nevertheless, most acknowledged the valuable skills set they developed. The English and maths qualifications that are necessary to progress to higher-level qualifications prevent some young people from continuing with their educational aspirations even if these particular aspirations are practical and do not necessitate the required levels of English and maths.
Practitioners in our study highlighted a range of complementary topics which were rarely recognised by young people in the study, namely young people being placed in lower-level courses than their ability due to their language skills and a change in the funding arrangements at the age of 18, which limits their options at a crucial point in their education paths.
Our results highlight a gap in migrant-specific support and guidance in the VET area, a need to overhaul the funding system for them, and a more comprehensive careers advice provision for young people with a migrant background.
References:
Chankseliani, M., Relly, S.J. and Laczik, A. (2016) Overcoming vocational prejudice: how can skills competitions improve the attractiveness of vocational education and training in the UK? British Educational Research Journal, 42(4): 582-599.
Lupton, R., Thomson, S., Velthuis, S., and Unwin, L. (2021) Moving on from initial GCSE ‘failure’: Post-16 transitions for ‘lower attainers’ and why the English education system must do better. London: Nuffield.
McPherson, C., Bayrakdar, S., Gewirtz, S., Maguire, M., Weavers, A., Laczik, A. and Winch, C. (in press), ‘Promoting more equitable post-school transitions: learning from the experiences of migrant youth in England’ in Promoting Inclusive Systems for Migrants in Education, Downes, P., Anderson, J., Behtoui, A. and Van Praag, L. (Eds.), Routledge.
Wolf, A. (2011) Review of Vocational Education, London: Department for Education.
Pathways to Integration: Understanding the Educational Trajectories and Transformative Learning Experiences of Turkish Migrant Women in Germany and Austria
It is well-established in educational research and sociology that education (formal, non-formal and informal) plays a key role in the inclusion and integration of migrants into hosting societies socially, culturally, economically, and politically (Fejes & Dahlstedt, 2017, Shan, 2015). However, a close look at the research reveals that there is a lack of representation of migrant women, even though there were recent critical and feminist studies focusing on migrant women, especially in Europe (Erel, 2007), and especially inquiring the learning experiences and processes of embedded within their life biographies.
Primary objective of this study is to explore the learning biographies of Turkish migrant women in Germany and Austria who have different education and migration histories in order to understand their educational trajectories and investigate the role of these learning activities on their personal lives and their integration reflecting on individual and systemic differences. I aim for depicting the participation to learning and the transformative role of learning for Turkish migrant women in German and Austrian society as well understanding how their learning biography aligns with their life course and transition. Questions that guide my study are:
1. How do Turkish migrant women construct perceptions of learning and education, and in what ways do these constructions contribute to shaping their experiences as migrants?
2. How does the process of learning play a role in fostering social inclusion and integration within the German labour market for Turkish migrant women based on individual and systemic characteristics?
3. In what ways are the learning biographies of Turkish migrant women configured, and how do these biographies correspond to their life courses, revealing the dynamic interplay between personal learning experiences and broader life trajectories?
This study uses a life course approach, which includes in-depth narrative/biographical interviews with Turkish migrant women according to sampling criteria (migration year and education level). I aim to capture “the objective shape and formation of life courses as well as their subjective biographical meaning” in relation to learning (Wingens et al., 2011, p. 6). As it is an ongoing study, (I am continuing to recruit participants and conducting interviews) I am not able to report results, but first interviews (5 women, all first-in-family academics) provide insights about how highly skilled women’s educational biography aligns with their integration and self-identification and the effect of formal learning on their perception of education.
References:
Erel, U. (2007). Constructing Meaningful Lives: Biographical Methods in Research on Migrant Women, Sociological Research Online, 12 (4), http://www.socresonline.org.uk /12/4/5.html.doi:10.5153/sro.1573
Fejes, A., & Dahlstedt, M. (2017). Popular education, migration and a discourse of inclusion. Studies in the Education of Adults, 49(2), 214-227 https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2018.1463656
Shan, H., (2015). Distributed pedagogy of difference: reimagining immigrant training and education. Canadian journal for studies in adult education, 27 (3), 1–16.134.
Wingens, M., de Walk, H., Windzio, M., & Aybek, C. (2011). The Sociological Life Course Approach and Research on Migration and Integration. In M. Wingens, H. de Walk, M. Windzio, & C. Aybek (Eds.) A Life-Course Perspective on Migration and Integration. Springer, pp: 126.
|
15:15 - 16:45 | 02 SES 02 B: Individual Perspectives on VET Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sean Manley Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Narcissism or Masquerade? Utilizing Selfies for Visual Communication in Vocational Education Classrooms Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:This study investigates the interactional aspects of selfies created on Snapchat by Swedish teenagers in a vocational school environment. Despite Snapchat's popularity among Swedish youth, discourse analytic perspectives on its use have been limited. By employing a discourse analytic lens, this study seeks to unravel the nuanced interactional aspects of selfies produced by Swedish teenagers on Snapchat within a vocational school context. Through the integration of video recordings and screen-captured smartphone interactions, we aim to shed light on the complex dynamics of this visual communication medium. Additionally, our examination encompasses broader cultural and social implications, emphasizing the significance of impression management in shaping self-presentation and identity construction within the realm of visual culture. Additionally, the concept of impression management, as proposed by Goffman (1990), is applied to analyze the processes of self-presentation within these visual interactions. Data are drawn from 75 hours of video data concerning Swedish students in upper secondary vocational education engaged in smart phone usage in school. In line with previous research on selfies in educational settings, the study sheds light on the transformative potential of selfies as a tool for reimagining and enriching the educational experience.
Keywords: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study examines interactional aspects of Snapchat use by Swedish teenagers in a vocational school setting, based on a combination of video recordings of classroom activity and screen-recorded smart phone use. The data for this article is drawn from a larger collection of video and screen recordings of youths’ smart phone usage in Swedish upper secondary schools (“Uppkopplade klassrum”, VR/UVK, Dnr 2015-01044) and consists of approximately 75 hours of recordings of students in two upper secondary classes; learners of hairdressing and building- and construction work. Larsen & Sandbye (2013) suggest that we need to “look at photos not just as images but as material and social objects that mould and create identity and social relations between people”. Thus, we approach the images and interactions in the data by applying a framework inspired by the works of Erving Goffman on impression management (Goffman, 1990); specifically concerning interactional aspects of self-presentation and processes of situated identities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results from this study gives us important insights into digital youth culture in general, and more specifically about the very image loaded lives youths live, in and through their use of smartphones. The study goes in depth to show how the use of images is done in actual practice and when it occurs in interaction in an institutional setting. The use of selfies among youths has often been described as narcissistic (Sorokowski et. al., 2015), but by showing when and how the actual production and consumption of images is done, this study aims to differentiate and make visible the different kinds of actions made by the users; self-presentations, self-representations and masquerade, thus emancipating the youths and giving them a certain amount of agency. More specifically, we note that the use of smart phone cameras and images mirrors different aspects present in these vocational classroom cultures, as have been found by previous research (Nyström, 2012), and the anti-school culture that can be seen in these vocational education data stands in stark contrast to what can be found in similar data concerning upper secondary schools preparing for ensuing studies. References Goffman, E. (1990[1959]). The presentation of self in everyday life. London: Penguin. Larsen, J., & Sandbye, M. (Eds.). (2013). Digital Snaps: The New Face of Photography (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003103509 Nyström, A.-S. (2012). Att synas och lära utan att synas lära : en studie om underprestation och privilegierade unga mäns identitetsförhandlingar i gymnasieskolan (PhD dissertation, Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis). Retrieved from https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:mdh:diva-21868 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Students’ Creation and Perception of Meaningfulness in Different Learning Environments in Vocational Education and Training 1University College Copenhagen, Denmark; 2Aarhus University Presenting Author:The abstract concerns the results from a current project, “Creation and perception of meaningfulness in the transition from school-based training to workplace-based training” that is conducted within the Danish Centre for Knowledge about VET (CEVEU) Om Center for viden om erhvervsuddannelser - CEVEU in the period 2022-2024. In the project, we study students’, teachers’, and trainers’ perception of meaning related to the students’ transition from school-based education and training to the first period of workplace-based training in the Danish dual VET system. The focus is due to a significant part of the high dropout in Danish VET being located to the transition from school to work. (DEG, 2023; Aarkrog & Kamstrup, 2023). The presentation of results from the project will focus on students’ perception of meaning and meaning making in the transition between school and workplace-based learning. Due to the high dropout rate connected to this transition it is interesting to explore what is meaningful to the student and what can cause the students to experience a lack of meaning in their vocational education at this point. The concept of meaning is highly inspired by self-determination theory (Ryan and Deci 2017, Ravn 2021). The project seeks to answer the following research questions: What do students perceive as meaningful in their education, both while they are in school and during workplace based training and what do students do to create meaningfulness, including meaningful connections, in the transition from school to workplace based training? Using transition as a theoretical concept (inspired by Ågren 2023 and Holmegaard, Madsen & Ulriksen 2014), we analyze how students perceive meaning in the transition from school to workplace-based learning. Students' experiences of meaning in a current situation are influenced by the experiences they carry with them and their imaginaries of the future. In the transition from one place to another, students may see their experiences in a different light, or they may encounter something that affects their ideas about the future. In other words, experiences of meaning may change when students are in transition and move from one place to another or simply progress in their education. It is this movement that the concept of transitions captures in terms of highlighting when students' sense of meaning strengthens and weakens. Transition does not only occur from the day students leave school to the next day when they show up for training. The transition begins from the beginning of the school journey where notions of the workplace shape the student's experiences of meaning, and it continues in training, where students' experiences from school similarly influence their sense of meaning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The results are based on case studies following four students from five VET programmes during the transition. The empirical data includes interviews with a group of students and interviews with their teacher(s) just before the students begin their first work-based training and interviews with the same students and their trainers sometime after the students have begun the work-based training. The purpose of interviewing the students before and after they have made the first physical transition to the workplace is to explore if their perception of meaning changes in this process. The interviews with students while they were still in their school period have been conducted as focus group interviews (Morgan 2010). In these interviews the students have been presented with several photos representing different aspects of their education and future vocation. The students have been asked to pick two photos each that showed what they perceived as meaningful aspects of their education. In the interviews the students have also been asked about their expectations of and ideas about their future training. The interviews with students at the workplace have been conducted as individual interviews since the students have been placed at different workplaces. Most of the interviews have taken place at the workplace involving the students showing the interviewer around at the workplace. During these interviews the students have been asked questions about what they perceive as meaningful in their training at the workplace and how their expectations and imaginations have been met. The interviews have been recorded, transcribed, and coded based on the theoretical framework i.e. Self-Determination Theory (Ryan & Deci, 2017) and inspired from previous research about the interrelation of school-based and workplace-based training (Aarkrog & Wahlgren 2022; Louw & Katznelson, 2019). As part of the analysis the data from interviews with students at schools and workplaces have been compared to explore how the transition affects the students’ perception of meaning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the results has yet to be completed so the following expected results. However, the analysis seems to show that the transition from school to first workplace based training is important to the students perception of meaning. The analysis will reveal what students identify as meaningful in their education when they are at school and during their training. One aspect of meaningfulness concerns the relation between theory and practice. Regarding this aspect, the students emphasize that what they learn in school should be applicable in practice. In interviews with students during training, most of them experience that they can indeed apply what they have learned. Learning in the training period appears to be meaningful when the trainers have patience with the students and introduce them to assignments slowly. Another aspect of meaningfulness concerns social relations. The students emphasize that social relationships at school are meaningful as part of the training as well as outside training. They expect or hope to establish similar social relationships with their colleagues during training. During the training, it seems that social relationships with colleagues continue to be perceived as meaningful, playing a crucial role in students' well-being during their training. Furthermore, the results include differences in the students’ ideas about the vocation and workplace-based training while at school compared to their actual experiences in the workplace-based training. The results are expected to show that the students while at school create various envisions of the daily life during the workplace-based training. They talk about different rumors they have heard about what it is like to be a student in their vocation or workplaces. Depending on the type of rumors they hear, these rumors will positively and negatively influence the students' transition into training. References Aarkrog, V. & Kamstrup, A-K. (2023) VET Students Perception of Meaningfulness. In C. Nägele, N. Kersh, & B. E. Stalder (Eds.), Trends in vocational education and training research, Vol. VI. Proceedings of the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), Vocational Education and Training Network (VETNET) (1-7) 2023, Glasgow. Aarkrog, V. & Wahlgren, B. (2022) Sammenhæng mellem teori og praksis i erhvervsuddannelserne. Pædagogisk Indblik 18. Aarhus Universitet. DEG, (2023) Frafaldsanalyse https://deg.dk/nyheder/analyse-frafaldet-paa-erhvervsuddannelserne-er-stoerst-ved-grundforloeb-2 Holmegaard, H., Madsen, L. M. & Lars Ulriksen (2014). “Når forventningerne ikke stemmer overens med virkeligheden. En undersøgelse af de studerendes valg og strategier i overgangen til de længere videregående teknatuddannelser.” Dansk universitetspædagogisk tidsskrift 9.16: 44–57 Louw, A. & Katznelson, N. (2019). Transfer and reflection in the Danish dual model: Findings from development projects in the Danish vocational education and training programmes. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training (NJVET), 9 (2), 51–70. Martela, F., Ryan, R. M., & Steger, M. F. (2018). Meaningfulness as satisfaction of autonomy, competence, relatedness, and beneficence: Comparing the four satisfactions and positive affect as predictors of meaning in life. Journal of Happiness Studies: An Interdisciplinary Forum on Subjective Well-Being, 19(5) Morgan D. L. (2010) Reconsidering the Role of Interaction in Analyzing and Reporting Focus Groups. Qualitative Health Research. 20(5):718-722. Ravn, I. (2021). Selvbestemmelsesteorien - motivation, psykologiske behov og sociale kontekster. København: Hans Reitzels Forlag. Ryan, R. M. & Deci, E. L. (2017) Self-Determination Theory: Basic Psychological Needs in Motivation, Development, and Wellness. New York, NY: Guilford Press. Ågren, S (2023). Shaping Worker-Citizenship: Young Vocational Education Graduates’ Labour Market Positionings within New Adulthood. Journal of youth studies 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Exploring Staff Retention in Youthreach: Ireland's Response to Early School Leaving Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:A national review of Ireland’s Youthreach education programme for early school leavers, found staff retention to be a future challenge for the programme (Smyth et al., 2019). With no previous research into staff retention in Youthreach, this study explores the unique characteristics of the programme to identify variables influencing staff intention to leave. Teacher retention is a significant issue in many countries across mainstream education provisions. This trend is also prevalent in Ireland, with the Teachers’ Union of Ireland (TUI) (2018) finding that 46% of new-entrant teachers do not see themselves in the teaching profession in 10 years. Teacher shortages at post-primary level have been reported (O’Doherty & Harford, 2018), with Ireland’s teacher shortage figures being above the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) average (OECD, 2020). Notably, steps to address teacher recruitment and retention difficulties in Ireland have been described as fragmentary, piecemeal, and potentially damaging to the Irish education system and the profession of teaching (Harford & Fleming, 2023). Unlike teacher shortage issues in mainstream settings, little research has been undertaken in alternative “second-chance” education settings such as Youthreach. Noting that a decontextualised study of teacher attrition and retention has little value for understanding and dealing with the issue (Kelchtermans, 2017), it is important to explore the factors most relevant to the Youthreach context. Youthreach is a Further Education and Training (FET) provision, providing fulltime education and training for 15-20 year-olds with learning, emotional, and behavioural difficulties (Department of Education and Skills [DES], 2010). Students in Youthreach tend to present with high levels of adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) (Gordon, 2017), with four or more ACEs found to increase the risk of physical disease, depression, drug abuse, and suicide risk (Hughes et al., 2017). With up to 70% of students in Youthreach presenting with special educational needs (Gordon, 2017), many Youthreach students require additional support to succeed in reaching their potential. The diverse academic, social, and emotional needs of students with emotional and behavioural difficulties require classrooms to be staffed by experienced special education teachers (SETs) with the prerequisite skills and knowledge (Adera & Bullock, 2010). The designation of Youthreach centres as Centres of Education (DES, 2010) rather than as schools has resulted in many educators in Youthreach not having a requirement to be registered teachers as per Section 30 of the Teaching Council Act (2001). This means that there is no prerequisite training, qualifications or experience required for two-out-of-three employment grades in Youthreach. This variation in roles and professional standing was highlighted by Smyth et al. (2019) as contributing to the logistical and operational issues. As student-staff relationships are key to early school leavers re-engaging with education in Youthreach (McGrath, 2006), understanding how best to recruit and retain stable staff teams of motivated and skilled educators is vital. With no previous research undertaken to guide staff recruitment and retention strategies for Youthreach, this study set out to explore the programme’s unique characteristics to better understand how these may influence staff retention. This study was driven by the research question, “What are the contributing factors to staff retention difficulties in Youthreach?”, with the following qualitatively and quantitatively orientated specific research questions: 1. How prevalent is the intention to leave among current Youthreach staff? (Quantitative) 2. What factors contribute towards staff intention to leave in Youthreach? (Qualitative & Quantitative) 3. What factors mediate staff intention to leave in Youthreach? (Qualitative & Quantitative) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An exploratory sequential mixed-method design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018) was used to answer the research questions. Qualitative data informed the development of a second quantitative phase. Reflecting the exploratory mixed-methods design, three phases of analysis were conducted: qualitative, quantitative, and an integration phase that connected the two strands of data to answer the research questions more comprehensively. Qualitative Phase The qualitative phase utilised purposive sampling (Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2003), selection criteria requiring staff who had left Youthreach in the previous five years to ensure relevance and recall of the experience. Semi-structured interviews with participants developed a context-specific understanding of Youthreach from a staff perspective. The interview guide comprised 13 questions ordered into three categories of inquiry: Pre-Service, In-Service, and Post-Service. Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2013) was used to analyse the interview data. After the candidate themes were recognised, a review was conducted to ensure data representation and research question relevance. A thematic map of emerging themes from qualitative phase analysis included Intention to leave, Work Commitment, Job Satisfaction, Role Stress, Burnout and Role Equity. Quantitative Phase Existing scales measuring the constructs of interest to the current study were identified through the qualitative phase. Drawing on established scales within existing literature was intended to yield more accurate measurement of the constructs of interest (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018). Correlation coefficients were measured to assess the strength of the relationships between variables. A hierarchical multiple regression analysis (Pallant, 2016) allowed the strength of association between a set of independent variables and staff Intention to Leave to be measured simultaneously. The hierarchical approach allowed for the introduction of variables sequentially informed by the qualitative phase and literature review findings. a Sobel test (Preacher, 2019) was used to test the mediating effect of Work Commitment and Job Satisfaction between other independent variables and Intention to Leave. The 180 survey respondents represented a response rate of 19.7% of the 912 current Youthreach staff (DES, 2015), using a confidence level of 95% this provided a margin of error of +/-6.55%. Integration Phase A joint display of findings allowed the research questions to be answered numerically and narratively, facilitating a deeper level of analysis. Under key themes and variables survey findings, regression analysis and participant quotes provide a depth and breadth of understanding of the staff retention challenges facing the Youthreach provision. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Each of the research questions is set out below with a brief summary of key findings. The study findings and recommendations should benefit other educational setting serving the needs of at-risk young people. The methodological framework of this study may lend itself to other studies seeking to understand teacher retention challenges within unique contextual and cultural settings. How prevalent is intention to leave amongst current staff? Data analysis indicated that 28.9% of current Youthreach staff reported higher levels of Intention to Leave. While five of the six interview participants who previously left Youthreach stated that they had the intention to leave for one to two years before leaving, exhaustion and ‘apathy’ resulting from burnout contributed to a delay in acting upon the intention to leave. What factors contribute towards staff intention to leave? In the final regression model with an adjusted R² of 0.41, Burnout, Role Equity, and Work Commitment retained a statistically significant relationship with respondents’ Intention to Leave. Higher levels of Burnout were reported by 54% of survey respondents, with four of the six interview participants making direct reference to Burnout as a concern during their time in Youthreach. With a positive standardised coefficient of .31 within the regression model, each standard deviation increase in Burnout (.59) accounted for .31 increase in standard deviation in Intention to Leave (1.92). The statistical and thematic analysis of the study data provide insight into the complex nature of Burnout, Role Equity and Work Commitment within the unique cultural setting and context of Youthreach. What factors mediate staff intention to leave? The mediating qualities of Work Commitment and Job Satisfaction were shown via Sobel tests. These mediating variables were shown to reduce the effects of retained regression model independent variables of Burnout and Role Equity on Intention to Leave. References Adera, B. A., & Bullock, L. M. (2010). Job stressors and teacher job satisfaction in programs serving students with emotional and behavioral disorders. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 15(1), 5–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632750903512365 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. SAGE. Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (Third edition, international student edition). Sage. Department of Education and Skills. (2010). An Evaluation of Youthreach: Inspectorate Evaluation Studies. www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/3_2_3a_evaluation_youthreach_en.pdf Department of Education and Skills. (2015). Aggregate 2015 Survey Data for VTOS Youthreach. Gordon, M. (2017). A Profile of Learners in Youthreach. National Educational Psychological Service. http://www.youthreach.ie/wp-content/uploads/A-profile-of-learners-in-Youthreach-NEPS-research-study-report.pdf Harford, J., & Fleming, B. (2023). Teacher supply in Ireland: Anatomy of a crisis. Irish Educational Studies, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2023.2222709 Hughes, K., Bellis, M. A., Hardcastle, K. A., Sethi, D., Butchart, A., Mikton, C., Jones, L., & Dunne, M. P. (2017). The effect of multiple adverse childhood experiences on health: A systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet. Public Health, 2(8), e356–e366. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(17)30118-4 Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’: Unpacking teacher attrition/retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 961–977. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1379793 McGrath, B. (2006). ‘Everything is different here...’: Mobilizing capabilities through inclusive education practices and relationships. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 10(6), 595–614. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110500271425 O’Doherty, T., & Harford, J. (2018). Teacher recruitment: Reflections from Ireland on the current crisis in teacher supply. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(5), 654–669. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2018.1532994 OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and School Leaders as Valued Professionals. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en Pallant, J. (2016). SPSS survival manual: A step by step guide to data analysis using IBM SPSS (6th edition). McGraw Hill Education. Preacher, K. J., & Leonardelli, G. J. (2019). Calculation for the Sobel test: An interactive calculation tool for mediation tests [Computer software]. Quantpsy.Org. http://quantpsy.org/sobel/sobel.htm Smyth, E., Banks, J., O’Sullivan, J., McCoy, S., Redmond, P., & McGuinness, S. (2019). Evaluation of the National Youthreach Programme. ESRI. https://doi.org/10.26504/rs82 Tashakkori, A., & Teddlie, C. (2003). Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social and Behavioral Research. SAGE. Teachers’ Union of Ireland. (2018, April 2). ‘46% of new entrants to not see themselves in profession in ten years’ time’. www.tui.ie/press-releases/46-of-new-entrants-to-not-see-themselves-in-profession-in-ten-years-time-new-tui-survey-highlights-damage-of-pay-discrimination.12488.html Teaching Council Act, (2001). http://www.irishstatutebook.ie/eli/2001/act/8/enacted/en/pdf |
15:15 - 16:45 | 03 SES 02 A: Curriculum, communication and language learning Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Daniel Alvunger Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Uncovering the Potential of CLIL: A Comprehensive Case Study to Improve Physics for Russian and Kazakh-speaking Grade 11 Students NIS CBD Atyrau, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) is a teaching method in which the subject is taught in a foreign language. Toward the close of the 20th century, European scholars from EUROCLIC introduced the term "CLIL" (Coyle, 2007) to encapsulate the notion of meaningful language acquisition via content-based instruction. Under this approach, language skills are not taught in isolation but rather integrated with the school curriculum topics. This method fosters proficiency in both the subject matter and the language of instruction, facilitating a deeper understanding of educational material alongside language development. Within CLIL, teaching often incorporates problem-solving scenarios mirroring real-life situations, providing ample opportunities for communication in a foreign language and enhancing skills across reading, listening, speaking, and writing. Teaching core subjects in a foreign language can equip students for success in international programs, courses, or future careers requiring linguistic proficiency. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools is implementing a trilingual educational policy aimed at preparing future generations of the country, which is one of the most important reforms in the country. In the trilingual policy program, Physics is taught in English, which is the third language. Mastering subject content in a third language gives students access to numerous information resources in Physics at the international level. In Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, training in the third language is conducted from the 11th grade of High School. The main task of High School education is specialized education in Science and Math and ensuring the academic preparation of students for admission to higher educational institutions. According to the Program of High School education students most intensively and consciously develop academic, communicative, social, research, and problem-solving skills. It implements the social, professional, and civil self-determination of students. (Educational program of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools NIS - program) The primary objective of this research is to evaluate the effectiveness of students' ability to improve the correct use of keywords and complete responses in English by providing structural assignments using the CLIL method. This research is aimed at determining the effectiveness of learning based on structural assignments that help students understand and apply the concepts of Physics, and to enhance their academic performance. This research answers the following questions: 1. How does CLIL learning affect students' performance in Physics? 2. How does learning Physics by CLIL affect their functional literacy? 3. Will CLIL-based learning increase student interest in Physics? 4. What are the advantages and disadvantages of the CLIL method elements in studying the Physics? To conduct the study, all participants give informed consent in advance. All data is collected and differentiated by ethical principles, and the data obtained is kept confidential. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research work was carried out through the Lesson Study (LS), one of the pedagogical approaches aimed at improving knowledge in teaching, which is a unique example of action research in the lesson. The LS involved a group of teachers and a school psychologist who jointly plan, conduct, monitor, analyze teaching and learning, and draw their conclusions on paper. During research, through the LS cycle, teachers have improved their teaching experience by applying various methods depending on the characteristics of students. To study the lesson on LS, a Ph5 group in Physics from Grade 11 of the Nazarbayev Intellectual School was chosen. There are 14 students in the class. The main reason for choosing this group is the lower performance of students in Physics during Terms 1 and 2 compared to the other Physics groups. The group consists of students with mixed Kazakh and Russian language instruction of learning. During the research, it was surveyed to identify the reasons for the low performance of students in the group. There were revealed difficulties with the correct and full use of keywords in tasks that require a complete response from students while fulfilling structural assignments. In addition, it was revealed difficulties due to different language instructions, problems in communicating with each other and organizing group and pair work. The goals aimed at solving the main problems in the class are defined: * Enhance student knowledge through independent and peer learning, alongside group and pair work. * Improve keyword usage and open-ended question responses in structural tasks. To solve the identified problems of the research group, to achieve the set goals, the members of the group, together with the school psychologist, summarized and discussed data on the personality characteristics of the students of the group and the level of anxiety of each student in teaching. It was implemented literature reviews to find out the impact of the CLIL method on the quality of learning. Hence, practical methods such as increasing the level of knowledge of students, improving the teaching methodology, and assessing for learning were realized regarding the individual abilities and characteristics of students. The research lasted for 4 weeks, in each lesson, students were given structural tasks prepared based on elements of the CLIL method, and at the end of the lesson all students were interviewed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The following results are expected from this study: Firstly, the CLIL method in Physics aids multilingual students in understanding physical concepts and terminology. It enhances academic language comprehension, establishing facts and principles, and analyzing experimental results. Secondly, this method encourages independent solution-finding and critical thinking in both oral and written responses to structured problems. Thirdly, the presentation of subject content based on reading, listening, and writing skills, considering the individual characteristics of students, increases the interest and interest of students in the subject. Fourth, the different language levels of students in the study group may not withstand time management due to difficulties in understanding the content of the subject and performing tasks of different levels by the goals of learning. As a result of joint planning and monitoring of sequential classes, improvement by analyzing each conducted lesson, and making changes, students improved their reading, self-education, learning, and evaluating each other. Obstacles in communication between students of mixed groups with each other have also been removed. This change contributed to the teacher meeting the planned time and being able to perform the planned activities easily and fully during the lesson stages. The achievement of students of mastered educational goals in the established section of physics during the training period was assessed summatively in the section, and the achievement of students for each educational goal was assessed individually after each lesson, and the trajectories of students' development were determined. In conclusion, because of a survey of students and observations of group members, it was determined that in self-learning of new knowledge, better results can be achieved than in group work. References 1.Dalton-Puffer, C., & Smit, U. (2013). Content and language Integrated learning: A research agenda. Language Teaching, 46(04), 545–559. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444813000256 2.Coyle, D. (2007). Content and language integrated learning: Towards a connected research agenda for CLIL pedagogies. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 10(5), 543-562. 3.Coyle, D., Hood, P., & Marsh, D. (2010). Content and Language Integrated Learning. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 4.Creswell, J. (2014). Educational research: Planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. London, UK: Pearson Education Limited 5.Nikula, T. (2015). Hands-on tasks in CLIL science classrooms as sites for subject-specific language use and learning. System, 54, 14-27. 6.Sang, D., & Jones, G. (2016). Cambridge International AS and A Level Physics Workbook with CD-ROM. Cambridge University Press. 7.Marsh, D. (1994). Bilingual Education & Content and Language Integrated Learning. In J. Charles Alderson & A. Beretta (Eds.), Language testing in the 1990s: The communicative legacy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/language-testing-in-the-1990s/bilingual-education-and-contentand-languageintegrated-learning/30B47B6FDCFB24FD0567118C2B52B28E 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Children's Communication Skills during Games with Rules University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Play has been widely associated with the Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) pedagogy and curriculum, as it is considered one of the most appropriate forms of organizing learning. It enhances children's holistic development and learning (Copple & Bredekamp, 2009; Payler, et al., 2017; Wood, 2015, Loizou, 2017). Article 31 of the United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child (Loizou & Avgitidou, 2014) considers play as a fundamental right of every child. Each type of play (socio-dramatic, imaginative, constructive, creative, kinesthetic, experimental, and games with rules) appears to contribute differently to each of the child's developmental domains (cognitive, social, emotional, and motor). Focusing on play with rules, there seems to be an agreement in the existing literature regarding the positive impact they have on children’s cognitive development (e.g. language development, mathematical skills) (Ramani, et al., 2019; Andika, et al., 2019) and their socio-emotional development (e.g., social skills, interaction) (Anzman-Frasca et al., 2020; Barton, et al., 2018). Individual studies show that games with rules can help children develop their communication skills (Barton, et al., 2018) since they can become dynamic tools that promote the development of critical communication skills by encouraging verbal expression and understanding (Anzman-Frasca et al., 2020). However, the benefits of games with rules in facilitating the development of children's communication skills have not been sufficiently studied and need further investigation (Pellegrini, et al., 2002). In this context, the present research aims to investigate children's communication skills during their participation in a game with rules with peers. We define this type of play as a game with specific rules, specific structure and development. For this research, communication skills were defined and measured considering the following elements: verbal communication, non-verbal communication, listening, utilization of materials for communication purposes and the relevance of communication between children during the games with rules. Five children from six to nine years old participated in this study in a research lab with two doctoral students (researchers). Data collection included observation of each session and information was collected using an observational tool which had been developed by the two first researchers and examined and finalized by the third one for the purpose of this study. For triangulation purposes, data collection was carried out by the two researchers who analysed both the results collected by the observation tool and the results from the videotaping through episode recording. This study was based on the deductive approach of data analysis. It is evident that all the communication skills studied were utilized during the game with rules, some to a lesser and others to a greater extent. Data suggests variations in the occurrence of each skill related to the children's age. Older children used mostly verbal communication skills during their play while younger children used listening and non-verbal communication skills. Specifically, the older children used more their listening skills and commented less on the opponent's actions in the advanced form of play. Findings suggest that games with rules provide children with opportunities to exercise and enhance their communication skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To investigate communication skills during games with rules, as well as note differences in these skills based on the difficulty of the games five children aged 6 to 9 years old participated in a structured study. The participants were selected using the purposeful sampling method as children of acquaintances were invited. The study was conducted at the Early Childhood Research Lab of the University of Cyprus. For this study, two well-known games with rules were used, both in their simple and advanced form. They were presented to the children after they were differentiated by the first two researchers. Data collection included participant and non-participant observation conducted by the first two researchers for triangulation and reliability purposes. The role of the one researcher was that of a spectator-non-participatory and the role of the second one was participatory. For this study, two different methods of data collection were used, video recordings and observations. The observations were conducted on two consecutive days and each observation lasted approximately 2 hours. In the first observation, data was collected on children's communication skills during the games with rules in the simple form while in the second observation in their advanced form. Specifically, a total of 12 video recordings ranging from 1 to 18 minutes in duration were collected. An observation tool developed by the researchers was used, consisting of communication characteristics as seen in the literature suitable for observing communication skills. The observation tool included a total of 21 statements related to 5 communication-related variables (verbal, non-verbal communication, listening, utilization of materials for communication purposes, communication relevance). The tool included four ratings related to the occurrence of the behaviour in each round of game (e.g., None, Rarely, Often, Very often). Data analysis involved two stages. Regarding the first stage, upon completion of each observation, the tool was completed for each child individually while at the same time, each researcher watched the relevant video recording noting down the children's dialogues and reactions. The data from the first and second observations were studied both individually and collectively. The second stage involved transcribing the video recordings resulting in a series of episodes which were linked with the variable categories. These were reviewed by the third researcher and any differences were discussed and a consensus was reached when compared to the observation tool outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Play is a vital context in which children can acquire and practice skills necessary for the development of communication (Brodin, 2020). Previous research has shown an increase in communication skills (e.g., commenting, responding) due to play interventions. In the present study, all communication skills studied appeared to be applied in children's play, concluding that they seem to be necessary during games with rules. However, there were differences in the occurrence of each skill related to the children's age. Specifically, older age children exercised greater control over the materials of each game. That is, the element of sharing the materials was more prominent, perhaps because they had more developed leadership and organizational skills due to their age. Also, older children used mostly verbal communication skills during their play. Specifically, they commented on their teammates' actions as an attempt to judge their correctness and asked questions about the game (both for clarification and to challenge a teammate) much more than younger children. Furthermore, the older children were strongly negotiating the progress of the game according to their interests. The younger children mainly followed the flow of the game determined by the older children. Our study showed that younger children used listening and non-verbal communication skills to a greater extent during their play. There were differences in children’s behaviour in terms of communication skills during their participation in the games with advanced difficulty. Specifically, the older children used more their listening skills and commented less on the opponent's actions. This can be interpreted due to the difficulty of the game and the fact that children were trying to maintain their concentration. References Andika, W., D., Akbar, M & Yufiarti, & Sumarni, Sri. (2019). Playing board games with mathematical self-concept to support early numeracy skill of 5-6 years old children. Journal of Physics: Conference Series. DOI: 10.1088/1742-6596/1166/1/012019 Anzman-Frasca, S., Singh, A., Curry, D., Tauriello, S., Epstein, L. H., Faith, M. S., Reardon, K., & Pape, D. (2020). Evaluating a Board Game Designed to Promote Young Children's Delay of Gratification. Frontiers in psychology, 11, 581025. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.581025 Barton, E. E., Pokorski, E. A., Sweeney, E. M., Velez, M., Gossett, S., Qiu, J., Flaherty, C., & Domingo, M. (2018). An empirical examination of effective practices for teaching board game play to young children. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 20 (3), 138-148. doi: 10.1177/1098300717753833. Brodin, J. & Renblad, R. (2020). Improvement of preschool children’s speech and language skills, Early Child Development and Care, 190 (14), 2205-2213, DOI: 10.1080/03004430.2018.1564917 Copple, C., & Bredekamp, S. (2009). Developmentally Appropriate Practice in Early Childhood Programs Serving Children from Birth through Age 8. National Association for the Education of Young Children. Loizou E. & Avgitidou, S. (2014). The Greek–Cypriot early childhood educational reform: introducing play as a participatory learning process and as children's right, Early Child Development and Care, 184(12), 1884-1901, DOI: 10.1080/03004430.2014.892482 Loizou, E. (2017). Towards play pedagogy: supporting teacher play practices with a teacher guide about socio-dramatic and imaginative play, European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 25(5), 784-795, DOI: 10.1080/1350293X.2017.1356574 Payler, J., Davis, P., & Isaacs, D. (2017). The Routledge International Handbook of Froebel and Early Childhood Practice: Re-articulating Research and Policy. Routledge. Pellegrini, A. D., Kato, K., Blatchford, P., & Baines, E. (2002). A Short-Term Longitudinal Study of Children’s Playground Games across the First Year of School: Implications for Social Competence and Adjustment to School. American Educational Research Journal, 39(4), 991–1015. http://www.jstor.org/stable/3202452 Ramani, G. B., Daubert, E. N., & Scalise, N. R. (2019). Role of play and games in building children’s foundational numerical knowledge. In D. C. Geary, D. B. Berch, & K. M. Koepke (Eds.), Cognitive foundations for improving mathematical learning (pp. 69–90). Elsevier Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-815952-1.00003-7 Wood, E. (2015). Play, Learning and the Early Childhood Curriculum. Sage Publications. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Basic Understandings of Inclusive Assessment – a Qualitative Study on the Curricula for the Subject German in All Federal States University of Göttingen, Germany Presenting Author:The consideration of individualised learning requirements and backgrounds of pupils is a central foundation for inclusive teaching practices. This includes the constant adaption of school development processes as well as lesson planning. Within this discourse, the relevance of assessment is often highlighted (Neumann & Lütje-Klose 2020; Prengel 2016). The guiding assumption is that inclusive school must pursue the goal of offering all students options for individualized learning while acknowledging their diversity (Prengel 2016; Werning 2020). Teaching in inclusive classes therefore means assessing individual needs of students. The meaning and practice of assessment can be understood in different ways though. Those understandings move between a logic of placement on the one hand and a (process-centered) focus of educational support on the other hand (Mitchell 2008; Prengel 2016; Schmidt 2018). This leads to the question, whether assessment is used to assess learning outcomes, e.g. at the end of the school year, and then place pupils accordingly (“summative assessment”, Mitchell 2008, 201) or whether it is used to constantly gather information about individual learning situations in teaching practice and base the constant development of classes on this (“formative assessment”, ibid.). The discourse of inclusion shows an increasing focus on process-centered procedures, since they address all students in heterogeneous learning groups. In this form of assessment Mitchell (ibid., 184) sees (among others) a chance for individual learning, so students “have the opportunity to improve” (ibid.: 184). This also means to find out “why some learners do not succeed and to adapt the curriculum and [to] re-design your teaching to rectify any problems” (ibid.: 184 f.). Inclusive school developments therefore means highlighting the heterogeneity of students. Here it is necessary to reduce discrimination and disadvantages which is requested and supported on different political levels (e.g. UN-BRK 2006; KMK 2022). The implementation of requirements like this depend on structural conditions of the school system. In this context segregated school systems, such as in Germany, impose additional challenges (Werning & Arndt 2015). Concerning political specifications about development of school and teaching, core curriculums can be viewed as essential baselines for school development and teaching practice. This is, among others, shown by Mihajlovic (2022) for Finland, Buchner & Petrik (2022) for Austria an Caspari (2021) for Germany. Here this project can be situated. In a comparing perspective it analyses the German core curriculums for the school subject ,German’. Studies comparing teaching practice (on an international level) have shown repeatedly that teachers in Germany often fail to assess their students needs adequately (Schmidt 2018: 15, Mahlau et al. 2020: 88f, McElvany et al. 2023: 180). Furthermore, they struggle to combine assessment and teaching practices, since they often do not adapt their teaching accordingly (Walm et al. 2017, 114 f.). Our project therefore asks in what way assessment is implemented in the different German states and (secondary) school forms via core curriculums and therefore which base is given for teaching in heterogeneous settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This project focuses on core curriculums. It follows the assumptions that those official documents offer important clues on which forms of pedagogical practices are desired and anticipated on a political level (Buchner et al. 2020). Furthermore, Caspari (2021) assumes that the transformation of curriculum contents can prelude development on school and teaching levels. According to Mihajlovic (2022) curricula provide mandatory baselines for arrangements of teaching settings. While the actual teaching practices may differ from curricular guidelines, they still offer suggestions and stimulations to teach in specific ways (Mihajlovic 2022, Buchner et al. 2022, Buchner & Petrik 2023). An early sighting of potential data had already shown that the contents of the different curriculums, that are linked to assessment, often lacked an explicit connection to the topic, e.g. by using different vocabulary. Therefore, the methodological approach of this project needed to allow a very open handling of data. At the same time, forms of implementation of assessment needed to be identified across a large numbers of documents. For this, the grounded theory methodology (GTM) (Strauss & Corbin 2010) was chosen as an analytical approach. The GTM stands out among other approaches by its emphasis on flexibility in the research process. At the same time, it allows to discover concepts and categories as well as their internal connections on basis of data (Heiser 2018: 213 ff.). This approach allows it to identify parts of documents, which broach the issue of assessment only implicitly. The flexible changing between the steps of the GTM allowed the expansion of the sample even in the later research process. This approach resulted in a sample of a total of 75 documents. The number as well as the extend of the documents differed a lot between the different states. Considering a theoretical saturation (Strauss & Corbin 2010), as well as the fact, that many parts of the documents did not broach assessment, not all extracts of the documents in the sample were analysed extensively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the core curriculums has shown that all German states and segregated schools share a basic understanding of assessment. Assessment is supposed to show learning results at the end of learning phases. But furthermore assessment, as well as subsequent individual support, are seen as strategies to meet heterogeneous learning groups to allow optimal learning processes. This understanding of assessments affiliates to a broad scientific discourse. At the same time it is peculiar that the implementation of assessment differs a lot in some cases, when comparing the documents of different states and segregated schools. Here, assessment and teaching practices are often discussed independently without highlighting their connections. It is also shown that assessment is often broached way more intensely in those documents which put a specific focus on special need education or learning German as a second language. This way assessment gains importance in regard to specific differentiations between learners and, therefore, highlights them. Furthermore, the use of different terms instead of assessment is noticeable. This should be viewed critically, as unclear vocabulary may hinder teaching practices in contexts of team teaching (especially in settings of cooperation of teachers with different specialisations) or when beginning teaching at a new school (especially directly after graduating or when changing to a school in a different state). Our research connects to a broad international research field (e.g. Füssel & Roeder, 2003; Pinar 2013; Caspari 2021; Mihajlovic 2022; Buchner & Petrik 2022, 2023). At ECER 2024, we aim to discuss implications of our research results with a focus on curriculum research and its meaning for teaching practices, e.g. which hurdles might be expected, as well as on possible further curriculum-developments. In this, we want to highlight the role of curricula and curriculum research for the development of inclusive school and teaching. References Buchner, T./Giese, M./Ruin, S. (2020). Inklusiver Sportunterricht? Fähigkeitskritische Perspektiven auf Curricula des Schulfachs Sport. In Jahrestagung der Inklusionsforscher* innen: Inklusion-Partizipation-Menschenrechte. pp.278-285. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Buchner, T./Petrik, F. (2022). Die Räume der Curricula: Zum Zusammenspiel von Raum und Fähigkeit an Neuen Mittelschulen. In: Tertium Comparationis - Journal für International und Interkulturell Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft. 28(1). p.13–33. Buchner, T.,/Petrik, F. (2023). Evaluating education policies through a spatial lens: Uncovering the ability-space-regimes of Austrian new middle schools. In Space, Education, and Inclusion. p.38-56). Routledge. Caspari, D. (2021). Der Französischunterricht in der Krise – und mit ihm die Bedeutung der Schulfremdsprachen außer Englisch. In: Grein, M./Schädlich, B./Vernal Schmidt, J. M. (ed.). Die Krise des Französischunterrichts in der Diskussion. Berlin: J. B. Metzler, p.25-43. Füssel, H.-P./Roeder, P.M. (2003) Recht - Erziehung - Staat. Zur Genese einer Problemkonstellation und zur Programmatik ihrer zukünftigen Entwicklung. Weinheim: Beltz. Heiser, P. (2018). Meilensteine der qualitativen Sozialforschung - Eine Einführung entlang klassischer Studien. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. KMK (2022). Standards für die Lehrerbildung. Bildungswissenschaften. Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 16.12.2004 i. d. F. vom 07.10.2022. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2004/2004_12_16-Standards-Lehrerbildung.pdf Mahlau, K./Ehrich, K.,/Blumenthal, Y.,/Voß, S. (2020). Multimodale Diagnostik als Ausgangspunkt für spezifische Förderung. Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 71, p.88-99. McElvany, N/Lorenz, R./Frey, A./Goldhammer, F./Schilcher, A./Stubbe, T. C. (ed.) (2023). IGLU 2021 - Lesekompetenz von Grundschulkindern im internationalen Vergleich und im Trend über 20 Jahre. Münster: Waxmann Verlag. Mihajlovic, C. (2022). Vielfalt im Sportunterricht. Ger J Exerc Sport Res 52, 135–147 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12662-021-00743-5 Mitchell, D. (2008). What really works in special and inclusive education. Using evidence-based teaching strategies. (2nd ed.) London u.a.: Routledge. Neumann, P./Lütje-Klose, B. (2020). Diagnostik in inklusiven Schulen – zwischen Stigmatisierung, Etikettierungs-Ressourcen-Dilemma und förderorientierter Handlungsplanung. In: Gresch, C./Kuhl, P./Grosche, M./Sälzer, C./Stanat, P. (ed.) Schüler*innen mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf in Schulleistungserhebungen . Springer VS, Wiesbaden. Pinar, W.F. (ed.). (2013). International handbook of curriculum research. Routledge. London. Prengel, A. (2016). Didaktische Diagnostik als Element alltäglicher Lehrerarbeit – „Formatives Assessment“ im inklusiven Unterricht. In: Amrhein, B. (ed.):Diagnostik im Kontext inklusiver Bildung. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. p.49–64. Schmidt, F. (2018). Diagnose von Lesekompetenz aus Sicht von Lehrpersonen im Fach Deutsch. Berlin: Peter Lang. Strauss, A./Corbin, J. (2010). Grounded Theory. Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung. Weinheim: Beltz. UN (2006) = United Nations (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD). https://treaties.un.org/doc/Publication/CTC/Ch_IV_15.pdf. Werning, R./Arndt, A.-K. (2015). Unterrichtsgestaltung und Inklusion. In Kiel, E. (ed.). Inklusion im Sekundarbereich. p.53–96. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. Werning, R. (2020). Inklusive Didaktik – adaptiven Unterricht realisieren. In: Schule inklusiv, 8, p.4–8. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 04 SES 02 A: Culture and ethnicity: inclusion or exclusion in education? Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nataša Simić Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Ethnic Discrimination – Secondary School Students’ Narratives about Possible Conflict Outcomes 1University of Belgrade - Faculty of Philosophy, Institute of Psychology, Serbia; 2University of Belgrade - Faculty of Philosophy, Serbia; 3State University of Novi Pazar, Serbia Presenting Author:Ethnic or ethnicity-based discrimination is a differential treatment based on ethnicity that disadvantages an ethnic group, thus negatively influencing life experiences and chances of its members (Gillborn, 2003). It appears in all spheres of life, including education, where school staff or peers can be perpetrators of discrimination. In that case ethnic discrimination encompasses intentional or unintentional behavior such as physical altercations (e.g., pushing or stealing from), verbal harassment (e.g., racial/ethnic jokes and making fun of), avoidance or isolation, threats and intimidation, and lack of respect for other cultures (e.g., not attempting to pronounce a name correctly) (Kiang & Kaplan, 1994; Rosenbloom & Way, 2004; Salamé, 2004; Wing, 2007). Ethnic discrimination can also be institutional, when school policies can actively or passively set ground for interethnic conflicts and unfavorable position of certain groups (e.g. absence of ethnic minority groups from school curriculum or colorblind attitudes or administrations) (Rosenbloom & Way, 2004; Salamé, 2004). Certain characteristics of school (e.g., ethnic composition of the student population) can also be associated with higher prevalence of ethnic discrimination and conflicts (Graham, 2018). Henze and associates (2002) offered the three-tier model of ethnic conflicts – The Iceberg Model of Racial or Ethnic Conflict (IMREC). According to IMREC, slurs or physical violence based on ethnicity lay at the top of the iceberg given that they are the most easily detectable forms of conflict. The second tier involves less overt forms of conflicts, such as group avoidance, group exclusion, and unequal treatment across groups. Finally, the foundation of the model encompasses the underlying factors contributing to racial or ethnic conflicts, such as segregation, institutionalized and individual racism, intentional or unintentional transmission of harmful beliefs across generations and inequality in distribution of resources. The National Center for Education Statistics in the U.S. showed that ethnic discrimination and conflicts appear often - for example, 21.5% of students in U.S. public schools reported being the victim of bullying, with ethnicity/race being the most frequent cause of the conflict. The United States Department of Justice further indicated that as much as 64% of school-based hate crimes are motivated by race or ethnicity. Studies conducted in Europe show that between 15 and 25% of students are exposed to bullying (Veenstra et al., 2005). Research in Serbia showed that about two thirds of students experienced some form of school violence, while repeated bullying was reported by 5.1% of primary school students (Popadić & Plut, 2007). There is no data about prevalence of ethnic discrimination, but studies showed that Roma students are at higher risk of being discriminated against by both peers and school staff (Simić & Vranješević, 2022). Experience of ethnic discrimination in school has a negative impact on both academic and socioemotional outcomes, such as adolescents’ sense of school belonging, self-esteem, depressive symptoms and academic achievement (Benner et al., 2018; Wong et al., 2003). Interethnic conflicts in schools can also negatively affect overall school climate, creating an unsafe environment and legitimizing violence across groups (Kiang & Kaplan, 1994; Rosenbloom & Way, 2004; Salamé, 2004). They can even destabilize entire communities which already have a history of interethnic tensions. Therefore, it is extremely important, especially in current times of interethnic conflicts escalating worldwide, to explore how youth interpret ethnic discrimination and conflicts and what outcomes they can imagine. This research focused on the ways secondary school students from Serbia interpreted the fictionalized scenarios about ethnic discrimination and bullying perpetrated by peers in schools and consequently what outcomes to this situation they envisaged. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted within the project “Narrativization of ethnic identities of adolescents from culturally dominant and minority backgrounds, and the role of the school context” (NIdEA), supported by the Science Fund of the Republic of Serbia (grant number 1518). For this specific study the vignette method was chosen because it proved to be suitable for exploring youth’ interpretative processes about complex and sensitive topics due to its projective nature, which makes it less threatening and invasive compared to methods that entail direct narration of personal experience (Jović, 2023). Scenarios that are viewed by participants as highly conceivable are more likely to produce thick data, so special attention was paid to the preparatory phase. Cognitive interviews with seven secondary school students were conducted and the vignette and the prompt were polished so as to be understandable and as close as possible to students’ real experience. Then eleven students participated in piloting the vignette and after they wrote their narratives a short focus group was conducted to collect more feedback. Final version of the vignette was administered to students from seven secondary schools located in multiethnic regions of Serbia (N = 85, 67% male, Mage = 16, 41.1% identified as minorities with Hungarian and Roma being the most represented) First, they were invited to read a vignette about a new student who came to their school and who experienced ethnicity-based discrimination and bullying. Then they were asked to write about the way(s) in which that situation concluded (what was happening, how that student felt, who else was involved, etc.). After students’ narratives were typed into MAXQDA, inductive thematic analysis was applied (Boyatzis, 1998). Narratives contained one to six sentences and those more elaborated embraced up to four themes. In total 85 narratives were analyzed, and 131 coded segments were derived. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis revealed six major endings of the fictionalized story: a) No resolution (present in 3 narratives), b) Escalation (32), c) Retribution (19), d) Withdrawal (18), e) Reconciliation (55), and f) Building new friendships (2). Escalation diverged into two paths – either the discriminated student continued to be a victim which usually culminated in physical violence, or the discriminated student reacted violently, in some cases organizing revenge. Retribution typically followed escalation, although in some cases the school staff punished the act of verbal violence against the new student immediately. The theme Withdrawal refers to cases of mental suffering, withdrawing from the peer group and isolation, in some cases ending with the change of the class or the school. Students often imagined reconciliation that was either achieved by a constructive conversation between students or through mediation of school staff and/or parents. Finally, two students narrated about the discriminated student finding new friends and thus overcoming experience of ethnic discrimination. Although we might say that negative scenarios prevail, in the case of Retribution it is not clear what happened after students got punished – if perpetrators stopped bullying the newcomer or if they continued bullying but using more subtle (e.g. IMREC second tier) methods. In addition, it is positive that teachers, school psychologists and principals are seen as resources for resolution of cases of ethnic discrimination (elaborated in 42 narratives). These strategies are in line with recommendations for a positive conflict resolution – that negotiation and legitimate power should be used (Isajiw, 2000). In addition to personal ways of construing conflict situations and outcomes, these narratives can help us better understand the school climate and ways schools typically react to ethnic violence. References Benner, A. D., Wang, Y., Shen, Y., Boyle, A. E., Polk, R., & Cheng, Y. P. (2018). Racial/ethnic discrimination and well-being during adolescence: A meta-analytic review. American Psychologist, 73(7), 855–883. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000204 Boyatzis, R. E. (1998). Transforming qualitative information: Thematic analysis and code development. Sage. Gillborn, D. (2003). Race, ethnicity and education: Teaching and learning in multi-ethnic schools. Routledge. Graham, S. (2018). Race/ethnicity and social adjustment of adolescents: How (Not if) school diversity matters. Educational Psychologist, 53(2), 64–77. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2018.1428805 Henze, R., Norte, E., Sather, S. E., Walker, E., & Katz, A. (Eds.). (2002). Leading for diversity: How school leaders promote positive interethnic relations. Corwin press. Isajiw, W. W. (2000). Approaches to ethnic conflict resolution: paradigms and principles. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24(1), 105-124. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0147-1767(99)00025-5 Jović, S. (2023). Calling Out Injustice: Youth from Differently Privileged Backgrounds Narrate About Injustice. Human Arenas. 6, 41–61. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42087-021-00207-0 Kiang, P. N., Kaplan, J. Where do we stand? (1994). Views of racial conflict by Vietnamese American high-school students in a black-and-white context. Urban Review 26, 95–119. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02354461 Popadić, D., & Plut, D. Violence in Primary Schools in Serbia - Forms and Prevalence. Psychology, 40 (2), 309-328. Rosenbloom, S. R., & Way, N. (2004). Experiences of Discrimination among African American, Asian American, and Latino Adolescents in an Urban High School. Youth & Society, 35(4), 420-451. https://doi.org/10.1177/0044118X03261479 Salame, C. S. I. (2004). Rhetoric of exclusion and racist violence in a Catalan secondary school. Anthropology & education quarterly, 35(4), 433-450. Simić, N. & Vranješević (2022). I fight, therefore I am: Success factors of Roma university students from Serbia. Psihološka istraživanjam XXV(2), 205-223. Veenstra, R., Lindenberg, S., Oldehinkel, A. J., De Winter, A. F., Verhulst, F. C., & Ormel, J. (2005). Bullying and victimization in elementary schools: a comparison of bullies, victims, bully/victims, and uninvolved preadolescents. Developmental psychology, 41(4), 672–682. https://doi.org/10.1037/0012-1649.41.4.672 Wong, C. A., Eccles, J. S., & Sameroff, A. (2003). The influence of ethnic discrimination and ethnic identification on african american adolescents’ school and socioemotional adjustment. Journal of Personality, 71(6), 1197–1232. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-6494.7106012 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Tracing the ‘Canonisation’ of Colonised Peoples into British Narratives of the First and Second World Wars in School History Textbooks University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper traces the ways in which representations of race and racism have changed or remained the same in English commercial history textbooks from 1991 to the present day. In particular, the paper focuses on how colonised peoples are represented in 20th century history, and the tensions inherent in textbooks’ efforts to ‘include’ colonised peoples in the British historical canon (or ‘canonise’ them). Research in the UK on race and history education tends to focus on curriculum policy (Haydn 2012; Faas 2011), the experiences or agency of teachers and/or students (Bracey 2016; Doharty 2019; Woolley 2019; Henry 2020; Huber & Kitson, 2020; Smith 2017, 2020; Hart 2021), or on teachers’ curriculum decision-making (Harris & Reynolds 2018; Harris 2021), leaving educational materials such as textbooks underexamined. When textbooks are the object of research, the approach taken is descriptive (Grindel 2013). Descriptive studies are less likely to consider the overarching ethico-political consequences of race-based representations and thus are limited in their analysis. Although there is a tradition of more critical research into processes of racialization in education (materials and practice) coming from the US (Epstein 2000; Mattias 2013; Chandler & McKnight 2009; Brown & Brown 2010; Brown & Au 2014), Canada (Montgomery 2006; Stanton 2014), Ireland (Bryan 2012), the Netherlands (Weiner 2014, 2016; Sijpenhof 2020), Portugal (Araujo & Maeso 2012), South Africa (Teeger 2015; Wilmot & Naido 2011; Subreenduth 2013), Israel (Nasser & Nasser 2008; Sheps 2019) and Hong Kong (Lin & Jackson 2019), it is considerably less prominent in research on England and its statutory history education. It is well established that education, and history education in particular, is a core site for maintaining (and challenging) the status-quo (Gramsci 1971; Au & Apple 2009). In the UK, education reproduces and reinforces norms of whiteness and racial superiority (Bhopal 2018). The production of racial hierarchies (racialization) is an enduring modern process, but one that is iterative, fluid and slippery, becoming ever more entrenched, “submerged and hidden” with each iteration (Ladson-Billings 2009: 18). Today, we can understand racialization in terms of ‘postracial’ logics of racelessness, colour evasiveness, individualism, legal regimes of equality, and racial denial (Goldberg 2009, 2015; Lentin & Titley 2011) and, increasingly, the “post-postracial” resurgence of racial science (Lentin 2020: 25), both of which work to maintain and extend oppressive racial structures and hierarchies while shielding them from view. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To provide a nuanced and robust understanding of evolutions in processes of racialization and the shifting faces of racisms in statutory history education in England, this paper journeys through each iteration of the National Curriculum (1991, 1995, 1999, 2007, 2014) and its interactions with 14 history textbooks published between 1991 and 2023. A historical tracing approach to Critical Discourse Analysis across this period was used. This enabled for more continual and subtle changes in discursive techniques to be observed across the period 1991-present, than simply comparing two distinct timepoints would allow. As such, both textbook progress and limitations can be acknowledged (Brown & Brown 2010), as well as an understanding of how symbolic and cosmetic changes are enacted, often packaged as structural and impactful change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper explores one, more hopeful, theme that has emerged from the wider study: the canonisation of colonised peoples into British narratives of the First and Second World Wars. Analysis demonstrates a slow, non-linear process of representing colonised peoples in a variety of ways. What appears begrudging and obligatory, at times self-aware and performative, transforms, most recently, into celebratory and restorative tones. I show how textbooks move between dehumanisation and near total exclusion from the canon, to segregation from the canon, ad-hoc and superficial inclusion (footnotes to the canon), assertions of authorial innocence at ‘forgotten’ histories, and moves, in 2023 textbooks, to directly confront and counter certain racial issues. First, the overwhelming whiteness of the canon is challenged. Second, certain textbooks are, to a degree, racially literate and acknowledge racial structures above and beyond the individual. Third, and in opposition to literature demonstrating binary, oversimplified individualising narratives of race/racism in textbooks (Chandler & McKnight 2009; Hutchins 2011; van Kessel & Crowley 2013), more recent individualised narratives take a detailed, humanising life-history approach. However, there remains a hesitance to meaningfully interrogate whiteness and tensions in understanding and disrupting racializing processes. References •ARAUJO, M. & MAESO, S. R. 2012. History textbooks, racism and the critique of Eurocentrism: beyond rectification or compensation. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 35, 1266-1286. •AU, W. & APPLE, M. W. 2009. “Rethinking reproduction: Neo-Marxism in critical education theory”, in: The Routledge International Handbook of Critical Education, Michael W. Apple, Wayne Au and Luis Armando Gandin (eds), New York, Routledge, 83–95. •BROWN, A. L. & AU, W. 2014. Race, Memory, and Master Narratives: A Critical Essay on U.S. Curriculum History. Curriculum Inquiry, 44, 358-389. •BHOPAL, K. 2018. White privilege: The myth of a post-racial society, Bristol, Policy Press. •CHANDLER, P. & MCKNIGHT, D. 2009. The Failure of Social Education in the United States: A Critique of Teaching the National Story from "White" Colourblind Eyes. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 7, 217-248. •DOHARTY, N. 2019. 'I Felt Dead': Applying a Racial Microaggressions Framework to Black Students' Experiences of Black History Month and Black History. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 22, 110-129. •GOLDBERG, D. T. 2009. The threat of race: Reflections on racial neoliberalism, Malden, Wiley-Blackwell. •GOLDBERG, D. T. 2015. Are we all postracial yet?, Cambridge, Polity Press. •GRAMSCI, A. 1971. Selections from the Prison Notebooks, edited and translated by Quintin Hoare and Geoffrey Nowell Smith, London, Lawrence and Wishart. •HAYDN, T. 2012. History in Schools and the Problem of "The Nation". Education Sciences, 2, 276-289. •LADSON-BILLINGS, G. 2009. Just what is Critical Race Theory and what’s it doing in a nice field like education? In E. Taylor, D. Gillborn & G. Ladson-Billings (Eds.), Foundations of Critical Race Theory in education. New York: Routledge. •LENTIN, A. 2020. Why race still matters, Cambridge, Polity Press. •LENTIN, A. & Titley, G. 2011. The Crises of Multiculturalism: Racism in a Neoliberal Age, London, Zed Books. •SMITH, J. 2017. Discursive Dancing: Traditionalism and Social Realism in the 2013 English History Curriculum Wars. British Journal of Educational Studies, 65, 307-329. •SMITH, J. 2020. Community and contestation: a Gramscian case study of teacher resistance. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52, 27-44. •TEEGER, C. 2015. Ruptures in the Rainbow Nation: How Desegregated South African Schools Deal with Interpersonal and Structural Racism. Sociology of Education, 88, 226-243. •VAN KESSEL, C. & CROWLEY, R. M. 2017. Villainification and Evil in Social Studies Education. Theory and Research in Social Education, 45, 427-455. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Bicultural Narrative and the Pedagogy of Recognition in a Roma High School University of Pécs, Hungary Presenting Author:Different socialization in family and school in multicultural societies and the challenges of interactions between cultures have drawn the social researchers’ attention to the need for more empirical research based on re-conceptualization and operationalization of dual-cultural adaptation (Berry, 1974; Hong, Morris, Chiu, & Benet-Martínez, 2000; Nguyen & Benet-Martínez, 2013, Safa, Umaña & Taylor, 2021). The earlier assumption of biculturalism leading to marginalization by being trapped between the two cultures has been refuted by numerous studies revealing that dual-cultural orientation (heritage and host) contributes to a greater individual's adjustment (LaFromboise & Gerton, 1993; Berry, 2005; Nguyen & Benet-Martínez, 2013; Safa, Umaña & Taylor, 2021; Stogianni et al., 2021). Namely, the individual internalized system of values, beliefs, competences and knowledge constructed from the two cultures promote to access, integrate, and switch between cultural frames of reference across multiple domains. Research highlights the significance of enhancing awareness of bicultural competences for psychosocial adjustment and resilience. To change the cognitive-behavioral attitude of belonging to an undervalued minority culture, it is necessary to mobilize community cultural wealth, networking, and navigational capital from the part of the individual (Yosso, 2005, Safa, Umaña & Taylor, 2021). However, that certainly places a significant task on institutions to build a more bicultural learning environment of migrant or minority ethnic learners. A bicultural approach and intervention would be particularly relevant in the education of Roma children and young people, where the rejection of the heritage (or ethnic minority) culture and its replacement by the dominant culture (acculturation or assimilation) seems to be the only strategy proved by the majority. Unlike other nations the Roma, although not homogeneous, are a 'caste-like', 'forced minority' (Ogbu and Simons, 1998; Moldenhawer, 2014) across Europe. Several Roma Strategies implemented at both EU and national levels in recent decades address the structural social inequalities, stigmatizations and discrimination they face with focusing on Roma children's rights and equal access to education, support in academic achievement, and prevention of early school leaving. However, annual surveys by the EU Agency for Fundamental Rights find that Member States' efforts result in limited and uneven progress in employment, education, health care and housing for Roma (European Union FRA, 2023). Surveys even confirm that inclusion-oriented education policies resulted an average of 8% more pupils in segregated institutions (European Union FRA, 2023:39). In Hungary, the proportion of Roma pupils successfully completing primary school has increased in recent decades, but one in two Roma young people drop out of secondary school (Kertesi and Kézdi 2016). Although, international research provide a robust evidence for the positive correlation between the existence and awareness of bicultural competences and learning outcomes in case of different dual-cultures, I have not found any literature or research on Roma biculturalism in my preliminary research. Most research focuses on catching-up (assimilation), deprivation, difficulties of integration, Roma culture is rarely given equal value. My research aims to expand the scope of the bicultural approach for the Roma youth by exploring the role of the Gandhi High School in Pécs in positively reinforcing Roma cultural and minority identity and raising awareness of biculturalism. The high school started immediately after the political transition in Hungary in the early 1990s when the recognition of the Roma as an ethnic minority (joining to the other twelve national minorities) in the Minority Act (Act LXXVII/1993) ensured the cultural right to launch the school as an innovative initiative. At the level of educational policy, the new Education Act (Act LXXIX/1993), which guaranteed educational pluralism, cultural identity and freedom of education, gave the chance to an inclusive teachers’ community to organize a bicultural learning environment with a completely new approach. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My research questions focus on the fulfillment of the institution's declared bicultural goals, its role in Roma minority education and its practices. On the other hand, the reflections of the graduates between 2000-2003 will provide insight to how they experienced the bicultural learning context, whether they developed a bicultural identity; and whether bicultural competences helped them in adjustment. 1) Institutional and educational policy dimension How did the democratising education and minority policy support the Gandhi Foundation to launch the first Roma national high? 2) Community and personal pedagogical dimension (the teachers and other implementers): How were the stated objectives fulfilled and were they in line with personal activities and motivations? 3) The dimension of the students’ experience: What were the students' understandings of the intentions of the founders and the teachers? What were their motivations for learning? What role did Gandhi High School play in enriching cultural, social and psychological capital? Did the teaching of ethnic-minority culture and language reinforce their Gypsy/Roma identity; and did this identity result in a positive self-image? Methods 1) Document analyses Analyzing the available sources of the documents of the institution and education and minority policy of the period (legislation, founding documents, pedagogical program, curriculum, other school rules and regulations, reports, architectural plans, summaries of the Board of Trustees meetings) evidences are provided about the awareness of bicultural institutional socialisation processes and the recognition of family socialisation; the tools and practices of resilience and capital accumulation; and issues of bicultural identity. 2) Semi-structured narrative interviews - with three founding teachers and 6 selected from the first community of teachers (n=14) by interview focus on the intersection of individual and institutional motivations and goals, and teacher preparation. - The focus of the semi-structured narrative interviews with twenty students (2000-2003) from the 2000-2003 graduating cohort (population: n=102): - For the narrative interviews, I formed two groups of students: the first two cohorts (n=40) representing the start-up period, when there was no exemplary bicultural community in front of them; and the next two cohorts (n=62), who already had an example of bicultural patterns in front of them. The twenty interviewees were selected using a snowball method, using the students' own network of contacts on a voluntary basis. Students' ethnicity was assessed on the basis of students' self-declaration. - I used the ATLAS.ti program for content analysis of the face-to-face and online interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the present stage of the research the documents of the institution provided evidence for the positive bicultural learning environment. The content analysis finds that the documents between 1992-94 set strategies based on positively recognized Roma/Gypsy cultural values providing numerous affordances and demands for biculturalism to emerge and be adaptive. Explicit phrasing of belonging to dual-cultures, the founding charter of the school, the pedagogical program, the curriculum and the articles contain the school's strong commitment to a conscious balance between majority and minority cultures shaping of bicultural competence and attitudes. Similarly embedded bicultural content refer to the value of endorsing both cultures. Including Boash and Romani languages and Romani culture in the school curriculum had no precedent before and greatly contributed to the extent how the students affectively and cognitively organized their bicultural identities. A new narrative replaces catch-up and deficit terminology with a context of learning achievement, goal attainment, positive psychological capital, networking and community wealth. The analyses of the narrative interviews with graduating students so far have identified several areas (strengthening and extending the analysis networks including both cultural groups, keeping in touch after high school, motivation to learn and perform with clear goal setting, usage of community wealth capital, shaping a positive Roma self-image, navigational capital, being proud, cooperative approach), which confirm that developing bicultural competence and identity achieved its goal. Further in-depth analysis along the lines of the research questions will further clarify our understanding of the processes and outcomes. The narrative interviews with the founder teachers underpin the explicit data from the documentary analysis on the intentional bicultural and inclusive education of Roma pupils. Notably, this awareness was mainly the result of the attitude of acceptance and equity, and as a learning organization, the teachers' community played a mediating role between the two cultures. References Bereményi, B. Á. (2022). Between choices and “going with the flow”. Career guidance and Roma young people in Hungary. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance. Berry, J. W. (2005). Acculturation: Living successfully in two cultures. International journal of intercultural relations, 29(6), 697–712. Brüggemann, C. (2014). Romani culture and academic success: Arguments against the belief in a contradiction. Intercultural Education, 25 (6), 439–452. Csovcsics, E. (2002). Oktatás a "C" osztályban. A cigány gyerekek iskolai kudarcainak okairól. Vigilia. 67(9), 656-666. European Agency for Fundamental Rights (FRA) (2023). Roma in 10 European Countries - Main results (2021). Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55(7), 709–720. Keresztes – Takács, O. (2014). Roma fiatalok identitásmintázatai. In: Cserti Csapó Tibor (szerk.) III. Romológus Konferenciakötet. Pécsi Tudományegyetem BTK NTI Romológia és Nevelésszociológia Tanszék, Pécs, 119–134. LaFromboise, T. D., Coleman, H., & Gerton, J. (1993). Psychological impact of biculturalism: Evidence and theory. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 395–412. Neményi M. (2010) A kisebbségi identitás kialakulása: Roma származású gyerekek identitásstratégiái” In: Feischmidt M. (szerk.) Etnicitás: Különbségteremtő társadalom. Budapest: MTAKI – Gondolat. 48-56. Nguyen, A. D, Benet-Martínez, V. (2013). Biculturalism and Adjustment: A Meta Analysis. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 44(1), 122–159. Ogbu, J., U., Simons, H., D. (1998). Voluntary and Involuntary Minorities: A Cultural‐ecological Theory of School Performance with Some Implications for Education. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 29(2), 155–188. Plainer, Z. (2022). ‘Even if we are Roma, we are clean, respectful, and always went to school’. Intersections. East European Journal of Society and Politics, 8(2), 80–99. Safa, M. D. & Umaña-Taylor, A.J. (2021). Biculturalism and adjustment among U.S. Latinos: A review of four decades of empirical findings. Adv Child Dev Behav, 61, 73-127. Stogianni, M., Bender, M., Sleegers, W. W. A., Benet-Martinez, V., & Nguyen, A. (2021). Sample Characteristics and Country Level Indicators Influencing the Relationship Between Biculturalism and Adjustment: An Updated Meta-Analysis. h Varga A. & Csovcsics, E. (2021). Equality of Opportunity and Accumulated Capital. In: Anna, Orsós (szerk.) The role of romani studies in higher education: a collaborative project between the University of Pécs and the University of Prešov. Pécs, PTE BTK NTI Romológia és Nevelésszociológia Tanszék, 113-122. Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose Culture Has Capital? A Critical Race Theory Discussion of Community Cultural Wealth. Race. Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69–91. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 04 SES 02 B: Increasing inclusion in Higher Education Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anne Lene Toppe Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Enhancing Assessment and Engagement by Sense of Belonging in Open Higher Education University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:This ongoing research project aims to generate knowledge that facilitates effective and inclusive open university teaching, contributing to the development of a well-being community and successful learning pathway. The study focuses on investigating the perspectives and experiences of open university students and part-time teachers regarding engagement, assessment, and inclusion within the university community.
Universities employ many part-time teachers who are experts in their field but often lack the pedagogical training considered crucial for teaching and assessment. Assessment feedback quality is intrinsically linked to student learning (e.g., Carless & Boud 2018). However, providing quality feedback to students is currently challenging in a context in which universities are increasingly relying on casualized and inexperienced academic staff to assess undergraduate work (Richards et al., 2017). A key factor that affects teachers' assessment conceptions is the prevailing assessment culture (Segers & Tillema, 2011), meaning the beliefs and values that underlie assessment practices and tasks and that guide assessment practices across a community (Deneen & Bound, 2014; Fuller & Skidmore, 2014.) This project seeks to explore and improve open university teaching by examining engagement, assessment, and inclusion within the open university community.
The data was gathered in two separate sub-studies.
Engagement in community-based activities, such as pedagogical design as a team, strengthens teachers' assessment skills (Xu & Brown, 2016). Moreover, it is widely recognized that experiences of participation / sense of belonging is linked with job satisfaction & well-being at work (Lindberg & Vingård, 2017). Furthermore, university teachers' well-being at work is known to be related to their job performance, teaching quality, and student satisfaction (Gulati et al., 2018). Given this, we're studying the link between part-time teachers' experiences of organizational belonging and their assessment views. Despite their growing role in higher education (e.g., Ott & Dippold, 2018), research on part-time teachers is lacking.
Research questions and focus areas: Question 1: Is teachers' sense of organizational belonging connected to their views on assessment? Question 2: Can fostering a sense of belonging among open university students strengthen their study engagement? Question 3: How a sense of belonging, on a broader scale, can be nurtured in open higher education? (Upcoming data collection in 2024).
A sense of belonging to the organization emerges as a key factor in promoting well-being within teaching. Quality teaching outcomes have both individual and societal significance, reinforcing the vitality of the open university as an organization. Identifying these key factors supports the enhancement of teaching practices and overall organizational effectiveness. Our research findings hold the potential to inform the creation of pedagogical practices and support services that promote collaboration, communication, and an open and transparent approach. These efforts aim to strengthen motivation, commitment, and alignment with the community's goals and values.
The findings will inform the development of pedagogical practices, support services, and a strong sense of community, ultimately enhancing the well-being and learning outcomes for all stakeholders involved. Open university students and part-time teachers play crucial roles in university operations, yet often function as separate entities, resulting in a lack of community and unity. Therefore, it is essential for the university community to have a clear vision of integrating open university students and part-time teachers into the broader university community. Organizational actors have a crucial responsibility to ensure that sufficient support and resources are available to meet the needs of open university students and part-time teachers. Support for open university students and part-time teachers may include academic assistance, mentoring, counseling, and flexible learning options. Availability of resources like technology, learning materials, databases, and library resources is crucial. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Through a comprehensive approach, the research incorporates literature reviews of relevant previous studies and quantitative research based on collected data. Central to the research objectives is the exploration of practices that enable well-being, community, and inclusion, fostering a respectful and socially sustainable organizational culture, pedagogical encounters, and ethically sustainable actions. Part-time teachers’ (N=50) assessment conceptions were measured via web-based questionnaire with 19 items that included statements created specifically for the present study, and statements used in previous assessment studies (Brown, 2004; Kyttälä et al., 2022). Teachers’ assessment conceptions were measured with 19 items, 6 from the questionnaire of Kyttälä et al. (2022), 2 from the Teachers’ Conceptions of Assessment (COA) III (Brown (2004), and 11 formulated by the research team. Most of these 11 items were modified from the instruments of Kyttälä et al. (2022) and Brown (2004) with these authors’ permission. Statistical analyses were made using SPSS version 28.0, and p values below 0.05 were considered statistically significant. The Mann-Whitney U test showed that pedagogical studies explained about 35% of the variation in conceptions of assessment of teaching and learning. Teachers who had completed teachers’ pedagogical studies (60 credits) reported conceptions of Assessment of teaching and learning, which refers to formative assessment, more often than those who had not. Stagely study engagement risk factors for completing open higher education distance learning courses were examined using an online questionnaire administered to students (N=295) enrolled in the basic studies of Psychology in an open university. Effectively counteracting the study engagement risk factors requires their identification at each stage of study completion. We categorized previously identified risk factors to non-study related (life situation, time availability, motivation), supervision (instructions and feedback before, during and after task completion), and study resources (completion method, course difficulty level, course material and its availability, study environment and course schedule) (e.g., Maunula et al. 2021; Yukselturk & Inan, 2006: Yukselturk et al., 2014). We sent an email questionnaire probing these risk factors and course completion to 1000+ open university students in basic studies of psychology. 295 students, 70 of whom did not complete all courses responded to the questionnaire. Using logistic regression, we modeled the effect of these risk factors on course completion for four stages of distance learning course completion: 1. course completion, 2. failure, 3. abandoning before completion, 4. not initiated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findigs indicate, that cultivating sense of organizational belonging facilitates perceiving assessment as formative. Formative assessment includes self-assessment, peer evaluation, and teacher-conducted evaluation (Keeley, 2008; Black & Wiliam, 2009). Students reflect their own learning, evaluate their competence levels, and adjusting their attitudes and approaches accordingly. In parallel, teachers employ a variety of assessment methods to measure students' progress and utilize these insights to refine their teaching. While the importance of formative assessment in learning is generally recognized, its application in higher education remains less understood. Success isn't solely tied to the choice of assessment; students' learning skills also play a vital role. Within this research, a successful learning pathway is broadly understood as a cycle of positive influence: student participation is facilitated through the personnel's own experiences of participation and a community-based organizational culture, leading to sustainable learning and education. This holistic approach seeks to promote well-being and equip individuals with the skills and abilities necessary to navigate complex and ever-changing conditions responsibly. We found that students’ abandoning the task before initiating was explained by low motivation, inappropriate completion methods, and insufficient time for studies. Failed submissions were associated with poor study skills and poor availability of the learning material. Course completion was the most effectively supported by high motivation level and available time. In open higher education distance learning, the same countermeasures can be used to foster motivation and motivational regulation, design appropriate completion methods, and improve study skills. According to the psychological self-determination theory, study motivation requires fulfilment of the basic needs of competence, autonomy, and communality (Ryan & Deci 2018, 2020). Sense of belonging (and its closely related concept, participation) can be supported through systematic pedagogical choices (e.g. group work, peer assessment, discussion forums). References Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2018). Self-Determination Theory. Basic Psychological Needs in Motivation, Development, and Wellness. Guilford Press. Johansen, M. O., Eliassen, S., & Jeno, L. M. (2023). The bright and dark side of autonomy: How autonomy support and thwarting relate to student motivation and academic functioning. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1153647. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1153647 Kettunen, P. (2021). Mistä puhutaan, kun puhutaan osallisuudesta? (What do we talk about when we talk about participation?) In P. Kettunen (Ed.), Työntekijän osallisuus – Mitä se on ja mitä sillä tavoitellaan (Employee participation - What is it and what is it for?) (p. 21–64). Gaudeamus. Kyttälä, M., & Björn, P. M. (2023). Opettajaksi opiskelevien erilaisia käsityksiä arviointitavoista. Kasvatus, 54(1), 34-50. https://doi.org/10.33348/kvt.127185 Lindberg, P., Karlsson, T., Nordlöf, H., Engström, V., & Vingård, E. (2017). Factors at work promoting mental health and wellbeing - a systematic litterature review. Paper presented at the 12th International Conference on Occupational Stress and Health: 7–10 June 2017. Merriman, C. L. (2010). Adjunct faculty organizational sense of belonging and affective organizational commitment. Old Dominion University. Xu, Y. & Brown, Y. (2016). Teacher assessment literacy in practice: A reconceptualization. Teaching and Teacher Education 58, 149–162. Keeley, P. (2008). Science Formative Assessment: 75 Practical Strategies for Linking Assessment, Instruction, and Learning. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press. Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5-31. Yukselturk, E., & Inan, F.A. (2006). Examining the Factors Affecting Student Dropout in an Online Certificate Program. Turkish Online Journal of Distance Education-TOJDE, 7(3),, 76–88. Yukselturk, E., Ozekes, S. & Türel, Y.(2014). Predicting Dropout Student: An Application of Data Mining Methods in an Online Education Program. European Journal of Open, Distance and E-Learning, 17(1), 118–133. https://doi.org/10.2478/eurodl-2014-0008 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Collaboration between Higher Education and the Practice Field - The Competence Boost for Special Education and Inclusion NLA Høgskolen, Norway Presenting Author:In recent years, several Norwegian reports have concluded that many children and youth with special educational needs do not receive the necessary pedagogical adjustments they require (Barneombudet, 2017; Nordahl, 2018). Based on this, Stortingsmelding 6. (2019 – 2020) Tett på – tidlig innsats og inkluderende fellesskap i barnehage, skole og SFO announced a competence boost within the field of special education. "The Competence Boost for Special Education and Inclusive Practices" is intended to be a permanent arrangement in the Norwegian education system, with the goal of providing all children and youth, from kindergarten to upper secondary school, with tailored and inclusive educational opportunities. This entails considering the general pedagogical and special educational offerings in conjunction, at the municipal and individual school and kindergarten level (Meld. St. 6 (2019-2020)). This initiative aims to increase special educational competence among teachers and other professionals in the team supporting the student, particularly involving the Educational and Psychological Counselling Service (EPS). It is emphasized that the actors within the team must develop collaboration skills to work systematically in further developing the quality of education. This applies to both regular school practices, as well as improving the quality of special education (Haug, 2021). Many previous competence initiatives in the Norwegian education sector have been largely characterized by top-down management. Stortingsmelding 21 (2016-2017) emphasizes that the most significant competence development in schools must occur at the local level. Within this context, there is also an acknowledgement that previous national initiatives have allowed for insufficient local adaptations. Therefore, the Competence Boost should be understood as a new strategy for competence development within the education sector in Norway, where competence is developed locally within each municipality (Mjøs et al., 2023). In this endeavor, universities and colleges are to be regarded as equal partners to municipalities. The idea is that the various parties should complement each other and place emphasis on mutual learning. When competence is developed through partnerships between primary schools, support systems, and universities/colleges, and is based on local needs, it opens up many possibilities. However, it is also challenging as it is left to the actors to determine what the local needs are. The different actors may bring different understandings of the problems into the partnership and therefore have different needs. Often, in such partnerships, actors may also have unrealistic expectations of each other due to insufficient insight and understanding of each other's guidelines and mandates (Øen & Mjøs, 2023). In these situations, a "blame game" (Hood, 2002) can easily arise, where the different parties primarily believe that it is others who need to increase their competence and change their practices, rather than themselves. This project reports on the first phase of the Competence boost in a Norwegian municipality. In this initial phase, the work primarily takes place at the steering committee level. The steering committee consists of representatives from the school ownership, representatives from the leadership of the municipal support system for education, and representatives from universities and colleges. In collaboration, the participants contribute to identifying competence needs and based on this, develop a plan for further competence development. Such a plan for competence development largely involves changes at the system level and therefore bears the mark of innovation (Florian, 2015). However, in order to harness the innovative potential of the work, it is crucial that the plans are anchored in the respective organizations and that they reach a consensus and acknowledge the current state (Øen & Gilje, 2020). The research question for this project is: What characterizes the process of implementing the Competence Enhancement Project in the municipality and what does this mean for further work? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research approach in this project supports what Ainscow et al. (2004) describe as "collaborative action research." As researchers, we have been participants in the work of the steering committee, and our role has therefore been to be critical discussion partners while also researching the processes in which we have taken part (Øen & Mjøs, 2023). This role thus entails a kind of intermediary position where we alternate between being a listening and neutral observer, an active conversation/discussion partner, and finally, analytical and explorative (Ainscow et al., 2004). The data material on which this paper is based consists of audio recordings from a total of ten collaborative meetings over a period of 18 months. In addition, meeting minutes and meeting invitations are also included as part of the data material. The research question for this paper has an exploratory approach. Therefore, we have chosen to rely on an inductive thematic analysis based on Braun & Clarke (Braun & Clarke, 2006; Braun et al., 2022). The analytical approach described in this article emphasizes the recognition that meaning, patterns, and themes are created through the interaction between the researcher and the data material. This is particularly essential when the researcher is investigating processes in which they are involved. Although the analytical process can be described as a series of steps, Creswell (2014) points out that these steps are not always followed in order. It is therefore an iterative process where one often jumps back and forth between different steps (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). As of now, we are in the middle of the analytical phase where we have chosen to use an open coding (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) based on the phases within thematic analysis described by Braun & Clarke (Braun et al., 2022). This approach involves the following steps: 1. Familiarize oneself with the data material. 2. Start the coding work. 3. Generate preliminary themes. 4. Develop and evaluate themes. 5. Refine, define, and name the themes. 6. Write down the analysis. Since this work is ongoing, it is not possible to present crystallized themes in this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Since the analysis is still in an early stage, it is too early to draw conclusions regarding the findings in the research material. However, preliminary tendencies in the material show that inclusion as a concept is central and that there is a clear focus on how schools and kindergartens can work more closely with the PPT (Pedagogical Psychological Service). At the same time, it becomes apparent that different perceptions of reality among the various actors also make the process challenging at times. Although the municipalities initially felt that they had a good overview of their own competence needs, the findings also reveal that the innovative processes uncover new "blind spots" regarding competence. This is particularly true for the competence related to action, where theoretical knowledge is translated into inclusive practices. References Ainscow, M. E. L., Booth, T., & Dyson, A. (2004). Understanding and developing inclusive practices in schools: a collaborative action research network. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 8(2), 125-139. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360311032000158015 Barneombudet. (2017). Uten mål og mening? Barneombudet. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2022). Thematic analysis : a practical guide. SAGE. Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2008). Basics of qualitative research : techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (3rd ed. ed.). Sage. Creswell, J. W. (2014). Educational research : planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed. ed.). Pearson. Florian, L. (2015). Inclusive Pedagogy: A transformative approach to individual differences but can it help reduce educational inequalities? Scottish Educational Review, 47(1), 5-14. Haug, P. (2021). Spesialundervisning : ei innføring. Det norske samlaget. Hood, C. (2002). The Risk Game and the Blame Game. Gov. & oppos, 37(1), 15-37. https://doi.org/10.1111/1477-7053.00085 Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative research : a guide to design and implementation (4th ed. ed.). Jossey-Bass. Mjøs, M., Moen, V., & Øen, K. (2023). Kommunal styring og ledelse av en forskningsstøttet innovasjon for utvikling av inkluderende praksis. In M. Mjøs, S. Hillesøy, V. Moen, & S. E. Ohna (Eds.), Kompetanse for inkluderende praksis. Et innovasjonsprosjekt om samarbeid mellom barnehage/skole og PP-tjeneste (pp. 47-69). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.186.ch2 Nordahl, T. (2018). Inkluderende fellesskap for barn og unge. Fagbokforl. Øen, K., & Gilje, J. (2020). Desentralisert kompetanseutvikling. Bedre skole(2), 32-38. Øen, K., & Mjøs, M. (2023). Partnerskap mellom forskere og praktikere som innovasjonsstrategi – et utfordrende mulighetsrom. In M. Mjøs, S. Hillesøy, V. Moen, & S. E. Ohna (Eds.), Kompetanse for inkluderende praksis. Et innovasjonsprosjekt om samarbeid mellom barnehage/skole og PP-tjeneste (pp. 47-69). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.186.ch2 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 04 SES 02 C: Multistakeholder collaboration for Inclusion in Education Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Foteini Pasenidou Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Hope of Multi-professional Collaboration for Inclusive Education in Austria & Germany? – The Trilemmatic Inclusion as a Theoretical Systematization 1Technical University Braunschweig, Germany; 2University Wien, Austria Presenting Author:Building national states after World War 2, both Austria and Germany reorganised their school systems and established separated school types for students with(out) disabilities. The CPRD (2009), ratified by Germany and Austria, intends to establish a common understanding of inclusive education in order to guarantee the right to inclusive education for all. The SDG 4 (2015) proclaims a wide understanding of inclusive education considering all students in all diemensions of heterogneity and aiming to institutional changes adapting mainstream learning environment for all and closing special schools. Unless there are no fundamental systematic change towards one common inclusive education system within the last 15 years in both countries (Klemm, 2022). Both Austria and Germany still operate with assessments producing a school-specific disability category referred to as special education needs (SEN). The SEN labels are clustered by eight to nine different categories of disabilites, impairments, or handicaps in both countries. Compared to Germany, a medical-psychiatric orientated diagnosis is mandatory for the SEN assignment in Austria (Schwab et al., 2015). This claim poses a fundamental dilemma for the Austrian and German school systems that still differentiates between separate organizations of mainstream and special schools. The decentralized organization of the education systems leads to different implementation ideas and very different progress in inclusive education depending on the federal state. Bremen (GER) relies on an inclusive school system with individual support centers (Senate Bremen, 2014), Lower Saxony relies on a cautious introduction of inclusive education by initially only phasing out the special school for learning since the 2013/14 school year (Nds. KM, 2012). All other forms of special schools still persit any reformation. In the German context, data shows an increasing trend towards diagnosing pupils with an SEN label and placing them in special schools instead of a mainstream schools (Kultusministerkonferenz, 2021). In comparison, Austrian data show a stagnating trend of SEN labels but a slightly increase of placing them in a special school instead of mainstream schools (Statistik Austria, 2023). Austria implemented so-called inclusive model regions in 2013, which tried to build best practice examples but were never implemented comprehensively (Feyerer, 2016). In Vienna special schools were opened for all students regardless SEN label or not. All this reorganisation effects educators´ work and professionalisation in (pre-service) teacher training, which is already highly differentiated regarding the regular subject teachers and SEN categories (Buchner & Proyer, 2021; Sansour & Bernhard, 2018). There are mainstream school teachers, special needs teachers, school assistants. Based on the different pedagogical professions operating in the field of special and inclusive education, multiprofessional cooperation became a central issue for implementing inclusive eduction after the ratification of the CPRD (Lütje-Klose & Urban, 2014). Researchers promote multi-professional cooperation and collaboration as the central keys to providing inclusive education in mainstream schools for all pupils (Hollenbach-Biele & Vogt 2016; Massenkeil & Rothland, 2016). Multi-professional collaboration comprises a "diffusely used concept" (Fabel-Lamla & Gräsel, 2023, 3) in school eduction research, but describes the cooperation of different groups of actors in inclusive settings and distinguishes between various forms of cooperative collaboration (Prengel, 2020; Serke & Streese, 2022). Nevertheless, the SEN label still determines the staff resourcing, which implies that the special educator has the responsability for the SEN student and multi-professional collaboratiaon is only possible to a limited extend. This leads to the following research questions: What demands and challenges hinder the multi-professional collaboration to implement inclusive education from a transnational viewpoint? The paper aims to describe the demands and challenges of multiprofessional cooperation in two central European school systems with similar stuctures, which still persists and strenghthen the separation into mainstream and special schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper uses the two different heuristics to theoretize the multi-professional collaboration for inclusive education of from a transnational perspective, using Austria and Germany as two central European countries with a similar structure of the school systems. As inclusive education can only be understand as a holistic approach across different levels (Prengel, 2022), for example the macro, meso, and micro level (Fend, 2008), we use the ecology of inclusive education (Mitchell, 2018) to analyse the challenges of multiprofessional cooperation. We assume that the consideration of an systematical interplay contains an additional value to analyse the challenges of multiprofessional cooperation. Furthermore, we argue against the narratives that the implementation of inclusive education only depends on the national legislation or pedagogical practices on the ground. The heuristic demonstrates the importance to research multiprofessional cooperation for inclusive education from a transnational viewpoint. Following this, we use a second heuristic referred to as the trilemmatic inclusion origining from the German context and describes different paradigms based on civil right and political movements (Boger, 2017). It aims to repoliticalize the existing (scientific) narratives of inclusive edcuation (Göransson, & Nilholm, 2014). The trilemmatic inclusion indicates a theoretical triangle consisting of empowerment, normalisation, and deconstruction (Boger, 2017). Each triangle leg conceptionalize inclusion in school education but excludes the third aspect simultaneously. The trilemmatic situation thus appears with the realization of two aspects, which automatically negates the third aspect. By applying this heuristic, we aim to analyse the demands of multiprofessional cooperation for inclusive education with the help of empirical data from Germany and Austria. Based on these two heuristical approaches, we hope to understand the demands and challenges appearing in multiprofessional cooperation for inclusion and how is affects educators. We attempt to investigate different policies of multiprofessional cooperation and practices of educators in the Austrian and German context against the backdrop of the theoretical approach of trilemmatic inclusion (Boger, 2017). Combining both heuristics helps us to generate new theoretical findings regarding the multi-professional collaboration and its role for implementing inclusive education comprehensively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We living currently in times of uncertainty, (inter-)national and local challenges make an impact on the education systems, learning enviornment but also the individuals. In Germany, there is a slight tendency to move away from an inclusive school system (Klemm 2022). We run the risk of reinforcing familiar patterns like exclusion and separation, even though they prevent progress towards change. Thus, inclusive education become indispensable for change aiming to a peaceful and social society - inclusive education is essential for the development of a society (UNESCO, Agenda 2030). The paper demonstrates the role of multi-professional collaboration for the implementation of inclusive education across national boundaries. Educators work in the tensioned field of decreasing resources and increasing demands at the same time, which causes an systematic overload that might end in a systematic collapse. We figured out that the different pedagogical professions follows different aims within contradictive paradigms. This can be explained by the trilemmatic inclusion, because one aspect always be left out. This acknowledgement leads to the challenge that multi-professional collaboration needs to balance the three aspects of empowerment, normalisation, and deconstruction within pratice. Thus, inclusive education is highly depends on situative practices and the involved actors in everyday schooling. The collaboration of these diverse actors across all system level has an essential impact on students´ learning. Althogh actors as school administrators do not have an explicit impact on the student in everyday life, the implicit impact can be a game changer. This demonstrates the importance of each professional actor because it impacts the childs educational carrier always to some extent. Concesily, the focus should always be on the common goal combined with a reflective attitude in keeping with the motto: Leave no child behind. Only with are shared vision, it is possible to tackle future challenges as a community. References Boger, M.-A. (2017). Theorie der Inklusion – eine Übersicht. In Inklusion online. https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/413 Buchner, T. & Michelle Proyer (2019). From special to inclusive education policies in Austria – developments and implications for schools and teacher education, European. In Journal of Teacher Education 43 (3), 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1691992 Fabel-Lamla, M. & Gräsel, C. (2023). Professionelle Kooperation in der Schule. In T. Hascher, T. Idel & W. Helsper (eds.). Handbuch Schulforschung. Wiesbaden: Springer, 1189-1209. Fend, H. (2008). Schule gestalten. Systemsteuerung, Schulentwicklung und Unterrichtsqualität. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Feyerer, E. (2016). Mit Inklusiven Modellregionen auf dem Weg zur inklusiven Schule? Österreichische Bildungspolitik zwischen Vision und Pragmatismus. In Zeitschrift für Inklusion. https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/361 Göransson, K. & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. In European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), 265–280. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933545 Hollenbach-Biele, N. & Vogt, D. (2016). Inklusion kann gelingen! Forschungsergebnisse und Beispiele guter schulischer Praxis. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann. Klemm, K. (2022). Inklusion in Deutschlands Schulen: Eine bildungsstatistische Momentaufnahme 2020/21. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann. Kultusministerkonferenz (2021). Sonderpädagogische Förderung an Schulen. https://www.kmk.org/dokumentation-statistik/statistik/schulstatistik/sonderpaedagogische-foerderung-an-schulen.html Lütje-Klose, B. & Urban, M. (2014). Professionelle Kooperation als wesentliche Bedingung inklusiver Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung. Grundlagen und Modelle inklusiver Kooperation. In Vierteljahresschrift für Heilpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete 2, 112-123. Massenkeil, J. & Rothland, M. (2016). Kollegiale Kooperation im Lehrerberuf. Überblick und Systematisierung aktueller Forschung. In Schulpädagogik heute 7 (13). Mitchell, D. (2018). The Ecology of Inclusive Education: Strategies to Tackle the Crisis in Educating Diverse Learners. London: Routlegde. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315110448 Niedersächsisches Kultusministerium (2012). Einführung der inklusiven Schule in Niedersachsen. Hinweise für die kommunalen Schulträger. https://www.mk.niedersachsen.de/download/66896 Prengel, A. (2022). Schule inklusiv gestalten. Eine Einführung in die Gründe und Handlungsmöglichkeiten. Opladen; Berlin; Toronto: Budrich. Sansour, T. & Bernhard, D. (2018). Special needs education and inclusion in Germany and Sweden. In Alter 12 (3), 127-139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.alter.2017.12.002 Schwab, S. (2020). Inclusive and Special Education in Europe. In The Oxford Encyclopedia of Inclusive and Special Education, edited by Umesh Sharma, and Spencer J. Salend. Oxford: Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1230 Senat Bremen (2014). Aktionsplan zur Umsetzung der UN-Behindertenrechtskonvention im Land Bremen. Bremen: Der Senat der freien Hansestadt Bremen. Serke, B. & Streese, B. (2022). Wege der Kooperation im Kontext inklusiver Bildung. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Statistik Austria (2023). Schulstatistik ab 2006. https://statcube.at/statistik.at/ext/statcube/jsf/dataCatalogueExplorer.xhtml 04. Inclusive Education
Paper An Intersectional Architecture and Inclusive Education Whole School Paradigm: School Communities Becoming Leaders of Change University of South Australia, Australia Presenting Author:As the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) suggests, “inclusion involves a process of systemic reform embodying changes and modifications in content, teaching methods, approaches, structures and strategies in education to overcome barriers with a vision serving to provide all students of the relevant age range with an equitable and participatory learning experience and environment that best corresponds to their requirements and preferences” (UN 2016, p. 4). Yet, a “sign of absence of clear guidance on how teachers should behave in order to create an inclusive environment for all students” has been reported (OECD, 2020, p. 216) calling for clear guidance on how to create an inclusive environment for all students that is informed by research. The International Forum on inclusion and equity in education that took place in Colombia, in 2019 reinforced the role of “educational leaders, families, teachers and students” in “build[ing] a climate of trust, fair treatment and non-discrimination” (UNESCO, 2019, p. 15). Inclusive education as a process involving the entire school was previously supported by Ainscow and Miles (2008) who conceptualised schools as organisations with “internal complexities” that constrain inclusive education (p. 26), reinforced by Mr Álvaro Marchesi, “meet[ing] the needs of each and every student…is not just a matter of teachers, but … a process involving the entire school” (UNESCO, 2019, p. 12). Therefore, it is suggested that inclusive education can be promoted when “increasing the capacity of local neighbourhood mainstream schools to support the participation and learning of an increasingly diverse range of learners” (Ainscow, 2020, p. 125), which is also supported by UN (2016) and UNESCO (2017). It is important to promote inclusive school communities in which “every learner matters and matters equally” (UNESCO, 2017, p. 12). This includes working together to further foster the participation of students with disabilities “in learning experiences and the learning environment with their same-aged peers” (Graham, 2020, p. xxi), whilst enhancing the autonomy of local schools in becoming “leaders of change” (Bills & Howard, 2021, p. 13). In addition to advocating for a systemic lens, the CRPD also supported the potential lens of architecture as an approach to advance inclusive education, through removing architectural barriers. UN (2016) called on States parties to ensure “accessibility” of “any future education infrastructures” including safe and accessible school transport, toilet facilities and recreational school spaces (p. 8). Within the policy context, the role of school spaces and environments in students’ inclusive education were further raised by UNESCO (2019, 2020), with research studies beginning to emerge to explore the role of architecture in inclusive education. This presentation shares a case study exploring the role of architecture in inclusive education whilst informing a whole school approach to promoting inclusive education. The following research questions guided this case study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative case-study participatory co-design approach with its epistemological and ontological premises informed by a practice architectures (PA) lens (Kemmis et al., 2014; Mahon et al., 2017). A practice architectures lens enabled the study to explore practices consisting of certain sets of arrangements in three dimensions of space intersecting with inclusive education: cultural–discursive (semantic), that is arrangements “that make possible the language and discourses used in and about this practice”; material–economic (physical), that is arrangements “that make possible the activities undertaken in the course of the practice … the physical set-ups and the activity structures of work and life at the site”; and social–political (social space) arrangements “that make possible the relationships between people and non-human objects that occur in the practice” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 32). Aiming to provide evidence of how inclusive school communities can be created through the aforementioned arrangements, a participatory co-design methodology was employed. Ten students from Reception (aged 5-6) and 21 Year 4 students (aged 9-10) including nine students with disabilities, three parents/carers, and 34 educators from a primary school community in South Australia participated in the current study. Data was collected through document analysis, surveys, focus groups and visual participatory co-design methods, including auto-photography, digital and hand-made storybooks, and digital construction models using Tinkercad. Data sets in this study included document analysis of the school’s website along with 19 school policies, 37 surveys, data from auto-photography with nine PowerPoint presentations and 124 photos of school spaces, 50 storybooks, 47 Tinkercad designs, six focus groups, and nine recordings. Data was then imported into a user-friendly qualitative computer software, NVivo. The coding process followed a thematic content analysis. Themes were analysed under the PA analytical lens. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Informing a whole school approach to promoting inclusive education, “in the dimension of physical space-time and in the medium of work/activity” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 34), school architecture can enable students’ inclusive education through open plan spaces, co-located early learning centres, seating arrangements, natural elements and classroom décor. “In the dimension of semantic space and in the medium of language” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 34), promoting practices of metalanguage in schools by inviting educators to use “an explicit language of inclusion” (Bristol, 2015, p. 817) seemingly promoted reflective and proactive inclusive practices. Educators being trained in inclusive education and pedagogies as part of professional development courses offered by their school can enable them to critically engage with their sayings, having an impact on their whole school collective discourse. “In the dimension of social space and in the medium of solidarity and power” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 34), the enabling role of relatings between school and home, students and educators, students and students in inclusive education clearly emerged in this study. Students’ relatings with their teachers can foster a caring and safe learning environment, enhancing their sense of inclusion in schools. For a school community inclusion to be promoted, school leadership needs to support community members in interacting, working together and building relationships. Of significance are relatings with psychologists, architects, occupational therapists and university researchers, thus an interdisciplinary collaboration of working together and work[ing] closely. Incorporating “simultaneously a call to action and an analytic framework” (Slee, 2018, p. 3), this presentation will discuss the implications of these findings for the field informing how students, educators and parents/carers can work together to identify and purposefully employ material-economic, cultural-discursive and social-political arrangements present in their whole school context, to further enable students’ inclusive education globally and locally. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusion and equity in education: Making sense of global challenges. Prospects, 49(3-4), 123-134. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09506-w Ainscow, M., & Miles, S. (2008). Making Education for All inclusive: Where next? Prospects, 38(1), 15-34. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-008-9055-0 Bills, A., & Howard, N. (2021). It’s time to act: Making the case for a cross sectoral response to school disengagement and detachment in South Australia. Industry paper no. 1. Adelaide: CEPSW, Flinders University. Bristol, L. (2015). Leading-for-inclusion: Transforming action through teacher talk. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(8), 802-820. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.971078 Graham, L. J. (2020). Inclusive education in the 21st Century. In L. J. Graham (Ed.), Inclusive education for the 21st century: Theory, policy and practice (pp. 3-26). Routledge. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer. Mahon, K., Kemmis, S., Francisco, S., & Lloyd, A. (2017). Introduction: Practice theory and the theory of practice architectures. In K. Mahon, S. Francisco, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Exploring education and professional practice (pp. 1-30). Springer. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2020). PISA 2018 Results (Volume VI): Are Students Ready to Thrive in an Interconnected World?. https://doi.org/10.1787/d5f68679-en. Slee, R. (2018). Inclusion isn't dead. It just smells funny. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429486869 UNESCO. (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000248254_eng UNESCO. (2019). Final report: International forum on inclusion and equity in education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000372651 UNESCO. (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373718 United Nations Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, General comment No. 4 (2016), Article 24: Right to inclusive education, 2 September 2016, CRPD/C/GC/4, available at: https://www.refworld.org/docid/57c977e34.html |
15:15 - 16:45 | 04 SES 02 E: Early Childhood and Inclusive Education Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kari Kvandal Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Parents Impact on Inclusion in Early Childhood care 1NLA University College, Norway; 2HVL Univserity College, Norway Presenting Author:Our research is based on the triangle of expectations the early educations care teachers meet from the parents, the society, and what`s best for the child; how the ethical dilemma in inclusive education is a balance between different considerations for the teacher (Afdal, 2011, Reindal, 2016, Reindal, 2019). The Norway`s society today have a more diversity of cultures, economic, social, religions and geographic background than earlier (Morken &Karlsen, 2019). Each family has roles, traditions and a background who have an impact for their meanings of what`s important for their children’s education, different expectations to how they want to be met by the society and early childhood teachers (Wolf, 2018). The ideal of equality in Norway; that everybody have the same rights to be treated equally regardless of function and capabilities (Sen, 1993,1999), is still an important value who can make it difficult se the variety in parents and families (Bendixen, Bringslid & Vike, 2018). The “Professional ethic for the teaching profession” (Union of Education Norway and Norwegian Union of School Employees, 2012) are an important guideline for basic values of the teaching profession. Understanding early childhood parenting and care are based on universal human rights and especially the UN convention on the rights for children. (UDF & SL, 2012). The value of “what`s children’s best?” is an important guiding principle for the teaching profession (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2017). The principle towards corporation and understanding parents in early childhood care are the first rule and premises in Norwegian right for early childhood care § 1. (Barnehageloven, 2005, §1). Early childhood teacher’s everyday life is in the middle of a triangle with expectations from both their own profession; whit the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989), the society`s mandate and rules act relating to kindergarten (Barnehageloven, 2005) and the parents’ mandate; whit The Universal Declaration of Human Rights §26.3 (UN,1948). In this study we wish to highlight some of the challenges, cross pressure, and ethical dilemmas these teachers face in their meeting with the normal life in early childhood care whit inclusion and corporation with parents. Our research is based on empirical data from interviews with early childhood teachers, both groups and individuals. Our understanding is based on the principle that the variety among parents, families and children are an important resource in the community that can be both a challenge and a good resource for children with special needs and for all children. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is conducted with qualitative methods (Kvale & Brinkman,2015) and the aim was to research with the proposal for reflection towards inclusion in everyday life for children in Norwegian early childhood care. Kvale & Brinkman (2015) emphasizes the qualitative methods for refection and start of a new paradigm in the society. The interviews were both in groups and individuals; and the informants has different roles in the kindergarten. The article is based on findings from the interviews and one of the prominent issues from the informers. We want to compare the finding with literature review (Creswell, 2014) and analyzing of document (Asdal & Reinertsen, 2021, Bowen,2009), in the study for this article. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our expected outcome in these studies is based on the first empiric of the informants we already have interviews results from. Our informant answers give us a strong hint that the parent`s impact on inclusion education in early childhood care is a higher issue as we believed before we started this research. Therefore, our aim is to dig deeper in this important matter for the inclusion education and parenthood. The aim of this study is reflection for early childhood teachers and the society for a better understanding of how the parents and early childhood teachers can cooperate with respect for each other and a high standard of inclusion education regardless backgrounds. References Asdal, K. & Reinertsen, H. (2021): Hvordan gjøre dokumentanalyse. En praksisorientert metode. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Alfdal, G. (2011) Veiledning som moralsk virksomhet. In: T.J. Karlsen (red.) Veiledning under vilkår. Gyldendal Akademisk. Barnehageloven. (2005). Lov om barnehager (LOV-2005-06-17-64). Lovdata. Lov om barnehager (barnehageloven) - Kapittel I. Barnehagens formål og innhold - Lovdata. Bendixsen,S., Bringslid, M. B. & Vike, H. (2018) (red.) Egalitarianism in Scandinavia. Historical and Contemporary Perspectives. Palgrave Macmillian. Bowen,G.A.(2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. From: Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method | Emerald Insight Kunnskapsdepartementet (2017). Rammeplanen for barnehagens innhold og oppgaver. From: Forskrift om rammeplan for barnehagens innhold og oppgaver - 1 Barnehagens verdigrunnlag - Lovdata Morken, I. &Karlsen,J.(2019). Migrasjonsrelaterte lærevansker. In: E. Befring, K-A. B. Næss & R. Tangen (red.) Spesialpedagogikk. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Reindal, S. M. (2016). Discussing Inclusive Education: An Inquiry into Different Interpretations and a Search for Ethical Aspects of Inclusion Using the Capabilities Approach. European Journal of Spesial Needs Education, v31 n1 p1-12 2016. Reindal, S. M. (2019). Spesialpedagogikk – noen etiske problemstillinger og normative teorier. In: E. Befring, K. Næss, & R. Tangen. (2019) Spesialpedagogikk. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Sen, A. (1993) Capabilities and well-being. In M. C. Nussbaum &A. Sen (red.), The quality of life (s.30-53) University of Utha Press. Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom. Oxford University Press. United Nations General Assembly (1948) The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Universal Declaration of Human Rights | United Nations Utdanningforbundet (2012).Professional ethic for the teaching profession. From: https://www.utdanningsforbundet.no/globalassets/larerhverdagen/profesjonsetikk/larerprof_etiske_plattform_a4.pdf Wolf, K. D. (2018). Stakeholders’ opinions of quality in Norwegian kindergartens. Early Years. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2018.1547686 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusion-related Attitudes and Competencies of Early Childhood Teachers University College of Teacher Education Lower Austria, Austria Presenting Author:From a professional-theoretical perspective, the educational staff plays a central role in the quality of educational processes. Against the backdrop that early childhood educational institutions have the mission to realize an education for all, professional educational actions can be equated with inclusive educational actions (Fröhlich-Gildhoff et al., 2020). Furthermore, on a scientific basis, qualification requirements for inclusive education by elementary education professionals have been defined, and pedagogical basic competencies for inclusion have been specified (Sulzer & Wagner, 2011). Early education in Austria is federally regulated, leading to 9 different legislations in Austria's 9 federal states. As a result, inclusion and the associated framework conditions vary significantly. But in the nationwide educational framework, inclusion is understood as a fundamental attitude (Charlotte-Bühler-Institut, 2009). Throughout Austria, early childhood teachers (ECT) are supported in a region-specific and provider-dependent manner by Inclusive Early Childhood Teach (IECP). They have further training in inclusion, that lasts 4 terms and comprises 90 ECTS points. Their task is to 'ensure, support, and qualitatively accompany the social integration and local care of children with increased support needs' (Land Salzburg, n.d.). This presentation initially raises the question of whether ECT and IECT differ in their attitudes and competencies regarding inclusion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 90 educators working in the field of ECE were surveyed online through a questionnaire. All of them took part in a further professional development at the university College of Teacher Education in the academic year 2022/23 (n=27 IECT and n=63 ECT). To answer the questionnaire, a link and time for completion were provided during a course at the university college. The survey took place in October 2022. The questionnaire included items from the InkluKiT project (Weltzien et al., 2021), with scales measuring attitudes towards inclusion and action-related competencies at the levels of child, family, team, and co-operation. Additionally, demographic data on professional experience and education were collected. Approximately 15 minutes were allocated for questionnaire completion. Data analysis will be carried out using SPSS 23.0 through descriptive and inferential statistical procedures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that there is no significant difference between ECT and IECT regarding attitudes towards inclusion. However, significant differences exist in competencies at all levels of action (child, familiy, team, co-operation). We conclude that the training for Inclusive Early Childhood Educators (IECT) conveys and the scope of duties of IECT requires inclusion-specific competencies. While the attitude as a foundation for inclusion is present in all educators working in the field of ECE, IECT possess specific knowledge, skills, and abilities. There is a critical examination of whether, in the context of education for all, all early childhood teachers (ECT) would not need these competencies. This discourse is embedded in the debate on professionalization, as ECT and IECT in Austria do not undergo academic training. References Charlotte-Bühler-Institut (2009). Bundesländerübergreifender BildungsRahmenPlan für elementare Bildungseinrichtungen in Österreich. Im Auftrag der Ämter der Landesregierungen der österreichischen Bundesländer, des Magistrats der Stadt Wien und des Bundesministeriums für Unterricht, Kunst und Kultur. Verfügbar am 31.1.2024 unter: https://www.charlotte-buehler-institut.at/bundeslaenderuebergreifender-bildungsrahmenplan-fuer-elementare-bildungseinrichtungen-in-oesterreich-2/ Fröhlich-Gildhoff, K., Rönnau-Böse, M. & Tinius, C. (2020). Herausforderndes Verhalten in Kita und Grundschule. Erkennen, Verstehen, Begegnen. Kohlhammer. Land Salzburg (n.d.). Stellenbeschreibungen für die Kinderbildung und -betreuung. Verfügbar am 31.01.2024 unter: https://www.salzburg.gv.at/bildung_/Documents/0531a%20Stellenbeschreibg%202020-WEB.pdf Sulzer, A. & Wagner, P (2011). Inklusion in Kindertageseinrichtungen. Qualifikationsanforderungen an die Fachkräfte (WiFF-Expertise Nr. 15). Weiterbildungsinitiative Frühpädagogische Fachkräfte. Verfügbar am 08.08.2023 unter: https://www.weiterbildungsinitiative.de/fileadmin/Redaktion/Publikationen/WiFF_Expertise_Nr._15_Annika_Sulzer_Petra_Wagner_Inklusion_in_Kindertageseinrichtungen.pdf Weltzien, D., Albers, T., Döther, S., Söhnen, S. A., Verhoeven, N. & Ali-Tani, C. (2021). Inklusionskompetenz in Kita-Teams (InkluKiT) Wissenschaftlicher Abschlussbericht. FEL Verlag Forschung - Entwicklung - Lehre. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper School Leaders’ Views on Family-school Collaboration in Disability-inclusive Education in India ACER, India Presenting Author:Dialogue and partnerships between countries are essential for achieving the Sustainable Development Goals. They provide the opportunity to learn what works in other nations and facilitate research and programmes, such as those between the European Union and Indian civil societies. Particularly, research collaborations can help to advance disability-inclusive education, as countries vary in terms of progress towards inclusion. It is estimated that 7.8 million children live with disabilities in India (UNESCO, 2019). There are policy and legal provisions for educating students with and without disabilities in the same classroom. However, societal, systemic, school, and family level challenges often prevent full inclusion (Singal, 2019). Deep social stigma regarding disability often results in affiliate stigma among parents of a child with special needs (Patra & Patro, 2019) and can affect teachers’ beliefs (Singal, 2019). In effective schools, there is family and community involvement (Masters, 2004). Families and schools have a shared responsibility to help students reach their full potential. Family engagements are a series of interactions between the family and schools that are dynamic and everchanging (Xu, 2020). Family involvement leads to improved academic outcomes, behaviour, and student attendance, amongst others (Jeynes, 2005; Sheldon & Epstein, 2004; Sheldon, 2007). Family-school partnerships are particularly important to help every child succeed in disability-inclusive contexts. They have academic, social, and emotional benefits for students with disabilities (Patrikakou, 2011). However, schools are required to allocate resources, offer professional learning opportunities for teachers, create communication routines, and allow parents to observe the strategies deployed in classrooms for successful collaboration (Patrikakou, 2011). While speaking with the lead author, eminent inclusive education expert, Dr Umesh Sharma, said in his interview on behaviour management and inclusive learning environments, that the problem arises when teachers contact parents only when students misbehave (Chakraborty, 2023). Indeed, the concern for a significant number of Indian schools, like in other parts of the world, is to create regular and institutionalised strategies for collaboration with families. Teachers in India expressed that they need support from parents in understanding the challenges of the child, for formal diagnosis, preparation of Individual Education Plans (IEPs), training on assistive technology, and in classroom teaching and learning activities (Chakraborty, 2023). However, there is a lack of empirical research in India on understanding how family-school partnerships have been established in the context of disability-inclusive education and what the challenges are, as existing literature primarily focuses on the experiences of parenting children with disabilities (Gokhale, 2021; Chakravarti, 2008). This paper aims to explore family-school partnerships in disability-inclusive school education in India. The central question is ‘What are the opportunities and challenges of family-school collaboration for disability-inclusive education in schools in India?’ Specifically, we ask, (i) What are the existing family-school partnerships that promote disability inclusion in schools? (ii) What are the challenges in building such partnerships for disability-inclusion? (iii) How do schools collaborate with families in the context of learning assessments? The third question is particularly relevant as learning assessments for children with disabilities and factors affecting them haven’t received much academic attention. This qualitative study will gather the perspectives of school leaders to develop an understanding of the family-school partnership landscape in India for improving academic and co-academic outcomes for students with disability. The insights will enable policymakers and school leaders to design teacher professional learning opportunities that enable schools to strengthen their connections with families. Further, learnings from the study will promote the development of effective parent-school collaboration in disability-inclusive contexts which is emphasised in India’s National Education Policy (NEP, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research approach was selected to understand the perspectives of school leaders on the efforts made to partner with families of students with disabilities and the challenges they face while creating those partnerships (Hatch, 2022). Semi-structured interviews were used to gather enriching insights into the area of family-school partnerships in disability-inclusive education (Winwood, 2019). Around 10 school leaders were interviewed from 10 private and government schools in urban cities in India reducing the chance of apriori assumptions. Schools that have enrolled at least 10 students with disability have been included in the study. Two researchers conducted the interviews with the school leaders. Informed consent was obtained from all school leaders participating in the interviews. The interviews were corroborated by school observation. The field work was conducted over a period of three months. Only those leaders were selected who had the experience of managing inclusive schools for more than 5 years. The participants were sampled based on purposive sampling and snowballing. The audio tapes of the interviews will be transcribed using tools and any mismatch between the audio and text will be corrected by the researchers manually. NVivo will be used to organise, store, and analyse the data for obtaining the results of the study. The data presented in the study are anonymous, and full confidentiality was maintained in the research process. Researchers will repeatedly read the transcripts to identify the expressions of the participants. This will be followed by a meeting for discussing the observations and notes of different researchers. The first author will code the data and group the data through an iterative process to arrive at the coding framework. NVivo will be used to derive visual representations to derive the themes, and eventually, the key findings of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study will describe the family-school collaborative practices in the schools of participants in the study. It will outline details such as the purposes of such collaborations, the frequency of collaborations, and the benefits of such collaborations for students with disability. It will also help to bring out the concerns of school leaders about the issues that hinder family-school collaborations including system, social, and family level challenges and what helped them overcome the challenges. However, the study will not report the effectiveness of partnerships or how the partnerships have benefited students with disabilities. The study will also elicit information on the school level factors that have led to the success of such collaborations. These could include the school’s culture of collaboration, school councils, strong guidelines or codes of conduct for building positive family connections, directions from school leaders on setting channels of collaboration, support from special educators, and professional learning for teachers for engaging with families of students with disabilities. The study will elaborate on those nuances that helped teachers forge partnerships with families of students with disabilities. The study will also highlight the role of teachers as communicators. Communication skills and channels are essential in formation of family-school relationships, and especially crucial in disability-inclusive education. In addition, there will be specific information related to collaboration with families for assessments, for example, understanding how the assessment criteria is communicated, the process of deciding accommodation, and how student performance is reported to set learning goals for every child. References Chakraborty, A. (2023). Preventing students' disruptive behaviour in the classroom. Teacher Magazine. Chakraborty, A. (2023). Teachers’ perceptions of formative assessment for student with a disability: A case study from India. Manuscript submitted for publication. Chakravarti, U. (2008). Burden of caring: Families of the disabled in urban India. Indian Journal of Gender Studies, 15(2), 341-363. Gokhale, C. (2021). Parenting a child with a disability: A review of caregivers’ needs in India and service implications. Birth Defects in India: Epidemiology and Public Health Implications, 335-349. Hatch, A. (2002). Doing qualitative research in education settings. State University of New York Press. Jeynes, W. H. (2005). A meta-analysis of the relation of parental involvement to urban elementary school student academic achievement. Urban Education, 40(3), 237-269. Masters, G. (2004). Beyond political rhetoric: The research on what makes a school good. Online Opinion. Ministry of Human Resource Development. (2020). National Education Policy. Government of India. Patra, S., & Patro, B. K. (2019). Affiliate stigma among parents of children with autism in eastern India. Asian Journal of Psychiatry, 44, 45-47. Patrikakou, E. (2011). Families of children with disabilities: Building school-family partnerships. Handbook on Family and Community Engagement, 131-135. Sheldon, S. B., & Epstein, J. L. (2004). Getting students to school: Using family and community involvement to reduce chronic absenteeism. School Community Journal, 14(2), 39-56. Singal, N. (2019). Challenges and opportunities in efforts towards inclusive education: Reflections from India. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 827-840. Steven B. Sheldon (2007). Improving student attendance with school, family, and community partnerships. The Journal of Educational Research, 100(5), 267-275. UNESCO. (2019). State of the Education Report for India 2019: Children with Disabilities. Xu, Y. (2020). Engaging families of young children with disabilities through family-school-community partnerships. Early Child Development and Care, 190(12), 1959-1968. Winwood, J. (2019). Using interviews. In Practical Research Methods in Education (pp. 12-22). Routledge. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 05 SES 02 A: Delinquency and Disorders Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Erna Nairz-Wirth Paper Session |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper From Youth Empowerment to Juvenile Delinquency: Gangster Rap as a Contemporary Educational Dilemma University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:The aim of this conference contribution is to deepen the understanding of the specific educational dilemmas that arise due to an aesthetic change in hip-hop music and culture, and to identify the values around which these dilemmas center in schools and after-school activities, as well as in juvinile detention centers. This contribution stems from an ongoing research project that focuses, among other things, on educational dilemmas emerging in the wake of the evolving landscape of Swedish hip-hop. Over the past years, Swedish hip-hop has transitioned from being characterized by more emancipatory messages (Söderman, 2017) to increasingly embodying the aesthetic expressions known as 'drill' or 'gangster rap.' For educational settings utilizing hip-hop as a social pedagogical tool (Söderman, 2019), this aesthetic transformation presents pedagogical dilemmas. Hip-hop, previously used to prevent violence and crime, has now become the focal point of rap lyrics, popular artists, and music videos that engage in and depict violence and crime. While this specific research project is based in Sweden, educational settings in several other countries also grapple with similar dilemmas related to the influence of 'drill' in local hip-hop, as seen for instance in the United Kingdom (Fastis, 2019), Denmark (Ringsager, 2017), and Germany (Güngör & Loh, 2017). In all these countries, including Sweden, hip-hop has previously, at least partially, been part of socio-pedagogical activities aimed at preventing young people from heading down destructive paths such as engaging in criminality and drug use. Work that is now being challenged by the aesthetic shift. The theoretical framework for this contribution is based on Pierre Bourdieu's cultural and educational sociology (Bourdieu, 1977; 1984a; 1984b; 1990; 2000; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1970/2008). Theoretical concepts such as capital and distinction enable us to understand, interpret, and analyze the pedagogical and aesthetic values that gangster rap instigates among educators working with hip-hop in schools, after-school activities and juvinile detention centers, and also to analyze the educational values recognized in relation to hip-hop education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is based on semi-structured interviews conducted with teachers and after-school educators. In short, the interviews mainly focus on the following themes: • How is gangster rap relevant to the particular educational setting? • What are the teachers/educators thoughts about the ongoing media debate regarding gangster rap, and how does it relate to the specific educational setting? • What are the personal experiences related to listening to artists within the genre? • Reflections on the emotions and thoughts that may arise from the portrayals in gangster rap concerning the young people they work with. • In what ways does gangster rap give rise to problems or dilemmas? What are these, and why? Have they been resolved? If so, how? To consider various statements and understandings of hip-hop, the interview material is analyzed using discursive psychological tools (Potter, 1996), where discourses are broadly understood as rhetorical resources (Potter, 1996). Analytical concepts such as interpretive repertoires (Gilbert & Mulkay, 1984; Potter & Wetherell, 1987; Wetherell & Potter, 1992), variation, function, effect, ideological dilemmas, and rhetorical strategies (Potter, 1996) are employed to systematically process the interview material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project is still ongoing but is expected to contribute with important pedagogical knowledge relevant to hip-hop education, after-school activities, and arts-based education in urban settings. A specific value that the research project aims to provide is to bring scientific clarity to a youth cultural phenomenon that currently tends to be surrounded by negative perceptions. The main anticipated outcome, however, is to highlight the dilemmas that arise at the intersection of gangster rap, youth violence, and crime, as well as preventive educational activities. Overall, our hope is that the research can contribute to improving conditions for European arts-based education in urban settings and, specifically, for social pedagogical music teachers and hip-hop educators in schools and after-school activities. References Bourdieu. P. (1984a). Distinction. A social critique of the judgment of taste. Harvard university press. Bourdieu, P. (1984b). Kultur och kritik. Daidalos. Bourdieu, P. (1990). The Logic of Practice. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press. Bourdieu, P. (2000). Konstens regler. Det litterära fältets uppkomst och struktur. Symposion. Bourdieu, P. & Passeron, J. C. (1970/2008). Reproduktionen: bidrag till en teori om utbildningssystemet. Arkiv. Fatsis, L. (2019). Policing the beats: The criminalisation of UK drill and grime music by the London Metropolitan Police. The sociological review, 67(6), 1300-1316. Gilbert, G.N. & Mulkay, M. (1984). Opening Pandoras Box: a Sociological Analysis of Scientists’ Discourse. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Güngör, M., & Loh, H. (2017). Vom Gastarbeiter zum Gangsta-Rapper?. Diversität in der Sozialen Arbeit, 68. Potter, J. (1996). Representing reality. Discourse, rethoric and social construction. London: Sage. Potter, J. & Wetherell, M. (1987). Discourse and social psychology: Beyond attitudes and behaviour. London: Sage. Ringsager, K. (2017). ‘Featuring the SyStem’: hip hop pedagogy and daniSh integration policieS. Suomen Antropologi: Journal of the Finnish Anthropological Society, 42(2), 75-93. Söderman, J. (2017). Hip-hop in Sweden. Bloomsbury Encyclopedia of Popular Music of the World. New York: Bloomsbury. Söderman, J. (2019). Holistic educational ideals and pedagogy of trust within civil society popular music education. Journal of Popular Music Education, (2) 1-2, 65-80 Wetherell, M. & Potter, J. (1992). Mapping the Language of Racism: Discourse and the Legitimation of Exploitation. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper How Did Depression-related Disorders in the Styrian/Austrian School Population change between 2013 and 2024. 1PHST, Austria; 2University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:For several years, school children across Europe and worldwide dealt with a variety of crises– such as the Covid-19 pandemic (e.g., school closures), the war in Ukraine and Gaza, the climate crisis— all of them with a likely impact on children’s social and emotional development, A particularly severe and profound impact of these events was shown on affective and internalized behavioral disorders (Cena et al., 2022; Kaman et al. 2023; Krammer, et al. 2022; Mulkey et al. 2023; Ravens-Sieberer et al. 2022; Walz et al. 2022). As outlined by Mulkey et al. (2023), a considerable degree of the effects of the Covid-19 pandemic go well beyond the viral infection and have had a significant indirect effect on multiple areas of child development, school readiness, educational attainment, socialization skills and mental health, just to name some examples.In this regard, Walz et al. (2022) outlined in their meta-analysis, encompassing almost 800.000 European participants, a significant increase in depression symptoms, in particular for 16-18 years old male adolescents during and after the Covid-19 pandemic. According to the authors, female adolescents also showed an increase in depression rate when accounting for only clinical depression symptoms (Walz et al. 2022). Along these lines, Cena et al. (2022), showed a steady increase of loneliness, affective disorders, and suicidal ideation for Italian adolescents. Finally, also Krammer et al. (2022) showed a significant increase of internalized behavioral problems for Austrian male and female sixth graders during the Covid-19 pandemic. However, one of the shortcomings of the mentioned research is the primarily focus on adolescents. Moreover, the focus lies on a rather short time period, during the pandemic or shortly afterwards. This paper aims to address the above-mentioned issues concentrating on 9-13 years old school children, and comparing data from ten years ago with data from some time after experiencing the Covid-19 restrictions. The main research question focuses on differences in the distribution and incidence of depression related affective disorders in Styria (Austrian): 1.) Are there any significant differences in the distribution and incidence of depression-related symptoms between the Styrian general school population of the years 2013 and 2024? In this regard, we assume an increase of affective disorders in the Styrian school population. In addition, we will investigate whether this increase is focused only on specific groups at risk (e.g., low-income families), or if it is a more general phenomenon affecting the entire school population. To learn more about the connections between depression-related symptoms and other individual background factors, we also considered information on social media usage, educational background of the family, depression cases in the family etc. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper relies on two different data sets originally used for the standardization of the “Depressionstest Kind – DTK -II” (Depressiontest Children II: Rossmann, 2014) in 2013 and for the current re-standardization in 2024. This test is a questionnaire for self-assessment of children's current depressive state. The child's well-being is mapped on three dimensions relevant to depression, which relate to 1) dysphoric mood and self-esteem problems, 2) agitated behavior and 3) fatigue and other psychosomatic aspects. The questionnaire consists of 55 short and child-friendly items, which the children can answer with "yes" or "no". For 2013 the standardization sample consists of approx. 1200 students and can be seen as representative for the Styrian school population. For the 2024 data set, we are currently gathering data (completed in April), again aiming at a sample size of 1200 students in Styrian primary and secondary schools. Beside the scores of the DTK-II for 2013 and 2024, also social and economic background information of the students was/is being collected. Additional to descriptive statistics, the usage of multivariate statistical methods (i.e., regression and analysis of variance) is planned for analyzing the data gathered in 2013 and 2024, respectively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the 2024 data is currently being collected, we can only speculate about the outcomes. We do expect an increase of depression-related symptoms in the 2024 dataset compared to the data gathered in 2013, due to the different crises children experienced in the last years. We will also be able to present findings on connections between DTK-II scores and relevant background variables and they will be discussed in the light of intervention programmes matching students’ needs. References Cena, L., Trainini, A., Zecca, S., Zappa, S., Cunegatti, F. & Buizza, C. (2022). Loneliness, affective disorders, suicidal ideation, and the use of psychoactive substances in a sample of adolescents during the COVID‐19 pandemic: A cross‐sectional study. In: Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 36, 188–198. Kaman, A., Erhart, M., Devine, J., Reiß, F., Napp, A.‑K., Simon, A. M., Hurrelmann, K., Schlack, R., Hölling, H., Wieler, L. H. & Ravens-Sieberer, U [Ulrike] (2023). Two Years of Pandemic: the Mental Health and Quality of Life of Children and Adolescents - findings of the COPSY longitudinal study. Deutsches Arzteblatt international, 120(15), 269–270. https://doi.org/10.3238/arztebl.m2023.0001. Krammer, M., Tritremmel, G., Auferbauer, M. & Palecezek, L. (2022). Durch die Coronapandemie belastet? Der Einfluss von Covid-19 induzierter Angst und Besorgnis auf die sozial-emotionale Entwicklung 12-13 Jähriger in Österreich. In: Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00336-8. Mulkey S.B., Bearer C.F., Molloy E.J. (2023). Indirect effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on children relate to the child's age and experience. Pediatric Ressearch, 94(5), 1586-1587. https://doi.org.10.1038/s41390-023-02681-4. Ravens-Sieberer, U., Kaman, A., Erhart, M., Devine, J., Schlack, R. & Otto, C. (2022). Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on quality of life and mental health in children and adolescents in Germany. European child & adolescent psychiatry, 31(6), 879–889. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-021-01726-5. Rossmann, P. (2014). Depressionstest für Kinder – II (DTK – II). Hogrefe. Walz, L., Dannheim, H., Pfadenhauer, I., Fegert, L., Bujard, J. (2022): Increase of depression among children and adolescents after the onset of the COVID 19 pandemic in Europe: a systematic review and meta analysis. In: Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Mental Health 16(109). 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Internalizing and Externalizing Disorder Levels among Adolescents: Data from Poland 1Pomeranian University in Słups, Poland; 2University of Gdańsk Presenting Author:The paperl concerns internalizing and externalizing behaviors among Polish adolescents attending primary schools in a medium-sized city in Poland. The aim of the study was to examine the levels of select problem behaviors (i.e., depression, withdrawal, somatic complaints, aggressive behaviors, delinquent behaviors, thought problems, and internalizing and externalizing disorders) in early adolescence. Another important aim was to establish the ranges of the norm and deviation which would indicate the need for intervention aimed at internalizing and externalizing disorders in the sample. Externalizing disorders involve conduct and aggression problems, insufficiently regulated behaviors of an antisocial or oppositional-defiant nature, or behaviors which do not fit within accepted social norms. These all involve projecting internal problems experienced by the individual outwards. The basic symptoms of externalizing disorders are various manifestations of aggression, opposition against one’s surroundings, impul- sivity, destructiveness, and antisociality. Their emergence in childhood and adolescence are a significant predictor of chronic criminal behavior in adulthood (Wolańczyk, 2002). Externalizing problem behaviors such as aggression, damaging property, or stealing are among the most frequent adjustment problems in childhood and are the most reliable predictor of mental health problems in adulthood (Sanders et al., 2017). Children who exhibit externalizing behaviors may suffer a range of legal consequences which could significantly impact their future (Samek et al., 2014). High occurrence of externalizing disorders (Achenbach, 1982) may be a source of social maladjustment. Internalizing behaviors refer to personality problems related to inhibition, anxiety, and overcontrolled behaviors. An excessive sense of control may lead to a deep, neurotic internalization of social norms. This may be the basis of excessive cautiousness in new and subjectively difficult situations, as well as shyness during interpersonal contact. Despite average or above-average intellectual abilities, individuals with internalizing disorders do not achieve adequately high results in school (the so-called inadequate school achievement syndrome), which facilitates a sense of being underappreciated (Wysocka et al., 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The subject of the study was to diagnose the scale of occurrence of behavioral problems in early adolescence. The main research problem in the current study was conceptualized as follows: What is the scale of incidence of behavior problems in early adolescents? The following specific research questions were derived from this research problem: 1. Does gender differentiate the incidence of behavior problems among early adolescents? 2. Does age differentiate the incidence of behavior problems among early adolescents? 3. Does grade average differentiate the incidence of behavior problems among early adolescents? The first aim of the study was to assess the levels of problem behaviors in early adolescence in specific areas, such as anxiety and depression, withdrawal, somatic com- plaints, aggressive behaviors, delinquent behaviors, social problems, thought problems, attention problems, and internalizing and externalizing. Regarding the last two areas, it was important to diagnose the normal score range, the cut-off point (indicating the need for psychopedagogical consultation and support), and the clinical score range (indicating the need to assess the relationships between the specific areas of problem behaviors in adolescents and specific variables such as gender, age, and grade average). Six hundred and eight students from all of the primary schools in a medium-sized (50–100 thousand citizens) Polish city took part in the study. Due to missing data in some cases, data from 550 participants were used in the analyses. The sample was created by randomly choosing one sixth-, seventh-, and eighth-grade class from each of the primary schools in the city. Thus, the current study involved a total of around 29% of all students from these grades. In the sample, 55.3% of the participants were girls and 46.7% were boys. To empirically verify the research problem and questions, a Polish version of the Youth Self Report questionnaire for adolescents aged 11–18, devised by T. Achenbach, adapted by T. Wolańczyk was used. The YSR is comprised of 112 items, and it measures problem behaviors on eight scales: I—Withdrawal, II—Somatic Complaints, III—Anxiety and Depression, IV—Social Problems, V—Thought Problems, VI—Attention Problems, VII—Delinquent Problems, and VII—Aggressive Behaviors. The total score for the internalizing behaviors scale is obtained by appropriately summing the scores of scales I, II, and III and subtracting the score of Item 103. On the other hand, the total score for the externalizing behaviors scale is obtained by summing the scores of scales VII and VIII. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One of the most important finding of our research is that the proportion of girls who achieved scores in the clinical range was higher than the proportion of boys. The greatest differences were identified for thought problems, in which 33.9% of girls achieved scores in the clinical range compared to 7.4% of boys. According to the cognitive-behavioral model, cognitive distortions lead to inaccuracies and distortions in perceiving and processing data from the surrounding environment. This may lead to inadequate emotional reactions and contextually inappropriate perceptions of behavior. Another troubling conclusion relates to the anxiety and depression scale, on which 30.7% of the girls and 2.7% of the boys in the sample achieved scores in the clinical range. A similar tendency towards higher levels of such emotional problems among girls than boys. A detailed analysis of the results showed that older students—that is, 13- and 14-year-olds—exhibited higher levels of withdrawal than 12-year-olds (p < 0.001). Younger children (12-year-olds) exhibited lower levels of somatic complaints than 13-year-olds (p = 0.008) and 14-year-olds (p < 0.001). Analogous differences occurred for anxiety and depression. The youngest children in the sample also exhibited lower levels of attention problems than 13- and 14-year-olds (p < 0.001). Analogous differences were observed for delinquent behaviors—12-year-old students exhibited lower levels of delinquent behaviors than did older students, including both 13- and 14-year-olds (p < 0.001). The analysis showed statistically significant intergroup differences, based on grade average, in attention problems, delinquent behaviors, aggressive behaviors, and externalizing disorders References Achenbach, T.M. (1982). Developmental Psychopathology; Wiley: New York, NY, USA. Narusyte, J.; Ropponen, A.; Alexanderson, K.; Svedberg, P. (2017). Internalizing and externalizing problems in childhood and ado- lescence as predictors of work incapacity in young adulthood. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 52, 1159–1168. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00127-017-1409-6. Samek, D.R.; Hicks, B.M. (2014). Externalizing Disorders and Environmental Risk: Mechanisms of Gene-Environment Interplay and Strategies for Intervention. Clinics and Practice, 11, 537–547; https://doi.org/10.2217/CPR.14.47. Sanders, M.; Mazzucchelli, T.; Mazzucchelli, T.; Sanders, M. (2017). Children with Externalizing Behavior Problems. In The Power of Positive Parenting: Transforming the Lives of Children, Parents, and Communities Using the Triple P System; Sanders, M.R., Mazzuschellli, T.G., Eds., (85–96); Oxford University Press: Oxford, UK. Available online: https://www.oxfordclinicalpsych.com/view/10.1093/med-psych/9780190629069.001.0001/med-9780190629069-chapter-6 (accessed on 9 September 2022). Wolańczyk, T. (2002). Zaburzenia Emocjonalne i Behawioralne u Dzieci i Młodzieży Szkolnej w Polsce; AM: Warsaw, Poland. Wysocka, E.; Ostafińska-Molik, B. (2014). Internalizing and externalizing disorders and type of family of origin—Theoretical analysis and findings. Polish Journal of Social Rehabilitation, 8, 131–155. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 06 SES 02 A: Open Learning in School Development and Development in Higher Education Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Yngve Nordkvelle Paper Session |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Digital Education in Primary Schools as Necessary for Dealing with Future Uncertainty. Developmental Needs for Teachers and School Organisation FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:Digital education is a central aspect of schooling in the dynamic process of deep mediatization (Hepp 2020). With the Digital Education Action Plan (European Commission 2020) and the DigComp (Vuorikari et al. 2022) and DigCompEdu (Redecker 2015) frameworks, the European Commission provides a differentiated approach to the implementation of digital education and its conditions in the European Union. Against this backdrop, the Covid-19 pandemic has massively disrupted schooling conditions worldwide (Al Mazrooei et al. 2022; Bond 2021). Under the influence of the pandemic, face-to-face teaching was limited to varying degrees in all countries, and as a result, teaching and learning was largely conducted at distance (Vincent-Lancrin et al. 2022). Digital technologies have been widely used to implement such time and space flexible learning, making students` use of technologies a basic requirement for teaching and learning. This was accompanied by a further development of the technical infrastructure in schools, which was supported by financial measures from the respective countries (Lindblad et al. 2021). Thus, the Covid-19 pandemic may have had a lasting impact on the conditions for digital education in schools. For example, by raising awareness among teachers and school decision-makers about the pedagogical and didactic potential of digital technologies, the requirements of media literacy, and by further developing the technical infrastructure in schools. It is important to examine these considerations with a particular focus on primary schools, where the basics of digital education should be acquired so that secondary school curricula can build on them (European Commission 2020). Overall, there is a lack of representative data on how digital education is organised in primary schools in order to comprehensively promote media and IT literacy with the goal of achieving a self-determined, socially responsible, and creative technology use. For Germany, however, quantitative data shows the conditions for digital education in primary schools have hardly changed since the pandemic. Their technical infrastructure has improved slightly, but hardly noticeable (forsa 2021). Furthermore, there is indication that subject-related media use remains low. For example, the “Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS)” for 2021 shows that only 16.7% of German primary school students use digital media to research and read information for at least 30 minutes per school day in German classes (Lorenz et al. 2023, 210). This is significantly below the international average. These results indicate that the conditions for the implementation and realisation of digital education in German primary schools have not improved significantly since the pandemic. Against this background, the project presented in the paper examined the experiences and perceptions of various stakeholders regarding the current state of the implementation of digital education in German primary schools and the influence of the Covid-19 pandemic. As stakeholders in digital education school principals, representatives of teachers' associations, and school administrators were interviewed in focus-groups in the project. The paper analyses the results of the study based on the research question of how stakeholders assess the development of digital education in German primary schools since the Covid-19 pandemic and what challenges and opportunities they perceive for its implementation. The results confirm the assumption of a slightly positive - but now partly declining - development of conditions for digital education in German primary schools since the pandemic. On an individual school level, the challenges that inhibit this development lie in media-related skills and attitudes of the teaching staff, in teacher cooperation in the context of media-related school development as well as the technical infrastructure of the school. At the structural level, there are challenges in clarifying responsibilities and setting guidelines, along with bureaucratic and data protection requirements. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Ten focus group interviews were conducted between July 2022 and February 2023 with various stakeholders in primary education in Germany for data collection. The interviews were carried out with school principals, representatives of teachers' associations, and school administrators. Three focus group interviews each were conducted with principals and school administrators, while four interviews were conducted with teachers' association representatives. Between three and six people participated in each interview. In total, the sample consisted of 31 people from 13 of the 16 German federal states. Data protection policy was developed for the project and approved by the University's Data Protection Supervisor. Informed consent was obtained from the participants. The interviews were conducted online. Audio was recorded and transcribed. The data was analysed using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz 2019) with MAXQDA 2022. Furthermore, a combination of deductive and inductive methods to develop categories was used. Three main categories were deductively generated to describe the conditions of digital education (Bärnreuther et al. 2023): “media-related school development”, “educational practice”, and “individual and family circumstances of the children”. The code “media-related school development” includes all statements about the existing conditions for digital education in the schools and how they have changed over time, including aspects of the technical infrastructure (internet connection, Wi-Fi, available digital devices), school concepts for organizing digital education as well as corporations with education policy stakeholders on the topic of digital education. The code “educational practice” includes all statements about the organisation of lessons and the interaction between teachers and pupils in the context of digital technologies. It also includes teachers' media-related skills and attitudes. The code “individual and familial circumstances of the children” contains all statements about the individual preconditions of the pupils as a starting point for digital education. Information about the social and family background of the children is also taken into account. Within these main categories, between three and seven subcategories were developed inductively. The data was coded by four people. To verify the coding guidelines, the intercoder reliability was calculated at the subcode level (O`Connor & Joffe 2020). This shows good agreement with values between ϰ = .86 and 1.00. Nevertheless, the coding guide was revised again after the review, and the researchers were in close contact with each other throughout the coding process, so that ambiguities and open questions were always discussed together. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight challenges in two complementary areas of digital education at primary school level: (1.) teachers' skills and practices, and (2.) cooperation in school-administrative contexts. In the first area, in line with existing research (e.g. Bozgun et al. 2023; Juszcyk, S. et al. 2021; Schmidt et al. 2017), it becomes clear that primary school teachers have very different starting points in context of digital education. In addition to adapted training measures, the interviewees emphasised the importance of communication and cooperation as an important basis for digital school development and the associated organizational, personnel, and curricular development. In the second area the stakeholders see a variety of challenges, particularly with regard to the acquisition of technical equipment, complex bureaucratic processes and existing data protection regulations. High demands are placed on digital school development in coordination with various external stakeholders. The European Commission has developed models to describe related development dimensions in both areas: the DigComEdu framework for digital literacy of teachers (Redecker 2015) and the DigCompOrg framework for digital organisational development (Kampylis et al. 2015). The DigCompEdu describes media-related skills for teaching and also takes into account the requirements for teachers to work cooperatively with the goal of digital school development. The DigCompOrg focuses on the organisational development and takes aspects of management and school leadership into account. In this way, the coordination between school leadership and school administration can be emphasised within the existing structural conditions. The paper presents the results of the study in both areas and classifies them in the DigCompEdu and DigCompOrg frameworks. Against this background, the requirements for the further development of digital education in European primary schools are discussed. In the age of deep mediatization, digital education is a necessary condition for the next generations to deal with the growing uncertainty of the future. References Al Mazrooei, A.K., Hatem Almaki, S., Gunda, M. Alnoor, A., Sulaiman, S. M. (2022). A systematic review of K–12 education responses to emergency remote teaching during the COVID-19 pandemic. Int Rev Educ 68, 811–841. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-023-09986-w. Bärnreuther, C., Kammerl, R., Stephan M., Martschinke, S. (2023): Professionalisierung für Digitale Bildung: Ein Rahmenmodell zur Untersuchung der Kompetenzen angehender Lehrpersonen. In: Irion, T., Böttinger, T., Kammerl, R. (eds.) Professionalisierung für Digitale Bildung im Grundschulalter: Ergebnisse des Forschungsprojekts P³DiG, 235–250. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830996415, last accessed 2024/01/10. Bond, M. Schools and emergency remote education during the COVID-19 pandemic: A living rapid systematic review. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 15(2), 191-247. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.4425683 (2021). Bozgun, K.; Ozaskin-Arslan, A. & Ulucinar-Sagir, S. (2023). COVID-19 and Distance Education: Evaluation in the Context of Twenty-first Century Skills. Asia-Pacific Education Researcher. 3 (32), 417-428. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-022-00663-4 European Commission (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027. Resetting education and training for digital age. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0624 Forsa Politik- und Sozialforschung GmbH (2021). Das Deutsche Schulbarometer Spezial: Zweite Folgebefragung. http://docs.dpaq.de/18110-deutsches_schulbarometer_corona_spezial_september_2021-1.pdf Juszcyk, S.; Karasová, M.; Jurecková, M. & Uhrinová, M. (2021). Interest of primary education teachers in media educationand their attitudes towards further education in Slovakia. New Educational Review. 64, 208-221. https://doi.org/10.15804/tner.2021.64.2.17 Kampylis, P., Punie, Y. & Devine, J. (2015). Promoting effective digital-age learning. A European framework for digitally-competent educational organisations. Publication Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. https://doi.org/10.2760/612227 Lorenz R., Goldhammer, F., Glondys, M. (2023). Digitalisierung in der Grundschule. In: McElvany, N.; Lorenz, R.; Frey, A.; Goldhammer, F.; Schilcher, A. & Stubbe, T. (eds.). IGLU 2021. Lesekompetenz von Grundschulkindern im internationalen Vergleich und im Trend über 20 Jahre (S. 197-214). Münster: Waxmann. O’Connor, C., & Joffe, H (2020). Intercoder Reliability in Qualitative Research: Debates and Practical Guidelines. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406919899220. Redecker, C. (2015) European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. https://doi.org/10.2760/178382 Schmid, U.; Goerts, L. & Behrens, J. (2017). Monitor Digitale Bildung. Die Schulen im digitalen Zeitalter. https://www.bertelsmann-stiftung.de/fileadmin/files/BSt/Bibliothek/Doi_Publikationen/BSt_MDB3_Schulen_web.pdf Vincent-Lancrin, Stéphan, Cristóbal Cobo Romaní, und Fernando Reimers. 2022. «How Learning Continued during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Global Lessons from Initiatives to Support Learners and Teachers». https://doi.org/10.1787/bbeca162-en Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. and Punie, Y. (2022) DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens - With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. https://doi.org/10.2760/115376 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Institutional Technologies in Higher Education – a Question of Inclusion or Exclusion? Norway Inland University, Norway Presenting Author:This paper aims to contribute some reflections on the relationship between digitization in higher education and employees' experience of mastery, participation, and inclusion. The paper presents results from a survey on how university staff use and experience the institution's digital solutions, such as Canvas, Teams, Inspera, Panopto, Zoom, Microsoft 365, Leganto, and KI-chat services/language robots, etc. The intention of the survey is twofold: - To get an overview of the training needs of staff with research and teaching responsibilities related to digital tools, in order to better target training and support - To gain a better understanding of which factors (gender, age, language, views on teaching, employment conditions, etc.) may be significant for the individual's mastery of digital tools, and for the experience of digital inclusion at various arenas and levels. - Identify inclusion and exclusion processes and develop innovative measures to create good conditions for diversity. Other central guidelines are found in the Norwegian government's high ambition level for digitization and educational quality in the university and college sector. This includes strategies for competence development for employees and leaders (Ministry of Education and Research 2021, p. 27, 28). The Corona pandemic, combined with expectations from the students, has also led to expectations of more flexible digital solutions and educational offers. Such developments reflect how Norwegian and Nordic university and college employees (and employees in the labor market more generally) find themselves in the middle of what many call "the digital turn" (Fossland, 2015, p. 11; Buhl, Dille and Kårstein, 2023). Increasing digitization involves demands for increased digital competence; to be able to master, understand and apply technology in the activities they are involved in (Henderson et al., 2017; Selwyn, 2016). The Nordic network for adult learning points out that decision-makers responsible for digital education and competence development for adults have an explicit focus on and strategies for digital mastery and inclusion (Buhl, Dille and Kårstein, 2022, p. 11 and 17). In this context, more emotional aspects of digitization and restructuring are also central, something Hargreaves (1998) emphasizes: "Important as all this reform work is, many of those who initiate and manage educational reform, or who write about educational change in general, ignore or underplay one of the most fundamental aspects of teaching and of how teachers change: the emotional dimension" (Hargreaves, 1998, p. 835). With these issues in mind, the present paper addresses the following research questions: - What do employees experience as opportunities and challenges with various technological solutions - and why? - What significance does this have for the experience of inclusion and how they master their work? - Are there correlations between employees' experiences and factors such as age, gender, first language, views on learning and teaching, etc? - What do the employees think the institution can do to contribute to digital mastery and inclusion? Adopting a systems theory approach (Luhmann, 1995) as well as a socio-cultural approach (Wertsch, 1998), on learning and communication the research questions are investigated in terms of individual experiences of meaning, relevance and disturbances within different situated and digital practices, and communication systems. To be able to discuss digital inclusion and exclusion in higher education, we also draw on theories about this (Pietilä et al., 2021; Qvortrup & Qvortrup, 2016).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents results from an online survey. This is conducted at a Norwegian university during the spring of 2024. The survey is directed towards a strategic selection of staff with teaching and research obligations. The survey consists of both open and closed response options. Respondents are encouraged to evaluate various services as most/least helpful (e.g., Canvas, Inspera, Teams, Panopto, Zoom, Microsoft 365, Leganto, and the college's own AI service) and justify why. Other key questions are what challenges the staff experience and what associations these experiences give about inclusion/exclusion. To gain more insight into which factors may be significant for the individual's coping and experience of the solutions, background variables such as gender, age, first language, employment conditions, views on teaching and learning, and their familiarity with the university's training/support apparatus are also examined. A broadly composed research group has collaborated on design, data collection, and analysis of results. The analysis of the survey aims to identify the extent and type of technology use as well as some main themes in the material. It is also a goal to map any correlations between the individual's experience of mastering the technologies, and variables such as gender, age, language, employment conditions, views on teaching and learning, etc. The study has been conducted in accordance with ethical guidelines at the relevant college. The study has been conducted in accordance with the ethical codes of the Norwegian Data Protection Services (SIKT). Our presentation will focus on results from a survey, but the plan is also to collect qualitative data in the form of interviews to gain a deeper understanding of employees' experiences. The interviews will both build on and supplement the survey. The interviews will be conducted in the fall of 2024 based on the results of the survey. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper presents and discusses results from a survey as part of a project aiming at examining how university employees experience and reflect upon a variety of digital resources in terms of perceived relevance, challenges, digital competences, and inclusion/exclusion. The main focus is on subjective experiences and interpretations of digital technologies in diverse educational activities. These are seen in relation to more contextual aspects to illuminate how such aspects influence employees' practice, roles, and experience of inclusion/exclusion. According to Buhl et al (2023), digitization and restructuring processes are shaped by "(...) several organizational conditions of which they are a part, and thus they change the individual's tasks, functions, roles, and professional identity" (Buhl et al., 2023, p. 10). In this project, we expect to gain a deeper understanding of how employees relate to the digital tools they are expected to use in their day-to-day work. Our initial hypothesis is that how different platforms are experienced, and what emotions and reactions they elicit, might be related to factors such as age, gender, prior experience, academic field, education, and length of employment. Moreover, these factors might influence not only how employees use and relate to these platforms, but also how they experience expectations towards their ability and efficiency in using them. The results from the survey will be important both as background for the qualitative interviews, but also as insight into how employees can and should be trained in the tools needed to do their work, and how we can avoid digital exclusion in the workplace. References Anthony, S., Gudmundsdottir, A. G., Kuokkanen, M., Sandell, S., Skoglöf, M., Størset, H. & Valgeirsdottir, H. (2019). Basic digital skills for adults in the Nordic countries. How can we turn challenges into opportunities? The Nordic Network for Adult Learning. Buhl, M., Dille, M.H. & Kårstein, A. (2023). Morgendagens arbejdsliv i den digitale omstilling. Rapport 26.06.2023 Nordisk Netværk for voksnes Læring & Aalborg University. Morgendagens arbeidsliv i den digitale omstilling - NVL Buhl, M., Dille, M.H. & Kårstein, A. (2022). Livslang lærings rolle i den digitale transformation – Hard to reach citizens. Forskningsrapport, Nordisk Netværk for voksnes Læring & Aalborg University. Fossland, T. (2015). Digitale læringsformer i høyere utdanning. Universitetsforlaget. Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and teacher education, 14(8), 835-854. Henderson, M., Selwyn, N. & Aston, R. (2017). What works and why? Student perceptions of ‘useful’ digital technology in university teaching and learning. Studies in Higher Education 42(8): 1567-1579. Doi: 10.1080/03075079.2015.1007946. Luhmann, N. (1995): Social systems. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press. Ministry of Education and Research (2021). Strategy for digital transformation in the higher education sector 2021 - 2025. Strategy for digital transformation in the higher education sector - regjeringen.no Pietilä, M., Drange, I., Silander, C., & Vabø, A. (2021). Gender and globalization of academic labor markets: Research and teaching staff at Nordic universities. Social Inclusion (ISSN: 2183–2803) 2021, Volume 9, Issue 3, Pages 69–80 P Qvortrup, A & Qvortrup, L. (2018). Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(7), 803–817. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1412506 Selwyn, N. (2016). Digital downsides: Exploring university students’ negative engagements with digital technology. Teaching in Higher Education, 21(8): 1006–1021. Doi: 10.1080/13562517.2016.1213229. Wertsch, J. V. (1998). Mind as action. New York: Oxford University Press. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Designing an Evaluation Tool to Assess the Use of Digital Resources Created for Students with Special Needs 1Inland Univeristy; 2Inland Univeristy; 3Inland Univeristy Presenting Author:In this paper, we make a contribution by designing an evaluation model aimed at assessing the utilization of digital resources tailored for students with special needs. The topic of our study corresponds well with the theme of the conference in Education in an uncertain age in terms of shedding light on inclusive education both in terms of meting the needs of pupils, students, parents and students guidance in an Erasmus plus project DIgIEdu4SEN, Building a Digital Education Environment for Learners with Special Education Needs, an ongoing project.
Inland University is one of 12 contributions from all over Europe in the project and was given the responsibility to develop both piloting and evaluation o digital educational content and quality assurance of the Erasmus plus project.
Designing an evaluation tool to assess the use of digital resources presents a multifaceted challenge, requiring a comprehensive understanding of students' diverse learning profiles, collaboration with stakeholders, and the integration of mixed-methods methodologies. This abstract explores the complexities involved in developing an evaluation tool for digital resources in special education, highlighting key considerations, methodologies, and implications for promoting inclusive and equitable education in an uncertain world.
Research question: What considerations should be taken into account in the design of evaluation tools to assess the utilization of digital resources for students with special needs, and how do these tools influence learning outcomes and experiences? Objectives 1.Identify key considerations in evaluation tool design:
2.Assess impact on learning outcomes and experiences:
3. Evaluate practical implementation and feedback mechanisms:
These objectives aim to comprehensively explore the considerations in evaluation tool design, their impact on learning outcomes and experiences, and the practical implementation aspects, thereby contributing to enhancing the educational support for students with special needs in digital learning environments. State of the art and theoretical framework A review of seven educational technology journals, 1970-2011 shows that the use of ICT (Information and Communication Technology) can have a positive impact on the learning outcomes and experiences of students with special needs. The article notes that ICT can provide students with special needs access to a wider range of learning resources and opportunities, as well as support for their individual learning needs. The authors argue that the use of ICT can promote inclusion and equal opportunities for students with special needs, and that it is important to continue to develop and evaluate ICT-supported learning interventions for this population. This argument highlights the potential benefits of using digital resources for students with special needs and underscores the importance of developing evaluation tools to assess the utilization of these resources (Starcic & Bagon, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The digital units created in the project DIgIEdu4SEN will be piloted in at least 3 schools across 3 different countries for a school term. Teachers will be trained to use the digital content in the classroom with the students. In implementing digital resources in the classroom and developing parent and guidance training the perspective of Digital Bildung and an awareness of the paradox in education between the increasing focus on the use of digital tools and the unclear‘ digital mandate (Gran, 2019). The evaluation aims to measure the effectiveness of the digital unit in improving the leaning outcomes and engagement of learners with disabilities in addition to identity improvements and adjustments. The piloting of digital units will occur throughout a school term. During the use of these digital units, teachers will utilize the evaluation elements within each unit to assess how learners engage with each component and provide feedback accordingly. The feedback will be used to ensure effective, inclusive and responsive to the students special needs. In our evaluation we will use both focus group interviews and surveys to gather data on the usage of the digital recourses in addition to the feedback elements on the digital units. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary objective of our contribution in the Erasmus plus project is to produce a comprehensive report detailing the results of the pilot testing. This report will encompass the findings from the pilot testing phase, highlighting the effectiveness of the digital units in enhancing learning outcomes and engaging learners with disabilities, as well as identifying any areas requiring improvement. The use of digital resources will be based on student- active learning which has been found to correlate to both effective learning and being active producers of learning (Bjorgen & Fritze, 2020). In conclusion, this research has addressed the complex landscape of evaluating digital resources for students with special needs, guided by the overarching question of what considerations are crucial in the design of evaluation tools and how these tools influence learning outcomes and experiences. Through a structured approach outlined by the objectives, key insights have been acquired. Firstly, the identification of key considerations in evaluation tool design, including accessibility features, usability, adaptability, and alignment with diverse learning needs, is of importance. This involves a thorough examination of existing evaluation tools, expert opinions, and best practices in the field. Secondly, the assessment of the impact on learning outcomes and experiences sheds light on the relationship between evaluation tool design and student engagement, motivation, and overall learning experiences. This exploration provides valuable insights into the effectiveness of these tools in promoting inclusive learning environments and fostering positive outcomes. Lastly, the evaluation of practical implementation and feedback mechanisms emphasize the importance of assessing the feasibility and usability of various evaluation tools in educational settings catering to students with special needs. Gathering feedback from educators, students, and stakeholders will be instrumental in identifying areas for improvement and providing recommendations for the development and refinement of evaluation tools. References Bjørgen, A. M., & Fritze, Y. (2020). When student-activating teaching conflict with students' desire for efficiency. A communication perspective on undergraduate students' media use. Seminar.net, 16(2), 19. https://doi.org/10.7577/seminar.4049 Gran, L. (2019). Digital Bildung from a teacher´s perspective. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 5(2), 104–113. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2019.1615368 Istenic Starcic, A., & Bagon, S. (2014). ICT-supported learning for inclusion of people with special needs: Review of seven educational technology journals, 1970-2011. British Journal of Educational Technology, 45(2), 202–230. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12086 Mikropoulos, T. A., & Iatraki, G. (2023). Digital technology supports science education for students with disabilities: A systematic review. Education and Information Technologies, 28(4), 3911–3935. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-022-11317-9 Stalmach, A., D’Elia, P., Di Sano, S., & Casale, G. (2023). Digital Learning and Self-Regulation in Students with Special Educational Needs: A Systematic Review of Current Research and Future Directions. Education Sciences, 13(10), 1051. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13101051 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 07 SES 02 A: Literature Reviews in Social Justice and Intercultural Education I Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Understanding and Analysing Educational Barriers: First Insights and Lessons Learned from a Systematic Literature Review 1Deutsches Jugendinstitut (DJI)/ German Youth Institute; 2DIPF | Leibniz-Institut für Bildungsforschung und Bildungsinformation/ DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education Presenting Author:Social disparities in education appear as a persistent issue in European societies. In Germany, educational researchers have extensively analysed and systemised the causes of educational inequality in childhood, youth, and young adulthood (Bachsleitner et al. 2022, Becker & Lauterbach 2016; Köller et al. 2019; Scharf et al. 2020). Several primary studies investigate how to overcome or prevent inequality in education (e.g., Blatter et al. 2020; Solga & Weiß 2015). While these studies primarily concentrate on single educational settings or age groups, comprehensive and systematic overviews on overcoming educational barriers in the German context are still missing. Systematic reviews offer the potential to compare findings across different topics, target groups, or contexts; to present generalisable findings for research and practice; and to point out research gaps (Gough et al. 2017; Wetterich & Plänitz 2021). Our project therefore aims at systemising studies on the effectiveness of measures to overcome educational barriers in a comprehensive way. For this purpose, we first investigate how researchers understand and conceptualise educational barriers, before analysing more closely which measures are applied and how they are evaluated. The study considers formal, non-formal and informal educational settings, as well as all age groups from early childhood to young adulthood (0-27 years of age). The focus is on empirical quantitative or qualitative longitudinal or cross-sectional studies in social and educational science and related disciplines published since 1965 which evaluate the effectiveness of measures to overcome educational barriers in Germany. With respect to selection criteria for identifying educational barriers, a preliminary heuristic framework was elaborated. This framework considers educational barriers on multiple levels (Schmidt-Hertha 2018: 831; Wenzel 2008: 430): the micro-level (individual barriers related to knowledge, competence or dispositions), the meso-level (e.g., learning environments) and the macro-level (e.g., political discourse, political or societal frameworks). All the above-mentioned criteria are the basis for the systematic literature search, screening, coding and synthesis (Newman & Gough 2020), which are currently being carried out in an iterative process. Using preliminary results of pilot coding (n = 9 studies, 18.01.2024), we will demonstrate which types of educational barriers are identified in the studies and how these preliminary findings contribute to further developing our initial conceptual framework. Although all three levels of educational barriers are apparent in the studies, there are also further categories within the levels. Furthermore, taking into account the interaction of these levels, an educational barrier cannot always be assigned to one single level. In many cases, it remains unclear whether a barrier results from an individual characteristic or from non-adapted structures (e.g., of the educational system) on the meso- or macro-level (see details in Lämmchen et al. in prep.). Moreover, the results provide preliminary insights into what can be considered effective “measures” to overcome educational barriers, which research designs are used for evaluation, and in which age groups and educational settings the educational barriers and measures occur. Overall, these preliminary insights suggest a multitude of definitions, concepts and designs in the research landscape, challenges which need to be considered in the systematic review. The paper intends to underline the value of systematic literature reviews and to discuss the approach of conceptualising “educational barriers” based on research on overcoming educational inequalities. This discussion may lead to a more differentiated definition which can be further applied and elaborated in educational research. As an outlook, the effectiveness of measures observed so far as well as the next steps of the systematisation will be debated. The results and discussion issues offer a relevant contribution to a better understanding of educational barriers and effective measures for overcoming educational barriers, which is useful for subsequent research on this matter. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology follows the standard steps of a systematic literature review (Newman & Gough 2020). The systematic literature search was first conducted in the German Education Index, the largest database for educational research in Germany. The search combined German terms related to the concepts “educational barrier” and “overcoming” (Jäger-Dengler-Harles et al. submitted). Next, the search results were automatically filtered for records including terms related to the concepts “social inequality”, “intentionality” (e.g., program, measure), “geographic context” (not: other countries than Germany) and “target age group or educational setting”. The resulting 35.896 records (as of 18.01.2024; searches in English and in other databases in progress) are currently in the process of screening and coding. Abstracts for inclusion have to indicate results on an evaluated measure to overcome an educational barrier. Abstracts are excluded if this is not the case (1), if it is not an empirical study (2), or if the study does not investigate the target age or learner group (3), or geographic context (4). Abstracts are included when the latter four criteria are unclear, full-texts are only included if they meet all criteria. Seven reviewers were/ are involved in screening. For ensuring systematic and consistent abstract screening, a self-developed electronic questionnaire guides the reviewers through the selection criteria and automatically inserts the decisions into the dataset. Each reviewer screened at least 500 abstracts in parallel with another reviewer and each pair agreed on between 80% and 95% of the inclusions. Non-agreements were discussed within the reviewer-pair. Further uncertainties between the pairs and in separate screening are regularly discussed in the whole team. Two of the reviewers coded eleven of the first full-texts, which had passed through the selection process, in a pilot-coding in MAXQDA, assigning codes for educational setting, age group, educational barrier (including sub-codes for the three levels) and measures. Two of the eleven texts were coded by both researchers who discussed these and the other separately coded texts in regular meetings. These discussions characterise the iterative process of screening and coding, where the criteria are continuously being sharpened. This is also why two of the eleven coded texts were excluded in a later stage of the analysis. Further coding of full-texts is currently in progress and in regular discussion. The piloted codings resulted in first conceptual reflections of the definition of “educational barrier” which will be presented in this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In order to systemise the research on overcoming educational barriers, we first need to elaborate a clear understanding of how studies conceptualize and analyse educational barriers. The paper sheds light on the process of this conceptual preliminary work, which is specific to this project compared to other systematic reviews working with concepts that are already defined by the literature. We started out with a preliminary heuristic framework, which differentiated concepts of educational barriers on three levels. During the process of first screening and coding, we gained first insights into what types of educational barriers are investigated in the studies. The preliminary attempt to systemise educational barriers on the micro-, meso- and macro-level turned out to be a partial approach. In particular, it may be more appropriate to not consider the three levels as separate entities. These insights enrich and extend the preliminary framework to a more complex conceptualisation, which will be subject to further modifications in the ongoing process of the project. The initial framework will be treated as a dynamic one in order to allow a more fine-grained conceptualisation of educational barriers. Therefore, the coding scheme was modified so that educational barriers are coded more openly, i.e., only the subordinate code “educational barrier” is applied without further sub-codes. The coded content will subsequently be analysed and systemised in an inductive way. This procedure allows for further development of the definitions of educational barriers in the interplay between the heuristic framework and the text material. The resulting conceptualisation will constitute the basis for the main goal of the systematic review: the analysis of successful measures to overcome educational barriers. Additionally, the theoretic-conceptual work on educational barriers may also be useful as basis for future theoretical and empirical work in educational research. References Bachsleitner, A., Lämmchen, R., Maaz K. (2022). Soziale Ungleichheit des Bildungserwerbs von der Vorschule bis zur Hochschule. Eine Forschungssynthese zwei Jahrzehnte nach PISA. Münster: Waxmann. Becker, R., & Lauterbach, W. (2016). Bildung als Privileg. Erklärungen und Befunde zu den Ursachen der Bildungsungleichheit (5. ed.). Wiesbaden: Springer. Blatter, K., Groth, K., Hasselhorn, M. (2020). Evidenzbasierte Überprüfung von Sprachförderkonzepten im Elementarbereich. Wiesbaden: Springer. Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews (2. ed.). Los Angeles: Sage. Jäger-Dengler-Harles, I., Lindauer, M., Kirschey, S. & Möller, C. (submitted). Strategieentwicklung für eine systematische Literatursuche im Kontext von Forschungssynthesen zum Abbau von Bildungsbarrieren. In A. Wilmers. Bildung im digitalen Wandel. Methodischer Blick auf 20 Forschungssynthesen im Metavorhaben Digi-EBF (working title). Münster: Waxmann. Köller, O., Hasselhorn, M., Hesse, F. W., Maaz, K., Schrader, J., Solga, H., Spieß, C. K., & Zimmer, K. (2019). Das Bildungswesen in Deutschland: Bestand und Potenziale. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt. Lämmchen, R., Kirschey, S., Bachsleitner, A., Lindauer, M., Lühe, J., Möller, C. & Scharf, J. (in prep.). Wissen über Erscheinungsformen und Abbau sozialer Bildungsungleichheit. Methodisches Vorgehen und Einblicke in zwei Forschungssynthesen. In T. Drope, K. Maaz & S. Reh. Bildungsungleichheit als Gegenstand der Bildungsforschung. Epistemologische Annahmen, methodologische Zugänge, Erträge und offene Fragen. (working title). Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond & K. Buntins, Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application (p. 3-22). Wiesbaden: Springer. Scharf, J., Becker, M., Stallasch, S. E., Neumann, M., & Maaz, K. (2020). Primäre und sekundäre Herkunftseffekte über den Verlauf der Sekundarstufe: Eine Dekomposition an drei Bildungsübergängen. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 23(6), 1251-1282. Schmidt-Hertha, B. (2018). Bildung im Erwachsenenalter. In R. Tippelt & B. Schmidt-Hertha, Handbuch Bildungsforschung (4. ed.) (p. 827-844). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Solga, H. & Weiß, R. (2015). Wirkung von Fördermaßnahmen im Übergangssystem: Forschungsstand, Kritik, Desiderata. Bielefeld: W. Bertelsmann. Wenzel, H. (2008). Studien zur Organisations- und Schulkulturentwicklung. In W. Helsper & J. Böhme, Handbuch der Schulforschung (2. ed.) (p. 423-447). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Wetterich, C. & Plänitz, E. (2021). Systematische Literaturanalysen in den Sozialwissenschaften: Eine praxisorientierte Einführung. Opladen, Berlin: Barbara Budrich. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Research Directions and Conceptualizations of Equity in School Education: A Systematic Literature Review 1University of Chemnitz, Germany; 2University of Padua, Italy Presenting Author:Diversity is a reality in Europe, and the European Union has adopted a variety of policies to promote equity, diversity, and inclusion, such as in the areas of social rights, employment, and education. Regarding the latter, policies are based on the belief that all learners, regardless of their background, should have the opportunity to reach their full potential. One key policy is the European Pillar of Social Rights, adopted in 2017. The Pillar includes a number of provisions related to education, including the right to quality and inclusive education for all. The Recommendation of the Council on Promoting Common Values, Inclusive Education and the European Dimension of Teaching (2018) calls on Member States to take steps to ensure that all students have access to quality, inclusive education. Finally, the European Child Guarantee (2022) is also relevant to the promotion of diversity and inclusion in education. The Guarantee aims to ensure that all children have access to the services they need to thrive, including education. The notion of equity is a fundamental aspect of education and educational research, and its understanding is far from stable or universal. There is a lack of a universally accepted definition not only across scientific disciplines but also within educational science. Indeed, the concept of equity in education is a multifaceted one, shaped by a variety of social, political, and philosophical considerations. By examining the diverse perspectives, theoretical frameworks and research results that inform equity research, we can gain a deeper understanding of this concept and develop more effective strategies to promote equitable educational opportunities for all students. The central research questions guiding this study are: What are the conceptualizations and understandings (theoretical approaches) of "equity" within the realm of school education? What methodological approaches can be found in the way educational equity is measured in school education? To answer this question, the study aims to investigate the diverse directions that researchers take when engaging in equity research within school education through to an extensive systematic literature review. The primary objective of this research is to provide an in-depth analysis of the evolving landscape of equity research within educational science through a literature review. The study will critically examine trends, methodologies, and theoretical frameworks employed by researchers to conceptualize equity. By understanding the diverse approaches taken by scholars in this field, the research aims to contribute valuable insights that can inform future discussions and policy considerations related to equity in education. The study adopts a conceptual and theoretical framework that critically examines various perspectives on equity within education. Drawing from influential theories such as Rawls (1971), that proposed a theory of justice that emphasizes fairness and equal opportunity, suggesting that society should arrange institutions so that the least advantaged members benefit the most. Moreover, Sen (2009) introduced the concept of capabilities, emphasizing the ability to pursue one's goals and live a fulfilling life, while Nussbaum (2006) developed a list of ten central human capabilities that should be protected and promoted for all individuals. In addition, the recognition theory (see e.g, scholars like Stojanov, 2007), highlights the importance of addressing social hierarchies and power imbalances that can hinder equitable outcomes. Finally, intersectional approaches, promoted by scholars like Crenshaw (1991), emphasize the simultaneous effects of multiple identities, such as race, gender, and social class, on individuals' experiences and equal opportunities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this systematic literature review (Newman & Gough, 2020) is to shed light on the nuanced ways in which equity is conceptualized and is perceived in the contemporary world. In planning, defining exclusion criteria, conducting, and reporting, we meticulously followed the PRISMA 2020 flow diagram (Page et al., 2020). Our research examined publications from the databases Education Source, ERIC, Scopus, and Web of Science within the specified timeframe (2019 – 2023). The analysis encompassed three distinct levels. The first level focused on the identification of records from the four databases (N = 3560). Records were removed before the screening for different reasons, including duplications, papers from journals with non-educational focus, and papers in other languages. During the second step, the screening, further papers were excluded through the study of the title and the abstract. The papers included in the review served to answer the research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes of this paper provide an in-depth examination of the complexities surrounding the concepts of social equity and educational equity. They highlight the distinctions and ambivalences that exist between these two interrelated domains, emphasizing the need for a nuanced understanding of equity that encompass both social and educational dimensions. By providing a clear articulation of the conceptual distinctions between social equity and educational equity, the paper offers researchers a potential direction for further exploration and development of these concepts. Additionally, by addressing the postcolonial and decolonial implications of equity, it encourages scholars to adopt a more critical and reflective approach to their research endeavours. Finally, this comprehensive review not only enhances theoretical frameworks but also offers valuable considerations for practical applications within the field. This would allow for a more holistic and inclusive approach to equity research, one that recognizes the diverse backgrounds, experiences and perspectives of individuals. References Council Recommendation (2018). Promoting common values, inclusive education, and the European dimension of teaching ST/9010/2018/INIT, OJ C 195, 7.6.2018. European Council, European Commission and European Parliament (2017). Interinstitutional proclamation on the European Pillar of Social Rights, 13129/17, Brussels. Newman, M., Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In: Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., Buntins, K. (eds), Systematic Reviews in Educational Research. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1 Nussbaum, M. C. (2006). Frontiers of Justice. Disability, Nationality, Species Membership. Belknap Press. Page MJ, McKenzie JE, Bossuyt PM, Boutron I, Hoffmann TC, Mulrow CD, et al. The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ 2021;372:n71. doi: 10.1136/bmj.n71 Rawls, J. (1971). A Theory of Justice. Harvard University Press. Sen, A. (2009). The Idea of Justice. Penguin. Stojanov, K. (2007). Intersubjective Recognition and the Development of Propositional Thinking. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 1, pp. 75-93. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Promoting Cultural Literacy in a Time of Uncertainty in two European Countries: Narrative Reviews from Denmark and Germany 1SDU (University of Southern Denmark, Denmark); 2RPTU (University of Kaiserslautern-Landau) Presenting Author:In times of uncertainty, global socio-economic challenges, demographic changes and pressure from hegemonic powers, everyday life is challenged by an increasing intolerance towards cultural diversity (Ferro, Wagner, Veloso, IJdens & Lopes, 2019), a tendency towards a normative majoritarian approach to cultural literacy (Morell, 2017), a lack of inclusion of cultural expressions represented by minoritised and marginalised groups (May & Sleeter, 2010). Furthermore, there is a lack of knowledge on how to strengthen cultural literacy in education, including good and best practices of how to further integrate it in both formal and non-formal settings (Desai, 2019). Therefore, a critical cultural literacy approach is fruitful to go beyond ‘high culture’, because it includes within its scope a variety of cultural genres and repertoires from “below” such as street art, hip hop etc. and underlines, that the promotion of cultural literacy has to be understood as a process taking place in situated social interaction, as a dialogic and co-creative endeavour, shaped by power dynamics and structures: As critical cultural literacy is grounded in critical theory, it rests on the assumption “that an interplay of social ideologies and power relations works systematically to advantage some people while disadvantaging others” (Son, 2020, p. 308). So critical cultural literacy can no longer described as a neutral and individual cognitive or technical skill, but rather as a ‘socially situated practice’ (Rutten et al., 2013, p. 445). Against this societal and theoretical backdrop, the paper presents and discusses preliminary findings from a literature review conducted as part of the EU Horizon project EXPECT_Art ("EXPloring and Educating Cultural Literacy through Art"). The paper focuses in particular on the findings regarding the state of art of cultural literacy and arts education in Germany and Denmark. In Denmark, arts education has been shaped by the German tradition of Bildung and a Nordic tradition of craftsmanship. In recent years, arts education has developed according to two different societal trends. First, a trend towards perceiving arts education as means of generating entrepreneurship, which underpin a positive economic development in the global market. Secondly, a trend towards perceiving arts education as part of the solution to sustainability challenges (Kallio-Tavin, 2019). Finally, Denmark like the other Nordic countries “never went through a critique of colonialism” and “Nordic democracy does not yet include everybody living in the Nordic countries. Even the local minority cultures are not well represented in the national [arts] curricula” (Kallio-Tavin, 2019, p. 591). This makes Denmark an important context for exploring the potential of decolonisation arts education and education through art to develop critical cultural literacy. In Germany, there is an urgent need for decolonisation of arts education (see Mörsch, 2021), which was recently underlined by a discourse-analytical study of 850 applications received within the framework of the “Kultur macht stark” and “Kultur macht stark plus” programmes funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research. In these applications, which were submitted for art projects in schools but also for informal learning settings (see Keuchel 2013 for a mapping of arts education in Germany), for example, the stereotypical addressing of refugees and the individualisation of social problems were reconstructed; furthermore, arts education was presented as a mediator of German, European and dominant cultural values, while children from migrant and socio-economically disadvantaged backgrounds were denied their own biographical artistic and cultural experiences (Bücken et al., 2018; Baitamani et al., 2020). Nevertheless, arts education is seen as a powerful way to critically reflect on problematic understandings of culture and to motivate children, young people and adults to rethink social conditions, especially privilege and marginalisation and the construction of others (Battaglia & Mecheril, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper builds literature reviews conducted simultaneously, collaboratively and in a coordinated manner in two European countries. According to Newman and Gough (2019), a literature review involves the following steps: defining the review question and selection criteria, developing the search strategy (including the selection of search sources and databases as well as search terms), selecting inclusion and exclusion criteria, screening and coding studies, assessing their quality, and finally synthesising and reporting the results. The paper will then outline how the findings will help to inform the ongoing research process, particularly with regard to a participatory and community-based research approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In studying articles and materials with the topics of cultural literacy in relation to critical pedagogy, decoloniality, community-based research, and arts-based methods we would like to achieve and to develop methods of research which are crossing borders. These methods should in a decolonial way of social research be brave in a way, that they do not limit themselves by sticking to close to research programs with a colonial heritage (Barry 2023). The collaboration of self-critical art education, the community and the researcher is an important part of this process. There lies an unseen source of knowledge in the everyday community meetings (Barry 2023). We want to take these forms of knowledge production into account in the research process as well as in processes of education. In addition to the review of the topics mentioned above, we are in the process of identifying alternatives besides the dominant forms of knowledge production and will consider reflections of these too. References Baitamani, W., Breidung, J., Bücken, S., Frieters-Reermann, N., Gerards, M. & Meiers, J. (2020). ”Fakt ist, dass geflüchtete Jugendliche kaum jemals die Chance haben ein Kunstprodukt zu erstellen.“ Kulturelle Bildung für junge Menschen mit Fluchterfahrung im Fokus einer rassismuskritisch positionierten Diskursanalyse. In S. Timm, J. Cost, C. Kühn, & A. Scheunpflug (Eds.), Kulturelle Bildung. Theoretische Perspektiven, methodologische Herausforderungen und empirische Befunde. (pp. 197–211). Waxmann. Barry, C. (2023). Methoden dekolonisieren. “grenzenlos und unverschämt. forschung gegen die deutsche sch-einheit“. In Y. Akbaba, & A.B. Heinemann (Eds.), Erziehungswissenschaften dekolonisieren. Theoretische Debatten und praxisorientierte Impulse (pp. 249-272). Beltz. Battaglia, S., & Mecheril, P. (2020). Die politische Dimension kultureller Bildung in der Migrationsgesellschaft. In: M. Gloe, & T. Oeftering (Eds.), Politische Bildung meets Kulturelle Bildung (pp. 33–45). Nomos. Bücken, S., Frieters-Reermann, N., Gerards, M., Meiers, J., and Schütter, L. (2018). Flucht – Diversität – Kulturelle Bildung. Eine rassismuskritische und diversitätssensible Diskursanalyse kultureller Bildungsangebote im Kontext Flucht. Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 41(4), 30-34. Desai, D. (2019). Cultural Diversity in Art Education. In R. Hickman (Eds.). International Encyclopaedia of Art and Design Education, Volume II: Curiculum. (pp. 1023–1044). Wiley-Blackwell. Ferro, L., Wagner, E., Veloso, L., IJdens, T., & Lopes, J. T. (2019). Arts and Cultural Education in a World of Diversity: ENO Yearbook 1. Springer Kallio-Tavin, M. (2019). Arts and Design Curriculum in the Nordic Countries. In K. Freedman (Eds.), The International Encyclopedia of Art and Design Education (Vol. II, pp. 589–607). Wiley Blackwell. Keuchel, S. (2013). mapping//kulturelle-bildung. Edited by Stiftung Mercator. Retrieved from: https://www.stiftung-mercator.de/content/uploads/2020/12/Keuchel_mapping_kulturelle-bildung.pdf [07.03.2023] May, S., Sleeter, C.E. (2010). Critical Multiculturalism. Theory and Praxis. Routledge Morrell, E. (2017). Toward a Critical Pedagogy of Popular Culture: Literacy Development Among Urban Youth. (pp. 413-417). In A. Darder, R. D. Torres and M. P. Baltodano (Eds.), The Critical Pedagogy Reader. Routledge. Mörsch, C. (2021). Decolonizing Arts Education. Skizze zu einer diskriminierungskritischen Aus- und Weiterbildung an der Schnittstelle von Bildung und Künsten. Zeitschrift Kunst Medien Bildung | zkmb. URL: https://zkmb.de/decolonizing-arts-education-skizze-zu-einer-diskriminierungskritischen-aus-undweiterbildung-an-der-schnittstelle-von-bildung-und-kuensten [07.03.2023] Newman, M.; Gough, D.; (2019). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond, & K. Buntins (Eds.), Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application (pp. 3-22). Springer. Son, Y. (2020). Critical literacy practices with bilingual immigrant children: multicultural book club in an out-ofschool context. International Journal of Early Years Education, 30 (2), 307–21. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 07 SES 02 B: Multilingual Children‘s Language Identity, Decolonising Pedagogical Approaches and Teachers’ Response-Ability Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Santos Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Trauma-Affected Refugee Children and Teachers’ Response-Ability: An Explorative Study from Norwegian Classrooms NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:During war and forced displacement, children are exposed to cruelty, threats, and suffering, the like of which most people in peaceful nations will never know. Upon arrival in host countries in Europe, most refugee children are immediately placed in local schools, since it is generally believed that schools— by offering routine and structure— can provide a ‘safe space’ for trauma-affected children (Eide & Hjern, 2013). Teachers, thus, end up at the “frontline of dealing with the global refugee crisis” (Capstick, 2018, p. 72). Following increased forced migration in Europe since 2015, several studies have shown high prevalence of trauma exposure among refugee children and youth, as well as high rates of mental health problems like anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorder (Jensen et al., 2019; Nilsen et al., 2022). However, teachers in European host nations are often ill-equipped at dealing with— and caring for— trauma-affected refugee children (Costa, 2018; Djampour, 2018; Kalisha, 2023). Despite cautions against relying on teachers as mental health professionals, teachers are nonetheless perceived as advocates for trauma-affected children (UNICEF, 2019). In fact, Pastoor (2016) argues that it is crucial teachers have adequate knowledge on how trauma exposure during war, flight, and exile impact refugee children’s learning and behavior in the classroom. If schools and schooling is indeed relied upon to address vulnerability, trauma, and other migratory-related difficulties, where does this leave teachers? How do teachers understand their role and responsibility in classrooms with refugee children? This study explores teachers’ encounters with trauma-affected refugee children in Norway. Through semi-structured interviews, teachers are invited to share experiences of their ability and capacity to support refugee learners in their classrooms. The study draws on the concept of response-ability, defined as the ‘ability or capacity to respond’ (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2021). We integrate, too, theories on trauma-informed pedagogy (e.g., Brunzell et al., 2019; Palanac, 2019; UNHCR, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Interview data is scheduled to be collected from teachers (n= ca. 7) working in government schools in Norway, between February and April 2024, following ethical approval. Data will be thematically analyzed using a mixture of emic and etic coding approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study aims to provide new knowledge and insights into teachers experiences in classrooms with trauma-affected refugee children. As such, the study will contribute to ongoing efforts to meet the psychosocial and learning needs of refugee children in schools across Europe. It also highlights the integral role of teachers in this endeavor. References Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2021). Towards a ‘Response-able’ Pedagogy across Higher Education Institutions in Post-apartheid South Africa: An Ethico-political Analysis. In V. Bozalek, M. Zembylas, and J. C. Tronto (eds.) Posthuman and Political Care Ethics for Reconfiguring Higher Education Pedagogies (pp. 27–37). London and New York: Routledge Brunzell, T., Stokes, H. & Waters, L. (2019). Shifting Teacher Practice in Trauma-Affected Classrooms: Practice Pedagogy Strategies Within a Trauma-Informed Positive Education Model. School Mental Health 11, 600–614. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-018-09308-8 Capstick, T. (2018). Language for Resilience: Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives. British Council. www.britishcouncil.org/sites/default/files/language_for_resilience_-_cross-disciplinary_perspectives_0.pdf Costa, B. (2018). Supporting the supporters – how to be helpful without being a hindrance, in T. Capstick (ed.) Language for Resilience: Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives (pp. 62-63). British Council. www.britishcouncil.org/sites/default/files/language_for_resilience_-_cross-disciplinary_perspectives_0.pdf Djampour, P. (2018). Border crossing bodies: The stories of eight youth with experiences of migrating [PhD thesis]. Malmö University, Faculty of Health and Society https://doi.org/10.24834/2043/24776 Eide, K. & Hjern, A. (2013). Unaccompanied refugee children – vulnerability and agency. Acta Paediatrica 102(7), 666-668. https://doi.org/10.111/apa.12258 Jensen, T.K., Skar, A.-M.S., Andersson, E.S., et al. (2019) Long-term mental health in unaccompanied refugee minors: Pre-and post-flight predictors. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 28, 1671–82 Kalisha, W. (2023). Vulnerable enough for inclusion? Unaccompanied minors’ experiences of vulnerability and trauma on their way to Norway. In I. Bostad, M. Papastephanou & T. Strand (eds.) Justice, Education, and the World of Today: Philosophical Investigations (pp. 131-154). Routledge. Nilsen, S. N., Kvestad, I. Randal, S. B., Hysing, M., Sayyad, N., & Bøe, T. (2022). Mental health among unaccompanied refugee minors after settling in Norway: A matched cross-sectional study, Scandinavian Journal of Public Health 51(3), 430-441. DOI: 10.1177/14034948221100103 Palanac, A. (2019). Towards a trauma-informed ELT pedagogy for refugees. Language Issues, 30(2), 3-14. Pastoor, L. d. W. (2016). Enslige unge flyktningers psykososiale utfordringer: behovet for en flyktningkompetent skole. I C. Øverlien, M. I. Hauge & J. H. Schultz (Red.), Barn, vold og traumer. Møter med unge i utsatte livssituasjoner (s. 200-219). Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. UNHCR (United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, 2017). Teaching about Refugees: Guidance on Working with Refugee Children Struggling with Stress and Trauma. www.unhcr.org/uk/59d346de4.pdf 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Storytelling and Poetry as Decolonising Pedagogical Approaches to Educating for Peace in Algeria's Tuareg Community The Open University, UK, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper discusses the use of storytelling and poetry as pedagogical tools in peace education within the Tuareg Muslim community in Southern Algeria. The central key question that the paper examines is how storytelling and poetry, as traditional oral educational practices, are utilised as pedagogical tools for promoting peace within the Tuareg Muslim community in Algeria and what challenges and opportunities arise from integrating these cultural narratives into formal educational settings to impact peace education within and beyond Tuareg communities. The indigenous inhabitants of North Africa are known as Berbers, or as some defined themselves as Imazighen, which literally means "free men." The Berber linguistic landscape in Algeria includes several dialects (Hagan & Myers, 2006; Shoup, 2012). Within this broader Berber context, the Tuareg in Algeria cultivated a distinct cultural identity. Tuareg, a nomadic group residing in Southern Algeria, is known for their use of the Tamesheq language dialect, with their adeptness in navigating the Saharan landscape. Tuareg's cultural practices, including the veiling of men's faces, are rich in symbolism. French colonisation in the 19th century marked a significant shift, forcing a transition from nomadic to more sedentary lifestyles, yet the Tuareg maintained many traditional customs (Shoup, 2012). Moreover, the imposition of Western educational models disrupted traditional practices, including the oral transmission of knowledge and values. Historically organised tribally with a class-based system, their society comprises nobles, religious scholars, artisans, and various strata of vassals and labourers. Tuareg's oral literature tradition, primarily in the Tifinagh or Libyan script, consists of monumental inscriptions and a vibrant storytelling and poetry culture. These oral narratives serve as a medium for imparting religious and cultural values, including pre-Islamic myths and legends. Storytelling and poetry play a pivotal role in transmitting cultural values and shaping the worldview of the Tuareg people in Algeria. These oral traditions are integral to the informal education system within the Tuareg community, serving not only as a means of entertainment but also as vital pedagogical tools. Through narratives imbued with teachings on social values, storytelling and poetry convey profound moral and ethical lessons, ensuring the passage of the community's rich heritage from one generation to the next. Theoretically, the concept of Assabiyah, as discussed by Ibn-Khaldun (2005), refers to the social cohesion and collective solidarity that bind a community together, enabling it to act as a unified entity. This concept is particularly relevant to understanding subjects' cultural context when considering the role of storytelling and poetry in the Tuareg community of Algeria as a means of educating peace and transmitting cultural values. This study presents how the stories and poems of the Tuareg are more than mere words; they are carriers of values and a reflection of the community's underpinning philosophies. They foster critical thinking and problem-solving skills, as exemplified by the story of Amamalandilyas, which is used to instil foundational values and develop peace resolution and reconciliation skills. These narratives guide young members in understanding their cultural identities and social responsibilities, thereby shaping their worldview and moral compass. Despite their importance, storytelling and poetry face numerous challenges in the modern era. The advent of technology, the transition towards formal education systems, and the shift from a nomadic to a sedentary lifestyle have all threatened the continuity of these oral traditions. This paper advocates for acknowledging these approaches' artistic and educational potential effectiveness in peacebuilding. This further underscores the need to shift from Western-centric methodologies to embrace traditional heritage, contextually relevant, and culturally attuned educational practices, which can significantly impact peace education in Algeria and potentially in other similar contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data for this study are part of the 'Decolonising Education for Peace in Africa (DEPA)' research project in Algeria, focusing on the values of reconciliation and peace within traditional Algerian art heritage. With ethical approval from the Open University (HREC/4669/Raghuram/Lahmar), the research was conducted in four Algerian provinces: Aïn Beïda (Oum El-Bouaghi province), Beni Maouche (Béjaïa province), Ghardaïa city, and Tamanrasset city and its outskirts, with additional insights from Guelma Province. The analysis in this paper is derived from three Jama'a focus group discussions and eight semi-structured individual interviews in Tamanrasset province. All recordings were transcribed and translated into standard Arabic and English. Subjects preferring the Tamesheq dialect, due to limited fluency in Algerian Arabic, were provided instant translations for approval during their interviews. I employed NVivo for thematic data exploration and ChatGPT-4 for Arabic to English translations and critical review. As a native Arabic speaker fluent in the Algerian dialect (Darija), I ensured the accuracy of all translations. Data were anonymized before any translation or NVivo coding. However, it's crucial to recognize the limitations of these tools. The analysis and writing are my original work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Storytelling and poetry have long been integral to the cultural fabric of the Tuareg Muslim community in Algeria, serving as vital pedagogical tools that impart moral lessons, ethical teachings, and cultural values. These oral traditions are key to shaping the worldview of the Tuareg people, influencing their perceptions, beliefs, and behaviours. The narratives and poems passed down through generations encapsulate the essence of Tuareg's rich heritage, playing a significant role in peace education by fostering understanding, empathy, and social cohesion within the community. Also, the Tuareg's oral traditions are more than just a means of preserving their cultural identity; they are also a vehicle for peacebuilding. Through the stories and poems that emphasize themes of justice, compassion, and community, individuals learn to navigate social relationships and conflicts in ways that prioritize harmony and mutual respect. These narratives often contain lessons on how to resolve disputes, encourage dialogue, and foster a culture of non-violence and understanding. They serve as a means to impart wisdom and strategies for conflict resolution, emphasising the importance of peaceful coexistence and mutual respect. Through the power of storytelling and poetry, the Tuareg community educates its members on the principles of negotiation, patience, and empathy, which are crucial for maintaining social harmony and building a foundation for lasting peace. Integrating storytelling and poetry into formal education is a delicate process that requires a nuanced approach. It is essential to consider religious, cultural, linguistic, and pedagogical factors to maintain the integrity and effectiveness of these traditions. The challenge lies in finding innovative and culturally respectful methods to incorporate these oral forms into the curriculum without diluting their essence. By doing so, educators can leverage the power of storytelling and poetry to enhance peace education, promoting values that are essential for sustainable peace and reconciliation among communities. References Gallagher, K. M. (2011). In search of a theoretical basis for storytelling in education research: story as method. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 34(1), 49-61. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727x.2011.552308 Galtung, J. (1969). Violence, Peace, and Peace Research. Journal of Peace Research, 6(3), 167-191. Galtung, J. (1996). Peace by peaceful means: Peace and conflict, development and civilization. SAGE Publications. Hagan, H. E., & Myers, L. C. (2006). Tuareg Jewelry: Traditional Patterns and Symbols: Xlibris US. Hallaq, W. B. (2013). The impossible state: Islam, politics, and modernity's moral predicament. Columbia University Press. Ibn-Khaldūn, ʿAbd Al-Raḥmān. 2005. Al-Muqaddimah [The Introduction]. Edited by Abdesselam Cheddadi. Casablanca: Beit Al-funun wa Al-ulum wa Al-adab, vol. 3. Keenan, J. (2004). The lesser gods of the Sahara: Social change and contested terrain amongst the Tuareg of Algeria. Frank Cass. Lum, B. J. (2018). Peace Education: Past, present and future. Taylor & Francis. Shoup, J. A. (2012). Ethnic groups of Africa and the Middle East: An encyclopedia. Oxford: ABC-CLIO. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Ecological Approaches to Multilingual Children‘s Language Identity Development. University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:While immigration to Iceland has grown in recent years, student populations in schools at different levels have become increasingly diverse in terms of languages and cultures. This paper derives from the research project Language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families in Iceland and their implications for education. The objectives of the project are to explore language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families (Curdt-Christiansen, 2013; Spolsky, 2004), how these affect their children’s education and the relationships and interactions between these families and the children‘s teachers. The research questions posed in this paper are: · How do multilingual children‘s language identities develop within their families? · How do they negotiate these in a school and societal environment which is mainly Icelandic? The paper builds on Bronfenbrenner‘s ecological systems theory (1979, 2005) which views child development as being affected by multiple levels of the surrounding environment, from the family settings and school to broader societal and cultural values and a further development of this theory by Schwartz (in press). It explores how different systems affect multilingual children‘s language identities. The theoretical framework also includes writings on familiy language policy (FLP). It brings together research on multilingualism, language acquisition, language policy and cultural studies. Spolsky (2004, p. 5) distinguished three components of family language policy: 1) language practices „the habitual pattern of selecting among the varieties that make up its linguistic repertoire“; 2) language beliefs or ideology „the beliefs about language and language use“; and 3) language management „any specific efforts to modify or influence that practice by any kind of language intervention, planning or management.” These have been extended further by Curdt Christiansen (2013), who notes that FLP also recognizes the relevance and influence of economic, political and social structures and processes in a given society. While early approaches to FLP according to Curdt-Christiansen (2013), emphasized language input, parental discourse strategy and linguistic environmental conditions, more recently there has been a shift of focus in research towards issues such as why different values are ascribed to different languages, how parents view bilingualism from emotional, sociocultural, and cognitive perspectives, and what kinds of family literacy environment and parental capital are likely to promote bilingualism. These components differ from one family to another and Schwartz (2018) notes that pro-active family language management might interact with and be influenced by the surrounding ethno-linguistic community and schools (policy-makers, teachers, and peers). When children enter a new socio-cultural community, such as a school where a majority language is spoken, they also encounter culturally related challenges. There they have to learn not only the vocabulary and grammar, but they also have to recognize and acquire the cultural norms connected to the language use. Bi- or multilingual children, who are a heterogeneous group, experience the differences on a daily basis and gradually acquire insights into all languages that they are exposed to. Children sometimes use translanguaging, i.e. the effective communication through activating all linguistic resources of the individual, is used to achieve communicative goals (García & Wei, 2014). Wilson (2020) argues that whilst the language management of minority-language parents tends to be geared towards transmitting a linguistic heritage, often associated with their emotional bond to the home country, their children, who may be born in the country of immigration, may not share such a deep connection with the heritage culture. As a result, children‘s language choices may differ from their parents. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is a qualitative research study and involves altogether 16 immigrant families who have diverse languages and educational and socio-economic backgrounds, and their children (age 2-16) of different genders, as well as the children’s teachers and principals at preschool and compulsory school levels and, where relevant, their heritage language teachers. Data for this paper were collected in semi-structured interviews and language portraits from four children, semi-structured interviews with the children‘s parents, as well as teachers and principals in the children‘s schools. Semi-structured interviews were chosen to elicit the views of the participants as clearly and accurately as possible (Kvale, 2007). The families live in four different municipalities in Iceland. Families speaking heritage languages belonging to both small (such as Philippines) and large (Polish) language groups in Iceland were selected. The municipalities are located in four different parts of Iceland and there may be important differences between the municipalities where the children are located when it comes to educational opportunities and support. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that the children‘s language identities develop in multiple ways and are affected by different systems, including family, school and society, as well as peers. The children make active choices on when and how to use their diverse languages and appear to have hybrid language identities. They negotiate these on a daily basis within their schools, among their peers and within their families. The families‘ language policies are diverse manifested in different practices at home and in their engagement with the school staff. Some families reported that teachers seemed to be unaware of the possibilities to encourage children to use their heritage languages in their studies at school. The findings also reveal that the participating families value their children’s language repertoire and use diverse methods and resources to support the children‘s multilingual development. The findings indicate that the teachers are interested in supporting the children‘s multilingualism but they claim that Icelandic is the language of instruction and emphasize that it is extremely important for the children‘s education that they learn Icelandic in schools. The teachers also noted that they were not well aware of methods related to multilingual education. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005). Making human beings human: Bioecological perspectives on human development. Sage. Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2013). Family language policy: sociopolitical reality versuslinguistic continuity. Language policy, 12, 1-6. DOI 10.1007/s10993-012-9269-0 García, O. & Wei, L. (2014).Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Palgrave MacMillan. Spolsky, B. (2004). Language policy. Cambridge University Press. Wilson, S. (2020).Family language policy: Children’s perspectives. Palgrave 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Surviving and Thriving: Syrian and Iraqi Refugee Children in Icelandic Society 1Williams College, United States of America; 2University of Iceland Presenting Author:This paper presents preliminary findings from the research project, A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI). This inter-disciplinary, multi-year project, that was one of four projects to be awarded by the Icelandic Research Council in 2023 as a "Grant of Excellence" seeks to critically explore the education and social inclusion of Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth at pre-, compulsory and upper secondary levels and the structures created for their learning and wellbeing in their social and educational settings. In collaboration with the UNHCR, in 2015 the Icelandic government invited around forty families fleeing the wars in Syria and Iraq to immigrate to Iceland. These so-called "Quota Refugees" settled in elven different municipalities around the country as part of state agreements with those municipalities. Findings of previous research in Iceland have revealed multiple challenges that refugee children face in Icelandic schools and society, but also educational and social success (Hama, 2020; Hariri et al., 2020; Ragnarsdóttir & Hama, 2018). Compared to most European countries, Iceland has had a limited experience with immigration. While there has been some research on refugee groups in Iceland, ESRCI is the first extensive inter-disciplinary research . The project is directed by the overarching research question: How do the education system and socio-cultural environments in Iceland contribute to the education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth? I am one of the two principal investigators of this project. The project is divided into four pillars. I am responsible for he fourth which is Cultural and Historical Backgrounds of Syrian and Iraqi Refugee Children and Youth. Drawing on evidence, material and data related to the theme in this pillar, the paper aims to explore how the specific traumas of war and displacement impact the acclimation of these refugees and how their cultural, linguistic, and religious backgrounds may influence what their overall experience in Iceland. Research questions include: 1: What is the nature of refugee children’s and youth’s experience with the integration processes in Iceland? 2: How does displacement and the memory of war impact their social and educational development? Utilizing the methodology of comparative global history (Lim, 2022) and Immigration and Migration Studies (Hamlin 2021), this paper will evaluate how the social and historical backgrounds of these refugeee children affect their experiences in and out of school. Given the difficult exposure to war and violence and the physical hardship of flight and migration, it has taken these children a considerable time to adapt to these new surroundings and put their trust in the relevant educational authorities. Though their may be commonalities in all immigrant and refugee experiences, particularly in a small and homogenous country like Iceland, I am particularly interested in what makes this a Syrian or Iraqi story. How does their country of origin impact their experiences? Though they are surviving, are they thriving in Icelandic society? And if not, why not? All to often, Icelanders tend to put the blame on immigrants for not being able to adapt to Icelandic society. But is there something about Icelandic culture that makes it difficult for Syrians and Iraqis to be the best version of themselves? How are the schools building on their social and historical resources to best take advantage of this new situation? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative ESRCI research project involves Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth of different genders and their parents who have diverse educational and socio-economic backgrounds, altogether 40 families with children in schools at one or more levels (pre-, compulsory and upper secondary) in eleven municipalities in Iceland, as well as the children’s teachers, principals and where relevant, school counsellors in the children’s schools, municipality persons, social services and NGOs. The eleven municipalities are located in different parts of Iceland: Southwest (Capital area), Northwest, West Fjords, Northeast, East and South Iceland. Purposive sampling was used to select the families and information on the participants obtained from authorities (Stjórnarráð Íslands, n.d.). Multiple case studies are conducted with quota refugee children and youth in altogether 40 families in eleven municipalities in urban and rural contexts in Iceland. Each of the 40 families is considered to be one case. According to Stake (2005), a case study is frequently chosen as it draws attention to what in particular can be learned from a particular case. Semi-structured in-depth and focus group interviews (Morgan, 1997) are used for data collection, using interview guides developed by the research team. Emphasis is put on exploring the children’s voices, including child friendly, emancipatory approaches in addition to semi-structured in-depth interviews with children (age 12-18). To ensure children’s participation and agency, data is also collected through active instruments such as participatory place-based methods, child led tour “walk-along” interviews and short diaries and narratives (Dennis, et al, 2009). The analytical process takes place concurrently throughout the research period. My training as a historian of modern Middle Eastern history who has a joint appointment at the University of Iceland and Williams College in the United States, I will evaluate the data from these interviews to consider how Syrian and Iraqi historical experiences factor into their time in Iceland. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper presents preliminary findings and interpretations from data collected in the eleven municipalities in Iceland. The findings reveal various challenges that the children and families experience in acclimating to new surroundings and to process the trauma of war, displacement, and exile. Further, this paper will evaluate how the specifically the cultural, religious, environmental and political backgrounds of these refugees contrasts with other resettlement communities particularly how they deal with their encounters with racism and Islamophobia. These intense cultural negotiations and the development of new forms of identities as as general well being at school are dependent on many different factors, including teaching practices, level of participation and inclusion, communication with peer groups, as well as cultural issues. The children who experience exclusion or other obstacles at school are often less motivated to learn the new language. However, some of the children have progressed in their studies and are active participants in social activities at school. References Baczko, A, Dorronsoro G., Quesnay, A Civil War in Syria: Mobilization and Competing Social Orders. 1st ed. Cambridge University Press, 2017. Burns, T. (2008). Education and migration background research synthesis. Paris: OECD. Retrieved from http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/37/53/40636545.pdf Daoudy, M. The Origins of the Syrian Conflict: Climate Change and Human Security. Cambridge, United Kingdom ; New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 2020. Gay, G. (2010). Classroom practices for teaching diversity: An example from Washington State (United States). In Educating teachers for diversity: Meeting the challenge (pp. 257–279). París: OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/educating-teachers-for-diversity_9789264079731-en Hama, S. R. (2020). Experiences and expectations of successful immigrant and refugee students while in upper secondary schools in Iceland [Doctoral dissertation, University of Iceland]. Opin vísindi. https://hdl.handle.net/20.500.11815/2182 Hariri, K. E., Gunnþórsdóttir, H. & Meckl, M. (2020). Syrian students at the Arctic circle in Iceland. In N. Yeasmin, W. Hasanat, J. Brzozowski & S. Kirchner (Eds.), Immigration in the circumpolar north: integration and resilience. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429344275 Keyel, J. Resettled Iraqi Refugees in the United States : War, Refuge, Belonging, Participation, and Protest. Forced Migration, Volume 47. New York: Berghahn Books, 2023. Kohlbacher, J. & Schiocchet, L. (eds.) From Destination to Integration : Afghan, Syrian and Iraqi Refugees in Vienna. Isr- Forschungsberichte, Heft 45. Wien: Verlag der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2017. Mazur, K Revolution in Syria : Identity, Networks, and Repression: Cambridge University Press, 2021 Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Hama, S. R. (2018). Refugee children in Icelandic schools: Experiences of families and schools. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & S. Lefever (Eds.), Icelandic studies on diversity and social justice in education (pp. 82–104). Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars Press. Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Schmidt, C. (2014). Introduction. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & C. Schmidt (Eds.), Learning spaces for social justice: International perspectives on exemplary practices from preschool to secondary school (pp. 1–8). London: A Trentham Book. Institute of Education Press. Saleh, Z. Return to Ruin : Iraqi Narratives of Exile and Nostalgia. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press, 2021. Sarkin, J. The Conflict in Syria and the Failure of International Law to Protect People Globally : Mass Atrocities, Enforced Disappearances, and Arbitrary Detentions / Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group, 2022. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 08 SES 02 A: Perspectives on Health Promotion in Diverse School Contexts Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anita Sandmeier Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Health Promotion in Upper Secondary School Vocational Study Programs: Students’ Experiences of a Pilot Program in Norway. USN, Norway Presenting Author:The social gradient in self-reported mental health challenges, poor lifestyle, academic performance, and risk of school dropout among adolescents is profound (Directorate of Health, 2023; Marmot, 2015). Due to the reach of diverse subgroups in the youth population, school has been identified by e.g., the World Health Organization (WHO) and the OECD as an important arena for health-promoting initiatives targeted to this age group (WHO, 2018). It has been suggested that in order to be successful, it is necessary to co-create the initiatives with core stakeholders such as the students, the teachers, and the school administration. Moreover, it is necessary to integrate perspectives of health with perspectives of learning (Daly-Smith et al., 2020). The “Active and Healthy Kids” program from Norway is a whole-school model for health promotion initially developed for primary and secondary school (Bratland-Sanda et al., 2020). This model reached interest among school leaders and teachers at high school level, and thus the aim of this pilot study was to further develop and evaluate the adaptation of the model to a upper secondary school setting. Our research questions were as follows: 1) To what extent did the program reach the students as intended?, 2) How did the students experience the program?, and 3) What were perceived facilitating factors and barriers for the development and implementation of the program in upper secondary school?
Theoretical framework
We frame this project within the theories of the socioecological model of health (SEM) (Sallis & Owen, 2015), and the theory of children’s participation (Hart, 1992). Inspired by Bronfenbrenner’s ecological system theory, SEM is a model which describes the complexity and hierarchy of levels influencing health outcomes in individuals, these levels are divided into individual, interpersonal, community and social/environmental levels (Sallis & Owen, 2015). By acknowledging these multiple levels, the SEM model emphasizes that health behavior and outcomes are not only the result of individual choices, but also the political and structural premises within the society. A study on health promotion programs over the last 30 years showed that although most of the programs acknowledged the importance of multifactor and multilevel approaches, only a few of the programs adhered to this acknowledgement (Wold & Mittelmark, 2018). Most programs targeted one level and one variable, for instance physical activity on the individual level. The “Active and Healthy Kids” program target several lifestyle factors (i.e., physical activity, diet, and sleep) in addition to the outcomes wellbeing and quality of life, and targets both individual (i.e., students), interpersonal (i.e., classes), organizational (i.e., school), society (i.e., collaboration between school and others in public, private and/or civil sector), and political (i.e., policy makers in the municipalities and counties) levels. Hart’s (1992) Ladder of Children’s Participation is based on the postulation that young people have the right to be treated with respect and should be involved in matters concerning themselves. Secondly, it is argued that development of services and arenas for young people requires their participation to make them relevant and suitable to their needs. It is argued that participation of young people in these matters contributes to more sustainable solutions. In this project, we have used Hart’s (1992) description of different levels of youth participation as a point of departure for the study design, however, we argue that youth participation should be considered as a dynamic process rather than static levels of participation (Krane et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample. The program was implemented at Kragerø upper secondary school, located in a small town at the coastline of South-Eastern Norway. Students from the two-year vocational study program “Health and upbringing” during the implementation period (n=25 and 23) were recruited to participate in the evaluation. Content. The “Active and Healthy Kids Program” consists of tools such as physically active learning (i.e., integrating bodily movement with curriculum), lectures about diet and sleep, and structural changes to the school canteen’s selection of food. The program was implemented during school years 2020/2021 and 2021/2022. These school years were influenced by the Covid-19 pandemic and periods of lock down and digital school during autumn 2020. Data collection. Data were collected once during spring 2021, autumn 2021, and spring 2022. The two first rounds of data collections were carried out through electronic questionnaires through nettskjema.no nettskjema@usit.uio.no , where the students self-reported on their experiences with the program. The last data collection was carried out through two focus group interviews with the students. The focus groups consisted of one level of the study program each, the interviews were carried out in the classroom and lasted for 30 minutes each. User involvement. To ensure proper user involvement by the students throughout the process of evaluation, a Youth Panel consisting of eight students from the study program was established. This youth panel helped to develop more practical and robust questionnaires and interview guides for the data collection. The Youth Panel was arranged as group meetings at given times and with specific objectives during the research process. Prior to each data collection, the Youth Panel provided comments and revisions to the questionnaire or to the interview guide. After each data collection, the Youth Panel was presented with tables and figures from the questionnaire and transcripts from the focus group interviews, and they discussed and shared their interpretations of the findings. Analyses. The quantitative data from the questionnaires were analysed via IBM SPSS version 28.0, and descriptive data analyses were conducted. The qualitative data from the focus group interviews were analysed through deductive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). As previously described, the Youth Panel participated in the analyses of the data. Ethics. Necessary ethical approval was obtained, data were made anonymous in the transcribing and analyzing process. Involvement of the Youth Panel contributed to adjust the data collection process, and safeguard the wellbeing of the project participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This pilot study was partly conducted during a time with extraordinary restrictions due to the Covid-19 pandemic. Despite this, the program reached to a good extent the students in the way it was anticipated. Eighty-eight percent of the students reported good knowledge about the program, the knowledge was most profound for the physically active learning component. Physically active learning was mostly used in the more practice-oriented subjects, and little to nothing in the theoretical subject such as Mathematics, Norwegian or English. A higher percentage of the students reported satisfaction with physically active learning compared to satisfaction with the subject physical education (82% vs 60%). Students experienced physically active learning as positive for the learning environment and their wellbeing at school. They asked for more physically active learning than they were provided with, especially in the theoretical subjects. This expressed need was due to the difficulties experienced with acquiring the curriculum in these subjects with more traditional, sedentary learning activities. They reported that teachers in these subjects were reluctant to use physically active learning. Further, the students asked for more involvement and decision-making in selecting types of activities in the physically active learning. The dietary and the sleep components mostly consisted of lectures on the student level. The students reported that they perceived a greater level of knowledge about healthy diet and sleep hygiene following these lectures. Importantly, especially the sleep lectures also created greater perceived emotional stress and fear due to the awareness of harm caused by insufficient sleep. The students perceived a safe social environment in the class as the most important both facilitator and barrier for successful implementation of the various components of the program. We conclude that the program in general, and the physically active learning component in particular, was well received by vocational study program students. References Bratland-Sanda, S., Schmidt, S. K., Karlsen, M. L., Bottolfs, M., Grønningsæter, H., & Reinboth, M. S. (2020). [Liv og røre i Telemark. Sluttrapport]. USN Skriftserie, Issue 61/2020. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Daly-Smith, A., Quarmby, T., Archbold, V. S. J., Routen, A. C., Morris, J. L., Gammon, C., Bartholomew, J. B., Resaland, G. K., Llewellyn, B., Allman, R., & Dorling, H. (2020). Implementing physically active learning: Future directions for research, policy, and practice. Journal of Sport and Health Science, 9(1), 41-49. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jshs.2019.05.007 Directorate of Health (2023). Review abouth inequalities in health and quality of life in Norway since 2014. Oslo: Directorate of Health. Hart, R. A. (1992). Children's Participation: From Tokenism to Citizenship. Innocenti Essays No. 4. Krane, V., Klevan, T., & Sommer, M. (2021). Youth Involvement in Research: Participation, Contribution and Dynamic Processes. In (pp. 47-71). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-75941-4_3 Marmot, M. (2015). The health gap: the challenge of an unequal world. The Lancet, 386(10011), 2442-2444. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)00150-6 Sallis, J. F., & Owen, N. (2015). Ecological models of health behavior. In Health behavior: Theory, research, and practice, 5th ed. (pp. 43-64). Jossey-Bass/Wiley. WHO. (2018). Global action plan on physical activity 2018–2030: more active people for a healthier world. World Health Organization. Wold, B., & Mittelmark, M. B. (2018). Health-promotion research over three decades: The social-ecological model and challenges in implementation of interventions. Scandinavian journal of public health, 46(20_suppl), 20-26. https://doi.org/10.1177/1403494817743893 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper School Based Health Promotion: How Professional Practices Unfold in an Institutional Context University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:The manner in which health promotion (HP) practice unfolds in various schools is contingent on the policies regulating it and school professionals’ understanding and enactment of said policies (Elsayed et al., 2023; Simovska et al., 2016). However, policies are often general prescriptions and professional understandings of them are not always aligned (Gherardi, 2019; Guvå & Hylander, 2012). Moreover, the interpretation of policies can be influenced by how school actors navigate the institutional complexity resulting from the (co)existence of multiple potentially conflicting institutional logics (understood as socially constructed value systems) that permeate school organizations (Ackesjö, 2022; Thornton et al., 2012). School professionals often need to navigate complex institutional landscapes to accomplish HP work (Bennett et al., 2016). This is particularly salient in decentralized school systems (e.g., Swedish) where HP is enacted within multiple organizational frames (Hjörne, 2018). Institutional complexity may challenge school HP work (Ekornes, 2015) but may also facilitate some practices related to HP such as teaching (Gullberg & Svensson, 2020). While the effects of institutional complexity on organizational structures and responses have been extensively explored in literature, fewer studies have focused on the relation between this complexity and professional practices (Schatzki, 2023; Wu et al., 2023). This study explores how HP practices are understood by school professionals with respect to the institutional context in which they are deployed. The research questions are (i) how do school professionals understand HP as an institutionally regulated practice? and which institutional logics foreground professionals’ understandings of HP in schools? The study is based on empirical data produced from nineteen semi-structured interviews with school professionals in Sweden. Data analysis is informed by practice theory (Gherardi, 2019; Schatzki, 2019) and the metatheoretical framework of institutional logics (Thornton et al., 2012). Practice theory contends that practices are the unit of analysis of the social. Practices are accomplished in bundles and organized via rules and sets of practitioners’ understandings (Schatzki, 2019). In institutional practices, rules can be seen as decontextualized formulations and may be further negotiated by practitioners (Gherardi, 2019). Professional understandings, (co)shaped by the prevailing institutional logics in a given organization (e.g., school), can influence how institutional rules are interpreted and enacted (Schatzki, 2023). Thornton et al. (2012) described several generic institutional logics (e.g., professional, corporate) that can guide (not circumscribe) analyses. The findings indicate that policy formulations represent the infrastructure of HP practice which is governed locally at the municipal and school levels. Participants had to navigate the complex and heterogenous (national, municipal, school) policy landscape. Some policies were perceived as ambiguous or unrealistic (e.g., imposing demands on schools which were not feasible within the available resources) motivating professionals to negotiate and occasionally contest them. School professionals perceived leadership as a key link between institutional directives and professional practices but they problematized dual leadership (municipality and school) as a potential source of interprofessional conflicts that can undermine the practice. Professionals invoked various institutional logics in their attempts to reconcile their professional values with the institutionally imposed practice rules (including written policies and governance systems). They invoked a bureaucratic logic to indicate compliance with institutional regulations, and three different instantiations of a professional logic (competence, pragmatic and entrepreneurial) by way of committing to professional values and maximizing efficiency. There were occasional tensions between the bureaucratic logic on one side and one or more of the professional logic instantiations on the other. These tensions were addressed in different ways, including disrupting the bureaucratic logic, attempting to reconcile it with one or more instantiations of the professional one, or occasionally using it as a resource to structure professional practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirical context This study has been carried out in Sweden where school HP is a diffuse practice accomplished in different settings (e.g., health visits to the school nurse, physical education lessons). Schools are either municipal, independent (friskolor in Swedish), or private. Each school has a student health team, often composed of the school leader, nurse, psychologist, counselor, and special needs educator. Other professionals (e.g., teachers) are invited to team meetings as need arises. Moreover, schools are allowed to recruit private providers (e.g., psychologists) for specific services such as student counselling or staff training. Participants In order to capture the potential variations in practice arising from different organizational affiliations (e.g., municipal, private) or from ascribing to different domains of knowledge (e.g., health, education), a diverse pool of professionals was invited to participate in the study. Maximum variation followed by snow ball sampling were used to recruit participants allowing for a varied and diverse study population while simultaneously limiting sample skewness (Tracy, 2012). The sample (n=19) included different professionals (e.g., teacher, nurse, principal, psychologist, social worker) who worked in municipal, independent, or private schools. The sample also included private providers. Data were generated from in-depth semi structured interviews with the participants. Data analysis An abductive approach to data analysis was used whereby code generation was informed by both theory and participants’ accounts (Tavory & Timmermans, 2014). Data were iteratively analysed in four rounds. Code books were kept for each round and used for an audit trail to enhance transparency and validity (Creswell & Miller, 2000). Moreover, during the coding stage several peer review sessions were arranged which contributed to the refinement of codes and their aggregation into relevant themes. Code generation was informed by practice theory (Gherardi, 2019; Schatzki, 2019). The institutional logics used by participants within the generated codes were identified using a mixture of pattern induction and pattern matching as described by Reay and Jones (2016). The induction was grounded in participants’ accounts. The inducted logics were then matched against the generic institutional logics described by Thornton et al. (2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study sheds light on school HP as a multidisciplinary professional practice that incorporates several practices such as teaching, counseling and leadership. The study highlights the occasional tensions generated due to the conflict between professional values and situated responsivity on the one side and the institutional regulation of school HP on the other. The study also demonstrates how various institutional logics are used to mediate the translation of practice regulations into viable professional understandings. The activation of three instantiations of professional logic vis a vis the bureaucratic logic that governs the practice indicates a professional resilience operationalized to effectuate the highest possible degree of professional efficiency. This professional resilience is used to construct practice strategies that are simultaneously congruous with professional values and compliant with institutional directives. The findings indicate that rules were sometimes used as resources to structure and bolster professional practice. However, the multiple levels of governance contribute to the complexity of policy landscape which in turn can strain professional understanding of the practice particularly when the policy rhetoric is ambiguous or incomplete. Moreover, some ambiguities in policy formulations (e.g., regarding the core of the practice) may challenge interprofessional collaboration and the ultimate attainment of school HP objectives. The present study contributes to the body of school HP literature by providing an in-depth understanding of the professional negotiations involved in the enactment of education policies in HP practices in a highly decentralized school system. Insofar as the study responds to rather recent recommendations of incorporating an institutional logics perspective in practice studies (Schatzki, 2023), it can also be seen as a theoretical contribution to the understanding of institutional practices. References Ackesjö, H. (2022). Evaluating the practice in Swedish school-age educare: Issues and contradictions [Article]. Journal of Childhood, Education and Society, 3(1), 60-73. https://doi.org/10.37291/2717638X.202231153 Bennett, A. E., Cunningham, C., & Johnston Molloy, C. (2016). An evaluation of factors which can affect the implementation of a health promotion programme under the Schools for Health in Europe framework. Evaluation and program planning, 57, 50-54. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.evalprogplan.2016.04.005 Creswell, J. W., & Miller, D. L. (2000). Determining Validity in Qualitative Inquiry. Theory into practice, 39(3), 124-130. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip3903_2 Ekornes, S. (2015). Teacher Perspectives on Their Role and the Challenges of Inter-professional Collaboration in Mental Health Promotion [Article]. School Mental Health, 7(3), 193-211. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-015-9147-y Elsayed, H., Bradley, L., Lundin, M., & Nivala, M. (2023). Social and democratic values in school-based health promotion: A critical policy analysis. Cogent Education, 10(2). https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2259477 Gherardi, S. (2019). How to conduct a practice-based study : problems and methods (Second edition ed.). Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing. Gullberg, C., & Svensson, J. (2020). Institutional complexity in schools : Reconciling clashing logics through technology? SCANDINAVIAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION(1), 49-71. Guvå, G., & Hylander, I. (2012). Diverse perspectives on pupil health among professionals in school-based multi-professional teams. School Psychology International, 33(2), 135-150. https://doi.org/10.1177/0143034311415900 Hjörne, E. (2018). Elevhälsa för ett förebyggande och hälsofrämjande arbete. In C. Löfberg (Ed.), Elevhälsoarbete under utveckling : en antologi (pp. 19-45). Härnösand : Specialpedagogiska skolmyndigheten Reay, T., & Jones, C. (2016). Qualitatively capturing institutional logics [Article]. Strategic Organization, 14(4), 441-454. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476127015589981 Schatzki, T. (2019). Social change in a material world. Routledge. Schatzki, T. R. (2023). On structural change: practice organizations and institutional logics. Osterreichische Zeitschrift fur Soziologie, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11614-023-00537-z Simovska, V., Nordin, L. L., & Madsen, K. D. (2016). Health promotion in Danish schools: Local priorities, policies and practices. Health Promotion International, 31(2), 480-489. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/dav009 Tavory, I., & Timmermans, S. (2014). Abductive analysis : theorizing qualitative research. Chicago : The University of Chicago Press. Thornton, P. H., Ocasio, W., & Lounsbury, M. (2012). The Institutional Logics Perspective: A New Approach to Culture, Structure and Process. Oxford: Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199601936.001.0001 Tracy, S. J. (2012). Qualitative Research Methods : Collecting Evidence, Crafting Analysis, Communicating Impact. Chicester: John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated. Wu, X., Tan, X., & Wang, X. (2023). The institutional logics perspective in management and organizational studies. Journal of business research, 167, 114183. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2023.114183 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Exploring Students’ and Parents’ Views and Perspectives on an Open Schooling Model within the Context of Public Health Education University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Open schooling is an educational model that promotes active engagement between schools and the broader community, fostering collaborative efforts to address local challenges and promote community development and well-being. Projects and initiatives on Open Schooling take advantage of the knowledge, practices, visions, attitudes, resources, and values of all involved agents, empowering them to collectively transform society from a reflective and critical standpoint that focuses on sustainability, equity, social justice, and inclusion. Within this cooperative educational framework, students and parents play key roles as engaged participants (European Commission, 2015; 2022; Li et al, 2020). This study explores parents’ and lower secondary school students’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model within the context of public health education through the implementation of specially designed educational scenarios based on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning in the context of public health socio-scientific issues. A survey was conducted on 607 lower secondary school students and 60 parents who actively participate in open school educational activities as part of the Partnerships for Science Education (PAFSE) European project. Partnerships for Science Education (PAFSE) project is a science education project that addresses the challenges of public health. Specifically, PAFSE explores science education as a vehicle to provide citizens with knowledge, tools, and skills to make informed decisions on public health challenges. In addition, the project promotes community preparedness, by focusing on risk factors for the health condition of individuals, but also on the pre-emptive and protective behaviours from a personal and population perspective, contributing to more literate communities on healthy lifestyles, injury prevention, as well as detection, prevention, and response to infectious diseases (http://www.pafse.eu/). Within the context of the PAFSE project's open schooling model, various stakeholders employed an inquiry and project-based learning approach to negotiate open-ended, ill-structured public health challenges. These challenges, often characterized by conflicting perspectives and multiple potential solutions, align with the characteristics of socio-scientific issues (Zeidler, 2014), as identified by Ratcliffe and Grace (2003). We used inquiry and project-based learning, because is a student-centered, constructivist pedagogical approach, which promotes active student engagement in the learning process, fostering conceptual understanding, higher-order thinking skills, such as critical and creative thinking (Pedaste et al., 2015; Sandoval, 2005), modeling and argumentation skills, communication, and cooperation skills (Minner et al., 2010; Author1, 2020). The teacher acts as a facilitator and guide, challenging students to think beyond their current understanding by providing guided questions, opportunities for reflection, and scaffolding (Anderson, 2002). Participants devised and implemented three educational scenarios addressing three socio-scientific public health issues: childhood obesity, smoking, and vaccinations, using inquiry-based learning. To assess parents’ and secondary school students’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model regarding public health education, we used a PAFSE open schooling questionnaire. Participants rated their level of agreement with and interest in various aspects of an open schooling model within public health education based on their open schooling experiences. Results indicated widespread support among both students and parents for open schooling model and the collaboration between schools and community stakeholders. This educational approach was widely perceived as a valuable contribution to public health education, promoting community health and well-being, and enhancing the ability to address public health challenges. Additionally, parents held statistically significantly more positive views and perspectives on the open schooling model in the context of public health education compared to students. This study can contribute to the existing body of research by examining and comprehending how students, parents, civil society actors, and the generalpublic can actively participate in the creation of an engaging open schooling model as part of the school curriculum to foster responsible citizenship and public health. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study aims to explore the views and perspectives of parents and lower secondary school students regarding an open schooling model within the context of public health education, a field with limited research on this topic. We hope to: (a) enhance the existing literature by gaining insights into the views and perspectives of students and parents, as crucial stakeholders in an open schooling model within the context of public health education, and (b) contribute to the development of a theoretical framework regarding open schooling approach. We set out to answer the following research questions: 1. What are parents’ and lower secondary schoolstudents’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health socioscientific issues? 2. Is there statistically significant difference between parents’ and lower secondary schoolstudents’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health socioscientific issues? For the present study, three distinct educational scenarios with activities and digital learning objects were devised, developed, and enacted based on the PAFSE open schooling approach for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health socio-scientific issues. These three educational scenarios (They can be found at https://photodentro.pafse.eu/) were as follows: • Healthy Eating and Childhood Obesity: Challenges and Solutions. • Vaccines development and the science that responds to hesitancy. • The multiple dimensions of tobacco smoking. A survey was conducted on 607 lower secondary schoolstudents and 60 parents who actively participate in open school educational activities as part of the PAFSE program. Participants reported their agreement and level of interest in various aspects of an open schooling model for public health education using the PAFSE Open Schooling Questionnaire. The questionnaire's items were assessed on a five-point Likert scale, with responses ranging from strongly disagree (1) to strongly agree (5)." Our results indicated that parents strongly support the collaboration between schools and community stakeholders within an open schooling framework for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health SSIs. (M = 4.53, SD = 0.72). Conversely, the results indicate that students hold less strong opinions regarding an open schooling model (M = 3.61, SD = 1.11). The independent-samples t test analyses at 95% confidence indicated that the parents’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning within the context of public health SSIs are statistically significantly higher at the P˂0.001 level than the students’ views and perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of the present case study was to investigate parents’ and lower secondary schoolstudents’ views and perspectives on an open schooling model regarding public health education, after implementation of specially designed educational scenarios based on an open schooling model for inquiry-based learning in the context of public health socio-scientific issues. The parents’ results emphasize the importance of creating school-community partnerships to enhance public health through understanding, recognizing, and considering the multiplicity of perspectives of public health socio-scientific issues, in ordrer to analyze and resolve them. Yet, the parents’ results emphasize the significance for parents and local community to participate in such open shooling projects with public debate of socio-scientific issues related to their community. The lower rating by the students highlights the necessity for more attention and support for teachers and students of how to implement more effective, student-centered approaches like an open schooling model during learning processes, as well as integrate them within the school curriculum increasing the incorporation of science in society issues and foster democratic processes (Levinson, 2010; 2018; Mogford et al., 2011). Additionally, our findings underscore the importance of exploring effective strategies for incorporating an open schooling approach into health education and biology curricula, thereby fostering public health advancements, and enhancing community well-being. Since schoolteachers’ competences on coordinating and facilitating open schooling for inquiry-based learning processes are very essential, our findings underscore the need of school principals and Ministry of Education advisors to provide strong support to teachers. The main limitation of our study is that we used only questionnaire data, and we could not probe participants' responses to items as with in-depth interviews. Future studies should take a closer look at participants’ responses in-depth. Further research is needed to gain a more nuanced understanding of open schooling's effectiveness and explore its wider educational benefits. References Authors Anderson, R. (2002). Reforming science teaching: What research says about inquiry. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 13(1), 1–12. European Commission (2015). HORIZON 2020 Work Programme 2014 –2015: Science with and for Society. European Commission Decision C. European Commission (2022). Social determinants and investing in redusing health inequqlities. Levinson, R. (2010). Science education and democratic participation: An uneasy congruence? Stud. Sci. Educ. 46, 69–119. Levinson, R. (2018). Introducing socio-scientific inquiry-based learning. Science and Society 100(371), 31-35. Li W, Liao J, Li Q, Baskota M, Wang X, Tang Y, Zhou Q, Wang X, Luo X, Ma Y, Fukuoka T, Ahn HS, Lee MS, Chen Y, Luo Z, Liu E; COVID-19 Evidence and Recommendations Working Group. (2020). Public health education for parents during the outbreak of COVID-19: a rapid review. Annals of Translational Medicine, 8(10), 628, 1-11. Minner, D. D., Levy, A. J., & Century, J. (2010). Inquiry-based science instruction-what is it and does it matter? Results from a research synthesis years 1984 to 2002. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 47(4), 474–496. Mogford, E., Gould, L. & Devoght, A. (2011). Teaching critical health literacy in the US as a means to action on the social determinants of health. Health Promotion International, 26(1) 4-13. Pedaste, M., Mäeots, M., Siiman, L., de Jong, T., van Riesen, S., Kamp, E., Manoli, C., Zacharia, Z., Tsourlidaki, E. (2015). Phases of inquiry-based learning: Definitions and the inquiry cycle. Educational Research Review, 14, 47-61. Ratcliffe, M., & Grace, M. (2003). Science Education for Citizenship: Teaching Socio-Scientific Issues. New York: McGraw-Hill Education Sandoval, W. A. (2005). Understanding students’ practical epistemologies and their influence on learning through inquiry. Science Education, 89(4), 634–656. Trindade, S; Camargo, R; Torres, P.; Kowalski, R. (2022). Open schooling and pedagogical learning practices articulated with the CONNECT project in basic education. Research, Society, and Development. Vol. 11 no. 12. Zeidler, D. L. (2014). Socioscientific issues as a curriculum emphasis: theory, research, and practice. In N. Lederman & S. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education, Volume II (pp. 697–726). New York, NY: Routledge. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 09 SES 02 A: Perspective-Dependent Biases in the Assessment of Children’s Behavior Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Katharina Jakob Session Chair: Elias Avramidis Symposium |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Perspective-Dependent Biases in the Assessment of Children’s Behavior Externalizing (e.g., hyperactivity, inattention) and internalizing problems (e.g., anxiety) are two broad categories of behavior that – when present to an elevated degree – lead to functional impairment and represent the cardinal symptoms of common disorders with begin in school age (Ahmad & Hinshaw, 2017). For example, in neurodevelopmental disorders, such as attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodivergent participants have been found to face increased behavioral challenges compared to their neurotypical counterparts (e.g., risk-taking, disruptive behavior; Reinke et al., 2023). Groups of individuals who have been identified in research findings as accurate judges such as teachers or parents (Ferdinand et al., 2007) are commonly included in assessments of students’ behavior. Research suggests that assessments of various types of behavior problems through multiple informants can often provide crucial insights that help form a solid foundation for the development and evaluation of effective interventions in educational and clinical settings (De Los Reyes et al., 2015). Despite the advantages of including reports from several informants, disagreements to varying degrees between reports are frequently reported. However, previous studies rarely further investigated the lack of conformity between raters. More recently, studies have indicated that discrepant perceptions, often referred to as biases, can reveal multifaceted information about how children's behavior is perceived and expressed in various contexts (Achenbach, 2020). Rater biases, such as those related to children's competencies (i.e., positive illusory bias), gender, and special educational needs (SEN), should therefore be deemed as a crucial source of information in assessing behavior (Zurbriggen et al., 2023). Therefore, detected biases should be analyzed to understand, what variables can explain differences in informants’ ratings. This symposium reveals a common denominator in the three contributions – all gathered information from multiple sources regarding emerging behavior problems of school-aged children. Going beyond rater agreements, each contribution addressed unique aspects and possible biases leading to discrepancies among informants. The first contribution of the symposium investigates the consistency between different perspectives (e.g. teachers, parents, students) on students' internalizing and externalizing problems. Students' gender and SEN status are analyzed as possible sources of biases. The second contribution investigates biases in teachers' perceptions regarding their students' behavior and provides a thorough examination of the ambiguity of the term “behavior problems“ as applied by teachers to students and the influences on labeling besides students’ actual behavior (i.e., teachers’ stereotypical beliefs, general sensitivity to disruption, work-related stress experiences). Finally, the third contribution focuses on the discrepancies in the assessments of self- and other-perceived (a) social skills and (b) behavior problems of children with ADHD and ASD compared to non-diagnosed children. Overall, the results presented at this symposium contribute to the expansion of knowledge in the field of perspective-dependent phenomena and biases in the assessment of children’s behavior. References Achenbach, T. M. (2020). Bottom-Up and Top-Down Paradigms for Psychopathology: A Half-Century Odyssey. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 16(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-clinpsy-071119-115831 Ahmad, S. I., & Hinshaw, S. P. (2017). Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder, Trait Impulsivity, and Externalizing Behavior in a Longitudinal Sample. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 45(6), 1077–1089. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10802-016-0226-9 De Los Reyes, A., Augenstein, T. M., Wang, M., Thomas, S. A., Drabick, D. A. G., Burgers, D. E., & Rabinowitz, J. (2015). The validity of the multi-informant approach to assessing child and adolescent mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 141(4), 858–900. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0038498 Ferdinand, R. F., Van Der Ende, J., & Verhulst, F. C. (2007). Parent–teacher disagreement regarding behavioral and emotional problems in referred children is not a risk factor for poor outcome. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 16(2), 121–127. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-006-0581-0 Reinke, A. L., Stiles, K., & Lee, S. S. (2023). Childhood ADHD With and Without Co-occurring Internalizing/Externalizing Problems: Prospective Predictions of Change in Adolescent Academic and Social Functioning. Journal of Attention Disorders, 10870547231187146. https://doi.org/10.1177/10870547231187146 Zurbriggen, C. L. A., Nusser, L., Krischler, M., & Schmitt, M. (2023). Teachers’ judgment accuracy of students’ subjective well-being in school: In search of explanatory factors. Teaching and Teacher Education, 133, 104304. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104304 Presentations of the Symposium Beyond Rater-Agreements: An Analysis of (In-)Consistencies in Multiple Informants’ Ratings among Students' Behavior
1. Introduction
Over the past decades, there has been increasing interest in the assessment of students’ behavior problems related to Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD; e.g., inattention) and other externalizing (e.g., conduct problems) and internalizing (e.g., anxiety) problems (e.g., Reinke et al., 2023). Empirical research suggests that the characterization of students’ behavioral problem phenomena requires multiple informants (e.g., teachers, parents, students themselves). In contrast to single-informant reports, this approach is expected to provide sufficient sensitivity and specificity; however, the vast majority of multi-informant assessments of ADHD symptoms and related problems rely on external sources (e.g.; Mulraney et al., 2022; Narad et al., 2015) and retrospective childhood ratings (e.g., Lundervold et al., 2020) leading to substantial underrepresentation of children’s self-perspectives in research. The current study aims to investigate the consistency between self-reports, parent reports, and teacher reports of students’ internalizing and externalizing problems. Further, it will be analyzed if students’ gender and diagnosis of special educational needs (SEN) can explain the specificity (i.e., method bias) in teacher and parent reports.
2. Method
The present study uses data from a random Finnish community sample of 1446 students (male= 47.6%) aged 9-11 years. Students’ externalizing problems (i.e., hyperactivity/inattention (H/I), conduct problems (CP)) and internalizing problems (i.e., emotional symptoms (ES), peer problems (PP)) were measured from students', parents’, and teachers' perspectives using the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (Goodman, 1997). The dichotomous classification of SEN status used was based on information obtained from special education teachers in the participating schools about students’ received support in Finland’s three-tiered system. To assess the consistency, we applied a correlated trait-correlated method minus one (CT-C[M-1] model (Eid et al., 2003).
3. Findings & Conclusions
The initial CT-C(M–1) model indicate good model fit (χ2WLSMV (1283, N = 1378) = 2054.55, p < .001, CFI = .944, SRMR = .087, RMSEA = .021). Results show in general moderate to low consistency between student and teacher or parent reports. Thus, the method specificity for parent and teacher reports was moderate to high, confirming the importance of using different raters. As expected, gender and the status SEN could predict the specificity in other reports of students’ behavior to some extent, in particular for externalizing problems. Overall, the results highlighted the vital role of multi-informant approaches in the assessment of student's behavior problems.
References:
Goodman, R. (1997). The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire: A Research Note. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 38(5), 581–586. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7610.1997.tb01545.x
Lundervold, A. J., Halmøy, A., Nordby, E. S., Haavik, J., & Meza, J. I. (2020). Current and Retrospective Childhood Ratings of Emotional Fluctuations in Adults With ADHD. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 571101. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.571101
Mulraney, M., Arrondo, G., Musullulu, H., Iturmendi-Sabater, I., Cortese, S., Westwood, S. J., Donno, F., Banaschewski, T., Simonoff, E., Zuddas, A., Döpfner, M., Hinshaw, S. P., & Coghill, D. (2022). Systematic Review and Meta-analysis: Screening Tools for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder in Children and Adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 61(8), 982–996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaac.2021.11.031
Narad, M. E., Garner, A. A., Peugh, J. L., Tamm, L., Antonini, T. N., Kingery, K. M., Simon, J. O., & Epstein, J. N. (2015). Parent–teacher agreement on ADHD symptoms across development. Psychological Assessment, 27(1), 239–248. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0037864
Reinke, A. L., Stiles, K., & Lee, S. S. (2023). Childhood ADHD With and Without Co-occurring Internalizing/Externalizing Problems: Prospective Predictions of Change in Adolescent Academic and Social Functioning. Journal of Attention Disorders, 10870547231187146. https://doi.org/10.1177/10870547231187146
Under Which Conditions Do Teachers Label Students as Having Behavior Problems?
1. Theory
Many teachers are concerned that students with behavior problems may strain teaching, classmates, or themselves (MacFarlane & Woolfson, 2013). Although these concerns seem intuitively understandable, research has shown that the term “behavior problems” refers to a perspective-dependent phenomenon of various forms and degrees (Beaman et al., 2007; Crawshaw, 2015) that is susceptible to perception biases (Eckstein, 2019). Therefore, it is highly unclear what teachers mean when they use this expression without further explanation. This gives rise to a research desideratum we address in this paper: studies should investigate the extent to which the teacher-assigned label “behavior problems” is substantiated by students’ actual behaviors and to what extent it is due to other, idiosyncratic conditions.
2. Methods
85 elementary school teachers and 1412 students (11.7 years) answered a survey. The teachers reported the degree to which they consider each student in their class to have behavior problems. As presumed predictors of these labeling tendencies, we investigated the frequency of students’ undisciplined behaviors (ω = .84), non-behavioral student characteristics (sex; learning ability [ω = .72]), teacher characteristics (general sensitivity to disturbances [ω = .71]; work-related stress experience [ω = .80]), and context factors (latent class means of students’ indiscipline and learning ability). A two-level structural equation model was set up and estimated in Mplus 8.10 (Marsh et al., 2009; Muthén & Muthén, 2017-2023). All effects were estimated while controlling for the others.
3. Findings
The model fitted the data well (X2 = 139.468, df = 71, p < .001; RMSEA = .024; CFI = .991). At level 1, significant effects on the teachers’ labeling tendencies were found for the individual students’ indiscipline (Beta = .50), sex (Beta = -.25), and learning ability (Beta = .21). At level 2, teachers’ general sensitivity to disturbances (Beta = .35) and work-related stress experience (Beta = .35) were found to be significant conditions of their general labeling tendency across all students; no significant effects were found for the latent class means of indiscipline and learning ability. In sum, the findings indicate that the label “behavior problems” was well substantiated by the students’ actual behaviors – but it was also due to various other conditions that had little or nothing to do with their behavior, such as teachers’ stereotypical beliefs (Anderson et al., 2012). Reflecting on the study’s strengths and limitations, we will discuss the implications of these results for future research and teaching practice.
References:
Anderson, D. L., Watt, S. E., & Noble, W. (2012). Knowledge of Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder (ADHD) and Attitudes Toward Teaching Children With ADHD: The Role of Teaching Experience. Psychology in the Schools, 49(6), 511-525. https://doi.org/doi.org/10.1002/pits.21617
Beaman, R., Wheldall, K., & Kemp, C. (2007). Recent research on troublesome classroom behaviour: A review. Australasian Journal of Special Education, 31(1), 45–60. https://doi.org/10.1080/10300110701189014
Crawshaw, M. (2015). Secondary school teachers’ perceptions of student misbehaviour. Australian Journal of Education, 59(3), 293–311.
Eckstein, B. (2019). Production and Perception of Classroom Disturbances – A new approach to investigating the perspectives of teachers and students. Frontline Learning Research, 7(2), 1-22. https://doi.org/10.14786/flr.v7i2.411
MacFarlane, K., & Woolfson, L. M. (2013). Teacher attitudes and behavior toward the inclusion of children with social, emotional and behavioral difficulties in mainstream schools: An application of the theory of planned behavior. Teaching and Teacher Education, 29, 46-52.
Marsh, H. W., Lüdtke, O., Robitzsch, A., Trautwein, U., Asparouhov, T., Muthén, B., & Nagengast, B. (2009). Doubly-latent models of school contextual effects: Integrating multilevel and structural equation approaches to control measurement and sampling error. Multivariate behavioral research, 44(6), 764-802.
Muthén, B. O., & Muthén, L. K. (2017-2023). Mplus user’s guide (8th ed.). Muthén & Muthén.
WITHDRAWN Positive Illusory Bias in ADHD and Autism spectrum disorder (ASD): A disorder-related phenomenon
Children with Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) frequently overestimate their own abilities in different contexts, reporting higher self-perceptions than the others’ external perceptions (Lau-Zhu et al., 2019). This tendency to overestimate one’s capabilities, compared to external evaluations, is called positive illusory bias (PIB, Owens et al., 2007). However, it is not clear whether the two clinical populations overestimate their own abilities in the same way and if this overestimation impacts multiple areas of functioning (Martin et al., 2019). The present study investigated the accuracy of self-perception of abilities of children with ADHD and ASD compared to non-diagnosed (ND) peers in different areas of functioning. Specifically, differences in the estimation of (a) social abilities and (b) behavioral problems in the three groups were analyzed.
Two hundred and twenty Italian children (85% M) between 8 and 16 years (M=11.48, SD=2.28) were included in the study. 50 children with ADHD (84% M), 49 with ASD (79% M) without intellectual disability and 121 ND (86% M) participants were enrolled and matched for sex, age, and intelligence quotient (IQ). Two parallel forms of a specific questionnaire measuring social abilities and behavioral problems were filled out by the children and their parents to compare their perceptions.
Two different estimation indices were computed based on the discrepancy between the child’s perception and the adult’s report on children’s social abilities and behavioral problems. Separate linear regressions were run for both estimation indices to investigate the association between the two estimation indices and different independent variables: control variables (i.e., age and IQ) and group (ADHD, ASD and ND). Our results showed a different pattern in the two estimation indices. The self-perception of social abilities, independently from the group, decreased with higher age and was significantly impaired only in the ADHD population, compared to both the ASD and ND groups. Conversely, both children with ADHD and ASD estimate their own behavioral problems in a similar way to that of their parents.
Our findings confirm that the overestimation of one’s own abilities, compared to external estimations, regards mainly subjects with ADHD (Capodieci et al., 2019). Moreover, this overestimation of abilities is not always present (Owens & Hoza, 2003). Our results revealed the importance of paying attention to the interpretation of self-reports during the assessment of abilities in children and adolescents with ADHD and helped in differentiating specific difficulties of self-perception abilities between ADHD and ASD.
References:
Capodieci, A., Crisci, G., & Mammarella, I. C. (2019). Does Positive Illusory Bias Affect Self-Concept and Loneliness in Children With Symptoms of ADHD? Journal of Attention Disorders, 23(11), 1274–1283. https://doi.org/10.1177/1087054718763735
Lau-Zhu, A., Fritz, A., & McLoughlin, G. (2019). Overlaps and distinctions between attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder and autism spectrum disorder in young adulthood: Systematic review and guiding framework for EEG-imaging research. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 96, 93–115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2018.10.009
Martin C. P., Peisch V., Shoulberg E. K., Kaiser N., Hoza B. (2019). Does a social self-perceptual bias mask internalizing symptoms in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder? Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 60(6), 630–637. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcpp.13024
Owens, J. S., Goldfine, M. E., Evangelista, N. M., Hoza, B., & Kaiser, N. M. (2007). A Critical Review of Self-perceptions and the Positive Illusory Bias in Children with ADHD. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 10(4), 335–351. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10567-007-0027-3
Owens, J. S., & Hoza, B. (2003). The role of inattention and hyperactivity/impulsivity in the positive illusory bias. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71(4), 680–691. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.71.4.680
|
15:15 - 16:45 | 10 SES 02 A: Deans of Teacher Education Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Margery McMahon Research Workshop |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Research Workshop Deans of Teacher Education University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In 2023 a Deans of Teacher Education panel was held at ECER in Glasgow. This six member panel was composed of deans and leaders of teacher education from around the globe, inculding Scotland, Ireland, USA and Australia. The panel discussion focused on current challenges for teacher education and how the deans can work collectively and collaboratively to influence policy and decisionmaking relating to teacher education, at a time when it is under increased scutiny and challenge in many systems. The session was very well attended and attracted local media interest. This proposal builds on the success of this initial session, seeking to advance the discussion, involve more deans from across the ECER community and become established as an annual feature in the ECER programme for Network 10. It will be coordinated and chaired by Margery McMahon with inputs from deans attending ECER in Nicosia. This will draw from ECER members who are also members of the Global Deans of Education Network and the U21 Deans of Education group. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop will focus on key themes for teacher education including teacher recruitment and retention; curricula for teacher preparation; accreditation, scrutiny and inspection of teacher education. Selected case studies will be introduced by participating deans outlining how these issues are being addressed in their contexts. These will be used to facilitate dialogue and interaction amongst attendees. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings New contacts and collaborations was an important outcome of the 2023 deans' session and a goal of the 2024 session will be to formalise this further through an ECER specific Deans of Teacher Education group, aligned with Network 10. The establishment of such a fora will be an important development enabling the deans to use their voice and position to advocate further for teacher education. References Kennedy, A. , Beck, A. and Shanks, R. (2021) Developing a context-appropriate framework for measuring quality in initial teacher education. Scottish Educational Review, 53(1), pp. 3-25. Menter, I., The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education Research. London: Palgrave Macmillan. McMahon, M., (2023) ‘Teacher Education Reform in Scotland’ in Craig, C., Mena, J., and Kane, R., (Eds). ISATT Yearbook: Volume 1 Approaches to Teacher Education. United Kingdom: Emerald Group Publishing Limited. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 10 SES 02 B: Equity, Social Justice and Moral Values in Teacher Education Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elsa Estrela Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Justice-Oriented Teacher Preparation in Florida: Voices Against Divisive Concepts Legislation University of Florida, United States of America Presenting Author:This study is part of a larger project that investigates how teacher educators (TEs) conceptualize/operationalize teacher-educating for social justice in university-based teacher preparation programs in the United States. We intentionally focus this sub-study on the state of Florida within the US because of ongoing divisive concepts legislation to fight against “woke” indoctrination, defunding and censoring ideas related to diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) programs higher education and K-12 schools. Examples of this include signing legislation banning DEI initiatives, eliminating books from school libraries, and prohibiting public school educators from discussing systemic racism and gender. While attacks to this degree may not be widespread in Europe, the concept of “woke/wokism” has been used with right-wing media outlets and conservative parties in the UK (Cammaerts, 2022). The state of Florida is, in some ways, the canary in the coal mine—a warning of possible danger to come for TEs and teacher preparation programs in other countries who may, in the future, experience censorship legislation from their conservative politicians. Two research questions guide the study: 1) What are the experiences of Florida TEs with self-identified commitments to equity and social justice? 2) How has the current political climate in the state of Florida impacted TEs' commitments to social justice and equity in teacher preparation programs? Consistent with the conference’s theme about education in an age of uncertainty, this study sheds light on Florida TEs’ efforts to teach for social justice amidst a time of unpredictability and fear. As they navigate this uncertainty, this study can help the field better understand how these TEs continue to persist with critical hope to work toward a better society despite the challenges they face. More than “what, when, or how teachers do things,” teaching for social justice is connected to “how teachers think about their work and interpret what is going on in schools and classrooms; how they understand competing agendas, pose questions, and make decisions; how they form relationships with students; and how they work with colleagues, families, communities, and social groups” (Cochran-Smith, 2010, p. 454). Our study is informed by Bondy et al.’s (2017) justice praxis framework, which acknowledges the evolving ways of understanding and enacting justice in teacher education. While space limitations prevent us from elaborating on all seven contours of the framework, surrounding “justice” is Duncan-Andrade's (2009) notion of critical hope, or what Bondy et al. (2017) refer to as “radical hope.” Radical hope reminds educators that the path toward justice is a painful one but "despite the overwhelming odds against us making it down that path to change, we make the journey again and again because there is no other choice” (p. 191). Within this framework, justice must be enveloped in democratic practices (Ayers, 2009) that include listening deeply, discussion, and dissent. The remaining contours—critical sociological (Sensoy & DiAngelo, 2012), restorative (Ladson-Billings, 2015), wholly engaged (hooks, 1994), liberatory (Freire, 1970), and immersed in inquiry (Freire, 1970; Kumashiro, 2015)—offer TEs ways to think about transforming injustice within their contexts. Our study is also informed by Santoro and Cain’s (2018) notion of principled resistance, “a necessary and ethical response to mandates that conflict with [educators’] understandings about quality teaching and the role of education in a democracy” (p. 1). There are three general categories that engender principled resistance: pedagogical, professional, and democratic. Principled resistance is useful for our work because the TEs experience ethical dilemmas regarding teaching for social justice in a state that prohibits it. Our participants’ beliefs about the purposes of their work stand in direct conflict with the policies and practices they are expected to implement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our qualitative study provides insight into TEs’ perceptions of social justice education in the state of Florida in the US. A prospective list of participants was generated based on the researchers' professional networks and reviewing faculty profiles across the various institution’s websites across the state. We visited institutions’ College of Education websites and identified faculty members of teacher preparation programs. We intentionally chose diverse educational settings and sought faculty from large and small colleges across different regions, public and private institutions, Predominantly White Institutions (PWIs) and Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs). We examined websites for faculty research interests, courses, and publications for keywords (e.g., social justice, inclusion, diversity, anti-racism) that indicated a commitment to social justice. In total, 37 TEs were contacted, and 10 consented to participate. Nine participants were female and one was male. In terms of race, 4 are Black, five are White, and one is Asian. Two of the 10 are part of the LGBTQ+ community. They represented all regions across the state and eight of the 10 taught in public, PWIs. Participants were provided with a $50 Amazon gift card for their time. The TEs engaged in a semi-structured Zoom interview that was recorded and transcribed. The average interview lasted 58 minutes and sought to understand their experiences as justice-oriented TEs in Florida. We asked questions about the terms they use and why, their larger goals, and their practices as TEs. We also asked follow-up questions based on their responses. For example, when a participant talked about what was hard about teaching for social justice, we asked them if they could give us an example or tell us more. Interestingly, none of our interview questions explicitly asked about divisive concepts legislation but every participant brought this up. Drawing on Charmaz’s (2014) constructivist grounded theory guidelines to analyze the data, we engaged in a process of initial coding using in vivo codes, focused coding, and analytic memo writing. The initial coding informed our decisions about defining conceptual categories, while focused coding guided the synthesis of larger chunks of data to make analytic interpretations of participants’ experiences. Currently, we are developing analytic memos to help us reflect on emergent themes in the data to help us “lead to a richer and more powerful explanation of the setting, context, and participants” (Janesick, 2011, p. 148). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis is ongoing, and we have identified four preliminary findings from our interviews with Florida TEs. The current political climate has a chilling effect: TEs repeatedly described a heightened sense of fear for engaging in justice-oriented teacher educating. Those in public institutions especially acknowledged a lack of institutional support: “My institution has explicitly expressed that they will not support me or my colleagues, that any risks that we take for the purpose of our convictions and our own research to really delve into these issues that they're not sticking their necks out to protect us” (Tina1). Engaging in subversive practices: Participants shared that even in the context of fear, they engaged in subversive practices to continue teaching in socially just and equitable ways. Guided by their moral and ethical reasons for this work, they expressed that they do not alter their instructional practices; many shared that they need to teach in more creative ways. Remaining steadfast in their commitment to social justice: Despite current legislative efforts to censor critical conversations about race, gender, identity and systemic oppression, TEs expressed a firm commitment to teaching with a social justice praxis. For example, Tasha expressed, “I've still unapologetically, I have not changed who I say I am. Anything that's public facing still articulates the same person. All of the courses that I have designed, are still the same.” Participants expressed that the importance of these concepts to educators who teach K-12 students and minoritized communities outweighs the risk of silence. Institutional funding influences TEs perceptions of safety: TEs employed at state-funded public institutions expressed increased feelings of fear, trepidation, and concern regarding job security, scholarship, and personal safety. Contrarily, TEs at private institutions tended to vocalize feelings of empowerment, freedom, and support to engage in teaching for social justice. References Bondy, E., Beck, B., Curcio, R., & Schroeder, S. (2017). Dispositions for critical social justice teaching and learning. Journal of Critical Thought and Praxis, 6(3), 1-16. Cammaerts, B. (2022). The abnormalisation of social justice: The ‘anti-woke culture war’ discourse in the UK. Discourse & Society, 33(6), 730-743. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage. Cochran-Smith, M. (2010). Toward a theory of teacher education for social justice. In Hargreaves, A., Lieberman, A., Fullan, M., Hopkins, D. (Eds.), Second international handbook of educational change (pp. 445-458). New York: Springer. Duncan-Andrade, J. M. R. (2009). Note to educators: Hope required when growing roses in concrete. Harvard Educational Review, 79(2), 181-194. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York: Continuum. hooks, b. (1994) Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. Routledge. Janesick, V. J. (2015). " Stretching" exercises for qualitative researchers. Sage. Kumashiro, K. (2015). Against common sense: Teaching and learning toward social justice, 3rd edition, New York: Routledge. Ladson-Billings, G. (2015). Just justice [American Educational Research Association Social Justice in Education Award Lecture video]. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ofB_t1oTYhI. Santoro, D. & Cain, L. (2018). Introduction. In D. Santoro and L. Cain (Eds.), Principled resistance: How teachers resolve ethical dilemmas (pp. 1-15). Harvard Education Press. Sensoy, O. & DiAngelo, R. J. (2012). Is everyone really equal?: An introduction to key concepts in social justice education. New York: Teachers College Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Mentoring and Coaching as a supportive intervention to enable New Teacher Educators in their new roles in Higher Education 1University of Wolverhampton, United Kingdom; 2University of East London Presenting Author:The aim of the study is to explore: How can mentoring and coaching be used to support the transition of new teacher educators into higher education? The importance of the role of teacher educators cannot be under-estimated, and their impact on the outcomes for teacher trainees in initial teacher training provision is imperative to ensure that the future generation of teachers are well prepared for their roles. At a time where teacher retention is of great concern in a English context, where 30% of teachers leave the profession, as outlined in the Teacher Workforce Data Report (2022,23). Internationally, UNESCO reported similar concerns regarding teacher retention. It is imperative to develop high quality teachers,. The Teacher Educator's role is imperative in this process, especially at a time of uncertainty, where teachers can give children life-chances and hope. However, for many teacher educators, there are very few opportunities to develop to be able to make a smooth transition into their new roles and contexts. Czerniawski (2018) highlights that the term teacher educator implies all those involved in the development of future and current teachers. Czerniawski (2018) and Murray (2002) make the point that becoming a teacher educator can be a painful experience whereby the teacher educator needs to shed their former identity as a teacher and develop their novice identity as a teacher educator. However, during this transition period there is often no support in place to ensure that teacher educators can make the transition from their previous roles into their new role. This qualitative case study, evaluates how mentoring and coaching can be used as an intervention to provide a supportive transition for teacher educators into their new contexts, to enable them to flourish. Connor and Pokora (2017) define mentoring and coaching as learning relationships, and the study seeks to gain insights into how these learning relationships can help to create a sense of trust, belonging, and safety to enable teacher educators to engage effectively with their learners. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted through the use of semi-structured interviews, across an academic year to evaluate how mentoring and coaching was used, and what the potential impact was for new teacher educators. Participants were recruited across universities in England, and Teacher Educator mentors and coaches were assigned to support them on their journey from the start of the new academic year, to the end of the academic year. Semi-structured interviews were conducted termly via Microsoft Teams, and recorded, transcripts were created and. In addition, the semi-structured interview transcripts were thematically analysed each term through the use of Braun and Clarke’s (2006, 2022) 6 phase thematic analysis framework. Data was thematically coded, analysed, and key themes were developed through a grounded theory approach as outlined in Cohen et al. (2018). All ethical considerations, approvals and the necessary consent was in place prior to any collection of data as outlined in the BERA (2018) guidance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The key findings from the project reflects that coaching and mentoring can have a positive effect on teacher educators’ transitions, providing that the coaches and mentors are well developed and skilled in their roles. As Teacher Educators developed in their confidence, intervention support had to be skilfully utilised to provide appropriate challenge and opportunities to find solutions independently through coaching approaches. Participants found it helpful to have a critical friend to enable them to unlock their potential within their new contexts. The co-constructive learning experience ensured that participants were able to navigate their new landscape in a collaborative professional way. References BERA (2018) Ethical Guidance, UK: BERA Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, pp. 77–101. Czerniawski, G. (2018), Teacher Educators in the Twenty-First Century: Identity, knowledge and research. UK: Critical Publishing. Murray, J. (2002) Between the Chalkface and the Ivory Towers? A Study of the Professionalism of Teacher Educators Working on Primary Initial Teacher Education courses in the English Education System Collected Original Resources in Education (CORE), 26 (3): 1 - 530. Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2018) Research methods in education, 8thed. London: Routledge. Connor, M. and Pokora, J. (2017), Coaching and Mentoring at Work: Developing Effective Practice. (3rd edition). London: Open University Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Preparing Social Justice-oriented Teachers: Teacher Educators’ Conceptualizations, Practices, and Concerns 1Boston College, United States of America; 2University of Florida, United States of America; 3University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong SAR; 4Claremont Graduate University, United States of America; 5University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, United States of America Presenting Author:This study examines the work of teacher educators who strive to prepare teachers who can capably and equitably educate the next generation of young people for an increasingly complex, uncertain and inequitable world. Through our research, we seek to address the following question: How do teacher educators in university-based teacher preparation programs located in different contexts, conceptualize and operationalize their work to educate and nurture social justice-oriented teachers?
In answering this core question, we focused specifically on: a) the concepts and language these teacher educators choose to describe their work and why; b) the impact and influence of context (programmatic, institutional, political) on their practice; c) challenging or “hot” moments in their work preparing social justice-oriented teachers; and d) key pedagogies and practices these teacher educators incorporate into their teacher preparation curriculum.
Our research participants are all located in the U.S., but their aspirations for teacher candidates and the issues they are tackling transcend national borders and are global in nature. In 2021, UNESCO’s report Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education, called for “a new social contract for education that can repair injustices while transforming the future…grounded in human rights and based on principles of non-discrimination, social justice, respect for life, human dignity and cultural diversity” (p. iii). Similarly, the European Commission urges member states “to tackle inequalities from early years and to decouple social, economic, and cultural status, ethnic and racial background from educational attainment and achievement” (n.d.; https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/improving-quality/about-improving-quality para. 5). They echo educators across the globe who express commitments to equity (Cochran-Smith, et al., 2020; Darling-Hammond, 2017) and seek to “address the existing web of inequalities that perpetuate educational and social exclusions” (UNESCO, 2021) through social justice-oriented teacher preparation (Author et al., 2023).
Internationally, it seems then that “Equity is a fundamental value and guiding principle of education policy,…[and yet]…it is not necessarily actualised in education systems around the world” (OECD, 2018, p. 22), whether in Europe, Asia, Africa, North or South America. Indeed, the latest progress report indicates that progress towards achieving Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4: Ensure Inclusive and Quality Equitable Education and Promote Lifelong Learning Opportunities for All (https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal4) is fair at best, with no targets met (UN, 2023). Societies around the world share much in common, including a collective and shameful past of historical inequity and discrimination such that all children have not received the care and education they need and deserve. These same societies have signed on to SDG #4, and are engaged in “the reality that the drive for societal improvement is an ongoing process that draws on a past, is explored in the present and seeks to influence the future” (ECER Call for Papers, 2024). As a global community, we must address two, intertwined imperatives: quality education and equitable/inclusive education for all, both of which need quality teachers as “key figures on whom possibilities for transformation rest” (UNESCO, 2021, p. 80). Yet quality, justice-oriented teachers depend on teacher educators, so understanding how and what teacher educators do in their work of educating teachers, is essential. Thus, our study aims to build this understanding of teacher educators’ social justice work with teacher candidates, using two theoretical frameworks as analytic lenses. First, we utilize Marilyn Cochran-Smith’s Theory of Teacher Education for Social Justice (2010), that specifies three aspects that are relevant to our study, namely: justice, practice and teacher preparation. Second, Bondy et al. (2017) offer a justice praxis framework adapted by Author et al. (2021), that allows us to deeply examine our respondents’ theorizing and practice in social justice-oriented teacher preparation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitative study of teacher educators committed to social justice teacher education. Using phenomenography which supports “different understandings of reality” (Marton, 1986, p. 28), we explore how this group of teacher educators conceptualize and enact their individual understandings of social justice-oriented teacher preparation. Our research team represents five different universities from California, Florida, Illinois, Massachusetts and New York. As leaders of each state-specific team, we all bring substantive experience as university-based teacher educators, and participated in a pre-pilot focus group for the purpose of refining our research design through open-ended exploration of concepts in relation to social justice and teacher preparation. This enabled us to clarify and calibrate our own understandings of social justice-oriented teacher preparation and finalize interview and research questions, criteria for sample selection, and data collection procedures. Each team leader secured ethics approval from their home institution and four of five have recruited eligible participants locally—full-time, university-based teacher educators engaged in teacher preparation who express commitments to social justice. Interviews were conducted using a common semi-structured protocol consisting of six open-ended questions. Three of the teams conducted focus group interviews in-person or on-line as needed to accommodate scheduling and transportation or location issues. The fourth team was required to conduct individual interviews out of ethics committee concern for complete anonymity for participants given the political climate of the state; most of these were conducted virtually via Zoom. To date, five focus groups (3-5 participants per group) have been held, along with 10 individual interviews. Interviews lasted 60-90 minutes, were audio-recorded and have been transcribed. We are currently engaged in preliminary data analysis using a reflexive thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006). This approach “highlights the researcher’s active role in knowledge production” and affords “richer interpretations of meaning, rather than attempting to achieve consensus of meaning” (Byrne, 2021, p. 1393) It is a particularly appropriate approach when more than one researcher is involved in data analysis, as in our case, and maximum flexibility in interpretation is called for given multiple data sites and data sets, as well as our own positionality as experienced knowers who bring significant experience and knowledge about teacher preparation to the process. Our first sweep through the data according to our research questions has surfaced some early findings, which we outline below. These initial insights will be further interrogated using the theoretical lenses we have chosen. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings indicate that teacher educators in our sample use different terms to describe similar commitments to preparing teachers for diverse school populations. Terminology aside, respondents were explicit about why they do this work—to serve young people and “make sure that (new teachers) go into these schools…and always keep the humanity of the individual…at hand.” Respondents also detailed barriers they must navigate in order to uphold their commitments to social justice-oriented teacher preparation. While barriers across sites included program, institutional and state/political barriers, context mattered in terms of which barriers affected participants most significantly. Policy differences were especially stark. For example, in Florida where diversity has been legislated out of the curriculum (book bans, content restrictions), teacher educators operate in a climate of fear, treading the fine line between their own commitments to equitable education for all students, and the law. Even where state policy was supportive, some respondents still saw a barrier that dictates what they must do in their programs. We also saw differentiation between institution-types, i.e., participants in private institutions did not voice the same fear as participants in publicly-funded institutions. Regarding practice, participants shared many thoughtfully-designed activities to engage student teachers in understanding diverse histories, interrogating their own biases, developing inclusive pedagogies, and recognizing inequities embedded in social institutions including schools. Yet, a critical finding beyond productive practices was that regardless of whether teacher educators seemed free or constrained to pursue social justice goals in teacher preparation, most respondents remain steadfast in their commitments. Even when state policy contexts have had “a chilling effect,” they seem undeterred from their purpose, but rather are employing creative ways to “circumvent around so that we can get certain things done,” subversively adapting practices such that core principles remain while appearing to conform to regulations. References Author et al. (2023). Author et al. (2021). Bondy, E., Beck, B., Curcio, R., & Schroeder, S. (2017). Dispositions for critical social justice teaching and learning. Journal of Critical Thought and Praxis, 6(3), 1-16. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Byrne, D. (2022). A worked example of Braun and Clarke’s approach to reflexive thematic analysis. Quality & Quantity, 56, 1391–1412. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y Cochran-Smith, M. (2010). Toward a theory of teacher education for social justice. In A. Hargreaves, A. Lieberman, M. Fullan, & D. Hopkins (Eds.), Second International Handbook of Educational Change (pp. 445-458). New York: Springer. Cochran-Smith, M., Grudnoff, L., Orland-Barak, L., & Smith, K. (2020). Educating teacher educators: International perspectives. The New Educator, 16(1), 5-24. Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291-309. European Commission. (n.d.). European Education Area, Quality education and training for all. Accessed January 21, 2024, https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/improving-quality/about-improving-quality Marton, F. 1986. Phenomenography—a research approach to investigating different understandings of reality. Journal of Thought, 21(3), 28–49 OECD. (2018). Equity in Education: Breaking Down Barriers to Social Mobility, PISA. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264073234-en UN. (2023). Sustainable Development Goals Progress Report, Special Edition. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/report/2023/The-Sustainable-Development-Goals-Report-2023.pdf UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. Paris: Author. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 10 SES 02 C: Pre-service Teachers' Reflections and Learning Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Michael Schlauch Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Lecturer Perceptions of Teaching and Learning of Preservice Teachers Commencing Teaching Prior to Graduation: Case Studies from Australia and Sweden 1Mälardalen university, Sweden; 2University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia Presenting Author:This comparative paper examines education policies across Swedish and Australian contexts relating to the world-wide teacher shortage with a focus on students who undertake a teaching role whilst simultaneously completing their university studies. Universities have responded to the teacher shortage by re-organising teaching and learning to accommodate these students working into the teaching profession. These ways of organising teacher education are described as “good examples of ways to combine theory and practice and by these means prepare students well for their work at school and in the classroom” (Swedish Government, 2020). There is an increased emphasis on the significance of work-based learning in enhancing students' preparedness for the workforce (McManus & Rook, 2021; Raelin, 2007). This has prompted a closer examination of the interplay between off-campus and on-campus learning (Caspersen & Smeby, 2021). Essentially, students encounter challenges in translating academic knowledge into practical, didactic knowledge (Nilsson, 2008) and face difficulties in applying their academic learning to solve real-world problems in new contexts (Ramsden, 2003). Ongoing deliberations in higher education revolve around finding ways to support students in making successful transitions from university to the workforce. This discourse stems from an awareness of the disparities between these two environments, particularly the gap between university studies and the demands of the workplace (Biemans et al., 2004; Finch et al., 2007). We provide insights from university lecturers about their perception of students´ learning when organising teacher education and educating student teachers in this way to address the teacher shortage. We consider how policy contexts have shaped and reshape practices and ponder the potential impact for the teaching profession. We also consider the resonances, and points of tension, across and within the different national settings, to assist us to understand the teaching and learning practices in universities. Informed by the insights of Akkerman and Bakker (2011), the theoretical framework of boundary crossing helps conceptualize lecturers’ perceptions and the nature of WIL (Work-Integrated Learning) students' learning in relation to ricocheting between their work life as a teacher and their learning journey as a student. These students continuously cross the role boundaries between teacher and student hence the experiences of their lecturers through the boundary crossing framework is clearly relevant. Viewing boundary crossing through this lens enables a detailed understanding of the specific contextual relationships required, particularly in assessing learning opportunities that necessitate collaboration between different institutions (Akkerman & Bruining, 2016). This perspective holds particular significance in professional education, where apprenticeships are recognised as valuable avenues for facilitating successful transitions between university and workplaces. The perception is that the differences between these educational contexts serve as sources for development (Tuomi-Gröhn & Engeström, 2003). Rather than dismissing boundaries between contexts, they can be leveraged in exercises to help students contextualise their knowledge in alignment with the collaborative demands of their work (Andersson, 2016). The aim of this paper is to examine the impact of boundary crossing in the teaching and learning environment of initial teacher education providers and to provide insights what this way of organizing teacher education entails. The following research questions have been formulated to achieve these aims: - What are university lecturers’ perceptions regarding student teachers’ learning who commence teaching prior to completing their university degree? - What is made possible or hindered through boundary crossing in this way of organizing teacher education (WIL)? - What are the resonances, and points of tension, across and within different national contexts? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This project is an Ethnographic study of the experiences (Mills & Morton, 2013) of university lecturers teaching student teachers undertaking early teaching contracts in Sweden and Australia. Ethnography is useful for understanding ways of working and living as it studies social behaviors, dispositions and interactions between people and their environments in particular fields (Mills & Morton, 2013). Participants in both Sweden and Australia were recruited through purposive sampling based on the purpose and needs of the study to address the research aim and questions (Corbin & Strauss, 2008; Warren, 2002). The aim of this study was to explore the perceptions of university lecturers who work with student teachers on a conditional teaching contract, therefore university lecturers who have taught these students, were recruited to participate in a semi-structured interview. In Sweden, six university lecturers volunteered, all women aged 41 to 74, had 5 to 25 years of teaching experience at the university and 5 to 28 years of experience as teachers in schools. They taught subject courses or courses in educational science. In Australia, three men and eight female university lecturers volunteered to participate in the study. Similarly, they were aged between 32 and 70, with varying experience teaching in universities and schools from 5 – 30 years. In both Sweden and Australia, university lecturers participated in a semi-structured interview. During the interviews, participants were asked questions about their perceptions of work-integrated students' learning opportunities within university courses. Intrapersonal-level questions focused on perceived differences between work-integrated students and regular program students in terms of learning opportunities and how work-integrated students approached their university studies. Interpersonal-level questions explored possibilities or barriers perceived in teaching work-integrated student teachers. All interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim. In both countries, the researchers independently and carefully read the transcripts to identify patterns in the data, which were compared and coded into themes based on the overall research purpose (Fejes & Thornberg, 2019). The abductive procedure involved a continual back-and-forth between research data and theoretical considerations (Rinehart & Carlson, 2021). Data were organised by identifying common trends and specific findings related to the overall objective (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015), resulting in a more transparent and securely founded analysis. The themes were not sorted in order of importance, and representative quotes from respondents were chosen based on recurrence in the data. The analysis process remained aligned with the study's aim, questions and theoretical framework (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Swedish initial teacher education lecturers perceive that a complex situation arises wherein they contemplate how learning for WIL students should be organised within campus courses. Some WIL students exhibit a deeper understanding of how academic studies can be put into practice, elevating university teaching to a higher level. These coordination processes create opportunities for more reflective and advanced learning. However, many WIL students tend to identify as ready teachers seeking hands-on material, viewing campus courses and university teachers as supportive resources. Australian initial teacher education lecturers spoke about an absence of unified practices where it was left up to individual course coordinators to determine how they re-organise their way of working to accommodate for the needs of these student teachers who were often in rural and remote locations and could not attend classes on campus. This was problematic as they had no guidance to base their practices. In both countries University lecturers spoke about student teachers’ loss of drive to engage in their university studies. They perceived that students considered themselves ´almost ready teachers’ so all they needed to do was complete the minimum to pass their degree. University lecturers considered that the culture of the school, or the praxis shock (Ballantyne & Retell, 2020), influenced the pedagogy of student teachers. The study argues for stronger collaborations between universities and schools to bridge the gap between theory and practice for student teachers. The current reactive approach should shift to proactive and holistic collaborative models, prioritizing the success and well-being of student teachers at the boundary between university and school settings. By adopting such models, student teachers can thrive in navigating these boundaries, rather than merely surviving. Passow and Passow (2017) emphasize the need to integrate real-world learning from Work-Integrated Learning into the curriculum for an effective educational arrangement. References Akkerman, S. F. & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169. Akkerman, S., & Bruining, T. (2016). Multilevel boundary crossing in a professional development school partnership. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 25(2), 240–284. Andersson, A. (2016). Boundaries as mechanisms for learning in emergency exercises with students from emergency service organizations. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 68(2), 245-262. Ballantyne, J. & Retell, J. (2020). Teaching careers: Exploring links between well-being, burnout, self-efficacy and praxis shock. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 2255. Biemans, H. J. A., Nieuwenhuis, A. F. M., Poell, R. F., Mulder, M., & Wesselink, R. (2004). Competence-based VET in the Netherlands: Backgrounds and pitfalls. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 56(4), 523–538. Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. Sage. Caspersen, J. & Smeby, J.C. (2021). Placement training and learning outcomes in social work education, Studies in Higher Education, 46(12), 2650–2663, Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of qualitative research (3rd ed.). SAGE. Fejes, A., & Thornberg, R. (2019). Handbok i kvalitativ analys (Handbook in qualitative analysis). Liber. Finch, C., Mulder, M., Attwell, G., Rauner, F., & Streumer, J. (2007). International comparisons of school-to-work transitions. European Education Research Association Journal, 3(2), 3–15. McManus, L. & Rook, L. (2021). Mixed views in the academy: academic and student perspectives about the utility of developing work-ready skills through WIL. Studies in Higher Education, 46(2), 270–284. Mills, D. & Morton, M. (2013). Ethnography in education. SAGE Nilsson, P. (2008). Learning to teach and teaching to learn. Primary science student teachers’ complex journey from learners to teachers. [Doctoral dissertation, Link.pings university]. Passow, H.J. & Passow, C.H. (2017). What competencies should undergraduate engineering programs emphasize? A systematic review. Journal of Engineering Education, 106(3), 475–526. Raelin, J.A. (2007). The Return of Practice to Higher Education: Resolution of a Paradox. Journal of General Education, 56(1), 57–77. Ramsden, P. (2003). Learning to teach in Higher Education, 2:nd edition. Routledge Rinehart, E. K., & Carlson, L. D. (2021). Abductive Analysis in Qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(2), 303–311. Swedish Government. (2020). Governmental measures for more teachers/how the government is working to solve teacher shortages. Tuomi-Gröhn, T., Engeström, Y., & Young, M. (2003). From transfer to boundary-crossing between school and work as a tool for developing vocational education: An introduction. In T. Tuomi-Gröhn & Y. Engeström, Between school and work: New perspectives on transfer and boundary-crossing. Emerald Publishing. Warren, C. A. B. (2022). Qualitative interviewing. In J. F. Gubrium & J.A. Hostein (Eds.)., Handbook of interview research: Context and method, (pp. 83-102). SAGE. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Pre-service Early Childhood Teachers’ Cognitive-Emotional Learning Profiles in Mathematics from the Perspective of Control-Value Theory 1Humboldt-University, Germany; 2Freie Universität Berlin Presenting Author:Pre-service early childhood (EC) teachers’ epistemic beliefs in the domain of mathematics (application-related beliefs, process-related beliefs, static orientation), enjoyment of mathematics, mathematics anxiety, mathematical content knowledge (MCK) and mathematics pedagogical content knowledge (MPCK) have been extensively investigated using a variable-centred approach (Björklund et al., 2020). Pre-service EC teachers’ knowledge, emotions, and beliefs are inherent parts of their professional competence and their development (Dunekacke et al., 2022). Understanding pre-service teachers as learners during their teacher education (Jenßen et al., 2021), the relationship between these dispositions can be conceptualized in terms of control-value theory (Pekrun, 2006). This well-established theory describes the relationship between achievement in a specific domain and emotions as a function of learners’ control and value appraisals regarding learning and achievement situations. These appraisals can be seen as self-related cognitive evaluations that mediate between situations or domains and emotions (Pekrun, 2006). For example, control appraisals refer to an individual’s evaluation of whether they can affect a specific situation. This might go hand in hand with the individual’s subjective perception of how static or flexible the domain in which the situation is located is. Conversely, value appraisals represent how valuable or how important the situation or domain is, for example for the individual themself or for others. For example, domains with a huge importance for daily working life are seen as very valuable for individuals. Control and value appraisals determine specific emotional experiences, which in turn affect achievement in specific situations. Pleasant emotions such as enjoyment are positively associated with achievement, for example because they enhance elaborative learning, while unpleasant emotions such as anxiety lower achievement, for example due to reduced self-regulation. Applying this to the context of pre-service EC teachers’ learning during their teacher education, beliefs can be seen as generalized appraisals regarding a specific domain such as mathematics. Additionally, pre-service teachers’ achievement in a specific domain captures their acquisition of specific knowledge in this domain over the course of teacher education. There is a growing body of studies investigating the complex relationships between beliefs, emotions, and achievement in greater detail using a person-centred approcah (Rosmann & Mayer, 2018; Muis et al., 2015). These approaches can identify similarities and differences between persons with respect to the levels of variables (quantitative differences) as well as the shape of relations (qualitative differences) (Ferguson et al., 2020; Marsh et al., 2009). This could be useful for both research and practice, for example regarding diagnostic issues (Marsh et al., 2009). Nevertheless, the relationships between pre-service EC teachers’ beliefs, emotions, and achievement have only been investigated separately, and only one study applied a person-centered approach, modelling EC teachers’ MPCK and skills (Im & Choi, 2020). However, from a practical point of view, it seems plausible to assume qualitative differences in this context. For instance, it is feasible that some pre-service EC teachers are more capable of reflecting on their anxiety or differ from others regarding its regulation, with specific effects on the acquisition of knowledge, while some others may not succeed in doing so. To investigate person-centered differences regarding the complex relationship, we applied assumptions from control-value theory (Pekrun, 2006) to the context of pre-service EC teachers’ mathematics education. We investigated the following research questions: (1) Are there different profiles of pre-service EC teachers with respect to the relations between math-related beliefs (application-related beliefs, process-related beliefs, static orientation), emotions (enjoyment of mathematics, math anxiety), and knowledge (MCK, MPCK) when these are applied in a path model? (2) If there are more than two profiles, can they be reasonably interpreted in terms of qualitative differences that justify the added value of person-centered approaches? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample and Procedure The present study is based on data from n = 1,851 pre-service EC teachers from Germany. The participants were mostly female (85.6%) and their average age was M = 23 years (SD = 5). Data collection took place during regular instruction time in the teacher education institutions. All tests and questionnaires were administered as paper-pencil assessments. Instruments Epistemological beliefs about the nature of mathematics were assessed with well-established scales that have also been applied to EC teachers (Dunekacke et al., 2016). The scales capture application-related beliefs with six items (e.g., “Mathematics is helpful for solving everyday problems and tasks.”), process-related beliefs with four items (e.g., “Mathematics is an activity involving thinking about problems and gaining insight.”) as well as static orientation with four items (e.g., “Mathematics demands mainly formal accuracy.”). All items were answered on a 6-point scale and achieved a good reliability (Cronbach’s α between .80 and .85). Enjoyment of mathematics was captured reliably (Cronbach’s α = .89) with four items (e.g., “Mathematics is enjoyable.”) (Jenßen et al., 2021). The items were answered on the same 6-point scale as the items capturing beliefs. Anxiety was assessed with a reliable scale (Cronbach’s α = .89) consisting of four items that have also been applied to pre-service EC teacher (e.g., “I get very nervous doing mathematics problems”) (Jenßen et al., 2021). Pre-service EC teachers’ knowledge was assessed with the standardized KomMa tests (Blömeke et al., 2017). The test scores can be used to draw valid conclusions regarding content of the test, in terms of the construct and regarding EC teacher education in Germany. The MCK test consists of 24 items covering various mathematical content areas (numbers, geometry, quantity and relations, data). MPCK was measured with 28 items addressing mathematical learning in formal and informal settings and how to diagnose children’s mathematical competence. All tests achieved good reliability (RelMPCK = .87, RelMCK = .88). Data Analysis To answer our research question, we carried out latent profile analysis (LPA) with Mplus 8.2 following the guidelines given by Ferguson and colleagues (2020). As recommended, we first estimated a series of plausible LPA models, beginning with a one-profile solution and ending with a three-profile solution. To determine model fit and interpretability, we evaluated the solutions using AIC and BIC (Ferguson et al., 2020). Furthermore, we used the Lo-Mendell-Rubin likelihood ratio test (LMR LRT) to evaluate model fit (Nylund et al., 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings AIC and BIC decreased as the number of latent profiles increased and there was a major leap between a one- and a two-profile solution. Entropy suggested a two-profile solution. We additionally applied LMR LRT to validate the appropriate number of latent profiles. The results also indicated preferring the two-profile solution compared to the one- or a three-profile solution (p < .001). We therefore selected the two-profile solution for further interpretation. In Profile 1 higher levels of application-related beliefs go in line with lower levels of anxiety and higher levels of knowledge. We propose calling this profile the dynamic learning Profile. In Profile 2 higher levels of static orientation go in line with lower levels of enjoyment and higher levels of anxiety, but also with higher levels of knowledge. We propose calling this profile the static learning Profile. The results indicate two pathways for learning, with implications for research and practice. In terms of research, the results are interesting with regard to static orientation and show the need for further research. With respect to practice, they indicate the need to respect individual differences even during teacher education. For participants in the dynamic learning Profile, application-related beliefs play a crucial role, which could potentially function as a resource-based starting point that can be addressed by teacher educators or providers of professional development. For participants in the static orientation learning Profile, a static orientation is beneficial and inhibiting at the same time. Teacher educators should hold that in mind and carefully address a static orientation, for example by not disparaging the use of algorithms. However, since persons in the static orientation learning Profile would also benefit from addressing their enjoyment of mathematics in terms of MPCK, it might be useful to talk about pleasant emotional experiences and connect them to beliefs and knowledge. References Björklund, C., van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., & Kullberg, A. (2020). Research on early childhood mathematics teaching and learning. ZDM, 52, 607-619. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-020-01177-3 Blömeke, S., Jenßen, L., Grassmann, M., Dunekacke, S. & Wedekind, H. (2017). Process mediates structure: The relation between preschool teacher education and preschool teachers’ knowledge. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(3), 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000147 Dunekacke, S., Jegodtka, A., Eilerts, K., Koinzer, T., & Jenßen, L. (2022). Early childhood teachers’ professional competence in mathematics. Routledge. Dunekacke, S., Jenßen, L., Eilerts, K. & Blömeke, S. (2016). Epistemological beliefs of prospective preschool teachers and their relation to knowledge, perception, and planning abilities in the field of mathematics: A process model. ZDM, 48(1-2), 125–137. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-015-0711-6 Ferguson, S. L., G. Moore, E. W. & Hull, D. M. (2020). Finding latent groups in observed data: A primer on latent profile analysis in Mplus for applied researchers. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 44(5), 458–468. https://doi.org/10.1177/0165025419881721 Im, H. & Choi, J. (2020). Latent profiles of korean preschool teachers three facets of pedagogical content knowledge in early mathematics. Pacific Early Childhood Education Research Association, 14(2), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.17206/apjrece.2020.14.2.1 Jenßen, L., Eid, M., Szczesny, M., Eilerts, K. & Blömeke, S. (2021). Development of early childhood teachers’ knowledge and emotions in mathematics during transition from teacher training to practice. Journal of Educational Psychology, 113(8), 1628-1644. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000518 Marsh, H. W., Lüdtke, O., Trautwein, U. & Morin, A. J. S. (2009). Classical latent profile analysis of academic self-concept dimensions: Synergy of person- and variable-centered approaches to theoretical models of self-concept. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 16(2), 191–225. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510902751010 Muis, K. R., Pekrun, R., Sinatra, G. M., Azevedo, R., Trevors, G., Meier, E. & Heddy, B. C. (2015). The curious case of climate change: Testing a theoretical model of epistemic beliefs, epistemic emotions, and complex learning. Learning and Instruction, 39, 168–183. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2015.06.003 Nylund, K. L., Asparouhov, T. & Muthén, B. O. (2007). Deciding on the number of classes in latent class analysis and growth mixture modeling: A Monte Carlo simulation study. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 14(4), 535–569. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510701575396 Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-006-9029-9 Rosman, T. & Mayer, A. K. (2018). Epistemic beliefs as predictors of epistemic emotions: Extending a theoretical model. The British Journal of Educational Psychology, 88(3), 410–427. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12191 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Employing Problem-Based Learning (PBL) to Enhance Knowledge Application and Diagnostic Skills of Special and Inclusive Education Students University of Regensburg, Germany Presenting Author:Valuing learner diversity, supporting all learners, working with others and personal professional development are the four core values for all teachers and education professionals especially those working in inclusive education (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2012). The European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2022) emphasizes the importance of these values and highlights that attitudes, beliefs, knowledge, and understanding, as well as skills have to relate to concepts of inclusion (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022). Problem-based learning (PBL) appears well-suited for imparting these core values, as PBL has become an essential approach used in teacher education due to its positive impact on knowledge retention and application, attitude change, and diagnostic skill improvement of future teachers (Snyder & McWilliam, 1999; Wedel et al., 2022; Yew & Goh, 2016). PBL, which originated from the medical field, empowers students to take responsibility for their own learning by using realistic cases to develop solutions to patient problems (Barrows, 1996). Through the use of PBL, students can develop their research skills, integrate theory and practice, and apply their knowledge to create practical solutions for defined problems (Savery, 2006). Throughout the independent development of solutions and strategies for real-world problems, students perceive themselves as active learners and take responsibility for their own learning. This approach is especially effective when students are presented with a complex problem scenario to which there is more than one adequate solution (Hmelo-Silver, 2004). This article focuses on the application of PBL in the field of inclusive and special education and the integration of its essential components into the training of future teachers in Germany. To this end, realistic depictions of children and young adults with learning difficulties, based on the experiences of experts in special and inclusive education, were created to be presented to students who study special and inclusive education. Three realistic portrayals of children and young adults with learning difficulties were developed and presented as digital cases. Following the model of resilience research, inhibiting factors and difficulties are referred to as risk factors, while supportive aspects, strengths, and resources are assigned to protective, supportive factors (Werner, 2020). As amplified in the Methods section, a number of students will be tasked with identifying protective and risk factors in connection with the case presented and its environment. Each case includes individual risk and protective factors related to the child, such as school performance, social skills, motivation, emotional state, motor skills, cognitive skills, and language skills, as well as risk and protective factors related to the family and environment. It is important to observe the interactions and connections between the child, the school, and the broader environment while collecting this information (Doblinger & Becker-Stoll, 2020; Lauth et al., 2014). The social model of disability highlights the importance of social risk and protective factors in supporting children at school, in addition to individual factors. To optimally support children with learning difficulties, future teachers must be aware of various disability concepts (Gebhardt et al., 2022). The study seeks to address the following research questions by having students work through the cases using PBL: Q1. To what extent are students able to identify protective and risk factors in the given cases? Q2. What additional information about the child and family or environment do the students request that was not mentioned in the cases? Q3. What possibilities and approaches do students develop to support the child described in the case using PBL? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From May to July 2024, 33 special and inclusive education students in Germany, during their second semester, will participate in a casuistry seminar to work on digitally presented cases. Based on the specifications in the case-by-case framework for educational assessment (Lutz, 2023), the students will present information about individual, family, and environmental factors in a structured and objective manner. They will collect additional information required for case processing and develop approaches and strategies to support or encourage the child in the classroom. The case-by-case framework for educational assessment tool enables the evaluation of the identified outcomes. We expect the students’ findings to reveal whether they have a competence-oriented perspective, which identifies protective factors in the child and its environment, or a deficit-oriented perspective that focuses on risk factors. Additionally, it will be possible to determine whether students are more focused on individual-child-related factors or family and environmental factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study investigates the impact of problem-based learning on knowledge application and diagnostic skills of special and inclusive education students by using realistic cases. Previous studies suggest that students prioritize individual-child-related factors over environmental factors. This finding is also supported by Gebhardt et al. (2022), where first-year students tended to view disability from an individual-medical perspective. The problem-based learning (PBL) approach aims to enhance students' awareness of valuing learner diversity and supporting all learners. To achieve this, students must focus on social-systemic factors while considering individual child-related factors. Any potential improvements to both the tool and the PBL approach will be discussed. References Barrows, H. S. (1996). Problem-Based Learning in Medicine and Beyond: A Brief Overview. New Directions for Teaching and Learning(68), 3–12. Doblinger, S., & Becker-Stoll, F. (2020). Resilienz im Übergang vom Kindergarten in die Schule. In G. Opp, M. Fingerle, & G. J. Suess (Eds.), Was Kinder stärkt: Erziehung zwischen Risiko und Resilienz (4th ed., pp. 108–127). Ernst Reinhardt. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2012). Profile for inclusive teachers. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/profile_of_inclusive_teachers_en.pdf European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2022). Profile for inclusive teacher professional learning: Including all education professionals in teacher professional learning for inclusion. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/Profile_for_Inclusive_Teacher_ProfessionalLearning.pdf Gebhardt, M., Schurig, M., Suggate, S., Scheer, D., & Capovilla, D. (2022). Social, systemic, individual-medical or cultural? Questionnaire on the concepts of disability among teacher education students. Frontiers in Education, 6, Article 701987. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.701987 Hmelo-Silver, C. E. (2004). Problem-Based Learning: What and How Do Students Learn? Educational Psychology Review, 16(3), 235-266. https://doi.org/10.1023/B:EDPR.0000034022.16470.f3 Lauth, G. W., Brunstein, J. C., & Grünke, M. (2014). Lernstörungen im Überblick: Arten, Klassifikation, Verbreitung und Erklärungsperspektiven. In G. W. Lauth, M. Grünke, & J. C. Brunstein (Eds.), Interventionen bei Lernstörungen: Förderung, Training und Therapie in der Praxis (2nd ed., pp. 17–31). Hogrefe. Lutz, S. (2023). Case-by-case framework for educational assessment. https://doi.org/10.5283/epub.54591 Savery, J. R. (2006). Overview of Problem-based Learning: Definitions and Distinctions. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1002 Snyder, P., & McWilliam, P. J. (1999). Evaluating the Efficacy of Case Method Instruction. Journal of Early Intervention, 22(2), 114–125. https://doi.org/10.1177/105381519902200204 Wedel, A., Müller, C. R., & Greiner, F. (2022). Diagnostic cases in pre-service teacher education: effects of text characteristics and empathy on text-based cognitive models. Educational Psychology, 42(6), 694–713. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2022.2047615 Werner, E. E. (2020). Entwicklung zwischen Risiko und Resilienz. In G. Opp, M. Fingerle, & G. J. Suess (Eds.), Was Kinder stärkt: Erziehung zwischen Risiko und Resilienz (4th ed., pp. 10–21). Ernst Reinhardt. Yew, E. H., & Goh, K. (2016). Problem-Based Learning: An Overview of its Process and Impact on Learning. Health Professions Education, 2(2), 75–79. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.hpe.2016.01.004 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 10 SES 02 D: ***CANCELLED*** Mentoring, Coaching and Professional Practices Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Deborah Heck Paper Session |
15:15 - 16:45 | 11 SES 02 A: Increasing Students' Subject Knowledge and Developing Language Proficiency Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Valerija Drozdova Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper The Effect of the “Parallel Text” Method on the Students’ Understanding of Physics in English and Improve Their Language Skills Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Since the students of the high school continue to study all the profile subjects in English after completing the basic school, it is more difficult for them to study in English. Each year, when analyzing the results of the final summary evaluation of 12th-grade students, it was determined that the majority of students do not understand the command words in chemistry, biology, physics, and informatics, some terms, and the meaning of dialect words found in context. To this end, in the course of studying the methods of light learning of the subject in English, we decided that it is better to consult with English experts and try one of the most common methods of their use "parallel text". In the vast majority of articles and books published in Scholar.google.com, the definition of parallel text is a text within its translation. Based on the research of world-class scientists and educators: Michael Cysouw and Bernhard Wälchli (2007) highlight the role of parallel texts in facilitating theorists' work, transcribing texts like the "Biblical" in 400+ languages.Alex M. Kushnir (2018) emphasizes accessing master-level translations using parallel texts for a deeper understanding.MOHSEN GHADESSY and YANJIE GAO (2000) mention the importance of parallel texts for designing dictionaries and teaching translation methods. Yudina (2022) notes the use of parallel texts in learning Russian and provides an example in physics. Among the articles listed above, some authors prioritize not providing a full translation version of the script during task compilation. Therefore, we decided to take into account the level of knowledge of students before using the method of "parallel text". The study was attended by high school students with a basic and average level of English. In the study, educational materials in physics were given in two different directions. First, an English translation of team words and some terms was offered for students who were constantly confused about the meaning of team words. In the second direction, 70-80% of the context of the assignment was translated for students with very low English levels, and command words and keywords were underlined. The reason we gave the text is that when the students studied in English, the translation in their native language was given so that they could not search the context for a long time. It is noted that many world-class teachers and psychologists adhere to this direction. According to experts who use the method, it is not necessary to provide a full translation of the parallel text to avoid the risk of students becoming dependent on translation in their native language, rather than the context given in English. Another solution to avoid ingenuity, interactive lessons were organized, where students discussed the material in English, and teachers drew attention to the importance of working independently with English texts. Particular attention was paid to the quality of translation of educational materials. It was noted that the translation not only accurately represents the meaning of the original, but also adapts to the level of language proficiency of students. That is, by the level of education of students, the level of assignments was given. The main objective is to assess parallel texts' effectiveness in enhancing understanding of physical concepts in English. The study aims to address issues like command word comprehension, terminology understanding, and English language difficulties. Key questions include the impact on students' understanding of physics concepts and the effect on language achievements and motivation. The study also highlights the importance of accurate translations adapting to students' language proficiency levels. Interactive lessons and discussions in English aim to prevent dependence on native language translations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To implement this study, we used surveys, interviews, and analysis of the results of Term1. According to the results of Term 1, students' grades in Physics were not satisfying. The quality of knowledge in physics in the 1st quarter amounted to 45%. Having reviewed the results of Term 1 marks, it was determined that the students had a poor understanding of context. Students were surveyed to determine the reasons for the lower grades in Term 1. As a result of the survey, 82% of students reported that they do not fully understand the meaning of assignments given in English in physics. He suggested confusing the meaning of team words, often difficult under Section B, and a written translation of some physical terms by the teacher. As part of the study aimed at improving the understanding of physical concepts by students studying in English, they were interviewed to assess the effectiveness of the method. The interview was conducted with a group of students. The questions were related to the frequency of use of the method, its impact on the understanding of physical concepts and language progress, changes in the attitude towards studying, and interest and interest in the learning process. Most of the students noted that the method of parallel text helped them to better understand physical concepts. The students noted that the presence of native texts next to English versions makes it easier to understand complex topics and terms. Several students noted the improvement of their English language skills, in particular, filling out the scientific terminology and academic dictionary fund. Almost everyone who participated in the interview noted that the use of parallel texts was interesting for the reading process, contributed to better participation in the reading process, and increased their motivation to study physics. Most of the students noted that they began to use parallel texts not only in classes but also in their training, which allowed them to get deeper into the material. The students noted that this method makes it easier to remember new terms, reduces the stress of reading, and makes the learning process interesting and attractive. This not only improved their language skills but also increased their level of knowledge of physics as a whole. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students’ feedback showed there was a significant change in their progress in the study of the subject, the results of the quality of education in the second quarter amounted to 90%. Learning Objectives in Term 2 may have been influenced by the increase in the quality of education as a result of life-related factors, but we think that the influence of the method is more significant. Students’ academic achievements significantly improved. However, there were some difficulties in the study. Students become addicted to their mother tongue too dependent on translation, and there was a side of not making enough effort to understand English-language material. As a solution we suggest to gradually reduce the use of the native language in parallel texts by encouraging students to pay more attention to English text, marking only by underlined command words and offering alternatives to rare terms. Another challenge was the waste of time and resources. We offer to use of ready-made resources, increasing the quality of materials, as well as the exchange of materials with other partners. We hope feedback from students, team control and the results of the survey will confirm the effectiveness of the method used and the answers to our research question. We plan to apply this method to our lower classes in the following quarters. We are confident that this short-term study of the high estuaries has reached its goal. We can confidently say that this method will allow our students to develop academic literacy, prepare for international exams, and learn the subject in another language easily and quickly. In the future, we plan to study the impact of this method on different aspects of pupils' academic performance, the impact on the development of other skills, as well as its effectiveness in subjects that are related to physics. References 1.Michael Cysouw & Bernhard Wälchli Max Plank Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology Deutscher Platz 6 D-04103 Leipzig cysouw@eva.mpg.de . “Parallel texts: Using translational equivalents in linguistic typology”. (2007). 2.Alex M.Kushnir (2018). “Parallel texts” as a metodical universal... 3.A.N. Yudina Federal State Budgetary Educational Institution «International Center of Education «Interdom» named after E.D. Stasova» THE METHOD OF READING PARALLEL TEXT AS ONE OF THE EFFECTIVE WAYS TO STUDY PHYSICS IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE. (2022). 4.Michael Barlow. Pages: (106–115), DOI:https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004485204_008. “Parallel Texts in Language Teaching”. (2000). 5.William A. Gale Kenneth W. Church I AT&T Bell Laboratories Murray Hill, N.J., 07974 gale@research.att.com. “Identifying Word Correspondences in Parallel Texts”. (1991). 6.Jisong CHEN1 , Rowena CHAU2 , Chung-Hsing YEH3 School of Business Systems, Faculty of Information Technology Monash University, Clayton, Victoria 3800, Australia. “Discovering Parallel Text from the World Wide Web”. (2004). 7.Poznań Studies in Contemporary Linguistics 46(3), 2010, pp. 349–365 © School of English, Adam Mickiewicz University, Poznań, Poland doi:10.2478/v10010-010-0018-2. “NATIVE AND NON-NATIVE MODELS IN ELT: ADVANTAGES, DISADVANTAGES, AND THE IMPLICATIONS OF ACCENT PARALLELISM” (2010). 8.Kunstová, Adéla, Univerzita Karlova, Filozofická fakulta. “The position of scene-setting adverbials in English and Czech. A comparison on the basis of parallel texts” (2013). 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Relationship between Emotional Intelligence and Reading Comprehension Among Secondary School Students Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The primary objective of the present investigation was to empirically examine the potential correlation between the emotional intelligence of students and their reading comprehension. The study focused on 53 eleventh-grade students from Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Turkistan, Kazakhstan, selected from two classes. A reading comprehension test, specifically the IELTS reading comprehension section, was administered to assess the students' reading comprehension abilities. Additionally, the participants completed the USMEQ-i, as developed by Yusoff (2010), to measure their emotional intelligence. Statistical analyses, employing the Pearson Product Moment formula and Regression Analysis through the SPSS program, were conducted to ascertain both the correlation and the influence between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension. The findings revealed a statistically significant positive correlation between students' emotional intelligence and reading comprehension, as indicated by an r-value of .661. Furthermore, it was determined that students' emotional intelligence exerted an influence of 43.7% on their reading comprehension.
The concept of Emotional Intelligence (EI) originated in 1990 with Salovey and Mayer, aligned with earlier work on social intelligence and Gardner's intrapersonal and interpersonal intelligences. Daniel Goleman popularized it in 1995 with his book "Emotional Intelligence: Why It Can Matter More than IQ." Emotional intelligence involves using emotions to guide thinking and action, as well as facing challenges. It combines emotions and intelligence, considering emotions as valuable sources of information for navigating the social environment. Reading comprehension is now recognized as a multifaceted skill, involving both lower-level and higher-level processing. This complexity affects slow readers, leading to a lack of motivation and self-efficacy in processing target language reading. Consequently, individuals with poor reading comprehension struggle to grasp the essential meaning. To address this issue, there's a suggestion that developing students' emotional intelligence is crucial. High emotional intelligence, as highlighted by Downey et al. (cited in Abdolrezapour, 2013), is linked to enhanced motivation, planning, and decision-making. These emotional competencies positively impact academic performance. Human behavior is influenced by emotions, and individuals with strong emotional intelligence can manage their emotions effectively, leading to clearer thinking. Reading comprehension, a cognitive task, can be challenging, with readers sometimes feeling bored, hindering cognitive processing. Bryant (2007) suggests that reading comprehension involves emotional processing. Emotional intelligence integrates intellect and emotion, considering emotions as valuable sources of information for sense-making (Salovey & Grewal, 2005). Proficiency in comprehension correlates with emotional intelligence, as language learning involves communication, and understanding and controlling emotions are integral (Fani, 2015b). This research supports Nurhasnah's (2014) discovery of a significant positive correlation between students' emotional intelligence and reading comprehension in eighth-grade students. The correlation between emotional intelligence and comprehension proficiency is expected, given that language learning involves communication, understanding emotions, and the ability to control them. However, it differs from Ghabanchi and Rastegar's (2014) study, where emotional intelligence showed a weak correlation compared to intelligence quotient and reading comprehension.
The study emphasizes the importance of emotional intelligence in English language education, as supported by the influence of emotional intelligence (43.7%) on reading comprehension. This aligns with Motallebzadeh's (2009) findings, suggesting that reading comprehension is significantly influenced by emotional intelligence. Dehkordi and Bidabadi (2015) also acknowledge emotional intelligence's impact on EFL learners' reading comprehension, while Zarezadeh (2013) asserts that emotional intelligence affects English language learning. Recognizing emotional intelligence as a crucial component in education, Elias (2004, as cited in Fatum, 2008) and Downey et al. (2008, as cited in Abdolrezapour, 2013) highlight its contribution to increased motivation, planning, and decision-making, positively influencing academic performance.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study focused on eleventh-grade students (N=60) from Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Turkistan, Kazakhstan, with 53 selected as samples. Emotional intelligence was assessed using the Universiti Sains Malaysia Emotional Quotient Inventory (USMEQ-i) by Yusoff (2010), featuring 46 items across seven domains and a faking index. Faking index scores were categorized as low (0.00–2.00), average (2.01–2.99), and high (3.00–4.00). A high faking index suggests unreliable results, warranting validation through additional analysis. USMEQ-i, validated for construct validity, demonstrated a high Cronbach's alpha coefficient (0.96) for reliability across four intervals (2, 4, 6, and 8 months). Reading comprehension was evaluated using the TOEFL Junior section with 42 multiple-choice questions, ensuring validity and reflecting language testing best practices. The reading section's reliability coefficient was 0.89, with a standard error of measurement of 10.0. USMEQ-i scores were calculated following guidelines, with domain totals divided by the respective item count. The global emotional intelligence score, excluding the faking index domain, was obtained by summing the domain scores and dividing by 39. TOEFL Junior reading comprehension was scored using a standard system, with correct answers receiving 1 point and incorrect ones scoring 0. The total score ranged from 0 to 100. Students' emotional intelligence, analyzed descriptively, exhibited a USMEQ-i score range of 1.33 to 3.23, with a total sum score of 137.26 and a mean of 2.5898, indicating an average level among eleventh-grade students. Distribution showed 15 students in high emotional intelligence (2.81-4.00) and 38 in average (1.21-2.80), with none in the low category. For reading comprehension, TOEFL Junior scores ranged from 31 to 67, with a sum of 2523 and a mean of 47.60, categorizing students as having poor comprehension. Normality and linearity tests indicated normal data. There was a linear relationship between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension. The Pearson correlation revealed a significant positive correlation (r = .661, p < .05) between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension. Students' emotional intelligence significantly influenced reading comprehension (t = 6.290, p < .05). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Firstly, the Pearson Product Moment Correlation revealed a positive and significant correlation (r = .661) between the reading comprehension and emotional intelligence of eleventh-grade students at NIS Turkistan. This positive correlation suggests that as students' emotional intelligence scores increase, their reading comprehension scores tend to increase, albeit with a modest impact on their reading comprehension achievement. The results indicate a possible connection between emotional intelligence and the approach students take during reading comprehension tests, including factors like attention-building, motivation promotion, and the activation of their will to complete the test, even when their capabilities are less proficient. This outcome aligns with prior theoretical and empirical studies, particularly supported by Motallebzadeh (2009), who found a positive relationship between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension. The contribution of emotional intelligence to improved performance on reading comprehension tests may be explained by cognitive processes involving both lower and higher-level processing. Higher-level processing involves assembling clause-level information into a text model, allowing students to build interpretations consistent with their goals, attitudes, and background knowledge. The findings also resonate with Karbalaei and Sanati (2014), indicating a strong positive relationship between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension. The study emphasizes the role of emotional processing in reading comprehension. In conclusion, the research underscores a positive and significant correlation between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension, emphasizing the importance of emotional intelligence in students' English learning, particularly in reading comprehension. Students are encouraged to be mindful of, explore, and enhance their emotional intelligence, while teachers should also consider and integrate emotional intelligence into the learning process. References 1.Abdolrezapour, P. (2013). The relationship between emotional intelligence and EFL learners' writing performance. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 70, 331-339. 2.Abdolrezapour, P., & Tavakoli, M. (2010). The relationship between emotional intelligence and EFL learners’ achievement in reading comprehension. Innovation in Language Learning and Teaching, 6(1), 1-13. 3.Bryant, H. C. (2007). The relationship between emotional intelligence and reading comprehension in high school students with learning disabilities. Dissertations. (Graduate’s Dissertations). Andrews University, Michigan, United States 4.Fani, T. (2015a). Reading comprehension performance viewed in the light of Bar-on’s emotional intelligence scales and subscales. International Journal of Innovation and Research in Educational Sciences, 2(3), 2349–5219. 5.Fani, T. (2015b). Factors affecting English reading comprehension ability: investigating the role of EI, gender, and major. The IRES 4th International Conference, 59-63. 6.Karbalaei, A., & Sanati, F. (2015). The study of the relationship between emotional intelligence, reading motivation, and anxiety with reading comprehension among Iranian EFL learners. International Journal of English Language and Literature Studies, 4(4), 171- 183. 7.Mayer, J. D., Roberts, R. D., & Barsade, S.G. (2008). Human abilities: emotional intelligence. Annual Review of Psychology, 5, 507–536. 8.Motallebzadeh, K. (2009). The relationship between the emotional intelligence of Iranian EFL learners and their reading comprehension and structural ability. Journal of Teaching English as a Foreign Language and Literature, 1(4), 39-55. 9.Nurhasna. (2014). The correlation between students’ emotional intelligence and their reading comprehension at islamic junior high school Sawah Kampar regency (Undergraduate’s Thesis). State Islamic University of Sultan Syarif Kasim Riau, Pekanbaru, Indonesia. 10.Salovey, P., & Mayer, J. (1990). Emotional intelligence, imagination and cognition, and personality. Educational Psychologist, 9, 185-211. 11.Yılmaz, C. (2012). An investigation into Turkish EFL students attributions in reading comprehension. Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 3(5), 823-828. 12.Yusoff, M. S. B., Rahim, F. A., & Esa, A. R. (2010). The USM Emotional Quotient Inventory (USMEQ-i) Manual. Kelantan, Malaysia: KKMED Publications. 13.Yusoff, M. S. B. (2012). Stability of USMEQ-i in measuring emotional intelligence in medical students. ASEAN Journal of Psychiatry, 13(1), 1-6. 14.Zarezadeh, T. (2013). The effect of emotional intelligence in English language learning. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 84, 1286-1289. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 13 SES 02 A: Bildung in Higher Education and the North American African Diaspora Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ian Munday Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper The Place of Memory: race, belonging and Bildung in the North American African diaspora UCL, Institute of Education Presenting Author:This paper explores the relationship between race, place and Bildung, specifically the problematics of Black American identity and the troubled concept of America itself, and the fatefully compromised roots of this modern democracy (“We the People!”—but which people are we?). The paper employs works by Ralph Ellison (namely, Invisible Man) and Langston Hughes as an opportunity to think about Bildung, the Bildungsroman and other literary works associated with the struggle that is Bildung as a means to explore different facets of identity, or the ways in which ‘identity’ is showcased in this kind of literature. It also explores the significance of place for our ‘becoming’ as human beings, and the way that coming into relationship with place is an inherent aspect of education. This relationship being essentially conflicted in the Black American context of the mid- 20th century. Ideas about place are developed through Heidegger and humanist geographer Edward Relph, who enrich and subvert our understanding of ‘place’ as something that is not only physical or material (i.e. a geographical location) but also ontological and existential; a place becomes a place through patterns of meaning. Additionally, the work is guided by William James Booth’s The Color of Memory, which deals more explicitly with the violence of identity formation in these colonial contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My method of approach is philosophical. To be specific I engage a method that arises out of the substance of my enquiry: the central theme I am concerned with is Bildung, and the particular aspect I highlight is the Bildungsroman. In a sense, this literary form is in itself an attempt to explore and expand on what Bildung might be, and it is one way in which the concept and the ways of living to which it refers have been advanced. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings My paper is an argument that explores Bildung in the North American African diaspora, and endeavours to show the essentially conflicted nature of the relationship between place and Bildung. In taking this specific case the paper reconsiders the image of a classical Bildungs-journey in which the constructs of place manifest a sense of national belonging that does not feature as readily in the experiences of black people in America in the mid-20th century. This is explored through Ralph Ellison’s modern Bildungsroman ‘Invisible Man’, in which the retrieval of a national memory through the reaffirmation of a nation’s harrowing past (of colonialism, slavery, and segregation) is crucial for the black diasporan community to engage in practices of self-formation: as I conclude that the self is embedded in the way a place is remembered. I believe this has significance for our thinking about the role of place in our becoming and how reworking our relation to place also becomes a reworking of ourselves. I hope this paper can provide a basis for further enquiry into the significance of place for our Bildungs-processes. References Booth, W. J. (2008). ‘The Color of Memory: reading race with Ralph Ellison’, Political Theory, 36/5: 683-707. https://doi.org/10.1177/0090591708321034 Ellison, R. (2001). Invisible Man (1952). London: Penguin Books. Ellison, R. (2011). The Collected Essays of Ralph Ellison. J. F. Callahan (Ed.). New York: Modern Library. Ellison, R. (2012). ‘Harlem is Nowhere’ (1948). In T. E. Robinson, A City within A City: The Black Freedom Struggle in Grand Rapids, Michigan, pp. 241–247. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. Emerson, R. W. (1983). ‘Circles’ (1841). In Emerson: Essays and Lectures, pp. 401–414. New York: Library of America. Heidegger, M. (1962). Being and Time (Macquarrie, J. & Robinson, E. Trans.; 1st ed.). Oxford: Blackwell Publishing. Hughes, L. (1995). “Harlem” (1951). In A. Rampersad (Ed.), The Collected Poems of Langston Hughes, pp. 387–409. New York: Vintage/Random House. Inwood, M. (1997) Heidegger: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: OUP. Joyce, J. (1992). A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man (1916). London: Wordsworth Classics. Larkin, P. (1988). “The Importance of Elsewhere”. In A. Thwaite (Ed.), Collected Poems. London: Faber and Faber. Relph, E. (1976). Place and Placelessness. London: Sage. Seamon, D., and Sowers, J. (2012). ‘Place and Placelessness (1976): Edward Relph’. In P. Hubbard, R. Kitchin & G Valentine, Key Texts in Human Geography, pp. 1-14. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446213742 Soja, E. W. (1997). Thirdspace: Journeys to Los Angeles and Other Real-and- Imagined Places. London/New York: Verso. Tocqueville, A. (1991). ‘Voyage en Amérique’.In A. Jardin (Ed.), Oeuvres. Paris: Gallimard. Tuan Y. F. (1977). Space and Place: the perspective of experience. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Wollan, G. (2003). 'Heidegger’s philosophy of space and place', Norsk Geografisk Tidsskrift - Norwegian Journal of Geography, 57/1: 31–39. https://doi.org/10.1080/00291950310000802 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Bildung and the Pedagogical Function of Higher Education 1Mälardalen university, Sweden; 2Uppsala university, Sweden Presenting Author:In this paper, we address the question of Bildung and its place in the modern university, especially in relation to teaching and the concept of Didaktik (cf. Sjöström & Tyson, 2022). We are particularly interested in the relation between higher education’s societal and scientific functions as well as in its possibilities for each student to develop intellectually and emotionally, thus increasing their opportunities to live a good life. The main questions that we ask are: What is knowledge, what do we do with it and how can it help us to get ahead and navigate in our lives? With support from Nordic conceptions and interpretations of the concept of Bildung (e.g. Bernt Gustavsson, Michael Uljens, and Sven Nordenbo) as well as some contemporary interpretations of Herbart's concept Bildsamkeit (e.g., Siljander et. al 2012), we discuss how teaching in higher education can be a place where Bildung and knowledge, through the practice of study (Schildermans 2019), lie in the center.
On the one hand, Bildung can be understood as an elitist idea of knowledge as something exclusionary, politicized, and conditioned by power, that is, knowledge as an identity and class marker. On the other hand, and more in line with German and Nordic conceptualizations, Bildung can be seen as a process where the individual subject grows in interaction with different knowledge areas and traditions as well as together with other people. Bildung is a concept that is often contrasted with the concept of education. Bernt Gustavsson (2003) believes that Bildung in its broadest sense is the development process that every person goes through during their life from child to mature person, a process characterized by the dynamic relationship between the familiar and the unfamiliar. In the encounter with the unknown, man is forced to reflect on his own perception of himself and the world (Gustavsson, 2003) and it is in this encounter that humans develop in a continuous movement. While Bildung should be a free and open process, there are always goals, set by society or ourselves, that steer the process in a certain direction. With the modernization of society, the concept of Bildung has come to face new demands, such as meeting the need for constantly renewed living conditions and challenges as well as the need for new expedient and/or meaningful knowledge. However, something that must always be a prerequisite for education to occur at all is that it is based on human activity and creative imagination and has a personal connection (Gustavsson, 2003). In an educational context, the notion of Bildung will always in some way or the other be connected to the practice of teaching, and therefore needs to be understood pedagogically and didactically. From a Didaktik-perspective, grounded in the triadic relationship between teachers, students, and subject-matter, teaching is about showing and sharing something with someone else, with some kind of intention. If in the teaching context we tend to place this something within the framework of a subject, a subject discipline or area, this didactic choice is always both subject-centered and world-centered (Vlieghe & Zamojskij, 2019). While the teacher points to the content, the content points to the world, either by representing a part of the world or by being drawn from the world. As such, the triadic relationship is not limited to teaching, but occurs in all interpersonal contexts that have meaning making, understanding, and interest in relation to a content as a goal.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is constructed as a philosophical argument, building on conceptual analysis and central concepts, mainly from the tradition of continental educational thinking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on Benner (2015), Uljens (2023), Fichte (1796/2000) and Herbart (1908), educational praxis and encounters take place within a domain of coexistence, based on both human “imperfection” (we are born with a potential for development)and human “incompleteness” (we become people in relation to other people, when we are addressed as subjects by the other). From these basic educational principles, we can see both opportunities and challenges for human development and Bildung. Bildung occurs when the surrounding world calls us or invites us as independent and autonomous subjects in a specific context. In this context, we always have a choice to either respond or to ignore this invitation.In the final parts of the paper, we summarize our argunent by discussing how the educational dimensions of teaching can be acknowledged within higher education as a place for working with students' intellectual and emotional development, as well as a place that offers them opportunities to live a good life together with other people (cf. Magnússon & Rytzler, 2022). However, rather than seeing this place as pre-defined, in terms of learning goals and learning outcomes, we believe (in line with Bergdahl and Langmann, 2018) that education in higher education must develop a pedagogical language, rooted in the educational tradition, that pays attention to the dynamic, bodily, relational, and existential dimensions that characterize life in all educational contexts, higher education included. This by seeing the educational process as an exchange where, on the one hand, students are addressed by and themselves address the world, as itself is expressed through various subjects and scientific traditions, and, on the other hand, by allowing these traditions to be challenged and developed through the didactic interplay between students, teacher and the specific topics of study. References Bergdahl, L., & Langmann, E. (2018). Pedagogical postures: A feminist search for a geometry of the educational relation. Ethics and Education, 13(3), 309–328. doi: 10.1080/17449642.2018.1477088. Gustavsson, B. (2003). Bildning i vår tid: Om bildningens möjligheter och villkor i det moderna samhället. Wahlström & Wistrand. Gustavsson, B. (2017). Bildningens dynamik: Framväxt, dimensioner, mening. Bokförlaget Korpen. Klafki, W. (1995). Didactic analysis as the core of preparation of instruction (didaktische analyse als kern der unterrichtsvorbereitung). Journal of Curriculum Studies, 27(1), 13–30. Nordenbo, S. E. (2002). Bildung and the Thinking of Bildung. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 36(3), pp. 341-352. Schildermans, H. (2019). Making a University. Introductory Notes on an Ecology of Study Practices. (Doctoral thesis). Faculty of psychology and educational sciences. Laboratory for education and society. Belgium: KU Leuven. Siljander, P., Kivela, A., Sutinen, A. (Eds.). (2012). Theories of Bildung and Growth. Connections and Controversies between Continental Educational Thinking and American Pragmatism. The Netherlands: Sense Publishers. Sjöström, J., & Tyson, R. (2022). Didaktik för lärande och bildning. Liber. Uljens, M. (2023) (Ed). Non Affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung. Springer. Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an Ontology of Teaching. Thing-centered Pedagogy, Affirmation and Love for the World. Springer. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 14 SES 02 A: Leisure, Families, Schools and Communities. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Melyssa Fuqua Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper "School-Based Leisure and Equitable Access to Out-of-School Education in the Transformative Shift towards Full-service community schools" Universitat Autonoma Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Research has pointed out the importance of participation in extracurricular activities (EA) in school achievement (Eccles, 2003; Linver, 2009; Meier, 2018), as well as in the development of skills that promotes children and youth wellbeing and social progress (Covay i Carbonaro, 2010; Vandel & col, 2020). It has also identified quality criteria that can substantially modify after-school activities outputs. Among them, we focus the on the capacity to adjust activities and program structures to the diversity of social contexts (Simpkins, 2017). The literature indicates that social vulnerability significantly impacts children’s participation in organized leisure. A debate has emerged to explain the lower involvement of working-class families in extracurricular activities, attributed to material factors or to class culture patterns (Weininger, E. B., Lareau, A., & Conley, D., 2015). Research has also scrutinized exclusion mechanisms in leisure arising from peripheral conditions associated with poverty, such as mobility, job precarity, complex administrative procedures (Oncescu, J. & Neufeld, C., 2020). Specific barriers to participation in leisure activities arise from family migration status (Shuey, E. A., & Leventhal, T., 2018), becoming evident when we consider the significance of social capital in accessing information regarding activity availability and enrollment (Galindo, C. & Sanders, M., 2017). The democratization of out-of-school educational opportunities faces specific challenges that are increased in today's scenarios of uncertainty, social polarization and mobility flows, particularly in urban schools. To address these challenges, policies aimed at expanding participation in out-of-school education require innovative, community-centric approaches rather than a narrow focus solely on child development (Bae, 2019). Public supply of extracurricular activities in urban schools offers a chance to mitigate the geographical and economic barriers, promoting collaboration between families and school stakeholders that goes beyond cultural and informational hurdles. However, the functioning of the school-based leisure provision model needs a nuanced approach that enables the identification of factors conditioning their potentialities. In Barcelona EA supply has often been governed by marketisation logics (Termes, 2020)., which ends up by shaping a territorially unequal distribution of educational opportunities. Mapping studies on this issue (Termes, 2020, Palou, 2021) concluded that school-based EA in disadvantaged neighbourhoods were less divers and mainly tutorial and remedial type, while in other districts activities aimed at personal development were offered, such as languages, arts, science and technology. That is the reason why local administration develops new extended-school policies with the doble goal of fostering desegregation in after school times and spaces and improving equity in the access to EA (Sintes, 2018). On October 2022, the Arts and STEAM extended-school programme “Extra!-Extra!” is launched in 32 primary and secondary schools and 6 municipal facilities. It has the capacity of 2.100 participant. During the first year reaches a 66% of occupation, with significative gaps depending on the school and its surroundings. This study analyzes the enactment factors of the new policy in schools that may have led to heterogeneous impacts on the overall school community. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study aims to explore the institutional factors of the school-based leisure program that have facilitated the engagement of certain families in EA while leaving others on the sidelines. We seek to investigate the causes of the heterogeneous impacts of the policy on families' access to school-based leisure and the changes in patterns of extracurricular participation. To answer these questions, we employed a mixed method research design. In the initial phase, a survey on extracurricular participation was conducted with students in 3rd to 6th grade (n=741). Survey data underwent latent profile analysis to identify patterns of out-of-school time use. Subsequently, a second survey was conducted exclusively with students of the same schools who enrolled in the new public extracurricular activities (N=122). Using the LPA profiles as a baseline, we analyse the program's coverage regarding time use patterns and sociodemographic variables of gender and origin. In the second phase, in order to understand the differential access of families to school-based leisure, we use a qualitative approach. It includes semi-structured interviews with School Social Workers (10), family members (30), and a focus group with policymakers responsible of program design. Qualitative information is coded based on dimensions of full-service community schools (Cummings et al, 2011), inducing categories related to the school-community relationship, shared leadership, community participation, and other emergent factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to the literature on success factors of full-service community schools, examining a case involving a city that has initiated new policies for the governance of children's leisure at the local level. The analysis of program coverage has revealed increased access for children who were already users of school-based leisure before the program's inception, with an interesting inclusion of some who were not engaged in activities previously, and the underrepresentation of students involved in private or community activities outside of school. All schools have implemented adjustments to schedules and coordination with other educational agents in the neighborhood. However, in contexts where school-based leisure competes with socio-educational and community provision, access to the program has been lower. According to preliminary results, the activity offerings have not taken into account the reception needs experienced by children in more recent migrations, nor the information and decision-making processes occurring in newly arrived families. Some schools overcome this challenge through the cultural broker role adopted by the school social worker, helping families align with the municipal agenda for children's leisure. This process is more effective when the school has initiated community building processes with families, moving beyond viewing them as individual clients of extracurricular activities. References Bae, S. H. (2019). Concepts, models, and research of extended education. IJREE–International Journal for Research on Extended Education, 6(2), 13-14. Bonal, X., Zancajo, A., & Scandurra, R. (2019). Residential segregation and school segregation of foreign students in Barcelona. Urban Studies, 56(15), 3251-3273. Cummings, C., Dyson, A., & Todd, L. (2011). Beyond the school gates: Can full service and extended schools overcome disadvantage?. Taylor & Francis. Galindo, C., Sanders, M., & Abel, Y. (2017). Transforming educational experiences in low-income communities: A qualitative case study of social capital in a full-service community school. American Educational Research Journal, 54(1_suppl), 140S-163S. Oncescu, J., & Neufeld, C. (2020). Bridging low-income families to community leisure provisions: The role of leisure education. Leisure/loisir, 44(3), 375-396. Lareau, A. (2011). Unequal childhoods. In Unequal Childhoods. University of California Press. Mukherjee, U. (2023). Race, Class, Parenting and Children’s Leisure: Children’s Leisurescapes and Parenting Cultures in Middle-class British Indian Families. Policy Press. Simpkins, S. D., Riggs, N. R., Ngo, B., Vest Ettekal, A., & Okamoto, D. (2017). Designing culturally responsive organized after-school activities. Journal of Adolescent Research, 32(1), 11-36. Shuey, E. A., & Leventhal, T. (2018). Neighborhood context and centre-based child care use: Does immigrant status matter?. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 44, 124-135. Weininger, E. B., Lareau, A., & Conley, D. (2015). What money doesn't buy: Class resources and children's participation in organized extracurricular activities. Social Forces, 94(2), 479-503. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper "Paulitics" – Politics, Activism, Football, and Community - Perspectives on Bildung and Social Innovation at St. Pauli Football Club, Hamburg 1VIA University College, Denmark; 2VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:"The brand St. Pauli FC is an identification mark. The totenkopf-t-shirt means that you share values with the club. Like me!" (Leni, social worker, Gemeinwesenarbeit (GWa) St. Pauli eV). This presentation stems from an ethnographic fieldwork carried out in 2023 in the St. Pauli district of Hamburg, Germany, where the local football club, St. Pauli FC, which competes in the 2. Bundesliga, is based. In the project to which this fieldwork belongs, we examine how traces of formative intervention methods and interactions (bildung) become evident in private football organizations, and what significance this potential pedagogical work holds for the social and community anchoring of football clubs in the local neighborhoods. In this chapter, we are particularly interested in how St. Pauli, both as a district and a football club, leaves its mark on the people who inhabit the area and engage with the fan club or attend matches weekend after weekend. Here, we experience how the place is saturated with values that connote the local belonging of these individuals and become a form of formation that takes root in their bodies and consciousness, thus contributing to their corpus of understanding, their repertoires of action, and their way of being in the world. This is also why we approach our informants from a perspective of bildung when speaking with them. This presentation seeks to unfold our analytical construct "Paulitics", understood as the seemingly underlying tone of left-leaning political values, constant lurking activism, apparent resistance to authority, and a stick-it-to-the-man attitude, which runs as a distinct community-building and highly diversity-bearing thread throughout the Altona/St. Pauli district in Hamburg. Paulitics is our own analytically constructed concept stemming from a theoretical foundation that understands social innovation as a collective purpose, which, through the reinforcement of social relations and a strong local community anchoring, creates less inequality and more social justice based on the unique history associated with the area (Moulaert, MacCallum & Hillier 2014, 31). Therefore, we understand Paulitics as a unifying collective approach to how the aforementioned social relations and local community anchoring act as a catalyst for the continuous development of communities and the significance of creating these communities for the residents of the local area and their opportunities to become, belong, and undergo formation through their interaction with the area's people, phenomena, ideas, things, and affairs (Rømer, 2019: 5; Tanggaard, 2021: 20, 23-24). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Through spontaneous, unstructured conversations, semi-structured interviews, and neighborhood walks with local social workers, social pedagogical workers, and employees in more formal positions within the football club, our research interest is primarily met by narratives and practices that all revolve around the immediate uniform values of the neighborhood and the football club, as evidenced by the introductory quote in this introduction by Leni. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project aim to explore social and leisure educational interventions through anthropological fieldwork with a focus on football communities and their special significance in a local community for both the individual young fan and the fan group. In the club, strong partnerships between private, civil and public actors are seen, and the research project is concerned with uncovering how the different groups can coexist with their focus on both social and economic value creation. We want to get closer to what participation opportunities are made available to young fans and how these opportunities can be seen as developing young people's bildung and participation in local communities. Through this, we hope to uncover the significance of the club and the neighborhood for the bildung of the fans and the ambiguities this entails. We claim that by understanding "Paulitics" as a phenomenon of bildung, we can better grasp how and, importantly, why the otherwise distinct yet ideological and sometimes fluctuating value sets symbolized by the environment and the club imprint themselves on the individuals who subscribe to such logics and doxa. References Mouleart, F., MacCallum, D. & Hamdouch, A. (Edt.) (2014) The International Handbook on Social Innovation- Collective Action, Social Learning and Transdisciplinary Research. Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd Ramsgaard, M. B, Garsdal, J., Brahe-Orlandi, R., & Nørgaard, A. K. L. (red) (2024). Transformationer – i social innovation og entreprenørskabsdidaktik. Forskningscenter for Innovation & Entreprenørskab, VIA University College. Rømer. (2019). FAQ om dannelse. (1. udgave. 1. oplag.). Hans Reitzel. Tanggaard, L. (2021). Dannelse former os som 'hele' mennesker. I S. Brinkmann, T. A. Rømer, & L. Tanggaard (red.), Sidste chance: Nye perspektiver på dannelse (1. udg., Bind 1, s. 19-35). Klim. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Social Institutions and Rural Youth Transitions in Uncertain Times: Social Capital in Australian Community Sports Clubs University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Rural youth face a significant decision at the end of their compulsory education – stay local and join the limited workforce or leave, even temporarily, for further education and qualifications. Often, students are conditioned through schools, parents, and community that leaving is required to be ‘successful’ (Corbett, 2007; Rönnlund et al., 2018), with policymakers ignoring the validity of aspiring to remain in their communities (Cuervo et al., 2019). There are ongoing tensions in rural communities around managing youth outmigration and concern for the future of those who stay (Alexander, 2023) set against a backdrop of uncertainty around the world concerning political, economic, and environmental instability. Alexander (2023) contends that relational connections in rural communities are important in youth’s decision-making regarding their lives post-school. This paper explores how, in Australia, the institution of the local sports club mediates these tensions, providing a point of stability and connection for their youth. Australian sports clubs govern local teams (here, Australian Rules Football and netball) that participate in regional competitions and maintain facilities. At all ages, participating in sport as a player, official, volunteer, and/or spectator is a social norm in rural communities (Waitt & Clifton, 2015). By focusing on the role of the club, this paper offers new understandings of how these institutions support young people in post-school transitions. International literature on rural youth transitions and aspirations has identified that community expectations and a sense of belonging are key influences on post-school decision-making (Alexander, 2023; Gore et al., 2022; Tieken, 2016). It is well-established that peers, family, and friends are critical influences on youth aspirations. Sports clubs in rural communities are a confluence of these factors, but its collective role in youth transitions has not been explored. As socio-economically diverse, inter-generational social institutions, these clubs are well-situated to share and build social capital that assists youth in their transition to early adulthood. In many countries, there are concerns around rural youth having ‘low’ aspirations and their participation in tertiary education trails their urban counterparts (Ennerberg et al., 2022; Halsey, 2018) despite increasing school completion rates and policy interventions. A contributing factor is that rural youth may lack critical social capital to navigate transitioning to metropolitan living (Kilpatrick et al., 2021) where most universities and ‘successful’ careers are located. Existing literature explores school and employer partnerships, university-led outreaches, and normative discourses encouraging youth to leave (Cuervo, 2016; Kilpatrick et al., 2021). To counter the pressures to leave, Alexander (2022) developed a tri-dimensional model of belonging that included spatial, relational, and career considerations, which shape rural youth aspirations, to use in career guidance. This paper continues such push-back work against metro-normative discourses of ‘success’ by exploring how social capital necessary for participation in tertiary education and/or entering the workforce is circulated through involvement with the sports club. Using Putnam’s (2000) social capital dimensions of bridging (ties between groups) and bonding (ties within groups), the question: how do rural sports clubs support post-school youth transitions, is addressed. The members of the club are a close group based on cooperation which builds bonding capital while the diversity of people coming through the club facilitates bridging capital accumulation. The findings of this paper offer further understanding of the complex phenomenon of the ‘stay or leave’ dilemma facing rural youth by focusing on the types of support (capitals) encouraged by a specific social institution, the sports club. While the paper reports on an Australian example, the role of a social institution in facilitating the building of social capital in local youth can be considered in other, international contexts with their own locally-relevant institutions (Herbison et al., 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is based on an ongoing ethnographic study involving two sports clubs in rural, western Victoria Australia. The study centres rural places as important with foundational beliefs that rural people matter and that a ‘successful’ transition out of compulsory schooling is highly individual and context-dependant. A qualitative research approach is used to better understand participants' lived experiences (Bryman, 2021) and the particularities of each community. The two clubs are located 400 and 450 kilometres from the city of Melbourne. The Nhill and District Sports Club is in a town of approximately 2,000 residents and Kaniva Leeor United is in a neighbouring town of around 850 people. The project’s chief investigator lived, and was a schoolteacher, in Nhill for 10 years; her personal and professional connections with the communities aided in selection and recruitment. Local gatekeepers at each club are facilitating access and guiding the project. Data collection began mid-2023 and will conclude late 2024. The types of data being collected are: observations and informal conversation around training sessions and game days, interviews with key stakeholders, focus groups, publicly available media pieces, and critically reflective narratives from the chief investigator. This paper will focus on the interviews and focus groups (conducted in June). The sample for interviews will target 20 members (ages 18 and older) at each club who are actively involved. The interview participants will include the following groups to explore how various aspects of the club and modes of participation support youth transitions: current players/volunteers (ages 18-25); club officials, coaches; volunteers and other key figures (current/past players ages 26+, family members/ carers who volunteer, sponsors, retired club figures). Small focus groups will be conducted with 15-17 year olds involved at each club. The interviews and focus group transcripts will be analysed thematically, using a framework approach and creating matrices of themes and sub-themes (Bryman, 2021) with a focus on elements of bridging and bonding capitals. A key ethical consideration for this research is the issue of anonymity. Reid (2021) has argued that fully masking rural places and people inflicts harm by presenting ‘the rural’ as a homogenous group. Through negotiation with participants, pseudonyms are used for individuals, but the town and clubs are named as a way to recognise and celebrate the work they do in their communities and for their young people. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected findings of this paper will develop much-needed knowledge on how vital social capital around post-school life is transmitted to, and acquired by, rural youth through participation in their local sports club. Through the lens of Putnam’s (2000) bridging and bonding social capital, new and timely evidence about the various social influences on rural youth aspirations, participation in tertiary education, and entering the workforce will be presented. With a better understanding of the support and guidance provided through the clubs to their youth, the positive elements can then be amplified and strengthened – for example, university students returning home to compete may share important information about metropolitan and university life to younger teammates – while any challenges or obstacles identified can then be addressed by stakeholders – for example, pressures from a team sponsor for a star player to enter the local workforce rather than attend university. In these uncertain times of ratcheting tensions politically, socially, economically, and environmentally, rural youth in particular face an increasingly tumultuous transition to adulthood (Cuervo et al., 2019). These issues are being experienced in communities world-wide – including within traditional, social institutions (such as a sports club). These community-based social institutions broadly share a goal with their local schools – to support their young people to become successful members of the community. Understanding how contextually-relevant social institutions contribute to youth aspiration building can assist schools to develop more complementary, place-based programs, strengthening school-community relationships. Despite the changing times, it still ‘takes a village’ to raise a child, and having a more in-depth, nuanced understanding of how social institutions contribute to this endeavour can only be beneficial to future generations. References Alexander, R. (2022). Spatialising careership: Towards a spatio-relational model of career development. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 44(2), 291–311. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2022.2153647 Alexander, R. (2023). Who returns? Understanding experiences of graduate return to rural island communities. Journal of Rural Studies, 103, 103-112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2023.103112 Bryman, A. (2021). Social research methods (6 ed.). Oxford University Press. Corbett, M. (2007). Learning to leave: The irony of schooling in a coastal community. Fernwood Publishing. Cuervo, H. (2016). Understanding social justice in rural education. Palgrave Macmillan. Cuervo, H., Corbett, M., & White, S. (2019). Disrupting rural futures and teachers’ work: Problematising aspirations and belonging in young people’s lives. In S. Pinto, S. Hannigan, B. Walker-Gibbs, & E. Charlton (Eds.), Interdisciplinary unsettlings of place and space: Conversations, investigations and research (pp. 87-100). Springer. Ennerberg, E., Lundberg, J., & Axelsson, M. (2022). Local places ruling life: Compromises and restricted career choices in rural Sweden. Journal of Applied Youth Studies. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43151-022-00085-5 Gore, J., Patfield, S., Fray, L., & Harris, J. (2022). Community matters: The complex links between community and young people's aspirations for higher education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003019534 Halsey, J. (2018). Independent review into regional, rural and remote education: Final report. Australian Government Department of Education and Training. Herbison, J. D., Côté, J., Martin, L. J., & Vierimaa, M. (2019). The dynamic nature of connection and its relation to character in youth sport. International Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 17(6), 568–577. https://doi.org/10.1080/1612197X.2017.1423507 Kilpatrick, S., Woodroffe, J., Barnes, R.K., Arnott, L. (2021). Harnessing social capital in rural education research to promote aspiration and participation in learning. In P. Roberts & M. Fuqua (Eds.), Ruraling Education Research. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0131-6_15 Putnam, R.D. (2000) Bowling alone: The collapse and revival of American community. Simon & Schuster. Reid, J. (2021). The politics of ethics in rural social research: A cautionary tale. In P. Roberts & M. Fuqua (Eds.), Ruraling Education Research. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0131-6_17 Rönnlund, R., Rosvall, P.-A., & Johansson, M. (2018) Vocational or academic track? Study and career plans among Swedish students living in rural areas. Journal of Youth Studies, 12(3), 360-375. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2017.1380303 Tieken, M. C. (2016). College talk and the rural economy: Shaping the educational aspirations of rural, first-generation students. Peabody Journal of Education, 91(2), 203-223. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2016.1151741 Waitt, G., & Clifton, D. (2015). Winning and losing: The dynamics of pride and shame in the narratives of men who play competitive country football. Leisure Studies, 34(3), 259–281. https://doi.org/10.1080/02614367.2014.893004 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 15 SES 02 A: Research on partnerships in education Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Daria Kasatkina Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Transformative Partnerships: Unveiling the Potential of School-university Collaboration in Teacher Education Universitetet i Agder, Norway Presenting Author:This study seeks to investigate how school-based mentor teachers navigate institutional boundaries within an initial teacher education partnership initiative. The motivation for this investigation stems from the enduring challenge faced by teacher education programs in effectively leveraging the expertise within schools, particularly that of school-based mentor teachers guiding teacher candidates in their professional practice. Ongoing educational reforms worldwide aim to establish more collaborative and less hierarchical partnerships between universities and schools. In the Norwegian context, the strategy outlined in Teacher Education 2025 emphasizes strengthening partnerships through mutual commitment to program development and research in Initial Teacher Education (ITE). The overarching goal of these partnerships is to cultivate more effective teacher education programs by sharing resources, expertise, facilities, and decisions to achieve mutual objectives. The study is theoretically anchored in Engeström's (2001) concept of horizontal expertise, specifically exploring how expertise is distributed across activity systems where participants share common goals but operate in different organizational contexts. Horizontal expertise acknowledges equal contributions from professionals to collective activities, fostering collaboration on a "shared meeting ground." Additionally, the study employs Akkerman and Bakker's (2011) concepts of boundary crossing and boundary object, illustrating how collaboration can transpire at the intersection of schools and the university through a shared boundary object. To facilitate collaboration, school-based mentor teachers, primarily employed in primary schools, were seconded (20%) to collaborate with university-based teacher educators on various activities such as curriculum development, lesson planning, co-teaching, and assessment.The study addresses the following research question: How do mentor teachers experience crossing institutional boundaries as joint faculty in an initial teacher education partnership? The further builds upon existing research examining how teacher practitioners navigate institutional boundaries and how their situated knowledge and expertise can complement the expertise of university faculty. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study's data emanates from qualitative interviews with 11 school-based mentor teachers engaged as joint faculty at the university. The recruitment of mentor teachers for the partnership project involved collaboration between two municipalities and university stakeholders, following a comprehensive application process. These mentor teachers maintained their status as school district employees while contributing as faculty one day a week (20%) across various university departments connected to teacher education. Participants were deliberately selected for their extensive knowledge and experience relevant to the study. Reflexive thematic analysis was employed to interpret the data, which included elaborations on individual experiences, understandings, and perceptions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings can be summerized in three overarching themes: (a) professional dissonance, (b) professional contribution, and (c) professional growth. The results illuminate the challenges faced by school-based mentor teachers when transitioning to the university, emphasizing the delicate balance required between distinct roles and organizational contexts. Tensions arose in collaboration with teacher education faculty, particularly concerning the potential alienation caused by "academic" jargon and highlighting uneven power dynamics. Emphasizing the significance of authentic relationships, school-based mentor teachers underscore the gradual development of mutual recognition of expertise over time. Despite challenges, the results suggest that this partnership model opens new avenues to bridge knowledge from schools and the university, with professional digital competence emerging as a significant boundary object fostering shared collaboration. Participants also reflect on how the partnership contributes to their professional development and strengthens their identification with the role of a teacher educator. This study illuminates the transformative potential of a collaborative partnership between university educators and school-based mentor teachers as they collectively function as boundary workers within the realm of initial teacher education. Navigating the intricacies of organizations marked by different structures, cultural norms, communication styles, and reward systems, the research underscores the imperative for closer collaboration. It sheds light on how learning and professional development in teacher education extend beyond individual domains and practices, manifesting in a dynamic partnership where actors with diverse expertise engage in dedicated collaboration centered around a shared boundary object. Consequently, the traditionally perceived boundaries between universities and schools not only hinder teacher education development but also harbor considerable, often overlooked potential for expansive and enriching forms of learning. References Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169. Allen, J. M., Butler‐Mader, C., & Smith, R. A. (2010). A fundamental partnership: The experiences of practicing teachers as lecturers in a pre‐service teacher education program. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 16(5), 615–632. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291–309. Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338. Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133–156. Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2016). Partnership in teacher education – a research mapping. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(5), 550–563. Risan, M. (2022). Negotiating professional expertise: Hybrid educators’ boundary work in the context of higher education-based teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109, 103559. Zeichner, K., Payne, K. A., & Brayko, K. (2015). Democratizing teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 66(2), 122–135. Zeichner, K. (2021). Critical unresolved and understudied issues in clinical teacher education. Peabody Journal of Education, 96(1), 1–7. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Communication is the Key: How Digital Education Resources Foster Parental Trust in Schools 1Moscow City University, Russian Federation; 2University of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:Consistent and transparent communication is essential in education for parental engagement, partnership, and trust in schools. Modern educational communication is vastly digitalized, which makes it fast, clear, and efficient, but it often lacks context, may be too general, or does not correspond with parental needs, leading to mistrust. Though trust is considered a foundation for parent-school partnerships, it remains underexplored in academic research, often being treated as a peripheral factor rather than a central subject of study. Parent-school trust is considered as a result of parental engagement and partnership in education, when educational institutions and their representatives are competent and professional, act in the legal framework, and share with parents common educational goals (Bormann et al., 2021). Some researchers underline, that trust is situational and results from consistent, understandable and caring behavior of teachers, school principals and other educators (Hoy & Tschannen-Moran, 1999). Though parent-teacher trust may depend on social and cultural background (Ross et al., 2018), it is affected by the quality of communication and availability of educational information (Neuenschwander, 2020) and also by the communication channels and instruments (Hamm & Mousseau, 2023). Digital communication can prevent inequality and improve access to the high-quality education (Bosch et al., 2017), increase availability of educational opportunities (Kraft, 2017). Many parents even prefer digital communication to the face-to-face contact (Bordalba & Bochaca, 2019), as it is prompt and efficient, gives opportunities to be heard (Bosch et al., 2017), and participate as real partners in education (Kuusimäki et al., 2019). Digital tools and resources vary depending on the purpose of communication or information-seeking (Hutchison et al., 2020), availability and promotion of certain instruments (González et al., 2022), and familiarity with them (Laho, 2019) and include e-mail and messengers (Bosch et al., 2017), scool formal and informal web-sites and school social media (Bosch et al., 2017), education resources, and special tools and mobile applications (Yavich & Davidovitch, 2021). But with the opportunities come the drawbacks. To ensure parental trust to schools and education, digital tools and resources must be familiar to parents and user-friendly (González et al., 2022). If the resources or applications are not abligatory to use, and parents face technical problems, they are more likely to qiut using these resources or even cut off regular communication with school (González et al., 2022; Laho, 2019). If parents are obliged to use certain resources, and face technical and other problems, it may have greater negative impact on the parental trust. Thus studying parental experience with different digital education resources and instruments is vital for understanding how parental trust to schools is build. Our work surveys how the digital resources as a part of parent-school communication, affect parental trust. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The quantative research sample consisted of 16,535 parents (15409 female, 944 male) with school-attending children studying in primary and secondary schools of the Moscow city. The research questionnaire compiled by the authors included 88 questions about familiarity, usage and satisfaction with digital resources and tools; parental perception and trust to the school; personal data. The questionaire also included screens of surveyed web-resources. The data were analyzed using Structural Equation Modelling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We found several factors that contributed to the parental trust to the school: the level of parental familiarity with digital resources; average frequency of resources usage; technical problems during usage of these resources; satisfaction with these resources; difficulties or conflicts with school. The parental satisfaction with using digital resources positevly mediated trust to the school, when parents were familiar with these resources, did not face technical problems and were satisfied with them, and had no conflicts with school. Conflicts or problems in school negatively affected both satisfaction with digital resources and parental trust to the school and education system in the whole. The results show that digital resources help parents engage with the school system, when they provide needed educational information in account with parents’ and students’ needs. The positive experience in using digital resources promotes parental engagement in education and acts as a mediator, mitigating previous negative experiences in parent-school relationship. References Bordalba, M. M., & Bochaca, J. G. (2019). Digital media for family-school communication? Parents’ and teachers’ beliefs. Computers and Education, 132, 44–62. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.COMPEDU.2019.01.006 Bormann, I., Killus, D., Niedlich, S., & Würbel, I. (2021). Home–School Interaction: A Vignette Study of Parents’ Views on Situations Relevant to Trust. European Education, 53(3–4), 137–151. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2022.2081084 Bosch, S., Bosch, N., Cline, K., Hochhalter, S., & Rieland, A. (2017). The Effects of Parent-Teacher Communication using Digital Tools in Early Elementary and Middle School Classrooms. Masters of Arts in Education Action Research Papers Education, 12–2017. González, S. C., Belduma, K. T., & Jumbo, F. T. (2022). Las TICs, la enseñanza y la alfabetización digital de la familia. Transformación, 18(1), 94–113. https://www.mendeley.com/catalogue/949dc2e7-78ce-3158-b6c5-07d47d2ba111/ Hamm, J. E., & Mousseau, A. D. S. (2023). Predicting Parent Trust Based on Professionals’ Communication Skills. Education Sciences, 13(4). https://doi.org/10.3390/EDUCSCI13040350 Hoy, W. K., & Tschannen-Moran, M. (1999). Five Faces of Trust: An Empirical Confirmation in Urban Elementary Schools. Https://Doi.Org/10.1177/105268469900900301, 9(3), 184–208. https://doi.org/10.1177/105268469900900301 Hutchison, K., Paatsch, L., & Cloonan, A. (2020). Reshaping home–school connections in the digital age: Challenges for teachers and parents. Https://Doi.Org/10.1177/2042753019899527, 17(2), 167–182. https://doi.org/10.1177/2042753019899527 Kraft, M. A. (2017). Engaging parents through better communication systems. Educational Leadership, 75(1), 58–62. Kuusimäki, A. M., Uusitalo-Malmivaara, L., & Tirri, K. (2019). Parents’ and Teachers’ Views on Digital Communication in Finland. Education Research International. https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/8236786 Laho, N. S. (2019). Enhancing School-Home Communication Through Learning Management System Adoption: Parent and Teacher Perceptions and Practices. School Community Journal, 29(1), 117–142. http://www.schoolcommunitynetwork.org/SCJ.aspx Neuenschwander, M. P. (2020). Information and Trust in Parent-Teacher Cooperation –Connections with Educational Inequality. Central European Journal of Educational Research, 2(3), 19–28. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.37441/CEJER/2020/2/3/8526 Ross, L. L., Marchand, A. D., Cox, V. O., & Rowley, S. J. (2018). Racial identity as a context for African American parents’ school trust and involvement and the impact on student preparation and persistence. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 55, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.CEDPSYCH.2018.07.003 Yavich, R., & Davidovitch, N. (2021). The Effect of Assimilating Learning Management Systems on Parent Involvement in Education. World Journal of Education, 11(3), 60–72. https://doi.org/10.5430/wje.v11n3p60 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 16 SES 02 A: Teacher Education Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stefanie A. Hillen Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper A Teacher-educator Perspective on the Implementation of a Virtual Reality Module in Pre-service Teacher Education 1Saxion UAS, the Netherlands; 2University of Groningen, the Netherlands Presenting Author:This conference presentation aims to contribute to the further development of the implementation and research of Virtual Reality (VR) practices in higher education. The study's impetus is the knowledge gap of the teacher-educator perspective in Virtual Reality practices. Recent review studies regarding VR practices in teacher education indicate that researchers have focused on identifying factors and prerequisites to successfully implement VR in higher education, such as the right technological equipment and sufficient ICT support (Amhag et al., 2019; Kavanagh et al., 2017; McGarr, 2020; Ungar & Baruch, 2016). In addition, the review studies reported measurements of student experiences with VR applications and their effects on students’ skills and knowledge. Interestingly, none of the studies included in the review studies addressed or covered the perspective of the teacher-educator. A possible explanation for the lack of the teacher-educator perspective could be that the VR applications were delivered by the initiators and designers of the VR application (Pomerantz, 2019), instead of an ecologically valid setting of a teacher-educator implementing the VR application. To strengthen the implementation of VR practices in higher education, we argue that the perspectives and experiences of teacher-educators should be included in the evaluation of VR curriculum implementations. This is a perspective that is missing in contemporary literature. To address this knowledge gap and include the teacher-educator perspective, the current study follows the implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum “Keeping Order in a Virtual Reality Kindergarten Classroom” (Mouw & Fokkens-Bruinsma, 2022) at three Dutch universities of applied sciences. The VR-kindergarten curriculum is designed by two educational scientists who teach at teacher-training programs to support pre-service teachers in developing kindergarten-specific classroom management strategies by offering a realistic environment in which students actively participate and experiment with a variety of specific classroom management strategies during a circle time activity (Mouw & Fokkens-Bruinsma, 2022). The VR application is built upon the work of Lugrin et al. (2016). In the Netherlands, kindergarten is part of compulsory education (pupils aged: 4-6 years). Therefore, all pre-service teachers are required to be able to teach in kindergarten. The VR-kindergarten curriculum was previously implemented at a university. In the current study, it is implemented in three universities of applied sciences. The aim of our study is twofold: 1) We focus on describing what the perspectives of teacher-educators are regarding the implementation of a VR-kindergarten curriculum into the pre-existing teacher-education curriculum and 2) identifying which knowledge and skills are required by teacher-educators to (successfully) implement the VR-kindergarten curriculum. We did this by collecting data via questionnaires and individual, semi-structured interviews. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants in this study were teacher-educators (n= 5) and tech-supporting staff (n= 4) from the three universities of applied sciences involved in the implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum “Keeping Order in a Virtual Reality Kindergarten Classroom” (Mouw & Fokkens-Bruinsma, 2022). Before the semi-structured interviews, all participants completed an online questionnaire containing background questions about their roles within the implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum. The questionnaire items tap into teachers’ Technological-Pedagogical-and-Content-Knowledge (TPACK; Mishra & Koehler, 2005). For purposes of the current study, wordings such as “mathematics” and “social sciences” were replaced by “Virtual Reality Module” from TPACK-items by Schmidt et al. (2009) and Sahin (2011) were adopted to adequately measure TPACK for VR applications and not digital technology in general. The adopted TPACK survey for Virtual Reality contains four technological knowledge domains, respectively labelled as technological knowledge of Virtual Reality (VR-TK) consisting of six items, technological pedagogical knowledge of Virtual Reality (VR-TPK) consisting of four items, and pedagogical content knowledge of Virtual Reality (VR-PCK) consisting of three items. The interview protocol delineated questions addressing two main themes, namely the expectations and implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum into the pre-service teacher-education curriculum and the (self-identified) teacher-educators' skills and knowledge to successfully implement VR applications. Within these themes, questions were asked related to expectations towards the VR-kindergarten curriculum and teacher-educator professionalization training, teacher-educators experiences with VR applications in general, the implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum, future intentions to continue the VR-kindergarten curriculum and reflections on improving the VR-kindergarten curriculum. The interviews were held from June to October 2023 and were conducted by the first and second authors. For the analyses of the interviews, a multi-grounded theory approach was applied, this approach allows the development of a codebook that is based on data-driven (open-coding) and theory-driven (in this study TPACK domains) codes (Goldkuhl & Cronholm, 2010). To determine the codebooks intercoder agreement, calculated with Cohen’s Kappa (k), five of the nine interviews were coded by both the first and second authors. The agreement was k .826, which is an acceptable value (Lombard et al., 2002). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In line with the first aim, the results point towards the value of including teacher-educator perspectives when evaluating the implementation of a VR curriculum. Interviewees indicated that as users and implementors of the VR curriculum, have suggestions on how the VR-kindergarten curriculum can be further developed to meet not only their needs as teacher-educators into account but also the curriculum development and implementation at university of applied sciences. The participants also mentioned that they were unaware of the strictness regarding the VR-kindergarten curriculum implementation fidelity. Both the reflections for improving the VR-kindergarten curriculum, as implementation difficulties, were related to the setting of the curriculum and other prerequisites at the universities of applied sciences. Interviewees discussed difficulties in implementing the VR-kindergarten curriculum into the current curriculum. These difficulties were related to the teacher's workload and preparation, working with the technology, the number of students present in the lessons, and the number of lessons in a day. Regarding the second aim, identifying the required skills and knowledge to successfully implement a VR application in their curriculum, the interviewees were clear. Primarily, technological knowledge was deemed most necessary for successful implementation and for dealing with technological difficulties that arise with the implementation of VR applications. Knowledge about kindergarten education and pedagogical knowledge were also deemed prerequisites. Additionally, interviewees underlined the necessity of a positive attitude towards VR applications. Overall, specific skills and knowledge domains that were mentioned are related to the TPACK framework from Koehler and Mishra (2005). The study’s findings, together with best practices from the literature, will provide insights for the implementation of VR applications and curricula in pre-service teacher education. These insights are not only valuable for the further implementation of the VR-kindergarten curriculum at other pre-service teacher education but also VR applications in higher education in general. References Amhag, L., Hellström, L., & Stigmar, S. (2019). Teacher educators' use of digital tools and needs for digital competence in higher education. Journal of Digital Learning in Teacher Education, 35(4), 203-220. https://doi.org/10.1080/21532974.2019.1646169 Goldkuhl, G., & Cronholm, S. (2010). Adding theoretical grounding to grounded theory: Toward Multi-Grounded Theory. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 9(2), 187-205. Kavanagh, S., Luxton-Reilly, A., Wuensche, B., & Plimmer, B. (2017). A systematic review of virtual reality in education. Themes in Science and Technology Education, 10(2), 85-119. Lombard, M., Snyder-Duch, J., & Bracken, C. C. (2002). Content analysis in mass communication: Assessment and reporting of intercoder reliability. Human Communication Research, 28(4), 587-604. Lugrin, J. L., Latoschik, M. E., Habel, M., Roth, D., Seufert, C., & Grafe, S. (2016). Breaking Bad Behaviors: a new tool for learning classroom management using virtual reality. Frontiers in ICT, 3, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.3389/fict.2016.00026 Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers College Record, 108(6), 1017-1054. McGarr, O. (2020). The use of virtual simulations in teacher education to develop pre-service teachers’ behaviour and classroom management skills: implications for reflective practice. Journal of Education for Teaching, 46(2), 159-169. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2020.1733398 Mouw, J. M., & Fokkens-Bruinsma, M. (2022). When technology meets educational sciences: Combining virtual reality and microteaching to train pre-service teachers’ kindergarten classroom management strategies. In Proceedings of the 8th International Conference on Higher Education Advances (pp. 1043-1050). Universitat Politècnica de València. http://dx.doi.org/10.4995/HEAd22.2022.14618 Pomerantz, J. (2019). XR for teaching and learning: Year 2 of the EDUCAUSE/HP Campus of the Future Project. EDUCAUSE. Sahin, I. (2011). Development of survey of technological pedagogical and content knowledge (TPACK). Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology, 10(1), 97-105. Schmidt, D. A., Baran, E., Thompson, A. D., Mishra, P., Koehler, M. J., & Shin, T. S. (2009). Technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) the development and validation of an assessment instrument for preservice teachers. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42(2), 123-149. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2009.10782544 Ungar, O. A., & Baruch, A. F. (2016). Perceptions of teacher educators regarding ICT implementation. Interdisciplinary Journal of e-Skills and Life Long Learning, 12, 279-296. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Enhancing Pre-Service Teachers’ Understanding of Diffusion through a Modeling-Based Learning Approach 1University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 2Teachers College, Columbia University, New York Presenting Author:The objective of this study is to investigate the conceptual development of pre-service teachers regarding diffusion in both liquids and gases through a Modeling-Based Learning (MBL) approach. The focus was on examining whether teachers' involvement in modeling activities related to ink diffusion would facilitate the development of their ideas about how evaporated lavender oil diffuses in a classroom environment (gas diffusion). The research questions that the study aimed to address were: (1) What are pre-service teachers' ideas about diffusion in gas and liquid environments, and do these ideas differ based on the expressed state of matter? (2) How does their mechanistic reasoning about diffusion evolve as they transition between gas-liquid-gas phenomena? Modeling, the process of constructing a conceptual representation of a phenomenon under study, is fundamental to scientific endeavors and plays a central role in science teaching and learning (Günther et al., 2019). To build an internal mental model of a scientific phenomenon, learners must create external representations or artifacts of the phenomenon. Understanding the underlying mechanism of a phenomenon is linked to mechanistic reasoning, defined as "reasoning systematically through the underlying factors and relationships that give rise to a phenomenon" (Krist et al., 2019, p. 161). This is particularly crucial for phenomena involving processes at the microscopic level, as mechanistic reasoning goes beyond observable patterns, revealing the regularities behind empirical observations. Consequently, engaging learners in modeling diffusion is proposed as a productive way to facilitate the development of their understanding of the underlying mechanism governing the process. Nineteen participants were engaged in a specially crafted MBL unit where they constructed various models to explain diffusion in gases and liquids. Data sources encompassed pre- and post-test paper-and-pencil models for gas diffusion, as well as initial and revised models for liquid diffusion, along with subsequent computer-based models. Data analysis employed open coding methods and a mechanistic reasoning coding scheme derived from existing literature. Three crucial findings emerged: Firstly, pre-service teachers expressed non-canonical ideas about fluid diffusion, with only a minority of these ideas not being specific to the state of matter. Secondly, there was an advancement in teachers' mechanistic reasoning from their initial to final models. Lastly, the computer-based modeling environment acted as a facilitator for their mechanistic reasoning, aiding in their explanations of how diffusion occurs in liquids. The implications of these findings are discussed in relation to MBL's potential to support pre-service teachers in understanding microscopic phenomena. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants comprised nineteen pre-service teachers (3 males and 16 females), who were enrolled in a specialized science education course focusing on the integration of new technologies in science teaching and learning. The Modeling-Based Learning (MBL) unit within the course was divided into three phases, spanning eight 90-minute sessions each. In Phase 1, emphasis was placed on designing a drawing, including illustrations and an explanation of how the scent of evaporated lavender oil, released in the classroom, reached every student's nose. Phase 2 involved creating models, initially on paper and later in an online computer-based environment called MoDa, to demonstrate the diffusion of ink in cold and hot water. MoDa integrates building computational models using domain-specific code blocks and comparing models with real-world data (Fuhrmann et al., 2018). The initial ink model was developed after teachers observed the related phenomenon through an experiment conducted in pairs. The revised ink model was then created after each pair presented their model and received feedback from the instructor and other participants regarding the explanatory power of the presented model. Phase 3 replicated the activities of Phase 1. Data were collected from various sources, including the initial and final lavender diffusion paper-and-pencil models (pre- and post-test) created by the teachers. Additionally, the study involved the examination of the initial and revised ink diffusion paper-and-pencil models, as well as subsequent computer-based models. The analysis of these models was conducted using open coding techniques, and a mechanistic reasoning coding scheme was applied that derived from the works of Krist et al. (2019) and Russ et al. (2007). The mechanistic reasoning coding scheme consisted of four distinct levels: Level 0 (Providing a phenomenological description of the phenomenon), Level 1 (Identifying entities beyond what is directly observed), Level 2a (Identifying entities and their properties), Level 2b (Identifying entities and their interactions), Level 3 (Identifying entities, properties, and interactions among them), and Level 4 (Integrating all features into an explanatory scheme). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The examination of teachers' models regarding diffusion in both gas and liquid contexts revealed a diverse array of advanced non-canonical ideas that shaped their initial, ongoing, and final conceptualizations of the diffusion process. Some of these ideas were specific to either liquids or gases, while a few were expressed in both states of matter. Teachers' mechanistic reasoning demonstrated a progression to more sophisticated levels from the pre-test to the post-test. The prevalent levels of teachers' initial mechanistic reasoning, focusing on phenomenological descriptions of diffusion and the identification of entities and/or properties, were notably absent in their post-test performance, where approximately one-fourth of them successfully linked all features in an explanatory manner. Notably, the computer-based environment (MoDa) played a significant role in facilitating the development of teachers' mechanistic reasoning, particularly at the highest levels. The outcomes of this study offer insights into how an MBL approach can aid learners in enhancing their mechanistic reasoning, a crucial aspect in explaining the functioning of microscopic-level phenomena. Notably, the teachers' involvement in modeling ink diffusion using the computer-based medium had a substantial impact on the evolution of their ideas regarding the diffusion of evaporated lavender oil. This is evident as their pre-test ideas predominantly focused on the phenomenological description of the diffusion phenomenon. Furthermore, the similarity between teachers' diffusion models and those expressed by younger students, as found in the literature (see Fuhrmann et al., 2022), suggests that curriculum developers should carefully consider both the instructional approach for teaching diffusion and the sequence of phenomena (e.g., transitioning from macro- to micro-level) to effectively scaffold learners' conceptual understanding. This consideration is crucial for ensuring a more productive learning experience for learners in the study of diffusion. References Fuhrmann, T., Wagh, A., Eloy, A., Wolf, J., Bumbacher, E., Wilkerson, M., & Blikstein, P. (2022). Infect, Attach or Bounce off?: Linking Real Data and Computational Models to Make Sense of the Mechanisms of Diffusion. Proceedings of International Conference of the Learning Sciences, ICLS, 1445–1448. Fuhrmann, T., Schneider, B., & Blikstein, P. (2018). Should students design or interact with models? Using the Bifocal Modelling Framework to investigate model construction in high school science. International Journal of Science Education, 40(8), 867–893. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2018.1453175 Günther, S. L., Fleige, J., zu Belzen, A. U., & Krüger, D. (2019). Using the Case Method to Foster Preservice Biology Teachers’ Content Knowledge and Pedagogical Content Knowledge Related to Models and Modeling. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 30(4), 321–343. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2018.1560208 Krist, C., Schwarz, C. V., & Reiser, B. J. (2019). Identifying Essential Epistemic Heuristics for Guiding Mechanistic Reasoning in Science Learning. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 28(2), 160–205. Russ, R. S., Scherr, R. E., Hammer, D., & Mikeska, J. (2008). Recognizing mechanistic reasoning in student scientific inquiry: A framework for discourse analysis developed from philosophy of science. Science Education, 92(3), 499–525. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.20264 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Analyzing the Effectiveness of a Teacher Education Intervention for DigCompEdu Competencies in Germany Universität Trier, Germany Presenting Author:The digital age has been upon us since 1989 (Stengel, 2017). Still, adapting to it is a continuous challenge across European countries (European Commission, 2024). In Germany, about one-third of 8th graders in Germany only show rudimentary ICT competence levels (Eickelmann et al., 2019). German pre-service teachers hold less favorable attitudes than students from other programs (Behrens et al., 2017) and most pre-service teachers do not meet the basic requirements of ICT competence levels defined by experts (Senkbeil et al., 2020). Even though respective German experts largely share a consensus about the importance of empowering teachers professionally with digital competencies (vbw, 2017; SWK, 2022), 20% of higher education curricula do not consider digital competencies (Monitor Lehrerbildung, 2022a). Therefore, action is needed to improve digital attitudes and competencies in pre-service teachers. As a transitory means to implement relevant and innovative objectives and content areas in higher education curricula for pre-service teachers in Germany, extra-credit courses are offered as additionally certified qualification opportunities (Monitor Lehrerbildung, 2022b). One of those opportunities is subject to this contribution. It was developed as an intervention in the context of a joint research project, which was funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF) in Germany and addresses competencies based on the European DigCompEdu framework (Redecker & Punie, 2017). It consists of a basic and three compulsory elective modules (Vocational Orientation, Democracy Education, Education for Sustainable Development). The basic module consists of ten according elements, e.g., basic technological knowledge (TK), technological-content-knowledge (TCK), technological-pedagogical-knowledge (TPK), legal implications etc. Several studies have been made about the effects of different interventions based on the DigCompEdu (see Haşlaman et al., 2023). However, there are only few that address a longitudinal perspective and none that consider test-based rather than self-reported indicators for competencies. The complementation of self-reported by test-based indicators to measure competence is important, e.g, because self-reported and test-based competencies only share a weak link (Drummond & Sweeney, 2017; Lachner et al., 2019) and especially low-performing students tend to overestimate themselves (Max et al., 2022). In summary, the main research question is: How does the intervention impact pre-service teacher’s digital attitudes, self-reported and test-based competencies? The main objective is to discuss the results and share insights that might inspire similar projects to optimize their process and results. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To examine the research questions and to contribute to the main objective, data from a pre-post design is used in which pre-service teachers voluntarily enrolled in an extra-credit course about teaching in the digital age with the incentive of an according certification. All pre-service teachers at the local university have been invited to enroll in the intervention via several channels. The total work scope is approximately 210 hours, which are spent over a flexible time span of up to two years. 242 pre-service teachers registered for the intervention. As of now, 22 have completed it which makes the sample for preliminary results. They are 23.45 ± 3.23 years old and 86.4% female. 14 are from the B. Ed. and 8 from the M. Ed. program. They responded to twenty different validated measures for digital (1) attitudes, e.g., Hawlitschek & Fredrich (2018), (2) self-reported, e.g., Rubach & Lazarides (2019) and (3) test-based competencies, e.g., Lachner et al. (2019) in a pre-post design. Due to the small sample size, nonparametric testing (Wilcoxon-signed-rank test) was applied in the preliminary analysis. However, for parametric testing, a considerably larger sample size is anticipated until the final submission. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results across all measures taken show that only self-reports on TCK (r = .55; p = .009) and negative attitudes towards the use of digital media in teaching (r = -.45; p = .035) show significant differences. Hence, the results suggest so far that the intervention had a positive impact on their belief to be able to use digital technologies in their future teaching practices for their respective school subjects and their motivation to use digital media in their future teaching practices. However, the effects on attitudes and self-reports seem rather weak because most mean differences in other measures are insignificant. Also, the results on test-based competencies imply that the students did not progress in their actual knowledge about digital media and its use for teaching practices. These overall limited effects and practical implications will be further analyzed and discussed. References Drummond, A., & Sweeney, T. (2017). Can an objective measure of technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) supplement existing TPACK measures? British Journal of Educational Technology, 48(4), 928–939. Eickelmann, B., Bos, W., & Labusch, A. (2019). Die Studie ICILs 2018 im Überblick. Zentrale Ergebnisse und mögliche Entwicklungsperspektiven. Waxmann. European Commission. (2021). Digital Education Action Plan (2021-2027). https://education.ec.europa.eu/de/focus-topics/digital-education/action-plan Haşlaman, T., Atman Uslu, N., & Mumcu, F. (2023). Development and in-depth investigation of pre-service teachers’ digital competencies based on DigCompEdu: a case study. Quality & Quantity, 1–26. Hawlitschek, A., & Fredrich, H. (2018). Die Einstellungen der Studierenden als Herausforderung für das Lehren und Lernen mit digitalen Medien in der wissenschaftlichen Weiterbildung. Zeitschrift Hochschule und Weiterbildung, (1), 9-16. Lachner, A., Backfisch, I., & Stürmer, K. (2019). A test-based approach of modeling and measuring technological pedagogical knowledge. Computers & Education, 142, 103645. Max, A. L., Lukas, S., & Weitzel, H. (2022). The relationship between self-assessment and performance in learning TPACK: Are self-assessments a good way to support preservice teachers’ learning? Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 38(4), 1160–1172. Monitor Lehrerbildung. (2022a). Curriculare Verankerung von Inhalten zu Medienkompetenz in einer digitalen Welt. https://www.monitor-lehrerbildung.de/diagramme/curriculare-verankerung-von-inhalten-zu-medienkompetenz-in-einer-digitalen-welt/ Monitor Lehrerbildung. (2022b). Zertifikatsangebote an Hochschulen. https://www.monitor-lehrerbildung.de/diagramme/zertifikatsangebote-an-hochschulen/ Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. European Commission. https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC107466 https://doi.org/10.2760/159770 Rubach, C., & Lazarides, R. (2019). Eine Skala zur Selbsteinschätzung digitaler Kompetenzen bei Lehramtsstudierenden. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 9(3), 345-374. Schmid, U., Goertz, L., Radomski, S., Thom, S., & Behrens, J. (2017). Monitor Digitale Bildung: Die Hochschulen im digitalen Zeitalter. mmb Institut; Bertelsmann Stiftung. https://doi.org/10.11586/2017014 Senkbeil, M., Ihme, J. M., & Schöber, C. (2020). Empirische Arbeit: Schulische Medienkompetenzförderung in einer digitalen Welt: Über welche digitalen Kompetenzen verfügen angehende Lehrkräfte? Psychologie in Erziehung Und Unterricht, 68(1), 4–22. Stengel, O., van Looy, A., & Wallaschkowski, S. (2017). Digitalzeitalter - Digitalgesellschaft: Das Ende des Industriezeitalters und der Beginn einer neuen Epoche. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-16509-3 Ständige wissenschaftliche Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz. (2022). Digitalisierung im Bildungssystem: Handlungsempfehlungen von der Kita bis zur Hochschule. Gutachten der Ständigen Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz (SWK). https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25273 vbw - Vereinigung der Bayerischen Wirtschaft e. V. (2017). Bildung 2030 – veränderte Welt. Fragen an die Bildungspolitik. Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:14542 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 17 SES 02 A: Facets of New Cultural History of Education: Senses, Emotions, Materials Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sarah Van Ruyskensvelde Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper His Master’s Voice: A History of the Teacher’s Voice, 1880-1940 KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:The voice is a crucial tool that teachers use daily to carry out their pedagogical practices. Its importance is highlighted by the significant amount of medical and quantitative research that has been done, in terms of preserving it and limiting the negative impact it can have on students’ achievements (see for example Martins et al., 2014; Rosenberg et al., 1999). The few qualitative research on voices has shown that they have the power to change the meaning of a sentence by, for example, merely varying the tone (Le Breton, 2011). In that way, our perception of certain voices can impact how we perceive people (ibid). In education, where a hierarchical relationship could be installed between a teacher and a student, this could be significant: how students perceive their teacher’s voice tone could influence such a power relationship, and Koch (2017) even suggests that this could further influence the kind of citizens students will become later in life. Therefore, the teacher’s voice is a powerful tool that could influence students’ achievement as well as their behaviour (Koch, 2017; Moustapha-Sabeur & Aguilar Río, 2014). Nonetheless, the teacher’s voice was not always present in classrooms. Landahl (2019) has shown that in the 19th century, the students’ voices filled up the rooms to repeat and memorize lessons. Towards the end of the century, a shift occurred: teachers were asked to ‘activate’ students by explaining and asking them questions, making their voices more dominant in classrooms (ibid). Despite the impact of a teacher’s voice in education and what it could tell about educational beliefs throughout history, there is still a lack of research on the teacher’s voice in qualitative and historical research. This paper is an attempt to open the doors of the field of history of education on the teacher’s voice, by inscribing the research in the framework of New Cultural History of Education. One of the concerns of this framework is to understand and counter forms of power that can be hidden in educational historiographies as well as in the educational system itself throughout time (Fendler, 2019). The paper thus supposes that the teacher’s voice can be considered a powerful tool that needs to be understood more thoroughly. By doing this, the paper aims to add a new layer to different powers involved in education throughout history and to introduce a discussion on the potential power of the master’s voice. More specifically, this paper investigates the descriptions of the teacher’s voice in the French-speaking Belgian context between 1880 and 1914. The period investigated is marked by the so-called School War, which opposed Catholic and liberal visions of education in policymaking. It ends with the beginning of the First World War, which marks a turn in many aspects of society, including education. Two research questions are investigated: the first one explores how teachers were advised to use their voice, and how their voice was described in pedagogical journals and manuals. This allows an analysis of whether the way teachers’ voices have been described has been the same as today, i.e. in terms of concerns for vocal health mainly. More broadly, such research could also give insight into how the voice has been seen as part of the didactic tools throughout history. On the other hand, the paper will compare the presentations of voice between Catholic and liberal pedagogical journals. This could inform us of the influences that pedagogical beliefs could have had and therefore, it could start a reflection on how education has been defined. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Belgian pedagogical journals written in French were chosen as the principal form of primary source to investigate the questions. Unlike diaries, pedagogical journals offer a wide range of information such as letters from teachers, descriptions of what inspectors saw in classrooms, reports of pedagogical conferences, or articles from pedagogues and psychologists. Journals can thus give a variety of insight from descriptions of practices to depictions of actual teaching in class and more ideological arguments. The language, i.e. French, was chosen as it was still the dominant language of the intellectual sphere during the investigated period (Witte, 2011). Journals both from liberal and Catholic beliefs were investigated to question their influence on pedagogical beliefs. However, because many of the journals that are within the investigated period and still conserved in universities and national archives were liberal-oriented, Catholic pedagogical manuals were also added. The journals were selected from the indexes of Belgian pedagogical journals published by De Vroede and Bosmans Hermans (1974, 1976). The manuals were found through research on the online platform of the university libraries of KU Leuven (Limo). The selection was done through a search of the keyword ‘pedagogy’, and a limitation on the type of document, the place of publishing, and the time frame. The liberal-oriented journals that were analysed are Le Progrès (1861 – 1888), Moniteur des instituteurs primaires (1872 – today), and l’Ecole belge (1909 – 1913). The only Catholic-oriented journal that was investigated is l’école Catholique (1881 – 1893). Four Catholic-oriented manuals were investigated, namely Traité théorique et pratique de méthodologie (1882), Résumé du cours de pédagogie par un ancien directeur d’école normale (1880), Quelques directions méthodologiques pour le personnel des écoles primaires et les maîtresses Frœbéliennes (1905), and Cours complet de pédagogie et de méthodologie (1885). To find relevant articles, the first volume of each journal was read to find the type of keywords to search for, as almost no explicit mention of the word ‘voice’ was made in article titles. Next, articles related to pedagogy, obedience, children’s attention, ways to teach certain topics such as history or geography, and qualities that teachers were expected to have, were looked for in the table of contents. Those articles were indeed most likely to deal with the teacher’s voice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper confirms three previous findings on how the teacher’s voice was presented: the need to vary its tone, the role of the teacher’s voice in his authority, and the teacher’s speech as a model for students (Calcoen & Verstraete, 2022). Unique findings were descriptions of voices for different classes, with an emphasis on expressing emotions such as passion through voice. The voice was also often linked to the word ‘soul’, together with expressions such as ‘kindness’, ‘patience’, or ‘firmness’. Concerns for the teacher’s vocal health could not be found. No difference between Catholic and liberal writings was found. This means that teachers in both systems received similar advice in terms of voice use. It could be explained by the fact that Catholic teachers wanted to keep their professionalism by ensuring that students understood the study content, in opposition to the Catholic authority’s belief which emphasized more routine memorization, especially in terms of religious teaching (Depaepe et al., 2000). Overall, the findings confirm that the teacher's voice is a very crucial part of the teaching practice, closely connected to ideas of how and what education should be. Yet, teachers’ voices seem to be neglected in historical and qualitative research, perhaps due to their embodied features. This might also explain why the voice was rarely explicitly described in articles. To conclude, this paper induces a plea to expand this field of research, with further attention needed on bodily practices and what they can tell about educational beliefs. A more longitudinal study on the teacher’s voice is also interesting to search how the perceptions of the teacher’s voice have evolved, and the implications for educational beliefs. References Calcoen, Nick and Pieter Verstraete. “De stem van de meester: Een exploratief onderzoek naar de letterlijke stem van de onderwijzer tussen 1880 en 1940.” Master thesis, KU Leuven, 2022. Depaepe, Marc, Kristof Dams, Maurice De Vroede, Betty Eggermont, Hilde Lauwers, Frank Simon, Rolan Vandenberghe, and Jef Verhoeven. Order in Progress : Everyday Education Practice in Primary Schools, Belgium, 1880-1970. Leuven: Leuven University Press, 2000. De Vroede, Maurits and An Bosmans-Hermans. Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van het pedagogisch leven in België in de 19de en 20ste eeuw: Deel 2, De periodieken 1878-1895. Leuven: KUL, 1974. De Vroede, Maurits and An Bosmans-Hermans. Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van het pedagogisch leven in België in de 19de en 20ste eeuw: Deel 3, De periodieken 1896-1914. Leuven: KUL, 1976. Fendler, Lynn. “New Cultural Histories.” In Handbook of Historical Studies in Education, edited by Tanya Fitzgerald, 1-17. Singapore: Springer Singapore, 2019. Koch, Anette Boye.“Sounds of Education: Teacher Role and Use of Voice in Interactions with Young Children.” International Journal of Early Childhood 49, no. 1 (2017): 57-72. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-017-0184-6. Landahl, Joakim. “Learning to listen and look: the shift from the monitorial system of education to teacher-led lessons.” The Senses and Society 14, no. 2 (2019): 194- 206. https://doi-org.kuleuven.e-bronnen.be/10.1080/17458927.2019.1619314. Le Breton, David. Eclats de voix : une anthropologie des voix. Paris: Editions Métailié, 2011. Martins, Regina Helena Garcia, Eny Regina Bóia Neves Pereira, Caio Bosque Hidalgo, and Elaine Lara Mendes Tavares. “Voice Disorders in Teachers. A Review.” Journal of Voice 28, no. 6 (2014): 716–24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvoice.2014.02.008.53 Moustapha-Sabeur, Malak and Jose Ignacio Aguilar Río. “Faire corps avec sa voix : paroles d’enseignant.” In Le corps et la voix de l’enseignant : théorie et pratique, edited by Marion Tellier and Lucile Cadet, 67-79. Paris: Maison des Langues, 2014. Rosenberg, Gail Gregg, Patricia Blake-Rather, Judy Heavner, Linda Allen, Beatrice Myers Redmond, Janet Phillips, and Kathy Stigers.“Improving Classroom Acoustics (ICA): A Three-Year FM Sound Field Classroom Amplification Study.” Journal of Educational Audiology, no. 7 (1999): 8-28. Witte, Els.“La question linguistique en Belgique dans une perspective historique.” Pouvoirs 1, no. 136 (2011): 37-50. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Understanding School Buildings: unpacking the archives of the pioneer Building Performance Research Unit 1University of Coimbra, Centre of Architectural Studies – from Territory to Design, Department of Architecture, Portugal; 2University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Department of Architecture, Portugal Presenting Author:The purpose of this article is to further develop the groundbreaking research conducted by the Building Performance Research Unit (BPRU). The BPRU was established at the University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, in 1967 and conducted research on 48 comprehensive schools in central Scotland that were opened between 1958 and 1966. Our research contents were publicly presented for the first time at the ECER 2023 conference in Glasgow, the original setting of this history of education we continued to elaborate on. Our presentation introduced the objectives of the BPRU and the theoretical contributions of its researchers from various disciplines, including the founder and main coordinator, architect Thomas A. Markus ; P. Whyman (architect), D. Canter (psychologist), T. Maver (operational research scientist), J. Morgan (physicist), D. Whitton (quantity surveyor) and J. Flemming (systems analyst). Our presence in Glasgow, also enabled unprecedented access to the BPRU documents, which had been archived since 1973, when the unit's activities came to an end. A detailed reading and critical interpretation of these archival documents can provide a relevant contribute to the knowledge of these first post-occupancy experiences in schools from the end of the 1960s. This includes the challenges, experiences, and deviations involved in speculating on a field that, at the time, was still unaware of its true relevance, as evidenced by many contemporary studies. The working papers, signed by the researchers, provide an objective report on the measurements of school building layouts and the needs of their communities. The papers map the physical conditions that determine teaching environments, such as sound and daylight, through a rigorous study of spatial partitions. This helped to better understand the particular perceptions of students and teachers. Although the quantitative techniques were used to translate data into objective information, psychologist David Canter's reports aimed to subjectively assess the school communities through questionnaires that were marked by their semantic richness. The BPRU theory of “improvisation” pertains to changes made in the day-to-day operations of schools’ communities, to varying degrees. The aim was to map these changes in a relatively simple manner, using models that learn from each school's level of improvisation. This allowed for the simulation of future day-to-day operations of schools as open systems of improvisation. Based on the BPRU’s observation that “people are more adaptable than school buildings”, it is important to consider the full activity of these spaces as relevant data to achieve a fuller architectural response. We argue that interdisciplinary research is currently crucial for renovating educational spaces. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper resorts to primary sources from the archive material of the BPRU, currently deposited in Archives and Special Collections at the University of Strathclyde, to detail the goals, methods, and workflow that gave structure to this innovative approach to “research performance”, namely related to the appraisal of school buildings – here related to three main lenses: 1. Presenting BPRU’s research agenda, stated in the first intentions document GD/1/TAM/ML, 18th August 1967, is crucial to frame the context of this forerunner academic venture on education research within an architectural research environment: why schools as the focus of building appraisal, how, by whom and by what means this building appraisal is envisioned; 2. Understanding the aims, scientific organisation and techniques of the five months “Exploratory Study”, introduced in the working paper GD/1/TAM/ML, 18th August 1967, developed in the context of secondary schools in Scotland, between September 1967 and January 1968, will unravel the interchanges of the outputs coming from diverse disciplines, as psychology and architecture; 3. Considering BPRU’s dissemination activities – in the Royal Institute of British Architects, in London and the Design Methods Group in Massachusetts, USA, - as a way of receiving critique on their research endeavour on the comprehensive schools, will helps us to situate the idealization of a research field specific conceived around educational research, namely on school buildings and environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As argued in our paper 'The Power of School Buildings', presented at ECER 2023, we quote Thomas A. Markus to introduce the expected outcomes. The vision is to incorporate research findings into future designs, contributing to innovative school buildings and environments while being aware of the legacies provided by the long history of education and pedagogies: “In the present case the Unit’s interest in developing an understanding of, and techniques for, building performance appraisal led to the need to select a building type in which a large number of similar examples could easily be reached, in which background information on the buildings could be readily obtained and in which there was some hope of assessing the actual product of the organisation which the building housed. From a social viewpoint we felt that a building type of which many examples were likely to be built in future years would provide the possibility of research findings actually being incorporated in future designs. All these considerations pointed to schools […]” (Markus and Building Performance Research Unit, 1972, p.52) Drawing on the BPRU's five-year activity, we contend that their pioneering interdisciplinary research approach offers valuable lessons. Specifically, by unpacking their archive, we can critically revisit their experimental methodology and consider its current significance, namely in the context of research processes associated with the renovation of obsolete educational spaces. By considering the full scope of their activities, we can develop a more comprehensive response, in a contemporary context of an architectural practice-based research. References Building Performance Research Unit Reports, nº 1-38 (1967-1970). Archive materials from the Andersonian Library, Archives & Special Collections (Serials), University of Strathclyde, Glasgow. Building Performance Research Unit (1970). Building Appraisal: Students London: Applied Science Publishers. Markus, T. (1967). Measurement and appraisal of building performance: the first documents. The Architects’ Journal, 146, 1565-1573. Markus, T. (1968). The Comprehensive School. Report from the Building Performance Research Unit - Activities, spaces and sacred cows. RIBA Journal, Volume 75 (9), 425-426. Markus, T. (1974). The why and the how of research in 'real' buildings. Journal of Architectural Research. Journal of Architectural Research, Vol. 3, No. 2 (May 1974), pp. 19-23 Markus, T. (1993). Buildings and Power: freedom and control in the origin of modern building types. London and New York: Routledge. Markus, T.; Building Performance Research Unit. (1972). Building Performance. St Michael’s Academy Kilwinning, The Architects’ Journal, 151, 9-50. RIBA Journal (1966). NEWS: Measuring building performance. RIBA Journal, 73(3), 103. The Architects’ Journal (1970). Tom Markus is alive and well…, 151(9), 538-543. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Oral History as a Litmus Test for Educators' Emotions and Young Researcher Self-Criticism Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:This year's Network17 invitation was a fascinating impetus to look at my dissertation (which I am currently writing at Vilnius University, on the retrospective and perspectives of Roma education policy and practice 1956-2024 in Lithuanian schools) from a completely different and unplanned angle - the emotions of the individual in a historical context. Nevertheless, today, balancing between two intentions: 1) to present a small part of the research data related to the teacher's memories of his/her experiences of working with three different generations of Roma pupils (from the late 1980's onwards), and 2) to criticize myself as a researcher who has been applying oral history for perhaps the first time, I pose the question: What emotions and feelings emerged in the teachers' narratives about the past, and do these emotions in the current context have implications for their work, and perhaps even for future strategy planning? In answering this question, the analysis revealed a wide range of emotions and feelings experienced in the past, which can be summarised as "negative", meanwhile in terms of the present, educators identified much more "positive" emotions. This can be explained by the fact that teachers are now very happy about their successes and are aware of the enormous impact that, for example, a simple transition from one class to another can have on some Roma pupils, but both in the past and in the present this happiness, seems to be clouded by the pressure of the public "a piori problematic" discourse on Roma education, because as Matras mentions, "No tabula rasa is available when it comes to briefing politicians, media, or the wider public about Roma/Gypsies and their needs or aspirations" (2013). Thus, from a historical perspective the "resignation to defeat" of the past were transformed in the present - into a context of lower expectations. Teachers tend to view truly noteworthy pedagogical changes with a very modest attitude, as "small steps on a long journey". Interestingly, this phrase tends to be used by teachers of both the old and the young generation, which allows us to speak of a kind of reproduction of pedagogical emotions in the context of a future programmed in the past, i.e. a present of low aspirations. The "good" features of oral history were particularly highlighted in the context of this study as an opportunity not only to create a source of unique information, but also to involve the Roma and the educational community in the construction of history. Nevertheless I have also encountered the "classic" difficulties of the novice researcher: trying to understand how individuals relate to their past and how historical understanding unfolds over time (Ricoeur, 2004), navigating between the twists and turns of memory and history, where the resulting testimony is "never the same twice in a row" (Portelli, 2009), and the difficulties of interpretation and the transition between the micro and the macro history of history (Domanska, 1999). I understand and apologise in advance to those who may find my newbie-level observations about the use of oral history in educational research naive and even self-evident, but perhaps by analysing myself rather than others I am much more in line with the longing theme of this year's ECER Network17 call - by sentimentally reminding experienced educational historians of their own first oral history research and nostalgic career beginnings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation presents only a small part of the data (selected according to the theme of this year's conference and Network17 invitation) collected at Vilnius University during the implementation of a dissertation research project on the retrospective and future perspective of Roma education policy and practice in Lithuanian schools (1956-2024). Combined with elements of biographical research oral history was used as the main research method with the participation of three different generations of Roma with experience of schooling in Lithuanian schools since 1956. Oral history has received a great deal of attention from scholars who have addressed key theoretical and methodological issues either in general (Thompson, 2000; Perks, Thomson, 2006, Thomson, 2007), or within the framework of a particular period (Vinogradnaitė et. al, 2018; Švedas, 2010),so it was chosen as appropriate for recording voices from marginalised groups (Portelli, 2009). It is also important to mention that the general study used archival (mostly school’s archival data) document analysis (G. McCulloch, 2004). Another important voice in the research was that of educators working with the group in question in Lithuanian schools since 1985 (educators of the younger generation also had the opportunity to be involved in the research - their narratives were used in a comparative aspect). Currently, 23 educators from different Lithuanian cities and different types of schools have already been involved in the study. Data for all participants in the study are depersonalised. The collected oral history interviews were transcribed (audio recordings ranging from 30 minutes to 2.5 hours) and the data were analysed using thematic analysis (Braun, Clarke, 2022). In preparation for this presentation, the array of data collected during the general dissertation research has been revisited through a re-targeted thematic examination of the narrative of educators' emotions, as well as a re-analysis of my interview notes in relation to capturing the educators' emotions, and a personal research diary (which has become extremely useful for capturing my own emotions and reflection, following Nadin, Cassell (2006); Trainor, Bundon (2020)). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1) Analysing the narratives of the professional memories of teachers working with Roma pupils since the late 1980s, the following dominant emotions emerged: frustration/hopelessness, disappointment, fear, feelings of loneliness, joy/pride. Some of them were more related to the organisation and implementation of the educational process, others to the assessment of educational achievements. Feelings of frustration/despair, fear have evolved and transformed in the historical perspective, taking on new forms, the narrative of feelings of joy and pride has become more connected to the future parallel, and the feeling of loneliness seems to have remained unchanged in the past-present perspective. Interestingly, the process of oral history interviews itself often veered in this direction of emotions and feelings, and seemed to turn not only into multi-perspective personal/collective testimonies and reflections on the past, present and future, but also into a kind of psychotherapeutic analysis of the genesis of individual emotions. 2) I will not be contradicting myself by saying that the oral history method requires a lot of effort on the part of the researcher, but the analysis of that effort becomes another interesting field of research. As a young historian of education applying this method for the first time, I have encountered, perhaps, a number of difficulties: 1) in the process of data collection; 2) in the management of the enormous amount of data; 3) in the context of the tension between history and memory; 4) and most importantly (for this particular topic) – in the ethical issues of historical research. Some of the questions that arose during the research resolved themselves, while others remained unanswered, intriguing and tempting me to delve into the depths of philosophy of history in the hope that I would find answers to them "when I grow up and become a historian of education". References Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage Domanska, E. (1999). Mikrohistorie. Spotkania w miedzyswiatach. Poznan: Wyd. Poznanskie. Matras, Y. (2013). Scholarship and the Politics of Romani Identity: Strategic and Conceptual Issues. European Yearbook of Minority Issues Online, 10(1), 209-247. McCulloch, G. (2004). Documentary research in Education, History and Social Sciences. RoutledgeFalmer: London. Nadin, S., & Cassell, C. (2006). The use of a research diary as a tool for reflexive practice: Some reflections from management research. Qualitative Research in Accounting Management, 3(3), 208–217. Perks, R., Thomson, A. (eds.). (2006). The Oral History Reader, London and New York: Routledge. Portelli, A. (2009). What Makes Oral History Different. In: Giudice, L.D. (eds) Oral History, Oral Culture, and Italian Americans. Italian and Italian American Studies. Palgrave Macmillan, New York. Ricoeur, P. (2004). Memory, History, Forgetting, transl. K. Blamey & D. Pellauer. The University of Chicago Press. Švedas, A. (2010). Sakytinės istorijos galimybės sovietmečio ir posovietinės epochos tyrimuose (atminties kultūros ir istorijos politikos problematikos aspektas). [Possibilities to adapt oral history to the research of soviet and postsoviet epoch (the problems of the culture of memory and the politics of history)]. Lietuvos istorijos studijos, Nr. 26. Thompson, P. (2000). The Voice of the Past. Oral History. Oxford University Press. Thomson, A. (2007). Four Paradigm Transformations in Oral History. The Oral History Review, 34(1), 49–70. Trainor, L. R., & Bundon, A. (2020). Developing the craft: Reflexive accounts of doing reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 1–22. Vinogradnaitė, I., Kavaliauskaitė, J., Ramonaitė, A., Ulinskaitė, J., Kukulskytė, R. (2018). Sakytinė istorija kaip sovietmečio tyrimo metodas. Vilnius: VU leidykla. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 18 SES 02 A: Health and Physical Activity in Physical Education and Sport Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Rachel Sandford Paper Session |
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Health Promotion in Physical Education through Digital Media: Experiences and Acceptance from the Perspective of Students and Teachers 1Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Institute of Sport and Sport Science, Karlsruhe, Germany; 2University of Freiburg, Institute of Sport and Sport Science, Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:School health programs offer a great opportunity to promote students' health through physical activity (Yuksel et al., 2020). However, the potential of digitalization as a social transformation in physical education (PE) could be better exploited in the area of health promotion (Goodyear et al., 2019; Knoke et al., 2024). The aim of this guideline-based interview study is therefore to investigate the experiences and attitudes of students and teachers towards digital media for students’ health promotion in PE. The extended technology acceptance model (TAM) by Davis (1986) was used as a theoretical basis to determine the acceptance of health promotion through digital media. The model describes that a user's attitude towards the system influences whether media is actually used (Davis, 1986). In the context of the use of digital media in PE, this means that the core variables have an influence on whether or not a teacher will use digital media in their physical education lessons. The three-stage model by Nutbeam (2000) was also used as a model for health literacy. Nutbeam (2000) classifies health literacy and thus the handling of health-related information in a three-stage model. The first level of the functional form ("functional health literacy") describes the ability to research and use health-related information as well as the basic ability to read and write. The communicative-interactive form ("interactive health literacy") describes the ability to use various sources and to consider the origin of the information and thus its trustworthiness. The highest level of health literacy in Nutbeam's model (2000) is the "critical form", i.e. the ability to critically reflect on health-related information. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative method was chosen in order to openly ask teachers and students about their experiences and assessments of the use of digital media for health promotion and health literacy in PE lessons. The use of a qualitative method can be justified by the existing research gap in the field of health promotion in physical education with digital media. The qualitative research design also offers the opportunity to take an exploratory approach to the reality of students' experiences in the classroom. To answer the research question on the experiences and acceptance of students and teachers regarding health promotion through digital media in physical education, a total of 25 semi-structured guided interviews were conducted and analysed using MAXQDA with qualitative content analysis according to Mayring by coding. The interviews were conducted as individual and group interviews and comprised a sample of N=15 students and N=10 PE teachers at German schools of various types who voluntarily participated in the study. In the first block of questions, the guideline asked what experiences had already been made with the use of digital media to promote health in PE lessons. This was followed by questions on attitudes towards the use of digital media for health promotion in PE lessons. In addition, the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) by Davis (1986) was used as the theoretical basis for the interview guide. The guideline questions related both to experiences with the use of digital media for health promotion and health literacy in physical education and to the assessment of, for example, the suitability or efficiency and the required characteristics of these digital media for use in physical education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interview study revealed that digital media have only been used to a limited extent to promote health in PE lessons so far. Some of the teachers stated that they had little knowledge of the use of digital media in PE lessons, and that it is often unclear how digital media can be applied in PE lessons to promote health. These results are confirmed by the statements of the students. In the area of "system use" (TAM), the existing experiences and attitudes of students and PE teachers regarding the use of digital media for health promotion in PE lessons most frequently include the areas of applications (apps), videos, tracking and communication. The digital medium most frequently mentioned was the tablet. With regard to the acceptance of the use of digital media in PE lessons, the teachers’ perspectives differed from those of the students, who were predominantly positive. The reasons for the students' positive attitude towards the use of digital media for health promotion are an expected healthier lifestyle, expected reliable health information and a preference for digital media, which can lead to increased motivation. Expected or experienced difficulties were mentioned by the students, e.g. in connection with the media skills of the PE teachers, by both sides regarding data management and primarily by the PE teachers regarding time management and the students' active exercise time. External factors such as a lack of or poor Wi-Fi in sports halls, inadequate equipment at schools and a lack of guidance on the use of digital media in PE lessons were reported by both PE teachers and students. Based on these findings, possible PE-specific modifications to the underlying theoretical models are discussed. References Davis, F. D. (1989). Perceived Usefulness, Perceived Ease of Use, and User Acceptance of Information Technology. MIS Quarterly, 13(3), 319–340. Goodyear, V. A., Armour, K. M., & Wood, H. (2019). Young people learning about health: The role of apps and wearable devices. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(2), 193–210. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1539011 Knoke, C., Woll, A. & Wagner, I. (2024). Health promotion in physical education through digital media: a systematic literature review. German Journal Exercise Sport Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12662-023-00932-4 Nutbeam, D. (2000). Health literacy as a public health goal: a challenge for contemporary health education and communication strategies into the 21st century. Health Promotion International. 15. 259–267. Yuksel, H. S., Şahin, F. N., Maksimovic, N., Drid, P. & Bianco, A. (2020). School-Based Intervention Programs for Pre-venting Obesity and Promoting Physical Activity and Fitness: A Systematic Review. International Journal of Environ-mental Research and Public Health; 17(1):347. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17010347 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Preferences towards Physical Activity, Sports, and Leisure Practices in Adolescents: Strengths and Weaknesses University of Alicante, Spain Presenting Author:The World Health Organization (WHO, 2020) raises concerns about the prevalence of sedentary behavior in society, particularly among adolescents. This qualitative study, involving 142 adolescents, aims to analyze their inclination and preferences for Physical Activity and Sports (PAS) and Leisure Activities (LA), considering gender differences. The study utilized semi-structured interviews and focus groups, revealing a strong intention among adolescents to participate in future PAS and LA. Approximately 80% of adolescents aged 11 to 17 fail to meet global PAS recommendations (Baños et al., 2019), a worrisome trend given the lasting impact of adolescent habits. The Spanish Association of Pediatrics (SAP, 2014) notes that 45% of 15 to 24-year-olds minimally engage in PAS, missing out on benefits like reduced health risks and improved mental and overall well-being (WHO, 2020; Izurieta-Monar, 2019). The sedentary nature of modern society, driven by excessive technology use, exacerbates this issue (ANIBES, 2016). In Spain, these habits indicate that 60.6% of the male population and 56.8% of the female population, aged 13 to 17, are exposed to more than two hours of electronic device usage daily. Additionally, a declining trend in active commuting to educational institutions has been observed (ANIBES, 2016). Adolescence often witnesses a decline in interest in sports, with most young people active in PAS only until around age 12, mainly in educational or leisure settings (González-Hernández & Martínez-Martínez, 2020). At the same time, adolescents encounter certain inconveniences when engaging in PAS. Some of the barriers are related to the incompatibility of activities, lack of time, or demotivation due to routine and imposed practice (Espada-Mateos & Galán, 2017). Simultaneously, boredom in Physical Education (PE) classes could be a strong predictor of sports abandonment in adolescents (Baños et al., 2019). In this regard, personal reasons have been identified for adolescents disengaging from sports activities, among which laziness, the need for free time for social interaction, or an interest in using technology stand out. Environmental factors influencing PAS engagement include family sporting habits and peer involvement (Strandbu et al., 2020), with economic barriers limiting opportunities, particularly in institutional settings (García-Moya et al., 2012). Growing income-related inequalities and factors like residence environment and public sports offerings impact PAS continuity (Guérandel, 2022). Gender disparities in PAS engagement are noticeable, with girls exhibiting lower levels of participation (Peral-Suárez et al., 2020). Gender stereotypes in sports contribute to these differences but are gradually becoming less pronounced due to societal inclusivity values (Beltrán et al., 2023). Interventions in educational settings, particularly PE sessions, are important for promoting PAS among girls, emphasizing enjoyable, diverse, non-competitive activities (Boraita et al., 2022). Thus, it becomes evident that there is a need to advocate for physical activity and leisure practices that align with participants' preferences, fostering a predisposition towards utilizing free time, and ultimately aiming to cultivate a healthy lifestyle from an early age. The study's objectives were to analyze adolescents' future PAS and LA intentions, identifying challenges and improvement suggestions from a gender perspective.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative case study, well-suited for exploring adolescents' experiences and perspectives on PAS and LA, employs a narrative approach to analyze their current and future engagement in these activities within their municipality. The study focuses on understanding the interactions between adolescents and their specific environments related to PAS and leisure, thus offering insights into their lived experiences. The study selected 142 adolescents (72 girls and 70 boys) from a high school in the Valencian community, chosen for their low involvement in PAS and LA. The participants, aged between 11 and 13, voluntarily joined the study with consent from their legal guardians, under the ethical approval of the University of Alicante. The municipality, with a population of nearly 30,000, offers various cultural, social, and sports facilities and supports economically disadvantaged families with subsidies for PAS and LA. Data collection involved semi-structured written interviews and focus groups, using narrative techniques to gather participants' thoughts on current and future involvement in PAS and leisure within their community. The two primary questions explored in the interviews were about the adolescents' preferred PAS and LA and the challenges they face in participation. Interviews were conducted in classrooms, lasting around 40 minutes each, ensuring anonymity and encouraging open expression. Focus groups, consisting of 10 participants each, were used to understand improvement suggestions for the municipality's PAS and leisure offerings. These groups facilitated the exchange of diverse opinions in a natural setting, allowing for the validation of perspectives. The sessions, held during the school day, lasted 45 minutes each, emphasizing participation and active listening. The data collection phase spanned two weeks, with permissions obtained from educational institutions and legal guardians. The information from interviews and focus groups was transcribed and analyzed using inductive content analysis to establish themes, categories, and codes. The research identified two main themes: adolescents' predisposition and preferences for PAS and LA, and their suggestions for improving these activities in their municipality. Using the Analysis of Qualitative Data 7 software, the study integrated quantitative and qualitative data, presenting findings as a percentage of absolute frequency, and including significant narrative excerpts. This comprehensive approach provided a detailed understanding of the adolescents' perspectives on PAS and LA, their preferences, challenges, and improvement ideas within their community context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This case study highlights the strong future inclination of adolescents towards PAS and LA, emphasizing the importance of customizing these programs to their preferences, age, and gender. Institutions need to align their PAS and leisure offerings with the interests of the youth. The study reveals distinct preferences among adolescents: girls show a tendency towards individual physical activities, while boys lean more towards group sports and technological pursuits. Girls also exhibit a greater interest in artistic and social media activities. This diversity poses a challenge to program designers, who often fail to consider the varied preferences of different age groups, leading to a mismatch between available activities and what adolescents want. A significant concern raised by the youth is the need for better sports and leisure facilities, with many existing ones perceived as outdated, inadequate, or expensive. The adolescents propose renovations and improvements to these facilities and resources. They also suggest more equitable economic distribution to address disparities in the types of activities offered. This could include offering scholarships and free activities for disadvantaged and large families, thereby enhancing the quality and accessibility of sports services. The use of social media is recommended by the young participants for better promotion and information dissemination about physical and LA. They also advocate for conducting surveys to gain a deeper understanding of their interests and preferences. Finally, the study highlights adolescents' strong future intentions for PAS and LA, with preferences varying by gender. The findings underscore the need for updated and adapted sports and leisure facilities, better economic resource distribution, and tailored programs to align with youth preferences. This approach could foster a disposition towards PAS from a young age. This research was funded by the project “Diagnosis and Analysis of Adherence to Physical Activity and Sports among Young People. . .,” File 3992/2022. References 1.ANIBES. (2016). Sedentarismo en niños y adolescentes españoles: resultados del estudio científico ANIBES. Org.es. https://www.fen.org.es/anibes/archivos/documentos/ANIBES_numero_13.pdf 2.Spanish Association of Pediatrics (SAP). (2014). Consejos sobre actividad física para niños y adolescentes. Aeped.es. https://www.aeped.es/sites/default/files/documentos/diptico_actividad_fisica_aep_web.pdf 3.Baños, R., Marentes, M., Zamarripa, J., Baena-Extremera, A., Ortiz-Camacho, M., & Duarte-Felix, H. (2019). Influencia de la satisfacción, aburrimiento e importancia de la educación física en la intención de realizar actividad física extraescolar en adolescentes mexicanos. Cuadernos de psicología del deporte, 19(3), 205–215. 4.Beltrán, V. H., Gamonales, J. M., Espada, M. C., & Tena, A. E. (2023). Analysis of the evolution of the number of federation licenses in Spain (2009-2021). Cultura_Ciencia_Deporte, 18(57). https://doi.org/10.12800/ccd.v18i57.2041 5.Espada Mateos, M., & Galán, S. (2017). Evaluación de las barreras para la práctica de actividad física y deportiva en los adolescentes españoles. Revista de salud publica (Bogota, Colombia), 19(6), 739–743. https://doi.org/10.15446/rsap.v19n6.66078 6.García-Moya, I., del Carmen Moreno Rodríguez, M., de los Santos, F. J. R., Valverde, P. R., & Iglesias, A. J. (2012). Iguales, familia y participación en actividades deportivas organizadas durante la adolescencia. Revista de psicología del deporte, 21(1), 153–158. 7.González-Hernández, J., & Martínez-Martínez, F. D. (2020). Prosocialidad y dificultades de socialización en la adolescencia. Influencias según sexo y práctica deportiva. Revista de psicología del deporte, 29(2), 117–124. 8.Guérandel, C. (2022). Being involved in sports or giving up: The effects of context on teenage girls’ practice in French disadvantaged urban neighborhoods. Sociology of Sport Journal, 39(4), 362–372. https://doi.org/10.1123/ssj.2021-0123 9.Izurieta-Monar, A. (2019). Causas y consecuencias del sedentarismo. Más Vita, 1(2), 26–31. 10.Peral-Suárez, Á., Cuadrado-Soto, E., Perea, J. M., Navia, B., López-Sobaler, A. M., & Ortega, R. M. (2020). Physical activity practice and sports preferences in a group of Spanish schoolchildren depending on sex and parental care: a gender perspective. BMC Pediatrics, 20(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12887-020-02229-z 11.Rivera, C. J. (2019). Abandono de la práctica deportiva. Edu.co. 12.Strandbu, Å., Bakken, A., & Stefansen, K. (2020). The continued importance of family sport culture for sport participation during the teenage years. Sport, Education and Society, 25(8), 931–945. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2019.1676221 13.WHO Guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour. (2020). Who.int. Recuperado el 30 de enero de 2024, de https://www.who.int/publications-detail-redirect/9789240015128 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper The Art of Noticing in Inclusive Teaching Practices in PE. Windesheim University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Education, including physical education (PE), is an area where the practice of inclusion matters every day. These practices are often intended to contribute to equality and/or prosperity, but at the same time they seem to alienate students from physical education and lead to new forms of isolation (see for example Holland et al., 2022; Storr et al., 2022). Teachers, including PE teachers, struggle with these paradoxes of inclusive teaching practices (PIT). Often, their inclusive educational practices turn into individualized practices (Wienen, 2022). However, this is a practice that simultaneously excludes students. For example, when students are made responsible for their own progress in learning to perform a dance, and their next dance moves are available at any time in instructional videos. These videos show what needs to be done to reach the next level. However, in this case, students are expected to become part of the group that carries out the next level, which means they do their own inclusion work. Students exposed to such practices have reported feeling isolated from both peers and teachers (Kruiswijk, 2017). Teachers' attempts seem to be driven by exclusive mechanisms, of which they are not aware (Dobush, 2021; Ledoux et al., 2020; Van Doodewaard. 2022). These mechanisms are often embedded in discursive practices of gender, ethnicity, ability, insecurity and citizenship (Hermans, 2023). Critical researchers have been warning for more than twenty years about the negative impact of such discriminatory practices on students, but these practices appear to be resistant to change. Or are we missing something? That is why our research is driven by questioning the status quo: what would happen if we studied discriminatory inclusion practices in PE as ruins of capitalism and colonialism – as sites of dualistic practices, driven by hegemonic sports, health, and citizenship discourses, which scored the best, rewarded the healthiest and celebrated the most civilized as winners? (Hermans, 2024; Lynch et al., 2022; Tsing, 2015; Wienen, 2022). Inclusion practices in schools continue to label students as normal/adequate or abnormal//inadequate. The norms for including students in the 'normal' category appear to be ambiguous and riddled with educational dilemmas (Corcoran, 2019; Van Doodewaard. 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We will engage in the art of noticing to discern rhizomatic patterns in inclusive teaching practices in PE (Tsing, 2015, Gravett, 2022). The art of noticing offers the opportunity to question PIT practices and look beyond their paradoxes (Taylor et al., 2023). It facilitates noticing thoughts and feelings that underlie exclusionary practices and embracing the ambiguity and unpredictability of relational practices that are part of PIT. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research is an ongoing project, which means results and conclusions will be shared at the conference. References Corcoran,T., Claiborne, L., and Whitburn, B. (2019). Paradoxes in inclusive education: a necessary condition of relationality? Int. J. Inclusive Educ. 23, 1003–1016. doi: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1625453 Dobusch, L. (2021). The inclusivity of inclusion approaches: a relational perspective on inclusion and exclusion in organizations. Gender Work Organ. 28, 379–396. doi: 10.1111/gwao.12574 Gravett,K., Taylor, C.A., & Fairchild , N.(2021): Pedagogies of mattering: re-conceptualising relational pedagogies in higher education, Teaching in Higher Education, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2021.1989580 Kruiswijk, M. (2017). Leerprocessen in beeld. [learning in the picture]. Masterthesis Windesheim. Tsing, A. L. (2015). The mushroom at the end of the world: On the possibility of life in capitalist ruins. Princeton University Press. Storr,R, Nicholas,L., Robinson, K., & Davies, C. (2022). ‘Game to play?’: barriers and facilitators to sexuality and gender diverse young people's participation in sport and physical activity, Sport, Education and Society, 27:5, 604-617, DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2021.1897561 Hermans, C. (2023). Pedagogiek van het onderweg zijn. [Pedagogy of the ongoing]. Garant. Ledoux, G. & Waslander, S. (2020). Evaluatie Passend Onderwijs: Eindrapport [Evaluation Appropriate Education: Final Report]. Amsterdam: Kohnstamm Institute. Lynch, S., Walton-Fisette, J. L., & Luguetti, C. (2021). Pedagogies of social justice in physical education and youth sport. Routledge. Van Doodewaard, C.L. (2022). Paradoxes of inclusive teaching practices and the beautiful between. Utrecht University. DOI: 10.33540/1134. Van Manen, M. (2015). Pedagogical tact. Knowing what to do when you don’t know what to do. New York: Routledge. Wienen, B. (2022). Van individueel naar inclusief onderwijs.[ From individualized to inclusive education). Instondo B.V. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Daily Physical Activity of Sport Educators Latvian Academy of Sport, Latvia Presenting Author:Findings show that a possible reason of burnout among sport educators is the accumulated actual and perceived stress of sports educators (Wright, et al., 2023), even though the work of sports educators is related to physical activities. The research questions: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods: participants were 288 sport educators (age 22-53; 48,6% women and 51,4% men). The type, involvement and amount of physical activity was determined by the GPAQ, IPAQ, EHIS-PAQ, PAS adapted into Latvian. The research results showed that questionnaires allowed to determine the respondents’ physical activity indicators. Statistically significant correlations were determined between indicators obtained in all physical activity questionnaires applied in the research (p<0.05). The following methods were used in the research: the Latvian version of the Global Physical Activity Questionnaire (GPAQ) and Physical Activity Scale (PAS). Mathematical statistics (descriptive statistics, Cronbach’s coefficient alpha and the inferential statistics). The adaptation of the questionnaires the Latvian version of the Global Physical Activity Questionnaire (GPAQ) and Physical Activity Scale (PAS) took place in several stages (ITC, 2017). The forward-backward translation of the questionnaire was provided by professional English and Latvian philology specialists specializing in sport science. The questionnaire process and collection of respondents’ data took place anonymously, in accordance with the Vienna Convention on Human Rights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results have shown that indicators of internal coherence of the questionnaires on physical activity indicators (Global Physical Activity Questionnaire (GPAQ) and Physical Activity Scale (PAS)) show a corresponding reliability of the translated Latvian version of the questionnaire. There are statistically significant correlations between the content indicators of all physical activity questionnaires. The preliminary results of this study indicate that PAS underestimates time spent in sedentary behaviour and overestimates time spent in light, moderate and vigorous activity. References -Alsalhe, T. A., Chalghaf, N., Guelmami, N., Azaiez, F., & Bragazzi, N. L. (2021). Occupational burnout prevalence and its determinants among physical education teachers: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 15, 553230. -International Test Commission. (2017). The ITC Guidelines for Translating and Adapting Tests (Second edition). [www.InTestCom.org] -Sejbuk, M., Mirończuk-Chodakowska, I., & Witkowska, A. M. (2022). Sleep quality: a narrative review on nutrition, stimulants, and physical activity as important factors. Nutrients, 14(9), 1912. -Wright, S. A., Walker, L. F., & Hall, E. E. (2023). Effects of workplace stress, perceived stress, and burnout on collegiate coach mental health outcomes. Frontiers in sports and active living, 5, 974267. https://doi.org/10.3389/fspor.2023.974267 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 19 SES 02 A: Ethnographies of Gender Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Oddmund Toft Paper Session |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper How to Party Like a 6th Grader – Gendered Norms and Displays of Identity at the School dance HINN, Norway Presenting Author:This contribution builds on a year-long ethnographic fieldwork in a 6th turned 7th grade class in inland Norway between January and December of 2020. The study was conducted for my PhD-project about Boys’ identity formation at school and in the classroom which has a focus on gender, social class, and identity. The research question for the contribution at hand is How is pupils’ presentation of identity at the school dance shaped by gender norms and the school's gendered practices? In a time when gender identity and gender diversity is widely discussed and focused on, understanding how pupils display their identity within and beyond gender norms in a special school setting is of interest. Identity presentations are not created by themselves in a vacuum but in an interplay between pupils, between pupils and teachers, and between the school as an institution and the people who occupy it. Understanding what room is (or is not) created for alternative, hybrid, or ambivalent gender expressions both within and outside the gender binary can therefore tell us something about how the discourse on gender diversity might develop going forward, and how society will face it in the future. In this contribution, I will discuss gendered norms and practices at school by looking at a special event, namely, the school dance. This is because the norms found in daily life are not necessarily different from those observed in special events, but they can be exaggerated and more visible in the latter setting. By looking at concrete empirical examples of gendered practices and norms made visible I will discuss what room pupils have to express their gender identities, how different forms of masculinity and femininity are expressed, and what this can tell us about gender discourse in the 2020’s. To discuss this topic, I will use a few different theoretical lenses. As a foundation, I will look at the school dance through Judith Butler’s perspective on the term heteronormativity, and analyze how pupils, through the gendered practices of the school dance, are constituted as gendered bodies in a binary relation to each other (2004, p.159). I will also argue that Butler’s description of heteronormativity as a “discursive constructions nowhere accounted for but everywhere assumed…” (2006, p.58) still holds true in the school context. Furthermore, I will use Marshall Sahlins’ theory about the relationship between social structures and events, and how the latter can lead to change in the former. In the context of gender norms and performance, the theory is relevant since Sahlins tells us that “An event becomes a symbolic relation” (1976, p.21), meaning that the content of the event, whatever it might be, can be used as a symbolic reference of identity. Thus, the event (the school dance) can be utilized to either confirm or break with norms and become a reference for the future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project this contribution is based on is ethnographic and contains a year-long fieldwork at a school in inland Norway. The main research method used is participant observation. Throughout the year-long fieldwork, I went to the school every day and sat in class with them, talked and played with them during recess, and ate with them during the lunch breaks. When Norway went into lockdown due to the pandemic, I participated in homeschooling through Teams, where I paid attention to the different chatrooms as well as some of the many online lessons that were held. Alongside participant observation in everyday school life, I also participated in special events hosted or organized by the school, such as the school dance described in this contribution, as well as other events such as a week-long trip to camp, trips to the movies, and a talent show. Participant observation is a preferable method for studying the topic at hand because “the social world must be interpreted from the perspective of the people being studied” (Bryman, 2016, p.399). Furthermore, relying on participant observation allows the researcher to “probe beneath surface appearances” (Bryman, 2016, p.400), and find the taken for granted norms, ideas, and discourses underneath. In addition to this, participant observation is also useful because “there are always things that people do not say publicly, or do not even know how to say” (Cohen, 1984, p.220) which can then be picked up by the researcher through observation and description. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The most striking finding from the discussion about gender expression and performance at the school dance is the level of heteronormativity present within the organization of the event itself. While the school in principle is gender inclusive in the sense that gender identity beyond the binary is known and accepted as a concept, the organization of the event, and many other school practices, rely on gender as an unproblematically binary concept. The idea of gender beyond the binary, then, is discussed as an abstract concept ‘out there’, and not connected to the day-to-day operation of the school and organization of its events. This is potentially problematic, as openly trans people are more prevalent and accepted than before (Paechter, 2021, p.610), and we have seen an increase in non-binary gender identities (p.619). The discrepancy between the increase in trans and non-binary gender identities and the heteronormative organization of school practices must be addressed to make school spaces gender inclusive as a baseline. References Butler, J. (2004). Performative acts and gender constitution: An essay in phenomenology and feminist theory. In H. Bial (Ed.), The performance studies reader (p. 154-165). Routledge. Butler, J. (2006). Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. Rutledge. (Original work published 1990). Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford University Press. Cohen, A. (1984). Participant Observation. In R. Ellen (ed.), Ethnographic research: A guide to general conduct (p. 216-229). Academic Press. Paechter, C. (2021). Implications for gender and education research arising out of changing ideas about gender. Gender and Education, 33(5), 610-624. Sahlins, M. (1976). Culture and Practical Reason. University of Chicago Press. 19. Ethnography
Paper The Anti-romanticisation of Education in Adolescent Girls’ Virtual Handbags: an Ethnographic Approach. University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Phenomena like truancy (Reid, 2014; Lever, 2011; McCormack 2005), indicate that education is not understood as being inherently good by every student. Consequently, within an Inclusive Education perspective, the development of more welcoming educational practices becomes crucial. In addition, a basic underpinning of the evolving field of Disability Studies in Education, is that understandings of the experiences of education for people undergoing oppression is central, both for developing critiques of the ableist structures in educational settings, as well as suggestions of how education might be otherwise (Slee, Corcoran & Best, 2021). With students as active participants, this study set out to address the phenomenon of truancy, by giving voice to a doubly marginalised group of participants, i.e. girls at a Greek-Cypriot VET school. The research followed a qualitative, ethnographic approach. The site was the VET school where I was working as a Physics teacher. Fieldwork gradually converged to a class of ten girls, whom I shadowed throughout the three years of their upper secondary studies. Research questions involved the girls’ school experiences, patterns of resistance, factors triggering truancy and their calculation of the costs and benefits of their decision to stay out of class/school. Findings indicate that attributing truancy to endogenous problems of the student is insufficient; the school’s culture was such that it worked as a mechanism that used truancy to ensure its survival. This is an aspect which points to an unhealthiness and anti-romanticisation of education. A culture of exchanging commodities was revealed, which bears comparison to economic notions. More specifically, negotiating over their absences was for the girls a cost and benefit calculation, since leniency over excess absences was a desirable trade-off for choosing a specific vocational study area, even if that was not the one they were interested in to begin with. This seems to have been a defining aspect in triggering feelings of meaninglessness over education, which was in turn one of the triggers of truancy. The collateral damages seemed to be massive with regard to the girls’ understanding of the purpose of education, the perpetuation of negative VET reputation and the reproduction of their vocational identities. The idea of the ‘virtual handbag’ has been used to bring together the concepts and ideas which synthesise the thesis of this PhD dissertation; the girls carried in their virtual handbags and utilised resources given to them in order to shape their own actions, but these resources were often unhealthy. In line with the underpinnings of the theoretical framework of Social Exchange Theory, the girls’ subsequent interchange of the resources given to them was equally unhealthy, not always as a form of resistance, but as an eager reciprocation of the commodities been given to them. This was a dangerous and now perhaps a newly discussed form of pyrrhic victory, when compared to the notion as raised by Willis (1977/1981); the girls were particularly creative agents through their cost and benefit calculations and believed that they were in a win-win situation, but what they managed to do instead, was to reproduce social structures. Despite the gloomy picture, the aforementioned findings are an indication of the importance of longer lasting ethnographic research undertaken by teachers-researchers, as a method of delving into the underpinnings of students’ identity formation. In this process, teacher training is vital. Finally, further focusing on students’ voice, especially of marginalised groups, is proposed to be a powerful future research step for the development of more inclusive understandings and interventions to truancy; I hold that the above are crucial issues to be discussed in depth within international conferences.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative, ethnographic approach was undertaken. The site was the VET school where I was working as a Physics teacher. Fieldwork gradually converged to a class of ten girls, whom I shadowed throughout the three years of their upper secondary studies up to the night of their graduation ceremony, including summer school holidays, when our communication was mainly in the form of phone calls, texts, hanging out at coffee shops and nights out for a drink. I kept contact with many of them ever since, as a result of the familiarity that was built during these three years. Both verbal tools and written tools were used as data sources (Groundwater-Smith, Dockett & Bottrell, 2015), namely interviews, participant and non-participant observation, discussions, artefacts, a researcher’s diary and questionnaires. The combination of different methods allowed for the creation of a tightly woven net which can support the arguments raised (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2000), what is known as the Mosaic approach (Groundwater-Smith, Dockett & Bottrell, 2015) or as triangulation (Bell and Opie, 2002). The choice of the specific setting has been a conscious decision. The fact that I had already worked in the specific school for many years made the setting familiar. However, I made freshmen students as the focus of my study, in order to challenge the previous familiarity of the setting. Once again in order to fight familiarity (Delamont, 2014), considering the fact that I was both a researcher as well as a teacher in the setting, I decided to gather information from participants from all three years of classes in order to ‘get the vibe’ of the general setting and at the same time making the focus of the study the class of ten girls in their first year, who were at first complete strangers to me. I relied heavily on trying to build an honest and trustful relationship with the girls. Indeed, ethnographers like Russel (2013) point out the importance of a trustful relationship with participants when researching marginalised young people. Unlike what researchers such as Menzies and Santoro (2018), Corrigan (1979) and Russell (2011) report, gaining valid information from the students did not seem to be threatened by my teacher role. Because of my unpretentious approach, students found it novel that they could open up about their personal lives and the issues bothering them in my presence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings suggest that the school’s culture was such that it worked as a mechanism that used truancy to ensure its survival. This is an aspect which points to an unhealthiness and anti-romanticisation of education. A culture of exchanging commodities was revealed, which bears comparison to economic notions. This seems to have been a defining aspect in triggering feelings of meaninglessness over education, which was in turn one of the triggers of truancy. The collateral damages seemed to be massive with regard to the girls’ understanding of the purpose of education, the perpetuation of negative VET reputation and the reproduction of their vocational identities. The idea of the ‘virtual handbag’ has been used to bring together the concepts and ideas which synthesise the thesis of this PhD dissertation; the girls carried in their virtual handbags and utilised resources given to them in order to shape their own actions, but these resources were often unhealthy. The girls’ subsequent interchange of resources given to them was equally unhealthy, not always as a form of resistance, but as an eager reciprocation of the commodities been given to them. This was a dangerous form of pyrrhic victory; the girls were particularly creative agents through their cost and benefit calculations and believed that they were in a win-win situation, but what they managed to do instead, was to reproduce social structures. Despite the gloomy picture, the findings are an indication of the importance of longer lasting ethnographic research undertaken by teachers-researchers, as a method of delving into the underpinnings of students’ identity formation. Further focusing on students’ voice, especially of marginalised groups, is proposed to be a powerful future research step for the development of more inclusive interventions to truancy; I hold that the above are crucial issues to be discussed in depth within international conferences. References Bell, J. & Opie, C. (2002) Learning from Research. Getting more from your data. Open University Press. Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2000) Research Methods in Education (5th ed.), RoutledgeFalmer. Corrigan, P. (1979) Schooling the Smash Street Kids. Macmillan. Delamont, S. (2014) Key Themes in the Ethnography of Education: Achievements and Agendas. Sage. Groundwater-Smith, S., Dockett, S. & Bottrell, D. (2015) Participatory Research with Children and Young People. Sage. Lever, C. (2011) Understanding Challenging Behaviour in Inclusive Classrooms. Pearson Education. Retrieved from https://www.dawsonera.com/readonline/9781408248287/startPage/8 McCormack, I. (2005) Getting the Buggers to Turn up. Continuum. Menzies, F . G. & Santoro, N. (2018) ‘Doing’ gender in a rural Scottish secondary school: an ethnographic study of classroom interactions. Ethnography and Education, 13(4), pp. 428-441. Reid, K. (2014) An Essential Guide to Improving Attendance in your School: Practical resources for all school managers. Routledge. Russell, L. (2013) Researching Marginalised Young People. Ethnography and Education. 8(1), pp. 46-60. Russell, L. (2011) Understanding Pupil Resistance: Integrating Gender, Ethnicity and Class. An educational ethnography. Gloucestershire: E & E Publishing. Slee, R., Corcoran, T. & Best, M. (2021) Disability Studies in Education – Building Platforms to Reclaim Disability and Recognise Disablement. Journal of Disability Studies in Education, v1, pp.3-13. Willis, P. (1981) Learning to Labour. How working class kids get working class jobs. Columbia University Press. Original work published 1977. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 20 SES 02 A: Inclusion difficulties in education Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Hafdís Guðjónsdóttir Paper Session |
15:15 - 16:45 | 21 SES 02 A: Paper Session 2 Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Patrick Geffard Paper Session |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper ‘Professional Adolescence’ in Nursing Training and Approach of the Death. Université Rouen Normandie, France Presenting Author:My PhD research deals with professionalisation of nursing student as a time caled ‘Professional Adolescence’. In this context, I was led to consider what happens for these students in their approach to patients’ death. To become a nurse, students learn in hospital where they experience unprecedented situations. Those new situations can be difficult, particularly when students are confronted with the death of patients. The heart of nursing work lies in the link that is created between the carer and the patient, which is known as the carer-patient relationship. Students are often very involved in this relationship, which can generate emotions for which they are not prepared. What’s more, care institutions don’t seem to give a lot place to the expression of affects in the professionalisation of nursing students. Mej Hibold (2019) has examined the professionalisation of early childhood professionals in France. They are forbidden to express their feelings towards the children, because this is considered unprofessional and the expression of affects is relegated to the private sphere. This kind of injunction to ‘be professional’ can be found among French nurses. The idea of ‘leaving your emotions in the cloakroom’ when you put on your professional uniform has been passed on from generation to generation of nurses. When emotions are considered, it is most often in terms of developing ‘emotional skills’, sometimes through procedural work. (Donnaint, Gagnayre, Marchand, 2015). My research is situated in the field of ‘Education and Psychoanalysis’ and more specifically in a ‘clinical approach psychoanalytically orientated in Education and training’ (Blanchard-Laville, Chaussecourte, Hatchuel & Pechberty, 2005). I used clinical research interviews (Yelnik, 2005) with student nurses to explore their training as a period of ‘professional adolescence’. Particularly, this is a concept studied by Louis-Marie Bossard, a French researcher for future teachers (Bossard, 2000, 2001, 2004). Professional adolescence aims to understand the psychic processes at work in the transition from the student situation to professional situation, by analogy with those characteristic of adolescence. During these interviews, the students talk, among other things, about their approach to death, which they had never come into contact with before their placements in care settings. The clinical analysis of their discourse (Chaussecourte, 2023) leads me to wonder how the uncertainty generated by the confrontation with death says something about the ‘professional adolescence’ of these students. The impossibility of anticipating a situation that has never arisen in the past, but which is certain to happen during the placements, puts the students' imaginations to work, which is very anxiety-provoking. During their training, when they have cared for patients right up to the end of life, the patient's death remains uncertain if they have not observed it themselves : for death to exist, students must be living witnesses to it. The discourse of carers is not enough to make it real. Finally, the approach of death makes the nursing profession very difficult, and one of the students chose to continue at school after graduation. She has decided to stay on as a student because practising nursing makes her future life too unpredictable. She needs more time to become a professional. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My research approach considers the unconscious in a Freudian sense and takes into account its manifestations in order to propose theoretical hypothesis. My research is a qualitative one based on a longitudinal cohort of four nursing students. The data collection method is the clinical interview for research. All in all, ten clinical research interviews have been conducted with the students between June 2021 and June 2023. This is a non-directive interview lasting approximately forty-five minutes during which the researcher speaks as less as possible. The aim is to influence the interviewee's words the less as possible. The interview begins with a ‘guideline’ well prepared. This is the only intervention prepared by the researcher. The interview guideline for my research is : ‘You have chosen to become a nurse and you are in training at the training institute of Xxxx. Today, what would you say about what you are experiencing in training ? I would like you to talk to me as spontaneously and as freely as possible, as it comes to you’. The interviewee's talk is supported by the researcher's open attitude, his look, the use of the interviewee’s own word to make the interview goes again, and a respect for silences when they serve to elaborate the interviewee's thought. This requires constant work for me, on my implications, on my posture and on my identity as a researcher insofar as I am a trainer in a nursing school. During the clinical interview, the researcher does not take notes, but is entirely available to receive the interviewee's words. In the immediate defferred action of the interview, I write my feelings, my impressions, my first associations. I also write notes about the general environment of the interview. The interviews are recorded, transcribed and fully anonymised. The analysis of the interviews is done in several steps : first, the analysis of the researcher's interventions, to perceive the way in which he influenced the interviewee's ideas. Second, the analysis of the manifest content which describes what the interviewee intentionally said, with a chronological way of identifying the themes addressed. Then, the analysis of the latent content which is a way to enlightening a part of the inconscious psychic process for the interviewee. The tool for this latent content analysis is the researcher's counter-transference (Chaussecourte, 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Several interpretative hypotheses concerning the students' ‘professional adolescence’ can be put forward in the light of the analysis of their approach to death. They all seem to highlight a fear of breaking the continuity of existence. And ‘this is how we might define one of the aspects of the work of adolescence in order to 'become an adult': to enter into the uncertain time of life, and to inhabit it, without breaking the feeling of continuity of existence’. (Triandafillidis, 1996) . I wonder whether this idea could be transposed to the transition from the student situation to the professional situation, the traces of which could be seen in training situations where the patient dies. It is possible that the uncertainty linked to death is so unbearable that one of the students tries to control it. I wonder if this could be the expression of a form of omnipotence that responds to a need for continuity, perhaps also expressing immortality strategies. The necessity of 'seeing death’ and being a deliberate witness to it is also expressed in the interviews. Can we see this need to confront death as a kind of risk-taking behaviour, like that of teenagers seeking to surpass themselves in order to test their ability to survive ? When nursing students are dealing with the death of patients, are they looking for 'proof of survival' in front of the risk of 'the ordeal of discontinuity' (Triandafillidis, 1996) ? If the student saw the patients die, that means she is alive. If she hasn't seen them, death is perceived as an absolute uncertainty that sends her to her own death. References Blanchard-Laville, C., Chaussecourte, P., Hatchuel, F., Pechberty, B. (2005). Recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique dans le champ de l’éducation et de la formation. Revue française de pédagogie, (151), 111-162. Bossard, L.M. (2000). La crise identitaire. In Blanchard-Laville, C. & Nadot, S. (dirs.). Malaise dans la formation des enseignants (97-147). Paris : L’Harmattan Bossard, L.M. (2001). Soizic : Une « adolescence professionnelle » interminable ? Connexions, 75, 69-83. Bossard, L-M. (2004). De la situation d’étudiant(e) à celle d’enseignant(e) du second degré : Approche clinique du passage (Thèse de doctorat en Sciences de l’Education). Université Paris 10, Nanterre. Chaussecourte, P. (2017). Autour de la question du « contre transfert du chercheur » dans les recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique en sciences de l’éducation. Cliopsy, 17, 107-127. https://doi.org/10.3917/cliop.017.0107 Chaussecourte, P. (2023). Proposition de points de repères méthodologiques pour un entretien clinique de recherche d’orientation psychanalytique. Cliopsy, 29, 59-74. https://doi-org.ezproxy.normandie-univ.fr/10.3917/cliop.029.0059 Donnaint, É., Marchand, C. & Gagnayre, R. (2015). Formalisation d’une technique pédagogique favorisant le développement de la pratique réflexive et des compétences émotionnelles chez des étudiants en soins infirmiers. Recherche en soins infirmiers, 123, 66-76. https://doi.org/10.3917/rsi.123.0066 Hilbold, M. (2019). Une alternative à l’injonction de mise à distance des affects : une forme de « professionnalisation clinique ». Cliopsy, 21, 121-134. Triandafillidis, A. (1996). Stratégies d’immortalité. Adolescence, 14(1), 25-41. Yelnik, Catherine. (2005). L’entretien clinique de recherche en sciences de l’éducation. Recherche & formation, (50), 133-146. 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper "Because They Had Nothing Else." Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Gaming in Uncertain Times. University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:The Covid-19 pandemic and the associated government measures to contain the spread of the virus, in the form of curfews, the suppression of gatherings, social distancing and the switch to distance learning and generally digital formats in schools, universities, other educational institutions and out-of-school youth work, have led to a significant reduction in social contact. This enforced social distancing, combined with the absence or reduction of physical contact and interpersonal encounters, has led and continues to lead to a reduced sense of well-being, in addition to the general uncertainty caused by the epidemic and individual frustration, anxiety, aggression and varying degrees of loss of control, certainty, and autonomy. Since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, the question of the challenges and uncertainties faced especially by young people has received considerable media attention. In Austria, this mainly concerns the results of the WHO HBSC study (see ORF.at 20/23), which shows an increase in mental health problems among adolescents. Various coping strategies are designed to maintain or restore mental balance. These are discussed by August Ruhs (2020), for example, on the basis of a three-step sequence of frustration, aggression and regression, by Marianne Leu zinger-Bohleber (2020) with reference to regression and omnipotent denial, or by Ingo Jungclaussen (2020) with reference to individual suffering according to personality structure. However, while the measures ordered to curb the Covid-19 pandemic sometimes place massive restrictions on young people's education, social interactions, space and leisure activities, digital game worlds offer a wide range of opportunities for experience and interaction. Against this background, studies on the consumption of games by young people show that the amount of time spent playing games has increased since the pandemic (Yougov 2020). There has also been an increase in the diagnosis of young people with a computer game addiction (DAK 2020). In psychoanalytic-pedagogical terms, the results of these studies raise the question of the significance and function of young people's gaming in times of uncertainty and crisis. In this sense, the aim of the present paper is a critical discussion of digital role-playing games from a psychoanalytical and educational perspective as a possible strategy for coping with uncertainty. Due to their interactive structure, the simultaneous interaction and networking of several players, digital role-playing games are a particularly worthwhile object of research. Agency, digital relationships, and escapism can provide potential relief for gamers, especially during uncertain times. However, this can only compensate to a limited extent for the lack of physical interpersonal relationships, as is discussed in this paper. The "Ich Zocke"/"I am gaming" study, initiated at the Department of Psychoanalysis and Education at the University of Vienna, aims to answer the above stated questions. In the summer of 2021, still at the height of COVID, a total of 15 young people between the ages of 11 and 21 were interviewed using a combination of narrative and problem-centred interviews about their experiences of the pandemic in relation to their gaming. Another survey was carried out in the winter of 2023, and will be followed up in 2024. The planned paper will present the results of this study, focusing on the function and importance of games for adolescents in dealing with uncertainty. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In contrast to the published large-scale quantitative studies on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the living circumstances and gaming behaviour of adolescents, there are hardly any qualitative surveys focusing on the subjective experience of young people thus far. In order to address this issue, the authors carried out a qualitative study with adolescents between the ages of 11 and 21, in which 15 interviews were conducted (9 of which via Discord or ZOOM) with approximately one-hour interview time. We distributed flyers via multipliers in schools and out-of-school settings (social workers, teachers, social pedagogues, etc.) and then asked interested adolescents to forward our digital flyers to their peers. Although the flyer was explicitly designed to be gender-neutral, hardly any girls or self-identified queer adolescents responded to our request, a circumstance that could be critically considered in further research. The interviews began with an open-ended question ("Can you please tell me your life story in relation to computer games?"), with the aim of capturing the subjective experience of each participant. The subsequent narrative was not interrupted until a deliberate end of answer was detected. The first follow-up questions were aimed at eliciting more detailed information on some of the respondents' previous statements. To give an idea of this line of questioning, a follow-up question was: "You said that you got into computer games when you were 6 years old by playing Gameboy with your father. Could you tell me more about that?" However, in order to remain focused on the specific research interest of this study, namely the experience and significance of gaming in the COVID-19 crisis, participants then entered an interview phase in which they were asked questions that addressed relevant research topics that may not have been addressed previously, such as: "Could you tell me about the pandemic, from when you first heard about it until now?" This approach, and the associated advantages and disadvantages of combining narrative and semi-structured interview techniques, is also discussed by Scheibelhofer (2008). An initial evaluation was carried out following Mayring's (2007) concept of qualitative content analysis, taking into account inductive category formation as the development of categories identified in the material. The paper then goes on to answer the question of how psychoanalytic theories can specifically contribute to a differentiated understanding of the described approaches to the subjective experiences of young people. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both, empirical evidence, and the development of psychoanalytic-pedagogical theories and concepts will be needed to address the relevance of computer games for young people and their emotional regulation related to uncertainty. The study presented here reaches its limits in terms of the number of subjects, the time span of the survey and the methodological evaluation of the interviews conducted. On the one hand, this will continue to be researched at the Department of Psychoanalytic Pedagogy at the University of Vienna. On the other hand, it provides first indications of the experiences of adolescents in crisis related to computer games and also offers starting points for further research in this field. Practical implications for teachers, social pedagogues, social workers, psychotherapists and other people who work or live with adolescents must also follow the research on how adolescents deal with games, not only to understand them in times of crisis, but also to be able to provide them with the best possible professional support. References Adams, M.V. (1997). Metaphors in Psychoanalytic Theory and Therapy. Clinical Social Work Journal, 27–39. Beltrán, W. S. (2012). Yearning for the Hero Within: Live Action Role-Playing as Engagement with Mythical Archetypes. In S. L. Bowman & A. Vanek, (Hrsg.), Wyrd Con Companion 2012 (S. 89–96). Mountain View/CA: Wyrd Con Bick, E. (1991 [1962]). Kinderanalyse heute. In E. Bott Spillius (Hrsg.), Melanie Klein heute. Entwicklungen in Theorie und Praxis, Bd. 2, Anwendungen (S. 225–236). Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Büttner, C. & Trescher, H.-G. (1986). Neues Spiel – neues Glück. Über Videospieler und Groschengräber. In dies. (Hrsg.), Adieu Alltag: Das Glück des Augenblicks (S. 48–59). München: Kösel Bohleber, W. (1996). Adoleszenz und Identität. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Erikson, E.H. (1979). Kindheit und Gesellschaft. Stuttgart: Klett Cotta Erikson, E.H. (1980 [1959]). Identity and Life Cycle. New York, London: W.W. Norton & Comp Fuchs, M. (2016). »Ruinensehnsucht«. Longing for Decay in Computer Games. http://www.digra.org/wp-content/uploads/digital-library/paper_67.compressed1.pdf (31.03.2021) Freud A [1927] (1980): Einführung in die Technik der Kinderanalyse. Frankfurt/M.: Fischer Hoeger, L. & Huber, W. (2007). Ghastly multiplication: Fatal Frame II and the Videogame Uncanny. http://www.digra.org/wp-content/uploads/digital-library/07313.12302.pdf (31.03.2021) Jungclaussen, Ingo (2020): COVID-19-Pandemie: Progression versus Regression. https://www.aerzteblatt.de/archiv/213537/COVID-19-Pandemie-Progression-versus-Regression (31.03.2021) Klein M [1932] (1973): Die Psychoanalyse des Kindes. München: Kindler Leuzinger-Bohleber, Marianne (2020): 3-Sat Interview, Sendung Scobel. https://www.3sat.de/wissen/scobel/scobel-corona-demokratie-und-angst-100.html (Verfügbar bis 19.3.2025) Mittlböck, Katharina (2020): Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und Digitales Rollenspiel. Gaming aus psychoanalytischpädagogischer Sicht. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag Övus. (2019): 5,3 Millionen Österreicher spielen Videospiele. https://www.ovus.at/news/ueber-fuenf-millionen-oesterreicher-spielen-videospiele/ (31.03.2021) Ruhs, August (2020): Das Pandämonium der Pandemie oder warum z.B. das Hamstern von Klopapier Sinn macht. https://psychoanalyse.or.at/nachrichten/artikel/2020/04/das-pandaemonium-der-pandemie-oder-warum-zb-das-hamstern-von-klopapier-sinn-macht/ (31.03.2021) Ulrike Prokop, Bernhard Görlich (Hg.) (2006): Szenisches Verstehen. Zur Erkenntnis des Unbewußten (Kulturanalysen Bd. 1 ) Marburg: Tectum Verlag Wininger, Michael (2006) Psychoanalytisch-pädagogische Anmerkungen zum adoleszenten Ablösgsprozess. In: Psychoanalyse und Heilpädagogik, 6 Winnicott DW [1971] (1979): Vom Spiel zur Kreativität. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Zulliger H (1963): Heilende Kräfte im kindlichen Spiel. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Eros and Education: Decreasing Surplus-repression in Schooling with Powerful Knowledge University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This paper presentation introduces a study that connects Herbert Marcuse's (1955) Freudian theory of civilization with the concept of powerful knowledge developed by Michael Young and Johan Muller (see Niemelä, 2021; Young & Muller, 2016). The main idea of the paper is to build an interpretation of Young and Muller’s (2010) model of the three educational scenarios and the concept of powerful knowledge as the key idea of the third scenario through Marcuse’s Freudian concepts. This study asks: how Marcuse's concept of surplus-repression helps to identify the limitations and potentials of powerful knowledge? Herbert Marcuse, a social philosopher and a member of the Frankfurt School, spent his entire career searching for an answer to the question of how human free self-realization is possible in a society organised through the principles of the conforming and alienating capitalist mode of production. Thus, hope is intrinsic to Marcuse’s philosophy, but not without considering its conditions. Early Marcuse drew significantly from Martin Heidegger’s fundamental ontology, in which being here (Dasein) means first and foremost an alienated coexistence immersed in social everydayness (Heidegger, 1978). Later, Marcuse (1955; see Niemelä, 2023) applied Sigmund Freud's (2002) theory of civilization, which is pessimistic in describing the development of civilization as an inevitable deepening of the repression of the instincts. However, Marcuse criticized Freud's theory for not considering the potentially liberating developments unleashed by the capitalist accumulation. Marcuse saw that the material wealth created through capitalist production has generated objective conditions for “pacification of existence” (Marcuse, 1991). Marcuse adheres to Freud's assumption that the repression of instincts, for example by postponing gratification, is a prerequisite for the existence of an organized society. However, Marcuse develops the concept of "surplus-repression" to describe the repression of instincts, which stems from a certain historical form of society, and is therefore not necessary. In a competitive capitalist society, surplus-repression is the outcome of the collective reality principle that Marcuse named the "performance principle". In contemporary education, the performance principle manifests itself especially in the popularity of competency-based education. Since society is considered to be in a state of rapid change, and the future needs of the capitalist production of value are uncertain, studying quickly outdated (sic.) knowledge is deemed as old-fashioned and not useful. Instead, it makes sense to develop competencies that can be flexibly used in constantly changing situations (Buddeberg & Hornberg, 2017; see Rosa, 2013). Young and Muller (2016) have criticized competence-based education for neglecting the role of knowledge in education and presented powerful knowledge as an idea to explain why access to truthful knowledge is in the heart of educational equality. Young and Muller (2010) have created an ideal-typical model of three educational scenarios for the future, of which I make a Marcusian interpretation. The model describes two scenarios that represent the existing schooling, and a third one as a favourable path towards the future: 1) a modern knowledge-centred school where the truths of those in power are studied, 2) a post-modern learner-centred school with the focus on competencies, 3) a school that tries to expand the worldviews of new generations with powerful knowledge. Bringing Young and Muller together with Marcuse allows to put the idea of powerful knowledge to a broader societal context from which is has been distanced. It helps to clarify the meaning of the three scenarios and powerful knowledge. The first scenario is represented as a civilization, where surplus-repression is produced with direct, and in the second scenario through indirect domination in accordance with the performance principle. In turn, the third scenario is reformulated as a struggle against surplus-repression with the powers of knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a philosophical paper, which strategy is to bring two aforementioned theories together to better understand what we could mean with the third scenario as a favourable future for education. The philosophical method of the paper is to re-examine Young and Muller's (2010) heuristic of the three educational scenarios via intrerpreting it through Marcuse's (1955) concept of surplus-repression. The first scenario represents schooling that is directly controlled by those in power. The suprlus-repression is generated from the outside of the individuals. The second scenario is depicting schooling that claims to liberate students from the direct control, however replacing it with indirect surplus-repression. The repression is internalised with demand to constant adaptation to the uncertain personal and societal futures. Powerful knowledge constitutes a third alternative. With the accumulated multidisciplinary knowledge, new generations can expand their worldviews and build realistic utopias beyond the performance principle dominating the current aims of education. The main sources include the works of Michael Young and Johan Muller, in which they develop the concept of powerful knowledge and present their model of three educational scenarios. The second main source consists of Herbert Marcuse’s works, especially Eros and Civilization (1955). Freud’s writings on social psychology, especially Civilization and its discontents, are used also as secondary sources along with studies on the acceleration of society influenced by Hartmut Rosa. Rosa’s (2013) research about acceleration of society builds evidence of social change that keeps Freud’s theory of civilization and Marcuse’s reinterpretation of it still relevant. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this study is to better understand the meaning of the third educational scenario and powerful knowledge as its key concept by connecting it to Herbert Marcuse’s Freudian theory describing the development of civilization. In this way, this study expects to clarify that certain repression is inevitable in education, but not all repression, because some of it reflects the current historical form of society. Thus, it is crucial to distinguish necessary repression from surplus-repression and to understand that learning knowledge demands the repression of immediate instincts, but can liberate from the inner and outer demands that are recognized as unnecessary with the powers of knowledge. Certain level of repression is necessary for the young people to learn the accumulated knowledge produced by the preceding generations. In the third scenario, necessary repression is acknowledged, but efforts are made to decrease surplus-repression. The aim of powerful knowledge is not only the transmission of knowledge to the new generations, but also to nurture the critical potentials of reason. According to Young and Muller (2016), powerful knowledge enables to envisage alternatives or “think the unthinkable and not yet thought” (Bernstein, 2000). The quest for critique and for phantasies of the possible was also in the centre of Marcuse's philosophy. However, without knowledge, the possibilities of change would not lay on the foundations of material socio-historical reality: "Knowledge, intelligence, reason are catalysts of social change. They lead to the projection of possibilities of a "better" order and the violation of socially useful taboos and illusions" (Marcuse, 2009, pp. 33–34). References Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique (2nd ed.). Rowman & Littlefield. Buddeberg, M., & Hornberg, S. (2017). Schooling in times of acceleration. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 49–59. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1256760 Freud, S. (2002). Civilization and its discontents. Penguin Books. Heidegger, M. (1978). Being and Time. Blackwell. Marcuse, H. (1955). Eros and Civilization: A Philosophical Inquiry into Freud. Beacon Press. Marcuse, H. (1991). One-Dimensional Man: Studies in the Ideology of Advanced Industrial Society (2nd ed.). Beacon Press. Marcuse, H. (2009). Lecture on Education, Brooklyn College, 1968. In D. Kellner, T. Lewis, C. Pierce, & K. D. Cho (Eds.), Marcuse’s Challenge to Education (pp. 33–38). Rowman & Littlefield. Niemelä, M. A. (2021). Crossing curricular boundaries for powerful knowledge. Curriculum Journal, 32(2), 359–375. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.77 Niemelä, M. A. (2023). Ahdistavan kulttuurin tuolle puolen [review of book Marcuse H. Eros ja sivilisaatio]. Niin & Näin, 2023(1), 130–132. Rosa, H. (2013). Social Acceleration: A New Theory of Modernity (J. Trejo-Mathys (trans.)). Columbia University Press. Young, M. F. D., & Muller, J. (2010). Three educational scenarios for the future: Lessons from the sociology of knowledge. European Journal of Education, 45(1), 11–27. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-3435.2009.01413.x Young, M. F. D., & Muller, J. (2016). Curriculum and the Specialization of Knowledge. Routledge. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 22 SES 02 A: Students' Assessment and Feedback Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jani Ursin Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Re-considering Authentic Assessment Through the Lenses of Sustainability, Diversity and Partnership The University of Law, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper will re-examine the widely used term of ‘authentic assessment’ and argue that certain notions and assumptions about it might usefully be re-considered in view of shifting expectations and priorities in higher education. The paper links to the theme of the conference in suggesting that our conceptions of authentic assessment, and applications of it to pedagogic practice, need to shift to account for broader changes, most pointedly social, economic and environmental issues categorised under the heading of sustainability and ESD (education for sustainable development). The paper seeks to offer some new perspectives in response to the following questions:
Whilst authentic assessment is a valuable term in that it provides a tool for educating about assessment, it has also become one that is somewhat generalised. It is often used as an explanatory mechanism to promote better practice in assessment; similarly, it is often tied to employability agendas, with the assumption that assessment should focus on preparing learners for the world of work. But should authentic assessment be about more than these things? In this re-conceptualisation, I will opine that, during their assessment journeys and over the duration of their studies, students should be exposed to wider issues by way of their assessment experiences, through alternative, contemporary lenses. These lenses include: Authenticity as sustainability - Higher education needs to engage more deeply and urgently with sustainability. Students should graduate as ‘sustainable beings’, which means that environmental and social aspects of sustainability should be embedded in curricula, teaching and assessment. These points are supported in student-based research – see, for example work by ‘Students Organising for Sustainability’ (sos.org.uk). Authenticity as student-staff partnership and student experience - Students should have the be actively involved in their assessment process as a normal practice. We need to collaborate with students, to provide a more student-centred student experience in assessment. Authenticity as equality, diversity and inclusion - Assessment cannot be authentic if some learners are disadvantaged. Authentic assessment is that which is fair to all, inclusive of all, and takes steps to mitigate against unconscious bias. Whilst other factors also need to be addressed in our efforts to develop authenticity, such as the rise and influence of Artificial Intelligence (AI), the above three will be focused on here. Further, given the recognised ‘urgency of sustainability’ the paper will concentrate especially on the first of the above. The paper will draw on a range of contemporary literature, including that on assessment design (Sambell, 2013; Brown and Sambell, 2020), authentic assessment (and feedback) (Navé Wald and Harland, 2017; Carless et al, 2020; McArthur, 2023), education for sustainable development (UNESCO, 2017; Advance HE, 2021; Smith, 2023); equality, inclusivity and unconscious bias (Agarwal, Mercer-Mapstone and Bovill, 2020, Tai et al, 2023; Sway, 2020) and student-staff partnership (Cook-Sather, Bovill and Felten, 2014; Students Organising for Sustainability – SOS – www.sos-uk.org). Finally, examples will be given of how authentic assessment has been applied in specific contexts using the lenses advocated. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The key points and arguments to be presented are formed from a literature review, which draws on themes including assessment design, authentic assessment, education for sustainable development, equality, diversity and inclusion, and staff student partnership. It applies and discusses publications and policy documents including those identified in the previous section – although these are examples and additional literature will be utilised. Further, the work makes use of other secondary sources, these being informal conversations and notes from the author’s direct involvement in assessment policy and pedagogy at several institutions. Specific application will be made to several key sources and guideline documents on education for sustainable development, including a forthcoming text of which the author of this paper is contributing, entitled ‘Education for Sustainable Development in Universities: Nurturing Graduates for Our Shared Future’ (Routledge, 2024). Finally, a reflective element based on a theory of reflection by Moon (2005) has been used to guide the approach and analysis. Whilst this is a UK based work, it will, through its use of literature and in its discussion, consider European and international contributions and frameworks, and again, particularly by way of its focus on education for sustainable development (ESD). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In sum, this paper, which reports on an ongoing work, argues that to ensure authentic assessment remains a term with currency in higher education, and to ensure that authentic assessment is itself practised authentically, we need to connect it to wider, contemporary issues and challenges – through different lenses at different times - such as sustainability, wellbeing, equality, diversity and inclusion, and collaboration and partnership. In essence, authentic assessment should no longer be seen a static term to be applied in the same way to every learning, teaching, and assessment context, but as a more fluid and flexible entity. By adopting such an approach, we are more likely to achieve our goal of sustaining authenticity in assessment in the long term, as a central part of the learning and teaching process. References Agarwell, P. (2020). Sway: Unravelling Unconscious Bias, Bloomsbury. Baughan, P. (2021). Reflecting on significant moments: how our own assessment journeys guide us in assessing and providing feedback to others. Invited paper, Teaching and Learning Event (online), Autonomous University of Barcelona, 4th June. Brown, S. and Sambell, K. (2020). The changing landscape of assessment: possible replacements for unseen, time constrained, face-to-face invigilated exams. Retrieved 10.8.23 from: https://www.seda.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/Paper-3-The-changing-landscape-of-assessment-some-possible-replacements-for-unseen-time-constrained-face-to-face-invigilated-exams-4.pdf Carless, D. (2020). Feedback in online learning environments, in Baughan, P, Carless, D, Moody, J, and Stoakes, G. Moving Assessment and Feedback On-Line: Key Principles for Inclusion, Pedagogy and Practice. Retrieved 1 June 2021 from: https://connect.advance-he.ac.uk/networks/events/33587 [member access only]. Cook-Sather, A., Bovill, C. and Felten. P. (2014). Engaging Students as Partners in Learning and Teaching: A Guide for Faculty. CA, Jossey-Bass. Dawson, P., D. Carless, and Lee, P. P. W. (2020). Authentic feedback: Supporting learners to engage in disciplinary feedback practices. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2020.1769022 JISC (2015) https://www.jisc.ac.uk/guides/transforming-assessment-and-feedback/inclusive-assessment McArthur, J. (2023). Rethinking authentic assessment: work, well-being, and society. Higher Education, 85(1), 85–101. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00822-y Mercer-Mapstone, L., & Bovill, C. (2020). Equity and diversity in institutional approaches to student–staff partnership schemes in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 45(12), 2541–2557. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2019.1620721 McCune, V. and Hounsell, D. (2005) The development of students’ ways of thinking and practising in three final year biology courses, Higher Education, 49, 3, pp. 255-289. Navé Wald, N and Harland, T. (2017) A framework for authenticity in designing a research-based curriculum, Teaching in Higher Education, 22:7, 751-765, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2017.1289509 Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) (2023) Resources for implementing Education for Sustainability, Gloucester, QAA. https://www.qaa.ac.uk/news-events/news/collection-of-resources-for-implementing-education-for-sustainability-now-available Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) and Advance HE (2021) Education for Sustainable Development Guidance, Gloucester, QAA. https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/teaching-and-learning/education-sustainable-development-higher-education Sambell, K. (2013). Assessment for Learning in Higher Education. London, Routledge. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives. Paris, France. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444 Smith, J. (2023). Climate Change and Student Mental Health – Report. Student Minds / UPP. https://www.studentminds.org.uk/uploads/3/7/8/4/3784584/climate_change_and_student_mental_health.pdf Tai, J., Ajjawi, R., Bearman, M., Boud, D., Dawson, P., & Jorre de St Jorre, T. (2023). Assessment for inclusion: rethinking contemporary strategies in assessment design. Higher Education Research & Development, 42(2), 483–497. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2022.2057451 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Students’ Voices In Co-designing Internal Feedback Research: First Methodological Steps 1Universitat Oberta de Catalunya, Spain; 2Universitat de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Recently, there has been considerable research on formative assessment, as evidenced by extensive scientific literature and systematic reviews. Particularly relevant are reviews exploring the evolving relationship between formative assessment (FA) and student self-regulated learning (SRL) (Winstone et al., 2017). However, the process of self-assessment, which involves internalizing standards to regulate learning effectively, remains somewhat opaque (Lui & Andrade, 2022). Thus, there is a pertinent need to investigate the factors influencing this process, the student processes involved in interpreting and applying feedback, and how they contribute to self-regulated learning. Feedback, understood here as the process through which students make sense of information to improve tasks and learning (Carles & Boud, 2018), requires both student and teacher’s feedback literacy. Our contribution is part of a new project on internal feedback processes of higher education students, which builds upon two main axes: (A) self-regulation and (B) self-assessment toward internal feedback (Nicol, 2020). Student self-regulation involves appropriating assessment criteria, seeking feedback, and engaging in personal reflection (Yan & Brown, 2017). Advanced self-regulation strategies enhance long-term learning prospects and transferability beyond academia. Yet, a lack of evaluative judgment and self-assessment experience may impede desired learning outcomes. Students’ production and seeking of internal feedback to bridge performance gaps are crucial for engagement and learning efficacy (To & Panadero, 2019). Understanding students’ cognitive and affective responses to feedback, as well as the mechanisms of feedback processing, is essential for effective feedback utilization (Lui & Andrade, 2022). Research often focuses on formal feedback experiences, neglecting informal feedback's potential for learning. Investigating how students transform external feedback into internalized feedback and their cognitive processes is imperative. This necessitates a shift towards holistic, transformative theoretical frameworks to comprehend feedback phenomena. In summary, while various factors contributing to more efficient and higher-quality feedback have been identified, such as active student engagement in the learning and assessment process, feedback literacy, anonymous assessment roles, qualitative formats over numerical ones, provision of examples for comparison, and the integration of technology (Carless, 2019; Henderson et al., 2018; Panadero & Alqassab, 2019), the processes underlying feedback mechanisms remain elusive (Lui & Andrade, 2022). Moreover, while existing research has explored students' perceptions, emotions, and behavioral responses to feedback, understanding students' internal processes as they receive and internal feedback is crucial. This entails investigating the role of various factors in students' decision-making and behavioral responses to feedback, as well as examining additional elements such as interpretations, significance, and evaluative judgment capacity (Yan y Brown, 2017; Winstone et al., 2017). Furthermore, there is a need to broaden the scope of feedback research beyond comments provided by evaluators to encompass comparisons with other sources, thus unlocking its full potential for learning. This necessitates an exploration of strategies through which students convert natural comparisons into formal, explicit ones, enabling them to articulate and reflect upon these comparisons independently (Nicol, 2020). Overall, advancing our understanding of how students transform external feedback into internalized feedback, along with its implications for self-regulated learning, could inform the design of effective pedagogical practices and foster improvements in students' academic performance and self-regulatory skills. In this context, the objective of this paper is investigating students' value attribution to different feedback processes and to share our exploration of formal and informal feedback processes utilized by students, identifying mechanisms of information assimilation from external to internal feedback.Student’s personal voices are of utmost importance here, so that our presentation will focus on the process of co-designing the environment and strategy of data collection during natural learning processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project proposes an initial collaborative co-creation process with students and international experts to develop a technologically-supported environment for the longitudinal qualitative collection of reflections. These reflections aim to reveal the processes by which students internalize received information and eventually do the transition from external feedback to internalized feedback during natural teaching and learning processes over one academic year. From here, a mixed-method study will be conducted. Initially, a more quantitative approach will be adopted to identify, on one hand, the internal factors of processing and interpreting this feedback based on three variables: (a) previous self-regulation profiles, b) evaluative beliefs - particularly about feedback -, and (c) self-efficacy. For this purpose, specific questionnaires will first be administered for each of these constructs. On the other hand, other intervening variables will be controlled, such as field of knowledge, and academic year, type of task, feedback sources, feedback characteristics according to an ad hoc guideline. Secondly, a qualitative study is proposed to intensively monitor the evolution of students' ability to generate internal feedback throughout an academic year. This will allow: (a) identification of the sources of information that students find most relevant for each type of task, (b) understanding the value they attribute to deliberate practices and what other natural sources they employ, (c) comprehension, by reclaiming their voices, of the actions they orchestrate as a consequence of the received information, and (d) identification of the change intentions generated by this process. In this part of the research, a series of three in-depth interview protocols has been designed, based on literature, to gather the subjective experiences, strategically placed at three different moments of the task-resolution/learning processes: at the starting point after knowing task demands, before delivering the student’s end-product, and after receiving the teacher’s feedback. Information will be collected also using tools co-designed with students, drawing on examples from Think Aloud protocols, reflective journals, and other strategies involving metacognition. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There is a pressing need to delve into the cognitive, metacognitive, affective, and social processes at stake when students receive and interpret feedback. This understanding could lead to the development of tailored support structures, guidelines for teachers, and directives for students to enhance their evaluative competence, particularly in refining their evaluative judgment. At this moment of the project we are carrying out the co-design process with 20 students of a variety of disciplinary areas. Qualitative data are being gathered with respect to their preferences and suggestions for establishing a technological environment and procedure of close accompaniment during a whole semester in natural teaching and learning settings. The resulting design, in turn, will be implemented in the second phase of the study with new participating students. References Broadbent, J., Sharman, S., Panadero, E., & Fuller-Tyszkiewicz, M. (2021). How does self-regulated learning influence formative assessment and summative grade? Comparing online and blended learners. The Internet and Higher Education, 50(March), 100805. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2021.100805 Carless, D. (2019). Feedback loops and the longer-term: Towards feedback spirals. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(5), 705-714. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1531108 Henderson, M., Boud, D., Molloy, E., Dawson P., Phillips, M., Ryan, T., & Mahoney, P. (2018). Feedback for Learning: Closing the Assessment Loop – Final Report. Canberra: Australian Government Department of Education and Training Lui, A. M., & Andrade, H. L. (2022). The Next Black Box of Formative Assessment: A Model of the Internal Mechanisms of Feedback Processing. Frontiers in Education, 7, 751548. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.751548 Nicol, D. (2020). The power of internal feedback: Exploiting natural comparison processes. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 46(5), 756-778. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2020.1823314 Panadero, E., & Alqassab, M. (2019). An empirical review of anonymity effects in peer assessment, peer feedback, peer review, peer evaluation and peer grading. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(8), 1253-1278. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2019.1600186 Panadero, E., Lipnevich, A., & Broadbent, J. (2019). Turning Self-Assessment into Self-Feedback. En M. Henderson, R. Ajjawi, D. Boud, & E. Molloy (Eds.), The Impact of Feedback in Higher Education (pp. 147-163). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-25112-3_9 To, J., & Panadero, E. (2019). Peer assessment effects on the self-assessment process of first-year undergraduates. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(6), 920-932. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1548559 Winstone, N. E., Nash, R. A., Parker, M., & Rowntree, J. (2017). Supporting Learners’ Agentic Engagement With Feedback: A Systematic Review and a Taxonomy of Recipience Processes. En Educational Psychologist,52(1), 17-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2016.1207538 Yan, Z., & Brown, G. T. L. (2017). A cyclical self-assessment process: Towards a model of how students engage in self-assessment. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 42(8), 1247-1262. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2016.1260091 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Development of a Scale to Assess Students’ Needs-based Study Crafting: Evidence from a Pilot Study Among Japanese University Students 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Beppu University, Japan Presenting Author:In the realm of academic pursuit, the quest for effective learning strategies is perpetual. Among the evolving methodologies, study crafting emerges as a novel paradigm, adapted from the concept of job crafting in occupational health psychology (Tims et al., 2010). Defined as the proactive adaptation of study by students to optimize learning experiences, study crafting represents a transformative departure from conventional strategies centered on reactive adjustments to external demands (Körner et al., 2021). By empowering learners to curate their educational journey, study crafting imbues a sense of ownership, fostering personalized and engaging learning trajectories. The significance of this proactive approach reverberates profoundly in academic circles, with implications spanning beyond mere scholastic achievements. Extant literature underscores its role in cultivating deeper comprehension, enhancing motivation, and fortifying resilience amidst academic challenges and adversities (Körner et al., 2023; Körner et al., 2021; Mülder et al., 2022). However, despite its potential, the conceptualization and empirical investigation of study crafting remain in nascent stages, warranting a comprehensive framework to elucidate its underpinnings. In this context, the Integrative Needs Model of Crafting (de Bloom et al., 2020) was recently proposed as a theoretical framework that integrates crafting research. Rooted in the understanding that psychological needs play a pivotal role in the crafting process, this model provides a comprehensive lens through which to explore why and how individuals engage in crafting across various life domains. While extensively applied in occupational health research, the integration of this model into educational discourse remains conspicuously absent. Notably, the prevailing study crafting model (Körner et al., 2021) adopts a demands-resources-based approach, departing from the needs-centric perspective espoused by the Integrative Needs Model of Crafting. Bridging this gap, the aim of this study is to extend the Integrative Needs Model of Crafting to the student context and develop an instrument to assess students’ needs-based study crafting, which we refer to students’ proactive and self-initiated changes in their study in order to achieve psychological needs satisfaction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A new scale to assess six dimensions of needs-based study crafting (i.e., crafting for detachment from study, relaxation, autonomy, mastery, meaning, and affiliation) were created, referring to the Needs-Based Job Crafting Scale (Tušl et al., 2024). To rigorously evaluate the psychometric properties of this instrument, we conducted a pilot study among university students. Drawing participants from a local university in Japan, we conducted a cross-sectional survey. The survey booklet administered during class sessions included the Needs-Based Study Crafting Scale, alongside established measures assessing JD-R-based study crafting, proactive personality, DRAMMA needs satisfaction, study engagement, subjective vitality, and school life satisfaction. The Needs-Based Study Crafting Scale were scored on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (never) to 5 (very often). JD-R-based study crafting was measured using an instrument used in Mülder et al. (2022). The items were scored on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (not true at all) to 5 (totally true). Proactive personality was assessed using four items from the Proactive Personality Scale (Bateman & Crant, 1993). The items were rated on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (not at all true) to 5 (very true). DRAMMA needs satisfaction was assessed using the Recovery Experience Questionnaire for detachment and relaxation (Sonnentag & Fritz, 2007), the Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction Scale for autonomy, mastery, and affiliation (Chen et al., 2015), and the Meaning in Life Questionnaire (Steger et al., 2006) for meaning. All items were scored on a 5-point scale, ranging from 1 (Not agree at all) to 5 (Fully agree). Study engagement was assessed using the 9-item version of the Work Engagement Scale for Students (Tayama et al., 2019). The items were rated on a 7-point Likert scale, ranging from 0 (never) to 6 (always). Subjective vitality was assessed using the Subjective Vitality Scale (Ryan & Frederick, 1997). The items were rated on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (very rarely or never) to 5 (very often or all the time). Finally, school life satisfaction was measured using a single item adapted from Van den Broeck et al. (2010): “How satisfied have you been with your school life over the past month?”. This item was scored on a scale, ranging from 1 (very dissatisfied) to 10 (very satisfied). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data showed high internal consistency of the scale (α = .96 for the global scale; α = .95 for crafting for detachment from study, α = .97 for crafting for relaxation, α = .86 for crafting for autonomy, α = .91 for crafting for mastery, α = .91 for crafting for meaning, and α = .94 for crafting for affiliation). The results of CFA confirmed the proposed six-factor structure of the scale. Correlation analysis revealed that the scale is meaningfully associated with theoretically relevant constructs, including the JD-R-based study crafting, proactive personality, study engagement, vitality, and school life satisfaction. Furthermore, the scale showed incremental validity in explaining variance in DRAMMA needs fulfillment, study engagement, vitality, and school life satisfaction over and above needs-based off-job crafting. Collectively, the results presented herein suggest the scientific utility of the developed scale, thereby advocating for its continued exploration and utilization in practical contexts. Its completion will enable researchers to reasonably evaluate students’ needs-based study crafting and encourage new research efforts to gain novel insight into the construct. References de Bloom, J., Vaziri, H., Tay, L., & Kujanpää, M. (2020). An identity-based integrative needs model of crafting: Crafting within and across life domains. Journal of Applied Psychology, 105(12), 1423–1446. https://doi.org/10.1037/apl0000495 Körner, L. S., Mülder, L. M., Bruno, L., Janneck, M., Dettmers, J., & Rigotti, T. (2022). Fostering study crafting to increase engagement and reduce exhaustion among higher education students: A randomized controlled trial of the study coach online intervention. Applied Psychology: Health and Well-Being. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1111/aphw.12410 Körner, L. S., Rigotti, T., & Rieder, K. (2021). Study crafting and self-undermining in higher education students: A weekly diary study on the antecedents. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(13), 7090. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18137090 Mülder, L. M., Schimek, S., Werner, A. M., Reichel, J. L., Heller, S., Tibubos, A. N., Schäfer, M., Dietz, P., Letzel, S., Beutel, M. E., Stark, B., Simon, P., & Rigotti, T. (2022). Distinct patterns of university students study crafting and the relationships to exhaustion, well-being, and engagement. Frontiers in Psychology, 13:895930. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.895930 Tims, M., & Bakker, A. B. (2010). Job crafting: Towards a new model of individual job redesign. SA Journal of Industrial Psychology, 36(2), a841. https://doi.org/10.4102/sajip.v36i2.841 Tušl, M., Bauer, G. F., Kujanpää, M., Toyama, H., Shimazu, A., & de Bloom, J. (in press). Needs-based job crafting: Validation of a new scale based on psychological needs. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 22 SES 02 B: Students Work Experience and Engagement Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Vesa Korhonen Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Career Planning for an Uncertain Future: Does School Support and Career Planning Competence Affect University Students' Internship Perspectives? Tianjin University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Introduction and Topic: The formation of students' perceptions to their future development is influenced by both individual (Brown, Cober, Kane, Levy, & Shalhoop, 2006) and environmental factors (McNall & Michel, 2011; Renn, Steinbauer, Taylor, & Detwiler, 2014). Existing studies have proved the positive impact of career guidance education on career planning and job search intentions, (Renn et al., 2014) but finer-grained understanding is still required. The specific effects of students' career planning skills and the school support on their perceptions of internships have not been comprehensively explored. Furthermore, while the significant role of internship providers and higher education institutions in shaping the perceptions during the internships, most research focused on those already in internships (Daugherty, Baldwin, & Rowley, 1998; Zehr & Korte, 2020) and neglected the perceptions before internships and how they come about. Research Question 1) Does career planning competence significantly influence the internship perceptions of students with and without internship experience? 2) Does school support significantly impact the internship perceptions of students with and without internship experience? 3) What is the relationship between school support and career planning competence? Conceptual Framework: Career planning competency refers to students' perceptiveness of their environment and their ability to formulate and adjust plans on their career (Taylor & Betz, 1983). School support encompasses the internship-related courses, platforms, resources, networks, and counselling provided by educational institutions. The perceptions of internships are students' recognition of the importance of internships, their attitudes towards them, and their sense of self-efficacy when making internship-related decisions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilizes multiple group structural equation modeling to examine the impact of school support and career planning on students’ perceptions of internships, focusing on the differences between students with and without prior internship experiences. This study distributed questionnaires to undergraduates in China through Wen Juan Xing (Chinese online questionnaire platform), yielding 438 responses between August 2023 and September 2023. The scales used in the questionnaire were adapted from previous research to measure students' career planning competencies (Greenhaus, 1987), the level of school support received (Xuejun & qian, 2010), and their perceptions of internships(Taylor & Betz, 1983). In the sample, there were 152 males and 286 females; 211 had prior internship experiences and 227 did not. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that career planning competence significantly influences students’ perceptions of internships in both groups, with a notably stronger effect observed in students lacking internship experiences. While school support shows no significant influence on the perceptions of internships among students without experiences, it is a predictive factor for those who have completed internships. Additionally, a positive and significant relationship between school support and career planning competence is identified in both groups, with a more pronounced correlation evident among students who have had internship experiences. The outcomes of this research are not merely of academic relevance but also furnish a theoretical framework and reference point for the global enhancement of career guidance in higher education, particularly under the prevailing climate of uncertainty, and for fostering sustainable internship perceptions and employment preparation among undergraduate students. References Brown, D. J., Cober, R. T., Kane, K., Levy, P. E., & Shalhoop, J. (2006). Proactive personality and the successful job search: A field investigation with college graduates. JOURNAL OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY, 91(3), 717-726. doi:10.1037/0021-9010.91.3.717 Daugherty, S. R., Baldwin, D. C., & Rowley, B. D. (1998). Learning, satisfaction, and mistreatment during medical internship - A national survey of working conditions. JAMA-JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, 279(15), 1194-1199. doi:10.1001/jama.279.15.1194 Ganibo, J. A. C., & Olayta, J. N. (2020). ASSESSMENT OF AGRO-STUDIES INTERNSHIP PROGRAM AT THE LAGUNA STATE POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY. International Journal of Advanced Research. Jackson, D. A., & Tomlinson, M. (2020). Investigating the relationship between career planning, proactivity and employability perceptions among higher education students in uncertain labour market conditions. Higher Education, 1-21. McNall, L. A., & Michel, J. S. (2011). A Dispositional Approach to Work-School Conflict and Enrichment. JOURNAL OF BUSINESS AND PSYCHOLOGY, 26(3), 397-411. doi:10.1007/s10869-010-9187-0 Renn, R. W., Steinbauer, R., Taylor, R., & Detwiler, D. (2014). School-to-work transition: Mentor career support and student career planning, job search intentions, and self-defeating job search behavior. JOURNAL OF VOCATIONAL BEHAVIOR, 85(3), 422-432. doi:10.1016/j.jvb.2014.09.004 Taylor, K. M., & Betz, N. E. (1983). Applications of self-efficacy theory to the understanding and treatment of career indecision. JOURNAL OF VOCATIONAL BEHAVIOR, 22, 63-81. Xuejun, C., & qian, Z. (2010). The influence of school support and psychological capital on career decision-making difficulties of college students. Paper presented at the The 5th (2010) China Annual Management Conference -- Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management, Dalian, Liaoning, China. Zehr, S. M., & Korte, R. (2020). Student internship experiences: learning about the workplace. EDUCATION AND TRAINING, 62(3), 311-324. doi:10.1108/ET-11-2018-0236 Erasmus+.(2015).Toward the European Career Development Programme: initiatives, cases, and practices in universities. https://www.icard-project.eu/docs/ICARD_O1_report_final.pdf (Accessed: 29 January 2024). 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Students’ Work Experience in Relation to Their Career Engagement and Metacognitive Awareness 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Higher education students in Finland and all over the world working a paid job alongside their studies. The reason for working is mostly financial but also gaining work experience (e.g. Holmes, 2008). Students understand the importance of gaining work experience and creating networks already during studies (Tuononen & Hyytinen, 2022), and thus they work alongside studies. Previous research has shown that any type of work experience can increase students’ employability and reduce the risk of unemployment (Passaretta & Triventi, 2015). In addition to work experience, transition to working life requires active career engagement already during university studies (Haase et al., 2012; Tuononen & Hyytinen, 2022). Career engagement includes, for example, career planning, identifying one’s own interests and recognising future job possibilities (Hirschi et al., 2014). Working a paid job alongside studies means that students need to combine studying and working. This requires metacognitive awareness that refers to an ability to be aware of and specify one’s thinking about learning and an ability to plan and set learning goals, and to monitor their thoughts and actions to attain the goals (Schraw & Dennison, 1994; Kallio et al., 2018). Metacognitive awareness is commonly divided into two interrelated dimensions, knowledge about cognition and regulation of cognition (Kallio et al., 2018; Schraw & Dennison, 1994; Tuononen et al., 2022). Knowledge about cognition enables students to be more aware of what they know, and what they are able to do, and how and when to use the knowledge and skills in different learning situations (Kallio et al., 2018). Regulation of cognition is about planning, monitoring and evaluating one's thoughts, feelings and actions to attain one’s goals (Usher & Schunk, 2018). Therefore, metacognitive awareness is important for students to be able to monitor their studies and work alongside studies, as well as to see the relevance of work experience and to apply their learning to practice in work context. Perceived relevance of work is subjective and can vary among students depending on their work and academic studies and career goals (Drewery et al., 2016; Nevison et al., 2017). For example, students have perceived greater relevance of work if the work offers appropriate challenges and if they work in a field in which they are aiming to work in the future (Drewery & Pretti, 2021). In addition, many studies of perceived relevance of work have been conducted in Australia, Canada, and the USA (e.g. Drewery, & Pretti, 2021; Stringer & Kerpelman, 2010). Furthermore, these studies explored the relevance of work in internships or work-integrated learning (WIL) contexts. Therefore, there is a need for research exploring perceived relevance of paid jobs in Scandinavia. In addition, it is important to explore humanities students' perceptions of the relevance of work experience and how it is related to their career engagement and metacognitive awareness. The present study aims to explore how humanities Master’s students’ work experience of paid jobs is related to career engagement and metacognitive awareness. Research questions are: 1) How is students’ employment status related to their career engagement and metacognitive awareness?, 2) How are the amount and nature of work related to career engagement and metacognitive awareness?, 3) How is the experienced relevance of work related to the nature of work, career engagement and metacognitive awareness? With this information, higher education institutions can support students to take better advantage of their work experience and develop their career engagement and metacognitive awareness which in turn help them later in their transition to working life. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 302 Master’s students, who were at the same level of their studies, participated in the study by filling the questionnaire. Response rate varied from 9% to 36% between the degree programmes (mean was 23%). The questionnaire included questions of work experience, career engagement and metacognitive awareness. Students’ employment status was measured by asking whether she/he has worked during studies and how many hours per week they have worked in the past year. Nature of work was measured by the item “My work is related to my field of study” on a 5-point Likert scale. It was recoded as a categorical variable so that totally agree and agree were combined as indicating having work experience in one’s own study field and totally disagree and disagree indicating no study related work experience. In addition, the questionnaire included two questions relating to the relevance of work: 1) ”The requirement level of my current job corresponds to my university education” and 2) “I can utilise things I have learnt at the university in my current job”. Items are measured on a 5-point Likert format scale (1 =completely disagree, 5 =completely agree). The items were modified based on the previous study (Tuononen, Parpala & Lindblom-Ylänne, 2019). Students’ metacognitive awareness was measured using a shortened version of the Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (MAI, Schraw & Dennison, 1994; Harrison & Vallin, 2018; Kallio et al., 2018; Kallio et al., 2017; Tuononen et al., 2022). The instrument measures two major components of metacognitive awareness: 1) knowledge about cognition and 2) regulation of cognition. A 5-point Likert scale (1 = totally disagree, and 5 = totally agree) was used to measure metacognitive awareness. Career Engagement was measured by seven items including career planning, career self-exploration, environmental career exploration, networking, skill development and positioning behaviour which is a shortened version of Career Engagement Scale (Hirschi, Freund & Herrmann, 2014). Items are measured on a 5-point Likert scale. First, exploratory and confirmatory factor analyses were conducted to the items measuring metacognitive awareness and career engagement. The relationships between the constructs were analysed using Pearson correlations, independent samples t-test and One-Way ANOVA. The effect sizes were calculated using Cohen’s d. Analyses were conducted with SPSS and Amos 28. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that students working a paid job had higher scores on networking than non-working students. There was no difference in metacognitive awareness between working and non-working students. When, the amount of working hours was taken into account, the results showed that there were significant differences in career engagement as well as metacognitive awareness. Students who worked more than 35h per week had higher scores on networking compared to the students who worked less than 20 hours. Similarly, students with 35 hours work had significantly higher scores on knowledge of cognition and regulation of cognition than students working less than 35 h per week. The results showed that the nature of work was related to both dimensions of career engagement, but it was not related to metacognitive awareness. The results also revealed that students who had work experience related to their study field experienced that their level of work corresponds better to their education and that they can utilise their studies at work more than students who had no work experience related to field of study. The results showed that perceived relevance of work was related to career planning and networking as well as knowledge about cognition. This indicates that students who evaluated that their work has relevance were more aware of their learning, they perceive that they can utilise things that they have learned at university, and they have also had more career planning and networking activities during the last six months. The present study indicates that students' working can enhance students’ career engagement and their metacognitive awareness. Study also revealed that the amount and nature of work matter in terms of whether work experience was related to career engagement, metacognitive awareness, and perceived work relevance. References Drewery, D., & Pretti, T. J. (2021). The building blocks of relevant work experiences. International Journal of Work-Integrated Learning, 22(2), 241–251. Drewery, D., Pretti, T. J., & Barclay, S. (2016). Examining the Effects of Perceived Relevance and Work-Related Subjective Well-Being on Individual Performance for Co-Op Students. Asia-Pacific Journal of Cooperative Education, 17(2), 119–134. Haase, C. M., Heckhausen, J., & Silbereisen, R. K. (2012). The interplay of occupational motivation and well-being during the transition from university to work. Developmental Psychology, 48(6), 1739–1751. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0026641 Harrison, G. M., & Vallin, L. M. (2018). Evaluating the metacognitive awareness inventory using empirical factor-structure evidence. Metacognition and Learning, 13, 15–38. Doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-017-9176-z Hirschi, A., Freund, P. A., & Herrmann, A. (2014). The career engagement scale: Development and validation of a measure of proactive career behaviors. Journal of Career Assessment, 22(4), 575–594. Holmes, V. (2008). Working to live: why university students balance full‐time study and employment. Education+ Training, 50 (4), 305–314. Kallio, H., Virta, K., & Kallio, M. (2018). Modelling the Components of Metacognitive Awareness. International Journal of Educational Psychology, 7(2), 9–122. doi: https://doi.org/10.17583/ijep.2018.2789 Nevison, C., Drewery, D., Pretti, J., & Cormier, L. (2017) Using learning environments to create meaningful work for co-op students, Higher Education Research & Development, 36(4), 807–822, DOI: 10.1080/07294360.2016.1229268 Passaretta, G., & Triventi, M. (2015). Work experience during higher education and post-graduation occupational outcomes: A comparative study on four European countries. International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 56(3-4), 232–253. Schraw, G., & Dennison, R. S. (1994). Assessing metacognitive awareness. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 19, 460–475. doi:https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1994.1033 Stringer, K.J., & Kerpelman, J.L. (2010) Career Identity Development in College Students: Decision Making, Parental Support, and Work Experience, Identity, 10(3), 181–200, DOI: 10.1080/15283488.2010.496102 Tuononen, T., & Hyytinen H. (2022). Towards a Successful Transition to Work - Which Employability Factors Contribute to Early Career Success? Journal of Education and Work, 35(6-7), 599–613. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2022.2126969 Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Räisänen, M., Hailikari, T., & Parpala, A. (2022). Metacognitive awareness in relation to university students’ learning profiles. Metacognition and Learning. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-022-09314-x Tuononen, T., Parpala, A., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2019). Graduates’ evaluations of usefulness of university education, and early career success – A longitudinal study of the transition to working life. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 44(4), 581-595.https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1524000 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 22 SES 02 C: Early Career Experiences Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Katerina Machovcova Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Value of Using a Virtual Community of Practice to Support Early Career Academics in Initial Teacher Science Education Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand Presenting Author:This paper describes a how using an online or virtual Community of Practice (VCoP) supported the professional development of five Early Career Academics (ECA) in science education in New Zealand. Four of the five ECAs were employed in permanent positions in New Zealand universities and the fifth was an independent researcher. All participants had either received their PhD within the last five years or had not been in full-time employment at a university for more than five years when this CoP was formed. The VCoP was facilitated and mentored by an experienced academic. Becoming an academic can be a stressful, isolating and challenging (Patton & Parker, 2017). Juggling a high teaching load, and endeavouring to produce quality research to obtain or maintain permanency can impact one’s health and career longevity (Hollywood et al., 2020). For ECAs in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) the transition may be difficult as they seek to balance their teacher identity with their researcher identity (van Lankveld et al., 2017). Professional development and mentoring may support ECA’s successful transition (Rienties & Hosein, 2020). However, as most ITE ECA come to academia with a background as a practicing teacher, there is a need for professional development that recognises their expertise in teaching (MacPhail et al., 2014) but also their need for development as researchers. This study used Wenger’s (2018) Communities of Practice (CoP) as a conceptual framework to explore the social learning that was undertaken in the online ECA community as well as an analytical lens (see methodology). His theory of learning incorporates four components – the community in which the learning takes place, our identity within that community, how we discuss our practice and make meaning. A CoP has been described as “groups of people who share a concern or passion for something they do and learn how to do it as they interact regularly” (Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner, 2015, p. 2). CoP vary in configuration – ranging from those intentionally devised by management to support learning to those facilitated and others that are self-driven and organic in nature (McDonald et al., 2012). This particular VCoP meets online and uses a virtual space for “socializing, learning, identification and emotional and affective exchange”(Maretti et al., 2022, p. 336). This study will add to the literature on Communities of Practice exploring Initial Teacher Education (MacPhail et al., 2014; Patton & Parker, 2017) and supporting ECAs (Mulholland et al., 2023; Rienties & Hosein, 2020). It seeks to answer the following research question: How does this Community of Practice support ECAs in science education to develop their practice and research capabilities? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology used in this research is embedded in the identities of the two researchers – who identify as pracdemics –practitioners (science teacher) and academics (lecturing in initial Teacher Education) (Dickinson & Griffiths, 2023). They wanted to explore how the online community of which they were members, supported the development of its members in their research and practice dimensions. Ethics approval was obtained to investigate the phenomena and consent obtained. Only limited confidentiality was possible due to the small number of academics in the field in New Zealand. The participants in this study were the members of an online CoP initiated in 2022 to support the development of ECAs in science education. Four of the five ECAs were involved in Initial Teacher Education, with the fifth working in primary education and independently researching. The sixth member was an experienced academic who recognised that there were several ECA in science education and wanted to support their transition into academia. The CoP met online monthly to talk about research and practice within the science education field. The study is positioned within an interpretivist-constructivist worldview (Cohen et al., 2018) where reality is viewed as fluid, containing multiple perspectives and meaning is produced and reproduced out of social interactions between the participants and the researchers. All participants were interviewed by the two researchers. Semi-structured interviews were chosen to allow the participants to express their views of the community of practice and allow for in depth probing and spontaneity (Cohen et al., 2018). The interviews were conducted by TEAMS with the audio being recorded as well as the first transcription of the interview. A form of collaborative reflexive thematic analysis was undertaken (Braun & Clarke, 2019). Initial familiarisation with the data occurred after the interviews when the researchers discussed the interviews. The initial TEAMS transcriptions were reviewed, and transcripts searched for codes. To allow for transferability, it was decided to use Wenger’s (2018) Community of Practice categories – community, identity, practice and meaning-making as overarching themes. Both researchers reviewed the themes and data segments attached and interpreted the findings through the lens of current literature. The findings obtained have been checked for validity by providing a rich description, member checking, acknowledging disconfirming evidence and peer review (Creswell, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings show that belonging to this VCoP was important for all members including the mentor/facilitator. Members prioritised the time allocated to the meeting monthly due to the ‘warm relationships’ they had with each other. They wanted to share the personal as well as the professional. However, this trust occurred over time. Choosing to have the CoP online mitigated geographic isolation. Despite not being able to meet face-to-face, members found the community useful in lessening their perception of being an ‘impostor’ and legitimising their identity (Pyrko et al., 2017) as an academic within science education. Having a regular time to share what one was doing in practice and research was important as it provided space to check feasibility of future projects, clarify expectation, discuss challenges and share successes to others in the field, rather than to management where stakes may be higher (Mulholland et al., 2023). While the major focus of this VCoP was research focused, knowledge about science learning, effective practice and curricular reform was supported through conversations that occurred in the community (Patton & Parker, 2017), albeit in an oblique rather than focused manner. The VCoP allowed education and our individual and collective place within academia (Pyrko et al., 2017). It also provided the participants with confidence and competence to participate in research, attending conferences, writing for academic purposes, teaching in ITE. It widened member’s access to resources and connections with the science community both nationally and internationally through invited guests and contacts from other members. While this study closely examined one small COP in ITE in science education in New Zealand, the findings could easily be transferred to other educational settings, especially where the members are geographically isolated. Supporting ECAs in this manner is a useful method of developing their research and practice capabilities. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (Eighth edition. ed.). Routledge. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/AUT/detail.action?docID=5103697 Creswell, J. W. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (Third edition. ed.). SAGE. Dickinson, J., & Griffiths, T.-L. (2023). Introduction. In J. Dickinson & T.-L. Griffiths (Eds.), Professional development for practitioners in academia: Pracademia (Vol. 13, pp. 1-10). Springer. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-33746-8 Hollywood, A., McCarthy, D., Spencely, C., & Winstone, N. (2020). ‘Overwhelmed at first’: the experience of career development in early career academics [Article]. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 44(7), 998-1012-1012. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2019.1636213 MacPhail, A., Patton, K., Parker, M., & Tannehill, D. (2014). Leading by example: Teacher educators' professional learning through communities of practice. Quest (00336297), 66(1), 39-56. https://ezproxy.aut.ac.nz/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&site=eds-live&db=s3h&AN=94241256 Maretti, M., Russo, V., & Lucini, B. (2022). Resilience in online communities of practice during the COVID-19 pandemic: an Italian case study [Article]. International Review of Sociology, 32(2), 332-351. https://doi.org/10.1080/03906701.2022.2114871 McDonald, J., Star, C., & Margetts, F. (2012). Identifying, building and sustaining leadership capacity for communities of practice in higher education. . www.olt.gov.au Mulholland, K., Nichol, D., & Gillespie, A. (2023). ‘It feels like you’re going back to the beginning…’: addressing imposter feelings in early career academics through the creation of communities of practice [Article]. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 47(1), 89-104-104. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2022.2095896 Patton, K., & Parker, M. (2017). Teacher education communities of practice: More than a culture of collaboration [Article]. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 351-360. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.06.013 Pyrko, I., Dörfler, V., & Eden, C. (2017). Thinking together: What makes Communities of Practice work? [Article]. Human Relations, 70(4), 389-409. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726716661040 Rienties, B., & Hosein, A. (2020). Complex transitions of early career academics (eca): A mixed method study of with whom eca develop and maintain new networks [Article]. Frontiers in Education, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.00137 van Lankveld, T., Schoonenboom, J., Beishuizen, J., Croiset, G., & Volman, M. (2017). Developing a teacher identity in the university context: a systematic review of the literature [Review]. Higher Education Research and Development, 36(2), 325-342. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2016.1208154 Wenger-Trayner, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2015). An introduction to communities of practice: A brief overview of the concept and its uses. . http://wenger-trayner.com/introduction-to-communities-of-practice/ Wenger, E. (2018). A social theory of learning. . In K. Illeris (Ed.), Contemporary theories of learning : learning theorists ... in their own words (Second edition. ed., pp. 209-218). Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315147277 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Experience as Learnt, A Conceptual Re-work of Early Career Academic Experiences of Teaching and Academic Work through Perezhivanie. 1Lancaster Univesity, United Kingdom; 2Universidad de los Andes, Chile Presenting Author:The challenges of early career academics (ECA) in Higher Education Institutions (HEI) have been extensively described in the literature; the learning processes academics face in their careers are inherently emotional (Bloch, 2016; Walker, 2017), yet that needs some unpacking. ECA in European HEI face precarious working conditions, high competition, etc., to which teaching labour is added. The literature shows that ECA work in Europe can be experienced both positively and negatively (Hollywood et al., 2020; Nästesjö, 2020; 2022; Stupnisky et al., 2016), or succinctly stated: mixed (Bloch, 2016). Additionally, teaching is often identified as one of the major duties of early career academics. Thus, the pressure to perform in all fronts and levels undoubtedly frames the experience of entering this field of work. Still, the literature has been inconsistent when describing their experiences and therefore some have concluded that what predominates here are mixed feelings. This article works with the idea that teaching is only one aspect of an already emotionally demanding job and yet it is not necessarily intentionally or formally in advance. This would be a contrasting point with what research training in a doctoral programme or industry/practice professional background would offer to a job-seeking novel academic. Thus, this article also draws from the research on doctoral education for teaching and the emotionality that plays out from the experiences of the role, of teaching and of learning, to get a better sense of the phenomenon. Managing the emotions related to teaching has been considered the emotional labour of teaching in HE (Salisbury, 2014), and some of the ECA struggles arise from managing the demands of the teaching role plus the intrinsically emotional aspects of it. In this sense, how early career academic experience their academic work at the start of their journey in a broad sense would be complemented by how they experience teaching as something still to be learnt and developed. Within this context, ECA experiences of the role and of teaching may also reflect their experiences of learning. Thus, other concepts like affection and emotions of/in learning become relevant to understand this field. Arguably, mainstream research in Europe on this topic has turned towards analysing if emotions foster or hinder learning (Loon & Bell, 2018; Pekrun, 2011). Diffusive research outcomes on the field have been synthesised in a recent literature review where Mustafina et al. (2020) argue that both positive and negative emotions can affect learning either positively or negatively. This idea, although an accurate representation of the field, is not particularly helpful. Within these fields of research, the argument stated here is that early career academics experience their role in different ways, just as they experience learning in different ways. This realization paves the way for the main contribution of this paper: a theorical re-work of an already researched area. The aim here is to articulate a body of literature that arguably showcases contradictory experiences of teaching of academics in their early years of entering this field of work, which is also congruent with the contradictory experiences of learning. This paper contributes to the field by conceptually re-working ECA experiences of work in European HEI in general, and teaching and learning in particular, to argue that experiencing itself might be inscribed within a learning process. To do so, this paper explores the concept of perezhivanie by Vygotski (1994) to provide a theorical framework to examine the phenomenon from another light. Re-working this phenomenon through perezhivanie means that the experience of ECA could be collectively learnt and thus, that it could be intentionally produced and transformed in specific ways in different educational settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The field of educational research often has been described as lacking some strong theoretical frameworks (Aswin, 2012; Tight, 2012). However, recent ideas such as “theory work” (Hamann & Kosmützky, 2021) depart from a theory deficit approach towards looking into how exploring different academic fields working-through them from different theoretical frameworks might lead to innovation and interesting discoveries. Certainly, such practice is not new. Exemplified notably in conceptual enterprises such as Habermas re-reading of the work of Horkheimer and Adorno (Habermas & Levin, 1984), or the more recent book edited by Murphy & Costa (2015) regarding the use of Bourdieusean theory to re-work educational research issues, it is clear that old problems benefit from looking at them through different ideas and theories. Thus, this article first explores how clearly distinct experiences have been described in the literature. Understanding the necessity of learning for the role and, in particular, learning to teach as something that has no necessary prior training before appointment, this paper then outlines how learning to teach might feel according to the literature. As a further development, this paper explores and synthesises some of the literature on how learning feels, looking to find parallels between both bodies of knowledge. There, the argument will be extended to include that learning itself is experienced in different ways. The unique contribution of this paper comes from its “theory work”. Here, experiencing can be thought of as something that is learnt through the concept of perezhivanie by Vygotski (1994). To that end, a brief theorical exploration of the concept of experience is develop as a frame from which to move towards the concept of perezhivanie. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper, the contribution to the literature on how ECA experience their role in general, and experience teaching in particular, with perezhivanie would be that such experiences of learning new things and roles are not clear-cut natural phenomena but are socially constructed and learnt over time. In this sense, the scattered findings of the literature on how ECA experience such processes can be better understood when further articulated through the concept of perezhivanie. Through the concept of perezhivanie, a case can be made for articulating such contradictions by arguing that said phenomena are inscribed in a learning process. In other words, experiencing is learnt. Through the concept of perezhivanie, it can be stated that experiencing is something that is learnt, built over time, and it transforms emotions and meaning making by working-through the experiences collectively and mediately. In this sense, the scattered findings of the literature on how ECA experience such processes can be better understood as articulated through the concept of perezhivanie. This research show promise of great significance for education as it would elaborate on a way of understanding experiences of learning, newness, change and transitions in a way that is open to transformation. If experiencing in learnt, then how ECA experience their work and teaching can be intentionally fostered in a way that is less disruptive and conflictive for them. These ideas could be extended into the wider field of teacher training and professional development as a way of thinking about workplace insertion schemes such as mentoring programs or certificates. References Ashwin, P. (2012). How Often are Theories Developed through Empirical Research into Higher Education? Studies in Higher Education, 37(8), 941–955. Barer-Stein, T. (1987). Learning as a process of experiencing the unfamiliar. Studies in the Education of Adults, 19(2), 87–108. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.1987.11730482 Bloch, C. (2016). Passion and paranoia Emotions and the culture of emotion in academia. Routledge. Habermas, J., & Levin, T. Y. (1982). The Entwinement of Myth and Enlightenment: Re-Reading Dialectic of Enlightenment. New German Critique, 26, 13-30. https://doi.org/10.2307/488023 Hollywood, A., McCarthy, D., Spencely, C., & Winstone, N. (2020). ‘Overwhelmed at first’: the experience of career development in early career academics. Journal of further and higher education, 44(7), 998-1012. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877x.2019.1636213 Loon, M., & Bell, R. (2018). The moderating effects of emotions on cognitive skills. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 42(5), 694–707. doi:10.1080/0309877x.2017.1311992 Murphy, M., & Costa, C. (Eds.). (2015). Theory as method in research: on Bourdieu, social theory and education. Routledge. Mustafina, R. F., Ilina, M. S., & Shcherbakova, I. A. (2020). Emotions and their Effect on Learning. Utopía y praxis latinoamericana: revista internacional de filosofía iberoamericana y teoría social, (7), 318-324. Nästesjö, J. (2020). Navigating uncertainty: Early career academics and practices of appraisal devices. Minerva, 59(2), 237-259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11024-020-09425-2 Nästesjö, J. (2022). Managing the rules of recognition: how early career academics negotiate career scripts through identity work. Studies in Higher Education, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2022.2160974 Pekrun, R. (2011). Emotions as drivers of learning and cognitive development. In R. Calvo & S. D'Mello (Eds.). New perspectives on affect and learning technologies (Vol. 3; pp. 23-39). Springer Science & Business Media. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-9625-1_3 Salisbury, J. (2014). Emotional labour and ethics of care in further education teaching. In L. Gornall, C. Cook, L. Daunton, J. Salisbury, & B. Thomas (Eds.). Academic working lives: Experience, practice and change. Bloomsbury. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781472552730.ch-005 Stupnisky, R. H., Pekrun, R., & Lichtenfeld, S. (2016). New faculty members' emotions: a mixed-method study. Studies in Higher Education, 41(7), 1167-1188. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2014.968546 Tight, M. (2012). Researching Higher Education. Open University Press. Vygotsky, L. S. (1994). The problem of the environment. In R. van der Veer & J. Valsiner (Eds.), The Vygotsky Reader (pp. 338–355). Blackwell. Walker, J. (2017). Shame and transformation in the theory and practice of adult learning and education. Journal of transformative education, 15(4), 357-374. https://doi.org/10.1177/1541344617699591 Walker, J., & Palacios, C. (2016). A pedagogy of emotion in teaching about social movement learning. Teaching in Higher Education, 21(2), 175-190. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2015.1136280 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 22 SES 02 D: Governance and University Practices Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nada Jarni Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Discourses on Social Sciences and Humanities in Higher Education. Findings from a science mapping and from a discourse analysis perspective 1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2NIFU Nordic Institute for Studies of Innovation, Research and Education, Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Writing about the relevance, position and contribution of research and teaching in the humanities and, to a growing degree, the social sciences also, seems to reach back at least 200 years, if not into the Middle Ages (e.g., Gengnagel & Hamann, 2014). However, also in younger times, academic publications have not shied away to problematize this topic, and disciplines and faculties on the social sciences and humanities (SSH) spectrum are consistently being argued to face an uncertain future and are experiencing increasing pressure to justify their relevance and contribution towards universities and society (e.g., Barnett & Nixon, 2012; Biesta, 2015; Nussbaum, 2016). The wealth of publications about SSH seems to be growing, and the corpus of writings can only be described as diverse. Authors have both underpinned and challenged notions of whether SSH is in crisis in terms of students and graduates (e.g., Roberts, 2021); others have added nuance through differentiating sites and arenas of the debate (e.g., Meranze, 2015). Also, notable efforts have been made to propose and implement evaluation and performance measurement systems that cater to the specific attributes of SSH knowledge production and dissemination (e.g., Johansson et al., 2020). However, what has not been noted in detail so far is that these writings, produced by the scholarly community, themselves can be seen as interpretations of the situation of SSH, thus contributing to and shaping the discourse around SSH’s future. Moreover, they must be understood as a reaction to political decisions, economic rationalities, and societal expectations, thus shifting and evolving over time. It must be acknowledged that discourses on SSH have unfolded in different parts of the world over the last fifty years. Notably, a strong North American tradition can be traced, with publications specifically diving into the role and relevance of the US college systems and the integration of liberal arts (e.g., Franke, 2009; Harpham, 2005). The heavy debates in some of the American publications around declining student numbers in SSH programs can furthermore be interpreted as an effect of a heavily monetized private university sector (e.g., Meranze, 2015). In contrast, the European perspective seems to be influenced more by the interplay between universities and the welfare state as their primary source of economic revenue, and the European Union as the supranational funding source to the higher education sector. Concomitantly, other topics have come to the fore, such as the measurement of impact and relevance of SSH for society (e.g., Sivertsen, 2016) or the contribution SSH can make to the progress of innovation in Europe (e.g., Felt, 2014). For analytical clarity, we are focusing our analyses on academic writings originating in and/or elaborating about SSH in the European Higher Education Area (EHEA). Against this backdrop, the current paper reports on two studies aimed providing insights into the state, development, and topicality of the academic discourse on the role, relevance and organization of social sciences and humanities over the last 50 years, as expressed in academic writings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, study 1 combined the use of a scoping review technique (Grant & Booth, 2009) with the more novel approaches science mapping (Kunisch et al., 2023) and bibliographic analysis (Donthu et al., 2021), hence a methodology relatively novel to educational research, by scrutinizing a relatively broad and internationally visible corpus of materials. Materials were retrieved through search in the two complementary databases Web of Science Core (WoS) Collection (1975-present) and the Scopus citation index, released by the world’s largest scholarly publisher, Elsevier. Analysis procedures applied to this material were first a screening of the material, narrowing down an initial n=5243 records to n=145 papers included in the review. Second, the science mapping procedures of bibliographic coupling, co-occurrence analysis and co-word analysis were applied, as well as an automatic content analysis in the program Leximancer (Crofts & Bisman, 2010). The analysis was focused specifically on gaining insights on indicators on the communities forming through publication and citation practices as well as disciplinary affiliation, on topical positionings and on shifts in these attributes over time, as well as on emergent discursive fields within the SSH literature. For study 2, n= 35 highly cited papers from the above corpus are now being analyzed in several iterations of close reading following Gee (2014), focusing on both linguistic properties as well as their situated meaning, sociality, intertextuality and contexts. For each paper included into this analysis, the aim is to describe the narrative that is established around what SSH is and what the field can and does contribute, as well to extract permeating and/or distinguishing discourses between the papers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results of study 1 present discourses on SSH to be fragmented in various aspects: Publication intensity seems to fluctuate over time and research presents as only weakly concentrated in selected outlets. Also, authors engage with a broad variety of angles towards SSH, and we could find only weak interdisciplinary links between the fields of study engaging with the topic. However, as patterns salient throughout the analysis we can see a growing number of publications within the output, impact, and measurement discourse in higher education especially in the UK, a decline of the discourse about universities per see vs. an incline in discourses about funding, evaluation, and students. Finally, the results from study 1 show the emergence of a stand-alone discourse around the label “SSH”. Preliminary findings from study 2 point towards a predominantly positive positioning towards SSH of the papers under analysis. Within the discourses emergent, the most outstanding is a crisis-discourse which either sees SSH as in crises or contributing to solving the global, economical, or ecological crises in and of society. Furthermore, authors are either proactively arguing for SSH's justification (and future) in itself, or they are adaptively arguing for SSH's justification (and future) by virtue of integration with other scientific fields. Here, a discourse of integration emerges, where interdisciplinarity is being promoted as a response to complex, global problems. Finally, a discourses of value creation becomes obvious from the material, which fundamentally revolves around the question of measurement and valorisation of SSH's research and contributions. The results of both studies will be elaborated on in the presentation regarding their supplementing insights. References Barnett, R., & Nixon, J. (Eds.). (2012). Universities and the common good. In The Future University. Ideas and Possibilities (pp. 141–151). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Biesta, G. (2015). Teaching, Teacher Education, and the Humanities: Reconsidering Education as a ‘Geisteswissenschaft’: Teaching, Teacher Education, and the Humanities. Educational Theory, 65(6), 665–679. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12141 Crofts, K., & Bisman, J. (2010). Interrogating accountability: An illustration of the use of Leximancer software for qualitative data analysis. Qualitative Research in Accounting & Management, 7(2), 180–207. https://doi.org/10.1108/11766091011050859 Donthu, N., Kumar, S., Mukherjee, D., Pandey, N., & Lim, W. M. (2021). How to conduct a bibliometric analysis: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research, 133, 285–296. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.04.070 Felt, U. (2014). Within, Across and Beyond: Reconsidering the Role of Social Sciences and Humanities in Europe. Science as Culture, 23(3), 384–396. https://doi.org/10.1080/09505431.2014.926146 Franke, R. J. (2009). The power of the humanities & a challenge to humanists. Daedalus, 138(1), 13–23. https://doi.org/10.1162/daed.2009.138.1.13 Gee, J. P. (2014). An introduction to discourse analysis: Theory and method (4. ed). Routledge. Gengnagel, V., & Hamann, J. (2014). The making and persisting of modern German humanities. Balancing acts between autonomy and social relevance. In R. Bod, T. Weststeijn, & J. Maat (Eds.), The Making of the Humanities (pp. 641–654). Amsterdam University Press. Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies: A typology of reviews, Maria J. Grant & Andrew Booth. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x Harpham, G. G. (2005). Beneath and beyond the ‘Crisis in the Humanities’. New Literary History, 36(1). Johansson, L. G., Grønvad, J. F., & Budtz Pedersen, D. (2020). A matter of style: Research production and communication across humanities disciplines in Denmark in the early-twenty-first century. Poetics, 83, 101473. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.poetic.2020.101473 Kunisch, S., Denyer, D., Bartunek, J. M., Menz, M., & Cardinal, L. B. (2023). Review Research as Scientific Inquiry. Organizational Research Methods, 26(1), 3–45. https://doi.org/10.1177/10944281221127292 Meranze, M. (2015). Humanities out of Joint. The American Historical Review, 120(4), 1311–1326. https://doi.org/10.1093/ahr/120.4.1311 Nussbaum, M. C. (2016). Not for profit: Why democracy needs the humanities (Updated edition). Princeton University Press. Roberts, G. (2021). The Humanities in Modern Britain: Challenges and Opportunities (141; HEPI Report). Higher Education Policy Institute HEPI. https://www.hepi.ac.uk/about-us/ Sivertsen, G. (2016). Patterns of internationalization and criteria for research assessment in the social sciences and humanities. Scientometrics, 107(2), 357–368. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-016-1845-1 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Aligning Revenue Diversification: A Comparative Analysis of University Practices, Strategic Planning, and Government Policies in Kazakhstan Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study aims to investigate and compare the strategies employed by Kazakhstani universities in diversifying their revenue streams, with a specific focus on the alignment between these practices, institutional strategic planning, and government policies. Given this purpose, this study aims to address the following question: To what extent do Kazakhstani universities align their revenue diversification practices with their strategic planning and adhere to government policies, and how does this alignment impact their financial sustainability and overall effectiveness? This study will employ two theories as a framework: cost-sharing and resource dependence theory (RDT). To apply the cost-sharing theory and resource dependence theory frameworks to this study, we will utilize a comprehensive approach that aligns with the research objectives. The cost-sharing theory, proposed by Johnstone (2002), suggests that higher education costs should be shared among various stakeholders, including students, parents, and the government. In the context of this study, we will examine how Kazakhstani universities distribute financial responsibilities among these key entities and assess the implications of such cost-sharing mechanisms on revenue diversification. Simultaneously, RDT introduced by Pfeffer and Salancik (2003) posits that organizations must adapt to the requirements of their key resource providers for survival. In the case of universities, these providers include students, government funding, and other external sources. This framework will guide our exploration of how Kazakhstani universities strategically align their revenue diversification practices with external resource dependencies and whether these strategies are in harmony with institutional objectives and governmental policies. By applying these frameworks in tandem, we aim to unravel the intricate relationships between revenue diversification, strategic planning, and government policies in Kazakhstani universities. This holistic approach will shed light on the effectiveness of current practices, providing valuable insights for both academic research and policymaking in the higher education system of Kazakhstan. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study will integrate key findings from semi-structured interviews and focus group discussions with key findings from document analysis. Semi-structured interviews and focus group discussions will be conducted with university leadership and faculty members. Topics covered include experiences with revenue diversification, perceptions of alignment with strategic plans, challenges faced, and strategies employed. The documents to be analyzed in this research include state programs for higher education development, policies related to the financial autonomy of universities in Kazakhstan, budget strategies, development strategies of universities, and other documents. Thematic analysis will be applied to extract key themes, patterns, and trends from the documents. This process complements the qualitative data, offering a broader contextual backdrop for the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings are expected to yield varied and intricate outcomes. Alignment Assessment: The study endeavours to assess the degree of alignment between the revenue diversification strategies implemented by Kazakhstani universities and their institutional strategic plans. Anticipated outcomes include a detailed understanding of the extent to which these practices harmonize, revealing potential gaps or synergies that influence financial sustainability. Impact on Financial Sustainability: Consequences of alignment on financial sustainability will be a key aspect of the findings. By exploring how well universities adhere to government policies in their revenue diversification endeavours, the study aims to uncover correlations between alignment and financial effectiveness. Identification of Challenges and Opportunities: Expected findings encompass a thorough exploration of the challenges faced by universities in aligning revenue diversification with strategic plans and government policies. Policy Implications: The study aims to contribute to policy discourse by offering evidence-based recommendations derived from the analysis of state programs, financial autonomy policies, and university development plans. These insights are expected to inform future policy decisions, fostering an environment conducive to sustainable financial practices in higher education. Contributions to Academic Discourse: Beyond the immediate context, the outcomes of this study aspire to enrich academic discourse on the intersection of institutional practices, policies, and financial sustainability. The expected findings are expected to stimulate further research and discussions in the field of higher education management. References Johnstone, B. D. (2002). Challenges of financial austerity: Imperatives and limitations of revenue diversification in higher education. The Welsh Journal of Education, 11(1), 18–36. https://doi.org/10.16922/wje.11.1.3 Pfeffer, J., & Salancik, G. R. (2003). The external control of organizations: A resource dependence perspective. Stanford, CA: Stanford Business Books. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 23 SES 02 A: Schools Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Ruth McGinity Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper A critical study of the Swedish school intervention Collaboration for the Best School 1Uppsala university, Sweden; 2Linné university, Sweden Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to discuss how the Swedish state intervention Collaboration for Best School (CBS) governs principals in Swedish compulsary schools. CBS is a government assignment to the Swedish National Agency for Education which has been ongoing since 2015 in about 500 schools and 150 preschools and targets organisations with low results that are not expected to be able to reverse this trend on their own. Several researchers point out that Swedish teachers' and principals' room for action has decreased at the same rate as the central control increases and the state control regime has strengthened (see e.g Ivarsson Westerberg, 2016). The starting point for the study is an assumption that schools and their leaders today are under enormous pressure to fulfill the educational system's requirements and authorities' policy directives, which are about delivering better results and an equal education (see e.g. Håkansson & Rönnström, 2021). In this regard, the school professions are at a disadvantage with their changing conditions in the form of a lack of qualified teachers and preschool teachers besides a limited professional autonomy. Biesta (2007) emphasizes that education needs a model of professional action that recognizes a non-causal interaction, that professional judgment is central to educational practice and that the nature of judgment is more a matter of morality than of technicalities. In line with Uljens (2021a, 2021b) we also argue that the task of pedagogy and education is to discuss and question political decisions. Politics and pedagogy must be seen as equal entities, even if politics decides on the content of education. Eight years after CBS’ implementation, research on possible consequences is still limited, which is why this study can contribute through the analysis of collected empirical material within the framework of CBS and what it does with the principal's opportunities to understand and relate to their mission (cf. Lindster Norberg, 2016). Prøitz (2021) points out that questions about collaboration as an ideal and activity in modern governance provide the basis for a series of new questions regarding the development of the school. If a person, in this case the principal, does not adapt to the prevailing norm, that person is seen as disqualified and problematic in the prevailing regime of truth and thus becomes in need of retraining (Popkewitz & Brennan, 1997). Based on this problematization we are interested in how school leaders participating in CBS are governed and shaped through various technologies of power (Foucault, 2008). The education sector can be seen as a practice where different methods and strategies operate to direct and control the thoughts and actions of individuals/principals/pedagogues in specific directions in order to best adapt to the trends that arise (Dahlstedt & Hertzberg, 2012). Although Foucault has been widely used in educational research in general, it can be stated that there is little research in educational leadership that takes Foucault as its point of departure (Nietche, 2011). Foucault's theories can therefore make a valuable contribution to our understanding of principals' work and principals' subjectivity. By examining the principal's role as a position for power relations and by exploring the principal's subjectivity, it becomes possible to find cracks and room for action where principals have the opportunity to operate within the framework of the normalizing and discursive regimes that make up the leadership's framework and the leadership's self-governance. This study can thus also contribute to exploring how principals can be given the opportunity to find room for action within the framework of a series of disciplinary regimes that assert themselves within the framework of the Collaboration for the Best School (cf Nietche, 2011).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirics of the study mainly consists of interviews with principals and partly documents. After an initial reading of the National Agency for Education's reports (2019, 2021), a number of supporting concepts were selected which have formed the basis for the interviews. These concepts are: CBS, dialogue, effort, cooperation, governance, support, systematic quality work, school development, action, ownership and abilities. Based on the selected concepts, eight semi-structured interviews were conducted via zoom and recorded, with inspiration from concept maps (see e.g. Khattri & Miles, 1995; Lindster Norberg, 2016). The goal was to get the principals to freely associate around the selected concepts. The interview method with inspiration from concept maps fulfills the criteria for a qualitative research interview (Kvale & Brinkman, 2009). Theoretically we use some of Foucault's concepts to analyze how the principals receive, implement and perceive this state intervention for school development. Foucault's concept of governmentality is useful for making visible the governance of the Swedish school in general. The concept of governmentality means "that collective power processes guide thoughts and behaviors in certain specific directions, directions that are not usually questioned" (Kronqvist Hård, 2021, p. 46). Foucault (2008) believes that different technologies of power control and regulate the behavior of individuals. Technology can be seen as a collection of techniques that explain how individuals are governed (Foucault, 1991, 2003). In the technologies there are certain norms and perceptions that have an impact on how technologies are designed (Ivarsson Westerberg, 2016). Techniques here become concrete approaches to achieve what is found in the technologies. Being guided to behave according to what is currently the norm and what is expected can be summarized in the concepts of conduct of conduct (Gordon, 1991; Rose, 1998). The concepts mean governing individuals so that they govern themselves. As mentioned above Foucault has been widely used in educational research in general, but not to any greater extent in educational leadership (Nietche, 2011). Foucault's theories can therefore make a valuable contribution to our understanding of principals' work and principals' subjectivity. Collaboration for Best School aims to improve and develop current schools into something better than it was before, and the principal plays a decisive role. In advanced liberal governance, state governance becomes most effective when the individual acts in accordance with its interest. It is the activation of the individual itself that is the control, it is about "government at a distance" (Rose 1999). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The idea of effective intervention is a central aspect within evidence-based practice, ie administering treatments to achieve a certain effect (Biesta, 2007). This movement is an international phenomenon based on a Taylorist approach which emerged in the 1990s with sanction systems and public ranking of education (Uljens (2021a, 2021b). In our study the principals generally describe a low goal fulfillment as the basis for participation in CBS and they express difficulties in making the necessary changes on their own when the state makes demands. They are aware that they are in the hands of state authorities, at the same time as they wish to be professionally autonomous. They express different perceptions of what collaboration is, and a collision appears between top-down and bottom-up logics. This exemplifies what Liljenberg (2021) describes, that national models and central initiatives tend to overlook local needs and rarely take into account the complexity of the interaction between those who participate. There is thus a risk that the support for the principals ignores the importance of the context for the principal's leadership (Hallinger, 2018). Based on Foucault this could mean that power as politics and control of the subject's self-governance has been successful. Through the designation of schools and principals as more or less functioning, technologies of power are established and discursive constructions become truths (Foucault, 1991). In CBS, these discursive truths could be formulated as "the low-performing school", the incompetent principal", "The National Agency for - the savior in need", etc. (Sundberg, 2012). The principals are socialized in a certain direction and become active subjects in the social practice in which they operate (Edwards, 2008). This is in line with what Rose (1999) describes, that by being guided by the truth regimes that prevail, individuals' subjectivities are nurtured, developed and shaped into a way of being. References Altrichter, H. & Kemethofer, D. (2015). Does accountability pressure through school inspections promote school improvement? School Effectiveness and School improvement, vol 26, 32-56. Biesta, G. (2007). Why ‘what works’ won’t work: Evidence-based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1–22. Edwards, R. (2008). Actively seeking subjects?. I Nicoll, K. & Fejes, A. (red.) (2008). Foucault and lifelong learning: governing the subject. Routledge Foucault, M (1991) “Governmentality” I: G. Burchell, C, Gordon & P. Millen(eds) The Foucault effect. Studies in Governmentality, The university of Chicago Press. Foucault, M. (2003). Regementalitet. Fronesis. Foucault, M. (2008). Diskursernas kamp. Brutus Östlings förlag. Gordon, C. (1991). Governmental rationality: an introduction. I: G Burchell, C Gordon & P. Miller (red.), The Foucault effect: Studies in Governmentality, The university of Chicago Press. Hallinger, P (2018) Bringing context out of the shadow of leadership. Educational management administration & leadership. 46(1), 5–24. Håkansson, J& Sundberg, D (2021). Utmärkt undervisning: Framgångsfaktorer i svensk och internationell belysning. Natur & Kultur. Ivarsson Westerberg, A. (2016). På vetenskaplig grund-Program och teknologi inom Skolinspektionen. Förvaltningsakademin Södertörns högskola Khattri, N., & Miles, M. B. (1995). Mapping Basic Beliefs About Learner Centered Schools. Theory into Practice, 34(4), 279-287. Kronqvist Håård, M. (2021). Styrning genom samverkan? – En textanalys av dominerande diskurser i en statlig skolförbättringssatsning. Pedagogisk Forskning i Sverige 26(1), 42–66. Kvale, S. & Brinkman, S. (2009). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Studentlitteratur. Liljenberg, M. (2021). Förändringar i rektorers pedagogiska ledarskap efter tre års gemensamkompetensutveckling, Utbildning och lärande 15(3), 89–106. Lindster Norberg, E-L. (2016). Hur ska du bli när du blir stor? En studie i svensk gymnasieskola när entreprenörskap i skolan är i fokus. [Doktorsavhandling, Umeå universitet]. Nietche, R. (2011). Foucault and Educational Leadership Disciplining the Principal. Routhlegde. Popkewitz, T. & Brennan, M (1997). Restructuring of social and political theory in education. Educational theory. 47(3).287–313 Prøitz, T.S. (2021). Styring og støtte i moderne governance – samverkan för bästa skola. Pedagogisk Forskning i Sverige 26(1), 126–132. Rose, N. (1998). Interventing our selves. Polity Press. Skolverket (2019) Redovisning av uppdrag om Samverkan för bästa skola (U2015/3357/S Skolverket (2021). Redovisning av uppdrag om Samverkan för bästa skola (U2019/03786/S och U2017/00301/S) Uljens, M. (2021a). Pedagogiskt ledarskap på pedagogikteoretisk grund. I M. Uljens & A-S. Smeds-Nylund (red.) Pedagogiskt ledarskap och skolutveckling (s. 37–100). Studentlitteratur. Uljens, M. (2021b). Skolförbättring och skolutveckling mellan policy och forskning. I M. Uljens & A-S. Smeds-Nylund (red.) Pedagogiskt ledarskap och skolutveckling (s. 253–290). Studentlitteratur. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper New Managerialism and School Education in Greece: Educational Executives’ Perceptions University of Patras, Greece Presenting Author:Τhis study sought to investigate educational executives’ views about their roles and responsibilities in the school practice in Greece and in relation to the New Managerialism (NM) trends in education administration. New Managerialism has been the dominant paradigm in public administration and policy, since its appearance in late 1970s and early 1980s. In education, it emerged in 1990s and since then it has joined as a dominant approach to educational management at local, national, supranational and international level. However, although there have been convergences at a theoretical and conceptual level, in practice the countries have diverged in terms of application of principles and methods of the New Managerialism. Therefore, the Anglo-Saxon countries, with a strong liberal tradition of administrative organization and provision of public sector services, more easily adopted these principles and made use of market techniques in education. In these countries, assessment and accountability are used as mechanisms to promote market principles, such as the introduction of school competition and the possibility for parents to freely choose schools for their children in an open education market directly linked to school rankings. On the contrary, several countries of central Europe have used assessment and accountability procedures to ensure quality in an educational environment characterized by high levels of decentralization. Finally, in southern European countries, accountability was incorporated into the institutional framework, in line with the international discourse on educational administration. At the same time, teachers’ professionalism and professional identity are redefined in the social and conceptual framework of New Managerialism. In this context, effective teaching and learning as well as complex accountability mechanisms based on students results in national exams or international tests, like PISA, seem to stand out. Thus, at a supranational and international level, New Managerialism has exerted a strong influence on educational policy and administration. In Greece, where traditional bureaucratic educational administration is almost prevalent, these ideas have recently been adopted in the educational policy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the purpose of our study, an empirical research was carried out. Ninety-nine (n=99) out of 104 Directors of Primary and Secondary Education in Greece participated in this study by completing an anonymously disseminated exploratory questionnaire (response rate: 95.19%). Firstly, a pilot survey was conducted, in which 12 Principals of Primary and Secondary Education participated (10% of the total population). The questionnaire was drawn upon the review of the relevant literature on the topic. In the first part, there were questions about gender, educational background, teaching and administrative experiences in schools. In the second part, a five-point Likert scale (i.e.: not at all, a little, quite a lot, a lot, very much) was used. The questions were concerned with the investigation the Education Directors’ views about the following issues: i) their role and responsibilities in the Greek educational administration system, the goals and priorities given in the system, the characteristics of an effective educational administration, ii) the accountability aspects of the Greek educational system, iii) school funding, iv) market mechanisms in the Greek educational system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis revealed that Greek educational executives’ roles and responsibilities have slightly changed under the influence of New Managerialism. In particular, they were found to support the deployment of specific New Managerialism characteristics, such as educational accountability and assessment, decentralization and school autonomy attainment, and linked them with the school improvement. All in all, the convergences arisen harmonized with the global trends in educational policy and administration, while the divergences from the international discourse contributed to the better understanding of specific aspects of educational administration in Greece. In conclusion, this study unveiled the long-lasting dynamic role of New Managerialism and its appealing in educational governance worldwide through exploring its impact on the educational administration in Greece. References Camphuijsen, M. K., & Parcerisa, L. (2023). Teachers' beliefs about standardised testing and test‐based accountability: Comparing the perceptions and experiences of teachers in Chile and Norway. European Journal of Education, 58(1), 67-82. Christensen, T., & Laegreid, P. (2022). Taking stock: new public management (npm) and post-npm reforms – trends and challenges. In A. Ladner & F. Sager (Eds), Handbook on the politics of public administration (pp.38–49). Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Publishing Limited. Collet-Sabé, J., & Ball, S. J. (2023). Beyond School. The challenge of co-producing and commoning a different episteme for education. Journal of Education Policy, 1-16. Crato, N. (2020). Curriculum and educational reforms in Portugal: An analysis on why and how students’ knowledge and skills improved. In F. M. Reimers (Ed.), Audacious education purposes: How governments transform the goals of education systems. Berlin: Springer. Fan, X. (2023). Accountability in the evaluation of teacher effectiveness: Views of teachers and administrators. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 1-27. Levatino, A., Parcerisa, L., & Verger, A. (2024). Understanding the stakes: The influence of accountability policy options on teachers’ responses. Educational Policy, 38(1), 31-60. Pagès, M., Ferrer-Esteban, G., Verger, A., & Prieto, M. (2023). At the crossroad of performativity and the market: schools’ logics of action under a hybrid accountability regime. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1-21. Parcerisa, L., Verger, A., Pagès, M., Browes, N. (2023). The professionalism, accountability, and work of teachers in different regulatory regimes. In L. Maestripieri & A. Bellini (Eds.), Professionalism and social change (pp. 187-208). Cham: Palgrave Macmillan. Van Buuren, A., Lewis, J. M., & Peters, B. G. (Eds.). (2023). Policy making as designing: the added value of design thinking for public administration and public policy. Bristol: Policy Press. Wilkins, A. (2023). Mapping the field of education policy research: A history of policy settlements. London: Bloomsbury. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Competitive Effects of Free Schools on Neighbouring Schools in England UCL, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Free schools are new state-funded schools in England. They have been opened by non-state actors who apply to central Government for the right and funding to set up and govern a not-for-profit school. Free schools can disapply the National Curriculum, do not have to adhere to national teachers' pay and conditions and can set the length of their school day. These ‘freedoms’ were reflected in the name ‘free school’. Partly borrowed from the Swedish free schools (Friskolar) policy, the Government in England has associated the term ‘free’ with an argument that free schools “aren’t run by the local council. They have more control over how they do things” (DfE, undated). A central policy argument for opening free schools in England is that they will create new competitive pressures for improvement in neighbouring schools, thereby “forc[ing] existing schools to up their game” (DfE 2010: 57). This argument contains several assumptions about how school choice and competition operate. As Betts (2009) argued in the case of Charter Schools in America – from which free school policy is partly borrowed – the assumptions are that: free schools will compete well in terms of academic quality; parents will express a strong preference for higher quality schools; existing schools losing students or status to free schools will (be able to) respond by improving academic quality. There are numerous ways, however, in which this “chain of causation” can break down (ibid: 197). Free schools may not offer better quality environments. Parents may not prioritise or be able to recognise academic quality. Existing schools may not perceive new competition or, where they do, may not (be able to) respond in ways that improve quality or equity. Little change or even deterioration in student outcomes could result. As of June 2022 there are over 600 free schools open (which represent the vast majority of new schools opened in England since 2010). Many more schools are neighbouring schools to these new free schools. This paper draws on a qualitative case study of the competitive effects of free schools on their neighbours, from a bigger mixed methods study, the aims of which were to:
These aims require attention to the complexities of choice and competition across local markets. As such the main research question this paper is addressing is:
Policy makers assume free schools create efficient competition, yet competition due to a free school’s presence works through a mix of mechanisms including selective competition. This has influenced the actions schools take, the distribution of improvement and deterioration and the patterns of social segregation. A key lesson from the free school experiment is for policy makers to recognise the potential of selective competition and the outcomes this can create. This paper is relevant for an international audience interested in how the free schools experiment in England has played out in relation to choice and competition and what this might mean for other education systems that operate within the context of quasi-market supply side reforms.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The case study included 9 cases which allowed for an appropriate range of school types and local contexts to be included. Following our wider project’s neighbourhood definition, the boundaries of each case study were defined as a free school and nine closet schools of the same phase. We followed a convenience sampling approach. This drew on survey responses, where respondents were asked whether they would be willing to participate in a follow up interview. Invitations to participate were made to the headteacher of the free school and neighbouring schools that had not participated in the survey. The achieved sample, including the number of participating neighbouring schools in each case, is summarised in Table 7.1 below. Table 7.1: Achieved case study sample Cluster Case Phase Forecasted need prior to opening Participating neighbouring schools 1 A Primary Surplus 3 B Primary Shortfall 2 2 C Primary Surplus 4 D Primary Shortfall 3 3 E Secondary Surplus 3 F All-through Surplus 5 H Secondary Shortfall 4 4 G Secondary Shortfall 3 J Secondary Surplus 1 A common set of research procedures in each case supported comparative cross-case analysis combining two data collection methods, documentary analysis and semi-structured interviews. We interviewed the headteacher of the participating free school and the headteachers of participating neighbouring schools. The aims of the interviews were to understand the headteacher’s perceptions and experiences of competition locally; the schools own competitive actions and logics of those actions; wider relations with other local schools, including potential collaboration; and reflections on the wider consequences of the free school opening for local students. The data was coded by hand and analysed thematically through a parallel inductive and deductive approach, using the initial codes of: context; structural conditions; free school origins and ethos; student recruitment; perceived impacts of the free school; responsive actions; logics of action; and local consequences. Apriori codes were refined and added to through engagement with the data. On the basis of this thematic analysis we wrote individual reports for each case study to enable cross-case analysis. The cross-case analysis identified 4 clusters. Local cases were clustered on the basis of similarities in: i) their contexts and structural conditions; and ii) free schools aims and ethos. We were then able to analyse the extent to which these factors influenced perceived competition and, in turn, any action-taking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, the analysis highlights factors influencing the intensity of perceived competition, due to the presence of a free school. Local structural conditions were shown to be important, including both the extent of residential segregation and the balance of supply and demand for places. Declining rolls and increasing surplus places increased the perceived intensity of competition and the impacts of the free school. Second, the analysis demonstrated several foci of competition. In Cluster 1 competition was over student numbers and funding. In Clusters 2 and 3, it extended to social selection. This was influenced by the free school’s marketing, negative stereotyping of neighbours and recruitment practices perceived to cream, crop or exclude students. Third, action-taking in response to a free school’s presence was common, although not universal, and was influenced by perceived impact. Marketing and promotion were widespread. Sometimes this combined with new extra-curricular activities, particularly in middle and high-status schools, highlighting their use in signifying status. Differentiation was also identified, where schools used messaging to (seek to) restate the legitimacy of their provision. Fourth, while headteachers’ logics of action were often context-specific, there was a clear difference between high and low status. High status schools had locally advantaged intakes, likelihood of historic oversubscription and greater financial security. Their heads were less likely to report negative free school impacts and perceived greater capacity for action. Their dispositions towards action did vary by context, reflecting a distinction made by Van Zanten (2009). Where heads perceived their intake remained relatively stable, they tended towards a “monopolistic” logic, relying on an existing reputation to remain socially selective. Where heads perceived stronger competition, they tended towards a “entrepreneurial” logic, using promotional, differentiation and recruitment strategies to sustain an advantaged intake. References Betts, J. (2009) The Competitive Effects of Charter Schools on Traditional Public Schools, in Berends, M., Springer, M., and Ballou, D. (Eds) Handbook of Research on School Choice. New York: Routledge. DfE (Department for Education). (2010) The Importance of Teaching. London: TSO. DfE (Department for Education). (Undated) https://www.get-information-schools.service.gov.uk/glossary Van Zanten, A. (2009) Competitive arenas and schools' logics of action : a European comparison. Compare, 39(1): 85-98. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 23 SES 02 B: Education in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Nirit Pariente Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Contradictory Assumptions Regarding Evaluation Policy Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel Presenting Author:The New Public Manegment (NPM) influences educational policy in many aspects. One of them deals with strengthen global governance by the reinforce the involvment of stakehoders from the business sector and philanthropy in educational policy. This involvement strives to adapt values of globalism, standards, and accountability as part of the educational evaluation policy (Lingard, Martino, & Rezai-Rashti, 2013). The educational evaluation policy targets power relations between different stakeholders. The stakeholder's position and values are more often reveal in the way they identify structural problems and strategical difficulties in the education system. That effects both the educational evaluation policy and the expectancy from the education system to enact and implement the policy. The enactment of evaluation policy is more often challenging due to demands from the formal authorities and obstacles from inside the educational system (Adert-German, 2021; Ball, Magurie, Braun, & Hoskins, 2011; Camphuijsen, 2020). The objective of this research is to comprehend the scope of evaluation policy and the effects of NPM on it. This highlights the influence of different ideologies and standards regarding educational evaluation policy. Moreover, the research challenges policy stakeholder's expectancy from enactment and implementation of the policy.
Our research deals with the educational policy in Israel since 2005. This was a significant year for Israeli education policy because of the Dovrat (Israel National Force for Education) Committee, which revealed their findings and recommendations. This committee raised concerns regarding improving evaluation and measurement of the educational system, and adopting an evaluation policy that promotes accountability (Livni-Huberman, 2021; Resnik, 2011). The Dovrat committee recommended establishing the National Authority for Measurement and Evaluation. It was also involved in the evaluation policy and its implementation in the educational system, including the national and international examinations. Another notable recommendation was creating the position of evaluation coordinator. A coordinator is a teacher specializing in the field of evaluation. This teacher trained to become the school evaluation coordinator and to enact the evaluation policy within the school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research conducted using qualitative methods including extensive analysis of formal policy documents, such as legislation and governmental registers. We also included informal policy documents in our analysis. These documents included protocols and unofficial professional reports, due to the importance of unofficial documents for comprehensive understanding of different stakeholders’ perspectives. The research included also interviews with politicians and other high-level decision makers in the Israeli education system. The qualitative thematic analysis was based on Carol Bacchi’s critical methodology, which relies on Foucault's critical approach (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016; Bacchi, 2020). Becchi's methodology identifies the problems and solutions implemented by the policy. The methodology — What’s the Problem Represented to be?’ (WPR) — highlights problems, and how they have been presents in the public domain. This encapsulates the influence of bureaucracy and the relationship amongst external stakeholders. Furthermore, Bacchi recommended considering stakeholders who were excluded from legislation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The educational evaluation policy highlighted difficulties in the functioning of the Israeli educational system. Policy makers outlines the system inability to track achievements due to the lack of academic standardizations and characterize a problematic system that does not achieve global academic goals. They identified lack of the standardizations as a problem, and expressed the need for a centralized evaluation policy. Conversely, there are those who promotes strict policy as a potential solution for the challenges of the educational system. They believe that systematic and public evaluation leads to competition, which strengthens the accountability of the system and can lead for pragmatic solution for the system challenges. For example, substandard results in national exams will lead principals to enact differently in order improve achievements. The different approaches reflect the dispute about evaluation policy, due to the involvement of internal and external stakeholders. Within the educational system, there are different approaches regarding the role of evaluation. Moreover, power relationships influences the current dialogue regarding internal and external evaluation. External stakeholders challenge the educational system to conform to measurable objectives and adopt NPM values. While the volatile situation in the government and the deficiency of the educational system creates instability in evaluation policy. Some stakeholders request to use evaluation as a tool to strengthen the educational system. For example, the use of internal evaluation methods to improve learning and ongoing analysis for improving management and infrastructures. Yet, those stakeholders express distrust in the ability of schools to use evaluation for addressing challenges. Under the volatile situation and different attitudes, unfortunately, the policy resulted in substandard outcomes. Stakeholders noted that attempt to define current evaluation policy, implemented with conflicting results. Our research represents a variety of attitudes amongst stakeholders involved with evaluation policy. These values influence policy enactment and reinforced within the school system. References Adert-German, T. (2021). Sustainable School Self evaluation: Enactments and Perceptions of Balancing Accountability and Improvement Goals. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability( (2021) 33:291–315), 291–315. Bacchi, C. (2020). Policy as Discourse: What does it mean? Where does it get us? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 21(1), 45-57. Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Post-structural Policy Analyses. New York: Palgarve pivot. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., Braun, A., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Policy Actors: Doing Policy Work in Schools. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education(32:4), 625-639. Camphuijsen, M. (2020). From Trust in the Profession to Trust in Results: A Multi-Level Analysis of Performance-Based Accountability in Norwegian Education. Barcelona: Department of Socialogy The Autonomous University of Barcelona. Lingard, B., Martino, W., & Rezai-Rashti, G. (2013). Testing regimes, accountabilities and education policy: commensurate global and national developments. Journal of Educational Policy, 28, 2013 - Issue 5, 539-556. Livni-Huberman, T. (2021). The Senior Planning and Strategy Division of the Ministry of Education - A Comparative Historical Examination of Policy Aspects During the Planning Action of the Ministry of Education (1948-2017). Tel Aviv University. Resnik, J. (2011). The Construction of a Managerial Education Discourse and the Involvement of Philanthropic Entrepreneurs: The Case of Israel. Critical Studies in Education, 52:3, 251-266 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Educational Reform Policy- A Professional Challenge for School Principals Ben-Gurion University of the Negev Presenting Author:In recent years, instability has become one of the permanent elements in everyday life, from the global economic crisis in 2008, through the climate crisis and the Arab Spring, which increased emissions and migration to Europe, culminating with the COVID-19 pandemic. One of the consequences of these emergencies was recognition of the advantage of local government over central government in effectively solving problems (Gupta et al., 2021). These events, along with changes of government, demographic shifts, and economic changes, are reflected in the characteristics of educational reform (Cohen, Spillane, & Peurach, 2018). Educational reforms usually seek to establish a new policy that will change teaching and learning patterns for the benefit of the schools and society (Sahlberg, 2016). As such, educational reform usually challenges the school principals’ basic concepts and assumptions, and can affect their professional skills. This study seeks to explore how a top-down reform affects principals’ professional skills. The reform explored in this study is called “Gefen” (PAF – Pedagogical-Administrative Flexibility), designed by Ministry of Education policymakers, to be implemented by school principals. This reform reflects the growing accountability and crisis management trend at local leadership level. By means of a digital platform, this reform enables management of school budgets by selecting administrative and pedagogical alternatives, such as educational programs, consultancy and training, technological tools, etc. Choosing solutions requires principals to use professional skills to diagnose the schools’ needs, choose an appropriate intervention, and infer from the process and results (Abbott, 1988). In addition, to successfully meet the demands of the reform, principals have to develop supportive networks with colleges and experts to obtain information, resources, and tools (Eyal, 2019). The present study seeks to examine the relationship between educational reform and the professional skills of school principals. Preliminary findings show that the main challenges the principals face are meeting budget requirements, timetables, and reports, while keeping to the reform budget. The principals deal with these challenges by participating in networks that provide sound advice, consultation, and quick solutions to the demands of the reform. Following the wisdom of the network enhances the pattern of compliance, and suppresses the professional skills needed to adapt the solutions to the school’s needs and context. Virtually no evidence was found of diagnostic processes regarding students’ or teachers’ needs. The principals preferred to delegate diagnosis responsibilities to middle leaders, such as the social education coordinator, or favored programs with popular topics, like student inclusion and resilience. At times, the guiding principle of “Every child gets something”, leads to purchasing a wide variety of programs that do not necessarily correspond to the students’ or teachers’ needs. At the same time, when the principals chose programs, there was partial reference to an informed choice between alternatives. One reason for this is that the digital reform includes more than 5,000 different programs, making it difficult to choose. Consequently, in most instances, the principals look for recommendations from colleagues, or continue with programs already operating at the school. Finally, little evidence was found to evaluate the quality of the program. Principals used accessible indicators, such as the students’ desire to participate or the absence of discipline problems, with no reference to whether the program’s pedagogical or administrative goals have been achieved. Possible explanations for the principals’ coping patterns are associated with the nature of reform implementation (top-down, all at once, without sufficient time), with “growing pains” of the new digital system, and with the principals’ lack of professional skills, which altogether result in them devoting their efforts to “solving the problem of the reform”, rather than to the problems the reform seeks to solve. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design is a multiple-case study to examine the principals’ professional skills in coping with educational reform. A multiple-case study seeks to study a phenomenon in its social, cultural, and organizational contexts (Merriam, 1988). A “case” in the present study is defined as a principal’s decision and professional skills in implementing the reform. The number of cases in a multiple-case study ranges from four to ten cases that can represent the phenomenon. In the present study, four categories of schools were selected, based on the size of the school (small, less than 500 students, and large – more than 1,000 students) and the principal’s seniority (young, up to five years, and veteran, more than ten years in office). This combination created four categories of four schools each, a total of sixteen schools. As customary in case-study research, the data was collected using several practical tools to ensure the study’s reliability and obtain a deep understanding of the phenomenon (Merriam, 2015). The tools included two rounds of semi-structured interviews with the principals and relevant staff members (two or three in large schools), and dozens of reform implementation documents, such as the school curriculum, program contracts, internal feedback survey, and activity plans. The data was analyzed in two stages: Within-case analysis of each school to identify the interactions between the reform, the context, and the principal’s professional skills, and Cross-case analysis to compare the patterns of similarities and differences between the cases (Yin, 2013). Concurrently, content analysis was conducted, based on an inductive thematic content analysis that emerged from the research data, and a deductive analysis derived from the theories of professions (Abbott, 1988) and expertise (Eyal, 2019). This study adopts Guba and Lincoln’s (1985) approach to “trustworthiness” in qualitative research. Ethical standards were maintained by presenting the research objectives to the interviewees, protecting their privacy and anonymity, storing all data in password-protected digital folders, and obtaining informed consent from all the interviewees. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study findings indicate that the principals’ focus their efforts on solving the “problem of the reform”, emphasizing its bureaucratic manifestations rather than what the reform sought to promote. This is because the reform was carried out in a rigorous timeframe, without adjustments to take into consideration the school’s calendar or needs. These constraints encouraged the principals to develop expertise by means of a colleague network, to find quick solutions for compliance with the demands of the reform, at the expense of utilizing the reform’s resources to promote their school’s unique goals, by diagnosing the school’s needs, choosing suitable programs, and inferring to promote student learning. This means that rather than promoting educational and pedagogical goals, the reform pushes principals to meet its demands. Two key conclusions can be drawn: First, the characteristics of the reform prevented the principals from developing professional skills since it was top-down, under a strict time limit, and rigorous budget enforcement reduced the principals’ freedom. The findings are not surprising since developing principals’ professional skills is not one of the reform’s goals. The second conclusion is that the principals approached the reform with their preexisting professional skills, which largely depend on their seniority and the size of their school. This variance leads to differential reform assimilation; however, the vast majority emphasizes meeting bureaucratic requirements at the expense of educational or pedagogical quality. There are theoretical and practical contributions: Theoretically, the findings demonstrate how the conditions of the reform promote or hinder principals’ professional skills of diagnosing the school’s needs, making an informed choice of intervention, and making inferences regarding the results of the intervention. Practically, the present study’s results can inform principal preparation programs regarding the reform, which can help in leading effective implementation, and developing the principals’ professionalism. References Abbott, A. (1988). Professional work, ch. 2, 35-58. The system of professions. Chicago: The university of Chicago press. Cohen, D. K., Spillane, J. P., & Peurach, D. J. (2018). The dilemmas of educational reform. Educational Researcher, 47(3), 204-212. Eyal, G. (2019). The crisis of expertise. Polity Press. Guba, E. G. & Lincoln, Y. S. (2000). Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluence. In Denzin, N. K.& Lincoln, Y. S. (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research, 163-188. Thousand Oaks: Sage. Gupta, S., Nguyen, T., Raman, S., Lee, B., Lozano-Rojas, F., Bento, A., ... & Wing, C. (2021). Tracking public and private responses to the COVID-19 epidemic: evidence from state and local government actions. American Journal of Health Economics, 7(4), 361-404. Merriam, S. B. (1988). Case study research in education: A qualitative approach. Jossey-Bass. Merriam, S.B. (2015), Qualitative Research: A Guide to Design and Implementation, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, CA. Sahlberg, P. (2016). The global educational reform movement and its impact on schooling. The handbook of global education policy, 128-144. Yin, R. K. (2013). Case Study Research: Design and Methods. Fifth edition. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper New Spaces of Transnational Governance: A Case Study of the LOOP Consortium's Innovative Approach to Teacher Induction Policies in Europe Universidade de Lisboa Instituto de Educação Presenting Author:The study analyzes the emergence of new modes of regulation in education and the teaching profession, resulting in phenomena of multiregulation in education (Barroso, 2005). This involves the interaction of state and non-state actors at different levels and with different approaches, in new spaces, utilizing various governance instruments (Leuze Martens & Rusconi, 2007; Rizvi & Lingard, 2006). The study acknowledges the increasing intensity and complexity of transnational governance in education (Carvalho, 2016), leading to the creation of non-traditional spaces. One such example is the Erasmus+ support line for European projects, specifically Key Action 3 – Support for policy reform, Action Type – Policy experimentations, which includes the case of the European project - LOOP – Empowering Teachers. The propositions put forth by this group are analyzed as an expression of transnational governance (Ozga & Lingard, 2007; Djelic & Sahlin-Anderson, 2006) of teacher training policies in unconventional forums. The identification of the issues that unite the actors in the LOOP consortium is based on the recognition of a global political matter that demands attention. This matter arises from two main factors: i) the shortage of teachers in Europe, which poses a pressing challenge and has significant impacts on educational systems, and ii) the necessity to attract and retain more qualified professionals, recognizing the critical early stages of the teaching profession (Almeida et al., 2018; Costa et al., 2019). In this context, the establishment of the consortium is justified, further fortified by the approval and funding of the proposal at the European level. The consortium brings together representatives from Ministries of Education, academics, and teachers from six European countries (Croatia, Slovenia, Spain (Catalonia), Greece, Italy, and Portugal) to address a shared issue. The consortium's collective goal is to design a solution that can be implemented at a national level, incorporating perspectives from state authorities, teachers, and academic experts. The involvement of Ministries of Education adds legitimacy to the consortium as they are considered crucial stakeholders responsible for implementing the proposed solutions within their respective national contexts. Therefore, as part of a larger project, this study has three main objectives: i) to document how the consortium organizes itself and assigns roles to different actors involved; ii) to analyze the issues raised as part of a critical analysis process, constructing a coherent argument that identifies and defines the key features of a shared problem and emphasizes the need for a collective response; and iii) to present the recommendations that emerge from the coordinated search for solutions to the identified problems, including proposals and suggestions for addressing the challenges at hand. This effort encompasses a progressive exploration of potential approaches that should be adopted, following the established guidelines (Delvaux, 2009). It is crucial to analyze the tools and methods employed by the consortium to generate knowledge that supports the proposed solutions. For instance, the consortium utilizes various instruments in different national contexts, such as identifying teachers' needs and motivations during the initial phase in the consortium's six countries. Additionally, the consortium gathers 'best practices' and exemplary case studies from participating countries, which serve as inspiring models. The generated knowledge, aiming to build the supporting 'argument' for the group's proposals, is based on 776 questionnaires collected by the LOOP consortium, applied to teachers (newly graduated and experienced) and school directors; 56 interviews conducted by LOOP teams and six focus groups (64 participants), and results obtained through a trial of the solution via the implementation of national pilot projects. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This case study is of a phenomenological and interpretative nature, utilizing a documentary collection produced within the LOOP consortium. The study begins by establishing the overall argument for the relevance of the project, starting from the funding application, and culminating in the design of the solution. The latter includes the synthesis reports of questionnaire and interview results, an e-catalog of best practices, and justifications for the presented programs. To analyze the documents, the study employs the content analysis technique (Bardin, 2009). Initially, the goal is to identify the reasons behind the participation of different actors in the consortium and the specific roles assigned to each group member. In the second phase, the study focuses on analyzing the narratives produced, which pertain to the identification of problems related to teacher induction policies and processes, as well as the formulation of solutions adaptable to national contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Concerning the consortium and the presence of diversified actors and their roles, various roles are identified: a) ministerial representatives perform roles of state authority representation; informational roles by providing data on national contexts and legitimizing roles by testing the feasibility of proposed recommendations; b) academic experts are tasked with supporting proposals based on scientific knowledge, and c) teachers are responsible for providing insights into professional challenges and needs and testing suggested solutions. Despite the unique characteristics of each national/regional context, there is a clear convergence among the six contexts regarding the perception of the teaching profession and professional induction processes as shared problems that demand urgent responses from state authorities. The data collected support a set of assumptions previously agreed upon by the group regarding the preferred induction model - mentoring and peer induction. The use of academic expertise and the production of confirming evidence further reinforce these assumptions, such as the need to train mentors and develop induction programs. The presented programs serve as guidelines for induction policies, offering solutions that address the identified needs of teachers and countries. These programs include both transversal and mandatory proposals and suggestions, allowing for the adaptation of measures to national and local contexts. References Almeida, M., Costa, E., Pinho, A.S., & Pipa, J. (2018). Atuar na indução de professores: Que implicações para os diretores escolares portugueses?. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 31(2), 196-214 Bardin, L. (2009). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70. Carvalho, L. M. (2016). Intensificação e sofisticação dos processos da regulação transnacional em educação: o caso do PISA. Educ. Soc., 37 (136) 669-683, 2016. Costa, E., Almeida, M. Pinho, A.S., & Pipa, J. (2019). School Leaders’ needs regarding beginning teachers’ induction in Belgium, Finland and Portugal. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, 81, 57-78. Delvaux, B. (2009). Qual é o papel do conhecimento na acção pública? Educ. Soc., 30 (109) 959-985. Djelic, M.-L.; & Sahlin-Anderson, K. (2006). Institutional dinamics in a re-ordering world. In: M.-L Dejic & K. Sahlin-Anderson (Eds.). Transnational governance. Institutional dinamics of regulation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006, p. 375-397. Leuze E, Martens, K., & Rusconi,, A. (2007) Introduction. In K., Martens, & Rusconi, K. Leuze, K. (eds). New Arenas of Education Governance (p. 3-15). London: Routledge. Ozga, J., & Lingard, B. (2007). Globalisation, education policy, and politics. In: B. Lingard & Ozga, J. (eds.) The Routlege/Falmer in Education Policy and Politics. New York: Routledge. RizviI, F.& Lingard, B. (2006) .Globalisation and the changing nature of the OECD’s educational work. In: H. Lauder , P. Brown, J.A. Dillabough, A.H. Halsey A. H. (eds.), Education, Globalisation and Social Change. Oxford: Oxford University Press. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 23 SES 02 C: Politics of Knowledge Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Helena Hinke Dobrochinski Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Knowledge Use in Post-Pandemic Education Recovery Policy 1Oxford University, United Kingdom; 2University of the West of Scotland, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Governments and international organisations have turned their attention to a return to normal, following the disruption of the pandemic. How context shapes governing narratives of education and education recovery in the four jurisdictions of the UK is explored in this paper. Our interest is in how knowledge is used and interacts with politics to create the governing narratives in each jurisdiction, as well as how these contrast between jurisdictions. Through an analysis of policy texts on education recovery in the four jurisdictions, we explore these relationships. In Scotland, the SNP government’s political text and talk in education policy has promoted a policy narrative of joint endeavour and collaborative improvement, inflected with historically embedded references to fairness, ‘crafting the narrative’ of government that is (implicitly) nationalist in its references to a shared ‘project’ - a ‘journey to independence’ - though drawing on historically embedded themes. More recently, that narrative has focused more sharply on educational underachievement and on major curriculum and cultural change designed to support system-wide reform. That agenda is a departure from traditional reliance on a local ‘policy community’ operating consensually, with expertise and knowledge located largely within the system. In Wales, a narrative of ambitious reform has developed since devolution, and distinguishes Wales from the other jurisdictions. Its emphasis on local partnerships and ‘bottom up’ developments can be seen in its education recovery policies. Labour governments in Wales have also referenced OECD expertise to enable their ‘journey to reform’, while enhanced devolution following the Wales Act (2016) and the co-operation agreement between Labour and Plaid Cyrmu has encouraged distinctive education policy-making. From 2015 Wales has moved towards collegiate working focussed on social justice, inclusion and addressing inequalities. Northern Ireland has seen major alternations to the policy narrative with the creation of a single Education Board in 2015 and a recent review of the education system. In England, the dominant policy narrative foregrounds individualistic goals and competition, striving for world class standards through, for example, reform of educational assessment. A qualification reform policy – the Advanced British Standard – was announced by the Prime Minister, to drive up educational standards. High standards are to be achieved through data-based governance involving performance assessment, curriculum control and inspection. This contrasts with the other jurisdictions who have sought to utilise education policy to promote the myth of education as creating a coherent, inclusive society that generates feelings of belonging, collective identity and purpose. England’s education system and policymaking is increasingly provided by private actors and reliant on outsourcing. Which expertise and knowledge are mobilised in the governing narratives for education recovery policy differs markedly across the four jurisdictions. Following our analysis of key policy texts setting out plans for education recovery in the UK’s four nations we offer insights into the dominant education recovery narratives being constructed, the resources-including expert knowledge- that they mobilise or exclude in recovery planning, and the importance of party politics in shaping recovery responses. We adopt an interdisciplinary theoretical framework that drawing on political studies, education policy analysis and analysis of knowledge-policy relations in the governing of education in the UK and Europe. Our analyses show that the kinds of knowledge drawn upon in each jurisdiction is strikingly different, relating to the political and ideological values of the parties in power in each. In turn, this generates governance logics which frame distinct views of what a return to normal would look like for the education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We seek to answer the following main research questions: (i) Do covid recovery plans reflect party political differences across the 4 jurisdictions of the UK? (ii) What kinds of expertise and knowledge are mobilised in these plans? The approach taken draws on theorization of governing as narrative, with attention to the social construction of practices of policy making through the ability of individuals to create and act on meanings. Narrative approaches connect to critical discourse analysis (CDA) through approaching policy text as persuasive, and as referencing particular contexts and connections to claim the legitimacy and authority of selected policy strategies. CDA enables scrutiny of how discourse creates and recreates the world by ignoring some possibilities and selecting and prioritising others. Importantly, discourses also represent possible worlds, and construct ‘projects’ to change the world in preferred directions. CDA interrogates policy texts to illuminate the resources that are being mobilised, and their role in creating governing narratives-in this case, narratives of education recovery. We analysed key policy texts from the four administrations, for example the Covid 19 Education Recovery Group (Scotland), DfE publications on Education Recovery, the Independent Panel Review of Education in Northern Ireland, the Renew and Reform plan in Wales and the Covid Inquiry. We also carried out text analysis of selected, relevant speeches by key policy actors across UK. We understand policy as a site of interaction of actors and agendas in education -an interaction revealing the relationship of knowledge, expertise and politics. We understand policy as made and (re) made in processes of enactment, as requiring policy work that depends on the alliances that actors build, the interests that they accommodate, and the extent to which agreement can be brokered about the direction of any policy process. Such perspectives stress attention to the ways in which policy and policy actors are embedded in social and cultural worlds, and to the extent to which expertise is relational, mediating between knowledge production and application, welding scientific and social capabilities. We ask what resources are identified and seen as useful, explore how they are mobilised, and examine the extent to which politicians select from them, emphasise some rather then others-in order to try to navigate competing values and interests. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings show England as exceptional amongst the four nations, with the neoliberal rationale of marketisation and privatisation framing the governing narrative of education policy in the return to normal following the pandemic. In Scotland, there is a strong narrative of education as important to societal cohesion, with recognition of education professionals and their contributions to community. A number of reviews of aspects of the education system in Scotland drew upon local expertise and consulted widely across the education sector and beyond. Wales’ policy narrative also showed a co-construction narrative, with a vision of renewal. Teachers are seen as key to the revitalisation of the country’s education system. In Northern Ireland, the governing narrative focussed upon integration and collaboration. Economic development, tackling inequalities and improving health were identified as key priorities. The exceptionalism of England is a curiosity that requires an explanation. We pose some potentially explanatory factors regarding the nature of the functioning of the state in England. In addition to party political agendas, there are politics internal to political parties which have influenced the recovery plan governing logics. References Elena Andreouli &Emma Brice (2021) Citizenship under Covid 19: an analysis of UK political rhetoric during the first wave of the Covid pandemic Journal of Community and Applied Social Psychology 32(3) 555-572 Margaret Arnott & Jenny Ozga (2016) Education and nationalism in Scotland: governing a ‘learning nation’, Oxford Review of Education, 42:3, 253-265, DOI: 10.1080/03054985.2016.1184865 Ansell, C. Eva Sørensen & Jacob Torfing (2020): The COVID-19 pandemic as a game changer for public administration and leadership? The need for robust governance responses to turbulent problems, Public Management Review, DOI: 10.1080/14719037.2020.1820272 Emily Cameron Blake, Helen Tatlow, Andrew Wood,Thomas Hale, Beatriz Kira, Anna Petherick, Toby Lynggaard, K., Kluth, M., Jensen, M.D. (2023). Covid-19 Hit Europe: Patterns of Government Responses to the Pandemic. In: Lynggaard, K., Jensen, M.D., Kluth, M. (eds) Governments' Responses to the Covid-19 Pandemic in Europe. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-14145-4_1 Bevir, M. (2012). A Theory of Governance California: University of California Press http://escholarship.org/uc/item/2qs2w3rb Boswell, C. (2009) The Political Uses of Expert Knowledge Cambridge, Cambridge University Press Renegotiating the public good: Responding to the first wave of COVID-19 in England, Germany and Italy Peter Kelly, Susann Hofbauer, Barbara Gross Volume 20 Issue 5, September 2021 584-609 Lupton, D. 2022. COVID Societies: Theorising the Coronavirus Crisis. London: Routledge. [Crossref], [Google Scholar] Moss, G., A. Bradbury, A. Braun, S. Duncan, and R. Levy (2021b). “Learning through Disruption: Using Schools’ Experiences of COVID to Build a More Resilient Education System.” London: UCL Institute of Education, Available at: https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10136102/ [Google Scholar] Miller, H Governing Narratives: Symbolic Politics and Policy Change (Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 2012). Monteil C.j.Ujheng J.Dela Paz E (2021) The language of pandemic leaderships: mapping political rhetoric during the covid 19 outbreak Political psychology 5 2021 Jenny Ozga (2011) Governing Narratives: “local” meanings and globalising education policy, Education Inquiry, 2:2, 305-318, DOI: 10.3402/edui.v2i2.21982 Stone D (2013) Knowledge Actors and Transnational Governance: The Private-Public Policy Nexus in the Global Agora Palgrave Macmillan Symeonidis,V. Evi Agostini (2021) The EU’s Education Policy Response to the Covid-19 Pandemic: A Discourse and Content Analysis Education in the Covid-19 Era CEPS Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.1137 Vol 11 Wodak, R (2020) Analysing the Politics of Denial: critical discourse studies and the discourse-historical approach in Krippendorf, Klaus and Nour Halabi (eds) Discourses in Action. London Routledge. Michael Mintrom & Ruby O’Connor (2020) The importance of policy narrative: effective government responses to Covid-19, Policy Design and Practice, 3:3, 205-227, DOI: 10.1080/25741292.2020.1813358 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Utilisation of Research Knowledge in Parliamentary Deliberations on Educational Policies DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Germany Presenting Author:As in most European education systems (Hadjar et al., 2022), inequalities in Germany, some of which have worsened in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic (Dietrich, Patzina & Lerche 2020; Wößmann et al., 2021), persist. This is regularly demonstrated by educational research such as in the widely perceived monitoring studies National Report on Education (Nationaler Bildungsbericht; Autor*innengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung, 2022), the IQB-Bildungstrend that describes regular trends in school achievement (Stanat et al., 2023) or the recent PISA study (Lewalter et al., 2023). In the last decades, educational research has been able to gain important knowledge about the emergence and occurrence of educational inequalities (Bachsleitner et al., 2022). The fact that these efforts don’t seem to have contributed much to a significant improvement of the education system shifts the focus on a different aspect that many times has become a condition for research funding: the transfer of knowledge between research and practice as an important instrument or mechanism that may be key to enable overcoming educational barriers and inequalities for disadvantaged social groups. Transfer has therefore internationally gained importance as a practical goal for researchers and policymakers, but also – given that a lot remains to be learnt about the mechanisms and practices of transfer between different actors in the education system – as a subject of research. Accordingly, this study seeks to contribute to closing the significant research gap on how to actually reduce inequalities in educational processes with regard to empirical research and evidence. Certain issues are connected to that: the way research knowledge enters political processes, the production of expertise on educational inequalities, and the role of research for innovations in the education system. It not only encourages us to ask about the necessary conditions for successful knowledge transfer, but also to enrichen the debate about the relationship between research and practice and to critically examine the self-positioning of the research community in the face of educational crisis. When aiming to create an overview on what is already known on conditions that favour or diminish the use of evidence and the success of transfer activities, one can learn from a diverse range of research fields (Schrader et al., 2020). Among those, sociology, educational research, and political science are the most relevant ones for the research perspective applied in this study, providing clues on for example decisive factors for an impactful policy advice (Renn, 2017) or barriers to evidence-informed policy (Arnautu & Dagenais, 2021). One particular approach that has appeared useful in thinking about how to empirically examine transfer processes is the conceptual framework by Farley-Ripple et al. (2018) which includes key assumptions and perspectives on the connections between research and practice communities, taking the use of knowledge into account as well as the production of knowledge, and pointing out relevant aspects like the interpretation of research and the frequency of research use. Within this context, the empirical focus of this study lies on the utilisation of research knowledge by policymakers, aiming to answer the following specific research question: How is research knowledge being used in parliamentary deliberations on educational policies? The paper discusses this question in the light of the empirical results of an analysis of educational policy documents from two German federal states, giving insights into how policymakers, facing the necessity of responding to social turbulences, deal with evidence to reduce uncertainties in decision-making. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The body of the document analysis is formed by around 400 documents that contain publicly accessible minutes of parliamentary committee meetings from two German federal states: Berlin and Hamburg serve as cases for an analysis of the use of research knowledge in parliamentary deliberations on education. As city states, they share certain structural characteristics regarding their political organisation as well as similar challenges for the education system caused by urban demographics. At the same time, the public image of the quality of their education systems differs: While Hamburg has made significant achievements in school quality, committing to an engaged shift towards evidence-informed educational policy-making (Tränkmann & Diedrich, 2023), the Berlin school system seems to be challenged. This clearly reflects in the results of the study IQB-Bildungstrend (Stanat et al., 2023) which compares the competencies of students between federal states: While Hamburg has developed rather well, the study shows lower ranks for Berlin students. To have a sufficiently extensive sample that frames the time when the coronavirus pandemic dominated educational policies, and additionally covers more than one election period in both cases, the time span under investigation is set from January 2017 until June 2023. In order to organise and structure the totality of documents, text segments were identified which explicitly refer to research knowledge. In a predominantly inductive process guided by the Qualitative Content Analysis (Kuckartz & Rädicker, 2023), using the software MAXQDA a category system was developed to fine-code the identified segments on three levels of analysis: the type of reference (e.g. study, expert commission), the speakers (e.g. members of parliament, or senate representatives) and the respective education policy topic on which research knowledge was mentioned (e.g. pandemic, teacher shortage). Subsequently, by analysing overlaps between codes, this shows certain patterns in the utilisation of research knowledge in parliamentary committee deliberations in two federal states, while contributing to a research problem of international significance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First empirical findings based on the document analysis describe that the way in which research knowledge is referred to in debates of parliamentary committees on education differs depending on the actor group and education policy topic, and changes over the course of the investigated period. From its numerous mentions in the debates it becomes clear that research knowledge – including evidence such as monitoring and evaluation studies – does play a significant role in the policymaking process of the institutions under investigation. One type of research-based evidence frequently found in the committee debates are studies that are closely linked to the concrete matter of a policy. Stating that the decentralized federal states make their own educational policies, it becomes explicable why only a small part of references to research were found in both Berlin and Hamburg. Apart from that, first interpretations of the material indicate that many of the references to researchers are made to persons that were consulted in the course of the policymaking process. Therefore, in accordance with existing research (Rickinson & Edwards, 2021), relational work seems to have significant influence on whether or not research influences political negotiations. The analysis of a selection of text segments shows a a generally strong orientation towards research, but also critical engagement with research, for example when questioning the validity, methodology or significance for practical action. Thus, the documents are a rich resource for learning how policymakers try to apply and navigate knowledge to face the current educational challenges. This study shows how, to what extent and what kind of research knowledge is being used in policymaking and allows conclusions on success factors and barriers for transfer. What remains to be further investigated is in how far this enables educational policymaking to effectively reduce inequalities. References Arnautu, Diana; Dagenais, Christian (2021). Use and effectiveness of policy briefs as a knowledge transfer tool: a scoping review. In: Humanit Soc Sci Commun 8 (1). Autor:innengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung (2022). Bildung in Deutschland 2022 [Education in Germany 2022]: Ein indikatorengestützter Bericht mit einer Analyse zum Bildungspersonal. wbv Media. Bachsleitner, Anna; Lämmchen, Ronja; Maaz, Kai (Eds.) (2022): Soziale Ungleichheit des Bildungserwerbs von der Vorschule bis zur Hochschule. Eine Forschungssynthese zwei Jahrzehnte nach PISA. Münster: Waxmann. Dietrich, Hans; Patzina, Alexander; Lerche, Adrian (2021). Social inequality in the homeschooling efforts of German high school students during a school closing period, European Societies, 23:sup1, p. 348-369. Farley-Ripple, Elizabeth; May, Henry; Karpyn, Allison; Tilley, Katherine; McDonough, Kalyn (2018). Rethinking Connections Between Research and Practice in Education: A Conceptual Framework. In: Educational researcher 47 (4), p. 235–245. Hadjar, Andreas; Alieva, Aigul; Jobst, Solvejg; Skrobanek, Jan; Grecu, Alyssa; Gewinner, Irina et al. (2022): PIONEERED: Elaborating the link between social and educational policies for tackling educational inequalities in Europe. In: sozialpolitik.ch 2022 (1). Kuckartz, Udo; Rädiker, Stefan (2023). Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice and software. 2nd ed. Los Angeles, London, New Delhi, Singapore, Washington DC, Melbourne: Sage. Lewalter, Doris; Diedrich, Jennifer; Goldhammer, Frank; Köller, Olaf; Reiss, Kristina (Ed.) (2023). PISA 2022. Münster, Germany: Waxmann. Renn, Ortwin (2017). Kommunikation zwischen Wissenschaft und Politik. In: Heinz Bonfadelli, Birte Fähnrich, Corinna Lüthje, Jutta Milde, Markus Rhomberg und Mike S. Schäfer (Ed.): Forschungsfeld Wissenschaftskommunikation. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, p. 183–205. Rickinson, M. & Edwards, A. (2021). The relational features of evidence use. Cambridge Journal of Education, 51(4), 509–526. Schrader, Josef; Hasselhorn, Marcus; Hetfleisch, Petra; Goeze, Annika (2020): Stichwortbeitrag Implementationsforschung: Wie Wissenschaft zu Verbesserungen im Bildungssystem beitragen kann. In: Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft 23 (1), p. 9–59. Stanat, Petra; Schipolowski, Stefan; Schneider, Rebecca; Sachse, Karoline A.; Weirich, Sebastian; Henschel, Sofie (Eds.) (2023). IQB-Bildungstrend 2022. Sprachliche Kompetenzen am Ende der 9. Jahrgangsstufe im dritten Ländervergleich. Waxmann. Tränkmann, Jenny; Diedrich, Martina (2023): Forschungs- und Evidenzorientierung in der Bildungspolitik und -administration. Good-Practice-Beispiel Hamburg. In: Kris-Stephen Besa, Denise Demski, Johanna Gesang, Jan-Hendrik Hinzke (Eds.): Evidenz- und Forschungsorientierung in Lehrer*innenbildung, Schule, Bildungspolitik und -administration. Neue Befunde zu alten Problemen. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien, p. 325–348. Wößmann, Ludger; Freundl, Vera; Grewenig, Elisabeth; Lergetporer, Phillipp; Werner, Katharina; Zierow, Larissa (2021). Bildung erneut im Lockdown: Wie verbrachten Schulkinder die Schulschließungen Anfang 2021? ifo Schnelldienst, 74 (5), p. 36-52. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Decolonizing Finnish Education Export as a Way to Deconstruct Knowledge Production and Circulation University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This research studies knowledge production and circulation with the analysis of Finnish education export to Brazil. Finland’s success in PISA legitimized the Finnish education system, which has since then become a global benchmark. Many countries and education organizations, particularly from the Global South, are willing to learn (and buy) such knowledge as a projection to change their own education systems (Waldow & Steiner-Khamsi, 2019). The large external demand associated with economic drivers led Finland to develop a unique education export industry, constituted by new stakeholders and networks with various agendas and interests that ultimately influence policymaking (Rönnberg & Candido, 2023; Candido & Brunila, forthcoming). The paper offers a decolonial approach to question the taken-for-granted notions of “global” and “knowledge” from the perspective of the “politics of emotions” and the “politics of stranger making” (Ahmed, 2000, 2014), as well as upon the reflection on the “stray dog complex” (Tiburi, 2021; Souza, 2015) associated to social-historical developments in different contexts. It, thus, provides elements to deconstruct self-evident knowledge production and circulation and problematize the naturalization of “global”. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I investigate discursive practices of Finnish education export/import, highlighting the contextuality and relationality of policy flows from Finland to Brazil. Brazil has been importing education from Finland for over ten years, being an avid market for innovation and differentiation due to its unequal public-private education system divide. Relying on interview data with Finnish policymakers and exporters, and Brazilian importers (n=29), I explore the imperatives and contradictions associated with the legitimization of Finnish knowledge and its circulation globally, centering in the case of Brazil. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings show some degree of decontextualization in Finnish education export along with a neocolonial approach in global education governance carried on and embedded in education export. The context of action seems to be deemed secondary (or irrelevant) to exporting education, and almost fictional (and picturesque) on the import side. The “context” is rather relative than relational, whereas otherness and Finnish exceptionalism play a relevant role in the education export/import dynamics. Contextualizing “knowledge” would not only unveil the taken-for-granted form(s) and origin(s) of knowledge but also question power and hegemony in a world still rooted in colonial premises. This paper contributes to current discussions in education politics and sociology scholarship as the mechanisms and epistemologies of knowledge production and circulation affect the nature of that knowledge itself and the direction(s) and agenda(s) of global education governance. References Ahmed, S. (2014) The Cultural Politics of Emotions. Edinburgh University Press. Ahmed, S. (2000) Strange Encounters: Embodied Others in Post-Coloniality. London: Routledge. Candido, H. H. D.; Brunila, K. (forthcoming) Finnish Education Export as Part of Precision Education Governance. Rönnberg, L.; Candido, H. H. D. (2023) When Nordic education myths meet economic realities: The “Nordic model” in education export in Finland and Sweden. Nordic Studies in Education, 43(2), 145–163. Souza, J. J. F. de (2015) A tolice da inteligência brasileira. São Paulo: LeYa. Tiburi, M. (2021) Complexo de vira-lata: Análise da humilhação brasileira. Rio de Janeiro: Civilização Brasileira. Waldow, F.; Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2019) Understanding PISA’s Attractiveness: Critical Analyses in Comparative Policy Studies. Bloomsbury. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 25 SES 02 A: Children's Human Rights Education: conceptual foundations, the child learner and educational content Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Maude Louviot Paper Session |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Defining Rights Education for Children and Young People 1Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 2University of Milan, Italy; 3University of Aberdeen, Scotland Presenting Author:Rights Education for children and young people is an important but understudied area within educational children’s rights research both in Europe and elsewhere. The United Nations connects rights to education in multiple international human rights treaties such as the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (Article 26, United Nations 1948), the Convention on the Rights of the Child (Article 42, United Nations 1989) and the United Nations Declaration on Human Rights Education and Training (2011). Even so, there remains variability in the framing and substance of rights education for children and young people in its various configurations such as Human Rights Education (HRE), Children’s Human Rights Education (CHRE), and Children’s Rights Education (CRE). For those working in the field of rights education, there is a broad understanding of what it encompasses and why it is significant, but there do not appear to be any agreed definitions of subtypes of rights education aside from HRE (but even this is contested). When there is not a clear and agreed definition for terms used to refer to different forms of rights education or when the boundaries between the different types of rights education are unclear, those seeking to engage with the concepts cannot be sure they are talking about the same thing when planning, delivering, learning, and researching different aspects of rights education. The lack of conceptual clarity makes it difficult to be certain that what is being delivered within a 'rights education’ framework fulfils its obligations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A review using systematic processes was conducted to identify the definitions and different configurations of rights education for children used in peer reviewed academic literature. The search was conducted in the EBSCO and ProQuest search engines and resulted in 16 databases yielding 129 records. Application of exclusion criteria resulted in 36 publications for full text review. Each of these records incorporated some form of a definition or description of what the author(s) meant by the rights education term(s) used. An assessment was made of each definition against H. W. B. Joseph’s (1916/1967) criteria for defining terms. This information was used to analyse the characteristics of the definitions to understand how rights education for children has been defined in existing academic research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings confirm that few papers incorporate a specific definition of rights education for children or its subtypes such as children’s rights education (CRE) or children’s human rights education (CHRE). Despite wide recognition of the connection between rights and education, and education and rights, terms related to rights education are used inconsistently, conflated, and lack an agreed definition. The analyses conducted in this paper point to the need for definitional clarity for each of the terms CRE, CHRE, and Rights Education for Children. This will be of benefit to educational researchers in Europe and beyond. References Bajaj, M. (2011). Human rights education: Ideology, location, and approaches. Human Rights Quarterly, 481-508. Isenstrom, L. & Quennerstedt, A. (2020). Governing rationalities in children’s human rights education, International Journal of Educational Research, 100, 1-13. Jerome, L. (2016). Interpreting Children’s Rights Education: Three perspectives and three roles for teachers. Citizenship, Social and Economics Education, 15(2), 143-156. Joseph, H.W.B. (1916/1967). An Introduction to Logic (2nd ed.). Oxford University Press. Quennerstedt, A. (2022a). Children’s and young people’s human rights education in school: Cardinal complications and a middle ground, Journal of Human Rights, 21(4), 383-398. Struthers, A. E. (2015). Human rights education: Educating about, through and for human rights. The International Journal of Human Rights, 19(1), 53-73. United Nations General Assembly (1948). Universal Declaration of Human Rights, United Nations (217 [III] A). Paris. United Nations (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 1577, 20 November 1989. UN General Assembly. United Nations (2011). Declaration on Human Rights Education and Training (UNDHRET), adopted by the General Assembly, Resolution 66/137, A/RES/66/137, 19 December 2011. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Children’s Human Rights Education for Children in School: Conceptual Foundations 1Centre for Children's Rights Studies University of Geneva, Switzerland; 2University of Teacher Education Valais, Switzerland; 3Faculty of Education, University of Haifa, Israel Presenting Author:The study of human rights education (HRE) has emerged in recent years, and many scholars have addressed the various definitions, pedagogical approaches, contents, and limits of such education (for an overview, see Kayum Ahmed, 2021). However, fewer HRE studies have paid specific attention to the learning processes of the schooled child as a learner of HRE. This gap in the research is surprising given the prevalence of ‘child-centred’ approaches in sociological and educational discourse (e.g., Lerkkanen et al., 2016; Parker, 2018; Power et al., 2019). The current study aims to conceptualise children’s rights learning processes in school. It focuses on rights education that explicitly concerns children’s rights. More specifically, it aims to answer the following question: What characterises rights learning processes in school when children are the learners and children’s rights is the content? The analysis presents various features of children’s human rights education (hereafter CHRE) learning processes in school, organised into three dimensions. The first dimension highlights the individual child, whose learning is influenced by developmental and socio-cultural factors (see Vygotsky, 1978), and considers child-centred aims, content, and approaches (see Lundy & Martínez-Sainz, 2018). The second dimension accentuates the prominent role of interactions and relationships in CHRE. It is embedded in the daily interactive experiences that comprise CHRE in schools and CHRE’s underscoring of children’s participation rights and agency, which requires adults to share power (see Author 2, 2020). The third dimension emphasizes the role of the school environment as the multidimensional space where CHRE learning processes transpire (see Isenström & Quennerstedt, 2020). This dimension stresses the importance of a whole-school approach for effective CHRE (see Author 1, 2020) and the challenges that may constrain children’s ability to make sense of CHRE in school in light of gaps between CHRE aims and more traditional institutional practices (see Osler & Starkey, 2010; Author 2, 2021). Whereas these three dimensions are interconnected, the analysis aims to discern the distinctive features of each to promote a comprehensive understanding of the CHRE learning processes in school. The prominent link between the different features of CHRE learning in school is student participation rights (UNCRC, Article 12). These rights are central in all the dimensions we conceptualised: developing child-centred content, aims, and approaches for CHRE requires participatory pedagogy, relational learning of CHRE implies reducing power gaps between educators and students, and whole-school CHRE programmes should provide children with opportunities to participate in organisational decision making. This insight aligns with the fundamental role of participation rights in the interpretation and implementation of all the other rights in the UNCRC (UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, 2009; Hanson & Lundy, 2017). It also underscores the significance of analysing CHRE as a concept embedded in the children’s rights discourse, which partly overlaps with HRE but also has distinct features. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This conceptual paper builds upon an extensive review of literature focusing on children’s human rights education for children in school. The scant literature specifically addressing HRE for children about children’s rights is analysed and critically reviewed, as well as the broader literature focusing on HRE for children. In a complementary manner, other relevant works relating to children’s rights and learning in school are drawn upon. The study is carried out as a review of literature, with the objective of “selectively discussing the literature on a particular topic to make the argument that a new study will make a new or important contribution to knowledge” (Siddaway et al., 2019, p. 750-751). Thus, the study does not aim to undertake a systematic literature review; rather, its approach leans towards Grant and Booth’s description of critical reviews that seek “to identify most significant items in the field” and provide a “conceptual contribution to embody existing or derive new theory” (2009, p. 94). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Whereas some features of CHRE learning in school have been addressed in various studies, the current study is the first scholarly endeavour to integrate them into a conceptual framework, showing how CHRE should be translated into pedagogical language and practices and adapted to children as learners in school. This framework is anchored in children’s rights and HRE narratives. It also relies on robust literature elucidating how children learn and should learn, including developmental studies, prominent educational theories, school climate, and school administration research. Thus, the conceptual framework we offer may foster the development of effective whole-school approaches to CHRE, which are intertwined with various learning processes. It may also help educators make sense of CHRE, link it to their professional foundation of pedagogical knowledge, and ultimately improve their practices. References Author 1 (2020). Author 2 (2020). Author 2 (2021). Bajaj, M. (2017). Human rights education: Theory, research and praxis. University of Pennsylvania Press. Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 26, 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x Hanson, K., & Lundy, L. (2017). Does exactly what it says on the tin?: A critical analysis and alternative conceptualisation of the so-called “general principles” of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 25(2), 285–306. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02502011 Isenström, L., & Quennerstedt, A. (2020). Governing rationalities in children’s human rights education. International Journal of Educational Research, 100, 101546. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101546 Kayum Ahmed, A. (2021). Human rights education. Oxford Research Encyclopaedias, Education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1573 Lerkkanen, M. K., Kiuru, N., Pakarinen, E., Poikkeus, A. M., Rasku-Puttonen, H., Siekkinen, M., & Nurmi, J. E. (2016). Child-centered versus teacher-directed teaching practices: Associations with the development of academic skills in the first grade at school. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 36, 145–156. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2015.12.023 Lundy, L., & Martínez Sainz, G. (2018). The role of law and legal knowledge for a transformative human rights education: Addressing violations of children’s rights in formal education. Human Rights Education Review, 1(2), 04–24. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.2560 Osler, A., & Starkey, H. (2010). Teachers and Human Rights Education. Trentham Books. Parker, W. C. (2018). Human rights education’s curriculum problem. Human Rights Education Review, 1(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.2450 Power, S., Rhys, M., Taylor, C., & Waldron, S. (2019). How child‐centred education favours some learners more than others. Review of Education, 7(3), 570–592. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3137 Siddaway, A. P., Wood, A. M., & Hedges, L. V. (2019). How to do a systematic review: A best practice guide for conducting and reporting narrative reviews, meta-analyses, and meta-syntheses. Annual Review of Psychology, 70, 747–770. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-010418-102803 UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2009). General comment No. 12: The right of the child to be heard. UN Doc. CRC/C/GC/12. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper The Elusive Content of Children’s Human Rights Education 1Örebro University, Sweden; 2University of Lower Silesia, Poland; 3University of Gävle, Sweden Presenting Author:What are teachers supposed to teach and students supposed to learn about human rights? The international community, nations, and teachers widely support the idea that children and young people should receive human rights education in school. Several studies have, however, shown that alongside this strong support, there is widespread uncertainty about what this education should consist of – or phrased in another way: what the educational content of children’s human rights education should be (Parker, 2018‚ Quennerstedt, 2022). This paper maps and analyses the educational content in children’s human rights education examined or advocated for in previous research. There is currently no established term for human rights education given to children and young people. In this research, children’s human rights education – CHRE – is used inclusively for other terms for educating children about rights. The overarching aim of human rights education is to promote respect for and observance of human rights, and to empower people to contribute to the building of a universal culture of human rights (UN, 2011). The 2011 UN Declaration for Human Rights Education and Training launched the now-established tripartite definition and conceptualisation of HRE. It is to include education
The UN conceptualisation emphasises that what is learned and how this learning occurs are vital and intertwined aspects of HRE – learning about rights requires certain educational surrounding and relations. When the UN’s definition is to be translated to concrete education, a content selection must be made – it is not possible to teach everything. The selection of educational content is not a representation of truth but is always normative, resting on the culture and views of a particular society (Willberg, 2015). What knowledge students should be able to acquire at school therefore needs to be considered by each society (Young, 2013). In many countries, there is a division of labour between the state and the teachers concerning the selection and delivery of educational content: the state prescribes the main topics of instruction (an intended curriculum), while the planning and enactment of the concrete teaching are left to the teacher (the enacted curriculum). Content and pedagogy are thus drawn apart. This may be problematic in the case of CHRE, with its’ bearing idea of content and pedagogy as a whole.
The theoretical backdrop to our analysis is two perspectives on whether content and pedagogy are separable. Traditional curriculum theory assumes that this separation is possible and also needed to ensure that qualified knowledge content is maintained when disciplinary knowledge is transformed into school knowledge (Young, 2013). Didaktik theorising, on the other hand, emphasises a close connection between subject matter and subject meaning and argues that the meaning does not reside in the matter but emerges in the teaching situation. Therefore, content and pedagogy are entangled (Hopmann, 2007). Awareness and consideration of these two countering views form the analytical gaze in this study.
The analysis presented in this paper demonstrates how education about, through and for human rights appear in research publications as intended, enacted or suggested educational content of children’s human rights education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study analysed research publications that address the educational content of CHRE. 140 articles published in peer-reviewed scholarly journals in English, French, Polish, Spanish or Swedish during 2013-2022 were identified as potential publications. In two screening rounds, the publications were checked for the inclusion criterion that they must more than very marginally address educational content in children’s human rights education. After these screenings, 71 publications were selected for further analysis. A coding scheme was constructed to support the analysis. To identify educational content of different types, we drew on the analytical distinctions made in earlier curriculum analyses between the curriculum that precedes concrete education (Porter & Smithson, 2001; Seitz & Hill, 2021) and the one that takes form in the educational situation (Pilz et al., 2014). We labelled two types of content intended content (i.e. formulated by educational authorities or educators) and enacted content (i.e undertaken in practice). As we had noticed in the selection process that the primary endeavour of many publications is to argue for specific content, we added a third type: suggested content. The UN tripartite education about-through-for rights was then used to form analytical questions for each content type. The 71 publications underwent full reading and coding. During this, another 13 publications were excluded, leaving the final number of analysed publications at 58. Of these, 45 are published in English, 5 in Polish, 2 in Spanish, and 2 in Swedish. The data underwent deeper analysis to identify and describe content patterns in the following analytical step. Drawing on thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2019; Peel, 2020), we developed and undertook a four-step condensation and abstraction analysis as follows: 1. Meaningful units of data were identified and noted. 2. The meaning units were condensed into unit categories. 3. Themes were generated by scrutinising the unit categories. Some categories became themes, while others were merged to form a theme. 4. The themes were named and described. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis demonstrated that enacted content was slightly more addressed (26 articles) than intended and suggested content (19 and 18 articles respectively). Educational content aiming towards the education of children about rights was addressed most in all three types of content. Content seen as vital to educate the child about rights often included: - philosophy of rights, concepts, discourses and values; - main documents and organisations; - historical aspects of human rights; - rights of specific groups (children, ethnic minorities, LGBTQ+ people or workers in the Global South), - rights violations. Legal knowledge that would enable students to identify and reflect on rights violations was found only as suggested content. Educational content aiming towards education through rights was mainly presented as activities or situations that give rise to two kinds of rights-educating experiences: - experiencing respect for one’s rights – e.g through a rights-respecting school atmosphere or participating in decision-making, - experiencing rights violations – either one’s own or other people’s. Experiencing respect for rights as a way to learn through human rights was found in all three content types, while experiencing rights violations was only visible as enacted and suggested content, never as intended. Educational content aiming towards education for rights often focuses on activities that develop children’s capacity to take action for human rights. This included ability to - yourself respect and promote human rights, - act against rights violations in one’s own environment or elsewhere, - seek appropriate legal means. Also, activities that develop the capacity to cooperate and communicate with others, seek information and engage in discussions about HR were seen as important educational content in the education for rights. Importantly, some articles explicitly presented education for rights as connected with education about rights: knowledge is needed to take informed action to protect rights or address violations. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597. Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained teaching: The common core of Didaktik. European educational research journal, 6(2), 109-124. Parker, W. C. (2018). Human rights education’s curriculum problem. Human Rights Education Review, 1(1), 05-24. Pilz, M, Berger, S., & Canning, R. (2014). Pre-vocational education in seven European countries: A comparison of curricular embedding and implementation in schools. European Journal of Educational Research, 3(1), 25-41. Porter, A. C., & Smithson, J. L. (2001). Chapter IV: Are content standards being implemented in the classroom? A methodology and some tentative answers. Teachers College Record, 103(8), 60-80. Quennerstedt, A. (2022). Children’s and young people’s human rights education in school: cardinal complications and a middle ground. Journal of Human Rights, 21(4), 383-398. Seitz, P., & Hill, S. L. (2021). Cognition in 21st Century Skills: A Mixed Methods Study. International Journal of Curriculum and Instruction, 13(3), 2232-2252. United Nations (2011). Declaration on Human Rights Education and Training. General Assembly, Resolution 66/137, A/RES/66/137, 19 December 2011 Willbergh, I. (2015). The problems of ‘competence’and alternatives from the Scandinavian perspective of Bildung. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(3), 334-354. Young, M. (2013). Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory: A knowledge-based approach. Journal of curriculum studies, 45(2), 101-118. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 26 SES 02 A: Leading in Partnership Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Mari-Ana Jones Session Chair: Pat Thomson Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Leading in Partnership In this symposium we invite participants to explore understandings and practices of partnership in the education sector from a leadership perspective. We are interested in how leaders frame and enact their roles when involved in partnerships, and furthermore, how a focus on leadership practices might enable richer understandings of partnerships in education. Partnership is an elusive and imprecise concept (Tomlinson, 2005), and partnerships have various intentions and structures according to context as well as the organisations and individuals involved. Partnerships are imbued with positive expectations, largely based on an assumption that more can be achieved through co-operation than by individuals (Tomlinson, 2005). Within the education sector, there are long traditions of partnerships between higher education institutions (HE) and schools, reinforced in recent years by being mandated in many countries (Bernay et al, 2020). There exists a considerable body of research about these partnerships in their various forms (e.g. training, developing competence, carrying out research and bringing about improvement), but there has been little attention afforded to the role of leaders, especially within a European context (Valli et al, 2018). Outside of the education sector, emphasis has been placed on leaders as vital to the sustainability of partnerships, and their centrality in developing relationships characterised by trust, respect and dialogue (Lasker & Weiss, 2003). This symposium is, therefore, intended to shed light on leading partnerships within the education sector in different countries, providing an opportunity for exploring leadership practices within partnerships, and potentially creating a springboard for future knowledge-creation. Why partnerships may be positive and for whom is not always clearly defined (Tomlinson, 2005). Whilst the importance of egalitarianism and mutual respect in partnerships within the education sector has been widely emphasised (Lefever-Davis et al, 2007) and despite intentions of ‘power sharing’ (Farrell et al, 2021), there are considerable barriers (Walsh & Backe, 2013). The intention of this symposium, therefore, is not to seek prescriptive or normative solutions for leading partnerships. Rather, we consider the idea of leading in partnership: understanding and working with aspects of power, formal demands and the dynamic needs of those involved. We seek a critical and hopeful approach to the question: how might educational leaders bring about positive change by leading in partnership? The presentation of findings and reflections from four different partnership projects in Norway, Sweden and England will be an introduction to exploring how partnerships in different educational contexts are framed, organised and led. Whilst the four projects vary in purpose, organisation and outcomes, the roles and actions of leaders are equally significant. In Norway, research was conducted on partnerships for improvement between underperforming municipalities, a county governor and two universities. Findings suggest that although an egalitarian approach was mandated, there were considerable barriers. In Sweden, findings from researching a partnership between a university and a network of schools indicate two key aspects of leading partnerships: the need to lead for unpredictability, and how partnerships enable leaders to expand their understandings and practices of leading. The first project from England is a university-school partnership in which schools are being supported to develop curricula shaped by the UN Sustainable Development Goals. This project reveals the efforts of leaders navigating tensions between moral obligations and the limitations of compliance. The second project from England is a case study of eight partnerships in different regions, demonstrating the importance of contextual factors in the framing and practice of leading partnerships. The diversity in experiences and understandings presented reflect and highlight the complex nature of partnerships. The projects provide rich ground on which to develop critical perspectives and further thinking about the roles and significance of leaders in partnerships. References Bernay, R., Stringer, P., Milne, J., & Jhagroo, J. (2020). Three models of effective school–university partnerships. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 55, 133-148. Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation.Journal of Educational Research, 100(4), 204-210. Lasker, R. D., & Weiss, E. S. (2003). Creating partnership synergy: the critical role of community stakeholders. Journal of health and human services administration, 119-139. Lefever-Davis, S., Johnson, C., & Pearman, C. (2007). Two sides of a partnership: Egalitarianism and empowerment in school-university partnerships. The Journal of Educational Research, 100(4), 204-210. Tomlinson, F. (2005). Idealistic and pragmatic versions of the discourse of partnership. Organization Studies, 26(8), 1169-1188. Valli, L., Stefanski, A., & Jacobson, R. (2018) School-community partnership models: implications for leadership, International Journal of Leadership in Education, 21(1), 31-49. Walsh, M. E., & Backe, S. (2013). School–university partnerships: Reflections and opportunities. Peabody Journal of Education, 88(5), 594-607. Presentations of the Symposium WITHDRAWN The Need for Shared Leadership for Climate Change and Sustainability Education in English Schools
Time is running out to ensure a habitable planet for our children. The UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) set out principles and pathways but because governments aren’t yet doing enough, the Secretary-General has called for urgent, worldwide public action ‘to generate an unstoppable movement pushing for the required transformations’ (Guterres, António 2019).
Schools have a moral duty to take a lead but many school leaders in England feel isolated, overburdened by systemic pressure for competitive performance, and torn between conflicting moral and professional priorities (Hammersley-Fletcher 2015; Variyan and Gobby 2022). Some, however, are overcoming these barriers by using the SDGs as a framework to reshape their core mission and curricula, motivating and enabling children to thrive in the present through addressing the threats to their future (Bourn and Hatley 2022). Other schools, led by passionate headteachers with a background in environmental activism, are bringing lasting transformation to their schools by reorienting and integrating priorities to make sustainability their baseline rather than an additional aim; this often requires the courage and experience to ‘game the sytem’ where national policy doesn’t sufficiently prioritise sustanability education (Dixon 2022). These exceptional schools cannot change wider policy and practice alone – but by connecting with others, and with strategic support, they could share powerful examples, generate hope and exert significant pressure on policy.
Equally important is the need to support schools without exceptional, visionary leadership in CCSE. In this symposium paper, we will present our findings from interviews with 10 headteachers from English schools on their engagement with Climate Change and Sustainability Education (CCSE) (Higham, Kitson and Sharp, forthcoming), and report on our ongoing work with sustainability lead teachers in a network of 10 schools. We will illustrate the moral and professional tensions headteachers feel, and the forms of defensive compliance to which it drives them in justifying the sincere but limited and piecemeal approaches to CCSE in their schools. For example, will highlight the gap between their recognition of the need for cultural change and cross-curricular integration and the current distribution of CCSE into a few subject areas and initiatives. We will then outline how sustainability leads have so far collaborated, with our support, to build morale and share ideas and best practice in order to try to build leadership for change from below.
References:
Bourn, Douglas, and Jenny Hatley. 2022. ‘Target 4.7 of the Sustainable Development Goals: Evidence in Schools in England’.
Dixon, David. 2022. Leadership for Sustainability: Saving the Planet One School at a Time. Crown House Publishing Ltd.
Guterres, António. 2019. ‘Remarks to High-Level Political Forum on Sustainable Development’. Presented at the UN SDG Summit, New York, NY, September. https://www.un.org/sg/en/content/sg/speeches/2019-09-24/remarks-high-level-political-sustainable-development-forum.
Hammersley-Fletcher, Linda. 2015. ‘Value(s)-Driven Decision-Making: The Ethics Work of English Headteachers within Discourses of Constraint’. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 43 (2): 198–213. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213494887.
Variyan, George, and Brad Gobby. 2022. ‘“The Least We Could Do”?: Troubling School Leaders’ Responses to the School Strikes for Climate in Australia’. Journal of Educational Administration and History, December, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2022.2153110.
Moving Beyond Internal Affairs - Sensemaking of Principals’ Leadership Practices in Collaboration for School Improvement in Sweden
An emerging body of research shows that external support and partnerships with different actors in the surrounding community can support schools in their school improvement work and strengthen the school’s improvement capacity (Muijs et al., 2011). School leaders are vital in this work (Huber & Muijs, 2010; Sun et al., 2017). In this study, the intention is to deepen understandings of how principal leadership practices are constructed in collaborations beyond the school. Furthermore, how they relate to capacity building and school improvement at the local school level in a Swedish context.
The main theoretical perspectives guiding the analysis of this study are an institutional perspective on the school as an organisation and a sensemaking perspective on principals’ and teachers’ construction of the meaning of the principals’ leadership practices.
A qualitative case study design (Yin, 2011) with a purposive sampling method was used in this study, in which schools working with collaborations beyond the school within the local community in the framework of a collaborative improvement project were examined. Data was collected for three years and consisted of semi-structured individual and group interviews with principals and teachers at three schools. Qualitative content analysis was used (Miles et al., 2014).
This study identifies key dimensions of principals’ practice: building professional capacity, fostering a supportive learning organization, and engaging actively in beyond-school collaborations. Principals co-created these collaborations, aligning them with schools' needs and establishing mutual goals. The principals’ roles in communicating school needs contributed to mutual trust and shared focus on improvement within the partnerships. External actors, acting as critical friends, played a pivotal role in shaping leadership practices and providing essential support.
The research-based approach to working in partnership widened principals' views on educational leadership, fostering a qualitative shift in their reasoning about school development and leadership. External support, particularly through beyond-school collaborations, strengthened their formal leadership roles and professional practices. The study also revealed challenges such as time constraints, staff issues, conflicts, and turnovers affecting beyond-school collaborations. Principals’ practices raised awareness of these issues in partnerships, whilst also demonstrating how they might be navigated successfully. Collaboration beyond school not only supported distributed leadership but also encouraged teacher involvement, fostering collective responsibility for school development.
References:
Huber, S. G., and D. Muijs. 2010. “School leadership-international perspectives.” School leadership effectiveness: The growing insight into the importance of school leadership for the quality and development of schools and their pupils 10: 57–77.
Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M. and Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook, Sage, Los Angeles, CA.
Muijs, D., Ainscow, M., Chapman, C., & West, M. (2011). Collaboration and Networking in Education. Springer Science+Business Media B.V.
Sun, Jingping, Pollock, Katina & Leithwood, Kenneth A. (2017). How School Leaders Contribute to Student Success: The Four Paths Framework [Elektronisk resurs]. Springer
Yin, R.K. (2011). Qualitative Research from Start to Finish, The Guilford Press, New York, NY.
Opportunities and Dilemmas in Longitudinal Partnerships for Continuous School Development
This contribution explores the potential for co-created development of organisational learning, leadership development and student learning based on collaborative partnerships between municipalities, universities, and the county governor. The partnerships in this study (project abbreviation: FUS) were initiated and funded by The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, with the intention to raise achievement in underperforming municipalities during a period of three years. The research presented contributes to understandings of how universities, county governors, and municipalities may establish and sustain equitable partnerships, with a particular focus on the significance of leaders. The main research question was: How might equal partnership between universities, county governors, and municipalities lead to continuous development in the education sector?
This study draws from the existing field of organisational and leadership research regarding national/local educational policy (English, 2011; Townsend & MacBeath, 2011), partnerships (Bradbury & Acquaro, 2022) and school development and capacity building in the educational sector (Fullan & Quinn, 2016). The overall research approach is designed as a qualitative case study (Creswell, 2013; Silverman, 2013).
The data consists of 14 semi-structured interviews in total, taking place in 2023-2024, after the FUS-partnership was concluded. We interviewed advisors from universities and educational leaders at both municipality and school levels. Thematic analysis (Maguire & Delahunt, 2017) was deployed, with focal points being: understandings of intentions, competence development, organisational collaboration and capacity building.
Respondents experienced learning whilst participating in the partnerships and were able to develop new understandings of each other's contexts and needs. There were, however, significant issues with continuity and communication. Turnover and unexpected challenges created uncertainty and frustration. Preliminary findings indicate that rather than rigorous planning and rigid structures, successful collaboration depends on leaders in the partner organisations jointly driving development processes which reflect the dynamic and complex nature of educational contexts. Furthermore, that there is the need for a clear focus on developing flexible organisational structures which support, rather than hinder the need to work responsively.
There is limited knowledge of how universities, county governors, and municipalities may establish and sustain longitudinal and equitable partnerships. This research has brought to light a crucial set of experiences that, in turn, highlight the importance of establishing equality and mutual respect and responsibility in partnerships. We see the need for commitment within and between the partnership's participants, both in terms of investments of time and resources and in developing a shared understanding of values and intentions.
References:
Bradbury, O. J., & Acquaro, D. (2022). School-university partnerships : innovation in initial teacher education. Springer.
English, F. W. (2011). The SAGE handbook of educational leadership : advances in theory, research, and practice (2nd ed. ed.). Sage.
Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (1994). Interviewing - The Art of Science. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research. Sage.
Fullan, M., & Quinn, J. (2016). Coherence: The Right Drivers in Action for Schools, Districts, and Systems. Teacher (Halifax), 54(5), 6.
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interview : introduktion til et håndværk (2. udg. ed.). Hans Reitzel.
Maguire, M., & Delahunt, B. (2017). Doing a thematic analysis: A practical, step-by-step guide for learning and teaching scholars. All Ireland Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 9(3), 14.
Mikecz, R. (2012). Interviewing elites: addressing methodological issues. Qualitative Inquiry, 18(6), 482-493.
Townsend, T., & MacBeath, J. (2011). International Handbook of Leadership for Learning (Vol. 25). Springer.
UDIR. (2014). Kravspesifikasjon for Nasjonal rektorutdanning [Qualification criteria for the national post graduate education programme for educational leaders]. Oslo: The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training
Area-based School Partnerships and Equity: Why Context Matters
Two significant strands of education-policy reform dominate the English system: an emphasis on the power of market forces to facilitate school improvement and the development of new governance structures that may not be based around traditional localities (Author, 2020). These policy moves are both positioning schools in a competitive market and loosening the links between schools and their local communities. In this context, new forms of area-based partnerships have emerged, where schools are encouraged to work together with neighbouring schools and community partners (Author, 2018).
In this paper, we report on the Area-Based Partnerships Project (ABPP), which investigates examples of collaborative working in eight regions in England. Our case-study research is framed by the following questions: What are the conditions that facilitate the establishment and sustainability of area-based school partnerships? What are the features and benefits of these partnerships? What barriers do they face? And, what are the implications for effective forms of local coordination within education systems?
A multiple case study design was adopted encompassing eight area partnerships located in different regions in England. Data were generated through documentary analysis followed by interviews and focus-group seminars with key actors, including governors and Trust members, Chief Executive Officers, local- (district) authority representatives and school principals.
Key factors underpinning the purposefulness of such partnerships, include the establishment of professional networks, often led by experienced school leaders; the contribution of local-authority officers; a commitment to collaborative working; and a clearly-articulated statement of principles. Our findings underline the importance of contextual factors in shaping area-based cooperation. In particular, how the historical, political, and cultural characteristics of a locality shape how and why the partnerships evolved, and the extent to which they can be seen as purposeful and sustainable. We argue that these are crucial factors that need to be acknowledged, understood, and accounted for in addressing social justice within education and wider society (see also Kerr et al, 2014).
This highlights the importance of localised policy enactment (Braun et al, 2011). Notably, these partnerships have no formal status or mandate, instead drawing their influence from soft power and the social capital of local educational leaders and professionals. While the extent to which these partnerships can be seen as ‘successful’ and sustainable is variable between regions, there are lessons we can draw from this project that will inform thinking around how school systems are structured in ways that promote equity and excellence.
References:
Author (2018) Removed for review
Author (2020) Removed for review
Braun, A., Ball, S. and Maguire, M. (2011). Policy enactments in schools introduction: towards a toolbox for theory and research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 581-583.
Kerr, K., Dyson, A. & Raffo, C. (2014). Education, disadvantage and place: Making the local matter. Bristol, UK: Policy Press.
Raffo, C., Dyson, A., Gunter, H.M., Hall, D., Jones, L. and Kalambouka, K. (2007). Education and Poverty: A Critical Review of Theory, Policy and Practice. York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation
|
15:15 - 16:45 | 26 SES 02 B: Navigating Challenge, Uncertainty, Urgency, Tension, and Complexity in School Leadership (Part 1) Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Rose Ylimaki Paper Session Part 1/3, to be continued in 26 SES 04 A |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Exploring Cooperation Amidst Challenges: A Study of Collaborative Dynamics within Schools in Challenging Circumstances Johannes Kepler University, Austria Presenting Author:This paper aims to gain longitudinal insights into the development of collaboration in school environments and asks which types of collaboration, collaborating stakeholders and effects of collaboration can be identified. Research has shown that collaboration in schools enhances school development and learning outcomes. While multiple quantitative studies already exist, this paper offers an in-depth qualitative approach through a large-scale longitudinal study at schools in challenging circumstances. Through conducting semi-structured interviews data was collected at various measurement points over a multiple-year period. 75 schools are currently participating in the study and since 2016, 659 interviews have been collected. Currently, the presented research project is at an early stage of qualitative content analysis. Therefore first, a theoretical framework will be presented that links cooperation with possible effects and school development. Second, the collaboration between principals, teachers, pedagogical staff, parents and students in the context of school environments will be outlined. In addition, collaboration with stakeholders outside of the school environment will be investigated. Third, a first typification of different forms of cooperation in school environments/between stakeholders will be reconstructed and discussed. Spieß (2004) defines collaboration from an organisational-psychological perspective as follows: "Collaboration is characterized by a reference to others, to goals or tasks to be achieved together. It is intentional, communicative, and requires trust. It presupposes a certain autonomy and is committed to the norm of reciprocity" (Spieß, 2004, p. 199). The greater independence of schools, shared goals of educational institutions, and general school development intensifies communication, making collaboration, contacts, and cooperative relationships with external stakeholders such as parents, school supervisors, school authorities, representatives of public life, the economy, public institutions, and the media more important. However, collaborative relationships become more intensive (quantitatively and qualitatively) not only outside the school but also within the school. It is essential to develop and improve collaboration within the school environment to ensure sustainable learning outcomes and school development (Huber, 2012). School management, as well as the teaching staff and the students, represent the school and thus help to strengthen the school's prestige, competitiveness and learning outcome. As part of school development, promoting collaboration among the teaching staff, the principal, the students and other pedagogical staff is crucial. Therefore, collaborative forms of work should be effectively organised. While studies about collaboration in schools already exist, this study focuses on an in-depth qualitative investigation of schools in challenging circumstances. Due to their location and the composition of their student body, these schools are exposed to difficult conditions and are particularly challenged. For example, schools in challenging circumstances have a high percentage of students from non-privileged family situations (often measured in terms of the educational and financial circumstances of the parents). These poorer socio-economic circumstances are associated with special compensatory services provided by the school. Some schools may be more challenged than others for very different reasons than other schools (Huber, 2012). These include for example low graduation rates or poorer learning outcomes (Holtappels et al., 2017). Furthermore, an accumulation of dysfunctional organisational characteristics (composition effect), which, among other things, leads to a significantly lower school quality and/or more difficult school development processes. Characterisation as a school in challenging circumstances is, however not always aligning with reduced school quality and output (Racherbäumer & van Ackeren, 2015). The central questions of the research project are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative longitudinal study examines the development of collaboration among various stakeholders in the context of school environments in Germany (75 Schools). The schools were chosen systematically in the state of North Rhine-Westphalia based on their status as schools in challenging circumstances. A biannual collection of interviews with schools, teachers, pedagogical staff, parents and students addresses the above-mentioned research questions through the analysis of individual cases and cross-case comparison. The research project includes three cohort groups G1, G2, and G3 which started in 2016, 2017 and 2018. Overall, three longitudinal datasets (t1, t2, t3) were collected as following: G1: 2016 (t1), 2018 (t2), 2023 (t3); G2: 2017 (t1), 2020 (t2), 2023 (t3) and G3: 2018 (t1), 2023 (t2). Due to the pandemic, the second wave of data collection of the set G3 (t2) has been postponed leading to an estimated inquiry of G3 (t3) in 2024. The study is still ongoing, at present, the project consists of 659 interviews of different stakeholders: t1: 321 interviews; t2: 226 interviews and t3: 112 interviews. Using a quantitative co-study with the same cohort groups, the number of interviews/schools in t2 and t3 was reduced through a “most diverse” approach based on the quantitative data output. Due to the early stage of qualitative analysis in the project, this paper will discuss the “most diverse” longitudinal cases (approx. 90 interviews) out of the presented pool of 75 schools. Given the substantial volume of data in this study, we employ systematic content analysis following the methodology outlined by Kuckartz & Rädiger (2022). Drawing inspiration from Phillip Mayring's content analysis framework, this approach diverges in its methodology. While Mayring (2015) underscores a theoretical foundation guiding content analysis, Kuckartz & Rädiger (2022) prioritize the inductive nature of analysis. Their methodology provides a nuanced exploration utilizing advanced software techniques and a specific focus on typification—a methodical search for multidimensional patterns that enhances comprehension of complex subject areas or fields of action. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Building upon the findings of this early stage qualitative project, we aim to outline valuable insights that will contribute to the formulation of recommendations tailored for both national and international schools facing challenging circumstances. The theoretical framework initially presented will serve as the basis for our recommendations, as it establishes the foundational link between cooperation dynamics and their potential impacts on school development and leadership. In extending our exploration, this paper will delve into the intricacies of collaboration not only among principals, teachers, pedagogical staff, parents, and students within school environments but also examine the collaborative efforts with stakeholders external to the school setting. Our focus on typifications of cooperation within schools and between stakeholders will be instrumental in reconstructing and discussing initial findings. The unique context of schools in challenging circumstances will underscore the critical nature of our investigation, shedding light on how collaboration unfolds in the day-to-day operations of such environments and its potential implications for successful school development and leadership. Consequently, the synthesized knowledge will pave the way for tailored recommendations aimed at enhancing collaboration practices in schools facing adversity, both on a national and international scale. References Holtappels, H. G., Webs, T., Kamarianakis, E., & Ackeren, I. van (2017). Schulen in herausfordernden Problemlagen–Typologien, Forschungsstand und Schulentwicklungsstrategien. In V. Manitius & P. Dobbelstein (Ed./Hrsg.), Schulentwicklungsarbeit in herausfordernden Lagen (S. 17 – 35). Waxmann. Huber, S.G. (Hrsg.). (2012). Failing Schools – besonders belastete Schulen. SchulVerwaltung spezial, 2. Wolters Kluwer Deutschland. Literaturverzeichnis Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (Grundlagentexte Methoden, 5. Auflage). Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa. Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken (Beltz Pädagogik, 12., überarb. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz. Racherbäumer, K., & Ackeren, I. van (2015). Was ist eine (gute) Schule in schwieriger Lage? Befunde einer Studie im kontrastiven Fallstudiendesign an Schulen in der Metropolregion Rhein-Ruhr. In L. Fölker, T. Hertel & N. Pfaff (Hrsg.), Brennpunkt(-) Schule. Zum Verhältnis von Schule, Bildung und urbaner Segregation (S. 189 – 20). Verlag Barbara Budrich. Spieß, E. (2004): Kooperation und Konflikt. In: H. Schuler (Hrsg.): Organisationspsy-chologie - Gruppe und Organisation. Göttingen: Hogrefe-Verlag (Enzyklopädie der Psychologie. Themenbereich D, Praxisgebiete, Bd. 4), S. 193–247. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Team Leadership for School Development: Navigating the Zone of Uncertainty NAU, United States of America Presenting Author:Topic In the U.S. and many other countries across the globe, we observe curriculum and evaluation policy trends toward commonality and evidence-based school reforms that suggest the need for “what works” tested with a particular set of research methods (i.e., randomized controlled trials). Yet many schools serve culturally diverse students due to global population migrations and internal demographic shifts. Additionally, educators across the globe have experienced increased effects from digitalization in the wake of the Covid 19 pandemic that forced rapid shifts to virtual education spaces, revealed disparate access to technology and the internet, and renewed dialogue about education values as well as evidence in school development amidst what we term “a zone of uncertainty” (Authors, 2021). Educational leaders, including school principals and teachers, must navigate and mediate tensions between commonality and diversity in the “zone of uncertainty”. In 2020, the U.S. demographics are increasingly racially/ethnically diverse, including 60.1% Hispanic, 18.5% Black, 12.2% Asian, 5.6%., 2.8% Mixed Race, and 0.7% Native American (U.S. Census Bureau, 2020). Currently, White people constitute the majority of the U.S. population (62%); however, the percentage is expected to fall below 50% by 2050 with Hispanic populations to experience the largest increase at 23% (Colby & Ortman, 2015). Since the 1960s, there has been a significant increase in the number and diversity of immigrants coming to the U.S. In recent years, we also observe global changes in educational policies and governance systems with increased curriculum centralization, the advent of externalized evaluation policies and the increasing scrutiny of educational organizations at all levels, particularly public schools. The most popular reason for using evidence as a basis for policymaking is that evidence provides an indicator of quality in terms of how much someone has learned or how much impact a certain educational technique has on students (Wiseman, 2010). This paper presents an historical and contemporary examination of educational tensions and dilemmas in the United States as well as findings from a school development project (Arizona Initiative for Leadership Development and Research or AZiLDR) aimed at building leadership capacity to mediate these tensions and support democratic values and outcomes for all students. Research Questions Research questions included:
Theoretical Framework: Leadership for Democratic Education and Cultural Diversity Dewey (1916, 1897) argued that the aim of education in democratic countries of the world should be the cultivation of democratic values in the minds of the children and individuals - faith in a democratic way of living, respect for the dignity of other persons, freedom, equality of opportunity, justice, faith in tolerance, faith in change, and peaceful methods and faith in cooperative living and above all fellow-feelingness. Education takes place through participation of the individual in social activities and relationships with his fellow human beings. Dewey holds that education is necessary for healthy living in the society. It gives the child social consciousness. The teachers and principal must recognize the background of the child as well as the social demands. In our school development project (AZiLDR), we recognize the importance of cultural diversity and values of democratic education. Here school members recognize conscious and unconscious biases that they bring to conversations, for example, around achievement gaps and racial inequities. In our model, therefore, we see education with (culturally responsive) pedagogical interactions and democratic interactions around evidence of outcomes as interrelated. Leadership of education so defined inspired our school development project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology Methodology featured mixed methods, including analysis of surveys, student outcomes on state tests and school letter grades, and semi-structured interviews. Over a five-year span, seventy-one Arizona schools with high percentages of student diversity and challenges with student outcomes participated in the project. Data sources included a survey, state department data on school performance on state tests, and qualitative interviews. Participants took a survey (Bennett, 2012) modified by the authors as a pre-assessment prior to the beginning of the first training, and a post-assessment at the end of the project. Using this 181-item survey, the researchers examined principals’ and teachers’ leadership knowledge and practices essential for school development, including principal-specific knowledge, skills, and practices as well as capacity for progression through school development. Further, we used the Arizona letter grades to indicate changes in outcomes for schools with differing levels of participation (full participation, partial participation, and no participation). State assessments and data were used to analyze movement of lowest quartile students, within-school gaps, and graduation rate changes, all of which impacted the state letter grade designation. Quantitative results also informed semi-structured qualitative interviews (35-40 minutes) and observation settings in schools. Interview questions featured leadership practices in relation to the three stages of school development (Leithwood, Harris, & Strauss, 2010), including levels of capacity building, collaboration, community involvement, assessment literacy, curriculum, as well as democratic education values and aims. Interviews were designed to examine participants’ (principals and teachers) understandings of turnaround stages, conceptions of leadership, and capacities. Description of AZiLDR Project. The Arizona school development project (AZiLDR) was designed to provide district and school leaders with a sustained (18-36 months) process focused on democratic and culturally responsive education and pedagogical work. The project design focused on three interrelated processes: 1) interpersonal, democratic (team member) interaction and reflection, 2) time for planning for diffusion of activities specific to the needs of each school site and 3) a research-based delivery system that models inquiry and deliberative approaches to problems of practice. Participants featured school teams, including the principal, assistant principal, coach, teacher leaders and a district representative. Teams attended ten days of face-to-face institutes as well as bi-monthly regional network meetings. Content of the institutes and regional meetings featured education and pedagogy, evidence-based decision-making, leadership team capacity and collaboration. AZiLDR faculty provided summer institutes, virtual regional meetings, and school visits for coaching and feedback. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions and Findings Project findings are promising in terms of improved academic outcomes and improved leadership capacity for democratic and culturally responsive education. In the paper, we share that 57 percent of schools showed significant improvement of student outcomes in the initial cohort, 87 percent of schools in the second cohort, and 73 percent in the third cohort. Further, qualitative findings indicated progress in leadership capacity for deliberative approaches to problems of practice and navigation of multiple influences and challenges in school development. Specifically, the paper presents findings in four main themes: 1) the importance of school culture to relationships, mediating tensions, navigating uncertainties, and democratic processes; 2) team leadership capacity for school development; 3) using data as a source of reflection and deliberative problem-solving; and 4) strengths-based approaches that support cultural diversity. As examples, one principal/superintendent of a small high school talked at length about the importance of school culture when she stated, “We really needed to work on our school culture, building trust among our team and among the faculty and then we really could see progress in our school development process.” Another principal made a representative comment about team leadership capacity, stating, “As a school team we developed focus and drive, improved teamwork, communication, and implemented strategies that delivered real improvement and growth which was seen and felt throughout our school.” The paper concludes with a discussion about implications research and leadership development amidst the zone of uncertainty. As student populations become increasingly diverse due to global population migrations and policies for curriculum and evaluation become increasingly common in addition to other rapid changes adding to uncertainty (e.g., pandemics, war), we argue that educational leaders need to be able to mediate and navigate tensions as they educate all students for an unknown future. References Authors (2021). Bennett, J. V. (2012). “Democratic” collaboration for school turnaround in Southern Arizona. International Journal of Educational Management, 26(5), 442-451. Colby, S. L., & Ortman, J. M. (2015). Projections of the size and composition of the US population: 2014 to 2060, Current Population Reports, P25-1143, US Census Bureau, Washington, DC. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy in education. New York, NY: The Free Press. Dewey, J. (1897). My pedagogic creed. In Curriculum Studies Reader Ed. 2. London, UK.: Routledge. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Strauss, T. (2010). Leading school turnaround: How successful leaders transform low-performing schools. John Wiley & Sons. U.S. Census Bureau (2020). https://www.census.gov. Wiseman, A. W. (2010). The uses of evidence for educational policymaking: Global contexts and international trends. Review of research in education, 34(1), 1-24. 127/400 words 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Environmental Crisis as an Opportunity for Change: Transforming Public School Routines and Introducing Change Following COVID-19 Pandemic. The Hebrew University, Israel Presenting Author:Theoretical framework Organizational systems strive to maintain stability assumed to decrease variance among organizational members' behaviors and promote organizational effectiveness (Liang & Fiorino, 2013). However, maintaining stability may not be an easy task when organizations encounter environmental turbulence. It creates a major source of threat to organizational stability and is considered influential on the relationship between external change, internal change, and organizational performance (Boyne & Meier, 2009). The larger the unpredictable change brought by environmental turbulence, the larger the negative effect on organizational performance (Power & Reid, 2005). Organizational routines are among the main measures organizations employ to promote stability. The repetitive nature of organizational routines allows organizational stability to develop while, at the same time, routines enable organizational members to introduce changes that increase the correspondence of their actions with the changing circumstances (Feldman & Rafaeli, 2002). When facing a turbulent and unpredictable environment, organizations may choose to stick to their existing structure and routines, hoping that this will enable them to maintain their internal stability and overcome environmental instability. Such a reaction is supported by the Structural Inertia Theory (Hannan & Freeman, 1984), arguing that maintaining existing routines is the best response to a dynamic and unpredictable environment. Alternatively, the Structural Contingency Theory advocates that organizational effectiveness may be maintained only if organizations change and adjust their routines and increase their fit to the newly created circumstances (Gordon et al., 2000). While routines guide and stabilize organizational behavior in all organizations, in some sectors, routines may have a more traditional and widespread nature. This seems to be the case of public schools, which have maintained their basic routines unchanged for decades. This feature seems to be related to the stability of schools' organizational environment characterized by state sponsorship regulations and laws (Mayer & Rowan, 1977). Consequently, domesticated organizations (Carlson, 1964) such as public schools face little pressure to change (Cuban, 2013). The arrival of the COVID-19 pandemic in early 2020 created circumstances that forced schools to change their basic and traditional routines. Many considered his event an opportunity to alter school routines and introduce deep changes in schools' traditional processes. This study attempts to assess the impact of an environmental crisis on the routines characterizing traditional institutions such as public schools. Specifically, it attempts to answer two questions: (1). what were school leaders' preferred coping strategies while attempting to establish stability for their school communities during the pandemic, and (2). to what extent they considered the extreme conditions of uncertainty and turbulence as a catalyst for altering school future routines? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method Eleven interviews were conducted with eight elementary and three high school principals leading schools in the Israeli centralized public educational system. Each interview lasted between 30 and 60 minutes. Some of the interviews were conducted virtually through Zoom software while others were conducted over the phone. Interviews were chosen as the major data collection method to enable large amounts of data about interviewees' perspectives to be collected relatively quickly and the immediate follow-up and clarification of equivocal issues to be accomplished (Taylor et al., 2015). The interviews were conducted as "in-depth," open conversations to "allow the researcher to respond to the situation at hand, to the emerging worldview of the respondent, and new ideas on the topic" (Merriam, 2009, p. 90). At the beginning of each interview, school leaders were asked to talk about their daily reality during the pandemic and its impact on their thoughts and feelings. Towards the end of each interview, the researcher asked the interviewees two questions referring to the core issues of the current study: a) What measures did you take to maintain stability in your school; and b) Following your experiences during the pandemic, are you planning to introduce changes in school and, if so, what will be their nature? Data were analyzed based on the classification of various issues mentioned by the interviewees producing a set of themes. This stage was data-driven and not theory-driven to allow direct examination of the perspectives articulated by the interviewees (Rossman & Rallis, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results School leaders shared the notion that it is impossible to maintain their typical leadership patterns in these newly created circumstances. They introduced changes in their managerial orientation in five areas: (a). They changed school priorities making the safety and health of teachers and students their priority; (b). They took measures intending to reduce stress and pressure: (c). They decreased their centralized management (d). They supported and encouraged their teachers and created a criticism-free discourse; (e). And, they attempted to avoid rumors by establishing a clear and reliable source of information for teachers, students, and parents. When asked to reflect on the future, school leaders considered the pandemic an opportunity for change and innovation. Nevertheless, all of them shared the notion that future changes in schools are likely to be minor. They provided two main arguments for that: (a). the tendency to return to previous habits and, (b). the Ministry of Education's conservativeness evident in its tendency to maintain centralized control over schools and preserve patterns that existed before the pandemic. Conclusions Although many school leaders considered the unique circumstances brought by the pandemic an opportunity for change, they shared that it would not lead to dramatic changes in school practices and routines. Now, after the pandemic is over, it seems that they were right: schools seem to act according to the guiding assumptions of the structural inertia theory returning to their traditional routines. Hence, it appears that an environmental crisis is not sufficient to change the routines of traditional institutions such as public schools. It must be followed and reinforced by the system's support evident in legislation and a significant increase in the degrees of freedom granted to school-level educators. This will allow schools to alter traditional routines and design educational processes according to the changing circumstances and local needs. References References Boyne, G. A., & Meier, K. J. (2009). Environmental turbulence, organizational stability, and public service performance. Administration & Society, 40(8), 799-824. Cuban, L. (2013). Why so many structural changes in schools and so little reform in teaching practice? Journal of Educational Administration, 51(2), 109-125. Carlson, R. O. (1964). Environmental constraints and organizational consequences: The public school and its clients. Teachers College Record, 65(10), 262-276. Feldman, M. S., & Rafaeli, A. (2002). Organizational routines as sources of connections and understandings. Journal of Management Studies, 39(3), 309-331. Gordon, S., Stewart, W., Sweo, R., & Luker, W. (2000). Convergence versus strategic reorientation: The antecedents of fast-paced organizational change. Journal of Management, 26(5), 911-945. Hannan, M., & Freeman, J. (1984). Structural inertia and organizational change. American Sociological Review, 49, 149-164. Liang, J., & Fiorino, D. J. (2013). The implications of policy stability for renewable energy innovation in the United States, 1974–2009. Policy Studies Journal 41(1), 97-118. Mayer, W. J., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutional organizations: Formal structures as myth and ceremony. American Journal of Sociology, 83(2), 340-363. Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative Research: A Guide to Design and Implementation. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Power, B., & Reid, G. (2005). Flexibility, firm-specific turbulence, and the performance of the long-lived small firm. Review of Industrial Organization, 26(4), 415-443. Rossman, G. B., & Rallis, S. F. (2012). Learning in the Field: An Introduction to Qualitative Research (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Taylor, S. J., Bogdan, R., & DeVault, M. (2015). Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods: A Guidebook and Resource. New Jersey: John Wiley and Sons. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 26 SES 02 C: Transformational and Aspiring Leadership in School Organizations Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Lawrence Drysdale Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Investigating the Effect of Transformational Leadership on Educational Outcomes: Evidence from Cyprus 1University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 2Ministry of Education, Sport and Youth Presenting Author:The effect of school leadership on educational outcomes has long attracted the attention of scholars. However, the measurement of the effects of leadership on specific educational and school outcomes has proven to be a challenge, mainly due to conceptual and methodological issues. Nevertheless, research on the topic is necessary in order to facilitate the informed adoption of leadership models and/or practices in education in that policy makers often lack the evidence that can serve as the basis for the promotion of specific approaches to leadership. Several criticisms have emerged regarding the extent to which popular leadership models are backed by sufficient evidence. Moreover, research is necessary in order to ensure that leadership models are timely and relevant to educational policy and practice as opposed to “dead ideas” still walking among us (Haslam, Alvesson & Reicher, 2024). Transformational leadership is a leadership style closely linked to a process of change, transformation, motivation and innovation in individuals and organisations. It is characterised by an explicit focus on the role of the leaders in the development of followers. Transformational leaders manage to motivate others to achieve more than originally planned or intended; they create a supportive organisational climate where individual needs and differences are acknowledged and respected (Bass, 1998). The building of trust and respect motivates followers to work for the accomplishment of shared goals. Thus, transformational leaders motivate followers to focus on the common good, through commitment to the mission and vision of the organisation. Since its emergence, transformational leadership has been investigated in fields such as psychology, business administration, sociology and education. Studies in education have examined the link between transformational leadership and specific educational outcomes (see, for example, Kilinç et al., 2022; Li & Karanxha, 2022; Polatcan, Arslan & Balci, 2021). In this context, we present the findings of two studies on the effect of transformational leadership on educational outcomes. Both studies were conducted in Cyprus using the theoretical framework of the full range model of leadership proposed by Bass and his colleagues (see, for example, Bass, & Avolio, 1994; Avolio & Bass, 2004). The first study investigates the link between transformational/transactional/passive-avoidant leadership behaviours, teachers’ perceptions of leader effectiveness and teachers’ job satisfaction (Menon, 2014). Data collected from teachers provide evidence on the extent to which transformational school leadership is linked to teacher job satisfaction. The latter is an important indicator of teacher motivation and commitment to the profession. Moreover, data on teacher perceptions can provide a more objective way of assessing school leader effectiveness in comparison to self-reported measures. The second study investigates the link between transformational and transactional school leadership, on the one hand, and teacher self-efficacy, on the other. Self-efficacy is an important variable in that, individuals with higher levels of self-efficacy are more motivated and more likely to succeed as a result. Self-efficacy beliefs are considered to be stronger than the actual abilities of individuals in determining motivation, action and accomplishment (Bandura, 1986). The findings of the two studies are linked to implications and recommendations for educational policy and practice. Moreover, the paper discusses future directions for research on transformational leadership, with reference to the limitations of transformational leadership both in terms of theoretical underpinnings and research approaches to its study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For both studies, primary data were collected through the Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire (MLQ) from public secondary school teachers in Cyprus. The MLQ was developed by Bass (1985) in order to measure transformational and transactional leader behaviour. It has been widely used to assess the component factors of the model proposed by Avolio and Bass (2004) and to investigate the nature of the relationship between transactional/transformational leadership styles and other variables. Despite several criticisms, the current version of the MLQ (Form 5X) remains the most popular instrument in research on transformational and transactional leadership. In the first study, the Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire (MLQ) was adapted to the context of Cyprus and administered to a sample of secondary school teachers. Several questions were added to the instrument in order to measure job satisfaction and perceived school leader effectiveness. The sample consisted of 438 secondary education teachers employed at 10 secondary schools in Cyprus. The 10 schools were selected to represent different regional and socioeconomic background characteristics. Thus, urban, suburban and rural schools were included in the sample. Within each school, all teachers were instructed to fill the questionnaire. In the second study, the MLQ was administered to 683 secondary education teachers employed in 32 upper secondary schools in Cyprus. Teacher self-efficacy was measured through Bandura’s Teacher Self-Efficacy Scale (Bandura, 2006), which examines the self-efficacy beliefs of teachers regarding the following: “self-efficacy to influence decision making; instructional self-efficacy; disciplinary self-efficacy; efficacy to enlist parental involvement; efficacy to enlist community involvement; efficacy to create a positive school climate.” The instrument was adapted to the educational system of Cyprus, in relation to the roles and responsibilities of school teachers. Urban, suburban and rural schools were included in the sample in an attempt to arrive at a representative sample in terms of student residence and/or socioeconomic background. Advanced methods of statistical analysis were used in both studies. These included confirmatory factor analysis and structural equation modelling. MPLUS was used for model fitting testing in the two studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main findings are presented separately for each study. In relation to the first study, the results provide support for a three-factor structure model consisting of transformational, transactional and passive-avoidant forms of leadership, representing three distinct components of leadership behaviour. Teachers’ perceptions of leader effectiveness and teachers’ overall job satisfaction were found to be significantly linked to the leadership behaviours included in the full range model of leadership. As regards the second study, the results show that transformational and transactional leadership can be combined in a second-order factor and that this factor is a strong predictor of teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs. Consequently, this study provides evidence in support of a strong link between transformational/transactional leadership and teacher self-efficacy. Moreover, based on the findings, transformational and transactional leadership appear to be interconnected. The findings are discussed in the context of previous research on the topic and implications for educational theory and practice are drawn. The significance of the findings for educational policy and practice is highlighted, while acknowledging the need for revisiting the conceptualisation and operationalisation framework associated with transformational school leadership. Overall, our findings point to the fact that transformational and transactional school leadership should be further investigated in studies of factors influencing teacher job satisfaction and teacher self-efficacy as well as additional educational variables and outcomes. Studies conducted in Cyprus can inform the European and international literature on the topic in that unlike many Western and/or European countries, Cyprus is a small country with a highly centralised education system References Avolio, B. J. & Bass, B. M. (2004). Multifactor leadership questionnaire: Third edition manual and sampler set. Menlo Park, CA: Mind Garden, Inc. Bandura, A. (1986). The explanatory and predictive scope of self-efficacy theory. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 4(3), 359-373. Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W.H. Freeman. Bandura, A. (2006). Guide for constructing self-efficacy scales. In T. Urdan & F. Pajares (Eds.), Self-efficacy beliefs of adolescents (pp. 307-337). Greenwich, Connecticut: Information Age Publishing. Bass, B. M. (1998). Transformational leadership: Industry, military, and educational impact. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Bass, B. M. & Avolio, B. J. (1994). Improving organizational effectiveness through transformational leadership. Sage. Haslam, A.S., Alvesson, M. & Reicher, S.D. (2024). Zombie leadership: Dead ideas that still walk among us. Leadership Quarterly 1048-9843: 101770 doi:/10.1016/j.leaqua.2023.101770 Kilinç A. C., Polatcan M., Savaş G., & Er E. (2022). How transformational leadership influences teachers’ commitment and innovative practices: Understanding the moderating role of trust in principal. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership. doi: /10.1177/17411432221082803 Li Y., & Karanxha Z. (2022). Literature review of transformational school leadership: Models and effects on student achievement (2006-2019). Educational Management Administration & Leadership. doi: 10.1177/17411432221077157 Menon Eliophotou, M. (2014). The relationship between transformational leadership, perceived leader effectiveness and teacher job satisfaction. Journal of Educational Administration, 52(4), 509-528. doi: /10.1108/JEA-01-2013-0014 Polatcan, M., Arslan, P., & Balci, A. (2021). The mediating effect of teacher self-efficacy regarding the relationship between transformational school leadership and teacher agency. Educational Studies. doi: 10.1080/03055698.2021.1894549 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Principals’ Capability to Initiate and Implement Innovation and Change for School Improvement- Findings from ISSPP Case Studies in Australia. Faculty of Education, University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:This proposal focuses on principals’ capability to successfully initiate and implement innovation and change within the context of their schools. It draws on findings from 20 years of research from Australian case studies that focus on successful school leadership as part of the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) and follows ISSPP methodology protocols. Twenty years of research have produced many key findings that show how successful principals lead and manage their schools. In this proposal we will focus on one key finding- strategies for leading innovation and change. The OECD (2019) defines innovation in education as a significant change in selected educational practice. Innovation and change are interrelated concepts (Barsh, et al., 2008). Innovation is the idea, vision, strategy that prompts change while change is the action of brings that innovation to life. Both innovation and change are essential for organizations to adapt and thrive. Overall principals struggle to implement change effectively. McKinsey surveys show that up to 70% of change programs fail in some way (Bucy et al., 2021). An underlying difficulty is that change is a process and not an event. Sometimes the process is non-linear. Human factors that are barriers include lack of buy-in, resistance to change, poor communication, lack of commitment, unclear goals, inadequate planning and resources, poor collaborative culture, and external factors beyond the leader’s control (Fullan, 2005; Hallinger, 2010; Hall and Horde, 2006, Wise. 2015). The literature includes various strategies to promote change: skills in communicating a clear and compelling vision (Erickson, 2015); morale purpose (Fullan, 2001); engagement and empowerment (Moss Kanter, 2015); providing resources, time and space, (DuFour & Marzano, 2009); building capacity (Seashore-Lewis, 2009); systematic planning for change (Kotter, 2007); addressing individual concerns (Hall, & Hord, 2006), and monitoring and evaluating the innovation through data and evidence. For our study we have explored different types of innovation as a guide to categorization of our case studies. This was to evaluate the kinds of strategies used by principals depending on the kind of change. Porter (1985) identified continuous (incremental) and discontinuous (radical) innovation as typologies. Tushman and Anderson (1986) referred to incremental and breakthrough innovation. Henderson and Clark (1990) defined four types of innovation as incremental, radical, architectural and disruptive. Christensen et al. (2018) showed the difference between sustaining and disruptive innovation. McKinsey initiated the 3-Horizons framework which outlined three growth patterns, each building on the other: core innovation, adjacent innovation (seeking opportunities for growth) and transformational innovation (Coley, 2009). Dodgson et al. (2008) conceived four types of innovation as proactive, active, reactive, and passive. Kalback (2012) distinguished four types of innovation based on levels of technology progress and market impact. These were incremental, disruptive, breakthrough and game changer. Satell (2015) categorized four types of innovation as basic research, disruptive, breakthrough and sustaining innovation. Each of these previous frameworks influenced our classification of innovation. We identified three categories: incremental, transformational, and disruptive. We based this on the framework of Mayo and Nohria [2005) who identified three archetypes of leadership: (1) entrepreneurs, who were ahead of their time and were not constrained by their environment and often able to overcome almost impossible barriers and challenges to find or do something new; (2) managers, who were skilled at understanding and exploiting their context and grew their business accordingly; (3) leaders, who confronted change and saw potential in their business that others failed to see. Entrepreneurs create new businesses, managers grow and optimize them, and leaders transform them at critical inflection points. The entrepreneurs closely align with the disruptive leaders, the leaders with the transformative leaders, and the managers with the incremental leaders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research question was to identify the principals’ capability to successfully initiate and implement innovation and change based on the context and type of change in their schools. The Australian research covered over 20 years of research. It included cases Australian case studies that focus on successful school leadership as part of the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) and follows ISSPP methodology protocols. Schools and principals chosen for this study had to be able to show that the school had been successful during the period of the current principal and that the principal was acknowledged as being successful. Whenever possible, selection was based on evidence of student achievement beyond expectations on state/national tests, principals' exemplary reputations in the community and/or school system, and other indicators of success that were site-specific (such as favourable school review reports). For this research proposal we draw on eighteen Victorian multiple perspective case studies of successful primary, secondary and special school principals. At each school, data collected included interviews with the principal, senior teachers, teachers, students, parents and school council members and document analysis. The case studies cover government, Catholic and independent schools. The research focused on successful school leadership rather than effective schools. Successful school leadership includes a wide range of student and school outcomes rather than a narrow range of student academic achievements. We explored the eighteen principals’ capacity to initiate and implement change by classifying our case studies into three levels of innovation. Principals were identified as either using incremental, transformational, or disruptive practices to lead innovation. Principals that attempted to consolidate school improvement through incremental change and embedding the change into teaching and learning were categorised as ‘incremental’. Leaders in the schools in the ‘transformational’ change category used leadership practices that were mildly disruptive. The change was strategic and focused on individual, professional, organisational, and community capacity building strategies. School improvement interventions were centred on school and community needs and priorities. They were able to build professional development and appraisal; set priorities based on data about performance; and communicate purpose, process and performance. Schools in the disruptive category witnessed a dynamic change. Principals in this category transformed almost every aspect of the school. Six schools had principals who illustrated incremental innovative practices, three schools demonstrated transformational practices, and five schools where leadership practices were disruptive. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research findings demonstrated that successful principals demonstrated a range of leadership styles, key behaviours and strategic interventions that helped them initiate and implement innovation and change for school improvement. The case study principals in were able to understand and effectively work within a complex set of contextual layers that encompassed their work environment. We found that our successful principals were less constrained by context and able to work within and across constraints. All the principals were able to lead change by innovating for school improvement. We identified seven disruptive practices that characterise these principals’ relentless orientation to change. We found that leaders in the disruptive category challenged the status quo and existing patterns; changed the direction of the school; transformed all aspects of the school including philosophy, policies, structures, processes and roles; took a long-term perspective but were keen to get short-term results; challenged current pedagogical practices and championed a preferred model; influenced change of behaviour, values and assumptions, and shifted the organisational culture; and, were prepared to change staff to suit school directions. Leaders in the transformation category used many of these seven practices but not all the practices. They were strategic in their approach and focused on capacity building. Leaders in the incremental category used some of these practices. An important outcome is that all these principals were successful. There was no best approach to initiating and implementing change. Context was certainly a major factor in determining the approach and change strategy. In challenging circumstances more disruptive practices appeared to work well. However, there was circumstances that ensured that the principal work more incrementally toward improvement. Another factor was that successful principals bring their own leadership style, qualities and dispositions that help determine their success. The findings are supportive of the conference theme on innovation and hope. References Barsh, J. Capozzi, M. M Davidson, J. (2008) Leadership and Innovation McKinsey Quarterly Jan 2008. Bucy, M, Schaninger, Van Akin, K., Weddle, B. (2021)) Losing from day one, McKinsey Quarterly Christensen, C.M., McDonald, R., Altman, E.J. and Palmer, J.E. (2018), Disruptive Innovation: An Intellectual History and Directions for Future Research. Journal of Management. Studies, 55: 1043-1078. https://doi.org/10.1111/joms.12349 Coley, S. (2009) Enduring Ideas: The three horizons of growth, McKinsey Quarterly Dec AUTHORS (2017) Rebuilding schools through disruptive innovation and leadership. In Proceedings of the University Colleges of Educational Administration Conference, Denver, CO, USA, 15–19 November 2017 DuFour, R., & Marzano, R.J. (2009). High-leverage strategies for principal leadership. Educational Leadership, 66(5), 62-67 Erickson III, L T, (2015) Principals' Experiences Initiating, Implementing, and Sustaining Change Within Their School, Walden Dissertations and Doctoral Studies. 1495. https://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/dissertations/1495 Fullan, M. (2001). Leading in a culture of change. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass Fullan. M (Ed.), (2009) The challenge of school change (pp. 235-254). Arlington Heights, Illinois: IRI/Skylight Training and Publishing Hall, G. E., & Hord, S. M. (2006). Implementing change: Patterns, principles, and potholes (2nd Ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson. Hallinger, P. (2010). Leading Educational Change: Reflections on the practice of instructional and transformational leaders. Cambridge Journal of Education, 33(3), 329-352. Henderson, R & Clark, K. (1990) Architectural Innovation: The Reconfiguration of Existing Product Technologies and the Failure to Established Firms, Administrative Science Quarterly, Administrative Science Quarterly, 35, 9-30. http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/2393549 Kotter, J. (2007). Leading change: Why transformation efforts fail. Harvard Business Review, 85(1), 96-103 Mayo, A.; Nohria, N. (2005) Zeitgeist Leadership. Harvard. Business. Review. 83, 45–60. Moss Kanter, R (2016) Principals as Innovators: Identifying Fundamental Skill for Leadership for Change in Public Schools, Public Education Leadership Project at Harvard University OECD (2019) (Measuring innovation in education OECD) Porter, M. E. (1985)The Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior Performance. NY: Free Press, (Republished with a new introduction, 1998.) Seashore, K. R. (2009). Leadership and change in schools: Personal reflections over the last 30 years. Journal of Educational Change, 10(2-3), 129-140 Tushman, Michael, and Philip Anderson. (1986) Technological Discontinuities and Organizational Environments. Administrative Science Quarterly 31(3) 439–465. Wise, D (2015) Emerging Challenges Facing School Principals, Education Leadership Review, (16(2) National Council of Professors of Educational Administration 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Reimagining the Future: Transformative and Inclusive Leadership Imperatives for Indigenous Education University of Queensland Presenting Author:Educational success is critical to accessing life opportunities. In Australia, the educational success rates for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander young peoples are significantly lower compared to their non-Indigenous peers. Research within academic literature and policy of ‘Indigenous Education’ and ‘excellence’ in education (Shay, et.al, 2020) are terms that are emerging from Indigenous communities across Australia as mechanism to redress the deficit thinking towards Indigenous education. On the other hand, whilst current strategies in Indigenous education in Australia have replaced past policies, the education system continues to fail Indigenous young peoples with culturally relevant education and continues to position such disadvantage as part of Indigeneity in Australia (Morrison et al., 2019). The continued educational achievement gap confronting Indigenous learners in Australia spotlights the pressing need to cultivate school leaders who can champion systemic change through visionary, transformative, and culturally inclusive leadership. The challenge of catering to a diversified population with the example of Indigenous students in Australia, has application not only to the European context, but diversified populations more broadly across the globe. With mass migration, global pandemics, and war the ability for different groups to maintain their identity and co-exist with different groups in a diversified population continues to be a challenge for educators, but more-so educational leaders leading their school communities. Likewise in the European context, and more globally it is critical to address the contexts and conditions that results in segregation and discriminatory attitudes, which inevitably leads to inequitable educational opportunities and unfair outcomes for marginalised groups. There is a critical need to emphasize the key leadership capabilities (transformation, vision, cultural inclusion) required to address equity issues in schools, particularly leaders who can drive systemic reform to improve Indigenous education in Australia. It is vital for educational leaders to create school environments that harness strengths- based approaches (Perso, 2012) and are built into existing school policies and practices, that will make an intentional difference to the outcomes of Indigenous students (Hameed et al., 2021; Netolicky & Golledge, 2021). Culturally responsive leaders build their communities to value students’ existing strengths and accomplishments, supporting students and developing them further in learning and most importantly respecting and valuing the unique identity of each child (Gay, 2000). This paper explores inclusive school leadership approaches that constitute excellence in Indigenous education (Shay et, al, 2021). Using an Indigenist lens, it discusses culturally responsive practices in school leadership that create safe learning environments in Indigenous education. It explores the practical application of inclusive school leadership approaches that harness culturally responsive pedagogical practices and values all students and the contributions and attributes that they bring to their schooling experience (Hameed et al., 2021). As we interrogated the concept of inclusive leadership in Indigenous education, the following research questions were used to study participants’ conceptualization and enactment of inclusivity at school level: How do school leaders and administrators within Indigenous educational contexts conceptualize and enact inclusive leadership excellence? Sub-questions: How do participants define “inclusive leadership” and its connection to ideals of excellence in Indigenous education settings? What overlaps or divergence exist between Western notions of inclusive leadership and Indigenous paradigms? What leadership practices, policies, and relationships do participants identify as exemplifying inclusive leadership excellence aligned to community values? How are families and community members positioned? An integral aspect of the study is in examining the systemic and institutional barriers that perpetuate inequities within Indigenous educational leadership. This includes analyzing how leaders evaluate effectiveness and success of inclusion efforts given systemic constraints. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The theoretical lens underpinning this study is based on the principles of Rigney’s (2001) Indigenous Standpoint Theory (IST) of political integrity, resistance as the emancipatory imperative, and privileging Indigenous voices in the research. The study is conceptually framed to ensure the perspective and voices of Indigenous participants to understand what inclusive leadership that uses culturally responsive practices to share what excellence is or what it could be. The analysis foregrounds the voices of Indigenous people and perspectives in the research design using Indigenist research principles of IST. The study adopts a qualitative approach using case study methodology. Qualitative data was collected using various means: Story-telling ground in Indigenous ways of knowing, being and doing that enables the capacity to include all actors within the story, including non-Indigenous participants (Denzin and Lincoln, 2017). Semi-structured interviews or yarning using questions to direct the yarning (defining excellence; examples of excellence, factors that support excellence) Story boarding method as collaborative yarning methodology that aligns with the principles of ethical research in Indigenous contexts (Shay, 2017). It uses semi-structured interviews or yarning and storyboarding as a method to engage the voices and lived experiences of participants to better understand the role of culturally responsive pedagogies in inclusive school leadership practices in defining, examples and factors that support excellence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Inclusive leadership that used culturally responsive pedagogical practice emerged through three common themes. These common themes emerged across the collaborative yarning sessions were the need for schools to nurture and affirm culture and identity, building up young people through celebrating successes; and, building a culture of inclusivity and belonging. It was also noted that school leaders that enable these culturally responsive practices are more likely to shift whole school cultures. A key finding in the study also highlights the important role that school leaders play in ensuring inclusive leadership practices. Findings from the literature and the empirical research conducted, conclude that there is a need for school leaders to be cognisant in the provision of conducive school environments that respect and value the richness of Indigenous knowledges, having high expectations of Indigenous students and their achievements, and utilise culturally responsive pedagogical practices that builds the school culture and enhances learning not only for Indigenous students, but for all students. Realizing inclusive leadership excellence requires actively addressing historic and present marginalization. The study centers participants’ perspectives on navigating systemic injustice as well as their visions for liberation through transformational, equity-driven leadership praxis within their schools. Overall, centering systemic equity within inclusive leadership research helps strengthen both theoretical insight and leadership competence towards socially just schools. References Bolman, L. G., Johnson, S. M., Murphy, J. T. & Weiss, C. H. (1990). Re-thinking School Leadership: An Agenda for Research and Reform. Cambridge, MA: National Center for Educational Leadership. Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The impact of leadership on student outcomes: how successful school leaders use transformational and instructional strategies to make a difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(2), 221-258. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2017). The Sage handbook of qualitative research. 5. Gay, G. (2000). Culturally responsive schooling: theory, research, and practice. Teachers College Press, N.Y. Hameed, S., Shay, M., & Miller, J. (2021). 'Deadly leadership' in the pursuit of Indigenous education excellence. In Future Alternatives for Educational Leadership: Diversity, Inclusion, Equity and Democracy (pp. 93-110). https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003131496-10 Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2019). Seven Strong Claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077 Lester, J., & Munns, G. (2011). Closing the gap. In Craven, R. G. (2011). Why teach Aboriginal studies. Teaching Aboriginal studies: A practical resource for primary and secondary teaching, 1-21. Morrison, A., Rigney, L.-I., Hattam, R., & Diplock, A. (2019). Toward an Australian culturally responsive pedagogy: A narrative review of the literature. University of South Australia. Netolicky, D. M., & Golledge, C. (2021). Future Alternatives for Educational Leadership: Diversity, Inclusion, Equity and Democracy. In (pp. 38-53). https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003131496-5 Perso, T. (2012). Cultural responsiveness and school education with particular focus on Australia's first peoples: a review & synthesis of the literature. Menzies School of Health Research. Rigney, L. I. (2001). A first perspective of Indigenous Australian participation in science: Framing Indigenous research towards Indigenous Australian intellectual sovereignty Shay, M. (2017). Counter stories: Developing Indigenist research methodologies to capture the voices of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander staff in flexi school contexts Queensland University of Technology]. Shay, M. (2018). Leadership in Flexi schools: issues of race and racism in Australia. Shay, M. (2021). Extending the yarning yarn: Collaborative Yarning Methodology for ethical Indigenist education research. Australian Journal of Indigenous Education, 50(1), 62-70. https://doi.org/10.1017/jie.2018.25 Shay, M., Armour, D., Miller, J., & Abdul Hameed, S. (2022). ‘Once students knew their identity, they excelled’: how to talk about excellence in Indigenous education. Shay, M., Sarra, G., & Woods, A. (2021). Strong identities, strong futures: Indigenous identities and wellbeing in schools. In Indigenous Education in Australia (pp. 63-75). Routledge. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Testimonios for Transformative Learning: Developing Equity-Centered Leaders for Schools University of Texas at San Ant, United States of America Presenting Author:The USLC at the University of Texas-San Antonio is a unique principal preparation program that focuses on preparing aspiring school principals to become transformational leaders who can work in diverse, ambiguous and challenging school contexts (Garza & Merchant, 2009; Merchant & Garza, 2015). Originating in a partnership with San Antonio Independent School District, now in its 11th cohort, the USLC model established new partnerships. This new program, USLC-South Bexar (USLC-SB), is in its fourth cohort, working to prepare school leaders for small districts in urban settings. A vital feature of the USLC is the leadership from its core faculty, former school principals, and district administrators who bring heuristic knowledge in preparing and developing school leaders for social justice. This collaborative and collective partnership was significantly enhanced with the recent award of a multi-million-dollar grant from the Wallace Foundation, the Equity-Centered Principal Initiative. The collaborative has been nurtured, sustained, and studied for the past twenty years with unconditional support from the former and present district superintendents as well as the dean of the college of education and human development (Murakami-Ramalho, Garza, & Merchant, 2009). A constructivist theoretical approach drives teaching and learning in this program. In a constructivist classroom, students and faculty engage in critical reflection, individually and collectively (Merchant & Garza, 2015). Coupled with constructivist learning theory, the Pedagogy of Collective Critical Consciousness (Garza, 2015) engages masters students deeply in collective learning activities, including shared critical reflection, written autoethnographies, digital life stories, community engagement projects, equity audits, and ultimately, the implementation of praxis (Freire, 2000). As co-constructors of knowledge, students, and faculty are both teachers and learners.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Embracing a bricolage approach, we grounded this study following Anzaldúa’s (1990) words, “by bringing in our own approaches and methodologies, we transform that theorizing space (p. xxv) to better understand how the program has influenced the students and professors in this innovative program. As such, in order to seek the insights from the experiences of our alumni and current students of this innovative program, several theoretical approaches were considered to highlight the collaborative lived experiences to include, social justice (Marshall & Oliva, 2006), and critical theory (Freire, 1993; Santamaria, 2013). Using testimonios (Anzaldúa, 2002) as a methodological approach, will help create salient depictions of experiences, identities, and new ways of knowing that center of culture and identity. A testimonio is viewed as a verbal journey (authentic narrative) of one’s life with a focus on the effect of injustice (Reyes & Rodriguez, 2012). As such, the testimonios of 36 students will offer a language of hope and insights into the ability of schools to promote equity, consciousness, and agency. During this session, we will engage in a presentation of testimonios about their lived experiences in the program. A theory in the flesh means one where the physical realities of our lives; our skin color, the land or concrete we grew up on, our sexual longings all fuse to create a politic born out of necessity. Here, we attempt to bridge the contradictions of our experience. (Moraga & Anzaldúa, 1981, p. 23) This study focuses on twenty students from a large urban school district in South Texas, and the faculty from the preparation program. Through their stories, they share how their lived experiences translated and influenced to the strategies necessary to meet the needs of highly diverse inner-city communities. These testimonios served as the leadership development to better understand how lived experiences influence and shape leadership identity. As such, the paper aims to highlight how a “different” model of leadership development advances interactive transformation for students to practice in urban schools where the student population is diverse, but predominantly Latino. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is important because we offer an alternative model to leadership preparation that aligns with the conference theme of, Education in an Age of Uncertainty: Memory and Hope for the Future, as it voices the lives of aspiring leaders. The ULSC preparation program adds depth and richness about how leaders learn best and apply their learning to their school settings. For instance, using their own voices and means for expressing their learning, this paper acknowledges one of the often-overlooked “faces” in our field —learners who have themselves experienced racial and human rights injustices. Furthermore, their concerns with equity and social justice, especially for underserved groups of children, are an absolute commitment and concern of the school leaders. Leadership preparation programs can make a difference in the lives of all school children. In that case, exploring the issues that will emerge in this study is another step toward preparing leaders with a social conscience and a passion for justice. References Anzaldúa, G. (2002). Now let us shift…the path of conocimiento…inner work, public acts. In G. E. Anzaldúa & A. Keating (Eds.), This bridge we call home: Radical visions for transformation (pp. 540-578). New York, NY: Routledge. Cambron-McCabe, N., & McCarthy, M. M. (2005). Educating school leaders for social justice. Educational Policy, 19(1), 201-222. Garza, E. (2015, in progress). The Pedagogy of Collective Critical Consciousness: The Praxis of Preparing Leaders for Social Justice. Paper presented at UCEA Conference, 2015. Denver, CO. Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: NY. Continuum International Publishing Group. Freire, P. (1974). Education for critical consciousness. New York, NY: Continuum. McKenzie, K. B., & Scheurich, J. (2004). Equity traps: A useful construct for preparing principals to lead schools that are successful with racially diverse students. Educational Administration Quarterly, 40(5), 601-632. Merchant, B., & Garza, E. (2015). The Urban School Leaders Collaborative: Twelve Years of Promoting Leadership for Social Justice. Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 10(1), 39-62. Moraga, C., & Anzaldúa, G. (1981). This bridge called my back: Writings by radical women of color. New York, NY: Kitchen Table Women of Press. Ng, E. S. W. (2014). Relative deprivation, self-interest and social justice: why I do research on in- equality. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International Journal, 33(5), 429-441. doi: 10.1108/edi-07-2013-0055 Rusch, E. A. (2004). Gender and race in leadership preparation: A constrained discourse. Educational Administration Quarterly, 40(1), 14-46. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 27 SES 02 A: Teaching and Learning in (Linguistically) Diverse Contexts Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Laura Tamassia Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Engaging Reluctant Readers Mälardalen University, Sweden Presenting Author:In many European countries, reading proficiency is declining amongst children and adolescents (Mullis et al., 2023; OECD, 2023). Furthermore, almost 20 percent of young children seem to not like reading at all. There is also a wide gap between schools and students in many countries. Children from less fortunate socioeconomic backgrounds and children with migration background are disadvantaged within the educational system. Heterogenous classrooms, with great variation of students’ levels of reading proficiency and stated interest in literature, a growing number of students that lack sufficient reading skills and interest, and classrooms where most students lack both the sufficient skills and interest in reading, raises the demand on teachers to make an even greater effort than before to engage all students in school reading. This calls for further research on how engaging literature teaching can be organized. The present study interviews 15 teachers with a focus on the questions of which kind of didactic strategies or methods teachers use to engage students in school reading as well as the teachers’ views on and experiences of student engagement in school reading. The study’s aim is to contribute knowledge about engaging literature instruction for students that are unexperienced and/or unwilling readers and who seem reluctant to participate in school reading. Sweden serves as an interesting case in the study, with the purpose of highlighting trends in school reading, contributing to the fields of literature didactics as well as L1 research and practice all over Europe. Reading among Swedish adolescents seems to have declined in the past ten years, although the decline have flattened at a low level in recent years. Only 14 percent of Swedish 17–18-year-olds read daily, compared to 23 percent in 2012. There also seems to be a decline in students reporting that they enjoy reading, but at the same time the same students seem to think that they do not read enough (Andersson, 2023; Mullis et al., 2023; OECD, 2023). Sweden has also seen a decline in reading, both fiction and non-fiction, in the compulsory work in school. The proportion of students who read one full page or more during their school day has decreased significantly and students who never read fiction at all in grades 7-9 has increased from 44 percent in 2007 to 81 percent in 2017 (Vinterek et al., 2022). Moreover, an alarming trend is the increased difference in test results between Swedish speaking students and second language students and a widening school segregation that mirrors the societal segregation and socioeconomical gaps in Sweden (Mullis et al., 2023). To address the current challenges, the Swedish government has launched several efforts to support and effect school reading, such as funding and legislation to guarantee students' right to staffed school libraries (Utbildningsdepartementet, 2023), and a committee, which will propose a Swedish Literature canon to be taught in schools (Kulturdepartementet, 2023). The upcoming new syllabus for Swedish in the upper secondary school also has a stronger emphasis on reading fiction and of the esthetic experience of reading (Skolverket, 2023). This project draws on the theory of situated leaning and communities of practice developed by Lave and Wenger (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Wenger, 1998). School reading is regarded as a community of practice in its own right that does not mimic recreational reding. Furthermore, school reading is situated in educational settings thar are unique to some extent. Every school, group of subject teachers at a school and every class can be regarded as a community of practice. In line with this a qualitative focus group interview study with upper secondary teachers is carried out. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used L1 teachers at two upper secondary schools in Sweden are interviewed in focus groups of 5 – 7 participants, all in all 15 teachers. The group, or community of teachers, is more than an aggregation of individuals and therefore the group in itself is of interest. Focus group interviews have the potential to not only investigate the teachers’ personal experiences but also more general aspects of the research question (Rabiee, 2004).The question of engagement is complex as well as situated. The teachers’ views on this and on the students that are reluctant to engage might include a wide range of thoughts, opinions, attitudes, and feelings, as well as examples of more or less successful methods and strategies from daily classroom practice. Focus group interviews can show both agreement and disagreement in views and experiences amongst the teachers, which allows for background factors to be brought to the fore (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2014; Denscombe, 2017). Interviews are recorded and transcribed and then analyzed thematically according to the model for focus group interview analysis proposed by Rabiee (Rabiee, 2004). The analysis will be conducted in eight steps regarding 1) words of significance, 2) context around these words, 3) internal consistency in participants opinions and positions, 4) the frequency in how often something is expressed, 5) the emotional intensity of comments, 6) specificity of responses, 7) extensiveness of opinions in the group, and 8) the big picture that evolves from the material. Although this is a qualitative study the analytic model uses a few aspects of quantitative method since frequency and extensiveness are mapped. However, in the case of a group interview, it is relevant to take into consideration how often something is being expressed and by how many, to highlight shared interests as well as conformity and diversity within the group. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study, which is still in progress, can contribute with important teacher perspectives on student engagement in literature and school reading. The findings of the study contribute with knowledge to the field of literature didactics and will hopefully also contribute as inspiration to literature teachers at upper secondary level. Findings from the initial stages of the study points towards the following: I) Teachers are concerned with finding texts that are not too difficult to read yet complex enough to be suitable for supper secondary level Swedish. II) Teachers prefer book talks as a method of teaching and examining but struggle to find time to organize it in a way that they are satisfied with and not all students engage enthusiastically in book talks or other oral assignments. III) AI poses a challenge, both in relation to submission tasks and to the fact that resources like Chat GPT provide students with summaries and analyses of literary works. IV) The upcoming new subject syllabus for the Swedish subject occupies a lot of collegial discussions, even before it has been implemented. References Andersson, Y. (2023). Ungar & medier. S. medieråd. https://mediemyndigheten.se/rapporter-och-analyser/ungar-medier/ Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2014). InterViews: Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing. SAGE Publications. https://books.google.se/books?id=1DbFwAEACAAJ Denscombe, M. (2017). The Good Research Guide: For Small-scale Social Research Projects. Open University Press. https://books.google.se/books?id=ZU4StAEACAAJ Kulturdepartementet. (2023). Kommittédirektiv En svensk kulturkanon. Regeringskansliet. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/kommittedirektiv/2023/12/dir.-2023180 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. 1. publ. University Press. Mullis, I. V. S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K. A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://pirls2021.org/results OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I). https://doi.org/doi:https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Rabiee, F. (2004). Focus-group interview and data analysis. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, 63(4), 655-660. https://doi.org/10.1079/PNS2004399 Skolverket. (2023). Svenska Gy25. Skolverket. https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/gymnasieskolan/laroplan-program-och-amnen-i-gymnasieskolan/gymnasieprogrammen/amne?url=-996270488%2Fsyllabuscw%2Fjsp%2Fsubject.htm%3FsubjectCode%3DSVEN%26version%3D1%26tos%3Dgy&sv.url=12.5dfee44715d35a5cdfa92a3 Utbildningsdepartementet. (2023). Regeringen vill ändra skollagen så att elever ska få tillgång till bemannade skolbibliotek. Regeringskansliet. https://www.regeringen.se/pressmeddelanden/2023/09/regeringen-vill-andra-skollagen-sa-att-elever-ska-fa-tillgang-till-bemannade-skolbibliotek/ Vinterek, M., Winberg, M., Tegmark, M., Alatalo, T., & Liberg, C. (2022). The Decrease of School Related Reading in Swedish Compulsory School : Trends Between 2007 and 2017 [article]. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(1), 119-133. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1833247 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice : learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Studying Computer Science in a Third Language: Challenges and Solutions NIS in Turkestan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Nazarbayev Intellectual schools in Kazakhstan are a unique educational institution that gives learners an opportunity to study subjects in three languages. In October 2006, the President of Kazakhstan introduced the project called “Trinity of Languages”, which was seen as the major index of the competitiveness of the country. Kazakh is a state language, Russian is a language for international communication, and English is considered as a language for successful integration into global economics (Bridges, 2014). In Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, grade 11 and 12 students study several subjects in English. These subjects include Chemistry, Biology, Physics, and Computer Science. The subjects are conducted by local teachers who know English at a good level and by foreign teachers who provide support to local teachers. The given research has been conducted among grade 11 students who study Computer Science specifically in the English language. Their mother tongue is either Kazakh or Russian. English for them is considered a third language. For instance, despite their main language is Kazakh, students study some subjects in Russian. Thus, Russian is their second language. English is a third language for all school students, and they are obliged to study 4 subjects in it. Even though the tendency of studying subjects in a third language has existed for several years, there has not been much research in this field. Even De Angelis (2007) mentioned that there are studies that focus on the acquisition of the first and second languages, but the languages acquisition beyond these two are often missing. In addition, Cenoz (2011) states that acquisition of a third language is comparatively a new field of research. That is the reason why we have decided to investigate how grade 11 students study Computer Science in the English language, what challenges they face and how teachers try to overcome the identified challenges. Studying literature on this research topic has been quite challenging for us because we haven’t been able to find articles or other resources that focus on studying the subject in a third language. Most of the literature mainly focuses on teaching or acquiring the third language, but not on learning the subject in it. This made us feel confident about the novelty and significance of our research. In the school, where research has been conducted, Computer Science is taught only by a local teacher and there is no assisting native speaker teacher. In the school, there are 2 groups of grade 11 students who are taught Computer Science in English. All in all, 16 students (94% of all the students that study Computer Science in a third language) took part in the given research. All the participants participated in the research on a voluntarily basis and they were not chosen beforehand. The participants’ abilities in the subject were different. There were excellent students, good students and those who struggled with understanding the subject in a third language. The main aim of this qualitative research is to investigate the challenges of studying Computer Science in a third language and the ways students cope with them. Research questions: 1. What are the barriers to understanding Computer Science in the English language? 2. What actions do grade 11 students take to struggle with difficulties? 3. What actions should teachers take to eliminate the identified obstacles? The importance of the research: the lack of research on the process of studying Computer Science in a third language even though this tendency has taken place for several years, the opportunity of research results to give ideas to teachers about the difficulties of teaching the subjects in a third language and some possible solutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To ensure triangulation, we used three research methods: a survey, interviews and analysis of the observation of the subject teacher. The participants of the survey were grade 11 students who were involved in studying Computer Science in English. All in all, there were 16 respondents. To be sure that the survey answers are reliable, we decided to conduct three interviews with students who have different level of acquisition of the subject. The survey consisted of 10 questions, and they contained multiple choice questions. The main questions were about whether the language hinders learners from understanding the Computer Science course, which specific areas pose difficulties to them, what kind of additional helpful materials they use for better comprehension, which teaching approaches they find the most beneficial and how the teacher can help to make the learning process easy. The interview was conducted with 5 students. The questions were focused at identifying what language difficulties grade 11 students experience when studying Computer Science in a third language, which language (native/English) they would prefer, how the teacher can help them for better understanding of the subject, what steps they make to help themselves, and their thoughts about whether it is beneficial to study Computer Science in the English language. The third research method was to analyze the observation sheets of the subject teacher. There is one subject teacher who teaches Computer Science to both groups of students. The teacher’s observation was made between September and December. While observation the teacher tried to identify the barriers to understanding the subject, which were poor knowledge of the language including vocabulary, speaking and expressing opinions, inappropriate level of listening and reading skills. Reading skills are closely connected with vocabulary, and there were 8 students who struggled with understanding the material because of lack of vocabulary. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 8 survey respondents admitted they have difficulties in understanding Computer Science in a third language, while 3 interviewees out of 5 held the same opinion. The survey respondents indicated the lack of understanding the language as the main barrier to acquiring the subject material at a sufficient level. 4 interviewees out of 5 said they would still prefer studying the subject in English despite language barriers as they need this language for their future, and this helps them improve their knowledge of English. Also, both survey and interview respondents answered that they would like the teacher to give more detailed explanation of the material in English and get the vocabulary notes for the unfamiliar words. There were students who would like the teacher to make explanations in Kazakh or Russian, which is not recommended to the teacher by the subject programme. By the end of the research, we have come up with the following findings: 1. Despite the difficulties in understanding Computer Science in a third language, grade 11 students admit they improve their English, and they want to continue studying in this language to use it in their future. 2. Grade 11 students assume that additional helpful resources such as dictionaries, the list of terms with definitions in a simplified language and simplified explanations of the teacher can assist them in comprehending the subject in a third language. 3. To understand the subject better, students take several measures by themselves. They watch Youtube videos on the topic, translate unfamiliar words into their native language and even study the materials in their language. 4. To ensure better understanding of the subject in a third language, teachers should prepare for the lessons thoroughly taking into account the abilities of each student. Additional resources should be applied on a regular basis. References Bridges, D. (Ed.). (2014). Education reform and internationalisation: The case of school reform in Kazakhstan. Cambridge University Press. Cenoz, J. (2013). The influence of bilingualism on third language acquisition: Focus on multilingualism. Language teaching, 46(1), 71-86. De Angelis, G. (2007). Third or additional language acquisition (Vol. 24). Multilingual Matters. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 27 SES 02 B: Nordic Schools and Values in a Post-pandemic Time of Uncertainty: A Cross-country Comparative Perspective Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ane Qvortrup Session Chair: Anke Wegner Symposium |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Nordic Schools and Values in a Post-pandemic Time of Uncertainty: A Cross-country Comparative Perspective. Nordic schools have a strong tradition around 1) the focus on students’ learning conditions and well-being from a lifelong learning perspective (Telhaug, Mediås & Aasen, 2006), 2) the values that students develop as part of their schooling in relation to the idea of Bildung (Wiberg, 2016), and 3) teacher autonomy (Hopmann, 2007). These elements of schooling are alive and reflected in the daily practices of education throughout the Nordic countries, yet there may be contexts and country-based differences and variation in their realization. Schools’ daily practices were challenged by the more than two-year-long devastating COVID-19 pandemic. The restrictions and insecurities that were an inevitable part of the pandemic negatively changed the working conditions of teachers (Heikonen et al., 2024) and affected many students' learning (Engzell, Frey, & Verhagen 2021) and well-being (Lykkegaard, et al. 2024; Rimpelä et al., 2023). Furthermore, it is suggested that also some of the fundamentals of students’ existence such as their values were challenged (Qvortrup, 2022: Kutza & Cornell, 2021; Hyun-Sook, 2021; Krumsvik, 2020). Although the studies already carried out point to several consequences, further research is needed to follow-up the situation. Based on a mapping of quantitative studies on COVID-19, OECD concludes that there is limited and contradictory evidence regarding the consequences of the pandemic (Thorn & Vincent-Lancrin, 2021). The contradictory results may be because the COVID-19 situation is complex, in that the consequences arose as a result of a multifaceted interaction between many different factors. Furthermore, time is a factor that can amplify or mitigate immediate consequences, which means that the medium to long-term consequences of COVID-19 cannot be easily deduced from the short-term consequences that we have experienced and researched so far. Finally, not just time but also context is crucial when it comes to understanding the consequences. The consequences vary with the strategies and approaches chosen in particular contexts. In order to understand the medium to long-term consequences of COVID-19 and to develop knowledge and prepare the Nordic schools to ensure societal security going forward, the project Inquiring Nordic Strategies, Practices, Educational Consequences and Trajectories (INSPECT) conducts comparative studies across the different national contexts of the five Nordic countries: Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland and Iceland. The project is based on a multidisciplinary and mixed method research design aimed at investigating the medium and long-term-consequences taking form throughout the data collection as an interplay between survey/ interview responses and student characteristics, e.g., gender, age, ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and family conditions. In the symposium, we present three subprojects from INSPECT: one on students’ well-being, one on students’ values, and one on the teacher’s role and identity. In the presentations, researchers from Denmark, Norway, Finland, and Iceland are represented, and all subprojects focus on cross-country analyses based on data from Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Iceland. All presentations reflect their results to the tradition of Nordic schools. References Engzell, P.; Frey, A. & Verhagen, M.D. (2021). Learning loss due to school closures during the COVID-19 pandemic. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118 (17). doi:10.1073/pnas.2022376118. Heikonen, L., Ahtiainen, R., Hotulainen, R., Oinas, S., Rimpelä, A., & Koivuhovi, S. (2024). Collective teacher efficacy, perceived preparedness for future school closures and work-related stress in the teacher community during the COVID-19 pandemic. Teaching and Teacher Education, 137, Article 104399. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104399 Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained Teaching:the common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2): 109-124. doi: 10.2304/eerj.2007.6.2.109 Telhaug, A.O.; Mediås, O.A. & Aasen, P. (2006) The Nordic Model in Education: Education as part of the political system in the last 50 years, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50:3, 245-283, DOI: 10.1080/00313830600743274 Wiberg, M. (2016). Dannelsesbegrebets rolle som regulativ ide i teoretisk pædagogik – Dannelsesbegrebet og den pædagogiske forskning. Studier i Pædagogisk Filosofi, 5(1): 81-95. doi:10.7146/spf.v5i1.23242 Presentations of the Symposium Cross-national/Cross-case Analysis on Student Well-being
Nordic schools have a strong tradition around the focus on students’ well-being from a lifelong learning perspective (Telhaug, Mediås & Aasen, 2006), but in recent years the well-being of children and young people has become more and more shrouded in uncertainty. In addition to the impact of increased performance expectation and competition, an unpredictable labour market, increased individualization and self-representation in real life and on social media (Furlong & Cartmel, 1997; Ottosen, 2018), the prolonged and devastating COVID-19 pandemic has prompted a global call to address the impact on the well-being of children and young people (Rimpelä, A., Kesanto-Jokipolvi, H., Myöhänen, A., Heikonen, L., Oinas, S., & Ahtiainen, R., 2023)). A new Danish longitudinal study on students' emotional, social, and academic well-being finds that fluctuations in all three dimensions of wellbeing can be attributed to individual differences (trait) and the natural maturation of students over time (grade), but also context (state) (Lykkegaard, Qvortrup, Juul, 2024). The context dependency of the three well-being dimensions makes it interesting to investigate whether there are differences across the Nordic countries. Comparative studies of activities and efforts can be a solid knowledge base for developing interventions aimed at strengthening students’ well-being and thus maintaining this as central to the Nordic school tradition. Based on this, the research question of this paper is:
To what extent do students’ academic, social, and emotional well-being differ across Nordic countries in the post-pandemic time period?
The paper is based on survey data from the five Nordic countries Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Iceland (N = 4.500) collected as part of the large-scale project INSPECT Societal Security after COVID-19. Students’ responses to questions related to three well-being dimensions: social, emotional, and academic well-being, are analyzed with factor and cluster analysis. The paper finds that all three well-being dimensions differ across the five countries. Compared to the other countries. Iceland scores remarkably low on all three wellbeing dimensions, while Denmark is lower than Norway on academic wellbeing.
The paper discusses the situation with the Nordic schools’ tradition regarding well-being and invites reflection on how schools can support students’ well-being in the post-pandemic era
References:
Furlong, A., & Cartmel, F. (1997). Risk and uncertainty in the youth transition. YOUNG, 5(1), 3-20. https://doi.org/10.1177/110330889700500102
Lykkegaard, E.; Qvortrup, A. & Juul, C. (2024). Studentsʼ well-being fluctuations during COVID-19: a matter of grade, state, or trait? Education Sciences. 14(1): 26. doi:10.3390/educsci14010026
Ottosen, M.H., Graa Andreasen, A., Dahl, K.M., Hestbæk, A.D., Lausen, M., Rayce, S. (2018): Børn og unge i Danmark – Velfærd og trivsel 2018: https://pure.vive.dk/ws/files/3032016/B_rn_og_unge_i_danmark.pdf
Rimpelä, A., Kesanto-Jokipolvi, H., Myöhänen, A., Heikonen, L., Oinas, S., & Ahtiainen, R. (2023). School and class closures and adolescent mental health during the second and later waves of the COVID-19 pandemic in Finland: a repeated cross-sectional study. BMC Public Health, 23, Article 2434. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-023-17342-8
Telhaug, A.O.; Mediås, O.A. & Aasen, P. (2006) The Nordic Model in Education: Education as part of the political system in the last 50 years, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50:3, 245-283, DOI: 10.1080/00313830600743274
Student values – Qualitative Cross-national, Cross-case, and Cross-gender Analysis
The World Value Survey (WVS, 2015) consistently underscores the pivotal role of individuals' values in shaping economic development, fostering the emergence, and flourishing of democratic institutions, promoting the rise of gender equality, and determining the effectiveness of government within societies. According to the WVS (2015), the five Nordic countries - Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Finland, and Iceland - all belong to the group of nations with the highest scores in 'secular-rational values' (placing less emphasis on religion, traditional family values, and authority, and viewing divorce, abortion, euthanasia as relatively acceptable) and also the highest scores in 'self-expression values' (giving high priority to environmental protection, fostering tolerance of foreigners, gays and lesbians, promoting gender equality etc.). However, except for the Danish value survey (Bertilsson, 2020), there is a notable absence of longitudinal studies examining the stability and changes in Nordic values in individual Nordic countries.
Our objectives for this paper are: to 1) map the situational values of a student group within and across Nordic countries, 2) trace the stability and changes of these values over time, and 3) delve into the underlying reasons and driving forces behind variations and shifts in students' values. We define values as comprising students' self-awareness and perspectives on diverse aspects, such as social relationships, family and home life, freedom, and environmental concerns.
The paper draws upon qualitative narrative interviews conducted as part of the INSPECT project. A cohort of five focus students from lower secondary schools in each of the five Nordic countries (N=25) was purposefully selected to maximize the diversity of their initial values. These focus students underwent biannual interviews to capture fluctuations and trajectories in their values through lower secondary school. In the paper, we present analysis on the initial three rounds of interviews (May 2023-May 2024). Employing a social-psychological identity framework, we conduct within-case analyses (student by student) and cross-case analyses to comprehensively explore how values were shaped by the students individually and how these values were influenced by contextual factors such as gender and the country, in which they live.
Our findings highlight the significance of social relationships, primarily within the family and secondly among friends. This observation is intriguing, given the broader context of 'secular-rational values' prevalent in Nordic countries (WVS, 2015). We explore whether this emphasis on family among the focus students represents a new Nordic tendency or if it is influenced by the age of the lower secondary students.
References:
Berthelsen H, Westerlund H, Bergström G, Burr H. Validation of the Copenhagen Psychosocial Questionnaire Version III and Establishment of Benchmarks for Psychosocial Risk Management in Sweden. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2020 May 2;17(9):3179. doi: 10.3390/ijerph17093179. PMID: 32370228; PMCID: PMC7246423.
Teacher Profession (Comparison Cross-nations)
“Didaktik” is the center of teacher education in the Nordic countries. The modern understanding of Didaktik is an invention of nineteenth-century teacher education in Germany and some neighboring areas, not least the Nordic countries (Hopmann, 2007). Despite an almost unlimited variety of foci within the field today (Hopmann, 2007, Krogh, Qvortrup & Graf, 2023b), Didaktik theories have a number of shared characteristics (Hopmann, 2007; Qvortrup, Krogh, & Graf, 2021). Two of the shared characteristics is firstly, the autonomy of the teacher (Hopmann, 2007) and the ‘pedagogical freedom’ or ‘freedom of method’, and secondly, the conceptualisation of schools as places where democratic ideals such as equality, freedom, justice are instilled in individuals as part of its commitment to the idea of Bildung (Hopmann, 2007; Qvortrup, Krogh, & Graf, 2021). In recent years, it has increasingly been reported that these shared characteristics have been challenged by changing conditions of schooling (Krogh, Qvortrup, & Graf, 2023).
This leads to the research question, of whether these characteristics – the autonomy of the teacher and the democratic ideals – are today recognizable features of the Nordic schools, and whether we can identify differences across the Nordic countries.
The paper is based on survey data from the five Nordic countries Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Iceland collected as part of the INSPECT project. Teachers’ responses to questions related to the teacher's job and the characteristics of schools are used to answer the research question. We suggest that the two characteristics in focus are important quality features of Nordic teaching and Harvey & Green (1993) argues that “quality is 'stakeholder-relative'. […] It is not possible, therefore to talk about quality as a unitary concept” (Harvey & Green, 1993, p. 29). When it comes to specifying different stakeholders, more studies suggest focusing on teachers (Entwistle et al., 2000; Townsend, 1997). According to Goe et al. (2008), teachers “are the only ones with full knowledge of their abilities, classroom context, and curricular content, and thus can provide insight that an outside observer may not recognize” (Goe et al., 2008, p. 38).
We present similarities and differences in teachers’ view of the teaching profession and the values of schools, in how teachers feel supported by the curricula, their principals, and their students’ parents, and in how their experience their relationship and collaboration with colleagues. The paper discusses its results with research on the tradition of Didaktik in Nordic schools.
References:
Entwistle, N., Skinner, D., Entwistle, D., & Orr, S. (2000). Conceptions and beliefs about “good teaching”: An integration of contrasting research areas. Higher Education Research & Development, 19(1), 5-26. doi:10.1080/07294360050020444
Harvey, L., & Green, D. (1993). Defining quality. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 18(1): 9-34. doi:10.1080/0260293930180102
Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained Teaching:the common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2): 109-124. doi: 10.2304/eerj.2007.6.2.109
Krogh, E.; Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. (2023a). Bildung, Knowledge, and Global Challenges in Education: Didaktik and Curriculum in the Anthropocene Era. New York: Routledge
Krogh, E.; Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. (2023b). The question of normativity: Examining educational theories to advance deliberation on challenges of introducing societal problems into education. In Krogh, E.; Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. (red.). Bildung, Knowledge, and Global Challenges in Education: Didaktik and Curriculum in the Anthropocene Era (s. 171-202). New York: Routledge
|
15:15 - 16:45 | 28 SES 02 B: Sociologies of Higher Education: Transnational Mobilities and Immobilities Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sherran Clarence Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Knowledge Legitimacy and the Role of International Student Mobility in the Re/production of Global Hierarchies University of Surrey, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Higher education internationalisation has been deemed instrumental to creating and exchanging knowledge and to educating globally engaged students for an ever more fast-moving, complex, and interconnected world. Yet for some years now critical perspectives on the development and current orientation of internationalisation have been emerging, expressing concern about the risk of reproducing already uneven global hierarchies through mainstream internationalisation activities, particularly in institutions of the Global North and Western/ized higher education institutions. Since the beginning of the European colonial expansion in the sixteenth century, Western knowledge has become dominant across the world (Schwöbel-Patel, 2020). Travelling with the colonisers, ways of knowing, influenced by Western ethnocentrism, imposed a monolithic world view, and added new layers to Europeans’ position of control and power (Akena, 2012). Knowledges from the Global South were delegitimised and marginalised, while Western thinking was considered as legitimate knowledge (Schwöbel-Patel, 2020). Coloniality has shaped the relationship between the Global North and the Global South, and the enduring colonial-like, unequal global relations continue to influence knowledge production and circulation (Dei, 2008). Critical scholarship on epistemic diversity in higher education has illustrated that Western hegemony maintains its position of dominance and authority (R’boul, 2020). Universities are one of the key agents in the dissemination and legitimisation of knowledge. However, due to universities’ historical focus on Euro-American traditions, international students from non-Western backgrounds have often been treated as passive receivers of ‘Western wisdom’ (Tange & Kastberg, 2013). Previous research has shown that the knowledge of international students is largely seen as inferior (Stein, 2017), and many international students report that their indigenous knowledges are not recognised within the Western higher education landscape (Dei, 2000; Zhou et al., 2005). Considering the skewed geopolitics of knowledge and the entanglement of knowledge circulation and international student mobility, it is indeed relevant to ask whether internationalisation of higher education is yet another way to promote Western knowledge and maintain Anglo-American hegemonic domination. International student mobility, higher education, and knowledge mobilities have been discussed in relation to particular places of the world, depicting Europe, North America, and Australia as assumed centres of knowledge production (Jöns, 2007). The geographical location of universities plays a pivotal role in attracting international students with respect to their decisions of where to study (Kölbel, 2020). Places are positioned hierarchically, and student mobility is driven by the differential worth ascribed to particular countries (Waters & Brooks, 2021). This has implications for students’ mobilities and the re/production of established hegemonic knowledge centres in Europe and the US and emerging ‘knowledge hubs’ in Asia, reinforcing asymmetric power relations (Jöns, 2015), and it is concerning that internationalisation becomes Westernisation (Liu, 2020). Fundamentally, this paper is concerned with how international student mobility is embedded within a global regime of hegemonic knowledge centres, built on the structures and foundations that imperial and colonial practices laid down. It seeks to explore knowledge legitimacy and the role international student mobility plays in the re/production of global hierarchies and the promotion of certain kinds of knowledges. By taking on a critical orientation, I wish to promote social and cognitive justice and challenge taken-for granted norms and epistemologies. I focus on power relations and the dynamic interrelation of knowledge and power. I wish to discover and recognise different ways of knowing and bodies of knowledge practised and circulated by students and lecturers in and beyond university classrooms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is a cross-national study between the UK, Denmark, and Germany, anchored in ethnographic fieldwork. In each country, I follow a group of international degree master’s students at one university. I use participant observation in different educational spaces (e.g., classrooms, study groups, social events) on and off campus with the aim to study the (spatial) interconnectivity and negotiations of different forms of knowledge. I conduct timeline interviews (Spangler, 2022) with the international students to capture their life paths and geographical mobilities across space and in time. I use go-along interviews as a type of mobile ethnographic interview method. Walking with the students is a unique way of gathering knowledge, while, at the same time, it also captures other ways of, for instance, knowing about the world, pushing back against the dominance of modern, objective knowledge (which we mostly meet and are required to perform in formal educational settings). Further, I am offering a zine making workshop for international students. Zines are small (maga)zines and historically originated from underground movements of marginalised communities to record and share their stories (French & Curd, 2021). This continues in current times in which zines operate at the intersection of activism and art as a form of social action. I understand zine-making as a chance to do research with, rather than on international students, encouraging them to express themselves through the active process of creating. I also collect semi-structured interviews with lecturers to learn about their perspectives on teaching and learning in an ‘international classroom’, pedagogical approaches, and classroom practices. Engaging in the everyday life of my participants and spending time in the same social spaces as them allows me to comprehend moments of interaction, practices, and knowledge creation. This provides me with insights to the kinds of knowledges the individual institutions provide, produce, and seek to spread, how incoming international students’ knowledges are selectively incorporated or dismissed, and what types of knowledge circulate in the respective institutions and in what ways both lecturers and students engage in and enable this process. Following the international students also beyond the campus allows me to see how the students make and learn place; walking with them their everyday mobilities and placemaking practices provides me with an understanding of how learning, knowing, but also becoming happens through these entanglements of bodies, humans, and the socio-materiality of place. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This project explores how contextualised factors of engagement or participation are differently perceived and evaluated as in/valid contributions or legitimised forms of knowledge. It studies what and where certain forms of knowledge (including e.g., languages, behaviours) are privileged and hegemonic, and, thereby, investigates how internationalisation or interchangeably student mobility affects and enables processes of knowledge sharing and production, and what knowledge circulates and eventually gets disseminated. The everyday, social practices in, for instance, an ‘international classroom’ are shaped by the students’ various educational and cultural backgrounds and by structural, cultural, and national characteristics of the host institution and the lecturers teaching there. The ‘international classroom’ thus becomes some sort of meeting point and a dynamic place of knowledge sharing and in ways negotiation of legitimacy. The various trajectories of international students involved in educational mobility create a web of extended, multiple connections and complex relations, often across long distances. In a classroom, where international students and lecturers meet, various trajectories, backgrounds, and knowledges merge. This project constitutes an original contribution by addressing macro questions of knowledge, power, and global hierarchies through examination of the micro-experiences of international students and staff in three different locations. It seeks a deeper engagement with relational, ethical, and political issues of internationalisation and mobility to understand but also put forth new approaches to forms of knowledge production, classroom practices, and pedagogies. The findings of this research will have relevance for the growing field of critical internationalisation studies, providing new empirical insights on how spatial associations of knowledge and relations of (global) power manifest and become articulated in interactions and ways of knowing. At the point of the conference, I will have finished fieldwork in all three countries (around 1 year in total) and present empirical accounts from the different places. References Akena, F. A. (2012). Critical Analysis of the Production of Western Knowledge and Its Implications for Indigenous Knowledge and Decolonization. Journal of Black Studies, 43(6), 599-619. https://doi.org/10.1177/0021934712440448 Dei, G. J. S. (2000). Rethinking the role of Indigenous knowledges in the academy. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 4(2), 111-132. https://doi.org/10.1080/136031100284849 Dei, G. J. S. (2008). Indigenous knowledge studies and the next generation: pedagogical possibilities for anti-colonial education. The Australian Journal of Indigenous Education, 37, 5-13. French, J., & Curd, E. (2021). Zining as artful method: Facilitating zines as participatory action research within art museums. Action Research, 20(1), 77-95. https://doi.org/10.1177/14767503211037104 Jöns, H. (2007). Transnational mobility and the spaces of knowledge production: a comparison of global patterns, motivations and collaborations in different academic fields. Social Geography, 2(2), 97-114. https://doi.org/10.5194/sg-2-97-2007 Jöns, H. (2015). Talent Mobility and the Shifting Geographies of Latourian Knowledge Hubs. Population, Space and Place, 21(4), 372-389. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp.1878 Kölbel, A. (2020). Imaginative geographies of international student mobility. Social & Cultural Geography, 21(1), 86-104. https://doi.org/10.1080/14649365.2018.1460861 Liu, W. (2020). The Chinese definition of internationalisation in higher education. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 43(2), 230-245. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080x.2020.1777500 R’boul, H. (2020). Postcolonial interventions in intercultural communication knowledge: Meta-intercultural ontologies, decolonial knowledges and epistemological polylogue. Journal of International and Intercultural Communication, 15(1), 75-93. https://doi.org/10.1080/17513057.2020.1829676 Schwöbel-Patel, C. (2020). (Global) Constitutionalism and the geopolitics of knowledge. In P. Dann, M. Riegner, & M. Bönnemann (Eds.), The Global South and Comparative Constitutional Law (pp. 67-85). Oxford Academic. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198850403.003.0003 Spangler, V. (2022). Home here and there: a spatial perspective on mobile experiences of ‘home’ among international students. Social & Cultural Geography, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/14649365.2022.2065698 Stein, S. (2017). The persistent challenges of addressing epistemic dominance in higher education: considering the case of curriculum internationalization. Comparative Education Review 61(S1), 25-50. https://doi.org/10.1086/690456 Tange, H., & Kastberg, P. (2013). Coming to terms with ‘double knowing’: an inclusive approach to international education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2011.580460 Waters, J., & Brooks, R. (2021). Student migrants and contemporary educational mobilities Palgrave Macmillan Zhou, Y. R., Knoke, D., & Sakamoto, I. (2005). Rethinking silence in the classroom: Chinese students’ experiences of sharing indigenous knowledge. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 9(3), 287-311. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110500075180 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Escaping The Acquiescent Immobility Trap: The Role of Virtual Mobility in Supporting Physical Study Abroad Aspirations among Students from Russia Edge Hill University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Amidst a rapidly shifting geopolitical landscape, marked by heightened tensions and unprecedented challenges, this study delves into the transformative role of virtual mobility in sustaining and enriching the aspirations of Russian students for physical study abroad experiences, offering a beacon of hope and connectivity in an era of increasing isolation pertinent in many geographical locales. The Russia-Ukraine military conflict, coupled with the aftermath of COVID-19 pandemic and economic challenges, has led to a marked decline in Russian outbound student mobility. A significant 33% drop in the inclination of Russian citizens to pursue education abroad was reported by the VCIOM (2023) in comparison to year 1993, highlighting influences of economic status, urban or rural living, and media consumption. Caught in the entangled crises, students in Russia are further affected by the spread of negative attitudes towards westbound student mobility which is positioned as an unwelcomed phenomenon in Russian political and academic discourse. Being framed as the projection of the soft power leading to either brain drain or political indoctrination (e.g. Antyukhova, 2019; Savelchev, 2023), outgoing student mobility to western countries has been subjected to a suppressive top-down approach, with mass media as a third power willingly or unwillingly playing a subtle yet powerful role in this process. International student mobility is a specific form of migration that is voluntary and highly selective. Referred to as a ‘migratory elite’ (Murphy-Lejeune, 2002), international students tend to come from a higher socio-economic background (e.g. Brooks & Waters, 2011; Netz & Finger, 2016). They mostly aim to benefit from education abroad rather than escape from adverse circumstances at home, and for them the pull factors at a destination country are likely to be particularly influential based on push-pull model of migration theorised by Lee (1966). These pull factors are largely subjective (Lee, 1966) and are based on imaginaries of other places (Riaño & Baghdadi, 2007; Beech, 2014) which are curated through the scope of knowledge, often attained indirectly via media and personal accounts of others. Promotion of the imaginaries of the West as economically unstable and its educational systems being hostile towards Russian students diminishes the allure of the West as a potential study destination. Coupled with unfavourable currency exchange rates and structural difficulties in payments, visas and travel arrangements due to sanctions as well as fears for inability to succeed in Russian labour market upon return due to public ostracization, these negative portrayals shape the proximal level of international educational aspirations of Russian youth. The present research draws upon the Aspirations-Capabilities Framework of Migration and states of (im)mobility (de Haas, 2021), intergenerational transmission of migration aspirations in post-Soviet countries (Brunarska & Ivlevs, 2022), and the notion of mobility capital (Murphy-Lejeune, 2002) to:
Amidst curtailed student exchange and international collaboration options with many initiatives either stopped or put under administrative pressure, virtual mobility, whether formal via bilateral institutional agreements or less formal through lower-level stakeholders’ collaboration, can be one of the ways to alter students’ perception of the existing scope of opportunities and support their aspirations for international student mobility and global inclusion. Therefore, the present research seeks to answer the following research questions: R1: Does participation in virtual student mobility increase Russian students’ aspirations for subsequent physical student mobility? R2: If so, what is the mechanism of this effect in the context of the entangled crises and under the current mobility suppressing climate in Russia? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study analyses 16 semi-structured in-depth interviews conducted with Russian students (18-24 y.o.) who participated in various forms of virtual student mobility between 2020 and 2023. The researcher employed semi-structured interviews with open-ended questions (Merriam, 1998) informed by literature review. Participants were recruited through international offices at Russian universities (n=72), higher education practitioners involved in VSM (n=30) and open call on social media. As the participants were not asked on how they learned about the research project to safeguard their anonymity, it is difficult to tell with confidence which channel was most effective. The transcripts underwent interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) as it allows for exploration of how individuals make sense of their lived experiences (Pietkiewicz & Smith, 2012). “Why?”-questions were avoided to prevent post-hoc rationalization. To mitigate the potential dual bias associated with IPA (Smith, 2009), the researcher employed pre-interview bracketing and ongoing self-bracketing. The original ethical approval application did not account for constraints on mobility induced by armed conflict; therefore, the questions about the geopolitical context were not included in the interview guide. Only when the topic was brought up by a respondent could the researcher follow up on it, should it be necessary. Hence, any references in the data to existing tensions emerged naturally in the interviews as part of students’ reflections on their virtual mobility experience and study abroad aspirations in the current climate created by objective constraints on mobility due to sanctions and aggravated messages of hostility towards Russian students. The potential limitations of this study are relatively small sample size and self-selection bias of respondents during recruitment. However, qualitative studies using empirical data tend to reach saturation within a narrow range of interviews (9–17) as shown by a systematic review conducted by Hennink and Kaiser (2022). Also, as this research focuses solely on the level of affordances, the observed changes in aspirations, perceptions, and attitudes provide a sufficient basis for drawing theoretical conclusions, thereby mitigating concerns about generalizability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal that virtual mobility offers a unique opportunity to bolster Russian students' capacity to aspire to international studies despite mobility suppressing climate through acting as a ‘rite of passage’ en route to international education, increasing language confidence, and challenging negative portrayals of hostility towards Russian students in the West. The richness of virtual mobility experience in terms of communication with teachers and students from abroad plays a key role in activating this affordance. Therefore, more of synchronous virtual mobility initiatives could be beneficial to help young adults in Russia stay open to the world and aspire for international education as well as to foster their sense of global belonging by penetrating holes in the again-falling ‘iron curtain’. At the same time, in the context of rising nationalism, protectionism and anti-migration sentiments in political discourse across multiple geographical locales (Bieber, 2018), the study makes an important contribution to understanding the ways of operationalisation of the emergent concept of ‘knowledge diplomacy’ as a way forward (Knight, 2018) through not only knowledge exchange as a means of qualification, but also through socialisation into wider global society, and subjectification through increased awareness of the opportunity structure, as per Biesta’s (2009) triad of educational purpose. References Antyukhova, E. A. (2019). Education as a tool of “soft power” in German foreign policy. Bulletin of Tomsk State University. History [Vestnik Tomskogo gosudarstvennogo universiteta. Istoriya], 57, 41–45. Beech, S. E. (2014). Why place matters. Area, 46, 170-177. https://doi.org/10.1111/area.12096 Bieber, F. (2018) Is Nationalism on the Rise? Assessing Global Trends, Ethnopolitics, 17(5), 519-540, doi:10.1080/17449057.2018.1532633 Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educ Asse Eval Acc 21, 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9 Brooks, R., & Waters, J. L. (2011). Student Mobilities, Migration and the Internationalization of Higher Education. Brunarska, Z., & Ivlevs, A. (2023). Family influences on migration intentions: The role of past experience of involuntary immobility. Sociology, 57(5), 1060-1077. Retrieved from https://www.prio.org/publications/12613 de Haas, H. (2021). A theory of migration: the aspirations-capabilities framework. CMS, 9, 8. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40878-020-00210-4 Hennink, M., & Kaiser, B. N. (2022). Sample sizes for saturation in qualitative research: A systematic review of empirical tests. Social Science & Medicine (1982), 292, 114523. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2021.114523 Knight, J. (2018). Knowledge Diplomacy - A bridge linking international higher education and research with international relations. 10.13140/RG.2.2.20219.64804 Lee, E. S. (1966). A Theory of Migration. Demography, 3(1), 47–57. https://doi.org/10.2307/2060063 Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative research and case study applications in education. Jossey-Bass. Murphy-Lejeune, E. (2002). Student Mobility and Narrative in Europe: The New Strangers. Routledge. Netz, N., & Finger, C. (2016). New Horizontal Inequalities in German Higher Education? Social Selectivity of Studying Abroad between 1991 and 2012. Sociology of Education, 89(2), 79–98. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040715627196 Pietkiewicz, I., & Smith, J. A. (2012). Praktyczny przewodnik interpretacyjnej analizy fenomenologicznej w badaniach jakościowych w psychologii. Czasopismo Psychologiczne, 18(2), 361-369. Riaño, Y., & Baghdadi, N. (2007). Je pensais que je pourrais avoir une relation plus égalitaire avec un Européen. Le rôle du genre et des imaginaires géographiques dans la migration des femmes. Nouvelles Questions Féministes, 1, 38–53. Savelchev, L. A. (2023). Mutual Enrichment or Brain Drain? The Analysis of International Student Mobility in the Cases of Russia and Germany. Administrative Consulting, 7, 121-141. https://doi.org/10.22394/1726-1139-2023-7-121-141 Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. SAGE. VCIOM (2023). Emigration Sentiments: Monitoring. Russian Public Opinion Research Centre. Accessed 18 January 2023 from https://wciom.ru/analytical-reviews/analiticheskii-obzor/ehmigracionnye-nastroenija-monitoring-2 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Break loose of symbolic violence: The pathway to sociology of resilience for Chinese students in Transnational Higher Education (TNHE) University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The internationalization of higher education aims to foster competencies and qualifications at both individual and collective levels, enriching students' interaction with diverse learning styles and contexts. Amid the burgeoning interest in China's transnational higher education (TNHE) programs, including articulation programs like "2+2", "3+1", or "1+2+1", these initiatives offer Chinese students opportunities to pursue degrees abroad, fostering intercultural learning and knowledge acquisition (Yang, 2008). Existing research has further explored the adjustment and acculturation of international students, emphasizing how they overcome challenges in the intercultural space, fostering cross-system learning and resilience development (Gill, 2007; Ungar, 2010 & 2019; Li & Yang, 2016). However, TNHE represents a unique field within which students encounter diverse academic, cultural, and social challenges. In the neoliberal and neoconservative context, the overemphasis of the individual adaptation can unintentionally lead to self-exploitation, where students become instrumental in the internationalization agenda (Mu, 2022). A psychological approach to adaptive resilience may inadvertently reinforce constraining social structures and inequalities by ‘coercing’ TNHE students to fully adapt to the new systems (Bottrell, 2013).
As such, there is a need to re-examine the resilience process of TNHE students while acknowledging the systemic roots of social inequalities that are both created and perpetuated (VanderPlat, 2016). As Bourdieu’s theoretical framework is valuable in illuminating underlying structural or systemic factors, which provides a new lens for us to recognise the “embeddedness of resilience in social inequities, social processes, and the differentiated societal and ideological expectations of young people” (Bottrell, 2009, p. 321). This study thus draws insights from Bourdieu's conceptual tools—field, habitus, and capital (Bourdieu & Wacquant, 1992) to provide a sociological understanding of the resilience process and its construction in the dynamic reality of TNHE settings, with a primary focus on the experiences of Chinese students in this context.
For Bourdieu, the trajectory is constructed by those choices made under the constraints of an individual’s inherent disposition (habitus), which is the internalization of the social fields. These social fields are conceptualised as field, defined as ‘a network, or a configuration, of objective relations between positions’ (Bourdieu and Wacquant 1992, p. 97). Bourdieu (1986) defines capital as time-intensive resource with the potential capacity to yield profits and replicate itself in identical or expanded forms. Forms of capital include economic (financial resources), social (networks, relationships), cultural (knowledge, skills, education), and symbolic (prestige, recognition) (Bourdieu, 1986). The analysis of objective structures within a field extends beyond merely examining the distribution and competition for capital. It also encompasses habitus, which Bourdieu describes as ‘an embodied history internalized as a second nature and so forgotten as history’ (Bourdieu, 1977, p. 78). In applying these concepts, Chinese international students' resilience in TNHE is not just a result of individual traits but is deeply influenced by the interplay of their habitus (social and cultural backgrounds), the fields (TNHE setting) they navigate, the capitals (resources) they possess or lack, the symbolic violence they may encounter, and the structural constraints they face.
This study aims to investigate the structural inequalities and constraints that extend beyond the challenges of cross-cultural communication in resilience building and explore the pathways to change for students in TNHE settings. It sets the stage for investigating students' resilience from the perspective of their social transformation. This sociological perspective offers a nuanced understanding of the complexities involved in students’ mental health experiences, going beyond mere adaptation to also consider the broader structural forces at play. Therefore, this study seeks to bridge the gap between individual agency and structural conditions in TNHE settings by delving into the structural constraints within the field that contribute to students' resilience building. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study explored the process of building resilience for students in Sino-American “1+2+1” articulation programs. In the ‘1+2+1’ model, students complete their first-year studies at a Chinese university, then transition to a partner university in America to continue their second- and third-year studies, before returning to complete their final year of study in China. Upon completion of this program, students earn degrees from both countries. The study adopted an exploratory qualitative design and a semi-structured interview approach. Purposive sampling was used to recruit research participants, and 35 participants who completed Sino-American articulation programs voluntarily joined this research. The first author conducted semi-structured interviews online with these students in China from February to July 2023. Students were interviewed in Mandarin, and the interview were audio-recorded between 1-1.5 hours. The research was informed by three broad interview questions: Can you please tell me about the difficulties you faced in the program? What support do you receive in this program? What outcomes have you achieved? More open-ended and probing questions were also asked during interviews. The transcripts of these interviews were analyzed and interpreted through thematic analysis, allowing researchers to draw insights from actual events and experiences and further elaborates on the social context associated with interpreting these experiences (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The data were initially analyzed inductively to identify the significant challenges, supporting factors, and outcomes in participants' resilience process. Subsequently, we undertook a deductive analysis of the transcripts, taking into account our theoretical frameworks. This deductive perspective facilitated our interpretation of the participants' resilience process, with a particular focus on resilience to symbolic violence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study investigated the resilience process of students in the TNHE setting, revealing valuable insights into resilience to structural constraints. In response to the questions posed, we argue that students construct their resilience by simultaneously confronting a multitude of challenges within the context of symbolic violence. Students utilize their cultural capital as a response mechanism to navigate and counteract symbolic violence, ultimately shaping their resilience-building process as they contend with the structural complexities inherent in TNHE settings and the associated constraints. Furthermore, we contend that these structural constraints intrinsic to the TNHE setting contribute to an instrumentalist orientation. Specifically, the "1+2+1" program structure, which prioritizes English proficiency, the pursuit of high GPAs, and timely program completion, underscores the structural significance accorded to conforming to this predefined habitus. This structural emphasis within the TNHE field restricts students' flexibility and autonomy in shaping their habitus from an internationalism perspective, reinforcing an instrumentalist approach wherein education is primarily perceived as a means to attain specific cultural capital. These findings not only illuminate the significant challenges facing individuals within articulation programs but also highlight their resilient responses to the symbolic violence inherent in this field. Within the transnational habitus, participants grappled with seeking assistance from peers and universities. Their adaptive strategies exemplify a form of resilience, defined as the capacity to effectively navigate and cope with substantial challenges. Additionally, the disposition characterized by critical inquiry into symbolic violence itself demonstrated a sociological form of resilience. This form of resilience transcends individual adaptation to challenges; instead, it involves a deeper exploration of the fundamental roots of these challenges, potentially paving the way for transformative change. References Bottrell, D. (2009). Understanding ‘marginal’perspectives: Towards a social theory of resilience. Qualitative social work, 8(3), 321-339. Bottrell, D. (2013). Responsibilised resilience? Reworking neoliberal social policy texts. M/C Journal, 16(5). https://doi.org/10.5204/mcj.708 Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. (1992). Réponses (Vol. 4). Paris: Seuil. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Gill, S. (2007). Overseas students’ intercultural adaptation as intercultural learning: A transformative framework. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 37, 167–183. doi: 10.1080/03057920601165512. Li, M., & Yang, Y. (2016). A cross-cultural study on a resilience-stress path model for college students. Journal of Counselling and Development, 94(3), 319–332. https://doi.org/10.1002/jcad.12088 Mu, G. M. (2022). Sociologising child and youth resilience with Bourdieu: An Australian perspective. Taylor & Francis. Ungar, M. (2010). What is resilience across cultures and contexts? Advances to the theory of positive development among individuals and families under stress. Journal of family psychotherapy, 21(1), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/08975351003618494 Ungar, M. (2019). Designing resilience research: Using multiple methods to investigate risk exposure, promotive and protective processes, and contextually relevant outcomes for children and youth. Child abuse & neglect, 96, 104098. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2019.104098 Yang, R. (2008). Transnational higher education in China: Contexts, characteristics and concerns. Australian Journal of Education, 52(3), 272-286. https://doi.org/10.1177/000494410805200305 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 29 SES 02 A: Arts and educational system. Reflections, perceptions and performance Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Tobias Frenssen Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper En Rachâchant. On Education and/as the Art of Consequences LUCA, Belgium Presenting Author:The starting point of this contribution is Jean Marie Straub and Danièle Huillet's short film En rachâchant based on the children's story Ah! Ernesto by Marguerite Duras. The film takes a humorous look at the hierarchization of the educational process through the character of Ernesto, who flatly refuses to go to school because he learns there things he does not know. This film is also the center around which Ola Vasiljeva's solo exhibition was formed at Vleeshal in Brussels in 2015. In the exhibition, the film is staged as a "playful attack on a current market logic that dominates all fields of education and dictates that knowledge must be economically rentable"(Vasiljeva 2015). A refusal to learn is associated with the idea of unlearning and a critique of reason and sense in favour of nonsense, fragmentation and forgetfulness. The exhibition 'occupies an anti-educational stage populated by mixed-media works, sculptures and drawings that manipulate motifs related to the subject of disobedience as learning'(ibid). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The argument will be developed in close reading of the film. In dialogue with Jacques Rancière's Ignorant Schoolmaster, I will show how the film not only presents a critique of knowledge, and the school but points to another understanding of it. A time space where objects are transformed into things and become something that can appeal to us and hold our eyes (Masschelein 2011). Whereas in the arts this transformation is often associated with the creation of unexpected connections, I want to use Huillet and Straub's film to point to yet another experience. Besides allowing new connections to emerge by making relations that cease to be functional, in order to become expressive, I want to point out that this gesture and experience is accompanied by the art of consequences (Stengers 2019). This is taking an interest in consequences that have been ignored, disqualified or externalized, Furthermore, with Esposito's theory of the Institution, I want to indicate how the institutio vitae and unlearning practices are not so much opposed (cf. Foucault and Agamben) as inherently linked. The film not only makes us think about the blindness of the institution as gatekeeper of knowledge, but about what institute could be and bring about. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This contribution aims to give meaning to contemporary unlearning artistic practices beyond institutional critique. I want to indicate that what these unlearning practices bring into being is not so much a critique against the institution as in the 1960s and 1970s, and a plea to put the child at the center of education. Although I see the child-centered gaze itself in terms of attention, rather than intention, I want to propose that Ernesto's gaze gives birth to a radically other conception of learning that demands for other ways of perceiving the world. Rather than passing on inanimate knowledge, it may be about enriching perception, bringing other types of knowledge into view that make it more indeterminate. This refers to an art, because it needs rituals 'en rachachant' in order to foster this possibility. References Esposito, R. (2022) Institution (transl by Zakiya Hanafi). Cambridge : Polity Masschelein, J. (2011) Experimentum Scholae: The world once more… But not (yet) finished. Studies in Philosophy and Education. 30.5, 529-535 Stengers, I. (2015). In catastrophic times: resisting the coming barbarism. Meson Press Stengers, I., (2019). The Earth won’t let itself be watched. In B. Latour and P. Weibel (Eds.). Critical Zones. The science and politics of Landing on Earth. pp. 228-235. Cambridge/London: Mit Press Vassiljeva, O. (2015) En Rachâchant. https://www.olavasiljeva.net/rachachant 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Subjective Academic Success among Performing Arts and Non-performing Arts Students Predicted by Perceived Stress, Coping Resources, and Self‐cultivation Characteristics 1George Washington U, United States of America; 2Hungarian Dance University; 3The Open University of Israel Presenting Author:Stress and performance gained increasing scholarly attention in the context of performing arts, and a significant relationship was found between stress and artistic and academic achievements (Wilson, 2002). Occupational demands – organizational, interpersonal, and intrapersonal, are extremely high among performing artists and impact their well-being and achievements (Willis et al., 2019), while interpersonal demands – complex relationships with peers, colleagues, audiences, and management, are related to maladaptive perfectionism and performance anxiety (ibid.). Stress can negatively impact, not only well-being but cognitive and motor skills (Beilock & Carr, 2001), highly relevant with performing artists, often experience stage fright, which can negatively affect the physical and emotional components of performance (Steptoe et al., 1995). Performing arts is a physically and mentally demanding discipline, with stressors ranging from competition pressure to heavy rehearsals to the fear of injury (Bartel & Thomson, 2021; Kenny, 2011; Vervainioti & Alexopoulos, 2015). Performing artists portray a wide range of potentially overwhelming emotions, that might also contribute to heightened stress (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007). Moreover, due to the public nature of performance settings, performing artists are vulnerable to external criticism, and a perceived lack of effort recognition can be related to lower satisfaction (Smith, 1989). For performing arts students, the demands of rehearsals, performances, and academic deadlines can create a complex environment where stressors add up negatively affecting academic performance (Kenny, 2011) and mental health (Clegg & Clements, 2022; Kausar & Ahmad, 2021). The pressure to excel in both artistic and academic domains contributes to heightened stress levels, potentially impacting subjective well-being and cognitive processes essential for academic success. However, stress and well-being are not the sole impactors on academic and artistic achievements, and studies pointed to other factors like self-efficacy, grit, and help-seeking orientation (Harpaz et al., 2023), often explored separately and among non-artistic population. The present study extends Harpaz et al.'s model in two respects: (1) theoretically, by adding the concept of perceived stress to the model and, (2) by expanding the generalizability via sampling Hungarian non and performing arts students, exploring both possible cross-cultural differences (original study sampled North American students), and the effect of academic discipline. The current model aims to predict grit and subjective academic success by perceived stress, coping resources, and self‐cultivation characteristics (e.g. self-efficacy, subjective well-being, help-seeking orientation, personal growth, and savoring art). The main research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participents and procedure The study is carried out in Hungary, and is consisted of a sample of Hungarian performing arts and non-artist students. A complex instrument battery is employed to comprehensively explore psychological well-being, preceived stress levels, self-efficacy, help-seeking orientations, personal growth, subjective well-being, savouting art, academic grit, and subjective academic achievement across diverse groups of dance (n = 151), music (n = 35), and non-artist students (n = 173) as a control group. The instruments Perceived Stress Scale (PSS) – A 10-item, 5-point Likert-scale questionnaire (Cohen et al., 1983), the PSS is a frequently used instrument among performing artists (e.g., Kausar & Ahmad, 2021). New General Self-Efficacy Scale – A 5-point Likert-scale (Chen et al., 2001) comprises eight items. Help-Seeking Orientation Scale (HSO) – A 14-item, 7-point Likert-scale questionnaire (Komissarouk et al., 2017) asking participants to describe the type of help they prefer while dealing with difficulties. Respondents receive three grades, providing their tendencies to seek dependent/autonomy-oriented help or avoid any help. Personal Growth – A 3-item, 5-point Likert- sub-scale from Ryff and Keyes’ (1995) Psychological Well-being. The Satisfaction with Life Scale – A 5-item, 7-point Likert-scale measure of subjective well-being, well-known as the Satisfaction with Life Scale (SWLS) (Diener et al., 1985). Savoring Art – Lee et al.’s (2021) savoring art questionnaire determines a person’s appreciation of art and the need for it. A 7-point Likert-scale, it is based on six items related to art from the openness to experience scale (based on DeYoung et al., 2007). Academic Grit Scale – A 30-item, 5-point Likert-scale version of the Academic Grit Scale (Clark & Melacki, 2019), includes three subscales (10-item each): Determination, Resilience, and Focus. Subjective Academic Achievement – Self-reported grades were measured with two items asking students to describe their general academic performance, based on De Castella & Byrne, (2015) and Gao et al. (2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first hypothesis was confirmed when positive statistically significant correlations were found between both open-mindedness and savoring art and all sub-categories of MCH (Tables 1&2 for non and amateur musicians’ correlations respectively). This suggests that being open-minded and appreciating art are related to music consumption in both private and social forms, including discussing music. At this point, it’s unclear whether the psychological characteristics affect the conduct or vice versa, whether listening with others, discussing music, and attending concerts may affect a person’s tendency toward art and open-mindedness, and further research is needed. Hypothesis two was also confirmed when positive correlations were found between both open-mindedness and savoring art and MMP, while no correlations or negative ones were found with a preference for Algorithmic Passive (Tables 1&2). These suggest that while open-mindedness and art appreciation relate to active search and a network of mentorship, the opposite might be reflected in the preference for algorithmically generated suggestions as a form of mentorship. The differences between amateur and non-musicians were also confirmed (hypothesis 3), and partially confirmed (hypothesis 4), when the musicians’ means were significantly higher on all variables, except in the preference for algorithmic mentorship (Table 3). These suggest that being a musician is related mainly to social relations regarding music listening, whether in the form of recommendations or consumption, and further support findings that connect musicianship and mentoring preferences (Vaizman, 2023). The lack of differences in preference for algorithmic suggestions might point to app use that reflects current times, but not musicianship. Further research is needed to determine the causality between the study variables, and whether other listening habits and tendencies are related to socialization and education towards art appreciation in the streaming era. Due lack of space Tables aren’t attached and will be presented at the conference. References Chen, G., Gully, S. M., & Eden, D. (2001). Validation of a new general self-efficacy scale. Organizational research methods, 4(1), 62-83. Clark, K. N., & Malecki, C. K. (2019). Academic Grit Scale: Psychometric properties and associations with achievement and life satisfaction. Journal of school psychology, 72, 49-66. Cohen, S., Kamarck, T., & Mermelstein, R. (1983). A global measure of perceived stress. Journal of health and social behavior, 385-396. De Castella, K., & Byrne, D. (2015). My intelligence may be more malleable than yours: The revised implicit theories of intelligence (self-theory) scale is a better predictor of achievement, motivation, and student disengagement. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 30(3), 245-267. DeYoung, C. G., Quilty, L. C., & Peterson, J. B. (2007). Between facets and domains: 10 aspects of the Big Five. Journal of personality and social psychology, 93(5), 880-896. Diener, E. D., Emmons, R. A., Larsen, R. J., & Griffin, S. (1985). The satisfaction with life scale. Journal of personality assessment, 49(1), 71-75. Gao, J., Hodis, F. A., & Tait, C. F. (2022). University students' regulatory focus-mode profiles and their relationships with grit, critical thinking, effort regulation, and perceptions of academic success. Personality and Individual Differences, 189, 111474. Harpaz, G., Vaizman, T., & Yaffe, Y. (2023). University students' academic grit and academic achievements predicted by subjective well‐being, coping resources, and self‐cultivation characteristics. Higher Education Quarterly. (online: 03 July 2023). Kausar, S., & Ahmad, G. (2021). Perceived stress, self-efficacy and psychological wellbeing among performing arts students. Academic Journal of Social Sciences (AJSS), 5(3), 289-302. Kenny, D. (2011). The psychology of music performance anxiety. OUP Oxford. Komissarouk, S., Harpaz, G., & Nadler, A. (2017). Dispositional differences in seeking autonomy-or dependency-oriented help: Conceptual development and scale validation. Personality and Individual Differences, 108, 103–112. Lee, S. S., Lee, S.-H., & Choi, I. (2021). Do art lovers lead happier and even healthier lives? Investigating the psychological and physical benefits of savoring art. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts. Advance online publication. Ryff, C. D., & Keyes, C. L. M. (1995). The structure of psychological well-being revisited. Journal of personality and social psychology, 69(4), 719-729. Wilson, G. D. (2002). Psychology for performing artists. Whurr Publishers. Willis, S., Neil, R., Mellick, M. C., & Wasley, D. (2019). The relationship between occupational demands and well-being of performing artists: A systematic review. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 393. Wilson, G. D. (2002). Psychology for performing artists. Whurr Publishers. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Savoring Art, Open-Mindedness, Music Consumption Habits, and Mentorship in the Streaming Era – The Case of Amateur vs. Non-Musicians 1George Washington U, United States of America; 2The Open University of Israel; 3Hungarian Dance University Presenting Author:The streaming era has introduced more than a plentitude of new cultural content-filled platforms. It introduced new ways of searching, listening, and sharing (Tepper & Hargittai, 2009), and new ways of shaping culture, identity, connections, and socialization while overcoming traditional fostering environments like parental education, peer groups, and communities (Bourdieu, 1996). While music is still highly social and can invigorate gatherings with friends and family, personal consumption has become increasingly dependent on algorithms as shapers of taste (Hesmondhalgh, 2022). In fact, competition between music platforms has shifted from content and affordability to capturing the user by focusing on their emotional needs and preferences to retain their use (Hracs & Webster, 2021). However, media-based socialization occurs, not amid consumption, but rather through online communication and exchange of content (Steigler, 2018), making sharing and taste-influencing an important part of current socialization (Vaizman, 2022). Also affected by the streaming era, amateur musicianship became entangled with informal distant learning, which was further affected by COVID-19 social distancing. Distance has been bridged by online learning options, including communities of learning experiences and performance (Cayari, 2014, 2015; Waldron 2011, 2013). However, the abundance of “do-it-yourself” options has encouraged social detachment, dependent help-seeking opportunities, and teacher-student relationships neglections – all affecting learning abilities and possibly augmented during COVID-19 (Harpaz & Vaizman, 2023). Socialization is at the core of learning, especially through engagement with art, via the creation of communities, and by close educational circles from family to educators (Bourdieu, 1996). Music platforms’ algorithms, as well as movie/TV ones, have affected the human influential role on the entertainment and art consumer (Vaizman, 2023). To further assess the effects of the streaming era on socialization, this study focuses on musical relationships – taste fostering as expressed by music mentoring preferences of consumers, and music consumption habits. The relations between those were explored while considering two personal characteristics – open-mindedness and savoring art. Open-mindedness refers to a person’s mental openness to experience new things, as opposed to being involved in social actions (Soto & John, 2017). Savoring art is how Lee et al. (2021) describe a person’s tendency to appreciate art, to need it, as opposed to consuming or attending artistic events. Introduced during the pandemic, it is well suited for exploring the need for art in times of social distance (characterizing the streaming era) and the need for self-cultivation (Harpaz et al., 2023). To the best of our knowledge, the relationship between open-mindedness and savoring art and music consumption preferences has not yet been tested. In the present study, we chose to focus on music mentoring preferences (MMP) and music consumption habits (MCH(. MMP refers to music consumers’ tendency to rely on human vs. algorithmic music mentors, as recommenders of new content, whether passively or actively (Vaizman, 2023). MCH refers to routine conduct around music: private listening, social listening, discussing music, and attending musical events. Based on the literature suggesting that artists are open to experience (Schultz, 2022), and that music students have the tendency to prefer a network of music mentors, while non-music students rely more on algorithmic mentorship (Vaizman, 2023), hypotheses were formed under two dimensions: (1) correlations between music consumption and psychological characteristics, and (2) differences between amateur musicians and non-musicians regarding the tested variables. 1) A positive correlation exists between both open-mindedness and savoring art, and MCH. 2) A positive correlation exists between both open-mindedness and savoring art, and MMP, excluding Algorithmic Passive preference. 3) Amateur musicians would score higher than non-musicians on both open-mindedness and savoring art. 4) Amateur musicians would score higher than non-musicians on MCH and MMP. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method Participants 495 Participants from the US were collected by Prolific, an online research platform that recruits worldwide participants for surveys. The age range varies between 18 and 39 (M age=24.5, SD=4.3). Among the participants, 193 (39%) were amateur musicians and 306 (61%) non-musicians, 49.8% were males and 46.8% were females and the other 3.4% indicated the gender as ‘other’. Measures The participants answered background questionnaires (age, SES, sex, family status, employment, amateur musicianship) and the following scales: The open-mindedness questionnaire (Soto & John, 2017), twelve-item scale, Cronbach’s α in the current sample, 0.87. Savoring art scale (Lee et al., 2021) is a six-item scale, Cronbach’s α=0.80 in the current sample. MMP questionnaire (Vaizman and Harpaz, in-press), is a 22-item scale, composed of four sub-scales describing preferences for influential figures that expose the listener to new musical content: Human Active (Proactively contacting another person to receive recommendations for new listening content, or actively using musical content recommended by another person/s); Human Passive (consuming musical content passively by exposure to music played by others in social situations); Algorithmic Active (actively using music apps to search for new content(; Algorithmic Passive (passively using music apps’ algorithmically generated suggestions without intervention). Cronbach’s α=0.92, 0.60, 0.84, 0.73, respectively. MCH questionnaire (Vaizman and Harpaz, in-press) is a 22-item scale, composed of four sub-scales describing different modes of music consumption: Private Listening, Social Listening, Discussing Music, and (attending) Musical Events. Cronbach’s α=0.84, 0.86, 0.92, 0.93, respectively. Procedure After receiving approval from the Institutional Ethics Committee, data collection was carried out in March 2023, through an online link of the research questionnaires uploaded on the Prolific platform. Participation in the study, and answering the questionnaire, took about 10 minutes. The participants received payment for filling out the questionnaires. Participation was voluntary and withdrawal from the study was optional at any time. The anonymity of the participants was fully preserved. SPSS 25 was used to analyze the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first hypothesis was confirmed when positive statistically significant correlations were found between both open-mindedness and savoring art and all sub-categories of MCH (see Tables 1 and 2 for non and amateur musicians’ correlations respectively). This suggests that being open-minded and appreciating art are related to music consumption in both private and social forms, including discussing music. At this point, it’s unclear whether the psychological characteristics affect the conduct or vice versa, whether listening with others, discussing music, and attending concerts may affect a person’s tendency toward art and open-mindedness, and further research is needed. Hypothesis two was also confirmed when positive correlations were found between both open-mindedness and savoring art and MMP, while no correlations or negative ones were found with a preference for Algorithmic Passive (see Tables 1 and 2 in the appendix). These suggest that while open-mindedness and art appreciation relate to active search and a network of mentorship, the opposite might be reflected in the preference for algorithmically generated suggestions as a form of mentorship. The differences between amateur and non-musicians were also confirmed (hypothesis 3), and partially confirmed (hypothesis 4), when the musicians’ means were significantly higher on all variables, except in the preference for algorithmic mentorship (see Table 3 in the appendix). These suggest that being a musician is related mainly to social relations regarding music listening, whether in the form of recommendations or consumption, and further support findings that connect musicianship and mentoring preferences (Vaizman, 2023). The lack of differences in preference for algorithmic suggestions might point to app use that reflects current times, but not musicianship. Further research is needed to determine the causality between the study variables, and whether other listening habits and tendencies are related to socialization and education towards art appreciation in the streaming era. References Bourdieu, P. (1996). The Rules of Art: Genesis and Structure of the Literary Field. Polity Press. Cayari, C. (2014). Using informal education through music video creation. General Music Today, 27(3), 17–22. https://doi.org/10.1177/1048371313492537 Cayari, C. (2015). Participatory culture and informal music learning through video creation in the curriculum. International Journal of Community Music, 8(1), 41–57. https://doi.org/10.1386/ijcm.8.1.41_1 Harpaz, G., & Vaizman, T. (2023). Music self-efficacy predicted by self-esteem, grit, and (in)formal learning preferences among amateur musicians who use online music tutorials. Psychology of Music, 51(4), 1333-1348. https://doi.org/10.1177/03057356221135676 Harpaz, G., Vaizman, T., & Yaffe, Y. (2023). University students' academic grit and academic achievements predicted by subjective well‐being, coping resources, and self‐cultivation characteristics. Higher Education Quarterly. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12455 Hracs, B. J., & Webster, J. (2021). From selling songs to engineering experiences: exploring the competitive strategies of music streaming platforms. Journal of Cultural Economy, 14(2), 240-257. https://doi.org/10.1080/17530350.2020.1819374 Lee, S. S., Lee, S.-H. & Choi, I. (2021). Do art lovers lead happier and even healthier lives? Investigating the psychologicaland physical benefits of savoring art. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts. https://doi.org/10.1037/aca0000441 Schultz, W. T. (2022). The mind of the artist: Personality and the drive to create. Oxford University Press. Soto, C. J., & John, O. P. (2017). The next Big Five Inventory (BFI-2): Developing and assessing a hierarchical model with 15 facets to enhance bandwidth, fidelity, and predictive power. Journal of personality and social psychology, 113(1), 117. Steigler, C. (2018). Invading Europe: Netflix’s Expansion to the European Market and the Example of Germany. In: K. McDonald & D. Smith-Rowsey (Eds.). The Netflix effect: Technology and entertainment in the 21st century. Bloomsbury Publishing USA. 235-242. Tepper, S. J., & Hargittai, E. (2009). Pathways to music exploration in a digital age. Poetics, 37(3), 227-249. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.poetic.2009.03.003 Vaizman, T. (2022). Teenagers Listening – Everyday Habits, Music Mentors and 'Musical Nutrition'. Doctoral thesis, University of Haifa. Vaizman, T. (2023). Music Mentors of the Streaming Era: from Algorithms to Influential Figures. Journal of Applied Youth Studies, 6, 45–66. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43151-023-00090-2 Waldron, J. (2011). Locating narratives in postmodern spaces: A cyber ethnographic field study of informal music learning in online community. Action, Criticism, and Theory for Music Education, 10(2), 32–60. Waldron, J. (2013). YouTube, fanvids, forums, vlogs and blogs: Informal music learning in a convergent on-and offline music community. International Journal of Music Education, 31(1), 91–105. https://doi.org/10.1177/0255761411434861 |
15:15 - 16:45 | 30 SES 02 A: Transforming and Changing in ESE Research and Practice Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Paul Vare Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Sustainable School Food Experiences: A Transformative Mechanism for Levelling up the Nation University of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper addresses the imminent challenges of childhood obesity, childhood food poverty, food system induced biodiversity loss, and climate change through an examination of the integration of meals and food education provision in schools. School meals are one of the largest social safety nets in the world (Alderman & Bundy, 2012) yet school meal service has been characterised with the predominance of ultra-processed food (Parnham et al., 2022), due to the reliance on a small number of large multinational wholesale corporations (Sabet, 2022). This results in children experiencing the same narrow variety of food on the plate every day. Furthermore, despite the statutory requirement for food education since 2014, significant enhancements in provision have not materialised (Ballam, 2018). Guided by the research question on how integrated 'food experiences' during meals and education provision can serve as a transformative mechanism to alleviate health inequalities in school food, this study builds on the findings of a realist evaluation on a sustainable school food intervention in three schools in England. The study presents a new integrative approach to school food while highlighting its potential in addressing health inequalities in schools.
This study is founded on the concept of ‘sustainable school food’, which refers to a complex system that integrates the dimensions of nutrition, and environmental sustainability associated with meal provision, with food education in schools (Jones et al., 2012). Against the backdrop of a diminishing positive human connection to nature, particularly among disadvantaged populations, leading to a phenomenon which has been referred to as the ‘extinction of experience’ (Pyle, 1978). This study draws on John Dewey's philosophy of experiential learning (1932) to formulate a conceptual understanding of school food experiences which integrates meals and education provision in schools. Experiential learning theory posits that effective learning occurs through direct experience of doing and reflection, which is particularly pertinent to food education in schools. Emphasising experiential learning, the study explores how the amalgamation of meals and education facilitates transformational learning opportunities for pupils. On the one hand portraying sustainable school meals as a pedagogical tool to enhance culinary capital (Kamphuis et al., 2015), and on the other utilising food education to provide authentic learning opportunities such as cooking and farm visits (Smeds et al, 2015).
Utilising school meals as a learning opportunity is often founded in communal food sharing (Andersen et al., 2015), and social interactions (Lalli, 2022),, reflecting the principle of authenticity and relevance (Smeds, 2015). Such understanding of school food practice is founded on Dewey’s perception of learning needs and the urgency for education to meet those within the pupil’s immediate surrounding (Dewey, 1932; Smeds, 2015). Therefore, school meals can be employed as a pedagogical tool which reinforces pupils' learning on food through relevant and meaningful practice (Osowski et al., 2013).
This study posits a conceptual understanding of experiential food education, emphasising practical and relevant learning as a core component. The study explores how the meals and education provision in schools converge offering transformational learning opportunities for pupils. Such integration presents school meals as a pedagogical tool which aims to expose children to a wide variety of sustainable food, and enrich their culinary capital. On the other hand, food education embodies authentic experiences with authentic actors in authentic settings. Examples from the study included cooking school meals, with kitchen and teaching staff, in the school kitchen and engaging in food growing activities with small farmers in local farms during farm visits.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on a large doctoral realist evaluation study of a sustainable school meal intervention enhanced by an experiential food education content in three schools in England. Data was collected using a mixed methods approach on two phases. The aim of Phase 1 was to develop initial programme theories for sustainable school food as reflected in meals and education provision through practice-embedded stakeholder input. During Phase 1, we collected and analysed data from a web-based survey to eight primary schools, semi structured interviews with 15 key informants, and in person observations in 3 schools. Following exploratory phase, a realist evaluation was conducted and data were collected using mixed methods across three case studies to generate qualitative, quantitative and comparative evidence (Pawson, 2013). Methods employed included multiple observations of food experiences during lunch and food education lessons during the intervention, semi-structured interviews with multiple programme experts, 12 focus groups with pupils across all schools as well as well as documents review of menus, kitchen recipes, and wholesale price lists. Quantitative data including records of meals uptake and collected weight of plate waste over three weeks before and during the intervention and were cross-examined with the qualitative data. Finally, comparative evidence was drawn across the three case studies which held particular significance in elucidating context-specific findings (Pawson, 2013). Data generated from each of the three cases was analysed separately for a profound in situ understanding of the phenomenon within each context. Following on from this, the data was cross-case analysed for a more holistic understanding of the phenomena. The quantitative analysis, from the life cycle analysis, financial analysis, and records of meals uptake numbers and weight of plate waste interrelated with the qualitative data drawn from the observations, interviews and focus groups (Handley et al., 2020). Both interviews and focus groups data were transcribed verbatim and contemporaneously with each round of data collection. Hand-written field notes, email correspondences were also transcribed and saved into dated and named Word files under each case. The data analysis process was iterative to accommodate the building and refinement of explanatory theories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from the realist evaluation underscore the urgency for integrative practice of meals and food education which holds transformative potential in mitigating structural health inequalities experienced by disadvantaged pupils. Experiential food education offers practical opportunities to pupils that may be otherwise limited or absent from their primary education. This paper unveils two latent phenomena within the context of school food in England, denoted as the 'illusion of choice' and the 'extinction of food experience.' The illusion of choice pertains to the apparent diversity in school meals, presenting 3-5 menu options daily. However, these well-promoted menus frequently consist of the same restricted range of ultra-processed food items and a limited variety of fresh fruits and vegetables. Consequently, this practice restricts pupils' exposure to high-quality food and inhibits the exploration of new flavours. Conversely, the concept of food education, emphasising hands-on practical food experiences, emerges as a transformative force, particularly for pupils from disadvantaged backgrounds. In such instances, where pupils often encounter constraints in accessing diverse food experiences beyond the school environment, hands-on food education proves to be exceptionally impactful. The study's findings underscore the transformative potential of integrated school food practices, particularly in alleviating structural health inequalities experienced by disadvantaged pupil populations. Experiential food education provides practical opportunities, such as growing, preparing and cooking food, which are often restricted for pupils from disadvantaged backgrounds. Sustainable school meals which are high in a variety of fresh and seasonal fruits and vegetables maximise pupils’ exposure to new food experiences, familiarise them with sustainable food choices and enrich their culinary capital. In conclusion, this paper advocates for the integration of meals and education into a new transformative approach to school food with a focus on relevance and experience. Such integration can serve as a powerful mechanism in addressing health inequalities among pupils in schools. References Alderman, H., & Bundy, D. (2012). School feeding programs and development: Are we framing the question correctly? World Bank Research Observer, 27(2), 204–221. https://doi.org/10.1093/wbro/lkr005 Andersen, S. S., Holm, L., & Baarts, C. (2015). School meal sociality or lunch pack individualism? Using an intervention study to compare the social impacts of school meals and packed lunches from home. Social Science Information, 54(3), 394–416. https://doi.org/10.1177/0539018415584697 Ballam, R. (2018). Where next for food education? Nutrition Bulletin, 43(1), 7–9. https://doi.org/10.1111/nbu.12303 Dewey, J. (1932). The School and Society. The University of Chicago Press. Handley, M., Bunn, F., Lynch, J., & Goodman, C. (2020). Using non-participant observation to uncover mechanisms: Insights from a realist evaluation. Evaluation, 26(3), 380–393. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356389019869036 Jones, M., Dailami, N., Weitkamp, E., Kimberlee, R., & Salmon, D. (2012). Engaging Secondary School Students in Food-Related Citizenship: Achievements and Challenges of A Multi-Component Programme. Education Sciences, 77–90. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci2020077 Kamphuis, C. B. M., Jansen, T., Mackenbach, J. P., & Van Lenthe, F. J. (2015). Bourdieu’s cultural capital in relation to food choices: A systematic review of cultural capital indicators and an empirical proof of concept. PLoS ONE, 10(8). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0130695 Lalli, G. S. (2022). The school restaurant: Ethnographic reflections in researching children’s food space. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 35(1), 48–57. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2020.1797210 Osowski, P. C., Göranzon, H., & Fjellström, C. (2013). Teachers’ interaction with children in the school meal situation: The example of pedagogic meals in Sweden. Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior, 45(5), 420–427. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jneb.2013.02.008 Parnham, J. C., Chang, K., Rauber, F., Levy, R. B., Millett, C., Laverty, A. A., Hinke, S. Von, & Vamos, E. P. (2022). The Ultra-Processed Food Content of School Meals and Packed Lunches in the United Kingdom. Nutrients, 14(14), 2961. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14142961 Pawson, R. (2013). The science of evaluation: A realist manifesto. Sage Publications, Inc. Pyle, R. (1978). The extinction of experience. Horticulture, 56, 64–67. https://www.cairn.info/revue-ecologie-et-politique-2016-2-page-185.htm?ref=doi Sabet, F. (2022). Sustainable school food procurement in England: When there is a will, there is a way. In Bruce, D. & Bruce, A. (Eds.), Transforming food systems: Ethics, innovation, and responsibility (pp. 76-81). https://doi.org/10.3920/978-90-8686-939-8_10 Smeds, P., Jeronen, E., & Kurppa, S. (2015). Farm Education and the Value of Learning in an Authentic Learning Environment. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 10(3), 381-404. Retrieved on 15 January 2020 from https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ1069262 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Understanding Transformative Agency by Analyzing Students’ Writings on the Future University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Global sustainability crises and accelerating societal and technological development are posing new demands for education at all levels. A lack of stable future horizons can lead young people to regard the future with hopelessness, to take directionless actions and to exhibit inabilities to project themselves into the future (Cook, 2016; Rosa, 2013; Rubin, 2013). Meanwhile, the United Nations’ Agenda 2030 program calls for societal transformations that cannot be achieved without transgenerational thinking, responsibility and transformative abilities of the young (Unesco, 2017). These emerging goals of education connect to agency, the capacity for autonomous social action during which people intentionally transform their social and material worlds (Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Emirbayer & Mische, 1998; Lipponen & Kumpulainen, 2011). Policy documents worldwide promote agency as an educational objective in order to enhance responsible participation in the complex and uncertain world (e.g. OECD, 2018). This paper addresses one of the “leverage points” to fostering students’ agency: by analyzing and broadening the ways in which they think about the future. Indeed, agency is intertwined with futures thinking since “agency involves the idea of projection and implies anticipation” (Cuzzocrea & Mandich, 2016). Also according to the seminal work on agency by Emirbayer and Mische (1998), an individual’s capacity for action, imagination and making change in relation to structural contexts is profoundly dependent on how they perceive their own relationship to the past, future and present in different situations and moments of time. Our take on the concepts of “future” and “futures thinking” draws on the research field futures studies (e.g. Bishop, Hines & Collins, 2007; Börjeson et al., 2006; Kousa, 2011). The basics of futures-thinking in that field involve, e.g., understanding the plurality of futures, disengaging from deterministic future views, identifying and questioning assumptions to develop alternative scenarios, and understanding that small changes can become major changes over time. Research in the field has shown that positive images of the future have positive effects on an individual’s life (Bell, 1997; Rubin, 2013). Focusing on threats as well as not questioning ’automatic’ future-thinking patterns narrow down thinking and thereby limit the possibilities (Hutchinson, 1996), while the perspective of hope encourages to see alternatives and opportunities (Lombardo & Cornish, 2010). A typical approach to analyze futures thinking in the field of futures studies is that scenarios, or images of the future, can be created from various orientations (see e.g. Bishop et al., 2007; Börjeson et al., 2006; Hicks & Holden, 1995; Voros, 2003). The first type of orientation discusses what the future is likely to be (probable futures), while the two other types of futures thinking concern what the future could be (possible futures), and what it should be (preferable futures) (e.g. Börjeson et al., 2006). The study reported here employed these orientations to analyze students’ writings on the future and agency-related views in them. The study examined the following three research questions: 1. How do the different types of futures thinking manifest in students’ essays on the future? 2. What is the prevalence of different types of futures thinking in students’ essays on the future? 3. How do the types of futures thinking connect to the temporal dimensions of agency? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper summarises the results and outcomes of four part-studies analysing students’ writings on the future, and one part-study analysing upper secondary school science curricula from five European countries. The main corpus of the data on students’ perceptions consisted of 16-19 year old upper secondary school students’ essays on a desirable future, collected in Finland (n=58) and Italy (n=223). Additional data from the Netherlands was analysed to expand the research into younger, 8-14 years old children. Students’ narratives were analysed by qualitative content analysis and narrative inquiry, also used in earlier research on youth’s agency and views of the future (e.g. Angheloiu et al., 2020). For the curriculum analysis, a subset of European secondary-level science curricula (i.e. Dutch, English, Finnish, Italian and Lithuanian) was selected. The qualitative content analysis combined inductive and deductive coding, latter basing on the model of Futures Conciousness (Ahvenharju et al., 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis resulted in three categories of “future talk”, each representing a different type of futures thinking as manifested in the essays. We argue that the recognized types of future talk may offer interesting facets to understanding students’ agentic orientations. Type 1 (“Stability/extrapolation”) of futures talk demonstrates the capacities to selectively recognize, locate and implement schemas (experiences, trends, etc.) which are central to Emirbayer’s and Mische’s (1998) iterational dimension of agency. Both types 2 and 3 demonstrate a capacity for imaginative distancing (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998; Mead, 1932) – detaching oneself from constraining assumptions, schemas, habits and traditions – characteristic to the projective dimension of agency. The types of futures talk can thereby be connected, respectively, to the reproductive and transformative types of agency. Our results imply that students need practice to be able to imagine futures based on values, dreams and choices; this type of thinking (“preferable futures”) is needed to activate the projective dimension of agency. It is, however, not a single type of futures thinking but a combination of them which constitutes an effective agentic orientation -- cf. the “chordal triad” of the three temporal dimensions of agency (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998). Therefore, education developing students’ futures thinking should aim to find a balance between imaginative distancing (types 2 and 3 of futures talk) and selective recognition and implementation of schemas (type 1 of futures talk). We argue that this is crucial in order to foster students’ transformative agency in the age of sustainability crises and accelerating societal and technological development. References Bell, W. (1997). Foundations of futures studies: human science for a new era. Vol. 1, History, purposes and knowledge. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. Biesta, G. & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149. Bishop, P., Hines, A., & Collins, T. (2007). The current state of scenario development: An overview of techniques. Foresight, 9(1), 5-25. https://doi.org/10.1108/14636680710727516 Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Börjeson, L., Höjer, M., Dreborg, K., Ekvall, T. & Finnveden, G. (2006). Scenario types and techniques: Towards a user's guide. Futures, 38, 723-739. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2005.12.002 Connelly, F. M. & Clandinin, D. J. (1990). Stories of experience and narrative inquiry. Educational researcher, 19, 2-14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X019005002 Cook, J. (2016). Young adults’ hopes for the long-term future: from re-enchantment with technology to faith in humanity. Journal of Youth Studies, 19(4), 517–532. Cuzzocrea, V. & Mandich, G. (2016). Students’ narratives of the future: Imagined mobilities as forms of youth agency? Journal of Youth Studies, 19(4), 552-567. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2015.1098773 Emirbayer, M. & Mische, A. (1998). What Is Agency? The American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962-1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294 Hicks, D. & Holden, C. (1995). Visions of the future: Why we need to teach for tomorrow. Stoke-on-Trent: Trentham Books. Hutchinson, F. (1996). Educating beyond violent futures. London: Routledge. Kousa, T. (2011). Evolution of futures studies. Futures, 43(3), 327-336. Lipponen, L. & Kumpulainen, K. (2011). Acting as accountable authors: Creating interactional spaces for agency work in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(5), 812-819. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.01.001 Lombardo, T. & Cornish, E. (2010). Wisdom facing forward: What it means to have heightened future consciousness. The Futurist, 44(5), 34-42. Mead, G. H. (1932). The Philosophy of the Present. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. OECD (2018), The Future of Education and Skills. Education 2030: The Future We Want. Retrieved at https://www.oecd.org/education/2030/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf Rosa, H. (2013). Social Acceleration: A New Theory of Modernity. New York, NY: Columbia University Press. Rubin, A. (2013). Hidden, inconsistent, and influential: Images of the future in changing times. Futures, 45, S38-S44. Unesco (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning objectives. Paris: Unesco. Voros, J. (2003). A generic foresight process framework. Foresight, 5, 10-21. https://doi.org/10.1108/14636680310698379 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Tracing Students’ Ideologies about the salmon, human and nature; An Open Schooling Intervention University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:The Anthropocene is an era characterized by existential ruptures to life as we know it, including climate change, biodiversity loss, and breached planetary boundaries. The important role of education in meeting these challenges has been highlighted by scholars (White et al., 2022), and it is argued that we need to rethink education for a sustainable future. In Science education, several scholars argue for new visions of scientific literacy, such as scientific literacy for change-making and transformative action (Mueller et al., 2022; Tasquier et al., 2022). When students are learning to read, write, and talk science, they are also learning to think in a scientific way; they are being encultured into the culture of science (Knain, 2014). This is because the scientific language has evolved to structure texts documenting the scientist's worldview (Halliday, 2003). The scientific language is characterized by high lexical density, use of passive voice, high use of technical and academic language, and the use of nominalizations (Osborne, 2023). This contributes to making the language effective and packed with information. However, this language can also contribute to obscure agency, such as when the process of cutting down trees is described as deforestation (Osborne, 2023). Another example of how scientific language can obscure agency was given in Knain’s (2001a) analysis of the Norwegian curriculum decades ago. Here, he showed how the description of the environmental destruction resulting from the use of DDT was described in a way that DDT, and not humans, was presented as the actor who harmed life: DDT, which killed pests and limited diseases, accumulated in the food chain and harmed life at many levels unintentionally. Knain (2001a) argues that the discourse appears to have a preserving effect. Ecolinguistics is a field that uses linguistic analysis to reveal the underlying stories, or ideologies, we live by, questions the stories that are destructive, and then tries to come up with new stories (Stibbe, 2015). Science education has been criticized for being fact-oriented, avoiding normative issues, which would rather be addressed in other subjects (Bostad & Hessen, 2019; Kvamme, Reiss, 1999). Values are an important part of education for sustainable development, but in science curricula, textbooks, and classrooms, normative and value-laden issues are often avoided to present an image of science as objective (Knain, 2001b). Bostad and Hessen (2019) argue for the importance of balancing fact-based science and ecology education with an education that fosters an emotional connection with nature. In a supporting document to the science PISA framework (White et al., 2022), it is highlighted that we need to rethink our relationship with nature and other species by adopting an ecocentric worldview that sees humans as an integral part of the environment rather than separate from it. This paper focuses on The Salmon Project, a 13-week interdisciplinary open schooling intervention co-created by teachers and researchers. Through classroom instruction and field trips to the salmon spawning site, the students engaged deeply with the lifecycle of salmon. The teaching intervention had a narrative approach, in which the students, throughout the whole period of the project, worked on developing a film script about the salmon life cycle. Focusing on students’ film, we have done a qualitative discourse analysis partly based on the framework of functional grammar (Halliday, 2003) and a social semiotic analysis based on Kress & Van Leeuwen’s framework (2006). Research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presented study focuses on a case study that was a part of the larger EU-funded Horizon 2020 project Science Education for Action and Engagement towards Sustainability (SEAS). SEAS established, coordinated, and evaluated collaboration among six open schooling networks in seven European countries. Open schooling is an innovative approach to education that bridges school and society to approach socio-ecological challenges collaboratively. The aim with the analysis is to gain insight into how a narrative approach to a science-related theme in an interdisciplinary open schooling intervention can contribute to fruitful negotiation of values, perspectives, and emotional connectedness to nature. How can education change the stories we live by? (Stibbe, 2015). We are also interested in how students' agency can be investigated through discourse analysis. According to Halliday (2003), language is a social semiotic system where functional grammar is seen as a resource for meaning-making. Kress & Van Leeuwen (2006) further developed this framework also to include multimodal representations. By studying the metafunctions of language and students’ semiotic choices, it is also possible to get insight into how they negotiate implicit ideologies. Further, language use can be an expression of agency. In our analysis of the text, we focus particularly on the use of nominalizations, modality, and the kind of processes in focus (material, mental, relational, existential). In the analysis of the film, we also focus what processes in focus and on perspective and modality. The notion of coding orientation is relevant in investigating modality. For instance, in scientific discourse, there is a high use of abstract representation, such as graphs and diagrams, and less use of realistic pictures. In a scientific coding orientation, therefore, diagrams and abstracted representations can have higher modality than pictures. In everyday discourse, on the other hand, realistic pictures and movies can have high modality as they show reality. They can often be used to trigger emotions and perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis shows that the students’ text had characteristics of scientific discourse with a high focus on material processes. This is not surprising as it focuses on the life-cycle of salmon. The language contains many nominalizations, such as spawning and migration. However, this scientific discourse was blended with a more direct and confronting discourse towards human actions. For instance: “Every year humans dump 8 million tons of plastic and waste into the ocean” points very clearly toward human actions and thereby serves as a contrast to typical science discourse, which has been criticized for obscuring human responsibilities (Osborne, 2023). This message is strengthened by a realistic picture of a river full of waste. We argue that this language use, combining scientific discourse with a discourse focusing more on humans responsibilities is an expression of agency. Learning science is about learning the language of science (Osborne, 2023). However, in order to change science education, as called for by scholars (White et al., 2022), we also need to use language in new ways to invent new stories about our relationship with nature. Our analysis of the film scripts and the movie shows that the students negotiated different ideologies about salmon, humans, and nature: Salmon as a victim, salmon as a superhero, salmon as food, salmon as a part of populations and ecosystems, and salmon as a product/business. These negotiations can be seen as a way to rethink our relationship with nature and other species (White et al., 2022). Bostad and Hessen (2019) suggest that deep ecology can serve a bridge-building function between the more fact-based ecology and normative questions and emotions. Our analysis revealed that the salmon project, as an open schooling intervention expressed through students' film scripts, blended the more scientific ecological perspective with a more emotional and normative perspective. References Bostad, I., & Hessen, D. O. (2019). Learning and loving of nature in the Anthropocene. How to broaden science with curiosity and passion. Studier i pædagogisk filosofi, 8(1), 28-42. Dillon, J., Achiam, M., & Glackin, M. (2021). The Role of Out-of-School Science Education in Addressing Wicked Problems: An Introduction. In Addressing Wicked Problems through Science Education: The Role of Out-of-School Experiences (pp. 1-8). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Halliday, M. (2003). On language and linguistics. In J. Webster (Ed.), The collected works of M. A. K. Halliday (Vol. 3).Continuum. Herbel-Eisenmann, B., Sinclair, N., Chval, B. K., Clements, H. D., Civil, M., Pape, J. S., Stephan, M., Wanko, J. J., & Wilkerson, L. T. (2016). Positioning mathematics education researchers to influence storylines. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 47(2), 102–117. https://doi.org/10.5951/jresematheduc.47.2.0102 Knain, E. (2001a). Naturfagets tause stemme. Norsk sakprosa. Knain, E. (2001b). Ideologies in school science textbooks. International Journal of Science Education, 23(3), 319-329. Knain, E. (2015). Scientific literacy for participation: A systemic functional approach to analysis of school science discourses. In Scientific Literacy for Participation. Brill. Kress, G., & Van Leeuwen, T. (1996). Reading images: The grammar of visual design (1st ed.). Routledge. Mueller, M. L., Jornet, A., Knain, E., (2022). Science Education for Action and engagement for Sustainability (Summary report) University of Oslo. Retrieved from: seas-summary-report-2022.pdf (uio.no) Osborne, J. (2023). Science, scientific literacy, and science education. In Handbook of research on science education (pp. 785-816). Routledge. Stibbe, A. (2015). Ecolinguistics: Language, ecology and the stories we live by. Routledge. Tasquier, G., Knain, E., & Jornet, A. (2022). Scientific literacies for change making: equipping the young to tackle current societal challenges. In Frontiers in Education (p. 134). Frontiers in Education (p. 134). White, P.J., Ardoin, N.A., Eames, C., Monroe, M.C. (2023). Agency in the Anthropocene: Supporting document to the PISA 2025 Science Framework, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 297, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/8d3b6cfa-en. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 30 SES 02 B: Transdisciplinary approaches to ESE Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nicola Walshe Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Aesthetic Knowing in Biology Education: Towards a ‘Science of Qualities’ During the Ecological Crisis university of edinburgh, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper makes two contributions to reconstructing science education curriculum. Its theoretical contribution is to define 'aesthetic knowing' and outline a rationale for cultivating it in science education responding to the ecological crisis. I argue that through the perception of relationships, 'aesthetic knowing' plays a necessary, albeit subterranean role in science education, and that science education should more explicitly cultivate aesthetic knowing, as well as the capacity to consider tradeoffs/synergies between aesthetic and other kinds of knowing. I suggest much of science's complicity in the ecological crisis is linked to discounting aesthetic knowing's role in empirical engagement, and curtailing its development in science education. Second, its practical contribution is to share and discuss approaches I have taken to developing 'aesthetic knowing' in ITE biology education across three different pedagogical contexts. I first define aesthetic knowing, consider its relationship with other epistemic approaches, and outline what it offers to the perception, understanding and participation in empirical phenomena. Aesthetic knowing occurs when we 'catch' the gestalt (the form) quality of relations (Zwicky 2019). Put simply, aesthetic knowing is why we can perceive a melody rather than a sequence of detached notes, or recognise a face instead of a collection of disparate spatial features (Author a). Its capacity to home in on spatial and temporal relationships is necessary for the perception of 'ecological process' writ large, from co-constituting relations in gene regulation and other intracellular processes (Brookfield 2005), to organismic homeostatic and social interactions, up to the patterns and fluctuations of planetary biogeochemical cycles (Margulis & Sagan 1997). It is, however, not limited to trading simplistic linear models for 'systems theory' accounts emphasising circularity, feedback and so on (Orr 1992), which are rather skeletal illustrations of aesthetic knowing's capabilities. Aesthetic knowing doesn't merely perceive a face from the relation between eyes and nose and so on. It is also distinguishes one face from another -even if formally they contain all the same features. In other words, aesthetic knowing perceives not only form but the 'quality of relations' in the structures in catches. By perceiving the quality of relations between entities at various levels, aesthetic knowing perceives both nomothetic regularities and idiographic particularities in the gestalt of developing ecological systems (Author b). This includes sensing whether ecologies are healthy and thriving, or vulnerable or collapsing, which is crucial for education aiming for sustainability in both human health and biotic flourishing. Most ecologies occur at spatiotemporal scales occluded from direct view. It is a pedagogical problem how we might 'train' our aesthetic knowing in encounter with them, because many tools to perceive such ecologies reduce the texture investigated relations into snapshots and summaries. I suggest starting with dynamics immediately available in students' worlds, and offer three easily accessed pedagogical domains. The first is the ongoing experienced ecology arising from the very relations between people in the classroom. Aspects of these relationalities can be foregrounded through diverse pedagogies. A second domain is the opportunity-rich relational space between students and other organisms in local outdoor learning, where students can develop deeper acquaintance with live ecological dynamics. The third involves incorporating arts into biology education (ex. STEAM). Not only can art cultivate closer observational capacity, creating art is a continuous training in ecological participation (van Boeckel 2007). These immediate contexts can prime students to expect similarly rich concrete dynamics at other ecological levels, and not be hoodwinked into assuming simplicity at other microscopic or macroscopic levels. This has consequences for epistemic claims at these levels, and how we evaluate the sustainability of technologies and interventions based on them. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is a theoretical engagement with my own practice, in dialogue with several literatures. The method employed to develop and defend 'aesthetic knowing' is primarily philosophical. It seeks to distinguish aesthetic knowing from analytic knowing and systemic/complexity forms of knowing, while also defending the need for all epistemic modes to more responsively encounter the world and its many relations. It seeks to locate these modes of knowing pragmatically insofar as they participate in the very ecologies they perceive and articulate, and politically through the ways different modes are favoured or backgrounded for different purposes. The practical dimension of the work describes experiences attempting to engage with ecologising actualising in real time as a means of cultivating aesthetic knowing. My approach is to describe both how aesthetic knowing illuminates the concrete character of co-constituting relations, and how it is itself more deeply understood through considering how it works vis a vis those relations. I also reflect on challenges and opportunities engaging with ITE students, including prospects for investigating how aesthetic knowing can in turn be explored in high school science classrooms. I consider the purposes, scope and limitations of aesthetic knowing in science education, and how it operates in mediated contexts as well, such as in statistical interpretations. I also consider aesthetic knowing’s relationship to Indigenous approaches to knowledge that also focus on aesthetic approaches to perception (ex Kimmerer 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From intracellular processes to planetary biogeochemical cycles, dynamic systems of reciprocally interacting living and nonliving entities pervade the biosphere. Although such ecologies are ubiquitous, in high school biology classrooms (UK and North America, for instance) the thinking and practices required to see, understand and respond to such phenomena is only required and taught in specific and stereotypical contexts. Too many students exit science studies with a head full of scattered facts, mostly depicting simplistic cause-effect relations, and with little sense of any unifying bio-logic. This is pedagogically, but also ontologically, epistemologically, and ethically problematic in this era of accelerating ecological challenges. A 'science of qualities' to use mathematical biologist Brian Goodwin's term (1994), recognises the ontological significance of quality in the natural world and seeks qualitative supplementation to quantitative methods in scientific investigation. Aesthetic knowing is the process by which we pick up spatiotemporal patterns, and variations in those patterns, and thereby crucial in empirical investigation into not only generalities, but particularities too, and the relationship between the particular and the general. Treating phenomena solely as 'cases' of generic laws or properties misses out on understanding not only the dynamism of living systems, but also underemphasises side effects of applying such science. By contrast, an education system that addresses the varied sustainability challenges of contemporary ecological crises would foster a public able to understand and respond to the particularities of living processes and systems, and to evaluate (and/or develop) better attitudes, values, and concepts, but also technologies, natural management schemes or policies accordingly. To do so, biology education should foreground the qualitative nature of the curricular topics it studies, and ecologise its approach in turn. References Author a Author b Brookfield, J. F. Y. 2005. “The Ecology of the Genome –Mobile DNA Elements and Their Hosts.” Nature Reviews. Genetics 6 (2): 128–136. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrg1524 Goodwin, B (1994). How the leopard changed its spots. London: Phoenix. Kimmerer, R. W. 2015. Braiding Sweetgrass. Minneapolios, MN: Milkweed Edition. Margulis, L., and D. Sagan. 1997. What is Life? Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Orr, D. 1992. _Ecological Literacy: Education and the Transition to a Postmodern World_. Albany, NY: SUNY Press. Van Boeckel, J. (2007). Artful empiricism and improvising with the unforeseen. In Culture in Sustainability, edited by Asikainen et al, 143-160. Zwicky, J. 2019. The Experience of Meaning_ Montreal, Canada: McGill-Queen’s University Press. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Human agency in Dealing with Challenges in Transdisciplinary Learning for Sustainability in Higher Education: A Scoping Literature Review Wageningen University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Higher education institutions play a crucial role in educating future agents who are supposed to contribute to the successful implementation of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The wicked nature of sustainability-related problems requires higher education institutions to re-design and broaden their curricula to become more real-life oriented and transdisciplinary by establishing connections among various disciplines and with non-academic partners from society (Sherren, 2008). Consequently, courses involving transdisciplinary learning approaches where students collaborate with peers with various disciplinary backgrounds and non-academic partners have become popular in higher education for sustainable development (Menon & Suresh, 2020). Research has revealed numerous benefits of transdisciplinary learning settings for sustainability-oriented higher education. Students reported improved communication and teamwork skills, increased agency in terms of enhanced self-efficacy and self-regulation skills (Adefila et al., 2023) after participating transdisciplinary courses. Additionally, students became more willing to collaborate with societal stakeholders and were more open to different perspectives, as demonstrated in research on transdisciplinary learning workshop (Oonk et al., 2022). Another prominent learning outcome of transdisciplinary learning, mentioned by multiple studies, was that it empowered learners as agents capable of addressing sustainability-related problems and instigating changes through collective actions (Horner et al., 2021; Tassone et al., 2017). While transdisciplinary learning for sustainability offers rich learning benefits, it is also regarded as a challenging learning process by many studies. Research on learners’ experiences highlighted that, due to the different and even conflicting viewpoints in transdisciplinary learning process for sustainability, engaging non-academic partners and integrating various disciplinary knowledge and capacities are difficult (Killion et al., 2018). As a result, students might simplify sustainability-related problems by not including all stakeholders and avoided authentic transdisciplinary learning experience by narrowing their focus (Veltman et al., 2021). Current research recognizes transdisciplinary learning is a promising yet challenging approach for higher education for sustainability. However, hardly any research has been done to connect challenges in learning experience with the learning outcome of increased agency. It is still unclear what agency in transdisciplinary learning for sustainability entails and how it manifests itself in dealing with the corresponding challenges. This present review study adopts a systems perspective by taking all three main groups of actors in transdisciplinary learning for sustainability-namely, students, educational staff and societal partners-into account and regards them as equal learners. The study aims to address the above-mentioned scientific gap and provide advice for future empirical research by mapping out the learning challenges in transdisciplinary learning experience from various learners’ perspective. It also explores how learners exert their agency to deal with challenges in transdisciplinary learning, and in return, increase their agency on both individual and collective levels. Agency for sustainability that refers to the intentions and corresponding capabilities to take individual, proxy or collective actions to continuously motivate and regulate individual and collective learning for sustainability will be used as conceptual framework of this review study . Proxy agency means accomplishing desired outcomes by employing others who are more proficient or in better situation, and collective agency refers to acting together with others (Bandura, 2006). The study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A scoping literature review, following the PRISMA guideline (Tricco et al., 2018), aimed to answer the research questions through a keyword search strategy based on the focus concepts of this study, namely transdisciplinary, sustainability, higher education, learning, challenges and agency. The search terms were selected based on relevant literature about transdisciplinary learning, higher education for sustainable development and agency for learning. Executed in November 2023 on the bibliographic databases Scopus, ERIC (Education Resource Information Center), and Web of Science, the first phase included only peer-reviewed research articles in English. Web of science yielded 234 articles, Scopus and ERIC showed 115 and 48 articles meeting the criteria respectively. After removing duplicates, 297 articles remained for the second phase. To further identify publications relevant to the research questions, the second phase screened titles and abstracts to selected articles that met the following criteria: 1) The article discussed one of four characteristics of transdisciplinary learning (respond to sustainability-related problems; include multiple perspectives; engage academic and non-academic partners; integrate knowledge and capacity from different disciplines), and/or the article discussed human agency in transdisciplinary learning; 2) The article investigated the transdisciplinary learning environment in higher education. This resulted in 103 articles for full-text screening. In this third screening phase, 73 articles were excluded because of the following reasons: 1) The article didn’t discuss learners’ experiential challenges or agency in transdisciplinary learning environments; 2) The study was not an empirical study. 3) The article does not have an available full-text version. Through the snowball method, one additional publication was included. In the end, 31 publications were included for data analysis. A combination of deductive and inductive coding was used in this study. The included publications were analyzed with a deductive coding scheme developed from the theoretical framework with two analytical dimensions: 1) four characteristics of transdisciplinary learning, 2) four components of individual agency, as well as collective and proxy agency in transdisciplinary learning. To answer the three research questions of this study, we coded the findings from the above-mentioned categories separately and conducted inductive coding to extract and categorize prevailing patterns among challenges in learners’ experiences and the role of agency in transdisciplinary learning environments. The first author coded all the publications and other authors reviewed and verified the coding. In cases of disagreement, the authors went through calibration discussions to reach a shared understanding of the results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As mentioned above, only preliminary analyses of the included publications have been carried out so far. While investigating the learners’ experiences and/or perspectives in transdisciplinary learning, most studies included perspectives from students (N=27), and educational staff and societal partners’ viewpoints were investigated by 15 and 11 studies, respectively. Nine articles included all three target groups in their research. Challenges in transdisciplinary learning experience reflected the characteristics of transdisciplinary learning. The wickedness and uncertainty of sustainability-related problems unsettle learners, making them feel powerless. Collaborating with societal and non-academic partners engendered tensions due to various goals and roles. Each discipline had its own language, way of thinking and methodology, increasing the difficulty of communication in a transdisciplinary team. Prevailing challenges emerging from the inductive analysis included addressing tensions generated from conflicting perspectives and uneven power relationships, investing massive time and energy required for reflection, and dealing with uncertainty and unfamiliarity in transdisciplinary learning environments. The role of agency explored in current literature mostly appeared as an outcome of transdisciplinary learning, especially as increased self-efficacy. Some studies also mentioned positive forethought of taking actions, which, in turn, motivated people to overcome challenges in transdisciplinary learning. Collective agency was discussed in existing research as an emphasis on group relationship building and an awareness of connection to a broader group of people and nature. This reinforced self-efficacy, as good relationships with team members empowered learners to engage in transdisciplinary learning. The connection between challenges and the concept of agency in transdisciplinary learning will be further explored and presented at the ECER 2024. Insights into learners’ experiences in transdisciplinary learning from the perspectives of academic staff, students, and societal actors and the concept of agency in transdisciplinary learning have theoretical and practical implications for the optimization of transdisciplinary higher education for sustainability. References Adefila, A., Chen, Y., Chao, C., Oyinlola, M., & Anafi, F. (2023). Developing transformative pedagogies for transdisciplinary education—Resources and competencies students need. INNOVATIONS IN EDUCATION AND TEACHING INTERNATIONAL, 60(4), 476–487. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2022.2062032 Bandura, A. (2006). Toward a Psychology of Human Agency. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1(2), 164–180. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-6916.2006.00011.x Horner, C., Morse, C., Carpenter, N., Nordstrom, K., Faulkner, J., Mares, T., Kinnebrew, E., Caswell, M., Izzo, V., Méndez, V., Lewins, S., & McCune, N. (2021). Cultivating Pedagogy for Transformative Learning: A Decade of Undergraduate Agroecology Education. FRONTIERS IN SUSTAINABLE FOOD SYSTEMS, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/fsufs.2021.751115 Killion, A. K., Sterle, K., Bondank, E. N., Drabik, J. R., Bera, A., Alian, S., Goodrich, K. A., Hale, M., Myer, R. A., Phung, Q., Shew, A. M., & Thayer, A. W. (2018). Preparing the next generation of sustainability scientists. Ecology and Society, 23(4). Scopus. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-10395-230439 Koskela, I.-M., & Paloniemi, R. (2023). Learning and agency for sustainability transformations: Building on Bandura’s theory of human agency. Environmental Education Research, 29(1), 164–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2102153 Menon, S., & Suresh, M. (2020). Synergizing education, research, campus operations, and community engagements towards sustainability in higher education: A literature review. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 21(5), 1015–1051. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-03-2020-0089 Oonk, C., Gulikers, J., den Brok, P., & Mulder, M. (2022). Stimulating boundary crossing learning in a multi-stakeholder learning environment for sustainable development. INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SUSTAINABILITY IN HIGHER EDUCATION, 23(8), 21–40. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-04-2021-0156 Sherren, K. (2008). A history of the future of higher education for sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 14(3), 238–256. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620802148873 Tassone, V. C., Dik, G., & van Lingen, T. A. (2017). Empowerment for sustainability in higher education through the EYE learning tool. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 18(3), 341–358. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-12-2015-0209 Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D. J., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473. https://doi.org/10.7326/M18-0850 Veltman, M. E., van Keulen, J., & Voogt, J. M. (2021). Using Problems with Wicked Tendencies as Vehicles for Learning in Higher Professional Education: Towards Coherent Curriculum Design. Curriculum Journal, 32(3), 559–583. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 31 SES 02 A: Linguicism in (Language) Education – Results of Critical Discourse Analyses on Language-Related Discrimination from an International Comparative Decolonial Perspective Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Defne Taner Session Chair: Doris Pokitsch Symposium |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Linguicism in (Language) Education – Results of Critical Discourse Analyses on Language-Related Discrimination from an International Comparative Decolonial Perspective Although racism and racial injustice are globally common phenomena, there are internationally considerable differences in this topic’s discourses based on different national histories. For example, in response to the Holocaust, official German-speaking countries like Germany and Austria, have refrained from thematizing ‚race’ for many decades for historical reasons (Alexopoulou 2023). In demarcation from the National Socialist biologistic ‘race doctrine’, the term ‘race’ was and is generally not used, instead preference has been given to the term ‘racialization’ to stress the constructionist aspect of race. Along alternative categories of difference such as ethnicity, migration background or multilingualism, educational inequalities have been identified in many European countries for decades (OECD 2023). If the categories are not viewed naively as individual risk factors, it becomes clear that the inequalities are in part the effects of structural and institutional discrimination (Gomolla & Radtke 2009, Gomolla 2023) and 'racism without race' (Hall 1989). Language-based discrimination linked to racist discourses is referred to as linguicism (Skutnabb-Kangas 2015), which means "ideologies, structures and practices which are used to legitimate, effectuate, regulate and reproduce an unequal division of power and resources (both material and immaterial) between groups which are defined on the basis of language" (Skutnabb-Kangas 1988, p. 13). Based on contributions from Austria, Canada, Germany and Spain, this symposium will focus on and discuss how the category of language is used discursively in the various countries in the sense of linguicism in order to legitimize and (re)produce educational inequality. Based on reconstructive qualitative analyses, in particular critical discourse analyses (CDA, Foucault 1991, Wodak & Meyer 2016), of historical documents on the topic of autochthonous and allochthonous minority languages and multilingualism in educational institutions, current school and higher education laws, educational policy papers and classroom observations, it will become clear how linguicism works as a structural phenomenon at the various levels of education systems. The first contribution analyses the discourses on migration-related multilingualism and regional minority languages (especially Danish and Frisian) in various educational policy documents and evaluations of the last 50 years using the example of the German federal state of Schleswig-Holstein. The second contribution focuses on policies and strategies of segregation and exclusion of students based on language in Austrian schools. Using CDA, it is examined how, under the guise of specific programs for second language learning in Austrian educational policy and practice, structural linguicism is transferred into discriminatory school practice that excludes immigrant students. The third contribution focuses on immigrant students at universities in the Canadian province of Québec. While in most Canadian provinces immigrant students and linguistic minorities in the education system do not show any disadvantages in terms of their performance (OECD 2023), in Quebec, which implements a very repressive language policy, disadvantages for immigrant students are relatively severe (Elez 2023). Using interview data from international engineering students, CDA is conducted to examine how language power relations are reproduced in higher education. The symposium will be concluded with a look at the micro level of the education system. The focus is on the question of whether and how (language) teaching can be organized from a critical, anti-linguistic perspective. The anti-linguistic potential of translanguaging is examined using a Spanish secondary school as a case study. By comparing the results, which are interpreted in the context of the different national frameworks, it becomes clear that linguicism is deeply rooted in the involved countries and occurs directly or indirectly. In order to reduce linguicist discrimination, it is necessary to create an awareness of linguicism, linguicist mechanisms and routines in pedagogical practice, educational research and educational policy, and to aim for ongoing critical reflection. References Alexopoulou, M. (2023). Rassismus als Leerstelle der deutschen Zeitgeschichte. In Nationaler Diskriminierungs- und Rassismusmonitor (Ed.), Rassismusforschung I. Bielefeld. Elez, V. et al. (2023). Measuring Up: Canadian Results of the OECD PISA 2022 Study. Toronto. Foucault, M. (1991). Die Ordnung des Diskurses. Frankfurt/M. Gomolla, M., & Radtke, F. O. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Wiesbaden. Gomolla, M. (2023). Direkte und indirekte, institutionelle und strukturelle Diskriminierung. In Scherr, A. et al. (Ed.), Handbuch Diskriminierung (2nd edn, pp 171-194). Wiesbaden. Hall, S. (1989). Rassismus als ideologischer Diskurs. Das Argument 178, H.6, 913-922. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA. Paris. Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (1988). Multilingualism and the Education of Minority Children. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas & J. Cummins (Ed.), Minority education: from shame to struggle (pp 7-44). Clevedon. Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2015). Linguicism. The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Malden, MA. Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (Ed.) (2016). Methods of critical discourse studies (3rd edn). London. Presentations of the Symposium Inclusion and Exclusion of Heritage Languages: Linguicism in the Schleswig-Holstein Education System
Germany's population has become more multilingual due to immigration in recent decades. For the economic reconstruction of Germany after World War II, workers from Southern and Eastern Europe had been recruited in the 1970s. They and their descendants have become residents and still speak their languages of origin in everyday family life. In addition, there are immigrants from countries of the European Union, who are free to work and live in Germany without any restrictions, and refugees. Overall, about one-fifth of the German resident population speaks languages beyond German in their families (destatis 2022), and the proportion of multilingual students at schools is currently 23 percent (Geis-Thöne 2023). For more than 20 years, national and international comparative studies have shown that this group of multilingual students performs significantly worse at school than monolingual students and that the disadvantage is particularly strong in Germany (Weis et al. 2019, OECD 2023, Stubbe et al. 2023). Various compensatory support programs that have been implemented, especially German language support, seem to be only marginally effective.
The results of a study on institutional discrimination by Gomolla & Radtke (2009) show that the disadvantage of immigrant students in Germany is at least partly due to discriminatory structures in the educational system. Using the example of the German federal state of Schleswig Holstein, where not only immigrant minorities live, but also autochthonous minorities (Danish minority, Frisians, Sinti and Roma), we investigate the question to what extent discriminatory structures can be identified specifically in the context of multilingualism or family languages other than German. To do so, we present the results of a reconstructive critical discourse analysis (Wodak & Meyer 2016) on structural inclusion and exclusion of first languages other than German in the Schleswig-Holstein education system. The object of the analysis is legislation, school laws, and reports on bi-/multilingual education programs since the 1970s. On the one hand, the results show different forms of linguicism, i.e., "ideologies and structures which are used to legitimate, effectuate and reproduce an unequal division of power and resources [...] between groups which are defined on the basis of language" (Skuttnab-Kangas 1988, p. 13). On the other hand, it becomes apparent that structural linguicism in the educational system is closely linked to the increase of linguistic assimilationist orientations (Döll 2019) of German educational policy in response to the September 11 attacks.
References:
destatis (2023). Bevölkerung mit Migrationshintergrund. Wiesbaden.
Döll, M. (2019). Sprachassimilativer Habitus in Bildungsforschung, Bildungspolitik und Bildungspraxis. ÖDaF, 1+2/2019, 191-206.
Geis-Thöne, W. (2022). Kinder mit nicht deutschsprechenden Eltern. IW-Trends, 49./1, 111-132.
Gomolla, M., & Radtke, F. O. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Wiesbaden.
OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA. Paris.
Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (1988). Multilingualism and the Education of Minority Children. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas & J. Cummins, Jim (Eds.), Minority education: from shame to struggle. Clevedon, Avon.
Stubbe, T. et al. (2023). Soziale und migrationsbedingte Disparitäten in der Lesekompetenz von Viertklässlerinnen und Viertklässlern. In McElvany, N. et al. (Eds.), IGLU 2021. Münster.
Weis, M. et al. (2019). Soziale Herkunft, Zuwanderungshintergrund und Lesekompetenz. In K. Reiss et al. (Eds.), PISA 2018. M
Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (Ed.) (2016). Methods of critical discourse studies (3rd edn). London.
Linguicism and Segregation in Austrian Schools - Policies and Micropolitics of Segregation in Austrian Schools
Borderlines become effective not only at the edges of nation states but also in social systems, institutions, and the everyday life in the migration society. Schools are social spaces that are themselves crisscrossed by various borders. The effect of these boundaries in Austrian schools is particularly evident for children with German as second language, mostly when the educational and socio-economic resources in their families are low. (Biedermann et al. 2016) The school system in officially German speaking countries strongly support social segregation through early selection processes and institutional discrimination. (Gomolla 2015, Bruneforth et al. 2016) However, racism and evidence-based knowledge about the contribution of the education system to social inequality has rather intensified segregative strategies among schools and parents: Schools manage “difference” in order to attract privileged families. (Karakayali 2020)
Despite iconographies of diversity and its celebration, public schools are motors of segregation. Further, intra-school segregation, the separation of pupils within a school, is a phenomenon that has hardly been researched or discussed publicly, both scientifically and academically. (Biedermann et al. 2016, Blaisdell 2016) By interrogating the dispositive of segregation from an intersectional perspective we ask how linguicism in particular shapes policies and strategies of segregation in Austrian schools. Based on discourse analysis (Foucault 1991) and autoethnographic work, on the one hand, we examine the micropolitics of segregation in urban schools. On the other hand, we introduce the scientific and political discourse on recent policies of segregation in language support: Policies such as the “Deutschförderklassen” (separated support classes for German language) are widely criticized for their segregative impact. (Dirim & Füllekruss 2019) In our conclusion we discuss the link between Austrian politics, structural discrimination, and the culture of segregation in schools.
References:
Biedermann, H. et al. (2016). Auf die Mitschüler/innen kommt es an? Schulische Segregation – Effekte der Schul- und Klassenzusammensetzung in der Primarstufe und der Sekundarstufe. In M. Bruneforth et al. (Eds.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2015, Band 2 (pp 133–174). Graz.
Blaisdell, B. (2016). Schools as racial spaces: understanding and resisting structural racism. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 29:2, 248-272.
Bruneforth, M. et al. (Eds.) (2016). Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2015, Band 2. Graz.
Dirim, İ., & Füllekruss, D. (2019). Zur Einführung der Deutschförderklassen im österreichischen Bildungssystem. Eine diskriminierungskritische Analyse der Bildungspläne der Bundesregierung Kurs. In S. Schmölzer-Eibinger et al. (Eds.), Mit Sprache Grenzen überwinden. Sprachenlernen und Wertebildung im Kontext von Flucht und Migration (pp 13-28). Münster.
Foucault, M. (1991). Die Ordnung des Diskurses. Frankfurt/M.
Gomolla, M. (2015). Institutionelle Diskriminierung im Bildungs- und Erziehungssystem. In R. Leiprecht & A. Steinbach (Eds.), Schule in der Migrationsgesellschaft (pp 97-109). Schwalbach/Taunus.
Karakayali, J. (Eds.) (2020). Unterscheiden und Trennen. Die Herstellung von natio-ethno-kultureller Differenz und Segregation in der Schule. Weinheim.
Linguicism and Internationalization of Higher Education in Canada and Quebec – Experiences of International Students
The global adoption of English as the primary medium of instruction in higher education has become increasingly significant, particularly in the context of international and regional scientific atmosphere, which are predominantly conducted in English (Altbach 2004, p. 10). This process of internationalization has led to a growing emphasis on English language familiarity and dominance within academia worldwide.
In North America, Quebec presents an intriguing case, by retaining French as its sole official language and enacting legislation to support international francophone students. Amidst the implementation of Bill 96, the Act on Respecting French, the Official and Common Language of Quebec, we will examine the language of instruction in STEM education in Quebec. This legislation seeks to strengthen the use of French within English schools, raising concerns about linguicism that may potentially isolate international students and English-speaking individuals from essential resources and support in Quebec.
Our investigation will delve into the linguistic impact of Canadian and Quebec's language policies on international students in higher education from a decolonial/anti-colonial perspective. Building on existing work on linguicism (Skutnabb-Kangas 2015) in Canada and particularly in Quebec (Bourhis & Carignan 2010, Tomic 2013, Jean-Pierre 2018, Kubota et al. 2021), we will utilize the recent example of Bill 96. Decolonial scholars, predominantly Indigenous and Global South scholars, are referenced extensively, particularly those critiquing the establishment of colonial higher education institutions globally (Battiste 2013, de Sousa Santos 2007, Grosfoguel 2013, Maldonado-Torres 2007).
In our contribution we will examine linguicism in Canadian and in Quebec’s international higher education. By incorporating a decolonial framework, we analyze linguicism in internationalization as a potential perpetuator of coloniality, driven by economic, social, and political power dynamics through the experiences of international engineering students.
Our data include interviews with international students enrolled in engineering programs as well as university documents. Critical discourse analysis (CDA) will be applied to identify
(i) how international engineering students are experiencing linguicism in Quebec,
(ii) how language politics and policies are influencing their aspirations, motivations, and choices,
(iii) how the students’ understanding of success is shaped by linguicism,
(iv) and how an “ideal international student” is constructed through their willingness to conformity, non-resistance, and assimilation.
The results illustrate how linguistic power relations in Quebec are upheld and maintained through language and in the construct of the “ideal international student”.
References:
Altbach, P. G. (2004). Globalisation and the university: Myths and realities in an unequal world. Tertiary Education and Management, 10(1), 3–25.
Battiste, M. (2013). Decolonizing education: Nourishing the learning spirit. Vancouver.
Bourhis, R., & Carignan, N. (2010). Linguicism in Quebec and Canada. Our Diverse Cities. Volume 7, 156-162.
de Sousa Santos, B. (2007). Beyond abyssal thinking: From global lines to ecologies of knowledges. Review (Fernand Braudel Center), 30(1), 45–89.
Grosfoguel, R. (2013). The structure of knowledge in westernized universities: Epistemic racism/sexism and the four genocides/epistemicide of the long 16th century. Human Architecture: Journal of the Sociology of Self-Knowledge, 11(1), 73–90.
Jean-Pierre, J. (2022). The Experiences of and Responses to Linguicism of Quebec English-Speaking and Franco-Ontarian Postsecondary Students. Toronto Metropolitan University.
Kubota, R. et al. (2021). “Your English is so good”: Linguistic experiences of racialized students and instructors of a Canadian university. Ethnicities, 0(0).
Maldonado-Torres, N. (2007). On the coloniality of being. Cultural Studies, 21(2–3), 240–270.
Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2015). Linguicism. The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Malden, MA.
Tomic, P. (2013). The Colour of Language: Accent, Devaluation and Resistance in Latin American Immigrant Lives in Canada. Canadian Ethnic Studies, 45, 1-21.
Translanguaging as anti-linguicist Pedagogy in Language Instruction: A Case Study of German as a Foreign Language in Spain
School-based language instruction is (also) a political act that (re)produces linguicist standards, regulates language use and language norms. Therefore, the question arises of how language instruction can be designed from a critical anti-linguicist perspective, where language and power relations are not considered separately, and where creative, 'self-empowering' language acquisition and the linguistic competences of the learners are at the forefront.
To explore this question, I turn to the concept of translanguaging, which, in its so-called strong version, departs from the idea that named languages exist only on a sociocultural level, but not within the individual itself (García & Lin 2016, Creese 2017). A translingual pedagogy is characterized by recognizing and incorporating the multilingualism of students. Instead of adhering to a standardized norm and focusing on perceived deficiencies, it acknowledges and includes the diverse language practices of students in the classroom (Garcia & Kleyn 2019). Educational approaches that primarily emphasize the transformative potential of translanguaging, rather than focusing solely on the direct benefits for learning the target language, underscore that translanguaging expands opportunities for learners' participation and challenges the hegemony of named languages (García & Leiva 2014, García et al. 2017, García & Kleyn 2019, Ortega 2019).
While the benefits of translanguaging pedagogy in the context of second language learning of immigrant minorities are widely discussed (García & Kleyn 2016), this is not the case for the foreign language learning context so far. In my contribution, I would therefore first like to theoretically outline the potential of translanguaging for power-critical, anti-linguicist foreign language teaching. Following this, a study will be presented that implemented a teaching concept based on translingual pedagogy for German as a Foreign Language in a secondary school in Madrid over the course of a school year. Finally, insights into the collected data (including group discussions, students' work products, research diary notes and audio recordings of lessons) analyzed through a grounded theory approach (Charmaz 2014) are used to present and discuss initial results from a critical anti-linguicist perspective.
References:
Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing Grounded Theory. Los Angeles.
Creese, A. (2017). Translanguaging as an Everyday Practice. In B.A. Paulsrud et al. (Eds.), New Perspectives on Translanguaging and Education (pp 1-9). Bristol.
García, O. et al. (2017). The translanguaging classroom: Leveraging student bilingualism for learning. Philadelphia, PA.
García, O., & Kleyn, T. (2016). Translanguaging Theory in Education. In: ibid.: Translanguaging with Multilingual Students (pp 9-33). New York.
García, O., & Kleyn, T. (2019). Translanguaging as an act of transformation: Restructuring teaching and learning for emergent bilingual students. In L.C. de Oliveira, (Eds.), Handbook of TESOL in K-12 (pp 69-82). Malden.
García, O., & Leiva, C. (2014). Theorizing and enacting translanguaging for social justice. In A. Blackledge & A. Creese (Eds.), Heteroglossia as practice and pedagogy (pp 199-216). Dordrecht.
García, O., & Lin, A. (2016). Translanguaging and bilingual education. In O. García et al. (Eds.). Bilingual and multilingual education. Encyclopedia of Language and Education (pp 117-130). New York.
Ortega, Y. (2019). "Teacher, ¿Puedo Hablar en Español?" A Reflection on Plurilingualism and Translanguaging Practices in EFL. Revista PROFILE: Issues in Teachers' Professional Development, 21/2, 155–170.
|
15:15 - 16:45 | 31 SES 02 B: Pedagogies Supporting Multilingual Learners Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ninni Lankinen Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Emotional Competence and School Outcomes among Flemish Multilingual and Monolingual Pupils 1KU Leuven, Belgium; 2University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands Presenting Author:Topics: In Flanders, significant gaps in the sense of school belonging and student performance exist between majority monolingual Dutch-speaking and minority multilingual pupils speaking Dutch as well as a non-Dutch heritage language (HL)[1, 2]. In this study, we investigate whether these differences in school outcomes may be a result of differences in children’s emotional competence. Children’s school outcomes critically depend on their emotional competence, i.e., the capacity to experience, express, regulate emotions, and understand their own emotions as well as those of others[3]. Children need emotional competencies to enable learning in an inherently social context such as school. For example, children who are better at identifying emotions and, hence, regulating these emotions are more likely to establish positive and supportive relationships with teachers and peers[3] which in turn may affect their sense of school belonging. Moreover, emotionally competent children generally feel more at ease at school, even in situations of stress. Consequently, they have more cognitive capacity to focus on learning than peers who are emotionally insecure, which in turn positively impacts their performance [4]. Prior empirical research has repeatedly shown how among monolingual children, language competence is associated with emotional competence[5-7]. For example, the more emotion words children know, the better they recognize others’ facial emotions [8]. Similarly, children’s verbal skills are positively associated with emotional awareness of self and others [9]. However, to date, it remains unclear whether being able to speak and comprehend multiple languages goes hand in hand with increased emotional competence and subsequent school outcomes. Moreover, if the latter is the case, it remains unclear why multilingual minority pupils often have less positive school outcomes. Although multilingual children are likely to have more emotion concepts due to their exposure to emotions in at least two languages (and corresponding emotion cultures), whether or not this multilingual advantage materializes may critically depend on children’s language proficiency profile and the language policy of the school. Multilinguals rarely have equivalent proficiencies in their languages due to differences in language use across social contexts (cfr. complementarity principle[10]). If emotions are rarely discussed in Dutch (e.g. because they are less discussed in school as compared to the family), children’s language skills in Dutch may not be substantive enough to induce a multilingual advantage in emotional competence. In other words, children’s language proficiency profile may be a critical factor to take into account when trying to explain differences in school outcomes between monolinguals and multilingual children. Moreover, if schools adopt a language assimilation policy, multilingual children may not be provided with the opportunity to connect their HL skills with their Dutch language skills which may hamper multilingual children’s emotional development. Hence, the relationship between language proficiency profile and emotional competence may be moderated by school’s language policy. Research questions: How are school outcomes related to children’s language proficiency profiles (RQ1)? Does emotional competence mediate the relationship between different types of language proficiency profiles and school outcomes (RQ2?) And is the relationship between children’s language proficiency profiles and emotional competence conditional upon the role of the school’s language policy (RQ3)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use survey data from primary school children (aged 10 to 12) from the Ethnic-Cultural Diversity in Schools (ECDIS) project. 3073 pupils were surveyed via a paper-and-pencil questionnaire during school hours across 59 Flemish schools. 1894 (63%) of the pupils in the study are multilingual. Emotional competence was measured by the “Differentiating Emotions” subscale of the Emotion Awareness Questionnaire, consisting of items such as ‘I am often confused or puzzled about what I am feeling’ and ‘I never know exactly what kind of feeling I am having’[11]. SSB was assessed by the Psychological Sense of School Membership Scale[12]. A standardized math test[13] was used as an indicator of student performance. We focused on math achievement because math tests are less linguistically biased than tests for other subjects. We constructed a variable “Language Proficiency Profile” with four categories. Monolingual children formed a first language proficiency profile. Then, we performed a Two-Step cluster analysis procedure in SPSS to classify multilingual children into language proficiency groups based on four language proficiency measures (rating on 1 to 5 on speaking and understanding Dutch and the HL). This analysis resulted into three multilingual profiles: (1) fluent multilingual in both languages, (2) fluent in Dutch but low proficiency in the heritage language, and (3) low Dutch proficiency but moderate proficient in the heritage language. School’s Language Policy was measured by a set of items referring to three different diversity models: (1) assimilation, (2) colorblindness and (3) pluralism[14]. SAS was used to conduct multilevel linear regressions as a first step. In a second step, MPlus was used to perform a multilevel structural equation model. Control variables are gender, grade, migration generation and SES.At this moment in time, we ran the analyses for Sense of School of Belonging. In the coming months, we will run the same analyses for Math Performance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary Findings for Sense of School Belonging: Only multilingual children with low proficiency in Dutch and moderate proficiency in the heritage language score significantly lower on sense of school belonging than monolingual children. Other multilingual groups did not significantly differ from the monolingual reference group. Also, the ability to differentiate emotions is significantly positively related to sense of school belonging but emotion differentiation only partially mediates the relationship between language proficiency profiles and sense of school belonging scores. Multilevel analyses will be conducted in the coming months to investigate the role of language policy in explaining why a multilingual advantage does not materialize. Analyses at the individual level, without controlling for data clustering in schools, do not provide evidence of moderated mediations. References 1.Van Der Wildt, A., P. Van Avermaet, and M. Van Houtte, Multilingual school population: ensuring school belonging by tolerating multilingualism. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 2015. 20(7): p. 868-882. 2.Celeste, L., et al., Can School Diversity Policies Reduce Belonging and Achievement Gaps Between Minority and Majority Youth? Multiculturalism, Colorblindness, and Assimilationism Assessed. Pers Soc Psychol Bull, 2019. 45(11): p. 1603-1618. 3.Denham, S.A., Emotional Competence During Childhood and Adolescence, in Handbook of Emotional Development, V. LoBue, K. Pérez-Edgar, and K.A. Buss, Editors. 2019, Springer: Cham. p. 493-541. 4.Oberle, E. and K.A. Schonert-Reichl, Social and Emotional Learning: Recent Research and Practical Strategies for Promoting Children’s Social and Emotional Competence in Schools, in Handbook of Social Behavior and Skills in Children, J.L. Matson, Editor. 2017, Springer: Cham. p. 175-197. 5.Salmon, K., et al., The Role of Language Skill in Child Psychopathology: Implications for Intervention in the Early Years. Clin Child Fam Psychol Rev, 2016. 19(4): p. 352-367. 6.Beck, L., et al., Relationship between language competence and emotional competence in middle childhood. Emotion 2012. 12(3): p. 503-514. 7.Cole, P.M., L.M. Armstrong, and C.K. Pemberton, The role of language in the development of emotion regulation, in Child development at the intersection of emotion and cognition, S.D. Calkins and M.A. Bell, Editors. 2010, American Psychological Association: Washington. p. 59-77. 8.Streubel, B., et al., Emotion-specific vocabulary and its contribution to emotion understanding in 4- to 9-year-old children. J Exp Child Psychol, 2020. 193: p. 104790. 9.Mancini, G., et al., Predictors of emotional awareness during childhood. Health, 2013. 05(03): p. 375-380. 10.Grosjean, F., Bilingual. Life and Reality. 2010, Cambridge: Harvard University Press. 11.Rieffe, C., et al., Psychometric properties of the Emotion Awareness Questionnaire for children. Personality and Individual Differences, 2007. 43(1): p. 95-105. 12.Goodenow, C., The psychological sense of school membership among adolescents: Scale development and educational correlates. Psychology in the Schools, 1993. 30(1): p. 79-90. 13.Dudal, P. and G. Deloof, Vrij centrum voor leerlingenbegeleiding. Leerlingenvolgsysteem. Wiskunde: Toetsen 5 – Basisboek. 2004, Antwerpen: Garant. 14.Konings, R., O. Agirdag, and J. De Leersnyder, Development and Validation of Domain Scpecific Diversity Model Scales among Pupils and Teachers: A Multilevel Approach. Social Psychology of Education, accepted. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Humanizing Pedagogies with Multilingual Learners: A Conceptual Framework 1University of Nebraska, United States of America; 2University of Turku, Finland; 3Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 4Leuphana University, Germany; 5Indiana University Purdue University, Indianapolis Presenting Author:A collaborative team of European and North American researchers has been examining the development of teachers of multilingual students and meaningful engagement with students in schools for several years. In 2019, we published a literature review examining the research literature on preparing teachers to work with multilingual students in content classrooms, suggesting three large domains that must be attended to: context, orientations, and pedagogy (Viesca et al., 2019). In 2022, we published a four-nation study (Finland, Germany, England, and the US) examining the quality pedagogies of teachers of multilingual students with a strong reputation for excellence (Viesca et al., 2022). In 2022, we also conducted an exploratory study with teachers in five nations (Finland, Germany, Norway, England, and the US) regarding positive orientations for working with multilingual students. We presented the initial findings of that work at ECER 2023 (Viesca et al., 2023). Grounded in these collaborations, this paper draws on research and theory to suggest a conceptual model for the purpose of generating humanizing pedagogies with multilingual learners in practice across myriad contexts, both through teacher development activities and classroom practices with multilingual students. In our work, we focus on a particular group of multilingual learners: students who live a multilingual life daily because they are learning content and the language of instruction simultaneously in school. With current migration patterns, this population is increasing across many nations (e.g., Arar et al., 2020; Seltzer & García, 2020). Yet, many school systems struggle to provide a quality education for such students (e.g., Anderson et al., 2016; Leider et al., 2021). Further, due to existing social hierarchies based on white supremacy, heteropatriarchy, ableism, and classism, the experiences of multilingual students and their families are often shaped by poverty, discrimination, and marginalization (Howard & Banks, 2020). As such, multilingual students and their families are often dehumanized in schools and society, necessitating explicit efforts on behalf of educators and schooling systems to generate learning opportunities and community belonging grounded in the full embrace of the total humanity of multilingual learners (Salazar, 2013), or in other words through humanizing pedagogies. Therefore, we conceptualize humanizing pedagogies as attending to the knowledge and skills educators need around context, orientations, and pedagogies (Viesca et al, 2019). We articulate this model through the metaphor of weaving of a tapestry, which includes materials (like the knowledge and skills related to context, orientations, and pedagogies) as well as the process of weaving (which we conceptualize as the processes of critical reflection and complexity thinking). Further, as the efforts to generate humanizing pedagogies with multilingual students are at their core about justice and equity, we assert that the processes of critical reflection and complexity thinking must attend to three lenses: intrapersonal, interpersonal, and systemic. Our paper weaves all of these ideas together to generate a model of humanizing pedagogies for multilingual learners grounded in theory, research, and pedagogy while also being meaningfully practical in how it can impact teacher development across myriad contexts.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This conceptual model was developed over years of collaborative research and engaging with research, theory, and practice. The iterative process that led to the development of this model has included a constant revisiting of humanizing pedagogies as researched and conceived by others while also seeking to make sense of the idea through our own research (both empirical and through literature review, discussed above) and practice. Years of collaborative conversations, empirical investigations, reading discussions, and literature reviews have led to the development of this model. The notion of humanizing pedagogies is often traced to originating with Freire (1994), who, in the 1970s, worked with minoritized groups in Brazil and illustrated how education, when humanizing, can be a liberatory praxis from oppression. In multilingual education, this has been furthered by various scholars, including Bartolomé (1994), who pushed for the field to move beyond a “methods fetish” and towards a humanizing pedagogy grounded in ideological clarity. In 2013, Salazar published an extensive review of the research literature documenting the principles and practices of humanizing pedagogies from myriad contexts around the globe. The tenets she offered as vital focus on the interconnected nature of humanizing practices and the need for holistic attention to all aspects of individual and collective humanity. She also specifically noted the need for critical reflection and action. We draw from these researchers and others in multilingual education to connect students’ core identities with the learning processes they experience in school. For example, Alim, Paris, and Wong’s (2020) exploration of culturally sustaining pedagogies promotes pluralist practices, requiring whiteness to be decentered to create space for other ideas and practices to exist. In this way, culture can be revered as complex; the purpose of teaching and learning can be for sustaining lives and reviving souls as well as for the creation of socially just, pluralistic societies where there is space for loving critique and critical reflexivity. Our conceptual work brings these lines of research together, along with theories guiding abolitionist social movements (e.g., Kabe, 2021) and the work of Indigenous scholars (e.g., Kimmerer, 2013; Simpson, 2017) to articulate all of the aspects of our model and their practical impact in classrooms: specifically to humanize every member of the learning community in order for equity and justice to be achieved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The value of this conceptual model is its ability to translate complex, abstract ideas from theory and research regarding justice and equity for multilingual learners into tangible tools and directions for moving forward. Both teacher educators and educators in practice will be able to see the next steps, opportunities for growth as well as impactful shifts that can move them towards humanizing pedagogies with multilingual learners in their practice. This conceptual model has been operationalized into a practitioner-oriented text, to be published in the summer of 2024 (Viesca & Commins, forthcoming). The value of this model is specifically in how it has been developed through years of collaborative international research across multiple varied contexts, thus generating concepts capacious enough to be relevant in varying social, political, and economic environments. Further, this conceptual model is impactful in research and practice. Ongoing research regarding the components of this model, as well as their relationship among components, is being planned and will continue for years to come as we continue to collect data and draw from research and theory to further understand the model’s value in practice. Thus, this paper is a foundational tool for future work across European and North American educational research and practice, with the potential to grow beyond into collaborations and understandings in other parts of the world. References Anderson, C., Foley, Y., Sangster, P., Edwards, V., & Rassool, N. (2016). Policy, Pedagogy and Pupil Perceptions: EAL in Scotland and England (T. B. Foundation, Ed.). University of Edinburgh and The Bell Foundation. Arar, K., Ӧrücü, D., & Waite, D. (2020). Understanding leadership for refugee education: Introduction to special issue. International Journal of Leadership Education, 23(1), 1-6. https://doi.org/ 10.1080/13603124.2019.1690958 Bartolomé, L. I. (1994). Beyond the methods fetish: Toward a humanizing pedagogy. Harvard Educational Review, 64(2), 173-194. Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum. Howard, T. C., & Banks, J. A. (2020). Why race and culture matter in schools: Closing the achievement gap in America’s classrooms (2nd ed.). Teachers College Press. Kaba, M. (2021). We do this til we free us: Abolitionist organizing and transforming justice. Haymarket Books. Kimmerer, R. (2013). Braiding sweetgrass: Indigenous wisdom, scientific knowledge and the teachings of plants. Milkweed Editions. Leider, C. M., Colombo, M. W., & Nerlino, E. (2021). Decentralization, Teacher Quality, and the Education of English Learners: Do State Education Agencies Effectively Prepare Teachers of ELs? Education Policy Analysis Archives, 29(100): 1-44. Salazar, M. d. C., (2013). A humanizing pedagogy: Reinventing the principles and practice of education as a journey toward liberation. Review of Research in Education, 37, 121-148. Doi: 10.3102/0091732X12464032 Seltzer, K., & García, O. (2020). Broadening the view: Taking up a translanguaging pedagogy with all language-minoritized students. In Z. Tian, L. Aghai, P. Sayer, J. L. Schissel (Eds.), Envisioning TESOL through a translanguaging lens: Global perspectives (pp. 23-42). Springer. Simpson, L. B. (2017). As we have always done: Indigenous freedom through radical resistance. University of Minnesota Press. Viesca, K. M., Hammer, S. Alisaari, J., & Lemmrich, S. (2023). Orientations to embrace, Elevate, and sustain diversity/difference. Paper presented European Conference for Educational Research (ECER), the Annual Meeting of the European Educational Research Association (EERA). Viesca, K. M., Teemant, A., Alisaari, J., Ennser-Kananen, J., Flynn, N., Hammer, S., Perumal, R., & Routarinne, S. (2022). Quality content teaching for multilingual students: An international examination of instructional practices in four nations. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103649 Viesca, K.M., Strom, K., Hammer, S., Masterson, J., Linzell C.H., Mitchell-McCollough, J., & Flynn, N. (2019). Developing a complex portrait of content teaching for multilingual learners via nonlinear theoretical understandings. Review of Research in Education, 43, 304-335. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X18820910 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Applying Formative Assessment to Disciplinary Literacy among Multilingual Students – Developing the LUFO Model University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Multilingual students often face multiple challenges in school. There is often a gap in learning outcomes between students with a migrant background and those without it (OECD, 2019). Previous research has shown that the literacy skills are significantly lower among students who study Finnish as a second language (F2) compared to their Finnish as a first language (F1) peers (Ukkola & Metsämuuronen, 2023). Deficits in literacy skills are associated with both poor academic performance and with low sense of belonging and equality both in school and in society. In the Finnish elementary school, special support is aimed at strengthening the literacy skills of F2 curriculum students. Still, this support often fails to provide the student the tools needed for adequate academic progress (Ståhlberg et al., 2023). One of the key challenges for teachers is to distinguish problems related to poor language skills and problems related to specific subject. Failing to address this question adequately has multiple negative consequences: it obscures the teacher’s ability to make objective assessment of learning, which can lead to both under- and overestimating the student’s skills. In addition, it might prevent the teacher from offering needs-based support for the F2-student. Language awareness is a key concept in developing new pedagogic tools, which support multilingual students and their literacy skills. An important part of language awareness, multiliteracy, states that the teacher is aware of the students' language skills, the literacy of the subject being taught, the activities used to build meanings, and also a systematic approach to teaching the discipline literacy (Cope & Kalantzis, 2009; Shanahan & Shanahan, 2012). In practice, integrating language and content is challenging for a teacher who is not really specialized in teaching language. Previous research has shown that it is difficult for subject teachers to perceive themselves as instructors of reading and writing, especially beyond vocabulary (Aalto & Tarnanen, 2015). Assessment is an important tool for teaching. Especially, studies have shown that well-targeted formative assessment (FA) promotes learning efficiently (Andrade et al., 2019; Black et al., 2004; Kingston & Nash, 2011; Kingston & Nash, 2015). The key principles in feedback as a part of FA are to identify what the learning goals are, where the student is in relation to these goals, and how the student can reach the goal (Hattie & Timperley, 2007). To date, research on FA in teaching disciplinary literacy has been rare (Alderson et al., 2014; Gillis & Van Wig, 2015). On the other hand, literacy research has shown that feedback aimed at understanding text during reading is an effective tool for teaching (Swart et al., 2022). This paper aims to combine both theoretical and empirical research in developing a new model of feedback for teachers of environmental subjects. The new model aims to make it easier for the teacher to focus on students’ literacy skills as an integral part of content teaching. The model will be first applied to the teaching of F2 students in primary school, but the broader aim is that it is also suitable for guiding the literacy skills of F1 students. The model combines knowledge on both multiliteracy and FA. This study is based on the developmental research paradigm, which seeks theoretical insights and develops practical solutions (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants of this study are Finnish primary school teachers (N=8), who have volunteered to take part in the project. The participants teach F2 students on 4.-6. grades, who have lived in Finland less than six years. This study is divided in two phases. In the first phase, we use a scoping literature review for defining the most important factors on the literacy processes used in studying environmental disciplinary in elementary school. Next, these processes are integrated within the feedback provided as an integral part of formative assessment. As a result, we construct a draft of a structured model for teaching disciplinary literacy. This model is called LUFO (name derived from Finnish words “LUkutaidon FOrmatiivinen arviointi”). Together with the recruited teachers, LUFO will be developed further by means of group interviews. The interviews are recorded and transcribed. In my presentation, I will discuss the results from the scoping review, teachers’ feedback and the resulting LUFO model. Later, in phase two, the effects of LUFO model will be evaluated with both quantitative and qualitative means. In the quantitative part of the study, summative learning results for children who have received teaching according to LUFO model will be compared to those from a comparison group matched by age, gender, ethnic background and living environment. In the qualitative part of study, the students who have received LUFO-based assessment will be interviewed to get their insights and impressions on the model. The phase two data acquisition will take place in 2025. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings LUFO model aims to provide class teachers a low threshold, easy to adopt work tool for increasing the awareness of language during the teaching of a subject content. As the actual study phase takes place later in the spring 2024, all results presented now are preliminary. My presentation will focus on the chosen background theories, the different steps taken during the developmental research process, and finally the applicability of the final LUFO model from the participating teachers’ perspectives. From my current perspective, it is highly probable that LUFO model will combine the literacy processes of experience of text, conceptualization, analysis, and application of information, as well as knowledge and utilization of text genres and learners’ metacognitive skills concerning the literacy processes useful in tasks. Developmental research process will concentrate on pedagogical means to both assess the students’ competence and guide students to their aims. Based on my pilot work, it is possible to combine feedback and literacy in a meaningful way. In our previous research we showed that the core concepts of FA are quite well known among Finnish F2 teachers, but these concepts are seldom considered advantageous (Saari & Hildén, 2023). Thus, in practice, FA is not applied following the established guidelines. More research is needed especially on the role and possibilities of FA in F2 context. This study aims to address this gap of knowledge by developing a new structured tool LUFO. Further studies, which assess both the model’s effectiveness and applicability will be conducted later. References Aalto, E., & Tarnanen, M. (2015). Kielitietoinen aineenopetus opettajankoulutuksessa. In J. M.-M. Kalliokoski, K.; Nikula, T. (Ed.), Kieli koulutuksen resurssina: vieraalla ja toisella kielellä oppimisen näkökulmia (Vol. 8, pp. 72-90). Alderson, J. C., Haapakangas, E.-L., Huhta, A., Nieminen, L., & Ullakonoja, R. (2014). The Diagnosis of Reading in a Second or Foreign Language. Andrade, H., Bennett, R., & Cizek, G. (2019). Handbook of Formative Assessment in the Disciplines. Black, P., Harrison, C., Lee, C., Marshall, B., & Wiliam, D. (2004). Working inside the black box: assessment for learning in the classroom. Phi Delta Kappan, 86(1), 8–21. Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2009). “Multiliteracies”: New Literacies, New Learning. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 4(3), 164-195. Gillis, V., & Van Wig, A. (2015). Disciplinary Literacy Assessment. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 58(6), 455-460. Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112. Kingston, N., & Nash, B. (2011). Formative Assessment: A Meta-Analysis and a Call for Research. Educational measurement: Issues and practice, 30(4), 28-37. Kingston, N., & Nash, B. (2015). Erratum. Educational measurement: Issues and practice, 34(2), 55-55. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting Educational Design Research (2nd edition). OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume III): What School Life Means for Students’ Lives. Saari, E., & Hildén, R. (2023). S2-opettajien käsityksiä formatiivisesta arvioinnista oppimisen tukena. In T. Mäkipää, R. Hildén, & A. Huhta (Eds.), Kielenoppimista tukeva arviointi. AFinLA-teema. Nro 15 (pp. 142–161). Shanahan, T., & Shanahan, C. (2012). What Is Disciplinary Literacy and Why Does It Matter? Top Lang Disorders Vol. 32, No. 1, 7–18. Ståhlberg, L., Lotta, U., & Hotulainen, R. (2023). Lukutaidon yhteys suomi toisena kielenä ja kirjallisuus (S2) -oppimäärän valitsemiseen toisella ja seitsemännellä luokalla. NMI-bulletin, 2023(1), 54–72. Swart, E. K., Nielen, T. M. J., & Sikkema‐De Jong, M. T. (2022). Does feedback targeting text comprehension trigger the use of reading strategies or changes in readers' attitudes? A meta‐analysis. Journal of Research in Reading, 45(2), 171-188. Ukkola, A., & Metsämuuronen, J. (2023). Matematiikan ja äidinkielen taidot alkuopetuksen aikana – perusopetuksen oppimistulosten pitkittäisarviointi 2018–2020. Kansallinen koulutuksen arviointikeskus. Julkaisut 1:2023. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 32 SES 02 A: New Methodologies in Organizational Education Research: Embracing Uncertainty in Knowledge Creation. Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Line Revsbæk Session Chair: Nicolas Engel Symposium |
|
32. Organizational Education
Symposium New Methodologies in Organizational Education Research: Embracing Uncertainty in Knowledge Creation Across presentations, this symposium explores implications of the onto-epistemological uncertainty paradigm inherent to new materialism, process research, postqualitative research, and activist methodologies. Turning to ontology in qualitative and participatory research emphasizes research as a worlding practice itself (Lather, 2016; Gullian, 2018). Creating knowledge then becomes about respons-able creation of also the practices of knowing (Barad, 2007) in research situations that researchers are part of. Methodology is no longer unquestioned as a pre-legitimized and pre-scriptive fit, procedure or sequencing - in fact, sometimes questioned all entirely (Jackson, 2017; St. Pierre, 2021). Inquiry includes then, instead, a creative and generative assembling of the research situation and its apparatus of observation to the point of emergence where new thinking and new doings become viable. For many and diverse groups of emergent and senior researchers, process philosophies and their processual ontologies have been inspirational for enacting research differently and in generative ways (Revsbæk & Simpson, 2022). Postqualitative research (St. Pierre, 2023; Jackson & Mazzei, 2018), advanced in educational research and pioneering in organizational studies, as well as new feminist materialism (Barad, 2007; Barad, 2014; Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017), has proliferated multiple innovative, arts-based approaches to research, creating research which move and make in/with the immanence and uncertainty of a world-in-becoming. Inspired by the processual and ontological turns and experimenting with the onto-epistemological uncertainties embraced in these approaches, the presenters of the symposium illustrate from empirical research situated in Germany, Belgium and Denmark how specific methodological ideas such as diffraction (Barad, 2007) and utopia as method (Levitas, 2013) are put to work in specific organizational education research engagements. The symposium will discuss the implications of embracing onto-epistemological uncertainties in the practicing of European organizational education research, offering exemplification and illustration of such practices, and discussing their potential and limitations. References References: Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting diffraction: Cutting together-apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623 Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2017). Diffraction or reflection? Sketching the contours of two methodologies in educational research. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 30(2), 111-127. Gullion, J. S. (2018). Diffractive ethnography: Social sciences and the ontological turn. Routledge. Jackson, A. Y. (2017). Thinking without method. Qualitative Inquiry, 23(9), 666-674. Jackson, A. Y., & Mazzei, L. A. (2018). Thinking with theory: A new analytic for qualitative inquiry. In N. Denzin & Y. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (5 ed., pp. 717–737). SAGE. Lather, P. (2016). Top Ten+ List: (Re) Thinking Ontology in (Post) Qualitative Research. Cultural Studies? Critical Methodologies, 16(2), 125-131. Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as method. The imaginary reconstitution of society. Palgrave Macmillan. Revsbæk, L. & Simpson, B. (2022). Why does process research require us to notice differently? In B. Simpson and L. Revsbæk, Doing process research in organizations: Noticing differently. UK, Oxford: Oxford university Press. St. Pierre, Elizabeth Adams. "Why post qualitative inquiry?." Qualitative Inquiry 27, no. 2 (2021): 163-166. St. Pierre, E. A. (2023). Poststructuralism and post qualitative inquiry: What can and must be thought. Qualitative Inquiry, 29(1), 20-32. Presentations of the Symposium Diffracting Uncertainty for Organizational Learning
“Once you exceed the threshold, something new happens” (Youngblood & Mazzei, 2012, p. 138).
In this presentation, I introduce a diffractive methodology to which uncertainty is inherent and discuss how it can contribute to organisational learning in organisational education research. More specifically, I ask how one can use diffraction to explore organisational education.
Diffraction signifies waves that overlap to “break apart in different directions” (Barad 2007, p.168 in Foster & Webb, 2023). It helps to ‘spread our thoughts and questions in unpredictable patterns of waves and intensities’ (Jackson & Mazzei, 2012, p. 138) for exploring organisational learning in times of uncertainty. A diffractive methodology then means diffracting data analysis and interpretation in ‘refracting’ different theorists. When putting into conversation Spivak and Foucault, the data analysis becomes more multi-faceted, maybe also more insecure.
Lincoln et al. (2011, p. 100) plead for the 'great potential for interweaving of viewpoints, for the incorporation of multiple perspectives, and borrowing, or bricolage' in combining different paradigms to make space for 'multivocality, contested meanings, paradigmatic controversies, and new textual forms’ (Lincoln, Lynham and Guba, 2011, p. 125).
As their quote above indicates, Youngblood & Mazzei (2012) understand their engagement with data from various theorists’ perspectives as the ‘threshold’ which lets new things emerge. I will exemplify this ‘new’ in the context of a current research project on gender and sustainability within higher education in which I understand sustainability as a response to uncertainty in relation to climate change for organisational learning (cf. also Webb & Foster, 2023). In these uncertain times, I draw on and contrast with each other Foucault and Spivak to analyse, shed light and diffract data from interviews with higher education professionals and website analysis.
In embracing uncertainty through a diffractive methodology, putting into conversation Spivak and Foucault on gender and sustainability within higher education, this presentation contributes to a methodological discussion on how diffraction in organisational education research can be made fruitful for organisational learning as a different form of inquiry, which is continually developing, unpredictable and allows for looking at the phenomena from various angles.
References:
References:
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Bozalek, V. and Zembylas, M. (2017) ‘Diffraction or reflection? Sketching the contours of two methodologies in educational research’, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 30(2), pp. 111–127. doi: 10.1080/09518398.2016.1201166.
Lincoln, Y. S., Lynham, S. A. and Guba, E. G. (2011) ‘Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluences’, in Denzin, N. K. and Lincoln, Y. S. (eds) The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. 4th ed. CA: Sage, pp. 97–127.
St. Pierre, E. A. (2011) ‘Post Qualitative Research. The critique and the coming after.’, in Lincoln, N. K. and Denzin, Y. S. (eds) The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. 4th ed. CA: Sage, pp. 611–626.
Webb, R and Foster, K. (2023) Championing a not knowing Transformative Pedagogy and Practice: re-envisioning the role of the ECEC Practitioner, in C. Solvason and R. Webb (Eds)., Exploring and Celebrating the Early Childhood Practitioner: An Interrogation of Pedagogy, Professionalism and Practice. New York, Routledge.
Youngblood, J. A. and Mazzei, L. A. (2012) Thinking with theory in qualitative research: Viewing data across multiple perspectives. New York, NY: Routledge 2012.
Imagining to Transform Organisations: A Utopian Methodology for Inquiring into Uncertainty
Utopia is a concept that fascinates scholars stemming from a variety of research traditions (e.g. literature, philosophy, educational sciences and sociology). From the pun of ‘good’ (εὖ/eu) and ‘no’ (οὐ/ou) ‘place’ (τόπος/topos), it is often described as the never attainable goal of an imaginary good place where humankind could live in harmony. However, utopia could equally be deployed as a method, rather than as a goal: as an approach not just to imagine but also to create another world (see Levitas, 2013). Within an anti-utopian or dystopian thinking, the results are clear, even totalitarian certain. The opposite is at stake when exploring a utopian methodology: a prefiguration of a utopian future is always open, unclear, uncertain. Even as the philosophical positionality is not always made explicit, a utopian methodology nurtures scholars in educational intervention studies (Rajala et al., 2023), in (participatory) action research approaches (Egmose et al., 2020) and in projects that coproduce knowledge in communities (Bell & Pahl, 2017). Despite differences between these studies, they share a commitment to imagining new possibilities, to creating transformations in society and organizations, to critically assessing our current state of play, and to sensitizing for sustainability, equity and democracy.
Within my current ethnographical project, I inquire learning materials and strategies developed in a specific educational organization. This organization has a strong commitment to an equitable and democratic education system: within the same organizational structure it combines a school – where Bildung towards a better future is at stake for pupils who are behind, and a SME - a company designing profitable digital tools for the market of pupils with severe learning problems. The project is rooted in the so-called EdTechTestbed-movement, a growing branch in the Belgian field of education that seeks co-creation amongst educational, business and research institutions.
Considering learning materials and strategies as utopian prefigurations is one methodological possibility: the everyday activities, the digital tools, the strategies of the teachers and company members could be seen as educational interventions towards a yet uncertain new future. Envisioning this future, grounded in the everyday materials and strategies, is one thing I would like to exemplify. However, also another utopian methodological, merely participatory approach is possible: organizations could participatory seek to develop differently towards a preferred future. By imagining and creating something new together, a utopian future can become viable and achievable, although this utopian envisioning is necessarily provisional, reflexive, dialogical (Levitas, 2013) and thus uncertain.
References:
References:
Bell, D. M., & Pahl, K. (2017). Co-production: Towards a utopian approach. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 21(1), 105-117.
Egmose, J., Gleerup, J., & Nielsen, B. S. (2020). Critical Utopian Action Research: Methodological Inspiration for Democratization? International Review of Qualitative Research, 13(2), 233-246.
Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as method. The imaginary reconstitution of society. Palgrave Macmillan.
Rajala, A., Cole, M., & Esteban-Guitart, M. (2023). Utopian methodology: Researching educational interventions to promote equity over multiple timescales. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 32(1), 110-136.
Togethering Situation in Participatory Research to Develop Organizational Onboarding
From pragmatist Mary Parker Follett, researchers oriented towards community development as part of their participatory research engagements, may draw inspiration regarding community as process (1919), the evolvement of a situation in circular responding of everyone involved, and Follett’s concept of integrative, creative experience (1924[2013]) as a nodal point in community development and the becoming of selves. ‘Togethering’ a situation in whole-a-making (Ibid.) across occasions, actors, fields, and time, have been explored in diffractive inquiry (Revsbæk & Beavan, forthcoming) drawing on Karen Barad’s diffractive methodology of reading insights through one another (Barad, 2007; 2014) in a proliferating process of continued differencing that brings “inventive provocations” which are “good to think with” (Dolphijn & van der Tuin, 2012, p.50).
‘Togethering situation’ as an integrative attitude of inquiry relevant to participatory research is exemplified, drawing on empirics from an action research collaboration between university-based researchers and social care professionals and managers to improve employee onboarding and induction in a Danish care institution for adults with developmental disabilities. Originated as an attitude of inquiry across fields of research and in creative collaborative writing between different researchers (Revsbæk & Beavan, forthcoming), in participatory research a togethering of situation may be conducted across and including different groups of actors in a case study, across case studies, or across case study situations and those in the research literature. As such, the proposed attitude of inquiry from Mary Parker Follett’s concept of ‘Gesammtsituation’ (1924[2013]), responds to the debated concerns of how to combine postqualitative practices of ‘thinking with theory’ with participatory research aimed in part at community development (Mazzei & Jackson, 2023).
Responding to the idea of organizational socialization as kin-work (Gilmore & Harding, 2021), the paper explores the idea of togethering situation for community building in participatory research on organizational onboarding.
References:
References:
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting diffraction: Cutting together-apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623
Dolphijn, R., & Van der Tuin, I. (2012). “Matter feels, converses, suffers, desires, yearns and remembers”: Interview with Karen Barad. In R. Dolphijn & I. Van der Tuin (Eds.), New Materialism: Interviews & Cartographies. Open Humanities Press, An imprint of Michigan Publishing, University of Michigan Library. https://doi.org/10.3998/ohp.11515701.0001.001
Follett, M. P. (1919). Community is a process. The Philosophical Review, 28(6), 576-588.
Follett, M. P. (1924[2013]). Creative experience. Longmans, Green and company.
Gilmore, S., & Harding, N. (2022). Organizational socialization as kin-work: A psychoanalytic model of settling into a new job. Human Relations, 75(3), 583-605. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726720964255
Mazzei, L. A. & Jackson, A. Y. (2023). Inquiry as unthought: The emergence of thinking otherwise, Qualitative Inquiry, 29(1), 168-178.
Revsbæk, L. & Beavan, K. (accepted for publication/forthcoming). Togethering situation in diffractive inquiry, Qualitative Inquiry.
|
15:15 - 16:45 | 33 SES 02 A: Education, Masculinity and the Body Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Monika Ryndzionek Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Girls as a Transformative Force for the Democratization of Masculinity Potsdam University, Germany Presenting Author:In education, transformation diagnoses of masculinities can be identified throughout Europe in recent decades. Some European countries have proclaimed a “boys crisis” on the basis of a change in educational successes. Currently, boys in public media as well as in educational science are being discussed as the so-called “new educational losers,” as they perform more poorly at school than girls. Subsequently in these countries, there has been a call for more men as professionals in the field of education in Germany (Pangritz, 2019), the Czech Republic (Fárova, 2018), Sweden (Diewald, 2018) or the UK (Skelton, 2002) and more, in order to provide boys with seemingly alternative concepts of masculinity as role models. Furthermore, more fathers are undertaking or want to undertake caring roles within the family, which is discussed on a theoretical level under the heading of “caring masculinities” (Elliott, 2016). On the one hand, these transformation processes of masculinities initially cause uncertainty. For some men and boys, but also women, they mean breaking away from established (behavioral) patterns and structures that have given individuals stability and security. But these traditional structures and behavioral patterns are also linked to power and dominance relations. On the other hand, the transformation or change in constructions of masculinity therefore always holds the potential to democratize gender relations (Elliott, 2016; Pangritz, 2023a). Therefore, the uncertainty is also associated with the hope that the transformation of masculinities will contribute to improving gender equality and greater diversity. However, when it comes to the transformation of masculinities, mainly men and boys are discussed as the driving force. For example, male professionals in the educational context are considered to have the potential to stimulate a transformation of masculinity among boys by acting as role models. This assumption repeats the discursive triangle of boys - men - masculinity (Budde & Rieske, 2022), which links masculinity to the male body. Accordingly, boys have to learn or unlearn what masculinity means from men. Through this discursive triangle, all other forces that have an influence on the transformation of masculinity are ignored. This discursive triangle also shows what Gottzén and colleagues (2022) had already highlighted: In the negotiation in CSM as well as educational science of masculinities, queer or female positions are mostly left out. However, these perspectives can initiate a change in masculinity or equally contribute to the stabilization of the hegemonic male norms. In this context, Connell (1987) had already pointed out the relevance of emphasized femininity: A form of femininity that supports hegemonic masculinity. Against this background, this paper aims to examine the perspective of girls with regards to current negotiations of masculinity. I will present four episodic interviews (Flick, 2022) with girls aged 14-16, which are dedicated to the question of what concepts of masculinity the girls support and how these relate to their own femininity. The interviews are analyzed using the documentary method according to Nohl (2010, 2017). The girls initially show an orientation towards a hegemonic masculinity norm. They relate femininity to this norm in different ways. On the one hand, they relate to it as a subjective reference to be able to construct their own femininity and female identity and on the other hand as a counter-horizon that retains an outdated image of femininity that is linked to the domestic sphere. In addition, some of the girls formulate the need for a change in masculinity, as it is associated with violence and danger. In this context, the girls identify educational institutions such as schools as places that should initiate a transformation of masculinity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project on which this report is based addresses the question of what concepts of masculinity young people between the ages of 14 and 16 in Germany support. The sample comprises five boys and six girls with diverse social backgrounds. For the paper, four of the girls will be presented. In the context of the interview, masculinity is not understood as a social practice, but as an incorporated norm that can be supported or rejected by all genders (Pangritz, 2023b). This conceptualization makes it possible to address masculinity as a topic that is relevant to all genders, including girls and queer people. Following Connell's (1987) theoretical concept of emphasized femininity, it is thus possible to ask how femininity supports or rejects a hegemonic masculine norm. I choose a qualitative approach consisting of episodic interviews (Flick, 2022) and documentary methods for interviews (Nohl, 2010, 2017) to analyze the young people's beliefs around masculinity. A semi-structured episodic interview (Flick, 2022) served as the data collection instrument. Systematic integration of narratives into an interview guideline characterizes the episodic interview. Flick (2022) distinguishes two forms of knowledge: Semantic knowledge, “based on concepts, assumptions and relations, which are abstracted and generalized from concrete events and situations” (Flick, 2022, p. 221) and episodic knowledge which “is organised closer to experiences and linked to concrete situations”(Flick, 2022, p. 221). The episodic interview thus allows for alternating between the different forms of knowledge and asking about concrete definitions and assumptions, but also about the young people's experiences. This dual knowledge structure was important for the project, as it formed the core. The aim of the project was to ask about the abstract concepts of masculinity as well as the girls' experiences and ways of dealing with masculinity in everyday life. The documentary method enables the analysis of the different forms of knowledge in the episodic interview. It focuses on "orientations, attitudes, worldviews in the interactive and socialization-historical production process" (Bohnsack, 2006, p. 272; translated by the author). Following Mannheim, a distinction is made between reflexive knowledge, which is explicit and accessible via communication, and implicit and more atheoretical knowledge. This approach is therefore suitable for the consideration of masculinity or gender in general, as forms of gender knowledge can be centered (Cremers, Klingel & Stützel, 2020). The documentary method according to Nohl (2010, 2017) was used for the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings On an abstract level, the girls show an awareness of a hegemonic masculine norm. This norm is often linked to physical body practices in the sense of doing gender, which associate masculinity with strength, superiority, and power. The girls relate their femininity to this conception of masculinity in different ways. First, this masculinity norm serves as a point of reference against which they can develop their own femininity and female identity. The formation of their own femininity shows ambivalences and oscillates between emphasized femininity (Connell, 1987) and an alternative forms of femininity. Second, some girls use this norm of masculinity as a counter-horizon which marks an outdated image of masculinity and subsequently an outdated image of femininity. They distance themselves from this image and try to reflect on and critically question gender norms. Here, notable, beauty norms of femininity and masculinity become significant. Furthermore, some of the girls perceive masculinity as a form of danger that restricts their everyday lives. Subsequently, they demand a change in masculinity in order to be able to move more freely. They address the school here as an educational institution that should initiate a transformation of masculinity by educating boys about the consequences of masculinity and the associated effects on girls and women. The girls embody different femininities and none of the girls interviewed can be identified exclusively as emphasized femininity. Rather, the girls' femininity is a mixture of different forms that oscillate between rejection and approval of the male norm. References Bohnsack, R. (2006). Mannheims Wissenssoziologie als Methode. In D. Tänzler, H. Knoblauch & H.G. Soeffner (eds.), Neue Perspektiven der Wissenssoziologie (pp.271 -291). UVK. Budde, J. & Rieske, T. V. (2022). Erziehungswissenschaftliche Jungenforschung—eine Einleitung. In J.Budde & T. V. Rieske (eds.), Jungen in Bildungskontexten (pp. 7–34). Barbara Budrich. Cremers, M., Klingel, M. & Stützel, K. (2020). Die Dokumentarische Methode am Beispiel einer Geschlechterforschung im Feld der Kindheitspädagogik. In M. Kubandt & J. Schütz (eds.), Methoden und Methodologien in der Geschlechterforschung (pp. 107–124). Barbara Budrich. Connell, R. (1987). Gender and Power. Society, the Person and Sexual Practice. Stanford: Stanford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1177/027046768800800490 Diewald, I. (2018). Männlichkeiten im Wandel. Zur Regierung von Geschlecht in der deutschen und schwedischen Debatte um ‚Männer in Kitas’. Transcript Verlag. Elliott, K. (2016). Caring Masculinities: Theorizing an emerging Concept. Men and Masculinities, 19 (3), 240–259. Fárová, N. (2018). „Muži do škol? Ano! Ale...: Potřeba mužů v primárním vzdělávání.“ Gender a výzkum. Gender and Research, 19(1), 82–104. http://dx.doi.org/10.1306 0/25706578.2018.19.1.406. Flick, U. (2022). Doing Interview Research. SAGE Publications. Gottzén, L., Mellström, U. & Shefer, T. (2020). Introduction: Mapping the Field of Masculinity Studies. In L. Gottzén, U. Mellström, & T. Shefer (Hrsg.), Routledge International Handbook of Masculinity Studies (pp. 1–16). Routledge. Nohl, M. (2010). Narrative Interview and Documentary Interpretation. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff & W. Weller (Eds.), Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research (pp. 99-124). Barbara Budrich. Nohl, M. (2017). Interview und Dokumentarische Methode. Anleitung für die Forschungspraxis (5th ed.). Springer VS. Pangritz, J. (2019). Fürsorgend und doch hegemonial? Eine empirische Untersuchung zum Verhältnis von Männlichkeit, Feminisierung und Punitivität in pädagogischen Kontexten. GENDER, 11 (3), 132–149. Pangritz, J. (2023a). Verortungen transformierte und transformierende Männlichkeiten – Ein theoretischer Beitrag zum Verhältnis von Caring Masculinities und hybrider Männlichkeiten. GENDER, 15 (3), 136 –150. Pangritz, J. (2023b). What Does Masculinity Mean? Young People’s Perspectives on Masculinity in the Mirror of Education in Germany. In: Boyhood Studies 16 (2), 73–91. Skelton, C. (2002). The ‘Feminisation of Schooling’ or ‘Remasculinising’ Primary Education? International Studies in Sociology of Education, 12 (1), 77–96. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Self-Made Men: Understanding How First-in-Family Males Transition to Australian Higher Education The University of Queensland, Australia Presenting Author:Internationally, males from low socio-economic backgrounds remain severely underrepresented in higher education, and significant gaps exist in our knowledge of how they transition to an experience university life. Many who enroll in higher education do not finish which the pressure to earn money and secure employment as soon as possible being a key factor. Despite an emphasis on widening participation in the Australian university sector, the path to university is still precarious, particularly for first-in-family (FIF) students. Drawing on longitudinal data, this presentation will provide the first detailed account of how gender, ethnicity and social class impact on Australian males (n = 42) from low socio-economic backgrounds as they transition to university. The focus is on understanding the role that gender – interacting with low SES status and ethnicity – plays in FIF males who are seeking to become socially mobile through their education.
In terms of a theoretical framework, FIF undergraduates are not only expected to be less primed to take advantage of university resources but also to participate less in university life (Jack 2014). Research suggests this limits their acquisition of social and cultural capital, which has implications for lifelong consequences regarding family formation, job acquisition, and network development. Researching how aspirations interact with socioeconomic status in reference to occupational certainty, prestige, choice, and justification, Gore et al. (2015) shows how students from low-socioeconomic backgrounds have stronger financial motivation, indicating their aspirations are for occupational futures that provide financial security. However, according to Gale and Parker (2013) students from low SES backgrounds ‘typically have diminished navigational capacities – the result of their limited archives of experience – with which to negotiate their way towards their aspirations’ (p. 51). The presentation addresses how FIF males transition to and experience Australian university study in different locales and institutions. The data analysis captures how experiences at high school, the use of formal and informal support, and geographical locations contribute to FIF males’ transition to university. We further highlight the role of masculinity (e.g. the breadwinner, etc) and how this informs how FIF males navigate university life. The project has three sub-aims to probe the nature of FIF male student experience:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Context The data presented in this paper were drawn from a broader longitudinal study – The First-in-Family Males Project – that sought to document the experiences of working-class (and working poor) young men becoming socially mobile during the time immediately following their secondary schooling (Stahl & McDonald, 2022). All the participants in the study lived at home during this time in their lives. The Australian Bureau of Statistics’ SEIFA rankings defines the suburbs where the young men resided as some of the most disadvantaged urban suburbs in Australia. Data Collection After securing ethics permission from the university and from educational authorities along with parental consent we tracked the progress of 42 working-class young men from their last term of secondary school over the course of three years (2017-2020). To be eligible, the young men would have applied for university study and been technically the first in their families to attend higher education. In addition to a resilience survey (25-item Connor-Davidson Resilience Scale (CD-RISC), we conducted semi-structured interviews every six months; thus, the research documented the lives of participants from age 17/18 to 20/21. Interviews typically ran about an hour with similar types of questions asked each time though as the participants progressed, certain questions were added based on the previous round of data collection. Data Analysis A professional transcription company was used, though we also reviewed the interview audio files several times and checked them against transcripts to ensure accuracy. This was in addition to the extensive field-notes taken during observations and typed up into fuller reports afterwards. Re-listening to the recordings and reading the transcripts facilitated a deeper interpretation of the data. Also, highlighting another dimension of trustworthiness, the research team conferred in regular meetings about the participants and what was featuring prominently in the data after each round of data collection. These discussions were wide-ranging – struggle, self-care, vulnerability – which allowed for deeper analysis and were integral to how we saw the data in light of the existing literature. These meetings, as regular ‘data discussions,’ also led to the creation of thematic codes where each round of interviews had its own codes (see Creswell & Miller, 2000). All data was then thematically coded in the NVivo qualitative software package. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our main findings were: • FIF male place a tremendous amount of pressure on themselves. In accounting for intersectionality, students from non-White backgrounds who had family members who were recent immigrants often put more pressure on themselves to be successful. • Few of the participants ended in elite university settings and were often ill-informed about their chosen course and institution. Hardly any of the participants had access to effective career counselling and given their families, knew very little about university life, this did put them at a disadvantage. • Many did not form support networks at university often experiencing prolonged experiences of isolation. Their transitional journeys were often shaped by being a small fish in a big pond where in their secondary schools their student identities were constructed as high-flyers. • The pressure to earn money through part-time employment often meant they were not very engaged in university life. They often felt a degree would be enough in the employment market and many did not invest in absorbing the social capital which may have been integral to future employment. • Echoing the role of the breadwinner, many of the participants were eldest in their family and felt a strong responsibility to mentor their younger siblings into university life. They saw themselves as an important capital and part of the social mobility journey of the family. • A significant percentage of the cohort grappled with their mental health during the transition to university life and, for some, these difficulties with mental health contributed to them taking time out of their degrees or not finishing (Stahl, Adams & Wang, 2022). • Many of the participants who remained at university found ways to create Work Integrated Learning (WIL) opportunities for themselves, especially when none were available through their program. They felt these experiences would enhance their employability. References Cardak, B, Bowden, M & Bahtsevanoglou, J (2015) Are low SES students disadvantaged in the university application process? Curtin University, National Centre for Student Equity in Higher Education. Education, Department. Gale, T & Parker, S (2013) Widening participation in Australian Higher Education: Report to the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE) and the Office of Fair Access (OFFA), England. Deakin University and Edge Hill University. Gemici, S, Lim, P & Karmel, T (2013) The impact of schools on young people’s transition to university. Adelaide: NCVER. Gore, J., K. Holmes, M. Smith, E. Southgate and J. Albright, 2015. Socioeconomic status and the career aspirations of Australian school students: Testing enduring assumptions. Australian Educational Researcher 42(2): 155–177. Jack, A (2014) Culture shock revisited: The social and cultural contingencies to class marginality. Sociological Forum 29(2): 453-475. Kift, S, Nelson, K.J, & Clark, JA (2010) Transition pedagogy: A third generation approach to FYE: A case study of policy and practice for the higher education sector. The International Journal of the First Year in Higher Education, 1(1): 1-20. Stahl, G., Adams, B., & Wang, J. (2023). ‘You don’t really want to hide it…’: exploring young working-class men’s mental health literacy. Disability & Society. Stahl, G., & McDonald, S. (2022). Gendering the First-in-Family Experience: Transitions, Liminality, Performativity. Routledge. |
15:15 - 16:45 | 34 SES 02 A: Education for Democracy Under Global Conditions of Uncertainty. Empirical Foundations for Teaching and Learning Democracy in the Age of Digitalization Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Timm Session Chair: Massimiliano Tarozzi Symposium |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Symposium Education for Democracy Under Global Conditions of Uncertainty. Empirical Foundations for Teaching and Learning Democracy in the Age of Digitalization This symposium will focus on education for democracy in the age of global digitality. On an empirical basis, we will ask how democracy and education for democracy are understood by teachers and learners, what meaning they attribute to it and what this means for teaching and learning in schools in their orientation towards the future. Particular attention will be paid to revealing the contextuality of these understandings and, by looking at the different perspectives together, to uncovering a common core for the further development of democracy-promoting education under conditions of glocality (Robertson, 1995). A unifying element for all contributions is their localisation within the horizon of global digitality (Grünberger, 2022; Stalder, 2017). This provides a common reference point for reflecting on the empirical findings, namely on the potential of digitality for the democracy-promoting education. With its various contributions, the symposium aims to provide suggestions for the democracy-promoting education in the context of digitality, which can develop relevance for different contexts. The often described crisis of democracy (Abramowitz, 2018) is a global challenge for school education. Crisis and threat have different contextual manifestations: Some are political developments such as the rise of populist parties or the observed increase in autocratic forms of governance, others are socio-cultural developments such as the dominance of an isolated individualism in the age of performance (Ball, 2003). All of these developments are being significantly accelerated by the shift to the digital realm, undermining democratic consensus. These challenges to deliberative democracy are faced with problems that, because of their complexity, require the participation of as many people as possible in order to address them in a way that is based on justice (Culp, 2019), in a society that is as stable as possible. This applies to the climate crisis as well as the equitable distribution of resources and goods, issues of intergenerational sustainability, and peacekeeping and conflict mitigation. Democratic consultation and decision-making processes are needed. Democratic education will not be able to solve the (global) social problems per se, but as a stimulus for the development of democratic skills, it is an indispensable prerequisite for their possibility (Honneth, 2015). The symposium will explore the possibilities of promoting democratic education in schools in different contexts and from different perspectives. This plurality is essential for two reasons: First, comparative reflections allow the identification of a core that can be more clearly summarised due to its emerging variability. This makes it possible to answer the question of how to conceptualise a context-independent education that promotes democracy. Secondly, all contexts are characterised by common conditions such as globality and digitality and by the same abstract challenges (global justice, inclusion), which in turn requires a high degree of abstraction (Scheunpflug, 2019; Scheunpflug & Schröck, 2000, 2002). The specific design of educational processes that promote democracy will therefore have similarities. According to our common hypothesis, democracy education can be better understood if a deeper understanding of the relationship between context-specific (e.g. the specific political system or the specific demographic situation) and context-independent aspects (digitality, peacekeeping) can be achieved. In this respect, the symposium can also be seen as an intervention against nationally reduced concepts and curricula of democracy-promoting education in the globalised (world) society. The symposium will present studies from different contexts (Tanzania, Cameroon, Nigeria, Germany, Ghana). In a short introduction, the connection between digitality and globality as well as teaching and learning will be outlined, it will be explained in terms of epistemic challenges. This introduction provides the framework for the empirical analysis of issues of democracy education in migration societies and in societies with precarious democratic development. References Abramowitz, M. J. (2018). Democracy in Crisis. In: Freedom House. Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215-228. Culp, J. (2019). Democratic Education in a Globalized World: A Normative Theory. Taylor & Francis. Grünberger, N. (2022). Digitalität global. In M. Zulaica y Mugica & K.-C. Zehbe (Hrsg.), Rhetoriken des Digitalen: Adressierungen an die Pädagogik (S. 143-160). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-29045-0_8 Honneth, A. (2015). Education and the Democratic Public Sphere. A Neglected Chapter of Political Philosophy. In A. Honneth (Hrsg.), Recognition and Freedom (Vol. 17, S. 17-32). Brill. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004287341_003 Robertson, R. (1995). Glocalization: Time-Space and Homogeneity-Heterogeneity. In M. Featherstone, S. Lash, & R. Robertson (Hrsg.), Global Modernities (S. 25-44). Sage Publications. Scheunpflug, A. (2019). Bildung in der politischen Bildung - didaktische Herausforderungen. Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Gesellschaftswissenschaften, 10(2), 112-123. Scheunpflug, A., & Schröck, N. (2000). Globales Lernen : Einführung in eine pädagogische Konzeption zur entwicklungsbezogenen Bildung. In. Stuttgart: Brot für die Welt. Scheunpflug, A., & Schröck, N. (2002). Globales Lernen. Einführung in eine pädagogische Konzeption zur entwicklungsbezogenen Bildung. Stalder, F. (2017). The Digital Condition. John Wiley & Sons. Presentations of the Symposium Democracy and Civic Education in Non-Democratic Contexts: A Quantitative Study of Tanzanian School Actors
This quantitative study explores school actors’ understanding of democracy and civic education in non-democratic countries. Thereby, the article builds on the assumption that teachers are a crucial factor in the success of learning in general (Hattie, 2003) and that their (pedagogical) beliefs influence their teaching practices (Knowles, 2018; Reichert et al., 2021). Not only because of their role model function, their pro-democratic attitudes and values are the linchpin in the implementation of democracy education (Große Prues, 2022, p. 17). Although a large number of studies have already contributed to this discourse (Chin & Barber, 2010; Reichert & Torney-Purta, 2019), there is a research desideratum with regard to the Global South in general and Sub-Saharan Africa in particular, where the majority of countries are still autocracies. In addition, many of these contexts are characterized by very different access to IT and internet connection. This applies especially to schools. In Tanzania, which serves as a case for this study, internet penetration in 2023 was only 31.6%, whilst 86.4% of the total population had access to cellular mobile connection. Especially mobile internet connection had increased by almost 8% compared 2022 (DataReportal, 2023). Given that internet connection comes along with increased access to information, this development bears a potential to generate informed citizens, which are a prerequisite for a well-functioning democracy. At the same time, the spread of fake news is only one example for how increasing digitalization can challenge democracy. Moreover, in Tanzania all materials used for teaching actually need to be officially recognized by the Tanzanian institute of Education.
This paper presents findings of a study based on the survey instruments of the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2016 (cf. Schulz et al., 2016) on Tanzanian teachers’ and principals’ attitudes towards democracy and digitalization. As a result, 85% of the respondents answered that obtaining news through the Internet, television, newspaper, etc. is part of their daily life. Also, 63% believed that following political issues is “very important” for being a “good citizen.” At the same time more than one third replied that their students analyze information gathered from multiple sources including online research. Therefore, the question raises whether how a democratic dealing with the potential and threats of digitalization can be fostered when access to digital means limited. Based on this, I will address the role of information and knowledge for democracy.
References:
References
Chin, K., & Barber, C. E. (2010). A Multi-Dimensional Exploration of Teachers' Beliefs About Civic Education in Australia, England, and the United States. Theory & Research in Social Education, 38(3), 395–427. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2010.10473432
DataReportal. (2023). Digital 2023: Tanzania. https://datareportal.com/reports/digital-2023-tanzania
Große Prues, P. (2022). Demokratie-Erziehung als Querschnittsaufgabe: Eine Studie zu Subjektiven Theorien von Lehrkräften. Studien zur Professionsforschung und Lehrerbildung. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/book/10.35468/9783781559615
Hattie, J. (2003). Teachers Make a Difference: What is the research evidence? Australian Council for Educational Research (ACER). ACER Research Conference, Melbourne, Australia. http://research.acer.edu.au/research_conference_2003/4/
Knowles, R. T. (2018). Teaching Who You Are: Connecting Teachers’ Civic Education Ideology to Instructional Strategies. Theory & Research in Social Education, 46(1), 68–109. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2017.1356776
Reichert, F., Lange, D., & Chow, L. (2021). Educational beliefs matter for classroom instruction: A comparative analysis of teachers’ beliefs about the aims of civic education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 98, 103248. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103248
Reichert, F., & Torney-Purta, J. (2019). A cross-national comparison of teachers' beliefs about the aims of civic education in 12 countries: A person-centered analysis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 112–125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.09.005
Conditions of learning for democracy and peace in Sub-Sahara Africa: Case of Nigeria
This article examines the experiences of Christian Church leaders about the contribution of peace education in Nigerian faith-based schools as a basis for a just and democratic society. The mitigating role of education during an ongoing conflict is pertinent, yet curiously under-researched (Davies, 2005). In conflict and challenging democratic context, peace and transformative education is argued to be appropriate as it challenges pedagogy that is rooted in hierarchical forms of power but rather seek to respond to democratic participation, freedom and social justice that surmount national limits (Basedau, 2023, p. 1, Magro, 2015, p. 109). Even though peace education understanding is complex, its overarching questions address inequality gaps, democratic processes of dealing with conflict and issues of global social justice (Jäger, 2015). There is however little empirical research about peace education in Sub-Saharan Africa that is hit by conflicts (Njobati, 2021), however existing studies mainly address wars, unstable governments and economy (Brunori et al., 2019, Babajide et al., 2021). For instance, little is known about the conflict in the Middle Belt region of Nigeria and its effects on education where schools have been attacked and children forced out of schools with girls violated (Opara & Inmpey, 2019, p.109). Meanwhile, Christian Church organizations are playing an important role in conflict resolution and peace education (Ilo, 2015, p. 99). This paper explores how peace education activities in the faith-based education sector in Nigeria is shaping learning conditions. The qualitative research was conducted in the Middle Belt region and included 13 semi-structured interviews with leaders of Roman Catholic and Protestant churches. Findings show the two-sided nature of the relationship between conflict and schooling. On the one hand, peace clubs in schools offer safe spaces for mediation. On the other hand, everyday school life is still characterized by social feedback that stir conflict. Moreover, peace education pays little attention to the conditions of learning. Aspects such as good learning climate, critical thinking and cooperative learning which have been identified by research as key elements of peace education (Burde et al., 2017, p. 620; Bajaj, 2015, p. 1-2), do not feature in the pedagogical framework of the schools. The paper concludes that further professional development for educational leaders is needed to enhance schools’ role in contributing to justice and peace education as a landscape of shaping safe learning spaces in conflict context.
References:
Babajide, A., Ahmad, A. H., & Coleman, S. (2021). Violent conflicts and state capacity: Evidence from Sub-Saharan Africa. Journal of Government and Economics, 3, 100019.
Bajaj, M. (2015). “Pedagogies of resistance” and critical peace education praxis. Journal of Peace Education, 12(2), 154–166. https://doi.org/10.1080/17400201.20 14.991914.
Basedau, M. (2023). Under pressure: Democratisation trends in Sub-Saharan Africa.
Brunori, P., Palmisano, F., & Peragine, V. (2019). Inequality of opportunity in sub-Saharan Africa. Applied Economics, 51(60), 6428-6458.
Burde, D., Kapit, A., Wahl, R. L., Guven, O., & Skarpeteig, M. I. (2017). Education in emergencies: A review of theory and research. Review of Educational Research, 87(3), 619-658.
Ilo, P. (2015). Faith-based Organisations and conflict resolution in Nigeria: The case of the Christian Association of Nigeria (CAN). Journal of Global Initiatives: Policy, Pedagogy, Perspective, 9(2), 9.
Jäger, U. (2015). Peace education and conflict transformation. Berghof Foundation Operations GmbH.
Njobati, F. F. (2021). Shaping resilience through peace education in schools: results from a case study in Nigeria. Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 44(4), 25-31.
Opara, S. C. & Inmpey, J. C. (2019). Open–grazing in the Middle Belt region Nigeria: Implications for sustainable development. Sapientia Global Journal of Arts, Humanities and Development Studies, 2(2), 106–116.
Democracy-promoting Education through Digitalization? Empirical insight into South-North partnership
With empirical data from Madagascar, Cameroun and further Sub-Saharan countries we ask for opportunities that arise from digitalisation for democracy-promoting education in the global horizon. Our question overarches four sub-questions, namely
1. What are the experiences of school leaders and those responsible for partnerships with school partnerschips and how do they relate them to the democracy-promoting education?
2. What ideas can be identified for the localisation in a digital global society?
3. What digital opportunities and resources are used in the context of South-North partnerships?
4. What supporting and adverse factors can be identified for the practice of South-North partnerships?
In this project, we theoretically presuppose the fact of digitality (Stalder, 2017) in the global society (Luhmann, 1982) for all contexts. At the same time, we assume that digitality is realised locally, in different traditions, with different resources and under different political conditions. We are therefore dealing with a glocal phenomenon (Robertson, 1995). From a pedagogical perspective, we draw on research on learning democracy, which increasingly emphasises democratic experiences and emotions beyond the mere transfer of knowledge about democratic rules and values. There are also claims for reflection democracy-promoting education on a transnational level (Culp, 2019). Other scholars ask for relating digital education to democracy and citizenship (Choi & Cristol, 2021; Knowles et al., 2023). We also draw on research on South-North partnerships, in which their embedding in processes of reflection can be identified as a condition for sustainability (Krogull & Scheunpflug, 2013; Jääskeläinen, 2015; Bourn & Cara, 2012).
Based on the qualitative content analysis of group discussions (n=7) and interviews (n=10), we can show the following results. Material resources and, in some cases, political constellations make it difficult to sustain South-North partnerships that can stimulate educational processes that promote democracy. In addition, there are different attitudes to the opportunities offered by digitality, a spectrum of understandings of democracy and the need for curricular harmonisation. On the other hand, we can formulate the following chances deriving from South-North-partnerships: By engaging with an external perspective, the understanding of democracy in its complexity is enhanced for all participants. Participants acquire skills to articulate and reflect on their own involvement in an educational and political culture. The practical use of digitality becomes more complex and accessible for reflection.
References:
Bourn, D., & Cara, O. (2012). Evaluating partners in development: Contribution of international school partnerships to education and development. In Research Paper (Vol. 5). London: Development Education Research Centre.
Choi, M., & Cristol, D. (2021). Digital citizenship with intersectionality lens: Towards participatory democracy driven digital citizenship education. Theory into Practice, 60(4), 361-370. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2021.1987094
Culp, J. (2019). Democratic Education in a Globalized World: A Normative Theory. Taylor & Francis.
Jääskeläinen, L. (2015). Learning in, about and for development partnerships. What Competences Does a Global Citizen Need for Building a Development Partnership? In.
Knowles, R. T., Camicia, S., & Nelson, L. (2023). Education for Democracy in the Social Media Century [Academic Journal Report]. Research in Social Sciences and Technology, 8(2), 21-36.
Krogull, S., & Scheunpflug, A. (2013). Citizenship-Education durch internationale Begegnungen im Nord-Süd-Kontext? Empirische Befunde aus einem DFG-Projekt zu Begegnungsreisen in Deutschland, Ruanda und Bolivien. ZSE Zeitschrift für Soziologie der Erziehung und Sozialisation(3), 231-248. https://doi.org/10.3262/ZSE1303231
Luhmann, N. (1982). The Differentiation of Society. Columbia University Press.
Robertson, R. (1995). Glocalization: Time-Space and Homogeneity-Heterogeneity. In M. Featherstone, S. Lash, & R. Robertson (Hrsg.), Global Modernities (S. 25-44). Sage Publications.
Stalder, F. (2017). The Digital Condition. John Wiley & Sons.
Developing Democratic Pedagogy and Practice in Scotland: A Critical Analysis of the impact of Digitisation on Student-Teachers Learning Journey
Democracy and social justice increasingly play out in the digital context as digital ‘technology is already embedded in, and entangled with, existing social practices and economic and political systems’ (Knox, 2019: 3). Digital technology is increasingly prevalent in schools across the world and is often positioned, by policy, as a means to close attainment gaps (Scottish Government, 2016) and ‘level the field of opportunity for students’ (US Department of Education, 2017). This suggests that digital technology has a key role to play in relation to equity, justice, and inclusion, to education for democracy. However, digital technology has been observed to ‘exacerbate pre-existing inequalities, establish new ones and further marginalise communities’ (Hall et. al., 2020: 436). Student-teachers need to be prepared to navigate digital spaces, digital spaces which are susceptible to manipulation. Democracy and global citizenship increasingly play out online where filter bubbles (Berners-Lee, 2014), algorithms (Tufekci, 2016) and corporations (Bollier, 2010) manipulate what is accessed. Understanding how digital tools and spaces inform student-teachers knowledge and understanding, and the development of their pedagogic beliefs, is therefore a pertinent concern.
In Scotland, a democratic European country, school education is informed by professional values which espouse social justice and sustainability. Scottish education works on a presumption of inclusion (Scottish Government, 2019) with research, teacher-education and professional development promoting inclusive pedagogy (Florian, 2016). In this research study the professional development of student-teachers, during a one-year Professional Graduate Diploma in Education (PGDE) teaching qualification was observed, with consideration of the digitised context of the 21st century. The programme which the student-teachers were enrolled onto had been recently redesigned to support the student-teachers journey towards becoming agentive professionals; with the development of a digital portfolio to support praxis (connecting theory and practice) on placement, and a re-designed assessment structure which provided multiple opportunities for professional dialogue and collaboration. The research applied a thematic approach analysing qualitative data which included interviews, surveys, visual mapping, and learning artefacts. Analysis observed how the local was situated in the global. Digital technology ‘nudged’ practice, promoting small changes at a local level which reflected global discourses of neo-liberalism and accountability (Peters, 2020). As education moves into an era where digital technologies are increasingly ‘embedded across everyday aspects of teachers work’ (Starkey, 2020: 49) it is important that we, as teacher-educators, are aware of the ways in which the digital context impacts student-teachers professional development.
References:
Bollier, D. 2010. ‘The Promise and Peril of Big Data’ Community and Society Program Report on the Eighteenth Annual Aspen Institute Roundtable on Information Technology, The Aspen Institute: Washington DC
Hall, J., Roman, C., Jovel-Arias, C., & Young, C. 2020. Pre-service teachers examine digital equity amidst schools' COVID-19 responses. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 28(2), 435-442.
Knox, J., 2019. What Does the ‘Postdigital’ Mean for Education? Three Critical Perspectives on the Digital, with Implications for Educational Research and Practice. Postdigital Science and Education. 1 (1). pp.1-14.
Peters, M.A., 2020. An educational theory of innovation: What constitutes the educational good?. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(10), pp.1016-1022.
Scottish Government. 2016. Enhancing Learning and Teaching through the use of Digital Technology (ISBN:9781786524737). Learning Directorate. Scottish Government. https://www.gov.scot/publications/enhancing-learning-teaching-through-use-digital-technology/
Starkey, L. 2020. A review of research exploring teacher preparation for the digital age. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(1), 37-56.
US Department of Education. (2017). Reimagining the role of technology in education: 2017 national education technology plan update. Office of Educational Technology. https://tech.ed.gov/files/2017/01/NETP17.pdf
|
15:30 - 16:00 | 99 ERC SES 10 A: ERC Closing Ceremony Location: Room B205 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid ERC Closing |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events ERC Closing Ceremony 1University of Padua (Italy), Italy; 2EERA President, Norway Presenting Author:ERC Closing |
15:30 - 16:00 | Break 06: ERC Coffee Break |
16:00 - 18:00 | 100 ERC SES 06: 16.30 onwards Working meeting Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Session Chair: Lucian Ciolan Internal Working Meeting |
16:00 - 18:00 | 99 ERC SES 11 A: Workshop: How to convince examiners of the merit of your thesis, by making your thinking visible within the thesis right from the start of your doctoral journey. Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Shosh Leshem שוש ERC Workshop |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Convincing Examiners of the Merit of Your Thesis, Making Your Thinking Visible Right from the Start of Your Doctoral Journey Kibbutzim College Israel, Israel Presenting Author:How to convince examiners of the merit of your thesis, by making your thinking visible within the thesis right from the start of your doctoral journey Quality in research is to be recognized and applauded for its conceptualization and high level thinking. This thinking must be visible in the text of the thesis so that researchers, supervisors and examiners can acknowledge the scholarship of the thesis. Questions that examiners intend to ask in doctoral defense events (vivas) is determined by what they read in your thesis. These questions display patterns of emphasis as they are then posed in the viva itself. Recognizing and acting on those patterns can provide insights into what examiners consider to be the determinants of doctorateness in a thesis. This will also determine the level of award that they will recommend to your university. So, knowing what the criteria are and what questions will possibly be asked, provides a framework from which to approach and undertake your research. Making the destination explicit should be the starting point and guide the subsequent planning and execution for your doctoral research.
The workshop will introduce inescapable pre-requisites for a thesis to become doctoral- worthy. It will provide insights on what examiners consider to be the determinants of ‘Doctorateness’ in a thesis so that you can incorporate them right from the start of your writing. It will offer strategic practical tools to apply in your thesis and help candidates and readers appreciate: 1. The ‘whole’ and the’ parts’ that form ‘synergy’ between the account of the research that has been undertaken and the written text. 2. The high quality of conceptualisation expected from a doctoral thesis and recognized by presentation of argument and structure, which make the thesis a coherent piece of research. The workshop will include both theory and practice where participants will be able to interact with each other and discuss issues regarding their own research. |
16:00 - 18:00 | 99 ERC SES 11 B: Seminar: Academic Publishing and the Work of the EERJ Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sotiria Grek Session Chair: Paolo Landri ERC Seminar |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events Seminar: Academic Publishing and the Work of the EERJ 1CNR-IRPPS, Italy; 2University of Edinburgh Presenting Author:Seminar: Academic Publishing and the Work of the EERJ |
16:00 - 18:00 | 99 ERC SES 11 C: Roundtable Discussion on Empowering Emerging Researchers in Educational Research Location: Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1] Session Chair: Dragana Radanovic Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou ERC Roundtable Discussion |
|
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Interactive Session Roundtable Discussion on Empowering Emerging Researchers in Educational Research 1University of Padua (Italy), Italy; 2University of Liverpool (UK); 3Edge Hill University, UK; 4University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The roundtable is part of the initiatives for the 30th Anniversary of the European Educational Research Association (EERA) and aims to provide Emerging Researchers with information and tools useful for navigating the dynamic landscape of educational research. The roundtable will spotlight inspiring success stories of researchers who have navigated challenges and carved their paths in the field of educational research. Thanks to the sharing of the experiences of accomplished members of EERA, the session aims to foster community, collaboration, and enthusiasm among the future/next generation of scholars dedicated to advancing education. Emerging researchers will be engaged and empowered at this participative discussion, exploring key themes such as the importance of effective networking, the advantages of joining international associations, and the art of conducting research. Specifically, previous ERG Convenors will share their perspectives and provide insights into their experiences. During the session, Emerging Researchers will be offered practical tips and strategies to enhance the quality and impact of their research. The discussion will focus on how networking can facilitate collaborative projects, and interdisciplinary research, thus shaping successful careers in research. Moreover, the advantages and opportunities associated with being a member of an international association, i.e., EERA, will be discussed. To ensure an interactive and dynamic session, space will be allocated for audience participation, allowing attendees to pose questions, share their experiences, and engage in fruitful discussions with experienced researchers. The current ERG Link Convenor and Co-Convenors will ignite the dialogue and actively facilitate the exchange, creating an inclusive environment. References . Chair Lisa Bugno |
16:45 - 17:15 | Break 09: ECER Coffee Break |
17:15 - 18:45 | 00 SES 03 A: Navigating Uncertain Times: Research on Inclusive Education in Cyprus Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Simoni Symeonidou Panel Discussion |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion Navigating Uncertain Times: Research on Inclusive Education in Cyprus 1University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 2European University, Cyprus; 3Nicosia University, Cyprus Presenting Author:The Republic of Cyprus (hereafter Cyprus) has been historically experiencing uncertainty at various levels, stemming from political, social, health, and financial challenges. Arguably, the trajectory of education policy and practice is affected by these contextual factors. This session aims to delve into research on inclusive education by demonstrating how research priorities have been shaped and how research efforts have been influenced by those factors. Inclusive education is conceptualized as the active participation and learning of all children in the general school, particularly concerning children vulnerable to exclusion. The session follows a thematic approach of key research themes (i.e., history and the first integration law, evaluation of policy and practice, political and educational changes, and digitalization) linked with a historical timeline in an attempt to show how milestones of uncertain times (e.g., the establishment of the University of Cyprus in 1992, the 1999 Law on integration, the 2010 national curriculum reform, the 2020 Covid-19 pandemic, etc.) influenced research on inclusive education in Cyprus. The session also sheds light on how local research has been placed within the broader European and global trends on inclusive education, as being informed but also informing the international research agenda. The session ends with a discussion on the future directions of research and the implications of conducting research on inclusive education at the local level while trying to contribute to the broader literature on inclusive education.
References . Chair simoni |
17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 03 A: *** Cancelled **** Efficacy Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Paper Session |
17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 03 B: Classroom Practice Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Adam Droppe Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Devil is in the Details: An Actor-Network Analysis of How Teachers Learn in Hands-On Workshops National Central University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Teacher learning and teacher professional development (TPD) are always key to educational reform (Edwards 2011). The effectiveness of teacher learning activities is one of the core concerns for TPD around the world. Billions of dollars annually have been invested in improving the quality of teachers’ skills and qualifications by developing their opportunities for TPD (Kraft, Blazar, & Hogan, 2018; DeMonte, 2013). However, research on TPD has generally yielded disappointing results with teacher professional learning activities often being characterised as ineffective (Sancar, Atal, & Deryakulu, 2023; Patfield, Gore, & Harris, 2023; Admiraal, Schenke, Jong, Emmelot & Sligte, 2021; Fairman, Smith, Pullen & Lebel, 2023; Merono, Calderón, & Arias-Estero, 2023). The ineffectiveness of teacher learning can be attributed to the in-service training style in earlier stage of TPD. Traditional approaches of improving teacher learning emphasize annual credit hours for the sake of credentialing. The training was disconnected from authentic classroom contexts and teachers often passively engaged in these activities, and resulted in their limited motivation (Fariman, et al., 2023; Coldwell, 2017). In considering these drawbacks, much research has tackled this problem and proposed solutions. For example, some called for the need for a clearer definition of TPD and an articulation of its particular characteristics and frameworks (Sancar, et al., 2021). Researchers also proposed conditions to improve the quality of TPD. It would be better if the activities are more intensive, sustained, and practice-based, and if the participation is more active, collaborative, having buy-in from teachers, and subject-specific expertise from outside (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021; Fairman, et al., 2023). However, several recent evaluations of TPD interventions which include all the characteristics have not found a positive impact (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021). In other words, the consensus around the characteristics of effective TPD still lacks evidential warrant. Clearly, the wicked problems of TPD remain. The questions researchers wondered over for two decades included: What are the conditions that support and promote teachers growth (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002)? How teachers develop professionally (Evans, 2011)? What are the contextual factors impacting it (Kang et al., 2013)? What TPD actually is and what effective TPD really entails (Sancar, et al., 2021)? How this TPD should be designed is somewhat less clear (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021). As it currently is, researchers have a vague consensus in the direction of holisticity. Research needs to examine the TPD concept as a whole (Evans, 2014), and provide a meaningful and holistic perspective of TPD (Sancar, et al., 2021). If holisticity is highlighted, rather than exploring fragmented characteristics, features, and elements of TPD, a different research approach may be needed. This study draws from Actor-network theory (ANT) (Latour, 2005) as a theoretical perspective and methodological approach to investigate TPD. The major difference between the ANT approach and other empirical researches in TPD is that learning is an effect of the relations within assemblages of human and non-human entities (Fenwick & Edwards, 2010). ANT treats entities equally and focuses on relations and its effects. Specifically, learning is considered as relational, connected, and associated through which matter and meaning, object and subject, co-emerge (Mulcahy, 2014). Three conceptual tools of ANT guided this study: translation (Latour, 1987), assemblage, and matter of concern (Latour, 2004). The (in)effectiveness of TPD can then be re-conceptualized as investigating the network effect of TPD activities. By exploring a specific in-service teachers’ hands-on workshop, this study ask the question: how does teacher learning, as a network effect, happen? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, ANT provides a means of following the mess as it unfolds, as opposed to smoothing out and closing down (Fenwick & Edwards, 2010), to allow the nuance of practice to be foregrounded (Mitchell, 2020). Differed from traditional trans-missive models, this study conceptualizes teacher learning as a non-linear model, which is more transformative and participative, to understand how learning occurs. Data were collected through a multi-sited ethnography (Marcus, 1995), observing 44 cross-school teacher community workshops, 40 semi-structured interviews, and numerous postings in online social media. These hands-on workshops took place at various locations with half-day or whole -day intensive session. They were mainly held by reputable high school teachers, or “peer speakers” to enact the current curriculum policies in Taiwan. In their attempts to implement the new pedagogical teaching practices and perspectives, the participants felt frustrated when they have to explicitly output their curriculum design on their group posters. Given the situation that many artifacts were presented around the workshop rooms, such as white boards, papers, sticky notes, posters, curriculum guidelines handbooks, textbooks, and so on, human-centered lens might not serve adequately to explore how learning happened. The socio-material networks were observably more suitable to produce new understanding about how learning occurred. Data analysis consists of two steps: identifying the 'matter of concern' and identifying the assemblage. First, I trace the varied concerns for all human and non-human actors: how each actor participates in the workshop, paying particular attention to moments of disturbance, such as when sticky notes were not been posted on the white board in time. Second, I follow these concerns to further discover the variegated, complicated, uncertain, risky, heterogeneous, material and network-y features during the process of the workshop, the workshop was thus an object that had become a ‘thing’, a ‘matter of fact’ that had given rise to complicated entanglements (Latour, 2005). A network of people, things, and discourse, -- an assemblage was thus identified. ANT shifts the focus from cognitive gains to the functioning of networks that impact teacher learning (Rubin et al., 2021). Specifically by tracing backwards through networks, learning is seen as an effect of the creation of networks. A phenomenon could be realized as the effects of a dynamic network that includes not only the peer speaker and the participants, but also the artifacts, the questions and/or doubts the participants raised, and even the snacks around them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teacher professional learning were enacted not only by people but also by tools. Five assemblages were identified: willingness to receive, ability to receive, willingness to understand, ability to understand, and ability to practice. Each assemblage was enacted by heterogeneous actors. For example, to enact their ability to receive, the practical language the peer speaker used enrolled participants to be able to acquire the context-embedded academic knowledge. The simplified academic knowledge mobilized participants to be able to externalize what they understood on the sticky notes. In the same vein, to enact their ability to understand, the questions the facilitators asked for each group members were enacted by the sticky notes they wrote, and the flexibility of the procedures allowed by the facilitator mobilized the participants not to quit from the unfamiliar learning tasks. Interestingly, , to enact the ability to practice, the snacks provided around the workshop space kept the frustrated participants from dropping out and enrolled them back to the complicated dialogues. In summary, it was not the individual actors, but the associated relations between actors that linked each other to perform differently throughout the workshop. Using such a non-linear socio-material approach, the findings of this study offers an important shift in our understanding and support of TPD: teacher learning is the result of mobilized networks. To be effective, we need to examine how learning emerges through network effects, rather than as a cognitive process in general. The contribution of this proposal is significant because little research in TPD examined how learning occurred based on ANT. If the silent participation of those heterogeneous actors were overlooked, we would be less possible to scrutinize how human and nonhuman enact and translate each other, resulting in nuanced network effects. References Admiraal, W., Schenke, W., De Jong, L., Emmelot, Y., & Sligte, H. (2021). Schools as professional learning communities: what can schools do to support professional development of their teachers? Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 684-698. Callon, M. (1986). Some elements of a sociology of translation: Domestication of the scallops and the fishermen of St Brieuc Bay. In J. Law (Ed.), Power, action and belief: a new sociology of knowledge?(pp. 196-223). London, England: Routledge. Coldwell, M. (2017). Exploring the influence of professional development on teacher careers: Developing a path model approach. Teaching and teacher education, 61, 189-198. DeMonte, J. (2013). High-quality professional development for teachers: Supporting teacher training to improve student learning. Center for American Progress. July. Retrieved 23 April 2020, from http://www.tapsystem.org/publications/tap-infocuscenter-for-american-progress-high-quality-teacher-professionaldevelopment.pdf. Fariman, J. C., Smith, D., Pullen, P.C., Lebel, S.J. (2023). The challenge of keeping teacher professional development relevant. Professional Development in Education, 49(2), 197-209, Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor-network theory in education. Oxon, England: Routledge. Kraft, M.A., Blazar, D., Hogan, D. (2018). The effect of teaching coaching on instruction and achievement: A meta-analysis of the causal evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88(4), 547–588. Latour, B. (2004). Why has critique run out of steam? From matters of fact to matters of concern. Critical Inquiry, 30(2), 225-248. Latour, B. (2005). Resembling the social: An introduction to actor-network-theory. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Meroño, L., Calderón, A., & Arias-Estero, J.L. (2023). Teachers professional development needs: A critical analysis of TALIS through structural equation modelling. European Journal of Teacher Education, Mitchell, B. (2020). Student-led improvement science projects: a praxiographic, actor-network theory study. Studies in Continuing Education, 42(1), 133-146. Mulcahy, D. (2012) Thinking teacher professional learning performatively: a socio-material account, Journal of Education and Work, 25(1), 121-139, Patfield, S., Gore, J., & Harris, J. (2023). Shifting the focus of research on effective professional development: Insights from a case study of implementation. Journal of Educational Change, 24:345–363. Rubin, J.C., Land, C.L. & S Long, S.L. (2021): Mobilising new understandings: an actor-network analysis of learning and change in a self-directed professional development community, Professional Development in Education, Sancar, R., Atal, D., & Deryakulu, D. (2023). A new framework for teachers’ professional development. Teaching and Teacher Education. 101, 103305. Sims, S., & Fletcher-Wood, H. (2021). Identifying the characteristics of effective teacher professional development: a critical review. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(1), 47-63, 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Value of The Question Compass as a Conceptual Tool to Improve Teachers’ Guidance of Student Question Quality. Hogeschool Arnhem Nijmegen, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Student questions have multiple benefits for teaching and learning (Chin & Osborne, 2008). However, to ensure that student questioning is effective for learning, teachers must ensure that students will find answers. A major obstacle for teachers in guiding questions to answers is that many initial student questions are unfocused, poorly investigable, and therefore difficult to answer (Baranova, 2017). Guiding unclear initial questions to more focused investigable questions, is a cognitively challenging and time-consuming process (Herranen & Aksela, 2019). Teachers would like more insight into how to guide learning questions to answers in the best possible way within the available time and resources (Kaya, 2018). Our assumption was, that teachers would first need a clear view of the aspired quality of a question in order to identify the potential quality in initial student questions and to be able to use appropriate instructional strategies to foster that quality. However, we found that the participating teachers in this study found it initially difficult to identify the potential quality of student questions. They needed to develop a deeper understanding of which types of student questions and research activities would lead to hands-on research that is feasible for students and which will lead to deeper understanding of the core concepts of the subject under study. Smith et al. (2013) showed that teachers who guide the process of student questioning need to develop Pedagogical Process Knowledge. PKK refers to the teachers’ ability to diagnose the current state of students’ question quality and the ability to choose and employ the most effective instructional strategies to foster the students questioning process. Smith et al. (2013) found that teachers could develop PPK in a community of practice by using conceptual models (cf. Bereiter, 2005). Unfortunately, a conceptual model to develop PPK about fostering question quality was not yet available. Therefore, we developed the conceptual model of Multiple Hypothetical Question-Related Learning Trajectories (MHQLT’s) for this study. MHQLTs are based on the Hypothetical Learning Trajectories (HTLs) of Simon and Tzur (2004) as a conceptual model to help teachers explore possible pathways that learners might take to reach a learning outcome. Simon and Tzur found that using HLTs to explore potential learning pathways helped teachers to anticipate on and use effective instructional strategies to support student learning. The HLT approach seemed promising for guiding student questioning, because this might help teachers to think about, anticipate upon and find effective ways to foster the quality of student questioning for hands-on research. The essential functionality of the MHQLTs -model is: a) to explore the different learning trajectories of various question-types based on for students feasible research activities, and b) to understand the patterns in the relationship between the formulation of different question-types, types of hands-on research activities and types of learning outcomes. To make working with the MHQLTs model more accessible for teachers we visualized and introduced it to them as the “Question Compass”. The aim of this study was to determine the value of the Question Compass for teachers' professional learning of effective diagnostic and instructional strategies (PPK) to guide the quality of student questions. To determine if and how the Question Compass contributed to teachers’ professional learning, the value of the conceptual model was operationalized with Odenbaugh’s (2005) and Alonzo and Elby’s (2019) criteria for the quality of conceptual tools: generativity, flexibility, and robustness. Therefore, the main research question of the study was: In what ways was working with Question Compass as a conceptual model perceived as generative, flexible and robust for teacher learning about effective diagnostic and instructional strategies to support students’ question quality? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A multiple case study methodology was applied because this is particularly instrumental for evaluating phenomena in real-life contexts (Yazan, 2015). A broad sample of teachers from primary education was included because maximum variation sampling enables a comprehensive description of the phenomenon (Patton, 2015). To explore what the value of Question Compass would be for guidance of student question quality, 32 teachers from six Dutch primary schools participated in four design teams, which worked independently in four iterative cycles of design, implementation, evaluation and reflection and redesign over a period of two school years. The focus in the design teams was on the professional learning of the teachers to support them in developing their own ideas and concrete plans for guiding student question quality. At the start of each design cycle, the researcher first (re)introduced the Question Compass and the basic ideas underlying the conceptual tool. After this introduction, teachers used the Question Compass to collaboratively design professional experiments for topics of their own choosing, by brainstorming about possible desirable student questions, discussing how these types of questions might be prompted, and what kinds of guidance students would need to answer them. Then, teachers individually tested their lesson plans in practice. Upon completion of these professional experiments, teachers evaluated their experiences collaboratively in their design teams. The primary data source consisted of 36 hours of transcribed audio recordings of all sessions during the three completed design cycles and the worksheets that teachers used during these sessions. To triangulate teachers’ self-report about the professional experiments, we made classroom observations and collected video recordings of classroom learning activities. The basis for our analysis is the Interconnected Model of Teachers’ Professional Growth (IMTPG) of Clarke and Hollingsworth (2002) (Figure 3). The IMTPG was selected because it both acknowledges the complexity of teacher change and the importance of teacher agency in professional learning (Roehrig, 2023). We developed a coding schema based on the four change sequences in the IMPTG model that can be related to: generativity (CS1), flexibility (CS2), robustness: lessons learned (CS3) and robustness: salient outcomes (CS4), as shown in Figure 3. To ensure quality of the coding scheme, two coders independently tested it on 10% of the data. The interrater agreement was 85%. Differences were discussed and resolved, further refining and clarifying the coding scheme. Then the rest of the data was coded Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To determine the value of the Question Compass for teachers as a conceptual tool to foster student question quality three criteria were identified: generativity, flexibility, and robustness For generativity findings show that the tool helped teachers develop conceptions of good inquiry learning questions by relating quality to feasible inquiry activities. It also made teachers more aware of how to develop epistemic agency by examining the relationship between question type, research method and learning outcomes. Moreover, the tool was considered to support a more purposeful design of teacher guidance of student questions. For flexibility findings show that teachers:1) used the Question Compass in various explicit ways to diagnose question quality, 2) used the Question Compass in multiple ways explicitly in their instructional strategies to support generating, formulating and answering student questions, 3) were able to use Question Compass to develop diagnostic and instructional strategies that fitted their own personal and their classroom’s needs, 4) developed flexibility over time, leading teachers to combine and vary their instructional strategies as they deemed most appropriate. For robustness findings show that: a) recognizing and categorizing question types was supportive for diagnosing question quality, b) prompting students with purposely chosen activities and materials and modeling question types was effective for generating questions, c) anticipating on the question-types’ research methods fostered support of the answering process and d) discussing question types with students was effective for fostering learning outcomes. We conclude that findings support our assumption that the Question Compass as a conceptual tool supported the collaborative professional learning of teachers when designing, implementing and evaluating professional experiments and in this way fostered teachers’ guidance of student question quality. References Alonzo, A. C., & Elby, A. (2019). Beyond empirical adequacy: Learning progressions as models and their value for teachers. Cognition and Instruction, 37(1), 1-37. Baranova, E. A. (2017). Question-asking behavior as a form of cognitive activity in primary school children. Psychology in Russia, 10(1), 269. Bereiter, C. (2005). Education and mind in the knowledge age. New York, NY: Routledge. Chin, C., & Osborne, J. (2008). Students’ questions: A potential resource for teaching and learning science. Studies in Science Education, 44(1), 1–39. Clark, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(8), 947–967. https://doi.org/10.1016/ S0742-051X(02)00053-7 Herranen, J., & Aksela, M. (2019). Student-question-based inquiry in science education. Studies in Science Education, 55(1), 1-36. Kaya, S. (2018). Improving the quality of student questions in primary science classrooms. Journal of Baltic Science Education 17(5), 800–811. Odenbaugh, J. (2005). Idealized, inaccurate, but successful: A pragmatic approach to evaluating models in theoretical ecology. Biology and Philosophy, 20, 231–255. Patton, M.Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Roehrig, G. (2023). Research on Teacher Professional Development Programs in Science. In Handbook of Research on Science Education (pp. 1197-1220). Routledge. Simon, M. A., & Tzur, R. (2004). Explicating the role of mathematical tasks in conceptual learning: An elaboration of the hypothetical learning trajectory. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 6(2), 91-104. Smith, C., Blake, A., Fearghal, K., Gray, P., & McKie, M. (2013). Adding pedagogical process knowledge to pedagogical content knowledge: teachers' professional learning and theories of practice in science education. Educational research eJournal, 2(2), 132-159. Yazan, B. (2015). Three approaches to case study methods in education Yin, Merriam, and Stake. The Qualitative Report, 20(2), 134-152. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Emotional Ambience in Educational Settings: A Close Examination of Teacher-Student Interactions University of Kristianstad, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper aims to examine the Emotional Ambience (EA) in classroom interactions between teachers and students. During a Swedish lesson, students aged 13-14 work individually on writing assignments. The teacher attends to students who raise their hands and ask for assistance, leading to one-to-one interactions, also known as dyadic interactions, which are the focus of the analyses. Two video-documented interaction situations of different character are studied. The analysis focuses on the emotional coordination of various communication elements between student and teacher, including gestures, facial expressions, tone of voice, and tempo of speech. In a recently published article, I introduce the concept of Emotional Ambience along with a three-dimensional model for examining collective emotions created in social situations (Droppe, 2023). The model outlines 1) the valence of collective emotions - ranging from pleasant to unpleasant, 2) their level of arousal - from low to high, and 3) the level of emotional entrainment or coordination - from weak to strong - among the actor’s emotional expressions in interactions. In this paper, I intend to apply the model of Emotional Ambience to empirical data. The concept of Emotional Ambience complements Randall Collins' theory of Interaction Ritual Chains and his concept of Emotional Energy (Collins, 2004). Collins' theory elucidates the manner in which interwoven rituals of daily existence wield influence over social life. It outlines how collective actions and shared cognitive and affective orientations within a group can evolve into sentiments of solidarity and reverence for the group's symbols. Successful interaction rituals engender Emotional Energy (EE), marked by increased levels of confidence, enthusiasm, and proactivity. Conversely, unsuccessful interaction rituals deplete EE, prompting individuals to seek to reproduce interactions that enhance EE while avoiding those that diminish it (ibid.). Emotional Energy resides within the individual as the enduring emotional outcome resulting from the interaction ritual. It extends beyond the immediate interaction and shapes subsequent interactions, thus forming interaction ritual chains. In contrast, Emotional Ambience is collective, arising from the emotions exchanged among actors during an interaction ritual. It dissipates once the interaction concludes. This implies that there exists an intriguing dynamic between EE and EA as they mutually influence each other. However, it is not a simple linear relationship where a positive atmosphere yields emotional energy. For instance, during a funeral, where the emotional ambience is characterized by sorrow and sadness, emotional energy may arise as a consequence of mourners coming together and sharing their feelings during the ritual. Collins' theory in combination with the EA-model underscores the importance of conjoined actions and shared focus in creating a sense of belongingness (Collins, 2004; Droppe, 2023). Applying this perspective to educational contexts offers insights into classroom dynamics between teachers and students. Emotional coordination drives social cohesion and is observable through participants' verbal and non-verbal language and expressions. This model enhances our understanding of collective emotions and their role in shaping social relations, especially in educational environments. In this context, this study contributes to the expanding body of research focusing on the importance of social relationships in educational settings. By shedding light on the social dynamics between teachers and students the study aims to enhance our understanding of how these relationships shape educational experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The concept of Emotional Ambience explores how language reflects varying levels of well-being and arousal. Words like "peace" and "euphoria" denote pleasant emotions, while "melancholy" and "rage" signify unpleasant ones, with each also expressing different levels of arousal. Models in psychological research often categorize emotions along two-dimensional scales, such as arousal and valence (see for example Russell 1980; Watson and Tellegen 1985; Larsen and Diener 1992; Thayer 1996; Yik 1999). However, while these models focus on individual “inner” emotions, the Emotional Ambience model examines collective emotions created between people in social situations. Observing and analyzing emotional ambience involves assessing the consistency of emotions expressed by participants. The strength of emotional coordination among individuals determines the intensity of the emotional ambience. For instance, high strength indicates strong emotional coordination, while low strength suggests less consistency. The absence of emotional coordination results in an indeterminate EA. Understanding EA involves considering arousal, pleasure/displeasure, and strength. Studying the emotional ambiance in a situation involves identifying expressed emotions and observing if actors synchronize in their emotional expressions through microanalyses. Various models, such as Paul Ekman's Facial Action Coding System, decode facial expressions' emotional nature (Ekman & Friesen, 1978). Video footage aids in detailed facial expression analysis. Analyzing emotional ambiance through facial expressions focuses on emotional coordination levels among actors. Voice aspects like intonation and tempo indicate emotional coordination. Paralinguistic signs, such as mumbling or pauses, reveal emotions like shame (Scheff & Retzinger, 2000). Emotional contagion (Collins, 2004; Durkheim, 1915) and mirroring behaviors (Chartrand & Bargh, 1999) contribute to emotional ambiance. Multiple factors, including gestures, facial expressions, and paralinguistic markers, must be considered in analyzing emotional ambiance during interaction rituals. Relational processes in an 8th-grade Swedish class (students aged 14-15) in a major Swedish city are studied through filmed lessons. The micro-analysis focuses on teacher-student interactions as students work individually on writing tasks and the teacher circulates to assist those who raise hands. Using two video cameras and audio equipment, a 48-minute lesson was recorded. Two episodes, each demonstrating unique interaction rituals, are analyzed, highlighting typical interaction patterns and the method's applicability in diverse emotional contexts. This analysis evaluates emotional coordination strength and character, emphasizing the emotional ambiance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis highlights several microsociological indicators of the development of a solidary connection between the teacher and student. The EA, initially low on the arousal scale, sees some elevation during the exchange, with coordinated expressions of sympathy and liking. The episodes reveal a blend of confrontation and sympathy, laughter and frustration, although yet illustrating typical features of successful interaction rituals. The interaction is centered around a shared intellectual and emotional focus, characterized by exclusivity in verbal and non-verbal expressions. The interactions showcases the nuanced sensitivity to tone shifts and facial expressions, driving coordinated behavior. Emotional energy generated in these rituals fosters confidence, satisfaction, and motivation, drawing individuals to seek future similar experiences. When the interaction ends, the emotional ambience dissipates. What remains thereafter are the emotions that individuals carry as a result of the interaction ritual, in the form of emotional energy. Engaging in emotionally coordinated interaction rituals fosters harmony, social bonds, and group solidarity, prompting individuals to replicate successful rituals. Understanding these commonplace interactions is crucial, as they may subtly impact teacher-student relations, despite their routine nature. The microscopic analysis delves into the dynamics of teacher-student relationships in school settings. It explores how routine interactions shape emotional connections and influence engagement. Through interaction rituals, where actions are collectively performed, a shared experience is created, fostering social integration and identity formation. Emotional energy generated in these rituals fuels engagement and satisfaction. Understanding emotional coordination, ambience, and energy is vital for fostering supportive learning environments. Analyzing subtle cues like facial expressions and intonation helps decipher emotional dynamics. This awareness is crucial in teacher education, where educators learn to build constructive relationships and engage students effectively. References Chartrand, Tanya. L., & Bargh, John. A. (1999). The chameleon effect: The perception-behavior link and social interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 893–910. Collins, Randall. 2004. Interaction ritual chains. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press. Droppe, Adam. 2023. Emotional Ambience in Interaction Rituals: A Conceptional Completion to Emotional Energy. Social Sciences, 12(9), 509. Ekman, Paul, and Wallace V. Friesen. 1978. Facial Action Coding System: A Technique for the Measurement of Facial Movement. Palo Alto: Consulting Psychologists Press. Larsen, Randy. J., and Edward Diener. 1992. Promises and problems with the circumplex model of emotion. In Emotion. Edited by Margaret S. Clark. London: Sage Publication, pp. 25–59. Russell, James A. 1980. A circumplex model of affect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 39: 1161. Scheff, Thomas J., and Suzanne M. Retzinger. 2000. Shame as the master emotion of everyday life. Journal of Mundane Behavior 1: 303–24. Thayer, Robert E. 1996. The Origin of Everyday Moods: Managing Energy, Tension, and Stress. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Watson, David, and Auke Tellegen. 1985. Toward a consensual structure of mood. Psychological Bulletin 98: 219–35 Yik, Michelle Siu Mui. 1999. A Circumplex Model of Affect and Its Relation to Personality: A Five-Language Study. Ph.D. dissertation, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 03 C: Teacher Research Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nazipa Ayubayeva Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper SHARE: Quick Individual Teacher Gains vs Long-term School Collective Potential for Learning 1Narxoz University, Kazakhstan; 2Astana Center for Education Modernisation Presenting Author:Emerging variations of action research, lesson study, reflective practice and teacher research grow out of values, purposes and perspectives of different stakeholders at different times. From the perspective of an individual teacher these practices are conceptualised as a process of understanding and improving one’s own teaching methods; from the school-wide perspective, it is to form a collaborative learning with an aim to create local shared knowledge and building the trust among teachers, supported by the conscious commitment of school administration. Despite being in the early stages of implementation in Kazakhstani comprehensive schools, with its introduction only in 2016, action research has become an integral part of the teacher appraisal system and teacher qualification process. Kazakhstani teachers aspiring to be recognised as “teacher-researchers” and “master teachers” are required to engage with action research. This innovation signifying a notable departure from traditional beliefs and practices in the education system. However, there is a gap between the expectations outlined in policy documents and teachers’ understanding of action research, as it is not adequately covered in teacher education and professional development courses struggle to keep pace with the changes. Hence, the success and sustainability of these changes face challenges unless the necessary conditions are established in schools. In 2019, the School Hub for Action Research in Education (SHARE) project was introduced in 22 comprehensive schools in Astana city, aimed at establishing a school hub to share practices and ideas, fostering teacher leadership in development through action research. The SHARE was established on four main concepts: 1) employing action research methodology to help teachers to reflect about daily practices, 2) facilitating understanding of changes in teaching and learning, 3) fostering the development of teacher leadership, 4) establishing conditions for collaborative professional learning. The project was led by Professor Colleen McLaughlin, Emirates Professor of the University of Cambridge, Kate Evans, Ex-principal of Bottisham Village School, and Dr Nazipa Ayubayeva, an advocate of action research in Kazakhstan. The project was supported by the Mayor of Astana city and was coordinated by the Astana Department of Education’s Center for Education Modernisation. The successful implementation of the project was facilitated by three-year (2020-2023) financial commitment from Astana Department of Education. Additionally, the project coordination, led by Roza Shayakhanova, co-authored this article, from the Center for Education Modernisation, played a pivotal role in building effective communication among schools with diverse expectations and commitments. Moreover, an essential requirement of the SHARE was the compulsory involvement of school principles. However, unforeseen changes, introduced in 2021, in policy regulations governing the rotation of schools’ principles had a substantial impact on the project. In the third year of SHARE, only five principals retained their positions in their original schools; three principals were reassigned to schools involved in SHARE; another three principals who had been rotated to new schools became ambassadors of the initiative and contributed to the expansion of SHARE by joining the initiative; yet another two completely new schools joined SHARE motivated by the interests of their principals, who in turn had learned about the SHARE at the exchange-conferences. Although, this organic growth in participation reflects the positive impact of networking in the education community, there are few schools that have chosen not to continue with the SHARE beyond the initial three-year commitment. As such, it was crucial for the authors of this paper to explore the teacher-participants’ perception about the sustainability of the project beyond the financial commitment and school principals’ decision. This exploration is essential for assessing the project impact on establishing a sustainable network of action researchers who collaborate, share practices, and contribute to ongoing teacher professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, data were gathered from three sources: firstly, survey results obtained from SHARE teacher-participants; secondly, reflective accounts from school teams; and thirdly, one-to-one reflective interviews conducted with network coordinators and teachers. The survey addressed key questions revolving around the four main concepts of SHARE. Questionnaire was distributed online in Kazakh and Russian languages. The survey data validated with responses from 228 participants across 22 schools, were complemented by the analysis of 20 school team reflective accounts and ten one-to-one interviews. A deliberate selection of diverse data collection strategies and sources was made to ensure the utilasation of appropriate approaches and fit-for purpose research instruments. This approach enabled the collection of both individual and collective perspectives among teachers, contributing to a comprehensive understanding of SHARE’s sustainability beyond financial commitments and school principals’ decisions. The participants were informed that, within the local context, it may be impossible to guarantee 100 percent confidentiality as regards their identity, consequently, the findings were reported collectively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings from the study revealed that the SHARE teacher-participants actively employ action research methodology; understand the importance of critical friend and engaging with the professional literature. Additionally, they acknowledge that the conditions to engage with action research on daily bases depend on their own motivation and values they uphold regarding teaching and learning. Moreover, teacher-participants report that sustainability of SHARE is dependent on external support and training and coordination from the Center for Education Modernasation. At the same time, the findings indicate that an individual teacher may wish to collaborate for changes in teaching and learning, especially if it is beneficial in terms of undergoing teacher appraisal and attaining recognistion as a “teacher researcher” or “master teacher”. Hence, education policy, even when mandated centrally, is interpreted, translated, adjusted and worked differently by teachers, in a process of enactment in specific contexts. Therefore, in order to change a culture, it is important to understand the current mental models held by schools, perceptions of classroom organisation, and the individual perspectives of teachers. The importance of this study, thus, is that it may shed light on the ways to use individual teacher potential as a factor to create professional learning culture in schools. The paper concludes significance of examining the local conditions and practices for the successful implementation of the reform initiatives. References Ayubayeva, N. & McLaughlin, C. (2023). Developing Teachers as Researchers: Action Research as a School Development Approach, In C. Mclaughlin, L. Winter & N.Yakavets (Ed), Mapping Educational Change in Kazakhstan, Cambridge University Press; Elliott, J. (1991). Action Research for Educational Change. Buckingham: Open University Press. Carr, W. & Kemmis, S. (2005) Staying critical: Becoming Critical in retrospect, Educational Action Research Journal, 13(3), 347–358. McLaughlin, C. and Ayubayeva, N. (2015). ‘It is the researchof self-experience’: feeling the value. Action Research. Educational Action Research 23 (1), 51-67. McLaughlin, C. & Ayubayeva, N. The teacher and educational change in Kazakhstan: through a sociocultural lens (2021), In Fielding, N. Ed. Kazakhstan at 30: The Awakening Great Steppe. (pp.175-191). Somekh, B., & Zeichner, K. (2009). Action research for educational reform: remodelling action research theories and practices in local context. Educational Action Research, 5-21. Somekh, B. (2011). Localisation and Globalisation? The Dynamic Variations of Action Research. In Rethinking Educational Practice Through Reflexive Inquiry (pp. 31-48). London: Springer. Zeichner, K. (1993). Action Research: personal renewal and social reconstruction. Educational Action Research, 1 (2), 199-129. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper How School Environment Influences Teachers′ Anxiety: the Mediating Role of Teacher Self-efficacy 1The Education University of Hong Kong; 2The University of Hong Kong; 3The Chinese University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Introduction In recent years, due to the continuous improvement of global education quality, teachers have been given higher expectations. The responsibilities and workload of teachers have also increased in the short term, while their rest time has been continuously reduced due to heavy teaching tasks (Hargreaves, 2003). As a result, teachers experience feelings of anxiety under long-term pressure, which can affect their teaching work and even lead to professional burnout (Jennett et al., 2003). Research has shown that environmental conditions can affect an individual's sense of self-efficacy (Schunk & Pajares, 2002). Furthermore, a teacher's self-efficacy can further influence various aspects of their professional development, such as their use of teaching strategies and attitude toward innovation (Gibbs, 2003; Klaeijsen et al., 2018). This study utilized a quantitative approach and focused on primary school teachers in Chongqing, China. It investigated the perceived school environment, anxiety, and self-efficacy of these teachers to explore the impact of different aspects of the school environment on teacher anxiety, as well as the dynamic changes in their emotions under the influence of self-efficacy. Theoretical Framework The school environment as perceived by teachers refers to their experience of school life and reflects the goals, values, interpersonal relationships, teaching and learning practices, and organizational structure of the school. Previous studies have categorized school environment into five aspects: collaborative teaching, teacher-student relationships, school resources, decision-making involvement, and teaching innovation (Johnson et al.,2007). Bandura’s concept of self-efficacy reflects an individual's belief in their ability to perform a specific behavior or activity at a certain level before engaging in it (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001). Teachers' self-efficacy primarily stems from four sources: mastery experience、vicarious experience、social persuasions、physiological and affective states. Among them, the mastery of experience mainly comes from individual's past performance and achievements, which is the most influential source of self-efficacy. Emotions are an important component of individual's psychological well-being and are commonly present in teachers' teaching activities, influencing teacher burnout, teacher turnover, and teaching quality. Teacher emotions include enjoyment, anger, anxiety, pride, guilt and shame, boredom, pity, etc (Frenzel et al., 2009). The study primarily focuses on anxiety, specifically the anticipation of future danger, which includes cognitive components such as attention, worry, or problem-solving, as well as physiological components like sweating and insomnia. According to the Control-Value Theory, if a teacher feels that they only have partial (moderate) control over an event and they are afraid of failure, they will experience anxiety. Research has shown that pre-service teachers experience an increase in their self-efficacy after gaining early teaching experience (Morris et al., 2017; Tschannen-Moran & McMaster, 2009). However, novice teachers may spend a significant amount of time focusing on their own teaching and have limited participation in collaboration with other teachers, making them more prone to anxiety (Chapman, 1988). Previous studies have explored the relationship between teachers' overall perception of school environment and their self-efficacy, but there is limited research on the specific impact of different aspects of school environment on teacher anxiety and the relationship between teacher self-efficacy and their emotional state. Based on theories and previous empirical results, this study puts forward the following hypotheses. H1: Collaborative teaching, teacher-student relationships, and innovative teaching significantly and positively influence teachers' self-efficacy. H2: Collaborative teaching, teacher-student relationships, school resources, and involvement in decision-making significantly negatively affect teacher anxiety, while teaching innovation positively affects teacher anxiety. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods Participants Researchers distributed questionnaires to primary school teachers from Chongqing, a southwestern city in mainland China. After excluding invalid questionnaires, a total of 2,873 primary school teachers were selected as the research sample. Measures School environment. To measure the school environment, a modified scale adapted from Johnson was used (Johnson et al., 2007). This scale includes five aspects: collaborative teaching, teacher-student relations, school resources, decision making, and colleague innovation, with a total of 21 questions. All the items were rated on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree).A sample item is Our school does not emphasize teamwork among teachers. The internal consistency coefficient for the 21 questions was found to be 0.910, and the KMO value was 0.923, as shown in Table 1. The internal consistency coefficients for each dimension ranged from 0.74 to 0.84, indicating good reliability and validity for the scale. Teacher self-efficacy. To measure teachers' self-efficacy in teaching, the Tschannen-Moran scale was utilized (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001). The scale consists of 12 items, a sample item is To what extent are you able to use various evaluation methods. All the items were rated on a 9-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (completely unable) to 9 (extremely high extent). Anxiety. To measure the emotions of teachers, a questionnaire developed by Frenzel was used (Frenzel et al., 2016). This questionnaire measures three primary emotions: enjoyment, anxiety, and anger, with a total of 12 items. For this study, data on anxiety emotions were selected, consisting of 4 items. A sample item is I often worry that my teaching is not good. All the items were rated on a 4-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree). The reliability and validity of the questionnaire were tested and found to be good, as shown in Table 1. Instrument Validation and Data Analysis Measurement model was conducted to assess the reliability and validity of scales. Structural equation modeling (SEM) was conducted to answer the research question. All the statistical analyses were performed in SPSS 26.0 and AMOS 28.0. Teachers’ gender, educational background, and teaching experience have been controlled. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Significant Findings 1:The Effect of Teacher self-efficacy on School environment The research findings indicate that in predicting teacher self-efficacy, the collaborative school environment, teacher-student relationships, and colleague innovation can significantly and positively predict teacher self-efficacy. 2:The Effect of Anxiety on School environment In terms of predicting anxiety levels, collaborative teaching, school resources, and participation in decision-making significantly negatively predict teacher anxiety. Additionally, colleague innovation also significantly negatively predicts teacher anxiety. 3: Mediating Role of Teacher self-efficacy This study found that self-efficacy plays a mediating role in the impact of collaborative teaching, teacher-student relationships, and colleague innovation on anxiety. Specifically, collaboration among teachers not only directly alleviates teachers' anxiety, but also mitigates anxiety through self-efficacy. References References Aldridge, J. M., & Fraser, B. J. (2016). Teachers’ views of their school climate and its relationship with teacher self-efficacy and job satisfaction. Learning Environments Research, 19, 291-307. Burns, R. A., & Machin, M. A. (2013). Employee and workplace well-being: A multi-level analysis of teacher personality and organizational climate in Norwegian teachers from rural, urban and city schools. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 57(3), 309-324. Bandura, A. (2015). Self-efficacy conception of anxiety. In Anxiety and self-focused attention (pp. 89-110). Routledge. Collie, R. J., Shapka, J. D., & Perry, N. E. (2012). School climate and social–emotional learning: Predicting teacher stress, job satisfaction, and teaching efficacy. Journal of educational psychology, 104(4), 1189. Chong, W. H., & Kong, C. A. (2012). Teacher collaborative learning and teacher self-efficacy: The case of lesson study. The journal of experimental education, 80(3), 263-283. Chapman, J. D. (1988). Decentralization, devolution and the teacher: Participation by teachers in the decision making of schools. Journal of Educational Administration, 26(1), 39-72. Frenzel, A. C., Goetz, T., Stephens, E. J., & Jacob, B. (2009). Antecedents and effects of teachers’ emotional experiences: An integrated perspective and empirical test (pp. 129-151). Springer US. Frenzel, A. C., Pekrun, R., Goetz, T., Daniels, L. M., Durksen, T. L., Becker-Kurz, B., & Klassen, R. M. (2016). Measuring teachers’ enjoyment, anger, and anxiety: The Teacher Emotions Scales (TES). Contemporary Educational Psychology, 46, 148-163. Ferguson, K., Frost, L., & Hall, D. (2012). Predicting teacher anxiety, depression, and job satisfaction. Journal of teaching and learning, 8(1). Goddard, R. D., Hoy, W. K., & Hoy, A. W. (2004). Collective efficacy beliefs: Theoretical developments, empirical evidence, and future directions. Educational researcher, 33(3), 3-13. Gibbs, C. (2003). Explaining effective teaching: self-efficacy and thought control of action. The Journal of Educational Enquiry, 4(2). Hargreaves, A. (2003). Teaching in the knowledge society: Education in the age of insecurity. Teachers College Press. Hosford, S., & O'Sullivan, S. (2016). A climate for self-efficacy: the relationship between school climate and teacher efficacy for inclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20(6), 604-621. Henderson, J., & Corry, M. (2021). Teacher anxiety and technology change: A review of the literature. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 30(4), 573-587. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Supporting Teachers’ Engagement with Research: The Challenges and Affordances of a National Funding Scheme to Partner Schools and University-Based Researchers University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper explores the challenges and affordances of a national-scale scheme, funded by the professional regulator for teachers in the Republic of Ireland, which was designed to partner university-based researchers with schools to support teachers’ engagement with research on problems of practice. Engagement with research has long been a widely-held ambition for the teaching profession (BERA-RSA 2014; OECD 2022), but routes to developing capacity for research engagement have been difficult given the competing demands of teaching and the cultural norms with respect to research use (Malin et al. 2020). There has been extensive writing for over a century on a “theory-practice” or “research-practice” gap (Dewey 1904; Korthagen & Kessels, 1999; McGarr et al. 2017). Teachers can perceive a hierarchy where theory is ‘aloof within the ivory tower, espousing ideals and the principles that govern them’ (Smagorinsky, Cook, & Johnson, 2003, p. 1399), and practice has little reciprocal impact on theory (Knight, 2014). There is a recognition that one element to resolving this gap is recognising the dialogic relationship between research/theory and practice. That is to suggest that teachers’ engagement with research ought to be rooted in relevant problems of practice that teachers are motivated to address, and that evidence-informed practice involves contextual adaptation of research; sometimes known as practical theorising (McIntyre 2005). Such practical theorising in professional learning can be supported through relationships with university-based researchers (Burn & Harries 2021). There is good evidence to support the benefits of collaboration between teachers and university-based researchers (Jones et al. 2022). Researchers in universities are well positioned to provide support to a school if they are well matched on the area of expertise relevant to the school’s interest area or problem of practice (McLaughlin & Black-Hawkins 2007). Of course, the professional realities of teachers and academic researchers are quite different. Their skills sets and needs will also differ. The differences may be complementary and mutually supportive (Cai et al. 2018), but there also needs to be attention paid to how collaborative endeavours address their differing professional needs. The ongoing sustainability of partnerships also requires attention; Often such collaborative projects are funded through research grants awarded to university-based researchers or universities into which teachers or schools are recruited (e.g., Hamza et al 2017). It is far rarer to have a funded programme at a national scale to support teachers to explore problems of practice in partnership with an experienced educational researcher but, where these have existed, the impacts have been positive. For example, Simons et al. (2003) observed overwhelming testimony of teachers in the value of the experience, a rediscovery of professional confidence, a growth in familiarity with research practices situated in teachers’ own contexts. The policy direction in the Republic of Ireland has placed increasing importance on the use of research in practice (Murphy 2020). As part of this, the professional regulator for teachers (the Teaching Council) has implemented a range of initiatives to support teachers’ engagement with and in research. This paper explores one of these initiatives, the Researchers in Residence Scheme (RiRS). The scheme was intended to promote teachers’ ongoing learning through exploring existing research in their school context. This may, for example, be through interrogating, synthesising, sharing, and applying research in their practice. Each school was partnered with a university-based researcher to support their engagement with research. This paper reports initial findings from a project which sought to understand the challenges and affordances of the RiRS scheme for all stakeholders involved. The findings have the potential to be informative across European contexts where there is potential to initiate funding schemes and partnerships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The scheme was launched in January 2022, seeking university-based researchers’ expressions of interest to support schools to engage with research. 73 such expressions of interest were received and made available to all schools to review. 52 schools submitted applications for funding, listing the topic or problem they wished to explore and nominating a teacher to be a research leader. Schools could also suggest a university-based researcher to work with. 30 schools were funded (€2000), 21 named a university-based researcher, and the remainder were matched with a researcher by the Teaching Council. Very few parameters were placed on the collaborations, but the scheme was intended to involve engagement “with” research rather than “in” research, for which there was another funding scheme. The overarching research question being addressed in this paper is “What are the challenges and affordances of a national funding scheme to partner schools and university-based researchers to support teachers’ engagement with research?” Further to this, sub-questions focused on exploring the expectation of university-based researchers and teachers when embarking in the project, how the partnership supports the goals and needs of partners, and what opportunities and barriers emerged during the implementation of the partnerships. This research was conducted by an external university-based researcher in collaboration with a team of staff within the Teaching Council who were responsible for the implementation of the funding scheme. Data were captured through surveys, interviews, and fieldnotes from school visits. Schools and university-based researchers were invited by email from the Teaching Council to complete surveys at the beginning (26 schools; 18 researchers) and at the end of their projects (12 schools; 13 researchers). A member of the Teaching Council staff conducted 15 school visits between March and June 2023. During school visits detailed fieldnotes were produced with the consent of the schools and with guidance from the external researcher. Interviews with 4 university-based researchers (representing 10 of the partnerships in total) and 2 members of the Teaching Council staff were conducted by the external researcher in Autumn 2023. Ethical approval was granted by the external researchers’ university ethics committee prior to data collection. The analysis was driven by the research interest in the expectations and needs of all actors, as well as the challenges and opportunities experienced in the implementation of the scheme. All data were reviewed holistically and organised with respect to their meaning to generate themes (Braun & Clarke 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Dimensions of engagement While the investigation sought to understand the ‘affordances’ and ‘challenges’, the findings are nuanced. Different dimensions of the implementation emerged, along which there were a spectrum of experiences. For example, in relation to: 1) The nature of the relationship between schools and the university-based researcher. 2) The form of research engagement utilised. 3) The nature and extent of collaboration within and beyond the school. The paper will present a conceptualisation of these various dimensions and argue there is no singular ‘best’ model for partnership or research engagement. Instead, we recognise that schools will be at different starting points with respect to their research engagement, with different problems of practice and different contextual circumstances. The findings do, however, offer some indicative conceptualisations and directions for more helpful practices in generating productive partnerships. It is further argued that notions of a binary of engagement ‘in’ versus engagement ‘with’ unnecessary generated issues. Benefits for stakeholders The findings of the study suggest over-arching positivity of the scheme and demonstrate real potential for impact on practice and senses of professionalism and professional identity. University-based researchers also reported positive benefits to their partnerships with schools, such as forging ongoing relationships and seeing research having real impact. Elucidating these potential tangible benefits will be important for the ongoing sustainability of running such schemes. Challenges in the process Being the inaugural implementation of this scheme, there was a high degree of flexibility afforded to the awarded partners in how they conducted their projects. Although the trust and professional autonomy was valued, unclear expectations also generated challenges when managing some projects. This tension between autonomy and guidance is one which needs careful consideration. Furthermore, the differences in the professional lives and needs of teachers and university-based researchers emerged as a challenge that ought to be considered. References BERA-RSA. (2014). Research and the Teaching Profession: Building the capacity fpotential.-improving education system. Final Report of the BERA-RSA Inquiry into the Role of Research in Teacher Education. London: BERA. Burn, K., & Harries, E. (2022). Sustaining practical theorising as the basis for professional learning and school development. In K. Burn, T. Mutton, & I. Thompson (Eds.), Practical Theorising in Teacher Education (Vol. 1, pp. 199-214). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003183945-17 Dewey, J. (1904). The Relation of Theory to Practice in Education. In C. A. McMurry (Ed.), The Third Yearbook of the National Society for the Scientific Study of Education (pp. 9-30). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Hamza, K., Palm, O., Palmqvist, J., Piqueras, J., & Wickman, P.-O. (2017). Hybridization of practices in teacher–researcher collaboration. European educational research journal, 17(1), 170-186. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117693850 Jones, S.-L., Hall, T., Procter, R., Connolly, C., & Fazlagić, J. (2022). Conceptualising translational research in schools: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Educational Research, 114, 101998. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.101998 Knight, R. (2014). The emerging professional: exploring student teachers’ developing conceptions of the relationship between theory and practice in learning to teach., University of Derby. Korthagen, F., & Kessels, J. (1999). Linking Theory and Practice: Changing the Pedagogy of Teacher Education. Educational Researcher, 28, 4-17. Malin, J. R., Brown, C., Ion, G., van Ackeren, I., Bremm, N., Luzmore, R., . . . Rind, G. M. (2020). World-wide barriers and enablers to achieving evidence-informed practice in education: what can be learnt from Spain, England, the United States, and Germany? Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 7(1), 99. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-020-00587-8 McGarr, O., O’Grady, E., & Guilfoyle, L. (2017). Exploring the theory-practice gap in initial teacher education: moving beyond questions of relevance to issues of power and authority. Journal of Education for Teaching, 43, 48-60. McIntyre, D. (2005). Bridging the gap between research and practice. Cambridge Journal of Education, 35(3), 357-382. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640500319065 McLaughlin, C., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2007). School–university partnerships for educational research—distinctions, dilemmas and challenges. The Curriculum Journal, 18(3), 327-341. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585170701589967 OECD (2022), Who Cares about Using Education Research in Policy and Practice?: Strengthening Research Engagement, Educational Research and Innovation, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/d7ff793d-en. Simons, H., Kushner, S., Jones, K., & James, D. (2003). From evidence‐based practice to practice‐based evidence: the idea of situated generalisation. Research Papers in Education, 18(4), 347-364. https://doi.org/10.1080/0267152032000176855 |
17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 03 A: Green Skills and Green Occupations Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Presha Ramsarup Panel Discussion |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Panel Discussion Identifying, Developing and Evaluating Green Skills and Green Occupations: Conceptualising the Green Transition in VET 1University of Witwatersrand; 2University of Bremen; 3University of Glasgow; 4University of Nottingham; 5CaixaBank Dualiza; 6European Forum of Technical and Vocational Education and Training Presenting Author:As the world grapples to conceptualise green transitions, work and education systems have struggled to respond to the systemic and historical contradictions and barriers to change. Vocational education and training (VET) occupies a unique position at the intersection of both skills and occupation systems and there are clear indications of the need for more transformative and critical approaches to research that supports green transitions. In this panel discussion we explore the dynamics of a multi-scalar approach to VET that takes account of the dynamics of a green transition from a multi-level, multi-actor, macro–meso–micro perspective. Drawing from diverse contexts, and methodological and theoretical domains the panel explores new ways of thinking about VET and the green transition. Each panellist will explore these transition dynamics through a focus on following questions:
The presentations, draw on empirical examples from a range of European and African cases:
The structural change required for the green transition is dependent on a good understanding of the policies, actors, institutions and institutional arrangements that comprise the skills formation system. This panel advances knowledge on the systemic analysis of green skills and green occupations and the importance of identifying the contradictions and historical challenges in conceptualising green transitions in VET. References European Commission, Joint Research Centre. (2022). GreenComp, the European sustainability competence framework, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/13286 Fernández Gómez, J., & Larrea Basterra, M. (2022). Empleo y capacidades verdes en la CAPV (Cuadernos Orkestra, núm. 01/2022). Instituto Vasco de Competitividad - Fundación Deusto. https://www.orkestra.deusto.es/es/investigacion/publicaciones/informes/cuadernos-orkestra/2333-220008-empleo-capacidades-verdes-capv Fontana, S., Bisogni, F. & Renwick, R. (2023). The future of Regional Smart Specialisation Strategies: Sustainable, Inclusive and Resilient. Commission for the European Committee of the Regions. https://data.europa.eu/doi:10.2863/89427 Loveder, Phil (2021). TVET governance: steering collective action. New Qualifications and Competencies for Future-Oriented TVET. Volume 1. UNESCO-UNEVOC International Centre for Technical and Vocational Education and Training. https://unevoc.unesco.org/pub/new_qualifications_and_competencies_for_future-oriented_tvet_-_vol_1_.pdf Lucas, H., Pinnington, S., & Cabeza, L.F. (2018). Education and training gaps in the renewable energy sector. Solar Energy, 173, 449-455. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.solener.2018.07.061 Niediek, S. (2023). Grünen Wasserstoff international erschließen. BWP, 4/2023, p. 47-48. https://www.bibb.de/dokumente/pdf/BWP-2023-H4-47f.pdf Ramsarup, P., McGrath, S. and Lotz-Sisitka, H., 2023 Reframing skills ecosystems for sustainable and just futures. International Journal of Educational Development 101, 102836. Russon, J. (2023) Multinationals, Poverty Alleviation and UK Aid: The Complex Quest for Mutually Beneficial Outcomes. Taylor & Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003251422 Spours, K. and Grainger, P., 2023. The mediating role of further and higher education in a Just Transition social ecosystem Journal of Vocational Education and Training. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2023.2258521. Chair Presha Ramsarup, presha.ramsarup@wits.ac.za, University of Witwatersrand Stephanie Allais, Matseleng.Allais@wits.ac.za, University of Witwatersrand |
17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 03 B: AI and Digitalisation Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Andreas Saniter Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Digitalisation and Transmission of Patient Care Information in Nursing: What Digitally Competent Nurses Need The Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training SFUVET, Switzerland Presenting Author:Increasing digitalisation throughout the world is significantly impacting work processes and activities as well as competence requirements for employees. In the context of nursing care, the introduction of ICT-supported documentation and communication systems and mobile end-devices is of particular importance (Daum, 2017). The transmission and documentation of patient care information (PCI) in healthcare institutions, which are essential to ensure continuity and quality of patient care (Daum, 2017; Güttler et al., 2010), are profoundly affected by the introduction of digital devices and digitalisation (e.g., Rouleau et al., 2017). This raises the question of what digital competences nurses need to successfully cope with PCI transmission. Internationally, various catalogues of digital competences exist (e.g., Becka et al., 2020; Kuhn et al., 2019). Some of these catalogues address a generic population and not specifically nurses and other healthcare professions (Vuorikari et al., 2022). Furthermore, to date, the international catalogues of digital competencies for nurses and healthcare professions have not been formally integrated into Swiss national educational programmes (e.g., Brunner et al., 2018). Switzerland lacks a consensus on basic digital competences in the field of digital health (e.g., Kuhn et al., 2019). This study applied a work analysis approach to identify typical exemplary professional situations of PCI transmission with digital devices in Swiss hospitals and the competencies required to cope successfully with these situations (Volpe et al., in preparation). It is based on the so-called ‘course-of-action’ approach to work analysis (Durand & Poizat, 2015; Theureau, 2006). This is a theoretical tradition of work analysis inspired by Francophone ergonomics (Filliettaz et al., 2015), a key assumption of which is that the design of learning environments and programmes should be based on a detailed understanding of workplace practices and requirements (e.g., Daniellou, 2005; Durand & Poizat, 2015; Guerin et al., 2007). To analyse real work practices and identify typical situations of PCI transmission, the researchers applied a video ethnography approach, which was performed with on-site observations and video recordings of the professional activities of 24 nurses in six hospitals. Subsequently, the nurses were invited to participate in individual self-confrontation interviews. During these interviews, the nurses were shown video footage of their professional practices and asked to identify the meaningful aspects of their lived experiences using a semiotic approach. Each video clip consisted of a selection (made by the research group) of observed situations relevant to the PCI transmission theme. The researchers identified six key moments in the transmission and documentation of PCI with digital devices, represented by selected and validated situations and a set of digital competences that the nurses applied or would have been required to successfully deal with these situations. The results of this study are of high practical relevance, as they can guide the development of nursing competency frameworks and the conception of training content that closely mimics real work situations. They contribute to the existing literature by concretizing the existing international catalogues of digital competences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This ethnographic research was conducted in six hospital wards (four in the German-speaking part and two in the Italian-speaking part of Switzerland) and involved 24 nurses. This research was rooted in a work analysis approach within the French ergonomics tradition, specifically the ‘Course of Action’ research programme (Durand & Poizat, 2015; Theureau, 2006; Varela et al., 1991). The initial familiarisation phase involved context analysis through desk research, semi-structured interviews and questionnaires administered to head nursing managers, ward nursing managers and IT managers in each participating hospital. Prior to the video ethnography data collection, the researchers were also present in each ward for 6–7 days without a camera to familiarise themselves with the field. During data collection, the researchers observed and video-recorded the nurses’ professional activities using wearable devices to capture videos during three shifts per nurse.The researchers then conducted a self-confrontation interview with each nurse, which involved showing videos of their nursing activities and inviting them to explain what was meaningful to them (Poizat & Martin, 2020). Data processing involved transcribing the self-confrontation interviews, including verbal and non-verbal aspects.Synchronisation protocols aligned the observed situations with the corresponding interview transcriptions. Semiological analysis applied to the protocols included a deconstruction phase to identify significant activities for the nurses. These activities were analysed using a six-component matrix (hexadic sign) inspired by Peirce’s (1994) three experience categories.To identify nurses’ digital competences, i.e., their digital knowledge, skills and attitudes, the focus was on three of the six components: unit of experience, situated knowledge and engagement. Then we identified typical aspects of each person’s experience and compared these aspects among participating nurses. This allowed for specifying the transversal aspects of their experiences. The analysis of situated knowledge allowed the identification of a considerable amount of knowledge actualised in context, considering both the insights expressed by nursing staff during the self-confrontation interviews and what was expressed as actual actions in the units of experience (which included methodological knowledge or skills activated in situ). A cross-sectional analysis of comments made by nurses during the self-confrontation interviews and the analysis of the engagements revealed a set of attitudes and values concerning collaborative dimensions among colleagues, interactions with patients and interactions with digital tools. Finally, once the nursing digital competences were identified, alignment with the existing macro area of digital competences was applied via the Digital Competence Framework for Citizens (Vuorikari et al., 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The observed situations of PCI transmission with digital devices were classified into four categories: communication with patients, intraprofessional communication, interprofessional communication and nursing documentation. Within these categories, six key moments of PCI transmission with digital devices represented by selected and validated situations were identified: (a) medication administration, (b) shift handover, (c) patient admission, transfer and discharge, (d) physician–nurse rounds, (e) reading PCI and (f) inserting/editing PCI. Semiological analyses of the observations and self-confrontation interviews revealed a catalogue of situated digital competences, including knowledge, skills and attitudes that the nurses mobilised to successfully deal with the situations of transmission and documentation of PCI with digital devices. An example of such a situated digital competence in a shift handover situation is: The nurse can filter anamnesis patient data in the clinical information system (CIS) to enhance intra-professional collaboration within the team. To achieve this, the nurse needs to (a) know the Electronic Health Record modules (knowledge), (b) be able to locate information and assess the workload for each patient (skills) and (c) foster interprofessional collaboration (attitudes). This situated digital competence is aligned with the following digital competence macro areas of the Digital Competence Framework for Citizens (Vuorikari et al., 2022): (a) information and data literacy, (b) communication and collaboration. References Becka, D., Bräutigam, C., & Evans, M. (2020). " Digitale Kompetenz" in der Pflege: Ergebnisse eines internationalen Literaturreviews und Herausforderungen beruflicher Bildung (No. 08/2020). Forschung Aktuell. Brunner, M., McGregor, D., Keep, M., Janssen, A., Spallek, H., Quinn, D., ... Solman, A. (2018). An eHealth capabilities framework for graduates and health professionals: Mixed-methods study. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 20(5), e10229. Daniellou, F. (2005). The French-speaking ergonomists' approach to work activity: cross-influences of field intervention and conceptual models. Theoretical issues in ergonomics science, 6(5), 409-427. Daum, M. (2017). Digitalisierung und Technisierung der Pflege in Deutschland. DAA-Stiftung, Bildung und Beruf, Hamburg. Durand, M., & Poizat, G. (2015). An activity-centred approach to work analysis and the design of vocational training situations. In L. Filliettaz & S. Billett (Eds.), Francophone perspectives of learning through work: Conceptions, traditions and practices (pp. 221–240). Springer. Filliettaz, L., Billett, S., Bourgeois, E., Durand, M., & Poizat, G. (2015). Conceptualising and connecting Francophone perspectives on learning through and for work. Francophone perspectives of learning through work: Conceptions, traditions and practices, 19-48. Guérin, F., Laville, A., Daniellou, F., Duraffourg, J., & Kerguelen, A. (2007). Understanding and transforming work: the practice of ergonomics. Lyon: Anact. Güttler, K., Schoska, M., & Görres, S. (2010). Pflegedokumentation mit IT-Systemen. Eine Symbiose von Wissenschaft, Technik und Praxis. Bern: Hans Huber Verlag. Kuhn, S., Ammann, D., Cichon, I., Ehlers, J., Guttormsen, S., Hülsken-Giesler, M., Kaap-Fröhlich, S., Kickbusch, I., Pelikan, J., Reber, K., Ritschl, H., & Wilbacher, I. (2019). Wie revolutioniert die digitale Transformation die Bildung der Berufe im Gesundheitswesen? Careum Working Paper 8. Zürich: Careum Stiftung. Peirce, C. S. (1994). Collected papers of charles sanders peirce (Vol. 1). Harvard University Press. Poizat, G., & Martin, J. S. (2020). The course-of-action research program: historical and conceptual landmarks. Activités, 17(17-2). Rouleau, G., Gagnon, M. P., Côté, J., Payne-Gagnon, J., Hudson, E., & Dubois, C. A. (2017). Impact of information and communication technologies on nursing care: Results of an overview of systematic reviews. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 19(4), e122. Theureau, J. (2006). Le cours d’action: Méthode développée. Octarès. Varela, F. J., Thompson, E., & Rosch, E. (1991). The embodied mind: Cognitive science and human experience. MIT Press. Vuorikari Rina, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens-With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes (No. JRC128415). Joint Research Centre (Seville site). 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Social Capital of Actors in VET: An Egocentric Case Study Based on the AI Pioneers Project University of Bremen, Institute Technology and Education Presenting Author:The importance of involved stakeholders and the resulting social networks in international VET cooperation is highlighted in a large number of empirical studies (see e.g., Gessler, 2019). While social network analysis has a broader range of empirical use cases in a wide variety of educational settings (see e.g., Hodge et al., 2020; Jan & Vlachopoulos, 2018), the state of research related to VET (see e.g., Ditchman et al., 2018) is found to a much lesser extent, as is the coverage of social capital within international VET research (see Gessler & Siemer, 2020; Siemer & Gessler, 2021). This paper focuses on the development of social capital in the course of network building and its sustainability in an international consortium using the case study of the funded Erasmus+ project AI Pioneers. The following research questions will be pursued in the context of the submission: 1) Which actors play a central role at the beginning of network building in the field of vocational education and training? 2) What is the intensity of the relationships over the course of the network formation?
This paper will draw on various theoretical approaches in network research to build the theoretical and conceptual framework of the study. As the funded project is an innovation project, the promoter model is used to apply the "content-related dimension of support" (Gessler & Siemer, 2020, p. 46) within the egocentric networks to be analysed with the roles of power promoter, expertise promoter, process promoter and relationship promoter (Witte, 1999). The basic idea of the promoter model is the assumption that promoters are able to overcome barriers in the innovation process due to suitable resources, which has a promising effect on the implementation of projects (e.g., Gessler, 2019; Witte, 1999). Furthermore, the differentiation between bridging and bonding social capital, and thus the intensity of relationships, is crucial (Patulny & Svendsen, 2007). The distinction between strong and weak ties can be traced back to Granovetter (1973). Following on from Granovetter (1973), Marsden and Campbell (1984) empirically addressed the question of which further indicators can be used to capture the strength of social relationships. The authors primarily identified indicators for the closeness of relationships and also refer to the frequency of contact as well as the duration described as the years of acquaintance (Marsden & Campbell, 1984). Following on from this, Gessler and Siemer (2020; see also Siemer & Gessler, 2021) introduce a specification in the form of a level model for measuring the closeness of social relationships which is applied in the course of the present work: 1) Pure exchange of information, 2) Mutual exchange but distanced, 3) Goal-oriented coordination, 4) Cooperation, and 5) Trust in each other. The different levels are characterised to varying degrees by the features of relevance, reciprocity, intentionality, interdependence and consistency, so that the intensity increases over the five levels and the attributes of the subordinate levels are to be assigned to the superordinate levels as well. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The focus of the funded Erasmus+ project AI Pioneers (funding period 2023-2025) promotes the use and teaching of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in adult and vocational education and training, with a total of 10 project partners from seven different EU countries involved in the AI Pioneers project network (Germany, Greece, Portugal, Italy, Spain, Cyprus, Estonia). The focus of the project, besides the development of policy recommendations, toolkits, implementation guidelines of AI use cases and guidelines for the ethical and trustworthy use of AI in education, is on the implementation and establishment of an international network of AI Pioneers so that educators, stakeholders, policy makers and education planners are addressed as reference points for the design and implementation of future education projects related to AI (see e.g., Attwell et al., 2023). As network formation is at the core of the AI Pioneers project, this article aims to contribute to recording the network structures and describe the social capital that has been created. For this purpose, we use the egocentric network analysis (Fuhse, 2018) and examine the development of the intensity of the established relationships over the duration of the project. The topic of defining the boundaries of networks is central to network research, although there is no clear consensus on how these are to be clearly defined and what meaning emerges from them (Häußling, 2009). Accordingly, we define the network to be analysed in this study along the thematic focus on the AI Pioneers project. Using egocentric network analysis, the individual project partners are asked about their relevant relationships in the project context, and thus focussing on a specific number of actors and relationships. We use a standardized guideline for data collection (Döring, 2023). In order to gather as much contextual knowledge as possible about the subsequently generated network maps, the standardized key questions are supplemented by further in-depth questions. According to Marsden and Campbell: "Egocentric network data describe the local social environments surrounding individual actors in a network – usually comprising one or more of each focal actor’s direct contacts (“alters”) and certain qualities of the dyadic relationships between that actor (“ego”) and the alters" (Marsden & Campbell, 2012, p. 18). The data is analyzed, evaluated and visualized using the VennMaker tool. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It can be expected that the project partners of the Erasmus+ project AI Pioneers and their relationships with relevant stakeholders, which have arisen in the project context and also relate to it in terms of content, will intensify over the course of the implementation and thus contribute to the sustainability of the network. Furthermore, it can be expected that the networks and thus the social capital of the project partners within the international consortium will differ significantly from one another, possibly due to the different partners and their relationships with project-relevant stakeholders as well as their experience in the implementation of international projects in the context of artificial intelligence in the educational field. Interesting results could also emerge with regard to the organisation of the role of the relationship promoter, as the size of the networks may depend strongly on the commitment of individuals and their networking skills in the context of vocational education and training. Beyond the research design presented here, future research with regard to the survey of overall networks as well as the associated quantitative key figures in terms of density and centrality would be particularly interesting to follow, as well as the perspective of long-term sustainability of the relationships established beyond the end of the project. References Attwell, G., Deitmer, L., & Bekiaridis, G. (2023). AI pioneers: Developing a community of practice for artificial intelligence (AI) and vocational education and training. In V. Tūtlys, L. Vaitkutė & C. Nägele (Eds.), Proceedings of the 5th Crossing Boundaries Conference, Kaunas, 25. – 26. May (pp. 30–37). VETNET, Vytautas Magnus University Education Academy. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7808076 Ditchman, N. M., Miller, J. L., & Easton, A. B. (2018). Vocational rehabilitation service patterns: An application of social network analysis to examine employment outcomes of transition-age individuals with autism. Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin, 61(3) 143–153. https://doi.org/10.1177/0034355217709455 Döring, N. (2023). Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Sozial- und Humanwissenschaften. Springer. Fuhse, J. (2018). Soziale Netzwerke, Konzepte und Forschungsmethoden. Springer. Gessler, M. (2019). Promotoren der Innovation im transnationalen Berufsbildungstransfer: Eine Fallstudie. In M. Gessler, M. Fuchs & M. Pilz (Eds.), Konzepte und Wirkungen des Transfers dualer Berufsbildung (pp. 231–279). Springer. Gessler, M., & Siemer, C. (2020). Nachhaltigkeit internationaler Berufsbildungszusammenarbeit: Erfassung des sozialen Kapitals mittels personaler Netzwerkanalysen. In Berufsbildung International – Nachhaltigkeit (S. 44–47). BMBF. Granovetter, M. S. (1973). The Strength of Weak Ties. American Journal of Sociology, 78(6), 1360–1380. https://doi.org/10.1086/225469 Häußling, R. (2009). Einleitung. In R. Häußling (Ed.), Grenzen von Netzwerken (pp. 7-14). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-91856-3 Hodge, E., Childs, J., & Au, W. (2020). Power, brokers, and agendas: New directions for the use of social network analysis in education policy. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28(117). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.5874 Jan, S. K., & Vlachopoulos, P. (2018). Social network analysis: A framework for identifying communities in higher education online learning. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 24, 621–639 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-018-9375-y Marsden, P. V., & Campbell, K. E. (1984): Measuring Tie Strength. In: Social Forces, Vol. 63, No. 2, 482. https://doi.org/10.2307/2579058 Patulny, R. V., & Lind Haase Svendsen, G. (Eds.). Exploring the social capital grid: Bonding, bridging, qualitative, quantitative. International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 27(1/2), 32–51. https://doi.org/10.1108/01443330710722742 Siemer, C., & Gessler, M. (2021). The role of research partners in funded model projects in the context of the internationalisation of VET: Research partners as promoters. In C. Nägele, N. Kersh & B. E. Stalder (Eds.), Proceedings of the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), VETNET (pp. 270–278). https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.517243 Witte, E. (1999). Das Promotoren-Modell. In J. Hauschild & H. G. Gemünden (Hrsg.). Promotoren, Champions der Innovation (2. erweiterte Auflage, S. 9 – 41). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-322-99247-5 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Artificial Intelligence (AI) To Support E-Learning ITB Uni Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:Since the broad public launching of artificial intelligence (AI)-based large language models in autumn 2022, a debate about potential benefits and risks of AI in education, including vocational education and training (VET) arose (cp. Chiu et al. 2023, Nemorin et al. 2023, Windelband 2023). But, as there is only little experience and almost no evidence referring to this technology in education, most publications discuss potential developments and are based on estimations. A broad consensus is, that AI will have serious influence on teaching, training and learning – but if this influence appears as threat or potential often depends strongly on the beliefs of the authors. Additionally, the various dimensions of complex teaching and learning processes might be tackled very different by AI. Against this background, a transnational consortium with colleagues from Spain, Portugal, Slovenia and Germany decided to deliver a small piece of evidence about the usefulness of AI in a very concrete setting: Can AI support drop-out prevention in electronic learning (e-learning) via personalised tutoring? Drop-out rates in e-learnings are high, cp. for example Khali & Ebner (2014) or Dopler et al. (2023). Among the various potential reasons for drop-out is one, that can be influenced by (human or artificial) tutors: If the learner is lost at a certain point, individual support might guide him or her back on the track. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To work on the question, we have chosen various e-learnings, one focussing on additive manufacturing (AM) that has been developed in a previous project (metals 2019). Target groups are apprentices in technical domains, their participation is voluntarily and completely anonymous (low-stakes), they log-in on devices of their VET-centres with functional e-mails (“user 1”). They are free to choose of 27 modules – they can work on any amount of the modules and can start where they want to start. Each module takes approx. one hour and can be completed via a short multiple-choice test. Navigation within the modules is also up to the learners; there is a suggested sequence, but it is not mandatory to follow the suggestion. Finally, each module offers additional optional materials; for example, links to explanatory videos. Or, to put it different, whilst designing the e-learning modules a high degree of freedom for the learners has been installed. All navigation patterns of the learners are tracked via the internal tracking function of the learning management system (LMS). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First pilots with two German classes of industrial mechanics are very promising. The participants represent a broad spectre from being not interested in AM (and thus not in the modules), via pragmatic and efficient work on the modules till engaged learning with many modules and the additional optional materials. Data has been analysed traditionally (comparison of navigation and correlation of patterns, without AI) and some indicators for success respective drop-out have been identified, for example that learning with certain of the offered optional materials increase the success rate in the tests – thus a traditional approach towards individualised tutoring could be to recommend these optional materials to apprentices who struggle with the test. Currently the AI is fed with the collected data, we hope that it will identify more complex navigation patterns that lead to success respective drop-out – and that analysis of these patterns will lead to more elaborated approaches of individualised tutoring. References Chiu, T. K., Xia, Q., Zhou, X., Chai, C. S., & Cheng, M. (2023). Systematic literature review on opportunities, challenges, and future research recommendations of artificial intelligence in education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 4, 100118. Dopler, S., Beil, D., & Putz-Egger, L. M. (2023). Cognitive learning outcomes of virtual vs. in-person gamified workshops: A pre-post survey experiment. Khalil, Hanan & Ebner, Martin. (2014). MOOCs Completion Rates and Possible Methods to Improve Retention - A Literature Review. Metals (2019). https://metals.mobil-lernen.com/de/elearning Nemorin, S., Vlachidis, A., Ayerakwa, H. M., & Andriotis, P. (2023). AI hyped? A horizon scan of discourse on artificial intelligence in education (AIED) and development. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 38-51. Windelband, L. (2023). Artificial Intelligence and Assistance Systems for Technical Vocational Education and Training–Opportunities and Risks. In New Digital Work: Digital Sovereignty at the Workplace (pp. 195-213). Cham: Springer International Publishing. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 03 SES 03 A: How do we Develop Teachers' Flow in the Process of Curriculum Making across the Continuum of their career? Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Audrey Doyle Research Workshop |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Research Workshop How do we Develop Teachers’ Flow in the Process of Curriculum Making across the Continuum of their Career? 1Dublin City University, Ireland; 2Eindhoven University of Technology (TU/e) Presenting Author:This workshop introduces the methodology of Design Based Research (Brown, 1992; Plomp & Nieveen, 2013) to map how the team, composed from universities in the Netherlands and Ireland, hope to answer the question: What supportive semiotic, material, and social flows do teachers need in order to engage in the process of curriculum making across the continuum of their career. The teachers’ role has become highly complex in employing their professional judgement as they face the challenges of the UN sustainable development goals, the velocity of technological change, emerging new curricula (Priestley & Biesta, 2013) and the complexity of new approaches to pedagogy (Doll, 1993). One of the greatest challenges for the teacher is becoming a curriculum maker (Clandinin & Connelly, 1992). Curriculum making may be defined as an “interactive and non-linear process that occurs and flows across various contexts and sites” (Priestley, Philippou, Alvunger & Soini, 2021, p. 273) and engages actors “who interpret, translate, mediate and enact policy through the exercise of professional judgements” (Priestley & Xenofontos, 2021). This understanding of curriculum making recognises the teacher’s role as highly networked and connective, nesting in the wider ecological social system of the school and society and connected to the other sites of curriculum making (Priestley et al. 2022). The supporting needs and infra-structure to develop teachers’ curriculum making agency and capacity, developed over the continuum of their career, are the foci of this workshop. It offers participants an overview of possible pathways teachers may take in their career (Figure 1). It proposes that this framework can help teachers to navigate their career and that school leaders can use it to support career development and to identify career possibilities within their school. Figure 1:A model of the framework by Snoek, De Wit & Dengerink,(2020) will be proffered here Figure 2 depicts the diversification of design tasks from the perspective of three dimensions: substantive (what), socio-political (with whom) and technical-professional (how) (Nieveen & van der Hoeven, 2011; De Vries, Nieveen, & Huizinga, 2020). It zooms in on the importance of teacher agency (Priestley, Biesta & Robinson, 2015), and sees the professional development of the teacher as a curriculum maker as both moving up and along by becoming an expert teacher, moving sideways by adding new roles to the role of classroom teacher (in this case that of becoming a designer) and from the middle, connecting and adding layers of system (by taking design roles at team, school, regional or national settings). Throughout this progression of a teacher’s career, they engage in a process of knowledge making which can be described as an arranging, organizing, and fitting together a multiplicity of components in relation to curriculum (Thijs & van den Akker, 2009). Figure 2: Framework of Curriculum Design Pathways for Teachers The success of this process depends on the synergy of three types of flow: semiotic, material, and social (Deleuze and Guattari, 2003, p.22). These three flows must work simultaneously, to bring about transformation or reterritorialization (Deleuze & Guattari, 2003). The semiotic flow is concerned with curriculum ideology, concepts, language, and communication. The material flow is made up of content such as the physical structures, documents, artefacts. How these work together through relationships, pedagogy and collaboration makes up the social flow (Dempsey, Doyle & Looney, 2021). This workshop requests participants to apply these three flows to the five different stages of curriculum design proficiency possibly undertaken by a teacher over their career (Figure 2). Each of these three flows, their fluidity and viscosity, will be applied to important questions: what do teachers’ design? With whom do they design and how do they design?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposed workshop is built upon a Design Based Research (Brown, 1992; Plomp & Nieveen, 2013) approach. The activities will facilitate discussion of elements perceived to be representative of each of the five stages of the framework presented in the workshop. The information gleaned from this activity will reflect European / International experience as described by the participants. The frame of the DBR activity will assist with the development of existing theory (participant feedback on the framework) and the generation of new theory (based on participant additions to the framework), thus facilitating participant co-design. Overall feedback will contribute to the design of prototypes for each strand of the framework. This will feed forward into Phase 2 of the research, i.e. an empirical investigation focused on the research question: How do we develop teachers’ semiotic, material and social flow in the process of curriculum making across the continuum of their career? The workshop schedule will operate as follows: Time Activity 20 minutes Input: ➔ Curriculum Making (Priestley et al. 2021; Priestley and Xenofontos, 2021) ➔ Curriculum Design (Nieveen & van der Hoeven, 2011; Nieveen et al., 2023) ➔ Semiotic, material, and social flow in curriculum (Deleuze & Guattari, 2003; Dempsey et al. 2021) ➔ Diversification of curriculum design tasks from the substantive; socio-political; and technical-professional perspective (Nieveen & van der Hoeven, 2011; De Vries, Nieveen, & Huizinga, 2020) 15 minutes The frameworks and formulation of the 5 groups: A. Pre-service Teacher B. Beginning Teacher C. Experienced Teacher in charge of subject development D. Experienced teacher in charge of educational development E. Experienced teacher working on regional or national design 25 minutes Activity: Each group applies the flows to their specific strand 30 minutes Feedback and Discussion The following directional questions will be presented, and feedback will be sought on the proposed model: ● Do the elements of your strand of the framework represent it as you know it in your country? ● Are there any elements which have not been considered? ● Comment on each of the curriculum flows (semiotic, material, and social) as they apply to your strand. ● What challenges (viscosity) might present themselves to supporting the people who are representative of your strand? ● What opportunities (fluidity) might present themselves in supporting the people who are representative of your strand? Ethical approval sought by both universities and applied to workshop in form of consent forms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Currently, no established or formalised agreed upon teacher career pathways for curriculum design capacities exist (figure 2) nor for any of the other pathways in figure 1 in either country. Moreover, an infrastructure for the continuous professional development of teachers throughout their career is lacking. There is a serious gap whereby teachers and teacher design teams have access to feasible and high-quality professional development opportunities in order to leverage their design capacities for their classes, schools and nation. This workshop will discuss the opportunities and challenges of developing such supports and infrastructure at each stage of the teacher's career. It hopes to draw on the international experiences of the participants in charting how teacher career capacity in curriculum design is supported at present in their varying countries. From this initial design, the team hopes, through iterations of DBR, to further interrogate each strand of the career pathways of teachers as curriculum maker and designer, from Pico to the Supra, and map what supports each strand need to build teacher capacity and agency in curriculum making. Throughout this future process, we recognise the importance of the situatedness of the teacher in their school’s culture and context (Pieters, Voogt & Paraja-Roblin, 2019; Nieveen, Voogt & van den Akker, 2023, Van den Akker & Nieveen, 2021); their work as an individual and as a team (Voogt et al., 2011); the different types of schools in both jurisdictions and the curricula and professional expectations of each country. The role of the teacher as curriculum maker has become highly complex and needs a new supported trajectory of professional career development. This workshop will begin the process of mapping how we can begin to build a supporting framework for curriculum making that can synergise the three flows, semiotic, material and social, simultaneously. References Biesta, G. (2020), Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational theory, 70, 89-104. Brown, A. (1992). ‘Design experiments: Theoretical and methodological challenges in creating complex interventions in classroom settings.’ Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2):141–78. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1992). Teacher as curriculum maker. In P. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of curriculum (pp. 363–461). NY: Macmillan. Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (2003). A Thousand Plateaus, University of Minneapolis Press. Dempsey, M., Doyle, A., & Looney, A. (2021). The craft of curriculum making in lower secondary education in Ireland. In M. Priestley, T. Soini, S. Alvunger, & S. Philippou (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 199-222). Emerald Doll, W. E. (1993). A Post-Modern Perspective on Curriculum. Teachers College Press. Haleem A., Javaid, M., Qadri, M. A. & Suman, R. (2022). Understanding the role of digital technologies in education: A review, Sustainable Operations and Computers, 3, 275-285, Kumar, S., Tiwari, P. & Zymbler, M. (2019). Internet of Things is a revolutionary approach for future technology enhancement: a review. J Big Data 6, 111. Nieveen, N. & van der Hoeven, M. (2011). Building the curricular capacity of teachers: Insights from the Netherlands. In P. Picard & L. Ria (Eds.), Beginning teachers: a challenge for educational systems – CIDREE Yearbook 2011 (pp. 49-64). France: ENS de Lyon, Institut Français de l’Éducation. Nieveen, N.M., van den Akker, J.J.H., Voogt, J.M. (2023). Curriculum design. In: R.J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, K. Erkican (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education, vol. 7 (pp. 198–205). Elsevier. Pieters, J., Voogt, J., Pareja Roblin, N. (2019) (Eds.). Collaborative curriculum design for sustainable innovation and teacher learning. Springer. Plomp, T. & Nieveen, N. (2013) (Eds.). Educational design research: Introduction and illustrative cases. Enschede: SLO. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing. Priestley, M, Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (eds.) 2021. Curriculum making in Europe: policy and practice within and across the diverse contexts. Emerald. Priestley, M. & Xenofontos, C. (2021). Curriculum making: key concepts and practices. In J Biddulph and J Flutter (eds.) Inspiring Primary Curriculum Design, London: Routledge, pp. 1-13 Thijs, A., & Van den Akker, J. (2009). Curriculum in development. Enschede: SLO. Voogt, J., Westbroek, H., Handelzalts, A., Walraven, A., McKenney, S., Pieters, J., et al. (2011). Teacher learning in collaborative curriculum design. Teaching and teacher education, 27(8), 1235–1244. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 A: Literature Reviews in Inclusive Education: co-teaching, pedagogies, and giftedness Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Vasilis Strogilos Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Students’ Experiences and Views on Co-Teaching: A Systematic Review 1University of Southampton, United Kingdom; 2George Mason University; 3University of Crete; 4University of Thessaly Presenting Author:Context: Following the international inclusion movement, co-teaching between special and general educators has appeared as one approach to the education of students with and without disabilities in the general education classroom (Strogilos et al., 2017). Co-teaching consists of general and special educators partnering to plan, deliver, and assess instruction in a general education class where, together, they teach students with and without disabilities (Friend et al., 2010). Research on co-teaching has extensively grown in the last decades, due to the increasing number of schools which are educating students with disabilities in co-taught classrooms. Research on co-teaching has focused on its process and impact and especially the use of co-teaching models by the two educators. Seminal studies on co-teaching noted that during co-teaching both educators should be responsible for ‘instructional planning and delivery, assessment of student achievement, and classroom management’ (Nevin at al., 2008, p. 284), and highlighted that educators’ collaboration is paramount in responding to students’ needs (Thousand et al., 2006). Cook and Friend (1995) proposed a number of co-teaching models that co-teachers can select to group their students and to deliver instruction: one teacher leading while the other assists or observes (one-teach, one-assist/ observe/ circulate); both educators share the planning and delivering of instruction by each leading instruction (team teaching), the two teachers dividing students in half (parallel or alternative teaching); and dividing students in stations (station teaching). Systematic reviews on co-teaching: The last 20 years a number of reviews have been published mainly to describe teachers’ views on co-teaching (Iacono et al., 2021; Paulsrud & Nilholm, 2020; Scruggs et al., 2007; Solis et al., 2012; Strogilos et al., 2023; Van Garderen et al., 2012) or their students’ academic outcomes (King-Sears et al., 2021; Stefanidis et al., 2023). Only one review describes students’ perception on co-teaching (Wagner et al., 2023), which focuses on the identification of contextual variables surrounding co-teaching and some of its benefits and challenges. In some countries (e.g., England; DfE, 2015), the law requires the involvement of students with disabilities in decisions pertaining their education to empower a historically silenced group. Although the concept of ‘student voice’ has received increased attention, their participation in research studies depends on adult researchers’ perspectives on students’ ability to exercise influence upon their social world (Christensen & Prout, 2005). Students with and without disabilities who are educated in co-taught classes can provide valuable feedback about these experiences, which can be useful for not only researchers but for co-teachers and other school personnel striving to set up effective co-taught classes (e.g., Embury & Kroeger, 2012). Indeed, as more researchers establish lines of research that include students with and without disabilities in their studies (e.g., Leafstedt et al., 2007; Ronn-Lijenfeldt et al., 2023), students are important contributors about what does and does not promote their learning when co-taught. A systematic review on students’ views on co-teaching to synthesise all the different themes that have appeared in research studies is currently missing. The main aim of the present systematic review is to describe students’ views about a plethora of features that contribute towards students’ academic and social success in co-taught classrooms and to highlight valuable implications for policy, practice and research to improve co-teaching. The review is guided by the following research questions: What are the views of students with and without disabilities about co-teaching? What improvements can be made on co-teaching based on students’ feedback? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To identify studies, we undertook computerised searches in EBSCO, ERIC, Academic Search Complete, PsycINFO, OmniFile Full Text Select (H.W. Wilson), Open Dissertations, ProQuest Dissertations and Conference Proceedings Citation Index-Science. The search dates were between June 2023 and January 1990. We used the search terms: “coteach*”; “co-teaching”; “cooperative teaching”; “co-operative teaching”; “team teaching”; and “collaborative teaching” with the boolean operator “or” between the terms to search related titles, abstracts and keywords. “Calls to the field” for unpublished studies via social media and emails to organisations (e.g., AERA). References in eligible articles were hand-searched. Two authors independently examined titles, abstracts, and full texts. The inter-rater reliability for determining eligible studies was 87%. Another author scrutinised discrepancies to 100% consensus. Eligible criteria included: (a) original published or unpublished studies with primary data from students with and/or without disabilities in co-taught classrooms; (b) K-12 grades; (c) students received instruction from general and special educators as co-teachers; (d) in English; (e) when other participants in the study (e.g., parents, teachers), data from the students were disaggregated. Exclusion criteria included: (a) research with student data that was about inclusion but not about co-teaching; (b) data from others (e.g., co-teachers) was aggregated with the student data such that disaggregation could not occur; (c) students were preservice teachers rather than in K-12 grades; (d) general and special educators as part of a larger team working together but not co-teaching; (e) research featuring student’s academic achievement (e.g., standardized tests) only; (f) research in which co-teaching appeared in the findings but was not in the research aims/questions; and (g) studies which featured students responding to social validity surveys, with queries about aspects of a newly implemented intervention. For studies which featured other participants (e.g., co-teachers), only the portion featuring students was included. There were 15,203 records identified from the search; 8,758 were excluded due to repetition. The 6,445 records remaining were screened by title and abstract. After excluding non-related articles, full-text search occurred for 179 studies, with 68 considered eligible. Each study was reviewed for quality using either the Critical Appraisal Skills Program tool/checklist (CASP, 2018) for qualitative studies, or the checklist to assess quality of survey studies (Protogerou & Hagger, 2020). Findings included descriptive statistics and correlations from surveys, and themes from interviews and other qualitative methods. We employed thematic analysis (Braun et al., 2019) to elicit themes from the primary studies and to produce a narrative synthesis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary analysis elicited eight main themes about students’ views on co-teaching: Models of co-teaching, prevalence, and student preferences; the roles of co-teachers and their collaboration; student feelings; academic learning; social participation; behaviour management; belonging; and self-efficacy. Students with and without disabilities believe that co-teaching has an overall positive academic and social impact on all students. Many students with and without disabilities reported important academic benefits from both teachers. When the co-taught class was not the place they were learning best, this was attributed to teachers’ insufficient collaboration, lack of individual support for students with disabilities, or the lack of academic challenges for students without disabilities. Students with and without disabilities also reported positive views on their social participation in the co-taught classrooms, especially in relation to friendships. Other important findings include the prevalence of the “one teach, one assist/drift/observe” model and students’ preference for a variety of co-teaching models; students’ satisfaction that special educators can support all students and not just students with disabilities; and students’ view that when there is a low level of co-teachers’ collaboration occurring, this creates frustration and leads to low academic benefits. In addition, most students expressed positive feelings about having two teachers, noting that co-teaching can be fun. However, some students with disabilities were confused and frustrated when the material was difficult or when co-teachers were speaking simultaneously. Also, some felt stigmatised when the special educator was constantly working near their desk. The few studies that examined students’ belonging and self-efficacy reported high levels for both attributes and, in some cases, positive associations between them and student academic progress. Based on the above, we intent to discuss the following: improvements on co-teaching, factors related to findings, cautions about future research, and implications for policy and practice. References Critical Appraisal Skills Programme. (2018) CASP qualitative checklist. Retrieved 10 January 2023, from https://casp-uk.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/CASP-Qualitative-Checklist-2018.pdf Cook, L., & Friend, M. (1995). Co-teaching: Guidelines for creating effective practices. Focus on Exceptional Children, 28(3), 1-16 Friend, M., Cook, L., Hurley-Chamberlain, D., & Shamberger, C. (2010). Co-teaching: An illustration of the complexity of collaboration in special education. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 20, 9-27. Iacono, T., Landry, O., Garcia-Melgar, A., Spong, J., Hyett, N., Bagley, K., & McKinstry, C. (2021). A systematized review of co-teaching efficacy in enhancing inclusive education for students with disability. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1- 15. King-Sears, M. E., Stefanidis, A., Berkeley, S., & Strogilos, V. (2021). Does co-teaching improve academic achievement for students with disabilities? A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 34, 1-20. Nevin, A. I., Cramer, E., Voigt, J., & Salazar, L. (2008). Instructional modifications, adaptations, and accommodations of coteachers who loop: A descriptive case study. Teacher Education and Special Education, 31(4), 283-297. Paulsrud, D., & Nilholm, C. (2020). Teaching for inclusion–a review of research on the cooperation between regular teachers and special educators in the work with students in need of special support. International Journal of Inclusive Education. 27(4). 541-545 Scruggs, T. E., Mastropieri, M. A., & McDuffie, K. A. (2007). Co-teaching in inclusive classrooms: A metasynthesis of qualitative research. Exceptional children, 73(4), 392- 416. Stefanidis, A., King-Sears, M. E., Strogilos, V., Berkeley, S., DeLury, M., & Voulagka, A. (2023). Academic achievement for students with and without disabilities in co-taught classrooms: A meta-analysis. International Journal of Educational Research, 120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2023.102208 Strogilos,V., King-Sears, M., Tragoulia, E., Voulagka, A., Stefanidis, A. (2023). A Meta-Synthesis of Co-Teaching Students With and Without Disabilities. Educational Research Review. 38, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100504 Strogilos, V., Tragoulia, E., Avramidis, E., Voulagka, A., & Papanikolaou, V. (2017). Understanding the development of differentiated instruction for students with and without disabilities in co-taught classrooms. Disability & Society, 32(8), 1216-1238. Thousand, J. S., Villa, R. A., & Nevin, A. I. (2006). The many faces of collaborative planning and teaching. Theory into practice, 45(3), 239-248. Van Garderen, D., Stormont, M., & Goel, N. (2012). Collaboration between general and special educators and student outcomes: A need for more research. Psychology in the Schools, 49(5), 483-497. Wagner, M. L., Cosand, K., Zagona, A. L., & Malone, B. J. (2023). Students’ Perceptions of Instruction in Co-Teaching Classrooms: A Systematic Literature Review and Thematic Analysis. Exceptional Children. https://doi.org/10.1177/00144029231220 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Do We Have to Rethink Inclusive Pedagogies for Secondary Schools? A Critical Systematic Review of The International Literature University of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This presentation builds on the findings of a critical systematic review that aimed to explore understandings and applications of inclusive pedagogies in the secondary school. We argue that inclusive pedagogies are complex and multifaceted and are also often conflated with other pedagogic approaches and discourses (for example, ‘differentiated learning’ and ‘student voice’), without a clear indication of what makes a particular pedagogy ‘inclusive’. The fragmentation of inclusion is particularly evident in the different ways it is translated into pedagogic applications and decisions. Inclusive pedagogies are often conceptualised as both a set of strategies that aim to ensure access to learning for all students and as value principles that reflect particular views on inclusion; this is why they tend to be approached in diverse ways (Florian & Spratt, 2013; Lewis & Norwich, 2004). We use ‘pedagogies’ rather than ‘pedagogy’ in this presentation to acknowledge this complexity. The inherent contradiction of many influential approaches to inclusive pedagogies (with one example being Florian & Spratt, 2013) lies in the desire to respond to individual learner differences while avoiding treating students differently; it is difficult to imagine how both can be achieved at the same time. The basis of this assumption is an association between the recognition of difference and stigmatisation or isolation. This echoes the so-called dilemma of difference perspective on inclusive teaching in that recognising student difference might lead to stigmatisation; however, failing to recognise difference could lead to loss of opportunities and restrictions to participation. This dilemma involves the clashing of values that differentiation and inclusion are seemingly based on—especially if inclusion is seen to be about emphasising commonality and downplaying difference (Norwich, 2013). Another tension associated with inclusive pedagogies is with regards to the role of student voice in inclusion. Student voice offers unique opportunities for education, but it is also a contested matter and can be reduced to tokenism, the side-effect of a neoliberal drive for increased emphasis on consumer choice (Charteris & Smardon, 2019). Such arguments are also present in debates around educational ‘buzzwords’ such as student-centred learning (SCL). For example, the notion of ‘power-sharing’ between teacher and student has been shown to be the least supported and/or practical aspect of SCL (Bremner, 2021a, 2021b), with many constraints to implementation (Sakata et al., 2022). These tensions and challenges, however, are not always acknowledged in the literature. Finkelstein et al. (2021), for example, discuss inclusive pedagogies as a set of practices organised across five themes: collaboration and teamwork, determining progress, instructional support, organisational practices, and social, emotional and behavioural support. The assumption is that ‘an inclusive teacher should essentially be competent in [these] five areas’ (p. 755). These five themes were also used by Lindner and Schwab (2020) in their systematic literature review that explored differentiation and individualisation in inclusive teaching. In this presentation, we are particularly interested in secondary school as the focus on particular curricular areas and subjects, additional pressures for teachers and students derived from assessment and exams, and fewer opportunities for collaboration between teachers as a result of the compartmentalisation of the curriculum can make the implementation of inclusive pedagogies more challenging than at primary level (Hargreaves, 2005; Schwab et al., 2022). This presentation, therefore, explores the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This systematic literature review ‘speaks to’ and builds on two previous literature reviews: one on inclusive practices (Finkelstein et al., 2021) and one on individualisation and differentiation (Lindner & Schwab, 2020). These reviews focus largely on mapping instructional and organisational practices that are conducted ‘in the name’ of inclusion, such as the provision and adaptation of materials and resources—as Lindner and Schwab assert, the ‘didactic method’ (p. 17) of teaching. This review instead takes a theoretical and discursive approach and explores the different ways in which inclusive pedagogies are understood by scholars, conceptualised, linked (or not) to theory and practice, and related to other discourses. This facilitates a deeper consideration of inclusion as an academic and practical field, including potentially shared and competing ideals and understandings. We also consider critically whether a systematic literature review can be an appropriate methodological approach to examine such a fragmented concept, in a context where systematic literature reviews are often seen as a ‘gold standard’ and have a growing presence in educational research (Haddaway et al., 2017). We developed a comprehensive search strategy following an initial scoping of the topic area and conducted the search in November 2022. We used the following databases, with search terms cross-searched in the title and abstract fields: British Education Index, Education Research Complete, ERIC, International Bibliography of the Social Sciences, Australian Education Index, and Web of Science. We refined our search results according to SCImago Journal Rankings, retaining those texts falling in Quartile 1 in at least one discipline as an indication of quality and rigour. Following the database search, results were combined into an Endnote X9 Library and duplicates were removed. The three authors (NB, GK, LS) conducted a pilot stage of title and abstract screening using the inclusion criteria with 25 texts to agree on screening decisions. We finally decided to include 13 papers - a number much smaller than initially expected. We developed a data charting form specifically for this review. The data charted included first author, date, country, journal, study design, methods, sample, school discipline/subject under focus, how inclusive pedagogies are conceptualised, theoretical underpinnings and overlapping pedagogical discourses. This process was completed by all three authors, following a pilot stage on several texts. The texts were coded for both semantic and latent content relating to ‘inclusion’ and ‘inclusive pedagogies’, using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Almost all the included articles linked inclusive pedagogies to theoretical ideas, and, despite some commonalities (e.g. empowering student voice), there was fragmentation when it comes to how inclusive pedagogies were conceptualised and linked to practice. Inclusive pedagogies were also largely seen to be about all students (student diversity) and less about students with disabilities - and, even in the latter case, distinctions between ‘mainstream’ and ‘special’ were often challenged. Given this focus on students, it is then surprising that student perceptions of inclusive pedagogies were found to be still very little explored. Tensions associated with inclusion (e.g. between a focus on commonality/ difference or between attitudes/ practice) were to some extent acknowledged, but not in all cases. In addition, approaches to inclusive pedagogies were filtered through the lenses of particular subjects (e.g. music and PE) and were interpreted and re-imagined serving subject-related priorities and purposes. Inclusive pedagogies were also associated with other approaches seen as sharing similar philosophies and purposes; differentiation, UDL, co-teaching and SCL. Overall, we had the feeling that there was no clear direction for inclusive pedagogies either in terms of theory or practice, a paucity of new ideas with ‘established’ ways of thinking being recycled and little desire to engage with the tensions and struggles of inclusion. The findings also question the usefulness of systematic reviews in exploring fragmented topics, like inclusion/ inclusive pedagogies. It may be that to explore inclusion more flexible narrative review designs, such the one adopted by Thomas and Macnab (2022), might be able to capture more nuanced ideas, expansive terminology used, and a wider range of points of view. This though also requires a deeper engagement with inclusion and its tensions that is often less evident in much of the current literature base. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. Bremner, N. (2021a). The multiple meanings of ‘student-centred’ or ‘learner-centred’ education, and the case for a more flexible approach to defining it. Comparative Education, 57(2), 159–186. Bremner, N. (2021b). What is learner-centered education? A quantitative study of English language teachers' perspectives. TESL-EJ, 25(2), 1–28. Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2019). The politics of student voice: Unravelling the multiple discourses articulated in schools. Cambridge Journal of Education, 49(1), 93–110. Finkelstein, S., Sharma, U., & Furlonger, B. (2021). The inclusive practices of classroom teachers: A scoping review and thematic analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(6), 735–762. Florian, L., & Spratt, J. (2013). Enacting inclusion: A framework for interrogating inclusive practice. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 28(2), 119–135. Haddaway, N. R., Land, M., & Macura, B. (2017). A little learning is a dangerous thing: a call for better understanding of the term ‘systematic review’. Environment International, 99, 356–360. Hargreaves, A. (2005). Extending educational change. International handbook of educational change. Springer. Lewis, A., & Norwich, B. (2004). Special teaching for special children? Pedagogies for inclusion: A pedagogy for inclusion? Open University Press. Lindner, K. T., & Schwab, S. (2020). Differentiation and individualisation in inclusive education: A systematic review and narrative synthesis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–21. Norwich, B. (2013). Addressing tensions and dilemmas in inclusive education: Living with uncertainty. Routledge. Sakata, N., Bremner, N., & Cameron, L. (2022). A systematic review of the implementation of learner-centred pedagogy in low-and middle-income countries. Review of Education, 10(3), e3365. Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Hoffmann, L. (2022). How inclusive are the teaching practices of my German, Maths and English teachers? — Psychometric properties of a newly developed scale to assess personalisation and differentiation in teaching practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(1), 61–76. Thomas, G., & Loxley, A. (2022). Deconstructing special education and constructing inclusion (3rd ed.). McGraw-Hill Education. Thomas, G., & Macnab, N. (2022). Intersectionality, diversity, community and inclusion: Untangling the knots. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(3), 227–244. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Gifted and Talented Education Landscape in the United Arab Emirates: A Comprehensive Review 1Abu Dhabi University, United Arab Emirates; 2United Arab Emirates University, United Arab Emirates; 3Zayed University, United Arab Emirates Presenting Author:This review examines the landscape of gifted and talented education (GTE) in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) by exploring theoretical frameworks, models, assessment tools, and teacher professional development initiatives. Studies published within the last 15 years (2008-2023) addressing various educational systems, including those of Finland, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Singapore, were analyzed. This review highlights the need for a multifaceted approach to GTE in the UAE, including a robust theoretical model, inclusive policies, effective assessment methods, and ongoing stakeholder collaborations. Addressing the identified challenges and implementing effective strategies can help gifted and talented learners in the UAE achieve their full potential and meaningfully contribute to society. Gifted and Talented Education (GTE) continues to face complex theoretical and practical challenges in the context of international inclusive education policy. These challenges are related to teacher preparation to support gifted learners, the adoption of assessment tools, and contemporary models to identify and support gifted and talented learners in the K-12 system. GTE is related to the education of students who excel in one or more of the following areas: However, scholars in this field have not agreed on a common definition (Al Ghawi, 2017; Elhoweris et al., 2022; Garces-Bacsal et al., 2023; Ismail et al., 2022). For instance, the Ministry of Education of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) defines gifted and talented learners as those who express “outstanding ability, or a great deal of willingness in one or more areas of intelligence, creativity, or academic achievement or special talents and abilities such as oratory, poetry, drawing, handicrafts, sports, drama, or leadership capacity” (UAE Ministry of Education, 2015, p. 20). Particularly in the UAE, students with special education needs were educated in separate schools and centers under the segregation model until the enactment of federal law no. 29 in 2006 (Gaad, 2010). The 2006 law emphasized the right to educate all learners, including those who were gifted. However, in 2009, the 2006 law was amended, reflecting a new philosophical perspective toward educating all learners together in the mainstream classroom (Ministry of Social Affairs, 2006, 2009). This amendment was followed by various policies and initiatives across the UAE, such as the development of gifted and talented students’ skills in 2008 by the Ministry of Education and the School for All initiative in 2010, along with various ministerial resolutions implemented for the same purpose. Our project consists of two phases. In the first phase, we will conduct a comprehensive literature review to understand the current state of gifted and talented education in the UAE. This will involve reviewing relevant research studies and analyzing documents such as policies and models. The second phase involves conducting interviews and focus groups with various stakeholders, including decision-makers, parents, teachers, and principals who work with gifted and talented students. This proposal specifically focuses on the first phase for conducting a comprehensive literature review. The aim of this study is to thoroughly examine the existing research and literature on GTE in the UAE and globally. By conducting a detailed literature review, we seek to gain a deep understanding of the current state of GTE and identify key trends, gaps, and best practices. To achieve the objective of this study, we have chosen a semi-systematic literature review methodology, as proposed by Snyder (2019). This approach allows us to examine the existing body of research on Gifted and Talented Education both in the UAE and globally. By doing so, we aim to develop an advanced model for GTE specifically tailored for the UAE context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Several electronic databases, including PsycINFO, Web of Science, ProQuest (all databases), PubMed, Science Direct, and ERIC, were queried to ensure a comprehensive search across various disciplines and fields. To capture a wide range of relevant studies, a combination of free-text terms with truncation and Boolean operators was used. The search terms included "gifted," "talented," and "Gifted and Talented Education." By employing these terms, the aim was to retrieve studies that specifically addressed GTE research. In addition to electronic database searches, cross-referencing was implemented to enhance the comprehensiveness of the search. The reference lists of identified studies were reviewed to identify any additional relevant sources that may not have been captured in the initial database search. Inclusion and exclusion criteria This review focuses on studies published within the last 15 years (2008-2023) that address the following areas related to gifted and talented education (GTE): theoretical frameworks, models, assessment tools, and teacher professional development. Studies were included from diverse educational settings, including Finland, the United Kingdom, USA, and Singapore, to provide a broader understanding of GTE practices globally. Excluded studies were those published outside the timeframe, not relevant to the identified areas of focus, lacking a focus on GTE, or conducted outside of an educational context. This carefully curated selection ensures the review remains focused and relevant, while still allowing for the inclusion of influential and significant studies in the field of GTE. Data extraction Studies that met the inclusion criteria will be summarized in terms of (a) author, (b) study location, (c) participants (number and ages in years), (d) purpose, (e) study design (e.g., qualitative, quantitative, mixed methods), (f) key findings, (g) limitations, and (h) implications for practice and research. This information will be displayed in a table. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The systematic literature review conducted provided valuable insights into GTE in the UAE. The review has served as a foundation for developing a more nuanced understanding of GTE in the UAE context, informing the development of a theoretical model that aligns with current GTE practices in UAE schools, and establishing a framework for inclusive education policies that address the evolving needs of gifted and talented learners in the digital age. It has been recognized that gifted and talented learners, regardless of their race, ethnicity, or socioeconomic status, require educational resources tailored to their unique characteristics. However, students from diverse cultural backgrounds or those living in poverty may face limited opportunities to improve their skills and may not perform well on standardized tests. To address this, it is crucial for teachers in GTE to seek guidance and mentorship from experienced multicultural specialists, particularly in the UAE, to better understand students' differences and provide the necessary support and quality teaching that meets their needs. The review has highlighted the importance of intrinsic characteristics and the social environment, including the classroom, school, and family, as key factors influencing the academic motivation of all children, including those with high intellectual ability. It has also revealed that many students in GTE are being overlooked, leading to systematic disparities and segregation among students who may otherwise be identified as gifted and could benefit from gifted education services. Furthermore, the review has identified the reliance on ability assessment tests as the sole tool for identification in GTE, despite warnings from research studies about the limitations of this approach. The findings emphasize the need for strategic planning, effective policies, and collaboration among educational institutions, government entities, and industry stakeholders in the UAE to address these challenges and ensure the development of gifted and talented education. References Selected References Aboud, Y. Z. (2023). Evaluating gifted students’ perceptions of the characteristics of their effective teachers. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1-11. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1088674. AlGhawi, M. A. (2017). Gifted education in the United Arab Emirates. Cogent Education, 4(1), 1368891–https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2017.1368891 Carman, C. A., Walther, C. A. P., & Bartsch, R. A. (2018). Using the cognitive abilities test (CogAT) 7 nonverbal battery to identify the gifted/talented: An investigation of demographic effects and norming plans. The Gifted Child Quarterly, 62(2), 193–209. https://doi.org/10.1177/0016986217752097 Ecker-Lyster, M. & Niileksela, C. (2017). Enhancing gifted education for underrepresented students: Promising recruitment and programming strategies. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 40(1), 79–95. https://doi.org/10.1177/0162353216686216 Elhoweris, H., Alhosani, N., Alsheikh, N., Bacsal, R.-M. G., & Bonti, E. (2022). The impact of an enrichment program on the Emirati verbally gifted children. Journal of Intelligence, 10(3), 68–. https://doi.org/10.3390/jintelligence10030068 Gaad, E. (2010). Inclusive education in the Middle East. Routledge. Garces-Bacsal, R. M., Alhosani, N. M., Elhoweris, H., & Tupas, R. (2023). A diverse social and emotional learning booklist for gifted learners and advanced readers. Roeper Review, 45(1), 21–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/02783193.2022.2145397 Garn, A. C., Matthews, M. S., & Jolly, J. L. (2010). Parental influences on the academic motivation of gifted students: A self-determination theory perspective. The Gifted Child Quarterly, 54(4), 263–272. https://doi.org/10.1177/0016986210377657 Grissom, J. A. & Redding, C. (2015). Discretion and disproportionality: Explaining the underrepresentation of high-achieving students of color in gifted programs. AERA Open, 2(1), 233285841562217–. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858415622175 Ismail, S. A. A., Alghawi, M. A., & AlSuwaidi, K. A. (2022). Gifted education in United Arab Emirates: Analyses from a learning-resource perspective. Cogent Education, 9(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2022.2034247 Knowledge and Human Development Authority (2019). Implementing Inclusive Education: A Guide for Schools. KHDA: United Arab Emirates. Snyder, H. (2019). Literature review as a research methodology: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research (104), 333–339. Ministry of Social Affairs (2006). Federal Law no 29 of 2006 in respect of the rights of people with special needs. UAE. Retrieved from: http://www.msa.gov.ae/MSA/EN/pages/Rules.aspx Ministry of Social Affairs (2009). Federal Law No 14 of 2009 on the Rights of People with Special Needs. UAE. Retrieved from: http://www.msa.gov.ae/MSA/EN/pages/Rules.aspx . Stambaugh, T. & Ford, D. Y. (2015). Microaggressions, multiculturalism, and gifted individuals Who are Black, Hispanic, or low income. Journal of Counseling and Development, 93(2), 192–201. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.1556-6676.2015.00195.x |
17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 B: Resilience in Inclusive Education: Communication, Social Capital, and Instruction Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Margarita Bilgeri Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Establishing a Culture of Effective Communication in Education: Building Resilience and Fostering Well-Being in Times of Uncertainty EASNIE Presenting Author:The paper at hand is the second submission for the ECER in the context of the Learning from the Covid-19 Pandemic - Building Resilience through Inclusive Education Systems (BRIES) project of the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE). This paper contains the final results of the project. Last year, in Glasgow, pre-liminary results have been presented. The guiding question was 'How can different stakeholders’ experiences of the COVID-19 pandemic be turned into an opportunity to build resilience and well-being in inclusive education systems?' Using a grounded approach (Charmaz 2014), effective communication in education emerged as one fundamental element to be addressed by decision‑makers to build resilience of all learners and ensure their well‑being in times of crisis (European Agency 2023). During the COVID‑19 pandemic, several countries published communication guidelines for different levels of stakeholders (European Agency 2022b). However, in the BRIES project, stakeholders still identified a lack of effective communication in education (European Agency 2023). This had a negative impact on the well‑being and resilience of stakeholders involved in the teaching‑learning process and on adequately addressing the needs of all learners. Consequently, the project focused on developing a guidance for establishing a culture of effective communication in education. This guidance was developed to encourage decision‑makers (school leaders, policy‑makers and public education authorities at all levels of governance, depending on specific national contexts) to reflect on communication structures and processes which were in place in their education systems during the pandemic. In particular, they are asked to determine how those processes could be improved. A well-established culture of effective communication supports an education system in regular times. In times of crisis, a well‑established culture of effective communication provides an essential basis for mitigating the impact of significant risk factors for learners including the impact of the crisis on their socio‑emotional well‑being and resilience. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For data analysis, we used a grounded theory approach in the style of Kathy Charmaz (2014) and applied various methods of qualitative inquiry in three different phases of field research. Focus group discussions were used to start in the first phase of data collection. The emphasis was put on participants' experiences during the pandemic and priority areas they identified in relation to their needs in the context of education. In a second phase, following the theoretical sampling method (Corbin & Strauss 2015) we used a dialogic structure (Alozie & Mitchell 2014) to especially empower learners' and parents' voices (but also teachers' voices) while discussing with policy-makers (European Agency 2022a, Mangiaracina et al. 2021, Robinson & Taylor 2013, Siry 2020). In the third phase, participants exchanged in different stakeholder-levels and across different countries. For this purpose, groups were split up to maintain a reasonable size. In these mixed groups stakeholders discussed concepts that emerged from the previous discussions. They were given the opportunity to rank potential priority areas, exclude or add new ideas and discuss content, aims etc. in different small groups. The concept of constant comparison (Charmaz 2014, Clark 2005) guided us through the different steps of data collection and analysis. Emerging concepts and categories were analysed and discussed further, in case saturation was not reached. In the final step of data collection, different workshop tools allowing smaller group exchanges were used in face-to-face meetings (poster walks, world café approach etc.). Data collection focused on notes and outputs of the group exchanges (e.g. posters). The methods used led to a higher level and depth of exchange between all stakeholders. One hypothesis is that the small group discussions supported participants in reaching a consensus about a potential tool in the end. Based on the outcomes, the research team developed a guidance for effective communication in education. This guidance was based on a model for effective communication in education and the capability approach (Sen 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A well-established culture of effective communication in education supports the resilience and well-being of learners, teachers, and families. In times of crisis, this provides an essential basis for mitigating the impact of significant risk factors for all. The developed guidance can be used when a country/municipality/region/school aims to work on communication structures and processes to support the well-being and resilience of all learners, with the intention to create a culture of effective communication in place in regular times to be prepared for times of crisis. To be able to do so, decision makers (policy makers, school leaders or local authorities) should aim to: • identify gaps and challenges in existing communication structures and processes; • be able to address needs of all learners; • increase the well being and resilience of all learners. A culture of effective communication can only be a meaningful resource in education if all involved in the teaching-learning process are considered and participate. Decision‑makers therefore need to be able to identify communication processes that need improvement. The developed guidance provides the basis for initiating the search for communication structures and processes that require improvement. Having learnt from the pandemic, investing in effective communication in education contributes to the resilience and well-being of all learners. In a next step, the guidance is implemented in the different countries together with schools, regions and municipalities. A discussion on the experiences from the implementation will take in May 2024. The results of this discussions will be included in the presentation at the ECER. References Alozie, N. & Mitchell, C., 2014. Getting Students Talking: Supporting Classroom Discussion Practices in Inquiry-Based Science in Real-Time Teaching. The American Biology Teacher, 76(8), 501–506. https://doi.org/10.1525/abt.2014.76.8.3 Bhan, S. & Julka, A., 2021. Disability Inclusive COVID-19 Response. Best Practices. unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000378354 (Last accessed December 2022) Charmaz, K., 2014. Constructing grounded theory (2nd edition). Sage Clark, A. E., 2005. Situational Analysis: Grounded Theory After the Postmodern Turn. Thousand Oaks et al., Sage Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. L., 2015. Basics of qualitative research: techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (Fourth edition). Sage Couper-Kenney, F. & Riddell, S., 2021. ‘The impact of COVID-19 on children with additional support needs and disabilities in Scotland’ European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36 (1), 20–34 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2023. Building Resilience through Inclusive Education Systems: Mid-Term Report. Peer-learning activities to develop a tool to support educational resilience. (M. Bilgeri and M. Presmanes Andrés, eds.). Odense, Denmark European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022a. Voices into Action: Promoting learner and family participation in educational decision-making. (A. Kefallinou, D.C. Murdoch, A. Mangiaracina and S. Symeonidou, eds.). Odense, Denmark European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022b. Inclusive Education and the Pandemic – Aiming for Resilience: Key European measures and practices in 2021 publications. (L. Muik, M. Presmanes Andrés and M. Bilgeri, eds.). Odense, Denmark European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2021. Key Principles – Supporting policy development and implementation for inclusive education. (V. J. Donnelly and A. Watkins, eds.). Odense, Denmark Mangiaracina, A., Kefallinou, A., Kyriazopoulou, M., & Watkins, A., 2021. Learners’ voices in inclusive education policy debates. Education Sciences, 11(10), 599. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11100599 Messiou, K. & Hope, A. M., 2015. The danger of subverting students’ views in schools, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19:10, 1009-1021, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2015.1024763 Silverman, D., 2016. Qualitative research (5th edition.). Sage Robinson, C., & Taylor, C., 2013. Student voice as a contested practice: Power and participation in two student voice projects. Improving Schools, 16(1), 32–46. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480212469713 Siry, C., 2020. Dialogic Pedagogies and Multimodal Methodologies: Working Towards Inclusive Science Education and Research. Asia-Pacific Science Education, 6(2), 346–363. https://doi.org/10.1163/23641177-BJA10017 Sen, A. 2009. The idea of justice. Harvard University Press. Soriano, V. 2016. ‘Young voices on inclusive education’, in A. Watkins and C. Meijer (eds.), Implementing Inclusive Education: Issues in Bridging the Policy-Practice Gap. International Perspectives on Inclusive Education Volume 8. Leeds: Emerald Group Publishing Limited 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Can a Student with Special Equational Needs Be Successful? Social Capital as a Source of Resilience 1MTA-DE-Parent-Teacher Cooperation Research Group, Hungarian Academy of Sciences; 2University of Debrecen, Faculty of Humanities Presenting Author:Students with special educational needs are a diverse group. Promoting their learning success is particularly challenging, even in practice for inclusive schools. At the same time, parents are often left alone with diagnosis and treatment. Therefore, the focus of our paper is on the families of successful students with special educational needs and the networks around their families. Taking a positive approach, our paper did not seek to identify difficulties and barriers but to examine the resources that support learners with special educational needs who succeed (Honkasilta et al., 2019; Muir & Strnadová, 2014; OECD, 2011, 2021; Schuelka & Carrington, 2021). The theoretical basis of the paper is the theory of social capital and the sociological interpretation of resilience (Allan et al., 2009; Coleman, 1988; Muir & Strnadová, 2014; Pham, 2013; Vehmas, 2010). Our research question is: What are the differences in social capital between parents of successful students with and without learning, behavioural and emotional disorders, and difficulties (SEN B)? H1: Family social background helps both groups to become successful to the same extent (Haber et al., 2016; Kocaj et al., 2018). H2: School professionals help both groups to be successful to the same extent. Support: School professionals also play a role in the success of children with integrated learning problems in inclusive education (Honkasilta et al., 2019; Hornby & Kauffman, 2021; Pham, 2013). H3: Relationship networks within and outside the family help both groups to become successful to the same extent (Coleman, 1988; Epstein, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample included 1041 parents of 10-year-old children from 72 Hungarian inclusive schools, aged between 27 and 68 years. In total, 86% of the participants were women. The survey was conducted in January 2020, right before the pandemic. The sample was geographically (settlement type and region) and by school social composition representative of Hungary. The sample design used was stratified multistage sampling. In our analysis, we first conducted a factor analysis and attempted to isolate the dimensions along which family support is formed. The items we included in the factor analysis were based on Coleman’s social capital theory. As a second step, to explore the predictors of academic success, we had chosen the ordinal regression method, because our dependent variable has three values (0-1-2 achievements). We used separate ordinal regression models to examine predictors of academic success in the two subsamples of parents of students with and without SEN B. Independent variables were the following: parent-child multiple social capital index (which included the amount of quality time spent together, openness to school, and openness to a wider social network on the parental side), three family support factors (consultant child-raising network, emergency parental network, weekend child-raising network), social background index (which included educational level and labour market activity of parents, place of residence, and subjective financial situation). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results show that students with SEN B come from families with lower socio-cultural backgrounds, while their multiplex social capital within the family is the same as that of their peers without SEN B. Previous research has made it clear that socio-cultural background has a strong influence on academic success. Our research findings show that, although this relationship holds for the group of children without SEN B, for those who do have SEN B, this effect is cancelled out, i.e., a favourable background does not provide an advantage, but high multiplex family capital does. Looking at the families’ child-raising networks, we find that there is no distinct separation between intra- and extra-familial networks and for both study groups, we see that the parents of more successful students can rely on larger family networks. However, the involvement of professional school helpers (teachers, psychologists, special educators) in child-raising does not reflect positively on academic success for students with and without SEN B. The main message of this paper is that we can confirm the view held by the literature, namely that responsibility cannot be placed on the family alone. Without a supportive network around the family, student achievement will decline. The problem cannot be reduced to a school-based issue. A school environment can be regarded as inclusive if it involves, and collaborates with, families, and helps parents support their children in the out-of-school environment to achieve common goals with the school (Brussino, 2020; Honkasilta et al., 2019; Koutsoklenis & Papadimitriou, 2021; Schuelka & Carrington, 2021). References Allan, J., Smyth, G., I’Anson, J., & Mott, J. (2009). Understanding disability with children’s social capital. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 9(2), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-3802.2009.01124.x Brussino, O. (2020). Mapping policy approaches and practices for the inclusion of students with special education needs. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/600fbad5-en Coleman, J. S. (1988). Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital. American Journal of Sociology, 94(1), Article 1. Epstein, J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships in teachers’ professional work. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(3), 397–406. Haber, M. G., Mazzotti, V. L., Mustian, A. L., Rowe, D. A., Bartholomew, A. L., Test, D. W., & Fowler, C. H. (2016). What Works, When, for Whom, and With Whom: A Meta-Analytic Review of Predictors of Postsecondary Success for Students With Disabilities. Review of Educational Research, 86(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315583135 Honkasilta, J., Ahtiainen, R., Hienonen, N., & Jahnukainen, M. (2019). Inclusive and Special Education and the Question of Equity in Education: The Case of Finland. In M. Schuelka, C. Johnstone, G. Thomas, & A. Artiles, The Sage Handbook of Inclusion and Diversity in Education (pp. 481–495). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526470430.n39 Hornby, G., & Kauffman, J. M. (2021). Special and Inclusive Education: Perspectives, Challenges and Prospects. Education Sciences, 11(7), Article 7. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11070362 Kocaj, A., Kuhl, P., Jansen, M., Pant, H. A., & Stanat, P. (2018). Educational placement and achievement motivation of students with special educational needs. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 55(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2018.09.004 Koutsoklenis, A., & Papadimitriou, V. (2021). Special education provision in Greek mainstream classrooms: Teachers’ characteristics and recruitment procedures in parallel support. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(5), Article 5. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1942565 Muir, K., & Strnadová, I. (2014). Whose responsibility? Resilience in families of children with developmental disabilities. Disability & Society, 29(6), Article 6. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2014.886555 OECD. (2011). Against the Odds: Disadvantaged Students Who Succeed in School. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/against-the-odds_9789264090873-en OECD. (2021). Supporting students with special needs: A policy priority for primary education. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/d47e0a65-en Pham, Y. K. (2013). The relationship between social capital and school-related outcomes for youth with disabilities [PhD Thesis]. University of Oregon. Schuelka, M. J., & Carrington, S. (2021). Global Directions in Inclusive Education: Conceptualizations, Practices, and Methodologies for the 21st Century. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003091950 Vehmas, S. (2010). Special needs: A philosophical analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14(1), 87–96. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110802504143 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Role of Instructional Quality and Language Distance on Immigrant Students’ Academic Resilience: Insights from PISA 2018 30 European Countries 1Centre for Educational Measurement, Faculty of Educational Science, University of Oslo; 2Department of Teacher Education and School Research, Faculty of Educational Science, University of Oslo; 3Centre for Research on Equality in Education, Faculty of Educational Science, University of Oslo Presenting Author:Introduction Academic resilience is typically defined as the ability of students from disadvantaged backgrounds to achieve high academic performance (Rudd et al., 2021; Ye et al., 2021). In resilient research, immigrant students, frequently from families with lower socio-economic status (SES) and struggling with cultural and language barriers in unfamiliar environments, are commonly identified as disadvantaged (Anagnostaki et al., 2016). Enhancing the academic resilience of immigrant students is crucial not just for their individual growth but also for the socio-economic and cultural dynamism of the countries they reside in. The growing population of immigrant students, particularly in European countries, has spurred heightened interest in identifying protective factors that foster academic resilience (Gabrielli et al., 2022; Özdemir & Özdemir, 2020). Recent focus has been on those factors that are malleable and related to the educational environment, including schools and teachers. While some studies have considered individual characteristics like language attitude and immigrant generation (e.g., Martin et al., 2022), there is a notable gap in understanding how the diversity in language and cultural backgrounds among immigrant students affects their academic resilience. To address this research gap, this present study investigates the influence of instructional quality on immigrant students’ academic resilience, while considering their intercultural communication competence and language distance between their native and host country languages. By doing so, it seeks to provide a more nuanced understanding of how educational practices can be tailored to support the unique needs of immigrant students. This research is not only timely but also essential for informing educational policies and practices in increasingly multicultural European societies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods To address the unique challenges faced by immigrant students, such as language barriers and the necessity to learn other subjects in a non-native language, this study employs data from the 2018 Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA). The 2018 cycle, with its primary focus on reading, provides a pertinent dataset for this investigation. The sample comprises 10,885 low-SES immigrant students, with an average age of 15.79 and 50.37% being female. These students were distributed across 1,778 schools in 26 member countries of the European Union (excluding Cyprus), in addition to three European Economic Area countries and the United Kingdom. This study adopted the conceptualization of academic resilience from Martin et al. (2022). It defines high achievers as students ranking in the top 25% in national reading performance and low SES backgrounds as those in the bottom 25% of economic, social, and cultural status (ESCS) within their respective country. Instructional quality is derived from student questionnaire, including questions about classroom management, supportive classroom environment, and cognitive activation. Intercultural communication competence is assessed through students’ ratings of seven statements related to cross-cultural conversation. Additionally, the linguistic distance between the language spoken at home and the PISA assessment language is calculated using a lexical-phonological measure of linguistic proximity developed in the context of the Automated Similarity Judgment Program (ASJP; Wichmann et al., 2022). For the analyses, multilevel probit regression was employed to investigate the effect of instructional quality, intercultural communication competence, and language distance on academic resilience at both student and school levels. The analyses were conducted using Mplus version 8.8 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2017) by employing the weighted least square mean and variance adjusted (WLSMV) estimators. However, it is important to note that WLSMV does not support country-level clustering (e.g., “ Type = Twolevel complex ” command in Mplus) or multilevel multigroup models in Mplus. To address this limitation and explore variations across countries, we conducted a series of models where the country is treated as a covariate at the individual level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary Results and Discussion The preliminary results show that all three aspects of instructional quality significantly predict academic resilience at the student level, but not at the school level. A similar trend is observed for student’s intercultural communication competence. In contrast, the impact of language distance on academic resilience is evident only at the school level. These findings imply that enhancing the instructional quality and intercultural communication competence at the individual level may be important for improving academic resilience, while addressing language distance may likely require broader interventions at the school level. Comparisons across countries reveal that Slovenia, Portugal, and Romania have the highest percentages of resilient immigrant students with 28.79%, 23.82%, and 18.52%, respectively. The influence of instructional quality and intercultural communication is relatively consistent across countries. However, the influence of language distance varies significantly at the school level. Luxembourg shows the strongest association (β = -.187, p = .000), while Spain demonstrates the weakest (β = -.103, p = .035). These findings underscore the importance of considering both individual and school-level factors in fostering academic resilience among immigrant students. References References Anagnostaki, L., Pavlopoulos, V., Obradović, J., Masten, A., & Motti-Stefanidi, F. (2016). Academic resilience of immigrant youth in Greek schools: Personal and family resources. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 13(3), 377-393. Gabrielli, G., Longobardi, S., & Strozza, S. (2022). The academic resilience of native and immigrant-origin students in selected European countries. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 48(10), 2347-2368. Martin, A. J., Burns, E. C., Collie, R. J., Cutmore, M., MacLeod, S., & Donlevy, V. (2022). The role of engagement in immigrant students’ academic resilience. Learning and Instruction, 82, 101650. Muthén, L.K. and Muthén, B.O. (1998-2017). Mplus User’s Guide (Eighth Edition). Los Angeles, CA: Muthén & Muthén. Rudd, G., Meissel, K., & Meyer, F. (2021). Measuring academic resilience in quantitative research: A systematic review of the literature. Educational Research Review, 100402. Wichmann, S., Holman, E. W., & Brown, C. H. (2022). The ASJP Database (version 20). Ye, W., Strietholt, R., & Blömeke, S. (2021). Academic resilience: Underlying norms and validity of definitions. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 33(1), 169-202. Özdemir, M., Bayram Özdemir, S. (2020). Why Do Some Immigrant Children and Youth Do Well in School Whereas Others Fail? Current State of Knowledge and Directions for Future Research. In: Güngör, D., Strohmeier, D. (eds) Contextualizing Immigrant and Refugee Resilience. Advances in Immigrant Family Research. Springer, Cham. https://doi-org /10.1007/978-3-030-42303-2_4 |
17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 C: Migration and Inclusive Education Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kyriaki Doumas Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Complex Ecologies of Migrant Children with Special Educational Needs – Practitioner Perspectives of Information Needs and Implications for Education University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This proposal is based on the initial findings from a small-scale exploratory study carried out in England to support migrant children with special educational needs (SEN). This study built upon the outcomes of a workshop conducted at ECER in 2019 and a subsequent literature review of migrant children with SEN in Europe (Jørgensen et al., 2020) and project report (Jørgensen et al., 2021). The present study aims to develop these by exploring the information needed to support migrant children with SEN. The study concentrates on English school settings and explores how best to collect it from the perspectives of a range of key professionals working in the field of SEN. The findings are explored ecologically as it is argued that this framework provides practitioners with a way to understand these needs and the context from which they arise. This research has recently used by a leading international charity. The next phase of this work is to work alongside this body to look at information needs from the perspective of parents and carers with the intention of creating an information gathering tool for schools in Europe and elsewhere. Migrant children constitute approximately 4% of the under-15 population in Europe (Janta & Harte, 2017) and an average of 4.4% of all European children have an official identification of Special Educational Needs (SEN)(European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2018). In England 16.6% of children have been identified with some form of SEN (Office for National Statistics, 2022) highlighting differing national approaches to identification and assessment (Jørgensen et al., 2020). Across the UK, it is estimated that 6% of children under the age of 18 were born abroad (Fernández-Reino, 2022). However, both in the UK and internationally, little data exists on children who are both migrants and have SEN. This intersection between migration and SEN is an under-explored area in educational research, as well as in school practice. Migrant children with SEN are a highly heterogeneous group of children, due to their differing family and cultural backgrounds, social and community networks, experiences of school systems, type of SEN and reasons for migration (Jørgensen et al., 2020, 2021). They may experience particular and/or additional challenges when arriving in the educational system in the receiving country, especially if their schooling has been disrupted due to migration. These difficulties can be further augmented by a lack of common language and if there is paucity of information accompanying the children (Oliver & Singal, 2017). This highlights the importance of context in relation to the country of origin, the receiving country, and any potential journey between the two. Context is an important theme within the work of Bronfenbrenner (2005) and its educational derivatives i.e., Anderson et al. (2014) who argue that children should be understood holistically through the different environments - or ‘ecologies’ - in which they are raised. For children who are migrants, these ecologies shift in line with the children’s immersion in differing cultures and school systems, which may vary significantly in relation to identification and understanding of SEN and degrees of inclusion. For practitioners, understanding the complex ecologies of migrant children who also have a special educational need are thus key to supporting them in schools and more broadly. Building upon the review and the subsequent project report, this study aims to the questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Three groups of key professionals within the English education system were selected to participate in focus groups. Selections were based on relationships with both children and parents and included 1) three Special Educational Needs Coordinators (SENCos), 2) four specialist teachers for children with sensory impairments and 3) four caseworkers at a migrant organisation. According to the model proposed by Anderson et al. (2014), these professionals work principally in the child’s exosystem. Here their role is to support those who work directly with children through advice or resource allocation to those who in the child’s microsystem such as parents, carers, or class teachers. The two first focus groups were conducted in a similar manner with two short vignettes introduced as believable, narrative based ‘ice breakers’ at the start. Although these can be recognised as somewhat leading they have the potential to elicit an often rich discussion on an understudied piece of work (see Aujla, 2020). The vignettes each described a meeting between an education professional and a migrant or non-English speaking child with a behaviour which could potentially be an indicator of a special educational need. Participants were asked how they would approach the cases in their own professional circumstances. Discussion was supplemented where necessary through a series of prepared questions to further stimulate debate. In the third focus group, the vignettes were less relevant, as the migrant case workers often worked in more supportive role with groups of migrants who were parents. These sessions were more exploratory and open, but nevertheless brought up many important areas of discussion about the link between different ecologies and the everyday lives and realities of migrant families. All three sessions were recorded and transcribed verbatim to aid with the analysis. The resultant transcripts were analysed by the first and second author prior to analysis using deductive thematic analysis (Clarke et al., 2015) where the ecology of inclusive education (Anderson et al., 2014) informed both coding and the development of themes. Here data was examined according to: • Macrosystemic influences i.e., information needs related to differences in national attitudes and approaches to identification and support for children SEN. • Exosystem i.e., information needs related different approaches in school settings. • Micro/mesosystem i.e., information needs related to working alongside parents and children. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Putting a migrant child with SEN at the heart of Ecological theory helps identify potential tensions at different levels between and within different ecologies, but also suggests ways in which these may be bridged by information gathering, trust and relationship building within and across ecologies. Within this, various themes are identified: Information about the needs of migrant children with SEN: Participants recognised that children passed between different educational systems, and that this could sometimes lead to differences in opinion between teachers and parents about the learning needs of migrant children. However, there was some scepticism if this information was derived through informal channels. Information about parents and families: Participants recognised that parental attitudes were often influenced by their prior experiences of working alongside professionals within the previous educational systems of which their children had been part. More proximal to the child, there was a need to understand the microsystem of the child’s family relationships and care structures. Information about strategies to support migrant children with SEN: Often teachers who were responsible for working alongside the child in their microsystem wanted further information to be provided not only by parents, but also by other parties within other systems. Those providing advice felt unequipped to deliver this. This was especially the case if a child had an SEN and a language other than English. The importance of clear and understandable information: Difficulties with communicating information from one ecology to another. Participants recognised that gathering information about migrant children with SEN was a complex issue and not a straightforward proposition. All groups of participants reported that there were several challenges to gathering information directly from children or families, especially if they did not share a common language. References Anderson, J., Boyle, C., & Deppler, J. (2014). The ecology of inclusive education reconceptualising Bronfenbrenner. In H. Zhang, P. Wing Keung Chan, & C. Deppler (Eds.), Equality in Education: Fairness and Inclusion (pp. 23-34). Sense Publishers. Aujla, W. (2020). Using a Vignette in Qualitative Research to Explore Police Perspectives of a Sensitive Topic: “Honor”-Based Crimes and Forced Marriages. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19, 1609406919898352. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406919898352 Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005). Ecological systems theory. In U. Bronfenbrenner (Ed.), Making human beings human: Bioecological perspectives on human development (pp. 106-173). Sage. Clarke, V., Braun, V., & Hayfield, N. (2015). Thematic analysis. In J. A. Smith (Ed.), Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods. (3rd ed., pp. 222-248). Sage. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2018). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education: 2016 Dataset Cross-Country Report. Fernández-Reino, M. (2022). Children of migrants in the UK. Migration Observatory briefing, COMPAS, University of Oxford. https://migrationobservatory.ox.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/MigObs-Briefing-Children-of-migrants-in-the-UK.pdf Janta, B., & Harte, E. (2017). Education of migrant children Education policy responses for the inclusion of migrant children in Europe. RAND. Jørgensen, C. R., Dobson, G., & Perry, T. (2020). Migrant children with special educational needs in European schools – a review of current issues and approaches. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2020.1762988 Jørgensen, C. R., Dobson, G., & Perry, T. (2021). Supporting migrant children with special educational needs: What information do schools need and how can it be collected? https://www.birmingham.ac.uk/documents/college-social-sciences/education/publications/migrant-children.pdf Office for National Statistics. (2022). Special educational needs in England. https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/special-educational-needs-in-england/2021-22 Oliver, C., & Singal, N. (2017). Migration, disability and education: reflections from a special school in the east of England. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(8), 1217-1229. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1273757 04. Inclusive Education
Paper (Im)Perfect Categories:an Empirical Demonstration of How Citizenship and Country-of-birth Change the Way we Portray Immigrant Students’ School Pathways Iscte - University Institute of Lisbon, Portugal Presenting Author:In Portugal, the annual official data on pupils of immigrant origin, published by the Directorate-General for Education and Science Statistics of the Ministry of Education and Science (DGEEC/MEC), specifically refers to citizenship status (Cândido and Seabra 2019; Seabra and Cândido 2020). However, this data overlooks pupils of immigrant origin who have Portuguese citizenship or those who have acquired the host country’s citizenship (children of immigrants). Given Portugal’s favourable nationality policies promoting immigrant naturalization, it is apparent that the official data underestimates pupils with an immigrant background. Grouping a large proportion of pupils with and without an immigrant background under the category ‘nationals’ hinders the identification of long-term educational integration and the comparison of inequalities in educational opportunities for immigrants and their children, relative to their native peers. This approach fails to provide insights into the effectiveness of school systems in supporting the growth and development of immigrant pupils (OECD 2019). Consequently, a comprehensive understanding of the reality of migration in Portuguese schools becomes challenging, potentially leading to a positively or negatively biased portrayal and contributing to the formulation of inefficient public policies. Furthermore, official statistics have scarce information on academic performance, only displaying grade transition rates by national origin (i.e. citizenship). These are limited indicators of academic performance because they only give a snapshot of performance at a particular moment in time. In this article, we intend to overcome the abovementioned problems using the recently available student-level microdata provided by DGEEC/MEC. This microdata has variables containing information on the student and parents’ countries of birth, enabling us to accurately identify pupils with an immigrant background, as well as to look at students’ school path by creating a proxy variable on the number of times each student has repeated a grade in the past. This constitutes an approximation to a longitudinal analysis of inequalities concerning the degree of system-level social and ethnic selectivity. Our goals are as follows:
Lastly, since socioeconomic contexts also explain differences in academic performance, we use “student’s socio-economic index” to explore whether the gaps we identified in these comparisons persist. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data used was provided by DGEEC/MEC, within the scope of the ‘(In)Equalities in the school paths of descendants of immigrants’ project that is currently underway at CIES-Iscte. The data cover pupils enrolled in primary and secondary education in state schools in continental Portugal during 2021-22 academic year. This data allows us to adopt an extensive methodological approach never before used in Portugal to study the educational paths and achievements of pupils with an immigrant background. Our analysis focuses on pupils in Portugal enrolled in the 10th grade in state schools of continental Portugal. Our aim is to analyse how using different social categories related to migrant status affects the conclusions drawn about gaps in academic performance. The exercise involves comparing indicators based on categories determined by citizenship (foreign/national) and categories based on immigration status (immigrant background/native). In addition to exploring the effects of these two different ways of categorizing pupils, we conducted a more detailed analysis of pupils of immigrant origin through new categorical distinctions, namely generational status (first-generation/second-generation), type of ancestry (single origin/mixed origin – within the latter we highlight those with parentage of mixed origin with one of the parents born in Portugal), and national origins (those with at least 100 students enrolled in the 10th grade). This analysis enables us to examine migrant heterogeneity and uncover differences in academic performance among pupils with an immigrant background not yet known in Portugal. To analyze the intersection of social and national inequalities, we compare students with different migration status and national origins controlling for ‘student’s socioeconomic index’. This index is created by a Multiple Correspondence Analysis (MCA) with three input variables: parents’ educational level, social class (occupation and employment status), and economic support (ES). The former involves attributing the highest educational level available between mother and father to the family unit. The latter involves a combination of both parents’ employment status and job occupation, to derive a family-level categorization of social class that distinguishes students according to their family’s proximity to culturally and economically valued economic spheres (Mauritti et al., 2016), which give them an educational advantage. ‘Academic performance’ is measured by the number of retentions during pupils’ academic path. This indicator is a proxy variable, calculated by determining the difference between a pupil’s age and modal age in each schooling level (or expected age of attendance). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings reveal previously unknown differences in academic performance among pupils with an immigrant background in Portugal, challenging traditional understandings. It is clear that: considering only the citizenship of the pupil underestimates the representation of pupils of immigrant origin; second-generation pupils often exhibit comparable or superior academic paths; and pupils with parentage of mixed origin, especially those with a native parent, demonstrate a significant advantage in academic performance. These differences tend to persist when accounting for social conditions. Analyzing academic achievement by national origin reveals heterogeneity that is hidden in the broadest categories. We identified four homogeneous subsets using the distribution of no. of retentions by national origins: (i) one characterized by a low number of failures during the school path by the time they reach the 10th grade ; (ii) a second one also composed of national origins where most students do not have any failures, but this share is lower than in the first subset; (iii) a third subset characterized by high levels of school failure, where 50% of students achieve 10th grade with at least 1 retention; (iv) and a fourth one marked by aggravated failure (two or more retentions). Although the reasons for these gaps remain unknown, preliminary evidence suggests that the answer may lie in the combination of national origins with parental education, generational status, and type of ancestry. However, three national origins, namely Santomean, Cape Verdean, and Guinean, deviate from this trend. They have intermediate proportions of second-generation students with mixed-origin parentage and Portuguese citizenship but exhibit poorer academic outcomes compared to other origins with similar characteristics. These national origins share a common aspect in that they are formerly-colonized countries by Portugal. A better understanding of this reality may help reduce existing stigmas and clarify the existence of processes of institutional racism in Portuguese schools. References Mauritti, R., Martins, S. da C., Nunes, N., Romão, A. L., & Costa, A. F. da. (2016). The social structure of european inequality: a multidimensional perspective. Sociologia, Problemas e Práticas, 81, 75–93. https://journals.openedition.org/spp/2339 Cândido, A.F. and Seabra T. (2019), ‘Os alunos de nacionalidade estrangeira no sistema educativo português: matrículas e modalidades de ensino’/ ‘Pupils with foreign nationality in the Portuguese education system: enrollment and type of curriculum track’, Observatório das Desigualdades - Estudos, ISCTE-IUL, CIES-IUL. Seabra, T. and Cândido, A.F. (2020), ‘Os alunos de nacionalidade estrangeira no ensino básico e secundário em Portugal Continental (2011/12 a 2016/17): taxas de aprovação’/ ‘Pupils with foreign nationality in basic and secondary education in mainland Portugal (2011/12 to 2016/17): approval rates’, Observatório das Desigualdades - Estudos, ISCTE-IUL, CIES-IUL. Mateus, S. (2022), ‘Blending ahead: The advantages of young people of mixed origin in Portuguese compulsory schooling’, Globalisation, Societies and Education 20 (5): 571–89. OECD (Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development) (2019), PISA 2018 Results, Vol. II: Where All Students Can Succeed, Paris: OECD. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Aspirations of Youth in Situations of Migration in Europe Linnaeus University, Sweden Presenting Author:This explorative literature review aims to examine the aspirations of youth in situations of migration in Europe as reported by recent empirical studies. Although issues of migration have come to occupy an important place in European policy and public debates (Eberl et al 2018; Goubin , Ruelens & Nicaise 2022), an overview is still lacking at the intersection of youth, migration and futures. How newcomer youth perceive their future in society and the futures to which they aspire have consequences for the strategies they adopt in studies, choice of career path and integration. Extended periods in limbo and uncertain futures can in the longer term affect their faith in institutions, their understanding of democracy and the extent and manner of their civic engagement.
The ways we understand, perceive, conceptualise and represent the future play a fundamental role, both in human societies and in individual lives. Futures are closely linked to power and agency. Clearer understanding of constraints and options could inform more responsible policy or enable marginalised groups to act more effectively, based on their capacity to ‘read the world’ (Valladares 2021). While social elites mobilise considerable resources in shaping futures the capacity to imagine alternative futures (Rubin & Kaivo-Oja 1999; Amsler & Facer 2017) can also open pathways to empowerment for groups in situations of disadvantage.
Migrant youth face disadvantages that are equal to or worse than other marginalised groups, making access to education a challenge. Basic needs such as food, housing and healthcare must be met before educational needs are addressed. Other barriers include language acquisition, trauma, interrupted education due to exile and unrecognised previous qualifications (Gateley 2015). Nevertheless, studies in various contexts suggest that young refugees show strong resilience, positive future expectations and high motivation at school, which Lynnebakke and Pastoor (Lynnebakke & Pastoor 2020) examine within the concept of educational resilience— ‘the heightened likelihood of educational success despite personal vulnerabilities and adversities brought about by environmental conditions and experiences’. Lynnebakke and Pastoor understand both resilience and outcomes as produced in continuous interaction between individuals and features of their environment. This apparent paradox between positive future expectations and challenging circumstances has been theoretically explained in diverse manners, including ‘immigrant optimism’, ‘dual frame of reference’, ‘blocked opportunities’, ‘information deficit’ or ‘ethnic capital’ (Lynnebakke & Pastoor 2020). The vision young people have of their possible positions in society, in relation to what careers and employment possibilities will exist in the future, influences their motivation to invest in upper secondary education and to pursue career paths that require post-secondary qualifications (Facer 2011). Teachers are often not well prepared to teach diverse classrooms, but formal education is important for newcomer youth, particularly in the case of refugees (Alesina, Carlana, Ferrara & Pinotti 2018). Furthermore, research suggests that teacher expectations have a significant impact on educational achievement (Papageorge, Gershenson & Kang 2020). For students from disadvantaged groups, education and employment aspirations may represent prospects for their families and communities to escape hardships and historical constraints (Webb 2021). Nevertheless, Goring et al. (Goring, Kelly, Carbajo, Brown & 2023) caution that framing young people’s perceptions of their future as limited to aspirational trajectories of education and employment does not do justice to the complexity of how youth see themselves in the world today. They argue that this framing rather corresponds to a reduction of human life to value in economic production systems. This literature review will therefore cover both research on education and employment, as well as studies that deal with other topics.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Steps undertaken for the review include specification of inclusion and exclusion criteria; use of information sources to search for relevant research publications, as well as review, coding and categorisation of the selected research; and presentation and discussion of the review findings. Eligibility criteria The following inclusion criteria were applied in the selection of publications yielded in the searches: (a) social science publications; (b) relevant to understanding future aspirations of youth with migrant or refugee background; (c) empirical studies, or reviews, meta-analyses and critical analyses based on and summarizing empirical research; (d) the case or sample is located in Europe; (e) peer-reviewed publications in indexed research journals; (f ) written in English; (g) published 2010-2022. For the purposes of this review, Europe was delimited to EU and EFTA countries, including the UK as former EU member. Following UN definitions, adolescents and youth were here limited to the age range 10–24, and publications exclusively focusing younger or older individuals were excluded, while relevant publications with at least some respondents from our age range were included. Similarly, we included publications that com- pared youth with migrant background to youth with no migrant background. After application of inclusion and exclusion criteria, the search yielded 30 publications, relevant to the research questions. Reliability and risk of bias To enhance the reliability of the review, only peer- reviewed articles published in indexed research journals were selected. Both authors developed the keywords and conducted the search of databases to reduce the risk for mistakes or bias. The selection and analysis of the sample was also developed by joint discussions. Synthesis of results All articles were thoroughly reviewed and categorised according the following parameters: the writer and year of publication, the country and context where the research was conducted, the sample, the methodology used and the key themes. Contextual analysis (Svensson & Doumas 2013) was used to identify main categories across studies that describe the phenomenon under investigation, namely young migrants’ future aspirations in Europe based on peer-reviewed social science publications in the period 2010-2022. Contextual analysis is a methodology that advocates an open approach to the examined material. This approach is analytic, aiming both at the delimitation of main aspects of the phenomenon as a whole and as dependent of their contexts. By comparisons between the reviewed research articles, similarities and differences were discerned. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The studies were grouped under the following categories identified in the material: 1. Policy discourses and young migrants/refugees’ high aspirations and resilience; 2. Effects of residential segregation and regional inequalities within countries; 3. Construction of youth aspirations and expectations; 4. Fluid mobilities; 5. Coping with limbo and broken mobilities; 6. In between cultural and personal aspirations; 7. Constructing and reconstructing masculinities. The studies grouped under category 1 discussed young people’s experiences interpreted against the background of constraints and hardships inflicted by migration policy. In category 2, it appeared that many of the issues relating to cross-border migration resembled those affecting youth opportunities and migration within countries. These included not only unequal opportunities to study and to access aspired future careers but also young people’s ties to family, friends and place. In category 3, different factors influencing the construction of aspirations were focused. These could, for instance, be related to discourses and expectations in families, communities and socioeconomic backgrounds or experiences at school. Category 4 focused on intra-European migrants. These studies concerned young adults who had voluntarily decided to migrate, although the move in many cases was motivated by economic crises in the country of origin. By contrast, studies in category 5 concerned refugee youth, in situations of forced displacement, whose aspirations were strongly affected by their status and the asylum process. Studies in category 6 highlighted young people’s efforts to find their way and formulate their goals in a space of tension between their personal interests and culturally set expectations. Finally, the publications grouped under category 7 focused on the ways self and aspired life trajectories could be envisaged among youth and young adult men in situations marked by migration. Overall, the findings point to a fundamental mismatch between young migrants’ aspirations and the opportunities that specific policies offered. References 1.Alesina A, Carlana M, Ferrara EL, Pinotti P (2018) Revealing stereotypes: evidence from immigrants in schools. In: Working Paper 25333. National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, MA. 2.Amsler S, Facer K (2017) Contesting anticipatory regimes in education: exploring alternative educational orientations to the future. Futures 94:6–14. 3.Eberl JM, Meltzer CE, Heidenreich T, Herrero B, Theorin N, Lind F, Ström- bäck J (2018) The European media discourse on immigration and its effects: a literature review. Ann Int Commun Assoc 42(3):207–223 4.Facer K (2011) Learning futures: education technology and social change. Routledge, London 5.Goubin S, Ruelens A, Nicaise I (2022) Trends in attitudes towards migration in Europe: a comparative analysis. Research Institute for Work and Society, HIVA 6.Gateley DE (2015) A policy of vulnerability or agency? Refugee young people’s opportunities in accessing further and higher education in the UK. Compare: J Comparative Int Educ 45(1):26–46 7.Lynnebakke B, Pastoor LDW (2020) “It’s very hard but I’ll manage”: educational aspirations and educational resilience among recently resettled young refugees in Norwegian upper secondary schools. Int J Qual Stud Health Well-being 15(sup2):1785694. 8.Papageorge NW, Gershenson S, Kang KM (2020) Teacher expectations mat- ter. Rev Econ Stat 102(2):234–251. 9.Goring J, Kelly P, Carbajo D, Brown S (2023) Young people’s presents and futures and the moral obligation to be enterprising and aspirational in times of crisis. Futures 147:103099. 10.Rubin A, Kaivo-Oja J (1999) Towards a futures-oriented sociology. Int Rev Sociol 9(3):349–371. 11.Svensson L, Doumas K (2013) Contextual and analytic qualities of research methods exemplified in research on teaching. Qual Inq 19(6):441–450. 12.Valladares L (2021) Scientific literacy and social transformation: critical perspectives about science participation and emancipation. Sci Educ 30(3):557–587. 13.Webb C (2021) Liberating the family: debt education and racial capitalism in South Africa. EPD: Society Space 39(1):85–102. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 D: Leadership and Inclusive Education Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Simone Plöger Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Social Justice Leadership in Irish Schools: Conceptualisations, Supports and Barriers in Building Inclusive Schools in an Age of Uncertainty Dublin City University Presenting Author:Social justice leadership internationally is gaining increased attention as issues of equity, equality, inclusion, and diversity inform policies (Torrance, Forde, King and Razzaq, 2021a). This research is situated within the work of the International School Leadership Development Network’s (ISLDN) research project studying social justice school leadership. The network was formed in 2010 under the sponsorship of the British Educational Leadership, Management and Administration Society (BELMAS) and the University Council for Educational Administration (UCEA). There are representatives from over 20 countries collaborating in this area. The research developed to form two strands (a) preparing and developing leaders who advocate for social justice and (b) preparing and developing leaders for high-need, low-performing schools. This research resides within the first strand. The team developed a shared research protocol around two key issues: how school leaders “make sense” and “do” social justice (Torrance and Angelle, 2019). Within the Irish context, these questions were situated within an adaptation of Bronfennbrenner’s ecological framework allowing exploration of leadership for social justice at the micro, meso, and macro levels with the principal at the centre (King and Travers, 2017). This paper reports on the Irish findings concerning conceptualisations of social justice leadership, whether school leaders identify as such and the factors that support or hinder such leadership in developing inclusive schools. Several researchers highlight the links between educational leadership and social justice. Chunoo, Beatty & Gruver (2019) argue that social justice is at the heart of leadership with a bias for action and advocacy. Meanwhile Sarid (2021) argues for connecting adaptive leadership and social justice educational leadership around four principles pertinent to each: being disruptive, dilemmatic, collaborative and context-emergent. Cochran-Smith (1999) also connects educational leadership and social justice in the context of the entrenched inequities in the social, economic, and educational systems. This necessitates a values and political orientation. Slater (2017) identified three concepts underpinning the understanding of social justice leadership among the ISLDN team of 33 researchers across 14 countries at the time. The first concept was around providing equitable treatment regardless of race, creed, gender, sexual orientation, or disability. This could also be seen as the absence of any discrimination. The second concept concerned critiquing policies, practices, roles, and relationships in relation to how they marginalise certain groups. This could be interpreted as being proactive in preventing exclusion occurring in the first place. The third concept entailed collective action to include those who have been excluded. This could be interpreted as positive discrimination in addressing barriers and challenges to inclusion in schools. Artiles et al. (2006) argue that an underlying assumption of inclusion is that it serves social justice goals. They map discourses of inclusion identified by Dyson (1999) onto different views of social justice. The discourse of justification is based on a distributive view of social justice emphasising individual access to additional resources and underpins special and compensatory education (Rawls, 1971). In contrast, they argue that the implementation discourse draws mostly from a communitarian model of social justice, with an emphasis on social cohesion and shared values and beliefs. Artiles et al (2006) argue that the process of increasing social justice for marginalised/ diverse groups will not occur unless the identity of the dominant group also changes. This requires a transformative change involving participation, deliberation and critique on local and wider forces leading to a more inclusive social community and a more just distribution of resources in which all can flourish.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The following research questions underpinned this study: How do Irish school leaders conceptualise social justice? What do social justice leaders perceive as the supports and barriers to social justice practices? An online questionnaire was constructed based on the themes identified in interviews with social justice-oriented leaders as part of the work of the International School Leadership Development Network. In analysis by network members Angelle and Flood (2021), ninety initial codes were identified as factors supporting social justice leadership in schools across 12 countries (Costa Rica, England (2), Ireland, Israel (2), Jamaica, Mexico, New Zealand, Portugal, Scotland, Sweden, Turkey (2), and the United States (4)) arising from 18 interviews with principals conducted according to an agreed protocol. These were then categorised to 21 variables which were further classified as seven themes: Principal Behaviours, School Culture, Teacher Characteristics, Community Involvement, Teacher Student Interface, Policy, and Resources. These themes formed the basis for the factors included in the questionnaire where participants were asked to rank their importance as supports to the work of social justice leaders in schools. A definition for each was given in the preamble to the question, for example: Teacher characteristics: Demographics such as experience, faculty degrees, university preparation programs, teacher beliefs, values, and behaviours; may also include teaching principals. Principal behaviours: The translation of principal's values and beliefs into their behaviours and practices. A similar grounded theory approach was adopted for the barriers resulting in six themes: Student’s Family Situation, Perceptions of the School, Lack of Resources, Policy, Politics, Staff Variables, and Organisational Culture. These formed the basis for the questions in the barriers section on the questionnaire where participants were also asked to rank their importance as barriers to the work of social justice leaders in schools. Definitions were also given for the themes. Biographical data relating to gender, leading in a disadvantaged context, or having a professional qualification in leadership was also collected. Conscious of the importance of local context and cultural factors influencing understanding of social justice (Angelle, 2017; King, Travers, and McGowan, 2021) we included qualitative questions on definitions of social justice leadership, words to describe social justice leadership and examples of social justice practice and whether the leaders identified themselves as social justice school leaders. The questionnaire was sent by email to all schools in the Republic of Ireland and promoted on social media accounts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There were 89 completed questionnaires. Responses indicate a lack of ethnic and cultural diversity in school leadership in Ireland. Only one of the respondents was other than White Irish but was still from another White background. While 46% of schools had an almost distinct White Irish student enrolment, the remainder had a more diverse enrolment with almost 25% having a minority of white Irish students. Defining Social Justice When asked to list up to five key words they would include in any definition of social justice, 68.5% of respondents included equality, while 65.1% included fairness, inclusion, opportunity, justice, respect, rights, diversity and being open-minded were frequently listed. These words feature in several macro policy documents. On the other hand, gender, ethnicity, race, and advocacy were each listed once, while religion, social class and disability were not included. When considering their key influences 30% of respondents credited their own parents and upbringing as the main influence on their social justice leadership: “values instilled in me by my parents” or “reared in a family where social justice was spoken about and emulated.” Twenty per cent of participants said that their own education had inculcated social justice values in their perspectives, while 36% said that their experience since they commenced a teaching career had influenced their social justice awareness. While 75% of participants identified as a social justice leader, a small minority of three said they were not. The 19 respondents, who stated they were unsure whether they identified as social justice leaders, seem to question the leadership aspect rather than the social justice aspect. Respondents ranked principal behaviours, school culture, teacher characteristics and student-teacher communication highest in providing support to the work of social justice leaders in schools. Discussion and implications for leadership professional learning are outlined. References Angelle, Pamela S., and Lee D. Flood. "Measuring the Barriers and Supports to Socially Just Leadership." International Studies in Educational Administration (Commonwealth Council for Educational Administration & Management (CCEAM)) 49, no. 3 (2021). Angelle, Pamela S., ed. A global perspective of social justice leadership for school principals. IAP, 2017. Artiles, A. J., N., Harris-Murri, and D. Rostenberg. “Inclusion as social justice: Critical notes on discourses, assumptions, and the road ahead.” Theory into Practice, (2006) 45, 260-268. Bowe, Richard, Stephen J. Ball, and Anne Gold. Reforming education and changing schools: Case studies in policy sociology. Vol. 10. Routledge, 2017. Cochran-Smith, Marilyn. "Section Two: Practices in Teacher Education: Learning to Teach for Social Justice." Teachers College Record 100, no. 5 (1999): 114-144. Dyson, Alan. "Inclusion and inclusions: Theories and discourses in inclusive education." In World yearbook of education 1999, pp. 36-53. Routledge, 2013. Edwards, Graeme, and Juliet Peruma. "Enacting social justice in education through spiritual leadership." Koers 82, no. 3 (2017): 1-14. Forde, Christine, and Deirdre Torrance. “Social justice and leadership development”, Professional Development in Education (2017) 43:1, 106-120. Harford, Judith, Brian Fleming, and Áine Hyland. "100 years of inequality?: Irish educational policy since the foundation of the state." Paedagogica Historica (2022): 1-16. Kavanagh, Anne Marie. "A whole school approach to social justice education." Teaching for social justice and sustainable development across the primary curriculum. London: Routledge, 2021. King, Fiona, and Joe Travers. "Social justice leadership through the lens of ecological systems theory." A Global Perspective of Social Justice Leadership for School Principals. Information Age Publishing (2017): 147-165. Rawls, A. "Theories of social justice." (1971). Slater, Charles L. "Social justice beliefs and the positionality of researchers." A global perspective of social justice leadership for school principals (2017): 3-20. in P.S. Angelle, A Global Perspective of Social Justice Leadership for School Principals. Charlotte, NC: Information Age Publishing Inc. Theoharis, George. "Social justice educational leaders and resistance: Toward a theory of social justice leadership." Educational administration quarterly 43, no. 2 (2007): 221-258. Torrance, Deirdre, and Pamela S. Angelle. "The influence of global contexts in the enactment of social justice." Cultures of social justice leadership: An intercultural context of schools (2019): 1-19. Torrance, Deirdre, Christine Forde, Fiona King & Jamila Razzaq. “What is the problem? A critical review of social justice leadership preparation and development,” Professional Development in Education, 47, no.1 (2021a): 22-35.DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1787198 Young, Iris Marion. "Justice and the Politics of Difference." (1990). 04. Inclusive Education
Paper School Leadership in the Implementation of Inclusive Gifted Education KPH Wien/Krems, Austria Presenting Author:Every person has potentials. According to Children's Rights Article 29, education must "fully develop the personality, talents and mental and physical abilities of the child" (UNICEF, 1989). In the context of inclusion, the Salamanca Declaration (UNESCO 1994) calls for education in an inclusive setting in order to enable educational equity for all learners: "An inclusive approach to education means that each individual's needs are taken into account and that all learners participate and achieve together. It acknowledges that all children can learn and that every child has unique characteristics, interests, abilities and learning needs. Special focus is placed on learners who may be at risk of marginalisation, exclusion or underachievement." However, it shows that the implementation of inclusive settings in the school context is insufficient in German-speaking countries. One possible reason for this could be the lack of a standardised definition of inclusion (Grosche, 2015; S. 17; Loreman, 2014; Resch et al, 2021). The situation is similar with the term "giftedness", which is associated with giftedness and high performance. These inconsistent definitions of the terms in turn lead to "exclusive" support measures that do not address every learner. The pedagogical attitude that every learner, regardless of their origin, their own physical and psychological learning prerequisites and their ethnic diversity, has potential within them that needs to be discovered and nurtured, is thus hardly done justice by educators (Schrittesser, 2019; 2021). For this reason, the term "inclusive gifted education" was coined. It not only supports pupils who have been able to demonstrate their talents through performance in the classroom, as has long been the case in gifted education. Inclusive gifted education assumes that everyone has potential and that this potential can be developed through suitable, individualised learning opportunities and settings. Support measures that are to be offered inclusively in the classroom should benefit all pupils. It is assumed that all learners have different potentials that become visible through individualised learning opportunities. Recognising and promoting this potential has a positive influence on the personal development of learners. The realisation and implementation of inclusive gifted education requires systematic and systematic school development processes and the corresponding attitude of all teachers. They must observe their pupils in different learning settings and try to recognise potential at an early stage. The promotion of different potentials must not depend on individual teachers and thus be left to chance. Systemtic and systematic school development that involves the entire school staff is therefore essential (Rolff, 2018). School management plays a special role in this school development process. They are considered the "driver for change" (Bryk, 2010). In their role of steering school development processes, they need a vision and a clear, uniform understanding of inclusive gifted education, which they live out together with their team at the school site and which they implement in their pedagogical work. Since 2021, the government of Lower Bavaria, in cooperation with the University of Passau and the Vienna/Krems University of Education, has been developing a certificate in the context of inclusive gifted education. The criteria were based on the Index for Inclusion (Ainsen & Booth, 2017). In the course of this project, the question of what influence the role of school management has on the implementation and realisation of inclusive gifted education in the classroom will be investigated. The aim is to further develop the specified criteria for the certificate based on the results of the study so that every learner benefits from the promotion of potential. Research is also being conducted into how science, politics and practice can cooperate successfully in the field of inclusive gifted education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methode The realisation of the criteria and the implementation processes at the schools are scientifically monitored. This gives those responsible for the project the opportunity to further develop criteria based on evidence. The implementation process is being analysed using a mixed methods study. In April 2022 and 2023, all teachers (N=400) from the participating pilot project schools were asked about their prior knowledge, understanding of terms, their teaching methods and the role of their school management in the context of inclusive gifted education using an online questionnaire (as-is analysis). This was analysed descriptively using SPSS. Subsequently, expert interviews were conducted with the nine head teachers and two members of the government responsible for the project in July 2022 and 2023. The focus was on the role of school management in the implementation process. They were asked about their understanding of the term, their vision of school and their definition of leadership. They were also asked questions about the school development process at their location, about cooperation within the teaching staff and about their expectations of the school authorities and school development consultants. They were also able to comment on the content and impact of the further education programmes offered by the university and the teacher training college. The headteachers were supported in the implementation process by teacher training courses organised by the University of Teacher Education, which were held online. Teachers from the participating schools were able to attend this training. These training courses were held for all participants prior to the measurements. The content was further developed based on evidence after the evaluation. The results of the teacher survey were also presented to the headteachers during the interviews. They were asked to comment on the results. From this, conditions for success and challenges for school development processes in the context of inclusive gifted education were identified. As the role of headteachers is the focus of the study, the evaluation will examine the question of how inclusive gifted education can be implemented and sustainably realised from the perspective of headteachers. Finally, in March 2024, a school development consultant and a project manager from the Lower Bavarian government will each be presented with the analysed data and asked about the further course of the project. The study will then be continued with a focus on lesson development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As part of the pilot project, two talent centres are to be established in Lower Bavaria to support schools and, above all, their headteachers in the school development process. The assumption of a pedagogical attitude supporting that potential lies dormant in all learners, regardless of their own resources and prerequisites, and the willingness to allow all pupils to benefit from support programmes should become a matter of course for teachers at these certified schools. On the one hand, this requires further training programmes that are tailored to the interests and needs of teachers and whose effectiveness and sustainability are evaluated. On the other hand, close cooperation between science, practice and politics is required so that the theory of inclusive gifted education is actually implemented in the classroom by each individual teacher at a certified school and reaches the pupils. Although headteachers are the "drivers for change", the teachers have to go along for the ride. The research project will be continued from 2025 by recording and analysing teaching sequences from teachers at the certified schools. In turn, this will be used to identify "best practice examples" for teacher training programmes to support them in their work. References Booth, A., Ainscow, M (2016). Index für Inklusion. Ein Leitfaden für Schulentwicklung. Beltz. Kiso, C. J., Fränkel, S. (2021): Inklusive Begabungsförderung in den Fachdidaktiken. Diskurse, Forschungslinien und Praxisbeispiele. Klinkhardt. Meyers, D., Durlak, J.A., Wandersman, A. (2012). The Quality Implementation framework: A Synthesis of Critical Steps in the Implementation Process. American Journal of Community Psychology. 50(3-4), S. 462-480. DOI: 10.1007/s10464-012-9522-x Resch, K., Lindner, K.-T., Streese, B., Proyer, M., Schwab, S. (2021). Inklusive Schule und Schulentwicklung. Theoretische Grundlagen, empirische Befunde und Praxisbeispiele aus Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. Waxmann. Rolff, H.G. (2023). Komprehensive Bildungsreform. Wie ein qualitätsorientiertes Gesamtsystem entwickelt werden kann. Beltz Juventa UNESCO (2023). What do you know about inclusion in education. Verfügbar unter: https://www.unesco.org/en/inclusion-education/need-know (14.01.2024) 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Bridging the Divide: Analyzing Regional Disparities in Implementing Inclusive Education in Germany Mainz University, Germany Presenting Author:The legal imperative for inclusion, underscored by the ratification of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities in 2009 (CRPD), mandated German mainstream schools to transition from exclusive to inclusive settings. Despite this formal commitment, challenges persist, evident in stable exclusion rates (Hollenbach-Biele/Klemm 2020). This discrepancy between the legal mandate and on-the-ground practices prompts an exploration of the practical implications and regional variations in inclusive education. Educational policy and science recognize that inclusion extends beyond the category of disability, encompassing diverse socially constructed differentiation categories. While inclusive education promises to diminish formal exclusion and discrimination by embracing the diversity of all pupils, the reality portrays a stark contrast. There remains a gap between the legal claim to inclusion and the prevailing distribution of students, indicating a complex landscape that extends beyond disability alone; this discrepancy is evident not only in the context of pupils with disabilities but also applies to newcomer students, for example (Plöger i.V.). Regional disparities in implementing the normative claim to inclusion reveal substantial differences among German federal states (Katzenbach 2018; Hollenbach-Biele/Klemm 2020). Urban and rural areas present distinct challenges, with the latter often neglected in the discourse on inclusion (Kuhn 2012). This oversight becomes significant as rural regions may lack the necessary personnel for inclusive education, predominantly found in urban areas around university cities challenge (Ottersbach et al. 2016). However, surveys indicate that regular teachers do not feel adequately prepared for its implementation (Hollenbach-Biele/Klemm 2020). Additionally, there is a shortage of teachers and specialized personnel. Interestingly, rural regions, despite facing obstacles, offer untapped potential for inclusive education. Institutions promoting exclusive practices, such as special schools and secondary schools, are less prevalent in these areas. Leveraging this potential, however, necessitates educators with specialized expertise, often attributed to special needs teachers (Katzenbach 2018). Recognized for their unique training and skills in handling diversity, special needs teachers play a pivotal role in bridging the gap between the formal claim to inclusion and its practical implementation. Against this backdrop, recent observations in Rhineland-Palatinate, a state in the South of Germany, raise pertinent questions regarding the practical implications of the formal claim to inclusion at the school level. The notable trend of relocating special needs teachers from rural areas to the Mainz metropolitan region sparks an inquiry into the broader regional dynamics impacting inclusive education (cf. https://www.swr.de/swraktuell/rheinlandpfalz/ludwigshafen/versetzung-foerderschulen-demo-100.html). This case study sheds light on the complexities of translating legal mandates into actionable strategies, especially in regions with distinct educational landscapes. The presentation aims to unravel the nuances of regional disparities in implementing inclusive education, emphasizing the need for tailored strategies that consider the unique challenges and potential each region presents. Through an in-depth analysis, it seeks to contribute valuable insights to the ongoing discourse on inclusive education in the German context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To establish a comprehensive understanding of the challenges and disparities in the implementation of inclusive education in Germany, a thorough literature review was conducted. This review encompassed studies and publications addressing the legal framework of inclusion, regional variations, and the intersectionality of inclusion beyond the disability category. Qualitative insights were gathered through semi-structured interviews with principals of schools and teachers across various regions and representatives from the Ministry of Education in Rhineland-Palatinate. These interviews aimed to capture firsthand perspectives on the challenges, successes, and regional nuances in implementing inclusive education. Principals and teachers provided insights into the practical aspects of inclusive education at the school level. For this purpose, principals from schools where special education teachers were withdrawn were selected, as well as principals from schools where these teachers were deployed. Furthermore, the teachers themselves were interviewed. Ministry representatives shed light on policy perspectives, resource allocation, and the overarching strategies guiding the implementation process. Open-ended questions were designed to encourage participants to share their experiences, perceptions, and challenges related to inclusive education. In total, 10 interviews were conducted. The data obtained from interviews underwent qualitative content analysis, following the approach outlined by Mayring (2010). This method allowed for a systematic and in-depth examination of the interview transcripts. The analysis process involved identifying recurring themes, patterns, and conceptual categories that emerged from the participants' narratives. By adopting a deductive-inductive approach, the analysis both adhered to predefined categories derived from the literature review and allowed for the emergence of new themes grounded in the participants' responses. The coding process involved multiple iterations, with researchers independently coding the data and then engaging in discussions to ensure consistency and reliability. The identified themes were then organized into a coherent narrative that forms the basis for the findings presented in this research. This qualitative content analysis facilitated a nuanced exploration of the challenges and regional variations in implementing inclusive education, providing a rich foundation for deriving meaningful insights from the collected data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In examining the implementation of inclusive education in Rhineland-Palatinate, Germany, the research reveals a persistent gap between the legal mandate and the practical realities on the ground, indicative of a complex educational landscape. Regional disparities, particularly evident in urban and rural areas, pose significant challenges to the successful realization of inclusive education. Despite the untapped potential in rural regions, characterized by fewer exclusive institutions, the shortage of qualified personnel remains a critical hurdle, exacerbated by the relocation of special needs teachers to urban centers like the Mainz metropolitan area. Insights from interviews with headmasters and ministry representatives provide valuable perspectives on the ground-level challenges and policy considerations. The inadequacy of teacher preparedness, coupled with shortages in educators and specialists, poses significant hurdles to the effective implementation of inclusive education. The withdrawal of special needs teachers from rural areas to address needs in urban centers exacerbates these challenges, highlighting the need for targeted strategies to address regional disparities. The qualitative content analysis of interview data unveiled nuanced insights into the experiences and perceptions of key stakeholders. Themes such as the role of special needs teachers, regional resource distribution, and the impact of teacher shortages emerged as critical areas requiring attention. The findings call for a more nuanced understanding of the barriers to inclusive education and the development of tailored interventions that consider regional variations. In conclusion, the study contributes to the ongoing discourse on inclusive education by shedding light on the complexities and regional nuances that shape its implementation in Germany. The results indicate urban inclusion and rural exclusion. Bridging this divide necessitates a collaborative effort among educational policymakers, school administrators, and the wider community. This collective endeavor aims to narrow the gap between the legal mandate for inclusion and its tangible implementation in real-world contexts. References • Hollenbach-Biele, N. & Klemm, K. (2020): Inklusive Bildung zwischen Licht und Schatten: Eine Bilanz nach zehn Jahren inklusiven Unterrichts. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann Stiftung. • Katzenbach, D. (2018): Inklusion und Heterogenität. In: T. Bohl, J. Budde & M. Rieger-Ladich (Hg.): Umgang mit Heterogenität in Schule und Unterricht. Grundlagentheoretische Beiträge, empirische Befunde und didaktische Reflexionen. 2. aktualisierte Auflage. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt (UTB Schulpädagogik, 4755), S. 123–139. • Kuhn, A. (2012): Behinderung und Inklusion (im ländlichen Raum). In: S. Debiel et al. (Hrsg.), Soziale Arbeit in ländlichen Räumen, Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 301-314. DOI 10.1007/978-3-531-18946-8_24. • Mayring, P. (2010): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In: Mey, G. & Mruck, K. (Hrsg), Handbuch Qualitative Forschung in der Psychologie. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 601-613. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92052-8_42 • Ottersbach, M., Platte, A. & Rosen, L. (2016): Perspektiven auf inklusive Bildung und soziale Ungleichheiten. In M. Ottersbach, A. Platte & L. Rosen (Hg.): Soziale Ungleichheiten als Herausforderung für inklusive Bildung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 1–14. • Plöger, S. (i.V.): Zwischen Inklusion und Exklusion: Anforderungen an neu zugewanderte Schüler:innen im integrativen Modell. Zeitschrift für erziehungswissenschaftliche Migrationsforschung. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 E: Student perspectives on Inclusion (and exclusion) in Education Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carol-Ann O'Síoráin Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Exploring Primary School Students’ Perspectives: Inclusion (or exclusion) in Processes with Various Professionals in the School’s Support System NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:Promoting inclusive education [IE] is a responsibility of adults in the school system, aimed at ensuring equitable access to education for all students and reducing marginalization. This includes enabling students with diverse needs to reach their potential and fully participate in society, integral to promoting IE. Nearly three decades ago, Norway and several other European countries ratified the Salamanca Statement (UNESCO, 1994) and committed to UNESCO’s principles of IE and working towards providing education for all. UNESCO’s (2009) inclusion guidelines describe IE as dynamic processes that 1) addresses and meets the diverse needs of all students (p. 8); 2) aims to increase participation; and 3) actively works to diminish exclusion “from and within education” (p. 9). The Norwegian white paper “Early intervention and inclusive education” (Meld. St. 6 (2019-2020)), highlights the need to enhance the schools’ support systems through interprofessional collaboration [IPC] between professionals within and outside of school. IPC is seen as crucial to meet the students’ needs and foster inclusive teaching environments for all. Despite Norway’s commitment to UNESCO’s principles and the emphasis on IPC, there is a noticeable gap in Norwegian - and international - literature when it comes to addressing students’ experiences of it. This gap becomes particularly evident when considering Qvortrup and Qvortrup’s (2018) inclusion matrix, which emphasizes the experiential aspect of inclusion/exclusion. In a previous paper (Wego, n.d.), I began to address this gap by exploring how students articulate “help” and I found that students seem to have a different (and more concrete) understanding of “help” than adults. This observation has guided the direction of this paper and led to the following research question: How do primary school students make sense of their experiences of receiving help in interprofessional collaborations, with the goal of inclusive education? I am using participatory research and Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis [IPA] to explore the research question. IPA combines phenomenology’s emphasis on lived experiences and hermeneutics’ focus on text interpretation, seeking to explore the unique experiences of individuals and how they make sense of them (Creswell & Poth, 2018; Eatough & Smith, 2017; Smith, 2011). Critical disability studies (CDS) is thought of as a relevant theoretical framework for the discussion, considering CDS' goal towards equity and social justice (Goodley, 2007). Based on findings thus far, ableism (cf. Goodley, 2007, 2013; Titchkosky, 2012) and agency seems to be particularily relevant. For example, all of the students in the study were invited to complete three cartoon stories and take photographs of whatever they needed to learn and feel good. However, one of the students did not do any of this - instead he drew his favorite super hero, "the Flash". Instead of dismissing this as unrelevant for the study, we incorporated "The Flash" greatly in the interview and the Flash seemed to help the student reclaim agency. My interest in studying students’ experiences with IE is influenced by both my professional and personal experiences with minority stress[1]. As a special education teacher, I have witnessed several processes that were intended to be inclusive but inadvertently resulted in exclusion. These experiences have not only shaped my understanding of the complexities involved in implementing inclusive practices but have also motivated me to delve deeper into the nuances of these processes. Through this research, I hope to contribute to the ongoing discourse on IE, and ultimately, to the improvement of educational practices for all students. [1] Heightened stress experienced by individuals from minority groups as a result of challenges such as prejudice and discrimination due to their deviation from the societal norms imposed by the dominant culture (Mongelli et al., 2019, p. 28) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Building on the principles of IPA (e.g., Smith, 2018) and in alignment with UNESCO’s (2009) guidelines and Qvortrup and Qvortrup’s (2018) inclusion matrix, I designed a participatory research study. Central to participatory research is the idea of participants as being precisely that: participants (O’Kane, 2008). They are not objects or informants informing the study, but rather as active contributors. By actively involving the participants, I aim to gain a deeper understanding of their unique lifeworlds (cf. Husserl, 1970, as cited in Todres et al., 2007), and how they perceive and interpret their experiences in IPC. Two fifth graders with experience from receiving help from IPC helped shape the study design. The final research design involved: • Students capturing images of anything (non-human) contributing to their well-being and learning. • Students completing three cartoon stories designed to elicit their experiences in different scenarios: one time they received help from an adult; their best day at school; their worst day at school. • Open discussions in in-depth one-on-one interviews (30-90 minutes) about the photographs, cartoon stories, and other topics of interest. Some interviews involved using cups, sticky notes, and rubber balls to help the students to visualize their beliefs and opinions. Participants were invited through professionals at their school that were involved in IPCs. A total of eight students agreed to participate, from the 3rd grade to the 7th grade. Although all participants have experience from IPCs, it is important to note that the only information I have regarding this is whatever the students told me during the interviews. This was partly to help me maintain a phenomenological attitude (cf. Finlay, 2014). Another important note is that while I momentarily categorize the phenomenon of this study as “receiving help in IPC (in Norway)”, it does not necessarily mean that the students participating in the study perceive it as such. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The students' understanding of "help" seems to be different than how adults understand "help". The students are mostly "here and now" and focused on concrete problems and immediate solutions, while the support system is designed to help with "long term" problems with abstract solutions? The problem with this is that help is not a thing that it is "out there", but part of the students' experiences. Thus, it becomes pointless to discuss help and inclusion without listening to their stories. They are not helpless, but have developed their own strategies of surviving in environments that are not designed for them, for example by imagining that they are the Flash and that they can run away from their problems when the support system fails to do so. In general, the students’ interpretations of their experiences of receiving help in IPC towards IE seems influenced by the proximity of the helpers, the attention they receive from their helpers, the perceived benefit of the help and the alignment between the helpers’ intentions and the students’ needs. References Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). SAGE. Eatough, V., & Smith, J. A. (2017). Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis. In C. Willig & W. S. Rogers (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research in Psychology (2nd ed., pp. 193–211). SAGE Publications. Finlay, L. (2014). Engaging Phenomenological Analysis. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 11(2), 121–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2013.807899 Goodley, D. (2007). Towards socially just pedagogies: Deleuzoguattarian critical disability studies. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 11(3), 317–334. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110701238769 Goodley, D. (2013). Dis/entangling critical disability studies. Disability & Society, 28(5), 631–644. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2012.717884 Kunnskapsdepartementet [the Ministry of Education and Research]. (2017). Overordnet del – verdier og prinsipper for grunnopplæringen [Core curriculum – values and principles for primary and secondary education]. Fastsatt Som Forskrift Ved Kongelig Resolusjon [as Laid down by Royal Decree]. Læreplanverket for Kunnskapsløftet 2020 [LK20]. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/?lang=eng Meld. St. 6 (2019-2020). Tett på – tidlig innsats og inkluderende fellesskap i barnehage, skole og SFO [Early intervention and inclusive education in kindergartens, schools and out-of-school-hours care]. Kunnskapsdepartementet [the Ministry of Education and Research]. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-6-20192020/id2677025/ Mongelli, F., Perrone, D., Balducci, J., Sacchetti, A., Ferrari, S., Mattei, G., & Galeazzi, G. M. (2019). Minority stress and mental health among LGBT populations: An update on the evidence. Minerva Psichiatrica, 60(1). https://doi.org/10.23736/S0391-1772.18.01995-7 O’Kane, C. (2008). The Development of Participatory Techniques: Facilitating Children’s Views about Decisions Which Affect Them. In P. M. Christensen & A. James (Eds.), Research with children: Perspectives and practices (2nd ed., pp. 125–155). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203964576 Qvortrup, A., & Qvortrup, L. (2018). Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(7), 803–817. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1412506 Smith, J. A. (2011). Evaluating the contribution of interpretative phenomenological analysis. Health Psychology Review, 5(1), 9–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/17437199.2010.510659 Smith, J. A. (2018). “Yes It Is Phenomenological”: A Reply to Max Van Manen’s Critique of Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 28(12), 1955–1958. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732318799577 The Education Act. (1998). Act relating to Primary and Secondary Education and Training. Lovdata. https://lovdata.no/dokument/NLE/lov/1998-07-17-61 Titchkosky, T. (2012). The Ends of the Body as Pedagogic Possibility. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 34(3–4), 82–93. https://doi.org/10.1080/10714413.2012.686851 UN General Assembly. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, 20 November 1989, United Nations. Treaty Series, 1577, 3. https://www.refworld.org/docid/3ae6b38f0.html. UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education [Salamancaerklæringen]. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000098427 PLU8013 Helene Wego 29 UNESCO. (2009). Policy guidelines on inclusion in education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000177849 04. Inclusive Education
Paper “It’s ok to Talk About Inclusion …. It’s Quite Another to Actually do It”. Student Perspectives on Inclusion in Schools. Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:The inclusion of marginalised students in regular schools is fundamental to achieving “Education for All”. In this research, a systematic review was conducted to examine what students at risk in education have said that could improve their inclusion in mainstream schools. The 37 studies from 10 different countries included in this qualitative evidence synthesis (QES) represent 450+ (n=178 Female, n=154 male and n = 118+ not identified) voices of students aged 9- 18 years, students perceived to be at risk of underachievement, marginalisation or disconnection from school. Articles 12 and 13 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child legally and ethically establish the need for educational policy makers and practitioners to ensure the voices of children contribute to educational decision making (UN General Assembly, 1989) The practical delivery of these rights does, however, require issues of power and the imbalance of power within education systems to be addressed . Whilst the balance of decision making power between teachers and students will never be equal, the creation of environments that include the voices of young people, particularly the views of those who are at risk of, or disconnecting from school, can guide practitioners and policy makers toward better ways of including all children. Listening to student views promotes opportunity for adults to respond to learner diversity, yet the extent to what we should listen to students about and why continues to be contentious. In schools listening is often focussed on what adults want to hear from students, the focus sometimes tends to ignore the critical insights of students. The purpose of this study was to conduct a systematic (QES) of what students at potential risk of underachievement, marginalisation or disconnection from school have collectively shared that could improve the inclusion of all students in regular/mainstream schools. The following questions guided the search and analysis of the literature; (a) what do these students say contributes to their disconnection or exclusion from school? and (b) what do they collectively say schools/systems should do to enable their inclusion in mainstream schools? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This (QES) was conducted using the Cochrane Qualitative and Implementation Methods Group (QIMG) practical guidance and key steps for authors undertaking qualitative evidence synthesis. An initial iterative scoping review established search terms, selected databases, determined appropriate inclusion and exclusion criteria for the study and was used to finalise research questions and data extraction. Data included perspectives of students aged between 6 and 18 years, attending, had or were intending to attend, a general inclusive school (or equivalent within their home country) with same age peers for all or part of a school day. A three-stage process of thematic synthesis was used to analyse the data in each included study. Studies were subject to five separate quality assessments as per the Cochrane QIMG guidance. Initially, an assessment of methodological strengths and limitations of each included study was undertaken using recommendations adapted from Noyes et al (2019) and Alvesson and Skӧldberg (2009). Then, each study was subject to an assessment of data adequacy following the three-step process outlined by Glenton et al, 2018. Thirdly, an assessment of data coherence was undertaken using the three-step process outlined by Colvin et al, 2018. Subsequently, data obtained from each study was assessed for relevance using the five-step process outlined by Noyes et al, 2018b. Finally, an assessment of the overall confidence in the findings was undertaken using the GRADE CERQual technique. Not all students in the included studies had educational experiences of underachievement, marginalisation or disconnection form school. Student who had these experiences expressed a broad range of emotional responses. Anxiety and fear, loneliness feeling judged, feeling misunderstood, feeling unworthy, feeling overlooked and becoming physically, mentally and emotionally drained were not uncommon. Analysis of the studies overwhelmingly indicated students say they experience underachievement, marginalisation or disconnection from schools due to the perceptions, attitudes and actions of others (individuals, groups, systems or the community). Conversely, student perspectives provided insight into what educators should do to help them feel included. Four core themes with a range of sub themes emerged from the data. Theme 1: Know who I am and what I need. Theme 2: Access to academic supports and learning are central to me feeling included, how and when that support is provided will determine its success or failure. Theme 3: Relationships are critical to my sense of inclusion. Theme 4: School structure and culture help or hinder my sense of inclusion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results of the study can be utilised to continue to understand and explore the question of what should we listen to students about and why? Students wanting others to know who they are and understand what they need, was by far the most dominant theme and accounted for just over forty percent of the extracted data. There was a sense that when young people experience understanding, empathy and connection in which others openly show recognition of their whole self they feel included. There were five subthemes. ‘Students said they want others to first be responsive to, and respectful of their emotions; to show them empathy and recognise them as individuals with capabilities; to understand their needs and adjust for them; to provide them with some control; and finally respond to them in the context of their life beyond school. Although data suggests students being understood and seen for who they are as people is of primary importance to a student’s sense of connection, belonging and inclusion in school; teachers, educators and policymakers are more inclined to focus time on the other elements of the educational experience such as academic supports, school structures and relationships as they fit more neatly with the outcomes desired by adults. Outcomes of this study suggest that to become more inclusive teachers, schools and policy makers may need to reprioritise how and what we listen to students about to ensure that student emotions, showing empathy, understanding individual capabilities and responding to students more holistically in the context of their lives is prioritised alongside academic, structural and other relational supports. Further research with students to better understand how to respond to these needs is required. References Ainscow, M., & Messiou, K. (2018). Engaging with the views of students to promote inclusion in education. Journal of educational change, 19, 1-17. Booth, A., Noyes, J., Flemming, K., Gerhardus, A., Wahlster, P., van der Wilt, G. J., . . . Tummers, M. (2018). Structured methodology review identified seven (RETREAT) criteria for selecting qualitative evidence synthesis approaches. Journal of clinical epidemiology, 99, 41-52. Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, presence, and power:“Student voice” in educational research and reform. Curriculum inquiry, 36(4), 359-390. Gibbs, G. R. (2018). Analyzing qualitative data (Vol. 6): Sage. Goodall, C., & MacKenzie, A. (2019). Title: What about My Voice? Autistic Young Girls' Experiences of Mainstream School. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 34(4), 499-513. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2018.1553138 Lewin, S., Bohren, M., Rashidian, A., Munthe-Kaas, H., Glenton, C., Colvin, C. J., . . . Tunçalp, Ö. (2018). Applying GRADE-CERQual to qualitative evidence synthesis findings—paper 2: how to make an overall CERQual assessment of confidence and create a Summary of Qualitative Findings table. Implementation Science, 13(1), 11-23. Messiou, K. (2006). Understanding marginalisation in education: The voice of children. European journal of psychology of education, 21(3), 305. Messiou, K., & Ainscow, M. (2015). Responding to learner diversity: Student views as a catalyst for powerful teacher development? Teaching and Teacher Education, 51, 246-255. Messiou, K., Bui, L. T., Ainscow, M., Gasteiger-Klicpera, B., Besic, E., Paleczek, L., . . . Echeita, G. (2020). Student diversity and student voice conceptualisations in five European countries: Implications for including all students in schools. European Educational Research Journal. doi:10.1177/1474904120953241 Mitra, D. L. (2008). Balancing power in communities of practice: An examination of increasing student voice through school-based youth–adult partnerships. Journal of educational change, 9(3), 221. Smyth, J., & McInerney, P. (2013). Whose side are you on? Advocacy ethnography: some methodological aspects of narrative portraits of disadvantaged young people, in socially critical research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26(1), 1-20. doi:10.1080/09518398.2011.604649 UN General Assembly. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. United Nations, Treaty Series, 1577(3), 1-23. UNESCO. (2000). Education for All: Meeting Our Collective Commitments; expanded commentary on the Dakar Framework for Action. Paris, UNESCO Retrieved from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000120240?posInSet=1&queryId=68d2b791-ea23-46c2-bdcf-a25a5e8544e5 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Fostering Inclusive Learning Environments: Eliciting Student Perspectives on Relational Inclusivity UC San Diego, Cyprus Presenting Author:Relational Inclusivity (RI) foregrounds the notion of relationships among students, especially those with identified Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND). In this paper, I argue that RI is a critical aspect of mainstream educational settings, fostering a sense of belonging and emotional well-being among all students. When we refer to RI, we are addressing the extent to which all students are interwoven into the social fabric of their educational surroundings. This concept is grounded in the fundamental belief that students' feelings of belonging are crucial for both their academic development and socioemotional learning. We introduce it as a distinct term to underscore that programmatic models of inclusion may not inherently lead to genuine inclusion in all aspects (Mamas & Trautman, 2023). Instead, the active monitoring, development, and maintenance of RI are imperative to ensure that students, especially those with SEND, can fully participate and engage in their educational environments. In our previous work, we argued that RI comprises four dimensions or networks of relational ties; friendship, recess, academic support, and emotional wellbeing networks (Mamas & Trautman, 2023; Mamas et al., 2024). This paper explores the first dimension, namely friendships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study reported in this paper applied a qualitative reflective case study methodology (Merriam & Tisdell, 2015; Yin, 2017). Applying a qualitative reflective case study design was deemed an appropriate methodology for several reasons. Firstly, this approach allows for an in-depth exploration of the complexities and nuances inherent in students’ friendships in the context of RI. The reflective nature of the case study design enabled me to delve into the subjective experiences and perspectives of the 21 participants, providing rich, contextually embedded insights. Additionally, this methodology is particularly apt for investigating dynamic and multifaceted phenomena, such as friendship ties and/or social interactions, where the focus is on understanding processes and contexts rather than isolating variables. Through careful reflection on individual cases, I was able to uncover patterns, themes, and critical factors that contribute to a deeper understanding of RI, making qualitative reflective case studies a robust and contextually sensitive research approach (Merriam & Tisdell, 2015). In terms of data collection, 21 semi-structured interviews were conducted with students from two Grade 4 classrooms. Semi-structured interviews with elementary school students offer several advantages in understanding their perspectives and experiences (Bogdan & Biklen, 2006; Fontana & Frey, 2005). Firstly, this approach allows for flexibility, enabling the interviewer to adapt questions based on the child's age, cognitive development, and communication abilities. Unlike rigid structures, semi-structured interviews provide room for spontaneity, fostering a more relaxed and open environment for young participants. This format encourages children to express themselves freely, promoting authentic responses that may unveil nuanced insights into their thoughts and emotions in relation to their friendships in school. Additionally, the semi-structured nature allows interviewers to delve into specific topics while also permitting the exploration of unexpected areas that might arise during the conversation (Merriam & Tisdell, 2015). Overall, semi-structured interviews provide a valuable tool for researchers and educators to gain deeper insights into the unique perspectives and experiences of elementary school students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interview findings revealed several themes emphasizing the crucial role of friendships in enhancing RI for all students, especially those with SEND. Several themes were noted. First, friendships emerged as foundational to creating a sense of RI and support within the school environment. Students highlighted the importance of friends as allies who stand up for one another, providing emotional support and a sense of security. Second, discussions revealed a recognition of the role friends play in countering bullying behaviors. Students narrated instances where friends acted as advocates, confronting bullies, and fostering a protective environment. Third, friendship was linked to positive mental health outcomes, offering a source of joy, happiness, and resilience. Students expressed the view that friends contribute significantly to their overall well-being, acting as a buffer against the challenges they face. Additionally, the fluidity of friendships emerged as a notable theme, with students acknowledging the potential for changes in friendship dynamics. Interactions showcased the adaptability of these relationships, where conflicts and resolutions contribute to the evolving nature of friendships. It was widely acknowledged by students that friendships are essential for creating a conducive learning environment. Students believed that having friends positively influenced their academic experiences, promoting collaboration, and making learning more enjoyable. Another theme was the role of teachers in facilitating friendships. Students expressed gratitude for educators who fostered a positive and supportive atmosphere and teachers were seen as important figures in shaping the social dynamics of the classroom. Moreover, friendships were observed as bridges that connect students across diverse backgrounds, fostering cultural sensitivity and understanding. The interviews underscored the potential for friendships to transcend cultural, social, and academic boundaries. These interview findings underscore the profound impact of friendships, emphasizing the multifaceted ways in which these connections contribute to the well-being, RI, and social fabric of the school community. References Bogdan, R. C., & Biklen, S. K. (2006). Qualitative Research in Education: An Introduction to Theory and Methods. Allyn & Bacon. Borgatti, S. P., Everett, M. G., & Johnson, J. C. (2018). Analyzing social networks. Sage. Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (2005). The interview. The Sage handbook of qualitative research, 3, 695-727. Mamas, C., Cohen, S.R., & Holtzman, C. (2024). Relational Inclusivity in the Elementary Classroom: A Teacher’s Guide to Supporting Student Friendships and Building Nurturing Communities (1st ed.). Routledge. Mamas, C. & Trautman, D. (2023). Leading Towards Relational Inclusivity for Students Identified as Having Special Educational Needs and Disabilities. In Daly, A.J., Liou, Y.H. (Eds.), The Relational Leader: Catalyzing Social Networks for Educational Change. Bloomsbury. Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2015). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. John Wiley & Sons. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (Vol. 5). sage. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Reflective Experiences in Special Education Settings In A Post-Covid Time 1Dublin City University; 2Trinity College Dublin Presenting Author:Special schools provide unique specialist supports for a continuum of complex speical educational needs and disabilities that are not typically available in mainstream settings. The global pandemic of 2020 to 2023 impacted on educational experiences, the role and function of special school provision. Therfore, drawing a need to explore a pathway to future proof the choice of educational provision offered to these children, young people and their families. The reflective voices and perspectives of special educators from across the island of Ireland are presented in this paper. The research question sought to plot the learning from the global pandemic on teaching and learning experiences in special schools for children and young people with intellectual disability, autism and other neurodevelopmental differences. These voices provide critical/common links and points for reflection on the goal for equity in education. The findings highlight the significant role of the special school setting in a constantly changing landscape (both nationally and internationally) where special education is not seen or valued as a sustainable model of inclusive practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research project utilised a small scale, two stage, mixed methods approach. Purposive sampling was identified as most appropriate by the research team as we sought to generate knowledge directly from teachers and principals in special education settings in both Southern and Northern Ireland. Ethical approval was sought from both a Southern institution (Hibernia College) and a Northern institution (Ulster University). On receipt of ethical approvals special schools were contacted by email to present the research project intentions, plain language forms, consent forms and invitations to participate. Four schools in Northern Ireland and six schools in Southern Ireland responded. This response rate was considered by the research team and, with respect to the continuing pressure of Covid 19 related absenteeism experienced by special schools, it was decided to accept this low response rate. Stage one was initiated in March 2022 with a Microsoft Forms survey administered to consenting participants (N=19) in both jurisdiction. This survey was designed to capture demographic data and the reflections of teaching and learning during and directly post-pandemic. Stage two consisted of on-line semi-structured interviews (N=7) and these were held from July 2022 to January 2023 at the request of the participants. Data generated from the survey was analysed using both basic descriptive statistics and thematic analysis for open-ended question responses. Data from the semi-structured interviews was analysed using thematic analysis. We engaged in cycles of exploration of all the textual data sets to establish the richness of experiences across the participants and to capture concepts and professional perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings present insightful contributions from special education teachers and principals as they reflect on their experiences and learnings from the Covid 19 pandemic and their return to post-covid realities. The findings highlight: 1. The unique challenges encountered by special education settings 2. Relationships with staff, children, and parents/guardians, the teachers' perceived lack of respect by parents of the teachers role and responsibilities. 3. New (school) recognition of other complex challenges experienced by parents/guardians and their impact on the future nature and role of the special school in 'partnership' with parents as educators. 4. The positive and negative leadership skills of principals in times of crisis 5. The unique role of the special school in actively supporting appropriately inclusive education. 6. The lack of connect expressed by teachers and principals between the active role of the Special school system and the DES interpretation of the role (in the RoI only) 7. Children with complex needs need to be physically present in these setting to maintain a continuum of care and education. 8. Teaching in a special education setting is expressed as a holistic, relational committment and is part of the frontline response. References Aarnos, R., Sundqvist, C. and Ström, K., 2021. “Teaching and supporting students with special educational needs at a distance during the COVID-19 school closures in Finland: special needs teachers’ experiences.” Education in the North 28 (3): 5-24. Banerjee, T., A. Khan, and P. Kesavan. 2021. “Impact of Lockdown and School Closure on Children in Special Schools: A Single-centre Survey.” BMJ Paediatrics Open 5 (1): 1. doi: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjpo-2020-000981. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic Analysis: A practical guide. London, Sage. Merrigan, C. & Senior, J. (2023) Special schools at the crossroads of inclusion: do they have a value, purpose, and educational responsibility in an inclusive education system? Irish Educational Studies, 42:2, 275-291, DOI: 10.1080/03323315.2021.1964563 O’Connor Bones, U., Bates, J., Finlay, J. and Campbell, A. (2022). “Parental involvement during COVID-19: experiences from the special school”. European Journal of Special Needs Education, Vol 37 (6) p. 936-949. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2021.1967297 |
17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 03 H JS: Wellbeing, Diversity and Inclusion (JS with NW04) Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Joint Paper Session, NW 04 and NW 08 |
17:15 - 18:45 | 05 SES 03 A: Conflict and Migrant Children Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Michael Jopling Paper Session |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Educational Research on Uncertainty during War and Conflicts: Systematic Literature Review Institute of Education Research and Teacher Education, University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:In recent years, the world has seen an escalation in war situations and an increase in the number of disasters. In war situations, the risks that affect the educational process are even greater. Children need to be moved from one place to another, to a safer place. Sometimes it is difficult to know where the next stop should be and for how long. Where and how should education be organised in these situations of uncertain reality? As by November 2023, according to UNICEF “400 million children – or about 1 child in every 5 – are living in or fleeing from conflict zones. They are losing family members and friends. And some are being recruited and used by armed forces or groups. Many of them have been displaced multiple times, risking separation from their families, losing critical years of education, and fraying ties to their communities”[1]. Even children grow up and become adults in this insecure reality, and it is not possible to know how long the insecurity will last and what the conditions and capacities for education will be. When we look at the range of cases from different conflict countries, we see how non-specifically organised educational spaces are in an intermediate state of uncertainty. These cases are sometimes unique and unexpected, but they are important for overcoming the challenges of educational processes in uncertainty. There is no country and no educational system that is safe from risky situations and long-term uncertainties. "We have to learn to deal with uncertainty... to calculate with uncertainty...”[2] War and conflict create unique levels of insecurity. How these shape educational settings and pedagogical situations is not yet well understood. Theoretical tools, conceptual understandings and analytical approaches are not defined at a scientific and academic level. It is not possible to formulate conflict-related uncertainties and bring them to the classroom, for example. There is still a lack of constructed knowledge about post-war reconstruction or conflict prevention, the role of time in understanding conflict or war, education in uncertainty related to political crisis, etc. This systematic analysis aims to understand the complex interplay of factors related to the pedagogical processes, identifying schooling within uncertainties in war and conflicts. The specific objective is to suggest a specific framework to understand uncertainty in education research on situations of simmering and hidden conflicts. The analysis will seek to explore the following key research questions A) What are the theoretical views, understandings, formulations of uncertainty in educational research on situations of simmering and hidden conflicts? B) What models of education are used in emergencies, conflicts and wars? C) How should systematic analysis of schooling in uncertainty and pedagogy of uncertainty in war situations be constructed? What should be the scientific dimension of schooling in uncertainties? However, there is no scientifically defined approach to uncertainty and schooling in uncertainty, especially in situations of war and conflict. In the current educational discourse, there are no models of education that can be used to navigate pedagogical challenges in situations of uncertainty. Current educational research has identified different approaches to education in conflict countries and risks to education in war situations. It is possible to understand - how war affects children and their development [3], what type of risks and crises face education during the war [4], [5]. Therefore, as we can see educational researchers need to highlight the problems that cannot be solved by the rules and standards and that are outside the normal educational processes. The researches from the countries with armed conflicts show that the central importance is given to the security and the priority needs[6]. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research will be based on systematic analysis and conceptual research methods. Conceptual research methods will be used to identify a clear trend in the accumulation of knowledge in both conceptual and pedagogical methodological areas. Specific variables will be identified in relation to education and uncertainty in conflict and war situations. The conceptual framework will be used to show how uncertainty and educational phenomena: events, related persons, factors, etc. come together in war or conflict situations. Uncertainty and education in uncertainty, especially in war and conflict situations, will be conceptualised, a scientific approach defined and a conceptual framework generated. The method of modeling will be used to develop, visualise and present models of education that can be applied in emergencies, conflicts and wars. Conceptual framework will focus comprehensive and holistic description of theoretical tools for the scientific dimension of schooling in uncertainties related to simmering and hidden conflicts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main expected outcome of this systematic analysis will be: - Conceptualised educational framework on uncertainty in conflict and war situations based on literature review. - A model of educational insecurity in emergencies, conflicts and wars based on desk research and secondary analysis, bringing together all possible existing data on education in insecurity. - Methodology and system of theoretical tools for conceptual descriptions and scientific dimensions of schooling in uncertainties and pedagogies of uncertainty related to simmering and hidden conflicts. References [1] “Children live in a world that is increasingly hostile to their rights” by UNICEF Executive Director Catherin Russell. 20 November 2023. https://www.unicef.org/lac/en/press-releases/children-live-world-increasingly-hostile-their-rights#:~:text=%E2%80%9CWe%20estimate%20that%20today%2C%20400,by%20armed%20forces%20or%20groups. [2] Lindley D., (2014). Understanding Uncertainty. Revised edition. WILEY press. P. 17. [3] Werner, W. (2012). Children and war: Risk, resilience, and recovery. Development and Psychopathology, 24, P. 553-558. Cambridge University Press. [4] The Hidden crisis: armed conflict and education; EFA global monitoring report, 2011. The hidden crisis: armed conflict and education | Global Education Monitoring Report (unesco.org) [5] Education under attack: Attacks on schools, students and educators are attacks on children’s right to an education – and on their futures. UNICEF. https://www.unicef.org/education-under-attack [6] War and Education. How a Year of the Full-scale Invasion Influenced Ukrainian Schools | Cedos. https://cedos.org.ua/en/researches/war-and-education-how-a-year-of-the-full-scale-invasion-influenced-ukrainian-schools/ 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Should Vulnerability Outweigh the Right to Education? Asylum-seeking Children Caught In-between Legal Changes in Norway. NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:Asylum-seeking and refugee children are considered vulnerable because of their developmental immaturity and physical disability (Djampour, 2018). In the cases of unaccompanied minors, it is exacerbated by their lack of parental care (Eide, 2020; Engebrigtsen, 2020). The problematic nature of the flight from wars, hunger, and oppression, compounded with a possible susceptibility and actual exposure to other people’s abuse, violence, or other use of force, complicates their vulnerability and our understanding of fragility. On arrival in host nations, the definition of vulnerability that warrants who can be included is narrowly defined and re-defined, depending on what categories of migrants are given priority (Kalisha, 2023), for example, depending on which country is most ravaged by war. In Norwegian policy frameworks, education is offered as a right for all as long as the child is guaranteed to stay at least for 3 months. However, asylum-seeking children do not have the same rights since many enter the country already at an age beyond the primary education deemed free for all, that is, upper secondary school. Additionally, there exist varied school experiences among the asylum-seekers, some being illiterate while others have completed high school. As such, placement connected to age becomes problematic as many 15-18-year-olds are placed in high schools without any prior experience in Norway- (Kalisha & Saevi, 2020; Kalisha & Sævi, 2021). The lack of clear structures on who is responsible for their education makes it difficult to acquire placement in the first place. Educating them is left to volunteers’ and county governors’ discretion. This means their right to education does not depend on their inherent vulnerability. Arguably, vulnerability, especially one linked to trauma, cannot be diagnosed while still in the asylum-seeking phase. Is it possible to still think of vulnerability as an inevitable human condition that remains a challenge to education and not a problem to be solved? Given that rights have to be enforced by the nation-state and that unaccompanied minors are yet to be part of the nation, the United Nations Higher Commissioner for Refugees cannot enforce the said right to education until one is categorized as a refugee. The right to education and other rights due to asylum seekers tend to be suspended, and they receive the bare minimum while waiting for asylum. What would be the purpose of educating them? In this paper, I look at vulnerability as a pedagogical challenge that does not need to be problematized, especially for children in forced migration. Instead, their vulnerability should be seen as something we constantly work with within education. Thinking of vulnerability this way juxtaposes it against rights due to them as human beings. Yet the young asylum-seekers, mainly from non-western countries, find themselves in an in-between position, a liminal and a gray area regarding their rights, especially when they keep changing in law. I question the positioning of vulnerability as a reason to grant residency while at the same time trivializing their other rights, like the right to education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs both phenomenology and document analysis to bolster its methodological approach. Initially, I undertake a phenomenological exploration of vulnerability as an inherent characteristic of migration. Subsequently, I probe into the practical consequences of alterations in migration legislation, especially concerning children seeking asylum, and scrutinize how these alterations impinge on their rights. Ultimately, I analyze whether it is feasible to disregard the direct impact of legal modifications on these children’s rights and still educate them in their vulnerability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper will contribute to the growing literature on children's rights as human beings, more specifically, asylum-seeking children and what should be the purpose of educating them. References Arendt, H. (1958). The human condition. University of Chicago Press. Arendt, H. (1973). The origins of totalitarianism. New edition with added prefaces. New York : Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, [1973]. https://search.library.wisc.edu/catalog/999614613202121 Djampour, P. (2018). Borders crossing bodies: The stories of eight youth with experience of migrating. https://doi.org/10.24834/2043/24776 Eide, K. (2020). Barn p? flukt : psykososialt arbeid med enslige mindre?rige flyktninger (2. utgave. ed.). Gyldendal. Engebrigtsen, A. (2020). Omsorg og barn utenfor barndom (Care and children outside childhood). In E. Ketil (Ed.), Barn på Flukt- Psykososialt Arbeid med Enslige Mindreårige Flyktninger [Displaced children- psychosocial work with unaccompanied refugees] (Vol. 2, pp. 149-169). Gyldendal. Kalisha, W. (2023). Vulnerable Enough for Inclusion? Unaccompanied Minors’ Experiences of Vulnerability and Trauma on Their Way to Norway. In I. Bostad;, M. Papastephanou;, & T. Strand (Eds.), Justice, Education, and the World of Today Philosophical Investigations (pp. 131-154). Routledge. Kalisha, W., & Saevi, T. (2020). Å være ingen eller noen. Unge enslige asylsøkere om venting på godhet, et sted å leve, og muligheten for et liv. In T. Saevi & G. Biesta (Eds.), Pedagogikk, Periferi og Verdi. Fagbokforlaget (pp. 57-75). Fagbokforlaget. Kalisha, W., & Sævi, T. (2021). Educational failure as a potential opening to real teaching – The case of teaching unaccompanied minors in Norway. Indo-Pacific Journal of Phenomenology, 21(1) |
17:15 - 18:45 | 06 SES 03 A: *** Cancelled **** Machines and us: Open Learning and Algorithms Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Caroline Grabensteiner Paper Session |
17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 03 A: Social justice by co-creating spaces with families and communities in education Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ábel Bereményi Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Reflections of Geoeconomic Differences on Education: Eskisehir Case 1Eskisehir Osmangazi University, Turkiye; 2Ministry of National Education, Turkiye Presenting Author:(This work has been supported by Eskisehir Osmangazi University Scientific Research Projects Coordination Unit under grant number #2977) Geoeconomics is increasingly positioning itself as a new field of study, offering an opportunity to analyze competition on the continuously evolving global stage through various dimensions such as geography, culture, strategy, and thought structure (Conway, 2000). In the context of international relations, it is observed that states are increasingly inclined to employ economic tools within the framework of their power policies.In these relationships, while the importance of military means diminishes, the role and significance of economic tools are progressively increasing. Luttwak (1990) introduced the term "Geoeconomics" to illustrate that states are competing with each other economically rather than militarily. Huntington (1993) posited that the power hierarchy among states would be determined not by military capacity but by economic strength. Sparke (1998) emphasized that geoeconomics should be holistically approached in conjunction with cultural, political, and economic geography. Scholvin and Wigell (2018) elucidated that the concept of geoeconomics, first introduced by Edward Luttwak, represents a shift in state power politics from military to economic strength. Barton(1999) highlighted that geoeconomics gained increased prominence in the post-Cold War era.Wigell and Vihma (2016) exposed Russia's methods of establishing geoeconomic dominance through its gas exports, while Gonca(2016) discussed China's establishment of geoeconomic sovereignty via the Silk Road. Karakaş (2021) highlighted the geostrategic and geoeconomic significance of Turkey's boron resources exploring Turkey's geoeconomic position and the status of three major global powers. The concept of "Geoeconomics" has been addressed in these various contexts. However, there has been a lack of research examining this concept in the context of education. Therefore, the importance of researching the term "Geoeconomics" in an educational context has emerged, focusing on how Turkey’s economic and geographical strengths, integrated with technology, can strategically enhance its prominence on the international stage. This study investigates whether education, from a geo-economic perspective, exhibits regional differences in terms of national development. In the study conducted by Wang et al. (2017), it was noted that geo-economic relationships are influenced by factors such as geographical location, economic factors, policy, and culture. Therefore, in this research, these four factors have been recognized as geoeconomic indicators and have been examined in detail within the context of education.To date, there has been no study in the literature that concurrently addresses geoeconomics and education.It is believed that this work, by correlating geoeconomics with the field of education, will make a significant contribution to the area. Furthermore, this research presents various recommendations to educational policymakers for addressing inequalities arising from geoeconomic differences. The aim is to enhance the academic success of students in regions that are disadvantaged from a geoeconomic perspective. This study, based on the results of the Districts' Socioeconomic Development Ranking Survey (District SEGE-2022) conducted by the Ministry of Industry and Technology, was carried out in high schools of Eskişehir's Odunpazarı, which has the highest level of socioeconomic development, and Han, which has the lowest. Within the scope of the research, the regional geo-economic differences of 10 high schools in these two districts were examined, and the effects of these differences on students' academic achievements were analyzed. The primary objective of the study is to determine the reflections of geoeconomic regional differences on student success in Turkey. The sub-objectives established in line with this main goal are as follows:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, a mixed-methodology approach has been adopted, utilizing the "Concurrent Triangulation" design and maximum sampling technique. The research focuses on examining the impacts of geoeconomic differences on education. For sample selection, the average scores of Basic Proficiency Test (BFT), which is first and mandatory phase for university entrance, were considered.From the high schools located in Eskişehir's Odunpazari district, three schools each with the highest, medium, and lowest BFT average scores were selected for the sample. A single high school in Han district was also included in sample.Based on these criteria, a total of 10 schools were identified. In the research, schools were named S1 (School-1), S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, S9, and S10, according to their BFT score rankings [S1, S2, S3 (the first third in success)], [S4, S5, S6 (the second third in success)], [S7, S8, S9 (the third third in success)]. Interviews were conducted with 2 students and 2 teachers selected from each school, totaling 40 interviews. Data collected through surveys from 40 participants and 10 school principals were analyzed. Geoeconomic differences of selected schools were determined using "Geoeconomic Differences Identification Survey" developed by researcher. Geographical location, economic status, cultural and political aspects of these schools were evaluated during this process.The research simultaneously carried out identification of geoeconomic differences and their reflections on education of students in selected schools through interviews. Subsequently, quantitative and qualitative results were compared. According to Blackwill and Harris (2017), geostrategic power is contingent upon a country's local economic performance and its capacity to mobilize resources. These elements of power also define variables to be examined in this research. Within this context, quantitative aspect of study considers educational success as dependent variable and geoeconomics as independent variable.Geoeconomics is an independent variable defined through concepts such as culture, politics, economy, and geographical location.Dependent variable is academic achievement level of schools to be examined. Quantitative data were collected from school principals using a survey developed by researcher. Following analyses, impact of geoeconomics on educational success was determined. In qualitative dimension of mixed-method approach, effects of variables such as culture,politics, economy and geographical location related to geoeconomics on education were qualitatively examined through participant perceptions obtained from interviews.Findings from quantitative data were interpreted in comparison with these qualitative results. Consequently, this research analyzed the Odunpazari and Han districts of Eskişehir through lens of geoeconomic regional differences, examining how these differences reflect on education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings School-1, School-5,and School-10 demonstrate impact of socio-economic challenges.School-1 and School-5,with limited resources,and low parental educational backgrounds,likely face challenges in providing conducive learning environment.School-10,affected by familial instability and troubled neighborhood,underscores correlation between socioeconomic stressors and academic performance.School-4 presents unique case.Despite its remote location and socio-economically disadvantaged student base,it achieves moderate success,highlighting critical role of parental involvement and teacher commitment.This suggests that socio-economic disadvantages can be mitigated to an extent by strong community and educational support systems.School-2 and School-3 face infrastructural challenges.School-2, constrained by its historical status, lacks modern educational facilities, which could impede integration of technology in learning.School-3’s lack of sports facility points to limited physical development opportunities for students.School-6 and School-7 offer more diverse socio-economic backgrounds,potentially providing more balanced educational environment.School-7,with significant number of students working part-time,also reflects economic pressures on families in community.School-8 shows disparity in parental education and employment,with notable level of unemployment among mothers.This could impact level of support and resources available to students at home.School-9, located in conflict-prone area, indicates how community dynamics can directly impact school environment and student behavior, emphasizing need for safe and stable learning environments as per Edmonds' principles.These schools illustrate complex interplay between location,economic conditions,and educational outcomes.Challenges faced by schools in socioeconomically disadvantaged areas,such as limited resources,lower parental involvement,and familial stressors,are evident.Conversely, moderate success of School-4 despite its disadvantaged setting underscores potential of community engagement and dedicated teaching to overcome economic and geographical barriers.Analysis also highlights need for adaptive educational strategies that consider unique geoeconomic contexts of each school.Addressing technological gaps, infrastructural limitations,and community-based challenges are crucial for creating equitable educational opportunities.Moreover,critical role of parental education and employment in shaping home environment and,by extension, student performance,is apparent.This suggests that broader socio-economic policies and interventions are necessary to address root causes of educational disparities,and to enhance school effectiveness across diverse geoeconomic landscapes. References Barton, J. R. (1999). Flags of convenience: geoeconomics and regulatory minimisation. Tijdschrift Voor Economische en Sociale Geografie, 90, 142-155. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9663.00057 Blackwill, R. D., & Harris, J. M. (2017). War by other means: Geoeconomics and statecraft. Harvard University Press. Conway, M. (2000). Geo-Economics: The New Science. Conway Data INc. Edmonds, R. (1979). Effective schools for the urban poor, Educational Leadership, 37, 15–24. Gonca, İ. B. (2017). Enerji güvenliği çerçevesinde Çin Halk Cumhuriyeti'nin Orta Asya'daki jeo-ekonomik çıkarları. (Yayımlanma No. 488948) [Doktora tezi, Süleyman Demirel Üniversitesi]. https://tez.yok.gov.tr/UlusalTezMerkezi/tezSorguSonucYeni.jsp Huntington, S. P. (1993). Why international primacy matters? International Security, 17(4), 68–83. https://doi.org/10.2307/2539022 Karakaş, A. V. (2021). Türkiye’de bulunan bor rezervlerinin jeostratejik ve jeoekonomik açıdan önemi. (Yayımlanma No. 679289) [Yüksek lisans tezi, Ankara Üniversitesi]. https://tez.yok.gov.tr/UlusalTezMerkezi/tezSorguSonucYeni.jsp Luttwak, E. N. (1990). From geopolitics to geo-economics: Logic of conflict, grammar of commerce. National Interest, 20, 17–23. http://www.jstor.org/stable/42894676 adresinden 13.10.2022 Scholvin, S., & Wigell, M. (2018). Geo-economics as concept and practice in ınternational relations: Surveying the state of the art. Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) Working Paper, 102, 1-15. https://css.ethz.ch/en/services/digital-library/articles/article.html/dd73604f-ffee-44e2-8960-4ecd8927fa32 OECD, (2012). Belgium Country Note Results. from PISA 2012. http://www.oecd.org./pisa/keyfindings/PISA -2012-results-belgium.pdf. Purkey, S. C., & Smith, M. S. (1983). “Effective schools: A review”, The Elementary School Journal, 83(4), 427-452. Sanayi ve Teknoloji Bakanlığı, (2022). İlçelerin sosyo-ekonomik gelişmişlik sıralaması araştırması SEGE-2022. Ankara. https://www.sanayi.gov.tr/merkez-birimi/b94224510b7b/sege Sparke, M. (1998). From geopolitics to geoeconomics: Transnational state effects in the borderlands. Geopolitics, 3(2), 62-98. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14650049808407619 Şirin, S. R. (2005). Socieconomic status and academik achievement: A meta analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75,417- 453. Wang, S., Xue, X., Zhu, A., & Ge, Y. (2017). The key driving forces for geo-economic relationships between China and ASEAN Countries. Sustainability, 9(12), 2363. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/su9122363 Wigell, M., & Vihma, A. (2016). Geopolitics versus geoeconomics: The case of Russia’s changing geostrategy and its effects on the EU. International Affairs 92(3), 605–27. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-2346.12600 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Checking-in Checking-up: Educational Surveillance in a Time of Uncertainty, Teacher-Parent Interactions and Remote Schooling During the COVID19 Pandemic 1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2Maynooth University, Kildare, Ireland; 3University College London, London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In the context of the post-covid19 pandemic period of reflection on the worldwide impact of the crisis. A surfeit of social issues related to individual and structural responses to countrywide lockdowns, with implications for inclusion, equality or sustainability, have emerged. One significant area of concern is education, and research into the repercussions of the transitions and gaps that occurred during this time and implications for further response to national or international crises in this age of uncertainty are ongoing (Ducet et al., 2020; Moss et al, 2020). School closure in Ireland during the Covid19 pandemic in March, 2020 was an unprecedented period in Irish education. Given that schooling took place ‘remotely’ with children in their homes, the period of school closures provided a unique opportunity to observe and examine the formation, dynamics and quality of relationships between families and teachers/schools and the impact they have on children’s education. To date the focus of international research has been on the effective pedagogical approaches developed during this period, critical questions about equality of access for different social groups of children and young people, including digital engagement, and their short or long-term wellbeing as a result of the transitions during this time (Crean et al., 2023; Donegan et al., Cullinane and Montacute, 2020). There is a gap in the literature however, in relation to the interactional and reflexive space where teachers and parents communicated about children’s experiences of learning and educators experiences of teaching. During the national physical closure of schools during the Covid 19 pandemic, remote schooling was recognised as a critically significant space for the continuity of children’s education (Moss et al. 2020). The positive interaction between teachers and parents was a significant finding in the ‘Children’s School Lives (CSL) Covid19 sub-study (Report 3, www.cslstudy.ie). The phrase ‘checking-in or checking-up’ as one teacher remarked however, captures the complexity faced by teachers in reaching out to parents whilst trying to maintain positive and non-judgemental relationships with families as they navigated the provision of educational support for remote learning. The key questions asked in this paper are: Firstly, how did principals, teachers and parents describe and define their experiences of ‘checking up/in’ during the remote learning period of the first Covid-19 lockdown? Secondly, to explore what were outcomes of negotiating this space at this time and to examine the broader national and international implications of these experiences, if any, for teaching and learning in similar crises, in the future? We frame these experiences within the conceptual lenses of expanding normalisation of surveillance (checking up) (Hope, 2016) and reflexive practice (checking-in), during this unprecedented period in Irish education. We draw on the concept of ‘reflexive’ practices (Beck, Giddens, Lash, 1994) to analyse and understand the ‘checking-in’ experiences described by parents, principals and teachers that underpinned their motivation and resilience to engage with each other and provide children, with the best education they could under the often strained circumstanced of the extended lockdown period. Following on, the paper uses Page’s (2017), conceptualisation of three types of teacher surveillance: vertical (Educational institutions and school management); horizonal (peers, parents); and interpersonal (reflective, self-policing), to analyse and understand teacher’s experiences of multiple forms of ‘checking-in’, that has broad implications for the teaching profession, going forward. Analysis of the teacher-parent interactions cross-cuts common themes in educational research related to external/internal patterns of surveillance, power structures, parent and children’s voice, engagement, social justice and wellbeing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper utilises data from the ‘Children’s School Lives’ (CSL) national longitudinal cohort study of primary education in Ireland. The CSL study comprises a nationally representative quantitative study of 189 primary schools, as well as in-depth case study component, comprising of a 13 primary school sub-sample, and uses a cross-sequential longitudinal design, producing a rich set of mixed methods data. The study includes two cohorts of children and their families, Cohort A follows children from their transition from early- education into primary school (aged 4-5 years) onwards and Cohort B that follows children in second class (aged 7-8years) until their transition to secondary school (aged 12.13 years). The data for this paper was collected by the case study team during the Covid19 school closures when cohort A children were aged 4-5 years and cohort B children were aged 7-8 years and includes semi-structured interviews with principals, teachers and parents from the 13 case study schools, representing the qualitative aspect of the wider CSL study. All 13 schools regardless of socio-economic demographic background, demonstrated considerable commitment to develop and sustain remote teaching and learning in the challenging circumstances caused by the pandemic. This paper utilises a grounded theory approach to examine the motivation, processes and outcomes for the ‘checking in and checking up’ dynamic, using qualitative data from the case study schools, that included 12 x principals, 13 x teachers and 28 x families within these schools, who has already made the long-term commitment to participate in the CSL study and were familiar with and consented to the broader aims of the study (Corbin and Strauss, 2015). Consequently, warm and supportive relationships already existed with many of the participants that provided a familiar, respectful and ethical collaboration between the research team and the contributors during this critical time. Schools were contacted at the beginning of the Covid19 related lockdowns and invited to participate in a sub-study of the CSL study in order to examine the impact of remote teaching and learning on children’s school lives. It is a testimony to the strength of the recruitment methods of the study that all schools participated in the interviews, apart from one principal, who had decided to retire. Interviews were conducted using telephone or ‘Zoom’. Semi-structured interview schedules were used and participants were encouraged to provide their own opinions and reflections during the interviews. Interviews were transcribed and analysed using MAXQDA. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings provide a critical insight into the inspiration and motivational stimulus for primary school principals and teachers response to the ‘risk’ to children’s education during the pandemic, as well as examining the role surveillance played in educators communications with children and families at this time. Findings, indicate that surveillance, in the form of contact and monitoring through technology, was promoted and in a sense, normalised through ‘risk’ discourses, and served to integrate the acceptance of invasive digital scrutiny of educational processes, for primary school children. This resulted in a blurring of boundaries between previously separate spheres of work, school and home for school staff and families, reflecting a fluid rather than fixed forms of surveillance. These findings have implications for power relations, wellbeing, sustainability, and social justice concerns for both children and families in disadvantaged schools and for the teaching profession, into the future. References Corbin, J. and Strauss, A., (2015). Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (16th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Crean, M., Devine, D, Moore, B., Martinez Sainz, G., Symonds, Sloan, S., Farrell, E. (2023). ‘Social Class, COVID-19 and care: Schools on the front line in Ireland during the COVID19 pandemic. British Journal of Sociology of Education, Vol 44 (3) 452-466, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2023.2174077 Donegan, A., Devine, D., Martinez Sainz, G., Symonds, J., Sloan, S. (2023). 'Children as co-researchers in pandemic times: power and participation in the use of digital dialogues with children during the COVID19 lockdown. Children and Society Special Issue: Children and Young People's Perspectives on and Experiences of COVID-19 in Global Contexts p. 235-253 https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12665 Cullinane, C. & Montacute, R. (2020). COVID-19 and Social Mobility Impact Brief 1: School shutdown. Sutton Trust. https://www.suttontrust.com/our-research/covid-19-and-social-mobility-impact-brief/ Accessed 28.11.22 Doucet, A.; Netolicky, D.; Timmers, K.; Tuscano, F.J. (2020). Thinking about Pedagogy in an Unfolding Pandemic: An Independent Report on Approaches to Distance Learning During Covid19 School Closures. Education International and UNESCO https://issuu.com/educationinternational/docs/2020_research_covid-19_eng Hope, A. (2016). ‘Biopower and school surveillance technologies 2.0’, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37:7, 885-904, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2014.1001060 https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2014.1001060 Moss, G., Allen, R., Bradbury, A., Duncan, S., Harmey, S., & Levy, R. (2020). Primary teachers’experiences of the COVID-19 lockdown – Eight key messages for policy makers going forward. UCL Institute of Education. Page, D. (2017). Conceptualising the surveillance of teachers, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38:7, 991-1006, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2016.1218752 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Intercultural Mediation for School to Work Transition as a Technique of Neoliberal Governmentality Universitat de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:This study offers a preliminary analysis of the municipal cultural mediation service targeting the Roma population of a city in North-East Spain. I seek to understand to what extent this intervention favours the school-to-work transition (STWT) of Spanish Roma youth. This paper draws on a broader two-year-long, cross-country project funded by the European Commission. Here, I seek answer to two interrelated questions: 1) What are the achievements and challenges of a Roma intercultural mediation project in a local context? 2) To what extent a Roma intercultural mediation can contribute to structural changes? The Roma population represents the largest ethnic minority in Spain, which has historically been targeted by public policies, often motivated by racist stereotypes, repressive political interests and have had negative socio-economic and psycho-affective consequences, contributing to the reproduction of their marginalized social position (Laparra, 2009; San Román, 1994). The Spanish Roma population is a highly heterogenous one in all aspects (Carrasco & Poblet, 2019; López de la Nieta, 2011). Nevertheless, a large part is overrepresented in the most disadvantaged sectors in the domains of education, employment, health and housing, also taking into account the growing racism and discrimination against them (Felgueroso, 2018; FOESSA, 2014, p. 201). Intercultural mediation programmes have been increasingly promoted to ensure equal access of young people to public services, but results have been varying, and they have drawn criticism (Clark, 2017, p. 201; Kóczé, 2019; Kyuchukov, 2012) which can be summed up in the following: 1) they offer precarious labour conditions and inferior status of Roma mediators which imply their dependence on the organisation that runs the programme; 2) they are rarely involved in broader diagnosis, problem definition, planning, but rather are engaged in the daily management of scort-scale technical problems (conflicts, claims); 3) Their bi-cultural knowledge, and bi-cultural belonging is often instrumentalised by administrations or organisations in order to introduce changes in the community without substantial participation and negotiation processes; 4) Intercultural mediators are held accountable for the success/failure of interventions, avoiding an institutional/structural analysis of the causes (Helakorpi et al., 2019); 5) Their training focuses on the identification of individual or family level factors, and by their presence and intervention a “consensus narrative” is sought among the non-minority colleagues about the correct, mainstream meanings and action (Petraki, 2020). 6) The particular results of intercultural mediation do not justify it as a measure to apply for structural problems deriving from poverty, discrimination or social exclusion, which leads to the depoliticization of structural problems (Kóczé 2019). Drawing on these critical insights, I analyse empirical data, relying on two main concepts: “neoliberal governmentality” (Foucault, 1988; Lemke, 2001; Miller & Rose, 1990; Pyysiäinen et al., 2017; Wacquant, 2012), and “activation” (Baar, 2012). In the observed city, programmes and services are available to improve the living conditions of Roma families, however, the Roma community tends access these services much less frequently than the rest of the population. Roma young people’s knowledge about programmes, services and other opportunities is scarce, biased and linked to people of reference such as teachers, monitors, social services technicians, or the intercultural mediator, among others, which creates reliance on parallel structures and preserve institutional/structural inequalities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on the fieldwork of the EU-funded NGOST project. Data collection was conducted in a big city in Catalonia (Spain), with approximately 220,000 inhabitants. Interviews were conducted with 31 Roma young people and 20 professionals of main municipal public services and NGO organisations working with young people. Due to the fact that data collection was made during the COVID pandemic between July 2020 and February 2021, most interviews were conducted online (Zoom, Skype, Messenger, etc.). Both the interviews and the subsequent analysis were carried out by a non-Roma male researcher and two Roma female co-researchers. The co-researchers have several distant family members in the investigated city, which also helped achieve deeper information about the local Roma community, despite difficulties related to Covid-pandemic. The intercultural mediator played an important role in recruiting interviewees in her district, and to contextualise local dynamics of the community. We had repeated personal meetings with her, phone-calls, and WhatsApp chat conversations throughout the data collection period. The recorded conversations with her have a duration of 135 minutes. All interviewees’ oral informed consents were recorded at the beginning of the interview-conversations. Interviews were transcribed verbatim, and the text was analysed through Atlas.ti 8.0 qualitative data analysis software. Data analysis began with a short preliminary code-list that was intuitively complemented through in-vivo coding, that is, codes derived from the data itself in an inductive manner. Several earlier versions of this text (translated into Spanish) have been discussed with Roma co-researchers, and their reflections have been incorporated in its present form. All the procedures followed the project’s ethical guideline approved by the hosting university’s Ethical Research Committee (ERC). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Intercultural mediation programmes in the context of school-to-work transition requires a critical examination. The programme under scrutiny aims to integrate a group in marginalised conditions into dominant societal norms, largely driven by neoliberal capitalist agendas. However, this approach often overlooks the structural inequalities faced by the given community, historically produced and reproduced in an impoverished and marginalised neighbourhood, with segregated schools and easy access to informal segments of the labour market. Neoliberal governance operates subtly, encouraging individuals to conform to societal expectations through self-regulation and self-improvement. Intercultural mediators, like the one in the case study, are portrayed as success stories, embodying the transition from traditional to modern values (Vincze, 2012). Yet, this narrative shifts responsibility from systemic and institutional issues to individual self-improvement. The mediation project serves a double role, subtly aligning public administration expectations with the goal of Roma social integration while promoting self-responsibility within the Roma community. However, this approach ultimately transfers the burden of addressing systemic inequalities onto the marginalized group. The impact of mediation is often measured quantitatively, focusing on actions taken (number of counselling, guidance meetings, clients attended, etc.) rather than evaluating its effectiveness. While mediation aims to mobilize and empower marginalized groups, it often neglects the structural origins of their challenges and fails to embed mediation within broader redistributive policies. Furthermore, mediation risks depoliticizing and disempowering its target group by framing success solely in terms of educational attainment and job placement without addressing deeper social hierarchies. The role of the mediator in any project is highly political (Bereményi & Girós-Calpe, 2021), since she may participate in the definition and framing of the problem, or at least in the legitimisation of it and its solution. Thus, intercultural mediators, as representatives of the project, inadvertently reinforce the neoliberal agenda by promoting individual adaptation over systemic change. References Baar, H. van. (2012). Socio-Economic Mobility and Neo-Liberal Governmentality in Post-Socialist Europe: Activation and the Dehumanisation of the Roma. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 38(8), 1289–1304. Bereményi, B. Á., & Girós-Calpe, R. (2021). ‘The More Successful, the More Apolitical’. Romani Mentors’ Mixed Experiences with an Intra-Ethnic Mentoring Project. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(5–6), 881–897. Carrasco, S., & Poblet, G. (2019). Overview of the integration of Roma citizens in Spain and some transferable lessons for the EU. NESET Ad Hoc Question No. 4/2019, 4. Clark, C. (2017). Romani activism and community development: Are mediators the way forward? In G. Craig (Ed.), Community Organising Against Racism: ‘Race’, Ethnicity and Community Development. Policy Press. Felgueroso, F. (2018). Población especialmente vulnerable ante el empleo en España en el año 2018. Cuantificación y caracterización (11/2018; Estudios Sobre La Economía Española). FEDEA. FOESSA. (2014). VII Informe sobre exclusión y desarrollo social en España. 2014 (F. L. Gilsanz, Ed.). Fundación Foessa. Foucault, M. (1988). Technologies of the self. In L. H. Martin, H. Gutman, & P. H. Hutton (Eds.), Technologies of the Self: A Seminar with Michel Foucault (pp. 50–63). Tavistock Publications. Helakorpi, J., Lappalainen, S., & Sahlström, F. (2019). Becoming tolerable: Subject constitution of Roma mediators in Finnish schools. Intercultural Education, 30(1), 51–67. Kóczé, A. (2019). Illusionary Inclusion of Roma Through Intercultural Mediation. In H. van Baar, A. Ivasiuc, & R. Kreide (Eds.), The Securitization of the Roma in Europe (pp. 183–206). Springer International Publishing. Kyuchukov, H. (2012). Roma mediators in Europe: A new Council programme. Intercultural Education, 23(4), 375–378. Laparra, M. (2009). Exclusión social en España: Un espacio diverso y disperso en intensa transformación (Vol. 24). Cáritas Española. Lemke, T. (2001). ’The birth of bio-politics ’: Michel Foucault ’ s lecture at the Collège de France on neo-liberal governmentality. Economy and Society, 30(2), 190–207. Miller, P., & Rose, N. (1990). Governing economic life. Economy and Society, 19(1), 1–30. Petraki, I. (2020). Roma Health Mediators: A Neocolonial Tool for the Reinforcement of Epistemic Violence? Critical Romani Studies, 3(1), 72–95. Pyysiäinen, J., Halpin, D., & Guilfoyle, A. (2017). Neoliberal governance and ‘responsibilization’ of agents: Reassessing the mechanisms of responsibility-shift in neoliberal discursive environments. Distinktion, 18(2), 215–235. Wacquant, L. (2012). Three steps to a historical anthropology of actually existing neoliberalism. Social Anthropology, 20(1), 66–79. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 03 B: Teacher Education Studies in Social Justice and Intercultural Education I Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Developing a Dialogic and Intercultural Pedagogy: A Case Study on Community Philosophical Practice in Initial Teacher Education University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:Initial teacher education (ITE) is becoming increasingly important to ensure that all students have an equitable, inclusive and high-quality school experience (EC, 2021) and learn to play an active role in today’s complex and multicultural society (Cochran-Smith, 2020; Kaur, 2012). Issues of intercultural education and social justice are central in an increasingly interconnected and globalised world (Aguado-Odina et al., 2017; Bhatti et al., 2007). But it needs to be studied in depth how to promote intercultural education in ITE curricula in such a way that future teachers can acquire an habitus focused on social justice and value the uniqueness of everyone, by avoiding the risk of falling into empty rhetoric about diversity (Leeman & Ledoux, 2003; Tarozzi, 2014) and taking into account teaching and learning methods. Thus, it might be useful to discuss ITE, starting from university teaching, by proposing a change in traditional teaching methods to achieve this much-needed valorization of diversity and the construction of shared knowledge based on dialogue (Cochran-Smith & Fries, 2008). There is a need to move away from traditional delivery transmissive methods to participatory methods that effectively can engage future teachers in an intercultural dialogue and enable them to build their professionalism by deconstructing their ideals, perspectives and beliefs about diversity and their role in class and developing new interpretive lenses and teaching strategies to be effective in heterogeneous contexts. The process of questioning those implicit beliefs and knowledge and fostering complex professional interpretations must be supported (Stephens et al., 2022). In this way, a disorientation can be brought about that creates imaginative spaces for new scenarios of pedagogical action in the classroom and for professional identity (Ellis et al., 2019). Undertaking this process is precisely the basis for intercultural education, which is not only about acquiring knowledge and theoretical principles, but also about constructing and rethinking one’s own professional identity in dialogical contexts. Our paper aims to contribute to this discussion by proposing to use collaborative philosophical dialogue following the model developed by Matthew Lipman (2003; 2008) to design courses in ITE on issues of intercultural and social justice in education in academic courses. Lipman’s approach has traditionally been used in schools to promote complex thinking (Kennedy, 2012), but its potential can also be used for ITE, especially to reflect on educational processes in heterogeneous and multicultural contexts. Indeed, it encourages the active participation of future teachers in the form of an inquiry exercise that allows them to give original interpretations and unexplored perspectives on the issues discussed and to develop an ethical stance through the confrontation with different perspectives (Oliverio, 2014; Santi et al, 2019). This process can trigger a virtuous circle between philosophical dialogue and intercultural education (Anderson, 2016), as prospective teachers develop the ability to question their own beliefs about education, move between different systems of meaning, and open up to shared contexts. Our paper addresses this issue from a theoretical standpoint by discussing a case study conducted within a ITE course at the University of Turin (Italy), in which future teachers were engaged in community philosophical dialogues to develop, discuss and problematize some issues of intercultural education. In particular, we would like to encourage discussion on the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The experience conducted in an ITE course at the University of Turin (Italy) takes the form of a case study (Hamilton & Corbett-Whittier, 2012). Community philosophical practise will be used implemented in some lectures or lessons according to Lipman’s model (2003). The collaborative reading of stimulus texts proposed encourages the formulation of questions on intercultural education. Then, these questions are analysed and organised according to the thematic strands to which they relate. In this way, a discussion plan is defined and shared by the group; thus, the dialogue begins and engage all the participant in an active way. The dialogue is concluded with a self-evaluation about dialogue mode and depth level. We will use a qualitative approach: data will be collected through the observation of community philosophical practice activities and the analysis of the dialogues in which the future teachers will be engaged. In particular, these dialogues will be recorded, transcribed and analysed in the manner of low-structured focus groups (Stewart & Shamdasani, 2014) through a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006): it will illuminate the intercultural themes on which the dialogues will focus. An original aspect of this ITE research process is the writing of specific pretexts to initiate philosophical dialogue. The use of this practise in ITE on intercultural issues has made it necessary to construct specific texts based on the indications of Lipman and those studies that deal with philosophical narratives (Oliverio, 2015), as well as on the PEACE curriculum (2015), designed for use with children and adolescents to develop skills in reflexive cosmopolitanism. Our pedagogical process is thus designed as a journey that aims to - test the effectiveness of the new materials by understanding whether they meet the requirements identified in the literature (presence of multiple strands of inquiry, presentation of multiple epistemic positions, raising questions on multiple thematic strands), thanks to the analysis of dialogic processes and the questions formulated by future teachers; - evaluate the effectiveness and impact on the ability to critically address intercultural issues by creating spaces where voices can be heard, problematizing your own relationship to diversity and changing the values and expectations of future teachers. The self-evaluation will be crucial to listen to the voices of the protagonists and understand their perceptions on the activity and effectiveness of using community philosophical practice in ITE to achieve the objectives related to intercultural education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect that applying the philosophical practise of Lipman’s community will enable future teachers to challenge themselves in the co-construction of pedagogical ideals, to reflect on their tacit knowledge and beliefs about diversity, and to change their habitual perspectives on education through philosophical dialogue. On the one hand, focusing on intercultural and social justice issues through specifically written pretexts could enable the acquisition of knowledge related to the epistemological domains of the discipline in an active way by future teachers. On the other hand, community philosophical practice could facilitate a decentralisation on its part to better understand the other’s point of view and consequently better define one’s own point of view in light of the possibilities of encounter and exchange. Indeed, dialogue is a central tool of intercultural education: through community philosophical practice and they could internalise a habitus open to the other and to different perspectives. Therefore, we will present the voice of the participants and their ideas from the data that emerged from the thematic analysis and participant observation, discussing the opportunities and criticalities of this approach for ITE in intercultural education at university level. References Aguado-Odina, T., Mata-Benito, P., & Gil-Jaurena, I. (2017). Mobilizing intercultural education for equity and social justice. Time to react against the intolerable: A proposal from Spain. Intercultural Education, 28(4), 408-423. Anderson, B. (ed.). (2016). Philosophy for Children: Theories and praxis in teacher education. London: Taylor & Francis. Bhatti, G., Gaine, C., Gobbo, F., & Leeman, Y. (2007). Social justice and intercultural education: An open-ended dialogue. Sterling: Trentham. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Cochran-Smith, M. (2020). Teacher education for justice and equity: 40 years of advocacy. Action in teacher education, 42(1), 49-59. Cochran-Smith, M., & Fries, K. (2008). Research on teacher education: Changing times, changing paradigms. In Handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 1050-1093). New York: Routledge. Ellis, V., Souto-Manning, M., & Turvey, K. (2019). Innovation in teacher education: towards a critical re-examination. Journal of Education for Teaching, 45(1), 2-14. EC (2021). Teachers in Europe. Careers, Development and Well-being. Bruxelles: Publications Office of the EU. Hamilton, L., & Corbett-Whittier, C. (2012). Using case study in education research. London: Sage. Kaur, B. (2012). Equity and social justice in teaching and teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(4), 485-492. Kennedy, D. (2012). Lipman, Dewey, and the community of philosophical inquiry. Education and Culture, 28(2), 36-53. Leeman, Y., & Ledoux, G. (2003). Preparing teachers for intercultural education. Teaching Education, 14(3), 279-291. Lipman, M. (2003). Thinking in Education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Lipman, M. (2008). A Life Teaching Thinking: An Autobiography. Montclair: IAPC. Oliverio, S. (2014). Between the De-traditionalization and “Aurorality” of Knowledge: What (Can) Work(s) in P4C when It Is Set to Work. Thinking: The Journal of Philosophy for Children, 20(3/4), 105-112. Oliverio, S. (2015). Lipman’s novels or turning philosophy inside-out. Childhood & Philosophy, 11(21), 81-92. PEACE (2015). Reflexive cosmopolitanism. Educating towards inclusiove communities through philosophical enquiry. Madrid: La Rectoral. Santi, M., Striano, M., & Oliverio, S. (2019). Philosophical Inquiry and Education “through” Democracy. Promoting Cosmopolitan and Inclusive Societies. Scuola democratica, 10(4), 74-91. Stephens, J. M., Rubie-Davies, C., & Peterson, E. R. (2022). Do preservice teacher education candidates’ implicit biases of ethnic differences and mindset toward academic ability change over time?. Learning and instruction, 78, 101480. Stewart, D.W., & Shamdasani, P.N. (2014). Focus group. Theory And Practice. London: Sage. Tarozzi, M. (2014). Building an ‘intercultural ethos’ in teacher education. Intercultural education, 25(2), 128-142. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Moving Towards an Understanding of the Emotional and Psychological Dangers Threatening UK South Asian Students on Teacher Training Courses Manchester Metropolitan University, Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The system of initial teacher training in England is changing and this presents new challenges for Black and Asian students whose lives are already impeded by memories and experiences of racism. This presents an increasingly uncertain future and compounds the backdrop of existing racialised structures that occur recursively to continually suppress them (Marom, 2019). Teacher training in the mid-21st century has consistently standardised and normalised practices that reinforce white spaces and cultural knowledge (Warner, 2022). The new changes to teacher training begins in Autumn of 2024 will intensify and further embed hidden racialised and oppressive expectations and practices in the training curriculum (Department for Education, 2022). This Paper examines the debilitating effect of becoming a teacher, on British South Asian people who are often positioned as deficit and under-performing.
The teacher training curriculum in England does not include teaching about race, culture or ethnicity (Department for Education, 2019) despite the UK’s rich multicultural position. Alongside this, the forthcoming new restructure will increase time on school placements; which is recognised as the main combustion point for Black and Asian student teachers, leading to acute emotional and mental difficulties or leaving the course (Warner, 2022). Being undermined, under-supported and marginalised, are some of the findings of the research of the Paper. The research conducted in an English university, was motivated by the annual recurrence of the same problems experienced by South Asian students. There were 10 female and one male student teachers, identifying as British South Asian. Their narratives of obstacles and problems that obfuscate and impede their progression and understanding are manifold. Racialised practices, embedded within both university and school systems, are found to disproportionately affect them.
Attrition rates and under-achievement of student teachers who identify as British South Asian, in the English system of initial teacher training, are an unfortunately common occurrence (Tereshchenko, Bradbury & Mills, 2021). The Pakistani heritage of nearly all of the participants in our research, raises specific intersectional cultural issues such as high parental and community expectations, gender roles of marriage and motherhood expectations and lack of knowledge of gaining entry into and navigating higher education systems (Subedi, 2008). There are also fears of losing their cultural and religious values through the university process. However, possession of self-efficacy means they are able to transform and rework their parents’ cultures and religion to reflect their contemporary world, thus retaining links with the past while being successful in their personal lives.
It is evident that British South Asian student teachers navigate through a social system that fears their presence and devalues them. Subedi (2008) suggests that systems of teacher training mark South Asian teachers as “inauthentic”; signifying them as “marginal, perhaps deviant, both of which are interwoven with tropes of national identity and values” (p.57). The concept of ‘gendered Islamophobia’ stigmatises them and sets them against Eurocentric, white ideals, that essentialises and categorises people according to colour, language and culture (Bibi, 2022). However while they also engage in self-motivation and agency to navigate these situations, they become enmeshed in power hierarchies, that are evident in teacher education requirements and categorises them as non-legitimate in their teacher identities (Subedi, 2008). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is undergirded by the epistemic and methodological approaches of the ‘Silences Framework’ (Serrant-Green, 2011) and what we have called ‘Racialised Identifications’ (Gunaratnam, 2003). These approaches support anti-racist and de-colonised analyses and begin to claim the connection between race, identity and knowledge production. They offer an alternative to ITE policy in England, in which standardised discourses entangle and disregard identities of Black and Asian student teachers and where race, ethnicity and other forms of cultural difference are problematically absent (Warner, 2022). The ‘Silences Framework’ is cyclical and includes: working in silences, hearing silences, voicing silences working with silences. It generates affirmative spaces to talk about deeply personal responses, bringing together unspoken and little articulated ideas, with memories and experiences. ‘Racialised Identifications’ (Gunaratnam, 2003) seeks to draw on individual narratives of identity, honouring how participants express, resist and mediate within themselves and those around them. Alterity can be mapped onto their narratives, avoiding the diminishing effects of essentialism and othering and instead promoting ideas of narrative elusiveness, contradictions and instability that racialised subjects experience. This approach asserts individuals seeing and projecting themselves as changing in response to the effects of their environments, identifying stigmatisation and erasure within dominant discourses. Interviews and focus groups are the main methods of gathering narratives and which frame these ethical considerations: Interviews were conducted online allowing participants to not be videod to further protect anonymity; sensitive questioning was used to facilitate difficult and emotional recounts; and the Findings’ section draft were shared with individuals before publication. Our researcher position is also called into question because while we our research began with a Pakistani, Muslim colleague, we ended as two non-south Asian researchers. This necessitated shifting our mind-sets to confront questions of whose cultural territory within which we are we engaging? Working in negotiated spaces supported dissipation of researcher privilege and epistemic control (Gunaratnam, 2003) and differences in researchers’ and participants’ ethnic heritages can be a positive dynamic if it is premised on the inter-play between sympathy, authenticity and a desire to move forwards in knowledge construction (Gabi, Olsson-Rost, Warner and Asif, 2023). These methodologies can facilitate knowledge production around race and exclusion and enable the positional ‘other’ to come into the view and speak the unspeakable that White methodologies cannot grasp (Serrant-Green, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research paper recognises and implicitly challenges systems within UK teacher training that reduces British South Asian students to tropes of vulnerability and inauthenticity. It understands how racialized challenges and imposed dominations in ITE, renders them voiceless in the system, although measures of resistance and agency enables some to navigate a way (Mirza, 2013). The conjoined methodologies of the ‘Silences Framework’ (Serrant Green 2011) and the ‘Racialised Identification’ methodologies (Gunaratnam, 2003) redress the silo-ing of their racialised voices to challenge deficit and assimilationist understandings. Our epistemic base is of listening and affirming words, phrases and concepts that speak of deeper issues and systemic repressions and that insist South Asian student teachers bring about their own destinies and are a possible danger in the classrooms and society (Farrell & Lander, 2019). Through its specific focus on British South Asian student teachers who leave their teacher training course or experience debilitating problems that affect their progress, this paper offers some detailed insights into their experiences in university and school spaces. Through their narratives, the paper probes how the nature of ITE, university cultures and school placement cultural norms, pose ethnic and social challenges for them and explores how they navigate or even reject these impositions (Mirza, 2012). We recognise ourselves as non-South Asian researchers, in powerful positions as university tutors and we work to negate this situation through clear communication, using a flexible and listening interview process and sharing writing drafts before publication. In moving towards an understanding of the emotional and psychological dangers that threaten the stability of British South Asian student teachers, we recognise that gender, social class and religion dictate how exclusionary practices operate around them (Phoenix, 2019). These pressures conspire to limit them and transform them into sites of inability and non-legitimacy. References Bibi, R (2022) Outside belonging: a discursive analysis of British South Asian (BSA) Muslim women’s experiences of being ‘Othered’ in local spaces, Ethnic and Racial Studies, DOI: 10.1080/01419870.2022.2123715 Department for Education (2019).ITT Core Content Framework (publishing.service.gov.uk) Accessed 12.12.23 Department for Education (2022) Market review of initial teacher training (ITT) - GOV.UK (www.gov.uk) Accessed 12.12.23 Farrell, F. & Lander, V. (2019) “We’re not British values teachers are we?”: Muslim teachers’ subjectivity and the governmentality of unease’ in Educational Review, 71:4, 466-482, DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2018.1438369 Gabi, J., Olsson-Rost, A., Asif, U. & Warner, D. (2023) 'Decolonial Praxis: Teacher educators' perspectives on tensions, barriers, and possibilities of anti-racist practice-based Initial Teacher Education in England' in Curriculum Journal of British Educational Research Association. DOI:10.1002/curj.174 Gunaratnam, Y. (2003) ‘Looking for ‘race’? analysing racialized meanings and identifications’ in Researching Race and Ethnicity, London:Sage Marom, L. (2019) Under the cloak of professionalism: covert racism in teacher education, Race Ethnicity and Education, 22:3, 319-337, DOI: 10.1080/13613324.2018.1468748 Mirza, H. S. 2012. “Embodying the Veil: Muslim Women and Gendered Islamopobia in ‘New Times’.” In Gender, Religion and Education in a Chaotic Postmodern World, edited by Z. Gross, L. Davies, and A. L. Diab, 303–316. London: Springer. [Google Scholar] Mirza, H. S. 2013. “‘A Second Skin’: Embodied Intersectionality, Transnationalism and Narratives of Identity and Belonging among Muslim Women in Britain.” Women’s Studies International Forum 36: 5–15. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar] Phoenix, A. (2019) Negotiating British Muslim belonging: a qualitative longitudinal study, Ethnic and Racial Studies, 42:10, 1632-1650, DOI: 10.1080/01419870.2018.1532098 Serrant-Green L. (2011) ‘The sound of ‘silence’:a framework for researching sensitive issues or marginalised perspectives in health’ in Journal of Research in Nursing16(4) 347–360. DOI: 10.1177/1744987110387741 Subedi, B. (2008) Contesting racialization: Asian immigrant teachers' critiques and claims of teacher authenticity’ in Race Ethnicity and Education, 11:1, 57-70, DOI: 10.1080/13613320701845814 Tereshchenko, A., Bradbury, A. & Mills, M. (2021). What makes minority ethnic teachers stay in teaching, or leave? London: UCL Institute of Education. What makes minority ethnic teachers stay in teaching or leave.pdf (ucl.ac.uk) Warner, D. (2022) ‘Black and Minority Ethnic Student Teachers stories as empirical documents of hidden oppressions: using the personal to turn towards the structural’ in British Educational Research Journal https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3819 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Teacher Educators as Facilitators of or Force Against Ignorance About Indigenous Peoples? Contributions from Finland. Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Motivated by the increasing recognition of the anti-colonial potential of teacher education (TE), this study examines how Finnish teacher educators engage with and understand knowledge about and from the Indigenous Sámi people (‘Sámi knowledge’). The research delves into the discourses, meanings, practices, and challenges the interviewed teacher educators express regarding the inclusion of Sámi knowledge to TE programmes. Thus, the paper aims to contribute to ongoing Nordic and international discussions about the wicked problem of ignorance about Indigenous peoples and colonial realities ('settler ignorance'), which is documented perpetuating oppressive structures and hindering Indigenous rights (Cook, 2018). While the phenomenon of settler ignorance and its presence in education has been globally discussed (e.g., Godlewska et al., 2020; Taylor & Habibis, 2020), the issue remains under-researched in the contexts of the Sámi, the only Indigenous people in the European Union. The Sámi inhabit Northern European regions currently spread across Finland, Sweden, Norway, and Russia. National truth and reconciliation processes in Finland, Sweden and Norway all emphasise the goal of better public knowledge about Sámi matters, underlining its significance in overturning the historical and ongoing mistreatment (e.g., Prime Minister’s Office, 2021). Furthermore, the European Commission Against Racism and Intolerance has repeatedly highlighted the need for education to address the profound lack of knowledge about Sámi people, recognizing mainstream ignorance as a source of hate speech and Sámi discrimination (ECRI, 2019). Acknowledgment of the problematic nature of transnational ignorance has prompted initiatives at both national and EU levels to raise awareness of Indigenous issues (see Saami Council, 2022). In the Finnish context, the incorporation of Sámi knowledge into education depends largely on teachers, given the minimal support and accountability the curricula and teaching materials assign for Sámi inclusion (e.g., Miettunen, 2020). Sámi scholars Keskitalo and Olsen (2021) reinforce the interconnectedness of stronger Sámi education and Sámi inclusion in mainstream teacher education. Recognizing settler ignorance not as a mere absence of knowledge but as a cognitive, affective and social force (Cook, 2018), it has been highlighted that dismantling such ignorance necessitates proactive and systematic incentives and support at different educational levels, thus deeply affecting TE institutions (e.g., Somby & Olsen, 2022). Together with these conceptualisations, we apply Susan Dion’s (2007) theory of educators’ common ‘perfect stranger’ position toward Indigenous matters as we examine whether future teachers receive both Sámi-related teaching and opportunities for critical reflection, both of which they need to truly access the 'difficult knowledge' related to Indigenous/colonial realities. In a preceding sub-study linked to this paper, we discovered that Finnish TE programmes' written curricula often privilege liberal/nationalistic narratives over openings for Sámi knowledge or critical reflections on colonial responsibilities (Mattila et al., 2023). Given the influential role educators play in curriculum interpretation and development, as well as in institution-wide anti-colonial efforts (e.g., Parkinson & Jones, 2019), the perceptions of educators become a highly relevant focus of research. The work of teacher educators is complex and influential considering their multiple intertwining roles and the dripple-down effect of being the teachers of teachers (see Boyd & White, 2017). Through interviews with teacher educators from Finnish TE universities, this study seeks to deepen our understanding of the current state of teaching/learning Indigenous and colonial matters and provide insights for future TE development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Finnish teacher educators’ perceptions of Sámi knowledge and TE’s role in overcoming settler ignorance are approached through thematic interviews. Thematic interviews are a compatible methodological choice for such a research problem where the subject of study is relatively little known. As the focus is on a structural issue such as settler ignorance, thematic interviews create valuable opportunities to explore not only the questions of whether/how Sámi knowledge is negotiated by Finnish teacher educators, but also go deeper into the why. The data will consist of 15-20 interviews of teacher educators working in different Finnish TE universities. We practice purposeful sampling, i.e., the potential interviewees are approached depending on their positions and teaching areas, weighting how relevantly their courses can be connected to discussions about the Sámi and/or colonial legacies. The interview data is analysed thematically (Braun & Clarke, 2006), which allows for addressing both implicit and explicit answers as well as keeping interpretations data-driven. Thematic analysis is complemented by a critical discursive reading (applied from Critical Discourse Analysis by Fairclough, e.g., 2001), which helps to delve deeper into the cultural implications, meanings and powers that may underlie the interviewees' responses. We anticipate that combining thematic and discursive analysis will facilitate access to a deeper explanatory level, identifying the effects of national and international discourses and prevailing power relations. This analytical choice can also help avoid drawing individual-level conclusions; it is important to avoid ascribing elements of the widespread structures of colonial ignorance to the values, motivation, or expertise of individual interviewed educators. As non-Indigenous researchers working to examine questions and contexts relating to Indigenous peoples, we are committed to conducting research ethically, with methods and data that allow us to make our enquiries sustainably. We have sought the informed consent of the Finnish Sámi Parliament to the design and relevance of this research. Considering the collection and preservation of personal interview data, we are set to carefully construe and follow data management plans, in line with EU data protection guidelines and ethical scientific practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interview data for this study is collected during 2024. Based on the current research phase, the data collection is still ongoing by the time of the ECER 2024 conference, but the research process, design, and 'key questions' for the expected findings will be discussed in the presentation. While we look forward to encountering 'unexpected' perspectives from the interviewees’ responses, international ignorance research and our preceding sub-studies allow us to outline interesting 'key questions' for the data and, thus, suggest some expected pointers. Interesting questions that guide our analysis and our emerging understandings of the role of teacher educators include; Do teacher educators' responses reflect resistance and/or agency towards Sámi knowledge? Do the answers reflect a saturation with social or (trans)national narratives, such as the 'exceptionality' of Finnish societal and educational equality or colonial 'innocence'? And do teacher educators perceive TE's role in increasing Sámi knowledge important in general? References Boyd, P., & White, E. (2017). Teacher educator professional inquiry in an age of accountability. In Boyd, P. & Szplit, A. (eds.) Teacher and Teacher Educator Inquiry: International Perspectives. Kraków: Attyka. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Cook, A. (2018). Recognizing settler ignorance in the Truth and Reconciliation Commission. Feminist Philosophy Quarterly, 4(4), 1–21. Dion, S. (2007). Disrupting Molded Images: Identities, responsibilities and relationships – teachers and indigenous subject material. Teaching Education, 18(4), 329–342. European Council against Racism and Intolerance ECRI (2019). ECRI Report on Finland (fifth monitoring cycle). Fairclough, N. (2001). Language and power (2nd ed.). London: Longman. Godlewska, A. M. C., Schaefli, L. M., Forcione, M., Lamb, C., Nelson, E., & Talan, B. (2020). Canadian colonialism, ignorance and education. A study of graduating students at Queen’s University. Journal of Pedagogy, 11(1), 147–176. Kasa, T., Rautiainen, M., Malama, M., & Kallioniemi, A. (2021). ‘Human rights and democracy are not self-evident’ – Finnish student teachers’ perceptions on democracy and human rights education. Human Rights Education Review, 4(2), 69–84. Keskitalo, P., & Olsen, T. (2021). Indigenizing Education: Historical Perspectives and Present Challenges in Sámi Education. Arctic Yearbook 2021, 452–478. Mattila, E., Linden, J., & Annala, J. (2023). On the Shoulders of a Perfect Stranger: Knowledge Gap About the Indigenous Sámi in the Finnish Teacher Education Curriculum. Race Ethnicity and Education [Ahead of Print]. Miettunen, T. (2020). Saamelaistietoa vai puuttuvaa tietoa saamelaisista? Selvitys saamelaistiedosta peruskoulun suomen- ja ruotsinkielisissä oppimateriaaleissa. [Sámi knowledge or missing knowledge about the Sámi? Report on Sámi knowledge in Finnish and Swedish learning materials for primary education]. Ministry of Education and Culture. Parkinson, C., & Jones, T. (2019). Aboriginal people’s aspirations and the Australian Curriculum: a critical analysis. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 18(1), 75–97. Prime Minister’s Office (2021). Decision on establishing a truth and reconciliation commission concerning the Sámi people. Saami Council (2022). Sápmi-EU Strategy. Production by project Filling the EU-Sápmi Knowledge Gaps. Somby, H. M., & Olsen, T. A. (2022). Inclusion as indigenisation? Sámi perspectives in teacher education. International Journal of Inclusive Education. Taylor, P. S., & Habibis, D. (2020). Widening the gap: White ignorance, race relations and the consequences for Aboriginal people in Australia. The Australian Journal of Social Issues, 55(3), 354–371. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 08 SES 03 A JS: Wellbeing, Diversity and Inclusion (JS with NW04) Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Teachers´ Social-Emotional Competencies and Diversity Awareness in the Spotlight. Austrian Results and Contextualisation of the HAND:ET Project 1University of Graz, Austria; 2Educational Research Institute: Ljubljana Presenting Author:In the present contribution, two studies are introduced: (1) a longitudinal study on the effects of a training programme for teachers and other school staff, aimed at promoting their social-emotional competencies and diversity awareness (abbreviated as SEDA competencies henceforth), and (2) a policy study that examines the importance of teachers´ SEDA competencies in the Austrian pre- and in-service teacher education. Nowadays, teachers across Europe are confronted with pressures and, at times, new challenges that require them to respond spontaneously, flexibly, and professionally. The increasing diversity in school classrooms is one example (Nishina et al., 2019). European teachers are exposed to several risks and stressors that often cause early drop-outs of the teaching profession and those who stay are exposed to an increased risk of experiencing burnout (Brouwers & Tomic, 2000). In Austria, teachers encounter challenges when entering the profession and various give up the teaching profession shortly thereafter due to a lack of support and excessive demands (Parlamentsdirektion der Republik Österreich, 2023). The European Commission acknowledges the manifold challenges teachers face in their daily work and emphasises the importance of training programmes that consider a constantly changing and diverse setting, are conducive to the promotion of social-emotional competencies, foster collaboration among teachers, and particularly focus on the well-being of teachers to ensure support in their career planning, preventing burnout and premature departure from the profession (European Commission, 2021). In the Erasmus+ project "HAND: Empowering Teachers" (03/2021 to 02/2024), an onsite training programme for teachers and other school staff was developed in response to the above-mentioned issues. The programme aimed to promote and enhance teachers´ SEDA competencies, employing a mindfulness-based approach. With this approach, the participants’ self-care and well-being were also intended to be positively influenced (Ellerbrock et al., 2016; Emerson et al., 2017; Zarate et al., 2019). Implemented as the "HAND:ET system" with accompanying online support, the programme was carried out in the schoolyear 2022/2023 in Austria, Croatia, Portugal, Slovenia, and Sweden. A longitudinal study was conducted to examine pre-and post-effects. Since the historical, political and educational backgrounds differ between the participating countries, we wanted to dig deeper and frame the results considering the country specific characteristics to interpretate them embedded in a broader view to better understand the complex influencing factors that affect respective national outcomes and elucidate differences that become visible in international comparison. Therefore, within the framework of the HAND:ET project, policy research was conducted through document analyses to determine the extent to which the promotion of SEDA competencies is addressed in several countries of the European Union. Based on this document analysis and a review of all current Austrian curricula for pre-service teacher education and catalogues for in-service teacher education on the primary and lower secondary level, we report on (1) the support of SEDA competencies of Austrian teachers in pre- and in-service education as well as through other policy measures, (2) the assessment of teachers’ SEDA competencies, (3) other initiatives or projects addressing these, and (4) current political debates or reforms in this field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used a mixed-methods design in both studies. In Study 1, participants (N = 119) answered two online surveys, one before (t1) and one after (t2) the HAND:ET system was implemented. The intervention group (IG, n = 50) comprised teachers (n = 42), school leaders (n = 7), and one school counsellor. The control group (CG, n = 69) also consisted of teachers (n = 55), school leaders (n = 10), and school counsellors (n = 4). In addition to sociodemographic variables, the surveys included questions on participants' mindfulness, their well-being, their burnout risk, their self-management, their self-efficacy, their empathy, their attitudes toward and handling of diversity and multiculturalism, their perceived level of stress linked to their work, their interactions with students and colleagues, as well as their relational competence. Standardised questionnaires were used to assess each of these areas, some of which were adapted. Examples of the utilised questionnaires include the "Kentucky Inventory of Mindfulness Skills" (Baer et al., 2004), the "WHO-5 Well-Being Index" (Topp et al., 2015), and the "Teacher Cultural Beliefs Scale" (Hachfeld et al., 2011). Furthermore, we realised five focus groups with a total of 17 participants of the intervention group to learn more about challenges and benefits associated with the HAND:ET system. The interview guideline included questions on what the participants particularly liked about the training sessions, what they found challenging, and if they had any suggestions for improvement. Additionally, they reported on what they had learned through the HAND:ET training, whether they had applied techniques and exercises that were part of the training in their personal or professional contexts, and if they had observed any changes at their school as a result of the training. In Study 2, to answer the research questions regarding the significance of SEDA competencies of Austrian teachers in pre-service and in-service teacher education, we reviewed all current curricula for bachelor's and master's programmes leading to teaching qualifications for the ISCED 1 and ISCED 2 general education levels as well as all current catalogues on professional development offers of Austrian University Colleges for Teacher. In these documents, searches for (1) “sozial.“ (“social.”), (2) “emotional.”, (3) “divers.”, (4) “interkult.” (“intercult.”), and (5) “heterogen.” were carried out. The relevant text passages were then qualitatively analysed to determine if and to what extent they referred to teachers´ SEDA competencies. In total, 54 documents were analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In terms of the effects of the HAND:ET system, we revealed positive effects on participants’ mindfulness skills, empathy, relational competence, cooperation amongst colleagues, and openness to diversity. The focus groups showed that the participants experienced the HAND:ET system as enriching for both their professional and private life. They particularly mentioned an increase of self-awareness and self-management as well as relationship skills. Challenges were experienced in terms of the extent of the training (six full days and five online sessions), which made participation in all sessions challenging, especially during stressful periods when the teachers already perceived their profession as highly demanding. Some participants initially struggled to engage with the mindfulness concept and found the frequent repetition of individual exercises to be exhausting. The results of the document analyses showed that SEDA competencies play a role in pre-service teacher education, but the emphasis is more on fostering these skills in future students and to develop teaching methodologies and classroom management techniques. In-service teacher education especially acknowledges the importance of teachers' mental and emotional well-being in their profession. However, most offers (this applies to other initiatives and projects as well) do not focus on the fundamental development or promotion of teachers’ SEDA competencies. Overall, a systematic framework and an overarching concept are lacking that recognise the importance of SEDA competencies and provide possibilities for how and for what purpose they can be specifically and explicitly promoted. Although teachers’ health in general has been assessed, Austrian data focusing on teachers´ SEDA competencies was lacking. Ongoing policy debates in the field are influenced by teacher shortage and focus on lateral entries. References Baer, R. A., Smith, G. T. & Allen, K. B. (2004). Assessment of mindfulness by self-report: the Kentucky inventory of mindfulness skills. Assessment, 11(3), 191–206. https://doi.org/10.1177/1073191104268029 Brouwers, A. & Tomic, W. (2000). A longitudinal study of teacher burnout and perceived self-efficacy in classroom management. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16(2), 239–253. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(99)00057-8 Hachfeld, A., Hahn, A., Schroeder, S., Anders, Y., Stanat, P. & Kunter, M. (2011). Assessing teachers’ multicultural and egalitarian beliefs: The Teacher Cultural Beliefs Scale. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(6), 986–996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.04.006 Ellerbrock, C. R., Cruz, B.C., Vásquez, A., & Howes, E. V. (2016). Preparing Culturally Responsive Teachers: Effective Practices in Teacher Education. Action in Teacher Education, 38(3), 226-339. https://doi.org/10.1080/01626620.2016.1194780 Emerson, L. M., Leyland, A., Hudson, K., Rowse, G., Hanley, P., & Hugh-Jones, S. (2017). Teaching Mindfulness to Teachers: a Systematic Review and Narrative Synthesis. Mindfulness, 8(5), 1136-1149. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12671-017-0691-4 European Commission (2021). Teachers in Europe: careers, development and well-being. Eurydice Report. Publications Office. Nishina, A., Lewis, J. A., Bellmore, A., & Witkow, M. R. (2019). Ethnic Diversity and Inclusive School Environments. Educational Psychologist, 54(4), 306-321. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2019.1633923 Parlamentsdirektion der Republik Österreich (2023). Politik am Ring: Lehrkraft - Traumjob oder Albtraum? Parlamentsfraktionen diskutieren Strategien zur Beseitigung des Lehrkräftemangels. https://www.parlament.gv.at/aktuelles/pk/jahr_2023/pk0421 Topp, C. W., Østergaard, S. D., Søndergaard, S. & Bech, P. (2015). The WHO-5 Well-Being Index: a systematic review of the literature. Psychotherapy and psychosomatics, 84(3), 167–176. https://doi.org/10.1159/000376585 Zarate, K., Maggin, D. M., & Passmore, A. (2019). Meta-analysis of mindfulness training on teacher well-being. Psychology in the Schools, 56, 1700-1715. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22308 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Well-Being of Immigrant Students in Five European Countries Educational Research Centre, Ireland Presenting Author:Immigration continues to be a key, and divisive issue in Europe. With increased levels of migration, the provision of an inclusive education to children with a migrant background will increasingly be a key policy issue in many European countries, with potentially significant implications for those children and society. While there is evidence of higher achievement and well-being among native students in Spain (Rodriguez et al., 2020), recent PISA results show that when students’ socio-economic status and language spoken at home is accounted for, overall achievement does not differ significantly between students with a migrant background and native students, and has not changed significantly since 2018 (OECD, 2023b). While schools play a crucial role in student achievement, they also play a significant role in students’ overall well-being. In this context, it is important that the well-being of students with a migrant background is examined to determine how these students fare in relation to their peers, as well-being is significant in its own right, but also can influence a student’s academic achievement. There is evidence of lower levels of life satisfaction, a key aspect of well-being, among immigrant students (Liebkind & JasinskajaLahti, 2000; Neto, 2001), so there is a need for further research into the well-being of immigrant students, particularly in relation to other aspects of well-being. As well as assessing student achievement in mathematics and science (and reading in the case of PISA), the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) and the OECD’s Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) both gather a range of background information from students, including data in relation to perceived well-being, which presents an opportunity to examine changes in the well-being of immigrant students during a time of increasing migration. Sense of belonging to school is one of the key elements of student well-being as conceptualised by PISA (OECD, 2023a), and is evaluated by both studies. Another important aspect of well-being that is common to both studies is feeling safe (Mullis & Martin, 2017; OECD, 2023a). Using the PISA definition of immigrant student status as first-generation (student and parents(s) born outside study country); second-generation (student born in study country and parents(s) born outside study country); and non-immigrant (at least one parent born in the study country), this study will use measures of sense of belonging and feeling safe to compare the well-being of immigrant students relative to their peers in five European countries at two different time points during a period of relatively high migration. The theoretical framework underpinning this study is Bronfenbrenner’s ecological model of human development (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2007). While the model originally focussed on the role of their environment in a child’s development, the revised model posits “proximal processes” as drivers of development and is made up of four main elements, process, person, context, and time, which are interlinked and interact with each other, and influence a child’s development to varying degrees. The framework recognises the role of institutions and structures in enabling or limiting a child’s development and opportunities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study consists of analysis of TIMSS 2019 (Grade 8) and PISA 2022 data. PISA and TIMSS student questionnaires gather a range of contextual information in relation to students’ lives, including family background and well-being data. This includes data as to whether students and their parent(s) were born in the study country, which in the case of PISA is combined an index on immigrant background identifying students as first-generation, second-generation and non-immigrant. It is proposed to create an equivalent index using TIMSS 2019 data to allow comparisons of the well-being of students of different immigrant backgrounds across TIMSS 2019 and PISA 2022. Both studies ask students to what extent they agree with statements about belonging in school (TIMSS: I feel like I belong at this school; PISA: I feel like I belong at school). In addition, both studies gather data on the extent to which students feel safe in school. TIMSS asks students to what extent they agree with the statement I feel safe when I am at school. In the case of PISA, students are asked to what extent they agree with the statements I feel safe in my classrooms at school and I feel safe in other places at school (e.g. corridors, toilets, schoolyard, sports field, etc.). It is proposed to combine PISA data on these items to create an index of feeling at safe school for comparison with TIMSS. The study will compare students in five countries: Finland, France, Ireland, Norway and Portugal. The criteria for country selection was European countries that participated in TIMSS 2019 (Grade 8) and PISA 2022, which had the highest levels of increases in the proportion of immigrant students between PISA 2018 and PISA 2022. The proportion of immigrant students in Ireland showed a decrease of half a percentage point between these cycles of PISA, but was included as it is of national interest to the study team. The study will examine differences in well-being, in particular sense of belonging and feeling safe at school, between first-generation, second-generation and non-immigrant students over time in the five study countries. In addition, the relationship between immigrant status and sense of belonging and feeling safe will be analysed, as will the relationship between immigrant well-being and achievement before and after other factors such as socio-economic status, language spoken in the home and length of time in the study country are controlled for. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial analysis comparing students born outside the respective study countries with those born in the study countries indicate that there appears to be a change in aspects of student well-being and differences between immigrant and non-immigrant students. For example, while there was a large difference between non-immigrant and immigrant students in Ireland in TIMSS 2019 in agreeing that they felt they belong, in PISA 2022 there was little difference in their reports of feeling they belong at school (81% vs 71% in 2019 compared to 71% vs 71% native and immigrant respectively). Another aspect of well-being where there are indications of changing perceptions is in relation to how safe students feel at school. In TIMSS 2019 students were asked if they 'felt safe at school' and two similar questions in PISA 2022 were ‘I feel safe in my classrooms at school’ and ‘I feel safe in other places at school’. In Portugal in 2019, 86% of students born in the country reported that they felt safe at school compared to 76% of immigrant students who reported that they felt safe at school, a difference of nearly 10%. However, in 2022, 97% of native students and 92% of immigrant students agreed that they felt safe in the classroom (a four percentage point difference), with a four percentage point difference in those agreeing that they ‘feel safe in other places at school’ (96% non-immigrant students compared to 92% immigrant students). By comparing students across the two studies according to the PISA definition of immigrant status this paper will further explore the changes in student perceptions of aspects of their well-being across the countries selected, and whether differences between different groups are changing, which could have significant policy implications in relation to the provision of inclusive education to immigrant students. References Bronfenbrenner, U. and Morris, P.A. (2007). The Bioecological Model of Human Development. In Damon, W., and Lerner, R.M. (Eds.), The Handbook of Child Psychology, Sixth Edition. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470147658.chpsy0114 Liebkind, K., & Jasinskaja-Lahti, I. (2000). Acculturation and psychological well-being among immigrant adolescents in Finland: A comparative study of adolescents from different cultural backgrounds. Journal of Adolescent, 15(4), 446–469. https://doi.org/10.1177/0743558400154002. Mullis, I.V.S., Martin, M.O. (2017). TIMSS 2019 Assessment Frameworks. Boston: TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://timss2019.org/wp-content/uploads/frameworks/T19-Assessment-Frameworks.pdf. Neto, F. (2001). Satisfaction with life among adolescents from immigrant families in Portugal. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 30(1), 53–67. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1005272805052. OECD. (2023a). PISA 2022 Assessment and Analytical Framework. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/dfe0bf9c-en. OECD. (2023b). PISA Results 2022. Volume I: The state of learning and equity in education. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. Rodríguez, S., Valle, A., Martins Gironelli, L., Guerrero, E., Regueiro, B., Estévez, I. (2020). Performance and well-being of native and immigrant students. Comparative analysis based on PISA 2018. Journal of Adolescence, 85 (2020) 96–105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2020.10.001. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 09 SES 03 A: Understanding Educational Disparities Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ana María Mejía-Rodríguez Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Finnish Language Utilisation Rate and Mathematics Learning Outcomes of Students with Immigrant Background in Finland Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:The role of immigrants has become increasingly important in the developed countries’ population structure. The integration of immigrants into the society requires among other things education of the younger generations, which creates possibilities for succeeding in future work life. However, students’ immigrant background has in research often been associated with weaker educational achievement, which poses problems also for educational equality. The PISA studies have revealed that in international comparison, the difference between students with immigrant background and the native students is among the largest in Finland. It has been speculated that immigrant students’ lacking skills in the language of teaching could be reflected on their performance also in other areas of assessment, but there is only little evidence supporting this claim. Schnepf (2007) compared the differences between native and immigrant students in 10 countries based on PISA, TIMMS and PIRLS data, showing that in the USA, continental Europe and the UK, the performance gaps were largely explained by lacking language skills. However, there is little previous research on the relationship between the language utilisation rate and performance in assessments. Many studies support the hypothesis that language utilisation rate at home and with peers is associated with better learning outcomes (Brenneman, Morris & Israelian 2007; Dronkers & van der Velden 2013; Hannover et al. 2013; Levels, Dronkers & Kraaykamp 2008), but some studies have not found a link between them (Agirdag, Jordens & van Houtte 2014; Agirdag & Vanlaar 2016). The aim of this study was to explore the effect of Finnish language utilisation rate on mathematics performance for immigrant students in Finland. The research questions were: 1. Do native students and students with immigrant background differ from each other in the mathematical thinking and reading, and the time spent on tasks? 2. How does the Finnish language utilisation rate explain the mathematical thinking performance of students with immigrant background, when their reading skills, time spent on tasks and gender are taken into account? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used the data from one large municipality in Finland (N=942). We assessed 6th grade students’ performance in reading and mathematical thinking. We asked students which languages they used with their parents and siblings, and calculated language utilisation rate index based on the answers. Students’ reading skills were assessed by a curricular test developed by professionals working on the national curricular sample-based assessments. The items were first scored as correct/incorrect, and the total score was transformed into percentages of correctly solved items. Mathematical thinking was measured by an adaptive test consisting of two types of items. After four anchor items, the test adapted to students' performance level by selecting more difficult or easier items from a large item bank calibrated on earlier data from more than 10 000 students using Item Response Modelling. The test ended when the predefined accuracy rate was reached, or the student had completed 20 items. An estimate of the students' proficiency level was calculated and rescaled to a scale, in which 500 points was the average performance level in the calibration data. We analysed the results using multiple-group linear regression models in Mplus 8.0. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that children of international families (2,5 generation), and native students performed clearly better in adaptive mathematical thinking tasks than 1st and 2nd generation immigrant students. In contrast to previous research, the Finnish language utilisation rate did not predict their results in the test. The strongest predictor of mathematical thinking was the time spent on tasks, followed by reading skills. In group analyses, reading skills predicted mathematical thinking only for the native students and 2nd generation immigrant students. In terms of reading skills, it is noteworthy that the level of proficiency in the language of instruction has been found to be related to mathematical competence, but in this study, reading predicted mathematical thinking only in some subgroups. In the future, it would be important to delve deeper into the underlying causes of the performance gap to promote equal opportunities for students with immigrant background in Finnish society. The results of this study suggest that the Finnish language utilisation rate is not related to mathematical thinking skills. In the future, more attention should be paid to the importance of peer learning in language learning, for example by examining the relationship between the use of Finnish with friends and the ability of students with immigrant background in different subjects. Such an approach would help to get a broader picture of the relationship between language utilisation rate and learning outcomes. This study was relevant because it added to the knowledge on the relationship between language utilisation rate and learning outcomes. The results also confirmed the view that time spent on tasks is a stronger explanatory factor than the mere level of proficiency in the language of instruction in school. References Agirdag, O., Jordens, K., & van Houtte, M. (2014). Speaking Turkish in Belgian primary schools: Teacher beliefs versus effective consequences. Bilig: Journal of Social Sciences of the Turkish World 70 (3), 7–28. https://hdl.handle.net/11245/1.430345 Agirdag, O. & Vanlaar, G. (2016). Does more exposure to the language of instruction lead to higher academic achievement? A cross-national examination. International Journal of Bilingualism 22 (1), 123–137. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/1367006916658711 Brenneman, M. H., Morris, R. D. & Israelian, M. (2007). Language preference and its relationship with reading skills in English and Spanish. Psychol. Schs. 44 (2), 171–181. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.20214 Dronkers, J., & van der Velden, R. (2013). Positive but also negative effects of ethnic diversity in schools on educational achievement? An empirical test with cross-national PISA data. In Windzio M. (eds.) Integration and Inequality in Educational Institutions. New York: Springer, 71–98. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-6119-3_4 Hannover, B., Morf, C. C., Neuhaus, J., Rau, M., Wolfgramm, C. & Zander-Musić, L. 2013. Immigrant adolescents' self-views and school success. J Appl Soc Psychol 43 (1) 175–189. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1559-1816.2012.00991.x Levels, M., Dronkers, J., & Kraaykamp, G. 2008. Immigrant children’s educational achievement in western countries: Origin, destination, and community effects on mathematical performance. American Sociological Review 73 (5), 835–853. https://doi.org/10.1177/000312240807300507 Schnepf, S.V. (2007). Immigrants’ educational disadvantage. An examination across ten countries and three surveys. Journal of Population Economics, 20 (3), 527–545. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Socio-demographic Correlates of Performance on a Spelling Test Among Sixth Grade Students With Spelling Difficulties University of the Aegean, Department of Primary Education Presenting Author:The ability to spell is a gradually developing, long, and complex process. It is directly linked to language skills, phonological, grammatical, and semantic awareness, cognitive functions (intelligence, perception, and memory), and metacognitive skills (Diamanti et al., 2014). Spelling ability is documented as a composite skill that is rather laborious to acquire and which is an essential part of writing (Oakley & Fellowes, 2016) Some children experience great difficulty as compared to their peers in learning to spell; these children typically have difficulty learning to read as well. It is important to have a good understanding of these complexities in order to comprehend how children learn to spell and why some children have severe difficulties with this process. Theories about how children learn to spell need to account for the full spectrum of patterns, as do theories about why some children have difficulty in spelling and how we can assist them(Treiman, 2017b, 2017a). The correlation between intelligence, language problems, and spelling is well established in research (Smith et al., 2016) and demonstrates that general intelligence and phonological awareness contribute to the acquisition of reading and spelling skills in children (Siddaiah & Padakannaya, 2015; Zarić et al., 2021). Research findings suggest that there may be other unknown environmental factors contributing to spelling, such as family environment, neighborhood school, print exposure, environmental toxins, nutrition, the number of siblings, experiences such as visits to the library, and the number of books in the home (Lewis et al., 2018). This study explores the correlation between students’ performance on a spelling test and specific socio-demographic characteristics, such as gender, father’s and mother’s occupation, who helps them with homework, the degree of satisfaction with their school performance, their parents’ degree of satisfaction with their school performance, difficulties they face in school subjects (reading, writing, arithmetic), essays, tests (oral and written), and use of leisure time. Research in Greece investigating the development of spelling ability in individuals with and without LD seems limited; however, in recent years in Greece, there has been interest in the linguistic factors related to the development of spelling ability as well as in the analysis of spelling errors of students with and without LD (Protopapas et al., 2013) In particular, the research hypotheses were: Η1: The gender of students with spelling difficulties will correlate with their spelling performance. Η2: Parents’ occupation (father and mother) will correlate with spelling performance. Η3: The satisfaction of children with spelling difficulties with their school progress will correlate with their spelling performance. Η4: Perceived parents’ satisfaction with school progress will correlate with their spelling performance. Η5: Children’s perceived difficulties in school subjects (dictation, reading, writing, arithmetic), essay writing, and oral or written assessments (tests) will correlate with performance in spelling. Η6: The use of free time will correlate with performance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study presents the pilot findings of a large-scale survey. Participants The sample consisted of 225 children: 111 (49.3%) boys and 114 (50.7%) girls. The average age of the children in the sample is 11.5 years, with the average age of boys being only two months older than girls. All the children attended the 6th grade of the primary school on the island of Rhodes: 50.2% of them attended school in the city of Rhodes, and 49.8% attended school in the semi-urban and rural areas. Instruments The following instruments were utilised to collect data for the study: 1) A self-report of two sections, to obtain socio-demographic data and family characteristics. 2) The DWT is a passage-spelling test. It is an age-appropriate passage with morphological variety developed by Zachos and Zachos in 1998 (Zachos & Zachos, 1998).. Procedure and data analysis Data collection took place in the school years 2017–20. The questionnaires were administered to the students by their teacher. Data analysis was based on descriptive statistics and the non-parametric Kruskal-Wallis and Mann-Whitney U tests for independent samples. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study showed that there was a correlation between students’ performance on the spelling test and the demographic variables: gender, mother’s occupation, reading help, children’s satisfaction with school performance, parents’ satisfaction with school performance, reading difficulties, spelling difficulties, essay difficulties, arithmetic difficulties, oral difficulties, writing difficulties, and leisure time use. Especially, the study indicated that most students scored high in spelling errors. Moreover, the study revealed statistically significant differences between children’s spelling performance in the DWT test and the following demographic variables: Gender, mother’s occupation, reading assistance, children’s satisfaction with school performance, parents’ satisfaction with school performance, reading difficulties, spelling difficulties, exposure difficulties, arithmetic difficulties, oral difficulties, writing difficulties, and leisure time utilisation. Students who had a tutor at home or another person for help made more spelling errors compared to students who had no help. Children who were dissatisfied with their own or their parents’ performance in school made a higher number of spelling mistakes. At the same time, children who reported having difficulties (a few to too many) in reading, spelling, composition, arithmetic, speaking, and writing made more spelling errors. Finally, students who stated that they go to their country house in their free time and students with fewer extracurricular activities made more spelling mistakes. The present study shows that certain socio-demographic characteristics are correlated with students’ spelling attainment. These findings emphasise both that children’s spelling ability is a complex process involving a variety of factors and that each student should be considered individually. In conclusion, the research highlights the need to consider socio-demographic factors in terms of teaching, educational reforms, and changes in issues of spelling: learning and dealing with spelling difficulties. References Diamanti, V., Goulandris, N., Stuart, M., & Campbell, R. (2014). Spelling of derivational and inflectional suffixes by Greek-speaking children with and without dyslexia. Reading and Writing, 27(2), 337–358. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-013-9447-2 Oakley, G., & Fellowes, J. (2016). A closer look at spelling in the primary classroom. Primary English Teachers Association Australia. Siddaiah, A., & Padakannaya, P. (2015). Rapid automatized naming and reading: A review. Psychological Studies, 60(1), 70–76. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12646-014-0280-8 Smith, B. L., Smith, T. D., Taylor, L., & Hobby, M. (2016). Relationship between Intelligence and Vocabulary: Perceptual and Motor Skills. https://doi.org/10.2466/pms.100.1.101-108 Treiman, R. (2017a). Learning to spell: Phonology and beyond. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 34(3–4), Article 3–4. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643294.2017.1337630 Treiman, R. (2017b). Learning to spell words: Findings, theories, and issues. Scientific Studies of Reading, 21(4), 265–276. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888438.2017.1296449 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Participation in ECE in Kosovo: (Re-)migration and Acquired Cultural Capital as a Resource for the Participation of ECE Institutions Universität Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Research shows that returns of people that fled can positively influence post-war recoveries on country (Wahba 2021). Education is argued to be of special relevance for post-war recoveries in general. Attendance of children early childhood education (ECE) can play an important role for individuals and society, as participation is in general associated with a positive language, cognitive, and social development supporting a more successful educational career (e.g. Melhuish et al., 2015) and specifically important for the well-being in conflict zones (e.g. Osmanli et al., 2021). Disparities in ECE attendance, according to Boudon's work (1974), can be understood as the result of an interplay of the situation of the family (as supportive factors or barriers) and rational educational decisions. Apart from location and availability (e.g. Sixt 2013), disparities in attendance in ECE are often found with regard to, economic and cultural capital of parents (e.g. Adema et al. 2016) and for immigration countries also the migrant status of families (e.g. Müller et al. 2014). For conflict contexts, the role remigration plays for attendance in ECE and further trajectories has not been well researched. In this article we therefore analyze the role remigration and war-related international connectivity plays for attendance in ECE in the Kosovan context. For more than 30 years Kosovo is classified as a crisis region, with different phases of war and stability, causing at least 4 different big waves of dynamic war- and crisis-related migration and remigration movements ( Hajdari and Krasniqi 2021). Studying inequalities in ECE attendance is of particular interest as children affected by big migrations waves in the 1990ies are now parents and in Kosovo (like in many conflict regions), with the exception of the preschool-year (age 5-6), non-compulsory, highly privatized and regional differences in availability can be found (Gjelaj et al., 2018). As studies reports on the risk of remigration to Kosovo in terms of reintegration, unemployment, economic situation (Möllers et al. 2017) as well as mental health and the associated loss of quality of life (Lersner et al. 2008) negative primary origin effects can be expected. However, when migration or war-related international personal encounter positively influenced parental acquisition of cultural and social capital (Farrell, Mahon and Mcdonagh, 2012) positive influence, in terms of educational aspiration and insights into the value of ECE, positive secondary origin effects seem plausible. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To analyze disparities in patters of attendance in ECE related to war-caused migrations we use data from home survey and student questionnaire of the TIMSS 2019 for Kosovo (Foy and LaRoche 2020) were the parents and the 4th Grade students themselves (nstudents= 4496; average age was 9.9) also reported on early learning. As remigration was not asked in the survey specifically, we look at 2 indicators to analyze patterns of ECE attendance (min. 3 years, 60 %): Immigration to Kosovo (at least one family member born outside of Kosovo, 8 %) and language practice in families (Every day communication between mother and child in English, German, Italian or French language, 21 %). As these languages are not spoken in Kosovo but major emigration countries, we find it plausible to assume that language competences have been acquired as part of a migration related experience. We calculated logistic regression analysis on EC attendance using the IEA IDB Analyzer, which allows for weighting and correct estimation of standard errors, given the complex sampling of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We find no significant difference in ECE attendance in relation to the immigration of at least one member of the nuclear family. Migration-relevant linguistic family practices are associated with a 2.6 times higher chance of attending ECE, and significant effects remain even when controlling for education and occupational status of parents. Disparities related to educational and economic capital of families can also be confirmed. The indicator language practice in the families, also appears as an independent explanatory factor in explaining achievement differences in mathematics in the fourth grade, and remains significant when controlling for economic and cultural capital as well as aspirations. The study is having a number of limitations, starting with the instrumentation and the nature of the survey data. The strength lies in the utilization of representative large-scale data for a conflict context, where data is scares. The results indicated that (re-)migration by itself, may not be supportive for ECE attendance in crisis contexts. Only when war- and crisis-related migration or opportunities for global encounters support the acquisitions of cultural capital, positive effects for educational decisions of parents can be expected. Obviously, additional qualitative studies and better instrumentation for surveys are needed to further look into when and how war-related migration can be considered a strengthen factor for early childhood education. Supportive findings, would support and emphasis the importance’s of providing high quality education for displaced people also for post-war recovery and educational opportunities of next generations. References Publication bibliography Adema, W., Clarke, C., Thévenon, O., & Queisser, M. (2016). Who uses childcare? Background brief on inequalities in the use of formal early childhood education and care (ECEC) amony very yound children. Available online at https://www.oecd.org/els/family/Who_uses_childcare-Backgrounder_inequalities_formal_ECEC.pdf, checked on 11/22/2022. Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in Western society. Wiley series in urban research. New York, NY: Wiley. Farrell, M., Mahon, M. & McDonagh, J. (2012). The rural as a return migration destination. European Countryside, 4(1). https://doi.org/10.2478/v10091-012-0012-9 Foy, P. & LaRoche, S. (2020). Estimating Standard Errors in the TIMSS 2019 results. In M. O. Martin, M. von Davier & I. V. Mullis (Hrsg.), TIMSS-2019-MP-Technical-Report (14.1-15.1). TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center, Lynch School of Education and Human Development, Bost College and International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement. Gjelaj, M., Rraci, E. & Bajrami, K. (2018). Pre-school Education in Kosovo. Available online at https://www.researchgate.net/publication/334896051_PRE-SCHOOL_EDUCATION_IN_KOSOVO, checked on 09/15/2022 Hajdari, L. & Krasniqi, J. (2021). The economic dimension of migration: Kosovo from 2015 to 2020. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-021-00923-6 Lersner, U. von, Elbert, T. & Neuner, F. (2008). Mental health of refugees following state-sponsored repatriation from Germany. BMC psychiatry, 8, 88. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-244X-8-88 Melhuish, E., Ereky-Stevens, K., Petrogiannis, K., Ariescu, A., Penderi, E., Rentzou, K., Tawell, A., Slot, P., Broekhuizen, M. & Leseman, P. (2015). A review of research on the effect so Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC). Available online at https://ecec-care.org/fileadmin/careproject/Publications/reports/new_version_CARE_WP4_D4_1_Review_on_the_effects_of_ECEC.pdf, checked on 12/22/2022. Möllers, J., Traikova, D., Herzfeld, T. & Bajrami, E. (2017). Study on rural migration and return migration in Kosovo. Available online at http://hdl.handle.net/10419/168315, checked on 11/25/2022. Müller, N., Strietholt, R. & Hogrebe, N. (2014). Unlgeiche Zugänge zum Kindergarten. In K. Drossel, R. Strietholt & W. Bos (Hrsg.), Empirische Bildungsforschung und evidenzbasierte Reformen im Bildugnswegsen (S. 33–46). Waxmann. Osmanli, N., Babayev, A., Rustamov, I., & Munir, K. (2021). Emotional and behavioral problems of 7-11 year old children in war-torn nagorno – karabakh region in Azerbaijan. European Psychiatry, 64(S1). https://doi.org/10.1192/j.eurpsy.2021.1670 Sixt, M. (2013). Wohnort, Region und Bildungserfolg. Die strukturelle Dimension bei der Erklärung von regionaler Bildungsungleichheit. In R. Becker & A. Schulzer (Eds.), Bildungskontexte: Strukturelle Voraussetzungen und Ursachen ungleicher Bildungschancen (pp. 483–510). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Wahba, J. (2021). Who benefits from return migration to developing countries? IZA World of Labor. Vorab-Onlinepublikation. Available online at https://doi.org/10.15185/izawol.123.v2, checked on 11/29/2022. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 09 SES 03 B: Challenges in Educational Measurement Practices Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elena Papanastasiou Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper A Peculiarity in Educational Measurement Practices University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:This paper discusses a peculiarity in institutionalized educational measurement practices. Namely, an inherent contradiction between guidelines for how scales/tests are developed and how those scales/tests are typically analyzed. Standard guidelines for developing scales/tests emphasize the need to identify the intended construct and select items to capture the construct’s full breadth, leading items (or subsets of items) to target different aspects of the construct. This occurs in test development through specifying the test’s content domain along with a blueprint allocating items to content domains, item formats, and/or cognitive demand levels (AERA, APA, & NCME, 2014, ch. 4). Similarly, scale development guidelines emphasize identifying sub-facets of constructs, such that items can be targeted to capture each sub-facet, ensuring that the full construct is measured (e.g., Gehlbach & Brinkworth, 2011; Steger et al., 2022). These guidelines intentionally ensure that items (or subsets of items) contain construct-relevant variation that is not contained in every other item (e.g., it is recommended to include geometry-related items when measuring math ability because such items capture construct-relevant variation in math ability that is not present in, e.g., algebra-related items; c.f., Stadler et al., 2021). At the same time, scales/tests are typically analyzed with reflective measurement models (Fried, 2020). I focus on factor models for simplicity, but the same basic point applies to item-response theory models, as a reparameterization of item-response theory models to non-linear factor models would show (McDonald, 2013). In the unidimensional factor model, the item, Xip, is modelled as Xip=(alpha_i+lambda_i*F_p)+e_p, where i represents items, p is persons, alpha_i is an item intercept, lambda_i is a factor loading, F_p is the latent factor construct, and e_p is the person-specific error. The (alpha_i+lambda_i*F_p) term can be understood as an item-specific linear rescaling of the latent factor (that is on an arbitrary scale) to the item’s scale, just as one might rescale a test to obtain more interpretable scores. The factor model, then, consists of two parts, the rescaled factor and the error term. Since each item is defined as containing a rescaling of the factor and this is the only construct-relevant variation contains in items, each item must contain all construct-related variation (i.e., all changes in the construct are reflected in each item). Note that these points are conceptual, stemming from the mathematics of the factor model, not claims about the results of fitting models to specific data. There is a contradiction here: Scales/tests are intentionally designed so that each item (or subset of items) captures unique, construct-related variation, but analyses are conducted under the assumption that no item (nor subset of items) contain unique, construct-related variation. To have such a clear contradiction baked into the institutionalized practices of measurement in the educational and social sciences is peculiar indeed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a discussion paper so there are no true methods per se. The analyses are based on careful study of institutionalized guidelines for how to construct tests and survey scales and the typical approaches for analyzing data from tests and survey scales. The presentation will focus on reviewing direct quotes from these guidelines in order to build the case that there is an inbuilt contradiction to baked into current “best practices” in measuring in the educational sciences. I will then present a logical analysis of the implications for this contradiction. Drawing on past and recent critiques of reflective modeling, I will propose that this contradiction persists because reflective models provide a clear and direct set of steps to support a set of epistemological claims about measuring the intended construct reliably and invariantly. I will then argue that, given the contradiction, these epistemological claims are not strongly supported through appeal to reflective modelling approaches. Rather, this contradiction leads to breakdowns in scientific practice (White & Stovner, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The reflective measurement models that are used to evaluate the quality of educational measurement are built using a set of assumptions that contradict those used to build tests and scales. This peculiarity leaves the field evaluating the quality of measurement using models that, by design, do not fit the data to which they are applied. This raises important questions about the accuracy of claims that one has measured a specific construct, that measurement is reliably, and/or that measurement is or is not invariant. There is a need for measurement practices to shift to create alignment between the ways that tests/scales are created and how they are analyzed. I will discuss new modelling approaches that would facilitate this alignment (e.g., Henseler et al., 2014; Schuberth, 2021). However, questions of construct validity, reliability, and invariant measurement become more difficult when moving away from the reflective measurement paradigm. References American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, & National Council on Measurement in Education. (2014). Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing. American Educational Research Association. http://www.apa.org/science/programs/testing/standards.aspx Fried, E. I. (2020). Theories and Models: What They Are, What They Are for, and What They Are About. Psychological Inquiry, 31(4), 336–344. https://doi.org/10.1080/1047840X.2020.1854011 Gehlbach, H., & Brinkworth, M. E. (2011). Measure Twice, Cut down Error: A Process for Enhancing the Validity of Survey Scales. Review of General Psychology, 15(4), 380–387. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0025704 Henseler, J., Dijkstra, T. K., Sarstedt, M., Ringle, C. M., Diamantopoulos, A., Straub, D. W., Ketchen, D. J., Hair, J. F., Hult, G. T. M., & Calantone, R. J. (2014). Common Beliefs and Reality About PLS: Comments on Rönkkö and Evermann (2013). Organizational Research Methods, 17(2), 182–209. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094428114526928 Maraun, M. D. (1996). The Claims of Factor Analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 31(4), 673–689. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327906mbr3104_20 McDonald, R. P. (2013). Test Theory: A Unified Treatment. Psychology Press. Schuberth, F. (2021). The Henseler-Ogasawara specification of composites in structural equation modeling: A tutorial. Psychological Methods, 28(4), 843–859. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000432 Stadler, M., Sailer, M., & Fischer, F. (2021). Knowledge as a formative construct: A good alpha is not always better. New Ideas in Psychology, 60, 1-14. https://doi.org/hqcg Steger, D., Jankowsky, K., Schroeders, U., & Wilhelm, O. (2022). The Road to Hell Is Paved With Good Intentions: How Common Practices in Scale Construction Hurt Validity. Assessment, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1177/10731911221124846 White, M., & Stovner, R. B. (2023). Breakdowns in Scientific Practices: How and Why Practices Can Lead to Less than Rational Conclusions (and Proposed Solutions). OSF Preprints. https://doi.org/10.31219/osf.io/w7e8q 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Exploring Mode-of-Delivery Effect in Reading Achievement in Sweden: A study using PIRLS 2021 data Göteborgs Universitet, Sweden Presenting Author:Reading literacy is considered an essential factor for learning and personal development (Mullis & Martin, 2015). International assessments like PIRLS are tracking trends and shaping literacy policies. They seek to evaluate global student learning, offering crucial insights into educational performance to shape informed policy decisions. Given the ongoing technological expansion and innovation, a shift in delivery mode became an inevitable progression (Jerrim, 2018). PIRLS has adapted to these changes, introducing the digital format in 2016 (ePIRLS) and achieving a significant milestone in 2021 with the partial transition to a digital assessment, through a web-based digital delivery system. Digital PIRLS included a variety of reading texts presented in an engaging and visually attractive format that were designed to motivate students to read and interact with the texts and answer comprehension questions. While considerable effort has been invested to ensure content similarity between the two formats, variations persist due to the distinct modes of administration (Almaskut et al., 2023). This creates the need for further analysis and exploration to better understand the impact of these differences on the overall outcomes and effectiveness of the administered modes. Previous research has highlighted the presence of a mode effect, varying in magnitude, when comparing paper-based and digital assessments (Jerrim, 2018; Kingston, 2009). Jerrim's (2018) analysis of PISA 2015 field trial data across Germany, Ireland, and Sweden indicates a consistent trend of students scoring lower in digital assessments compared to their counterparts assessed on paper. Furthermore, Kingston's meta-analysis (2009) indicates that, on average, elementary students score higher on paper and exhibit small effect sizes when transitioning from paper-based to digital reading assessments. On the other hand, PIRLS 2016 was administered both in paper and digitally in 14 countries, where students in nine countries performed better in digital assessments, while only in five countries did students perform better in paper (Grammatikopoulou et al., 2024). Formulärets överkant Additionally, research underscores the distinct consequences of printed and digital text on memory, concentration, and comprehension (Delgado et al., 2018; Baron, 2021). Furthermore, previous findings support the fact that there is variation when it comes to the factors influencing performance in these two modes. Time spent on internet and computer use for school was found as a significant predictor of digital assessments, but not of paper-based (Gilleece & Eivers, 2018). The present study Sweden was among the 26 countries out of 57 that administered the digital format in PIRLS 2021. Another paper-based text -replicated from PIRLS 2016- was also administered to a ‘bridge’ sample. To maintain consistency across formats, both digital PIRLS and paper PIRLS share identical content in terms of reading passages and questions. However, digital PIRLS utilizes certain features and item types that are not accessible in the traditional paper and pencil mode. The digital version showcased advantages such as operational efficiency and enhanced features, while maintaining content consistency with the paper format. The primary aim of the present study is to investigate a potential mode effect between digital and paper formats, if there, and explore any variations in reading achievement between the two formats. Despite advancements in digital assessment, there remains a gap in our understanding of how the shift from traditional paper-based assessments to digital formats may impact reading literacy outcomes. By delving into these potential differences, we aim to contribute valuable insights into the evolving landscape of educational assessments, informing educators, policymakers, and researchers about the effectiveness and potential challenges associated with the integration of digital modes in literacy evaluation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study uses PIRLS 2021 data for Sweden. Sweden participated in digital PIRLS 2021 with 5175 students. A bridge sample, separate and equivalent, was administered on paper for 1863 students (Almaskut et al., 2023). The study aims to explore the potential mode effect in both paper-based and digital assessments, utilising item data from digital PIRLS and paper PIRLS. To assess and compare digital PIRLS and paper PIRLS as measures, we will employ a bifactor structural equation model, with a general reading achievement factor and specific factors representing the digital and paper formats. Constructing a bifactor model involves specifying key components to capture the nuances of reading achievement in both digital and paper formats. In this framework, a general reading achievement factor is introduced alongside specific factors representing the unique aspects of the digital and paper assessment modes. Notably, PIRLS categorizes reading into two broad purposes: reading for literary experience and reading to acquire and use information. Building upon this categorization, we will construct two variables based on the stated purposes of reading: the literary and the informational. We will explore how these variables contribute to reading achievement and whether there are variations in reading achievement between digital and paper formats. The model will incorporate paths from 'Literary’ and 'Information’ to both the general factor and specific factors. These paths facilitate the examination of how each observed variable influences the overall reading achievement and its specific manifestations in the digital and paper contexts. Additionally, observed indicators for each variable are included, ensuring a comprehensive representation of the constructs in the bifactor model. Furthermore, the analysis will control for socio-economic status (SES), immigrant background, and gender as variables while exploring mode effects or bias in either mode. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study will employ a bifactor model in the context of PIRLS 2021 data for Sweden to elucidate the multifaceted construct of reading literacy/achievement and potential mode effects between digital and paper formats. While the empirical results are pending, we anticipate several key outcomes. We expect to observe variations in the relationships between our latent constructs and observed indicators based on the mode of assessment. Based on previous findings, we tentatively expect to discern the presence of both general and specific factors, indicating that there are unique aspects associated with digital and paper reading processes that significantly impact reading achievement beyond the shared aspects captured by the general factor. Our expectation is grounded in the understanding that different areas and processes of reading may exhibit varied patterns. For instance, we speculate that while informational reading might predominantly contribute to the general reading achievement factor, fictional or longer text reading may exhibit specific factors. This differentiation in our analysis aims to provide a more nuanced understanding of the complex relationships within the reading achievement construct, considering the diverse aspects of reading activities and processes associated with digital and paper formats. The complexities showed in our analyses may prompt inquiries into additional contextual factors, the stability of mode effects across different populations, and the longitudinal impact on reading outcomes. In conclusion, our study's expected outcomes encompass a comprehensive exploration of mode effects, the unique contributions of latent factors, the significance of specific indicators, implications for educational practice, and the identification of future research directions. References Almaskut, A., LaRoche, S., & Foy, P. (2023). Sample Design in PIRLS 2021. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.tr2103.kb9560 Baron, N. S. (2021). Know what? How digital technologies undermine learning and remembering. Journal of Pragmatics, 175, 27–37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2021.01.011 Cheung, K., Mak, S., & Sit, P. (2013). Online Reading Activities and ICT Use as Mediating Variables in Explaining the Gender Difference in Digital Reading Literacy: Comparing Hong Kong and Korea. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 22(4), 709–720. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-013-0077-x Cho, B.-Y., Hwang, H., & Jang, B. G. (2021). Predicting fourth grade digital reading comprehension: A secondary data analysis of (e)PIRLS 2016. International Journal of Educational Research, 105, 101696. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101696 Delgado, P., Vargas, C., Ackerman, R., & Salmerón, L. (2018). Don’t throw away your printed books: A meta-analysis on the effects of reading media on reading comprehension. Educational Research Review, 25, 23–38. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2018.09.003 Gilleece, L., & Eivers, E. (2018). Characteristics associated with paper-based and online reading in Ireland: Findings from PIRLS and ePIRLS 2016. International Journal of Educational Research, 91, 16–27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2018.07.004 Grammatikopoulou, E., Johansson, S., & Rosén, M., (2024). Paper-based and Digital Reading in 14 countries: Exploring cross-country variation in mode effects. Unpublished manuscript. Jerrim, J., Micklewright, J., Heine, J.-H., Salzer, C., & McKeown, C. (2018). PISA 2015: How big is the ‘mode effect’ and what has been done about it? Oxford Review of Education, 44(4), 476–493. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2018.1430025 Kingston, N. M. (2008). Comparability of Computer- and Paper-Administered Multiple-Choice Tests for K–12 Populations: A Synthesis. Applied Measurement in Education, 22(1), 22–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/08957340802558326 Krull, J. L., & MacKinnon, D. P. (2001). Multilevel Modeling of Individual and Group Level Mediated Effects. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 36(2), 249–277. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327906MBR3602_06 Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2015). PIRLS 2016 Assessment Framework (2nd ed.). Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: http://timssandpirls.bc.edu/pirls2016/framework.html Rasmusson, M., & Åberg-Bengtsson, L. (2015). Does Performance in Digital Reading Relate to Computer Game Playing? A Study of Factor Structure and Gender Patterns in 15-Year-Olds’ Reading Literacy Performance. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 59(6), 691–709. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2014.965795 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper What’s the Effect of Person Nonresponse in PISA and ICCS? The Swedish National Agency for Education Presenting Author:International Large Scale Assessments (ILSA), such as PISA and ICCS, provide internationally comparative data on students' knowledge and abilities in various subjects. The results across assessments permit countries to make comparisons of their educational systems over time and in a global context. To make this possible, the implementation and the methodology on which the studies are based need to be rigorously standardized and of high quality. But even in a well-designed study, missing data almost always occurs. Missing data can reduce the statistical power of a study and can produce biased estimates, leading to invalid conclusions. The mechanisms by which missing data occurs are many. Such a mechanism emerge, for example, from studies based on low stake tests (which ILSA should be considered as). In low stake tests the students nor their teachers receive any feedback based on the students' results. Besides risking reduced validity of results from comparisons, both over time and between countries, low stake tests run the risk of giving rise to a greater proportion of missing data. Sweden has a long tradition of high quality population administrative register data and this tradition has led us into having a great deal of data linked to the individuals via so-called social security numbers. It is relatively common for researchers and authorities to employ these high quality data in their analysis entailing more reliable results. The Swedish National Agency for Education regularly use register data when producing the official statistics and to a certain extent also when carrying out evaluation studies. The ILSA:s, used to evaluate the condition of the Swedish schooling system, both by the Swedish National Educational Agency as well as by decision-makers and other stakeholders. To further the possibilities of secondary analyses and to increase relevance t to the national context, it is therefore pertinent to collate data from registers with data from the ILSA:s. Historically, the Swedish National Agency for Education has only been able to link register data to ILSA data for participating students. This is because the participating students are considered as having given their consent for such linkages. However, before conducting PISA 2022 and ICCS 2022, the legal requirements (?) changed so that it became possible for the Swedish National Agency for Education to link register data also to nonresponding students, i.e. not only to the participating students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Swedish samples in PISA 2022 and ICCS 2022 consist of 7 732 15-year-olds and 3 900 students in grade 8, respectively. After the students who are to be excluded due to cognitive or physical impairment or alternatively due to not having good enough skills in the Swedish language, 7 203 in PISA 2022 and 3 632 in ICCS 2022 remain. Of these, the weighted student nonresponse is 15 percent and 13 percent in PISA and ICCS respectively. By employing register data, such as for example the students' final grades in primary school, migration background and the parents' level of education, on the full sample we have studied covariation of student nonresponses and student background characteristics (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2023a; Swedish National Agency for Education 2023b). Furthermore, we have carried out post-stratification type analyses (Little & Rubin, 2020)) to estimate the effect of nonresponses on students’ achievement. Finally, we compared students’ achievements, computed with PISA:s and ICCS rather non-informative nonparticipation adjusted weights, and students’ achievements computed with nonparticipation weights adjusted with register data. (OECD, 2023; IEA, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that student nonresponses lead to a bias that contributes to a certain overestimation of the students' average results Hence, Sweden's results seem to be too high given which students that participated as well as which did not participate. But, the overestimation differs between the two studies. In PISA the bias seems to be larger than the bias in ICCS and where the bias seems to lead to a significant overestimation of the students’ results in PISA the bias in ICCS seems to have a non-significant effect on the students’ results. Furthermore, we find that regardless of whether we study PISA or ICCS, two studies that differ methodologically in several aspects but are similar in the way of compensating for any person nonresponse bias, the effect of the missing-compensating elements on student’s achievements is negligible. The results of this study in terms of how the missingness lead to overestimation of students' average results in ILSA:s are consistent with previously published studies, both in relation to ILSA:s (Micklewright et al., 2012; Meinck et.al., 2023) and more generally to sample studies in general (Groves & Peytcheva, 2008; Brick & Tourangeau, 2017). However, more would need to be done as we do not know the relationship between the proportion of missingness and the size of its’ bias. And we do not know if this relationship changes over time or how this relationship might differ in an international comparison. Furthermore, when compensating for missing data our results lead to the questioning of how reasonable it is to make the assumption of missing completely at random (MCAR). Something that is commonly done in ILSA:s given a sampled school or class. References Groves & Peytcheva. (2008). The Impact of Nonresponse Rates on Nonresponse Bias: A Meta-Analysis. IEA. (2023). ICCS 2022 Technical Report. Meinck et.al. (2023). Bias risks in ILSA related to non‑participation: evidence from a longitudinal large‑scale survey in Germany (PISA Plus) Micklewright et al. (2012). Non-response biases in surveys of schoolchildren: the case of the English Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) samples. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Technical Report. Roderick J. A. Little, Donald B. Rubin. (2020). Statistical Analysis with Missing Data, 3rd Ed. Swedish National Agency for Education (2023a). ICCS 2022 metodbilaga. Swedish National Agency for Education (2023b). PISA 2022 metodbilaga. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 03 A: Panel Discussion: Reflecting on Teacher Identities in an Inclusive and Intersectional Perspective Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Rory Mc Daid Panel Discussion |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Panel Discussion Reflecting on Teacher Identities in an Inclusive and Intersectional Perspective 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Belgrade, Serbia; 3University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:In many countries across Europe (and beyond) a relatively homogeneous body of teachers teaches an increasingly diverse group of students (Brunold et al. 2017). While this is widely discussed, we want to reflect on this matter against the background that educational institutions serve as one of the sites where identities are negotiated, contested, and defended (Martin & Van Gunten 2002). Although there is consensus on the importance of teacher identity in literature (Cochran-Smith, 2010), we still lack information on the content of teacher identity and its formation process, i.e., how they perceive themselves as teachers and what factors contribute to these perceptions (Beijaard et al., 2000). Teachers’ complex identities and their addressing in teacher education programs thus are particularly relevant. Moreover, also developments such as teacher shortages, increasing numbers of lateral entrants, and challenges related to retention pose further challenges to the diversity of the teaching body and its consideration in education programs. This panel discussion consequently aims at discussing the intersections and complexities of teacher identities. The background of the session is the Circle U. funded WIIIDE project (Working on Inclusive Identities, Intersectionality & Diversity in Teacher Education) with partners from the Universities of Belgrade, Oslo, and Vienna. The panel thus includes teachers and researchers from Austria, Norway, and Serbia and invites other researchers and educators to engage in a discussion and reflection on the relevance of considering diverse teacher identities for inclusive education contexts. At the core of the panel discussion lies the question of how we deal and how we should deal with teacher identities (e.g., regarding social class, race, gender, life stage, profession, training, and role) in teacher education across Europe and beyond. With current ever-growing relevance and impact of inclusive education, reflection spaces are necessary to explore their intersectionality with aspects such as democracy (in the age of climate and nature crises), special needs education (in times of performance pressure and unequal opportunities), and other intersectionalities that arise in the context of inclusive education. To address these challenges and provide room for discussion and reflection, we recognize that individuals may share commonalities on one dimension but belong to different categories on another, thus contributing to the inclusiveness of our identities (Espinosa et al. 2018). Moreover, we must “first demonstrate that vulnerability ourselves” (Paz Ortiz et al. 2018) and explore how societal messages about different groups have shaped our views of ourselves and others, before asking students to be vulnerable themselves. For teachers to actively address oppression, it is thus necessary to become aware of the fluidity, interconnectedness and contextual situatedness of their identities (Alcoff 1988; Maher & Tetreault 1994). One focus of both, the project and this intended exchange, thus lies in the discussion and reflection of valuable and innovative approaches that can be used in both research and teaching to explore identities, sensitize for the topic, and foster the reflection of one's own (teacher) identity (e.g., critical incident, narrative method, photovoice). Drawing upon experiences and exchanges during a three-day workshop with teacher educators, teachers, and teacher students from the three partner countries scheduled in June 2024 in Belgrade, we will share our responses to the following questions:
Moreover we will share questions and dilemmas that arose during the practice-infused workshop and aim to further explore and reflect on teacher identities in an inclusive and intersectional perspective with the panelists’ chair, authors, and attendants. References Alcoff, L. (1988). Cultural feminism versus poststructuralism: The identity crisis in feminist theory. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 13(3), 405-436. Beijaard, D., Verloop, N., & Vermunt, J.D. (2000). Teachers’ perceptions of professional identity: an exploratory study from a personal knowledge perspective. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16, 749-764. Brunold, A., Cunningham P., Garcia, T.,& Margevica-Grinberga, I. (2017). Guidelines for Citizenship Education in Teacher Education> The Inclusion of Minorities in the Education Workforce. CiCe Jean Monnet Network. Cochran-Smith, M. (2010). Toward a theory of teacher education for social justice. In A. Hargreaves, A. Lieberman, M. Fullan, & D. Hopkins (Eds.), Second international handbook of educational change (pp. 445-467). Springer Science + Business Media. Espinosa, A., Guerra, R., Sanatkar, S., Paolini, S., Damigella, D., Licciardello, O., & Gaertner, S. L. (2018). Identity Inclusiveness and Centrality: Investigating Identity Correlates of Attitudes toward Immigrants and Immigration Policies. Journal of Social Issues. doi:10.1111/josi.12293 Maher, F. A., & Tetreault, M. K. (1994). The feminist classroom: An inside look at how professors and students are transforming higher education for a diverse society. New York: Basic Books. Martin, R. J., & Van Gunten, D. M. (2002). Reflected Identities. Journal of Teacher Education, 53(1), 44–54. doi:10.1177/0022487102053001005 Paz Ortiz, A., Tarasawa, B., Al-Musaifry, N., Trimble, A., Straton, J. (2018). Positionality in Teaching: Implications for Advancing Social Justice. The Journal of General Education, 67(1-2), 109–121. doi: https://doi.org/10.5325/jgeneeduc.67.1-2.0109 Chair Rory McDaid, Marino Institute of Education, rory.mcdaid@mie.ie |
17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 03 B: Practicum Studies Impact on Student Teachers' Knowledge and Practices Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Paola Dusi Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Impact of Practicum in Assessment Conceptions and Practices of Pre-service Teachers' 1Universidad Complutense de Madrid; 2Universidad Politécnica de Madrid; 3Dublin City University Presenting Author:This study is informed by the theoretical knowledge about formative assessment, teacher assessment literacy and teacher assessment conceptions, and it focuses on the conceptions and practices of assessment held by pre-service teachers and how the experience of the supervised practicum can influence it. An article with the study is currently under review by an international journal. In the next paragraphs we summarize and explain the main ideas of our framework and the purposes of the study. It is well-known that assessment is one of the main strategies teachers use to facilitate learning, to certify student achievement, and to develop students' capacity to evaluate their future learning (Boud & Falchikov, 2006). Empirical studies in the area suggests that many novice and pre-service teachers do not have a wide knowledge about assessment, and they do not feel confident to do it effectively (Maclellan, 2004; Volante & Fazio, 2007). For this reason, we wanted to analyze the influence of initial teaching education in the development of what researchers defined as assessment literacy (DeLuca et al., 2016), i.e., proposals for conceptualizing the essential theoretical knowledge about assessment and the consideration of factors that influence how teachers implement assessment. Specifically, we considered the influence of the supervised practicum, which we understand as the ‘teaching practice’ period when student teachers go to schools to implement theoretical learning about teaching. This is a decisive period because pre-service teachers have access to the teaching professional culture, via a set of experiences and knowledge inherent to the profession, including conceptions and assessment practices (Brito, 2020). A few previous investigations have studied the impact of the practicum on conceptions of assessment. For instance, Xu and He (2019) and Prastikawati et al. (2022) reported an important change in English as a Foreign Language (EFL) pre-service teachers due to the practicum, with an improvement in the knowledge about the assessment purposes (summative and formative). However, there is still much room for improvement and a need to further analyze the effects of this period in assessment literacy, considering different educational stages, disciplines, and educational systems. Therefore, the purpose of our study is to analyze the impact of a supervised practicum on the assessment conceptions and practices of pre-service Physical Education (PE) teachers. The assessment conceptions we used were defined according to Brown (2008): a) assessment improves teaching and learning; b) assessment makes students accountable for learning; c) assessment demonstrates the quality and accountability of schools and teachers; d) assessment should be rejected because it negatively affects teachers, students, curriculum, and teaching. We chose PE for our study due to its great pedagogical importance in Spain in the last decade in relation to assessment studies, especially focused on formative assessment (López-Pastor et al., 2020), and the fact that the other studies had focused in EFL. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design was a qualitative study based in interviewing and task analysis. 18 prospective teachers participated in the study. They were students in the master’s degree in Teacher Education for Secondary School, PE specialty, at a public university in Madrid during the academic year 2020-2021. We conducted semi-structured interviews with the participants before and after the internship. The interviews ranged from 25 to 35 minutes. At the end of the internship, participants carried out a written individual assignment in which they had to design the assessment of a teaching unit, that could be implemented during the practicum period. The participants were selected by purposeful sampling (Coolican, 2014). They did not get any reward from their participation in the study, although the assessment task was assessed and graded, and it had a weight of 10% in the participants’ Practicum final grade (all students had to perform this activity whether they participated in the study or not). Interview transcripts and written assignments were coded following a mixed coding process, using descriptive and analytic codes (Bazeley, 2013). Then, we performed a conceptual analysis using matrices. Data analysis was performed using Atlas.ti. To ensure the quality of the analytical process, we used a form of collaborative coding, in which the 1st and the 2nd author, from different disciplines, coded and discussed the data, while the 3rd author worked as an auditor in different stages, in order to improve the accountability of the data analysis (Akkerman et al., 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the results, participants had very high expectations for the practicum period, but during this period their experiences with assessment was heterogeneous. Half of participants had a full experience assessing (design and implementation), while others only graded and there were even two participants that did not contribute substantially to assessment. Considering the general evolution of the participants during the process, a relevant result is that no participant improved or changed their discourse, conceptions, and practices towards a more formative view of assessment after the practicum. All the participants that emphasized the formative role of assessment at the end of the practicum had previously discussed or mentioned these ideas in the pre-practicum interview. Nevertheless, it is significant that there were two participants whose ideas on formative assessment were reduced after the practicum. About their assessment conceptions, participants held ideas connected with three kinds of assessment conceptions according to Brown’s proposal (2008) –improvement, school and student-accountability– and no participant mentioned ideas associated to the irrelevance category. Concerning their task, the assessment tools that were widely used were rubrics and checklists. They did not frequently used shared assessment strategies (self- and peer-assessment…) and our analysis of the rubrics found that they did not exploit their formative potential. One of the main conclusions of the study is that assessment is a key aspect for pre-service teachers and the practicum provides them with a great opportunity to see how it works in real settings, but they recognized it is one of the most complex elements of teaching (Hortigüela Alcalá et al., 2021). Participants acknowledged their experience is still limited and their approach to formative assessment was mainly theoretical, so in many cases they did not yet feel confident to implement it (DeLuca et al., 2019). We analyze the implications of these results and propose some recommendations for teacher education. References Akkerman, S., Admiraal, W., Brekelmans, M., & Oost, H. (2008). Auditing Quality of Research in Social Sciences. Quality & Quantity, 42(2), 257–274. https://doi.org/10.1007/S11135-006-9044-4 Bazeley, P. (2013). Qualitative data analysis. Practical strategies. Sage. Boud, D., & Falchikov, N. (2006). Aligning assessment with long-term learning. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 31(4), 399–413. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602930600679050 Brito, A. E. (2020). Formação inicial de professores e o estágio supervisionado: experiência formadora? Revista Praxis Educacional, 16(43), 158-174. https://doi.org/10.22481/rpe.v16i43.7666 Brown, G. T. L. (2008). Conceptions of assessment. Understanding that assessment means to teachers and students. Nova Science Publishers. Coolican, Hugh. (2014). Research methods and statistics in psychology (6th ed.). Psychology Press. DeLuca, C., Coombs, A., MacGregor, S., & Rasooli, A. (2019). Toward a Differential and Situated View of Assessment Literacy: Studying Teachers’ Responses to Classroom Assessment Scenarios. Frontiers in Education, 4, 94. https://doi.org/10.3389/FEDUC.2019.00094/BIBTEX DeLuca, C., LaPointe-McEwan, D., & Luhanga, U. (2016). Teacher assessment literacy: a review of international standards and measures. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 28(3), 251–272. https://doi.org/10.1007/S11092-015-9233-6/TABLES/6 Hortigüela Alcalá, D., González-Villora, S., & Hernando-Garijo, A. (2021). Do we really assess learning in physical education? Teachers’ perceptions at different educational stages. Retos, 42, 643-654. Maclellan, E. (2004). Initial knowledge states about assessment: novice teachers’ conceptualisations. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(5), 523–535. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.TATE.2004.04.008 Prastikawati, E. F., Mujiyanto, J., Saleh, M., & WuliFitriati, S. (2022). Pre-service EFL teachers' conceptions of assessment during their teaching practicum. KnE Social Sciences, 7(19), 615-626. https://doi.org/10.18502/kss.v7i19.12480 Volante, L., & Fazio, X. (2007). Exploring Teacher Candidates’ Assessment Literacy: Implications for Teacher Education Reform and Professional Development. Canadian Journal of Education, 30(3), 749–770. Xu, Y., & He, L. (2019). How pre-service teachers' conceptions of assessment change over practicum: Implications for teacher assessment literacy. Frontiers in Education, 4, Article 145. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2019.00145 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Collaboration and Joint Responsibilities for the Practicum Studies in Initial Teacher Education 1Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 2Union of Education Norway; 3The Norwegian Association of Local and Regional Authorities (KS); 4The Association for Student Teachers Presenting Author:This project delves into and examines the shared responsibilities of higher education institutions and kindergartens/schools (K-12) as they collaboratively oversee the quality of students' practicum studies, a fundamental component of initial teacher education (ITE) (Munthe, Ruud, & Malmo, 2020). These ITE programs are mandated to uphold rigorous academic standards, ensuring a comprehensive and coherent integration of subjects, subject didactics, pedagogy, and practicum placements (Lund, Jakhelln, & Rindal, 2015). While the specifics of students' practicum studies (K-12 placements, duration, learning content, progress line, etc.) may vary among different ITE programs, there is a common expectation that practicum placements in all programs should be supervised, diverse, and subject to assessment. The practicum dimension in teacher education is intricately woven into a symbiotic relationship with the practicum sector, encompassing kindergartens and schools. Since the 1960-ies, on behalf of the workforce, Norway has had institutionalized cooperation between employer organizations (here: for municipalities and county authorities), employee organizations (here: for the teaching profession), and the Government. Together, these three entities engage in discussions on political matters and provide advice on general economic and societal issues. However, to develop high-quality, research-based teacher education programs that are pertinent to the profession, it is imperative to expand this formal "tripartite cooperation" to include other stakeholders beyond its current scope. It becomes crucial to involve additional parties that hold a vested interest in teacher education, such as universities and university colleges functioning as teacher education institutions, along with the teacher students themselves. In an era marked by uncertainty, which also impacts the teaching profession, a collaborative effort that encompasses a broader spectrum of stakeholders can safeguard both the collective memory and future prospects for the development of robust and appealing teacher education programs. In this study, to address these issues, we aim to address the following research question: How do the two sectors, namely higher education and K-12 schooling, collaborate and jointly shoulder the responsibility for educating the teaching profession in Norway? To delve into our findings, we rely on a dual-layered theoretical framework. The initial perspective within this framework is grounded in the theory of practice architectures, as articulated by Kemmis et al. (2014). This theory offers a comprehensive framework for analysing the intricate interplay of elements within the context of students' practicum studies in initial teacher education. It provides a lens through which educators in both sectors can better understand, interpret, and improve the teaching and learning experiences within these critical stages of educating new teachers. The second perspective in our theoretical framework aims to support what is referred to in the literature on practicum studies as "the third space." In this "third space," students undergoing training, the teachers in the kindergarten/school serving as the students' practice mentors, and subject teachers from the university/college responsible for practice supervision come together (Korthagen, Loughran, & Russell, 2006). The work of teacher educators (both practice mentors and subject teachers) in "the third space" revolves around facilitating participatory and exploratory learning processes for students, practice mentors, and subject teachers. This requires all participants to move across professional, academic, and personal boundaries, engaging in negotiation and renegotiation of understandings associated with the role and tasks of the teaching profession (Williams, 2014). The distribution of responsibilities and collaboration in practical training within teacher education is intended to create conditions for the emergence of effective teacher education and professional development in such an exploratory communal learning process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Norwegian Government has instituted a "National Forum for Initial Teacher Education and Professional Development," comprising representatives from all pertinent stakeholders. In 2021, the forum decided to investigate collaboration concerning the practicum studies of teacher students between Initial Teacher Education (ITE) institutions and the practicum arenas. Tasked with scrutinizing a proposed framework for the allocation of responsibilities and collaboration regarding students' practicum studies in ITE programs in Norway, the four authors/presenters represent pivotal entities in this collaborative venture. Syrrist represents the students' union, Gallavara represents the teaching professions union, Sandsmark represents the school owner's organization, and Vedeler represents the teacher education institutions. Over an 18-month period, we engaged in regular meetings, delving into an extensive conversation to explore the subject under investigation. We undertook a systematic document analysis encompassing national legal directives and the operational documents of teacher education institutions. We have incorporated a diverse range of national and local governance and operational documents that regulate and set expectations for collaboration in practicum training. Failure to align these documents can create ambiguities regarding the frameworks governing the collaboration between teacher education institutions and kindergartens/schools, leading to considerable variation in the practicum training offerings provided to teacher students. While this diversity can be beneficial, contributing to a range of competencies, it may also result in uneven quality in practicum training and teacher education. With help from Universities Norway – Teacher Education administration we collected working documents from eight ITE institutions. Considerable variation exists in the nature of these working documents across ITE institutions and within the field of practice. In essence, both the legal mandates and these more informal documents collectively shape the framework guiding the implementation of students' practicum studies and placements. The aim of this document analysis was to deconstruct the included documents, examining hidden hierarchies, dominance, oppositions, inconsistencies, and contradictions (Creswell & Poth, 2018). In this study, a qualitative approach is employed in treating the documents. The intention has been to identify the connections of these documents to the phenomenon under investigation (Blaikie, 2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcomes have been presented in a report to the Government (Gallavara, Sandsmark, Syrrist, & Vedeler, 2023). In this ECER presentation, these findings will be examined in the context of the theory of practice architecture. The study sheds light on the semantic space, revealing and discussing the conflicting influences arising from variations in the content of the documents analysed. Additionally, within the semantic space, we articulate a shared conceptualization of how to describe and comprehend the foundations for shared responsibilities. In terms of the physical space, our approach encompasses tools such as formal agreements at two distinct levels. Within the social space, the study uncovers three types of responsibilities – organizational, professional, and administrative – spanning both sectors. We will also illuminate the roles and positions of students in these collaborative endeavours. References Blaikie, N. (2010). Designing social research . The logic of anticipation: Polity Press. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and reserach design. Choosing among five approaches: SAGE Publications. Gallavara, G., Sandsmark, J., Syrrist, L. S., & Vedeler, G. W. (2023). Forslag til rammer for ansvarsdeling og samarbeid om praksisopplæring i lærerutdanningene. Retrieved from https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/277e4321131c4b6abd03f7fe7ffa14d0/2023.05.01_rapport-fra-arbeidsgruppe_praksisopplaringen-i-lu-002.pdf Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education: Springer Science & Business Media. Korthagen, F., Loughran, J., & Russell, T. (2006). Developing fundamental principles for teacher education programs and practices. Teaching and teacher education, 22(8), 1020-1041. Lund, A., Jakhelln, R. & Rindal, U. (2015). Fremragende lærerutdanning - hva er det, og hvordan kan vi få det? In Rindal, Lund og Jakhelln (ed.): Veier til fremragende lærerutdanning. Universitetsforlaget. Munthe, E., Ruud, E., & Malmo, K.-A. S. (2020). Praksisopplæring i lærerutdanninger i Norge; en forskningsoversikt. Kunnskapssenteret for utdanning, KSU, 1, 2020. Williams, J. (2014). Teacher educator professional learning in the third space: Implications for identity and practice. Journal of Teacher Education, 65(4), 315-326. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Classroom Management During Student Teachers’ Early Field Placement: From Coursework to Practice University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Field-placement programs are expected to offer multiple opportunities to student teachers (STs) to enable lessons learnt in university-based coursework to teaching practices in the field (Moyer and Husman 2006; Tigchelaar and Korthagen, 2004). Early field placement experiences provide STs with a first (teaching) experience on developing generic aspects of teaching, including classroom management (CM) practices (Anderson, Barksdale, and Hite, 2005). One of STs’ main concerns during practice is CM (Ma and Cavanagh, 2018; O’Neill and Stephenson, 2012). STs during their first teaching efforts, ebb and flow between theory and practice, often guided by their attitudes and beliefs on what they consider as an effective practice to gain classroom’s control (Caner and Tertemiz, 2015). Several CM models are discussed in the literature (e. g. the Assertive Discipline Model, the Withitness and Group Management Model, the Choice Theory Model, see Balli, 2011), from which several aspects are introduced during early field coursework. CM is often related with developing procedures and routines to maximize the use of teaching time and dealing with pupils’ misbehavior (Meister and Melnick, 2003). In handling commonly occurring CM situations, the development of procedures/routines might offer STs a place to begin in developing heuristics and associated procedures for responding to (less) predictable situations during teaching (see Brophy, 1988). At the same time, various studies show that time management in the context of CM is one of the greatest concerns for beginning teachers since they lack experience in calculating/addressing the amount of time needed for each activity during enactment (see Kyriakides, Christoforidou, Panayiotou and Creemers 2017; Moore 2003). However, only a few studies investigated STs’ use of teaching time (Cakmak 2008). During early field placement, traditional modes of CM need to give their place to more enhanced-supportive engagement of STs and pupils in their first (and subsequent) interaction. Hence, the use of strict rules or formalized CM “contracts” as STs’ first or last resort during practice, might contradict the idea of a blended mode of CM models according to STs’ and pupils’ needs. The development of a procedure as a routine as it is discussed in coursework and implemented during practice (i.e. discussion/agreement with pupils, rehearsal and encouragement, see Wong and Wong, 2018) could be used as a paradigm of blending CM models offering STs with a place to begin their CM efforts. To this end, we acknowledge that STs’ engagement and limited presence in schools, makes the establishment of procedures/routines a very difficult endeavor (Brophy, 1988). Blending particular CM models is defined as selecting different aspects of teaching from each model related with practices that enhance CM not neglecting pupils’ needs. In this context, every step of the teaching procedure (i.e. assertive discipline model) is developed carefully within the classroom with pupils’ interaction (i.e. withitness group management model), considering the different needs of pupils’ which are interlinked with the general needs of the classroom (choice theory model) (see Balli 2011). In this study, we explore STs’ experimentation on CM using a video-setting (see Zhang et al. 2011) during early field placement after a coursework section based on blending particular aspects of CM models. Hence, we particularly focus on the aspects of developing procedures/routines and the management of time, implementing a video-setting to support STs’ reflection during/after practice. In this context, we ask: i) How do STs experiment and reflect on developing classroom and time management procedures/routines in a video setting during early field placement? ii) What challenges do STs face when enacting classroom and time management procedures/routines during early field placement? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and Setting Four STs studying to become generalist elementary schoolteachers in a four-year public university education program [country blinded] were enrolled in this study and are herein given the pseudonyms Vicky, Anna, Selia and Vaso. The sample varied in terms of content-area specialization and was selected out of a total of eight volunteers, who were enrolled in an early field placement coursework. The coursework was structured based on a blended combination of three classroom management models, namely the updated Assertive Discipline Model, the Withitness and Group Management Model and the Choice Theory Model (Balli, 2011). Developing procedures/routines and aspects concerning the management of time were explicitly addressed considering STs’ first teaching efforts. Data sources For each ST the corpus of data included: four videotaped lessons (Mathematics or Language arts), four lesson plans; post-lesson and final written reflections. In addition, STs would form pairs in order to particularly reflect on selected video excerpts related with the development of procedures and routines on classroom and time management. In each lesson, particular video segments were selected based on STs’ needs regarding the aforementioned aspects of CM and two reflection notes were written, one preceding and one following the reflection of each ST’s pear on each segment. Two more round of reflections followed, namely: a) a final reflection regarding STs’ CM after the two-round reflections, STs interactions and the video observation of each lesson and b) a final reflection at the end of the field placement program concerning STs’ experiences and general reflections on the video-setting procedure, the reflection cycle followed and the field placement program in general. Data analysis The data analysis involved all STs’ reflections, lesson plans and video-taped lessons. Firstly, particular video-taped lesson segments in which the aspects of developing procedures and routines on classroom and time management were identified, whereas challenges observed or self-reported by the STs and their reflection upon those segments were analyzed. Based on these data, we then developed detailed analytic memos for each ST (Patton, 2002). Approximately, twenty five percent of the data were coded, analyzed and then discussed with an independent researcher. These memos provided the basis for a cross-case analysis (Yin, 2009) during which STs’ experimentation on developing procedures/routines on classroom and time management is analyzed below. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data analysis showed that STs made an explicit effort of developing classroom and time management procedures/routines on which they reflected during their first teaching efforts. STs experienced that, developing procedures (in order to become routines) was not only feasible during early field placement but could be helpful in solving CM problems (e.g. getting the classroom attention). Such findings highlight the importance of providing STs with the tools needed (video-setting and blending CM models during coursework) in order to manage their classrooms, challenging the established assumption that STs cannot develop procedures/routines during early field placement. Significant challenges also emerged. The need for consistency, reinforcement and reinstatement of the procedures/routines’ steps as well as providing positive feedback to pupils after the implementation of a procedure were considered as fundamental aspects of managing classroom as a group during coursework. STs’ differentiated and often inconsistent enactment of the coursework’s methodology (i.e. applying an interactive approach of teaching a procedure while combining aspects of CM models), as well as the pervasiveness of the traditional assertive discipline model were evident throughout STs’ efforts. In addition, the inconsistency regarding the time allocated between planning and enactment was noticed from all STs after reflecting on the video-taped lessons and was attributed to several reasons (e.g. applying time consuming procedures during teaching like noting all the pupils’ answers on the board). More research is needed on how STs experiment with a blended mode of CM models in a more systematic way, during the final phase of field placement in which they are placed in schools as teachers and not as visitors. Moreover, since STs may follow different learning paths we need to unpack several other aspects of CM models during early field coursework in order to customize further the support needed during their teaching practice. References Anderson, N. A., Barksdale, M. A., and Hite, C. E. (2005). Preservice teachers' observations of cooperating teachers and peers while participating in an early field experience. Teacher education quarterly, 32(4), 97-117. Balli, S. J. (2011). Pre-service teachers’ episodic memories of classroom management. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(2), 245-251. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.004 Brophy, J. (1988). Educating teachers about managing classrooms and students. Teaching and teacher education, 4(1), 1-18. Caner, H. A., and Tertemiz, N. I. (2015). Beliefs, attitudes and classroom management: A study on prospective teachers. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 186, 155-160. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.04.098 Cakmak, M. (2008). Concerns about Teaching Process: Student Teachers' Perspective. Educational Research Quarterly, 31(3), 57-77. Kyriakides, L., Christoforidou, M., Panayiotou, A., and Creemers, B. P. M. (2017). The impact of a three-year teacher professional development course on quality of teaching: Strengths and limitations of the dynamic approach. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(4), 465-486. Ma, K., and Cavanagh, M. S. (2018). Classroom ready?: Pre-service teachers' self-efficacy for their first professional experience placement. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 43(7), 134-151. Meister, D. G., and Melnick, S. A. (2003). National new teacher study: Beginning teachers' concerns. Action in teacher education, 24(4), 87-94. https://doi.org/10.1080/01626620.2003.10463283 Moore, R. (2003). Reexamining the field experiences of preservice teachers. Journal of teacher education, 54(1), 31-42. https://doi.org/10.1177/002248710223865 Moyer, P. S., and Husman, J. (2006). Integrating coursework and field placements: The impact on preservice elementary mathematics teachers' connections to teaching. Teacher Education Quarterly, 33(1), 37-56. O’Neill, S., and Stephenson, J. (2012). Does classroom management coursework influence pre-service teachers’ perceived preparedness or confidence? Teaching and teacher education, 28(8), 1131-1143. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2012.06.008 Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Tigchelaar, A., and Korthagen, F. (2004). Deepening the exchange of student teaching experiences: implications for the pedagogy of teacher education of recent insights into teacher behaviour. Teaching and teacher Education, 20(7), 665-679. Wong, H. K., and Wong, R. T. (2018). The first days of school: How to be an effective teacher. Mountain View, CA: Harry K. Wong Publications. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 03 C: Mathematics Education Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sverker Lindblad Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Negotiating Boundaries: Science and Math Teacher Candidates’ Conceptualizations and Enactments of Culturally Relevant and Inclusive Curriculum 1Robert Louis Stevenson School, United States of America; 2TED University, Turkiye; 3Touro University, United States of America Presenting Author:Schooling in the 21st century has been particularly impacted by the movement of people, whether voluntary or involuntary. The European Commission (2023) anticipates over 130 million displaced people worldwide by the end of 2024, leading to previously unseen levels of diversity in the classroom. As stated in the ECER 2024 call, this “reality of mass migration and its impact on how we think of ourselves, our borders, and our identity” requires educators to reflect critically on their work and consider concrete ways in which they can teach all students equitably regardless of culture, language, and/or dis/ability (we use “dis/ability” to show that “disability” is a social construction that is in opposition to “ability,” not something that exists within an individual person).
Globally, we find ourselves in an age of uncertainty, but educators have been grappling with culturally relevant and inclusive curricula for decades. Culturally relevant pedagogies act as a response to changing student needs and have provided space for teachers to “link principles of learning with deep understanding of (and appreciation for) culture” (Ladson-Billings, 2014), as students have better learning outcomes when academic materials are made relevant to their lives (Gay, 2000) and their cultures and linguistic practices are maintained (Paris, 2012). European scholars have recognized the need for supporting teachers to work with diverse populations (Krulatz et al., 2018) and called for increased efforts by teacher education programs (Author, 2023; Subasi Sing & Akar, 2021) and school leaders (Brown et al., 2022) to “translate policies into practice” (p. 602) by preparing teachers to work with culturally and linguistically diverse students. Inclusive educators have also built upon these assets-based pedagogies by affirming diversity of ability and creating curricula that aim to remove barriers in schools rather than attempting to change and assimilate students (Baglieri et al., 2011).
Yet the literature suggests that STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) teachers are often the most reluctant to adopt culturally relevant teaching (Barton, 2003; Colina Neri, Lozano, & Gomez, 2018; Gutierrez, 2013) and that inclusive pedagogies are not well integrated into science education (Stinken-Rösner, et al., 2020). Though STEM teachers agree with an inclusion of cultural and racial topics in academics, “they often question their relevance to the hard sciences” (Colina Neri et al., 2018). Instead, many believe cultural relevance is more appropriate for the humanities classroom and pride themselves on the objectivity believed to be inherent to science and mathematics (Schultz et al., 2023). As a result, “there is little research to date focusing explicitly on how to organize culturally relevant pedagogy in [STEM] classrooms” (Suad Nasir et al., 2008, p. 224). Similarly, Stinken-Rösner and colleagues (2020) have argued that “a dialogue between domains of inclusive pedagogy and specific subjects rarely occurs” (p. 30). They propose inclusive science education as a “new theoretical approach” (p. 40). There is clearly work to be done in developing STEM curricula accessible to and by diverse student populations.
In line with the theme of creating more inclusive educational communities, the purpose of this paper is to develop a deeper understanding of the ways in which pre-service STEM teachers in a clinically rich, social justice-oriented teacher residency program create curricula that affirm and leverage diversity to support all students’ STEM learning. We do this by asking, (1) How are STEM teaching residents conceptualizing culturally relevant and inclusive curriculum design? and (2) How are they enacting these conceptualizations through curricular choices? This inquiry will suggest opportunities for STEM teachers to incorporate culturally relevant and inclusive pedagogies, as well as address challenges that arise that can be addressed by teacher educators and policy makers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws upon DisCrit (Annamma et al., 2013) as a theoretical framework. DisCrit addresses the “interdependent constructions of race and dis/ability in education and society“ (p. 1). Although this framework was developed within the specific racial context of the United States, it also has applications in the European context, where students are also often, “simultaneously raced and dis/abled” (p. 5) although not always in the same ways. Research conducted using DisCrit seeks to provide assets-based counternarratives in which knowledge is generated by disabled people of color, not just about disabled people of color (Annamma et al., 2013). This study takes place within the context of a clinically rich urban teacher residency program that draws upon culturally relevant and inclusive education as guiding frameworks. DisCrit, then, is a useful lens for understanding how residents conceptualize and enact culturally relevant and inclusive curricular design, and encourages researchers to view culturally relevant and inclusive education as fundamentally intertwined rather than separate. Participants included 20 total residents working toward certification in secondary science or math. Fourteen of those residents pursued dual certification in a STEM field and special education. Eleven identified as white; 3 as Hispanic or Latinx; 1 as Black; 1 as Asian; 2 as “two or more” racial identities; and 2 did not disclose. Information about disability was not systematically collected by the program, although some residents did disclose having a disability. Data included participants’ final portfolios, in which they compiled artifacts that demonstrated their commitments to inclusive and culturally relevant pedagogy through, for example, unit plans, philosophies of education, examples of feedback on student work, etc. We engaged in document analysis (Bowen, 2009) of the 20 portfolios using DisCrit to guide our analyses. We coded the data both deductively, using the principles of DisCrit, and inductively, looking for themes in the data and for tensions within themes, ways in which different residents might conceptualize or enact the same ideas differently (Bogdan & Biklen, 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary data analysis indicated residents’ conceptualizations of culturally relevant and inclusive teaching largely made reference to the importance of interdependence in the classroom community. This took the form of centering student voice, prioritizing relationships, and learning with and from one another. As residents reflected on the teaching they had observed prior to enacting their own, one articulated noticing that “a teacher-centered curriculum discouraged students’ active participation and did not promote mathematical discourse.” He “also realized that those students with learning disabilities and those whose English was not their native language were isolated from the rest of the class.” This critical awareness of historically marginalized communities and students led him and other residents to commit to co-creating with students a space where all learners felt supported. They did so through the development of community norms (e.g., “embracing collaboration,” “asking for help,” and “being respectful”) and relationship building. Residents regularly employed heterogeneous group activities (e.g., discussion boards, group readings). While these allowed teachers to make curriculum accessible for all students, they also required students to communicate with one another through comments and questions directed at peers rather than the teacher. Other community members were also pulled into class topics, such as when one resident designed an assignment requiring students to interview others (classmates, visitors to class, family members) about scientific topics and then react to what was shared. This worked to build scientific discourse in a way that involved a variety of actors and emphasized interdependence. This example is but one of the ways “educationalists … have always been at the forefront of efforts to respond to societal changes” (ECER, 2024). Through this study, we hope to more deeply understand how STEM educators are responding to current sociopolitical, economic, and cultural contexts in a way that promotes equity and justice. References Annamma, S.A., Connor, D.J., & Ferri, B. (2013). Dis/ability critical race studies (DisCrit): Theorizing at the intersections of race and dis/ability. Race Ethnicity and Education, 16(1), 1-31. Author. (2023). Barton, A. C. (2003). Teaching science for social justice. Teachers College Press. Brown, M., Altrichter, H., Shiyan, I., Rodriguez Conde, M. J., McNamara, G., Herzog-Punzenberger, B., Vorobyeva, I., Vangrando, V., Gardezi, S., O’Hara, J., Postlbauer, A., Milyaeva, D., Sergeevna, N., Fulterer, S., Gamazo Garcia, A., & Sanchez, L. (2022). Challenges and opportunities for culturally responsive leadership in schools: Evidence from four European countries. Policy Futures in Education, 20(5), 580-607. Colina Neri, R., Lozano, M., & Gomez, L. M. (2018). (Re)framing resistance to culturally relevant education as a multilevel learning problem. Review of Research in Education, 43(1), 197-226. European Commission. (2023). “Forced displacement: Refugees, asylum seekers, and internally displaced persons (IDPs).” https://civil-protection-humanitarian-aid.ec.europa.eu/what/humanitarian-aid/forced-displacement_en Gay, G. (2000). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. New York: Teachers College Press. Gutierrez, R. (2013). Why (urban) mathematics teachers need political knowledge. Journal of Urban Mathematics Education, 6(2), 7-19. Krulatz, A., Steen-Olsen, T., & Torgersen, E. (2018). Towards critical cultural and linguistic awareness in language classrooms in Norway: Fostering respect for diversity through identity texts. Language Teaching Research, 22(5), 552-569. Ladson-Billings, G. (2014). Culturally relevant pedagogy 2.0: a.k.a. the remix. Harvard Educational Review, 84(1), 74-84. Paris, D. (2012). Culturally sustaining pedagogy: A needed change in stance, terminology, and practice. Educational Researcher, 41(3), 93-97. Schultz, M.; Close, E.; Nissen, J.; & Van Dusen, B. (2023). Enacting culturally relevant pedagogy when “mathematics has no color”: Epistemological contradictions. Int. J. Res. Undergrad. Math. Ed. Suad Nasir, N., Hand, V., & Taylor, E. V. (2008). Culture and mathematics in school: Boundaries between “cultural” and “domain” knowledge in the mathematics classroom and beyond. Review of Research in Education, 32, p. 187-240. Stinken-Rösner, L., Rott, L., Hundertmark, S., Baumann, Th., Menthe, J., Hoffmann, Th., Nehring, A. & Abels, S. (2020). Thinking inclusive science education from two perspectives: Inclusive pedagogy and science education. Research in Subject-matter Teaching and Learning, 3, 30–45. Subasi Singh, S., & Akar, H. (2021). Culturally responsive teaching: Beliefs of pre-service teachers in the Viennese context. Intercultural Education, 32(1), 46-61. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper An Exploration of the Intersection of Mathematical Anxiety and Dyscalculia on Mathematical Self-concept in Preservice Teachers. University of Northampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Preservice teaching students have been presenting with a weaker understanding of mathematics and anxiety towards the subject (Brown et al., 2012; Jensen et al., 2022). Personal beliefs about the subject, noted in tutorials and in lectures and seminars demonstrate that many students have a lower mathematics self -concept. Mathematics self - concept refers to a person’s belief about their competence in mathematics (Rossi et al., 2022; Marsh, 1986). The understanding of the link between mathematics anxiety and dyscalculia is developing (Devine et al., 2018) but its prevalence in preservice teachers and its impact on mathematical self-concept requires further exploration.
From September 2013 anyone wishing to train as a teacher in England had to pass ‘skills tests’ in English and mathematics (DFE, 2001). The introduction of these tests was aimed at improving the quality of candidates entering the profession. Despite objections from the profession and the teaching unions regarding the loss of many potential teachers and the undermining of the profession, it took a further 7 years for the tests to be scrapped. The replacement for the tests put the responsibility on both the Initial Teacher Training (ITT) provider and the candidate to assure that they have met the standard of the fundamental skills. Universities therefore need to assure that any candidates that are recommended for qualified teacher status demonstrate competency but also that support is provided to enable the candidates to become competent.
All ITT students must have attained the equivalence to a ‘C’ grade at GCSE (DfE, 2023, C1.1), England’s end of compulsory school exam, as minimum and so must have studied the subject for a minimum of 12 years. Therefore, the time to develop subject knowledge, confidence and appreciation of mathematics has been offered but so too is the chance for shallow and disconnected learning, crises of confidence and a lack of appreciation of the subject. A grade C or higher may open the door to further study but it may have been achieved through rote learning and recall rather than understanding (Chinn, 2020) and this can lead to many students who have disengaged with the subject.
The pressure to keep up with their peers may be a contributing factor to the development of anxiety around the subject. Mathematical anxiety is complex and multifaceted. It may occur for many reasons. Broadly speaking it is a negative emotional reaction to mathematics (Carey et al., 2019) which can be characterized by low mathematical confidence and expectations of success, apprehension, fear, mental blocks, reduced working memory, inaccurate perceptions of what it is to be a mathematician, avoidance, and helplessness (Chinn, 2020). The manifestation of mathematical anxiety can be seen in emotional, behavioural and physiological responses.
The development of mathematical anxiety can be attributed to a range of different factors. Many students enter ITT believing that they have a specific learning difficulty around numbers and the understanding of mathematics however there can also be many contributing reasons for this too. Students may have dyscalculia; however, this condition may not have been formally diagnosed. Dyscalculia is defined as a specific and persistent difficulty in understanding numbers which can lead to a diverse range of difficulties with mathematics. Unexpected in relation to age and level of education, mathematics difficulties are best thought of as a continuum where dyscalculia falls at one end of the spectrum and will be distinguishable from other mathematics issues due to the severity of difficulties with number sense, including subitising, symbolic and non-symbolic magnitude comparison, and ordering. It can occur singly but often co-occurs with other specific learning difficulties, mathematics anxiety and medical conditions (SASC,2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research will be conducted through an instrumental case study design seeking to explore the experiences of students who perceive themselves to have dyscalculia. The instrumental case study approach allows the researchers to explore the issues surrounding the intersectionality of dyscalculia and mathematical anxiety amongst preservice teachers particularly focussing on those students that may have experienced a disrupted formal education due to the Covid 19 pandemic. This approach was also selected as it allows for the in-depth study which then leads to ‘fuzzy generalisations’ (Bell and Waters, 2018, p.30) which may be transferable to other universities where teacher education is offered. The case is formed through the 2023- 2026 cohort of students on the BA primary Education with QTS course at a university in England. The data set will be collected through offering all students enrolled on the BA Primary Education 5-11 with Qualified Teacher Status degree, the Dynamo Post 14 assessment, a published resource which has been developed in partnership with the University of Oxford, this will be used to screen students for dyscalculia from January 2024. The decision to screen at this at this point in their training is twofold; the students will have engaged in a short experiential teaching placement of three weeks but will not have started their first module on the teaching of mathematics. They have therefore developed some understanding of primary school aged mathematics teaching through observation but have not yet commenced on the module. Purposive sampling will be used to approach students whose screening shows indicators of dyscalculia. Students who have asked to be screened but do not show indicators will also be contacted. These students will be selected to include a range of genders, ages, and backgrounds. All students selected will be asked to take part in the semi structured interviews seeking to understand more about their experiences and attitudes towards mathematics and their perceptions of mathematical self-concept. Using a qualitative approach, the semi structured interviews will be transcribed, coded, and analysed to identify factors that are present. These will be compared to the results of the Dynamo Post 14 assessment to identify associating factors of both mathematical anxiety and dyscalculia. The research questions for this study are: What are the associating factors of both dyscalculia and mathematical anxiety? Which factors impact mathematical self-concept? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this research is to gain a deeper insight into the varying experiences which develop mathematical self-concept in preservice teachers. It will consider the challenges that preservice teachers within the case study cohort have experienced and how these have impacted upon their attitudes towards mathematics. It also aims to identify any factors in the relationship between dyscalculia and mathematical anxiety and the factors which may impact mathematical self-concept. Understanding these factors will indicate how our current mathematics teacher education programme may need to change to support students more effectively. About 6% of the population are thought to have dyscalculia (BDA, 2023) however a survey by Drew and Trott (2015) found the number of students formally identified with dyscalculia in Higher Education (HE) was only 0.04%. Therefore, we argue that the identification could help alleviate levels of anxiety, establish entitlement to specialist support needed by students but also develop awareness in staff and school-based mentors regarding teaching approaches that may cause unnecessary anxiety and failure (ADSHE, 2021). As an additional benefit of increasing knowledge about dyscalculia and mathematical anxiety this can be included within the ITT taught programme thereby developing wider teacher understanding and pupil support (Hornigold, 2015, p.324). References Association of Dyslexia Specialists in Higher Education (ADSHE) 2021. Guidelines for Quality Assurance in Specialist Support for Learners with Specific Learning Differences (dyslexia, dyspraxia, ADHD, dyscalculia) in Higher Education.[online] Available at https://adshe.org.uk/good-practice-guidelines/ [Accessed on 14.01.23] British Dyslexia Association. n.d. Dyscalculia. [online] Available at: https://www.bdadyslexia.org.uk/dyscalculia [Accessed on 24.01.23] Brown, A, Westenskow,A & Moyer- Packenham, P (2012) Teaching anxieties revealed: pre-service elementary teachers’ reflections on the mathematics teaching experiences’, Teaching Education, 23 ( 4) pp.365 - 385 Carey E, Devine, A, Hill F, ( 2019); Investigating the experiences of UK primary and secondary school students. Understanding Mathematics Anxiety, March, p.63 Chinn, S.J. (2020). More Trouble with Maths: A Complete Manual to Identifying and Diagnosing Mathematical Difficulties [ebook]. Milton: Taylor & Francis Group. Available from: ProQuestCentral. [26 January 2023]. Department for Education (2001) Department for Education (2023). Initial teacher training (ITT): criteria and supporting advice. GOV.UK [online] Available at https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/initial-teacher-training-criteria [Accessed on 12.12.23]. Devine, A, Hill, F, Carey, E & Szucs, D ( 2018) Cognitive and Emotional Math Problems Largely Dissociate: Prevalence of Developmental Dyscalculia and mathematics Anxiety’, Journal of Educational Psychology, vol 110 (3) pp. 432- 444 Hornigold, J. (2015). Teacher training: solving the problem. In: S. CHINN. ed. The Routledge International Handbook of Dyscalculia and Mathematical Learning Difficulties. London: Taylor & Francis Group. Jenssen,L, Moller,R., K & Roesken-Winter,B (2022); Pre Service primary teachers’ shame experiences during their schooling time: characteristics and effects on their subject -choices at university’, Education Studies in Mathematics, 110,(3) , pp.435-455. Marsh, H.W. (1986), “Verbal and math self-concepts: An internal/external frame of reference model”, American Educational Research Journal, 23, pp. 129–149. Rossi, S., Xenidou-Dervou.I., Simsek, E., Artemenko,C., Daroczy,G., NuerkHC., Cipora,K., (2022) Mathematics–gender stereotype endorsement influences mathematics anxiety, self‐concept, and performance differently in men and women. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. 1513 (1), pp.121–139. SpLD Assessment Standards Committee (SASC), (2019). SASC Guidance on assessment of Dyscalculia and Maths Difficulties within other Specific Learning Difficulties. [ online] Available at: https://www.sasc.org.uk/media/3gtdmm0s/assessment-of-dyscalculia-maths-sasc-nov-2019.pdf [Accessed on 12.12.23] Trott, C. (2015). Dyscalculia in higher education Systems, support and student strategies. In: S, CHINN. ed. The Routledge International Handbook of Dyscalculia and Mathematical Learning Difficulties. Abingdon: Routledge. pp.406-419 |
17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 03 D: Dilemas, Curriculum and Competencias Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Diego Gavilán-Martín Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Programme Leaders’ Dilemmas while Devising Retraining Studies 1The MOFET Institute, Tel Aviv, Israel; 2David Yellin College of Education, Jerusalem, Israel; 3Kibbutzim College of Education, Tel Aviv, Israel Presenting Author:High quality teacher educators are necessary for providing high quality education to teachers (European Commission, 2013). However, there is little agreement as to how teacher educators’ professionalism should be conceptualized and what it entails. The neo-liberal approach views teacher educators’ role as training student teachers to reproduce successful teaching methods. It suggests evaluating teacher educators’ professionalism by assessing their adherence to strict curricula and teaching standards, or through their students’ performance and perseverance as teachers. In contrast, the ‘academic’ approach claims that teacher educators have multiple roles in addition to second order teaching (teaching about teaching and learning and teaching how to teach). They mentor student teachers, act as gatekeepers of the profession, develop teacher education curricula, broker between higher education institutions, schools and other stakeholders, and conduct research (Lunenberg et al., 2014). These roles share broad practical and theoretical knowledge bases. They require a critical reflection upon practice and policies and a commitment to social justice and equity (Cochran-Smith et al., 2018). Although individual teacher educators do not need to perform all of these roles, they are typical of teacher educators’ work. Their professionalism is revealed through the reflective and committed manner of their work that is highly sensitive to context. In order to understand how teacher educators’ professionalism unfolds, it is crucial to conduct studies that examine teacher educators’ reasoning and actions within different work contexts (Cochran-Smith, 2021; Mayer, 2021; Vanassche, 2023). This study is aligned with the academic approach to teacher educators’ professionalism. It aims to understand how teacher educators enact their professionalism by examining senior teacher educators’ considerations as they design an initial teacher education programme, and how the contexts of their work affect their decisions. The findings could provide policymakers with information about policies that promote and impede the provision of high quality teacher education to student teachers. The study took place in Israel, where all initial teacher education programmes take place in academic institutions. This aligns Israel with the ‘academic’ conceptualization of the profession. Nonetheless, some of the education system’s characteristics are strongly associated with the neo-liberal approach. First, Israel’s investment in education, including teachers’ wages, is low in comparison to OECD countries (OECD, 2023a). As a result, it suffers from an acute teacher shortage, particularly in STEM subjects due to the lucrative alternatives that are available to bachelor degree holders in those areas (Weissblai 2023; Wiggan et al., 2021). Teacher education institutions compete against each other over student registrations, since the number of applicants is dropping (ICBS, 2023). Finally, the academic freedom of teacher education is somewhat constrained by the requirement to adhere to the Ministry of Education’s national curriculum frameworks. The study focuses on programme leaders that work in a project called ‘From High Tech to Teaching’. The project retrains high tech academic professionals as high school STEM teachers. It takes place in several academic institutions, each offering programmes in some or all of the project’s subjects (math, physics, chemistry, biology and computer science). By choosing to focus on this project’s programmes, we tried to find the ‘middle way’ between an in-depth study of a single programme that may be too idiosyncratic, and a broad examination of a large group of programmes, that may be too heterogeneous and, thus, gloss over significant distinctions (Cochran-Smith & Villegas, 2015; Vanassche & Kelchtermans, 2015). The research question are: 1. What are the professional reasoning processes of programme leaders while designing re-training programmes for academic former high-tech employees as high school STEM teachers? 2. How are their decisions affected by their work contexts? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants: The study included 18 (10 female) programme leaders from 12 teacher education institutions. (Fourteen are responsible for one programme in a specific subject area, whereas four others are project coordinators who are responsible for all of the projects’ programmes in their institution. Data collection: Semi structured interview protocols were used. Programme leaders were asked to describe it: the number of years their programme has existed, the number of semesters, study days, where the practical experience takes place and whether it is individual or in a group. Then they explained how the program changed over the years, what difficulties they encounter and how they would have devised the programme had they been provided with ideal conditions. The programme leaders were also asked about the challenges that students and alumni have to face. The interviews lasted for 45 – 90 minutes. They were audio-recorded and transcribed. Data analysis: We used the Braun and Clarke (2006; 2021) Thematic Analysis method. The analysis starts with repeated reading and free coding. The codes’ scope and definitions change as the connections between them are noted, articulated and organized. Finally, codes are used to build themes. Themes are not category names but full sentences that represent the central insights the researchers derived from the analysis of the data. Ethics: The authors are researchers at an Institute that hosts the project’s administrative unit. After receiving the institutional IRB’s consent, we approached program leaders, and asked them to be interviewed. There are no authority relationships between the authors, the administrative unit and the interviewees. The latter work for their respective academic institutions. Although the administrative unit knows who the program leaders are, we kept the identity of those that were interviewed confidential. We use pseudonyms in all of the study’s reports and all potentially identifying information was removed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of programme leaders' reflections upon revealed four dilemmas that they had to navigate. The dilemmas exemplify how contexts and particularly state level policies affect programme leaders’ professional considerations (Craig, 2016; Darling-Hammond, 2017). 1. Selection vs. subsistence. Rejecting candidates that seem unsuitable for teaching is necessary to save public and candidates’ resources, and is part of the programme leaders’ role as gatekeepers (Lunenberg et al., 2014). However, it may endanger their program’s subsistence, since it is dependent upon a minimum number of student teachers. 2. Providing extensive preparation vs. minimizing the study load. As curriculum developers (Lunenberg et al., 2014), programme leaders wish to provide students with extensive preparation for the different classes and roles they would have, but students’ available time for studies is very limited. Studies overload may ‘push’ them towards less demanding programs in other institutions or deter them from retraining programs altogether. Scholarships could enable retrained students make the most of their studies, yet the funding they currently receive is insufficient. 3. Group vs. individual learning. Learning Groups provide students with emotional and professional support, and enable them to transform schools. However, the group limits students' opportunities to practice teaching an entire class and receive individual supervision. In this dilemma, programme leaders’ as mentors who care for their students (Lunenberg et al., 2014) may collide with their commitment to social justice (Cochran-Smith et al., 2018). 4. Preparing for the desirable vs. the ubiquitous schools. Teaching ‘best practices’ in excellent schools provides students with vital experience to become excellent teachers but may exacerbate their ‘reality shock’ (Veenman, 1984) when they start to teach in typical schools. This dilemma is exacerbated by the fact that in Israel, gaps between ‘ubiquitous’ and ‘best performing’ schools are large (OECD, 2023b). References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352. Cochran-Smith, M. (2021). Rethinking teacher education: The trouble with accountability. Oxford Review of Education, 47(1), 8-24. Cochran-Smith, M., Stringer Keefe, E., & Carney, M. C. (2018). Teacher educators as reformers: Competing agendas. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(5), 572-590. Cochran-Smith, M., & Villegas, A. M. (2015). Framing Teacher Preparation Research: An Overview of the Field, Part 1. Journal of Teacher Education, 66(1), 7-20. Craig, C. J. (2016). Structure of teacher education. In J. Loughran, & M. L. Hamilton (Eds.), International handbook of teacher education (Vol. 2, pp. 69-135). Singapore: Springer. Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291-309. European Commission. (2013). Supporting Teacher Educators for Better Learning Outcomes. European Commission. Israel Central Bureau of Statistics (2023). Trends in teacher training, specialization in teaching and beginning of teaching, 2000-2023. Publication 085/2023. [In Hebrew] https://www.cbs.gov.il/he/mediarelease/DocLib/2023/085/06_23_085b.pdf Lunenberg, M., Dengerink , J., & Korthagen, F. (2014). The professional teacher educator: roles, behaviour, and professional development of teacher educators. Rotterdam, The Netherlands: Sense. Mayer, D. (2021). The appropriation of the professionalisation agenda in teacher education. Research in Teacher Education, 11(1), 37-42. OECD (2023a). Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en. OECD (2023b). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. Veenman, S. (1984). Perceived problems of beginning teachers. Review of Educational Research, 54(2), 143–178. Vanassche, E. (2023). Teacher education policy and professionalism: A personal review of teacher education policy research. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Erkican (Eds), International encyclopedia of education (Fourth Edition, Vol. 4, pp. 10-19). Elsevier. Vanassche, E., & Kelchtermans, G. (2015). The state of the art in self-study of teacher education practices: A systematic literature review. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(4), 508-528. Weissblai, E. (2023). Teacher shortage. Jerusalem, Israel: The Knesset Research and Information Center. [In Hebrew] Wiggan, G., Smith, D., & Watson-Vandiver, M. J. (2021). The national teacher shortage, urban education and the cognitive sociology of labor. The Urban Review, 53, 43-75. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Programme Curricula and Course Syllabi in Swedish Primary Teacher Education – a Document Analysis with Focus on Thesis Work University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:In Sweden Teacher Education (TE) programmes are regulated by the national by the Higher Education Ordinance (SFS 1993:100) and additional national examination goals for TE that are more specific and detailed than most other Swedish higher education goals. In addition, each university or university collage must have a programme curriculum for each teacher education programme. These curricula must include the national education goals but also allows for a local focus. In addition to this each course within TE must have a course syllabus. Theses in TE are a significant component of the program. Thesis work allows aspiring teachers to delve deeper into their chosen topic of study, provides an opportunity to explore and contribute to the existing body of knowledge in education (Holmberg, 2006). Throughout the process of completing the thesis, students engage in extensive research, data collection, analysis, and critical thinking to address relevant issues in the field (Råde, 2016; Zackariassson, 2019). By conducting empirical studies or literature reviews students gain valuable insights into teaching profession and practices, curriculum development, educational policies, or other areas of their interest. The thesis work in teacher education not only enhances students' research and analytical skills, it also prepares them to become reflective practitioners who can contribute to the improvement of educational practices and student learning outcomes (Erixon & Erixon Arreman, 2018). Even though thesis work is found advantageous, there has been a discussion among policy makers and researchers in Sweden about the focus and purpose of theses in TE. One orientation has been that theses and thesis work should immerse student teachers with knowledge in education sciences as a basis for the teacher profession (Beach & Bagley, 2013). Another orientation has been that theses should have a connection to teaching and i.e. the vocational dimension of the teaching profession (Karlsudd et al., 2017; Mattsson, 2008; Wernersson & Hansen Orwehag, 2016), while some researchers have highlighted the benefits of integrating these two orientations in relation to thesis work (Erixon & Erixon Arreman, 2018; Råde, 2019). In the 2000s, the quality of theses were seen as a main indicator of the quality of higher education in the governmental evaluations (Swedish National Agency for Higher Education, 2006; Svärd, 2014), which in combination with the increasing prominence of thesis work in TE, contributed to an interest in TE theses in educational research. In recent years the final thesis is not the only quality indicator in these evaluations, as they are combined with self-evaluations by universities; but it is still the case that if final theses have low quality, and if it is not improved in a satisfactory manner the university can lose the right to operate the programme. This gave incentives to TE departments to focus on scientific literacy and research skills in TE during the 2010s, while the vocational dimensions of teacher work were less highlighted in relation to thesis courses (Råde, 2016).
The purpose of this study is to identify orientations of thesis courses in Swedish primary teacher education by an analysis of programme curricula and course syllabi documents.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material analysed in this paper consist of programme curricula and course syllabi. Swedish primary teacher education is given at 18 universities or university collages, and they are all included in the empirical material of programme curricula (U1–U18) and course syllabi at the five largest primary teacher education universities in Sweden (U1, U2, U3, U5, U13). The programme curricula (tracks K-3 and 4-6) and course syllabi are public documents, so they were accessible at each university or university collage. We chose programme curricula of Swedish primary teacher education given at 18 universities. A deductive thematic analysis performed made using the four orientations were used to identify to orientations, which knowledge and skills, that was emphasised in the documents (Bergström & Boréus, 2017). Programme curricula covers the entire primary teacher education programme, we selected the parts relating to Independent work 1 and Independent work 2 courses in the document analysis. Course syllabi of final thesis courses (thesis 2) at five universities were analysed as a whole. We chose to analyse course syllabi at five universities; they were chosen because they have large primary teacher education programmes. Concerning the analysis procedure, starting with a holistic reading of the documents we identified key words in each document relating to the orientations and used descriptive statistics to present the results (Börjesson & Nyman, 2023). The key words (table 2) provide a basis for comparisons of differences between the different universities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis revealed that the Academic orientation was most prominent, 16 programme curricula contained items with an emphasis on subject-matter. This was followed by the Vocational orientation, about half of the curricula (10 of 18) contained items that underline that theses should have a relevance for teacher practice. The Educational science orientation could be identified in a third (6 of 18) of the programme curricula, which emphasised knowledge and skills related to independent research (such as theory and analysis). Few programme curricula (2 of 18) highlighted aspects of the Applying research orientation, such as the ability to find relevant research in relation to a specific problem. However, the in the course syllabi the Educational sciences orientation was most prominent, and the Academic orientation was least prominent. That is, the programme curricula and course syllabi differ in orientation in relation to thesis courses. In this paper presentation we will show the distribution of the orientations and discuss implications for teacher education as well as how future teachers get acquitted with the relevance and use of those for their thesis word. In further research, it would be interested to investigate the role of theory in material used in teacher education courses. References Beach, D., & Bagley, C. (2013). Changing professional discourses in teacher education policy back to towards a training paradigm: A comparative study. European Journal of Teacher Education, 36(4), 379-392. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2013.815162 Börjesson, M., & Nyman, R. (2023). Degree projects in Swedish primary teacher education – a content analysis of didactics and topics. Acta Didactica Norden, 17(1), 19 sider. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.9594 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Competencies for Sustainability: Systems Thinking in Initial Teacher Training University of Alicante, Spain Presenting Author:Global organisations linked to education and academia argue that university students need to be agents of change and that, to do so, they need to acquire skills linked to systems thinking; that is, for example, they need to be able to connect ideas, contradictory or incompatible positions, approach problems holistically (OECD, 2018; Ben-Zvi-Assaraf & Knippels, 2022), establish cause-effect networks and identify non-linear relationships and feedback loops (Uskola & Pug, 2023; Hipkins, 2021). This has increased interest in the scientific community, especially in Europe, to investigate and understand systems thinking, especially in chemistry (Reyunders et al., 2023) and engineering (Monat et al., 2022; York et al., 2019). In contrast, there needs to be more research on developing systems thinking skills in the social sciences, specifically in training future teachers. Among the latter, some studies have investigated systems thinking in Primary Education (Feriver et al., 2022; Mambrey et al., 2022), in Secondary Education (Rachmatullah & Wiebe et al., 2022), as well as in postgraduate students in Business Studies, Health Sciences, Education and Natural Sciences (Alm et al., 2022). In short, systems thinking is increasingly essential for all people and professions because it provides a new way of understanding and managing complex problems (Choudhury, 2022). However, its research is disparate across different fields of natural and medical sciences and exact sciences such as biology, sustainability, medicine, and engineering. While it has yet to be a central theme in any of these fields, discussions are recently being stimulated as systems thinking is being investigated in depth. Systems thinking is interpreted differently and according to the discipline; however, it is certainly understood as the ability to deal with a complex set of dynamically interacting elements. Moreover, it is almost always counter-intuitive thinking (Green et al., 2022). Based on the above, systems thinking can be understood as a set of skills and a way of thinking that enables people to understand dynamic complexity. People strive to understand and reason about complex systems (Streiling et al., 2021) and to understand how they might solve complex problems as effectively and efficiently as possible. Future teachers play a fundamental role in students' systems thinking learning as they train the generations of today and tomorrow. Therefore, integrating this competence into university curricula in coordination with other disciplines is urgent. The growing complexity of education and the elements involved in learning requires trainers of trainers to develop the ability to think in systems so that they can pass this on to future teachers. In this way, teachers of children and adolescents could, in turn, develop, in their future professional development, this thinking, which they learnt previously. This study seeks to answer the following research question: What skills related to systems thinking do future teachers have? On this basis, the study aimed to identify and analyse the skills linked to systems thinking in undergraduate and postgraduate university students of education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Considering the research objective, the quantitative approach was used, with a non-experimental and exploratory design. The study involved 287 students from three degrees in the field of education at the University of Alicante (Spain) (Bachelor's Degree in Early Childhood Education, Bachelor's Degree in Primary Education, Bachelor's Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences) and two Master's Degrees (Master's Degree in Secondary Education Teaching and Master's Degree in Educational Research). Of these, 65.2% were women, 34.5% were men, and one person reported being of another gender. About age, 76% were aged between 18 and 22, 10.5% between 23 and 27, 6.3% between 28 and 32, 3.1% between 33 and 37, and 4.2% over 38. About their studies, 66.2% were students with a Bachelor's Degree in Primary Education, 13.2% had a Bachelor's Degree in Physical Activity and sports sciences, 13.2% had the Master's Degree in Secondary Education, 3.8% of the Bachelor's Degree in Early Childhood Education and 3.5% of the Master's Degree in Educational Research. The data collection instrument was the scale proposed and validated by Camelia et al. (2018). This was developed to assess students' learning about systems thinking in engineering students. Therefore, the instrument was adapted to students studying education. The original reliability and validity of the instrument indicated a high internal consistency of the items (Cronbach's alpha of 0.908). After rechecking the internal consistency of the items (Cronbach's alpha 0.87), the final instrument consisted of 19 items. Some of them are: When I encounter a problem, I use multiple points of view to understand and analyse it; I think I am good at projects and personal organisation; I like to be daring and take risks to solve problems; I prefer to ask questions of my peers rather than research on my own; I enjoy using mind maps, pictures, causal diagrams or graphs to understand problems; when leading a group project, I make it a point to see how the whole project works, rather than focusing only on my tasks; and when working on a joint project, I value the contributions of others to complete the task. The item values ranged from a minimum score of 1 (Not at all) to 5 (Always). The questionnaire was created using Google Forms and was answered by the students in an average time of 15 minutes. The collected data were analysed with the statistical package SPSS v. 25 for Windows. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The most salient findings show that 79.4% of the participants considered it essential to analyse the specific needs of students before teaching (4.7), followed by 79.1% who said that they would be interested in knowing what the results of their future professional performance would be (4.5). On the other hand, 61.3% said that when working on a joint project, they value the contributions of others (4.2). In comparison, 58.9% of participants said they try to maintain communication with others (4). Similarly, a group of students (58.2%) stated that it is essential to acquire knowledge in areas of knowledge other than their specialisation (e.g. in psychology, sociology, philosophy or educational administration) (4.1). From the above, it can be inferred that the skills linked to systems thinking, which the students most reported having, are related to their professional profile (e.g., identifying students' needs or having communication skills). Other striking results are that 28.2% of participants said they almost always try to find a quick answer to a problem without investigating further. 20.6% prefer to avoid taking risks to solve a problem, and 32.1% prefer to investigate individually. On the other hand, a group of students say they are not proactive (14.2%), and another considerable group consider themselves to be proactive only sometimes (32.8%). From these data, many students do not have sufficient skills linked to systems thinking or the capacity for future projection. This can be alleviated with relevant training that provides them with a more significant and better understanding of the complexity of the relationships between education, the environment and people (Astaíza-Matínez et al., 2021). A second conclusion is that they have not yet sufficiently developed more instrumental and systemic competencies specifically linked to problem-solving or the transformation of reality. Therefore, these skills must be systematically included in future teachers' curricula. References Alm, K., Beery, TH, Eiblmeier, D., & Fahmy, T. (2022). Students’ learning sustainability–implicit, explicit or non-existent: a case study approach on students’ key competencies addressing the SDGs in HEI program. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 23(8), 60-84. Ben-Zvi Assaraf, O., & Knippels, M.-C. (2022). Lessons learned: Synthesizing approaches that foster understanding of complex biological phenomena. In O. Ben-Zvi Assaraf, & M.-C. Knippels (Eds.), Fostering understanding of complex systems in biology education (pp. 249–278). Springer. Camelia, F., Ferris, T. L., & Cropley, D. H. (2018). Development and initial validation of an instrument to measure students' learning about systems thinking: The affective domain. IEEE Systems Journal, 12(1), 115-124. Choudhury, A. (2022). Toward an ecologically valid conceptual framework for the use of artificial intelligence in clinical settings: need for systems thinking, accountability, decision-making, trust, and patient safety considerations in safeguarding the technology and clinicians. JMIR Human Factors, 9(2), e35421. Feriver, Ş., Olgan, R., Teksöz, G., & Barth, M. (2022). Impact of early childhood education settings on the systems thinking skills of preschool children through the lens of Bronfenbrenner's theory. Systems Research and Behavioral Science, 39(1), 85-103. Green, C., Molloy, O., & Duggan, J. (2022). An empirical study of the impact of systems thinking and simulation on sustainability education. Sustainability, 14(1), 394. Mambrey, S., Schreiber, N., & Schmiemann, P. (2022). Young students’ reasoning about ecosystems: The role of systems thinking, knowledge, conceptions, and representation. Research in Science Education, 52(1), 79-98. Monat, J., Gannon, T., & Amissah, M. (2022). The case for systems thinking in undergraduate engineering education. International Journal of Engineering Pedagogy, 12(3), 50-88. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development. (2018). The future of education and skills. Education 2030. Rachmatullah, A., & Wiebe, E. N. (2022). Building a computational model of food webs: Impacts on middle school students' computational and systems thinking skills. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 59(4), 585-618. Reynders, M., Pilcher, L. A., & Potgieter, M. (2023). Teaching and Assessing Systems Thinking in First-Year Chemistry. Journal of Chemical Education, 100(3), 1357-1365. Streiling, S., Hörsch, C., & Rieß, W. (2021). Effects of teacher training in systems thinking on biology students—an intervention study. Sustainability, 13(14), 7631. Uskola, A., & Puig, B. (2023). Development of systems and futures thinking skills by primary pre-service teachers for addressing epidemics. Research in Science Education, 1-17. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 11 SES 03 A: Novel Approaches to Language Teaching/Learning in Formal Education Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ineta Luka Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Undergraduate Students’ Experience of Using Web-based Learning Technologies in Translation Studies Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Since the beginning of the 21st century, the use of web-based learning technologies has been growing rapidly at all levels of education, higher education included. The growth reached the peak during the COVID-19 pandemic when education institutions worldwide had to move traditional face-to-face teaching online. Therefore, it is not surprising that numerous studies have explored the best practices and challenges of online learning (Adedoyin & Soykan 2023, Baczek et al. 2021, Carrilo & Flores 2020, Mishra et al. 2020, Tam 2022, etc.). Research has been also focused on effective ways of using web-based learning technologies in different fields of study, including engineering, science and business studies (Buzetto-More 2015; Pal & Patra 2021), sports education (van der Berg and de Villiers 2021), teacher training (Kidd & Murray 2020), teaching and learning English for Specific Purposes (ESP) and as a Foreign language (EFL) (Aldukhayel 2021; Alharbi & Meccawy 2020; Allen 2015; Balula et al. 2020; Bradley et al. 2010; McLain 2019, Taskiran et al. 2018; Wang 2015), to mention just a few. In the field of translator and interpreter education, the most recent research has been carried out in two major streams. The first one has been focused on the use of translation technology and the development of translator and interpreter curriculum and competencies (Braun et al. 2020; Flanagan & Christensen 2014; Kenny & Doherty 2014; Massey & Ehrensberger-Dow 2011; Mellinger 2017; Moorkens 2018; Pym 2013, etc.). The second one has explored effective teaching methods that integrated digital tools in translator and interpreter training as well as analysed trainers’ and trainees’ experience of using such tools (Hirci & Pisanski Peterlin 2020; Lee & Huh 2018; Pisanski Peterlin & Hirci 2014, etc.). The research literature demonstrates that even though the use of web-based learning technologies has been widely investigated in higher education contexts in many foreign countries, in Lithuanian higher education their use has been under-investigated. Moreover, to the best of our knowledge, no research has been conducted in the field of translator and interpreter training yet. To fill in the gap, the present study set out to gain a deeper understanding of undergraduate translation students’ experience of using web-based learning technologies and the interpretation of their use from the students’ perspective. To this end, two research questions were addressed: (1) what is the undergraduate translation students’ experience of using web-based learning technologies in their studies? and (2) what are the benefits and drawbacks of their use as seen by the students themselves? In the present study, Bower and Torrington’s (2020) term ‘web-based learning technologies’ is used. It refers to the tools that are used for educational purposes, are freely available and accessible online, and enable their users to create and share digital content. The authors’ typology covers 226 learning technologies organised into 15 clusters, including text-based tools, image-based tools, audio tools, video tools, multimodal production tools, digital storytelling tools, web-site creation tools, knowledge organisation and sharing tools, data analysis tools, 3D modelling tools, coding tools, assessment tools, social networking tools, learning management systems, and web-conferencing tools. The present research is based on perception theory, the central idea of which is that perception is a process through which knowledge of the objective world is acquired. It is this process that reveals how the interaction between an individual and the world is viewed and understood by that individual (Maund, 2003). This is relevant for the present study as it is through the interaction between the students and the educational technologies they use that the students’ perceptions can be established, which is crucial for further learning and achievement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study was conducted at the end of the spring semester of academic year 2022/2023 at a university in Lithuania with the participation of 34 undergraduate majors (28 female and 6 male students) in translation. The average age of the students during the study was 22. To address the two research questions, qualitative methodology was chosen. The data for the present research were drawn from the study participants’ essays ‘The role of web-based learning technologies in my studies’. To analyse the data, the method of inductive content analysis was used. According to Elo and Kyngäs (2007), this method enables a researcher to establish content-related categories that reflect different aspects of the phenomenon under analysis. The suitability of inductive content analysis for the present study was supported by the main precondition for its use, i.e., this method of qualitative analysis can be used when the research into the phenomenon is non-existent or fragmented. The data analysis was conducted following the three stages described by Elo and Kyngäs (2007). During the first / the preparation stage, the study participants’ essays were read several times and the units of analysis relevant to the research questions were selected. During the second stage, open coding was conducted. This process included three steps, such as (i) writing down the headings that reflected all aspects of student-identified benefits and drawbacks and / or challenges of using web-based learning technologies and generating initial categories, (ii) grouping the identified categories under higher order heading, (3) naming each category and identifying and grouping subcategories. Finally, during the third stage, each subcategory was illustrated by samples selected from the students’ essays. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the present study allow to draw the general conclusion that the undergraduate translation students’ experience of using web-based learning technologies was both positive and negative. More specifically, it was established that most students perceived it as being both beneficial and challenging, a small minority considered it being exclusively positive and one student named it as being a negative experience. The inductive content analysis resulted in the identification of two major categories that reflected the student-identified benefits and drawbacks and / or challenges of using web-based learning technologies. The former category covers five subcategories, such as a positive impact of web-based learning technologies on one’s learning, on the access to educational resources, on time economy, on one’s transferable skills, and on one’s health. The latter category covers seven subcategories that reflect the student-perceived drawbacks and / or challenges of using web-based learning technologies in their studies. These include the negative impacts of using technologies on one’s physical and mental health, on one’s social life, information reliability-related challenges, distractions, the risk of academic cheating, cybersecurity risks, and technical challenges arising while using web-based learning technologies. The limitation of the present study is its sample size, which does not allow for wide-scale generalisations. Yet, its conclusions are important as, on the one hand, they provide an insight into the undergraduate students’ experience of using web-based learning technologies in translation studies. On the other hand, the research revealed the benefits and drawbacks and / or challenges of using such technologies from the students’ perspective. The findings of the present research are comparable with the results established by researchers in other countries. In this way, they contribute to the scarce international research conducted in the field by deepening our understanding of and expanding our knowledge about it. References 1.Adedoyin, Olasile, and Emrah Soykan. 2023. Covid-19 Pandemic and Online Learning: The Challenges and Opportunities. Interactive Learning Environments, 31 (2), 863-875. DOI:10.1080/10494820.2020.1813180. 2.Balula, Ana, Ciro Martins, Marco Costa, and Fábio Marques. 2020. Mobile Betting – Learning Business English Terminology Using MALL. Teaching English with Technology, 20 (5), 6–22. http://www.tewtjournal.org. 3.Bower, Matt, and Jodie Torrington. 2020. Typology of Free Web-based Learning Technologies (2020). Technical Report, April 2020, 1-15. DOI:10.13140/RG.2.2.11064.16647. 4.Braun, Sabine, Elena Davitti, and Caterine Slater. 2020. ‘It’s Like Being in Bubbles’: Affordances and Challenges of Virtual Learning Environments for Collaborative Learning in Interpreter Education. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 14 (3), 259-278. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2020.1800362. 5.Aldukhayel, Dukhayel. 2021. Vlogs in L2 Listening: EFL Learners’ and Teachers’ Perceptions. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 34 (8), 1085-1104. DOI:10.1080/09588221.2019.1658608. 6.Elo, S. and Kyngäs, H. (2007). The Qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107-115. DOI:10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x. 7.Flanagan, Marian, and Tina Paulsen Christensen. 2014. Testing Post-editing Guidelines: How Translation Trainees Interpret Them and How to Taylor Them for Translator Training Purposes. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 8 (2), 257-275. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2014.936111. 8.Hirci, Nataša, and Agnes Pisanski Peterlin. 2020. Face-to-face and Wiki Revision in Translator Training. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 14 (1), 38-57. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2019.1688066. 9.Kenny, Dorothy, and Stephen Doherty. 2014. Statistical Machine Translation in the Translation Curriculum: Overcoming Obstacles and Empowering Translators. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 8 (2), 276-294. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2014.936112. 10.Lee, Jieun, and Jiun Huh. 2018. Why not Go Online?: A Case Study of Blended Mode Business Interpreting and Translation Certificate Program. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 12 (4), 444-466. DOI:1750399X.2018.1540227. 11.Massey, Gary, and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow. 2011. Technical and Instrumental Competence in the Translator’s Workplace: Using Process Research to Identify Educational and Ergonomic Needs, ILCEA, 14. 2011. doi.org/ 10.4000/ilcea.1060. 12.Maund, Barry. 2003. Perceptions. Routledge. DOI:10.4324/978131571063 13.Moorkens, Joss. 2018. What to Expect from Neural Machine Translation: A Practical In-class Translation Evaluation Exercise. The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 12 (4), 375-387. DOI:10.1080/1750399X.2018.1501639. 14.Pisanski Peterlin, Agnes, and Nataša Hirci. 2014. It's a Wiki World: Collaboration in Translator Training. Journal of Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1, 5-15. 15.Pym, Anthony. 2013. Translation Skill-sets in a Machine Translation Age. Meta, 58 (3), 487-503. DOI:10.7202/1025047ar. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Global Perspectives on Hybrid Learning in a Higher Educational Institution Turiba University, Latvia Presenting Author:Higher education has experienced changes in recent years, characterized by a shift towards digitalization and online learning existing simultaneously alongside a synchronous in-person form of studies. This change was influenced by the unprecedented challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic that have led to the discussion about the future of educational models in a post-pandemic world. The rapid adoption of various online learning approaches raised questions among academia regarding the most effective and applicable forms of education, especially in the context of international students in a university setting. The present research focuses on the changes in educational strategies from face-to-face (F2F) or in-person style of learning to a hybrid study approach (Munday, 2022) that combines both F2F and online forms in a post-pandemic era. It investigates the benefits and challenges of hybrid English language learning at Turiba University in Latvia, which has been a globally-focused institution for over fifteen years with 43% international students (Turiba University Handbook, 2022). Students, as observed by Gu and Huang (2022), have had to adjust to the new modes of education which include not only adapting to Webex, Zoom, or other online teaching platforms but also engaging in digitally realized collaborative learning approaches. The theoretical framework of the research is based on the theories about different forms of online teaching and learning (OTL), in particular a hybrid style. The objective of the present study was to conduct a typological examination of the extensive terminology used to describe different methods of online learning styles, specifically focusing on the hybrid style of education. The study looks at the hybrid form of education from an interdisciplinary point of view, integrating such fields as language study, pedagogy, communication studies, and intercultural communication. Increased empirical attention was paid to the study of different forms of education and approaches used during the COVID-19 pandemic from 2021 to 2023. Such concepts as online teaching, online education (Shrestha et al., 2021; Zhao and Xue, 2023), online learning (Gu and Huang, 2021), e-learning education (Bi et al., 2023), eLearning (Matete et al., 2023), online teaching and learning (OTL) (Scherer, et al., 2021, 2023), blended learning (Ashraf et al., 2022(a), Yu et al., 2022; Huang et al., 2022; Luka, 2022, 2023; Tonbuloğlu and Tonbuloğlu, 2023), bLearning (blended learning) (Galvi and Carvajal, 2022), hybrid coaching (Fidan et al., 2022), hybrid learning (Wang, 2023; Kortemeyer et al., 2023; Munday, 2022), hyflex instruction (Lohmann, et al., 2021), flipped learning (van Alten et al., 2021; Chen and Hsu, 2022), flipped classroom (FC) (Divjak, 2022), dual-mode teaching (Olsen-Reeder, 2021), remote teaching (Moser et al., 2021), and emergency remote teaching (ERT) (Yang, 2023; Sum et al., 2022), among others, were encountered and were often used to denote similar things. Although there was a rich study of education realized with the help of technological devices, there is a lack of one clear source where all definitions are provided. This terminological diversity may cause misunderstandings, so the author attempted to make the classification of them. Academic personnel in the context of hybrid style are information curators and facilitators who must be trusted, prepared, present online, and accessible to students, whereas the role of a student is to be open, self-directed, community-oriented, and prepared (Carrasco, 2015:22-23). The main benefits of this approach for students are that it “opens the doors to disconnected, less-privileged students who lack connectivity and financing to engage”; and gives “educational opportunity to those who would otherwise be excluded from traditional higher education system” (Gamage, 2022), as well as “helps to practice internationalization at home” (Gu and Huang 2022:2) and thus allows students to “effectively end their education” (Gamage, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The theoretical framework was designed based on the systematic analysis of over 50 sources of information published from 2020 to 2023. Qualitative research included the observation of English for Special Purposes (ESP) lectures for the course "English for Business Studies" during the second semester of the academic year 2022/2023 with students from the Faculty of Business Administration. It involved semi-structured interviews with both online and in-class students enrolled in the course. The experience described in this article spans from the last phase of the COVID-19 Pandemic (starting from September 2022) to the beginning of the post-pandemic era in June 2023, focusing on the hybrid style learning of ESP by international students. The research period was from January to June 2023. The plan and procedure included the collection of theoretical data, observation and analysis of lectures by the author, and the development of a questionnaire. Participants were 35 students from such countries as India, Sri Lanka, Ukraine, and Uzbekistan. Some students were physically located in Latvia, attending classes F2F on-campus (Munday, 2022), while others studied online from their home country for various reasons. Some students arrived in Latvia later and joined F2F classes, and occasionally, F2F students attended lectures online due to personal reasons, e.g., sickness. All teaching was conducted synchronously. Online students attended lectures using the Cisco Webex platform, which was Turiba University's official teaching platform. Communication also occurred through email, WhatsApp, and BATIS (Turiba University's internal information system). The research questions guiding this study stem from a need to clarify the confusion surrounding the variety of terminology used in online education. A key task was to differentiate and compile a comprehensive table of methods, their descriptions, respective authors, and years of implementation. This compilation serves as a foundation for understanding the evolution and nuances of online learning methodologies, particularly the hybrid style, in the globalized context of higher education. The aim of the study was to develop a taxonomy of the vast terminology used to denote similar concepts in online teaching and learning; to study the theoretical background of hybrid learning; and to distinguish the advantages and drawbacks of the hybrid approach used for teaching ESP, looking at it from an interdisciplinary perspective. The major limitation of the research was the small sample size – a limited number of students participated in the interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The hybrid style proved to be a viable approach in post-pandemic realities in the internationalized context of tertiary education when there is high student e-readiness, including self-motivation and self-control. The major challenge that the researcher encountered in hybrid-style lectures was the heterogeneous, multi-layered form of communication among all stakeholders that requires careful management and observation on behalf of a lecturer; a necessity to introduce instructions and rules of behavior for unexpected situations (for example, loss of internet connection, sound deficiencies, misunderstandings on behalf of online students). Interview results showed that students perceive benefits in a hybrid approach, while also facing distinct challenges. The majority considered that a hybrid style is time-saving; benefits from an increase in access to learning and flexibility of studies; and allows some students from underprivileged regions to have access to a safer learning environment, simultaneously having communication with groupmates and academic personnel online. The following challenges in the process of interacting online were indicated: the lack of eye contact and reduced participation in group discussions; occasional difficulty in sharing work between F2F and online students; and occasional loss of concentration. The challenges noted from the intercultural perspective included diverse teaching and learning styles; pronunciation; understanding different accents of students from various cultural groups and time zone differences; and the digital divide. Difficulties noted in learning foreign languages via the hybrid teaching approach included differences in students’ language knowledge and the inability to build perfect synergy between students. Technical difficulties experienced by students included connectivity and infrastructure problems, such as lack of electricity, disconnection of the Internet, and the digital divide. Respondents noted that the hybrid approach allowed them to develop self-confidence, communicative and cooperation skills; improved their active listening, making them more culturally aware, and breaking cultural barriers. References Ashraf, M.A., Mollah, S., Perveen, S., Shabnam, N., & Nahar, L. (2022). Pedagogical applications, prospects, and challenges of blended learning in Chinese higher education: A Systematic Review. Frontiers in Psychology. Bi, J., Javadi, M., & Izadpanah, S. (2023). The comparison of the effect of two methods of face-to-face and e-learning education on learning, retention, and interest in the English language course. Education and Information Technologies. Divjak, B., Rienties, B., Iniesto, F., Vondra, P.& Žižak,M. (2022). Flipped classrooms in higher education during the COVID-19 pandemic: findings and future research recommendations, International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education. Dörnyei, Z. (2007) Research Methods in Applied Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Gamage, K.A.A., Gamage, A. & Shyama C. P. Dehideniya, S.C.P. (2022). Online and hybrid teaching and learning: Enhance effective student engagement and experience, Education Sciences. https://doi.org/ 10.3390/educsci12100651 Gil, E., Mor, Y., Dimitriadis, Y., & Köppe, C. (2022). Hybrid Learning Spaces. Springer. Gu, M.M. & Huang, C.F. (2022). Transforming habitus and recalibrating capital: University students’ experiences in online learning and communication during the COVID-19 pandemic, Linguistics and Education. Moser, K.M., Wei, T. & Brenner, D. (2021). Remote teaching during COVID-19: Implications from a national survey of language educators. System. Munday, D. (2022). Hybrid pedagogy and learning design influences in a higher education context. Studies in Technology Enhanced Learning Olsen Reeder, V.I. (2022). Dual mode teaching in the language classroom: Reconciling the pandemic, equity, and the future of quality language teaching pedagogy. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies. Scherer,R., Siddiq,F., Howard,S.H. & Tondeur, J. (2023). The more experienced, the better prepared? New evidence on the relation between teachers’ experience and their readiness for online teaching and learning. Computers in Human Behavior. Smith C.W. & Arnott, S. (2022). “Frencteachers can figure it out: Understanding French as a second language (FSL). Teachers’ work in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic. Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics. Uysal, M. & Çağanağa, K. (2022). Opinions of teachers on distance education applications in English language teaching. Policies in Northern Cyprus during the COVID-19 pandemic. Frontiers in Psychology. Van Alten, D.C.D, Phielix, C., Janssen, J., & Kester, L. (2021). Secondary students’ online self-regulated learning during flipped learning: A latent profile analysis. Computers in Human Behavior. Wang, L. (2023). Starting university during the pandemic: First-year international students’ complex transitions under online and hybrid-learning conditions. Frontiers in Psychology. Turiba University Handbook for International Students https://www.turiba.lv/storage/files/bat-international-handbook-2022_2.pdf |
17:15 - 18:45 | 13 SES 03 A: Creations, Transformations, Dreams and Education Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elisabet Langmann Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Rethinking Critical-Creative Skills Training in Primary School: The Contribution of John Dewey's Though Università di Torino, Italy Presenting Author:The new generations will be increasingly called upon with urgency and intensity to manage complex global challenges (Ceruti & Bellusci, 2023; Morin, 2020), among which at least three emerge as priorities: the ecological challenge, the social challenge and the technological challenge. The first challenge brings to attention the progressive growth of social and economic inequalities and conflicts affecting various parts of the planet (Latouche, 2003; Raworth, 2017). The second challenge is related to the environmental crisis resulting from the indiscriminate exploitation of natural resources by human beings (Almond, Grooten & Petersen, 2020; Lewis & Maslin, 2019). The third challenge is represented by the risks associated with digital disruption and the pervasiveness of Artificial Intelligence in our daily lives (Floridi, 2020, 2017; Mitchell, 2022). These challenges are without equal not only in terms of their content but also in their scope. They project a scenario of self-annihilation of humanity due to the disastrous impacts of its own activities on the planet and the improper and thoughtless use of increasingly advanced and powerful technologies (De Toni, Marzano & Vianello, 2022; Kolbert, 2014). In order to the new generations to deal with these challenges and prevent their potential "destructive" consequences, they need to be educated to acquire a specific type of skills: critical-creative skills (Maccarini, 2021; UNESCO 2021). Indeed, skills with a greater critical component (conscientiousness and sense-making) allow understanding current challenges in their problematic aspects, recognizing potentialities as well (Lee & Qiufan, 2023). Skills with a greater creative component (creativity and openness to experience) enable imagining and charting new trajectories to constructively manage the challenges and guide them ethically and morally (Barone et al., 2014). The urgency of this education is recognized by studies on the subject at the European level (Cinque, Carretero & Napieral, 2021; Heckman & Kautz, 2017). In this regard, the current theoretical-conceptual overview on critical-creative skills is very diverse. Consider, for example, the Big Five model (OECD, 2014) and the dimensions of conscientiousness and openness to experience. These refer respectively to the ability to embrace changes and the unknown with emotional balance and mental flexibility and the ability to engage with experience in a divergent, curious, creative and open manner. Or think about the Life Skills model (Kennedy et. al, 2014; WHO, 1994) and creativity, understood as the ability to flexibly approach different situations, find solutions and formulate original ideas. Finally, consider the Future Work Skills model (IFTF, 2011) and sense-making, which is the ability to perceive the meaning and understand the deep relationships that connect phenomena and situations, determining one's orientation toward one choice rather than another. In spite of the fact that critical-creative skills are well-known and widespread in current studies, a closer and more critical examination reveals at least three levels of problematic issues: paradigmatic, content-based, and methodological (Chiosso, 2021; Brush et al., 2022). The first level concerns the paradigms within which critical-creative skills are currently defined and systematized, paradigms that essentially emphasize their functionality with respect to socio-economic needs rather than their significance for the social emancipation of human beings. The second level concerns the flattening of critical-creative skills onto the present and the consequent excessive relevance given to managing problems to be solved immediately, in a logic of the subject's uncritical adaptation and integration into the context. The third level concerns the educational methodology through which skills are promoted in primary schools, where studies highlight weaknesses in terms of effectiveness. In light of these problems, this paper aims to answer the following question: can the work of John Dewey contribute to the current debate on critical-creative skills, providing meaningful conceptual and methodological insights to overcome current issues? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used John Dewey, one of the most significant philosophical-pedagogical voices of the last century, at the beginning of the 1900s focused on the importance of the early development of critical-creative transversal “skills”/“attitudes”/“capacities” (“judgment”, “critical thinking”, “self-control”, “curiosity”, “initiative”) (Dewey, 1930, 1938) that enable children to manage the challenges posed by society. He also worked on defining the most favorable educational approaches for acquiring these skills, in particular critical-creative skills. Specifically, some of Dewey's works and essays not only address the "skills issue", but more specifically, they offer valuable conceptual and methodological indications for overcoming the three levels of problematic issues highlighted above: paradigmatic, content-based, and methodological. Regarding the paradigmatic level, Dewey's pragmatism offers a foundational structure of particular relevance for a better and more meaningful balance between functional social integration in the context and the personal emancipation of the individual. Just considering works like Experience and Education (1938) and Individualism old and new (1930). In particular, in the latter Dewey clarifies that the “originality and uniqueness are not opposed to social nurture; they are saved by it from eccentricity and escape. The positive and constructive energy of individuals, as manifested in the remaking and redirection of social forces and conditions, is itself a social necessity” (Dewey,1999[1930], p. 69). As for the content-based level, Dewey's thought, with particular regard to the works Reconstruction in philosophy (1920), Individualism old and new (1930) and Art as experience (1934), allows focusing on a possible area of critical-creative skills that includes the tension to aspire to ideal issues, overcoming the current emphasis on immediacy. Skills recognized by Dewey himself as “weak” already in the 1920s, according to what is stated in the work Reconstruction in philosophy (Dewey, 1995[1920], p. 164). Regarding the methodological level, the critical-creative aspect of skills can find a privileged educational space in quality aesthetic experiences. Experiences on which Dewey offers significant insights in a widespread way, for example, in Art as Experience (1934), Experience and Education (1938), Experience, Nature and Art (1925), How We Think (1910). The aesthetic experience allows human beings to fully exercise their sensibilities and judgment in order to become increasingly aware of the meaning of their actions also in relation to reality and others, until “the natural and the cultivated blend in one” and “acts of social intercourse” become “works of art” (Dewey, 1934, p. 63). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The guidance provided by Dewey's works regarding the three levels of problematic issues (paradigmatic, content-based and methodological) allows for the introduction of new proposals aimed at advancing the current theoretical-practical approach with respect to critical-creative skills. For the first proposal, connected to the paradigmatic level, Dewey's thought allows us to focus on one of the elements within which a renewed paradigm of critical-creative skills should be articulated: the synthesis between the material and the ideal (Dewey, 1920). The current paradigms within which skills are systematized insist only on their material component, making them subservient to socio-economic needs. Although the material component is not to be excluded, it has to be placed within a relationship of interdependence with the component of ideality, which opens the skills to the imagination, to the spiritual and visionary dimensions, which are central in critical-creative skills. With regard to the second proposal, connected to the content-based level, Dewey’s studies allow us to advance and support the proposal for a new skill that no current system identifies and that we could call aspiring skill (Dewey, 1938). The ability to aspire to ideals is that particular capacity that allows human beings to stop their immediate impulses related to the present in order to observe, know and discern reality thoroughly, recognizing different meanings and possibilities of transformation. Regarding the third proposal, connected to the methodological level, Deweyan studies enable the exploration of a new field of training, currently not particularly explored, that is aesthetic education (Dewey, 1934). The fields most recurring in the skills training in primary schools are linked today especially to cooperative learning and circle time, which often present limits in training reflexive-creative skills. The aesthetic education is instead specifically dedicated to create formative spaces generative of new ideas, dreams, and hopes for the future. References Brush, K.E., Jones S.M., Bailey, R., Nelson, B., Raisch, N., & Meland, E. (2022). Social and Emotional Learning: From Conceptualization to Practical Application. In J. DeJaeghere & E. Murphy-Graham. Life Skills Education for Youth. Critical perspectives. Berlin: Springer, 43–71. Chiosso, G., Poggi, A.M., & Vittadini, G. (2021). Viaggio nelle character skills. Persone, relazioni, valori. Bologna: Il Mulino. Cinque, M., Carretero, S., & Napierala, J. (2021). Non-cognitive skills and other related concepts: towards a better understanding of similarities and differences, JRC Working Papers on Labour, Education and Technology. Seville: European Commission. Dewey, J. (1950). Aesthetic Experience as a Primary Phase and as an Artistic Development. Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, IX (1), 56–58. Dewey, J. (1963[1938]). Experience and Education. New York: Collier Books. Dewey, J. (1935). Foreword. In A.C. Barnes & V. De Mazia. The Art of Renoir. New York: The Barnes Foundation Press, VII–X. Dewey, J. (1934). Art as experience. New York: Minton, Balch & Company. Dewey, J. (1999[1930]). Individualism old and new. New York: Prometheus Books. Dewey, J. (1926). Individuality and Experience. Journal of the Barnes Foundation, II (1), 1–6. Dewey, J. (2023[1925]). Esperienza, natura e arte. In John Dewey. Arte, educazione, creatività. Edited by F. Cappa. Milan: Feltrinelli Editore. Dewey, J. (1995[1920]). Reconstruction in philosophy. New York: Mentor Book. Dewey, J. (2008[1911]). Art in Education. In The Collected Works of John Dewey. The Middle Works, 1899-1924, vol. 6 (375–379). Edited by J.A. Boydston. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press. Dewey, J. (1910). How We Think. New York: D.C. Heath and Co. Dewey, J. (1900). The School and Society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Floridi, L. (2020). Pensare l’infosfera. La filosofia come design concettuale. Milan: Raffaello Cortina Editore. Heckman, J.J., & Kautz, T. (2017). Formazione e valutazione del capitale umano. L’importanza dei «character skills» nell’apprendimento scolastico. Bologna: Il Mulino. IFTF. Institute For The Future (2020). Future work skills. Maccarini, A.M. (2021). L’educazione socio-emotiva. Character skills, attori e processi nella scuola primaria. Bologna: Il Mulino. Morin, E. (2020). Cambiamo strada. Le 15 lezioni del Coronavirus. Milan: Raffaello Cortina Editore. OECD. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (2014). Fostering and Measuring Skills Improving Cognitive and Non-cognitive Skills to Promote Lifetime Success. UNESCO. International Commission on the Futures of Education (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. World Health Organization. Division of Mental Health (1994). Life skills education for children and adolescents in schools. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper “The Stuff That Dreams Are Made Of” ? Foucault on Dreaming, Imagination, World, and Freedom KULeuven, Belgium Presenting Author:At a certain point in his work on cinema Gilles Deleuze dramatically exclaims that in today’s world it is no longer the belief in God which is metaphysically most at stake, but the belief in the world itself. Under the sway of neoliberal capitalism, he analyzes, the world is literally sold off in so many prepackaged, reproducible clichés that it has become nearly impossible to believe that there is such a ‘thing’ as a world to be encountered, let alone a common world in which we can still genuinely encounter each other, let alone other-than-human forms of existence. This shocking analysis echoes many concerns of contemporary education and educational theory. If, according to time-honoured understandings, education precisely consists in the possibility of involving new generations in the shaping of a common world, then education seems to be under serious in recent years, when the truth of Deleuze’s analysis has become particularly acute in the confrontation with climate change and other global crises. And while these do not always leave us (and especially the younger generations) unaffected—the ongoing polarization seems proof to the contrary—one may wonder to what extent such affects automatically harbour the necessary imagination to generate new, common beliefs in the world. Fueled primarily by the uncompromising and exclusionary matter-of-factness of modern science (“there is no planet B”), they often appear still very much in need of an education premised on practices of renewed and affirmative ‘worldly’ imagination. Where Deleuze himself already formulates his critical diagnosis in the context of a wider reflection on the potential emancipatory significance of modern cinema, many scholars in the past decade have thought and written about the educational potentiality of all sorts of aesthetic practices to foster such new imagination. Without wanting to discredit those attempts, we propose to take a step back in our paper, and delve into an interesting and rather unexplored avenue for developing a more fundamental and nuanced understanding of human imagination as generative of belief in a common world. This seems all the more justified in light of the well-known problem of the neoliberal capture of imagination in education, whereby imagination is reduced to a capitalizable skill or utopian image. More specifically we propose a close pedagogical reading of one of the earliest and least read works by Michel Foucault: Dream, Imagination, and Existence (1954). In this introduction to his French translation of Ludwig Binswanger’s existential-psychoanalytic essay Traum und Existenz (1930), Foucault makes the bold and thought-provoking claim that dreaming is the foundational act of imagination (rather than just a variety). By extension, according to Foucault all imagination, c.q., imagination as such, can only be understood through the dream—the analysis of which he believed Binswanger had undertaken in a more compelling, existentially relevant way than Freud (whose notion of wish-fulfillment he largely dismisses). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used What makes Foucault’s reading of Binswanger particularly relevant to the earlier voiced concerns about imagination of a common world, is that it mainly revolves around the antinomic Heracilitean conceptual pair of "koinos kosmos", the common, shared world of the waking, and the "idios kosmos", the own ‘idiot’ world of the dreamer. Though dreaming affords the subject an irreducible, idiosyncratic experience of radical freedom vis-à-vis the given, common world and its inevitable constraints—even, or in the first place, on our imagination—it nevertheless always appears but a disappointing pseudo-freedom in the end, which does not concern our actual, waking existence in that same common world. Hence the ambivalence of the typically neoliberal, sloganesque appeal to dreams and dreaming today, also in education. And yet, Foucault persists, as a genuine experience, dreaming does concern a real world, albeit a virtual, imaginary quasi-world that does not necessarily have much ‘in common’ with the actual world. Moreover, in such a world the subject is not at all free in a purely laissez-faire way; its radical freedom is rather found through (the witnessing of) our own subjection to objective ‘worldly’ constraints that are themselves dreamed up. If this freedom does still involve a “working on the limits” imposed on our existence (as Foucault would later define freedom in What is Enlightenment?), its work remains profoundly ambivalent, and in no way easy, with the possibility of the nightmare always looming large. Just as the "koinos kosmos" can be a ‘living nightmare’ in which dreaming and imagination become impossible, as we so often seem to experience today, so the "idios kosmos" of the dream can turn into a narcissistic and maddening mirror palace, that bars us from all access to a common world, and from the liberating work on its limits. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings What we want to highlight is the correspondence between the essential structures of the dream and what education could entail in terms of 'worldly imagination'. Hereby we do not want to revert into a notion of dreaming in relation to education by which education should carry out new (and better) images of what the common world should be. Rather, we want to follow Foucault when he says that dreaming proposes an iconoclastic imagination, which affords us the radical freedom to 'burst' through existing, inherited images of the world. For Foucault, who also expands on Sartre here, the subject of the dream is ultimately the whole dream: not merely series of images but the existential freedom of consciousness to break through images, thereby generating a movement-a movement that can also spin out of control and hence puts the conscious subject at risk. It is in coming to terms with this intimate, fragile experience that a profound educational significance can come to the fore, that regards the possibility of new encounters with the world, as an uncommonly common world. Education in this sense is not simply about the creation of new utopian images and transmitting them, seeing itself as constitution a common world; rather it is the pulling away from images, and/or the bursting through them. References Binswanger, L., & Foucault, M. ([1954] 1993). Dream and Existence (K. Hoeller, Trans.). Humanities Press. Deleuze, G. (1989). Cinema 2: the Time-Image (H. Tomlinson, Trans.). Athlone. de Warren, N. (2012). The Third Life of Subjectivity: Towards a Phenomenology of Dreaming. In: R. Breeur, U. Melle (Eds.) Life, Subjectivity & Art. Phaenomenologica, vol 201. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-2211-8_19 Freire, P. (2007). Daring to Dream: Toward a Pedagogy of the Unfinished (A. Oliveira, Trans.). Routledge. Sartre, J.-P. ([1940] 2004). The Imaginary: Phenomenological Psychology of the Imagination (J. Webber, Trans.). Routledge. Swillens, V., & Vlieghe, J. (2020). Finding Soil in an Age of Climate Trouble: Designing a New Compass for Education with Arendt and Latour. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1019–1031. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12462 Todd, S. (2020). Creating Aesthetic Encounters of the World, or Teaching in the Presence of Climate Sorrow. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1110–1125. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12478 Wulf, C. (2003). The Dream of Education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 35(3), 263–280. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270305530 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper "Education as Transformation": A Pedagogical Exploration of Contemporary Literary Representations U. Autónoma de Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:In this paper, I aim to continue my ongoing dialogue with the Arendtian fifth principle of the Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy: "From education for citizenship to love for the world." Here, the authors assert that it is imperative "to acknowledge and affirm that there is good in the world that is worth preserving" (Hodgson et al., 2017, p. 19), offering a hopeful recognition of the world. According to Arendt (1961), education entails the intergenerational transmission of what is worthy of preservation in our world. Thus, the essence of education primarily constitutes a conservative endeavour, yet one that must always remain receptive to the unforeseen autonomy of the new generation in determining its course. Each preceding generation hopes that what is valued within the transmitted knowledge will be esteemed and cherished by the succeeding one. However, there remains the perennial question of how the younger generation will respond, both at the collective or communal level and on an individual basis. I am intrigued by both aspects of the conservation-transformation continuum, which I believe are fundamental to the essence of education: there exists, on one hand, a conservative impulse that drives the older generation to pass on knowledge/culture/habits to the younger generation, while, on the other hand, any legacy (regardless of its nature and perceived value) can always be rejected by the new generation. There are occasions when such rejection may seem like a misstep on the part of the newer generation, making it tempting to attribute blame or perceive an educational failure because the gift of knowledge was refused or contested. However, there are also instances where rejecting what was bestowed upon the new generation is presented as the essence of a truly (transformative) educational experience. In such cases, education seems to succeed precisely because it initiates a life-changing process for the individual that involves rejecting her own traditions and evolving into someone different from what was expected within the confines of a particular tradition. In past occasions, I have explored scenarios that unfold when circumstances take a downturn, when thing-centred pedagogy (Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2019) is pushed to its limits, when a teacher's profound affection for the world (reflected in curriculum content) is spurned and fundamentally scrutinized; when the intended momentum of transmission fails to materialize as anticipated; when it truly embraces whatever direction the new generation chooses to steer it towards (Thoilliez, 2020; Wortmann & Thoilliez, 2024). But these scenarios depicted instances where the rejection of transmitted knowledge by the new generation was viewed negatively (e.g., the contemporary resurgence of creationist explanations for the origin of human life on Earth versus the more established and scientifically supported theories of evolution). What I would like to explore further now in this paper are other contrasting scenarios, extensively present in contemporary literature, where what appears to be educational is the rejection of what was passed on to the new generation, where the rejection of traditions is depicted as a positive step stemming from the new generation’s improved judgment and their ability to be transformed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used After having established the general framework of the paper, I will briefly review current literature produced by contemporary educational theorists on the transformative powers of educational enterprises. As stated by Paul & Quiggin (2020; as well as Yacek, et al., 2020; and others), a transformative experience alters both the individual’s understanding and her sense of self. It could be a sudden, intense event or a gradual but significant shift that profoundly affects how you see the world and who you are. Crucially, such experiences involve encountering something entirely new to them. When a transformation occurs as intended, it leads to a revelation and a personal evolution: a novel experience that reshapes the individual’s understanding so fundamentally that it changes her core preferences and the direction of her life. Experiencing something new leads to a unique kind of learning and understanding, which in turn triggers a specific type of cognitive transformation. This expansion of understanding would unlock new insights about life, ultimately reshaping values, beliefs, and desires, resulting in life-changing transformations. Transformative experiences would be those that deeply and fundamentally change both the individual’s understanding and self. I will then proceed with my pedagogical analysis of how contemporary literature portrays transformative educational experiences, focusing on individual versus communal-based transformations and featuring young female characters over male characters. My literary sources will include works by prize-winning novelists such as Annie Ernaux’s La Place (1983) and La Honte (1997), as well as materials from Deborah Feldman's Unorthodox, and other best-selling authors like Caitlin Moran (2014) and Tara Westober (2018). By engaging with these works, I aim to show how educational theories are not only generated and reshaped within academic circles but also in broader cultural spheres. This underscores the importance of developing pedagogy with a small “p”, attentive to how educational experiences are being represented in literary works. These new types of “Bildungsroman” offer a specific kind of coming-of-age narrative that depicts transformations of young female protagonists as they approach maturity. These coming-of-age journey are shaped by their rejections, escapes, and dismissals of the traditions they originate from, be they related to social class, religious upbringing, or unschooling experiences. Motivated by a blend of innate curiosity and rebellious spirit, the nature and depth of which varies depending on the literary abilities of the authors, these characters are nurtured by unexpected and unsystematic encounters with new cultural elements that instigate profound transformations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper explores the dynamics of the conservation-transformation continuum in education particularly, as they underscore the complex interplay between tradition and innovation. On one hand, there is an inherent responsibility for the older generation to transmit knowledge, culture, and customs to the younger generation. This conservative impulse stems from a desire to preserve valuable aspects of society and ensure continuity across generations. Yet, this transmission is not always seamless, as the younger generation may choose to reject or challenge certain aspects of the inherited legacy. In examining instances of rejection, it is crucial to recognize that such actions can often be misunderstood. While it may appear as a failure of education when the new generation refuses to accept the knowledge imparted to them, it can also signify a well-needed scepticism and critical engagement with inherited beliefs and practices. This rejection is not necessarily indicative of ignorance or disrespect; rather, it reflects a willingness to question and reassess established norms in pursuit of progress and growth. Moreover, these moments of rejection can serve as catalysts for transformative educational experiences. By challenging entrenched traditions, individuals can redefine their identities and forge new paths. This process of rejecting the old in favour of the new can lead to profound personal growth and societal evolution, highlighting the dynamic nature of education as a vehicle for change. In essence, while the conservation of knowledge and traditions is essential for preserving cultural heritage, the transformative power of rejecting the old cannot be overlooked. It is through this dialectical relationship between conservation and transformation that education continues to evolve. The paper will explore this by studying the contemporary literary fascination with portraying educational experiences as transformative. References Arendt, H. (1961). The crisis in education. In H. Arendt, Between past and future: Eight exercises in political thought (pp. 173-196). The Viking Press. Curren, R. (2020). Transformative Valuing. Educational Theory, 70(5), 581-601. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12445 Ernaux, A. (1997). La honte. Gallimard. Ernaux, A. (1983). La place. Gallimard. Feldman, D. (2012). Unorthodox: The Scandalous Rejection of My Hasidic Roots. Simon & Schuster. Gordon, J.R. (2020). Solving the Self-Transformation Puzzle: The Role of Aspiration. Educational Theory, 70(5), 617-632. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12447 Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2017). Manifesto for a post-critical pedagogy. punctum books. Kemp, R.S. (2020). Lessons in Self-Betrayal: On the Pitfalls of Transformative Education. Educational Theory, 70: 603-616. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12446 Koller, H.-C. (2020), Problems and Perspectives of a Theory of Transformational Processes of Bildung. Educational Theory, 70(5), 633-651. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12448 Moran, C. (2014). How to build a girl. Ebury press. Murdoch, D., English, A.R., Hintz, A. & Tyson, K. (2020). Feeling Heard: Inclusive Education, Transformative Learning, and Productive Struggle. Educational Theory, 70(5), 653-679. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12449 Paul, L.A. & Quiggin, J. (2020). Transformative Education. Educational Theory, 70(5), 561-579. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12444 Pugh, K., Kriescher, D., Cropp, S., & Younis, M. (2020), Philosophical Groundings for a Theory of Transformative Experience. Educational Theory, 70(5), 539-560. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12443 Thoilliez, B. (2023). Redeeming Education after Progress: Composing Variations as a Way Out of Innovation Tyrannies. Journal of Philosophy of Education (advance article). Thoilliez, B., Esteban, F., & Reyero, D. (2023). Civic education through artifacts: memorials, museums, and libraries. Ethics and Education, 18(3-4), 387-404. Thoilliez, B. (2022). Conserve, pass on, desire. Edifying teaching practices to restore the publicness of education. Revista de Educación, 395, 61-83. Thoilliez, B. (2020). When a teacher’s love for the world gets rejected. a post-critical invitation to become an edifying educator. On Education. Journal for Research and Debate, 3(9). https://doi.org/10.17899/on_ed.2020.9.11. Vlieghe, J. & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an ontology of teaching: Thing-centred pedagogy, affirmation and love for the world. Springer. Westober, T. (2018). Educated. A memoir. Random house. Wortmann, K, & Thoilliez, B. (2024). Intergenerationelles Scheitern. Wenndie Gabe der Erziehung zurückgewiesen wird. In M. Brinkmann, G. Weiß, & M. Rieger-Ladich (Eds.) Generation und Weitergabe. Erziehung und Bildung zwischen Erbe und Zukunft (pp. 221-237). DGfE-Kommission Bildungs- und Erziehungsphilosophie & BLTZ Juventa. Yacek, D., Rödel, S.S., & Karcher, M. (2020). Transformative Education: Philosophical, Psychological, and Pedagogical Dimensions. Educational Theory, 70(5), 529-537. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12442 |
17:15 - 18:45 | 15 SES 03 A: Research on partnerships in education Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Corinne Covez Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Scientists’ Perspectives on Science Outreach The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:The importance of science in acquiring and maintaining social, economic and political power cannot be understated (Weiss, 2005). Moreover, as scientific and technological advancements – particularly in recent decades – have made societies wealthier, healthier and better informed, there has been a corresponding demand from scientists to preserve, justify and promote the immense contribution of scientific to society, whilst also acknowledging the threats science poses. Meeting this demand requires sustained, open, and preferably two-way engagement between the scientific community and the public and a commitment to shared goals. Such public engagement with science takes many forms: formal public lectures and science festivals, communication in old and new media, school visits, science camps, mentoring programs and citizen science projects. The sub-set of science engagement practices that concerns us in this paper are ‘science outreach’ programs in which scientists interact directly with students at schools or scientific research sites, and often emphasising contemporary science research topics and/or applications. It is estimated that half of practicing scientists participate in some form of science outreach at least a few times a year (Jensen et al., 2008; Woitowich et al., 2022), with a growing number of scientists acknowledging the value and necessity of science outreach activities (see e.g. Besely and Nisbet, 2013). This commitment to science-public engagement has been particularly strong since the early 2000s when science engagement became a major policy and political priority in Europe, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Given the growing impetus for science engagement and outreach, considerable efforts have been made to understand the motivations and barriers to scientists’ participation in these kinds of activities and programs. Attending to the macro-level of engagement, Weingart et al. (2021) provide a review of science engagement as it appears in the academic and policy literature. They recognise five main motivations driving engagement in recent decades: (i) Democratisation – empowering active, science-informed citizenship; (ii) Education – improving science knowledge; (iii) Legitimation – promoting public trust in science; (iv) Innovation – seeing the public as a resource for new knowledge; and (v) Inspiration – raising interest in science and science careers. This analysis complements the large body of literature dedicated to detailing the motivations of individual scientists, which has revealed trends in scientists’ intrinsic motivations (e.g. outreach is enjoyable and personally rewarding for participating scientists) and extrinsic motivations (e.g. outreach promises to improve participation in science careers; or grant funding or job promotion require it), as wells and barriers to scientists participating in outreach, such as not having enough time or training (see e.g. Polikoff & Webb, 2007; Besley et al, 2018; Royal Society, 2006; Burchell, 2015). Combining the macro-level policy perspective with psychological interpretations of scientists’ motivation is helpful in providing a generalised view of what makes scientists participate in science outreach and continue to do so. Yet, how these motivations mesh with scientists’ values and principles, as well as their career and program-specific experiences of outreach, is less well understood. This paper, therefore, examines and presents the links between the motivations and values scientists draw upon in the development and implementation of science outreach, the structural and organisational aspects of outreach programs, and the individuals and groups of people who participate in science outreach. The paper seeks to answer the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The question of how science education is developed and implemented surveys scientists’ perception and understanding of the structure and organisation of their outreach program. The question of ‘who’ is involved in science outreach captures the different people who contribute directly to the function of the program, but also those who are seen as supportive or necessary to meeting the program objectives. This also includes who the scientists see as their proximal (school students) and distal (parents, community, society) audience. The ‘who’ also captures the biography of the scientists – their experiences and entry-points into science and science outreach, and hence how they identify with science and science outreach. The question of why scientists are developing and implementing science outreach captures their values and motivations. These may be interpreted at the macro-level (broad, society-level motivations (Weingart et al. 2021)) or micro-level (what keeps them motivated in the everyday implementation of the project). Motivations may also show up in their evaluations of the success/failure/improvements/effectiveness of their program, or part thereof. We conducted 45-60-minute interviews with fourteen scientists based in Australia who have participated in, designed, developed or coordinated science outreach programs for high school students. The participants represent a range of outreach program types, academic and professional roles, levels of experience, and gender. The scientists and the outreach programs cover the disciplines of biology, physics, chemistry, mathematics, engineering, or a combination. Interview questions focussed on scientists’ current and career-long experiences with science outreach with an emphasis on how interest, expertise, skills and roles in science outreach evolved and developed over time. These were coupled with questions about the aims of outreach and the values identified by scientists, and their peers’ perceptions. The questions also interrogated how the programs were structured and run, what aspects of the project were successful and unsuccessful, why that was the case and how that affected meeting the aims of the program. Questions also considered scientists’ understanding of their audiences, and what makes someone likely to pursue science. Questions were drawn from and adapted from existing literature (Bergerson et al., 2014; Besely et al., 2018; Ecklund et al., 2014; Fogg-Rogers & Moss, 2019; Rao, 2016). Interviews were transcribed and coded according to the motivational categories identified by Weingart et al. (2021): Democratisation, Education, Legitimation, Innovation, and Inspiration. Thematic analysis revealed additional coding categories reflecting scientists’ values and motivations: partnerships with and in schools, curriculum reform, and public accountability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There was considerable variety in the values that underpinned scientists’ perception of and participation in outreach; reflecting both the differentiation in the roles/levels that scientists held. Whilst motivated to promote science to students to secure and increase career pathways in science, the values that underscored this concern about the career ‘pipeline’ were nuanced. They reflected a broadening of the long-standing agenda to increase the diversity of the scientific profession by engaging with traditionally underrepresented groups, including members of Indigenous communities. It was in this sense that outreach for the sake of democratisation appeared. Interestingly, the scientists acknowledged the complex and characteristic demands placed on scientists today: the kinds of skills and dispositions they need. This was important in shaping both realistic representations of science (science requires considerable perseverance and excellence; applications of science are important) and idealistic representations (science requires curiosity and a sense of wonder and asking the ‘big questions’). Hence, the motivation to inspire young people was multi-faceted and based on an insider’s view of science, which also helped with legitimising and humanising science. The role of science outreach in education was also important to the scientists but extended well beyond developing conceptional understanding or presenting new knowledge. Scientists recognised and were motivated by the capacity for outreach to reform curriculum, but also to enhance science education in schools by supporting and learning from/with teachers. Finally, the structure of how scientist perceived outreach developed and delivery was significantly influenced by their personal experiences of science and pathways towards science outreach, but most importantly whether they identified as science outreach practitioner specialists or as scientists heavily involved in outreach development and project management. These findings suggest that the motivation of scientists and their perceptions of outreach are more complex and interdependent than existing macro-level and psychological accounts would suggest. References Bergerson, A. A., Hotchkins, B. K., & Furse, C. (2014). Outreach and Identity Development: New Perspectives on College Student Persistence. Journal of College Student Retention, 16(2), 165–185. Besley, J. C., Dudo, A., Yuan, S., & Lawrence, F. (2018). Understanding Scientists’ Willingness to Engage. Science Communication, 40(5), 559–590. Besley, J. C., & Nisbet, M. (2013). How scientists view the public, the media and the political process. Public understanding of science, 22(6), 644–659. Burchell, K. (2015). Factors affecting public engagement by researchers: Literature review. Ecklund, E. H., James, S. A., & Lincoln, A. E. (2012). How Academic Biologists and Physicists View Science Outreach. PLoS ONE, 7(5), 1–5. Fogg-Rogers, L., & Moss, T. (2019). Validating a scale to measure engineers’ perceived self-efficacy for engineering education outreach. PLoS One, 14(10), e0223728. Jensen, P., Rouquier, J. B., Kreimer, P., & Croissant, Y. (2008). Scientists who engage with science perform better academically. Science and Public Policy, 35(7), 527–541. Poliakoff, E., & Webb, T. L. (2007). What factors predict scientists' intentions to participate in public engagement of science activities? Science communication, 29(2), 242–263. Rao, A. (2016, August 3–10). Support for participating in outreach and the benefits of doing so [Paper Presentation]. 38th International Conference on High Energy Physics, Chicago, USA. Royal Society. (2006). Survey of factors affecting science communication by scientists and engineers. Final report. London. Author Weingart, P., Joubert, M., & Connoway, K. (2021). Public engagement with science – Origins, motives and impact in academic literature and science policy. PloS One, 16(7), e0254201. Weiss, C. (2005). Science, technology and international relations. Technology in Society, 27(3), 295-313. Woitowich, N. C., Hunt, G. C., Muhammad, L. N., & Garbarino, J. (2022). Assessing motivations and barriers to science outreach within academic science research settings: A mixed-methods survey. Frontiers in Communication, 7, 907762. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Documentary Theatre Practice Partnership to the Service of Teachers Transition Institut Agro, France Presenting Author:We would like to consider this action-research in the post-Covid pandemic, where relations within or out of schools have suffered (Franck & Haesebaert, 2023) and climate change time which both stimulate us to think of where we want to land ! (Latour, 2017). The specific aim of this proposal is to consider the documentary theatre practice partnership experienced through a workshop on the aim of Agro-Ecological Transition (AET). It lasted a week in December 2023 in the National Support Disposal of the French Agricultural Training System (FATS) in charge of experiencing and educators’ formation, thanks to Théo dramatist in the collectif Cortège de tête. Benefitting from last year experience mixing 2 teachers and 5 students, this experiment has been realized with 8 teachers and organised in the Institut Agro (Montpellier, Florac campus). This theatre practice was chosen to experience AET, out of teaching sessions and understand the skills development. On one hand, the sensitive dimension of artistic practices to the service education partnership (Covez 2023, 2017, 2015) has been introduced. On the other hand, the capacity of embodying AET through artistic practices (Covez, 2023) has been shown. But the FATS encounters difficulties to transform the AET priority into reality, as this means professional posture changes. This can be observed when the Otherwise Producing Teaching program n°2 tends into a more efficient plan on transitions. Besides, Institut Agro has recognized the quality of the documentary theatre practice (ecoanxiety and bifurcation decline, empowerment in transformative actions) and aims to realize it at a national level. And the higher education school now uses the Socio-Ecological Transition as a major concern enlarging the approach. These evolutions encourage us to put transition at the centre of concerns, practices and praxis. Finally, Sharon Todd thoughts (2016) helps us moving our aim, so as to question transition in relation with education, formation and transformation as layered. The documentary theatre practice by teachers represents an opportunity to experiment and question these issues. As Michèle (one of last year’s workshop teachers) has received a regional creativity prize for her students’ performance on textile transition, this encourages us to consider it as a potential change in education. The question is “Does a documentary theatre practice partnership contribute to teachers transition education ?”. Actually, the partnership action-research goes on, disseminating in high schools. It seems documentary theatre partnership is seen as efficient, valuable so as to change the habitus on individual and collective ways. The hypothesis is that it represents a specific tool for educational change in respect to transition, thanks to the presence of a research engineer-trainer and an artist dedicated to artistic matters. The risks are inherent to self-expression and expose before others and the performance is very stressful. Taking into consideration post-Covid work conditions and climate change anxiety, the partnership tended to welcome and respect all personal ideas, difficulties and assumed limits, caring people and present time (Fleury, 2024). The positions have been articulated with care, as debating and creating on transition, is a difficult task, dealing with sensitive positions. The theatre partnership brought comfort and empowerment to participants, that we wish to deepen. We want to understand the impacts of this active pedagogy relaunching the artistic partnership education value. Co-sharing while becoming aware of points of view and experience differences (Mérini, 2012), our sensitive common engagement (Théo and trainer) is still strengthening in the objective of creating a transformation through partnership (Laing & Alii, 2022) and prevent tensions (Capacchi & alii, 2022) within highschools. Participants express living a transformation, meaning education for real, and partnership could help a chosen and assumed transition. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ethnographic methodological approach consists in interviews with the 8 adults and the artist Théo actor, dramatist and director, who prepared the project one year long, so as to adapt to the teachers participants. The approach is also nourished with participative observation, meetings minutes, diaries and small filmed interviews. The research is not finished yet, as the interviews are going on showing that transition at large was considered so as to be transformed as a matter of theatre, expression and communication before the public. On the theatre perspective, it is very important to specify the methodology used by the documentary theatre. Amongst different theatre types (Magris & Ali, 2019), Théo in Florac defines it as a récit fictionnel form. The workshop made of debates, growing shared concepts and problematics leads to the definition and creation of scenes (conceived through mise à plat methodology enriched with theatre and improvisation exercises). The themes emerged out of the reflexions and postures were: patriarchy, symbiotic relationships, traditional farmers, living creatures, hyper consumption and countryside exile in remote mountains! Between the scripts, the transition notion was criticized as very old, fixed to the agriculture profession, in need of a revolution, akin to cycle…or without any sense at all in the actual global context! This suggests that form and content were equally debated and co-created when the sense of humour, the street theatre, “the truth of the heart” or open questions were expressed to the public, underlying the complexity of the transition! The 45 minutes long representation was quite imaginative, meaningful and applauded. But the partnership allowing and organizing the workshop process is at the core of our study. Therefore the quality research is used so as to get a comprehensive view on the expectations or representations at work. The focus is strongly on teachers as half of them are Socio-Cultural Educators (SCE: partly teachers and also project activity leaders in high schools) while the others were French, Computing or zootechnics teachers. Only half were already concerned with artistic matters, SCE teachers. Besides, there was also one education assistant younger than teachers. This kind of status mix practice which got the highest mark assessment, is extremely rare and valuable. Besides, this extra-ordinary situation was pointed out very emotionally from the first day, increasing the artistic and research partners envolvement in taking care of the people even more, in regard of the sensitivity of the workshop. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The theatre practice was quite successful, the next step is to reproduce it in more highschools with envolved teachers. Emotional body use mixed with cognitive matters, seems to be much appreciated as the rhythm that was tence and demanding but helped creating a challenging and successful performance. Transformation is at the core of the practice where personal and professional experiences and documents are shared and allow a co-constructed creation and performance, getting from an individual to a group production. For all, such an active pedagogical and educational situation can only lead to a real change in transition. In that respect, the artistic partnership is considered as essential so as to get people to work together on such a complex concept. The accompaniment by the artist Théo was a key point as he led the collective and directed the theatre style groups to a structured result. His role as a dramatist is artistic while the IA research engineer’s one is to welcome and accompany them through the personal or group difficulties, impulse, balancing and sometimes getting out of the space to let them progress on their own. Both partners sharing this experience from morning till night allowed creating a sensitive and safe space where emotions, ideas could be expressed despite some tensions in relation with divergences. Regulating on artistic and professional/personal issues helped participants succeed the challenge of transformation revelling technical/general teachers can talk and work together “which is great!”. The partnership puts transformation to the service of transition education legitimizing participants’ point of view and experience and making them aware of what their future students theatre work could be! A partnership reassuring transformation capacities would transmit an active transformative empowerment back to high schools. Could it represent a “responsive” (Rosa, 2022) formation partnership ? References Benhaiem, J-M. (2023). Une nouvelle voie pour guérir. Paris: Odile Jacob. Boal, A. (1996). Théâtre de l’opprimé. Paris: La découverte. Capacchi F.M.,K., Callewaert, I., Strappazzon S.(2022). Working as Co-Actors to Reduce Inequalities and Prevent Tensions in Partnership, in K. Otrel-Cass et al. (eds.) Partnerships in Education: Risks in Transdisciplinary Educational Research, p. 143-172. Zürich: Springer. Covez C. (2023), «Documentary Theatre Practice to the Service of Engineers-Students Agro-Ecological Transition Education”. congrès “The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université Glasgow, 21-25 août. Covez, C. (2023), «Documentary Theatre Partnership for Agro Ecological Transition Education to the risk of transformation”. Congrès “The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université Glasgow, 21-25 août. Covez, C. (2017), “Artistic Partnership Contribution to Agroecology Education”, congrès “Reforming Education and the Imperative of Constant Change: Ambivalent Roles of Policy and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Copenhague (Danemark), 22-25 août. Covez, C. (2015), “Orchestra in Prison: A Sensitive Change in Partnership”, congrès “Education and Transition. Contributions from Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Budapest (Hongrie), 8-11 septembre. Fleury, C. & Fenoglio, A. (2024). Ethique et Design: pour un climat du soin. Paris: PUF. Franck, N. & Haesebaert F.(2023). Protéger sa santé mentale après la crise. Paris: Odile Jacob. Latour, B. (2017), Où atterrir? Comment s’orienter en politique. Paris: La découverte. Lévy, I., Martin-Moreau, M. & Ménascé, D. (2022). From ecological transition to ecological transformation: consensus and fault lines. The Journal of Field actions https://journals.openedition.org/factsreports/6853 Mérini, C. (2012). Du partenariat en général dans la formation des élèves-maîtres et de sprofesseurs des écoles en particulier (115p.). Université Paris 8. Laing,K., Robson, S., Thomson, H. and Todd, L (2022). Creating Transformal Change Through Partnership, in K. Otrel-Cass et al. (eds.) Partnerships in Education: Risks in Transdisciplinary Educational Research, p. 359-384. Zürich: Springer. Magris, E & Picon-Vallin, B. (2019). Les théâtres documentaires. Montpellier : Deuxième époque. Rosa, H. (2022). Accélérons la résonance ! Entretien Wallenhorst. Paris: le Pommier/Humensis. Todd, S. (2016). Facing uncertainty in education: Beyond the harmonies of Eurovision education. European Educational Research Journal, 15 (6). pp. 617-627. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 16 SES 03 A: Digital Literacy and Problem Solving Competences Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Cristian Cerda Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Critical Digital Literacies: Fostering Digital Cultural Knowledge in and for Uncertain Times Durham Univserity, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper reports on an action research project on the development of advanced digital literacies with secondary school students in England, taking a multi-generational and agentic approach for that purpose. The project is found on the observation that policy discourses signalling a shortage of digitally skilled workforces has provided a useful, yet narrow perspective of the knowledge students require to thrive in an ever-changing digital environment. While skills and literacies should not be used interchangeably, the emphasis on technical digital ability tends to overshadow the purpose of engaging more deeply with the complexities of digital cultures (Jenkins, 2019); complexities that require an appreciation for the logic of the digital world and the practices that prevail therein (Costa et al., 2018). This translates into the acquisition of digital cultural knowledge (Costa and Li, 2023), key to the safe and ethical navigation of digital environments. Much like Lareau (see 2015) we conceptualise this form of knowledge as one benefiting from ‘cultural guides’ who can help in the learning of ‘the rules of the game’. To do so, a collaboration with university students was developed to ensure digital literacy learning of school students occurred with the support of ‘fresh contacts’ (Mannheim, 1928/2017) who are bound by cultural rather than biological rhythms. This proposal is in keeping with contestations of a technical-instrumentalist curriculum model (Moore and Young, 2001) and in favour of a humanistic approach, one that privileges learning autonomy (Freire, 2001). Digital literacies in schools have often taken on a risk perspective approach, supported by practices of surveillance and prevention (see Reilly, 2021). While preventative measures in the context of schools are hard to contest in light of increased perceptions of digital harm and schools’ attentiveness to students’ welfare and wellbeing, such approaches tend to be less effective in helping students deal with digital issues they may face in reflective way. In other words, while digital preventative measures offer more certainties about the practices to follow and those to avoid, it is less focused on exploring the unpredictability of digital practices as reflective of a changing digital environment. In this vein, focusing less on the “dos” and “don’t” of digital practices and more on the experiences and modes of participation that young people tend to develop online, this project we will discuss via this presentation has attempted to find ways to support young people in dealing with the uncertainties of the digital world while hopeful of the benefits informed, deliberative and reflective practices may bring to young people’s digital lives. The project takes on a stance of ethics and agency, placing students at the centre of such discussions and practices while supported by ‘meaningful others’ who more than being close in age are close in experience and perspective. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project adopted an action-research approach involving school leaders, teachers and students in schools and academic researchers and university students who came together to support each other in the development of digital literacies understandings congruent with young people’s digital experiences and knowledge needs. This method was chosen to explore a learning environment that moved away from prescriptive approaches and offered space and opportunity for participants to cultivate and reflect on the power of their own agency in the context of digital practices. Action research was key in our approach in that it enabled the exploration of key digital problems schools had identified through practical solutions (Creswell, 2020). Using an iterative approach, the project started via consultation with school leaders and school teachers about what they perceived to be the key digital literacy needs of their students. Two areas were identified as priority with reference to their digital issues database records: sexting and misinformation. The second stage of the project was focused on the develop a thorough research literature review that allowed the researchers to conceptualise digital literacies “as skillsets necessary to effective engagement in digital citizenship and day-to-day practice. These skill sets refer to capacities of opinion formation (digital reasoning), intersubjective understanding (digital being), and cultural adaptation (digital integrity) that require scaffolding, mentoring, and bespoke support in curricula designs reflective of a digital logic” (Costa and Oliver, 2023, p.5). The project then proceeded to design digital literacy sessions that followed principles of digital practices and critical pedagogy, as a reflection of the desk research previously conducted. The sessions were designed to support students’: a) prior knowledge and lived experience of the topics under exploration; b) deliberative action through engaging them in discussions that aimed to consider their views and digital activity; and c) creative input by finishing each session with students’ own, tangible creations as a manifestation of their learning and perspectives on the issues explored. Digital Ambassadors (University students) were then trained to deliver the sessions by being made familiar with the research via ‘reading cards’, going through the lesson plans as a potential target audience and reflecting on possible challenges they might face while delivering the sessions. To get a thorough understanding of the project, a comprehensive approach to elicit participants’ views and experiences was organised in the shape of different data collection formats to cover the voices of the different stakeholders involved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In light of this project, this presentation explores how digital literacies are leveraged as a discipline-specific form of knowledge (Oliver, 2021) that combines the mastery of deliberative and ethical forms of communication (Habermas, 2022) with the logic of digital environments as a field of social practice (Costa, 2013) embedded in everyday life. Such an approach proposes an appreciation for digital literacies as extending and interconnecting different spheres of action – school, home, vocational and social life. This is an approach that challenges risk-averse approaches often used in schools and at home to ensure online safety, despite its limited impact (Stoilova et al., 2023). Instead, we invite the audience to perceive students as agentic selves, i.e., digital users capable of reflectively exploring digital practices and the experiences they aspire for their future. Speaking to the theme of the conference, this presentation outlines how embracing uncertainty through reasoned debates is key to the development of informed attitudes and the fostering of digitally ethical selves which is in itself a form of digital empowerment. References Costa, C. (2013). The habitus of digital scholars. Research in Learning Technology, 21. https://doi.org/10.3402/rlt.v21i0.21274 Costa, C., & Li, H. (2023). Digital cultural knowledge and curriculum: The experiences of international students as they moved from on-campus to on-line education during the pandemic. Learning, Media and Technology, 0(0), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2023.2218097 Costa, C., Murphy, M., Pereira, A. L., & Taylor, Y. (2018). Higher education students’ experiences of digital learning and (dis)empowerment. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 34(3). https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.3979 Costa, C., & Oliver, M. (2023). The Durham Digital Literacy Project. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.16790.93768 Creswell, J. (2020). Educational Research: Planning, Conducting, and Evaluating Quantitative and Qualitative Research, Global Edition (6th edition). Pearson. Freire, P. (2001). Pedagogy of Freedom: Ethics, Democracy and Civic Courage (New edition). Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Habermas, J. (2022). Reflections and Hypotheses on a Further Structural Transformation of the Political Public Sphere. Theory, Culture & Society, 39(4), 145–171. https://doi.org/10.1177/02632764221112341 Jenkins, H. (2019). Participatory Culture: Interviews. John Wiley & Sons. Lareau, A. (2015). Cultural Knowledge and Social Inequality. American Sociological Review, 80(1), 1–27. https://doi.org/10.1177/0003122414565814 Mannheim, K. (1928). Das Problem der Generationen. KZfSS Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 69(1), 81–119. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11577-017-0412-y Moore, R., & Young, M. (2001). Knowledge and the Curriculum in the Sociology of Education: Towards a reconceptualisation. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 22(4), 445–461. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690120094421 Oliver, M. (2021). What styles of reasoning are important in primary English? The Curriculum Journal, 32(4), 704–721. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.120 Reilly, C. A. (2021). Reading risk: Preparing students to develop critical digital literacies and advocate for privacy in digital spaces. Computers and Composition, 61, 102652. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compcom.2021.102652 Stoilova, M., Bulger, M., & Livingstone, S. (2023). Do parental control tools fulfil family expectations for child protection? A rapid evidence review of the contexts and outcomes of use. Journal of Children and Media, 0(0), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/17482798.2023.2265512 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Digital competences and entertainment use of digital technologies by Physical Education and Sports Science students 1Universidad de La Frontera, Chile; 2Universidad de Alicante, Spain; 3Universidad Catolica de Temuco, Chile; 4Universidad de Santiago, Chile Presenting Author:Since some time now, it has been feasible to perceive that the relationship between young people and digital technologies is extremely close in terms of frequency and variety of use. Nowadays, young people, especially university students, use digital technologies with high frequency, which can have different types of impacts (Álvarez-Ferrandiz et al., 2023). In some cases, it may lead to academic, entertainment and social uses (Cerda et al., 2018), while in others, it may result in worrying practices, especially those related to problematic use of social networks (Romero-Rodriguez et al., 2020) and smartphone use (Roig-Vila et al., 2020). Therefore, analyzing the relationship between young people and digital technologies should be a matter of interest in the academic world. While this is relevant for university students, it becomes even more critical for student teachers because of their role modeling (Urra et al., 2020). It means that a teacher must not only generate teaching practices based on the curricular content defined by the school system but also develop personal practices considered exemplary by society, which is consciously or unconsciously observed in a vicarial way by their students (Cheung, 2020). Among all types of subjects, physical education is one that has greater relevance due to its practical character. It would be expected that physical education teachers can be a good example of the value of practices they promote. Therefore, these teachers should stimulate and experience real entertainment practices, prioritizing them over the virtual ones available nowadays in the pocket of their students (smartphone). Despite this, Menescardi et al. (2021) conclude that the use of digital technologies in physical education is still basic. While this makes sense, due to the lockdown caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, these habits were modified, even for university students in physical education (Etchevers et al., 2022). Consequently, digital entertainment practices have gained greater acceptance among young people, sometimes being preferred over real practices (Flores et al., 2020). Despite the relevance of the research topic and its implications, there is limited literature regarding the specific understanding of this phenomenon. On the other hand, autonomous use with entertainment purposes of technologies allows the development of various digital competences. The European Framework for Digital Competences (DIGCOMP) provides a detailed description of the essential areas that citizens should have (Carretero et al., 2017; Ferrari, 2013). In these terms, educational institutions must provide citizens with the necessary competences to face new professional challenges. Although it could be thought that the acquisition of these skills is due to formal training processes, many of them can be acquired autonomously through the interaction with various digital devices, considering needs and interests of the users and variables associated with them (Cerda et al., 2022b). According to this context, it is relevant to deep in the understanding of this phenomenon. Considering this background, this research had two objectives. First, describe the access and use to devices and applications that are most commonly used for entertainment by Chilean student teachers in physical education and Spanish students in sports science. Second, according to the country of origin, compare the level of digital competences used for entertainment purposes by these participants. Addressing these objectives provides an initial approach to the role that the entertainment use of digital technologies plays, in comparison to other uses, in the development of digital citizenship competences in university students related to physical activity and sports. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research involved a total of 324 university students from one university in Temuco, Chile (n = 170, 52.5%), and students from one university in Alicante, Spain (n = 154, 47.5%). Considering the total, 68.2% were male and 31.8% were female, with an average age of 21.12 years (SD = 3). The Chilean participants were student teachers in physical education, while Spanish students were part of the Sports Science and Physical Activity program. The information was obtained through two instruments. The first one was a questionnaire developed for a previous research (Cerda et al., 2018), in which access, time and purposes of use of digital technologies (academic, entertainment, social and economic) in devices (desktop computer, laptop computer, smartphone and tablet) and applications (Facebook, Internet search, YouTube, WhatsApp, Instagram and TikTok) were measured. The second one was the entertainment use subscale of the Scale of Purposes of Use and Digital Competences, which measures frequency of use of digital technologies with entertainment purposes (Cerda et al., 2022a). The items were based in the following five digital competences defined by DIGCOMP (Carretero et al., 2017; Ferrari, 2013) A = Browsing, searching and filtering data, information and digital content; B = Managing data, information and digital content; C = Interacting through digital technologies; D = Sharing through digital technologies; E = Developing digital content. Data was collected at the end of 2023. The application of the instruments at each university included a previous explanation of the research objectives, its relevance and the intention to participate. Data analysis was conducted in stages. First, quality controls were performed to analyse the data and identify any potential and incorrect information registered. Second, descriptive analyses of access to devices and applications, number of hours they were used and percentage of time spent on these tasks were conducted. Third, five variables, considering the five digital competences of the Scale of Purposes of Use and Digital Competences were created. Fourth, the normality of the variables was analysed by reviewing their levels of skewness and kurtosis. Fifth, mean comparison tests (t-test for independent samples) were carried out to evaluate the difference in the variables according to the country of origin of the students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The tablet, which shows low access (Chile 13% and Spain 29%), is the device with the highest percentage of entertainment use (Chile 37.5% and Spain 33%, p > 0.05), followed by the smartphone (Chile 31.2% and Spain 33.2%), which is used by 98% of students in both countries. Regarding this device, differences were only showed in time of use, being Chilean students the ones spending more hours (M = 6.91, SD = 3.39) while the Spanish students (M = 4.98, SD = 2.04), t(260) = 6.10, p < .001, Cohen’s d = -0.69. Regarding the applications, TikTok had the highest entertainment use (Chile 66% and Spain 68%). The second most used application is YouTube (Chile 64.7% and Spain 69.3%) with access rates of 89% in Chile and 91% in Spain. In relation to the development of digital competences, Chilean students outperformed their counterpart in Spain in almost all the competences. In specific Browsing (A), Chilean participants got higher scores (M = 3.50, SD = 0.89) than the Spanish (M = 3.10, SD = 0.84), t(322) = 4.16, p < .001, Cohen’s d = -0.46. The same happened with variables: Managing (B), M = 2.49, SD = 1.04 versus M = 2.20, SD = 0.83, t(316)= 2.81, p = .005, Cohen’s d = -0.31; Interacting (C), M = 3.01, SD = 0.99 versus M = 2.61, SD = 0.86, t(321)=3.84, p < .001, Cohen’s d = -0.43; Sharing (D), M = 2.66, SD = 1.03 versus M = 2.40, SD = 0.83), t(317)= 2.55, p = .011, Cohen’s d = -0.28. Only in the case of Develop (E), Spanish got a higher score, (M = 2.09, SD = 1.07) than Chileans (M = 1.96, SD = 0.89), t(319)= 1.18, p = .236, even though the difference was not significative. References Álvarez-Ferrándiz, D., Martínez-Sánchez, I., Rodríguez-Sabiote, C., & Álvarez-Rodríguez, J. (2023). The use of technology In higher education. Pedagogical orientations within education. Journal of Positive Psychology & Wellbeing, 7(3), 391-405. https://journalppw.com/index.php/jppw/article/view/17645/11110 Carretero, S., Vuorikari, R., & Punie, Y. (2017). DigComp 2.1: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens with eight proficiency levels and examples of use (EUR 28558). Cerda, C., León, M., Saiz, J. L., & Villegas, L. (2022a). Propósitos de uso de tecnologías digitales en estudiantes de pedagogía chilenos: Construcción de una escala basada en competencias digitales. Píxel-Bit. Revista de Medios y Educación, 64, 7-25. https://doi.org/10.12795/pixelbit.93212 Cerda, C., León, M., Saiz, J. L., & Villegas, L. (2022b). Relación entre propósitos de uso de competencias digitales y variables asociadas a estudiantes de pedagogía chilenos. Edutec. Revista Electrónica de Tecnología Educativa(82), 183-198. https://doi.org/10.21556/edutec.2022.82.2557 Cerda, C., Saiz, J. L., Villegas, L., & León, M. (2018). Acceso, tiempo y propósito de uso de tecnologías digitales en estudiantes de pedagogía chilenos. Estudios Pedagogicos, 44(3), 7-22. https://doi.org/10.4067/S0718-07052018000300007 Cheung, P. (2020). Teachers as role models for physical activity: Are preschool children more active when their teachers are active? European Physical Education Review, 26(1), 101-110. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X19835240 Etchevers, V., Navarrete, M., Valdés, G., & Merellano, E. (2022). Niveles de actividad física y uso del smartphone en estudiantes de pedagogía en educación física: Estudio comparativo en dos momentos de la pandemia. REAF- Revista Chilena de Rehabilitación y Actividad Física, 1(1), 1-20. https://doi.org/10.32457/reaf1.1764 Ferrari, A. (2013). DIGCOMP: A framework for developing and understanding digital competence in Europe. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2788/52966 Flores, G., Correa., M., & Cervantes., M. (2020). Deporte, cultura y uso de tecnologías en el tiempo libre de jovenes universitarios. Espiral-Cuadernos del Profesorado, 13(17), 144-159. https://doi.org/10.25115/ecp.v13i27.3491 Menescardi, C., Suárez-Guerrero, C., & Lizandra, J. (2021). Formación del profesorado de educación física en el uso de aplicaciones tacnológicas. Apunts. Educación Física y Deportes, 144, 33-43. https://doi.org/10.5672/apunts.2014-0983.es.(2021/2).144.05 Roig-Vila, R., Prendes-Espinosa, P., & Urrea-Solano, M. (2020). Problematic smartphone use in spanish and italian university students. Sustainability (Switzerland), 12(24), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.3390/su122410255 Romero-Rodríguez, J. M., Rodríguez-Jiménez, C., Ramos, M., Marín-Marín, J. A., & Gómez-García, G. (2020). Use of instagram by pre-service teacher education: Smartphone habits and dependency factors. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(11), 1-10. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17114097 Urra, B., Freundt, A., Fehrenberg, M., & Muñoz, M. (2020). Paradigma educativo y habilidades el profesor asociadas a la percepción de rol docente en educación física de estudiantes chilenos. Retos, 37, 362-3619. https://doi.org/10.47197/retos.v37i37.72781 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Relationships Between Tertiary Students’ Socioeconomic Status, Behavioral Engagement, Learning Strategies, and Problem Solving in Technology-Rich Environments Lingnan University, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:In today's era of rapid technological advancement, technology has a profound impact on our daily lives and society. Technology-rich environments (TRE) not only offer tertiary students collaborative opportunities that foster teamwork and communication skills, but also present unique challenges requiring critical thinking and problem-solving abilities. These challenges include diagnosing and resolving technical issues, designing new hardware or software solutions, and analyzing complex data sets (Mishra et al., 2013; Verdonck et al., 2019). Strong problem-solving abilities enable students to adapt quickly to novel challenges and solve complex problems, making problem-solving in TRE an essential skill for success in the modern workforce and future careers (Hämäläinen et al., 2015). Previous research has explored the relationship between socioeconomic status (SES) and students' problem-solving skills to address educational disparities (e.g., Martin et al., 2012). To gain a better understanding of this relationship, it is crucial to examine the potential mediation mechanisms. Previous studies have shown positive connections between SES and students' behavioral engagement (e.g., Guo et al., 2015) and between behavioral engagement and problem-solving (e.g., Guo et al., 2016). Therefore, it is expected that behavioral engagement may serve as a mediator between SES and problem-solving. However, there is limited knowledge about whether behavioral engagement truly mediates the association between SES and problem-solving, particularly in TRE. Thus, this study aimed to investigate the mediating role of behavioral engagement in the relationship between SES and problem-solving in TRE. Research consistently demonstrates that individuals who employ strategic learning approaches tend to exhibit higher levels of problem-solving (Tan, 2019). Effective learning strategies, such as goal setting, self-regulation, metacognitive monitoring, and the use of problem-solving techniques, play a crucial role in facilitating the acquisition of problem-solving skills (Hoffman & Spatariu, 2008). In addition, previous studies have indicated that students from high-SES families are more likely to possess high levels of problem-solving skills (e.g., Martin et al., 2012). Hence, the strength of the association between SES and problem-solving may vary depending on learning strategies. However, there is currently limited knowledge about the effect of the interaction between SES and learning strategies on problem-solving in TRE. Building upon established research on the relationships between SES and problem-solving (e.g., Martin et al., 2012) and between learning strategies and problem-solving (e.g., Hoffman & Spatariu, 2008), it can be hypothesized that learning strategies moderate the association between SES and problem-solving in TRE. In other words, learning strategies may weaken the strength of the association between SES and problem-solving in TRE. Furthermore, the indirect association, where the relationship between SES and problem-solving in TRE is mediated by behavioral engagement, may also vary depending on learning strategies. To the best of our knowledge, no studies have explored the moderating role of learning strategies in the indirect pathways from SES to problem-solving in TRE through behavioral engagement. Based on emerging evidence concerning the relationships between SES and behavioral engagement (e.g., Guo et al., 2015) and between learning strategies and behavioral engagement (e.g., Hospel et al., 2016), it is plausible to hypothesize the existence of a moderation mechanism involved in the indirect association between SES and problem-solving in TRE. Therefore, this study aimed to investigate whether learning strategies moderate both the direct and indirect associations between SES and problem-solving in TRE, mediated by behavioral engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current study utilized data from the Programme for International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC), an assessment framework initiated by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). PIAAC aims to measure and compare the proficiency levels of adults in various domains, including problem-solving, across participating countries. By employing standardized tests and surveys, PIAAC evaluates adults' cognitive abilities and workplace skills, with a specific focus on their problem-solving capabilities in real-life situations. In this study, a sample of 12,148 tertiary students (Mage = 25.68 years, 55% female) was analyzed. The variables examined in the study included SES, behavioral engagement in reading, writing, numeracy, and information and communication technology (ICT), learning strategies, and problem-solving in TRE. The initial analysis focused on exploring the mediating role of behavioral engagement in the relationship between SES and problem-solving in TRE. First, the study examined the direct effects of SES on students' problem-solving in TRE. Next, behavioral engagement was introduced as a mediator to investigate the direct effects of SES on problem-solving in TRE. The subsequent analysis aimed to explore the moderating effect of learning strategies on the associations between SES, behavioral engagement, and problem-solving in TRE. To achieve this, a moderated mediation model was estimated, incorporating an interaction term between SES and learning strategies. The interaction term was used to assess the effects of SES on problem-solving in TRE at different levels of learning strategies. If the interaction between SES and learning strategies was found to be significant, a simple slope analysis was conducted to evaluate the conditional direct and indirect effects of SES on students' problem-solving in TRE at low (-1 SD) and high (+1 SD) levels of learning strategies (Preacher, Curran, & Bauer, 2006). The study calculated 95% confidence intervals (95% CI) for the conditional direct and indirect effects. To handle missing data, the study employed the full information maximum likelihood (FIML) approach (Enders, 2010). All main analyses were conducted using Mplus 8 (Muthen & Muthen, 1998–2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The current study employed a moderated mediation model to investigate the mechanisms underlying the relationship between SES and students' problem-solving in TRE. The findings provided support for the mediating role of behavioral engagement in the association between SES and problem-solving in TRE. First, in line with previous research indicating a positive link between SES and problem-solving (e.g., Martin et al., 2012), the present study established a significant contribution of SES to students' problem-solving in TRE. Second, the study demonstrated that behavioral engagement mediated the relationship between SES and problem-solving in TRE. Third, the study explored the significance of learning strategies in relation to students' behavioral engagement and problem-solving in TRE. However, the results indicated that learning strategies did not moderate the direct effect of SES on students' problem-solving in TRE. Learning strategies were also found to not moderate the indirect association between SES and problem-solving in TRE through behavioral engagement. References Enders, C. K. (2010). Applied missing data analysis. Guilford Press. Guo, F., Yao, M., Wang, C., Yan, W., & Zong, X. (2016). The effects of service learning on student problem solving: The mediating role of classroom engagement. Teaching of Psychology, 43(1), 16-21. Guo, Y., Sun, S., Breit-Smith, A., Morrison, F. J., & Connor, C. M. (2015). Behavioral engagement and reading achievement in elementary-school-age children: A longitudinal cross-lagged analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 107(2), 332-347. Hoffman, B., & Spatariu, A. (2008). The influence of self-efficacy and metacognitive prompting on math problem-solving efficiency. Contemporary educational psychology, 33(4), 875-893. Hospel, V., Galand, B., & Janosz, M. (2016). Multidimensionality of behavioural engagement: Empirical support and implications. International Journal of Educational Research, 77, 37-49. Martin, A. J., Liem, G. A., Mok, M., & Xu, J. (2012). Problem solving and immigrant student mathematics and science achievement: Multination findings from the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA). Journal of educational psychology, 104(4), 1054-1073. Mishra, P., Fahnoe, C., Henriksen, D., & Deep-Play Research Group. (2013). Creativity, self-directed learning and the architecture of technology rich environments. TechTrends, 57(1), 10–13. Preacher, K. J., Curran, P. J., & Bauer, D. J. (2006). Computational tools for probing interactions in multiple linear regression, multilevel modeling, and latent curve analysis. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 31(4), 437–448. Tan, R. E. (2019). Academic self-concept, learning strategies and problem solving achievement of university students. European Journal of Education Studies, 2, 287-303 Verdonck, M., Greenaway, R., Kennedy-Behr, A., & Askew, E. (2019). Student experiences of learning in a technology-enabled learning space. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 56(3), 270–281. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 17 SES 03 A: Language, Text, Nationhood and Education : Change in Continuity and Vice Versa? Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Thomas Ruoss Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper On the Relationship between Languages, Education and Nation-building: Imaginations, Idealizations and Historicizations in the Osmanischer Lloyd (1908-1918) Helmut Schmidt University, Germany Presenting Author:Languages and educational reforms play a pivotal role in the intricate process of nation-building (Anderson 2005), yet the historical exploration of transnational contexts within this framework remains notably neglected. A region and temporal window that stand out for their explicit relevance to the transformation processes toward nation-states is Southeast Europe in the early 20th century. Marked by various conflicts and internal reform endeavors of the Ottoman Empire, especially the Young Turk Revolution of 1908 – regarded as the initiation of a protracted transformation from sultanic rule to the establishment of a Turkish nation-state (Osterhammel 2009, p. 800) – this era witnessed a profound reorganization resulting in distinct nation-states with diverse languages. In the same year, the inception of the German and French-language daily newspaper “Osmanischer Lloyd” occurred under the auspices of the Foreign Office and the German Embassy in Constantinople. Aligned with one of the German Empire's global strategies in the Wilhelmine era – to construct a shared cultural and economic sphere “from Berlin to Baghdad” – the newspaper served as a propagandistic press organ for an international audience. It delved into a myriad of contemporary issues, including educational and language policies. The publication engaged in discussions encompassing the Greek, Turkish, Albanian, and Jewish languages; deliberations on the “Turkish language reform” and the “purification of the Turkish language”; inquiries into population literacy; and examinations of the Greek, Latin, and Arabic alphabets alongside their histories and the intricate relationship between religion and language (Osmansicher Lloyd 2.173, 2.219, 3.28, 3.39, 3.67, 4.42, 9.6, 11.81 etc.). Co-founder and deputy editor-in-chief Friedrich Schrader formulated a prevailing premise: "A new era needs a new language. This is a truth that emerges from the literature of all nations." (Osmanischer Lloyd 24.05.1914, p. 1). The predominant horizon of experience are (academic) and social socialization contexts and the historical experiences of the formation of the German nation state, which serve as the basis of the argumentation. And yet it is remarkable that the magazine appeared to act as an independent medium within the contemporary discourse of the metropolis and dealt with these topics with thematic depth and connections to other historical actors and print media. In my contribution, I analyze this source's portrayal of the imagined vision of a “modern” and “economically successful” nation-state within the context of the language-related articles of the years 1908 to 1918. How are different languages assessed and categorized? What language, teaching methods, and educators does a modern (nation) state require at the outset of the 20th century for "success" in scientific and economic terms? To what extent are reform proposals articulated? With this approach I like to contribute both to tracing contemporary transnational entanglements and deconstructing the semi-colonial notions of the medium. The theoretical framework of this study draws from Michel Foucault’s discourse concept, conceptualizing it as a historically specific space of knowledge and sayability entangled with power (Foucault 2015). Additionally, my research aligns with the immediate context of postcolonial studies, informed by Edward Said’s Orientalism. Here, the representation of “the other” and certain knowledge stocks emerges as a self-assurance and empowerment strategy shaping collective identity, even in Germany (Said 2003). Consequently, the articles statements must be scrutinized under the lens of self-representation. It is therefore particularly interesting to look at the extent to which statements on the relationship between nation and language are evaluated. The authors' arguments are based on the European-German horizon of experience and the evaluations thus follow certain deterministic and Eurocentric logics that must be deconstructed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From a discourse-analytical and postcolonial perspective, I examine how educational and cultural policy problems regarding languages and educational reforms were negotiated in the “Osmanischer Lloyd” as a transnational medium of circulation of knowledge. The essential concept for my study is the Historical Discourse Analysis of Achim Landwehr (Landwehr 2018). Following this, subjects of investigation are the genesis of social knowledge, its constitutive conditions and the historical references. All of these are requirements for the possibility of producing the regularly occurring statements of the discourse. To approach the research questions, the newspaper articles are examined with the historical-critical method. First, the sources were obtained from archives and digitized and then the relevant articles were identified through cursory reading and keyword searches. I analyze the arguments along different themes and through the single articles. In doing so, historical and discursive events of particular relevance are highlighted. The examination of knowledge is carried out through constant examination of related sources and relevant, historical and theoretical secondary literature. Overall, a twofold level of analysis must be taken into account: On the one hand, the historical discourse around and about languages and educational reforms in the Ottoman Empire and Southeast Europe. On the other hand, the level of the European-German imagination and evaluation standards within the arguments and the function of these. In doing so, I draw on Spivak's (1985) concepts of "othering", according to which changes and attribution processes produce dichotomous constructions (“other” – “own”) in the first place. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I aim to answer the above-mentioned questions concerning the imaginations, idealizations and historicizations, in the context of Languages, Educational Reforms and Nation-building in the source material. It can be assumed that the knowledge presented provides insights into the relationship between nation-state formation and languages, which had an impact far beyond the period and the region. In addition, the journal explicitly participates in contemporary discourse, classifies statements and positions itself as a medium, which has not yet been analyzed from the perspective of educational history. A cursory reading and exemplary analyses have already shown that the German perspective assesses languages in a significantly different manner: Regarding “Turkish”, it is consistently recommended to undertake a Latinization of the alphabet and promote a linguistic transformation that makes the language more accessible (for rural populations and foreigners). Furthermore, the authors advocate, for a more comprehensive elementary school system in the Ottoman Empire. Contrary, language reforms in Greece receive less progressive evaluations, with a reform of the Greek alphabet, for example, never being a topic of discussion. Certainly, the eurocentric and Western background of the authorship is evident here, showcasing certain preferences influenced by their humanistic education. Apart from one publication on the source as a publication organ (Farah 1993), there are no historiographical analyses. With my research try to fill this research desideratum and point out the source. It is interesting to see which nations and languages are considered "modern" and "successful" and which are not. Are there allocations to Europe and exclusions? All these evaluations-schemes which include or exclude certain nations from “modern” or “western world” are also common practice in nowadays political und public discourse. Overall, the article is part of a research project (on German-Turkish history of education) and uncovers parts of the largely forgotten imagination and historical interdependence between the German Empire and Southeast Europe. References Anderson, Benedict R. (2005): Die Erfindung der Nation: zur Karriere eines folgenreichen Konzepts. Frankfurt am Main: Campus Verlag. Farah, Irmgard (1993): Die deutsche Pressepolitik und Propagandatätigkeit im Osmanischen Reich von 1908-1918 unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des „Osmanischen Lloyd“. Beirut. Fuhrmann, Malte (2006): Der Traum vom deutschen Orient. Zwei deutsche Kolonien im Osmanischen Reich 1851–1918. Frankfurt: Campus. Fox, Stephanie; Boser, Lukas (2023): National Literacies in Education. Historical Reflections on the Nexus of Nations, National Identity, and Education. Palgrave Macmillan. Gencer, Mustafa: Bildungspolitik, Modernisierung und kulturelle Interaktion. Deutsch-türkische Beziehungen 1908-1918, Münster u.a.: Lit Verlag, 2002. Hellmanzik, Timm Gerd (2023): Vom „Türkenjoch“ zu „Deutschlands Freundschaft für die Türkei“ – Der Wandel des Wissens über das Osmanische Reich in deutschen Geschichtsschulbüchern 1839–1918. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Hobsbawm, Eric J. (2005): Nationen und Nationalismus. Mythos und Realität seit 1780. Frankfurt/New York: Campus Verlag. Landwehr, Achim (2018): Historische Diskursanalyse. 2. Ed. Frankfurt/ New York: Campus Verlag, 2008. Osmanischer Lloyd. Konstantinopel: Auswärtiges Amt und Deutsche Botschaft. 1908–1918. Osterhammel, Jürgen (2009): Die Verwandlung der Welt. Eine Geschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts. München: C. H. Beck. Quataert, Donald (2017): The Ottoman Empire 1700-1922, 4. Ed. CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform. Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty (1985): The Rani of Sirmur: An Essay in Reading the Archives. In: History and Theory 24.3 (1985), S. 247–272. Said, Edward W. (2003): Orientalism: Western Conceptions of the Orient. London: Penguin Modern Classics. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Creating the “current past” in Hungarian Textbooks on History of Education in the late 19th century University of Szeged, Hungary Presenting Author:The development of educational history writing gained momentum in the first half of the 19th century. Its development was closely linked to the development of teacher training. Textbooks at different levels of the training played an important role in the formation of the discipline (Tröhler, 2004, 2006). According to Tröhler, the history of education had a moral, not a scientific, task. It set out the framework within which educators had to think about pedagogy, educational situations and schools. It placed contemporary pedagogical practice in a historical context and thus legitimised it. Although Tröhler's findings are based on German and French textbooks, his conclusions are also valid for Hungarian textbooks. Hungary was in a unique position both in terms of its educational system and pedagogical thinking. The development of its culture and educational system has been strongly influenced by transnational trends (Mayer, 2019). In this respect, the role of German culture should be highlighted. Placing the history of Hungarian education in a European framework was one of the main aims of Hungarian textbooks on the history of education. Cultural and pedagogical similarities can also be seen in the field of educational history writing. The history of education became one of the main subjects in the training of elementary school teachers in the second half of the 19th century. According to contemporary ideas, this subject provided the legitimacy of elementary school pedagogy and methodology. It also described the eminent educationalists and, through their lives, the desirable professional profiles with which teacher candidates had to identify. It was therefore a historically oriented subject, but with a strong normative content. Although the history of education has played an important role in teacher training, little research has been undertaken into its history. This is partly due to the fact that Hungarian historiography of education has typically paid little attention to theoretical and historiographical issues. A few overview works have been produced (Szabó, Garai & Németh, 2022), but a comprehensive exploration of the history of Hungarian educational history writing is still awaited. In my research, focusing on the training of elementary school teachers, I investigated how the construction of the "current past" and through it the legitimation of contemporary pedagogical theory and practice occurred in the Hungarian textbooks of the late 19th century. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During most of the period under study, the training of teachers for elementary schools and secondary schools was distinctly separate. In my research, I examined five textbooks on the history of education published for elementary teacher candidates in the late 19th century. I have used the method of historical source analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a result of the research, it can be concluded that the authors of the textbooks explicitly sought to link the past, the recent past and the present in their texts. They used two main means of doing so. On the one hand, they included contemporary events in the history they described, thus emphasising that the development and establishment of the system of popular education was the inevitable result of a single, uninterrupted historical process. On the other hand, these textbooks created a figure no longer to be found later, the 'contemporary classic'. The textbooks contained biographies of many living or recently deceased people, in many cases in the same form and with the same content as those of 'famous' teachers. In this way, a professional pantheon was created which represented the professional profile to be followed by teacher candidates. At the same time, they portrayed effectively that 'ordinary' teachers can also possess the qualities of great professional predecessors. The results of the research provide insights into the way early Hungarian educational history writing functioned. We can see that the dividing line between history and memory was still flexible at that time, and that the textbooks naturally included people and events within what Jan Assman calls communicative or generational memory (Assmann & Czapilka, 1995, Assman 2011). In later decades, with the professionalisation of educational history writing, the dividing line has become more fixed and textbooks have focused primarily on the description of persons and events within the scope of cultural memory. References Assmann, J. (2011). Cultural Memory and Early Civilization: Writing, Remembrance, and Political Imagination Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511996306 Assmann, J., & Czaplicka, J. (1995). Collective Memory and Cultural Identity. New German Critique, 65, 125–133. https://doi.org/10.2307/488538 Mayer, C. (2019). The Transnational and Transcultural: Approaches to Studying the Circulation and Transfer of Educational Knowledge. In E. Fuchs & E. Roldán Vera (Eds.), The Transnational in the History of Education: Concepts and Perspectives (pp. 49–68). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1_2 Tröhler, D. (2004). The Establishment Of The Standard History Of Philosophy of Education and Suppressed Traditions of Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 23(5–6), 367–391. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-004-4450-3 Tröhler, D. (2006). History and Historiography of Education: Some remarks on the utility of historical knowledge in the age of efficiency. Encounters/Encuentros/Rencontres on Education. https://doi.org/10.15572/ENCO2006.01 Z. A. Szabó, I. Garai & A. Németh (2022) The history of education in Hungary from the mid-nineteenth century to present day, Paedagogica Historica, 58:6, 901-919, DOI: 10.1080/00309230.2022.2090849 17. Histories of Education
Paper Examining Shifting Perspectives of Knowledge: A Longitudinal Analysis of Educational Discourse Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden Presenting Author:This study, which forms an integral part of a broader investigation into the interconnectedness of educational discourses, focuses on perspectives of knowledge. These perspectives encompass the epistemological frameworks of knowledge, including its nature, acquisition, validation, and utilisation, and are influenced by various schools of thought, such as empiricism, pragmatism, and constructivism. These perspectives are pivotal not only to our perception of knowledge but also have a profound impact on teaching methods (Greene & Yu, 2016) and learner outcomes (Mason et al., 2013; Muis & Foy, 2010). The project examines the last 60 years of educational discourse in Sweden (1962–2023). By analysing extensive textual data from parliamentary records, media, and educational research using innovative digital methods, we aim to illustrate how perspectives on knowledge have evolved within and across different discourse domains. We chose 1962 as the starting point for our study because it marks the introduction of Sweden's comprehensive educational system. Since then, Sweden has experienced significant transformations in its educational system, including a shift from state to municipal governance of schools, the introduction of privately run schools, the establishment of a new teaching college, and the implementation of a new grading system (Lindensjö & Lundgren, 2000). These reforms align with major developments in Sweden's economic history, such as comprehensive welfare reforms and sustained economic growth (Schön, 2012). Presently, the Swedish school system is grappling with a multitude of challenges, including declining academic achievement, increased inequality, grade inflation, inadequate competence supply, classroom disorder, and mental health issues. Recent research suggests that a transformed perception of knowledge underlies many of these challenges (Henrekson & Wennström, 2022; James & Lewis, 2012). A growing body of research has delved into how public opinion, educational politics, the media, and research reflect and influence perceptions of education (Billingham & Kimelberg, 2016; Lee et al., 2022). However, there is a lack of studies on the interconnectedness of educational discourses using natural data (Lyons, 1991) comprehensively over time. Topic modelling, an established method in historical studies (e.g., Cohen Priva & Austerweil, 2015), can provide valuable opportunities to study discourse formation. In collaboration with KBLab at the National Library of Sweden (collaboration agreement KB 2024-114), we use exploratory transformer-based topic modelling and sentence-based large language models to analyse extensive data from these discourse areas: the political sphere, the media landscape, and educational sciences. These areas form three corpora represented by 1) parliamentary motions, propositions, and speeches, 2) content from the four largest daily newspapers, and 3) educational research published in scholarly journals. Through KBLab, we are able to obtain close to complete data series from each data source. By dividing the period into 5-year intervals, we investigate relationships within and across these areas to reveal when and where changes are initiated, adopted, and spread to other discourse areas. Research questions:
This study contributes to educational research and the social sciences in several ways. Firstly, it provides a robust empirical foundation for exploring the interrelationships among political, public, and scholarly discourses. Secondly, it offers theoretical insights into discourse formation and the processes by which semantic shifts are initiated, adopted, and disseminated across different discourse domains. Thirdly, by fine-tuning (L)LMs, we make a methodological contribution that enables the comprehensive and comparative analysis of extensive, previously inaccessible natural data over time. Additionally, all model codes will be made open-access and available to anyone interested in discourse and policy formation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This project integrates two methodological traditions: linguistic analysis and statistical regression methods, specifically transformer-based (L)LMs and Granger causality. Combining these methods is crucial as we aim to capture elusive prevailing discourses defined not by a fixed set of lexical items but by 'family-resemblances' of overlapping, non-unique similarities (Wittgenstein, 2001). Simultaneously, we seek to investigate the temporal interrelatedness of these discourses within a structured regression framework. The linguistic analysis will begin with exploratory transformer-based topic modelling for 5-year time intervals within each corpus. We will employ BERTopic, which identifies latent topics by combining a transformer model with traditional information retrieval techniques and density-based clustering (Grootendorst, 2022). In the subsequent analysis, we will use dimensional-reduced results from the topic models to extract, identify, and validate a smaller number of texts with conspicuous loadings for discernible educational topics indicative of potentially prevailing educational discourses. This dataset will serve as training material for fine-tuning a Large Language Model, (L)LM, classifier, allowing the model to 'learn' to classify texts into different discourses. The fine-tuned classifier (L)LM will then perform classification inference on the entire dataset. This classifier will be sentence-based (rather than word-embedded), enabling it to better capture linguistic family resemblances over longer (con-)texts (Reimers & Gurevych, 2019). In the final phase of the study, we will apply Granger causality to analyse the interrelationships between the discourse areas over time (Shojaie & Fox, 2022). Granger causality (Granger, 1980), has been used in various fields to make predictions based on historical data. It indicates a predictive rather than a traditional causal relationship, as previously utilised in scientific analyses of societal discourse shifts (Börner et al., 2018). Through this approach, we aim to investigate whether shifts in one discourse area can predict changes in another, providing insights into the continued development of other domains. For instance, we will examine whether changes to perceptions of knowledge first take hold within research, then influence political debate, eventually appearing in the media, or if alternative patterns exist. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To validate and assess the feasibility of our research, we conducted a pilot study using vector models to compare word embeddings of lexical units related to knowledge perspectives over time in Sweden’s four largest daily newspapers (Dagens Nyheter, Svenska Dagbladet, Aftonbladet, and Expressen). Vector models evaluate the statistical relationships between word pairs on a scale from 0 to 1. Table 1 presents the results of a few examples of word pairs studied during two five-year periods, 1974-1979 and 2004-2009. The results indicate that the relationships are stable over time for some word pairs, such as "content" and "goal," and "teaching" and "learning." For other pairs, the connections have strengthened, indicating closer relationships between the words. Notably, the relationship between "grade" and "test" is significantly stronger in the later period, as is the relationship between "curriculum" and "learning outcomes." These initial models and preliminary results suggest a shift in educational discourse toward more measurable aspects of knowledge. Table 1. Pilot study vector model results (examples of word pairs) Word Pair 1974–1979 2004–2009 Change Sign. Content – Goal 0.37 0.35 -0.02 Teaching – Learning 0.62 0.65 0.03 Formation – Education 0.89 0.85 -0.04 Individual – Group 0.48 0.43 -0.05 Teacher – Pupil 0.75 0.81 0.06 Knowledge – Ability 0.60 0.53 -0.07 Curriculum – Learning Outcomes 0.40 0.55 0.15 * Grade – Test 0.32 0.67 0.35 * The pilot study results support the validity and feasibility of our overarching project, which aims to study educational discourses and discern changes in semantic relationships between words within corpora. At the same time, these results highlight the necessity of employing more advanced linguistic analytical tools and robust transformer-based (L)LMs to comprehensively grasp and understand prevailing educational discourses, which this project aims to achieve. References Billingham, C., & Kimelberg, S. (2016). Opinion polling and the measurement of Americans’ attitudes regarding education. Journal of Education Policy, 31(5), 526–548. Börner, K., Scrivner, O., Gallant, M., Ma, S., Liu, X., Chewning, K., Wu, L., & Evans, J. A. (2018). Skill discrepancies between research, education, and jobs reveal the critical need to supply soft skills for the data economy. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 115(50), 12630–12637. Cohen Priva, U., & Austerweil, J. L. (2015). Analyzing the history of Cognition using Topic Models. Cognition, 135, 4–9. Greene, J. A., & Yu, S. B. (2016). Educating Critical Thinkers: The Role of Epistemic Cognition. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 3(1), 45–53. Grootendorst, M. (2022). BERTopic: Neural topic modeling with a class-based TF-IDF procedure (arXiv:2203.05794). Henrekson, M., & Wennström, J. (2022). Dumbing Down: The Crisis of Quality and Equity in a Once-Great School System—and How to Reverse the Trend. Springer International Publishing. James, M., & Lewis, J. (2012). Assessment in Harmony with our Understanding of Learning: Problems and Possibilities. In Assessment and Learning (2nd ed., pp. 187–205). SAGE Publications Ltd. Lee, J., Lee, J., & Lawton, J. (2022). Cognitive mechanisms for the formation of public perception about national testing: A case of NAPLAN in Australia. Educational Assessment Evaluation and Accountability, 34(4), 427–457. Lindensjö, B., & Lundgren, U. P. (2000). Utbildningsreformer och politisk styrning (2nd ed.). Liber. Lyons, J. (1991). Natural Language and Universal Grammar: Essays in Linguistic Theory (Vol. 1). Cambridge University Press. Mason, L., Boscolo, P., Tornatora, M. C., & Ronconi, L. (2013). Besides knowledge: A cross-sectional study on the relations between epistemic beliefs, achievement goals, self-beliefs, and achievement in science. Instructional Science, 41(1), 49–79. Muis, K. R., & Foy, M. J. (2010). The effects of teachers’ beliefs on elementary students’ beliefs, motivation, and achievement in mathematics. In Personal Epistemology in the Classroom: Theory, Research, and Implications for Practice (pp. 435–469). Cambridge University Press. Reimers, N., & Gurevych, I. (2019). Sentence-BERT: Sentence Embeddings using Siamese BERT-Networks (arXiv:1908.10084). Schön, L. (2012). An Economic History of Modern Sweden (1st ed.). Routledge. Shojaie, A., & Fox, E. B. (2022). Granger Causality: A Review and Recent Advances. Annual Review of Statistics and Its Application, 9(1), 289–319. Wittgenstein, L. (2001). Philosophical Investigations. Blackwell Publishing. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 18 SES 03 A: *** CANCELLED *** Meaningfulness and Inclusion in Physical Education Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Oliver Hooper Paper Session |
17:15 - 18:45 | 19 SES 03 A: Emotions and Atmospheres in Education Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Georg Manuel Rißler Research Workshop |
|
19. Ethnography
Research Workshop Engaging with the Sense of the Moment. Ethnographic Approaches to Emotions and Atmospheres in Education 1London South Bank University, United Kingdom; 2Europa-Universität Flensburg, Germany; 3University of Education, Freiburg, Germany; 4Aarhus University, Danemark Presenting Author:Our workshop explores how ethnographic research can relate to emotions and atmospheres in education (Zembylas & Schutz 2016; Jeffrey 2018; Schoerer & Schmitt 2018). We engage in emotions and atmospheres grounded in some long-standing debates on cultural politics (Ahmed 2004) and the management of emotions (Hochschild 2012), the situatedness of educational knowledge (Haraway 1988) and a growing interest in the affective constitution of social relations (Reckwitz 2015; Slaby & Scheve 2019). Departing from this grounding, we find that doing ethnographies on emotions and atmospheres is linked to some theoretical and methodological questions on which we want to center our workshop. Here, one key element is to explore the relationships between the bodies of researchers and participants, their respective social positioning, as well as the audience of ethnographically produced knowledge. Emotions and atmospheres challenge us with the question of how we can document them, and equally, how we can make sense of, as well as articulate, their elusive and overwhelming quality on individuals and groups. While emotions and atmospheres remain widely fluid, diffuse, and ambivalent, they also link to issues of power and vulnerability that can have long-lasting effects on collaborating in classrooms and other, non-formal educational settings (Zembylas 2020). In this respect, our attention to emotions and atmospheres points towards key questions in educational ethnography as a method, discipline, and research attitude in the sense of a historically embedded rethinking. In our workshop, we share and discuss our theoretical and methodological engagement in doing educational ethnography that attends to emotions and atmospheres. After an introduction to the relationship between ethnography and emotions and atmospheres, we present three different materials that reflect emotions and atmospheres in education that we subsequently want to discuss together with you. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our workshop, we juxtapose three different materials from different school research settings: · Photo material from an image theatre (Boal, 1995) research intervention in an inner city, English secondary school context, exploring shifts in the change of engagement (Gallagher, 2008) between students, the institution and the researcher, looking at (implicit) patterns of exclusion and the subjectivities they produce (Alfandari, 2022). · Video material from a classroom ethnography in which a teacher got angry with students in one class. In this video material, we can see a teacher attempting to resolve the continual opposition between the didactical orientation of the teacher and the students’ orientation on negotiating peer culture. Interpreting this video material with an appraisal theory of emotions (Moors et al., 2013), I argue that anger is an emotion that reflects the teacher’s commitment to making his teaching about the topic in which he engages, while students see the lesson to be about their peer relations. These different orientations produce a goal incongruence and impair the care relation between teacher and students (Noddings, 2012) to a degree that the pedagogical contract in class is eroded. · The third type of material consists of excerpts from field protocols of a multi-year ethnography on the practices and thematization of institutional racism in schools (www.konir.de). The focus here, which is interested in atmospheres, is to be placed in particular on the interdependent relationship between affects, discursive and biographical historicities and normalizations or constructions of normality. How does an elusive (Yon 2000) atmosphere arise, for example, in the interplay of ethnographic descriptions and perceptions, field-specific routines and boundaries as well as institutionally embedded certainties, expectations and unspeakabilities? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The final part of our workshop consists of a plenary discussion on how we can do ethnographic research on emotions and atmospheres and the implications that methodological choices have for articulating their meaning. Fundamentally, we believe that an engagement with emotions in ethnography provides us with insights into implicit patterns of exclusion and power dynamics, (Gallagher 2016), as well as the implications that these power dynamics have on the subjectivity of participants in educational settings (Youdell 2006). Focusing on the atmosphere produced through emotional interactions provides us with a fuller understanding of how subjectivities are produced, and how these subjectivities have an impact on each other. Ultimately, we find it empowering to reflect on our entanglement in ethnographic research by attending to our own emotions, and by giving voice to them as an essential part of our research. References Ahmed, S. (2004). The cultural politics of emotion. Edinburgh University Press. Alfandari, N. (2022). Critical pedagogies in the secondary school classroom: Space, engagement, and emotions(Doctoral dissertation, London South Bank University). Boal, A. (1995). Rainbow of desire. London: Routledge. Gallagher, K. (2016). Navigating the Emotional Terrain of Research: Affect and Reason by Way of Imagination. In: Zembylas, M., Schutz, P. (eds) Methodological Advances in Research on Emotion and Education. Springer, Cham. Gallagher, K. (2008). The art of methodology: A collaborative science. In The methodological dilemma (pp. 83-98). Routledge. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies 14 (3), pp. 575-599. Hochschild, A. R. (2012). The managed heart: Commercialization of human feeling (Updated with a new preface). University of California Press. Jeffrey, B. (2018). Ethnographic writing - Fieldnotes, memos, writing main texts, and whole narratives. In Ethnographic Writing (pp. 109–136). E&E Publishing. Moors, A., Ellsworth, P. C., Scherer, K. R., & Frijda, N. H. (2013). Appraisal Theories of Emotion: State of the Art and Future Development. Emotion Review, 5(2), 119–124. https://doi.org/10.1177/1754073912468165 Noddings, N. (2012). The caring relation in teaching. Oxford Review of Education, 38(6), 771–781. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2012.745047 Reckwitz, A. (2015). Practices and their affects. In Allison Hui & Schatzki, T. (eds.). The Nexus of Practices. Connections, constellations, practitioners (pp. 114- 125). Oxford. Schroer, S. A. & Schmitt, S. B. (eds.) (2018). Exploring Atmospheres Ethnographically. Routledge. Slaby, J., Scheve, C. v. (2019). Affective Societies. Key Concepts. Routledge. Zembylas, M. & Schutz, P. (eds.) (2016). Methodological Advances in Research on Emotion and Education. Springer. Zembylas, M. (2020). The Ethics and Politics of Traumatic Shame. Pedagogical Insights. In Dernikos, B., Lesko, N., McCall, S. & Niccolini, A. (eds.). Mapping the Affective Turn in Education. Theory, Research, and Pedagogies (pp. 54-68). Routledge. Yon, D. (2000). Elusive Culture: Schooling, Race, and Identity in Global Times. State University of New York Press. Youdell, D. (2006). Subjectivation and performative politics—Butler thinking Althusser and Foucault: intelligibility, agency and the raced–nationed–religioned subjects of education. British journal of sociology of education,27(4), pp.511-528. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 20 SES 03 A: Student engagement and active learning in Higher Education Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Michal Ganz-Meishar Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Navigating Challenges in Contemporary Higher Education: Students guidelines for Teachers 1Lithuanian University of Health Sciences; 2Lithuanian Educational Research Association Board Presenting Author:The statistical data highlights the increasing trend of students pursuing education across borders (Van Mol, C., Cleven, J., & Mulvey, B., 2024). Researchers WU, Garza, Guzman (2015), Tomlinson (2017), Gay (2018), Martin, Bollinger (2018), Quaye, Harper, Pendakur (2019), Geng, Law, Niu (2019) have extensively discussed diverse international student needs at universities. These needs encompass such intercultural education challenges as language support, cultural integration programs, accessible academic resources, technological integration, global influences, and the significance of fostering a positive learning environment in higher education. Numerous challenges (Steiner-Hofbauer & Holzinger, 2020; Kamaşak, Sahan, & Rose, 2021) confront universities in creating a supportive community for students' seamless transition to a new educational system and culture. These challenges are critical for students to successfully adapt. Researches (Tamtik & Guenter, 2019) from Canada had made a critical policy study and emphasized the questions do the universities prepared enough to welcome international learners. The analysis shows that universities that have established Diversity and/or Equity Offices were more likely to collect more detailed information, monitor EDI (equity, diversity and inclusion) activities, and make proactive recommendations to senior leadership on potential improvements compared to those universities without designated offices. Along with the student recruitment activities, the policy documents address the availability of student support services in regard to scholarships, bursaries, student advising services, curriculum adaptations and new course offerings. In 2023 we analyzed the possibilities to recognize other forms of diversity and explored how international students can be engaged culturally in a university environment using Museus' theoretical model (2014). Our study results emphasized, that 1) cultural engagement influences students' attitudes by promoting open-mindedness, empathy, and a global perspective; 2) effective communication bridges cultural gaps, fostering understanding among students from diverse backgrounds; 3) tailoring learning methods and the educational environment to accommodate cultural diversity enhances the overall learning experience; 4) teachers play a pivotal role in creating a culturally engaged environment. Professionalism in teaching includes adapting instructional methods to diverse student needs, being culturally sensitive, and promoting an inclusive and supportive atmosphere. This year our focus continues more deeper on international students' learning environment, aiming to identify newchallenges for students to understand teacher‘s profesionalism. These challenges brought from a macro-level perspective and considered by global influences. So we do not imagine what are students' expectations, values, or guidelines regarding interactions with educators in an intercultural learning environment. The aim of this research is based on international freshmen expectations to prepare students quideliness for the teachers to navigate challenges in contemporary higher education. The objectives of the research were the following: 1) To analyze the expectations of first year international students about their understanding of concept “teacher professional”; 2) To distinguish main categories by preparing specific guidelines for the teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative research was performed on 2023-2024 at one of Lithuanian universities, hosting full time incoming students from more than 87 countries. This university represents itself as a robust international institution actively cultivating an embrace of diverse cultures and traditions. It is committed to enhancing global connections and collaborations with foreign partners and alumni in the realms of studies, science, and practical applications. First year international students were asked to provide their opinions on open-ended question at the very begining of the autumn semester. In this qualitative research collected responses involve exploring attitudes, beliefs, and opinions, which allows for a deeper understanding of the participants' perspectives. The process of collecting and analyzing opinions from open-ended questions in interviews contributes valuable qualitative insights to the research. In the research participated 27 freshmen, and more than 130 statement of answers were submitted. All these opinions gathered from open-ended question were analysed using the content analysis method, which involves identifying themes, patterns, and insights within the qualitative data, allowing for a structured and systematic understanding of the information provided by participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research explores strategies and best practices for teachers to navigate these intercultural education challenges effectively, ensuring a well-rounded and inclusive educational experience for students. The responses highlights an ideal teacher within this framework is not only a knowledgeable instructor but also a facilitator of inclusivity, effective communication, and continuous improvement: - Fosters inclusivity and respect for cultural difference; - Utilizes effective communication and engagement strategies; - Demonstrates personal and professional attributes; - Balances administrative and institutional responsibilities; - Creates a positive and innovative learning environment. By incorporating these categories, a teacher can further enhance the learning environment, fosterfing a holistic educational experience that nurtures both academic and personal growth for students. Based on the results of this research some specific quideliness will be prepared for teachers. References 1.Eidimtas, A., Brunevičiūtė, R.(2023). The possibilities to recognize other forms of diversity in learning environments in Higher Education. In ECER 2023" The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research". Emerging researchers' conference: 21-22 August 2023 [and] ECER 22-25 August 2023, University of Glasgow. European Educational Research Association.[Berlin]: European Educational Research Association, 2023. 2.Eidimtas, A.; Bruneviciute, R.; Blazeviciene, A. (2018) Creation of the innovative environment for the development of educational and practical possibilities of intercultural comunication of health care team members // ECER 2018, No. 1496. 3.Eidimtas, A., Brunevičiūtė, R., & Urmanavičiūtė, E. (2022). Incoming students ‘expectations towards learning environment created by hosting country university teachers. In INTED 2022 Proceedings: 16th International Technology, Education and Development Conference: 7-8 March, 2022/International Academy of Technology, Education and Development (IATED); Edited by: L. Gómez Chova, A. López Martínez, I. Candel Torres. Valencia: IATED Academy, 2022. 4.Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. teachers college press. 5.Geng, S., Law, K. M., & Niu, B. (2019). Investigating self-directed learning and technology readiness in blending learning environment. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 16(1), 1-22 6.Kamaşak, R., Sahan, K., & Rose, H. (2021). Academic language-related challenges at an English-medium university. Journal of English for Academic Purposes, 49, 100945. 7.Martin, F., & Bolliger, D. U. (2018). Engagement matters: Student perceptions on the importance of engagement strategies in the online learning environment. Online learning, 22(1), 205-222. 8.Quaye, S. J., Harper, S. R., & Pendakur, S. L. (Eds.). (2019). Student engagement in higher education: Theoretical perspectives and practical approaches for diverse populations. Routledge. 9.Steiner-Hofbauer, V., & Holzinger, A. (2020). How to cope with the challenges of medical education? Stress, depression, and coping in undergraduate medical students. Academic psychiatry, 44, 380-387 10.Tamtik, M., & Guenter, M. (2019). Policy analysis of equity, diversity and inclusion strategies in Canadian universities–how far have we come?. Canadian Journal of Higher Education, 49(3), 41-56. 11.Tomlinson, M. (2017). Student perceptions of themselves as ‘consumers’ of higher education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(4), 450-467. 12.Van Mol, C., Cleven, J., & Mulvey, B. (2024). Where, when and why are students internationally mobile?. Handbook of Human Mobility and Migration, 128-147 13.Wu, H. P., Garza, E., & Guzman, N. (2015). International student’s challenge and adjustment to college. Education Research International, 2015. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Challenges and Opportunities: Promoting Active Student Involvement and Intercultural Competencies in Higher Education University of Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:Currently, universities focus on students as individuals who develop through the teaching and learning process, emphasizing a more humanistic and socially committed education (González & González, 2008). The traditional view that a competent person possesses the necessary knowledge and skills for a profession is now considered a more complex phenomenon. Competence is seen as the potential to act in a profession with initiative, flexibility, autonomy, critical thinking, and problem-solving skills in diverse and heterogeneous scenarios (Prieto et al., 2018). This highlights the need for such generic competencies in student education. In the university context, the learning environment places the student at the center, fostering active construction of knowledge and skills through interaction, mental restructuring, and collaborative teaching-learning contexts. Active student participation is essential, promoting not only information acquisition but also active engagement and empowerment, encouraging independence, autonomy, and critical thinking (Dochy et al., 2005; Bovill et al., 2019). However, discussions persist on the most effective means to make students active protagonists in the educational process. The goal is for students not to be mere observers but to actively engage in and contribute to the construction of knowledge (García & Lorente, 2017); leading to improved academic performance, satisfaction, and reduced dropout rates (Lei et al., 2018). The role of the teacher is crucial in motivating and training students in higher education institutions, particularly when they encourage, provoke, and inspire during lessons (Vallejo, 2020; De Borba et al., 2020). Creating intellectually stimulating, socially nourishing, emotionally motivating, and respectful learning spaces remains a challenge in higher education (Espejo & Sarmiento, 2017). Establishing environments where students can discuss, question, and share, feeling these are safe spaces for dialogue, debate, and critical discussion is essential (Han & Hamilton, 2022). This context also requires consideration of the high diversity and mobility present in university settings, where intercultural competencies become essential. This applies not only to students experiencing a new cultural environment abroad but also to those facing cultural diversity without leaving their home country. Preparing graduates for increasing globalization is a prominent need in educational policies (Carmona et al., 2020; Knight, 2012; Lorenzo Moledo et al., 2023). The research's objective was to examine the role of the teaching-learning environment and the five dimensions comprising the intercultural competence model: cultural empathy, social initiative, flexibility, emotional stability, and open-mindedness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To carry out the study, 625 university students answered a research questionnaire. Scales measured the teaching-learning environment and intercultural competencies at the university context. Regarding the sample characteristics, 96.2% were of Spanish nationality, and 3.8% had dual nationality. Regarding gender distribution, there were 83 men, 535 women, and 7 students who selected "other" (1.1%). Participants' ages ranged from 18 to 56 years. Students belonged to various education-related university programs: 51.2% in Pedagogy, 42.6% in Education Social, and 6.2% in Teaching. Distributed by courses, 36.0% were in the first course, 41.1% in the second course, and 22.9% in the fourth course. Regarding language proficiency, 91.8% of the sample studied a foreign language, with English, French, and Italian being the most frequently learned languages. Concerning international experience, 10.6% studied abroad, with Erasmus practices and Erasmus studies being highlighted. Additionally, 82.7% traveled abroad for other reasons, with 50.2% of them traveling between one to three times. Regarding cultural diversity in the educational environment, 54.1% noted the presence of other nationalities in class, while 45.9% expressed that it was not common. Outside the university context, 45.1% maintained contact with students from different cultures, while 54.9% had no contact with international students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate that in the initial phase of using active methodologies, uncertainty and initial resistance among students arise due to facing novel situations. However, a positive teacher-student relationship contributes to flexibility and emotional stability. Exposure to these intercultural environments strengthens social initiative competence. The importance of teacher feedback for emotional stability is highlighted, despite its limited effect on open-mindedness (Coll et al., 2012; Rekalde y García, 2015). In the analysis of intercultural competencies, it is evident that the teaching-learning environment influences social initiative, emotional stability, flexibility, cultural empathy, and open-mindedness. The teacher-student relationship, as well as curriculum coherence, emerges as determining factors. Active student participation and peer collaboration are positively linked to social initiative and open-mindedness. However, more participative teaching activities negatively impact student emotional stability. The importance of a reasonable workload is emphasized to preserve emotional stability and promote social initiative (Brown, 2008; Hattie & Clarke, 2019). This research emphasizes the importance of understanding the role of the teaching-learning environment and the dimensions of intercultural competencies. Findings suggest a need to balance the implementation of active learning environments with strategies to mitigate initial emotional instability. The teacher-student relationship and curriculum coherence emerge as critical determinants in shaping intercultural competencies, emphasizing the need for a holistic approach. In summary, the research highlights the need to balance the implementation of active environments with strategies to mitigate initial emotional instability. It also underscores the crucial role of the teacher-student relationship, curriculum coherence, and workload in shaping intercultural competencies. These findings highlight the relevance of designing educational environments that stimulate active learning, promote interculturality, and address students' emotional dimensions to cultivate globally competent citizens. References Bovill, C., & Woolmer, C. (2019). How conceptualisations of curriculum in higher education influence student-staff co-creating in and of the curriculum. Higher Education, 78, 407-422. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0349-8 Carmona, C., Vazirani, S., Muñoz, D.I., Galvis, M.J., & Hernaiz, N. (2020). Internacionalización en casa: una iniciativa para promover y desarrollar competencias lingüísticas e interculturales en el aula de educación superior. En J.F. Durán, J. Puche, y E. López (Eds.), Bases para una docencia actualizada (pp.131-142). Tirant Humanidades. De Borba, G.S., Alves, I.M., & Campagnolo, P.D.B. (2020). How leaning spaces can collaborate with student engagement and enhance student-faculty interaction in higher education. Innovative Higher Education, 45, 51-63. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10755-019-09483-9 Dochy, F., Segers, M., Van den Bossche, P., & Struyven, K. (2005). Students’ perceptions of a problem-based learning environment. Learning Environment Research, 8, 41-66. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-005-7948-x García, E., & Lorente, R. (2017). De receptor pasivo a protagonista activo del proceso de enseñanza-aprendizaje: redefinición del rol del alumnado en la Educación Superior. Opción, 33(84), 120-153. González, V., & González., T. (2008). Competencias genéricas y formación profesional: un análisis desde de la docencia universitaria. Revista Iberoamericana, 47, 185-209. Hattie, J., & Clarke, S. (2019). Aprendizaje visible: Feedback. Paraninfo. Lorenzo Moledo, M. D. M., Ferraces Otero, M. J., Mella Núñez, Í., & Núñez García, J. (2023). Development of graduates’ transversal competences: the mobility program Galeuropa. Revista de Educación, 400, 295-322. https://doi.org/10.4438/1988-592X-RE-2023-400-579 Prieto, J., Rubio, D.A., & Fernández, C. (2018). Aprendizaje y evaluación de competencias en el alumnado universitario de Ciencias Sociales. Revista de Docencia Universitaria, 16(1), 193-210. https://doi.org/10.4995/redu.2018.8941 Rekalde, I., & García, J. (2015). El aprendizaje basado en proyectos: un constante desafío. Innovación Educativa, 25, 219-234. https://doi.org/10.15304/ie.25.2304 Vallejo, A. (2020). El papel del docente universitario en la formación de estudiantes investigadores desde la etapa inicial. Educación Médica Superior, 34(2), 1-20. Van der Zee, K., Van Oudenhoven, J.P., Ponterotto, J.G., & Fietzer, A.W. (2013). Multicultural Personality Questionnaire: Development of a short form. Journal of Personality Assessment, 95(1), 118-124. https://doi.org/10.1080/00223891.2012.718302 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Developing Professional Identity in Teacher Education through Collaborative Self-study: Connecting the Personal and Theoretical in Practice University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:Teacher educators play a critical role in strengthening the quality of education through teaching and research. The purpose of this research was to draw attention to the importance that teacher educators actively develop their professionalism through teaching and conducting research in education. The aim was to scrutinize our experience of becoming teacher educators that endavor in their praxis to influence their student teachers and the teacher community. The main research question leading this study was: What characterizes our collective journeys and development as researchers and teacher educators? Teaching people to become teachers can be a complex profession, it is not simply delivering information about the content of a subject or about teaching methods (Loughran, 2013), it is also about the interplay between the teacher, the students, and the subjects (Hordvik et al, 2020). Critical key themes in teacher education are to enhance the theory-practice nexus and to embed critical reflection into the learning spaces in teacher education (Darling-Hammond, 2006; Korthagen, 2017). Biesta (2017) argues that at the very center of the ‘art’ of teaching is becoming educationally wise and therefore that we need teacher education that is neither orientated towards measurable evidence, nor towards competence, but towards the promotion of educational wisdom. He urges teacher educators to offer opportunities to develop the ability to make educational judgements in order to cultivate educational wisdom. Teacher education can offer opportunities to connect the professional with the personal and the theoretical with the practical (Korthagen, 2017) to support the cultivation of educational wisdom. By working with the layers of teachers’ professional identity and mission, addressing the whole person to bring about professional learningteacher educators help student teachers reframe deeply ingrained limiting beliefs (Korthagen, 2017). The search for a specific pedagogy of teacher education has been going on for some time and as teaching is fundamentally a complex endeavour it is not only important to focus on the observable dimensions of pedagogy, but also to study the personal, relational, and improvisational dimensions (Cuenca, 2010). Principles of constructive alignments and deep learning is important for student teachers. Teacher educators cannot simply put information into their heads, instead they need to create learning spaces for students to construct their knowledge for themselves (Biggs, et.al., 2022). These learning spaces need to provide students with engaging and generative learning experiences. The learning design of each task and the activities that follow must make them deeply engaged. One of the responsibilities of the teacher educator is about researching education and to deliver the findings to all stakeholders. Therefore, for teacher educators to write about their experience is important, but it takes time, they need time to reflect on their experience, to analyze it within the scholarship and to learn from it but also to introduce it to the educational community (Loughran, 2014; Martin & Russell, 2020). Martin and Russell (2020) argue that self-study research attends to two different epistemologies, the epistemology of knowing that is captured in the propositions and logical arguments of academics and the epistemology of practice that considers how we learn from professional experience. They find it important to attend to both and to show the evidence of the interplay between the two epistemologies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology The research builds on the methodology of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (S-STTEP), where we as the researchers and teacher educators focus on our situation and development as teacher educators through the critical and collaborative lens of self-study. In self-study we learn from our experiences of reflection-in-action, but it becomes reflection-on-action as we report our self-study about our learning from these experiences and relating it to professional theories (Martin & Russell, 2020). Self-study does not follow a recipe created by others, instead by practicing self-study we can create new practices or reconstruct the old ones and focus on the learning from experience to transform practice (Martin & Russell, 2020). By positioning our work within our research as well as the broader teacher education research community being both the researcher and the researched, we take an ontological stance to our professional work as becoming teacher educators (Pinnegar et al., 2020). Our collaboration and research into our teaching through the methodology of self-study has revealed the importance of creating spaces to extract our experience of becoming teacher educators that strive both to influence our student teachers and the teacher community (Russel & Martin, 2017). Doing collaborative self-study has challenged our assumptions, revealed conflicts, expanded and deepened interpretations, and strengthened our collaborative agency. Methods This is a retrospective self-study, and our retrospective data consists of our journals through the years, notes from conversations and meetings as well as our earlier research publications. We also conducted participatory interviews with each other to retrieve memories and stories from our teaching and collaboration. Such interviews are meant to be participatory, equitable and reflectvie approaches to life history research. The interviews were recorded and transcribed. We each scanned through the bulk of our data looking for indicators of what impacted our development as teacher educators and how we made use of our reflections and understandings. To extract what characterized our collaborative journey becoming teacher educators and researchers, we came together with our notes, reflected on, discussed and analysed and identified specific turning points and defining moments (Bullock, 2012). Applying theories we made sense of the examples from practice and realized how we used self-study to enhance and articulate our evolving professional knowledge (Loughran, 2002). Thus, our passage emerged, from being teachers at grade schools to becoming teacher educators and how we learned together and created teaching and research teams. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Before becoming teacher educators, both of us taught at grade school for almost three decades and therefore we brought with us certain experience and knowledge that we have been able to build on as teacher educators. As I(Z) began my journey into teacher education, one challenge was to search for pedagogy in teacher education. Through reflections and self-study I realized that I had to learn all over again and turn my teaching around and build on student teachers resources and their authentic experiences. Again and again through self-study I have recognized the difficulties to go beyond didactic teacher focused approaches, and to make a change to more learner centered based learning and teaching. As I(x) reflect on my journey with Z collaborating first on teaching in her course on inclusive education and then on researching our practice with self-study I remember several defining moments or even perhaps defining phases that impacted my becoming as a teacher educator. One such moment was when she asked me to join her in her course on inclusive education and said I could teach my specialty innovation and entrepreneurial education (IEE). The core pedagogy of IEE is defined as emancipatory pedagogy where learners are active and creative explorers, and the role of the teacher is to be more of a facilitator rather than an instructor. The fundamental process in IEE is to look for and analyse needs or problems, find and develop solutions and make them visible to others or use in practice. As we analyze the development in the course and consequently how we constantly were becoming and developing as teacher educators we could see multimodal characteristics in the way we worked and wanted to work. We strived to create learning spaces to give students opportunities to find out who they are as educators. References Biesta, G. (2017). The future of teacher education: Evidence, competence or wisdom?. In Peters, M., Cowie, B., Menter, I. (Eds.), A companion to research in teacher education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-4075-7_29 Biggs, J., Tang, C., & Kennedy, G. (2022). Teaching for quality learning at university. Open University Press. Bullock, S. M. (2012). Learning to teach physics teachers: Developing a distinct pedagogy of teacher education. In S. M. Bullock & T. Russell (Eds.) Self-studies of science teacher education practices (103–120). Springer. Cuenca, A. (2010). Self-study research: Surfacing the art of pedagogy in teacher education. Journal of Inquiry and Action in Education, 3, 15–29. Darling-Hammond, L. (2006). Powerful teacher education: Lessons from exemplary programs. San Francisco. Hordvik, M., MacPhail, A. & Ronglan, L. T. (2020). Developing a pedagogy of teacher education using self-study: A rhizomatic examination of negotiating learning and practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88 102969. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102969 Korthagen, F.A.J. (2017). A foundation for effective teacher education: Teacher education pedagogy based on theories of situated learning. In D.J. Clandinin & J. Husu (Eds.), The Sage handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 528–544). Sage. Loughran, J. (2014). Professionally developing as a teacher educator. Journal of Teacher Education. 65(4) 271–283. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487114533386 Loughran, J. (2013). Pedagogy: Making sense of the complex relationship between teaching and learning. Curriculum Inquiry, 43(1), 118–141. https://doi.org/10.1111/curi.12003 Loughran, J. (2002). Effective reflective practice in search of meaning in learning about teaching. Journal of Teacher Education, 53(1), 33–43. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487102053001004 Martin, A. K. & Russell, T. (2020). Advancing an epistemology of practice for research in self-study of teacher education practices. In J. Kitchen, A. Berry, S. M. Bullock, A. R. Crowe, M. Taylor, H. Guðjónsdóttir, & L. Thomas (Eds.), 2nd International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 1045–1074). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-1710-1_35-1 Pinnegar, S., Hutchinson, D. A., Hamilton, M. L. Role of positioning, identity and stance in becoming. (2020). In J. Kitchen, A. Berry, S. M. Bullock, A. R. Crowe, M. Taylor, H. Guðjónsdóttir, & L. Thomas (Eds.), 2nd International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 97–133). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-6880-6_4 Russel, T. & Martin, A. K. (2017). Reflective practice: Epistemological perspectives on learning from experience in teacher education. In R. Brandenburg, K. Glasswell, M. Jones & J. Ryan (eds.), Reflective theory and practice in teacher education (pp. 27–48). Springer Nature. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 03 A: Students' Time Allocation and Student-Centrered Learning Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Helen Coker Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Implementation of the Bologna Process: Identifying Student-Centred Learning in Master’s Supervision within a Norwegian and a Kurdish University University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:This paper reports on a case study investigating how student-centred learning, an underlying principle of the Bologna Process (EU, 2024, p. 14), can be identified in different master’s programmes at the University of Oslo (Norway) and Salahaddin University (Kurdish region of Iraq). Both universities formally adhere to the standards of the Bologna Process in their education systems. However, in practice, they differ in various aspects, including the length of time the implementation process has been adopted, funding and resources and university ranking—often with wide gaps between them (see, for example, Times Higher Education, 2024). The study focuses on student-centred learning within supervision-related activities, particularly in connection with the master’s thesis. This focus is examined at two levels within master’s programmes: first, the organisation (formalities and guidelines) and the educational design (academic and educational content), and second, the practice of master’s supervision. Based on these examinations, the paper investigates the following research question: How can student-centred learning in master’s supervision be identified in different higher education contexts? In the past two decades, the Bologna Process, initially promoting ‘universal education in Europe’ (Haukland, 2017, p. 261), has gained attention beyond the continent. Various universities within the Kurdish region of Iraq have recently adopted the Bologna Process, beginning in 2019 (APPRAIS, 2023). In the early 2000s, Norwegian universities, along with many universities in varying countries throughout Europe, began implementing the same uniform standards associated with the Bologna Process as a result of new higher education reform policies (EHEA, 2024). Currently, 49 countries, including non-EU nations such as Russia, Armenia and Azerbaijan, have all pledged ‘to pursue and implement the objectives of the Bologna Process in their own systems of higher education’ (EHEA, 2024). With numerous countries spanning thousands of kilometres now adopting the same educational standards, it is worthwhile to examine such global policies in universities at the local level. This is especially true because research related to the Bologna Process often tends to concentrate on a macro level, emphasising structures and political issues (Dysthe & Webler, 2010, p. 23). A guide provided to institutions planning to implement the Bologna Process within their higher education systems characterises student-centred learning as ‘innovative methods of teaching which aim to promote learning in communication with teachers and students and which takes students seriously as active participants in their own learning’ (EU, 2015, p. 76). To examine how student-centred learning can be identified in the two universities, Dysthe’s (2002) supervision models will be used as an analytical tool. Her models comprise three supervision types, each characterised by distinctive features: the teaching model (supervisor-in-focus), the partnership model (student-in-focus) and the apprenticeship model (project-in-focus). The model closest to the description of student-centred learning in this context is the partnership model, which is characterised by a symmetrical relationship between the supervisor and the student. In the partnership model, the master’s thesis is viewed as a joint project between the student and supervisor, involving a dialogical relation between the two parties, with the supervisor aiming to foster independent thinking. Dysthe (2002, p. 532) explained that the partnership model is based on a dialogical approach to learning (see Wittek, 2023). Within this framework, meaning is created through interactions between different individuals in a real-time context (Linell, 1998). When individuals in a setting share different thoughts and perspectives, their understanding is constructed and transformed (Dysthe et al., 2006, p. 302), facilitating learning opportunities. By using Dysthe’s supervision models, especially the partnership model, we can examine the type of supervision that is set up among different master’s programmes in relation to one of the Bologna Process’s underlying principles: student-centred learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project employs a qualitative approach and utilises different methods to collect data, but at this stage, collection has only been conducted at the University of Oslo. However, the same methods will be applied at Salahaddin University, where we are currently in the process of collecting data. To begin, five master’s programmes from different faculties at the University of Oslo were selected. We chose international master’s programs to achieve some similar grounds between the subcases (the programmes all being in English, student groups with different educational experiences). To examine the organisation and the educational design in relation to master’s thesis supervision in these subcases, relevant documents on websites associated with the respective master’s programmes were collected and content analysis was conducted. The analytical tool used in this study consisted of specific themes and questions aimed at capturing information about master’s supervision in textual descriptions of the programmes and courses offered. Content analysis aids in gaining better insight into the organisation and educational design in relation to master’s supervision, revealing potential patterns or characteristics across faculties and countries (Tjora, 2017). It provides the opportunity to systematically review the websites of individual master’s programmes (Grønmo, 2016). Second, to gain deeper insight into the educational design and perspectives of both the programme coordinator and course leaders, focus group interviews were conducted. These interviews involved the programme coordinator and course leaders within selected master’s programmes from the five mentioned above. We selected two programmes that explicitly express elements that can be directly connected to student-centred learning. This could be linked to the master’s thesis and, in terms of participation, expecting the students’ full effort and engagement. With an interview guide prepared beforehand, a series of questions were asked about various topics, such as different course activities related to the seminar and group supervision within the programme, as well as the reasoning behind these activities, experiences from their own role as a supervisor and metathinking about their role. The focus group interviews were conducted to obtain more detailed information about the educational design in terms of the underlying ideas behind student learning and master’s thesis supervision and in conjunction with their own experiences from supervising master’s students. This research method was chosen to collectively input a broader range of views on the particular focus of master’s supervision from different perspectives (Katz-Buonincontro, 2022, p. 48–49). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings revealed emerging tendencies. The written text describing master’s supervision on the five programmes’ webpages was often brief, with few explanations. However, based on the organised activities and descriptions of learning outcomes, conveying insights into the educational designs, signs of the ideas behind the partnership model could be discerned. Different course activities were organised in which students were expected to present sections of their thesis work, for example, in courses related to research methods. It was evident that there were clear expectations for peers to provide feedback, emphasising ‘expected student participation’. Regarding learning outcomes, course objectives requiring skills such as ‘critical thinking’ were often a recurring pattern, indicating expectations of certain skills for students to be actively engaged. The focus group interviews conducted at this stage revealed the presence of other supervision models besides the partnership model. Traces of the teaching model, also associated with a traditional approach to teaching, were evident in the data material. This was characterised by an asymmetrical relationship between the parties, where the goal was to transfer knowledge onto the student and the students were highly dependent on the supervisor (Dysthe, 2002). By reading through the transcripts and testimonies of the programme coordinators and course teachers, it was evident that many of the students were not considered ‘mature’ enough for supervision sessions resembling Dythe’s partnership model. The students’ knowledge background, coupled with the evolving dynamics between the parties, had an impact on the type of supervision that emerged during the supervision sessions. The different phases of the students’ master’s thesis work also had an impact on the type of supervision model that was observed. However, further data and analysis are needed to accurately determine how student-centred learning can be identified in the two universities. This will be included in the conference presentation. References APPRAIS (2023). Roadmap for the implementation of the Bologna Process in Kurdish universities. Read. 29 December 2023. https://www.appraisproject.eu/roadmap-for-the-implementation-of-the-bologna-process-in-kurdish-universities/ Dysthe, O. (2002). Professors as mediators of academic text cultures: An interview study with advisors and master’s degree students in three disciplines in a Norwegian university. Studies in Higher Education, 19(4), 493–544. Dysthe, O., Samara, A., & Westrheim, K. (2006). Multivoiced supervision of Master’s students: a case study of alternative supervision practices in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 31(03), 299–318. Dysthe, O., & Webler, W. D. (2010). Pedagogical issues from Humboldt to Bologna: The case of Norway and Germany. Higher Education Policy, 23(2), 247–270. EHEA (2024). Full Members. Accessed 3 January 2024. https://ehea.info/page-full_members European Union (2015). ECTS Users’ Guide. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2766/87192 Grønmo, S. (2019). Samfunnsvitenskapelige metoder [Methods in social science] (2nd ed.). Fagbokforlaget. Haukland, L. (2017). The Bologna process: The democracy–bureaucracy dilemma. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 41(3), 261–272. Katz-Buonincontro, J. (2022). How to interview and conduct focus groups. American Psychological Association. Linell, P. (1998). Approaching dialogue: Talk, interaction and contexts in dialogical perspectives (Vol. 3). John Benjamins Publishing. Times Higher Education (2024). World University Rankings 2024. https://www.timeshighereducation.com/world-university-rankings/2024/world-ranking Tjora, A. (2017). Kvalitative forskningsmetoder i praksis [Qualitative research methods in practice] (3rd ed.). Oslo: Gyldendal akademisk. Wittek, L. (2023) Feedback in the context of Peer Group Mentoring: A Theoretical Perspective. In T. de Lange & L. Wittek (Eds.), Faculty Peer Group Mentoring in Higher Education. Springer. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Where Has Time Gone?A Latent Profile Analysis of First-Year College Students’ Time Allocation at a Top Research University in China Peking University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Students make varying choices regarding how to allocate their time between a range of activities, which has important implications for their learning and development (Pace, 1981). Some studies find that undergraduate students are not sufficiently engaged in their studies and spend considerable amounts of time partying and other leisure activities (Armstrong & Hamilton, 2013; Arum & Roksa, 2011). In contrast, some other studies indicate that college students fall into a state of "poverty" during the time of independent exploration, spending "all the peak time" studying (Lingo & Chen, 2023), especially students in highly selective universities are facing overwhelming time demands (Haktanir et al., 2021). What is more, it is much harder for firs-year college students to manage time conflicts due to experiencing a critical turning point in knowledge and psychology (Armstrong & Hamilton, 2013). There is a difference between "natural time" and "social time" according to Adam (1994), the "natural time" is fixed and divisible units that can be measured, while quality, complexity, and mediating knowledge are preserved exclusively for the conceptualization of "social time". The "social time" is organized around values, goals, morals, and ethics, whilst simultaneously being influenced by group tradition, habits, and legitimized meanings, which can explain cross-cultural and historical differences in the allocation of time. At the same time, individuals also allocate their time based on their preferences, rather than allocating their time to comply with the requirements of "social time" (Hartmut, 2010). The concept of time provides basic theoretical clues for us to describe and understand the possible differences in time allocation among students (Fosnacht, McCormick, & Lerma, 2018; Toutkoushian & Smart, 2001). Compared with students in primary and secondary schools, the time discipline of college is weakened and has the characteristics of flexibility, although college students' time allocation is still subject to compulsory discipline. It is worth noting that flexibility is both an opportunity and a challenge for students. For instance, previous studies suggest that certain groups of students, such as low-income and disadvantaged students from underdeveloped areas, may face more constraints in discretionary time (Jaeger, 2009). Moreover, students with different level of academic performance may differ in their understandings of activities as well as differ in how they make plans and arrange priorities (Cambridge-Williams et al., 2013). In short, previous studies imply that students’ time allocation might be influenced by various factors, such as individual characteristics, family background, previous experiences in high school, and peers’ behaviors in college. Although previous studies offer valuable insights into the influence factors of time allocation(Crispin & Kofoed, 2019), it remains unclear the characteristics of students' time allocation. Additionally, previous studies simplify comparisons between the duration students spending on different activities in a cluster or discriminant analysis(Innis & Shaw, 1997; Pike & Kuh, 2005), overlooking the push and pull of various activities that force students to make trade-off on time allocation, especially for first-year students from elite or research universities. This paper attempts to investigate the characteristics of first-year college students’ time allocation and divide students into different types according to their time allocation. Furthermore, this paper will deeply investigate the characteristics of different types of students and analyze what factors affect students’ time allocation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the above research questions, we conducted two rounds of surveys among first-year undergraduates at a top research university in China. The baseline survey was carried out as soon as these students were enrolled in the university and the information were collected about their family background, previous high school experience and self-evaluation of ability development. The follow-up survey was conducted when these students finished their first-year study, it collected information about their time allocation, ability development and peers’ behaviors. A total of 1021 students participated in the two rounds of surveys. We began by analyzing students’ self-reported time allocation in a typical week and calculating the percentage of time spending in each activity such as class preparation, socializing and exercising, taking part in co-curricular activities and community service, working for pay. Then we classified students into different types according to the characteristics of their time allocation by using the latent profile analysis (LPA). The advantage of LPA is a probabilistic framework to describe the latent distribution rather than simply analyzing the difference between individuals (Crispin & Kofoed, 2019; Vermunt & Magidson, 2003). We categorized students into mutually exclusive and exhaustive subgroups based on their time-use behavior (Lanza & Cooper, 2016) and determined how well the model fits by taking fitting indexes such as the Akaike information criterion (AIC), Bayesian information criterion (BIC), adjusted Bayesian information criterion (aBIC), and entropy values into consideration (Lubke & Muthen, 2007). Next, we performed the Lo-Mendell-Rubin (LMR) test and the parametric bootstrapped likelihood ratio test (BLRT) to compare the candidate models. Furthermore, we developed a multinomial logistic regression model to examine what factors were related to different types of students with different characteristics of time allocation. Specifically, we added into the regression equation students’ demographic characteristics (such as gender, whether the child has any brothers or sisters), family background (such as family income, father’s education level and occupation type, hometown province), and previous experience (such as college entrance examination scores, types of high school, the graduation year of high school, and college majors) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings On average, students spent about 57.53% of their spare time on class preparation, 29.45% of their spare time socializing and exercising, 9.83% of their spare time taking co-curricular activities and community service, 3.19% of their spare time working for pay. However, the standard deviations indicated that there was considerable variation in how students allocated their time to these activities. We further found that all the students could be classified into four types: positive scholar (62.48%), social expert (15.70%), active volunteer (12.98%), and enthusiastic worker (8.83%) by fitting models that identified between two and six latent classes. Regression results show that students’ gender, major fields, and family income were predictive of students’ time allocation. Specifically, females were more likely to be active volunteers rather than positive scholars; students majoring in physical and life science fields, as well as mathematics and computer science compared to students majoring in social science, were less likely to be enthusiastic workers rather than positive scholars. Notably, students from low-income families were less likely to be active volunteers relative to positive scholars, while students from high-income families were more likely to be social experts. Additionally, we found no significant relationship between previous experience and students’ types of time allocation. As Kuh et al. (2005) have argued, what students do during colleges counts more in terms of desired outcomes than who they are or where they go to college (Pike & Kuh, 2005). The analyses on college students’ time allocation would help us gain a clearer insight into student development. What is more, the heterogeneous types of students also showed that social time had both structural and dynamic characteristics, which was of great significance for administrators to help first-year students better adapt to college life and achieve academic success in the future. References Adam, B. (1994). Time and social theory (Pbk. ed.). Cambridge [England];Philadelphia;: Temple University Press. Armstrong, E. A., & Hamilton, L. T. (2013). Paying for the party: how college maintains inequality. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press. Arum, R., & Roksa, J. (2011). Academically adrift: limited learning on college campuses. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Cambridge-Williams, T., Winsler, A., Kitsantas, A., & Bernard, E. (2013). University 100 Orientation Courses and Living-Learning Communities Boost Academic Retention and Graduation via Enhanced Self-Efficacy and Self-Regulated Learning. Journal of college student retention : Research, theory & practice, 15(2), 243-268. doi:10.2190/CS.15.2.f Crispin, L. M., & Kofoed, M. (2019). DOES TIME TO WORK LIMIT TIME TO PLAY?: ESTIMATING A TIME ALLOCATION MODEL FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS BY HOUSEHOLD SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS. Contemporary economic policy, 37(3), 524-544. doi:10.1111/coep.12411 Fosnacht, K., McCormick, A. C., & Lerma, R. (2018). First-Year Students' Time Use in College: A Latent Profile Analysis. Research in higher education, 59(7), 958-978. doi:10.1007/s11162-018-9497-z Hartmut, R. (2010). Acceleration. The change in the time structures in the modernity. Studia socjologiczne, 4(199), 237-254. Retrieved from https://go.exlibris.link/9mxFCPqQ Innis, K., & Shaw, M. (1997). How do students spend their time? Quality assurance in education, 5(2), 85-89. doi:10.1108/09684889710165134 Jaeger, M. M. (2009). Equal Access but Unequal Outcomes: Cultural Capital and Educational Choice in a Meritocratic Society. Social forces, 87(4), 1943-1971. doi:10.1353/sof.0.0192 Lanza, S. T., & Cooper, B. R. (2016). Latent Class Analysis for Developmental Research. Child development perspectives, 10(1), 59-64. doi:10.1111/cdep.12163 Lingo, M. D., & Chen, W.-L. (2023). Righteous, Reveler, Achiever, Bored: A Latent Class Analysis of First-Year Student Involvement. Research in higher education, 64(6), 893-932. doi:10.1007/s11162-022-09728-1 Lubke, G., & Muthen, B. O. (2007). Performance of factor mixture models as a function of model size, covariate effects, and class-specific parameters. Structural equation modeling, 14(1), 26-47. doi:10.1207/s15328007sem1401_2 Pace, C. R. (1981). Measuring the Quality of Undergraduate Education. Pike, G. R., & Kuh, G. D. (2005). First- and Second-Generation College Students: A Comparison of Their Engagement and Intellectual Development. The Journal of higher education (Columbus), 76(3), 276-300. doi:10.1353/jhe.2005.0021 Toutkoushian, R. K., & Smart, J. C. (2001). Do Institutional Characteristics Affect Student Gains from College? Review of higher education, 25(1), 39-61. doi:10.1353/rhe.2001.0017 Vermunt, J. K., & Magidson, J. (2003). Latent class models for classification. Computational statistics & data analysis, 41(3), 531-537. doi:10.1016/S0167-9473(02)00179-2 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Student Workload Determination Practices and their Relationship to Study Time, Perceived Workload and Academic Achievement in Higher Education University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:This presentation discusses the role of the European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System (ECTS) as a key instrument for determining student workloads in the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) countries. The central premise of the work is the ECTS system's assumption of a predefined amount of study time to achieve certain learning outcomes, usually ranging from 25 to 30 hours per ECTS credit (European Commission, 2015; Wagenaar, 2019). In particular, the aim is to compare the views of teaching staff on the workload determination practices with students' experiences of workload in studies, and their use of time. An important added value of the project compared to previous research is that it considers the perspectives of both teaching staff and students. In the case of students, there is already an established tradition of research on the subject. However, this literature has been characterized by a particular disagreement on the definition of workload: while in credit systems such as ECTS, workload is mainly understood as a function of time spent studying (Wagenaar, 2019), other literature has emphasised that time spent studying and students’ perceived workload are not the same (Bowyer, 2012; D'Eon & Yasinian, 2022). Despite the broad acceptance of ECTS, the system's performance has faced increasingly serious challenges: firstly, the actual time spent on studies does not seem to correspond to the time allocated to studies as expressed in ECTS (Souto Iglesias & Baeza Romero, 2018). Time use also appears to be weakly related to students' experience of workload in their studies (Kember, 2004; Smith, 2019). Moreover, time itself is an unreliable indicator of learning: instead, both student time use and perceived workload (Herrero-de Lucas et al., 2021) and other relevant factors such as the quality of time use and student ability (Masui et al., 2013) need to be considered if we are to present reliable models of student success in higher education. As for the teachers' perspective, previous research has been less extensive and more scattered than the interest in the students' perspective. There has been however, some guiding literature on how the workload for studies should be determined (e.g. Bowyer, 2012; Northup-Snyder et al., 2020). In addition, some comparative studies have shown that the study time estimated by teachers does not properly align with the actual time use of students (Alshamy, 2017; Scully & Kerr, 2014). Individual studies have also explored teachers' perceptions of ECTS as part of their work (Gleeson et al., 2021). Beyond these, there seems to have been little attention paid to teachers' specific ways and practices of determining course workloads and, for example, the challenges they perceive to be associated with this work. In relation to this framework, the current study aims to: 1) map the practices, experiences and perceptions of teaching staff in determining course workloads; 2) map students' perceptions of these practices for determining workload, and their relationship to students' time use, perceived workload, and academic performance; and 3) compare how the views of teaching staff relate to data collected from students on the workload determination practices, time use, and their perception of workload. In sum, the project aims to build a more holistic and up-to date data and theory on workload determination practices in higher education. As such, the study is part of a wider research project whose main objective is to examine problems of time in higher education theory, policy and practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on an ongoing survey-type data collection that is being conducted between January and March 2024 in two Finnish higher education institutions, one a research-intensive university and the other a university of applied sciences. These two educational institutions comprise around 2,750 teaching and research staff members and 23,200 students (PhD-level excluded) from a wide range of disciplines, including but not limited to humanities, education, social sciences, business, technology, engineering, natural sciences and health. In practice, there are two parallel data collections, one for teaching staff and one for students. In addition to key background variables (i.e., educational background and teaching experience), the survey for teaching staff explores teachers' experiences of the determination of course workloads, along with their views on the effectiveness, experienced challenges, meaningfulness, and the factors perceived as important for successful course workload estimations. In contrast, the survey prepared for students, in addition to background variables (i.e., the respondent's field of study and degree level), maps students' current number of ongoing studies as expressed in ECTS credits, total weekly time use (e.g. time spent on contact teaching, independent study and paid work), perceived workload in studies, opinions concerning the course workload estimations, and self-assessed academic performance. The data collection on students includes a 7-week follow-up period covering one teaching period in spring 2024. The current response rate (30.1.2024) is 8% (n=223) for teaching staff and 3% (n=706) for students in the first round of data collection. Both the teaching staff and student surveys are mainly based on Likert-scale items, which are to be used in the analysis phase as a basis for confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) and structural equation modelling (SEM) performed via SPSS and AMOS. In addition, some variables, such as time use and number of credits, were measured in continuous scales (i.e., hours and credits). The quantitative data collection is complemented by open-ended questions, from which the data will be processed by means of qualitative content analysis. The aim is to have some of the main results ready for presentation at the conference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings If successful, this research could prove useful for higher education theory, policy and practice in a number of ways. Firstly, it can provide information on the ways in which higher education is designed, particularly in relation to the practices of credit allocation and workload determination practices. Ideally, research can inform the development of curriculum systems and practices from the perspectives of both teachers and students. It can, for example, provide new insights into the challenges teachers face in determining student workloads and how to design them more appropriately and equitably in the future. Secondly, this research can provide a more up-to-date understanding of the relationship between time and workload and academic performance in the context of higher education students. Although the current study is a case study of two higher education institutions based on data collected in Finland, it can serve as a valuable example and inspiration for similar studies in other regional HE systems in EHEA countries. In addition, the results of the study can be compared with already existing data collections and studies, such as EUROSTUDENT (n.d.) project, which has been collecting data on students' time budgets for more than 20 years. Overall, this study could at best help to develop more appropriate workload determination practices on higher education institutions, in particular in relation to the diversity of student workloads, time use and life situations. References Alshamy, A. (2017). Credit hour system and student workload at Alexandria University: A possible paradigm shift. Tuning Journal for Higher Education, 4(2), 277-309. Bowyer, K. (2012). A model of student workload, Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 34:3, 239–258, https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2012.678729 D’Eon, M., & Yasinian, M. (2022). Student work: a re-conceptualization based on prior research on student workload and Newtonian concepts around physical work. Higher Education Research & Development, 41:6, 1855-1868 https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2021.1945543 European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, (2015). ECTS users' guide 2015, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/87192 EUROSTUDENT. (n.d.). Retrieved 24.1.2024 from https://www.eurostudent.eu/ Gleeson, J., Lynch, R., & McCormack, O. (2021). The European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) from the perspective of Irish teacher educators. European Educational Research Journal, 20(3), 365-389. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120987101 Herrero-de Lucas, L. C., Martínez-Rodrigo, F., de Pablo, S., Ramirez-Prieto, D., & Rey-Boué, A. B. (2021). Procedure for the Determination of the Student Workload and the Learning Environment Created in the Power Electronics Course Taught Through Project-Based Learning. IEEE Transactions on Education, vol. 65, no. 3, pp. 428-439, Aug. 2022, DOI: 10.1109/TE.2021.3126694 Kember, D. (2004). Interpreting student workload and the factors which shape students' perceptions of their workload. Studies in higher education, 29(2), 165-184. https://doi.org/10.1080/0307507042000190778 Masui, C., Broeckmans, J., Doumen, S., Groenen, A., & Molenberghs, G. (2014). Do diligent students perform better? Complex relations between student and course characteristics, study time, and academic performance in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 39(4), 621-643. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2012.721350 Northrup-Snyder, K., Menkens, R. M., & Ross, M. A. (2020). Can students spare the time? Estimates of online course workload. Nurse Education Today, 90, 104428. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nedt.2020.104428 Plant, E. A., Ericsson, K. A., Hill, L., & Asberg, K. (2005). Why study time does not predict grade point average across college students: Implications of deliberate practice for academic performance. Contemporary educational psychology, 30(1), 96-116. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2004.06.001 Scully, G., & Kerr, R. (2014). Student workload and assessment: Strategies to manage expectations and inform curriculum development. Accounting Education, 23(5), 443-466. https://doi.org/10.1080/09639284.2014.947094 Smith, A. P. (2019). Student workload, wellbeing and academic attainment. In Human Mental Workload: Models and Applications: Third International Symposium, H-WORKLOAD 2019, Rome, Italy, November 14–15, 2019, Proceedings 3 (pp. 35-47). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-32423-0_3 Souto-Iglesias, A., & Baeza_Romero, M. T. (2018). A probabilistic approach to student workload: empirical distributions and ECTS. Higher Education, 76(6), 1007-1025. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0244-3 Wagenaar, R. (2019). A History of ECTS, 1989-2019: Developing a World Standard for Credit Transfer and Accumulation in Higher Education. Retrieved 30.1.2024 from https://hdl.handle.net/11370/f7d5a0e2-3218-4c66-b11d-b4d106c039c5 |
17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 03 B: Transitions and Employability Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Ana Luísa Rodrigues Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Development of Arts-driven Competence Model for Future Innovators and Entrepreneurs: implications from and for academia and industry KTU, Lithuania Presenting Author:The complexity of innovation under uncertainty and undergoing the digital transformation of society requires an ultimate ability to embrace the unknown, transform the contexts and solutions, make sense, and deliver value with societal and environmental impact from those who engage in an innovation journey in the 21st century. However, the competence development models, and even so practices, rely on models that have been developed a few decades ago and lack an in-depth integration of skills that would allow the innovator to navigate the uncertainty with greater creativity and confidence. Both the academic and the business environments must reinvent themselves and adopt a more responsible and desirable approach to innovation (Owen, Bessant, et al., 2013), embracing sustainability, inclusion, and societal risks, but also frugal and circular innovation while embracing the challenge of digital transformation inducing the new logic of work, and a societal organization at large. To progressively develop a collective commitment of care for the future and to identify innovation targets in a more ethical, inclusive, and equitable manner, innovation managers need to see “the big picture” and develop new skills and competencies such as creativity, critical thinking, curiosity but also mindfulness, empathy, emotional engagement, and a greater awareness and sensibility towards environment and all stakeholders of their ecosystem. The potential success considering the context of the digital transformation era lies in the mix of these skills, abilities, and orientations (Dabrowska and Podmetina, 2017; Ritala et al., 2021) consequently the combination of skills needs to be reconsidered, adapted or even reinvented. In the innovation management literature, the attention is rarely focused on skills (Chiarello et al., 2021; Kim and Lee, 2022; Membrillo-Hernández et al., 2021), although the rapid technological (and in particular the AI development) and sustainable changes highlight the alarming necessity for innovators and creative thinkers to develop a more holistic and interdisciplinary approach to innovation and entrepreneurship (Dobson and Walmsley, 2021). Unfortunately, education practices struggle to equip the students with the set of skills to act under the unknown, deal with extreme complexity, ambiguity (Schleicher, 2018) and wicked problem solving (Von Thienen et al., 2014). Integrating Art - and all artistic experimentations from visual arts, to theater, dance, music, photography, design…- could help to focus on new, different, unconventional and creative skills that are lacking in the current approach of innovation and education (Berthinier-Poncet et al., 2022). The integration of Arts in the industrial environment could also fill the need of organizations to engage in new, more spontaneous, sustainable and novel ways of managing and innovating (Carlucci and Schiuma, 2018). The artistic process allows for a different kind of understanding regarding approach to creativity, one that emphasizes self-generation, metacognition, and thematic coherence. The relatively recent STEAM education approach - Science Technology Engineering Arts and Math’s - offers a major step in the development of these expected new skills as it emphasizes experiential and transversal learning, transdisciplinary and project-based work stimulating autonomy, creativity and self-control in students (Chien and Chu, 2018; Conde-González et al., 2021). This development is part of the recent trend towards transformative learning (Clark and Wilson, 1991; Watkins et al., 2012) that represents a profound shift in an individual's perspective, beliefs, and assumptions, leading to a more inclusive and critically reflective worldview (Mezirow, 1997). The significant emphasis is placed on skills and competencies derived from Arts. In this paper we study (RQ) what new skill sets are essential for future innovators and entrepreneurs’ competence development from industry and academia perspective and propose an Arts-driven competence model for future innovators and entrepreneurs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research aimed at empirical validation and testing of the theoretical competence model for innovation and entrepreneurship. The survey strategy was chosen to analyze the needs and openness of companies regarding transdisciplinary STEAM skills, the importance of different sets of skills and to study the overall awareness and application of the STEAM practices in European organizations, industry, and academia. The questionnaire was developed aiming at industry, academia, and policy makers respondents. In this questionnaire we provided respondents with literature-based skill sets and asked them to evaluate the importance of skills and arts-based approaches in business and education, organizational needs and requirements for new skills and competencies development to understand the roles of future innovation specialists with 21st century and STEAM skills. To assess the importance of different soft, artistic, and unconventional skills in industry and academia we applied a list of skills elaborated after several literature review rounds, experts’ validations and focus group interviews and workshops. In addition, we controlled for industry vs academia background. The online survey was launched at the end of 2022 through an emailing campaign and social networks. Due to social network coverage in total, we have responses from 18 countries. The average response rate was about 30 %, but this varied between countries. After cleaning the sample and removing incomplete questionnaires, the final number of responses accepted for further analysis was 138. 56 respondents are from industry (40,6%), 73 from academia (52,9%) and 9 policy makers (6,5%). The academic respondents are full professors (17,8%), associate professors (15,1%), lecturers (11%), researchers (24,6%), and others (31,5%), who focus on teaching STEM subjects (23,3%), arts (4,1%), business and innovation management (53,4%), social sciences (9,6%) and other disciplines (9,6%). Academic respondents come from France, Finland, Hungary, Switzerland, Italy, etc. Industry respondents mostly work on B2B markets (73,2%), 35,7% work on B2C markets and 16,1% on others. Industry represents companies from Wales, France, Canada, Ireland, Lithuania, Germany, etc. The following sectors are most common among respondents: Commercial & Professional Services (12,5%), Software, telecommunication, and services (10,6%), Transportation and Automobiles (8,9%), and etc. To control for possible common method bias, we implemented Harman’s single factor test (Podsakoff and Organ, 1986). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Arts-driven competence model represents three outer layers of competencies (intra and interpersonal competency; innovative problem solving embracing unconventional thinking styles; and emotional and innovative cognition competency embracing artistic skills), which consist of 8 inner layers of competencies built on the skill set of 34 STEAM skills. This theory and data-based model is believed to be essential for developing skills for innovation professionals and entrepreneurs aiming at achieving competitive advantage in product, process, and service innovation and at mastering the challenges of digitalization and sustainability. Theory based Arts-driven competence model added new layers on top of traditional STEM skills for innovation professionals, managers, and entrepreneurs such as artistic skills, soft skills and unconventional thinking skills supporting better creativity on individual and organizational levels. References Dabrowska, J. and Podmetina, D. (2017), “Roles and responsibilities of open innovation specialists based on analysis of job advertisements”, Journal of Innovation Management, Vol. 5 No. 4, pp. 103–129, doi: 10.24840/2183-0606_005.004_0007. Chiarello, F., Fantoni, G., Hogarth, T., Giordano, V., Baltina, L. and Spada, I. (2021), “Towards ESCO 4.0 – Is the European classification of skills in line with Industry 4.0? A text mining approach”, Technological Forecasting and Social Change, Vol. 173, p. 121177, doi: 10.1016/j.techfore.2021.121177. Kim, D. and Lee, C.-Y. (2022), “R&D employee training, the stock of technological knowledge, and R&D productivity”, R&D Management, Vol. 52 No. 5, pp. 801–819, doi: 10.1111/radm.12521. Membrillo-Hernández, J., de Jesús Ramírez-Cadena, M., Ramírez-Medrano, A., García-Castelán, R.M.G. and García-García, R. (2021), “Implementation of the challenge-based learning approach in Academic Engineering Programs”, International Journal on Interactive Design and Manufacturing (IJIDeM), Vol. 15 No. 2, pp. 287–298, doi: 10.1007/s12008-021-00755-3. Dobson, S. and Walmsley, B. (2021), “Fail fast, fail often…but don’t fail this course! Business and enterprise education through the lens of theatre and the creative arts”, Industry and Higher Education, Vol. 35 No. 4, pp. 336–346, doi:10.1177/0950422220955071. Schleicher, A. (2018), “Educating Learners for Their Future, Not Our Past”, ECNU Review of Education, Vol. 1 No. 1, pp. 58–75, doi: 10.30926/ecnuroe2018010104. Von Thienen, J., Meinel, C. and Nicolai, C. (2014), “How Design Thinking Tools Help To Solve Wicked Problems”, in Leifer, L., Plattner, H. and Meinel, C. (Eds.), Design Thinking Research, Springer International Publishing, Cham, pp. 97–102, doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-01303-9_7. Chien, Y.-H. and Chu, P.-Y. (2018), “The Different Learning Outcomes of High School and College Students on a 3D-Printing STEAM Engineering Design Curriculum”, International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, Vol. 16 No. 6, pp. 1047–1064, doi: 10.1007/s10763-017-9832-4. Conde-González, M.Á., Rodríguez‐Sedano, F.J., Fernández‐Llamas, C., Gonçalves, J., Lima, J. and García‐Peñalvo, F.J. (2021), “Fostering STEAM through challenge-based learning, robotics, and physical devices: A systematic mapping literature review”, Computer Applications in Engineering Education, Vol. 29 No. n/a, pp. 46–65, doi: https://doi.org/10.1002/cae.22354. Bureau, S. (2019), “Art Thinking: A Method for Creating the Improbable with Certainty”, Entreprendre Innover, Vol. No 42-43 No. 3, pp. 88–103. Jacobs, J. (2018), “Intersections in Design Thinking and Art Thinking: Towards Interdisciplinary Innovation”, Creativity. Theories – Research - Applications, Vol. 5 No. 1, pp. 4–25, doi: 10.1515/ctra-2018-0001. Robbins, P. (2018), “From design thinking to art thinking with an open innovation perspective—A case study of how art thinking rescued a cultural institution in Dublin”, Journal of Open Innovation: Technology, Market, and Complexity, Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute, Vol. 4 No. 4, p. 57. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper “Make the Cut”: Investigating Undergraduates’ Motives for Pursuing a Graduate Degree at a “Double First-Class” University in China 1Insititute of Education, Tsinghua University, Beijing, China; 2Faculty of Education, Beijing Normal University, Beijing, China Presenting Author:The rising popularity of higher education has consequently incentivized undergraduates to pursue advanced degrees. From the perspective of Homo economicus, which considers the decisions of undergraduates to be rational and calculative to maximize personal utility, research indicate that students pursue advanced degrees to mitigate the growing uncertainty associated with employment amidst the expansion of higher education (Wright & Horta, 2018). On the contrary, however, the labor market indicates that students have a hazy perception of the degree's direct, immediate, or transferable value concerning employment (Tomlinson, 2008). Therefore, aside from economically modeling the decision of students to pursue degrees, it is critical to investigate students' subjective perspectives on the matter. The proliferation of bachelor’s degrees has made it more difficult for Chinese students to meet the quota for admission to master's programs. In line with trends observed in other educational systems, Chinese students associate the pursuit of graduate degrees with not only the anticipation of favorable labor market prospects, but also with positive self- and social assessments (e.g., parental approbation). The multifaceted motivates that drive Chinese students to pursue advanced degrees manifest in a variety of feelings and conduct throughout their undergraduate studies. Particularly for those undergraduates already attending elite universities who exert effort to remain competitive with the elites, the pursuit of a master’s degree becomes a more or less obligatory choice, which induces anxiety, perplexity and involution (Zhu, 2021). The purpose of this research is to investigate the relationship between the motives of undergraduates and their learning attitudes. Specifically, this study aims to: (1) identify the types of motives that drive Chinese undergraduates to pursue a graduate degree through the use of a person-centered approach; (2) detect how members of different motive types vary in terms of involution involvement, peace of mind, and academic burnout; and (3) compare the findings of this study with those of other countries regarding motives for academic pursuits and analyze the impact of different cultures on motivation. The underlying theoretical framework employed in this study is Self-Determination Theory (SDT). Motives are conceptualized as a multidimensional construct within SDT, in which various motive types are categorized along a continuum according to the extent to which they are internalized, namely, internal motives, identified motives, introjected motives, and external motives (Deci and Ryan, 2000). Both introjected and external motives are considered controlled motives since they both motivate behavior through the imposition of demands or pressures. Additionally, identified and internal motives are regarded as autonomous motivations. In theory, being motivated by control would end in undesirable consequences, whereas being motivated by autonomy is expected to produce favorable outcomes. Senko et al. (2023) have recently broadened the classification of SDT to encompass nine distinct motives, namely: enjoyment, personal development, other’s development, personal pride, personal shame, others’ pride, others’ shame, social reward, and social punishment. A model of the nine motives can more accurately characterize the motives of undergraduates who are pursuing a graduate degree. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study employed quantitative methods. It involved the participation of 410 undergraduate students enrolled at N University in mainland China during the spring semester of 2023. N University is a participant in China’s “Double-First-Class” (i.e., first-class universities and disciplines of the world) university program, which aims to enhance the international competitiveness and reputation of Chinese higher education by establishing exemplary universities. Thus, the sample represents, to a significant degree, the elite undergraduate cohort in China. Four already-established scales were modified in our study to assess the following: students’ motives to pursue a graduate degree (Senko et al, 2023), peace of mind (Lee et al,2013), academic burnout (Väisänen et al, 2018; Heikkilä et al, 2012), and involution involvement (Yi et al., 2022). Each instrument underwent validity and reliability testing. The statistical analyses were conducted using Mplus 8 and SPSS 26. The analysis procedure delineated adheres to the protocols specified by Muthén and Asparouhov (2014) and consists of three parts. First, motive types for pursuing graduate degrees were identified using Latent Profile Analysis (LPA). The statistical analyses were conducted using Mplus 8 and SPSS 26. The analysis procedure delineated adheres to the protocols specified by Muthén and Asparouhov (2014) and consists of three parts. First, motive types for pursuing graduate degrees were identified using Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) profiles. Second, the most likely membership was determined by the estimated probability that an individual has of being a member of each profile. Third, concerning profile memberships, the study outcomes were estimated, taking into account the classification error rate and the most likely membership. To detect differences in the means of outcomes across motive types, the present study employed the BCH method, which is favored for dealing with continuous outcomes (Asparouhov & Muthén, 2014), for examining the heterogeneity of various types involution involvement, academic fatigue, and peace of mind. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, according to the estimated probability that each individual belongs to each profile, the model fits the data most accurately when there are four profiles. We classified the profiles into the following categories based on their characteristics: High motive (22.0%), Mid-high motive (42.0%), Mid-low motive (29.5%), and Low motive (6.6%). Every one of the four motive types was most concerned with their personal development. This finding aligns with the research conducted by Jung and Li (2019) in Hong Kong. Thus, students who pursue a master's degree do so with the intention of personal growth through the enjoyment of the learning process, and many also anticipate that earning the degree will provide them with a competitive edge in the job market. Nevertheless, students were also found to have high levels of controlled motive (particularly introjected motive) in both the High motive and Mid-high motive categories. This response corresponds to research indicating that academic achievement in Asian Confucian cultures is significantly more influenced by social forces, including familial forces, than in the majority of other cultural groups (Woo et al., 2004). Second, this research offers empirical evidence to substantiate insights regarding the imaginings of elite university students regarding graduate degrees. Students’ current undergraduate learning styles have been shaped by their academic pursuit and imagination: When students possess excessive motivation, particularly when that motivation is controlled, they demonstrate less conducive learning mindsets and actions. This is evident in their diminished peace of mind, increased academic burnout, and increased involvement in involution. It echoes the metaphor of “excellent sheep” by Deresiewicz, which describes the oppressive desire for success and accomplishment. When students' overall motivation is lacking, it is indicative of their “foxi” state; however, this state is prone to manifest as a passive and unproductive decision-making process under pressure. References Asparouhov, T. , & Muthen, B. . (2014). Auxiliary variables in mixture modeling: three-step approaches using mplus. Structural Equation Modeling A Multidisciplinary Journal, 21(3), 329-341. Heikkilä, A., Lonka, K., Nieminen, J., & Niemivirta, M. (2012). Relations between teacher students’ approaches to learning, cognitive and attributional strategies, well-being, and study success. Higher Education, 64, 455-471. Jung, J. , & Lee, S. J. . (2019). Exploring the factors of pursuing a master's degree in south korea. Higher Education. Jung, J. , & Li, X. . Exploring motivations of a master's degree pursuit in hong kong. Higher Education Quarterly. Lee, Y. C., Lin, Y. C., Huang, C. L., & Fredrickson, B. L. (2013). The construct and measurement of peace of mind. Journal of Happiness Studies, 14, 571-590. Li Lu, Yang Po. (2016). Influencing Factors for Students Who advanced to the Top-class Graduate Education of “Project 985 ” Universities in Beijing.Education Research Monthly. 1. 41-50. Mingzhu, W. , Yue, L. , Nan, Z. , & Hong, Z. . (2019). Chinese fathers' emotion socialization profiles and adolescents' emotion regulation. Personality & Individual Differences, 137, 33-38. Senko, C. , Liem, G. A. D. , Lerdpornkulrat, T. , & Poondej, C. . (2023). Why do students strive to outperform classmates? unpacking their reasons for pursuing performance goals. Contemporary Educational Psychology. Stankov, L. . (2010). Unforgiving confucian culture: a breeding ground for high academic achievement, test anxiety and self-doubt?. Learning and Individual Differences, 20(6), 555-563. Strauss, K., Griffin, M. A., & Parker, S. K. (2012). Future work selves: how salient hoped-for identities motivate proactive career behaviors. Journal of Applied Psychology, 97(3), 580-598. Väisänen, S., Pietarinen, J., Pyhältö, K., Toom, A., & Soini, T. (2018). Student teachers’ proactive strategies for avoiding study-related burnout during teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(3), 301-317. Wang, L. F., & Heppner, P. P. (2002). Assessing the impact of parental expectations and psychological distress on Taiwanese college students. The Counseling Psychologist, 30(4), 582-608. Yi, D., Wu, J., Zhang, M., Zeng, Q., Wang, J., Liang, J., & Cai, Y. (2022). Does Involution Cause Anxiety? An Empirical Study from Chinese Universities. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(16), 9826. Zhu Yanjun. (2021). Diploma in Imagination———Analysis of“Post-00”Undergraduates' Motivation of Pursuing Postgraduate Education in Elite Universities. Youth Research. 3, 74-81. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 03 C: Faculty Development Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Serap Emil Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper A case study of faculty Professional Learning Communities in higher education European University Cyprus Presenting Author:This is a descriptive case study (Yin,2017) seeking to provide detailed descriptions of the ways two groups of instructors in a University in Cyprus engaged in two faculty Professional Learning Communities (fPLCs) throughout the academic year 2022-2023, specifically focusing on the characteristics of fPLC work. We analyze evidence from these two case studies to comparatively describe how the work in these fPLCs looked, seeking to describe facets of the fPLC work and characteristics that were deemed productive and supportive, as well as aspects that seemed to be related to challenges faced during the work of the fPLCs. Data were collected as part of a funded project that aimed to investigate the characteristics of productive and sustainable faculty PLCs., Our evidence suggests insights for supporting sustainable fPLCs in higher education (e.g., Laws, 1996). Professional Learning Communities (PLCs) are a form of professional development that provides teachers/instructors a framework in which to act as “learners” and schools/institutions as “learning communities” (Clarke & Hollingsworth,2002). PLCs refer to small teams (communities) of teachers/instructors with shared interests and visions that meet regularly, exchange expertise, and work collaboratively with the goal of improving their teaching practice (Brookhart,2009; Margalef & Roblin,2016). In the context of PLCs, professional learning should be an ongoing, sustained, intensive, and collaborative approach to improving teachers’/instructors’ effectiveness in raising student achievement (Slabine,2011) and enhancing student learning experiences. This engagement provides teachers/instructors with opportunities to refine their content knowledge and teaching pedagogies and approaches, understand the need to change, and helps them find ways to implement changes in their teaching that will help their students to learn more effectively (e.g., Fishman et al.,2003; Loucks-Horsley et al.,2003). Although a recently growing number of studies have investigated the use and function of PLCs at primary and secondary education levels, there is to date relatively little investigation of PLCs in higher education (e.g., Laws,1996). Cox (2004) indicates that faculty PLCs (fPLCs) can play an important role in faculty development with evidence suggesting that both student and faculty learning is improved through this process. In a study exploring the potential introduction of fPLCs as an innovative way to enhance instructors’ teaching competencies, Authors (2023) have described new directions in fPLCs, focusing more on peer interaction and support, and student data focusing on learning outcomes aligned with the increasing research interest in the field (e.g., Terry, et al.,2018). In a sense, engaging faculty in fPLC practices may be a way to further empower faculty in their working environment. Overall, there is to date very little evidence of whether these changes are sustained or can be sustainable beyond participation in fPLCs (Tinnell et al.,2019). The growth of this idea has been slow, and there seem to be many obstacles to implementation (Palmer,2002), with Authors (2023) asking for further, more detailed investigations related to fPLC work and impact. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a larger project funded by [XXX] seeking to investigate the characteristics of productive and sustainable PLCs. Following a descriptive case study approach (Yin,2017), this study involved two groups of instructors at a University in Cyprus (5 and 8 faculty members in each group respectively) working in two fPLCs. The first fPLC consisted of instructors in the undergraduate program of Early Childhood Education (ECE). Their specialization covered a wide range of education fields (i.e., early childhood pedagogies, teacher training, mathematics education, science education, music education). The coordinator (second author) had also a formal education background and long-standing research interests related to reflection and professional learning in education. She was also the program coordinator of the ECE undergraduate program. The second fPLC consisted of instructors in the undergraduate program of Pharmacy. The participants' specialization covered a wide range of scientific fields (i.e., chemistry, physics, pharmacy, botany, pharmaceutical technology and analysis). The coordinator (third author) had a background in Chemistry. She was also the program coordinator of the Pharmacy undergraduate program. Data for this study consisted of personal interviews with the fPLC participants of the two fPLCs selected. The two groups were selected strategically, as they were indicated by participants as very successful. At the same time, the first fPLC consisted of instructors with backgrounds in Education Sciences, whereas the second consisted of instructors with backgrounds in Sciences. We felt that the comparison of the two groups would provide us with useful insights into the way these fPLCs worked and the challenges they faced. As part of the larger project, an interview protocol was developed by the scientific team of the project based on the PLC literature as well as the long-term experience of the members in supporting PLCs over a number of years. Each interview had a duration of about 30 minutes. All interviews were conducted by the research assistant of the project and were videotaped and transcribed for analysis. Using discourse-based approaches and open coding techniques (Strauss & Corbin,1998) we analyzed all primary data, looking for characteristics in faculty work within the PLCs. All data were analyzed by all three authors independently and discussed to resolve any differences. From the analysis, we identified a number of emerging themes that we describe below. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants highlighted the fact that they shared a sense of multifaced uniformity. The first facet of uniformity was related to the fact that all fPLC members taught in the same program. This resulted in a collaborative culture during the fPLCs meetings. This culture pre-existed prior to the formation of the fPLCs, but was reinforced by the participation in the fPLCs. A second facet of uniformity was related to the fact that both fPLC coordinators were also the coordinators of the respective programs. Both coordinators were in a long-lasting collaboration with all the members of their fPLC, although this was mostly on a one-on-one basis for fPLC1. A difference between the two fPCLs was the identification by the members of fPLC2 of the need to have group members with different backgrounds, possibly educational. They they felt that the uniformity of their group prevented them from getting better insights into the challenges they identified and investigating possible solutions. A second difference was related to the operational aspects of the fPLCs. The participants described the work of fPLC1 as a scientific process that was based on a repeated process of reflecting on data collected from all the members’ teaching practices and the implementation of actions designed and discussed during the meetings. On the other hand, the work of fPLC2 could be described more as technical, using tools and processes provided to enhance the work of the group, possibly pointing to the fact that the coordinator did not have any prior formal knowledge related to pedagogical issues or the work and function of PLCs. Reflection was also different in the two groups. Reflection time in fPLC1 was an official part of the meeting, and it was designed to be a more formal, collective process. In fPLC2, reflection was more an informal, less explicit process. References Authors (2023). Brookhart, S. M. (2009). Exploring Formative Assessment. The Professional Learning Community Series. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. 1703 North Beauregard Street, Alexandria, VA 22311-1714. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and teacher education, 18(8), 947-967. Coll, R. K., & Taylor, N. (2008). Science education in context: An overview and some observations. In R. K. Coll & N. Taylor (Eds.), Science education in context: An international examination of the influence of context on science curricula development and implementation (pp. xi–xiv). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Cox, M. (2004). Introduction to faculty learning communities. New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 2004(97), 5–23. Fishman, B. J., Marx, R. W., Best, S., & Tal, R. T. (2003). Linking teacher and student learning to improve professional development in systemic reform. Teaching and teacher education, 19(6), 643-658. Laws, P. M. (1996). Undergraduate science education: A review of research. Studies in Science Education, 28, 1–85. Loucks-Horsley, S., Love, N., Stiles, K., Mundry, S., & Hewson, P. (2003). Designing professional development for teachers of science and mathematics (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press. Margalef, L., & Pareja Roblin, N. (2016). Unpacking the roles of the facilitator in higher education professional learning communities. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(3–4), 155–172. Palmer, P. J., (2002). The quest for community in higher education. In W. M. McDonald and Associates (Eds.), Creating campus community. San Francisco, CA: JosseyBass, 179-192 Roth, S. M. (2014). Improving teaching effectiveness and student learning through the use of faculty learning communities. Kinesiology review, 3(4), 209-216. Slabine, N. A. (2011). Evidence of Effectiveness. Learning Forward (NJ). Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research. Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. Terry, L., Zafonte, M., & Elliott, S. (2018). Interdisciplinary Professional Learning Communities: Support for Faculty Teaching Blended Learning. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 30(3), 402-411. Tinnell, T. L., Ralston, P. A., Tretter, T. R., & Mills, M. E. (2019). Sustaining pedagogical change via faculty learning community. International Journal of STEM Education, 6(1), 1-16. Tinnell, T. L., Ralston, P. A., Tretter, T. R., & Mills, M. E. (2019). Sustaining pedagogical change via faculty learning community. International Journal of STEM Education, 6(1), 1-16. Yin, R. K. (2017). Case study research and applications: Design and methods. Sage publications. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper "Understanding your Posture : an Essential Activity for Evolving in an Uncertain World." Université Rennes2, France Presenting Author:Echoing the theme of this 30th EERA conference, I propose to share my research work on professional posture which leads me to say that a better knowledge of one's personal and professional posture can be a way to keep one's balance in the world. in the midst of the change in which we live. My 2024 communication proposal is part of the extension of the communication selected for EERA Glasgow 2023 which aimed to shed light on the conditions for the professional development of teacher-researchers. In a phenomeno-praxeological approach the notion of posture is located at the heart of the professional development process at the interface of two axes: one which goes from the subject to the social and another on which the personal and professional dimensions of the process meet. “Posture” is defined as “the manifestation (physical or symbolic) of a mental state, shaped by our beliefs and oriented by our intentions, which exerts a guiding and dynamic influence on our actions, giving them meaning and justification” (Lameul , 2008, 2016). By taking root in this work, my 2024 communication proposal will attempt to provide additional answers to the following questions: - How to know yourself better so as not to lose your footing in the turmoil of this world? - How can we become aware of the different dimensions that make up a posture (which make up who we are as humans) ? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I plan to survey nearly 20 teacher-researchers at my university of Rennes currently in teacher training to take their first position. As I did during my thesis work in 2006, I will ask these teachers to complete the online Teaching Perspective Inventory (TPI) questionnaire proposed by Pratt et al. (1998) (https://www.teachingperspectives.com/tpi/). This questionnaire, which combines questions relating to beliefs, intentions and actions in matters of education, allows me to identify the dominant perspectives of teachers in matters of education. It makes it possible to identify a dominant posture according to the importance that the teacher gives to each of the following 5 items: the content to be taught, the educational progression, the learner and his mode of functioning, the process of individual transformation or action on the collective through the individual. The result of this questionnaire will constitute the support for the semi-structured interview that I will then conduct with each of the teachers. My objective will then be to understand more precisely how this dominant postural tendency identified specific to each person was constructed. It is then that I will mobilize my own work to explore how what I call “posture” is constructed by trying to understand it in its different dimensions: biographical, psycho-social, socio-cognitive, ethno-cultural, pragmatic and sensitive. - a biographical dimension that refers to the personal history of the teacher - a psycho-social dimension that evokes one's personal learning experience and relationship to higher education - a socio-cognitive dimension relating to the degree of mastery of knowledge - an ethical-cultural dimension that speaks to its beliefs and values in education and training - a pragmatic dimension that reflects its ability to put into action - a sensitive dimension that captures her emotions and intuitions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results presented will be discussed from a double point of view: scientific and pragmatic. This comprehensive survey conducted among new teacher-researchers at the end of their training (may 2024) in my university, which combines questionnaire and interview, should allow me to provide some elements of explanation regarding the construction of a professional posture. It will reveal the dimensions which constitute the strong axis of the posture – the one around which the person’s balance is achieved. It will make it possible to identify dimensions in tension or in a situation of fragility with regard to the currently tormented world of education. Drawing on the results of this additional research, I will identify avenues for documenting and enriching university teaching training: proposing a questioning grid to be integrated into a portfolio for example or designing reflective workshops which would allow access to a better understanding of one's professional posture and thus develop one's power to act on the world (Bandura, 1998). I will discuss how these results from research in a higher education context can be used in other professional and cultural contexts. References Lameul, G. & Deschryver, N. (2016). Instrumenter pour appréhender les postures en pédagogie universitaire, in Lameul, G. (coord.) Postures et activité du sujet : engagement et persévérance dans les projets de formation, in Revue Internationale de Pédagogie en Enseignement Supérieur (RIPES). Lameul, G., Peltier, C. & Charlier, B. (2014). Dispositifs hybrides et développement professionnel : Effets spécifiques des différentes configurations de dispositif sur le développement professionnel des enseignants du supérieur, Education-Formation, e-301, 99-113. Repéré à http://revueeducationformation.be/index.php?revue=19&page=3 Bandura, A. (1998). Personal and collective efficacy in human adaptation and change. In J. G. Adair, D. Bélanger, & K. L. Dion (Eds.), Advances in psychological science, Vol. 1. Social, personal, and cultural aspects (pp. 51–71). Psychology Press/Erlbaum (UK) Taylor & Francis Lameul, G. (2006). Former des enseignants à distance ? : étude des effets de la médiatisation de la relation pédagogique sur la construction des postures professionnelles, Thèse soutenu à Paris Ouest La défense. Lameul, G. (2016). « Le développement professionnel des enseignants-chercheurs : entre recherche et enseignement, l’élaboration d’une posture d’expertise ». https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-01496804 Lameul, G. (2023) Posture professionnelle et niche écologique : construction mutuelles et réciproques ? Dans Jérôme Guérin, Stéphane Simonian et Joris Thievenaz (dir) , Vers une approche écologique de l’agir humain en éducation et formation, Octares Loisy, C. et Lameul, G. (2017). Augmenting De Ketele’s model for university pedagogy introduction. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education (IJTHE/RITPU), 14(2). Disponible en ligne : http://www.ritpu.org/ Leduc, D., Ménard, L., Bédard, D., Lameul, G., Gravelle, F., Hoffmann, C., Bégin, C. & Cosnefroy, L. (2016). Observing new professors in class : initial results of the effects of short-term training on teaching practices. Higher Education Research and Development. Pratt, D. D., & Associates. (1998). Five Perspectives on Teaching in Adult & Higher Education. Malabar, FL: Krieger Publishing Collectif DESIR, Transformations pédagogique et numérique dans l’enseignement supérieur : quatre années pour changer les pratiques. Paris, Presses des Mines. https://www.pressesdesmines.com/author-book/collectif-desir/ |
17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 03 D: Governance, Management and Global HE Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nada Jarni Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Heads of the Department Resilience Face to Face Multiple Crisis in Higher Education: Comparison of the Czechia and Israel 1TEL HAI ACADEMIC COLLEGE, Israel; 2Institute of Psychology Czech Academy of Sciences Presenting Author:The study explores how program and department leaders in academic institutions in Israel and the Czech Republic manage during a crisis, reflecting their perspectives on higher education policy-governance. It details the various approaches these middle managers use and their resilience. Resilience Resilience represents the ability to adapt and thrive in the face of adversity, challenges, and change. It includes the capacity of individuals and organizations to withstand and recover from traumatic events, such as disasters, as noted by Bonanno et al. (2010). This resilience extends to professional domains, as Grabarski (2023) illustrated, through adaptability and career resilience observations during the COVID-19 pandemic.
In organizational contexts, Carmeli (2013) and Fisher et al. (2019) discuss the cultivation of resilience through leadership and organizational culture, underscoring its importance across various life and professional domains. The resilience explored in the business sector, especially during times of organizational change, is highlighted by Foerster & Duchek (2018). An industry-specific perspective is examined in the airline industry's development of resilience following the 9/11 attacks (Gittell et al. 2006), while Williams & Gruber (2017) offer a comprehensive overview of organizational resilience in crises, showcasing various strategies and approaches employed to withstand and recover from crises. The concept of leadership resilience, as explored by Forster-Duchek (2017), highlights the role of personal qualities and strategies in effectively navigating leadership challenges. The current study focuses on the resilience of middle management levels in both countries and traces their characteristics during periods of crisis. Departments and program heads in the academy Traditionally, universities have been praised more for their academic prowess than their management abilities, a trend influenced by their historical societal role. In recent decades, universities have experienced profound transformations, facing a more complex external environment and evolving stakeholder demands. They've also grown larger and more complex, driven by increased student enrollment and specialized research. These shifts have led to a new paradigm in management and leadership, aligning more with a managed professional public organization model (Boer, Goedegebuure & Meek, 2010). In this context, program and department heads occupy some of the most critical and challenging positions in higher education (Tietjen-Smith, Hersman & Block, 2020; Maddock, 2023). Heads are responsible for the daily operations of their units, including setting strategic goals and ensuring efficient functioning. They handle budgeting, resource allocation, and programmatic decisions (Machovcova et al., 2023). They build social networks and manage relationships and resources, helping their teams compete in the academic world, characterized as a quasi-market environment. Their goal is to attract students and secure research funding (Bobe & Kober, 2015; Deem, 1998). The research questions: What are the coping characteristics of the academy's heads of the programs and departments with the challenges that include financial strains, new systems of assessment as well as COVID-19 epidemic, in the comparison between Israel and the Czech Republic? What distinguishes the resilience of the heads, and what are the causes of this? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative research is interpretive and based on semi-structured interviews. The participants are 27 heads of programs and departments in the academy in Israel and 26 from the Czech Republic were interviewed, which represent 23 academic institutions in both countries. The study was conducted between 2015-2022. The interview protocol included more than 25 questions about components of their role and challenges they faced during their service in the managerial role. Sample questions from the interviews: What was your more challenging experience in the role of department head? What characterized research in your program/department's research centers/labs during the pandemic? What did you research during that period? In your opinion, how was your research influenced by this period? How were the heads` operations different from the way it functioned before the crisis? What difficulties did you encounter when heading the program during the pandemic? (with students, lecturers, etc.). Context The Czech Republic's higher education has evolved from distinguishing research-focused institutions from teaching-focused ones to now predominantly embracing research-oriented academia. However, a dual system persists with the Academy of Sciences focusing solely on research, while universities and tertiary education providers integrate both research and teaching. Our study will concentrate on these dual-role institutions. Similarly, Israeli academia has shifted towards research-oriented institutions, influenced by two converging trends. Initially, colleges specializing in teacher training began emphasizing research, encouraging faculty to engage in research activities, although this shift is ongoing and lacks strict penalties for non-research-active lecturers. Concurrently, in the early 2000s, academic institutions were established in less developed areas to bridge social disparities. These institutions, unlike research-centric universities, some globally recognized, initially placed less emphasis on research. However, over time, a growing number of lecturers have started to participate in research, driven by career advancement criteria set by the National Council for Higher Education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study brought up five categories that can shed light on the processes that led to resilience (although the institutions in the countries showed a different configuration of resilience): 1. Heads workload: Work overload stems from Student matters and their distress; Lecturers needs; Administrative tasks; Family or personal hardships. 2. Orientation of program heads for students: Dedicating the heads' time and focusing on student affairs. 3. Orientation of program heads for research: Dedicating the heads' time and focusing on their personal research aspects. 4. Higher education policy: Heads referring to the guidelines of the state and the institution and creating activities that go beyond them. 5. Organizational culture: Key characteristics of institutional culture that transcend differences among institutions (e.g., cooperative/centralized approaches, reward/sanction systems, and perceptions of organizational effectiveness). Each country and its development of higher education culture showcase distinct and unique strengths and resilience factors in action. The response of academic heads to the crisis varied significantly between the Czech Republic and Israel. In the Czech Republic, the emphasis was on research. Heads generally focused on advancing their teams' research efforts, aligning with national policies that link an academician's survival to research output. This approach aimed to gain a competitive edge over their peers. In contrast, in Israel, the focus was on student retention. Israeli institutional policies usually reward leaders who excel in research with job security and tenure. However, during the crisis, there was concern that student departures could jeopardize future employment prospects for these leaders. The study also reveals some personal characteristics of the heads, such as their desire to act as role models for their teams and their vision of higher education in the next decade. This optimism was translated into management practices in the units they were responsible for. References Bobe, B. J., & Kober, R. (2015). Measuring organizational capabilities in the higher education sector. Education & Training, 57(3), 322-342. Bonanno, G. A., Brewin, C. R., Kaniasty, K., & Greca, A. M. L. (2010). Weighing the costs of disaster: Consequences, risks, and resilience in individuals, families, and communities. Psychological science in the public interest, 11(1), 1-49. De Boer, H., Goedegebuure, L., & Meek, V. L. (2010). The changing nature of academic middle management: A framework for analysis. The changing dynamics of higher education middle management, 229-241. Carmeli, A., Friedman, Y., & Tishler, A. (2013). Cultivating a resilient top management team: The importance of relational connections and strategic decision comprehensiveness. Safety Science, 51(1), 148-159. Fisher, D. M., Ragsdale, J. M., & Fisher, E. C. (2019). The importance of definitional and temporal issues in the study of resilience. Applied psychology, 68(4), 583-620. Förster, C., & Duchek, S. (2017). What makes leaders resilient? An exploratory interview study. German Journal of Human Resource Management, 31(4), 281-306. Foerster, C., & Duchek, S. (2018, July). Leaders’ resilience- A systematic literature review and future research agenda. In Academy of Management Proceedings (Vol. 2018, No. 1, p. 13879). Briarcliff Manor, NY 10510: Academy of Management. Gittell, J. H., Cameron, K., Lim, S., & Rivas, R. (2006). Relationships, layoffs, and organizational resilience. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 42(3), 300–329. Grabarski, M. K., & Mouratidou, M. (2023). Rise up: Career empowerment, adaptability and resilience during a pandemic. Canadian Journal of Administrative Sciences/Revue Canadienne des Sciences de l'Administration. Machovcova, K., Kovats, G., Mudrak, J., Cidlinska, K., & Zabrodska, K. (2023). (Dis)continuities in academic middle management career trajectories: a longitudinal qualitative study. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management. 1-18. Maddock, L. C. (2023). Academic middle leaders, middle leading and middle leadership of university learning and teaching: A systematic review of the higher education literature. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 1-36. Tietjen-Smith, T., Hersman, B., & Block, B. A. (2020). Planning for succession: Preparing faculty for the kinesiology department head role. Quest, 72(4), 383-394. Williams, T. A., Gruber, D. A., Sutcliffe, K. M., Shepherd, D. A., & Zhao, E. Y. (2017). Organizational response to adversity: Fusing crisis management and resilience research streams. Academy of Management Annals, 11(2), 733-769. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Instructors’ International Activity and Its Obstacles in Higher Education 1University of Debrecen; 2Center for Educational Research and Development Hungary; 3Ferenc Rákóczi II Transcarpathian Hungarian College of Higher Education Presenting Author:In recent days, the examination of the international mobility and activity of teachers has been at the center of researcher attention. Unsurprisingly, the group that by population was significantly larger, student academic movement, received greater scrutiny. For instance, according to the European Commission’s 2007 survey, the examination of the countries of the European Union showed that for every international teacher trip taken on average 16 student trips took place in the given year (European Commission, 2007). Teichler’s (2011) view is that the reason why researching higher education employees may have been pushed to the background was due to the phenomenon that, as long as the internationalization strategies of universities focus more on organizing and supporting student mobility, the academic travels of teachers “evidently” are viewed by institutions as the responsibility of the individual. Instructor mobility differs in many ways from that of student, since it is much more complex (Teichler). Thus defining it is not easy at all, it can be approached from several angles depending on its length, purpose, the motivation of the individual, and the relationship with the institution. Its effect and influence on the individual though, and through them on the colleagues, students, their own institution and their teaching, as well as on the economy are undeniable. A research carried out in 2014, based on the almost 5000 instructors’ responses who took part in the Erasmus mobility program, focused on how and to what extent the individual’s participation in mobility programs has an effect on their own, as well as their narrower and wider environment. As a result it was understood that the vast majority of respondents thinks very positively about the experience that international mobility provides them (Brandenburg, 2014). In our study, we focused on the international mobility activities of instructors in higher education. We examined what effects of restrictive factors can be seen, which make participation in teaching and researching programs abroad more difficult. For this, we used the Central and Eastern European Teachers in Higher Education (CEETHE 2023, N=821) database. First, we were curious as to the differences between fields of study, second, the effects of various demographic factors (e.g. age, family status, children, financial standing, country of origin). Other than these, we attempted to detect the effects of restrictive factors previously discovered in early studies, thus, foreign language knowledge, embeddedness in workplace community, institutional support, the effect of support from direct colleagues, workplace burnout, or the balance between private life and work. The goal of the study is, with the secondary analysis of the Central and Eastern European Teachers in Higher Education database, to examine the factors that obstruct university teachers from their education- and research-oriented mobility abroad. This question is actual because, though internationalization is the flagship area of higher education and many studies prove that instructor mobility has a positive effect on student mobility, still, the scrutiny of factors that promote or prevent instructor mobility falls far behind the examination of student mobility, or the analysis of the condition of foreign students studying at institutions from different aspects (like studying difficulties, cultural adaptations, language learning, etc.). Our study, therefore, focuses on the teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our surveys were dispatched in online form, with the permission of the institution head, in the spring of 2023, on 2 or 3 occasions to each teacher from the examined institutions, thus ensuring the probability sampling. In Hungary, the institutions of two disadvantaged regions, the Northern Great Plains Region and the South Transdanube Region, were examined. In the case of cross-border institutions, our aim was first the minority Hungarian institutions; here too we sent a survey to every teacher in the language of the majority. In our study, we used the full database of the Central and Eastern European Teachers in Higher Education (CEETHE 2023), in this way - though due to variation in the items it was limited - we could compare the mobility of teachers working in the universities of five countries. In our sample, therefore, Hungarian, Romanian, Serbian, Slovakian, and Ukrainian university and college teachers were used, specifically 853. After data cleaning that number dropped to 821. Our fundamental question was, what sort of differences appear between a participant in teacher or researcher mobility, and one who does not participate. We viewed those who answered in the affirmative to the question: “did you participate or not in the teacher/researcher mobility program?” as mobile teachers, and those who answered in the negative as immobile teachers. It is important to draw attention to the fact that the question did not have a time constraint, in other words, As explanatory variables we examined the demographic background variables (age, gender, country of origin), as well as the disciplines, the ranks and academic degrees. Furthermore, within the boundaries that were drawn by the database, we studied whether the factors that are usually mentioned by special literature as inhibiting obstacles for academic mobility, show significant connection to instructors’ (im)mobility. Examining these factors we created indices. During our research we used the chi-square test, and variance analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Like student mobility, instructor mobility showed significant differences regarding field of study: fewer medical and healthcare instructors are involved in endeavors abroad. This result was unexpected and surprising, since most international students in Hungarian higher education choose these faculties and majors. Not to mention that these are “hard” fields, easily translated into English, with Latin (the basis of medical terminology) being the international mediator language. Still, instructors struggle to take advantage of other mobility opportunities (guest teaching and guest research) while balancing the pressure of attending conferences, publishing, and fulfilling their physician duties. About demographics, age, gender and country of origin heavily affected whether or not the instructor had been internationally active. Leaders in this were older Slovakian and Romanian men. To measure foreign language knowledge we used a special index containing international publishing and conference attendance. Here we confirmed, mobile instructors had higher values than immobile. Perhaps, those mobile were braver to publish internationally or collaborate in research projects with colleague acquaintances met during previous mobility engagements. Being embedded into the institutional climate and the relationship with the colleagues is of major help in getting hold of information. Thus, when the connection between mobility, and the degree and level of interaction with the colleagues was discovered, it was no surprise. That aforementioned high index value among mobile instructors shows greater communication with colleagues, resulting in relevant information reaching them sooner (about international academic opportunities as well). This is somewhat contradicted by greater satisfaction among immobile instructors with the extent of support coming from co-workers and lesser among mobile ones. We were not able to detect the supporting influence of the higher educational institution, or the effect of the destroyed balance of work and private life, and that of workplace burnout. References Altbach, P. (Ed.). (2002). The Decline of the Guru: The Academic Profession in developing and Middle-Income Countries. Chestnut Hill, Boston College. Borm, J. (2020). Making Mobility the Norm-NORM. IO1 desk research report. https://projects.uni-foundation.eu/norm/wp-content/uploads/sites/8/2023/02/IO1_NORM_Desk-Reserach-Report.pdf (downloaded: 2024. 01. 04.) Brandenburg, U. (2014) (teamleader). The Erasmus Impact Study. Luxembourg, Publications Office of the European Union. Dabney-Fekete, I. D. (2020). Nemzetköziesedő tudomány. A felsőoktatásban dolgozó oktatók nemzetközi aktivitása. [Internationalizing education. The international activity of instructors working in higher education.] Debreceni Egyetem, Felsőoktatási Kutató és Fejlesztő Központ. Dusa, Á. R. (2020). Hallgatók nemzetközi mobilitása a XXI. század elején. [International mobility of students at the beginning of the 21st century.] Debreceni Egyetemi Kiadó. OECD. (2023). Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en European Commission. (2007). Key Data on Higher Education in Europe. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. European Commission. (2015). The European Higher Education Area in 2015: Bologna Process Implementation Report. Publications Office of the European Union. Greek, M. – Jonsmoen, K. M. (2021). Transnational academic mobility in universities: the impact on a departmental and an interpersonal level. Higher Education (2021) 81:591–606 Horváth, L., Hangyál, Zs., Kasza, G., & Czirfusz, D. (2020). Teach with Erasmus+ Research Report. ELTE Eötvös Loránd University Department of Erasmus+ and International Programmes. Höhle, E. & Teichler U. (2013). The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession. In Teichler, U. – Höhle, E. (Eds.): The Work Situation of the Academic Profession in Europe: Findings of a Survey in Twelve Countries. (pp. 79-108). Springer. Knight, J. – de Wit, H. (2018). Internationalization of Higher Education: Past and Future. International Higher Education, No. 95, Fall: Internationalization and Transnational Developments. Kyvik, S., & Larsen, I.M. (1997). The Exchange of Knowledge: A Small Country in the International Research Community. Science Communication, 18(3), 238–264. https://doi.org/10.1177/1075547097018003004 Malota E. & Gyulavári T. (2022). Nemzetközi mobilitás a felsőoktatásban: Az oktatói/kutatói mobilitás elősegítő és akadályozó tényezői, motivációi és hatásai: Kutatási gyorsjelentés. [International mobility in higher education: promoting factors and obstacles, motivations and effects of instructor/researcher mobility.] Tempus Közalapítvány. Smeby, JC. & Trondal, J. (2005). Globalisation or europeanisation? International contact among university staff. Higher Education 49, 449–466. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-004-2826-5 Teichler, U. (2011). Academic staff mobility. In U.Teichler, I. Ferencz & B. Wächter (Eds.). Mapping Mobility in European Higher Education. Volume I: Overview and Trends (pp. 111 – 146). European Commission. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 03 A: Schools Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Malin Kronqvist Håård Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Establishment of European Public Schools in Luxembourg - Patterns of Legitimation and the Narratives Told University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:Luxembourg is hyper-diverse in terms of the socio-economic, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds of its inhabitants. While this diversity is an asset, it is also a source of inequality in its education system, given the very demanding language requirements of its trilingual nature (Eurydice, 2022; MENJE, 2023). The country is becoming even more multicultural due to the increase in immigration and cross-border workers (Eurydice, 2022). This societal change poses further challenges to the Luxembourgish education system, as the trilingual public education system no longer reflects the multicultural and plurilingual nature of the country (Eurydice, 2022; MENJE, 2023). After decades without major structural changes, comprehensive school reforms were introduced in 2009 to reduce educational inequalities, which were followed by further reforms since 2013, under the slogan “Different schools suited to different pupils” (MENJE, 2020) to diversify the educational landscape in response to an increasingly heterogeneous student body with more than 60% of students speaking a language other than Luxembourgish at home (Eurydice, 2022). These reform initiatives led to the creation of the Accredited European Schools (AES), or European Public Schools (EPS). Originally created for the children of staff working for the EU institutions, the first European School to offer multilingual education was established in Luxembourg in 1953. In the following years, schools implementing the European Curriculum mushroomed in other European countries, and since 2005, the curriculum has been made available to the national schools in the Member States (Office of the Secretary-General of the European Schools, 2023). Years after its first implementation, the European Curriculum has returned to Luxembourg as an additional public-school offer, thanks to the recent reform initiatives aimed at combating educational inequalities. Like the “original” model, the EPS, which are open to local children, free of charge, offer greater flexibility in the choice of medium of instruction by using the European Curriculum with its pedagogical principles and approaches to student learning (Eurydice, 2022; MENJE, n.d.; Office of the Secretary-General of the European Schools, n.d.). Global models of education are being transformed and adapted to the national and local contexts in what Robertson (1994) calls the “glocalization of social problems”. In the case of the establishment of the EPS in Luxembourg, the global model of education, the European Curriculum, is transformed in such a way that the schools refer to the language backgrounds of the students and help them to possess the linguistic requirements of the country by offering three language sections (i.e., English, German, and French-speaking sections), second and third language courses, and mandatory Luxembourgish courses as the language of integration. The European school system is considered to be exportable and replicable (Leaton Gray et al., 2018). However, the establishment of the EPS was a major structural change in Luxembourg’s decades-old, persistent education system, and national traditions remained strong among some groups. Therefore, this parallel school system raised many social, political, and educational questions. This study aims to understand the genesis and outcomes of the implementation of an additional curriculum in Luxembourgish public education system with the following questions:
Legitimization patterns and the role of the EPS are explored by using social constructivism (Hacking, 1999). The "case of Luxembourg" is used as an example to discuss educational transformations in response to current challenges and demands, as it observes the effects of changes in population structure, in line with trends observed in other European countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is embedded in an ongoing project on “Managing Student Heterogeneity and Tackling Educational Inequality through European Curriculum”, which consists of (1) a document analysis of policy and public debates, (2) a secondary data analysis of administrative student panel data and large-scale competency tests collected as part of the National School Monitoring; and (3) fieldwork including semi-structured interviews with stakeholders and classroom observations. The current presentation will rely on parts 1 and 3 and presents preliminary findings from content analysis of policy and public debates and semi-structured interviews with stakeholders using multicyclic coding (Saldaña, 2009; VERBI Software, 2017: MAXQDA18). The first part of this study consists of a document analysis of newspaper articles to reveal the patterns of legitimation that accompany the establishment of EPS, and the hopes, fears, and myths that underlie these narratives. For this purpose, two newspapers with different political views were selected, and articles were collected using a keyword search. Inclusion and exclusion criteria were set by the researchers. After a careful analysis, 169 articles were included in the analysis, and they were coded by the researchers. The document analysis will be followed by semi-structured interviews with different stakeholders (policy makers, accreditation experts, education experts, school principals, teachers) who have system relevant knowledge (Gläser & Laudel, 2010). The target population is people who were/are involved in European public schools. At least two representatives from each stakeholder group will be included in the sample, but the exact number of participants will depend heavily on the saturation of the data (Guest, Bunce & Johnson 2006). The researchers developed the interview schedules based on the expertise and role of the stakeholders included in the study sample. Overall, the interview schedules include questions to understand the reason behind the implementation of the European Curriculum in Luxembourg as a form of a public schooling offer, the problem that was meant to be solved by this initiative, the initial target group of this initiative, the opinions of different stakeholders on why to implement European Curriculum and its contribution, and the problems or unintended consequences related to the implementation of European Curriculum. The data collection will take place during the school year 2023-24. To systematize our analyses and embed them in a functioning theoretical framework, Steiner-Khamsi's (2023) analytical grid will be used as a guideline, focusing on the problem, politics, and policy streams that influenced the establishment of EPS in Luxembourg. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to the preliminary analysis, EPS target Luxembourgish and international students, with increasing competition for enrollment. They offer different language sections with flexibility in the medium of instruction. This reduces the language barriers experienced in the Luxembourgish public schools, while still emphasizing the importance of Luxembourgish for integration. However, there is criticism of the missed opportunities to integrate multilingual literature. EPS are presented as a response to the government’s commitment to diversifying the school offers, and they stand out for their pedagogical approaches that encourage autonomy while promoting student motivation and progress. Moreover, initiating actors and stakeholder voices are frequently mentioned whether in the form of positive or negative statements. In terms of the discourse analysis, problem and solution frames, as well as the concepts of diversity, heterogeneity and inequality, emerged. For example, EPS were seen as a solution to educational inequalities and as a way to address heterogeneity by providing a better linguistic fit for students from different linguistic backgrounds. However, some argued that social cohesion was severely threatened by segregating students into language sections (Leaton Gray et al., 2018). Research suggests that students with low SES and/or diverse linguistic backgrounds face challenges in the Luxembourgish education system (e.g., Sonnleitner et al., 2021). The better linguistic fit of EPS potentially helps some students and addresses inequalities in the public education system. However, it should be noted that the student population is slightly different. Therefore, more data and longer observations are needed to draw robust conclusions, which would also help us to identify what can be learned and transferred to other school systems within and outside Luxembourg. This is important because the highly diverse and rapidly growing nature of Luxembourg (population increase of 25.7% in 10 years; STATEC, 2023, February) may be relevant for other countries in the near future. References Eurydice. (2022). Luxembourg overview. https://eacea.ec.europa.eu/national-policies/eurydice/content/luxembourg_en Gläser, J., & Laudel, G. (2010). Experteninterviews und qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Springer-Verlag. Guest, G., Bunce, A., & Johnson, L. (2006). How many interviews are enough? An experiment with data saturation and variability. Field methods, 18(1), 59-82. Hacking, I. (1999). The social construction of what? Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Leaton Gray, S., Scott, D., & Mehisto, P. (2018). Curriculum Reform in the European Schools. Towards a 21st Century Vision. Cham, Palgrave. MENJE. (n.d.). Languages in Luxembourg schools. Retrieved from https://men.public.lu/en/themes-transversaux/langues-ecole-luxembourgeoise.html MENJE. (2020). The Luxembourg education system. https://men.public.lu/dam-assets/catalogue-publications/divers/informationsgenerales/the-luxembourg-education-system-en.pdf MENJE. (2023). The Luxembourgish education system. https://men.public.lu/dam-assets/catalogue-publications/divers/informations-generales/the-luxembourg-education-system-en.pdf Office of the Secretary-General of the European Schools. (n.d.). About the Accredited European Schools. https://www.eursc.eu/en/Accredited-European-Schools/About Office of the Secretary-General of the European Schools. (2023, June 21). Mission of the European Schools. https://www.eursc.eu/en/European-Schools/mission Robertson, R. (1994). Globalisation or glocalization? The Journal of International Communication 1(1), 33–52. Saldaña, J. (2009). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications. Sonnleitner, P., Krämer, C., Gamo, S., Reichert, M., Keller, U., & Fischbach, A. (2021). Neue längsschnittliche Befunde aus dem nationalen Bildungsmonitoring ÉpStan in der 3. und 9. Klasse: Schlechtere Ergebnisse und wirkungslose Klassenwiederholungen. In LUCET & SCRIPT (Eds.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Luxemburg 2021 (pp. 109–115). Luxembourg: LUCET & MENJE. STATEC. (2023, February). Evolution de la population. statistiques.public.lu. https://statistiques.public.lu/en/recensement/evolution-de-la-population.html Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2023). Understanding travelling reforms from a systems perspective. In M. V. Faul & L. Savage (Eds.), Systems Thinking in International Education and Development. Cheltenham, UK, 86-104. VERBI Software. (2017). MAXQDA 2018 [computer software]. Berlin, Germany: VERBI Software. Available from maxqda.com. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Quest for Continuous Improvement in Light of Power Disciplinary, Sovereign and Pastoral Power in a School Improvement Programme Dalarna University, Sweden Presenting Author:There is a global movement of education reform in many countries informed by a neo-liberal agenda (Verger, Fontdevila, and Zancajo 2017). The large changes in education during the past decades are to a large extent linked with a growing connectedness between the state, education and the economy (Lundahl, 2021). The acceleration of the global economy, as well as technological developments and the strengthening of transnational agencies like the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), and the European Union have transformed nation-states into what Ball (2009) has named competition states. Krejsler (2019) has a similar label, the ‘fear of falling behind’ regime which has significant performative effects in producing a state of crisis awareness which motivates and drives education reforms. This has also led to a shift towards a market-based educational reform agenda characterized by an emphasis on in-school factors, specifically, teacher quality and accountability, to a large extent leaving out of school factors affecting achievements out of the equation (Nolan, 2018). A discourse of continuous improvement follows this neoliberal agenda, and both national and international accountability systems put pressure on teachers and schools, individually and collectively (Watson & Michael, 2016). Schools are steered from a distance by performance measurements, surveillance and monitoring (Lingard, Seller & Lewis, 2017) which puts local school actors under a constant gaze (Holloway & Brass, 2018) and an endless pressure to perform. In this paper I will examine the dynamic interactions of knowledge and power in the relationship between local school actors and the national agency for education in the context of a Swedish national school improvement programme called Co-operation for the Best School Possible (CBS). Foucault’s theories on power are utilized to understand how power relations and interactions between the national and local level in the Swedish education system can be understood in light of the global governance trends painted above. Power according to Foucault ‘is exercised rather than possessed’ (Foucault, 1995, p. 26) and it works in capillary manners. A framework including sovereign, disciplinary and pastoral power as well as the concept of governmentality will allow for a careful study of visible traces of subtle and intricate ways of steering in a complex multi-layered education system such as Sweden’s. This article analyses different forms of power visible in a state-initiated school improvement programme using a Foucauldian framework. One important contribution a critical analysis can make is to question the common sensical, but furthermore Foucault gives us words to make the exercises of power recognisable. When we can recognise and assign words to the power being exercised, we also enhance our options for participating in relations of power. Thus, the aim is to is to explore the power relations between the Swedish National Agency of Education (SNAE) and the local school actors and how power operates and is exercised in a large-scale state-initiated school improvement programme. Through documents and citations from stakeholders in one municipality, these different modes of power are exemplified and highlighted in this article. By using Foucault, the formation and mode of subjection as well as techniques used to achieve them are at the foreground of the analysis (Foucault, 1982). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The materials used in this article come from a case study in a small municipality which took part in the three-year school improvement programme. The municipality was in the final stage of the CBS programme and the schools involved were compulsory schools. The empirical material includes four kinds of data: a) documents concerning the work with the CBS programme in the municipality (n = 17 documents, including situation assessments, action plans and final reports); b) meeting observations (n = 8 and a two-day closing conference); c) semi-structured interviews with headteachers (HT), local politicians (LP) and staff at the local education authorities (LEA) (n = 10); and d) national documents concerning CBS (n = 3). As regards the method of analysis, a reflexive thematic analysis will be deployed following Braun and Clarke’s conceptualisation of the methodology (Braun & Clarke, 2019, 2021). Braun and Clarke clearly state that thematic analysis has a distinct theoretical base, and the analysis takes its departure from defined themes rather than content. I take a deductive theory-driven approach to coding with predefined themes. ‘[A] deductive approach is useful for honing in on a particular aspect of the data or a specific finding that could be best illuminated or understood in the context of a pre-existing theory or frame’ (Kiger & Varpio, 2020, p. 3). The material has initially been scanned to try to understand how the local actors perceive the relationship with the SNAE within CBS. The theoretical model based on Foucault was used to focus the analysis on how power is exercised within that relationship and in this context. In that way the analysis process resembles what Jackson and Mazzei (2023) describe as ‘thinking with theory’. The findings will be presented as (‘creative and interpretive stories about the data’ Braun & Clarke, 2019, p. 596, emphasis in original). Hence, there is no claim of investigating intentions or cognitions of the participants, but the analysis approach will enable me to focus on the entangled exercises of power within the relationship between the local and national level in the CBS-context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the initial analysis of the material four overarching themes have been identified: The Power of the Spectacle, the Fear of the Inspection, The Almighty Systematic Quality Assurance work, and Governing through Self-evaluation. Being chosen to participate in CBS is being part of a spectacle. The basis for the selection of schools to participate in CBS is negative. It is based on the Inspectorate’s reports and school results, which are all public documents. Thus, at the start of CBS, the municipal actors have recently been put through the disciplinary and normalising gaze of the Inspectorate. The threat of the Inspectorate is something that can be seen throughout both the interviews and the observations. Phrases like, ‘if the Inspectorate comes’ or ‘We’ll be ready when they come’, denote a certain fear of the Inspectorate. A lot of time and effort is placed on systematic quality assurance (SQA) work in CBS. It is something that permeates the doings and the everyday lives of the school actors. The SQA work has elements of both the synopticon and the panopticon as the forms used and the standards and norms to aspire for are set by external actors. Throughout the CBS programme there are reports to fill in that should be sent to the SNAE. The reports that the local school actors must fill in all revolve around the issue of self-evaluation. The preliminary analysis thus points to that that all power modes are visible in the case example, but foremost the softer modes of governing aimed at self-regulation are most palpable. By using an analytical language based on Foucault the exercise of power is made recognisable. When we can recognise and assign words to the power being exercised, we also enhance our options for participation in relations of power. References Ball, S. J. 2009. “Privatising Education, Privatising Education Policy, Privatising Educational Research: Network Governance and the ‘Competition State’.” Journal of Education Policy 24 (1): 83–99. doi:10.1080/02680930802419474 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676x.2019.1628806 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern‐based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and Psychotherapy Research, 21(1), 37–47. https://doi.org/10.1002/capr.12360 Foucault, M. (1982). The subject and power. Critical Inquiry, 8 (4), 777–795. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1343197 Foucault, M. (1995). Discipline and Punish. The Birth of the Prison (2nd ed. A. Sheridan trans.). Vintage Books. Holloway, J., & J. Brass. (2018). Making Accountable Teachers: The Terrors and Pleasures of Performativity. Journal of Education Policy 33(3), 361–382. doi:10.1080/ 02680939.2017.1372636 Jackson, A. Y., & Mazzei, L. A. (2023). Thinking with Theory in Qualitative Research (Second edition). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315667768 Kiger, M. E., & Varpio, L. (2020). Thematic analysis of qualitative data: AMEE Guide No. 131. Medical Teacher, 42(8), 846–854. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142159x.2020.1755030 Krejsler, J. B. (2019). How a European ‘Fear of Falling Behind’ Discourse Co-produces Global Standards: Exploring the Inbound and Outbound Performativity of the Transnational Turn in European Education Policy. In (pp. 245-267). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-33799-5_12 Lingard, B., Seller, S., & Lewis, S. (2017). Accountabilities in Schools and School Systems. In Nobilt, George W. (Ed.). Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education (p. 1-28). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.74 Lundahl, L. (2021) Foreword: Useful Knowledge in the Twenty-First Century. In J. B. Krejsler, and L. Moos (Eds.), What Works in Nordic School Policies? Mapping Approaches to Evidence, Social Technologies and Transnational Influences (p. ix- xi). Springer International Publishing AG. Nolan, K. (2018). The Lived Experience of Market-Based School Reform: An Ethnographic Portrait of Teachers’ Policy Enactments in an Urban School. Educational Policy, 32(6), 797-822. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904816673742 Smith, B., & Monforte, J. (2020). Stories, new materialism and pluralism: Understanding, practising and pushing the boundaries of narrative analysis. Methods in Psychology, 2, 100016. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.metip.2020.100016 Verger, A., C. Fontdevila, and A. Zancajo. (2017). Multiple Paths Towards Education Privatization in a Globalizing World: A Cultural Political Economy Review. Journal of Education Policy 32(6): 757–787. doi:10.1080/02680939.2017 Watson, C., & Michael, M. K. (2016). Translations of policy and shifting demands of teacher professionalism: From CPD to professional learning. Journal of Education Policy, 31(3), 259–274. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2015.1092053 |
17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 03 B: Language Policy Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Stefan Emmenegger Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper A practice of multilingual islands? The enactment of National Languages Policy in Taiwan NUTN, Taiwan Presenting Author:The development of multilingual curriculum has usually been regarded as one of marketized strategies for global neoliberal education environment (Huang, 2022) or the intercultural or multicultural practice in the society (Senar, Janés, Huguet & Ubalde, 2023; European Commission, n.d.). However, this may not be the case for the recent multilingual education policy in Taiwan. In 2019, the legislation of “Development of National Language Act” is given the task to realize linguistic and cultural human rights on the islands. Responding to the enactment of Development of National Languages Act, Taiwanese Ministry of Education has amended and implemented a new version of Curriculum Guidelines of 12-Year Basic Education in 2022 in order to implement the policy of national language courses from elementary to senior high school level. According to the new Curriculum Guidelines, from the school year of 2022 (which starts from September, 2022), local languages education, implemented as mandate courses, is extended from elementary school to junior and senior high school with various course hours and/or credits. With such a policy, it becomes a mandate for students not only take national language courses in their 9-year compulsory education but also carrying on national language courses in the optional 3-year post-secondary education. With the conceptualization of half-education by Adorno (1993), the paper scrutinizes the discourse development of national language and its position in the post-secondary education in Taiwan. There are 2 overarching research questions: 1) What is the construct of national language education, and 2) What are the unique tasks and characteristics of post-secondary national languages education in Taiwan. As a postcolonial society, Taiwanese schooling has organized and operated in different languages. In Japanese colonial regime, Japanese language was taught as the national language, while Mandarin has become the only instructional language used in schooling after the Chinese national government took place in 1945. The top-down language policies have been regarded as one of powerful tools that reconstruct not only the cultures and communication practices but also the identities. This paper critically examines two policies enacted in 2017 and 2019, the 2030 Bilingual Nation policy and the Development of National Languages Act, and investigates their impacts on schooling in Taiwan. The multilingualism and intercultural practices developed in European societies will be utilized as a reference in the investigation of Taiwanese multilingualism under the enactment of recent language policies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An analysis of policy documents, press releases, and the publications from the Gazette of Legislative Yuan and Executive Yuan is conducted as the analysis of official discourse. And documents created for implementing policy in schools are analyzed with interviews with teachers and section/course leaders who realize policies in schools. The paper takes upon Ball, Maguire and Braun’s (2012) view of policy spaces among different levels of enactment and delineates the enacting of such language policy from the perspectives of situated contexts, professional cultures, material contexts, and external factors. An interview outline is produced to collect interview data from schools, including: 1) teachers’/section leaders’ educational and professional background and teaching experiences, 2) teachers’/section leaders’ viewpoints on multilingualism in Taiwan, 3) teachers’/section leaders’ experience and practice in the implementation of language courses in schools, 4) teachers’/section leaders’ experience and practice in the implementation of language courses in classrooms, and 5) reflections or insights on language education in Taiwan. Each interview takes around 45-60 minutes. And the interview data is collected and transcribed into texts and analysed with the documents distributed in schools, such as language course surveys, flyers, and parent consent forms, etc. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper delineates the inclusive and exclusive issues of current Taiwanese language policies. After the long-term monolingual policy, the MOE amended the Curriculum Guidelines of 12-Year Basic Education along with the multilingual policies. The paper discusses the adjustment of curriculum intertwines with the development of multiculturalism of the society (Lee, 2017; Kasai, 2022) and the enactment trajectories of policy-in-school regarding to multilingual education. The paper contributes to the literature of language education and language policy in contemporary Southeast Asian societies. References Adorno, T. W. (1993) Theory of Pseudo-Culture. Telos: Critical Theory of the Contemporary 95, 15-38. European Commission (n.d.) About multilingualism policy. Retrieved from https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/improving-quality/multilingualism/about-multilingualism-policy Huang, C. F. (2023) Multilingual writing in a marketised university: a critical multimodal study of student service advertisements, International Journal of Multilingualism, DOI: 10.1080/14790718.2023.2265396 Kasai, H. (2022) Taiwanese multiculturalism and the political appropriation of new immigrants’ languages. Comparative Education, DOI: 10.1080/03050068.2022.2099657 Lee, S. (2017) Imagination and formation: Discourse analysis of multicultural education developments in Taiwan. Taiwan Journal of Sociology of Education, 17:2, 1-44. Senar, F., Janés, J. , Huguet, À., & Ubalde, J. (2023) The mosaic of language and identity: territorial identification, linguistic attitudes, and proficiency in young immigrants of Catalonia, International Journal of Multilingualism, DOI: 10.1080/14790718.2023.2280682 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Linguistic Hegemony of 'Education': A Comparative Study on the Pitfalls of English Language Dominance in Educational Policy Discourse University of Applied Sciences Northwestern Switzerland Presenting Author:In an era when English dominates international and transnational dialogues, the concept of 'education' is framed predominantly through an Anglophone lens. Global education policy and research frameworks thus dominated by the English language may cause potential misinterpretations when the term 'education' is translated across languages, which harbours the risk of conceptual dissonance. Such concerns are amplified in discourses led by major international bodies such as the OECD, UNESCO and the EU. This raises questions about the inclusiveness and applicability of education policy and research, particularly in the light of the EU's commitment to multilingualism as enshrined in its Charter of Fundamental Rights. This paper critiques the prevailing "linguistic hegemony" (Reagan 2018) in educational discourse and argues that an English-centric approach in policy and research publications may dilute diverse educational philosophies, especially amidst Europe's rich linguistic tapestry. Sensitivity to multiple meanings and local epistemologies is important, especially when dealing with social issues that are often local and contextual. Drawing on critiques of global governance (Tikly 2017; Parreiro de Amaral 2011) and comparative education theory (Keiner & Schriewer 2000; Ermenc 2015; Cowen & Kim 2023; Tröhler 2023), this study aims to analyse the impact of English language dominance in shaping international education narratives and argues for multilingual sensitivity. The research examines the treatment of the contextual nuances of education and English-centric narratives in international reports from the OECD, UNESCO and the EU. It furthermore evaluates the use of language and the extent of sensitivity to contextual specificity of these documents, as they not only describe but also propose future educational visions and policies. Three key questions guide this examination:
Using the methodologies of Bray et al. (2014) and Phillips (2006), this study explores the conceptualisation of 'education' and its recognition of local epistemologies. It examines the usage of the English term 'education' within these documents for implicit or explicit assumptions, with the goal of revealing cases of undue uniformity in the understanding of conceptualizations of ‘education’. The present study aims to demonstrate that a productive way to advance discourse within the dominant English-centric model is the 'import' of ideas and conceptual frameworks from non-English educational-theories, such as e.g. the German "Erziehungstheorie" (theory of education). Contrasting English publications with their German translations will showcase that exploring non-Anglophone theoretical perspectives, such as the German concepts of 'Erziehung' and 'Bildung', provide a more nuanced understanding of 'education' beyond the confines of the Anglophone discourse. This approach could uncover underlying normative, ethical, and intergenerational aspects of education that are often overlooked in Anglophone discussions, thus broadening the theoretical landscape of educational research and policy. Following existing studies of hidden assumptions within policy documents (Forster 2014; Vaccari & Gardinier 2019), the analysis seeks to highlight the drawbacks of overlooking linguistic diversity in educational discourses and argues for the inclusion of local epistemologies to enrich policy and research. Finally, drawing on Geertz's (1983) concept of 'local knowledge' and Merton's (1949) 'middle range theories', I argue that a multilingual and culturally sensitive approach to educational policy and research could make a significant contribution to the field by embracing the theoretical richness offered by Europe's linguistic and cultural diversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This analysis follows a tradition in comparative education that critically examines the use of language in influential global education reports (Bray et al. 2014; Phillips 2006; Brehm 2023). As a first step, the study analyses English-language publications: PISA 2022 Report (OECD), UNESCO's Global Education Monitoring Report (2023), and the European Union's Education and Training Monitor (2023). As a second source of material, the corresponding websites on which these publications are hosted will be considered in order to assess how issues of translation are handled online. The documents were selected on the basis of the following criteria: (a) the documents are relatively new, (b) they are published by authoritative bodies (OECD, UNESCO, EU) that tend to have a major impact on shaping educational discourse and policy-making, and (c) the publishing institutions make explicit efforts to deal with multiple languages and translations, as can be seen from their website landscape. The analytical framework (coding scheme) for the comparative study incorporates concepts from critical discourse analysis, theories of linguistic hegemony and comparative educational methodologies. The comparison of the documents follows an exploratory (e.g. inductive) interest and describes two main dimensions: Firstly, the documents’ (1) use of language with a particular focus on the conceptualisation of education, and secondly (2) the documents’ sensitivity to multilingualism, i.e. how they deal with local or national contexts and translation issues. The interpretation and discussion of the findings will focus on several points of criticism, such as their implicit assumptions and potential exclusion of non-English perspectives. One aim will be to integrate the findings with theoretical insights, particularly from comparative studies of Anglophone and German conceptions of education, to discuss the possible implications for educational policy and collaborative international research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In examining international education policy documents, this study presents findings in three key areas, shedding light on the nuances and implications of education as a concept in policy-making. Firstly, the research confirms previous studies, highlighting that these documents primarily view 'education' as an economic element, often institutionalized. However, an issue arises in translations. Notable documents like the PISA and UNESCO reports are translated into various languages, but critical terms, such as 'education', are inadequately rendered (e.g., 'Bildung' in German). This literal translation approach overlooks the local and national-specific epistemologies, failing to encompass “local knowledge” as described by Geertz. Secondly, contrasting Anglophone and German education theories reveals a frequent conflation of 'education' with 'schooling'. This narrow focus misses out on broader social aspects such as intergenerational transmission and non-formal education. Additionally, the German tradition makes a clear distinction between 'Erziehung' (education) and 'Bildung' (formation). This study underlines the importance of these distinctions, often lost in translation. The final area advocates for a paradigm shift towards localized, collaborative epistemologies and research methodologies. This approach aims to respect and integrate diverse perspectives, challenging the prevailing global narrative of education as depicted in the analysed reports and policies. As an outlook, the paper proposes exploring collaborative areas among prevalent European languages (German, French, Italian, English, Spanish, Russian, Polish, Ukrainian) and extends this consideration to a global context with languages like Mandarin Chinese, Hindi, Spanish, and Arabic. This approach underscores the need for a multilingual perspective in education policy, especially when dealing with local and contextual social issues. References Bray, Mark, Adamson, Bob, & Mason, Mark (Ed.) (2014). Comparative education research: approaches and methods (2nd ed ). New York: Springer. Brehm, Will (2023). Comparative education as a political project. Comparative Education, 59(3), 362–378. Cowen, Robert, & Kim, Terri (2023). Comparative education and intercultural education: relations and revisions. Comparative Education, 59(3), 379–397. Ermenc, Klara Skubic (2015). The Role of Comparative Pedagogy in Comparative Educational Research. In Alexander W. Wiseman & Nikolay Popov (Ed.), International Perspectives on Education and Society (Vol. 26, S. 37–56). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Forster, Edgar (2014). Kritik der Evidenz. Das Beispiel evidence-informed policy research der OECD. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 60(6), 890–907. Geertz, Clifford (1983). Local knowledge: further essays in interpretive anthropology. New York: Basic Books. Horlacher, Rebekka (2016). The educated subject and the German concept of Bildung: A comparative cultural history (Routledge cultural studies in knowledge, curriculum, and education) (Vol. 2). New York: Routledge. Keiner, Edwin/Schriewer, Jürgen (2000). Erneuerung aus dem Geist der eigenen Tradition? Über Kontinuität und Wandel nationaler Denkstile in der Erziehungswissenschaft. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 22(1), 27–50. Merton, Robert King (1949). On Sociological Theories of the Middle Range. In Robert King Merton (Ed.), Social theory and social structure (S. 448–459). New York, NY: Free Press. Parreira do Amaral, Marcelo (2011). Educational Governance und Regimetheorie: Die Emergenz eines Internationalen Bildungsregimes. In Sigrid Karin Amos, Wolfgang Meseth & Matthias Proske (Ed.), Öffentliche Erziehung revisited: Erziehung, Politik und Gesellschaft im Diskurs (1. ed, S. 195–222). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Phillips, David (2006). Comparative Education: Method. Research in Comparative and International Education, 1(4), 304–319. Singh, Michael, & Huang, Xiaowen (2013). Bourdieu’s lessons for internationalising Anglophone education: declassifying Sino-Anglo divisions over critical theorising. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 43(2), 203–223. Tikly, Leon (2017). The Future of Education for All as a Global Regime of Educational Governance. Comparative Education Review, 61(1), 22–57. Tröhler, Daniel (2023). Education, Curriculum and Nation-Building: Contributions of Comparative Education to the Understanding of Nations and Nationalism (1. Auflage). London: Routledge. Vaccari, Victoria, & Gardinier, Meg P. (2019). Toward one world or many? A comparative analysis of OECD and UNESCO global education policy documents. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 11(1). |
17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 03 C: Comparative Education Policy Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Comparative Analysis of Inequality in Schooling in ex-Soviet countries HSE University, Russian Federation Presenting Author:With the collapse of the USSR in the ex-Soviet countries the problem of educational inequality became more acute. There is no unified position on the reasons for the aggravation of inequality in studies. On the one hand, the growth of inequality has been attributed to the conscious policy of ex-Soviet countries to abandon the Soviet legacy at any cost as a political signal of a break with the Soviet (interpreted as colonial) past (Fish, 1998). On the other hand, the reasons for inequality are seen as steps in ex-Soviet countries aimed at carrying out educational reforms within the framework of global educational changes to reach maximum integration into global trends (Saltman & Means, 2018). Studies of changes in the education systems of the former USSR countries during the transit period highlight such common vectors as the shift from unification to variability, competitive environment, greater freedom of choice, individualisation [Poder et al., 2016], from centralisation to decentralisation, autonomy of schools, emergence of the non-state school sector [Silova, 2002]. While there are common features, the transformation of national education systems in the former Soviet Union countries had differences in the scenarios and dynamics determined by cultural, economic and political contexts. Today, it is generally accepted to reject "a linear conceptualisation of the 'transition' process, which is characterised by the gradual replacement of 'old' socialist policies, practices and values with 'new' Western ones, and to focus on the complexity of the transformation processes, in which the processes can take an unforeseen character, with trajectories leading to several destinations" (Silova 2009). The research delves into the critical issue of inequality among schoolchildren in the former USSR countries. Our research aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the nature and dynamics of the relationship between academic test results and inequality factors. In this research we tried to understand how do test scores correlate with common factors of inequality (such as race, gender, SES, and immigrant status) among schoolchildren in the former USSR countries? Whether the effects of inequality factors differ within Ex-Soviet countries and between ex-Soviet countries and the OECD countries? The comparative study of the inequality in general education in the countries of the former USSR is an area of research that has remained relevant over the past decades, firstly, as part of the large-scale tradition of "transitology" (Cowen, 2000; Mitter, 2003) and, secondly, as a trends in the study of social systems transformation outcomes in a changed geopolitical context (Silova, 2009; Partlett & Küpper, 2022). The discussion aims to unravel the multifaceted dimensions of educational inequality, providing insights for policymakers, educators, and researchers. By placing the former USSR countries within an international context, the findings can contribute to a broader understanding of global educational disparities. Ultimately, the goal is to foster dialogue on effective strategies for addressing inequality, taking into account the unique socio-political and historical context of the region. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Employing a quantitative design, the research utilizes PISA data from 2009-2018-2022 for students' outcomes assessment and contextual demographic, financial and educational parameters from national databases to understand the conditions in which national school sysmets were operating. Statistical analyses including t-tests and multilevel linear regression are used to establish connections between test scores and inequality factors. The use of PISA data allows for international benchmarks, offering a comparative perspective on the educational landscape within the former USSR countries against the backdrop of the OECD. Among the ex-Soviet countries, seven participated in the 2009 test: Moldova, Kazakhstan, Georgia, Russia, Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania. In 2018, Belarus and Ukraine were added to this group, but for comparability, they are not taken into account. The comparison group with other OECD countries comprises 64 countries in both PISA waves. Countries not duplicated in both waves are excluded for result comparability. To enhance cross-country accuracy, an adjustment is made for the weighting factor provided in the PISA database . For the analysis, two PISA databases are integrated - student questionnaires with test results and school questionnaires filled in by principals. This connection is imperative to combine personal and institutional level data. For cross-country analysis, test scores are standardized, and the normal distribution of observations is confirmed for each country. The examination of inequality in results indicators employs two approaches: comparing results based on personal characteristic grouping (immigrant status, gender, rurality etc.) and analyzing country groupings - former Soviet Union countries and OECD countries, which include other PISA participant countries, excluding ex-Soviet nations. To analyze score differences we used t-test for independent samples. Statistically significant differences trigger an assessment of the mean value differences in standardized scores. Multilevel linear regression used with predictors on first - personal, second - school, and third - country levels. Personal factors are students’ SES, immigrant status, language at home, gender. School level factors are territorial affiliation, shortage of educators, availability of other schools in the territory share of teachers with higher education, type of school. The utilization of multilevel regression arises from the specific nature of PISA data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The article concludes that territorial inequality in academic results within the former Soviet Union countries is distinctive. It observes that the performance gap between urban and rural students is higher and growing at a faster rate compared to the OECD country group. Factor of rural residence is significant as well as common factors of inequality - race, gender, SES, immigrant status - and it simultaneously influences the magnitude of the effect of these common factors depending on the territory. SES is significantly related to the level of scores in all three PISA subjects in both FSU and OECD countries. The use of a language other than the testing language in the family is associated with lower scores. In the ex-Soviet countries, the association between language and test scores decreases and the effect of the factor is minimal. The gender of the student is significantly related to the level of scores. The association between gender and scores is lower in ex-Soviet countries than in OECD countries, although the effect of the factor is minimal. Gender weakly explains test scores. The rurality factor is significantly related to test scores, determining lower scores for rural students. The correlation between being rural and scores changes depending on the country group - in the former USSR countries this correlation is sharply strengthened. The rurality factor, controlling for other variables, remains significant. Moreover, the effects of the considered inequality factors differ significantly depending on territoriality. References Cowen, R. (2000). Comparing futures or comparing pasts?. Comparative Education, 36(3), 333-342. Mitter, W. (2003). A decade of transformation: Education policies in Central and Eastern Europe. In M. Bray (Ed.), Comparative Education: Continuing Traditions, New Challenges, and New Paradigms. London: Kluwer Silova, I. (2009). Varieties of Educational Transformation: The Post-Socialist States of Central/Southeastern Europe and the Former Soviet Union. In: Cowen, R., Kazamias, A.M. (eds) International Handbook of Comparative Education. Springer International Handbooks of Education, vol 22. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6403-6_19 Partlett, W., & Küpper, H. (2022). The Post-Soviet as Post-Colonial: A New Paradigm for Understanding Constitutional Dynamics in the Former Soviet Empire. Edward Elgar Publishing. Elgar Monographs in Constitutional and Administrative Law. ISBN 1802209441, 9781802209440. Poder, K., Lauri, T., Ivaniushina, V., Alexandrov, D. (2016). Family Background and School Choice in Cities of Russia and Estonia: Selective Agenda of the Soviet Past and Present. Studies of Transition States and Societies, 8(3). 5-28. Silova, I. (2002). Returning to Europe: Facts, fiction, and fantasies of post-Soviet education reform. In A. Nóvoa & M. Lawn (Eds.), Fabricating Europe: The Formation of an Educational Space (pp. 87–109). Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer. Fish M. S. (1998) Democratization's requisites: the postcommunist experience //Post-Soviet Affairs. №. 14 (3). p. 212-247. Saltman, K., & Means, A. (2018). The Wiley Handbook of Global Educational Reform. An International Handbook of Educational Reform. 10.1002/9781119082316. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Enhancing Education in the Kurdistan Region of Iraq: Unveiling Curriculum Challenges, Nurturing Peacebuilding Endeavors Ulster University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Purpose: The purpose of this project is to critically examine the formal educational curriculum used within the Kurdistan Region of Iraq. The primary focus will be to examine the curriculum in terms of its transformative potential to build peace. This project will explore how teachers, leaders and decision makers view the current curriculum and its place within the wider peacebuilding efforts in Iraq. Research Questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Methods and Data Collection: To address the research questions outlined for this project, I will use a multi method and data collection approach: a. Research Design: adopting a mixed-methods research design of qualitative and quantitative approaches to gain a comprehensive understanding towards the complex issues of violence and peace as an outcome of formal education. b. Document Analysis: analyzing the existing textbooks and policies provided by the regional government to assess their content, meaning, and potential influence on violence creation and peace building. c. Interviews: conducting in-depth interviews with teachers, school leaders, curriculum developers and decision makers to gain a deeper understanding of the challenges in terms of making changes in the policies and school textbooks. d. Surveys: designing and administering surveys to teachers and school supervisors to learn about their perspectives on school curriculum, its impact on violence and peace building, and their recommendations for change. Also, distributing surveys among the students to learn about their understanding of the stories and to find out how the stories shape their opinions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected Findings: Curriculum's Contribution to Peaceful Citizenship: The research is anticipated to reveal insights into how the current curriculum contributes to or hinders the development of citizens equipped with the fundamental characteristics necessary for peaceful living. Effectiveness of Stories in Peacebuilding: The study is expected to highlight the efficacy of stories as teaching material for supporting the peacebuilding process. It may provide examples of narratives that have positive impacts on students' understanding of diverse cultures and their role in fostering tolerance. Identification of Hidden Violence: The research is likely to uncover instances of hidden violence within the education curriculum, using Galtung's Violence Triangle as a conceptual framework. This understanding will contribute to addressing social injustice and promoting positive peace. Transforming Curriculum into a Peacebuilding Tool: The study aims to identify potential ways of transforming the educational curriculum into a tool for peacebuilding. This may include recommendations for policy changes, content revisions, and inclusive practices that align with positive peace and social justice. References References Amen, Hawar Omer Faqe. 2022. Bnamakani Zmani Parwardayi La Programyi Khwindnda [Principles of Language in the Educational Curricula]. Sulaymaniyah: Rahand. Bourdieu, Pierre. 2003. “Symbolic Violence.” In Beyond French Feminisms, edited by Roger Célestin, Eliane DalMolin, and Isabelle de Courtivron, 23–26. New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Fraser, Nancy. 2005. “Reframing Justice in a Globalized World.” New Left Review 36: 79–88. Galtung, Johan. 1969. “Violence, Peace, and Peace Research.” Journal of Peace Research 6 (3): 167–91. ———. 1990. “Cultural Violence.” Journal of Peace Research 27 (3): 291–305. ———. 2005. Pax Pacifica: Terrorism, the Pacific Hemisphere, Globalisation and Peace Studies. London: Pluto Press. Goodson, Ivor, and Scherto Gill. 2011. Narrative Pedagogy: Life History and Learning. New York: Peter Lang. Groot, Isolde De. 2018. “Narrative Learning for Democratic Citizenship Identity: A Theoretical Framework.” Educational Review 70 (4): 447–464. Kirmanj, Sherko. 2014. “Kurdish History Textbooks: Building a Nation-State within a Nation-State.” The Middle East Journal 68 (3): 367–84. Mario Novelli, Mieke T. A. Lopes Cardozo, and Alan Smith. 2017. “The 4RS Framework: Analyzing Education’s Contribution to Sustainable Peacebuilding with Social Justice in Conflict-Affected Contexts.” Journal on Education in Emergencies 3 (1): 14–43. Rossiter, M. Carolyn, and Clark Marsha. 2008. “Narrative Learning in Adulthood.” New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education 2008 (119). Wahab, Abdurrahman Ahmad. 2014. Malay Djarawt: Parwarda La Rwangayaki Rakhnayiawa [Swimming Upstream: Education from a Critical Lens]. 2nd ed. Erbil: FAM Publication. ———. 2022. Parwardanasi Rakhnayi: Parwarday Dimwkrati u Gorankari Komalayati [Crticial Pedagogy: Democratic Education and Social Transformation]. Erbil: FAM Publication. Žižek, Slavoj. 2008. Violence. New York: Picador. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 25 SES 03 A: Children's voice and participation Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lisa Isenström Paper Session |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Inclusion, Sustainability and Policy Impact of Children’s and Youth’s Councils 1Karel de Grote University, Belgium; 2International Institute of Humanitarian Law, Italy Presenting Author:While the importance of enhancing children’s agency - those actions made by children that are not simply reactions to adults’ inputs (Baraldi, 2022) - is increasingly becoming a central part of education (OECD, 2018), studies show that traditional education keeps promoting children’s conformity minimising experimentation and risk-taking (Kirby, 2020). On a similar note, traditional narratives about children describe them as incompetent and unreliable (Baraldi, 2014). This tendency is confirmed by research studies that show that children have the feeling that their opinions are not considered seriously and specific groups of children do not have the opportunity to raise their voices as loudly as others and remain excluded (European Commission, et.al., 2021). At school, 16,7% of children feel adults never listen to their opinions when making policy decisions (Unicef & Eurochild, 2019). Moreover, even when participatory activities, like children’s councils, are promoted, they often suffer from issues of sustainability and continuity, as guaranteeing staff capacity and training is a challenge. The project GOTALK challenges this trend and complies with the idea that children have the right to share their opinions and adults should take those opinions into account when they take decisions that affect children. To do so, the GOTALK project proposes an innovative participatory creation and implementation of youths’ councils in two contexts, Italy and Belgium. In the framework of the project, three schools and one youth center embarked on the GOTALK journey towards more inclusive and sustainable councils that would also lead to effective policy impact. The trajectory was inspired by insights on living wall, pedagogical documentation and the mosaic approach (Bjartveit et.al., 2019; Clark & Moss, 2011). The analysis was done together with the members of the children’s and youth’s councils and will be discussed with other children from the schools to ensure they also recognize themselves in the analysis, aiming at the inclusiveness of the analysis and saturation of the data . In order to ensure the sustainability of the insights, the GOTALK project focuses on one policy theme for the entire school year: in Belgium children’s councils will discuss the topic of out-of-school care and activities (following up on the Decree BOA, 2019), while in Italy, also following the introduction of the new law on civic education (Law 92/2019), citizenship education related topics will be at the pipeline of the children’s activities. As the credibility of the actions is a key issue to ensure that youths and children feel heard and entrusted, sustainability is also a fundamental aspect of the children councils. In this regard, the GOTALK team supports schools and youth organizations in ensuring the continuity of the councils by raising awareness and appreciation of the student councils inside and outside the school or organization. Ensuring policy impact is guaranteed by engaging with policy makers in a discussion on the boundaries of the policy impact that children councils can have and by facilitating the direct dialogue between children and policy makers. The GOTALK research aims at strengthening children’s participation by enhancing it’s inclusiveness, policy impact and sustainability. In this research we focus on two questions: (1) How do children between 10 and 18 in children’s councils attribute meaning to the concepts of inclusiveness, sustainability and policy impact? And (2) How can we build upon these meanings in order to cocreate an inclusive, sustainable trajectory with policy impact at the children’s councils? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method of this research includes action research in primary and secondary schools and youth organizations combined with narrative analysis of children’s voices about inclusiveness, sustainability and policy impact. The voices of children and youth are gathered during various council meetings and in individual peer-to-peer interviews with children. Besides that, the data involves the pedagogical documentation that is done within the children’s and youth’s councils on the participation trajectories. During the narrative analysis, the different formats in which we can hear and read the voices of the children are gathered in NVivo software and analysis. The three main focus points of the GOTALK approach: inclusiveness, sustainability and policy impact are used as structuring principles in the distillation of meanings from the voices from children’s and youth’s councils. Analysis is done separately for Italian and Belgian data, as children have different experiences with councils and work on different policy themes but were periodically compared in the GOTALK research team. The cocreation and development of the trajectories has been documented during meetings inspired by the Reggio Emilia approach to Early Childhood Education (Edwards et.al., 1993). During these meetings, the children’s and youth’s councils and the joint analysis considered. Researchers considered the voices heard in order to use these as the most important element for the design of the further trajectory in the schools and youth center. Important turning points and insights from these meetings are used to make explicit how the trajectories have been built. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The meaning attributed to inclusiveness, sustainability and policy impact are various. For what concerns inclusiveness, children stress the inclusion of various voices. Children involved in the councils showed awareness and understanding of who is not included in the councils (such as younger children and children that are rather silent). They showed the willingness and need to include their excluded peers, but also expressed some children are hard to reach, also for them, as peers. Children tend to feel more confident when asking younger children or multilingual children about their stance on the policy topics, than children who show aggressive behavior. Considering sustainability, children feel the councils should not only be continued over time, but a very important aspect of sustainability is also how the council is embedded at school. Some children express their concerns about the image of the council with children and teachers that do not take part in it. Policy impact has been a topic along the trajectory. Throughout this first phase of the research, it appeared that children are not used to reflect upon a “policy” topic for a long period of time, which would include several meetings and activities. This is related to the fact that schools as institutions involve children in the decision-making process only for a short period of time, providing them fast and unsustainable solutions to their enquiries. Instead, sustainable change requires time and energy: it is notable that despite feelings of demotivation, children express their appreciation towards a long-term perspective, as they feel more informed about the policy topic before being expected to express their arguments and suggestions. One of the adjustments so far is to slow down the trajectory and adopt a more flexible preparation for the councils as children expressed they felt too little space to discuss topics in depth. References Bjartveit, C., Carston, C. S., Baxtor, J., Hart, J., & Greenidge, C. (2019). The living wall: Implementing and interpreting pedagogical documentation in specialized ELCC settings. Journal of Childhood Studies, 28-38. Baraldi, C. (2022). Facilitating Children's Agency in the Interaction. Palgrave Macmillan. Clark, Alison and Moss, Peter (2011). Listening To Young Children: The Mosaic Approach (2nd ed.). London: National Children's Bureau. Edwards, et.al. (1993) The Hundred Languages of Children: The Reggio Emilia Approach to Early Childhood Education. Norwood: Ablex Publishing Corporation. European Commission, Directorate-General for Justice and Consumers, Janta, B., Bruckmayer, M., Silva, A., et al., Study on child participation in the EU political and democratic life: final report, Publications Office, 2021, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2838/388737 Kirby, P. (2019). Children’s Agency in the Modern Primary Classroom. OECD (2018), Education at a Glance 2018: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/eag-2018-en. UNICEF & EUROCHILD (2019) The Europe Kids Want. Sharing the views of children and young people across Europe. Autumn 2019. https://eurochild.org/uploads/2020/11/Euro_Kids_Want_Brochure_Nov2019.pdf 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Children´s Participation in the Swedish School-age Educare University of Borås, Sweden Presenting Author:Children’s possibility to participate in everyday life is a fundamental right, mentioned in The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) which is a part of Swedish law (Act on Convention on the Rights of the Child, 2018). In Sweden many children in the age of 6-12 years take part in the school-age educare (SAE) which is an activity taking place before and after school, as well as during holidays. SAE has a unique position within the Swedish school system as the activities are conducted within the framework of the school based on school law and curriculum, but also have a clear anchoring in everything that can be associated with leisure and social activities. SAE is an important part of the school´s activity (Cronqvist, 2021) where the education is affected by relationships and well-being in general, based on children´s needs, interest and experience (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2022). For the SAE-centre to be able to assert high quality in teaching, Hjalmarsson (2013) is addressing the problems surrounding the children's opportunities to participate in and design their own activities in relation to the adults' endeavour to offer the children a variety of activities. There seems to be a tension within SAE, on the one hand, meeting children’s needs and interests and, on the other hand, conducting activities based on a curriculum aimed at children's development and learning, which could indicate that teachers organize specific activities for teaching purposes. However, Pálsdóttir (2014) claims that social learning does not seem to be the subject of educators' planning but takes place informally in the activities. Jonsson and Lillvist (2019) believe that the everyday practice when teachers in SAE must deal with many children at the same time means that there is no time for reflection, and the activities are allowed to run on. There are thus limits to the extent to which children's interests and needs can be met, and many times the solution can lie in children being allowed to play freely. Haglund (2015) advocates children's influence in the activities based on the democratic mission on which the school lean towards, which would be another challenge based on the conclusions drawn by Jonsson and Lillvist (2019). It is not enough just to plan and reflect on the activities that the teachers organize, but the children's perspectives, thoughts, opinions and needs have to be asked for and involved in the planning. The problem that is relevant to how children's perspectives can be made visible and add quality in SAE is how an individualistic approach can be accommodated within leisure activities, which are traditionally group-oriented and focused on relationships between children (Lager, 2016). Throughout, there is a gap in research where more knowledge is needed about how children's perspectives can be taken advantage of in leisure activities to increase their participation and thereby create quality. The current project aims to reduce this gap. The project aims to pay attention to children's perspective on the leisure activities they participate in and, based on their lived experiences, identify and define a concrete development area to increase children's participation in SAE, implement an action and then follow up and reflect on the experiences of the action. If time allows, possible adjustments can be made in the activities based on the reflections. The purpose has been formulated based on the needs that representatives of the school have identified, and the implementation has been jointly discussed. The teachers experience difficulties when taking advantage of the children's perspective in the daily activities and want to expand their opportunities to be involved. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is conducted as action research in various stages and is generally based on phenomenology. The specific approach is Reflective Life World Research (RLR) which strives to, despite contextual variations, find the essence of the current phenomenon through the lived experiences of the participants (Dahlberg et al., 2008). The participating children are approximately 40 aged 8-10 years from two different SAE-departments at a school in Sweden. The project is pursued by the vice principal and two teachers at the current school in corporation with a lecturer, a PhD-student and a senior lecturer from a nearby university. In all steps collaboration will take place, but from obvious reasons step 1 and 5 will be moderated by the school-staff. The project will be carried out in six steps and will be implemented in line with the different phases identified within action research (Zeichner & Noffke, 2001). Reflection will be prominent in the process. The six steps: 1) the children react emotionally and express their feelings about the SAE through a simple survey with emojis. 2) some of the children will be selected for interviews in purpose to learn about their lived experiences in relation to participation in the SAE. 3) data will be analysed phenomenologically to get knowledge of themes/essential meanings concerning children’s participation in the SAE. 4) the result will be reflected and different possible actions to strengthen children’s participation is discussed. Decision of implementation is made. 5) the action is carried out. 6) the action is followed up through common reflections. Different proposals of adjustments and changes are discussed and possibly implemented. The analysis work is carried out in different stages with an open reflective attitude towards the phenomenon's character traits and an effort to “bridle” (Dahlberg et al., 2008) one's own preconceptions. In the first step, data is read, repeatedly to get familiar with it. Individual words, sentences or paragraphs are marked when they express something about the meaning of the phenomenon (van Manen, 2014). Notes are made in the margin about those meaning units. In the second step, patterns are searched for, called clusters, which are based on the marked meaning units. In the patterns, a structure is sought for what is superior and subordinate in terms of meaning. In the third step, an attempt is made to formulate the abstract essential meaning of the phenomenon based on which character traits are stable despite various contextual variations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The tentative results show that the participant children express participation in the SAE as a phenomenon affected by organizational aspects such as time and place, but also interpersonal interactions. The children’s possibilities to get their voice heard depends on how they manage to handle these aspects and interactions. For example, the daily gathering at the SAE is a moment for information from the staff but also an opportunity for the children to speak out. Some of the participant children express that the possibility to express their opinion during the gathering is limited by time and the number of participants, and therefore they find other ways to negotiate participation. Furthermore, some of the participant children's express feelings of satisfaction and security when the staff in the SAE organize and decide what, how and when things happen in the SAE. This adult governance contributes to a feeling of belonging. Though, concurrently, some of the children express that their feeling of belonging to the peer group is limited by organizational aspects as grouping. This conclusion will eventually be reversed after completed analysis. References Act on Convention on the Rights of the Child (SFS 2018:1197). Socialdepartementet. https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-och-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/lag-20181197-om-forenta-nationernas-konvention_sfs-2018-1197/ Cronqvist, M. (2021). Joy in Learning: When Children Feel good and Realize They Learn. Educare, (3), 54–77. https://doi.org/10.24834/educare.2021.3.3 Dahlberg, K., Dahlberg, H. & Nyström, M. (2008). Reflective lifeworld research (2nd ed.). Studentlitteratur. Haglund, B. (2015) Pupil's opportunities to influence activities: a study of everyday practice at a Swedish leisure-time centre. Early Child Development and Care, 185(10), 1556-1568. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1009908 Hjalmarsson, M. (2013). Governance and voluntariness for children in swedish leisure-time centres: Leisure-time teachers interpreting their tasks and everyday practice. International Journal for Research on Extended Education, 1(1). 86-95. Jonsson, K. & Lillvist, A. (2019) Promoting social learning in the Swedish leisure time centre. Education Inquiry, 10(3), 243-257. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2019.1571358 Lager, K. (2016) ‘Learning to play with new friends’: systematic quality development work in a leisure-time centre. Early Child Development and Care, 186(2), 307-323. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1030634 Pálsdóttir, K. Þ. (2014). The professional identity of recreation personnel. Barn: Forskning om barn og barndom i Norden, 32(3), 75–89. https://doi.org/10.5324/barn.v33i3.3502 Swedish National Agency for Education (2022). Curriculum for the compulsory school, preschool class and the leisure-time centre 2022. https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/grundskolan/laroplan-och-kursplaner-for-grundskolan/laroplan-lgr22-for-grundskolan-samt-for-forskoleklassen-och-fritidshemmet?url=907561864%2Fcompulsorycw%2Fjsp%2Fcurriculum.htm%3Ftos%3Dgr%26cur%3DLGR22&sv.url=12.5dfee44715d35a5cdfa219f#anchor_4 van Manen, M. (2014). Phenomenology of practice: Meaning-giving methods in phenomenological research and writing. Left Coast Press. Zeichner, K. & Noffke, S. (2001). Practitioner Research. In Virginia Richardson (ed.). Handbook of Research on Teaching (4th ed.). AERA. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Pedagogic Voice in the Classroom from a Children's Rights Perspective 1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2University College London, UK Presenting Author:Children have the right to form their own views and be heard on matters affecting them. As detailed in Article 12 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), children have the right to express their views and opinions and for these views to be given due weight and the right to being heard (UNCRC, 1989, Art. 12). As it has been articulated in the Lundy model of child participation (2007), voice is one of the core elements of children’s right to participation. For the full exercise of this right, children’s voice requires safe and inclusive opportunities where they can form and express their views (space), and also demand that children are listened to (audience) and their views are acted upon as appropriate (influence). Breaches to children’s right to participate, including disregard or neglect to consider their views or exclusion from decision-making, have been consistently corroborated since then particularly in relation to their education and schooling experience (McMellon & Tisdall,2020), despite children's clear desire to participate (Forde et al. 2018; Martinez Sainz & Daminelli, 2022; Waldron & Oberman, 2016). Children’s capacity to express their views on matters related to teaching, learning and curriculum is encompassed by the concept of ‘pedagogic voice’ (Arnot & Reay, 2007), which aligns with their right to be listened to on matters that affect them and the extent to which their views are fully considered and acted upon as granted in the UNCRC. This paper brings together the sociology of pedagogic voice and a children’s rights framework to answer two research questions. First, how do children experience being heard and actively participate in decision-making processes related to their learning in diverse primary school settings in Ireland? Second, how do the relationships between children and teachers and their pedagogical encounters in the classroom inform and transform children’s voice? We proposed a rights-based approach to children's pedagogic voice as a relevant framework to explore their experiences of participation in decision-making and whether and if so how these shape their learning experiences. We draw on quantitative and qualitative data from the longitudinal mixed-methods cohort study Children’s School Lives (CSL) study in Ireland to analyse the views and experiences of children and teachers regarding children's voice and their capacity to influence their own learning. Research exploring children’s voice in school and community life has looked at different processes and practices from consultations or collaborations with students to participation spaces and mechanisms and leadership opportunities for children (Cook-Sather, 2006; Fielding, 2004; Fleming, 2013; Mitra & Gross, 2009). It also has explored the opportunities children have to analyse and revise educational approaches or act as partners in research projects (Lundy & Cook-Sather, 2016). The inclusion of children in decision-making has been demonstrated to result in meaningful contributions to school improvement (Mitra, 2001; MacBeath et al, 2003; Flutter and Rudduck, 2004; Pedder & McIntyre 2006; Rudduck & McIntyre, 2007; Thompson, 2009). Fostering children’s voice in schools contributes to their development as citizens, preparing them for active and informed participation in society (Devine, 2002; Jerome & Starkey, 2021); and can lead to a stronger commitment to their own learning, including improved motivation and positive attitudes towards learning as well as a stronger identity as a learner (Flutter and Rudduck, 2004). As children are “expert witnesses” (Flutter and Rudduck, 2004, p 4) or legitimate informants (Lundy & Cook-Sather, 2016) of learning, teaching and schooling processes, they can provide unique insights into challenges and possible solutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data analysed in this paper are part of the national longitudinal study of primary schooling in Ireland, Children's School Lives (www.cslstudy.ie). CSL is a mixed-method cross-sequential longitudinal study that follows two representative age cohorts in 189 primary schools reflecting the full spectrum of school types in Ireland in relation to size, patronage, socio-economic status, gender and urban/rural settings. Over a 5 years period, a nationally representative quantitative study was conducted across the 189 schools (CSL National study sample) using a repeated measures survey with children, their parents, classroom teachers and school principals. In addition, in-depth case studies were conducted across 13 schools (CSL Case study sample) using interviews, focus groups, class observations and multi-modal, child-centred participatory methods. The CSL study followed the ethical procedures approved by the University Human Ethics Research Committee and all the children and adults have previously consented to participate in this research. This paper adopts a key exploratory interpretative case study (Thomas 2021) with phenomenological undertones (Kettley, 2010) and draws on longitudinal qualitative and quantitative data of children and teachers who participated in the project annually from 2019 to 2022. It encompasses the two cohorts participating in the CSL study, Cohort A comprised of children who started primary school in 2019 (4-5 years old) and Cohort B of children who were in 2nd class (7-8 years old). The paper includes data from four waves of data collection conducted on a yearly basis, the last wave analysed here was collected in 2022, when the cohorts were in 1st class (6-7 years old) and 5th class (10-11 years old) respectively. The quantitative data in the paper reports on the National Study sample with surveys of participating children of the two cohorts (N= 13,386) and their classroom teachers (N= 583). The qualitative data reports on 13 case Study sample, with 7 schools for Cohort A and 6 schools for Cohort B. The case study sample also represents the full spectrum of Irish schools in terms of size, urban/rural, socioeconomic status, gender and school patronage. The data analysed in this paper includes interviews with the teachers, focus groups with the children, observations and play-based activities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Longitudinal findings of the CSL Study demonstrate the existence of both individual challenges for children’s voice in the classrooms as well as structural barriers that hinder their active participation in decision-making to influence their learning. Whereas individual challenges relate to children’s perceptions, experiences and understandings of voice as well as teachers’ attitudes and their pedagogical practices, the structural barriers are connected to the affordances and limitations of the curriculum to facilitate children’s voice and requirements in the policy implementation for children’s participation in decision-making. The findings from children across the different classes in primary school provide a complex picture of pedagogic voice, highlighting how children’s capacity to express their views on matters related to teaching, learning and curriculum is informed and developed from their unique perspectives and everyday experiences in their school lives. Children’s perceptions of instances when their pedagogic voice was considered and respected, might not align with adults’ considerations. For instance, contrary to what teachers reported, children felt their voice was included more and their ideas taken into consideration as they progressed through primary school. However, in the examples they provided, it is evident that their participation was constrained to issues related to classroom management or school policies and not in relation to core pedagogical issues informing and shaping their learning such as teaching approaches, curriculum implementation or assessment strategies. Our findings highlight the complexity of both aspirations and practice with respect to children’s voice in the classroom. While the research suggests a very positive disposition toward children’s voice, in practice it operates in diverse ways - from higher voice and participation in the earlier years, to a more directed focus on voice in terms of discipline, and classroom management. References Arnot, M. & Reay, D. (2007) A Sociology of Pedagogic Voice: Power, inequality and pupil consultation, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 28:3, 311-325. Baroutsis, McGregor, A.G. & Mills, M. (2016) Pedagogic voice: student voice in teaching and engagement pedagogies, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 24:1, 123-140. Brantefors, L., & Quennerstedt, A. (2016). Teaching and learning children’s human rights: A research synthesis. Cogent Education, 3(1), 1247610. Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, Presence, and Power: "Student Voice" in Educational Research and Reform. Curriculum Inquiry 36(4), 359-390. Devine, D. and McGillicuddy, D. (2016) Positioning pedagogy—a matter of children’s rights, Oxford Review of Education, 42(4), 424-443. Donegan, A., Devine, D., Martinez-Sainz, G., Symonds, J., & Sloan, S. (2023). Children as co-researchers in pandemic times: Power and participation in the use of digital dialogues with children during the COVID-19 lockdown. Children and Society, 37(1), 235-253. Fielding, M. (2007). Beyond "Voice": New Roles, Relations, and Contexts in Researching with Young People. Discourse 28(3), 301-310. Fleming, J. (2013). Young people’s participation – Where next? Children & Society, 27: 484-495. Flutter, J., & Rudduck, J. (2004). Consulting pupils: What's in it for schools?. Psychology Press. Forde, C., D. Horgan, S. Martin, and A. Parkes (2018). Learning from Children’s Voice in Schools: Experiences from Ireland. Journal of Educational Change 19 (4): 489–509. Horgan, D., C. Forde, S. Martin, and A. Parkes. 2017. “Children’s Participation: Moving from the Performative to the Social.” Children’s Geographies 15 (3): 274–288. Jerome, L. & Starkey, H. (2021) Children's Rights Education in Diverse Classrooms Pedagogy, Principles and Practice. London: Bloomsbury. Lundy, L. (2007) ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, British Educational Research Journal, 33:6, 927-942. Lundy, L., & Cook-Sather, A. (2016). Children’s rights and student voice: Their intersections and the implications for curriculum and pedagogy. In The SAGE handbook of curriculum, pedagogy and assessment. London: SAGE. 263–277. McMellon, C., & Tisdall, E. K. M. (2020). Children and Young People’s Participation Rights: Looking Backwards and Moving Forwards, The International Journal of Children's Rights, 28(1), 157-182. doi: DOI:10.1163/15718182-02801002 Mitra, D.L. (2018). Student voice in secondary schools: The possibility for deeper change. Journal of Educational Administration, 56(5), 473–487. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-01-2018-0007 Skerritt, C. (2023) A sinister side of student voice: surveillance, suspicion, and stigma, Journal of Education Policy, 38:6, 926-943 UNCRC, United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, November 20, 1989. https://www.ohchr.org/en |
17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 03 A: The Edupreneur* – Unveiling the Entrepreneurial Leader in Education Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz Session Chair: Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium The Edupreneur* – Unveiling the Entrepreneurial Leader in Education This symposium explores the expanding field of Edupreneurship (Pashiardis & Brauckmann, 2019). By elucidating three distinct studies (comprising a scoping review, a study with a European perspective, and a Cypriot study), our aim is to shed some more light into the leadership behaviors and actions that could be undertaken for schools to survive in today’s turbulent environments and unprecedented changes they are confronted with (Pietsch et al. 2022). As the educational landscape is undergoing a transformative shift to challenge several megatrends, conventional educational leadership frameworks struggle to adapt to these challenges, prompting the need for a novel approach. The emergence of Edupreneurs (Pashiardis & Brauckmann 2019) – entrepreneurial leaders in the field of education – becomes pivotal in navigating these complexities, necessitating a deeper examination of their role in shaping the future of education. According to Pashiardis and Brauckmann (2019) edupreneurial leadership emerges as a hybrid as it combines the entrepreneurial with the instructional/pedagogical leadership style, which are two of the five leadership styles that make up their leadership framework (for a more detailed description of the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework, please see Pashiardis & Brauckmann, 2008; Brauckmann & Pashiardis, 2011). The call for entrepreneurial activities in the school context aligns with the search of originality as well as strategic alliances outside the school environment. Breakthrough innovations stem from a unique knowledge search. They highlight the importance of fostering original ideas in schools for entrepreneurial relationships. Therefore, promoting originality enhances a school principal's entrepreneurial leadership (Jung & Lee 2016; Pashiardis & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz 2021). To adapt to the evolving edupreneurial leadership style, schools must embrace flexibility and accommodation. School leaders, guided by innovative thinking, should incorporate risk-taking behavior, leadership training, and experience. They need to assess the education landscape, considering autonomy, accountability patterns, and personnel readiness, to formulate effective strategies (Pashiardis & Brauckmann 2019). Recent studies highlight the multifaceted nature of Edupreneurship. They emphasize its dynamic potential within educational institutions and explore the school principal’s entrepreneurial mindset, competencies, resources, and motives as well as the relationship between entrepreneurship and educational leadership. Yemini, Addi-Raccah and Katarivas (2015) characterize school leaders as change agents. Their study investigates school principals as institutional entrepreneurs, exploring the meaning of entrepreneurship in schools. Examining 10 identified entrepreneurial principals in Israel, it delves into their motives and resources driving entrepreneurial activities in diverse educational streams. Another study by Eyal and Kark (2004) emphasizes leadership for its impact on simplifying and reinforcing realities, while entrepreneurial activities introduce new products, services, or ideas. The study establishes a (yet) complex existing link between leadership and entrepreneurship, noting a stronger correlation of transformational leadership with proactive behavior than innovativeness. Another study by Hörnqvist and Leffler (2014) delves into the entrepreneurial mindset of school leaders, highlighting the internal and external responsibilities associated with leadership in an entrepreneurial school setting. While existing research has made valuable contributions, a notable gap exists in comprehending how the concept of edupreneurship is understood, contextualized, or theorized, in relation to school leadership. It is also not yet clarified which long-term implications of edupreneurial initiatives by school leaders do exist. Future research should focus on unraveling the sustainability of edupreneurial practices, providing perspectives that are crucial for informing evidence-based educational policies and practices. Therefore, the symposium addresses the following research questions:
*This term was introduced by Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz and Petros Pashiardis. References Brauckmann, S., & Pashiardis, P. (2011). A validation study of the leadership styles of a holistic leadership theoretical framework. International Journal of Educational Management 25(2), 11-32. Eyal, O., & Kark, R. (2004): How do Transformational Leaders Transform Organizations? A Study of the Relationship between Leadership and Entrepreneurship, Leadership and Policy in Schools, 3(3), 211-235, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760490503715. Hörnqvist, M.-L., & Leffler, E. (2014): Fostering an entrepreneurial attitude – challenging in principal leadership, Education + Training, 56(6), 551-561, DOI: 10.1108/ET-05-2013-0064. Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann, S. (2008). Introduction to the LISA framework from a social system’s perspective, LISA Conference, 2008, Budapest, Hungary. Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann, S. (2019). New Public Management in Education: A Call for the Edupreneurial Leader? Leadership and Policy in Schools, 18(3), 485-499, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2018.1475575. Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). The rise of the Edupreneur. Exploring School leadership through an evolutionary perspective, In Nir, A. E. (Ed.). School Leadership in the 21st Century: Challenges and Coping Strategies, New York: Nova Science, 47-68. Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Cramer, P. (2022). Principals between exploitation and exploration: Results of a nationwide study on ambidexterity of school leaders, Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(4), 574-592, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220945705. Yemini M., Addi-Raccah A., & Katarivas K. (2015). I have a dream: School principals as entrepreneurs, Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(4), 526-540, DOI: 10.1177/1741143214523018. Presentations of the Symposium Revealing Entrepreneurial Acting and Thinking among School Leaders and its Impact on their Educational Organizations – a Scoping Review
Entrepreneurship is conceptualized as a dynamic process of creative destruction, acting as a catalyst for economic development by disrupting established patterns and fostering the emergence of innovative products and services. This perspective is designed to identify, evaluate, and leverage entrepreneurial opportunities (Shane & Venkataraman, 2000). Within the domain of educational leadership in schools, entrepreneurship represents an emerging field of academic research (Herbert et al., 2012; Pihie et al., 2014). Given the multifaceted contemporary challenges, including ecological, societal, and economic complexities, school leaders encounter challenges that surpass conventional managerial responsibilities. Consequently, their roles encompass the perpetual upkeep and enhancement of the existing status quo while remaining vigilant and prepared for unforeseen circumstances. To navigate these challenges successfully, SL must not only exhibit innovative thinking beyond conventional parameters but also demonstrate the adaptability to dynamic circumstances (Pietsch et al., 2020).
The primary aim of this scoping review is to deliver a contemporary and comprehensive analysis of existing research, thereby contributing substantially to the progression of knowledge regarding the entrepreneurial actions and thinking of school leaders in the K-12 setting and its impacts on educational institutions. Preliminary findings from the review indicate that the subject has gained increasing significance within the academic discourse over the last 15 years. Notably, in most publications there is a predominant focus on elucidating the meaning of entrepreneurial actions and thinking within school leadership, both theoretically and empirically. This has led to the identification of a, hitherto, vague use of the term entrepreneurship within the context of school leadership: In addition to entrepreneurship and corporate entrepreneurship/intrapreneurship, there is also an exploration of concepts such as social entrepreneurship (Melinkova, 2020), social intrapreneurship (Yemini et al., 2015), and edupreneurship (Pashiardis & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, 2021). Regarding the impact of entrepreneurial thinking, actors, and actions on educational institutions, there are currently limited indications of their impact on students' learning outcomes and school development, except, of course, parental involvement, which is always a strong positive indicator of student achievement.
This paper is a work-in-progress and will be finalized in time to present results at the ECER conference in August 2024.
References:
Melinkova, J. (2020). Leading complementary schools as non-profit social entrepreneurship: Cases from Lithuania, Management in Education, 34(4), 149-156.
Herbert, K., Bendickson, J., Liguori, E.W., Weaver, K. M., & Teddlie, C. (2012). Re-desingning lessons, re-envisioning principals: developing entrepreneurial school leadership, In Sanzo, K., Myran, S., & Nomore, A.H. (Hg.). Successful School Leadership Preparation and Development. Advances in Educational Administration, 17, Bingley: Emerald, 153-163.
Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). The rise of the Edupreneur. Exploring School leadership through an evolutionary perspective, In Nir, A. E. (Ed.). School Leadership in the 21st Century, New York: Nova Science, 47-68.
Pihie Z.A.L.; Bagheri A.; Asimiran S. (2014). Entrepreneurial leadership practices and school innovativeness, South African Journal of Education, 34(1), 1-11, DOI: 10.15700/201412120955.
Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Cramer, P. (2020). Principals between exploitation and exploration: Results of a nationwide study on ambidexterity of school leaders, Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(4), 574-592, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220945705.
Shane, S., & Venkataraman, S. (2000). The promise of entrepreneurship as a field of research, The Academy of Management Review, 25(1), 217-226, DOI: https://doi.org/10.2307/259271.
Yemini M., Addi-Raccah A., & Katarivas K. (2015). I have a dream: School principals as entrepreneurs, Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(4), 526-540, DOI: 10.1177/1741143214523018.
Entrepreneurial Leadership Behaviour in European Primary Schools: Is it possible?
To improve school organisational performance and innovativeness, and meet diverse student needs, school leaders should be innovative/creative pioneers, risk-takers, and proactive, thus applying entrepreneurial practices/strategies and market mechanisms (Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz & Pashiardis, 2022; Eyal & Kark, 2004; Pihie et al., 2014).
This study investigated, from a schoolteacher’s perspective, the degree of entrepreneurial leadership behaviour (ELB) applied by school principals in European primary schools. Given that school autonomy is an important predictor of leaders’ entrepreneurship (Eyal & Kark, 2004); this study investigates the impact of educational macro (autonomy and accountability) and micro (demographics) contexts on ELB by comparing centralised and decentralised European school systems with the highly centralised Greek school system.
This comparative study was conducted in Greece (630 participants) and in 14 European countries (972 participants). Thornberry’s (2006) Entrepreneurial Leadership Questionnaire was used, comprising general entrepreneurial leader, miner, accelerator, explorer, and integrator behaviours.
The results revealed that ELB is a multi-dimensional concept, and that participating teachers perceive ELB application moderately, with more focus on the internal (than external) school environment. Furthermore, the dual-directional macro-contextual influence found in applying ELB indicates that high school autonomy and accountability activate ELB owing to the school’s freedom to engage in entrepreneurial ventures, while low autonomy/accountability still activates ELB, but only for organisational survival within hierarchical-bureaucratic school environments. This feature differentiates ‘intrapreneur/intrepreneur’ from ‘entrepreneur’ school principals (Hentschke, 2010). The school micro-context was found to influence ELB in European decentralised school systems. However, ELB was not majorly influenced by school-level variables in centralised school systems owing to the uniformity resulting from educational macro- and micro-level centralisation.
Our findings suggest optimism regarding the pedagogical added value of applying ELB in schools, thus arising implications for school leadership research and practice.
References:
Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S., & Pashiardis, P. (2022). Entrepreneurial leadership in schools: linking creativity with accountability. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(5), 787–801.
Eyal, O., & Kark, R. (2004). How do transformational leaders transform organisations? A study of the relationship between leadership and entrepreneurship. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 3(3), 211–235.
Hentschke, G.C. (2010). Developing entrepreneurial leaders. In B. Davies & M. Brundrett (eds.), Developing Successful Leadership, Studies in Educational Leadership 11, 115–132. Berlin: Springer Science+Business Media B.V.
Pihie, Z.A.L., Bagheri, A., & Asimiran, S. (2014). Entrepreneurial leadership behaviour among school principals: perspectives from Malaysian secondary school teachers. Pertanika Journal of Social Science and Humanities, 22(3), 825-843.
Thornberry, N. (2006). Lead like an entrepreneur. Blacklick, OH: McGraw-Hill.
Inspired Entrepreneurial School Leadership: A Success Story from Empirical Research in Cyprus
Entrepreneurship in education, as discussed by Hisrich and Drnovsek (2002), is a central theme, interpreted as an initiative by school leaders to establish additional support networks (Pashiardis, 2014). In fact, in school organizations, the involvement of external stakeholders, especially parents, is emphasized as crucial in enhancing educational achievements, as supported by existing research (Balasi et al., 2023; Castro et al., 2015; Fox & Olsen, 2014; Van Voorhis et al., 2013). Despite the fact that recent changes worldwide are aiming to improve the quality of teaching and learning by strengthening the independence of individual schools, it remains to be seen whether, how, and to what extent the successful exercise of more entrepreneurially motivated leadership can succeed in the social reality of school organizations. Therefore, to better understand how successful school leaders promote entrepreneurship within their school organizations, this paper maps out the external leadership dimension and entrepreneurialism exhibited by successful school leaders in Cyprus, using case studies from a decade-long research study. The study intends to provide prospective pathways for successful external school leadership, considering the contextual perspective within which school leaders operate. The centralized education system in Cyprus, governed by the Ministry of Education, imposes directives, policies, and oversight on school organizations, limiting autonomy and disregarding unique characteristics. This paper argues that the contextually dependent nature of centralization influences the external practices of school leaders, urging them to navigate challenges related to resource acquisition and external support. In fact, the lack of decentralization hinders critical inquiry, emphasizing the pivotal role of school leaders in fostering improvement despite the prevailing conditions. Therefore, inspired school leaders in Cyprus promote external strategies for engaging external stakeholders beyond parents to address challenges and improve school organizations. Having said that, this paper contends that school leaders should explore diverse approaches for engaging external stakeholders, and that their capacity to regulate interactions depends, also, on personal values and circumstances.
References:
Balasi, A., Iordanidis, G. & Tsakiridou, E. (2023). Entrepreneurial leadership behaviour of primary school principals across Europe: a comparative study. International Journal of Educational Management, 37 (5), 1067-1087. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-04-2023-0208
Castro, M., Expósito-Casas, E., López-Martín, E., Lizasoain, L., Navarro-Asencio, E. & Gaviria, J. L. (2015). Parental involvement on student academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 14, 33-46. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.01.002
Fox, S. & Olsen, A. (2014). Education capital: Our evidence base. Defining parental engagement. Canberra: Australian Research Alliance for Children and Youth.
Hisrich, R.D. & Drovsek, M. (2002) Entrepreneurship and small business research – a European perspective. Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, 9 (2), 172 – 222. http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/14626000210427348
Pashiardis, P. (2014) (Eds.). Modeling School Leadership Across Europe: In Search of New Frontiers. Dordrecht, Heidelberg, New York, London: Springer.
Van Voorhis, F.L., Maier, M.F., Epstein, J.L., & Lloyd, C.M. (2013). The impact of family involvement on the education of children ages 3 to 8: A focus on literacy and math achievement outcomes and social-emotional skills. Retrieved from http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/The_Impact_of_Family_Involvement_FR.pdf
|
17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 03 C: Leading Early Childhood and Inclusive Education Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Daniel Turani Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership as a Profession in Early Childhood Education and Care Centre Leadership 1Helsingin yliopisto, Finland; 2University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The significance of Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) on children's development globally is widely acknowledged by policymakers. Leadership competence within ECEC has emerged as a pivotal factor impacting pedagogical quality and employee well-being, as indicated by an increasing number of studies (Cummings, Wong, and Logan 2021; Douglass 2019; Ruohola et al. 2022; Sirvio et al. 2023). However, achieving desired outcomes necessitates high-quality circumstances (Cortázar 2015; OECD 2022). With global issues such as systematic education gaps and expanding center sizes posing challenges to the professional development of ECEC leaders and the sustainability of effective leadership (Fonsén & Soukainen 2022; Gibbs 2021). Our research focuses on ECEC, the initial stage of the Finnish educational system (FNAE, 2022). In Finland, contextual changes in ECEC policies have sparked controversial expectations and conflicting goals regarding the fundamental mission and core of leadership for ECEC center leaders (Kupila, Fonsén, and Liinamaa 2023). Shifting ECEC oversight from the Ministry of Social Affairs and Health to the Ministry of Education and Culture in 2013 bolstered ECEC's position within the Finnish educational system. Subsequent reforms in the ECEC curriculum (FNAE 2016) emphasized leadership's responsibility for curricular content, further reinforced by the new ECEC Act (540/2018), mandating leaders to hold a master’s degree in education and possess adequate leader competence after the 2030 transition period. Consequently, ECEC center leaders in Finland face multifaceted competence requirements, driving the need for systematic qualifications (Siippainen et al. 2021). This contextual backdrop forms the basis of a study examining how ECEC center leaders position themselves within the evolving professional landscape and the future trajectory of their profession. Leadership within the ECEC domain is considered a multifaceted process within multi-professional working communities, intertwining educational theory, practical application, and interpersonal leadership development (Damiani, Haywood, and Wieczorek 2017; Sullivan 2005). It reflects a departure from traditional authoritarian leadership to a collaborative, egalitarian model aimed at fostering trust, autonomy, and communal learning within the working community (Hard & Jónsdóttir 2013; Lund 2021). This contemporary understanding requires leaders to balance formal authority with creating a supportive environment that encourages professional growth without undermining their position (Gibbs 2021; Hard and Jónsdóttir 2013). To understand ECEC center leaders' perceptions of their profession, the study employs Positioning Theory. This theory explores the dynamic and contextual nature of how individuals assume roles and statuses within their work environment (Bamberg, 1997). Bamberg (1997) sees positioning as a three-level process: the first level considers characters positioning in relation to one another within events, enabling observation of the foundation of leadership and examination of how ECEC center leaders position themselves within leadership roles. The second level examines a character’s position in relation to others included in the narrative, providing insight into how ECEC center leaders are situated within multi-professional working communities. The third level explores how characters position themselves in relation to themselves, shedding light on how ECEC center leaders perceive themselves as leaders and their responsibilities from a professional perspective. By examining leaders' positioning regarding their roles, relationships within the community, and self-perception as leaders, the study aims to illuminate the evolving landscape of ECEC leadership. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research data, ECEC center leader essays (N=20), were collected in 2022 as pre-assignments of an 18-month in-service training at the University of Helsinki (UH). In Finnish written essays, leaders were instructed to use their own words to answer two statements concerning ECEC center leadership as a profession. We accomplished two step analysis process where we combined the structural method of Labov and Waletzky (1967) with Bamberg’s (1997) narrative positioning framework defined above to identify and compare core narratives wherein narrators recount and evaluate their experiences of ECEC center leadership. We began with content analysis in which we identified essays were written in three temporal sequences: past persona, present teacher, and future leader (Krippendorf, 2018). We then applied Labov and Waletzky's structural analysis to all individual essays within these temporal groups to identify its five categories: Abstract (A), Orientation (O), Complicating action (CO), Result (R), and Coda (C), which focuses on evaluation and considerations for the future (Labov and Waletzky, 1967). Inside the five formed categories we continued again with content analysis to compare their differences and similarities (Krippendorff, 2018). Based on this we identified four different type narratives to which we made positioning questions based on Bamberg's positioning levels: How leader position is acquired and managed? How leaders position to other people? How leaders positions to themselves as leaders? After reflecting the narratives with these positioning questions, we were able to determine the final positioning relative to leadership as a profession: professional leader, contextual leader, teacher leader and leader persona. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of our study revealed diverse perspectives, highlighting similarities and differences among the narratives. There's a significant emphasis on cultural context shaping ECEC leadership, with some narratives defining it as a distinct profession tied to education and context. Professional and contextual leaders see leadership as a praxis, focusing on operational culture, vision, and the development of leadership structures. They position themselves as facilitators aligning with the needs of working communities. Meanwhile, teacher leader and leader persona narratives view leadership primarily as an administrative task, disconnected from the multi-professional community, focusing more on their role in implementing pedagogical practices. The study identifies contrasting views on how leaders perceive their work and how they envision their future as leaders. Teacher leaders and leader personas struggle with the present challenges, lacking a clear vision for the future, while professional and contextual leaders are motivated to invest in education and structural development for manageable work. The research stresses the need for clarification and coherence in understanding ECEC leadership as a profession. It highlights challenges, including hierarchical role-based leadership, intensification, and the need for clear professional roles between ECEC leaders and teachers. The study advocates for systematic ECEC leadership education, starting from teacher education and continuing throughout a leader's career, emphasizing the importance of continuous training to support quality leadership. Overall, the study underscores the critical role of ECEC leadership in ensuring quality and the well-being of children, emphasizing the urgency to address barriers hindering its development and success. Although this study is conducted in Finnish context it is internationally beneficial and can be shaped in international contexts. ECEC systems do have similarities across borders and development of leadership as a profession needs cross sectional, scientific discussion to implement both national and global actions. References Ahtiainen, Fonsén & Kiuru. "Finnish early childhood education and care leaders’ perceptions of pedagogical leadership". Australasian Journal of early childhood 46, no. 2 (2021) Aubrey, Godfrey & Harris. "How do they manage? An investigation of early childhood leadership." Educational Management Administration & Leadership 41, no. 1 (2013) Bamberg. "Positioning between structure and performance." Journal of narrative and life history 7, no. 1-4 (1997) Damiani, Haywood Rolling Jr & Wieczorek. "Rethinking leadership education: narrative inquiry and leadership stories." Reflective Practice 18, no. 5 (2017) Cortázar. "Long-term effects of public early childhood education on academic achievement in Chile." Early Childhood Research Quarterly 32 (2015) Cumming, Wong & Logan. "Early childhood educators’ well-being, work environments and ‘quality’: Possibilities for changing policy and practice." Australasian Journal of Early Childhood 46, no. 1 (2021) Dennis & O'Connor. "Reexamining quality in early childhood education: Exploring the relationship between the organizational climate and the classroom." Journal of Research in Childhood Education 27, no. 1 (2013) Douglass. "Leadership for quality early childhood education and care." (2019). Fenech. "Leadership development during times of reform." Australasian Journal of Early Childhood 38, no. 1 (2013) Gibbs. "Leading through complexity in early childhood education and care." Australasian Journal of Early Childhood 46, no. 4 (2021) Hard & Jónsdóttir. "Leadership is not a dirty word: Exploring and embracing leadership in ECEC." European Early Childhood Education Research Journal 21, no. 3 (2013) Heikkinen, Ahtiainen & Fonsén. "Perspectives on leadership in early childhood education and care centres through community of practice." SAGE Open 12, no. 2 (2022): 21582440221091260. Labov & Waletzky. Narrative Analysis. In Essays on the Verbal and Visual Arts, pp. 12-44. U. of Washington Press, 1967. Lund. "‘We are equal, but I am the leader’: leadership enactment in early childhood education in Norway." International Journal of Leadership in Education (2021) McVee. "Positioning theory and sociocultural perspectives." Sociocultural positioning in literacy: Exploring culture, discourse, narrative, & power in diverse educational contexts (2011) Palaiologou & Male. "Leadership in early childhood education: The case for pedagogical praxis." Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood 20, no. 1 (2019) Peleman, Lazzari, Budginaitė, Siarova, Hauari, Peeters & Cameron. "Continuous professional development and ECEC quality: Findings from a European systematic literature review." European Journal of Education 53, no. 1 (2018) Riessman. "Doing narrative analysis." Narrative Analysis. London: Sage Publications (1993). 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Coordinating Inclusion: A Study on the Roles and Impact of Inclusive School Leaders in Italian and Maltese Educational Contexts 1University of Salerno, Italy; 2University of Malta, Malta Presenting Author:This study delves into the intricate realm of schools as complex organisations embedded in human relationships (Argyris, 1995; Daft, 2002; Brundrett, Burton & Smith, 2003), tasked with navigating societal challenges through a systemic approach. The research aims to examine the distinct role of inclusive school leaders to guarantee the provision of inclusive education within the Italian and Maltese educational contexts, both characterised by an inclusive system that promotes the eradication of a traditional divide between mainstream and special schools. These leaders, acknowledged as integral components of the school system (Pirola, 2015; Paletta & Bezzina, 2016; Bufalino, 2017; Agrati, 2018), actively collaborate with the school community to coordinate the provision of inclusive education in mainstream schools. A qualitative approach employing semi-structured interviews was chosen to capture the perspectives of these middle leaders. The inquiry covers the leaders’ perceptions regarding: - their function; - the resources, both internal and external, that they believe contribute to their successful job performance; - collaboration with other stakeholders; - the salient factors for the creation of strong leadership teams; - effective approaches to promote inclusion; - prospects and areas for further improvement. The study is grounded in the theoretical construct of distributed leadership, emphasising the efficacy of a collaborative model, contrasting with traditional hierarchical structures (Bennett et al., 2003). Distributed leadership embodies collaboration and organisational learning, signifying a transition from individual to shared and group knowledge. A model rooted in distributed leadership yields multifaceted improvements, fostering increased enthusiasm and collaboration among teachers, a propensity for change, and heightened effectiveness in decision-making processes (Hallinger & Heck, 2010; Alma Harris & Jones, 2017; Paletta, 2020). International studies underscore the link between distributed leadership and positive student learning outcomes, particularly through the actions of middle leaders bridging school leadership, classroom teachers, parents and other stakeholders (Leitwood, 2016; Bezzina et al., 2018; Fullan, 2015; Harris & Jones, 2017; Hargreaves & Ainscow, 2015). These middle leaders emerge as pivotal figures in promoting distributed leadership at both organisational and classroom practice levels. They play a central role in cultivating an organisational culture founded on inclusive principles and values such as trust, active participation, and a shared vision (Harris & Jones, 2019; De Nobile, 2018) to ensure quality education for all. The research methodology, specifically the semi-structured interviews, draws inspiration from the Appreciative Inquiry approach (Cooperrider & Whitney, 2001). Appreciative Inquiry, recognised for positive outcomes in organizational and educational contexts (Cooperrider & Srivastva, 1987), aims to uncover strengths within an organisation to design constructive change. The positive, strength-based approach used in this design reframes the inquiry, promoting positive change based on existing practices and structures. This aligns with the philosophical consistency of Appreciative Inquiry with strength-based approaches in inclusive education (Dockrill Garrett, 2022), contributing to a holistic understanding of the inclusive school leader's role and fostering a culture of positive change within educational institutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In total, 16 semi-structured interviews were conducted between November 2023 and January 2024, ten of which in the Campania region (Italy) and six in Malta. All participants were female, worked within lower and upper secondary state schools and had at least three years of experience in their role as inclusive school leaders (Funzioni Strumentali per l’inclusione in Italy and Heads of Department for Inclusion in Malta). As for the Italian sample, two leaders were selected from each of the five provinces, one working in an urban area and one in a suburban area. Convenience sampling was employed, wherein leaders were selected based on their voluntary willingness to participate in the study. The core interview questions were consistent across both the data collection phases, with a few additional questions tailored to each country’s organisational context. The first part of the interview explored the inclusive school leaders’ professional background and motivation to take on this role. The following questions were intended to collect data on their opinions regarding their role, internal and external resources, collaboration with stakeholders, factors for strong leadership teams, approaches to promote inclusion, and areas for improvement. Transcriptions are being analysed following Braun & Clarke’s (2006) thematic analysis protocol as it provides an inductive and reflective approach, allowing themes to emerge from the data. The MAXQDA2020® software for qualitative and mixed methods data analysis is being used to code and categorise data systematically. The conference presentation will focus on the outcomes of the interviews carried out in Italy and in Malta, emphasising inclusive school leaders’ perspectives on internal and external resources vital for effective job performance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, the initial findings of this study reveal striking similarities in the opinions of inclusive school leaders, transcending cultural and organizational differences. Their primary role, universally acknowledged, centres around cultivating inclusive cultures deemed essential for enhancing policies and practices. Noteworthy factors contributing to this inclusive ethos include open communication, close collaboration with stakeholders, non-judgmental approaches, mutual trust, empathy, tolerance, professionalism, and staying abreast of current policies and practices. The study underscores the significance of these commonalities as a foundation for fostering inclusive education philosophies. The identified elements form a comprehensive framework that, if embraced, has the potential to transform policies and practices to align more closely with the principles of truly inclusive education. Furthermore, the investigation aligns with the broader discourse on distributed leadership, emphasising its relevance in effective school governance and the enhancement of students’ learning outcomes, particularly in the realm of equity. The unique perspective of framing the study through Appreciative Inquiry adds a distinctive dimension by reinforcing motivation toward positive, inclusive educational initiatives among inclusive school leaders. This emphasis on strengths-based interventions, rather than focusing on challenges or resource constraints, signifies a paradigm shift with a dual aim: fostering increased social participation and a shift in teachers’ perspectives from deficit-based to asset-based models. In addition, by adopting an appreciative lens, the study not only enriches our understanding of the roles played by inclusive school leaders but also presents an opportunity to inform policies and practices for the advancement of a truly inclusive educational philosophy. The implications extend beyond the individual schools studied, offering insights that can potentially contribute to a broader, more equitable educational landscape. References Agrati, L. S. (2018). The systemic thinking of the school middle-manager. Ideas for professionalization. Form@ re – Open Journal per la formazione in rete, 18(2), 48–61. Argyris, C. (1995). Action science and organizational learning. Journal of Managerial Psychology 10, 20-26. Bennett, N., Wise, C., Woods, P.A. et al. (2003). Distributed Leadership: A Desk Study. NCSL. Brundrett, M., Burton, N., & Smith, R. (2003). Leadership in Education (1st ed.). SAGE Publications. Braun V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi: https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Bufalino, G. (2017). Leading schools from the Middle. Middle leadership in a context of distributed leadership. Formazione & Insegnamento, 15(3), 151-161. Cooperrider, D. L., & Srivastva, S., (1987). Appreciative Inquiry in organizational life. In W. A. Pasmore & W. Woodman (Eds.), Research in organizational change and development (Vol. 1, pp. 129–169). JAI Press. Cooperrider, D. L., Whitney, D., & Stavros, J. M. (2008). Appreciative inquiry handbook for leaders of change (2nd ed.). Crown Custom. Daft, R. L. (2002). Management. Mason, Oh: Thomson Learning/South-Western. De Nobile, J. (2018). Towards a theoretical model of middle leadership in schools. School Leadership & Management, 38(4), 395-416. Dockrill Garrett, M. (2022). Applying Appreciative Inquiry to Research in the Field of Inclusive Education. Canadian Journal for New Scholars in Education, 13(1), 104-115. Fullan, M. (2002). Principals as leaders in a culture of change. Educational leadership, 59(8), 16-21. Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. H. (2010). Collaborative leadership and school improvement: Understanding the impact on school capacity and student learning. School Leadership and Management, 30(2), 95-110. Hargreaves, A., & Ainscow, M. (2015). The top and bottom of leadership and change. Phi Delta Kappan, 97(3), 42-48. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2017). Middle leaders matter: reflections, recognition, and renaissance. School Leadership & Management, 37(3), 213-216. Leithwood, K. (2016). Department-head leadership for school improvement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15(2), 117-140. Paletta, A. (2020). Dirigenza Scolastica e Middle Management. Distribuire la Leadership per Migliorare l’efficacia della Scuola. Bononia University Press. Paletta, A., & Bezzina, C. (2016). Governance and Leadership in Public Schools: Opportunities and Challenges Facing School Leaders in Italy. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15(4), 524-542. Pirola, L. (2015). Middle Management and school Autonomy in Italy: The Case of Teacher as Instrument Function. Journal of Educational, Cultural and Psychological Studies (ECPS), 11, 89-101. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Needs and Challenges for ECEC Centre Leaders from an International Perspective: Their Perception and Possible Solutions for Strong Leadership German Youth Institute, Germany Presenting Author:Although leadership in early childhood education and care (ECEC) has increasingly been a focus of scientific interest and is currently high on the agenda of international institutions like OECD or EU and identified as a "key position”, it remains insufficiently explored compared to e.g. structural quality features of the ECEC landscape (Movahedazarhouligh 2023). The leadership role is characterised by multiple and complex tasks and serves as an interface between various stakeholders. With the continuous growth of both, sector and centres, the need for coordination, especially in management tasks, is increasing (Hujala et al. 2023; Turani 2022). Rising expectations from society, families, staff, providers etc. are putting pressure on ECEC and, consequently, on leaders to provide an adequate, high-quality offer of ECEC (Strehmel 2017). To meet these expectations, leadership requires not only the relevant knowledge but also an efficient system of stakeholders, stability, support and planning (BMFSFJ/JFMK 2016). Conversely, centre leaders often feel insufficiently appreciated by politics and society and are exposed daily to a variety of challenges and their consequences (e.g. staff shortage, diversification). This leads to negative effects on working conditions, health and satisfaction resulting in an excessive workload, stress and a lack of gratification (Viernickel et al. 2017). While the role of leadership as a crucial actor in a "competent system" (Urban u. a. 2011) in ECEC has been recognized, and their tasks and various challenges in this context have been outlined, little is known about institution leaders themselves, their daily routines, task distribution, and needs (e.g. Douglass 2019; Strehmel 2017; Schreyer et al. 2014). Due to the nature of the study and the self-reporting by institution leaders, not only statements regarding structural conditions and activities can be captured but also subjective assessments by the leaders themselves. This provides the opportunity to particularly capture expectations and potentials on the leadership level. Needs regarding specific training and development contents for leaders as well as aspects of workload and job satisfaction are considered. Here data shows that the lack of staff and too much administrative work are main drivers of stress for centre leaders. Not only are these aspects barriers for personal professional development but also limit the effectiveness in their function as leaders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The TALIS Starting Strong Survey is the first international large-scale survey of staff and leaders in ECEC and is aligned to the OECD Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS), targeting teachers in primary and secondary education (Sim et al. 2019). A total of more than 3,000 centre leaders and more than 15,000 staff participated in the study in 2018 including data from nine countries (Chile, Denmark, Germany, Iceland, Israel, Japan, Norway, South Korea and Turkey) in the ISCED 0.2 study and from four countries (Denmark, Germany, Israel and Norway) in the U3 study (OECD 2019a). More than 2,000 centre leaders took part in the study on the ISCED 0.2 level which is the focus of this contribution. The representative data collection is based on a two-stage, stratified sampling design. The data was weighted to compensate for factors such as design-related differences in the probability of selection of individuals and random non-response (OECD 2019b). The target groups produce self-reported data through paper/online questionnaires, which are specifically designed to the role of leaders and staff to reflect the specific tasks and needs of these roles. The study covers a broad spectrum of topics covering the whole range of activities of centre leaders and staff in their daily work. The leader questionnaire hereby focuses on aspects such as demographics and qualifications, professional development, working conditions and job satisfaction, characteristics of the ECEC centres, aspects of pedagogical and administrative leadership and the cooperation with stakeholders. The contribution focuses in particular on the needs and challenges from a German (N~250), but also international perspective. It can describe the needs and barriers in the areas of further training and cooperation, as well as with regard to the leaders’ satisfaction with their own conditions and potentials. Here it can show that the work of centre leaders is negatively influenced by the lack of staff e.g. in Germany and therefore intensifies the workload and burden of their work. Multivariate analysis with regression models can moreover explain that the leader position is rather supported by shaping it on the centre-level according to the characteristics of the centre including staff and children instead of personal characteristics of the leader. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The contribution looks at what needs and challenges do centre leaders express themselves and hereby can describe the main stressors among ECEC centre leaders and how e.g. a lack of staff or too much administrative work are main challenges. This affects not only the daily work of leaders (looking at their time distribution across tasks) but builds also barriers to professional development, limits the effectiveness as leader and as a consequence can slow down or prevent positive outcomes of leadership within settings. As an outlook, data from TALIS Starting Strong 2024 will help to improve knowledge about these aspects and make trends between 2018 and 2024 visible for the first time. The described topics are also part of the second edition of the study; at the time of the conference, first insights might be available as well and can possibly be presented for the first time to the public. The presentation can show with regard to the time contribution of leaders that main differences across settings and countries occur in time spent on interactions with children and administrative leadership, while there is stability in cooperation with families and pedagogical leadership. Individual characteristics (e.g. qualifications or work experience) and community or environmental factors (e.g. size of the city or centre location) play no or little role how the daily work of leaders looks like when one looks at the time distribution among different tasks. How the leader position is shaped on centre-level is crucial, especially with regard to 1) time resources for leadership tasks, 2) size of the centre and 3) composition of children within the centre. Finally, not only needs but also possible solutions and policy pointers can be identified in order to provide the best support for ECEC leaders and thus further improve the quality in ECEC centres (s. OECD 2020; OECD 2019c). References • Bundesministerium für Familie, Senioren, Frauen und Jugend/Jugend- und Familienministerkonferenz (BMFSFJ/JFMK) (2016): Frühe Bildung weiterentwickeln und finanziell sichern. Zwischenbericht 2016 von Bund und Ländern und Erklärung der Bund-Länder-Konferenz. Berlin. • Douglass, Anne L. (2019): Leadership for quality early childhood education and care. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 211. Paris. • Hujala, E./Vlasov, J./Alila, K. (2023). Integrative Leadership Framework for Quality in Early Childhood Education and Care. In: Modise, M et al (eds.), Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education. Helsinki: Helsinki University Press. • Movahedazarhouligh, S., Banerjee R. & Luckner, J. (2023) Leadership development and system building in early childhood education and care: current issues and recommendations, Early Years, 43:4-5, 1045-1059. • OECD (2019a): TALIS Starting Strong 2018 Database. Paris. • OECD (2019b): TALIS Starting Strong 2018. Technical Report. Paris. • OECD (2019c): Providing Quality Early Childhood Education and Care. Results from the Starting Strong Survey 2018. Paris. • OECD (2020): Building a High-Quality Early Childhood and Care Workforce. Further Results from the Starting Strong Survey 2018. Paris. • Schreyer, I./Krause, M./Brandl, M./Nicko, O. (2014): AQUA – Arbeitsplatz und Qualität in Kitas. Ergebnisse einer bundesweiten Befragung. München. • Sim, Megan/Belanger, Julie/Stancel-Piatak, Agnes/Karoly, Lynn A. (2019): Starting Strong Teaching and Learning International Survey 2018 Conceptual Framework. OECD Education Working Papers. Paris. • Strehmel, P. (2017): Professionalisierung der Kita-Leitung zwischen Pädagogik und Management. In: Balluseck, Hilde von (Hrsg.): Professionalisierung der Frühpädagogik. Perspektiven, Entwicklungen Herausforderungen. 2nd Ed., Opladen/Berlin/Toronto, S. 53–74. • Turani, D. (2022): Leitung und Organisation von Einrichtungen: Determinanten des Leitungshandelns in Kindertageseinrichtungen. In: Turani, D., Seybel C., Bader, S. (Ed.): Kita-Alltag im Fokus – Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich (2022), Beltz Juventa, Weinheim. • Urban, M./Lazzari, A./Vandenbroeck, M./Peeters, J./van Laere, K. (2011): Competence Requirements in Early Childhood Education and Care. A Study for the European Commission Directorate-General for Education and Culture. European Commission. London/Ghent. • Viernickel, S./Voss, A./Mauz, E. (2017): Arbeitsplatz Kita. Belastungen erkennen, Gesundheit fördern. Weinheim und Basel. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 28 SES 03 A: Nordic Basic Schools as Past, Present and Future Sites for Diversity and Inclusion in Diverse Knowledge-based Societies Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lisa Rosén Rasmussen Session Chair: Lisa Rosén Rasmussen Symposium |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Nordic Basic Schools as Past, Present and Future Sites for Diversity and Inclusion in Diverse Knowledge-based Societies This symposium presents an ongoing project focusing the ideals and practices of ‘One school for all’ as a core of the Nordic welfare state (cf. Blossing et al, 2014, Frønes et al, 2021; Lundahl, 2016). Internationally, Nordic education systems have been considered to promote educational equality and social inclusion by bringing together pupils from diverse backgrounds. From 1945 to about 1970, the Nordic school model was developed as the solution to the future challenges of its time (Telhaug, Mediås & Aasen, 2006). In a little more than ten years, beginning in Sweden in 1962, followed by Finland in 1968, Norway in 1969, and Denmark in 1975, all of the Nordic countries took the final step from parallel education systems to one, common basic education. Non-tracked common neighborhood Nordic schools became well-known for their ambitions in relation to quality and equality (Lundahl, 2016). In the One school for all model, the aim was to provide Nordic children with not only learning, but also diversity of class, culture, gender, ability, and language. Since then, Nordic societies have faced ideological, economical and social changes and also the Nordic education model has lost some of its spark, with widening differences between schools and continued evidence of exclusion (Beach 2018; Thrupp et al. 2023; Lundahl, 2016). The 13-year olds of the 2020’s also come from a different social world than their predecessors. From 2010 onwards, the rapid and massive digitalization has caused on-going changes: increased individualization, altered notions of time, space and place, and the enabling of mobile, ever-present and place-independent social networks (van Dijk, 2012; Livingstone & Sefton-Green, 2016). Against this background, this project examines how the Nordic basic school as a physical and social space shapes social interaction and learning with a particular interest in the challenges that material and digital re-configurations of sociality bring to the future of One common school for all. The project operates within a multidisciplinary framework – education, history and applied language studies – of analyzing Nordic comprehensive schools as spaces and places constructed in the intersections of their material qualities and social interaction (see Lefebvre 1991; Massey 2005). Through multidisciplinary studies of four Nordic schools we explore their changing role for inclusion and exclusion over a time-span of approximately 50 years, from the 70’s to date, organized in three sub-studies. The substudies address the following research questions:
The research material consists of policy documents and archive material from the selected schools, interviews with former students about their life histories, small projects carried out collaboratively with students, video material, field notes, and interviews from the schools today. The symposium consists of three presentations focusing on each of the sub-studies, followed by a fourth presentation about how they altogether make it possible to contrast past education and current developments, and as a next step can contribute to articulate basic education in new ways in the Nordic countries and beyond. References Beach, D. (2018). The Myth of Swedish Education Equity. In: Structural Injustices in Swedish Education. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-95405-9_1 Blossing, U., Imsen, G. & Moos, L. (2014). The Nordic education model: ”A school for all” encounters neo-liberal policy. Springer. Frønes, T.S., Pettersen, A., Radišić, J., Buchholtz, N. (2020, eds.) Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61648-9_1 Lefebvre, H. (1991). The production of space. Blackwell. Livingstone, S. & Sefton-Green, J. (2016). The Class. Living and Learning in the Digital Age. New York University Press. Lundahl, L. (2016). Equality, inclusion and marketization of Nordic education: Introductory notes. Research in Comparative and International Education, 11(1), 3-12. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745499916631059 Thrupp, M., Seppänen, P., Kauko, J., Kosunen, S. (2023, eds.). Finland’s Famous Education System. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5_1 van Dijk (2012). The evolution of the digital divide: The digital divide turns to inequality of skills and usage. Presentations of the Symposium The Establishment of Basic Schools in the Nordic Countries; Local Traditions and Educational Perspectives 1950-1970
This study is a historical analysis of how national school policies concerning basic education have been enacted in the local community and at the school sites (Clark 2010; Gamson, 2019; Westberg, 2014). Through studies of policy texts and archive material from the four local communities, the focus is on local and regional documents, and how pedagogical ideas have been enacted in the physical spaces of the school buildings. This is done through a reflecting interpretative approach (Alvesson & Sköldberg 2009).
Theoretically, the starting point is that there is no single factor that can explain the establishment of basic schools in the cities studied; rather it is a complex interaction between a series of processes at local and national level. In this process, local traditions interact with national and international perspectives at school as a space for the development of a democratic society (Westberg, 2014).
To capture local processes and how they interact with regional and national institutions, we have used a wide range of sources. Examples of material we use are drawings, planning materials, municipal commissions of school buildings, correspondence between the municipality and the national authorities and teacher interviews.
In this presentation, empirical data from the four cases comprising the study will be presented. We have studied the overall process that led to the establishment of secondary schools in four municipalities. The material used is mainly based on local and regional source material where the process and planning of the school building was dealt with.
The studies enable comparative analyses that explore the differences and similarities of how localities, including municipality policies and local communities, shaped the processes of envisioning and establishing schools in the Nordic countries. The study also contributes to an understanding of how the municipalities viewed the school itself as a specific place (or space) that could contribute to an inclusive society. These perspectives can then be related to the other sub-studies in the project.
Overall, one conclusion of this study is that the school's location was governed by municipal ideals, resources and experiences, not primarily pedagogical ideas from outside the school. Here, the municipality's ideas about a democratic school came to be decisive. But when it comes to the physical design of the school itself, a clear inspiration came from outside pedagogical ideals.
References:
Alvesson, M., and Sköldberg; K. (2009). Reflexive Methodology. London: Sage.
Clark, A. (2010). ‘In-between’ spaces in postwar primary schools: a micro-study of a ‘welfare room’ (1977–1993) History of Education Vol. 39, No. 6, 767–778.
Gamson, D. The Importance of Being Urban. Chicago: The Chicago University Press, 2019.
Westberg, Johannes. Att bygga ett skolväsende: Folkskolans förutsättningar och framväxt 1840–1900. Lund: Nordic Academic Press, 2014.
Inclusion and Democratization in Nordic Basic Schools with a Life History Approach
This paper presents a subproject that aims to examine inclusion and democratization in Nordic basic schools by adopting a life history approach (Bertaux & Thompson, 1997). The focus is on the students of the 70’s and their narratives about school experiences described in hindsight (Freeman, 2010). We ask how the school spaces provided opportunities for pupils to engage in social relations with peers with diverse social backgrounds, and what the perceived long-term implications are of the relations established in school.
The theoretical framework of this study is grounded on the concepts of space, place and time, seeking analytical connections between physical objects, narrated experiences, bodies and places. Informed by Massey’s (2005) notion of throwntogetherness, we aim to describe the plurality of individual trajectories that come together in the construction of the school as a social and physical space. This enables us to explore how the different social backgrounds of pupils have merged in the construction of schools as meeting places and how these encounters have further influenced the lives of the previous pupils.
Methodologically, this study sets out from interviews of informants who attended the partner schools of this project in the 70’s. The interviews include elements of walk-along interviews (Kusenbach, 2003) where informants are encouraged to interact with objects that can set into play storytelling that informs the analysis of social relations, interactions, and material, cultural and historical constructions in which the life story is embedded (Goodson, 2013). The interviews have been conducted in and near the school buildings and in the informants’ present homes or other places of their preference. Participants in Sweden (N=8), Finland (N=9) and Norway (N=8) have been interviewed twice in 2022–23 and the participants in Denmark will be recruited and interviewed in the spring 2024. The interviews are analyzed in a framework of narrative analysis with a life history approach (Goodson, 2013).
The life history approach will give access to the narrated memories and experiences of the school as a meeting place, the opportunities it provided to the informants and the difficulties they encountered. It also contributes with knowledge of what these lived experiences of the social relations established in the local school as a meeting place with its specific architectural divisions and spatial arrangements have meant for the students across the lifespan, providing socio-historical insight into the development of the Nordic basic school as a political and a educational project.
References:
Bertaux, D., & Thompson, P. R. (1997). Pathways to social class: A qualitative approach to social mobility. Transaction Publishers.
Freeman, M. (2010). Hindsight. The Promise and Peril of Looking Backward. Oxford University Press.
Goodson, I. (2013). Developing narrative theory: Life histories and personal representation. Routledge.
Kusenbach, M. (2003). Street phenomenology: The go-along as ethnographic research tool. Ethnography, 4(3), 455-485.
Massey, D. (2005). For Space. Sage.
Participation in Hybrid School Spaces: Students’ Reflexive Experience and Practice in a Digitalised Society
In the third substudy, we follow the students that presently attend the four Nordic schools. Massive investments in digital technology have found its way into schools of today, and most secondary students have access to a computer of their own for school work and, more or less openly, are constantly connected through their own smartphones (Sahlström et al., 2019). This possibility of always being connected to the internet has also been described as being “always-on” in “hybrid spaces” (Trentin, 2016).
In this presentation we focus on the students’ experiences of participation with others in these new hybrid school spaces. The aim is to further understandings of what ongoing digitalisation means in relation to the role of classrooms and schools as shared spaces for knowledge and inclusion, from the perspective of the students. Theoretically we understand the concept of space as produced and emerging in relations between social and material dimensions of people’s lives, always entailing different connections to places and time (Massey, 2005; Lefebvre, 1991). We investigate the school's spaces as conceived, perceived and lived spaces and their importance and possibility for learning and knowledge communication (Leijon, 2016).
The study is conducted in close collaboration with students (aged 14-15) at the project schools where we have employed citizen science for investigating the role of digital technologies in students' everyday sociality (Haklay, 2018). The students document their digital communication at school and beyond in the form of screenshots, video- and screen recordings as well as digital and analogue surveys and logs. Students and researchers then analyze these materials together in recorded data sessions. Still in the initial phases of analysis, we will present some preliminary findings from this innovative and collaborative field-work. Although findings point to a continued importance of schools as sites for meeting peers with different backgrounds, the boundaries between schools and families have become blurred due to the constant availability in both ways. Students can always be reached from the outside, and schools are always present in the homes through digital apps and platforms. Almost all screen-mediated social interactions are based on physical relations and we see few examples of relations based exclusively online. Based on preliminary findings we discuss how our study can contribute to knowledge about the role of contemporary schools as meeting places for students with diverse backgrounds, who attend the same schools.
References:
Haklay, M. (2018). Participatory citizen science. In S. Hecker, M. Haklay, A. Bowser, Z. Makuch, J. Vogel & A. Bonn. Citizen Science: Innovation in Open Science, Society and Policy, (pp. 52-62). UCL Press, London.
Lefebvre, H. (1991). The production of space. Blackwell.
Massey, D. (2005). For Space. Sage.
Leijon, M. (2016). Space as designs for and in learning: investigating the interplay between space, interaction and learning sequences in higher education. Visual Communication, 15(1), 93-124.
Sahlström, F., Tanner, M. & Valasmo, V. 2019. Connected youth, connected classrooms. Smartphone use and student and teacher participation during plenary teaching. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction 21: 311-331.
Trentin, G. (2016). Always-on Education and Hybrid Learning Spaces. Educational Technology, 56(2), 31-37.
Nordic Schools as Diverse and Inclusive Meeting Places Now and Then?
The final paper of this symposium presents a preliminary synthesis of the analyses undertaken in the substudies of the project. A core aim of the project Nordic Basic Schools is the integration of the substudies, related disciplines and the four Nordic research sites for furthering both national, Nordic and international understanding of the possibilities and constraints for basic education in providing the foundation for diverse and inclusive societies of the future.To better understand the ongoing changes in the Nordic education systems, phenomena such as digitalisation need to be related not only to a contemporary context but also to the school's spatial physical history, the changes in the space-times of schooling and the effects of digital media on classroom pedagogies (Dussel, 2018).
In this presentation, we merge data from the three substudies to analyze the spatial and temporal construction of the Nordic basic schools as meeting places in a timespan of 50 years. The analyzed data include policy and planning documents, interviews with former and present pupils, ethnographic data and data produced by participatory methods. Informed by Henry Lefebvre’s theorization (1991, see also Larsson & Rönnlund 2021), we analyze space as socially constructed and three-dimensional, consisting of ideological and institutional space (conceptual space), everyday spatial practices (perceptual space) and the space experienced and negotiated by its users (lived space). Aligned with Doreen Massey (2005), we conceptualize places as spatio-temporal events, where a multitude of human and non-human trajectories come together.
Utilizing this analytical framework, we aim to reach a preliminary analysis on how the different dimensions of space have been and continue to be co-constructed in the everyday lives of the schools. For instance, we expect to learn more about the role of spatial conceptualisations, i.e. ideas, policies and plans of school space of the 1970’s influencing the organized use of space and pupils’ agency today and gain a deeper understanding of the role of digitality in altering these dimensions of space. Moreover, we are interested in the meanings given to particular places in the school buildings and how they have contributed to students’ understanding of inclusion or exclusion in the past and today. The analysis will gain relevance not only in the context of Nordic basic schools but also in understanding the spatial and temporal change in European spaces of education from the perspective of social inclusion.
References:
Dussel, I. (2018) The Digital Classroom: A Historical Consideration on the Redesigning of the Contexts of Learning. In: Grosvenor, I. & Rosén Rasmussen. L. (Eds.). Making education: Material school design and educational governance. ProQuest Ebook Central.
Larsson, A. & Rönnlund, M. (2021) The spatial practice of the schoolyard. A comparison between Swedish and French teachers’ and principals’ perceptions of educational outdoor spaces, Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning, 21:2, 139-150, DOI: 10.1080/14729679.2020.1755704
Lefebvre, H. (1991). The production of space. Blackwell.
Massey, D. (2005). For Space. Sage.
|
17:15 - 18:45 | 28 SES 03 B: The Sociologies of Elite Education Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jitka Wirthová Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Consecrated Youth and the Institutional Habitus of Elite Upper-Secondary schools in Iceland University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:Elite identity formation is shaped differently from one nation to another, but generally, the secondary and higher education system has an important role in its (re)production (Bourdieu, 1998; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1977). This study explores institutional habitus of elite schools through the choices, experiences, and future aspirations of Icelandic students. When the research is conducted, the students were about to finish their matriculation exams from schools known as elite schools in terms of academic performance. The Nordic countries are often presented as model societies with high levels of happiness, commitments to democratic and meritocratic processes, and low levels of corruption and elitism. However, in recent years the social and cultural landscape of the educational field in the Nordic cities has been changing into a multicultural, class divergent and market-oriented society (Dovemark et al., 2018). Recent studies show clear correlation between student achievement and their backgrounds (Berglind Gísladóttir et al., 2019; Eiríksdóttir et al., 2022) as well as socio-geographical accumulation of economic and educational capital in certain neighbourhoods and schools (Magnúsdóttir et al., 2020). Despite the domination of neo-managerial policies in educational governance worldwide for the last 30 years the education system in Iceland bypassed most of the accountability policies but largely adopted the school autonomy policies. For the last decade, there have been no standardized tests at the end of the compulsory school level (Steiner-Khamsi et.al, forthcoming). The rationale for the importance of standardized tests was among other things to enhance meritocracy in selection process to elite secondary and higher education. In the last years, the hierarchy between school institutions at the upper-secondary level has become steeper and the route to success through the education system muddier. The combination of these factors has produced high importance to explore how elite institutions and identities are constructed and socially reproduced in this Nordic educational context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used One part of this research was conducted as a comparative study between Icelandic and Finnish education system using the same analytical framework (Magnúsdóttir & Kosunen, 2022) of Bourdieu’s conceptual framework (1998) to examine two elite educational institutions in each country from students’ perspective. This part of the analysis goes deeper into the institutional habitus of schools in the Icelandic system by reaching out to 10 schools in Iceland, thereof five of them selecting students of high achievement. Highly selective schools tend to produce what Bourdieu (1998: 102) described as ‘consecrated elite, that is, an elite that is not only distinct and separate, but also recognized by the other and by itself as worthy of being so’. In the analysis the concept of habitus is extended to capture the set of predispositions, taken-for-granted expectations and schemes of perception inside the schools (Reay et al., 2005; Tarabini et al., 2017), what has been referred to as institutional habitus. This is done through the voices of students as well as head teachers/principals and statistical background information derived from school administration. The aim is to explore the distinctive features of the schools and how the inherited and social capital of the students harmonize with their institutional habitus and play a part in their choices and experiences. What kind of habitus do they promote and discard through their academic and social practice? What kind of higher-education aspirations are framed in this context? How is the institutional habitus of these schools different and what do they have in common to elite schools in other countries? The main data collection was through semi-structured interviews conducted with 4-5 students from each school, altogether 48 interviews in 10 schools. The analysis was qualitative content analysis. Theory-informed analytical categories were applied on all discourse about prior school path, parents’ and siblings’ school paths and occupational careers, everyday life in school, social relationships in school, teachers’ expectations towards the students, homework, role of money in life, leisure activities, family time, political views and future aspirations. In addition, interviews were conducted with head teachers or principals having a long history of working in the school to better understand the history and institutional habitus of the school. The data on the non-selective schools was only used to triangulate or counterbalance the analysis of the selective ones. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results show that most students did not experience much of a disjuncture between habitus and field in these elite schools. Educational choices were shaped and restricted by the inherited capital of their families, peers and friends and the young people did draw clear boundaries between school institutions. Family and fellow students’ values were ingrained into the habitus, and the awareness of privilege and class position was limited, as the schools were filled with other young people from higher social classes. The feeling of being the ‘right’ student for the school is an enactment of their habitus fitting well in the field of highly selective education. There were narratives of consecrative moments due to students’ visibility as members of elite institution, in terms of respect and popularity on the social media. The few that experienced being out of place were the ones coming from a more sociocultural distance in terms of social class or ethnicity. These schools were known to prepare students to be active in different fields of power, i.e. the economic, cultural or political field with very clear boundaries between them. They were serving different formations of middle-classness. Majority of the students in the selective schools were strongly directed towards status or canonical disciplines at the university level compared to students in the other schools. There is an obvious class (re)production mechanism driving their HE choices shaped by the institutional habitus of their upper-secondary schools and inherited capitals. The actual admission to the ‘right’ universities and disciplines requires certain capitals and habitus formation that is further nuanced in the selective upper-secondary schools. References Bourdieu, P. (1998). The State nobility: Elite schools in the field of power (L. C. Clough, Trans.). Polity Press. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in education, society and culture. Sage. Dovemark, M., Kosunen, S., Kauko, J., Magnúsdóttir, B., Hansen, P., & Rasmussen, P. (2018). Deregulation, privatisation and marketisation of Nordic comprehensive education: social changes reflected in schooling. Education Inquiry, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2018.1429768 Eiríksdóttir, E., Blöndal, K. S., & Ragnarsdóttir, G. (2022). Selection for Whom? Upper Secondary School Choice in the Light of Social Justice. In A. Rasmussen & M. Dovemark (Eds.), Governance and Choice of Upper Secondary Education in the Nordic Countries: Access and Fairness (pp. 175-197). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-08049-4_10 Gísladóttir, Haraldsson, & Björnsdóttir. (2019). Samband menntunar foreldra við frammistöðu þátttakenda í PISA-könnuninni á Norðurlöndum [The relation between parents’ education level and students’ performance in the PISA study]. Netla. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2019.32 Magnúsdóttir, B. R., Auðardóttir, A. M., & Stefánsson, K. (2020). The Distribution of Economic and Educational Capital between School Catchment Areas in Reykjavík Capital Region 1997–2016. Icelandic Review of Politics & Administration, 16(2), 285-308. https://doi.org/10.13177/irpa.a.2020.16.2.10 Magnúsdóttir, B. R., & Kosunen, S. (2022). Upper-Secondary School Choices in Reykjavík and Helsinki: The Selected Few in the Urban North. In A. Rasmussen & M. Dovemark (Eds.), Governance and Choice of Upper Secondary Education in the Nordic Countries: Access and Fairness (pp. 77-95). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-08049-4_5 Reay, D., David, M., & Ball, S. J. (2005). Degrees of Choice: Class, Race, Gender and Higher Education. Trentham books. Steiner-Khamsi, G., Jóhannesdóttir, K. & Magnúsdóttir, B. R. (forthcoming). The school-autonomy-with-accountability reform in Iceland: Looking back and making sense. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy. Tarabini, A., Curran, M., & Fontdevila, C. (2017). Institutional habitus in context: implementation, development and impacts in two compulsory secondary schools in Barcelona. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(8), 1177-1189. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1251306 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Beyond a Sense of Obliviousness: Elite Education and National Identity Among Palestinian Students in Israel Haifa University, Israel Presenting Author:Abstract Many researchers of elite education argue that elite schools tend to cultivate apolitical attitudes, blindness towards race and ethnicity and obliviousness to privilege (Horvat & Antonio, 1999; Khan & Jerolmack, 2013). This is particularly true when describing elite education among hegemonic groups. Yet what happens in elite educational institutions targeting national minority groups? Do these students also exhibit a color-blind approach and/or a sense of obliviousness, as described by Khan (2011)? Is a culture of silence (Castagno, 2008) also dominant in these schools? These questions guided our research about private education among PCI (Palestinians, citizens of Israel), a national, indigenous minority that experiences stigmatization and ongoing discrimination (Ghanem & Mustafa, 2011). Education in Israel is segregated based on nationality and religious orientation, resulting in separate educational sectors for religious and secular Jewish children, as well as Arab children (Arar, 2012). These sectors include both state and non-state schools. Private schools catering to moderately religious and ultra-orthodox Jewish students, as well as Arab church-affiliated schools, receive partial government funding. Most school children in Israel are enrolled in the state educational system (Agbaria & Pinson, 2019). Findings in this article are based on thirty-five in-depth interviews conducted with high school students attending two elite private schools. One is located in an Arab city and the second in a city comprised of both Arabs and Jews (a ‘mixed’ city); both are in northern Israel. The findings presented here address two primary research questions. Firstly, what are the defining features of national identity exhibited by Palestinian students enrolled in elite schools? Secondly, how does an elite school contribute to the formation and shaping of national identity amongst its students? This research builds on previous studies that have examined the relationship between elite education, class, and the reproduction of elite identity (Bourdieu, 1986; Demerath, 2009; Khan, 2012). However, it examines a unique case study: Arab Palestinians in Israel who are a marginalized national minority facing discrimination and racism while simultaneously undergoing the emergence of their own self-defined elite (Haidar & Bar-Haim, 2022). Our findings support existing research and bring forth new insights. Consistent with prior studies, we identified an elite identity (Demerath, 2009) and a positive self-perception, accompanied by a sense of entitlement and agency (Gaztambide-Fernández et al., 2003). Interviewees also expressed a positive orientation towards the future and an ability to aspire (Appaduri, 2004). Furthermore, the study confirms the role of schools in shaping and fostering elite identity through mechanisms such entrance exams, extracurricular programs, alignment with elite cultural norms, academic orientation initiatives, and discourses of excellence (Gaztambide-Fernandez, 2009). However, this research identified three distinct group-specific characteristics. Firstly, in the school selection process, parents and students seek institutions that emphasize academic excellence and also prioritize engendering a patriotic stance with special emphasis on Palestinian national identity. Secondly, interviewees demonstrated a high level of political awareness due to the unique practices and rituals implemented by both schools. This is noteworthy given that it deviates from the widely-held understanding of hegemonic elite groups, who often remain oblivious to inequality and consider social hierarchies to be the norm (Khan, 2011). Lastly, interviewees expressed profound pride in their national identity, which coexists with their pursuit of academic excellence within a deeply discriminatory reality. This paper contributes to understanding how elite education intersects with the construction of national identity among minority elites. It offers insights into the experiences of Palestinian students facing discrimination while also highlighting the emergence of a self-defined elite within this specific sub-group.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology This research was qualitative; we conducted semi-structured interviews with 35 twelfth-grade students from two elite schools in northern Israel. Interviews focused on six main themes including (1) personal and educational backgrounds, (2) personal and collective identity, (3) culture and leisure activities, (4) school experiences and perceptions, (5) future orientation, and (6) the social and political situation in Israel and Arab Palestinian society. They generally lasted 60-90 minutes and were recorded and transcribed for analysis. The research received ethical approval from the ethics committee of the Faculty of Education at the affiliated university of both authors. Students were recruited with assistance from twelfth-grade coordinators and homeroom teachers; home room teachers encouraged them to participate. Parental consent was required for participants under the age of 18; five interviewees were 18 and did not require parental consent. Of the 35 students interviewed, 18 were male and 17 were female. Over two-thirds of the students reported having a close family member who either currently attends or has previously attended one of the two schools, usually siblings. Nearly half of the students reported having at least one parent who is an alumnus of one of the schools. We examined, categorized, and interpreted the data to identify patterns, themes, and connections in accordance with grounded theory (Glaser and Strauss, 1967). Accordingly, we employed open coding where we captured the essence of the data. We then organized the data into themes or categories, an iterative process which facilitated the emergence of new insights and perspectives (Glaser & Strauss, 1967). This enabled us to capture the perspectives of our research population. The research was conducted at two different schools: the first school is located in an Arab town, while the second is in a mixed Arab-Jewish city. Both schools are categorized as private church schools. Students in both schools are of high socioeconomic status (SES) a measurement is based on the education level of the most educated parent, family income and more. Both schools are top-ranked nationally in terms of student eligibility for matriculation certificates in scientific subjects such as biotechnology systems, physics, biology, electronics, and computers. They have highly competitive and exclusive admissions processes which attract students from their respective cities and also from other locales nationally. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions Our research supports existing findings while offering new insights into educational elitism among national minority groups. Consistent with previous studies, interviewees demonstrated elite subjectivity (Demerath, 2009), a positive self-perception, a sense of entitlement, and agency (Gaztambide-Fernández et al., 2013), as well as positive future aspirations (Appaduri, 2004). However, we provide new insights into educational elitism which offer a deeper understanding of how elitism intersects with the formation of national identity within marginalized minority communities. Our research population diverges from other elite groups in part due to their much more politicized orientation. We found that students and their parents select elite schools based on academic excellence while also taking into account political considerations. Specifically, they sought schools which emphasize Palestinian patriotism and the development of a Palestinian national identity. Interviewees also demonstrated a high level of political awareness due to their school’s unique programs and approaches. This deviates from the common perception of hegemonic elite groups who often remain oblivious to inequality and consider social hierarchies as normative (Khan, 2011). Lastly, interviewees expressed profound pride in their national identity along with pursuit of academic excellence within a deeply discriminatory reality. This contrasts with the more convenient option often selected by non-hegemonic elites who try to assimilate into a ‘raceless’ identity (Wright, 2009). Thus, this research highlights interviewee resilience and refusal to relinquish their distinct cultural and national heritage. By cultivating a deep emotional attachment to their national identity, these elite students not only navigate the complexities of their dual identities (Haidar & Bar-Haim, 2022) but also develop a strong sense of solidarity with their minority group. References Agbaria, A. K., & Obeid Shehadeh, H. (2022). “Minority within minority” or a “minority of two majorities”: Religious education and the making of Christian identity in Israel. British Journal of Religious Education, 44(3), 256–270. Appadurai, A. (2004). The capacity to aspire: Culture and the terms of recognition. In V. Rao & M. Walton (Eds.), Culture and public action (pp. 59–84). Stanford University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1977). Cultural reproduction and social reproduction. In J. Karabel and A.H. Halsey (Eds), Power and Ideology in Education (pp. 56-68). Oxford University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In: J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for sociology of education. (pp. 46- 58). Greenwood. Castagno, A. E. (2008). “I don’t want to hear that!”: Legitimating whiteness through silence in schools. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 39(3), 314–333. Demerath, P. (2009). Producing success: The culture of personal advancement in an American high school. University of Chicago Press. Gaztambide-Fernández, R. (2009). What is an elite boarding school? Review of Educational Research, 79(3), 1090–1128. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654309339500 Haidar, A., & Bar-Haim, E. (2022). Marginalized yet flourishing: The remarkable growth of the Palestinian middle class in Israel. The American Sociologist, 53(4), 532–556. Howard, A. (2010). Elite visions: Privileged perceptions of self and others. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 112(8), 1971–1992. Khan, S. R. (2011). Privilege: The making of an adolescent elite at St. Paul's School. Princeton University Press. Khan, S. R. (2012). The sociology of elites. Annual Review of Sociology, 38, 361-377. Ogbu, J. U. (1990). Minority education in comparative perspective. Journal of Negro Education, 59(1), 45–57. Okun, B. S., & Friedlander, D. (2005). Educational stratification among Arabs and Jews in Israel: Historical disadvantage, discrimination, and opportunity. Population Studies, 59(2), 163–180. Sa’di, A. (2004). Trends in Israeli social science research on the national identity of the Palestinian citizens of Israel. Asian Journal of Social Science, 32(1), 140–160. Vincent, C., & Ball, S. J. (2007). `Making Up’ the Middle-Class Child: Families, Activities and Class Dispositions. Sociology, 41(6), 1061–1077. Wright, B. L. (2009). Racial-Ethnic Identity, Academic Achievement, and African American Males: A Review of Literature. Journal of Negro Education, 78(2), 123–134. Zembylas, M. (2013). Memorial ceremonies in schools: Analyzing the entanglement of emotions and power. Journal of Political Power, 6(3), 477–493. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 29 SES 03 A: Workshop. Towards the Assemblage of a Human-Piano: Exploring the HECological Cartographies of Existence Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ana Luísa Paz Research Workshop |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Research Workshop Towards the Assemblage of a Human-Piano: Exploring the HECological Cartographies of Existence UIDEF, Instituto de Educação, ULISBOA, Portugal Presenting Author:What happens when we take historiographical research and engage in a collaborative arts-based proposal? This was the ignite for exploring how can historiographical knowledge and document-based research be explored within a historiography of educational ecologies (HEC) – a trend that defends an intertwined timespan of present and past, and is concerned with spatial relations, within an interdisciplinary, collaborative, artistic, cartographical, and narrative approach (HEC, 2021). Also, in search for ways of knowledge building, HECological thinking forged the ecologies of thinking within the visuals by experimenting with Benjamin’s Archades. Mosaïque technique in particular (HEC, 2022) showed awareness of how non-humans may interplay with the conceptualization of the very same research objects. In this context, having previously developed workshops with people from different areas of expertise – thus stressing “training and scholarship” as layer of power(s), or better said, “a form of gravity” (Bryant, 2013, p.13) – we have grasped to use HECological guidelines to develop them yet further as art educators and other teaching and training environments. This brough and additional awareness of the agency of the non-human (withdrawn to ensure anonymity). At the same time, “to enunciate new assemblages of existence”, in different study groups can imply “collective assemblages of human-nonhuman that 'assemble' to form spaces and modes of being that subvert capitalist trajectories of destruction” (Greenhalgh-Spencer, 2014 , p. 324) and other modalities of power. It is from this potentiality that we seek to situate this proposal, which focuses on participatory, artistic, historical and ecological processes as lines of force that converge to make visible the utterance of a human-piano in movement, lived in the past and updated in the present from the agency of its objects. - our main human actor ? - The Portuguese pianist and composer José Vianna da Motta was born in the African island of São Tomé (1868), and based in Berlin with a royal Grant since he was 13 years old (1882) up to the 1st World War (1914). Then he had to move to Switzerland and finally returned to Portugal, where he stayed most of the time up to his death in 1948, seamed the perfect case-study to explore other possibilities hybridizing the history of the arts and the education within a HEC approach, especially if focusing on the potential to frame a cartographic experiment (Hernández et al., 2018). In fact, in between, first as a young student that was ‘adopted’ by a German family and the protégée of several important teachers, he was constantly travelling around Germany; and as an adult that was a professional concerto player and major professor all over the world, he travelled regularly inside Germany, Europe, but also Asia and all the American Continent. n a basis of ecologies of existence. Most of these displacements, travels, study trips, vacations, etc., as possible ecologies of existence can also underline the need to further develop this concept: VM desires to settle – Berlin, Weimar, Frankfurt, Genève, Lisbon – but travels almost all his life; and in Benjamin’s view, “one can only get to know a place after having experimented with it in every possible dimension” (1926/2022, p.106) By focusing on cartography and inviting the participants to engage in a collaborative experience of moving through time and space as fluid categories we stress the HEC guidelines in order to accommodate the participatory and transdisciplinary. In our research questions we wonder: How can participatory and artistic processes allow for JVM’s cartography as processes of knowledge-building within a HEC perspective? How does this process allow for the problematization of (inter)connection, simultaneity and void of JVM’s cartography of existence?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research questions will be the motto to set up a workshop where the attendees are invited to participate from their original standpoints as educators, pedagogues, artists, arts educators, historians, etc., moving towards a more hybrid and transdisciplinary perspective. The workshop consits on an invitaion to develop a collaborative cartography of Vianna da Motta's ecologies of existence. Whatever we produce will be highly contextual and a situated processess of collective (and invidual) knowledge builing. In this ephemeral reply the different archival objects that belonged to the life and work of Vianna da Motta will change their status as research objects. For the example, objects such as a music sheet, a letter, some personal belongins may be issued, but also some soundscape will be activated. And in this enactment what is an original and what is the copy when we use it? As longing for disobedient modes of expression, we hope to illuminate the possibilities to unlearn (Baldacchino, 2019) and disobey (Atkinson, 2018, 2023) our own knowledge and instructions, but in the current state we would display several groups with these historical materials and handwork materials in order to invite the group to organise an installation (working in smaller groups). In the end of this exercice, some card-questions will be distributed opening up for discussion: How can/could we participate in an investigation we know nothing about? How did we allow ourselves to dwell today in a past time? How can an artist that is no longer humanly with us actively participate in an investigation through the objects that were part of his life? How participating in a cartography of an artist's existence transforms us and expands our knowledge about our original disciplinary academic area? How can the artistic, eventually poetic creation that we may produce with archival elements about a past life gain the status of constituting itself as interdisciplinary/hybrid knowledge for these disciplinary areas? What can a new-born installation add to the concept of ecologies of existence and its ways of catographing it/them? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first outcome predicted is overall the distance of most Musicology, history of education and music history approaches, that tend to demonstrate the processes by which a musician was raised, influenced, trained in specific technique, experimented in style, turned expert in specific repertoire and how his work was received and the importance of public and critique’s feedback into renewing his work, eventually being outcasted by new pianists and aesthetic currents. The literature on the work and life of the Portuguese composer and pianist José Vianna da Motta is no exception and as a child-prodigy he is potentially added to the nature/nurture debate held both by Music Psychology and Sociology of Music and to enact it within the non-human elements is part of an important strategy of opening up new possibilities. In a theorethical basis, the workshop will allow both to explore the concept of "ecologies of existence" and also discuss the collaborative (hopefully transdisciplinary) knowledge-building. By underlining the supplementary arts education ground as necessary to develop this exploratory research, we expect to facilitate a framework allowing for the suddenly possible (Atkinson, 2018) to emerge and to suspend – at least momentaneously – the traditional approaches towards an historical object. Ranging from positivism (what really happened and the material evidence) to any kinds of the hermeneutics (what can it mean, and what it means in context), and including the poststructuralist essays (sometimes very conceptual, many times highly grounded into series of documents), the very idea of what does it take to assemble historical knowledge is here set aside, moving towards a post-humanist thinking, but specifically engaging in a HEC approach, proposing yet new ways to approppriate, entagle and expand it. References Atkinson, D. (2018). Art, Disobedience, and Ethics. The Adventure of Pedagogy. Pallgrave Atkinson, D. (2022) Inheritance, disobedience and speculation in pedagogic practice. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 43(5), 749-765. Baldacchino, J. (2019). Art as Unlearning. Routledge. Benjamin, W. (1926/2022). Diário de Moscovo. In Barrento, J. (Ed.), Diários de Viagem (pp. 81-245). Assírio & Alvim. Biesta, G. (2014). Freeing Teaching from Learning: Opening Up Existential Possibilities in Educational Relationships. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 34(3), 229–243. Bryant, L.R. (2013). The Gravity of Things: An Introduction to Onto-Cartography. Ontological Anarché, 2 [Special issue: Beyond Materialism and Idealism], 10-30. Greenhalgh-Spencer, H. (2014). Guattari’s Ecosophy and Implications for Pedagogy. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 48(2), 323-338. Hernández, F., Sancho, J. & Domingo (2018). Cartographies as spaces of inquiry to explore of teachers’ nomadic learning trajectories. Digital Education Review, 33, 105-119. HEC ([2021]). Manifesto [flyer]. History of Educational Ecologies. [website]. https://historyofeducationalecologies.wordpress.com/about-hec/manifesto/ HEC ([2022]). The Mosaïque [visual]. History of Educational Ecologies. [website]. https://historyofeducationalecologies.wordpress.com/mosaic/ several references are now excluded to ensure anonimaty |
17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 03 A: Whole Institution Approaches to ESE Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Konstantinos Korfiatis Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Teaching through the whole-school-approach: The Austrian School Network ÖKOLOG - Case studies on Education for Sustainable Development in All-Day schools 1University of Klagenfurt, Austria; 2Teacher University Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Austria’s largest network for sustainable development education in schools is ÖKOLOG, which currently comprises 11% (over 700 schools) of the Austrian schools of all types as well as all university colleges for teacher education. ÖKOLOG was developed in 1996 by an Austrian team of teachers working on the international ENSI project (Affolder & Varga, 2018). ÖKOLOG is a national support system with the aim of promoting and integrating a sustainability approach into the development of individual schools and attempts are being made to embed the programme in Austria's federal states inter alia by regional networks and a webpage (www.ecolog.at). ÖKOLOG is structured in three levels to support schools in the ÖKOLOG program: (1) the coordination by the Institute of Instructional and School Development at the University of Klagenfurt in partnership with the Austrian Federal Ministry for Education, (2) nine ÖKOLOG regional teams (one in each Austrian province) in collaboration with educational and environmental authorities, University Colleges of Teacher Education and various organizations of environmental and sustainability education, and (3) ÖKOLOG coordinators and teams in all ÖKOLOG schools (Rauch et al., 2023). Schools analyse the ecological, technical, and social conditions of their environment and, resultingly, define objectives, targets, concrete activities, and quality criteria to be implemented and evaluated. Students and other stakeholders of a school should be involved in a participatory way, and collaboration with authorities, businesses, and other interested parties is encouraged. The measures concern, among others, areas like saving resources (energy, water, etc.), reduction of emissions (i.e., waste, traffic), spatial arrangement (from the classroom to the campus), the culture of learning (communication, organisational structure), health promotion, social learning, as well as the opening of the school to the community (Rauch & Pfaffenwimmer, 2020). Since the beginning of the ÖKOLOG-schools network's existence, a series of evaluations, inquiries, and studies have been produced and published both using qualitative and quantitative methods (Rauch et al., 2023). Evaluation studies are carried out on an ongoing basis to gain a better understanding of organizational and individual educational processes and to ensure the quality of educational governance. The current evaluation study is also specifically dedicated to so-called all-day schools. Traditionally, school lessons in Austria are mainly held in the morning. In recent years, all-day schools have gained in importance, not least for social reasons (e.g. parents working). In principle, all-day schools spread school life over the whole day (usually from 8:00 to 17:00) and offer lunch. The structuring of lessons and extracurricular activities at the schools is additive or integrative. The main theoretical model used is currently those on ESD effective schools by Verhelst et al. (2022). In this model six central processes are identified which influence a "whole school approach": Pluralistic communication, shared vision, democratic decision making, adaptability, collective efficacy and supportive relations. It is assumed that all-day schools have specific potential for transformative educational processes due to the fact that they go beyond conventional teaching, but at the same time specific demands are placed on them. The aim of the studies described below was to explore these relationships and their potential. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 2022 - 2023, a total of four case studies were carried out in different contexts. When selecting the participating schools, in addition to membership in the ÖKOLOG network, care was taken to cover the diversity of the Austrian school landscape as far as possible: Thus, a rural elementary school (pupils aged 6-10) and an urban grammar school (pupils aged 10-18) both receive a lot of support as well as a middle school (age 10-14) in a socio-economically challenging location and a vocational school (age 15+, training takes place in a company in addition to school) in a metropolitan area. Two were case studies developed as part of the ERASMUS+ project SustainAll - Sustainability at all-day schools. The greatest possible heterogeneity was also taken into account when selecting the cases with regard to the conceptual integration of education for sustainable development into the educational offerings, as well as the economic side of the school (buildings, purchasing, waste disposal, etc.). The data collection consisted of in-depth interviews, observations and the analysis of documents. The interviews were conducted with various stakeholders (teachers, pupils, parents, directors, social workers, leisure time educators) and focused on personal ideas of sustainability and transformative learning as well as implementation in the school. The observations consisted of participation in formal and informal activities, in non-specific and ESD-specific activities. The homepage, school concepts and the annual reports, which all ÖKOLOG member schools produce annually, were used as documents. The data was evaluated using content analysis (Mayring 2022). Based on the research questions, the individual case studies were initially analyzed deductively using a coding scheme. In the next inductive step, it was important to include particularly central aspects that came from the actors in the school. Finally, the four individual case studies were evaluated by means of a contrastive case comparison. This shows common difficulties and development logics in terms of the integration of ESD, but also major specifics of the individual situation of the schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In line with Verhelst et al. (2022), the factors "shared vision" and "pluralistic communication" appear to play a particularly important role. The ÖKOLOG programme acts as a shared vision for the schools, providing a common focus. Pluralistic communication with regard to ESD means illuminating sustainability issues from different perspectives and the facilitation of a dialog. The schools are at very different stages of development in the anchoring of ESD in their day-to-day work; there appear to be internal system boundaries, some of which extend along professional groups (teachers and leisure educators), but also along personal lifestyles (e.g. own flying behavior). In addition, it is not surprising that those schools whose pupils have socio-economic starting advantages have a more comprehensive establishment of ESD. For the further development of the ÖKOLOG network, these findings mean that further training and advisory services should be strongly related to organizational development in order to support schools in "shared vision" and "pluralistic communication" on the one hand, but also to be able to take into account the specifics of the individual school location with regard to the school types, the socio-economic and socio-cultural situation as well as the personal skills of the professionals on the other. References Affolter, C. & Varga, A. (2018) (Eds.), Environment and School Initiatives. Lessons from the ENSI Network - Past, Present and Future. Environment and School Initiatives, Vienna and Eszterhazy Karoly University, Budapest. Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. (13. Aufl.). Beltz. Rauch, F. & Pfaffenwimmer, G. (2020). The Austrian ECOLOG-Schools Programme – Networking for Environmental and Sustainability Education. pp. 85-102. In: A. Gough, J. Chi Kin Lee and E. Po Keung Tsang (eds.). Green Schools Globally: Stories of Impact for Sustainable Development. Dortrecht, Springer. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-030-46820-0_1 Rauch, F., Glettler, C., Steiner, R. & Dulle, M. (2023). Environmental and Sustainability Education in Austria, In R. Rieckmann, & R. Thomas (Eds.), World Review: Environmental and Sustainability Education in the Context of the Sustainable Development Goals. RiScience Publishers/CRC. (In Print) SustainAll (2024). www.sustainall.eu/en Verhelst, D., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2022). Development and validation of the education for sustainable development school organisation questionnaire. Environmental Education Research, 28(2), 241–259. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.2007219 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Navigating School-University Partnership: Evolving whole-institution engagement in sustainability-oriented education Norwegian University of Life Sciences (NMBU), Department of Educational Sciences Presenting Author:In Norway, as in other countries the world over, to ensure sustainability education is to move beyond an ‘add-on’ approach (Scott, 2013; Sterling, 2004), a shift in what, where, how, and with whom students learn is required. For sustainability education to move beyond the traditional classroom setting, and proactively engage learners with real-world issues and solutions, engagement with multi-stakeholders is also required (Leicht, Heiss & Byun, 2018; UNESCO, 2017). In 2017, a multi-stakeholder school-university partnership was established consisting of four upper-secondary schools, the school district, and a teacher education department situated in the southeast of Norway. The aim set was to improve professional practice between campus-based and school-based understandings of sustainability-oriented education. The third-space concept (Lejonberg et. al., 2017), was employed, where researchers, teachers, leaders, students, and pupils collaborate and co-construct knowledge (Daza et, al., 2021). Originally set to end in 2022 the partnership agreement was then renewed until 2025. This paper is situated in this renewal process, a point of reflexive transition within the partnership, where understanding the following is essential; to reflect on the challenges, tensions, and opportunities experienced in establishing a partnership from a third-space perspective; to understand better why systemically embedding sustainability education is challenging; and to explore if, and or, how collective capacity building can support and provide structures to overcome these challenges in future practice. To examine the collaborative frameworks and conditions for cross-institutional collective capacity building developed in this partnership the research questions this paper addresses are: 1. How does a School-University partnership structure and evolve collective capacity building for supporting sustainability-oriented transitions? 2. How can the partnership itself navigate and evolve to support each of the partner's own whole-institution process? A Whole School/Institution Approach (UNESCO, 2017; Wals & Mathie, 2022) frames multiple stages of this research; the development of the school-university partnership over time; informing co-developed and reflexive professional-development content creation; and the field of research, that the PhD study this artilce is situated in, aims to contribute to theoretically. As part of this theoretical contribution, this paper's theoretical framework builds upon and is informed by two publications; 1. Mathie (in press), where a broad understanding of a Whole School Approach as a reflexive thinking tool for general quality educational change processes is proposed and in turn a composite Whole School Approach model detailing "Overarching principles, processes, and strands of a Whole School Approach to Support Educational Change Processes" (Mathie, in press, p.24) is presented; and 2. Hugo & Iversen's (in press) Whole School Alignment Model, where, in a school-university partnership context "[...] the liminal space of collaborative inquiry processes assumes the central role of navigating and attuning inherent tensions and aligning structures, programme design, space and pedagogies to co-create coherency" (Hugo & Iversen, in press, p.15). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Situated within a larger PhD research design, Education Design Research (EDR) is chosen research method of enquiry. EDR is a participatory approach that combines scientific enquiry with systematic development to co-develop with stakeholders’ practical solutions to issues educators face in real-world learning contexts (McKenney & Reeves, 2018). EDR provides design processes whereby multiple stakeholders aims to; co-design innovative solutions to a specific challenge; ensure developing collective usable knowledge remains relevant and valuable to the stakeholders themselves; and contribute to theory building in a specific field (Barab & Kurt, 2004; Lagemann, 2002; McKenney & Reeves, 2018). This paper focuses specifically on analysing qualitative data sources collected between 2021 and 2023 (video and audio-recordings from interviews, workshops, and meetings, alongside visual content, for example, visual timelines generated through these interactions). The data is critically examined to gain insight into how a ‘School-University partnership’ perspective can evolve, structure, and develop collective capacity building to support and stimulate whole-institution engagement in sustainability-oriented education and related transitions. To systematically transcribe and process the multiple data sources, NVivo and the six phases of Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021), are employed for data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings: To varying degrees all participants involved commit to moving from an ‘add-on’ to a ‘built-in’ (Scott, 2013; Sterling, 2004) approach to sustainability-oriented education. Specific conditions are identified as ways to support authentic integration of sustainability-oriented education, such as the need to; have a flexible structure to adapt to each specific institutional context; anchor commitment throughout the whole institution to avoid dependence on individuals; establish arenas for collaboration and reflection across all institutional levels; create multi-actor resource and development groups at each institute to mobilize distributed leadership and sync-up institutional and educational development; establish clear, tangible, short and mid-term goals that link to a `living´ long-term vision and overarching institutional plan; create a model for distributing continuous competency and capacity building involving all staff; to build up the culture of collaboration and sharing between all local education providers by developing an open-access resource/knowledge base platform. Challenges encountered include, for example; shifts of project identity in relation to the institutions as the needs and direction of the partnerships evolve; shifts in roles and staff-turnover amongst all partners; and the need to be conscious of underlying power relations. Preliminary conclusions: The findings indicate that participatory methods that encourage ´learning from and with each other´ became a pivotal mechanism and overarching principle in the partnership development process for establishing mutually supportive, non-hierarchical capacity building for all stakeholders. Establishing a ‘third room’, of shared ownership to shared questions, is seen to provide an applicable non-hierarchical space to navigate these challenges, where inquiry-based research and practice, alongside professional and institutional development, can simultaneously be developed. References Barab, S. and K. Squire (2004). "Design-based research: Putting a stake in the ground." The journal of the learning sciences 13 (1): 1-14. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338. Hugo, A., & Iversen, E., (in press). The Whole School Alignment Model: Facilitating a teacher team in sustainable entrepreneurship education within a whole school context. Springer SDG 4.7 series – Whole School Approaches. Springer. Lagemann, E. C. (2002). An elusive science: The troubling history of education research: University of Chicago Press. Leicht, A., Heiss, J., & Byun, W. J. (2018). Issues and trends in education for sustainable development (Vol. 5): UNESCO Publishing. Lejonberg, E., Elstad, E., & Hunskaar, T. S. (2017). Behov for å utvikle” det tredje rom” i relasjonen mellom universitet og praksisskoler. Uniped, 40(1), 68- 85. Mathie, R, G., (in press). A Whole School Approach: A synthesis of interconnected Policy, Practice and Research Conceptualisations. Springer SDG 4.7 series – Whole School Approaches. Springer. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting Educational Design Research: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Scott, W. (2013). Developing the sustainable school: Thinking the issues through. Curriculum Journal, 24(2), 181-205. Sterling, S. (2004). Higher education, sustainability, and the role of systemic learning. In P. B. Corcoran & a. E. J. Wals (Eds.), Higher Education and the Challenge of Sustainability: Problematics, Promise, and Practice (pp. 49–70). Dordrecht: Springer. UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives, UNESCO Publishing. Wals, A.E.J & Mathie, R.G. (2022). Whole school responses to climate urgency and related sustainability challenges: A perspective from northern Europe. In: M. Peters & R. Heraud (Eds.), Encyclopedia of educational innovation. Springer. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 03 B: Time, Existence and Hope in ESE Research Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nicola Walshe Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Learning a Way Out of Unsustainability? Exploring a Pedagogical Space and Time in Sustainability Transition Initiatives. 1Ghent University, Belgium; 2Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:Learning a way out of socio-ecological problems is often seen as vital for transforming our society into a more sustainable direction (van Mierlo et al. 2020). There is a growing body of research literature on how learning processes may contribute to so-called ‘sustainability transitions’ (STs): profound and long-term transformations of non-sustainable structures, cultures, and practices into more sustainable alternatives (Köhler et al. 2019). A recent review of this literature shows, however, that ‘the complexity of the relationship between learning and transitions is not deeply analysed’ (Stam et al. 2023). This confirms earlier findings which revealed a poor conceptual and empirical underpinning of research on learning in STs. Van Mierlo and Beers (2020, p. 255) argue that well-established research fields related to learning which could provide valuable insights are ‘broadly ignored or loosely applied’. Van Poeck et al. (2020, p. 303) similarly report on conceptual haziness and a lack of ‘a clear, consistent understanding of the relation and distinction between “learning” and the changes in society that may be the result of it’. Van Mierlo et al. (2020, p. 253) edited a special issue on the topic and conclude that there is a need for conceptual work that goes ‘beyond a superficial use of notions such as social learning and double-loop learning’. Furthermore, they raise concerns about a weak empirical knowledge base which impedes progress in our understanding of learning in STs. Learning is often assumed to take place, the editors argue, but it is neither specified nor critically investigated. Van Poeck et al. (2020) also discuss how empirical research contributions often fail to convincingly reveal that, what, and how people are learning in practices striving for STs. This paper aims to further explore – theoretically and empirically – how learning takes place in the context of ST initiatives. We do so with a focus on the occurrence of a pedagogical space and time within settings and initiatives that primarily have a political purpose of fostering social change. We theoretically conceptualise and empirically investigate the emergence of what Garrison (2010) calls ‘teachable moments’ and how these may be seized as unique pedagogical opportunities which may evolve into ‘educative moments’ (Garrison et al. 2015). Teachable moments are those moments when the participants are drawn into shared inquiry regarding some problematic situation and desire to explore possibilities together. In informal learning settings we call this ‘educable’ moments as there is no formal teaching at play. We investigate how such moments arise in ST initiatives and under which conditions they give rise to educative moments in which critical and creative inquiry results in imagining or developing novel possibilities for the future. Through three case studies of a variety of initiatives aimed at fostering STs in the food, mobility, and energy system, we thus aim to contribute to strengthening the conceptual and empirical underpinning of research on learning in STs. On the one hand, we further conceptualise learning in STs by theorising how a pedagogical time and space within political settings of social change can be understood in terms of (not always predictable and plannable) educable moments which may or may not evolve in a shared inquiry into collective matters of concern and, eventually, educative moments where novel pathways for the future emerge. On the other hand, we create empirically grounded knowledge about how this takes place, conditions for it to happen, and how it can be facilitated. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conduct multiple case studies of learning processes in ST initiatives in which a variety of actors are involved in attempts to transform non-sustainable systems and practices. The cases are selected through maximum heterogeneity sampling (Patton 2002) and vary as to the topics addressed (agri-food, energy, and mobility transitions), the locus of initiating and steering (government-led, community-based, social movement driven), the actors involved (policymakers, citizens, businesses, scientists, etc.) and the scale of the initiative (ranging from a neighbourhood to a transnational movement). The dataset consists of interviews with organisers, facilitators, and participants (recorded and transcribed), (transcriptions of) video-/audio-recorded observations of activities, and documents (websites, social media posts, internal documents, publications, flyers, posters, audio-visual productions, etc.). Sensitizing concepts derived from theoretical work on teachable moments (Garrison 2010, Östman et al. forthcoming) and educative moments (Garrison et al. 2015) are in the first step of our analytical work used to select relevant excerpts from the data. We select data about those instances where aspects of teachable moments (e.g. shared focus, attentiveness, inquiry, engagement) and educative moments (e.g. creativity, evolving values, epiphany) become visible. Next, we investigate the learning that takes place with the help of transactional learning theory (Östman et al. 2019), an analytical model that has proven to be useful to open up the black box of learning in STs (e.g. Van Poeck and Östman 2021). The third analytical step is to investigate the conditions under which educable moments may result in shared inquiry and in educative moments. We use a dramaturgical analytical framework for studying the facilitation of learning in terms of the scripting and staging of a setting and the performance of the activities taking place in it (Van Poeck and Östman 2022). Finally, we look for patterns in our findings that reveal diverse ways in which educable moments may occur, different ways of handling these, a variety of inquiry processes, and varied types of educative and non-educative moments that may result from this. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results contribute to the further conceptualisation of learning in STs and shed new light on when, what, and how people can learn in practices striving for social change in view of more sustainable practices, structures, and cultures. The question how learning is, or ought to be, related to societal transformation is a topic of vibrant debate in educational research (e.g. Masschelein and Simons 2013) and in sustainability education research in particular (Van Poeck and Säfström 2022). Our study provides further theorisation but also takes this topic beyond the realm of merely theoretical discussions by creating a thorough empirical knowledge base that also has vital practical relevance: insight in how to facilitate learning in a fruitful way. We present typologies of different sorts of educable moments, different practices of inquiry, and different types of educative and non-educative moments. We also reveal how these varied learning processes and outcomes are influenced by the dramaturgy of the setting in which they take place and, thus, by people’s actions to script purposes and roles, to stage a learning environment and ways of acting within it, and to perform specific interventions in these settings. This provides ‘actionable knowledge’ (Hölscher et al. 2023) on how educable moments can be elicited and seized as well as on how, for example, collective reflection on on-going experimentation or the way in which participants build upon each other’s input can influence whether and, if so, how this may result in a fruitful inquiry and educative moments. References Garrison, J. et al. 2015. The creative use of companion values in environmental education and education for sustainable development: exploring the educative moment. Environmental Education Research, 21(2), 183-204. Garrison, J., 2010. Dewey and Eros: Wisdom and desire in the art of teaching. IAP, Charlotte, NC. Köhler, J. et al. 2019. An agenda for sustainability transitions research: State of the art and future directions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 31(1), 1-32. Masschelein, J. and Simons, M. 2013. In Defence of the School. A Public Issue. Leuven, Education, Culture & Society Publishers. Östman, L. et al. 2019. A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K. et al. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 127-139. Östman, L. et al. (forthcoming). Poignant Experiences and the Nonteleological Teachable Moment. Éducation & Didactique. Patton, M.Q., 2002. Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods. Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks/London/New Delhi. Stam, K. et al. 2023. How does learning drive sustainability transitions? Perspectives, problems and prospects from a systematic literature review. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 48, 100734. van Mierlo, B., Beers, P. J., 2020. Understanding and governing learning in sustainability transitions: A review. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 34, 255-269. van Mierlo, B. et al. 2020. Learning about learning in sustainability transitions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 34, 251-254. Van Poeck, K. et al. 2020. Opening up the black box of learning-by-doing in sustainability transitions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 34, 298-310. Van Poeck, K. & Östman, L. 2021. Learning to find a way out of non-sustainable systems. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 39, 155-172. Van Poeck, K & Säfström, C.A. (Eds.) (2022). Public pedagogy and sustainability challenges. European Educational Research Journal, 21(3). 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Students' Emotions and Learning About the Existential Challenge of Climate Change – a Didactic Approach UGent, Belgium Presenting Author:In this paper, we address students' emotions in existential situations in climate change education (CCE) and present empirical research on how different didactic approaches affect experiencing, expressing and reflecting on these emotions and, by extension, learning about the existential challenge of climate change (CC). Indeed, several studies highlight that CC can lead to existential experiences and associated emotions. For example, Bergdahl & Langmann (p. 407, 2022) state that "climate change is closely linked to the existential fear of losing something valuable and irreplaceable - here: planet earth as our only home - which generates feelings of worry, helplessness and hopelessness in both adults and children”. At the same time, several scholars have pointed out that we need to pay attention to these existential experiences and related emotions in climate education or to provide “an educational space and time for youth to confront and begin to deal with their own existential worries and concerns' (Todd, 2020: 1112) and “that emotions and existential questions must be taken into account, and when education about climate change proceeds, the educators must be sensitive to that which arises” (Pihkala, 2018, p. 560). Previous research (Verlie, 2019; Pihkala, 2018) provides insight into the emotions that climate change can evoke as well as into different approaches for educators to deal with these emotions (Ojala, 2016; Verlie, 2021). These approaches have been found to differ in the way they can either align more with a therapeutic pedagogy or with a critical affective pedagogy (Amsler, 2011). However, there is little or no research that focuses on developing detailed, precise didactic knowledge about how emotions in existential situations relate to the didactic work of the teacher nor how this didactic work affects students’ learning in relation to the existential challenge of climate change. It is precisely this kind of knowledge creation that this paper aims to contribute to. We do so by analysing a Master's course in English literature at a Belgian university, where the teacher deliberately sought to address the existential challenge of CC, while at the same time being very aware of the emotions that might arise among the students. With this research, we are particularly interested in uncovering and understanding how different didactic approaches influence experiencing, expressing and reflecting on emotions and through this learning regarding the existential challenge of climate change. Thus, we gain further insight into how teachers can deal ethically and pedagogically with emotions in the context of CCE and how we can better understand the risks and opportunities of emotions emerging in the CCE classroom. The theoretical framework underpinning our study is transactional didactic theory (Östman et al. 2019, a, b) based on the pragmatist work of John Dewey. This theory understands learning as being incited by a 'problematic situation', for instance through encountering existential anxiety or dilemmas, or alternative perspectives on what life is, what it means to live, and how to live well that one has never considered before. This triggers an 'inquiry' that can result in new knowledge, skills, values and beliefs. The transactional theory of teaching, then, focuses on how teachers' actions in, both, the preparation and implementation of lessons affect the encounters that take place and what students learn from them. This is grasped in terms of the scripting of purposes and roles, the staging of a learning environment (objects of attention and activities), and the performance of interventions that help to guide students' learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical data consisted of teaching materials, 100 forum posts of students, 6 transcripts of video/audio-recorded observations of lessons, 38 student assignments, and two semi-structured interviews with the involved teacher of our case-study. In our first analytical step, we selected from the original data all existential expressions, more specifically: “profound questions and choices about what life is and what really matters in life - both our personal lives and human existence in general - that may involve threats, fears and incompatible values” (Vandenplas et al. 2023, p. 1733). We then selected only these expressions in which students expressed or described affect or emotions. Our second step consisted of Practical Epistemology Analysis (PEA) in order to reveal students’ meaning-making regarding the existential challenge of CC. PEA is designed to study how learning takes shape through individual-environment transactions and allows for a detailed analysis of how perspectives on the existential challenge of CC are (trans)formed ‘in action’. PEA starts from the transactional understanding of learning as the creation of relations between what stands fast for a person – e.g. previously acquired knowledge, ideas, beliefs – and the new situation they encounter. Every time a person encounters a new situation there is a gap. If one manages to bridge the gap by creating a relation to what stands fast, one has learned something. By analysing the created relations, we can investigate the content of what is learned. Analysing the encounters reveals how the learning was made possible. We employ PEA for analysing transcripts of observed conversations, forumposts and assignments. As a final step, we conducted a dramaturgical analysis of the teacher’s scripting, staging, and performance (teacher moves) (Van Poeck et al. 2023). In this way, we investigated the impact of the teacher’s didactic work on the creation of specific encounters and thus how specific existential situations could arise in which students uttered emotions in relation to the existential challenge of CC could come about. As explained above we also analysed in detail how the teacher’s actions influenced the students’ learning in the performance as shown by the created relations between a gap and what stand fast. By analysing the didactic work of scripting, staging, and performance we gain insight into how a specific approach influence existential situations in which emotions where uttered and learning in relation to the existential challenge of climate change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By conceptualising, describing and empirically illustrating the impact of the teacher's didactic work on students' emotions and learning, we contribute to the much-needed detailed and empirically based understanding of how to deal with the existential dimension of CC and the emotions involved. We therefore analysed the teachers’ work in an English literature master course in which the students read each week fiction combined with non-fiction texts. Our analyses showed how the teacher created a well-suited learning environment for both experiencing, expressing and reflecting on emotions and through this learning about the existential challenge of CC. Therefore well-considered choices in the design of the course were made, namely: (1) offering a spectrum of literary appearances that make the existential challenge of CC and different scenarios for the future concrete and experienceable, (2) offering theoretical concepts about the emotional experience as an analytical framework for their own emotions, and (3) providing a forum for emotions as a starting point for critical reflection. Through this didactic work, the teacher encourages the students to pay close attention to the concreteness of the existential challenge of CC and different scenarios for the future and to reflect extensively about the emotional experiences this entails before proceeding to deliberate (i.e. take and defend a position) about their own place in the universe and what they consider most important in life. As such, we describe the teachers’ work creating a space where students learn about the existential challenge of climate change fuelled by the emotional experience of living in times of climate change. This sheds new light on how to seize the educational opportunities involved, while avoiding potentially devastating effects on students' wellbeing, in the face of serious and far-reaching sustainability issues such as CC in the classroom (Todd 2020; Pihkala 2018; Garrison et al. 2015). References Sarah S. Amsler (2011) From ‘therapeutic’ to political education: the centrality of affective sensibility in critical pedagogy, Critical Studies in Education, 52 (1), 47-63, Bergdahl, L., & Langmann, E. (2022). Pedagogical publics: Creating sustainable educational environments in times of climate change. European Educational Research Journal, 21(3), 405–418. Garrison, J., Östman, L., & Håkansson, M. (2015). ‘The creative use of companion values in Environmental Education and Education for Sustainable Development: Exploring the Educative Moment.’ Environmental Education Research, 21 (2), 183–204. Ojala, M. (2016). Facing anxiety in climate change education: From therapeutic practice to hopeful transgressive learning. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 21, 41–56. Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. and Öhman, J. (2019a). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. and Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 127- 139. Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. and Öhman, J. (2019b). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. and Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 140- 153. Pihkala, P. (2018). Eco-anxiety, tragedy, and hope: psychological and spiritual dimensions of climate change. Zygon, 53, 545-569. Todd, S. (2020). Creating aesthetic encounters of the world, or teaching in the presence of climate sorrow. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1110-1125. Vandenplas, E., Van Poeck, K. & Block, T. (2023) ‘The existential tendency’ in climate change education: an empirically informed typology, Environmental Education Research, 29 (12), 1729-1757 Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. & Öhman, J. (2019). Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and political challenges. New York: Routledge. Van Poeck, K., Vandenplas, E., & Östman, L. (2023). Teaching action-oriented knowledge on sustainability issues. Environmental Education Research, 1-26. Verlie, B. (2019). Bearing worlds: Learning to live-with climate change. Environmental Education Research, 25(5), 751-766. Verlie B, Clark E, Jarrett T, Supriyono E. (2021). Educators’ experiences and strategies for responding to ecological distress. Australian Journal of Environmental Education. 37(2), 132-146. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper “Hope and Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) Framework in the Face of Climate Uncertainty”. Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:Within this paper, we consider hope through two key aspects of the TPACK framework. Firstly, how the role of technology in the TPACK framework intersects with hope for a sustainable future, and how may hope and hopeful practices play a role in the learning design. And, secondly, the role of context and how, and in what ways do teachers focus on hopefulness (hope elements) in the TPACK framework in response to building capacity and resilience towards a sustainable and hopeful future? This paper forms part of a larger doctoral thesis project on hope and hopeful practices in the classroom in response to climate issues. Education for social change is largely based on hope, with hope and education inspiring each other. Paulo Freire states that “Without hope there is no way we can even start to think about education” (2007, p.87). In positioning teachers as active respondents, a core component of their work is as learning designers, in which teachers turn to the use of models or frameworks for designing curriculum and making pedagogical decisions. One such framework is the Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) framework (Mishra & Koehler, 2006). Based on Shulman’s Pedagogical Content Knowledge (PCK), the TPACK framework seeks to capture the essential elements of teacher knowledge required by teachers for the effective integration of technology in teaching whilst addressing the complex and situated nature of this knowledge. The three primary forms of knowledge that intersect each other are content, pedagogical and technological. As a framework, it has much to offer to the discussion of technology integration at multiple levels including, theoretical, pedagogical and methodological. Whilst TPACK has been predominately used for learning design, in response to climate related issues this paper considers how the TPACK model fits with educating for a sustainable future. Significant environmental events can be unpredictable, they often cause disruption, uncertainty and instability. The complexity to be discussed here is in the form of the intersection of hope, hopeful practices in education and in understanding how it may fit into curriculum and pedagogies. In the rapidly changing socio-environmental landscape we have seen, at extraordinary rates, socio-ecological crises, such as floods, wildfires and heatwaves across the globe. With eco-anxiety increasing and the wellbeing of our young people being a concern, it is timely to look at this model with a new set of eyes to see what it has to offer in way of dealing with the unprecedented climate uncertainties young people are facing. In the face of current climate uncertainty, teachers have a multi-faceted and challenging role of educating and caring for the whole student. Exacerbated by successive extreme weather events and natural disasters, there is growing evidence linking mental health and climate change with it being reported that students are experiencing greater levels of environment related stress and anxiety. Along with stress and anxiety frequently comes the feeling of despair. Hope is often discussed in terms of its binary opposite, despair. At the essence, hope is something that is universally experienced by everyone and can be found in a multitude of arenas, for example in sport, religion, the media, technology, medicine, politics, education. Snyder et al (2017) simply describes hope as “the belief that one can find pathways to desired goals and become motivated to use those pathways” (p. 28). We often look to the feeling of being hopeful to draw on resilience in the face of adversity. Our contribution to the ongoing narrative of eco-anxiety is to discuss the conditions of TPACK as a possibility for more hopeful teaching practices for a sustainable future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is a theoretical discussion that engages with the literature of hope theory and its position in educating for climate uncertainty. Using climate change as a representative, timely and urgent socio-environmental topic, this paper explores how building capacity and resilience in response to the unprecedented extreme weather events and natural disasters being experienced around the globe may be enacted using hope and hopeful practices through the TPACK framework. It draws upon research from the fields of psychology, sociology and philosophy to provide insights into how we might characterise and explain hope. It combines theoretical work from Freire and Snyder with other hope and positive psychology theories. It then examines how it might be positioned in educating for climate change. Further to this, Maria Ojala has generated a rich program of research on hope and climate change. Her works proceeds largely from a psychological perspective into education focussed situations. What Ojala’s (2021) continuing research highlights is the affective behaviour, emotional needs, and responses of young people to global environmental problems and more specifically to climate change. In comparison to Snyder’s focus on individual goals, pathways and actions, Ojala (2023) shifts the emphasis, seeing a need to consider collective pathways of hope, yet acknowledging that different groups and communities experience hope differently, highlighting the complexities of hope elements and practices. We unpack the TPACK framework by first summarising the components of the framework with the theoretical framework from Mishra and Koehler (2006) for understanding teacher knowledge for effective technology integration, based on Shulman’s construct of Pedagogical Content Knowledge (PCK). Then, we describe and explore the various ways TPACK has been conceptualised, showing where things are going and what it has to say about hope and hopeful practices. Highlighting that the intersubjective space in the TPACK model has the potential to enable particular practices through its flexibility (Phillip 2016) or constrain particular practices through being too rigid in the approach (Phillips & Harris, 2018). Finally, we bring together the literature on hope with the TPACK framework, to discuss and understand ways of teachers’ thinking and responding to climate change issues and uncertainty, that build capacity and resilience in young people. Importantly, it draws together the significance of hope and hope practices in educational planning frameworks to recommend areas for further research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We argue that the role of hope has a very significant place in education. If this is the case, then it would be prudent for teachers, educational leaders and teacher educators to adopt some of the key findings and enact them in their practices. We suggest that there is a synergy between hope and the TPACK framework that has the potential to position hope and hopeful practices as a driver for educating for a sustainable future by putting hope at the forefront, underpinning the Content Knowledge, Pedagogical Knowledge, and Technological Knowledge elements and thus strengthening the TPACK framework for educating in times of unprecedented uncertainty. However, some of the challenges include the processes and practices of how TPACK is enacted along with the complexities of hope. Finding pathways for hopeful practices in the classroom that build capacity and resilience in young people so that they cope in stressful situations, requires careful consideration. To address these challenges, certain aspects of the TPACK framework suggests that it is likely to be able to support the role of hope and hopeful practices as: • It acknowledges contexts • It acknowledges culture • It supports knowledge of hope • It supports domain-specific hope • It can draw upon pedagogies of hope • It can use hope as technology for teaching • It fosters specific goals and pathways • It incorporates hope into the classroom through structured, dedicated, and intentional practices (activities, actions,); developed as hopeful practices • It provides for authentic and real-life challenges • It allows the ‘hope’ driven educator to engage in the pursuit of hopeful goals This paper makes the case for a hope rich elaborated extension of TPACK, providing a wholistic perspective which embodies the socio-environmental and social-emotional aspect as drivers for education, powerfully prioritizing the well-being and mental health of young people whilst educating them towards a sustainable future. References Alacovska, A. (2019). ‘Keep hoping, keep going’: Towards a hopeful sociology of creative work. The Sociological Review, 67(5), 1118-1136. Webb, D. (2013). Pedagogies of hope. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 32, 397-414. Bourn, D. (2021). Pedagogy of Hope: Global Learning and the Future of Education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 13(2), 65-78. Cook, J., & Cuervo, H. (2019). Agency, futurity and representation: Conceptualising hope in recent sociological work. The Sociological Review, 67(5), 1102-1117. Freire, P. (2021). Pedagogy of hope: Reliving pedagogy of the oppressed. Bloomsbury Publishing. Freire, P., Macedo, D., & Freire, A. M. A. (2007). Daring to dream: Toward a pedagogy of the unfinished. Paradigm Publishers. Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers college record, 108(6), 1017-1054. Ojala, M. (2021). Safe spaces or a pedagogy of discomfort? Senior high-school teachers’ meta-emotion philosophies and climate change education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 52(1), 40-52. Ojala, M. (2023). Hope and climate-change engagement from a psychological perspective. Current Opinion in Psychology, 49, 101514. Phillips, M., & Harris, J. (2018, March). PCK and TPCK/TPACK: More than etiology. In Society for Information Technology & Teacher Education International Conference (pp. 2109-2116). Association for the Advancement of Computing in Education (AACE). Phillips, M., Koehler, M., & Rosenberg, J. (2016, March). Looking outside the circles: Considering the contexts influencing TPACK development and enactment. In Society for Information Technology & Teacher Education International Conference (pp. 3029-3036). Association for the Advancement of Computing in Education (AACE). Porras-Hernández, L. H., & Salinas-Amescua, B. (2013). Strengthening TPACK: A broader notion of context and the use of teacher's narratives to reveal knowledge construction. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 48(2), 223-244. Snyder, C. R., Lopez, S. J., Edwards, L. M., & Marques, S. C. (Eds.). (2020). The Oxford handbook of positive psychology. OUP. Snyder et al, in Gallagher, M. W., & Lopez, S. J. (Eds.). (2018). The Oxford handbook of hope. OUP. Cox, S. (2008). A conceptual analysis of technological pedagogical content knowledge. Dissertations Publishing, 28109792. Brigham Young University. Te Riele, K. (2009). Pedagogy of hope. Making schools different: Alternative approaches to educating young people, 65-73. Webb, D. (2010). Paulo Freire and ‘the need for a kind of education in hope’. Cambridge Journal of Education, 40(4), 327-339. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 03 D JS: Fostering Sustainability through Citizenship (JS NW 30/34) Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elsa Lee Joint Paper Session NW 30 and NW 34 |
17:15 - 18:45 | 31 SES 03 A: Heritage Language Education in Europe: Embracing multilingualism Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Irina Usanova Session Chair: Tatjana Atanasoska Symposium |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Heritage Language Education in Europe: Embracing multilingualism Multilingualism in Europe often contrasts with a seemingly monolingual society. This tension can present obstacles, especially in terms of education and advancement (e.g. Gogolin 1997). Despite the undeniable growth of multilingualism caused by migration movements and its continued existence, monolingualism dominates educational structures. According to Peleman (2023), this is "reinforced by feelings of alienation and dislocation and the fear of losing a national identity in response to the growing complexity of diversity within the society". Regardless to that, several studies have noted the advantages of multilingualism, such as those conducted by acknowledging multilingualism as an advantage rather than a disadvantage can prove particularly beneficial, particularly in the field of education (see Ağırdağ 2014 and Bialystok 2018). Dirim & Khakpour (2018) attribute the ralation between the multilingual society and the monolingual institutions as a power asymmetry among languages, where certain languages are considered legitimate while others are seen as illegitimate. Consequently,this reproduces power relations, which will be discussed in this symposium by focusing on, how do these power relations affect educational contexts, especially with regard to so-called heritage languages? In order to discuss this question, the symposium first thematises general structures and organisational forms of heritage language education (in Austria, Switzerland, Sweden). Furthermore will be argued, that a tight interdisciplinary collaboration between all teachers will improve the standing of HL teachers as well as the HL in the school hierarchy (for exclusion of HLE teachers in Germany, see Ayten & Atanasoska 2020). In a second step, we look how Translanguaging can be used as an empowering tool for students and in teaching, in order to enhance multilingualism for the individual and in the school settings. Thirdly, in the last section we will discuss the predominance of research on Chinese as a heritage language originating from English-speaking regions, which cannot be directly applied to the European context. In the symposium, we present various perspectives on didactics, including those at the level of teachers and students' literacy, as well as translanguaging. We examine the hierarchical position of Home Language Education (HLE) in the school system of languages, particularly with regard to second language development. Finally, we broaden the understanding of HLE in Europe by discussing the situation of one of the recently migrated languages. In conclusion, considering multiple perspectives can aid in moving away from a monolingual stance. Monolingualism does not reflect the reality of school or society. Embracing multilingualism as the norm from a broad perspective is crucial for social prosperity in Europe. References Ağırdağ, O. (2014). The Long-Term Effects of Bilingualism on Children of Immigration: Student Bilingualism and Future Earnings. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 17(4), 449-464. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2013.816264 Ayten, A. & Atanasoska, T. (2020). Turkish is a Stepchild”. A Case Study of Language Policies in North Rhine Westphalia, Germany. Heritage Language Journal 17(2), 156-178. DOI: 10.46538/hlj.17.2.3 Bialystok, E. (2018). Bilingual Education for Young Children: Review of the Effects and Consequences. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 21(6), 666-679. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2016.1203859 Dirim, İ. & Khakpour, N. (2018): Migrationsgesellschaftliche Mehrsprachigkeit in der Schule. In İ. Dirim & P. Mecheril (eds.), Heterogenität, Sprache(n), Bildung (pp. 201-225). UTB. Gogolin, I. (1997). Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Waxmann. Peleman, B. (2023). Unsilencing multilingualism : supporting professionals in early childhood education and care. Ghent University. Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences, Ghent, Belgium. Presentations of the Symposium The Paradox of Multilingualism(s) or Experiences in Dealing with (Il)legitimate Languages
The linguistic repertoire of bilingual and multilingual pupils is one of their strongest resources. However, schools still make little use of these multilingual skills in (specialised) teaching, even in an officially quadrilingual country with a long history of immigration such as Switzerland. School teaching is orientated towards the norm of monolingualism in the language of instruction, although the social reality is characterised by linguistic superdiversity (Blommaert, 2015; Vertovec, 2007). Pupils who grow up bilingual or multilingual are disadvantaged by monolingual language practice, the concept of "monolingual habitus", as Ingrid Gogolin (1994) called it, and are unable to utilise their entire repertoire of linguistic resources for learning.
Based on Bourdieu's distinction between legitimate and illegitimate languages (Bourdieu, 1982/ 1991), the delegitimisation of languages of migration in the Swiss education system is the starting point for subsequently addressing the untapped pedagogical potential of multilingualism in the growing migrant population (Martin-Rojo, 2011).
The practical-orientated research project "From A, like Arabic to Z, like Zulu. Language diversity in post-migrant Switzerland" explored the question of how teachers of the heritage language (HL) and regular teachers can work together to practise integrated language support (Zingg & Gonçalves, 2022). As part of the project, the HL and mainstream teachers observed each other. This qualitative approach by means of observations was continuously reflected upon, supplemented with further training sequences and resulted in documentation of the jointly designed teaching units (Heller, Pietikäinen & Pujolar, 2018). The project, supported by the Federal Office of Culture (Switzerland), aimed to use action research (Altrichter, Posch & Spann, 2018) and the model inclusion of HL teachers in the mainstream structure to overcome monolingual superiority and break down the linguistic stigmatisation of these illegitimate languages of migration, and to critically rethink current models of teaching the so-called legitimate languages.
References:
Altrichter H., Posch, P. & Spann, H. (2018). Lehrerinnen und Lehrer erforschen ihren Unterricht. 5. grundlegend überarbeitete Auflage. Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Blommaert, J. In K. Arnaut, J. Blommaert, B. Rampton M. & Spotti (Eds.). (2015). Language and Superdiversity (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315730240
Bourdieu, P. (1982). Ce que parler veut dire. L’économie des échanges linguistiques. Paris: Fayard. English version 1991: Language and Symbolic Power (J.B. Thompson (ed.), Cambridge: Polity Press.
Gogolin, I. (1994) Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Münster: Waxmann.
Heller, M., Pietikäinen, S. and Pujolar, J. (2018). Critical Sociolinguistic Research Methods. Studying Language Issues That Matter. New York: Routledge.
Martin-Rojo, L. (2013). (De) capitalising Students Through Linguistic Practices. In Language, Migration and Social Inequalities, edited by Alexandre Duchêne, Melissa Moyer and Celia Roberts. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.
Vertovec, St. (2007). Super-diversity and its implications. Ethnic and Racial Studies 30 (6), 1024–1054.
Zingg, I., & Gonçalves, M. (2022). Línguas (i)legítimas ou 'o que falar quer dizer': o caso da Suíça. Sisyphus, Journal of Education 10 (3): 265–293. https://doi.org/10.25749/sis.27255
Empowering Migrant Languages. Leveraging Translanguaging in School Settings
In schools in Germany, the prevailing "monolingual habitus" (Gogolin 1994, translated) collides with the pupils’ plurilingual' (*) reality while simultaneously creating a language hierarchy (Dirim/Khakpour 2018, 215). By conferring legitimacy upon certain languages considered foreign and denying it to other languages categorized as migrant, like Arabic, Farsi, Turkish or Yoruba, a discriminatory power dynamic emerges. This dynamic reinforces the notion that some languages, are intrinsically superior to others.
In the context of schools, especially concerning learning and academic achievement, this hierarchical system leads to a deficit-oriented perspective on pupils' abilities, which is often associated with their migrational multilingualism. This situation results in to the underutilisation of existing resources and creates tension between the plurilingual reality of pupils and the monolingual habitus of schools. Therefore, it is important to find ways to resolve this tension through pedagogical and didactic means in the classroom. It introduces at least five different patterns of children's use of Translanguaging in written narrations, which were generated as part of my doctoral research (Savaç, forthcoming). This presentation examines Translanguaging as a didactic strategy to address the issue of developing and enhancing literacy skills in classrooms. The presentation aims to explore the didactic and pedagogic use of these patterns in skill-based approaches. Secondly, it will illustrate that children's translanguaging is not only a problem-solving or coping mechanism but can also be an aesthetic stylistic device for writing fictional texts. Thirdly, it will demonstrate how translanguaging can be beneficial in learning situations for acquiring knowledge of genres in different languages and for composing texts aesthetically using their entire language repertoire. From an educational perspective, this highlights how Translanguaging can assist in transcending the dominant monolingualism in learning contexts by embracing plurilingualism.
- ----------------------------
*: The term plurilingual is referring to the different kind of languages and language varieties like dialects or accents at the same time (e.g. García, Barlett, Kleifgen 2007).
References:
Canagarajah, A. (1999). Resisting linguistic imperialism in English language teaching. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Dirim, İ./ Khakpour, N. (2018): Migrationsgesellschaftliche Mehrsprachigkeit in der Schule. In: Dirim, İ./ Mecheril, P. (Hgg.): Heterogenität, Sprach(n), Bildung. S. 201-225.
García, O., Bartlett, L. & Kleifgen, J. (2007). From biliteracy to pluriliteracies. In P. Auer & L. Wei (Ed.), Handbook of Multilingualism and Multilingual Communication (pp. 207-228). Berlin, New York: De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110198553.2.207
Gogolin, I. (1994): Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Münster: Waxmann.
Jenkins, J. (2006): Current perspectives on teaching world Englishes and English as a lingua franca. In: TESOL Quarterly 40 (1), 157-181.
Savaç, A- (forthcoming): Mehrsprachiges Schreiben. Dissertation. University of Hamburg.
Heritage language Teaching in Austria. Current Situation and Necessary Measures for Professionalization
Statistically, the status of heritage language education in Austria (currently: Muttersprachlicher Unterricht/Erstsprachenunterricht) is well documented; there are a few recent studies on certain aspects of heritage language education in Austria (Hawlik 2021; Schrammel & Geldner 2022; Unterköfler-Klatzer et al. 2022), however in-depth studies are not yet available. This topic has received little attention in Austria, both from a scientific and a social point of view (Dalton-Puffer, Boeckmann & Hinger 2019). A research project by four universities of teacher education in the Austrian provinces of Carinthia, Styria, and Burgenland aims to fill these gaps. Using qualitative and quantitative research methods, heritage language teachers and school administrators have been interviewed about the training and professional development of heritage language teachers, their role and position in school teams and the organisational and methodological implementation of heritage language education. This presentation firstly sheds light on the most important project results. They are one more step towards scientific and systematic research into heritage language teaching in Austria and are aimed on developing measures to professionalise teachers and strengthen the role of heritage language education in research and practice. Secondly, a further focus of this presentation is on the tension between heritage language education and “German as a second language education” in Austria, which - politically promoted and propagated - increasingly occupies the most important position in the Austrian educational landscape concerning "intercultural education" (by a wide margin). For some time now, a trend can be observed: The number of schoolchildren with first languages other than German is rising, while the number of enrolments in heritage language education is falling. The latest political drafts for curricula at teacher training colleges only propagate German as a second language. This seems problematic from the perspective of critical intercultural pedagogy.
References:
Dalton-Puffer, C., Boeckmann, K.-B. & Hinger, B. (2019). Research in language teaching and learning in Austria (2011–2017). Language Teaching, 52 (2), 201–230.
Fleck, Elfie (2011): „Der muttersprachliche Unterricht: Schulrechtliche und schulorganisatorische Rahmenbedingungen“. In: Kroatisches Kultur- und Dokumentationszentrum (hKdc) und Landesschulrat für das Burgenland, Hg.: Der Weg zur Mehrsprachigkeit. Eisenstadt, 37–46.
Rainer Hawlik (2021). How do teachers of mother tongue tuition in Austria perceive their role? In: Education in the North, Volume 28 (1) Wayfinding Conversations: rethinking education to disrupt marginality, https://www.abdn.ac.uk/education/research/eitn/journal/636/
Schrammel, B. & Geldner, A. (2022). Der Muttersprachliche Unterricht als Teil der sprachlichen Bildung in Österreich. Zeitschrift für Deutsch im Kontext von Mehrsprachigkeit, 38(1+2), 175-188.
Unterköfler-Klatzer, Dagmar; Ressmann, Markus; Wutti, Daniel (2022): „Lehrer/innen des Muttersprachlichen Unterrichts in Kärnten/Koroška“. Gegenwärtige Situation und mögliche Professionalisierungsmaßnahmen. In: Elena Stadnik, Hg.: Sprachenvielfalt und Mehrsprachigkeit im Unterricht. Linguistische, sprachdidaktische und bildungswissenschaftliche Beiträge zur sprachlichen Bildung. Wien: Lit-Verlag, 263–273
A Systematic Review of Chinese Heritage Language Education in Europe: Challenges and Opportunities
With the trend of global mobility and immigration, the Finnish government has been promoting integration and multiculturality since 1990. According to the Finnish National Agency for Education (FNAE), Heritage Language (oma äidinkieli) lessons aim to protect and develop immigrant students’ competencies in their heritage languages and cultures. Among the research on different heritage language (HL) programmes in Nordic contexts, few studies have paid sufficient attention to the Chinese language. Given the increasing number of Chinese immigrant families in and beyond Finland, the past decade has witnessed a growth of immigrant pupils in the Chinese HL programme (FNAE, 2011; 2022). The enrolled number of pupils has doubled compared with that of 2010, reaching over 850 Chinese HL learners in the Autumn term of 2021 (FNAE, 2022). This article aims to systemically review 20-year publications of Chinese HL courses in European contexts. Following Cooper’s (2017) guidance for research synthesis, the author will search relevant publications in both English (e.g. Web of Science and Scopus) and Chinese (i.e. CNKI) databases according to this paper’s research scope. Then, the author will set inclusion and exclusion criteria for abstract screening and eligibility for the next phase of in-depth review. The in-depth review results will summarise the research trends (e.g. focus, sites, participants, methods, and key findings) and suggest future research directions (e.g. new speaker identity, curricula and translanguaging pedagogy, parent-teacher partnership, teacher training and inclusion). More importantly, as many studies on Chinese HL have been conducted in traditional immigration contexts, mainly in Anglophone countries (Pu, 2019), this paper is expected to shed light on the understanding of HL education in Europe – which endows with multilingualism - by showing the complexity of HL education in European contexts.
References:
Cooper, H. (2017). Research synthesis and meta-analysis. SAGE Publications, Inc, https://doi.org/10.4135/9781071878644
FNBE (Finnish National Board of Education). (2011). Omana äidinkielenä opetetut kielet ja opetukseen osallistuneiden määrät vuonna 2010.
FNBE (Finnish National Board of Education). (2022). Omana äidinkielenä opetetut kielet ja opetukseen osallistuneiden määrät vuonna 2021.
Pu, C. (2019). Teaching Chinese as a heritage language. In C. Shei, M. M. Zikpi, & D.-L. Chao (Eds.), The Routledge Handbook of Chinese Language Teaching. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315625157-11
|
17:15 - 18:45 | 31 SES 03 B: Learner Autonomy and Agency Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Svenja Lemmrich Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Eportfolio: A High Impact Practice for English Language Development Utah Valley University, United States of America Presenting Author:Employers give hiring preference to university graduates with skills that apply across areas of study such as communication, teamwork, ethical decision-making, critical thinking, and knowledge application (Finley, 2021, 2023; Gray, 2023; Hart Research Associates, 2015, 2018; Social Research Centre, 2019). They value breadth and depth of learning, work ethic, persistence, and applied learning (Finley, 2021, 2023). The Council of the European Union similarly advocates for skills appropriate to the knowledge economy, including problem solving, creativity, cooperativeness, and self-regulation rather than memorization and factual learning, and strongly advocates for language learning (EUR-Lex, 2018). ePortfolios are a high impact educational practice that can help students develop these skills (Kuh et al., 2017; Watson et al., 2016).
ePortfolios are a product—an archive of learning artifacts—as well as a process that supports learning. They help students make valuable connections across learning activities through reflection. They encourage self-assessment and provide evidence of learning outcome achievement. An English language ePortfolio illustrates to students themselves, professors, classmates, and future employers what students can do in English and what they have achieved. It showcases their best work with reflections on their learning processes.
Multilingualism is a key principle of the Council of the European Union, which promotes language learning for personal and professional advancement, social cohesion, and intercultural competences (European Commission, n. d.; Le Pichon-Vorstman et al., 2020). English language skills are often a prerequisite to success in higher education and professional contexts. With 6.4 million globally mobile students worldwide comprising up to 29% of higher education enrollments in some countries (Project Atlas, 2022), integrating English language development with degree attainment is a clear directive for higher education institutions.
Flexible learning, an alternative to physical relocation, is increasing access to higher education. In the U.S., 61% of undergraduate students took at least one course by distance in fall, 2021 (National Center for Education Statistics, 2021). A prerequisite for student success in these contexts is self-regulated learning (SRL), or the ability “to control the factors or conditions affecting [students’] learning” (Dembo et al., 2006, p. 188). SRL entails forethought (purpose, goals), performance (strategy application), and self-reflection (performance monitoring) (Zimmerman 2002). Autonomy (self-direction, choice), structure (course design), and dialogue (interaction) are also important aspects of distance learning (Moore, 2013).
This study examines how students enrolled in English language workshops delivered in a blended modality developed SRL behaviors through an ePortfolio assignment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used English language students at a small, private, non-profit liberal arts university in Eastern Europe who were enrolled in English for Academic Purposes workshops created ePortfolios to demonstrate their English language skills. The 41 workshop participants were at the C1 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR). The delivery model for the workshops was blended with four in-person workshops and five synchronous online workshops over 12 weeks. The instructor explained the purpose of the English language ePortfolio and introduced students to the ePortfolio platform (Google Sites). She provided them with an outline of the ePortfolio content and descriptions of each required artifact (language learning profile, learning plan, personal writing, disciplinary writing, presentation, reflection). Each assignment included a list of resources to enable students to complete the tasks and develop their academic English language skills (e.g., the writing process, paragraph and essay structure, narrative and descriptive writing, reflective writing, paraphrasing and citation conventions; public speaking and presentations, academic writing style). The workshops focused on helping students understand and practice the tools in these resources. In addition to a comprehensive reflection on learning outcomes achievement, English language learning strategies, and plans for continuing linguistic development, several artifact assignments entailed peer review and reflection on how students applied various tools. Reflections were analyzed using R software, which assisted with coding and categorizing the data into themes (Dauber, 2023). The constant comparative method within the broader framework of grounded theory was applied (Glaser & Strauss, 1967; Strauss & Corbin, 1990). Quality assurance techniques for qualitative research were utilized. These included examining multiple entries from students’ ePortfolios and use of rich, in-depth descriptions to accurately reflect students’ learning journeys (Trochim, 2006; Yilmaz, 2013). The model of self-regulated distance language learning guided the analysis (Andrade & Bunker, 2009, 2011). Based on the theories of transactional distance (Moore, 2013) and self-regulated learning (Zimmerman, 2002), the model posits that students have varying levels of knowledge, self-regulation, and commitment at the onset of a distance course. Structure and dialogue within the course help them monitor their performance, increase their competences, and increase their self-regulation and autonomy. The data analysis identified learning outcomes for workshop participants and insights into their practices for English language development. Key themes included self-evaluation, metacognition, and strategy use leading to increased motivation, confidence, autonomy, and performance (self-reported) in terms of English language proficiency, as evidenced through ePortfolio artifacts and accompanying reflections. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this study showed how the course design for the English language workshops, delivered through a blended modality, supported the development of SRL and autonomy, leading to self-reported increases in English language proficiency. Students showed evidence of SRL behaviors, guided by the structure and dialogue in the course, to apply English language learning strategies, and become more self-directed and effective learners. They set and monitored goals, explored the use of new learning strategies, reflected on their performance, and modified their learning approaches. The study also showed evidence of the development of employer-valued skills such as communication, critical thinking, communication, application of knowledge, cooperativeness, and self-regulation (EUR-Lex, 2018; Finley, 2021, 2023; Gray, 2023; Hart Research Associates, 2015, 2018; Social Research Centre, 2019). These skills were evident in the students’ ePortfolio artifacts and in their reflections as they wrote about what they learned, how they applied new knowledge and developed new skills, their processes for and results from required peer reviews, and their goal-setting, monitoring, and performance review behaviors. Findings from this study illustrate how a blended modality online course can be designed with the guiding principles of structure, dialogue, and autonomy (Moore, 2013) to help English language learners increase their SRL behaviors, capacity for autonomy, and language proficiency (Andrade & Bunker, 2009, 2011). By doing so, they also develop related employer-valued skills such as communication, collaboration, and critical thinking (EUR-Lex, 2018; Finley, 2021, 2023; Gray, 2023; Hart Research Associates, 2015, 2018; Social Research Centre, 2019). To reach goals set by the Council of the European Union (European Commission, n. d.; Le Pichon-Vorstman et al., 2020) pertaining to language acquisition, intercultural awareness, and professional skill development, research should continue to examine innovative practices that integrate the learning of content knowledge with knowledge application and skill development. References Andrade, M. S., & Bunker, E. L. (2011). The role of SRL and TELEs in distance education - Narrowing the gap. In G. Dettori & D. Persico (Eds.), Fostering self-regulated learning through ICTs (pp. 105-121). Hershey, PA: IGI Global. Dauber, D. (2023, April 26). R for non-programmers: A guide for social scientists. https://bookdown.org/daniel_dauber_io/r4np_book/ Dembo, M. H., Junge, L.G., & Lynch, R. (2006). Becoming a self-regulated learner: Implications for web-based education. In H. F. O’Neil, & R. S. Perez (Eds.), Web-based learning: Theory, research, and practice (pp. 185-202). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. European Commission (n. d.). European education area. Quality education and training for all. About multilingualism policy. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/improving-quality/multilingualism/about-multilingualism-policy EUR-lex. Council recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=uriserv:OJ.C_.2018.189.01.0001.01.ENG&toc=OJ:C:2018:189:TOC Finley, A. (2021). How college contributes to workforce success: Employer views on what matters most. Association of American Colleges and Universities. Hanover Research. https://www.aacu.org/research/how-college-contributes-to-workforce-success Finley, A. (2023). The career-ready graduate. What employers say about the difference college makes. Association of American Colleges and Universities. Morning Consult. https://www.aacu.org/research/the-career-ready-graduate-what-employers-say-about-the-difference-college-makesLinks to an external site. Gray, K. (2022, November 15). As their focus on GPA fades, employers seek key skills on college grads’ resumes. National Association of Colleges and Employers. https://www.naceweb.org/talent-acquisition/candidate-selection/as-their-focus-on-gpa-fades-employers-seek-key-skills-on-college-grads-resumes/ Hart Research Associates. (2015, January 20). Falling short? College learning and career success. Hart Research Associates. https://www.aacu.org/sites/default/files/files/LEAP/2015employerstudentsurvey.pdf Hart Research Associates. (2018, July). Fulfilling the American dream: Liberal education and the future of work. Hart Research Associates. https://www.aacu.org/sites/default/files/files/LEAP/2018EmployerResearchReport.pdf Kuh, G. D., O'Donnell, K., & Schneider, C. G. (2017). HIPs at ten. Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning, 49(5), 8–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/00091383.2017.1366805 Le Pichon-Vorstman, E., Siarova, H., Szőnyi, E. (2020). The future of language education in Europe: Case studies of innovative practices, NESET report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2766/81169.https://nesetweb.eu/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/NESET_AR_2020_Future-of-language-education_Full-report.pdf Moore, M. G. (2013). The theory of transactional distance. In M. G. Moore (Ed.), Handbook of distance education (3rd ed., pp. 66–85). Lawrence Erlbaum. National Center for Education Statistics. (2021). Fast facts. Undergraduate enrollment by distance education participation. https://nces.ed.gov/fastfacts/display.asp?id=80 Project Atlas. (2022). Global mobility trends. https://www.iie.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Project-Atlas_Infographic_2022.pdf Social Research Centre. (2019). Quality indicators for learning and teaching (QILT). The Social Research Centre. https://www.srcentre.com.au/our-research/quality-indicators-for learning-and-teaching-qilt Watson, C. E., Kuh, G. D., Rhodes, T., Light, T. P., & Chen, H. L. (2016). Editorial: ePortfolios—The eleventh high impact practice. International Journal of ePortfolio, 6(2), 65-69. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory into Practice, 41(2), 64–42. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4102_2 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Autonomy and Agency. A Case Study of the Influence of Portfolio Work on Learners’ Investment in the French Language Classroom University of Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:Motivation constitutes a fundamental aspect of language acquisition, as posited by Dörnyei (2020). The sociological framework of investment, encompassing a student’s identity and commitment within the language learning process, complements the psychological dimension of motivation (Norton, 2013). Within the sociological perspective on foreign language acquisition, research explores how learners negotiate or partially reject different positions within learning contexts and analyses power relations in classrooms and language communities that either facilitate or impede the language learning process (Norton, 2022). The theoretical foundation of investment resides at the intersection of capital, identity, and ideology. From a societal standpoint, language learning investment hinges on the cultural and human capital at one’s disposal and/or the desired capital to be attained (e.g., improved socioeconomic status), and the impact on one’s identity, particularly concerning aspects discriminated against in their first language or culture, such as homosexuality. Additionally, ideologies that structure power and dictate the inclusion or exclusion of specific societal groups play a crucial role. This triad of capital, identity, and ideologies is accessible through the social construct of agency, i.e. an individual’s ability to act within society (Darvin, 2019). In the European context, where students are required to learn at least two additional languages, the role of third language acquisition is pivotal in education. In the German context of grammar schools (Gymnasien), students commonly choose between French and Spanish as their third language. Third language learning is characterised by intricate interactions between languages, denoted as foreign language-specific factors by Hufeisen (2018) and the multilingual factor by Herdina and Jessner (2002). Existing research indicates that the learner’s multilingual profile significantly influences their language learning motivation (author; Henry, 2017). Furthermore, recognizing the complexity and dynamic nature of multilingual systems, Włosowicz (2013) asserts that the role of motivation in third or additional language acquisition surpasses the intricacies observed in second language acquisition. Building upon these insights, this study contends that findings on motivation for third or additional languages are transferable to the concept of investment in third or additional language learning. Dagenais (2003) underscores the complexity of investment, attributing it to the different languages learned and the varied aspects of investment associated with each language and between them. While the concept of investment has predominantly been explored in the context of English language learning among adults or immigrants, this presentation seeks to extend this scholarly domain to the third language classroom in schools. The primary objective is to address the research question: (RQ1) What causes French adolescent learners’ investment to emerge in formal French language learning? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the first research question (RQ1), an empirical longitudinal study was undertaken in a French language classroom within a German grammar school. Notably, this class employed student-designed portfolios encompassing various sections (e.g., grammar, vocabulary, creativity), systematically integrated into the students' three-year French learning journey. A secondary research question surfaced during classroom observations, adding depth to the investigation: (RQ2) How does portfolio work contribute to the emergence of investment in the French language classroom? From a cohort of 22 students aged 14-15, the teacher and I identified nine as "special" based on observable fluctuations in motivation throughout the school year. After this identification, I designed an interview setting using multiple methods. The method of mapping cards (Heinemann, 2018) was used to present factors influencing motivation according to Man et al. (2018) to the students so that they could select three pivotal cards and elucidate their significance. After this, I converged the methods of ethnographic interviews (Knoblauch, 2001), portfolio examinations (Baturay & Daloğlu, 2010) and stimulated recall methodology (Gass & Mackey, 2017), when we examined their portfolio and aspects of their perception of their French language learning. Interview guidelines were prepared for each section of the portfolio (section 1: my languages and I representing the student’s multilingual learning; section 2: the French language and culture and methods focusing on their formal learning; section 3: creativity containing autonomously written texts; and section 4: exams also containing assessment and corrections) but used independently according to each participant and their portfolio. After the interview, the students were asked to map the cards again and changes were analysed. Given the longitudinal use of portfolios since the students’ initial learning year, they serve as comprehensive documentation, enabling a holistic analysis of their language learning trajectory. The data was then transcribed and analysed using grounded theory analysis. The analysis included different coding methods, most importantly line-by-line coding, open coding and focused coding (Bryant, 2017). I could establish connections between the different codes that result in a structured map. In this presentation, I aim to illustrate the findings in the structured map and provide the analysis (line-by-line coding) of a dense excerpt of the interview on students’ investment and the portfolio work’s contribution to the emergence of investment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this case study show that drivers and inhibitors of investment, the focused codes, are interconnected. The central drivers that lead investment to emerge are not only single factors but also their interactions between working autonomously and agentively, learning with enjoyment, exploring and creating, working on relevant issues and skills but also learning in a plurilingual and multimodal way. Collaborative endeavours and interactive learning also contribute significantly to the emergence of investment. Conversely, solitary activities, particularly homework, fail to instigate investment. Learners value variety in activities, emphasizing the importance of avoiding frustration and boredom while presenting diverse learning opportunities. Additionally, psychological factors such as self-concept, extrinsic motives, the desire for improvement, and the need for security play pivotal roles in fostering investment. Examining the impact of portfolio work on these core factors reveals a pronounced influence. Portfolio activities promote autonomy and agency through autonomous writing and design, facilitate learning with enjoyment as well as exploring and creating through creative tasks, and encourage the pursuit of relevant topics and skills through individualised selections. Moreover, learning in a plurilingual and multimodal way aligns with the multilingual learning opportunities offered in the portfolio. Some extrinsic motives can be found in the assessment moments of the portfolio but also the need for security when it comes to presenting one’s portfolio. Here, the contrasting inhibitor of “participating only if one is prepared” also applies to portfolio work. In this case study, the emergence of investment is attributed to psychological, didactic, and social factors, with portfolio work emerging as a tool for bounding and sustaining investment in French language learning. The didactical implications drawn from these results highlight the importance of fostering learner autonomy and agency, promoting collaborative work, addressing psychological security needs, and cultivating a strong will to learn. References Baturay, M. & Daloğlu, A. (2010). E-portfolio assessment in an online English language course. In: Computer Assisted Language Learning 23(5), 413–428. DOI: 10.1080/09588221.2010.520671. Bryant, A. (2017). Grounded theory and grounded theorizing. Oxford University Press. Dagenais, D. (2003). Accessing Imagined Communities Through Multilingualism and Immersion Education. In: Journal of Language, Identity, and Education, 2(4), 269-283, DOI: 10.1207/S15327701JLIE0204_3 Darvin, R. (2019). L2 Motivation and Investment. In M. Lamb, K. Csizér, A. Henry & S. Ryan (Hrsg.), Palgrave Handbook of Motivation for Language Learning (pp. 245–264). Palgrave Macmillan. Dörnyei, Z. (2020). Innovations and challenges in language learning motivation. Routledge. Heinemann, A. (2018). Professionalität und Professionalisierung im Bilingualen Unterricht. Klinkhardt. Henry, A. (2017). L2 Motivation and Multilingual Identities. The Modern Language Journal, 101(3), 548–565. Herdina, P. & Jessner, U. (2002). A dynamic model of multilingualism. Multilingual Matters. Hufeisen, B. (2018). Models of multilingual competence. In A. Bonnet & P. Siemund (Eds.), Foreign language education in multilingual classrooms (pp. 173–189). John Benjamins. Gass, S. & Mackey, A. (2017). Stimulated Recall Methodology in Applied Linguistics and L2 Research. Routledge. Knoblauch, H. (2001). Fokussierte Ethnographie. In: Sozialer Sinn 1 (2), 123–142. Man, L.; Bui, G. & Teng, F. (2018). From second language to third language learning. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 41(1), 61-90. Norton, B. (2013, 2nd ed.). Identity and Language Learning. Multilingual Matters. Norton, B. (2022). Identity and Second Language Acquisition. In C. A. Chapelle & C. Chapelle (Eds.), The encyclopedia of applied linguistics (S. 1–10). Malden, Mass.: Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0521.pub2 Włosowicz, T. M. (2013). The Role of Motivation in Third or Additional Language Acquisition and in Multilingualism Research. In D. Gabryś-Barker & J. Bielska (Eds.), The Affective Dimension in Second Language Acquisition (pp. 77–88). Multilingual Matters. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Quantitative Exploration of Autonomous Learning among Adult Immigrants Learning German as a Second Language in Germany Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary Presenting Author:Learner autonomy is a cornerstone of effective foreign language acquisition and is deeply intertwined with the principles of lifelong learning (Nakata, 2010). Holec (1979) defines autonomy as the ability to take charge of one’s learning journey, while Dickinson (1994) emphasizes the learner’s complete accountability for every decision made and implemented during the learning process. Mastering the host country’s language is an indispensable step for adult immigrants’ successful integration into the new society (Dustmann & van Soest, 2001). To achieve this goal, self-directed language learning plays a pivotal role (Dörnyei, 1994; Robles, 2008). Despite its immense social significance, the process of immigrant language acquisition remains an understudied area, encompassing limited understanding of the factors influencing the learning journeys of migrants. The heterogeneity of the immigrant population in Germany, characterized by diverse educational backgrounds and learning paths (Hünlich et al., 2018) further complicates the research landscape. In response to this need for comprehensive insights, this study embarked on the development and validation of a questionnaire designed to assess autonomous language learning among adult immigrants in Germany. A pilot study preceding this one employed the concept of self-regulated language learning strategies (Oxford, 1990, 2011, 2016) to examine the characteristics of participants' independent learning. While the language learning strategy use questionnaire (Habók & Magyar, 2018) yielded valuable insights into participants' strategy usage, it fell short in addressing several facets of autonomy, including the ability to take responsibility for one's learning. As the first step of this study, a comprehensive literature review identified six key factors (beyond the self-regulated language learning strategies) influencing autonomous language learning, including 1. Motivation, 2. The planning, monitoring, and evaluating of learning, 3. Attitudes towards learning, 4. Managing learning, 5. Taking responsibility, 6. Being engaged in autonomous learning activities. These factors served as the foundation for developing a comprehensive questionnaire comprising 106 items. Following thorough translation and expert review, the questionnaire underwent pilot testing to ensure its validity and reliability (Tsang et al., 2017). Based on the pilot sampling, we conducted an exploratory factor analysis to refine the questionnaire, reducing its original 106 items to a smaller number (38). This refined questionnaire will be employed in the next phase of the research, involving a larger cohort of German language learners at A1, A2, and B1 levels (Council of Europe, 2001), to gain a deeper understanding of their autonomous learning practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The pilot testing utilized convenience sampling (Cohen et al., 2002) to recruit readily available participants. The 43 language learners who completed the initial (extensive) version of the Autonomous Language Learning Questionnaire for Adult Migrants are enrolled in German language courses at B1 and B2 levels, specifically designed to facilitate the social and labor-market integration of adult immigrants. Descriptive statistics were used to describe the participants' demographic characteristics. This pilot testing faced the challenge of a relatively small sample size. As Field (2009) points out, a sample size of 5-10 times the number of questionnaire items is typically recommended for robust statistical analysis. In our case, the 106-item questionnaire would have necessitated a minimum of 550 participants, which was not feasible within our constraints. However, Field (2009, p. 679) suggests an alternative approach, utilizing the Kaiser–Meyer–Olkin (KMO) measure of sampling adequacy (Kaiser, 1970). To streamline the analysis and ensure data adequacy, we organized the questions into thematic groups based on the results of the initial comprehensive literature review. We selected those items with factor loadings (≥ 0.7) for each aspect. By analyzing responses separately for each thematic unit, we were able to gather sufficient data from a smaller number of participants to achieve statistically significant results (p ≤ 0.05) and a satisfactory KMO value (> 0.500). Exploratory factor analysis revealed 14 distinct factors: 1. Intrinsic motivation (interest and pleasure), 2. Extrinsic motivation (practical language need), 3. External pressure (family pressure), 4. Planning and preparation for learning, 5. Perceived effort, 6. Anxiety and apprehension, 7. Self-confidence, 8. Determination and self-efficacy, 9. Personal responsibility for learning, 10. Transfer of responsibility to the teacher (making progress and choosing content), 11. Transfer of responsibility to the teacher (objectives and activities), 12. Solitary exercise habits, 13. Collaborative learning habits, 14. Listening exercise habits. Cronbach's alpha reliability analysis established acceptable internal consistency for all 14 factors (0.8 ≤ a) (DeVellis, 2012). The results imply that these 14 distinct factors collectively contribute to shaping immigrants' language learning behavior. The diversity of these factors highlights the multifaceted nature of language acquisition, encompassing elements of internal and external factors that contribute to individuals' learner autonomy development. Finally, based on the factors, we made a shortlist of 38 questions and thus obtained a new questionnaire which will be used in the next phase of the research for learning more about the autonomous language learning of adult migrants in Germany. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Developing learner autonomy is essential (Chan, 2001; Ellis & Sinclair, 1989; Karlsson et al., 2007). Utilizing a comprehensive questionnaire can thus effectively assess the various facets of immigrants’ autonomous learning, paving the way for new learning approaches that may empower them to gain a deeper understanding of autonomy development and transfer successful study habits to new learning environments. This study successfully developed and validated a questionnaire to assess the autonomous language learning of this particular population. This valuable tool thus serves as a resource for researchers and educators to delve into and promote autonomous learning among immigrants aiming to learn German as a Second Language. The study shed light on the influential factors shaping autonomous learning in their language acquisition journey. Subsequently, the findings serve as a foundation for further exploration and dissemination in international journals dedicated to the foreign language education of this specific audience. Our analyses and interpretations would benefit from the integration of additional international perspectives from diverse contexts and regions. Accordingly, we anticipate that our findings will spark scholarly engagement and foster a constructive dialogue on this topic. References 1.Chan, V. (2001). Readiness for Learner Autonomy: What do our learners tell us? Teaching in Higher Education, 6(4), 505–518. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13562510120078045 2.Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2002). Research methods in education. Routledge. 3.Council of Europe (2001). Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, Teaching, Assessment. Council of Europe. https://www.coe.int/en/web/common-european-framework-reference-languages. 4.DeVellis, R. F. (2012). Scale development: Theory and applications. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. 5.Dickinson, Leslie (1994). Preparing Learners: Toolkit requirements for Preparing/Orienting Learners. In E. Esch, Self-access and the Adult Language Learner, pages 39 to 49, London: CILT. 6.Dörnyei, Z. (1994). Motivation and second language acquisition. Language Teaching, 27(1), 1-27. 7.Dustmann, Christian & van Soest, Arthur (2001). Language Fluency And Earnings: Estimation With Misclassified Language Indicators. The Review of Economics and Statistics. 83. 663-674. 10.1162/003465301753237740. 8.Ellis, G. & Sinclair, B. (1989). Learning to learn English learner's book: A course in learner training (Vol. 1). Cambridge University Press. 9.Field, Andy (2009). Discovering Statistics Using SPSS (third edition). 10.Habók A and Magyar A (2018). Validation of a Self-Regulated Foreign Language Learning Strategy Questionnaire Through Multidimensional Modelling. Front. Psychol. 9:1388. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2018.01388. 11.Holec, H. (1979). Autonomy and foreign language learning. 12.Hünlich, David, Wolfer, Sascha, Lang, Christian, Deppermann, Arnulf (2018). Wer besucht den Integrationskurs? Soziale und sprachliche Hintergründe von Geflüchteten und anderen Zugewanderten. Institut für Deutsche Sprache und Goethe Institut, Mannheim. 13.Kaiser, H. F. (1970). A second generation little jiffy. Psychometrika, 35, 401–415. 14.Karlsson, L., Kjisik, F., & Nordlund, J. (2007). Language counseling: a critical and integral component in promoting an autonomous community of learning. System, 35(1), 46–65. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0346251X06001187 15.Nakata, Y. (2010). Toward a framework for self-regulated language-learning. TESL Canada Journal, 1, 1. https://doi.org/10.18806/tesl.v27i2.1047. 16.Oxford, R. (1990). Language Learning Strategies: What Every Teacher Should Know. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House. 17.Oxford, R. (2011). Teaching and researching language learning strategies. Harlow: Longman. 18.Oxford, R.L. (2016). Teaching and Researching Language Learning Strategies: Self-Regulation in Context, Second Edition (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315719146. 19.Robles, T. R. (2008). Learning for life: Adult immigrant and international students adopting self-directed learning skills. Unpublished master‘s thesis, Saint Fransis Xavier University, Canada. 20.Tsang, S., Royse, C. F., & Terkawi, A. S. (2017). Guidelines for developing, translating, and validating a questionnaire in perioperative and pain medicine. Saudi Journal of Anaesthesia, 11(1), 80–89. https://doi.org/10.4103/sja.SJA_203_17. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 32 SES 03 A: The Trend towards Digitalization - Organizational Education Perspectives Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jörg Schwarz Paper Session |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper Dealing with Uncertainty in AI-supported Teaching in Distance Learning at Universities. Theoretical Positioning and Empirical Results IU International University of Applied Sciences, Germany Presenting Author:The release of the language-based AI application ChatGPT in November 2022 attracted international attention and led to a nuanced scientific debate on the opportunities, challenges and implications of generative AI for research, practice and policy (Dwivedi et al. 2023). The 'big language models' were also found to have both benefits and risks for the dimensions of teaching and learning when used in differentiated educational contexts (Kasneci et. al. 2023). In the context of higher education, the changes brought about by technological developments have led to considerable uncertainty from the perspective of both teachers and students (Gimpel et. al. 2023). In addition to (examination) legal issues (Fleck 2023), the objectivity, reliability and validity of the information generated by AI is also viewed critically (Rademacher 2023). Like the general debate on the possible uses of AI technologies, the debate on AI at universities is also largely characterised by weighing up the opportunities and risks of such technologies in areas of application such as governance, administration, research and teaching. These issues relate to the support of decision-making processes as well as the promotion of innovation and the personalisation of learning processes (Wannemacher/Bodmann 2021). Particularly in social science programmes, the question arises as to what importance will be attached to reflexive, ethical, social and pedagogical dimensions in AI-supported teaching in the future (Zawacki-Rinter et al., 2020, p. 513). Despite all these uncertainties, there is no question that the use of AI-based applications in digitised education at universities will intensify. AI technologies are now reaching a certain level of diffusion in research, study and teaching at universities (Wannemacher/Bodmann 2021). Particularly in the field of higher education, a far-reaching automation of didactic interaction patterns can be expected in the near future, with classic teaching formats being successively expanded or supplemented by the use of chatbots in the context of sophisticated learning scenarios (Schmohl/Löffl/Falkemeier, 2019). In view of the growing number of students worldwide, concepts are also gaining in importance that use AI applications to provide as many students as possible with fast, individualised advice without having to accept a significant loss in quality compared to advice provided by humans. According to a study by the Georgia Institute of Technology, chatbots can be used successfully to provide such advice. The study showed that learners in selected online courses were unable to distinguish the chatbot from a "real" teacher (Kukulska-Hulme/Bossu/Coughlan et al., 2021, p. 23f). At the same time, various studies in this field also show that many teachers and students at universities have a certain fundamental scepticism towards highly developed AI technology, which makes it difficult to use (Ferguson/Coughlan/Egelandsdal et al., 2019, p. 12 f.). Only a few studies have been conducted on the pure distance learning sector. The initial situation for the empirical study in this paper is that "Synthea" has been used at IU International University since December 2023 to answer students' questions in distance learning. These primarily relate to the teaching materials provided so that the AI has a sound basis for answering them. This means that the uncertainty regarding the accuracy of the answers is already reduced. To further increase security, the teachers of the individual modules verify the answers provided by Synthea and can change them if necessary. The system is designed in such a way that the AI understands this as a learning process, further questions on the same subject area are then answered accordingly and no further verification is necessary. This means that students do communicate with an AI, but primarily to generate knowledge rather than for consultation processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In discussions among teachers, it becomes clear that the scope of questions, the content and also the process of verification vary. Particularly in modules that are not exclusively about knowledge transfer, but also about personal and professional development (e.g. practical reflections), there is uncertainty about the extent to which AI can actually provide advice in a meaningful way and, above all, in the context of the students' actual topics, as it is often a process to comprehensively clarify the problem and initial situation in personal consultations in order to develop targeted solutions. Whether an AI can do this and how it can be implemented - the experiences to date should provide information on this. For both students and teachers, the focus will also be on how interaction with the chatbot has changed compared to interaction with real people, the extent to which trust has been built, etc. The first step in the empirical design is to determine the sample. As far as possible, all degree programs in the Department of Social Sciences are to be included; for this purpose, modules are identified in which different examinations are integrated and which take place in different semesters (Gläser/Laudel, 2009). The specific lecturers will be contacted with a request to participate in the study and to send information to the students. The online survey will be divided into 2 sub-surveys in order to specifically address the target group of lecturers and students. The areas surveyed will be subdivided into the following, among others: • Organizational questions about the course, module, semester, examination performance • Questions about the general use of AI in an academic context • Questions on the use of AI in the context of the module • Questions about satisfaction with the AI answers • Questions about uncertainty, confidence in working with AI • Questions about criticism and opportunities for improvement The questions are both closed with scale-based answer options and open. This enables both quantitative and qualitative evaluation. The former is analysed statistically, while the open answers are subjected to content analysis. By combining the methods, it is possible to gain a comprehensive insight into the status quo and aspects such as uncertainty and trust (Döring/Bortz, 2016; Mayring/Frenzl 2014) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With 130,000 students, the IU International University of Applied Sciences is the largest university in Germany and one of the largest and fastest growing universities in Europe. The distance learning sector in particular is growing rapidly across Europe. The AI-based teaching and learning assistant 'Syntea' was developed to enable personalised interaction with students and improve their learning outcomes, and has now been implemented in almost all social science distance learning modules. This article presents the results of a mixed method (Brüsemeister, 2008; Kelle, 2014) study in which both learners and teachers of the modules supported by Syntea were interviewed. Users are asked about their experiences with Syntea through an online questionnaire survey. For this purpose, surveys will be conducted in modules of different social science courses over a period of several weeks and then analysed quantitatively and qualitatively. The main focus will be on the question of how the learning and teaching experience has changed as a result of the permanent support provided by the AI-based chatbot. Which uncertainties have been added and which possibly reduced? In addition to gaining insights into the general current situation and obtaining feedback from both teachers and students, the aim is to be able to compare the results of the individual modules. In this way, it can be determined whether there are differences between the degree programs or the examination results. References Brüsemeister, T. (2008): Qualitative Forschung. VS Verlag. Wiesbaden. Döring, N./Bortz, J. (2016): Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Sozial- und Humanwissenschaften. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Verlag. Dwivedi, Y. K. et al. (2023). Opinion Paper: “So what if ChatGPT wrote it?” Multidisciplinary perspectives on opportunities, challenges and implications of generative conversational AI for research, practice and policy. In: International Journal of Information Management, Volume 71, 102642. Fleck, T. (2023): Prüfungsrechtliche Fragen zu ChatGPT. Hg. v. Stabsstelle IT-Recht der bayerischen staatlichen Universitäten und Hochschulen. https://www.rz.uni- wuerzburg.de/fileadmin/42010000/2023/ChatGPT_und_Pruefungsrecht.pdf. Ferguson, R. et al. (2019). Innovating Pedagogy 2019: Open University Innovation Report 7. Milton Keynes: The Open University. Gimpel, H. et al. (2023). Unlocking the power of generative AI models and systems such as GPT-4 and ChatGPT for higher education: A guide for students and lecturers, Hohenheim Discussion Papers in Business, Economics and Social Sciences, No. 02. https://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bsz:100-opus-21463. Gläser, J./Laudel, G. (2009): Experteninterviews und qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: als Instrumente rekonstruierender Untersuchungen. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Kasneci et. al. (2023). ChatGPT for Good? On Opportunities and Challenges of Large Language Models for Education. https://osf.io/preprints/edarxiv/5er8f. Kelle, U. (2014): Mixed Methods. IN: Bauer, N./Blasius, J. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (S. 153-166). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Kukulska-Hulme, A. et al., (2021). Innovating Pedagogy 2021: Open University Innovation Report 9. Milton Keynes: The Open University. Mayring, P./Franzl; T. (2014): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In: BAUER, N./BLASIUS, J. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (S. 543–556). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Rademacher, M. (2023). Warum ChatGPT nicht das Ende des akademischen Schreibens bedeutet. https://digiethics.org/2023/01/03/warum-chatgpt-nicht-das-ende-des-akademischen-schreibens-bedeutet/. Schmohl, T./Löffl, J./Falkemeier, G. (2019). Künstliche Intelligenz in der Hochschullehre. In: Tobias Schmohl, Dennis Schäffer (Hrsg.): Lehrexperimente der Hochschulbildung. Didaktische Innovationen aus den Fachdisziplinen. 2., vollständig überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Bielefeld: wbv, S. 117-122. Wannemacher, K./Botmann, L. (2021). Künstliche Intelligenz an den Hochschulen Potenziale und Herausforderungen in Forschung, Studium und Lehre sowie Curriculumentwicklung. Arbeitspapier 59 – Künstliche Intelligenz an den Hochschulen. Zawacki-Richter, O./Marin, V./Bond, M./Gouverneur, F. (2020). Einsatzmöglichkeiten Künstlicher Intelligenz in der Hochschulbildung – Ausgewählte Ergebnisse eines Systematic Review. In: R. A. Fürst (Hrsg.), Digitale Bildung und Künstliche Intelligenz in Deutschland. Nachhaltige Wettbewerbsfähigkeit und Zukunftsagenda. Wiesbaden: Springer, S. 501-517. 32. Organizational Education
Paper Shaping Uncertainty - Organizations as Co-actors in Digitalized Transformation Processes Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Organizations can be identified as central actors in transition processes (cf. Truschkat 2013; Truschkat et al. 2019) and therefore play a central role in successfully shaping the passages characterized by uncertainty. On the one hand, transitions are considered to have great potential (cf. Dunlop 2017), as they support individual learning processes and biographically relevant changes (cf. Griebel/Niesel 2017). On the other hand, however, transitions are associated with the fact that they require the individual to make "a variety of adjustments" (cf. Mackowiak 2011, p. 21). Therefore, the individual and temporal uncertainties associated with transitions are often looked at and considerations of how to design transitions in a successful way are developed from this. Organizations play an important role here (cf. Krähnert et al. 2022; Truschkat/Stauber 2011). (cf. Krähnert et.al. 2022). This is because organizations themselves construct, control and accompany these uncertain processes through representatives of organizations (gatekeepers) (Behrens/Rabe-Kleberg 2000) by counselling or evaluation (cf. Truschkat/Stauber 2011). At the same time the increasing digitalization, not least due to the digitalization of the working world, is also leading to reshaping the organization of transitions (cf. Heisler/Meier 2020). It is not only access to digital technologies and the availability of digital skills that are now a basic requirement for integration into work (cf. D21/Kanter 2023), transitions themselves are also increasingly organized and shaped in digital contexts i.e. by digital job markets, digital career networks or digital application portals. Accordingly, the acquisition and possession of digital skills can be considered central to the safe management of digitalized transitions into work. By understanding digitalized transitions as a multi-actor and multi-situated process of uncertainty, the focus is on the constitutive conditions and negotiation processes between the individual actors (cf. Wanka et al. 2020). An organizational pedagogical perspective opens up the possibility of looking at organizations as co-actors in negotiation and support, as well as focusing on the organizational nature of digitalized transition processes. In the lecture, this perspective will be presented further on the basis of a future research project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used theoretical approach on the relation between organization and digitalized transitions Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings An organizational pedagogical perspective opens up the possibility of looking at organizations as co-actors in negotiation and support, as well as focusing on the organizational nature of digitalized transition processes. In the lecture, this perspective will be presented further on the basis of a future research project. References Behrens, J./Rabe-Kleberg, U. (2000): Gatekeeping im Lebenslauf – Wer wacht an Statuspassagen? Ein forschungspragmatischer Vorschlag, vier Typen von Gatekeeping aufeinander zu beziehen. In: Hoerning, E. M. (Hrsg.): Biographische Sozialisation. – Stuttgart: Lucius & Lucius, S. 101–136. D21/Kantar (Hrsg.): D21-Digital-Index 2022/23. Jährliches Lagebild zur Digitalen Gesellschaft. Herausgegeben von der Initiative D21. www.initiatived21.de/app/uploads/2023/02/d21_digital_index_2022_2023.pdf. Last access: 25.01.2024. Dunlop, A.-W. (2017): Transitions as a Tool for Change. In: Ballam, N./Perry, B./Garpelin, A. (Eds.): Pedagogies of Educational Transitions. European and Antipodean Research. Cham, s.l.: Springer International Publishing, S. 257–273. Griebel, W./Niesel, R. (2017): Übergänge verstehen und begleiten. Transitionen in der Bildungslaufbahn von Kindern. 4. Auflage. Berlin: Cornelsen. Heisler, D./Meier, J. (2020) (Hrsg.): Digitalisierung am Übergang Schule Beruf. Ansätze und Perspektiven in Arbeitsdomänen und beruflicher Förderung. Bielefeld: wbv Publikation. Krähnert, I./Zehbe, K./Cloos, P. (2022): Polyvalenz und Vulneranz. Empirische Perspektiven auf inklusionsorientierte Übergangsgestaltung in Elterngesprächen. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Mackowiak, K. (2011). Übergänge - Herausforderung oder Überforderung?. In: Grundlegende Bildung ohne Brüche. Jahrbuch Grundschulforschung. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, Wiesbaden. Truschkat, I. (2013): Biografie und Übergang. In: Böhnisch, L./Lenz, K./Schröer, W./Stauber, B./Walther, A. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Übergänge. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa, S. 43-62. Truschkat, I./Weber, S.M./Schroder, C./Peters, L./Herz, A. (2019): Organisation und Netzwerke. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Truschkat, I./Stauber, B. (2011): Beratung im Übergang: organisations- und subjektorientierte Perspektiven. In: Walther, A./Weinhardt, M. (Hrsg.): Beratung im Übergang. Zur sozialpädagogischen Herstellung von biographischer Reflexivität. Reihe Übergangs- und Bewältigungsforschung. Studien zur Sozialpädagogik und Erwachsenenbildung. Weinheim: Juventa, S. 220–235. Wanka, A./Rieger-Ladich, M./Stauber, B./Walther, A. (2020): Doing Transitions: Perspektiven und Ziele einer reflexiven Übergangsforschung. In: Walther, A./Stauber, B./Rieger-Ladich, M./Wanka, A. (Hrsg.): Reflexive Übergangsforschung. Theoretische Grundlagen und methodologische Herausforderungen. Opladen: Barbara Budrich, S. 11–36. 32. Organizational Education
Paper The Implementation of Digital Technologies in Schools. Identification of Causal Conditions for Successful School Development Using Fuzzy-set Qualitative Comparative Analysis University of Bamberg, Germany Presenting Author:The digital transformation is not only leading to technological progress in everyday life and society, but is also changing the world of work. Digital technologies are increasingly influencing work processes and organization. This means that (vocational) schools are also confronted with the need to integrate digital technologies into school lessons in order to prepare learners for a digitalized world of work. In this context, schools usually act under uncertainty, as teachers often lack the essential skills, will or tools for pedagogically meaningful and authentic digitally supported teaching (Knezek & Christensen 2016). The integration of digital technologies into the classroom is associated with changes at the administrative, organizational and cultural level of the school (Blau & Shamir-Inbal 2017; Pettersson 2018). Rather, digitalization in the school context means a fundamental change (Islam & Grönlund 2016). Digital technologies in education can be seen as an innovation, which entails a school innovation process when implemented in the classroom (Rogers 2003). This process takes place in the context of school development, which occurs in various dimensions (Eickelmann & Gerick 2017; Ilomäki & Lakkala 2018), which can be seen as an indication of a successful innovation process. The successful implementation of digital technologies in the classroom therefore requires a holistic innovation process in which, in addition to pedagogical adaptations, extensive changes are required in the school organization, particularly at an organizational and structural level. The innovation process affects, for example, the design of structural and procedural areas of the school organization. Both hindering and facilitating factors play a decisive role at the school meso level, which can lead to school development succeeding or failing. Barriers to innovation can therefore occur in the change process (Reiß 1997), which can manifest themselves, for example, in a lack of digital skills among teachers or in a lack of IT equipment in schools (Fraillon et al. 2020). Barriers to innovation can change, delay or even prevent the implementation of innovation (Mirow 2010). The promoters in an organization play a decisive role in overcoming innovation barriers (Witte 1973). These are actors in the organization who intensively push the innovation process and want to successfully implement the innovation with personal commitment. The focus is on the promoter's contributions to innovation (e.g. training of colleagues) based on their sources of influence (e.g. expert knowledge). There are four different types of promoter: Expert promoter, power promoter, process promoter and relationship promoter. The success of an innovation process therefore depends on the conditional configuration of hindering innovation barriers and conducive promotional activities. Complex causal structures can be assumed. A successful school development process is influenced by several different conditions, which themselves are interconnected. The aim of the study is to analyse which constellations of innovation barriers and promotional activities as conditions lead to (un)successful school development when implementing digital technologies in schools. In this way, the causal complexity of the innovation process should be considered. The research question to be addressed is which combinations of conditions in the implementation of digital technologies in schools lead to (not) successful school development? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This causal complexity is explored using fuzzy-set Qualitative Comparative Analysis (fsQCA). This causal method aims to clarify which constellations of conditions cause a certain outcome (Ragin 2009; Schneider & Wagemann 2012). The aim is to describe the complexity of school innovation processes in the implementation of digital technologies in schools using innovation barriers and promotion activities as conditions to derive insights for the design of school innovation processes using fsQCA. It can be assumed that different combinations of the conditions lead to an (un)successful implementation of digital technologies in schools, but that common patterns can be identified in successful and unsuccessful schools. From a methodological point of view, the aim is to identify necessary and sufficient conditions for (not) successful school development. For this purpose, an interview study was conducted at vocational schools in a federal state in Germany (n=16) that took part in a project to promote the use of tablets in the classroom. School leaders, IT administrators and department heads were interviewed at the schools. The aim of the interviews was to examine the organizational design of tablet use at vocational schools and the associated innovation process in the implementation of tablets. Based on the categories and text passages generated using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz 2018), the interview data was calibrated using Generic Membership Evaluation Templates according to Tóth, Henneberg & Naudé (2017) and then necessary and sufficient conditions were identified using fsQCA. Based on theoretical and empirical assumptions, it can be assumed that the presence of promoters and the absence of innovation barriers are essential for successful school development and, vice versa, relevant for unsuccessful school development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The fsQCA has identified the existence of promotional activities of expert, power and process promoter as necessary conditions for successful school development for the implementation of digital technologies. With regard to sufficient conditions in successful school innovation processes, the fsQCA has identified two solutions. These are configurations consisting of promotion activities of the expert and power promoter paired with a process or relationship promoter. The efficiency of such troika structures has already been empirically confirmed several times (Hauschildt & Kirchmann 2001). Against all expectations, missing innovation barriers are not part of the sufficient configurations of conditions for the successful implementation of digital technologies in schools and have thus proven to be irrelevant for successful school development processes. Rather, promotional activities appear to play a prominent role in the school digitization process (Prasse 2012; Wagner & Gerholz 2022). The prominent role of the expert promoter can be confirmed here (Chakrabarti & Hauschildt 1989), as this is not only necessary for the success of the innovation process, but was also identified as sufficient on its own. No necessary conditions could be identified for unsuccessful innovation processes. However, two configurations of conditions were found to be sufficient for unsuccessful innovation processes, which are relatively complex. The result follows theoretical assumptions and empirical findings that innovation barriers have a negative influence on the innovation process (Mirow 2010; Reiß 1997; Witte 1973) and that innovation processes without promotional activities do not lead to success (Prasse 2012). The results of the fsQCA reveal the high causal relevance of promotion activities. It is therefore about the commitment of school actors in the innovation process. This needs to be promoted in a systematic way. References Blau, I. & Shamir-Inbal, T. (2017). Digital competences and long-term ICT integration in school culture: The perspective of elementary school leaders. Education and Information Technologies, 22(3), 769-787. Chakrabarti, A. K. & Hauschildt, J. (1989). The Division of Labour in Innovtion Management. R&D Management, 19(2), 161-171. Eickelmann, B. & Gerick, J. (2017). Lehren und Lernen mit digitalen Medien – Zielsetzungen, Rahmenbedingungen und Implikationen für die Schulentwicklung. Schulmanagement Handbuch, 164(4), 54-81. München: Oldenbourg. Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W., Friedman, T. & Gebhardt, E. (2014). Preparing for life in a digital age: The IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study international report. Springer. Hauschildt, J. & Kirchmann, E. (2001). Teamwork for Innovation – the ‘Troika’ of Promoters. R&D Management, 31(1), 41-49. Ilomäki, L. & Lakkala, M. (2018). Digital technology and practices for school improvement: innovative digital school model. Research and Practice in Technology Enhanced Learning. Berlin: Springer. Islam, S. & Grönlund, Å. (2016). An international literature review of 1:1 computing in schools. Journal of Educational Change, 17(2), 191-222. Knezek, G. & Christensen, R. (2016). Extending the will, skill, tool model of technology integration. Adding pedagogy as a new model construct. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 28(3), 307-325. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Mirow, C. (2010). Innovationsbarrieren. Wiesbaden: Gabler Verlag. Pettersson, F. (2018). Digitally competent school organizations – developing supportive organizational infrastructures. International Journal of Media, Technology & Lifelong Learning, 14(2), 132-143. Prasse, D. (2012). Bedingungen innovativen Handelns in Schulen – Funktion und Interaktion von Innovationsbereitschaft, Innovationsklima und Akteursnetzwerken am Beispiel der IKT-Integration an Schulen. Dissertation. Münster: Waxmann. Ragin, C. C. (2008). Redesigning social inquiry. Fuzzy sets and beyond. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Reiß, M. (1997). Change Management als Herausforderung. In M. Reiß, L. v. Rosenstiel & A. Lanz (Hrsg.), Change-Management. Programme, Projekte und Prozesse (5-30). Stuttgart: Schäffer-Poeschel. Rogers, E. M. (2003). Diffusion of Innovations. New York: Free Press. Schneider, C. Q. & Wagemann, C. (2012). Set-Theoretic Methods for the Social Sciences. A Guide to Qualitative Comparative Analysis. Cambridge u. a.: Cambrige University Press. Tóth, Z., Henneberg, S. C. & Naudé, P. (2017). Addressing the ‘Qualitative’ in fuzzy set Qualitative Comparative Analysis: The Generic Membership Evaluation Template. Industrial Marketing Management, 63, 192-204. Wagner, A. & Gerholz, K.-H. (2022). Promotionsaktivitäten bei der Implementation digitaler Medien an beruflichen Schulen. Empirische Ergebnisse einer Interviewstudie. MedienPädagogik, 49, 22-47. Witte, E. (1973). Organisation für Innovationsentscheidungen: Das Promotoren-Modell. Göttingen: Schwartz. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 32 SES 03 B: ***CANCELLED*** Middle Leaders, School Uncertainty and Organizational Learning Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Nicolas Engel Paper Session |
17:15 - 18:45 | 33 SES 03 A: Intersecting Inequalities in STEM and Academic Careers Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Andrea Abbas Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper ”The Surprise Element” – Racialized Female Junior Scholars in STEM Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:This paper investigates high achieving racialized and minoritized female junior scholars’ negotiations of (in)visibility in academia – more specifically within STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics) in Denmark. Women are generally underrepresentated in STEM and even more so when it comes to women with ethnic minoritized backgrounds. Some bodies by their mere presence become a source of surprise and disruption in the settings and spaces of academia. This paper takes, as its point of departure, the question of what it means to become a surprise. Working from a conceptual framework of racialized differentiation as an affective, intersectional, and spatialized process (Deleuze 1990, Ahmed 2012, Manning 2023) and an empirical foundation of qualitative interviews with racialized minoritized female scholars in STEM, the analysis delves into the affective, spatial and embodied experiences of standing out or passing as a racialized and gendered Other in academia. Focus is specifically on how the experience of being a surprise element relates to structural and hegemonic orderings of the university as a space embodying some bodies and not others as naturally belonging (Puwar 2004). This entails a focus on the meritocracy of academia, the negotiation of visibility-invisibility and the right to stay opaque. The analysis shows how the female scholars’ narratives, experiences and strategies can expand our knowledge on how processes of racialization, othering and opacity take form in higher education in ways that fixate them in a state of perpetual arrival and as a source of potential surprise. This has relevance to how it is possible to think about diversity and inclusion in higher education.c
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on semi-structured qualitative interviews conducted in the period of fall 2021 to spring 2023 with racialized, minoritized female junior scholars in STEM as part of the larger project, Affective investments in diversity work in STEM at Danish universities . In this article I will draw on the empirical material from the interviews conducted with junior scholars with ethnic minoritized immigrant and refugee background as their position in academia exemplifies a paradoxical situation of racialized (non)belonging. On the one hand they know Danish, the Danish society and have succeeded in progressing in the educational system. On the other hand, they are made to feel that they do not rightfully belong both in Denmark and academia because of their visible otherness. Some have refugee and others have immigrant background. They are all Danish citizens and racialized minoritized, visible through for example skin-, hair colour, and hijab. Most of them are first generation academics and high achieving scholars within their respective fields. In the interviews I have focused on questions regarding their academic journey, their ways of making it in academia, their future-plans, and moments of success and challenges. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper sheds light on the complex negotiations of being positioned as hypervisible but at the same time invisible- and how the racialized female junior scholars take upon the logics and strategies of the meritocracy of academia by in some instances invisiblizing themselves and making "their results speak" for themselves. Being marked but invisible is a poignant way of understanding what is at play for the female racialized minoritized scholars in STEM. It can also be described as a case of being apparent but transparent- that is being invisible and obvious at the same time which can be linked to Edouard Glissant’s (2006) point of who has the right to stay opaque. Glissant defines opacity as an alterity that is unquantifiable- a form of differentiation and diversity that transcends categories of identifiable difference, visibility and representation. The female scholars in this study can in some ways be seen as embodying an opacity- a form of differentiation always in motion oscillating between visibility, recognition, invisibility, misrecognition via their different intersectional positionings regarding gender, religious affiliation, race, cultural and class background. The paper offers a theoretical understanding of how processes of racialization come into being as differentiations and disruptions to the existing logics and ontological scheme of the given context- which is here specifically STEM in Denmark. References Ahmed, S. (2012) On being included- Racism and diversity in institutional life, London, Duke University Press. Deleuze, G. (1990) Negotiations. New York, Columbia University Press. Diallo, O. (2019). At the Margins of Institutional Whiteness: Black Women in Danish Academia. 10.2307/j.ctvg8p6cc.20. Glissant, Édouard (2006): Poetics of Relation. Translated by Betsy Wing and Ann Arbor. Michigan, Michigan University Press. Manning, E. (2023) The being of relation, eFlux journal, Issue #135, April 2023, retrieved May 2023 https://www.e-flux.com/journal/135/529855/the-being-of-relation/ Massumi, B. (2009) Micropolitics : Exploring Ethico-Aesthetics. Inflexions: A Journal for Research-Creation. No. 3. October 2009. www.inflexions.org Puwar, N. (2004). Space invaders: Race, gender and bodies out of place. Oxford and New York, NY: Berg Publishers. Wekker, G. (2022) ‘How Does One Survive the University as a Space Invader?’: Beyond White Innocence in the Academy, Dutch Crossing, 46:3, 201-213, DOI: 10.1080/03096564.2022.2145048 Zembylas, M. (2015) Rethinking race and racism as technologies of affect: theorizing the implications for anti-racist politics and practice in education, Race Ethnicity and Education, 18:2, 145-162, DOI: 10.1080/13613324.2014.946492 33. Gender and Education
Paper Women Academics and the Demonstrative Mangle of Promotions Practices in the Performative University University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Promotions criteria are often held to be neutral, objective descriptors of the standard tasks and levels required to achieve promotion. As such, they provide institutions with apparently transparent mechanisms for sorting out the deserving and the not yet deserving, and they offer those applying for promotion an apparently clear list of requirements and standards that must be demonstrated in order for promotion to be achieved. And yet, research indicates the continuation of gender pay gaps (HESA, 2023), research funding gaps (Weale and Barr, 2018), and an academic promotions success gap shaped by gender, race and class (Bailey, 2022). Despite many years of Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (EDI) initiatives in institutions, promotions practices continue to act as gatekeepers for women academics, producing inequitable outcomes. The result is that in the UK women are highly underrepresented in senior management roles, particularly in SET subjects, but overrepresented in part time roles, lower salary bands and teaching only contracts (AdvanceUK, 2021). In 2019/20 fifty percent of academics were women but seventy-two percent of professors were men (AdvanceUK, 2021). These UK trends are mirrored across Europe.
In this context of these ongoing equities, this paper puts promotions criteria and promotions practices in the spotlight. It argues that the apparently ‘neutral’ promotions criteria are the vehicle for the enactment of deeply embedded and often hidden gendered political micropractices. Many women academics applying for promotion to professor have had the experience of being told they are ‘not ready’ for promotion by male peers but this notion of ‘readiness’ is itself deeply shaped by gendered factors that hide under the radar. Interpretations regarding who or how ‘professorship’ or research leadership should and can be demonstrated, or who possesses the required attributes for promotion, are shaped by gendered assumptions. The paper builds on work by Yamamoto’s (2019: 167) which indicates that women in research leadership positions are often there at the behest of a patriarchal powerbase built on ‘elite, academic, male, social and cultural capital’; on Thornton’s (2013: 3) exploration of the masculinist cultural practices of neoliberal universities; and on Morley’s (2016: 5) comments on the ‘virility culture’ of competitive individualism that thrives in contemporary HEIs.
This paper arises from a current UKRI/UK University funded project entitled WomenCAN: Breaking Promotion Barriers, Changing University Cultures, this paper develops a feminist theoretical approach which highlights, attends to, and seeks to address the demonstrative mangle of promotions practices in the performative university. The objectives of the project are to:
Based on empirical data, the paper explores how promotions criteria contribute to the invisibilisation and stigmatisation of women’s’ chosen career and promotion pathways. It illuminates how prevailing structures, cultures and identities (O’Connor, 2020) within HEIs construe women’s choices as lacking in legitimacy in academic authority structures which continue to privilege research over leadership, teaching, citizenship and engagement. The paper contributes a detailed understanding of how the specifics of promotions criteria and promotions practices gain micropolitical animacy, force and power in institutions, in ways which have significant and negative effects on women’s career progression and on perceptions of women’s institutional value. Project findings indicate that, while long-standing patterns of inequality are changing, they are doing so at a glacial pace, and that institutional EDI initiatives are insufficiently agile or targeted to prevent the continual re-entrenchment of power and the reproduction of inequitable gendered practices at the micro-level. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research evidence base was gathered in relation to the project objectives as outlined above. In the first stage of the project, twenty-one narrative interviews were conducted with senior female academics at Reader or Professorial levels in a UK university, and a qualitative survey capturing the perspectives of sixteen Heads of Department and Deputy Heads of Department (objective 1). The narrative interviews were carried out across three faculties and the School of Management, with participants drawn from Humanities and Social sciences, Sciences, Technology, Engineering and Maths and the School of Management, and the qualitative survey likewise obtained data from across the university. These data provided an evidence-base for pursuing the second project objective of building a distributed change agents network (CAN) of women academics to improve women’s leadership capacities, enhance career progression, and raise senior women academics’ visibility across the organisation. We disseminated our research findings at three keynote events which also provided a platform to publicize the distributed network. The change agents’ network was soft launched through two workshops for twenty women academics who, through group discussion, outlined their aims and the intended structure and planned activities for the network, their own intended contributions and their expected challenges. Our third objective, to pilot a coaching programme, ran in parallel to the other two activities and comprised of three external coaching workshops for women academics intending to apply for promotion in the next two years. These were attended by up to sixteen women academics at all levels, per session. Ten women were offered an additional one-to-one coaching session to help them prepare for the promotions’ applications process. The coaching sessions were a pilot for testing the feasibility and effectiveness of a promotions coaching programme that could be proposed to the university. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Insights from the project challenge the view that promotions criteria are neutral, objective descriptors of standard tasks and levels which can/are ‘applied equally’ to individual cases across all contexts. In fact, data revealed that promotions’ practices are intimately and invisibly shaped by gendered perceptions of career paths, and sexist interpretations of readiness and deservingness. Project findings demonstrated how promotions practices shape academic women’s perceptions that they have to discipline themselves and their careers within and around institutional inequalities. Data indicates that women academics negotiate ways of bending their minds and accommodating their bodies to try to fit in with (and failing to fit in with) the rules of the neoliberal game which continue to privilege white, middle class, able-bodied, internationally mobile male academics, and to embody individualist, competitive and performative values. Empirical evidence from the project disclosed that women academics’ experiences of promotion are often bruising, and that institutionally gendered micro-practices continue to ensure that ‘merit sticks to men’ (Woodhams et al., 2022). It confirms how it causes affective damage – shame, despair, burnout, for example (Morley, 2003: Taylor, 2020). Findings from the project aim to achieve the following: • Provide new recommendations as to how women can be better supported in promotion through institutional practices at departmental, faculty and university level; • Develop and embed the distributed change agents’ network for women academics; • Use project insights to drive institutional change in structures, norms and behaviours and contest gendered microplitical practices • Equip a cohort of senior and mid-career women academics with research leadership skills to apply for successful promotion. The main outcome is that the WomenCAN project will to model, scaffold and enable diffusion of more diverse, inclusive, creative, effective research leadership across the institution. References AdvanceHE (2021). Equality+ higher education Staff statistical report 2021 [Online]. AdvanceHE. Available from: https://s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/assets.creode.advancehe-document-manager/documents/advance-he/AdvHE_Equality%20in%20higher%20education_Saff_stats_2021_1635342217.pdf [Accessed: 26.01.24]. Bailey, P. (2022). The promotion process needs bigger, better data if we’re to make it fairer. https://www.timeshighereducation.com/campus/promotion-process-needs-bigger-better-data-if-were-make-it-fairer HESA (2023). Who’s working in HE: Personal characteristics. https://www.hesa.ac.uk/data-and-analysis/staff/working-in-he/characteristics Jarvinen, M., Mik-Meyer, N., (2024). Giving and receiving gendered service work in academia. Current Sociology. 00(0), pp. 1 – 19. Morley, L. (2003). Quality and Power in Higher Education. Maidenhead: Society for Research into Higher Education and Open University Press. Morley, L. (2016). Troubling intra-actions: Gender, neo-liberalism and research in the global academy, Journal of Education Policy, 31(1): 28–45. O’Connor, P. (2020). Why is it so difficult to reduce gender inequality in male-dominated higher educational organizations? A feminist institutional perspective, Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 45:2: 207–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/03080188.2020.1737903 Sharafizad, F., Brown, K., Jogulu, U., & Omari, M. (2022). Avoiding the burst pipeline post-COVID-19: Drivers of female academic careers in Australia, Personnel Review. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1108/PR-12-2021-0909 Taylor, C.A. (2020). Slow singularities for collective mattering: new material feminist praxis in the accelerated academy, Irish Educational Studies, 39(2): 255–272. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2020.1734045 Thornton, M. (2013). The mirage of merit: Reconstituting the ‘ideal academic’, Australian Feminist Studies, 28 (76): 127–143. Weale, S., & Barr, C. (2018). Female scientists urge research grants reform to tackle gender bias. The Guardian. https://www.theguardian.com/education/2018/aug/10/female-scientists-urge-researchgrants-reform-tackle-gender-bias Woodhams, C., Trojanowski, G. & Wilkinson, K. (2022). Merit sticks to men: Gender pay gaps and (in)equality at UK Russell Group universities, Sex Roles, 86: 544–558. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11199-022-01277-2 Yamamoto, B. (2019). Actively constructing yourself as a professor after promotion. In R. Murray & D. Mifsud (Eds.) The Positioning and Making of Female Professors. London: Palgrave MacMillan. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 34 SES 03 A JS: Global Citizenship Education and Education for Sustainable Development Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ralph Carstens Joint Paper Session NW 30 and NW 34 |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Platforms and Possibilities for Global Citizenship Education 1The University of Queensland, Australia; 2Southern Cross University, Australia; 3University of South Australia Presenting Author:In these precarious times, children and youth require (and are demanding) education on how to address the myriad of convergent global challenges. The United Nations attest that only by working with children and youth across diversity and difference will global communities be able ‘to achieve peace, security, justice, climate resilience, and sustainable development for all’ (Clark et al., 2020, p. 617). Engaging in dialogue about global challenges involves global meaning-making that acknowledges and capitalises on diverse understandings and ways of knowing to re-imagine and transform realities (Tierney, 2018). In developing these capabilities, education has a critical role to play—as made clear in the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD, 2018a, 2018b) appeal for collective action and a re-thinking of educational approaches that address global challenges in ways that place ‘collaboration above division, and sustainability above short-term gain’, so that children might ‘value common prosperity, sustainability and well-being’ (p. 3). Global citizenship education (GCE) is a response to this clarion call of enabling globally aware and engaged citizens (Thomas & Banki, 2021).
On review of authoritative texts (OECD, UN, UNESCO, UNICEF) on global citizenship, we see global citizenship education as centring two concepts: global mindedness and taking action (i.e., to enact change). We do not see ‘global mindedness’ in a literal sense, but rather more broadly like Andreotti (2010) proposed as how individuals multidimensionally think and feel about and engage with otherness and difference. There are multiple GCE approaches that challenge western-centric, neoliberal interpretations of GCE for global market competence and employment (Torres & Bosio, 2020). These approaches include post-colonial and critical theory approaches (e.g., Torres, 2017); transformative approaches oriented to cultural diversity, human rights, and collaboration (e.g., Gaudelli, 2016); and approaches favouring a value-creating orientation to nurture students’ humanity through creative co-existence with others (e.g., Sharma, 2018). We take a critical theory approach informed by Carlos Torres (2017) with emphases on social justice, diversity and difference, peace, planetary rights and responsibilities and local and global political participation. We also draw from Vanessa de Oliveira Andreotti (2014) who argues that “responsible education in current “global times” requires a deeper understanding of the social, cultural, economic and historical forces and flows that connect peoples, places, spaces and world views, and of the difficulties of intervening in complex and dynamic systems” (p. 33).
We see education playing a key role in developing broad awareness of diverse perspectives (ethical and intercultural understanding), political literacy, contestation and dialogue, and strategic civic action (e.g., see Collins, 1992; Torres, 2017). However, the space afforded to GCE remains contested in Australian education policy pronouncements (Peterson, 2020). Much of the burden is predominantly borne by the goodwill of teachers who understand the value of global citizenship education and so locate and assess materials and novel ways to squeeze in complex concepts and controversial topics in an already overcrowded curriculum (Buchanan et al., 2018).
To support teacher uptake of global citizenship education in Australia, we searched for and mapped open-access global citizenship education materials to create a systematic, research-based resource catalogue for teachers and students. Our scoping study inquiry broadly asked: what are the open access online curricular resources available for critical global citizenship education? With the following sub-questions:
How do these curricular resources align with international GCE-related frameworks (i.e., OECD dimensions of global competence and UN Sustainable Development Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We employed a scoping study (as developed by Arksey and O’Malley, 2005) to examine each resource’s alignments with Australian Curricula and global GCE frameworks and identified the areas where there is insufficient resourcing. In this project, we endeavoured to meet the first (a rapid review of materials maps the field of study where it is difficult to visualise the range of materials available), third (a summary for disseminating findings to policymakers and practitioners), and fourth (identify the gaps and points to areas for further research) rationales for scoping research that Arksey and O’Malley propose. Instead of literature sources, we have chosen to examine the extent, range, and types of curricular resources available for GCE across early childhood, primary, and secondary education. Our scoping study mapping exercise adapted Arksey and O’Malley’s six key processes. One – Identifying research questions: We developed sub-questions a) to support Australian teacher application as study was located in Australia; and subquestion b) to support the application of these international frameworks in Australia and to enable international use of the catalogue. Two - Identifying relevant organisations as resource providers: Through purposive sampling, we identified NGOs and community sector organisations and institutions with a strong commitment to human rights, global minded ethos, and advocacy that produced and made available GCE resources freely available online. Three - Resources selection: As informed by the study design, the inclusion and selection criteria were loosely on a) materials produced for children and young people that b) emphasise participation, engagement, and leadership in global issues. Attention to key terms of global citizenship (as identified by project’s literature review of GCE) also guided the selection of resources. Four - Charting the data: The curriculum resources were assessed for suitability (as per prior criteria) and coded according to a set of indicators (education sector; OECD dimensions of global competence; and seventeen SDGs). Five - Collating, summarising, and reporting results: While following the above process, the scoping study was iterative and generative rather than linear in execution, with categories for resource collation iteratively reviewed. Six – Consultation: Arksey and O’Malley (2005) indicated that consultations with experts and stakeholders are essential and encouraged practice for scoping studies. To locate as many resources as possible, the research team regularly consulted with the project’s advisory group and GCE experts throughout the research from May to November 2022. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results showed that of the 252 resources scoped most were targeted to primary (n=143) and secondary school students (n=145), with only 23 materials deliberately targeted to early childhood education. The resources highlight the building of four Australian Curriculum (ACARA, 2022) general capabilities. There is equal emphasis on critical and creative thinking (n = 90), personal and social capability (n = 90), and ethical understanding (n = 90), with notably fewer resources focussing on intercultural understanding (n = 67), though it was common for a single resource to be coded for all four general capabilities. The materials were spread across all seventeen UN SDGs (United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, n.d). Most related to Goals 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities) and 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production), particularly on topics of and reuse of materials and renewable energy. Issues on inequality, violence, inclusion/and exclusion were coded under Goals 16 (Peace and Justice Strong Institutions) and 10 (Reduced Inequality). Interestingly, only a moderate number of resources attend to gender equality, quality education, and good health and wellbeing when these significant issues affect education. Across the OECD global competence dimensions, the majority (n = 97) were mainly on the examination of issues of global and local significance (Dimension 1), followed by Dimension 2 (Understand and appreciate the perspectives and worldviews of others) (n = 70). Fewer materials push the narrative to open communications (n = 46) across cultures (Dimension 3). Finally, some materials encourage active participation (Dimension 4, n = 55), such as through letter-writing, setting up special projects, creating audio-visual materials, protesting, and leading initiatives (taking action). The outcome of the scoping study generated an open access GCE resource catalogue https://enablingyoungvoicesforcivicaction.com/resource-catalogue/ that continues to be added to and is utlised by teachers and student teachers across multiple nations. References Andreotti, V. (2010). Global education in the ‘21st century’: Two different perspectives on the ‘post-’ of postmodernism. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 2(2), 5–22. Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (ACARA) (2022). The Australian curriculum ver. 9.0. Retrieved from https:// v9.australiancurriculum.edu.au/ Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https:// doi. org/ 10. 1080/ 13645 57032 00011 9616 Buchanan, J., Burridge, N., & Chodkiewicz, A. (2018). Maintaining global citizenship education in schools: A challenge for Australian educators and schools. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 51–67. Clark, H., Coll-Seck, A. W., Banerjee, A., Peterson, S., Dalglish, S. L., Ameratunga, S., Balabanova, D., Bhan, M. K., Bhutta, Z. A., Borrazzo, J., Claeson, M., Doherty, T., El-Jardali, F., George, A. S., Gichaga, A., Gram, L., Hipgrave, D. B., Kwamie, A., Meng, Q., Mercer, R., Costello, A. (2020). A future for the world’s children? A WHO–UNICEF–Lancet commission. The Lancet, 395(10224), 605-658. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(19)32540-1 Collins, H. (1992). Political literacy: Educating for democracy. Papers on parliament, 14, https:// www.aph.gov.au/About_Parli ament/Senate/Powers_ practice_n_ procedures/ pops/pop14/ c03 Gaudelli, W. (2016). Global citizenship education: Everyday transcendence. Routledge. OECD. (2018a). The future of education and skills: Education 2030—The future we want. OECD. OECD (2018b). PISA 2018b Global competence. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/pisa/ innovation/global- competence/# de Oliveira Andreotti, V. (2014). Critical and transnational literacies in international development and global citizenship education. Journal of education, 2 (3), 32-50. Peterson, A. (2020). Global citizenship education in Australian schools: Leadership, teacher and student perspectives. Springer Nature. Sharma, N. (2018). Value-creating global citizenship education: Engaging Gandhi, Makiguchi, and Ikeda as examples. Springer. Thomas, M., Banki, S. (2021). Toward a framework for assessing the 'global' and 'citizen' in global citizenship education in Australia and beyond. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 42(5), 732-748. Tierney, R. J. (2018). Toward a Model of Global Meaning Making. Journal of Literacy Research, 50(4), 397-422. https://doi.org/10.1177/1086296X18803134 Torres, C.A. (2017). Theoretical and empirical foundations of critical global citizenship education. Routledge. Torres, C. A., & Bosio, E. (2020). Global citizenship education at the crossroads: Globalization, global commons, common good, and critical consciousness. Prospects, 48, 99–113. United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs (n.d). Sustainable development: The 17 goals. https://sdgs.un.org/goals 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Teaching of/as/for Global Citizenship and the Question of Education 1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:The concept and practice of global citizenship education (GCE) is now widespread in schools and universities across the world. At a surface level, the meaning of the term appears self-evident. Yet, within the context of U.S. higher education, Stein (2015) has argued that ‘global citizenship remains untheorized’ (p.242). Nevertheless, various scholars have sought to understand the different ways in which GCE is conceptualised as an agenda for education, often with reference to its implications for global and local policy and curriculum (Gaudelli, 2009; Oxley & Morris, 2013; Pashby et al., 2020; Bourn, 2021). A further study conducted by Goren & Yemini (2017) has aimed to identify differences in regional approaches to GCE. According to their analysis, European research on GCE is: often framed by the context of population changes related to immigration; viewed as an alternative model to national citizenship, and; aimed at inclusion and social cohesion (p.174). The typical European approach to GCE, they argue, is connected to moral and cultural concern rather than, for example, political advocacy. The intentions behind GCE raise questions about its function and role in education settings. While GCE is often thought about in connection to the curriculum, the focus of this paper is on the practice of teaching. The first key question driving the analysis is: what do the teaching choices related to GCE suggest about how it is conceptualised? In responding to this question, we have adapted the now common way of framing different orientations to assessment (Schellekens et al., 2021), to consider three orientations in teaching GCE: teaching of, as, and for, global citizenship. Teaching of global citizenship can be understood as teaching about global citizenship as something connected to but distinct from, for example, national citizenship. This orientation may aim for impartiality, or a dispassionate approach. Teaching as global citizenship can be understood as a politicising orientation, whereby the teaching of global citizenship is connected to enacting global citizenship. For example, experiential service learning. Teaching for global citizenship can be understood as a moralising orientation, whereby students are encouraged - perhaps even implored - to embrace the values and dispositions connected to global citizenship as a moral response to global issues. Commonly, scholars have concerned themselves with conceptualisations of global citizenship (ie. the ‘G’ and the ‘C’). However, the second key question raised in this paper asks what each of the above orientations suggest about the nature and role of education (ie. the ‘E’) within the construct of GCE. Responding to this question, the current paper is primarily conceptual. However, our theorising draws on data collected in Austria, Azerbaijan, and Australia pertaining to how GCE is enacted in the classroom and how teachers describe their understanding of GCE. These perspectives on the teaching of GCE problematise abstract conceptualisations of GCE from ‘above’ and instead suggest that global citizenship is understood by teachers in relation to grounded everyday experiences, both within and outside the classroom. In this paper, we make the argument that GCE from both ‘above’ and ‘below’ tends to involve moralisation and politicisation, and that this raises questions about the role and nature of education itself within GCE practice. In other words, this paper asks whether teaching as and for global citizenship can properly be considered education and, if so, how contested views regarding globalism and citizenship can be addressed in a way that allows students to genuinely inquire into such matters. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is primarily conceptual insofar as it is a philosophical inquiry into the nature of GCE. It is driven by the questions posed above, namely: Can teaching for moral and political aims be considered education and if so, how can such teaching ensure genuine student inquiry? While these questions are attended to philosophically, they emerge from empirical considerations in line with other such conceptualisation (see Tarozzia and Mallon, 2019, for example). The empirical work previously conducted that has given rise to this particular philosophical inquiry was based on Constructivist Grounded Theory (CGT) for data collection and analysis (Charmaz, 2014). One sample comprised 33 teachers, parents and students sharing their perspectives on the development of GCE. The second school was a sample of administrators and teachers. The data was obtained through interviews and observation. Some document analysis was also used to triangulate some participant articulations and events. The third ongoing sample has involved interviews with rural teachers about their understanding and practice of GCE stemming from changing perspectives on globalisation and education (Palmer and Chandir, 2023) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper does not make an argument for one of the above orientations of GCE over the other. Instead, we draw the tentative conclusion that while politically and morally motivated teaching for and as global citizenship can be properly considered as education, this is contingent on such teaching leaving space for students’ open and critical inquiry. Such open inquiry means that the prior commitments of the teacher, and the values and ideas promoted in the dominant global citizenship discourse, are always open to question and reasonable contestation. The implications of this is that GC and GCE are constructs that should always be under interrogation rather than simply promoted as unquestioned ‘goods’ for today’s world. GCE, then, is not simply something to be promoted but a process in which issues of global significance are subjected to ethical and political questions. Such deliberation, we suggest, may well best be achieved through an approach to GCE that involves all three orientations (of, as, for). This conceptualisation of GCE has the potential to not only influence the teaching of GCE in schools and universities, but also policy and research related to GCE. References Bourn, D. (2021). Pedagogy of Hope: Global Learning and the Future of Education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 13(2), 65-78. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage. Gaudelli, W. (2009). Heuristics of Global Citizenship Discourses towards Curriculum Enhancement. Journal of Curriculum Theory, 25:1, 68–85. https://journal.jctonline.org/index.php/jct/article/view/GAUDHEU/22 Goren, H., and M. Yemini. 2017. “Global Citizenship Education Redefined – a Systematic Review of Empirical Studies on Global Citizenship Education.” International Journal of Educational Research 82:170–183. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.02.004. Oxley, L., and P. Morris. (2013). Global Citizenship: A Typology for Distinguishing Its Multiple Conceptions. British Journal of Educational Studies,61:3, 301–325. doi:10.1080/00071005.2013.798393 Palmer, N., & Chandir, H. (2023). Education Beyond Techno-global Rationality: Transnational Learning, Communicative Agency and the Neo-colonial Ethic. Journal of Creative Communications, 09732586231206651. Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S. & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education, Comparative Education, 56:2, 144-164, DOI: 10.1080/03050068.2020.1723352 Schellekens, L. H., Bok, H. G. J., de Jong, L. H., van der Schaaf, M. F., Kremer, W. D. J., & van der Vleuten, C. P. M. (2021). A scoping review on the notions of Assessment as Learning (AaL), Assessment for Learning (AfL), and Assessment of Learning (AoL). Studies in Educational Evaluation, 71, Article 101094. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101094 Stein, S. (2015). Mapping Global Citizenship, Journal of College and Character, 16:4, 242-252, DOI: 10.1080/2194587X.2015.1091361 Tarozzi, M., & Mallon, B. (2019). Educating teachers towards global citizenship: A comparative study in four European countries. London Review of Education, 17(2), 112-125. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Literacies that Enable Hopeful and Globally Minded Participation in Uncertain Times 1University of South Australia, Australia; 2University of Queensland, Australia; 3University of Birmingham, United Kingdom; 4Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand; 5University of Wyoming, USA Presenting Author:In today's uncertain, inequity-ridden world, children and youth are increasingly called upon, and call upon themselves, to engage with hope as active global citizens to help advance collective wellbeing and sustainability for all – as evidenced in UNICEF’s open letter to the world’s children (2019). These calls are well grounded in research that has long supported children’s participation as capable, insightful active citizens (Harris, 2013; Mayall, 2002; Phillips, Ritchie et al, 2020). Such calls, too, situate children as globally minded individuals and communities who, in networked relationships with people and the planet, act beyond state limitations to advance actions for human rights and justice (Bachelet, 2018). Such is the essence of active global citizenship (AGC), which involves enacting social, political, and civil responsibility in service of the common good (Phillips, 2011; Peterson, 2011)—including dialogue about what constitutes ‘the common good’. But just what are the literacies required for children’s hopeful participation as globally minded citizens in uncertain times, and how do we ensure they have access to these literacies? This question is the focus of this paper. Our objective is to foreground globally-minded literacy practices that are oriented to global mindedness and involved in building and negotiating common worlds that foster collective wellbeing and sustainability. Our objective supports education’s pressing imperative for children to have the necessary capabilities, including literacies, to participate as globally minded citizens – as made clear in the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goal 4.7 (2015), UNESCO’s learning objectives for this goal (2017), OECD’s global competence framework (2018a), and UNICEF’s open letter to the world’s children (2019). As the United Nations attests, it is only by working with children as globally minded citizens that global communities can achieve collective wellbeing and sustainability (Clark et al, 2020). Viewed multidimensionally, global mindedness concerns individuals’ engagement with otherness and difference in complex, uncertain, inequity-ridden contexts (Andreotti, 2010). We emphasize the relational basis of global mindedness within which understanding the interests and lives of others is fundamental, and without which injustices cannot be fully recognized and addressed—while critically heeding how cultural and national specificities shape how individuals engage. We draw on cosmopolitan and cosmopolitical perspectives to consider what it means for global citizens to engage across diverse humanities, and historic, social, economic, and political divides – acknowledging tensions between these perspectives (see Stournaiuolo & Nichols, 2019). While we value cosmopolitanism scholars’ focus on engaging with diversities (e.g., Hansen, 2014), we acknowledge its problematic assumptions about mobility, access, and dispositions for engaging in and across cultures, without which cultures are essentialized rather than engaging with lived realities (e.g., Kurasawa, 2004). In response to these critiques, cosmopolitics emphasises the labor in constructing common worlds across historic, social, and political conditions that divide us (e.g., Saito, 2015), which resonates with our quest to lay bare the literacy practices involved in AGC work across diversities, differences and divides in an uncertain world. Making visible these literacy practices is founded on understanding literacy as lived, multimodal practices travelling and changing across time and space (Pahl & Rowsell, 2020), and connected with social, cultural, political, environmental, and economic interests and contexts (Street, 2017). Our search encompassed literacies vis-à-vis wide-ranging texts, platforms, media, and modes including written, spoken, visual, auditory, spatial, corporeal, digital, haptic, multimodal, and socio-material modes (McVee & Boyd, 2016). This conceptualization aligns with our quest to pursue a broad vision of AGC literacy practices that are enabling and accommodate complexity, contradiction, and uncertainty. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our paper presents findings from our systematic literature review of AGC literacy practices for building and negotiating common worlds that foster collective wellbeing and sustainability. Guided by processes for conducting systematic literature reviews (Booth et al. (2016), search terms we initially applied to databases (notably ProQuest Central) were active citizenship; global citizenship; and (global) citizenship literacy. In response to the variety of literacies that emerged, subsequent search terms included civic literacies; cosmopolitan literacies; global literacies; critical literacies; critical global literacies; cultural literacies; collaborative literacy; geo-literacy; transnational literacies; critical literacy for global citizenship; and digital literacy for global citizenship. Inclusion criteria were that materials must fall 2006-2023, with some exceptions to allow for key or seminal works; be a peer-reviewed academic journal article, book, or book chapter; or document developed by an authoritative transnational organisation (e.g., United Nations; UNESCO; OECD) that is clearly founded on strong scholarship; be an empirical study, literature review, or theoretical paper; and be trustworthy in accord with the research or scholarly paradigm within which the work was developed. We tabulated the intersection of the literacy practices found in the review, with the four dimensions of the OECD’s (2018) Global Competence Framework: - D1. Examine issues of local, global, and cultural significance. - D2. Understand and appreciate the perspectives and worldviews of others. - D3. Engage in open, appropriate, and effective interactions across cultures. - D4. Take action for collective wellbeing and sustainable development. Whilst we acknowledge this Global Competence Framework is connected with measurable human productivity terms that we were eschewing, we instead read its dimensions as serving collective wellbeing and sustainability. Our reading resonates with the OECD’s (2018b) explicit calls for re-thinking educational approaches to prioritize ‘collaboration … common prosperity, sustainability and well-being’ (p. 3). We categorised these tabulated literacies by drawing on the Four Resources Model (4RM) (Freebody & Luke, 2003), resulting in four sets of literacy practices, each framed by global mindedness across differences, diversities and divides: • Literacies for accessing information, knowledge, perspectives, and interactions germane to global/local issues (aligned with de/encoding texts in 4RM) • Literacies for understanding texts, and generating understanding through texts, about global/local issues (aligned with meaning-making in 4RM) • Literacies for critically inquiring into global/local issues (aligned with critical reflection and analysis in 4RM) • Literacies for creating and acting through texts to fulfil the purposes of acting on global/local issues (aligned with using texts for social purposes in 4RM). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Transformative Literacies for AGC Framework makes literacy practices visible across diversities (cultural, socio-economic, age, generational, ability, neurological, gender, sexual, racial, ethnic, and faith-related backgrounds and experiences), differences (divergent worldviews and perspectives), and divides (social, historic, economic, and political realities separating us), which contribute to inequities in distribution of rights, access, and opportunities. In relation to access, AGC literacy practices endowed with global mindedness are required to access and engage with multiple views, including perspectives of people living in marginalised communities or circumstances. Digital agency, access and dexterity are important to raising marginalised voices and democratising knowledge, including Indigenous knowledges. Culturally authentic global literature can create pathways to global realities. AGC literacy practices for understanding what unites, diversifies, and divides us requires but transcends tolerance and sympathy, to include engaging with heterogeneity, and nurturing a narrative imagination. Explicit awareness of one’s own and others’ positionality, and interest in understanding diverse perspectives, are critical – as are engaging with suppressed knowledges and valuing and understanding unseen realities. This work can be supported by collaborative literacy practices that foster divergent thinking. AGC literacy practices for inquiry constitute globally minded praxis to enhance critical consciousness of global issues and their inherent inequities. Drawing on critical global literacies, inquiry involves moving beyond individual responsibilities to engage in group interrogation of constructed narratives to identify motives and biases hindering social justice and humanitarian decision-making – thereby collaboratively reading and re-writing the world. AGC literacy practices for creating and acting through texts for collective wellbeing and sustainability include producing and enacting texts that amplify unheard voices and visibilise people’s lived realities - thereby disrupting the chain of hegemonic command that marginalises diverse realities. Globally minded creative thinking and imagination are crucial for envisioning and enacting effective, equitable, and sustainable solutions to global challenges and their local impacts. References Andreotti, V. (2010). Global education in the “21st century”. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 2(2), 5–22. Bachelet, M. (2018). Global citizenship. United Nations. Clark, H. et al. (2020). A future for the world’s children? A WHO–UNICEF–Lancet Commission. The Lancet, 395(10224), 605–658. Booth, A., Papioannou, D., & Sutton, A. (2016) Systematic approaches to a successful literature review. Sage. Freebody, P., Luke, A. (2003). Literacy as engaging with new forms of life: The “Four Roles” Model. In G. Bull & M. Anstey (Eds.), Literacy lexicon (pp. 51–65). Pearson. Freire, P. (1972). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Penguin. Hansen, D. T. (2014). Cosmopolitanism as cultural creativity: New modes of educational practice in globalizing times. Curriculum Inquiry, 44(1), 1–14. Harris, P. & Manatakis, H. (2013) Children as citizens: Engaging with the child’s voice in educational settings. London: Routledge. Ignatieff, M. (2017). The ordinary virtues. Harvard University Press. Kurasawa, F. (2004). A cosmopolitanism from below: Alternative globalization and the creation of a solidarity without bounds. European Journal of Sociology, 45, 233–255. Mayall, B. (2002) Towards a sociology for childhood: Thinking from children's lives. Open University Press. McVee, M., Boyd, F. (2016). Exploring diversity through multimodality, narrative, and dialogue. Routledge. OECD (2018a). Preparing our youth for an inclusive and sustainable world: The OECD PISA global competence framework. OECD (2018b). The future of education and skills: Education 2030 - The future we want. Pahl, K., Rowsell, J. (Eds.). (2020). Living literacies: Literacy for social change. MIT Press. Peterson, A. (2011). Civic republicanism and civic education: The education of citizens. Palgrave Macmillan. Phillips, L. (2011). Possibilities and quandaries for young children’s active citizenship. Early Education and Development, 22(5). 778–794. Phillips, L. G., Ritchie, J., Dynevor, L., Lambert, J., & Moroney, K. (2020). Young children’s community building in action: Embodied, emplaced and relational citizenship. Routledge. Saito, H. (2015). Cosmopolitics: Towards a new articulation of politics, science and critique. British Journal of Sociology, 66(3), 441–459. Stornaiuolo, A., & Nichols, T. P. (2019). Cosmopolitanism and education. In G. Noblit (Ed.), Oxford research encyclopedia of education. Oxford University Press. Street, B.V. (2017). New literacies, new times: Developments in literacy studies. In B.V. Street & S. May (Eds.), Language and literacies education, Encyclopedia of Language and Education (pp.3-15). Springer International Publishing. UNESCO (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNICEF (2019). An open letter to the world’s children. United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Cultivating Sustainability Citizens: The Transformative Role of School Volunteer Programs University of Rijeka, Croatia Presenting Author:Our society is at a pivotal moment where human impacts on the planet are undeniable, presenting urgent sustainability challenges like climate change, biodiversity loss, and security concerns (Schröder et al., 2020). Amidst these crises, rethinking educational models is vital for nurturing the civic engagement of our youth, who are the inheritors of these global issues (Wals, 2015) and the architects of tomorrow (Hickman & Riemer, 2016). In this context, the need for their empowerment is emphasised so that they are trained to transform unsustainable environmental, social and economic structures (Schank & Rieckmann, 2019). It is recognised that much is expected of young people when it comes to taking responsibility for creating a sustainable future (UN, 2015; UNESCO, 2014). The transition toward a sustainable future requires fundamental changes in existing ways of thinking and acting. The most important tool for such a transition is education, especially in the context of achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (UN, 2015). There is a need to create appropriate mechanisms and conditions for educating new generations that promote the development of sustainability citizenship characteristics. These characteristics involve the interrelation between 1) cognitive, 2) socio-emotional, and 3) behavioral domains. Education for sustainable development (ESD) should motivate educational institutions to provide platforms where students can practice what they have learned, as captured by the phrase "walk the talk" (Holst, 2023). The aim is to equip young people with skills that enable them to actively participate in sustainable transformation (Rieckmann, 2021), and ultimately to cultivate sustainability citizens (UN, 2015). Volunteering is recognized as a key factor in solving social issues, promoting solidarity and empathy, and redefining the fundamental structures of society (European Volunteer Centre, 2019; UNV, 2021). In this context, school volunteer programmes (SVPs) are recognised as platforms with the potential to cultivate sustainability citizens. SVPs are seen as models of ESD as they embody its main characteristics. The fundamental characteristics of ESD include holism and pluralism (Rudsberg & Öhman, 2010). Moreover, it is crucial for ESD models to incorporate experiential and transformative learning that promotes a shift in thinking, creative problem-solving, and the cultivation of reflective citizens (Rončević & Rafajac, 2012). Additionally, teaching in such programmes should be student-centered, connect course content, and promote interdisciplinarity and transdisciplinarity. In this sense, the connection with the community is also crucial (Wals, 2011). All these characteristics are necessary for the development of sustainability citizenship characteristics in students, particularly because previous research indicates that ESD programmes focusing only on certain elements have an impact on knowledge but limited impact on attitudes and behaviours (e.g., Boeve-de Pauw & van Petegem, 2017; Krnel & Naglič, 2009; Pirrie et al., 2006). There is limited research on SVPs, particularly those exploring their relationship with the concept of sustainability citizenship among students. Given the increasing implementation of these programmes in Croatian primary and high schools, there is a need for comprehensive research to capture the complexity of this phenomenon. The research question is therefore: What experiences, processes, and activities that are part of SVPs, are encouraging high school students' potential in developing characteristic of sustainability citizenship and how? This paper presents part of the results from a larger study conducted for the purpose of a doctoral thesis. It focuses on presenting the development of students' knowledge, attitudes, values, and behaviour in the context of school volunteer programmes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative case study was carried out with the aim of comprehending the phenomenon of school volunteering programs (SVPs) and their significance in cultivating sustainability citizenship characteristics in high school students. To ensure the selection of information-rich case studies, a number of criteria were set: 1) integration of SVP into the school curriculum, 2) a minimum programme duration of one school year, 3) collaboration with external partners, 4) the linking of volunteer activities with the sustainable development dimensions, 5) accessibility of the programme to all students. The case study was selected as the research strategy due to its characteristics of comprehensiveness and a holistic approach. This approach is particularly suitable for analysing the phenomenon of SVP, which is still poorly researched. The subject of the case study, which answers the question of which case of the selected phenomenon to investigate, refers in this research to the SVP. The object or analytical framework of the research refers to the case of developing characteristics of sustainability citizenship. For the purpose of this research, six case studies were selected that also meet the conditions for analytical generalisation. A triangulation of data collection methods was used in this research. Focus groups were conducted with student volunteers, a total of 34 female students and 4 male students, between the ages of 15 and 18. Additionally, interviews were conducted with 7 SVP coordinators. Finally, a qualitative content analysis of school curricula was conducted to gain a comprehensive and deeper understanding of the institutional context in which SVPs take place. Thematic analysis was chosen for the data analysis. The analyses were conducted separately for each method through and across the cases. Based on the constructivist paradigm, the analysis sought to unravel latent content aligned with the established research strategy, aim, and research question. Thematic analysis, noted for its ability to provide a rich and detailed description of data, was considered particularly suitable for under-researched areas such as the field of this research. The analysis was conducted following a rigorous and systematic process in six phases: 1) familiarisation with the data, 2) generation of initial codes, 3) search for themes, 4) review of themes, 5) definition and naming of themes, 6) producing the report (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research findings clearly indicate that participation in the activities of the school volunteer programmes (SVP) encourages the maturation and personal development of the students. Student volunteers perceive themselves as more mature, evolved, and responsible. The SVP coordinators confirm this result and add that they observe a more pronounced maturity and resilience in the students who have participated in the volunteer activities. Coordinators work long-term and closely with most of the students at all stages of volunteering, which allows them to observe and recognise these changes in detail. In addition, students and, coordinators state that they feel fulfilled, useful, happy, and satisfied as a result of their involvement in school volunteer programmes. In relation to the characteristics of sustainability citizenship, the study reveals that participants in the SVPs had the opportunity to gain understanding of sustainable development and their role in promoting it. Within the socio-emotional domain, students developed skills, empathy, altruism, and solidarity. They developed a sense of collective identity, both within the SVP and a sense of belonging to a wider community. The results also highlight that students can perceive themselves and their opportunities in relation to others around them. Within the behavioural domain, the results shows that active participation in SVP led to pro-ecological, frugal, altruistic, and just behavioural changes in students. Particularly noteworthy is the result that all students, without exception, expressed their intention to continue volunteering after completing their school education. Within the SVP, students acquire the knowledge and values necessary for personal and social transformation in the direction of sustainable development. In such a pedagogical framework, they become capable of acting in favour of the common good. By learning about sustainable development, its goals and dimensions and developing various skills, students are empowered to deal with the uncertainty and challenges of sustainability. References Boeve-de Pauw, J. i Van Petegem, P. (2017). Eco-school evaluation beyond labels: The impact of environmental policy, didactics and nature at school on student outcomes. Environmental Education Research, 1-18. doi: 10.1080/13504622.2017.1307327 Braun, V. i Clarke, V. (2006), Using Thematic Analysis in Psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. European Volunteer Centre (2019). Volunteer vision. European Parliament. Hickman, G. i Riemer, M. (2016). A Theory of Engagement for Fostering Collective Action in Youth Leading Environmental Change. Ecopsychology 8(3): 167–173. doi:10.1089/eco.2016.0024. Holst, J. (2023). Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 18(2), 1015-1030. Krnel, D. i Naglič, S. (2009). Environmental Literacy Comparison between ECO-Schools and Ordinary Schools in Slovenia. Science Education International, 20, 5-24. Pirrie, A., Elliot, D., McConnell, F. i Wilkinson, J. E. (2006). Evaluation of Eco Schools Scotland. The SCRE Center, University of Glasgow. Rieckmann, M. (2021). Emancipatory and transformative Global Citizenship Education in formal and informal settings: Empowering learners to change structures. Tertium Comparationis, 26(2), 174-186. Rončević N. i Rafajac B. (2012). Sustainable Development – Challenge for the Universities? [Održivi razvoj - izazov za sveučilište?]. Faculty of Humanities and Social Science in Rijeka. Rudsberg, K. i Öhman, J. (2010). Pluralism in practice–experiences from Swedish evaluation, school development and research. Environmental education research, 16(1), 95-111. Schank, C., i Rieckmann, M. (2019). Socio-economically substantiated education for sustainable development: development of competencies and value orientations between individual responsibility and structural transformation. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 13(1), 67-91. Schröder, L. M. U., Wals, A. E. i Van Koppen, C. S. A. (2020). Analysing the state of student participation in two Eco-Schools using Engeström’s Second Generation Activity Systems Model. Environmental Education Research, 26(8), 1088-1111. UN (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for sustainable development. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/21252030%20Agenda%20for%20Sustainable%20Development%20web.pdf UNESCO (2014). UNESCO roadmap for implementation of the global action programme on education for sustainable development. Paris: UNESCO. United Nations Volunteers (UNV) programme (2021). 2022 State of the World’s Volunteerism Report. Building equal and inclusive societies. Bonn. Wals, A. E. (2015). Beyond unreasonable doubt: education and learning for socio-ecological sustainability in the anthropocene. Wageningen UR: Wageningen University. |
17:15 - 18:45 | 34 SES 03 B: School Experiences and Practices on Citizenship Education Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Joost Vaesen Paper Session |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Fostering Civic Participation: An Analysis of Citizenship Education Initiatives in Secondary Schools in Border Regions of Mainland Portugal CIIE - FPCEUP, Portugal Presenting Author:This proposal aims to discuss how schools can promote the development of personal and social competencies and social capital in young people for political and civic participation. Also, it aims to demonstrate how schools can become platforms for civic participation by young people in their contexts. In order to achieve those purposes, we will use data from a study carried out in 29 secondary schools located in border regions of Mainland Portugal, considered mostly rural and low-density (Silva, 2014). These regions have social and economic disadvantages and less opportunities of participation (Silva et al., 2023). In these regions, school appear as an essential element for liveliness and dynamism and is central to the lives of young people. Authors such as Amiguinho (2005) and Canário (2000) emphasize the role of schools in guaranteeing this vitality in rural areas. Schools can, therefore, be seen as an essential space for promoting cultures of citizenship and youth participation (Silva et al., 2023), both because of its centrality and the importance it is recognized as a mechanism for valuing and including peripheral and rural environments (Amiguinho, 2005). As youth participation is becoming a priority at international and national level (EU, 2018; Council of Ministers Resolution number. (2022) - National Youth Plan II), schools are assuming a fundamental role in preparing young people for civic and political participation, particularly through citizenship education. Several authors have recognised this aspect (Biesta, 2011; Osler & Starkey, 2005; Perrenoud, 2002) and at policy level (Council of Europe, 2018; Portugal, 2017; UNESCO, 2015), especially with a focus on issues of democratic citizenship and the development of competences for democratic citizenship based not only on the valorisation of traditional democratic institutions and participation, but also on the development of a transformative citizenship focused on social and community well-being and social justice (Addler & Goggin, 2006; Banks, 2017; Whesteimer & Khane, 2004). In this vein, the valorisation of experience (Dewey, 1916; Lawy & Biesta, 2006) and the development of active and community-based methodologies focusing on young people's contexts have been referred to as fundamental to promoting the skills necessary for young people's civic participation in community-life for community’s well-being (Gruenewald, 2003). This proposal is a component of an ongoing PhD research project (Ref: SFRH/BD/143733/2019) focusing on the study of citizenship education practices in secondary schools located in border regions of mainland Portugal. The aim is to explore how these schools address dimensions such as youth involvement, aspirations, and local cultural aspects within their citizenship education initiatives. This project is part of the broader GROW:UP – Grow Up in Border Regions in Portugal: Young People, Educational Pathways, and Agendas project (PTDC/CED-EDG/29943/2017), which investigates how young individuals shape their biographical and educational paths, examining responses from various contexts to meet their aspirations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This proposal is grounded in empirical data derived from the collection and analysis of school guiding documents, semi-structured interviews with teachers coordinating Citizenship Education in their schools, and a questionnaire survey completed by young students. Three types of structural documents - Educational Projects, Annual Activity Plans, and Schools’ Strategy for Citizenship Education – were analysed to comprehend the educational practices developed by each school regarding citizenship education. A total of 26 Educational Projects, 21 Annual Activity Plans, and 18 Schools' Citizenship Education Strategies were analysed focusing on the following dimensions: formal aspects around citizenship education; initiatives/projects/areas valued by the school in Citizenship Education (CE); networking strategies around citizenship education; valorisation of local aspects; and youth involvement in the decision-making process. Since the implementation of the National Citizenship Education Strategy in 2018, through Decree-Law 55/2018, only documents developed by schools from that date were considered. Additionally, 24 interviews (out of the potential 29 contexts) were conducted. These interviews were carried out online, covering dimensions such as: a) Perceptions and priorities around citizenship education; b) Citizenship Education and networking with the wider educational community; c) Valorisation of local culture in the development of initiatives in citizenship education; d) Youth involvement in the decision-making process, including projects to develop and themes to work on. The primary goal of the interviews was to understand how schools embraced the National Strategy on Citizenship Education (PORTUGAL, 2017) and the resulting school practices. Finally, a questionnaire was distributed to young people in secondary schools of Border Regions (n=344), including dimensions such as: Strategies around citizenship education at the school level and at the class level; levels of youth involvement in the decision-making process; positive and less-positive aspects identified by young people regarding schools’ work around citizenship education. Concerning data analysis, content analysis procedures (Bardin, 2011) were performed for qualitative data (guiding documents analysis, semi-structured interviews, open-ended questions from the questionnaire), resulting in 5 dimensions of analysis contributing to understanding aspects that unify and differentiate various contexts regarding the appropriation of this educational policy: a) perceptions and priorities of the school regarding citizenship education; b) initiatives, activities and projects around citizenship education; c) network engagement with the surrounding community to develop CE; d) integration of local specificities and local cultural heritage in citizenship education; e) openness and inclusion of young people in decision-making processes regarding CE. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistics (Field, 2013) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate that practices concerning citizenship education, aimed at promoting civic participation, are developed both at the overall school level and within individual classes. At the general school level, citizenship education strategies that focus on fostering young people's civic participation can be observed in projects initiated by schools (such as volunteer clubs and civic centres) or adopted by them (national projects or projects co-constructed with local and regional stakeholders). Particularly noteworthy are volunteering projects designed to enhance community well-being and address social issues within their specific contexts. Additionally, intra-school initiatives, such as awareness-raising actions or improvements to school conditions for the entire school population, play a significant role. Similarly, at the class level, strategies such as the use of project methodologies appear to promote the development of youth projects for the advancement of their communities and the promotion of well-being and social justice (Adler & Goggin, 2005). In these initiatives, young people not only serve as constructors of projects but also emerge as active agents within their communities. In summary, the results suggest a focus on localized citizenship education initiatives for the benefit of young people's communities. This indicates that these schools, situated in contexts with fewer cultural and participation opportunities, are not only pivotal in the development of young people's participation and citizenship skills through experiential and community-based approaches but also serve as platforms for exercising this participation (Menezes & Ferreira, 2014; Silva et al., 2023). References Adler, R., & Goggin, J. (2005). What do we mean by “Civic Engagement”? Journal of Transformative Education, 3, 236–253. Amiguinho, A. (2005). Educação em meio rural e desenvolvimento local. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 18 (2), 7-43. European Union (EU) (2018). Estratégia da união europeia para a juventude 2019-2027, Jornal Oficial da União Europeia. Banks, J. A. (2017). Failed Citizenship and Transformative Civic Education. Educational Researcher, 46(7), 366-377. Bardin, L. (2011). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70. Biesta, G.(2011). Learning Democracy in School and Society: Education, Lifelong Learning, and the Politics of Citizenship. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Canário, R. (2000). A Escola no Mundo Rural: Contributos para a Construção de um Objeto de Estudo. Educação, Sociedade & Culturas, 14, 121-139. Council of Europe. (2018). Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture, Volume 2: Descriptors of competences for democratic culture. Strasbourg Council of Ministers Resolution number. (2022). 77/2022]—Diário da República n.° 177/2022,de 13 de setembro, 10 a 102. Field, A. (2013). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS statistics (4th ed.). SAGE Publications. Gruenewald, D. A. (2003). The Best of Both Worlds: A Critical Pedagogy of Place. Educational Researcher, 32(4), 3 12. Lawy, R. & Biesta, G.J.J. (2006) Citizenship-as-practice: the educational implications of an inclusive and relational understanding of citizenship. British Journal of Educational Studies. 54(1), 34-50. Menezes, I. & Ferreira, P. (2014). Cidadania participatória no cotidiano escolar: a vez e a voz das crianças e dos jovens, Educar em Revista, n. 53, 131-147. Osler, A. & Starkey, H. (2006). Education for Democratic Citizenship: a review of research, policy and practice 1995-2005. Research Papers in Education. 24. 433-466. 10.1080/02671520600942438. Perrenoud, P. (2002). A escola e a aprendizagem da democracia. Porto : ASA Editores. PORTUGAL (2017). Estratégia Nacional de Educação para a Cidadania. Silva, S. M. (2014). Growing up in a Portuguese borderland. In S. Spyrou & M. Christou (Eds.), Children and Borders (pp. 62-77). Palgrave Macmillan. Silva, S.M., Silva, N., Arezes, S., Martins, P., Faria, S., Dias, V., & Silva, A. (2023). Constraints on and facilitators of young people’s participation: The case of border regions of mainland Portugal. JSSE - Journal of Social Science Education, 22(3). UNESCO (2015). Educação para a Cidadania Global: Desafios para os jovens no Séc. XXI. (Trad. P. Almeida). Brasília: UNESCO. Westheimer, J., & Kahne, J. (2004). What Kind of Citizen? The Politics of Educating for Democracy. American Educational Research Journal, 41(2), 237-269. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Performing Individual and Collective Identities When Learning About Solidarity: Lessons From a Participatory Citizenship Education Project With Children 1University of Bucharest, Romania; 2West University of Timisoara, Romania; 3University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Presenting Author:Our research critically examines the concept of citizenship education, particularly its role in balancing individual agency with collective identity in democratic societies. Anchored in the theory of 'citizenship-as-practice' (Lawy & Biesta, 2006) and the 'funds of knowledge' approach (Moje, 2008; Hogg, 2011), our study is situated within the field of the new sociology of childhood. This framework offers a unique lens for understanding how children, as integral members of society, understand solidarity.
Citizenship education, traditionally aimed at cultivating responsible members of society, often risks endorsing a homogenized set of values and behaviors as emblematic of the "good citizen" (Schugurensky & Myers, 2003). Yet, it also possesses the potential to empower individuals to critically engage with societal norms, advocating for change and social justice as well as global issues. This dual nature necessitates a critical reflection on the objectives and outcomes of citizenship education, particularly in how it balances individuality with collectivity.
Building on this, we delve into the concept of solidarity as an integral aspect of citizenship education (Santora, 2003; 2011) and characterized by the same type of tension. Solidarity, often at odds with the principles of diversity and individualism, poses the challenge of fostering unity without diminishing the value of diverse perspectives, a crucial element in democratic communities. This exploration of solidarity leads us to investigate its manifestations and understandings among children in educational settings.
Our research into children's understandings of solidarity in educational environments provides an insightful perspective on the interplay between individuality and collectivity. Employing 'citizenship-as-practice', we aim to understand how children, as active agents, navigate the complexities of solidarity amid their diverse experiences and collective educational objectives. This investigation is further enriched by incorporating the 'funds of knowledge' concept (Gaztambide-Fernández, Brant & Desai, 2022), which emphasizes the importance of leveraging the culturally and contextually rich knowledge that students bring from their communities. By doing so, citizenship education transforms from abstract principles to a lived, community-connected practice, making the concept of solidarity more tangible and relevant to students.
Our methodological approach, informed by the new sociology of childhood (James, Jenks & Prout, 1998; Epstein et al, 2006), places a strong emphasis on children's agency and perspectives. We adopt participatory qualitative methods, valuing students' backgrounds and experiences as integral to the research process.
Guided by the questions: How do children in Romania understand and engage in practices of solidarity in the current European context? and How do children engage in constructing and performing individual and collective identities in the process of learning about solidarity? our research seeks to uncover new insights into how children conceptualize and practice solidarity, contributing to a more nuanced understanding of citizenship education in diverse and dynamic societal settings. The relevance of our study is twofold. First, focusing on Romania (a country grappling with high economic inequality and receiving a significant influx of refugees) provides a critical context for researching how these broader issues shape children's understandings of solidarity. Second, it complements the data provided by ICCS2022 study, that investigates the ways young people are prepared to undertake their roles as citizens from a curriculum, school and classroom perspective. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research informing this paper was carried out in six schools in Romania by six different women researchers. Each researcher carried out a 4-day workshop with approx. 15 participants aged 11-13 years old, based on dialogic participatory research and active learning methods in one school. The middle schools were selected from all regions of Romania, both in urban and rural areas, to cover a diversity of socio-economic and cultural contexts: a school in an area close to the Ukrainian border, a school that caters to children coming from educated middle class family background, a school that caters for mostly institutionalized or highly marginalized children, for example with parents working abroad, or belonging to families with a low socio-economic status etc. The research methods were compiled in guidebooks by members of the research team. These involved drawings about themselves, the community and the future (Mitchell et al, 2011) ; photovoice about encountering solidarity in everyday life settings (Wang, 1999; Abma et al, 2022), forum theater plays about solidarity (Hammond, 2013), as well as artificial intelligence based story-telling (Murgia et.al 2023), alongside focus group discussions about each of the activities and the children’s process of learning about solidarity (Green, 2002). All meetings were documented with audio-recordings, as well as with fieldnotes. Occasionally short videos (e.g. of forum theater plays), as well as photographs were taken for internal use. Following the workshops, researchers met online, as well as offline to reflect on the research experience and about ways forward in the participatory process. All conversations were recorded and the data is in the process of being transcribed and analyzed. The corpus consists of both textual and image based data compiled into a shared database and analyzed by all contributing researchers. The data was analyzed through the lenses of our research questions: How do children in Romania understand and engage in practices of solidarity in the current European context? and How do children engage in constructing and performing individual and collective identities in the process of learning about solidarity? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our exploration into the multifaceted concept of solidarity, as experienced by children, reveals that students find participative methods like collages, drawings, AI storytelling, theater, and Photovoice both innovative and engaging for expressing themselves and grappling with social issues. These children frequently reflect on current global crises — pollution, conflicts, energy challenges, poverty, and democratic deficits — which prominently influence their perception of today's world and future outlook. Children's representations of the future reveal a dichotomous structure. On a personal level, children express desires for “expensive cars”, “glamorous jobs”, and ‘amusing experiences”. From a collective perspective, children foresee a future marked by climate crises, environmental damage, a society governed by robots, and animals suffocated by plastic and pollution. These dominant themes are derived from drawings and collages. Notably, in the theater workshop, children primarily expressed experiences of exclusion, bullying, and seeking/receiving help. In utilizing Chat GPT as a platform, children predominantly employed vocabulary linked to the curriculum framework, incorporating key concepts from subjects such as critical thinking, children's rights, and civic education for democratic citizenship. In the development of stories and various scenarios, frequent references were made to “local authorities”, “laws”, “rules”, and “regulations”. Preliminary interpretations suggest that learning about solidarity leads children to actively engage with both local and global issues by means of participative methods that create space for their agency. Educators could leverage such examples to enhance students' capacities and skills, fostering their involvement in co-creating meaningful solutions within their communities. Embedded in a specific place and time, children's expressions about solidarity reflect their individual and collective identities. Moreover, these activities allow children to explore complex concepts like research methods, societal equity, and power dynamics, typically considered adult-centric topics. References Abma, T., Breed, M., Lips, S., & Schrijver, J. (2022). Whose voice is it really? ethics of photovoice with children in health promotion. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21, 16094069211072419. Epstein, I., Stevens, B., McKeever, P., & Baruchel, S. (2006). Photo elicitation interview (PEI): Using photos to elicit children's perspectives. International journal of qualitative methods, 5(3), 1-11. Gaztambide-Fernández, R., Brant, J., & Desai, C. (2022). Toward a pedagogy of solidarity. Curriculum Inquiry, 52(3), 251-265. Green, S. L. (2001). Boal and beyond: Strategies for creating community dialogue. Theater, 31(3), 47-61. Hammond, N. (2013). Introducing Forum Theatre to elicit and advocate children’s views. Educational Psychology in Practice, 29(1), 1-18. Hogg, L. (2011). Funds of knowledge: An investigation of coherence within the literature. Teaching and teacher education, 27(3), 666-677. James, A., C. Jenks and A. Prout (1998) Theorizing Childhood. Cambridge: Polity Press. Lawy, R., & Biesta, G. (2006). Citizenship-as-practice: The educational implications of an inclusive and relational understanding of citizenship. British journal of educational studies, 54(1), 34-50. Mitchell, C., Theron, L., Smith, A., Stuart, J., & Campbell, Z. (2011). Drawings as research method. In Picturing research (pp. 17-36). Brill. Moje, E. B. (2008). Everyday funds of knowledge and school discourses. Encyclopedia of language and education, 3, 341-355. Murgia, E., Pera, M. S., Landoni, M., & Huibers, T. (2023, June). Children on ChatGPT Readability in an Educational Context: Myth or Opportunity?. In Adjunct Proceedings of the 31st ACM Conference on User Modeling, Adaptation and Personalization (pp. 311-316). Santora, E. D. (2003). Social studies, solidarity, and a sense of self. The Social Studies, 94(6), 251-256. Santora, E. D. (2011). 21st Century democratic social and citizenship education. Contemporary social studies: An essential reader, 7-32. Schugurensky, D., & Myers, J. (2003). A framework to explore lifelong learning: The case of the civic education of civics teachers. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 22(4), 325-352. Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 assessment framework. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3- 031-20113-4 Wang, C. C. (1999). Photovoice: A participatory action research strategy applied to women's health. Journal of women's health, 8(2), 185-192. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Empowering Voices: A Systematic Review of Activism Among School-Aged Migrant Youth 1Faculty of Education, Technion, Israel; 2University of Queensland, Australia Presenting Author:Abstract: Global flows of migrant youth continue to be a highly topical and controversial issue with an increased focus on undocumented, unaccompanied and 1.5/second generation migrants. These populations are often perceived as vulnerable due to fluctuating legal status, feelings of marginalization as well as the trauma associated with forced migration. This study presents findings from a systematic review of research published in academic journals on migrant school-aged youth activism, foregrounding the role of formal and informal education. In a systematic analysis of the field, we ask how migrant youth activism is shaped, conceptualised and operationalised in contemporary research. In particular, our focus centres on examining the scholarly discourse pertaining to migrant youth activism and its implications for both education and social justice. Over the last decade, a steady increase in youth activism had been documented, mainly concerning issues such as climate change, environmental activism (Hayik, 2021), human rights, LGBTQI+ activism (Terriquez, 2015), #BlackLivesMatter, Indigenous rights, #MeToo, etc. (Taft & O’Kane, 2023). We are witnessing to youth working both within the political system (Kwon, 2019), including seeking for inclusion as full-fledged citizens (Farini, 2019), as well as outside of it (Kosko et al., 2022). Research continues to highlight the role youth play in raising awareness regarding not only social and legal issues (Müller-Funk, 2020), but also seeking justice (Cin et al., 2023) and recognition for their own communities and the world in general (Riniolo & Ortensi, 2021; Shin et al., 2023). According to Choudry (2015) youth activists learn and produce valuable knowledge as they navigate diverse contexts. They often show a capacity to “link their personal problems to a broader set of social, political, and economic forces and to direct their energies toward transforming them” (Ismail & Pottier, 2023, p. 2). There is an imperative to comprehensively study the current research agenda concerning youth activism. Scholars have showed that, despite variations in interest and participation across racial, ethnic and religious groups, and cultural contexts (Liu et al., 2023; Shin et al., 2023), the study of migrant youth has received less attention (Mora et al., 2018). School-age students is another underrepresented group in activism research. First, this group is often considered challenging to reach due to the legal regulations about minors (Black et al., 2022; Literat & Kligler-Vilenchik, 2018). Secondly, in many countries it is assumed that school-age students have a limited voice (Karsgaard & Davidson, 2023). However, what limited research exists emphasizes how youth develop as activists over time (Astuto & Ruck, 2010; Bellino et al., 2021), and how their life experiences motivate them (Ballard et al., 2015). It also highlights that migrant youth deserves its own niche in activism studies (Azzolini, 2016; Hochman & García-Albacete, 2019; Trisokka et al., 2021). We are interested in mapping the landscape of school-age migrant youth activism. Drawing on a systematic literature review approach, our presentation addresses three central research questions: 1) What are the prevailing trends in research on migrant youth activism? 2) What theoretical and methodological foundations underlie the research in this domain? 3) What are the key focal areas within the field of migrant youth activism? For the purpose of this study, a broad definition of activism was accepted, where we interpreted activism as any action aimed at social change. This working definition was utilised during the screening phase to determine whether to include a particular paper or not. This allowed the inclusion of different forms and representations of activism, which are often context-specific and go beyond a preset form of activities (Taft & O’Kane, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The review employs a comprehensive systematic literature review methodology following the PRISMA statement (Alexander, 2020; Page et al., 2021) and utilizes a wide range of search terms to capture a diverse selection of peer-reviewed publications in the range of years 2007-2023. The process of developing a comprehensive set of search terms for the systematic review involved multiple stages and considerations. The initial step included the creation of an extensive list of potential search terms related to the three core topics: "migrant," "youth," and "activism." Synonyms for each core term were then identified, intentionally incorporating redundancy in the initial version. Collaborative discussions between the authors resulted in a consensus on modifications, leading to the creation of a final list of search terms for each topic. The permutations of these terms generated a total of 5700 search phrases, which proved impractical to execute across three databases. To address this challenge and narrow down the scope, an expert survey was conducted involving seven international experts with diverse experience in youth activism. The experts independently ranked the search terms based on their likelihood to appear in peer-reviewed articles. The average rank for each term was calculated, and the lists were sorted accordingly. The final list of search terms included eight terms for "migrant" and "activism" topics and seven terms for the "youth" topic. Notably, the terms "Agency" and "Campaign*" were added to the final list for "Activism," while "Emigrant" and "Young adult" were excluded from the "Migrant" list. The survey results and expert recommendations guided the selection of these terms. ISI WOS (Topic), ERIC, and EBSCO (Abstract) databases were chosen for the study, and the search was conducted in September and November 2023 for all the 448 combinations. Additionally, backward and forward citation searches were conducted, and influential journals and authors were identified for further exploration. 8810 papers after removing duplicates and technical leaning were screened resulted with 163 included for full text analysis. The eligibility criteria focused on peer-reviewed articles in English, with full-text access, and related to activism of school-age children and adolescents of migrant background. The comprehensive analysis not only encompasses the general attributes of the papers but also delves into the underlying theories, methodologies, and substantive themes present within the literature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that the USA predictably taking the lead (n=69), followed by many studies which place significant emphasis on the European context (n=31), where the 2015 migrant crisis has not only influenced political and social lives but has also shaped the research agenda. The review highlights various forms of activism manifestation, including protests, art-based projects, community service, volunteering, and political participation in a broad sense. Not only migrants themselves, but also various NGOs, schools, and social work representatives, were documented in research as actively involved in defending the rights of migrant youth and working towards integrating this often marginalised population into social and political spheres at both the local and global levels. The results showed that salient topics such as gender issues, including #metoo movements, human rights in general, climate change, which are well-identified in the citizenship education and activism literature, are not as prevalent in the cases where school-age migrant students decide to engage in activism (De Jesús et al., 2015). We found that research in the field of youth migrant activism often focus on the issues of their own rights as migrants, their inclusion into the host society or local communities, and their fight against anti-immigrant or religious sentiments. In mapping the field of research migrant youth activism, our study furthers knowledge in educational research in three ways: first, we highlight the specific forms of activism migrant youth are engaged in which is of relevance to educators and school leaders. Second, we highlight the role education, conceived broadly, plays in migrant youth activism. Third, we consider the gaps in the research agenda to date and provide possible research directions for the future. References Alexander, (2020). Methodological Guidance Paper: The Art and Science of Quality Systematic Reviews. Review of Educational Research Azzolini, (2016). Investigating the link between migration and civicness in Italy. Which individual and school factors matter? Journal of Youth Studies Ballard, et al. (2015). Motivations for Civic Participation Among Diverse Youth: More Similarities than Differences. Research in Human Development Bellino, et al. (2021). “Slowly by Slowly”: Youth Participatory Action Research in Contexts of Displacement. Teachers College Record Black, et al. (2022). In their own words: 41 stories of young people’s digital citizenship. Learning, Media and Technology Cin, et al. (2023). Political participation of refugee and host community youths: Epistemic resistance through artistic and participatory spaces. Journal of Youth Studies De Jesús et al., (2015). Global Kids Organizing in the Global City: Generation of Social Capital in a Youth Organizing Program. Afterschool Matters Farini, (2019). Inclusion Through Political Participation, Trust from Shared Political Engagement: Children of Migrants and School Activism in Italy. Journal of International Migration and Integration Hayik, (2021). Through their lenses: Arab students’ environmental documentation and action. Environmental Education Research Hochman, & García-Albacete, (2019). Political interest among European youth with and without an immigrant background. Social Inclusion Ismail, & Pottier, (2023). Youth activists from Khayelitsha, Cape Town, reflections on their experiences of activism for social justice. Globalisation, Societies and Education Karsgaard, & Davidson, (2023). Must we wait for youth to speak out before we listen? International youth perspectives and climate change education. Educational Review Kwon, (2019). The politics of global youth participation. Journal of Youth Studies Literat, & Kligler-Vilenchik, (2018). Youth online political expression in non-political spaces: Implications for civic education. Learning, Media and Technology Mora, et al. (2018). Immigrant rights and social movements. Sociology Compass Müller-Funk, (2020). Fluid identities, diaspora youth activists and the (Post-)Arab Spring: How narratives of belonging can change over time. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies Riniolo, & Ortensi, (2021). Young Generations’ Activism in Italy: Comparing Political Engagement and Participation of Native Youths and Youths from a Migrant Background. Social Indicators Research Shin, et al. (2023). Engaging Students with Art-Based S-R-C (Sense of Belonging, Resistance, and Coalition Building) Strategies for Anti-Racism. International Journal of Art & Design Education Taft, & O’Kane, (2023). Questioning children’s activism: What is new or old in theory and practice? Children & Society Terriquez, (2015). Intersectional Mobilization, Social Movement Spillover, and Queer Youth Leadership in the Immigrant Rights Movement. Social Problems 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Creating New History-related Artefacts to Counter Master Narratives. Exploring Teachers’ Perspectives on Participatory Visual Methods in Diverse Classrooms in Brussels. VUB, Belgium Presenting Author:Is Brussels (Belgium), a small world city characterised by (super)diversity and division, a laboratory for (dealing with) multiculturalism in Europe? The intense philosophical-religious and politico-linguistic (between French speakers and Dutch speakers) struggles made Brussels a politically divided city with a high degree of instability kept in check by a series of pacification techniques (Witte & Van Velthoven, 2011). In recent decades, sweeping globalisation ensured that more than three in four of its inhabitants have roots abroad (STATBEL, 2022). In such a combined context of a divided past with contemporary diversity of backgrounds, how is it possible to achieve social cohesion, a shared identity and bridges that connect? Despite strong needs for learning how to deal with (super)diversity (Driezen, Clycq, & Verschraegen, 2023), people of a diverse background hardly find each other (Costa & de Valk, 2018). In the Brussels’ educational landscape, these walls are figuratively reflected in the gap between school, city and home environments. Certain topics, especially concerning the past and identity(s) such as colonisation, the Shoah or conflicts in the Middle East, are sensitive and treated as a taboo by teachers in some schools (Maréchal et al., 2015), if only because many teachers feel inadequately prepared to address them (Van Droogenbroeck et al., 2019; more generally: Savenije & Goldberg, 2019). Yet, in their living environment youngsters come daily into contact with identity-laden artefacts. Indeed, public space is packed with memory markers, which are carriers of (imaginary) identities (Halbwachs cited in Grandhomme & Jalabert, 2022). Even more, in many cities both in Belgium and abroad, the question of how to deal with (contested) commemorative objects in public space is high on the political and societal agendas (Rigney, 2022). The latter question offers unique learning opportunities in terms of critical thinking on societal issues (Veugelers, 2017). To achieve this, students need both an open and reflective stance (competences of citizenship), as well as knowledge and skills to understand society (competences of historical awareness) (Gelinck, 2020, 99). A multiperspective approach holds the potential to intertwine both domains and appears effective for dealing with controversial issues (e.g., Goldberg and Savenije, 2018). Multiperspectivity is considered as a critical and interpretational approach in which local historical controversies or tensions are approached from different viewpoints (based on Abbey & Wansink, 2022). Although multiperspectivity has been promoted for several decades, it appears a concept that has not yet been sufficiently operationalised or translated into educational practice (Wansink et al., 2018). In this exploratory study, we therefore explore the challenges and opportunities that teachers experience when preparing for a multiperspective approach. Accordingly, the following research question is at the focus: what challenges and opportunities do teachers in two Brussels' secondary schools experience for guiding their students towards the creation of new historical artefacts on topics that are polarising or sensitive among youngsters? In this contribution, we focus on a Brussels double case study. The former is pinned to one of the great icons of recent Brussels political life: former mayor Roger Nols (cf. Jaumain & Vaesen, 2022), a public figure who already in his own reign received virulent criticism because of his discourse and policy actions featuring overtones of discrimination and racism. The latter has to do with traces of colonisation and, in particular, the role of the then Belgian monarch in a process characterized by ‘violence and cruelty’ (cf. Stanard, 2019). By starting from an authentic societal phenomenon or issue, students create (new) solutions and narratives that start from or connect to their background and thus become meaningful (van Boxtel et al. 2016). Moreover, when their voices are heard and acted upon, it has the potential to have an empowering effect (Mitra, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is set up as a multiple case study design. Two Brussels secondary state schools, purposefully selected, constitute the cases. Both cases are situated in Brussels, a metropolitan region characterized by a super-diverse population (in terms of socioeconomic status, cultural, religious and linguistic background). This context of heterogeneity poses specific challenges in terms of multiperspectivism and social cohesion, and thus constitutes an outstanding setting for exploring the virtues of the creative design process. Next, in both cases, contested statues are part of the public space in the surrounding school environment. In consultation with both their local government, it has been agreed that young local residents may propose an alternative to these statues. The teacher teams of both schools are committed to having their students create a valid and substantiated alternative. In both cases, an intervention is initiated, i.e., a workshop that prepares teachers to guide this creative process, comprising several elements: 1. Providing context information regarding the importance of memorial objects in public space, their contestation and strategies used by local policy makers to deal with the contested objects; 2. Mapping existing knowledge used by teachers regarding the selected theme and their emotions about it; 3. Creating a new, more unifying (?) memorial object (immersive experience); 4. Reflecting on that immersive experience. This intervention will be led by the researchers (authors). The participants of this research are the history and citizenship teachers who will supervise the students' creative process in both participating schools (three to five participants per case). In each case a broad set of qualitative data will be collected: (1) (the prototype/ design/ sketch) of the new objects, (2) oral group discussion in which participants explain their new objects (audio recorded) and (3) oral reflective group discussion by the participants on the (added) value, challenges, opportunities and conditions of such participatory visual method (audio recorded). In preparation for the analysis, the group discussions for each case are transcribed, and linked to the objects. The data analysis consists of two phases: a within-case analysis, followed by a cross-case analysis (Miles et al., 2014). The within-case analysis consists of a software-assisted thematic analysis (Castleberry & Nolen, 2018) of all qualitative data, resulting in a schematic outline for each of the two cases. The cross-case analysis compares the two diagrams in terms of similarities and differences to discover patterns (Eisenhardt & Graebner, 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings his study aims to gain a better understanding of the conditions for inducing an informed, multi-perspectival dialogue on controversial issues among students. History and citizenship teachers from two Brussels schools, who were invited to create with their students an alternative to a contested statue in the school environment, were immersively prepared to guide this process of creation. Their experiences and reflections were captured in group discussions and compared cross-cases. The findings of this exploratory multiple case study are compiled in a checklist of conditions for the process of creating new history-related artefacts, that will be detailed in the paper presentation. Consistent with the findings of Abbey and Wansink (2022), this checklist addresses the different systems that place cognitive, emotional, and environmental demands on teachers and that may hinder them from approaching contested themes from multiple perspectives. The solution-oriented conditions in the checklist consequently contribute to the lack of research on the operationalisation of multiperspectivity (Wansink et al., 2018). Furthermore, this study parallels other studies on participatory visual methods. Like, for example, photovoice, this creation process proves highly suitable for discussing personal or sensitive topics in various learning environments. This is explained by the fact that (1) students decide for themselves what they will and will not bring to the discussion, allowing them to engage safely, (2) it allows students to incorporate their own perspective into a creative output, rendering self-reveal indirectly, and (3) students are invited to consider a theme through an open lens, thus taking a broader approach to a topic (Chio & Fandt, 2007). References Abbey, D. & Wansink, B. (2022). Brokers of multiperspectivity in history education in post-conflict societies, In: Journal of Peace Education, vol. 19:1, 67-90. Chio, V.C.M., & Fandt, P.M. (2007). Photovoice in the diversity classroom: engagement, voice, and the “Eye/I” of the camera. Journal of Management Education, 31(4), 484-504. Costa, R. & de Valk, H. (2018). Ethnic and Socioeconomic Segregation in Belgium: A Multiscalar Approach Using Individualised Neighbourhoods. In: European Journal of Population, 34(2):225-250. Driezen, A., Clycq, N., & Verschraegen, G. (2023). In search of a cool identity: how young people negotiate religious and ethnic boundaries in a superdiverse context. In: Ethnicities, 23(1), 3-25. Eisenhardt, K.M., & Graebner, M.E. (2007). Theory building from cases: opportunities and challenges. Academy of Management Journal, 50(1), 25-32. Gelinck, C. (2020). Waar geven we burgerschapsonderwijs een plek in het curriculum? In: Eidhof, Bram, Gelinck, Coen & Nieuwelink, Hessel: Handboek Burgerschapsonderwijs. Utrecht/Amsterdam/Den Haag, VO, Bureau Common Ground & ProDemos. Goldberg, T.& Savenije, G. (2018). Teaching Controversial Historical Issues. In: Metzger, Scott Alan & McArthur Harris, Lauren eds.: The Wiley International Handbook of History Teaching and Learning. Hoboken, Wiley, pp. 503-526. Grandhomme, J.-N. & Jalabert, L., eds. (2022). Les marqueurs mémoriels de la guerre et de l’armée. Villeneuve d’Ascq, Septentrion. Jaumain, S. & Vaesen, J. (2022). Roger Nols: a mayor to be forgotten? In: Brussels Studies, nr. 168. Mitra, D.L. (2018). Student voice in secondary schools: the possibility for deeper change. Journal of Educational Administration, 56(5), 473–487. Rigney, A. (2022): Toxic Monuments and Mnemonic Regime Change. In: Studies on National Movements, vol. 9:1. Stanard, M.G. (2019). The Leopard, the Lion and the Cock: Colonial Memories and Monuments in Belgium. Leuven, Leuven University Press. van Boxtel, C., Grever, M., & Klein, S. (2016). Sensitive Pasts. Questioning Heritage Education. New York / Oxford, Berghahn Books. Van Droogenbroeck, F. et al. (2019). TALIS 2018 Vlaanderen - Volume I. Brussels, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, research report. Veugelers, W. (2017). Education for Critical-democratic Citizenship: Autonomy and Social Justice in a Multicultural Society. In N. Aloni, & L. Weintrob; eds., Beyond Bystanders. Rotterdam, Sense Publishers, pp. 47-60. Wansink, B., Akkerman, S., Zuiker, I. & Wubbels, T. (2018). Where Does Teaching Multiperspectivity in History Education Begin and End? An Analysis of the Uses of Temporality, In: Theory & Research in Social Education, vol. 46:4, 495-527. Witte, E. & Van Velthoven, H. (2011). Languages in contact and in conflict: The Belgian case. Kapellen, Pelckmans. |
Date: Wednesday, 28/Aug/2024 | |
9:30 - 11:00 | 00 SES 04 A: Thematical Trends in 30 Years of European Educational Research. Looking Back to Look Ahead. Location: Room LRC 012 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Panel Discussion |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion Thematical Trends in 30 Years of European Educational Research. Looking Back to Look Ahead. 1Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway; 2EERA, Ghent University; 3Bucharest University, incomming EERA SG; 4University of Valencia; 5School of Education and CIDEI, Polytechnic of Viseu Presenting Author:In 2024, EERA celebrates its 30th anniversary. This makes ECER 2024 in Nicosia the ideal moment to look back at the previous conferences in order to get a grasp of the central topics that were addressed throughout the years. This is precisely the focus of this EERA session. The session starts with a presentation of the preliminary results of an empirical analysis of the ECER abstracts database identifying the most important topics that were addressed in the previous three decades. This is followed by a panel discussion in which is explored what this means for the field: Which topics have been dominating European educational research, what has been under-addressed so far, and where do we see promising and necessary pathways for the future? This EERA session is part of an ongoing research project aimed at identifying the most important themes or research topics (both substantive and methodological) that have been addressed in the previous decennia of European Conferences on Educational Research. The aim is to create an overview of the very diverse work that has already been done in the field, in doing so offering an insight into which research topics dominate the field. The focus of the research project purposefully supersedes the level of the individual networks, using abstracts across the networks as a window into what European educational research these past years has been about. The session pivots around the results of an empirical analysis of the ECER abstracts database. This is done through topic modelling, which is an automated content analysis technique for the analysis of large corpora (Arora et al., 2018). It is a powerful text mining technique that derives latent meaning from a body of text by investigating large patterns over multiple documents. This general approach is also called distant reading (Wiedemann, 2013). Topic modelling reduces the complexity of a corpus by finding topics, “collections of words that have a high probability of co-occurrence” within documents throughout the corpus (Jaworska & Nanda, 2018, p. 11). A topic model is then a model consisting of several “topics” that together represent the content of the corpus. Every topic has a weight that reflects its importance in the corpus. Taken together, this means that the topics this study identifies are collections of words that are repeatedly used together throughout the analyzed ECER abstracts, in this way representing the most important themes or topics that have been addressed at the conferences. References Arora, S., Ge, R., Halpern, Y., Mimno, D., Moitra, A., Sontag, D., Wu, Y., & Zhu, M. (2018). Learning Topic Models -- Provably and Efficiently. Commun. ACM, 61(4), 85–93. https://doi.org/10.1145/3186262 Jaworska, S., & Nanda, A. (2018). Doing Well by Talking Good: A Topic Modelling-Assisted Discourse Study of Corporate Social Responsibility. Applied Linguistics, 39(3), 373-399. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amw014 Jockers, M., & Mimno, D. (2012). Significant Themes in 19th-Century Literature. Faculty Publications - Department of English, University of Nebraska, Paper 105. http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/englishfacpubs/105 Wiedemann, G. (2013). Opening up to Big Data: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Textual Data in Social Sciences. Historical Social Research-Historische Sozialforschung, 38(4), 332-357. <Go to ISI>://WOS:000329475400006 Chair Marit Honerod Hoveid, marit.hoveid@ntnu.no |
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 04 A: Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (Part 1): Towards Sustainable Practices for Professional Learning and Development Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen Session Chair: Michelle Helms-Lorenz Symposium Part 1/3, to be continued in 01 SES 06 A |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (PART 1): Towards Sustainable Practices for Professional Learning and Development This symposium series, consisting of three consecutive symposia (3x90 min), is organised by the European network Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME) which has been organised as a network project of the Network 1 “Professional Learning and Development” of EERA since 2021. The aim of the network is to bring together researchers interested in supporting and mentoring new teachers during the induction phase. The network has organised various meetings of researchers to promote cooperation between researchers working on mentoring and induction practices, not only at the ECER conference, but also, for example, at the NERA conference. The network is also in the process of editing a European anthology of this research.
A variety of research and development work on induction and mentoring is explored as a part of teachers’ continuing professional learning and development within a broader ecosystem of educational practices. The research is based on the assumption that induction and mentoring are seen as part of teachers' ongoing professional learning and development and as part of a wider set of practices that can be called an ecosystem of professional development.
The Part 1 of this three-part symposium delves into the multifaceted landscape of teacher development practices across Romania, Moldova, Norway, and Armenia, offering a comprehensive examination of emerging trends and challenges of mentoring practices.
The first paper opens with an analysis of teacher mentoring and induction practices in Romania and Moldova, emphasizing the construction of these concepts in educational policy discourse. By scrutinizing 129 documents, including policy papers, research studies, and conference proceedings, the study reveals variations in implementation and interpretation. Employing the theory of practice architectures, the presenters unravel the non-linear dynamics of mentoring practices, highlighting geopolitical nuances and the impact on beginning teachers' participation.
The second paper discusses teacher education partnerships in Norway, highlighting the critical components for success: skilled leadership, professional learning, and a supporting infrastructure. While positively perceived, partnership models differ, necessitating a rethinking of the connection between campus courses and field experiences. Drawing on historical developments and recent initiatives, the presentation advocates for alignment between partnerships for local competence development and teacher education.
In the third paper, the exploration is extended to Norway's comprehensive revision of teacher education program, introducing a 5-year master-level qualification. The study reveals a research gap in understanding how their acquired research-based competence is acknowledged and supported by school leaders. The theoretical framework of practice architectures guides the analysis, emphasizing the need for informed preparation and inclusive practices during the induction phase. The paper advocates for increased collaboration between NQTs and school leaders.
The fourth paper shifts the focus to Armenia, exploring the conceptualization and practical frameworks of teacher induction and mentoring. The qualitative exploratory study unveils the unique landscape of mentoring practices, emphasizing its role in supporting continuing teachers new to the school. Amidst recent educational reforms, the study probes into the affordances and constraints for induction and mentoring, shedding light on the evolving policy discourses within the Armenian educational system. References Ingersoll, R. M., and T. M. Smith. (2004). “Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter?” NASSP Bulletin88: 28 40.10.1177/019263650408863803 Kemmis, S. (2023). Education for Living Well in a World Worth Living in. In K. E. Reimer, M. Kaukko, S. Windsor, K. Mahon, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Living Well in a World Worth Living in for All: Volume 1: Current Practices of Social Justice, Sustainability and Wellbeing (pp. 13-26). Springer Nature Singapore. Kemmis, S. and Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In s. Kemmis & T.J. Smith (eds.) enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pp. 37 -64). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H. L., Fransson, G., Aspfors, J., and Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring of new teachers as a contested practice: Supervision, support and collaborative self-development. Teaching and teacher education, 43, 154-164 Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. Pennanen, M., Bristol, L., Wilkinson, J., and Heikkinen, H.L.T (2015). What is ‘good’ mentoring? Understanding mentoring practices of teacher induction through case studies of Finland and Australia. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, Presentations of the Symposium Understanding the Complexities of Emerging Teacher Mentoring and Induction Practices
We examined teacher mentoring and induction practices in Romania and Moldova, focusing on how these concepts are constructed in educational policy discourse. While both countries recognize mentoring and induction in their policies, variations exist in their implementation and interpretation.
Our data set comprised 129 documents, 81 of which are from Romania and 48 from Moldova. Policy documents, research studies, conference proceedings, nationally implemented projects, and international reports are the several categories into which documents in our data set fall. The time frame under investigation is 2011– June 2023 for Romania and 2014– June 2023 for Moldova. Furthermore, we carried out several case studies, specifically concentrating on teacher mentorship and induction, and analyzed 11 thematic initiatives in Romania since 2011 and 4 projects in Moldova. To further our knowledge, we revisited interviews with starting teachers from previous studies (Mitescu-Lupu, 2012; Mitescu, 2014).
The positions theory (Davies & Harré, 1990) and architecture of practice theory (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008) were employed in data analysis.
Our findings indicate that Moldova views induction as a supportive service, while Romania sees it as supervision. Romania has re-examined mentoring to reshape it as a support strategy but struggles with its implementation.
The questions we address in this presentation are: what explains the non-linearity of emerging mentoring and induction practices, and how does it impact beginning teachers’ participation in mentoring?
We contend that geopolitical nuances are essential in understanding the relationship between mentoring practices and the conditions in the countries we looked at, where we found that policy alignment often lacks critique and serves political communication strategies. Policy discourse in Romania emphasizes European norms without critical engagement, while in Moldova, alignment reflects a shift away from post-Soviet affiliations. These practices shape teacher identities.
Changing mentoring practices requires changing practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014). As policies alone prove insufficient to prompt immediate transformations of mentoring practices, we discuss a number of potentially recommendable directions of action, such as the open communication between policymakers, practitioners, and researchers; reassessment of knowledge production and circulation practices in education, along with identifying steps towards decolonizing and diversifying these practices; critically reflecting on conceptualizations of mentoring and induction all categories of participants in these practices operate with.
We conclude that mentoring practices' effectiveness depends on the infrastructure of support, training, and communication. Long-term, sustained transformations are needed to support diverse participation and conceptualize changes in mentoring and induction practices in both countries.
References:
Davies, B., & Harré, R. (1990). Positioning: The discursive production of selves. Journal for the theory of social behavior, 20 (1), 43-63.
Kemmis, S. & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In s. Kemmis & T.J. Smith (eds.) Enabling praxis: Challenges for education, pp. 37 -64. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H. L., Fransson, G., Aspfors, J., & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring of new teachers as a contested practice: Supervision, support and collaborative self-development. Teaching and teacher education, 43, 154-164.
Mitescu-Lupu, M. (2012) Învățare și profesionalizare în domeniul didactic, Editura Univ. Al.I.Cuza, Iași, România.
Mitescu, M. (2014). A Synopsis on Teachers' Learning during Early Stages of Professional Practice. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 149, 595-601, DOI:10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.08.233.
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn
References:
.
Taking Advantage of the Newly Qualified Teachers’ Research-Based Competence: Challenges and Possibilities for Leadership Practices
Norway undertook a comprehensive revision of its teacher education programs in 2017, introducing a 5-year master-level qualification for primary and secondary school teachers to address challenges in schools. These challenges included low student performance in core subjects and criticisms of teacher education for being fragmented and too general (Trippestad et al., 2017).
The revised programs now emphasize subject specialization in three or four subjects and the development of teachers' research knowledge in scientific theories and methods. This shift aims to better prepare teachers for continuous professional development. However, a significant research gap exists regarding how Norwegian Newly Qualified Teachers (NQTs) with master's degrees experience leadership practices, posing a potential risk that their research-based competence may not be effectively utilized in educational settings.
The current research question is whether and how the research-based competence acquired during teacher education is acknowledged and supported by school leaders for NQTs.
The theoretical framework employed for analysis is the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008), emphasizing practices as social phenomena and highlighting three intersubjective spaces where participants interact: through language, in the material world's space-time, and in social relationships.
Data collection involves two studies:
1. STEP Study: Conducted through semi-structured interviews (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2018) with eight principals in 2023, focusing on how principals perceive and support NQTs during their initial years of practice.
2. RELEMAST Study: Semi-structured interviews with 27 NQTs at intervals of one, two, three, and five years after completing a piloted master's level teacher education at UiT the Arctic University in Norway from 2015 to 2017. Specific guides developed for each year to capture changes in NQTs' experiences of using research-based knowledge during professional development and how it is received by their leadership.
Data analysis follows the thematic approach (Braun and Clarke, 2006).
Principals express positivity toward NQTs' new research-based competence but lack in-depth knowledge about it. While supportive of established traditions, they demonstrate a lack of initiative in utilizing this competence during the induction phase. Some NQTs themselves seem to contribute new knowledge to the schools. However, principals often maintain distant relationships with NQTs, delegating support to mentors or teams. There is a notable absence of arenas for NQTs to contribute their competence, indicating a gap in informing and preparing schools and principals for the arrival and inclusion of new NQTs and their unique competencies.
References:
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2018). Doing Interviews. Retrieved from http://digital.casalini.it/9781526426093
Kemmis, S., & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situation praxis in practic. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pedagory, education and praxis) (pp. 37‐62). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Werler, T. (2017). Learning Sciences reconfiguring Authority in Teacher Education. In T. A. Trippestad, A. Swennen, & T. Werler (Eds.), The Struggle for Teacher Education. International Perspectives on Governance and Reforms (pp. 131-147). Bloomsbury Publising.
Conceptualising Teacher Induction and Mentoring: Reflections from Armenia
Generally, mentoring is seen as a supportive strategy for beginning teachers (Pennanen et al., 2015, European Commission, 2010). Mentoring has become the most popular form of teacher induction, impacting the interchangeable use of mentoring and induction (Ingersoll and Smith, 2004). However, the loose utilisation of these terms in the literature suggests a conceptual confusion about their employment. Hence, mentoring has been described as a poorly defined practice that is weakly conceptualised and theorised (Colley, 2003, Bozeman and Feeney, 2007). There is a growing literature that theorises mentoring as social practice (Kemmis, Heikkinen, et al., 2014), hence it is understood as a special kind of social practice that exists amid other social practices (Heikkinen, 2020). Within that understanding, I’ll introduce mentoring and induction practices by presenting their special characteristics and historical developments within the studied educational and political settings.
In Armenia, mentoring is also seen as a means of supporting continuing teachers who are new to the school, not to the system. Moreover, mentoring and induction are not officially regulated by the relevant laws (UNICEF, 2022) but highly depend on individual school arrangements and regulations.
In this study, I explore the notion of teacher induction and mentoring within the Armenian educational system to reveal the conceptualisation and practical frameworks that underpin induction and mentoring. In the framework of recent educational reforms in Armenia, there is a growing interest in induction and mentoring in policy discourses in the country, particularly within the context of SEN education, continuous teacher development, and teacher shortage.
This is a qualitative exploratory study aiming to understand the state of mentoring and induction within the Armenian educational system, understand the conceptualisation of those two notions within various educational documents, and examine the affordances and constraints for induction and mentoring. To this end, I address the following research question: How are the concepts of induction and mentoring, their function and their relationship to teacher continuous professional learning and development conceptualised at the levels of policy and practice? Using the theory of practice architecture (Kemmis and Grootenboer, 2008) I will explore the specific material-economic, social-political and cultural-discursive arrangements to understand the internationally recognisable conceptualisations of mentoring and induction to be able to examine and explain conceptualisations of those two notions within Armenian educational landscape. The data for this analysis consists of policy documents, reviews of research literature and national/international reports documenting teachers’ participation and approaches to mentoring and induction.
References:
Colley, H. (2003). “Engagement Mentoring for ‘Disaffected’ Youth: A New Model of Mentoring for Social Inclusion.” British Educational Research Journal 29 (4): 521–542.
Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2020). Understanding mentoring within an ecosystem of practices. In K.-R. Olsen, E. M. Bjerkholt & H. L. T. Heikkinen (Eds.), New teachers in Nordic countries – ecologies of mentoring and induction (Ch. 1, pp. 27–47). Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Ingersoll, R. M., and T. M. Smith. (2004). “Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter?” NASSP Bulletin88: 28 40.10.1177/019263650408863803
Kemmis, S. and Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In s. Kemmis & T.J. Smith (eds.) enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pp. 37 -64). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H. L., Fransson, G., Aspfors, J., and Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring of new teachers as a contested practice: Supervision, support and collaborative self-development. Teaching and teacher education, 43, 154-164
Pennanen, M., Bristol, L., Wilkinson, J., and Heikkinen, H.L.T (2015). What is ‘good’ mentoring? Understanding mentoring practices of teacher induction through case studies of Finland and Australia. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2015.1083045
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 04 B: Diversity, Adaptions and Changes Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ziyin Xiong Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Learning to Adapt Instruction to Varied Student Needs: Recognizing Teachers' Multidimensional Knowledge, Triggering Agentive Action, and Stimulating Professional Development. Gothenburg university, Sweden Presenting Author:Several decades of teacher effectiveness research show clear correlations between teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' needs and students' learning gains. For teachers to develop this complex adaptive ability, however, at least 15 years of professional experience is often required (van den Hurk et al, 2016). At the same time, societal developments in the 21st century have resulted in teachers today encountering a highly diverging population of pupils, wherefore attempts to accelerate teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' needs are considered urgent (Ibid.). This study was carried out in Sweden, where operational responsibility for students’ schooling rests at the municipal level. Overall regulation is provided by the National Agency for Education (NAE) via curricula, grading criteria, and national tests, but local school professionals enjoy a high degree of freedom regarding the design of instruction and assessment. The last 15 years, however, the state has increasingly taken control of the substantive and methodological focus of instructional improvement efforts, by providing state grants to municipalities committing to work with national-scale teacher professional development (PD) programs in content areas designated by the state as particularly important. The most extensive efforts have been directed at mathematics and literacy instruction, with the expressed goal to strengthen Swedish teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' varying needs. Within the national PD programs, teachers work according to a fixed cyclical model including text reading, testing given methods in the classroom, and discussing in 'collegial learning groups'. As these programs are linked to extra funding, their content and associated working methods have come to occupy a large part of Swedish teachers’ annually allocated PD time. One of few research studies on the national programs' impact on students' results shows that the program aimed at mathematics instruction had a small but statistically significant impact on teachers' instructional practices but no effect for student achievement (Lindvall et al., 2022). Moreover, neither national grade statistics nor internationally comparative knowledge measurements show any increase in students' knowledge results to date (Skolverket, 2023). Thus, it can be questioned whether such efforts, given their enormous financial cost, are effective in raising teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' needs. There is also concern that the dense flow of general solutions provided from school authorities risks reducing rather than strengthening teachers' agency and ability to analyse the needs of their own student base (Engström, 2022; Jahnke & Hirsh, 2021). This study stems from a three-year R&D collaboration - involving three researchers and 170 teachers - initiated as a reaction to the development described above, where general prescriptions for instructional improvement are served top-down from school authorities. The collaboration’s overall design is grounded in the activity theoretical frameworks of Expansive learning and Transformative Agency by Double Stimulation (Engeström & Sannino, 2010; Sannino 2022; Vygotsky, 1997/1931). Since expansive learning implies that the collaboration taking place is about jointly learning ‘something not yet there’, the researchers' role is not to share a predetermined method for the participants to implement. Instead, double stimulation is regarded as a core mechanism to guide and strengthen the transformative agency of the actors working with the changes in practice. Hence, the role of researchers is to provide stimuli that evoke and contribute to maintaining a transformation process led and owned by the practitioners. This study aims to contribute knowledge about teachers’ professional development through:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the R&D collaboration (August 2021-May 2024), researchers worked with the teachers (representing different school forms and subjects) to strengthen their professional agency and achieve instructional improvement rooted in the needs of actual students, ascertained in assessment information. The theory of action is to be understood as an overall stimulus containing a series of second stimuli – ‘thinking tools’ – designed to enable the teachers to redefine the challenging task of instructional improvement and take volitional action through instructional interventions. The theory of action intertwines ideas from Gee's sociocultural understanding of Opportunity to Learn/OTL (2008), van Manen's epistemology of reflective practice and pedagogical tact (1991; 1995), an Aristotelian conceptualisation of multidimensional professional knowledge (Johannesson, 1999), Biggs’ (1996) theory of constructive alignment, and Harlen's conceptualization of the relationship between formative and summative assessment (2012). Work has taken place in two arenas: 1) at regularly occurring two-day dialogue conferences (program level), and 2) continuously by teachers in practice at the home schools. Dialogue conferences have offered research input, thinking tools, workshops, cross-group presentations of ongoing/completed casework, individual and dialogic reflections on intervention processes and experiential professional learning, and feedback from researchers to participants/between participants. During the collaboration, teachers have (cyclically): • Selected 1-3 case students each at the home school. • Defined specific learning needs of case students based on analysis of assessment information relative well-defined aspects of school subjects and curricular assessment criteria. • Participated in monthly collaborative workshop-and-learning sessions at the home schools, for joint analyses and formation/refinement of instructional interventions with assumed potential to meet case-students’ learning needs. • Implemented, evaluated, and documented case-students’ responses to the interventions. • Meta-reflected on 1) various spillover effects of the casework, and 2) individual and collective professional learning. • Conducted cross-group presentations of ongoing/completed casework. • Documented completed case work, including research-informed and experiential professional learning meta-reflections, in coherent case reports. Data processed for this study comes from: • Two questionnaires with Likert scale and open-ended questions answered by all teachers. • In-depth interviews with 12 teachers. • Case reports written by 102 teachers after completed cases. Data was analysed using directed qualitative content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005) to discern 1) which assessment information teachers use and how, 2) if and how the provided stimuli has evoked agentive action in teachers’ casework, 3) signs of performance improvements in the case students, and 4) expressions of experiential professional learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate that the theory of action has been highly appropriated by the teachers, enabling them to 'translate' formal (test-based) and informal (classroom-interaction-based) assessment information into clearly defined learning needs - a step in the instructional improvement process that many had previously paid little attention to. Regardless of school form, teachers agree that such translation contributes powerfully to shifting focus from the student's shortcomings to instruction as decisive for students’ opportunity to learn, and that the translation enables greater precision in the planning of effective instructional interventions. Most teachers report that provided thinking tools have contributed to the articulation of a crucial part of professional knowledge – that which, with van Manen (1995), denotes pedagogical tact - which otherwise often remains unarticulated. In interviews and case reports, teachers describe how they intuitively have always known that to effectively address learning needs, tact must be active together with the more scientific and rational forms of professional knowledge. Clearly, it empowers the teachers, that the theory of action used here assigns pedagogical tact a value and provides conceptual tools to verbalize it. Teachers report that they have become increasingly confident in taking as a starting point their own and their colleagues' multidimensional knowledge in planning needs-based instruction. Additionally, they unanimously report that the case methodology, i.e., to intervene and learn with starting point in specific students, is highly effective for achieving analytic concretion. In nearly all student cases completed so far, knowledge development (often measured through tests) relative to curricular goals is confirmed. Certainly, causal relationships cannot be established with certainty in a project such as this, but it is reasonable to assume that a relationship exists. Additionally, all teachers report positive spillover effects to other students and/or their own teaching skills in general, following the interventions implemented with specific cases in mind. References Biggs, J. (1996). Enhancing Teaching through Constructive Alignment. Higher Education, 32 (3), 347-364. Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1-24. Engström, A. (2022). Nej, statens skolutvecklingsinsatser fungerar verkligen inte [No, the state's school development efforts really don't work]. Skola & Samhälle, 2022-12-12. Gee, J. P. (2008). A sociocultural perspective on opportunity to learn. In P. A. Moss, D. C. Pullin, J. P. Gee, E. H. Haertel & L. J. Young (Eds.), Assessment, Equity, and Opportunity to Learn. Cambridge University Press. Harlen, W. (2012). On the Relationship between Assessment for Formative and Summative Purposes. In J. Gardner (Ed.), Assessment and Learning, 2nd edition. Sage. Hsieh, H., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research 15(9), 1277–1288. Jahnke, A & Hirsh, Å. (2019). Varför förbättras inte elevresultaten trots alla insatser? En fördjupad nulägesanalys av en gymnasieskola [Why do student results not improve despite all efforts? An in-depth current situation analysis of a secondary school]. Ifous rapportserie 2020:1. Johannessen, K. (1999). Praxis och tyst kunnande [Practice and tacit knowledge]. Dialoger. Lindvall, J., Helenius, O., Eriksson, K. & Ryve, A. (2022). Impact and Design of a National-scale Professional Development Program for Mathematics Teachers. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 744–759. Sannino, A. (2022). Transformative agency as warping: how collectives accomplish change amidst uncertainty. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 1–25. Skolverket. (2023). PISA. 15-åringars kunskaper i matematik, läsförståelse och naturvetenskap[PISA. 15-year-olds' skills in Mathematics, Reading comprehension and Science]. Rapport Internationella studier. Skolverket. Van den Hurk, H.T.G., Houtveen, A.A.M., & Van de Grift, W.J.C.M. (2016). Fostering effective teaching behavior through the use of data-feedback. Teaching and Teacher Education, 60, 444-451. Van Manen, M. (1995). On the Epistemology of Reflective Practice. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 1(1), 33-50. Van Manen, M. (1991). The tact of teaching: The meaning of pedagogical thoughtfulness. The Althouse Press. Vygotsky, L. S. 1997 [1931]. The History of Development of Higher Mental Functions. In R. W. Rieber (Ed.) The Collected Works of L. S. Vygotsky, 207–219. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Raising the Bar: The Contribution of a whole school approach for Differentiated Instruction in Secondary Schools AUAS, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Urban areas across Europe are characterized by increased diversity. This is reflected in the school populations in these areas with a high degree of heterogeneity and diverse learning needs (Smets & Struyven, 2020). Secondary school teachers are expected to adapt their teaching to the diverse educational needs of students through differentiated instruction (DI) (OECD, 2018; UNESCO, 2017). DI is seen as an important domain of educational quality and as an approach for providing equal educational opportunities for all learners (Brevik et al., 2017). According to Tomlinson and Imbeau (2010), the core of DI is the adaptation of learning content, process, product and effect in response to differences in learners' readiness, interests and learning profile. This involves teachers assuming different learning needs in their 1) lesson planning and preparation, 2) selecting materials, 3) lesson activities, 4) classroom organization, and 5) student evaluation and assessment (Prast et al., 2015). DI is included in teachers' competence requirements and part of the educational inspection framework. Most teachers recognize the different learning needs in the classroom and the need to adapt instruction, but few secondary school teachers actually put DI into practice (Inspectie van het Onderwijs, 2017). Letzel et al. (2023) found that teachers in upper secondary schools are more often than not low on the implementation of DI, and do not often implement DI. Several explanations are offered in the literature: Teachers indicate that they do not feel prepared to implement DI, that they lack knowledge and understanding of DI. They find differentiation too complex to incorporate into their teaching practice and doubt its feasibility (Gaitas & Alvas Martins, 2017; Whipple, 2012). Research shows that teacher professional development for teachers is warranted. Langelaan et al. (2024) identified characteristics of teacher programs for DI that were successful to some extent. They incorporated active learning, collaboration and reflection and were often longitudinal, comprehensive and addressed attitudes, knowledge and skills. Understanding of differentiation is cited as a prerequisite for being able to apply DI in practice and teachers' attitudes play a crucial role in their use of differentiated instructional practices (Wan, 2016). Educational innovation and improvement is generally seen as intricate: professional learning of teachers within the school is constantly influenced by the often complex school context in which it is implemented. Factors like the (national) curriculum, policies, various organizational factors, and numerous personal characteristics of teachers and students constantly interplay with school development processes. Dack (2019) found that knowledge about differentiation of candidates developed during a course and that participants integrated the newly acquired knowledge into their existing frameworks of knowledge about teaching and learning, which strengthened their beliefs about the importance of differentiation and their learning. At the same time, teachers are constantly trying to find coherence between their own personal frames of reference and those of the changing context during an innovation (Stollman et al. , 2022). As a result, educational innovations often turn out differently than they were intended by their developers. TPD programs for DI are often initiated and developed by external parties and facilitated by educational experts from outside the school (Dixon et al., 2014). Educational development and improvement driven by the school's own ambition may lead to more sustainable and lasting change (Geijsel et al., 2009). At the same time, the question arises whether schools have the resources, capacity and expertise needed . research question: how and to what extent does a school-led and school driven innovation for DI contribute to teachers conceptions, attitudes and classroom practices concerning differentiated instruction? The innovation was monitored during the course of one school year. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The initiation of the innovation was an internally driven endeavor undertaken by the school itself, adopting a participatory approach informed by theoretical insights of successful DI implementation. This study employed a longitudinal mixed methods research design within an explanatory sequential framework to thoroughly examine the contribution of the intervention. Specifically, we focused on three key dimensions: (1) teachers' conceptions (2) the extent of DI implementation in the classroom, and (3) the attitudinal aspects of teachers toward DI. The data collection instrument utilized was a comprehensive self-completed questionnaire comprising 62 items, including one open-ended question and 61 closed-ended items measuring 10 variables. The data were collected from a cohort of 62 teachers at three distinct measurement points throughout a school year. To assess the impact of the intervention, the results from these three measurements were subjected to statistical analysis using a repeated measures ANOVA. Post-intervention group interviews were conducted with a representative sample of 21 teachers to delve deeper into the contribution of the intervention and to identify hindering and supporting factors. A content analysis approach was applied to scrutinize the qualitative data obtained from open-ended questions probing teachers' conceptions of DI. In the subsequent qualitative research phase, the focus shifted towards a nuanced understanding of the learning process and implementation of DI. This phase employed instruments and analytical methods tailored to explore social processes and meaning-making. Thematic analysis was employed iteratively in line with the principles of qualitative study research to extract meaningful insights from the data. This methodological approach allowed for a more holistic understanding of the complex dynamics involved in the adoption and integration of DI practices within the educational context. By combining both quantitative and qualitative research paradigms, we aimed to paint a comprehensive picture and articulate statements regarding the multifaceted factors that either facilitated or hindered the teachers' learning journey. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings elucidate the impact of innovative measures on DI with regard to conceptualizations, attitudes, instructional practices among educators, and the factors influencing both the learning of DI by teachers and its subsequent implementation. 1) Over the course of the academic year, there was a discernible progression in teachers' DI conceptualizations, exhibiting greater comprehensiveness and alignment both internally and with established literature definitions. Utilizing a repeated measures Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) with consideration for sphericity, it was observed that teachers' engagement in differentiation planning, preparation, utilization of activities and materials, as well as their mindset exhibited statistically significant growth on average across distinct time points. Conversely, no statistically significant differences were detected between the various measurement times in relation to the variables of classroom environment, organization and management and assessment and evaluation.. In the subsequent qualitative research phase of data collection, the emphasis was placed on gaining a deeper understanding of the learning process and implementation of DI. The study employed specialized instruments and analytical methods centered on social processes and meaning-making. This qualitative approach aimed to explore the nuanced aspects of how educators engage with and interpret DI, shedding light on the intricate social dynamics and sense-making processes inherent in the implementation of innovative pedagogical practice. References Brevik, L. M., Gunnulfsen, A. E., & Renzulli, J. S. (2018). Student teachers’ practice and experience with differentiated instruction for students with higher learning potential. Teaching and Teacher Education, 71, 34–45. *Dack, H. (2019). Understanding teacher candidate misconceptions and concerns about differentiated instruction. The Teacher Educator, 54(1), 22-45. Dixon, F. A., Yssel, N., McConnell, J. M., & Hardin, T. (2014). Differentiated instruction, professional development, and teacher efficacy. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 37(2), 111–127. Geijsel, F. P., Sleegers, P. J. C., Stoel, R. D., & Krüger, M. L. (2009). The effect of teacher psychological and school organizational and leadership factors on teachers’ professional learning in Dutch schools. Elementary School Journal, 109(4), 406–427. Langelaan, B. N., Gaikhorst, L., Smets, W., & Oostdam, R. J. (2024). Differentiating instruction : Understanding the key elements for successful teacher preparation and development. Teaching and Teacher Education, 140, 1-14. Letzel, V., Pozas, M., & Schneider, C. (2023). Challenging but positive! – An exploration into teacher attitude profiles towards differentiated instruction (DI) in Germany. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 93(1), 1–16. OECD (2018). Teaching for the Future-Effective Classroom Practices to Transform Education. OECD. Prast, E. J., Weijer-Bergsma, E., Kroesbergen, E. H., & Van Luit, J. E. (2015). Readiness-based differentiation in primary school mathematics: Expert recommendations and teacher self-assessment. Frontline Learning Research, 3(2), 90–116. Smets, W., & Struyven, K. (2020). A teachers’ professional development programme to implement differentiated instruction in secondary education: How far do teachers reach? Cogent Education, 7(1). Stollman, S., Meirink, J., Westenberg, M., & Van Driel, J. (2022). Teachers’ learning and sense-making processes in the context of an innovation: a two year follow-up study. Professional Development in Education, 48(5), 718–733. Tomlinson, C. A., & Imbeau, M. B. (2010). Leading and managing a differentiated classroom. Alexandria, VA: ASCD. UNESCO (2017). A Guide for Ensuring Inclusion and Equity in Education. UNESCO. Whipple, K. A. (2012). Differentiated instruction: A survey study of teacher understanding and implementation in a southeast Massachusetts school district (Doctoral dissertation, Northeastern University). 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Principals’ Professional Learning - the Process of Changing Practice Karlstad university, Sweden Presenting Author:In a neoliberal society, individualistic and technical logics reduces professionals to consumers of development courses (Hardy, 2012). Principals’ professional learning has come to be about carrying through standardized methods on the initiation of school authorities (Aas & Blom, 2017). Such arrangements usually not lead to changes, due to difficulties of transferring content from one practice to another (Forssten Seiser & Söderström, 2022). The aim of this study is to contribute with an empirical example of principals’ professional learning from a practice perspective, conceptualizing learning as the process of changing practices (Kemmis, 2021). The theoretical framework used is the Theory of practice architectures (TPA) (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008) and Ecologies of practices (Kemmis et al., 2012). According to TPA a practice are made up of sayings, doings and relatings. Related to these, the practice architectures consist of three kinds of arrangements prefiguring the practice; Cultural-discursive arrangements - the sayings of a practice, mediated through language and discourses; Material-economic arrangements - resources as the physical environment, human and non-human entities, schedules, money and time ; Social-political arrangements- shaping how people relate to other people and to non-human objects, mediated in the social space as rules, hierarchies, solidarities and other relationships. Ecologies of practices takes a wider perspective to focus on how the practices are related to each other in the complex of educational practices.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a critical action research (Kemmis et al., 2014) in which 14 preschool principals, working in a midsized municipality in Sweden, collaborated with a researcher to critically examine and change their ways of leading digitalization in preschool education. The action research followed a cyclic process of trying out actions of leading at the local preschools and reflecting on the experiences in group conversations. The group conversations were audio recorded and analyzed with the theory of practice architectures to identify changes in sayings, doings, and relatings of leading. Ecologies of practices was then used to identify how the practice of professional learning (AR) and leading practices became interdependent during the process, and what practice architectures that enabled the identified changes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to contribute with an empirical grounded example and some indicators of how professional learning can be arranged to generate transformations of practice. The result of the study is relevant to those engaged in organizing for, leading, and participating in, practices for professional learning, such as authorities, local management, school leaders and educators in general. References Aas, M., & Blom, T. (2017). Benchlearning as professional development of school leaders in Norway and Sweden. Professional Development in Education, 44(1), 62–75. Forssten Seiser, A., & Söderström, Å. (2022). The impact of the Swedish national principal training programme on school leaders’ actions: Four case studies. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 7(4), 826–859. https://doi.org/10.30828/real.1120909 Kemmis, S. (2021). A practice theory perspective on learning: Beyond a ‘standard’ view. Studies in Continuing Education, 43(3), 280–295. Kemmis, S., & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: Practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pp. 37–62). Sense. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon. R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Springer. Kemmis, S., Edwards-Groves, C., Wilkinson, J., & Hardy, I. (2012). Ecologies of practices. In P. Hager, A. Lee, & A. Reich (Eds.), Practice, learning and change. Professional and practice-based learning (Vol. 8). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-4774-6_3 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 02 SES 04 A: Learning from International Comparisons in VET Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Rønnaug Haugland Lyckander Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Exams and certificates in vocational education and training - A comparison between Costa Rica and Germany Universität Osnabrück, Germany Presenting Author:Katz (2023) argues in his article ¿Quo vadis, América Latina? that local universities and vocational schools in Latin American should be particularly supported in order to promote the training of skilled workers such as engineers and technicians. After all, adequately trained specialists in highly technologised industries could help Latin America's economies to take advantage of opportunities in promising market segments. The argument of strengthening the vocational training system is nothing new. The World Bank report from 1990 already recommended investing in specific areas of vocational training. However, this meant less full-time school-based programmes, as these tended to be considered too expensive and inefficient (Haddad et al. 1990). Then and now, the focus is on vocational education and training programmes, which are partly carried out in companies and therefore have a stronger connection to the world of work than full-time school-based programmes (Álvarez-Galván 2015). In this context, the transfer of dual training modalities from Germany is sometimes at the center of attention (Gessler/Fuchs/Pilz 2019). In the current discourse, these are addressed as a panacea against structural labour market and social problems (Álvarez-Galván 2015). In light of this, a bilateral agreement was concluded between the German and Costa Rican governments in 2016 at the level of international vocational education and training cooperation. Following the successful completion of the pilot phase of dual training programmes and corresponding adaptation measures to the regional characteristics, the so-called Educación y Formación Técnica Profesional Dual (EFTP Dual) was integrated into the existing VET system as a further option (Láscarez Smith/Baumann 2020). Although, in particular, dual training programmes such as the EFTP Dual are considered to have enormous potential, certificates of initial vocational training - unlike in Germany - appear to have a low exchange value on the Costa Rican labour market. This phenomenon manifests itself particularly in unequally structured societies in the global South with weakened vocational education and training systems (Allais 2020). In view of this, a dichotomy can be observed between higher education and vocational education and training (Reichenbach 2021). On the one hand, there is the area of general and tertiary education. On the other hand, vocational education and training, which is often seen as a second-best choice at best compared to general and tertiary education (Clement 2014) and has always targeted vulnerable social groups in particular (Beirute Brealey 2018). The tendency towards negative social perceptions of vocational education and training and the resulting low exchange value of the corresponding certificates on the labour market are the focus of this study, which is why the following research questions are investigated: What structures and recognition mechanisms of certification can be identified for Costa Rica and Germany in initial vocational education and training? How is the current examination process organised in Costa Rica and which instruments are used to measure performance? To what extent do Costa Rican stakeholders in initial vocational education and training see a need to reform the examination and certification system? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A multidimensional methodological approach was chosen for this study. This is divided into different survey methods, such as desk research based on secondary and document analyses. This means that figures from the National Institute for Statistics and Census (INEC), legal texts, reports, articles, studies etc. are included in the comparative context analysis. In addition, cultural artefacts, such as caricatures, literary works, etc., are examined, as these allow an alternative approach to the cultural context of Costa Rica (Hunink 2021; Lueger 2010; Lueger/Froschauer 2018). In addition, empirical data is collected in the form of guideline-based group interviews and participant observations. The participant observations took place in 2023 as part of three delegation visits to the Ministry of Public Education (MEP), companies, chambers, trade unions, the National Training Institute (INA), etc. in Costa Rica. The group interviews were conducted at the vocational schools CTP San Pedro de Barva and CTP Atenas with the apprentices, teachers and coordinators of the 1st generation of EFTP Dual. The transcribed audio material was analysed both deductively and inductively using MAXQDA 2020. The coding paradigm, in the sense of open, axial and selective coding, is based on the research style of the Grounded Theory Methodology (GTM) (Strauss/Corbin 1996). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The underlying conditions in Costa Rica and Germany differ significantly. This also applies to initial vocational training. Both countries show considerable differences in terms of the structures, logics of action and processes of the qualification system. Furthermore, the empirical material shows that the stakeholders in vocational education and training are not satisfied with the examination instrument currently used (single-choice). This is oriented towards knowledge and does not measure vocational competences. In this context, the desire is expressed for an examination instrument that is orientated towards vocational practice. In addition, it is considered appropriate to involve the social partners in the design of the examination with the aim of ensuring that vocational education and training certificates are collectively recognised in the medium and long term and, as a result, achieve an adequate exchange value on the labour market. References Allais, S. (2020): Vocational education and inequalities in transitions from education to work in three African countries. In: Francis, D./Webster, E./Valodia, I. (Hrsg.): Inequality studies from the global South. London, 141–160. Álvarez-Galván, J.-L. (2015): A Skills beyond School Review of Costa Rica. OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training. OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training. Paris. Beirute Brealey, T. (2018): Informe Estado de la Educación. Principales cambios en la oferta de Educación Técnica presentados en el periodo 2006-2018 y su pertinencia para jóvenes en zonas de alta vulnerabilidad. San José. Clement, U. (2014): Improving the Image of Technical and Vocational Education and Training. Bonn. Gessler, M./Fuchs, M./Pilz, M. (2019): Der internationale Berufsbildungstransfer im Lichte der deutschen Berufsbildungsforschung. Wie der Geist aus der Flasche. In: Gessler, M./Fuchs, M./Pilz, M. (Hrsg.): Konzepte und Wirkungen des Transfers Dualer Berufsausbildung. Wiesbaden, 3–10. Haddad, W. D. et al. (1990): Education and development. Evidence for new priorities. World Bank discussion papers 95. Washington, D.C. Hunink, C. (2021): An Intermediate Conclusion. Potentials of Artefact Analysis for the Field of International VET Research. In: Nägele, C./Kersh, N./Stadler, B. (Hrsg.): Trends in Vocational Education and Training Research. Genf, 108–118. Katz, J. (2023): ¿Quo vadis, América Latina? Las dos caras del nuevo capitalismo latinoamericano. In: Revista CEPAL, 140, 7-21. Láscarez Smith, D./Baumann, F.-A. (2020): Costa Rica. Berufsbildung im Wandel. In: Baumann, F.-A. et al. (Hrsg.): Berufliche Bildung in Lateinamerika und Subsahara-Afrika. Entwicklungsstand und Herausforderungen Dualer Strukturansätze. Wiesbaden, 73–109. Lueger, M. (2010): Interpretative Sozialforschung. Die Methoden. Wien. Lueger, M./Froschauer, U. (2018): Artefaktanalyse. Grundlagen und Verfahren. Lehrbuch. Wiesbaden. Reichenbach, R. (2021): Zur Dichotomie von Berufsbildung und Allgemeinbildung. In: Dernbach-Stolz, S. et al. (Hrsg.): Transformationen von Arbeit, Beruf und Bildung in internationaler Betrachtung. Festschrift für Philipp Gonon. Wiesbaden, 355–372. Strauss, A. L./Corbin, J. M. (1996): Grounded theory. Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung. Weinheim. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The Role of Vocational Education and Training in Integrating Newly Arrived Immigrants into Working Life in Europe - A Scoping Review NIFU Nordic Institute for Studies of Innovation, Research and Education, Norway Presenting Author:Vocational education and training (VET) is conceived by both the EU and OECD as a powerful integration tool to secure immigrants’ permanent work positions (European Commision, 2020; Jeon, 2019). Thus, several European countries have developed policy measures that target newly arrived immigrants’ entry into VET. For example, in Switzerland, access to VET is the main route towards refugees’ labour market integration, and in 2018 a pre-apprenticeship programme was introduced (Aerne & Bonoli, 2023). VET can contribute to labour market integration because it combines practical and work-based forms of learning with language learning, as well as receiving a recognised VET certification after completion that makes it easier to find employment matching the skills developed (Jørgensen, 2022). However, using VET as an integration tool can be challenging. At a system level, state regulations that make VET more inclusive may restrict necessary cooperation between central actors, such as employers and the state (Bonoli & Wilson, 2019). In addition, studies indicate that newly arrived immigrants face several challenges in their process of entering and completing VET. Among these challenges are insufficient information about the education system, problems of fulfilling the prerequisites for entering VET and lack of social networks and ethnic discrimination among employers that make it difficult to secure an apprenticeship contract (Beicht & Walden, 2019; Bonoli & Wilson, 2019; Bredgaard & Thomsen, 2018; Imdorf, 2017; Jeon, 2019). There is a growing body of studies from various European countries about immigrants’ participation in VET. Within VET research, there has been identified a need for more evidence syntheses as there is a lack of review research (Gessler & Siemer, 2020). To our knowledge, an evidence synthesis about recently arrived immigrants in Europe and VET has not yet been conducted. The aim of this study is to provide an overview of European research literature about this interdisciplinary and dynamically evolving field. For this purpose, we apply a scoping review approach that entails to systematically retrieve and map the breadth of literature on a (particular) topic, field, concept, or issue (Munn et al., 2022). The approach is used to identify research clusters and research gaps that can inform the focus of future research (Levac et al., 2010). The review will address the following research questions: 1) What are the key characteristics of the existing research? 2) What are the main objectives and challenges reported in the included studies? 3) What are the research gaps identified in the included studies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted systematic searches in three international indexed databases (Web of Science, Scopus and Education Source) and supplementary searches using citation and reference checks. To identify relevant literature, the search strategy was guided by inclusion and exclusion (eligible) criteria, including peer-reviewed studies (journal articles and book chapters) concerning VET programmes and immigrants in Europe published between 2013–2023 in English. Other publication formats, other languages, or studies from non-European countries as well as studies concerning vocational training for immigrants not part of formal VET was excluded. In total, 21 studies were considered eligible for inclusion. These studies were systematically analysed and coded to map the following information: authors and publication year, geography, context, study design, and information about study participants. The studies were coded thematically to identify main themes and research gaps. The overarching categories in the thematic analysis follows Cross (1981), who distinguishes between dispositional, situational, and institutional barriers to participation in education. Situational barriers concern individuals’ broad circumstantial conditions such as lack of time or of financial resources; institutional barriers concern practices and procedures that exclude or hinder participation and completion. Dispositional barriers concern individual dispositions, like attitudes or motivation to participate. By highlighting situational and institutional barriers, our perspective may reveal structural and systemic barriers, addressing how VET can be made more inclusive and flexible, and adapt to students’ resources. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings So far, our review finds that research on immigrants and VET has increased in the studied period and that the field is dominated by qualitative studies from Nordic and German-speaking countries. Moreover, the research participants are mainly refugees and/or teachers. The included studies address students’ learning and integration processes; teachers’ practices and perceptions; programme establishment, development and evaluation, and VET and integration at a systemic level. Most studies addressed the interrelated themes of institutional challenges and situational challenges. The situational challenges addressed in the studies include newcomer factors, environmental factors and immigration and integration policies. The addressed institutional challenges relate to information; access; validation of prior learning; course provision and organisational challenges. In our preliminary analysis, we have identified two main areas where the included studies addressed a need for more research. The first concerns the refugees’ pathway in VET including access to, experience of and completion of VET. The second area consists of teachers’ practices and perspectives in relation to teaching immigrants and refugees. In addition, there seems to be a large literature on this field in German-speaking countries with a long tradition of VET, like Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. However, this review is limited to publications in English, and as a result, the extensive research conducted in the mentioned countries has not been included. Hence, there is a need for research reviews that focus on research literature published in German. We will conduct a comprehensive analysis of research gaps and their implications before the conference begins. References Aerne, A., & Bonoli, G. (2023). Integration through vocational training. Promoting refugees' access to apprenticeships in a collective skill formation system. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 75(3), 419-438. Beicht, U., & Walden, G. (2019). Transition to company-based vocational training in Germany by young people from a migrant background – The influence of region of origin and generation status. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6(1), 20-45. Bonoli, G., & Wilson, A. (2019). Bringing firms on board. Inclusiveness of the dual apprenticeship systems in Germany, Switzerland and Denmark. International Journal of Social Welfare, 28(4), 369–379. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijsw.12371 Bredgaard, T., & Thomsen, T. L. (2018). Integration of refugees on the Danish labour market. Nordic journal of working life studies, 8(S4), 7–26. Cross, K. P. (1981). Adults as Learners. Increasing Participation and Facilitating Learning. Jossey-Bass. European Commision. (2016). Youth report 2015. European Union. https://ec.europa.eu/assets/eac/youth/library/reports/youth-report-2015_en.pdf Gessler, M., & Siemer, C. (2020). Umbrella review: Methodological review of reviews published in peer-reviewed journals with a substantial focus on vocational education and training research. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(1), 91–125. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.7.1.5 Imdorf, C. (2017). Understanding discrimination in hiring apprentices: how training companies use ethnicity to avoid organisational trouble. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(3), 405–423. Jeon, S. (2019). Unlocking the potential of migrants through vocational education and training. OECD. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/unlocking-the-potential-of-migrants_1ca47cd9-en Jørgensen, C. H. (2022). Are apprenticeships inclusive of refugees? Experiences from Denmark In L. M. Herrera, M. Teräs, P. Gougoulakis, & J. Kontio (Eds.), Migration and Inclusion in Work Life: The Role of VET (pp. 342–372). Atlas förlag. Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O'Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: advancing the methodology. Implementation science, 5, 1–9. Munn, Z., Pollock, D., Khalil, H., Alexander, L., Mclnerney, P., Godfrey, C. M., Peters, M., & Tricco, A. C. (2022). What are scoping reviews? Providing a formal definition of scoping reviews as a type of evidence synthesis. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 20(4), 950–952. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-21-00483 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster Andragogic Questions of Modern Migration Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary Presenting Author:
Authors: Krisztina Nagy – Email: krisztinasari@gmail.com Maria Kraiciné Dr. Szokoly - Email: szokoly.maria@ppk.elte.hu
Key words are: migrants, refugees, integration, trainings, language classes, good practices Backround of the research: Modern migration has been a well-known phenomenon across Europe for years. According to Eurostat, 2.3 million immigrants arrived in the European Union from non-EU countries in 2021. This number was 1.5 million in 2013 and 2.5 million in 2018 (Eurostat, 2021). The wave of migration with its social, economic, political and other consequences places a heavy burden on the affected countries, among other things, it strongly affects the institutions of public education in the case of children, vocational training in the case of adults, and adult education and training. For the time being, humanitarian issues are in the spotlight and little attention is paid to the adult education aspects of migration, to the situations that need to be solved from an andragogical point of view, and andragogical professional problems that arise, and what answers state, civil and church vocational and adult education institutions can give in each country. . How do they cope with the problems arising from language, cultural and religious differences and how, through what kind of training (catch-up, language, professional, etc.) can they integrate migrant workers with different qualifications into the labor market in a short time. Goals of the research: the aim of the research is to describe, explain and compare the good practices and experiences of different countries heavily affected by migration. These countries are: Germany, Austria and Hungary. We review the migration background of these countries, as well as how various EU and individual country decisions affect the integration of migrants and refugees living in that country. Target groups: the target groups of my research are refugee/migrant adults between the ages of 18 and 63 who have arrived from any country and have at least a basic education, including groups that are open to retraining and integration from a physical and mental point of view. I paid particular attention to women in this age group, who are usually at a disadvantage compared to men in terms of their integration and adult learning.
Key questions/objectives: How does migration affect European adult education organizations?
Is there a uniform organizational/content/methodological EU recommendation for catch-up, language, professional and labor market training for immigrants? Are there professionals prepared to train immigrants in each country?
In researching the topic, I share the results and experiences of german and austrian researchers, and I also talk about the results of the pilot research conducted with professionals dealing with migrant training in practice in Hungary
Hypotheses
1. Hypothesis: Several international organizations were established for the training of immigrants decades ago, and during the activities of these organizations, as well as the national organizations dealing with migration training in individual countries, many good training practices were realized.
2. Hypothesis: In the examined countries, specially trained specialists deal with the training of immigrants.
3. Hypothesis: In Hungary, the majority of specialists dealing with the integration of third-country nationals are unfamiliar with the concept of integration modules, and no domestic professional dialogue has yet started on its contents. Thus, questions related to the European integration modules, the good practices mentioned in them, and their applicability in Hungary have practically not been put on the agenda yet.
Examined organizations and programs:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For my research, I use desk research and a mixed (qualitative and quantitative) method: • source and document analysis (international literature, documents and research materials, press materials), documents and research materials, EU committees and the researchers behind them – EU forums, decisions • online questionnaire • semi-structured interviews • I use the SPSS method to process the questionnaire, and the Atlas method to process the interview The target group of the interview: • managers and representatives of organizations dealing with the training of immigrants – Hungarian Red Cross, Maltese Charity, LDS Charities • trainers, andragogical specialists dealing with the training of immigrants – Menédek - Migrants Helping Association • persons responsible for the training of trainers • representatives of the organizations supporting the training Method of sampling Sampling takes place in 3 countries affected by migration, primarily Germany, Austria and (based on the special situation regarding migration) Hungary. Establishing contact with at least 2 organizations from these countries each and hold interviews with the professionals working there. Also, other researchers cooperate with their professional experiences and research materials on the topic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a summary, I would like to state that, considering the practices of the past years, the European Union countries found the preparation of the persons training immigrants to be important, as evidenced by the activities of the two organizations I presented. The mentioned two initiatives, the Bertelsmann Foundation and the European Integration Modules, focus purposefully on the development of European trainers and migration organizations, ensuring the appropriate professional knowledge when training immigrants. They are the people who deal with immigrants in practice, and they are trained, prepared persons. However, it would be useful to improve language skills. The opinion of my interviewee also reflects this, so I consider my hypothesis confirmed. Since European migration is not just a modern phenomenon, there are of course already programs developed to promote the training of incoming people. As we can already see based on the previous interview questions, the legal background that determines the framework of the programs is very important in terms of migration and integration. Based on the above, it is important to note that the integration difficulties differ from area to area, and the conditions for adult education are not the same. Since we are talking about the member states of the European Union, the decisions and provisions made by the European Commission apply to all member states. However, the local system and way of thinking may change, and thus the agreements will be tailored to the country in question. References Eurostat (2021): Migration and migrant population statistics https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Migration_and_migrant_population_statistics Last download: Jan.24th, 2024 Fons Coomans (2018): UNESCO Chair in Human Rights and Peace, Centre for Human Rights Maastricht University URL: https://en.unesco.org/node/301084 Last download: Jan.26th, 2024 Adrian Edwards (2015): UNHCR viewpoint: 'Refugee' or 'migrant' - Which is right? URL: https://unis.unvienna.org/unis/en/pressrels/2015/unisinf513.html Last download: Jan.21th, 2024 Hungarian Helsinki Committee: The future of refugee protection in Hungary, 2017 URL: https://helsinki.hu/a-menekultvedelem-jovoje/ Last download: Jan.21th, 2024 European Comission-Statistics on migration to Europe, 2021 URL: https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/promoting-our-european-way-life/statistics-migration-europe_en#overall-figures-of-immigrants-in-european-society Last download: Jan.21th, 2024 IOM – World Migration Report, 2022 URL: https://worldmigrationreport.iom.int/wmr-2022-interactive/ Last download: Jan.21th, 2024 MPI-Migration Policy Institute - Top Statistics on Global Migration and Migrants, 2022 URL: https://www.migrationpolicy.org/article/top-statistics-global-migration-migrants Last download: Jan.21th, 2024 Linguistic integration of immigrant adults in a German as a foreign language literacy course in Germany URL: https://m2.mtmt.hu/api/publication/33678968?&labelLang=eng Last download: Jan.21th, 2024 From radio to artificial intelligence: review of innovative technology in literacy and education for refugees, migrants and internally displaced persons URL: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000382627 Last download: Jan.21th, 2024 A Theory of Migration: Everett S. Lee URL: https://www.jstor.org/stable/2060063 Last download: Jan.22th, 2024 Berlin Global (2015): Arrivo Berlin- ‘a Project Preparing Immigrants for work’ URL:http://www.berlinglobal.org/index.php?arrivo-berlin-a-project-preparing-immigrants-for-work Last download: Jan.22th, 2024 BGZ Homepage (2016): Projects and Products URL:http://www.bgz-berlin.de/en/projects-and-products/project-overview/arrived-welcome-in-the-berlin-skilled-crafts.html Last download: Jan.22th, 2024 European Comission (2016): Education and Training-Adult Education, Vocational Education and Training URL: http://ec.europa.eu/education/policy/migration/adult-languages_en.htm Last download: Jan.22th, 2024 Action Plan on Integration and Inclusion 2021-2027 URL: https://home-affairs.ec.europa.eu/policies/migration-and-asylum/legal-migration-and-integration/integration/action-plan-integration-and-inclusion_en Last download: Jan.22th, 2024 International Organization for Migration (2016): Migrant Training https://www.iom.int/migrant-training Last download: Jan.22th, 2024 Arian Edwards (2015): United Nations Information Service-Newsroom URL: http://www.unis.unvienna.org/unis/hu/pressrels/2015/unisinf513.html Last download: Jan.22th, 2024 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 02 SES 04 B: Institutional VET Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Antje Barabasch Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The Civic Role of Swiss Higher Vocational Education and Training Institutions in an International Context 1Bern University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2University of Glasgow, Scotland; 3University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:In an era of globalization, driven by the prevailing neoliberal trend colleges and other higher VET institutions have predominantly focused on measuring their success through criteria such as research excellence and their ability to adapt to the ever-evolving demands of the job market. This development can also be witnessed in Swiss Universities of Applied Sciences (UAS), which were established in the mid-1990s. However, this myopic approach often neglects other vital dimensions of their mission (Marginson, 2023). These institutions play a pivotal role not only in equipping individuals with job-specific skills but also in cultivating responsible citizenship and nurturing the capacity for lifelong learning. It is imperative to recognize that the diversity of post-secondary institutions are not only providers of human capital (Marginson, 2019) with curriculum shaped by labor market needs; rather, they should be esteemed as institutions dedicated to human development, community anchors, the promotion of the public good (Marginson & Yang, 2022), democratic education (Molnar, 2010), the cultivation of civil society and global citizenship (Franco, 2002) – specifically in the field of vocational education and training. Particularly in countries such as Switzerland, with its coordinated market economy (Hall & Soskice, 2001), educational institutions focus strongly on imparting specific specialist knowledge and awarding corresponding diplomas that are in demand on the labor market. Recent Swiss studies looked mainly on the impact of UAS in regional labor market innovation and development (Lehnert et al, 2020; Pfister et. al., 2021; Schlegel et al., 2022). However, there are no studies examining the civic role of Universities of Applied Sciences or their role in promoting civic education. This case study is part of an international comparative study on the civic role of post-secondary educational institutions, which focuses on German-speaking countries, the USA and Canada as well as a sample of East Asian educational systems (Kost, Mou & O’Shea, in prep.). The study examines the civic and democracy-promoting role played by such institutions in Switzerland. This includes, in particular, questions about the specific levels at which this is expressed (legal foundations, service contracts, mission statements, curricula, specific events and activities). As a sub-study of an international comparative study, in addition to the presentation of the results for Switzerland, a positioning of the results within the international context is provided, thus offering a variety of points of reference for colleagues from different countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method and theoretical framework for this paper primarily rely on an extensive review of selected literature pertaining to the mission, goals, aims, and roles of the post-secondary sector in general and UAS in specific. The approach involves an in-depth examination of existing scholarship to elucidate current trends, via mapping conceptions of postsecondary institutions’ civic roles. Previous research has resulted in a broad corpus of data. This includes UAS laws and regulations, information on performance contracts between funding authorities and the institutions, university mission statements, mission statements of individual departments, study programs and descriptions of projects and engagements in their respective regions and communities. Following the grounded theory methodology (Corbin & Strauss, 2015), we are currently coding the data corpus and developing theoretically grounded categories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project is part of a growing interest in the social role of colleges and TVET institutions. This has already been highlighted by symposia at ECER 2023 or by corresponding publication projects (Wheelahan, Moodie & Kost, in prep.). Initial results show that the civic role of institutions manifests itself in different ways: On the one hand, in a specific characterization of learning that incorporates elements of civic responsibility (cf. the German concept of "Bildung") (Bauer, 2003). On the other hand, it is already clear that elements of a subsidiarity (Hega, 2000) that is also evident in other areas of the education system emerge in the institutional form of the civic role. This is expressed, among other things, in the fact that civic engagement is hardly evident at more abstract levels (e.g. in mission statements and laws) - but the more concrete the analysis of the everyday world and practice at the UAS becomes, the more its civic role becomes apparent. In the presentation, these, and additional results on the civic role of UAS will be further explained and situated in an international context. References Bauer, W. (2003). On the Relevance of Bildung for Democracy. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 35(2), 211-225 Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of Qualitative Research, Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (4th ed.). Sage Franco, R. W. (2002). The civic role of community colleges: Preparing students for the work of democracy. The Journal of Public Affairs, 6(1), 119–136. Hall, P. & Soskice, D. (2001). Vartieties of Capitalism. Insitutional The Foundations of Comparative Advantage. Oxford: Oxford University Press Hega, G. (2000). Federalism, Subsidiarity and Education Policy in Switzerland, Regional & Federal Studies, 10:1, 1-35, DOI: 10.1080/13597560008421107 Kost, J., Mou, L. & O’Shea, M. (in preparation). Contextualizing the Civic Roles of Postsecondary Institutions with Insights from Different Traditions. To be submitted to the Annual Review of Comparative and International Education 2023. Lehnert, P., Pfister, C., & Backes-Gellner, U. (2020). Employment of R&D personnel after an educational supply shock (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.labeco.2020.101883): Effects of the introduction of Universities of Applied Sciences in Switzerland. Labour Economics, 66. Marginson, S. (2023). Is employability displacing higher education?. International Higher Education, 116, 3–5. Marginson, S. (2019). Limitations of human capital theory. Studies in Higher Education, 44(2), 287–301. Marginson, S., & Yang, L. (2022). Individual and collective outcomes of higher education: A comparison of Anglo-American and Chinese approaches. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(1), 1–31. Molnar, C. J. (2010). Democratic Postsecondary Vocational Education. Fielding Graduate University. Pfister, C., Koomen, M., Harhoff, D., & Backes-Gellner, U. (2021). Regional Innovation Effects of Applied Research Institutions (https://doi.org/doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2021.104197). Research Policy. In press. Schlegel, T., Pfister, C., & Backes-Gellner, U. (2022). Tertiary Education Expansion and Regional Firm Development (URL: https://doi.org/doi.org/10.1080/00343404.2021.2010695). Regional Studies. Wheelahan, L., Moodie, G. & Kost, J (Eds.) (in preparation). The Social Role of Colleges in International Perspectives. Special Issue of the Journal of Vocational Education and Training – to be published 2025 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Federal Institutes – Brazil’s Chance for a Broader Variety of Vocational Education? University of Bamberg, Germany Presenting Author:VET has a rather heterogeneous reputation worldwide, which causes challenges for various countries. The negative reputation of VET is often associated with higher salaries of academic professions (Kopatz & Pilz, 2015) and social recognition (Bosch & Charest, 2009). This perception coincides with a growing shortage of skilled workers, especially on a mediate qualification level, which makes vocational training even more necessary. However, the challenges vary significantly between countries. This paper provides insights into the general reputation of the public Brazilian VET system and the perception of this system from the perspective of the Federal Institutes of Education, Science and Technology (FIs). Public and private institutions can provide VET qualifications in the Brazilian Educational System. Whilst upper secondary VET combines general and vocational subjects (including access to tertiary education), apprenticeships focus on 14–24-year-olds on a secondary education level, combining practical and theoretical parts (OECD, 2015). Both approaches offer professionalization towards a specific occupation. Compared to other OECD countries, VET participation in Brazil is low, whilst the upper secondary VET drop-out rate with 11% is high (OECD, 2023). This study aims to identify possible levers to bring the Federal VET system in Brazil closer to young adolescents and to identify acute challenges that cause young adolescents to decide against an educational pathway in the Federal VET system. The available data suggest that VET in general has a rather low reputation in Brazil (OECD, 2023) although there is a huge demand. Therefore, this paper aims to answer the following research questions:
To gain a better understanding of the factors influencing the relation between educational opportunities, both rational choice theory (individual level) and the skill ecosystem approach (system level) form the theoretical basis of this paper. On an individual level, sociological rational choice theory (e.g. Arrow, 1973) is suitable for explaining social phenomena at the aggregate level in a structural-individualistic approach. The basic assumptions of these approaches form a theoretical reference point for the statements of the educational representatives in the interviews conducted within the scope of this explorative study. Rational choice theory posits that young individuals are expected to exhibit rational behaviour when making decisions related to their education. Consequently, they operate in a way that maximizes their utility based on their personal preferences, where action is considered utility-maximizing when individuals select from a range of potential courses of action the one that most effectively advances their desired objectives while incurring minimal costs (Green & Shapiro, 1999). However, young people are limited in their rational behaviour due to the lack of advanced information regarding the anticipated advantages of their educational choices (Arrow, 1973; Garibaldi, 2006; Jovanovic, 1979). Alligning with a a systemic approach, the skill ecosystem approach offers a holistic understanding. Defined by Finegold (1999) and Brown (2022), this approach perceives educational choices and professionalization being influenced by the present ecosystem, leading to different (area-based) educational and economical pathways, forming a bridge between labour-market-centred demands and policy driven supply. The aim is to offer a holistic, diverse and adaptable approach with a focus on creating solutions to skill-related challenges considering global and local contexts. This approach provides a basis for explaining (regional) differences in terms of educational choice and qualification. Within this study, the focus referring to the skill ecosystem approach are institutional and political framework conditions. This comprises aspects such as legal regulations, governance forms and structures and their public perception, regulations and the negotiation of ethnic standards (Ostendorf, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The results presented in this paper originate from an explorative qualitative study, which investigates the Brazilian society’s perception of the FIs, considering their capillarity in the country. This paper aims to elicit reasons for the attractiveness of the FIs. We developed a qualitative exploratory research design to analyse an under-researched area of the public VET system. We focus on the general perception of the Brazilian public VET system by the educational representatives at the FIs, who: 1. are influential advisers for young people regarding their educational choices and pathways and 2. are well informed about young peoples’ interests and attitudes as well as their educational aspirations, choices and pathways. In a first step, we conducted a literature review on the current situation of VET in terms of relevant stakeholders, governance structures, participation and success rates. The results in combination with the theoretical basis were used to design the interview guideline. We collected qualitative data by conducting expert interviews with selected educational representatives at the FIs. Expert interviews were chosen in order to gain specialised knowledge and a deep understanding and thus to expand the previously sparse research results on the reputation of Brazil’s public VET system and the aspirations of young people choosing this pathway. The educational representatives in the institutional context represent a problem-orientated perspective. Their knowledge is strongly linked to their professional role and is based on privileged access to information (cf. Meuser & Nagel 2009, 467ff.). They especially qualify as a group of stakeholders with valuable expert knowledge, because their Institutes cover the full range of educational degrees available in the Brazilian educational system from secondary general education up to Master degrees and even the option for PhDs. We carried out n = 23 semi-structured expert interviews in Portuguese with 4 rectors and 19 faculty members from different regions and backgrounds across Brazil. 10 interviewees were male and 13 female. All Brazilian regions were included in the sample, with the Southeast region being more significant in numbers (South n = 4; Southeast n = 7, Centre West n = 5, Northeast n = 4, North n = 3) due to the demographic representativeness and the number of FIs. We anonymized, transcribed and translated the interviews. The data was analysed via structured qualitative content analysis in alignment with Kuckartz (2022) by identifying both inductive and deductive categories. A communicative validation of the analysis results took place at various points in the evaluation process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presented results focus on students’ aspirations when choosing public VET. Our data indicate a rather positive reputation of FIs with difficulties deriving from the community’s overall perception as well as individual preferences. The positive reputation of FIs aligns with rational choice theory’s emphasis on individuals’ decision to maximize their utility. In this context, our results show that parents' attitudes towards VET also influence young people's educational decisions (cf. Alavi, Sail & Awang, 2012). Furthermore, the availability of diverse educational programs within the same institution provides individuals with a range of (horizontal) choices to maximize their utility. The organizational structure of FIs, allowing educational pathways from primary to higher education (verticalization), resonates with the assumptions of both rational choice theory and the skill ecosystem approach, as the availability of diverse educational levels within the same institution provides individuals with a vertical range of choices to maximize their utility. Moreover, this vertical integration aligns with the skill ecosystem approach by optimizing resources, including infrastructure and faculty expertise (e.g. Buchanan et al., 2017). Our results show positive perceptions of the quality of education the FIs offer, mainly linked to comprehensive training and relevant knowledge for professional contexts. In general, there is recognition of the importance of faculty and student satisfaction, considering the institutions’ relevance within their local context, not only for technical qualification but also for helping people to form their principles and values. Nevertheless, the comprehensive and long-term improvement of the standing of FIs requires a multi-perspective approach in co-operation with the relevant political actors (Jambo & Pilz, 2018). This political discussion and the current changing situation within Brazil offer opportunities to intensify the ties between the FIs and the regional economy. This could lead to the establishment of a true skill ecosystem with FIs being one of its main contributors. References Alavi, K., Md. Sail, R., & Awang, A. H. (2012). Work Esteem and Re-Branding of Technical Education and Vocational Training from The Perspective of Parents, Teachers and Apprentice. Journal of Technical Education and Training, 3(2). Arrow, K. J. (1973). Higher Education as a Filter. Journal of Public Economics, 3, 193–216. Bosch, G.; Charest, J. (2009). Vocational Training: International Perspectives, Routledge. Brown, T. (2022). Skill ecosystems in the global South: Informality, inequality, and community setting, Geoforum, 132, 10-19. Buchanan, J., Anderson, P., & Power, G. (2017). Skill ecosystems. In C. Warhurst, K. Mayhew, D. Finegold, & J. Buchanan (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Skills and Training (pp. 444-465). Oxford University Press. Finegold, D. (1999). Creating self-sustaining, high-skill ecosystems. Oxford Review of Economic Policy 15(1), 60–81. Garibaldi, P. (2006). Personnel economics in imperfect labour markets. Oxford. Green, D. P. & Shapiro, I. (1999). Rational Choice: Eine Kritik Am Beispiel von Anwendungen in der Politischen Wissenschaft. München. Jambo, S. & Pilz, M. (2018). Perceptions of teachers in Industrial Training Institutes: an exploratory study of the attractiveness of vocational education in India. International Journal of Training Research. 16(1). 4-18. Jovanovic, B. (1979). Job Matching and the Theory of Turnover. Journal of Political Economy, 87(5), 972–990. http://www.jstor.org/stable/1833078 Kopatz, S. & Pilz, M. (2015). The academic takes it all? A comparison of returns to investment inceducation between graduates and apprentices in Canada. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 2(4), 308-325. Kuckartz, Udo & Rädiker, Stefan (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Beltz Juventa Meuser, M., Nagel, U. (2009). Das Experteninterview — konzeptionelle Grundlagen und methodische Anlage. In: Pickel, S., Pickel, G., Lauth, HJ., Jahn, D. (eds.) Methoden der vergleichenden Politik- und Sozialwissenschaft. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-91826-6_23 OECD (2015), Education Policy Outlook: Brazil. available at: https://www.oecd.org/education/Brazil-country-profile.pdf (accessed 26.09.2023) OECD (2023), Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing. Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en (accessed 29.09.2023) Ostendorf, A. (2019): Die Skill Ecosystem Perspektive als Denkrahmen zur Weiterentwicklung von Berufsbildungsstrukturen – eine Diskussion im Hinblick auf die digitale Transformation Titel des Beitrags. In: bwp@ Spezial AT-2: Beiträge zum 13. Österreichischen Wirtschaftspädagogik-Kongress, 1-14. Online: http://www.bwpat.de/wipaed-at2/ostendorf_wipaed-at_2019.pdf (22.09.2019). 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Policy Transfer In VET. A Review Of Research Topics And Research Outlook 1Eidgenössische Hochschule für Berufsbildung EHB, Switzerland; 2TU Dresden, Germany; 3TU Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:International policy transfer in education per se and in Vocational Education and Training in particular has been a topic of interest across the world and across several disciplines (Phillips, 2008; Phillips & Ochs, 2004; Portnoi, 2016; Scott, Terano, Slee, Husbands & Wilkins, 2016; Steiner-Khamsi & Waldow, 2012). The term refers to the process of exchanging and adopting policy measures, reforms, strategies and ideas from one context to another (Dolowitz and Marsh, 2000; Li and Pilz, 2021), either with or without adaption to the new context. With respect to vocational education and training, the apprenticeship training in German-speaking countries has been a role model for many countries all over the world for decades and there were countless attempts to transfer at least elements of it to other regions and countries (e.g. Euler, 2013; Oeben and Klumpp, 2021). In the field of (labour-market related) adult education, policy transfer is less obvious though it was particularly international organizations which “borrowed” concepts of lifelong learning and learnt from one another as regards learning over the lifespan (e.g. Jarvis, 2014). Other examples of policy transfer in education refer to higher education and the Bologna, the learning outcomes orientation, qualifications frameworks or New Public Management tools (in terms of e.g. the use of monitoring or benchmarks in education). However, there are few compendia that unite different international perspectives about the topic. Literature has tackled TVET in selected countries (Ertl, 2006), the transfer of the dual apprenticeship system to other countries (Gessler, Fuchs & Pilz, 2019; Pilz, 2017) or policy transfer in the field of skills development and skills regimes. There is a significant number of scientific publications that either address policy transfer (or policy learning or policy diffusion) in general or in fields different from education. Those that do address policy transfer in VET do hardy focus on international perspectives on VET development or they are not available in English. Against this background, this contribution is based on an upcoming handbook on policy transfer in TVET and beyond seen from an international perspective. Approx. 60 scholars from all continents provided insights into policy transfer from a wide spectrum of international perspectives. They explore policy transfer in respect to learning, be it voluntary and purposeful, incidental and accidental or purposeful (Phillips and Schweisfurth, 2011). Also, the book addresses theoretical foundations of policy transfer, methodological approaches to policy transfer studies, skills development in light of the political economy, the impact of international policies, the influence on the politics of international organizations on policy learning across nations, historical reflections, cultural and anthropological perspectives, policy transfer from the global North to the global South as well as new trends in policy transfer. Geographically, the chapters span a wide range of countries including e.g. Cuba, Denmark, Estonia, Germany, Ghana, India, Ireland, Northern Macedonia, Serbia, Slovenia, the USA, the United Arab Emirates or Vietnam. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this contribution is not to present the book. Instead, the contribution aims at identifying the core topics, theoretical approaches and discourses discussed in the contributions as well as to systematize and contrast them. As the handbook also covers numerous methods by which the issues of policy learning and policy transfer are addressed (e.g. comparative studies, case studies or design-based research), this contribution also covers a systematic analysis of these methods and identify gaps for further research. In order to provide such an analysis we use the following guiding criteria to systematize the contributions: Geographical scope, core assumptions about and understanding of VET/TVET, theoretical approaches, key stakeholders, (current) discourses, key questions and topics in terms of VET/TVET, disciplinary perspectives on VET/TVET and political reforms. Moreover, the contributions brings together the mains findings resulting from the contributions and derives questions and research desiderata for future research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The handbook spans a wide range of regional and national examples across all continents which indicate that and how policy transfer in VET at the crossroads to higher education and adult education has to be contextualized and embedded in regional and cultural contexts. It presents success stories of learning and transferring VET policies for the improvement in other countries, but also explains conflicting educational imaginaries that underpinned resistance against certain educational reforms. It addresses theoretical foundations and the roots of policy transfer in education, provides new perspectives on policy transfer and questions the sustainability of TVET reforms deriving from “other” contexts. The contribution will draw an account of existing theoretical perspectives in the field, methodologies with which it has been researched, draws attention to the role of culture in determining the field and shows how different actors (donor’s, receivers, international organizations) understand policy transfer from different perspectives. By using some of the country examples we will reconstruct the theoretical lenses that have been applied to understand and explain them. In focusing the presentation on the role of policy transfer as an approach to learn from each other about past approaches, current developments and future perspectives pays tribute to the overall conference theme. The contribution will bring together the manifold perspectives and experiences and may spark innovation in international cooperation and development. References Ertl, H. (2006). Cross-national Attraction in Education: accounts from England and Germany. Oxford, UK: Symposium Books Euler D (2013) Germany’s dual vocational training system: A model for other countries? Gütersloh. https://www.eunec.eu/sites/www.eunec.eu/files/attachment/files/2013_study_german_vet_system.pdf Gessler, M., Fuchs, M. & Pilz, M. (2019). Konzepte und Wirkungen des Transfers dualer Berufsausbildung. Cham: Springer International. Jarvis P (2014) From adult education to lifelong learning and beyond. Comparative Education 50(1): 45–57. Maurer, M. & Gonon, P. (2014). The Challenges of Policy Transfer in Vocational Skills Development. National Qualifications Frameworks and the Dual Model of Vocational Training in International Cooperation. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. Oeben M, Klumpp M (2021) Transfer of the German vocational education and training system—Success factors and hindrances with the example of Tunisia. Education Science 11(247): 1–25. Phillips, D. (Ed.). (2008). Comparative inquiry and educational policy making. Oxfordshire, UK: Routledge. Phillips, D. & Ochs, K. (2004). Educational Policy Borrowing: historical perspectives. Oxford Studies in Comparative Education. Providence, RI: Symposium Books. Phillips D, Schweisfurth M (2011) Comparative and International Education. An Introduction to Theory, Method and Practice. London, New York: Continuum. Pilz, M. (2017). Vocational Education and Training in Times of Economic Crisis: Lessons from Around the World. Cham: Springer International. Portnoi, L. M. (2016). Policy Borrowing and Reform in Education: Globalized Processes and Local Contexts. Cham: Springer International. Scott, D., Terano, M., Slee, R., Husbands, C., & Wilkins, R. (2016). Policy transfer and educational change. London: SAGE Publications Ltd. Steiner-Khamsi, G. & Waldow, F. (2012). Policy Borrowing and Lending in Education. Routledge: London and New York. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 03 SES 04 A: Curriculum reform - an international perspective Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Nienke Nieveen Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Curriculum Transformation: What Might this Mean in Uncertain Times University of KwaZulu-Natal Presenting Author:Curriculum transformation is a global phenomenon that is responsive to various imperatives including institutional, national, global, political and disciplinary demands. In response to the most recent COVID-19 pandemic and the realisation of what was learnt through the national school curriculum that could not prepare learners, schools and parents for uncertain times, a review of curriculum reforms is, therefore, warranted. Drawing from a review of curriculum reforms within South Africa, this paper argues for a more responsive curriculum that resonates with the current and future needs of society complexified by 21st century innovations, uncertainties and disruptions. Natural disasters, extreme climate conditions, political instabilities and the digital explosion are emerging as a new order globally. As such, education, in its broadest conceptualization must respond to the new order. The current conceptualisation of the school curriculum within South Africa has not fundamentally changed across its four iterations of curriculum transformation since the introduction of outcomes based education. Taking a curriculum studies perspective to the curriculum reforms within South Africa where the curriculum is the object of inquiry, this paper also presents a critique, illuminating the sustained influence of the Tylor rationale and disciplinary boundedness that continues to shape curriculum reforms and argues that this continued path to curriculum reforms will continue to increase the gap between the social realities and future aspirations of society and curriculum reform policies. The paper is guided by the following research question: What might a responsive school curriculum be to prepare the learners for an uncertain world context and 21st century skills? Drawing on Michael Apple's (2018) notion of academising the political or polictising the academic, as a theoretical constructs in this paper, curriculum reforms within South Africa since democracy will be critiqued to illuminate the continuances and gaps for a responsive curriculum that will prepare the learners to respond to the immediate socio-economic needs of their lives and to respond to the technological advances that come to shape the way they become, interact in their spaces and beyond and prepare for the uncertain and disruptive future. The paper is also informed by theoretical constructs such as new materialism, entanglement, intra-action (Barad) and affordance (Deleuze) to understand how objects, matter and humans interact to explore new meanings and possibilities along the their (learners') learning journey that will prepare them for the uncertain future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is informed by a desktop review of curriculum reform policies within South Africa, supported by interviews with 9 primary school teachers and a questionnaire to subject advisors (n=26) on the monitoring of the recovery curriculum implemented in response to COVID-19. Three Provinces within South Africa were the sites of the research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The review of curriculum reforms since democracy was largely symbolic and informed by dominance of Ralph Tylor and traditional disciplines of study despite substantial advancements in curriculum theory, transdisciplinary knowledge systems and technological advancements with substantial affordances. The findings from the interviews with school teachers reveal the packed nature of the school curriculum and, more importantly, the disjuncture between who they are and what they learn. The findings from the survey reveal that curriculum implementation is an ecology formed within the site of delivery and is beyond that of a teachers responsibility. References Apple, M. W. (2016, April). Introduction to “the politics of educational reforms”. In The Educational Forum (Vol. 80, No. 2, pp. 127-136). Routledge. Aoki, T. T. (1999). In the midst of doubled imaginaries: The Pacific community as diversity and as difference. Interchange, 30(1), 27-38. Fleisch, B. (2023). Theory of Change and Theory of Education: Pedagogic and Curriculum Defects in Early Grade Reading Interventions in South Africa. Education as Change, 27(1), 1-14. Marope, M. (2017). Reconceptualizing and Repositioning Curriculum in the 21st Century: A Global Paradigm Shift. Retrieved 22 April 2018 from http://www. ibe. unesco. org/en/news/documentreconceptualizing-and-repositioning-curriculum-21st-century. Pinar, W. F. (2005). Complicated conversation: Occasions for" Intellectual breakthrough" in the internationalization of curriculum studies. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1(1), 2. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Emotional Dynamics and Burnout in Teacher Identity Formation: A Study on Curriculum Reform Implementation in Kosovo University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:In recent decades, the dimension of emotions in teacher identity formation has gained increased scholarly attention, underscoring the significance of emotional experiences in shaping the process of identity development (Uitto et al., 2015). The Control-Value Theory, rooted in achievement emotions, has emerged as a prominent theoretical framework within this context (Pekrun, 2006; Pekrun & Perry, 2015). According to this theory, teacher identity, particularly within the classroom context, is intricately linked to an individual's values, perceived control over events, and the emotions elicited or experienced in response to those events. The classroom, as a dynamic and emotionally charged setting, serves as a crucible for the amalgamation of these factors. Positive emotions, such as joy and pride, reinforce a teacher's sense of efficacy and alignment with professional values, contributing to a positive teacher identity. Conversely, negative emotions, such as frustration or disappointment, can pose challenges to identity development, potentially leading to feelings of inadequacy or questioning of professional worth. Burnout, characterized by emotional exhaustion, depersonalization, and reduced personal accomplishment, is a critical factor influencing teachers' emotional experiences and, consequently, their identity formation (Maslach & Leiter, 2016). Burnout often results from prolonged exposure to chronic workplace stressors, impacting teachers' emotional responses and overall professional identity. Teachers facing burnout may perceive a diminished control over their work environment, a misalignment with their values, and a cycle of negative emotions that exacerbate burnout. This synthesis of emotional experiences, values, and perceived control, coupled with the inclusion of burnout, highlights the complexity of teacher identity formation. The Control-Value Theory provides a robust framework for comprehending the interconnectedness of these factors. Furthermore, the incorporation of burnout underscores the practical challenges educators encounter, emphasizing the necessity for comprehensive strategies to support teachers' emotional well-being and foster a positive professional identity. Study Goal This study aims to investigate the working reality and the role of teachers in Kosovo, with a particular focus on the challenges associated with the implementation of the curriculum reform and the broader professional reform within the teaching profession in Kosovo, viewed through the lens of the social domain. For reference, the revised Kosovo curriculum for pre-university education has transitioned from a traditional emphasis on knowledge acquisition to a more contemporary approach centered around competence-based teaching and learning. This shift, as highlighted by Perolli-Shehu (2019), underscores the importance of focusing on the competencies essential for students' success in various aspects of life. Saqipi (2019) contends that the current training of teachers lacks adequate preparation for them to perform professionally as required. Specifically, teachers receive training in the techno-rational approach and the implementation of narrow curricula, but insufficient attention is given to supporting children in developing the competencies outlined in the Curriculum Framework. Consequently, the objective of the actual study is to comprehend the emotions experienced by teachers during the implementation of curricular reforms and the burnout they may undergo. We seek to delve into the nuanced aspects of teachers' experiences, shedding light on the emotional dimensions during the reform processes and exploring the implications of burnout within this context. Through this exploration, we aim to contribute to a comprehensive understanding of the socio-professional landscape of education in Kosovo and provide insights that can inform future educational policies and support mechanisms for teachers in the region. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods This study will adopt a mixed-methods approach, employing a comprehensive set of instruments to delve into the multifaceted aspects of teacher experiences during the implementation of curriculum reforms in Kosovo. The research will engage with a representative sample of 400 teachers through a survey designed to capture key constructs, including personal and professional background, comprehension of the curriculum and its underlying philosophy, teachers' firsthand experiences in implementing curriculum reforms, and the social-emotional factors such as emotions and burnout that significantly influence or impede their work. The instruments selected for data collection are diverse and tailored to capture the intricacies of teachers' experiences: ● Perception of Curriculum Understanding. Self-reporting questions have been carefully crafted to gauge teachers' perceptions regarding their understanding of the curriculum. ● Emotional Assessment. Two instruments will be utilized - PANAS (Watson et al., 1988), comprising 40 questions to assess positive and negative affect, and the Teachers Emotions Scale (Frenzel et al., 2016; Musliu & Frenzel, 2023), featuring 12 questions to evaluate teachers' emotions in specific situations. ● Burnout Assessment. The Maslach Burnout Inventory (Maslach et al., 1997; Musliu & Frenzel, 2023) will be employed to evaluate teachers' professional burnout within the context of curriculum reforms. This questionnaire provides a comprehensive insight into the emotional well-being of educators amid reformative processes. In tandem with the quantitative survey, the qualitative facet - interviews with 70 teachers - of the project aims to explore in-depth aspects of teachers' emotional experiences and perceptions during the implementation of curricular reforms. Several constructs have been identified for inclusion in achieving the qualitative objectives, encompassing (1) emotions arising during the implementation of curricula, (2) challenges encountered in executing curriculum changes, (3) perceptions shaping the understanding of curriculum changes, and (4) the approach of teachers within the classroom. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study explores the interplay between emotions and burnout in shaping teacher identity, specifically within Kosovo's curriculum reforms. The Control-Value Theory serves as a robust framework for understanding classroom dynamics, with a focus on burnout as a critical factor impacting professional identity. The research involves 400 teachers, using a mixed-methods approach to assess curriculum understanding, emotional experiences, and burnout. Self-reporting questions aim to reveal teachers' alignment with the reformed curriculum. PANAS and the Teachers Emotions Scale offer nuanced insights into emotional experiences during reform implementation. Positive and negative affect assessments provide a holistic view of teachers' emotional landscape.The Maslach Burnout Inventory assesses burnout's extent, correlating it with emotional well-being amid reforms. Interviews with 70 teachers add depth, uncovering emotional dimensions and perceptions during curriculum changes. This study aims to contribute to a comprehensive understanding of education in Kosovo, informing future policies with a focus on teachers' emotional well-being and burnout concerns. References Maslach, C., & Leiter, M. P. (2016). Understanding the burnout experience: 1969-1979 and 1979-2009. In The Burnout Companion To Study And Practice (pp. 3-22). CRC Press. Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315-341. Pekrun, R., & Perry, R. P. (2015). Control-value theory of achievement emotions. International handbook of emotions in education, 120-141. Perolli Shehu, B. (2019). Social Competence and attitude towards school in relation to academic achievements of students in Kosovo. Saqipi, B. (2019). Understanding the relation of policy discourse and re-conceptualising curriculum: A Kosovo perspective on a new meaning of context. CEPS Journal, 9(2), 33-52. Uitto, M., Jokikokko, K., Estola, E., & Maaranen, K. (2015). Teachers' professional identity negotiations in the Finnish education context. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47, 1-12. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Teachers’ Beings and Doings: A Critical Realist Outlook of How Teacher Navigate Professional Agency in a Curriculum Reform 1University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 2Ministry of Education, Malaysia Presenting Author:Recent educational reforms in many countries herald the return to the centrality of the teacher at the heart of their implementation (Evans, 2022). In most cases, this renewed emphasis on teachers is explicitly tied to the internationalisation of policy agendas, with teachers primarily described as agents of change at the micro-practice level (Holloway, 2020). It is no surprise that much of teachers’ professional lives—what they purposefully do (agency) and how they see themselves and their roles as teachers (identity)—are often influenced by this constant interplay of local, national, and global policy contexts (Priestly et al., 2015). From a critical realist standpoint, dominant discourses such as those of Bhaskar (1975, 1989) and Archer (1995, 2000, 2012) suggest that in order to understand the complex lives of teachers and how teacher agency is exercised (or underplayed) at the grass-roots level, it is first central to have an understanding of how the mechanisms behind this interplay operate (Munby & Fullan, 2016; Wynn & Williams; 2012). The study seeks to answer the following question: how did teachers enact their agentive roles, facilitating individuals’ professional development while adapting to the needs of learners during curricular reform? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Framing Bhaskar’s stratified ontology of reality (1975) as the key philosophical conceptualisation, the study reflects on the implementation of one of the curriculum reforms in Malaysia and discusses the extent to which institutional structures (Scott, 2005) can influence teacher agency in teaching and learning at micro-level practices. This inquiry, being a part of a wider ethnographic doctorate study, aims to situate teacher agency within a larger scope of practice (i.e., educational system or institutionalisation). Five secondary schoolteachers involved in the reform of new curriculum were interviewed, and the data was audio-recorded, transcribed, and cross-checked by the participants before being imported into NVivo 12 where an iterative analysis was employed. Participatory observation, conversations with school administrators, and analysis of pertinent school and policy documents served as supplements to the primary data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on Archer’s (2012) modes of reflexivity, the study considers the ways in which teachers’ thinking navigates the link between agency and structures. The results suggested that how teachers performed and projected their agentry had to do with how different forms of reflexivity mediate intersecting structural and cultural factors at the local and global levels. The different modes of reflexivity that teachers employed and the ways in which they determined and facilitated tasks that were important to them were found to be key to their professional identity and agency. The study concludes that while performativity as traces of situational structures brought about some differences in professional thinking and doing, individuals' reflexivity is what influences agentive mediation. This helps teachers navigate the conflicting needs brought about by their multiple roles. References Archer, M.S. (1995). Realist social theory: The morphogenetic approach. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Archer, M.S. (2000). For structure: Its reality, properties and powers: A reply to Anthony King. Sociological Review 48 (3): 464-72. Archer, M. S. (2012) The Reflexive Imperative in Late Modernity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Bhaskar, R. (1975). A realist theory of science. London: Routledge. Bhaskar,R. (1979). Thepossibility of naturalism. London: Routledge. Evans, G. (2022). Back to the future? Reflections on three phases of education policy reform in Wales and their implications for teachers. Journal of educational change, 23(3), 371-396. Holloway, J. (2020). Teacher Accountability, Datafication and Evaluation: A Case for Reimagining Schooling. education policy analysis archives, 28(56). Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: What is it and why does it matter?. In Flip the system (p 134-148). Routledge. Munby, S., & Fullan, M. (2016). Inside-out and downside-up: How leading from the middle has the power to transform education systems. Scott, D. (2005). Critical realism and empirical research methods in education. Journal of philosophy of education, 39(4), 633-646. Wynn, D. E. Jr, & Williams, C. K. (2020). Recent Advances and Opportunities for Improving Critical Realism-Based Case Study Research in IS. Journal of the Association for Information Systems, 21(1), 50–89. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 04 A: *** CANCELLED *** In Search of a Representative Teacher Workforce: the Power of Participatory Arts-based Methodology Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Benjamin Ponet Research Workshop |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 04 B: Vulnerabilities in Inclusive Education Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Antonios Ktenidis Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Navigating Uncertainties and Vulnerabilities. Personal Accounts of Research Participants in Supported Living Arrangements During and After the COVID-19 Pandemic. Bertha von Suttner Uni, Austria Presenting Author:In recent years the social and political impact of various global crises has been at the centre of international (educational) discourse around the world. The COVID-19 pandemic represents one of the most noteworthy recent events that had immense effects on social and educational structures, as well as living environments and self-perceptions of individuals. The societal and institutional responses to the crisis often aggravated an existing experience of uncertainty for those already at the margins of society. The project Cov_enable: Re-Imagining vulnerabilities in times of crises, funded by the Austrian Science Fund FWF (project P 34641-G), has been researching the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on supported living arrangements and schools in Austria. One of the main principles for COVID-19 response taken by policy and decision makers focused on the protection of groups assumed to be vulnerable or at-risk. Vulnerability, as a concept, has journeyed through varying terrains of understanding, always shaped by historically and socially contingent conditions. Mackenzie, Rogers, and Dodds (2014), by offering a foundational understanding of vulnerability, present a taxonomy of vulnerability consisting of inherent and situational/contextual vulnerability – both closely intertwined. Drawing on this foundational taxonomy, Luna (2019) offers a more granular framework for evaluating layers of vulnerability. Central to Luna's conceptualization is the distinction between the origin and manifestation of these vulnerabilities. While some layers remain dormant, others can act as catalysts, either birthing new vulnerabilities or amplifying existing ones. Employing a qualitative, participatory, and longitudinal approach, the project tracks how concepts and notions of vulnerability move back, forth, in-between and through the macro (policy and media), meso (organizations), and micro (individuals) levels. A central aim of our efforts is to discern how these evolving discourses shape new practices in inclusive education and supported living arrangements. Moreover, it seeks to understand the implications of these practices on the lives of individuals with disabilities and mental illnesses, especially those initially deemed and labelled as particularly vulnerable. The focus of this paper lies on supported living arrangements that support people with intellectual, psychiatric, physical or sensory impairments in a variety of settings. The paper portrays the entanglements of personal agencies and experiences, processes of subjectivations, institutional structures, and material realities of selected research participants during and after the COVID-19 pandemic. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design employed in the project is framed as a mixed Grounded Theory approach (Johnson & Walsh 2019: 523ff). Throughout the entire research process, basic principles of Grounded Theory Methodology (GTM) such as an iterative and constantly comparative procedure, theoretical sampling, coding and memo-writing have been applied (Clarke 2005; Charmaz 2006; Bryant & Charmaz 2019). In order to follow the experiences of the research participants, two main methods of data generation have been used: in-depth focused interviews (Wieser 2015) and digital audio and video diaries (Bates 2020) as a means of (self-)representation (Greig, Taylor & MacKay 2013; Noer 2014). Data generation at various stages made it possible to capture the experiences of the research participants throughout the course of the pandemic. From January to October 2022 initial interviews have been conducted, where after some participants continued to submit audio and/or video diary entries until August 2022. Additional interviews have been held in June to September 2022 with a final set of interviews in October 2023 to February 2024. A total of 35 voluntary individuals within different supported living arrangements participated in the research, 12 have taken part in the longitudinal component. The data has been examined through different forms and approaches to data analysis. Strategies from Critical Discourse Analysis (Jäger & Jäger 2007) combined with mapping strategies from the Situational Analysis (Clarke 2018) were used to connect multiple perspectives covering structural factors as well as individual forms of agencies (Fairclough 2001, 123). A diffractive reading of the data (Barad 2007; Naraian & Amrhein 2022) enabled the team to illuminate the entanglements of lived experiences, individual perspectives, conceptual frameworks and the societal and material context that has been affected by the pandemic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper follows the experiences and accounts of our research participants in different supported living arrangements, namely congregated supported housing mostly for people with intellectual disabilities, community-based care provision for people with mental health issues, and personal assistance for people with physical impairments. While the organisational settings themselves have been effected by the pandemic (Koenig & Barberi 2023), presenting personal accounts of the participants showcases the various trajectories and uncertainties the participants had to navigate throughout the pandemic. Each case in this analysis uniquely illustrates how individuals with disabilities have ingeniously carved out spaces of meaning, agency, and affordances amidst the tumultuous uncertainties of the COVID-19 pandemic. These narratives not only highlight their resilience and creativity but also shed light on the ongoing impact of the pandemic in their daily lives. The study underscores a critical need for structural changes in supported living arrangements to foster such resilient agency. This necessitates a shift in policy and institutional approaches, advocating for a model of response-ability that truly listens to, learns from, and collaborates with people with disabilities. By doing so, we can ensure that their lived experiences and innovative coping strategies inform and guide effective crisis response and policy development, both in Europe and globally. As many European welfare states employ similar institutional settings, findings are highly relevant to other national contexts. References Barad, K. M. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham: Duke University Press. Bates, C. (2020). Video Diaries. In P. Vannini (Ed.), The Routledge international handbook of ethnographic film and video (pp. 116–126). London ; New York: Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. Bryant, A. & Charmaz, K. (Eds.) (2019). The Sage Handbook of Current Developments in Grounded Theory. London: Sage. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory. A Practical Guide Through Qualitative Analysis. London: Sage Clarke, A. (2005). Situational Analysis. Grounded Theory After the Postmodern Turn. London: Sage Fairclough, N. (2001). Critical discourse analysis as a method in social scientific research. Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (Ed.). Methods of critical discourse analysis. London: Sage, 121-138. Greig, A., Taylor, J. & MacKay, T. (2013). Doing Research with Children: A Practical Guide. London: Sage. Jäger, M., Jäger, S., & Jäger, M. (2007). Deutungskämpfe: Theorie und Praxis kritischer Diskursanalyse (1. Auflage). Wiesbaden: VS, Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Johnson, R. B., & Walsh, I. (2019). Mixed grounded theory: Merging grounded theory with mixed methods and multimethod research. Bryant, A. & Charmaz, K. (Ed.). The SAGE handbook of current developments in grounded theory. Thousand Oaks, London, New Delhi: Sage, 517-531. Koenig, O., & Barberi, A. (2023). Unterstützungssysteme für Menschen mit Behinderungen. »Enacting crisis« zwischen Aktionsspielraum und Hierarchie im Rahmen der COVID-19-Pandemie. SWS-Rundschau, 63(4), 307–324. Luna, F. (2019). Identifying and evaluating layers of vulnerability – a way forward. Developing World Bioethics, 19(2), 86–95. Mackenzie, C., Rogers, W., & Dodds, S. (Eds.). (2014). Vulnerability: new essays in ethics and feminist philosophy. New York: Oxford University Press. Naraian, S., & Amrhein, B. (2022). Learning to read ‘inclusion’ divergently: enacting a transnational approach to inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(14), 1327–1346. Noer, V. R. (2014). Zooming in-Zooming out-using iPad video diaries in ethnographic educational research. RPPS Monografie, 85-96. Wieser, C. (2015). Technology and ethnography – will it blend? Technological possibilities for fieldwork on transformations of teacher knowledge with videography and video diaries. Seminar.net, 11(3). URL: https://journals.hioa.no/index.php/seminar/article/view/2349 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Disruptions, Risk and Vulnerability, Challenges and Opportunities in the Recovery Phase of the Pandemic 1University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper builds on papers presented at ECER 2020 and 2021, the former focussing on the first phase of a small-scale longitudinal study examining how current and former students on the Into Headship (IH) programme in Scotland supported their school communities during the first lockdown in the UK, with a particular emphasis on children and young people (C&YP) considered to be vulnerable through disability, poverty, being looked after or otherwise disadvantaged. The latter paper drew from the second phase of the study (see methods), drawing from the perspective of participants from the secondary sector (aged 11/12-17/18). This paper draws from the findings from the primary sector (aged 4/5-10/11) and a special school for children with severe and complex needs which shares a campus with a primary school.
The Incheon Declaration sought to ‘ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all’ (Sustainable Development Goal 4) [1]. Yet, even prior to the pandemic, the UNESCO Global Education and Monitoring Report [2] highlighted the dire circumstances of the 28 million children homeless and/or displaced due to conflict across the world and the 124 million children and adolescents not in schooling [3]. Likewise, the first global State of the World Report to focus on the mental health and wellbeing of C&YP drew attention to the disproportionate effects of the hardships experienced by the most disadvantaged C&YP and the fragility of support systems [4, 5].
Across the world, the pandemic has served to amplify and exacerbate these existing inequalities, particularly so for those who are marginalised through poverty, displacement and/or disability [6-9]. The disruption to health and social services in many countries and the failure to facilitate learning for disabled children, together with a lack of support networks, may have compounded mental health issues for C&YP so affected, putting pressure on family life and exposing them to greater risk of abuse and neglect [3,6]. The Health Behaviour in School Children report on Europe identified that adolescents from disadvantaged backgrounds were more likely to report negative effects of the pandemic in two thirds of countries/regions [7] whether or not they were in receipt of support from family, teachers, classmates or peers [8]. In the UK, a study published in Nov 2023 found that there were significant disparities in access to support services between children living in poverty and those living in more affluent areas, with the former more than twice as likely not to be in receipt of support from Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services [9]. Thishighlights the key role that schools play as places of learning but also places of safety and belonging.
The quality of school leadership is an essential element in creating schools which are equitable, inclusive, and compassionate in their approach. This requires a focus on the whole school community and on responsive and adaptive leadership which has at its heart inclusive practice and social justice [10]. School leaders have had to navigate an unprecedented landscape of complex and rapid change and therefore the quality of headship preparation programmes becomes crucial in ensuring that prospective headteachers can rise to the challenge.
This small-scale empirical study focusses on Into Headship, a masters-level programme delivered within a single academic year in partnership with Education Scotland. Through examination of the ways in which IH students supported their school communities during and in the aftermath of lockdown, the study seeks to ascertain the degree to and ways in which engagement with the IH programme had prepared them to meet the challenges in order to inform the development of headship programmes globally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper focusses on the second phase of a longitudinal, qualitative study, with phase one being an online survey based on an open-ended questionnaire administered to two cohorts of Into Headship students conducted in June 2020 towards the end of the first lockdown in the UK. 46 students responded to the survey. Phase 2, conducted in Dec 2022/Jan 2023, focusses on the period beyond the initial lockdown and, drawing from the findings of phase 1, has a specific focus on the wellbeing of the school community – pupils, staff and families. It has been conducted via. individual interviews with eight respondents to the initial survey, drawn from the secondary, primary and special education sectors. In addition to reflecting on how they had supported the wellbeing of their school communities beyond the initial lockdown, participants were provided with their response to the survey (phase 1) and asked to reflect on how close to reality their initial perceptions of the challenges to be faced as schools emerged from lockdown had been and whether there were challenges that had not been anticipated. Three focus group discussions have also been held with participants from each of these sectors. The focus group discussion had a broader focus, examining the response of the Scottish Government to Covid recovery; insights about leading in times of crisis; and insights to inform the development of the IH programme nationally. Participants within the 2nd phase of the study were drawn from respondents to the survey who had indicated a willingness to participate. An open invitation was sent and criteria were drawn up to select the sample such that it was representative of respondents to the survey as a whole: the SIMD (Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation) status of the school; urban/rural; sector (primary, secondary/special education); and gender of the participant. Participants attended a short briefing and informed consent was gained. Whilst the initial intention had been to conduct data-gathering face-to-face, this proved to be too complex to organise and interviews and focus group discussions were held via. Zoom and Microsoft Teams. Data have been analysed via. thematic analysis, drawing on a modified framework of King and Horrocks [11], generating, initially, descriptive and analytical codes and then over-arching themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings UNICEF [12] poses the question: ‘The world stands at a crossroads. We have a decision to make. Do we rally and unite to protect years of progress on child rights? Or do we allow the unequal recovery from COVID-19 to further marginalize the disadvantaged and increase inequality even more?’ (p.2). This paper addresses this challenge through exploring the means by which prospective headteachers, in the midst of a rapidly changing policy landscape, have supported their school communities (staff, families and children) in the recovery period of the pandemic and the challenges they have faced. In particular, the findings identify barriers to the inclusion of children facing adverse circumstances, whether through disability, poverty, being care experienced or marginalised in any shape or form, and affordances. They provide insight into the approaches that prospective headteachers have adopted and their perceived efficacy which should inform the work of senior leadership teams in Scotland and beyond. They will demonstrate how priorities may have changed over time as schools have moved into the recovery phase. It will enable insights to emerge regarding the national response to recovery and will also identify those aspects of the Into Headship programme which have provided IH students with the knowledge, understanding, skills-set, confidence and resilience to address the needs of their school community and areas in which the programme could be strengthened, insights which can inform the development of headship preparation programmes more widely. The case study within the Special Education sector illuminated the fragility of the relationship between the special education school and the mainstream school with which it shares a campus. The pandemic had served to disrupt the shared learning and socialisation which, pre-pandemic, the children had experienced, and a narrative of risk emerged as barriers were put in the way of re-establishing practice. References 1.UNICEF Office of Research. Children and the Sustainable Development Goals. Available online: https://data.unicef.org/children-sustainable-development-goals/ (accessed on 28/03/2019). 2.Slee, R. Defining the scope of inclusive education. Think piece prepared for the 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report - Inclusion and Education 2018. 3.Mowat, J.G. Working collaboratively with the school community to build inclusion for all. In International Encyclopaedia of Education Researching Disability Studies & Inclusive Education, 3rd ed.; Tierney, R.J., Ritzi, F., Erkican, K., Eds.; Elsevier: Oxford, England, 2023; pp. 85-97. 4.UNICEF. The State of the World's Children 2021. On My Mind: Promoting, protecting and caring for children’s mental health. 2021. 5.Mowat, J.G.; Beck, A. Rising to the Challenge of Creating Equitable, Inclusive, and Compassionate School Communities in the Recovery Phase of the Pandemic: The Role of Aspiring Headteachers. Education Sciences 2023, 13, 524. 6.United Nations Children’s Fund. Children with disabilities: ensuring their inclusion in covid-19 response strategies and evidence generation 2020. 7.Residori, C.; Költő, A.; Dóra Eszter, V.; Gabhainn, S.N. Age, gender and class: how the COVID-19 pandemic affected school-aged children in the WHO European Region: impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on young people’s health and well-being from the findings of the HBSC survey round 2021/2022; World Health Organization. Regional Office for Europe: Copenhagen, 2023 2023. 8.Erikkson, C.B.-N.M.; Lyyra, N.; Moor, I.; Paakkari, L.; Kulmala, M. A network of care: the importance of social support for adolescents in the WHO European Region during the COVID-19 pandemic: impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on young people’s health and well-being from the findings of the HBSC survey round 2021/2022; World Health Organization. Regional Office for Europe: Copenhagen, 2023 2023. 9.Holt-White, E.; Latham, K.; Anders, J.; Cullinane, C.; Early, E.; Montacute, R.; Shao, X.; Yarde, J. Wave 2 Initial Findings – Mental and Physical Health. COVID Social Mobility & Opportunities (COSMO) study Briefing No. 1. 2023. 10.Mowat, J.G. Building Community to Create Equitable, Inclusive and Compassionate Schools through Relational Approaches; Routledge: Abingdon, Oxon, England, 2022. 11.King, N.; Horrocks, C. Interviews in Qualitative Research; SAGE: London, England, 2010. 12.UNICEF. Preventing a lost decade: Urgent action to reverse the devastating impact of Covid-19 on children and young people. 2021, doi:978-92-806-5310-6. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Everyday Dys-Appearance of Students with Dwarfism in Secondary Schools in the United Kingdom: Bodies Out of Place and Time University of Sheffield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Once we start talking in the classroom about the body and about how we live in our bodies, we’re automatically challenging the way power has orchestrated itself in that particular institutionalized space (hooks, 1994: 136-137). Schools treat students’ bodies as an ‘absent presence’, that is, bodies are expected to fade in the background, as they are deemed 'disruptive' to learning. Nevertheless, not all bodies have the ‘ability’ to disappear, with some bodies appearing as ‘excessive’, including the disabled body (Mickalko, 2009). This paper explores the lived experiences of young people with dwarfism of their secondary education in so-called inclusive schools in the United Kingdom. The research questions of the research were:
Drawing on phenomenological disability studies (Paterson & Hughes, 1999; Titchkosky & Michalko, 2012) and Leder's (1990) concept of 'dys-appearance' (which occurs when the body emerges problematically into direct consciousness), this paper looks into how the bodies of young people with dwarfism appeared as a ‘problem’ in secondary schools.In particular, it considers how the young people’s bodies (were made to) appear as ‘out of time’ and ‘out of place’ or how they dys-appeared in time and space. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on a qualitative study, which aimed to explore the secondary schooling experiences of young people (between the ages of 11 and 30 years old) with dwarfism in the United Kingdom. A narrative inquiry approach was utilised (Tamboukou 2013), with participants having the agency to choose their preferred mode of storytelling: oral storytelling (narrative, semi-structured interviews), digital storytelling (written storytelling on a private weblog and email interviews), visual storytelling (visual stories). This approach was aligned with inclusive research (Manning 2010), accommodating participants’ needs. Participants were required to have a diagnosis of dwarfism, be between the ages of 11 and 30 years old, and be/have been educated in secondary schools in the UK. The choice of this age group aimed at looking into how young people with dwarfism who are still in secondary education (11–16 years old) are making sense of their schooling experiences as well as how young adults (17–30 years old) reflect on such experiences in hindsight. For access to and recruitment of participants, I contacted on Facebook Messenger and via email the charities and associations of people with dwarfism in the UK, namely Restricted Growth Association UK, Short Statured Scotland, Little People UK, Little People of Ireland, Dwarfs Sport Association UK, and Walking with Giants. The initial communication was to ask them to advertise the research on their social media pages and communicate it to their members, therefore, these associations acted as gatekeepers. Nineteen participants opted to participate in the research, including 9 teenagers and 10 adults. The sample ended up being quite diverse, including participants of both sexes, different ages, geographical locations, conditions of dwarfism (with achondroplasia being the most common), socio-economic and educational backgrounds, and participants with parents of ‘average stature’ and parents with dwarfism. Ethical approval was granted by the University of Sheffield. The research adhered to the ethical guidelines of the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC, 2015) and the British Educational Research Association (BERA, 2018). Interviews were transcribed verbatim and a narrative thematic analysis was used to analyse data manually (Riessman 2005). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper presents stories of dys-appearance, which rendered young people with dwarfism as ‘out of place’ and ‘out of time. These stories highlight how young people with dwarfism navigate dis/ableist school timeframes and staturised (designed by and for the 'typically developing' child) spaces (Ktenidis, 2023), as well as how they disrupt them or resist them, through the introduction of crip (school) time. The psycho-emotional repercussions of dys-appearance and teachers' attempts to discipline such ‘unruly’ bodies are also considered. Finally, the disruptive potential of disability to reconsider schooling’s ableist developmentalist norms and inclusion are discussed. References British Educational Research Association. 2018. BERA Ethical Guidelines: British Educational Research Association Ethical Guidelines. British Educational Research Association: London. ESRC (Economic and Social Research Centre). 2015. “Framework for Research Ethics.” https://esrc.ukri.org/files/funding/guidance-for-applicants/esrc-framework-for-research-ethics-2015/. hooks, bell (1994). Teaching to transgress: education as the practice of freedom. New York: Routledge. Ktenidis, A., 2023. Navigating dis/ableist school playgrounds and toilets with geographic maturity: stories of young people with dwarfism from their secondary education. Children's Geographies, 21(4), pp.594-608. Leder, D. (1990) The Absent Body. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. Manning, C. 2010. “‘My Memory’s Back!’ Inclusive Learning Disability Research Using Ethics, Oral History and Digital Storytelling.” British Journal of Learning Disabilities 38 (3): 160–167. Michalko, R., 2009. The excessive appearance of disability. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 22(1), pp.65-74. Paterson, K. and Hughes, B., 1999. Disability studies and phenomenology: The carnal politics of everyday life. Disability & society, 14(5), pp.597-610. Riessman, C. K. 2005. “Narrative Analysis.” In Narrative, Memory and Everyday Life, edited by N. Kelly, C. Horrocks, K. Milnes, B. Roberts, and D. Robinson, 1–7. Huddersfield: University of Huddersfield Press. Tamboukou, M. 2013. “A Foucauldian Approach to Narratives.” In Doing Narrative Research, edited by M. Andrews, C. Squire, and M. Tamboukou, 88–107. London: Sage. Titchkosky, T. and Michalko, R., (2012). The body as a problem of individuality: A phenomenological disability studies approach. In: D. Goodley, B. Hughes, L. Davis, eds. Disability and social theory. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. pp. 127-142. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 04 C: Student perspectives and choices in Inclusive Education Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marieke Bruin Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Freedom of Choice of Students with Special Educational Needs: Utopia, Hope, or Something that Should be Granted? Research-based Perspective 1Faculty of Applied Linguistics, University of Warsaw, Poland; 2Institute of Sensory Organs, Kajetany; 3Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:Every year in Poland more and more school students are being diagnosed with disabilities, e.g. dyslexia, autism spectrum disorder, ADHD, etc. which results in the growing need to meet their diverse special educational needs (SEN). The changes in the situation of Polish SEN school students started in the late 1970s. Since then the public awareness of SEN students has been slowly growing and they have been granted support at school and in specialised centers. Unfortunately, the support granted by the law is not enough: at schools and universities, SEN students have no freedom of choice of the educational materials (i.e. textbooks/coursebooks) or teaching methods that would be the most suitable for them. The real change in the situation of SEN school students in Poland dates back to 2009 and the introduction of the new core curriculum (Regulation of the Ministry of National Education 2008). Since 2017, in theory, all school students have to be diagnosed in their first years at school so as to be given a chance of early professional support if needed (Pawlak-Kindler 2016). SEN school students group is not homogeneous and consists of, i.e., mentally disabled, physically disabled ones, those with IQ lower than average, those with disabilities related to senses (sight, hearing, etc.), with speech problems, those different because of their language, increasing numbers of children with experience of exile and migration (Górak-Sosnowska, Markowska-Manista 2023), as well as gifted and talented ones (Zawadzka-Bartnik 2010, Bogdanowicz & Adryjanek 2005, Lewis & Doorlag 1987, Selikowitz 2012, Brzezińska 2014). In our research, we concentrate on two groups: children with a certificate of SEN on the example of dyslexics and autism spectrum disorder (ASD) ones and students without a certificate of SEN on the example of central auditory processing disorders (CAPD). Children from the certificate of SEN group are diagnosed and then given some institutional help, whereas the CAPD is not diagnosed and not given any support in Poland. In our presentation, we will concentrate on our (scientific) protest (manifesto) against the indirect unequal treatment of some school students of different ages in the present Polish school system. Our research interest is related to research-based solidarity with and the fight for children human rights to sustainable and equal access to proper educational conditions (especially didactic materials and teaching methods and strategies) of school students with SEN who attend public schools in Poland. However, the problem is that the Polish educational system is based on the theory of integration, not inclusion, despite the fact that the issue of inclusive education is one of the priorities of contemporary educational policy. Integration can easily be done and manifested but inclusion is something those in need have to fight for (Zawadzka-Bartnik 2010). Usually, the fight is based only on passive resistance but with the help of our research findings, it can be materialise in the form of recommendations and implementation of inclusive approaches.. Our research questions were as follows: - how big and diverse is the group of SEN school students who attend public schools in Poland? - what kind of challenges are addressed by the representatives of SEN students and researchers dealing with this issue? - what strategies and actions can be implemented to support them in looking for solutions of their problems? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research methods qualitative and quantitative (i.e. eye tracking; questionnaires, interviews). The literature review gave us an overview of the problem in Poland. The total number of children with disabilities receiving special education in primary school was about 165,000 (5.3% of the total number of children in primary schools; in 2021 – 4.8%, in 2020 – 4.6%; Statistics Poland 2021, 2022, 2023), but it seems still to be not enough. In the study by Szumski and Firkowska-Mankiewicz (2010) no significant differences in academic achievements were observed between children in special, integrated, and regular schools “whereas in the West it is usually superior”. However, the pupils from special classes achieved slightly higher results than those from integrated and regular schools. The first group (children with certificates of SEN) was represented by 120 school students (including 60 neurotypical ones). Our eye-tracking results show that in the case of dyslexic and ASD school students, the graphic layout of the didactic materials is of huge significance. A proper choice of colors, fonts (both types and sizes), spaces used, number, type, and location of pictures, etc. were identified in our research and it was proved that it can stimulate and influence the results achieved by the students. Their scan paths also show different ways of completing reading comprehension tasks and the consequences of it (Andrychowicz-Trojanowska 2018). The second group, i.e. children without a certificate of SEN, was represented by CAPD students. It should be emphasised that according to ICD-10 that is still used in Poland, it is not possible to diagnose CAPD as a separate disorder, as it is in the case of dyslexia. Many authors underline the importance of supporting CAPD students (Czajka et al. 2021) in the learning process. In our speech, basing on a questionnaire study, we will briefly present the learning difficulties for school-aged students with CAPD and parental suspicion of these difficulties, as well as some important teaching and learning recommendations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All the above findings need to be popularised among school and academic teachers (especially teacher-activists), parents, and all those who are related to school systems and are involved with SEN children, teenagers, and adults. The reason to popularise them is the number of scientifically based findings that support the need to fight for equal chances for different SEN students and show easy and cheap solutions to support inclusion. Our findings promote inclusive education, solidarity, rights of SEN students and their active participation in the educational system, equality, and freedom of choice related to the way SEN school students are taught and help raising awareness of serious problems of SEN. References •Andrychowicz-Trojanowska, A. (2018), Podręczniki glottodydaktyczne. Struktura – funkcja – potencjał w świetle badań okulograficznych [Glottodidactic textbooks. Structure – function – potential in the eye tracking research]. Warszawa. •Bogdanowicz, M., Adryjanek, A. (2005), Uczeń z dysleksją w szkole – poradnik nie tylko dla polonistów [Dyslexic student at school – guidebook not only for teachers of Polish]. Gdynia. •Brzezińska, A.I., Jabłoński, S., Ziółkowska, B. (2014), Specyficzne i specjalne potrzeby edukacyjne [Special and specific educational needs], (in:) “Edukacja” 2(127): 37–52. •Czajka, N., Skarżyński, P.H., Skarżyński, H. (2021), Trudności dotyczące ośrodkowych zaburzeń przetwarzania słuchowego z perspektywy lekarzy, instytucji orzekających i pacjentów [Difficulties with central auditory processing disorders from the perspective of physicians, certification institutions, and patients], (in:) “Nowa Audiofonologia” 10(1): 53–57. •Górak-Sosnowska, K., & Markowska-Manista, U. (Eds.). (2022). Non-inclusive education in Central and Eastern Europe: comparative studies of teaching ethnicity, religion and gender. Bloomsbury Publishing. •Lewis, R.B., Doorlag, D.H. (1987), Teaching special students in the mainstream. Columbus. •Selikowitz, M. (2012), Dyslexia and other learning difficulties. Oxford. •Pawlak-Kindler, A. (2016), Wybrane narzędzia diagnostyczne u progu edukacji szkolnej [Chosen diagnostic tools at the beginning of school education], (in:) B. Niemierko, M.K. Szmigel (eds.), Diagnozowanie twórczości uczniów i nauczycieli. Kraków, 271–279. •Regulation of the Ministry of National Education of 23 December 2008 on the core curriculum for pre-school education and general education in particular types of schools Accessed January 30, 2024. https://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/download.xsp/WDU20090040017/O/D20090017.pdf (in Polish). •Statistics Poland. 2021. Disabled people in 2020. Accessed December 22, 2023. https://stat.gov.pl/en/topics/living-conditions/social-assistance/disabled-people-in-2020,7,2.html. •Statistics Poland. 2022. Disabled persons in 2021. Accessed December 22, 2023. https://stat.gov.pl/en/topics/living-conditions/social-assistance/disabled-people-in-2021,7,3.html. •Statistics Poland. 2023. Disabled persons in 2022. Accessed December 22, 2023. https://stat.gov.pl/en/topics/living-conditions/social-assistance/disabled-people-in-2022,7,4.html. •Szumski, G., Firkowska-Mankiewicz, A. (2010). Is Polish Special Education Effective? Academic and Socio-emotional Effects of Schooling in Special Integrated and Regular Schools, (in:) “The New Educational Review” 20(1): 248–260. •Zawadzka-Bartnik, E. (2010), Nauczyciel języków obcych i jego niepełnosprawni uczniowie (z zaburzeniami i dysfunkcjami) [Teacher of foreign language and their students with disabilities (and dysfunctions)]. Kraków. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Students’ Perspectives on Inclusive Education Culture and Support at School Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Equity and inclusion have emerged as central pillars of the 2030 Agenda, highlighting the persistent unequal distribution of resources and opportunities (UNESCO, 2020). In response, many European governments are actively working to enhance the capacity of their education systems, striving to reach every learner and guarantee their full and effective participation, accessibility, attendance, and academic achievement. However, schools and education systems across Europe grapple with the formidable challenge of fostering an inclusive culture, establishing inclusive structures, and implementing inclusive practices (Booth & Ainscow, 2016). Notably, significant variations exist among European countries concerning the extent and quality of inclusion efforts. Most often, the discussion around inclusion has centred on how teachers can promote inclusion of students with disabilities <…>. However, little is known about how students in inclusive classes perceive acceleration, despite the critical role that students play in the social inclusion of exceptional peers (Dare & Nowicki, 2018, p. 243). In this presentation, we aim to share our research findings concerning the perspectives of students in Lithuanian comprehensive schools on the culture of inclusive education and the existing support systems. This presentation is part of a larger national research project (www.nsa.smm.lt/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/PPP_modelio_ekspertinis_vertinimas_2021m..pdf). Although many Eastern European countries, including Lithuania, have made progress in shifting their focus from a disability perspective to a needs-based education approach for students with diverse educational needs (Law on Education, 2011, article 2/2415), it remains apparent that inclusive education demands an even more adaptable and responsive system to cater to the diverse and often complex needs of individual learners (Booth, Ainscow, 2016; European Agency, 2011; Alisauskiene & Harju-Luukainen, 2021).Formos viršus To enhance the processes of inclusion in school development, extensive research is underway across various countries. Research advocate for actively listening to the voices of students, asserting that incorporating their perspectives not only leads to more insightful educational research and practice but also fosters richer and more authentic results, ultimately boosting student engagement (Mansfield, Welton, Halx, 2012; Spörer et al, 2020). A crucial aspect of fostering inclusive schools involves establishing a secure, accepting, collaborative, and stimulating community. Inclusive education involves establishing learning environments that prioritize equitable treatment for all students, ensuring they feel valued and supported across diverse learning situations. According to Booth and Ainscow (2016), it is imperative that all students in the school have the opportunity to contribute to identifying barriers and resources. Students themselves should have a central role in informing thinking, policies and practices in education. While aligned with the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, the views of students are often notably absent from crucial discussions that directly impact them (Messiou, 2019). Hence, our aim was to reveal the perspectives of Lithuanian students concerning inclusive education and the corresponding support systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research presented employs a quantitative methodology, utilizing a survey questionnaire to collect data. The questionnaire is structured into three main parts: - Demographic variables encompassing gender, school grade, information about learning achievements, and special educational needs; - Scales featuring items on a Likert-type scale ranging from 1 (Disagree) to 5 (Strongly Agree); - Open-ended questions. It's worth noting that this presentation is a part of a broader national research project that employed a questionnaire with 10 scales. In this specific presentation, we focus on the analysis and presentation of data derived from one open-ended question ("What should be done at school so that every student feels good and gets support?") and four subscales, including: - Supportive culture and well-being (6 items); - Bullying and discrimination (4 items); - Positive student relationships and support (4 items); - Efficiency of support (9 items). The quantitative data were processed using the SPSS 23.0 program. Data analysis encompassed both descriptive and multivariate statistical methods. To unveil the underlying structure of the research subject, factor analysis was employed. To identify statistically significant differences among respondents' answers, considering socio-demographic characteristics or other relevant indicators, independent samples Student's t-test or analysis of variance (ANOVA) was applied. Additionally, Mann-Whitney or Kruskall-Wallis tests were utilized where applicable. The information obtained from the open-ended question underwent processing through a content analysis approach. The questionnaire data were transcribed into text and meticulously reviewed by researchers. Subcategories and categories were formulated, and the most precise textual elements that illustrated and characterized these categories were selected. For the study, a random sample was employed, and schools were selected through a random process. Electronic questionnaires were distributed to all students in grades 4-12 from the chosen schools (N=180). The research sample comprised 1291 students (N=1291). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research findings reveal that a substantial majority of students appreciate the school culture. Primary school students particularly emphasize a supportive culture for well-being, while students in gymnasium (grades 9-12) perceive it as challenging. Students with special educational needs and high-achieving students tend to rate the culture of support and well-being more positively than their peers. The overwhelming majority expressed having a few close friends at school, experiencing respectful communication from teachers, and being encouraged to assist one another. Concurrently, students underscored challenges in peer relationships at school, primarily associated with issues such as bullying, discrimination, and rejection. High school students (grades 9-12) and those with lower educational outcomes encounter bullying and discrimination at school more frequently than their counterparts. Nevertheless, students acknowledged receiving support from adults when facing difficulties at school. Additionally, students value the school's recognition and acceptance of each child and their family, along with an environment that is oriented towards meeting student needs. However, primary school students place a higher value on this aspect compared to older students in progymnasium and gymnasium. Overall, students perceive the effectiveness of the support provided at school as satisfactory, with the most positive ratings given for information about support providers and whom to approach in case of emergencies. However, students rarely seek support from the school psychologist, social pedagogue, special pedagogue, and speech and language therapist. Primary school boys, especially those already receiving additional educational support, more frequently seek teacher support. On the other hand, girls and students with higher academic achievements tend to seek peer support. In summary, the research provided students with a platform to articulate their perspectives and contribute in identifying both obstacles and resources, akin to Booth and Ainscow (2016). Furthermore, it served as a valuable resource for broader communities seeking evidence to enhance school culture. References Ališauskienė, S.,Harju-Luukkainen, H. (2021). Changes towards inclusion in the Lithuanian education system // Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the development of inclusion / edited by N. B. Hanssen, S.-E. Hansén, K. Ström. London: Routledge, 2021, 2021, p. 188-200, ISBN 9780367810368. Booth T., Ainscow M. (2016). Index for Inclusion: a guide to school development led by inclusive values. Index for inclusion network. Dare, L., Nowicki, E. (2018). Strategies for inclusion: Learning from students' perspectives on acceleration in inclusive education. Teaching and Teacher Education. Vol. 69, 2018, p.p. 243-252. Mansfield K., C., Welton A., D., Halx M. (2012). Listening to Student Voice: Toward a More Inclusive Theory for Research and Practice. Advances in Educational Administration, Vol. 14, 2012, P. 21-41. Emerald Group Publishing, UK. Messiou, K. (2019) The missing voices: students as a catalyst for promoting inclusive education, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23:7-8, 768-781, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1623326 Spörer, N., Lenkeit, J., Bosse, S., Hartmann, A., Ehlert, A., Knigge, M. (2020). Students’ perspective on inclusion: Relations of attitudes towards inclusive education and self-perceptions of peer relations, International Journal of Educational Research, Vol. 103, 2020, 101641, ISSN 0883-0355. UNESCO (2020). Global education monitoring report, 2020: Inclusion and education: all means all. Third edition. Published in 2020 by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373718 UNESCO (2016). Reaching out to All Learners: a Resourse Pack to Supporting Inclusive Education. Defining inclusive education http://www.ibe.unesco.org/sites/default/files/resources/ibe-crp-inclusiveeducation-2016_eng.pdf 04. Inclusive Education
Paper How Did We Get Here? Learners Vulnerable to Exclusion: Norwegian VET Students’ Experiences on Participation throughout their Educational Careers University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:In 2018, Roger Slee offered the following proposition: Inclusive education isn’t dead, it just smells funny. His urgent message it that, after -and despite- many years of developing inclusive policies and practises, under its veil of benevolence the concept of inclusion in fact runs the risk of masking exclusionary practises, creating barriers to participation. This study explores the experiences of 17 students in upper-secondary vocational education and training (VET) in Norway, identified as vulnerable to exclusion, on their participation in the learning community throughout their educational careers. The study builds on a sociocultural framework that understands participation in social practises as learning (Säljö, 2016; Wenger, 1998). Florian, Black-Hawkins, and Rouse (2017) state that students’ opportunities to participate depend on pedagogical responses to diversity. Equitable and inclusive practises therefore aspire to support students’ participation through actively combatting barriers to participation (Florian, Black-Hawkins, and Rouse (2017). The Nordic countries are strongly committed to socially just education with the aim to create inclusive societies that sustain democracy (Nevøy et al., 2014). In Norway, the inclusive notion of a School for All has been central to educational policies for decades. A main principle is that schools must develop inclusive learning communities that promote health, well-being and learning for all (Ministry of Education, 2017). Historically, the Norwegian educational system has been built on the principles of providing equal access and participation for all, independent of background. This has in the past few years been increasingly challenged by neo-liberal tendencies characterised by standardisation and market-orientated competition, with an emphasis on learning outcomes as a quality indicator (Thuen & Volckmar, 2020). Consequently, inequality in Norwegian society increases (Knudsen, 2021), and after a yearly decrease of young people aged 15-29 not in education, employment, or training, this tendency has been changing since 2015. Norwegian statistics currently show a clear increase within the last few years (Statistics Norway), reflecting overall European statistics (Eurostat, 2023). Since the 1970s, a social policy goal of the European Union has been to implement strategies to break the cycle of disadvantage and inequality (Bruin et al., 2023). Still, following Ainscow (2020), many young people leave upper-secondary education without qualifications, leaving them vulnerable to exclusion from the labour market and citizenship. In this European context, Norway has a comparatively high level of young people without upper-secondary qualification, primarily former students in VET (Ministry of Education, 2019). Within an educational system based on inclusive values, the question of how did we get here? bears to mind. With reference to Allan (2009), the young people’s experiences embody an expertise that requires to be acknowledged as such. Hence, the study explores the following research question: What are VET-students’ experiences on participation in the learning community throughout their educational careers in Norway? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 17 Students in vocational education and training, aged 16-29, participated in semi-structured, individual interviews (Kvale & Brinkman, 2015) about their experiences from primary, lower-secondary, and upper-secondary education. The students were elected to be interviewed because they were indicated by their teachers as vulnerable to exclusion. They were either in school, in apprenticeships, or had previously dropped out. Following Kvale & Brinkman (2015), the interviews did not follow a strictly predetermined sequence but were instead determined by the local context, as well as “the interviewer’s judgment and tact that decides how closely to stick to the guide and how much to follow up the interviewee’s answers and the new directions they may open up” (p. 130). The interviews were audiotaped and transcribed verbatim. The data will be analysed using narrative inquiry (Bruner, 1990, 1991, 1997; Riessman, 2008), with the aim to explore how the students’ narrative sense-making may influence their identities as a learner, and hence their motivation and participation in the learning community throughout their educational careers. Because of the planned narrative analysis, during the interviews the participants have been given “ample freedom and time to unfold their own stories and follow up with questions to shed light on the main episodes and characters in their narratives” (Kvale & Brinkman, 2015, p. 131). Hence, the interview guide kept a deliberate aim for flexibility to enable the participants to elaborate on what was important to them (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). Questions asked tapped issues concerning biographical information, learning at school or at the workplace, social and educational support at school and in the workplace, participation at school and in the workplace, thoughts about personal influence on school/work, and thoughts about the future (for a more detailed description, see Bruin et al., 2023). In narrative inquiry, the time aspect is a central issue, as anchored in the writings of Bruner (1990, 1996, 1997) and Riessman (2008); therefore, the interview questions followed a chronological structure of past, present, and future. Considering the research participants’ particularly vulnerable position, continuous research ethical considerations are prevalent in all phases of the research, from planning to reporting (Kvale & Brinkman, 2015). Core principles are informed consent, confidentiality, and the responsibility to do no harm (Guillemin and Gillam, 2004). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes: The students’ accounts can be interpreted as narratives of non-participation. The narratives describe why certain circumstances in upper- or lower secondary education came to pass due to earlier experiences in school. When talking about the past, the students express that due to being different (for instance because of health-related issues, special needs or bullying, or a combination) they experienced very early on in school extensive barriers to participation. These experiences influence later educational experiences, causing feelings of disconnection to teachers, peers, and curriculum. When talking about the present, in VET, the narratives of non-participation have changed into stories of belonging, being part of the learning environment, due to the teacher’s ways of combatting barriers to participation. Students experience to feel safe, acknowledged by teachers and peers. However, in the subsequent transition from school to the workplace a major challenge is that the institutional support that the students experience at school, in some cases seems to lack in the workplace, however not in all. Students working in a pedagogical environment (school/kindergarten) experience the support they need. Students working in non-pedagogical environments report getting too much responsibility, there seems to be little consideration for their needs as a learner and too high expectations of their independence, leading to stress and feelings of failure, and again experiences of disconnectedness and barriers to participation. It seems that the supervisors working in school/kindergarten have pedagogical competences inherent in their profession that supervisors in other professional contexts may lack. The findings will be discussed in light of perspectives on social justice and equity, deliberating how an educational system that is supposed to be inclusive can do better, tackling “the smelly side of schooling” (Slee, 2018, p. 11) instead of covering it with a blanket named inclusion. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7-16. Allan, J. (2009). Provocations. Putting Philosophy to Work on Inclusion. In K. Quinlivian, R. Boyask, & B. Kaur (Eds.), Educational Enactments in a Globalised World. Intercultural Conversations. Sense Publishers. Bruin, M., Tutlys, V., Ümarik, M., Loogma, K., Kaminskiené, L., Bentsalo, I., Väljataga, T., Sloka, B., & Buligina, I. (2023 - forthcoming). Participation and Learning in Vocational Education and Training - A Cross-national Analysis of the Perspectives of Youth at Risk for Social Exclusion. Journal of Vocational Education & Training. Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Harvard University Press. Bruner, J. (1991). The narrative construction of reality. Critical Inquiry, 18, 1-21. Bruner, J. (1997). A Narrative Model of Self-Construction. In S. J.G. & R. L. Thompson (Eds.), The Self Across Psychology. Self-recognition, self-awareness and the self-concept (pp. 145-161). The New York Academy of Sciences. Eurostat. 2023. Young People Neither in Employment nor in Education and Training (NEET), by Sex and Age - Quarterly Data. Guillemin, M., & Gillam, L. (2004). Ethics, reflexivity, and “ethically important moments” in research. Qualitative Inquiry, 10(2), 261-280. Florian, L., Black-Hawkins, K., & Rouse, M. (2017). Achievement and Inclusion in Schools (2nd ed.). Routledge. Knudsen, K. (2021). Utdanning og ulikhet. In S. Grønmo, A. Nilsen, & K. Christensen (Eds.), Ulikhet. Sosiologiske perspektiv og analyser (pp. 129–150). Fagbokforlaget. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Interviews. Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing. SAGE Publications Inc. Nevøy, A., Rasmussen, A., Ohna, S. E., & Barow, T. (2014). Nordic upper secondary school: Regular and irregular Programmes – Or just one irregular School for all? In U. Blossing, G. Imsen, & L. Moos (Eds.), The Nordic education model. ‘A School for all’ encounters neo-Liberal policy (pp. 191–210). Springer. Ministry of Education. (2019). NOU 2019:2 Fremtidige kompetansebehov II – Utfordringer for kompetansepolitikken. Ministry of Education. (2017). The General Part of the Curriculum Framework Promotion 2020 Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences. Sage Publications, Inc. Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive Education isn't Dead, it Just Smells Funny. Taylor & Francis. Säljö, R. (2016). Læring - En introduksjon til perspektiver og metaforer. Cappelen Damm. Statistics Norway. Retrieved from https://www.ssb.no/arbeid-og-lonn/sysselsetting/statistikk/tilknytning-til-arbeid-utdanning-og-velferdsordninger/artikler/trenden-er-brutt%2D%2Dflere-unge-utenfor-i-2020 Thuen, H., & Volckmar, N. (2020). Postwar school reforms in Norway. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice. Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 04 D: Digital media and Inclusive Education Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jonas Goltz Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Using Digital Media for Inclusive and Creative Teaching Practices in an Uncertain World 1University of Zaragoza, Spain; 2University of Zaragoza, Spain Presenting Author:AAchieving a sustainable future requires equipping people with the knowledge, skills, attitudes and values needed to adapt to an uncertain and complex world without losing sight of their well-being (UN, 2022). Digital technologies are presented as a common good that can support the achievement of SDG 4 - Education 2030 - and build a future beyond 2030 (UNESCO, 2016), which renders the combination of inclusive practices, digitalization and creativity into a key challenge for teachers in different education systems. Various publications have reported on the meaning and significance of policies along these lines (e.g. Eurydice, 2019). Previous research has shown the importance of economic, technological and educational rationalities for reconstructing conservative pedagogy and enabling the "transmission" (e.g. Sancho et al., 2020; Selwyn et al., 2017, 2022). With few exceptions, has reference been made to how policies are realised in practice in disadvantaged schools (e.g. Engel and Coll, 2022; Vigo, 2021). This paper attempts to do this. It aims to generate knowledge on how teachers can engage in their schools to address the challenges of uncertainty when making commitments toward transforming education for sustainability and equipping people with skills, attitudes, and values for their well-being in an uncertain future and complex world (UN, 2023). It addresses what teachers are doing in relation to these policies when they use digital media in schools identified as 'difficult' because of their high percentage of foreign population or their location in remote geographical areas and because of invisible global forces (Mizrav, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data are based on a national R+D+i project on creative and inclusive practices with digital media in 5 schools with special difficulties, in Spain (PID2020-112880RB-100), Participant observation, interviews and informal conversations have been used. However, from this critical perspective the researchers' commitment to developing trust and confidence during the research process for community members, sharing values and responsibilities such as empathy, solidarity and respect for differences is highlighted. Researchers engaged with teachers to give meaning to their experiences and knowledge for educational activism for the benefit of the community and social transformation (Beach and Vigo, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results add to existing knowledge about what teachers experience as important and challenging when working creatively with digital media in complex and challenging circumstances. They indicate four clear points. The first is that teachers recognise, listen to and incorporate learners' voices in curriculum development whenever they can and that they strive to make learners' voices an element of control and support for learning. The second is that teachers also express concern for the development of digital competence and for reinforcing and supporting practices linked to curricular content and the third is that they experience pressure for compliance with the curriculum and the acquisition of digital competence. The predominance of neoliberal policies that reduce the art of teaching to a mechanical and passive process (Smyth et al., 2014), using digital media for the "transmission" (e.g. Sancho et al., 2020; Selwyn et al., 2017, 2022). It is a key feature here that leads to the fourth point relating to tensions and contradictions that teachers experience related to the use of digital media. In addition to these results, the paper also reports on the transformative processes that took place during the research process. It highlights the need of dialogue and support for teachers to help them adopt critical reflective practices and adds new knowledge in this respect to previous critical research on the use of digital media. References Apple, M. W. (2013). Can education change society? Du Bois, Woodson and the politics of social transformation. Review of Education, 1(1), 32-56. Apple, M. y Jungk (1990). No hay que ser maestro para enseñar esta unidad: la enseñanza, la tecnología y el control del aula. Revista de Educación, 291, 149- 172. Beach, D., & Vigo-Arrazola, M. B. (2021). Critical ethnographies of education and for social and educational transformation: A meta-ethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(6), 677-688. Beach, D., & Vigo Arrazola, M. B. (2020). Community and the education market: A cross-national comparative analysis of ethnographies of education inclusion and involvement in rural schools in Spain and Sweden. Journal of Rural Studies, 77, 199-207. Eurydice (2019). La educación digital en los centros educativos en Europa. Informe de Eurydice. Oficina de Publicaciones de la Unión Europea. Feito, R. (2020). ¿Qué hace una escuela como tú en tu siglo como este? Los Libros de la Catarata Mizrav, E. (2023). Segregate, Discriminate, Signal: A Model for Understanding Policy Drivers of Educational Inequality. Educational Policy, 37(2), 554-581. https://doi.org/10.1177/08959048211029026 Sancho-Gil, J. M., Rivera-Vargas, P., & Miño-Puigcercós, R. (2020). Moving beyond the predictable failure of Ed-Tech initiatives. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(1), 61-75. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1666873 Selwyn, N., Nemorin, S., Bulfin, S., & Johnson, N. F. (2017). Left to their own devices: the everyday realities of one-to-one classrooms. Oxford review of Education, 43(3), 289-310. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2017.1305047 Selwyn, N., Pangrazio, L., & Cumbo, B. (2022). Knowing the (datafied) student: The production of the student subject through school data. British Journal of Educational Studies, 70(3), 345-361. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2021.1925085 Smyth, J., Down, B., McInerney, P., & Hattam, R. (2014). Doing critical educational research: A conversation with the research of John Smyth. Peter Lang. UNESCO (2016). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4. Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. UNESCO. UNESCO (2023). Informe de seguimiento de la educación en el mundo. Tecnología en la educación: ¿Una herramienta en los términos de quién? UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000385723 Vigo-Arrazola, M. B. (2021). Desarrollo de prácticas de enseñanza creativa e inclusiva con medios digitales. En En C. Latorre & A. Quintas (Coords.). Inclusión educativa y tecnologías para el aprendizaje (129-143). Octaedro. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Digital technology use and competence among special education teachers: A comparison of Türkiye, Ireland and Basque Country 1University of the Basque Country, Basque Country, Spain; 2Eskisehir Technical University, Türkiye; 3University College Dublin, Ireland; 4Antalya Provincial Directorate of National Education, Antalya, Türkiye Presenting Author:Sustainable Development Goal 4 highlights inclusion and equity as indicators of quality in education, with Information and Communication Technology (ICT) highlighted as an opportunity to advance educational inclusion (Pedró et al., 2019). While several studies within the field of educational technology have assessed the application of technology in vulnerable groups, students with SEN are still in a position of disadvantage (Cranmer, 2020; Trujillo, 2021). Studies show a need to incorporate a holistic pedagogical model based on Universal Design for Learning, providing accessibility and facilitating inclusion for all (Serrano et al., 2019). The opportunities of ICT in education are evident: the individualisation, the breaking down of barriers of time and space, and the permeability of technology that makes it possible to respond to the principles of UDL. However, it is evident that having ICT tools and technologies does not guarantee that the teachers will effectively use them or change their teaching practices (Pittman & Gaines, 2015). It is rather teacher competencies and beliefs that count (Almerich et al., 2016; Ertmer et al., 2012). Digitalisation is a global priority, and, in this respect, competence frameworks have been developed from different continents, targeting both citizens at an initial stage and then teachers at all levels of education. In the European context, the DigComp framework in its different versions (Carretero et al., 2016; Vuorikari et al., 2022) has been extended and implemented as a reference model for teacher training in the design of school curricula and updating training plans. Later, the specific digital competence framework for teachers, DigCompEdu (Redecker, 2017), which was taken as a reference by governments for the adaptation of their policies and implementation plans, became the benchmark. Its accessibility has been facilitated by the development and publication of the Selfie for Teachers tool, which provides the educational community with an open and free instrument for the assessment of the perception of teachers' digital competence and is available in 29 languages (Economou, 2023). The most relevant aspects of this framework focus on the digital competence of students and the practices that teachers and students carry out for the development of teaching-learning processes that respond to the principles of UDL. The DigCompEdu model (Redecker, 2017) presents six competence areas differentiated into: educators’ professional competences, pedagogical competences, and learners’ competences. It is competence 5, learner empowerment, that offers the greatest opportunity for vulnerable learners and students with SEN, as it focuses on personalisation, accessibility, inclusion, and active learner motivation. In the Digital Education at School Report of the European Education and Culture Executive Agency (Eurydice, 2019), digital competence has been described as a priority area for individuals since its initial mention in European Recommendation in 2006 (European Parliament, 2006). A comparison among European countries was made in terms of curricula and approaches. The focus on special needs education related to digital competencies was embedded in the curricula of Belgium, Holland, Germany, Croatia, Austria, and Poland (Eurydice, 2019). A recent report indicates the need for access and participation for inclusion and focuses on teachers’ preparedness for learning environments (European Commission, 2023). The aim of this study is to assess the use of ICT by teachers working with students with SEN, assess and compare their digital competencies in education, and identify predictors of their digital competency in education across three countries: Türkiye, Ireland, and the Basque Country. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A cross-sectional survey was used to measure the use of ICT by teachers working with primary school-aged students with SEN while also assessing their digital competencies. Ethical approval was obtained from each institution. The online questionnaire was designed and refined following piloting with 15 teachers from the three countries. Once finalised, the questionnaire was administered between March and June 2023 using the Survey Sparrow online survey platform. It took 15 to 20 minutes to complete and consisted of three sections to capture 1) the demographic and professional characteristics of participants (i.e., age, gender, level of education, length of experience with SEN); 2) the availability and use of ICT in respondents’ schools, including a rating of the technical support available in school for ICT use; and 3) self-rated digital competence using the 22-item DigCompEdu (Cabero et al., 2020a). The invitation to participate was sent via email to all primary schools within the Basque Country, the Antalya district of Türkiye, and within Ireland. A total of 270 valid responses were received; 111 from Türkiye, 63 from Ireland and 96 from the Basque Country. Data analysis was conducted in SPSS version 27. Descriptive statistics (frequencies, means) were generated for all variables, split by country. Analysis of Variance was used to assess for differences in perceived digital competency by country. Multiple linear regression was used to identify predictors of digital competency scores, with the following independent variables: country (dummy variable); participant age in years; gender (male as the reference category); postgraduate (masters or doctoral) level of education (undergraduate education as the reference category); years of experience in SEN teaching; school setting (mainstream class as the reference category); and rating of technical support available in school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants (Mage = 42 years) were predominantly female (78%). Internet use in classrooms through broadband or wireless connections was widespread among participants in Ireland (98% sometimes or always) and the Basque Country (96% sometimes or always), compared to 59% in Türkiye. The pattern was similar in relation to computer/laptop use, with higher proportions of respondents in Ireland (98%) and the Basque Country (91%) reporting that they sometimes or always use computers/laptops, compared to Türkiye (54%). In Ireland and the Basque Country, over half of participants reported using smartboards, compared to just over a quarter in Türkiye. Tablets were used most commonly in Ireland (60% sometimes/always), compared to 31% in the Basque Country and 9% in Türkiye. There was also variation across countries in the extent to which technical support was available in schools to assist with ICT use. In Ireland, around a quarter of respondents rated support as excellent. The proportion rating the support excellent was slightly lower in the Basque Country (16-21%), and slightly lower again in Türkiye (9-11%). Digital competency was highest for the Basque Country (mean = 43.22). Multiple linear regression identified significant predictors of digital competency. Teachers in Ireland and the Basque Country scored significantly higher (6.66 and 7.28 points, respectively) in digital competency compared with teachers in Türkiye. Female teachers scored 6 points lower than males on digital competency (p=.02). Age (p=.59) and having a postgraduate qualification compared to an undergraduate qualification (p=.43) were not significant predictors of digital competency. Teachers based in special schools scored 10 points lower in digital competency compared to those in mainstream schools (p=.001). The availability of technical support in school was a significant predictor of digital competency, with every 1-point increase in support associated with a .76-point increase in competency (p=.01). References Almerich, G., Orellana, N., Suárez-Rodríguez, J., & Díaz-García, I. (2016). Teachers’ information and communication technology competences: A structural approach. Computers Education, 100, 110–125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2016.05.002 Carretero, S., Vuorikari, R., & Punie, Y. (2017). DigComp 2.1: The digital competence framework for citizens. https://acortar.link/V3CmYT Cranmer, S. (2020). Disabled children’s evolving digital use practices to support formal learning. A missed opportunity for inclusion. British Journal of Educational Technology, 51(2), 315–330. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12827 Economou, A., (2023) SELFIE for TEACHERS. Designing and developing a self-reflection tool for teachers’ digital competence., EUR 31475 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, ISBN 978-92-68-01809-5, doi:10.2760/561258, JRC131282. Ertmer, P.A., Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A.T., Sadik, O., Sendurur, E., & Sendurur, P. (2012) Teacher beliefs and technology integration practices: A critical relationship. Computers and Education, 59(2), 423-435. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2012.02.001 Eurydice. European Education and Culture Executive Agency, (2019). Digital education at school in Europe, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/763 European Commission, European Education and Culture Executive Agency, (2023). Promoting diversity and inclusion in schools in Europe, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/443509 Pedro, F., Subosa, M., Rivas, A., & Valverde, P. (2019). Artificial intelligence in education: Challenges and opportunities for sustainable development. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000366994.locale=es Pittman, T., & Gaines, T. (2015). Technology integration in third, fourth and fifth grade classrooms in a Florida school district. Educational Technology Research and Development, 63, 539-554. Redecker, C., Punnie, Y. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu, EUR 28775 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, ISBN 978-92-79-73718-3 (print),978-92-79-73494-6 (pdf), doi:10.2760/178382 (print),10.2760/159770 (online), JRC107466. https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC107466 Serrano Fernández, L., Llauradó, E. V., Martínez, L. M., & García, C. R. (2022). Digital competence in the attention of students with special educational needs. An overview from the European Framework for Digital Teaching Competence “DigCompEdu.” Digital Education Review, 41, 284–305. https://doi.org/10.1344/DER.2022.41.284-305 Trujillo Sáez, F., (2021). The school year 2020-2021 in Spain during COVID-19: country report, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2021, ISBN 978-92-76-38645-2. UNESCO (2016). Educación 2030: Declaración de Incheon y Marco de Acción para la realización del Objetivo de Desarrollo Sostenible 4: Garantizar une aducación inclusiva y equitativa de calidad y promover oportunidades de aprendizaje permanente para todos. UNESDOC Biblioteca Digital. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000245656_spa Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. and Punie, Y., (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens - With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes, EUR 31006 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, ISBN 978-92-76-48883-5, doi:10.2760/490274, JRC128415 https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC128415 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Many Minds - One Experiment. Classroom Practices with Digital Media in Inclusive Science Classes 1University of Göttingen, Germany; 2Leibniz University Hannover Presenting Author:Current global developments, such as migration movements, go hand in hand with increasing social heterogeneity (Mecheril/Rangger 2022). Dealing with heterogeneity in school , in the sense of a broad understanding of inclusion (Löser/Werning 2015), means enabling all pupils to learn the same subject regardless of their different learning needs and backgrounds (Werning 2020). While this heterogeneity is often seen as an opportunity for learning in school cultural development processes (Budde 2015), it also comes with challenges, especially for teachers. They must prepare lessons that are sensitive to heterogeneity, especially in subjects that require complex teaching and learning processes with a high degree of abstraction. This also includes science lessons with experimentation as a core method (Stinken-Rösner et al. 2023). When experimenting, teachers have to choose between small-step instructions, which have little cognitive activating effect, or open task formats, which can be overwhelming for students (Kleinert et al. 2021). Incremental learning aids offer a central and established solution to this requirement (ibid.): They break down complex tasks into subtasks and provide hints and solutions for each step, which students can access independently. In combination with digital media, such as an app for the tablet, they also offer further possibilities for differentiation. The use of tablets in the classroom is an internationally researched topic (Aufenanger/Bastian 2017; Zhang/Nouri 2018). Tablets, as well as other digital media, are proving to be significant for the development of teaching and are also seen as a significant opportunity for the success of inclusive teaching (Filk/Schaumburg 2021). The user competences of teachers and students with regard to digital media are diverse and multifaceted (Engel/Jörissen 2022) and the actual use of the media remains largely dependent on the respective individuals (Aufenanger 2017). For science lessons, it has been shown that digital media have the potential to break down barriers (Stinken-Rösner et al. 2023). This is where our research comes in. We focus the use of an app for inclusive science classes with an ethnographic approach and a special focus on its inclusive and exclusive potential. For this Lesson observations and, interviews with teachers and pupils are carried out. Our research is situated within the joint research project "DiLernProfis" (Short for: Learning process oriented diagnostics and didactis - digital incremental scaffolds as a professionalization concept for adaptive teaching), funded by the BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education and Research). The goal of “DiLernprofis” is the development of a web app that enables teachers to create and use digital learning aids. These should allow all pupils to complete complex tasks, such as experimentation, independently. In line with a broad understanding of inclusion, the focus is not on a specific group of pupils, but on the entire learning group, which is defined as heterogeneous in terms of its composition. To this end, a teacher training program is carried out and a certified training concept developed on this basis (Löser et al. 2023). The findings of our sub-project are used to further develop the app as well as the teacher training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data collection of the project takes place in two research phases. In each phase, a training course is organized to prepare the participating teachers for the creation and use of the learning aids. Teachers use two evaluated learning aids for experimentation in their lessons and then develop their own learning aid. We are currently in the middle of the second research phase of the project. The teachers in this phase have attended several training sessions and are now preparing to use the evaluated learning aids. In our sub-project, ethnographic observations were carried out in all participating classes, and observation protocols were drawn up and subsequently translated into detailed protocols. The observations focused on the use of the learning aids by teachers and pupils. The ethnographic approach makes it possible to follow the teaching process in a flexible and open way, and thus to consider a variety of practices with and around the learning aids. In addition, interviews were conducted with teachers and students after using the tool. In these they reflected on its use. In total, 45 observation protocols and 12 interview transcripts were produced. The data analysis was also characterized by openness and flexibility. It is based on the GTM (Strauss/Corbin 2010) and allows us to reconstruct key practices from the data through coding. We adopt a practice-theoretical perspective (Schatzki 2012). From this perspective, we understand the social as emerging from practice, in which human actors and material artefacts jointly shape events, while at the same time normative orders come into play (Rabenstein 2018). In this sense, our understanding of social reality moves between poststructuralism (the dissolution of an acting subject) and theories of action (artefacts as tools) (Hirschauer 2016). This approach allows us to understand the use of the app in complex social situations, and to draw conclusions about its role in the different interactions. Our practice-theoretical perspective, the ethnographic observations, the interviews and the analysis strategy are thus in a synergetic relationship, which proves to be a suitable framework with regard to our project objective. Findings about the actual teaching practice with the app allow us to draw conclusions regarding the further development of the app and the training concept as well as general findings regarding the use of digital media in science experiments at school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our sub-project reconstructs classroom practice with regard to activities with and around the app in order to reveal its inclusive and exclusive potential. By this it supports both main concerns of “DiLernProfis”, the development of an app for inclusive science lessons as well as of a training-concept for its use. The analysis of observation protocols and interviews revealed different ways of using and assessing the app. In many cases, the app was understood, as intended, as an optional tool to be used individually when independent task completion is otherwise unsuccessful. At the same time, various limiting factors were observed with regard to the use of the app. Students sometimes organized the use of the app in an unintended way, for example when it was used to quickly access the solution without first working on the task. The app use was optional, so it was also completely rejected by a few students to avoid stigmatization. The experiment already represented a materially complex learning situation, which was expanded by the addition of the tablet and made it more difficult for some pupils to use the learning aids (Schilling et al. 2023). Teachers proved to be creative when they used the app outside of the intended format and instead created and applied other task formats. At the same time, the implementation and use of the app in classroom practice proved to be challenging for teachers and students, but also proved to be used more and more routinely over time. At ECER 2024, building on key findings from our analyses, we want to present and discuss the inclusive and exclusive potential of the project app on a case study basis. This will address the opportunities offered by digital media as well as the obstacles that need to be considered when introducing them. References Aufenanger, S. (2017). Zum Stand der Forschung zum Tableteinsatz in Schule und Unterricht aus nationaler und internationaler Sicht. In: J. Bastian/S.Aufenanger (ed.). Tablets in Schule und Unterricht (p.119-138). Springer VS. Aufenanger, S., Bastian, J. (ed.) (2017). Tablets in Schule und Unterricht. Forschungsmethoden und -perspektiven zum Einsatz digitaler Medien. Springer VS. Budde, J. (2015). Heterogenitätsorientierung. In: J. Budde/N.Blasse/A.Bossen/G.Rißler (ed.). Heterogenitätsforschung (p.19-37). Beltz. Engel, J. & Jörissen, B. (2022). Schule und Medialität. In: T.Hascher/T.S.Idel/W.Helsper (ed.): Handbuch Schulforschung (p.1-21). Springer VS. Filk, C. & Schaumburg, H. (2021). Editorial: Inklusiv-mediale Bildung und Fortbildung in schulischen Kontexten. In: MedienPädagogik (41), p.i-viii. Hirschauer, S. (2016). Verhalten, Handeln, Interagieren: Zu den mikrosoziologischen Grundlagen der Praxistheorie. In H. Schäfer (ed.). Praxistheorie (p.45-68). Transcript. Kleinert, S.I., Isaak, R.C., Textor, A., Wilde, M. (2021). Die Nutzung gestufter Lernhilfen zur Unterstützung des Experimentierprozesses im Biologieunterricht – eine qualitative Studie. In: Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Naturwissenschaften 27 (1), p.59-71. Löser, J., Werning, R. (2015). Inklusion – allgegenwärtig, kontrovers, diffus? In: Erziehungswissenschaft 26 (51), p.17-24. Löser, J., Demmer, C., Goltz, J., Heinrich, M, Kleinert, S.I., Koisser, S., Schilling, N., Streblow, L., Wilde, M., Werning, R. (2023). Lernprozessbegleitende Diagnostik und Fachdidaktik: Gestufte digitale Lernhilfen als Professionalisierungskonzept für adaptiven Unterricht (DiLernProfis). PraxisForschungLehrer*innenBildung. Zeitschrift für Schul- und Professionsentwicklung. 2023;5(1), p.191-203. Mecheril, P., Rangger, M. (2022). Handeln in Organisationen der Migrationsgesellschaft. In: P.Mecheril/M.Rangger (eds.). Handeln in Organisationen der Migrationsgesellschaft (p.1-14). Springer VS. Rabenstein, K. (2018). Ding-Praktiken. Zur sozio-materiellen Dimension von Unterricht. In M.Proske/K.Rabenstein(ed.). Kompendium Qualitative Unterrichtsforschung (p.319-348). Klinkhardt. Schatzki, T. R. (2012). A Primer On Practices: Theory and Research. In: J.Higgs/R.Barnett/S.Billett/M.Hutchings et al. (ed.): Practice-based education: Perspectives and strategies (p.13-26). Sense Publisher. Schilling, N., Goltz, J., Koisser, S., Demmer, C., Löser, J., Werning, R. (2023). Gestufte digitale Lernhilfen als Professionalisierungskonzept für inklusiven Naturwissenschaftsunterricht. In: Qualifizierung für Inklusion. 2023 Jul 17;5(2). Stinken-Rösner, L., Weidenhiller, P., Nerdel, C., Weck, H., Kastaun, M. & Meier, M. (2023). Inklusives Experimentieren im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht digital unterstützen. In: D.Ferencik-Lehmkuhl/I.Huynh/C.et al. (ed.). Inklusion digital! Chancen und Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildung im Kontext von Digitalisierung. (p.152-167) Klinkhardt. Strauss, A.L., Corbin, J. (2010). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen Qualitativer Sozialforschung. Beltz. Werning, R. (2020). Inklusive Didaktik – adaptiven Unterricht realisieren. In: Schule inklusiv, 8, p.4–8. Zhang, L. & Nouri, J. (2018). A systematic review of learning and teaching with tablets. In: I.A.Sanchez/I P.Isaías/L.Rodrigues (ed.), 14th International Conference Mobile Learning 2018: Lisbon, Portugal, 14-16 April 2018 (p.80-88). Curran Associates Inc. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 04 E: Pre-service and early career teachers and Inclusive Education Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Gregor Ross Dørum Maxwell Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Pre-Service Teachers’ Reflections About Inclusion And Curricular Justice University of Stirling, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper explores research with pre-service teachers in Scotland about their development of understandings of inclusion and curricular justice. Teachers require the appropriate skills and knowledge to teach diverse pupils, seeing individual differences as opportunities for enriching learning (Ainscow, 2020). Teacher education programmes are one space where interruptions to students’ deeply rooted assumptions about, for example, education, teaching and diversity are made possible. Teachers’ curriculum making work is complex and has been described as a ‘highly dynamic processes of interpretation, mediation, negotiation and translation, across multiple layers or sites of the education system’ (Priestley et al. 2021: 1). Pre-service teachers need educational experiences which help them navigate this complex work. Knowledge of learners, subject matter, curriculum goals and pedagogy (Darling-Hammond, 2006) have been identified as key foundations for curriculum work. Developing effective inclusive practice begins in the teachers’ professional preparation when pre-service teachers learn about key pedagogical approaches, reflect on their own beliefs about human differences, and develop inclusive practices that are maintained throughout their teaching careers (Rouse, 2010). Inclusive education is linked to a human rights-based approach (UNESCO, 2017) underpinned by the principle of social justice and teacher’s understandings of social justice will shape their pedagogical leadership (Forde and Torrence, 2017). To achieve curricular justice (Riddle et al., 2023), based on Fraser’s (2008) tripartite definition of social justice, commitment to ‘pupil-centred’ education’ needs to be accompanied by understandings of what and whose knowledge (Coker et al., 2024). Our teacher education programme restructured the second school placement experience so each week students spend 3 days in school and 2 days within the university. This structure is envisioned to enable students to make richer theoretical connections to ongoing practice, whilst also affording opportunities to question their existing horizons of expectation. This is a space where interruptions to students’ assumptions and their practices can be foregrounded on a weekly basis. The Differences and Identity module, taught during this semester at the university, aims to give the opportunity for students to explore the research around inclusion and to begin to think about the relevance of this research to their own practice. Students undertake this module concurrently with the second school placement and it aims to enrich and contextualize student’s experience by giving students the tools and knowledge to think about their practice differently, in terms of inclusion. The module introduces students to the key theoretical debates in Inclusive education, the principal research, current policy and provokes discussion regarding inclusive pedagogy. The expectation is that students will use this new knowledge to reflect on their practice through this process of interruption, reflection, and supportive discussion, and it is these experiences that this research focuses on.
The study aims to address these research questions:
The study will use Fraser’s framework of redistributive and relational social justice as heuristic through which issues of inclusion and exclusion will be discussed and linked curricular justice (Riddle et al., 2023; Dawson, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data collection is in progress. Third year students on an Initial Teacher Education Programme at a Scottish University (137 primary and secondary pre-service teachers) attending a compulsory Differences and Identities module in Spring 2024 are invited to participate. We want to explore how our students' knowledge and understanding of the module’s topics develop during this module and placement. As part of the module, students will complete a questionnaire in the initial and final seminar. This compulsory seminar task helps them reflect on ideas about inclusion and how research literature, their school practice placement and colleagues’/peers’ discussions has interrupted their thinking, enabling them to question their assumptions with regards to inclusion, inclusive pedagogy and curricular justice. The second questionnaire is an online Microsoft form, and students are invited to consent, after reading an information sheet, to allow their data from this anonymous online questionnaire to be included in the research project. This forms one data generation method. Following on from the questionnaire, and after assignment marking is complete (to ensure that students understand participation/non-participation in the research has no impact on their assignment grade), students are invited to participate in a focus group (online or face to face). This approach has been adopted to explore in more depth understandings of inclusion and curricular justice. Four to five focus groups of 4/5 students are anticipated. Working with students in groups of four to six has been found to encourage lively discussion while being manageable (Kennedy et al., 2001). Flipchart paper will be used to record the students’ thoughts in a visual manner and as a reference for the students to use these as prompts for further comments. Students may also draw and annotated a picture of their thoughts as this has been found useful (Kennedy et al., 2001). The questionnaire’s findings will be initially analysed using descriptive statistics. The focus group will be recorded using teams (subject to consent from all students) and transcribed by the researchers. The qualitative data will be analysed using an abductive/reproductive approach (Ackroyd and Karlsson, 2014). This firstly comprises: a grounded approach to developing themes from the data and followed by a thematic analysis, utilising the above theory as a heuristic and lastly the generation of context-specific theory from the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We will report on preliminary findings from the questionnaire and some of the focus group interviews, to explore the development of students’ thinking about inclusion and curricular justice as they encounter both practice and theory concurrently. Essex et al (2019) reporting from on a study of teacher education students in England with regards inclusion noted the dominance of the use of ability- related practices to meet the inclusion imperative. This is acknowledged and challenged through research and discussion in the Differences and Identity module. The questionnaire and focus group data will provide more insight into findings from a Scottish perspective. Moreover, this study will contribute to the place of the student placement experience and the conundrum of the theory/practice divide (White, & Forgasz, 2016). Finally, this study will be of interest to an international audience as the findings can invite reflection and inform other ITE programmes. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. Coker, H., Kalsoom, Q. & Mercieca, D. (2024). Teachers’ use of knowledge in curriculum making: Implications for social justice. Education Science, 14(3). Darling-Hammond, L. (2006). Constructing 21st-century teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 57, 300–314. Dawson, E. (2017). Social justice and out‐of‐school science learning: Exploring equity in science television, science clubs and maker spaces. Science Education, 101(4), 539. Essex, J., Alexiadou, N., & Zwozdiak-Myers, P. (2021). Understanding inclusion in teacher education–a view from student teachers in England. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(12), 1425-1442. Karlsson, J. C., & Ackroyd, S. (2014). Critical Realism, Research Techniques, and Research Designs. Kennedy, C., Kools, S., & Krueger, R. (2001). Methodological considerations in children’s focus groups. Nursing research, 50(3), 184-187 Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D. & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum making: A conceptual framework. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 1–27). Emerald Publishing. Riddle, S., Mills, M. & McGregor, G. (2023). Curricular justice and contemporary schooling: Towards a rich, common curriculum for all students. Curriculum Perspectives, 43, 137–144. White, S., Forgasz, R. (2016). The Practicum: The Place of Experience?. In: Loughran, J., Hamilton, M. (eds) International Handbook of Teacher Education. Springer, Singapore. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Collaborative Storytelling for Disability Awareness (COSDIA) approach: Challenging pre-service teachers’ assumptions & supporting inclusive pedagogy University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to present the development and initial findings of a three-year funded project, entitled the Collaborative Storytelling for Disability Awareness (COSDIA) approach. This approach was conceptualized through a careful consideration of the gap in the literature regarding interdisciplinary approaches that consider disability awareness, particularly the intersection between online-offline environments of interaction, collaboration between disabled and non-disabled pre-service teachers, the co-creation of educational materials, and creative writing and digital storytelling. In effect, the study explores the use of collaborative storytelling, through digital and other forms, of pre-service teachers’ own stories and/or fairy tales about disability and aims to foster pre-service teachers’ disability awareness. This presentation will include findings derived mainly from the first phase of the three-year project. In this first phase, the researchers conducted a thorough literature review documenting existing models in the use of storytelling and drama techniques for pre-service teachers’ training, as well as the representation of disability in the media. Researchers also completed an initial analysis of pre-service teachers’ views around disability and their learning needs around inclusive pedagogy and practice, which facilitated the development of the COSDIA approach. The first phase of the project was concluded through the development of a theoretical and pedagogical framework for the COSDIA approach, as well as the development of its curriculum comprised of seven modules. The development, presentation and delivery of the modules adopt an inclusive pedagogical framework, as the research team agrees that the project has the potential “to reduce educational inequality by enhancing learning opportunities for everyone” (Florian, 2015, p.5). The research questions complement the research goals of the proposed project, and the research team investigates: (1) pre-service teachers’ perceptions in relation to innovative learning approaches regarding disability awareness and inclusive education (2) pre-service teachers’ needs in relation to innovative learning approaches regarding disability awareness and inclusive education (3) the ways in which COSDIA’s approach can contribute to enhancing pre-service teachers’ disability awareness (4) the potential opportunities and challenges of collaborative storytelling (collaboration between disabled and non-disabled people), through digital, and other forms, of pre-service teachers’ own stories and/or fairy tales about disability/inclusive education Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology/ research instruments The epistemological principles of this research lie to the social constructivism paradigm – since disability is considered a social construction (Linton, 1998) – and to the post-modern paradigm. From a postmodern perspective language has tremendous power, as it can transmit the ideologies of inclusion and exclusion (Ballard, 2004), which is associated with participants’ conceptualizations of disability as well as with conceptualizations of disability in fairy-tales (Tzimiri, 2021) television, radio and the press (Barnes, 1992). However, language is not the only means of representing reality or communicating since in the multimodal landscape of social media (Ellis & Kent, 2016) language is used in conjunction with other modes of communication such as pictures, photos, videos. Multimodality’ is adopted from the field of social semiotics, which refers to the different modes that people utilise in specific social contexts to create meaning and communicate (Van Leeuwen, 2005). Research design The research design transforms the epistemological principles into pragmatic decisions and serves as a compass for the choices we make’ (Prosser and Swartz, 1998, p.18). Considering the epistemological principles of this study a qualitative approach is considered as the most appropriate for answering the research questions. The research design includes a thorough literature review, exploring pre-service teachers’ perceptions and needs through questionnaires, semi-structured interviews (both individual and focus-group), researchers’ reflective journals, post-questionnaires with participants. All of the above will be analyzed through a combination of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) and critical discourse analysis (Gee, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings from pre-service teachers’ questionnaires and semi-structured interviews indicate that the COSDIA approach has promising results in relation to enhancing pre-service teachers’ disability awareness and enhancing collaboration between disabled and non-disabled pre-service teachers. In addition, findings highlight the importance of ongoing professional development to facilitate the use of innovative pedagogic practices, and the need to place focus on reflective practice, and to challenge values and beliefs about disability, teaching and learning. References Ballard, K. (2004). Children and disability: Special or included? Waikato Journal of Education, 10 (1) 315–326. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Ellis, K., & Kent, M. (Eds.). (2016). Disability and social media: Global perspectives. Taylor & Francis. Florian, L. (2015) Inclusive Pedagogy: A transformative approach to individual differences but can it help reduce educational inequalities?, Scottish Educational Review 47(1), 5-14. Gee, J. P. (2011). "Discourse Analysis. What makes it critical". In Rogers, R. (Ed.). An introduction to critical discourse analysis in education (pp. 23-45) New York. Routledge. Linton, S. (1998). Disability studies/not disability studies. Disability & Society,13(4), 525-539. Prosser, J. & Schwartz, D. (1998) ‘Photographs within the sociological research process.’ In J. Prosser (ed.), Image-based Research. A Sourcebook for Qualitative Researchers (pp. 115–30). London: Falmer Press. Van Leeuwen, T. (2005) Introducing Social Semiotics. London: Routledge. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Research-based Early Career Teachers in Norway and the Development of Relational Thinking in Teaching Practice UiT The Arctic University, Norway Presenting Author:Norway has traditionally put inclusive education high on the agenda in their schools related to both practice and laws (Maxwell & Bakke, 2019). New teacher education reforms in Norway focus on subject specialization and research-based knowledge (Jakhelln et al., 2019). Antonsen et al. (2020) confirm however that there is a gap between inclusive education and the general teacher community. New teacher education programmes inadequately prepare early career teachers (ECTs) to work inclusively with Tveitnes and Hvalby (2023) finding a lack of inclusive education is problematic for ECTs and their mentors. However, the Norwegian master-based education is supposed to educate ECTs with the ability to develop their competence, reflect and collaborate with others (Jakhelln et al., 2019). A positive connection between ECTs and students is important for teaching (Hattie, 2008). Norwegian ECTs experience many classroom challenges particularly when handling a varied student and parent group (Antonsen et al., for review). Teachers’ relational work also requires the handling of a broader range of learners from skilled students to behavioral problems (Rudkjoebing et al., 2020) and also to address themes from social, personal or health education (Nic Gabhainn et al., 2010). There are similar calls in Norway for teaching about life mastery (Lauritzen et al., 2021) and abuse and sexual harassment (Goldschmidt-Gjerløw, 2022). Given that teachers have many and contradictory discursive demands and relational tasks to solve in work (Spicksley, 2022), a novel relational approach to inclusive and relational education may help them in carrying out work. Relational thinking is an educational practice that equalizes learning and well-being (Dalkilic & Vadeboncoeur, 2016). Florian et al. (2017) highlight that a teacher’s ability to act relationally impacts developing a more inclusive pedagogy. A relational thinking and approach to special education and adapted education shifts the focus from instrumental thinking such as having clear recipes and solutions, to what Florian and colleagues suggest as "a more nuanced and relational way of considering how schools can respond to difference is needed." (Florian et al., 2017, p. 27). For teachers, a relational approach involves the ability to question their assumptions and increase their own insight into the relationship between their behaviour and underlying thoughts and feelings whilst simultaneously giving an understanding of the individual student’s perspective (Aspelin, 2014, p. 240). Relational thinking thus means that inclusive education should both contribute to and be the result of an education system that provides a reasonable opportunity for all children to be active agents in their own learning (Dalkilic & Vadeboncoeur, 2016). Previously, Amartya Sen’s (1985) Capability Approach was used in research on the integration of disabled people (Reindal, 2009) and inclusion and special education (Terzi, 2014). A capacity-based approach can engage children, teachers, and families in principle, and in practice recognize differences, rather than shortcomings. One disadvantage of relational thinking is that the term becomes somewhat ambiguous because of its links to social ideology, human values, and principles of integration, inclusion, and normalization. However, a relational approach can lead to the development of policy and practice that clarifies the processes required to develop capabilities and appreciating functions and the types of resources required to generate relationally inclusive environments. There is therefore need to investigate how ECTs with a master-based teacher education can become agents for developing relational thinking in their practice to work with inclusion and relations in their teaching (Pantić & Florian, 2015). The research questions: 1) How do ECTs express their learning regarding aspects of inclusive and relational teaching in their first five years in practice? 2) How are aspects of relational thinking expressed by ECTs about their teaching practice in their first five years of practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents data from the RELEMAST and STEP studies. The RELEMAST study constitutes a longitudinal examination of master-based teachers in Norway, through employing semi-structured interviews Kvale (2008). A cohort of 27 Early Career Teachers (ECTs) were interviewed after their first, third, and fifth year of professional practice. The research design was constructed to create a multifaceted understanding and more in-depth and nuanced approach to the investigation (Maxwell, 2013). Participants in the study were individuals who had recently completed an innovative five-year research-based master's program in teacher education, tailored for both primary and lower-secondary schools. The initial interview protocol for the ECTs comprised open-ended inquiries aimed at elucidating perceived professional strengths and the challenges encountered during their inaugural year. Subsequent interview guides, corresponding to the third and fifth years within the profession, expanded the scope to encompass questions pertaining to inclusive education and relational pedagogy, while continuing to solicit candid reflections on challenges and strengths. The selection of informants was strategically determined to reflect the diverse array of school environments to give a representative sample that shows variance in contextual experiences. The STEP study included semi-structured interviews with 7 principals, 8 mentors of newly educated teachers, 8 newly qualified teachers and 14 colleagues from eight case schools. The schools were selected from all over Norway based upon a criterion that they had a positive induction system for NQTs. As such we were initially interested in successful experiences. Informants were also asked about the ECTs professional strengths and challenges, as well as what kind of support they needed during their first year of practice. These data contribute with a wider perspective on ECTs as their colleagues were also informants. For both studies interviews ranged from 30 to 60 minutes, were audio-recorded, and subsequently transcribed verbatim to preserve the integrity of the data. The analytical process was underpinned by a reflective thematic analysis, adhering to the six-phase framework as proposed by Braun and Clarke (2022). The STEP study includes a survey were 532 teacher students in their fourth year as students responded regarding questions about how prepared they were for teaching both inclusively and for a varied student group. This data is analysed and presented descriptive. The survey included open questions in which many students wrote about the challenges they expected to meet regarding inclusive and relational teaching. These qualitative data were analysed reflective thematic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After working one year in the profession most ECTs have challenges in solving relational and inclusive education, and this is supported from the views of ECTs themselves and mentors as well as colleagues and principals. However, the ECTs value relational work with the students as it is important for creating a positive learning environment. ECTs after working three and five years reveal diverse results related to relational and inclusive education. In general, the challenges weaken, initiating that the NQTs learn relational thinking strategies for inclusive and relational education during their work as teachers in collaboration with colleagues or the support system. Some highlight how they have worked over a long period with relational thinking in their class to succeed in establishing positive relations with their students. A few ECTs with a lot of work related to inclusive education find this work demanding. In the results we will elaborate factors that promote or hinder the development of relational thinking. All the ECTs clarify that the teacher education cannot prepare them for all tasks in work, but still around a third of the ECTs highlights after five years in work that they still feel that their education could have prepared them more in regard of knowledge about inclusive education and for handling the relations of students, also in regard for the supporting system and home-school collaboration. In the end we discuss why some ECTs seems to develop relational thinking in their work, while others do not. As new laws for handling students regarding abuse and social inclusion are introduced in Norway, the findings still confirm that ECTs need more theoretical knowledge about relational thinking in their education. Some ECTs and colleagues also advocates for more social education or psychology in teacher education. References Antonsen, Y., Maxwell, G., Bjørndal, K. E. W., & Jakhelln, R. (2020). «Det er et kjemperart system» – spesialpedagogikk, tilpasset opplæring og nyutdannede læreres kompetanse. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(2). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.7918 Antonsen, Y., Portela Pruaño, A., Stenseth, A.-M., & Skytterstad, R. (for review). Early career teachers’ beliefs and managing of work intensification in Norway and Spain Journal of Educational Change. Aspelin, J. (2014). Beyond individualised teaching. Education Inquiry, 5(2), 23926. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v5.23926 Dalkilic, M., & Vadeboncoeur, J. A. (2016). Re-framing inclusive education through the capability approach: An elaboration of the model of relational inclusion. Global Education Review, 3(3). https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1114861.pdf Florian, L., Hawkins, K. B., & Rouse, M. (2017). Achievement and Inclusion in Schools. Routledge. Goldschmidt-Gjerløw, B. (2022). Exploring Variation in Norwegian Social Science Teachers’ Practice Concerning Sexuality Education: Who Teachers Are Matters and So Does School Culture. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(1), 163-178. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1869072 Hattie, J. (2008). Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement (1 ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203887332 Jakhelln, R., Eklund, G., Aspfors, J., Bjørndal, K., & Stølen, G. (2019). Newly Qualified Teachers’ Understandings of Research-based Teacher Education Practices − Two Cases From Finland and Norway. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2019.1659402 Lauritzen, L.-M., Antonsen, Y., & Nesby, L. (2021). «Jeg er så veldig redd for hvordan jeg påvirker elevene.» Utfordringer og muligheter i undervisningen av folkehelse og livsmestring i norskfaget. Acta Didactica Norden, 15(1). https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.5617/adno.7848 Maxwell, G., & Bakke, J. (2019). Schooling for Everyone: Norway's adapted approach to education for everyone. In M. C. H. Beaton, D. B. Maxwell, G. & J. Spratt (Eds.), Including the North: A comparative study of the policies on inclusion and equity in the circumpolar north. Lapin yliopisto http://hdl.handle.net/11374/2288 Nic Gabhainn, S., O'Higgins, S., & Barry, M. (2010). The implementation of social, personal and health education in Irish schools. Health Education, 110(6), 452-470. https://doi.org/10.1108/09654281011087260 Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 27311. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311 Reindal, S. M. (2009). Disability, capability, and special education: Towards a capability‐based theory. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 24(2), 155-168. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856250902793610 Rudkjoebing, L. A., Bungum, A. B., Flachs, E. M., Eller, N. H., Borritz, M., Aust, B., Rugulies, R., Rod, N. H., Biering, K., & Bonde, J. P. (2020). Work-related exposure to violence or threats and risk of mental disorders and symptoms: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Scand J Work Environ Health, 46(4), 339-349. https://doi.org/10.5271/sjweh.3877 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 05 SES 04 A: Cooperation, Behaviour and Educator Segregation Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Erna Nairz-Wirth Paper Session |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Perceptions and Experiences of Parents, Children, Youth Care Professionals, and Teachers about Cooperation 1Fontys Hogescholen, Netherlands, The; 2Radboud University, the Netherlands Presenting Author:"I try to get the best out of my students, but there are parents who have a hard time supporting their child. And when the child has ADHD, I find it difficult. What is my responsibility as a teacher, and what is the responsibility of other support services? I tend to take it on myself anyway and to direct the parents” (teacher). It is of great social importance to optimize the developmental opportunities of children in vulnerable families. When home, school, and care are well connected, this has a positive effect on children's well-being, learning performance and behaviour (De Greef, 2019), and leads to more self-efficacy within parents who feel insecure about parenting (Hoover-Dempsey et al.,2005; Waanders et al.,2007). Parental self-efficacy is strongly correlated with positive parent and child psychological functioning, child adjustment, parenting competence and parenting satisfaction (Jones & Prinz, 2005). For those families living in difficult situations, enhancing parenting self-efficacy may serve as a potential mechanism by which to improve the well-being of parents and children (Ibid, 2005). Therefore, professionals should consider parents as competent and knowledgeable caregivers regarding their children's needs (Minjarez et al.,2013), and as equal and capable decision-making partners in determining the best support for themselves and their children (Damen et al.,2018). It is part of the professional ethical standard of teachers and youth care professionals to recognize the importance of the role of parents as educators, regardless of how problematic parenting might be and how insecure parents might feel. It also is important to incorporate the views of children through an active participation agenda, in the fulfilment of children’s rights under the obligations of the UN Convention for the Rights of the Child. The purpose of youth care and special education is to reduce children's problems, increase their well-being, ensure that they can return home, or get them on the right track. Ultimately, parents must regain control over the upbringing of their children (Weiss et al.,2012), while children should have a say in how they grow up (Boomkens et al.,2018). Consequently, it is not only the relationship between parents and professionals, their cooperation and joint decision-making (‘alliance’) that matters, but also how competent parents feel about their parenting and how children feel that they are heard and seen. This is why this study focuses on parents’ self-efficacy (regarding parenting competences) and on children's voice, in addition to the usual aspects of the alliance (bond, goal, task). We conducted a questionnaire study (N=479) in a wide variety of institutions in the Netherlands to compare perceptions of parents, children, youth care professionals and special education teachers about cooperation within different contexts (outpatient assistance, residential care, and special education). Forty-five interviews were carried out to explore how this cooperation is experienced in practice. The theoretical framework of the study is based on alliance research (Hawley & Garland, 2008; Lamers et al.,2015), with an extra focus on parental self-efficacy and children's voice. The findings suggest that cooperation with parents is going well, but professionals find it difficult to support parents’ self-efficacy concerning parenting competences (both questionnaire and interview study). Also, when children's voice gets enough attention, this influences the relationship positively. The interviews show that parental self-efficacy is insufficiently and inadequately supported by almost all professionals. It is positive to conclude, however, that many professionals are able to ‘see past’ incompetent parenting styles and different values on growing up (children) and bringing up (parents). Each context (outpatient assistance, residential youth care, and special education) has its own challenges, which is outlined in this presentation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants were parents, children, youth care professionals and teachers from three contexts: outpatient assistance, residential care, and special education. Questionnaire data were analysed from a total of 479 respondents: 174 children (10-18 years old), 114 parents, 132 youth care professionals and 59 teachers. Children and parents within the three contexts reported on their cooperation with youth care professionals. Professionals providing outpatient assistance or residential care and special education teachers reported on their cooperation with parents and children. In addition to the questionnaire study, 45 semi-structured in-depth interviews were conducted with children, parents and professionals in the same contexts. The interviews focused om how the cooperation between parents, children and professionals is organised and experienced, especially among vulnerable children, parents, families and/or different values about parenting and growing up. We used the Work Alliance Questionnaire (WAV-12-R; Lamers et al., 2015) to assess the quality of the cooperation between children/parents and youth care professionals/teachers. The original questionnaire was adapted to assess the quality of the alliance with children and parents in general, instead of with one specific child/parent, from the perspective of youth care professionals and teachers. The questionnaire consists of three scales. The Bond scale measures children’s and parents’ perceptions of professionals’ friendliness, acceptance, understanding, and support during care. The scale Goal relates to the degree of agreement between children/parents and professionals regarding the goals of care. The Task scale measures the agreement between children/parents and professionals regarding the tasks to work on during care. The questionnaire was supplemented with four self-constructed items relating to the child’s perceived level of voice, and with four self-constructed items about the extent to which parents feel that the support contributes to their self-efficacy regarding parenting competences. Questionnaire data were analysed using SPSS. Statistical differences were evaluated by one-way ANOVA analysis with post-hoc tests. The interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed. The transcripts were analysed by qualitative thematic analysis (Boyatzis, 1998) using AtlasTi. A total of 729 relevant quotations were selected and analysed: Children's voice: 211 citations (100 children; 26 parents; 85 professionals) Parental self efficacy: 178 quotes (9 children; 101 parents; 68 professionals) Parental values and conflicting interests: 120 quotes (15 children; 26 parents; 79 professionals) To ensure validity and reliability, multiple rounds of analysis were conducted by three researchers, as well as peer debriefing sessions with the entire research team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the questionnaire study show that Parents are positive about the relationship with the professional, the focus on (treatment) goals, and task (working on the right thing), but they score relatively low on the extent to which they feel empowered in their parenting skills. It is difficult for professionals to empower parents to deal better with the upbringing of their children, and to make vulnerable parents feel important as educators. Special education teachers find this the most difficult. Children feel less heard and seen than professionals think they do. The difference is the greatest in the residential setting. Special education teachers find it the most difficult to take childrens's voice into account. The results of the interview study are consistent with the questionnaire survey and illustrate how cooperation is experienced in practice. Clinical implications will be shared in our presentation. A substantial number of quotations show that attention for the voice of vulnerable children is appropriate, e.g., in line with what children can handle, but it is also common for children not to feel heard at all. Parental self-efficacy is not always supported by professionals. Parents feel that 'giving advice' does not help them. It is effective when professionals guide parents, step-by-step, reflecting together about possible alternatives in specific situations. Parents feel annoyed by 'professional language' and 'their child as a problem'. Remarkably, many professionals are able to 'see past' incompetent parenting styles or values and know how to connect with the family's need for help. From a clinical perspective, our findings highlight the importance of an enduring attention to children's perspectives, desires and needs. Also, there is still much to be gained if professionals focus more on supporting parenting skills, especially for at risk families. References Boomkens, C., Metz, J.W., van Regenmortel, T., & Schalk, R. (2018). The development of agency in professional youth work with girls and young women in the Netherlands. Journal of social work. doi: 10.1177/1468017318784079 Boyatzis, R. E. (1998). Transforming qualitative information: Thematic analysis and code development. New York: Sage. Damen, H., Veerman, J. W., Vermulst, A. A., van Pagée, R., Nieuwhoff, R., & Scholte, R. H. J. (2018). Parental empowerment and child behavioural problems during youth care. Child & Family Social Work, 1-10. De Greef, M. (2019). Addressing the alliance. The parent-professional alliance in home-based parenting support: Importance and associated factors. Nijmegen/ Arnhem: Radboud Universiteit/ HAN. Hawley, F. & Garland, A. F. (2008). Working alliance in adolescent outpatient therapy: Youth, parent and therapist reports and associations with therapy outcomes. Child & Youth Care Forum 37(2), 59-74. Hoover-Dempsey, K. V., Walker, J. M. T., Sandler, H. M., Whetsel, D., Green, C.L., Wilkins, A.S., & Closson, K. (2005). Why do parents become involved? Research findings and implications. The Elementary School Journal, 106(2), 105-130. Jones, T.L. & Prinz, R.J. (2005). Potential roles of parental self-efficacy in parent and child adjustment: A review. Clinical Psychology Review, 25, 341-363. Lamers, A., Delsing, M. J. M. H., Van Widenfelt, B. M., & Vermeiren, R. R. (2015). A measure of the parent-team alliance in youth residential psychiatry: the revised short working alliance inventory. Child & Youth Care Forum, 44, 801-817. Minjarez, M. B., Mercier, E. M., Williams, S. E., & Hardan, A. Y. (2013). Impact of pivotal response training group therapy on stress and empowerment in parents of children with autism, Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 15(2), 71-78. Ten Brummelaar, M. D. C., Harder, A. T., Kalverboer, M. E., Post, W. J., & North, E. J. (2018). Participation of youth in decision-making procedures during residential care: A narrative review. Child & Family Social Work, 23(1), 33-44. Waanders, C., Mendez, J. L., & Downer, J. T. (2007). Parent characteristics, economic stress and neighborhood context as predictors of parent involvement in preschool children's education. Journal of School Psychology, 45(6), 619-636. doi: 10.1016/j.jsp.2007.07.003 Weiss, J. A., Cappadocia, M. C., MacMullin, J. A.,Viecili, M., & Lunsky,Y. (2012). The impact of child problem behaviors of children with ASD on parent mental health: The mediating role of acceptance and empowerment. Autism, the International Journal of Research and Practice, 16(3), 261-274. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Disciplinary Practices of Primary School Teachers Under the Influence of Student Composition University of Wuppertal, Germany Presenting Author:Students' behavioural problems are one of the greatest challenges facing teachers. At the same time, they have far-reaching consequences: There is a close connection between "deviant behaviour" in school, academic performance and later delinquent behaviour in adult live. According to these authors, an important driver is the disciplinary practice of teachers: the stricter and harsher it is, the more likely it is that deviant behaviour will intensify (Amemiya et al. 2020) and academic performance will decline (Del Toro & Wang 2022). This fact deserves attention because the disciplinary practices of teachers can vary greatly with comparable student behaviour. Although the nature of the behaviour itself has an influence on disciplinary responses, this is also influenced by contextual characteristics such as class composition (Rocque & Paternoster 2011; Payne & Welch, 2010; Welch & Payne, 2018). Our main interest in the present study is the question of how student behaviour develops over time under the influence of teacher behaviour and student composition. Empirical studies on this question are generally rare, especially for primary schools, and only relate to partial aspects of the question. The available studies allow the following assessment: a) Deviant behaviour is higher in schools with a less privileged student body than in schools with a privileged student body, and this gap widens over time. B) Harsh punishments such as exclusion from school and lessons or a referral to the principal by teachers increase with the proportion of students from non-privileged families, even when controlling for student behaviour (Payne & Welch, 2010; Welch & Payne, 2018; Roque & Paternoster 2011 and Kinsler 2011 for primary school). C) Aggressive student behaviour occurs more frequently when minor deviant behaviour has previously been punished by official documentation (Amemiya et al., 2020). However, Amemiya et al. (2020) did not investigate the contextual influences on this development. These results suggest that deviant student behaviour is increasing as a result of harsher disciplinary practices by teachers, especially in schools with non-privileged students compared to schools with privileged students. However, as yet there is a lack of empirical evidence for this. For a theoretical approach labelling theory can be used. According to this approach, teachers have to interpret behaviour in order to classify it as a rule violation and react to it. Primary school teachers, for example, react very differently to deviant behaviour, even to serious violations of school rules (Psunder, 2005; Skiba, 1997), ranging from ignoring to mild and harsh punishments. Punishments carried out in the presence of classmates can take on the function of labels. This means that a punishment labels a pupil as "deviant" and the following interactions refer to this label. This can result in teachers imposing increasingly strict sanctions (Bowditch 1993) and pupils describing themselves as deviant (Chiricos et al., 2007) and being more likely to join deviant groups of pupils (Bernburg et al. 2006). These effects of labelling lead to an increase in deviant behaviour over time. Although not explicitly modelled theoretically in the labelling approach, labelling processes could occur more frequently in schools with a less privileged student body. Teachers might expect more intense deviant behaviour in these schools, see their (cultural) authority at risk and believe they have to assert it through harsh punishments (Payne & Welch, 2010; Welch & Payne, 2010; Rocque and Paternoster, 2011). With this in mind, we expect the following: Harsher disciplinary practice is more common in schools with low-privileged compared to schools with privileged student bodies for the same student behaviour, which subsequently leads to higher proportions of deviant behaviour by students in schools with low-privileged compared to schools with privileged student bodies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: Procedure: The sample consisted of 14 first grade classes at 14 primary schools in Germany. The deviant behaviour of the pupils and the reactions of the teachers were recorded by means of classroom observations during the first grade. These were carried out on four survey dates each. A total of 7,892 behavioural units of 314 pupils and 3085 disciplinary reactions of teachers were observed. The deviant behaviour was recorded in units of minutes per lesson (e.g. Amina runs through the class). Teacher behaviour (e.g. "Amina, stop it") was also recorded. Two trained observers were always present in a class. The material was then coded. A coding scheme was developed for coding deviant pupil behaviour, which was primarily based on the already validated instrument "Behavioural Observation of Students in Schools" (Shapiro, 2011). Student behaviour was assigned to the following categories: motor (unauthorised movement around the room or in the square), verbal (unauthorised utterances such as shouting, chatting), aggression (non-physical: insults, verbal abuse; physical aggression: destruction of objects, physical attacks on people) and passivity (passive inattention), other. Teacher behaviour in response to deviant pupil behaviour was also recorded. An inductive procedure was used to differentiate between 22 categories (e.g. "no reaction", "non-verbal reaction", "exclusion from ongoing lessons"). "Intensive" disciplining was coded if students they were excluded from lessons or classroom activities or punished by the removal of (sometimes symbolic) privileges. Variables: A sum score was calculated for each student per survey from the deviant behaviours, which represents the dependent variable. Furthermore, the individual proportion of general teacher reactions to individual deviant behaviour of a pupil and the proportion of "intensive disciplinary" teacher reactions to individual deviant behaviour were calculated for each wave. Teacher information was also available on how high the proportion of pupils from low-privileged families was at a school. A distinction was made between schools with a high (60-90%, N = 4 schools) and low (0-40%, n = 10 schools) proportion of low-privileged pupils. Method: Mixed-effects linear regressions were calculated taking into account the multi-level structure (behaviour nested in pupils nested in classes). The sum score of student behaviour at time tn was regressed on the individual proportion of intensive disciplinary teacher responses at time tn-1, controlling for individual student behaviour and the individual proportion of all teacher responses at time tn-1. Furthermore, interaction effects between the intensive disciplining practice and the student composition were calculated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that already at the beginning of primary school, the proportion of deviant behaviour is higher in schools with higher proportions of low-privileged pupils than in schools with higher proportions of privileged pupils; this applies in particular to motor and verbal deviant behaviour. Similarly, even when controlling for the type and frequency of pupil behaviour, the intensively punitive teacher reactions are more frequent at the former schools. However, according to preliminary evaluations, there are no indications that a) intensively punishing teacher behaviour increases the frequency of deviant student behaviour and b) that such a development is more likely to occur in schools with a less privileged student body than in schools with a privileged student body. However, there are indications that the more likely a teacher intensely disciplines a pupil's disruptive behaviour, the higher the individual share of disruptive behaviour, but not the frequency, and this development is more likely to occur with pupils who are already more disruptive to begin with and at schools with a less privileged pupil body than at schools with a privileged pupil body. This means that many pupils adapt to the behavioural expectations in the course of the first year and show more compliant behaviour, while pupils with higher initial values tend to maintain their behaviour in response to an intensive disciplinary practice and thus take up a higher proportion of the disruptive behaviour overall. This development in the course of the first class does not indicate either the theoretically expected general dynamic or a context-specific dynamic of labelling processes, as the quality of the behaviour does not change significantly either. The extent to which these developments will unfold in the further course of primary school will have to be shown by further surveys in the coming school years. References Amemiya, J., Mortenson, E. & Wang, M. (2020). Minor infractions are not minor: school infractions for minor misconduct may increase adolescents’ defiant behavior and contribute to racial disparities in school discipline. American Psychologist, 75(1), 23–36. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000475 Bernburg, J. G., Krohn, M. D., & Rivera, C. J. (2006). Official labeling, criminal embeddedness, and subsequent delinquency: A longitudinal test of labeling theory. Journal of Research in Crime and Delinquency, 43(1), 67–88. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022427805280068 Bowditch, C. (1993). Getting rid of troublemakers: High school disciplinary procedures and the production of dropouts. Social Problems, 40(4), 493–509. https://doi.org/10.2307/3096864 Chiricos, T., Barrick, K., Bales, W., & Bontrager, S. (2007). The labeling of convicted felons and its consequences for recidivism. Criminology, 45(3), 547–581. Kinsler, J. (2011). Understanding the black–white school discipline gap. Economics of Education Review, 30(6), 1370–1383. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2011.07.004 Payne, A. A., & Welch, K. (2010). Modeling the effects of racial threat on punitive and restorative school discipline practices. Criminology: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 48(4), 1019–1062. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-9125.2010.00211.x Psunder, M. P. (2005). How effective is school discipline in preparing students to become responsible citizens? Slovenian teachers’ and students’ views. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(3), 273–286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.01.005 Rocque, M., & Paternoster, R. (2011). Understanding the antecedents of the „school-to-jail“ link: The relationship between race and school discipline. The Journal of Criminal Law and Criminology, 101(2), 633–666. Shapiro, E. S. (2010). Academic skills problems fourth edition workbook. Guilford Press. Skiba, R. J., Peterson, R. L., & Williams, T. (1997). Office referrals and suspension: disciplinary intervention in middle schools. Education and Treatment of Children, 20(3), 295–315. http://www.jstor.org/stable/42900491 Del Toro, J. & Wang, M. (2022). The roles of suspensions for minor infractions and school climate in predicting academic performance among adolescents. American Psychologist, 77(2), 173–185. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000854 Welch, K., & Payne, A. A. (2010). Racial threat and punitive school discipline. Social Problems, 57(1), 25–48. https://doi.org/10.1525/sp.2010.57.1.25 Welch, K. & Payne, A. A. (2018). Latino/a Student threat and school disciplinary policies and practices. Sociology of Education, 91(2), 91–110. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040718757720 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Segregation of ECEC personnel 1Tampere University, Finland; 2University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:The shortage of qualified educators has raised concerns all over Europe and beyond. In Finland, the most drastic shortage of qualified staff is among early childhood education and care (ECEC) teachers (Työvoimabarometri 2022, Kosunen et al 2023). The earlier research suggests that socio-economic composition of areas influences the professional choices and turnover of qualified educators. For example, studies focused on teachers' work preferences in comprehensive education show that teachers prefer to work in affluent institutions (e.g. Ingersoll & May 2012). The paper examines whether this vicious cycle of segregation where teacher segregation and socio-economic segregation of the neighborhoods are associated, that has been identified in comprehensive education can be identified also in ECEC. This paper investigates the segregation of educators in ECEC in Finland, focusing on the relationship between socio-spatial and institutional segregation. Socio-spatial segregation refers to the differentiation of residential areas in terms of their socio-economic composition (e.g., Boterman et al. 2019). In this paper, institutional segregation refers to differentiation between educational institutions, such as ECEC centres, in terms of the distribution of qualified and non-qualified educators. While socio-spatial and institutional segregation have been extensively studied in comprehensive education (e.g. Boterman et al. 2019; Kauppinen et al. 2020), research related to ECEC is limited. We ask: 1. How are the qualified and non-qualified educators distributed accross ECEC centers? 2. Is there an association between institutional teacher segregation and the socio-economic composition of the neighbourhood? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilizes national register data on ECEC personnel in Finnish ECEC to examine the association between institutional segregation, and the connection with the social composition of their neighborhoods. The data sources are early childhood education information repository: VARDA; and socio-demographics on residential areas data, Statistics of Finland). The data comprise qualification information on 26,196 ECEC center educators, including ECEC teachers, social pedagogues, child carers, assistants, family daycare workers, and the information of the ECEC centre they work in. By using postal codes, we connect this information to data on socio-demographics of the area the centres are located at. Regression analysis is used for examining the association between socioeconomic structure of the area and the proportion of qualified educators. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial analysis shows that private ECEC centres have larger proportion of unqualified personnel compared to public ECEC centres. Also, initial analysis shows that there is a connection between socio-economic composition of the area and the proportion of qualified educators. The paper suggests that analyzing the educator segregation in publicly funded Finnish ECEC system can provide valuable insights into teacher segregation within a welfare state. The concentration of qualified educators in affluent areas may exacerbate educational inequalities, as children in disadvantaged areas may have less experienced or unqualified teachers. References Boterman, W., Musterd, S., Pacchi, C., & Ranci, C. (2019). School segregation in contemporary cities: Socio-spatial dy-namics, institutional context and urban outcomes. Urban Studies, 56(15), 3055–3073. Ingersoll, R. M., & May, H. (2012). The magnitude, destinations and determinants of mathematics and science teacher turnover. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 34(4), 435–464. Kauppinen, T. M., van Ham, M., & Bernelius, V. (2020). Understanding the effects of school catchment areas and house-holds with children in ethnic residential segregation. Housing Studies, 1–25. Kosunen, S., Saari, J., Huilla, H. & Hienonen, N. (2023). Missing teachers: The Regional Determinants of Teaching Staff Recruitment and the Segregation of Teachers in Finland. Yhteiskuntapolitiikka. Työvoimabarometri (2022). [Labour Force Barometer] https://www.ammattibarometri.fi/ (accessed 5.6.2023) |
9:30 - 11:00 | 06 SES 04 A: Open leaning inside school classroom Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandra Langer Paper Session |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Digital Generations, Children’s Academic Performance and Perceived Academic Ability 1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2University College London Presenting Author:The rapid digitalization of society over the past decades has fundamentally changed how children and adolescents socialize, study, and play. Subsequently, children and adolescents’ use of digital technologies has increased rapidly, facilitated by the ever-evolving mobile accessibility and computing power of new digital technologies. Further, the current cohorts of children also experienced key developmental and socialization stages during the COVID-19 pandemic which led children and adolescents, by circumstance and necessity, to engage in higher levels of digital engagement. Such marked and rapid increases in both access and use of digital technologies, as well as the COVID-19 pandemic, has caused growing concerns in parents, researchers, educators, and clinicians alike as to what effects such technologies may have on children’s development and educational outcomes. Overall, the current literature on the effects of digital use and child and adolescent educational outcomes is mixed. Some studies indicate that adolescent digital use, particularly texting, hampers children’s literacy outcomes (Kemp and Bushnell, 2011) and that early mobile phone ownership negatively impacts academic development (Dempsey et al., 2019). However, other studies found positive effects (Plester et al., 2008) or no associations (Verheijen, 2013). Some literature has examined the potential negative impacts of adolescent digital use on academic performance via cognitive functioning, including cognitive overload or multitasking (May and Elder, 2018), distraction and diminished attentional abilities (Ward et al., 2017), and memory and learning patterns (Loh and Kanai, 2016). Additionally, Lissak (2018) identified that the effects of digital use on academic performance may be indirectly channeled through reductions in sleep duration and quality, leading to problems of time displacement or sleep disruption. As a whole, results on associations between digital use and academic and educational outcomes remains unclear, and further research on these associations with current cohorts of children remain essential to understand how today’s digital environments are affecting how children learn and develop. Further, while there have been a multitude of studies that have investigated the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on children’s educational outcomes (Coles et al, 2023), few studies have examined how effects of digital use on child outcomes differ from other cohorts of children who did not experience the pandemic during the critical stage of childhood and early adolescence. This study crucially aims to address some of the above gaps in knowledge. This study utilizes high-quality multi-cohort data to examine 1) how children at different stages of development are using digital technologies and 2) how these children’s digital use is associated with perceived academic ability (from both children and teachers). To do so, we utilize the most recently collected wave from the Children’s School Lives (CSL) study collected in April 2023, when the participating cohorts of children were age 8 and age 12/13. Preliminary analyses include descriptive statistics and OLS regression modelling, however, further analyses will incorporate more diverse regression modelling, longitudinal models as well as standardized testing data (not yet available) to compare perceptions vs realities of chidlren's academic ability. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilizes data from the Children’s School Lives (CSL) study, a multi-cohort, longitudinal study from Ireland which aims to provide a rich and detailed understanding of children’s learning, wellbeing, and engagement. CSL follows two age cohorts: Cohort B, who were born in approx. 2010 who started 2nd class in 2018; and Cohort A, born in approx. 2015 who transitioned from pre-school into Junior Infants in 2019. Data collection began in April 2019, with both cohorts sampled every year through Spring 2023. For the current analyses we utilize the most recent wave of data collection (Wave 5), in which the study children are approximately age 8 (Cohort A, N = 1,598) and age 12/13 (Cohort B, N = 1,911). Multiple imputation was applied on variables with high levels of missingness. This study first descriptively examines differences in digital technologies and digital screen-time between the two cohorts We then perform a number of OLS linear regression models to investigate associations of digital screen-time on a) children’s perceived academic ability and b) teacher’s perceived academic performance. Three OLS models were examined for each cohort and outcome variable: a univariate model, a model that includes sociodemographic controls (child gender, single parenthood, parental education, and household income) and a final model that include sociodemographic variables and previous perceived academic ability to preliminarily address issues of bidirectionality. To measure digital screen-time, children were asked how much time they spend on screen-based activities on an average weekday and weekend day (Responses: None, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, and 3+ hours). Further, children were asked what digital technologies they either own themselves or share regularly (smartphone, tablet, smartwatch, computer, games console). To examine children’s perceived academic ability, children were asked “Compared to other children in your class, how well do you think you do in [reading/maths]?”, with responses of ‘Struggling a lot’, ‘Struggling a little bit’, ‘Same as everyone else’, ‘A little bit better’, and ‘A lot better’. Teachers were also asked to assess the study children’s academic ability “typical ability compared to their peers?”, with responses of ‘Lower’, ‘Average’, or ‘Higher’. Although these outcome variables can be considered categorical or ordinal, for these preliminary analyses we utilize them as continuous variables where lower scores indicate lower perceived ability and higher scores indicate higher perceived ability. This was done to examine preliminary associations and trends, and further analyses will utilize and compare multinomial and ordinal logistic regression modelling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both cohorts exhibit high engagement (approx. 70%) with tablets and consoles, while the older Cohort B uses/owns smartphones and computers at higher levels than Cohort A. In terms of screen-time, we observe that the older cohorts has overall higher rates of screen-time than the younger cohort, with nearly half of Cohort B spending over 3 hours on average per weekday on digital devices, compared to 28% of children from Cohort A. However, this is a drastic increase compared to data from previous research which found only 1-2% of Irish 9-year-olds (born in 1998 and 2008) to use digital technologies for 3+ hours per day (Bohnert & Gracia, 2021), this indicates that current generations of children and adolescents, particularly those who have experienced the COVID-19 pandemic, might be participating in much higher levels of screen-time than even very recent previous cohorts. From the OLS models we first observe that 3+ hours weekday screen-time is significantly associated with lowered child perceptions of academic ability in Cohort B, in both reading (B = -0.244, p < 0.001) and math (B = -0.178, p < 0.01). We further observe a significant association of 3+ hours screen-time with reduced teacher perception of reading ability (B = -0.109, p < 0.05). However, we observe no significant associations of digital screen-time with perceptions of academic ability in Cohort A. The findings from Cohort B is in line with some previous research in Ireland which found negative associations between digital engagement and children’s academic development (Dempsey et al., 2019). Further, the differing associations between cohorts might indicate that effects of digital use on outcomes are somewhat delayed i.e. that significant negative effect might emerge later in childhood and adolescence (Kardefelt-Winther, 2017). Overall, our preliminary results reveal key similarities and differences in the digital effects among current cohorts of Irish children. References Bohnert, M., & Gracia, P. (2021). Emerging digital generations? Impacts of child digital use on mental and socioemotional well-being across two cohorts in Ireland, 2007–2018. Child Indicators Research, 14, 629-659. Bohnert, M., & Gracia, P. (2023). Digital use and socioeconomic inequalities in adolescent well‐being: Longitudinal evidence on socioemotional and educational outcomes. Journal of Adolescence. Coles, L., Johnstone, M., Pattinson, C., Thorpe, K., Van Halen, O., Zheng, Z., ... & Staton, S. (2023). Identifying factors for poorer educational outcomes that may be exacerbated by COVID‐19: A systematic review focussing on at‐risk school children and adolescents. Australian Journal of Social Issues, 58(1), 13-40. Dempsey, S., Lyons, S., & McCoy, S. (2019). Later is better: Mobile phone ownership and child academic development, evidence from a longitudinal study. Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 28, 798–815. Kardefelt-Winther D (2017) How Does the Time Children Spend Using Digital Technology Impact Their Mental Well-Being, Social Relationships and Physical Activity? An Evidence-Focused Literature Review. Innocenti Discussion Paper 2017-02. Florence, Italy: Unicef Office Of Research-Innocenti. Kemp N, and Bushnell C (2011) Children's text messaging: Abbreviations, input methods and links with literacy. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning 27(1): 18-27. Lissak G (2018) Adverse physiological and psychological effects of screen time on children and adolescents: Literature review and case study. Environmental research 164: 149-157. Loh KK, and Kanai R (2016) How has the Internet reshaped human cognition?. The Neuroscientist 22(5): 506-520. May KE, and Elder AD (2018) Efficient, helpful, or distracting? A literature review of media multitasking in relation to academic performance. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education 15(1): 1-17. Plester B, Wood C, and Bell V (2008) Txt msg n school literacy: does texting and knowledge of text abbreviations adversely affect children's literacy attainment?. Literacy 42(3): 137-144. Verheijen L (2013) The effects of text messaging and instant messaging on literacy. English studies 94(5): 582-602. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Exploring Teachers’ Media Literacy in Schools in Kazakhstan Kazakh National Women’s Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study focuses on exploring teachers' media literacy (hereinafter, ML), including their competencies and practices of ML in the classrooms in Kazakhstan. In the 21st century children increasingly use digital tools and are exposed to different unfiltered media messages daily, wherein they have access to the Internet at home and communicate media messages regularly (Murray, 2021; OECD, 2020). The major concern is that a substantial number of children access media platforms in breach of age limitations and many of them actively use social media (Setyarini et al., 2023; Hill, 2022). This, in turn, requires teachers to develop ML competencies, so as to support their students’ ML who are largely susceptible to media influence (Reimers, 2009; Bystray et al., 2023). Studies also indicate that teachers’ ML competencies, socialisation and intercultural interaction are key to integrating ML into curriculum (Korona, 2020; Skantz-Åberg et al., 2022; Villacrez-Cuadros et al., 2023). Although the support for the development of teachers’ ML competencies has grown in the recent decade, few educators seem to use it in curricula development and lesson planning. Teachers are identified as the most significant factor in enhancing students’ learning outcomes (Ingvarson et al., 2005). Teachers’ understanding of ML has a significant effect on the effectiveness of their teaching (Simons et al., 2017; Rohs et al., 2019; Saptono, 2022). Therefore, ML merits a place in teacher education, as it encourages an understanding of culture, connects educators, institutions, and society (Schwarz, 2001). In a similar vein, the studies highlight the importance of integrating language and ML into teacher education to facilitate socialisation and intercultural communication (Felini, 2014; Meehan et al., 2015; Schwarz, 2001). Teachers’ ML competencies The definition of media literacy as social phenomena focuses on technical, cognitive competencies and sociocultural pragmatics (Yeh & Swinehart, 2020). The technical competencies include functional skills as access, create, navigate, order, and distribute social media content (Daneels & Vanwynsberghe, 2017). Cognitive competencies refer to understanding, assessing, and critically analysing social media content for credibility and application (Daneels & Vanwynsberghe, 2017, Christ & Abreu, 2020). Socialcultural pragmatics provides awareness about social and cultural norms of behaviour, values, beliefs, language usage and discourses in media contexts (Yeh & Swinehart, 2020). Tandoc et al. (2021) claim that there could be four types of competencies such as technical, social, privacy related and informational in which social media literacy functions. Lately three themes were identified as teachers' perspectives of media literacy: assessing the validity of media messages, interacting with media, and safety issues (Von Gillern et al., 2024). Teacher practices of ML Inquiry is a strategy for implicitly teaching media literacy concepts that enables learners to “construct” new knowledge for themselves by adjusting new data with their prior knowledge (Brunner & Tally, 1999). This constructivist approach is complemented by media decoding, which means analysing and evaluating the messages conveyed by various forms of media (Scheibe & Rogow, 2011). Evidence-based practices are those which ensure high rates of proficiency and have a record of achievement that is valid and true (Gambrell et al., 2011). Critical inquiry is the core of constructivist media analysis, which means the ability to analyse media by asking key media literacy questions (Mason, 2016). Using the combination of inquiry and reflection is used extensively and is considered the basic way of integrating media literacy into any curriculum, constructivist media decoding strategy suggests the engaging acquisition of media literacy competencies (Scheibe & Rogow, 2011). The aim of this study is to explore teachers’ media literacy in secondary schools in Kazakhstan. The study was structured around the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents a small-scale pragmatically-guided study employing a mixed-method research approach. The integration of both quantitative and qualitative data collection methods enabled me to ensure validity of the findings and understand the complex issues in social research (Creswell, 2014). Data collection tools included: (1) a small-scale questionnaire, (2) in-depth and semi-structured interviews, and (3) observations. The research participants represent teachers from public secondary schools located both in urban and rural areas of Kazakhstan. The purposeful sampling was used to carefully select teachers, who could offer relevant-to-the-topic information. As a result, qualitative data consisted of interviews and lesson observations of 9 teachers from 3 secondary schools in Kazakhstan. Also, 112 teachers filled in a small-case questionnaire, which assessed teachers’ ML competencies. Data analysis Qualitative data were analysed through thematic analysis and abductive coding (Pope, 2000). Thematic analysis was conducted in six phases: (1) becoming familiar with data; (2) generating codes; (3) looking for themes; (4) reviewing themes; (5) defining and naming themes, and (6) creating a report (Braun & Clarke, 2006). All interviews were transcribed, coded and grouped into the themes employing both inductive and deductive approaches (Miles, Huberman & Saldana, 2014). Quantitative research data were analysed descriptively and referentially, whereby multiple linear regression, assumptions, variables, and validity were tested. Items were developed based on the previous valid instrument of Simons et al. (2017), which was designed to measure teachers’ ML competencies. I decided to adopt this instrument as it was credible, and helped to measure both personal and pedagogical-didactic skills of teachers. A total of 44 items indicated in a questionnaire were grouped into 3 factors, whereby scale reliability statistics showed mean = 3.20, standard deviation = .78, Cronbach’s α = .97, and McDonald’s ω= .97. Exploratory factor analysis (EFA) with Varimax rotation was conducted using data. All factors showed a sufficient to good internal consistency (Field, 2013) and content reliability. Throughout the study I ensured ethical consideration, whereby the participants took part in research on a voluntary basis and signed a written consent form, which clearly stipulated their rights to withdraw at any time of the research. I also coded participants’ details and safeguarded the data in my computer through setting passcodes. The University also sent an official letter to local educational departments to grant access to schools and inform about the potential outcome of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The qualitative data results indicate that teachers are concerned about the importance of including ML components in their day-to-day lessons, though they highlight certain barriers. The challenges that teachers experience with ML include selecting appropriate resources, teaching methods as well as attitudes of other stakeholders of education. Four major themes were identified from the qualitative data analysis: (1) evaluating the validity of media messages and assessing them; (2) communicating media messages; and (3) safety; (4) ML practice in the classroom and ethics in pedagogy. Teacher’s practice of media literacy varied based on their preparation and policy guidelines in their respective schools. The learning curve was facilitated and supported: ‘I know that our republic in 2012 started the work on facilitating the formation of literacy in the field of media education’ (Teacher_1). However, teachers criticized the lack of practice and post-course support ‘However, students learn how to think critically about media through practice. We do not have much practice in media literacy’ (Teacher_9). The key findings from the questionnaire show that teachers’ personal competencies rated higher compared to pedagogical-deductive ones. Most of the teachers could operate different media devices in a technical sense (n=76), they could choose them consciously based on different functions (n=74), but the confidence in using Artificial Intelligence for educational purposes was lower (n=62). Overall the study outcomes indicate that teachers have a general understanding of ML and are willing to facilitate students’ ML skills in their classrooms. However, there is little to no policy or guidance for teachers to promote ML in their classrooms in an ethical manner. References Brunner, C., & Tally, W. (1999). The new media literacy handbook: An educator's guide to bringing new media into the classroom. Doubleday. Creswell, J. W. (2014). A concise introduction to mixed methods research. SAGE publications. Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). Teacher quality and student achievement. Education policy analysis archives, 8, 1-1. Felini Ed D, D. (2014). Quality Media Literacy Education. A Tool for Teachers and Teacher Educators of Italian Elementary Schools. Journal of Media Literacy Education, 6(1), 3. Fullan, M. (1982). The meaning of educational change. Toronto: OISE press. Gambrell, L. B., Malloy, J. A., & Mazzoni, S. A. (2011). Evidence-based best practices for comprehensive literacy instruction. Best practices in literacy instruction, 4, 11-56. Hargreaves, A. & Evans, R. (1997). Teachers and educational reform. In Hargreaves, A. and Evans, R. (Eds.) Beyond Educational Reform: bringing teachers back in. Buckingham: Open University Press. Hill, J. (2022). Policy responses to false and misleading digital content: A snapshot of children’s media literacy. Ingvarson, L., Meiers, M., & Beavis, A. (2005). Factors affecting the impact of professional development programs on teachers' knowledge, practice, student outcomes & efficacy. Korona, M. (2020). Evaluating online information: Attitudes and practices of secondary English Language Arts teachers. Journal of Media Literacy Education, 12(1), 42–56. https://doi.org/10.23860/jmle-2020-12-1-4 Manfra, M., Holmes, C. (2020). Integrating media literacy in social studies teacher education. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 20(1), 121-141 Mason, L. (2016). McLuhan's challenge to critical media literacy: The City as Classroom textbook. Curriculum inquiry, 46(1), 79-97. Meehan, J., Ray, B., Wells, S., Walker, A., & Schwarz, G. (2015). Media literacy in teacher education: A good fit across the curriculum. Journal of Media Literacy Education. https://doi.org/10.23860/jmle-7-2-8 Murray, J. (2021). Literacy is inadequate: young children need literacies. International Journal of Early Years Education, 29(1), 1-5. OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development). 2020b. Early Learning and Child Well-Being: A Study of Five-Year-Olds in England, Estonia, and the United States. https://doi.org/10.1787/3990407f-en Pederson, R. (2023). An Argument for Including Critical Media Literacy in EFL Curriculum and Pedagogy. English Teaching, 78(1). Reimers, F. (2009). 14 Educating for Global Competency. International perspectives on the goals of universal basic and secondary education, 22, 183-202. Robertson, L., &; Hughes, J.M. (2011). Investigating pre-service teachers’ understandings of critical media literacy. Language and Literacy, 13(2), 37-53. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Classroom Situations As Knowledge Construction With Digital Media Goethe-University Frankfurt am Main, Germany Presenting Author:Digital infrastructure as a media environment must be understood as embedded in social processes and spatial structures. Considering measures aimed at digitalisation of schools at the knowledge and infrastructure level and practices teachers and pupils develop in building digitally enhanced environments in the classroom, questions about changes to teaching situations arise. Situational analysis (Clarke et al., 2022) allows research on the complexity of spatial-material and communicative-discursive networks. Taking digitally extended learning environments as an example, combinations of situation-analytical mappings prove helpful in depicting interactions of social actors and nonhuman actants (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 12) and their positioning in constructing teaching and learning situations. Digital artifacts and their implementation and integration in classroom practices are at the core of recent discourses in education. Measures of saturating institutionalised pedagogical contexts (School, University) with digital technologies. In the European context the examples of Austria, Germany and Switzerland (BMBWF, 2018; Educa, 2021; KMK, 2021) show measures aiming at three levels:
This meets structural indicators of curriculum, teachers, assessment and a so-called “digital education ecosystem” (Eurydice, 2023) for digital change at the European level. Initiatives to digitalize institutionalized pedagogical spaces provide specific infrastructures. These infrastructures are inscribed with certain ways of acting and convey particular ways of knowledge construction into classroom situations. Also, digital devices like smartphones as always available technological artefacts shape everyday classroom practice not planned by administrative measures. The ways teachers engage with the learning environment and use options of providing and communicating the use of digital media could be planned (cf. Petko, 2020; Schmid et al., 2020). In this process, “a specific teaching and learning environment” (Petko, 2020, p. 115) is constructed. There is still little research on spontaneous situations that arise in the classroom without having planned the use of technical devices in advance. Discourses of progress associated with digitalisation promote assumptions of teaching situations being “improved” by digital artifacts (Selwyn, 2022, p. 26f). The paper discusses how educational research may be inspired by Science and Technology Studies. Technical artifacts are analysed as part of knowledge construction (Wyatt, 2008) and teaching is understood as an institutionalized and professionalised “situation” (Terhart, 2009, p. 103) of normative character (Hollstein et al., 2016, p. 44) in the classroom as a socially and communicatively constructed space (Christmann, 2022; Knoblauch & Steets, 2022). The paper aims at developing an informed position by discussing technological determinism (Wyatt, 2008) and how it is enacted in the ways teachers select and position technology and technological artefacts in the classroom. Therefore, the guiding question of the paper is how digital artefacts are used in classroom situations and how they are situated as artefacts in the course of knowledge construction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on situational analysis (Friese, 2023), and inspirations from Science and Technology Studies (Hackett et al., 2008) the idea of following artifacts – as opposed to following the actors (Wyatt, 2008, p. 170) – is taken up. Complexities of teaching in classrooms as socio-technical situations will be analysed so as to better understand and challenge ways of thinking about school and knowledge (cf. Lynch, 2008, p. 10). Classroom practices and the construction of digitally enriched learning environments is often linked to planning classroom settings. At present, schools have very different conditions for digital teaching. It is therefore not possible to assume “stable, circumscribed situations” (Friese, 2023, p. 115). Given different starting conditions, the classroom infrastructure and digital artefacts as a constitutive element in the creation of situations move to the centre of observation. Especially their role in established classroom practices of knowledge construction help to identify, if proclaimed changes or progresses are made and what role they actually play in teaching and learning. Situational analysis and analytical maps are used in order to reconstruct situation-specific discourses, arenas and positions (Clarke, 2016). Focusing on digital artefacts in use in the classroom, the paper draws on the four possible kinds of maps exemplified by Clarke et al. (Clarke et al., 2022), situational maps help to identify “major human, nonhuman, discursive, historical, symbolic, cultural, political and other elements” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 10) and identify key elements to be mapped in relational maps that “explore relations among all the key elements” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 13). Especially for detangling “social, organizational and institutional dimensions of the situation”, social worlds/arenas are key elements in the analysis of classroom situations, distinguishing the social world inside classroom walls from the social arena of school for instance (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 14). Positional maps shed light on discursive positions in the situation and lay out “axes of concern and controversy” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 15) enabling a differentiated look at knowledge as constructed issue in teaching situations. Characteristically, all four kinds of maps take nonhuman actants “seriously as active, coconstitutive elements” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 15). Questions of where and how digital elements are placed in learning environments and how discourses and dynamics are developed in relation to their placing are therefore met with this methodological approach. This opens up new perspectives on educational media research on teaching and digital media. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The following example is a social science class in a fifth grade. In this class personal smartphones of pupils turn into artifacts of engagement with an exhibition about school back in time, today and tomorrow organised within the school building. As soon as technical artefacts are located or placed in the physical learning space, presuppositions about their role in knowledge construction are enacted. Situated opportunities of action are realised by teachers and learners within the classroom situation in relation to the spatial-technical-social environment. In the example pupils use their smartphones to take photos and videos of the exhibits. The sequence offers potential to take a closer look at media and digital media placed within the infrastructure of the lesson and ways of interaction by different actors. Practices range from distancing to engaging with the exhibits. Different ways of knowledge construction enfold as pupils interact with each other as well as the exhibits and their personal smartphones, producing media-representations of their experience. Questions of knowledge construction through media engagement, power and participation, connected to digital artefacts could be transferred to platforms, software solutions and digital teaching materials. But the focus will shift from effects of technologies on teaching towards processes of knowledge construction in specific situations, of use and placement of digital artefacts in classroom interactions. Following artefacts and asking for how they are communicatively integrated in knowledge construction in classroom situations proves useful with regard to complex structures and varying technical arrangements, social roles and practices. Situation analysis brings implicit aspects to the surface in order to better understand the relationship between education and its technology. References BMBWF. (2018). Masterplan für die Digitalisierung im Bildungswesen (Digitale Schule). https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/Themen/schule/zrp/dibi/mp.html Christmann, G. B. (2022). The theoretical concept of the communicative (re)construction of spaces. In G. B. Christmann, M. Löw, & H. Knoblauch (Eds.), Communicative Constructions and the Refiguration of Spaces (1st ed., pp. 89–112). Routledge. Clarke, A. E. (2016). Situational Analysis. In The Blackwell Encyclopedia of Sociology (pp. 1–2). John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Clarke, A. E., Washburn, R., & Friese, C. (2022). Situational Analysis in Practice: Mapping Relationalities Across Disciplines. Routledge. Educa. (2021). Digitalisierung in der Bildung. (p. 334). Fachagentur für den digitalen Bildungsraum Schweiz. https://www.educa.ch/de/news/2021/bericht-digitalisierung-der-bildung Eurydice. (2023). Structural indicators for monitoring education and training systems in Europe 2023: Digital competence at school. Publications Office of the EU. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/886074 Friese, C. (2023). Situational Analysis and Digital Methods. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 24(2), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-24.2.4078 Hackett, E. J., Amsterdamska, O., Lynch, M., & Wajcman, J. (Eds.). (2008). The handbook of science and technology studies (3rd ed). MIT Press. Hollstein, O., Meseth, W., & Proske, M. (2016). „Was ist (Schul)unterricht?“: Die systemtheoretische Analyse einer Ordnung des Pädagogischen. In T. Geier & M. Pollmanns (Eds.), Was ist Unterricht? (pp. 43–75). Springer. KMK. (2021). Lehren und Lernen in der digitalen Welt. Ergänzung zur Strategie der Kultusministerkonferenz „Bildung in der digitalen Welt“ (09.12.2021). Knoblauch, H., & Steets, S. (2022). From the constitution to the communicative construction of space. In G. B. Christmann, M. Löw, & H. Knoblauch, Communicative Constructions and the Refiguration of Spaces (pp. 19–35). Routledge. Lynch, M. (2008). Ideas and Perspectives. In E. J. Hackett & Society for Social Studies of Science (Eds.), The handbook of science and technology studies (pp. 9–12). MIT Press. Petko, D. (2020). Einführung in die Mediendidaktik: Lehren und Lernen mit digitalen Medien (2. Auflage). Beltz. Schmid, M., Brianza, E., & Petko, D. (2020). Developing a short assessment instrument for Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK.xs) and comparing the factor structure of an integrative and a transformative model. Computers & Education, 157, 103967. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2020.103967 Terhart, E. (2009). Didaktik: Eine Einführung. Reclam. Wyatt, S. (2008). Technological Determinism Is Dead; Long Live Technological Determinism. In E. J. Hackett, O. Amsterdamska, M. Lynch, J. Wajcman, & Published in cooperation with the Society for the Social Studies of Science (Eds.), The Handbook of Science and Technology Studies (3rd ed, pp. 165–180). MIT Press. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 07 SES 04 A: Dialogue, Responsiveness and Sustainability in Intercultural Education Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Santos Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Interreligious and Interfaith Dialogue, and Community Action: Indicators, Conditions, and Guidelines for Success. Universitat Autònoma Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Interreligious and interfaith dialogue, as well as community action, are two areas of growing interest today, given that religious and cultural diversity is a worldwide reality that poses challenges to coexistence and social cohesion. Interreligious and interfaith dialogue refers to the process of communication and mutual understanding among individuals from different religious traditions and/or beliefs. On the other hand, community action refers to collaboration among community members to address challenges and improve the quality of community life. From the review of academic literature, an underexplored relationship emerges between interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community action. This relationship is important because both initiatives aim to promote peace, justice, and harmony in society (Ibrahim et al., 2012; Orton, 2016). Through interreligious dialogue, prejudices and cultural barriers between different religions and communities can be reduced. This can help foster mutual cooperation and understanding, leading to increased community action and the resolution of common problems. Community action can also be a means to promote interreligious dialogue. When working together on community projects, people from different religions and cultures can learn about their similarities and differences, fostering greater understanding and mutual respect. In many cases, interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community action have been used to address specific issues, such as poverty alleviation, promotion of education and training, or conflict resolution, both internationally and in Catalonia ̶ the context of our research. Additionally, interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community action can also be a way to address broader social and political challenges. For example, in some countries, religious organizations have worked together to address climate change (Fedorova, 2016; Purnomo, 2020). However, we cannot ignore the obstacles in promoting interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community actions, as highlighted by research. One of the major challenges is the lack of understanding and tolerance that may arise between communities belonging to different religions and cultures (Abu-Nimer, 2001; Edwards, 2018; Farell, 2014; Miller, 2017; Pallavicini, 2016; Vila-Baños et al., 2018). This can hinder collaboration and joint work on community projects. There may also be mistrust and references to historical conflicts between different religious groups during interaction, making cooperation and community action difficult (Helskog, 2015; Kuppinger, 2019). Additionally, there may be challenges such as linguistic and cultural barriers that make communication difficult (Kruja, 2020; Mitri 1997), as well as logistical and institutional challenges in organizing joint community projects. Despite these challenges, academic literature provides data on initiatives worldwide to promote interreligious dialogue as community action. In Catalonia, too, there are emerging studies in this regard, from both a broader social perspective (Freixa-Niella et al., 2022) and a more educational and formative perspective (Vilà-Baños et al., 2022). AUDIR (2023) identified up to twelve practices of interreligious and interfaith dialogue in our country in which there is a community action component. The preliminary results of our research have expanded this collection up to 37 existing good practices currently. Hence, for potential becoming a tangible reality, rather than a mere theoretical construct, it is necessary to delineate the conditions that make it possible, encompassing personal, geographical, cultural, social, economic, political, and, notably, religious dimensions. This forms the crux of the research we present, which sets the overarching goal: "To comprehensively grasp the conditions that mold interreligious and interfaith dialogue into a good practice of community action fostering coexistence in Catalonia." The preliminary stages of the research took place from October 2023 to January 2024, and were dedicated to the update of the landscape of interreligious and interfaith dialogue practices within Catalonia, as well as the formulation and validation of an indicator system designed to facilitate the identification of good practices among them. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project, financed by the Catalan government, spans a duration of one year and is structured into four distinct phases. This paper delineates the methods and outcomes corresponding to the initial two phases, both of which concluded in January 2024. The methodology is qualitative. Each phase is guided by specific methods or methodologies. In Phase 1, the subject of research was addressed on an exploratory basis. The research team collaborated with AUDIR (UNESCO) to compile a map of interreligious and interfaith dialogue practices in Catalonia, resulting in a collection of 37 practices. Two research actions were conducted: documentary analysis and individual interviews. Documentary analysis was performed based on criteria of relevance and pertinence to the topic, involving the identification of at least ten sources from mixed origins (academic and institutional). The interviews were conducted with three key informants selected based on criteria of expertise and experience in the field, representing the administration, social entities, and academia. In Phase 2, the research team aimed to identify the subject of research, by identifying which of these practices promotes community action in specific local environments and the criteria that allows us to qualify them as good practices. The expert focal group technique was applied through a three-session seminar to build an indicator system for evaluating interreligious and interfaith dialogue practices as community action. The first session focused on conceptual clarification, the second on identifying success factors, and the third on building a proposal for indicators. The proposal was based on the international SMART model. The selection of participants also followed a mixed composition. The group consisted of 9 individuals: three representatives from administrations, three from entities, and three from the academia. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Following the completion of phases 1 and 2 in our research, we present two significant outputs. Firstly, an updated landscape has been elaborated, comprising nearly all prevailing interreligious and interfaith dialogue practices in Catalonia, including a comprehensive collection of 36 different practices. This compilation not only features detailed information about each practice, but also provides a thorough description of their primary activities and outcomes, along with an assessment of their effectiveness as good practices. At present, it is the most detailed and extensive compilation of interreligious and interfaith practices taking place in Catalonia. Parallel to phase 1, we conducted phase 2, which involved a series of three seminars featuring a group of 11 experts on the field of interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community action. These experts were chosen from academia, administration and organizations actively engaged in the field. Throughout the seminar, these experts collaborated with the research team to formulate an indicator system to assess the suitability of an interreligious and interfaith dialogue practice for community action. These indicators have been inspired by Hatry’s indicator system development (Hatry, 2014), employing key criteria such as relevance, clarity, consistency, precision, accessibility, pertinence, and flexibility. In addition to these two outputs, the research process has yielded other results. The process involves dynamic interactions between academic and institutional agents who typically operate independently, fostering reflective processes. Furthermore, it activates contact with other social institutions, promoting broader interreligious and interfaith dialogue. These collaborative efforts have strengthened relationships among diverse actors in the interreligious and interfaith dialogue field, has offered the administration a fresh perspective on community issues and facilitated direct communication between organizations on the ground and administration. Outcomes and findings from the preliminary phases of the research are being actively analyzed, and are expected to be presented in the ECER Conference. References Abu-Nimer, M. (2001). Conflict Resolution, Culture, and Religion: Toward a Training Model of Interreligious Peacebuilding. Journal of Peace Research, 38(6), 685-704. AUDIR. (2023). Llistat de bones pràctiques de diàleg interreligiós i interconviccional a Catalunya. Daddow, A., Cronshaw, D., Daddow, N. & Sandy, R. (2019). Hopeful cross-cultural encounters to suport Student well-being and graduate attributes in higher education. Journal of Studies In International Education, 24(2), 1-17. Edwards, S. (2018). Critical reflections on the interfaith movement: A social justice perspective. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education, 11(2), 164–181. Farrell, F. (2014). A critical investigation of the relationship between masculinity, social justice, religious education and the neo-liberal discourse. Education and Training, 56(7), 650-662. Freixa-Niella, M., Graell-Martín, M., Noguera-Pigem, E., & Vilà-Baños, R. (2021). El diálogo interreligioso: una asignatura pendiente entre las organizaciones sociales y educativas. Modulema: revista científica sobre diversidad cultural, 5, 151-169. Hatry, H.P. (2014). Transforming Performance Measurement for the 21st Century. The Urban Institute. Helskog, G.H. (2015). The Gandhi Project: Dialogos philosophical dialogues and the ethics and politics of intercultural and interfaith friendship. Educational Action Research, 23(2), 225-242. Ibrahim, I., Othman, M.Y., Dakir, J., Samian, A.L. et al. (2012). The importance, ethics and issues on interfaith dialogue among multi racial community. Journal of Applied Sciences Research, 8(6), 2920-2924. Orton, A. (2016) Interfaith dialogue: seven key questions for theory, policy and practice, Religion, State and Society, 44(4), 349-365. Kruja, G. (2022). Interfaith harmony through education system of religious communities. Religion and Education, 49(1), 104-117. Kuppinger, P. (2019). Spaces of interfaith dialogue between protestant and muslim communities in Germany. Gender and religion in the city: Women, urban planning and spirituality (pp. 51-63) Miller, K. D. (2017). Interfaith dialogue in a secular field. Management Research Review, 40(8), 824-844. Pallavicini, Y. S. Y. (2016). Interfaith education: An islamic perspective. International Review of Education, 62(4), 423-437. Purnomo, A. B. (2020). A model of interreligious eco-theological leadership to care for the earth in the indonesian context. European Journal of Science and Theology, 16(4), 15-25. Sabariego-Puig, M., Freixa-Niella, M., Vila-Baños, R. (2018). El diálogo interreligioso en el espacio público: retos para los agentes socioeducativos en Cataluña. Pedagogía social: revista interuniversitaria, 32, 151-166 Vila-Baños, R., Aneas-Álvarez, A., Freixa-Niella, M., Sabariego-Puig, M. & Rubio-Hurtado, M.J. (2018). Educar en competencias para el diálogo interreligioso e intercultural para afrontar el radicalismo y la intolerancia religiosas. A Lleixá-Arribas, T. (Ed.). Educación 2018-2020, Universitat de Barcelona, pp. 67-72. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Centering Turkish-origin students: Culturally responsive teaching in an Austrian technical school 1Southwestern University, United States of America; 2Allen High School, United States of America Presenting Author:Romanians, Serbians, and Turks make up the largest immigrant communities in Austria (Statistik Austria, 2023). Turkish people are often represented as the least integrated immigrant community throughout Germany, Austria, and the Netherlands (Wets, 2006). Second-generation Turkish youth have the lowest academic outcomes of any major immigrant community in Western Europe, with students experiencing lower academic outcomes in Germany and Austria, compared to France, Belgium, and the Netherlands (Crul & Vermeulen, 2004). In recognition of the academic disparities, this study seeks to examine how four teachers in an Austrian vocational school (Handelsschule), with a substantial Turkish origin student population, utilized culturally responsive teaching methods to support students. Much of the initial Turkish immigration began in the 1960s as part of bilateral labor agreements with the Turkish government to address shortages in the workforce after WWII (Wets, 2006; Herzog-Punzenberger, 2003). Although the guestworker program in Austria ended in 1973, Turkish immigration increased in 1974 as guestworkers’ families arrived (Herzog-Punzenberger, 2003). In 2006, Austria had the highest achievement gap between Turkish origin students and native students, with a gap of 133 points between Turkish students and native students on the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), compared to gaps of 114 points in Germany and 91 points in Switzerland (Buchmann & Parrado, 2006). In both Germany and Austria, Turkish origin students were in schools with higher student-teacher ratios and less resources, compared to native students (Song, 2011). In Austria, Turkish origin students were also disproportionally enrolled in special education programs (Herzog-Punzenberger, 2003). Analysis of 2006 PISA results demonstrated that home factors (i.e. number of books at home, language spoken, and parent level of education) accounted for 55% of the test score difference between native students and Turkish origin youth in Austria (Song, 2011). It is clear that there is a dire need for teachers to shift pedagogical strategies to ensure that immigrant-origin students, particularly Turkish-origin students, feel a sense of belonging in the classroom and are effectively supported. Our primary research questions in this study are: What culturally responsive teaching practices are being used in Austrian schools? What barriers exist for teachers in implementing culturally responsive teaching practices? In theorizing culturally relevant pedagogies, which originated within a U.S. context, we utilized Ladson-Billings’ (1995b) model, which includes three characteristics: “an ability to develop students academically, a willingness to nurture and support cultural competence, and the development of a sociopolitical consciousness” (p. 483). Recognizing that cultures are not static, Alim and Paris (2017) also proposed the concept of culturally sustaining pedagogies, which are those that support linguistic and cultural pluralism in schools. Within both definitions, the concept of critical consciousness, which is rooted in Freire’s (1970) concept of conscientização, played a central role. Culturally responsive teaching is “a way of teaching and learning that considers the social, emotional, cognitive, political, and cultural dimensions of every student” (Powell et. al., 2016). Findings using the Culturally Responsive Instructional Observation Protocol (CRIOP), have demonstrated that students, who have teachers that score higher on a culturally responsive teaching scale, score higher in both Math and Reading assessments (Powell et. al., 2016). In Austria, a “pedagogy for foreigners” (Ausländerpädagogik) exists, but this has been perceived as a deficit-based model that does not effectively support integration (Seyfried, 2014). Culturally responsive pedagogical models have been proposed as one potential means of reducing the achievement gap between immigrant-origin and native students (Seyfried, 2014). We recognize that there are teachers who may be implementing these models, partially or in-full, even if they have not been provided with formal training in culturally responsive pedagogies, which led to the current research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We utilized the Culturally Responsive Instructional Observation Protocol (CRIOP) to identify specific culturally responsive pedagogical strategies used by teachers in one Austrian school. Interviews and school observations were conducted with four teachers in a technical school (Handelsschule). One researcher on our team was an English Language Assistant at the school during the time of research. She obtained approval from the school director, then asked teachers and administrators to provide recommendations for teachers who seemed to have more success with immigrant-origin students. She reached out to invite these teachers to participate in the study and four teachers accepted. Teachers in the study taught Geography and German Language Arts. She observed one class period for each teacher, then conducted a 30-60 minute interview with each teacher after the observation. During observations, minute-by-minute notes were typed, focusing on actions of the teacher and interactions with students. Interviews were recorded and transcribed, except in one case where the interviewee requested the interview not be recorded. In this case, notes were taken during the interview. After observations were complete, the CRIOP was used to code interviews and observation data. The CRIOP (Powell et al., 2017) is a tool that operationalizes culturally responsive pedagogy using six elements: classroom relationships, family collaborations, assessment practices, instructional practices, discourse, and critical consciousness. Within each of the six elements, are multiple indicators that focus on actions of the teacher aligned with each element. These include, for instance, “teacher incorporates culture into the conversation,” “teacher intentionally learns about students’ cultures,” “instruction is contextualized in students’ lives, experiences, and individual abilities.” Within the protocol, examples of each indicator are provided for how this might look in responsive and a non-responsive classrooms. The non-observing researcher conducted an initial round of coding, then the observing researcher conducted a second round of coding. After completing the coding, we each completed the CRIOP, scoring each participant in each indicator, as well as a final score in each element. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings demonstrate the importance of valuing students’ home languages, developing strong relationships with students, and connecting content to student’s lives. Similar to research conducted in the United States using the CRIOP (Powell, Cantrell, Malo-Juvera, & Corell, 2016), the highest CRIOP ratings for teachers were in the area of classroom relationships, promoting a sense of comradery in the classroom. In one classroom, the teacher allowed discussion in either German or Turkish when students worked together. In another class, the teacher encouraged student feedback and incorporated this into lessons. Also similar to the U.S. context, the lowest ratings were in the area of critical consciousness. Teachers seem to struggle to make meaningful connections to students' lives, particularly in providing opportunities to interrogate inequities that may be impacting students on a daily basis. In another class, through a lesson on population, the teacher encouraged students to make connections to different generations of their family. Limitations arose through an inability to conduct multiple observations of these particular teachers. In addition, observations were conducted approximately 2 months prior to the end of the school year, which may not always be the most representative of a teachers’ pedagogy throughout the year. Interviews provided one way to allow teachers to reflect on their overall pedagogy, mitigating some of these limitations. Implications of this study include the need for teacher education programs to highlight issues of social justice and injustice, as well as provide instruction in developing curriculum that connects to students' lives. In particular, centering critical consciousness within teacher education programs has the potential to increase the success of immigrant-origin students. We are currently in the process of developing a manuscript to further disseminate the findings from this research. References Alim, H.S. & Paris, D. (2017). What is culturally sustaining pedagogy and why does it matter? In D. Paris & H.S. Alim (Eds.), Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world (pp. 1-21). Teachers College Press. Buchmann, C., & Parrado, E. A. (2006). Educational achievement of immigrant-origin and native students: A comparative analysis informed by institutional theory. In D. Baker, & A. Wiseman (Eds.), The impact of comparative education research on institutional theory (pp. 335-366). Emerald Group Publishing Limited, Leeds. Crul, M., & Vermeulen, H. (2004). Immigration, education of the Turkish second generation in five European nations: A comparative study. Luxembourg LIS/Maxwell immigration conference, Luxembourg. Freire, P. (1970). Cultural action and conscientization. Harvard Educational Review, 40(3), 452-477. Hertzog-Punzenberger, B. (2003). Ethnic segmentation in school and labor market: 40 year legacy of Austrian guestworker policy. The International Migration Review, 37(4), 1120-1144. Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). Toward a theory of culturally relevant pedagogy. American Education Research Journal, 32(3), 465-491. Powell, R., Cantrell, S.C., Malo-Juvera, V. & Correll, P. (2016). Operationalizing culturally responsive instruction: Preliminary findings of CRIOP research. Teachers College Record, 118, 1-46. Powell, R., Cantrell, S.C., Correll, P. K., & Malo-Juvera, V. (2017). Culturally Responsive Instruction Observation Protocol (4th ed.). Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky College of Education. Seyfried, C. (2014). Trust-based learning and its importance in intercultural education. CLCWeb: Comparative Literature and Culture, 16(3), 1-6. Song, S. (2011). Second-generation Turkish youth in Europe: Explaining the academic disadvantage in Austria, Germany, and Switzerland. Economics of Education Review, 30, 938-949. Statistik Austria. (2023). Mehr als ein Viertel der Bevölkerung hat Wruzeln im Ausland. [data set]. Migration and Integration Statistic Almanac 2023. https://www.statistik.at/fileadmin/announcement/2023/08/20230824MigrationIntegration2023.pdf Wets, J. (2006). The Turkish community in Austria and Belgium: The challenge of integration. Turkish Studies, 7(1), 85-100. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Education for Sustainable Interculturality University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Over the decades intercultural encounters have been introduced in research and education inclusive of communication between humans and different communities. Dervin, Sude, Yang & Chen (2022) problematizes the dominant discourse on interculturality between East and West and the need for diverse languages to be introduced in the dialogue. This study explored the ways in which interculturality can provide means towars planetary justice and sustainable societies. In the future, intercultural dialogue should not be based on the humanistic assumptions of a solitary human self, separate and autonomous from the rest of the planetary system. This paper discusses opportunities to shift the language around interculturality incorporating interdisciplinary, social justice and planetary lense by using the metaphor of contact zone in between interculturality and sustainability towards more sustainable interculturality. Utilizing the contact zone theory by Mary Louise Pratt (1991), this study explores the opportunity of interculturality to be understood as a dialogue and the encounters beyond Western intepretation of (inter)culture. Pratt’s (1991) theory of contact zone, in its traditional understanding, refers to the interculturality (her original term used was transculturation) as a social space, where people meet, clash, and struggle with each other, often in contexts of highly asymmetrical relations of power (Pratt, 1991, 6). In her writings, Pratt mentioned a story of a letter addressed by an unknown but apparently literate Andean to King Philip III of Spain. The purpose of the letter was to guide the King to rule in a more respectful manner towards the indigenous Andeans. The story continues with a belief that the letter was never delivered to the King (ibid, 1991,6). This leads to the ongoing issue of today’s education – whose knowledge is taught at schools and whose (inter)culturality is recognized in the education policies when intercultural education theories rely mainly on western knowledge system. For the longest, teaching interculturality, has been recognized as important based on global education policy frameworks (see for example the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Global Competency Framework, 2020 and The Council of Europe’s White Paper on Intercultural Dialogue, 2008). As an example, Finnish national curriculum recognizes interculturality in a form of language and cultural diversity, to remind about the ethnic diversity in schools. Interculturality and sustainability both play a significant role in our increasingly interconnected and diverse world, with also increased tensions and crises. However, interculturality has not been much included to the sustainable development goals, namely to the Education for All SDG4 goal. Interculturality here refers to the interaction and dialogue that takes place in highly asymmetrical power relations, often centered on beliefs and values among individuals or groups from different ethnic, educational, socio-economic and geographical locations (see for example Dervin, 2015). Whereas sustainability focuses on the long-term well-being of both the environment and society, aiming to preserve resources and promote social equity between species. This study explored the intersection between interculturality and sustainability, their interdependence and the potential for positive synergies towards sustainable interculturality with the focus on planetary justice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study aimed to explore opportunities to create further contact zones with the idea of interculturality and sustainability in education. In 2021, a literature search was conducted to understand the relationship between sustainable and global/intercultural education. This was part of a project aiming to strengthen global and sustainable education at the Faculty of Education and Psychology at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. The keywords for the search were sustainable education, sustainability education, education for sustainable education and global citizenship education. The literature review was organised in themes, which were further developed to contact zones between the interculturality and sustainable education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three contact zones between intercultural and sustainable development in education were identified through the literature review and thematic analysis: 1. Intersecting Interculturality, Global Citizenship and Sustainable Education, 2. Cultural heritage and sustainability of different communities and species and 3. Competencies required for intercultural planetary well-being. To conclude, the key is to problematize how all this can become action and/or pedagogy. Börjesön & al. (2006) mention two types of futures thinking 1) concerns about what the future could be (possible futures), and 2) what it should be (preferable futures). This provides an interesting pedagogical question to solve about what type of futures do we want to achieve and what needs could be filled to create possible and preferable futures. Whatever frameworks and concepts are used, we should think if creating universal international goals is preferable. Reflecting on different types of positive and negative scenarios might help to understand the role of different intercultural encounters and power systems in the process, which can be referred to as systemic thinking. Resilience and adaptation are seen as important skills to be learnt in education, especially during times of emergencies and global crises. References Börjeson, L.; Höjer, M.; Dreborg, K.; Ekvall, T.; Finnveden, G. (2006). Scenario types and techniques: Towards a user’s guide. Futures, 38, 723–739 Dervin, F., Gajardo, A., & Lavanchy, A. (2011). Politics of interculturality. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars. Dervin, F. (2015). Towards post-intercultural teacher education: Analysing ‘extreme’ intercultural dialogue to reco Dervin, F. (2016). Interculturality in Education: A Theoretical and Methodological Toolbox. Palgrave Macmillan. Glasser, H. (2018). Toward Robust Foundations for Sustainable Well-Being Societies: Learning to Change by Changing How We Learn. Sustainability, Human Well-Being, and the Future of Education. Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. (2021). Global citizenship otherwise. In Conversations on Global Citizenship Education (pp. 13-36). Routledge. Yuan, M.; Sude; Wang, T.; Zhang, W.; Chen, N.; Simpson, A.; Dervin, F. (2020). Chinese Minzu Education in Higher Education: An inspiration for ‘Western’ Diversity Education? Br. J. Educ. Stud., 68, 461–486 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 07 SES 04 B: Teacher Education Studies in Social Justice and Intercultural Education II Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper “It’s a Form of Psychological Warfare Against Educators”: Protective Factors for Sustaining Social Justice Education 1University of Florida, United States of America; 2University of New Hampshire, United States of America Presenting Author:Public schools should be places where students from diverse backgrounds come together to strengthen their knowledge and skills to maximize their human potential and become active citizens in a vibrant democracy. However, U.S. educators are living in increasingly polarizing times where, as of January 2023, 18 states have passed legislation that bans or restricts how concepts, such as race and equity, are taught in schools, prohibiting complex discussions of systemic injustice (Schwartz, 2023). Book banning and rejecting courses that educate students about African American history (Kim, 2023; Limbong, 2022) reflect the pugnacious state of the current American public classroom. While restrictive legislation of this nature and to this degree may not be prominent across the globe, discussions of “woke education” are occurring in parts of Europe (Cammaerts, 2022). When laws prohibit important social, historical, and political discussions in classrooms in any country, democracy is threatened. In the context of a heightened politically polarizing time in the US, it is imperative to understand how teachers committed to social justice education (SJE) navigate the complexity of their work. The purpose of our study is to examine the experiences of 17 justice-oriented educators within one school district in the state of New Hampshire, where a law banning the teaching of “divisive concepts” was passed in 2021, as they teach and lead in contentious times. The following research questions guide the study: 1) What supports teachers' commitment to socially just teaching when they encounter opposition to their work? 2) In what ways do these supports operate as protective factors for the teachers' personal and professional wellbeing? We deliberately use the term protective factors because there are forces (e.g., the law, hostility from the community) that threaten the integrity of their practice, and their students’ learning and wellbeing. This study addresses ECER’s conference theme in that it helps us to understand how educators enact SJE in a time of uncertainty, igniting hope and empowering other educators to take part in educating for greater justice. We draw on the literature related to social justice education and social justice leadership (SJL) to inform the study. Chubbock and Zembylas (2008) define SJE as, “a teacher’s effort to transform policies and enact pedagogies that improve the learning and life opportunities of typically underserved students while equipping and empowering them to work for a more socially just society themselves” (p. 284). As Chubbock and Zembylas (2008) note the focus of SJE is to “improve the learning... of underserved students.” However, often overlooked is another vital part of SJE—the significance and necessity of SJE for privileged students to engender change (Swalwell, 2013). Challenging inequality in these communities must also be part of the larger SJE project (Author, 2021; Swalwell 2013). This is especially important to consider in the current study which takes place in a predominantly white and wealthy district. An extension of SJE is SJL, which is carried out by leaders who “make issues of race, class, gender, disability, sexual orientation, and other historically and currently marginalizing conditions in the United States central to their advocacy, leadership, practice, and vision” (Theoharis, 2007, p. 223). SJL is a pivotal piece in the educational equity project and goes beyond simply recognizing injustice to interrogating conditions that perpetuate marginalization and supporting justice-oriented change efforts in schools through policy and practice (Flores & Bagwell, 2021; Theoharis & Haddix, 2011). The findings from this study indicate the kinds of support that bolstered educators’ determination and ability to persist in justice-oriented teaching. The findings offer guidance for educational leaders and educators who face similar challenges to their social justice commitments in communities across the globe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used South Adams School District (SASD) is located in a progressive leaning town in New Hampshire, a small, politically divided state in the U.S. Two thousand students attend its four schools—two elementary, one middle, and one high school. The district serves mostly white students and a small percentage of students of color. Only 5% of students come from low-income households. We selected this district because Author had been working with them to facilitate professional learning opportunities as one part of their larger anti-racist and justice-oriented goals. Critical ethnographic principles informed the methodological decisions of this study. In this tradition, emancipation and transformation of inequality is a core goal (Carspecken, 1996; Grbich, 2012). An underlying assumption in our research is the current political and cultural state of the U.S. silences the voices and practices of educators, especially those with goals to expose privilege and unequal power relations. Fourteen teachers and three administrators with various years of teaching experience agreed to participate. Of the 17 participants, two were educators of color and the other 15 identified as white. We wanted to gain a broad understanding of the organization and therefore, deliberately selected participants from various backgrounds to gain an emic perspective, exploring this district culture from the inside (Carspecken, 1996; Spradley, 1980; Wolcott, 1990). Interviews, field notes, and documents were data collected over a 10-month period. All participants were interviewed twice with semi-structured protocols that asked open-ended questions focused on understanding a birds-eye view of justice-oriented and anti-racist work in the SASD and larger community, as well as their own commitments related to practice and leadership. We observed over 15 justice-oriented events (e.g., school-based professional learning communities). Three researchers engaged in a thematic analysis using a block and file approach (Grbich, 2012) initially to keep large excerpts intact. First, we read the 34 total interviews, highlighting instances where participants talked about feeling supported in the district. Second, we met as a research team to group and discuss similar kinds of support and wrote descriptive comments about our initial groupings. Analyzing field notes and documents helped us to gain a holistic view of the setting and corroborate our interview data. We refined our themes in an iterative manner until we reached consensus on key findings. Throughout the analysis process, we kept a research log to record ideas, wonderings, and possible themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Despite the teachers’ personal lives feeling threatened and experiencing fear of professional repercussions (Authors, under review), they spoke at length about the means and opportunities that support them through justice-oriented teaching in contentious times. We report on five interconnected kinds of support: Community-oriented supports are efforts to protect educators’ social justice work by engaging community members in learning and solidarity-building events. Connecting with the local community helps educators feel that they are not alone or unsupported in their efforts and strengthens their ability to persist. Declarative supports are bold, outward-facing statements and actions that assert the significance of SJE. These declarations may place the individual or institution at risk, yet they continue to persist bravely despite being criticized. While our data points to mostly the superintendent engaging in declarative support for the SASD, school board members and teachers outwardly reaffirmed their efforts to work toward greater justice. Structural support refers to school or district-wide policies and procedures put in place to provide the organization with a framework for decision-making related to teaching and interactions with families. Educators explained that they use their district’s anti-racism, transgender, and controversial topics policies as they teach and lead in contentious times. Legal support refers to counsel provided by an attorney that gives insight into the possibilities and limitations of teachers' instructional practice within the new constraints of divisive concepts legislation (DCL). This legal counsel aims to empower and protect teachers by providing a level of clarity surrounding the law and how it directly impacts their practice. Instructional support includes professional learning opportunities and experiences within the district and individual schools that strengthens teachers' development and enactment of SJE. These continual opportunities to learn allowed educators to deepen their knowledge and their instructional strategies to sustain their justice-oriented commitments. References Author (2021). Authors, under review. Carspecken, P. F. (1996). Critical ethnography in educational research: A theoretical and practical guide. Psychology Press. Cammaerts, B. (2022). The abnormalisation of social justice: The ‘anti-woke culture war’ discourse in the UK. Discourse & Society, 33(6), 730-743. Chubbuck, S., & Zembylas, M. (2008). The emotional ambivalence of socially just teaching: A case study of a novice urban schoolteacher. American Educational Research Journal, 45(2), pp. 274-318. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831207311586 Flores, C., & Bagwell, J. (2021). Social justice leadership as inclusion: Promoting inclusive practices to ensure equity for all. Educational Leadership and Administration: Teaching and Program Development, p. 31-43. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1318516.pdf. Accessed September 29, 2023 Grbich, C. (2012). Qualitative data analysis: An introduction. Sage. Kim, J. (2023, January 22). Florida says AP class teaches critical race theory. Here’s what’s really in the course. NPR. https://www.npr.org/2023/01/22/1150259944/florida-rejects-ap-class-african-american-studies. Accessed September 26, 2023 Limbong, A. (2022, September 19). New report finds a coordinated rise in attempted book bans. MPR News. https://www.mprnews.org/story/2022/09/19/npr-new-report-finds-a-coordinated-rise-in-attempted-book-bans?gclid=CjwKCAjw5MOlBhBTEiwAAJ8e1sdSXuZOnGm-I4oScfWVpkc9xLd1B7Ph0LFA35F5qUbX0rznyx8jqhoCajkQAvD_BwE. Accessed September 26, 2023 Schwartz, S. (2023, June 13). Map: Where critical race theory is under attack. Education Week. https://www.edweek.org/policy-politics/map-where-critical-race-theory-is-under-attack/2021/06. Accessed September 26, 2023 Spradley, J. (1980). Participant observation. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. Swalwell, K. (2013). Educating activist allies: Social justice pedagogy with the suburban and urban elite. Routledge. Theoharis, G. (2007). Social justice educational leaders and resistance: Toward a theory of social justice leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 43(2), 221-258. Theoharis, G., & Haddix, M. (2011). Undermining racism and a whiteness ideology: White principals living a commitment to equitable and excellent schools. Urban Education, 46(6), 1332-1351. Wolcott, H. F. (1990). Making a study “more ethnographic.” Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 19(1), 44-72. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Role Of Conflict As A Catalyst In The Formation Of Pre-Service Teachers’ Identity Beit Berl College, Israel Presenting Author:In theories of group behavior, the concept of social identity is extremely useful because it describes individuals in terms of multiple hierarchical affiliations. Thanks to an almost unlimited capacity for rationalization, most humans cope well with multiple identities and loyalties in conflict situations. Alongside this, there are often situations in which the conflict is present and requires the person to bridge it and find a balance (Magen-Nagar & Steinberger, 2016). Developmental psychologist Erik Erikson (1968) conceptualized an individual's identity as a multifaceted structure dynamically evolving and undergoing gradual changes over time. A crucial element within the components of one's identity is one’s professional identity (Popper-Giveon & Shayshon, 2017. Rodgers and Scott (2008) referred to the negotiation processes that take place in relation to professional identity. They posit that the identity structure is in a constant process of construction, development and changes while at the same time having a tendency to show coherence. They referred to identity as contextual, developing in relation to social, cultural, political and historical aspects, and during negotiations with the ‘other’. Aligned with the process approach, these assumptions correspond to the perspective that characterizes individuals’ current identity state and delineates the state of their identity at a specific moment (Kroger & Marcia, 2011). The process approach posits that individuals actively seek information about themselves and their surroundings to inform decision-making and meaningful choices in life. These simultaneous processes entail a commitment to a sequence of choices and decisions among identity alternatives, all the while acquiring the necessary knowledge to evaluate these alternatives (Alsanafi & Noor, 2019; Steinberger, 2022). Identity processes are accelerated in times of conflict. Thus, in a state of incompatibility, when individuals are exposed to central identity conflicts (Van der Gaag et al., 2020) they may feel their basic needs and values threatened. As a result, they may be prevented from considering identity alternatives. Frequent and significant conflict serves as a catalyst for change and action. Reinforcement for this exists in the theory of cognitive dissonance (Festinger, 1962; Harmon-Jones & Mills, 2019), according to which individuals naturally strive for balance. When a conflict disturbs the balance, individuals will be motivated to resolve it in order to reduce the discrepancy. In this research we approach identity formation both from a process approach and a socio-cultural perspective that takes into account the contextual factors influencing identity formation. For example, Côté (2006) highlighted the development of a contextual approach as a central challenge in identity research. Theoretical models addressing identity development grapple with this challenge by acknowledging the psychosocial context in the formation of identity (Côté & Levine, 2014). This study aimed to explore the process of identity formation among Arab Pre-Service Teachers (PSTs) who aspired to teach in Jewish schools. The sample comprised 14 Arab PSTs undergoing training, engaged in a unique program called “Cross-Teach” that involved the retraining of Jewish academics to teach in Arab schools and vice versa. As part of the program, the PSTs participated in a one-day-a-week practicum in schools from the ‘other’ stream, presenting various identity conflict situations. The primary research questions focused on understanding the identity processes experienced by Arab PSTs during their training. This included examining the encountered identity conflicts, assessing whether these conflicts acted as catalysts for regrouping, and exploring the ways in which the PSTs navigated and integrated this complexity into their identity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on data collected throughout the 2022-2023 school year. The information collected included 10 interviews with PSTs in the Cross-Teach program and three focus groups with between 5-6 PSTs each. The interviews lasted between an hour and an hour and a half and focus groups lasted between an hour and a half to two hours. All the information was transcribed and uploaded to a qualitative analysis software. The qualitative data analysis used NVIVO software (Bazeley, 2022). This method supports the researcher in storing, coding and systematically retrieving qualitative data (Wood & Bloor, 2006), thereby increasing the accuracy, reliability and transparency of qualitative investigations (Liamputtong, 2020). The coders used a qualitative content analysis method to identify the recurrence of themes and patterns through data reduction efforts, the interpretation of the text and the attempt to identify consistency and core meanings within it (Patton, 2014). As part of the classification process, data are extracted into segments, inductively coded into categories, and grouped and compared with similar segments from other observations. Thus, this flexible method typically combines concept-driven and data-driven categories so that the overall coding framework is consistent with the data (Schreier, 2014). The interviews and focus groups utilized a semi-structured guide constructed in alignment with the research questions. Four Ph.D. holders, each specializing in distinct fields (psychology, sociology, education, and philosophy), served as interviewers. For the focus groups, two of the Ph.D. interviewers led one group, while research assistants supported the other two researchers in conducting the remaining focus groups. Two of the interviewers were native Arabic speakers, and the other two were native Hebrew speakers. Consequently, some interviews and one focus group were conducted in Arabic, with subsequent translation into Hebrew following transcription. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study on the role of conflict as a catalyst in identity formation among Arab PSTs aspiring to teach in Jewish schools may provide valuable insights into the complex nature of identity processes in the context of intercultural education. Initial findings support the notion that identity processes are accelerated in times of conflict and underscore the dynamic nature of identity formation. It seems that the participants experienced conflict as a driving force for reevaluation, regrouping, and decision-making in their identity development. The study aligns with the call for a contextual approach in identity research, acknowledging the influence of social, cultural, political, and historical factors on identity formation. The study's unique context, with Arab and Jewish PSTs studying together, adds a layer of complexity to the examination of identity processes. Coexisting in the same teacher training program, these groups explore how intercultural dynamics and shared educational goals shape identity. Including Arab and Jewish lecturers enriches the study. Diverse lecturer backgrounds, with some having minority backgrounds, provide added dimensions. Dynamics between staff and PSTs may serve as a model, offering nuanced understanding of identity negotiation in diverse environments. The findings have implications for teacher training programs that involve intercultural experiences. Understanding the role of conflict as a catalyst for identity development among PSTs is crucial for designing effective training programs. Teacher educators and program developers should consider integrating strategies that recognize and address identity conflicts, fostering a supportive environment for PSTs navigating the complexities of identity formation. In conclusion, this study advances our understanding of the interplay between conflict and identity formation in intercultural teacher training programs. The insights gained have implications for educational practices and underscore the need for improved approaches to identity development in contexts characterized by cultural diversity and conflict. References Alsanafi, I. H., & Noor, S. N. F. B. M. (2019). Development of black feminine identity in two Postmodern American plays through appraisal framework: Comparative study. Amazonia Investiga, 8(21), 104-116. Bazeley, P. (2022). Designing for Multimodal Data and Mixed Methods within a Qualitative Framework. The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research Design (pp.604-617). Sage. Côté, J. (2006). Identity studies: How close are we to developing a social science of identity? - An appraisal of the field. Identity, 6(1), 3-25. Côté, J. E., & Levine, C. G. (2014). Identity, formation, agency, and culture: A social psychological synthesis. Psychology Press. Erikson, E. H. (1968). Identity youth and crisis (No. 7). WW Norton & company. Festinger, L. (1962). A theory of cognitive dissonance (Vol. 2). Stanford university press. Harmon-Jones, E., & Mills, J. (2019). An introduction to cognitive dissonance theory and an overview of current perspectives on the theory. Kroger, J., & Marcia, J. E. (2011). The identity statuses: Origins, meanings, and interpretations. In Handbook of identity theory and research (pp. 31-53). New York, NY: Springer New York. Magen-Nagar, N. and Steinberger, P. (2016). The essence of the conflicts in the process of forming the professional identity of teachers in a changing reality. Multifaceted: Research and Discourse 2(15), 17-48. (Hebrew) Patton, M. Q. (2014). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice. Sage publications. Popper-Giveon, A., & Shayshon, B. (2017). Educator versus subject matter teacher: The conflict between two sub-identities in becoming a teacher. Teachers and Teaching, 23(5), 532-548. Rodgers, C. R., & Scott, K. H. (2008). The development of the personal self and professional identity in learning to teach. In Handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 732-755). Routledge. Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage. Steinberger, P. (2022). The relationship between experience in conflict management simulation and formation of professional identity of education students. Multifaceted: Research and Discourse, 22, 181-206. (Hebrew) Van der Gaag, M. A., De Ruiter, N. M., Kunnen, S. E., & Bosma, H. (2020). The landscape of identity model: An integration of qualitative and quantitative aspects of identity development. Identity, 20(4), 272-289. Wood, F., & Bloor, M. (2006). Keywords in qualitative methods: A vocabulary of research concepts. Keywords in Qualitative Methods, 1-208. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Being a Teacher in a Raciolinguistic World: Internalised Language-based Racism as a Subject of Teacher Education and Professionalisation Research University of Wuppertal, Germany Presenting Author:Linguicism is language-based racism (Dirim 2010). In its direct form, linguicism includes institutional and individual language bans, and in its more subtle forms, it extends to explicit or unspoken expectations on desired language use. Structurally, linguicism is closely interwoven with racial ideologies and often refers to racism-related marginalisation (Rosa 2019). This raciolinguistic connection is particularly evident in the devaluation of the languages of migrant multilingual persons. This is also expressed in the hierarchisation of languages and their speakers in schools (Knappik/Ayten 2020), which is reflected, among other things, in the different prestige of languages and in the contrasting treatment of foreign languages such as English and French in schools compared to so-called heritage languages such as Turkish or Polish. This hierarchy of languages is of great importance in schools, as it habitually frames the linguistic behaviour of all actors (Doğmuş 2022), which is particularly salient as schools are, at all times, linguistic spaces of teaching and learning. Teacher training itself also contributes to the reproduction of linguicism through the language-related "de_thematisation of migration society orders" (Shure 2021), the unequal assessment of linguistic competences and the creation of exclusions along the category of language (Knappik/Dirim/Döll 2013). While experiences of racism by pupils, university students and teachers have been investigated more in recent years (Akbaba/Bello/Fereidooni 2022), experiences of linguicism of teachers have barely been explored yet. However, this topic is particularly urgent for teacher education:
Our data indicate that pre-service teacher training in particular is an institution in which linguicism plays a decisive role in the development of the linguistic professional self-image. Our data also show that experiences of linguicism play a major role in teachers' decisions to leave the profession. In view of the shortage of teachers and the educational policy hopes regarding teachers with a so-called migration background (Akbaba/Bräu/Zimmer 2013), this is a particularly great loss. In order to better understand how teachers experience and internalise linguicism in schools, our guiding research question is: How do teachers experience linguicism in schools and how do they interpret their experiences? A particular focus will be on exploring the phenomenon of internalised linguicism and its significance for the professionalisation of teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 14 semi-standardised interviews with multilingual migrant teachers were conducted and transcribed. The interviews were conducted by a multilingual migrant researcher in order to create a space of potentially shared experience and understanding during the interviews. Translanguaging practices were used freely during the interview by the interviewer to ensure free language choice during the interviews. The interviewees used translanguaging practices correspondingly. The interviews are analysed using line-by-line sequential analysis (Reichertz 2016) in order to create detailed understandings of the phenomenon of (internalised) linguicism as experienced by teachers. The use of translanguaging by the interviewees is part of the analysis, as it seems that language choices corresponded to the vulnerable nature of the experiences shared. For selected sections, collaborative interpretation sessions with a team of researchers will be held. These researchers share theoretical expertise in racism and linguicism studies, and for the most part also share biographical experiences with racism and linguicism. Special attention is being paid to reflect the power dynamics within the research team and during the interpretation processes. This will be done by discussing questions of power dynamics and by creating audio recordings of interpretation sessions, analysing the recordings und subsequently reflecting on the insights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers' experiences of linguicism are an urgent subject of investigation in order to develop programmes for teacher training, improve the health and well-being of teachers affected by linguicism and prevent them from leaving the profession due to their experiences of linguicism. To do this, however, it is necessary to understand the phenomenon of experiences of linguicism in the institution of school in more detail, which is the goal of our study. We expect to gain a deeper understanding of the phenomenon, in particularly of the internalisation of linguicism, of its contributing factors, its effects on teachers and their professional self-image, and on their strategies of resilience. References Akbaba, Yalız/Bello, Bettina/Fereidooni, Karim (Hrsg.) (2022): Pädagogische Professionalität und Migrationsdiskurse. Pädagogische Professionalität und Migrationsdiskurse. Wiesbaden, Heidelberg: Springer VS. Akbaba, Yalız/Bräu, Karin/ Zimmer, Meike (2013): Erwartungen und Zuschreibungen. Eine Analyse und kritische Reflexion der bildungspolitischen Debatte zu Lehrer/innen mit Migrationshintergrund. In K. Bräu, V. B. Georgi, Y. Karakaşoğlu, & C. Rotter (Hrsg.): Lehrerinnen und Lehrer mit Migrationshintergrund. Zur Relevanz eines Merkmals in Theorie, Empirie und Praxis. Münster, New York, München, Berlin: Waxmann, S. 37–57. Ayten, Aslı Can/Hägi-Mead, Sara (2023): „Lass, mach es nicht, denk an deine eigene Gesundheit“. SchulVerwaltung aktuell 11, 3, S. 82-85. Bivens, Donna K. (2005): What is internalized racism? In: M. Potapchuk, S. Leiderman, D. K. Bivens & B. Major (Hrsg.): Flipping the Script: White Privilege and Community Building. Silver Spring: MP Associates, S. 43–51. Dirim, İnci (2010): "Wenn man mit Akzent spricht, denken die Leute, dass man auch mit Akzent denkt oder so.". Zur Frage des (Neo-)Linguizismus in den Diskursen über die Sprache(n) der Migrationsgesellschaft. In P. Mecheril, i. Dirim, M. Gomolla, S. Hornberg & K. Stojanov (Hrsg.): Spannungsverhältnisse. Assimilationsdiskurse und interkulturell-pädagogische Forschung. Münster, New York, München, Berlin: Waxmann, S. 91–112. Doğmuş, Aysun (2022): Professionalisierung in Migrationsverhältnissen. Eine rassismuskritische Perspektive auf das Referendariat angehender Lehrer*innen. Pädagogische Professionalität und Migrationsdiskurse. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Fereidooni,Karim (2016): Diskriminierungs- und Rassismuserfahrungen im Schulwesen: Eine Studie zu Ungleichheitspraktiken im Berufskontext. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Knappik, M/Ayten, Aslı Can (2020): Was ist die beste Sprache? Zur Rassismusrelevanz der Ungleichmachung von Sprachen. In: K. Fereidooni & N. Simon (Hrsg.): Rassismuskritische Fachdidaktiken. Theoretische Reflexionen und fachdidaktische Entwürfe rassismusskritischer Unterrichtsplanung. Pädagogische Professionalität und Migrationsdiskurse. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 233–265. Knappik, M/Dirim, İnci/Döll, Marion (2013): Migrationsspezifisches Deutsch und die Wissenschaftssprache Deutsch. Aspekte eines Spannungsverhältnisses in der Lehrerausbildung. In: Eva Vetter (Hg.): Professionalisierung für Vielfalt. Die Ausbildung von Sprachenlehrer/innen. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider Verlag Hohengehren, S. 42–61. Madubuko, Nkechi (2020): Berufsbiographische Akzeptanzerfahrungen und Stressempfinden. In: P. Genkova & A. Riecken (Hrsg.): Handbuch Migration und Erfolg. Psychologische und sozialwissenschaftliche Aspekte. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden: Wiesbaden, S. 425–444. Mai, Hanna Hoa Anh (2020): Pädagog*innen of Color. Professionalität im Kontext rassistischer Normalität. Wiesbaden: Beltz-Juventa. Reichertz, Jo (2016): Qualitative und interpretative Sozialforschung. Eine Einladung. Lehrbuch. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Rosa, Jonathan (2019): Looking like a language, sounding like a race. Raciolinguistic ideologies and the learning of Latinidad. Oxford studies in the anthropology of language. New York, NY, United States of America: Oxford University Press. Shure, Saphira (2021): De_Thematisierung migrationsgesellschaftlicher Ordnungen. Lehramtsstudium als Ort der Bedeutungsproduktion. Weinheim: Beltz. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 07 SES 04 C: The micro-politics of education in a multicultural environment and in transnational research Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eunice Macedo Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Emotionalisation of Justice in Education: Mapping the Central Role of Emotion in Critical Educational Research 1Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Spain; 2Facultad Latinoamericana de Ciencias Sociales, Argentina Presenting Author:Emotions have been gaining ground in educational discourses and practices since the beginning of the 21st century. A clear example of this is the growing importance given to Social Emotional Learning (SEL) in the globally structured educational agenda, as promoted fundamentally by International Organisations, especially since the pandemic caused by COVID-19 (Abramowski & Sorondo, 2022). SEL has been criticised for its underlying link to the production of subjects adapted to the needs of the labour market and the precarious conditions of life in neoliberal society, and for its contribution to the psychologisation and therapeutisation of education and of social problems in general (Bryan, 2022; Cabanas Díaz & González-Lamas, 2021). However, the proposals that advocate for a space to reflect, express and work with emotions in schools are not limited to SEL and come from heterogeneous political stances. Hence, in this paper, we aim to examine the approach to emotions within the critical educational discourse on a transnational scale, including the education for social justice paradigm. Our goal is to describe the prominent place taken today by the emotional dimension in this discourse, and to analyse how and from what theoretical perspectives this new dimension is incorporated. Research questions guiding this inquiry include: which shifts in meaning can we observe in key critical pedagogy concepts, such as social-awareness and conscientization, justice or agency? What are the ethical and political implications of these changes? To answer these questions, we will draw a map of the meanings given to affect and emotions by critical educational discourse and of how these meanings are articulated with social justice and educational justice’s main concepts. Our theoretical framework is based on socio-anthropological approaches to emotions (Illouz, 2014 and 2019; Leys, 2017; Lutz, 1986). From this starting point, we critique the current ubiquity of emotionalised language in contemporary educational projects, which we interpret as part of an epochal ethos that privileges emotional vocabulary and explanations over other registers (Sorondo & Abramowski, 2022). This pre-eminence given to emotion grants it with a new status of truth, with ontological, normative and epistemic value (Illouz, 2019). Thus, this cultural and discursive matrix –which began to take shape alongside the political, sexual and identity claims of the 1960s (Ehrenberg, 2000; Illouz, 2014)– operates today as a regime of truth that regulates how we think and act in the educational field. Indeed, we might be witnessing the naturalisation of a dominant discourse on emotions that installs certain meanings, imaginaries and routines of interaction in schools. This emotionalisation of education reinforces what other researchers have called the therapeutisation of education, to describe the installation of psychological and therapeutic ideas and practices as a way to interpret and intervene on social and educational problems –using, for instance, individual and depoliticised terms such as emotional vulnerabilities or psychological traumas– (Ecclestone & Brunila, 2015; Ecclestone & Hayes, 2009). To conclude, our underlying interest is to examine how critical pedagogy is placing emotion at the centre of educational research, in order to assess which boundaries of the dominant emotional discourse are actually challenged and which are maintained and reinforced. In this regard, to focus on the critical educational research field is especially relevant in a context marked by the dominant SEL agenda. Considering emotions as a new normative discourse, formed by a system of privileged ideas and underpinned by power relations (Downing, 2023), is key to understanding and problematising current research trends, and the resulting policies and practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper uses social cartography as a methodological approach that applies mapping tools to identify, integrate and relate different perspectives within a discursive field (Paulston, 1995). In this case, our object of study is the critical academic discourse itself, on a transnational scale. Researchers working on these issues are mainly based in the USA, the UK, Australia, Canada, Cyprus, Spain and Mexico. We have constructed, for this purpose, a corpus of academic articles that we identify as "critical" in a broad sense. We have included works that are in explicit dialogue with the tradition of "critical" or "radical pedagogy", whose main referents are Freire, Giroux and McLaren. In addition to this, we have taken into account productions that contain references to feminist, decolonial/postcolonial, black, anti-racist pedagogies, and developments on social justice by authors such as Nancy Fraser and Judith Butler. In spite of the heterogeneity of this corpus, all selected articles share a commitment with an education that aims to expose power relations and the structures of class, race and gender domination of the social order, and to move towards their transformation. The final corpus comprises 27 articles, mostly selected from the academic search engine Google Scholar by combining the following keywords, both in Spanish and English: critical pedagogy, emotions, affects, affective justice. For the analysis of this corpus, each document was disassembled into free-flowing units of analysis, using a qualitative coding method. In order to process this information, the units of analysis were conceptually grouped in tables. This facilitated the comparison of categories and segments in terms of similarities and divergences, in order to identify different perspectives at play and draw a map to visualise its variations and inter-relations (Paulston, 1995). In accordance with the research objectives, a list of codes referring to the theoretical categories –regarding the shifts around the concepts and principles of critical pedagogy and social justice education– was prioritised for the analytical-interpretative work. This allowed us to recognise the different perspectives and its underlying stances and proposals. These categories were: 1) the reformulations of the concept of conscientization with the introduction of the emotional variable; 2) the articulations of critical theory with the pedagogy of discomfort; 3) the attention to the emotional conditions of justice in education, 4) the relevance attributed to empathy in education for social change proposals, 5) the place of emotion in the conceptualisation of agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the corpus shows a general interest in examining and addressing the emotional roots of stances, commitments and motivations as a way to successfully conduct education towards social justice. With this, the concept of social justice is shifting towards an emotionalised approach: the discussions on educational justice and social justice education are moving from the socio-economic arena to a psycho-emotional framework. Even if the recognition of emotional vulnerabilities and the action to ensure the emotional well-being of learners are often presented as preconditions for social justice education, they tend to acquire justice value in themselves within the frames of therapeutic culture (Ecclestone & Brunila, 2015). The risk here is to divert from the questioning of the structural causes of social justice. This new role of emotions within the critical educational discourse could be interpreted as an attempt to reinvigorate critical pedagogy giving a new momentum to processes previously conceived from a predominantly rationalist perspective, such as awareness-raising and action for social transformation. However, it can also be interpreted as a withdrawal towards individualisation and the deepening of epistemological and social fragmentation. The disproportional power granted to this emotional dimension should pose the question of whether we are facing the configuration of a new regime of truth within the critical discourse itself, that overvalues affect at the expense of political questions about meaning and content (Downing, 2023). As a discursive power, it sets certain limits to the problems that can be raised and addressed as such in the educational field, obstructing collective and political ways of thinking about subjects and social action (Gore, 1992). It is therefore essential to warn about a discourse that, despite wanting to be critical, fails to put into question the meanings imposed by the dominant educational agenda and its neoliberal discourses, such as SEL. References Abramowski, A. & Sorondo, J. (2022). El enfoque socioemocional en la agenda educativa de la pandemia. Entre lo terapéutico y lo moral. Revista IICE, 51(1), https://doi.org/10.34096/iice.n51.10739 Bryan, A. (2022). From ‘the conscience of humanity’ to the conscious human brain: UNESCO’s embrace of social-emotional learning as a flag of convenience. Compare. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2022.2129956 Cabanas Díaz, E. & González-Lamas, J. (2021). Felicidad y educación: déficits científicos y sesgos ideológicos de la «educación positiva». Teoría de la Educación. Revista Interuniversitaria, 33(2), 65-85. https://doi.org/10.14201/teri.25433 Downing, L. (3 de mayo de 2023). Against affect. For a Feminist Neo-Enlightenment. [Conference]. School of Modern Languages & Cultures. University of Glasgow. United Kingdom. Ecclestone, K. & Brunila, K. (2015). Governing emotionally vulnerable subjects and ‘therapization’ of social justice. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 23(4), 485-506. Ecclestone, K. & Hayes, D. (2009). The Dangerous Rise of Therapeutic Education. Routledge. Ehrenberg, A. (2000). La fatiga de ser uno mismo. Depresión y sociedad. Nueva Visión. Gore, J. (1992). What we can do for you! What can “we” do for “you”? Struggling over empowerment in critical and feminist pedagogy. In C. Luke & J. Gore (Eds.), Feminisms and critical pedagogy (pp.54-73). Routledge. Illouz, E. (2014). El futuro del alma. La creación de estándares emocionales. Katz/CCCB Illouz, E. (Comp.). (2019). Capitalismo, consumo y autenticidad. Las emociones como mercancía. Katz. Leys, R. (2017). The Ascent of Affect: Genealogy and Critique. University of Chicago Press. Lutz, C. (1986). Emotions, Thought, and Estrangement: Emotions as a cultural Category. Cultural Anthropology, 1(3), 287- 309. Paulston, R. G. (1995). Mapping knowledge perspectives in studies of educational change. In P.W. JR. Cookson & B. Schneider (Eds.), Transforming schools (pp. 137-179). Garland. Sorondo, J. & Abramowski, A. (2022). Las emociones en la Educación Sexual Integral y la Educación Emocional. Tensiones y entrecruzamientos en el marco de un ethos epocal emocionalizado. Revista de Educación, 25(1), 29-62. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Pedagogy as a Political Action – Discussing Controversial Topics in Polish Schools 1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:Poland has been seen as one of the examples of the growing authoritarian populism, with right-wing ideological beliefs constraining free speech, creating deep social divisions, and influencing education curricula. The process of transformation from the authoritarian communist regime to a more democratic system is still evident in a number of dimensions of Poland’s society, including education. In education, the major reforms undertaken over the last three decades have changed the educational structures, institutions and processes, and established Poland’s schooling system as one of the highly effective. Poland may seem ‘successful’ when focusing on the measurement of its educational goal attainment (e.g. PISA or PIRLS) however there are indications of deep-rooted problems related to the forms of cultural capital promoted in schools which contribute to the reproduction of dominant cultural and economic values represented by ruling and powerful groups (Apple, 2004). It means that there is significant work to be done to understand conditions of the inequality and hegemony of the current system and enable “the creation and recreation of meaning and values” for all citizens in the democratic way (Apple, 2004, p. xxiv). This is in the context of a specific status of education in Poland which is characterised by its ‘national’ significance - education has been seen in Poland as a bastion of national survival, especially during turbulent historical times. The subjects of history and Polish literature, in particular, have been regarded as significant instruments in preserving Polish values, language and identity. This is particularly important under the right-wing populist governments, governing Poland since 2015, which emphasise the growing threat to the Polish way of life using highly emotive language with a narrative inspired by past historical events, aiming to create an integrated national self-image which Pankowski (2010) calls Polonism. This research, therefore, takes a detailed look into the socio-political themes and topics discussed in classrooms in Poland, especially in relation to ‘controversial’ topics, and how teachers deal with them. We analyse the ways teachers have been affected by the current political climate by focusing on teachers’ engagement in discussing difficult or controversial topics, and how intentional these conversations were. Research into discussing controversial issues in the classrooms has attracted a lot of attention due to the growing social and political tensions evident in many countries, and the schools’ role in moderating discussions on public policy issues (Kello 2016; Dunn, Sondel & Baggett 2019; Cassar, Oosterheert & Meijer 2021; Sætra 2021). The role of the teacher in managing such conversations is crucial. Poland is an interesting case study for research on teacher practices and controversial issues in the classroom due to its complex domestic socio-political situation, as well as its continuously reforming education system. It becomes important to learn more about the mindset of practicing teachers, their attitudes and decision-making in relation to selecting and discussing difficult, and often controversial, topics in their classrooms. At a time of need for critical thinking skills and democratic debate, the transformation of pedagogical approaches, and the attitudes of teachers towards understanding and shaping of critical thinking and socially-engaged attitudes among students requires specific attention Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The conducted study involved individual, partially structured interviews with 22 secondary school teachers who taught the Polish language subject (literacy and literature) in schools across Poland. The native language subject in secondary schools has the highest number of instructional hours and enables discussions on various topics related to the cultural texts mandated by the curriculum, which encompass diverse social, political, and psychological topics. The aim of the empirical data collection was to understand the experiences of secondary school teachers in the context of socio-political changes in Poland, and particularly their approach to discussing current socio-political and controversial topics. Once the data was collected in schools, the researchers engaged in transnational research collaboration between two academics based in Poland and one academic based outside Europe and who represents a diaspora perspective (Bauböck, 2010; Said, 1993). Therefore, the coding and analysis of the interview data have been influenced by specific positionalities of the authors drawing from the ‘contrapuntal’ perspective. The counterpoint view, as introduced by Edward Said (1993), influenced the way the research has evolved by integrating different points of view, resolving tensions and revealing the perspectives not visible to the individual researchers based either too close or too distant from the object of the analysis. This paper is positioned within the critical education literature which posits that the teaching practice needs to be intentional and purposeful, and embedded in the commitment to democracy and equity and dismantling existing power structures. This is possible, for example, through “everyday resistance” (Johansson & Vinthagen cited in: Allatt & Tett, 2021, p.42) in teaching practice which challenges dominant discourses, asserts agency to support meaningful practices and finds ways to provide wider experience beyond what is included in the curriculum. Such acts of resistance may include “workarounds” such as “problem-solving, improvisation, deviation, creative interpretation, shortcuts” (Smythe, 2015 p. 6). The intentional acts of dealing with ideological pressures, shortages of funding, or internal contradictions are acts of “opposition” (Zarifis, 2021, p.228). These intentional acts of opposition can be seen as a part of the reframing of the social justice pedagogical perspectives as suggested by Shaw and Crowther (2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research provided some important insights into teachers’ experiences discussing difficult topics in Polish classrooms and illustrated the examples of the levels of intentionality and engagement from teachers. The main topics perceived as controversial related to the most debated socio-political topics in Poland: the war in Ukraine, gender issues, LGBTQI issues, feminism, and religion. Many teachers in the study expressed concerns, or exhibited a high level of caution, towards intentionally introducing such subjects for discussion due to the fear of adverse consequences but also a lack of direction in terms of, if and how, to approach such topics. For the most part teachers demonstrated ‘unconscious conformism’ when dealing with difficult issues. Many teachers used a range of positions and strategies to conform. These included: hiding or avoiding, finding common ground or smoothing edges, or just doing the job - the strategies identified by Kello (2016) as common teaching positions taken by teachers when dealing with controversial topics in divided societies. This is problematic as such approaches are not conducive to shaping students’ ability for critical reflection, ability to debate, formulate critical judgements and resist pressure of media discourses. In our interviews we have not found convincing evidence that the teachers have consciously created empathy-developing debating environments or explicitly developed inquiry skills by using the opportunities created by current socio-political topics. On the contrary, many unconsciously contributed to creating a classroom environment that inhibits the development of civic engagement. While this research focused specifically on Poland’s socio-political context, the issues identified in the Polish education system remain relevant to other Western democracies, as their teachers similarly struggle to navigate the demands of their nations’ history, politics, parental pressures and competitive market in the globalised world. References Allatt, G., & Tett, L. (2019). The employability skills discourse and literacy practitioners. In L. Tett & M. Hamilton (Eds.), Resisting Neoliberalism in Education: Local, National and Transnational Perspectives (pp. 41-54): Bristol University Press. Apple, M., (2004). Ideology and Curriculum (3rd ed.). Routledge Bauböck, R. (2010). Studying Citizenship Constellations, Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 36(5), 847-859, DOI: 10.1080/13691831003764375 Cassar, C., Oosterheert, I., & Meijer, P. C. (2021). The classroom in turmoil: teachers’ perspective on unplanned controversial issues in the classroom. Teachers and Teaching, 27(7), 656-671. doi:10.1080/13540602.2021.1986694 Dunn, A. H., Sondel, B., & Baggett, H. C. (2019). “I Don’t Want to Come Off as Pushing an Agenda”: How Contexts Shaped Teachers’ Pedagogy in the Days After the 2016 U.S. Presidential Election. American Educational Research Journal, 56(2), 444–476. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831218794892 Kello, K. (2016). Sensitive and Controversial Issues in the Classroom: Teaching History in a Divided Society. Teachers and Teaching Theory and Practice, 22. doi:10.1080/13540602.2015.1023027 Pankowski R. (2010). The Populist Radical Right in Poland: The Patriots. Taylor and Francis Group. Sætra, E. (2021). Discussing Controversial Issues in the Classroom: Elements of Good Practice. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(2), 345-357. doi:10.1080/00313831.2019.1705897 Said, Edward W. (1993). Culture and Imperialism. London: Vintage Shaw, M., Crowther, J., (2014). Adult education, community development and democracy: renegotiating the terms of engagement. Community Development Journal 49, 390–406. https://doi.org/10.1093/cdj/bst057 Smythe, S. (2015). Ten Years of Adult Literacy Policy and Practice in Canada: Literacy Policy Tensions and Workarounds. Language & Literacy: A Canadian Educational E-Journal, 17(2), 4-21. doi:10.20360/G2WK59 Zarifis, G. K. (2019). Rethinking adult education for active participatory citizenship and resistance in Europe. In L. Tett & M. Hamilton (Eds.), Resisting Neoliberalism in Education: Local, National and Transnational Perspectives (pp. 225-238): Bristol University Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Citizenship and the Emotional Politics of Belonging: Negotiating Boundaries of Belonging in the School Setting University of Antwerp, Belgium Presenting Author:On-going complexities and tensions in society, such as a divisive political climate and increasing diversity, have raised questions on how schools can foster a sense of belonging within the democratic polity. As a result, questions on the meaning of citizenship and citizenship education have received much attention in research, policy, and practice. Xenophobic discourses and anti-migrant rhetorics often lead to the exclusion and marginalization of minoritised people and position these ‘othered’ individuals outside the ‘imagined community’ despite having legal citizenship (Abu El-Haj, 2015; Schmitt, 2010). Multiple studies have illustrated the discrepancy between having legal citizenship and feelings of non-belonging and revealed that young people with migration backgrounds feel that they are often positioned as the ‘other’ (Fleischmann & Phalet, 2018). This suggests that the conditioned experiences of minoritised students can be linked with broader micro- and macro-political power structures. These structures also relate to the school’s cultural norms and power dynamics and thus affect the everyday experiences regarding citizenship and belonging of young people in school. Although recent research has made significant advances in demonstrating that citizenship is an experiential and negotiated social process in everyday life (Askins, 2016; Kallio et al., 2020), current understandings of citizenship in education are mainly based on adult-centred conceptions of what it means to be a citizen and often omit the feelings and experiences of young people themselves. Moreover, emotional attachments as part of feelings of belonging (i.e. feeling at ‘home’) and citizenship remain underexplored (Kenway & Youdell, 2011). However, emotions are often used to describe and give meaning to feelings of belonging or non-belonging and emphasize the ways young people experience their social world (Ho, 2009). They provide cues to understand the society and the social structures in which we operate (Barbalet, 2001). In this study, emotions are conceptualized, not as internal psychological states of the individual, but rather as social and cultural practices that lead to the formation of social identities, groups, and collectives (Ahmed, 2014). As the existing body of literature has not fully explored the complex emotional attachments of young people regarding their citizenship and belonging (Jackson, 2016), this study will contribute to the field by its particular focus on the empirical exploration of young people’s emotional attachments and experiences of belonging within the school setting. Attention to the emotional dimensions of citizenship and belonging can advance critical views on why young people feel that they belong in different ways, as well as the way citizenship is enacted in education. Therefore, I centre the emotional experiences that give meaning to the social relationships and structures that shape the daily lives of young people building on literature from the sociology of emotions (e.g., Clark, 1990; Barbalet, 2001). The emotional politics of belonging within educational settings helps us then to understand how the boundaries of citizenship are constructed that determine who is considered a rightful member in particular places and how young people are encouraged to feel about themselves and others (Zembylas, 2014). The research question in this study is therefore as follows: How do young people construct themselves and others as citizens within an educational setting and what role do emotions play in these experiences of belonging? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material consists of qualitative focus group data to explore the emotional dynamics of citizenship and belonging and the ways these are negotiated and contested in the everyday space of the school by young people themselves. The focus-group interviews were driven by the idea of ‘pedagogical research’ to empower the participants to actively engage in the research process, fostering the development of their perspectives on societal roles and political stances (Starkey et al., 2014). Although a drawback of this group setting, as opposed to individual interviews, is that power dynamics between students may lead certain students to dominate the discussions, these very dynamics proved to be interesting for my research as well. In total, I conducted fourteen focus groups in three different schools with 89 secondary education students between thirteen and nineteen years old (grade 7 – grade 12). These schools were located in both urban and sub-urban parts of Flanders, the Northern Dutch-speaking region of Belgium. In focus groups, young people attending secondary education in Belgium discussed their citizenship and sense of belonging in and outside school and expressed emotions in different ways, including showing solidarity, coping with differences, and revealing their desire to belong. To facilitate discussion and interaction among the participants, elicitation techniques in the form of interactive starter questions, free listing, and vignettes drawn from topics discussed in class were used to ensure key concerns relating to belonging, citizenship, and potential power relations were raised in each focus group (Barton, 2015). During the focus groups I had an assistant who reported on the emotional expressions of the students. The focus groups were recorded and transcribed, and the observational notes were added to the transcripts, as well as my own reflections on the progression of the focus groups. Attention was paid to how the participants reasoned, negotiated, and reflected upon both their own as well as their peers’ narratives on belonging and citizenship. This involved a focus on the role of the emotions of the participants in navigating the boundaries of inclusion and exclusion with respect to their citizenship and belonging. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings showed that emotional micro-politics of belonging defined one’s social place in the negation of the other, however, it also showed that the students actively sought to expand the boundaries of belonging. The school was an emotional space where students tried to make sense of their social place based on implicit and explicit policies and practices happening in the school context (Clark, 1990). The students in the different focus group conversations drew boundaries between ‘us’ and ‘them’ in different ways, but in most examples, it becomes apparent that these boundaries are structurally legitimized by broader power relations, while others are not. The students’ narratives demonstrated an unequal distribution of belonging – i.e. the right to feel at home. At the same time, their narratives demonstrated that shared experiences form a collective ‘we’. Ultimately, the findings suggested that the emotional experience of belonging is a dynamic and fluid process that is done rather than a state of being. This study illustrated how emotional micro-politics of belonging are part of students’ narratives of citizenship and how young people are encouraged to feel about themselves and others in the context of the school. In order for students to critically assess how emotions influence the boundaries of citizenship, a more emotional understanding of citizenship in education is needed. Moreover, a more reflexive stance from educators is also needed to fracture the division of groups formed by collective emotions and move beyond essentialist fixed conceptions of ‘us’ and ‘them’. Instead, educators should encourage students to form flexible and dynamic belongings within and across classroom settings in which the mutuality of emotions has the potential to dismantle conventional power structures and challenge social norms. References Abu El-Haj, T. R. (2015). Unsettled Belonging Educating Palestinian American Youth after 9/11. University of Chicago Press. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226289632.001.0001 Ahmed, S. (2014). The Cultural Politics of Emotion (2nd ed.). Edinburgh University Press. Askins, K. (2016). Emotional citizenry: everyday geographies of befriending, belonging and intercultural encounter. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 41(4), 515–527. https://doi.org/10.1111/tran.12135 Barbalet, J. M. (2001). Emotion, social theory, and social structure: A macrosociological approach. Cambridge University Press. Barton, K. C. (2015). Elicitation techniques: Getting people to talk about ideas they dont usually talk about. In Theory and Research in Social Education (Vol. 43, Issue 2, pp. 179–205). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2015.1034392 Clark, C. (1990). Emotions and micropolitics in everyday life: Some patterns and paradoxes of “place.” In T. D. Kemper (Ed.), Research agendas in the sociology of emotions (pp. 305–333). State University of New York Press. Fleischmann, F., & Phalet, K. (2018). Religion and National Identification in Europe: Comparing Muslim Youth in Belgium, England, Germany, the Netherlands, and Sweden. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 49(1), 44–61. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022022117741988 Ho, E. L. E. (2009). Constituting citizenship through the emotions: Singaporean transmigrants in London. Annals of the Association of American Geographers, 99(4), 788–804. https://doi.org/10.1080/00045600903102857 Jackson, L. (2016). Intimate citizenship? Rethinking the politics and experience of citizenship as emotional in Wales and Singapore. Gender, Place and Culture, 23(6), 817–833. https://doi.org/10.1080/0966369X.2015.1073695 Kallio, K. P., Wood, B. E., & Häkli, J. (2020). Lived citizenship: conceptualising an emerging field. Citizenship Studies, 24(6), 713–729. https://doi.org/10.1080/13621025.2020.1739227 Kenway, J., & Youdell, D. (2011). The emotional geographies of education: Beginning a conversation. Emotion, Space and Society, 4(3), 131–136. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2011.07.001 Schmitt, I. (2010). “Normally I should belong to the others”: Young people’s gendered transcultural competences in creating belonging in Germany and Canada. Childhood, 17(2), 163–180. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568210365643 Starkey, H., Akar, B., Jerome, L., & Osler, A. (2014). Power, pedagogy and participation: Ethics and pragmatics in research with young people. Research in Comparative and International Education, 9(4), 426–440. https://doi.org/10.2304/rcie.2014.9.4.426 Zembylas, M. (2014). Affective citizenship in multicultural societies: implications for critical citizenship education. Citizenship Teaching & Learning, 9(1), 5–18. https://doi.org/10.1386/ctl.9.1.5 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 08 SES 04 A: Perspectives on School Bullying, Cyberbullying and Teacher Victimisation Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper An Updated Systematic Review and Meta-analysis on the Association of School Bullying with Symptoms and Diagnosis of PTSD 1University of Stavanger, Norway; 2Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 3University of Oslo, Norway; 4Georgia State University, USA Presenting Author:Bullying can be defined as a specific form of aggressive behavior exhibited by an individual or a group towards another person, characterized by a perceived or observed power imbalance and persistence over time (Hellström, Thornberg & Espelage, 2021). Cyberbullying, as consensus suggests, refers to bullying occurring through online platforms or mobile devices (Campbell & Bauman, 2018), and we will adhere to this interpretation. Research indicates that exposure to bullying significantly contributes to children's mental health issues independent of other factors (Arsenault, 2018; Arseneault et al., 2010). Even though bullying is not satisfying the A-criterion, symptoms following exposure align with symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) (APA, 2013). Among the symptom groups highlighted in the DSM-5, the re-experience of the traumatic event, persistent avoidance of trauma-related stimuli, and ongoing symptoms of heightened arousal are often emphasized. While evidence linking school bullying directly to causing PTSD is limited (Nielsen et al., 2015), a clear association between bullying and PTSD symptoms has been established. To further comprehend the relationship between school bullying and PTSD symptoms and/or diagnosis, our current systematic review and meta-analysis aim to investigate the extent of this association. This study serves as an update to the meta-analysis conducted by Nielsen et al. (2015), with specific modifications. Unlike Nielsen et al.'s study, our focus is solely on school bullying concerning the diagnosis of PTSD and/or PTSD symptoms. Additionally, we conducted a more comprehensive and systematic search of published peer-reviewed studies, without any time constraints. Our primary research questions are as follows: a) What is the degree of association between school bullying and PTSD symptoms among children and youth in primary and secondary schools? b) Does the diagnosis of PTSD apply to the health consequences observed among individuals targeted by school bullying? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to answer our research questions, we conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis, employing a meticulously designed review protocol registered in the Open Science Framework prior to commencing the review. First, a priori inclusion /exclusion criteria were determined as follows: Studies need to: a) be empirical original study with a quantitative design, b) focus on the association of bullying at school with the diagnosis of PTSD, and/or symptoms of PTSD, c) include validated questionnaires to assess posttraumatic stress, d) have a sample of students in primary or secondary education, e) report uncorrected bivariate correlations (or other statistical estimates that can be transformed to bivariate correlations) between school bullying and symptoms of PTSD, f) written in English, and g) published in a peer-reviewed journal. Hence, the studies were excluded based on: a) topic (i.e., a lack of a focus on the association of school bullying with symptoms pf PTSD and/or diagnosis of PTSD); b) target group (i.e., a different target group such as higher education students); c) outcome (i.e., non-validated measure of PTSD); d) study type (i.e., theoretical, and conceptual articles or other papers not reporting primary empirical quantitative research); e) language (i.e., not written in English), and f) insufficient information (i.e., information required to compute an effect size is either unavailable in the full-text or via direct requests from the corresponding author). Then a comprehensive literature search was carried out in seven databases: Academic Search Ultimate, ERIC, ISI Web of Science, Medline, ProQuest, PsycINFO, and SCOPUS. The identified studies were screened for their eligibility in a two-stage independent double screening process (i.e., screening on title and abstract and screening on full-text) using EPPI software. Detailed data were extracted for the eligible studies and authors who did not provide necessary information to calculate effect sizes and/or information on potential moderators were also contacted via email. Study quality was assessed using the AXIS tool (Downes, Brennan, Williams, & Dean, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through the comprehensive literature search, 2953 studies were identified and after the removal of duplicates, 906 studies were screened independently by two authors. After the two-stage abstract and full text screening, 38 studies were selected as eligible in line with the a priori defined inclusion criteria. Preliminary descriptive analyses showed that there were 15 studies conducted before 2015 (range 2000-2014), while there were 23 studies conducted in and after 2015 (range 2015-2023), showing an increase in the number of studies examining the association between school bullying and symptoms of PTSD. There is one study which also established the diagnosis of PTSD as a consequence of bullying. Studies were coming from more than 20 countries, and mainly from USA (7 studies), China (5 studies), South Africa (3 studies), and Italy (3 studies). Majority of the studies (35 studies) employed a cross-sectional design, while there were only three studies with longitudinal design. While six studies had samples of students in primary school, 25 had in secondary schools, and three had both in primary and secondary schools. Educational level was not reported in the four remaining studies. Currently, we are in the process of data synthesis using a correlated and hierarchical effect size model with robust variance estimation (Pustejovsky & Tipton, 2021) using the programs metafor (Viechtbauer, 2010) and clubSandwich (Pustejovsky, 2019) in R. The presentation will focus on our findings of overall effect sizes estimated separately for each symptom of PTSD and bullying as well as total PTSD symptom score and bullying. We will also present the moderator analyses. We anticipate that our results will contribute to the development of interventions against bullying and trauma-specific treatment procedures following instances of bullying. These insights can be utilized to mitigate the potential traumatic consequences of systematic and persistent harm caused by bullying. References APA. (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5®). American Psychiatric Association. Arseneault, L. (2018). Annual research review: the persistent and pervasive impact of being bullied in childhood and adolescence: implications for policy and practice. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 59(4), 405-421. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcpp.12841 Arseneault, L., Bowes, L., & Shakoor, S. (2010). Bullying victimization in youths and mental health problems: ‘Much ado about nothing’?. Psychological Medicine, 40(5), 717-729. doi:10.1017/S0033291709991383 Campbell, M., & Bauman, S. (2018). Cyberbullying: definition, consequences, prevalence. In M. A., Campbell, & S., Bauman (Eds.), Reducing Cyberbullying in Schools: International Evidence-based Best Practices (pp. 3-16). Elsevier. Hellström, L., Thornberg, R., & Espelage, D. L. (2021). Definitions of bullying. In P. K. Smith & J. O’Higgins Norman (Eds.), The Wiley-Blackwell Handbook of Bullying (Vol. 1, pp. 4-21). Wiley-Blackwell. Downes, M. J., Brennan, M. L., Williams, H. C., & Dean, R. S. (2016). Development of a critical appraisal tool to assess the quality of cross-sectional studies (AXIS). BMJ Open, 6(12). http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2016-011458 Nielsen, M. B., Tangen, T., Idsoe, T., Matthiesen, S. B., & Magerøy, N. (2015). Post-traumatic stress disorder as a consequence of bullying at work and at school. A literature review and meta-analysis. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 21, 17-24. Pustejovsky, J. (2019). clubSandwich (0.3.3) [Computer software]. https://cran.r-project.org/package=clubSandwich Pustejovsky, J. E., & Tipton, E. (2021). Meta-analysis with Robust Variance Estimation: Expanding the Range of Working Models. Prevention Science. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11121-021-01246-3 Viechtbauer, W. (2010). Conducting Meta-Analyses in R with the metafor Package. Journal of Statistical Software, 36(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v036.i03 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper User Cyberbullying: A framework to deal with Cyberbullying among Swedish primary school pupils University of Gävle, Sweden Presenting Author:While there is a substantial body of research on cyberbullying in schools, that focuses on if and how cyberbullying and harassment can affect children’s and adolescents’ health and wellbeing, little is known about how school staff identify and deal with cyberbullying among boys and girls. In order to gain deeper insight about this challenging issue, the current study aims to examine how school staff identify the phenomenon of cyberbullying among gender groups (girls and boys) and which strategies they enact to prevent and deal with occurrences of cyberbullying among primary school pupils? Cyberbullying is a complex phenomenon that takes place within a social ecology involving a wide range of factors: individual, family, societal, and school factors (Bronfenbrenner, 1979).The present study, accordingly, is informed by Bronfenbrenner (1979) social ecological model. The model is used as a conceptual framework to address how various factors, in different layers, inform and shape school strategies and interventions in preventing and dealing with cyberbullying among pupils. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is a part of a broader collaborative initiative between the municipal authorities and the university of Gävle. Twenty-four (24) semi-structured interviews were conducted with school staff, including school principals, assistant principals, teachers, a librarian, and a janitor. The empirical data was recorded and subsequently transcribed in full detail. The transcribed data was then subjected to thematic analysis, using the iterative phases of the constant comparison technique to unveil key components and insights from the transcribed data (Morgan & Nica, 2020). An ecological model of cyberbullying, coupled with a critical analysis of interviews, was then used to delve into how school staff approach the phenomenon of cyberbullying and ways in which they seek to prevent and deal with cyberbullying. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that cyberbullying a phenomenon that predominantly occurs outside of school but which, nevertheless, impacts educational activities and practices. Moreover, the results suggest a higher prevalence of cyberbullying behaviour among girls. The study identifies seven anti-cyberbullying strategies employed by school staff to intervene in, prevent and deal with cyberbullying among primary pupils. These anti-cyberbullying strategies encompass conducting bi-annual anti-bullying surveys, establishing and collaborating with School Safety Teams, fostering continuous close relationships with pupils, building team unity and creating a team atmosphere among pupils, working with parents to counteract cyberbullying, developing school staff competence regarding cyberbullying, and Co-operating with the School Health Teams. The study has provided additional insights into the unique socio-ecological context in which cyberbullying takes place, characterized by a "twenty-four-seven" availability. Furthermore, the implications of identifying cyberbullying and addressing initiatives related to this form of bullying in schools were discussed. References Azumah, S. W., Elsayed, N., ElSayed, Z., & Ozer, M. (2023). Cyberbullying in text content detection: an analytical review. International Journal of Computers and Applications, 1-8. doi:10.1080/1206212X.2023.2256048 Brailovskaia, J., Diez, S. L., & Margraf, J. (2023). Relationship Between Cyberbullying, Positive Mental Health, Stress Symptoms and Teachers' Cybercompetence. Journal of School Violence, 22(4), 569-580. doi:10.1080/15388220.2023.2249824 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development : Experiments by nature and design: Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1994). Ecological models of human development. In T. H. T. N. Postlethwaite (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of education (Vol. Vol. 3, 2nd ed, pp. 1643–1647)): Elsevier. Dorio, N. B., Clark, K. N., Demaray, M. K., & Doll, E. M. (2020). School Climate Counts: A Longitudinal Analysis of School Climate and Middle School Bullying Behaviors. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 2(4), 292-308. doi:10.1007/s42380-019-00038-2 Edling, S., Gill, P. E., Francia, G., Matton, P., & Simonsson, B.-E. (2022). Motverka mobbning: och annan kränkande behandling - en handbok för lärare: Studentlitteratur AB. Erikson, J., Håkansson, S., & Josefsson, C. (2023). Three Dimensions of Gendered Online Abuse: Analyzing Swedish MPs’ Experiences of Social Media. Perspectives on Politics, 21(3), 896-912. doi:10.1017/S1537592721002048 Smith, P. K. (2012). Cyberbullying and cyber aggression. Handbook of school violence and school safety: International research and practice, 2, 93-103. Thornberg, R. (2018). School bullying and fitting into the peer landscape: a grounded theory field study. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39(1), 144-158. doi:10.1080/01425692.2017.1330680 Azumah, S. W., Elsayed, N., ElSayed, Z., & Ozer, M. (2023). Cyberbullying in text content detection: an analytical review. International Journal of Computers and Applications, 1-8. doi:10.1080/1206212X.2023.2256048 Beckman, L., & Hagquist, C. (2016). Views of Bullying and Antibullying Working Styles Among School Nurses and School Social Workers in Sweden. Journal of School Violence, 15(4), 438-459. doi:10.1080/15388220.2015.1084234 Bjereld, Y., Augustine, L., & Thornberg, R. (2020). Measuring the prevalence of peer bullying victimization: Review of studies from Sweden during 1993–2017. Children and Youth Services Review, 119, 105528. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105528 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development : Experiments by nature and design: Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1994). Ecological models of human development. In T. H. T. N. Postlethwaite (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of education (Vol. Vol. 3, 2nd ed, pp. 1643–1647)): Elsevier. Edling, S., Gill, P. E., Francia, G., Matton, P., & Simonsson, B.-E. (2022). Motverka mobbning: och annan kränkande behandling - en handbok för lärare: Studentlitteratur AB |
9:30 - 11:00 | 09 SES 04 A: Utilizing International Assessment Data to Understand Variation in Cognitive and Non-cognitive Factors Across Europe and Beyond Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stefan Johansson Session Chair: Mojca Rozman Symposium |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Utilizing International Assessment Data to Understand Variation in Cognitive and Non-cognitive Factors Across Europe and Beyond The educational landscape in Europe faces a range of challenges, and this symposium proposal highlights affective issues in education such as students’ expectations, confidence, well-being, and student-reported instructional quality. The overall aim is to investigate how these factors vary across students and their relationship with student achievement. Four contributions from international scholars use data from the international assessments PISA (Programme for International Student Assessment) and TIMSS (Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study) to address these issues. We highlight the European perspective and draw on specific examples from more than 20 European and even more countries outside Europe. While the majority of studies conducted with ILSA data focus on student achievement, there is also an affective component of school adjustment that should not be ignored. The first two papers take a comparative perspective focusing on student math confidence. Using the TIMSS 2019 data for 8th graders across 39 countries, the first contribution provides a cross-national analysis of math-specific affective aspects like confidence, enjoyment, and value in math education, focusing on gaps in gender, socioeconomic status (SES), and immigrant status. The second paper, focusing on the Nordic countries, provides another related student perspective on math confidence. This study, using TIMSS 2019 data for fourth graders, examines how students perceive the quality of their instruction and its relation to their mathematics confidence and achievement. It shows that clear and effective teaching are associated with students’ confidence in math. The other two papers provide specific examples from North Macedonia and Slovenia. The contribution from Slovenia focuses on both cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes by exploring the role of students’ wellbeing in academic motivation and achievement. The PISA 2022 results showed that Slovenian students feel less well-being compared to their peers in other OECD countries, which corresponds with lower literacy skills. The research highlights the importance of positive relationships between teachers and students, emotional support, and a sense of belonging at school for academic success. These findings suggest that improving students’ overall well-being could greatly enhance their motivation and achievement in school. In North Macedonia, the PISA 2018 and 2022 results show many students struggling to reach basic levels in essential subjects. This problem is exacerbated by cuts in education funding, both in terms of GDP and government spending. The youth job market is particularly troubling, with high unemployment rates. This reflects a gap between what the education system teaches and what employers need. Despite these challenges, students in North Macedonia have high hopes for their education and careers, but there is a clear gap between these aspirations and their actual school performance. This contribution sheds light on the factors that can explain this misalignment between student achievement and career expectations. The session consolidates research on a theme that often receives too little attention. Collectively, these studies show the complex relationship between education policies, student well-being, academic performance, and job market outcomes. In summary, tackling educational challenges requires a comprehensive approach that looks at both cognitive and non-cognitive factors. These factors are essential for preparing students to meet their goals and contribute positively to society. The session investigates these issues both comparatively and in relation to specific countries to provide lessons learned from the international assessments. It is divided into six parts: four presentations, a discussion by a renowned expert, and an open discussion. References No references. Presentations of the Symposium What About the Affective Gap? A Cross-National Assessment of Math-Related Inequalities on Affective Components of Learning
Equity in education is defined as the guarantee that all students are provided with the opportunities to benefit from their educational system regardless of their gender, socioeconomic status (SES), and family background (OECD, 2014). In the last decades, investments have been made to identify and monitor educational gaps and to better understand the phenomenon of inequality across several groups, such as gender, SES, and immigrant background (e.g., Strello et al., 2023), and to identity the most urgent needs of intervention in diminishing educational inequality. However, these efforts have been predominantly based on achievement, although school adjustment is not defined only as achievement but instead as a child’s success in dealing with all struggles and tasks faced within the school environment (Ladd, 1989). Adding to the achievement components of schooling, there is also an affective component of school adjustment which, we argue, should not be ignored.
Hence, the goal of this study is to give a cross-national overview of the affective gaps based on gender, SES, and immigrant status, by focusing on three indicators of math-specific affective adjustment – confidence, enjoyment, and value. We analyzed the TIMSS 2019 dataset for 8th-grade students in the math domain. Thirty-nine countries were considered, amounting to a total of 224.080 students. Using regression analysis, we estimated gaps throughout different groups – male versus female (i.e., gender), high SES vs. low SES, and native versus non-native (i.e., immigrant background), on three different math-related affective outcomes – confidence, enjoyment, and value, leading to a set of 9 regression analyses. Analyses were performed for each country considering student weights. Although not the focus of this investigation, achievement gaps were also assessed and controlled for.
In what concerned gender, there seems to be a rather consistent affective gap benefitting boys, especially in their confidence towards mathematics, even when controlling for achievement. As for SES, results replicate those of achievement, in the sense that students with high SES score higher on math-related affective components of learning in the vast majority of countries – however, this gap diminishes significantly when controlling for achievement. Finally, when looking into immigrant status, results are rather mixed, especially for math confidence. As for enjoyment and math value, non-natives show a slight tendency for higher scores, and this tendency holds even while controlling for achievement. Detailed results, implications, limitations, and suggestions for future research are presented and discussed in light of existing research, policies, and strategies regarding inequalities in education.
References:
Ladd, G. W. (1989). Children’s social competence and social supports: Precursors of early school adjustment? In B. H. Schneider, J. Nadel., & R. Weissberg (Eds.), Social competence in development perspective (pp. 271-291). Amsterdam: Klumer Academic Publishers.
OECD (2014). Excellence through equity: Giving every student the chance to succeed. Results from PISA 2012. OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/pisa/keyfindings/pisa-2012-results-volume-II.pdf
Strello, A., Strietholt, R., & Steinmann, I. (2023). Mind the gap… but which gap? The distinctions between social inequalities in student achievement. Social Indicators Research, 170, 399-425. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-023-03196-5
The Relation between Student-Perceived Instructional Quality and Mathematics Confidence and Achievement: A Nordic Outlook using TIMSS 2019 Grade 4 data
Existing research recognizes the significant role of teaching quality in influencing students' academic (mathematics achievement) and affective outcomes (e.g., mathematics confidence) (Hattie, 2009). Teaching quality can both enhance or diminish the impact of student background characteristics on cognitive achievement (Fauth et al., 2014; Hattie, 2009). Observing, quantifying, and accurately measuring differences in teaching quality presents theoretical and methodological challenges, which could potentially introduce bias and affect study validity (Nilsen et al., 2016). This underscores the need for more empirical research on the relationships between teaching quality and learning outcomes, particularly among primary school students where such research is still limited.
This study aims to provide empirical evidence by comparing the relations between student-perceived instructional quality and mathematics achievement and confidence, and examining differences between classrooms in four Nordic countries. The Nordic context is chosen due to the similarities in culture, school systems, and resources among these countries, making it a suitable setting for this comparative analysis (Kavli, 2018). Utilizing data from the 2019 Trends in Mathematics and Science Study (Mullis & Martin, 2017), the study involves 15,839 fourth graders from Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden. It focuses on the relevance of student-perceived instructional quality (Kyriakides & Creemers, 2008) in relation to both cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes, as well as examining variations across classrooms. The concept of instructional quality in this research encompasses two main constructs: classroom management and instructional clarity. Classroom management involves teachers' structural-organizational activities to engage students in learning and establish a conducive learning environment, while instructional clarity pertains to the effectiveness of pedagogical techniques for clear instruction and support (Nilsen & Gustafsson, 2016).
Employing Multilevel Confirmatory Factor Analysis (MCFA) and Multilevel Structural Equation Modeling (MSEM), the study examines the relationships between instructional quality and two outcome variables: mathematics confidence and mathematics achievement.
Considering the cultural and educational similarities across the Nordic countries, alongside their varied results in international large-scale assessments, the study is guided by two research questions:
1. What are the relations between student-perceived instructional quality (classroom management and instructional clarity) and students’ mathematics confidence and achievement in the Nordic context?
2. What are the relations to student background factors?
The results indicate a positive relationship between instructional clarity and mathematics confidence at the student level across all four countries. At the classroom level, mathematics confidence is positively related to instructional clarity. Student background factors demonstrate weaker correlations with mathematics confidence than with mathematics achievement.
References:
Fauth, B., Decristan, J., Rieser, S., Klieme, E., & Büttner, G. (2014). Student ratings of
teaching quality in primary school: Dimensions and prediction of student outcomes.
Learning and instruction, 29, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2013.07.001
Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning: a synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to
achievement. Routledge.
Kavli, A.-B. (2018). TIMSS and PISA in the Nordic countries In N. C. o. Ministers (Ed.),
Northern Lights on TIMSS and PISA 2018. Nordic Council of Ministers.
https://www.norden.org/en/publication/northern-lights-timss-and-pisa-2018
Kyriakides, L., & Creemers, B. P. M. (2008). Using a multidimensional approach to measure
the impact of classroom-level factors upon student achievement: a study testing the
validity of the dynamic model. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 19(2),
183-205. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243450802047873
Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. E. (2017). TIMSS 2019 Assessment Frameworks Retrieved
from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website:
http://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/frameworks/
Nilsen, & Gustafsson (Eds.). (2016). Teacher Quality, instructional Quality and Student
Outcomes: Relationships Across Countries, Cohorts and Time (Vol. 2). Springer
Open. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-41252-8.
Nilsen, T., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Blömeke, S. (2016). Conceptual Framework and
Methodology of This Report. In T. Nilsen & J.-E. Gustafsson (Eds.), Teacher Quality,
Instructional Quality and Student Outcomes: Relationships Across Countries, Cohorts
and Time. Springer Open.
Well-being as an Important Asset of Students’ Academic Motivation and Achievement in Slovenia
Recently, the discourse surrounding the role of students’ well-being and its effects on learning motivation and academic achievement has gained more and more attention in the national and international research community and on the stakeholders’ level. Quality teacher-student relationships, social-emotional support from teachers, a sense of belonging at school, and achievement-related anxiety are often highlighted as important aspects of students’ well-being and have been confirmed in various studies (e.g. Barosso et al., 2020; Harding et al., 2019; Kozina, 2020; Shriver & Buffett, 2015) as significant predictors of both academic motivation and achievement. The latest PISA 2022 results for Slovenia show that, compared to their OECD peers, Slovenian 15-year-olds reported significantly below-average levels of all mentioned aspects of well-being. Since Slovenia also witnessed a significant decline in all three literacy domains in PISA 2022, the article fills the research gap in investigating the role of different aspects of students’ well-being in explaining students’ academic motivation and achievement.
For the data analysis, we used the data from the PISA 2022 survey, which in Slovenia includes a representative sample of 6.721 students aged 15. From the 2022 questionnaire, we used separate scales addressing students’ well-being: perceived quality of teacher-student relationships, teacher support in mathematics class, sense of belonging at school, mathematics-related anxiety, and mathematics effort and persistency scale as an indicator of student’s academic motivation. For academic achievement, we used plausible values for all three PISA literacy domains scales. The internal consistency parameters and the multicollinearity between the variables were checked in the Slovenian sample. We used the linear regression procedure to analyse the size effects of different predictors when explaining students’ academic motivation and achievement using the statistical program IEA IDB Analyzer (Version 5.0.23), which, due to two-stage sampling in the PISA study, allows the use of individual students and sample weights.
The results show that all four aspects of students’ well-being were confirmed as significant predictors of students’ academic motivation, with the highest effect sizes for the quality of teacher-student relationships and math-related anxiety. The results also showed that the quality of teacher-student relationships is the most significant predictor of academic achievement on all three PISA literacy scales. Following these findings, it is thus crucial to establish a system for strengthening the social-emotional competencies of Slovenian teachers and students and shift an education strategy to a more holistic approach that supports the strengthening of different aspects of students’ and teachers’ well-being.
References:
Barosso, C., Ganley, C. M., McGraw, A., Geer, E., Hart, S. A., & Daucourt, M. (2020). A meta- analysis of the relation between math anxiety and math achievement. Psychological Bulletin 147(2), 134–168. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000307
Harding, S. et al. (2019). Is teachers’ mental health and wellbeing associated with students’ mental health and wellbeing? Journal of Affective Disorders, 242, 180–187. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2018.08.080
Kozina, A. (Ed.) (2020). Social, emotional and intercultural competencies for inclusive school environments across Europe: Relationships matter. Hamburg: Dr. Kovač.
Shriver, T., & Buffett, J. (2015). The uncommon core. In J. A, Durlak, C. E. Domitrovich, R. P. Weissberg, & T. P. Gullota (Eds.). Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice (pp. 15–16). New York, London: The Guilford Press.
Students’ Future Education Pathways and their Occupational Aspirations
North Macedonia has one of the highest proportions of students failing to demonstrate basic proficiency (Level 2) in all three domains of science, mathematics and reading among PISA-participating countries (52.2% in PISA 2018 testing; 57.4% in PISA-2022). Young citizens of North Macedonia continue to leave education with among the lowest learning outcomes in Europe. On the other hand, between 2018 and 2023, North Macedonia’s public spending on education as a percentage of GDP fell from 2.80% to 2.72%. The share of total government expenditure allocated to education also declined. While poverty rates have fallen in recent decades, low educational performance is limiting the employment and life opportunities of many individuals and impeding national development.
The activity of youth in the labor market of North Macedonia is relatively low (46.7% in the first three quarters of 2022), either compared to the adults or their peers from the EU countries. One in four people over 15 are unemployed, compared to less than one in ten across OECD countries. Low activity of youth illustrates generally low employment probabilities in the country, and the difficulty of school-to-work transition, that can be attributed to (i) unwillingness of employers to bear the costs of on-the-job training of inexperienced youth (ii) skills mismatch between employer’s needs and skills produced by the education system, as well as (iii) the increasing tendency of youth to stay longer in formal education.
Students’ academic performance on the PISA 2022 testing is not aligned with their expectations for further education and career. They hold ambitious expectations of future education, 72% of students expect to complete tertiary degree (34% expect to finish doctoral studies, ISCED 8). Students (83%) reported that they have a clear idea of their future job, and they expect to work in high-skill occupations, such as software developers, medical doctors, managing directors and chief executives.
This research aims to define the factors that can explain this misalignment between education and career expectations within students’ academic performance. More specifically, data show that there are statistically significant differences in students’ education and career expectations when we compare them based on student’s academic achievement in math, science and reading, Index of economic, social, and cultural status, gender, and language of instruction (Macedonian and Albanian). Data from the research is further discussed with students in focus group discussions. Recommendations from the research will be shared with the state representatives responsible for the reforms in secondary education.
References:
No references.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 09 SES 04 B: Exploring Educational Dynamics and Academic Performance Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gasper Cankar Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper TIMSS Repeat in Flanders: a longitudinal follow-up to TIMSS 2019 University of Antwerp, Belgium Presenting Author:Flanders has a history of participating in International Large-Scale Assessment studies (ILSAs) like TIMSS, where it has often ranked highly. However, the last cycles of TIMSS have shown a gradual decline in the academic achievement of Flemish students. This has sparked a debate about the quality of education in Flanders. Between the TIMSS cycles of 2015 and 2019, Flemish students' achievement levels decreased by 14 points for mathematics and 11 points for science (Faddar et al., 2020). Although ILSAs are crucial tools for policymakers to assess the quality of educational systems, their primary purpose is periodic benchmarking (Addey and Sellar, 2019). However, the decline found among Flemish students has prompted a deeper investigation and monitoring of the evolution of Flemish learning gains throughout the remaining two years of primary schooling, which goes beyond benchmarking. To this end, a longitudinal study based on TIMSS-2019 was set up in Flanders: TIMSS-repeat. Using a longitudinal design, TIMSS-repeat retested students who participated in the TIMSS 2019 cycle in 2021, when most of the students were in the sixth grade of primary education. In total, 4.301 students, their teachers, and their school principals participated in TIMSS repeat. The main purpose of TIMSS-repeat was to investigate the learning gains of Flemish students during the last two years of primary school, allowing an inquiry into the connection between students' background characteristics and their learning gains for mathematics and science. Moreover, the specific timing of the data collection in May 2021, just after the school closures and quarantines due to COVID-19, allowed for additional information regarding the impact of COVID-19 to be collected. This enabled the investigation of COVID-19's impact on the learning gains in mathematics and science. The following research questions were central:
The first and second questions aim to analyze how students in Flanders progress through the last years of primary school. With these questions, we aim to reveal how students’ learning gains increase and whether specific background characteristics facilitate or hamper student learning gains. In previous TIMSS studies, it was found that home language or students’ socioeconomic status is linked to their achievement (Faddar et al., 2020; IEA, 2020). The third question seeks to provide valuable information to both researchers and policymakers regarding the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on student learning and achievement. Not only does TIMSS-repeat in Flanders provide answers to these research questions, but it also aligns with the research goals of the TIMSS longitudinal study that is following the TIMSS 2023 cycle (The International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA), 2022). TIMSS-repeat in Flanders provided a valuable but tentative insight into Flemish learning gains during the final grades of primary education in Flanders, characterized by one of the most impactful global events of our time. In this presentation, we will discuss the different steps taken to conduct the TIMSS-repeat study in Flanders and present our most important findings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research presented here utilizes data from the TIMSS 2019 cycle collected in May 2019 (T1) and a repeated measurement after two years in May 2021 (T2), based on the same sample of schools and students. For T2 91.9% of the schools from TIMSS 2019 agreed to participate, resulting in a sample of 4301 students nested in 133 schools. Rigorous checks were conducted for selection bias in comparison to the T1 sample, including factors from both the school and the student level such as school performance, educational network, geographical location, gender, and socioeconomic status. Both T1 and T2 samples are comparable, revealing no significant selection bias, and this is on both the school and the student level. To ensure the reliability of the data, several precautions were taken. To avoid a modus effect (Martin et al., 2020), paper-based achievement tests were administered for both T1 and T2. Additionally, to minimize the likelihood of a ceiling effect, adjustments were made to the test materials: easier items were excluded and more difficult mathematics and science items were included from the Flemish national assessment tests conducted in 2015, 2016, and 2021. In the selection of these new items, we maintained a distribution that aligns with the content domains (measurement & geometry, numbers and data for mathematics; life, physical, and earth for science) and cognitive domains (knowing, applying, and reasoning) (Martin et al., 2020). To allow for a precise description of the learning gains, the test items of T1 and T2 were calibrated (Scharfen et al., 2018). Finally, to avoid a retest effect individual students were administered different test items compared to the 2019 test. To grasp the impact of COVID-19, specific scales were added to the background questionnaires for the students, teachers, and school leaders. All new instruments were found to be reliable and valid. The analysis began by calculating weights, jackknife estimates, and plausible values for students’ mathematics and science achievement (Martin et al., 2020). The R package “EdSurvey” was used for all analyses (Bailey, 2020), specifically the “mixed.sdf” function was used to estimate mixed effect models mapping differential effects of student characteristics on achievement. The analysis used a scale ranging from 0 to 1000 points. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Looking at the first research question, Flemish pupils demonstrated achievement gains in both mathematics and sciences over the last two years of primary education, with an increase of 117 points in mathematics and 107 points in science. In terms of cognitive domains, Flemish students exhibited the most significant improvements in the Applying domain for both mathematics and science, aligning with Faddar's hypothesis regarding the emphasis on higher cognitive skills in later years of primary education (Faddar et al., 2020). Answering the second research question, we found that boys obtained slightly higher learning gains compared to girls, with an increase of 120 points in mathematics and 113 points in science, compared to 116 and 109 points, respectively. For home language, noteworthy results were found: students who never spoke the language of the test at home demonstrated the most substantial achievement gains in both mathematics (137 points) and science (134 points). Additionally, students with a room for themselves and access to a significant number of books at home experienced the highest achievement gains in both subjects. When answering the first and second research questions, caution is advised: while we found learning gains, empirical evidence to compare the size of these learning gains is lacking. Potential benchmarks such as Bloom et al. (2008), Martin et al. (1997), or Mullis et al. (1997) are based on empirical data, but may also not be as pertinent due to their age and dissimilar contexts. Finally, the descriptive data on how schools, teachers, and students adapted to COVID-19 provides an answer to the third research question.Results include, among others, a shift in didactics and teaching and difficulties with online teaching. References Addey, C., and Sellar, S. (2019). Rationales for (non) participation in international large-scale learning assessments. Education Research and Foresight: UNESCO Working paper. Bailey, P., Lee, M., Nguyen, T., & Zhang, T. (2020). Using EdSurvey to Analyze TIMSS Data. In Faddar, J., Appels, L., Merckx, B., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Delrue, K., , De Maeyer, S., and Van Petegem, P. (2020). Vlaanderen in TIMSS 2019. Wiskunde- en wetenschapsprestaties van het vierde leerjaar in internationaal perspectief en doorheen de tijd. . IEA. (2020). TIMSS 2019 International Results in Mathematics and Science. Martin, M. O., von Davier, M., and Mullis, I. V. S. (2020). Methods and Procedures: TIMSS 2019 Technical Report. T. P. I. S. C. Boston College. https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/methods Scharfen, J., Peters, J. M., and Holling, H. (2018). Retest effects in cognitive ability tests: A meta-analysis. Intelligence, 67, 44-66. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.intell.2018.01.003 The International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). (2022). TIMSS Longitudinal Study: Measuring Student Progress over One Year. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Role of Metacognitive Skills and Self-Efficacy in Predicting Academic Results of Middle School Students National Research University "Higher School of Economics" Presenting Author:Metacognition or metacognitive skills refer to students’ “understanding and control of their own cognition” (Sternberg, 2007, p. 18). Metacognition or knowledge about thinking includes declarative, procedural, and conditional knowledge (McCormick, 2003). Students who have well developed metacognitive skills tend to thrive academically. For example, research shows that systematic metacognitive monitoring leads to better understanding and academic performance (Zimmerman & Cleary, 2009). However, many studies in education report on low to medium associations between metacognition and academic achievement (Fleur et al., 2021; Winne & Azevedo, 2022). Self-efficacy is another construct that relates to academic achievement across educational settings and age groups (DiBenedetto & Schunk, 2022). Self-efficacy refers to students’ beliefs that they can successfully tackle a task (Anderman & Wolters, 2008; Bandura, 2006). Students’ self-efficacy is related to their engagement with a task and the types of strategies they use (Bandura, 1994). Years of research indicate that self-efficacy relates to students’ learning, motivation, achievement, and self-regulated learning (DiBenedetto & Schunk, 2022). High self-efficacy is a strong predictor of students’ achievement and success (DiBenedetto & Schunk, 2022) and strongly relates to academic achievement for middle school students (Carpenter, 2007). Available research studies suggest positive yet small correlations between metacognition and general and domain-specific self-efficacy (Cera et al., 2013; Ridlo & Lutfia, 2016). In addition, metacognitive scaffolding improved metacognitive awareness, academic self-efficacy, and learning achievement of biology students (Valencia-Valejo et al., 2019). Research evidence from other countries provides support in positive relationships among metacognition, self-efficacy, and academic achievement. However, it is not clear how these constructs relate to each other in other contexts such as Russia. Therefore, the goal of this study is to examine the role of metacognitive skills and self-efficacy in predicting middle school students’ academic results. Theoretical framework The role of metacognition and self-efficacy in students’ academic results in this study is examined through a Model of Self- and Socially Regulated Learning (Author). The model is organized around three broad areas: self-regulated learning (SRL; C–I, M–N), socially regulated learning (SoRL; A–B, J–N), and culture (O). Each area has its own set of processes contributing to the development of self-/socially regulated skills. Thus, SoRL includes instructional techniques (A–B) and formative assessment practices, such as feedback, which occur in classrooms (J–N). SRL includes the processes that activate student’s background knowledge and motivational beliefs, which lead to the choice of goals and strategies to do the task (C–I, M–N). Finally, culture (O) situates both types of processes within a socio-cultural context. This model reflects the complexity of school classrooms and includes a number of variables. In this paper, however, the focus is on such components of SRL as metacognition and self-efficacy. For the purposes of this study, metacognition includes the processes of planning, progress monitoring, and reflection. According to Albert Bandura (2006), self-efficacy is domain-specific, which is why separate self-efficacy scales were developed for each of the domains. The main purpose of this study was to examine the role of metacognition and self-efficacy in predicting middle school students’ academic results. The study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a cross-sectional survey design. Sample. The sample included 1,167 students (55.3% girls, n = 645) from seventh (n = 345), eights (n = 514), and nineth (n = 308) grades. Instruments. The metacognition subscale is an adaptation from the SRL survey for DAACS (Lui et al., 2018). It includes the subscales of planning (5 items), monitoring (6 items), and reflection (7), using a Likert-type scale (4 – almost always, 1 – almost never), indicating good internal consistency estimate for the scale (α = 0.92; ω = 0.93). Example item: “I plan when I am going to do my homework”. The self-efficacy surveys for mathematics (4 items, α = 0.85, ω = 0.9), Russian (4 items, α = 0.79, ω = 0.85), reading (4 items, α = 0.84, ω = 0.86), foreign language (5 items, α = 0.93, ω = 0.94), biology (4 items , α = 0.87, ω = 0.9), and physics (5 items, α = 0.93, ω = 0.95) used a Likert-type scale (4 – I can do it well, 1– I cannot do it at all) with good reliability estimates. An example item: “Can you solve a math problem?”. Procedures. After receiving approval from the Ethics Committee, the data were collected online in public schools. Parents signed online consent forms, and children provided their assent to participate. The data analyses were conducted in R Studio. Results RQ1: While no differences were observed for planning and reflection, girls showed higher scores for monitoring than boys, t = 2, df = 1090.6, p = 0.04, d = 0.12. No differences were observed in self-efficacy for math, reading, foreign language, and biology. However, girls had higher self-efficacy for Russian, t = 7.81, df = 1023.6, p < 0.0001, d = 0.47. Boys had higher self-efficacy for physics, t = -3.72, df = 1095.9, p < 0.001, d = 0.22. Girls reported higher scores across all subjects than boys. Examination by grade levels revealed that students form the 9th grade had higher estimates for planning, reflection, and self-efficacy across most subjects than students from the 7th and 8th grades. RQ2: Linear regression analyses revealed that planning predicted students’ scores in foreign language and biology, and reflection predicted scores for foreign language and physics. For all other subjects, contributions of metacognition were not significant. In contrast, self-efficacy significantly predicted scores for all subjects, explaining between 16% and 32% of variance in scores. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper examined the role of metacognition and self-efficacy in predicting middle school students’ academic results. The group comparison results revealed that girls had higher scores in metacognitive monitoring than boys. No differences were observed for metacognitive planning and reflection. Also, girls indicated higher self-efficacy in Russian and boys higher self-efficacy in physics. These results are partially in line with research studies, showing gender differences with boys scoring higher in mathematics (Breda & Napp, 2019) and research on perceived self-efficacy (Pajares & Valiante, 2002). Students from the 9th grade seemed to have higher scores for planning, reflection, and self-efficacy across all subjects. Ninth grade is considered a final grade of the middle school in Russia and students take the final examination, and then decide if they continue in high school or switch to other educational institutions. In 9th grade, students’ abstract thinking and analysing skills necessary to reflect on behaviours and emotions are developed enough to engage in metacognitive thinking (Uytun, 2018). The results of the regression analysis indicated that metacognition was not as strong in predicting students’ scores in respective subjects as self-efficacy. However, planning and reflection contributed to scores in foreign language, biology, and physics. These results support research studies reporting weak and moderate relationships of metacognition with academic results (Cera et al., 2013; Ridlo & Lutfia, 2016) and significant contributions of self-efficacy to academic achievement (DiBenedetto & Schunk, 2022). The scholarly significance of this study is that it examined the relationships among metacognition, self-efficacy by domains, and academic achievement of middle school students, using a relatively large sample in Russia. It provides evidence of the links between students perceived self-efficacy beliefs and their results in subject domains, and positive role of planning and reflection for some subjects. References Anderman, E. M., & Wolters, C. A. (2008). Goals, values, and affect: Influences on student motivation. In P. A. Alexander and P. H. Winne (Eds.), Handbook of educational psychology, 369–390, 2nd ed. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Bandura, A. (2006). Toward a psychology of human agency. Perspectives on psychological science, 1(2), 164-180. Breda, T. & Napp, C. (2019). Girls’ comparative advantage in reading can largely explain the gender gap in math-related fields.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(31), 15435-15440. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1905779116 Carpenter, S. L. (2007). A comparison of the relationships of students' self-efficacy, goal orientation, and achievement across grade levels: a meta-analysis. https://summit.sfu.ca/_flysystem/fedora/sfu_migrate/2661/etd2816.pdf DiBenedetto, M. K., & Schunk, D. H. (2022). Assessing academic self-efficacy. In M. S. Khine and Tine Nielsen (Eds.), Academic Self-Efficacy in Education: Nature, Assessment, and Research 11-37. Springer. Cera, R., Mancini, M., & Antonietti, A. (2013). Relationships between metacognition, self-efficacy and self-regulation in learning. Journal of Educational, Cultural and Psychological Studies (ECPS Journal), 4(7), 115-141. Fleur, D.S., Bredeweg, B. & van den Bos, W. Metacognition: ideas and insights from neuro- and educational sciences. npj Sci. Learn. 6, 13 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41539-021-00089-5 McCormick, C. B. (2003). Metacognition and learning. In W. M. Reynolds & G. E. Miller (Eds.), Handbook of psychology: Educational psychology (Vol. 7, pp. 79-102). John Wiley & Sons Inc. Pajares, F., & Valiante, G. (2002). Students’self-efficacy in their self-regulated learning strategies: a developmental perspective. Psychologia, 45(4), 211-221. Ridlo, S., & Lutfiya, F. (2017, March). The correlation between metacognition level with self-efficacy of biology education college students. In Journal of Physics: Conference Series (Vol. 824, No. 1, p. 012067). IOP Publishing. Sternberg, R. J. (2007). Intelligence, competence, and expertise. In A. J. Elliot, & C. S. Dweck (Eds.), Handbook of competence and motivation (pp. 15–30). The Guilford Press. Uytun, M. C. (2018). Development period of prefrontal cortex. In A. Starcevic and B. Filipovic (Eds.), Prefrontal Cortex. IntechOpen. DOI: 10.5772/intechopen.78697 Valencia-Vallejo, N., López-Vargas, O., & Sanabria-Rodríguez, L. (2019). Effect of a metacognitive scaffolding on self-efficacy, metacognition, and achievement in e-learning environments. Knowledge Management & ELearning, 11(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.34105/j.kmel.2019.11.001 Winne, P., & Azevedo, R. (2022). Metacognition and self-regulated learning. In R. K. Sawyer (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of the learning sciences, 93-113. Cambridge University Press. Zimmerman, B. J., & Cleary, T. J. (2009). Motives to self-regulate learning: A social-cognitive account. In K. Wentzel, & A. Wigfield (Eds.), Handbook on Motivation at School. Taylor & Francis. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper The Impact of the Negative Grading Effect in Different School Subjects University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:The negative grading effect (NGE) is the decrement in grade outcomes associated with the process of being assessed and graded. By exploiting the natural experimental conditions resulting from the introduction or abolition of grades earlier in the school career, researchers have been able to contrast the outcomes of comparable groups of Swedish students with different grading backgrounds, i.e. whether they were previously graded or not. The effect has repeatedly been identified in students’ year 9 (age 15/16) grades, and seems to particularly affect low-ability students and boys (Facchinello, 2014; Klapp, Cliffordson, & Gustafsson, 2016; Clarke, Klapp, & Rosen, under review). Despite substantial reforms to the grading and assessment system, the effect persists and thus seems to have an enduring and robust impact on compulsory school students’ grades. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This quasi-experimental study plans to use structural equation modelling or multivariate regression analyses of data collected in the Evaluation Through Follow-up project of Sweden’s compulsory school students. The database contains information from recurring studies of cohorts of students since 1948 to present. The database contains student and parental demographic background and questionnaire data, as well as teacher and school information. The data contains student academic performance measures from multiple points in their academic career as well as cognitive ability measures collected by testing the students in year 6 (age 12/13). The analysis uses birth-cohorts 1992 (N = 10147) and 2004 (N = 9775). This comparison allows for the evaluation of the academic outcomes of students in cohorts before and after a reform that lowered the age at which students are first graded. The reforms also introduced changes which increased the stakes of grades by i. a. introduction of a fail grade. The outcomes of students who have previously been graded will be compared on a by-subject level to those who have not previously received grades to determine whether having previously received grades has differential effects for different subjects. In addition to the grading status of the students, the analysis will also include the independent variables for student gender, parental education level, immigration background, and student cognitive ability levels. The dependent variables will be the grade outcomes for the school subjects studied achieved at the end of school year 9 (age 15/16). Data are available for around 14 subjects. Statistical analysis and modelling will use Mplus version 8.5 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2019) which can account for missing data and possible clustering effects of students within schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Further support for the presence of the NGE is expected. The NGE is expected to vary in magnitude between subjects. However, at this stage, the exact nature of how the NGE varies between the various school subjects or the presence of any patterns or groupings of the subjects has not yet been determined. The remaining independent variables are expected to show similar relationships to the grade outcomes as previous research has established, though again, some between-subject variation is expected, but has not yet been determined. The study is ongoing and results are expected around Summer 2024. The study is a part of the research project funded by the Swedish Research Council (2019-04531). References Azmat, G., & Iriberri, N. (2010). The importance of relative performance feedback information: Evidence from a natural experiment using high school students. Journal of Public Economics, 94, 435-452. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpubeco.2010.04.001 Clarke, D. R., Klapp, A., & Rosen, M. (under review). The negative effect of earlier grading. Facchinello, L. (2014). The impact of early grading on academic choices: mechanisms and social implications. Department of Economics. Stockholm: Stockholm Schools of Economics. Retrieved from https://mysu.sabanciuniv.edu/events/sites/mysu.sabanciuniv.edu.events/files/units/FASS%20Editor/jmp_-_luca_facchinello.pdf Klapp, A., Cliffordson, C., & Gustafsson, J.-E. (2016). The effect of being graded on later achievement: evidence from 13-year olds in Swedish compulsory school. Educational Psychology, 36(10), 1771-1789. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2014.933176 Lundahl, C., Hultén, M., & Tveit, S. (2017). The power of teacher-assigned grades in outcome-based education. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(1), 56-66. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2017.1317229 Mammarella, I. C., Donolato, E., Caviolo, S., & Giofrè, D. (2018). Anxiety profiles and protective factors: A latent profile analysis in children. Personality and Individual Differences, 124, 201-208. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2017.12.017 Marsh, H. W. (1990). The structure of academic self-concept: The Marsh/Shavelson Model. Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(4), 623-636. Muthén, B., & Muthén, L. (1998-2019). Mplus user's guide (8th ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Author. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 04 A: Innovation and Technology in Teacher Education Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ainat Guberman Paper Session
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Trans-formative Change for ECEC Educators’ Professionalism to face Technological Challenges. The ChangeLab in the area of Rovigo (Italy) 1University of Padova, Italy; 2University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:The unprecedented level of technological interaction that educators and teachers have been forced to engage in as a consequence of the pandemic has altered educational practices and how they interact with children and their families. During the height of the pandemic, staff members exhibited a lack of understanding regarding appropriate technology utilisation. They often turned to unregulated social media platforms to share educational experiences and communicate with families as part of what is considered pedagogical documentation (Restiglian et al., 2023). Pedagogical documentation has a significant historical background in Italy, dating back to the Reggio approach to education (Edwards, Gandini & Forman, 1998). Utilised primarily to record and recollect noteworthy occurrences and experiences, it also furnishes material to support the reflective practice of children and adults and facilitates the replication, comparability, transparency, and comprehensibility of educational practices (Biffi, 2019). By making the subjective and collaborative learning processes of both children and adults explicit, observable, and evaluable, documentation renders learning visible (Giudici, Rinaldi & Krechevsky, 2001). After the pandemic, the academic staff endeavoured to reassess documentation, as well as their own professional conduct, in direct correlation with technological advancements. Nonetheless, this has contributed to a social situation in which many families' economic and cultural destitution has increased, resulting in a highly heterogeneous usage pattern that requires revised educational designs that require a paradigm shift relative to the employed tools. In regions with limited state intervention (via municipalities) and substantial variation in the quality of education provided—which is only partially regulated in all aspects—the present condition of nurseries is especially alarming. Lastly, in order to analyse an unconscious decision and a balanced application of technologies (especially social ones), knowledge of the European context is essential. Efforts are being undertaken to provide support for strategies about the ethical utilisation of AI and data, grounded in the AI Act and the GDPR (European Parliament, 2016; 2023). In order to safeguard the identities of European citizens and preserve digital sovereignty, European legislation endeavours to disclose the rationale behind the extraction of data and the psychosocial ramifications of algorithmic manipulation. With the exception of the ECEC system, therefore, circular and conscientious strategies must be implemented in all spheres of lifelong learning. Both the demographic changes taking place in the different Member States and the incorporation of this crucial developmental stage into the Lifelong Learning system contribute to the considerable emphasis on ECEC at the European level (2014) (European Document). This dilemma is especially pronounced in nurseries in regions where the state's (via municipalities) authority is limited and where substantial variation exists in educational offerings that are only partially regulated by explicit and well-defined policies. The critical significance of the professionalism exhibited by educators in tackling these concerns becomes evident. However, it is imperative that they are guided towards the arduous processes of societal transformation that we presently confront, given that the intricacy of technological and social progress often induces feelings of being overwhelmed (Raffaghelli, 2022). Therefore, it appears crucial to prioritise transformative processes in continuing education and training by using a formative methodology that incorporates research and professional development. Our hypothesis is that this methodology contributes to shedding light on the inherent contradictions and tensions that emerge during the implementation of technology. As a secondary hypothesis we propose that technology could develop into an essential tool for facilitating documentation and, consequently, education for all parties involved (including parents, children, and toddlers). This is because technology is expanding its influence to an ever-increasing degree within the fabric of social reality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Among the methodologies that can support continuous and authentically transformative training is the one called “Changing Lab,” developed by the University of Helsinki and widely implemented in the context of research in the socio-sanitary and educational professions (Sannino & Engestrom, 2017; Morselli, 2019). This methodology promotes a critical, reflective, and oriented approach to real and improving changes through three sessions of activities led by experts who, through the mode of "mirroring," offer and revive informative situations and support the discussion of transformative solutions and changes generated from the laboratory called "ChangeLab.”. The research involves the educational staff of three nurseries in the area of Rovigo of different types (public, private, religious), sizes, and geographical locations (city, countryside), for a total of about 20 people. It focuses on the quality of the management of pedagogical documentation on technological support, including communication situations with families that usually adopt social media or instant messaging but also documentation activities that serve educators' internal communication and reflection. The work will be completed in March 2024 and intends to answer the following research questions: How do smart and digital technologies, from social media to smart toys, cross the lives of our children, our families, and our own professional practice? How does pedagogical documentation, the core of mature educational professionalism, change in the presence of technologies so configured? The meetings take place at nurseries after working hours for approximately two hours each. They include two presence sessions and one remote session (via Zoom or Meet). These are rather heterogeneous working groups by age and initial training, both in the group-to-group comparison and between groups. The small number of participants enables the full participation of educators and their coordinators. During the present sessions, technology was not used, but rather posters, leaflets, and post-it notes for sharing opinions and points of view useful to open more in-depth discussions. The remote session, however, included the use of some applications such as mentimeter and padlet for the same purposes. As for the data collection, audio recording and pictures from specific perspectives of the work (protecting educators’ privacy) have been adopted after getting the informed consent. The data analysis will be done through discourse and multimodal analysis after verbatim transcription based on the principles of the ChangeLab methodology (Sannino & Engeström, 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings ChangeLab aims to respond to the compelling emergence of exploring and advancing proposals for an agency, i.e., a protagonist of renewed educational professionalism, within an educational and social reality deeply pierced by “smart” technologies based on algorithms and huge amounts of user data. The research focuses on a crucial educational dimension useful to effectively address the constantly evolving technological-digital challenges and to contribute to the proactive construction of an environment of professional growth and dialogue with families and the territorial community without ever losing sight of the centrality of the child. Its main purpose is the activation of transformative processes within the nurseries involved. It intends to disseminate procedures and results to other nurseries of the area, then engaging in kindergartens (3-6 years) in the perspective of the integrated system 0-6 years provided by the Ministerial Decree no. 65. It also intends to lay the foundations for advancing the request for modification of the content of the course degree in Education Science activated in the city of Rovigo, but managed by the University of Padova. The research ends up as an exploratory research for the definition of draft guidelines for the use of technologies in nurseries, returning to policy makers (regional and European) a series of reflective elements for defining actions regarding digital practices in education that can deepen some elements contained in the DigiCompEdu (Redecker & Punie, 2017), which at the present stage cannot be fully applied in the integrated system 0-6 years. References Biffi, E. (2019). Pedagogical documentation as a shared experience of understanding childhood. In (Eds.) J. Formosinho & J. Peeters, Understanding Pedagogic Documentation in Early Childhood Education. Revealing and Reflecting on High Quality Learning and Teaching (pp. 67-80). Taylor and Francis. https://dx.doi.org/10.4324/9780429030055-5 Edwards, C., Gandini, L., & Forman, G. (Eds.) (1998). The Hundred Languages of Children: The Reggio Emilia Approach Advanced Reflections. Bloomsbury Academic. European Parliament (2016). General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) EUR-Lex—32016R0679—EN - EUR-Lex (pp. 1–88). European Union Law portal. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj European Parliament. (2023). Artificial Intelligence act. EPRS (European Parliamentary Research Service). https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/BRIE/2021/698792/EPRS_BRI(2021)698792_EN.pdf Giudici, C., Rinaldi, C., & Krechevsky, M. (2001). Making learning visible: Children as individual and group learners. Reggio Children. Morselli, D. (2019). The Change Laboratory for Teacher Training in Entrepreneurship Education A New Skills Agenda for Europe. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-030-02571-7 Raffaghelli, J. E. (2022). Educators’ data literacy: Understanding the bigger picture. In Learning to Live with Datafication: Educational Case Studies and Initiatives from Across the World (pp. 80–99). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003136842 Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. In Joint Research Centre (JRC) Science for Policy report (pp. 1–95). https://doi.org/10.2760/159770 Restiglian, E., Raffaghelli, J. E., Gottardo, M., & Zoroaster, P. (2023). Pedagogical documentation in the era of digital platforms: Early childhood educators’ professionalism in a dilemma. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 31. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.31.7909 Sannino, A., & Engeström, Y. (2017). Co-generation of societally impactful knowledge in Change Laboratories. Management Learning, 48(1), 80–96. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507616671285 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Realizing an International Dimension in Teacher Education Curricula via a Blended Intensive Programme Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:Nowadays, classrooms are becoming increasingly diverse due to demographic changes and worldwide policy initiatives toward a more inclusive educational system. With these increasingly diversifying student populations contrasting with teaching professionals whose demographics haven’t changed as rapidly, coupled with “superficial and partial” attempts at integrating intercultural perspectives in teacher education programs; today’s teachers are inadequately prepared to teach these diverse populations. As such, teacher education is challenged to equip future teachers with global perspectives preparing them to teach in today’s globally interdependent world. To put it differently, teacher education institutions are struggling to realize an international dimension in their curricula (Brown, 2015) and to educate future teachers with intercultural competencies. As such, teacher education is being challenged to increase internationalization and “begin preparing future teachers for the globally interdependent world in which they will work and their students will live, by opening the world to students through international experience and integrating a global perspective throughout the curriculum” (Kissock & Richardson, 2010, p. 89). Realizing internationalization is even more challenging for teacher education institutions (Kissock & Richardson, 2010) because of national educational legislation and local internship regulations. In this paper, we present a concrete initiative to realize such an international dimension in teacher education aimed at empowering student teachers for tomorrow; by integrating international experiences and global perspectives throughout the curriculum and to “make room for real collaboration to occur” (DelliCarpini, 2009). This concrete initiative is a 3 ECTS-course developed by the European University Network ENLIGHT. ENLIGHT is a European University alliance of ten comprehensive research-intensive universities from 10 European countries (Belgium, Estonia, France, Germany, Ireland, Netherlands, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland). All ENLIGHT teacher education institutions collaborate in the Teacher Education Network (TEN). This network has developed an international collaborative Blended Intensive Programme (BIP) to promote internationalisation in teacher education and to foster student teachers’ global citizenship competencies. BIPs are new Erasmus + formats for short-term mobility. The BIP developed by the the ENLIGHT Teacher Education Network is structured around the principles of challenge-based education (CBE). CBE is an engaging multidisciplinary approach to teaching and learning that encourages students to leverage the technology and resources they use in their daily lives to solve real-world challenges (Gallagher & Savage, 2023; Nichols & Cator, 2008). Based on this approach, the ENLIGHT TEN BIP was called “Teaching for Global Citizenship in European Classrooms: a challenge-based approach”. A total of 45 student teachers and 11 PhD coaches from the ENLIGHT partner universities participated in the first edition of the BIP (2023). Students from these different institutions worked together in an online and physical component via innovative ways of teaching and learning, following the different phases of the CBE approach. The BIP consisted of an online pre-programme in which students are introduced to the concept of global citizenship. Subsequently, students went through an online learning path. Moreover, students from the same university engaged in online group discussions and prepared a presentation of their local educational system and the challenges it faces. In a second phase, the participating student teachers and PhD coaches physically met at Ghent University and followed a 5-day on-campus programme with both a social and an academic focus. During this week, students gained insight into the concept of global citizenship through the method of CBE. Concretely, students participated in mixed group assignments, group presentations and workshops, attended guest lectures, and went to visit local schools that are currently facing issues of global citizenship. In a third and final phase, students reflected on their BIP-experience in both an online meeting and a report. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The BIP’s development was explored using a mixed-method research design, targeting two primary research objectives: understanding student teachers’ perspective on the challenge-based approach of the program and examining their experience with the international collaboration aspect to enhance intercultural competencies. By focussing on these research goals, we aimed to gain insight into the student perspective and identify opportunities for improvement. Data collection included pre-test and post-test phases during the 2022/2023 academic year. Quantitative data was collected through a questionnaire (32 participants), assessing demographic variables, course evaluation (Gonzalez, Montenegro & Lopez, 2012), student engagement (Reeve, 2012), and Intercultural Communication Competence (Arasaratnam, 2009). Analysis was done through SPSS. This was complemented by qualitative data from focus group interviews (35 participants), discussing the added value of CBE, lessons learned, and potential improvements to the Blended Intensive Programme. Thematic analysis was employed to analyze the focus group data, utilizing NVivo software to facilitate this process Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both quantitative and qualitative research indicated that the participating student teachers had a very positive experience and found the challenge-based BIP to be a highly empowering and innovative pedagogical practice. The results also showed that the social and international aspects of the BIP were deemed crucial by participants. The opportunity for student teachers to interact and familiarize themselves with each other, as well as with the diverse educational systems represented, not only fostered a sense of community among them but also led to more effective and cohesive collaboration. Overall, the development of the BIP and the associated research shows the potential to finally realize an international dimension in teacher education curricula in general, and the development of student teachers’ intercultural competencies in particular. In our presentation, we will elaborate on the development of our Blended Intensive Programme, the research conducted, and the associated results. We will present our findings in terms of student empowerment, focusing on three key participant groups: student teachers, PhD coaches, and teacher education institutions. Through this, we aim to initiate a debate on concrete actions that can be taken by all stakeholders in teacher education to further internationalization efforts. Our paper presentation will thus (1) detail our efforts in designing a Blended Intensive Programme within the European University alliance ENLIGHT, (2) present our mixed-method research on the BIP’s development and the competence development of student teachers, and (3) facilitate a discussion with the audience on future initiatives to realise an international dimension in teacher education. References Arasaratnam, L. A. (2009). The development of a new instrument of intercultural communication competence. Journal of intercultural communication, 9(2), 1-08. Brown, A. (2015). Promoting global and comparative understandings of education: my yearlong journey. In D. Schwarzer, & B. Bridglall (Eds.), Promoting global and comparative understandings of education (pp. 127-148). Lanham, MD: Lexington Books. DelliCarpini, M. (2009). Dialogues across disciplines: preparing English-as-a-second-language teachers for interdisciplinary collaboration. Current Issues in Education, 11(2). https://cie.asu.edu/ojs/index.php/cieatasu/article/view/1573 Gallagher, S. E., & Savage, T. (2023). Challenge-based learning in higher education: an exploratory literature review. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(6), 1135-1157. González, C., Montenegro, H., & López, L. (2012). Analysis of the reliability and validity of the course experience questionnaire (CEQ). Educación y Educadores, 15(1), 63-78. Kissock, C., & Richardson, P. (2010). Calling for action within the teaching profession: it is time to internationalize teacher education. Teaching Education, 21(1), 89-101. Nichols, M. H., & Cator, K. (2008). Challenge Based Learning White Paper. Cupertino, California: Apple, Inc. Reeve, J. (2012). A self-determination theory perspective on student engagement. In S. L. Christenson, A. L. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of research on student engagement (pp. 149-172). New York, NY: Springer. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper How AI-PCK Predicts AI Assisted Instruction Intention: A Study with Pre-service Teachers in China Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The development and application of artificial intelligence (AI) has empowered and accelerated the process of education and teaching transformation. Although prior studies have examined the forms of integrating AI into education, insights into the effective factors impacting pre-service teachers’ AI assisted instruction intention (AI-AII) are rather limited. Considering this gap, this study constructed a structural model among AI-AII, AI pedagogical content knowledge (AI-PCK), AI technological knowledge (AI-TK), performance expectancy (PE), effort expectancy (EE), social influence (SI), and facilitating conditions (FC). Data were collected from 1391 pre-service teachers in China. Results of the modeling effort indicate that the pre-service teachers’ AI-PCK, EE, PE, SI, and FC positively predict their AI-AII. However, pre-service teachers’ AI-TK had indirect effects on their AI-AII. These insights are important for educators and policymakers to consider in designing teacher education and professional development related to foster pre-service teachers’ behavioral intention to use AI in teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The online questionnaire comprised of two sections. The initial section focused on gathering background information from participants, encompassing aspects such as gender, university category, grade level, majors, enrollment in educational technology courses, and familiarity with AI-assisted teaching. The second part sought to assess the intention of pre-service teachers to utilize artificial intelligence in their teaching. This component had seven constructs: Performance Expectancy, Effort Expectancy, Social Influence, Facilitating Conditions, AI-TK, AI-PCK, and Behavioral Intention. Data analysis consisted of 4 stages: exploratory factor analysis (EFA), Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA), reliability analysis, and Structural Equation Modeling (SEM). Descriptive statistical analysis was conducted on all samples using SPSS 27.0. First, a randomly selected 50% of cases (N = 696) were used for performing the EFA of instrument in IBM SPSS 27.0 to clarify the factors. The sample size of EFA met the subject to item ratio of 10:1 suggested by Gorsuch(1983). Then the structural equation modelling (SEM) technique was employed using AMOS 26.0 with the remaining 50% (N = 695) of observations to examine the measurement model and the structural model. Subsequently, latent variable path analysis was conducted in order to evaluate the hypotheses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results showed that AI-TK exerted indirect effects on pre-service teachers’ behavioral intention to AI for assisted teaching. This indicated that AI may not have always been a preferred tool among teachers who were aware of how AI could enhance teaching and learning in general unless they understood the pedagogical benefits. Further, AI-based tools could emphasize their pedagogical advantages (such as timely and personalized feedback). The outcomes demonstrate that both AI-TK and AI-PCK possess direct predictive influence over performance expectancy and effort expectancy. In accordance with UTAUT theory, this study confirmed that PE, EE, SI and FC positively influenced pre-service teachers’ behavioral intention to use AI for assisted teaching. Among these factors, effort expectancy serves as a direct predictor of pre-service teachers' inclination to utilize AI. This underscores the necessity for governmental bodies or educational institutions aiming to foster the amalgamation of AI and teaching in universities to aid pre-service teachers in comprehending AI's utility for their future instructional practices. References An, X., Chai, C. S., Li, Y., Zhou, Y., Shen, X., Zheng, C., & Chen, M. (2023). Modeling English teachers’ behavioral intention to use artificial intelligence in middle schools. Education and Information Technologies, 28(5), 5187-5208. Bardakcı, S., & Alkan, M. F. (2019). Investigation of Turkish preservice teachers’ intentions to use IWB in terms of technological and pedagogical aspects. Education and Information Technologies, 24, 2887-2907. Bibauw, S., François, T., & Desmet, P. (2019). Discussing with a computer to practice a foreign language: Research synthesis and conceptual framework of dialogue-based CALL. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 32(8), 827-877. Celik, I., Dindar, M., Muukkonen, H., & Järvelä, S. (2022). The promises and challenges of artificial intelligence for teachers: A systematic review of research. TechTrends, 66(4), 616-630. Chatterjee, S., & Bhattacharjee, K. K. (2020). Adoption of artificial intelligence in higher education: A quantitative analysis using structural equation modelling. Education and Information Technologies, 25, 3443-3463. Chen, X., Zou, D., Xie, H., Cheng, G., & Liu, C. (2022). Two decades of artificial intelligence in education. Educational Technology & Society, 25(1), 28-47. Chiu, T. K., & Chai, C.-s. (2020). Sustainable curriculum planning for artificial intelligence education: A self-determination theory perspective. Sustainability, 12(14), 5568. Chocarro, R., Cortiñas, M., & Marcos-Matás, G. (2023). Teachers’ attitudes towards chatbots in education: a technology acceptance model approach considering the effect of social language, bot proactiveness, and users’ characteristics. Educational Studies, 49(2), 295-313. Divekar, R. R., Lepp, H., Chopade, P., Albin, A., Brenner, D., & Ramanarayanan, V. (2021). Conversational agents in language education: where they fit and their research challenges. International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, Dogan, S., Dogan, N. A., & Celik, I. (2021). Teachers’ skills to integrate technology in education: Two path models explaining instructional and application software use. Education and Information Technologies, 26, 1311-1332. Du, Y., & Gao, H. (2022). Determinants affecting teachers’ adoption of AI-based applications in EFL context: An analysis of analytic hierarchy process. Education and Information Technologies, 27(7), 9357-9384. Edwards, C., Edwards, A., Spence, P. R., & Lin, X. (2018). I, teacher: using artificial intelligence (AI) and social robots in communication and instruction. Communication Education, 67(4), 473-480. Geng, J., Chai, C.-S., Jong, M. S.-Y., & Luk, E. T.-H. (2021). Understanding the pedagogical potential of Interactive Spherical Video-based Virtual Reality from the teachers’ perspective through the ACE framework. Interactive Learning Environments, 29(4), 618-633. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 04 C: Teacher Identity Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Michael Schlauch Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Teaching Profession as a Social Identity: Consequences for Teacher Training 1PH Schwäbisch Gmünd, Germany; 2PH Ludwigsburg, Germany Presenting Author:The question of equality within school systems is being discussed with new fervour as social cohesion in European society seems under duress. This brings on the demand for changes in the training of teachers as they are seen as the body that can offer the most immediate remedy for discrimination within the school system, which can be a way to promote social equality within the whole of society. An up-to-date understanding of diversity and its consequences is paramount for teachers to tackle this task. Looking at material collected during a course on “diversity in school” as part of a teacher training degree (Bachelor level), we tried to understand how students' perception of diversity is being influenced by the presentation and discussion of scientific findings on diversity and the consequences they should have for teachers' actions. The insights are used to draw conclusions on how to make the teaching of critical educational research more effective. Dealing with diversity is an essential part of professionalization, which, however, poses multiple challenges for students' identities: becoming aware of being themselves a person with a diversified identity, and becoming competent in dealing with others' diversity through a so-called "glocal" competence that enables future teachers in diverse classrooms to negotiate, adapt, and collaborate in a super diverse environment while maintaining local attitudes (Madden, 2022). Teacher training for dealing with diversity often targets an intersection between personality and future profession. Reflection on behavior towards students and the recognition of needs in them necessarily mean a confrontation with personal beliefs and traits. The training as a teacher, however, also has a dimension that transcends the individual level. Teachers and those studying to be such become a community of practice (abbr. CoP, Wenger, 1998) as they develop their skills and negotiate strategies together. The CoP develops into a social group with boundaries of membership and a social identity (Hornsey, 2008). Such a social identity can be described as a professional identity since it supersedes the boundaries of the members that physically meet and know each other to include ideas of what members of the teaching profession are like (Ashcraft, 2013). For teachers, this means they accept the tacit knowledge of their ingroup as true to become full members of the CoP: they accept the narratives of the diversity discourse as it develops around schools through political documents and professional discourse. In the school system, this discourse often is built on a perception of reality that is no longer in tune with social realities: it still assumes students who are able-bodied, monolingual, and with only one, Christian-based middle-class culture as a background to be the majority, the benchmark of normality (Schmidt/Wächter, 2023). This has far-reaching consequences for teacher students. To be accepted into the CoP of teachers, they must subscribe to this perception of reality, which is at odds with the basis of much of the scientific findings they are presented with in training. Their peers expect them to react to situations in line with ingroup convictions, for example, with regard to labeling and consequent discrimination of student groups because of ingroup narratives. This produces a dissonance between professional training and practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data for this study was collected during a non-compulsory Bachelor seminar. Students (n = 35) were asked over a 14-week period to reflect online on topics covered in the course that week. The material was collected and interpreted regarding what way the research presented in class integrated into the students' reflections over the course of the seminar. Following Nowell et al. (2017), a thematic analysis was conducted. The interpretation was performed first independently by each author, then discussed and synchronized. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that students go into the course with beliefs about diversity that are firmly rooted in professional and public diversity discourse. As the teaching progresses, they show in their responses that they understood and processed the research presented. Strikingly, however, when asked to reflect on future professional behavior and confronted with situations from the teaching profession, they fall back into reasonings that show connections to diversity discourse and not the research presented. It is the argument of the paper that these findings show the limitations of mere scientific instruction in teacher training. Instead, students must be helped to develop a professional identity that does not see the adaptation of scientific research into their professional beliefs as opposed to CoP membership. Some tentative suggestions as to how that can be achieved are posed in the paper. They seem transferrable to other (national) settings of training. References Ashcraft K.L. (2013). The glass slipper: incorporating occupational identity in Management studies. Academy of Management Review(38 (1), 6–31. Hornsey, M. J. (2008). Social Identity Theory and Self-categorization Theory: A Historical Review. Social and Personality Psychology Compass, 2(1), 204–222. Madden, O. (2022). Fostering foreign language student teachers’ glocal competence through telecollaboration. Australian Journal of Applied Linguistics, 5(3), 158–178. Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic Analysis: Striving to Meet the Trustworthiness Criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16, 1–13. Schmidt, C. & Wächter, N. (2023). Die Moralisierung der Diversität im baden-württembergischen Bildungsplan. heiEDUCATION Journal. Transdisziplinäre Studien zur Lehrerbildung, 12, 55–79. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning and identity. New York: Cambridge University Press 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Entering the Profession: The Ethico-political Identity Formation of the Newly Qualified Teacher 1Mary Immaculate College, Ireland; 2University of Limerick, Limerick, Ireland Presenting Author:Context: Understanding newly qualified teachers’ experiences of arrival into the profession is a well-established research concern in teacher professional learning discourse (Ingersoll and Strong 2011; Kearney 2014, 2015, 2021; Aspfors and Fransson 2015; Spooner-lane 2017; Reeves et al 2022; Shanks et al 2022). Such research has highlighted the complexity of this transition: for example (i) the tensions that newly qualified teachers [NQTs hereafter] may experience (Aspfors and Bondas 2013; Pillen et al 2013; Correa et al, 2015; Van der Wal et al 2019; Stenberg and Maaranen 2021; Kvam et al 2023), (ii) the stress associated with entering the profession (Gallant and Riley 2017; Kelchtermans 2017b; Schaefer and Clandinin 2019; Mc Carthy et al 2020; Schaefer et al 2021), (iii) the techniques used to navigate school micro-politics (Kelchtermans and Ballet 2002a, 2002b; Kvam et al 2023) and (iv) a variety of coping mechanisms that NQTs employ in response to the challenges of arrival in the profession (Mansfield et al 2014; Christensen et al 2018; Bjørndal et al 2022; Lindqvist et al 2022). In parallel, the need for supporting NQT professional learning/socialisation into the profession is a well-established international policy concern (OECD 2005, 2019a, 2019b, 2020; European Commission 2010; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice 2021; Courtney et al 2023). Subsequently, and in most jurisdictions, NQT induction into the profession has become an established component of teacher education continu/pathways. Despite such widespread attention, there are emerging concerns regarding how NQTs are positioned within induction support structures (Corea et al 2015; Simmie et al 2017; Kelchtermans 2019; Kvam et al 2023). For example, Kelchtermans (2019, p. 86) makes the case that ‘deficit thinking’ in teacher induction/mentoring processes (i) positions the NQT as ‘incomplete and not fully competent’ and (ii) focuses on ‘individual’s weaknesses and shortcomings, rather than their strengths and potential’. To counter the potential for deficit thinking, Kelchtermans (2019, p. 87) argues that ‘the very idea of early career teachers and teacher induction needs to be re-thought, reconceptualised and revised’ and one of the mechanisms put forward for doing so is to acknowledge NQTs existing expertise and agency. We see that this is best approached by appraising NQT arrival in the profession as a form of ‘identity learning’ (Geijsel and Meijers 2006, p. 420) i.e., the ways NQTs navigate ‘the collective meaning-giving’ and ‘personal sense-making’ (Geijsel and Meijers 2006, p. 428) that accompanies the transition. Aim: Using a Foucauldian framework (Foucault 1983, 1985; Clarke 2009), the aim of this paper therefore is to understanding how NQTs construct themselves in ethico-political terms i.e., how NQTs, both as person and teacher, construct the relationship that they have with themselves. Conceptual Framework: Informed by Foucault (1983a, 1985) our understanding of the ethico-political is framed by his conceptualisation of both the ‘values and rules of action that are recommended to individuals through the intermediary of various prescriptive agencies’ (Foucault 1985, p. 25) and the enactment of ‘real behaviour’ by ‘individuals in relation to rules and values that are recommended to them’ (Foucault 1985, 25). As a fusion between the political and the personal, we understand ‘real behaviour’ as those ascendant discourses that steer how the NQT sees themselves and importantly, how they wish to be seen by others. This paper addresses the ethico-political identity of the NQT in terms (i) the ethical substance i.e., the ways that the NQT constitutes themselves (ii) the authority sources i.e., the attributed sources through which the the NQT comes to know their ethical substance (iii) self-practices i.e., the ethical work that the NQT undertakes to understand themselves vis-à-vis unfolding experiences and (iv) telos i.e., the mode of being the prospective teacher aspires toward. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is located within a wider research context that followed a small sample of primary school teachers across their final semester of initial teacher education (n=4) across the first year of teaching (n=3). The university research ethics board approved the study and participants were provided with an information letter prior to signing in consenting to participate. Framed within the interpretivist paradigm, phase 1 of the broader study consisted used multiple interview techniques including photovoice-elicited interview (Wang and Burris 1997) emphasising biographical story-telling (Court, Merav & Ornan 2009; Altan & Lane 2018) and semi-structured interview and unstructured interview (Kvale 1996; Brinkman and Kvale 1996; Roulston 2010). This paper uses data collected during phase two of the study which consisted of two rounds of unstructured interview that took place at the close of each teaching term (autumn and summer) during participants first year in the profession. While the interviews were unstructured, each ethico-political axis was used to frame the flow of the conversation. Interviews were transcribed and the transcripts cleaned to remove fillers, colloquialisms and repetition. Data was reflexively interpreted (Gudmundsdottir 1996) in the thematic analysis tradition (Braun and Clarke 2009, 2022) using ethical self-formation axes as deductive lens. Indicative findings from the first round of interviews were (re)explored during the second round. In order to demonstrate the generativity of ethico-political conceptualisation of NQT identity formation, this paper will focus on one illustrative and composite case (Seán) sequencing our analysis as substance, telos, authority sources and self-practices. Applying Flyvberg (2006), we believe that ‘the force of example’ (p. 229) of a ‘good case narrative’ (p. 237) enables ‘a nuanced view’ (p. 227) of NQT ethico-political identity formation that has worthwhileness via the depth of insight it provides. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings illuminate NQT identity as: (i) a multi-dimensional, character-oriented ethical substance comprised of three interactive/reactive dimensions (emotional, pedagogic and professional) with unique subjective resources within each dimension. (ii) telos as three interactive/reactive valuational endpoints (practical, professional and pedagogic) with unique moral imperatives within each endpoint (iii) NQTs perception of their social-professional standing in the school as a nascent authority source of NQT identity formation and ethical work in the form of two dynamic self-practices (observational self-practices in the looking-glass tradition and ongoing self-reflection on the basis of such observations). In the context of calls to revisit how we think about NQTs and their socialisation into the profession, the paper concludes by contemplating the generativity of an ethico-political conceptualisation of NQT identity formation and professional learning upon entering the profession for reconceptualising NQT professional learning in terms of its contextual, conceptual, integrative and potentially transformative utility. References Clarke. M. (2009). The ethico-politics of teacher identity. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 41(2), 185–200. Correa, J. M., Martínez-Arbelaiz, A., & Aberasturi-Apraiz, E. (2015). Post-modern reality shock: Beginning teachers as sojourners in communities of practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 66–74. Courtney, Austin, C. K., & Zolfaghari, M. (2023). International perspectives on teacher induction: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 125 European Commission, (2010). Developing coherent and system-wide induction programmes for beginning teachers: A handbook for policymakers, European Commission Staff Working Document SEC (2010) (final. Commission of the European Communities)European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, (2021). European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice Teachers in europe: Careers, development and well-being (Eurydice report) Publications Office of the European Union (2021) Flyvbjerg, B. (2006) Five misunderstandings about case-study research, Qualitative Inquiry, (2006),12(2): 219 Foucault, M. (1983a). On the genealogy of ethics: an overview of a work in progress in: Rabinow, P. (1994) The essential works of Michel Foucault 1954 – 1984 Volume 1: Ethics (pp. 253 – 281), London: Penguin Books Foucault, M. (1985). The use of pleasure: volume 2 of the history of sexuality, (Translated from the French by Robert Hurley), New York, Random House Geijsel, F. & Meijers, F. (2005). Identity learning: the core process of educational change, Educational Studies, 31(4), 419–430. Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early career teachers and their need for support: thinking again in A. Sullivan et al. (eds.), Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers, Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 16, Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd Kelchtermans, & Ballet, K. (2002a). The micropolitics of teacher induction. A narrative-biographical study on teacher socialisation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18( 1), 105–120. Kvam, E.K., Ulvick, M., & Eide, L. (2023). Newly qualified teachers’ experiences of support in a micro-political perspective. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, (ahead-of-print), 1–13. OECD (2005). Teachers Matter: Attracting, Developing and Retaining Effective Teachers, Education and Training Policy, OECD Publishing, Paris, OECD (2019a). A Flying Start: Improving Initial Teacher Preparation Systems, OECD Publishing, Paris, Simmie, G.M., de Paor, C., Liston, J., & O’Shea, J. (2017). Discursive positioning of beginning teachers’ professional learning during induction: a critical literature review from 2004 to 2014. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 45(5), 505–519. Simmie, G.M., de Paor, C., Liston, J., & O’Shea, J. (2017). Discursive positioning of beginning teachers’ professional learning during induction: a critical literature review from 2004 to 2014. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 45(5), 505–519. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper What Kind of Teachers Do We Want? Policy Trajectories on Teacher Education Across the UK and Ireland. 1St. Mary's University College, United Kingdom; 2Maynooth University, Ireland; 3Glasgow University, United Kingdom; 4University of Wales, Trinity, St. David; 5Manchester University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper provides an analysis of teacher education policy across the UK and its closest European partner, Ireland and considers the extent to which it enables the enactment of teacher agency to support an enhanced teacher professionalism. Anderson (2010:541) defines agency as the teacher’s ‘capacity to make choices, take principled action, and enact change’. Biesta and Tedder (2006) adopt an ecological approach, suggesting that professional action is defined by the context within which the teacher finds themselves. Similarly, Molla and Nolan (2020) suggest that professional practice emerges from an interplay between systemic expectations, contexts and personal dispositions. To understand the link between agency and professionalism therefore, consideration must be given to the connections between the different variables which influence teachers’ lives. Moving along a continuum from reflective, to prescriptive professionalism, the paper begins with a consideration of the contextual and policy variables in Ireland, North and South. In both jurisdictions, there is a strong regulatory requirement for entry to, and accreditation of teacher education programmes. In Ireland, the Teaching Council (TC) is responsible for the registration of teachers and the promotion of high standards in teaching. The TC’s Policy on the Continuum of Teacher Education (2011) has been implemented through Cosán: Framework for Teachers’ Learning (2016a), Droichead: The Integrated Professional Induction Framework (2017) and Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education (2020), with professionalism as one of the guiding principles for each framework. Similarly, in Northern Ireland, the General Teaching Council (GTCNI) oversees the registration and professional development of teachers through its competence framework, Teaching: The Reflective Profession (GTCNI, 2007). More recently, there is also Learning Leaders: A Strategy for Teacher Professional Learning (DENI, 2016) which focuses on the promotion of leadership at all levels. Both jurisdictions also place a strong emphasis on the importance of ethics, values, and dispositions, and provide guidance and support to teachers in these areas. Secondly, the paper explores how policy ideas travel across the organisational boundaries between the two devolved jurisdictions of Scotland and Wales. In particular, the paper focuses on curriculum reform and how government-appointed advisors act as intermediaries in the design and enactment of policy ideas (Hulme et al., 2020). Key policy documents from Scotland and Wales, including: Successful Futures (Donaldson, 2023); and Teaching Scotland’s Future (Donaldson, 2010) are analysed through the concepts of ‘spaces and time’ (McCann and Ward, 2013:10) to examine how such trans-national policy making is then experienced by teachers and teacher educators in the local context (Stone, 2004). Finally, the paper turns to England where, there is considerable emphasis on policy initiatives associated with marketisation and a culture of entrepreneurialism; standards-based and outcomes-defined policy reforms and developments, underpinned by managerialist ideologies. Coupled with this, there has been increased technologies of governance, leading to ever tightening regulatory control and surveillance driven by a focus on accountability and professional standards alongside the provision of centralised curricula. A Market Review of Initial Teacher Training (DfE 2021) and the introduction of a Core Content Framework (DfE, 2019) has seen pre-service teacher education become narrowed, premised on ‘permitted’ pedagogies, practice, curriculum content, and the expectation of standardisation regarding what beginning teachers need to know and be able to do. This reductive form of teacher preparation leads to what we might call ‘pedagogies of the same, rather than pedagogies of difference’ (Lingard, 2007:248); neglecting the role that teachers, schools and universities play in designing assessments and curricula in response to student needs, and in respect of professional knowledge and expertise. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Firstly, we identified key policy documents (as outlined above) from each jurisdiction which had direct relevance to teacher professional learning and development. The overarching methodological approach to analysis we adopted was a reflective and hermeneutical one. This was appropriate given that each of the researchers works in the field of teacher education at all levels and has a reflexive relationship with practicing teachers as well as a range of other key stakeholders involved in teacher professional learning. As researchers and practitioners, we are sensitive to the context within which the respective policies are developed and implemented, and we fully understand the specificities, subtleties and nuances of the particular jurisdictions which are the focus of the paper. In terms of an analytical framework which would have relevance across each jurisdiction, we referred to Ozga, (2000: 95) who suggests that policy texts may be analysed in terms of the messages they convey regarding: the source of the policy, in terms of whose interests it serves and its relationship to global, national and local imperatives; the scope of the policy as to how it frames the issues and relationships embedded within it; and finally, the pattern of the policy and how it can alter stakeholder relationships and necessitate institutional and/or systemic change. Given that the issues of source, scope and pattern directly relate to the issue of teacher agency and the promotion of professionalism, which is the focus of this paper, this model provided a useful framework upon which to begin to identify themes and build an analysis of the relevant policy documents. Ryan and Bernard (2003) suggest that an emphasis on repetition, preferably across data sources, is probably one of the most important criteria to identify patterns in data which in turn may be regarded as themes. In addition to repetition, they suggest that identified themes must always resonate closely with the focus of the research and the question it is addressing. So with that in mind, and keeping the focus of teacher agency at the forefront, we also employed Molla and Nolan’s (2020) five facets of teacher professional agency to consider the extent to which policy discourses and trajectories in each jurisdiction promoted or enabled teachers to develop inquisitive (opportunities for professional learning), deliberative (focussed on personal mission and purpose), recognitive (to enhance professional recognition and status), responsive (focussed on issues of social justice) and moral (ethical and values-based) agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study suggests that across the UK and Ireland, there is a discourse continuum on teacher education which moves from a reflective professionalism in Ireland, North and South, where there is a strong emphasis on the importance of values and ethics; through to a monitored professionalism in Scotland and Wales, reflecting a concern for stronger, centralised control; to a prescriptive professionalism in England where centralisation and control have become the hallmarks of teacher education policy. Regarding teacher agency, across Ireland the discourse supports deliberative, recognitive, responsive and moral teacher agency but is perhaps lacking in developing inquisitive agency. In Northern Ireland, this is exacerbated due to the lack of local government and ensuant inertia in policy implementation. In Scotland and Wales, a similarity of approach has been taken to policy development and implementation, but whilst the dimensions to professionalism and agency apparent in Ireland have been equally promoted, there is a tension between a desire for subsidiarity coupled with that for centralisation. In England, there is an assumption by government that ITE can be de-contextualised, and open to increasingly generic training provision. The emphasis on prescriptive and generic training materials comes at the expense of contextually based and diverse professional learning, and in the absence of more tailored experiences teacher agency seems to be becoming diminished at all levels. The paper supports a deeper understanding of the importance of relationships in the policy formation process and the consequences of this upon what Ozga (2000:44) describes as the ‘struggle for teacher autonomy and responsibility in a ‘social justice’ project, set against the modernising, economising project for teachers that seeks to guarantee their efficiency by enhancing their flexibility and encouraging them to accept standardised forms of practice’. References Anderson, L., (2010). Embedded, emboldened, and (net) working for change: Support-seeking and teacher agency in urban, high-needs schools. Harvard Educational Review, Vol. 80 (4): 541-573. Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2006). How is agency possible? Towards an ecological understanding of agency-as-achievement. Learning lives: Learning, identity, and agency in the life course. Department of Education for Northern Ireland (DENI). (2016). Learning Leaders: A Strategy for Teacher Professional Learning. Bangor: DENI. Available at: https://gtcni.org.uk/cmsfiles/Resource365/Resources/365/DENI-Learning-Leaders-Strategy.pdf (Accessed 30 January 2024). Department for Education (DfE). (2019a). ITT Core Content Framework. London, HM Government. Available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/974307/ITT_core_content_framework_.pdf (Accessed 30 January 2024). Department for Education (DfE). (2021). Initial teacher training (ITT) market review report. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/initial-teacher-training-itt-market-review-report (Accessed 30 January 2024). Donaldson, G. (2015) Successful Futures. Welsh Government. Available at: successful-futures.pdf (gov.wales) (Accessed: 30 January 2024). Donaldson, G. (2010) Teaching Scotland’s Future. Scottish Government. Available at: https://dera.ioe.ac.uk/id/eprint/2178/7/0110852_Redacted.pdf (Accessed: 30 January 2024). General Teaching Council for Northern Ireland (2007). Teaching: The Reflective Profession, Belfast: GTCNI [Online]. Available at: https://gtcni.org.uk/cmsfiles/Resource365/Resources/Publications/The_Reflective_Profession.pdf (30 January 2024). Hulme, M., Beauchamp, G., & Clarke, L. (2020). Doing advisory work: the role of expert advisers in national reviews of teacher education. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 44(4), 498-512. Lingard, B. (2013). Historicizing and contextualizing global policy discourses: Test-and standards-based accountabilities in education. International Education Journal: Comparative Perspectives, Vol. 12 (2). McCann, E., and Ward, K. (2013). “A Multi-disciplinary approach to policy transfer research: Geographies, assemblages, mobilities and mutations.” Policy Studies Vol. 34 (1): 2–18. doi:10.1080/01442872.2012.748563. Molla, T., & Nolan, A. (2020). Teacher agency and professional practice. Teachers and Teaching, Vol. 26 (1): 67-87. Ozga, J. (2000). Policy Research in Educational Settings. Buckingham. Open University Press. Ryan, G. W. and Bernard, H. R. (2003). Techniques to identity themes. Field Methods, Vol. 15, pp. 85-109. Stone, D. (2004). “Transfer agents and global networks in the “Trans-nationalization” of policy.” Journal of European Public Policy 11 (3): 545–566. doi:10.1080/13501760410001694291. Teaching Council (2011). Policy on the Continuum of Teacher Education. Available at: https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/publications/teacher-education/policy-on-the-continuum-of-teacher-education.pdf (30 January 2024). Teaching Council (2016a). Cosán: Framework for Teachers’ Learning. Available at: https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/publications/teacher-education/cosan-framework-for-teachers-learning.pdf (Accessed 5 May 2023). Teaching Council (2017). Droichead: The Integrated Professional Induction Framework. Available at: https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/_fileupload/droichead-2017/droichead-the-integrated-professional-induction-policy.pdf. (Accessed 5 May 2023). Teaching Council (2020). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education. Available at: https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/news-events/latest-news/ceim-standards-for-initial-teacher-education.pdf (Accessed 5 May 2023). |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 04 D: Induction, Identity and Belonging Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandra Jederud Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Student Teachers as In-Service Teachers in Schools: Instructional Activities, Social Support, and Work-Related Stress University of Potsdam, Germany Presenting Author:Around the globe, schools are facing growing teacher shortages (Ingersoll & Tran, 2023). Approximately 40% of teachers in the European Union will retire within the next few years, opening up numerous vacancies for qualified teaching staff that will urgently need to be filled (European Commission, 2015). To meet the need for teachers capable of providing high-quality instruction, schools are increasingly turning to student teachers—that is, teacher candidates who have not yet completed their teacher training programs and are not yet licensed—as part-time in-service teachers (Scheidig & Holmeier, 2022). The multitude of demands inherent to the teaching profession—from dealing with classroom disruptions, inadequate teaching materials, and heterogeneous student populations to navigating relationships with parents and accomplishing administrative tasks—can be challenging for teachers and especially for student teachers (Brevik et al., 2018). In this respect, the phase of learning school practices can be considered decisive for the individual teaching career. During this phase, (novice) teachers may experience failures due to challenging situations in the classroom that can lead to decreased job satisfaction and a higher intention to leave the profession (Admiraal & Kittelsen Røberg, 2023). According to the Job Demands-Ressources model, the challenges of the teaching profession, such as classroom disruptions, represent demands that are inherent to the job context (Hakanen et al., 2006). Job demands are positively associated with higher emotional exhaustion, job-related anxiety, and health complaints in teachers (see Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). The more demanding teachers perceive their workload to be, the more they need mental and physical resources to cope with these demands. These resources can be differentiated in job-related resources (e.g., social support from colleagues) and personal resources (e.g., high self-efficacy beliefs; Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). Job-related resources refer to “psychological or material resources that are provided to a focal individual by partners in some form of social relationship” and include social support from peers and colleagues (Jolly et al., 2021, p. 229). In this regard, mentor teachers play a crucial role in providing social support to novice teachers, who usually lack professional skills to cope with stressors (Richter et al., 2013). Personal resources, however, include individual self-efficacy beliefs (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). Teachers with higher levels of self-efficacy feel more confident in their ability to deal with challenging situations in the classroom, which may protect them from feeling overwhelmed by the high demands of the teaching profession (Klassen & Durksen, 2014). To date, there has been no empirical research on the activities that student teachers carry out in schools. In particular, there is no evidence on how student teachers perceive the demands of their job, whether they receive social support from colleagues, or how they rate their self-efficacy beliefs. For this reason, the present study investigated the instructional activities of student teachers in schools and the relationship between instructional activities and work-related stress. Moreover, we examined the moderating effect of social support from colleagues and student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs in this relationship drawing on theoretical rationales from the JD-R model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017): RQ1: Can student teachers be grouped according to their instructional activities in school? RQ2: How do student teachers assess their social support, self-efficacy, and work-related stress? RQ3: What is the relationship between student teachers’ instructional activities in schools and their work-related stress? Do self-efficacy and social support moderate this relationship? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We collected cross-sectional data from 172 student teachers—that is, teacher candidates who were currently employed part-time in a school—through an online-based survey. Among them, 54% were undergraduates and 44% were enrolled in a master’s teacher training program. Fifty-seven percent of student teachers were enrolled in a teacher training program to teach at the primary level, and 43% were enrolled in a program to teach at the secondary level. For RQ1, we assessed instructional activities using five items of increasing complexity, rated dichotomously (0 = No, 1 = Yes): "I tutor individual students," "I co-teach classes with other teachers," "I occasionally cover for other teachers," "I teach classes on my own," and "I am a homeroom or class teacher on my own." To answer RQ2, we asked student teachers to report on the work-related stress they experienced as a result of their job demands (i.e., instructional activities; Böhm-Kasper et al., 2000): “I often feel exhausted and stressed because of my professional tasks”. We further asked student teachers to report on the social support they receive from their colleagues in school (Schulz & Schwarzer, 2003): “My colleagues offer me help when I’m in need”. Moreover, we used three items to measure student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs (Schwarzer & Jerusalem, 1999): “I am sure that I can help students with severe difficulties when I try”. All items were rated on a four-point Likert scale from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree). RQ1 analysis involved latent class analyses (LCA) with increasing class numbers to identify latent groups based on instructional activities. LCA assigns probability estimates indicating group membership likelihood (Weller et al., 2020). For RQ2, we computed descriptive statistics and scale means, conducting a multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA) to compare latent groups on social support, self-efficacy, and work-related stress. With regard to RQ3, we used structural equation modeling (SEM) to examine the association between student teachers’ instructional activities and their work-related stress. To this end, we modelled a latent factor for student teachers’ work-related stress, which we regressed on the manifest variable for group affiliation based on the results from LCA. We conducted a moderation analysis to investigate the interaction of social support and student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs with this relationship. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results from LCA revealed three groups (RQ1): In Group 1, student teachers tutored individual students, co-taught, and covered for colleagues but didn't teach independently or have sole class responsibility. Group 2 focused on independent teaching. Group 3 engaged in various activities, including covering for colleagues, independent teaching, occasional tutoring, co-teaching, and holding sole class responsibility. In RQ2, all student teacher groups reported moderate to high levels of work-related stress (2.08 < M < 2.74) and self-efficacy (2.93 < M < 3.16), along with high social support (3.28 < M < 3.42). There is a significant difference in work-related stress among latent groups (F(6/306) = 4.17, p < .001, η² = .08), indicating that those in Groups 2 and 3, engaged in more complex instructional activities, reported higher stress levels. With regard to RQ3, our results suggest that student teachers who mainly taught classes on their own (Group 2: β = .30, p < .001) or carried out a variety of instructional activities in their school (Group 3: β = .35, p < .001) experienced higher work-related stress. We found for both groups that social support from colleagues appears to be a factor that contributed to lower levels of work-related stress (Group 2: β = -.19; Group 3: β = -.24). The results of this study should be interpreted, however, in light of its methodological limitations, such as the cross-sectional study design. Yet, our study contributes to filling a gap in the empirical literature by offering a better understanding of what instructional activities student teachers carry out in schools, how they perceive the field experiences they have sought out for themselves, and how well their needs for professional well-being are being met. References Admiraal, W., & Kittelsen Røberg, K.-I. (2023). Teachers’ job demands, resources and their job satisfaction: Satisfaction with school, career choice and teaching profession of teachers in different career stages. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 104063. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104063 Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands-resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000056 Böhm-Kasper, O., Bos, W., Jaeckel, S., & Weishaupt, H. (2000). EBI. Das Erfurter Belastungsinventar zur Erfassung von Belastung und Beanspruchung von Lehrern und Schülern am Gymnasium. In H. Merkens & H. Weishaupt (Eds.). Schulforschung und Schulentwicklung. Aktuelle Forschungsbeiträge. Erfurter Studien zur Entwicklung des Bildungswesens (p. 35–66). University of Erfurt. Brevik, L. M., Gunnulfsen, A. E., & Renzulli, J. S. (2018). Student teachers’ practice and experience with differentiated instruction for students with higher learning potential. Teaching and Teacher Education, 71, 34–45. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.12.003 European Commission. (2015). The Teaching Profession in Europe: Practices, Perceptions, and Policies. Eurydice Report. Publications Office of the European Union. Hakanen, J. J., Bakker, A. B., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2006). Burnout and work engagement among teachers. Journal of School Psychology, 43(6), 495–513. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2005.11.001 Hanushek, E. A., Kain, J. F., & Rivkin, S. G. (2004). Why Public Schools Lose Teachers. The Journal of Human Resources, 39(2), 326–354. https://doi.org/10.2307/3559017 Jolly, P. M., Kong, D. T., & Kim, K. Y. (2021). Social support at work: An integrative review. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 42, 229–251. https://doi.org/10.1002/job.2485 Klassen, R. M., & Durksen, T. L. (2014). Weekly self-efficacy and work stress during the teaching practicum: A mixed methods study. Learning and Instruction, 33, 158–169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2014.05.003 Richter, D., Kunter, M., Lüdtke, O., Klusmann, U., Anders, Y., & Baumert, J. (2013). How different mentoring approaches affect beginning teachers’ development in the first years of practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 36, 166–177. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2013.07.012 Scheidig, F., & Holmeier, M. (2022). Unterrichten neben dem Studium – Implikationen für das Studium und Einfluss auf das Verlangen nach hochschulischen Praxisbezügen. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, (12), 479–496. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00349-3 Schulz, U., & Schwarzer, R. (2003). Soziale Unterstützung bei der Krankheitsbewältigung: Die Berliner Social Support Skalen (BSSS). Diagnostica, 49(2), 73–82. https://doi.org/10.1026//0012-1924.49.2.73 Schwarzer, R. & Jerusalem, M. (Eds.) (1999). Skalen zur Erfassung von Lehrer- und Schülermerkamlen. Free Univeristy Berlin, Humboldt University of Berlin. Weller, B. E., Bowen, N. K., & Faubert, S. J. (2020). Latent Class Analysis: A Guide to Best Practice. Journal of Black Psychology, 46(4), 287–311. https://doi.org/10.1177/0095798420930932 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper New Teacher Induction: Building the Capacity of School Heads to Support Being and Belonging 1University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2Universidade Portucalense, Portugal Presenting Author:The benefits of supporting new teachers through an induction phase are documented in decades of research literature and policy documents. There is a broad consensus that a period of induction is a necessary bridge between Initial Teacher Education (ITE) and employment in schools. In most European education systems, early career teachers (ECTs) that are new to the profession have access to a structured induction that usually lasts one year and it is mandatory in almost all of them (Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency., 2021). However, teacher recruitment and retention is a major concern for many education policy makers, to the extent of being labelled a ‘crisis’ and ‘policy problem’ (Mifsud, 2023), and the prevailing narrative is that supporting teachers during the early stages of their career is crucial not only to enhance the quality of teaching but also to reduce exit from the profession (European Commission, 2017) (Kelchtermans, 2019) (Flores, 2019) (Kutsyuruba et al., 2022). The dynamic forming and shifting of a teacher’s professional identity - their pedagogy, positionality in relation to others, and broader or longer aims for education in their career - is also a topic that researchers are currently paying close attention to (Smetana & Kushki, 2023). Socialisation (Kelchtermans & Ballet, 2002) and teacher identification are known as key influencing factors in the early years of teaching and beyond. Hence, ideas about these are shaping induction programmes and research on induction. Researchers have also found a policy shift towards a commitment of school heads (principals) to become more directly involved in driving teachers’ practices and teaching processes in some systems, but this is not consistent across and within these systems (Costa et al., 2019). Studies demonstrate the interplay between direct and indirect support from the school head and teacher self-efficacy and job satisfaction (Thomas et al., 2019, 2020). A new pan-European project is determining how to effectively build the capacity of education employers, including, crucially, school heads, in order to improve and develop induction programmes within the varying complexities of different education systems and their teacher education provision. In order to identify what capacity-building might entail, the project is exploring the role of education employers in different systems in depth, asking the question, How can employers foster a new teacher’s meaningful sense of ‘being’ through pedagogical practice and ‘belonging’ to the school and wider professional community? The project is also considering the implications of new teachers entering schools from diverse teacher education and professional experiences, including migrating from other countries, and how third-party support and partnerships might usefully support new teacher induction as part of a complex ecosystem of teacher professional learning and development. This paper will present initial findings and further problematic questions from the project, specifically drawing from a pan-European survey and complemented by discussion points from a project peer learning workshop that brought together stakeholders from 11 countries. Given the focus on teacher growth and on school and wider professional communities, we take an ecological theoretical perspective in response to the research problem and questions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project survey is divided into two parts. PART ONE: An online questionnaire was launched in December 2023 – January 2024 for school heads and directors of multiple schools that employ and manage teachers across Europe in order to gather their recent experiences and opinions. It was open to those working at all levels of school education and Early Years (kindergarten). To improve access, it was translated into 25 languages. The online survey comprised 14 questions in total: 3 simple background questions to understand the context of the respondent and 11 questions about new teacher induction in their context. Most of the questions were multiple choice to ensure that the survey was easy to complete and aid analysis. Open text options were included for more personalised responses. Questions were grouped into 3 sections: - What currently exists in terms of induction programmes and individual approaches, and what the respondent would like to have or offer more of; - Their expectations and support to help new teachers to become active and integrated in the school community; - The capacity-building of staff to support new teachers in both their pedagogical practice and sense of belonging to a professional community. PART TWO: The second part of the survey comprises semi-structured interviews by a researcher with European school heads, teacher educators, local authority officers, and representatives from other teacher organisations. The interviews (June -July 2024) are intended as an exploratory approach rather than to test certain hypotheses, for the purpose of generating case study descriptions of experiences in the field. The interviews focus on the project questions of How can employers effectively support new staff with diverse needs and backgrounds, and how might partnerships, such as with Higher Education institutions and other organisations, be meaningful and sustainable in supporting new teacher induction? ANALYSIS: In Part One, 275 responses from 25 countries were gathered and a simple quantitative analysis was made of the responses. For Part Two, the interview transcripts were reviewed and coded, allowing themes to emerge based on key words and on the points of view being expressed in the narratives. We intend to draw on ecologies of practices (Kemmis et al 2012, Heikinnen 2020) as a theoretical frame of analysis, particularly regarding concepts of networks, community interdependence, and cycles of growth. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings will be fed into the project peer learning workshops as well as contribute to this research area, in particular the work of colleagues in the EERA Network Project: Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME). The expected outcomes will be to generate further evidence of the complexities and varying levels of induction support within and across European school education systems. The survey findings and subsequent project discussions will add evidence to how European school heads and other employers understand and play their role in school ‘human resource management’ and how they define their own needs in terms of professional learning and support. Valuable comparisons may be made between recent and forthcoming or planned teacher education reform in some European countries, such as attempted solutions to the recruitment crisis, and the practical realities as reported by school heads and other employers. Due to the anticipated variation in survey response rate in different countries, it may be difficult to compare systems or generalise responses to be representative of any system’s whole professional community. Nevertheless, it will be a timely set of findings, given the appetite of many systems to address recruitment, retention and regeneration of their teachers and school leaders. References Costa, E., Almeida, M., Pinho, A. S., & Pipa, J. (2019). School Leaders’ Insights Regarding Beginning Teachers’ Induction in Belgium, Finland and Portugal. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, 19(81), 1–22. Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency. (2021). Teachers in Europe: Careers, development and well being. Publications Office of the European Union. European Commission. (2017). Communication from the Commission of 30 May 2017, on school development and excellent teaching for a great start in life, COM(2017) 248 final. European Union. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM%3A2017%3A248%3AFIN Flores, M. A. (2019). Unpacking Teacher Quality: Key Issues for Early Career Teachers. In A. Sullivan et al (Eds.), Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers (Vol. 16, pp. 15–38). Springer Nature Singapore. Heikinnen, H. L. (2020). Article 1: Understanding Mentoring Within an Ecosystem of Practices, in K. R. Olsen et al (Eds), New Teachers in Nordic Countries: Ecologies of Mentoring and Induction, Cappelen Damm Akademisk/NOASP. Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early Career Teachers and Their Need for Support: Thinking Again. In A. Sullivan et al (Eds.), Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers (Vol. 16). Springer Nature Singapore. Kelchtermans, G., & Ballet, K. (2002). The micropolitics of teacher induction. A narrative-biographical study on teacher socialisation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(1), 105–120. Kemmis, S., Edwards-Groves, C., Wilkinson, J., & Hardy, I. (2012). Ecologies of practices. In P. Hager et al (Eds.), Practice, learning and change: Practice-theory perspectives on professional learning. Dordrecht, Germany: Springer Kutsyuruba, B., Walker, K. D., Matheson, I. A., & Bosica, J. (2022). Early Career Teaching Progression: Examining Canadian Teachers’ Experiences During their First Five Years in the Profession. The New Educator, 18(1–2), 1–26. Mifsud, D. (2023). Rethinking the Concept of Teacher Education: A Problematization and Critique of Current Policies and Practices. In D. Mifsud & S. P. Day (Eds.), Teacher Education as an Ongoing Professional Trajectory. Springer International Publishing. Smetana, L. K. T., & Kushki, A. (2023). Confronting, investigating, and learning from professional identity tensions. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1–19. Thomas, L., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., Kelchtermans, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2020). Transformational school leadership as a key factor for teachers’ job attitudes during their first year in the profession. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 48(1), 106–132. Thomas, L., Tuytens, M., Moolenaar, N., Devos, G., Kelchtermans, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2019). Teachers’ first year in the profession: The power of high-quality support. Teachers and Teaching, 25(2), 160–188. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teacher Shortages in Austria: Policy Measures and Early Student Teachers’ Experiences 1Johannes Kepler University, Linz, Austria; 2University College of Teacher Education Upper Austria, Linz, Austria; 3Paris-Lodron University of Salzburg, Salzburg, Austria Presenting Author:The proposed paper aims to analyse the current policies on teacher shortages in Austria by presenting and discussing its history, possible causes, and current policy measures. While the first part of the paper focusses on a policy analysis based on a media analysis and statistical data, the second part uses recent survey data to examine one of the measures to remedy the teacher shortage, namely the early teaching of not yet fully qualified student-teachers. As in many European countries (Eurydice, 2021), acute teacher shortage is not a new, but an increasingly urgent challenge for the Austrian education system. Even before the COVID-19 pandemic, the teacher shortage was a topic of discussion in the media, however, no long-term strategy was developed (Lassnigg, 2022). In 2022, the pandemic and subsequent general labour shortage had exacerbated the situation (Huber & Lusnig, 2022), and the Austrian Ministry of Education launched a package of policies to counter teacher shortage. In its self-definition, this initiative is the ‘largest teacher offensive of the Second Republic’ and aims to redefine the teacher’s professional role and to shorten the bachelor’s phase of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) from eight to six semesters with increasing practical course content (BMBWF n.d.). While measures that were previously employed to compensate for fluctuating teacher supply—e.g. overtime work, restrictions on part-time employment, and re-employment of retired teachers—are being continued, an important aspect of this initiative is the attempt to attract ‘new target groups for the teaching profession’ (BMBWF n.d.). As a result, there are three groups of not fully qualified teachers working in Austrian schools: (1) Special contracts allow vacancies to be filled by people for whom no prior qualifications are defined through special contracts limited to one year. As long as there is need, these contracts can be extended for one year at a time. While ‘special contracts’ have been a long-established legal option for reacting flexibly to teacher shortages, the obligation to fulfil a specified number of ECTS in professional development courses has recently been introduced, opening up the possibility of longer-term employment. (2) ‘Career changer’ (Quereinsteiger): In the 2022 legislation, this term is used for programmes that enable graduates of a university degree course (with at least three years of professional experience) to qualify as teachers in a corresponding secondary school subject. As soon as their employment by a school has been settled, ‘career changers’ receive some professional training through a part-time course alongside their work. (3) Teacher education students: While bachelor’s graduates of ITE courses are employed under normal contracts (but they have to complete their qualification through a teacher education master course within eight years), teacher education students are increasingly employed as teachers before completing their bachelor’s degree. While, in principle, authorities and teacher education institutions agree that employment should take place after completing four semesters at the earliest and with a reduced teaching commitment (max. 50%), in practice, these principles are not met in an increasing number of cases due to the pressing teacher shortage. However, the latter measure carries the risk of addressing the challenge of the teacher shortage at the expense of the student–teachers’ well-being and future career, as doing classroom teaching and studying simultaneously may come with serious challenges. Thus, we use recent survey data to analyse more thoroughly possible consequences that may accompany a premature start in the teaching career. In particular, we will discuss the specific demands student–teachers encounter both in the job and in their studies as well as the resources they may draw on and the potential repercussions on their well-being and their professionalism. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis of the teacher shortage in Austria is hampered by the fact that barely any published studies on the subject by independent researchers are available. The policy analysis in the first part of the paper is based on statistical data, expert interviews, and a media analysis. For the latter, the electronic archives of two nation-wide quality newspapers (2000 – 2023 editions) were searched with the term ‘teacher shortage’ and synonyms; hits were analysed with a content analysis (Mayring, 2014). The survey data in the second part of the paper originates from an online survey addressed to all students enrolled in the Bachelor or Master phases of General Secondary Teacher Education programmes at all teacher educating universities in the Austrian regions of Upper Austria and Salzburg. Measures used in our analysis include self-constructed scales on Study satisfaction and Job satisfaction as well as existing scales on General well-being (Basler, 1999), Study exhaustion(Satow, 2012; Schaufeli et al., 1996), Job exhaustion (Schaufeli et al., 2002), Study engagement and Job engagement (Schaufeli, Bakker, & Salanova 2006), Study resources and Job resources (Gusy & Lohmann, 2011), Study demands (Gusy, Wörfel, & Lohmann, 2016) and Job demands (Schulte, Wittner, & Kauffeld, 2021). A total of 414 students completed the online survey, with 296 students (70% from Upper Austria, 30% from Salzburg) stating that they had a job contract at a secondary school. 43% of the participants were bachelor’s students, and 57% of the students were in the master’s program. The participating ‘student–teachers’ reported an average teaching load at school of 15.42 teaching hours, ranging from 3 to 28 lessons. Moreover, 53% reported that they also teach other subjects than those they qualified for (out-of-field teaching). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are issues arising from our policy analysis and student data which may be relevant for other European countries coping with the uncertainties of teacher shortage (Eurydice, 2021; SWK, 2023) and which may have an impact on the nature of teacher professionalism (Dumay & Burn, 2023): (De-)Qualifications of teachers; parallel structures in the qualification of teachers: The current strategy of granting entitlement to permanent employment to ‘career changers’ and teachers on special contracts via comparatively short courses without making further qualifications mandatory creates a parallel structure to the teacher training programme, undermines the quality standards of the still nascent teacher education reform, and creates a new group of significantly less qualified teachers, thereby signalling a trend towards de-qualification. Out-of-field-teaching: Although propagated as strategy to counter out-of-field teaching, there is indication that ‘career changers’ are accepted whose subject of origin (i) does not appear in the canon of secondary school subjects at all or (ii) is only equipped with a few lessons in the curriculum (as a consequence, requiring ‘career changers’ to do a certain amount of out-of-field teaching). Retention of student-teachers: Career entry is a critical phase in which important developmental tasks have to be fulfilled (Keller-Schneider et al., 2019). Taking the findings about the relationship of well-being and retention into account (Dicke et al., 2018), high levels of stress among early student–teachers may result in high drop-out rates and low retention—both at university and at work. Inequality in the school system: As staff recruitment has been decentralised to the individual school level since 2017, it may be expected that the overall number of applicants will be larger for the already advantaged academic schools (AHS and BMHS), which, consequently, will have a better likelihood of satisfying their staffing needs and attracting more highly qualified applicants. References Basler, H.-D. (1999). Marburger Fragebogen zum habituellen Wohlbefinden: Untersuchung an Patienten mit chronischem Schmerz. Der Schmerz, 13(6), 385–91. BMBWF (n.d.). Ressortstrategie „Klasse Job“. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/Themen/schule/zrp/klassejob.html; 28.12.2023 Dicke, T., Stebner, F., Linninger, C., Kunter, M., & Leutner, D. (2018). A Longitudinal Study of Teachers' Occupational Well-Being: Applying the Job Demands-Resources Model. Journal of occupational health psychology, 23(2), 262–77. Dumay, X. & Burn, K. (2023). The Status of the teaching profession: Interactions between historical and new forms of segmentation. London: Routledge. Eurydice (2021). Teachers in Europe. Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice Report. Gusy, B., & Lohmann, K. (2011). Gesundheit im Studium: Dokumentation der Instrumente. Prävention und psychosoziale Gesundheitsforschung 01/P11. Berlin: Freie Universität Berlin. Gusy, B., Wörfel, F., & Lohmann, K. (2016). Erschöpfung und Engagement im Studium. Zeitschrift für Gesundheitspsychologie, 24(1), 41–53. Huber, S. G. & Lusnig, L. (2022). Personalmangel in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. Problemlagen, Hauptursachen und Lösungsansätze – ein Über-blick zum Diskurs über den Lehrkräftemangel in Schulen. Schule verantworten, (3), 49-64. Keller-Schneider, M., Elif, A., Kirchhoff, E., Jasper, M., & Hericks, U. (2019). Herausforderungen im Berufseinstieg von Lehrpersonen. Lehrerbildung auf dem Prüfstand, 12(1), 80–100. Lassnigg, L. (2022). Teacher demand and supply in Austria. Informal paper, 19.12.2022. Vienna. Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative Content Analysis. Theoretical Foundation, Basic Procedures and Software Solution. Retrieved from https://www.ssoar.info/ssoar/bitstream/handle/document/39517/ssoar-2014-mayring-Qualitative_content_analysis_theoretical_foundation.pdf Satow, L. (2012). Stress- und Coping-Inventar (SCI): Test- und Skalendokumentation. Accessed February 15, 2023. www.drsatow.de. Schaufeli, W. B., Bakker, A.B., & Salanova, M. (2006). The Measurement of Work Engagement With a Short Questionnaire. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 66(4), 701–16. Schaufeli, W. B., Leiter, M., Maslach, C., & Jackson, S. E. (1996). Maslach Burnout Inventory-General Survey. In C. Maslach, S. E. Jackson, & M. P. Leiter (eds.), The Maslach Burnout Inventory: Test Manual. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press. Schaufeli, W. B., Martínez, I.M. Pinto, A.M. Salanova, M., & Bakker, A.B. (2002). Burnout and Engagement in University Students. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33(5), 464–81. Schulte, E.-M., Wittner, B., & Kauffeld, S. (2021). Ressourcen und Anforderungen (ReA) in der Arbeitswelt: Entwicklung und erste Validierung eines Fragebogens. Gr Interakt Org, 52(2), 405–15. SWK [Ständige Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz] (2023). Empfehlungen zum Umgang mit dem akuten Lehrkräftemangel. Stellungnahme der Ständigen Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz (Aktualisierte Version vom 05.04.2023). Bonn. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 100 SES 04: Reserved Working meeting Paper Session |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Reserved Working Meeting EERA Office Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 11 SES 04 A: School Education: Quality of Education Systems and Institutions Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Dita Nimante Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Identifying Factors of AcademicFailure to Reverse Underachievement Nazarbayev Intellectual School of chemistry and biology in Kyzylorda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Topic: IDENTIFYING FACTORS OF ACADEMIC FAILURE TO REVERSE UNDERACHIVEMENT Research questions: - what are the factors affecting academic underachievement? - what are the effective ways of reversing students' academic underachievement? - what should be considered while providing an individual approach for a student to reverse underachievement? Purpose: to identify the factors of an academic underachievement, to idenitfy the most effective practices to combat the academic failure of students and to identify the pecularities of a successful individual approach while reveresing academic achievement. Theoretical Framework: Recent studies conducted on the theory of motivation were based on the AOM (Achievement Orientation Model) theory introduced by Siegel and McCoach (2003a). The AOM theory is based on Bandura's self-efficacy theory, Weiner’s attribution theory, Eccles’ expectancy-value theory, person-environment fit theory, and Rotter’s locus of control theory (Siegle, McCoach & Roberts, 2017). According to AOM theory, students’ motivation in a combination of all three areas: student’s self-efficacy, goal – valuation, and environmental perception will positively result in student’s task engagement and academic achievement. Seigle et al., (2017) stressed that these three areas can be developed in different levels, but should not be missing at all since it negatively impacts on self-regulation as well as achievement (See Figure 1.). Self-efficacy addresses a student’s belief to be skillful and capable to complete a task where a student might ask himself “Am I smart enough?” (Siegle, Rubensein & McCoach, 2020). Researchers agree that students with low self – efficacy tend to avoid task accomplishment, therefore, the higher self-efficacy students possess, the stronger task engagement they show (Rubenstein, Siegle, Reis, Mccoach, & Burton, 2012; Siegle et al., 2017; Siegle et al., 2020). Environmental perception refers to a student's motivation or demotivation as a result of student’s interaction with peers, parents and teachers as well as the expectation from parents and teachers, and the scale of support a student gets from the outside world (Rubenstein et al., 2012). It is assumed that students get false perceptions and find themselves in an unsupportive environment assuming nobody believes in their success, therefore these students often lack or do not develop enough learning skills important to be academically productive (Ritchotte, Matthews & Flowers, 2014).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts a constructivist methodology, wherein the knowledge is constructed through the collaborative interaction between the researcher and the students being studied (Guba & Lincoln, 1994, p. 111). The importance of their input in shaping the findings. Additionally, the researcher plays a fundamental role in facilitating the research process and engaging with the participants, as per the principles of constructivism (Guba & Lincoln, 1994, p. 113). According to the research on "Identifying Factors of Academic Failure to Reverse Underachievement," a quantitative research method was employed (Author, Year). This involved collecting and analyzing numerical data through surveys, standardized tests, and other measurement tools to understand various factors such as academic performance, study habits, motivation levels, and socio-economic factors (Creswell, Fetters, & Ivankova, 2004). Statistical analysis techniques were then used to examine relationships and patterns within the data, identifying significant factors associated with academic failure and potential strategies for reversing underachievement (Creswell et al., 2004). This quantitative research method provided a systematic and objective approach to exploring the factors influencing academic performance, offering valuable insights into addressing the issue of underachievement (Creswell et al., 2004). Research desing and sampling: The current research involved 45 participants to collect relevant data by using a survey. The survey was designed to identify factors that contribute to academic failure and explore potential strategies to reverse underachievement. This research design allowed for a systematic and structured approach to collect information from a relatively large sample size. By utilizing a survey, the researchers were able to gather data on various factors that may influence academic performance and analyze the responses to draw meaningful conclusions. The use of a survey as a research tool provided a standardized method for data collection, ensuring consistency and reliability in the findings. The study focused on students from a Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Kyzylorda, specifically targeting low achieveing students there. To gather participants for the study, a purposeful sampling strategy was employed. This approach was chosen because it allowed for the selection of individuals and a research site that would provide the most valuable insights into the central phenomenon being investigated, which in this case was gifted underachievement. This decision was based on the belief that these specific participants and research location would offer the most relevant and informative data for the study, as supported by Creswell (2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through analysis of survey results and systematic procedures, we've identified several key hindrances to educational progress, including inadequate grasp of prior material, preference for certain subjects, excessive extracurricular involvement, and psychological fatigue. These factors notably impact academic performance, particularly among 7th and 8th graders transitioning to new social environments. While some adapt smoothly, others face prolonged adjustment, necessitating tailored interventions. A case study underscores the complexities of academic struggles, revealing familial and health-related burdens impeding a student's focus and resulting in declining grades, exacerbated by the absence of paternal guidance. Familial dynamics often contribute to suboptimal home environments, perpetuating cycles of underachievement. Observations highlight prevalent apathy and disinterest, with external motivations, like financial security, dampening academic engagement. Recognizing these complexities, recommendations focus on fostering supportive learning environments through personalized encouragement, critical thinking cultivation, and consistent acknowledgment of achievements. Embracing a culture of learning from mistakes is pivotal to nurturing well-rounded individuals capable of academic success and holistic development. References Bezrukikh, M. M. (1996). Which children are called slow and why it is difficult for them to study. Arktous. Glazer, G. D. (2002). Comments on articles by V. A. Sukhomlinsky. In Anthology of humane pedagogy (pp. page numbers if available). Shalva Amonashvili Publishing House. Lokalova, N. P. (2009). School failure: causes, psychocorrection, psychoprophylaxis. Lunkov, A. I. (1987). How to help your child at school and at home. Ritchotte, J. A., Matthews, M. S., & Flowers, C. P. (2014). The validity of the achievement-orientation model for gifted middle school students: An exploratory study. Gifted Child Quarterly, 58(3), 183-198. DOI: 10.1177/0016986214534890 Rubenstein, L. D., Siegle, D., Reis, S. M., Mccoach, D. B., & Burton, M. G. (2012). A complex quest: The development and research of underachievement interventions for gifted students. Psychology in the Schools, 49(7), 678-694. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.21620 Siegle, D., & McCoach, D. B. (2005). Making a difference: Motivating gifted students who are not achieving. Teaching exceptional children, 38(1), 22-27 https://doi.org/10.1177/004005990503800104 Siegle, D., McCoach, D. B., & Roberts, A. (2017). Why I believe I achieve determines whether I achieve. High Ability Studies, 28(1), 59-72. https://doi.org/10.1080/13598139.2017.1302873 Siegle, D., Rubenstein, L.D., McCoach D. B. (2020). Do you know what I'm thinking? A comparison of teacher and parent perspectives of underachieving gifted students' attitudes. Psychology in the Schools, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22345 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Teacher Shortages in Rural Communities: Dramatic Increases in Teaching Out-of-Field Across Core Disciplines Texas State University, United States of America Presenting Author:The worldwide teacher shortage has impacted rural communities more than urban and suburban communities (Ingersoll & Tran, 2023). When a qualified teacher is not available to teach a particular course, school principals are forced to assign unqualified people or under-qualified teachers to teach the course. If the teacher is fully trained and qualified to teach (e.g., Math), but is teaching a course outside of their training and qualifications (e.g., English), we say the teacher is teaching English out-of-field (OOF) and teaching Math in-field (du Plessis, 2015; Ingersoll, 1999; 2019). Teaching OOF is not a characteristic of the teacher, but a label that describes the misalignment between the teacher’s qualifications and the course to which they were assigned. If the teacher-of-record has no training and no license to teach, then we say the person is an Unprepared Instructor. The American federal government changed the education laws in 2015 thereby giving states the right to define teacher qualifications as each saw fit. Prior to 2015, teaching OOF was illegal except under specific and limited conditions. Since 2015, Texas has allowed principals to freely assign teachers to courses for which they have no training, and schools are no longer required to inform parents and guardians that this is happening to their children. Teaching OOF is harmful for student learning. Several studies have found that student learn less during a school year when taught OOF compared to similar students taught in-field (Author, 2023; Clotfelter, Ladd & Vigdor, 2010; Lankford, Loeb, & Wyckoff, 2002). Teaching OOF has become an issue of educational equity, because Author (2020) found that particular demographic groups of students were significantly more likely to be taught OOF, including Black students, low-income students, and students living in rural communities. Rural communities have seen a dramatic increase in the number of Unprepared Instructors, with 72% of new teachers hired in rural schools in 2022-23 being unprepared and unqualified to teach, up from only 18% in 2012-13 (Author, 2024). Our goal for this study was to examine changes in the rates of teachers teaching OOF before versus after the federal legislative changes, and to examine these OOF patterns for core secondary course subjects (e.g., English, Math, Biology). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the purposes of this study, we accessed our copy of the Texas State Longitudinal System (TLDS) that includes data on 5.52 million students annually enrolled in Texas public schools. These data include extensive demographic information, educational serviced received, schools attended, attendance rates, standardized test scores, and the teachers who taught them. The teacher data includes extensive information about teaching licenses held, licensure tests taken, years of experience, and the type of teacher preparation program they completed. The state publishes detailed rules about which teaching licenses are “required” to be held by a teacher in order to teach each course so the rules for in-field versus OOF teaching are explicit. We drew a sample of 193 million student-course records for 2011-12 through 2018-19 (pre-pandemic) from the TLDS with a focus on students in secondary grades (Grades 7-12). We selected the 18 subjects with the largest student-course enrollment counts during the 2018-19 school year; each count was in excess of 300,000 students per subject per school year. We then examined changes in the OOF teaching rates by locale (e.g., rural, urban) and by school year. A summary of the statewide descriptive results for 2018-19 include: secondary English is the subject taught most often OOF with over 4 million student-course records taught OOF. Math is second with over 4 million, History is a distant third with under 2.5 million, and Physical Education is fourth with fewer than 2 million. The same patterns hold for rural communities, with the exception that Agriculture is the fourth most common subject taught OOF. The inferential results will be presented too. Across all 18 course subjects, rural schools had the highest rate of OOF teaching of all geographical locales. The rates of OOF teaching increased from 13.9% in 2011-12 to 23.1% in 2018-19. Approximately 1 in 4 student-courses is now taught OOF. For comparison, major suburban schools increased from 7.7% to 11.6% over the same period. Approximately 1 in 9 student-courses is now taught OOF. In other words, students in rural communities are twice as likely to take classes taught OOF compared to students in suburban communities. In rural schools, the subjects with the largest increases in OOF teaching rates between 2011-12 and 2018-19 are: Agriculture (506%), Biology (203%), Art (163%), Spanish (114%), Math (83%), and English (79%). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We found that students in rural communities are receiving an inferior education relative to students in suburban and urban schools. Students in rural schools have experienced dramatic increases in the number of courses taught by unqualified and under-qualified teachers since federal laws changed. Prior studies found that teaching OOF is harmful to student learning and the current results imply that the quality of education received by rural students has declined over eight years, with the rates of OOF teaching increasing by over 75% in 7 of 18 core subjects, and more than doubling in 4 of the 18 subjects. We are now exploring ways to increase the pipeline of teachers into rural communities. We are examining where existing rural teachers went to secondary school, and what path they followed to become teachers. Preliminary results indicate the importance of 2-year post-secondary institutions for preparing rural students who go on to teach. We are examining effective exemplar programs in high schools that appear to prepare a large number of students who go on to pursue teaching careers in rural schools. The descriptive and inferential results will be presented, as well as our findings about positive exemplars for preparing future teachers to work in rural schools. References Author. (2020). Author. (2023). Clotfelter, C. T., Ladd, H. F., & Vigdor, J. L. (2010). Teacher credentials and student achievement in high school: A cross subject analysis with student fixed effects. Journal of Human Resources, 45(3), 655–681. Du Plessis, A. (2015). Effective education: Conceptualising the meaning of out-of-field teaching practices for teachers, teacher quality and school leaders. International Journal of Educational Research. 72, 89-102. doi: 10.1016/j.ijer.2015.05.005 Ingersoll, R. M. (2019). Measuring out-of-field teaching. In L. Hobbs & G. Törner (Eds.), Examining the phenomenon of ‘teaching out-of-field’: International perspectives on teaching as a non-specialist (pp. 21–52). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_2 Ingersoll, R. M., & Tran, H. (2023). Teacher shortages and turnover in rural schools in the US: An organizational analysis. Educational Administration Quarterly, 59(2), 396-431. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X231159922 Lankford, H., Loeb, S., & Wyckoff, J. (2002). Teacher sorting and the plight of urban schools: A descriptive analysis. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(1), 37–62. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Quality Assurance with Learning Analytics in Secondary Education: Insights from Flanders and Ireland 1Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium; 2Dublin City University Presenting Author:Since the introduction and proliferation of learning management systems in K-12 schools, as part of the digital transformation in education, a huge amount of data (learning analytics) has become generally available for (re)designing and evaluating education, and for evidence-informed quality assurance (Brown & Malin, 2022). This quality assurance (QA) has become increasingly decentralized in many European countries, making schools responsible and accountable for their own quality. Schools have therefore been developing their own procedures and exploring their responsibilities in the context of QA, but the use of learning analytics (LA) data regarding learning processes often remains un(der)explored. Up till now, LA have primarily proven their potential for QA in the context of higher education. In secondary schools, they are currently mainly used at the micro level, where they are being used by (individual) teachers to identify and tailor to learners’ specific needs. However, the potential use of LA at the school (management) level, or the ways in which schools or school teams can make optimal use of these data, remains an open and under-explored question (Ifenthaler, 2021) for researchers, practitioners and policy makers alike (Gašević et al. 2016). Moreover, there is a lack of capacity to work with these data for strategic planning and quality development in schools. Teaching staff, school leaders and middle managers are often wondering how to start off with learning analytics data in this regard, and often invoke questions from an ethical and privacy perspective. Next to these general questions, there is also the issue of competencies. Even if school staff would know how these data could inform them, there is a general lack of competencies and know-how on how to get started (Ifenthaler, Mah & Yin-Kim Yau, 2019). The QUALAS (Quality Assurance with Learning Analytics in Schools) project therefore aims to build on the available knowledge on QA and LA to identify possibilities for enhancing the capacity of educational professionals in secondary schools in Flanders (Belgium), Ireland, Italy and Spain to make appropriate use of learning analytics for quality assurance. In order to achieve these aims, we first want to identify how LA and QA are currently being coupled and put into practice in secondary education in these different jurisdictions. Additionally, we investigate how the approaches in two of these jurisdictions (Flanders and Ireland) draw on and relate to policy and initiatives of QA and LA at a European level. We start from European conceptualisations of quality assurance, including definitions provided by the European Commission (2018). We further rely on the distinctions drawn between external and internal evaluation, and between government-based and market-based accountability in education (Eurydice, 2015). Concerning LA, we draw on a publication by the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre on the use of learning analytics and its action list for educational stakeholders (Ferguson et al., 2016), and on the European Union’s Digital Education Action Plan. These definitions and conceptualisations are subsequently compared to national (or regional) policy texts and other grey literature concerning QA and LA, in order to answer the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this contribution, we present our findings from a grey literature analysis conducted in the educational jurisdictions of Flanders and Ireland, and situate these in relation to the European policy and research documents sketched above. This grey literature review was conducted as part of the first phase of the Erasmus + ka cooperation project QUALAS, a cooperation between Vrije Universiteit Brussel (Belgium), Dublin City University (Ireland), Universidad de Valladolid (Spain) and Instituto nazionale per la valutazione del sistema educativo di instruzione e di formazione (Italy). This first phase consisted of a rapid narrative systematic review of the existing literature on LA and its connection(s) to quality assurance in secondary education and schools. Grey literature is generally defined as: “that which is produced on all levels of government, academics, business and industry in print and electronic formats, but which is not controlled by commercial publishers.” (Paez, 2017). In our case(s), it includes: (practice-oriented) academic publications and vulgarizing texts, government reports and policy documents, and documents of LA and learning management system providers. This grey literature was incorporated based on the belief that it can make important contributions to a systematic review, because it can provide resources and data that cannot be found within commercially published (academic) literature and can thus help avoid potential (publication) bias (Paez, 2017). Given our focus on national education system contexts, our (grey) search strategy did not include consulting (international) grey literature databases. However, conference proceedings stemming from the results from our systematic search in scientific databases (Scopus, ScienceDirect, Web of Science and EBSCOhost) with a focus on the European context or the respective jurisdictions of Flanders, Ireland, Italy and Spain were included as grey literature items. Additionally, we conducted web searches looking for specific documents, reports and other publications on LA and QA in these jurisdictions, which were conducted in the jurisdictions’ respective languages. All four partner institutions conducted the analysis of grey literature found for their own jurisdictions. A template was provided by the project coordinator to ensure the reliability and validity of the analyses. The analysis protocol focused on: • Definition(s) of QA • Types and functions of LA • Level(s) of use of LA • Data use and LA within QA • Bibliometric info (year, type of publication, authors, target audience, etc.) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Including grey literature in our systematic literature review on learning analytics for quality assurance in secondary education in four European countries, and in relation to policies and conceptualisations at a European level, provided us with significant insights additional to those provided by the systematic (scientific) literature review. In this contribution, we focus on our findings in the Flemish and Irish jurisdictions, and link these to the European level. First, we will sketch the main findings for both the Flemish and Irish educational contexts: their approaches to QA, current use of LA in secondary education, and existing links between QA and LA in both jurisdictions. We then identify and discuss four main themes, arising from a comparison between the Flemish and Irish contexts based on the grey literature found in both jurisdictions and their relations to the European context: 1) LA and its relation to QA as expressions of digital optimism and the push for (post-covid) educational digitalisation for national and European recovery and resilience: tackling societal challenges through (digital) education and LA 2) LA for QA: focus on personalisation and differentiation in education 3) Digital education as covering two dimensions (REF): the educational use of digital technologies and devices (including LA) and the digital competence and professional development of educators 4) Reluctancy and fears connected to LA and QA, or educational push-back: the threat of hollowing out education and the teaching profession References Brown, C. & Malin, J.R. (eds). (2022). The Emerald Handbook of Evidence-Informed Practice in Education. Emerald Publishing Limited. European Commission. (2018). Quality assurance for school development. Guiding principles for policy development on quality assurance in school education. Retrieved from: https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/document-library-docs/2018-wgs2-quality-assurance-school_en.pdf Eurydice. (2015). Assuring Quality in Education: Policies and Approaches to School Evaluation in Europe. Retrieved from: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/4a2443a7-7bac-11e5-9fae-01aa75ed71a1/language-en Ferguson, R., Brasher, A., Clow, D., Cooper, A., Hillaire, G., Mittelmeier, J., Rienties, B., Ullmann, T. & Vuorikari, R. (2016). Research Evidence on the Use of Learning Analytics - Implications for Education Policy. In Vuorikari, R. & Castaño Muñoz, J. (Eds.). Joint Research Centre Science for Policy Report. doi:10.2791/955210. Gašević, D., Dawson, S. and Pardo, A. (2016). “How do we start? State and directions of learning analytics adoption”. International Council for Open and Distance Education. Ifenthaler, D. (2021). Learning analytics for school and system management. In OECD Digital Education Outlook 2021. Pushing the Frontiers with Artificial Intelligence, Blockchain and Robots. OECD Library. 161. Ifenthaler, D., Mah, D-K. & Yau, J.Y. (2019). Utilizing Learning Analytics to Support Study Success. Springer Cham. DOI 10.1007/978-3-319-64792-0 Paez, A. (2017). Gray literature: An important resource in systematic reviews. Journal of Evidence-Based Medicine,10(3), 153-240. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 13 SES 04 A: Teaching: Artistry, Grammar, and Existential Dialogue Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marie Hållander Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper The Artistry of Teaching: Reconceiving the Logic of Teaching for the New Industrial Age University of Southampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Arguments for and against conceptions of teaching as a science or form of technicism have often focused on the relevance of experimental evidence and issue of purpose in education (Biesta, 2023). However, these debates have largely omitted an analysis of the wider socio-economic context in which education and teaching have been and continue to be significantly shaped and understood. This paper aims to provide this broader contextual analysis, explaining how a technicist logic in schooling and teaching emerged during the Industrial Revolution, how it is being repurposed in light of recent changes and predictions about the world of work, and the importance of reconceiving teaching as a form of artistry. Systems of mass schooling first emerged in Western Europe following the initial phases of the Industrial Revolution. To meet the imperative of supplying a disciplined industrial workforce the purpose and curriculum of schools focused on preparing students for jobs (Kliebard, 1999). The establishment of mass schooling during the Industrial era led to the consolidation of certain institutional habits, norms, and eventually unspoken rules. By employing standardised ways of organising students into age-based groups, dividing knowledge into separate subjects, using self-contained classrooms with one teacher setting out tasks, and awarding grades as evidence of learning, a logic of schooling and teaching became taken for granted and functions without conscious awareness of it (Tyack & Cuban, 1995). This logic has remained broadly stable for over a century, with teaching innovations tending to fade out or become hybridised within existing structures (Tyack & Cuban, 1995). Sometimes referred to as technicism (Biesta, 2023), the prevailing logic of mass schooling and teaching tends toward the standardised production of specific learning outcomes. As technologies have advanced and changes have occurred in the world of work, the technicist logic of schooling remains but is shifting focus. New conceptions of the world of work, including one termed the Fourth Industrial Revolution, highlight the growing capacity of artificial intelligence and mobile robotics technologies to perform increasing numbers of routine as well as non-routine job tasks (Frey & Osborne, 2017). Occupations containing more non-routine tasks requiring creativity, social intelligence, and other domain-general skills are thought to be less susceptible to automation (Frey & Osborne, 2017). Proposed educational responses to this predicted new work imperative place less emphasis on specific learning outcomes and instead aim to impart students with general skills and dispositions for learning itself (Doucet et al., 2018). Education policies are increasingly reflecting a repurposed technicist logic directed towards the production of general or meta-level learning outcomes, such as learning-to-learn (OECD, 2019). Through the ongoing application of a technicist logic, creating conditions for standardisation and predictability, schools and teachers have encountered problems. Similar to the experience of factory workers on a fast moving assembly line, an automaticity and detachment from one’s craft quickly sets in (Shepard, 1977). Rather than fostering a highly conscious, imaginative engagement with the complex unfolding in the classroom, conditions in favour of automaticity leaves the teacher less flexible to respond to the ever-changing circumstances, distinct purposes, and diverse human subjects that characterise educational encounters. Moreover, an emphasis on evidence-based approaches in education policy creates counterproductive outcome expectations based on the misleading assumption that experimentally derived teaching approaches will reliably produce a desired learning outcome (Thomas, 2021). Rather than being an autonomous agent capable of professional judgement, the teacher becomes a technician who administers prescribed interventions (Biesta, 2023). To provide a conceptual remedy to these problems, a typology of artistry in teaching is proposed. This typology includes the art of imaginative observation, art of purposive evocation, art of relational accessibility, and art of contextualised judgement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This philosophical paper draws on several key sources to inform its conceptual analysis. To explain the historical context and logic emerging during the development of mass schooling, the research of Tyack & Cuban (1995) was essential. In their book reviewing the history of public school reform since the 19th century, Tyack & Cuban (1995) identify what they refer to as the grammar of schooling. By this the authors mean that during the early phases of the development of mass schooling, there was a consolidation of certain institutional norms and unspoken rules. Similar to how people learn a language and can subsequently write or speak without being consciously aware of the grammatical rules they are following, once a grammar for schooling was established, it became taken for granted and often functions without conscious awareness of it. This grammar of schooling, or logic of schooling as I refer to it in the paper, is based on a rationale on ensuring predictability for stakeholders (i.e., securing reliable work-related learning outcomes for students, parents, teachers, policymakers, etc.), and tends towards standardised procedures and control over the organisation of educational space and time (Tyack & Cuban, 1995). To detail how the logic of schooling is being repurposed for a new industrial and technological age, further sources were used. These include seminal papers predicting the future automation of jobs and changing skill requirements (Frey & Osborne, 2017), future-oriented education policy documents produced by the OECD (2019), and important texts outlining teaching approaches for the Fourth Industrial Revolution (Doucet et al, 2018). Collectively, these sources affirm a conception of education and teaching that is focused on imparting students with skills that cannot be easily replicated by machines, such as creativity, metacognition, social intelligence, and other domain-general competencies. Finally, to offer a critique of the logic of technicism and develop a contrasting conception based on the artistry of teaching, additional papers were drawn on. These included papers by Biesta (2023), Eisner (2002), and Stenhouse (1988). Each of these authors have provided important critical analyses of the issues associated with experimental or evidence-based approaches in education policy and research, along with providing insights on how teaching can be reconceived as a form of artistry. For instance, Biesta (2023) elucidates the practical wisdom and moral judgement teachers need alongside instructional knowledge/skill, while Stenhouse (1988) explains the role teachers can serve in the expression of contextualised meaning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To provide a response to the problems associated with the logic of technicism with regard to fundamental features of teaching, a typology of artistry in teaching is elaborated. First, without reducing educational complexities to observable problems or technical procedures, the art of imaginative observation brings the educationally significant possibilities to the teacher’s consciousness through their imagination. It is the art of playing out the educational hypotheticals. Imaging the educational process through the eyes of the audience to ascertain the experience they may resonate with and to stretch them beyond their comfort zone. Second, the art of purposive evocation involves the teacher’s intentional act to evoke a response from students and accentuate its significance. Because the cognitive or emotional response a teacher evokes from a student is not perceived neutrally, but contains semantic qualities, content presentation or other acts of teaching must be a purposive “exercise of skill expressive of meaning” (Stenhouse, 1988, p. 45). Third, the art of relational accessibility comprises of the teacher’s capability to enter into mutually accessible relationships with students. Through embodying a receptiveness to the contributions or responses of students, a teacher can receive and develop interactions with students which forward an interpersonal relationship attuned to the educational context in which they interact. Fourth, the art of contextualised judgement attends to the practical and moral decisions taken in the act of teaching. Rather than narrowly attending to the measurable production of outcomes, the situated judgement of the teacher is needed to appraise the means and ends of the educational process, as well as to balance or make trade-offs in competing purposes (Biesta, 2023). References Biesta, G. (2023). Reclaiming the artistry of teaching. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Ercikan (Eds.), International encyclopedia of education (4th ed., pp. 648-654). Oxford: Elsevier. Doucet, A., Evers, J., Guerra, E., Lopez, N., Soskil, M., & Timmers, K. (2018). Teaching in the Fourth Industrial Revolution: Standing at the precipice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351035866 Frey, C. B., & Osborne, M. A. (2017). The future of employment: How susceptible are jobs to computerisation? Technological Forecasting & Social Change, 114(C), 254-280. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techfore.2016.08.019 Kliebard, H. M. (1999). Schooled to work. Vocationalism and the American curriculum, 1876-1946. Teachers College Press. OECD. (2019). OECD future of education and skills: OECD learning compass 2030: A series of concept notes. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/contact/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_Concept_Note_Series.pdf Shepard, J. M. (1977). Technology, alienation, and job satisfaction. Annual Review of Sociology, 1-21. Stenhouse, L. (1988). Artistry and Teaching: The Teacher as Focus of Research and Development. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision, 4(1), 43-51. Thomas, G. (2021). Experiment’s persistent failure in education inquiry, and why it keeps failing. British Educational Research Journal, 47(3), 501-519. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3660 Tyack, D., & Cuban, L. (1995). Tinkering toward Utopia. Harvard University Press. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvjz83cb 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Towards an Aesthetics of Grammar: Lifting the Veil on Language MMU, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The last few decades have seen growing interest in the field of disciplinary aesthetics. Loosely, this can be defined as the ways in which aesthetic judgements, feelings and emotions are expressed or experienced in specific curriculum areas (Wickman et al., 2022). The development of disciplinary aesthetics can be seen as a component of a wider ‘affective turn’ in education: the growing recognition of the importance of affect and emotion as central to educational experience (Zembylas, 2021). The study of aesthetics, while historically rooted in those areas typically affiliated with ‘beauty’, primarily art, drama and the natural world (e.g. Ulrich, 1983), has expanded to explore a broad range of disciplinary subjects including mathematics and science (e.g. Wickman et al., 2022). However, there is currently no substantive research examining the aesthetics of learning about grammar. Within the broad area of language, aesthetic theory has typically been preoccupied with the forms of or reactions to language: for example, the aesthetic engagement with literary works as a reader (e.g. Stockwell, 2009), or the language of literature in contrast to everyday language, either in general or in the works of ‘great writers’. Analyses also exist of the ways in which some languages or language groups use grammar for aesthetic purposes (e.g. Williams, 2019), and of the individual features of ‘beauty’ in words and/or sounds (e.g. Crystal, 1995). However, there is no work dealing specifically with the aesthetic dimensions of developing explicit knowledge of first language grammar, or of metalinguistic learning in general (which could be about first or other languages). In this paper we therefore consider this area of learning from a disciplinary aesthetics perspective. Our interest in the aesthetic dimension of learning explicit grammar knowledge arose from our experiences teaching English grammar to student teachers who were preparing to deliver the National Curriculum (DfE, 2013) in primary schools in England. This curriculum contains a significant amount of explicit grammar terminology (e.g. fronted adverbial, prepositional phrase) which primary school teachers are required to teach to pupils aged 5-11. The inclusion of this terminology represented a fairly radical change to education in England after the decline of formal grammar education in the 1960s (Hudson and Walmsley, 2005), and our research initially explored how student teachers might respond to the challenge of mastering (and then teaching) a range of grammatical terms and related concepts that many of them had never encountered. What was most striking to us during this project was the fact that the students expressed strong emotional reactions when learning about the structure of their native grammar. Crucially, many of these reactions seemed to be of a distinctly aesthetic nature. Within this paper, we speculate as to why the kind of learning that students engaged with within these grammar lessons, might lead to strong affective responses like those that we observed. We argue that explicit grammar learning has a particular potential to evoke aesthetic experience due to its role as a mediator between procedural and declarative knowledge. We suggest that by facilitating the transformation from knowhow to knowledge, grammar learning has the potential to generate cognitive consonance, experienced as an aesthetic-epistemic feeling of fittingness. The analysis draws parallels between the characteristics of grammar and the properties of entities more traditionally conceived to be aesthetic (such as art works and performances). We note that meta-linguistic labels (grammar terms), like art (Consoli, 2014), provide concrete tokens which facilitate virtual models, supporting the transition from ‘automatism’ to ‘conscious reflection’. We conclude by exploring the implications for the field of disciplinary aesthetics and for developing pedagogies which maximise the aesthetic potential of grammar. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a theoretical paper, which proposes an exploratory framework for conceptualising the aesthetics of grammar learning. The framework takes as its starting point Myhill’s definition of metalinguistic understanding as: the explicit bringing into consciousness of language as an artifact, and the conscious monitoring and manipulation of language to create desired meanings grounded in socially shared understandings’ (Myhill, 2012, p. 250). The analysis parses this definition into four key characteristics of grammar learning, considering both the aesthetic and epistemic dimensions of each part of the learning process. In this way, we provide evidence to support our speculative hypothesis that explicit grammar learning has the potential to evoke aesthetic-epistemic feelings associated with the transformation of procedural to declarative knowledge. This hypothesis evolved through an analytic process of bringing our existing qualitative data (Ainsworth and Bell, 2020) into conversation with theoretical ideas from evolutionary aesthetics, philosophy, psychology and neuroscience. The data consists of a set of group interviews with 29 student teachers who had attended a series of grammar sessions delivered by the authors. The interviews took place at three time points, following three different iterations of the grammar course delivered to three cohorts of students. The maximum number of sessions available to students was 10 (across a 10-week period), although attendance varied due to the optional nature of the course and competing student commitments. The framework proposed within the paper resulted from a fluid process of meaning-making where we moved back and forth between the interview data and relevant literatures from evolutionary aesthetics, philosophy, psychology and neuroscience, identifying generative ways to ‘plug these texts into one another’ (Jackson and Mazzei, 2013). The connections we noticed across these literatures led to a set of codes, which were then refined through a process of thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006). The framework proposed is not posited as a definitive ‘theory’ of explicit grammar learning, but rather a first attempt to conceptualise what an aesthetics of grammar might look like. In this way it aligns with a relational onto-epistemological stance (Rovelli, 2022), where we are not attempting to describe an objective ‘reality’ that we stand outside of. But rather, we are engaging in a process of meaning-making, that comes from identifying useful patterns, in this case between the different ways in which aesthetic experience is characterised across disciplines and the aesthetic responses that our students described. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The exploratory framework presented within this paper identifies a number of facets of learning about grammar that make it a potentially rich source of aesthetic pleasure: • The layering of declarative knowledge on top of existing procedural knowledge has the potential to generate a sense of representational harmony or cognitive consonance. • The concrete tokens (grammatical terms) involved in explicit grammar learning support the development of a virtual map, allowing students to appreciate the structure of language as an artifact. • Explicit grammar learning supports decoupling of grammar elements from their immediate use within specific contexts. This decoupling enables conscious reflection on one’s own language use, which, in turn, may lead to an aesthetic experience of being ‘touched from within’ (Vessel et al., 2013, p. 1). • Learning about grammar, when brought together with pragmatics, provides an additional tool for ‘mind reading’ – a capacity that is implicated in other aesthetic endeavours. • As with other forms of aesthetic experience, grammar knowledge is best shared with others, providing a collective workspace for exploring socially shared understandings. Our findings contribute to the growing body of evidence which suggests that aesthetic experience plays an important role in learning and meaning-making (Lemke, 2015; Vessel et al., 2013). We demonstrate that learning about grammar has the potential to generate rich aesthetic experience and make suggestions as to how the aesthetic aspects of grammar learning (and indeed other areas of education) might best be harnessed within the classroom to promote authentic engagement (Ainsworth and Bell, 2020) and human flourishing (Reber, 2019). We also propose that a similar methodological approach to the one used within this study might provide a starting point for investigations into the aesthetic dimensions of other academic subjects. References Ainsworth, S., and Bell, H. (2020). Affective knowledge versus affective pedagogy: the case of native grammar learning. Cambridge Journal of Education 50, 597-614. doi: 10.1080/0305764X.2020.1751072 Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3, 77–101. doi: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Consoli, G. (2014). The emergence of the modern mind: An evolutionary perspective on aesthetic experience. The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism 72, 37-55. Crystal, D. (1995). Phonaesthetically speaking. English Today 42, 8–12. DfE. (2013). The national curriculum in England: key stages 1 and 2 framework document. London: Department for Education. Hudson, R., and Walmsley, J. (2005). The English patient: English grammar and teaching in the twentieth century. Journal of Linguistics 41, 593-622. doi:10.1017/S0022226705003464 Jackson, A. Y., and Mazzei, L. A. (2013). Plugging one text into another: Thinking with theory in qualitative research. Qualitative Inquiry 19, 261–271. doi: 10.1177/107780041247151 Lemke, J. (2015). “Feeling and meaning: a unitary bio-semiotic account” in International handbook of semiotics. ed. P. P. Trifonas (Dordrecht: Springer), 589–616. Myhill, D. (2012). “The ordeal of deliberate choice: Metalinguistic development in secondary writers” in Past, present, and future contributions of cognitive writing research to cognitive psychology. ed. V. W. Berninger (London: Psychology Press), 247–272. Reber, R. (2019). Making school meaningful: linking psychology of education to meaning in life. Educational Review 71(4), 445-465. Rovelli, C. (2022). Helgoland: The Strange and Beautiful Story of Quantum Physics. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Stockwell, P. (2009). Texture: A Cognitive Aesthetics of Reading. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Ulrich, R. S. (1983). “Aesthetic and affective response to natural environment” in Behavior and the Natural Environment. eds. I. Altman, and J. F. Wohlwill (Boston, Mass: Springer), 85-125. Vessel, E. A., Starr, G. G., and Rubin, N. (2013). Art reaches within: aesthetic experience, the self and the default mode network. Front. Neurosci. 7:258. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2013.00258 Wickman, P.-O., Prain, V., and Tytler, R. (2022). Aesthetics, affect, and making meaning in science education: an introduction. International Journal of Science Education 44, 717-734. doi: 10.1080/09500693.2021.1912434 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 14 SES 04 A: Inequalities and Schooling. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Difference in Personal Characteristics and Attitudes Between High and Low Achievers in PIRLS2021 University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:The COVID-19 pandemic has brought many different changes in education. Outcomes of education have also been affected. IEA’s PIRLS2021 was the first of the large-scale international studies of education that measured 4th-graders’ reading literacy during and right after the pandemic. The results have brought surprises for many countries, for example, when compared with PIRLS2016, Finland has lost 17 score points (19 points since PIRLS2011) and there is also a decrease in average achievement scores for Latvia – a drop by 30 points since PIRLS2016. Some countries were not affected, for example, Ireland had gained 10 points since PIRLS2016 and 25 points since PIRLS2011; Lithuanian average achievement score had risen by 4 points since PIRLS2016 and 24 points since PIRLS2011 (Mullis et al., 2023). These four countries were selected for comparison because of their achievement characteristics – Finland was the top-performing EU country in PIRLS2011, and together with Ireland the top-performing countries from the EU in the PIRLS2016. In PIRLS2021 the roles in the international ranking table have changed - Ireland still being the first among EU countries, Latvia being the country with the largest achievement drop, Lithuania rising its achievement to the top 5 among EU countries, but Finland falling behind Lithuania. The purpose of this study is to find out students’ personal, classroom, and home characteristics that differ between high and low-achieving students in all countries of comparison. Previous studies have examined that student’s socioeconomic status (Eriksson et al., 2021; OECD, 2020a; Mullis et al., 2023) and intelligence (Roth et al., 2015; Kriegbaum et al., 2018) are the main factors influencing student’s achievement. Among the significant factors explaining achievement distribution often falls motivation (Mullis et al., 2023; Kriegbaum et al., 2018), attitude (Mullis et al., 2023), and confidence in reading or reading self-concept (Geske et al., 2021). It is common to address gender issues when researching reading achievement. There have been studies that claim that the gender gap in reading performance is present already upon students’ entry to school (Ferrer et al., 2015; Mesite, 2019). PIRLS and PISA studies provide evidence that girls outperform boys in reading in the majority of participating countries (OECD, 2020b; Mullis et al., 2023). At the same time – the gender effect on reading disabilities is questionable – some researchers conclude that males are more often diagnosed with reading disabilities (Berninger et al., 2008), but others argue that there are no differences (Shaywitz et al., 1990) or that females are just underdiagnosed (Limbrick et al., 2008; Quinn & Wagner, 2015). Although PIRLS does not measure students’ intelligence or disabilities, other factors such as students’ personal, school, classroom, and home characteristics can be compared. The authors of this study compared the discrete values of following PIRLS2021 scales (Mullis et al., 2023): - students’ sense of school belonging, bullying, engagement in reading lessons, and, disorderly behaviours in reading lessons as classroom factors, - students like reading, students are confident in reading and performance in early literacy tasks as personal factors, and - home resources for learning, socio-economic status, and parents like reading as students’ home factors. The results of comparison showed the important role of the language students speak at home every day and their preschool education quality. On average only less than 2% of students who did not speak the language of test at home could perform at the advanced level. More than 90% of students in Ireland who performed at the advanced level before entering school recognized most letters in the alphabet very well, almost 60% of students could read a story and approximately 70% of students could write other words than their name. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this analysis all students were partitioned into the following groups according to PIRLS2021 reading assessment test results: advanced students (625 achievement points and above), and low-achievers (400 achievement points or less) as defined in PIRLS2021 methods and procedures (Wry et al., 2023). The following scales were used (Mullis et al., 2023) to compare percentages of low and high-achieving students: - Students Like Reading – 10-item scale that measures students’ motivation. The scale was split into three levels: “Very much like reading”, “Somewhat like reading” and “Do not like reading”; - Students Confident in Reading – 6-item scale that measures a student's distinct view of his/her reading ability. The scale was partitioned into three confidence levels: “Very confident”, “Somewhat confident” and “Not confident”; - “Could Do Early Literacy Tasks When Beginning Primary School” scale – 6-item scale that indicates quality of kindergarten and early education. The scale was broken down into three proficiency levels: “Very well”, “Moderately well” and “Not well”; - “Sense of School Belonging” scale – 5-item scale that measures levels of students’ connectedness with their school. The scale was partitioned into three levels of belonging: “High sense of school belonging”, “Some sense of school belonging” and “Little sense of school belonging”; - “Students Engaged in Reading Lessons” scale – 9-item scale that measures students’ interaction with learning content. The scale was partitioned into three engagement levels: “Very engaged”, “Somewhat engaged”, “Less than engaged”; - “Disorderly Behaviour During Reading Lessons” scale – 5-item scale that measures students’ behaviours in reading lessons and teacher’s classroom management. The scale was split into three engagement levels: “Few or no lessons”, “Some lessons”, “Most of the lessons”; - “Student Bullying” scale – 10-item scale that measures repeated aggressive behaviours towards students from classmates. The scale was broken down into three bullying frequencies: “Never or almost never”, “About monthly”, “About weekly”; - “Parents Like reading” – 9-item scale that measures parents as being role models for their children. Values were partitioned into three levels – “Very much like reading”, “Somewhat like reading” and “Do not like reading”; All scales except the bullying scale were created from students’ and parents’ answers given in a 4-level Likert scale ranging from “Agree a lot” to “Disagree a lot”. The items in the bullying scale were presented in a 4-level frequency scale: “Never”, “A few times a year”, Once or twice a month”, “At least once a week”. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In all countries of comparison some traits were common. Analysis of students’ classroom factors has shown that all countries of comparison share: - three (in Latvia, Lithuania) to six (Finland, Ireland) times more low-achieving students than advanced that had little sense of school belonging; - approximately 1.5 (Ireland) to 5 (Latvia) times more low-achievers than advanced that were minimally engaged in reading lessons; - approximately two (Finland) to six (Ireland) times more low-achieving students than advanced that reported their classmates had disorderly behaviour during most reading lessons; - 12 (Ireland) up to 28 (Finland) times more low-achievers that were bullied about weekly; Analysis of students’ personal factors have shown that although both groups share very similar distribution in “Students like reading” scale, it can be noted that more than 50% low-performing students (51% in Finland, 65% in Ireland, 67% in Latvia, and 73% in Lithuania) were not confident in their reading skills compared with less than 5% (1% in Finland, 2% in Ireland, 4% in Latvia, and 2% in Lithuania) advanced students who also were not confident in reading. More than 55% of advanced students entered school with early literacy skills (57% in Finland, 81% in Ireland, 77% in Latvia, and 65% in Lithuania) whereas less than 15% of low-performing students could demonstrate the same abilities (15% in Latvia, 13% in Ireland, 3% in Finland, and 0% in Lithuania). Analysis of students’ home factors has shown that more than 30% (38% in Latvia, 53% in Lithuania, 55% in Ireland, and 57% in Finland) parents of advanced students like reading whereas more than 30% of low performing students’ parents do not like reading. Thus, this study supports the body of research emphasizing the importance of preschool educational quality, family engagement and students' well-being at school. References Berninger, V. W., Nielsen, K. H., Abbott, R. D., Wijsman, E., & Raskind, W. (2008). Gender differences in severity of writing and reading disabilities. Journal of school psychology, 46(2), 151-172 Eriksson, K., Lindvall, J., Helenius O., & Ryve A. (2021). Socioeconomic Status as a Multidimensional Predictor of Student Achievement in 77 Societies. Frontiers in Education, 6(731634) Ferrer, E., Shaywitz, B. A., Holahan, J. M., Marchione, K. E., Michaels, R., & Shaywitz, S. E. (2015). Achievement gap in reading is present as early as first grade and persists through adolescence. The Journal of pediatrics, 167(5), 1121-1125 Geske, A., Kampmane, K., & Ozola, A. (2021). The Impact of Family and Individual Factors on 4th Grade Students’ Self-Confidence in Reading Literacy: Results From PIRLS2016. Society Integration Education Proceedings of the International Scientific Conference, 2, 203-213 Kriegbaum, K., Becker, N., & Spinath, B. (2018). The relative importance of intelligence and motivation as predictors of school achievement: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 25, 120-148 Limbrick, L., Wheldall, K., & Madelaine, A. (2008). Gender ratios for reading disability: Are there really more boys than girls who are low-progress readers?. Australian Journal of Learning Difficulties, 13(2), 161-179 Mesite, L. (2019). Exploring Gender Differences in Children's Early Reading Development in the US. Harvard University Mullis, I. V. S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K. A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College OECD (2020a). Students’ Socio-economic Status and Performance, PISA-2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed. OECD Publishing OECD (2020b). Girls’ and boys’ performance in PISA, PISA-2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed. OECD Publishing Quinn, J. M., & Wagner, R. K. (2015). Gender differences in reading impairment and in the identification of impaired readers: Results from a large-scale study of at-risk readers. Journal of learning disabilities, 48(4), 433-445 Roth, B., Becker, N., Romeyke, S., Schäfer, S., Domnick, F., & Spinath, F. M. (2015). Intelligence and school grades: A meta-analysis. Intelligence, 53, 118-137 Shaywitz, S. E., Shaywitz, B. A., Fletcher, J. M., & Escobar, M. D. (1990). Prevalence of reading disability in boys and girls: Results of the Connecticut Longitudinal Study. Jama, 264(8), 998-1002 Wry, E., Fishbein, B. G., & Von Davier, M. (2023). Using Scale anchoring to interpret the PIRLS 2021 achievement results. In von Davier, M., Mullis, I. V. S., Fishbein, B., & Foy, P. (Eds.) Methods and procedures: PIRLS2021 technical report. Boston College 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Addressing Entrenched Educational Inequalities through Research-Practice Partnerships: an Illustrative Case Study University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Background and Objectives The interplay between social background, educational attainment and life chances has long been an issue across Europe (d’Addio, 2007). Country-specific policy reform aimed at addressing inequities has largely failed to narrow educational gaps (Bénabou et al, 2009), which have become further entrenched by the socio-educational uncertainty engendered by national responses to Covid-19 (Blaskó et al, 2022). Social-reform policies have largely remained unchanged since the pandemic (Zancajo et al, 2022), causing concern for educational stakeholders who place equity at the heart of their practice. However, there is cause for hope, where place-based approaches and local multi-disciplinary partnerships are developing in ways that prioritise equity in education. We refer to these approaches as research-practice partnerships (RPPs), a growing international movement (Coldwell et al, 2017; Farrell et al, 2022). RPPs tend to be situated within defined local contexts and grown through prolonged contact between school leaders, other educational stakeholders, local policymakers and researchers (Ainscow, 2023). Hence, they are well positioned to shape local enactments of national policy, and generate local policy endogenously, through sustainable relationships and mutual trust. This paper presents an illustrative case of a developing RPP in NB, a defined area within a post-industrial town in the North of England. Poverty is high in NB, with 50% children living in low income families. It has therefore been identified as a site for a ‘cradle to career’ approach, emulating aspects of the Harlem Children’s Zone in the USA (Whitehurst & Croft, 2010) by ‘joining-up’ local service infrastructure in ways that holistically support local children’s educational journeys in their home, school and community contexts. The NB RPP is currently working with eight local schools, a multidisciplinary team, and multiple voluntary/community sector organisations. Our objectives in presenting this case are to understand intra-/inter-organisational relationships within the complex socio-educational landscape of NB, and to evaluate to what extent, and how, these might need to be redefined for the future. We argue that RPPs are well-positioned to reimagine community relationships in ways that cohesively unite community members, including families, schools and other education-related services and stakeholders. This entails blending local, endogenous knowledge of neighbourhoods and communities with researchers’ more exogenous knowledge. In so doing, we directly address the Network 14 call for contributions on school-community relationships, considering how RPPs can be initiated and sustained to foster the development of more inclusive communities, especially at a time of change and uncertainty. Research Questions
Theoretical Framework We draw upon Putnam’s (2000) conceptualisation of social capital as the ‘connections among individuals … social networks, and the norms of reciprocity and trustworthiness that arise from them’ (p. 19). These connections can be (i) bonding: the connections between local residents or intra-organisational actors, or (ii) bridging: the connections across and between diverse community members and inter-organisational actors. Mulford (2007) further proposes that social relationships can be understood as a resource to forge local policy and practice pathways, where reform agendas are filtered and enacted through the active participation of stakeholders in the local socio-educational landscape. He introduces a third form of social capital, that of linking: a relational pathway that unites communities, institutions and wider professional bodies in the creation of local, regional and national policy and practice. This is exemplified by the RPP (see also Ainscow, 2015, p. 3). Taken together, bonding, bridging and linking social capital provide a lens through which to understand the complex dynamics of NB’s socio-educational landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our research design, developed in conjunction with the multidisciplinary steering group in NB, aligns with the principles of design-based research approaches (DBRA), referred to as theory of change (ToC) (Kerr & Dyson, 2019). Our aim is to understand the ‘theory’ underpinning the initiative, before mapping this out and tracking its processes and outcomes over time within an RPP structure. The data reported here within our illustrative case were generated in the first stage of the ToC evaluation approach that we were commissioned in 2023 to conduct in NB, in order to explore the potential for collaborative, multi-disciplinary relationships based on current realities and future hopes. Data Collection We conducted 15 first-stage, scoping interviews, adopting a semi-structured format to enable robust, comparable data to be generated, while still allowing the researchers some flexibility to follow up emergent themes (Robson, 2011). Overall, our interviews were structured as follows: • how do local professionals characterise the socio-educational landscape in NB; • how do they feel the cradle-to-career approach is working and how might it be improved; • what are future possibilities, hopes and priorities for the approach and the local area? Interviewees were purposively sampled from a list of participating schools, charities, and other education-related, youth organisations. These included: local school leaders, special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) coordinators, charity and social workers, as well as key members from the steering group and community organising team. Interviews were conducted by the six-person research team, working in pairs. They took place online or face-to-face, at the convenience of the participants. All research instruments and schedules were approved by the University Ethical Committee. Data analysis Data were analysed thematically. The interview pairs engaged in initial work of transcription, digitising and first-cycle coding to analyse data in relation to concepts from the literature. This created the foundations for the entire research team to engage in second-cycle coding, i.e. a less formalised grounded analysis, incorporating more open descriptive coding, within a discussion-group format (Cohen et al, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Strong bonds in a close community: Marked by intergenerational unemployment through the demise of the shipping industry, a cornerstone of the local economy, NB is characterised as a socio-economically disadvantaged area across all measures. Nevertheless, bonding social capital between residents appears high, and there is a strong sense of community pride. Interviewees also mentioned a contradiction between deficit narratives around low aspiration, and their observations of families having high aspirations for their children, while being constrained by structural barriers, and resentful of the stigma attached to their community. Successful literacy interventions offer only a partial solution: Local schools have focused heavily – with considerable success – on improving literacy to improve access to curricula and career pathways. However, literacy is not considered a priority by some community organisations, where children’s mental health, especially following Covid-19 lockdowns, is considered more urgent. The lack of bridging social capital between organisations and individual actors results in different perceptions of educational, social and community priorities and of how the needs of the next generation can best be addressed. Implications for the RPP: Building bridging social capital that unites school and non-school actors is a crucial next step in the development of this RPP. Improving inter-organisational dialogue, facilitated by the research team, might enable consensus on how diverse stakeholders in the RPP might collectively shape a shared understanding of local policy enactment in holistic and joined-up ways. Doing so may pave the way towards linking social capital in the future and accord greater certainty to intra-/inter-organisational relationships in NB. This might begin the work of breaking the complex, and deeply entrenched, cycles of poverty and marginalisation that have blighted this community over time and have been exacerbated by the pandemic, offering a pathway to community autonomy, empowerment, and the fulfilment of high local aspirations. References •Ainscow, M. (2015). Towards self-improving school systems: Lessons from a city challenge. Routledge. •Ainscow, M. (2023). Research-practice partnerships: a strategy for promoting educational recovery. Revista Perspectiva Educacional, 62(1), 8-32. •Bénabou, R., Kramarz, F., & Prost, C. (2009). The French zones d’éducation prioritaire: Much ado about nothing?, Economics of Education Review, 28 (3), 345-356. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2008.04.005 •Blaskó, Z., Costa, P. D., & Schnepf, S. V. (2022). Learning losses and educational inequalities in Europe: Mapping the potential consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. Journal of European Social Policy, 32(4), 361-375. •Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2011). Research Methods in Education (7th ed.). London: Routledge. •Coldwell, M., Greany, T., Higgins, S., Brown, C., Maxwell, B., Stiell, B., Stoll, L., Willis, B., & Burns, H. (2017). Evidence-Informed Teaching: An Evaluation of Progress in England. Research Report; Department for Education: London, UK. •D'Addio, A. (2007). Intergenerational Transmission of Disadvantage: Mobility or Immobility Across Generations?, OECD Social, Employment and Migration Working Papers, No. 52, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/217730505550. •Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Allen, A., Anderson, E. R., Bohannon, A. X., Coburn, C. E., & Brown, S. L. (2022). Learning at the Boundaries of Research and Practice: A Framework for Understanding Research–Practice Partnerships. Educational Researcher, 51(3), 197-208. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X211069073 •Kerr, K., & Dyson, A. (2019). Researching complex extended education initiatives in England: a design-based approach using theory of change. In S. H. Bae, J. L. Mahoney, S. Maschke, & L. Stecher (Eds.), International Developments in Research on Extended Education. Barbara Budrich Publishers. •Mulford, B. (2007). Building social capital in professional learning communities: Importance, challenges and a way forward. In L. Stoll, & K. Seashore Louis (Eds.), Professional learning communities: divergence, depth and dilemmas (pp. 166–188). Open University Press. •Putnam, R. D. (2000). Bowling alone: the collapse and revival of American community. New York: Simon & Schuster. •Robson, C. (2011). Real world research (3rd ed.). Chichester, UK: Wiley. •Whitehurst, G. J., & Croft. M. (2010) The Harlem Children’s Zone, promise neighborhoods, and the broader, bolder approach to education. Washington: The Brookings Institution. •Zancajo, A., Verger, A., & Bolea, P. (2022). Digitalization and beyond: the effects of Covid-19 on post-pandemic educational policy and delivery in Europe, Policy and Society, Volume 41, 1(111–128), https://doi.org/10.1093/polsoc/puab016 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Learners’ Location, School Socio-Economic Status and School Performance – A Scottish Case Study University of St Andrews, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper examines academic performance at top grades in public examinations relative to the national average between Scottish state secondary schools mainly serving young people residing in remote communities. This examination allows me to explore: (1) how academic performance in those schools compares to schools serving young people residing in more urban areas and (2) whether academic performance in schools with significant proportions of learners experiencing socio-economic disadvantages is weaker.
School attainment in Scottish remote areas is lower than that observed in more urban areas (Lasselle & Johnson, 2021; Scottish government, 2021). These patterns are similar to those observed elsewhere in the UK, Europe, Australia or the United States of America (Echazarra and Radinger, 2019; Gagnon, 2022; Schmitt-Wilson and Byun, 2022; Schmitt-Wilson et al., 2018; Tomaszewski et al., 2020). They may explain why youth residing in these remote areas are less likely to progress to higher education.
This paper shows that these patterns characterising remote Scotland need nevertheless to be nuanced when secondary school statistics are considered. On the one hand, schools serving remote communities with similar socio-economic status, i.e. similar proportions of learners experiencing socio-economic disadvantages, may have large discrepancies in academic performance at top grades in public examinations relative to the national average. On the other hand, schools with similar academic performance may have different socio-economic status.
In its conclusion, the paper discusses why this contextualisation of academic performance in terms of learners’ location and schools’ socio-economic status is important for policymakers and communities in Scotland and elsewhere in Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My methodology builds on the methodologies developed by Lasselle and Johnson (2021), Lasselle et al. (2014), Roberts et al. (2021) and Thier et al. (2021). Each school is characterised by three dimensions: its remoteness, its socio-economic status and its academic performance. School statistics are compared and contrasted across these dimensions. Briefly speaking, school remoteness is measured from the percentage of school learners residing in remote rural areas or remote small towns as per the rural-urban classification of the Scottish government. The socio-economic status of the school is determined from the socio-economic disadvantages experienced by its learners, either the percentage of learners registered on free-school meal, or that living in the poorest areas in Scotland as defined by the national socio-economic index of deprivation. The academic performance of a school is measured from the number of its learners achieving top grade in public examinations. In practice, I proceed in two steps. First, I construct three binary indicators capturing each dimension from schools statistics released by the Scottish government. These indicators allow me to classify all schools in various categories. Second, I intersect the three indicators. This allows me to determine how many schools are within each category enabling me to compare and contrast the distribution of secondary schools according to their location, their socio-economic status and their academic performance compared to the national average. The work is data-driven and Scottish-based. However, it can be replicated in many countries with standard rural/urban classification and schools statistics collection including their location. The choice of Scotland as a case study is motivated by three reasons. First, the location spectrum of school location is large. It includes remote island, large remote rural areas in the mainland, town in a remote areas allowing us to distinguish various types of communities. Second, measures of socio-economic deprivation at school level are publicly available. Third, the percentage of school leavers living in remote communities and progressing to HE is well below the national average. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings My examination leads to two results. First, remoteness may not always be linked to weaker academic performance. Second, weaker academic performance is not always observed in schools with lower socio-economic status. In summary, my paper highlights the importance to distinguish the various local factors determining school’s academic performance. However, it raises the issue of the role of the communities in access to higher education, in particular remote communities. References Azano, A.P., Eppley, K., & Biddle C. (Eds) (2022). The Bloomsbury Handbook of Rural Education in the United States, Bloomsbury Academic. Echazarra, A.,& Radinger, T. (2019). Learning in rural schools: Insights from Pisa, Talis and the literature. OECD Education Working Paper No. 196. OECD Publishing. Gagnon, D.J. (2022). Student achievement in rural America, in Azano et al. (2022) pp. 215-224. Lasselle, L., & Johnson, M. (2021). Levelling the playing field between rural schools and urban schools in a HE context: A Scottish case study. British Educational Research Journal, 47(2), 450-468. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3670 Lasselle, L., McDougall-Bagnall, J., & Smith, I. (2014). School grades, school context and university degree performance: Evidence from an elite Scottish institution. Oxford Review of Education, 40(3), 293-314. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2014.900485 Roberts, P., Thier, M., & Beach, P. (2021). Erasing rurality: On the need to disaggregate statistical data. In P., Roberts, & M., Fuqua (Eds), Ruraling Education Research: Connections between Rurality and the Disciplines of Educational Research (pp. 107-127). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0131-6 Scottish Government (2021). Rural Scotland: Key facts 2021. Scottish Government. https://www.gov.scot/publications/rural-scotland-key-facts-2021/ Schmitt-Wilson, S., Downey, J.A., & Beck, A.E. (2018). Rural educational attainment: The importance of context. Journal of Research in Rural Education, 33(1), 1-14. Schmitt-Wison, S., & Byun, S. (2022). Postsecondary transition and attainment in Azano et al. (2022) pp. 157-164. Thier, M., Beach, P., Martinez Jr., C. R., & Hollenbeck, K. (2020). Take care when cutting: Five approaches to disaggregating school data as rural and remote. Theory & Practice in Rural Education, 10(2), 63–84. https://doi.org/10.3776/tpre.2020.v10n2p63-84 Tomaszewski, W., Kubler, M., Perales, F., Clague, D., Xiang, N., & Johnstone, M. (2020). Investigating the effects of cumulative factors of disadvantage, Final Report. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 14 SES 04 B: Technologies, Family and Schools. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Emanuela Guarcello Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Platformization of Family Live: Intimacy, Belonging and Surveillance Practices University of Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:The phenomenon of platformization has emerged strongly, especially after the COVID-19 pandemic, affecting our daily lives in various facets, such as communication, interaction, education, and commerce, among others. Various scholars have characterized this scenario as a “platform society” (van Dijck et al., 2018) or “platform capitalism” (Srnicek, 2018). Regardless of the increasing interest in understanding the impact of digital platforms in different contexts, there are fewer studies that focus on how digital platforms have penetrated family practices. Consequently, there is a major amount of research on how young individuals use digital platforms, but relatively slight studies about family relationships and even less with an intergenerational perspective that involves the elderly. The research project “PlatFAMs: Platforming Families – tracing digital transformations in everyday life across generations” aims to explore the integration of digital platforms into the daily routines and dynamics of contemporary families across five European countries (Norway, Estonia, the United Kingdom, Romania and Spain). Through an intergenerational approach, we select 20 families from each country (n= 100) to interview the three main generations (children, parents and grandparents). The project focuses on three main topics: digital navigation -studying how different members of the family interact with various platforms to discern inter-generational differences and similarities-; digital negotiation -exploring relational dynamics within varied family structures- and digital future-making -investigating how participants develop imaginations of digital futures, within family and society level-. Through the first stage of the project, we have conducted a scoping review (Erstad, Hegna, Livingstone, Negru-Subticica & Stoilova, in press) that identifies that the field of digital platforms and family life is specially focused on individual uses of social media but less explain the reconfiguration of relationships, agency and autonomy within families. These few studies focus on two different emerging themes related with the platformization of intimacy, belonging and care, on the one hand, and interdependency, vulnerability and power struggles, on the other hand. The first corpus of literature suggests that digital technology might enable practices of care in contexts such as geographically dispersed families and it might complement rather than substitute face-to-face communication (Danielsbacka et al., 2022; Williams, 2011). It might even contribute to bridging the gap between older parents to understand the modern world (Thomas, 2020). Digital family practices such as negotiating and buying technology, sharing photos from joint family events or using Whatsapp as a transconnective space might also create a sense of family belonging (Palviainen & Kędra, 2020). At the same time, the literature points at concerns related with gender inequalities, social barriers experienced by the elderly and the overburden of the constant online presence (Neves et al., 2019). The second one involves a shift in power dynamics within families, which might enhance family communication, learning and enjoying creativity (Levinson & Barron, 2018), but also involve parents' concerns about being absent in their children’s digital lives or about higher usage of smartphones. Another relevant aspect is related with parental surveillance, but the few studies that have been implemented point that children might see intimate surveillance as a practice of care that involves feeling more security and comfort (De Leyn, et al., 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For a deeper understanding of the phenomenon, the project is configured in three stages. The first stage consists on developing a scoping review to map the existing literature related with family and online platforms and identify the main key concepts, gaps and evidence related to the topic. The second one is a qualitative stage, based on individual and group interviews with families (Flick, 2015). This stage also involves a participatory approach (Vaughn & Jacquez, 2020), which includes using interactive and creative methods with families such as diaries or photo ellicitation. With this type of tools, families have the opportunity to report on their everyday practices related to digital platforms. And finally, the third quantitative stage, based on a secondary analysis of EUKids Online data. In this paper, we focus on the preliminary results of the qualitative stage, which is also organized in two sub-phases: (1) individual interviews with three family members of each family (child, adult and elderly) and (2) multi-members family interviews, one or two per each family unit. At the moment, we have conducted 60 individual interviews in each country (20 families x 3 members), which implies 300 interviews in total. For each interview, researchers used a timeline that encouraged the discussion and reflection of participants about temporality in the use of platforms in the past, present and future. The results will be based on the 60 interviews conducted in Spain. The main question guiding the analysis is which are the implications of the use of digital platforms among families, specially related with how people integrate and domesticate platforms in their daily environment? To address this question, we point to five key themes: - Families integration and domestication of digital platforms. - The role of negotiation in the integration of digital platforms into family life. - The evolution of digital platforms used by families over time. - The emergent relational meanings of digital platforms for family life. - Families imagination of their futures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results of the scoping review and the individual interviews points at how digital platforms might shape family life, specially in terms of intimacy, belonging and power-control relationships. In this paper, we will present the results related with the opportunities and risks perceived by families that arise from the new ways of intimacy, power shifts, means of communication and surveillance practices. In the context of technological advances, the discussion is related with changes in power dynamics within families, as well as the emergence of new forms of communication and surveillance. Digital media has been noted to be linked to both distinctive practices of intimacy, belonging and care, as well as power struggles associated with digitally mediated forms of interdependence and vulnerability. The issue of intimate surveillance by parents has also been addressed, such as monitoring their children's publications and followers on platforms such as TikTok, which can be perceived by children as a normalized practice of care, generating a sense of safety and comfort. These cases exemplify the interrelationship of media and surveillance practices in the context of family life and the use of digital technologies. Also, it has been highlighted that technology allows for a diversity of perspectives of intimacy, from presence to surveillance, and that visualization (via webcam, live broadcasts, etc.) plays a crucial role in its manifestation. It has been emphasized that some forms of intimacy are more welcomed by children, while others are less accepted, and that surveillance is sometimes met with avoidance strategies, problematizing limits and control. References Danielsbacka, M., Tammisalo, K., & Tanskanen, A. O. (2023). Digital and traditional communication with kin: Displacement or reinforcement? Journal of Family Studies, 29(3), 1270–1291. https://doi.org/10.1080/13229400.2022.2040575 De Leyn, T., De Wolf, R., Abeele, M. V., & de Marez, L. (2019). Reframing current debates on young people’s online privacy by taking into account the cultural construction of youth. Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Social Media and Society, 174–183. Erstad, Hegna, Livingstone, Negru-Subticica & Stoilova (in press). Digital platforms and family life across generations – reviewing the evidence and defining the field. Flick, Uwe. (2015). El diseño de la Investigación Cualitativa. Morata. Levinson, A. M., & Barron, B. (2018). Latino immigrant families learning with digital media across settings and generations. Digital Education Review, (33) 150–169. https://doi.org/10.1344/der.2018.33.150-169 Matassi, M., Boczkowski, P. J., & E. Mitchelstein (2019). Domesticating WhatsApp: Family, friends, work, and study in everyday communication. New Media & Society, 21(10), 2183-2200. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444819841890 Neves, B. B., Franz, R., Judges, R., Beermann, & C., Baecker, R. (2019). Can Digital Technology Enhance Social Connectedness Among Older Adults? A Feasibility Study. Journal of Applied Gerontology, 38(1), 49–72. https://doi.org/10.1177/0733464817741369 Palviainen, Å., Kędra, J. (2020). What’s in the family app?: Making sense of digitally mediated communication within multilingual families. Journal of Multilingual Theories and Practices, 1(1), 89–111. https://doi.org/10.1558/jmtp.15363 Siles, I., Espinoza-Rojas, J., Naranjo, A., & M.F. Tristán (2019). The mutual domestication of users and algorithmic recommendations on Netflix. Communication, Culture & Critique, 12(4), 499-518. Srnicek, N. (2018). Capitalismo de plataformas. Cajanegra Editora. Thomas, M.-H. (2020). The Impact of Communication Technology and Social Media on Intergenerational Relationships between Older Individuals and Their Adult Children in Bangkok. Manusya: Journal of Humanities, 23(2), 188–204. https://doi.org/10.1163/26659077-02302003 van Dijck, J., Poell, T and de Waal, M. (2018). The Platform Society: Public Values in a Connective World. Oxford University Press. Vaughn, L. M., & Jacquez, F. (2020). Participatory Research Methods – Choice Points in the Research Process. Journal of Participatory Research Methods, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.35844/001c.13244 Williams, F. (2011). Towards a transnational analysis of the political economy of care. In R. Mahon and F. Robinson (eds). Feminist Ethics and Social Policy: Towards a New Global Political Economy of Care, 21–38. UBC Press. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper ‘It Takes a Village’ - Parental Experiences with Cooperation to Overcome Cyberbullying within Norwegian Educational Context. A Qualitative Study University in Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:The recently published annual national student survey in Norway reports alarming and steadily increasing rates of cyberbullying among students in primary and lower secondary schools. The largest percentage, 5.9% of students, report being cyberbullied (2-3 times a month, once a week, few times a week) via phone, iPad or PC in 5th grade. Numbers vary between 4,6% to 5,1% in grades 6th to 10th (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2024). Increasing prevalence rates, paired with large socio-economic losses for the individual and for the society, makes cyberbullying an important research field for practitioners and researchers alike. The available research suggests the need for a holistic approach, involving all stakeholders in the school community, especially parents, as a means of addressing cyberbullying. Parents as primary caregivers are central in any cooperative efforts influencing a child’s development and well-being (Glavin, 2013). To the best of our knowledge, no study with the focus on parental views on the cooperative efforts has been conducted within European or Norwegian context. Thus, the main objective of the study is to extract insights regarding parents’ views and experiences concerning interdisciplinary and interagency cooperation to overcome cyberbullying in Norwegian schools. The research shows that positive home-school relations, where parents have the chance to genuinely contribute to their child’s education, improve the child’s overall experience and learning outcomes (Drugli & Nordahl, 2016). In this way, parents and the school share the responsibility of raising children and teenagers in school age. The home-school collaboration is seen as crucial to the child’s positive social adjustment (Kim & Sheridan, 2015). In the following study, it will be assumed that all of the families do sincerely care about their offspring: they want to see them succeed, build positive relations to their peers, educators and wider community (Epstein, 2010). The primary goal of this study is to gain a better insight into parental views on how to best channel the cooperative efforts to prevent and combat cyberbullying, which has such a troubling impact on the lives of many adolescents. The research question guiding this inquiry is thus: What are the views and experiences with cooperation to prevent cyberbullying of parents whose children were involved in cyberbullying? To answer the research question, 17 semi-structured interviews were conducted either in-person or online with parents of children enrolled in Norwegian primary or lower secondary school, as these are the ages where cyberbullying is most prevalent (Kowalski et al., 2012). Purposive sampling was employed, with the population including parents of children and adolescents involved in cases of cyberbullying. The interviews were carried out between November 2022 and January 2024 in either Norwegian, Polish or English. A reflexive thematic analysis was carried out, revealing four major themes: (1) home-school cooperation, (2) types of parental involvement and (3) aspects of cyberbullying affecting cooperation and (4) cooperative strategies to overcome cyberbullying. All the themes are encompassed within one main node: (I) parental views and experiences with cooperation. Careful ethical measures were undertaken to protect the informants’ rights. In the end, implications for researchers and practitioners were presented, to possibly inform a context-specific cyberbullying program in the future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative interviewing as a data collection method has been chosen as it is one of the most significant tools to adequately seize the very essence of human experience. It was employed in the study to explore the informants’ experiences on cooperation to overcome cyberbullying. Interviewing is seen as appropriate method in the cases when the studied phenomena cannot be observed or replicated by the researcher (Leavy, 2020; Merriam, 2016). A semi-structured interview guide has been devised to direct the conversation, ensuring that the informants were allowed to subjectively manifest their personal experiences with cooperation to overcome cyberbullying. The four main topics included (1) definition of cyberbullying, (2) the bullying, (3) intervention and (4) prevention. Without compromising the confidentiality and comfort of the informants, the interviews were conducted at the location and time at the informants’ choice. The interviews lasted between 25 minutes to 1 hour and 37 minutes. Data analysis was facilitated using qualitative data software NVivo. The interviews were transcribed verbatim and uploaded into the software, then analyzed. Data analysis followed the thematic analysis framework by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2019, 2022, 2023), which involve six stages: (1) familiarizing oneself with the data, (2) creating codes, (3) generating themes, (4) reviewing potential themes, (5) defining and naming themes, and (6) producing the report. The coding process was further divided into three phases, as described in Corbin (2008): (1) open coding, (2) axial coding and (3) selective coding. The data analysis process was inductive, where the main motivation behind choosing it was to allow for an open-minded engagement with the data, and allowing the data define the possible codes and themes, allowing the researcher to take an active role in the meaning extraction. Reflexive thematic analysis facilitates just that, with themes emerging after considerable immersion and explorative analysis. The data collection and analysis were iterative processes, conducted until meaning saturation was reached. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study adds to the scarce evidence on stakeholder cooperation from the parental point of view to combat cyberbullying in the educational context. Efforts against cyberbullying should build on the available evidence on traditional bullying, as these two froms of aggression are often related. The parental needs vary regarding the support the need to face the cyberbullying, and they should be taken care of accordingly. Thus, family-oriented practices are vital. The various stakeholders should aim at identifying these needs of parents, which may facilitate earlier and better professional support. The joint responsibility of raising children and the need for cooperation should be emphasized, also in the pre-service education for professionals working with children and adolescents. The children and their caregivers must be provided with channels for reporting cyberbullying in a safe, anonymous and convenient manner. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. Sage Publications Ltd. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2023). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be(com)ing a knowing researcher. International Journal of Transgender Health, 24(1), 1-6. https://doi.org/10.1080/26895269.2022.2129597 Corbin, J. M. (2008). Basics of qualitative research : techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (3rd ed.). Sage. Drugli, M. B., & Nordahl, T. (2016). Forskningsartikkel: Samarbeidet mellom hjem og skole. En oppsummering av aktuell kunnskap om hva som skaper et godt samarbeid mellom hjem og skole. https://www.udir.no/kvalitet-og-kompetanse/samarbeid/samarbeid-mellom-hjem-og-skole/samarbeidet-mellom-hjem-og-skole/ Epstein, J. L. (2010). School/Family/Community Partnerships: Caring for the Children We Share. Phi Delta Kappa International, 92. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171009200326 Glavin, K. (2013). Tverrfaglig samarbeid i praksis : til beste for barn og unge i kommune-Norge [Interdisciplinary Collaboration in Practice: For the Good of Children and Young People in Municipal Norway] (3. utg. ed.). Kommuneforl. Kim, E. M., & Sheridan, S. M. (2015). Foundational Aspects of Family-School Connections: Definitions, Conceptual Frameworks, and Research Needa. In E. M. Kim & S. M. Sheridan (Eds.), Foundational Aspects of Family-School Partnership Research. Springer International Publishing. Kowalski, R. M., Limber, S. P., & Agatston, P. W. (2012). Cyberbullying. Bullying in the Digital Age. Wiley-Blackwell. Leavy, P. (Ed.). (2020). The Oxford Handbook of Qualitative Research. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190847388.001.0001. Merriam, S. B. (2016). Qualitative research : a guide to design and implementation (E. J. Tisdell, Ed. Fourth edition. ed.). Jossey-Bass, a Wiley Brand. Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2024). Elevundersøkelsen - resultater. https://www.udir.no/tall-og-forskning/statistikk/elevundersokelsen/ 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper AI Technologies in an Age of Uncertainty: Immersive Environments that Foster in Primary School Children a Critical-Creative Relationship with AI 1University of Turin, Italy; 2Middlesex University of London, UK Presenting Author:Topic. In an age "afflicted" by uncertainty (Morin, 2003, 2016, 2020), it is necessary to prepare new generations to manage this condition of precariousness and the challenges it poses (Bauman, 1994) in a realistic, responsible and constructive way. Among the main challenges, the challenge of AI technologies raises the greatest number of uncertainties because it represents, on the one hand, one of the most advanced opportunities for human development and, on the other hand, one of the greatest risks of dehumanization of existence (Floridi, 2014). It is therefore necessary to train new generations at an early stage to critically and creatively manage AI technologies (Authors, 2023) through effective educational experiences, developed in partnership among schools, families and communities. Within the most innovative educational experiences that is taking its first steps in primary school is the immersive experience in virtual educational environments (Clarke, Dede and Dieterle, 2008; Di Natale et al., 2020; Finestrone, Limone and Peconio, 2023). Research Question. In line with the issues raised by the special call of Network 14, the research question is: What can be learned by children in/from the immersive experience in educational environments of a virtual type, to enable them to create a community capable of critically and creatively managing AI technologies? Objectives. The research objectives are: - to explore the ways in which the immersive experience fosters in children; - the knowledge to manage AI technologies in a critical and creative way; - competency in judgement; - to identify an effective educational model to train children in critically and creatively managing AI technologies through immersive experiences. Theoretical Framework. At the European level, the school’s commitment in recent decades to train new generations to an adequate digital competence (Media Literacy, Data Literacy, Explainability) (Panciroli and Rivoltella, 2023) is relevant. However, as reported by the most recent scientific research (Spiranec, Kos and George 2019; D'Ignazio and Bhargava, 2015; De la Higuera, 2019), this training presents some weaknesses: - it is focused on the acquisition of technical skills, - it is mainly implemented in technical-scientific fields (STEM), - it is carried out especially in secondary schools. Moreover, scientific research has not yet clearly focused on four further limitations of current European education to Digital Citizenship and Data Literacy in schools (Authors, in press): - it does not form in a systematic way starting at least from primary school, - it does not form a critical and realistic awareness not only of the limitations of AI technologies but also of the potential that a responsible use of technologies can have with respect to improving the quality of life, - it does not propose educational practices that have proved effective for this purpose, - it does not activate partnership processes among schools, families and communities. Indeed, studies on the ethics of AI (Floridi, 2022) highlight the need for the human being to be able to critically and responsibly manage AI technologies and therefore be trained in this sense since childhood, through experiences implemented in partnership among school,. In addition, pedagogical studies and research draw attention to the fact that a critical and creative approach to the problem of new technologies cannot be formed through purely informative, notional, cognitive and technical experiences. It must rather be formed through aesthetic experiences. Among the many aesthetic experiences, one is indicated by the most recent studies of techno-aesthetics as particularly interesting: the immersive experience created on themes and with techniques of visual art and used within educational paths of aesthetic type (Diodato, 2022; Pinotti, 2021; Seo, 2011). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used On the basis of the reconstructed theoretical framework, an exploratory research is taking place over the 2022-2023 and 2023-2024 academic years, through an art-based participatory action-research approach (Barbier, 2007; Leavy, 2017; Sorzio, 2019; 2003; Seppälä, Sarantou, Miettinen, 2021; Stenhouse, 1975), involving about 80 children in the final two years of primary school. The research is led by the University of Turin and conducted in partnership with Middlesex University of London, the LIFE Innovation Lab (University of Turin) and two primary schools near Turin. The research planning comprises two phases. Phase 1 (May 2023– January 2024): - to undertake a first research path with the participating primary school teachers, a Fine Arts researcher (West University of Timişoara), a digital designer and the LIFE Lab researchers in order: - to share and reflect on the issue under examination, - to discuss the images, elements and informatic structure for creating the immersive aesthetic experience, - to design the entire training activity to be implemented with the children, in partnership with families and communities, - to create a protocol for the evaluation of the results and the training process. Phase 2 ( February – October 2024): - to implement the immersive experience with the children (9-11 y.o.) within the LIFE Lab, - to evaluate the formative results and process, - to present the formative path to the community during the European Researchers' Night in Turin (September 2024), actively involving the children's families and citizens in the immersive experience, under the guide of the school children, - to disseminate the research findings in academic and scholastic communities, involving children as speakers and their families as participants in an international Conference. In order to collect, analyse and discuss the data needed for establishing the reaching of the objectives, the following analysis and research instruments will be used (Efrat Efron, Ravid, 2019): - a content analysis of the pre and post qualitative questionnaires filled by the children on the formative topic (Ammuner, 1998; Beed, Stimson, 1985), before and after the formative experience, - a quantitative and content analysis of the pre and post quali-quantitative questionnaires filled by the children on the cognitive bias about the AI technologies, - a hermeneutic analysis of the dialogues (among children-teachers-researchers) recorded during the formative activities (Betti, 1987; Kvale, 1996), - a content analysis of in-depth interviews with the participating teachers conducted after the formative experience (Brown, Danaher 2019; Souliotis, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As planned, the first phase of the research (May 2023-January 2024) produced the following outputs: - the creation of an immersive aesthetic experience to offer to children, - the design of the overall training path that will be proposed to the classes. The creation and programming of the immersive aesthetic experience was implemented through partially immersive virtual experiences in 3D artwork, conceived by the research group and created in pictorial form. The subject of the 3D digital artwork is the Pachamama (Earth Mother), considered the symbol par excellence of a responsible and constructive relationship with creation and between creatures (Azeiteiro, Akerman, Leal Filho, 2017; Donna, 2020; Southgate, 2020; Torres, 2019). The interactive aesthetic mixed reality environment is explored by children through 3D glasses and joysticks. It consists of a mountain relief, wooded spaces, waterfalls, maritime views, fauna elements, technical elements created by humans (swing, square, tattoos drawn on the "hands" and "face" of the Pachamama), within which children experience the relationship between human beings and nature. The immersion in the artwork also enables the entry and exploration within the mountain relief, e.g. in a cave divided into thematic spaces dedicated to meeting some contents related to AI technologies and their critical and creative management. The second research phase (February-May 2024) will allow us to explore the knowledges and competences in judgment fostered in children by the immersive experience, for managing in a critical and creative way the AI technologies; to identify an effective formative model for training children in managing in a critical and creative way the AI technologies through immersive experiences. All these findings will be collected and analysed after the end of the formative path (from June to July 2024) and presented during the EERA/ECER Conference. References Authors (2023). Child-aits relationship (c-airɛ). Educating to a reflective and critical relationship with ai technologies in primary school. Giornale Italiano di Educazione alla Salute, Sport e Didattica Inclusiva, 7(1). https://ojs.gsdjournal.it/index.php/gsdj/article/view/820/1095 Authors (in press). School Children and the Challenge of Managing AI Technologies. London: Routledge. Bauman, Z. (1994). Alone Again. Ethics After Certainty. London: Demos. Clarke, J., Dede, C., & Dieterle, E. (2008). Emerging Technologies for Collaborative, Mediated, Immersive Learning, in Voogt, J., & Knezek, G. (eds.). International Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education. Volume 20. Boston, MA: Springer, 901–909. Dewey, J. (1980). Art as Experience. New York, NY: Perigee Books. Di Natale, A.F. et al. (2020). Immersive virtual reality in K-12 and higher education: A 10-year systematic review of empirical research, British Journal of Educational Technology, 51(6), 2006–2033. doi: https://bera-journals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/bjet.13030 Diodato, R. (2022). Virtual Reality and Aesthetic Experience, Philosophies, 7(2):29. doi: https://doi.org/10.3390/philosophies7020029 Efrat Efron, S. & Ravid, R. (2019). Action research in education: A practical guide. New York, NY: The Guilford Press. Finestrone, F., Limone, P., & Peconio, G. (2023). Nuovi scenari di progettazione educativa: esperienze di didattica immersiva, IUL Research, 4(7). doi: https://doi.org/10.57568/iulresearch.v4i7.400 Floridi, L. (2014). The forth revolution. How the infosphere is reshaping human reality. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Floridi, L. (2023). The ethics of artificial intelligence. Principles, challenges, and opportunities. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Leavy, P. (2017). Introduction to arts based research. In P. Leavy (Ed.), Handbook of arts-based research (pp. 3-21). New York: Guilford Press. Montani, P. (2014). Tecnologie della sensibilità. Estetica e immaginazione interattiva. Milan: Raffaello Cortina. Morin, E. (2003). Pour une Crisologie. Paris: L'Herne. Morin, E. (2016). Éduquer pour l'ére planétaire. La pensée complexe comme Méthode d'apprendissage dan l'erreur et l'incertitude humaine. Paris: Balland. Morin, E. (2020). Changeons de voie. Les leçons du coronavirus. Paris: Denoël. Panciroli, C. & Rivoltella, P.C. (2023). Pedagogia algoritmica. Per una riflessione educativa sull’Intelligenza Artificiale. Brescia: Scholé. Pinotti, A. (2021). Alla soglia dell’immagine. Turin: Einaudi. Seo, J.H. (2011). Aesthetics of Immersion in Interactive Immersive Environments. A Phenomenological Case Study of Light Strings. London: LAP Lambert Academic Publishing. Seppälä, T., Sarantou, M., & Miettinen, S. (eds) (2021). Arts-Based Methods for Decolonizing Participatory Research. New York, NY: Routledge. Tiina, S., Sarantou, M. & Miettinen, S. (2021). Arts-Based Methods for Decolonising Participatory Research. London: Routledge. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 15 SES 04 A: Partnership research in Erasmus+ projects Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kathrin Paal Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Challenges and Opportunities in International and Multidisciplinary Collaborative Projects: Fostering Global Sensitivity Among Future Teachers Hebrew university of Jeru, Israel Presenting Author:Our presentation focuses on the benefits and challenges of an international multidisciplinary research collaboration (Dusdal & Powell 2021) an Erasmus+ Key Action 2 program entitled “GlobalSense: Developing Global Sensitivity among Student-Teachers (in short, GlobalSense).” Our research group is multi-national, including members from Nantes University (France), Hebrew University of Jerusalem (Israel), Weingarten University of Education (Germany), Free University of Brussels (Belgium) and Temple University of Philadelphia (USA). It is also multi-disciplinary in its nature, bringing together experts in sociology, civic education, global education, and learning sciences. The research question that led the study this presentation is based on is : What are the organizational, communicative and conceptual challenges faced by an international and multidisciplinary team when working together on a politically, socially and culturally loaded topic such as global citizenship education? Background- The objective of GlobalSense is to enable future teachers to develop their understanding of global citizenship and enhance their pedagogical practices resulting from cross-national online interactions among future educators. The theoretical premise underlying this work was that (a) preparing teachers to promote global citizenship requires them to engage with socially and politically loaded subjects in a global context; (b). Since each nation has a unique history and context the encounter with student-teachers from different countries has a learning potential; and (c) Teachers’ training cannot be limited to the transmission of academic knowledge alone but should include the development of a pedagogical awareness of and sensitivity (Hansen, 2010). Theoretical background - As early as in the 1980s scholars attempted to point to the motivations and costs of collaboration in research (Fox & Faver 1984). The collaboration in the case of the GlobalSense project is motivated by indirect benefit concerning external goals of a political, economic or cultural nature as well as direct benefits that enable addressing transnational or global problems (Georghiou 1998:620-622) such as Global Citizenship education. The impact of context being political, ethical and economical can affect the research process. First of all, language differences complicate aspects of a collaborative study. Diverse cultural settings present unique challenges in multinational collaboration (Hooper et al. 2005 in Freshwater et al 2006) and more evidently in social research focused on politically loaded issues such as the GlobalSense project. Dusdal & Powell’s (2021) qualitative comprehensive study found that among the benefits of scientific collaboration, interviewees mentioned: Broadening knowledge, conducting comparative research, multidisciplinarity advances thinking and facilitates development of theoretical approaches and methods, etc . The motivations could be career advancement, networking and time to do multidisciplinary work among others. The challenges researchers faced: Organization and structured management of work packages and tasks, team communications and language skills, contrasting cultural and organizational expectations and norms, contrasting styles of communication (exchange of information) and work, diverse theoretical and methodological strengths and weaknesses and so on (Dusdal & Powell 2021). Regarding organizational challenges, though much of the work related to international research collaboration can be accomplished by email, telephone conference and video-conference, the literature emphasises the importance of face-to-face meetings (Hooper et al., 2005 in Freshwater et al 2006). The role of diversity and respect can be accommodating differences in order to facilitate a consensus approach to decision-making (Freshwater et al 2006).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From the beginning, tensions and misunderstanding between the members of the team from different countries and disciplines were evident in the first online general meetings. Since scholars constituted a multinational and multidisciplinary team, the French team thought that these tensions and gaps can by themselves be considered an interesting topic of study which were not part of the initial ERASMUS research proposal. For this purpose, the French team developed three different tools in order to analyze the multiple challenges presented by a collaborative multinational, multicultural and multidisciplinary team while working together on a cultural and socio-political loaded project such as the one regarding global citizenship education. Questionnaire on wonderings. Members of the team were asked to fill a questionnaire with open questions. The first item was to “Describe what made you wonder or react in the Globalsense project. “ and the following items were in the same direction trying to understand and provide interpretations on wonderings that are usually products of cultural or disciplinary differences. Reflections collected immediately after the online students exchange. These reflections targeted specifically to register leaders’ impressions on the students’ exchanges, impressions not being considered by the research design and aimed at collecting information on how the leaders felt about the exchanges and what were the challenges they underwent. Focused interviews were conducted in person with members of the team from different countries mainly during the transnational meetings at one of the participant universities. Interviews focused on questions of cultural differences, cultural gaps scholars perceived during the online and in person preparation meetings in their encounters with scholars from other countries. The data obtained from these three sources will be interpreted based on a thematic content analysis in order to understand the main challenges a multinational research team is confronted with when working together. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As we experienced, leading a multi-disciplinary, international project presented both technical and substantive challenges for the research team. These included: 1. Technical Issues: Coordinating meetings across three continents was difficult due to time differences, making it challenging to schedule international collaborative learning sessions. 2. Linguistic and Cultural Differences: There was a need to design pedagogical activities that were culturally sensitive and relevant across five different national and cultural contexts. 3. Evaluation: Developing a framework for evaluating and analyzing students' learning and overall experiences from the project was a complex task. 4. Different Education Systems: The challenge lay in formulating practical recommendations that were relevant and applicable across diverse educational systems. Other challenges (e.g., timing student visits from one university to another and planning a meaningful experience for them) can be classified into one or more of the above four categories. We also experienced unexpected obstacles that we had to address (Covid-19, war, and so forth). The study shows that we had learned a lot from this collaborative experience and that our own collaborative skills evolved. The analysis will shed light on the processes we underwent and detect factors that hindered or leveraged our collaborative work. One of the unexpected results is that when working collaboratively cross-nationally on a teacher education project, not only students' global sensitivity improves, but ours as well. References Dusdal, J., & Powell, J. J. (2021). Benefits, motivations, and challenges of international collaborative research: a sociology of science case study. Science and Public Policy, 48(2), 235-245. Fox, M. F., & Faver, C. A. (1984). Independence and cooperation in research: The motivations and costs of collaboration. The Journal of Higher Education, 55(3), 347-359. Freshwater, D., Sherwood, G., & Drury, V. (2006). International research collaboration: Issues, benefits and challenges of the global network. Journal of Research in Nursing, 11(4), 295-303. Georghiou, L. (1998). Global cooperation in research. Research policy, 27(6), 611-626. Hansen, D. T. (2010). Cosmopolitanism and education: A view from the ground. Teachers College Record, 112(1), 1–30. Hooper, T. I., Smith, T. C., Gray, G. C., Al Qahtani, M. S., Memish, Z. A., Barrett, D. H., ... & Gackstetter, G. D. (2005). Saudi Arabia–United States collaboration in health research: a formula for success. American journal of infection control, 33(3), 192-196. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper An innovative approach to Quality Assurance Work in Erasmus+ Strategic Cooperations in the Field of Education and Training AP University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Antwerpen, Belgium Presenting Author:As we know, collaborative European projects are very interesting platforms for the exchange of knowledge and best practices, as well as strong opportunities to understand why other approaches and solutions may benefit different circumstances. But as anyone who has taken part in such projects knows, the very same characteristics that create these exceptionally fertile circumstances, at times also make it particularly difficult to continuously and sustainably deliver high quality products. This is especially the case when partners are new to each other or to the Erasmus protocols, and the different focus points or expectations between partners reach the level where they overshadow the gains of the exchange and significantly slow down the planned process or systematically lower the quality of what is produced. However, it is paramount to safeguard the quality of the final products because, even though professional international exchange and strengthening one’s skills in collaboration are important goals indeed, the goal to deliver strong work, such that it may raise all our practices, always remains at the forefront of our aims.
Here we share our experience with monitoring the quality of an ongoing Teacher Academy project for Erasmus+. We describe the start of the project, our development of the quality monitoring system fitting the circumstances and educational and collaborative principles, and our continuous safeguarding of quality. We reflect on the process and the outcomes (e.g. the quality reports).
To contextualize our approach, we want to bring your attention to the fact that when an Erasmus+ partnership is forged between various educational institutions in different countries, the proposal that is to bind their efforts has a central issue that serves to focus the proposal as well as the partnership. It is true that it serves, as quoted in the call for proposals for this conference, as a ‘glue’ for the various partners. However, such a partnership between educational institutions, always has another issue to deal with, regardless of the ideas in the proposal, and that is the inevitable difference between their educational practices, and possibly philosophies, and how these shape their goals and expectations for collaboration and co-creation. This is relevant insofar as the educational principles any institution practices in educating its students match the ones they use in their own learning and development, and when cooperating with other learners for said development. In short, if the various partners practice what they preach, and they preach different things, the cooperation inevitably faces an extra challenge, and a profound one to boot. Our team set out to turn this into an opportunity. We as educators in a teacher training program that is explicitly veered towards establishing lifelong learning skills in our teacher-trainees, advocate a strong alignment between our own educational practices and our approach to collaborative efforts to learn and build together within an Erasmus+ partnership, in line with the latter framework’s aims for the collaborations it wishes to foster (cf. key action 2 and 3 of the Erasmus+ program.
Faced with the fascinating opportunities this type of partnership entailed, we took some time to look more closely at the situation and performed desk research to acquaint ourselves with the general approach to Quality Assurance. We then decided to introduce an alternative approach based on our own educational philosophies and practices to help sustain motivation and keep management from overextending. We developed our method and introduced it at the first physical meeting, where we walked our partners through the designed method, asked for their consent, and then started up the process the same day to ensure ad hoc support. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Erasmus+ project pursues direct impact on more than 1000 people and is divided over 5 work packages executed by 8 partners, so a firm and cyclically continuous plan that operated at all levels was needed. We also quickly understood that no quality assurance team can ever reasonably be expected to provide real expertise and concomitant assessment for the contents of all other work packages. We aimed for our approach to practice what we preach in our teacher training programs. The method is based on what we consider strong practices in evaluation and life-long learning, but we geared this towards peers rather than students. Central to this was our general aim to stimulate authentic critical reflection as opposed to one party policing others, on the road to ensuring sustainable (self-)evaluation throughout any development project, as well as to generate a healthy degree of self-regulation (a main ingredient of life-long learning) in all partners including ourselves, to help maximize chances of success in subsequent undertakings of this nature. We checked these principles of our own education against the general principles of the Erasmus+ program and found a strong correlation, summarised, for example, in the following: “(...) the general objective of the Erasmus+ Program (...) is to support, through lifelong learning, the educational, professional and personal development of people in education, training, (…) contributing to sustainable growth, quality jobs and social cohesion, to driving innovation, (…)”. Considering the above, we designed our quality assurance plan around control measures (continuous monitoring of the processes, peer reviews, and external assessment) which we partially transferred onto a Quality Evaluation Unit lead by the QA team. The members of this team are tasked with performing critical reflection with the Task Leaders. Therefore, we designed the ‘Task QA Form’ used at the start of a Task and the ‘Task QA Report’, used to track progress. Both queries invite partners to take stock of their aims and to evaluate their success by breaking down their work and select critical fitting partners. Through the principles of constructive alignment, a careful completion of the form provides the partners valuable insights. The Q&E Unit members pass issues on to the appropriate parties within their respective project teams. When issues are flagged, the Q&E Unit shares its findings with the project management who processes this according to the guidelines. Lastly, the quarterly Quality Monitoring Reports are shared for feedback with all partners. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our main findings are that the quality assurance plan for the project is well-structured and comprehensive and all partners have repeatedly agreed on the use of it, covering all the aspects, layers, and stages of the project. We also experienced that the quality assurance plan is flexible and adaptive, allowing for adjustments and improvements based on the feedback and results of the monitoring and evaluation activities. This quality assurance plan has also proven to also strengthen collaboration and participation, involving all the partner institutions and stakeholders in the project. Our approach has also shown challenges and limitations which can shed light on challenges that are typical for the kind of Erasmus+ co-operative partnerships. By introducing and discussing our innovative approach to quality assurance work for this Erasmus+ partnership, we wish to stimulate a critical look at the mentioned challenges and opportunities within strategic cooperations in Erasmus+ partnerships. We will invite you to come along with us as we share with you the methods and materials we devised in constructive alignment to our procedural goals, to stimulate insight into the project-as-a-whole, the assigned task work as well as the part it was designed to play in the whole and support self-regulation to strengthen the cooperation between different approaches. All this while not losing sight of the central goals of the project itself, i.e. the deliverables. References Percipio Global Ltd. (z.d.). Metacognition and Self-regulation: Technical appendix | EEF. EEF. https://educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk/education-evidence/teaching-learning-toolkit/metacognition-and-self-regulation/technical-appendix |
9:30 - 11:00 | 17 SES 04 A: Collectivisation, the Anthropocene, and Eco-Pedagogy Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Attila Nóbik Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Anxiety, Fear, and Hope: Teachers and Local Communities in the Final Stage of the Hungarian Collectivization (1960) University of Pannonia, Hungary Presenting Author:It has been not widely analyzed how intense emotions (both positive and negative ones) maintained the Cold War situation between 1945 and 1990: between the Blocks and inside a country (an example of this attitude: Biess, 2020). The topic of this presentation is a blind spot in the history of Eastern European education, namely the role and feelings of teachers and principals during the collectivization. In a one-party socialist system, every state employee (including teachers, managers, local officials, cultural workers, etc.) had to function as a propagandist (Slapentokh, 1989, 106–107); regardless of his/her commitment, and attitudes. Proving loyalty to the official ideology and the requirement to take part in socialist development (industrialization, collectivization, transformation of the culture) might cause conflicts of conscience for teachers, especially in rural areas, where these intellectuals were closely related to their communities. The context of educators’ activities in mass mobilization campaigns in socialist societies (like collectivization) has already been elaborated (e.g. Fitzpatrick, 1994; Kligman & Verdery, 2011), but the personal views of these participants are mostly missing. I am going to present these through a special case study, showing the final phase of the collectivization in Hungary, in the early months of 1960. Originally, the process of radical change in agriculture was considered to be a field of historical investigation. Historians traditionally focused on the Party regulations, local implementation, and the reactions of the farmers (from collaboration to resistance), meanwhile, the other actors who were involved, remained in the shadow. On the other hand, scholars from the history of education were not interested in that topic, as it seemed to be too far from the issues of schooling, and belongs to the terrain of economic and political history. These all concluded in a forgotten and sometimes tabooed story of the dominant presence of schoolteachers in the collectivization: even the participants did not want to speak about it, because the persuasion of the individual farmers might connect with psychological and physical pressure. My preliminary statements were the following before the analysis:
There are two broader dimensions surrounding this theme: the roles, possibilities, and limitations of intellectuals in an authoritarian, totalitarian system (Tismaneanu & Iacob, 2019); and the utilizing emotions in the history of education (Sobe, 2012). In this presentation, I will first outline the socio-historical background of the concrete case, and then comes the analysis of the complex interactions between teachers and their environment in the winter of 1960. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My study is based on unique sources, called ‘The Stories of Cooperatives’ (in Hungarian: Termelőszövetkezet történetek). The Cultural Department of Zala County (a western administration unit in Hungary) launched the call in 1960 to archive the final stage of collectivization on local levels. It was an obligatory task for teachers and principals, and the result was very special. We have reports from 85 villages, authored by 35 school directors, 17 teachers, 14 Party officials, and three leaders from the cooperatives, on 205 pages (some files are anonymous). We haven’t got such a corpus, which covered a whole county on the levels of small villages, through the individual perspectives of the local intellectuals, spoke about fresh experiences – except this ‘Stories…’. The most important questions for a researcher are the following: - What were the goals of ordering these reports? Why did the Party officials want to read these (hi)stories? The answer is rooted in the Soviet initiative by Khrushchev, which tried to create a socialist past, with local heroes and scenes. These descriptions followed the orders of the Party, aimed to legitimate the system, build communities with participation, and make new identities (Donovan, 2015). This genre was called Kraevedenie in Russian and may be familiar to us, if we with current trends like common/public history (Herman, Braster & Andrés, 2023), except about the context. These reports were politically influenced and used, orientating the local actors on how to create their histories. The narrative approaches provide a perfect methodological tool here, as the basis of the analysis is constituted by narratives and interpretations and not ‘raw’ data. According to the prominent work of Hayden White (1973), there are four significant models of the emplotment, how we (as historians, teachers, or both at the same time) construct narratives about our past. One is the so-called romance, with early problems (the resisting village, who didn’t want collectivization), a local hero (the agitator teacher, Party official, agricultural engineer), struggle and fight (convincing the villagers), and finally the success (everyone joined to the collective farm). I focused on the agency during the analysis (Tamura, 2011): Who were the authors and what are their goals to achieve with these stories? These are the characteristics/focal points of the different narrativization: - temporal dimension, - changing levels (space), - a new folklore, - rationalization, - and euphemism, absence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings ‘The Stories of Cooperatives’ integrated the focal points: usually they started with a contrasting view between the undeveloped past and the bright socialist future. The local stories were embedded in a broad development of the world, sometimes in tale-like figures and motives to get closer to the audience. The writers rationalized their participation and the necessary progress, which was unavoidable. By doing this, they silenced or reframed the negative, forced elements of the collectivization, which didn’t belong to their good memories. “It was a humiliating task” – as one of them later confessed (Vincze, 2018, 58.). We are just three years after the 1956 Revolution, in which many teachers and students took part – these educators had to prove their competencies later, by doing agitation and work in the youth movement. The propaganda used and abused the traditions, against which the state fought: rural habits, language, and even religious symbols appeared in the texts. The target audience was the rural population, so teachers as cultural experts transformed folk songs into agitation, offering a new Heaven on Earth. Respecting the work of remembering, forgetting, and the mental mechanism of selecting between past events is a great benefit of this research, which can be a good starting point to reveal the forgotten local histories. Theories about cultural memory and school memory (Yanes-Cabrera, Meda & Viñao, 2017; Silova, Piattovea & Millei, 2018) give a good background to this later investigation. References Biess, Frank (2020). Cold War Angst. In Biess, Frank: German Angst: Fear and Democracy in the Federal Republic of Germany. Oxford, Oxford University Press, 95–129. Donovan, Victoria (2015). “How Well Do You Know Your Krai?” The Kraevedenie Revival and Patriotic Politics in Late Khrushchev-Era Russia. Slavic Review, Vol. 74. No. 3. 464–483. Fitzpatrick, Sheila (1994). Stalin’s Peasants. Resistance and Survival in the Russian Village After Collectivization. Oxford–New York, Oxford University Press. Herman, Frederik, Braster, Sjaak & Andrés, María del Mar del Pozo (2023). Towards A Public History of Education: A Manifesto. In Herman, Frederik, Braster, Sjaak & Andrés, María del Mar del Pozo (Eds). Exhibiting the Past. Public Histories of Education. De Gruyter Oldenbourg, 1–35. Kligman, Gail & Verdery, Katherine (2011). Peasants Under Siege. The Collectivization of Romanian Agriculture, 1949–1962. Ö. Kovács, József (2012). A paraszti társadalom felszámolása a diktatúrában. A vidéki Magyarország politikai társadalomtörténete, 1945–1965 [The liquidation of peasant society in the communist dictatorship. Social history of rural Hungary 1945- 1965]. Budapest, Korall. Silova, Iveta, Piattoeva, Nelli & Millei, Zsuzsa (2018, eds.), Childhood and Schooling in (Post)Socialist Societies. Memories of Everyday Life. Cham, Palgrave Macmillan Slapentokh, Vladimir (1989). Public and Private Life of the Soviet People. Changing Values in Post-Stalin Russia. Oxford–New York, Oxford University Press. Sobe, Noah W. (2012). Researching emotion and affect in the history of education, History of Education, Vol. 41. No. 5. 689–695. Świrek, Krzysztof & Pospech, Pavel (2021). Escape from arbitrariness: Legitimation crisis of real socialism and the imaginary of modernity. European Journal of Social Theory, Vol. 24. No. 1. 140–159. Tamura, Eileen H. (2011). Narrative History and Theory. History of Education Quarterly, Vol. 51. No. 2. 150–157. Tismaneanu, Vladimir & Iacob, Bogdan C. (2019, Eds.). Ideological Storms: Intellectuals, Dictators, and the Totalitarian Temptation. Budapest–New York, Central European University Press. Yanes-Cabrera, Cristina, Meda, Juri & Viñao, Antonio (2017). School Memories. New Trends in History of Education. Cham, Springer. Vincze, Beatrix (2018). Tanári életutak a 20. század második felében [Teachers’ Life-Careers in the second half of the 20th Century]. Budapest, ELTE Eötvös Kiadó. Welton, Michael R. (2014). The Educator Needs to be Educated: Reflections on the Political Pedagogy of Marx, Lenin and Habermas’, International Journal of Lifelong Education, Vol. 33, No. 5. 641–656. White, Hayden (1973). Metahistory: The Historical Imagination in Nineteenth–Century Europe. Baltimore – London, The Johns Hopkins University Press. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Understanding the Anthropocene through the Lens of the History of Education: The Case of Soviet Educational Practice Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:
The term Anthropocene, popularised by J.P. Crutzen, suggests that humankind has become a global geological force in its own right (Steffen et al., 2011). In the search for the origins of the Anthropocene, it is often associated with capitalism(Foster, Clark, York, 2010; Zalasiewicz, 2019), most notably the US hegemony (Foster, Clark, 2021). The question is even raised as to whether the Anthropocene should be called the Capitalocene (Moore, 2016). Marxist philosophy and the ecological policy of the Soviet Union are presented as a counterbalance to predatory capitalism towards nature. But even while admiring this policy, it is acknowledged that it has been ambivalent (Foster, 2015). As Bolotova notes, “The slogans on the conquest and subjection of nature were among the most important ideological frames of the Soviet state. The idea of human dominance over nature and the call for humans to subdue, modify and reconstruct a chaotic and meaningless nature in order to regulate natural processes supplemented the overarching goal of a total reconstruction of the social order, making for an intrinsic link between state policy and the ideology of conquering nature in the USSR” (2004, p. 107). But in its outward-looking propaganda, the Soviet Union positioned itself as the greatest defender of nature and a fighter against the capitalists destroying it. The aim of this presentation is to analyse which of the Soviet Union's narratives - the conquest of nature or the preservation of nature - was dominant in Soviet educational policy and school practice. Has attention been paid to the ecological problems of the Soviet Union itself: the Aral Sea's destruction, the rivers' diversion, the causes of desertification, destructive forms of timber exploitation, irrational mining practices, etc? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Main methods: analysis of scientific literature and historical sources. To focus the research objective on teaching in the Soviet school, the discipline of geography was chosen as one of the most relevant to the teaching of ecology. The geography curricula, guidelines for geography teachers, methodological tools and geography textbooks for the years 1945-1988 were selected for further analysis. The analysis was based on sources in the Lithuanian language but it is important to point out that most of them were translated from Russian and that education in the Soviet Union was highly unified. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis shows that the first narrative was dominant in the internal politics of the Soviet Union, as well as in the practice of education. The image of the Soviet man as a conqueror of nature was constructed. Most teaching and learning tools did not present anything related to ecology or consequences of excessive exploitation of natural resources and disproportionate interference into nature “while changing riverbeds or destroying mountains” either. Only at the end of the 1970s and at the beginning of the 1980s several sentences about environmental protection stated to appear in textbooks. References Bolotova, A. (2004). Colonization of Nature in the Soviet Union. State Ideology, Public Discourse, and the Experience of Geologists. Historical Social Research, 29(3), 104-123. Foster, J. B. (2015). Late Soviet Ecology and the Planetary Crisis. Monthly Review, 67(2) DOI: 10.14452/MR-067-02-2015-06_1 Foster, J. B.,& Clark, B.(2021). The Capitalinian: The First Geological Age of the Anthropocene. Monthly Review, 73(4). https://monthlyreview.org/2021/09/01/the-capitalinian/ Foster, J. B., Clark, B., and York, R. (2010). The Ecological Rift: Capitalism's War on the Earth. Monthly Review Press Moore, J.W. (2016). Anthropocene or Capitalocene? Nature, History, and the Crisis of Capitalism. PM Press. Steffen, W., Grinevald, J., Crutzen, J. P., & McNeill, J. (2011) The Anthropocene: conceptual and historical perspectives. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. A 369 (1938), 842–867. doi:10.1098/rsta.2010.0327 Zalasiewicz, J., Waters, C. N., Williams, M., and Colin P. (2019). The Anthropocene as a Geological Time Unit: A Guide to the Scientific Evidence and Current Debate. Cambridge University Press. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Place-based Investigation of an Early Eco-Pedagogical Response Fostered in a Folk High School Setting in Denmark Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:
This paper explores how pedagogies of place can support an analysis of the connections between people, places, and communities by including pedagogical and ecological discourses in a specific time and space in Denmark - The Travelling High School Tvind in the 1970s.
Grünewald (2003) describes five "dimensions of place" that can shape the development of a socio-ecological, place-conscious education: (a) the perceptual, (b) the sociological, (c) the ideological, (d) the political and (e) the ecological. Warren (2000) states that human beings must (a) examine the impact of places on culture and identity, and (b) embrace our political roles.
The case study examines the educational ethos and the conceptualisation of pedagogical actions and the concept action competence. Tvind began (1970) near the village of Ulfborg (2000 inhabitants) on Denmark's west coast by the North Sea. A small group of young teachers settled there to live collectively and with a shared economy when they set up a state-funded folk high school. They were pioneers in social development, education and sustainable environmental projects. (Today the Teachers' Group has hundreds of members in several countries). Tvind Folk High School became internationally known in the 70s through this construction. It proved to be significant not only for the wind turbine industry, but also for the wider environmental discourse. The case highlights a close and complex relationship between environmental activism, pedagogy and the development of agency. Special emphasis was placed on developing international solidarity with the working class through direct experience. Young Danes were sent to Third World countries, thus turning the folk high school into an international, globalised forum for dealing with Third World problems and power. At that time Tvind's pedagogy was inspired by Maoism and its strong focus on manual labour and material production based on solidarity with the people.
Environmental problems have been on the agenda since the 1960s and 1970s. Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is therefore a complex concept. The concept: Action competence is central to the field. It is defined as a personal capacity that encompasses more than the intellectual-cognitive domain and is a pedagogical and ethical challenge, as it involves the will to act. The concept is ideologically influenced by German critical theory (Oscar Negt (1964) (2019) (including inspiration from C. Wright Mills concept of sociological imagination) as well as W. Klafki (1983/1959).(Breiting et al, 2009).
The intention is to foster democratic and action-oriented citizens. It involves the whole personality, including many of the mental capacities and dispositions. (Mogensen, 1995). Ideland, M., clams the notion of action competence inscribes standards for what is to be thought and acted, experienced and felt.( Ideland, M, 2016.) ESD is discussed as a top-down directive promoting an indoctrinating education (Hasslöf, H. Ekborg, M and Malmberg, 2013) (Jickling, 2003) (Jickling and Wales, 2008) ( Ideland, M, 2016.) as action and behaviour change appear as imperatives within a sustainability discourse.
From a democratic perspective, the extent to which citizens see themselves as potential actors in societal development may be of paramount importance (Kollmuss, A (2002)). If eco-politics requires a new political subject that can, among other things, realise the notion of freedom without abundance and integrate ecological materiality into a democratic and emancipatory politics, it is necessary to develop some common competences for action. (Charbonnier, P (2021). Scholars argue the need for a new ecological class directed against the production horizon to sustain the planet (Latour, B & Schultz, N. 2022).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The intention is to find out which dominant pedagogical ideas have been shaped by and emerge from specific contemporary ideals and rhetoric in Tvind. The general assumption is that social structures, cultural beliefs, norms and ideologies influence and define people's emotional experiences and expressions, with implications for the development of action competence and, in particular, students' willingness to act. This will be explored through document analysis and historical descriptions of students' and teachers' experiences of Tvind, including contemporary descriptions in the form of biographies, teaching materials, etc. More recent secondary sources on Tvind have been published as there has been renewed interest in the charismatic leader, Amdi Petersen, and his innovative achievements over time. It's a challenge to research Tvind because it is a very closed society. Several sources directly from Tvind show a clear desire to present the pedagogy as attractive and progressive, while other sources from former teachers make it clear that Tvind was (and is) a very closed community, operating almost as a cult. (Rasmussen, B. (1996)( Stein, A (2021)( La Cour, H.(2002)( Skyum-Nielsen, R & Lindhardt, T (2022)) Methodologically, the research is inspired by the theories of ecofeminists Warren (2002) and Grünewal (2003) to explore the complex relationship between place, identity and culture and in particular the ideological dimension - place is productive as a framework because it occupies the space between grounded materiality and the discursive space of representation and generates conversations across disciplinary boundaries, conversations that have become imperative when addressing questions about the relationship between social and ecological systems. Koselleck also emphasises that history is produced by people making use of the internal interplay between past interpretations, present understandings and future expectations - between the space of experience and the horizon of expectation. Thus, historical consciousness also refers to the fact that people are both makers and shapers of history. It is a historical case-study analysis, limited to a specific place at a specific time. It is a thick description that includes many types of data and data sources to identify the discourse of contemporary pedagogical theories in action. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The historical analyses show how shared understanding co-ordinates and directs action, linked to the intention to act at a particular time and place, revealing a complex relationship between capacity and willingness to act. The case study highlights a close and complex relationship between environmental political activism, pedagogy, and the development of agency. At the time, the construction of the turbine became a manifesto in defence of renewable energy and was part of a growing popular opposition to A-Power and a new environmental movement that subsequently had a decisive influence on environmental policy in Denmark. The environmental movement at that time questioned the ability of the current capitalist/industrial social system to solve environmental, pollution and resource problems. But to mobilise the public, proactive behaviour is needed, such as the development of sustainable solutions, wind and solar technology being promised as an alternative to nuclear power plants. The historical analysis of these intentions suggests that students' action competence is shaped by the communities in which it is developed, and therefore depends on how one's own and others' perspectives are reconciled within the community framework. From a perspective of identity politics and self-formation, this suggests that it can be very important what self-understandings and discourses are available and how they are absorbed, shared, and transformed by actors in a particular time and space. The notion of solidarity with the people, anti-materialism and a solution-oriented approach was a dominant discourse. The common and the collective was a dominant framework. An ideal Tvind student was frugal and hardworking, willing to follow rules and collective orders, sacrifice privacy, and at the same time shared confidence and faith, and at the same time was able to solve even complex problems without being given a how-to manual. (Lund, B. (2020) References Breiting, S., Hedegaard, K., Mogensen, F., Nielsen, K., & Schnack, K. (2009). Action competence, conflicting interests, and environmental education – The MUVIN Programme. Odense: Odense Universitetsforlag Charbonnier, P (2021) Affluence and Freedom: An Environmental History of Political Ideas (Frihed og overflod – økologiens politiske idehistorie) Gruenewald, D.A.(2003) Foundations of Place: A Multidisciplinary Framework for Place-Conscious Education, American Educational Research Journal Vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 619–654 Hasslöf, H., Ekborg, M., & Malmberg, C. (2014). Discussing sustainable development among teachers: An analysis from a conflict perspective. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 9, 41-57. doi: 10.12973/ijese.2014.202a Ideland, M (2016) The action-competent child: responsibilization through practices and emotions in environmental education. Knowledge Cultures 4(2), Jensen, B. B., & Schnack, K. (2006). The action competence approach in environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 12(3-4), 471-486 Jickling, B., & Wals, A. E. J. (2008). Globalization and environmental education: Looking beyond sustainable development. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(1), 1-21. Jickling, B. (2003). Environmental education and environmental advocacy: Revisited. The Journal of Environmental Education, 34(2), 20-27. Klafki, W. (1983/1959). Kategorial dannelse. I W. Klafki (Red.), Kategorial dannelse og kritisk konstruktiv pædagogik. København: Nyt Nordisk Forlag Kollmuss, A (2002) Mind the Gap: Why Do People Act Environmentally and What Are the Barriers to Pro-Environmental Behavior Koselleck, R (2007) Begreber, tid og erfaring. Hans Reitzels Forlag (Consists of selected texts from Vergangene Zukunft (1979) and Zeitschichten (2000)) La Cour, H. (2002) Den rejsende: En personlig beretning fra 18 år i Tvind, Aschehough Latour, B & Nikolaj Schultz (2022) Notat om den nye økologiske klasse. Hans Reitzels Forlag Lund, B. (2020). Bæredygtighed og handlekompetence – et velkommen tilbage til 70’erne? Forskning og Forandring, 3(2), 47-68. Mogensen, F. (1995). Handlekompetence - Som didaktisk begreb i miljøundervisningen. Copenhagen: Danmarks Lærerhøjskole - Forskningscenter for Miljøog Sundhedsundervisning.. Møller, J. F. (1999). På sejrens vej – historien om skolesamvirket Tvind og dets skaber Mogens Amdi Petersen. København: Forlaget DIKE. Negt, O. (1964). Sociologisk fantasi og eksemplarisk indlæring. Kurasje. Negt, O. (2019) Dannelse og Demokrati. Frydenlund Rasmussen, B. (1996). Tvind – set indefra. En afhoppet Tvindlærers personlige fortælling om livet på skolerne 1976-1984. Ørbæk: Tommeliden Skyum-Nielsen, R & Lindhardt, T (2022) Amdi bliver til. Politikkens forlag Somerville, J. A (2010) A Place Pedagogy for ‘Global Contemporaneity’, Educational Philosophy and Theory,Vol. 42, No. 3, 2010 Tvindkraft, https://www.tvindkraft.dk/da/ Warren, K (2000) Ecofeminist Philosophy: A Western Perspective on What It is and Why It Matters Rowman & Littlefield Publishers (2000) |
9:30 - 11:00 | 19 SES 04 A: Doing ethnographic research in schools Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Florian Weitkämper Paper Session |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper The Art of Classroom Observation: Challenges and Opportunities OsloMet, Norway Presenting Author:Observation as a research method is useful when collecting data about teaching and learning. Classroom observation as a method can be defined as watching with a specific focus, where the researcher attempts to reflect on and understand the situation at hand. There are different observation methods, ranging from note taking (field notes), structured observation, and video observation. Wragg (2011) argues that observation is well-suited when we want to describe different learning situations and activities that take place in school and kindergarten. While observation as a method is well-suited to answer the “hows, whys and what fors” about learning and teaching, there are several concerns with regards to observation as a method for understanding classrooms. First, in classroom observations, the choice of what the researcher zooms in on can be overwhelming (Jordan & Henderson, 1995). Consequently, an issue that can come up is that of “pre-analysis” (Jordan & Henderson, 1995) or pre-selection (Zuengler et al., 1998). In using a video camera for observation purposes, this may lead to what Zuengler and colleagues (1998) describe as camera or analyst eyes. One way of circumventing this is through having multiple cameras, thereby allowing for a broader data collection. On the other hand, video data is in itself rich, and having several cameras can result in collecting data for the sake of collecting data, which can be viewed as unethical (Blikstad-Balas, 2017). As such the discussion rests on whether the loss of detail can be balanced with drawing on broader observation data. Secondly, an issue that needs to be addressed is that of intrusiveness and inhibition (Mifsud, 2012). Questions that need to be raised are whether the presence of the researcher acts as a behaviour inhibitor, thus diluting the data. As such, observation studies can never be free from the presence of the observer as long as they are within the classroom (Silverman, 2001). Thirdly, the researcher comes encumbered with their own understanding of teaching and learning, both from their role as researcher as well as from previous experience in the classroom. This in turn might lead to several challenges, such as researcher bias. However, first-hand knowledge of the classroom does not automatically mean that the etic (objective/outsider account) - emic (subjective/insider account) is no longer valid. An issue that can be raised is therefore whether researchers avoid relying solely on observation data (Gall et al., 2007). This leads to our final concern, namely that of replicability and generalisability have been issues that have been debated with regards to classroom observations (Cohen et al., 2018; Dalland et al., 2023) The use of videos was often hailed as a way of dealing with issues of replicability and generalisation, as videos enable the viewing and reviewing of data (Derry et al., 2010). However, as Zuengler and colleagues (1998) points out, using videos in data collection does not necessarily counterbalance issues of pre-analysing the classroom situation. As such, there is the need to address these challenges and discuss different methods for working around these issues. While seminal works (for example Derry et al., 2010, have over 1500 citations) raise several issues regarding classroom observation, these are mainly over 20 years old, and the classrooms of today are not the same as classrooms were two decades ago, and many classrooms also have a myriad of tools that are used by pupils and teachers. Therefore, there is the need to revisit these issues. This paper raises the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on a systematic review (Fink, 2019). Database searches were conducted in Academic Search Ultimate, Education Source, ERIC, Teacher Reference Center, using the search terms “classroom observation” NOT interview* AND school. Limiters were set for peer reviewed articles in English, published between 2014 and 2024. The initial search resulted in 1,052 articles (750 with duplicates removed). Articles that were not empirical or were not conducted in a school (compulsory school) were excluded: 26 articles were excluded as observation was not conducted in a school context. Included articles were screened by the authors for methodological challenges and opportunities encountered, as well as for different methods used for observation (field notes, structured observation, video observation, screen-observation etc.). Furthermore, the articles were screened for reflections on the chosen methodology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that conventional observation, in terms of either structured observation or observation captured through video is the methodology that is mostly applied. Furthermore, few of the articles employed observation as a sole methodology, relying on triangulation in terms of interviews, structured or semi-structured, and/or questionnaires. Our findings indicate that the use of interviews as supplementary data is used to circumvent the emic-etic debate. The use of video as a method is one that appears to be highly used and discussed in terms of reliability and validity. The use of body-cameras (such as body worn, or head worn) is also addressed. However, the use of pupils as co-researchers, who record and submit data is a twist in classroom observations that needs to be further explored. References Blikstad-Balas, M. (2017). Key challenges of using video when investigating social practices in education: contextualization, magnification, and representation. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 40(5), 511-523. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8 ed., Vol. 1). London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539 Dalland, C. P., Hølland, S., & Mifsud, L. (2023). Observasjon som metode: i lærerutdanningene (1. utgave. ed.). Fagbokforlaget. Derry, S. J., Pea, R. D., Barron, B., Engle, R. A., Erickson, F., Goldman, R., Hall, R., Koschmann, T., Lemke, J. L., Sherin, M. G., & Sherin, B. L. (2010). Conducting Video Research in the Learning Sciences: Guidance on Selection, Analysis, Technology, and Ethics The journal of the learning sciences, 19(1), 3 - 53. Fink, A. (2019). Conducting research literature reviews: From the internet to paper. Sage publications. Gall, M. D., Gall, J. P., & Borg, W. R. (2007). Educational research: an introduction. Allyn and Bacon. Jordan, B., & Henderson, A. (1995). Interaction analysis: Foundations and practice. The journal of the learning sciences, 4(1), 39-103. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327809jls0401_2 Mifsud, L. (2012). Learning with mobile technologies: Perspectives on mediated actions in the classroom [Doctoral dissertation, University of Oslo, University of Oslo]. Silverman, D. (2001). Interpreting qualitative data : methods for analysing talk, text and interaction (2nd ed.). Sage. Wragg, E. C. (2011). An introduction to classroom observation (Classic ed. ed.). Routledge. Zuengler, J., Ford, C., & Fassnacht, C. (1998). Analyst Eyes and Camera Eyes: Theoretical and Technological Considerations in" Seeing" the Details of Classroom Interaction (CELA-R-2.40). https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED427333.pdf 19. Ethnography
Paper An Ethnographic Systems Methodology for Future Investigation of School Culture. 1University of the Aegean, Greece; 2University of the Aegean, Greece Presenting Author:A vital component in the functioning of an educational organisation has been of particular interest to researchers worldwide seeking to define and investigate it in more detail. Individual components and definitions related to organizational culture have been extensively discussed for years. Despite the great interest in this phenomenon, school culture and its particular constituent has not yet been fully explored, let alone in the light of systems thinking. In this paper I attempt by approaching the phenomenon in the light of Niklas Luhmann's theory, to highlight the factors that make it a complex, multidimensional emergent phenomenon as well as its dimensions, so as to further understand the strong relationships between them. In particular, I attempt to develop a qualitative ethnographic way of investigating the phenomenon in the light of Luhmannian theory, thus helping to explore the phenomenon, to evaluate it and subsequently to develop a resilient school culture as a process of complex organisational transition and systemic change. Therefore, the results of the study will be presented regarding one of the three factors influencing the formation of the emerging phenomenon. Having in mind the importance of the decision premises, the decision – making conditions allow the double monitoring of decision – making processes at the level of observable behaviour and its products, and at the level of the conditions, which are potentially the cause of undesirable outcomes. They amplify intra – system uncertainties and put them in a form that can be further processed in the system. According to Luhmann, these decisions create conditions for an infinite number of other decisions (Luhmann, 2018). Therefore, they create preconditions for future decisions and could be called meta-decisions, as they influence other decisions. Following Luhmann's idea, three dimensions of decision premises can be distinguished that need to be taken into account in organizational theory (Luhmann, 2018, p. 222) - Programs - Structures/procedures, - Personnel The highly complex nature of the phenomenon dictates the need to explore it in depth and to record both quantitative and qualitative data in the context in which the school culture is developed. Its specificity as unique to each school unit suggests the need for the direct involvement of the researcher and the investigation of the developments taking place within the system. An ethnographic research methodological approach is required to understand the goals, challenges, motivations and factors that fuel and contribute to its development. In ethnography, the researcher becomes a participatory member in the participants' environment in order to understand the goals, cultures, and challenges that emerge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The adoption of mixed approaches significantly enhances research, making it more "holistic and interpretatively rich". It is no longer enough to ask "what works?" without being able to answer "why?", "where?" and 'how?'. Prominent thinkers of systems theory such as Luhmann (2000) have emphasised the need to shift from 'first-order observation' to that of 'second-order observation'. A strictly structured 1st order participant observation sheet was therefore prepared to investigate the internal dimension of school culture, consisting of a short first part and a longer second part. The introductory note explains to the participants the purpose of the research, gives a brief definition of the phenomenon under investigation and the individual factors involved, and stresses the respect of all ethical and confidentiality principles. The first part asks for demographic data, such as gender, age, education, total educational and teaching service and the position of responsibility held. The observation sheet is requested to be completed by members of the Faculty Association including the Head and Subheads as a 1st order observation tool. The second part is structured by a large number of findings categorized in three groups according to the factors that contribute to the formation of school culture based on the systems approach developed earlier. There are, therefore, findings in terms of programmatic decisions, personnel and the flow of communication channels. Observers are initially expected to assess on the basis of a seemingly quantitative approach factors that contribute to the formation of school culture. A six-point Likert scale is used in which the respondent is asked to indicate the strength of the finding. The scale is even-numbered to achieve categorization of the two extremes and to support Luhmann's systems approach to discrimination. At the same time, however, participant observers are asked to document their responses with field notes, providing qualitative data. The findings are grouped together into subcategories. This categorisation forms the basis for structuring the 2nd order observation sheet. As far as the 2nd order observation is concerned, the rationale of the methodology is based on the fact that each observation can be observed from a different perspective, which proves that such an observation is not a fact but a choice. Second-order observations open up possibilities of observation that are excluded in first-order observations, which observe reality as it appears. They can see that each observation is a function that produces distinctions in the medium of meaning, rather than revealing reality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The multidimensional form of the phenomenon of school culture and its complex investigation has discouraged the development of research in recent years. The approach to the phenomenon by systems theories makes it even more complex and poses another challenge. However, it has constantly been acknowledged that school culture is a key factor in the self-development and self-improvement of educational organizations. Its qualitative dimension dictates a particularly careful systemic approach and its further investigation through the adoption of qualitative data collection techniques. The development of more than one different observation tools based on a systems approach to the term investigates the phenomenon qualitatively and systemically. They function as additional tools with the aim of achieving the improvement of an educational organization. Primarily, however, it can be evaluated as a first attempt in order to develop, in the course of the research, a complete method being used in the examination of school culture using a more systemic approach such as that of 2nd order participant observation. In this paper what will be presented are the results of the implementation of the research related to the first dimension of decision premises related to structures and procedures within a secondary school unit. References Arnold, R. and Wade, J., 2015. A Definition of Systems Thinking: A Systems Approach. Procedia Computer Science, 44, pp.669-678. Bunyard, D. (2010) Niklas Luhmann: a systems view of education and school improvement. Educationalfutures, [online] Vol. 2(3). Available at: https://educationstudies.org.uk/?p=505 Cooren, F., Kuhn, T. R., Cornelissen, J. P., and Clark, T. (2011). ‘Communication, organizing, and organization: An overview and introduction to the Special Issue’. Organization Studies, 32 (9): 1149–1170. DFID, (2018). DFID Education Policy: Get Children Learning. [online] Available at DFID Education policy: get children learning (publishing.service.gov.uk) [Accessed 20 August 2022]. Dominici, G. (2012). Why Does Systems Thinking Matter? Business Systems Review, 1(1), 1–2. doi:10.7350/bsr.a02.2012 Drepper, T. (2005). ‘Organization and Society’, in David Seidl and Kai Helge Becker (eds.), Niklas Luhmann and Organization Studies. Copenhagen: Liber & Copenhagen Business School Press. Fend, H. (2006): Neue Theorie der Schule. Einführung in das Verstehen von Bildungssystemen. Wiesbaden: VS-Verlag. Fuchs, C., and Hofkirchner, W. (2009). ‘Autopoiesis and Critical Social Systems Theory’, in Rodrigo Magalhães and Ron Sanchez (eds.), Autopoiesis in Organization Theory and Practice. Emerald: Bingley. Hanley, P., Chambers, B., & Haslam, J. (2016). Reassessing RCTs as the ‘gold standard’: synergy not separatism in evaluation designs.International Journal Of Research &Amp; Method In Education,39(3), 287-298. doi: 10.1080/1743727x.2016.1138457 Helsper, W. (2007): Schulkulturen als symbolische Sinnordnungen und ihre Bedeutung für die pädagogische Professionalität. In: Helsper, W./Busse, S./Hummrich, M./Kramer, R.-T. (Hrsg.): Pädagogisches Professionalität in Organisationen. Wiesbaden: VS-Verlag, S. 115–149. Hopper, M., & Stave, K. A. (2008). Assessing the Effectiveness of Systems Thinking Interventions in the Classroom. In The 26th International Conference of the System Dynamics Society (pp. 1–26). Athens, Greece. Kopainsky, B., Alessi, S. M., & Davidsen, P. I. (2011). Measuring Knowledge Acquisition in Dynamic Decision Making Tasks. In The 29th International Conference of the System Dynamics Society (pp. 1–31). Washington, DC. Luhmann, N. (1995): Kultur als historischer Begriff. In: Luhmann, N.: Gesellschaftsstruktur und Semantik. Band 4. Frankfurt a. M.; Suhrkamp, S. 31–55. Luhmann, N. (2000): Organisation und Entscheidung. Wiesbaden: Westdeutscher Verlag. Luhmann, N. (2000). Art As a Social System. Stanford: Stanford University Press. OECD – ilibrary.org, (2022). Working with Change Systems approaches to public sector challenges 2017. [online] Available at https://www.oecd.org/media/oecdorg/satellitesites/opsi/contents/files/SystemsApproachesDraft.pdf [Accessed 20 August 2022]. 19. Ethnography
Paper What I Was Looking for Doesn’t Really Exist. University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Swedish ‘first teachers’ interpretation of their assignments at a school with challenges This paper describes parts of my ongoing PhD dissertation work where I study the policy enactment of the Swedish ‘first teacher’ (‘förstelärare’) reform in practice. The first teacher reform (Prop. 2012/13:136) completed ten years as a reform initiative in 2023. The purpose of the reform is to make the teaching profession more attractive and ensure good teaching for students. In the last two decades, a range of policy initiatives designed to establish new teacher roles. These new ‘expert’ teachers are called förstelärare in Sweden, lærerspesialist in Norway and tutoropettajat in Finland (Grimm, 2023; Lorentzen, 2021; Utbildningsstyrelsen, 2020). Despite great interest of these ‘expert’ teachers in Nordic countries, the research about these roles is still in the making. In a review of previous research, there are few relevant studies that explore what they do in their everyday school practice, specifically in schools with special challenges. The aim of the paper is to explore how five selected first teachers at a primary school in Sweden interpret their assignment and how they describe their everyday work at school. As a theoretical frame, I use Bernstein's (2000) discourse analytical concepts of classification and framing, as well as recognition- and realization rules. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the study is based on recurrent interviews with five first teachers at a Swedish primary school (called Västhagaskolan), with special difficulties, considering the students' socio-economic background. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results show two categories of first teachers' assignments, the teaching- and school development assignment, in the statements. The teaching assignment consists of planning (before and after) and teaching with their students. The school development assignment is primarily connected to the school and the municipality's systematic quality work, where the assignment involves driving and leading development and competence development with Västhagaskolan's staff. The first teacher assignment at Västhagaskolan lacks, to some extent, both a clear mandate from the principal and the conditions to carry out the assignment. The first teachers can only distinguish parts of the assignment and which requirements are set. In the study, it appears that the first teachers have difficulty distinguishing the assignments, since the assignment has many purposes and tasks with unclear boundaries. The first teachers have both individual tasks and common tasks in the group, which makes it difficult for the first teachers to understand what is required of them. References References Bernstein, B. (2000[1996]). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: theory, research, critique. (Rev. ed). Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Grimm, F. (2023). Ledarskap för lärares lärande: förstelärare som lärarledare. [Doktorsavhandling]. Umeå universitet. Lorentzen, M. (2021). Like lærere leker best: om lærerspesialistenes rolle i skole og profesjonen. OsloMet avhandling (2021 nr. 32). Pennanen, M., Taajamo, M., Risku, M., Rautapuro, J. & Häkkinen, P. (2021): Tutkimus perusopetuksen tutoropettajatoiminnasta ja sen vaikutuksista. Utbildningsstyrelsen. Raportit ja selvitykset 2021:7. Prop. 2012/13:136. Karriärvägar för lärare i skolväsendet m.m. Regeringskansliet: Stockholm. Utbildningsstyrelsen (2020). Fakta express – Tutorlärarverksamheten i den grundläggande utbildningen i Finland 2017-2019. ISBN: 978-952-13-6733-5 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 20 SES 04 A: Multilingual and multicultural classrooms Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Roberta Ricucci Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Language and Practice in Science Classes in Heterogeneous Multicultural Classrooms. 1Beitberl college, Israel; 2The academic college Levinsky-Wingate Presenting Author:Many societies in the current era are characterized by the existence of significant ethnic, racial or religious diversity, and this turns them into multicultural or multinational societies (Tully, 2001). Israel is an example of a multicultural country that includes different national and cultural groups (Dahan, 2007). Societies that consider themselves multicultural place in the forefront the value of equal treatment of different cultures, recognition of heterogeneity and preservation of pluralism (Ezer, 2004, Schweid, 2000). The role of the state, in a society that considers itself liberal, is to enable the existence of the variety of cultures in the country, and the school is one of the places to ensure the necessary conditions for the continued existence of the variety of cultures that exist in society. One of the challenges in a multicultural society is dealing with learning linguistic literacy skills in the various fields of knowledge and especially in the field of science. The development of scientific knowledge and scientific literacy are considered a central goal in Israel and the world (https://madan.education/review-daily/167/). The teachers in the various fields of knowledge are very literate in their field of knowledge but have not been trained enough to teach linguistic literacy (Cohen & Livant, 2011). An analysis of the science textbooks shows that the science profession has unique literacy requirements. The examined chapters are characterized by short informative texts, syntactic, simplicity and a low linguistic level. Hardly any difficult or unfamiliar words and phrases that are not specific to the material being studied were found. The vocabulary reflects not only the main points of scientific language but actually the foundations of scientific work. The texts are rich in words such as: characteristics, features, phenomenon, principle, explanation, conclusion, proof. The scientific terms receive a lot of attention and are emphasized both through definitions and through lexical repetitions. (Cohen & Livant, 2011) The purpose of studying "scientific literacy" is to impart both scientific knowledge, that is, scientific content and ideas, and an understanding of the ways of investigating science and the nature of scientific explanation and scientific proof (Dragos & Mih, 2015). The research has two main goals: (1) to examine perceptions of science teachers regarding linguistic skills and language skills and their importance in teaching science in multicultural schools. (2) to test the science teachers' literacy action strategies in language issues in general and the scientific language in particular when it comes to multicultural schools. These two goals will lead to the formulation of literate proposals and methods of action and will enable the formulation of an appropriate program for studying the subject of science in multicultural schools.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is an interdisciplinary qualitative-interpretive study in the field of education that combines description, analysis, interpretation and understanding. The focus of the interpretive paradigm is on understanding the complex world of experiences of teachers when teaching a precise subject such as science. According to this approach, the researcher observes the actions of people and their discourse as they are, during their natural occurrence, without attempting to manipulate them (Alpert and Shelsky, 2013; Shelsky and Ariely, 2016). The research method makes it possible to test the teachers' actions in the context of the process of shaping educational concepts and formulating literacy action strategies in the classroom. This approach may help in adapting a curriculum for the training of teachers who will teach in multicultural schools, mental flexibility and inclusion of students from other cultures (Zur & Eisikovits, 2015). We held in-depth semi-structured personal interviews with the teachers. In the study, 19 science teachers were examined, some of whom are science teaching students and most of whom are qualified science teachers in multicultural elementary schools in the center of the country, in southern Tel Aviv and in Lod. The schools are characterized by a combination of Jews, immigrants and Arabs (Muslims and Christians). The teachers teach in the education system between three and 15 years. About 45% have not undergone training or further education in the language, and all of them stated that there are students in their class who do not speak Hebrew. We sorted the answers of the teachers and we found three central themes that may lead to an answer to the research questions: (1) Enriching the vocabulary (2) The literate approach of the science teacher (3) Training and continuing education. We analyzed the answers using a thematic content analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The research questions are: 1. What are science teachers' perceptions of linguistic skills and language skills and their importance in teaching science in multicultural schools? 2. How do science teachers practically relate to the issue of language in general and scientific language in particular when it comes to multicultural classrooms? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the vocabulary, it can be said that most of the teachers teach new vocabulary intermittently and a minority testify that they teach vocabulary for general use and everyday communication in every lesson. Not one of them ignores new vocabulary. Most of them think that the science teacher is not required to have a high linguistic skill. However, they also indicate that it is very important to know the professional terminology that characterizes the field of science. Teacher: "they must understand what I say in class and also because it will meet them in other places like, an article in the newspaper, on television." They do not give up the desire to enrich the students' language in the professional field as well. Another teacher claims that "in the case where the student gives a correct answer, but does not use the scientific terms, I do not reject the answer since I take into account the fact that these are children whose mother tongue is not Hebrew, but I ask him to describe the process again using terms in the scientific language." In their literate approach, the teachers allow work with a dictionary, and use visual means to explain general words they do not understand. Other teacher points out that "unlike a non-multicultural class, here the explanation should also be illustrated by a picture or a video or a translation into the student's native language. For this I also use the students' friends". Among the findings is that all the respondents answered that they strive for precise scientific language and that they correct wrong concepts in science. Most of the teachers claim that training and further education in the language are required, and that a science teacher who is proficient in the language provides a better response in a multicultural classroom. References Alpert, B., & Shalsky, S. (2013). A close look at the school and the classroom: Ethnographic studies on education. Tel Aviv: Mofet. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Cohen, A. and Livnat, Z. (2011). The language of the subjects: linguistic knowledge and its expression in different subjects of study in middle school. A review is invited as background material for the work of the Language and Literacy Committee, https://education.academy.ac.il. Dahan, Y. (2007). Theories of social justice. Tel Aviv: Ministry of Defense. Dragoş, V. & Mih, V. (2015). Scientific literacy in school. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 209, 167-172. Ezer, H. (2004). Multi-culturalism in society and school. Raanana: Open university. Schweid, E. (2000). Jewish humanistic education in Israel. Tel Aviv: Hakibbutz Hameuchad. Shelsky, S., & Arieli, M. (2016). From positivism to post-modern interpretation and approaches in the study of education. In N. Sabar-Ben Yehoshua (Ed.), Traditions and currents in qualitative research (pp. 23–65). Mofet. Tully, J. (2001). Introduction. In A.-G. Gagnon & J. Tully (Eds.), Multinational democracies. (pp. 1-34). Cambridge University Press. Zur, A., & Eisikovits, R. (2015). Between the actual and the desirable: A methodology for the examination of students’ lifeworld as it relates to their school environment. Journal of Thought, 49 (1-2), 27–51 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Thinking About the Hopeful Futures of Treescapes in Uncertain and Environmentally Endangered Times. Manchester Metropolitan U, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This presentation draws on findings from a three-year long project. Our on-going project “Voices of the future: collaborating with children and young people to re-imagine treescapes was funded across environmental science, arts and humanities and social science (NERC NE/V021370/1]. This project addresses the call for reconceptualising children’s participation in the construction of knowledge about their environments. With emphasis on active and experiential learning, it is argued that engaging children and their own embodied experiences in research would be helpful to re-imagine what environmental education could mean to them (Rousell and Cutter-Makenzie, 2020). In our research, we have worked with children aged (7-8) in three different primary schools in the northwest of England. Children from Year 3 and 4 which is Key Stage (2) in Britain educational system, were involved as co-researchers to plan and do different activities related to trees in their schools. These activities took place inside the classrooms whilst thinking about trees and co-designing the new woodlands in the school playgrounds. Some of the activities also took place outside in the school playground including tree planting and measuring carbon sequestration in trees by measuring a tree diameter. On some afternoons, we also visited school forest (woodland area) in one of semi-rural schools to observe the role of trees in awarding children opportunities to learn from nature and trees. In our experience of working with different groups of children in three different school settings, we see tree/child relations as something porous always connected, embedded, and embodied, dynamic and active (Murris and Osgood 2022). Childhood in our work is not considered as a universal phenomenon (Rautio and Jokinen 2015) but we see it in relations to children’s social and relational worlds, whilst looking at their relations with the natural environments. In this presentation, we will include examples of creative outputs mainly created by children as part of their collaboration in the treescapes project. We will discuss how these child-led creative outputs offer us to have an expansive view of children’s engagement with treescapes. We will talk about the role of films created by children, creative forms of field notes that children recorded during research activities. We will also showcase examples of our planned research activities which will be developed as toolkits for teachers/practitioners for future use. By doing this, we aim to encourage teachers and practitioners to explore how stories portrayed in different data outputs provide a broader, expansive, and relatively different (not western and adult dominant) view of children engagement with treescapes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As part of our research, we worked groups of Year 3 and Year 4 with children in one semi-rural and two urban schools in the northwest of England. Whilst working with children in schools, we although were conscious of fluid power relations which adults may exercise over children because of children’s vulnerability and dependency upon others (adults) (Mayall 2020) in a school setting. For instance, it may include deciding which group of children we can work with, when and for how long we can spend time with children as part of our research. We however, in our post humanistic and new materialist research approach, deconstruct adult-child binaries and consider humans as part of an intra-connected network of socio-political, material-discursive, nature culture, human–non-human relations (Murris and Osgood 2022, p. 212). Our team included tree scientists, who were interested in measuring trees, ethnographers, and childhood studies academics, as well as tree planting practitioners and a philosopher and an artist. We held several activities including designing and planting new woodlands, estimating carbon emissions through tree measuring, exploring biodiversity and treescapes through hands on activities. This multi-disciplinary team spent several days in the school, recording and documenting our tree related activities. IPad (s), voice recorders, notepads and scrapbooks were given to children to record the activities. Within our research, we came to know about different versions of common worldings (Taylor et al 2021) illustrating child-tree relations including other than human elements. This includes children seeing themselves as part of the outdoor environments along with birds migrated from a different location, chicken in the neighbourhood and frog pond in the forest school area. In one school in Bolton, we also have learned about tree-child relations in relation to learning. For instance, how trees in the forest school area provided children opportunities to learn forestry skills (i.e., coppicing) and other social and communicative skills (i.e., teamwork and role play). Another form of common worldings of tree and children in Urban school in Manchester involves children’s relations with buildings, streets, pipes, Co2 emissions, cranes, trees in the parks. Children in this school helped us to imagine their sporty worlds with trees and how do they engage other outdoor play activities in/with trees. They also shared tree stories from their transnational families context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The above-described experiences of our work with children led us to see child/tree relations as something messy, emerging and being generated during the time of research. The creative outputs designed by the children showcase dynamics ways of their engagement with treescapes. These also helped project team to design bespoke interdisciplinary toolkits for practitioners as curriculum resources. Our work with children in this project advocates for Spyrou’s call to focus more on care, mutuality and reciprocity embedded within research process rather than generating accounts on what are child/tree relations. The critical encounters of everyday moments (Nxumolo 2016) happened in this research produce as well as unsettle common stories of child tree relations. The unsettled and unfinished stories of child led treescapes advocate for having more open -ended process of knowing with children about their worlds, in our attempts to produce knowledge about socially and environmentally justice futures of children in the society. References Mayall, B. (2020). Generation as a social variable, Children's Geographies, 18:2, 144-147, DOI: 10.1080/14733285.2020.1716184 Murris, K., & Osgood, J. (2022). Risking erasure? Posthumanist research practices and figurations of (the) child. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 23(3), 208-219. https://doi.org/10.1177/14639491221117761 Nxumalo F (2016) Towards ‘refiguring presences’ as an anti-colonial orientation to research in early childhood studies, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 29 (5): 640-654, DOI: 10.1080/09518398.2016.1139212 Spyrou, S. (2023). From extractivist practices and the child-as-data to an ethics of reciprocity and mutuality in empirical childhood research. Childhood, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/09075682231220158 Rautio, P. and Jokenin , P. (2015). Children’s Relations to the More-Than-Human World Beyond Developmental Views. Ed (s). Bethan Evans, John Horton, Tracy Skelton In. Play, Recreation, Health and Wellbeing - Geographies of Children and Young People. Springer: UK. 35 to 49 Rousell, D. and Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A. (2020) “A systematic review of climate change education: giving children and young people a ‘voice’ and a ‘hand’ in redressing climate change. Children's Geographies, 18 (2): 191 - 208 Taylor, A., Zakharova, T., & Cullen, M. (2021). Common Worlding Pedagogies: Opening Up to Learning with Worlds. Journal of Childhood Studies, 46(4), 74-88. https://doi.org/10.18357/jcs464202120425 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 21 SES 04 A: Paper Session 3 Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Mej Hilbold Paper Session |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Increasing Awareness Through Feedback and Self-disclosure - a Psychoanalytic Approach to TA Training in ECL Context NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:The use of experiential collaborative learning (ECL) activities is growing in higher education (HE) across Europe. Not least as a response to the need of transdisciplinary approaches to solving complex societal and environmental problems. The university-wide compulsory course “Experts in Teamwork” (EiT) at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), constitutes one example which has inspired other HE institutions (e.g. Nordplus, 2022 and ENHANCE, 2023). In EiT master level students work in project teams to increase their collaborative skills. They are expected to reflect on and develop their group process alongside the project work. Learning assistants (LA) support the students through group facilitation and receive support themselves from teaching assistants (TA) with training aimed at enhancing their interpersonal awareness. The focus of this paper is on how TAs experience increased intra- and intersubjective awareness as helpful when supporting the LAs. In experiential collaborative learning contexts where students are expected to pay attention to interpersonal relations within a team, their thoughts, emotions, actions and reflections make up the source of mutual learning in the team (Kolb, 2014; Veine et al., 2020). From a psychoanalytic perspective, French (1997) argues that learning situations provoke anxiety by fundamentally exposing the learner to her own and others’ evaluations, and that this exposure anxiety may intensify in an experiential collaborative learning context. Students in such learning contexts will likely need support to be able to mitigate the possibly inhibiting effects anxiety has on learning (French, 1997; Schein, 1993). One way of supporting groups’ learning, is through facilitation (Hogan, 2002). A facilitator may act as a container for a group’s anxiety, without stripping them of their autonomy (McClure, 2005). Literature on facilitation emphasizes the need for facilitators to have knowledge of their own emotions and defenses to better understand the behaviors and emotions of others (Andreasen et al., 2020; Hogan, 2005). We assume that the same self-understanding is of significance when facilitating in an experiential collaborative learning context. This perspective is, however, lacking in literature on experiential learning in HE. In the case of EiT, some LAs experience that they are not sufficiently prepared for all aspects of their job, despite having received practical training in group facilitation (Veine et al., 2023). Their uncertainty may activate unconscious thoughts, feelings, and action patterns, making it hard for the TAs to relate to, and understand, the different ways LAs act and react as group facilitators. This challenge makes it relevant for the TAs to be more aware of unconscious responses. Included in the TA training in EiT is a 3 full-day self-reflection seminar designed to increase the TAs’ awareness of self and others as well as build psychological safety among the TAs. We will present narratives based on the TAs’ understanding of the relevance of the self-reflection seminar to their task of supporting the LAs in EiT. Through thematic narrative analysis we explore their stories about the outcome of their training by asking:
This study contributes new knowledge on how TAs benefit from training aimed at increasing their understanding of themselves and others. This broadens the understanding of students as teachers, investigating the significance of exploring personal stories in an ECL context. Our study is a starting point for more research on the value of intra- and intersubjective awareness in the context of experiential collaborative learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The approach of the self-reflection seminar rests on Johari’s Window model of interpersonal relations (Luft & Ingham, 1961), which states that feedback and disclosure are prerequisites for the development of self-understanding and interpersonal growth. The aim of the seminar is that the 14 TAs gain a deeper understanding of how their past experiences color how they are seen and perceived by the others in the TA team. Through each TA sharing some hidden or unknown (Luft & Ingham, 1961) information about themselves, they build trusting relationships as a team, and increase their understanding of themselves and others, to better serve and support others in their interpersonal training. The seminar revolves around two main activities: feedback and personal disclosure, both presented and facilitated by two seminar leaders. Each TA receives feedback from the rest of the group, and is subsequently invited to expand on the feedback, through sharing their own understanding of why they act and behave the way they do related to their personal history and significant life experiences. The rest of the group listens and may ask questions to deepen their understanding of the other. In March 2022 we explored 10 TAs’ experience of the outcome of the self-reflection seminar by using qualitative interviews. The informants belonged to two different informant groups, one consisting of 5 current TAs and the other of 5 former TAs having finished their studies and currently working. The interviews were conducted individually following a semi-structured guide. During the interviews, we emphasized on eliciting concrete descriptions of the situations they had experienced. Transcribed interviews were analyzed using thematic narrative analysis, thereby searching for common themes within and across interviews (Riessman, 2008). We did a preliminary analysis of some of the interviews, on which we based a conference paper for Its 21 in June 2022 in Trondheim (Anderson & Helgesen, 2022). However, our current paper represents a fresh investigation into the material, and a more informed choice of using the method narrative analysis. In narrative analysis, heuristic questions support and deepen the analysis and generation of themes (Monforte & Smith, 2023). Our analysis will be informed by psychoanalytical perspectives in a group context. We will present our results of this analysis at the ECER conference, however, we share some of our preliminary results from our prior analysis in the next section, as we expect similar themes to become relevant in our current work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The use of TAs in higher education has increased over the years. This undertaking has been supported by its resource effectiveness and the acknowledged benefits of utilizing peer tutoring (Topping, 1996). Several studies underscore the effects of different training modules for TAs to qualify them for the task, and the effects of using TAs on student learning. In our study we explore the significance a specific training module had for the TAs. In our preliminary analysis in 2022, we saw that all 10 informants described getting significant outcome when it comes to discovering new aspects of oneself and others in a group context. For many, this was their first experience of personal disclosure within a group, and they mentioned the significance of feeling seen and accepted by the other TAs present. Especially if they disclosed challenging personal histories or aspects of themselves which they did not normally share. All the informants reported either having discovered something new or having gained a deeper understanding of themselves. Most of the informants concluded that disclosing personal histories in the seminar was challenging but rewarding, especially for the development of a trusting and safe team environment. This fostered open communication which supported the TAs in performing their tasks. Our current study presents a novel exploration of how TAs experience training aimed to prepare them for diverse human responses that experiential collaborative learning may provoke. Looking at the material through a psychoanalytic lens, we expect to develop themes informed by the subconscious intra- and interpersonal processes that come into play in a group. Although more often elaborated on in the field of organizational psychology (Svedberg, 2002; Visholm, 2021), the psychoanalytic perspective is also highly relevant for analyzing group-processes in education (Visholm, 2018), and when using experiential collaborative learning (ECL) activities in teams. References Anderson M. & Helgesen H. C. (2022). The value of feedback and exploring personal histories in the training of teaching assistants. Critical perspectives and the way forward: 6th Its21 conference: Interdisciplinary Teamwork Skills for the 21st Century https://www.ntnu.edu/its21/parallel-sessions#s6c Andreasen, J. K., Andreasen, E. M., & Kovac, V. B. (2020). Emosjonell kompetanse i gruppeveiledning. ENHANCE. (2023). NTNU and the internationalisation of “Experts in Teamwork” through the ENHANCE Alliance. https://enhanceuniversity.eu/ntnu-and-the-internationalisation-of-experts-in-teamwork-through-the-enhance-alliance/ French, R. B. (1997). The teacher as container of anxiety: Psychoanalysis and the role of teacher. Journal of management education, 21(4), 483–495. Hogan, C. (2005). Understanding Facilitation: Theory and Principles. Kogan Page. https://books.google.no/books?id=Ps8aUsgOmloC Kolb, D. A. (2014). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. FT press. Luft, J., & Ingham, H. (1961). The Johari window. Human relations training news, 5(1), 6–7. McClure, B. A. (2005). Putting A New Spin on Groups: The Science of Chaos. Taylor & Francis. https://books.google.no/books?id=ISN5AgAAQBAJ Monforte, J., & Smith, B. (2023). Narrative analysis. In H. Cooper, M. N. Coutanche, L. M. McMullen, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf, & K. J. Sher (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology: Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (2nd ed., pp. 109–129). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/0000319-006 Nordplus. (2022). The Nordic Experts in Teams Network. https://nordicexpertsinteamsnetwork.org/ Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage. Schein, E. H. (1993). How organisations learn faster the challenges of the green room? Sloan Management Review, Winter, 82–95. Svedberg, L. (2002). Gruppepsykologi: om grupper, organisasjoner og ledelse. Abstrakt Forlag. https://books.google.no/books?id=WiUvNAAACAAJ Topping, K. J. (1996). The effectiveness of peer tutoring in further and higher education: A typology and review of the literature. Higher education, 32(3), 321–345. Veine, S., Anderson, M. K., Andersen, N. H., Espenes, T. C., Søyland, T. B., Wallin, P., & Reams, J. (2020). Reflection as a core student learning activity in higher education-Insights from nearly two decades of academic development. International Journal for Academic Development, 25(2), 147–161. Veine, S., Anderson, M. K., Skancke, L. B., & Wallin, P. (2023). Educating Learning Assistants as Facilitators: Design Challenges and Experiences of Practice. Journal of Experiential Education, 46(4), 491–512. Visholm, S. (2021). Family Psychodynamics in Organizational Contexts: The Hidden Forces That Shape the Workplace. Routledge. https://books.google.no/books?id=ObM7zgEACAAJ 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Facilitating the Transformation of Uncertainty and Vulnerability Into Hope and Resilience: Applying a Narrative-Hermeneutical-Developmental Pedagogy from a Psychoanalytical Perspective Institute for Education, Malta Presenting Author:This research study aims to investigate how the adolescent search for meaning in their lives can be facilitated through a narrative-hermeneutical-developmental pedagogical approach applied to humanistic subjects like Personal, Social and Career Development (PSCD), Media Literacy Education (MLE), and Religious Education (RE). In turn, such a search for meaning can potentially reduce significantly the uncertainty of adolescents into hope, and transform their vulnerability into strength and resilience that transpire from a sense of wellbeing, including spiritual wellbeing. The narrative-hermeneutical approach to teaching and learning, that is being explored, seeks to nurture the re-configuration and re-imagination of life experiences, shared in a classroom context. The research is embedded in professional and pedagogical practice, employing a multimodal ethnographic approach that transpires from a hermeneutical ontology and epistemology. Moreover, it utilises individual experiences within various socio-cultural contexts that are offered by digital multimodality in both the final students’ productions and the process leading to them. Through its emphasis on the application of multimodality to students’ tasks and digital productions/artefacts created, the ethnographic approach taken makes the collection of rich data from a variety of sources and techniques possible: workshop seminars, focus groups, semi-structured in-depth interviews, and the student participants’ multimodal productions. The research questions that this study will explore are the following:
The theoretical framework of this study will be inspired simulataneously by Paul Ricoeur's narrative-hermeneutical philosophical framework, Robert Kegan's model of adolescent development, and Charles Taylor's understanding of morality in education. As this research study strives to achieve such aims and address such questions, it will also seek to explore cross-curricular initiatives that create educational spaces for various subjects to come together and address some of their learning outcomes more effectively. The results of this study can also, potentially, enlighten educators on how to make assessment for, of and as learning, more meaningful and conducive to deep critical reflection and self-reflexivity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This will be a qualitative research study conducted through an approach that combines multimodal ethnography as the main method of data collection, and consensual qualitative research (CQR) and Paul Ricoeur's method of interpretation as the instruments for data analysis and interpretation. The multimodal ethnographic approach will include day workshops for students with their teachers during which they will work on tasks that address learning outcomes in the syllabi of three humanistic subjects in the curriculum, namely Media Literacy Education, Religious Education, and Personal, Social and Career Development. For these tasks the students would also be utilizing creative digital technologies to help them represent their life experiences that they would be required to reflect upon, reinterpret and reconfigure, while sharing with fellow students. The students will be then asked to produce a short multimodal production that combines their various tasks, over a few weeks, and that conveys their reflection on life experiences related to the syllabi learning outcomes. They will have an opportunity to share these multimodal productions in a separate day seminar. Three schools will be selected conveniently and purposefully for this research study. All the students in one specific secondary year will be invited to participate freely and willingly. Semi-structured in-depth interviews will also be conducted with 12 students, four from each school. The analysis and interpretation of the data will be done using Paul Ricoeur's method of interpretation, and this will be applied in the spirit of CQR. The latter will bring together the participant educators with myself as the researcher, so that together we could code, analyze and interpret the data, and organize it in structured themes. NVivo will also be used to facilitate the data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research study will be expected to explore how a narrative-hermeneutical-developmental approach to humanities education, facilitated by creative digital technologies, can promote and nurture adolescent meaning making through a: a. a pedagogy of authenticity, agency, empathy and compassion b. a pedagogy facilitated by metaphor c. a pedagogy facilitated by creative media technologies d. a pedagogy of resilience, vulnerability and hope. The findings will also be expected to enlighten educators, especially of the humanistic subjects mentioned, on how to make their assessment for, of and as learning, more student-friendly, and conducive to the adolescents' search for meaning, through reflection. This can potentially reduce their uncertainty significantly, and transform their vulnerability as a source of resilience and hope, especially when the students' works are shared and reflected upon in communities of learning. References Edwards, S. 2021. Digital play and technical code: What new knowledge formations are possible? Learning, Media and Technology. Accessed at: https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021.1890612 Ferrer-Wreder, L. and Kroger, J. 2020. Identity in Adolescence: The Balance Between Self and Other. Taylor and Francis. Fourth Edition. Kindle Edition. Hess, M.E. 2020. Finding a Way into Empathy through Story Exercises in a Religious Studies Classroom. In Tinklenberg, J.L. (Ed.), Spotlight on Teaching, 29-39. American Academy of Religion. Hess, M.E. 2015. “Gameful learning and theological understanding: New cultures of learning in communities of faith,” a presentation given to the THEOCOM conference at Santa Clara University. Kim, S. and Esquivel, G.B. 2011. Adolescent Spirituality and Resilience: Theory, Research, and Educational Practices. Psychology in the Schools 48 (7), 755-765. DOI: 10.1002/pits.20582. King, P.E. 2020. Developmental Perspectives on Spiritual and Religious Development. Presentation delivered at the 2020 Biennial Meeting of the Society for Research on Adolescence, March 19-20, San Diego, California. King, L. A., Hicks, J. A., Krull, J. L. and Del Gaiso, A. K. 2006. Positive affect and the experience of meaning in life. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 90, 179–196. King, L. A. and Ilicks, J. A. 2009. Detecting and constructing meaning in life events. The Journal of Positive Psychology 4, 317–330. doi: 10.1080/17439760902992316 King, P.E. and Roeser, R. W. 2009. Religion and spirituality in adolescent development. In R. M. Lerner & L. Steinberg (Eds.), Handbook of adolescent psychology: Individual bases of adolescent development, 435–478. John Wiley & Sons Inc. Accessed at: https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470479193.adlpsy001014 Kress, G. 2010. Multimodality: A social semiotic approach to contemporary communication. London, England: Routledge. DOI: https://doi.org/10.4324/978020397 0034. Kress, G. and Van Leeuwen, T. 2006. Reading Images: The Grammar of Visual Design. London/ New York: Routledge. Kroger, J. 2015. Identity development through adulthood: The move toward “wholeness.” In K.C. McLean and M. Syed (Eds). The Oxford handbook of identity development, 65-80. New York: Oxford University Press. Krok, D. 2018. When is Meaning in Life Most Beneficial to Young People? Styles of Meaning in Life and Well-Being Among Late Adolescents. Journal of Adult Development 25, 96–106. Accessed at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10804- 017-9280-y. Krueger R.A. 1995. The future of focus groups. Qualitative Health Research 5 (4), 524– 530. Lunde-Whitler, J.H. 2015. Paul Ricoeur and Robert Kegan in Unlikely Dialogue: Towards a Narrative-Developmental Approach to Human Identity and its Value for Christian Religious Education. International Journal of Philosophy and Theology 19 (2), 292-316 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Intentionality and Uncertainty. Theoretical Austrian Approaches to Psycho-Synthesis and Psycho-Analysis University College of Teacher Education, Baden in Lower Austria, Austria Presenting Author:The Paper highlights the connection between Sigmund Freud and Franz Brentano, emphasizing Brentano's epistemological influence on Freud (Barclay, 1971; Jones, 1960; Schwediauer, 2005). This connection introduced Freud to empirical and analytical phenomenalism, which led to his early acknowledgment, as early as 1898, of phenomena existing 'beyond consciousness' (Freud, 1950). This concept is one of Freud's oldest theoretical foundations, describing the 'psychologically alive' as a dynamic event and a 'play of forces'. In Freud's ideas, one can find Brentano's theory of intentionality (Brentano, 1924), which also appears in the phenomenology of Edmund Husserl – a student of Brentano – as well as in the works of Alfred Adler and Viktor Frankl, a student of Adler (Frankl, 1938). Notably, Brentano's concept of intentionality is also present in Karl Bühler's theory of signs (Bühler, 1927), who critically and constructively engaged with Freud's theories. The article aims to elucidate these connections on the foundation of intentionality, including its application in semiotics, and explore the phenomenon of uncertainty, demonstrating its impact on various theories regarding unpredictability and unforeseeability through theoretical considerations. Intentionality is the basis of a theory of psychic relations, particularly characterized by entanglements and conflicts, as evidenced in the theoretical approaches of Freud, Adler, Frankl, Husserl, and Bühler. Freud's concept of psychic phenomena and the methodology in research align closely with the methodologies proposed by his teacher Brentano (Barclay, 1959; Gay, 1989). Freud himself stated, "the true beginning of scientific activity consists rather in describing phenomena and then in proceeding to group, classify and correlate them" (Freud, 1915, p. 117), a method typical of Brentano's understanding of science. Brentano's influence extends beyond phenomenology to Gestalt theory, providing insights into phenomena 'beyond consciousness' through uncertainties in perception, according to Bühler (1927). Brentano's approach is particularly noted for highlighting the phenomenon of 'intentionality' (Brentano, 1874, p. 306), encompassing actions like 'I am uncertain' and 'my uncertainty'. As Charlotte Bühler (1971, p. 380) notes, "Intentionality implies both a person's focusing on a subject [object] which means or signifies something to him as well as a person's directing himself toward this subject [object]". Brentano believed that for any meaningful guidance, it is essential to focus on those situations and experiences. Intentionality involves an emergence, a connection, and a fading away in real experiences grounded in imaginations and concepts, judgments, and emotional phenomena such as acts of will, sensations, and feelings. The article will explore the origins of intentionality and attempt to demonstrate its significance for various theories and their conception of Uncertainty. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The article employs the phenomenological method, emphasizing 'Einlegungen,' which refers to the original ideas, primal foundations, and underpinnings of theories and concepts, in order to illustrate their inherent connections. Phenomenology is understood as a "work in progress" (Dammer, 2022, p. 156) and is based on the approach described by Waldenfels (1992, p. 19): "Have the courage to use your own senses [and the signs and symbols derived from them for a theoretical perspective]." This emphasizes that all "mental events do not occur in a vacuum [especially in the context of uncertainty]; they are lived by someone" (Gallagher & Zahavi, 2008, p. 19). Phenomenology is notably "anchored to the careful description, analysis, and interpretation of lived experience" (Thompson, 2007, p. 16) – focusing on "how thinking, perceiving, acting, and feeling are experienced in one's own case." This approach highlights the subjective nature of experience, grounding theoretical concepts in the lived reality of individuals, thereby providing a deeper understanding of the intricate web of human cognition and emotion, particularly in relation to uncertainty. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper will, based on Brentano's theoretical foundation of intentionality, lay out the various developments in distinctly differentiable theories and discuss the differences from a semiotic perspective (Wiesner et al., 2024). In doing so, it will draw upon the theories of Freud, Adler, Frankl, and Bühler to highlight each theory's unique form of intentionality. A key aspect will be the ability to demonstrate each theory's concept of uncertainty. This elucidation will not occur through the individual object languages of the theories themselves, but rather through their phenomenological and semiotic foundations, which point to the phenomena underlying these theories. References Barclay, J. R. (1959). Franz Brentano and Sigmund Freud: A Comparative Study In The Evolution Of Psychological Thought. The University of Michigan, Education, Psychology. Barclay, J. R. (1971). Foundations of Counseling Strategies. Wiley. Brentano, F. (1924). Psychologie vom empirischen Standpunkt (Edition 1973). Meiner. Bühler, C. (1971). Basic theoretical concepts of humanistic psychology. American Psychologist, 26(4), 378–386. Bühler, K. (1927). Die Krise der Psychologie. Fischer. Dammer, K.-H. (2022). Theorien in den Bildungswissenschaften: Auf den Spuren von Wahrheit und Erkenntnis: eine kritische Einführung. Verlag Barbara Budrich. Frankl, V. E. (1938). Zur geistigen Problematik der Psychotherapie (erschienen im Zentralblatt für Psychotherapie und ihre Grenzgeschichte, 10, 1938). In Grundkonzepte der Logotherapie (Edition 2015, S. 59–78). Facultas. Freud, S. (1915). Instincts and Their Vicissitudes. In The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Work of Sigmund Freud. Translated from the German under the General Editorship of James Strachey. Volume XIV (1914-1916) (Edition 1957, S. 117–140). Hogarth. Freud, S. (1950). Briefe 65—153 (1897- 1902). In Aus den Anfängen der Psychoanalyse. Briefe an Wilhelm Fließ, Abhandlungen und Notizen aus den Jahren 1887—1902. Imago. Gallagher, S., & Zahavi, D. (2008). The phenomenological mind: An introduction to philosophy of mind and cognitive science. Routledge. Gay, P. (1989). Freud: A Life for Our Time. Anchor. Jones, E. (1960). Das Leben und Werk von Sigmund Freud. Die Entwicklung zur Persönlichkeit und die großen Entdeckungen: 1856-1900 (Edition 2007). Klotz. Schwediauer, F. (2005). Brentano in Freud. Die biographische und konzeptionell-paradigmatische Bedeutung der deskriptiven Psychologie Brentanos für die Metapsychologie Freuds. In M. Benedikt, R. Knoll, & C. Zehetner (Hrsg.), Verdrängter Humanismus—Verzögerte Aufklärung. Band 5: Philosophie in Österreich 1920—1951: Im Schatten der Totalitarismen. Vom philosophischen Empirismus zur kritischen Anthropologie. (S. 377–399). Turia & Kant. Thompson, E. (2007). Mind in Life: Biology, Phenomenology, and the Sciences of Mind. Harvard University Press. Waldenfels, B. (1992). Einführung in die Phänomenologie. Fink. Wiesner, C., Zechner, K., Dörfler, S., Karrer, H., & Schrank, B. (2024). Perspectives for unfolding well-being in the context of teacher education: Emerging well-being Insights from Theoretical Austrian Traditions. In B. Martinsone, M. T. Jensen, C. Wiesner, & K. Zechner (Hrsg.), Teachers’ professional wellbeing. A Digital Game Based Social-Emotional Learning Intervention. Klinkhardt. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 04 A: New Digital Challenges in HE Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Carolyn Julie Swanson Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Examining the challenges and opportunities of Generative AI use in Higher Education 1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Deakin University Presenting Author:Generative AI (GenAI) is a specific type of Artificial Intelligence that can create new content in the form of text, images, music, code, and various other forms of digital media by using machine learning or ‘training’. ChatGPT is an example of a GenAI application that has been trained on a vast amount of publicly available data. It was made freely available in November 2022, albeit with usage limitations. The launch sparked intense public interest, with initial speculation about what the effects might be for education, jobs, and for society in general.
While ChatGPT was not the first model made available (e.g. GPT-2), it is an advanced model that allows for sophisticated interactions, with the remarkable capability of replicating human-like natural language processing. However, it cannot understand language. It is trained to detect complex patterns and assimilate that information into existing information (Bozkurt, 2023; UNESCO, 2023). As GenAI continues its rapid growth, evolving and improving outputs, there has been a wide range of perspectives, from those who have embraced the technology, those who oppose the technology, and some who are both enthusiastic and/or cautious. Gallant-Torres (2023) identifies the opposing extremes as ‘technophiles who defend it without regard to its risk and technophobes who reject it without considering its benefits.’
Research is beginning to emerge about the affordances and challenges of GenAI use in education. New skills are evolving with the use of GenAI such as ‘prompt engineering’, which is defined as the ‘art of designing, writing and fine-tuning prompts’ to elicit the most accurate and relevant responses from GenAI applications (Eager & Brunton, 2023). There have been significant opportunities that have already been identified as being embraced in higher education settings, such as integrating technology to promote learner-AI collaboration (Tan, Chen & Chua, 2023), personalised feedback and adaptive learning pathways (Eager & Brunton, 2023), automating processes, innovations in teaching and assessment and creating a more inclusive environment (Adiguzel, 2023; Moya & Eaton, 2023). However, the scope and the extent to which these practices have been adopted remain unclear. There are also complex issues emerging, as Farrelly and Baker (2023) highlight that ‘we are already seeing that minority and marginalised students are being accused of breaching academic integrity rules …perpetuating an existing inequitable pattern’. In 2021, UNESCO released ‘Recommendations on The Ethics of Artificial Intelligence’. The first statement highlights the importance of ‘the profound and dynamic positive and negative impacts of AI on societies, environment, ecosystems and human lives, including the human mind’ (UNESCO, 2021). The call for setting standards relating to AI technologies happened well before the launch of ChatGPT and the numerous other generative AI tools released since then. It is evident that GenAI has now been integrated into higher education settings (Ipek, 2023), amidst concerns about what the potential impacts could be on disciplinary knowledge and the assessment of key knowledge and skills. It is in this context that our research study aimed to examine the use of generative AI by academics and students in higher education, and their perceptions of the impact that the technology would have on teaching and learning. The key research question is:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data for this study was generated from April 24 to November 30, 2023, using a Qualtrics online survey. Students and academics answered questions that were tailored to each participant group, which were organised around four themes: 1) awareness of GenAI (e.g. ChatGPT); 2) current use and intention to use GenAI; 3) potential of GenAI to contribute to learning and assessment; 4) affordances and challenges related to the use of GenAI; and 5) support provided for using GenAI in higher education settings. The findings are based on survey responses from 243 students and academics, with two distinct data collection periods in semesters 1 and 2 to track how the use of GenAI changed during the first year it became available. The survey invited students who were enrolled in any course or degree program at a university, and academic staff in roles such as tutors and lecturers to participate. In the results, those who were enrolled in a course or program are referred to as ‘students’ and those with teaching roles are referred to as ‘academics’. The Qualtrics platform and Excel were used to analyse the quantitative responses to Likert questions. Questions that asked for a short text response were analysed using inductive thematic coding using NVivo. Axial coding was used to find relationships between first pass codes, and to iteratively assign categories that were derived from these relationships. The key categories that emerged from this process were able to be classified as either opportunities or challenges related to the use of GenAI in higher education. This was the first study in Australia to generate data on the use of GenAI and the perspectives of students and academics in higher education during a time when GenAI was gaining momentum and new products, such as models with the capability to generate information text-to-text, text-to-image, image-image and image-text, were rapidly being released to consumers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students shared the purposes for which they used GenAI, including generating different outputs when assessment instructions and criteria were unclear, as a study partner, to generate revision materials and feedback on their work, to create plans, restructure writing, brainstorming, summarising literature, referencing, generating images, and students with English as a second language found the enhanced language support helpful. Academics also reported using GenAI to generate summaries and create information. Additionally, they used GenAI to develop teaching materials and exam questions, as a research tool, and to check what GenAI responses would be produced for set assessment tasks. One of the key challenges identified by respondents was the reliability of GenAI to produce accurate information and references. They found it difficult to fact check and had concerns about misinformation being reproduced. Other concerns related to the impact the techbology would have on learning and assessment, particularly in relations to people becoming reliant on technology rather than using ‘human thinking’. Ethical concerns about the difficulty detecting plagiarism were identified, as was equitable access and the possible impact on increasing the digital divide, especially for those who might not have access modern technology, tools and current information. As one academics stated, “There are so many ethical issues to work out in relation to AI, but we need to assist staff and students to understand appropriate boundaries, affordances and limitations of this technology. It will create an even bigger digital divide and inequality by placing limitations on what we want students to know and understand. It's important not to be left behind in this debate.” While there is potential for GenAI to enhance teaching and learning in higher education, critical issues remain on the impact of the technology on reliability, accessibility and ethical use in academia. References Adiguzel, T., Kaya, M. H., & Cansu, F. K. (2023). Revolutionizing Education with AI: Exploring the Transformative Potential of ChatGPT. Contemporary Educational Technology, 15(3). Bozkurt, A. (2023). Generative Artificial Intelligence (AI) Powered Conversational Educational Agents: The Inevitable Paradigm Shift. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 18(1), 198–204. Eager, B., & Brunton, R. (2023). Prompting Higher Education Towards AI-Augmented Teaching and Learning Practice. Journal of University Teaching & Learning Practice, 20(5), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.53761/1.20.5.02 Farrelly, T., & Baker, N. (2023). Generative Artificial Intelligence: Implications and Considerations for Higher Education Practice. Education Sciences, 13(11), 1109. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13111109 Gallent-Torres, C., Zapata-González, A., & Ortego-Hernando, J. L. (2023). The impact of Generative Artificial Intelligence in higher education: a focus on ethics and academic integrity. Electronic Journal of Educational Research, Assessment & Evaluation / Revista Electrónica de Investigación y Evaluación Educativa, 29(2), 1–19. Ipek, Z. H., Gözüm, A. I. C., Papadakis, S., & Kallogiannakis, M. (2023). Educational applications of the ChatGPT AI system: a systematic review research. Educational Process: International Journal, 12(3), 26–55. Moya, B. A., & Eaton, S. E. (2023). Examining Recommendations for Generative Artificial Intelligence Use with Integrity from a Scholarship of Teaching and Learning Lens. Electronic Journal of Educational Research, Assessment & Evaluation / Revista Electrónica de Investigación y Evaluación Educativa, 29(2), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v29i2.29295 https://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v29i2.29134 UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000386693_eng UNESCO. (2022). Recommendation on the Ethics of Artificial Intelligence. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000381137 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper ChatGPT in Higher Education: Exploring Challenges and Possibilities for Academic Literacy and Student Engagement Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:Recent advancements in Artificial Intelligence (AI) technologies have sparked discussions within higher education(Kramm & McKenna, 2023; Peters et al., 2023; Popenici, 2023). Among these tools, ChatGPT stands out for its capacity to generate text, provide personalized recommendations, and potentially improve student learning outcomes. However, concerns have been raised about the impact of such AI tools on higher education teaching and academic integrity(Blackie, 2024; Rawas, 2023). This study aims to explore the intersection of artificial intelligence and education, with a specific focus on ChatGPT and its potential applications in higher education. More specifically, this paper seeks to investigate the possibilities of integrating ChatGPT into higher education courses with the goal of enhancing academic literacy and improving students' learning experiences. The study addresses two key objectives: (i) the integration of artificial intelligence tools, particularly ChatGPT, into higher education courses, and (ii) understanding the perceptions of students and their engagement with ChatGPT within the context of their academic activities. Drawing inspiration from situated/sociocultural perspectives in learning and Gee's (2008) concept of a "mediating device," we explore how learners’ understanding and capabilities are transformed when engaging with ChatGPT. As Gee(2008) suggests, what learners can understand and accomplish with a mediating device differs significantly from what they can do without it. When individuals engage with mediating devices, knowledge becomes distributed—some is manifested in their minds, some in their coordination with tools, and some in the tools themselves. This perspective informs our exploration of the impact of ChatGPT as a mediating device in enhancing students' learning experiences and academic literacy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilises a case study design, chosen for its suitability in exploring real-life activities within a specific context. The context, in this instance, was a pedagogy course on the philosophy of education at a Swedish higher education institution. The participants consisted of 8 first-year bachelor's students who were followed throughout the entire duration of the course, spanning one month. For the data analysis, a qualitative approach was employed for the examination of interview transcripts, writing assessments, and observational notes. The material combined students’ reflections and writing assessments with observational data from the course, offering a comprehensive understanding of ChatGPT's impact on students' experiences and academic outcomes. Coding and thematic analysis were applied to identify patterns and themes in the collected data. To uphold ethical standards, participant confidentiality was ensured, and voluntary participation was emphasised, with informed consent obtained from all participants before the study initiation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings highlight that the use of ChatGPT, when applied in a structured and informed manner, can positively influence both students' academic literacy and their overall engagement. Simultaneously, the findings underscore the significance of social aspects within courses, such as lectures and group work, in shaping the learning processes. The interplay between the integration of ChatGPT and the social dynamics of traditional teaching methods is crucial in understanding the possibilities of AI on students’ learning experiences. References Blackie, M. A. L. (2024). ChatGPT is a game changer: Detection and eradication is not the way forward. Teaching in Higher Education, 0(0), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2023.2300951 Gee, J. P. (2008). A Sociocultural Perspective on Opportunity to Learn. In D. C. Pullin, E. H. Haertel, J. P. Gee, L. J. Young, & P. A. Moss (Eds.), Assessment, Equity, and Opportunity to Learn (pp. 76–108). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511802157.006 Kramm, N., & McKenna, S. (2023). AI amplifies the tough question: What is higher education really for? Teaching in Higher Education, 28(8), 2173–2178. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2023.2263839 Peters, M. A., Jackson, L., Papastephanou, M., Jandrić, P., Lazaroiu, G., Evers, C. W., Cope, B., Kalantzis, M., Araya, D., Tesar, M., Mika, C., Chen, L., Wang, C., Sturm, S., Rider, S., & Fuller, S. (2023). AI and the future of humanity: ChatGPT-4, philosophy and education – Critical responses. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 0(0), 1–35. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2023.2213437 Popenici, S. (2023). Artificial Intelligence and Learning Futures: Critical Narratives of Technology and Imagination in Higher Education (1st edition). Taylor & Francis Ltd. Rawas, S. (2023). ChatGPT: Empowering lifelong learning in the digital age of higher education. Education and Information Technologies. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-12114-8 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Implications of ChatGPT for Education Policy and Global Citizenship: A Case Study in Initial Teacher Training University of Lisbon, Portugal Presenting Author:The availability to the public of the Generative Artificial Intelligence tool ChatGPT has led to several reactions in society at different levels. Regarding higher education several challenges have arisen, especially in terms of ethics and evaluation, and its integration into teaching and research practices. In this study, we intend to explore mainly the issues related to the integration and ways of using ChatGPT in higher education, especially in initial teacher training, and the implications of this use for education policies and global citizenship. With the rapid development and widespread accessibility of Generative Artificial Intelligence (Gen-AI), it is paramount to understand its implications in various areas of society, in terms of knowledge creation and its contribution to the Sustainable Development Goals (UNESCO, 2021), notwithstanding the necessary epistemological reflection on its use (Figueiredo, 2023). In higher education, Artificial Intelligence (AI) has the potential to completely transform teaching and learning (Rawas, 2023). The potential of ChatGPT shows remarkable benefits in teaching, research support, automated grading, administrative management, and human-computer interaction (Dempere et al., 2023). It can provide individualized recommendations to students, increase collaboration and communication, and further improve their learning outcomes (Rawas, 2023). However, have been identified ethical concerns and implementation issues about security in student assessment and plagiarism, misuse, and the possibility of misinformation, as well as wider social and economic impacts such as job displacement, the digital literacy gap, or decreased human interaction (Dempere et al., 2023; Rawas, 2023). ChatGPT, as a Gen-AI tool, can help conversationally with writing, learning, solving and assessment, as an assistant for instructors and a virtual tutor for students (Lo, 2023). A literature review highlights measures relating to assessment methods and the necessary institutional policies. Rethinking assessment tasks to reduce the risk of plagiarism by requiring students to demonstrate their skills in real-time and in person, for example. Course content, learning outcomes and assessment methods can also be modified to circumvent ChatGPT, by using it to generate lesson topics, test and exam questions, homework, or product ideas (De Winter, 2023). On the other hand, from a more constructive and training perspective, it will also be important to promote students' digital literacy in the use of Gen-AI tools. Teaching students about the risks of relying on AI-based technologies is important. These risks include hallucinations, which are false responses generated by AI, presented as facts, not explained by the training data (Dempere et al., 2023). For this reason, it is important to integrate these technologies responsibly, as a supplement to and not a replacement for human interaction (Fuchs, 2023), and there is a pressing need to regulate AI in Higher Education Institutions (HEIs). As far as initial teacher training (ITT) is concerned, this phenomenon is even more relevant, since these students, as future teachers, will soon be training pupils in education systems. It requires teachers and students develop digital competences and literacies, with a strong focus on critical thinking and fact-checking strategies (Kasneci et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative approach will be used with recourse to non-participant observation and narrative research methods through the analysis of experiences developed in the curricular unit Initiation to Professional Practice of a Master’s in Teaching. To this end, data was collected taking into account: i) what are the main difficulties and constraints in use; ii) what are the benefits in the planning and preparation of classes; iii) what are the adaptations to instructional methods, form of assessment, and pedagogical practices needed to use the ChatGPT in the teaching and learning process in an ethical and safe way. In addition to the data from the empirical study, supported by the literature review, two Gen-AI tools, ChatGPT and Elicit, were trialled and their outputs analysed. Given the recent availability of these Gen-AI tools to the public, quality scientific studies published in the Scopus and WoC databases on this subject are still scarce, and the quality of the articles mobilised was prioritised over quantity. The study's qualitative approach took a naturalistic and hermeneutic perspective, using content analysis of the field notes from non-participant observation and of student narratives carried out as a final assignment (Amado, & Freire, 204; Bardin, 2013). This methodology is often used in research in the social sciences and education, as the researcher is dealing with complex situations in which it is difficult to select variables. In this way, the researcher seeks to describe and analyse a phenomenon and its interactions and does not intend to quantify or generalise. The narrative research method provides in-depth knowledge of the respondents' experiences and is based on a constructivist and interpretive epistemology (Rabelo, 2011). It considers that a narrative can express the complexity of the experience, as well as the relationships and uniqueness of each action (Bolívar et al., 1998), allowing knowledge to be obtained through an account that captures the details of meanings beyond factual statements or abstract propositions. Finally, it should be noted that informed consent was obtained from the study participants, thirteen preservice teachers, and their identity and anonymity were safeguarded, in accordance with the institution's ethics charter and international benchmarks, as Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research (BERA, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Generative AI literacy will be an indispensable asset, as it provides students with the skills to critically engage with AI systems, ensuring that they become active and discerning users. At the same time, prompt engineering makes it possible to improve the outputs generated in a more precise way and enables educators and students to maximize the usefulness of the educational resources created by AI (Bozkurt, 2023). This study corroborates that, for the development of AI literacy, it is important to acquire proficiency in understanding, interacting with and critically evaluating generative AI technologies, which is essential not only for the current digital age, but also for shaping the future of education. It is also important to understand the ethical considerations, prejudices and limitations inherent in such systems, as well as to promote critical thinking and digital citizenship among students, teachers and researchers. So, Gen-AI literacy can and should be integrated into the curriculum to cultivate a new generation of informed and responsible users, and teachers should adapt their teaching methods to incorporate AI, preparing students for a future where it is an integral part of their personal and professional lives. The impact of AI on education and higher education cannot be ignored, and it is essential to integrate it into teacher education as well (Moura, & Carvalho, 2024). Recommendations include emphasizing a humanistic approach, mobilizing interdisciplinary planning, empowering teachers, and enhancing trust and safety. It also concludes that it is essential to address and include issues relating to artificial intelligence in higher education and to reflect them in legislation and educational policy. References Amado, J., & Freire, I. (2014). Estudo de caso na Investigação em Educação [Case study in Education Research]. In Manual de investigação qualitativa em educação [Handbook of qualitative research in education], (pp.121–168). Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra. Bardin, L. (2013). Análise de Conteúdo [Content Analysis]. Edições 70. Bolívar, A., Domingo, J., & Fernández, M. (1998). La investigación biográfico–narrativa en educación. Guía para indagar en el campo. [Biographical-narrative research in education. A guide to research in the field.]. Grupo FORCE, Universidad de Granada, Grupo Editorial Universitario. Bozkurt, A. (2023). Unleashing the Potential of Generative AI, Conversational Agents and Chatbots in Educational Praxis: A Systematic Review and Bibliometric Analysis of GenAI in Education. OpenPraxis, 15(4), 261–270. https://doi.org/10.55982/openpraxis.15.4.609 De Winter, J.C.F., Dodou, D., & Stienen, A.H.A. (2023). ChatGPT in Education: Empowering Educators through Methods for Recognition and Assessment. Informatics, 10, 87. https://doi.org/10.3390/ informatics10040087 Dempere, J., Modugu, K., Hesham, A., & Ramasamy, L.K. (2023). The impact of ChatGPT on higher education. Front. Educ., 8, 1206936. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1206936 Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research (BERA) (2011). Available online: https://eera-ecer.de/about-eera/ethical-guidelines (accessed on 9th January 2024). Figueiredo, A. D. (2023). Inteligência Artificial Generativa e Construção de Conhecimento (Generative Artificial Intelligence and Knowledge Building). Personal communication. In Processamento de Linguagem Natural: Tendências e Aplicações Práticas Conference. https://doi.org/ 10.13140/RG.2.2.25801.52328 Fuchs, K. (2023). Exploring the opportunities and challenges of NLP models in higher education: is Chat GPT a blessing or a curse. Front. Educ, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1166682 Kasneci, E., Sessler, K., Küchemann, S., Bannert, M., Dementieva, D., Fischer, F., et al. (2023). ChatGPT for good? On opportunities and challenges of large language models for education. Learning and Individual Differences, 103, 102274. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2023.102274 Lo, C.K. (2023). What Is the Impact of ChatGPT on Education? A Rapid Review of the Literature. Educ. Sci., 13, 410. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13040410 Moura, A., & Carvalho, A. A. (2024). Literacia de Prompts para Potenciar o Uso da Inteligência Artificial na Educação [Prompt Literacy to Enhance the use of Artificial Intelligence in Education]. RE@D - Revista de Educação a Distância e Elearning, 6(2), e202308. https://doi.org/10.34627/redvol6iss2e202308 Rawas, S. (2023). ChatGPT: Empowering lifelong learning in the digital age of higher education. Educ Inf Technol. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-12114-8 Rabelo, A. O. (2011). A importância da investigação narrativa na educação [The importance of narrative enquiry in education.]. Educação & Sociedade, 32(114), 171-188. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0101-73302011000100011 UNESCO (2021). AI and education: Guidance for policy-makers. UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54675/PCSP7350 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 04 B: Academics and Governance Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Huran Mirillo Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Survival and Resilience As an Academic in Higher Education - a Matter of Finding the Balance? Inland Norway University, Norway Presenting Author:Studies of student satisfaction, dropout, failure, and disappointment with grading and examination events are plentiful. There are fewer corresponding studies of faculty, except for PhD students' experiences (McAlpine, Skakni, & Pyhältö, 2022). Higher education is characterized as an instrumental selection process designed to complete a meritocratic project of separating the wheat from the chaff, the talented from the untalented, and the promising from those who cannot expect an academic future. This process is a reflection of the competition that exists for a position or promotion in the academic world. If you succeed with your education and also qualify for an entry-level qualification for employment, there are still many who do not succeed in the competition for that one position at the institution where the applicant wants to build a career. Whether applying for a position in competition with others or for promotion based on merit criteria, there is excitement, anticipation, and, in some cases, desperation, shame, and disgust when applicants are rejected, and experience negative judgments and downward thumbs down. Students' assessment of teaching can be disheartening, and colleagues' unwillingness to understand or comply with decisions or agreed principles, just as a decree of rejection or crushing peer reviews can undermine employees' faith, hopes and dreams. For the person concerned, the experience of such crises is a process of depletion of ardour and enthusiasm, self-confidence and ambition - or it is part of a resilience-building experience base. When life in higher education institutions is portrayed in university self-presentations, it is almost without exception positive news, about careers flourishing, projects being won, and results being achieved. To some extent, critical journalism leads to pointing out injustices, crises, poor working environments, and intolerable conditions for individual academics. Stories about sexual harassment, unreasonable favouritism, unequal distribution and unfair conditions are the critical approach of trade union journals. Similarly, there is a large research literature on the experiences of students and staff during COVID-19. To get through disappointments, rejections, and inhospitable mechanisms in higher education, resilience research shows that people who can be flexible and adaptable more easily take disappointments as part of the ordinary register of experience and remain resilient. They can dismantle challenges into manageable sub-tasks and continue undaunted (Robertson, Cooper, Sarkar, & Curran, 2015). They show the ability to develop emotional intelligence, which involves an ability to regulate their reactions to emotional fluctuations within themselves and from others, show coolness when crises occur, find support from significant others, and develop good relationships with others. Resilience is also linked to an ability to maintain oneself, both physically and mentally, balance work and private life and regulate one's feelings of stress, dimensions that are largely trainable. People with resilient traits are also diligent in maintaining supportive networks and anyone who can provide positive support through challenging times. The research literature shows that people who are characterized as resilient and satisfied in their profession are less likely to experience the challenges as exhausting (Castro, Labra, Bergheul, Ependa, & Bedoya Mejia, 2022). Our research question is how employees in higher education develop this balance of well-being and ambition in light of the distinctive experiences each individual has with adversity and success, rejection and acceptance, and how support and perseverance are shaped through networks and as a result of individual characteristics. In our study, we want to shed light on the experience of being part of the academy's meritocratic theatrical game and what this can do to the individual in their encounter with themselves and others as a professional. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The two methods we will use are life history research and autoethnography (Adams et.al. 2021; Ball, 2003; Brinkmann, 2012; Dunpath, 2000; Klevan, 2022). Life history as an educational research method originates from the Chicago School of the 1920s and is seen by many as the most authentic approach to seeing the connection between the experiences of individuals and institutions as interacting entities. Autoethnography, when also utilising historical memory material, offers many of the same characteristics as the life history method, and dramatically strengthens authenticity and the insider perspective (Lofthus, 2020). Emotional competence is most often measured with questionnaires or in experimental or quasi-experimental settings. In an autoethnographic and life history context, the term "narradigm" is used to value narratives as research material and research on narratives as access to rich experiential material, and deep connections in the experienced lives - also in higher education. Our approach will illuminate the problem based on the understanding of Ellis and Bochner (2006), who do not distinguish between an analytical and evocative approach. Our work will thus be analytical in that narratives are used in analyses and theorizing, while the evocative will be an overarching goal by playing on the emotions aroused in the reader. The two authors describe in dialogue their frustrations, joys, and all facets of emotions related to the rules of meritocracy and how they have met them with their different strategies for dealing with adversity, disappointment, shame, perseverance, and coping (Wells, Dickens, McBraer, & Cleveland, 2019). The two followed different career paths that are recognized in Norway (Eriksen & Nordkvelle, 2021). The authors have an age difference of 13 years and represent the experiences of men and women. They entered academia in 1985 and 2000. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Divergent career paths provide different opportunities for status and recognition. Brew et.al. (2018) write that "academic artisans in the research universities" are given tasks that do not provide status and late-career development and constitute a "learning culture", while those who focus on research identify with the research community, without a strong connection to teaching and student well-being (Ese, 2019). Despite the differences in career paths, the extent and experiences of humiliation and encouragement seem to form part of an emotional cabal that often leads to an equilibrium. The mapping of the two authors' different and parallel processes will be used to create a map for survival and courage to fulfil the different roles of the academy. The authors are developing a course for new employees in academia with the ambition to describe tripwires, dilemmas, and areas of conflict that they should be aware of that can determine their career choices and identity formation as employees in higher education. The course will develop the participants' ability to reflect on their own careers, their emotional reactions, stress experiences, and encounters with challenges through writing autoethnographic texts, producing digital stories, and other expressive methods. The ambition is to develop a deeper self-reflexivity that can create more harmonious and balanced relationships in the tension between research culture and teaching and learning culture. References Adams, T. E., Boylorn, R. M., & Tillmann, L. M. (2021). Advances in Autoethnography and Narrative Inquiry: Reflections on the Legacy of Carolyn Ellis and Arthur Bochner (1st ed.). Milton: Milton: Taylor and Francis. Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215-228. Brew, A., Boud, D., Lucas, L., & Crawford, K. (2018). Academic artisans in the research university. Higher education, 76(1), 115-127. doi:10.1007/s10734-017-0200-7 Brinkmann, S. (2012). Qualitative inquiry in everyday life. Castro, C., Labra, O., Bergheul, S., Ependa, A., & Bedoya Mejia, J. P. (2022). Predictive Factors of Resilience in University Students in a Context of COVID-19 Pandemic Lockdown Measures. The international journal of humanities education, 20(1), 185-197. doi:10.18848/2327-0063/CGP/v20i01/185-197 Dhunpath, R. (2000). Life history methodology: "narradigm" regained. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 13(5), 543-551. doi:10.1080/09518390050156459 Ellis, C. S., & Bochner, A. P. (2006). Analyzing Analytic Autoethnography: An Autopsy. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 35(4), 429-449. doi:10.1177/0891241606286979 Eriksen, S., & Nordkvelle, Y. (2021). The Norwegian 1. Lecturer - Shunned or Lost and Found? Journal of Higher Education Theory & Practice Vol. 21 (7), p171-180. 110p. Ese, J. (2019). Defending the university?: Academics' reactions to managerialism in Norwegian higher education. (2019:9). Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Working Life Science, Karlstad University, Karlstad. Klevan, T. (2022). An Autoethnography of Becoming A Qualitative Researcher: A Dialogic View of Academic Development(1st edition ed.). doi:10.4324/9780367853181 Lofthus, A.-M. (2020). «Dette er det vanskeligste av alt: Å være seg sjøl – og synes at det duger» En autoetnografisk artikkel om avvisning i akademia. doi:https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1893-8981-2020-03-02 McAlpine, L., Skakni, I., & Pyhältö, K. (2022). PhD experience (and progress) is more than work: life-work relations and reducing exhaustion (and cynicism). Studies in higher education (Dorchester-on-Thames), 47(2), 352-366. doi:10.1080/03075079.2020.1744128 Robertson, I. T., Cooper, C. L., Sarkar, M., & Curran, T. (2015). Resilience training in the workplace from 2003 to 2014: A systematic review. J Occup Organ Psychol, 88(3), 533-562. doi:10.1111/joop.12120 Wells, P., Dickens, K. N., McBraer, J. S., & Cleveland, R. E. (2019). “If I don't laugh, I'm going to cry”: Meaning-making in the promotion, tenure, and retention process: A collaborative autoethnography. Qualitative report, 24(2), 334-351. doi:10.46743/2160-3715/2019.3379 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Temporal Politics of Decarbonizing Academic Work: Mobilizing Decolonial and Global South Perspectives 1Michigan State University, United States of America; 2University of Dhaka, Bangladesh Presenting Author:In this essay, we offer a temporal lens to open new ways of conceptualizing decarbonizing academic work. While there has been a growing literature on climate justice and higher education (HE), remaining undertheorized is the temporal aspects of decarbonizing academic work. While some have critically examined the role of HE in climate change, through interrogating its purpose, curricular reform, and the role of students and faculty in the current climate crisis (Grady-Benson & Sarathy, 2016; McCowan, 2023; Rae et al., 2022; Reyes-Garcia et al., 2022; Stein et al., 2023; Williams & Love, 2022), others have interrogated the climate change consequences of internationalization of HE (McCowan, 2023; Shields, 2019; Shields & Lu, 2023). Most of these discussions have taken place in the context of Global North, and rarely apply a temporal lens. We draw on our experiences and research on Bangladeshi academia, as an entry point to explore intersecting questions of climate politics, academic work, and a global South context for climate justice. We argue that a temporal lens helps us illuminate the temporal politics underlying the possibilities and challenges of contemporary decarbonizing academic work globally. By temporal politics, we mean the inherent social-power relations, assumptions, and/or biases of social action (i.e., advocacy, decision-making), related to the way we make sense of, connect to, and experience time, that goes beyond, but also includes clock time. As such, we offer a temporal political reading of the common solutions offered in decarbonizing academic work, namely reconsidering a) aeromobility, b) digitization, and c) futurity. We believe a temporal lens is pertinent in the debates about HE’s role in climate justice for several reasons. First, we echo Facer’s (2023) suggestion that we need to ask temporal questions in the climate crisis debates, such as: “Who is telling the time in this situation and how?... What are the histories and habits that shape my own temporal assumptions, where do these come from, and what sustains them?” (p. 64). As such, we can raise tough questions about how the problems and solutions towards climate change are embedded in dominant paradigms of knowledge (Stein et al., 2023), including time. Second, climate change is an unfolding temporal phenomenon, and not a singular event, which interconnects larger macros processes with the everyday, including academic life. Finally, incorporating a temporal lens further helps nuance the role of HE in the climate crisis by illuminating the ontological variance in framing the climate crisis, the inequities in Global North/South academic mobility, and the role of clock-time in academic work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on recent scholarship on decolonial and Global South perspectives on climate justice (Bandera, 2022; Guerro, 2023; Sultana, 2022; Whyte, 2018), literature on climate justice and higher education, and our research/experiences in Bangladesh, we aim to tease out the temporal politics underlying the possibilities and challenges of decarbonizing academic work. Despite our similar Bangladeshi origins, our experiences with the frontiers of climate change are significantly different due to our class, citizenship, and/or position in the global academic hierarchy. We draw on narratives to illuminate the contrasting temporal standpoints we bring in terms of climate crisis, academic work, spatial mobility, and use of technology. Our Bangladeshi standpoint is significant, because the latter is considered the most adversely affected nation due to increasing sea levels and thus regarded as a “hotspot” of climate vulnerability and action (Paprocki, 2021a). Such a climate status is used domestically by Bangladesh’s own “climate mafia,” a collective of researchers, policy makers, and advocates whose prominent role in global climate negotiations draws attention to the threat of rising seas particularly to the country’s vulnerable coastline (Paprocki, 2021). Consequently, Bangladeshi climate-related academic research mostly focuses on climate change indicators, climate change impact, resilient measures, and adaptation strategies (Ahmed & Khan, 2023; Hoque et al., 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most discussions about decarbonizing work focus on academic researchers’ and students’ mobility, such as travel for conferences, data collection, or study abroad (Williams & Love, 2022). Many agree that travel is the major contributor to carbon emissions from academic research (Reyes-Garcia et al., 2022; Tseng et al., 2022). Others suggest that digitization of academic research and collaboration may be a move forward in decarbonizing academic work (Pasek, 2023; Reyes-Garcia et al., 2022). Finally, while decarbonizing efforts in academia have focused on questions of mobility and digitization in academic work, the ontological framings of futurity mobilizing climate justice efforts remains unpacked Evidently, such mobility, digitization, and futurity framing discussions have ignored the temporal dimension. First, A temporal politics of decarbonizing academic work needs to interrogate the intersecting roles of coloniality and geopolitics of knowledge informing the necessity of academic aeromobility for some compared to others. A temporal lens would foreground the directionality, physical distances, and myriad borders (cultural, linguistic and relational) one needs to cross to feel seen, validated and belonging in the global academic community. Second, while digitalization may free us from travel, increase the speed of our work and/or collaborations across borders, it also requires larger investments in temporal digital infrastructure not available to many. Furthermore, a temporal lens foregrounds the lives of actants in our digital methods (i.e., clock time, our devices), and the temporal consequences of digital academic work on our embodied being. Finally, a temporal politics would raise questions about the Gregorian calendar, teleological, and dystopian standpoints underlying climate policy solutions. Such solutions presume that all humans embody a universal trajectory and are equally implicated or impacted by the climate crisis. Instead, a temporal politics suggests interrogating whose temporal assumptions inform such climate change narratives, and more importantly, what they obscure. References Ahmed, S., & Khan, M. A. (2023). Spatial overview of climate change impacts in Bangladesh: a systematic review. Climate and Development, 15(2), 132-147. Bandera, G. (2022). How climate colonialism affects the Global South. Fair Planet. https://www.fairplanet.org/story/how-climate-colonialism-affects-the-global-south/ Facer, K. (2023). Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society 1(1–2), pp. 60–66. Grady-Benson, J., & Sarathy, B. (2016). Fossil fuel divestment in US higher education: student-led organising for climate justice. Local Environment, 21(6), 661-681. Guerrero, D. G. (2023). Colonialism, climate change and climate reparations. Global Justice Now. https://www.globaljustice.org.uk/blog/2023/08/colonialism-climate-change-and-climate-reparations/ Hoque, M. Z., Cui, S., Lilai, X., Islam, I., Ali, G., & Tang, J. (2019). Resilience of coastal communities to climate change in Bangladesh: Research gaps and future directions. Watershed Ecology and the Environment, 1, 42-56. McCowan, T. (2023). Internationalisation and climate impacts of higher education: Towards an analytical framework. Journal of Studies in International Education 27(4), pp. 567–585. Paprocki, K. (2021a). The climate crisis is a colonial crisis. Shuddhashar FreeVoice (শুদ্ধস্বর). https://shuddhashar.com/the-climate-crisis-is-a-colonial-crisis/ Pasek, A. (2023). On Being Anxious About Digital Carbon Emissions. Social Media+ Society, 9(2), 20563051231177906. Rae, C.L., Farley, M., Jeffery, K.J., & Urai, A.E. (2022). Climate crisis and ecological emergency: Why they concern (neuro)scientists, and what we can do. Brain and Neuroscience Advances 6, p. 239821282210754. Reyes-García, V., Graf, L., Junqueira, A.B., & Madrid, C. (2022). Decarbonizing the academic sector: Lessons from an international research project. Journal of Cleaner Production 368. Shields, R. (2019). The sustainability of international higher education: Student mobility and global climate change. Journal of Cleaner Production 217, pp. 594–602. Shields, R., & Lu, T. (2023). Uncertain futures: climate change and international student mobility in Europe. Higher Education. Stein, S., Andreotti, V., Ahenakew, C., Suša, R., Valley, W., Huni Kui, N., ... & McIntyre, A. (2023). Beyond colonial futurities in climate education. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(5), 987-1004. Sultana, F. (2022). The unbearable heaviness of climate coloniality. Political Geography 99. Tseng, S.H.Y., Lee, C., & Higham, J. (2022). Managing academic air travel emissions: Towards system-wide practice change. Transportation Research Part D: Transport and Environment 113. Whyte, K.P. (2018). Indigenous science (fiction) for the Anthropocene: Ancestral dystopias and fantasies of climate change crises. Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space 1(1–2), pp. 224–242. Williams, J., & Love, W. (2022). Low-carbon research and teaching in geography: Pathways and perspectives. Professional Geographer 74(1), pp. 41–51. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Cultivating Change in Higher Education: A Methodological Exploration 1Örebro University, Sweden; 2Umeå University, Sweden; 3University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:In 2022, the Swedish government funded a national academic development enhancement project. It was administered by the Swedish Council for Higher Education (UHR), who commissioned the Network for Academic Development Leaders (HPCF) to provide a comprehensive practice-oriented mapping of leadership of education in Swedish academia. The network brings together all 28 appointed leaders of Swedish academic development units, acting as a national node and strategic partner for educational development in higher education. HPCF appointed researchers from three of Sweden’s largest universities to lead the project, as well as a reference group with experts in the field of academic leadership from the Nordic countries. It is a truism that research is valued higher than education within the sector, and HPCF concluded that discussions of leadership of education in Swedish academia are much too rare. Indeed, the fact that the mapping was to be carried out as part of an initiative to enhance academic development set the direction for the project, in line with its declared purpose to strengthen the strategic educational leadership of universities. We, the researchers in the project, have extensive experience of leading academic development work, and take every opportunity of trying to contribute to positive change in education and quality. Mapping leadership of education in academia is an urgent and important task and when planning for the mapping project, we saw an opportunity to use our situated knowledge (Haraway 1988) of leadership and development to cultivate change at the same time as we conducted our study. So, how does one design a study that both generates knowledge and cultivates change in the institutions one studies while studying them? We consider qualitative research on higher education, where researchers meet colleagues and students, also as a pedagogical process. As researchers in this context, we have a responsibility to be responsive – learn, reflect and develop our methods and approaches – both before and while conducting the research. Our understanding of our role during the research process is based on Donna Haraway’s (1988) concept of situated knowledge, which emphasizes the context-dependence of knowledge and challenges the idea of universal objectivity. When we meet our informants, we adopt a situated objectivity, in Haraway’s sense, where our perspective is grounded in the context while striving for a responsible investigative approach in relation to the people we meet. In this paper, we present and analyze how different parts of the research process have been designed, providing opportunities for cultivating change, in addition to the potential development that may come from the knowledge collected for the mapping project itself. It is, therefore, primarily a methodological contribution, which we hope can create awareness and reflection among other researchers studying colleagues and practices within higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We aim to provide a methodological contribution on cultivating change during the process of collecting empirical data. In the mapping project, it was important for us to target various leadership roles, as we know from research that leadership in complex organizations depend on conversations across levels (Cregård 2018). From our own experience of leading academic development work, we also know that relational interactions empower change. Therefore, we emphasized the importance of making on-site visits from the start, to not only get our questions answered, but also provide an opportunity for meetings with and between informants across the institution. Given our intention to cultivate change on-site, we were particularly careful with several aspects before and during our visits. Our letter of invitation to the institutions was formal (signaling the importance of the subject of our study). We addressed the Vice-Chancellor with our invitation (gaining legitimacy; Solbrekke & Sugrue 2020). A designated contact person at the institution arranged the on-site visit, and interviewees were appointed by the institution (enhancing local engagement). Researchers from three institutions were represented at each on-site visit (demonstrating national relevance; Dwyer & Buckle 2009). Focus group interviews were held in cross-organizational groups (enabling overhearing across the institution; Alvesson & Sköldberg 2017). The interview leader framed each conversation by explaining the purpose of the study (showing relevance and meaningfulness; McKenzie et al. 2020). The interviews were thematic and semi-structured, focusing on a fluid conversation (creating engagement and enabling collective knowledge creation; McKenzie et al. 2020). Our situated knowledge as leaders for academic development units was central for designing the study in this way. Halfway into our first on-site visit, we felt that things were happening during the interviews. Curious to understand what, we added a follow-up survey. The survey was voluntary for those who participated in the interviews. Respondents were asked to specify their role, the percentage of their leadership assignment, how often they discuss educational leadership in their daily work, what they took away from the interview (if anything), and if they wished to add anything after the interview. The survey was sent out immediately after each on-site visit. So far, nearly 70% of the interviewees have responded, and we have conducted an inductive content analysis of their open-ended responses. As this is an ongoing project, the preliminary results are based on responses from five on-site visits. We will undertake another seven visits during the spring of 2024. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our initial intentions went beyond conducting a mapping study: we also wanted to cultivate change during data collection. By letting informants reflect on what they gained from the interviews, we added a layer of knowledge development to the project. For instance, several informants recognized the value of collegial discussions for thinking about leadership. As one university leader wrote, “I take away the need to discuss leadership issues within our team more frequently”, and a dean reflected that “Crossing fictional boundaries between faculties and disciplines [as during the interviews] is necessary”. The importance of discussions across leadership levels to develop the institution as a whole was also evident: “I´ll bring with me the need for clearer dialogue with my leaders and clearer expectations on the role of program director”, one program director noted. In addition, several respondents described gaining new insights into their roles and responsibilities. One respondent wrote that the discussion “sparked the realization that I [director of studies] have a leadership role, i.e., I should lead others! My own view of the role was more or less that of an administrator with an interest in pedagogy”. In total, four themes emerge from the open-ended survey responses: the value of cross-organizational, role-specific conversations; the importance of discussing how to work across leadership levels; making one’s own role visible; and an identification of competence development needs in relation to one’s role. It is clear from the survey responses that our on-site visits have made impressions on individuals who participated in the study, and we see signs that our discussions about leadership in education will continue and grow in their respective institutions. Our paper demonstrates that with a careful research design and process, knowledge can be constructed through the mutual interaction between researcher and informant, and thereby cultivate change. References Alvesson, M, & Sköldberg, K. (2017). Reflexive Methodology: New Vistas for Qualitative Research. 3rd ed. London: Sage. Cregård, A., Berntson, E., & Tengblad, S. (2018). Att leda i en komplex organisation: Utmaningar och nya perspektiv för chefer i offentlig verksamhet. [Leading in a Complex Organization: Challenges and New Perspectives for Managers in Public Organizations.] Stockholm: Natur & Kultur. Dwyer, S. C., & Buckle, J. L. (2009). The space between: on being an insider-outsider in qualitative research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 8(1): 54–63. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated knowledges: the science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3): 575–99. McKenzie, F., Sotarauta, M., Blažek, J., Beer, A., & Ayres, S. (2020). Towards research impact: using place-based policy to develop new research methods for bridging the academic/policy divide. Regional Studies, Regional Science, 7(1): 431–44. Solbrekke, T. D., & Sugrue, C. (2020). Leading higher education: putting education centre stage. In Leading Higher Education As and For Public Good: Rekindling Education as Praxis, ed. by Solbrekke, T. D., & Sugrue, C. London: Routledge. 18–36. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 04 C: Diversity and Participation in HE Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Adél Pásztor Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper To What Extent do Parental Income, Gender and Ethnicity Act as a Barrier to Higher Education Participation in England? University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Across the OECD countries, the proportion of young people who have attained a tertiary degree has increased by more than 20 percentage points to 47% over the past two decades (OECD, 2023). However, as participation in higher education (HE) continues to increase, concerns have been raised as to whether some groups of young people with certain characteristics may have benefited from HE expansion more than others (Montacute & Cullinane, 2023; Smith, 2018). Fair access to HE matters given that it is well established that graduates tend to earn higher average salaries in the labour market than their non-graduate counterparts (Britton et al., 2020; Eurostat, 2021). Furthermore, HE participation also appears to be positively associated with a number of favourable outcomes in later adulthood, such as longer life expectancy and greater civic engagement (Balaj et al., 2024; Brennan et al., 2013). Research on patterns of access to HE in England in particular presents the opportunity to understand the impact of high university tuition fees, given that England is reported to have the highest tuition fees of any OECD country (OECD, 2021). Despite this, some international comparisons have suggested that England has performed well in enabling certain groups of disadvantaged students to access HE. For example, the UK as a whole was ranked in fifth place among the OECD countries with respect to access to HE for young people who have parents with lower levels of education (OECD, 2012). Whilst tuition fees in England appear to be exceptionally high, students are supported financially by a system of income-contingent loans. These can be used to finance the cost of HE and are only repaid by graduates who earn above a certain threshold (Murphy et al., 2019), potentially reducing the deterrent effect of high tuition fees. Existing literature on access to HE in England has suggested that many inequalities in access to HE (such as those by socioeconomic background) can be largely explained by corresponding inequalities in attainment at the secondary education level (Crawford & Greaves, 2015; Croll & Attwood, 2013). This is in line with other international evidence on this issue, with the OECD reporting that 37% of all variance in disparities in access to HE by parental level of education (across the OECD countries) can be explained by inequalities in earlier schooling (OECD, 2012). However, some research suggests that some vulnerable groups (such as poorer students and those from ethnic minority backgrounds) may be disadvantaged in the HE admissions process, perhaps by being disadvantaged in the application process itself (Boliver, 2013; Jones, 2013). The UK Government routinely collects data concerning the attainment and personal characteristics of all school pupils within state-funded schools in England and makes this data available to researchers via the National Pupil Database, which is believed to be one of the richest education datasets in the world (Department for Education, 2015). This study takes advantage the richness of administrative data available in England to explore the following research question:
As well as considering absolute disparities in access to HE by different characteristics, there will also be consideration as to whether or not different inequalities in HE access can be explained by confounding variables such as disparities in attainment in secondary education. This will reveal the extent to which certain background characteristics may present a barrier to HE participation, within the context of one of the most expensive higher education systems in the world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The UK Government’s National Pupil Database (NPD) was used to gather data concerning the entire cohort of young people in England who turned 16 years of age between September 2014 and August 2015. Data was gathered concerning pupils’ school attainment at age 16, gender, ethnicity and postcode of residence. Two different measures of school attainment were gathered. The first was a points-based measure of the 8 highest grades achieved in subject assessments and examinations and the second was a marker indicating whether or not each pupil had demonstrated a basic level of competency in a range of traditional academic subjects such as English, science, mathematics and foreign languages. Data was also accessed showing whether or not pupils were known to be eligible for free school meals. In England, young people are eligible for free school meals if their parents qualify for certain means-tested welfare benefits (HM Government, n.d.). Free school meals eligibility is therefore known to be a way of identifying pupils who are likely to be from a socioeconomically disadvantaged household (Ilie et al., 2017). The pupil postcode measure revealed the street on which pupils were residing. This data was cross-referenced against data from the UK’s Index of Multiple Deprivation (IMD) to judge the extent to which pupils were living in more disadvantaged neighbourhoods. Records from the UK’s Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA) were then used to identify whether each pupil had progressed to degree-level study by the age of 19. It was possible to match together both the NPD and HESA datasets using anonymous matching references supplied by both data providers. In total, data concerning 565,169 pupils was available for analysis. Firstly, descriptive statistics were produced which revealed for each group of pupils with a given characteristics what proportion of the group had progressed to degree level study by the age of 19. Secondly, binary logistic regression analyses were performed which could isolate the extent to which any given characteristic could predict the likelihood of a young person progressing to degree-level study once other variables were controlled for statistically. These regression analyses were performed on a restricted dataset of 549,922 pupils, where any cases with missing data had been removed. Regression analyses were performed in stages – for each given variable of interest, disparities in secondary school attainment were controlled for first, before all other variables were then controlled for in a second analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The proportion of pupils eligible for free school meals progressing to HE (23.4%) was substantially lower than the proportion of pupils progressing to HE who were not eligible for free school meals (41.3%). However, the statistical modelling suggested that this could be explained entirely by disparities in secondary school attainment at age 16. This suggests that young people who achieve the same level of attainment in their secondary schooling tend to have an equal likelihood of progression to higher education irrespective of their level of household income. Policies which have the effect of reducing attainment gaps between more and less advantaged students earlier on in the education system would be likely to have the effect of narrowing socioeconomic participation gaps in higher education. Young people from a poorer background may not necessarily be deterred by England’s high levels of tuition fees, perhaps due to the availability of income-contingent loans. More countries might therefore reasonably consider greater use of such income-contingent loans. Female pupils progressed to HE at a much higher rate (44.5%) than male pupils (33.4%), however this observation could be explained predominantly – though not entirely – by their higher average attainment in school examinations at age 16. Pupil ethnicity had a large bearing on the likelihood of young people progressing to HE. With a small number of exceptions, most ethnic minority groups had higher progression rates to HE than the white British ethnic group. Large disparities in access to HE by ethnicity still persisted once differences in school attainment and other factors were controlled for statistically. This could suggest that young people from ethnic minority backgrounds have a greater propensity to choose to take part in HE. Alternatively, young people from ethnic minority backgrounds might face barriers in accessing other pathways such as apprenticeships, technical education or employment. References Balaj, M., Henson, C. A., Aronsson, A., Aravkin, A., Beck, K., Degail, C., Donadello, L., Eikemo, K., Friedman, J., Giouleka, A., Gradeci, I., Hay, S. I., Jensen, M. R., McLaughlin, S. A., Mullany, E. C., O'Connell, E. M., Sripada, K., Stonkute, D., Sorensen, R. J. D., . . . Gakidou, E. (2024). Effects of education on adult mortality: a global systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet Public Health. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(23)00306-7 Boliver, V. (2013). How fair is access to more prestigious UK universities? The British Journal of Sociology, 64(2), 344-364. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-4446.12021 Brennan, J., Durazzi, N., & Séné, T. (2013). Things we know and don't know about higher education: a review of recent literature. Department for Business Innovation & Skills. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/wider-benefits-of-higher-education-literature-review Britton, J., Dearden, L., van der Erve, L., & Waltmann, B. (2020). The impact of undergraduate degrees on lifetime earnings. Institute for Fiscal Studies. https://ifs.org.uk/publications/14729 Crawford, C., & Greaves, E. (2015). Socio-economic, ethnic and gender differences in HE participation. Department for Business Innovation and Skills. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/higher-education-participation-socio-economic-ethnic-and-gender-differences Croll, P., & Attwood, G. (2013). Participation In Higher Education: Aspirations, Attainment And Social Background. British Journal of Educational Studies, 61(2), 187-202. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2013.787386 Department for Education. (2015). The national pupil database: User guide. Department for Education. Eurostat. (2021). Earnings statistics. Retrieved 24 January 2024 from https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Earnings_statistics HM Government. (n.d.). Apply for free school meals. HM Government,. Retrieved 19 August 2022 from https://www.gov.uk/apply-free-school-meals Ilie, S., Sutherland, A., & Vignoles, A. (2017). Revisiting free school meal eligibility as a proxy for pupil socio-economic deprivation. British Educational Research Journal, 43(2), 253-274. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3260 Jones, S. (2013). “Ensure That You Stand Out from the Crowd”: A Corpus-Based Analysis of Personal Statements according to Applicants’ School Type. Comparative Education Review, 57(3), 397-423. https://doi.org/10.1086/670666 Montacute, R., & Cullinane, C. (2023). 25 years of university access: How access to higher education has changed over time. The Sutton Trust. https://www.suttontrust.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/25-Years-of-University-Access.pdf Murphy, R., Scott-Clayton, J., & Wyness, G. (2019). The end of free college in England: Implications for enrolments, equity, and quality. Economics of Education Review, 71, 7-22. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2018.11.007 OECD. (2012). Education at a Glance 2012. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/publication/eag-2012-en OECD. (2021). Education at a Glance 2021. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/publication/b35a14e5-en OECD. (2023). Education at a Glance 2023. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/publication/e13bef63-en Smith, E. (2018). Key Issues in Education and Social Justice: 2nd Edition. SAGE. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper First-in-Family Higher Education Graduates’ Cost of Social Mobility 1Universitat de Barcelona, Spain; 2HUNREN, Centre for Social Sciences, Hungary Presenting Author:This paper centres on how first-in-family university graduate Roma (Gitano) and non-Roma Hungarians of working-class origin experience higher education-driven social mobility. We focus on their university years and their transition from education to work, and explore the structural, institutional and socio-cultural conditions that shape Roma and non-Roma young people’s distinctive mobility paths. Most research projects on racialised ethnic minorities’ successful university attainment (e.g. Flecha et al., 2022; Gallego-Noche & Goenechea-Permisán, 2022; Gamella, 2011; Padilla-Carmona et al., 2020) take for granted the lineal, positive effect of education on social mobility, similar to the quantitative tradition of social mobility studies (Bukodi & Goldthorpe, 2019; Róbert, 2019). In contrast, our project – drawing on a recently developed perspective - goes further to study the link between higher education gains and social mobility chances for the racialised Gitano minority, and their non-racialised co-citizens from similar socio-economic and social contexts, through an intersectional comparison. This paper can be situated in the recent line of social mobility studies (e.g. Friedman, 2016; Mallman, 2018) Haga clic o pulse aquí para escribir texto. that investigate the individual, personal accounts of education-driven upwardly mobile people to understand the diverging outcomes and processes of their different mobility paths. So, we interpret social mobility using Bourdieu’s conceptual tools, particularly his concept of habitus, which connects both the structural and the individual levels. The individual experience of social mobility, and particularly the one driven by higher education, is a complex and often painful process, during which one must cope with misalignment between one’s primary habitus (embodied dispositions and tastes acquired in the family and [ethnic] community of origin) and a subsequent adopted habitus in the fields of education and initial professional career. There is a growing literature on the phenomenon of the dislocated and destabilised habitus – what Bourdieu (2004) called a ‘cleft habitus’ – in the case of the university students of lower-class origin. There has been relatively little exploration of how students reconcile shifts in the habitus they obtain in educational settings with their pre-existing, non-elite habitus (Abrahams & Ingram, 2013; Naudet, 2018; Wang, 2022). This paper contributes to understanding this reconciliation process. We aim to unpack how class-changers, in moving between the social milieu of their origin and their destination, occupy a unique position between two fields, what can be called a ‘third space’. Their social position is described as one of social navigators and ‘outsiders within’ who can play a bridging role between two social groupings or class fractions (Bourdieu, 1984). Contrasting the Higher Education experience of Roma with non-Roma first-generation graduates in Hungary, we draw attention to the different opportunities of reconciling conflicting class-related habitus along ethno-racial lines. For this purpose, we use the concept of ‘Third Space’ (TS) to understand these young people’s experiences. TSs provide a privileged space for reflection and selfhood elaboration during mobility trajectories (Bhabha, 1994). Empirical research finds that there are salient differences between Roma and non-Roma, that is ethnic/racial minority and majority, in the ways they occupy or create ‘third spaces’ due to the specificities of the Roma community's mobility journey through higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on interviews and participatory observations from a four-year-long research project (2018–2021) that investigated a different education-driven social mobility trajectories of 175 first-in-family Roma and non-Roma HE graduates in Hungary. We used ‘intensity sampling methodology’ (Miles & Huberman, 1994) to select 12 interviews from the 175, the ones whose arguments provide especially revealing, content-dense examples of ‘reconciled habitus’, that can further enhance our theoretical-conceptual framework. We focused on those individuals with a reconciled habitus (approximately ¾ part of our database), who following a period of sensing of dislocation eventually encountered their belonging, through negotiating the elements of their habitus. The informants of the project were identified relying on the researchers’ personal networks, the chain-referral sampling method, and also through social media advertisement. We identified interviewees as Roma or non-Roma, based on self-ascription. The collected narrative life-course interviews last from one to three hours, and they were mainly recorded in a one-off session, although in some cases repeated meetings occurred. Voice-recorded informed consent was obtained from all participants, a procedure that was initially approved by the research ethnic committee of the institution that hosted the project. Interviews audio files were transcribed verbatim, and from this moment on anonymised texts were used by our team in order to protect interviewees’ privacy following the research ethical guidelines. Anonymised interview texts were coded based on our theoretical questions, interview guide, and some additional categories that were created throughout initial rounds of analysis using the qualitative data analysis and research software ATLAS.ti 8. The research team prioritised 'epistemic justice,' ensuring Roma researchers took the role of knowledge producers rather than being solely subjects of study. Nonetheless, all authors of this conference paper are second-generation, non-Roma university graduates, two of whom have experienced habitus dislocation resulting from migration. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A diversity of contexts and agents help the reconciliation of destabilised habitus during HE-driven social mobility. We identified a series of factors in our interviewees’ mobility trajectories that most strongly influenced the habitus dislocation and the subsequent habitus reconciliation. Namely, most influential factors are the range and speed of social mobility (Durst & Bereményi, 2021; Friedman, 2014), the direction and destination of movement through social space (Nyírő & Durst, 2021), the person’s belonging to a racialized/ethnic minority (Durst et al., 2022), the range of geographical mobility, and family’s aspirations (Bereményi, 2018). These factors may be sensibly supported by institutions or informal groups at the universities. We found that ethnically targeting support groups foster reconciliation process by acknowledging ‘community cultural wealth’ or ‘Roma cultural capital’ (Boros et al., 2021). A comparative result is that we could not identify any support groups that focused on the community cultural wealth of ethnic majority class-changers. We explored ‘third-space’ experiences of class changers. For Roma individuals, TS entails embracing a shared sense of identity, one that is often influenced by ‘race’, and a shared commitment to improving the circumstances of Roma communities. Conversely, for non-Roma individuals, TS represents an opportunity to construct a symbolic home-making within an unfamiliar social context, in the middle class, by forging their own individual trajectory toward careers aimed at aiding others. Nevertheless, for both groups TS provided an opportunity for ‘dispositional relaxation’ (Hadas, 2021) during the HE years. In our sample, non-Roma often pursue bridging roles like social work or teaching, aspiring to contribute to a fairer society. In contrast, Roma youth often adopt a resisting perspective, challenging power dynamics and institutional norms (Bhabha, 1994; hooks, 1989; Soja, 1996). Formal and informal TSs exist, with Roma support groups more consciously addressing the challenges of social mobility compared to non-Roma equivalents. References Abrahams, J., & Ingram, N. (2013). The Chameleon Habitus: Exploring Local Students’ Negotiations of Multiple Fields. Sociological Research Online, 18(4), 213-226. Bhabha, H. K. (1994). The location of culture. Routledge. Boros, J., Bogdán, P., & Durst, J. (2021). Accumulating roma cultural capital: First-in-family graduates and the role of educational talent support programs. Szociologiai Szemle, 31(3), 74-102. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction. A social critique of the judgement of taste. Harvard University Press. Bourdieu, P. (2004). Sketch for a Self-Analysis (University). Bukodi, E., & Goldthorpe, J. H. (2019). Social Mobility and Education in Britain. Research, Politics and Policy. Cambridge University Press. Durst, J., & Bereményi, Á. (2021). «I Felt I Arrived Home»: The Minority Trajectory of Mobility for First-in-Family Hungarian Roma Graduates. En M. M. Mendes, O. Magano, & S. Toma (Ed.), Social and Economic Vulnerability of Roma People (p. 229-249). Springer Flecha, A., Abad-Merino, S., Macías-Aranda, F., & Segovia-Aguilar, B. (2022). Roma University Students in Spain: Who Are They? Education Sciences, 12(6), 400. Friedman, S. (2014). The Price of the Ticket: Rethinking the Experience of Social Mobility. Sociology, 48(2), 352-368. Friedman, S. (2016). Habitus clivé and the emotional imprint of social mobility. The Sociological Review, 64(1), 129-147. Hadas, M. (2021). Outlines of a Theory of Plural Habitus: Bourdieu Revisited. Routledge. hooks, bell. (1989). Choosing the margin as a space of radical openness. Framework: The Journal of Cinema and Media, 36, 15-23. Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2a ed.). Sage Publications Ltd. Naudet, J. (2018). Stepping into the elite. Trajectories of social achievement in India, France and the United States. Oxford University Press. Nyírő, Z., & Durst, J. (2021). Racialisation rules: The effect of educational upward mobility on habitus. Szociológiai Szemle, 1-31. Padilla-Carmona, M., González-Monteagudo, J., & Heredia-Fernández, S. (2020). The Roma in Spanish Higher Education: Lights and Shades after Three Decades of National Plans for Roma Inclusion. En L. Morley, A. Mirga, & N. Redzepi (Ed.), The Roma in European Higher Education. Recasting ldentities, Re-lmagining Futures (p. 133-150). Bloomsbury Academic. Soja, E. W. (1996). Thirdspace. Journeys to Los Angeles and Other Real-and-Imagined Places. Blackwell Publishers. Wang, S. (2022). Self in mobility: Exploring the transnational in-between identity of Chinese student returnees from the UK. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 52(6), 861-878. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper 'I'm Hearing The Lower Class Of People': Eastern European Students At An Elite European Graduate School Corvinus University of Budapest, Hungary Presenting Author:Although research has been burgeoning on the experience of nonelite students in elite settings, most scholars focus on the Ivy League or Oxbridge, neglecting some of the most prestigious universities in Europe. With past research mainly focused on initial entry to HE, little attention has been paid to postgraduate levels, which this study aims to remedy. Using interviews with a cohort of final-year doctoral students at a highly prestigious European graduate school, the paper specifically focuses on the social integration of Eastern European (EE) students who struggle to fit in among the elite-university-educated, mostly Western European student body. By considering "fitting in" as an interactional process, the paper aims to examine the experiences of EE students’ vis-a-vis their peers and faculty, and the ways in which this varies by social class. Researchers have looked into the ways in which nonelite students felt excluded in elite HE settings, resulting in a growing body of scholarship investigating the experiences of working class, black, and ethnic minority students who successfully penetrated the class ceiling (see e.g. Friedman and Laurison 2019). Yet, scholars often studied race and class independently, with separate streams of scholarship tackling the ‘black student experience’ (e.g. Carter 2005) or the ‘working class experience’ (e.g. Reay et al. 2009). Although American scholarship was keen to place race at the centre stage, British scholars posited that ‘class differences are more apparent and significant than minority ethnic similarities’ (Ball et al., 2002). But with neither of these groups being monolithic, it is often the interaction of race/ethnicity and class that provokes ‘a sense of cultural alienation’ among nonelite students in elite settings (Torres 2009: 888). Despite the EU enlargement occurring some decades ago, the increasing number of EE students studying at Western European (WE) universities has received limited attention. Overall, there has been negligible research specifically dedicated to EEs as a student group (see, e.g., Chankseliani 2016, Genova 2016, Ginnerskov-Dahlberg 2021, Marcu 2015), and, to my knowledge, none has delved into their social integration within elite settings. This study significantly contributes to the literature through the exploration of the experiences of EE students at an elite WE campus where all students share the same social milieu throughout their studies and all benefit from scholarships that enable them to access high quality education regardless of their social origin. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilises in-depth interviews conducted with doctoral students from post-socialist countries (EE nationality). A total of 20 students were interviewed, reflecting their proportion within an admitted cohort/year group. Potential interviewees were identified through the university website and contacted via email to request their participation. The approached students were all in their final year and part of a specific cohort. The interviews took (on average) an hour and were conducted in English. The interview data have been anonymised and some personal details have been removed to ensure confidentiality. Following transcription, the data were analysed using thematic analysis that focused on the students' experiences of fitting in among the student body and their relationships with peers and faculty. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Elite universities offer a prime opportunity to explore long-range social mobility from the perspective of a two-way process that considers not only the experiences of non-elite students, but also how others relate to them and the emotional impact such interactions leave behind. EE students looking for authenticity and meaningful connections with peers and instructors were taken aback by the superficial nature of social connections on this elite campus. Microaggressions, the (not so) subtle ways in which various stereotypes can play out, were employed as tools of exclusion practised by elite students towards EEs who reported several incidents in which their peers and faculty made them feel uncomfortable, unwelcome, and misunderstood. While the interviewed EE students were all accepted into an elite doctoral programme, fully accepted they were not, since neither their peers nor the university welcomed them with open arms. Drawing on Accominotti's (et al. 2018) notion of ‘segregated inclusion,' the study will demonstrate the ways in which cultural and socio-economic differences can lead onto stratified social relationships among the student body which ultimately affect the degree to which EE students can take advantage of being a member of an elite university. References Accominotti F. (2016). Figures of purity: consecration, exclusion, and segregated inclusion in cultural settings. Unpublished PhD thesis, Columbia University. Accominotti F., Khan, S.R., & Storer, A. (2018). How Cultural Capital Emerged in Gilded Age America: Musical Purification and Cross-Class Inclusion at the New York Philharmonic. American Journal of Sociology 123 (6), 1743-1783. Archer, L. & Leathwood, C. (2003). ‘Identities, Inequalities and Higher Education’, in L. Archer et al. Higher Education: Issues of Inclusion and Exclusion, pp. 175–92. London: RoutledgeFalmer. Bourdieu, P. & Passeron, J. C. (1994) Academic Discourse. Cambridge: Polity Press. Ferguson, S., & Lareau, A. (2021). Hostile Ignorance, Class, and Same-Race Friendships: Perspectives of Working-Class College Students. Socius, 7. Friedman, S., Laurison, D., & Miles, A. (2015). Breaking the ‘Class’ Ceiling? Social Mobility into Britain’s Elite Occupations. The Sociological Review, 63 (2), 259–289. Granfield, R. (1991). Making it by faking it: Working-Class Students in an Elite Academic Environment. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 20(3), 331–351. Jack, A.A. & Black, Z. (2022). “Belonging and Boundaries at an Elite University.” Social Problems. Online First: https://doi.org/10.1093/socpro/spac051 Langhout, R.D., Rosselli, F., & Feinstein, J. (2007). Assessing Classism in Academic Settings. The Review of Higher Education 30 (2), 145-184. Lee, E. M. (2017). ‘“Where People Like Me Don’t Belong”’: Faculty Members from Low-socioeconomic-status Backgrounds. Sociology of Education, 90 (3), 197–212. Lee, E.M. & Kramer, R. (2013). Out With The Old, In With The New? Habitus And Social Mobility At Selective Colleges. Sociology of Education 86 (1): 18–35. Morales, E. M. (2014). Intersectional Impact: Black Students and Race, Gender and Class Microaggressions in Higher Education. Race, Gender & Class, 21(3/4), 48–66. Reay, D., Crozier, G., & Clayton, J. (2009). ‘Strangers in Paradise’?: Working-class Students in Elite Universities. Sociology, 43(6), 1103–1121. Smith, L., Mao, S. & Deshpande, A. (2016). “Talking Across Worlds”: Classist Microaggressions and Higher Education, Journal of Poverty, 20(2), 127-151. Stuber, J. (2011). Inside the College Gates: How Class and Culture Matter in Higher Education. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books. Thiele, M., & Gillespie, B.J. (2017). Social Stratification at the Top Rung: Classed Reports of Students’ Social Experiences on a Selective University Campus. Sociological Perspectives, 60(1), 113-131. Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education: A theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of educational research, 45 (1), 89-125. Torres, K. (2009). ‘Culture shock’: Black students account for their distinctiveness at an elite college. Ethnic and Racial Studies 32 (5), 883–905. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 04 D: Students' Trajectories in HE Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Graça Fernandes Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Exploring International Students' Perspectives on Being ‘International’ 1Victoria University of Wellington; 2University of Canterbury Presenting Author:The international mobility of students plays a crucial role in the ongoing process of the internationalisation of higher education, garnering growing attention and interest (Bista et al., 2018). This phenomenon exhibits a significant and widespread presence of international students across diverse countries (Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD], 2021). In 2019, the enrolment of international students in higher education institutions reached 6.1 million, reflecting an annual growth rate of 5.5% from 1998 to 2019 (OECD, 2021). The trends, however, were disrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic (Kanwar & Carr, 2020). Nevertheless, the reopening of borders has offered hope for a potential reversal in the pandemic-induced decline. New Zealand, for instance, experienced a 33% decline in international enrolments between 2019 and 2021. However, international student visa applications soared from 7,710 in October 2022 to 43,541 by July 2023 (Education New Zealand, 2022; 2023). This trend mirrors a global pattern, supported by a significant increase in international student numbers in OECD countries (OECD, 2023). Research on the experiences of international students is crucial for informing policies and practices (Deuchar, 2022). Yet, a challenge lies in defining the term 'international student.’ This definitional challenge not only presents a semantic hurdle but also complicates the development of targeted strategies to address their diverse needs. The prevailing definition focuses on individuals pursuing education outside their home countries, often emphasizing the geographical dimension and using criteria such as visas or national affiliations (Bista et al., 2018). Despite seemingly clear criteria, the term's inherent ambiguity persists, and interpretations may vary based on the specific context in which it is used (OECD, 2021). A common tendency is to view international students as a uniform group, hindering effective university responses (Lausch et al., 2017). Advocates for a nuanced viewpoint argue that this simplification overlooks the complexities of the international student experience (Heng, 2019). Additionally, while existing research has explored the experiences of international students, their own viewpoints and narratives have received limited attention (Koo & Mathies, 2022). Language and ethnicity are often used to generalize the identity of international students (Tavares, 2021). Broad categorizations may not fully grasp how some students shape identities in new socio-cultural settings and fail to capture how personal characteristics and experiences influence their perception of self (Tian & Lowe, 2009). Furthermore, the dominant deficit-oriented view of international students, focused on challenges and generalizations, neglects their individual identities (Tavares, 2021). This paper reports findings from a qualitative study using phenomenology to explore the experiences of 12 international undergraduate students at a university in Aotearoa New Zealand, delving into their perspectives on being 'international.' While focused on a specific university, the insights gained have important implications for policymakers globally, nationally, and institutionally. They guide the development of more informed and tailored strategies to enhance the overall international student experience. The findings challenge the conventional notion that the label international student should exclusively define individuals based on visa status and shared characteristics. Instead, they emphasize the nuanced complexity of international students' experiences, questioning the tendency to homogenize this diverse group. It not only identifies elements contributing to a collective group identity but also recognizes those shaping individual identities. In doing so, the study illuminates the rich diversity within the international student community in higher education, emphasizing the significance of individual experiences and unique perspectives in shaping their sense of self. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study aimed to contribute to a comprehensive understanding of how international students perceive themselves. It is grounded in a relativist ontology, embracing the notion that truths are subjective, varying across individuals and their perceptions (Guba, 1990). This philosophical stance aligns seamlessly with a constructionist epistemology. Within this conceptual framework, the study adopted an interpretive theoretical perspective, asserting that meanings are central to shaping actions and that reality is multifaceted, accessed through diverse interpretations (Denzin & Lincoln, 2011). The methodological approach employed is interpretative phenomenology, involving both descriptive and interpretative phases. During the descriptive stage, preconceptions were set aside to identify recurring patterns, forming the basis for interpretative analysis that explored nuanced meanings in participants' experiences. Twelve international students were purposefully selected to participate in this study. The sample size was chosen with consideration for the qualitative nature of the research, which prioritized depth of insight over breadth. To ensure the trustworthiness of the study, Lincoln and Guba's (1985) criteria—credibility, transferability, dependability, and confirmability—were rigorously followed. In-depth semi-structured interviews, guided by a pre-defined question list, were conducted. This approach offers a balance between using a predefined set of questions and allowing flexibility to delve into participants' responses in depth (Ruslin et al., 2022). Each participant underwent two to four one-hour interviews until data saturation was achieved, and the recorded interviews were transcribed verbatim. The lead researcher established cultural sensitivity and rapport through initial meetings before interviews, fostering a comfortable environment for open sharing. To emphasize confidentiality, participants were encouraged to use pseudonyms, discouraging the disclosure of their involvement. The researcher sought feedback from critical peers and maintained a comprehensive research audit trail. These measures collectively demonstrated the study's commitment to methodological rigor and ethical considerations in exploring international students' perceptions and experiences. The research employed thematic analysis to systematically organize and extract insights from the collected data, starting with a thorough review of transcripts. Codes, initially developed manually and later refined using NVivo, facilitated the identification of patterns and recurring themes within the dataset. The analysis involved an iterative process, revisiting data and codes multiple times to refine emerging themes that connected empirical data to the overarching research question. Before the study began, ethical approval was obtained, and informed consent was secured from all participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings offer insightful glimpses into the intricate realm of identity among international students, as perceived by the students themselves. Participants identified themselves with a group characterized by its diverse composition, with their collective identity shaped by the shared experience of holding student visas. They recognised stereotypes used as defining principles for international students, intensifying feelings of 'othering' and an 'us versus them' mentality. Additionally, their awareness of challenges associated with their international student status further strengthened their collective identity. Nonetheless, this research challenged the homogenization of international students, highlighting their diverse identities beyond the simplistic label of 'international student'. It emphasized the multifaceted dimensions contributing to their individuality, uncovering a spectrum of social identities, including ethnicity, religion, gender, age, financial means, and civil status. The findings illuminated a nuanced reality where shared characteristics coexist with individual differences, portraying experiences abroad as 'the-same-and-different.' Through analysing the participants' narratives, the relevance of self-categorization theory and intersectionality became evident (Hutcheson, 2023; Levine & Reicher, 1996) The participants complex interplay of identities also aligned with narrower spheres defined by individual attributes and experiences. They encountered varying challenges, shaping their trajectories and identities. Additionally, cultural affinity mediated interactions with the dominant local population, impacting self-perception. While acceptance by locals could foster belonging and even lead to being embraced as locals, for others, these interactions can worsen feelings of alienation, reinforcing their outsider status. This multifaceted tapestry of identity was enriched by factors such as self-perceived university readiness, English proficiency, self-perceived intelligence, and motivation, each contributing to one's sense of self. Expectations varied depending on information access, and resilience levels differed in handling challenges. Participants also showcased diverse goals and priorities, influenced by personal and external factors in career choices. Their subjective judgments of personal success added complexity, reflecting unique values and aspirations. References Bista, K., Sharma, G., & Gaulee, U. (2018). International student mobility: Examining trends and tensions. In K. Bista, (ed.), International student mobility and opportunities for growth in the global market (pp. 1 – 14). Hershey. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-5225-3451-8.ch001 Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2011). The Sage handbook of qualitative research. Deuchar, A. (2022). The problem with international students' ‘experiences’ and the promise of their practices: Reanimating research about international students in higher education. British Educational Research Journal, 48(3), 504-518. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3779 Education New Zealand. (2022, October 27). October update from Immigration New Zealand [Press Release]. https://www.enz.govt.nz/news-and-research/ed-news/october-update-from-immigration-new-zealand/ Education New Zealand. (2023, July 19). July update from Immigration New Zealand [Press Release]. https://www.enz.govt.nz/news-and-research/ed-news/july-update-from-immigration-new-zealand/ Guba, E. G. (1990). The paradigm dialog. Sage Publications. Heng, T. T. (2019). Understanding the heterogeneity of international students’ experiences: A case study of Chinese international students in US universities. Journal of Studies in International Education, 23(5), 607-623. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315319829880 Hutcheson, S. (2023). Calling race into research with International students. Confronting omissions. In J. Mittelmeier, S. Lomer, & K. Unkule (Eds.), Research with international students. Critical, conceptual, and methodological considerations (pp. 266-273). Routledge Kanwar, A., & Carr, A. (2020). The impact of COVID-19 on international higher education: New models for the new normal. Journal of Learning for Development, 7(3), 326-333. Koo, K., & Mathies, C. (2022). New voices from intersecting identities among international students around the world: Transcending single stories of coming and leaving. Journal of International Students, 12(S2), 1-12. https://doi.org/10.32674/jis.v12iS2.4776 Lausch, D., Teman, E., & Perry, C. (2017). Scholastics, pabulum, clans, transformation: A journey into otherness. Journal of International Students, 7(3), 893-917. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.570040 Levine, R. M., & Reicher, S. D. (1996). Making sense of symptoms: Self‐categorization and the meaning of illness and injury. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35(2), 245-256. Lincoln, Y., & Guba, E. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage Publications. OECD (2021). Education at a Glance 2021: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/b35a14e5-en OECD (2023), International Migration Outlook 2023, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/b0f40584-en Ruslin, R., Mashuri, S., Rasak, M., Alhabsyi, F., & Syam, H. (2022). Semi-structured Interview: A methodological reflection on the development of a qualitative research instrument in educational studies. IOSR Journal of Research & Method in Education (IOSR-JRME), 12(1), 22-29. Tavares, V. (2021). Theoretical perspectives on international student identity. Journal of Comparative & International Higher Education, 13(2), 83-97. https://doi.org/10.32674/jcihe.v13i2.2949 Tian, M., & Lowe, J. (2009). Existentialist internationalisation and the Chinese student experience in English universities. Compare, 39(5), 659-676. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057920903125693 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Volunteering as a Strategy of Developing Student’s Transversal Competencies. A Study in Spanish Higher Education Institutions University of Santiago de Compostela, Spain Presenting Author:Volunteering has played a key role in the historical development of communities. It is an act of civic engagement that involves pro-social, planned and long-term behaviours with the aim of altruistically benefiting other individuals or groups in a particular organisational setting (Penner, 2002). In the university context, volunteering is formal due to its organisational characteristics, through programmes managed by higher education institutions (HEIs) through their services or departments in collaboration with non-profit organisations (United Nations Volunteers [UNV], 2015). In general, volunteering programmes make it possible to articulate processes of collaboration and reciprocity between students, institutions and social organisations that benefit all the actors involved (Haski-Leventhal et al., 2020). In view of the challenges posed by the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, volunteering expands and mobilises the university community to provide an effective response to global challenges (United Nations, 2021). The development of transversal competencies -called in research soft skills, transferable skills or generic competencies- has become a crucial factor for the employability and social inclusion of university students in the current context characterised by globalisation, digitalisation, social exclusion, unemployment and precariousness of European and especially Spanish youth (García-Álvarez et al., 2022). These can be defined as a "dynamic combination of cognitive and meta-cognitive, interpersonal, intellectual and practical skills" that "help people to adapt and behave positively so that they can deal effectively with the challenges of their professional and everyday life" (Haselberg et al., 2012, p. 67). In European policies, volunteering is a recurring training strategy in search of more opportunities to promote young people's social participation and employability by developing competencies in a lifelong learning approach (European Parliament and Council of the European Union, 2021). In the same way, universities have added to their agendas, alongside volunteer, service-learning or entrepreneurial initiatives, work placements or internships for students to gain experience in real learning environments (Evans & Yusof, 2022; Holmes et al., 2021). In this sense, the Conference of Rectors of Spanish Universities (CRUE, 2021) has highlighted the need to keep working on the development of undergraduates' skills, not only through teaching projects, but also through other actions such as volunteer work. The aim is to improve their skills (upskilling) or acquire new skills (reskilling) for effective action in uncertain environments. Reflecting the public interest of voluntary activities, the scientific literature contains numerous studies on the impact of such activities on participants' satisfaction, physical and mental wellbeing, self-awareness and self-reflection, altruism, intercultural competence, democratic participation, academic performance, moral development, social responsibility, employability, career development and higher levels of self-efficacy (Evans & Yusof, 2022; Haski-Leventhal et al., 2020; Holmes et al., 2021). Overall, studies on the link between volunteering and the development of transversal competencies have focused on non-formal learning contexts, i.e. initiatives organised by non-profit organisations or other public or private institutions (cf. Santos Rego et al., 2018; Souto-Otero, 2016). As a result, there is less evidence that highlights the impact of these experiences from the management of university services (i.e. Khasanzyanova, 2017), particularly in the Spanish context. In light of the above, this study aims to analyse the transversal competencies that students develop through their participation in volunteering programmes managed by higher education institutions in Spain. In this sense, the study addresses a main research question (RQ): What are the transversal competencies that students develop through their participation in volunteer activities managed by university services? This research is the result of the specific collaboration agreement between the Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, Universitat de Girona and Fundación Mutua Madrileña for the development of the study "Volunteering and Social Participation in University Studies". Ref. (2022-CL060). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on a non-experimental, exploratory and descriptive study. A non-probabilistic purposive sample was chosen for the research. For this purpose, five universities located in different parts of Spain and with similar volunteer services were selected: Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (UAM), Universitat de Girona (UdG), Universidad de Murcia (UM), Universidad Pablo de Olavide (UPO) and Universidade de Santiago de Compostela (USC). The participants are students registered in the databases of the services of the universities involved in the study, who participated in volunteering experiences between the academic years 2018-2019 and 2021-2022. The sample for the study is made up of 373 university students (79.6% female; 19% male; 1.3% other) who have carried out voluntary work in one or more academic years during their academic career. As regards the profile of the sample, it is worth noting that there is a notable presence of students from the field of Social and Legal Sciences (46.7%), having participated in these experiences during a single academic year (65.6%) in the following areas of volunteering: social (42.9%), social-health (15.8%) and educational (13.4%). The instrument is based on an ad hoc questionnaire for young volunteers at universities. Specifically, data are collected on the profile of student volunteers, motivations for volunteering and satisfaction with the university services. In addition, the instrument has a Likert scale (1=not at all; 5=very much). Its purpose is to assess the extent to which student volunteers have developed a set of transversal competencies that have been identified in the scientific literature as essential for young people's employability and social inclusion. Similar studies in the field (Santos Rego et al., 2018; Souto-Otero, 2016) and in European higher education institutions, as in the case of the Tuning project (González & Wagenaar, 2003), were considered for the design of the scale. The psychometric analysis of the scale was carried out using Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) and Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA). All indices showed a proper adjustment. The final scale resulted in 16 items. The instrument was administered at two points in time (September and October 2021) through the online tool Microsoft Forms. Participants were informed of the voluntary and anonymous nature of the instrument. Data processing was carried out in accordance with EU Regulation 2016/679 and Organic Law 3/2018 on personal data protection. IBM SPSS version 27 software was used for data coding and statistical analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In general, this paper has examined the extent to which students who participate in voluntary activities managed by Spanish universities develop transversal competencies. The data clearly indicate that participation in extracurricular activities contributes to the improvement of young people's human capital, with effects on academic, civic and professional dimensions (Evans & Yusof, 2022; Haski-Leventhal et al., 2020; Khasanzyanova, 2017; Santos Rego et al., 2018). Specifically, the results show that the most developed transversal competencies are teamwork (M=4.39; SD .92), problem solving (M=4.19; SD=.88), planning, coordination and organization (M= 4.14; SD=.92), and initiative (M= 4.14; SD= .91). International work (M=3.16; SD= 1.44) and using technology (M=3.17; SD=1.40) were rated lowest. Combining these results, in line with similar studies in national and international contexts, participation in voluntary work contributes significantly to the development of young people's transversal competencies, in particular: teamwork, problem-solving, creativity, organisational skills or entrepreneurship (Khasanzyanova, 2017; Santos Rego et al., 2018; Souto-Otero, 2016). However, the scarce development of competencies in the context of digitalisation and internationalisation calls for a greater effort on the part of higher education institutions in their management, with a wider range of options. This applies to international volunteering and digital volunteering, which have been shown to benefit young people's personal and professional development (Jones, 2010; Park & Johnston, 2017). In general, this work has shown the need to consider volunteering programmes as a key educational strategy for universities to work towards greater social inclusion and student employability. This is particularly important in view of the high levels of unemployment and social exclusion among young people in Spain. However, we must not forget the third mission of the university, which considers the transfer of knowledge and social responsibility as the main axes of its action, in which volunteering plays and should always play an important role. References Conference of Rectors of Spanish Universities. (CRUE). (2021). Universidad 2030. https://www.crue.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/CRUE_UNIVERSIDAD2030_VERSION-DIGITAL.pdf European Parliament, & Council of the European Union. (2021). Establishing the European Solidarity Corps Programme. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/888/oj Evans, C., & Yusof, Z. N. (2022). Volunteering: A viable alternative work experience for university students? Industry and Higher Education, 37(1), 1-32. https://doi.org/10.1177/09504222221093180 García-Álvarez, J., Vázquez-Rodríguez, A., Quiroga-Carrillo, A., & Priegue, D. (2022). Transversal Competencies for Employability in University Graduates: A Systematic Review from the Employers’ Perspective. Education Sciences, 12(3), 1-37. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12030204 González, J., & Wagenaar, R. (2003). Tuning Educational Structures in Europe. Universidad de Deusto. Haselberger., D., Oberheumer, P., Perez, E., Cinque, M., & Capasso, D. (2012). Mediating Soft Skills at Higher Education Institutions. Guidelines for the design of learning situations supporting soft skills achievement. https://gea-college.si/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/MODES_handbook_en.pdf Haski-Leventhal, D., Paull, M., Young, S., MacCallum, J., Holmes, K., Omari, M., Scott, R., & Alony, I. (2020). The Multidimensional Benefits of University Student Volunteering: Psychological Contract, Expectations, and Outcomes. Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly, 49(1), 113-133. https://doi.org/10.1177/0899764019863108 Holmes, K., Paull, M., Haski-Leventhal, D., MacCallum, J., Omari, M., Walker, G., Scott, R., Young, S., & Maher, A. (2021). A continuum of university student volunteer programme models. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 43(3), 281-297. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2020.1804658 Jones, E. (2010). ‘Don’t worry about the worries’: Transforming lives through international volunteering. In E. Jones (Ed.), Internationalisation and the Student Voice: Higher Education Perspectives (pp. 83-97). Routledge. Khasanzyanova, A. (2017). How volunteering helps students to develop soft skills. International Review of Education, 63, 363-379. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-017-9645-2 Park, C. H., & Johnston, E. (2017). A framework for analyzing digital volunteer contributions in emergent crisis response efforts. New Media & Society, 19(8), 1308-1327. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444817706877 Penner, L. A. (2002). Dispositional and Organizational Influences on Sustained Volunteerism: An Interactionist Perspective. Journal of Social Issues, 58(3), 447-467. https://doi.org/10.1111/1540-4560.00270 Santos Rego, M. A., Lorenzo, M., & Vázquez-Rodríguez, A. (2018). Educación no formal y empleabilidad de la juventud. Síntesis. Souto-Otero, M. (2016). Young people's views of the outcomes of non-formal education in youth organisations: its effects on human, social and psychological capital, employability and employment. Journal of Youth Studies, 19(7), 938-956. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2015.1123234 United Nations. (2021). Our common agenda. Report of Secretary General. https://www.un.org/en/content/common-agenda-report/assets/pdf/Common_Agenda_Report_English.pdf United Nations Volunteers. (UNV). (2015). State of the World’s Volunteerism Report. Transforming Governance. https://www.unv.org/publications/2015-state-worlds-volunteerism-report-swvr-transforming-governance 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper How did Covid 19 Pandemic affect Students’ school learning in the transition from Upper Secondary to Higher Education 1CEMAPRE-REM ISEG, Lisbon School of Economics and Management Portugal; 2SOCIUS-CSG ISEG, Lisbon School of Economics and Management Portugal Presenting Author:The global COVID-19 pandemic has profoundly affected education systems worldwide, leaving an enduring impact on students across diverse grade levels. Extensive literature, including reports from the World Economic Forum (WEF, November 14, 2022) and UNESCO (2021), underscores the widespread consequences of the pandemic, revealing significant learning losses at all educational stages. Notably, lower grades have experienced more substantial setbacks than higher education (HE), particularly in subjects like Mathematics and Reading. The swift transition from traditional to online or hybrid learning formats, imperative for curbing the virus's spread, posed considerable challenges for students. The urgency of this shift, exemplified by Portugal's one-month adaptation period, emphasized the critical need for students' access to digital resources. Unfortunately, students from economically disadvantaged backgrounds encountered heightened barriers, resulting in severe learning setbacks and diminished motivation. A comprehensive literature review (Fricks, C. (2020), Garcia, E. & Weiss, E. (2020), UNESCO (2021), Dorn et al. (2021), Stark et al. (2022)) demonstrates the exacerbation of inequality in learning and access to Higher Education (HE) due to COVID-19. This research builds upon prior studies exploring factors influencing academic achievement, dropout rates, and delays in HE enrollment, demonstrating how these factors vary with economic cycles. In this study, we aim to assess the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic has intensified these existing challenges. Additionally, we will evaluate the effectiveness of measures taken by the Portuguese government to address pandemic-induced learning losses by comparing academic performance trends from 2018 to 2022. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We will use data available for 2018, 2021, and 2022 collected by the Ministry of Education’s Statistics Department, with information about students' trajectories from Upper Secondary (USec) to HE. The dataset also includes information on socio-economic status, educational expectations, reasons for not pursuing further studies, and academic performance in Math and Portuguese exams. We will use multivariable analysis in this research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Anticipated findings include confirming a substantial negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on students' academic achievement and HE enrollment. Moreover, the research aims to elucidate how the pandemic's impact varies based on individual characteristics, prior academic trajectory, family socio-economic background, and employment status. By comparing these determinants before and after the pandemic, the study seeks to provide valuable insights into the evolving landscape of students' academic challenges. References •Ali Shah et al. 2022) How Covid -19 is Accelerating the Digital Revolution – Challenges & Opportunities. Springer Link: How COVID-19 is Accelerating the Digital Revolution: Challenges and Opportunities. •Aristovnick, A., et al. (2020 Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Life of Higher Education Students: A Global Perspective, Sustainability 12(20)8438; https://doi.org/10.3390/su12208438 •Dorn et al.(2020) COVID-19 and student learning in the United States: The hurt could last a lifetime, https://kremen.fresnostate.edu/centers-projects/weltycenter /documents. •Dorn et al.(2021). Covid-19-and-education-the-lingering-effects-of-unfinished-learning, July 27. https://www.mckinsey.com/industries/education/our-insights/ •Fricks, C. (2020) 11 COVID-19’s Effect on Upper-Level Students, https://opentextbooks.clemson.edu/stswu1010fall2020/chapter/covid-19s-affect-on-students-and-their-education/ •Garcia, E. & Weiss, E. (2020). COVID-19 and student performance, equity, and U.S. education policy Lessons from pre-pandemic research to inform relief, recovery, and rebuilding, Economic Policy Institute, September 10. https://www.epi.org/publication/ •Kara, A. (2021). COVID-19 pandemic and possible trends into the future of higher education: a review, Journal of Education and Educational Development (iobmresearch.com), Maasai Mara University https://doi.org/10.22555/joeed.v8i1.183 •Kuhfeld et al 2022 The pandemic had devastating impacts on learning. What will it take to help students catch-up? •https//www.brookings.edu/articles/The pandemic had devastating impacts on learning. What will it take to help students catch-up?/ •Sandner et al 2022. Impact of COVID-19 on Higher and Post-secondary Education Systems. Springer Link: Impact of COVID-19 on Higher and Post-secondary Education Systems | SpringerLink •Stark et al 2022. Disparities in students’ Intention to Enter Higher Education during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Plos ONE (Social disparities in students’ intention to enter higher education during the COVID-19 pandemic | PLOS ONE) • Tsolu et al, The Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Education: Social Exclusion and Dropping out of School, Creative Education, Vol.12 No.03(2021), Article ID:107598,16 pages 10.4236/ce.2021.123036. WEF (2022), Here's how COVID-19 affected education – and how we can get children’s learning back on track, November 14. https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2022/11/covid19-education-impact-legacy/. •UNESCO (2021). What’s Next? Lessons on Education Recovery: Findings from a Survey of Ministries of Education amid the COVID-19 Pandemic (https://covid19.uis.unesco.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/11/2021/07/National-Education-Responses-to-COVID-19-Report2_v3.pdf |
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 04 A: Teachers and Teaching Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Jo Lampert Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Cross-Sectoral Impact of Teaching Shortages: Initial Teacher Education, Teaching and Leadership Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:This paper provides research in the connected areas of initial teacher education, teaching and leadership to present an integrated snapshot of how teaching shortages are impacting all three sectors in interconnected ways. There is currently an international crisis in the education workforce, exacerbated by Covid (Ovenden-Hope, 2022). Unprecedented teaching shortages are impacting all levels of the workforce including Initial Teacher Education (where numbers are declining and the pressure is on to attract and support new teachers); in the teaching workforce itself (where attrition and the difficulty of replacing teachers who leave is at an all-time high); and in school leadership (where principals are pressured to staff their schools in these challenging conditions). In a crisis-oriented context this ‘perfect storm’ creates a policy context of ramped-up panic and competition in teacher recruitment practices. A cross-sectoral approach is needed for government to develop education workforce policy based on research from all three sectors. Recruiting and retaining enough teachers to meet school needs has been challenging governments for many years. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization’s (UNESCO) Sustainable Development Goal 4.c is to ‘substantially increase the supply of qualified teachers’ to support an equitable education system (Ovenden-Hope, 2022). In Victoria, Australia, advertised teaching vacancies peaked at 2,600 in mid-September 2023 and by December some schools in the State were reported as receiving no applications at all for advertised positions. These teaching shortages, reported similarly throughout Europe (Lindqvist, 2022; Worth, 2023) affect some schools much more than others, with poorer, diverse metropolitan schools, regional, rural and remote schools impacted much more. The impact and risk for historically disadvantaged school communities is much greater when there is an inconsistent or transient teacher workforce and the pressure on school leaders to solve a problem beyond their control has increased. Despite a wide range of government initiatives including financial incentives, mentoring, leadership pathways and more to address a ’crippling’ problem (Caudal, 2022; See et. al., 2020), workforce shortages persist. In combining research on the impact of teaching shortages in teacher education, teaching and leadership we are working towards a more consolidated approach to finding policy solutions to teaching shortages. Our method, bringing together and comparing findings from three large research projects is unusual in aiming to strengthen collaborations between teacher educators, teachers and school leaders to better understand the phenomenon of education workforce shortages and to propose partnership-based solutions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As a first point into understanding teaching shortages, initial teacher education is considered in study one. Often focused on as an issue of teacher supply (Tatto, 2021), initial teacher education is both under scrutiny and the overwhelming focus of many government initiatives in both England and Australia. Gorard et. al.’s (2023) large-scale survey of undergraduates in England identified why people might or might not want to consider teaching as a career. Government initiatives to attract more people into the teaching workforce is the focus of a related Australian study providing insight into these initiatives and their impact over the past 20 years (Lampert et.al., 2021). This data demonstrate both the range and type of initiatives as well as suggesting the limited imagination of iterative attempts by government to fund the same sorts of strategies repeatedly, such as offering financial incentives with limited success. The Australian meta-analysis examined policies and was supplemented by interviews with key stakeholders and recipients of the initiatives to determine their impact. In study two, a large research study in Australia examined teachers’ perceptions of their working conditions. In this project a total of over 8000 Australian teachers completed an online questionnaire in 2019 and 2022 respectively (Heffernan et. al.,2022; Longmuir et al., 2022). Questions invited Likert responses and open comments. These data show teachers’ satisfaction with their role, their perceptions of respect for teachers, their feelings of safety and their intentions to stay in the profession. The survey also invited participants to describe the types of challenges they encountered and their suggestions for changes to their working conditions. The field of school leadership is reflected in study three, an ongoing project examining the emotional labour of government school principals who have been invited to contribute a short anonymous testimony – written or audio - about a critical incident that has occurred under their leadership in relation to one or more key stakeholder groups, e.g., teachers, executive staff, students, parents, community, and/or system personnel. They have been asked to reflect on the emotional impact it has had on them as principals as well as key learnings from the incident. Over 170 testimonies have been gathered, reflecting a broad diversity of schools, ranging from rural, remote, urban, low to high socioeconomic status as well as a diverse range of principals – from those in their first three years to those who have been in the role over 20 years. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Historically, while all in the ‘business’ of education, the fields of Initial Teacher Education, teachers’ work and educational leadership have largely operated in research, policy and practice siloes. The climate of teaching shortages makes it apparent that responses and strategies that take a more holistic, aligned approach must be adopted if sustainable, long term solutions are to be found. Our combined research raises new questions that we suggest can only be addressed by more integrated thinking about these challenges, such as deeper considerations of the relationship between teacher attraction, teacher preparation and teacher attrition. For instance, if teacher attrition is in part due to a lack of safety and low morale (study two), how might this be addressed in Initial Teacher Education (study one) If school leaders are experiencing an intensification of their emotional labour (study three), how is this related to teachers’ work stress and in what ways could this be seen as a systemic issue that goes beyond individuals or their roles? Currently, solutions often prioritise improving preparation or capacity building programs for teachers and school leaders, but these individualise responsibility for the problems to educators and divert attention from broader issues. They do not fully account for the broader social and policy conditions that teachers and school leaders report contribute to their intentions to leave the profession, such as increased monitoring and reporting of their everyday decisions, or increasing incidences of disrespect from students, families and the media. Further, questions of diversity across the teaching profession intersect with issues of workforce health and sustainability. An expanded understanding of how and where the intensities and challenges are being experienced by different groups of teachers and school leaders at a time of workforce shortages is needed internationally. References Caudal, S. (2022). Australian Secondary Schools and the Teacher Crisis: Understanding Teacher Shortages and Attrition. Education and Society (Melbourne), 40(2), 23-39. Gorard, S., Maria Ventista, O., Morris, R., & See, B. H. (2023). Who wants to be a teacher? Findings from a survey of undergraduates in England. Educational Studies, 49(6), 914-936. Heffernan, A., Bright, D., Kim, M., Longmuir, F., & Magyar, B. (2022). "I cannot sustain the workload and the emotional toll': Reasons behind Australian teachers' intentions to leave the profession. The Australian Journal of Education, 66(2), 196-209. Lampert, J., McPherson, A., Burnett, B. & Armour, D. (2021). Research into initiatives to prepare and supply a workforce for hard-to-staff schools. Commonwealth Department of Education: Canberra Australia. Lindqvist, M. H. (2022). Teacher shortage in Sweden: time to take action? Education in the North. Longmuir, F., Gallo Cordoba, B., Phillips, M., Allen, K.-A., & Moharami, M. (2022). Australian Teachers' Perceptions of their work in 2022. Monash University. See, B. H., Morris, R., Gorard, S., & El Soufi, N. (2020). What works in attracting and retaining teachers in challenging schools and areas? Oxford Review of Education, 46(6), 678–697. Ovenden-Hope, T. (2022). A status-based crisis of teacher shortages? Research in Teacher Education 12(1), pp. 36-42. Tatto, Maria Teresa. (2021). Comparative research on teachers and teacher education: global perspectives to inform UNESCO's SDG 4 agenda. Oxford Review of Education, 47(1), 25–44. Worth, J. (2023). Short Supply: Addressing the Post-Pandemic Teacher Supply Challenge in England. National Foundation for Educational Research. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The SEN Industry – The Case of Germany 1Goethe Universität, Germany; 2Humboldt Universität zu Berlin; 3DIPF Leibniz Institut für Bildungsforschung und Bildungsinformation Presenting Author:In Germany, the definition of special educational needs was developed by special education teachers by the end of 19th century (Garz et al., 2022). Since then, the formal process of detecting and defining special educational needs has not changed significantly since the focus still remains on the characteristics of the pupil rather than on the characteristics of the teaching. In addition, special education has expanded both nationally and internationally, both in terms of professionals and schools: In Germany, the proportion of special needs pubils in each age group has risen from around1 % in 1900 up to now 8 % today (Dietze, 2019; Moser, 2023). This has been characterised as an “extension of the disability zone” (Felkendorff, 2003) as well as an effect of the “SEN industry” (Tomlinson, 2012), which continuously privileges dominant interests of stratification. Being labelled with special educational needs is closely linked to processes of social exclusion in mainstream classrooms as well as in special schools (Tomlinson, 2012, 267ff; Slee, 2019), understood as an ‘uneven distribution of opportunities‘. The empirical research project “FePrax” (funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research 2021-2024) therefore focuses on the justification of this labelling process. The project involves researchers from the Goethe-University Frankfurt, the Humboldt University in Berlin and the Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education and conducted 50 case studies of special educational appraisals and connected counseling interviews with parents in 2022 und 2023. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project includes documentary analysis and expert interviews of regulations on the definition of special educational needs within 5 German states (Bavaria, Berlin, Brandenburg, Hesse, North Rhine-Westphalia), a content analysis (including machine learning methods) (Kuckartz, 2018) of 50 written special educational appraisals, and a content analysis of 50 counselling interviews with parents. The analysis was guided by a research-based deductive category system. The framework for data analysis was the ‘chain of reasoning’ approach (Gläser & Laudel, 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on 50 case studies, the process of defining special educational needs within a network of mainstream and special education teachers, local schoolboards and parents could be reconstructed as a mixed, but non-transparent agenda of management reasoning (e.g. Cook et al., 2023) and pedagogical counselling (Anastasov & Ristevska, 2019). Overall management and bureaucratic logics seem to dominate this process, which is critical under a power perspective. Also with regard to the long-term consequences, the diagnostic criteria are not always reliable, neither from a pedagogical nor from a psychological point of view. These findings will be embedded in similar research, e.g. the Austrian study „Evaluierung der Vergabepraxis des sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs (SPF) in Österreich“ (Gasteiger-Klicpera et al. 2023), and finally will be implemented in a power-critical discussion about social change within the inclusion agenda. References Anastasov, B. & Ristevska, M. (2019). The Role of the Counselor in the Pedagogical Counseling Process, DOI: 10.20544/teacher.18.06, 54-59. Cook, D.A., Stephenson, C. R., Gruppen, L.D. & Durning, S.J. (2023). Management Reasoning: Empirical Determination of Key Features and a Conceptual Model. Acad Med. 2023 Jan 1;98(1):80-87. doi: 10.1097/ACM.0000000000004810. Epub 2022 Dec 22. PMID: 35830267. Dietze, T. (2019). Die Entwicklung des Sonderschulwesens in den westdeutschen Ländern. Empfehlungen und Organisationsbedingungen Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Felkendorff, K. (2003). Ausweitung der Behinderungszone: Neuere Behinderungsbegriffe und ihre Folgen. In C. Cloerkes (Ed.), Wie man behindert wird (pp. 25-52). Heidelberg: Winter. Garz, J., Moser, V. & Frenz, S. (2022): From record keeping to a new knowledge regime: The special school pupil as a new pedagogical object in Prussia around 1900 Paedagogica Historica. DOI: 10.1080/00309230.2022.2119089. Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. et al. (2023). Evaluierung der Vergabepraxis des sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs (SPF) in Österreich. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/dam/jcr:5e6b7a7b-606a-448e-b0ca-07a84f419b4d/spf_eval.pdf Gläser, J. & Laudel, G. (2009). Experteninterviews und·qualitative Inhaltsanalyse als Instrumente rekonstruierender Untersuchungen (3. Aufl.). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. https://content-select.com/de/portal/media/view/5aa7b788-bfd0-4912-a0df-6955b0dd2d03?forceauth=1 Moser, V. (2023). Profession, organization, and academic discipline. Differentiation of a special education science in Germany since 1900. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 55 (4). DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2023.2248213 Tomlinson, S. (1985) The Expansion of Special Education, Oxford Review of Education, 11:2, 157-165, DOI: 10.1080/0305498850110203 Tomlinson, S. (2012) The Irresistible Rise of the SEN Industry, Oxford Review of Education, 38(3), 267-286. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2012.692055 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Public Education in Democracy, or “Democratized” Education: Between the Philosopher´s Stone and Learning 1Lusofona University, Portugal; 2Lusofona University, Portugal Presenting Author:This study reflects on the role of education in contemporary society, the understanding of its relationship with democracy concept beneath neoliberal ideals, and its relationship with the teacher role in education. It begins with a reflection on two documents: i) David Hare’s playscript “Straight Line Crazy” (2022), within the character Robert Moses argues that “the cure for democracy is more democracy” (p.11) ii) and António Gedeão´s poem the “Philosopher´s Stone” (1955). Democracy and public education are two concepts linked to every human being equal right to education. The use of it by political ideologies, imply changing their meaning to legitimate political actions, and the school role in contemporary society (Giroux, 2022; Biesta, 2022; Prange, 2004a). Changes made by neoliberal ideologies, through the OECD, on education, puts public educational systems at risk: i) with education on the role to satisfy the social and economic needs, transforming the students in consumers; ii) with standardized pedagogical methodologies, and assessment systems to rank education quality and efficiency; iii) with curriculum being reduce to fit on the language of learning; iv) and teachers assuming the role of specialized instructors on learning (Biesta et al., 2015; Säfström & Biesta, 2023, Prange, 2004a). Education theory and research has been developed to validate constructive theories, evidence, and effectiveness in education, through its technical and culture dimensions (Prange, 2004a), to legitimate the neoliberal ideology to transform education as a resource to anticipate the economic and technological future for society (Giroux, 2020; Biesta, 2006, 2007b; 2022, Säfström & Biesta, 2023). However, theory and educational research, can be of prior importance if used to help teachers and other education professionals to critically understand the implications of their action and what is asked of them by policy makers. (Biesta, 2007; 2021). To act critically towards agency, teacher must be able to be teacher, not to act as technicians specialized in learning, doing what they are instructed to do (Biesta et. al., 2014; Giroux, 2020). They must put education on the move, not by eliminating the risk, but by bringing the world, and new knowledge to the students (Prange, 2004a; 2004b; Biesta, 2022). Education has the duty to resist the pedagogy of learning (Prange, 2004a), to fulfill its democratic dimension, defended by critical pedagogues as Freire (2021, 2023), Giroux (2022). Theory of Education must contribute to the beginning of a new paradigm education, that may reborn the intrinsic relational exchanges between society and education (Biesta, 2022; Säfström & Biesta, 2023) and develop a culture of critical conscious and emancipation as argued by Freire (2021, 2023). This study purpose is to contribute to the theory of education with an epistemological and critical perspective of neoliberal versus critical pedagogy: Education servitude to society demands, or a humanist view for democratic and social participation through education of hope and emancipation, by studying the words used to legitimate ideologies: such as autocracy, being autocracy, or as autocracy through democracy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper starts with a critical reflection with a speech analysis (Orlandi, 1999) of Robert Moses (Hare, 2021) character about democracy, and the analyses of Gedeão´s (1955) poem. One wrote on a neoliberal context and the other on an autocratic regime, followed by the analysis of these concepts through the spectrum of political ideologies, and the critical paradigm. As Carvalho (1995) wrote, the choice of words, the rhythm, and formal organization, is the writer´s answer to a specific social experience, transforming poetry on a social document, that as Orlandi, (1999) argues, enables an epistemological approach to the ideas exposed. Hare (2022), and Gedeão´s work, served as the moto to develop a critical discussion between two different perspectives for democracy, education purpose and the role of teachers: i) on neoliberal ideal; ii) and the critical pedagogy perspective. It is a qualitative, epistemological study, based on a critical paradigm (Bloor et al., 2006.; Cecília De Souza et al., 2018; Taylor et al., 2016), with a content analysis (Bardin, 2011) of published documents on democracy, social change (Giddens & Sutton, 2021), education (and its purpose) (Biesta, 2022, 2016), teacher agency (Biesta et al., 2015; Priestley et al, 2015), and critical thinking (Giroux, 2022). Its goal is to develop a review on the use of words to legitimate ideologies, by turning them in new conceptualizations absorbed culturally as common sense. The content analysis will focus policy documents for education, from Scheichler (2018), and OEDC (2020), and Giroux (2022), Freire (2021) and Biesta’s (2022) ideas for the democratic public education. These concepts will be organized through data mapping, to enable a comparative analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is the goal of this study to build an approach to what is the concept of public democratic education with neoliberal ideology and the concept developed by critical pedagogues and theory in education scholars, previously referred, and with it contribute to the development of a new conception of publicness in education. References Bardin, L. (2011). Análise de Conteúdo (1a). Edições 70. Biesta, G. (2006). Beyond Learning: Democratic Education for Human Nature (1o). Routledge. Biesta, G.J.J. (2007a). Bridging the gap between educational research and educational practice: The need for critical distance. Educational Research and Evaluation 13(3), 295-301. Biesta, G. J. J. (2007b). Why ‘what works’ won’t work: Evidence-based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.2006.00241.x Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 624–640. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325 Biesta, G. J. J. (2016). The Beautiful Risk of Education. Routledge. Biesta, G. (2020). Educational Research: An unorthodox introduction (2a). Bloomsbury. Biesta, G. (2022). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present (1o). Routledge. Bloor, Michael, Wood, & Fiona. (2006). Keywords in Qualitative Methods. Carvalho, R. (1995). O texto poético como documento social. (pp.VII-VIII) Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. Cecília De Souza, M., António, M. &, Costa, P., & Lusófona De Educação, R. (2018). Fundamentos Teóricos das Técnicas de Investigação Qualitativa. In Revista Lusófona de Educação (Vol. 40). Freire, P. (2021). Pedagogy of Hope: Reliving the pedagogy of the oppressed. (4a). Bloomsbury). Freire, P. (2023). Education for critical consciousness. (3a) Bloomsbury. Gedeão, A. (1955). Movimento Perpétuo. Retrieved january 2023, from Biblioteca Nacional: https://purl.pt/12157/1/poesia/movimento-perpetuo/pedra-filosofal.html Giroux, H. (2020). On Critical Pedagogy (2a). Bloomsbury. Giddens, A., & Sutton, P. W. (2021). Globalization and Social Change. In Sociology (9a, pp. 109–150). Polity Hare, D (2021). Straight Line Crazy. (p. 11) Faber & Faber Limited Hizli Alkan, S., & Priestley, M. (2019). Teacher mediation of curriculum making: the role of reflexivity. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(5), 737–754. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2019.1637943 OECD. (2020). Back to the Future(s) of Education. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/178ef527-en. Orlandi, E. P. (1999). Análise de discurso: princípios & procedimentos. Pontes. Prange, K. (2004a). What kid of teachers does the schools need?: The relationship between profession, method, and teacher ethos. European Education, 36(1), 71–84. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2004.11042351 Prange, K. (2004b). Bildung: a paradigm regained? European Educational Research Journal, 3(2), 501. issue 2). https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2004.3.2.5 Säfström, C., & Biesta, G. (2023). Introduction: The publicness of education. In The new publicness of education; democratic possibilities after the critique of neo-liberalism (1st ed., pp. 1–7). Routledge. Schleicher, A. (2018). World-Class: How to Build a 21st-Century School System (1o). OECD. Taylor, S., Bogdan, R., & DeVault, M. L. (2016). Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods (4a). Wiley |
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 04 B: Education in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Daina Grosa Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Layers of Recontextualisation: The Forces Shaping Global Inclusive Education Policy in Pakistan University of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper introduces the notion of ‘layers of recontextualisation’ to conceptualise complexities in the reshaping of the Global Inclusive Education Policy (GIEP), advocated and promulgated globally by UNESCO, according to contextual dynamics in Pakistan. GIEP concerns the 'ensemble' (Ball, 1993: p.14) of educational policies combating discrimination which are grounded in the Right to Education (United Nations, 1989). The term 'global' denotes the extent of these policies through endorsement by member states of the United Nations. We defined Inclusive Education (IE), as per UNESCO's (2019a) perspective on non-discrimination in education, as Education for All (EfA). Additionally, we assume an inherent link between social and educational inclusion (Felder, 2018). We present key findings that address our primary research question exploring the macro-level forces shaping GIEP in Pakistan following ratification by the Federal Government. Our study established GIEP as situated in a tension between the structural-institutional image of states and their interpretative-plural practices. We demonstrate this using a 'collaborative' education reform initiative in Pakistan, involving the Government of Punjab and the United Kingdom’s Department for International Development (DfID), called the Punjab Education Roadmap (PER), and two associated media packages. Through our analysis of in-depth interviews with elite policy actors we reveal the complex dynamics and disparate political agendas driving this reform effort. While the PER set out to address Pakistan's educational challenges by improving school enrolments and reinforcing system accountability, our analysis exposes its entanglement in domestic and bilateral sociopolitical dimensions, including the War on Terror, aid accountability mechanisms, and local political intricacies rooted in political kinship, ultimately diluting the envisaged improvements. Our conclusion posits that GIEP is ensnared in three critical yet often overlooked layers: multilevel policy structures founded on societal divisions; patronage-based kinship networks; and the positioning of states within the international political economy. Contrary to prevalent discourses framing educational exclusion as a mere 'policy-implementation gap,' we advocate for a nuanced understanding that considers the contextual complexities inherent in these layers of recontextualisation. By emphasising the entanglement of education policy within these layers, our analysis provides an alternative perspective to often oversimplified narratives of educational exclusion. Instead, we direct attention to the broader sociopolitical dynamics shaping state practices mediating education policy. In doing so, we contribute to a more comprehensive discourse on education exclusion, highlighting the multifaceted challenges associated with state-centric approaches in implementing global inclusive education policies. We stress the importance of a deeper understanding of the broader socio-political factors at play, challenging the perception of education policy as a purely 'technical' issue. Instead, we characterise the reshaping of GIEP in Pakistan as reflective of the politics of struggle, informality, and conflict in wider society, the outcome of which will unlikely reproduce the text of policy. This paper has relevance for scholars interested in policy mobilities and the politics of education policy and governance in countries beyond the global North. It also offers insights of broader relevance to scholars studying education policies, especially those aligned with United Nations Sustainable Development Goal Four (SDG4) in countries in receipt of ‘ Official Development Assistance’ (ODA) from ‘donor’ nations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The findings presented in this study are derived from in-depth interviews conducted with 14 elite policy actors representing multilateral and bilateral organisations, the Government of Pakistan, and external experts. Recognising the tendency to overlook elites in social science research on inequality, particularly in non-Western contexts, bar Political Settlements literature (Hickey & Hossain, 2019; Khan, 2010; Khan, 2018; Kelsall et al., 2022) which underscores the significance of domestic elites in reshaping policy, we followed a methodological approach sensitive to the role of domestic and international elites in mediating policy. Elites within or closely associated with the education policy domain were considered for interviews due to their potential to provide valuable insights into the political phenomena surrounding education policy (Savage & Willams, 2008). Interviewees were identified as elite based on their influence within or specialized knowledge of the education policy domain. We employed a combination of purposive sampling using a seed of personal contacts and process tracing (Tansey, 2007) to locate interviewees. Process tracing aided in reconstructing interviewees' experiences and interpretations related to the politics surrounding the Punjab Education Roadmap (PER), Alif Ailaan, and Zara Sochiye. To protect the identity of interviewees, pseudonyms were assigned, and identifying features were removed from quotes. The data analysis employed Reflexive Thematic Analysis (RTA) (Braun & Clarke, 2021), emphasises the researcher's positionality as a tool for analysis rather than an element to be erased through anti-bias procedures (Varpio et al., 2017). This approach was particularly relevant, given the main authors seventeen years of residency in Pakistan, in moving beyond conventional explanations of educational exclusion as a mere 'policy-implementation gap'. Themes were generated through RTA based on their potential to offer unconventional or interesting results, exploring the intricacies and conflicts within the education policy domain (Alvesson & Sköldberg, 2017). The study identified two overarching themes through this analysis: political agendas and state agency, both of which emerged as significant forces shaping the Global Inclusive Education Policy (GIEP) in Pakistan, as exemplified by the Punjab Education Roadmap and its associated media campaigns. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings When the state is viewed as a site of struggle there is emphasis on one-upmanship and competition between organisations and high-level political actors (Lund, 2006; Migdal, 2001), drawing policy scholarship toward studying policy resilience. What is noteworthy about the PER, Alif Ailaan and Zara Sochiye is the way in which education provided a stage across which disparate political agendas converged. Not necessarily because of belief in the values imbued in EfA but because it was viewed as a benign space through which political agendas could be worked. Kingdon’s (2003) ‘policy window’ explains why the PER and associated media packages generated traction across domestic and international political actors but infers that support for EfA was based on political solidarity. Yet the political agendas lying behind the PER and attached media campaigns mark EfA as a common policy goal but founded instead on states’ self-interest than political solidarity. While global education policy 'orthodoxies' provide a framework to which national policies are attached, our findings suggest these policies undergo adaptation based on geopolitical and domestic contextual dynamics. Global education policy orthodoxies, like GIEP become convergence points for disparate political agendas. In Pakistan, GIEP is entangled in a complex web of layers, challenging the notion of neat demarcations between policy spheres. The tension between the structural-institutional image of the state and interpretative-plural practices complicates GIEP in Pakistan, leading to 'spill-over' effects across multiple political agendas. Peeling back the structural-institutional image reveals critical dynamics shaping education policy, emphasising three often overlooked layers: multi-level policy structures, patronage systems, and the state's position within the international political economy. Further exploration of these layers is crucial for moving beyond the 'policy-implementation gap,' deepening our understanding of the reshaping of education policy in Pakistan and beyond. References Alvesson, M., & Sköldberg, K. (2017). Reflexive methodology: New vistas for qualitative research. Sage. Baumgartner, F. R., & Jones, B.D. (2015). The Politics of Information: Problem Definition and the Course of Public Policy in America. University of Chicago Press Best, J. (2017). The rise of measurement-driven governance: The case of international development. Global Governance, 23, 163-181. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. SAGE. Brinkerhoff, D. W., & Goldsmith, A. A. (2005). Institutional dualism and international development: A revisionist interpretation of good governance. Administration & Society, 37(2), 199-224. Broschek, J. (2021). Boundary control and education policy in federal systems: explaining sub-federal resilience in Canada and Germany. Comparative Education, 57(4), 452-473. Cerny, P. (2001). From "iron triangles" to "golden pentangles"? Globalizing the policy process. Global Governance, 7(4), 397-410. Felder, F. (2018). The value of inclusion. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 52(1), 54-70. Gazdar, H., Masood, S. Q., & Naqvi, H. (2013). Bottom up or top down? Exclusion and citizenship in Pakistan. International Household Survey Network. Collection for Social Science Network. Retrieved online from: www.researchcollective.org Gewirtz, S., Maguire, M., Neumann, E., & Towers, E. (2019). What’s wrong with ‘deliverology’? Performance measurement, accountability and quality improvement in English secondary education. Journal of Education Policy, 36(4), 504-529. Gupta, A. (1995). Blurred boundaries: the discourse of corruption, the culture of politics, and the imagined state. American Ethnologist, 22(2), 375-402. Hickey, S. (2012). Turning governance thinking upside-down? Insights from ‘the politics of what works’. Third World Quarterly, 33(7), 1231-1247. Kingdon, J. W. (2003). Agendas, alternatives, and public policies (2nd ed.). New York, NY: Longman. Lieven, A. (2011). Pakistan: A hard country. Public Affairs. Low, D. A. (Ed.). (1991). The political inheritance of Pakistan. Springer. Lund, C. (2006). Twilight institutions: public authority and local politics in Africa. Development and Change, 37(4), 685-705. Lyon, S. M. (2019). Political kinship in Pakistan: Descent, marriage, and government stability. Lexington Books. Migdal, J. S. (2001). State in society: Studying how states and societies transform and constitute one another. Cambridge University Press. Ozga, J. (2021). Problematising policy: The development of (critical) policy sociology. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 290-305. Savage, M., & Williams, K. (2008). Elites: remembered in capitalism and forgotten by social sciences. The Sociological Review, 56(1) 1-24. Scott, J. C. (1998). Seeing Like a State. Yale University Press. Tansey, O. (2007). Process Tracing and Elite Interviewing: A Case for Non-probability Sampling. Political Science & Politics, 40(4), 765-772. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Policy Regarding Return Migrant Children And Experiences Of Educational Disadvantage On Return To The Source Country UL IFS, Latvia Presenting Author:The importance of host-country language skills for educational success and socioeconomic mobility for migrant children is well documented. This research has mostly focused on immigrant students. The focus on return migrant children or “invisible outsiders” (Hoffmann, 2023) is more recent. Research indicates that, on average, students of return migrant background are likely to be at educational disadvantage compared to other groups of students (Hoffmann, 2023). Yet, the situation appears to vary from country to country and children with access to better resources appear to do well academically. Proficiency of language of instruction is a prerequisite for educational success. Difficulties with the language of instruction contributes to lesser or negative educational outcomes for return migrant children (Kienzler et al., 2019; Zevulun et al., 2021). While research on older children and young people has found that difficulties in learning the language of the host country can have a noticeable impact on newly arrived young people's integration into their new school (Olliff & Couch, 2005; Sanagavarapu, 2010), there are studies and theories that challenge this and argue that there is no clear correlation between language acquisition and wellbeing at school. Apart from a lack of vocabulary and an accent, even more subtle nuances in communication can also hamper language proficiency – irony, humour and rhetorical questions in cultural and social contexts can all contribute to discomfort and stress, which only subsides when the speech patterns and pragmatic-rhetorical aspects of the language have been acquired (Zilka, 2021). As an example of the way that host countries address migrant integration challenges, the struggles of migrant children in UK schools are in the process of being mitigated with targeted interventions. Thus, the informal role that schools play in helping migrant families to fit in needs to be recognised and local authorities need to provide adequate financial support to schools to hire dedicated EAL (English as an Additional Language) teachers or support staff where appropriate (Manzoni & Rolfe, 2019, p. 61). Initial familiarisation with the new family by the school is important so that each child's need for a tailor-made learning and support programme can be assessed from the start of their school career. Building on these findings our research will explore education policy models that exist to support the learning of the local language of instruction among foreign-born or raised return migrant children. What are the experiences of return migrant families and their children navigating school under the existing language-of-instruction acquisition model? The current paper seeks to answer these questions. First, it compares how education policies in countries with a track record of return migration such as Finland, Estonia and Latvia support language learning among return migrant children. Second, it offers a bottom-up perspective of return families within the existing language-of-instruction acquisition support model in Latvia. The experiences of returnee children in school settings, particularly in the context of inclusive education, is an under-researched area and this study will, therefore, offer new insights and contribute to migration debates on return migration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Two research questions guide this paper. To answer the first question, this study aims to conduct a comparative analysis of policies aimed at supporting language acquisition among school age return migrants in Finland, Estonia, and Latvia. Relevant country laws and policies, as well as written interviews with respective policy experts in these countries constitute the sources of evidence to answer this research question. Collection of this data will be completed in May 2024. To answer the second research question, this study relies on primary qualitative data that was collected in 2019 and 2020 from interviews with return migrant families in Latvia. The sample includes 34 parents from return migrant families, 14 children and youth (between 8 and 19) and 12 teachers and other key informants. Most families were 1st generation returnees with their 2nd generation children (born in the host country), some were repatriating 2nd generation (‘roots’ migrants) with their children. The majority of families had lived abroad between 3 to 15 years and the sample also includes a range of parents’ educational and employment backgrounds. In the interviews, families were asked about their experiences of life on return to Latvia – mostly the psychosocial wellbeing of returnee children in the school environment. These included comparison with life experiences in the host country and how a different world view could impact life on return. Knowledge of the language of instruction in Latvia (Latvian, and also in some cases – Russian) was highlighted as problematic, and this study will unravel the specific areas of difficulty and how they are being addressed by way of systemic educational support (Grosa, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are several expected outcomes for the paper that will ground this presentation. First, it will offer a comparative view on how countries support language of instruction acquisition among return migrant children. Second, it will offer a detailed view of one case – Latvia – in terms of its educational support to return migrant children. Support for return migrant children has been included in Latvian legislation and regulatory documents, outlining a number of support mechanisms that should be provided (such as teachers’ aides, individual learning plans, additional lessons in Latvian language and some other subjects), yet at the school and class level, targeted support for specific children requiring assistance is often still lacking (Grosa & King, 2022). Thirdly, the outcomes of this research will contribute to better understanding how education policies support return migrant children who need assistance with language of instruction acquisition. Do these policies differentiate between students with return migrant and other migrant background – with different status (immigrant, refugee, asylum-seeker)? What happens where there is lack of a clear policy model for helping return and other migrant children to acquire language proficiency needed to succeed academically? How can language acquisition support be structured systemically to target individual children and support them effectively at the stage of language proficiency at which they enter the school? The outcomes of this research will contribute to educational policy-making and help ease the integration of children and families who enter the education system with a range of levels of Latvian language proficiency – the main language of instruction in schools in Latvia. This knowledge may benefit other policy contexts in supporting the integration of other groups of migrants as well. References Grosa, D. (2023). The psychosocial wellbeing of the children of return migrants: The case of Latvia. Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Sussex. Grosa, D. & King, R. (2022). The challenges of educational reintegration and the psychosocial wellbeing of returnee children: evidence from Latvia. Journal of International Migration and Integration, 24(1). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12134-022-00960-3. Hoffmann, N. (2023). Invisible outsiders: The academic achievement of foreign-born children of return migrants. UCLA. https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/hsp3u Kienzler, H., Wenzel, T., & Shaini, M. (2019). Vulnerability and psychosocial health experienced by repatriated children in Kosovo. Transcultural Psychiatry, 56 (1), 267-286. 10.1177/1363461518802992 Manzoni, C. & Rolfe. H. (2019). How schools are integrating new migrant pupils and their families. National Institute for Economic and Social Research (NIESR). www.niesr.ac.uk/sites/default/files/publications/ MigrantChildrenIntegrationFinalReport.pdf (Accessed 30.01.2024.) Olliff, L. & Couch, J. (2005). Pathways and pitfalls: the journey of refugee young people in and around the education system in Greater Dandenong, Victoria. Youth Studies Australia, 24(3), 42-46. Sanagavarapu, P. (2010). What does cultural globalisation mean for parenting in immigrant families in the 21st century? Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 35(2), 36-42. Zevulun, D., Zijlstra, E., Post, W., & Knorth, E. (2021). A qualitative study into the reintegration of vulnerable migrant children and families after return to Kosovo: Findings from a follow-up. Children and Youth Services Review, 125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2021.105991 Zilda, G.C. (2021) Feelings of belonging or alienation and social emotional perceptions of immigrant youths in the digital age, in comparison with native-born youths. Education and Information Technologies, 26(2), 1937-1954. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 04 C: Schools and Choice Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Anna Traianou Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Privatisation and Commercialisation of Public Education University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:We are now witnessing a global change that has developed gradually over the past 30 years, leading to more privatisation and commercialisation within public schools. Public education is in its “purest form” built upon social contracts involving the state or government, citizens, and their surrounding communities (Hogan & Thomson, 2021). In Italy and Norway, which form the comparison in this paper, the position of public schools is strong, with more than 90% of the total number of students enrolled. However, changes are evident, among other things, through the increase in “experts” who influence and often take over limited parts of the teaching in schools when the schools do not experience having the capacity to meet their demands. As a result, the complexity of the relationships within the public school system increases in new ways, in policymaking and the educational debate.
On this background, the first research questions for this paper are: What kind of private and non-governmental actors are involved in lower and upper secondary education in Norway and Italy, and how do they operate? Our next question is: Which factors are essential regarding the involvement of private and commercial actors in the public school system?
This paper, which represents work in progress, contributes to the literature by examining public schools´ experiences with private and non-governmental actors´ involvement in Norway and Italy. We combine data from qualitative interviews, organisations’ web pages, policy documents, and statistics. There is a lack of knowledge within this area in Norway. Italy shares similarities with Norway concerning the state-centred education governance and high numbers of public schools. However, the countries also have significant contrasts both regarding welfare system and relations with the EU. By comparing privatisation and commercialisation in the two countries, we aim to identify incremental changes concerning “the public” of public education and illuminate questions for further research.
We find similarities between the countries when it comes to increasing privatization and commercialization in public education. The similarities are represented, for example, by what the external provisions are about, how the private actors seek access to the schools, how the schools receive the external actors, how decisions are made to involve external parties, what criteria the school uses to sort out who they want to collaborate with, how the schools legitimize the collaboration, and how they integrate external offers into their practice. However, there are differences regarding forms of funding, such as when external offers are free for the schools. There are also differences in the extent to which the offer is seen as limited to the school or whether it is intended to impact the local community. The first has to do with the fact that Italy is a member of the EU and has large foundations that advertise funds for educational purposes, while in Norway, there appear to be many but smaller foundations that offer funding for the activities of external actors. The second has to do with the type of welfare state. In Italy, a southern European welfare state, the relationship between school, family and local community is seen as a closer unit than in Norway, a Scandinavian welfare state, where the school is seen as a unit more separated from family and local communities.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is explorative. Following this, we conducted a "snowball sampling" of, webpages, policy documents, statistics, and informants. We have been mapping the field for commercial and philanthropic providers, what they offer, according to their internet pages and the connection between them. In addition, we have searched for UNESCO and OECD as well as national policy documents and statistics. We have conducted semi-structured interviews with representatives from three schools in both countries, all together 20 informants. The interviews were conducted in person. A report was written after each interview. The main method of the interview analysis is thematic analysis (Brown & Clarke, 2006). For the overall analysis, we are adopting a historical institutionalist approach (Steinmo, 2008), focusing on how different actors' behaviour is influenced following institutional changes, and how institutional changes are underpinned by fundamental ideas. We are also inspired by a model of institutional change developed by Mahoney & Thelen (2010). This model invites to illuminate "gaps" or "soft spots" in the institution (here: schools), in which incremental change can be expected (Mahoney & Thelen, 2010, p. 14). The model further illustrates how different types of change happen in the interplay between the characteristics of the political context and the institution on the one hand and the interplay between political context, institution, and dominant change agents on the other hand. The analyses therefore illuminate the interplay between the content of supra-national and national education policy, types of private and non-governmental actors involved in schools, and schools´ experiences. We also identify who can be considered change agents and what makes them hold the position they do. This approach enables us to spot significant details in the material and invites a deeper analysis of the (possible) gradual institutional change in question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings On a global scale, it is documented how global standardisation (Steiner-Khamsi, 2016), the increased use of numeric data (Grek, 2009; Ozga, 2009), and qualitative examples of success (Lewis & Hogan, 2019) have made it possible for private actors to involve in public education. In the contemporary global governance of education, Elfert and Ydesen (2023) find that the role of multi-stakeholder groups and transnational public-private partnerships is increasingly gaining ground. The new arenas for discussing the role of education in society are networks, forums, and conferences where private actors play a significant role. A rising trend is that the power to define the educational agenda is held not by states or supranational agencies such as UNESCO, OECD, or the World Bank but by those who provide the finances (Elfert & Ydesen, 2023). What this body of research shows is that the influence from private and non-state actors in public education is increasing worldwide and the development takes different forms in different countries (Hogan & Thompson, 2021). Private actors are entering through different types of “soft spots” in the national policy. Our study, where we compare data from Norway and Italy, shows that despite of similarities, the types of funding opportunities available are differing, thus this influences the market for private and commercial actors and, subsequently, how they engage with schools. Our preliminary findings indicate that different welfare states influence the arrangements of the private provisions for schools, leading to private provisions targeting the entity of the school, local community, and families in Italy, while in Norway, the private provisions target schools and students more isolated. Taken together, this study highlights how country specific traits are intertwined with the global trend of privatisation and commercialisation of public education, and that comparative studies can help us crystalize such traits. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Global governance of education: The historical and contemporary entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank (Vol. 24). Springer Nature. Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: The PISA ‘effect’in Europe. Journal of education policy, 24(1), 23-37. Hogan, A., & Thompson, G. (2020). Privatisation and commercialisation in public education: How the public nature of schooling is changing. Routledge. Mahoney, J., & Thelen, K. (2010). A theory of gradual institutional change. In: Explaining institutional change: Ambiguity, agency, and power, 1, 1. Cambridge University Press. Lewis, S., & Hogan, A. (2019). Reform first and ask questions later? The implications of (fast) schooling policy and ‘silver bullet’solutions. Critical Studies in Education, 60(1), 1-18. Ozga, J. (2009). Governing education through data in England: From regulation to self‐evaluation. Journal of education policy, 24(2), 149-162. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2016). Standards are good (for) business: Standardised comparison and the private sector in education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 14(2), 161–182. Steinmo, S. (2008) Historical institutionalism. In Dd. Porta & Keating, M. (ed.): Apporaches and Methodologies in the Social Sciences. A Pluralist Perspective. Cambridge University Press (p. 118-138). 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper A Critical Discourse Analysis of the Concept of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) University of Borås, Sweden Presenting Author:As part of marketization and privatization tendencies the last decades have provided several new pedagogical concepts, all of which seem to attract a growing interest. In the Invoice project, funded by The Swedish research council, we applied a follow the money approach (cf. Ball 2012) by collecting and following up 1,000 invoices registered on continuous professional development (CPD) accounts for teachers in three Swedish municipalities. The invoice material revealed a number of popular pedagogical concepts; Universal Design for Learning (UDL), DT (Differentiated Teaching), CP (Clarifying Pedagogy), and LRPE (Learning Readiness Physical Education). The acronymic character can be seen as an alignment to medical programs and as such lending legitimacy and giving an impression of established approaches. In our presentation, we pay particular attention to the above mentioned UDL. The concept was launched and promoted by the American organization CAST which presents itself as a ‘a non-profit education research and development organization that created the Universal Design for Learning framework and UDL Guidelines’. According to the organization itself the concept has reached far globally. The ambition of policy making is high; there are 130 hits of the word ‘policy’ (referring to books, podcasts, and other material) on the webpage. One illustrative text example is: In 2006, CAST joined with several organizations to form the National UDL Task Force, an interdisciplinary coalition that advocates support for UDL in federal, state, and local policy. The Task Force has successfully advocated for the inclusion of UDL in the federal Higher Education Opportunity Act of 2008 and in various policy directives from the US Department of Education. As far as Sweden is concerned, the concept has been recommended by two powerful, Swedish policy actors; The National Agency for Education and The National Agency for Special Needs Education and Schools, SPSM. The latter advocated the concept in connection to a large national effort on special educational needs. The presentation explores how the concept of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) constructs (1) problems related to education and (2) how these problems should be addressed. The study is based on critical discourse analysis, a theoretical and methodological approach introduced by Norman Fairclough where a discourse bears reference to a ‘way of signifying experience from a particular perspective’ (1995, p. 135). The ‘critical’ refers to injustices and power which is supposed to be revealed by a close look at linguistic features in certain texts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To study the phenomenon of UDL we primarily chose the main webpage of the responsible organization CAST (2020). The main webpage has an extensive number of links, and we considered also these. Thus, the probably most well-known resource in UDL contexts, the UDL guidelines was also included in the text material. Our analysis of the selected webpage is based on a combination of Fairclough´s analytical steps (Fairclough, 2003, p. 209 – 210) and a modified version by Guo and Shan (2013). This combination has been applied previously by Levinsson and Norlund (2018), Norlund (2020), and Levinsson et al. (2022) and involves the following five steps: 1. Focus on a social problem which has a semiotic aspect. Analyze how the problem is portrayed/construed. Identify which discourse/s that are involved. 2. Analyze how the suggested solution is portrayed/construed. Identify which discourse/s that are involved. 3. Map which network of practices within which the problem and solution are located, and how relevant practices are potentially reorganized. Consider whether the network of practices (the social order) ‘needs’ the problem. 4. Identify potential contradictions and gaps in the material. Give space for counter-voices. 5. Reflect critically on the analysis (1-4) Consistent with step 1 in the analytical tool we focused on a social problem that has a semiotic aspect (we found images, fonts, links, punctuation marks etcetera in the material). Together semiotic resources signal something particularly to the reader (Kress & van Leeuwen, 2006). For the verbal part of analysis, we affiliated to Halliday and Matthiessen’s (2014) systemic-functional linguistics (SFL) with its focus on how language functions in context. SFL, which shares several starting points with the approach of Fairclough, is built on the phenomenon of transitivity analysis, from which we collected a set of adequate linguistic concepts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis shows that the problem of concern (step 1) can be found in the ‘barriers to learning that millions of people experience every day’, stated as a problem on the CAST webpage. The barriers are not explicitly defined but further exploration makes this obvious; traditional teaching is too rigid and does not consider students’ differences. Both verbal (‘millions of people’) and semiotic resources contribute to the urgency and scope of the message and to the discourse of rigidness. Concerning solutions (step 2), the reader of the webpage gets a multitude of recommendations on how to meet students’ differences, materialized in both visual and verbal representations. We suggest a discourse of potency here, including universality and eternity. The vast network (step 3) that appears from content on the webpage emphasizes this. Referring to possible counter-voices (step 4), one counter-voice would invoke that UDL shares similarities with the heavily criticized neuromyth of learning styles (Howard-Jones, 2014; Murphy, 2021). Another counter-voice would invoke that the expectancy of teachers to provide individual solutions to all their students regarding all the aspects recommended in the UDL Guidelines should, needless to say, be considered impossible. According to Fairclough (2003), the point in making critical discourse analyses is that they make possible the assumptions that are made by involved actors and by extension how power is exerted in a particular practice. In this case we show how the popular policy phenomenon put teachers at risk of being the object of heavy workload and the performers of unscientific approaches. The final step (step 5) generated no particular methodological concerns. References Ball, Stephen J. 2012. “Show Me the Money! Neoliberalism at Work in Education.” Forum 54, no. 1: 23–27. CAST. (2020). About Universal Design for Learning. Retrieved from http://www.cast.org/our-work/about-udl.html. Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical discourse analysis. Longman. Fairclough, N. (2003). Analyzing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge. Guo, S. & Shan, H. (2013). The politics of recognition: critical discourse analysis of recent PLAR policies for immigrant professionals in Canada. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 32(4), 464–480. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2013.778073 Halliday, M. (1994). An introduction to functional grammar (2nd edition). Edward Arnold. Howard-Jones, P. (2014). Neuroscience and education: myths and messages. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 15, 817-824 Kress G. & van Leeuwen T. (2006). Reading images – the grammar of visual design. Routledge. Levinsson, M., & Norlund, A. (2018). En samtida diskurs om hjärnans betydelse för undervisning och lärande: Kritisk analys av artiklar i lärarfackliga tidskrifter. Utbildning och Lärande, 12(1), 7–25 Levinsson, M., Norlund, A. & Johansson, J. (2022). En samtida diskurs om betydelsen av fysisk aktivitet för undervisning och lärande: Kritisk analys av artiklar i lärarfackliga tidskrifter. Nordic Studies in Education, 42(3), 249-271. Murphy, M.P. (2021). Belief without evidence? A policy research note on Universal Design for Learning. Policy Futures in Education, 19, 7–12. Norlund, A. (2020). Suggestopedi som språkdidaktiskt verktyg i vuxenutbildning – en kritisk textanalys. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 25(2–3), 7–25. https://doi.org/10.15626/pfs25.0203.01 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Teacher Agency in the Era of ‘Standardised Curricula’ Goldsmiths, University of London United Kingdom Presenting Author:In the last two decades, in Europe and beyond, there have been systematic efforts from national governments to reset the relationship between the state and contemporary schooling (Rönnberg et al. 2022, Alexiadou et al 2023; Winton 2022). These have often revolved around the management of schools and teachers (see Keddie et al. 2023; Traianou and Jones 2019). Teachers’ working practices and identities have been reformed – through the effects, for instance, of commercially produced standardised curricula packages such as the ‘scripted’ curriculum (see Fitz & Nikolaidis 2020) which are used widely in Charter schools or materials produced by Swedish school companies and are used by all teachers in their schools (see Alexiadou et al. 2023). The effects of standardised curricula on teachers’ agency have only recently begun to be explored but it has already been noted for instance, that teachers who operate within a highly structured pedagogical environment characterised by a given curriculum and a set of dominant discourses around values and teaching practices tend to understand their own agency as constrained (ibid.). The focus of this paper in on England, where publicly funded, privately managed ‘academies’ grouped in 'trusts' have become the most common form of school organisation (Greany and Higham 2018). Post-2010 governments have been trying to generalise this model of ‘academy chain’'- characterised by willingness on the part of chains to align themselves with government objectives and to present this as an ideal enactment of a private-public relationship, combining managerial dynamism with an ethos of the common good. The rapid development of online resources during and after the pandemic (Bormann et al 2021; Cone et al 2021; Grek and Landri 2021) has to an important extent been the work of schools or academy trusts. The Oak National Academy (Oak), initiated by a loose network of people who occupied pivotal positions in edu-businesses, academy trust management, and policy-making working with the Department of Education (DfE), emerged in 2020 (see Peruzzo, Ball & Grimaldi 2022). Since 2023, Oak has received further funding by the DfE to become one of a series of large-scale interlinked projects designed to encourage among schools a standardised approach to curriculum and pedagogy. Oak promises to reduce workload and thereby increase teacher retention and well-being. Besides Oak, the other two important government projects are the Ofsted's research reviews of curriculum subjects and the reorganisation of teacher education around a common curriculum – both, like Oak, developed since 2019. These projects aim to bridge the widening ‘attainment gap’ between children of different social classes and to reshape teachers’ work through the creation of a new ‘evidence-based’ knowledge, on which their teaching should be grounded. The focus of this paper is on the implications of standardised curricula, Oak in particular, for teacher agency. The paper is part of a wider research project aimed to: a) develop understanding of the relationship between standardised curricula, particularly OAK, and the formation of a new education state and b) to explore Oak’s reception and enactment among teachers and leaders in English schools. The paper addresses the second question. We draw on theoretical work that defines those dimensions of agency that are relevant to teachers and their work environment and frames agency through an ecological approach (Biesta et al., 2015). Teacher agency is always situated in the structures and contexts that give rise to it and within which it is embedded (Biesta & Tedder, 2007). In this body of work, agency is not a property, i.e. “not something that people have”, but “something that people do” (Biesta et al., 2015: 626). It is enacted through practice, achieved in, and through, specific contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The findings presented in this paper are part of a wider research project funded by the National Education Union (NEU). The project employed a mixed-methods approach which included: a) a survey; b) social network analysis (see Peruzzo, Ball & Grimaldi (2022) which provided a deeper understanding of Oak’s expanding and diverse network; c) thirty semi-structured interviews and four focus group interviews with teachers and members of senior leadership teams. In this paper we will present preliminary findings from the survey analysis and the analysis of individual and focus group interviews. The survey collected data about educators' views of standardised curriculum packages, the ways in which they have used Oak resources, or in which they would like to use them, in their teaching, the contexts and frequency of their use; the reasons for their use and finally the impact that the use of the materials has had on their pedagogical practices and workload. The survey included both open and closed questions. It was conducted online, using Qualtrics, and was disseminated through our networks. The aim was to gather at least 1000 responses from teachers working in schools across the different geographical regions of the country at primary or secondary phase. The interviews with classroom teachers (both primary and secondary) and members of senior leadership teams in English schools. Potential interviewees were identified through the survey and our networks. Grounding agency within concrete possibilities for action (Biesta 2015), the interviews aimed at understanding how curriculum decisions were made and by whom, at identifying what opportunities for change teachers have in relation to issues of curriculum and pedagogy and at locating and explaining instances of opposition or resistance. A particular focus of the interview were the reasons for selecting Oak’s material and the leaders’ perspectives on its reception by schools and teachers. The process of analysing the data has taken place at several stages, at the end of each block of data collection and then again towards the end of the research when new themes have been identified. We anticipate that this process will be complex enough to allow for the identification of emergent themes using a qualitative theme analysis (Hammersley 2013). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research will increase understanding of Oak’s location within the contemporary education landscape as both a key policy actor and a direct provider of curriculum materials to teachers in schools. It will provide an empirically-grounded understanding of the tensions and struggles that occur in the encounter between nationally mandated programmes of school-level curriculum design and existing practices of teaching. It will contribute to theoretical understandings of teachers’ agency on a new phase of curriculum development and state and contemporary schooling relationship, in which central resource provision has become a more central principle. References Alexiadou, N. Holm, AS; Rönnberg, L. & Carlbaum, S. (2023) Learning, unlearning and redefining teachers’ agency in international private education: a Swedish education company operating in India, Educational Review, DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2023.2228507 Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624–664. Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149. Cone, L., Brøgger, K., Berghmans, M., Decuypere, M., Förschler, A., Grimaldi, E., Hartong, S., Hillman, T., Ideland, M., Landri, P., van de Oudeweetering, K., Player-Koro, C., Bergviken Rensfeldt, A., Rönnberg, L., Taglietti, D., & Vanermen, L. (2022). Pandemic Acceleration: Covid-19 and the emergency digitalization of European education. European Educational Research Journal, 21(5), 845–868. Fitz, J.A. & Nikolaidis, A.C.( 2020) A democratic critique of scripted curriculum, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52:2, 195-213, DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2019.1661524 Greany, T. and Higham, R. (2018) Hierarchy, Markets and Networks: Analysing the ‘self-improving school-led system’ agenda in England and the implications for schools. London: UCL Press. Hammersley, M. (2013) What is Qualitative Research? What Is? Research Methods. London: Continuum/Bloomsbury. Keddie, Amanda; MacDonald, Katrina; Blackmore, Jill; Boyask, Ruth; Fitzgerald, Scott; Gavin, Mihajla; Heffernan, Amanda; Hursh, David; McGrath-Champ, Susan; Møller, Jorunn; O’Neill, John; Parding, Karolina; Salokangas, Maija; Skerritt, Craig; Stacey, Meghan; Thomson, Pat; Wilkins, Andrew; Wilson, Rachel; Wylie, Cathy and Yoon, Ee Seu. 2023. What needs to happen for school autonomy to be mobilised to create more equitable public schools and systems of education? Australian Educational Researcher, 50(5), pp. 1571-1597. ISSN 0311-6999 Peruzzo, F.; Ball, J.S. & Grimaldi, E. (2022) International Journal of Educational Research, Peopling the crowded education state: Heterarchical spaces, EdTech markets and new modes of governing during the COVID-19 pandemic Rönnberg, L. Alexiadou, N. Benerdal, M. Carlbaum, S.; Ann-Sofie Holm. AS; & Lundahl, L. (2022) Swedish free school companies going global: Spatial imaginaries and movable pedagogical ideas, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8:1, 9-19, DOI: 10.1080/20020317.2021.2008115 Winton, S. (2022) Unequal Benefits Privitisation and Public Education in Canada, Toronto: University of Toronto Press. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 24 SES 04 A: Problem Posing and Solving in Mathematics Education Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca Paper Session |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper A Problem-Posing Intervention to Enhance Secondary Students' Mathematical Problem-Posing Competence, Problem-Solving Competence, and Creative Thinking 1Southwest University, China; 2University of Cambridge, United Kingdom; 3University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Motivation and research question
Mathematical problem posing, the process of interpreting concrete or abstract situations and formulating them as meaningful mathematical problems (Stoyanova & Ellerton, 1996), is a form of authentic mathematical inquiry and creation recognised as important for students’ learning by educators and curriculum frameworks internationally (e.g., Chinese Ministry of Education, 2022; National Council of Teachers of Mathematics [NCTM], 2000). Further to being important in its own right, problem posing has been associated with improved competence in mathematical creative thinking, a key transferrable skill for life and work, and mathematical problem solving, which is problem posing’s twin activity central to virtually all mathematics curricula internationally (Shriki, 2013; Wang et al., 2022). Recognising problem posing’s importance, researchers designed and implemented problem-posing interventions, albeit with mixed results. In a systematic review of 39 problem-posing intervention studies and a meta-analysis of 26 of them (Zhang et al., under review a&b), we synthesised key intervention components and measured their relative or combined effect on students’ problem-posing competence. Thus, we gained insights into what works best, for whom, and under what conditions. Yet, those promising components were not all integrated into the same intervention, nor was the impact of such an intervention explored on all of the following: problem posing, problem solving, and creative thinking. Based on best knowledge in the literature about problem posing interventions (Zhang et al., under review a&b), we designed a new problem posing intervention aiming to enhance secondary students’ mathematical problem-posing and problem-solving competences and creative thinking, incorporating the components with the most evidence of impact in the literature. In this paper, we report findings about the effectiveness of the intervention to achieve its intended learning outcomes, by addressing the following research question: To what extent does the developed problem-posing intervention, implemented in secondary school classrooms, enhance students’ mathematical problem-posing competence, problem-solving competence, and creative thinking? The problem-posing intervention We developed the problem-posing intervention using our findings from a systematic review and a meta-analysis of interventions published between 1990 and 2021 that aimed at fostering participants’ mathematical problem-posing competence (Zhang et al., under review a&b). We identified three categories of intervention components from the review (ibid): activity-based practice that engaged participants in experiencing problem posing (e.g., overview of what problem posing is–WPP, discussion of what “good” problems are–WGP), method-based assistance that helped participants pose problems (e.g., use of strategies involved in problem posing–SPP, use of problem posing examples–PPE), and environment-based support that guided interaction among participants and the teacher (e.g., interactive learning environment–ILE). The results of our meta-analysis showed that the problem-posing interventions had a significant and positive impact on participants’ mathematical problem-posing competence (g=0.72, p<.001). Particularly, the effect sizes of interventions that incorporated method-based assistance or environment-based support were on average 84% or 83% higher than those of interventions without such kinds of intervention components, respectively. Based on these findings, our designed intervention, in the form of annotated lesson plans for delivery by the teachers, incorporated all three categories of intervention components, including the following five specific components that we found to be particularly promising: WPP, WGP, SPP, PPE, and ILE. The intervention duration was 220 minutes and is aimed for 13-to-15-year-olds who tend not to be occupied by high-stakes assessments. Also, these students tend to be at a critical juncture in their schooling when the intervention can better equip them for further mathematical studies. Finally, the intervention is not meant to be treated as extracurricular due to its intended impact on the recognised, key learning goals of mathematical problem solving and creativity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants We implemented the intervention in two secondary, mixed-attainment classes in China with a total of 81 students (13 to 15 years of age). Both classes were taught by the same mathematics teacher who worked closely with the first author to understand and enact the intervention, following the annotated lesson plans we had provided. Over a two-week period, the teacher implemented five structured intervention lessons, each corresponding to one of the five distinct components identified in the literature and in the following sequence: WPP, WGP, SPP, PPE, and ILE. The intervention took a total instructional time of 220 mins, as intended. Instruments To measure mathematical problem-posing and mathematical problem-solving, we used the QUASAR cognitive assessment instrument (QCAI) (Parke et al., 2003). This included a set of mathematical open-ended problem-solving and corresponding problem-posing tasks designed for secondary school students of similar age to assess the effectiveness of instructional programs. QCAI tasks have undergone extensive scrutiny to ensure their quality and validity. Two forms of QCAI as pre-and post-tests, including the QCAI-problem posing and QCAI-problem solving test, were sequentially implemented in two class periods of approximately 40 minutes each. To measure mathematical creative thinking, we used the Multiple Solution Tasks (MSTs) developed by Leikin (2009). The MSTs, a well-established instrument, has been used in a range of comprehensive studies with school students. The MSTs were completed by the students within 40 minutes. The mean difficulty levels of the pre- and post-tests were found to be comparable through the use of Rasch model analysis. Data analysis To address the research question, we compared students’ performance in the pre- and post-tests using quantitative methods. In more detail, these methods included observed-score equating analysis, paired-sample t-test, and Ne McNemar-tests to evaluate students’ changes in performance in terms of mathematical problem-posing, problem-solving, and creative thinking. We also collected qualitative data documenting the implementation of the intervention and the discussions between the researcher and the teacher prior and after the lessons, but reports of analyses of these data is beyond the scope of this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The intervention was found to have a positive impact on students’ problem-posing competence (d=0.58), problem-solving competence (d=1.61), and creative thinking (d=0.65), indicating medium to large effects. These findings are encouraging as there is a scarcity of interventions of short duration with a broad-based impact on academically important, higher-order skills, such as those targeted by our intervention, which can prepare students not only for advanced mathematical studies but also for life and work (Stylianides & Stylianides, 2013). The findings also serve as a critique of several mathematics curricula internationally, including the English, which make no reference to mathematical problem-posing. Given that problem posing’s twin activity is central to virtually all mathematics curricula internationally, including the English, our findings make a case for the merits of a concerted problem-posing-and-solving curricular coverage. The fact that our intervention was developed based on the findings of our systematic review and meta-analysis of prior problem-posing interventions (Zhang et al., under review a&b), which allowed us to see what works best, for whom, and under what conditions, possibly explains the positive intervention outcomes. Yet, we need to be cautious about the relatively small sample (81 students, 2 classes, 1 teacher) and the possible role played by the cultural context where the intervention was implemented (the Chinese). In the next stage of our research program, we plan to conduct pre-trial development and early evaluation of our intervention in England (with minor adaptations to account for the new cultural context), working with a larger number of schools (10) and teachers (20) as part of a 1-day professional development training program. Through the preliminary evaluation of the intervention’s feasibility and efficacy with Year 10 students in England, who are of equivalent age to the Chinese student participants, we will aim to pave the ground for a future randomised control trial. References Chinese Ministry of Education. (2022). Mathematics Curriculum Standard of compulsory education. Beijing, China: People’s Education Press. Leikin, R. (2009). Exploring mathematical creativity using multiple solution tasks. In R. Leikin, A. Berman, & B. Koichu (Eds.), Creativity in mathematics and the education of gifted students (pp. 129-145). Sense Publisher. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM). (2000) Principles and standards for school mathematics. Reston, VA: Author. Parke, C. S., Lane, S., Silver, E. A., & Magone, M. E. (2003). Using assessment to improve middle-grades mathematics teaching & learning: suggested activities using QUASAR tasks, scoring criteria, and students’ work. Reston, VA: NCTM. Shriki, A. (2013). A model for assessing the development of students’ creativity in the context of problem posing. Creative Education, 4(7), 430. Stoyanova, E., & Ellerton, N. F. (1996). A framework for research into students’ problem posing in school mathematics. In P. Clarkson (Ed.), Technology in Mathematics Education (pp. 518-525). Melbourne: Mathematics Education Research Group of Australasia. Stylianides, A. J., & Stylianides, G. J. (2013). Seeking research-grounded solutions to problems of practice: Classroom-based interventions in mathematics education. ZDM – The International Journal on Mathematics Education, 45(3), 333-341. Wang, M., Walkinton, C., & Rouse, A. (2022). A meta-analysis on the effects of problem-posing in mathematics education on performance and dispositions. Investigations in Mathematics Learning, 14(4), 265–287. Zhang, L., Stylianides, G. J., & Stylianides, A. J. (under review a). Enhancing mathematical problem posing competence: A meta-analysis of intervention studies. International Journal of STEM Education. Zhang, L., & Stylianides, A. J., & Stylianides, G. J. (under review b). Approaches to supporting and measuring mathematical problem posing: A systematic review of interventions in mathematics education. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Exploring the Dynamics of Problem Posing and Solving Skills of Pre-Service Primary School Teachers 1KIRIKKALE UNIVERSITY, Turkiye; 2HU University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, Netherlands Presenting Author:The pedagogical landscape of elementary mathematics education is significantly influenced by the type and quality of problems presented in the classroom. Traditional methodologies, which often emphasize rote learning and procedural mastery, fall short of fostering critical thinking and inquiry, essential components for cultivating mathematical proficiency (Henningsen & Stein, 1997). Recognizing this, the literature advocates a paradigm shift toward integrating problem solving and reasoning as fundamental aspects of mathematics education, thereby enriching students' learning experiences and enhancing their conceptual understanding (e.g., Miranda & Mamede, 2022; National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), 2000; Van de Walle et al., 2010). Problem solving, as described by the NCTM (2000), should not be an isolated segment of the curriculum but an integral part of mathematics learning, integrated into the core of education. NCTM (2000) further notes that problem solving highlights mathematical engagement. In addition, the cognitive and metacognitive dimensions of problem solving underscore the importance of engaging with problems in ways that go beyond mere computation. Jonassen (2000) articulates that the significance of a problem derives from its potential to contribute to “societal, cultural, or intellectual” domains, which requires a solver's engagement in mental representation and manipulation of the problem space (p. 65). This perspective is complemented by Lester and Kehle's definition, which emphasizes problem solving as an active engagement process “using prior knowledge and experience” (cf. Santos-Trigo, 2007, p. 525). Problem-posing, similar to problem-solving, is an integral part of this pedagogical development. It is recognized as a sophisticated mathematical activity that promotes creativity, flexibility, and deeper understanding (Silver, 1994). It is defined as the ability to formulate, reformulate, and explore problems based on existing mathematical situations or concepts. It could be described as “one of the highest forms of mathematical knowing and a sure path to gain status in the world of mathematics” (Crespo, 2015, p. 494). NCTM (2000) also points out that students need “to create engaging problems by drawing inspiration from various scenarios encompassing mathematical and non-mathematical contexts” (p. 258). In light of these considerations, this study explores the interplay between problem solving and problem posing in the context of mathematics education for preservice elementary teachers. Specifically, it seeks to examine the nature and quality of problems posed by preservice teachers, the challenges they face in the problem-posing process, and how their problem-solving skills influence their ability to generate meaningful mathematical problems. Through a comprehensive analysis of pre-service teachers' engagement with problem solving and problem posing, this research aims to contribute to how to support the pre-service teachers' skills and the interplay between them to create better learning environments for their students by improving their teaching strategies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research will employ a qualitative research design, focusing on understanding and interpreting the nature of pre-service primary school teachers' problem-posing abilities and exploring the challenges they face during the process. The study will also investigate the relationship between prospective teachers' problem-solving and problem-posing abilities in specific mathematics content areas, aiming to examine the nature and quality of problems they pose, the difficulties encountered in problem-posing, and how their problem-solving skills influence their problem-posing capabilities.Qualitative data will be gathered from a convenience sample of 28 primary school pre-service teachers enrolled in a mathematics teaching course during the Spring 2024 semester. This course, a required part of the undergraduate primary school teacher education program at a public university in Turkey, includes weekly three-hour lectures over twelve weeks, focusing on problem-solving processes and integrated problem-posing activities within topics such as early algebra, numbers, and operations. Each weekly session will feature problem-solving and problem-posing tasks based on relevant literature. Data collection will use a two-part instrument: the first part will be a paper-pencil test for each week's content, starting with a problem-solving task followed by a problem-posing task. Students will solve the given problem, then create and solve their own posed problems, identifying any issues in their problem formulation. The second part will involve in-depth think-aloud protocols with a subset of participants to understand their cognitive processes during problem-solving and posing, including their strategies and awareness of problem-posing challenges. Data from the paper-pencil tests and think-aloud protocols will be analyzed qualitatively. The paper-pencil tasks will undergo content analysis using thematic coding procedures based on established frameworks (e.g., Problem-Solving Task Rubric and Problem Posing Task Rubric by Rosli et al., 2015). The think-aloud protocols will be transcribed and analyzed to gain insights into participants’ thought processes during problem-posing and solving, and a comparative analysis will be conducted to explore the nature of their problem-solving and posing abilities and their effectiveness in formulating and solving problems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Building on the exploratory studies by Grundmeier (2015), Hospesova & Ticha (2015), and insights from Rosli et al. (2015), this research aims to deepen our understanding of the problem-solving and posing skills of pre-service primary school teachers. Grundmeier (2015) observed that practice enhances problem-posing efficiency and creativity among prospective elementary and middle school teachers. Hospesova and Ticha (2015) identified significant knowledge gaps and challenges in problem-posing, despite teachers acknowledging its importance in mathematics education. Complementing these findings, Rosli et al. (2015) revealed middle school preservice teachers’ proficiency in solving more straightforward arithmetic tasks. However, they had difficulties in abstract generalization and algebraic interpretation. Notably, these teachers could formulate fundamental yet meaningful problems. The results suggested the integral role of problem-solving in facilitating effective problem-posing. Aligned with these studies, the current research is expected to uncover similar findings within pre-service primary school teachers' problem-solving and posing competencies. This research will explore the nature and quality of problems posed, the challenges encountered in the problem-posing process, and the interrelation between problem-solving prowess and problem-posing skills. Employing comprehensive data collection and analysis methods inspired by Rosli et al. (2015) and others, this research aims to offer new insights and validate existing findings. References Crespo, S. (2015). A collection of problem-posing experiences for prospective mathematics teachers that make a difference. In Ed.Mix & Battista (Eds.), Mathematical problem posing: From research to effective practice (493-511).USA: Springer. Grundmeier, T. A. (2015). Developing the problem-posing abilities of prospective elementary and middle school teachers. In Ed.Mix & Battista (Eds.), Mathematical problem posing: From research to effective practice (411-431).USA: Springer. Henningsen, M., & Stein, M. K. (1997). Mathematical tasks and student cognition: Classroom-based factors that support and inhibit high-level mathematical thinking and reasoning. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 28(5), 524-549. Hošpesová, A., & Tichá, M. (2015). Problem posing in primary school teacher training. In Ed.Mix & Battista (Eds.), Mathematical problem posing: From research to effective practice,(433-447).USA: Springer. Jonassen, D. H. (2000). Toward a design theory of problem solving. Educational Technology Research and Development, 48(4), 63–85. http://doi.org/10.1007/BF02300500 Miranda, P., & Mamede, E. (2022). Appealing to creativity through solving and posing problems in mathematics class. Acta Scientiae. Revista de Ensino de Ciências e Matemática, 24(4), 109-146. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM). (2000) Principles and standards for school mathematics. Author. Rosli, R. Capraro, M. M., Goldsby, D., Gonzalez, E. G., Onwuegbuzie, A. J., & Capraro, R. B. (2015).Middle-grade preservice teachers’ mathematical problem solving and problem posing. In Ed.Mix & Battista (Eds.), Mathematical problem posing: From research to effective practice,(333-354).USA: Springer. Santos-Trigo, M. (2007). Mathematical problem solving: An evolving research and practice domain. ZDM - International Journal on Mathematics Education, 39(5-6), 523–536. http://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-007-0057-9 Silver, E. A. (1994). On the teaching and learning of mathematical problem posing. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 25(1), 25-43. Van De Walle, J. A., Karp, K. S. & Bay-Williams, J. M. (2010). Elementary and middle school mathematics: Teaching developmentally (7th ed). Allyn and Bacon/Pearson Education. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 25 SES 04 A: Intergenerational relations, NGO school programs and children's participation Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jenna Gillett-Swan Paper Session |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Who is Educating Whom? Complex Intergenerational Learning in Children’s [Digital] Rights Education University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:In 1989, two remarkable frameworks came into being that would come to have a significant impact on children’s lives. The first was the Convention on the Rights of the Child. The second was when the computer scientist Tim Berners Lee invented a system for organising and accessing information on the internet, the World Wide Web. Both frameworks changed children’s lives significantly, one intentionally, the other unintentionally. The Convention on the Rights of the Child was designed for children, without children (Freeman, 2020). The World Wide Web was created for adults by adults, without children in mind, but now “one in three internet users is a child” (Livingstone, Carr & Byrne, 2016). Thirty-five years on, the debate on children’s rights in relation to the digital and education, should be more dynamic and questioning than ever, as artificial intelligence and other emerging technologies bring new considerations, challenges, and opportunities to the discussion. Today’s children are born in an era of technology. They have never experienced a world without the digital, and they bring a newness, a natality, with their participation in the digital that no other generation has brought to education. It is crucial for adults to seriously consider the new opportunities emerging from children’s lived experiences in the digital age (Third et al, 2019). Taking into consideration the unique aspects of the new generation’s digital experiences, teachers need to shift away from viewing knowledge as linear (Graham and Fitzgerald, 2010) and their role as the primary source of information. Education for the digital needs to be an earnest participatory dialogue between the teacher and the children. The significance and complexity of the digital in children’s lives finds acknowledgement in the recent UNCRC General Comment No. 25 (2021) on children’s rights in relation to the digital environment. It recognises the value of the views of children in informing policy and practice. It highlights the urgency of analysing the digital environment from a child’s perspective, through the lens of children’s rights, within a local context, to gather valuable information and understanding. This paper explores how children’s rights education in relation to the digital environment can be conceived, by listening to children’s views through the lens of children’s rights, in a world of ever-changing, adult-centric, digital technology. The main research questions of the paper are: 1) How are intergenerational relationships formed, and informed, in educating for the digital environment? 2) How are the rôles of educators and learners negotiated in children’s rights education? 3) How can education respect and develop the views of the younger child in learning for participation in the digital environment? 4) What supports are needed from adults in children’s rights education? The answers to these questions can provide a systematic approach for children’s rights education to open entry points for digital environment education that address the complexities of the digital divide and digital literacy between the generations. This research listens to the views of younger children. It gives due weight to the opinions and expressions of ten-year-old urban primary school children, at risk of educational disadvantage, in Ireland. Its framework is founded on the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UN, 1989), following the Lundy Model of Child Participation (2007). As Lundy states there, can be no “watering down” of listening to children and giving their views due weight. This research dives deep into the experiences of younger children of the digital environment and examines how the UNCRC can provide a lexicon to express their views, appropriate to an educational setting. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents the findings of a qualitative Participatory Action Research (PAR) study conducted in an urban primary school in Ireland. Participants included twenty-two ten-year-old boys. It was conducted in-person over a period of ten months in 2023. The findings are part of a broader project exploring the experiences of the digital divide among children considered at risk of educational disadvantage and the rôle of digital and rights education in their empowerment. The study employs Stringer’s Interacting Spiral Model (Stringer, 2007), with its three action cycles: looking, thinking, and acting. The look, think and act cycles mirror the tripartite nature of Article 13, UNCRC, to seek, receive and impart information. The action cycles provided the children with opportunities to learn about their rights, build their communication capacities and, as a result, contribute to the study more confidently: Action Cycle 1: A visit to the Ombudsman for Children’s Office in Ireland to learn about their children’s rights with a particular focus on communication rights. Action 2: A classroom action with six lesson-type interventions structured around specific concepts linked to articles within the Convention on the Rights of the Child. The children reflected upon and designed the content for the interventions, for the purpose of enabling a specially designed character, to learn about communicating online using their knowledge of children’s rights. An adaptation of the Willows & Hyders (1998), study as further developed by Dobbs, Smith & Taylor (2006), with its indirect questioning approach, is used to encourage more open engagement. This helps to uncover what the children feel they should know and be educated about to go online. Action 3: A child-led presentation of the education process they developed with the character, along with their suggestions for children’s rights and the digital, presented to the Ombudsman for Children, on his return visit to their school. Their content and ideas, in their own words, were authentically represented in an animated digital presentation. A Mosaic Approach (Clarke & Moss, 2017) of data collection was used including observations, focus groups, children’s artefacts, and recordings of group activities. Participating adults were guided to facilitate, but not influence, the unfolding conversations, respecting the right of every child to express their views and for those views to be given due weight (Article 12, UNCRC), using the Lundy Model of Child Participation (Lundy, 2007). A thematic inductive analysis approach is employed with the assistance of MAXQDA software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research demonstrates a need for a shift in the intergenerational learning paradigm of education for the digital environment. Preliminary findings suggest the teacher can no longer be the sole source of knowledge, however, they have crucial rôle to play as listener, facilitator, and advisor in children’s education for digital participation. The research proposes the key to making this intergenerational paradigm shift is to employ a rights-based approach following the Lundy Model of Child Participation (2007), using a third-party questioning method. In casting the children as the teachers of a new imaginary alien classmate, they were empowered to share their own opinions and suggestions about digital participation without fear of judgement or ridicule. In seeking to impart information they revealed an in-depth knowledge of the challenges and opportunities of the internet and what they would like to learn, using their own extensive digital vocabulary. The children showed their opinions and ideas were relevant, deserved to be given due weight, and could contribute positively to their education for the digital environment. At the start, they were unaware that children's rights existed, but once they were introduced to the UNCRC, they became activated and interested in expressing their views about their rights and the online environment, effortlessly assimilating the language of the UNCRC in their dialogue. They proposed that Article 42 “Everyone should know about the UNCRC” should be more prominent in education and that children should get to learn about their rights, particularly in relation to the digital world. To quote one of the child researchers “they could have done more with their rights” if they knew them earlier. Every aspect of digital participation for children today touches on and affects children’s rights. References Clark, A., & Moss, Peter. (2017). Listening to Young Children: A guide to understanding and using the Mosaic Approach. Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Dobbs T A, Smith A B, Taylor NJ. (2006). ‘No, We Don’t Get a Say, Just Suffer the Consequences’: Children Talk about Family Discipline. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 14, 137–156. Freeman. (2020). A Magna Carta for Children. Cambridge University Press. General Assembly of the United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. United Nations. General Comment No.25, UNCRC. (2021). [General Comment]. Graham & Fitzgerald. (2010). Progressing children’s participation: Exploring the potential of a dialogical turn. Sage Journals, 17(3), 291–431. Livingstone, Carr & Byrne. (2016). One in Three: Internet Governance and Childrens Rights. UNICEF Office of Research, Florence. Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927–942. Stringer, E. (2007). Action Research. SAGE Publications. Third, Collin, Walsh & Black. (2019). Young people in digital society. Willow C, Hayder T. (1998). It hurts you inside, children talking about smacking. National Children’s Bureau/Save the Children. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Strengthening Children’s Rights in School Through NGO Programs – How Well Does It Work? 1Örebro University, Sweden; 2Karlstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:The research reported in this paper examined the effect of an NGO school program aiming to strengthen schools’ work with children’s rights.
Children’s human rights is a complex area for schools to handle, and human rights is conceived as a difficult matter to teach. National direction in curricula is often lacking (Bron & Thijs, 2011; Leung et al. 2011). Research has shown that many teachers feel that they lack sufficient knowledge about children’s human rights and that teaching material is scarce (Rinaldi, 2017; Tibbitts & Kirschsläger, 2010). To get guidance, schools and teachers may turn to actors outside the school, such as NGOs, perceived as experts in human and child rights issues.
Previous evaluations of such school programs for children’s rights have shown promising effects, for example, improvements on school climate, relations, behaviour, and children's influence (Covell, 2010; Sebba & Robinson, 2010; Halås Torbjörnsen, 2020), but also raised some concerns, for example, a tendency to focus on responsibilities rather than rights and doubts about how durable the positive effects are (Sebba & Robinson, 2010; Howe & Covell, 2010; Dunhill, 2019). The evidence presented for a correlation between learning about rights and the claimed positive effects is relatively weak, according to Jerome and colleagues (Jerome et al., 2015). The authors argue that most studies have focused more on implementation processes than outcomes. They also highlight methodological weaknesses in some studies: low response rates in surveys and few interviews in interview studies, mainly drawing on teachers’ views and views of students selected by teachers to participate. The knowledge available about how school programs for children’s rights affect schools is accordingly disparate and insecure.
One of the children’s rights programs available for schools is offered by UNICEF. The program was developed by UNICEF UK, and named Rights Respecting Schools Award. The program was brought to Sweden and modified by UNICEF Sweden to align with Swedish national school culture. It was also renamed to Rights-based school. Since its start in 2010, the Swedish version of the program has spread and is now used in about 30 Swedish schools.
Commissioned by UNICEF Sweden, we have undertaken a large-scale evaluation research project to elucidate how well the program works to strengthen schools’ work with children’s rights. The evaluation was designed to identify how Rights-based school affects students' and teachers' knowledge, experiences and views, and whether differences can be found when compared with students and teachers in schools that do not use any program. The following questions guided the evaluation. 1. How does using Rights-based school affect:
2. Are there any differences in these aspects compared with schools that do not use a program? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data was created in five schools that use Rights-based school (program schools), and in five schools that do not use the program (non-program schools). Three program schools and three non-program schools are primary schools, with students in years 1-6. Two program schools and two non-program schools are lower secondary schools with students in years 7-9. Four of the program schools had just started, while one school (a primary school) had used the program for eight years. Interviews with teachers and students in years 2, 5 and 8 were conducted in the program schools during three consecutive years (2021-2023) and in the non-program schools during 22-23. In total, 410 students and 58 teachers in program schools were interviewed, and 120 students and 23 teachers in non-program schools. The interviews were semi-structured. Teachers were individually interviewed while the students were mostly interviewed in pairs. Students were asked questions to indicate knowledge about rights and their experience of influence in school. Teachers in program schools were asked what effect they considered the program to have, and teachers in all schools were asked to describe their view on and work with children’s rights and student influence. The interviews were recorded and transcribed. Qualitative content analysis (Bengtsson, 2016; Hsieh & Shannon, 2005) was undertaken to understand the meanings expressed by the interviewees. The first analytic step was to inductively create a coding scheme that was thereafter used for all data. The second analytic step was to draw out and describe the meaning of the essential content. We believe that our research design has avoided a range of weaknesses pointed out earlier. First, by including a large number of interviews with teachers and students, and the latter not being selected by principals or teachers. The data's size strengthens the content analysis's rigour and the comparison of students’ and teachers’ perceptions. Second, by interviewing teachers and students in schools that do not use Rights-based school, our design includes a data set for comparison. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Concerning students’ knowledge about children’s rights our hypothesis that students in program schools would demonstrate increasingly better knowledge was counter-proved. Instead, we identified a pattern of “rise and fall” in the new program schools and a yearly knowledge level decline in the established program school. In the new schools, students’ knowledge accordingly increased significantly between years 1 and 2 but dropped year 3, although for most schools to a somewhat higher level than the starting point of year 1. In the established school, the knowledge level was very high in year 1 and then dropped both years 2 and 3. This finding echoes the concern raised in earlier research about the durability of the positive effects of introducing a school program. However, compared to the children’s rights knowledge displayed by students in non-program schools, all program schools showed a better picture. This was particularly evident for students in years 2 and 5, where the difference was significant, to the program schools’ benefit. The findings concerning students’ experiences of student influence showed less differences between program schools and non-program schools. However, indications were found that students in program schools experience a wider array of influence possibilities than students in non-program schools. The latter reported mostly that they could affect matters related to breaks, such as playing material and activities, and to a lesser extent, they described influence over things in the classroom. Students in program schools gave a wider description of matters in the classroom that they are able to affect, for example, the content of education, working methods, and evaluation methods. The teacher data analysis is underway as this abstract is submitted and will be finalised during the first half of 2024. References Bengtsson, M. (2016). How to plan and perform a qualitative study using content analysis. NursingPlus open, 2, 8-14.Bron, J. & Thijs, A. (2011). Leaving it to the schools: citizenship, diversity and human rights education in the Netherlands. Educational Research, 53(2), 123-136. Dunhill, A. (2019). The language of the human rights of children: a critical discourse analysis. (Doctoral dissertation, University of Hull). Halås, C. T. (2020). UNICEFs rettighetsskoler: En undersøkelse av to pilotskolers erfaringer med å bli UNICEF rettighetsskoler. [UNICEF’s rights schools: an examination of two pilot schools’ experiences of becoming a UNICEF rights school]. Bodö: Nord universitet, FoU-rapport nr 58. (R&D-report). Howe, R. B., & Covell, K. (2010). Miseducating children about their rights. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 5(2), 91-102. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288.Jerome, Lee; Emerson, Lesley, Lundy, Laura & Orr, Karen. (2015) “Teaching and learning about child rights: A study of implementation in 26 countries. Queens University Belfast/Unicef. Leung, Y. W., Yuen, T. W. W., & Chong, Y. K. (2011). School‐based human rights education: Case studies in Hong Kong secondary schools. Intercultural education, 22(2), 145-162. Rinaldi, S. (2017). Challenges for human rights education in Swiss secondary schools from a teacher perspective. Prospects, 47(1-2), 87-100. Sebba, J., & Robinson, C. (2010). Evaluation of UNICEF UK’s rights respecting schools award (RRSA). London: UNICEF UK. https://www.unicef.org.uk/rights-respecting-schools/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2014/12/RRSA_Evaluation_Report.pdfCovell, K. (2010) School engagement and rights-respecting schools. Cambridge Journal of Education 40(1), 39-51. Tibbitts, F., & Kirchschläger, P. G. (2010). Perspectives of research on human rights education. Journal of human rights education, 2(1), 8-29. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 04 A: Navigating Challenge, Uncertainty, Urgency, Tension, and Complexity in School Leadership (Part 2) Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Mike Collins Paper Session Part 2/3, continued from 26 SES 02 B, to be continued in 26 SES 14 B |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Short-cycle Plans in Chile: Improving with a Sense of Urgency Pontificia Universidad Católica de Valparaíso, Chile. Presenting Author:Research indicates that planning is an essential element contributing to improve organizational performance, outcomes and processes in schools (Bickmore, Roberts & Gonzalez & 2021; Caputo & Rastelli, 2014; Fernandez, 2011; Huber & Conway, 2015; Strunk et al 2016; Meyers & VanGronigen, 2019; Mintrop, 2016; VanGronigen & Meyers, 2020), especially in educational systems that are data-driven, results-oriented, where accountability is a trend (Caputo & Rastelli, 2014; Mintrop & McLellan, 2002). Typically, the process of improvement planning culminates in a yearly “school improvement plan” (SIPs) led by principals and their teams. SIPs are comprehensive documents that help to establish priorities, goals, strategies, actions, indicators and results, among other elements (Férnandez, 2011). Some studies have shown a correlation between the quality of SIPs and student learning outcomes (Fernández, 2011; Strunk et al 2016), thus careful planning is key to obtain positive changes. Unfortunately, there is evidence that SIPs are not well-designed suggesting an unwillingness or inability of school teams to engage fully in a meaningful planning process (Meyers & VanGronigen, 2019, p.274). A significant challenge is moving from a perception of SIPs as a bureaucratic and administrative tool for documentation, essentially perceived as an external accountability demand, to an authentic plan responding to real improvement needs and organizational learning (Meyers & Vangronigen, 2019; VanGronigen & Meyers, 2020). Following the international trend, Chile has implemented SIPs as a national educational policy since 2014. Based in a continuous improvement cycle, The Ministry of Education mandates schools to design and implement a four year-long SIP. This cycle is composed of two phases: a first strategic phase and then an annual phase. The following steps contain the continuous improvement cycle in Chile: (1) Analysis of the educational project and developing a self-assessment process, (2) Planning goals and objectives strategically, (3) Planning annual strategies and actions (4) implementation and (4) evaluation. Schools submit their plans to an online platform to be checked by their school district. This traditional approach of school improvement may not create a sense of urgency required for schools who need to improve quickly (Mintrop, 2016; VanGronigen & Meyers, 2020). An alternative and complementary approach for improving more rapidly to the constant environmental changes is the short-cycle planning. This approach builds confidence, increases collective efficacy and allows to gauge progress and assess outcomes (VanGronigen & Meyers, 2017). Using the short-cycle planning approach, this research presents perceptions of 19 schools in 6 different districts in designing, implementing and evaluating the first short-cycle plan during 2023.This qualitative study addresses the following research questions: How do participants compare yearlong improvement planning to short-cycle approach? How do participants perceive short-cycle plans as a approach to improve with sense of urgency? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses a qualitative methodology (Strauss & Corbin, 1990). This type of methodology seeks to understand from individuals who experience a phenomenon how they interpret their experiences, how they construct their worlds and what meaning they attribute to those experiences (Strauss & Corbin, 1990). From this perspective, we seek to understand the meanings attributed to the planning, implementation and evaluation of short-cycle improvement plans. All participants (n=86) in this study are part of a two-year program for educational improvement that uses the RPP model (Research-Practice Partnership) composed by 6 school districts, 19 public schools (k-12) and a Leadership Center from a University. Data collection and analysis The data were collected at the end of 2023 in an evaluation of the implementation of the program in its first year. The focus of the research was to understand both what the participants learned in their improvement processes as well as the functioning of the RPP using short-cycle. To collect the data, an interview protocol was used. In the case of this research, the interviews were recorded and transcribed. After that, the research team reviewed each of the transcripts to extract information associated with the short-cycle plan´views. This information was organized into an analysis matrix to identify categories inductively, individually and manually. Once the categories were identified, grouping information through codes was produced, then a deliberation process was carried out to discriminate possible inconsistencies between the different codes (Strauss & Corbin, 1990). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the findings, we can highlight that short-cycle plan helps to improve with a sense of urgency using an operational planning approach. This alternative approach presents an opportunity to translate long term, general titles and abstract goals into manageable tasks and action steps responding rapidly to real-time problems in comparison to year-long plans.Therefore, short cycle planning can be more dynamic, interactive and responsive to authentic improvement needs (Mintrop, 2016), especially for those schools who need to improve quickly. Short-cycle plans typically involve a process of planning and implementation during a 90 day-time period (Meyers and Vangronigen, 2017; Mintrop, 2016). In this process, schools understand the relevance to work with one urgent, specific, measurable, timely and realistic improvement priority rather than to “try to do too many things at once” (Stevenson, 2019). Also, focusing on one urgent and relevant improvement priority reduces the possibility of resource waste and distraction on too many goals and strategies simultaneously (Mintrop, 2016). Thus, schools using short-cycle plans learn that prioritizing is key for the improvement process. To sump up, participants perceive that short-cycle plan as a useful strategy to improve authentically in comparison to year-long approach planning which present at least more problems. References Bickmore DL, Roberts MM and Gonzales MM (2021) How aspiring principals applied course-based learning to develop school improvement plans. Journal of Educational Administration 59(2): 199–214. Caputo A and Rastelli V (2014) School improvement plans and student achievement: Preliminary evidence from the Quality and Merit Project in Italy. Improving Schools 17(1): 72–98. Fernandez KE (2011) Evaluating school improvement plans and their effect on academic performance. Educational Policy 25(2): 338–367. Huber DJ and Conway JM (2015) The effect of school improvement planning on student achievement. Planning and Changing 46(1–2): 56–70. Meyers CV and VanGronigen BA (2019) A lack of authentic school improvement plan development: Evidence of principal satisficing behavior. Journal of Educational Administration 57(3): 261–278. Mintrop R (2016) Design-based School Improvement: A Practical Guide for Education Leaders. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press. Mintrop, H. and MacLellan, A.M. (2002), “School improvement plans in elementary and middle schools on probation”, Elementary School Journal, Vol. 102 No. 4, pp. 275-300. Strauss, A.L. and Corbin, J.M. (1990), Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory, 2nd ed., Sage Publications, Newbury Park, CA. Stevenson, I. (2019). An improvement plan is not enough—you need a strategy. Phi Delta Kappan, 100(6), 60–64. Strunk KO, Marsh JA, Bush-Mecenas SC, et al. (2016) The best laid plans: an examination of school plan quality and implementation in a school improvement initiative. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(2): 259–309. VanGronigen BA and Meyers CV (2020). Short-cycle school improvement planning as a potential organizational change lever: An analysis. Teachers College Record 122(5). VanGronigen BA and Meyers CV (2017). Topics and trends in short-cycle planning: Are principals leading school turnaround efforts identifying the right priorities? Planning and Changing 48(1&2): 26–42. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Tensions in Educational Leadership and School Governance, Constructing Brand Advantage, Risk Mitigation, and the Illusion of Democracy Staffordshire University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Neoliberal imperatives have arguably driven education policies in England and Europe (Wilkins et al., 2019: Grimaldi et al., 2016) over the past four decades, leading to the depoliticisation (Flinders and Woods, 2015) and radical marketisation of the sector (Ball, 2021). The creation of an education marketplace purposely fuels competition between providers, positioning parents and communities as consumers and schools are corporatised entities (Gunter, 2018). Successive British and European governments (Gunter et al., 2016) have proactively adopted dominant private sector methods and practices transforming the operations in the education system to become more like businesses; a process coined by Ball and Youdell (2007:13) as ’endogenous privatisation’. As such, the utilisation of ‘brand’ has arguably become a distinguishing indicator which establishes positionality and thus, positions the organisation advantageously in the field. Significantly, Simon et al. (2021) have postulated brand advantage, or positioning, in the edu-business world is crucial, securing status in what they deem as a hierarchical system of MATs. Multi-Academy Trusts (MATs) are groups of publicly funded, independent schools (Wilkins, 2016) and are comparable to Charter Schools in the USA or Friskolor in Sweden (Simkins et al., 2019). The more prestigious brands are privileged or positioned in the high-stakes play of school acquisition and the promotion of their brand to potential consumers or clients. Subsequently, risk mitigation strategies are needed to maintain and gain brand market advantage, but also brand protection in the performative, marketised and choice-focused context of education (Courtney et al., 2018). A growing national and international distrust in the functioning of public services such as education (Wilkins and Gobby, 2022), combined with governments driven to achieve political and economic goals, determines the need for governments to perceive and manage risk to their own brand. Disintermediation (Lubienski, 2014), where power and influence are withdrawn from the traditional meso-layer of education, has responsibilised this new private middle tier of educational leadership and governance for the risk and responsibility of the sector, and brand advantage. This has facilitated an extension of central control in new spaces, removed from local or federal government influence and controlled at a distance (Wilkins and Gobby, 2022). The resultant hegemony of managerialism and New Public Management (NPM) (Gunter et al., 2016), and corporatisation, which has removed decision-making from representative institutions to corporately controlled entities (Gunter 2018), have transformed the management and governance practices of schools (Newman, 2001). The professionalisation of education leadership and school governance, a neoliberal political rationality and a new middle tier have signified a democratic deficit raising questions over stakeholder representation (Connolly et al., 2017) and the accountability of school governance, to be responsive to community and parental needs (Woods and Simkins, 2014). This research explores the relationship between MAT brand objectives, brand advantage and subsequent risk mitigation strategies employed by educational leadership in England. Specifically, the Co-operative Academies Trust’s (CAT), sponsored by The Co-op Group, model of school governance, and the tension between democratic practices, co-operative values and brand advantage are illuminated. Democracy is one of six values determined by the International Cooperative Alliance (ICA) a significant feature of a co-operative enterprise to which CAT is committed to. The research explored how the CAT engaged with parents and community groups in an area of deprivation, to secure authentic decision-making partnerships based on ICA values, specifically democracy. As such, given its association with the Co-op Group brand, the CAT makes for a significant case to investigate as an alternative in the marketised context of education in England and internationally, given the Euro-prevalence of neoliberal contexts of education and interest in democratically engaging educational leadership internationally (Caravantes and Lombardo, 2024; Scuola Democratica, 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopted a socially critical perspective. Significantly, challenging the power dynamics within social structures, such as governance, the role of parents in governance and the type of democracy that is evidenced in this role. Furthermore, the research challenges the distribution of power and resource (Raffo et al, 2010), through voice and the lived experiences of individuals, families and communities (Boronski and Hassan, 2015). For a socially critical paradigm, the most appropriate methodological choice is a critical ethno-case study (Parker-Jenkins, 2016; Kincheloe and McLaren, 2000). The exploration of the CAT model and the engagement and role of parent stakeholders as decision-makers, or agents of consequence, within a Co-operative Academy in an area of high deprivation in England, is an instrumental case (Punch, 2014). The generalisability of the atypical produces conceptualising generalisability (Yin, 2014): new concepts as a consequence of analysis, or by developing propositions, that allow for future research and become the output of the research (Punch 2014; Bryman, 2012; Basit, 2010). The case study known as ‘City Academy’ maintains its criticality by focusing on the power relationship between the organisation and its stakeholders. Ethnographic/case study methods were employed in the triangulation of a documentary review of the organisation’s documentation (Atkinson and Coffey, 2011), specifically; the CAT website, strategic plan, governance policy, including the scheme of delegation, the Articles of Association and funding agreement, with semi-structured interviews and a focus group (Bryman, 2012) of 5 parents from the Parent Forum. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with the director of the trust, the principal, the chair of governors, and 3 parent governors. Purposive sampling of those involved in semi-structured interviews provided a “typical” insight (Flick, 2020) to capture participants’ voice. However, sampling for the focus group was opportunistic. Verbatim transcription of interviews was completed (Mauthner and Doucet, 1998). Data were coded and processed using NVivo software (Jackson and Bazeley, 2019). A priori codes were initially identified from the research questions and first data readings, for example, ‘parent’, and ‘democratic events’. Subsequent emerging analytical codes were identified from more in-depth analysis, such as ‘decision-making’ or ‘deliberation’. Staffordshire University’s ethical principles and the guidelines of the British Educational Research Association (BERA) (2018) were adhered to; ethical approval was granted for the study. Bourdieu’s social field theory was further utilised to provide a second-layer analysis of the power dynamic between governing body members and parents participating in potentially democratic opportunities, formally or informally. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research is of both national and international significance considering the Euro-prevalence of neoliberal regimes (Grimaldi et al, 2016). The greater freedom from centralisation that these regimes prescribe, and the economic and political goals of national governments, are interwoven with public perception of the success of the decentralisation of education, and are vulnerable to risk (Wilkins and Gobby, 2022). To mitigate this risk, national governments, and other regulators or government proxies, adopt ‘hard regulation’, a rationality and framework of government. This subsequently, responsibilises actors, education leaders, as risk managers and risk mitigators, constructing their own rationalities and frameworks of governance for achieving control and intervention. In the case of CAT and City Academy, significant brand objectives exist as co-operative values, social enterprise, and community regeneration as well as ambitious acquisition goals for CAT, and brand failure would be catastrophic for not only the Academy and the Trust, but also the big-name sponsor, Coop Group; therefore, brand advantage is crucial. To secure brand advantage, CAT enshrined brand objectives into legal funding contracts with the government and invested significantly in iconic, and symbolic imaginaries. The iconic Coop Group headquarters is a symbolic advertisement of the power and ambition within. This represents a metaphorical arm around the Edu-business (Simon, James, and Simon, 2021), and powerful brand expectations, to survey progress at close quarters, whilst inculcating the brand message as employees track in and out to either gatekeep or be immersed in the brand: capitalism in co-operative clothing. Further risk mitigation is evident in localised governing bodies structured to empower gatekeepers, and boundary-spanners whilst employing technologies of rational self-management (Wilkins, 2019) limiting participation to professionalised parents. Ultimately, brand advantage and protection are privileged, representing an illusion of democracy, sacrificing co-operative values of democracy in operational terms whilst privileging upward accountability over authentic parental partnership. References Ball SJ (2021) The Education Debate. 4th ed. Bristol: Policy Press. Caravantes, P. and Lombardo, E. (2024) Feminist democratic innovations in policy and politics, Policy & Politics, XX(XX): 1–23, DOI: 10.1332/03055736Y2023D000000009 Courtney SJ, McGinity R and Gunter HM (eds) (2018) Educational Leadership: Theorising professional practice in neoliberal times. Abingdon Oxon: Routledge. Flinders M and Wood M (2015) Depoliticisation, governance and the state. In: Flinders M and Wood M (eds) Tracing the Political: Depoliticisation, governance and the state. Bristol: Policy Press, pp. 1–20. Grimaldi, E., Landri, P. and Serpieri, R., 2016. NPM and the reculturing of the Italian education system: The making of new fields of visibility. In New public management and the reform of education (pp. 96-110). Routledge. Gunter, H. M. (2012) Leadership and the Reform of Education. Bristol: Policy Press Gunter H (2018) The Politics of Public Education: Reform ideas and issues. Bristol: Policy Press. Gunter, H., Grimaldi, E., Hall, D., and Serpieri, R. (2016) ‘NPM and Educational Reform in Europe’, in Courtney, S., McGinity, R and Gunter, H. (eds) Educational Leadership: Theorising Professional Practice in Neoliberal Times. Oxford: Routledge. ICA (2020) What is a co-operative? International Cooperative Alliance. Available at: https://www.ica.coop/en/cooperatives/what-is-a-cooperative (accessed 7 March 2023). Lubienski C (2014) Re-making the middle: Dis-intermediation in international context. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 42 (3): 423–440. Simkins T, Coldron J, Crawford M and Maxwell B (2019) Emerging schooling landscapes in England: How primary system leaders are responding to new school groupings. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 47(3): 331–348. Simon CA, James C and Simon A (2021) The growth of Multi-Academy Trusts in England: Emergent structures and the sponsorship of underperforming schools. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 49(1): 112-127. Springer S (2012) Neoliberalism as discourse: Between Foucauldian political economy and Marxian poststructuralism. Critical Discourse Studies 9(2): 133-147. Wilkins A (2016) Modernising School Governance: Corporate planning and expert handling in state education. Abingdon Oxon: Routledge. Wilkins A and Gobby B (2022) Objects and subjects of risk: a governmentality approach to education governance. Globalisation, Societies and Education. DOI: 10.1080/14767724.2022.2114073 Wilkins, A., Collet-Sabé, J., Gobby, B. and Hangartner, J., 2019. Translations of new public management: a decentred approach to school governance in four OECD countries. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 17(2), pp.147-160. Woods P and Simkins T (2014) Understanding the local: Themes and Issues in the experience of structural reform in England. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 42(3): 324–340. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leading in Complexity: Making Sense of Executive Leadership in an English Multi Academy Trust. University of Nottingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper focuses on an empirically grounded insight into the experience of leading an educational organisation in complexity. A case study of executive leadership in an English Multi Academy Trust (MAT) is used to illustrate the nature of the complexity leaders experience in that context. Qualitative and Social Network data are combined to characterise the experience of complexity and significant features of leaders’ responses and some conceptual tools are introduced. Drawing on a complexity perspective that starts with the experiences of people in organisations, the implications of the perspective for conceptualising leadership and designing an empirical study are presented. The methodological approach is explained followed by presentation and discussion of data to illuminate the experience of complexity and relevance of the perspective adopted. The argument is made initially for a complexity perspective drawing on the principles of complex responsive processes of relating (Stacey, Griffin & Shaw, 2000), recognising that starting with leaders’ experiences in organisations means understanding them to be participants in processes rather than actors on systems (ibid). The experience of complexity thus involves paradox, ambiguity, ambivalence and uncertainty, which are all also features of a social process of sensemaking (Weick, 2005). The complexity perspective adopted leads to a conceptualization of leadership that is understood as influence (Northouse, 2021), but is relational (Eacott, 2018) arising in human relationships whether they are direct, indirect or mediated. Leadership is also considered as plural (Denis et al 2012), having multiple loci which may be dyadic, group, collective or contextual (Hernandez, 2011). It follows that to explore leadership of, for example, educational improvement in a MAT, it is necessary to study the enactment of practices and the processes of relating taking place. A case study of an English MAT comprising seven schools led by a Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is introduced and the methodological approach to the single embedded case study (Yin, 2017) is described. Qualitative data is presented revealing practices and underlying thinking frames on which leaders drew as they talked about enacting educational improvement. The qualitative data is combined with social network data that reveals the socially constructed networks of relationships relevant to leadership in which a core group of people, identified by the CEO, perceived themselves to be embedded. The empirical data is discussed in terms of the sensemaking processes taking place, their dynamic patterning, what is revealed about the emergent nature of executive leadership in the trust and the experience of complexity. The paper concludes by highlighting some significant conclusions and the value of embracing a complexity perspective to fully understand current realities and future possibilities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The case study adopted mixed methods. The conceptualisation of leadership focused on both the nature and patterning of relationships. The Social network data that revealed perceived relationships in a defined group of leaders, Cognitive Social Structures (Krackhardt, 1987), was collected by interview. The group (n=15) was defined by the CEO of which 11 were interviewed. The 11 sets of perceptions revealed socially constructed networks of relevant leadership relationships and the structuring of those networks. Qualitative data collected through interview with the 11 members of the revealed the thinking underlying perceptions of patterns of relationships; leadership practices enacted, and underlying frames on which leaders drew. The combination of methods to construct Qualitative Networks (Bellotti, 2014) enables an analysis of leading and organising in the MAT which gives insight into both emergent patterns and the generative processes underlying them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of the networks and leadership practices in the MAT reveal a dynamic, constantly reconfiguring flow of leadership relationships as different practices are enacted simultaneously. There is multiplexity within relationships in the type and substance of interactions. The actions of the executive team are analysed in the context of the networks of relationships and the data show how in practice ambiguity and paradox arise as leadership is enacted. Significant conclusions are that the actions of the CEO and executive cannot be understood in isolation from the complex networks of relationships and flow of interaction and relating that constitute the organisation. The actions of the CEO and executive team can both be seen as attempts to reduce complexity and as also creating paradox and ambiguity The case is a distinctive empirical demonstration of the nature of the ‘teeming complexity’ (Constantinides, 2021) in the executive leadership space of a MAT and offers some conceptual tools with which to make sense of that complexity. References Bellotti, E. (2014). Qualitative Networks. Abingdon: Routledge. Constantinides, M. (2021), "Understanding the complexity of system-level leadership in the English schooling landscape", Journal of Educational Administration, 59 No. 6, pp. 688-701. Eacott, S. (2018) Beyond Leadership: A Relational Approach to Organizational Theory in Education, Singapore: Springer Krackhardt, D. (1987). 'Cognitive social structures'. Social Networks, 9 (2), pp.109–134. Stacey, R.D., Griffin, D.S. and Shaw, P. (2000). Complexity and Management. London: Routledge Weick, K.E. (2005). 'Managing the Unexpected: Complexity as Distributed Sensemaking'. In R. R. McDaniel and D. J. Driebe (Eds.), Uncertainty and Surprise in Complex Systems: Questions on Working with the Unexpected. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer pp.51–65. Northouse, P. G. 2021. Leadership: Theory and practice, Sage Publications. Yin, R.K. (2017). Case Study Research and Applications. 6 ed. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications US. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 04 B: Navigating Resistance and Turnover in School Leadership Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Pierre Tulowitzki Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Employees' Resistance to Change and Principals' Management Strategies Umea University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper is situated in a larger research project concerned with how principals deal with controversial issues in their everyday practice. One early finding is that resistance to change is perceived as controversial issue by many principals (Rantala, forthcoming). In this paper I seek to deepen knowledge about the resistance from employees that principals meet and how they deal with it. Having to change is inevitable. As society changes, schools and preschools also need to change to meet the demands which is placed on children and pupils both during and after their time in school. The principal, as a change leader, has the responsibility over and an important role in the improvement work that must take place (SFS, 2010:800; Timperley, 2011), but leading change work is no easy task (Holmes, Clement & Albright, 2013; Starr, 2011). Leading change involves dealing with resistance (Dolph, 2017; Starr, 2011) and resistance is always in relation to power (Foucault, 2002). There is a vast body of research that describes how leaders carry out or should carry out change work (e.g. Fullan, 2015; Hargreaves et.al., 2010; Kotter, 2014). Research has also focus on strategies that principals need to adapt to enable change management to lead to change (e.g. Shaked and Schechter, 2017; Soini, Pietarinen & Pyhältö, 2016; Wang, 2018). But it also emerges, in research, that change leadership is complex and that the strategies even can collide (e.g. Homes, Clement & Albright, 2013). Previous research on teachers' resistance to change has focused on resistance to specific changes, for example change in the curriculum (Kazakbaeva, 2021), resistance against educational reforms, for example introduction of in-service teacher certification (Choi, 2017) or quality assurance policies (Terhart, 2013). These studies show how resistance can arise when there is a lack of support and resources to create understanding for the change initiative (Kazakbaeva, 2021). Resistance can be expressed implicitly and that there can be prestige in the fact that the change initiative must succeed (Chio, 2017; Terhart, 2013). Research shows four factors that influence human resistance, self-interest, different values, low tolerance and lack of trust (Kotter & Schlesinger, 2013). There are knowledge gaps in research regarding teacher's resistance to change in relation to principal's strategies, which is done in this paper. The aim is to study principals’ and deputy principals´ leadership of change, by analyzing principals’ and deputy principals ‘description of employee’s resistance and their strategies to handle it in school development work. This is then discussed in relation to power techniques. Amundsdotter et.al. (2015) and Linghag et.al. (2016) describes, anchored in Foucault’s theory of power techniques (2002; 2003; 2008), three different techniques, repressive, pastoral and regulated. They use these concepts both to describe employees' resistance and the principals' strategies for dealing with it. Amundsdotter et.al. and Linghag et.al. describes repressive resistance as clear and direct resistance, pastoral resistance takes more subtle expressions or is masked in other forms, e.g. lack of time or resources, and regulated resistance is about placing responsibility on others. Repressive strategies are for example when principals refer to laws or governing documents, blaming individuals, threats reporting or raising to a higher instance, pastoral strategies refer to offering help and guidance, demonstrating benefits, inspiring and motivating and regulatory strategies refer to building the change into the organization by emphasizing that it is a shared responsibility, reminding of the mission and what different roles entail. In this paper this concept is used to both to categorize and analyze the principals' and deputy principals' descriptions of employees' resistance to change and to categorize and analyze their descriptions of strategies they use to deal with the resistance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The material that forms the basis of the study is based on qualitative questionnaires, with open answers, to principals and deputy principals. This choice was made to go beyond numerical measurement and instead to be able to capture the principals and deputy principals perspective (Cohen, Manion & Morrison 2018). In the questionnaire, it is initially described that in this study, resistance can be expressed both as explicit and implicit and can create both challenges and be a driving force. In the questionnaires the principals and deputy principals are first asked to describe a situation where they have met or dealt with employee's resistance. After this, they described how the resistance expressed itself, how they handled it, how they experienced the situation and what effect they believe their handling had. Although the survey has open answers and the principals are asked to answer in detail, the answers are relatively short, but it is still possible to read out different patterns that are described in the results and then discussed in relation to power techniques. A total of 37 (K-12 and adult education) principals and deputy principals responded to the questionnaire (18 principals, 18 deputy principals and one was excluded due to incomplete answers). The informants consist of both men (8) and women (29). About a third have worked 2-3 years (12), a third 4-5 years (13) and a third have worked 6 years or more (12). These principals and deputy principals are responsible for between less then 5 and over 36 employees, most of them have 26 or more. The material is thematically analyzed based on Amundsdotter's et.al. (2015) and Linghags et al. 2016) concepts repressive, pastoral, and regulated resistance and strategies which they anchor in Foucault's (2002; 2003; 2008) theories of power techniques. They have used these concepts to be able to discuss and analyze resistance and strategies along with change actors, in public organizations, how are working with equality and diversity. In this paper it is instead about the resistance that principals and deputy principals meet and their strategies in dealing with it. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that all of them describe situations where employees resist top-down management in the form of resistance to decisions about changing working methods or reorganization that come either from the principal, deputy principal or higher up in the steering chain. This resistance takes mainly a repressive form by employees express their opinions and show emotions. The other forms, pastoral and regulated resistance, are also represented, albeit on a smaller scale. The informants’ strategies mainly take a pastoral form, by informing, listening, giving employees the opportunity to express their opinions. The result also shows that they use a mixture of strategies. The effect of this strategy’s is either that the employees have adapted the change, have ended their employment or that the situation is not completely resolved. By using mostly pastoral strategies, give employees a lot of space to express opinions and feelings about the change but also give them the opportunity to influence how the change is carried out. None of the informants describes that employee’s resistance has an effect of what is to be changed. The norm that schools and teachers should develop and that leaders should be able to decide what should change seems to be strong. This seems to form a friction surface between the teacher profession and the change management. Resistance is seen as inevitable in change work and may arise from the fear of losing power (Kotter & Schlesinger, 2013). For leaders, it is important to try to understand the resistance instead of seeing it as an obstacle to be overcome (Watson, 1982). Resistance can create opportunities to reflection on and evaluate the change initiative. Seeing resistance as inevitable and productive can influence how resistance is experienced and what strategies a leader adopts. References Amundsdotter, E., Ericson, M. Jansson, U. & Linghag, S. (2015). Motstånd och strategier i jämställdhetsarbete. Karlstads universitet. Choi, T-H.§ (2017). Hidden transcripts of teacher resistance: a case from South Korea. Journal of Education Policy, Vol. 32, no. 4, p. 480–502 Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8 ed.) Routledge. Dolph, D. (2017). Resistance to Change: A Speed Bump on the Road to School Improvement?. Journal of Educational Leadership and Policy Studies, 1(1), 6-20. Foucault, M. (2002). Sexualitetens historia. Band 1. Viljan att veta. Daidalos. Foucault, M. (2003). Övervakning och straff: fängelsets födelse. Arkiv förlag. Foucault, M (2008). Diskursernas kamp. Brutus Östlings bokförlag Symposion. Fullan, M. (2015)- Freedom to change – Four strategies to put your inner drive into overdrive. John Wiley & Sons Hargreaves, A. et al. (eds.) 2010. Second International Handbook of Educational Change. Springer Science & Business Media. Holmes, K., Clement, J. & Albright, J. (2013). The complex task of leading educational change in schools. School Leadership & Management, Vol. 33(3), p. 270-283, Kazakbaeva, R. (2021). From language of enemy to language of opportunity. Journal of Educational Change (2023) 24:317–343. Kotter, J. & Schlesinger, L. (2013). Choosing Strategies for Change. Harvard Business Review. Kotter, J. P. (2014). Accelerate - Building strategic agility for a faster-moving world. Harvard Business Review Press. Lindhag, S., Ericson, M., Amundsdotter, E. & Jansson, U. (2016). I och med motstånd. Förändringsaktörers handlingsutrymme och strategier i jämställdhets- och mångfaldsarbete. Tidskrift för genusvetenskap. Vol 37(3), p. 8-28. Shaked, H. & Schechter, C. (2017). School principals as mediating agents in education reforms. School Leadership & Management, Vol. 37(1-2), p. 19-37. SFS 2010:800. The education act. Soini, T., Pietarinen, J. & Pyhältö, K. (2016) Leading a school through change – principals’ hands-on leadership strategies in school reform. School Leadership & Management, Vol. 36(4), p. 452-469. Starr, K. (2011). Principals and the Politics of Resistance to Change. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, Vol. 39(6), p. 646–660. Terhart, E. (2013). Teacher resistance against school reform: reflecting an inconvenient truth. School Leadership & Management, Vol. 33(5), p. 486-500. Timperley, H. (2011). Knowledge and the leadership of learning. Leadership and Policy in Schools, Vol. 10(2), p. 145-170. Wang, F. (2018). Leadership as a subversive activity: principals’ perceptions, International Journal of Leadership in Education, Vol. 21(5), p. 531-544. Watson, T. (1982). Group Ideologies And Organizational Change. Journal of Management Studies, 19(3), ss.259-275. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Responses to Principal Turnover in Swedish Schools 1Uppsala University, Sweden; 2Mid Sweden University Presenting Author:The purpose of the study referenced in this presentation is to identify and describe local school responses to principal turnover. The rationale for examining this phenomenon rests on general knowledge about the importance of school leadership (e.g. Bush, 2020; Louis, 2015; Nihlfors & Johansson, 2013; Ärlestig et al., 2016), and previous (mainly international) research on school-level effects of principal turnover. The latter typically relates to declining student achievement (Bartanen et al., 2019; Béteille et al., 2012; Miller, 2013), disrupted teaching and school developmental processes (Pietsch et al., 2020; Wills, 2016), and excess expenditure due to the high cost of replacing the departing incumbent (Superville, 2014). The recruiting process may, in turn, add stress to the organisation and thus contribute to the decline in student achievement. However, many of the reported negative consequences are “downstream effects”, i.e. they occur due to a previous event, or series of previous events. What these events are, and how they are shaped by and shape various practices, and practice conditioning arrangements within the local school organisation are less clear, since the practices that produce these effects have not received significant attention in previous research. Subsequently, knowledge about the complexity of practices and practice arrangements that link the incident of principal turnover to the stipulated consequences remains weak (Thelin & Lund, 2023). This lack of knowledge is problematic, since ‘it is not principal turnover per se that is the problem’ (Fullan, 2004, p. 31), but rather the discontinuity it creates in the organisation, and how that, in turn, affects the various educational practices on which schools are dependent for their performance. Therefore, in the presented study in this paper, attention is directed towards the discontinuity that arises when there is a shift in the principal leadership position. The research is fuelled by the following overarching questions: What happens in schools when there is a shift in the principal leadership position? When and for whom is it a problem or an opportunity? In our search for answers to these questions, the focus will be placed on qualitative changes in educational practice and practice conditioning arrangements (Kemmis et al., 2014). The analysis of the data, which comprised 497 unique free-text answers drawn from a survey targeting staff and parents/guardians with experience of principal turnover, suggests that principal turnover is a ‘critical incident’ (Cook & Tripp, 1994) and a practice-changing event in the local school organisation. The preliminary findings of the study suggest that principal turnover is critical to local school organisations. It disrupts the ‘the flow of practice’ (Lok & de Rond, 2013, p. 186; cf. Yanow & Tsoukas, 2009), and changes practices as well as practice conditioning arrangements and practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014). In this study we seek to illuminate the ‘happeningness’ (Schatzki, 2002) of local school organisations during times of principal turnover, and thereby provide knowledge that is of importance for the development of more robust and sustainable school organisations; in this case, schools that are less sensitive to principal turnover, e.g. better suited to prevent and deal with its negative consequences and make use of its possibilities. In an age of uncertainty and global change, the need for more robust and sustainable schools is palpable. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data was collected through a survey that was distributed among staff and parents/guardians in five municipalities. The survey, which was constructed within the practices of a research circle (Härnsten, 1994) generated 497 unique free-text answers relevant to the issue of concern in this study. From this total count of answers, 183 were provided by staff, and 314 by parents/guardians. A computer software, Nvivo, was used to support the qualitative content analysis, which was carried out in three steps. The first step was to carefully read all the answers and search for evidence of change induced by, or associated with principal turnover. When detected, these changes were coded using concepts drawn from the theory of practice architectures and classified as negative (problematic) or positive (an opportunity). The third step was to locate the detected changes within the educational complex as described in the theory of ecologies of practices (Kemmis et al., 2014). The research circle, in which the survey was constructed, involved seven practitioners (four school principals, two superintendents, and one developmental leader) distributed across six Swedish municipalities, and was led by the undersigned researchers. These circumstances influenced the study in several ways. It affected the sample insofar that participation in the research circle was based on participants’ interest in the issue of concern and ability and willingness to distribute the survey within their local school organisations, rather than strategic selection. Moreover, as a result of their varying opportunities to communicate with and engage different stakeholders, the response rate differs widely between the five municipalities included in the study. Nevertheless, the testimony of 497 respondents provided valuable insights into the area of inquiry. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the case of the investigated school settings, changes were found in teaching practices, teaching practice arrangements (e.g. new instructional orientations), developmental practices, and related leading practices (e.g. new directions or school visions, or vision-related work, and leader-staff relationships). Changes were also found in the arrangements supporting student learning, particularly in those relevant for students in need of special support, (e.g. pupils with diagnoses that require extra resources or an adapted learning environment), and newly arrived immigrant students; indicating that these groups of students are particularly vulnerable to principal turnover. While the current research discourse highlights the problems associated with principal turnover, the data drawn upon in this study provide a less biased account. This is particularly apparent in the answers of parents/guardians to children with difficulties. Based on the findings it is concluded that principal turnover is a practice-changing event. How it matters is highly dependent on specific decisions made by the individual principal and how these were perceived by different target groups. The significance of principal turnover is also highly dependent on the individual principal’s interests, competencies, and ways of ‘relating’ (Kemmis et al., 2014) to different target groups and practices within the organisation. Concerning leading, the social-political dimension stands out as particularly important for the ‘happeningness’ (Schatzki, 2002) of local school organisations during times of principal turnover. In all, the findings contribute to the understanding of principal turnover as a ‘critical incident’ (Cook & Tripp, 1994) in the local school organisation. They confirm previous research findings on the negative impact of principal turnover on disrupted teaching and school developmental processes (e.g. Pietsch et al., 2020; Wills, 2016, and add nuances to previous conceptions of the relationship between principal leadership and student learning practices. References Bartanen, B., Grissom, J. A., & Rogers, L. K. (2019). The Impacts of Principal Turnover. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 41(3), 350–374. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373719855044 Béteille, T., Kalogrides, D., & Loeb, S. (2012). Stepping stones: Principal career paths and school outcomes. Social Science Research, 41(4), 904–919. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssresearch.2012.03.003 Bush, T. (2020). Theories of educational leadership and management. (Fifth edition) Sage. Cook, L. A., & Tripp, D. (1994). Critical Incidents in Teaching: Developing Professional Judgement. British Journal of Educational Studies, 42(4), 407–409. https://doi.org/10.2307/3121683 Fullan, M. (2004). Leadership & Sustainability: System Thinkers in Action. Corwin Press, A SAGE Publications Company. Härnsten, G. (1994). The Research Circle Building Knowledge on Equal Terms. The Swedish Trade Union Confederation. Kemmis, S., Bristol, L., Edwards-Groves, C., Grootenboer, P., Hardy, I., & Wilkinson, J. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education (First edition). Singapore: Imprint: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-47-4 Lok, J., & de Rond, M. (2013). On the Plasticity of Institutions: Containing and Restoring Practice Breakdowns at the Cambridge University Boat Club. Academy of Management Journal, 56(1), 185–207. https://doi.org/10.5465/amj.2010.0688 Louis, K.S. (2015). Linking leadership to learning: State, district and local effects. NordSTEP 2015(3), 7–17. https://doi.org/10.3402/nstep.v1.30321 Nihlfors, E., & Johansson, O. (2013). Rektor en stark länk i styrningen av skolan [The principal a strong link in school governance]. SNS Förlag. Miller, A. (2013). Principal turnover and student achievement. Economics of Education Review, 36, 60–72. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2013.05.004 Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Hartig, J. (2020). Examining the effect of principal turnover on teaching quality: A study on organizational change with repeated classroom observations. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 31(3), 333–355. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2019.1672759 Schatzki T. R. (2002). The Site of the Social: A Philosophical Account of the Constitution of Social Life and Change. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press. Superville, D. R. (2014). Churn: The high cost of principal turnover. Education Week, 34(12), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085918772629 Wills, G. (2016). Principal leadership changes and their consequences for school performance in South Africa. International Journal of Educational Development, 51, 108–124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2016.08.005 Yanow, D. & Tsoukas, H. (2009). What is Reflection-In-Action? A Phenomenological Account. Journal of Management Studies, 46(8) 1339-1364. Ärlestig, H., Johansson, O., & Nihlfors, E. (2016). Sweden: Swedish School Leadership Research – An Important but Neglected Area. In H. Ärlestig, C. Day & O. Johansson (Eds.), A Decade of Research on School Principals Cases from 24 Countries (pp. 103–124). Springer. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Shadowing Principals And Its Merits For Educational Leadership Research - Insights From A Literature Review 1FHNW University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland; 2Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz Presenting Author:Methodologically speaking, educational leadership and management research has been largely underpinned by standardized surveys when carrying out quantitative research and interviews for qualitative research. Beyond these “classic” approaches, other methods, such as observations have been employed to varying degrees of popularity. Among the observational methods, shadowing has been frequently utilized to study the various facets of school principals, though less frequently than in management studies (Bøe et al., 2017; Hughes, 2019). The origins of shadowing in the educational setting are often attributed to Henry Mintzberg and Harry F. Wolcott. Wolcott conducted what he called “the ethnographic study of a school principal”, consisting of “enumeration, participant observation and interviewing” (Wolcott, 1970, p. 116). He followed a school principal for two years, which quickly earned him the nickname “The Shadow” (Wolcott, 2014). Although he himself did not use the term “shadowing” at the time of his study, his approach was labeled as such by other scholars soon after Wolcott published his research. Numerous criticisms and advantages of shadowing can be found in the literature. With reference to more structured shadowing variants, some researchers have criticized structured observation in educational leadership research for failing to adequately capture the complex and multifaceted activities of school principals (Gronn, 1982). Representatives of a more qualitative understanding countered similar criticisms by arguing that shadowing in an open, flexible variant is actually suited for capturing complex activities because it allows for focusing on the simultaneity of events in different settings, as well as the nonsimultaneity of experiences and growing number of actions and processes (Czarniawska, 2014). Other criticisms often leveled at qualitatively and quantitatively oriented variants of shadowing are “the high level of resourcing needed and the time it takes to undertake such studies” (Earley & Bubb, 2013, p. 20). Additionally, ethical aspects can pose a challenge when using shadowing. As that shadowing involves the direct observations of people in their (professional) daily lives, its immersive as well as intimate and relational character needs to be considered (Bøe et al., 2017). Ethical aspects are noticeable here at different levels: First, shadowing can build intimacy and trust between the observer and observed person, which Czarniawska (2007) describes as “a peculiar twosome” (p.10). Second, shadowing always has an impact on the associated institution and its members, such as the school whose school leader is followed (Johnson, 2014), especially if the consent of all persons encountered was not obtained, or they may not have all been informed beforehand, requiring the researcher to “make ethical judgements in the moment” (Ferguson, 2016, p. 23). In this context, it is also important to consider issues of data protection or the involvement of third parties who might unknowingly participate in the research, such as parents. The present contribution seeks to address the issues raised and continue the reflection on shadowing by analyzing the objectives and parameters of shadowing studies, definitions of shadowing, identified merits and pitfalls, and ethical considerations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach followed the PRISMA framework for systematic reviews (Page et al., 2021). Various databases (JSTOR, SAGE, ERIC and Google Scholar) were searched for relevant terms. The keywords used for searching were “shadowing,” “shadow*,” “structured observation,” combined with “school leader,” “principal,” “headteacher,” or “leadership.” The findings were then filtered, where technically possible, to include only studies related to “education,” “educational research,” “schools,” and similar terms, depending on the database. These searches yielded over 7000 possibly relevant results who were then screened, identifying many duplicates and studies from fields unrelated to educational leadership research (which were excluded). Retained publications were next screened according to the following criteria to be included in the analysis of the present contribution: • The study was required to be located in the field of educational leadership and management research. • A focus of the study needed to be on school principals, headteachers or superintendents (including early childhood educational settings, excluding higher educational institutional settings). • Shadowing had to be an exclusive method or part of the main methods used for data collection. • The publication date of the study needed to be 2017 or later as studies published earlier had been analyzed in a previous study. • The study needed to be in English. • The study had to explicitly make use of one of the following terms: “shadowing,” “shadowed,” “structured observation,” or “Mintzberg-type study.” Over the course of the analysis, this criterion was refined to also include studies in which none of these terms were used but where either the description of the method closely matched descriptions of shadowing or the key authors referenced in the methods sections were authors associated with structured observation or shadowing-type approaches (e.g., Mintzberg or Czarniawska). A total of 53 studies were identified as meeting the inclusion criteria. These studies were reviewed, analyzed, and compared based on the following questions: 1. What are the aims of the studies? 2. How is shadowing defined by the author(s)? 3. What are the major parameters of the shadowing activities (duration, observers, observed persons)? 4. What are the categories of observation? 5. In conjunction with what other – if any – methods is shadowing used? 6. What, if any, merits or pitfalls of shadowing are discussed? 7. What, if any, ethical considerations concerning shadowing are made? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Relevant studies were found from all around the world. Generally, the studies making use of shadowing contained little information on the conceptualization and use of shadowing. While the most studies aimed to examine the practices of school leaders through shadowing-type observations, without a detailed description of the procedure—and possibly anchoring it to an established paradigm—assessing the methods and the merits of the findings used became very challenging. The discussion of shadowing as a research method and its associated merits and pitfalls in the publications also revealed another desideratum: We could only find such discussions in a little over one-third of the studies. These were often connected to aspects already well-established in the literature. Even less discussion was found in the context of ethical aspects of shadowing. Just one-third of the studies contained references to these aspects. Although there were some studies in which the authors considered ethical issues, nearly half referred mainly to the research standards of their institutions, in some cases without any further explanations. Such a marginal consideration of ethical aspects in the analyzed studies appears insufficient due to the immersive and sometimes intimate nature of shadowing as a research method. Despite a new wave of new shadowing-type studies (based on the increased number of publications), many of the previously identified issues remain unsolved. From our point of view, considering the enduring staying power of shadowing in studies in Europe and across the globe there is (still) a great need for critical methodological discussions and reflections on shadowing and similar methods. The ongoing interest in these methods should be coupled with a (methodological) development in future research. To unleash the potential of shadowing studies, researchers need to be precise in their definitions and theoretical foundation, as well as rigorous and transparent in its use. References Bøe, M., Hognestad, K., & Waniganayake, M. (2017). Qualitative shadowing as a research methodology for exploring early childhood leadership in practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(4), 605–620. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216636116 Czarniawska, B. (2007). Shadowing: And Other Techniques for Doing Fieldwork in Modern Societies. Copenhagen Business School Press. Czarniawska, B. (2014). Social Science Research – From Field to Desk. Sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529799613 Earley, P., & Bubb, S. (2013). A Day in the Life of New Headteachers: Learning from Observation. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(6), 782–799. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213494189 Ferguson, K. (2016). Lessons learned from using shadowing as a qualitative research technique in Education. Reflective Practice, 17(1), 15–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/14623943.2015.1123683 Gronn, P. (1982). Neo-Taylorism in Educational Administration? Educational Administration Quarterly, 18(4), 17–35. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X82018004004 Hughes, M. (2019). Pedagogical leadership: A case study of the educational leader in an early childhood setting in Australia [Dissertation, Victoria University]. https://vuir.vu.edu.au/40540/ Johnson, B. (2014). Ethical issues in shadowing research. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management: An International Journal, 9(1), 21–40. https://doi.org/10.1108/QROM-09-2012-1099 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Wolcott, H. F. (1970). An Ethnographic Approach to the Study of School Administrators. Human Organization, 29(2), 115–122. Wolcott, H. F. (2014). The shadow. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management: An International Journal, 9(1), 2. https://doi.org/10.1108/QROM-07-2013-1164 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 04 C: Technological and Digital Advances in Educational Leadership Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ulrike Krein Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Importance and Presence of Change Leadership Characteristics in an emerging Technological University Atlantic Technological University, Ireland Presenting Author:This paper is part of a Doctorate in Education at Maynooth University in Ireland. Focusing on an emerging technological university, the primary research question is “How do stakeholders experience and value change leadership?” The following sub research question with be the core of this paper: “What are the importance and presence of change leadership characteristics.”
In addition to dramatic disruptions because of Covid 19, major issues exist in Irish Higher Education, which include increased workload, reduced staff development opportunities and concerns over investment in information technology, which lead to inefficiencies (QQI 2016). Several key areas for development in Ireland’s Higher Education Institutes (HEIs) have been identified and include quality culture and systems, resources and leadership development and technology (Higher Education Authority 2017). In the context of most Institutes of Technology (ITs) having recently merged to become Technological Universities (TUs), change and leadership have never been so important.
While both the importance and presence of change leadership characteristics are important factors for change (Magsaysay and Hechanova, 2017), a review of literature indicated that the topic of change leadership is not well defined and there is little consensus on the associated characteristics needed for leading change. This paper utilises a diverse selection of sources to compile a total of 25 characteristics deemed important for leading change. These embrace key findings from change management and change leadership fields of research as well as the Burke Litwin organisational change model (Burke and Litwin, 1992). These characteristics were created from a total of eight sources identified, which were analysed and mapped against each other. The eight sources are as follows: Higgs and Rowland (2000), Gilley (2005), Fullan (2020), Magsaysay and Hechanova (2017), Guerrero et al. (2018), Burke and Litwin (1992), Burnes (2020) and Kotter (2012). They can been grouped into themes of strategy, culture, relationships, capability, and tactics.
Strategy involves strategic thinking and allows a clear vision to be established that inspires individuals to change and is achieved through effective communication and consultation, while understanding that change can be complex (Fullan 2020; Gilley, 2005; Guerrero et al., 2018; Higgs and Rowland, 2009; Kotter, 2012; Magsaysay and Hechanova, 2017). The second theme is culture which relates to developing an inclusive, supportive, and democratic culture that encourages creativity and innovation, while being able to deal with conflict in a constructive way (Burnes, 2020; Gilley, 2005; Fullan, 2020; Magsaysay and Hechanova 2017). Relationships is the next themes that focuses on developing and maintaining relationships with colleagues, building effective teams, rewarding staff, and celebrating milestones (Burnes, 2020; Fullan, 2020; Gilley, 2005; Kotter, 2012; Magsaysay and Hechanova, 2017). Another theme is capability associated with the overall capability of staff in terms of having adequate change management and leadership knowledge and abilities, resources, and training (Burnes et al. 2020; Fullan, 2020; Gilley, 2005; Guerrero et al. 2018; Higgs and Rowland, 2000; Kotter, 2012). The final theme is tactics associated with developing plans, removing barriers, implementing change gradually, and dealing effectively with organisational resistance to change (Burnes, 2020; Gilley, 2005; Guerrero et al., 2018; Higgs and Rowland, 2000; Magsaysay and Hechanova, 2017).
Complexity Theory was chosen as a suitable theoretical lens for this research. Mason (2008) outlines that complexity theory looks at complex systems as open systems, which survive through evolution and adaptation. He believes that organisations are complex, with many connected elements or agents, which facilitate the sharing of knowledge through formal bureaucratic structures and informal social networks.
It is hoped that this research will be timely and relevant to other researchers and HEIs across Europe undergoing significant change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From a research design perspective, a mixed methods approach, using both qualitative and quantitative research methods was used in this study. A key feature of this mixed methods approach is its methodological pluralism, which frequently leads to superior results when compared to taking one method (Burke Johnson & Onwuegbuzie 2004). This pluralist approach, generally seen as a pragmatic philosophical paradigm, avails of the strengths of both methods and will help identify actionable, practical solutions for the stakeholders to consider. The overall scope of this doctoral research consisted for four stages as follows: Stage 1 involved a qualitative review using NVIVO of the TU application document to assess the initial common voice of the emerging TU and assess word frequency and emerging themes. Stage 2 builds on this context and involved an online focus group with a representative sample of senior management (both academic and support staff) from each of the three merging organisations (18 participants). A pre-focus group survey was conducted to gather demographic data of participants and initial insights into change leadership themes as well as culture. The focus of this stage was on obtaining participant perceptions on change drivers, change and leadership as well as discuss culture for the emerging TU. Stage 2 focus groups were recorded and transcribed as well as coded and analysed using NVIVO. Stage 3 involved an online survey (using JISC) for all staff in the three organisations. 371 participants successfully completed the survey resulting in confidence level of 95%. SPSS was utilised to analyse the quantitative data from the survey and the open question responses were coded in NVIVO also. Stage 4 involved an interview with the new TU president to discuss the preliminary findings from the previous stages. Note a pre-interview survey was completed by the President similar to Stage 2, which included culture assessment. The qualitative data from this interview was transcribed and analysed using NVIVO as per Stage 2. The primary source of data utilised to respond to this paper’s research question was from the Stage 3 staff survey. This survey captured respondents’ perceptions on the 25 change leadership characteristics. A 5- point Likert scale was used for the importance and presence of these characteristics. Findings from the other stages were used to support these findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data from 371 respondents were compiled and analysed for 25 questions relating to change leadership characteristics. Findings have shown that the characteristics associated with strategy are the most important followed by culture, relationships, capability, and tactics. Overall, respondents believed consistently that the characteristics are in between ‘very important’ and ‘absolutely essential’ for change leaders to exhibit. While the emerging TU is being integrated from many levels from three previous Institutes of technology, it is no surprise that strategy and culture are the most important areas of concern to stakeholders at present. However, findings for the presence of these characteristics were more varied and spread and participants were between ‘undecided’ and ‘agree’ for the presence of these characteristics within their organisation. This finding suggests that staff are unclear about the presence of these characteristics being exhibited by change leaders, which could suggest that respondents are not aware of leaders exhibiting them or that there are issues present, which are either restricting leaders from demonstrating these characteristics. Alternatively, all leaders may not possess them or be able to apply them. It could also be related to a lack of resources, which is negatively impacting the ability of staff to delegate, have time to train and effectively manage and lead staff. Fostering a supportive change culture is important for change leaders as well as leading with strategy and tactics. Leaders also need to ensure they focus on developing relationships between staff as well as growing staff capabilities, to equip them for current and future changes. It is hoped that this research has provided useful findings for researchers as well as HEI’s across Europe and that through ECER 2023, this research will act as a stimulus to carry out comparative cultural and contextual analysis internationally with other researchers to further develop this research area. References Burke Johnson, R, Onwuegbuzie A, 2004. ‘Mixed methods research: a research paradigm whose time has come,’ Educational Researcher, vol.33, no. 7, pp. 14-26. Burke, W. W., & Litwin, G. H. (1992). A Causal Model of Organizational Performance and Change. Journal of management, 18(3), 523-545. doi:10.1177/014920639201800306 Burnes, B. (2020). The Origins of Lewin’s Three-Step Model of Change. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 56(1), 32-59. doi:10.1177/0021886319892685 Fullan, M. (2020). Leading in a culture of change (Second ed.). Hoboken, New Jersey: Jossey-Bass. Gilley, A. M. (2005). The manager as change leader. Westport, Conn: Praeger Publishers. Guerrero, J. M., Teng-Calleja, M., & Hechanova, M. R. M. (2018). Implicit change leadership schemas, perceived effective change management, and teachers’ commitment to change in secondary schools in the Philippines. Asia Pacific Education Review, 19(3), 375-387. doi:10.1007/s12564-018-9545-6 Higgs, M., & Rowland, D. (2000). Building change leadership capability: ‘The quest for change competence’. Journal of Change Management, 1(2), 116-130. doi:10.1080/714042459 Higher Education Authority. 2017, Higher Education System Performance 2018-2020. Higher Education Authority. Available from: https://www.education.ie/en/Publications/Education-Reports/higher-education-system-performance-framework-2018-2020.pdf [Accessed on 27 Dec 2019] Kotter, J. (2012). Leading Change. Boston: Harvard Business Review Press. Magsaysay J.F., Hechanova M.R. (2017). Building an Implicit Change Leadership Theory. Leadership and Organisational Development Journey. Vol. 38 No. 6 pp 834-848. Mason, M 2008, ‘Complexity theory and the philosophy of education’, Educational Philosophy & Theory, vol. 40(1), pp. 4-18, http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00412.x. QQI, 2016, Quality in an era of diminishing resources, Irish higher education 2008-15,’ QQI. Available from: https://www.qqi.ie/Publications/Publications/Quality%20in%20an%20Era%20of%20Diminishing%20Resources%20Report%20(FINAL%20March%202016).pdf. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Data-dashboards: Principals' Assistant or a New Mechanism of Accountability? 1Institute of Education HSE University; 2Institute of Education HSE University Presenting Author:The tendency of implementation of dashboards for management appeared initially in business. This trend was the consequence of companies’ need to ensure quality and effectiveness in a highly competitive environment which reduces time on data-analysis procedure (getting, preparing and visualizing data) and making fast decisions. Today we can see that this trend has reached the educational field as well, where educational systems of many countries started developing and introducing dashboards/platforms to gather school data (USA, UK, Kazakhstan etc.). Nevertheless, the core goal set by the educational authorities for such platforms in the majority of cases was not the automation itself but it was seen as a means for fostering a system of high accountability. We can see that educational authorities of various Russian regions are developing dashboards and introducing them in the educational system but the question arises: who are the main stakeholders of these dashboards? Are the existing platforms assistants, tools for leading a school or merely a new form of accountability? In this article the authors are trying to address the following questions:
Organizational context is one of the factors contributing to data-informed decision-making in schools (Dogan, E., & Demirbolat, 2021; Kallemeyn, 2014; Roegman, 2018; Smith, 2023;). In fact, educational authorities create systems for leveraging the data collection and analysis process in Russia but we can still observe the situation where it's not enough for principals, deputies and other school members. Therefore, the practice of developing surveys, and gathering additional information is common in schools of a Megapolis A. There is no unified platform which gathers all the information needed for school management. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The article is the continuation of the research carried out in Megapolis A to unpack data-informed decision-making practices of school leadership teams (Ozerova & Tsatrian, to be published). The study was carried out in one of the biggest megapolicies of Russia with a high accountability system. We used mix-method approach to carry out the research: Quantitative approach involved survey of 453 members of the school management team (134 principals and 271 deputies and others). Overall, 167 schools took part in the survey. The survey allowed us to get the perceptions and reflections of the school management team about the platform with instruments for school self- evaluation which would serve as a basis for the dashboard. It also allows us to see what data the school management team collects about students, parents, teachers and so on, which means/tools they use. The survey consisted of open-ended and closed questions. qualitative approach involved semi-structured interviews with principals and their deputies in 8 schools. Interviews allowed us to unpack the leadership practices on the use of dashboards in leading schools, their perceptions of the impediments and pros of dashboards for data-based decision-making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study revealed that on the one hand school management teams see advantages in the existing as well as in the potential dashboard. Nevertheless, they see limitations in its usage for making decisions. In fact, the main limitation of the dashboard is that it was initially developed not basing on the leadership issues which the school management team addresses but basing on the demands of the educational authorities and as a tool which ensured communication and accountability in front of parents. What is more, the study allowed us to identify possible directions for the development of dashboards considering school management teams’ demands. The research brought to light the core obstacles school management teams’ face on the way of data-informed decision-making in schools. References Dogan, E., & Demirbolat, A. O. (2021). Data-Driven Decision-Making in Schools Scale: A Study of Validity and Reliability. International Journal of Curriculum and Instruction, 13(1), 507-523. Kallemeyn, L. M. (2014). School-level organizational routines for learning: Supporting data use. Journal of Educational Administration, 52, 529-548. doi:10.1108/jea-02-2013-0025. Roegman, R., Perkins-Williams, R., Maeda, Y., & Greenan, K. A. (2018). Developing data leadership: Contextual influences on administrators’ data use. Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 13(4), 348-374. Schildkamp, K., Lai, M. K., & Earl, L. (Eds.). (2012). Data-based decision making in education: Challenges and opportunities. Smith, S. T. (2023). The Role of Data-Driven Decision-Making in Organizational Transformation: A Case Study Analysis of Leadership and Organizational Actions (Doctoral dissertation, Fordham University). 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Between Burden and Benefit: School Leaders’ Actions in the Light of Dissolving Boundaries University of Kaiserslautern, Germany Presenting Author:School leaders not only play an important role in the context of digitalization-related school development processes (Håkansson & Pettersson, 2019; Tulowitzki & Gerick, 2020), their own everyday life, tasks and actions are also affected by digitalization-related transformation processes (Krein, 2024). This includes requirements from various areas of school development (e.g. organizational development, teaching development, personnel development, cooperation development or technology development) (Eickelmann & Gerick, 2018), but also tasks such as school administration or cooperation with stakeholders in- and outside the school (Schiefner-Rohs, 2019). In the context of digitalization, overarching phenomena also come into focus when considering the actions of school leaders: These include phenomena of the dissolution of boundaries (e.g. between professional and private spheres of life), which are constitutive components of a profound mediatization through the technological differentiation of the media, their ubiquity and the increasing networking of people (Krotz, 2001; Hepp & Hasenbrink, 2017). For the work context, Dehmel et al. (2023) also point out that "due to the permanent availability of the internet, more and more work tasks can be carried out with current mobile devices without being tied to a fixed location - for example an office building - or to certain time constraints - such as core working hours from morning to afternoon" (p. 59; translation by the author). Looking at the school context, alongside the actions of teachers (Dehmel et al., 2023), the actions of school leaders are also characterized by phenomena of dissolving boundaries (Krein, 2024). At the same time, it can be assumed that the professionalization of school leaders will become increasingly relevant against the background of the challenges associated with the dissolution of boundaries - for example, dealing with remote working and thus less free time. Nevertheless, little attention has so far been paid to the dissolution of boundaries in everyday school leadership, both theoretically and empirically. Based on this desideratum, insights are provided into the phenomena of dissolving boundaries within the actions of school leaders in the context of digitalization. The focus is on challenges for the actions of school leaders and implications for their professionalization. Since mediatization is not a national phenomenon, the contribution also aims to highlight implications for the international research community. Accordingly, the article is based on the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these questions, the results of an empirical-qualitative study (Krein, 2024) are used, which was conducted in several phases using a multi-method approach: First, explorative expert interviews (N=7) were conducted (Meuser & Nagel, 2009) to provide initial insights into the everyday work of school leaders and digitality-related transformation processes. This was followed by a comparative case study using shadowing in a second phase (Krein, 2024). Shadowing is an ethnographic approach, which central element is a participant observation and the recording of conversations, anecdotes and episodes. As part of the study, two school leaders from secondary schools in Germany were each accompanied in their daily work for three weeks. In addition to the participant observations, reflective interviews were conducted with the school leaders during the shadowing, which were recorded and then transcribed. The data obtained were analyzed and triangulated using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz, 2018) and phenomenological analysis (Brinkmann, 2015). The results of these analyses are now linked back to the existing international state of research on the (digitalization-related) dissolution of boundaries. By presenting the empirical results and contextualizing and discussing them in the light of existing research, a theoretically grounded, comprehensive insight into the individual challenges for the actions of school leaders is offered. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the analyses show various challenges in the everyday life of school leaders that are directly related to digitalization-related phenomena towards the dissolution of boundaries. Thereby, the digital communication of school leaders has proven to be particularly relevant: The data indicate that there is a (perceived) obligation on the part of school leaders to communicate with those involved in the school; however, defined rules for digitally mediated communication, especially with actors outside the school, were not (yet) visible during the shadowing. As a result, school leaders also engage in professional communication on evenings and weekends. Thus, a dissolution of boundaries between work and private time was observed. Depending on the context and the direction of the dissolution of boundaries, it was perceived either as a burden or as a benefit. The tendency to dissolve boundaries, which was initiated by school leaders and thus to a certain extent carried out from the inside out, was not articulated as a burden. On the other hand, tendencies to push boundaries from the outside, such as required communication from external school stakeholders such as parents, were clearly identified as intrusive and stressful. This (perceived) obligation, the (anticipated) demanding attitude of school stakeholders, undefined communication rules and a lack of recovery phases ultimately result in an increased experience of stress. These results also link to various discourses and international research in the context of the dissolution of boundaries and offer a variety of implications for the professionalization of school leaders, which will be presented and discussed during the presentation at ECER 2024. References Brinkmann, M. (2015). Phänomenologische Methodologie und Empirie in der Pädagogik: Ein systematischer Entwurf für die Rekonstruktion pädagogischer Erfahrungen. In M. Brinkmann, R. Kubac & S. S. Rödel (Hrsg.), Phänomenologische Erziehungswissenschaft. Pädagogische Erfahrung: Theoretische und empirische Perspektiven (S. 33–60). Springer VS. Dehmel, L., Meister, D. M. & Gerhardts, L. (2023). „Die Entgrenzung Von Kommunikationskulturen in Lehrpersonenkollegien: Reflexion Einer Unbeabsichtigten Begleiterscheinung Der Arbeit Mit Tablets“. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie Und Praxis Der Medienbildung, 53 (ENTGRENZUNGEN), 55-75. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/53/2023.06.12.X Eickelmann, B. & Gerick, J. (2018). Herausforderungen und Zielsetzungen im Kontext der Digitalisierung von Schule und Unterricht. Teil 2: Fünf Dimensionen der Schulentwicklung zur erfolgreichen Integration digitaler Medien. SchulVerwaltung Hessen/Rheinland-Pfalz, 23 (6), 184-188. Håkansson Lindqvist, M. & Pettersson, F. (2019). Digitalization and school leadership: on the complexity of leading for digitalization in school. The International Journal of Information and Learning Technology. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-11-2018-0126 Heffernan, A. & Selwyn, N. (2021). Mixed Messages: The enduring significance of email in school principals’ work. Aust. Educ. Res. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-021-00486-0 Hepp, A. & Hasebrink, U. (2017). Kommunikative Figurationen. Ein konzeptioneller Rahmen zur Erforschung kommunikativer Konstruktionsprozesse in Zeiten tiefgreifender Mediatisierung. Medien & Kommunikationswissenschaft, 62 (2), 330–47. https://doi.org/10.5771/1615-634X-2017-2-330 Krein, U. (2024). Schulleitung und Digitalisierung. Bedingungen und Herausforderungen für das Handeln von Schulleitenden. transcript Verlag. Krotz, F. (2001). Die Mediatisierung kommunikativen Handelns: der Wandel von Alltag und sozialen Beziehungen, Kultur und Gesellschaft durch die Medien. Westdeutscher Verlag. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Aufl.). Weinheim; Basel: Beltz Juventa. Meuser, M. & Nagel, U. (2009). Das Experteninterview – konzeptionelle Grundlagen und methodische Anlage. In S. Pickel, G. Pickel, H.-J. Lauth & D. Jahn (Hrsg.), Lehrbuch. Methoden der vergleichenden Politik- und Sozialwissenschaft: Neue Entwicklungen und Anwendungen (1. Aufl., S. 465–480). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Schiefner-Rohs, M. (2019). Schulleitung in der digital geprägten Gesellschaft. In H. Buchen & H.-G. Rolff (Hrsg.), Professionswissen Schulleitung (5., überarb. u. erw. Aufl.-), 1402–1419. Weinheim: Beltz. Tulowitzki, P. & Gerick, J. (2020). Schulleitung in der digitalisierten Welt. Empirische Befunde zum Schulmanagement. DDS – Die Deutsche Schule, 112. Jahrgang, Heft 3, 324–337. https://doi.org/10.31244/dds.2020.03.08 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Open Innovation Mindset of School Leaders: The Key to Successful Digital Innovation in Schools? Leuphana University Lueneburg, Germany Presenting Author:School leaders are central to strategically navigating schools' digitalisation. On the one hand, they are crucial actors in the design of internal school structures, processes, and the provision of digital technologies (Dexter, 2008). On the other hand, they are essential boundary spanners, who build bridges between actors outside and within the school (Benoliel & Schechter, 2017). However, to date, only a handful of studies have provided evidence-based practices for educational technology leaders on engaging stakeholders and building productive relationships when leading technological innovation and change in schools (Dexter & Richardson, 2020). Significant conditions for implementing digital media and technology in schools unfold under transformational leadership (TL) and effective knowledge management (KM) (Afshari et al., 2010; Schmitz et al., 2023). Furthermore, digital transformation requires a shift in leaders mindsets (Kane, 2019). Especially, innovation development benefits from leaders with an Open Innovation Mindset (OIM OIM), a dynamic capability crucial for open innovation processes in organisations (Engelsberger et al., 2022; Henry Chesbrough & Marcel Bogers, 2013). Against this background our study was guided by the following research hypotheses to contribute to the field of school development and leadership with a special focus on successfully implementing digital innovation in schools: H1: The dynamic capabilities of the OIM are crucial antecedents of transformational leadership. H2: Transformational leadership positively impacts the implementation of digital innovations in schools. H3: Transformational leadership positively impacts knowledge transfer practices in schools. H4: Knowledge transfer practices positively impact the implementation of digital innovation in schools. H5: Transformational leadership indirectly impacts the implementation of digital innovation in schools mediated by knowledge transfer practices. H6: The dynamic capabilities of the OIM indirectly effect the implementation of digital innovation through transformational leadership and knowledge transfer practices in schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The context of this study is Germany, a nation comprising 16 federal states that are fully responsible for their individual school system. The database of our study is drawn from the third wave of the Leadership in German Schools (LineS) study (Aug.-Nov. 2021). Data was collected between August and November 2021 across Germany. The longitudinal study surveyed a random sample of school leader representative of Germany in each measurement wave (Pietsch et al., 2022). Thus, 411 school leaders were identified randomly, leading to a nationally representative sample for general schools in Germany. Of the questionnaires' 35-item blocks, we used a selection of items and scales based on the study's aim. The dependent variable of the model is digital innovation, measured in a multi-step procedure based on the items of the European Innovation Survey (CIS; (Behrens et al., 2017). The variable open innovation mindset (OIM) consists of four dynamic capabilities: openness, creativity, positive attitude toward knowledge sensing and seizing (KSS), and risk and failure tolerance (R&F), measured by one scale based on Engelsberger et al. (2022). Transformational leadership (TL), was measured by four items based on the Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire (MLQ) (Bass & Avolio, 1995), indicating idealized influence, inspirational motivation, intellectual stimulation, and individualized consideration. To measure knowledge management, we used six items of the scale knowledge transfer practices (KTP) based on Donate and Sánchez de Pablo (2015). We used structural equation modeling (SEM) to examine the hypothesized relationship between TL and digital innovation with respect to the expected mediating role of KTP and school leaders’ OIM as an antecedent of transformational leadership. Because we estimated an indirect path model, a model that includes mediator variables, we further tested the robustness of the mediation effects by applying a bootstrapped mediation analysis that provides 95% bias-corrected bootstrap confidence intervals with 2,000 bootstrap replications (Hayes, 2018). Data analysis was performed in Mplus version 8.3 (Muthen & Muthen, 2017) using the diagonally weighted least squares estimator (WLSMV) to ensure the assumption of a normal latent distribution of the categorically and ordinally observed data (Li, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings School leaders' OIM is an antecedent to their TL behavior as all three facets of the OIM positively impact TL (O&C-G: β = 0.369, SE = 0.098, p < 0.000; KSS: β = 0.204, SE = 0.091, p < 0.025; R&F: β = 0.301, SE = 0.119, p < 0.011). Furthermore, TL significantly affects KTP (β = 0.448, SE = 0.069, p < 0.000), and KTP positively impacts digital innovation (β = 0.209, SE = 0.070, p < 0.003). The analysis revealed a positively significant direct effect from TL on KTP (r=.448, p<0.001) and a positively significant direct effect from KTP on digital innovation (r=.209, p<0.001). Even though we could not find a direct relationship between TL and digital innovation (β = -0.076, SE = 0.070, p < 0.280), we found that TL significantly indirectly impacts digital innovation, mediated by KTP (β =0.103 [CI: 0.032 - 0.198]). The study's findings contribute to educational leadership research and provide practical implications for designing systematic professionalisation of school leaders and the implementation of digital innovation in schools. Leading the development of digital innovation in schools requires school leaders with an OIM, who lead in a transformational way and establish an innovative and collaborative culture through knowledge transfer practices. However, implementing and developing successful digital innovation in schools relies predominantly on the mindsets of organisational stakeholders. Whereas school leaders are central in leading and facilitating school change processes, their mindsets are fundamental to digital innovation and should be addressed in professionalisation and training. References Afshari, M, Bakar, K. A., Luan, W. S., Afshari, M [Marjan], Fooi, F. S., & Samah, B. A. (2010). Computer Use by Secondary School Principals. Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology - TOJET, 9(3), 8-25 Bass, B. M., & Avolio, B. J. (1995). PsycTESTS Dataset. Behrens, V., Berger, M., Hud, M., Hünermund, P., Iferd, Y., Peters, B., Rammer, C., & Schubert, T. (2017). Innovation activities of firms in Germany - Results of the German CIS 2012 and 2014: Background report on the surveys of the Mannheim Innovation Panel Conducted in the Years 2013 to 2016. Benoliel, P. & Schechter, C. (2017). Promoting the school learning processes: principals as learning boundary spanners. International Journal of Educational Management, 31(7), 878–894. Dexter, S. (2008). Leadership for IT in Schools. In J. Voogt & G. Knezek (Eds.), International Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education (Vol. 20, pp. 543–554). Springer US. Dexter, S., & Richardson, J. W. (2020). What does technology integration research tell us about the leadership of technology? Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 52(1), 17–36. Donate, M. J., & Sánchez de Pablo, J. D. (2015). The role of knowledge-oriented leadership in knowledge management practices and innovation. Journal of Business Research, 68(2), 360–370. Engelsberger, A., Halvorsen, B., Cavanagh, J., & Bartram, T. (2022). Human resources management and open innovation: the role of open innovation mindset. Asia Pacific Journal of Human Resources, 60(1), 194–215. Hayes, A. F. (2018). Introduction to mediation, moderation, and conditional process analysis: A regression-based approach (2 ed.). Methodology in the social sciences: 2018: 1. The Guilford Press. Chesbrough, H. & Bogers, M. (2013). Explicating Open Innovation: Clarifying an Emerging Paradigm for Understanding Innovation. Kane, G. (2019). The Technology Fallacy. Research-Technology Management, 62(6), 44–49. Li, C.‑H. (2016). Confirmatory factor analysis with ordinal data: Comparing robust maximum likelihood and diagonally weighted least squares. Behavior Research Methods, 48(3), 936–949. Muthen, L. K., & Muthen, B. (2017). Mplus user's guide: Statistical analysis with latent variables (8ª ed.). Muthén & Muthén. Schmitz, M.‑L., Antonietti, C., Consoli, T., Cattaneo, A., Gonon, P., & Petko, D. (2023). Transformational leadership for technology integration in schools: Empowering teachers to use technology in a more demanding way. Computers & Education, 204, 104880. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 27 SES 04 A: Teacher-Researcher Collaboration and Interdisciplinary Didactical Practice Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Laura Tamassia Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Cross-curricular Teacher Collaboration Actualizing Teacher Professionalism: Revising a Didactic Model Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:In this presentation, we present a chapter published in the anthology Developing a Didactic Framework Across and Beyond School Subjects (Klausen & Mård, 2023). In the chapter, we examined crosscurricular teacher collaboration, meaning that teachers with different subject affiliations develop the curriculum and teach together. Recent trends suggest that many international and national policy documents expect crosscurricular teacher collaboration but leave it to the schools and teachers to organize the efforts. Policymakers and school leaders sometimes set overly optimistic goals for crosscurricular teacher collaboration and expect it to enhance a range of matters, such as teachers’ professional and school development, student learning, and professional learning communities (Horn et al., 2017; Lysberg, 2022). The chapter aimed to revise a didactic model for crosscurricular teaching developed by the authors (Mård & Hilli, 2020). The model provides a didactic framework by highlighting factors relevant for crosscurricular teaching on school and classroom levels, called decisional (subjects, competences, values and aims of education, student needs and interests, contemporary issues, and methods) and conditional (curriculum, collaboration, and school culture) factors. The model is framed by Didaktik theories, which respect teacher autonomy and cultural and political contexts of education but lack concepts for teacher collaboration. In the first version, we did not further examine collaboration, as it was one of many important factors raised in the empirical cases analyzed. In this chapter, we revised the didactic model while considering crosscurricular teacher collaboration, its potential and pitfalls. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our inquiry led us to review relevant literature on crosscurricular teacher collaboration. In the literature, we identified two central factors affecting collaboration: organizational factors and factors related to teachers’ didactical positions. Organizational factors include schedules, physical spaces, teaching employment, and other resources typically related to subjects in subject-structured school systems. In crosscurricular teacher collaboration, these factors need to be reconsidered and rearranged (cf. Trent, 2010). Studies suggest that fewer teachers and subjects may reduce the complexity and ease the planning and implementation processes (Haapaniemi et al., 2020). To avoid the risk of teachers considering it time-consuming or an additional workload, researchers suggest that school leaders plan time for collaboration within teachers’ ordinary work hours (Adams & Mann, 2020; Admiraal et al., 2016). Factors related to teachers’ didactic positions highlight teachers’ professional and personal inclinations (e.g., views on teaching, the learners, and socialization). Teachers have different attitudes toward crosscurricular teaching and collaborating with colleagues (Frederiksen & Beck, 2013; Toikka & Tarnanen, 2022). For example, studies revealed that teachers with different subject affiliations might have contrasting views on the aims of student learning and the effectiveness of crosscurricular teaching (Arkoudis, 2007; Haapaniemi et al., 2020; Trent, 2010). Collaboration benefits from teachers finding common ground and having time to negotiate their didactical positions, further confirming that organizational support is needed. Successful crosscurricular teacher collaboration can have positive outcomes, such as increased motivation and well-being among teachers and a reduced workload (Lysberg, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the literature review, we conclude that crosscurricular teacher collaboration actualizes professional negotiations and possible conflicts on decisional and conditional levels grounded in the teachers’ ontological and epistemic standpoints. Teacher professionalism covers the didactical positions of individual teachers, which form the teacher’s identity and agency. The professionalism of involved teachers will most likely be (re)negotiated when developing crosscurricular collaboration. In this process, teachers’ conflicting views and understandings need to be addressed for two reasons: they help focus the collaboration and challenge a deeper and more meaningful collaboration. Crosscurricular teacher collaboration brings didactical tensions between the individual and the collective to the fore and calls for critical examinations of existing practices, structures, and forces influencing teachers’ work. Similar tensions can be explained as Bildung-oriented processes where teachers reflect on their didactical positions while they adapt to the collaboration with other faculty members. Successful collaboration suggests that teachers communicate respectfully and purposefully to realize the possible positive effects, such as professional development and school improvement, increased autonomy and well-being, and reduced workloads. In the previous model version (Mård & Hilli, 2020), we did not highlight the individual teacher’s attitudes to and views of crosscurricular collaboration or teaching. Accordingly, we added teacher professionalism to the conditions for crosscurricular teaching in the revised didactic model, besides collaboration, the curriculum, and school culture. The theories of Didaktik, which inspired the model, also include aspects of teacher professionalism to encourage, for example, teacher students, teachers, and researchers to analyze how a teacher’s background and inclinations frame and affect teaching. The chapter suggests that crosscurricular teacher collaboration can be understood as Bildung-oriented collective processes. References Adams, P. & Mann, K. (2020). (2020). Teacher professional learning and professional update in Scotland. Education 3–13, 49(5), 592–605. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2020.1751228 Admiraal, W. et al., (2016). Affordances of teacher professional learning in secondary schools. Studies in Continuing Education, 38(3), 281–298. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2015.1114469 Arkoudis, S. (2007). Collaborating in ESL education in schools. In J. Cummins & C. Davidson (Eds.), International handbook of English language teaching (pp. 365–377). Springer. Frederiksen, L. F. & Beck, S. (2013). Didactical positions and teacher collaboration: Teamwork between possibilities and frustrations. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 59(3), 442–461. https://journalhosting.ucalgary.ca/index.php/ajer/article/view/55749 Haapaniemi, J., et al., (2020). Teacher autonomy and collaboration as part of integrative teaching – Reflections on the curriculum approach in Finland. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(4), 546–562. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2020.1759145 Horn, I. S., et al., (2017). A taxonomy of instructional learning opportunities in teachers’ workgroup conversations. Journal of Teacher Education, 68(1), 41–54. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487116676315 Klausen, S. H. & Mård, N. (Eds.), (2023). Developing a Didactic Framework Across and Beyond School Subjects: Cross- and Transcurricular Teaching. Routledge Research in Education. Open access online: https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/oa-edit/10.4324/9781003367260/developing-didactic-framework-across-beyond-school-subjects-s%C3%B8ren-harnow-klausen-nina-m%C3%A5rd?_gl=1*14w4u2w*_ga*NDgwNzE2MDk3LjE2MzgxODE0NDE.*_ga_0HYE8YG0M6*MTcwNjYwMjE5MC4yMC4wLjE3MDY2MDIxOTUuMC4wLjA. Lysberg, J. (2022). Unpacking capabilities for professional learning: Teachers’ reflections on processes of collaborative inquiry in situated teamwork. Journal of Workplace Learning, 35(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-01-2022-0008 Mård, N. & Hilli, C. (2020). Towards a didactic model for multidisciplinary teaching - a didactic analysis of multidisciplinary cases in Finnish primary schools. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 54(2), 243-258. DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2020.1827044. Mård, N. & Hilli, C. (2023). Crosscurricular teacher collaboration actualizing teacher professionalism: Revising a didactic model. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a Didactic Framework Across and Beyond School Subjects: Cross- and Transcurricular Teaching (pp. 47–58). Routledge Research in Education. Open access online: https://www.taylorfrancis.com/chapters/oa-edit/10.4324/9781003367260-6/crosscurricular-teacher-collaboration-actualizing-teacher-professionalism-nina-m%C3%A5rd-charlotta-hilli?context=ubx&refId=be92b369-5e7f-4988-9dee-69ddaf8f2703. Toikka, T. & Tarnanen, M. (2022). Understanding teachers’ mental models of collaborations to enhance the learning community. Educational Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2022.2052809 Trent, J. (2010). Teacher identity construction across the curriculum: Promoting cross-curriculum collaboration in English-medium schools. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 30(2), 167–183. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791003721622. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Interdisciplinary Didactical Practices in Modernized Flemish Secondary Schools UC Leuven-Limburg, Belgium Presenting Author:Topic:
Since 2019, secondary education in Flanders is being gradually reformed (Flemish Ministry of Education and Training, 2023). In particular, this reform stimulates interdisciplinarity in various ways and gives individual schools a lot of freedom in how to organize the concrete realization of the curriculum in a specific school. While mandatory learning goals before the reform where listed under well-defined school subjects that had to be implemented as such, legal learning requirements are now listed as groups of competencies not anymore associated to the obligation to organize learning based on specific school subjects. This implies that Flemish schools today can choose to work with traditional school subjects, interdisciplinary clusters, projects, seminars or other organizations of teaching and learning. As a result, in the last years a multitude of school-based, interdisciplinary practices with an experimental character arose in Flemish secondary schools, providing a very interesting context for didactical research with focus on interdisciplinarity.
Objective:
In a Flemish qualitative study, we engaged in short-term ethnographies of cases considered to be interdisciplinary by local school actors, and we coupled the observations to the study of the relevant reformed curricula. The cases included both general and vocational secondary education, for school subjects within the domains of STEM, the arts, and broad integrated clusters.
Our work aimed at achieving a rich, complex description of the teaching taking place in the newly arisen interdisciplinary contexts within the reformed curricula. In particular, we have identified common emergent didactic features characterizing the observed ‘modernized’ interdisciplinary didactics.
Conceptual or theoretical framework:
While seminal papers classified at a theoretical level the many ways in which interdisciplinary curricula can be constructed and organized combining elements from different subjects (Fogarty, 1991) and how this shapes instruction (Lederman & Niess, 1997) (Nikitina, 2006), the recent changes in the Flemish secondary school system suggest a different perspective: to consider interdisciplinarities as complex and diverse educational practices, to be studied as such by suitable research approaches and methods (Tamassia, Ardui & Frenssen, 2023). Engaging in ethnography in contexts considered to be interdisciplinary by local school actors allowed us to experience, describe and analyze interdisciplinarities as practices in today’s modernized secondary schools. In particular, we could observe interdisciplinary didactics in its full complexity, involving new spaces, times, things, people and gestures.
Ethnographic approaches in interdisciplinary educational contexts have been previously used for instance to gather information on perspectives of teachers on interdisciplinarity, within a framework where the implementation of well-defined interdisciplinary instruction was the underlying background (McBee, 1996). An ethnographic approach had been previously taken for the study of educational practices with a specific focus on the materiality of education (Roehl, 2012), highlighting the contribution of things to classroom practices seen as complex, interwoven assemblages. In our study, we took the perspective of studying interdisciplinarities as rich, diverse and situated didactical practices in schools.
Research questions:
- What common aspects or elements arise (if present at all) from the analysis of the ethnographic descriptions of the studied practices, that can be associated with their being ‘interdisciplinary’?
- Which of the identified common features are didactical in nature? How can ‘modernized interdisciplinary didactics’ be characterized, as observed in the studied cases?
European relevance:
While our research has been focusing on interdisciplinarity as stimulated in Flemish secondary schools by a local reform, a similar trend is present in other European countries (see for instance the case of Finland (FNBE, 2016)), and has been driven by European policy (EC - European Political Strategy Centre, 2017). For this reason, our approach and results can be relevant for researchers in other European countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Relying on our network of contacts (as educational researchers and teacher educators) in the regional context of Flemish Limburg, we selected cases of educational practices in secondary schools that were considered to be ‘interdisciplinary’ by local contacts in the schools (management, coordination or teachers) and that, according to them, arose or were consistently changed as a consequence of the Flemish reform (‘modernization’) of secondary education. In every school an individual researcher engaged in ethnography in the selected practice(s). The considered cases were studied by: - Observation of lessons and laboratories (in the school and, in one case, also in a nearby chemical factory), together with informal interviews during contact moments with teachers and students (during lessons, breaks, in the teacher room). Observations and informal interviews have been documented by field notes with text and sketches, together with photographs and collected artefacts. - Document study: focus on documents specific for the considered cases and observations, for instance the official descriptions of the study program and/or curriculum in the context of which observations took place. These documents were all related to the Flemish secondary school reform. The study of these documents was necessary for the ethnographer in order to ‘enter’ the didactic perspective of the teachers. In fact, these documents were used by the teacher teams on a daily basis, for instance when preparing the lessons. Meetings with local school actors also took place to ask questions or verify relations between the observed practices and findings in documents. - Digital editing of photographs: by applying several types of filters we highlighted contrast, patterns and structures in the pictures taken during the observations. This procedure allowed us to look at the images in different ways and to see something different, which in turn brought us back to our field notes, allowing us to discover new elements and perspectives in them. The final qualitative data set for the different cases, including field notes, artefacts, edited pictures and commented extracts from the studied documents, was analyzed as a whole by the researchers together, in search for contrasts and features that could be considered ‘common’ in some way but were realized differently in different didactic practices. Due to the relatively short ‘immersion’ time for the considered cases, our method can be described as short term theoretically informed ethnography (Pink & Morgan, 2013), and a form of focused ethnography (Knoblauch, 2005). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There were two main ‘common’ aspects arising in different ways in the studied cases (Tamassia, Ardui & Frenssen, 2023): (a) The reorganization and re-invention of (the use of) educational spaces, and the movement of people and things through these spaces. In the presentation, we will concretely discuss how some spaces were rearranged and how new spaces were ‘occupied’, and how some teachers fully embraced new spaces, times and displacements creating a strong didactical setting, while other teachers in fact did not engage didactically with the new configurations from which they were handling. (b) ‘Ways of doing and thinking’ of professionals in a field linked to future job prospects for students, appearing to play the role of an ‘interdisciplinary glue’ in the didactical work of teachers. We will discuss, by referring to extracts of our field notes and curriculum study, and also by making use of our photographic account of the observations, how some teachers fully ‘embodied’ the ways of doing and thinking of professionals by their repeated actions and interactions with their students, and how, by making certain links explicit with their words, they continuously linked learning activities to each other, while they were taking place in the context of different school subjects. We will also show how in one case a strong didactical link between points (a) and (b) was present. By revealing interactions and attitudes of teachers in interdisciplinary practices, in particular regarding point (a) above, our work also raised the following questions: (c) Can ‘hidden’ interdisciplinarities, visible for teachers but not for students, arise in the collaboration of interdisciplinary teacher teams? Are these practices still to be considered ‘interdisciplinary’? (d) Can the enthusiasm of a school or teacher teams for the idea ‘interdisciplinarity’ lead to practices where ‘interdisciplinary’ is attached to a practice as a label? References EC - European Commission - European Political Strategy Centre (2017). 10 trends – Transforming education as we know it. https://wayback.archive-it.org/12090/20191129084613/https://ec.europa.eu/epsc/publications/other-publications/10-trends-transforming-education-we-know-it_en Flemish Ministry of Education and Training (2023). Modernisering van het secundair onderwijs (website): https://onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/directies-en-administraties/onderwijsinhoud-en-leerlingenbegeleiding/secundair-onderwijs/modernisering-van-het-secundair-onderwijs FNBE - Finnish National Board of Education - (2016) New national core curriculum for basic education: focus on school culture and integrative approach. Fogarty, R. (1991). Ten ways to integrate curriculum. Educational leadership: journal of the association for supervision and curriculum development (41), 61-65. Knoblauch, H. (2005). Focused Ethnography. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 6(3), Art. 44, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0503440. Lederman, N. & Niess, M. (1997). Integrated, interdisciplinary, or thematic Instruction? Is this a question or is it questionable semantics? School Science and Mathematics 97(2), 57–58. Lederman, N. & Niess, M. (1997). Less is more? More or less. School Science and Mathematics. McBee, R. H. (1996). Perspectives of elementary teachers on the impact of interdisciplinary instruction: An ethnographic study. Virginia Commonwealth University ProQuest Dissertations Publishing, 1996. 9700393. Nikitina, S. (2006). Three strategies for interdisciplinary teaching: contextualizing, conceptualizing, and problem-centring. Journal of Curriculum Studies 38(3), 251-271. Pink, S. & Morgan, J. (2013). Short-Term Ethnography: Intense Routes to Knowing. Symbolic Interaction, 351-361. Roehl T. (2012). Disassembling the classroom – an ethnographic approach to the materiality of education. Ethnography and Education 7(1), 109-126. Tamassia, L., Ardui J. & Frenssen, T. (2023). Interdisciplinariteit in de modernisering. Glimpen uit een exploratieve praktijkstudie van concrete casussen. Impuls. Leiderschap in onderwijs, nummer 53/3. Ethnographic Study of Interdisciplinarities as Educational Practices in Modernized Flemish Secondary Schools’, ECER 2023 - Glasgow, NW19: Ethnography. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Teaching ‘In Between’: Case Studies of Young Flemish Secondary School Teachers Coping with Tensions in their Didactic Practice UC Leuven-Limburg, Belgium Presenting Author:Topic:
Many European countries are currently facing a shortage of teachers and a high teacher drop-out, including Flemish Belgium (European Commission, 2020, 2023). This complex issue is often looked at from the perspective of the (lack of) attractiveness of the teacher career (OECD, 2019; Macdonald, 1999), or from the perspective of organisational psychology, see for instance (Madigan, Kim, 2021; Thomas et al., 2018). Behavioural issues with today’s youth are often also mentioned (Williams, 2018). The reasons given by (Flemish) teachers for having quit the job have also been studied (Struyven, Vanthournout, 2014).
In this context, a didactic perspective is rarely taken, although didactics is central to the teaching profession. In this presentation we will discuss four case studies focusing on young Flemish teachers experiencing pressure or dilemma’s that are essentially didactical. We will discuss how these teachers make specific didactical choices and accept certain compromises, finding a balance in their tense situation through didactics. This ‘balancing act’ allows them to cope with the tension in their didactic practice and to stay (for the moment being) in the teaching job. The four cases are selected from a broader study, in the context of which we have collected, analysed and visualized diverse ‘tensions’ experienced by both senior and young teachers.
Conceptual or theoretical framework:
The underlying working hypothesis of the study is that the complexity of today’s teachers’ practice causes various forms of emotional tension. This ‘tense practice’ is to be considered inherent to the teaching job, and the capacity of the individual teacher to ‘handle’ tensions in a concrete way is crucial to the resilience of the teacher and his/her capacity to stay in the profession. By doing so, we take a positive perspective by studying not teachers who quitted the job, but teachers who manage to stay in the job ‘in between’ different tensions. The complexity of the context into which teachers have to function today, implies that tense teachers’ practices need to be studied in their own complex context from different perspectives. The actor-network theory is a theoretical framework allowing to study and visualize a complex issue from different perspectives (see for instance (Fenwick, Edwards, 2010) for the application to educational research). Therefore, this theory was suitable to provide a conceptual framework for the study and to inspire the methods we have used to map the tensions in their contexts. Since the didactic perspective is rarely used to address the issue of today’s lack of well-being of teachers, we have selected the data where didactics plays a central role looking at these cases to identify and highlight didactic aspects that can be causing distress in teachers, and to see how teachers react within the realm of didactics.
Research questions:
General research questions of the broader study:
- What tensions do teachers experience in their practice? - What is the context of the tension? (who, what, when, where, how) - How does the teacher handle this tension or cope with it?
Specific research questions addressed in the presentation:
- Under which circumstances is a tension experienced by a teacher didactical in nature? - Which concrete elements play a role in the way the collected didactic tensions arise and are handled by teachers? - What concrete didactical choices do the studied teachers make to address or cope with the tension in their didactic practice?
Objective
The objective of this study is to identify potential aspects in didactics that might play a role in the complex issue of (young) teacher drop-off, and by doing so to contribute from a didactical point of view to a multi-perspective approach to this concerning European issue. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Involved teachers (part of the study with focus on young teachers): 11 ‘young’ teachers (1 older teacher due to career switch): - All having been a student in teacher education and more specifically a student of one of the three researchers involved (crucial to create a ‘space of trust’, allowing to discuss delicate or sensitive issues). - All having been 1-5 years employed as teachers - Teaching different subjects in secondary school: physics, mathematics, integrated science and technology, arts, mother language (Dutch), Roman Catholic religion, integrated subject for vocational education in the first four years of Flemish secondary education. Methodology: Focus groups: - Designed with a first part in smaller groups (teachers together with the teacher educator they knew from training – first data taking), and a plenary session (all 11 teachers and 3 researchers together – improvement of qualitative data). - Teachers where first asked to think of three tensions each (without further explanations of what we mean by ‘tension’, to avoid restricting the answer-space). After a first discussion, we selected one tension for each teacher to be studied in detail. - For the data taking, we used an instrument (specifically developed in the form of a structured A3 sheet) to collect qualitative data in a way suitable for mappings. The following blocks had to be filled in during the discussion of a tension: o Short title to identify the tension o Educational context (type of school, study program, grade, year…) o Practice mapping, with categories: people, things including learning material, moments and periods, places, gestures, documents (linked or not to educational policy) o Positioning of the teacher, with categories: myself as a teacher, my thoughts, my questions (in relation to the issue) o How do I handle / cope with this? We have analysed and visualized the data collected in the focus groups with several techniques, resulting in 11 practice-oriented fiches each containing: - Thought-provoking title - Summary of what the tension is about - 3 context mappings (diagrams): space & time, people, things. - Cartoon - Quotes (positioning and choices of the teacher). Feedback session: - Fiches in draft form were discussed with the teachers involved and improved on the basis of their feedback (correctness, perception, …) Inspired by last year’s NW27 workshop (Blikstad-Balas, M., Tamassia L., 2023), we have selected the cases that are specifically ‘didactical’ (4 of the 11) and identified elements inherent to didactics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The four cases selected address the following ‘tense’ situations in didactics: (1) Teaching a subject (physics) in secondary school programs where this subject does not play a central role. The teacher points out that the physics mandatory curriculum of this study program actually appears not to be very different from the one for the ‘specialists’, leading to several didactical issues in the classroom. (2) Feeling ‘forced’ by educational policy, students and parents to make didactical use of digital tools oriented towards short-term ‘entertaining’ experiences in the classroom, while yearning for depth and long-term didactic engagement in complex activities. (3) Having to teach with a new, recently reformed curriculum for the general subjects in vocational education, with respect to which the teacher has specific criticism and doubts from a didactical perspective. (4) Having the ambition (stimulated by teacher education) to design collective didactical activities (for the arts) involving the whole classroom, but struggling with failure of this collective design when the activities are implemented in a real class. We will in particular discuss how in all four cases an element of ‘forced change’ is present, bringing the teacher out of balance or under pressure in his/her didactic practice. We will discuss concrete thoughts, gestures and actions of the teachers involved. The study altogether resulted in a practice-oriented publication which we shortly introduce during the presentation. This publication, containing in particular the fiches previously discussed, together with the instrument used in the focus groups for data collection, can be used as an inspiring tool for the initial guidance of teachers in the first years of their job, in teacher education and by teacher teams in secondary schools. The publication positively aims at empowering teachers with tools allowing them to recognize, identify and handle tense issues in their teaching practice. References Ardui J., Frenssen T., Tamassia L. (2024). De Vakleraar in Between (The subject matter teacher in between). Practice-oriented publication in the framework of the Flemish practice-oriented research project Vakleraar in Between of the expertise centre Art of Teaching, University Colleges UC Leuven-Limburg (UCLL), in print. Blikstad-Balas, M., Tamassia L. (2023). Workshop: ‘What makes your research fit within “didactics”?’, pre-ECER 2023 – Glasgow, NW27: Didactics – Learning and Teaching. European Commission (2020). Commission supports Belgium (Flanders) in tackling drop-out of beginning teachers https://commission.europa.eu/news/commission-supports-belgium-flanders-tackling-drop-out-beginning-teachers-2020-09-28_en European Commission (2023). Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Education and training monitor 2023 – Comparative report, Publications Office of the European Union, 2023, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/936303 Fenwick T., Edwards R. (2010). Actor-Network Theory in Education. Routledge Macdonald D. (1999) Teacher attrition: a review of literature, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 15, Issue 8, Pages 835-848. Madigan D.J., Kim L.E., Towards an understanding of teacher attrition: A meta-analysis of burnout, job satisfaction, and teachers’ intentions to quit, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 105, 2021. OECD (2019). Raising the attractiveness of a career in schools, chapter 2 in Working and learning together. Struyven K., Vanthournout G. (2014). Teachers' exit decisions: An investigation into the reasons why newly qualified teachers fail to enter the teaching profession or why those who do enter do not continue teaching, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 43, 2014, Pages 37-45. Thomas, L., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., Kelchtermans, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2018). Transformational school leadership as a key factor for teachers’ job attitudes during their first year in the profession. Educational Management Administration and Leadership. doi: 10.1177/1741143218781064 Williams J. (2018), “It Just Grinds You Down” - Persistent disruptive behaviour in schools and what can be done about it, Policy Exchange https://policyexchange.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/It-Just-Grinds-You-Down-Joanna-Williams-Policy-Exchange-December-2018.pdf Poor student behaviour is forcing teachers out of the profession, in Teachwire. https://www.teachwire.net/news/poor-student-behaviour-is-forcing-teachers-out-of-the-profession/ |
9:30 - 11:00 | 27 SES 04 B: Situations, Activities and Attitudes in Science Education Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Florence Ligozat Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Content Analysis of Inquiry-Based Activities in High School Physics Textbooks in Mainland China Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The rapid development of technology and the economy underpin the crucial role of science education. Many countries around the globe have made efforts to improve science learning and teaching. Science education has focused on promoting scientific literacy among all students by emphasizing inquiry-based practices. Scientific inquiry has become a significant educational objective of curriculum reforms in numerous countries. Inquiry-based learning, as an instructional pedagogy, includes the process of discovering new causal relations, formulating hypotheses, and testing them by conducting experiments and/or making observations (Pedaste et al., 2015). A great number of research has shown that inquiry-based learning plays a key role in fostering critical thinking, problem-solving skills, and a deeper understanding of scientific concepts (Martina S. J. van Uum et al., 2016; Rönnebeck et al., 2016). In order to promote inquiry-based learning and teaching in classroom, a variety of activities labeled as inquiry, investigation, or research has appeared in science textbooks over the past few decades. Textbooks play a significant role in shaping what and how science is taught in K-12 classrooms as the primary tool for teaching and learning (Aldahmash et al., 2016; Chakraborty & Kidman, 2022). Therefore, it is essential to evaluate the design quality of inquiry-based activities in science textbooks. Abundant studies have measured the design quality of textbooks using a quantitative method of content analysis. These studies can be categorized into three types based on their focus: instructional design of the inquiry process, openness level of inquiry, and educational goals of inquiry (Ma et al., 2021; Halawa et al., 2023; Yang et al., 2019). However, few studies have analyzed physics textbooks (Vojíř & Rusek, 2019) by specifically exploring inquiry activities focused on learning goals of inquiry (Halawa et al., 2023). To address this research gap, this paper aims to conduct a content analysis of inquiry-based activities in high school physics textbooks used in mainland China. The research questions are as follows: 1. What is the design quality of inquiry-based activities in current high school physics textbooks? 2. In which respects do the current inquiry-based activities need to be improved? The analysis framework of inquiry-based activities in textbooks should be designed with the educational goals of inquiry-based approach. Existing research of inquiry suggests that an inquiry-based approach should accomplish but is not limited to, the following three educational goals: 1) help students develop an understanding of scientific concepts by doing science; 2) teach students inquiry process skills necessary to conduct a scientific inquiry; and 3) guide students in establishing an understanding about scientific inquiry (Yang & Liu, 2016). Firstly, an inquiry-based approach in K-12 science learning cannot be achieved without scientific knowledge. In science textbooks, the topics of inquiry-based activities should align with the corresponding curricular knowledge objectives. Previous research on evaluating inquiry-based activities has focused on ensuring this alignment (Halawa et al., 2023; Yang et al., 2019). Secondly, inquiry is both the instructional approach and outcomes in science education. As the approach, researchers have identified a set of fundamental inquiry skills that are appropriate for K-12 students and essential for conducting scientific investigations, such as observing, inferring, measuring, and so on (Chakraborty & Kidman, 2022). Inquiry-based activities in textbooks should offer students the chance to apply these skills in a real-life context (Halawa et al., 2022; Yang et al., 2019). As the outcomes, developing a comprehensive grasp of inquiry is one of the educational objectives, as it enhances the ability to conduct effective inquiries. Inquiry-based activities in the textbooks should be provided explicitly with a proper understanding of inquiry (Halawa et al., 2023; Yang et al., 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Content analysis is an impactful and efficient method for evaluating the quality of textbook design. The ITAI content analysis tool (Yang & Liu, 2016) was used in this paper to assess whether the presentation of textual content in high school physics textbooks supports the educational goals of an inquiry-based approach. The ITAI scales have three dimensions (eg. understanding of scientific concepts, using of inquiry skills, understanding of scientific inquiry), each corresponding to an educational goal of inquiry-based learning. To ensure objectivity, all items were designed with "Yes" or "No" responses, and scoring rubrics were developed to justify different responses. Rubrics have been slightly adjusted based on the content characteristics of physics textbooks. The reliability and validity of the ITAI have been demonstrated, indicating its trustworthiness (Yang & Liu, 2016). Currently, there are four newly approved high school physics textbooks in Mainland China in total. Two out of the four are widely used in high school and are chosen to be analyzed in this study. The two textbooks were labelled Textbook 1 and Textbook 2. This research adopts the latest versions, the 2020 edition of Textbook 1 and the 2019 edition of Textbook 2. Activities entitled inquiry, research or investigation were identified as inquiry-based activities and selected as samples. Therefore, a total of 38 inquiry-based activities were analyzed in this study. Every inquiry-based activity was labelled by a code, of which the first number referred to the textbook, the second number designated the module, and the last number reflected the order in the module. Two members with a strong understanding of scientific inquiry took part in the scoring process. Initially, they came together in an online meeting to familiarize themselves with the ITAI tool and its rationale. Subsequently, they individually tried to use the ITAI to assess partially the inquiry-based activities mentioned above, then they had a discussion about the questions in scoring. After ensuring that the evaluation rubrics were understood consistently, they further rated all inquiry activities. A comparison of their assessments revealed a 76.6% agreement. They then also met online to review and discuss some activities on which they had differing assessments, explaining their respective considerations for scoring. Following this, the two scoring members reached 100% agreement and assigned final scores to all the inquiry-based activities. A score of ‘1’ was given for a response of ‘Yes’, and a score of ‘0’ for a response of ‘No’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on data analysis by dimensions, three core findings were identified in this study. First, the inquiry-based activities are highly related to certain lesson content and physics concepts, which are consistent with curriculum standards. The evaluation results show that the scoring probabilities for all inquiry-based activities in the adopted two textbooks on dimension 1 were relatively high, and all scored 100% on this count. This finding indicated that all inquiry-based activities in textbooks conduced to enhancing the delivering of scientific concepts and knowledge. Second, the current textbooks place an unbalanced emphasis on inquiry process skills. The scoring probabilities for both textbooks on dimension 2 were spotty. Inferring, measuring, and controlling variables are three inquiry skills that are commonly used in both textbooks. Inquiry skills including asking questions, interpreting data, and communicating are more frequently used in Textbook 2 than in Textbook 1. There were several skills rarely involved in current inquiry-based activities, such as classifying, predicting, defining operationally, asking questions, formulating hypotheses, and formulating models. The uneven and inadequate use of these inquiry skills does not contribute to the development of higher-order thinking. Third, current textbooks do not effectively help students develop a thorough understanding of scientific inquiry. The low-scoring probabilities for both textbooks on item 16 (no single set of methods), 18 (scientists influence results), and 19 (procedure influence results) suggest that there is a lack of diversity in the methods used for inquiry-based activities. This indicates that students are often expected to follow a single set of steps to draw the same conclusion, which further means students’ self-directed inquiries are limited. Overall, it is important to carefully consider a well-rounded approach to incorporating process skills, and a suitable number of open-ended questions for students to engage with when creating and revising inquiry-based activities in science textbooks. References Aldahmash, A. H., Mansour, N. S., Alshamrani, S. M., & Almohi, S. (2016). An Analysis of Activities in Saudi Arabian Middle School Science Textbooks and Workbooks for the Inclusion of Essential Features of Inquiry. Research in Science Education, 46(6), 879–900. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-015-9485-7 Chakraborty, D., & Kidman, G. (2022). Inquiry Process Skills in Primary Science Textbooks: Authors and Publishers’ Intentions. Research in Science Education, 52(5), 1419–1433. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-021-09996-4 Halawa, S., Hsu, Y.-S., & Zhang, W.-X. (2022). Inquiry Activity Design from Singaporean and Indonesian Physics Textbooks. Science & Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-022-00396-2 Halawa, S., Hsu, Y.-S., & Zhang, W.-X. (2023). Analysis of Physics Textbooks Through the Lens of Inquiry Practices. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 32(4), 497–506. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-022-00671-4 Lederman, J. S., Lederman, N. G., Bartos, S. A., Bartels, S. L., Meyer, A. A., & Schwartz, R. S. (2014). Meaningful assessment of learners’ understandings about scientific inquiry—The views about scientific inquiry (VASI) questionnaire. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 51(1), 65–83. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21125 Ma, Y., Wang, T., Wang, J., Chen, A. L. R., & Yan, X. (2021). A comparative study on scientific inquiry activities of Chinese science textbooks in high schools. Research in Science Education, 51(1), 407–427. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-019-09902-z Martina S. J. van Uum, Roald P. Verhoeff, & Marieke Peeters. (2016). Inquiry-based science education: Towards a pedagogical framework for primary school teachers. International Journal of Science Education, 38(3), 450–469. Pedaste, M., Mäeots, M., Siiman, L. A., de Jong, T., van Riesen, S. A. N., Kamp, E. T., Manoli, C. C., Zacharia, Z. C., & Tsourlidaki, E. (2015). Phases of inquiry-based learning: Definitions and the inquiry cycle. Educational Research Review, 14, 47–61. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.02.003 Rönnebeck, S., Bernholt, S., & Ropohl, M. (2016). Searching for a common ground – A literature review of empirical research on scientific inquiry activities. Studies in Science Education, 52(2), 161–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2016.1206351 Vojíř, K., & Rusek, M. (2019). Science education textbook research trends: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Science Education, 41(11), 1496–1516. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2019.1613584 Yang, W., Liu, C., & Liu, E. (2019). Content analysis of inquiry-based tasks in high school biology textbooks in Mainland China. International Journal of Science Education, 41(6), 827–845. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2019.1584418 Yang, W., & Liu, E. (2016). Development and validation of an instrument for evaluating inquiry-based tasks in science textbooks. International Journal of Science Education, 38(18), 2688–2711. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2016.1258499 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper A Comparison of the Structures of Learning Situations in Two Contrasting Disciplines - Physical Education & Science Université de Genève, Switzerland Presenting Author:This paper addresses methodological and epistemological issues raised in using a generic model of didactic analysis of teaching quality (JAD-MTQ) in school subjects taught at lower secondary school. Since the 2000’s, the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD) has been developed in the context of the French-speaking research in Comparative didactics (Mercier et al, 2002; Sensevy and Mercier, 2007; also see Ligozat, 2023). Studies carried out with this framework typically investigate how knowledge contents develop in the teacher and students’ classroom interactions. Over the years, JAD has proved its capacity to analyze classroom practices in various subjects (mathematics, sciences, physical education, French language, etc.; e.g., Amade-Escot & Venturini, 2015; Ligozat et al., 2018; Sensevy, 2011; 2014). To address the feasibility of examining teaching quality from a didactic standpoint, Ligozat and Buyck (in press) suggests a Model for analyzing Teaching Quality grounded in the JAD framework. This model considers three dimensions of teaching: selection of knowledge contents and tasks, structuration of learning situations and organisation of teacher and students’ interactions. This paper will focus on outcomes and issues raised in characterizing the structure of learning situations in the case of a contemporary dance teaching unit, in physical education (PE), in contrast with a physical science unit about the states of the matter, in science. In JAD-MTQ, learning situations are co-determined by a milieu and a didactic contract (Brousseau, 1997; also see Sensevy, 2014) generated by instructional tasks offered to the students, and from which we can identify some knowledge content development. More specifically, JAD-MTQ considers four criteria for examining learning situations : 1) Continuities in components of the milieu, i.e. how means available for students’ action evolve and support the achievement of successive tasks; 2) Continuities in purposes of the didactic contract, i.e. how purposes pursued by the teacher in assigning a task to the students are connected to each other through the successive tasks; 3) Structure of the overall knowledge content development (KCD), i.e., the logical patterns in the KCD through the successive tasks featuring learning situations for the students; and 4) Partition of responsibilities between the teacher and the students, i.e. the balance between tasks assigned to the students and tasks managed collectively and/or by the teacher herself. These categories, drawn from the more general JAD framework, have a high potential of genericity to be used about the teaching of different school subjects. However, we also acknowledge that school subjects relying upon different teaching traditions (e.g. Forest, et al, 2018) and undergo various constraints (didactic transposition; Chevallard, 1985/1991; also see Schneuwly, 2021). For instance, a science teaching unit often includes lab work sessions that are run by groups of students, and the results needs to be represented (graphs, diagrams, measurement tables, etc.) and discussed collectively later on to drawn some results; In contrast, a physical education teaching unit requires alternating between technical tasks (focus on teaching sport technical skills) and complex authentic tasks (focus on teaching tactics and strategies through playing a scholar form of the game). This leads us to the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The science teaching sequence was recorded as part of a research project comparing science teaching traditions in different countries (see Almqvist et al, 2023). The main objective of the science unit selected is to teach the notions of states of matter and changes of states in physics. The teacher, Beatrice, is a specialist teacher in Science. The unit encompasses 7 lessons of 90 minutes to 12-13 years old students (grade 7). The contemporary dance teaching sequence was recorded as part of a doctoral research aiming at understanding how knowledge contents develop when students assess their peers (Buyck, 2023). The teacher, Patrick, is a specialist teacher in physical PE. The unit encompasses 6 lessons of 90 minutes to 11-12 years old students (grade 6). In JAD-MTQ, each dimension is explored at a specific level of analysis, featured by a grain-size and a timescale of teaching unit (Tiberghien & Sensevy, 2012) and decomposed into a set of criteria, allowing to reduce the level of inference to be made from classroom video and transcripts. The structure of learning situation is analysed at the meso-level. This level is dependent on the nature of teaching-learning activities and social organizations in subjects privileged by teachers than the macro and micro levels. In considering both the science and the dance teaching sequences, we split this level in two sub-levels: (1) the upper-meso level accounts for the succession of teaching phases of 10-40 min, in which an instructional task is given to the students (within a thematic unit); (2) the lower-meso level accounts for interactive episodes of 2-10 min, in which a topic is discussed (withing a task). In this contribution, we focus on upper-meso level analysis of the learning situations organized by the teacher for the students. To carry out this analysis, we decompose lessons into teaching phases. In line with the JAD-MTQ criteria, this analysis considers continuities found the milieu (what is accessible in the material and symbolic world, through gestures and discourses) and the purposes of the didactic contract (what must be achieved and understood from the components of the milieu), through the teaching phases (or tasks). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Beyond statements on the quality of teaching in these two sequences using the JAD-MTQ model (see Ligozat and Buyck, accepted), this paper highlights certain patterns that characterize the ways in which learning situations are structured in each of the subjects concerned, in the context of French-speaking Switzerland. This PE unit shows a very stable structure from one session to the next in terms of the time allocated to each type of task (introduction, warm-up, technical task, autonomous work, presentation of choreographies) whatever the progress in the sequence. The strong structure of PE seems to lead the teacher to string together tasks that have no direct link together, thus to juxtapose content. In contrast, the Science sequence shows that some tasks are spread over several lessons, indicating the prevalence of the task and its challenges over the structuring of the session in terms of time. In PE, the rigidity of a predetermined sequence of task types (warm-up, technical task, complex authentic task) seems to govern the choice of tasks, and the content that can be brought out in these tasks, i.e., 1) predetermined structure of task types; 2) choice of tasks; 3) related task content. In Science, it is the content that seems to govern the choice of tasks, and the types of relevant tasks to each content, i.e., 1) choice of content; 2) choice of task; 3) choice of task type. Finally, we stress the importance of developing comparative studies in Didactics for fostering the development of subject didactics (Ligozat, 2023). We illustrate how looking at two different teaching practices – influenced by subjects through the prism of the same analytical tool (JAD-MTQ) – makes possible to bring out specific features of the way a discipline operates that could not be easily noticed from the sole standpoint of that discipline. References Almqvist J, Lidar M and Olin A (2023). Teaching Traditions in Classroom Practice – A Comparative Didactic Approach. In F Ligozat, K Klette and J Almqvist (Éds.), Didactics in a Changing World: European Perspectives on Teaching, Learning and the Curriculum (p. 55 65). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20810-2_4 Amade-Escot C and Venturini P (2015). Joint Action in Didactics and Classroom Ecology: Comparing Theories using a Case Study in Physical Education. Interchange, 46(4), 413 437. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10780-015-9263-5 Brousseau G (1997). Theory of Didactical Situations in Mathematics. Didactique Des Mathématiques, 1970-1990. Kluwer Academic Publ. Chevallard Y (1985). La transposition didactique : Du savoir savant au savoir enseigné (3ème éd. revue et augmentée). La Pensée Sauvage, Ed. Ligozat F (2023). Comparative Didactics. A Reconstructive Move from Subject Didactics in French-Speaking Educational Research. In F Ligozat, K Klette, and J Almqvist (Éds.), Didactics in a Changing World: European Perspectives on Teaching, Learning and the Curriculum (p. 35 54). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20810-2_3 Ligozat, F., & Buyck, Y. (in press). Comparative Didactics. Towards a « didactic » framework for analysing teaching quality. European Educational Research Journal. Ligozat F, Lundqvist E and Amade-Escot C (2018). Analyzing the continuity of teaching and learning in classroom actions: When the joint action framework in didactics meets the pragmatist approach to classroom discourses. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 147 169. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117701923 Mercier A, Schubauer-Leoni, ML and Sensevy G (2002). Vers une didactique comparée. Editorial. Revue Française de Pédagogie, 141(Numéro thématique), 5 16. Schneuwly B (2021). « Didactiques » is not (entirely) « Didaktik ». The origin and atmosphere of a recent academic field. In E Krogh, A Qvortrup and S Ting Graf (Éds.), Didaktik and Curriculum in Ongoing Dialogue (p. 164 184). Routledge Taylor & Francis. Sensevy G (2011). Overcoming Fragmentation: Towards a Joint Action Theory in Didactics. In B Hudson & MA Meyer (Éds.), Beyond Fragmentation : Didactics, Learning and Teaching in Europe (p. 60 76). Barbara Budrich Publishers. Sensevy G (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics: An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5), 577 610. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.931466 Sensevy G and Mercier A (Éds.). (2007). Agir Ensemble : L’action didactique conjointe du professeur et des élèves. Presses universitaires de Rennes. Tiberghien A and Sensevy G (2012). The Nature of Video Studies in Science Education. In D. Jorde & J. Dillon (Éds.), Science Education Research and Practice in Europe: Retrosspective and Prospecctive (p. 141 179). SensePublishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-900-8_7 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 28 SES 04 A: The Algorithmic Management of Learning Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Paolo Landri Network Keynote Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Algorithmic Management of Learning 1Università degli studi di Modena e Reggio Emilia, Italy; 2Columbia University, US Presenting Author:In just a few decades, a new vocabulary - consisting of platforms, clouds, machine learning, personalisation and much more - has become inevitable to describe a rapidly growing part of our social world. Under the heading of algorithmic management, sociologists have begun to study how these new elements relate to the contemporary conditions of work and its control. By and large, their conclusions suggest that algorithms open up novel ways to discipline labour in pursuit of ever greater efficiency – Taylorism on steroids, for short. Despite some similarities, I argue that algorithmic management should not be understood as a simple extension of scientific management, since it operates within a different worldview: Whereas Taylor’s scientific management saw humans as programmable machines, algorithmic management sees machines as capable of learning.
This contribution explores this different worldview of algorithmic management, so as to illustrate how the concept can be made useful for the sociology of education. This is done by focusing on classroom instruction as a moment where algorithms, professional practice and school organization intersect. Taking cues from Niklas Luhmann’s systems theory and pragmatist theories of interaction, I examine how digital interactivity translates educational aspirations into the interaction with a lifeless object. How are the defining traits of pedagogical interaction reorganised to orchestrate its progression? This translation act, I shall argue, hinges on its ability to (algorithmically) anticipate and coordinate futures, so that a platform or app's intent to educate can appear as a constancy. On basis of this characterisation, I aim to complement the existent literature on datafication which has hitherto understood the above depicted evolution as either the unwelcome intrusion of surveillance capitalism or as the surge of mindless automatons that threaten to strip professional care of its humanity. In contrast with that literature, I highlight how digitally mediated (self-)instruction participates in and perpetuates education’s broader wish to program an uncontrollable future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My contribution builds on ethnographic fieldwork in New York’s EdTech scene and classroom observations in Emilia Romagna (Italy), carried out via an extended case method. In contrast to grounded theory, this sociological approach is theory-driven and aims to observe (conflictual) situations that might lead to theoretical innovation. The unique benefit of using systems theory for such scope is that this method can still be used to observe the self-narration and self-organisation of the social world – an advantage usually reserved for grounded theory. Central to the fieldwork and this contribution is precisely this focus on self-organisation and differentiation processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The contribution's primary goal is to provide an impetus for a novel theorization of our relationship with digital tools. It thus wishes to articulate a counter-intuitive perspective on recent developments in education and more particularly its emergent platformisation brought forth by digital technology. The aim is to arrive at a theoretically innovative and empirically underpinned conceptualisation that avoids the pitfalls of all too easy moralisation -- that is not interested in merely passing judgement, be it condemnation or praise. References Esposito, Elena (2022). Artificial Communication. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press. Luhmann, Niklas (2002). Das Erziehungssystem der Gesellschaft (D. Lenzen, editor). Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Kellogg, Kate C., Valentine, Melissa, and Christin, Angèle (2019). Algorithms at work: The new contested terrain of control. Academy of Management Annals, 14(1), 366-410. Stark, David & Vanden Broeck, Pieter (forthcoming). Algorithmic Management and New Class Relations. Witzenberger, Kevin and Gulson, Kalervo N. (2021). Why EdTech is always right: Students, data and machines in pre-emptive configurations. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(4), 420–434. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 28 SES 04 B: Quantitative Sociological Studies Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ireta Čekse Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Outcomes of Immigrant Children in Scotland Under the Curriculum for Excellence - Evidence from the 2018 Scotland PISA Study University of Stirling Presenting Author:The Scottish Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) was introduced in 2010 to provide a coherent, competency-based education for children aged 3-18 years, aiming to better prepare young people for the modern world (Scottish Government, 2009). However, more than ten years since its implementation, there is growing evidence of a disjuncture between policy intention and practice at the school level. It has not been fully enacted in many secondary schools, and its provision is fragmented (OECD, 2015; RSE, 2018; Priestley, 2018; Shapira et al., 2021). This is significant because variances in provision have consequences for student equity and educational outcomes (Iannelli, 2013). Recent studies (e.g., Shapira et al., 2023) found that CfE led to fewer subjects being studied in the senior phase of secondary education, disproportionately affecting schools located in socially and economically disadvantaged areas. Immigrant children, often residing and attending schools in such areas, heavily rely on school resources (Arnot et al., 2014; Crul et al., 2017). Therefore, limited exposure to the broad curriculum and restrictions on their ability to explore diverse subjects and acquire a broad knowledge base through schools might negatively impact them more than non-immigrant peers, both in terms of educational attainments and broader outcomes indicating how well young people are prepared to succeed in the complex modern world. Aim of this Paper and Research Questions Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Datasets We utilized the 2018 Scotland PISA dataset alongside the Scottish Government's educational administrative data, which contains information on enrolments and attainment in national qualifications across various levels of the Scottish Credit and Qualification Framework in state-funded secondary schools. Operationalisation For the purposes of the study, a child is defined as an immigrant if one of their parents was born outside the UK. The breadth of the S4 curriculum was defined as the average number of subjects studied by S4 students in school. The outcomes of young people in this study encompass: a) Measures of mathematics, language, and science competencies b) Given the close alignment between the OECD's global competencies framework (OECD 2021) and the 'four capacities' of CfE, we further used the OECD measures of Global competences available in the 2018 PISA study as additional educational outcomes. Methods Our analysis employed descriptive and advanced methods of statistical data analysis, including linear multivariate regressions (Shapira et al., 2023). The dependent variables were the PISA measures of student outcomes described in the previous section. The independent variables included the characteristics of children (age, gender, motivation, enjoyment of reading, attitudes to studying), their family characteristics (parental level of education and occupational level, family socio-economic, educational and cultural resources, degree of parental involvement with their child’s studies), and the breadth of the curriculum they are exposed to, along with other characteristics of their schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary findings (see Shapira et al., 2023) revealed that a broad S4 curriculum positively influences all examined outcome measures, showing no disparities between immigrant and non-immigrant children. Students attending schools with a broader S4 curriculum achieved higher scores on the PISA language and mathematics tests. Even after accounting for students’ backgrounds and school characteristics, the association between PISA test scores and curriculum breadth remained strong, positive, and statistically significant. Furthermore, the results additionally indicated that immigrant children in Scotland surpass their non-immigrant peers in academic achievements, including higher scores in mathematics, reading, and science tests. Investigating the drivers behind this enhanced performance revealed that cultural and educational resources available at immigrant children's homes in Scotland equip them with stronger test-taking abilities. For instance, reading enjoyment correlates with improved reading test scores among immigrant children. Emotional support and positive work attitudes also positively influence mathematics test results. Together, these factors completely account for the attainment disparity on these tests between immigrant and non-immigrant children. We did not find any difference in the performance of immigrant and non-immigrant children on tests of global competences and subjective well-being. In schools with a broader S4 curriculum, students, irrespective of their immigrant background, achieved higher scores on measures of global competence. Students in such schools were more prone to experiencing a sense of school belonging, gaining knowledge about diverse cultures, taking pride in their achievements, and feeling empowered to address global issues (Shapira et al., 2023). Our findings demonstrate that a broad secondary curriculum has yielded positive outcomes for all children in Scotland, regardless of their immigration status. However, our findings emphasise the crucial role of parental support, positive attitudes toward learning, reading enjoyment, and the availability of educational and cultural resources at home in enabling children to achieve better outcomes. References Arnot, M., Schneider, C., Evans, M., Liu, Y., Welply, O. and Davies-Tutt, D. (2014). School approaches to the education of EAL students. Language development, social integration and achievement. Cambridge: The Bell Educational Trust Ltd Crul, M., Schneider, J., Keskiner, E., & Lelie, F. (2017). The multiplier effect: How the accumulation of cultural and social capital explains steep upward social mobility of children of low-educated immigrants. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 40, 321-338. OECD (2021). Scotland’s Curriculum for Excellence: Into the Future, Implementing Education Policies, OECD Publishing, Paris Scottish Government (2009). Curriculum for Excellence building the curriculum 4: skills for learning, skills for life and skills for work. Edinburgh: Scottish Government. Retrieved from: Shapira, M., Priestley, M., Barnett, C., Peace-Hughes, T., & Ritchie, M. (2023). Choice, Attainment and Positive Destinations: Exploring the impact of curriculum policy change on young people. Main Public Report. Nuffield Foundation. February 20231. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Beyond Family Influence: On Students’ Cultural Participation as a Determinant of Educational Attainment 1DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Berlin, Germany; 2Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München, Germany Presenting Author:Theoretical Background Two models have been established for many years when analyzing the effect of cultural capital on educational attainment: the reproduction model (Bourdieu, 1986; Bourdieu and Passeron, 1990) and the mobility model (DiMaggio, 1982). The former describes the intergenerational transmission of capital and persistence of inequalities, while the latter focuses on the potential of cultural capital for social upward movement (see Jæger, 2022). While European scholars often emphasize systemic factors, their North American counterparts stress individual agency (Stetterson & Gannon, 2005). Both have in common that they do not typically distinguish between the cultural capital of parents and their children. However, at a closer look, this does not seem to do justice to the real-world complexity: Research has shown that cultural capital is a dynamic construct that develops over the life course (Georg, 2004). Also, ethnographic research suggests that children do possess their own cultural capital (Chin and Phillips, 2004). Thus, one can assume that students’ cultural capital can be distinguished from their parents’. Moreover, the distinction between primary and secondary effects has been proven to be productive for studies on social disparities in educational attainment (Boudon, 1974). However, prior studies have mostly focused on investigating the relationship between cultural capital and achievement (Tan et al., 2019) and thus primary effects. The role of secondary effects (i.e. educational decisions) remains empirically unclear but seems to hold additional explanatory potential. The effects of cultural capital on educational success have been shown to be highly dependent on the operationalization of cultural capital (Tan et al., 2019). However, there is no consensus in the literature on how cultural capital should be measured (Jæger, 2022; Vryonides, 2007). Most commonly, non-formal arts (education) activities are used (Aschaffenburg and Maas, 1997). However, formal and informal activities could potentially function as cultural capital, too (Broer et al., 2019; Veale, 1992). Research Questions In line with the mobility model, one can assume that students’ own cultural capital has an effect on educational attainment even when holding constant their parents’ resources. First, our goal is to investigate whether student cultural participation has an effect on later degree attainment when controlling for parental socioeconomic status and parental cultural capital. Second, we aim to explore to what extent formal and informal cultural activities can function as cultural capital. Third, we analyze the mechanisms how cultural capital affects educational outcomes by investigating both primary and secondary effects as mediators between cultural participation and educational attainment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method To examine the effects of student cultural participation on attaining the upper secondary degree, we perform secondary analyses using data from starting cohort 3 of the German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS, Blossfeld and Roßbach, 2019; NEPS, 2022). 8329 students are included in the sample. Cultural participation is operationalized using highbrow activities, attending a school with an arts profile, arts education courses outside school, culture club participation and arts activities at youth centers. We use step-wise logistic regression modeling with mediating effects of achievement and aspirations. Data preparation and imputation of missing values were conducted in R with analysis following in Stata. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Results show that the probability of attaining the upper secondary degree (average marginal effects) can be increased through courses outside school (5,7%) and highbrow activities (4,6%), while pursuing arts activities at youth centers is associated with a smaller probability (-8,3%). Results for participation in culture clubs (2,5%) and attending a school with an arts profile (-1%) are non-significant on the 5%-level. Turning to the mediation effects, we find that both achievement and aspirations mediate the effects. Including them separately in our models, achievement (16-33%) and aspirations (19-35%) mediate a similar proportion of the effects. Simultaneously modeling the two mediators results in a mediation of approximately half of the effects of the independent variables (42-57%). Taken together, our results show that students can have agency of attaining the upper secondary degree through cultural participation, which can have both negative and positive effects when controlling for family background - depending on the specific activity. Both primary and secondary effects are at work. In line with the mobility model, findings point to the possibility of upward social mobility through investment in cultural capital. References References Aschaffenburg, K., & Maas, I. (1997). Cultural and educational careers: The dynamics of social reproduction. American Sociological Review, 62(4), 573. https://doi.org/10.2307/2657427 Blossfeld, H.-P., & Roßbach, H.-G. (Eds.). (2019). Education as a lifelong process: The German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS) (2nd ed.). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10. 1007/978-3-658-23162-0 Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in western society. Wiley. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–58). Greenwood. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture (Vol. 4). Sage. Broer, M., Bai, Y., & Fonseca, F. (2019). Socioeconomic inequality and educational outcomes. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-11991-1 Chin, T., & Phillips, M. (2004). Social Reproduction and Child-Rearing Practices: Social Class, Children’s Agency, and the Summer Activity Gap. Sociology of Education, 77(3), 185–210. DiMaggio, P. (1982). Cultural capital and school success: The impact of status culture participation on the grades of U.S. high school students. American Sociological Review, 47(2), 189–201. Georg, W. (2004). Cultural Capital and Social Inequality in the Life Course. European Sociological Review, 20(4), 333–344. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jch028 Jæger, M. M. (2022). Cultural capital and educational inequality: An assessment of the state of the art. In K. Gërxhani, N. de Graaf, & W. Raub (Eds.), Handbook of sociological science: Contributions to rigorous sociology (pp. 121–134). Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi. org/10.4337/9781789909432 NEPS. (2022). NEPS-starting cohort 3: Grade 5 [data set, version 12.0.0]. LIfBi Leibniz Institute for Educational Trajectories. https://doi.org/10.5157/NEPS:SC3:12.0.0 Tan, C. Y., Peng, B., & Lyu, M. (2019). What types of cultural capital benefit students’ academic achievement at different educational stages? interrogating the meta-analytic evidence. Educational Research Review, 28, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100289 Veale, A. (1992). Arts education for young children of the 21st century. ERIC. Retrieved January 13, 2023, from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED351124.pdf Vryonides, M. (2007). Social and cultural capital in educational research: Issues of operationalisation and measurement. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 867–885. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701657009 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Education or (and) Work is a True Social Elevator: the Case of Russian Youth on Longitudinal Data Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation Presenting Author:Perceived decline in social mobility is an important and challenging topic for OECD countries, especially in the youth agenda (OECD, 2018). Education is typically seen as a major social elevator, given the relatively high returns to education (Psacharopoulos, Patrinos, 2018; Altonji, Zhong, 2021), and despite socioeconomic inequality in access to high-quality education institutions and especially tertiary education (Duta, Wielgoszewska, Iannelli, 2021; Malinovskiy, Shibanova, 2022). At the same time, the massification of tertiary education, resulting in the growing number of graduates aspiring for social status associated with highly qualified specialists, accompanied by a high level of labor force participation due to population aging, puts more pressure on the mechanism of social elevators. Social mobility can be measured objectively in terms of earnings, income, or social class. The perceived (subjective) approach to measuring social mobility offers a holistic assessment of social position (Duru-Bellat, Kieffer, 2008), encompassing both objective indicators and other well-being dimensions. The majority of empirical studies employ the former approach and measure income mobility (OECD, 2018) or objective mobility in terms of social class (Wielgoszewska, 2018), while perceived social mobility, especially in the youth samples and in the context of education and career pathways, remains understudied. Whereas the majority of Russian youth and their parents aspire to higher education (Kondratenko, Kiryushina, Bogdanov, 2020), an increasing proportion of younger cohorts get higher education (from 20% for those born in the 1950s to 35% in the 1990s), which is comparable with European countries (Bessudnov, Kurakin, Malik, 2017). On the other hand, the stratification of universities and the heterogeneity of tertiary education in Russia (Malinovskiy, Shibanova, 2022) make this aspiration challenging in terms of social mobility. At the same time, combining study and work has become a widespread phenomenon (Beerkens, Mägi, Lill, 2011), including in Russia, where graduates who combine study and work experience a 30% wage premium (Rudakov, Roshchin, 2019; Dudyrev, Romanova, Travkin, 2020). This pattern of school-to-work transition could have become a new tool for promoting social mobility. Using data from the Russian national cohort longitudinal study "Trajectories in Education and Career, this study aims to untangle the ten-year education-career pathways of 9th-grade students by the age of 25. Our study aims to identify the different types of pathways followed by Russian youth (with a special focus on college graduates) in their journey from school to work and explore how these pathways contribute to perceived social mobility. We investigate pathways following the sociological approach and methodology of sequence analysis while considering the key findings of labor economists, thus embracing the framework of socioeconomic background, educational inequalities, and human capital theory. We investigate how the paths through postsecondary education and the world of work, as well as an extended set of socio-demographic factors, shape patterns of perceived social mobility and which educational or career pathways contribute to the upward and downward mobility patterns. Our research contributes to the studies of social stratification and life trajectories of youth, taking into account the variety of school-to-work transition patterns (Boylan, 2020; Wielgoszewska, 2018). The use of longitudinal data and sequence analysis enables us to overcome the limitations of cross-sectional studies in the epoch of increasing nonlinearity and complexity of paths (Sullivan, Ariss, 2021) and decreased relevance of one-time measures of school-to-work transition (Duta, Wielgoszewska, Iannelli, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We trace the ten-year trajectories of Russian youth, employing the data from the ten waves (2012–2021) of the Russian national cohort longitudinal study "Trajectories in Education and Career" (TrEC). The study follows a nationally representative sample of 9th-grade students through high school and on to postsecondary attainment or work. The longitudinal study TrEC is based on similar ones from Switzerland (TREE), Canada (YITS), and Australia (LSAY) and contains PISA and TIMSS results as well as questions about educational and career choices and family status (Malik, 2019). We used sequence analysis followed by cluster analysis to derive the typology of their educational and career trajectories (Monaghan, 2020; Maltseva, Rozenfeld, 2022). A sequence consists of a series of states in which respondents are found at different points in their life course within an observation period, in our case between the ages of 15 (16) and 25 (26). The sequences were built based on the following states in the education and labor market: 1) studying at school; 2) studying at a vocational school; 3) studying at the university; 4) combining study and work; 5) temporary or permanent employment; 6) inactivity or unemployment. The research sample of respondents who have passed all the waves of the longitudinal study and have answers in every wave about education and work (i.e., are suitable for sequence analysis) includes 2935 observations. This number includes imputed missing states. The subsample of college graduates includes 1539 observations. We measure subjective social mobility as a difference between the respondent's subjective social status in the last wave and the perception of the family's status during the respondent's adolescence, employing the scale of a social ladder with 10 stages (where 1 is the lowest social status and 10 is the highest) (Kelley, Evans, 1995). Firstly, three groups of social statuses were made: bottom (from 1 to 4), middle (5, 6 stages), and top (from 7 to 10), which were created according to the quartiles of the status data (median = 5th stage, Q3 = 7th stage). Secondly, we assign 3 mobility patterns: downward (including top-bottom, middle-bottom, and top-middle), upward (bottom-top, middle-top, and bottom-middle), and immobility when the family and personal status groups match. Finally, we used logistic regression models to estimate the probability of belonging to the subjective social mobility pattern (downward, upward, and immobile) for a given educational and career trajectory while controlling for a set of background characteristics, including parental educational attainment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The educational and career trajectories of Russian youth are ambiguously linked to subjective social mobility. The ten-year educational pathway without accounting for work does not function as a statistically significant predictor of subjective social mobility by the age of 25. Only a postponed education pathway without finished postsecondary education predicts subjective downward mobility. On the contrary, career trajectories do matter for subjective social mobility. Combining study and work (during both vocational and higher education) is associated with an upward mobility pattern, while those who stay for a long time in education without entering the labor market are statistically significantly less likely to experience subjective upward mobility by the age of 25. Youth experiencing short-term postsecondary education without work are especially vulnerable to downward mobility. Similar results were obtained on the subsample of college graduates, who have more chances to experience upward mobility as higher education attainers. However, they are likely to experience downward mobility more often compared to vocational graduates. HE graduates with education-career pathways that include postgraduate education have significantly more chances for subjectively measured downward mobility. This unexpected finding could be interpreted in multiple ways, i.e. graduates with postgraduate degrees (meaning prolonged education and mostly part-time jobs) by the age of 25 are unable to reach the high status of their parents. Controlling parental educational attainment, we found a positive relationship between upward social mobility and trajectories with early entrance to the labor market. Therefore, our finding that the early start of career pathways through combining study and work plays a crucial role in the mechanism of social mobility for the youth is relevant for both Russian youth in general and university graduates. References Altonji, J.G., Zhong, L. (2021) The Labor Market Returns to Advanced Degrees. Journal of Labor Economics, 39(2), 303–360. Beerkens, M., Magi, E., Lill, L. (2011) University Studies as a Side Job: Causes and Consequences of Massive Student Employment in Estonia. Higher Education, 61, 679–692. Bessudnov A., Kurakin D., Malik V. (2017) The Myth about Universal Higher Education: Russia in the International Context, 3, 83–109. Boylan R.L. (2020) Predicting Postsecondary Pathways: The Effect of Social Background and Academic Factors on Routes through School. Socius, 6. Dudyrev, F., Romanova, O., Travkin, P. (2020) Student employment and school-to-work transition: the Russian case. Education + Training, 62(4), 441–457. Duru-Bellat M., Kieffer A. (2008) Objective/subjective: The two facets of social mobility. Sociologie du travail, 5, 1–18. Duta A., Wielgoszewska B., Iannelli C. (2021) Different degrees of career success: Social origin and graduates’ education and labour market trajectories. Advances in Life Course Research, 47. Kelley, J., & Evans, M. D. R. (1995) Class and Class Conflict in Six Western Nations. American Sociological Review, 60(2), 157–178. Kondratenko V. A., Kiryushina M. A., Bogdanov M. B. (2020) Educational aspirations of russian schoolchildren: factors and dynamics, 1(26). Malik, V. (2019). The Russian panel study ‘Trajectories in Education and Careers’. Longitudinal and Life Course Studies, 10(1), 125–144. Malinovskiy S. S., Shibanova E. Yu. (2022) Access to higher education in Russia: how to turn expansion into equality, 7(67). HSE. Maltseva V.A., Rozenfeld N.Ya. (2022) Educational and Career Trajectories of the Russian Youth in a Longitudinal Perspective: A Case of University Graduates, 3, 99–148. Monaghan D.B. (2020) College-Going Trajectories across Early Adulthood: An Inquiry Using Sequence Analysis. The Journal of Higher Education, 91(3), 402–432. OECD (2018) Broken Social Elevator?: How to Promote Social Mobility Psacharopoulos G., Patrinos H.N. (2018) Returns to investment in education: a decennial review of the global literature, Education Economics, 26(5), 445–458. Rudakov, V., Roshchin S. (2019) The impact of student academic achievement on graduate salaries: the case of a leading Russian university, Journal of Education and Work, 32(2), 156–180. Sullivan, S. E., Ariss, A. (2021). Making sense of different perspectives on career transitions: A review and agenda for future research. Human Resource Management Review, 31(1). Wielgoszewska B. (2018) Onwards and Upwards? Migration and Social Mobility of the UK Graduates. Regional Studies, 5(1), 402–411. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 29 SES 04 A: Teachers' life stories in arts education Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Diederik Mark De Ceuster Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Storying from an Affirmative Critical Perspective: Teacher Educators’ Stories on Becoming-Professional with an Aesthetic Approach. 1Åbo Akademi University, Finland; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:In teacher education we have many practices building on stories. Learning from each other’s stories in teacher educators’ professional learning is not only very common, but also a preferred way of learning (Czerniawski et al., 2017; MacPhail et al., 2019). And we tell our stories everywhere, all from the line in front of the coffee machine to the international conferences we visit. We inquire and discuss our own stories and one another’s, while we reflect on the choices made (Jordan et al., 2022; Ping et al., 2018). Less discussed is what more-than-human relationality does/produces in these stories on professional learning. Teacher educators’ stories can involve both human (e.g. colleagues and students) and non-human (e.g. space, teaching materials, books), but that the material and people’s relationships to the material as agents have received little attention. Haraway (2016, p. 97) inspires about thinking more-than-human relationality and decentring the human, in both telling and listening to stories, when she describes that “human and not … in all our bumptious diversity …relate, know, think, world and tell stories through and with other stories, worlds, knowledges, thinkings and yearnings. …Other words for this might be materialism, …ecology, sympoiesis, …situated knowledges …”. This inspiration frames our listening to more-than-human relationality in teacher educators’ stories. In this study, we zoom in on stories on experiencing collaborative professional learning from twelve teacher educators in a Nordic context. We attentively listened to their stories during workshops on professional learning with an aesthetic approach, and during interviews about the teacher educators’ individual experiences with professional learning through their careers. This study explores the collaborative practice of teacher educators’ professional learning with an aesthetic approach. More specific how an affirmative notion of critique in this exploration can contribute to new insights in what an aesthetic approach sets in motion and opens for in new practices of becoming-professional. Teacher educators’ professional learning is in this study addressed as becoming-professional in order to emphasize the continuity and performativity of the process of professional learning (cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1988). In this article we will situate the stories outlined above in new materialist and affirmative critical perspectives. By tracing more-than-human relational tensions in the stories and look further to see how this opens for in new practices of becoming-professional in different directions. This leads to our research question: To what variation of directions can more-than-human relational tensions in teacher educators’ experiences with professional learning with an aesthetic approach lead. To look more deeply at what is happening in the more-than-human relationality in the stories the teacher educators tell, we engage with Donna Haraway’s notion of sympoiesis, which she in ‘Staying with the trouble’ describes as “a simple word; it means “making-with” … a proper word to complex, dynamic, responsive, situated, historical systems” (Haraway, 2016, p. 58). We see making-with as a rudimentary process in how telling about experiences become stories with all more-than human present. From a new materialism, with a “relational ontology and ongoing process in which matter and meaning are co-constituted” (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017, p. 65), perspective we use the argument that we know nothing of the stories until we know what the agents in the stories can do (van der Tuin & Dolphijn, 2010, p. 169). Tensions in the perspective of more-than-human relationality come from different angles in the analysis, both from the teacher educator, the material, and the researchers. With an affirmative critical perspective all these angles might “affirm, support and encourage something” in the tensions which will open up for exploration of a variety of new practices of becoming-professional (Raffnsøe et al., 2022, p. 196). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material for this article is based on interviews with - and letters from teacher educators on professional learning after they participated in a series of workshops (four in total) on teacher educators’ professional learning with an aesthetic approach. Two of the workshops’ empirical material is also included in the analysis. Central questions we worked with in these workshops were; ‘What is going on/ happening in this picture’, ‘What do you see what makes you say that?’ (Hailey et al., 2015) as well as a practical assignment based on; ‘Tell me something I can see’. In the workshops called ‘practice-dialogues’ teacher educators explored how theme’s like create, play, tell, were a part of their practice by interviewing each other. The teacher educators work in a Nordic context, and some bring with them experiences from West-European contexts into the stories. My role as a researcher in this study is also partly a participating role, I participate in the workshops and engage in the storytelling, which lead to the stories of the collaboration in the group of teacher educators. The multifaceted, thinking and attentive, role makes it clear why also the angle of the researcher is emphasized in the affirmative critical analysis of the stories (Østern et al., 2021). The performative characteristics of sympoiesis carries further to Donna Haraway’s notion on string figures, which is used to analyse the stories the teacher educators tell about their experiences, stories from their practices and reflections on those. String Figuring as a practice and a process, involves a method of tracing which invites to responsiveness, “passing on and receiving, making and unmaking, picking up threads and dropping them” (Haraway, 2016, p. 3). The next step in the analysis is the affirmative critical analysis which will take the tensions found in the first step as a starting point towards to open up for a multiplicity of stories (Raffnsøe et al., 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis suggests that there are more-than-human relational tensions in the the teacher educators’ stories on their teaching practises and practises of professional learning. The analysis indicates (string figure) patterns related to the teacher educator’s capacity of responding to the in/tangibility of the experiences and encounters in the more-than-human relations in their experiences. This might imply that teacher educators strive to affirm their experiences/encounters with some of the activities and materials (Raffnsøe et al., 2022, p. 204). It will be of interest to look deeper into the teacher educator’s capacity to respond (response-ability) towards the relations in their stories (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017; Haraway, 2016). To take the discussion to a last step in this affirmative critique, we benefit from the characteristic that an affirmative critique “adds, invents and dreams” (Raffnsøe et al., 2022, p. 202). A new story will be told in which there is space for (a) new practice(s) of becoming-professional. Since teacher educators in Europe are clear about their needs for professional learning and their preference for being with peers in the process (Czerniawski et al., 2017; MacPhail et al., 2019; Ping et al., 2018), the implication of this study can open for new ways of collaborative becoming- professional for teacher educators both in- and outside of the Nordic context. The focus for the conference presentation is presenting the new story where more-than-human relationality gives space to intangibility in becoming-professional. The affirmative critical analysis and discussion, which showed the way in storying about becoming-professional, will also be presented. Further we discuss the implications for teacher education. References Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2017). Towards a Response-able Pedagogy across Higher Education Institutions in Post-Apartheid South Africa: An Ethico-Political Analysis. Educ. as change, 21(2), 62-85. https://doi.org/10.17159/1947-9417/2017/2017 Czerniawski, G., Guberman, A., & MacPhail, A. (2017). The professional developmental needs of higher education-based teacher educators: an international comparative needs analysis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 127-140. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2016.1246528 Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1988). A thousand plateaus : capitalism and schizophrenia. Athlone Press. Hailey, D., Miller, A., & Yenawine, P. (2015). Understanding Visual Literacy: The Visual Thinking Strategies Approach. In D. Baylen & A. D’Alba (Eds.), Essentials of Teaching and Integrating Visual and Media Literacy (pp. 49-73). Cham: Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-05837-5_3 Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble : making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Jordan, A. W., Levicky, M., Hostetler, A. L., Hawley, T. S., & Mills, G. (2022). With a Little Help from My Friends: The Intersectionality of Friendship and Critical Friendship. In B. M. Butler & S. M. Bullock (Eds.), Learning through collaboration in self-study : critical friendship, collaborative self-study, and self-study communities of practice (Vol. v.24, pp. 67-80). Springer. MacPhail, A., Ulvik, M., Guberman, A., Czerniawski, G., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., & Bain, Y. (2019). The professional development of higher education-based teacher educators: needs and realities. Professional Development in Education, 45(5), 848-861. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1529610 Østern, T. P., Jusslin, S., Knudsen, K. N., Maapalo, P., & Bjørkøy, I. (2021). A performative paradigm for post-qualitative inquiry. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177/14687941211027444 Ping, C., Schellings, G., & Beijaard, D. (2018). Teacher educators' professional learning: A literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 93-104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.06.003 Raffnsøe, S., Staunæs, D., & Bank, M. (2022). Affirmative critique. Ephemera, 22(3), 183-217. van der Tuin, I., & Dolphijn, R. (2010). The Transversality of New Materialism. Women: a cultural review, 21(2), 153-171. https://doi.org/10.1080/09574042.2010.488377 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper On the Seam Line: Religious Female High School Art Teachers in Orthodox Schools - Conflicts and Mediation Mofet Institution, Israel Presenting Author:
Historical background and theoretical framework: Since the beginning of the twenty-first century, there has been a change in the perception of art in the religious education system in Israel. After many years of suspicion and being closed towards the term art in Orthodox schools for reasons stemming from conservatism, religious art teachers began to pave their way and establish art classes in girls' schools. The change began as a grassroots movement of individual pioneering women who, in an autodidactic manner, found a way to acquire the profession because there were no ultra-orthodox schools for studying art. Another reason for the shift is sociological and related to the migration of general art teachers into Orthodox society (secular art teachers becoming orthodox) and bringing new knowledge that was thus far unknown and packaging it in an adapted and accepted form to the conservative society. Another reason is related to the technological and media revolution that has penetrated closed societies, and brought about a change in consciousness that has slowly permeated them and brought new ideas. And lastly, there has been a change in the attitude of the education system towards marginalized groups and there is a willingness to allow them to study art in a way that does not contradict their ideological values though certain adjustments (excluding nudity and subject matters relating to other religions, for example).
In one way or another, these art teachers are exceptions among the teaching staff and in the communities to which they belong, communities which glorifies the collective over individualism. Due to the fact that the art education programs are based on postmodern concepts that are contrary to the view of the schools where they teach, and the fact that there is no body that groups them together or recognizes their uniqueness and difficulties and provides them with tailored training, the art teachers find themselves standing in the middle between, on the one hand, loyalty to the values and the schools and representing the establishment, and on the other hand, the creative spirit that brought them to the pioneering path. This contradiction inevitably produces conflicts that take them out of their comfort zone and they have to deal with them alone.
The paper will deal with the conflicts and difficulties these teachers face in teaching modern and post-modern art in conservative educational institutions, and will examine the coping practices and apologetic tactics they have adapted to mediate the issue to their community. It will examine the desire to synthesize the Jewish sources and the art world in order to give validation and the acceptance of perception for their actions, as well as look at the long self-guided journey they must travel to acquire knowledge and the frustration they feel when they realize that there are no institutions that they can attend to acquire knowledge in an optimal manner. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper uses semi-structured qualitative interviews (Jamshed, 2004) with 15 female teachers in Israel, each at different stages of their careers and from different places in the country, selected using the snowball method. The interviews were not done in the school environment in which they taught so as to ensure that their employment would not be at risk due to their participation in the study. The analysis of the interviews was done using grounded theory and Strategies for Qualitative Research (Glaser and Strauss, 1967). When the themes that emerged from the interviews were coded, categorized, named and selected a limited number of subjects to discuss with collaboration of the Reception Theory. (Holub, 1992) This is a pioneering study done for the first time in this field and there are no previous studies on the same or similar topics that can be relied upon, and therefore the need for this research is acute because it makes possible giving voice, space and visibility to this issue. The researcher who conducted the interviews herself hails from religious society and is in fact a native feminist researcher and ethnographer (Qamar, 2020) on her home turf. Her great advantage lies in understanding the language and in describing the conservative habitus and internal codes that a foreigner would have difficulty handling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings They operate with a double mission: working to develop and expand creation and art for their students and on the other hand, maintaining the values of the community in which they, and their students live. They pay the price of diversity and loneliness and most of them don't have colleagues or anyone to consult with within the educational institutions in which they work. The establishment also treats them different mostly they don’t get enough hours for their major and needed to complete their jobs other places; they are on the fringes of the school and there is an unofficial expectation that they serve as a kind of ‘decoration committee’, which reduces their status as expert educators in the eyes of the administration. Due to the establishment's lack of recognition of them, and their inability to form a community of their own with its own cultural capital, prestige and respect, the knowledge they have acquired is not incorporated proactively and they are required to 'reinvent the wheel' every time. The outcome findings deal with the added value of art studies in a conservative society and how it allows them to deal with problems and conflicts that the younger generation presents to the community, and how the teachers provide new tools to respond to the needs of the times. The religious art teachers bring ideas of creative and non-conformist thinking in the name of art studies, thus unwittingly becoming cultural agents, and agents of change in wide circles of Orthodox society as well as creating a feminist change while somewhat oblivious to the revolutionary impact of their actions. Finally, emphasis should be placed on adapting art curricula to different societies and diverse demographic sectors. References Barkai, Sigal, and David Pariser. “Israeli art education imagined cartographies.” Arts Education Policy Review, July 1, 2022, 1–32. Barney G. Glaser and Anselm L. Strauss, The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research, Chicago: Aldine Publishing Company, 1967 Beijaard, D., P. C. Meijer, and N. Verloop. “Reconsidering Research on Teachers’ Professional Identity.” Teaching and Teacher Education 20 (2004): 107–28. Bland, Kalman, The artless Jew: medieval and modern affirmations and denials of the visual, Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 2001. Corbin, Juliet M., Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded theory, Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2008. Eisner, Elliot W. “What Can Education Learn from the Arts about the Practice of Education?” International Journal of Education and the Arts 5, no. 4 (2004): 1–12. Hanawalt, Christina, “Reframing New Art Teacher Support: From Failure to Freedom,” The Journal of Social Theory in Art Education, 35, 2015, pp. 69–81. Holub, Robert C. Crossing Borders: Reception Theory, Poststructuralism, Deconstruction. Madison: U of Wisconsin P, 1992. Jamshed, Shazia Qasim. “Qualitative research method-interviewing and observation.” Journal of basic and clinical pharmacy 5/4, 2014, pp. 87-8. Layosh, Bella, Women of the Threshold Orthodox Women in Front of a Modern Change, [Hebrew], Tel Aviv: Resling, 2014. Qamar, Azher Hameed, "At-home ethnography: a native researcher’s fieldwork reflections", Qualitative Research Journal, no.21/1, 2020, pp.51-64. Segal, Orna. Visual Arts in State Religious Education: A Sequence of Transformation. Ramat Gan: Dissertation for Bar Ilan University, 2021 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper How do they choose? Examining Instrument Choice in Flemish Music Education for Children University College Leuven Limburg, Belgium Presenting Author:“Every child chooses their own instrument” is an oft-repeated mantra held high by parents and teachers in music schools as the desire for an instrument selection based on intrinsic motivation, rather than external determinants. Research over the years point, however, to a myriad of actors that influence the child’s decision-making when it comes to choosing to learn to play a musical instrument, including strong visible actors such as the parents and peers, but also more fluid, invisible influences such as the gender stereotyping of instruments, socio-cultural dynamics and economic conditions. What at times appears to be intrinsic motivation, could in reality be an unintentional answer to these broader social dispositions. This raises the question how can we approach the support and guidance for the choice of instrument? Is there such a thing as intrinsic motivation? And if so, how could we reach it? In this study, we set out to study the current practice of instrument choice guidance for children aged 6-8 in music schools across Flanders and investigate the potential of an guiding orientation tool for children and their parents. This is part of a research project funded by the Flemish government in which the feasibility of an orientation tool for arts schools (visual arts, music, theatre, dance) to increase admission and guide children in their decisions within all the domains. The second phase of this project focuses on the domain of the music schools in particular, as a study from the Flemish inspectorate of education identified a potential threat for the diversity of instruments at music schools. Music schools throughout Flanders have indicated that among children, the distribution of instrument choices is shifting with increasingly many children choosing to play piano over other instruments. For this feasibility study, the Flemish department of education and training formulated several research questions that stand at the basis for gaining an understanding of how the guidance in instrument choice should be organised: how can we measure cultural interests, enjoyment and motivation? Which tools can be used to measure physical and psychomotor dispositions? Who would be the main target group within the guidance of instrument choice? And what are the potential risks and pedagogical implications of this guidance? At the onset, we identified several conditions that whichever form of guidance to be developed should submit to: 1) it ought to take into account the diversity of our population and address also children from demographics that historically participate less in music education 2) it ought to imbedded within the local practice and 3) it should avoid normative stereotyping. While this research took place within the Flemish context of music education, which has its own specific embedment within the Flemish society, we believe the results of our study to be relevant in an international context too, as it touches on the agency of the child and the network of actors that affect their decision, as well as on the pedagogics of music education for young children and the learning of instrument playing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these research questions, we envisioned three phases of research.This first phase consisted of a systematic literature review. In the second phase, we interviewed teachers in music schools and primary education, adopting a qualitative research method combining an open phenomenological-ethnographic interview method with ethnographic observations of the current orientation practices. In total, we have interviewed teachers and managers from 15 music schools to on the one hand find the good practices of support and guidance, and on the other hand identify trends within the local practices to gain a better understanding of the process of choice.Finally, in a third phase, a synthesis was made, which was presented and discussed with various stakeholders in the field of arts education in Flanders in the form of focus groups. The overall research method is predominantly qualitative, aiming to map the actor-network of the decision-making process for and within the arts education. While a more quantitative approach might be possible, such as through large-scale surveys distributed to primary schools and music schools, in the context of this research, we perceive this method as less effective. Using a quantitative approach could potentially oversimplify and overlook the nuances and complexities of the issue at hand. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To map the various actors that affect the child’s decision, we made use of Urie Bronfenbrenner's ecological systems theory. In this framework, the learner is analysed as the central pivot in a network of actors, allowing us to visualise interactions among environmental factors. The closer an environmental actor is to the child, the greater its influence. Although this theory was originally developed to elucidate a child's development, it is also a suitable method for portraying a decision-making process. The impact of environmental factors is further affirmed by observable trends in the choice of musical instruments. The most direct influence on the choice process seems to take place in the micro- and meso-system of the student. The parents in particular have a major influence on the choice and are perhaps the most important link in the choice. There appears to be gender stereotyping in the selection process, especially for certain instruments such as flute and percussion, and intrinsic preferences for certain timbres also play a role, but ultimately these do not seem to be the most determining factor. Psychomotor disposition seems to play the least role in the choice process. There is no consensus on what the best disposition is for an instrument and initial disposition is not an indicator of success. Most importantly, throughout both the literature review and the interview study we have found that orientation sessions, in which children can not only see but play and explore musical instruments, have a strong positive effect on instrument choice, with more diversity in chosen instrument and more retention. This space for exploration seems to be vital for reaching, or triggering, some kind of intrinsic motivation, and it may be difficult to replicate this process through other means. References Abeles, H.F. “Are Musical Instrument Gender Associations Changing?” Journal of Research in Music Education 57 (2009): 127-139 A. Ben-Tovim & D. Boyd. The Right Instrument for Your Child: A Practical Guide for Parents and Teachers. London: Orion Publishing, 1985. Bullerjahn C., K. Heller & J.H. Hoffman, “How Masculine is a Flute? A Replication Study on Gender Stereotypes and preferences for Musical Instruments among Young Children.” Proceedings of the 14th International Conference on Music Perception and Cognition (2016): 637-642. Bronfenbrenner, U. The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1979. Cantero I.M. & J.A. Jauset-Berrocal, “Why Do They Choose their Instruments?” British Journal of Music Education 34 (2017): 203-215. Chen, S. M. & R. W. Howard. “Musical Instrument Choice and Playing History in Post-Secondary Level Music Students: Some Descriptive Data, Some Causes and Some Background Factors.” Music Education Research 6 (2004): 217-230. Decreet betreffende het deeltijds kunstonderwijs, 2018. Hargreaves, D. J., & A. North. The Social Psychology of Music. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997 __________., The Social and Applied Psychology of Music. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008. Kemp, A. The Musical Temperament: Psychology and Personality of Musicians. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1 1996. Kuhlman, K. “The Impact of Gender on Students’ Instrument Timbre Preferences and Instrument Choices.” Visions of Research in Music Education 5 (2004): 1-17. Mateos-Moreno, D. & A. Hoglert. “Why Did You (Not) Choose your Main Musical Instrument? Exploring the Motivation behind the Choice.” British Journal of Music Education (2023), 1-12. Roelants, C. “Kunstkuur: Lokale samenwerkingsinitiatieven tussen een academie en een basisschool, secundaire school of instelling voor hoger onderwijs.” 2018. Varnado, L. E. “Exploring the Influence of Students’ Socioeconomic Status Upon Musical Instrument Choice.” Honors Thesis. 2013. Vermeersch, L. “Kunstkuur, een evaluatie van de beleids- en implementatiesystematiek,” 2022. Vlaamse overheid, Departement Onderwijs en Vorming, Bestek ASK/2023/07. Vlaamse overheid, onderwijsinspectie, “Niveaudecreet deeltijds kunstonderwijs: één jaar later,” 2019. __________., “Academiebeleid in Uitdagende Tijden,” 2022. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 04 A: Teacher Education in ESE Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Katrien Van Poeck Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Making Connections: Authentic Learning in Teacher Education for Sustainability. Frederick University, Cyprus Presenting Author:In the pursuit to better prepare the new generation of teachers to address sustainability education in their professional practice, Higher Education turns to outcome-oriented competence-based education (CBE) (Rieckmann, 2012). At the same time, education needs to be transformative and profoundly change our perspectives, beliefs, and behaviours through reflecting and questioning the interpretation of our surroundings (Bianchi 2020, p.25). Both CBE and Transformative education (TE) in the context of sustainability, are great challenges but at the same time, highly prioritized amongst Higher Education Institutions (HEI) in Europe. An emerging question is: How can HE best convey and learn sustainability competence in a way that will be transformative? Living labs are spaces that can offer authentic learning. Apart from the interpretation of living labs as physical spaces - “sites where experiential learning takes place” (Favaloro, Ball and Lipschutz, 2019), living labs can also be viewed as non-physical spaces or frameworks that enable learning. These spaces demand real-life settings with multi-stakeholder participation, co-creation, active involvement of the users, and may follow a multi-method approach. Such contexts provide authentic learning experiences with real practical outcomes. Authentic learning is intrinsic to living labs, being a learning approach through which learners explore, discuss, and construct concepts and relationships meaningfully, in contexts and/or projects connected to real-world problems. It is student-centered and encourages students to take an active role in their learning, develop learner autonomy, and self-reflection in learning, and enable flexible learning pathways (Klemencic M., Pupinis M., Kyrdulyte G., 2020, p.29). Authentic learning is experiential learning that holds important attributes that facilitate the development of competences and create conditions for transformative learning. The present work reports the outcomes of an empirical study concerning the collaboration of a university course on sustainability issues for undergraduate pre-school teachers (1st and 2nd year of studies), with a primary school and an environmental organization in a Living Lab framework that provided the context for authentic learning. The objective was to explore, how such experiences help build future educators’ self-efficacy and readiness to undertake their professional role and more specifically deliver sustainability education. The step-by-step methodology followed provided the university students with opportunities for reflection, collaboration, competences’ development, and meaningful learning and assessment. Briefly, university students were trained to deliver a set of gamified activities on the sea turtle protection, to 6-year-old pupils. The process aimed at meeting the organisation’s need for delivering the activities to young children and obtaining feedback about the activities’ effectiveness and appropriateness; the schools’ need for enriching pupils’ learning experiences with non-formal education activities; and the university’s need for exposing future educators in out-of-the-box activities for sustainability and experiences that would enhance their self-efficacy and competences to deliver sustainability education. To allow for all the children to go through all the activities’ stations, the activities were offered twice (the first time to thirty children divided into five groups and the second time to twenty-six children divided into five groups). The data were collected through self-reporting by the students in structured reflection handouts, a group interview, and a questionnaire. The outcomes, are not to be generalized as they concern a small group of students, but will help improve the living lab project experience in the future. Outcomes highlight a strong engagement of the university students in the project and the development of a high sense of purpose and responsibility. Students reported a more effective collaboration amongst the group members, compared to other conventional university projects due to the shared responsibility despite the distribution of the work and commented that their experience enabled the development of specific sustainability competences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current study is an empirical study as it is based on observation and reporting of phenomena as directly experienced by the researcher. Primary data were collected by the students who participated in the living lab experience, through self-report in a structured reflection template before and after the experience, a group interview with the completion of the semester during the wrap up and closure of the course, and a questionnaire of close-ended questions. The research question intended to be answered was: How does the living lab methodology, as an authentic, experiential, student-centered approach, support pre-school teacher students boost their self-efficacy and confidence in delivering sustainability education and developing sustainability competences. The Living Lab methodology followed, consisted of the following steps: (a) The process began with the university and organization communication, where the needs of the organization were identified and explored how they could be aligned with the objectives of the course and the students’ needs. (b) The first contact of students with the organization followed, during which, the organisations’ needs were presented and the students’ potential contribution was analysed. The organization required volunteers to offer a series of gamified activities to school children aiming to raise young children’s awareness on the dangers that sea turtles encounter in our island and how we can protect them. Respectively, students can benefit from engaging in non-formal gamified teaching activities and gain unique professional experiences in real school settings with real children. During the meeting with the organization, students also received training about how to deliver the activities. (c) The third step encouraged students to work in groups, carefully study the activities, reflect and analyse their expectations from the activities: e.g. what they expected the young pupils to learn, how they might react etc. The reflection prior to the implementation had to be submitted as part of the project. (d) The school visit and delivery of the activities followed. Here each group of students was assigned with a group of children and was responsible for the delivery of the activities. (e) Each student had to reflect and report on their experience with the children, analyse their ideas about the appropriateness of the activities, and consider any changes they deemed necessary for the activities’ improvement. (f) Finally, the groups of students presented their feedback and analysed and explained their suggestions for changes in the activities to the collaborating organization. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Several researchers report a gap between academic learning and professional praxis (Favaloro, Ball, Lipschutz 2019), the lack of the latter limiting the opportunities for skills and competences development or connecting academic knowledge with professional practice. In the case of sustainability, universities must identify ways to effectively integrate sustainability education into mainstream teaching practices and their learning priorities (Mula, Tilbury, Ryan, Maden, Dlouha, Mader, Benayas, Dlouhi, Alba, 2017) to better prepare future professionals to address sustainability challenges in their professional contexts. This study explores the effectiveness of a Living Lab framework to develop sustainability competences and enhance the self-efficacy and professional readiness of undergraduate pre-school teacher-students in the early stages of their academic studies, in delivering sustainability education. It reflects a significant emphasis on experiential learning, allowing students to engage in real-world applications of their theoretical knowledge, thereby enhancing their professional skills and self-confidence. We have to acknowledge that being small-scale, the study has important limitations and outcomes cannot be generalized. Nevertheless, it has served as a pilot for future research concerning the implementation of living labs methodology in our institution and has allowed us to derive valuable insights about the benefits emerging from experiential authentic learning approaches. The context of an authentic learning experience, such as the living lab, is highly valuable in developing sustainability and general professional competences. Outcomes highlight that the living lab context created a strong active engagement of the university students in the project (Compagnucci, Spigarelli, Coelho, Duarte 2021), and developed a high sense of purpose and responsibility. Driven by this sense, students exercised genuine collaboration, critical thinking, and problem-solving skills and developed empathy and awareness concerning sea turtles and the dangers they face. A safe and supportive learning environment was also observed that allowed students to perform well despite their limited academic or teaching experience. References Bianchi G., (2020). Sustainability Competences. A systematic literature review. Publications office of the European Union, Joint Research Centre, European Commission. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/9c1f897c-4598-11eb-b59f-01aa75ed71a1/language-en Compagnucci L., Spigarelli F., Coelho J., Duarte C. (2021) Living Labs and user engagement for innovation and sustainability, Journal of Cleaner Production, V. 289, ISSN 0959-6526, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.125721., https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S095965262035767X) European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Pupinis, M., Kirdulytė, G., Klemenčič, M. (2020). Mapping and analysis of student centred learning and teaching practices : usable knowledge to support more inclusive, high-quality higher education : analytical report, Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/67668 Favaloro T., Ball T., Lipschutz R. (2019). Mind the Gap! Developing the campus as a living lab for student experiential learning for sustainability. In Filho L. and Bardi U. (Eds), Sustainability on university campuses: Learning, skills building and best practices. World sustainability series, Springer, Switzerland. Mulà, I., Tilbury, D., Ryan, A., Mader, M., Dlouhá, J., Mader, C., Benayas, J., Dlouhý, J. and Alba, D. (2017), "Catalysing Change in Higher Education for Sustainable Development: A review of professional development initiatives for university educators", International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, Vol. 18 No. 5, pp. 798-820. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-03-2017-0043. Rieckmann M. (2012). Future-oriented higher education: Which key competences should be fostered through university teaching and learning? Futures 44(2): 127-135. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Validating the Q-C3PST Questionnaire: A Tool for Evaluating Climate Change Competence in Preservice Teacher 1Salamanca University, Spain; 2Bath University Presenting Author:Abstract Climate change threatens all Earth's species. Future educators must understand the significance of this issue and acquire the necessary skills to formulate efficient strategies. To achieve decarbonization in a short time, incorporating Climate Change Competence (C3) has been suggested. This competency aims to prepare individuals in formal education to address the global crisis effectively. This study assesses C3 using a modified questionnaire. Data was collected from 659 preservice teachers in Honduras and Spain. The analysis clearly identifies the three dimensions of competence and their subdimensions. We validated the Questionnaire of Climate Change Competence to Preservice Teachers (Q-C3PST) questionnaire for future teachers using a third-order model. This framework is essential for objectively assessing and improving this vital competence for addressing the global crisis through education.
INTRODUCTION The IPCC (2019) declares climate change as the utmost significant global crisis, having profound implications for society, the economy, and the environment. Education plays a crucial role in enhancing the capacity of students, teachers, school communities, and organisations to comprehend and tackle these issues within the limited timeframe. Climate Change Education (ECC) assumes a vital role in facilitating this transformation(United Nations, 2016) as its core aim is to enhance individuals' awareness of the multifaceted origins, repercussions, and measures for mitigation and adaptation. Likewise, Education for Sustainable Development (EDS) seeks to integrate these subjects into the formal education system to promote the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). One of the key objectives of the ESD approach, as discussed by Buckler & Creech (2014), is to empower individuals to make informed and responsible decisions that have positive implications for themselves and others, both in the present and in the long term. The proposed holistic and interdisciplinary approach to problem-solving and decision-making by the ESD is essential for the promotion of active citizenship and civic engagement. On the contrary, numerous studies in the literature establish that misconceptions surrounding actionable steps to combat Climate Change diminish the effectiveness of such efforts(Ikonomidis et al., 2012). Within this context, the introduction of Climate Change Competence (C3) by Fuertes et al. (2020) aims to enhance knowledge, skills, and attitudes within the formal education system. This initiative seeks to incorporate practical aspects of ECC, ESD, and scientific knowledge into school curricula. The introduction of this concept preceded that of Europe Green Competences (https://green-comp.eu/) by a small margin, and demonstrated numerous similarities. The C3 has the capability to facilitate the design of educational programs and courses, as well as the incorporation of this crucial element into existing curricula. In recognition of the crucial role played by C3, it is necessary to have assessment tools that can yield information regarding its development and facilitate targeted educational interventions. Considering the significant impact that future educators will have on climate change education, the development of an assessment tool to evaluate their C3 is imperative.
Objectives This study aims to examine how the assessment tool C3 can be adapted for use with pre-service teachers (PSTs) and explore the self-perception of PSTs regarding a specific set of actions that are important for mitigating climate change within component C3. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used METHODOLOGY To evaluate C3 in future teachers, a study design that incorporates cross-sectional and quantitative approaches was employed. Participants 659 PSTs participated voluntarily and anonymously in the study. The sampling technique used is non-probabilistic for convenience. Males comprised 23.84% and females 67.83%. 46% were from Honduras, 54% were Spanish. 72% of PST types were elementary, with 28% being secondary. Age range of participants: 18-45, mean: 24.45. The instrument We modified the original Q-C3 for teachers to adapt it to PSTs. The instrument used was called Q-C3PST. It is a closed-ended Likert-scale questionnaire with 61 items in C3 elements. The knowledge dimension measuring interactions between the scientific veracity of climate change (CC)(Ferrari et al., 2022) and its 19 items was assessed with the response categories were: “False,” “Somewhat false,” “No sure”, “Somewhat true,” and “True”. Skills include 16 items and measure participants' engagement in CC mitigation activities like material consumption, food and diet, transport, and energy saving (Ferrari et al., 2022; Shi et al., 2016). The items were evaluated with five categories being 1 “Never” and 5 “Always”. Finally, the Attitude dimensions consisted of 29 items that determined the willingness to teach CC (Vukelić et al., 2022), actions collective on schools(Molthan-Hill et al., 2019), national policy support (Shi et al., 2016) and personal efficacy (Y. Liu et al., 2022) to action against CC and the concern (Shi et al., 2015) and hope (Y. Liu et al., 2022). The items used five categories being 1 "Totally disagree" and 5 "Totally agree". Data collection and data analysis We collected data for this research through an online questionnaire. Initially, descriptive data exploration was conducted for each item (mean, standard deviation, and item-factor correlation). We validate each element of C3 through CFA. Model fit of C3 was assessed based on a nonsignificant Chi-square and fit indices meeting the following predefined criteria: a comparative fit index (CFI) and Tucker-Lewis Index (TLI) over .90, and a root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA) of .08 or less. Cronbach's α estimated reliability. The Average Variance Extracted (AVE) assessed convergent validity. We assess discriminant validity through of the Fornell & Larcker criterion. Lastly, we evaluate nomological validity. Additionally, it can be supported by analyzing C3 and an external construct (Motivation to teach CC). This last, was coded as 0 for "Without motivation" and 1 for "Motivation to teach CC". Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most items had r values between 0.43 and 0.94. Reliability was adequate with Cronbach's alpha > .7 for all C3 items. The items successfully determined all elements of C3. Additionally, all estimated loadings were significant and > .7. AVE was satisfactory (> .5). Model fit of C3 was assessed based on a nonsignificant Chi-square (χ2/df = 1.99) and fit indices(CFI, TLI and GFI) were over .90, and a root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA) of .08 or less. The mean values were 4.13 (knowledge), 3.54 (skills), and 4.01 (attitude). Discriminant validity was evaluated with Fornell & Larcker's criterion. The square roots of the AVEs exceeded the intercorrelation values. With respect to nomological validity, previous research suggests positive relationships between knowledge, abilities, and attitudes toward CC (Higde et al., 2017; P. Liu et al., 2020; Tamar et al., 2021). Our results confirm a positive relationship between the sub-dimensions and dimensions of C3. In addition, we test the model’s external variable “motivation to teach CC” with the C3 elements. All elements of C3 had significant positive correlations with motivation to teach. The results are consistent with the literature (Vukelić et al., 2022). Therefore, the analyses of the correlations between the elements of our model and the analysis between these elements and the variable concern support the nomological validation of our model. In summary, our findings provide empirical support for the reliability, validity, and utility of the Q-C3PST questionnaire in assessing Climate Change Competence among preservice teachers, emphasizing its potential as a valuable tool for evaluating and enhancing educators' preparedness to address the global crisis through education. References •Buckler, C., & Creech, H. (2014). Shaping the Future We Want UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development (2005-2014) FINAL REPORT. http://www.unesco.org/open-access/ •Ferrari, E., Abad, F. M., & Ruiz, C. (2022). Examining the Relationship between the Dimensions of the Climate ‐ Change Competence (C3): Testing for Mediation and Moderation. Sustainability, 14(3), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14031895 •Fuertes, M.-Á., Santiago, A., Corrochano, D., Delgado, L., Herrero-Teijón, P., Ballegeer, A. M., Ferrari-Lagos, E., Fernández, R., & Ruiz, C. (2020). Climate Change Education: A proposal of a Category-Based Tool for Curriculum Analysis to Achieve the Climate Competence. Education in the Knowledge Society, 21, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.14201/eks.21516 •Ikonomidis, S., Papanastasiou, D., Melas, D., & Avgoloupis, S. (2012). The Anthropogenic “Greenhouse Effect”: Greek Prospective Primary Teachers’ Ideas About Causes, Consequences and Cures. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 21(6), 768–779. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10956-012-9365-0 •IPCC. (2019). Framing and Context of the Report. In Special Report on the Ocean and Cryosphere in a Changing Climate (SROCC). •Liu, P., Teng, M., & Han, C. (2020). How does environmental knowledge translate into pro-environmental behaviors?: The mediating role of environmental attitudes and behavioral intentions. Science of the Total Environment, 728, 138126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.138126 •Liu, Y., Song, Y., & Wang, X. (2022). Increasing Preservice Science Teachers’ Climate Change Knowledge, Hope, and Self-Efficacy in an Online Chemistry Course. Journal of Chemical Education, 99(7), 2465–2473. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jchemed.2c00074 •Molthan-Hill, P., Worsfold, N., Nagy, G. J., Leal Filho, W., & Mifsud, M. (2019). Climate change education for universities: A conceptual framework from an international study. Journal of Cleaner Production, 226, 1092–1101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.04.053 •Shi, J., Visschers, V. H. M., & Siegrist, M. (2015). Public Perception of Climate Change: The Importance of Knowledge and Cultural Worldviews. Risk Analysis, 35(12), 2183–2201. https://doi.org/10.1111/risa.12406 •Shi, J., Visschers, V. H. M., Siegrist, M., & Arvai, J. (2016). Knowledge as a driver of public perceptions about climate change reassessed. Nature Climate Change, 6(8), 759–762. https://doi.org/10.1038/nclimate2997 •Tamar, M., Wirawan, H., Arfah, T., & Putri, R. P. S. (2021). Predicting pro-environmental behaviours: the role of environmental values, attitudes and knowledge. Management of Environmental Quality: An International Journal, 32(2), 328–343. https://doi.org/10.1108/MEQ-12-2019-0264 •United Nations. (2016, November). Education is key to addressing climate change | United Nations. United Nations. https://www.un.org/en/climatechange/climate-solutions/education-key-addressing-climate-change •Vukelić, N., Rončević, N., & Toljan, S. (2022). Student Teachers’ Willingness to Act in the Climate Change Context. Social Sciences, 11(47), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci11020047 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper “Sustainability is more than Saving Water” Engaging Situated Perspectives and Practices through a Whole Institution Process in University Teacher Education TU Dresden, Germany Presenting Author:„Rethinking the purpose of education and the organization of learning has never been more urgent” (UNESCO 2015, p.10). Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is fundamental to achieving all 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) (UN, 2015 and UNESCO 2021) and the goals of the European Green Deal (CoE, 2022). In Germany, demands to include ESD in initial teacher education come ‘top-down’, through international, national and federal resolutions and ‘bottom-up’ from student teachers and serving teachers (Grund et al., 2019). As a result, ESD is being increasingly included in German universities at policy level (Holst et. al., 2022). However, beyond embedding ESD in university policies and curricula, much more work is needed to realize ESD in teaching and research, and in management, campus and transfer activities (ibid.). Indeed, systemic changes are needed to embed ESD as an integral part of institutional and pedagogical practices (Evans et al., 2017). This paper describes the scientific process monitoring of the institutional sustainability process of the Centre of Teacher Education and Education Research (ZLSB) at TU Dresden University of Technology. A whole institution approach is a systemic approach to sustainability that engages diverse actors and their situated priorities, needs and resources and embed sustainable practices across an institution's operations, policies, and cultures (SMK, 2019). Whole institution processes are a vital part of implementing ESD in initial teacher education and across education systems because understandings and practices cannot solely be dictated from outside, but must also be re-contextualised by people and communities within and between particular contexts of practice (Kohl et al., 2022). Further, in order to foster socio-ecological transformation education must itself be transformed (UNESCO, 2021), including recognising and addressing the close correlation between formal education and socio-ecological injustices (Pirbahi-Illich et al., 2023; Orr, 2004). Sterling (2001) critiques sustainability education within a ‘mechanistic’ paradigm of education and society, where the focus is technical solutions to complicated problems. He argues for an ‘ecological’ approach, which includes ‘transformative learning’, or learning as sustainability, to enable emergent ways of seeing, thinking and acting in the world. This necessitates moving beyond established roles and discipline boundaries to engage questions of social and ecological justice and the imagination of alternative futures in relation to particular positionalities and contexts of practice (CRWR, 2023). The study investigated sustainability and ESD from the perspectives of different individuals and teams at the ZLSB. In particular, we focused on identifying the priorities, resources and challenges towards implementing sustainability and ESD for individuals, teams and the a whole institution. The study aims to foster understanding and action within and between teams at the ZLSB, and further research-based understandings of whole institution approaches to sustainability and ESD. This process is important, because the ZLSB is a potential ‘lever’ in the university, and within federal, national and European teacher education systems. With around 4,300 student teachers, TU Dresden is the largest provider of initial teacher education in Saxony, Germany. The ZLSB coordinates teacher education across the University, including managing timetables, practicum placements, examinations and side-entry into teaching programs; offering in-service training for teachers and teacher educators; conducting research; and coordinating projects around cross-cutting themes, such as internationalization, inclusion, digitality and ESD. As a result, the ZLSB has strong links with students and staff across the University, with the education Ministry, and with schools and other teacher education providers in Saxony, and internationally. The broad and diverse remit of the ZLSB, enables comparisons to be drawn between this particular case and that of other teacher education institutions in Germany and Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As the main survey instrument, focus groups (Morgan, 1997) were used with different departmental groups of the ZLSB, such as the Student Office, the digitisation department, and seconded teachers. Focus groups are used for the evaluation and further development of products and services, for the evaluation of certain measures and their improvement, for the analysis of diversity of opinion and for acceptance analyses. The focus group method originated in market research in the 1920s. Later, the focus group interview (Merton, 1987) and group discussions were developed in cultural studies, which marked a development from market research to empirical social research. Today, there are various types of focus groups, which can be located somewhere between a conversation, workshop and group interview and can be defined as a form of survey in which communication processes are initiated by others in a group, which at least in some phases approximate a normal conversation in terms of their process and structure (cf. Loos et. al., 2012). What all forms have in common is that researchers see themselves "as agents of change in the field they are researching" (Schäffer, 2012: 349) and, in their role, provide moderating support, observe with restraint and steer focused and targeted interventions. „Any group discussion may be called a focus group as long as the researcher is actively encouraging of, and attentive to, the group interaction” (Barbour, 2007: 2). Focus groups can therefore be categorized as responsive approaches to evaluation research, in which the "impact" (Barbour, 2007: 93) of participation in a focus group and the "debriefing" (ibid.: 95f) are part of the research process. These characteristics of focus groups distinguish the highly structured survey method, in which a developed guideline with questions is dealt with, from the equally established method of group discussion. Focus groups remain at the first level of meaning (cf. Freeman, 2013) and are well suited for educational research, resp. Teacher education research (Flores et. al., 1995) and to the analysis of organizational processes or structural analyses. In our case study, we also used vignettes as case descriptions that thematize dilemmatically exaggerated situations, such as current headlines from education policy as discussion starters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper, we present the whole institution sustainability process of the ZLSB in general and the results of the focus groups in detail with a critical reflection of our roles and the normative requirements of such an organizational development process. We highlight the importance of engaging with diverse actors, and their situated perspectives and priorities in relation to sustainability, as part of meaningful processes of implementation and change. This qualitative study of situated perspectives and practices of sustainability and ESD at the ZLSB, illuminates convergences and particularities between different actors and contexts of practice, and the need to accompany 'top-down' sustainability strategies with opportunities for local level reflection, dialogue and action planning. Further, the focus groups reported on in this presentation provided a framework for reflection and dialogue around sustainability and ESD within departments of the ZLSB at Dresden University. Analysis of focus group data allowed for the identification of particular and cross-cutting priorities, needs and resources and supports individual, departmental and institutional action-planning towards the institutional implementation of sustainability and ESD. In addition, focus group data and data gathered through other research activities allow for the documentation and analysis of the process as a whole. Ultimately, the research will generate a case study of the whole institution process at the ZLSB. This will be shared within TU Dresden, and across teacher education institutions in Germany and Europe through a series of publications, including a practitioner brochure on integrating ESD in initial teacher education to be published in 2024, conference papers and academic publications. References Barbour, R. (2007). Doing Focus Groups Brock, A. et. al. (2019). Quantitative Study in the National Monitoring – Survey of Teaching Staff. Executive Summary. Weltaktionsprogramme BNE. Common Worlds Research Collective (CWRC) (2023). Learning to Become with the World: Education for Future Survival. In Hutchinson, Y. et. al. (eds) (2023), Decolonizing Education for Sustainable Futures. Bristol Studies in Comparative and International Education. Pp. 49-66 Council of the European Union (CoE) (2022) Council Recommendation on learning for the green transition and sustainable development 2022/C 243/01 Evans, N. et. al. (2017). Approaches to embedding sustainability in teacher education: A synthesis of the literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 405–417. Flores, J. G. et. al. (1995). Using focus groups in educational research: Exploring teachers’ perspectives on educational change. Evaluation Review, 19, 84–101. Freemann, M. (2013). Meaning Making and Understanding. in Focus Groups: Affirming Social and Hermeneutic Dialogue. Counterpoints, 354, 131–148. Holst, J. et. al. (2022). Nachhaltigkeit und BNE im Hochschulsystem: Stärkung in Gesetzen und Zielvereinbarungen, ungenutzte Potentiale bei Curricula und der Selbstverwaltung. Kurzbericht des Nationalen Monitorings zur Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (BNE). Klein, J. T. (2017). Typologies of interdisciplinarity: The boundary work of definition. In R. Frodeman (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Interdisciplinarity (2nd ed.) (pp. 21–34). Kohl, K. et. al. (2022). "A whole-institution approach towards sustainability: a crucial aspect of higher education’s individual and collective engagement with the SDGs and beyond", International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, Vol. 23 No. 2, pp. 218-236. Loos, P. et. al. (2012). Das Gruppendiskussionsverfahren in der Forschungspraxis. 2nd edition. Merton, R. K. (1987). The focussed interview and focus group: Continuities and discontinuities. Public Opinion Quarterly, 51, 550–556. Morgan, D. L. (1997). Focus groups as qualitative research (Second edition). Pirbhai-Illich, F. et al. (2023). Decolonizing Educational Relationships: Practical Approaches for Higher and Teacher Education. Sächsisches Staatsministerium für Kultus (SMK) (2019) Anregungen für Bildungsanbietende zum Umgang mit BNE-Qualitätsstandards. Umsetzung „Sächsische Landesstrategie Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (BNE)“, Kapitel 9 „Qualitätssicherung“ Schäffer, B. (2012). Gruppendiskussionsverfahren und Focus Groups. In B. Schäffer & O. Dörner (Eds.), Handbuch Qualitative Erwachsenen- und Weiterbildungsforschung. (pp. 347–362) Sterling, S. (2001). Sustainable Education: Re-Visioning Learning and Change (Schumacher Briefing, 6, Band 6) United Nations (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. UN General Assembly Resolution 70/1. UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. International Commission on the Futures of Education 188 pages 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Bridging Sustainability Education Research and Practice. Exploring the Potential of Lesson Design Workshops 1Uppsala University; 2Gent University; 3Uppsala University; 4Uppsala University Presenting Author:Many environmental and sustainability education (ESE) researchers have a strong commitment to improving ESE practice. Building capacities of educators to shape and implement high quality ESE is also an important policy objective. It has been put forward as a ‘priority action area’ in UNESCO’s Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in 2014 as well as its follow-up framework, the ESDfor2030 Roadmap (UNESCO 2020) that is currently informing international efforts to promote and improve teaching and learning about sustainability issues. This paper explores varied ways in which transdisciplinary collaboration between ESE researchers and teachers can contribute to this ambition. We discuss the potential and possible pitfalls of diverse existing approaches to bridging research and practice and propose a novel methodology, Lesson Design Workshops (LDW). This is an approach for cooperation between researchers and teachers that is focused on co-creating educational products (lesson plans and teaching materials) and holds potential to improve ESE practice by, simultaneously, designing high-quality lessons and building educators’ sustainability teaching capacities as well as improving the didactical models used in the co-creation. Through a case study of a LDW on fostering capabilities for argumentation about sustainability issues, we empirically explore these potentials. Collaborative settings that aim to bridge educational theory and practice have taken shape in varied ways. In this paper, we discuss ‘Lesson studies’ (Duez 2018, Gordon 2019), ‘Learning studies’ (Marton and Booth 1997, Kullberg et al. 2019), ‘Design-based research’ (Anderson & Shattuck 2012), and ‘Didactical dialogue’ (Olin et al 2023). What these practices share, is that, in contrast to traditional in-service training, they are designed for collaboration and participation, considering teachers and their knowledge and experiences as valuable resources. Thus, they acknowledge crucial differences between research-based knowledge and professional knowledge (McIntyre 2005). According to Bates (Schön 2019) practitioners want solutions to their teaching problems, while researchers seek new knowledge. Thus, scientific knowledge is seen as not directly useful for teachers unless it is transformed and/or contextualised to the specific teaching practice. The methodology of LDW shares these assumptions. Like the other abovementioned methodologies, LDW takes departure in a specific teaching challenge that needs further attention in order to improve students’ learning. It shares with Lesson studies its focus on lessons. Similar to Lesson studies and Didactic dialogue, the methodology does not see a collaboration on doing research as a means for theory-practice bridging. While LDW shares a focus on the transdisciplinary process with Didactic dialogue, the difference is that in LDW this dialogue is mainly used for co-creating educational products. Like Design-based research LDW are not connected to one theory but are theory neutral. What is unique about LDW, is its focus on transdisciplinary co-creation of educational products, i.e. lesson plans, as a mean for theory-practice bridging. These can be said to be one of teachers knowledge products (Runesson & Gustafsson, 2012). Sharing and refining them over time makes accumulation possible. Since lesson plans developed in LDW are a product of a hybridisation between scientific and professional knowledge, the theory-practice bridging becomes materialised in a product that is central in the profession of teaching and therefore is directly useful. In this paper we explore how the specific characteristics of LDWs can contribute to bridging research and practice. We do not only address how it can improve lesson design and foster capacity building, but also pay attention to how also research models can benefit from such transdisciplinary collaboration. The focus of our investigation is on how didactic modelling (Hamza, Palm & Wickman, 2018) contributes to the hybridisation of scientific and practical knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We present a case study on a LDW in engineering education focused on improving the quality of students’ argumentation about sustainability issues. Data are gathered through interviews, participatory observation, and document analysis. We conducted and analysed a series of 5 LDW meetings with a group of lecturers in electromechanical engineering in a Belgian University. These were organised on demand, as the teachers expressed challenges regarding how to (re)design their teaching practices in view of fostering students’ capabilities to develop high-quality argumentation on sustainability topics and how to evaluate their performance. In the LDW, we work with a didactic model inspired by Stephen Toulmin’s (1958) work on quality arguments and how it has been applied in didactic research (Rudsberg et al. 2013). Starting from a customisable evaluation rubric for assessing oral and written student work, a back-casting exercise results in the (re)design of lesson plans and teaching materials tailored to the participants’ teaching context. Using transactional didactic theory (Östman et al. 2019a,b) as analytical models, we analyse whether and how the participants in the LDW were able to redesign their educational practices in a way that helped them to overcome the teaching challenges they were facing. That is, we investigate if and how the design of the LDWs (the tools and models used, the tasks performed, the facilitator’s interventions, etc.) helped them to overcome problematic situations. The analytical work is guided by the question how the ‘dramaturgy’ of the LDW setting (its ‘scripting’, ‘staging’, and ‘performance’ – Van Poeck and Östman 2022) affects the participants’ experimentation and reflection, as well as the educational products that result from that. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results show how the LDW methodology as a way of bridging research and practice can contribute to, both, improving lesson design and building capacity for sustainability teaching. We also shed light on vital conditions for that and possible pitfalls. Our analysis shows in a detailed way how the research-inspired didactical models (on argumentation) and didactical tools (e.g. assessment rubric) used in the LDW are vital for aiding participants ‘reflection-in-action’ (Schön 1991) and experimentation. The latter, resulting in a re-design of educational practice, can be understood as a form of ‘professional modelling’ (Schön 1991). We observed the re-design of student assignments and the content of lectures in a specific course, but also curriculum reform in the bachelor programme of which the course was part. We did also analyse the change of the didactical models used in the co-creation as part of professional modelling. Building on the results of the exploratory case study, we discuss the potential of the LDW methodology for bridging theory and practice in comparison to ‘Lesson studies’ (Duez 2018, Gordon 2019), ‘Learning studies’ (Marton and Booth 1997, Kullberg et al. 2019), ‘Design-based research’ (Anderson & Shattuck 2012), and ‘Didactical dialogue’ (Olin et al 2019). References Anderson. T. & Shattuck. J. (2012). Design-Based Research: A Decade of Progress in Education Research? Educational Researcher, 41, (1), 16–25. UNESCO (2014). Roadmap for Implementing the Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/1674unescoroadmap.pdf UNESCO (2020). Education for sustainable development: a roadmap. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802.locale=en Duez, E. (2018). Global Applications of the Japanese ‟Lesson Study”. Teacher Education and Training Model. International Dialogues on Education, 5(1), 65-73 Gordon Győri J. (2019). Lesson and learning studies—An edifying story. Eur J Educ., 54, 167–174. Hamza, K., Palm, O. & Wíckman, P-O (2018). Hybridization of practices in teacher–researcher collaboration European Educational Research Journal, Vol. 17(1), 170–18. Kullberg, A., Vikström, A. & Runesson, U. (2019). Mechanisms enabling knowledge production in learning study. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 2046-8253 DOI 10.1108/IJLLS-11-2018-0084 McIntyre, D. (2005). Bridging the gap between research and practice. Cambridge Journal of Education 35(3), 357–382. Marton, F. & Booth, S. (1997). Learning and Awareness. Lawrence Erlbaum: Mahwah, NJ. Olin, A., Almqvist, J. & Hamza, K. (2023). To recognize oneself and others in teacher-researcher collaboration. Educational Action Research, 31(2), 248–264. Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. & Öhman, J. (2019a). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. & Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 127-139. Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. & Öhman, J. (2019b). A transactional theory on sustainability teaching: Teacher moves. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. & Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 140-152. Rudsberg, K., Öhman, J. & Östman, L. 2013. Analyzing Students’ Learning in Classroom Discussions about Socioscientific Issues. Science Education, 97(4), 594-620. Runesson, U, & Gustafsson, G. (2012). Sharing and developing knowledge products from Learning Study. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 1(3), 245-260. Schön, D. A. (1991). The reflective practitioner. London: Routledge. Toulmin, S.E. 1958. The uses of argument. New York: Cambridge University Press. Van Poeck, K. & Östman, L. (2022). The Dramaturgy of Facilitating Learning Processes: A Transactional Theory and Analytical Approach. In: Garrison, J., Öhman, J, Östman, L. (Eds.) Deweyan Transactionalism in Education: Beyond Self-action and Inter-action. Bloomsburry Academic, 123-136. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 04 B: Becoming Inclusive in ESE Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Karen Jordan Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Sustainability Education in a Diverse Classroom University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:This paper reports on an on-going project where we follow sustainability education in an upper secondary school where the student group is composed of adults with a migrant background. In this school they are called “participants” rather than “pupils” to emphasize their status as adults. For the past three years the school has organized an interdisciplinary sustainability week where students and teachers spend all available time on project related activities. The topics for the sustainability week have been broad: “clothes”,“water” and “food”. Diversity is the norm at this school, and the classrooms are filled with people talking together in many different languages, while Norwegian is being used as the teaching language. The participants’ Norwegian competency varies, but students need to pass a minimum competency level. When students and teachers learn about and explore sustainability issues during the sustainability week, they bring with them knowledge and experiences from previous education as well as multilingual language resources, concepts and vocabularies. They also enter a situation where they are to discuss complex issues across their differences in a language that only the teacher fully masters. This classroom context accentuates the complexity of sustainability issues education. Not only are the topics contentious and complicated in the way they connect micro and macro perspectives on society, nature, economy, politics and culture, but the didactical opportunity structure is contingent upon the linguistic and cultural diversity of the classroom. Our study is guided by three research questions, and we ask:
One easily observable feature of sustainability discourse is the positioning of a broad, human ‘we’ who now face the crises caused by global warming and loss of biodiversity. This broadly formulated ‘we’ has been criticized for obscuring how global inequity and injustice position people in different places differently. Bylund and Knutsson (2020) show how sustainability education is conducted in ways that reflect and naturalize existing privileges and structures of (economic) domination and disadvantage. Pashby and Sund (2020) make a similar observation that Environmental and Sustainability Education reproduce a ‘we’ situated in the global north that is construed as providing knowledge of, and solutions to, problems of the Global South. Colonial path dependencies do have an impact also on education systems, and Andreotti (2016, p. 102) describes how the concept of the nation state is presented as a given and benevolent category that elevates it “to a place beyond critique”. In our study, we follow a classroom in the global north where the majority of the students have origins in the global south, which gives an opportunity to explore the construction of subject positions taking place in ESD and the characteristics ascribed to Norway’s practices and responsibility for sustainable development. The construction of subject positions taking place in classroom discourse will influence on the status of the participants’ knowledge and previous experiences from education, employment, politics and daily life in their countries of origin. To analyze the status and use of various knowledge sources, we draw on literature from multilingualism studies (García & Li, 2014). The concept of epistemic justice enables us to construct migrant students as knowers and producers of knowledge (Kerfoot & Bello-Nonjengele, 2022). While multilingual approaches in education provide access in a language students master allowing them to make epistemic contributions, Kerfoot and Bello-Nonjengele (2022) argue that this is not enough to obtain epistemic justice as “hierarchies of value and relations of knowing [are left] unchallenged” (p. 3). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The setting of our study is a formal adult education center in a large city in Norway. Students come from Afghanistan, Colombia, India, Syria, Thailand, and Turkey, and are between 25 and 50 years old. All have obtained permanent residency, but their time in Norway varies from a few years to more than ten years. The teacher has long experience with teaching adult migrants. The paper is based on qualitative analysis of classroom observations in combination of interviews with student participants, teachers and school leadership. We were present in the classroom throughout the sustainability week organized at the school in 2023 and conducted interviews with selected participants and the main teacher for this class. Interviews with the school leadership have informed us about the upstart of the sustainability week in 2022, and for 2024 we will have a focus group with teachers to learn more about their perspectives. Our analyses are theoretically informed by literatures on multilingualism and environmental and sustainability education. Our analytical strategies build on poststructural discourse analysis (Laclau & Mouffe, 2014) and center around concepts such as hegemony, signs, floating signifiers and subject positions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We find several available subject positions articulated in classroom discourse. In group work and classroom discussions, the notion of the responsible citizen who contributes to sustainability by saving water is recurring. It is sometimes countered by the critical citizen who points out that without structural change, individual actions mean very little. Participants’ experiences from their countries of origin are often made sense of as part of a discourse on development rather than sustainability. One example is how it was necessary to save water, as water was a scarce resource. However, in the classroom context, the dominating student subject position appear to be as resident and part of Norwegian civil society. Previous knowledge, experiences and languages are recognized, but never positioned at the center of discussion. The Norwegian nation state is constructed as good and benevolent and as a contributor of technological knowledge and resources to the global south. Norwegian production of oil and gas and overconsumption are not being addressed. References Andreotti, V. (2016). The educational challenges of imagining the world differently. Canadian Journal of Development Studies/Revue canadienne d'études du développement, 37(1), 101-112. Bylund, L., & Knutsson, B. (2020). The Who? Didactics, differentiation and the biopolitics of inequality. Utbildning & Demokrati–tidskrift för didaktik och utbildningspolitk, 29(3), 89-108. García, O., & Li Wei. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Palgrave Macmillan. Kerfoot, C., & Bello-Nonjengele, B. O. (2022). Towards epistemic justice: Constructing knowers in multilingual classroom. Applied Linguistics, 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amac049 Laclau, E., & Mouffe, C. (2014). Hegemony and socialist strategy: Towards a radical democratic politics (Vol. 8). Verso Books. Pashby, K., & Sund, L. (2020). Decolonial options and challenges for ethical global issues pedagogy in northern Europe secondary classrooms. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 4(1), 66-83. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Young People’s Perspectives and Experiences Around Climate Change and Sustainability: Implications for Cultivating Nature-Connectedness in Education 1IOE, UCL’s Faculty of Education and Society, UK; 2Department of Education, University of Oxford, UK Presenting Author:Climate change and sustainability education can be understood as broad, pluralistic approaches to education that aim to generate understanding of the wide-ranging, interconnected, environmental and social issues that are defining our time, and that support peoples’ capabilities for acting in response to those issues. Climate change education in particular is a ‘hyper-complex’ concept (Læssøe et al., 2009) as it brings two independently complex concepts of ‘education’ and ‘climate change’ together. Greer and Glackin (2021, pp.16-17) set out six qualities of a meaningful educational response to climate change, arguing that quality climate change education should: ‘offer and be open to alternatives’; ‘accept and embrace complexity’; ‘develop ecological worldviews’; ‘re-orient towards justice’; ‘incorporate multiple types of knowledge’ ; and ‘recognise and support students as agents of change’. The final quality requires students to be repositioned from mere recipients of knowledge to recognising them as ‘collaborators in society’s transformation’. Therefore, the development of climate change and sustainability education (CCSE) ought to engage with young people’s perspectives and experience in meaningful ways. In 2022, the Department for Education (DfE, 2022) launched the Sustainability and climate change strategy for the education which sets out the UK Government’s commitment to providing CCSE for children and young people in England which “Makes a difference to children and young people all over the world”. While this is a laudable aim, research suggests teachers do not currently feel equipped to provide the CCSE required by the strategy; for example, Greer et al. (2023) found there was lack of initial teacher education (ITE) and professional development related to CCSE (e.g., less than half of teachers reported any formal professional development). Dunlop and Rushton’s (2022) analysis of the DfE’s strategy identifies differences between priorities of the strategy and those of teachers. Whilst this teacher survey provides one lens on CCSE, there remains a need to find out directly about young people’s perceptions and understandings of CCSE in order to provide a more comprehensive youth-led contribution to policy and practice in England and globally. Our research was designed to connect an understanding of young people’s perspectives on CCSE, with their feelings about climate change and connections to nature, which have been typically focussed upon within separate research studies or surveys. For example, the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health (RCPCH, 2023) published a report on ‘young people’s perspectives on how to tackle climate change’ which represents the views of over 95,000 children and young people, showed that children globally are experiencing “eco-anxiety” fuelled by climate change concerns. Whilst the Climate of Change (2021) poll conducted by Ipsos surveyed more than 22,000 people aged 15-23 years old across 23 European countries and found that 84% of young people were worried about climate change and 65% considered that it will affect them directly. The development of the survey was guided by the following research questions:
Whilst this research is anchored by the contributions of the young people, we decentred the human as we have taken a posthuman approach to questioning the ways in which entanglements with the more-than-human lifeworlds are visible, underdeveloped or absent in broader perceptions of CCSE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these research questions, we undertook a survey of children and young people in school years 7-9 (aged 11-14) in England. National surveys that incorporate questions on climate change (e.g., Climate of Change (2010) poll; European Social Survey (2020)) typically only include young people over the age of 15 years old. It is noted that earlier in childhood could be a critical point to seek young peoples’ perspectives given that children from age 11 are seen to become interested in societal and global issues (Holden, 2007). Key principles guiding the administration and layout of the survey were that it would be easy to complete, attractive and uncomplicated. The development of the questionnaire was an iterative process that involved research team discussion, literature review, item drafting, peer review and piloting, and concurrent development of analysis methods. The questionnaire was peer reviewed by teachers with expertise across secondary education. We then conducted a formal pilot with a class of Year 8 (age 12-13, n=30) students in a school to ensure coherence and useability. The final questionnaire comprised questions organised in four sections: i) students’ understandings of climate change and sustainability; ii) students’ perceptions of and engagement with climate change and sustainability in school, iii) students’ pro-environmental behaviour; iv) students’ connection with nature; and v) demographic information, including gender, ethnicity and socio-economic status. Questions included a combination of matrix, multiple choice questions and free text or open-ended questions. The final questionnaire was administered using Qualtrics software and took 20-30 minutes to complete via an electronic device. The questionnaire was open to students in England for nine weeks, predominantly administered by class teachers in school. We used non-probability, convenience sampling; the questionnaire was promoted across a range of networks, including through our network of 600 partnership schools. Incentives were offered in the form of two randomly drawn prizes (£30 Amazon voucher each) for students. This project followed BERA (2018) ethical guidelines and was awarded ethical approval by the University Ethics Committee. Data analysis was undertaken for quantitative data using descriptive and inferential statistics. All qualitative data were transcribed and coded using thematic content analysis. Thematic content approach drew upon both inductive (revealing common themes as emerging from the data and their prevalence) and deductive (considering whether/how existing themes are present within the data) approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The survey was administered in Spring 2024, allowing us to present results in the Summer at ECER. The data brings together a rich data-set on young people’s perceptions of CCSE in England, particularly with regard to their experience of the formal, school-based curriculum, and their engagement with nature. Whilst some data about student attitudes exist from informal surveys, we address the lack of a national picture; collection of demographic data, including gender, ethnicity and socio-economic status, allows us to further understand patterns of young people’s perceptions in relation to these characteristics. The survey of young people is further paired with our survey of teachers in England undertaken in 2022 (Greer et al., 2023), thereby enabling us to bring together data from those responsible for the education of the next generation and the next generation whose lives are inextricably entangled with the effects of and efforts to address climate change and sustainability. This brings insights into the connections between young people’s sense of agency and possibilities of constructive hope that exist between educators and young people (Kelsey, 2016; Ojala, 2011) Our analysis of the survey data provides a foundation for international dialogue about the priorities for meaningful CCSE grounded by young people’s perspectives and experiences. Through this, we additionally address the unrealised potential for cultivating nature-connectedness to shape future trajectories of educational practices that bring attunement between teachers, young people and more-than-human lifeworlds. References Climate of Change. (2021). Climate greater worry than COVID-19 for young Europeans, new poll finds https://climateofchange.info/climate-greater-worry-than-covid-19-for-young-europeans-new-poll-finds/ DfE. (2022). Sustainability and climate change: a strategy for the education and children’s services systems. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainability-and-climate-change-strategy (Accessed 31 January, 2024). Dunlop, L., & Rushton, E. A. (2022). Putting climate change at the heart of education: Is England's strategy a placebo for policy? British Educational Research Journal, 48(6), 1083-1101. European Social Survey (2020). ESS Round 10 Source Questionnaire. London: ESS ERIC Headquarters c/o City, University of London. Greer, K. and Glackin, M. (2021). ‘What ‘counts’ as climate education? Perspectives from policy influencers’. School Science Review, 383, pp.16-22. Greer, K., Sheldrake, R., Rushton, E., Kitson, A., Hargreaves, E., & Walshe, N. (2023). Teaching climate change and sustainability: A survey of teachers in England. University College London: London, UK. Holden, C. (2007). Young people’s concerns. In D. Hicks & C. Holden (Eds.), Teaching the global dimension: Key principles and effective practice (pp. 31–42). Routledge. Jickling, B. and Blenkinsop, S. (2020). ‘Wilding Teacher Education: Responding to the Cries of Nature’. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 23(1), pp. 121-138. Kelsey, E. (2016). Propagating collective hope in the midst of environmental doom and gloom. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education (CJEE), 21, 23-40. Læssøe, J., Schnack, K., Breiting, S. and Rolls, S. Climate Change and Sustainable Development: The Response from Education CROSS-NATIONAL REPORT (Danish School of Education, University of Aarhus, Denmark). Available at: http://dpu.dk/RPEHE and http://edusud.dk 2009 (Accessed 31 January 2024). Ojala, M. (2012). Hope and climate change: The importance of hope for environmental engagement among young people. Environmental education research, 18(5), 625-642. RCPCH (2023) Preserving the world for future generations: Children and young people’s perspectives on how to tackle climate change. Available at: https://www.rcpch.ac.uk/sites/default/files/2023-10/climate-change-cyp-voice-report-final.pdf (Accessed 21 January, 2024). 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Video “We Wanted to Be Brave”: Co-Creating Teacher Learning Spaces that Enhance Pedagogical Practices in Teaching about Environmental Sustainability Teachers College, Columbia Uni, United States of America Presenting Author:Into today’s climate, children and youth are faced with constant uncertainties that relate to realities of environmental and social crises. In the case of one of these issues, climate change, studies have found that children and youth are often misinformed or not informed about actions, attitudes, and behaviors that contribute to “unsustainable patterns…that exceed the capacities of the Earth’s ecological systems” (Rousell, & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, 2020, p. 191) and that fail to foster healthy habits that encourage deep understanding and dedication for environmental sustainability. Children and youth need access to spaces that offer opportunities to critically explore and deeply understand the issues we all face, and teachers need support in developing strategies for making these spaces accessible and available. While many teachers recognize the importance of teaching about these topics, many struggle with a challenge of understanding what it looks like to effectively support students in developing the understandings, skills, and habits necessary to nurture seeds of real change (Rousell, & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, 2020). Equally important is the work of teacher educators as they consider how to support pre-service teachers in learning how to meaningfully foster student learning around issues that are so universally critical (Favier, Van Gorp, Cyvin, & Cyvin, J. 2021). This longitudinal, ethnographic case study focuses on the learning of a group of teachers (the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team) who are engaged in the challenge of developing pedagogical practices that directly and deeply connect students to environmental issues that impact us all. The study offers one example of teachers who are seeking to untangle questions of teaching and learning in the context of a real issue (environmental sustainability) and the journey of the group as they have devised, implemented, reflected on, and then revised curriculum and pedagogical practices through in multiple iterations. Members of the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team work at a variety of schools in New York City. The curriculum they designed prioritizes hands-on, project-based learning that emphasized an inquiry into the health of local waterways. Students engage in cycles of place-based scientific fieldwork, data analysis, and synthesis. In addition to exploring these dilemmas in their own work, the group also created space for pre-service teachers to work alongside them as they engaged in this messy and imperfect work. This added complexity and also richness to the experience as members of the team learned from each other and pushed themselves to take pedagogical risks that were designed to enhance student connections to hands-on, field-based curriculum that was designed to explore environmental sustainability. The research questions related to this study are: 1. What do teachers do together in a space where they are attempting to reimagine the boundaries of what teaching and learning look like, especially in the context of elevating the importance issues such as climate change with students? 2. As they reflect on multiple year-long iterations of creation, implementation, reflection, and revision as members of the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team, how do teachers talk about their own evolution as professionals? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was developed and designed using principles of qualitative community-based research, including that (1) it is collaborative in nature; (2) employs a critical stance; (3) seeks to generate transformation (Johnson, 2016). In keeping with these tenets the author of this short film project acted as a full participant in the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team with all members participating in different aspects of the research design. Data for this study were collected between 2017 and 2022. A mixture of interviews, artifacts, videos, and documents were collected and then later analyzed. Data analysis for this project were analyzed sequentially, thematically, and through examination of critical instances. These types of analysis were used to cyclically build layers of understanding as patterns emerged from the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A portion of the findings for this study will be presented at this conference in the form of a short film. The aim of the film is to explore the journey of the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team, including their insight about how their experiences as members of the group evolved over time. This includes reflections on the development of a "space" where complex, multi-directional teacher learning happens. Members of the group describe the space as “this really amazing sandbox”, a place for “experimentation”, and as “a community”. While members of the group shared a passion for developing “hands-on” and “fun” ways for students to learn. Developing the curriculum also led to situations where members of the group were pushing back against the norms of their typical teaching context. One member of the group, a veteran teacher reflected on how new teachers often, "get schooled in how school is...and it really takes some of the joy of teaching." In focusing their efforts on building curriculum that would lead to students being deeply engaged in the study of environmental sustainability, the teachers also ended up creating a space where they were able to rediscover the joy. In the form of video presentation, that joy can be seen on the faces of students as they stand in the middle of the river, wearing waders and collecting data. The findings of this study encourage considerations around the development of collaboration of teaching coalitions for purposes of enhancing instruction for students. References Darity, K. & Pratt, S. (2023). “Giving them the opportunity to create”: Planning for Critical Media Literacy in a STEM+C context. heiEDUCATION Journal [Special Issue]. Favier, T., Van Gorp, B., Cyvin, J. B., & Cyvin, J. (2021). Learning to teach climate change: students in teacher training and their progression in pedagogical content knowledge. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 45(4), 594-620. Johnson, L. R. (2016). Community-based qualitative research: Approaches for education and the social sciences. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Rousell, D., & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A. (2020). A systematic review of climate change education: Giving children and young people a ‘voice’and a ‘hand’in redressing climate change. Children's Geographies, 18(2), 191-208. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 31 SES 04 A: Linguistically Responsive Pedagogy Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Claudine Kirsch Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Pedagogies for Linguistic and Cultural Diversity and Social Justice: a Comparative Study of Language Teachers’ Identity Visual Narratives 1University of Lisbon, Portugal; 2Camões, EPE, Instituto da Cooperação e da Língua Presenting Author:Linguistic and cultural diversity in schools and classrooms ‘call[s] into question the language education policies and practices of teachers and schools and their capacity to respond effectively to the challenges of an increasingly linguistically and culturally diverse school population’ (Young, 2018, p. 23). Indeed, schools may be experienced as a process of othering (Szelei, Tinoca & Pinho, 2021) and linguistic injustice, of identity silencing and hierarchisation (Spotti & Kroon, 2015; Vervaet et al. 2018). Such processes endanger the materialisation of an inclusive school and the living of a full multilingual citizenship (Stroud, 2018). Piller (2016) problematises the mainstream curriculum regarding issues of linguistic justice, which emphasises that schools and teachers are asked to counter-act processes of linguistic subordination and invisibility of plural identities. Against this background, social justice, equity, and inclusion continue to be critical topics in the field of initial teacher education and teacher professional development, in the context of which scholars advocate the adoption of social justice perspectives with transformative approaches regarding diversity in education (McDonald and Zeichner, 2009; Pantić & Florian, 2015). It is believed that this may be a route to foster future and experienced teachers’ critical awareness of sociocultural and sociolinguistic oppressive teaching structures and mindsets alongside an educational engagement against such structures (Pijanowski & Brady, 2021). García (2017) underlines the importance of all teachers to question how the concept of language is being legitimised in schools and to develop a critical multilingual awareness, which comprises, on the one hand, the awareness of plurilingualism, and on the other hand, the awareness of how plurilingualism in society may be a result of histories of colonial and imperialistic oppression, and of how language use has been naturalised. Particularly, language teachers are asked to develop new professional landscapes, in the core of which is the need to interpret the socio-linguistic and cultural complexity of educational contexts, and to envisage the role of languages and pedagogy therein. It is not new that teacher cognition (Borg, 2018; Haukås, 2016; Paulsrud, Juvonen & Schalley, 2023) is pointed out as a driving force to understand teachers’ language awareness and conceptualizations of language teaching. Discussing the link between social justice pedagogy and cultural diversity, Pijanowski and Brady (2021), point out the importance of intellectual and dispositional work to support teachers in the adoption of equity and inclusion. Due to principles of social justice and human rights, pedagogies for linguistic and cultural diversity, such as plurilingual and intercultural education, may be disruptive in how pre-service and experience teachers understand their role and language teaching (Piccardo et al., 2022). According to Boylan and Woolsey (2015), referring to teachers’ identity space and social justice, it is important to involve teachers in the discomforting position of confronting their beliefs and dispositions. It is, therefore, important to understand pre-service and experienced language teachers’ authoring and identity work and representations of language teaching, to discuss the place of competing discourses in their identity construction and in professional learning initiatives. In this paper presentation, we seek to analyse a set of visual narratives produced by two groups of language teachers in different national settings (Portugal and Switzerland) in order to answer the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants of the study were 13 English as a Foreign Language (EFL) student teachers enrolled on a professionalising master’s degree for teaching in a Portuguese higher education institution (Group 1), and 53 Portuguese as a Heritage Language (PHL) experienced teachers involved in the Portuguese Teaching Abroad (PTA) network in Switzerland (Group 2). Adopting and arts-based research methodology, the current study took advantage of visual narratives (Kalaja & Melo-Pfeifer, 2019; Pinho, 2023), particularly drawings, as a mediating tool to capture participants’ subjective positionings and identities, particularly as regards plurilingualism and language education. As such, the dataset comprises 39 drawings and written explanations of group 1, gathered in the context of two subject courses – one in the first and the other in the third and last semesters of the degree, between 2016 to 2021 (totalising four cohorts of pre-service teachers); and 64 visual narratives and written explanations of group 2, collected in the context of a three-year professional development project. Regardless of the differences in the timeline, the data collection aimed at gathering the pre- and in-service teachers’ thinking both at the beginning and end of the professional learning situations. Therefore, similar instructions were given to both groups of participants, thus allowing some comparability. Data analysis followed an interpretative approach, according to which we tried to infer and give meaning to the participants’ multimodal discourses. Our main analytical focus was on the content of the visual narratives, which was then complemented by the corresponding written explanations. A first step was to code for themes and then dived in category grouping. Given the purpose of the study, we identified the drawings that explicitly addressed the theme ‘Linguistic and cultural diversity in language education’ in both groups: 16 in group 1 (EFL student teachers) and 8 in group 2 (PHL experienced teachers). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding RQ1, EFL student teacher’s drawings display co-existing, conflicting representations, such as (i) monolingual/-cultural view of classroom communication; (ii) (inter)cultural dimension of foreign language teaching, and (iii) pluri/multilingualism in the classroom. As for the PHL teachers, the drawings’ analysis signals two main representations: (i) oneself as a curator of the Portuguese culture; and (ii) PHL as a site for shared intercultural knowledge construction. About RQ2, teachers’ visual narratives reflect a teacher identity based on ingrained representations of EFL and PHL teaching. While EFL student teachers unveil polarised views and negotiate conflicting subject positions of EFL teaching and themselves as teachers, triggered by learning about plurilingualism and plurilingual education, experienced PHL teachers display a solid representations of language teaching and of their professional identity, resulting from the close interaction with the (social, cultural institutional) contextual professional landscapes and the nature of the learner population. These results will be discussed through the lens of social justice and the role of pedagogies for linguistic and cultural diversity in the promotion of teachers’ plurilingual awareness and identity, and inclusive language teaching practices. References Borg, S. (2003). Teacher cognition in language teaching: A review of research on what language teachers think, know, believe, and do. Language Teaching, 36(2), 81-109. García, O. (2017). Critical multilingual language awareness and teacher education. In J. Cenoz, D. Gorter, & S. May (Eds.), Language awareness and multilingualism (pp. 263-280). Springer. Haukås, Å. (2016). Teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism and a multilingual pedagogical approach. International Journal of Multilingualism, 13(1), 1-18. Kalaja, P., & Melo-Pfeifer, S. (eds.) (2019). Visualising multilingual lives: More than words. Multilingual Matters. McDonald, M., & Zeichner, K. (2009). Social justice teacher education. In W. Ayers, T. Quinn, & D. Stovall (Eds.), Handbook of social justice in education (pp.595-610). Routledge. Pantić, N, & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 333-351. Paulsrud, B., Juvonen, P., & Schalley, A.C. (2023). Attitudes and beliefs on multilingualism in education: Voices from Sweden. International Journal of Multilingualism, 1-18. Piccardo, E., Germain-Rutherford, A., & Lawrence, G. (2022). An introduction to plurilingualism and this handbook. In E. Piccardo, A. Germain-Rutherford, & G. Lawrence (Eds.), The Routledge handbook of plurilingual education (pp. 1–15). Routledge. Pijanowski, J. C., & Brady, K. (2021). Defining social justice in education. In C. A. Mullen (Ed.), Handbook of social justice interventions in education (pp.59-82). Springer. Piller, I. (2016). Linguistic diversity and social justice. Oxford. Pinho, A. S. (2023). Pre-service teachers’ professional identity and representations of EFL: Toward a Dominant Language (Teaching) Constellation? In L. Aronin & S. Melo-Pfeifer (ed.), Language Awareness and Identity (pp.219-245). Springer. Szelei, N., Pinho, A. S., & Tonoca, L. (2021) ‘Foreigners in our schools’: cultural diversity, Othering and the desire for just schooling. Urban Education, 23, 1-31. Spotti, M., & Kroon, S. (2017). Multilingual classrooms in times of superdiversity. In S. Wortham, D. Kim & S. May (eds), Discourse and education (pp.97-109). Dortrecht: Springer. Stroud, C. (2018). Linguistic citizenship. In L. Lim, C. Stroud & L. Wee (eds), The multilingual citizen. Towards a politics of language for agency and change (pp.17-39). Multilingual Matters. Vervaet, R., Van Houtte, M., & Stevens, P. (2018). Multicultural school leadership, multicultural teacher culture and the ethnic prejudice of Flemish pupils. Teaching and Teacher Education, 76, 68-77. Young, A. (2018). Language awareness, language diversity and migrant languages in the primary school. In P. Garret & J. M. Cots (Eds.), The Routledge handbook of language awareness (pp. 23-39). London: Routledge. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Linguistically Responsive Teaching in Teacher Education – Innovative Approaches to Analyzing and Improving Pre-service Teachers’ Beliefs about Multilingualism Leuphana University, Germany Presenting Author:Theoretical background Teachers’ beliefs are defined as perceptions and assumptions regarding school- and class-related phenomena, such as teaching, learning, learners, subject matter, and their role as teachers (Borg, 2001). Teachers’ beliefs guide the teachers’ actions in a professional context and can influence the quality of teaching (Buehl & Beck, 2014). To date, there have been few, mostly cross-sectional studies on professional beliefs regarding multilingualism in schools. In summary, the following influencing variables were identified: gender, individual multilingualism, teaching experience, and academic background (e.g. Martí & Portolés 2021). From a psychological perspective, the changeability of teachers’ beliefs is controversial (e.g. Nespor 1987). However, some longitudinal studies showed that the systematic influence of knowledge from academic LRT-relevant opportunities to learn (OTL) can cause positive changes in teachers’ beliefs (e.g. Schroedler et al., 2022). In the US region, studies showed that educational experiences like training in cultural diversity or teaching linguistically diverse learners had the ability to reshape teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism (e.g. Fitzsimmons-Doolan et al., 2017). As research has shown that teachers’ beliefs can improve due to OTL, this paper aims to evaluate if participants can move between those belief-based profiles by conducting a Latent Transition Analysis (LTA). To the best of our knowledge, this combination of person- and transition-centering represents an innovative approach to analyzing pre-service teachers’ beliefs on multilingualism. Filling this research gap, our study aims to evaluate and improve LRT-relevant OTL in teacher education. Research questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method This study was conducted with pre-service teachers (N=312) at nine teacher-education universities across Germany in 2020 and 2021. All participants provided informed consent and the study was conducted according to the German Research Foundation guidelines. Data were collected during LRT-relevant teacher training in a pre-post design, which means that we evaluated pre-service teachers’ beliefs in all semesters before and after OTL, focusing on multilingualism and LRT. As mentioned above, the structural and content-related framework of teacher education varies depending on the university. Consequently, there were courses in German as a second language, linguistic diversity in schools, language in subject teaching or multilingualism, and language awareness in general. We used a validated quantitative questionnaire (Fischer, 2020) that consisted of three parts: the pre-service teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism on three scales: (1) valuing family languages other than German, (2) feeling responsible for language teaching, and (3) valuing multilingualism in class (labeling based on Hammer et al. 2018), LRT-relevant OTL during participants’ studies, and their personal and academic background (gender, age, training courses, and teaching subjects). To quantify the pre-service teachers’ beliefs, participants were asked to rate 21 statements about multilingualism on a four-point Likert scale demonstrating their affirmation or disaffirmation: (0) strongly disagree, (1) rather disagree, (2) rather agree, and (3) strongly agree. The Cronbach’s Alpha-coefficients, which measure the internal consistency of the full-scale, present a reliability of αt1=0.836 for the first and a value of αt2=0.876 for the second measurement. Data entry, descriptive analyses, and correlation as well as regression calculations were conducted using the SPSS software, and LTA was carried out in MPlus6. We identified three models that divided the participants into two, three, and four distinct, non-overlapping subgroups (profiles) based on their average responses to the items of the three scales clarified above. The distinct models were compared in terms of their fit indices and proportions of participants. To gain more information about the different profiles of the best model fit, the MPlus data were linked to the SPSS data. We conducted descriptive analyses and analyses of variance on the personal and academic backgrounds of each profile member. Moreover, the probabilities of different transition patterns from one profile to another were analyzed using MPlus and classified as movers or stayers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results There was a highly significant increase in beliefs between the pre- and post-test (Mt1=2.03; SDt1=0.38; Mt2=2.2; SDt2=0.41; d=0.58). Statistical analyses revealed positive correlations between the beliefs and the female gender, primary school as training course, and teaching language subjects. The most relevant factor was shown to be the pre-service teachers’ participation in LRT-relevant OTL, with high attendance leading to a more highly positive belief about multilingualism. Our LTA showed differences between the beliefs, so that three profiles of student teachers were identified: the uninvolved criticals (t1=37%; t2=9%), the responsible controllers (t1=9%; t2 t2=30%), and the consistent supporters (t1=54%; t2=61%). Moreover, our LTA revealed that half of the participants (50.3%) changed their beliefs and moved between profiles after participating in the OTL. Two movement patterns were observed at high frequencies: 28.5% of the participants changed from uninvolved criticals to consistent supporters, and 21.2% moved from consistent supporters to responsible controllers. With 32.7% most of the pre-service teachers who stayed in one profile remained consistent supporters. Almost no movements to the uninvolved criticals (0.6%) occurred, and only a few participants stayed in this profile (8.3%). Scientific significance of the study First, we obtained new information regarding the changeability of teachers’ beliefs owing to LRT-relevant OTL by identifying significantly improved mean scores and movements between the different profiles. Second, the application of an innovative approach allowed further differentiation between distinct types of teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism. Third, this new approach highlighted the potential for further analysis of changes in teachers’ beliefs. Since our findings highlight the positive change in teachers’ beliefs due to LRT-relevant OTL, we recommend designing academic OTL that enable more reflection on pre-service teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism to help them become linguistically and culturally responsive teachers. References Berkel-Otto, L., Hammer, S., Hansen, A., Lemmrich, S., & Schroedler, T. (2021). Multilingualism and teacher education in Germany. In M. Wernicke, S. Hammer, A. Hansen, & T. Schroedler (Ed.), Preparing teachers to work with multilingual learners (pp. 82–103). Multilingual Matters. Blömeke, S. (2017). Modelling teachers’ professional competence as a multi-dimensional construct. In S. Guerriero (Ed.), Pedagogical Knowledge and the Changing Nature of the Teaching Profession (pp. 119–135).OECD. Borg, M. (2001). Teachers’ beliefs. ELT Journal, 55 (2), 186–188. Buehl, M. M., & Beck, J. S. (2014). The relationship between teachers’ beliefs and teachers’ practices. In H. Fives, & G. M. Gill (Ed.), International handbook of research on teachers’ beliefs (pp. 66–84). Routledge. Ehmke, T., & Lemmrich, S. (2018). Bedeutung von Lerngelegenheiten für den Erwerb von DaZ-Kompetenz. In T. Ehmke, S. Hammer, A. Köker, U. Ohm, & B. Koch-Priewe (Ed.), Professionelle Kompetenzen angehender Lehrkräfte im Bereich Deutsch als Zweitsprache (pp. 201–220). Waxmann. Fischer, N. (2020). Skalendokumentation: Sprachlich-kulturelle Heterogenität in Schule und Unterricht. Forschungsdatenzentrum Bildung. Deutsches Institut für Internationale Pädagogische Forschung. Fitzsimmons-Doolan, S., Palmer, D., & Henderson, K. (2017). Educator language ideologies and a top-down dual language program. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 20(6), 704–721. Hammer, S., Viesca, K. M., Ehmke, T., & Heinz, B. E. (2018). Teachers’ beliefs concerning teaching multilingual learners: A cross-cultural comparison between the US and Germany. Research in Teacher Education, 8(2), 6¬–10. Iwuanyamwu, P. N. (2023). Preparing Teachers for Culturally Responsive Education. Indilinga African Journal of Indigenous Knowledge Systems, 22(1), 1–13. Lucas, T., & Villegas, A. M. (2013). Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers: Laying the Foundation in Pre-service Teacher Education. Theory into Practice, 52(2), 98–109. Martí Arnandiz, O., & Portolés Falomir, L. (2021). The effect of individual factors on L3 teachers’ beliefs about multilingual education. Language, Culture, and Curriculum, 35(4), 1–18. Nespor, J. (1987). The role of beliefs in the practice of teaching. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 19(4). 317–328. Prasad, G., & Lory, M.-P. (2020). Linguistic and cultural collaboration in schools: Reconciling majority and minoritized language users. TESOL Quarterly, 54(4), 797–822. Schroedler, T., & Grommes, P. (2019). Learning about Language: Preparing pre-service subject teachers for multilingual classroom realities. Language Learning in Higher Education, 9(1), 223–240. Schroedler, T., Rosner-Blumenthal, H., & Böning, C. (2022). A mixed-methods approach to analysing interdependencies and predictors of pre-service teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism. International Journal of Multilingualism 20(1), 1–20. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper An Exploration of a Teacher's Distribution of Attention and Interaction Opportunities in Early Childhood Education: a Mixed-method Single Case Study Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:Investing in preschool children's language development is critical to adressing educational inequality (Cunningham et al., 2019; Degotardi & Gill, 2017). However, opportunities for interaction are not shared equally (Black, 2004). Teachers’ interactional behaviour is strongly influenced by their perceptions of children (Black, 2004) and the pupil’s social background (Peleman et al., 2020). A narrative review study on language learning across early childhood education (ECE) shows that overheard speech that is not directed to the child does not contribute effectively to children’s language development (Rowe & Snow, 2020). Direct interaction between teacher and child with the full attention of the teacher is therefore a critical factor in language development (Weisleder & Fernald, 2013). The study of teacher attention is an emerging field in educational research, due to the innovative technique of mobile eye tracking. These studies have shown that teacher gaze is not evenly distributed across pupils (İnan-Kaya & Rubie-Davies, 2022; Smidekova et al., 2020). In particular, novice teachers tend to give their undivided attention to a limited number of pupils rather than to all children in the classroom (Cortina et al., 2015; Dessus et al., 2016). Explanations for the uneven distribution are inconsistent. For example, Chaudhuri and colleagues (2022) found that teachers focused primarily on the lowest-achieving pupils in their classrooms, while Dessus and colleagues (2016) found that primary teachers focused significantly more on a 'steering group' consisting primarily of middle- and high-achieving pupils.
Mobile eye tracking has also been used to investigate unconscious mechanisms of inequality. While teachers can largely control their verbal messages, they cannot control their non-verbal communication in the same way (İnan-Kaya & Rubie-Davies, 2022). For instance, eye tracking has been used in previous research to measure teachers' implicit biases, including in early childhood settings (Gilliam et al., 2016; İnan-Kaya & Rubie-Davies, 2022). We hypothesise that implicit bias also influences the teacher’s gaze, given that previous mobile eye tracking research by Gilliam and colleagues (2016) has shown that teachers’ implicit biases based on race and gender influenced their eye gaze.
In attempting to explain teacher attention, a distinction can be made between intentional top-down processes, such as intentionally looking at a particular child during a particular exercise to gather information about their learning processes, and unintentional bottom-up processes, such as student behaviour that disrupts classroom activities (Goldberg et al., 2021; Theeuwes et al., 2000), or unconscious teacher mechanisms, such as teacher bias (Gilliam et al., 2016). Theeuwes and colleagues (2000) write that the intentional top-down processes only secondarily influence the direction of attention. Unintentional processes are of bigger influence. This paper presents a single case study that examines a preschool teacher's distribution of attention and interaction opportunities during two moments of language learning, with a dual aim. First, we want to investigate the teacher's attentional distribution in the context of language learning in early childhood education, with the aim of unravelling the unconscious mechanisms of inequality at the teacher level. Second, we sought to examine the ecological validity of mobile eye tracking by triangulating eye tracking metrics with data collected from alternative sources. RQ1. How is the teacher attention distributed among preschool children during a formal and an informal language learning activity? RQ2. How does teacher attention relate to the quality and quantity of teacher-child interactions? RQ3. What influences the teacher’s attention during language learning, as perceived by the teacher? RQ4. How do the eye tracking metrics relate to the attentional distribution in a real classroom? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a data triangulation approach to realise an explanatory sequential mixed methods single case study design (Onghena et al., 2019). The school was selected on the basis two criteria: being located in an at-risk neighbourhood, which is characterised by socio-economic and linguistic diversity, and having a social mix in the school. Within the classroom four focal children were selected based on two criteria: age and language background. Two monolingual and two multilingual 4-year-olds were randomly selected (n=4). In order to describe these pupils, the teacher’s perceptions and expectations were investigated. The teacher was asked to describe the focal children based on three dimensions: expectations about language development, perceptions about pupils' sense of belonging (Laevers & Heylen, 2013), and expectations about pupils' social skills (Cassidy & Asher, 1992). Mobile eye tracking was used to answer RQ1, using the Tobii Pro Glasses 2 with a one-point calibration system and a data rate of 50 Hz. The four children are individually identified as the teacher's areas of interest (AOIs). Two classroom activities were videotaped, in order to capture both formal and informal language learning: interactive book reading and fruit eating. To answer RQ2, these activities were transcribed, and the interactions were coded and analysed. In RQ3, the eye tracking metrics are accompanied by a stimulated recall interview (SRI) with the teacher. The teacher was asked to watch her own video recordings made by the glasses immediately after the eye tracking data collection. The purpose of the SRI was to explore why the teacher's attention was drawn to certain children at certain times and to give deeper meaning to the eye tracking data . To answer RQ4, video observations were conducted over two school days. Eye-tracking analysis software, Imotions, was used to perform fixation mapping in combination with manual mapping by the researcher. Raw eye tracking metrics are reported (RQ1), such as dwell time, which represents the number of seconds the teacher focuses on the child. Video recordings of language learning moments were transcribed verbatim and coded using a literature-based coding scheme (RQ2) (Justice et al., 2018; Tsybina et al., 2006; Vanparys et al., 2023; Verhallen & Walst, 2011). A qualitative content analysis was conducted to analyse the SRI (RQ3). To investigate the ecological validity (RQ4), the real-classroom video observations were coded using the coding scheme described above. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Eye tracking revealed an uneven distribution of teacher attention (Chaudhuri et al., 2022; Dessus et al., 2016; Haataja et al., 2021). The data show a complex picture of what influenced teacher attention. At the centre of this picture is the child whose initial language skills, courage to speak and teacher’s perceptions and expectations all contribute to uneven teacher behaviour. Connections emerged between the quality of interactions and the distribution of attention. The quality and quantity of interactions, measured by the number of strategies such as open and closed questions, recasts or expansions are related to the dwell time. Results of the interview data suggest an explanation for the uneven distribution. Intentional processes, such as pursuing a learning goal, and unintentional processes, such as responding to a child-initiated interaction, could be identified (Goldberg et al., 2021; Theeuwes et al., 2000). Cross-coding revealed a contrast in the use of intentional and unintentional processes. Unintentional processes were more frequently used to explain the focus on the proficient child, whereas intentional processes were used to explain the focus on the less proficient children. This suggests a conscious effort to regulate conversations and achieve a balanced distribution of attention. However, in line with previous research (Theeuwes, 2010), the results show that unintentional processes may direct attention more than intentional processes. This highlights the need for teachers to become aware of attentional processes and to promote awareness of inequalities that teachers may be unconsciously contributing to (Breese et al., 2023). This single case study provides valuable insights into the underlying mechanisms that contribute to unequal language development opportunities in ECE. The similarity of results between mobile eye tracking and real classroom observations, suggests that eye tracking is an ecologically valid data collection method that can be used to investigate teacher attention and preschoolers' opportunities for interaction. References Cunningham, J. E., Zimmerman, K. N., Ledford, J. R., & Kaiser, A. P. (2019). Comparison of measurement systems for collecting teacher language data in early childhood settings. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 49, 164–174. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2019.06.008 Black, L. (2004). Differential participation in whole-class discussions and the construction of marginalised identities. Journal of Educational Enquiry, 5(1), 34–54. Peleman, B., Vandenbroeck, M., & Van Avermaet, P. (2020). Early learning opportunities for children at risk of social exclusion. Opening the black box of preschool practice. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1), 21–42. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1707360 Rowe, M. L., & Snow, C. E. (2020). Analyzing input quality along three dimensions: Interactive, linguistic, and conceptual. Journal of Child Language, 47(1), 5–21. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305000919000655 İnan-Kaya, G., & Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2022). Teacher classroom interactions and behaviours: Indications of bias. Learning and Instruction, 78(101516), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2021.101516 Smidekova, Z., Janik, M., Minarikova, E., & Holmqvist, K. (2020). Teachers’ gaze over space and time in a real-world classroom. Journal of Eye Movement Research, 13(4). https://doi.org/10.16910/jemr.13.4.1 Cortina, K. S., Miller, K. F., McKenzie, R., & Epstein, A. (2015). Where Low and High Inference Data Converge: Validation of CLASS Assessment of Mathematics Instruction Using Mobile Eye Tracking with Expert and Novice Teachers. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 13(2), 389–403. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-014-9610-5 Cortina, K. S., Miller, K. F., McKenzie, R., & Epstein, A. (2015). Where Low and High Inference Data Converge: Validation of CLASS Assessment of Mathematics Instruction Using Mobile Eye Tracking with Expert and Novice Teachers. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 13(2), 389–403. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-014-9610-5 Gilliam, W. S., Maupin, A. N., Reyes, C. R., Accavitti, M., & Shic, F. (2016). Do Early Educators’ Implicit Biases Regarding Sex and Race Relate to Behavior Expectations and Recommendations of Preschool Expulsions and Suspensions? Yale University Child Study Center. Goldberg, P., Schwerter, J., Seidel, T., Müller, K., & Stürmer, K. (2021). How does learners’ behavior attract preservice teachers’ attention during teaching? Teaching and Teacher Education, 97, 103213. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103213 Theeuwes, J. (2010). Top–down and bottom–up control of visual selection. Acta Psychologica, 135(2), 77–99. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actpsy.2010.02.006 Chaudhuri, S., Muhonen, H., Pakarinen, E., & Lerkkanen, M.-K. (2022). Teachers’ visual focus of attention in relation to students’ basic academic skills and teachers’ individual support for students: An eye-tracking study. Learning and Individual Differences, 98, 102179. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2022.102179 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Linguistically Responsive Pedagogy: Finnish Teachers’ Knowledge and Reported Practices 1University of Stockholm, Department of Slavic and Baltic Studies Finnish Dutch and German; 2Arctic University of Norway, Department of Finnish and Kven Language; 3Kokkola University Consortium Chydenius, University of Jyväskylä Presenting Author:As the number of multilingual students continues to increase worldwide, the role of languages in learning is taking center stage in education. Studies have shown a significant gap in learning outcomes between students with a migration background and majority-language speakers in many OECD countries (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development), including Finland (Hiltunen et al., 2023). Students with a migration background often face a range of educational obstacles, including learning gaps, challenges in transitions, and lower educational attainment compared with the majority peers (Borgna, 2017). Thus, it is of utmost importance to find sustainable solutions to improve the learning outcomes of students with a migrant background. Learning a new language takes time, and attaining academic language proficiency may take up to five to seven years (Cummins, 2021). In today’s linguistically diverse schools, we must look beyond traditional language teaching to gain a deeper understanding of the role languages play in all learning. Teachers play a significant role in making instruction comprehensible for their students. According to theoretical understanding, teaching language and content simultaneously is necessary in order to help students understand and produce language in the ways it is used in different subjects (Schleppegrell et al., 2004). Thus, the Finnish national core curriculum for basic education (Finnish National Agency for Education [EDUFI], 2014) requires language aware pedagogies from all teachers, which, for instance, leads to integrating language and content in teaching. According to our previous studies, this requirement falls under the theoretical framework of linguistically responsive pedagogy (Alisaari et al., 2019; Heikkola et al., 2022; Lucas & Villegas, 2013). The core curriculum (EDUFI, 2014) also encourages teachers to use their students’ all linguistic resources for learning, namely, use multilingual pedagogies in teaching. Although the curriculum for basic education (EDUFI, 2014) requires linguistically responsive pedagogy and multilingual pedagogies from all teachers, there are studies indicating that Finnish teachers have not been sufficiently aware of how to teach multilingual learners, especially before the requirement came into force in 2016. For example, teachers were not aware of the role of language in learning subject content nor language dimensions, i.e. the ways language varies between everyday language, academic language and subject specific language (Alisaari & Heikkola, 2020). Studies from many other countries indicate that globally, teachers’ competencies in supporting multilingual learners are still developing (e.g. Agirdag et al., 2014; Iversen, 2019; Rodríguez-Izquierdo et al., 2020). However, more recent studies are needed to indicate what is the current state of Finnish teachers’ linguistically responsive knowledge. This study focuses on what kind of linguistically responsive knowledge do Finnish teachers have after the curriculum reform. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data were collected in autumn 2021 using an online survey that included both Likert scale items and open-ended questions. The survey was developed based on a survey that we used in 2016 for a similar purpose. The link to the survey and a cover letter were sent by the Ministry of Culture and Education to all local education offices in Finland since it was part of a larger investigation of Finnish- and Swedish-as-a-second-language teaching in Finland. The school districts were asked to forward the survey to teachers working in basic and upper secondary education. In addition, the survey was advertised through social media. Information about the study, its purpose, and the protection of the data were included in the cover letter and on the first page of the online survey. Participants were informed that filling out the survey implied their consent to participate in the study. It was not possible to calculate a participation percentage, as the number of people who received or saw the survey link is unknown. A total of 1,035 teachers participated in the survey, 63% of which (n = 650) answered the open-ended questions. 72% identified as female, 17% as male, and 1% as other, and the mean age was 48. The gender and age structures correspond well with the Finnish teacher population (Kumpulainen, 2017). Finnish was the first language of 92.7%, Swedish of 5.8%, and 1.5% had other first languages. The respondents included primary school teachers (30%), subject teachers from lower and upper secondary schools (46.5%), special education teachers (15.9%), principals (3.2%) and study counsellors (1.9%) and others (2.5%), such as preparatory class teachers and supplemental teachers. All the aforementioned groups have teaching responsibilities in Finland. The data were analysed both quantitatively and qualitatively: In analysing Likert-questions, we used statistical analysis, such as frequencies and factor analysis. For open ended questions, we used qualitative data-driven content analysis (Krippendorf, 2012). The participants’ background factors and their relation to the results of other analysis were investigated by using Cross tabs, Khi square tests, Cramér’s V and z-tests. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis of the data indicates that there has been some positive development in Finnish teachers’ linguistically responsive knowledge after the curriculum reform. However, there are still many areas that need more attention and require improvement by the means of professional development. These will be discussed in more details during the presentation. Four different teacher profiles were identified from the data: 1) teachers that are aware of language learning, 2) teachers that take responsibility of language support, 3) teachers that encourage students to take more active role of their learning and 4) teachers that seek support from other teachers. Teachers’ reported linguistically responsive pedagogy differed remarkably between these four teacher profiles. Teachers’ background factors (e.g. their teaching area, training, teaching experience and the number of immigrant students in their schools) affected teachers’ knowledge and reported linguistically responsive pedagogy. More detailed analysis will be presented in the presentation. This study is relevant in the European context since linguistically responsive pedagogy is recommended in many countries as the European Commission recognizes it as one of the pedagogical approaches to be used in European schools. The results of this study bring valuable information on, e.g. what kind of understandings teachers have on linguistically responsive pedagogy and which teacher groups would benefit the most of professional training, or a more comprehensive change in teacher education. References Agirdag, O., Jordens, K. & Van Houtte, M. (2014). Speaking Turkish in Belgian primary schools: teacher beliefs versus effective consequences. Bilig, 70, 7-28. Alisaari, J. & Heikkola, L. M. (2020). Kielellisesti vastuullista pedagogiikkaa ja oppilaan tukemista – Suomalaisten opettajien käsityksen kielen merkityksestä opetuksessa. [Linguistically responsive pedagogy and supporting students - Finnish teachers’ beliefs regarding the role of language in teaching.] Kasvatus, 4, 395–408. Borgna, C. (2017). Migrant penalties in educational achievement. Second-generation immigrants on Western Europe. Amsterdam University Press Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners: A critical analysis of theoretical claims. Multilingual Matters. Finnish National Agency for Education (EDUFI). (2014). Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteet [Finnish core curriculum for basic education]. Määräykset ja ohjeet. Hiltunen, J., Ahonen, A., Hienonen, N., Kauppinen, H., Kotila, J., Lehtola, P., Leino, K., Lintuvuori, M., Nissinen, K., Puhakka, E., Sirén, M., Vainikainen, M.-P., Vettenranta, J. (2023). PISA 2022 ensituloksia. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriön julkaisuja 2023:49. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-263-949-3 Iversen, J. Y. (2019). Negotiating language ideologies: Pre-service teachers’ perspectives on multilingual practices in mainstream education. International Journal of Multilingualism Krippendorff, K. (2012). Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology (3rd ed.). Sage Publications. Kumpulainen, T. (Ed.). (2017). Opettajat ja rehtorit Suomessa 2016 [Teachers and school leaders in Finland]. Raportit ja selvitykset 2017:2. National Agency of Education. Lucas, T., & Villegas, A. M. (2013). Preparing linguistically responsive teachers: Laying the foundation in preservice teacher education. Theory Into Practice, 52(2), 98–109. Rodriguez-Izquierdo, R. M., Falcon, I. G., & Goenechea, C. (2020). Teacher beliefs and approaches to linguistic diversity. Spanish as a second language in the inclusion of immigrant students. Teaching and Teacher Education, 90. Schleppegrell, M. J., Achugar, M., & Oteiza, T. (2004). The grammar of history: Enhancing content-based instruction through a functional focus on language. TESOL Quarterly, 38(1), 67–93. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 31 SES 04 B: Reading Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Lisa Marie Brinkmann Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Metacognitive Reading Strategies among International Students in English-Taught Programs in Hungary Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary Presenting Author:More and more universities are using English as a medium of instruction around the world, in a variety of fields, from the most scientific to the least (Macaro et al., 2021). This evident spread of English in the tertiary sphere necessitates a high language skill from students who plan to study in these countries. Students from countries where English is not used as a medium of instruction, e.g. Syria, face a huge difficulty when moving to a new country where English is used. International students reported that one of the most challenging skills to be attained is reading (Kamal et al., 2022). One of the most cited strategies to be claimed effective is metacognition (Al-Bazi & Shukri, 2016; Deliany & Cahyono, 2020; Haling, 2022; Muhid et al., 2020; Rastegar et al., 2017). Metacognition is the ability to consciously reflect one’s own thinking as well as monitoring, controlling, and regulating that thinking, so that one reaches a previously defined goal (Lavi et al., 2019; Veenman et al., 2006). The effect of metacognition on reading skills has also been asserted to be positive (Al-Bazi & Shukri, 2016; Deliany & Cahyono, 2020; Haling, 2022; Muhid et al., 2020; Rastegar et al., 2017). One of the most renowned inventories to investigate students’ metacognitive strategies is The Metacognitive Awareness of Reading Strategies Inventory, hereinafter, MARSI (Mokhtari & Reichard, 2002) which was revised later in 2018 (Mokhtari et al., 2018). A self-report instrument, MARSI explores the use of selected reading strategies while reading academic materials, namely planning, monitoring, and evaluating which correspond to global reading strategies, problem solving skills, and support reading skills (Al-Bazi & Shukri, 2016; Deliany & Cahyono, 2020; Haling, 2022; Muhid et al., 2020; Rastegar et al., 2017). Planning strategies engage deliberate set of tactics used by readers to while preparing for, organizing, and structuring their reading practice. Deploying these strategies, the reader aims to set goals, analyze the reading task, and develop a scheme to comprehend the task (Babashamasi et al., 2022; Mokhtari & Reichard, 2002; Muhid et al., 2020). Monitoring grips the active and continual process of cognition throughout the reading activity. It explores the awareness of the reader and questions their understanding and comprehension while engaging with the text. It has been maintained that the more skilled a reader is the higher chances of them to be able to monitor their comprehension, recognize when they do not understand, and attempt to deploy elected strategies to rectify the process (Mokhtari et al., 2018). Evaluating is concerned with the conscious and deliberate process of evaluating one’s understanding of the text once the reading process is finalized. This process integrates readers’ reflection on the content of the task and how it can relate to their background knowledge, contributing to the overall understanding of the text (Muhid et al., 2020; Rajasagaran & Ismail, 2022). Although it has received different criticisms in relation to adaptability (MacNamara, 2011; Mavrogianni et al., 2020), it is still perceived to be instrumental in tertiary education research. Henceforth, this study is planned to answer the following overarching question: What metacognitive reading strategies do adult International students deploy in English-Taught Programs in Hungary?
This study will not only give insights about the strategies, but it is also more likely to incite curriculum designers and examiners to integrate metacognitive reading strategies in both language teaching books and exams, specifically in a heterogenous, multilingual context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants The participants in this study included are envisaged to include 75 international students enrolled in English-taught programs in Hungary. The participants’ native language is Arabic, and their level of education is at least undergrad. As for their level of English proficiency, it is at least intermediate. As for their age group, it ranges between 18-29. Instruments The data is planned to be gathered from a questionnaire. The questionnaire is going to be based on the revised inventory mentioned above (Mokhtari et al., 2018). This questionnaire features 15 statements that explore three main reading skills: global reading skills (GRS), problem-solving skills (PSS), and support reading skills (SRS). In this inventory, six aspects of validity are featured: content, substantive, structural, generalizability, external, and consequential (Mokhtari et al., 2018). Data collection procedure The data is planned to be collected in a three-week period of time from Arab university students in three universities in Budapest: The Budapest University of Technology and Economics (BME), Eötvös Loránd University (ELTE), and Budapest Metropolitan University. As for sampling, the questionnaire will be shared online on Neptun (the university system) among Arab students in Hungary, and data will be filtered in accordance with the criteria above. Data Analysis Procedure: The data is envisaged to be analyzed through a calculation recommended by the inventory designers (Mokhtari et al., 2018) to find the level of metacognitive awareness, the statistical test of independent sample t-test, and compare different groups, namely gender, level of education, first language, etc. According to Mokhtari et al. (2018), the scores-ranging from 1 to 5, provide three axes: individual score, scale score, and composite score. The individual score reveals subskills in each strategy; the scale score explores each strategy, and the composite score sums up all strategies and sub-strategies. The data will be later interpreted as recommended by Mokhtari et al. (2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this results are expected to show that international students in Hungary enrolled in English-taught programs use less metacognitive strategies in reading. Henceforth, it is important to highlight these skills and underscore their importance for a better reading experience in the academic sphere. References Deliany, Z., & Cahyono, B. Y. (2020). Metacognitive reading strategies awareness and metacognitive reading strategies use of EFL university students across gender. Studies in English Language and Education, 7(2), 421–437. Haling, S. N. I. (2022). The Correlation between Students’ Metacognitive Strategy and their Reading Comprehension in Higher Education. LETS: Journal of Linguistics and English Teaching Studies, 4(1), 1–12. Lavi, R., Shwartz, G., & Dori, Y. J. (2019). Metacognition in chemistry education: A literature review. Israel Journal of Chemistry, 59(6–7), 583–597. https://doi.org/10.1002/ijch.201800087 Mokhtari, K., Dimitrov, D. M., & Reichard, C. A. (2018). Revising the" Metacognitive Awareness of Reading Strategies Inventory"(MARSI) and Testing for Factorial Invariance. Studies in Second Language Learning and Teaching, 8(2), 219–246. Mokhtari, K., & Reichard, C. A. (2002). Assessing students’ metacognitive awareness of reading strategies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94(2), 249. Muhid, A., Amalia, E. R., Hilaliyah, H., Budiana, N., & Wajdi, M. B. N. (2020). The Effect of Metacognitive Strategies Implementation on Students’ Reading Comprehension Achievement. International Journal of Instruction, 13(2), 847–862. Rastegar, M., Kermani, E. M., & Khabir, M. (2017). The relationship between metacognitive reading strategies use and reading comprehension achievement of EFL learners. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics, 7(2), 65–74. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Exploring Reading Comprehension and Decoding Abilities of Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder in Secondary Education 1University of Graz, Austria; 2Research Center for Inclusive Education, Austria Presenting Author:A considerable number of students face reading difficulties (e.g., 7.44% in Grade 5, Yang et al., 2022) and due to their persistence, these difficulties are likely to remain throughout life, although in a milder form (Psyridou et al., 2020). However, in addition to reading difficulties, comorbid social-emotional difficulties often occur. For students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) the comorbidity between reading disorders and ASD is unclear, requiring further research due to varied prevalence (6-30%; Hendren et al., 2018). Nevertheless, students with ASD show very heterogenous reading skills, ranging from average reading to severe difficulties (Solari et al., 2019), but often reading comprehension is impaired (McInyre et al., 2017). ASD’s core characteristics involve persistent difficulties in interaction and communication, impacting personal, family, social and educational areas. Further, ASD is descripted as a spectrum of high and low functioning subtypes, affecting intellectual and language abilities (ICD 11; WHO, 2023). ASD severity might strongly influence reading comprehension (McIntyre et al., 2017). Further, as language abilities are often impaired, cognitive skills (e.g., intelligence, Theory of Mind (ToM), executive functions) might be even more important for students with ASD to compensate for them (Wang et al., 2023). In particular, demands posed by texts have an impact on reading comprehension difficulties, as often everyday life stories are used in assessments. Students with ASD find it difficult to relate to the storyline due to less interpersonal knowledge and ToM, their struggle to understand beliefs or intentions of others (Brown et al., 2013). It can be assumed that general language skills, cognitive skills and ASD severity are more relevant concerning reading difficulties of students with ASD than linguistic characteristics of specific languages, as international evidence supports these findings regarding reading difficulties in students with ASD, e.g., USA (Solari et al., 2019) or Brazil (Cardaso-Martins et al., 2015). Therefore, our collected data enable some in-depth understanding of reading profiles and offer the possibility to discuss implications of reading comprehension assessments for students with ASD. This study is part of the project ASDEX (Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder and EXperiments in Science; funded by FWF), that aims to foster social inclusion and learning outcomes for students with ASD in secondary education. Specific teaching methods (e.g., experiments in smaller groups) in science classes were developed and evaluated. The data presented are helpful in understanding the reading comprehension skills of students with ASD, and the difficulties encountered should be considered in teaching methods to best serve all students. This presentation addresses the following research questions: -) To what extent can differences in reading skills of students with and without ASD and also within different ASD severity groups be observed? -) To what extent do ASD characteristics, cognitive abilities, socio-economic status and first language influence the reading skills of students with ASD? -) Which specific error patterns in reading comprehension are evident in students with ASD? This paper analyzes reading skills of students with ASD in fifth to seventh grade in Austria, considering different ASD severity groups and reading profiles. The individual items of the reading test itself were also analyzed for error patterns according to the demands of the text. Regarding reading competence, reading comprehension, fluency and accuracy were measured, along with cognitive abilities (IQ). Further, teachers and parents assessed specific ASD characteristics. Therefore, 14 students with ASD were matched with their peers regarding gender, grade, type of school, cognitive abilities, age, socio-economic status, first language and spoken language(s) at home. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A standardized German reading test (LGVT; ‘reading fluency and comprehension test for 5-12th grade’; Schneider et al., 2017) was used to measure reading comprehension, reading fluency and reading accuracy in students with and without ASD. The students’ task was to read a fictional text about a king’s errand boy and select one out of three missing words for blanks in the text. Additionally, nonverbal fluid cognitive ability was measured with subtests from the CFT-20 R (‘Basic intelligence scale 20 revision’; Weiß, 2019). To assess the severity of ASD, teachers and parents filled out the ASD questionnaire of DISYPS-III (‘Diagnostic system for psychiatric disorders according to ICD-10 and DSM-5 for children and adolescents’; Döpfner & Görtz-Dorten, 2019). The following three subscales were used for analyses: persistent deficits in social interaction and communication, difficulties in social interaction with (non-)verbal language, and overall ASD symptoms. Students provided information on gender, first language(s) and socio-economic status (indicated by number of books at home). 14 students with ASD (age: M=13.68, SD=1.08; IQ: M=99.46, SD=15.08; first language German: n=9) were matched with 14 of their classmates without ASD (age: M=13.33, SD=1.07; IQ: M=94.25, SD=15.85; first language German: n=9) based on gender, grade, school type, age, first language(s), spoken language(s) at home, cognitive abilities and socio-economic status. Gender (n male=12, n female=2), grade (n 5th=4, n 6th=4, n 7th=6) and school type (n academic high school=6, n middle school=8) were identical for students with and without ASD and there were non-significant group differences in the other variables. Reading comprehension skills varied widely in both groups, as students with ASD achieved a percentage range (PR) between five to 97 and students without ASD between one and 71. In order to answer the research questions, we looked at descriptive data for frequencies of students with reading difficulties (PR<10). Further, we tested for group differences of reading comprehension, fluency and accuracy among students with and without ASD, considering various ASD severity groups. Regression analyses explored whether ASD severity, cognitive abilities, first language(s) and socio-economic status influenced the reading skills of students with ASD. Bootstrapping was used to control for the small sample size. Additionally, we qualitatively analyzed individual items to understand error patterns, identified potential challenges posed by the reading test and tested for group differences among students with different ASD severity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper presents reading profiles of students with and without ASD in fifth, sixth and seventh grade in Austria. The study provides insights into reading comprehension and reading error patterns as a result of demands posed by the reading assessment used. Comparisons are drawn regarding reading scores with matched peers and within severity groups, considering persistent deficits in social interaction and communication, difficulties in social interaction with (non-)verbal language and overall ASD symptoms. The results indicated no significant group differences in reading comprehension, fluency and accuracy between students with and without ASD. Both groups showed heterogenous reading skills ranging from reading difficulties to high-performing reading scores. However, differences emerge when considering ASD severity groups. The heterogeneity of reading scores is also reflected in the analysis of individual items, given the diverse cognitive skills (particularly low to high achieving) and ASD severities (not noticeable to strongly noticeable difficulties) observed in our study. Influencing factors on reading comprehension, including ASD characteristics, cognitive abilities, socio-economic status and first language(s) will be discussed. It can be concluded that students with ASD in secondary education show heterogenous reading profiles. A considerable amount of the students with ASD highlight the urgent need for individualized evidence-based reading interventions. Further, these findings underline the importance of adequate reading comprehension assessments, and the necessity of including other student related factors in diagnostics as ASD severity or cognitive skills. References Brown, H. M., Oram-Cardy, J., & Johnson, A. (2013). A meta-analysis of the reading comprehension skills of individuals on the autism spectrum. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 43(4), 932–955. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-012-1638-1 Cardoso-Martins, C., Gonçalves, D. T., Magalhães, C. G. de, & Da Silva, J. R. (2015). Word reading and spelling ability in school-age children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders: Evidence from Brazilian Portuguese. Psychology & Neuroscience, 8(4), 479–487. https://doi.org/10.1037/pne0000029 Döpfner, M., & Görtz-Dorten, A. (2019). Diagnostik-System für Psychische Störungen nach ICD-10 und DSM-5 für Kinder und Jugendliche III (DISYPS-III; 2nd edition) [diagnositc system for psychiatric disorders according to ICD-10 and DSM-5 for children and adolescents]. Hogrefe. Hendren, R., Haft, S., Black, J., White, N. C., & Hoeft, F. (2018). Recognizing psychiatric comorbidity with reading disorders. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 9, 1-10. https://doi.org/ 10.3389/fpsyt.2018.00101 McIntyre, N. S., Solari, E. J., Gonzales, J. E., Solomon, M., Lerro, L. E., Novotny, S., Oswald, T. M., & Mundy, P. C. (2017). The Scope and Nature of Reading Comprehension Impairments in School-Aged Children with Higher-Functioning Autism Spectrum Disorder. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 47(9), 2838–2860. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3209-y Psyridou, M., Tolvanen, A., Lerkkanen, M.-K., Poikkeus, A.-M., & Torppa M. (2020). Longitudinal Stability of Reading Difficulties: Examining the Effects of Measurement Error, Cut-Offs, and Buffer Zones in Identification. Front. Psychol.,10(2841), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02841 Schneider, W., Schlagmüller, M., & Ennemoser, M. (2017). Lesegeschwindigkeits- und -verständnistest für die Klassen 5-12 (LGVT 5-12+; 2nd rev. edition) [reading fluency and reading comprehension test for 5-12th grade]. Hogrefe. Solari, E. J., Grimm, R. P., McIntyre, N. S., Zajic, M., & Mundy, P. C. (2019). Longitudinal stability of reading profiles in individuals with higher functioning autism. Autism: The International Journal of Research and Practice, 23(8), 1911–1926. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362361318812423 Wang, Y., Lan, Z., Duan, I., Peng, P., Wang, W., & Wang, T. (2023). A meta-analysis on the cognitive and linguistic correlates of reading skills among children with ASD. Reading and Writing, 36(6), 1487–1514. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-022-10338-7 Weiß, R. H. (2019). Grundintelligenztest Skala 2 - Revision (CFT 20-R; 2nd rev. edition) [basic intelligence scale 2 - revision]. Hogrefe. WHO (2023). ICD-11 Coding Tool. https://icd.who.int/ct11/icd11_mms/en/release Yang, L., Li, C., Li, X., Zhai, M., An, Q., Zhang, Y., Zhao, J., & Weng, X. (2022). Prevalence of Developmental Dyslexia in Primary School Children: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Brain Sciences, 12(2). https://doi.org/10.3390/brainsci12020240 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Supporting the Acquisition of Morpho-Syntactic Abilities through the Method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading” University of Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:Success at school and educational opportunities are closely related to language skills (cf. Artelt et al. 2001). This insight has been accepted for 20 years and accordingly, tests to determine children’s language skills have now been introduced in almost all German states and interventions have been established for the support of children who have not succeeded in these tests, in order to promote their language acquisition. These interventions usually take place in separate groups and without connection to other educational activities in school. This can be criticized from the perspectives of inclusion and learning theory. According to findings from various studies (e.g. Mol et al. 2008; Ennemoser et al. 2013), dialogical reading is particularly effective in supporting language development in children aged two to three, children with German as a second language and children with language development delays. The proven effects are primarily related to lexical development, while effects on grammatical abilities have not been proven so far. Dialogical reading is an implicit form of language education that is integrated into the day-to-day running of a school and is based on the content of the picture book itself and the children's experiences in life. So far, the focus has mostly been on the promotion of pragmatic and lexical skills. Morpho-syntactic skills are supported more incidentally and not purposefully via dialogical reading. Since the acquisition of morpho-syntactic skills (in particular the further development of complex syntax, cases as well as complex verb structures) is of particular relevance for school-age children and directly influence their chances to succeed in the educational system (cf. Ruberg/Rothweiler 2012; Motsch/Rietz 2019; Lehmden et al. 2013), it is currently being discussed how the dialogic reading situation can be designed to particularly improve grammar acquisition (cf. Baldaeus et al. 2021; Lehmden et al. 2017; Schütz/Alt 2020). In this context the language support method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading" (Schütz 2021) has been developed. “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading” offers the opportunity to establish language acquisition support integrated into everyday school life. The picture book viewing can be used in the usual classroom context. The specific way in which the dialogues are designed by the teacher allows for one or several children to be specifically supported in the development of their language skills. The aim of the ongoing study “ZDL Schule”, which was launched at the University of Bremen in September 2022, is to implement the method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading” in primary schools and to monitor the effects on the children’s language skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading” is implemented the schools through university students who read picture books with 150 participating children (per year) once a week over a period of eight months. To assess effects on child language development, various standardized language tests (ESGRAF 4-8, HAVAS-5, ZDL-Test) are used in the pre-post-test design with one experimental group (N=315) and one control group (N=117, without specific support). The data is evaluated using inferential statistical methods. The interactions will be filmed at four times per year, transcribed and evaluated by content analysis (Kuckartz 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of the ongoing project is to adapt the methodology of dialogical reading for older children with a focus on the promotion of morpho-syntactic and educational language skills. The final language tests of the second project year will take place in May 2024, so that the results of this study can be presented in full for the first time at the ECER conference. Expected results are: The morpho-syntactic skills of children who are supported in their language acquisition through the method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading” develop better than the skills of children who not supported beyond usual school education. References Artelt, C.; Baumert, J.; Klieme, E.; Neubrand, M.; Prenzel, M.; Schiefele U.; Schneider, W.; Schümer G.; Stanat, P.; Tillmann, K.-J.; Weiß, M. (Hrsg.) (2001): PISA 2000. Zusammenfassung zentraler Befunde. https://www.mpib-berlin.mpg.de/Pisa/ergebnisse.pdf (30.01.2024) Baldaeus, A., Ruberg, T., Rothweiler, M., & Nickel, S. (2021). Sprachbildung mit Bilderbüchern. Ein videobasiertes Fortbildungsmaterial zum dialogischen Lesen. Münster: Waxmann. Ennemoser, M.; Kuhl, J.; Pepouna, S. (2013): Evaluation des Dialogischen Lesens zur Sprachförderung bei Kindern mit Migrationshintergrund. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 27 (4), 229–239. Kuckartz, U. (2012): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung, 3. Auflage. Weinheim/Basel: Beltz Juventa. Lehmden, F. von, Kauffeldt, J., Belke, E., & Rohlfing, K. (2013). Das Vorlesen von Kinderbüchern als implizites Mittel zur Sprachförderung im Bereich Grammatik. Praxis Sprache 58, 18-27. Lehmden, F. von, Porps, L., & Müller-Brauers, C. (2017). Grammatischer Sprachinput in Kinderliteratur - eine Analyse von Genus-Kasus-Hinweisen in input- und nicht inputoptimierten Bilderbüchern. Forschung Sprache 5, 44-61. Mol, S. E.; Bus, A. G.; de Jong, M. T.; Smeets, D. J.H. (2008). Added Value of Dialogic Parent-Child Book Readings: A Meta-Analysis. Early Education & Development, 19, 7 – 26. Motsch, H.-J., & Rietz, C. (2019). ESGRAF 4- 8. Grammatiktest für 4- bis 8-jährige Kinder. München: Ernst-Reinhardt-Verlag. Ruberg, T.; Rothweiler, M. (2012): Spracherwerb und Sprachförderung in der KiTa. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. Schütz, D. S., & Alt, K. (2020). Dialogisches Lesen zur Unterstützung des Erwerbs grammatischer Fähigkeiten in der Kindertagesstätte (DiaGramm). Eine kontrollierte Interventionsstudie mit Kindern im Alter von 4 bis 5 Jahren. Vierteljahresschrift für Hei lpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete 79, 214-216. Schütz, D. S. (2021). Zielorientiertes Dialogisches Lesen zur Förderung morpho-syntaktischer Fähigkeiten. Forschung Sprache 9, 111-117. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 32 SES 04 A: Uncertainty - Condition, Practice or Epistemological Quality in Transnational Research Settings? Methodological Reflections on Participatory Action Research Towards Organizational Democracy Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lea Spahn Session Chair: Eva Bulgrin Symposium |
|
32. Organizational Education
Symposium Uncertainty - Condition, Practice or Epistemological Quality in Transnational Research Settings? Methodological Reflections on Participatory Action Research Towards Organizational Democracy Uncertainty is a core topic for the conditions of our time and especially in European inter- and transnational research settings, it is a given. With the complexity of Participatory Action Research designs (PAR), uncertainty necessitates a practice of organizing within process-oriented, participatory research. Depending on the rationality put in place, uncertainty may even have the quality of an epistemological position to value and to operate with as a researcher. Reflecting on these three dimensions and discursive positionings of uncertainty within PAR in transnational complex research settings which encompass conditions, practices, and epistemologies, the symposium discusses uncertainty as a core dimension within collaborative research projects. The exemplary case of the Horizon EU-funded project “Transforming Education for Democracy through Aesthetic and Embodied Learning, Responsive Pedagogies and Democracy-as-becoming" (AECED) discusses these dimensions of uncertainty to consider. In its overarching Participatory Action Research strategy, the project’s six national partners have designed distinct phases and different levels of participation and opportunities to co-design, co-create, and co-analyse. The research design involves the highly diverse institutional settings of preschool, secondary school, Higher Education, and professional as well as organizational training. For a methodological foundation, a common methodological framework for transformational participatory action research was developed in an iterative process. The symposium intends to present and discuss the underlying methodological understanding with respect to all six projects involved. Each one works with collaborative and participatory action research methodologies that usually have their grounding in a shared issue with participants. Based on this, the research process is to be understood as an emergent and iterative process of theorizing and verification that includes a series of steps or processes of planning, acting, observing, reflecting, and re-planning. Put into practice, the projects all follow a series of phases, which include designing (planning), trialling (acting and observing), analysing (reflecting) and redesigning (re-planning) in which a pedagogical framework and four practice guides are developed, trialed and re-designed with participants and stakeholders. All of the projects intend to follow common principles, such as a) flexibility as the project evolves, b) willingness to co-construct and participate in collective problem-solving; c) awareness of how collaboration enables development of critical perspectives and self-directed learning, d) shared curiosity; e) willingness to engage in dialogue and reflection, f) transparency, g) openness to the knowledge and experience of all participants and stakeholders who have their own ideas about the topic of the project and h) collective leadership. In addition to that, the AECED project encourages the use of arts-based and embodied methods which brings to the fore the embodied dimension of research processes and the entanglement of researchers, participants, and organizational practices. The complex methodological design will therefore be discussed by the different contributions, firstly, to offer a space of reflection concerning conditions, practices, and epistemologies that engage with uncertainties. Secondly, the symposium will delineate strategies for Participatory Action Research that include uncertainties within processes of democratisation ‘in, of and between organisations’.
References Bryman, A. (2012) Social Research Methods, 4th Edition, Oxford: Oxford University Press, p397. Basit, T.N., 2010. Conducting research in educational contexts. Bloomsbury Publishing. Göhlich, M.; Novotný, P.: Revsbæk, L.; Schröer, A.; Weber, S. M.; Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), pp. 205–215. Heikkinen, H.L.T., Huttunen, R. and Syrjälä, L. 2007. “Action research as narrative: five principles for validation.” Educational Action Research. 15 (1): 5-19; Kemmis, S.K. and McTaggart, R.M., 2014. The Action Research Planner: Doing Critical Participatory Action Research. Springer. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Wiesbaden: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-67-2 von Unger, H., Huber, A., Kühner, A., Odukoya, D., & Reiter, H. (2022). Reflection Labs: A Space for Researcher Reflexivity in Participatory Collaborations. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069221142460 Weber, S. M. (2012). Transformative Evaluation. In U. Kuckartz & S. Rädiker (eds.): Evaluation komplexer Wirklichkeiten. Erziehungswissenschaftliche Evaluationsforschung (pp. 120-141). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Woods, P. A., Culshaw, S., Smith, K., Jarvis, J., Payne, H. & Roberts, A. (2023). ‘Nurturing Change: Processes and outcomes of workshops using collage and gesture to foster aesthetic qualities and capabilities for distributed leadership’, Professional Development in Education, 49(4). DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2187432 Presentations of the Symposium Uncertain Encounters – Co-Constructing Participatory Action Research through a Methodological Framework
In recent years, calls for more participatory, horizontal, and democratic research practices have become widespread because such research can transform how people think, act, and feel. PAR is transformative because it enables participants to think and feel outside the habitual assumptions that inform everyday practice. Participating facilitates questioning and new learning from active engagement with participants and thus meets uncertainty as methodological decicion.
PAR is a “research-to-action approach that emphasises direct engagement of local priorities and perspectives” (Vaughn & Jacquez, 2020). As a methodology, it combines social analysis, (self-)reflective collective study of practice, and transformational action to improve practices or conditions (Kemmis et al., 2014; Berg &Lune, 2017; MacDonald, 2012; Fernie & Smith, 2010). This methodology values experiential knowledge and lived experience that can be used to address challenges of our life-worlds and achieve social change.
In the presented project "Transforming Education for Democracy through Aesthetic and Embodied Learning, Responsive Pedagogies and Democracy-as-becoming" (AECED), an EU-Horizon funded project with six partner countries, the potential for transformation is reinforced by the nature of the research intervention – namely, aesthetic and embodied learning (AEL) and the use of arts-based and embodied (ABE) pedagogies. Engaging and interacting within an aesthetic learning environment can enable people to surface feelings and thoughts about themselves and how they relate to others. Doing this collaboratively supports people in reflecting on their everyday assumptions and what they can learn from their experience of AELD and ABE pedagogies.
In our project, we are aiming for transformational change through the application of the ABE-based Guides regarding the three dimensions of individual and collective transformation, institutional/organisational learning and epistemic reimagination. For this, a methodological framework for all national teams has been co-constructed as orientation and living document to serve the iterative PAR approach in its potential to initiate transformation on the individual, organisational and epistemic level of education for democracy. Connecting to this framing, the project introduces aesthetic and embodied learning, responsive pedagogies and democracy-as-becoming with a threefold notion of democracy: social togetherness, political self-governance (in organizing) and a care-economy based on solidarity.
References:
Berg B. L. & Lune H. (2017). Qualitative research methods for the social sciences (Ninth). London: Pearson.
Fernie, S., & Smith, K. (2010). Action Research. In L. Dahlberg & C. McCaig (Eds.), Practical Research and Evaluation: A Start-to-Finish Guide for Practitioners (pp. 95-110). London: SAGE Publications.
Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participa-tory action research. Wiesbaden: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-67-2
MacDonald, C. (2012). Understanding Participatory Action Research: A Qualitative Research Methodology Option. Canadian Journal of Action Research, 13(2), pp. 34-50.
Seppälä, T., Sarantou, M., & Miettinen, S. (2021). Arts-Based Methods for Decolonising Participatory Research. London: Routledge.
von Unger, H., Huber, A., Kühner, A., Odukoya, D., & Reiter, H. (2022). Reflection Labs: A Space for Researcher Reflexivity in Participatory Collaborations. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069221142460
Vaughn, L. M., & Jacquez, F. (2020). Participatory Research Methods – Choice Points in the Research Process. Journal of Participatory Research Methods, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.35844/001c.13244
Acceptive Gaze in Encountering Uncertainties – Openings for Organising Democratising Pedagogies
Taking the embodied reciprocity for democratising educational relations seriously, while maintaining our playfulness, we focus on thinking with the concept of the acceptive gaze. The analysis is set in the context of participatory action research in Finnish higher education. We apply the idea of ‘gaze’ from Maurice Merleau-Ponty's phenomenology (1968 [1964]; 2012 [1945]), Jean-Paul Sartre’s (1993 [1956]) existentialism and Jacques Lacan’s (1977[1973]) psychoanalysis, to trial the emerging comforts and controversies
We consider the acceptive gaze as a reciprocal, concrete and embodied action. Due to its reciprocal character, acceptive gaze has two cutting edges when it comes to methodology. While it expresses mutual acknowledgement ‘to see and to be seen’ for the equalising classroom teaching methods, it simultaneously plays out as ‘to see oneself seeing oneself’ (see Lacan 1977 [1973], 80) moving towards research methods for unravelling educational settings. This ‘both-educational-and-research-method’ aims to open up the acceptive gaze towards the horizons of democratic becoming, and to see the emerging uncertainties both as troubles to tackle and moments of promise for bettered futures.
Despite of its ocularcentric naming of the concept, placing vision over other senses and associating sight with reason (Oxford Reference 2024), we think of the acceptive gaze as a holistic, multisensory experience, not limited to visual sense; instead it covers other sensory signals and the sensuous presences (Ma 2015, 126). Furthermore, the acceptive gaze is a chosen orientation towards the other and the self, striving for a non-judgmental attitude enabling the fundamental differences to coexist and complement one another (Jääskeläinen 2023). We explore the possibilities of the acceptive gaze as an educational participatory practice in co-creating tolerance for the uncertainty which arises from unfamiliar and often uncomfortable feelings when addressing one's body as a reflective medium in different encounters (Payne and Jääskeläinen 2023; Jääskeläinen 2023).
We propose that aiming the acceptive gaze not only contributes to creating safe enough learning environments (see Jääskeläinen and Helin 2021; Jääskeläinen 2023) that allow both attachment and difference-making but builds also resilience and capabilities to handle uncomfortable feelings when we engage in holistic learning. Therefore, it also accepts feelings of danger and movement outside the individualistic comfort zones, while keeping the sense of responsiveness and responsibility as educators and co-learners alert. As such, we argue that acceptive gaze strengthens democratic values such as responsiveness, equality and freedom, described in the Prototype Pedagogical Framework developed in the AECED Horizon project.
References:
Jääskeläinen, Pauliina (2023). The Reversibility of Body Movements in Reach-searching Organisational Relations. PhD diss. University of Lapland. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-337-396-9
Jääskeläinen, Pauliina & Helin, Jenny (2021). Writing embodied generosity. Gender, Work & Organization, 28(4), 1398–1412. http://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.12650
Lacan, Jacques (1977) [1973]. The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psycho-Analysis. London: Penguin Books.
Merleau-Ponty, Maurice (1968) [1964]. The Visible and the Invisible. Ed. Claude Lefort, trans. Alphonso Lingis. Evanston: Northwestern University Press.
Merleau-Ponty, Maurice (2012) [1945]. Phenomenology of Perception. Trans. Donald A. Landes. London and New York: Routledge.
Ma, Yuanlong (2015). Lacan on Gaze. International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 5(10[1]), 125–137.
Oxford Reference (2024). ocularcentrism. Retrieved 19 Jan. 2024, from https://www.oxfordreference.com/view/10.1093/oi/authority.20110803100245338.
Payne, Helen and Jääskeläinen, Pauliina (2023). Embodied leadership: A Perspective on Reciprocal Body Movement. In Elgar Handbook of Leadership in Education ed. Philip Woods, Amanda Roberts, Meng Tian and Howard Youngs, 60–73. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Publishing.
Sartre, Jean-Paul (1993) [1956]. Being and Nothingness: The Principal Text of Modern Existentialism. New York: Simon & Schuster.
A Conceptual Model for Organising Metadata to Conduct a Cross-Case and Cross-Country Comparative Analysis within Participatory Action Research
this paper focuses on the approach for metadata organisation which is elaborated within the Horizon project AECED and its Participatory Action Research (PAR) to conduct cross-case and cross-country comparative analysis of the effect of using aesthetic and embodied learning (AEL) on experiencing democracy-as-becoming. As cross-case analysis is a method to facilitate the comparison of commonalities and differences in the events, activities, and processes, including the units of analysis in different case studies (Khan & VanWynberghe, 2008), the comparison of contextual and research-related commonalities and differences becomes topical. Six project universities are dealing with differences in educational and cultural backgrounds; experiences in democracy and AEL; arts-based and/or embodied learning methods used; educational phases of research presenting 19 cases; epistemological and terminological challenges caused by national languages and pedagogies, etc.
To cope with the challenges caused by research-related differences and prepare a system for comparative analysis, we created a matrix to achieve high transparency of data (Cruzes et al., 2015). The matrix does not contain primary data in national languages but metadata in English which come out of the analysis of each of the 19 cases separately in accordance with the comparison criteria identified as crucial for each PAR phase. Each cell of the Matrix has its hyperlinked code; its name is constructed correspondingly from the country code, case number, letters of the PAR phase and comparison criterion. This guarantees cross-case transparency, easy data input and access, meaningful vertical comparison of metadata related to each criterion and cross-group collaboration. Only one click on a cell with entering the password opens an interactive Word or Excel file for individual and group work for all the research participants. The hyperlinking of each Matrix cell supports access to the most important data from each case at any level of information compression (Khan & VanWynsberghe, 2008), but also provides flexibility to minimize the tension between criteria/variable-oriented and case-oriented approaches (Miles & Huberman, 1994). The matrix serves as a tool to produce a synthesized outcome while remaining adaptive to the uncertainties related to the iterative process of PAR.
References:
1. Cruzes, D. S., Dybå, T., Runeson, P., & Höst, M. (2015). Case Studies Synthesis: A Thematic, Cross-Case, and Narrative Synthesis Worked Example. SpringerLink, 20, 1634-1665.
2. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R. & Nixon, R. (2014). The Action Research Planner: Doing Critical Participatory Action Research. Springer.
3. Khan, S. & VanWynsberghe, R. (2008). Cultivating the Under-Mined: Cross-Case Analysis as Knowledge Mobilaization. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 9(1), Art. 34.
4. Miles M. B. and Huberman, A. M. Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Source Book, Sage, 1994.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 33 SES 04 A: Can We Generate Equity from within Universities? Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi Symposium |
|
33. Gender and Education
Symposium Can We Generate Equity from within Universities? Generating greater gender justice for diverse students, academics and professional staff is currently stated as a priority for higher education institutions and this is encouraged by many national governments and international policymakers (e.g. European Institute for Gender Equity, 2022; OECD, 2023). Paradoxically, universities are both places where knowledge and theories about justice are taught and developed but also spaces in which inequities are reproduced and even exacerbated daily (McLean et al, 2019). However, initiatives aimed at generating equities for students, academics and others have been a longstanding and burgeoning trend in universities' but inequalities of genders, sexualities, ethnicities, (dis)abilities, and more remain intransigent (Ahmed, 2021; Bhopal, 2016; Blackmore, 2022; Dolmage, 2018). It is striking that intersecting gender inequalities are a global phenomenon across universities. Whilst there is variation in the specific types of inequalities, what they look like and how they play out in national contexts, there are vertical inequalities (with different genders being focused in particular disciplines being the most well-understood) and horizontal inequalities (with males prevalent in taking up higher status and more influential positions) across the international higher education sector (EIGE, 2022). Even those disciplines most enmeshed in building knowledge that explains inequities, such as the social sciences and humanities, have the same inequities embedded within their research, teaching and administration: within universities and in their professional associations and conferences (Biggs et al 2018)). Consequently, there are questions about how those of us who work in universities can remain hopeful and try to generate more just relationships and practices from within the unequal academy. The four papers presented in this session present research that is making significant efforts to generate changes toward greater equity. They focus on intersecting gender inequalities. The first presentation relates to a project called Women Can, which is taking place at the University of Bath, UK. It is funded by UKRI (national research funding) and it focuses on how promotion practices might be changed to address a lack of women taking up leadership positions in universities. The second, third and fourth papers are linked by a UNESCO Global Chair Project, led by the University of Newcastle Australia and are partly funded (in the University of Bath, UK and Cairo University Egypt) by the British Council. All focus on attempting to promote equity in STEM by generating research findings exploring how staff in Engineering and STEM faculties see current equity practices and then working with colleagues in these faculties to turn these findings into materials that can be used in pedagogical work with faculty members to co-construct knowledge and practices for their contexts. Each university team works independently on their project but they are related and we learn and work together to build understanding and practices. The projects are theoretically framed with critical and transformative theories and they use pedagogical methodologies and critical pedagogical approaches as fit their contexts (Burke et al, 2016; Burke and Lumb (2018). References Ahmed, Sara, (2021) Complaint!, Durham, USA: Duke University Press Burke, P. J., Crozier, G., & Misiaszek, L. (2016). Changing pedagogical spaces in higher education: Diversity, inequalities and misrecognition. Routledge. Burke, P. J., & Lumb, M. (2018). Researching and evaluating equity and widening participation: Praxis-based frameworks. Evaluating equity and widening participation in higher education, Trentham, London 11-32. Bhopal, Kalwant. (2016) The Experiences of Black and Minority Ethnic Academics: A Comparative Study of the Unequal Academy. Abingdon, Oxon; New York, N.Y.: Routledge, Routledge Research in Higher Education. Blackmore, Jill. (2022) Governing Knowledge in the Entrepreneurial University: A Feminist Account of Structural, Cultural and Political Epistemic Injustice. Critical Studies in Education 63.5: 622-639. Print. Dolmage, Jay, (2018). Academic Ableism: Disability and Higher Education. Ann Arbor [Michigan]: University of Michigan PressEuropean Institute for Gender Equity, (EIGE) (2022) Gender Equality in Academia and Research: GEAR tool step-by-step guide, Lithuania: EIGE https://eige.europa.eu/sites/default/files/documents/20220795_pdf_mh0922276enn_002.pdf, Accessed 31st January 2025. McLean, M., Abbas, A. and Ashwin, P. (2019) How Powerful Knowledge Disrupts Inequality: Reconceptualising Quality in Undergraduate Education, London: Bloomsbury. OECD (2023) Joining Forces for Gender Equality: What Is Holding Us Back? 1st ed. Paris: OECD Publishing. Presentations of the Symposium Developing the Women Academics’ Change Agents Network: Imagining better worlds and working to achieve them
This paper focuses on the origination, development and implementation of a women academics’ change agents network in a UK university. Data informing this paper were gathered during a UKRI funded research project: WomenCAN: Breaking Promotion Barriers, Changing University Cultures, and include narrative interviews with 21 women academic leaders in a range of disciplines, and two follow-up participatory workshops with women academics at all career levels from a range of disciplines.
Widespread statistical and research evidence indicates that, despite increased diversity in the workplace and greater numbers of women academics in universities, women are still under-represented in leadership roles (Bierema, 2017, p.148), that there is still a gender pay gap, and that women in leadership positions are often marginalised, isolated and experience epistemic injustices (Madsen, 2017). The WomenCAN project focused specifically on how promotions practices and cultures maintain gendered patterns of inequality regarding a ‘women’s leadership gap’, and the practical measures needed to change this.
Situated at the theory-praxis interface, and drawing on feminist theories of organizational change within higher education (Acker, 1990), the project generated nuanced, situated insights into how the structure-culture-institutional nexus produced powerful micropolitical effects that disadvantaged women in very specific ways. Building on feminist critiques of how institutions ‘bear responsibility for social justice, equality, solidarity and care for others’ (Benschop, 2021, p.2), the paper discusses how the Women Academics’ Change Agents Network sought to ‘develop alternative value systems’ (Benschop, 2021, p.2) to current hierarchical and individualizing practices, and contested ‘oppressive organization structures that have not worked, are not working, and will not work’ (Bierema, 2017, p.145).
Morley and Lund (2021, p.114) argue the need to ‘consider how we “do” gender in the academy.’ Project data indicated that the proposed network should be there ‘to help and guide women’; be a place for ‘sharing the challenges’; and provide ‘a confidential space for women to get advice from other women.’ The two workshops were a clear call to collective action (‘let’s get organised!’) to ‘influence relevant university policy’ on promotions practices, and to improve the ‘visibility of women academics.’ Envisaged as a driver for change, fuelled by women’s collective agency, and embedded within changes to university cultures and structures to ensure its sustainability (Kassotakis, 2017), the WomenCAN network activates feminist praxis (and activism) through the aim to ‘trouble power relations, imagine better worlds and work to achieve them’ (Ferguson, 2017, p.283).
References:
Acker, J. (1990). Hierarchies, jobs, bodies: A theory of gendered organizations. Gender and Society. 4: 139–158.
Benschop, Y. (2021). Grand Challenges, Feminist Answers. Organization Theory. 2: 1–19.
Bierema, L.L. (2017). No woman left behind: critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations. In, Madsen, S.R. (Ed). Handbook of research on gender and leadership. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing.
Ferguson, K. E. (2017). Feminist theory today. Annual Review of Political Science. 20: 269–286.
Morley, L., & Lund, R.W.B. (2021). The affective economy of feminist leadership in Finnish universities: class-based knowledge for navigating neoliberalism and neuroliberalism. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. 42:1, 114-130.
Madsen, S.R. (2017). Handbook of research on gender and leadership. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing.
Kassotakis, M.E. (2017). Women-only leadership programs: a deeper look. In, Madsen, S.R. (Ed). Handbook of research on gender and leadership. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing.
Facilitating a Research-Informed Framework for Equity in Sciences, Technologies, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM)
In recent decades Australian universities have tried to strengthen forms of equity in STEM fields. While there has been some progress, inequitable outcomes remain in relation to intersecting disparities around gender, class, race, and (dis)ability (Australian Government Department ISER, n.d.). This situation is compounded by uneven regulation and commitments to equity, which are often relegated to peripheral roles with limited capacity and resources. Despite a broad understanding of the need to attend to discipline-specific strategies across the diversity of STEM, little attention has been directed towards building this understanding to foster more equitable and inclusive practices.
This paper discusses a research project on the different perspectives of students and academic and professional staff in the diverse environment of a large comprehensive STEM faculty at an Australian regional university. The focus of the project is to examine how equity is articulated within and between disciplinary, teaching, research and administrative contexts and to generate practical recommendations and pedagogical resources to strengthen staff engagement and awareness of equity issues. A question the project pursues is how does the relegation to peripheral roles and units affect differently positioned staff and the capacity institutionally to address complex questions of inequality that impact all levels of activity including teaching and curricula development?
Drawing on data from over 200 surveys and 51 in-depth interviews with staff and students this research shows how understandings of equity emerge through different experiences related to positionality (how participants are socially, politically and culturally located). We explore how academic and professional staff and students experience forms of structural marginalisation and exclusion that are often ignored or hidden. Our analysis is framed by an intersectional lens drawing on critical feminist, decolonial social justice theory (Battiste, 2013; Behrendt et al., 2012; Fraser, 2005). A critical approach to understanding the tensions raised by participants focuses on deconstructing power structures and hierarchies that continue to reproduce systems of inequity through White-centric, masculinised, neoliberalism and ‘Eurocentrism in science’ (Dudgeon & Walker, 2015).
Through a pedagogical methodology (Burke, Crozier and Misiaszek, 2017; Burke and Lumb, 2018), the project brings a social justice lens to equity by calling for collective spaces and dialogue that challenge socially oppressive environments and enable deeper reflections and engagement with equity issues. The outcomes of this research have the potential to inform future policy decisions within higher educational institutions and guide the development of professional learning programs that promote equity in STEM education.
References:
Australian Government Department of Industry, Science, Energy and Resources. (n.d.). Focus on understanding progression of different demographic groups through STEM. https://www.industry.gov.au/publications/stem-equity-monitor/data-focus/focus-understanding-progression-different-demographic-groups-through-stem
Battiste, M. (2013). Decolonizing education: Nourishing the learning spirit. Purich publishing
Behrendt, L. Y., Larkin, S., Griew, R., & Kelly, P. (2012). Review of Higher Education Access and Outcomes for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People: final report. Canberra, A.C.T.: Dept. of Industry, Innovation, Science, Research and Tertiary Education
Burke, P. J., Crozier, G., & Misiaszek, L. (2016). Changing pedagogical spaces in higher education: Diversity, inequalities and misrecognition. Routledge.
Burke, P. J., & Lumb, M. (2018). Researching and evaluating equity and widening participation: Praxis-based frameworks. Evaluating equity and widening participation in higher education, Trentham, London 11-32.
Dudgeon, P., & Walker, R. (2015). Decolonising Australian psychology: Discourses, strategies, and practice. Journal of Social and Political Psychology, 3(1), 276-297.
Fraser, N. (2005). Reframing justice in a globalising world. New Left Review, 36.
Exploring Women's Equality Challenges in STEM Higher Education: A Case Study from Egypt
Egypt boasts a rich history of national and international efforts aimed at promoting women's participation across various levels of higher education, particularly in STEM fields (National Council for Women, 2017; Egypt National Observatory for Women, 2015). While these initiatives have led to a notable increase in female enrolment in STEM higher education, there remains a pressing need to establish robust standards of equality (El Nagdy & Roehrig, 2019; Kyoung, Fernandez & Ramon, 2022). Despite widespread acknowledgement of this need, there has been insufficient focus on developing inclusive strategies and practices.
This paper delves into the diverse perspectives of both academic staff and students regarding equity issues within the Faculty of Engineering at Cairo University. Through an examination of the supportive and obstructive factors influencing equity across various domains within the faculty—such as teaching, research, and administrative contexts—the study sheds light on the nuanced dynamics at play.
The paper draws on data obtained from 200 surveys and 50 in-depth interviews conducted with faculty members and students at the Faculty of Engineering, Cairo University (Egypt). Thematic analysis is used to identify key themes related to equity issues across different dimensions of teaching, research, funding and administrative practices. By critically examining these themes, the study aims to uncover both the supportive factors that promote gender equity and the hindering aspects that perpetuate inequitable practices (Nakayiwa et al., 2020).
The research uses feminist theory which offers a powerful framework for understanding the multifaceted nature of gender equity experiences within the Egyptian academic setting, considering the unique social, political, and cultural contexts in which female academic, professional staff, as well as students, encounter various forms of structural marginalisation and exclusion that often go unnoticed or unaddressed. Through its intersectional approach, feminist theory acknowledges the intersecting axes of identity that shape the participants’ experiences and opportunities within their educational institution. By centring the voices and experiences of female academics and students, feminist theory exposes the underlying power structures and systemic biases that perpetuate inequality.
The study aspires to inform evidence-based interventions and policy recommendations aimed at fostering a more inclusive, equitable, and empowering academic environment for all (Mott, 2020).
References:
National Council for Women (2017). National Strategy for the Empowerment of Egyptian Women 2030 Vision and Pillars. Available via: https://ncw.gov.eg/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/final-version-national-strategy-for-the-empowerment-of-egyptian-women-2030.pdf
Egypt National Observatory for Women (2015). Women’s Empowerment Strategy Vision 2023. Available via https://en.enow.gov.eg/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B1%D8%A4%D9%8A%D8%A9%20%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%87%D8%AF%D9%81%20%D9%81%D9%8A%202030
Kyoung, R. O., Fernandez, F. & Ramon, E. (2022). Gender Equity in STEM in Higher Education. New York: Routledge. https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/id/eee1ae49-405f-4a98-ba2d-9b3050feebf0/doi.org/
Mott, H. (2020). Going Global Partnership Gender Equality in Higher Education: Maximising Impact. British Council. Available via https://www.britishcouncil.org/gender-equality-higher-education-maximising-impacts
Nakayiwa, F., Elhag, M., Santos, L. & Tizikara, C. (2020). Strengthening higher education capacity to promote gender-inclusive participation in Science, Technology and Innovation. African Journal of Rural Development, 5(3), pp.65-86.
Bothwell, E., Roser-Chinchilla, J., Deraze, E., Ellis, R., Galán-Muros, V., Gallegos, G., Mutize, T. (2022). Gender Equity: How Global Universities are Performing. Times Higher Education and the UNESCO International Institute of Higher Education in Latin America and the Caribbean (IESALC). Available via Gender equality: how global universities are performing, part 1 - UNESCO Digital Library
El Nagdy, M. & Roehrig. (2019). Gender Equity in STEM Education: The Case of an Egyptian Girls’ School. In K. G. Fomunyam: Theorizing STEM Education in the 21st Century. Intech Open. Available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.87170
Co-Creating a STEM Framework of Equity Practices and Polices.
This paper will describe and reflect on the methodology, processes and practices of the workshops and activities the research team will undertake with students, academics, professional staff and leaders based in the Faculty of Sciences and the Faculty of Engineering at the University of Bath. The workshop materials will draw upon 50 qualitative interviews and 200 surveys exploring students, academics, professional staff, and leaders' experiences and perceptions of current equity practices in the university and their faculty.
The workshop will aim to develop new understandings of equity practices that are framed in ways that feel appropriate to colleagues and students in STEM subjects and can be used to develop more contextually appropriate practices and processes. The workshop materials, content, and pedagogical approaches will be collaboratively developed by the research team with representative members of these faculties.
We do not anticipate this task will be easy when it is carried out in April 2024. Our preliminary analysis of the data so far indicates that there are a wide variety of views and likely to be conflicting views and forms of intersectional inequalities that need to be considered and included. Hence, in doing this work we will employ a range of ideas and practices around co-creating knowledge, decolonising knowledge; and we will use feminist and other critical pedagogies, and models of interdisciplinary research to generate spaces for different voices and inputs into the process. For example Bryson;s (2003) Webb's (2004) principles for feminist pedagogy and generating inclusive spaces. Also, Fam et al's (2018) ideas about collaborative and transdisciplinary learning and Danermark's (2019) model for interdisciplinary knowledge generation.
References:
Bryson, Bj. (2003) The Teaching and Learning Experience: Deconstructing and Creating Space Using a Feminist Pedagogy, Race, gender & class. 10.2 (2003): 131-146..
Danermark, Berth. (2019) Applied Interdisciplinary Research: A Critical Realist Perspective. Journal of Critical Realism 18.4 (2019): 368-382.
Fam, Dena., Linda. Neuhauser, and Paul. Gibbs (2018). Transdisciplinary Theory, Practice and Education: The Art of Collaborative Research and Collective Learning. 1st ed. 2018. Cham: Springer International Publishing: Imprint: Springer, 2018. Print.
Webb, Lynne M. (2004) Feminist Pedagogy in the Teaching of Research Methods International Journal of Social Research Methodology 7.5: 415-429.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 34 SES 04 A: Teacher Training and Perspectives Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Valeria Damiani |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Balance within Limits: Examining Preservice Teachers' Approaches to Controversial Issues 1University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany; 2University of Münster, Germany Presenting Author:Short Abstract We live in a time of increasing political polarization. This makes it important for teachers to be able to aptly navigate controversial issues within the classroom. This mixed-methods study examines the stances of preservice teachers regarding the limits of legitimate positions for controversial classroom discussions. The research questions focus on identifying and understanding the range of strategies preservice teachers anticipate adopting when confronted with controversial issues as well as the theoretical and practical implications of these stances for democratic education. As a normative approach to teacher education, we propose a strategy of "reflective balancing" by avoiding false equivalences between fundamentally unequal positions while maintaining a space for conflict and controversy where it is fruitful. Objectives To Develop and Validate a Questionnaire Instrument: Our first objective is to conceptualize and validate a standardized instrument that can detect preservice teachers' ideas about handling controversial discussions. This tool is intended to assist in the broader understanding and training of teachers regarding controversial issues. To Explore Preservice Teachers' Stances on Controversial Issues in the Classroom: The study aims to unveil the array of approaches that future educators anticipate adopting in response to controversial topics in their classrooms. Through two convenience survey samples of 162 and 90 German preservice teachers and qualitative interviews with a subset, our study seeks to uncover the nuanced strategies ranging from avoidance to the emerging trend of committed balancing. To Theorize 'Reflective Balancing': The study proposes and explores the concept of committed balancing, a method of addressing controversial issues that acknowledges the necessity of weighing different viewpoints while remaining committed to democratic and epistemic values. Theoretical Framework This study situates itself within the discourse of civic and citizenship education, particularly focusing on how teachers handle controversial issues in the classroom, a task critical to the practice of deliberative democracy as conceptualized by Gutmann & Thompson (2004) and, especially in educational contexts, Hess & McAvoy (2015). Prior research suggests that teachers, both novice and experienced, frequently hesitate to engage with controversial issues in the classroom. This reluctance may be particularly pronounced among younger educators, who often attribute their avoidance to a lack of confidence and preparedness for addressing these challenging topics (Bickmore & Parker, 2014; Gindi et al., 2021; Nganga et al., 2020). Empirical insights (Flensner, 2020; Pollak et al., 2017; Oberle et al., 2018) highlight the varied and often problematic strategies and attitudes teachers exhibit towards controversial discussions, reflecting a broader need to understand how preservice teachers approach these complex topics. In this context, our study builds upon Hess' (2004) typology of teacher strategies for controversial issues—avoidance, denial, privileging one side, and balancing—which are reassessed under the proposed model of 'reflective balancing.' This approach is particularly pertinent in light of the challenges of false balancing and the need for epistemic integrity in educational contexts (Barzilai & Chinn, 2018; Leiviskä, 2023). To discuss questions surrounding the limits to classroom controversy, the study further engages with the debate around possible criteria for teaching about such issues in school contexts (Hand, 2008; Yacek, 2018; Drerup, 2021). Within this debate the teaching of controversial issues is often distinguished in ‘directive’ and ‘non-directive’ styles. In the attempt to distinguish issues that should be discussed in a controversial, non-directive fashion from those that require more active teacher steering, several criteria are often discussed – particularly the behavioral, political, and epistemic criteria. These three respectively relate to a) the degree of controversy in wider society, b) the compatibility with liberal-democratic norms, and c) rational, factual justification. This debate directly informs our methodological approach to develop a standardized way of capturing different stances towards these issues. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and Procedure Our study utilized a two-phase data collection approach. Initially, from October 2021 to February 2022, 162 students (MAge = 25.7; 49.4% female, 40.1% male, 10.5% other or not answered) enrolled in German teacher education programs completed a questionnaire as part of their coursework, focusing on the topics and positions they would discuss in a non-directive fashion. A follow-up survey in April 2022 involved 90 additional students from similar programs (MAge = 24.9; 56.7% female, 33.3% male, 6.6% other, 3.3% not answered). Participants ranged in their focus from social sciences to a variety of subjects, with the majority preparing to teach at middle or high school levels. Additionally, 27 students (MAge = 26.6; 44.4% female, 51.9% male, 3.7% other) from the initial cohort were interviewed by extensively briefed student assistants to gain deeper insights into their stances on handling controversial and discriminatory views in the classroom. These semi-structured interviews were aligned with the questionnaire responses through unique codes, ensuring anonymity. We used the results of our quantitative data analysis to select interviews with contrasting questionnaire response patterns for analysis. In total, we selected five cases from the 27 transcripts. Questionnaire Development The questionnaire was designed to map behavioral, political, and epistemic criteria (see above; BC, PC, and EC) for discussing controversial issues. Twelve statements, four for each criterion with equal numbers of exclusionary and inclusionary items, were presented for participants to rate on a six-point Likert scale. We conceived of the three criteria as complementary criteria, each of which excluded different kinds of positions from the space of acceptable controversial debate. The questionnaire aimed to explore how teachers decide what issues are suitable for non-directive, multi-perspective classroom discussion. Data Cleaning and Analysis Inconsistent responses and missing data led to the exclusion of a few cases from both datasets. Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was applied to both sets of questionnaire data to test and validate the latent factor structure of BC, PC, and EC. The analysis adhered to standard assumptions like multivariate normality and absence of multicollinearity. For a nuanced understanding, interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) was used to analyze selected interviews, focusing on the participants' experiences and perceptions of controversial issues in the educational context. This mixed-methods approach aimed to provide both a broad quantitative overview and in-depth qualitative insights into preservice teachers' stances on controversy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Quantitative Results Descriptively, we saw notable openness (10-20%) towards discussing extremist and anti-scientific perspectives in a non-directive way. CFA and internal consistency measures indicated an inadequate model fit for the three separate latent factors. After reorganizing the items and merging PC and EC into a single factor, the model showed adequate measures (χ2 (13) = 222.88, p = .04, TLI = .93, CFI = .96, RMSEA = .07, SRMR = .05, α1 = .67, α2 = .75). The two-factor structure was further validated with a second data set (χ2 (26) = 30.84, p = .23, TLI = .96, CFI = .97, RMSEA = .05, SRMR = .084, α1 = .73, α2 = .80). Qualitative Results Two ‘open’ participants saw their roles as teachers as those of neutral providers of information. One of the two represented a strongly permissive view, valuing freedom of opinion and non-selectivity. Two other participants with more restrictive responses were highly heterogenous, with one seeing herself as a fighter against misinformation, and the other one tending towards risk-aversion out of fear of marginalizing individual students. All four participants showed different forms of avoidance, denial, or privileging in their approaches to classroom controversy. One more participant, whose responses varied on the two factors, outlined a selective balance based on epistemic and normative grounds while maintaining openness to marginal issues. Interpretation The quantitative results indicated an overlap between political and epistemic criteria in preservice teachers’ stances. The interviews showed varied motivations for the questionnaire responses. Some preservice teachers showed tendencies towards avoidance or denial strategies; however, we saw different degrees of reflectivity around possible criteria and thus potential for professional growth. In our discussion, we outline how ‘reflective balancing’ can be understood as the creation of a space for controversy within epistemic and political-normative boundaries. In the presentation, we will discuss implications for teacher training and citizenship education across Europe. References Barzilai, S., & Chinn, C. A. (2018). On the Goals of Epistemic Education: Promoting Apt Epistemic Performance. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 27(3), 353–389. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2017.1392968 Bickmore, K., & Parker, C. (2014). Constructive Conflict Talk in Classrooms: Divergent Approaches to Addressing Divergent Perspectives. Theory & Research in Social Education, 42(3), 291–335. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2014.901199 Drerup, J. (2021). Kontroverse Themen im Unterricht: Konstruktiv streiten lernen. Reclam. Flensner, K. K. (2020). Dealing with and teaching controversial issues – Teachers’ pedagogical approaches to controversial issues in Religious Education and Social Studies. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(4). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.8347 Gindi, S., Gilat, Y., & Sagee, R. (2021). Who wants a political classroom? Attitudes toward teaching controversial political issues in school. Journal of Social Science Education, 20(2). https://doi.org/10.11576/jsse-3943 Gutmann, A., & Thompson, D. F. (2004). Why Deliberative Democracy? Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400826339 Hand, M. (2008). What Should We Teach As Controversial? A Defense Of The Epistemic Criterion. Educational Theory, 58(2), 213–228. Hess, D. E. (2004). Controversies about Controversial Issues in Democratic Education. PS: Political Science and Politics, 37(2), 257–261. Hess, D. E., & McAvoy, P. (2015). The Political Classroom: Evidence and Ethics in Democratic Education. Routledge. Leiviskä, A. (2023). Democratic education and the epistemic quality of democratic deliberation. Theory and Research in Education, 21(2), 113–134. https://doi.org/10.1177/14778785231187304 Nganga, L., Roberts, A., Kambutu, J., & James, J. (2020). Examining pre-service teachers’ preparedness and perceptions about teaching controversial issues in social studies. The Journal of Social Studies Research, 44(1), 77–90. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jssr.2019.08.001 Oberle, M., Ivens, S., & Leunig, J. (2018). Grenzenlose Toleranz? Lehrervorstellungen zum Beutelsbacher Konsens und dem Umgang mit Extremismus im Unterricht. In S. Manzel & L. Möllers (Eds.), Populismus und Politische Bildung (pp. 53–61). Wochenschau. Pollak, I., Segal, A., Lefstein, A., & Meshulam, A. (2018). Teaching controversial issues in a fragile democracy: defusing deliberation in Israeli primary classrooms. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(3), 387–409. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2017.1397757 Yacek, D. (2018). Thinking Controversially: The Psychological Condition for Teaching Controversial Issues. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 52(1), 71–86. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12282 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper European Student Teachers´ Approaches to Internationalization and Intercultural Learning Linnaeus university, Sweden Presenting Author:Schools are important in the formation of a democratic society and teachers play a crucial role in in enhancing basic democratic values as equity, equality and tolerance and in fostering diversity and inclusion. In a globalized world the student population in European schools is becoming increasingly diverse. As recurring studies show that teachers’ attitudes and skills matter in creating structures of inclusion and opportunity for all students there are strong reasons to train future teachers in intercultural perspectives and diversity (Milner 2013). One way to strengthen intercultural perspectives among students is through different form of internationalization activities. However previous reseach indicate less mobility and international exchange among student teachers compared to other groups (Hauschildt 2015) as well as limited internationals features in teacher education (Alexiadou et al 2021). One reason put forward for this is that teacher education is primarly educating for a national labour market (Egron Polak et al., 2015; Alexiadou et al 2021) which limits the focus on intercultural and international competencies. At the same time, as issues of diversity and inclusion are increasingly pressing the European educational systems, the need for intercultural competences among teachers in order to to train cultural competence and responsiveness to better address the needs of today's diverse student populations is more important then ever (Banks 2021). Previous reseach indicates a number of obstacels for the lack of internationalization in teacher education (Hauschildt 2015), but provide less knowledge about how student teachers perceive their future work in relation to intercultural values and increasingly globalized and diverse school. Hence, in order to improve intercultural and international work in teacher education we need to understand how student teachers think and how they perceive their future work in relation to internationalization and intercultural competences.
This study aim to improve teacher education, by understanding how student teachers reason about global values and culturally diverse societies guided by the reseach question: How do student teachers approach to their studies and their profession from an international perspective?. By conducting focus group interviews with student teachers in Sweden, the Netherlands and France the study will add to increased understanding of national and cultural differences in the creation of the education for future democratic citizens
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Schools are important in the formation of a democratic society and teachers play a crucial role in in enhancing basic democratic values as equity, equality and tolerance and in fostering diversity and inclusion. In a globalized world the student population in European schools is becoming increasingly diverse. As recurring studies show that teachers’ attitudes and skills matter in creating structures of inclusion and opportunity for all students there are strong reasons to train future teachers in intercultural perspectives and diversity (Milner 2013). One way to strengthen intercultural perspectives among students is through different form of internationalization activities. However previous reseach indicate less mobility and international exchange among student teachers compared to other groups (Hauschildt 2015) as well as limited internationals features in teacher education (Alexiadou et al 2021). One reason put forward for this is that teacher education is primarly educating for a national labour market (Egron Polak et al., 2015; Alexiadou et al 2021) which limits the focus on intercultural and international competencies. At the same time, as issues of diversity and inclusion are increasingly pressing the European educational systems, the need for intercultural competences among teachers in order to to train cultural competence and responsiveness to better address the needs of today's diverse student populations is more important then ever (Banks 2021). Previous reseach indicates a number of obstacels for the lack of internationalization in teacher education (Hauschildt 2015), but provide less knowledge about how student teachers perceive their future work in relation to intercultural values and increasingly globalized and diverse school. Hence, in order to improve intercultural and international work in teacher education we need to understand how student teachers think and how they perceive their future work in relation to internationalization and intercultural competences. This study aim to improve teacher education, by understanding how student teachers reason about global values and culturally diverse societies guided by the reseach question: How do student teachers approach to their studies and their profession from an international perspective?. By conducting focus group interviews with student teachers in Sweden, the Netherlands and France the study will add to increased understanding of national and cultural differences in the creation of the education for future democratic citizens Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary result indicate different discources relating to local, national and global settings. The most prominent discource relates to the national arena and the students future in a national labour market. In this discourse, specific national reqirements and national framworks are considered important features for success. The research provides examples of obstacles that explain why mobility and interest in internationalization in teacher education are negatively distinguished in comparison with other educational programs. This has implication for future construction of teacher education and integration of intercultural features as part of fostering democracy, human rights and the rule of law. References Alexiadou, N., Kefala, Z & Rönnberg, L., (2021). Preparing education students for an international future? Connecting students’ experience to institutional contexts. Journal of Studies in International Education, 25(4) 443–460. Banks, J. A. (2021). Diversity, group identity, and citizenship education in a global age. In Handbuch Bildungs-und Erziehungssoziologie (pp. 1-24). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Egron-Polak, E., Howard, L., Hunter, F., & de Wit, H. (2015). Internationalisation of higher education. Directorate-General for Internal Policies, European Union. Foucault, M. (1993). Diskursens ordning (L’ordre du discours). Brutus Östling. Hauschildt, K., Gwosć, C., Netz, N., & Mishra, S. (2015). Social and Economic Conditions of Student Life in Europe. Synopsis of Indicators. EUROSTUDENT 2012–2015. W. Bertelsmann Verlag GmbH & Co. Jørgensen, M., & Phillips, L. (2002). Discourse analysis as theory and method. Sage. Laclau, E., & Mouffe, C. (2001). Hegemony and socialist strategy. Towards a radical democratic politics. Verso. Milner, H.R. 2010. What does teacher education have to do with teaching? Implication for diversity studies. Journal of Teacher Education 61 (1-2):118-131. |
11:00 - 11:30 | Break 10: ECER Coffee Break |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 05 A: ***CANCELLED*** Keynote Facer: On Futures, Time and Listening: cultivating attention in an uncertain world Session Chair: Paulina Korsnakova Keynote Session
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Facer: On Futures, Time and Listening: cultivating attention in an uncertain world University of Bristol, United Kingdom Presenting Author:How we think about futures is, in large part, shaped by how we think about time; whether we see ourselves in an old story or a new one, heading to a moment of crisis or a turning point, in a moment of rapid disruption or the slow playing out of old patterns. Our temporal assumptions shape our perception of possibility, silently structuring our frames of reference and sense of agency. An important element in our capacity to understand each other and to coordinate ourselves in uncertain times depends, then, on our capacity to attune ourselves to the implicit assumptions about time and to the multitude of rhythms of life at play in any situation. Such attunement requires a renewed capacity for deep listening – to each other and to ourselves. In this talk I will outline the relationship between futures, time and listening and make the case for listening - as a form of attunement to time and rhythm - as a useful starting point in opening up possibilities for collective understanding and mutual action. At a time when the UK government has removed ‘listening’ from the National Curriculum in England, and when both leadership and global citizenship are too often equated with raising our voices, I will explore how we might return mutual listening to the heart of formal and informal educational practices today. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 05 B STREAM: Keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope? Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Live Stream from Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1, Mic: Yes ] |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events Live Stream: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope? N.N. Presenting Author:This is a live stream for the keynote "Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope?" |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 05 B.2 STREAM: 00 SES 05 B STREAM: Keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope? Location: Room B204 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] 2nd rooom for STREAMING |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events Live Stream: Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope? N.N. Presenting Author:This is a live stream for the keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope? |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 05 B: Keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope? Location: Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1] Session Chair: Costas Constantinou Keynote Session |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope? University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:The talk involves three sections. We first summarize psychological, brain, and genetic research about the architecture of the mind, specifying the fundamental processes enabling understanding, problem-solving, and decision-making. We then summarize research on the development of the human mind, from infancy through early adulthood. We show that development advances through a several levels of mastering control of the person’s interactions with the world, going from interaction control in infancy to executive and representational control in preschool, to inferential and resource management control in primary school to truth control and life options control in adolescence. In the second section we outline the educational implications of this model. We show how each level of control frames what can and what cannot be learned at each school level, from preschool to university. We then point to weaknesses in European education caused by divergences between this knowledge and dominant educational practices coming from the past, taking examples from current curricula. The third section discusses deep societal and political changes taking place in our times and focuses on changes in tools delivering knowledge, enabling evaluation of information, and problem solving, such as search engines, data bases, and artificial intelligence. We then discuss how these possibilities may be used from preschool through adulthood. Examples are given for student evaluation, empowering problem-solving and decision making, and dealing with learning difficulties. We discuss why our schools, trapped in the world of the early 20th century, cannot cope with the knowledge emerging in the mind sciences or the technological advances in knowledge and knowledge handling. Finally, we suggest changes needed in education to educate the citizens of the second half of the 21st century. We can have hope for the future only if we allow the future to shape our present. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 05 C: Keynote Verger: Educational Reform in Times of Policy Movement and Growth: Unveiling the Micro-Foundations of Policy Change Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Eleftherios Klerides Keynote Session |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Verger: Educational Reform in Times of Policy Movement and Growth: Unveiling the Micro-Foundations of Policy Change UAB, Spain Presenting Author:Policy change is an increasingly elusive research object. Traditional notions of policy change, such as those that treat it as distinct outcomes resulting from well-defined reforms, are being challenged in the contemporary education policyscape. In a context marked by intense policy movement and rapid policy growth, governments rely on an expanding array of instruments, which accumulate in a growing 'policy stock'. Educational reforms, influenced by this environment, adopt a piecemeal approach, resulting in numerous policies, some lacking sufficient resources while others exerting influence in ways beyond governmental control. This presentation delves into the entangled processes of policy formulation and enactment, revealing both the subtleties and unpredictability of contemporary patterns of policy change. It explores the interactions between newly adopted policy instruments and existing ones, and how these configure intricate and dynamic 'policy mixes' with unforeseen combined effects. Moreover, it examines how 'instrument constituencies' shape policy trajectories beyond initial intentions, leading to transformed and expanded instrument use. The micro-foundations of policy change come into focus as filtering and enactment processes gain significance, bringing about far-reaching changes stemming from recurrent feedback and seemingly minor technical adjustments. The landscape is further complicated with contextual shifts, both within and beyond the educational realm, imparting new meanings to existing instruments or altering their capacities while formally remaining unchanged. Drawing on examples from research on privatization and new public management reforms in education, this presentation navigates the challenges posed by the evolving nature of policy formation and deployment. Its objective is to deepen our understanding of the micro-foundations of policy change and provide insights for future educational research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:00 - 13:30 | 90 SES 5.5 Paper Session |
12:30 - 13:45 | 00 SES 05.5: EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet VFO Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium Presenting Author:The Flemish Forum for Educational Research (VFO) wishes to be a platform for all those who are actively involved in educational research or professionally interested from a valorization, policy or educational perspective in Flanders. Every university or college that is involved in educational research is represented on our executive board , so that we can think and decide together on important themes.
To bring our members from the various organizations together in a relevant way, we work with 'professional learning communities' (PLG) around more defined, specific research themes. Each PLG is the platform for a smaller group of VFO members to come together meaningfully around a specific theme, to learn from each other, to make agreements to engage in co-creation, to think about possible research projects, to work together on project calls, to develop symposia for conferences, ... and everything that this group of researchers consider important.
The VFO also wants to profile itself as an interest group of Flemish educational researchers. Based on all of this work, the Forum wants to act as a discussion partner for the educational school networks, Flemish government, scientific research funders, etc. regarding educational research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . 00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet VOR Wageningen University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The Netherlands Educational Research Association is the professional society for researchers of education in The Netherlands. The association was founded in 1975 and has approximately 850 members. The VOR works in collaboration with the Flemish Forum for Educational Research (Vlaams Forum voor Onderwijsonderzoek/VFO). The VOR consists of eleven divisions that are at the heart of the association. All members of the VOR are certified for free membership of one division and can become member of more. Ten of the eleven divisions organize activities for a domain of educational research. The eleventh division is the platform for PhD students: VPO. All PhD students in the VOR are members of VPO. The Division VPO organises special activities for PhD students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:30 - 13:45 | Break 11: ECER Lunch Break |
12:45 - 13:30 | 01 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Norwegian Preschool Teacher and Schoolteachers’ Competence in Comprehensive Sexuality Education. HINN, Norway Presenting Author:The Norwegian national framework plan for preschool and the Norwegian national curriculum describe comprehensive sexuality education as part of promoting children’s and young people’s life skills and health (Directorate of Education, 2017a, 2017b). Preschool teachers are supposed to ensure that children are aware of and learn about their bodies and development and their own and other people’s boundaries (Directorate of Education, 2017a). Teachers in compulsory and upper secondary schools are supposed to thematise gender, sexuality, emotions and relationships in the interdisciplinary topic “public health and life skills” (Directorate of Education, 2017b). The national guidelines are in line with the World Health Organization’s standard for sexuality education in Europe, which states that children and young people should learn about cognitive, emotional, social, relational and physical aspects of sexuality (European Expert Group on Sexuality Education, 2016, p. 428). It is also in line with the state strategy “Talk about it!” describing good sexual health as “a resource and protective factor that promotes quality of life and life-skills” (Ministry of Health and Welfare, 2017, p. 7). The strategy indicates that knowledge about the body, emotions and relationships is the basis for a health-promoting lifestyle that should be taught from preschool age onwards (Ministry of Health and Welfare, 2017, p. 14). Learning about positive sexuality is also central to preventing sexual abuse and can help strengthen children and young people in regulating their own emotional behaviour (Seiler-Ramadas et al., 2021, p. 490). Despite the underpinning of positive sexual health in national guidelines, sexuality education in Norwegian schools has been characterised by a negative approach to sexuality (Røthing & Svendsen, 2009, p. 66). A recent study shows that sexuality education of pupils in upper secondary school (16–19 years old) focuses on topics like sexually transmitted infections and different contraception methods, while most of the pupils want education on topics such as emotions, queer sexuality and sexual debut (Sex og Society, 2022, p. 5). Young people have also described the sexuality education they have received as too academic and unengaging, and they have called for education and guidance about body, sexuality and boundaries in preschool, primary and secondary school (The Children’s Ombudsman, 2018, p. 22). Student teachers also request comprehensive sexuality education as part of teacher training (Svendsen & Furunes, 2022, pp. 34–37). Good competence, adequate language and security in one’s professional role seem to be important for promoting discussions in the classroom that can challenge both students’ and teachers’ “emotional comfort zones” and open them up to perspective-taking and critical reflection (Johannessen & Røthing, 2022, p. 12). International studies indicate that preschool teachers who have acquired knowledge about children’s physical and sexual development during teacher training do thematise these topics in preschool (Brouskeli & Sapountzis, 2017, p. 62). The lack of focus on sexual health in preschool may be related to fear of reactions from parents and restricted training in thematising the body and sexuality during preschool teacher training (Balter et al., 2021, p. 290). This knowledge front shows the need for an extended focus on comprehensive sexuality education in teacher training. To develop courses and improve teacher training, it is important to know how experienced teachers feel that their competence meets the needs they experience in practice and what kind of knowledge and skills they possibly lack. The present study contributes to this focus by exploring the following research question: How do preschool teachers and schoolteachers assess their own competence in comprehensive sexuality education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods: A qualitative study was carried out with students in a continuing education programme called Identity, Body-Image and Sexual Health at the Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences. A total of fifty-two students (23 students in autumn 2020 and 29 students in autumn 2021) were invited to participate and to answer questions anonymously about their own competence in comprehensive sexuality education. In addition, the students were asked to share a student assignment with descriptions of their own competence and competence needs. The students were broadly composed of employees in preschools, schools and educational psychological services. A total of twenty-eight students took part in the survey, which yielded a response rate of 54. Eighty-six percent of the students had 4–20 years of work experience, while the rest had less than four years of experience. Half of the informants worked in nurseries/preschools (53.5%), 7.2% worked in upper secondary schools, and 39.3% worked in compulsory schools. The informants were educated as either a preschool teacher or a schoolteacher. The data collection was carried out at the beginning of the semester to avoid participants being influenced by the content and approaches of the curriculum. Data were collected using an electronic online form with open-ended questions that allowed the participants to express subjective reflections and describe their own experiences (Miles et al., 2014, p. 11). The form consisted of introductory questions about their workplace and experiences, and six open-ended questions about their own competence acquired through teacher education, their competence needs in their current position, and experiences of collaboration It was important to ensure the students’ anonymity in the survey (Postholm, 2007, p. 235), as the researchers also worked as teachers in the continuing education programme. We chose to use an electronic form to ensure the students’ anonymity and their ability to express themselves more freely than in individual interviews or focus group interviews. A reflexive thematic analysis of the data was carried out based on an inductive approach (Clarke & Braun, 2017, p. 297). Written consent was obtained from the participants for use of a student assignment they prepared at the beginning of the semester. Emphasis was placed on providing thorough information that participation in the study was voluntary and that their participation (or nonparticipation) would have no consequences for their role as students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion: The findings of the study indicate that preschool teacher and schoolteachers’ education has provided limited competence in comprehensive sexuality education, and, in particular, inadequate in terms of promoting sexual health and diversity. Furthermore, findings indicate the need for up-to-date knowledge and professional training among teachers to make them confident in their professional roles. Children and young people are growing up in a different context than their teachers did, and teachers must deal with different issues than they themselves experienced growing up. Teachers in preschools and schools have regular contact with a variety of children, young people and families, and they need to feel confident in dealing with various issues that may arise in everyday preschool/school life. The study indicated a gap between what teacher training has offered and the intentions stated in the governing documents, showing a need for increased knowledge and training in how to thematise body-image, gender and sexuality. This training can be strengthened by prioritising these themes in teacher education and through courses and further education for staff in preschools and schools, with particular emphasis on training teachers to have an open attitude towards different perspectives. The inclusion of interdisciplinary activities and learning strategies that stimulate students and enable them to challenge their own attitudes and values related to the topics would be preferable. Sexuality education and guidance can also be strengthened through training in interdisciplinary collaboration with external collaborators, carried out, for instance, across professional/in-service courses and teacher-training curricula. References References: Balter, A. S., van Rhijn, T., Gores, D., Davies, A. W. J. & Akers, T. (2021). Supporting the development of sexuality in early childhood: The rationales and barriers to sexuality education in early learning settings. The Canadian Journal of Human Sexuality, 30 (3), p. 287–295. https://doi.org/10.3138/cjhs.2021-0034 Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2), s. 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Brouskeli, V. & Sappontzis, A. (2017). Early childhood sexuality education: Future educators’ attitudes and considerations. Research in Education, 99 (1), s. 56–68. https://doi.org/10.1177/0034523717740149 Clarke, V. & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12 (3), s. 297–298. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613 Directorate of Education (2017a). Framework plan for the kindergarten: Regulations on the kindergarten’s content and tasks. https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/rammeplan-for-barnehagen/ Directorate of Education (2017b). Overall part–Values and principles of basic education. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/?lang=nob European Expert Group on Sexuality Education. (2016). Sexuality education: What is it? Sex Education, 16 (4), s. 427–431. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2015.1100599 Johannessen, E. M. V. & Røthing, Å. (2022). Meningsmangfold og ubehag i klasserommet [Diversity of opinion and discomfort in the classroom]. Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift, 106 (1), s. 3–14. https://doi.org/10.18261/npt.106.1.2 Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. & Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis. A method sourcebook (3rd ed.). SAGE. Ministry of Health and Welfare (2017). Talk about it! Strategy for sexual health 2017–2022. www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/284e09615fd04338a817e1160f4b10a7/strategi_seksuell_helse.pdf Postholm, M. B. (2007). Læreren som forsker eller lærer [The teacher as researcher and teacher]. Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift, 91 (3), s. 232–244. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn1504-2987-2007-03-05 Røthing, Å. & Svendsen, S. H. B. (2009). Seksualitet i skolen: Perspektiver på undervisning [Sexuality in school: Perspectives in teaching]. Cappelen Damm. Seiler-Ramadas, R., Grabovac, I., Winkler, R. & Dorner, T. E. (2021). Applying emotional literacy in comprehensive sex education for young people. American Journal of Sexuality Education, 16 (4), s. 480–500. https://doi.org/10.1080/15546128.2021.1932657 Sex og Society (2022). What is included in today’s sexuality education? A deep dive into the content of sexuality education in school (Rapport nr. 2/2022). https://sexogsamfunn.no/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Hva-inngar-i-dagens-seksualitetsundervisning-Et-dypdykk-i-innholdet-i-seksualitetsundervisningen-i-skolen.pdf Svendsen, S. H. B. & Furunes, M. G. (2022). Opportunity for comprehensive sexuality education in teacher education. An evaluation of competence needs and possible measures (NTNU-Rapport nr. 90716600). Norges teknisk-naturvitenskapelige universitet. The Children’s Ombudsman (2018). “Everyone knows someone who has experienced it.” The children’s ombudsman’s report on sexual offenses among young people – 2018. https://www.barneombudet.no/uploads/documents/Publikasjoner/Fagrapporter/Alle-kjenner-noen-som-har-opplevd-det.pdf 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Measuring Teachers’ Expertise to Foster Students’ Understanding of Mathematics and Its Improvement During Professional Development Using an Approximation of Practice 1Leibniz Institute for Science and Mathematics Education; 2Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin Presenting Author:Most European countries face severe teacher shortages, particularly in mathematics, as well as an increased awareness of teachers’ self-perceived need for professional development (PD) in teaching mathematics. In Germany the lack of specialist teachers has led to a high percentage of out-of-field teachers, resulting in an additional need for PD (Eurydice, 2021). At the same time the average student’s mathematics achievements in many European countries, especially in Germany, have decreased (Mullis et al., 2020). Accordingly, students lack basic concepts that are necessary for the cumulative process of acquiring knowledge and competence in mathematics. Against this background, a PD program was implemented, aimed at improving teachers’ expertise for fostering students’ understanding of basic mathematical concepts (Prediger et al., 2023). Evaluating whether a PD program promotes teachers’ expertise is challenging when the success of the PD program is not only measured in terms of the teachers’ increase in knowledge but also regarding the effect on teachers’ teaching practices. The latter often remains unclear when PD programs are evaluated by pre-post knowledge test results or teacher self-reports. Evaluating how teaching practice has been improved requires an ecologically valid instrument (Krolak-Schwerdt et al., 2018). To approximate teaching practice as much as possible, we developed a vignette-based approach that places teachers in an authentic teaching situation in which classroom discussions are conducted to foster students’ understanding of basic concepts in mathematics. Our instrument not only serves to measure whether teachers benefit from the PD, but also provides a tool to assess teachers’ abilities to foster students’ understanding. While extensive research on teachers’ diagnostic abilities and how they can be facilitated exists (Chernikova et al., 2020), evidence on how teachers foster students’ understanding is rare. Previous evidence on how students gain conceptual understanding provides insights into conditions of supportive learning environments. Accordingly, using multiple presentations such as visual, numerical, and symbolical representations, and elaborating on the relationship between them is an effective strategy to support students in attaining conceptual understanding (Hunt & Little, 2014; O-Dwyer et al., 2015; Tzur et al., 2020). Further studies have shown that prompting students for explanations and justifications (Booth et al., 2015; Jansen et al., 2017) of their mathematical reasoning or what they have learned can support them to gain deeper conceptual understanding. Studying and reflecting on incorrect mathematical work in addition to or in combination with correct work are other ways to support students’ conceptual understanding that have been confirmed by evidence (Siegler & Chen, 2008). Also, encouraging students to verbalize their thinking and enhancing communication on mathematical aspects amongst students is a prerequisite (Erath et al., 2021) to enable students to gain a deeper conceptual understanding. Therefore, teachers are assumed to foster students’ conceptual understanding if they provide a learning environment that considers the following supportive conditions:
Starting from these assumptions we examined the following research questions. 1a. Do teachers choose a supportive learning environment to foster students’ conceptual understanding? 1b. Do teachers justify their choice of learning environment by identifying supportive conditions? 2a. Does the accuracy of choosing a supportive learning environment increase during the PD? 2b. Does the quality of teachers’ justifications of choice increase during the PD? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample In sum, 75 teachers attended the PD program, with 62 of them agreeing at the kick-off meeting to participate in our study. Among them were 46 female and 14 male teachers, two did not provide any gender specification. The teachers had an average age of 44.6 years, and 11.5 years of teaching experience, (SD=9.7, range=0.5 to 35). At the end of the PD program, 46 teachers who participated in the last session of the PD, filled in the post evaluation. However, ten of the teachers did not attend the first PD meeting, leading to an overlap between the two measurements of 36 teachers. Instrument Mathematical tasks, matching the content of the PD, with three student solutions, and a conversation between the three students about their solutions were provided to the teachers. The teachers were asked to choose one of three continuations of the conversations, which, to different extents, provided a supportive learning environment by taking implicitly into account the supportive conditions named above. The teachers were further asked to justify their choice. Nine experts in the field confirmed that the tasks, the students’ solutions, and the conversations are well suited to examine teachers’ abilities to foster students’ understanding and that the presented continuations of conversations represent the intended levels of supportive learning environments. Data analyses Research question 1a was answered by relative frequencies of teachers who chose the most supportive learning environment. The open-ended teachers’ justifications of their choice were coded collectively by a team of three researchers resulting in a consensual intercoder agreement to examine 1b. The supportive conditions mentioned above served as deductively derived categories. According to the extent to which the categories were mentioned in teachers’ justifications they were assigned to three different levels of quality. Level 0 comprised justifications that did not mention any of the supportive conditions, and level 1 contained justifications that mentioned at least one of the conditions generally, but without reference to an action of the teacher. Level 2 represents justifications that mention at least one of the supportive conditions with reference to a teacher's action and explain why it is supportive for a student to gain conceptual understanding. Research questions 2a and b were examined by applying Wilcoxon-Tests for related samples comparing the accuracy of choosing the supportive learning environment and the level of justifications between the two measurement instances. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Out of the 62 teachers participating in the first measurement, 58% chose the most supportive environment for fostering students’ understanding. In their justifications, 36% of the teachers mentioned supportive conditions with explanation (e.g. “By having student x explain exactly why he used (…), the teacher puts a lot of emphasis on explaining ideas and formulating a justification”). The remaining teachers just mentioned one of the conditions (30%, e.g. Thanks to the material, student y understands.”) or none of them (24%, e.g. “It depends on the child.”). The accuracy of choosing a supportive learning environment increased significantly during the PD (z=-2.32, p<.020) with an almost large effect size (r=.39). While 58% of the teachers in the first measurement chose the most supportive environment, in the second measurement 83% did so. Also, the level of justifications significantly increased between the two measurements (z=-2.91, p<.004) with a large effect size (r=.41). After the PD, a lower number of teachers’ justifications was at level 0 or 1, and a higher number at level 2 (63% after, 36% at the beginning of the PD). Contribution to research and practice Using an approximation of practice approach, firstly, we gained insights into how teachers would foster students’ understanding of mathematics. Secondly, we obtained indications of the improvement of teachers’ expertise in choosing and justifying supportive learning environments during the PD. We thereby enriched the extensive research on how teachers diagnose students’ understanding and narrowed the research gap on how teachers foster students’ understanding. Moreover, we developed an ecologically valid instrument, which sensitively measures teachers’ improvement of expertise to foster students’ understanding, that can be adapted to different mathematical content. Particularly, teachers’ justifications for their choice of learning environments allowed for deeper insights into the improvement of expertise during the PD. References Booth, J. L., Oyer, M. H., Paré-Blagoev, E. J., Elliot, A. J., Barbieri, C., Augustine, A., & Koedinger, K. R. (2015). Learning algebra by example in real-world classrooms. Journal of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 8(4), 530–551. Chernikova, O., Heitzmann, N., Fink, M.C. et al. Facilitating Diagnostic Competences in Higher Education—a Meta-Analysis in Medical and Teacher Education. Educ Psychol Rev 32, 157–196 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-019-09492-2 Erath, K., Ingram, J., Moschkovich, J. et al. Designing and enacting instruction that enhances language for mathematics learning: a review of the state of development and research. ZDM Mathematics Education 53, 245–262 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-020-01213-2 European Commission / EACEA / Eurydice, 2021. Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Hunt, J. H., & Little, M. E. (2014). Intensifying Interventions for Students by Identifying and Remediating Conceptual Understandings in Mathematics. TEACHING Exceptional Children, 46(6), 187-196. https://doi.org/10.1177/0040059914534617 Jansen, A., Berk, D., & Meikle, E. (2017). Investigating alignment between elementary mathematics teacher education and graduates’ teaching of mathematics for conceptual understanding. Harvard Educational Review, 87(2), 225-250. Krolak-Schwerdt, S., Hörstermann, T., Glock, S., & Böhmer, I. (2018). Teachers' assessments of students' achievements: The ecological validity of studies using case vignettes. Journal of Experimental Education, 86(4), 515–529. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.2017.1370686 Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., Kelly, D. & Fishbein, B. (2020). TIMSS 2019 international results in mathematics and science. Chestnut Hill, MA: TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. Boston College. O’Dwyer, L.M., Wang, Y. & Shields, K.A. Teaching for conceptual understanding: A cross-national comparison of the relationship between teachers’ instructional practices and student achievement in mathematics. Large-scale Assess Educ 3, 1 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-014-0011-6 Prediger, S., Dröse, J., Stahnke, R. et al. Teacher expertise for fostering at-risk students’ understanding of basic concepts: conceptual model and evidence for growth. J Math Teacher Educ 26, 481–508 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-022-09538-3 Rittle-Johnson, B., Loehr, A. M., & Durkin, K. (2017). Promoting self-explanation to improve mathematics learning: A meta-analysis and instructional design principles. ZDM, 49(4), 599–611. Siegler, R.S. & Chen, Z. (2008). Differentiation and integration: guiding principles for analyzing cognitive change. Developmental Science, 11(4), 433–453. Tzur, R., Johnson, H. L., Hodkowski, N. M., Nathenson-Mejia, S., Davis, A., & Gardner, A. (2020). Beyond getting answers: Promoting conceptual understanding of multiplication. Australian Primary Mathematics Classroom, 25(4), 35–40. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Teachers' Teaching Practices and Motivation to Implement Professional Development in Self-Regulated Learning Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Topic: Therefore, there is a need to design and study professional development programs that effectively support teachers in helping students become self-regulating learners. In this study, we draw on Expectancy-Value Theory (EVT) (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020) to explore teachers' motivation for implementing professional development activities aimed at supporting self-regulated learning and its relation to their self-reported teaching practices in this domain. The main aim of the study is to explore how teachers' motivation (expectancy for success, perceived value and cost) to implement professional development relates to their self-reported teaching practices in the domain of self-regulated learning. Theoretical framework: Teacher professional development is a process of teacher learning and “transforming their knowledge into practice for the benefit of their students’ growth” (Avalos, 2011). To design the professional development programme the basic theory of action proposed by Desimone (2009) and the IMTP (insight, motivate, techniques, practice) framework proposed by Sims et al. (2023) were used. Pintrich's (2000) model of Self-Regulated learning was used to conceptualize and define SRL as: "an active, constructive process whereby learners set goals for their learning and then attempt to monitor, regulate, and control their cognition, motivation, and behaviour, guided and constrained by their goals and the contextual features in the environment”. The content of professional development sessions was based on this model. An important aspect of teacher professional development is their motivation to learn, apply knowledge to practice and reflect on the results. One of the leading theories on motivation has been Expectancy-Value Theory (EVT) (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000; Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). It has been found that EVT can be used to explain changes in teachers’ practice in the context of professional development programmes (Boström & Palm, 2020). Karlen et al. (2023) have found that teachers’ self-efficacy and intrinsic value regarding the promotion of students’ SRL were both significantly correlated to teachers’ self-reported promotion of metacognition and students’ perceived promotion of metacognition. Based on Expectancy-Value Theory, Osman and Warner (2020) developed a scale that can be used to measure teachers' motivation to implement professional development. In accordance with their findings, expectancy for success, values, and cost were treated as distinct constructs of teacher motivation. The following research questions guide the study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design: The study was conducted in Estonia where 67 teachers from 5 schools participated in a 11-month professional development programme on the topic of self-regulated learning. At the beginning and the end of the programme, teachers evaluated their teaching practice regarding their support of self-regulated learning. Twice during the process they also reported their motivation to implement professional development. In the middle of the process, teachers gave written feedback on what has affected their motivation. Research instruments: The scale of teachers' expectancy, values and cost of implementing professional development (Osman and Warner, 2020) was adapted and used to measure teacher motivation. A self-evaluation questionnaire was used to assess teachers' self reported teaching practices. An open-ended questionnaire was used to collect written feedback on teacher motivation. Data analysis: Exploratory factor analysis was used to reveal five factors of teaching practices: promoting metacognition, providing emotional support, teaching cognitive strategies, scaffolding, providing concrete examples. Confirmatory factor analysis was used to confirm a three-factor model of teacher motivation. Correlation analysis and k-means cluster analysis was used to explore the relationships between motivational constructs and teaching practices. Qualitative analysis was used to code teachers' written responses based on the Expectancy-Value Theory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers' expectancy for success and perceived task value in implementing professional development were significantly associated with their self-reported teaching practices. While there were no significant correlations between teachers' perceived costs of implementing professional development and their teaching practices, cost was still negatively related to both expectancy and value. At the start of the professional development program, the teachers reporting the highest costs were not necessarily those reporting the least engagement in related teaching practices. By the end of the program, those who reported the lowest costs did not necessarily report the most extensive engagement in teaching practices. Qualitative results indicate that outside effort cost should be taken into account when examining teacher motivation to implement professional development. References Avalos, B. (2011). Teacher professional development in Teaching and Teacher Education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 10-20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.007 Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational researcher, 38(3), 181-199. Dignath, C., Buettner, G. & Langfeldt, H.-P. (2008) How can primary school students learn self-regulated learning strategies most effectively?: A meta-analysis on self-regulation training programmes. Educational Research Review, 3(2), 101-129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2008.02.003 Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61, 101859. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101859 Karlen, Y., Hirt, C. N., Jud, J., Rosenthal, A., & Eberli, T. D. (2023). Teachers as learners and agents of self-regulated learning: The importance of different teachers competence aspects for promoting metacognition. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 104055. Osman, D. J., & Warner, J. R. (2020). Measuring teacher motivation: The missing link between professional development and practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 92, 103064. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103064 Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. Frontiers in psychology, 422. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422 Pintrich, P. R. (2000). The Role of Goal Orientation in Self-Regulated Learning. In Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 451-502). Academic Press. Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V. & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2020). LifeComp: The European Framework for Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Key Competence. (No. JRC120911). Joint Research Centre (Seville site). http://dx.doi.org/10.2760/302967 Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O’Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Goodrich, J., Van Herwegen, J., & Anders, J. (2023). Effective Teacher Professional Development: New Theory and a Meta-Analytic Test. Review of Educational Research, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543231217480 Wigfield, A. & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy–Value Theory of Achievement Motivation. Contemporary educational psychology, 25(1), 68-81. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1015 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Promoting Cooperation with Parents and Inclusive, Digital and Green Environments in ECEC: Professionals’ Practices and Needs in Four European Countries 1University of Coimbra, Portugal; 2SEM Societa Cooperativa Sociale, Italy; Forma.Azione SRL, Italy; Gradinita cu Program Prelungit Scufita Rosie, Romania; Lietuvos Svietimo ir Mokslo Profesine Sajunga, Lithuania; Pomoc Deci Udruzenje Gradjana, Serbia Presenting Author:Cooperation between ECEC professionals and parents to support children’s learning, development and wellbeing is recognised as a key dimension of pedagogical quality (Council of the European Union, 2019). It can enhance the continuity of children’s learning experiences across the ECEC service and home, and positively impact their development (OECD, 2020). ECEC staff’s competences for working with families can encompass exchanging information, involving parents in the ECEC service and their children’s activities, and supporting parenting skills (European Commission, 2021). In working with families, approaching parents as valued partners in two-way communication, building a trusting relationship, and sharing goals have been recognised to improve cooperation (Aguiar & Pastori, 2019). Current European policy asserts the need to potentiate competences in the education profession, including for promoting cooperation with families, and inclusive, digital and green environments (Council of the European Union, 2021). The European Quality Framework for ECEC highlights the relevance of providing time for staff to engage with parents (European Commission, 2014). The European Framework for personal, social and learning to learn key competence - LifeComp - reinforces the need to support educational staff in implementing competence-based teaching in diverse contexts. The European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators - DigCompEdu - describes what it means for educators to be digitally competent, and includes a focus on working with parents. The European Sustainability Competence Framework - GreenComp - highlights the need to develop the sustainability competences of all learners, and guidelines for educators. Cooperation between ECEC professionals and parents can promote inclusive, digital and green environments in educational contexts through the development of a shared vision. However, ECEC professionals can experience uncertainty about how to promote this cooperation (Murphy et al., 2021). Despite widespread recognition of the importance of cooperating with parents, the inclusion of parents and cooperation modalities can vary between and within education systems (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2019). As highlighted by Epstein's model of parent involvement, diverse practices and strategies can be used to involve parents in schools (parenting support, communicating, volunteering, learning at home, decision-making, and collaborating with the community), which can be associated with specific challenges (Epstein, 2001). Further research on professionals’s views and approaches regarding cooperation with parents and inclusive, digital, and green environments in ECEC has been identified as necessary (Leitão et al., 2023; Norheim & Moser, 2020; Slot et al., 2018). The current study aimed to explore ECEC professionals’ practices and needs to promote cooperation with parents, and inclusive, digital, and green environments. It was conducted in Italy, Lithuania, Romania, and Serbia, as part of the PATHWAYS project (ERASMUS+; 2022-1-IT02-KA220-SCH-000087139), which aims to enhance and strengthen ECEC professionals’ strategic competences and skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Convenience sampling was used to recruit participants. The project team invited ECEC professionals in their network to complete an online questionnaire during March 2023. A total of 189 ECEC professionals participated. They were from Italy (n=34), Lithuania (n=36), Romania (n=62), and Serbia (n=57). Around 75% were educators/preschool teachers, 5% were ECEC setting managers, 1% were auxiliary staff, and 19% were other professionals. All identified themselves as female. The PATHWAYS team developed the questionnaire, and translated it into each country’s language. A set of questions asked participants to indicate the extent to which they were familiar (from 1=not at all to 5=very familiar) with the following European frameworks: Quality for ECEC, LifeComp, DigComp, GreenComp. Regarding inclusive environments, participants were asked to select which conditions were linked to challenges in their daily practice, among the following: additional/special needs, socio-economic difficulties, diverse cultural backgrounds, gender stereotypes, none, or other. Regarding digital environments, participants were requested to indicate the frequency of use of digital tools in their practice (at least once a week, at least once a month, never), if they used them with parents (yes, no), and which they used in general and with parents (open-ended questions). Concerning green environments, participants were asked if they organised activities to promote awareness about the importance of natural environments and sustainability (only with children, with parents and children, only with parents, or no/not organising). In terms of cooperation with parents, participants were requested to select which learning aspects they would like to improve, among the following: meaningful engagement and communication, cooperation or co-construction of the implementation, building parent's capacity/supporting parenthood, informing parents, advocacy, none of the previous, or other. They were also requested to indicate the most challenging aspect of approaching or involving parents (open-ended question). Quantitative data were analysed in terms of descriptive statistics using Microsoft Excel. The qualitative data were analysed using deductive content analysis, with a researcher coding the data in Microsoft Word. Regarding ethical considerations, completing the questionnaire was voluntary and did not involve direct benefits or consequences to the participants. Other than gender and profession (teacher, manager, teacher’s aide, or other), no participant personal details or special category data were collected. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the Quality Framework for ECEC, considering all countries, 46% of participants indicated low familiarity (ratings of 1 or 2), 32% medium familiarity (rating of 3), and 22% high familiarity (ratings of 4 and 5). Most participants indicated low familiarity with the frameworks LifeComp (58%), DigComp (61%) and GreenComp (63%). Considering the potential of these policies in shaping educational contexts, their further dissemination might be relevant among ECEC professionals. In terms of challenges faced in daily practice related to inclusiveness, most participants indicated additional/specific needs (74%). Concerning digital tools, 77% of participants reported using them at least once a week, with YouTube being the most frequent (46%). The use of digital tools with parents was reported by 65% of participants, with the computer being the most frequent (19%). Regarding activities related to natural environments and sustainability, 45% of participants reported organising them only with children, and 47% with children and parents. In terms of cooperation with parents, most participants indicated they would like to learn about meaningful engagement and communication (67%), cooperation or co-construction of the implementation (54%), and building parent's capacity/supporting parenthood (51%). The most frequently mentioned challenge in approaching/involving parents was related to engagement and communication (34%). These findings reinforce the relevance of supporting ECEC professionals in promoting cooperation with parents, which can be potentiated through programmatic and preventive policies, including peer-to-peer learning (Alieva, 2021). The results reported should not be seen as automatically generalisable to other countries. On the contrary, the diversity of contexts in which ECEC professionals work needs to be considered in policy and practice development. References Aguiar, C., & Pastori, G. (2019). Inclusive curricula, pedagogies, and social climate interventions - Integrative report. ISOTIS. https://www.isotis.org/en/publications/inclusive-curricula-pedagogies-and-social-climate-interventions-integrative-report/ Alieva, A. (2021). Parental involvement in formal education. NESET Ad hoc report no. 1/2021. https://nesetweb.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/NESET_AHQ_Parental_involvement-2.pdf Council of the European Union. (2019). Council recommendation of 22 May 2019 on high-quality Early Childhood Education and Care systems. Official Journal. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32019H0605(01) Council of the European Union. (2021). Council resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European education area and beyond (2021-2030) 2021/C 66/01. Official Journal, 1–21. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32021G0226(01) Epstein, J. L. (2001). School, family and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Westview Press. European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2019). Key data on Early Childhood Education and Care in Europe 2019. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/894279 European Commission. (2014). Proposal for key principles of a quality framework for Early Childhood Education and Care. Report of the working group on Early Childhood Education and Care under the auspices of the European Commission. European Commission. https://www.value-ecec.eu/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/ecec-quality-framework_en.pdf European Commission. (2021). Toolkit for inclusive early childhood education and care. Providing high quality education and care to all young children. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/399018 Leitão, C., Gaspar, M. F., Seabra-Santos, M. J., (with, in alphabetical order) Bîzu, E. G., Coman, M., Coman, M. F., Curta, A., Emanueli, A., Farnesi, R., Marchetti, S., Matulyte, A., Palazzetti, C., Pleșa, C., Puiša, I., Seician, M., Smudja, G., & Vasic, L. (2023). Cooperation with parents in inclusive, digital and green environments in ECEC: Policies and practices in four European countries. Pathways. https://www.pathways-ecec-project.com/_files/ugd/a702ad_1e53a4b6da904218bd86debd5e075c5f.pdf Murphy, C., Matthews, J., Clayton, O., & Cann, W. (2021). Partnership with families in early childhood education: Exploratory study. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 46(1), 93–106. https://doi.org/10.1177/1836939120979067 Norheim, H., & Moser, T. (2020). Barriers and facilitators for partnerships between parents with immigrant backgrounds and professionals in ECEC: A review based on empirical research. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(6), 789–805. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1836582 OECD. (2020). Building a high-quality Early Childhood Education and Care workforce. TALIS, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/b90bba3d-en Slot, P., Romijn, B., Cadima, J., Nata, G., & Wysłowska, O. (2018). Internet survey among staff working in formal and informal (education) sectors in ten European countries. ISOTIS. https://www.isotis.org/en/publications/internet-survey-among-staff-working-in-formal-and-informal-education-sectors-in-ten-european-countries/ 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Teaching Self-efficacy of Ethnic Minority Teaching Assistants The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:The present study examined the multicultural teaching assistants’ profiles of culturally responsive teaching self-efficacy (CRTSE). It also investigated whether the profile membership predicted their practices to facilitate social integration and family-school collaboration. Pre- and post-tests were conducted to assess their CRTSE. Latent profile transition analysis indicated three distinct profiles: high, medium, and low. Multiple regression analyses found that participants with a high (vs. low or medium) CRTSE profile at Time 1 reported more willingness to facilitate family-school collaboration at Time 2. Teachers play a critical role in student learning and academic development (e.g., Rubie-Davies et al., 2006).Although the number of ethnic minorities (EM), particularly those with South/Southeast Asian origin, continues growing in Hong Kong, kindergarten teachers are lack of understanding of EM cultures and inadequately prepared to teach EM students within a bilingual framework (Ng et al., 2020; Shum et al., 2011; Yuen, 2016). The linguistic and cultural discontinuities in school and home environments lead EM students to experience learning difficulties and show low academic competence (Yuen, 2016). The ethnic achievement gap has prompted educators to emphasize culturally responsive teaching (CRT; Gay, 2010) in teacher preparation programs. CRT underscores bridging course content with students' cultural knowledge to make learning relevant and more effective (Gay, 2010; Ladson-Billings, 2014). Research also suggests that minority teachers would benefit student learning by, for instance, serving as role models, holding higher expectations for EM students, and helping better examine sociocultural factors that affect student learning (Vilegas & Irvine, 2010). Although diversifying the teacher workforce sounds promising, minority youth seeking teacher certification face many barriers in Hong Kong, especially in meeting the requirement of Chinese proficiency. In recent years, educational initiatives to recruit EM paraprofessionals who can work as assistants to teachers (i.e., “bilingual or multicultural teaching assistants”) have gained recognition (Gao & Shum, 2010). As part of these initiatives, the Diploma Program in Early Childhood Education program (supporting learning and teaching for non-Chinese speaking children) or the D(ECE) program aimed to develop EM youth's professional capacityto work as teaching assistants at local kindergartens. This program intends to nurture multicultural teaching assistants who possess the language proficiency, pedagogical knowledge, and positive attitudes required to support preschool teachers, education, and community service workers in catering for EM children, build a solid base for learning, and create a social inclusion environment in the early childhood education and care sector. The D(ECE) consists of ten courses stronglyfocusing on CRT (Gay, 2010; Ladson-Billings, 2014), socio-emotional and language development of EM children, and L2Chinese learning. CRT self-efficacy (CRTSE; Siwatu, 2007) refers to how capable one feels of, for instance, preparing culturally responsive teaching or creating a supportive classroom climate. This study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of the program by examining participants’ CRTSE profiles and their transitions throughout the D(ECE). The present study This study had three objectives—(a) to identify multicultural teaching assistants’ CRTSE profiles and replicate theseprofiles over time, (b) to assess the transitions in profile membership from the beginning to the end of the D(ECE) program, and (c) to investigate whether the identified profiles would predict participants’ multicultural practices (i.e., family-school collaboration and social integration) by the end of the program. We expected that participants classified as high or medium CRTSE would report higher engagement in practices for facilitating family-school collaboration and social integration than those classified as low CRTSE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This sample comprised six cohorts of ethnic minority youth (N = 130) enrolled in the D(ECE) at a public university in Hong Kong. At Time 1, participants were 18.9 years of age (SD = 1.8; Min = 17, Max = 28). Nearly all participants were South Asian ethnic minorities (97.1%). About 73% of participants were born in Hong Kong, and 27% of them were born in the country of origin. The D(ECE) program was launched in 2016 and continues its efforts to prepare EM youth as future teacher workforce. The coursework was geared toward facilitating participants’ development of knowledge and skills related to CRT, emphasizing teaching L2 Chinese. It involves ten courses (i.e., 30 credits) and a one-year practicum. The courses included building culturally responsive classrooms in a local context, understanding child development from an ecological perspective, and supporting the language development of ethnic minority children—the practicum aimed to translate their knowledge into practices in classrooms (Richardson 1990). The pre-tests were conducted at the beginning of the program (e.g., September 2022), whereas the post-test was conducted during the last course of the program (e.g., June 2022). Measures Culturally Responsive Teaching Self-Efficacy (CRTSE) (Siwatu, 2007) included items like “I am able to identify the diverse needs of my students.” Practices of Social Integration included items such as “I can organize learning activities to facilitate the mutual understanding of ethnic minority children and local students.” Practices of Family-School Collaboration included items like “I can make ethnic minority parents understand their children’s learning better through explanations.” Results To identify participants’ profiles, latent profile analyses (LPA) were conducted for Time 1 and Time 2. Examination of the profile indicator revealed that the three profiles are characterized by low (M = -1.01), medium (M = -.08), and high levels (M = .84) of CRTSE mean scores. ANOVA indicated significant mean differences between the three profiles for all the CRTSE items, Fs(2, 132) > 36.3 p < .001. The low, medium, and high profiles correspond to 25%, 41%, and 34% of the sample. To address the second research question, latent transition analysis indicated that 68 participants (50%) remained in the same profile, 46 participants (34%) moved upward to a better profile, whereas 21 participants (16%) transitioned downward to a worse profile by the end of the program. Multiple regression analyses showed that participants in the high (vs. low) profile engaged in more practices about family-school collaboration one year later. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings revealed different transition paths of EM youth in the three CRTSE profiles (low, medium, and high). High and medium profiles were relatively more stable over time than the low profile: More than half of the participants in the low profile moved upward to the medium profile by the end of the program. Likewise, one-third of participants in the medium profile moved upward to the high profile. Consistent with past research on CRTSE, notice teachers often showed a decline in efficacy during the first year of teaching (Hoy & Spero, 2005). Participants in the high profile may initially underestimate the complexity of teaching tasks and their ability to handle multiple tasks in multicultural classrooms. The practicum may have made them recognize the gap between their expectations and actual performance and readjust their perception of self-efficacy. Despite the decline in self-efficacy, results found that participants in the high (vs. low) profile engaged in more practices to facilitate school-family collaboration by the end of the program. This study extends the literature on CRT by examining the transition paths of CRTSE profiles among EM youth who aspired to teach at Hong Kong kindergartens. Participants in the high profile appear knowledgeable, but teaching challenges may dampen their passion. For participants in the low or medium profile, efforts would do well to focus on boosting their knowledge related to CRT practices. These findings serve as important information to policymakers, practitioners, and other stakeholders in understanding how to equip EM youth with professional capacity to support EM students and, more broadly, address cultural diversity in Hong Kong. References Census and Statistics Department Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (2018). Hong Kong poverty situation report on ethnic minorities 2016. Retrieved from https://www.povertyrelief.gov.hk/pdf/Hong%20Kong%20Poverty%20Situation%2 0Report%20on%20Ethnic%20Minorities%202016.pdf. Accessed February 10, 2023. Gao, F., & Shum, M. S. K (2010). Investigating the role of bilingual teaching assistants in Hong Kong: an exploratory study. Educational Research, 52(4), 445-456. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2010.524753 Gay, G. (2010). Culturally responsive teaching: theory, research, and practice (2nd ed.). Teachers College Press. Hoy, A. W., & Spero, R. B. (2005). Changes in teacher efficacy during the early years of teaching: A comparison of four measures. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(4), 343–356. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.01.007. Ladson-Billings, G. (2014). Culturally relevant pedagogy 2.0: Aka the remix. Harvard Educational Review, 84(1), 74–84. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.84.1.p2rj131485484751 Ng, C. S. M., Chai, W., Fok, H. K., Chan, S. P., Lam, H. C., & Chung, K. K. H. (2020). Building preschool teachers’ capacity for teaching Chinese to ethnic minority children in Hong Kong: A qualitative study. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 41(3), 284-305. https://10.1080/10901027.2019.1638852 Richardson, V. (1990). Significant and worthwhile change in teaching practice. Educational Researcher, 19(7), 10-18. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X019007010 Rubie-Davies, C., Hattie, J., & Hamilton, R. (2006). Expecting the best for students: Teacher expectations and academic outcomes. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 76, 429-444. https://doi.org/10.1348/000709905X53589 Shum, M. S. K., Gao, F., Tsung, L., & Ki, W.-W. (2011). South Asian students’ Chinese language learning in Hong Kong: Motivations and strategies. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 32(3), 285–297. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434 632.2010.539693 Siwatu, K. O. (2007). Preservice teachers’ culturally responsive teaching self-efficacy and outcome expectancy beliefs. Teaching and Teacher Education, 23(7), 1086- 1101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.07.011 Villegas, A. M., & Irvine, J. J. (2010). Diversifying the teaching force: An examination of major arguments. Urban Review, 42(3), 175–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11256-010-0150-1 Yuen, C. Y. M. (2016). Enhancing early childhood schooling of South Asian children in Hong Kong: beliefs and perceptions of kindergarten teachers and principals. Early Child Development and Care, 186(3), 403-418. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1036420 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster The Relationship between Initial Teachers’ Personality Traits and Application of Critical Thinking on Social Media Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Theoretical framework. Social media (SM) is an integral part of our lives, affecting us as individuals, changing and influencing our behaviour and actions. The internet is full of different interpretations of past and present events, propaganda and deceptive information. The spread of fake news is particularly favourable under uncertainty. Due to the high pace of our life, constant change we do not know how to choose, to distinguish unbiased facts from opinions and emotions. Social media has affected people’s behaviour by making them more broad-minded and by developing mutual respect. However, this also led to negative changes in the personality: people became more self-obsessed, lazy and violent; their behaviour was determined by low self-esteem, mental health problems, and trust issues (Xanidis & Brignell, 2016; Primack and etc., 2017; Hussain & Griffiths, 2021; Bowden-Green, Hinds, & Joinson, 2021; Kotsonis, 2022). Only reflecting on ourselves as personalities and knowing our ways of thinking in social media we can better evaluate both ourselves and the information presented in it. It is important to understand how people interact on social networks and what influences their decisions to share content or follow different accounts. Research shows that knowing one’s personality helps predict such aspects of life as academic success, work performance, health, success in relationships, and behaviour in social media (Koçak & Kabadayı, 2016; Lampropoulos and etc., 2022). It has been proven that there is a direct connection between behaviour in SM and the personality’s individual traits, especially our critical thinking. Some researches show that many people do not have any experience or willingness to critically evaluate information or look for reasons, or do not have any demand to reflect on possible consequences (Wineburg and etc., 2016). Critical thinking in this context is defined as the ability to critically analyze, purposefully choose, reflectively evaluate and to make a responsible decision who/what to trust and how to act. Our thinking depends on the characteristics of our personality and can be inflexible, inert, so it requires constant human effort to know and change it. As already mentioned, critical thinking can be understood as thinking about one's own thinking in order to improve it. Only by getting to know one's personality traits and peculiarities of thinking will it be possible to purposefully educate and guide the representatives of the younger generation in the future. It will be possible to educate purposefully and guide the representatives of the youth by recognizing personality traits and peculiarities of thinking. According to trait theorists, personality traits and critical thinking are key determinants of people’s behaviour in a given situation and also in social media (Nakayama, Kikuchi, & Yamamoto, 2021; Acevedo & Hess, 2022; Cheng and etc., 2022; Steinert and etc., 2022; Cheng and etc., 2022). They are important in predicting various behavioural outcomes, including the way of using social media and the type of behaviour in social media as well as the impact of media itself on the personality. Research questions: What critical thinking skills are identified as essential by initial teachers in evaluating information on social media? Are there significant differences between initial teachers‘ involved on the project activities of critical thinking and media literacy and other initial teachers, who didn‘t participated in the project? What is the relationship between initial teachers' personality and critical thinking traits? The purpose of the study is to reveal the relationship between the initial teachers' personality dimensions and the characteristics of application of critical thinking skills on social media.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Quantitative research methodology was applied by using online questionnaire with closed type questions. Purposive sampling was used to form the research sample. 218 initial teachers of one teacher training center completed an online questionnaire. The research is conducted together with the partners from Poland, Bulgaria, Greece, and Romania in the context of Erasmus+ KA220-HED Cooperation partnerships in higher education project „Critical Thinking in the Information Society“(CTIS) (https://ctis-erasmus.info/). 41 out of 218 initial teachers participated in developing critical thinking and media literacy skills in higher education via flipped classrooms. Methods of data collection. The Big Five personality dimensions scale (Goldberg, 1999) was applied to identify personality traits. The scale consists of 25 pairs of adjectives in 5 subscales: extraversion, conscientiousness, agreeableness, neuroticism, openness to innovation. For each pair of adjectives, the respondent must circle the number that suits them best on a scale from "1" to "7" (eg Honest 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Careless). The scale was translated into Lithuanian and validated using the double translation standard, giving scientists the opportunity to use it for free in scientific research work (Bunevičius, 2005). Critical Thinking Skills Assessment scale has been designed to help to assess their performance as critical thinkers on social media as well and the importance of these skills. The scale presents 13 key critical thinking skills. Each of the skill was assessed on two scales: the first one assesses the importance of critically thinking skills performed on social media and the second scale helps to identify how initial teachers assess their performance as critical thinkers. Data analysis methods. Descriptive statistics, non-parametric tests, factor and correlation analyses, and analysis of variance (ANOVA) were applied. Cronbach's alpha coefficient (α) was used to assess the internal consistency of the questionnaire scale, which is based on the correlation of the individual questions that make up the questionnaire and evaluates whether all the questions of the scale sufficiently reflect the researched size and enables specifying the number of required questions on the scale. The empirical study was conducted in order not to violate the principles of research ethics and respondents’ rights. The objectives of the research were clearly explained to the research participants, emphasizing the principles of voluntary participation, anonymity, and the respondents' free decision to participate in the research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study revealed the predominant personality dimensions of initial teachers and the manifestation of subjective self-evaluation and importance of application of critical thinking skills on social media. The personal critical thinking abilities to identify the inconsistency of other persons' thinking, to ask important questions that help to raise doubts about certain assumptions and to assess whether other persons have correctly understood the information (facts) had the lowest scores. It can be stated that in order to improve these abilities, it is important to pay attention to the Evaluating Ideas and Arguments group of skills, in order for initial teachers to learn as critically as possible in social media to evaluate the information and arguments presented by other persons. The initial teachers who are characterized by extroversion and neuroticism may tend to more spontaneously accept and evaluate information presented in social media, i.e., they have less abilities of critical evaluation and acceptance of information. Individuals with a higher awareness score can be characterized as more capable for effective problem-solving and informed decision-making, also to draw conclusions based on evidence, evaluating the limitations and mistakes of their own reasoning. The presented assumptions should be verified by conducting further research, choosing different research methodological approaches and expanding the boundaries of the research sample. References Acevedo, E.C., & Hess, C. (2022). The link between critical thinking and personality: individual differences in a concern for truth. Modern Psychological Studies, 27(1), 9. https://scholar.utc.edu/mps/vol27/iss1/9 Bowden-Green, T., Hinds, J., & Joinson, A. (2021). Understanding neuroticism and social media: A systematic review. Personality and Individual Differences, 168, 110344, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2020.110344 Bunevičius, A. (2015). Didžiojo penketo asmenybės dimensijos (DPAD) [The Big Five Personality Dimensions]. http://biological-psychiatry.eu/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/2005_6-7_A.-Bunevicius.pdf Cheng, L., Fang, G., Zhang, X., Lv, Y., & Liu, L. (2022). Impact of social media use on critical thinking ability of university students. Library Hi Tech, Vol. ahead-of-print No. ahead-of-print. https://doi.org/10.1108/LHT-11-2021-0393 Goldberg, L. R. (1999). A Broad-Bandwidth, Public Domain Personality Inventory Measuring the Lower-Level Facets of Several Five-Factor Models. In I. Mervielde, I. Deary, F. De Fruyt, & F. Ostendorf (Eds.), Personality Psychology in Europe, 7 (pp. 7-28). Tilburg, The Netherlands: Tilburg University Press. Hussain, Z., & Griffiths, M. D. (2021). The associations between problematic social networking site use and sleep quality, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, depression, anxiety and stress. International Journal of Mental Health and Addiction, 19, 686-700. James, A. E. (2017). Use of multiple social media platforms and symptoms of depression and anxiety: A nationally-representative study among U.S. Young adults. Computers in Human Behavior, 69, 1–9. Koçak A.A., & Kabadayı, E.T., (2016). The Effect of Personal Factors on Social Media Usage of Young Consumers. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 235, 595-602. Kotsonis, A. (2022) Social media as inadvertent educators. Journal of Moral Education, 51(2), 155-168. Lampropoulos, G., Anastasiadis, T., Siakas, K., & Siakas, E. (2022). The impact of personality traits on social media use and engagement: An overview. International Journal on Social and Education Sciences (IJonSES), 4(1), 34-51. Nakayama, M., Kikuchi, S., & Yamamoto, H. (2021). Development of critical thinking skills during online learning. In 2021 25th International Conference Information Visualisation (IV), (pp. 243-247). Sydney, Australia. https://doi.org/10.1109/IV53921.2021.00046 Primack, B. A., Shensa, A., Escobar-Viera, C. G., Barrett, E. L., Sidani, J. E., Colditz, J. B., & Steinert, S., Marin. L., & Roeser, S. (2022). Feeling and thinking on social media: emotions, affective scaffolding, and critical thinking. Inquiry, https://doi.org/10.1080/0020174x.2022.2126148 Wineburg, S. McGrew, S. Breakstone, J. & Ortega, T. (2016). Evaluating information: the cornerstone of civic online reasoning. Stanford digital repository. http://purl.stanford.edu/fv751yt5934 Xanidis, N., & Brignell, C. M. (2016). The association between the use of social network sites, sleep quality and cognitive function during the day. Computers in Human Behavior, 55, 121-126. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Charting the Course: Teacher Agency and Institutional Change in the Digital Transformation of Education 1KIT, Germany; 2University of Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:The ongoing digital transformation poses a substantial challenge to the education system, requiring sustained adjustments across all levels, including instruction and school administration (European Commission, 2020; Eickelmann & Gerick, 2017). In the realm of such transformative processes, educational stakeholders assume diverse roles with varying degrees of influence (Stoll & Seashore, 2007). Extensive research underscores the pivotal role of teachers in general transformation processes (Leander & Osborne, 2008; Sebastian et al., 2016), particularly in the realm of digitalizing education (Wohlfart & Wagner, 2023). In our study, we understand teachers (as employees of governmental educational institutions) to be institutional agents for education due to their influence on educational practices, curriculum development, classroom culture, and student development. Fundamentally, teachers, as agents, wield substantial influence over whether and how institutionalized practices evolve over time or persist unchanged (Bridwell-Mitchell, 2015). The aim of this study was to gain a deeper understanding of the dynamic relationships between teacher agency and institutional and infrastructural changes in the context of the rapid digital transformation initiated by the COVID-19 pandemic and the subsequent two-year period by answering the following research questions (RQ): RQ1: Which institutional and instructional changes toward digital transformation were induced by the COVID-19 pandemic? RQ2: How is teacher agency associated with institutional and instructional changes? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer our research questions, we conducted a longitudinal interview study over two years in the federal state of Baden-Wuerttemberg, Germany, conducting three rounds of interviews with the same teachers at secondary schools in 2020, 2021 and 2022. For this purpose, we developed three interview guidelines with a small variation in focus over the years. The interview guidelines consisted of five to eight main questions focusing on adaptation to distance teaching, technology acceptance and implementation, transformation processes of the role of teachers, and digital transformation on instructional and institutional changes. In addition, we used a short questionnaire to obtain the sociodemographic information of the participants. The interviews lasted between 34 and 71 minutes each and were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim according to specific transcription guidelines which resulted in 396 pages of single-spaced transcribed text. We performed an iterative qualitative content analysis on the 30 transcripts according to Mayring (2022) with deductive categories based on how structure, culture, and agency influenced the digital transformation process of their school setting (e.g., leadership), as well as the inductive categories that emerged from the transcribed interview material and described specific changes in instruction and institutions (e.g., modification of instructional formats). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals significant changes in teaching and organization during the Covid-19 pandemic. Overall, the interviewed teachers, as captives of digitalization in times of the COVID-19 pandemic, made use of their agency and “stepped up” to pandemic-induced changes (Buchanan, 2015, p. 710). According to the interviewees, adjustments to formats, the development of teaching materials, changes in assessment practices, and a transformation of the role of teachers were identified in teaching. Regarding organization, infrastructure was improved, workspace design was adjusted, leadership and media concepts were developed or revised, and collaboration was strengthened. The findings highlight the importance of both individual and collective transformative agency in initiating and sustaining instructional changes. However, the success of the transformation process depends on the presence of supportive structural and contextual conditions. In addition, the analysis emphasizes the challenges and complexities associated with system-wide changes in teaching and learning. Instructional and institutional changes driven by teacher agency during the pandemic demonstrate the need for extensive infrastructure, coordinated materials, teacher training, and professional development. We present these findings as a heuristic model of interconnected dynamics of teacher agency in digital transformation and its impact on institutional and instructional changes. References Bridwell-Mitchell, E. N. (2015). Theorizing Teacher Agency and Reform. Sociology of Education, 88(2), 140–159. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040715575559 Buchanan, R. (2015). Teacher identity and agency in an era of accountability. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 700–719. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044329 Eickelmann, B., & Gerick, J. (2017). Lehren und Lernen mit digitalen Medien - Zielsetzungen, Rahmenbedingungen und Implikationen für die Schulentwicklung [Teaching and Learning with Digital Media - Objectives, Frameworks, and Implications for School Development]. Schulmanagement Handbuch, 164(4), 54–81. European Commission. (2020). Digital education action plan (2021–2027): Resetting education and training for the digital age. Website. European Union. https://bit.ly/3GsJAcH Hargreaves, A. (2005). Educational change takes ages: Life, career and generational factors in teachers’ emotional responses to educational change. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(8), 967–983. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.007 Leander, K. M., & Osborne, M. D. (2008). Complex positioning: Teachers as agents of curricular and pedagogical reform. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(1), 23–46. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270601089199 Lockton, M., & Fargason, S. (2019). Disrupting the status quo: How teachers grapple with reforms that compete with long-standing educational views. Journal of Educational Change, 20(4), 469–494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09351-5 Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken [Qualitative Content Analysis: Foundations and Techniques] (13th ed.). Beltz. Sebastian, J., Allensworth, E., & Huang, H. (2016). The role of teacher leadership in how principals influence classroom instruction and student learning. American Journal of Education, 123(1), 69–108. https://doi.org/10.1086/688169 Stoll, L., & Seashore, K. L. (Eds.). (2007). Professional learning. Professional learning communities: Divergence, depth and dilemmas. McGraw-Hill/Open University Press. http://site.ebrary.com/lib/academiccompletetitles/home.action Wohlfart, O. & Wagner, I. (2023). Teachers’ role in digitalizing education: An umbrella review. Educational Technology Research and Development, 71(2), 339–365. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-022-10166-0 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster The Effects of Constructive Teaching Methodology on the Development of High School Students’ Ability to Write Laboratory Report Works Nazarbayev Intellectual School of chemistry and biology in Almaty, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This research was conducted in response to the changes made to the external summary assessment of the 12th-grade students in physics for the 2023-2024 academic year. This decision was implemented by the Center for Pedagogical Measurements AEO Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. Considering this modification, the study proposes the preparation of Paper 3, the third component of the high school external summative assessment in physics, based on the Paper 5 of AS & A Level Physics 9702. The objective of this research is to investigate the effect of constructive teaching approach on the development of high school students' ability to produce a laboratory activity report. The researchers employed the Plan-Do-Study-Act PDSA Model of Action Research and utilized a pretest-posttest quasi-experimental design using quantitative approaches performed. The respondents of the research were the 11th grade students, with 34 students participating in the study. The preparedness for Paper 5 was assessed through a survey and control test administered to the 11th-grade students. Results indicated that a majority of students were able to distinguish dependent, independent, and control variables in the task based on Paper 3. They could construct a graph according to the given table and calculate the gradient. However, when it came to the tasks based on the Paper 5 laboratory work, students struggled with designing a laboratory work, defining variables, and explaining the physical meaning of a gradient. The rate of success in tasks based on Paper 5 laboratory was only 26%, as confirmed by both the survey and control test results. In response to these findings, an active learning model based on constructive teaching methodology, selected based on the PDSA model of action research, was implemented. The difference between the scores of the input and output diagnostic tests from the implementation of the learning strategy was significant, with a high Hake's index of 0.74 (<g> = 0.74). Thus, the active learning model, based on the constructive learning methodology of tasks prepared based on Paper 5, significantly improved students’ skills. Based on these results, the researchers recommend the promotion and use of this teaching methodology in the physics department, in the entire NIS ChB Almaty and NIS schools across country. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The researchers employed Plan-Do-Study-Act PDSA Model of Action Research in this study. The study also involved a pretest-posttest quasi-experimental design using quantitative approaches. This study was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Almaty. Students of the 11th grade who studied physics in English took part in the research. The number of participants is 34. This process included curriculum development through collaborative planning, survey administration, and development of an input diagnostic task. A survey "Determining the skills to perform laboratory work" was conducted among the students. In addition, "Data Analysis" diagnostics prepared based on Paper 3 was carried out. The analysis of the received data showed that the students can determine the dependent and independent variables based on the prepared data, can choose the right scale, and can work with the table. However, students indicated in the survey that they had difficulty constructing and analyzing graphs. Based on the survey, the researchers addressed the first question that constitutes Paper 5. Co-developed a lesson plan that opens up the first question that makes up Paper 5. The result of the first lesson showed the average value of normalized gain of Hake. The research team decided to plan the second phase of the lesson based on the theory of constructive teaching. Before the lesson, input diagnostics prepared on the basis of Paper 5 was conducted. The process was completed in two double periods of physics lessons of 320 minutes each. During the lesson, the class was divided into groups and did laboratory work prepared on the basis of Paper 5. After the lesson, the students completed the task of output diagnosis. Pre-test and post-test transitions were analyzed using Hake's normalized gain. After completing the output Diagnostics task, the researcher provided feedback to the participants using structured questions to test their understanding and experience. In the second study lesson, students were divided into groups and discussed the questions prepared on the basis of Paper 5. They developed evaluation criteria and conducted evaluation work one by one. The head of the physics department observed the classes during the research. The situation in the classroom, the active participation of students, and the course of the lesson were evaluated. To determine the effect of the learning strategy, changes in the input and output diagnostic tasks developed on the basis of Paper 5 were analyzed using Hake's normalized gain formula. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The active learning model of constructive learning theory effectively improved students' conceptual understanding and Paper 5 skills in planning and designing experiments, identifying variables, and writing reports on controlled experiments. After the implementation of the intervention, the students demonstrated a high Hake gain (<g> = 0.74). Constructive learning theory's active learning model involves students articulating their ideas through participation in group projects and frequently formulating assessment questions and assignments. Students have developed the ability to convey knowledge in diverse ways. In summary, the active learning model of the constructive learning theory, focusing students on thinking and understanding rather than mechanically memorizing knowledge, has notably contributed to the effective performance of the task created based on Paper 5. The researchers recommend extending the data collection and analysis over a longer period to obtain more complete data. Another suggestion is that constructs such as motivation and scientific process skills can be included in the investigation. Qualitative methods can also be used for a deeper analysis of the impact of the active learning model of constructive learning theory on student learning. Propagation and application of this teaching pedagogy is offered at the Department of Physics NIS ChB in Almaty. An international teacher will initiate a series of professional development programs based on this teaching pedagogy for the training of teachers of the NIS in Almaty. References 1. Trumper, R. (2003). The physics laboratory – A historical overview and future perspectives. Science & Education 12: 645–670. 2. Abaniel, Arra. Q. “Enhanced Conceptual Understanding, 21st Century Skills And Learning Attitudes Through An Open Inquiry Learning Model In Physics.” Journal of technology and science education 11.1 (2021): 30–43. Web. 3. Lombardi, S.M. (2011). Internet Activities for a Preschool Technology Education Program Guided by Caregivers. Doctoral dissertation, North Carolina State University. pp. 139–40. 4. Devries, B.; Zan, B. (2003). "When children make rules". Educational Leadership. 61 (1): 64–7. 5. Books, Jacqueline G.; Brooks, Martin G. (1999). In search of understanding: The case for constructivist classrooms, revised edition. Alexandria, VA: The association for supervision and curriculum development. 6. Pelech, James (2010). The Comprehensive Handbook of Constructivist Teaching: From Theory to Practice. Charlotte, NC: IAP. p. 19. ISBN 978-1-60752-375-8. 7. Constructivism as a Paradigm for Teaching and Learning http://www.thirteen.org/edonline/concept2class/constructivism/index_sub5.html 8. https://deming.org/explore/pdsa/ 9. Coletta, Vincent P., and Jeffrey J. Steinert. “Why Normalized Gain Should Continue to Be Used in Analyzing Preinstruction and Postinstruction Scores on Concept Inventories.” Physical review. Physics education research 16.1 (2020): 010108. Web. 10. Hake, Richard R. “Analyzing Change/Gain Scores* Dept. of Physics, Indiana University.” Https://Web.physics.indiana.edu/Sdi/AnalyzingChange-Gain.pdf, web.physics.indiana.edu/sdi/AnalyzingChange-Gain.pdf. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Teachers' Personal and Professional Growth Experiences in Contextual Learning Processes at School 1Vilnius University, Lithuania; 2Šiauliai Salduvė pro-gymnasium Presenting Author:The rapid changes in life open up the situations of ambiguity and uncertainty, which not only triggers various challenges but also presents unlimited opportunities, encourages the society to change its customary procedures and behaviour, while simultaneously changing people’s thinking and beliefs. The information flow replaces previous knowledge with new discoveries and insights which require that we learn to live and work differently. Thus, in this context, a special role falls on the school and the teacher: to be a teacher preparing children for the future and, at the same time, to become a constant learner who is open to change, the search for new truths, and self-discoveries. Therefore, issues of effective professional development (Porter et al., 2000; Garet et al., 2001; Desimone et al., 2002; Darling-Hammond et al., 2017; Caena, 2011) that would respond to the societal needs, promote not only the student’s but also the teacher’s progress, and motivate them to grow when pursuing better personal results (Guskey, 2000; Evans, 2008; 2014) have become increasingly relevant. The phenomenon of the professional growth of teachers and their personal professional growth experiences are not widely analysed in the field of educational research. More attention is being paid to professional development which can be characterised by specific professional development activities, such as seminars, courses, conferences, and the like. Professional growth is a process changing the individual’s personal world (value approaches, self-esteem, thinking, behaviour) related to the teacher’s constant improvement in the context of integrating the teaching of children and the teacher’s own learning in order to achieve a higher quality of his/her activities. This process is related to the very teacher’s activity and the personal changes which the teacher is bound to experience by consciously and responsibly using the development opportunities provided by the school. Thus, the problem of this research is outlined as the coherence of the interaction between professional growth experiences and professional development opportunities provided by the school. Therefore, this research is aimed to answer the following question: How does the personal professional development framework which is applied at school promote the professional growth of teachers? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research implemented a phenomenographic research strategy. The application of phenomenography as a research strategy focuses on people’s experiences of reality, on the diversity of ways of knowing the world, thereby giving the researcher a rich, holistic understanding of how people conceptualise a phenomenon (Marton, 1981, 1986, 1992; Säljö, 1997; Åkerlind, 2012). The main focus is on how things appear to people in their world and how people explain to themselves and others what is happening around them (Barnard et al., 1999). The phenomenological direction of the phenomenographic research was chosen thus focusing on the analysis of the learning experience while not including the learning results. The focus on the teachers’ professional growth experiences aims to distinguish and highlight similar or different trends (Hasselgren & Beach, 1997). The research was conducted in a general education school (progymnasium) in Lithuania, where a peculiar framework of the teacher personal professional development (PPD) has been applied in response to the essential principles of teacher professional development. The research was started by conducting individual semi-structured phenomenographic interviews with 16 teachers of the school. The research data was analysed by using the phenomenographic methodology going deep into various individual experiences in search of similarities. Each interview text was read through several times in order to define the categories and the subcategories revealing them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the phenomenographic research revealed that the experiences of the professional growth of teachers through participation in the school’s personal professional development (PPD) framework encompass three categories: 1) changes determined by the teacher’s reflection as an experience of professional growth; 2) collegial collaboration while seeking coherence between personal and institutional goals; 3) personal professional development enabled by the organisational framework. The experiences of professional growth, as revealed by the involved teachers, which illustrate the features characteristic of each level (individual, group, institutional), were discovered by juxtaposing different opinions and looking for similarities between them. At every level (individual, collegial, institutional), educational elements emerge which can be developed in order to improve the PPD framework and create more favourable conditions for the professional growth of teachers. The adjustment of elements of each level depends on different factors which are largely influenced by the teachers themselves, their subjective attitude, experiences, and personality traits. The outcomes of efficient activities are determined by a clearly structured model which facilitates communication, encourages teachers and leaders to plan activities in advance, discuss and collaborate. The existence of the structure helps to rationally use resources, especially the resources of time and intelligence, to distribute responsibilities, allows transparent monitoring and self-evaluation, during which the collected data are used to plan and improve further activities. Practices created over a long period of time are also efficient in the sense that they enhance the organisation’s microclimate, promote open sharing of both successes and concerns. References Åkerlind, G. S. (2012). Variation and commonality in phenomenographic research methods. Higher Education Research & Development, 31(1), 115–127. Barnard, A., McCosker, H., & Gerber, R. (1999). Phenomenography: a qualitative research approach for exploring understanding in health care. Qualitative Health Research, 9(2), 212–226. Caena, F. (2011). Literature review Quality in Teachers’ continuing professional development. European Commission, 2–20. Available at: https://policytoolbox.iiep.unesco.org/library/W9JQKBHL Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., Gardner, M. (2017). Effective Teacher Professional Development. Palo Alto, CA: Learning Policy Institute. Desimone, L. M., Porter, A. C., Garet, M. S., Yoon, K. S., & Birman, B. F. (2002). Effects of professional development on teachers’ instruction: Results from a three-year longitudinal study. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(2), 81–112. Evans, L. (2008). Professionalism, professionality and the development of education professionals. British Journal of Educational Studies, 56(1), 20–38. Evans, L. (2014). Leadership for professional development and learning: Enhancing our understanding of how teachers develop. Cambridge Journal of Education, 44(2), 179–198. Garet, M. S., Porter, A. C., Desimone, L., Birman, B. F., & Yoon, K. S. (2001). What makes professional development effective? Results from a national sample of teachers. American Educational Research Journal, 38(4), 915–945. Hasselgren, B., & Beach, D. (1997). Phenomenography—a “good‐for‐nothing brother” of phenomenology? Outline of an analysis. Higher Education Research & Development, 16(2), 191–202. Marton, F. (1981). Phenomenography – describing conceptions of the world around us. Instructional Science, 10(2), 177–200. Marton, F. (1986). Phenomenography – a research approach to investigating different understandings of reality. Journal of Thought, 21(3), 28–49. Marton, F. (1992). Phenomenography and “the art of teaching all things to all men’’. Qualitative Studies in Education, 5(3), 253–267. Porter, A. C., Garet, M. S., Desimone, L., Yoon, K. S., & Birman, B. F. (2000). Does professional development change teaching practice? Results from a three-year study. Available at: https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED455227.pdf Säljö, R. (1997). Talk as data and practice—a critical look at phenomenographic inquiry and the appeal to experience. Higher Education Research & Development, 16(2), 173–190. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster Teachers' Professional Development as an Opportunity for Professional Growth: "I Know Who I am and Why I‘m Doing This" Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The importance of improving schools, improving the quality of teachers' performance and improving student learning results encourages researchers to focus on teachers' professional development as one of the most important factors determining the ways of implementing these goals. The latter issues have been analyzed and researched for several decades, but they do not lose their relevance recently focusing on the possibilities, forms and conditions of teachers' empowerment for professional learning and professionalism, etc. (Krille, 2020; Desimone, 2023). Traditional systems considered ineffective, due to insufficient coherence with the specific context of the school community or classroom activities, too little attention to individual planning, specific needs of the teacher and the school itself, practical analysis of the teachers' experience and cooperation (Guskey, 2002; 2009; Cohen & Hill, 2000; Porter et al., 2001). Studies revealed that often short-term professional development seminars and trainings organized according to the priority directions of educational policies poorly meet their needs and help them adapt to changing educational circumstances (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002). Concepts of professional development are shifting from gap-filling workshops or instructional models to professional growth models in which teachers actively collaborate in exploring their practice to improve their knowledge of content, pedagogy, and students (Darling-Hammond & Richardson, 2009). Learning in the context of professional development is always more successful if it takes place as close as possible to the teacher's work environment, provides opportunities for reflection and feedback, involves the teacher's conscious commitment and uses external knowledge, e.g. consultant and/or critical friend, to increase the capacity of the service (Fullan, 2020). Structures that promote teacher development are necessary, but the most effective are those that are formed by the school community itself, based on its culture, context, teachers' experience and create opportunities for collaboration (Leu, 2004; Geijsel et al., 2009; Caena, 2011). The research question: what happens and what changes does the teacher experience on the path of his personal and professional growth? The purpose of the research: to reveal the experience of the teacher's professional growth in the context of the school's personal professional development system. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was carried out in a school where the teachers' reflective personal professional development (PPD) system has been implemented and continuously improved for more than five years. Personal professional development activities in the school, integrating the teacher's work (practical activities) and learning in the PPD model unfold through three levels: individual, group and institutional. The reflective PPD process is based on 10 provisions focused on improving student achievement, reflecting on the teacher's personal experience, creating opportunities for the teacher to improve competencies at individual, group and institutional levels, providing support and cooperation and ensuring feedback. These are ongoing, constant activities, manifested at each level as cycles, the structure of which can change depending on the specific situation The research methodology is also based on the paradigm of social constructionism (Berger, Luckmann, 1999), according to the view that reality is not self-evident and stable, it is the result of human activity. Assumptions that there is an external, objective world that does not depend on human perception and interpretations are rejected, therefore it is relevant to study knowledge and experiences that are constructed, reshaped and supported due to social interactions and human actions. 12 teachers (all women) of lower secondary education school (pro-gymnasium) in Lithuania participated in the study. Targeted criterion sampling method was applied in this study. The duration of the professional experience of the research participants and the criteria of the qualification category were taken into account, hoping that in this way the greatest possible variety of experiences and approaches to the phenomenon under consideration will be ensured. The qualitative research approach was applied in this study and focus group was chosen for data collection (Krueger & Casey, 2000; Braun, Clarke, Hayfield, & Terry, 2019). The discussion between the research participants, moderated by two researchers, arising from mutual interaction took place according to a pre-made open scenario of the main thematic questions. An inductive approach of reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006; 2023; Clark & Brown, 2013) was used to analyze the obtained results, which made it possible to identify and organize relevant themes and sub-themes, which are later used as units of analysis sequentially implementing the stages of the structured data analysis technique. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After analyzing the experience of pedagogues' professional growth at school, 4 essential latent themes were revealed, which determine the path of pedagogue's professional development and growth. Constant monitoring of their activities and self-reflection encourage teachers' personal growth by looking at their past, present and future, analyzing how their personal experiences, values and goals have changed or improved over time. This process helps teachers to better understand themselves as a person, individual traits, working style and what is important in professional activities. By accepting challenges and becoming aware of their emotional experiences, comparing what they were and what they are now, teachers identify their strengths. The change of teachers' self-image through the activities carried out by the PPD system includes their intellectual, emotional and social development. Identified latent themes are seen as interacting with each other rather than hierarchically arranged. In this research context, the professional path of a teacher is not a lonely path. The latter path is based on continuous reflection. Both actions in the personal/individual field (I THINK - REFLECT) and in practical activities (I GROW), as well as certain achievements and results (I BECOME), are obviously related to the context of the whole school, in which the pedagogue is involved. Here, from the external PPD system as a stimulus, by constantly reflecting, rethinking our activities, we travel together with others (colleagues, parents, students, administration) and thus change the SELF, also others are changing and we are changing together the same external context (organization) and the stimulus itself (PPT). References Berger, P., & Luckmann, T. (1999). Socialinis tikrovės konstravimas. Žinojimo sociologijos traktatas [The Social Construction of Reality: a Treatise in the Sociology of Knowledge]. Vilnius. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2023). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be(com)ing a knowing researcher. International Journal of Transgender Health, 24(1), 1-6. https://doi.org/10.1080/26895269.2022.2129597 Braun, V., Clarke, V., Terry, G., & Hayfield, N. (2019). “Thematic Analysis”. In P. Liamputtong (Ed), Handbook of Research Methods in Health and Social Sciences (pp. 843-860). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5251-4_103 Caena, F. (2011). Literature review Quality in Teachers’ continuing professional development. European Commission, 2–20. https://policytoolbox.iiep.unesco.org/library/W9JQKBHL Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(8), 947–967. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7 Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2013). Teaching Thematic Analysis: Overcoming Challenges and Developing Strategies for Effective Learning. The Psychologist, 26, 120-123. Cohen, D. K., & Hill, H. C. (2000). Instructional policy and classroom performance: The mathematics reform in California. Teachers College Record, 102(2), 294–343. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/0161-4681.00057 Darling-Hammond, L., & Richardson, N. (2009). Research review/teacher learning: What matters. Educational Leadership, 66(5), 46–53. Fullan, M. (2020). The nature of leadership is changing. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 139–142. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12388 Desimone, L.M. (2023) Rethinking teacher PD: a focus on how to improve student learning. Professional Development in Education, 49(1), 1-3. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2162746 Geijsel, F.P., Sleegers, P.J., Stoel, R.D., & Krüger, M.L. (2009). The effect of teacher psychological and school organizational and leadership factors on teachers' professional learning in Dutch schools. The Elementary School Journal, 109(4), 406–427. https://doi.org/10.1086/593940 Guskey, T.R. (2002). Professional development and teacher change. Teachers and Teaching, 8(3), 381–391. https://doi.org/10.1080/135406002100000512 Guskey, T.R. (2009). Closing the knowledge gap on effective professional development. Educational horizons, 87(4), 224–233. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ849021.pdf Krille, K. (2020). Teachers’ participation in professional development: A systematic review. Switzerland: Springer Cham. Krueger., R.A., & Casey, M.A. (2000). Focus Groups. A Practical Guide for Applied Research (3rd Edition). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Leu, E. (2004). The patterns and purposes of school-based and cluster teacher professional development programs. U.S. Agency for International Development Cooperative Agreement No. GDG-A-00-03-00006-00. https://pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/pnadd973.pdf Porter, A. C., Garet, M. S., Desimone, L., Yoon, K. S., & Birman, B. F. (2000). Does professional development change teaching practice? Results from a three-year study. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED455227.pdf 01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster How To Influence The Professional Development Of Dormitory Educators Through An Intra-school Course? 1Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The advancement of the scientific and technological landscape necessitates a paradigm shift in education. Given the incessant influx of scientific discoveries and evolving information, the need to integrate these insights into educational content is escalating. Teachers, therefore, must perpetually elevate their professional competencies to align with these burgeoning educational demands (Milan Komnenovic, 2020). In Kazakhstan, substantial emphasis is placed on the professional growth of educators. To effectively cater to the demands of the modern school and today's students, educators must continually engage in professional growth. Varied perspectives among scholars exist regarding teachers' competence. The proficiency and efforts of a teacher constitute a pivotal component of a student's knowledge and academic accomplishments (Darling-Hammond, Rockover, Hattie, as per Stankovici, Deric, and Milin 2013). At the same time, teachers' ongoing professional development enables them to enhance their pedagogical expertise (Borco, 2004, and Desimone, 2002). It is indisputable that the primary aim of a teacher's professional growth should center on facilitating students' acquisition of knowledge and accomplishments. (Avalos, 2020). Nevertheless, the research underscores that numerous teachers need robust management and support to implement innovative teaching principles (Borco, 2004). To address this, the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Aktau conducts Intra-School Course (ISC )every six months, tailored to the specific needs of teachers. These courses are designed to foster professional development and provide comprehensive methodological support for subject teachers, teacher-curators, and dormitory educators. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools operate 22 dormitories, accommodating a total of 3168 beds. These dormitories function as integral structural units within the school, ensuring the safety and comfort of students in grades 7-12. Their role extends beyond providing a secure environment; they actively contribute to developing students' knowledge, intellectual and creative capacities, and spiritual and physical abilities. The dormitory also plays a crucial role in instilling moral values, promoting a healthy lifestyle, and fostering effective communication with parents to facilitate the holistic development of students. The functional responsibilities of educators in the NIS dormitory system encompass a range of tasks: planning and organizing social life of students residing in dormitory, engaging in educational activities beyond regular school lessons, coordinating cultural and educational events within the dormitory, providing assistance to students in their learning, leisure, and additional educational pursuits, organizing and conducting intra-school and inter-network activities between NIS schools, and engaging in ongoing professional advancement, certification, medical examinations, among other responsibilities (as stipulated in the regulation "Qualification requirements of NIS employees," approved under Protocol No. 9 on April 5, 2018, consisting of 20 points). Studies conducted by Andrew Martin and others highlight the positive impact of additional extracurricular support on enhancing academic performance and motivation among students in dormitories (Martin et al., 2014). This underscores the crucial role of dormitory teachers and the significance of their professional expertise in the educational and developmental processes. Consequently, the professional growth of dormitory teachers should be continuous. Responding to request from dormitory head, a professional development course for educators was conducted in first half of 2023-2024 academic year. Dormitory educators pursuing professional growth engaged in various activities at the ISC. These activities included setting professional development goals in alignment with SMART criteria, formulating short-term plans for club lessons, and acquiring innovative methods to conduct engaging club that enhance student interest. The overarching goal of this research is to identify barriers in the practices of dormitory teachers and facilitate their professional development through the HSE.
This research holds significance due to the need for more studies in Kazakhstan addressing enhancing professional qualifications among dormitory educators. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The outcomes of research are expected to offer insights into practical organization of the educational process within dormitories.and are expected to improve their proffessional development according to course plans. To address these questions, three dormitory educators participated in the study. Their experiences within the NIS system varied: one had been involved in education for seven years, another for five years, the third for a year. The diversity in their experiences adds depth to the research findings, providing nuanced understanding of the challenges and opportunities in the professional development of dormitory teachers. The methodology employed a triangulation approach, incorporating three distinct research methods: interviews with educators, a reflective report, and an analysis of questionnaires completed by educators during the course. Three dormitory educators participated in the interviews, which were aimed at garnering insights into educational challenges. The discussions highlighted difficulties, such as incongruent goals for professional development, inefficiencies arising from unsystematic plans for school clubs/educational lessons, limited student engagement due to a lack of connection with the educational process, and students' disinterest in circle work due to the absence of active methods and techniques. Educators emphasized the necessity of interconnecting educational and pedagogical orientations in their activities. To address identified barriers and foster the professional development of dormitory teachers, weekly 40-minute classes were conducted every Wednesday. The course topics were derived from insights obtained through interviews with educators, resulting in a three-module course with 12 topics. Despite educators formulating professional development goals in Module 1 using SMART criteria, challenges persisted, possibly due to a tendency to change goals annually without tangible progress. Module 2 emphasized the need to specify class stages and time limits, recognizing the ineffectiveness of educational circles. Progress was observed in Module 3, where educators applied Modules 1-2 knowledge to school clubs/educational lessons. However, challenges persisted in effectively utilizing methods following lesson stages, regulating time management, and planning club materials within a single lesson framework. Reflective feedback from course coaches emphasized the importance of considering students' interests in educators' practices. The study revealed that monotony, an unsystematic lesson plan, and the absence of constructive feedback impeded the professional development of educators. A survey assessed the course's impact on teachers, with two educators acknowledging its assistance in overcoming obstacles, while one educator faced challenges assimilating course materials due to health interruptions. These findings underscore the nuanced nature of the challenges and successes in the professional development of dormitory teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The educators highlighted the utility of materials from Modules 1 and 2 in facilitating effective planning and execution of educational lessons. Additionally, the reflective exercises conducted during Module 3 allowed educators to discern the trajectory of their professional development successfully. This underscores the significance of continuous self-reflection in contributing to professional growth. However, recognizing persisting challenges that were not fully addressed by the course, plans were made to expand the course modules and organize a methodological seminar specifically focused on the precise planning of circles aligned with time management principles. This proactive approach aims to refine educators' skills and address any remaining difficulties. Conclusiono The positive impact of the ISC on the professional development of educators can be attributed to several factors. Dormitory teachers participated in meaningful events, classes, and clubs, achieving commendable results in intra-school evaluations. Recognition was further reinforced through the receipt of author's certificates for their clubs and projects. Throughout the course, dormitory teachers expressed satisfaction with their professional development, contribution to the educational process, and acquiring innovative teaching methods. Participants received certificates indicating the number of hours completed upon concluding the course. ISC plays a crucial role in professional development, fostering a robust professional community through continuous education, experience exchange, and mutual support. Considering the study's results, recommendations were formulated to enhance the professional development of dormitory teachers: 1. Promote professional development through integrated classes/clubs/educational lessons in collaboration with subject teachers and dormitory educators, facilitating and monitoring students' activities during these sessions. 2. Provide professional support to subject and dormitory educators by integrating mentoring into the professional development process. These recommendations are anticipated to yield positive outcomes, given the influential role that dormitory teachers play in the educational process. The emphasis on collaboration and support is poised to contribute to dormitory educators' ongoing growth and effectiveness. References 1.Komnevovic, M. (2020) Professional Development of Boarding School Teachers After Initial Education. Uzadanica, XVII/1, 289–305. 2.Stankovic, D., Deric, I., Milin, V. (2013). Directions for improving the professional development of teachers in Serbia: the perspective of primary school teachers. Proceedings of the Institute for Pedagogical Research, 45 (1), 86–107. 3.Borko, H. (2004). Professional development and teacher learning: Mapping the terrain. Educational Researcher, 33(8), 3-15. 4.Desimone, L. M., Porter, A. C., Garet, M.S., Yoon, K. S., & Birman, B.F. (2002). Effects of professional development on teachers’ instruction: Results from a three-year longitudinal study. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(2), 81-112. 5.Avalos, B.(2011). Teacher professional development in teaching and teacher education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27 (1), 10-20. 6.The Regulation entitled “Qualification requirements of NIS employees” approved according to protocol No. 9 dated April 5, 2018. 7.Martin, A. J., & Marsh, H. W. (2008). Academic buoyancy: Towards an understanding of students’ everyday academic resilience. Journal of School Psychology, 46(1), 53–83. 8.Bautista, A., Ortega-Ruiz, R., Teacher Professional Development: International Perspectives and Approaches. Psychology, Society, & Education 7 (3): 343-355. 9. The teaching Profession in Europe: the profile, trends, and concerns. Key topics in education in Europe, Vol. 3, Eurydice- The information network on education in Europe (204), European Commission, Brussels. 10.Sykes, G. (1996). Reform of and as professional development. Phi Delta Kappan, 77, 465-467. The Teaching Commission (2004). Teaching at risk: a call to action. New York: The Teaching Commission, The CUNY Graduate Center. 11. Thomas, G., Wineburg, S., Grossman, P., Myhre, O., & Woolworth, S. (1998). In the company of colleagues: An interim report on the development of a community of teacher learners. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14, 21-32 12. Stein, M.K., Smith, M.S., & Silver, E.A. (1999). The development of professional developers: Learning to assist teachers in new settings in new ways. Harvard Educational Review, 69, 237-269. 13. Smith, M.S. (1997, April). Riverside Middle School: School reform supported by an innovative curriculum. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Educational Research Association, Chicago. 14. Powell, D. R., Diamond, K. E., Burchinal, M. R., & Koehler, M. J. (2010). Effects of an early literacy professional development intervention on Head Start teachers and children. Journal of Educational Psychology, 102(2), 299–312. 15. Tooley, M. & Connally, K. (2016). No panacea: Diagnosing what ails teacher professional development before reaching for remedies. New America. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 03 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Teachers’ Diverse Sense-making of the Decentralizing Curriculum Reform Policy Seoul National University, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) Presenting Author:In the global educational landscape, teachers have encountered challenges to their autonomy, due to the increasing standardization and regulation within national education systems (Burkhauser & Lesaux, 2017; Haugen, 2019; Hodge, 2018). However, South Korea, in contrast to this trend, has recently implemented a unique curriculum reform policy, deviating from its historically centralized education system. The Korean education system, traditionally guided by a national curriculum system specifying subjects and lesson hours (Gim, 2012; Park & Kim, 2014), has been heavily focused on preparing students for college entrance exams, thereby limiting both teachers’ autonomy and students’ learning opportunities (Kim, 2021). To address these concerns, Korea introduced 'the exam-free semester system' in 2016 for middle schools (grades 7 to 9) (Kim & Joo, 2022). This policy aims to counteract the prevailing test-oriented school culture by providing teachers with greater autonomy in curriculum operation. During one semester of the three-year middle school program, there are no formal examinations, and schools are encouraged to offer diverse classes to allow students to explore their interests and talents, relieving them from exam-related stress. In this decentralized curriculum structure, teachers encounter both opportunities and challenges. While they appreciate the newfound autonomy in planning and implementing the curriculum, they also face difficulties in designing exam-free semester activities and employing unfamiliar teaching methods. The study operates under the assumption that new curriculum policies at the national level do not directly translate into implementation at the school level; rather, they involve an active process of interpretation by teachers. Teachers engage in sense-making when encountering a new policy, organizing it within their cognitive framework (Coburn, 2006; Spillane et al., 2002). Sense-making, described by Weick (1995), is an ongoing organizing process that occurs when unexpected events happen, influenced by existing knowledge, beliefs, and contextual conditions. Teachers’ interpretation of reform messages during policy implementation is not a simple technical process but an active sense-making influenced by their interests, beliefs, and contextual factors (Alvunger, 2018; Leijen et al., 2020; Luttenberg et al., 2013). Teachers’ engagement in curriculum reform is shaped by this sense-making process (Pietarinen et al., 2019), leading to responses such as distantiation, toleration, assimilation, and accommodation (Luttenberg et al., 2013). Complete curriculum reform, according to Fullan (2015), occurs when the intended reality is created and shared among implementing agents. Therefore, it is crucial to understand how teachers construct and execute the meaning of reform messages, considering differences among teachers and the dynamics in their interpretive practices. Drawing on sense-making theory, this study investigates how Korean teachers make sense of messages and mandates from the state-driven curriculum decentralization policy, specifically focusing on the exam-free semester system and how these meanings shape teachers’ teaching practices for curriculum reforms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A case study was conducted to explore teachers’ sense-making in response to the new national curriculum policy, known as the exam-free semester system, in two middle schools within the same Korean school district. The selection of these schools considered variations in size, structure, and culture to examine how the reform policy unfolds in diverse school contexts and identify influencing factors. School A, a public middle school, features three classes per grade. Due to its smaller size, teachers instruct the same subject across different grades, managing multiple administrative tasks. Despite the existence of a professional learning community, its functionality is limited. On the other hand, School B, another public middle school, has five to six classes per grade and has developed a democratic school culture, supported by administrative staff, thereby reducing teachers’ non-teaching responsibilities. This school exhibits various professional learning communities that have been in operation for over a decade through teachers’ voluntary participation. Six teachers, three from each school (Kim, Yun, Park from School A, and Lim, Lee, Kang from School B), participated in the study. Data were collected through in-depth, semi-structured interviews, conducted twice with each teacher at intervals, lasting approximately two hours each. Open-ended questions covered teachers’ educational knowledge, beliefs, perceptions of the exam-free semester system, agreement with its demands, and factors influencing understanding. Additional inquiries focused on teaching practices before and after policy implementation, challenges faced, and school support. To illustrate the diverse implementation of the exam-free semester system, the analysis began with interviews from School A and then moved to those from School B. The aim was to identify each teacher’s sense-making characteristics, similarities, and differences within School A, while understanding these in relation to the school’s unique features. A similar process was repeated for School B interviews, resulting in emergent coding themes (Saldaña, 2021). These themes guided the reexamination and recategorizations of teacher interviews, enabling a cross-comparison between School A and School B to reveal the multiple dimensions influencing teachers’ sense-making of new national curriculum reforms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The comparative analysis of six teachers’ sense-making revealed both similarities and differences between the two schools and within each school regarding the exam-free semester system. Teachers at School A, when contrasted with School B, commonly perceived the new policy as burdensome. Specifically, Kim and Yun at School A made sense of the policy through toleration, while Park at the same school constructed meaning through distantiation. In School B, Kang and Lee interpreted the policy through assimilation, while Lim did so through accommodation. The divergent interpretations within the same school could be attributed to each teacher’s unique past experiences and philosophies. However, it’s crucial to recognize that individual lived histories are not the sole factors influencing teachers’ sense-making of curriculum reforms. The school’s structure and culture, influenced by collaborative learning, spatial organization, teacher workload, and a democratic school culture, also played a significant role. Despite the structural extension of teacher autonomy for decentralized curriculum and teaching at the national level, teachers’ sense-making of curriculum policy reform was shaped by the relational effects of their professional experiences, bounded autonomy for teaching and administrative duties, and opportunities for growth and interaction within the school. Emphasizing the importance of considering the relational aspects in education practices, this study argues that understanding teachers’ varied interpretations and practices necessitates looking beyond the isolated element of extended freedom for curriculum and teaching. This study suggests moving beyond authoritative and state-centered perspectives on educational changes. Future research should delve deeper into how curriculum policy relates to factors such as teachers’ lived history and the structural and cultural conditions of the school in practice. By exploring the intricate relationships within these dimensions during policy implementation, a more comprehensive understanding of how teachers interpret and enact externally driven curriculum reforms can be achieved. References Alvunger, D. (2018). Teachers’ curriculum agency in teaching a standards-based curriculum. The Curriculum Journal, 29(4), 479-498. Burkhauser, M. A., & Lesaux, N. K. (2017). Exercising a bounded autonomy: Novice and experienced teachers’ adaptations to curriculum materials in an age of accountability. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(3), 291–312. Coburn, C. E. (2006). Framing the problem of reading instruction: Using frame analysis to uncover the microprocesses of policy implementation. American Educational Research Journal, 43(3), 343-379. Fullan, M. (2015). The new meaning of educational change. Teachers College Press. Gim, C. C. (2012). A study on the improvement of setting annual instructional time for the five-schoolday-a-week system in Korea. The Journal of Curriculum Studies, 30(2), 27-49. Haugen, C. R. (2019). A fragile autonomy in a performativity culture? Exploring positions in the recontextualizing field in a Norwegian rural municipality. Journal of Education Policy, 34(1), 133-152. Hodge, S. (2018). Standardised curriculum and hermeneutics: The case of Australian vocational educators. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(1), 38-55. Kim, D. (2021). What did the national curriculum system leave us for the past 75 years since the liberation? Journal of Educational Innovation Research, 31(2), 115-141. Kim, H. & Joo, Y. (2022). An analysis of the operational condition and improvement plan for exam-free semester system in Korean middle schools. The Journal of Korean Teacher Education, 39(2), 117-142. Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., & Lepp, L. (2020). Teacher agency following the ecological model: How it is achieved and how it could be strengthened by different types of reflection. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(3), 295-310. Luttenberg, J., Imants, J., & Van Veen, K. (2013). Looking for cohesion: The role of search for meaning in the interaction between teacher and reform. Research Papers in Education, 28(3), 289-308. Park, C., & Kim, K. J. (2014). Cross-curricular themes and lesson hours outlined by legislation and government policy to be implemented at schools. The Journal of Curriculum Studies, 32(3), 71-93. Pietarinen, J., Pyhältö, K., & Soini, T. (2019). Shared sense-making in curriculum reform: Orchestrating the local curriculum work. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(4), 491-505. Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. Sage. Spillane, J., Reiser, B., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy implementation and cognition: Reframing and refocusing implementation research. Review of Educational Research, 72(3), 387-431. Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Sage. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster STEM Education Based On Agricultural Civilization: Overall Framework and Design Principles 1Institute of Curriculum and Instruction, East China Normal University, Shanghai, 200062, China; 2Faculty of Education,University of Macau,Macau,999078,China Presenting Author:In November 2023,UNESCO adopted a resolution to establish an International STEM Education Research Institute in China. The goal is to achieve inclusive, equitable, context-relevant, Sustainable, and high-quality STEM education accessible to all. While flourishing in China, STEM education is problematic in its "elitism" and "urbanization" orientation(inequity in urban and rural education), utilitarian origins and practical tendencies , and insufficient integration in curriculum development. From the theoretical perspective of connecting scientific learning with everyday life experiences and concepts such as “funds of knowledge”, we argue that agricultural civilization, as the "ethnic and cultural gene" of China, with its core concept of "harmonious coexistence between humans and nature," can counteract the utilitarian tendencies of STEM education. And the incorporation of themes and content that culture and context responsive may enhance the inclusiveness of STEM education and address urban-rural integration issues. Simultaneously, derived from real agricultural production and life practices, agricultural culture in the context of the history of science and technology provides abundant authentic problem scenarios that are rich in interdisciplinary and hands-on learning resources. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The team including reserachers and teachers developed a STEM curriculum module of the "Hand-cranked Grain Winnowing Fan" (a classic traditional agricultural tool in China). It was implemented in two parallel classes of the fourth grade in an ordinary urban primary school and a rural primary school in District B of City C. The experimental class underwent a six-week STEM course with the entire process recorded on video, while the control class received conventional science instruction. Procedural data were collected through methods such as pre-and-post paper-and-pencil tests, thinking-aloud sessions, and focus groups. The results demonstrate significant progress among students in dimensions such as conceptual understanding and application, design thinking, and values. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Finally, based on the curriculum development case, three key curriculum design principles are distilled: firstly, "value-guided differentiated design for rural and urban area". Specifically, for rural students, the guidance should be on promoting principled thinking about relevant experiences. For instance, even though some rural students may immediately associate grain sieving with the agricultural tool, the windmill, it is still essential to engage the entire class in debating the "optimal solution for grain sieving: wind sieving or water sieving." This encourages students to transition from knowing the outcome to understanding the underlying principles. Similarly, by exploring mechanistic questions such as "How is wind generated?" the aim is to guide students to pay attention to the design intentions and operational principles. This mode of thinking has a powerful impact on rural students, as reflected in post-tests where students mentioned, "I used to think my sister wasn't serious, but now I realize that my grandma have more experienced techniques when sieving grains, and this technique involves the scientific knowledge we learned in this class." Some students also expressed their intention to "further contemplate and investigate the scientific principles inherent in everyday life". Other principles include "integration of two-path("engineer design and practice" and “Value-Led“)and " science and technology history as scaffolding of curriculum design and learning". References Aikenhead, G. S. (2001). Students’ ease in crossing cultural borders into school science. Science Education,85, 180–188. https ://doi.org/10.1002/1098-237x(20010 3)85:2<180::aid-sce50 >3.0.co;2-1. Avery, L.M., & Kassam, K.S. (2011). Phronesis: Children's Local Rural Knowledge of Science and Engineering. Journal of Research in Rural Education, 26, 1. Barton, A. C. 2003. Teaching science for social justice. New York, NY: Teachers College Press.. Costa, V.B. (1995), When science is “another world”: Relationships between worlds of family, friends, school, and science. Sci. Ed., 79: 313-333. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.3730790306 Fleer, M. (2009). Understanding the dialectical relations between everyday concepts and scientific concepts within play-based programs. Research in Science Education, 39, 281–306. https ://doi.org/10.1007/s1116 5-008-9085-x. KASSAM, K.-A. S. (2009). Biocultural Diversity and Indigenous Ways of Knowing: Human Ecology in the Arctic (NED-New edition, 1). University of Calgary Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv6gqsbf Kervinen, A., Roth, W. M., Juuti, K., & Uitto, A. (2020). The resurgence of everyday experiences in school science learning activities.Cultural Studies of Science Education, 1-27. Leanne M. Avery (2013) Rural Science Education: Valuing Local Knowledge, Theory Into Practice, 52:1, 28-35, DOI: 10.1080/07351690.2013.743769 Moje, E. B., Ciechanowski, K. M., Kramer, K., Ellis, L., Carrillo, R., & Collazo, T. (2004). Working toward third space in content area literacy: An examination of everyday funds of knowledge and discourse. Reading Research Quarterly, 39, 38–70. https://doi.org/10.1598/rrq.39.1.4. Moll, L. C., Amanti, C., Neff, D., & Gonzalez, N. (1992). Funds of Knowledge for Teaching: Using a Qualitative Approach to Connect Homes and Classrooms. Theory Into Practice, 31(2), 132–141. http://www.jstor.org/stable/1476399 Roth, W.-M. (2015). Enracinement or the earth, the originary ark, does not move: On the phenomeno-logical (historical and ontogenetic) origin of common and scientific sense and the genetic method of teaching (for) understanding. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 10, 469–494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-014-9606-z. Sarah R. Stapleton & Khahlela Reif (2022) Teaching outside as third space: toward school science that acknowledges student ecological expertise, Environmental Education Research, 28:9, 1373-1390, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2022.2087862 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Promoting a Research Engaged School Culture in Secondary Education: Inquiry-Based Working on School Development 1Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands; 2TIAS, The Netherlands Presenting Author:In changing educational environments, curriculum development is not always evidence-informed. Inquiry-based working could contribute positively when secondary schools deal with redesigning the curriculum. However, inquiry-based working is not yet commonly embedded in school cultures (Geijsel et al., 2020). This study aims to promote a sustainable research engaged school culture in nine secondary schools in support of reaching their school development goals. A research culture in schools (or a Research Engaged School; RES; Godfrey, 2016) requires leadership that stimulates colleagues to learn how to use knowledge, for instance, via effective professional learning communities (PLC’s). In such PLC’s, teachers collectively learn with colleagues or experts from inside or outside the schools. Moreover, a research culture in schools requires conditions for teachers to learn through inquiry-based working. Examples of such conditions are time to meet and collectively learn, and access to resources such as literature or podcasts. Research Engaged Schools are characterised by the way research informs curriculum decisions, policies, and practices. The RES model identifies the following four areas (Godfrey, 2016). Inquiry-based working refers to developing knowledge by combining practical experiences with knowledge from scientific and/or teacher research (Baan, 2020). Multilevel distributed leadership concerns leadership that is provided by various colleagues in the school; formal and informal leaders (e.g., school leaders and teacher leaders) work together based on their position or role, and on affinity and expertise (Al-Fadala et al., 2022). The school as a learning organisation refers to an organisation in which teachers, teacher leaders, and formal leaders together learn how to work inquiry-based (Kools et al., 2020). A systemic perspective concerns the coherence between what happens in the classroom, school, and national context (Cohen et al., 2018). In order to stimulate the research cultures of secondary schools, this study inventories the research culture level of nine schools. Informed by this inventory, teachers, teacher leaders, formal leaders, and researchers together design interventions aimed at promoting the areas of the RES model. This poster focuses on the research question “How do schools perceive the Research Engaged School culture in their school?”. This questions concerns the inventory stage of the larger project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The total population of employees in the nine secondary schools ranged between n = 40-176. All teachers and leaders in these schools were asked to participate in this study. Moreover, from the nine schools, three PLC’s were formed. Within each PLC, a teacher, a teacher leader, and a formal leader from three schools participated (nine persons per PLC). Each PLC was guided by a researcher. Of the nine secondary schools, two smaller schools offered pre-vocational education, and seven larger schools offered pre-vocational, senior general, and pre-university education. We collected quantitative and qualitative data. First, respondents filled-out a questionnaire that measured the four RES areas (4 scales, 10 subscales, 48 items; N=430; response rate 43%), that was constructed together with the PLC members. Example items are: inquiry-based working; “To improve teaching at my school, I gain knowledge from sources such as books, magazines, and podcasts”, multilevel distributed leadership; “to improve inquiry-based working at my school, teacher leaders ask to consult relevant sources in preparation for meetings”, learning organisation; “At my school, colleagues and leaders jointly reflect on how to improve inquiry-based working”, and systemic perspective; “At my school, the school vision focuses on inquiry-based working”. All statements were rated on a five-point Likert scale (disagree-agree). Scales were internally consistent with Cronbach’s α ranging between α=.77 for inquiry-based working and α=.94 for multilevel distributed leadership. Second, we interviewed a subsample of respondents during a focus group interview per school (n=5-10; N=73). Preceding the focus group interviews, respondents completed a Scan Research Culture (newly developed, yet inspired upon Ros & Keuvelaar-van den Bergh, 2017): a rubric with the four RES areas and the description of five research culture phases. We used an overview (heatmap) of the completed Scans within the group as the starting point of each interview. We interviewed respondents about the present (e.g., “If you look at this overview, what do you see?”), past (e.g., “Can you recall specific events that happened in the past in your school, which possibly led to the current status of the research culture?”), and future (e.g., “Is there a specific area that you would like to improve?”). The PLC members organised the data collection. A researcher, with help of a PLC member, conducted the interviews. Data were collected between November 2023 and January 2024. Data were discussed and interpreted within the PLC: do PLC members recognise or understand the data yielded by the questionnaire and interviews? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results. Preliminary questionnaire analyses indicated relatively low to neutral scores (“I mostly disagree” to “sometimes, sometimes not”) on multilevel distributed leadership (M=2.42, SD=0.72), systemic perspective (M=2.69, SD=.83), inquiry-based working (M=2.93, SD=0.64), and learning organisation (M=3.05, SD=0.57). The item and scale scores showed variance within and between schools. The response per school varied and many respondents stopped completing the questionnaire prematurely. Communication in the PLC’s and personal communication pointed towards experienced difficulty with the terminology used. Moreover, a possible connection seemed to exist between the relevance explained by the PLC members regarding school development and a research culture, and the response rate. A positive mindset towards inquiry-based working in the school, also, seemed connected to the response rate. Preliminary focus group interview analyses indicated that it is not common practice for (teacher) leaders to stimulate inquiry-based working. Also, if inquiry-based working does happen, there is little exchange between colleagues. Interviewees indicated that they do not exactly know in what work their colleagues are involved: “We work in islands”. Moreover, if inquiry-based working does happen, it happens more occasionally instead of systematically, according to the focus groups. Preliminary conclusions. The nine secondary schools face challenges in their development towards a research culture. To provide stimulation, it is important to develop interventions that continuously link curriculum and school development with inquiry-based working (Earl & Timperley, 2015; van den Akker et al., 2012). Overall, the questionnaire response expressed the perceived relevance of inquiry-based working in schools (cf. Godfrey, 2016). The questionnaire response was higher when PLC members explained the relevance for their school’s development to the school team respondents and created time to jointly complete the questionnaire. By jointly completing the questionnaire and during the interviews, a start was made to share language and develop understanding about inquiry-based working among teachers and leaders. References Al-Fadala, A., Morel, R., & Spillane, J. (2022). Multilevel distributed leadership. In D. Netolicky (Ed.), Future alternatives for educational leadership (pp. 79-92). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003131496 Baan. (2020). The contribution of academic teachers to inquiry-based working in primary schools [Doctoral Dissertation, University of Amsterdam]. Cohen, D. K., Spillane, J. P., & Peurach, D. J. (2018). The dilemmas of educational reform. Educational Researcher, 47(3), 204-212. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x17743488 Earl, L., & Timperley, H. (2015). Evaluative thinking for successful educational innovation. OECD Working Papers, No 122. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/5jrxtk1jtdwf-en Geijsel, F., Schenke, W., van Driel, J., & Volman, M. (2020). Embedding inquiry‐based practices in schools: The strategic role of school leaders. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 233-247. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12395 Godfrey, D. (2016). Leadership of schools as research-led organisations in the English educational environment: Cultivating a research-engaged school culture. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(2), 301-321. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213508294 Kools, M., Stoll, L., George, B., Steijn, B., Bekkers, V., & Gouëdard, P. (2020). The school as a learning organisation: The concept and its measurement. European Journal of Education, 55(1), 24-42. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12383 Ros, A., & Keuvelaar-van den Bergh, L. (2017). Scan onderzoekscultuur in de school en interventiekaarten [Scan research culture in the school and interventioncards]. Steunpunt Opleidingsscholen PO-Raad en VO-Raad. https://www.platformsamenopleiden.nl/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/180226-ScanOnderzoekscultuur_POVO_Webversie_LR-1.pdf van den Akker, J., Kuiper, W., & Nieveen, N. (2012). Bruggen slaan tussen beleid, praktijk en wetenschap in curriculumontwikkeling en -onderzoek [Building bridges between policy, practice, and science in curriculumdevelopment and -research]. Pedagogische Studiën, 89(6), 399-410. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Program "COOLektura" as a Pedagogical Innovation University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:The author will present an educational, upbringing and social program for young people at risk of social maladjustment, implemented in 2020-2021, titled "COOLektura".Twenty-three 7th grade students from Primary School No. 141 in Warsaw took part in the program.They were observed to have symptoms of risk of social maladjustment resulting from numerous school failures, growing up in a family/peer environment stimulating the use of violence, fearfulness, aggressiveness, risky behavior, as well as lack of motivation to put in effort, low self-esteem, vulgarity, school laziness, and breaking internal regulations, school orders and regulations, lack of sense of responsibility for one's actions, inability to overcome difficult situations, conflicts with teachers or peers, attention disorders.The main goals of the program were: consolidating the reading in an attractive form (poem, epigram, etc.) immortalized in the form of a short film, improving the skills of cooperation and sense of co-responsibility and overcoming one's own limitations, developing the habit of systematicity and planning activities, and the specific goals: learning the ability to write a film script; using students' hidden talents and potentials; discovering and strengthening students' strengths; developing a sense of agency and independence; learning through play.The program was low-budget and was implemented in cooperation with the Academy of Change Advocates and the Local Activity Center. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The program was based mainly on the project method, as well as drama, personal influence and mentoring.As part of the program, students also took part in classes in art therapy, acting, and the basics of editing and directing. As a final result, modernized interpretations of 4 selected fairy tales by Ignacy Krasicki were prepared (mandatory reading). The fairy tales of the 18th-century poet became the starting point for uncensored observations about 21st-century society and the problems and threats faced by teenagers. Currently, films constitute material for analysis not only for Polish language classes, but also for homeroom hours. Thanks to this program, students showed what they learn and experience both at school and outside the school through learning while making a film.The students paid special attention to changing their attitude and behavior, they became more open to each other, committed and willing to cooperate. And they had fun doing it too. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The students themselves pointed out in their statements that thanks to the program they not only learned the practical use of technology and acquired knowledge of the Polish language, but above all, they did a lot of individual and group work on dealing with their own emotions, recognizing them, strengthened their sense of agency and co-responsibility for the final result. They opened up to new experiences, overcame their own limitations, improved their communication skills, and their motivation to work in the classroom and submit creative ideas increased. The formula of the classes fulfilled teenagers' natural need to express themselves and helped them break out of negative student roles. Teenagers could express what they witness and what they encounter on a daily basis. It is worth adding that this program can also be implemented in a modified form, which does not require so much time. It is then based on the method of theater improvisation, in which student-actors play without a script, creatively using everyday space. The formula of theater improvisation is favorable because it happens here and now, so it allows you to work on current problems, and its main assumptions are attentiveness to others and absolute, creative approval of their actions. It removes the burden of perfection and faultlessness, thanks to which it quickly builds a safe space for an authentic process of creative resocialization. References Mead G. H, Social Psychology as Counterpart to Physiological Psychology, In: Psychological Bulletin, 1909, 6: 401- 40 Gaś Z. Pomoc psychologiczna młodzieży. Warszawa: Wydawnictwa Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, Warsaw, 1995: 34. Rogers C. R. Client-focused therapy. Meeting groups. Thesaurss, 1991:8. Tuckman B.W. (1965). Developmental sequence in small groups. Psychological Bulletin; 63 (6): 384–399. Konopczyński M. (2014). Creative Resocialization. Outline of the concept of developing potentials. In: Polish Journal of Social Rehabilitation, 2014, 7: 21-22. Kuśpit M. Psychodrama as a method of therapy and individual development, Wydawnictwo Annales Universitatis Mariae Curie-Skłodowska Lublin – Polonia, Vol. XVII, Sectio j, 2004, 76. Muszyński H. Theoretical problems of moral education. State School Publishing Company, Warsaw, 1965: 229-233; Czapów Cz. Resocializing education. Elements of methodology and diagnostics. National Scientific Publishing House, Warsaw, 1978. Grzegorzewska M. Special education. Script of lectures at the State Institute of Special Pedagogy, State Institute of Special Pedagogy, Warsaw, 1960. Foster C. Male Youth Prostitution. Perspectives, Policy and Practice. Social Work Monographs, University of East Anglia, Norwich, 1993. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Interdisciplinary Collaboration in Vocational Education and Training (VET): Opportunities and Challenges for Business and Technical Teachers Paderborn University, Germany Presenting Author:Sustainability efforts, such as environmentally friendly and resource-saving production, the efficient use of an energy management system, or the trade-off between renewable and fossil fuels, are becoming increasingly important for companies (cf. Cooremans & Schönenberger, 2019, p. 264f.). To address these efforts, different occupational disciplines, such as technical and management disciplines, need to combine their knowledge and expertise. For this, interdisciplinary skills are becoming increasingly important, as different occupations with different areas of expertise need to communicate with each other. One solution to foster interdisciplinary skills early on is to establish these skills during vocational education and training. In Germany, a dual system of vocational education and training systems offers students the possibility of an apprenticeship. During this apprenticeship, students acquire job relevant skills based on occupation specific curricula. However, these curricula currently lack the promotion of interdisciplinary skills (cf. Sloane et al., 2018, p. 13). While business managers and technicians have to work together on a daily basis in most companies, German schools within the dual system of vocational education and training currently do not prepare their students for this task. This study looks at the educational programme work of an interdisciplinary educational team of teachers from both business and technical vocational schools. An interdisciplinary team of teachers was formed to propose learning scenarios that are anchored in a curriculum to promote the interdisciplinary skills of students from business and technical vocational schools. Following the design-based research method, a research portfolio on the interactions between teachers from the interdisciplinary educational team offers insights on interdisciplinary skills at the teacher level. First, the teachers themselves benefited from the interdisciplinary collaboration. Pedagogical experiences were exchanged, new learning and working strategies were developed, and the repertoire of teaching materials expanded. Second, challenges were identified regarding the coordination of course content within the apprenticeship. This includes course contents that are relevant for both business and technical occupations. Teachers had to identify common curricular links and consider their inclusion in the schools methodological and annual didactic planning as well as the concrete design of learning scenarios and the development of teaching-learning arrangements (cf. Sloane, 2021, p. 230). Another challenge that was identified relates to the different experiences, attitudes, and assumptions of teachers, partly due to their occupational discipline (cf. Krainer & Smetschka, 2014, p. 72). This creates barriers that make collaboration more difficult (cf. Claus & Wiese, 2021, p. 280). However, these barriers can be addressed systematically. Following the framework of Claus & Wiese (cf. 2021, p. 282), the teachers showed "initiative for exchange" as they willingly and actively participated in the interdisciplinary exchange within the teamwork. They also intuitively used "target group-specific communication" to foster the interdisciplinary teamwork. Both mechanisms helped in reducing barriers. Regarding “integration of knowledge” and "reflection on one's own discipline" the teachers showed more difficulties. Here, the teachers appear to need additional support in understanding the other occupational discipline as well as acknowledging more strongly their own discipline. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Applying a design-based research approach, a research portfolio was produced following five teachers over a six-month period. Three business and two technical teachers continuous-ly took part in the coordination meetings to jointly plan the lessons. In total, twelve coordi-nation meetings between business and technical teachers were followed during the meetings. Of the twelve meetings, nine took place online and three in person. Design-based research in general is characterised by an interaction between science and practice with iterative development cycles (cf. Euler, 2014, p. 15ff.; cf. Jenert, 2023, p. 11f.). On the practical side, this type of field research aims to design a prototype, which in this case is expressed in concrete implementation ideas to promote interdisciplinary understand-ing between business and technical teachers. Accordingly, the aim of design-based research in the context of science-practice interaction is to mutually develop an understanding of the problem and the solution-related ideas of the other party (cf. Jenert, 2023, p. 14). The starting point is an empathetic attitude of science and practice with the aim of adopting each other's perspectives (cf. Jenert, 2023, p. 16). Sloane becomes clearer here and presents three concrete forms of mutual perspective-taking between academia and practice: "Three responses are possible referring to inter-subjectivity: empathy, textual reality and the second-person perspective" (Sloane, 2017, p. 11). Based on design-based research, a research portfolio was used to observe the exchange processes between the business and technical teachers. The research portfolio is characterised by mutual documentation and self-reflection. A research portfolio has already been used by several authors in the context of design-based research (cf. Frehe-Halliwell, 2015; cf. Volgmann, 2023). The documentation serves to present the knowledge gained (cf. Gerholz, 2010, p. 72) and thus creates transparency and traceability. In addition, the documentation goes far beyond the understanding of a progress report. Rather, the aim is to document or analyse the overall process (cf. Breuer, 2003). The goal-orientated reflection of the overall process goes hand in hand with documentation and observation as self-reflection is about analysing the observation (cf. Dörner, 1994, p. 202). Self-reflection therefore means, for example, making perception and thought processes the object of observation (cf. Dörner, 1994, p. 202). Since subjective impressions are often documented in the research portfolio, it is important to mirror the self-reflection and documentation to the technical and business teachers at each meeting. This should legitimise and confirm the impressions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Topics such as energy management, which are becoming increasingly relevant in everyday working life from a business and technical perspective, need to be considered early on in vocational education. This study shows the opportunities and challenges of collaboration between business and technical teachers to realise joint teaching units for business and technical students which so far is missing in curricula of vocational schools. As a result of the joint work on the educational programme, it became clear that before teaching could be initiated with the aim of promoting interdisciplinary skills, the teachers themselves first had to deepen these skills. According to Claus & Wiese (2021), the following areas are required: "initiative for exchange", "target group-specific communication", "knowledge integration" and "reflection on one's own specialist discipline". However, it is not only the interdisciplinary skills of teachers that are improved in this respect. This partnership can also generate innovative ideas for lesson design, new methods, and authentic teaching units. The aim of this study is to establish a long-term partnership of teachers to promote out-of-the-box-thinking. But also, to gain insights into the conditions under which teams with different occupations can work together. After all, there is no one right answer to many challenges and crises; it is always a matter of weighing up many perspectives and options. And this is best done during training. References Breuer, F. (2003) „Subjectivity and Reflexivity in the Social Sciences: Epistemic Windows and Methodical Consequences“. Claus, A. M. & Wiese, B. S. (2021) „Interdisziplinäre Kompetenzen: Modellentwicklung und diagnostische Zugänge“, Gruppe. Interaktion. Organisation. Zeitschrift für Ange-wandte Organisationspsychologie (GIO), Vol. 52, No. 2, S. 279–288. Cooremans, C. & Schönenberger, A. (2019) „Energy management: A key driver of energy-efficiency investment?“, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 230, S. 264–275 [Online]. DOI: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.04.333. Dörner, D. (1994) „Selbstreflexion und Handlungsregulation: Die psychologischen Mechanismen und ihre Bedingungen“, in Lübbe, W. (Hg.) Kausalität und Zurechnung, De Gruy-ter, S. 199–222. Euler, D. (2014) „Design-Research - a paradigm under development“, in Euler, D. & Sloane, P. F. E. (Hg.) Design-based research, Stuttgart, Franz Steiner Verlag, S. 15–44. Gerholz, K.-H. (2010) Innovative Entwicklung von Bildungsorganisationen: Eine Rekonstruktionsstudie zum Interventionshandeln in universitären Veränderungsprozessen (Zugl.: Paderborn, Univ., 2010), Paderborn, Eusl-Verl.-Ges. Jenert, T. (2023) „Design-Based Research als Erforschung und Gestaltung von Interaktionsprozessen zwischen Wissenschaft und Bildungspraxis“, in Kremer, H.-H., Ertl, H. & Sloane, P. F.E. (Hg.) Wissenschaft trifft Praxis - Designbasierte Forschung in der beruflichen Bildung [Online], Bonn, Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung, S. 11–24. Verfügbar unter https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0035-1030-1. Krainer, L. & Smetschka, B. (2014) „3. Ein Forschungsteam finden“, in Dressel, G., Berger, W., Heimerl, K. & Winiwarter, V. (Hg.) Interdisziplinär und transdisziplinär forschen, transcript Verlag, S. 65–78. Sloane, P. F. E.(2017) „‘Where no man has gone before!’ – Exploring new knowledge in de-sign-based research projects: A treatise on phenomenology in design studies“, EDeR. Educational Design Research, Vol. 1, No. 1, S. 1–31 [Online]. DOI: 10.15460/eder.1.1.1026. Sloane, P. F. E. (2021) „Unterrichtsplanung im Kontext bildungspolitischer und curricularar Rahmenbedingungen“, in Klusmeyer, J. & Söll, M. (Hg.) Unterrichtsplanung in der Wirtschaftsdidaktik, Wiesbaden, Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, S. 225–252. Sloane, P. F. E., Emmler, T., Gössling, B. & Hagemeier, D. (2018) Berufsbildung 4.0: Qualifizierung des pädagogischen Personals als Erfolgsfaktor beruflicher Bildung in der digitalisierten Arbeitswelt [Online], Detmold, Eusl-Verlagsgesellschaft mbH. Verfügbar unter https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/book/10.3278/9783763967339. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Improving 14-15 Year-old Students’ Speaking Skills and Autonomy Through Creating Podcast Nazarbayev intellectual school, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The aim of this study is to explore what impact creating podcasts have in improving speaking skills and metacognition skills of students in the EFL classroom. Students face difficulty in expressing their ideas clearly and fluently while speaking due to anxiety, lack of enough grammatical and lexical knowledge and long processing time in face to face conversation . Moreover, the only place where students have the opportunity to speak in English is in the EFL classroom. This means that they may not have enough practice to develop their language skill and specifically, speaking skill. By development of technology, Computer-Assisted Language Learning (CALL) and its subdivision Mobile Assisted Language Learning (MALL) students will be able to take language learning beyond the classroom walls. Moreover, Podcast is a digital tool that is accessible without limiting itself to the place and time. Fluency is one of the aspects of speaking that can hinder communication. Scott Thornbury in his book “how to teach speaking” suggests that some conditions have an important role in the degree of fluency of speakers. These conditions are divided into three different categories such as cognitive, affective and performance factors. Cognitive factors include: Familiarity with the topic, familiarity with the interlocutor and processing demands. In this experiment students make podcasts about topics based on school curriculum, after receiving adequate knowledge in the classroom. Students create and share podcasts in the comfort of their home using smartphones in a group of three people. This enables them to prepare their speech in advance and practice it several times before making a podcast. Which consequently reduces the processing time and when they internalize required grammar and vocabulary. Affective factors include self consciousness, that is to say when students are under spotlight they may feel anxious and stressed which will lead them to make mistakes while speaking. Since students record their voice alone or along with their teammates, they will feel more comfortable and relaxed. Performance factors include: planning and rehearsal time, discourse control and mode. Real time speaking demands a great deal of processing time for speakers who are new to the language, so students lose their fluency during speaking. On the other hand, if they intend to compensate for fluency, they might lose accuracy. When students conduct research on the topic, write a script, plan the procedure of their podcast, practice it several times, and recreate the podcast many times, their performance will improve. In addition to that, to make a podcast students have to analyze, and evaluate their written text, and design a plan for the podcast. This will raise awareness of students' incompetencies. In contrast to the traditional methods of teaching and learning, when all students are dependant on a teacher to acquire knowledge, podcast making is a learner-centered method. In other words, creating a desirable podcast in the team depends on the individual works of teammates. Thus it will enhance students’ critical thinking since they have to evaluate their own work to make a better-quality podcast. This method improves students’ self-regulation and autonomy because podcasting enables students to notice and understand their own language inefficiencies and so try to overcome them on their own.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This action research adopted a mixed method approach by deploying tools such as pre/post tests, an online survey, informal interviews, experimental and control groups. The topics were based on school curriculum and included stereotypes, sport, hobbies, natural disasters and charity. Each student's pretest and posttest were audio recorded and a score was given on the scales of 1 to 6 according to a criteria card including factors such as development and coherence, pronunciation and fluency, grammar and vocabulary. Pretest/post test questions were chosen based on school curriculum topics. Overall 24 students were involved in this study, 12 of which were in the experimental group and the other 12 belonged to the control group. The research lasted 10 weeks. Each two weeks a topic was given to students, they had to include a certain grammatical structure such as present perfect, second conditional, gerund/infinitive in their speech when making the podcast and use 10 new words about the topic. They also had to use one idiom. A telegram channel was created where students uploaded their podcasts. To create the podcast a rubric was given to students which included categories such as delivery, format, main content and technical production. At the end of the experiment, students took an online survey . They had to choose from a scale of 1 to 5, with 5 being the highest and 1 the lowest score This included questions such as “how effective was making podcasts in improving grammar?” “how effective was podcasting in using passive voice in speech?”, “how efficiently did podcasting help you to learn the present perfect/conditionals/gerund & infinitive?” How effective was making podcasts in learning new vocabulary? “how did it improve pronunciation?” “how effective was it in improving critical thinking” “how effective podcasting was to notice your grammatical problems”. Open ended and Yes/no questions were in the questionnaire as well: “give one example of one grammatical structure you’ve learned to use correctly through podcasting” “did making podcasts have an effect on summative assessment marks?” “How did it improve your motivation to learn the language?” “What is your overall opinion about this experience”. At the end of the experiment a post speaking test was taken with the same questions and criteria as in the pretest to re-evaluate the students speaking skills. Both pre/post tests were audio recorded. Students were informally interviewed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings When recording audio of pre-test and post-test were compared it was noticeable that students used more complex vocabulary and grammatical structure while speaking in the posttest. Additionally, Students were more confident in expressing their ideas clearly and without long pauses. Improvement in speaking overall was especially visible among students who had previously performed poorly; During pretest they gave only simple utterances with long pauses, not being able to deliver their ideas. However, in the posttest they were more fluent, confident and could express their ideas using complex grammar such as conditionals, present perfect and with enough vocabulary to deliver meaning. For example, while two of them had scored 2 out of 6 in the pretest, they scored 4 and 5 out of 6 in the post test. However, in the control group students who performed poorly in speaking did not show any noticeable improvement. Moreover, on average all students in the experimental group received 1- 1.5 higher in the post test. 36.4% told that their speaking accuracy has improved, and 36.4% said that their fluency has enhanced. 27.3% of students stated that their vocabulary knowledge has increased. According to the survey, students believed that making podcasts improved their grammatical knowledge. They learned structures such as conditionals, perfect tense, infinitive/ gerund. Nevertheless, They stated that podcasting had a greater effect in learning new vocabulary; on average about 30 new words. They also acknowledged that their fluency and motivation have improved. All of the students mentioned that podcasting had the biggest impact on enhancing their critical thinking skills, for example noticing their own grammatical mistakes and correcting them, trying to create more interesting content about their next topic. In the interview students mentioned that they learned new idioms, and they had better fluency. References Mohamad Reza Farangi. et al., The Effects of Podcasting on EFL Upper-Intermediate Learners’ Speaking Skills. CALL-EJ, 16(2), 1-18 Abdous, M., Camarena, M.M., & Facer, B.R. (2009). MALL technology: Use of academic podcasting in the foreign language classroom. ReCALL, 21(1), 76–95 Maggie Brennan Juana and Deniz Palak. (2011) Podcasting as a Means of Improving Spanish Speaking Skills in the Foreign Language Classroom: An Action Research Study. Networks: An Online Journal for Teacher research. 13[1], 1- 18 Thornbury. S. (2005) How to teach speaking. Pearson Education ESL 03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster Bildung and Philosophy Teaching: Perspectives From Primary and Secondary Teachers in Norway University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:During the last two decades, the National Curriculum for Norway has experienced a shift from content-oriented to competence-oriented curriculum that has altered the understanding of how teaching can promote Bildung (Hilt & Riese, 2021). The culmination of this process took place in 2020, with a comprehensive reform of the national curriculum (Læreplanverket). It was said that one of the intents with the reform was to clarify how classroom teaching can reinforce Bildung (danning) among students (Meld. St. 28 (2015-2016)). As a part of this process, policy makers argued that philosophy teaching facilitates Bildung and that it deserved more space in the national curriculum (St.meld. nr. 30 (2003-2004); Meld.St. nr. 25 (2016-2017)). This poster presentation is about philosophy teachers’ understanding of what the teaching of philosophy consists of and how it relates to the Bildung-promoting task of Norwegian public education. How do philosophy teachers in primary and secondary school in Norway represent the relation between Bildung and philosophy in their classroom teaching? Curriculum work can be divided into a political, programmatic and practical level (Hopmann, 1999). The political level sets up the framework for the curriculum, the programmatic level is where the actual curriculum is written and formalised as a policy document, and the practical level is where the curriculum is locally interpreted and taught. In the context of curriculum work, effective implementation of Bildung-promoting teaching depends on a use of signifiers of Bildung on the programmatic level that opens for teachers’ interpretive freedom of the concept (Bergheim, 2023). Discourses on Bildung in the Norwegian national curriculum appear to greatly emphasise ‘method-based’ approaches to philosophy teaching at the expense of ‘content-based’ approaches (Bergheim, 2024). Method-based approaches encourage a comprehension of philosophy as a way of reasoning and tend to focus on philosophy as a transdisciplinary fostering of critical thinking and analytical skills (e.g., Vansieleghem, 2013; Kienstra, Karskens & Imants, 2014). Meanwhile, content-based approaches are built on the conception of philosophy as a field of knowledge, with its historical content (e.g., antiquity, renaissance and modernity) and themes (e.g., ontology, epistemology, and ethics) that must be taught to be able to philosophise. Because Bildung-promoting teaching is intimately connected to the autonomy of teaching and learning processes (Hopmann, 2007), for a curriculum to heavily rely on particular teaching methods at the expense of others may be counterproductive. The reason is that it reduces the possibilities for students to experience Bildung-promoting teaching as an integrate part of teachers’ adaptation of the curriculum. However, considered the limited impact of the written curriculum on teaching practices (Hopmann, 1999; Priestley et al., 2021), it is of interest to investigate how philosophy teachers in Norway themselves perceive the relation between their teaching practices and Bildung on a practical level. The objective of shedding light over philosophy teachers’ representations of the relation between their teaching practices and Bildung is threefold. First, it offers insight into what philosophy teachers themselves perceive as Bildung-promoting in philosophy. Second, it serves as a contribution to studies on the interplay between the programmatic and practical level of curriculum work. Third, it serves as a case-study of how global educational policy ideas, such as competencies-based education, influence the Scandinavian Didaktik-tradition and Bildung-centred teaching. The study’s theoretical framework is based on discourse theory. Discourses are forms of knowledge that are socially produced and set limits to how social objects and practices can be thought of and expressed (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). The concept of ‘discourse’ denotes that language itself is structured according to social patterns that influence our use of language and which can be identified through discourse analysis (Jørgensen & Phillips, 2002). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this paper, we will conduct and analyse semi-structured qualitative interviews with philosophy teachers in primary and secondary schools in Norway. The criteria for the recruitment of interviewees are that they have formal training in teaching of philosophy (filosofididaktikk) and that they have or are teaching philosophy in either Norwegian primary or secondary school in a minimum of one of the following three school subjects: (1) “Knowledge of Christianity, Religion, Philosophies of life and Ethics” (primary and lower-secondary school); (2) “History and Philosophy” (upper-secondary school), or (3) “Religion and Ethics” (upper-secondary school) (UDIR, 2019a; UDIR, 2019b; UDIR 2020). Common for the three school subjects is that philosophy teaching is explicitly mentioned as component in their respective subject curricula (Bergheim, 2024). The study aims at recruiting 6 to 10 interviewees and consists of semi-structured individual interviews in Norwegian. The duration of the interviews will be of 45 to 60 minutes. The interview guide is divided into three sections: (1) the interviewees’ everyday practices in philosophy teaching, (2) the interviewees’ representations of Bildung-promoting teaching, and (3) the interviewees’ representations of Bildung-promoting teaching in philosophy. For the analysis of the collected data, we will manually transcribe audio recordings of the interviews to written text and insert them into the qualitative data analysis software NVivo 12. To identify discursive articulations of the concepts of Bildung, we will analyse the interview transcripts through the lens of the discursive categories “individual” and “society”. The two categories are justified with reference to Horlacher’s (2017) historical comparative study of the concept of Bildung and her thesis that discourses on Bildung presume a link between the inner cultivation of the individual and the development of a better society. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interviews will be conducted during the spring semester of 2024 and the poster will therefore present preliminary findings. However, previous studies have shown that the written curriculum has a limited impact on teaching practices on a practical level of curriculum work (Hopmann, 1999; Priestley et al., 2021). Additionally, teaching experience (Priestley et al., 2016) and formal education in philosophy (Bialystok et al., 2019) may offer more leeway for philosophy teachers to adapt themes and approaches in the written curriculum to their own students. What remains to be seen is how the interviewed teachers perceive the relation between Bildung and philosophy, both in theory and in their own teaching practices, and how they justify it. References Bacchi, C. L., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis: A guide to practice. Palgrave Macmillan. Bergheim, P. (2024). Competence-Oriented Curricula and the Promotion of Bildung: The Case of Philosophy Teaching in Norway [Manuscript in preparation]. Department of Education, University of Bergen. Bergheim, P. V. D. (2023). Signifiers of Bildung, the Curriculum and the Democratisation of Public Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 43(1), 91–106. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-023-09911-6 Bialystok, L. (2017). Philosophy across the Curriculum and the Question of Teacher Capacity; Or, What Is Philosophy and Who Can Teach It?: What Is Philosophy and Who Can Teach It? Journal of Philosophy of Education, 51(4), 817–836. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12258 Bialystok, L., Norris, T., & Pinto, L. E. (2019). Teaching and learning philosophy in Ontario high schools. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(5), 678–697. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1563632 Hilt, L., & Riese, H. (2021). Hybrid forms of education in Norway: A systems theoretical approach to understanding curriculum change. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2021.1956596 Hopmann, S. (1999). The Curricullum as a Standard of Public Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 18(1), 89–105. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1005139405296 Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained Teaching: The Common Core of Didaktik. 6(2), 109–124. Horlacher, R. (2017). The educated subject and the German concept of Bildung: A comparative cultural history. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Jørgensen, M., & Phillips, L. (2002). Discourse analysis: As theory and method. SAGE. Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2003). St.meld. Nr. 30 (2003–2004): Kultur for læring [White paper]. Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2015). Meld. St. 28 (2015–2016): Fag – Fordypning – Forståelse En fornyelse av Kunnskapsløftet [White paper]. Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2016). Meld. St. 25 (2016–2017) — Humaniora i Norge [White paper]. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., Philippou, S., & Robinson, S. (2016). The teacher and the curriculum: exploring teacher agency. In The SAGE Handbook of Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assessment: Two Volume Set (Vol. 2, pp. 187-201). SAGE Publications Ltd, https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473921405 Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D., & Soini, T. 2021. Curriculum Making: A Conceptual Framing. In Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts, eds. Mark Priestley, Stavroula Philippou, Daniel Alvunger, and Tiina Soini, 1–28. Bingley: Emerald. UDIR. (2019a) Læreplan i kristendom, religion, livssyn og etikk (KRLE). https://data.udir.no/kl06/v201906/laereplaner-lk20/RLE01-03.pdf?lang=nob UDIR. (2019b). Læreplan i religion og etikk – fellesfag I studieforberedende utdanningsprogram (REL1-01). https://data.udir.no/kl06/v201906/laereplaner-lk20/REL01-02.pdf?lang=nob UDIR. (2021). Læreplan i historie og filosofi – programfag (HIF1-02). https://data.udir.no/kl06/v201906/laereplaner-lk20/HIF01-03.pdf?lang=nob |
12:45 - 13:30 | 04 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Poster Czech and Finnish Teacher in the Background of Inclusive Education Technical University of L, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The aim of the dissertation is to describe and compare the views and experiences of teachers working with pupils in the complex current conditions of inclusive education in the Czech Republic and Finland. On the basis of the summary of the results of the research part of the thesis, real teacher profiles in the Czech Republic and Finland will be created and compared and these profiles will be interpreted against the background of the complex conditions of education in the Czech Republic and Finland. The final output will be the creation of an empirically based competent primary school teacher in inclusive education conditions. The thesis will also offer recommendations for teacher professionalisation in the Czech environment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To achieve the objectives of the thesis, a case study design was chosen because, according to Handel (2008, p. 104), a case study allows "a detailed study of one or a few cases." The case chosen was a primary school teacher in a diverse inclusive education setting. The research sample of participants consisted of a total of 20 participants (10 Czech primary school teachers and 10 Finnish primary school teachers). When selecting the participants themselves, a purposive and purposeful sampling was chosen, following predefined criteria, so that participants with high variability were selected, i.e. with a high telling value that will yield rich data on the phenomenon under study (Novotná, Špaček & Jantulová, 2019): (1) two teachers teaching in a capital city; (2) two teachers teaching in an urban school; (3) two teachers teaching in a faculty school; (4) two teachers teaching in a school with an increased number of pupils with a different mother tongue; (5) two teachers teaching in a school with an increased number of socially excluded pupils. Three main methods of case study were chosen for data collection according to Stake (1995): literature study, observation and interview, due to data triangulation. The final method was comparison in line with the research as a collective case study defined above, which is used in comparative studies. For the initial data analysis, case studies of each case under study were created. Subsequently, the interviews were transcribed. The coded categories were subsequently integrated to produce a description of the phenomena under study. This data complemented the original individual case histories and an ideal profile of the primary school teacher was created, which provided answers to the research questions. The interpretation of the data was based on an emic perspective and is ordered by describing the case one part at a time (Stake, 1995). The final step was the comparison of these profiles between the Czech Republic and Finland with further elaboration - identifying suggestions for improving the work of the Czech teacher and creating an empirically based profile of the primary school teacher in the conditions of inclusive education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As part of the research outputs, an empirically based profile of a competent teacher in the conditions of inclusive education was designed from below, based on the experiences and opinions of the interviewed teachers. This profile corresponds to the European Profile of the Inclusive Teacher. Both build on the importance of values and attitudes, collaboration and professional development of the teacher. In our opinion, the competency framework for student teachers, which is currently being developed at the Ministry of Education in the Czech Republic, should also include requirements related to the expected work of graduates in an inclusive classroom and school environment. However, the emphasis on values and attitudes such as respect, diversity and tolerance in the work of the graduate teacher is absent from the current draft, the importance of the personal component and the development of soft skills is neglected and the emphasis remains on knowledge. In our view, the emerging framework does not yet reflect the results of international research or the recommendations contained in existing professional frameworks or standards, where the emphasis on the development of attitudes and skills associated with teaching in a heterogeneous classroom is already expressed in various ways. References Hendl, J. (2008). Kvalitativní výzkum: Základy teorie, metody a aplikace. Portál Novotná, N., Špaček, O., Jantulová, M (Eds.). (2019). Metody výzkumu ve společenských vědách. FHS UK. Stake R., (1995). Art of Case Study Research. Sage Publications. 04. Inclusive Education
Poster Predictors of Czech Primary School Teachers’ Attitudes Towards Inclusive Education: a Multilevel Model J. E. Purkyně University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:One of the most frequent issues in relation to inclusive education (IE) in the research field is the topic of teachers’ attitudes, concerns, self-efficacy, intentions, etc., which reflects the international debate on inclusion. These 'constructs' rightly belong to the focus of researchers’ analytical attention. In particular, teachers’ attitudes have been empirically demonstrated many times to be crucial for the successful implementation of inclusive practices in the context of collaborative learning for diverse learners, as well as in the approach to individualization and differentiation of instruction (e.g., Hellmich et al., 2019; Schwab & Alnahdi, 2023).
The Czech Republic has adopted many measures in the past two decades based on international recommendations and legal judicial decisions (ECtHR, 2007 – the case of D. H. and Others v. the Czech Republic). Czech educators have been inspired by more advanced education systems in other countries that have successfully implemented IE (Norway, Finland, etc.). The idea of IE in the Czech Republic, however, comes into strong confrontation with the domestic tradition of special education. Like other former post-communist countries in Europe, the Czech Republic is still coping with the consequences of the long-term process of fragmentation and institutionalization of pupils with special educational needs (SEN), e.g. early selection and other inequalities in education. Probably the most extensive research to date in the Czech Republic (Pivarč, 2020) which has mapped the perception of IE by teachers and principals of primary schools shows that teachers from Czech primary schools did not declare clearly positive attitudes towards IE.
A number of research studies have shown that teachers’ negative attitudes towards IE can be perceived as an undesirable phenomenon and may represent a significant barrier to the systemic changes in education. Studies show that teachers’ attitudes towards IE are associated with the implementation of inclusive practices in practice, are relatively stable, and may be difficult to change. Some studies point to a significant association between teachers’ self-efficacy, intentions, concerns, readiness, perceived support, or experience with IE, and teachers’ attitudes toward IE (Yada et al., 2022). In particular, behaviour/intent (the conative component) has been cited as a key factor, as well as high level of self-efficacy, which generally predict more positive teacher attitudes towards IE – however, a significant effect of the relationship between these factors has not always been clearly confirmed (Savolainen et al., 2020). Attitudes also tend to be associated with sociocultural and demographic factors. Demographic variables such as gender or age, however, appear to be particularly significant with respect to the type and severity of disabilities of the students that teachers encounter in their practice.
In the Czech research context, there have not been many studies analysing predictors of primary school teachers’ attitudes towards IE using a hierarchical multilevel structural model. The aim of this research was to analyse selected predictors at the individual and school (contextual) level and to find out which have a more significant effect on the attitudes of primary school teachers in relation to IE. Main research question: Do the variables predicting primary school teachers’ attitudes towards IE take into account teachers perceived self-efficacy and intention towards IE, gender and number of years of experience in education (individual level) and the average level of school teachers’ self-efficacy and intention towards IE, the tenure of the school inclusion coordinator and the schools’ experience with IE (school level)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 1,434 teachers (Nwomen=1,256; 88%) from a total of 140 regular public primary schools from all 14 regions of the Czech Republic chose to participate in the study (a two-step quota sampling was used). In terms of age structure, teachers in the age category 41–50 years were the most represented in the study (525; 37%). The average declared length of experience of the teachers in education was 21.6 years. The research sample included only public primary schools (special schools were not included) but with different socio-demographic characteristics (e.g. schools with extended foreign language teaching, specialised in sports etc.). Each primary school had a particular number of teachers selected (there were always 5 teachers of a lower primary and 5 teachers of an upper primary school). This research was reviewed and approved by the Ethics Committee of the J. E. Purkyně University (Faculty of Education) (no. pf_ujep_11/2023/02). In this study, the Czech version (Pivarč, 2023) of the 8-item Attitudes Towards Inclusion (ωAIS=0.90), the 7-item Intention to Teach in Inclusive Classroom (ωITICS=0.75) scale (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016), the 18-item Teacher Efficacy for Inclusive Practices (ωTEIP=0.92) questionnaire (Sharma et al., 2012) along with a questionnaire that measures demographic variables of the teachers (age, gender, number of years of experience in education) were used. These instruments achieved high reliability (McDonald’s ω ≥ 0.75). The questionnaires were given to primary school participants in-person via trained interviewers. Given the characteristics of the data and the research objectives, the analyses were based on two-level structural modelling with fixed and random effects. Multilevel modelling allows separating teacher-level characteristics that differ between teachers and school-level characteristics (which are common to all teachers in a given school). The total raw score of the AIS scale is the dependent cardinal variable that is explained by the first- and second-level predictors. First, a Null model with no variables is estimated. It is determined whether there are significant differences in attitudes between teachers and schools. The variance at the individual and group level is evaluated by the values of the intra-class correlation coefficient (ICC). Then, Model 1 with individual variables is estimated. At the second level, Model 2 is also extended with school variables (without interactions). Parameter estimation was performed using the maximum likelihood method. The estimated models are compared using the Akaike (AIC) and Bayesian information criterion (BIC). The data analysis was conducted using SPSS v26. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The null model included only intercept and random effects for teachers and schools (AIC=4525; BIC=4541). Test results showed that it was not possible to ignore the higher-level hierarchy. ICC values showed that 14% of the total variance was accounted for at the school level (p<0.001). Differences in attitudes towards IE were 86% attributed to individual-level (i.e. teacher-level) predictors. Model 1 (AIC=4221; BIC=4258) was then tested with individual-level variables (self-efficacy, intention, gender, and number of years of experience in education). Results showed that higher levels of self-efficacy (b=0.146, p=0.03) and intention (b=0.722, p<0.001) positively predicted teachers’ attitudes toward IE. In contrast, females (b=−0.194, p=0.02) had more negative attitudes towards IE compared to males. Number of years of experience in education was not related to attitudes (p>0.05). Individual and school-level predictors were controlled for in Model 3 (AIC=4197; BIC=4255; ICC=7%). There appeared to be differences between schools. Attitudes towards IE were positively predicted by higher mean scores of schools on the ITICS scale (bintention=0.871, p<0.001). The same was true for schools that had experience of implementing IE (b=0.170, p<0.01). Teacher self-efficacy (b=0.150, p=0.03), intention (b=0.651, p<0.001) and gender (b=-0.187, p=0.03) remained significant predictors. Overall, the results in this research show that teachers from Czech primary schools declared more neutral (reserved) attitudes on the AIS scale (M=3,72, SD=1,20). There were differences in teachers’ attitudes depending on whether the school where they teach has experience and declares its intention to implement IE. Declared intention to implement IE among individual teachers also emerged as a significant predictor of attitudes towards IE, as did self-efficacy and gender (however, in line with some studies -Yada et al., 2022- the effects of these predictors were rather weaker). A limitation of the research is that even after controlling for predictors, significant differences remained that need to be further analysed. References European court of human rights. (2007). Case of D. H. and others v. The Czech Republic (no. 57325/00). Strasbourg. Available from: https://hudoc.echr.coe.int/eng#{%22appno%22:[%2257325/00%22],%22itemid%22:[%22001-83256%22]} Hellmich, F., Löper, M., & Görel, G. (2019). The role of primary school teachers’ attitudes and self-efficacy beliefs for everyday practices in inclusive classrooms – a study on the verification of the ‘Theory of Planned Behaviour’. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 19(1), 36–48. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12476 Pivarč, J. (2020). Na cestě k inkluzi: proměny pedagogických procesů ve vzdělávání a jejich pojetí učiteli a zástupci vedení ZŠ [On the path to inclusion: changes in the conception of pedagogical processes in education by primary school teachers and school management]. Praha: Univerzita Karlova, Pedagogická fakulta. Pivarč, J. (2023). Psychometric analysis of the AIS, ITICS and TEIP questionnaires among teachers in Czech primary schools. The European Conference on Educational Research: The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research, Glasgow, Scotland. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.8014768 Saloviita, T. (2020). Attitudes of Teachers Towards Inclusive Education in Finland. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(2), 270–282. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1541819 Savolainen, H., Malinen, O., P., & Schwab, S. (2020). Teacher efficacy predicts teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion – a longitudinal cross-lagged analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(9), 958–972. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1752826 Sharma, U., & Jacobs, K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators’ intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching and Teacher Education, 55(3), 13–23. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.12.004 Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, Ch. (2012). Measuring Teacher Efficacy to Implement Inclusive Practices. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 12(1), 12–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-3802.2011.01200.x Schwab, S. & Alnahdi, G., H. (2023). Does the same teacher’s attitude fit all students? Uncovering student-specific variance of teachers’ attitudes towards all of their students. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2221235 Yada, A., Leskinen, M., Savolainen, H., & Schwab, S. (2022). Meta-analysis of the relationship between teachers’ self-efficacy and attitudes toward inclusive education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103521 04. Inclusive Education
Poster Noise- Cancelling Technology and Autistic Students with Auditory Sensory Difficulties in School; A Scoping Review. Østfold University College, Norway Presenting Author:The main objective of this study is to provide an appropriate theoretical framework for the integration of noise-cancelling technology into everyday school life for autistic students with auditory sensory difficulties. Research in this area is sporadic and lacks integration of research from the traditionally distinct fields of special needs education and noise- cancelling technology (Kulawiak, 2021). This study aims to address this research gap and answer the research question: ‘What is an appropriate theoretical framework for the integration of noise- cancelling technology in the everyday school life of autistic students with auditory sensory difficulties?’ There is a broad international consensus that inclusion in education should be both a guiding principle and an aspirational goal for all students (UNESCO, 1994, 2005). The UN-aligned 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development emphasises the need for a continued global commitment to ensure inclusive and equitable education for all (United Nations, 2023). In addition, the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities is important to ensure that children with disabilities are not excluded from education because of their disability, that they receive the necessary support within the mainstream education system and that reasonable accommodation is provided (United Nations, 2007). An important contribution to promoting inclusive education is the design of technology-rich learning environments that are flexible and meet the needs of diverse learners, often defined as digital inclusive education (European Commission et al., 2021). Digital inclusive education should consider how digital tools, such as noise- cancelling technology, can benefit marginalised groups from the outset, rather than as an afterthought. (UNESCO, 2021). Autism is a heterogeneous, lifelong neurodevelopmental condition. Sensory difficulties have recently been added to the diagnostic criteria and are now considered a core feature of the condition (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Atypical sensory experiences can manifest in all modalities, with auditory sensory difficulties reported to be the most common in autistic individuals (Neave- DiToro et al., 2020; O’Connor, 2012; Williams et al., 2021). As a result, everyday sounds are often perceived as overwhelming, intense, and frightening and can become a source of distress that affects school participation for autistic students (Tyler et al., 2014). Such strong physiological responses lead to reduced concentration, distractibility and increased off-task behaviour, which affects cognition and learning in school (Howe and Stagg, 2016). Studies have shown that autistic students with auditory difficulties are at higher risk of experiencing challenges in school, such as increased stress and anxiety, decreased concentration, learning difficulties, social challenges and general distress (Hall et al., 2016; Howe & Stagg, 2016; Neave- DiToro et al., 2020). Given these significant challenges and the risk of being excluded or denied equal learning opportunities because of their disability, it is important to focus on how the school environment can be adapted to compensate for the potential challenges that autistic students with auditory difficulties may experience in school. Noise- cancelling technology holds great promise in this context. To reduce potential negative experiences with auditory stimuli, studies (Neave- DiToro, 2020; Pfeiffer et al., 2019) show that the use of noise-cancelling technology is beneficial for autistic students with auditory difficulties in school, helping to reduce auditory distraction and distress and improve their learning potential. Noise-cancelling headphones are often used for this purpose and can be divided into two main categories, passive and active. Both provide basic sound insulation, but in addition active noise- cancelling headphones can often reproduce sound and fade in ambient noise. Both active and passive noise- cancellation do not provide complete noise isolation, but they do attenuate the intensity of sound to some degree (Kulawiak, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a scoping review study that aims to provide an appropriate theoretical framework for the integration of noise-cancelling technology in the everyday school life of autistic students with auditory sensory difficulties. There is a paucity of research in this area, especially research that integrates both special need education and noise- cancelling technology research on autistic students. It is therefore crucial to gain an overview of the research field and to synthesise research from traditionally different fields. This is considered important in its own right, but also to provide a solid basis for ensuring high quality in the crucial decision of designing future studies, and to ground them in well-documented research gaps. In the longer term, gaining knowledge in this field is particularly important as it can contribute to increased awareness and discussion on how to best facilitate for autistic students with auditory difficulties in school, and potentially to more inclusive education in practice. In this scoping review, the focus will be on five overarching aspects relevant to the research question: (1) autism, (2) noise- cancelling technology, (3) auditory sensory difficulties, (4) school settings, and (5) effects of interventions. A range of databases both general and across different fields, including grey literature will be searched and will be included or excluded on the grounds of set criteria. Both qualitative and quantitative (mainly descriptive statistics) will make up the basis for the analyses. This review will be conducted in accordance with the PRISMA framework (Tricco et al., 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcome of this study is a review of relevant empirical research and the state of the art in integrating the two traditionally disparate research fields of special education and audio technology. It is expected that this review will provide evidence on a range of conditions that may be relevant to the appropriateness of using noise cancelling technology in schools for autistic students with auditory difficulties. The conditions that are expected to be important include, but may not be limited to, different noise conditions, the type of academic task, individual differences between students and different types of noise-cancelling technology. In addition, the results are expected to provide evidence about the impact of the use of noise cancelling technology on students in the school, both in terms of academic, social and emotional aspects. In this context, it is important to focus on both possible advantages and disadvantages. It is also expected that this research will help to identify potential research gaps in the existing research on the integration of noise cancelling technology into the everyday school life of autistic students with auditory difficulties. It will also provide a sound basis for where further research in this area should focus. The outcome of this research is expected to contribute to increased awareness of the standards of evidence-based practice for good adaptations in the use of noise- cancelling technology in schools for autistic students with auditory difficulties. And what further implications this may have for educational practice and further research. References American Psychiatric Association (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (5th edition) (DSM-5). Washington, DC: APA. Hall, A. J., Humphriss, R., Baguley, D. M., Parker, M., & Steer, C. D. (2016). Prevalence and risk factors for reduced sound tolerance (hyperacusis) in children. International Journal of Audiology, 55(3), 135–141. https://doi.org/10.3109/14992027. 2015.1092055 Howe, F.E.J. and Stagg, S.D. (2016). How Sensory Experiences Affect Adolescents with an Autistic Spectrum Condition within the Classroom. J Autism Dev Disord 46, 1656–1668. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-015-2693-1 Kulawiak, P. R. (2021). Academic benefits of wearing noise-cancelling headphones during class for typically developing students and students with special needs: A scoping review, Cogent Education, 8: 1957530. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2021.1957530 Neave-DiToro, D., Fuse, A., & Bergen, M. (2021). Knowledge and awareness of ear protection devices for sound sensitivity by individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 52(1), 409-425.https://doi.org/10.1044/2020_LSHSS-19-00119 O'Connor, K. (2012). Auditory processing in autism spectrum disorder: A review. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 36(2), 836–854. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2011.11.008 Pfeiffer, B., Raee, S. E. & Slugg, L. (2019) Impact of Noise-Attenuating Headphones on Participation in the Home, Community, and School for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, Physical & Occupational Therapy In Pediatrics, 39:1, 60-76. https://doi.org/10.1080/01942638.2018.1496963 Tyler, R.S., Pienkowski, M., Roncancio, E.R., Jun, H.J., Brozoski, T., Dauman, N., Coelho, C.B., Andersson, G., Keiner, A.J., Cacace, A.T., Martin, N., Moore, B.C.J., (2014. A review of hyperacusis and future directions: part I. Definitions and manifestations. Am. J. Audiol. 23 (4), 402–419. https://doi.org/10.1044/2014_AJA14-0010. Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O'Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. https://doi.org/10.7326/M18-0850 United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (1994). The Salamanca Statement and framework for action on special needs education. Paris (France): UNESCO. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (2005). Guidelines for Inclusion: Ensuring Access to Education for All. Paris (France): UNESCO. United Nations (UN). Sustainable development goals. [cited 2024 Jan. 26]. Available from: https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sustainable-development-goals/ United Nations (UN). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. UN; 2007 [cited 2024 Jan. 26]. Available from: https://social.desa.un.org/issues/disability/crpd/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities-crpd Williams, Z. J., Suzman, E., & Woynaroski, T. G. (2021). Prevalence of decreased sound tolerance (hyperacusis) in individuals with autism spectrum disorder: A meta-analysis. Ear and Hearing, 42(5), 1137-1150. DOI: 10.1097/AUD.0000000000001005 04. Inclusive Education
Poster Co-Creating inclusive school communities 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Tallinn University, Estonia; 3University of Bucharest, Romania; 4Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland Presenting Author:Inclusion constitutes both a guiding principle and a practical approach dedicated to ensuring the participation in education for all individuals, irrespective of their backgrounds or individual characteristics (e.g., culture, religion, gender, ability, SES; Grace & Gravestock, 2008; Göransson & Nilholm, 2014). This as a goal involves active cultivation of an environment that not only embraces but also celebrates diversity, fostering a sense of belonging and equal opportunities for all. Inclusion involves valuing and facilitating the full participation and belonging of everyone in all aspects of the school communities (Cologon, 2019). These kinds of school communities respect their members and provide a safe learning environment for everyone, including the adults working in the school. Further, in these communities everyone can learn and is allowed to express their opinions, raise awareness, and develop their skills. In a school community, there are not only shared tasks, there are also common goods. When teachers and students are together engaged in an educational community, they can see themselves as members of a collective in a pursuit of educational goods (Westheimer, 2008; Bielaczyc, & Collins, 2013). These goods define the nature of education, and may help to build the identity of the members of the school community. To develop inclusive school communities, teachers and school leaders should persevere with the continuing professional development in order to be able to respond to the needs of all learners (Marin, 2014); their beliefs and practices have to meet the needs of diverse learners in an inclusive school culture. In addition, school communities that value and respect their members and provide a safe learning environment are more likely to be inclusive (Bielaczyc & Collins, 2013). All the above lays the grounds for an initiative carried out through an Erasmus+ project: Co-Creating Inclusive School Communities (2021-2024). The primary objective of the project is to provide support to educational institutions in fortifying inclusive school communities characterised by the warm reception, respect, valuation, and empowerment of every participant, thereby fostering an environment that embraces and celebrates diversity across cultural, religious, gender, ability, and socio-economic spectrums. Several schools in Europe struggle with establishing equitable opportunities for all learners (Ainscow, et al., 2013). Addressing this issue necessitates the cultivation of an inclusive community where each stakeholder (including teachers, students, parents, school leaders) actively participates and feels responsible for the development of inclusive school cultures, while also receiving support in both individual and collective learning processes. The nexus between the learning environment and social milieu is paramount within such inclusive school communities. Specifically, this project concentrates on the social environment. Through the establishment of inclusive school communities, educational institutions can enhance engagement with internal and external stakeholders, thereby increasing the likelihood of achieving sustainable advancements toward optimal and egalitarian opportunities for all learners.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To support schools in their development towards inclusive school communities the project has developed a Toolbox that helps schools to evaluate their inclusiveness and develop their practices. Through the use of the toolbox, schools are guided to address four fundamental questions: What are the characteristics of inclusive school communities; What are inspiring examples of inclusive school communities? What does it look like in practice?; How inclusive is our school community?; What can we do to strengthen the inclusiveness of our school community? The project has delivered a comprehensive Toolbox consisting of different elements. The first element is a Conceptual Tool (two conceptual frameworks) whose aim is to outline and discuss the various ways of defining inclusiveness as a key factor of school communities. This tool translates academic insights into conceptualisations that are more approachable for teachers and principals. Further, the Conceptual Tool discusses inclusive school communities from the perspective of a change process and the main phases related to it. The second element is an Inspirational Tool consisting of vignettes capturing a variety of features related to inclusive school communities. The vignettes focus on engagement of all school community members (students, teachers, parents) and collaboration between teachers. The vignettes cover empowering stories regarding the process of inclusion and on how to deal with questions around belonging and social inclusion. The third element is the Analytical Tool aimed at helping professionals working in schools to evaluate the degree of inclusiveness of their school community and identify needs for development. The tool is based on the concept of inclusive school communities and the means for school development described in the conceptual framework. The analytical tool has been built on the idea of schools as learning communities where collaborative learning processes foster change towards inclusiveness. The tool provides means for evaluating and reflecting key elements of inclusive school communities. Through the evaluation the tool can help teachers and leaders to identify areas for improvement and find next steps The fourth element consists of creating a Guide to implement the above-mentioned pieces of the toolbox. All the parts of the toolbox presented above have developed by project members from 7 countries (Canada, Estonia, Finland, Liechtenstein, the Netherlands, Romania, Switzerland) and further analysed and revised during co-creation sessions with pilot schools. All tools are tested for practicality and revised in an iterative process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim with the Toolbox is to strengthen awareness, foster deeper understanding, and create a common conceptual basis for schools to work with. Trying to respond to the needs of the teachers a variety of means (tools) were produced to spread the information regarding a school community based on the principle of inclusion: conceptual frameworks, videos and inspirational examples (vignettes) for teachers and school leaders as examples of what an inclusive school community can look like and how it may function. Moreover, the analytical tool provides means for evaluating and reflecting key elements of inclusive school communities. The analytical tool will help schools to identify areas for improvement and possible next steps for developing towards practices that are (more) inclusive. Taking into consideration that the project is ongoing, the project’s partners now focus on an overall review and assessment of the relevancy and effectiveness of the toolbox accompanied by an overall user guide. All the different tools will be reviewed and assessed, so schools will find guidance and clarity in the manual on how the different tools together can support implementation and development of inclusive school communities by providing feedback, inspiration and ideas for the next steps. References Ainscow, M., Dyson, A., Goldrick, S., & West, M. (2013). Developing equitable education systems. Routledge. Bielaczyc, K., & Collins, A. (2013). Learning communities in classrooms: A reconceptualization of educational practice. In Instructional-design theories and models (pp. 269-292). Routledge. Cologon, K. (2019). Towards inclusive education: A necessary process of transformation. Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings–a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European journal of special needs education, 29(3), 265-280.). Grace, S., & Gravestock, P. (2008). Inclusion and diversity: Meeting the needs of all students. Routledge. Marin, E. (2016). Teacher education for inclusion-the premises for implementing a new initial teacher training programme. Specialusis ugdymas, 2(35), 9-37. Strike KA.(1999). Can Schools be Communities? The Tension between Shared Values and Inclusion. Educational Administration Quarterly. 35(1):46-70. doi:10.1177/00131619921968464 Swanson, J. W. (2004). Diversity: creating an environment of inclusiveness. Nursing Administration Quarterly, 28(3), 207-211. Westheimer, J. (2008). Learning among colleagues: Teacher community and the shared enterprise of education 1. Handbook of research on teacher education, 756-783. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 05 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Poster Unveiling Insights on Happiness, Joy, Mental Health, Resilience, and Gratitude through Voices of Adolescents in Slovenia and Austria 1Educational Research Institute; 2Research Center for Inclusive Education, University of Graz; 3Institute of Education Research and Teacher Education, Inclusive Education Unit, University of Graz Presenting Author:Mental health is an important aspect to consider in the overall wellbeing of an individual. Many mental health related concerns and illnesses (such as anxiety and depression) have their onset in adolescence with studies showing that having mental health problems before age 14 leads to increased risk of developing mental disorders in adulthood (Mulraney et al., 2021). Moreover, recent evidence points towards a mental health paradigm that focuses on fully established mental health disorders in adulthood while relatively neglecting prevention and early intervention efforts in youth (Uhlhaas et al., 2023). As adolescence can be a challenging time in human development with individuals beginning to attain the skills and competencies necessary for becoming productive adults (Barker, 2007), as well as it is a development period being of utmost importance for social and occupational adjustment (Thompson et al., 2020), it is essential to take care of mental health and mental health literacy (Nobre et al., 2021) of this population. Moreover, the affiliation adolescents currently have towards using digital devices and social media might put their mental health at risk even further but there is limited evidence (Girela-Serrano et al., 2022). Taking the above into consideration, with changes in adolescent mental health also reported during the COVID-19 pandemic (Panchal et al., 2023), there is a clear need for developing evidence-based digital interventions that are aimed at youth with the goal of preventing mental health concerns and equipping youth with the knowledge and skills necessary to provide help for themselves and/or their peers when encountering mental health challenges. The above is outlined in the purpose of creating a digital program being developed and aimed at fostering the mental health and resilience of students aged 12 to 15 years old (within a project called me_HeLi-D). Even though there are some established digital programs for mental health of youth (e.g. Manicavasagar et al., 2014), more has to be done to provide universal prevention programs to youth. The involvement of the youth in the process of developing the program is one such example and the me_HeLi-D program aims to fill this gap. The me_HeLi-D program is being designed as part of a participatory approach (Orlowski et al., 2015) in which students are seen as experts of their experience and help researchers with their feedback and preference in the development of the digital program. Using a participatory approach in development can increase the chances of acceptability and usability as students are included in the design process. This means that researchers do not just come up with ideas on what is best for students, but students take on the role of active participants in the design process, which increases the likelihood that the program will be used. As part of the participatory approach in me_HeLi-D, participatory workshops were conducted in project partner schools. The workshops focused on the design and content elements of the digital program. In the following paper, we focus on student’s voices and perspectives on mental health. As mental health is not just the absence of mental illness, but also encourages aspects of mental wellbeing (i.e. the positive aspects of mental health, Tennant et al., 2007), such as happiness and joy, our aim is to incorporate these constructs within the digital program. Previous research has shown that mental health is related to happiness, joy, resilience, and gratitude (Bono et al., 2023; Schultze-Lutter et al., 2016). In the present presentation we aim to answer the following research questions: 1) What are the students’ voices on happiness, joy, mental health, resilience, and gratitude? 2) How can these voices be incorporated into the me_HeLi-D program? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participatory workshops were conducted with students in order to directly include them in the developmental process of the me_HeLi-D program. The workshops were conducted with students from Slovenia, Austria, and Poland and led by researchers with the help of teachers at each country’s participating partner school. In the present paper, we focus on the second set of participatory workshops conducted in December of 2023 in Slovenian and Austrian partner schools. These workshops focused on the aspects of the tool related to content in which students gave their opinions, views, ideas and suggestions on examples of activities that will be in the final version of the digital program. The workshops included 30 students from Slovenia and 33 from Austria aged between 12 and 15 years. This presentation focuses on the “Recoding Lab” activity in which students were asked to give their view on concepts such as happiness, joy, gratitude, resilience, and on what mental health means to them. Students recorded their answers in pairs on portable audio recording devices in an interview style setting. This enabled students to use their words to describe important concepts related to their perceptions of mental health and wellbeing. Concerning happiness, joy, and mental health. Students were asked to record their answers to the following items: “What makes you happy?”, “What brings you joy?”, and “What does mental health mean to you?”. Concerning, resilience and gratefulness, students were asked: “What is/are your source(s) of resilience?” and “What are you grateful for?”. For these two questions students then described photos they took in a past activity in which they had to take a picture of something that they are grateful for or is a source of resilience. Audio transcripts of students’ answers were prepared in a spreadsheet. Data was analyzed using the thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006). For each question themes were developed to best describe the student responses. Data was analyzed by country (Slovenia, Austria) as well as pooled together. Spreadsheets were used to perform the thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results provide students’ views on happiness, joy, mental health, resilience and gratitude in Austria and Slovenia. Students explained the meaning of these concepts to them and application in their daily lives. This gives important insight on students' understanding of mental health and wellbeing as they were not provided with any definitions. Not every student responded to each mental health related concept, however at least one concept was answered by all the students included in the results. Concerning joy, students gave answers such as: hanging out, getting good grades in school, listening to music, playing with the family dog etc. Concerning happiness, students gave answers such as: family and friends, playing football, playing games, music. Concerning mental health, students gave answers such as: when someone feels alright, being happy, inner wellbeing, feeling good, having a good time, learning to love and accept yourself. Concerning resilience, answers were: family, friends, playing sport, listening to music with headphones. Concerning gratitude, answers were focused around family, friends, living in a certain place. Results show that students gave similar answers to most questions showing the interplay of these concepts in their view of mental health. Frequency analysis as well as comparison between the two countries (similarities and differences) will also be discussed in order to put results in a European perspective. Based on these results the me_HeLi-D program will be tailored to meet the needs of European students as the program is jointly prepared by partners in Slovenia, Austria, Poland, and Bulgaria. Careful consideration will be applied in terms of the language used in the program and in the case of examples that students can relate to based on their country context (i.e. what mental health means to students). Considerations for the me_HeLi-D program and practical applications from the students’ voices will be presented. References Bono, G., Duffy, T., & Merz, E. L. (2023). Gratitude and Adolescents’ Mental Health and Well-Being: Effects and Gender Differences for a Positive Social Media Intervention in High Schools. Education Sciences, 13(3), 320. Girela-Serrano, B. M., Spiers, A. D. V., Ruotong, L., Gangadia, S., Toledano, M. B., & Di Simplicio, M. (2022). Impact of mobile phones and wireless devices use on children and adolescents’ mental health: A systematic review. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry. Mulraney, M., Coghill, D., Bishop, C., Mehmed, Y., Sciberras, E., Sawyer, M., Efron, D., & Hiscock, H. (2021). A systematic review of the persistence of childhood mental health problems into adulthood. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 129, 182–205. Nobre, J., Oliveira, A. P., Monteiro, F., Sequeira, C., & Ferré-Grau, C. (2021). Promotion of Mental Health Literacy in Adolescents: A Scoping Review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(18), 9500. Orlowski, S. K., Lawn, S., Venning, A., Winsall, M., Jones, G. M., Wyld, K., Damarell, R. A., Antezana, G., Schrader, G., Smith, D., Collin, P., & Bidargaddi, N. (2015). Participatory Research as One Piece of the Puzzle: A Systematic Review of Consumer Involvement in Design of Technology-Based Youth Mental Health and Well-Being Interventions. JMIR Human Factors, 2(2), e12. Panchal, U., Salazar De Pablo, G., Franco, M., Moreno, C., Parellada, M., Arango, C., & Fusar-Poli, P. (2023). The impact of COVID-19 lockdown on child and adolescent mental health: Systematic review. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 32(7), 1151–1177. Schultze-Lutter, F., Schimmelmann, B. G., & Schmidt, S. J. (2016). Resilience, risk, mental health and well-being: Associations and conceptual differences. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 25(5), 459–466. Thompson, E. J., Richards, M., Ploubidis, G. B., Fonagy, P., & Patalay, P. (2020). Changes in the adult consequences of adolescent mental health: Findings from the 1958 and 1970 British birth cohorts [Preprint]. Epidemiology. Uhlhaas, P. J., Davey, C. G., Mehta, U. M., Shah, J., Torous, J., Allen, N. B., Avenevoli, S., Bella-Awusah, T., Chanen, A., Chen, E. Y. H., Correll, C. U., Do, K. Q., Fisher, H. L., Frangou, S., Hickie, I. B., Keshavan, M. S., Konrad, K., Lee, F. S., Liu, C. H., … Wood, S. J. (2023). Towards a youth mental health paradigm: A perspective and roadmap. Molecular Psychiatry, 28(8), 3171–3181. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Poster Well-being Indicators and PISA 2022 Mathematic Achievements Among Students with Migrant Background: the Cases of Slovenia, Estonia and Finland Educational Research Institute, Slovenia Presenting Author:The way students adapt to the educational system becomes apparent by their performance, evaluated through both self-perception and grades (Goñi, Ros & Fernández-Lasarte, 2018). Several research (Jung & Zhang, 2016; Lauderdale & Heckman, 2017; Motti-Stefanidi et al., 2015) consistently indicate higher dropout risks for young immigrant students compared to native students (Motti-Stefanidi et al., 2015). Moreover, several PISA cycles reveal a significant academic performance gap between native and immigrant students in European countries (OECD, 2019 & 2023). Different factors such as early educational tracking, migrant students’ origin, destination country, and migrant group contribute to this inequality (Sporlein & Schlueter, 2018). Notably, disparities persist among first- and second-generation immigrant students, even when excluding socioeconomic variables (OECD, 2019 & 2023). School environments, practices, and resources which promote students’ well-being can help migrant students overcome achievement gaps (Agasisti et al., 2021). Relevant aspects include high-quality physical and technical resources, positive school and classroom climates, and extracurricular activities (Borman and Overman, 2004; Cheema and Kitsantas, 2014; Lavoven and Laaksonen, 2009; Blomfield and Barber, 2011). This poster primarily focuses on exploring differences in mathematical achievement among native and migrant students and the predicting factors across five well-being domains, as defined by Kaya and Erdem (2021). Based on extensive literature review they defined five domains of well-being as:
This study specifically investigates these aspects among students with a migrant background and native students in Slovenia who are part of the PISA 2022 sample. Additionally, the poster conducts a comparative analysis between Slovenian data and data from two other EU countries, namely Finland and Estonia. The choice of these two countries stems from their performance in first-generation mathematics achievement in PISA, with Estonian first-generation migrant students demonstrating high achievements and Finnish first-generation migrant students exhibiting low achievements. Furthermore, the selection is also based on the Migrant Integration Policy Index assessment, indicating the responsiveness of the educational systems in these countries to the needs of immigrant children, with both Estonia and Finland representing highly responsive systems. Using the PISA 2022 data, the poster initially examines differences in mathematical achievement as one of the indicators of the successful adaptation of immigrant students (both first- and second-generation). Subsequently, based on the premise that well-being is demonstrated to be linked to achievement (Berger et al., 2011; Gutman & Vorhaus, 2012; Novello et al., 1992) it analyses and compares factors across well-being domains, namely subjective, psychological, social, cognitive, and physical. The overarching goal of the poster is to determine which well-being domains can predict the mathematical achievement of migrant students, providing guidelines to schools and policymakers. Additionally, the study's findings address issues of equal opportunities, academic performance of migrant students, and could contribute to overall well-being in the educational setting. This research has the potential to pinpoint more suitable interventions tailored to the needs of immigrant students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants: This study examines three representative samples of native and migrant students from Slovenia (Nfirst-generation = 378; Nsecond-generation = 252; Nnative = 5.866), Estonia (Nfirst-generation = 72; Nsecond-generation = 456; Nnative = 5.613) and Finland (Nfirst-generation = 1018; Nsecond-generation = 790; Nnative = 8.066) participating in the 2022 PISA. The study specifically focuses on a sample of 15-year-old students. Instruments and included variables: Every surveyed student completed a background questionnaire from which scales were derived. The students were categorized based on their immigrant background, with first-generation immigrant students defined as foreign-born students with foreign-born parents, and second-generation immigrant students as those born in the destination country with foreign-born parents. In order to calculate mathematics achievement PISA employed the plausible values (PVs) imputation technique, incorporating ten PVs per student in the international database. The scales for individual domains of well-being according to Kaya and Erdem (2021) were attributed based on definitions as follows: • subjective well-being: overall satisfaction with students’ life, • psychological well-being: quality of student-teacher relationships, • social well-being: sense for belonging to school, • cognitive well-being: mathematics self-efficacy: Formal and applied mathematics, • physical well-being: exercising or practising a sport before or after school. Sampling and procedure: A two-stage stratified sampling design was employed for this study. In the initial stage, schools were selected from the overall pool of institutions enrolling 15-year-olds. Subsequently, 42 students (or fewer) were sampled from each selected school in the second stage. These sampling methods were implemented to guarantee the representativeness of the test population. The students spent approximately 35 minutes responding to the student background questionnaire and approximately 2 hours (2 times 60 minutes) responding to the achievement tests. Statistical analyses: Firstly, descriptive statistics, specifically correlations, were employed to examine multicollinearity. Secondly, differences in mathematic achievements and well-being indicators among student groups in each country were computed. Finally, linear regression was utilized to identify the factors predicting the mathematic achievement within each student group in each country. The data were analysed using the IEA IDB Analyzer (Version 5.0) statistical program, chosen because of the two-stage sampling in the study, which incorporates IRT, individual student and sample weights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate significant differences in mathematical achievement among all three groups of students in Slovenia and Finland. In both countries, first-generation migrant students achieve the lowest scores, while native students achieve the highest. In Estonia, there is no statistically significant difference in mathematical achievement between first- and second-generation students; however, Estonian native students achieve significantly higher scores than both groups of migrant students. Across all analysed countries and student groups, mathematics self-efficacy in formal and applied mathematics emerges as the strongest positive predictor of students' mathematical achievement. On the contrary, engaging in sports before or after school proves to be a negative predictor of mathematical achievement across selected countries for the majority of student groups, except for first-generation students from Slovenia and Estonia. The quality of student-teacher relationships serves as a positive and significant predictor of mathematical achievement solely for native students in all three selected countries. In cases where overall satisfaction with students' life was a significant predictor of mathematical achievement (native and first-generation students in Finland, native students in Slovenia), it was a negative one. In conclusion, this study underscores the crucial role of mathematics self-efficacy in predicting the mathematical achievement of migrant students across various countries. Notably, positive and significant correlations exist between the quality of student-teacher relationships and the mathematical achievement of native students in the selected countries. These results have significant implications for education policy and practice. Policymakers should prioritize initiatives aimed at enhancing mathematics self-efficacy and fostering positive student-teacher relationships, particularly for migrant students. Tailored interventions should be developed to address the unique needs of this demographic, ensuring equal opportunities and improved academic outcomes. References •Spörlein, C., & Schlueter, E. (2018). How education systems shape cross-national ethnic inequality in math competence scores: Moving beyond mean differences. PLoSOne, 13(3), Article e0193738. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0193738. •Borman, G. D., and L. T. Overman. 2004. “Academic Resilience in Mathematics among Poor and Minority Students.” The Elementary School Journal 104: 177–195. •Cheema, Jehanzeb R., and Anastasia Kitsantas. 2014. “Influences of Disciplinary Classroom Climate on High School Student Self-efficacy and Mathematics: A Look at Gender and Racial-ethnic Differences.” International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education 12: 1261–1279. •Blomfield, C. J., and B. L. Barber. 2011. “Developmental Experiences During Extracurricular Activities and Australian Adolescents’ Self-concept: Particularly Important for Youth from Disadvantaged Schools.” Journal of Youth and Adolescence 40 (5): 582–594.Lauderdale, M. K., & Heckman, S. J. (2017). Family background and higher education attainment among children of immigrants. Journal of Family and Economic Issues, 38(3), 327–337. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10834-017-9537-4. •Motti-Stefanidi, F., Masten, A., & Asendorpf, J. B. (2015). School engagement trajectories of immigrant youth: Risks and longitudinal interplay with academic success. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 39(1), 32–42. https://doi.org/10.1177/0165025414533428.Goñi, E., Ros, I., & Fernández-Lasarte, O. (2018). Academic performance and school engagement among secondary school students in accordance with place of birth, gender and age. European Journal of Education and Psychology, 11(2), 93–105. https://doi.org/10.30552/ejep.v11i2.224. •Jung, E., & Zhang, Y. (2016). Parental involvement, children’s aspirations, and achievement in new immigrant families. The Journal of Educational Research, 109(4), 333–350. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2014.959112. •Berger, C., Alcalay, L., Torretti, A., and Milicic, N. (2011). Socio-emotional wellbeing and academic achievement: evidence from a multilevel approach. Psicol. Reflex. Crít. 24, 344–351. doi: 10.1590/s0102-79722011000200016 •Gutman, L. M., and Vorhaus, J. (2012). The Impact of Pupil Behaviour and Wellbeing on Educational Outcomes. Research report No. DFE-RR253. London: Department for Education. •Kaya, M., & Erdem, C. (2021). Students’ well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis study. Child Indicators Research, 14(5), 1743-1767. •MIPEX. (2019). Migrant Integration Policy Index 2020 – Education. Accessed at https://www.mipex.eu/education •Novello, A. C., Degraw, C., and Kleinman, D. V. (1992). Healthy children ready to learn: an essential collaboration between health and education. Public Health Rep. 107, 3–15. •OECD. (2021). Student questionnaire for PISA 2022 - Main survey version. Accessed at https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/2022database/CY8_202111_QST_MS_STQ_CBA_NoNotes.pdf •OECD. (forthcoming-a). Scaling procedures and construct validation of context questionnaire data. In OECD, PISA 2022 Technical Report. OECD Publishing. Accessed at https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/pisa2022technicalreport/PISA-2022-Technical-Report-Ch-19-PISA-Scaling-Procedures-Construct-Validation-Context-Questionnaire-Data.pdf •OECD. (forthcoming-b). Sample design. In OECD, PISA 2022 Technical Report. OECD Publishing. Accessed at https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/pisa2022technicalreport/PISA-2022-Technical-Report-Ch-6-PISA-Sample-Design.pdf |
12:45 - 13:30 | 06 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 07 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster The Psychosocial Costs of Racism to White Staff Members in a Post-92 University University of Greenwich, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The aftermath of the unlawful killing of George Floyd and the disproportionate impact of COVID-19 on Black, Asian, and Minority Ethnic (BAME) people have prompted educational leaders to make commitments to decolonize curricula, address attainment and remuneration gaps, and prioritize Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion (EDI) in higher education. However, despite the increasing ethnic diversity in UK Higher Education Institutions (HEIs), recent data from the Higher Education Statistics Agency reveals persistent disparities for BAME staff in terms of permanent contracts, senior leadership positions, and higher renumeration bands (AdvanceHE, 2021). In this study, the researchers explored institutional racism in HEIs, focusing exclusively on the perspectives of White university staff. The study aimed to shed light on the Psychosocial Costs of Racism to White (PCRW) university staff, an area that is relatively unexplored in UK-based HEIs. The concept of White people experiencing psychosocial costs of racism (PCRW) was introduced by Kivel (1996), who suggested that awareness of institutional racism could lead to feelings of guilt and shame among White people, particularly if they benefit from unfair privileges. This emotional turmoil may result in isolation and decreased social interactions. Additionally, PCRW can have economic consequences, as some White people may feel compelled to maintain their standing within hierarchical organizations, and as such, they may perpetuate historical inequalities. This can lead to White people’s lack of interest in the welfare of disadvantaged communities and cognitive dissonance, characterized by mental discomfort from conflicting beliefs. Goodman (2001) expanded on this idea, by presenting a comprehensive framework addressing personal and systemic consequences of racism. Her study with White students revealed that racism disproportionately benefits them by providing access to resources denied to non-White students. The negative consequences for White students included reduced empathy, guilt, and feelings of internalized oppression. Indeed, McGhee (2021) argued that racism's harms extend beyond direct targets (i.e., racially minoritized people) and affects society as a whole. When Spanierman et al. (2009) examined PCRW behaviours in White university freshmen, they found that empathic guilt evolved over time. Some students became anti-racist, while others grew more insensitive, possibly due to cognitive dissonance and the adoption of a White superiority perspective. Then, in a more recent exploration, Exum (2022) used mixed methods to explore the perceived costs of being a Black person. White students envisaged negative consequences, such as mental distress and loss of respect, in a hypothetical situation where they appeared non-White. Furthermore, White participants anticipated economic losses without White privilege. Despite these insights, a gap in research exists concerning the psychosocial costs of racism to White university staff, particularly in the UK. The current study addressed this gap by contributing to the understanding of racism's effects on university staff. This is significant because historically, White university staff members have benefited from their positions of power, privilege, and influence. The researchers supposed that, given the persistent and widespread nature of institutionalized racism in HE, White university staff members may be better placed (compared to BAME people) to bring about tangible change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, the researchers examined the concept of institutional racism and its psychosocial impact on White university staff. After obtaining ethical clearance from the University Research Ethics Committee (UREC), email invitations were sent to all Higher Education (HE) staff members in a post-92 Higher Education Institution (HEI), and details about the research and a link to an online Qualtrics survey were provided. At the end of the survey, those willing to participate in Phase 2 of the study, were invited for in-depth semi-structured interviews. The focus of this poster presentation is on the findings derived from the interview data. The sample comprised of 12 participants who identified as White. Participants were diverse in terms of their gender, employment characteristics, including length of service, faculty, and campus location. Additional demographic details were excluded to protect participants’ anonymity. Semi-structured interviews, conducted online via Microsoft Teams, lasted up to 60 minutes each. The interviews were designed to explore participants' perceptions and experiences of racism in higher education. A team of three researchers conducted the interviews, with one leading and the another ensuring accuracy through recording and note-taking. The interview guide included open-ended questions addressing various aspects of racism in higher education. Participants were encouraged to share anything they felt might contribute to the study, and they were assured of anonymity. After the interview they were provided with information about support services. Each participant was interviewed once, and their responses were transcribed for analysis. To maintain anonymity, individualized codes were assigned to each participant. In the analysis phase, the research team (comprising two Black women and one White man) provided varied perspectives. The trustworthiness and validity of the study were addressed through Reflexive Thematic Analysis guidelines. The research team grappled with balancing the focus on their experiences of White university staff, while acknowledging the more pernicious impact of racism on racially minoritized colleagues. They continually reflected on their assumptions and biases during data analysis. As well, critical friends were engaged to provide additional perspectives, and verbatim quotations from participants were included to validate the richness of the data. Member checking, involving sharing synthesized findings with participants, was also undertaken to ensure the trustworthiness of the qualitative analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study found four key themes. In Theme 1, participants expressed an interest in contributing to the expansion of knowledge and understanding of racism, despite lacking personal resonance. Their motivations included a commitment to EDI efforts, observations of disparities and a belief in collective responsibility to address systemic discrimination. Theme 2 revealed White university staff's definitions of racism. The participants acknowledged the prevalence of racism within their institutions, pointing to hierarchical structures hindering diversity and exploiting vulnerabilities, particularly for historically discriminated racially minoritized colleagues. Theme 3 highlighted the impact of racism on White university staff. Witnessing discriminatory incidents caused feelings of anger, guilt, and moral discomfort. The concept of vicarious racism (Segundo, 2017) emerged, leading to psychological distress and self-preservatory behaviours, such as withdrawal from discussions and avoidance of contentious situations. Perceived toxicity in the workplace, fuelled by discriminatory attitudes, and distrust, contributed to an alienating workplace. In Theme 4, participants expressed concerns about the consequences of institutional racism. Some maintained optimism for the future, while others believed fundamental and systemic changes were necessary, akin to metaphorically "blowing up" or rebuilding the university. The findings of this study are significant. First, without minimizing racially minoritized people’s experiences, it is the first study that solely focuses on the impact of racism on White university staff members in the UK. Second, the study focuses on White university staff members, who historically have held positions of power, privilege, and influence within HE settings. Hence, the researchers concluded, “BAME staff and students alone cannot be expected to put right the problem of institutional racism in HE. Addressing systemic discrimination requires a sustained and collective effort, and given the results of our study, it is important that all members of HEIs actively engage in this work” (Miller et al., 2023). References AdvanceHE. (2021). Equality in Higher Education: Statistical report. https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/knowledge-hub/equality-higher-education-statistical-report-2021 [Accessed 18 November 2023] Exum M.L. (2022) ‘White students’ perceptions of the costs and consequences of being black’. Race and Social Problems. 1–17. Goodman D.J. (2021) Promoting Diversity and Social Justice: Educating people from privileged groups. Sage. Thousand Oaks, CA Kivel P. (1996) Uprooting Racism: How white people can work for racial justice. New Society Publisher. Philadelphia McGhee H. (2021) The Sum of Us: What racism costs everyone and how we can prosper together. Profile Books. London Miller, D.A., Brown, C. and Essex, R. (2023) ‘The psychosocial costs of racism to White staff members of an ethnically diverse, post-92 university’. London Review of Education, 21 (1), 39. https://uclpress.scienceopen.com/hosted-document?doi=10.14324/LRE.21.1.39 Segundo, D. (2017). "An exploration of the relationship between vicarious racism, police videos, and their impact on the Facebook consumer". Masters Thesis, Smith College, Northampton, MA. https://scholarworks.smith.edu/theses/1919 Spanierman L.B, Todd N.R, Anderson C.J. (2009) ‘Psychosocial costs of racism to Whites: Understanding patterns among university students’. Journal of Counseling Psychology.Vol. 56(2):239–52. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster Reactions of Pedagogical Staff Towards Students’ Deportation (Threat) Universität Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:Between 2016 and autumn 2023 more than 850 schoolchildren have been forcingly or “voluntarily” deported from Hamburg (Hamburgische Bürgerschaft, Parlament of the City of Hamburg). The number of schoolchildren threatened by deportation is far above that figure. How do pedagogues handle the deportation (threat) of their students? To answer this question, in context of a PhD thesis, I research the actions pedagogues take in relation to the deportation and deportation threat of their students enrolled in five Hamburg schools. Uncertainty about if, how, when and where a threatening deportation is going to take place influences every aspect of a schoolchild’s life, including his or her access to formal education. An example of how formal education is affected by the threat of deportation is the fact that Vocational Education and Training secures a specific kind of temporary suspension of deportation, in German called Ausbildungsduldung (§60 of the Aufenthaltsgesetz, Act on Residence), while the schooling path pursuing access to a university degree does not offer a formal protection per se (Weiser 2017). The position of teachers in this situation can be regarded as a dilemma (Meyer, 2003). On the one hand, teachers are responsible for the inclusion, well-being and education of children and teenagers in schools, while on the other hand, being part of the public system that excludes these students by limiting their chances in formal education (Neumann et al., 2003, p. 23) and enforcing their deportations. Theory on the antinomies of pedagogical professionalism (Helsper 2021) serve as a frame to analyze the way teachers navigate the deportation (threat) of their students. From that frame, the borders between teacher’s interpretation of their role as a pedagogue, their own self-reflection as a person and possible arising antinomies are explored. Research on how pedagogues react to deportation or deportation threat of students is scarce in the German speaking countries (Meyer, 2003; Stern, 2017). Some studies in the US show how school staff focus on the needs of the students and their families affected by migration policies: organizing professionalized psychological counselling (Gallo & Link, 2016; Macías & Collet, 2016, p. 180;), organizing social support through peer groups (Gallo & Link, 2016, p. 191), helping find legal counselling, looking for financial support, or helping in finding a safe place to stay when the family goes underground (Macías & Collet, 2016). A common ground with the German publications is the importance of building trusting student-teacher relationships (Crawford et al., 2019, p. 120; Gallo & Link, 2016; Meyer, 2003). A few studies show how teachers act within the school level and allow their students to draw on their experiences “for academic purposes, such as personal narrative and descriptive writing” (Gallo & Link, 2016, p. 193). However, many teachers explicitly decide not to include topics on immigration in their classes (ibid.). When deportation is unavoidable, some authors recommend enabling a space to say goodbye. An example of this would be throwing a farewell party (Foitzik et al., 2019, p. 90). Finally, some publications point to the pedagogues´ actions directed to the public opinion and political actors, mostly when supporting the initiatives of the classmates of the affected student (Stern, 2017). They take different forms, such as online petitions, applications to the commission for cases of hardship (Härtefallkommission) or press releases (Foitzik et al., 2019). At times, school projects have been involved, such as composing a song and sending it to a political song contest (Stern, 2017), or putting political knowledge into practice through legal, political, and civil disobedience measures (Stein, 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used How do pedagogues handle the deportation (threat) of their students? To answer this question a qualitative study based on interviews was designed. Qualitative research was chosen to explore the complexity of the problem and reconstruct the actions of the pedagogues and the meaning they give to them. The pedagogues were chosen by purposeful sampling: experience with the deportation or deportation threat of a student was the characteristic they had to fulfill for being interviewed. Semi-structured interviews were made with 10 pedagogues in Hamburg: nine teachers and one expert in intercultural education. At the time of the interviews (2020-2022) the pedagogues worked in 5 district schools ("Stadtteilschulen") and one institute for teacher further education. All of the teachers had experience with the so-called "Internationale Vorbereitungsklassen" (welcome classes for newly arrived students, normally parallel to regular classes and focused on German as a Second/Foreign language). Each teacher mentioned by name at least one and up to six students that had been deported or under threat of deportation. The interviews were transcribed with help of the software xf4 and anonymized. The method of analysis was based on the Reflective Grounded Theory (Breuer et al., 2019). The analysis of the data was structured through the iterative and inductive building of codes and categories with a theoretical sensibility. For building codes and categories I used the software MAXQDA and print copies of the interviews. The preliminary results show a model of actions based on relationships. The actions are classified by their recipients: the affected student and her or his family, the classmates and school community, and the public opinion and political actors. To which extent these actions are taken "because" of being a pedagogue or "despite" of being a pedagogue is a dimension that the poster will explore. Another preliminary result is common to the dealing with uncertainty in other dimensions: all the pedagogues underline there is no recipe for acting in these situations, actions have to be well-reflected and adapt to the needs of the affected persons. Finally, some results coincide with characteristics of pedagogical professionality in critical theories of intercultural education: awareness of the own positionality, use of own privileges to support minorities even assuming risks for themselves, non-paternalizing support, and justice, empathy and sympathy as open motives for action. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Uncertainty has been addressed in educational sciences as a challenge in teaching, school development and teacher education (Paseka et.al. 2018). In this study, uncertainty is understood as a component that diversity drags into the educational field through migration and migration policies. It is the lives of schoolchildren under deportation threat that bring this kind of uncertainty into school, a component which influences strongly their access to education and the actions of pedagogues working with them. In this poster I will present how pedagogues build and draw on professional, pedagogical and personal relationships to actively navigate this uncertain situation. Pedagogical professionalism, antinomies and critical theories on intercultural education will build the theoretical frame. Research on this problem will bring light to a complex, sensitive, and controversial topic (Foitzik et al., 2019). Investigating the position of active pedagogues is fundamental to understand how their role can be understood as a dilemma within the inclusive school and the exclusive Nation State. Shedding light into this dilemma will help understand constructive ways of dealing with uncertainty, identify possible gaps in the information and support structures for professionals of pedagogy and for the affected students (Gallo & Link, 2016). The results of this qualitative research invite to discuss the need of a safe residence status for all schoolchildren and their families. References Breuer, F., Muckel, P., Dieris, B., & Allmers, A. (2019). Reflexive Grounded Theory: Eine Einführung für die Forschungspraxis (4., durchgesehene und aktualisierte Auflage). Lehrbuch. Springer VS. Crawford, E. R., Aguayo, D., & Valle, F. (2019). Counselors as Leaders Who Advocate for Undocumented Students’ Education. Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 14(2), 119–150. https://doi.org/10.1177/1942775117739301 Dabach, D. B. (2015). "My Student Was Apprehended by Immigration”: A Civics Teacher’s Breach of Silence in a Mixed-Citizenship Classroom. Foitzik, A., Holland-Cunz, M., & Riecke, C. (2019). Praxisbuch Diskriminierungskritische Schule (1. Auflage). Beltz. Gallo, S., & Link, H. (2016). Exploring the borderlands: Elementary school teachers’ navigation of immigration practices in a new latino diaspora community. Journal of Latinos and Education, 15(3), 180–196. Hamburgische Bürgerschaft. Printed Matter: 21/3954, 21/5284, 21/6556, 21/8805, 21/11644, 21/8683, 21/10203, 21/10644, 21/12540, 21/14065, 21/14623, 21/15667, 21/16754, 21/17745, 21/18728, 21/19561, 22/889, 22/890, 22/2077, 22/3040, 22/3830, 22/5368, 22/6130, 22/6909, 22/7865, 22/9037, 22/9798, 22/10646, 22/11627, 22/12708, 22/13654. Helsper, W. (2021). Professionalität und Professionalisierung pädagogischen Handelns: Eine Einführung (1. Aufl.). utb GmbH. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838554600 Macías, L. F., & Collet, B. A. (2016). Separated by Removal: The Impact of Parental Deportation on Latina/o Children’s Postsecondary Educational Goals. Diaspora, Indigenous, and Minority Education, 10(3), 169–181. https://doi.org/10.1080/15595692.2016.1174110 Meyer, F. (2003). Unterrichten im Dilemma zwischen "Perspektivlosigkeit" und "Berufsorientierung". In U. Neumann, H. Niedrig, J. Schroeder, & L. H. Seukwa (Eds.), Bildung in Umbruchsgesellschaften: Bd. 3. Lernen am Rande der Gesellschaft: Bildungsinstitutionen im Spiegel von Flüchtlingsbiografien (1. Aufl.). Waxmann. Neumann, U., Niedrig, H., Schroeder, J., & Seukwa, L. H. (Eds.). (2003). Bildung in Umbruchsgesellschaften: Bd. 3. Lernen am Rande der Gesellschaft: Bildungsinstitutionen im Spiegel von Flüchtlingsbiografien (1. Aufl.). Waxmann. Paseka, A., Keller-Schneider, M., & Combe, A. (Hrsg.). (2018). Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-17102-5 Scherr, A. (2015). Wer soll deportiert werden? Wie die folgenreiche Unterscheidung zwischen den „wirklichen“ Flüchtlingen, den zu Duldenden und den Abzuschiebenden hergestellt wird. Soziale Probleme, 26(2), 151–170. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41059-015-0010-z Stein, H.‑W. (2016). Demokratisch handeln im Politikunterricht: Projekte zur „Demokratie als Herrschaftsform“. Wochenschau Politik. Wochenschau Verlag. Stern, V. (2017). Let them stay! proteste gegen abschiebungen in schulen. Informationen Zur Deutschdidaktik Zeitschrift Für Den Deutschunterricht in Wissenschaft Und Schule, 1(41), 38–44. Weiser, B. (2017). Aufenthalt und Schulbesuch: Basisinformationen zu rechtlichen Fragen. In Claudia Seibold & Gisela Würfel (Eds.), Soziale Arbeit mit jungen Geflüchteten in der Schule (pp. 62–70). BeltzJuventa. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster Diversity, Equality and Social Justice: Social-Emotional Skills as Reflected in Israeli Children's Literature Beit Berl College, Israel Presenting Author:Social-emotional learning (SEL) is particularly important in early childhood, as it serves as a basis for the learners’ development, helping them function effectively at school and in life in general (Cline, 2019). This is all the more so in a diverse and segregated society where the need for developing awareness of others and enhancing skills for their acceptance is acute (Weissberg & Cascarino, 2013). While designing SEL programs, the learners’ sociocultural background is important (Kopelman-Rubin, 2020). Israel is a highly diverse and segregated society. The relations between its various cultural communities are characterized by inequality, a lack of dialogue, and mutual denial. This is particularly so regarding the Jewish majority and Palestinian-Arab minority (Smooha, 2010). Recent recommendations from an expert committee called for the Israeli educational system to foster SEL to address these cultural tensions (Benbenishty & Friedman, 2020). Given the dearth of studies in this area, it is important to examine the effectiveness of programs based on children’s literature in establishing socioemotional skills in the Israeli education system, as well as compare Arabic and Hebrew books in this regard. Examining children’s books included in government programs is particularly important, as they serve as major socialization agents and are accessible to large populations (Haj Yahya, 2021). Accordingly, the present study examines the following question: How are social-emotional skills reflected in Arabic and Hebrew children’s books included in two government programs for Jewish and Arab schools, respectively? The current study focuses on Hebrew children’s books included in the educational program “March of Books," intended for Jewish schools, and its sister program for Arab schools. From the different age groups participating in this program (1st–3rd, 4th–6th, 7th–9th, and 10th–12th), this study will focus on the 50 books intended for the 1st–3rd age group for the 2020–21 school year (25 each from the Arabic and Hebrew programs). The findings indicate that world literature works translated into either Hebrew or Arabic have established socioemotional skills more than the original works in either language. Moreover, Hebrew works have established such skills more than Arab ones. Finally, whereas the Hebrew works have established individual skills such as self-management, in addition to social awareness skills designed to strengthen individuals’ attachment to their country, the Arab works have established interpersonal skills designed to strengthen individuals’ attachment to their immediate social environment. These differences suggest that the determination of skills to be provided by children’s books is affected by external, sociopolitical factors and by divergent cultural perceptions of childhood. According to Desai et al. (2014), SEL should contribute to equality and social justice. While not applied to the most crucial area of the Jewish-Arab conflict in Israel, this is applied in the Hebrew program in the context of equality between different Jewish ethnic groups (two titles), between the genders (15), and across ages (20). This is done by granting space and power to characters identified with marginalized population. Thus, the Hebrew program attempts to establish a pluralist and multicultural approach within Jewish society, but not beyond. Similarly, the Arabic program tries to establish equality and social justice using different strategies, including protesting against injustice or resisting threatening external elements (7). This finding supports Agbaria’s (2020) conclusion that indigenous minorities often experience racism and discrimination, which become integral to their collective identity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitative study that combines two methods or approaches: content analysis and semiotic analysis (Bauer & Gaskell, 2000). The content analysis method was used for the analysis of the written texts in the children's books participating in the study, and the semiology method for the analysis of the visual images in these books. The analysis of the books was done in two stages: First, texts and images that contribute to developing the skills in CASEL’s (2020) SEL model were identified. Next, they were classified into themes and subthemes: every theme related to one socioemotional skill (self-awareness, self-management, responsible decision-making, relationship skills, or social awareness), and the subthemes referred to the subskills included in each skill. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Children’s literature may be used to promote SEL when integrated into government educational programs that strike a balance between local and world literature, represent the sociocultural diversity in the learner’s immediate environment, and promote multicultural values. The current findings can help decision-makers determine the contents and select the titles most appropriate for SEL. Finally, they may provide a practical guide, helping authors of children’s books integrate socioemotional skills into their works. References Agbaria, A. (2020). Annex 4: Socioemotional education: On the need to cultivate intercultural and civic skills. In R. Benbenishty and T. Friedman (Eds.), Social and emotional skills cultivation in the education system: A summary of the proceedings of the expert committee, status report and recommendations. Yozma. Bauer, M., & Gaskell, G. (2000). Qualitative researching with text, image and sound: A practical handbook. Sage. Benbenishty, R., & Friedman, T. (Eds.) (2020). Social and emotional skills cultivation in the education system: A summary of the proceedings of the expert committee, status report and recommendations. Yozma. CASEL (2020). CASEL'S SEL FRAMEWORK: What Are the Core Competence Areas and Where Are They Promoted? Cline, K. (2019). Social emotional learning and literacy in the primary grades: An integrated approach (Unpublished MA thesis). Hamline University, Saint Paul, MN. Desai, D. (2000). Imaging difference: The politics of representation in multicultural art education. Studies in Art Education, 41(2), 114-129. Haj Yahya, A. (2021). Between particularism and pluralism: Children’s literature as a multicultural agent. Social Identities, 27(6), 660-681. Kopelman-Rubin, D. (2020). Developmental aspects in socioemotional learning. In R. Benbenishty and T. Friedman (Eds.), Social and emotional skills cultivation in the education system: A summary of the proceedings of the expert committee, status report and recommendations. Yozma. Smooha, S. (2010). Israeli society: Like other societies or an exceptional case? Israeli Sociology 11(2), 297-302. Weissberg, R., & Cascarino, J. (2013). Academic learning + social-emotional learning = national priority. Phi Delta Kappan, 95(2), 8-13. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 08 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster Social Media Threats and Health Among Adolescents – Evidence from the Health Behaviour in School-aged Children Study 1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 3University of Helsinki, Finland; 4University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 5University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Adolescents around the world are part of a distinct generation. They are maturing in a society where social media is not only intensive and widespread but also increasingly incorporated into their everyday lives (Valkenburg & Piotrowski, 2017). The swift uptake of these technologies, particularly among the youth, has sparked concerns among scholars, policymakers, educators and the general public globally about the potential negative effects social media may have on adolescent health and well-being (Valkenburg et al., 2022). These worries are primarily driven by two notable trends: a marked rise in the amount of time teenagers spend online and an increase in symptoms of depression and anxiety among adolescents (Twenge et al., 2022). Simultaneously, substantial evidence indicates that adolescents' experiences with social media engagement, social media risks, and associated health outcomes vary significantly, underscoring the issue of equity in young people's opportunities to safe and secure social media use (Kickbusch et al., 2021). The evidence on the role of social media in explaining adolescent health has thus far been conflicting. On the one hand, numerous reviews have established a connection between social media use and negative health outcomes among adolescents (Ivie et al., 2020). On the other hand, a recent umbrella review concluded that the association between social media use and adolescent health is 'weak' and 'inconsistent' (Valkenburg et al., 2022). Calls have been made for research to shed light on these conflicting findings, focusing on the mechanisms that could make social media harmful to adolescents' health (Beyens et al., 2020; Twenge et al., 2022; Valkenburg et al., 2022). Encounters with social media threats have been proposed as one such mechanism (Smahel et al., 2020). Social media threats are defined as harmful, provocative or dangerous situations arising from the use of social media (Ognibene et al., 2022) and include, but are not limited to, cyberbullying, sexual harassment, racism, and misinformation (Smahel et al., 2020). Realizing that the use of social media is a multifaceted and complex phenomenon, one of the limitations of earlier scholarly has been the insufficient attention given to the user's individual characteristics and social contexts (Beyens et al., 2020; Twenge et al., 2022; Valkenburg et al., 2022). This is particularly relevant when considering disparities, vulnerabilities, inequities, and opportunities, such as skills (e.g., emotional intelligence) (Davies et al., 2010) and resources (e.g., social support) (Smahel et al., 2020) for safe and secure social media use. Therefore, in order to shed light on the conflicting findings of the previous research on adolescent social media use and health, this study investigated the prevalence of the nine social media threats: 1) cyberbullying, 2) sexual harassment, 3) racism, 4) unauthorized distribution of sensitive material, 5) phishing attempts, 6) misinformation, 7) the sale or distribution of drugs, 8) harmful or dangerous social media challenges, 9) content causing appearance pressures and their association with self-rated health, depressive feelings, and anxiety symptoms. Bearing in mind inequities (i.e., social media use differs from adolescent to adolescent) (Beyens et al., 2020), the study also investigated how individual (e.g., gender, age, emotional intelligence) and social factors (e.g., family affluence, family support, friend support) are associated with social media threats. Furthermore, to investigate whether vulnerabilities begets vulnerabilities in the digital world, the associations between adolescent problematic social media use (indicated by addiction-like symptoms such as preoccupation and tolerance) (Boer et al., 2022) and online communication with strangers were considered. Theoretical support was derived from The Differential Susceptibility to Media Effects Model (DSMM) (Valkenburg & Peter, 2013). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Internationally comparative (collected in 51 countries) and nationally representative Health Behaviour in School-aged Children (HBSC) data from Finland encompassed 2288 respondents aged 11, 13, and 15 years (M = 2.13, SD = 0.81). Data was gathered using standardized questionnaires voluntarily completed by adolescents as part of a school-based survey. Data collection adhered to the guidelines set out by the HBSC research protocol and utilized a stratified random cluster sampling methodology. The University of Jyväskylä’s institutional ethics committee granted ethical clearance for the study’s procedures. Measures. (1) Social media threats: Encounters with cyberbullying, sexual harassment, racism, unauthorized distribution of sensitive material, phishing attempts, misinformation, the sale or distribution of drugs, harmful or dangerous social media challenges, and content causing appearance pressures were examined. The response options ranged from 1 (daily) to 5 (never). Response options 2 (more than once a week) and 3 (at least once a week) were combined to represent weekly exposure. 2) Individual factors: Gender (boy, girl) and age (11, 13, 15) were studied by asking respondents to choose the correct alternative. Emotional intelligence was measured using a 10-item Brief Emotional Intelligence Scale (Davies et al., 2010). 3) Social factors: The Family Affluence Scale III (FAS) was used to measure the family’s socioeconomic position (Torsheim et al., 2016). Family and friend support were measured via Zimet et al.’s (1988) Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social Support. 4) PSMU was measured via nine items of the Social Media Disorder Scale (Boer et al., 2022). 5) Online communication with strangers was assessed using an adapted item from the EU Kids Online Survey (Mascheroni et al., 2014). 6) Health outcomes: Self-rated health (SRH) was measured via a single question on the individual’s evaluation of their health (Kaplan & Camacho, 1983). Depressive feelings and anxiety were measured as part of the HBSC symptoms checklist (Ravens-Sieberer et al., 2008). Multiple imputation was used to deal with the missing data. The associations between individual and social factors, PSMU online communication with strangers and social media threats were examined using fixed effects multinomial logistic regression analyses and reported as odds ratios (ORs). Fixed effects binary logistic regression analyses were conducted to investigate the association between social media threats and health outcomes, adjusted for age, gender and family affluence. The analyses were performed via IBM SPSS Statistics 28.0 (IBM Corp, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At a daily level, the most prevalent social media threats were misinformation (12.9%) and content causing appearance pressures (9.1%). At a weekly level, misinformation (44.2%) and harmful social media challenges (22.3%). The study found a systematic link between daily and weekly exposure to social media threats and poor self-rated health (Daily OR range 2.02-5.12; Weekly OR range 1.65-3.37), as well as frequent depressive feelings (Daily OR range 3.15-8.89; Weekly OR range 1.86-3.32) and anxiety symptoms (Daily OR range 2.99-6.69; Weekly OR range 2.72-4.94). Furthermore, exposure to any of the nine social media threats, even as infrequently as once a month, heightened the probability of experiencing at least one negative health outcome. Generally, the odds ratios for negative health experiences rose with the frequency of exposure to social media threats. Individual and social factors are differently associated with social media threats. Girls were more likely to report content causing appearance pressures daily, weekly and monthly. In contrast, seven out of the nine threats (e.g., cyberbullying, racism) were more likely reported by boys at a daily level. Adolescents aged 15 were more likely to report social media threats than 11-year-olds. Higher levels of emotional intelligence and family support appeared to protect adolescents from social media threats, for example, daily cyberbullying and sexual harassment. In conclusion, our study highlights the need for education, as well as intervention and health promotion efforts to mitigate adolescent exposure to social media threats and ensuing negative health consequences. Such efforts should consider adolescents in vulnerable situations in order to reduce digital inequity. Our study provides support for the key objectives of the European Strategy for a Better Internet for Kids (Niestadt et al., 2022) and the EU Strategy on the Rights of the Child (European Commission, 2021) to ensure safe and secure social media for adolescents across Europe. References Beyens, I. et al. (2020). The effect of social media on well-being differs from adolescent to adolescent. Scientific Reports, 10(1), 10763. Boer, M., et al. (2022). Validation of the social media disorder scale in adolescents: findings from a large-scale nationally representative sample. Assessment, 29(8), 1658-1675. Davies, K. A., et al. (2010). Validity and reliability of a brief emotional intelligence scale (BEIS-10). Journal of Individual Differences. European Commission (2021). EU Strategy on the Rights of the Child. IBM Corp. Released 2021. IBM SPSS Statistics for Windows, Version 28.0. Armonk, NY: IBM Corp. Ivie, E., et al. (2020). A meta-analysis of the association between adolescent social media use and depressive symptoms. Journal of affective disorders, 275, 165-174. Kaplan, G. A., & Camacho, T. (1983). Perceived health and mortality: a nine-year follow-up of the human population laboratory cohort. American Journal of Epidemiology, 117(3), 292-304. Kickbusch, I., et al. (2021). The Lancet and Financial Times Commission on governing health futures 2030: growing up in a digital world. The Lancet, 398(10312), 1727-1776. Mascheroni, G., & Ólafsson, K. (2014). Net children go mobile: Risks and opportunities. 2nd ed. Milano: Educatt. Niestadt, M. (2022). The new European strategy for a better internet for kids (BIK+). European Parliament. Ognibene, D., et al. (2023). Challenging social media threats using collective well-being-aware recommendation algorithms and an educational virtual companion. Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence, 5, 654930. Ravens-Sieberer, U., et al. (2008). An international scoring system for self-reported health complaints in adolescents. European Journal of Public Health, 18(3), 294-299. Smahel, D., et al. (2020). EU Kids Online 2020: Survey results from 19 countries. Torsheim, T., et al. (2016). Psychometric validation of the revised family affluence scale: a latent variable approach. Child Indicators Research, 9, 771-784. Twenge, J., et al. (2022). Specification curve analysis shows that social media use is linked to poor mental health, especially among girls. Acta Psychologica, 224, 103512. Valkenburg, P. M., et al. (2022). Social media use and its impact on adolescent mental health: An umbrella review of the evidence. Current Opinion in Psychology, 44, 58-68. Valkenburg, P. M., & Peter, J. (2013). The differential susceptibility to media effects model. Journal of Communication, 63(2), 221-243. Valkenburg, P. M., & Piotrowski, J. T. (2017). Plugged in: How media attract and affect youth. Yale University Press. Zimet, G. D., et al. (1988). The multidimensional scale of perceived social support. Journal of Personality Assessment, 52(1), 30-41. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster Bullies, Victims, Bully-victims, and Uninvolved Students: Differences in Social Goals and Moral Disengagement Educational Research Institute, Slovenia Presenting Author:Bullying is a persistent issue in the school environment and can have significant impact on the mental health of adolescents involved. The challenge in preventing and responding to bullying is in its nature, as traditional forms (verbal, physical, social) are typically limited to the school setting, while cyberbullying can extend itself into the personal space of students outside of school (Kowalski et al., 2014). Thus, a complex phenomenon that is already difficult to detect in its traditional form becomes even harder to assess in cyberspace. Identifying students involved in bullying (i.e. victims, bullies, bully-victims) may become increasingly challenging for teachers and school staff. From a research perspective, person-centred approaches, such as Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) can offer detailed insights into the complex interplay of the bullying roles and associated factors (Antoniadou et al., 2019). This is because students are not grouped in bullying roles based on predetermined criteria, but the data itself leads the creation of the latent profiles based on statistical analyses.
Over the course of development of bullying research, perspectives on why students bully have changed. Early explanations focused on the bullies’ aggressive personalities, but with further research it has become evident that bullying is associated with the bully’s position in the peer group (Salmivalli, 2010). Therefore, bullies bully to achieve the goal of reaching a certain position in the peer group. As social status becomes more important in adolescence, students’ beliefs and motives related to social status become important for understanding bullying. Thus, constructs, such as social status goals and social status insecurity, are relevant in explaining bullying behaviour (Li & Wright, 2014).
Socials goals can be defined as mental representations of what students want to achieve in peer groups and can be further distinguished into popularity goals and social preference goals (Li & Wright, 2014). In previous bullying research, social status goals were operationalized as perceived popularity obtained by peer nominations. Košir et al. (2022) found that higher levels of bullying were reported by students with high popularity goals or high social status insecurity showing that social status is a motive for bullying behaviour. Research on the relationship between social goals and victimization is scarce. However, relational victimization was positively associated with social insecurity goals, but only for the group of less popular students (Long et al., 2020).
Another significant factor contributing to the relationship between social status and bullying is moral disengagement which is defined as having the ability to disengage from moral self-sanction (Hymel & Bonanno, 2014). According to a recent review by Thornberg (2023), moral disengagement is a predictor of subsequent bullying behaviour, while victims and bully-victims reported lower moral disengagement compared to bullies (Menesini et al., 2003; Runions et al., 2019).
The purpose of the present research is to assess what are the differences between (traditional and cyber) bullying roles according to social status goals, social status insecurity and moral disengagement. We have devised two research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample comprises 6336 students (50% girls, 49.9% boys, 0.01% non-binary; Mage = 13.43 years) from 119 Slovenian lower-secondary schools. The majority of students (92.1 %) replied that they are Slovenes, while others stated that they belong to various ethnic groups: Roma ethnic group, Croatian ethnic group, Russian ethnic group, Italian ethnic group, Albanian ethnic group, Serbian ethnic group, Ukrainian ethnic group, Hungarian ethnic group, Macedonian ethnic group, Bosnian ethnic group, Arabian ethnic group and other ethnic groups. Regarding measurements, several questionnaires were used. We applied Adolescent Peer Report Instrument - Bully/Target (APRI-BT, Marsh et al., 2011) to measure three subdomains (physical, verbal, and social) of traditional bullying and victimization. For assessing cyberbullying and cybervictimization, we used the shortened version of Revised Adolescent Peer Report Instrument (Griezel et al., 2012). For measuring moral disengagement, the Moral Disengagement in Peer Victimization Scale (Thornberg et al., 2019) was employed. For assessing social status goals and social status insecurity, The Social status goals and social status insecurity scale (Li & Wright, 2014) was applied. Firstly, the descriptive statistics and correlations were examined in IBM SPSS Statistics. Further analyses were performed using Mplus. Latent profile analysis (LPA) was applied to identify unobserved subgroups of participants according to their degree of bullying and/or victimization. LPA is a statistical method that can be used to classify and describe latent profiles within a population. After deciding upon the number of profiles, the multinomial logistic regression will be used to test the differences in age and gender and the Bolck-Croon-Hagenaars approach (BCH) will be used to examine the differences in social status goals (i.e., popularity goals and social insecurity goals) and moral disengagement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the latent profile analysis showed that different sources of reporting (i.e., self-reported bullying or victimization; peer-reported bullying or victimization) are consistent since four profiles were identified: bullies, victims, bully-victims, and uninvolved students. Out of all students, 542 (8.5 %) students belonged to a bully profile, 446 (7.0 %) students to a victim profile, 143 (2.3 %) students to a bully-victim profile, and the great majority of students (5228; 82.2 %) belonged to an uninvolved students profile. Students in the bully-victim profile reported the highest levels of self-reported victimization and cybervictimization, while they were not perceived by their peers as being as involved in bullying and victimizations as bullies or victims. Interestingly, bullies reported lower levels of bullying, while their classmates stated they are bullying perpetrators. The same applies for victims of bullying. Further on, the identified profiles will be compared in moral disengagement and social status goals. It is expected that bullies will have the highest levels of popularity goals and moral disengagement compared to other identified groups of students. Further, we expect that victims will have higher social status insecurity goals while having lower moral disengagement. As for bully-victims, it is expected that they will have higher levels of popularity goals and also higher levels of social insecurity goals due to their experience of victimization. Based on the findings, implications for future research and practice will be provided. References Antoniadou, N., Kokkinos, C. M., & Fanti, K. A. (2019). Traditional and Cyber Bullying/Victimization Among Adolescents: Examining Their Psychosocial Profile Through Latent Profile Analysis. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 1(2), 85–98. Griezel, L., Finger, L. R., Bodkin-Andrews, G. H., Craven, R. G., & Yeung, A. S. (2012). Uncovering the structure of and gender and developmental differences in cyber bullying. The Journal of Educational Research, 105(6), 442–455. Hymel, S., & Bonanno, R. A. (2014). Moral Disengagement Processes in Bullying. Theory Into Practice, 53(4), 278–285. Košir, K., Zorjan, S., Mikl, A., & Horvat, M. (2022). Social goals and bullying: Examining the moderating role of self‐perceived popularity, social status insecurity and classroom variability in popularity. Social Development, 31(2), 438–454. Kowalski, R. M., Giumetti, G. W., Schroeder, A. N., & Lattanner, M. R. (2014). Bullying in the digital age: A critical review and meta-analysis of cyberbullying research among youth. Psychological Bulletin, 140(4), 1073–1137. Li, Y., & Wright, M. F. (2014). Adolescents’ Social Status Goals: Relationships to Social Status Insecurity, Aggression, and Prosocial Behavior. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 43(1), 146–160. Long, Y., Zhou, H., & Li, Y. (2020). Relational victimization and internalizing problems: Moderation of popularity and mediation of popularity status insecurity. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 49, 724–734. Marsh, H. W., Nagengast, B., Morin, A. J., Parada, R. H., Craven, R. G., & Hamilton, L. R. (2011). Construct validity of the multidimensional structure of bullying and victimization: An application of exploratory structural equation modeling. Journal of Educational Psychology, 103(3), 701. Menesini, E., Sanchez, V., Fonzi, A., Ortega, R., Costabile, A., & Lo Feudo, G. (2003). Moral emotions and bullying: A cross‐national comparison of differences between bullies, victims and outsiders. Aggressive Behavior, 29(6), 515–530. Runions, K. C., Shaw, T., Bussey, K., Thornberg, R., Salmivalli, C., & Cross, D. S. (2019). Moral disengagement of pure bullies and bully/victims: Shared and distinct mechanisms. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 48, 1835–1848. Salmivalli, C. (2010). Bullying and the peer group: A review. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 15(2), 112–120. Thornberg, R. (2023). Longitudinal link between moral disengagement and bullying among children and adolescents: A systematic review. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 20(6), 1099–1129. Thornberg, R., Wänström, L., Pozzoli, T., & Hong, J. S. (2019). Moral disengagement and school bullying perpetration in middle childhood: A short-term longitudinal study in Sweden. Journal of School Violence, 18(4), 585–596. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster Preschool Children´s Experience of Well-being in Early Childhood Settings Nord Universitet, Norway Presenting Author:Early childhood education and Care (ECEC) are current interests in many countries following international studies that show the importance of children starting their early years within a high-quality education and caring environment (Karila, 2012; Lenaerts et al, 2017). ECEC is of great value for their development and learning, which include health and well-being (Shonkoff, el al.,2000). During childhood the trajectories of well-being and health are established for life, which could impact adult life. Studies have shown that a high degree of well-being has positive consequences; such as good health and effective learning (Huppert,2013). Children´s rest, recovery and well-being are essential and decisions should be based on what is considered best for the individual child (United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, 2016). The Swedish ECEC institutions is divided into preschools for children aged on to five years and preschool classes for six-year-olds before formal schooling starts at seven years. All Swedish children from one year have the right to be educated and cared for in ECEC institutions. The School Act (SFS 2010:800) establishes that the education within the school system, with includes preschool, aims to promote the development of all children and a lifelong desire to learn. The Swedish preschool curriculum (2018) emphasis that the preschool must offer a good environment and a well balanced daily rhythm adapted to children’s need , meaning that activities are a part of the preschools learning environment. It states that preschool education should be planned and implemented to promote the children´s development , health and well-being. Research on children´s own subjective opinions about their well-being has mainly been conducted among children over those from preschool age ( Sandseter & Seland, 2015). Mashford-Scott et al. (2012) point out that research-based knowledge on what promotes and impedes the perception that the youngest children have of subjective well-being in ECEC settings is lacking. Studies using preschool children-based data are relevant and therefore the aim of this study is to explore 4-6-year-old children´s subjective experience of well-being at preschool and how the learning environment can support the early childhood settings. The study is based on an understanding of preschool children as active participants and focus on children´s lived experience of the artefacts, activities and environment that are available at the preschool, both outside and inside the buildings. The intention is to improve more knowledge about what promotes and constrains children´s subjective well-being. The research question is: How do children experience their subjective well-being in their daily life in the ECEC settings, related to activities, environment and artefacts at the preschool? Mashford-scott et al (2012) shows that the definition of well-being can differ; is an abstract, multidimensional, social and culturally constructed phenomenom, and different forms for understanding and researching it can be identified. Barblett and Maloney (2010) means that the term well-being is abstract, multi-dimensional and socially and culturally constracted, and that the term is often used in different ways across different fields and contexts. In this study, the perspective of holistic well-being that involves positive emotions/affect and fulfilling way of being (Thoilliez, 2011) with a connection to the development of a positive and healthy sense of self and one´s relation to others (Deci & Ryan, 2008).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data was collected by semi-structured interviews with the possibility to flexibility- with a total of seventeen 4-6-year old children, from four preschool. A system with pictures, with responses represented scale with five faces with different emotional states, ranging from very unhappy to very happy with an neutral face included was used. This tool is improved and inspired by computer pictures during interviews with children (Fängström, et al, 2017). Data was also collected by four observations at each of the four preschools with fields documentation. The observations was conducted during different activities at the four preschools. The data will be analysed using a thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke (2006) description; familiary with data, generating intitial codes, searching for themes, reviewing themes , definding and naming themes, produceing the repost, Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis process is not completed but preliminary results shows that children´s perspective of well-being contains both calm activities and more physical activities and the perspectives was mentioned both in relation to indoor activities and outdoor. To be able to control their body in physical activities was mentioned as a important factor for the children. More work with the analysis have to be done but it is clear that young children can express, both with words and by pictures about their subjective experience of wellbeing. Preliminary results also shows that children´s input regarding their subjective opinion can give insights to preschool environment and activities, both outside and inside the preschools, could be arranged to promote children´s wellbeing more consciously. References Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Coverdale, GE, Long AF. Emotional well-being and mental health, an exploration into health promotion in young people and families. Perspect Public Health.2015. Jan.135 (1):27-36. Doi: 10.117/1757913914558080. Cross, MP, Hofschneider, L, Grimm, M, Pressman SD. Subjective well-being and physical health. In: Diener E. Oishi, S, Tay, L. (eds). Handbook of Well-being. IL. DEF Publications (2018). Deci , E.L.,& Ryan, R.M.(2008). Hedonia, eudaimonia, and well-being : an introduction.Journal of Happiness Studies, 9, 1-11. Daelmans B, Darmstadt GL, Lombardi J, Black MM, Britto PR, Lye S, et al. Early childhood development: the foundation of sustainable development. Lancet. (2017) 389:9–11. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(16)31659-2 Huppert, F., So, TT. Flourishing across Europe: Application of a new conceptual framework for defining well-being. Social indicators research. 2013; 110: 837-861. Fängström, K., Salari, R., Eriksson, M., & Sarkadi, A. (2017). The computer-assisted interview In My Shoes can benefit shy preschool children’s communication. Karila,K. A Nordic Perspective on Early Childhood Education and Care Policy. European Journal of Education. 2012;47(4):584–95. DOI: 10.1111/ejed.12007/ Kalicki, B, Koening, B. Early Childhood Education. De la Rosa, Villar Angulo, Giambrone, editors. Education in Childhood. 2021.DOI:10.5772/intechopen.87330 Mashford-Scott , A., Church, A.,Taylor, C. Seeking childrens perspective on their well-being in early childhood settings. International Journal of Early Childhood. 2012; 231.247. Curriculum for the Preschool (2018). Daelmans B, Darmstadt GL, Lombardi J, Black MM, Britto PR, Lye S, et al. Early childhood development: the foundation of sustainable development. Lancet. (2017) 389:9–11. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(16)31659-2 Lenaerts, F., Braeye, S., Nguyen, T. L. H., Dang, T. A., & Vromant, N. (2017). Supporting Teachers in Vietnam to Monitor Preschool Children’s Wellbeing and Involvement in Preschool Classrooms. International Journal of Early Childhood, 49(2), 245–262. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-017-0188-2 United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, 20 November, 1989, https://www.ohchr.org/en/professionalinterest/pages/crc.aspx 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster Teachers’ Occupational Well-Being in Relation to Teacher–Student Interactions in Primary School 1Department of Teacher Education, PO Box 35, 40014, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland; 2Norwegian Centre for Learning Environment and Behavioural Research in Education, University of Stavanger, Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:Teachers experience various demands in their job, and teachers’ well-being has become a common concern. However, we know less about how teachers’ both positive and negative aspects of teachers’ occupational well-being are related to their quality of interactions with students, at the lower primary school classrooms. The aim of the study was to explore the relation between teachers’ occupational well-being and teacher–student interactions in primary school classrooms in Finland, by answering the following research questions (RQs): RQ1. To what degree does teacher’s experience of work engagement (i.e., vigor, dedication, absorption) relate to the quality of teacher–student interactions? RQ2. To what degree does teacher’s experience of work-related burnout (i.e., emotional exhaustion, cynicism, inadequacy) relate to the quality of teacher–student interactions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 50 Grade 2 teachers rated their work engagement and burnout, and quality of teacher–student interactions was rated by trained coders using Classroom Assessment Scoring System (CLASS K-3) based on video-recorded lessons. Structural equational modelling (SEM) with Mplus 8.8 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998) was used to investigate the extent to which the aspects of occupational well-being (work engagement and burnout) were related to the different domains of interaction quality (emotional support, classroom organization and instructional support). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results of structural equational modelling showed that teachers with higher levels of work engagement showed higher-quality emotional support and instructional support, while teachers with higher levels of burnout evidenced lower-quality instructional support. By highlighting the significance of the positive influence of teachers’ occupational well-being on instructional practice, this study underlines the need for more targeted interventions to promote the positive aspects of occupational well-being. More attention should be paid to teachers’ occupational well-being in teacher education programs and schools to support teachers’ well-being at work. References Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (1998-2012). Mplus User’s Guide (7th ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Muthén & Muthén. www.StatModel.coM Lerkkanen, M.-K., & Pakarinen, E. (2016–2022). Teacher and Student Stress and Interaction in Classroom (TESSI). https://doi.org/10.17011/jyx/dataset/77741. Pakarinen, E., Lerkkanen, M. K., Poikkeus, A. M., Kiuru, N., Siekkinen, M., Rasku-Puttonen, H., & Nurmi, J. E. (2010). A validation of the classroom assessment scoring system in finnish kindergartens. Early Education and Development, 21(1), 95–124. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409280902858764 Pakarinen, E., Lerkkanen, M. K., Poikkeus, A. M., Salminen, J., Silinskas, G., Siekkinen, M., & Nurmi, J. E. (2017). Longitudinal associations between teacher-child interactions and academic skills in elementary school. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 52, 191–202. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.appdev.2017.08.002 Pianta, R. C., La Paro, K. M., & Hamre, B. K. (2008). Classroom assessment scoring system (CLASS) Manual—K-3. Teachstone Training LLC. Salmela-Aro, K., Rantanen, J., Hyvönen, K., Tilleman, K., & Feldt, T. (2011). Bergen Burnout Inventory: Reliability and validity among Finnish and Estonian managers. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 84, 635–645. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-010-0594-3 Schaufeli, W., Salanova, M., González-Romá, V., & Bakker, A. (2002). The measurement of engagement and burnout: a two sample confirmatory factor analytic approach. Journal of Happiness Studies, 3, 71–92. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1015630930326 Seppälä, P., Mauno, S., Feldt, T., Hakanen, J., Kinnunen, U., Tolvanen, A., & Schaufeli, W. (2009). The construct validity of the Utrecht Work Engagement Scale: Multisample and longitudinal evidence. Journal of Happiness Studies, 10, 459–481. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10902-008-9100-y |
12:45 - 13:30 | 09 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster Science Anxiety in Times of a Pandemic: Can Mindfulness Training Ease the School Transition Experience? IU International University of Applied Sciences, Germany Presenting Author:Although the severity of the COVID-19 pandemic has somewhat subsided, its aftermath remains evident. While schools adapted quickly to changes, the progress of learning has also slowed down. Reading skills of German primary school students now show a deficit of up to one-third of a school year, which has been directly attributed to the pandemic experiences (Ludewig et al., 2022). Similar declines have been observed in other areas such as mathematics (Schult et al., 2022). These delays are critical, as children need to catch up on existing skills as well as continue acquiring new skills and knowledge. The transition to a new school is often associated with anxiety due to new teachers, requirements, and social contacts (Tay & Hast, 2022). Following the transition, German students first become familiar with science as a distinct school subject, which builds on skills that have been critically delayed due to the pandemic, such as reading or numerical proficiency. Science anxiety, defined as “a debilitating combination of fearful negative emotion and cognition in the context of science learning” (Bryant et al., 2013, p. 432) hampers general participation in science lessons but also directly affects performance, success (Ucak & Say, 2019), and knowledge acquisition (Theobald et al., 2022). Preventing a domino effect starting with insufficient preparation thus gains importance. Science anxiety is comparatively underexplored but is distinct from test and generalised anxiety (Megreya et al., 2021). To address the challenge of these three elements meeting – pandemic, transition and science anxiety – the current project aims to investigate science anxiety among German fifth-graders. The project’s goals include adapting an existing science anxiety rating scale (Megreya et al., 2021) for use with German students, In addition, training sessions using mindfulness have shown to alleviate test anxiety and positively impact knowledge acquisition (Theobald et al., 2022), reducing stress by improving attention and emotion regulation (Lam & Seiden, 2020). The project aims to additionally examine whether the implementation of a mindfulness program can successfully reduce science anxiety among German fifth-graders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a case study approach involving one public regular school in the north of Germany who transitioned from primary to secondary school in the summer of 2023. The sample consisted of three classes of fifth-graders (N = 67). A quasi-experimental intervention format with a pretest-intervention-posttest design was implemented. Children in all three groups completed a translated form of the abbreviated science anxiety rating scale at the start of the school year. The results of this form the baseline measure. Each of the three participating classes was then allocated a different sequence of tasks. Groups 1 and 2 received six weeks of mindfulness activity at the start of each science lesson. Each lesson began with the Silent 60 exercise, which was then followed by a different mindfulness exercise lasting for around 3 to 4 minutes. Group 3, acting as control group, continued their lessons in the usual approach. After six weeks, all students again completed the science anxiety rating scale. Following, to assess potential delayed effects of improvement, Group 1 continued with the mindfulness activities for another six weeks, but not Group 2. At the end of the second six weeks, all three groups again completed the rating scale. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the pre-test level, the three groups did not differ significantly in their mean anxiety rating scores, and they suggest moderate science anxiety levels are present in German fifth graders immediately after the transition to secondary school. At the post-test level, Groups 1 and 2 both showed significantly reduced rating scores, indicating reduced anxiety levels, but the control group’s scores were not significantly different. Science anxiety can thus be successfully reduced within six weeks through the implementation of a mindfulness program. Analysis of the final set of ratings is currently outstanding, but continued improvement in Group 1 compared to Group 2 could indicate a longer-term need for the mindfulness program. Improvement in Group 2 on the other hand may suggest an incubator effect. Improvements in the control group could indicate generally delayed improvements, such as increased familiarity with science lessons. References Bryant, F. B., Kastrup, H., Udo, M., Hislop, N., Shefner, R., & Mallow, J. (2013). Science anxiety, science attitudes, and constructivism: A binational study. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 22, 432-448. Lam, K., & Seiden, D. (2020). Effects of a brief mindfulness curriculum on self-reported executive functioning and emotion regulation in Hong Kong adolescents. Mindfulness, 11(3), 627-642. Ludewig, U., Kleinkorres, R., Schaufelberger, R., Schlitter, T., Lorenz, R., König, C., ... & McElvany, N. (2022). COVID-19 pandemic and student reading achievement: Findings from a school panel study. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 876485. Megreya, A. M., Szűcs, D., & Moustafa, A. A. (2021). The Abbreviated Science Anxiety Scale: Psychometric properties, gender differences and associations with test anxiety, general anxiety and science achievement. PLoS ONE, 16(2), e0245200. Schult, J., Mahler, N., Fauth, B., & Lindner, M. A. (2022). Did students learn less during the COVID-19 pandemic? Reading and mathematics competencies before and after the first pandemic wave. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 33(4), 544-563. Tay, V., & Hast, M. (2022). Standing on your own two feet: An examination of Singaporean trainee teachers’ perceptions of the primary-to-secondary school transition. Asia Pacific Journal of Educational Research, 5(2), 1-22. Theobald, M., Breitwieser, J., & Brod, G. (2022). Test anxiety does not predict exam performance when knowledge is controlled for: Strong evidence against the interference hypothesis of test anxiety. Psychological Science, 33(12) 2073-2083. Ucak, E., & Say, S. (2019). Analyzing the secondary school students’ anxiety towards science course in terms of a number of variables. European Journal of Educational Research, 8(1), 63-71. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster Understanding Response Rates in International Large-Scale Assessments Educational Research Centre, Ireland Presenting Author:Survey data from International Large-Scale Assessments (ILSA) provide valuable information for governments, institutions, and the general public. High response rates are an important indicator of the reliability and quality of the survey, conversely low response rates in ILSAs can threaten the inferential value of the survey method. ILSA data are highly valued by the Ministries of Education of participating countries as a guide to inform policy-making. An important ILSA is the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) which assesses the performance of 15-year-old students in reading, mathematics, and science. First administered in 2000, PISA has been implemented every three years since. Meeting the response rate thresholds specified by a low-stakes test such as PISA has often proven to be a challenge for many PISA participating countries (Ferrera et al. 2010). In the PISA 2022 cycle, an elevated number of countries were required to undertake Non-Response Bias Analysis (NRBA) due to low response rates (OECD, 2023). Ireland has participated in PISA since the first cycle in 2000 and had consistently met the response rate standards at both student and school level until 2022, when it failed to meet the student response rate. This leads us to the main research question ‘Why was there a change in the student response rate between PISA 2018 and 2022 in Ireland?’. Two major differences were observed between 2018 and 2022, a move from spring to autumn testing and the COVID-19 pandemic. For Ireland, the PISA Main Study took place in the spring (March/April), this was followed by a Feasibility Study in the autumn (October/November). The purpose of the Feasibility Study was to evaluate the possibility of moving testing in Ireland to autumn and for the first time in PISA, testing took place in the autumn 2022. Secondly, while school restrictions were no longer in place in Ireland during testing in 2022, there was still a level of disruption associated with the COVID-pandemic in the school environment. Various theories have been proposed to understand response rates and why some people participate in surveys and others do not. For example, the theory of cognitive dissonance which according to Festinger (cited in Miller, Clark, & Alayna, 2015) suggests that reducing the lack of agreement between people is an important factor in whether a person will respond or not to a survey. Alternatively, the theory of commitment or involvement suggests that the nature of the first request in the ‘foot in the door’ technique may have a significant effect upon participation (Freedman & Fraser, 1966). However, Self-Determination Theory (SDT) may provide a theoretical framework to facilitate the examination of the role motivation (extrinsic/intrinsic) may play in determining response rates. In SDT, three factors that assist motivation are competence, autonomy and relatedness, according to Deci and Ryan (1985). These three factors are seen as essential psychological needs that guide behaviour. Wenemark et. al. (2011) used SDT to redesign a health-related survey in an effort to improve response rates. In a similar vein, this study will use it to examine the change in the student response rate between PISA 2018 and 2022 in Ireland. While the focus of this poster is on the changing response rates in PISA in Ireland, the implications of the findings will assist other countries participating in similar ILSAs. With the number of countries experiencing lower response rates in PISA 2022 at an unprecedented level, it is of urgent importance that countries begin to understand and address the complex reasons behind falling response rates in order to maintain the reliability and quality of these kinds of studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A case study of Ireland’s procedures in administering ILSAs such as PISA will be undertaken to examine the research question ‘Why was there a change in the student response rate between PISA 2018 and 2022 in Ireland?’ The research will use Ireland’s participation in four separate administrations of ILSA studies, spring and autumn 2018 PISA, PISA 2022 (autumn), with reference to Trends in Mathematics and Science Study 2023 (TIMSS). The inclusion of TIMSS 2023 allows us to consider a second post-COVID reference point. The adoption of a case study as a research strategy allows for several techniques of data collection such as the study of documents used (e.g. letters/ manuals/webinars), logs of procedures and communications from the initial contact with schools to the day of testing, as well as conversations with ILSA project managers. The case study will be descriptive (in describing the processes employed) and explanatory in an attempt to explain why there was a change in response rates. The analysis will be two-fold. The first step of analysis will consider operational issues such as the changed circumstances brought about by the COVID-19 school closures, the introduction of data protection legislation, and the switch to autumn testing. Changes in procedures and processes between the four ILSA administrations will be recorded, categorised, and then evaluated. In the second step, the recorded and categorised processes will be analysed in relation to motivational theory. The various constructs of motivational theory such as extrinsic/intrinsic motivation will be applied, and the factors that influence motivation (competence, autonomy and relatedness) will also be considered. This two-fold process will give rise to insights not only on important operational changes (in the first instance), but will also shed light on the motivations of students, school staff and test administrators in the second step of the analysis. Ultimately, conducting the analysis in this manner will assist in an understanding of possible links between motivation and participation. Furthermore, this methodology may allow for the development of useful strategies that could assist future administrations of ILSAs in meeting the specified response rates. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initial results highlight a number of differences between the administrations of the four implementations of ILSAs at the empirical level. In PISA 2022, a higher rate of absence was recorded amongst students, more test dates needed to be rescheduled due to scheduling conflicts within the school, and a higher rate of parental refusal was observed. These observations will be furthered examined using motivational theory. Examining processes and procedures using motivation theory, has already gone some way in understanding the change in response rates between 2018 and 2022. For example, a theme identified in a thematic analysis of semi-structured interview with principals in the PISA 2018 autumn study indicated that if there was more ‘buy in’ from teachers, students and parents there would not be an issue with response rates. The ‘buy in’ is an indication of a person being motivated to take on a task, in this case participating in a ILSAs. On foot of this initial analysis, we consider the change in response rates to be attributable to a combination of logistic and motivational factors. We consider motivation theory to be a valuable tool in the analysis of participation, given that ILSA’s are low-stakes tests at the student level (though the stakes are higher at a system-level). In an effort to maintain response rates at the required levels, project managers could consider employing strategies that not only address logistical factors, but that also give due consideration to the part that motivation factors may play in response rates. These strategies may ultimately provide a useful tool for project managers in administering ILSAs. References Deci, E.L., & Ryan, R.M. (1985). Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. Springer, New York. Ferraro, D., Kali, J., & Williams, T. (2009). Program for International Student Assessment (PISA) 2003: U.S. Nonresponse bias analysis (NCES 2009-088). National Centre for Education Statistics, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education. Washington, DC. Retrieved at: https://nces.ed.gov/pubs2009/2009088.pdf Freedman, J.L. & Fraser, S.C. (1966). Compliance without pressure: The Foot-In-The-Door technique. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 4(2). 195-202. Miller, M. K., Clark, J. D., & Jehle, A. (2015). Cognitive dissonance theory (Festinger). The Blackwell encyclopedia of sociology, 1, 543-549. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 technical report. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/pisa2022technicalreport/ Wenemark, M., Persson, A., Brage H. N., Svensson, T., & Kristenson, M. (2011). Applying Motivation Theory to Achieve Increased Response Rates, Respondent Satisfaction and Data Quality. Journal of Official Statistics, Vol. 27, No. 2, 2011, pp. 393–414 |
12:45 - 13:30 | 10 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Poster A Phenomenological Interpretive Analysis of the Experience of Becoming a Teacher: The Case of Lithuania 1Vilnius University, Lithuania; 2Vilniaus kolegija / Higher Education Institution Presenting Author:Theoretical literature (Beauchamp, & Thomas, (2010), Pelini (2017), Danielewicz, (2001), Vermunt et al (2017), Schultz, & Ravitch, (2013), Maaranen, & Stenberg, (2017), Beijaard et al (2000), Beijaard et al (2004), Curry et al., (2016), Crosswell & Beutel (2017), Cuadra, & Castro-Carrasco, & Oyanadel, & González, & Živković, & Sandoval-Díaz, & Perez-Zapata, (2023), Beijard (2019) reveals that there are various concepts of identity and professional identity, but it is evident that teachers with a stronger teacher identity are more successful in the education system and less likely to drop out of the system, it is also evident that the most intensive professional identity formation occurs during the years of study, which can be called the most intensive years of becoming a teacher. The Lithuanian education system faces various issues, such as the shortage of teaching staff and low teacher status in society, the attraction of the best candidates to the teaching profession, etc. Despite this, young people still choose to become teachers. This research explores the experiences of pre-service Lithuanian teachers. The research sought to answer the question 'What is the lived experience of becoming a teacher?’. Since the problem question highlights a concern with the experience of becoming a teacher and the focus is on the personal experience and seeking meaning in this experience, the study adopts the method of Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (hereafter abbreviated as IPA), which is considered to be one of the most appropriate methods for this type of research question, thus allowing to go in more depth on the experience of the participant. The research aims to shed light on the experience of becoming a teacher and its characteristic features as they appear in the minds of the research participants. The analysis seeks to describe the results in a way that makes them understandable to the reader as a meaningful named reality. Although IPA belongs to a type of phenomenological research, it has some distinctive features that distinguish it from other phenomenological approaches (Peoples, 2021; Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Achieving a deep understanding of a phenomenon requires purposive sampling by selecting participants who can share insights about the phenomenon they are experiencing which is identity formation during the years of study; achieving depth and insight requires an idiographic approach, whereby the experience of each participant is scrutinized in great depth and detail, and the aim of studying a particular experience requires the group of participants to be homogeneous. For this study, 11 students of full-time concurrent initial teacher training programmes were selected for in-depth interviews. The study follows the general steps, principles, and strategies of the IPA process offered by (Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009, 2022). The process of analyzing one interview follows certain steps: multiple readings of the transcripts, making descriptive and conceptual comments, developing emergent themes, searching connections across emergent themes through the application of certain strategies and building the structure of each participant's superordinate themes. The process is hermeneutic, ongoing and dynamic. After analyzing each case individually, the results of separate cases were analysed and a general meta-theme structure of the entire cohort was developed and validated by repeated analysis of each case to see if the meta-theme was well represented at least in six participants' interviews in an attempt to reveal the authentic but similarly lived experience of the participants' professional teacher identity formation and meaning-making. The findings are discussed with a literature. This poster presentation represents part of the results – and discloses one of the meta-themes which is “The significant others”. It reveals what people occurred in the lived experience of the research participants and what meaning they had to them within the process of becoming a teacher. The findings are compared with other studies that focus on the social aspect of teacher identity formation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the narratives of all the participants in the study, the most significant actors in the process of becoming a teacher are, first of all, the children, and the students. Being able to participate in a teaching internship during the formal studies process or get their first jobs related to a future profession (teacher assistant, babysitter, teacher) allows pre-service teachers to try teaching or related to teaching activities themselves. For the majority of the participants in the study, the parents of the children or pupils were also significant others, especially for the participants studying preschool pedagogy. The study participants were quite often worried about their preparedness and competencies to work with parents, who in their stories were often unreasonably abusive, pretentious, demanding, confrontational and even aggressive, while others were indifferent to their children, withdrawn, alcoholics and lacking social skills. The parent's scepticism about young inexperienced pre-service teachers and even young in-service teachers, who don’t have children is evident. But the tension between generations of teachers is evident too. Many of the participants presented an infinite variety of positive and negative images of the teachers, mentors and potential employers they met in the past and within the study contexts. Some of those reinforced their choice to be a teacher, inspired, encouraged, strengthened, advised and trusted. The other group of teachers encountered were disturbing to the participants, causing contradictory and negative feelings, such as anger, intimidation, sadness, etc. - they were the kind of teachers that the participants did not want to be like in any way. These were disturbers of choice and of becoming a teacher - acting as antagonistic figures. Mentors emerge as particularly significant others for the development of identity and can have both positive and negative impacts. References Beauchamp, C., & Thomas, L. (2010). Reflecting on an ideal: Student teachers envision a future identity. Reflective Practice, 11(5), 631-643. Beijaard, D. (2019). Teacher learning as identity learning: models, practices, and topics. Teachers and Teaching. 25. 1-6. 10.1080/13540602.2019.1542871. Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and teacher education, 20(2), 107-128. Beijaard, D., Verloop, N., & Vermunt, J. D. (2000). Teachers’ perceptions of professional identity: An exploratory study from a personal knowledge perspective. Teaching and teacher education, 16(7), 749-764. Burke, P. J., & Stets, J. E. (2009). Identity Theory. Oxford University Press. Cuadra, D. & Castro-Carrasco, P. & Oyanadel, C. & González, I. & Živković, P. & Sandoval-Díaz, J. & Perez-Zapata, D. (2023). Preservice Teacher Professional Identity: Influence of the Teacher Educator and the Teacher Education Model. Education Policy Analysis Archives. 10.14507/epaa.31.7631. Danielewicz, J. (2001). Teaching selves: Identity, pedagogy, and teacher education. Suny Press. Flores, M. & Day, Ch. (2006). Contexts which shape and reshape new teachers’ identities: A multi-perspective study. Teaching and Teacher Education. 22. 219-232. 10.1016/j.tate.2005.09.002. Kroger, J., & Marcia, J. E. (2011). The identity statuses: Origins, meanings, and interpretations. In Handbook of identity theory and research (pp. 31-53). New York, NY: Springer New York. Mifsud, D. (2018). Professional Identities in Initial Teacher Education. 10.1007/978-3-319-76174-9. Nias, J. (1989), Primary Teachers Talking: A Study of Teaching as Work, London: Routledge. Pelini, E., S. (2017) Analysing the socio-psychological construction of identity among pre-service teachers, Journal of Education for Teaching, 43:1, 61-70, DOI: 10.1080/02607476.2017.1251095 Ruohotie-Lyhty, Maria & Moate, Josephine. (2016). Who and how? Preservice teachers as active agents developing professional identities. Teaching and Teacher Education. 55. 318-327. 10.1016/j.tate.2016.01.022. Smith, J.A. & Nizza, I.E. (2022). Essentials of interpretative phenomenological analysis. American Psychological Association. Smith, J.A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis: Theory, Method and Research. Smith, J.A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2022). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research (2nd ed.). Sage. Waber, J. & Hagenauer, G. & Hascher, T. & de Zordo, L.. (2021). Emotions in social interactions in pre-service teachers’ team practica. Teachers and Teaching. 27. 1-22. 10.1080/13540602.2021.1977271. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster The Emotional Intelligence and Wellbeing of Students of Education Sciences. Challenges and Possibilities University of Santiago de Compostela, Spain Presenting Author:Over the last few decades, the term intelligence has broadened in meaning. It has shifted from a more traditional perspective to one that also takes emotions into account. In this regard, some studies focus precisely on individual differences in how people process, analyse and show their emotions (Salguero et al., 2010). Thus, there is a growing concern for emotional intelligence in different contexts. As Santos Rego and Lorenzo (2000, p. 227) point out "emotional intelligence is a different way of being intelligent". Nelis et al. (2009) also suggest that it can influence the level of success that a person can achieve in life. People with emotional intelligence are able to respond to stressful situations in a more flexible way, preventing the associated negative emotions or, if they are present, focusing them from a positive perspective (Ortega , 2010). In this sense, the development of emotional intelligence will make it possible to promote people's well-being by being able to optimise their lives and vital circumstances and events (Cruz et al., 2017). Therefore, these emotional competencies, that allow us to recognise and manage our own and other people's emotions, are a key element in higher education, especially in Education Sciences degrees. According to Extremera and Fernández-Berrocal (2004) and Cabello et al. (2010), the development of these competencies will enable students to cope with work-related stress in the future and to learn to recognise and respond more appropriately to the emotional needs of the population they work with. Furthermore, the role of these professionals will be fundamental in the development of socioemotional competences of the group they will attend. In this sense, it should not be forgotten that they can function as facilitators of learning motivation and contribute to students' academic performance and educational success (Durlak et al., 2011; García-Martínez et al., 2023). Knowing the emotional competences of Education Sciences students allows us to analyse their training needs and offer perspectives for improvement for this group and others with similar characteristics. Therefore, the main objective of this work is to analyse the type of emotional intelligence of Education Sciences students in a Spanish university. This information will allow us to draw up competence profiles in relation to the students' ability to attend to, understand and regulate emotions. In this way, it will be possible to offer training proposals in order to respond to the perceived deficiencies or to strengthen those competencies that are less developed and that are also considered essential for the professional career of these students. This work is part of a doctoral thesis which has been supported by the Government of Spain through a pre-doctoral contract for “University Professor Training (FPU18/01858)”. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach used has been quantitative. For this study, it has been applied the Spanish version of the "Trait Meta-Mood Scale" (Fernandez-Berrocal, 2004), which has already been validated with similar groups in several studies. This scale provides information about the level of emotional intelligence based on three factors: attention (awareness of one's own emotions), understanding (ability to identify and recognise emotions) and regulation of one's own emotions (ability to control emotions). The response is Likert-type (1= strongly disagree / 5= strongly agree). The total number of items to be answered is 24. The first 8 items are related to the first factor (emotional attention), the 8 intermediate items correspond to the second factor (emotional understanding) and the last 8 are related to the capacity for "emotional regulation". The sum of the scores obtained for each factor is compared with the corresponding scale and this allows the scores to be distributed as "low", "adequate" or "excellent" for each dimension. The participating sample is of 351 students aged between 20 and 38. Specifically, 124 from the Bachelor's degree in Primary Education (28 men and 96 women), 93 from the Bachelor's degree in Pedagogy (14 men and 79 women), 79 are students from the Bachelor's degree in Early Childhood Education (6 men and 73 women) and 54 from the Bachelor's degree in Social Education (7 men and 47 women). The reason for choosing this group was conditioned by the possibility of access to the sample, and because it is a fairly representative group, at regional level, in terms of the training received by some of the future education professionals. The data collection process was carried out between March and April 2022. For this purpose, after agreement with the responsible teaching staff, the first 10 minutes of class were used to let students fill in the questionnaire. The whole process was accompanied by the corresponding ethical considerations and has the favourable report of the Bioethics Committee. The IBM SPSS Statistics version 25 software was used for data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In general terms, attention to emotions (M=30.68) is a much more developed dimension among future professionals if we compare it with understanding (M=25.88) and emotional regulation (M=25.89). It is also these dimensions that obtain the highest number of scores at the "low" level, with 36.76% and 38.91% respectively. It could be said, then, that although awareness of emotions has increased, understanding and regulation have not, which could be influenced by the discourse on mental health and concern for emotions in recent years. This confirms the need to improve the levels for a large proportion of the sample, as the literature suggests that those with low scores in emotional understanding and regulation show excessive levels of stress, more social anxiety and greater depression. Specifically, the different analyses applied show that there are no significant differences between degrees. However, there are significant differences between men and women. Women pay greater attention to their emotions [p=.033. M(men)=29.25; M(women)=30.95], while men show greater emotional regulation and predisposition to impulse control [p=.001; M(men)=28.13; M(women)=25.48], as supported by similar studies. For this reason, it is relevant to take into account the gender perspective in order to better adapt training proposals, given that, in addition, degrees related to Education Sciences tend to be quite feminised. In short, being aware of these realities allows us to be in a position to offer training proposals and educational improvements for students of Education Sciences. As we have said at the beginning, if these professionals develop their emotional intelligence, this will have a positive impact on their academic performance. At the same time, it will also improve their personal wellbeing and influence their job satisfaction and future career development. References Cabello, R., Ruíz-Aranda, D., & Fernández-Berrocal, P. (2010). Docentes emocionalmente inteligentes. Revista electrónica interuniversitaria de formación del profesorado, 13(1), 41-49. https://emotional.intelligence.uma.es/documentos/Docentes_emocionalmente_inteligentes_2010.pdf Cruz, O., Hernández, D. E., & Pérez, M. (2017). Bienestar en niños enfermos hospitalizados. Humanidades Médicas, 17(2), 396-414. http://scielo.sld.cu/pdf/hmc/v17n2/hmc11217.pdf Durlak, J. A., Weissberg, R. P., Dymnicki, A. B., Taylor, R. D., & Schellinger, K. B. (2011). The impact of enhancing students' social and emotional learning: a meta-analysis of school-based universal interventions. Child development, 82(1), 405–432. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2010.01564.x Extremera, N., & Fernández-Berrocal, P. (2004). La importancia de desarrollar la inteligencia emocional en el profesorado. Revista iberoamericana de educación, 34(3), 1-9. https://doi.org/10.35362/rie3334005 Fernandez-Berrocal, P., Extremera, N., & Ramos, N. (2004). Validity and Reliability of the Spanish Modified Version of the Trait Meta-Mood Scale. Psychological Reports, 94(3), 751–755. https://doi.org/10.2466/pr0.94.3.751-755 García-Martínez, I., Augusto-Landa, J. M., León, S. P., & Quijano-López, R. (2023). Pathways between self-concept and academic stress: the role of emotional intelligence and personality among university students. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 47(2), 182-196. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2022.2102413 Nelis, D., Quoidbach, J., Mikolajczak, M., & Hansenne, M. (2009). Increasing emotional intelligence: (How) is it possible? Personality and individual differences, 47(1), 36-41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2009.01.046 Ortega, M. C. (2010). La educación emocional y sus implicaciones en la salud. Revista Española de Orientación y Psicopedagogía, 21(2), 462-470. https://doi.org/10.5944/reop.vol.21.num.2.2010.11559 Salguero, J. M., Fernandez-Berrocal, P., Balluerka, N., & Aritzeta, A. (2010). Measuring perceived emotional intelligence in the adolescent population: Psychometric properties of the Trait Meta-Mood Scale. Social Behavior and Personality: An international journal, 38(9), 1197-1210. https://doi.org/10.2224/sbp.2010.38.9.1197 Santos Rego, M. A., & Lorenzo, M. M. (2000). La inteligencia emocional en perspectiva pedagógica. En Miguel A. Santos Rego (Ed.), A educación en perspectiva: homenaxe ó profesor Lisardo Doval Salgado (pp. 227-240). Servicio de Publicaciones e Intercambio Científico da Universidade de Santiago de Compostela. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster The Professional Development of University Teachers: Prior Knowledge Universitat Politècnica de Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:The professional development of university faculty is a critical aspect of ensuring the quality of teaching, research, and contribution to the academic community (Biggs, 2005). Most universities offer pedagogical training programs to ensure that higher education responds effectively to the needs of students and society, as well as to improve the quality of teaching and contribute to the formation of individuals capable of facing learning challenges in an autonomous and reflective manner (Boud & Hager, 2012). In this context, the Institute of Educational Sciences (ICE) of the Universitat Politècnica de València (UPV) has been developing the Expert Diploma in University Pedagogy (DEXPU) for more than two decades, in which more than 600 teachers from different areas of knowledge have participated throughout its editions. Its aim is to develop the necessary competencies to implement quality teaching, where the students and their education are at the center, using various strategies and training tools to face contemporary educational challenges(Paricio, J.; Fernández A.; Fernández I.; 2019). The program focuses its attention on the professional experience of each teacher, on their analysis and evaluation, in order to later confront them with others and thus obtain ideas and sensations that can serve as a model for the general public (Paricio, J.; Fernández A.; Fernández I.; 2019). This approach highlights the uniqueness of each participant's experience, resulting in personalized learning objectives, where support from peers, tutors, and trainers is crucial (Zeichner & Liston, 2013). The importance of this training is undeniable in the current educational context. As universities face changing challenges and diversity in their communities, the faculty's ability to provide quality education has become more critical than ever. Constant technological evolution, the demands of a diverse student group, and varying expectations for higher education quality underscore the importance of faculty acquiring and refining solid pedagogical skills. Facilitating professional development not only benefits the teacher, but also has a direct impact on the student learning experience (Pintrich, 2004). Pedagogically well-prepared teachers are better able to adapt to different learning styles, encourage active participation in the learning process, and develop the ability to adapt to the needs of students (Pintrich, 2004). Teachers who are better prepared pedagogically are better able to adapt to diverse learning styles, encourage active participation and provide meaningful feedback. Furthermore, the competence of "learning to learn" becomes central in this context, referring to a person's ability to acquire, process, organise and apply knowledge effectively and autonomously (Yániz; Villardón-Gallego, 2015). This competence is essential in an ever-changing educational and professional environment. Thus, faculty, by developing pedagogical skills, empower students to become independent and adaptable learners (Deakin; Stringher; and Ren, 2014), preparing them to face changing challenges in their future careers (Panadero, 2017). Therefore, our research question focuses on how the professional development of university faculty influences their ability to effectively promote the acquisition of the "Learning to Learn" Competence (AaA) among their students. In this paper, we present the results of the self-assessment guide, developed by our research team and carried out by the participants of the last edition of the DEXPU. The self-assessment guide focuses on the analysis of their teaching task, evaluating key aspects influencing their professional work. It is a personal tool that facilitates faculty reflection on their teaching performance and encourages self-management of adjustments and/or changes they deem appropriate. The guide consists of eight dimensions defining a good teacher according to research standards (Paricio, J.; Fernández A.; Fernández I.; 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology used is a quantitative analysis of the self-assessment guide. The guide consists of 72 statements (descriptors for each of the dimensions) using a 5-point Likert scale: 11. Not necessary; 2. I do it poorly; 3. I do it moderately; 4. I do it well; 5. I do it very well. The eight dimensions refer to course planning (dim.1); class preparation (dim.2); performance during the course (dim.3); performance in expository-participative classes (dim.4); performance in group activities (dim.5); teacher-student relationship (dim.6); mastery of the subject (dim.7) and evaluation (dim.8). Personal and overall averages have been calculated to provide both a group diagnosis, identifying common needs, and individual analyses, resembling a report where each participant can compare their assessment with the group average. Additionally, a qualitative analysis was conducted based on reflections solicited from the participants for each dimension after the presentation of the overall results. This qualitative aspect adds depth to the understanding of the participants' perspectives and allows for a more nuanced interpretation of the quantitative results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Several conclusions can be drawn from the results. Overall, the group shows similar scores across all dimensions, averaging over 7 points (scale from 0 to 10), which indicates a fairly good perception of their teaching performance. For the dimensions with the best results, the performance in the course (dim.3) and the teacher-student relationship (dim.6), the faculty's attitude towards students is evaluated, suggesting a faculty that is genuinely concerned about students’ welfare and the need for close interaction. On the other hand, the dimensions requiring improvement are course planning (dim.1) and performance in group activities in class (dim. 5), and specific actions will be proposed to provide teachers with strategies for group work methodology, focusing on developing students' "learning to learn" competence. Finally, we highlight four aspects that were considered relevant to develop during the training. The first refers to tutorials, primarily focusing on individual tutoring on-demand, and therefore need to be strengthened, as it is an effective pedagogical tool. The next two are linked to evaluation. On the one hand, there is no evaluation of what the student learns per session, nor are initial evaluations of the content carried out. Initial evaluations allow us to know where the students are starting from and, therefore, to start from what they know, generating a more effective learning process thanks to the relationship established with what has already been understood previously. And, the last aspect to work on is related to the student's workload, the need to know how to estimate the time that students need to assimilate certain content, taking into account the workload involved. Undoubtedly, these results provide visibility and reinforcement for the ongoing training program, addressing both group-wide needs and the specificities of each participant. References •Biggs, J. (2005). Calidad del aprendizaje universitario. Madrid: Narcea. •Boud, D., & Hager, P. (2012). "Re-thinking continuing professional development through changing metaphors and location in professional practices." Studies in Continuing Education, 34(1), 17-30 •Caena, F. (2019). Developing a European Framework for the Personal, Social & Learning lo Learn Key Competence. Luxemboug: Publicatons Office of the European Union. Recuperado de https://bit.ly/2vBzK8A •Deakin, R., Stringher, C. y Ren. K. (2014). Learning to learn. Londres y Nueva York: Routledge. •Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 422. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422 •Paricio, J., Fernández, A. y Fernández, I. (Eds.) (2019). Cartografía de la buena docencia universitaria. Un marco para el desarrollo del profesorado basado en la investigación. Madrid: Narcea. •Pintrich, P. R. (2004). A conceptual framework for assessing motivation and self-regulated learning in college students. Educational Psychology Review, 16 (4), 385-407. •Yániz, C. y Villardón-Gallego, L. (2015). Competencia para aprender. En L. Villardón-Gallego (Coord.), Competencias genéricas en educación superior (pp. 25-53). Madrid: Narcea. •Zeichner, K., & Liston, D. (2013). "Reflective teaching: An introduction." Routledge 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Newly Qualified Teachers as Resources in the Professional Community: How Tools for Mentoring can Contribute University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Newly qualified teachers (NQTs) face challenges and need support in their first years in the profession (Caspersen & Raaen, 2014). However, the quality of support they receive in schools varies greatly (Jacobsen & Gunnulfsen, 2023), and they may be unsure of the relevance of their teacher education in practice (Jakhelln, Eklund, Aspfors, Bjørndal, & Stølen, 2019). Although NQTs need support, they also bring updated knowledge to schools and can contribute to colleagues' exploratory dialogues and innovative thinking, as resources in their professional communities (Jakhelln, 2011; Kvam, Roness, Ulvik, & Helleve, 2023). Mentoring programs for NQTs can provide support for individuals and contribute to professional development in the school's professional community (Jakhelln, 2011). Governing documents emphasize that support for NQTs should be integrated with other professional community activities and school-based development work (Jacobsen, Jensen, & Lejonberg, 2023). A review study suggests that learning and professional development for teachers should be seen as a continuous process involving formal and informal structures (Tynjälä & Heikkinen, 2011). Therefore, it is important to examine how structures for mentoring NQTs can promote the resources developed in teacher education. This study investigates the use of tools to promote mentoring that recognizes NQTs as resources in the professional community. The tools are understood based on three dimensions: discursive, material, and relational (Kemmis et al., 2014).The research question is: How can mentoring be shaped by tools developed to promote NQTs as resources in the professional community? To answer this question, we consider the competence of NQTs in the teaching and mentoring arenas, and how mentoring can contribute to the professional community. Primary data includes videos of one-on-one mentoring and group mentoring, with follow-up interviews and group discussions with mentors as secondary data. Theory In this contribution, mentoring using tools is understood based on the Theory of Practice Architecture (TPA) (Kemmis et al., 2014). The practices examined in this contribution are understood as social phenomena where the dicursive, the material, and the relational aspects constitute three dimensions in which practice unfolds. The tools investigated here are understood as architectures that surround and have the potential to hinder and promote practice. What we examine is what characterizes the discourse, actions, and how the actors relate to each other, when they interact in mentoring using tools. In the discursive dimension, the focus is on the participants' language and thinking, as hindered and promoted by the tools. In the material dimension, the focus is on what participants do, as hindered and promoted by the tools. In the relational dimension, the focus is on how relations are hindered and promoted by the tools.
The tools The tools, understood in light of presented theoretical framework, can inhibit and promote practices related to discourse, action, and relationships. As discursive arrangements, the tools suggest questions and formulations for mentoring, shaping speaking and thinking. Previous research shows that the tools' theoretical concepts and proposed formulations are utilized in mentoring (Hunskaar & Gudmundsdottir, 2023; Nesje & Lejonberg, 2022). The tools include guides with relevant questions to promote reflection on the mentee's competence and its application in the professional community. For example, "What was your master's thesis about?" and "How can the school benefit from your expertise in this field?” The tools also encourage appropriate actions, providing structures for interaction and mentoring sequences. As relational arrangements, the tools offer equal access to mentors and mentees, empowering mentees to take ownership and initiative in mentoring. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilized video recordings from one group mentoring conversation and one one-to-one mentoring conversation as primary data for thematic analysis, with the use of Interact (Mangold-international.com, 2024). Additionally, video recordings from a mentor group conversation and two follow-up interviews were used as secondary data. Three NQTs participated in the group mentoring, taking turns as the focus person, while a fourth person observed digitally. Later, a one-on-one mentoring session was conducted with the observer. Both mentoring sessions was followed by interviews with the mentor. The analysis began with a review of video recordings and observation notes to examine how the tools were used in the two mentoring settings. This initial review revealed how the tool influenced both the form and content of the conversation. A second review was then conducted, focusing on how the tool structured the conversation and how it contributed to discussions about the resources NQTs in the professional community. This review highlighted the adaptability of the tool to the specific context of the mentoring sessions. Further examination focused on how the participants discussed the resources of NQTs and possible contributions to the professional community. The analysis then considered how the tool influenced the mentoring practices, with attention to discourse (sayings), actions (doings), and relationships (relations) (Kemmis et al., 2014). The examination of the empirical material led to the development of theoretically and empirically grounded codes based on the theoretical concepts of sayings, doings and relatings. This proses resulted in three sub-codes for sayings, two for doings and two for relatings being developed, tested on the data and adjusted as needed. The analysis visualized that the mentoring conversations were characterized by a focus on competence, the professional community, and the contributions of NQTs. The study highlighted how the tools used in the mentoring sessions structured the conversations while also being adaptable to the specific context. Moreover, the analysis emphasized the importance of symmetry and support in the mentoring process. Overall, the thematic analysis contribute to our knowledge about how tool can shape mentoring conversations and how such conversations can addressed the resources and contributions of NQTs in the professional community. The findings shed light on the dynamics and practices of the mentoring process and provide valuable insights for future mentoring and tool research, as well as for professional development in the field. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This work explores how mentoring using tools can promote practices that enhance awareness of NQTs as resources in professional communities. We focus on competence expressed in teaching and mentoring arenas, with relevance for the professional community. The findings indicate that the tools help promote the mentees as resources by focusing on their competence and its relevance for the professional community. Grounding analysis in TPA, has helped us highlighting how tools as discursive arrangements promote ways of thinking and talking about NQTs as potential resources in the professional community. Despite the mentor describing relevant terms as unfamiliar for NQTs, the tools promote the use of the terms "resource" and "professional community" in mentoring. The findings suggest that awareness of NQTs as resources develops in mentoring, making competence from both the teaching arena and the mentoring arena accessible to the professional community. Understanding the tools as material arrangements reveals how they can promote actions that make NQTs' competence relevant for the professional community. By contributing with structure and content to mentoring, the tools promote interaction that develops competence and increases awareness of NQTs as resources. Investigation of relating visualize how tools can promote symmetry in the mentoring relationship, challenging but also developing the mentees. As illustrated in the introduced model, integrating the different arenas—teaching, mentoring, and professional community—can strengthen the development of NQTs' competence and the school's professional community. Tools, seen as architectures for practice, can help create coherence between these arenas. (Figure 1: illustrating how tools can enhance competence developed in different arenas to influence each other) References Caspersen, J., & Raaen, F. D. (2014). Novice teachers and how they cope. Teachers and Teaching, 20(2), 189-211. Hunskaar, T. S., & Gudmundsdottir, G. B. (2023). Tool-based mentoring conversations in teacher education: new structures, opportunities and the role of adaptive expertise. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 12(4), 424-439. Jacobsen, H. M., & Gunnulfsen, A. E. (2023). Dealing with policy expectations of mentoring newly qualified teachers–a Norwegian example. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-15. Jacobsen, H. M., Jensen, R., & Lejonberg, E. (2023). Tracing ideas about mentoring newly qualified teachers and the expectations of school leadership in policy documents. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1-23. Jakhelln, R. E., Eklund, G. B. M., Aspfors, J., Bjørndal, K. E. W., & Stølen, G. (2019). Newly qualified teachers’ understandings of research-based teacher education practices in Finland and Norway. doi:https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2019.1659402 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer Kvam, E. K., Roness, D., Ulvik, M., & Helleve, I. (2023). Newly qualified teachers: Tensions between needing support and being a resource. A qualitative study of newly qualified teachers in Norwegian upper secondary schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 127, 104090. Mangold-international.com. (2024). Qualitative and Quantitative Video Coding Software. Nesje, K., & Lejonberg, E. (2022). Tools for the school-based mentoring of pre-service teachers: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 111, 103609. Tynjälä, P., & Heikkinen, H. L. (2011). Beginning teachers’ transition from pre-service education to working life. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 14(1), 11-33. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Not Simply Hoping – Strengthening the Foundation for Quality Teaching in Albania University of Newcastle, Australia Presenting Author:Subject to global pressures since the fall of communism in December 1990, efforts to modernise and improve Albania’s education system through policy initiatives have produced little, if any, change (Maghnouj et al., 2020; UNESCO, 2017). Attempts to address the conspicuous gap between policy and practice have focused on reforming initial teacher education (ITE) (European Commission, 2015; European Union, 2007, Mita et al. 2023) but the effects are yet to filter through to in-school classroom practice. Extant studies demonstrate that, Albanian pre-certified teachers (who have completed a two-year Professional Master of Teaching program) fail to demonstrate government-mandated learner-centred practices during their three-month internships. Instead, they tend to replicate what they experienced in their own schooling and much of their teacher training; namely, direct textbook instruction (Zaçellari, 2019). What is clear, after decades of Albanian educational reform, is that applying policy without adequate support and training hampers teachers’ capacities to develop and flourish in the classroom. If improvements to quality are to be addressed and achieved, quality needs to be understood and operationalised. Taking such reform to scale requires a solid conceptualisation of what constitutes quality teaching, without which teachers will not have the capacity to understand when they have indeed achieved it (City et al., 2009). This is where the Quality Teaching (QT) Model, developed in Australia, has potential value (State of NSW, Department of Education, 2020). As a longstanding framework on quality teaching, backed by rigorous research showing positive effects on teachers and students when used as an instrument for coding lessons, the QT Model provides a solid foundation for building quality practice in Albania, based on clear concepts and a common language with which to talk about quality teaching. This poster outlines a first of its kind analysis of Albanian teacher education carried out as part of a larger PhD project whereby Albanian pre-service teachers were introduced to the QT Model and coding process in an attempt to build their capacity for quality teaching. Taking an existing model from one educational context and simply implementing it in a vastly different setting is not recommended. Indeed, doing so with little regard to context is unwise and potentially damaging. Therefore, as a first step in determining the potential suitability and likely benefit of utilising the QT Model in future Albanian teacher education, I investigated the alignment between the Albanian ITE curriculum of three universities and the QT Model. My contention was that demonstrated alignment would increase the Albanian Ministry of Education’s confidence in the value of the Model for improving quality teaching and would identify where the greatest improvements to teaching might be anticipated as newly trained teachers engage with the Model. To investigate how Albanian ITE potentially relates to the QT Model, the following two research questions were employed in undertaking a curriculum analysis: 1. Which QT elements, if any, are evident within the written curricula for the pedagogical subjects taught at three Albanian ITE institutions? 2. How does the enacted ITE curriculum align with the written curriculum and with the QT Model? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Pedagogically focused subject syllabi were requested from three Albanian ITE institutions offering the Professional Master of Teaching program. The institutions supplied 31 syllabi, of which 23 were relevant to this analysis. Alongside analysis of the written curriculum, and informed by Dewey’s transactional realism (Biesta, 2010; Biesta & Burbules, 2003), the experiences of 26 preservice teachers (20 pre-licensed teacher-interns and 6 master of teaching students) were also investigated to address how the curriculum was enacted. The QT Model’s 18 elements were used as a deductive framework to guide analysis of the written curriculum. ‘Alignment’ was considered to occur when it was evident that there was clear potential for the QT Model’s elements to be covered to varying degrees by the subject syllabuses. When analysing the interview transcripts, the Model was again used deductively to identify alignment between the Model’s 18 elements and the participants’ experiences of the enacted curriculum. Identified alignments were then also analysed in relation to the written curriculum map to identify patterns and parallels. As part of the larger study, participants were introduced to the QT Model during a one-day professional development workshop (for teacher-interns), or a university-based, two-and-a-half-hour workshop (for master’s students). Post workshops, participants were asked if they could identify any elements that may have been addressed or clearly absent in their master’s training, as a means of corroborating findings from analysis of the written and enacted curricula – the results of which were analysed against the two curriculum maps. Additionally, to address the potential tension between what is taught and what is intended, participants were asked to comment on how adequately their institution’s programs had prepared them for classroom practice and any future learning needs they required. These transcripts were inductively coded using a transactional realist lens to also identify potential influences of the hidden curricula. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While similarities were identified between the ITE curricula and the QT Model, the analysis demonstrates uneven inclusion of the QT elements across both the written and enacted curricula. These results suggest that ITE students are likely to have gained some exposure to some QT elements during their teacher training and that more systematically introducing the QT Model would not be at odds with the Albanian government’s mandate on modernising teaching practices. However, in the interviews, while participants mentioned the concept of “learner-centred teaching”, they contrasted these ostensibly modern practices with their own experiences of traditional classrooms. Moreover, they could not adequately explain what quality might look like in a modern, learner-centred classroom, likely due to repeated exposure to direct textbook instruction during their training which they revealed as they voiced frustration at lecturers’ attempts to broach new methods with old tricks. This study demonstrates that Albanian ITE is some distance from having a clearly articulated, solid conceptual foundation for what constitutes quality teaching. Yet, with some discernible alignment between existing curricula and the QT Model, albeit inconsistently applied, engagement with the QT Model may, perhaps, not be too foreign a concept for Albanian teacher education. My study demonstrates that while existing ITE curriculum addresses some aspects of quality teaching practice, there is room for strengthening their pedagogical foundations. To do so, all trainee teachers should be provided with a solid conceptualisation of, and the language with which to talk about, what constitutes quality teaching. Furthermore, the incongruency between the intended curriculum and how it is taught must be addressed. References Biesta, G. (2010). Pragmatism and the Philosophical Foundations of Mixed Methods Research. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie, SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioral Research (pp. 95–118). SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781506335193.n4 Biesta, G., J. J., & Burbules, N., C. (2003). Pragmatism and educational research. Rowman and Littlefield Publishers. City, E. A., Elmore, R. F., Fiarman, S. E., & Teitel, L. (2009). Instructional rounds in education: A network approach to improving teaching and learning. Harvard Education Press. European Commission. (2015). Shaping career-long perspectives on teaching: A guide on policies to improve Initial Teacher Education. European Commission. https://www.schooleducationgateway.eu/downloads/files/Shaping%20career-long%20perspectives%20on%20teaching.pdf European Union. (2007). Conclusions of the Council and of the Representatives of the Governments of the member States, meeting within the Council of 15 November 2007, on improving the quality of teacher education. Official Journal of the European Union, 12.12.2007, C300/6. https://www.eumonitor.eu/9353000/1/j4nvhdfcs8bljza_j9vvik7m1c3gyxp/vikqhloqf8yb Gore, J., Miller, A., Fray, L., & Patfield, S. (2023). Building capacity for quality teaching in Australian schools 2018-2023. University of Newcastle. https://nova.newcastle.edu.au/vital/access/services/Download/uon:53549/ATTACHMENT02?view=true Maghnouj, S., Fordham, E., Guthrie, C., Henderson, K., & Trujillo, D. (2020). OECD reviews of evaluation and assessment in education: Albania. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/d267dc93-en Mita, N., & Nano, L. (2023). Teacher Education in Albania: Reforms and Future Developments. In M. Kowalczuk-Walędziak, R. A. Valeeva, M. Sablić, & I. Menter (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education in Central and Eastern Europe (pp. 137–158). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-09515-3_6 State of NSW, Department of Education. (2020). Quality Teaching Classroom Practice Guide (3rd ed.). UNESCO. (2017). Albania: Education policy review; issues and recommendations, extended report (p. 220). http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0025/002592/259245e.pdf Zaçellari, M. (2019). Teaching practice in the Albanian context: Student-teachers’ perceptions regarding their experience in teaching. In M. Kowalczuk-Walêdziak, A. Korzeniecka-Bondar, W. Danilewicz, & G. Lauwers (Eds.), Rethinking teacher education for the 21st century (1st ed., pp. 168–183). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvpb3xhh.15 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster A Global Perspective on SDG4 in Teacher Education: Transformative Insights from an SDG4 Webinar University of Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:The international dialogue on sustainability and Agenda2030 has grown globally in response to societal changes. Humanity is responsible for protecting the planet while creating equitable societies for prosperity. The United Nations published the 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) to be reached by 2030 for transformation (United Nations, 2015) and Sustainable Development Goal 4 (SDG4) on quality education is critical to achieving sustainability transformation (UNESCO, 2021). The Teach4Reach international project (OeAD-funded from 2021 until 2023) hosted four online webinars based on SDGs 3 (good health and well-being), 4 (quality education), 5 (gender equality) and 10 (reduced inequalities). During these webinars, presentations and panel discussions took place based on teacher education and the role thereof in supporting Agenda2030. The webinars included stakeholders worldwide, including pre-and in-service teachers, experts, and policy-makers familiar with Agenda2030 since they can support change (OECD, 2019; United Nations, 2022). During the SDG4 webinar, discussions took place in breakout rooms regarding teacher education and SDG4, from which the study aimed to identify stakeholders' perspectives on the fourth SDG, quality education. This SDG, which focuses on reaching quality education worldwide, is essential since it can transform unsustainable tendencies (De la Sienra, 2020). Focusing on quality education can support us in developing societies with citizens who are more aware and responsible, which can support transformation for society’s betterment (Kumar, 2020). Therefore, this study was based on SDG4 targets 4c and 4.7, supporting the increase of qualified teachers through teacher education and the required knowledge and skills for sustainable societies (United Nations, 2015). Investigating the quality education concept was essential since it involves a holistic approach to learning that focuses on skills and competency development (including critical thinking, problem-solving, communication, collaboration, and creativity) and not only academic achievement (Adams, 1993; UNICEF, 2000). Livingston (2023) believes that international comparisons of educational systems and the resulting measurability and standardisation often reduce the concept. When directly analysing SDG4 and its targets as they appear in Agenda2030, it is found that quality education should be globally accessible and inclusive, providing students with the necessary knowledge, skills, and attitudes essential for building a sustainable future (United Nations, 2015). Madalińska-Michalak et al. (2023) argue that education's purpose and significance in one´s context should inform one's view of quality education in our rapidly changing world. This idea of not having one definition for this concept and instead gaining different perspectives on the concept of quality education led us to ask the following questions that guided the analysis: (1) What are educational stakeholders’ perspectives on SDG4 (quality education), and (2) How can we imagine education that promotes transformation towards a sustainable future? Education is crucial for achieving sustainability (UNESCO, 2017; United Nations, 2018; Ferrer-Estévez and Chalmeta, 2021), and a diverse discussion on quality education was therefore needed (Livingston, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the webinar on SDG4, 107 educational stakeholders from Austria, Canada, Germany, Italy, South Africa, and the United States participated, 23 of whom participated in the 45-minute group interviews (breakout rooms) to gain insights into their perspectives on SDG4 and how it is and can be supported in teacher education. The semi-constructed group interviews consisted of the following main topics based on teacher education: (1) How teacher education programs can be leveraged in the future to support Agenda2030 and the SDGs (7 participants), (2) In what ways the SDGs currently feature in teacher education programs from the Global South and the Global North (4 participants), (3) How SDG4 (quality education) can be supported and improved through teacher education programs (5 participants), (4) what a university didactic setting that realises the SDG goals look like in reality, within the framework of teacher education programs (7 participants). The data was collected with prior ethical approval from all participants, who agreed to the recording and publication of the data for analysis. This inductive study utilised Kuckartz’s data-driven approach to building categories (Kuckartz and Rädiker, 2019) on which themes were constructed. The process included the following phases: in the first phase, based on the research questions, we determined the objective of the category-building. Secondly, we decided on the type of categories and the level of abstraction; then, we familiarised ourselves with the data and determined the kind of coding unit. In the fourth phase, we processed the transcripts sequentially, assigning new or existing codes and categories. After that, we grouped the codes in a systemic and organised way, and lastly, we fixed the categories and presented them as themes (Kuckartz and Rädiker, 2019, p. 100). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It has been discovered that reaching the fourth SDG, which focuses on providing quality education, is vital in supporting the Agenda2030, which serves as the overarching theme. This led to education as a hub for transformation as a foundational framework for this study (UNESCO, 2021). Furthermore, three main themes have emerged and were further constructed regarding how sustainability transformation can be envisioned. It can take place through (1) collaboration, (2) rethinking individual well-being and context, and (3) implementing appropriate strategies for skills development. Encouraging stakeholder dialogue is crucial for collaborating and participating in transformative efforts in an ever-changing world. The findings were based on the theory of collaboration and dialogue since transformative efforts require ongoing dialogue among stakeholders in an ever-changing world transformation (United Nations, 2022; ICFE, 2021; Boeren, 2019). This paper seeks to raise awareness and increase knowledge through an international webinar series of Teach4Reach. The study supports the call to action, conveying education stakeholders´ perspectives on quality education and how education transformation can be envisioned for a sustainable future. These findings should be considered when planning teacher education programs to develop platforms for educational stakeholders to discuss well-being, context, and skill-development strategies. Having an international dialogue to reflect on experiences, discuss challenges, and find solutions can support stakeholders in driving transformation and improving the broader society. Not only should dialogue be encouraged, but teacher education programs should be transformed to focus on various views on quality education in different contexts, future teachers' well-being, and appropriate strategies that can be implemented for skill development. This could promote the teaching profession to increase the supply of qualified teachers and values grounded in Agenda2030 for societal betterment. References Adams, D. (1993), "Defining educational quality", Improving Educational Quality Project Publication #1. Institute for International Research, Arlington, VA, pp.1–24. Boeren, E. (2019), "Understanding Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4 on 'quality education' from micro, meso and macro perspectives", International Review of Education, Vol 65 No 3, pp.277–294, available at https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11159-019-09772-7 (accessed 6 March; 12 December 2023) De la Sienra, E. (2020), "Holistic thinking in the worldviews-based learning framework", Leal Filho, W., Azul, A.M., Brandli, L., Özuyar, P.G. and Wall, T. (Eds.), Quality Education: Encyclopedia of the UN Sustainable Development Goals, Springer, Cham., pp.407–419. Ferrer-Estévez, M. and Chalmeta, R. (2021), "Integrating sustainable development goals in educational institutions", The International Journal of Management Education, Vol 19 No 2, pp.1–19, available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijme.2021.100494 (accessed 20 February; 12 December 2023) ICFE see International Commission on the Futures of Education International Commission on the Futures of Education. (2021), “Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education”. Paris, France: UNESCO. Kuckartz, U. and Rädiker, S. (2019). Analyzing Qualitative Data with MAXQDA, Springer, Cham, available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15671-8 (accessed 2 February; 12 December 2023) Kumar, C. (2020), "Scope of education for sustainable development", Leal Filho, W., Azul, A.M., Brandli, L., Özuyar, P.G. and Wall, T. (Ed.s), Quality Education, Springer, Cham, pp.741–752. Livingston, K. (2023), “What does quality teacher education mean and how can the preparation of future teachers be quality assured?”, J. Madalinska-Michalak (Ed.), Quality in Teaching and Teacher Education: International Perspectives from a Changing World, Brill, Schöningh, pp.11-31, available at: https://brill.com/display/book/9789004536609/BP000029.xml (accessed 24 February; 12 December 2023) Madalińska-Michalak, J., Åstrand, B. and Snoek, M. (2023), “Quality in teaching and teacher education: Key dilemmas and implications for research, policy and practice”, J. Madalińska-Michalak (Ed.), Quality in teaching and teacher education, Brill, Schöningh, pp.352-376, available at: https://brill.com/display/book/9789004536609/BP000029.xml (accessed 24 February; 12 December 2023) OECD see Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. (2019), OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030 Project Background, OECD, Paris, France, available at: https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/about/E2030%20Introduction_FINAL_rev.pdf (accessed 5 May; 11 December 2023) UNICEF see United Nations Children's Fund United Nations Children's Fund. (2000), "Defining quality in education", working paper UNICEF/PD/ED/00/02, UNICEF, New York, NY, June. United Nations. (2015), Transforming our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. United Nations General Assembly, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, available at: https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda (accessed 14 March 2023; 8 December 2023) 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Flipped Classroom: Pre-service Teachers’ Learning Experiencies in Social Media Literacy Context Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:With rapid technological development, learning improvement is one of the concerns in the field of education. Looking for appropriate teaching and learning approaches, methods that are effective for different types of learners, as it is impossible to find one unique method that is best for everyone (Han & Rokenes, 2020). Safapour, Kermanshachi, & Taneja (2019) studied various teaching methods and concluded that, alongside methods such as gamification, case studies, etc., the flipped classroom method is one of the most commonly studied. The authors (Anderson et al., 2017; Koo et al., 2016) mention that learners who were taught using the flipped classroom teaching method showed a significant improvement in performance. This approach provides flexibility for both learners and teachers (Bergmann & Sams, 2012), increases motivation (Bhagat, Chang, & Chang, 2016; Sengel, 2016), engagement and active learning" (Steen-Utheim & Foldnes, 2018), creates time flexibility (Fraga & Harmon, 2014), satisfaction with one's own creative ability (García-Sánchez & Santos-Espino, 2017), and a greater understanding of one's learning (Kurt, 2017; Jeong et al, 2018), fostering independent learning, innovation, flexibility, critical thinking (Ng, 2018; Ma, 2023), and positive emotions (Jeong, et al., 2019). However, research also highlights barriers to such learning, such as time management and confusion issues (Fraga & Harmon, 2014), negative emotions (worry, nervousness) (Jeong et al., 2018). The flipped classroom is a fairly widely used method in the higher education environment, and for these reasons it is essential that pre-service teachers receive theoretical and practical training in this methodology, i.e. experience the strengths and issues of this approach for themselves. Particularly relevant in the digital age is the context of social media being integrated into teaching and learning processes (Burbules, 2016) (where teaching is based on or enriched by social media). Learning that takes place in such contexts can provide multiple learning contexts for learners and teachers, develop independent learning and facilitate collaboration between learners and teachers (Xie and Derakhshan, 2021), which can be facilitated by using flipped classroom. As Han and Rokenes (2020) argue, research on the flipped classroom approach is rarely related to the training of pre-service teachers. Research questions: What are the main d benefits of using flipped classroom approach? What are the differences between a flipped classroom and a traditional lecture? The purpose of the study is to reveal the learning experiences of preschool teachers using the flipped classroom method in the context of social media literacy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research methodology and the context. Qualitative research methodology was applied in order to reveal pre-service teachers’ learning experiences and perceptions toward flipped learning. Pre-service teachers were surveyed at the end of the course, where flipped classroom approach was implemented. One of the focus during the course was to enhance pre-service teachers’ knowledge and skills in critical thinking and media literacy. These topics, concerning media literacy and critical thinking were incorporated in general pedagogy and psychology course and taught by using flipped classroom approach. The research is conducted together with the partners from Poland, Bulgaria, Greece, and Romania in the context of Erasmus+ KA220-HED Cooperation partnerships in higher education project „Critical Thinking in the Information Society“ (CTIS), seeking to stimulate innovative learning and teaching practices by elaborating digital educational materials intended to develop advanced transversal skills of critical thinking and media literacy in higher education students (https://ctis-erasmus.info/). Participants. Methods of data collection. Purposive sampling was used in this study. All 41 students – pre-service teachers, who participated in the project activities and experienced flipped classroom approach were surveyed. But only 31 completed the survey, which was distributed to collect qualitative data in order to help understand pre-service teachers’ learning experiences and thus to improve the course. Data analysis methods. The analysis of the obtained data employed the inductive content analysis. It was aimed at explaining and interpreting pre-service teachers' learning experiences and perceptions of the flipped classroom in the context of social media literacy, while pointing out key meaning units. Texts of answers to specific questions are treated as the data analysis unit; they are analysed in compliance with main stages (Bengtsson, 2016): 1) repeated consistent reading of answers; 2) pointing out of meaning codes; 3) open coding; 4) categorisation and abstracting: attribution of subcategories and singling out of categories; 5) interpretation. In the initial stage, seeking data validity, two researchers carried out a primary data analysis. Later, the obtained results were reflected jointly with two other researchers, making additions and corrections based on joint consent. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study revealed that lectures enriched by the flipped classroom approach were engaging, very informative, and more beneficial than regular ones. It is a kind of space, where you have the opportunity to work on an equal basis, to discuss, to see the perspectives of others. Pre-service teachers’ general experience regarding learning with flipped classroom embrace such factors as: greater involvement and self-motivation actively participate; encouraging independence (enhancement of independent learning abilities); a higher degree of preparation for the lecture (possibility to prepare in advance); involvement in group work activities; practical applicability of theoretical knowledge (understood as better assimilation of the study material); "dating" the profession (with an ability to test the role of the teacher); flexibility/ability to individualize and personalize learning. References Anderson, H., Frazier, L., Anderson, S., Stanton, R., Gillette, C., & Kim, B. (2017). Comparison of Pharmaceutical Calculations Learning Outcomes Achieved Within a Traditional Lecture or Flipped Classroom Andragogy. Am. J. Pharm. Educ., 81(4), 70. Bengtsson, M. (2016). How to plan and perform a qualitative study using content analysis. Nursing Plus Open, 2, 8–14. Burbules, N. (2016). How we use and are used by social media in education. Educational Theory, 66(4), 551-565. Fraga, L., & Harmon, J. (2014). The flipped classroom model of learning in higher education: an investigation of preservice teachers' perspectives and achievement. J. Dig. Learn. Teach. Educ., 31, 18–27. García-Sánchez, S., & Santos-Espino, J. (2017). Empowering pre-service teachers to produce ubiquitous flipped classes. Profile Issues in Teachers Prof. Dev., 19, 169–185. Han, H., & Rokenes, F. (2020). Flipped Classroom in Teacher Education: A Scoping Review. Frontiers in Education, 5, 601593. Jeong, J. S., Cañada-Cañada, F., & González-Gómez, D. (2018). The study of flipped-classroom for pre-service science teachers. Education Science, 8(4), 163. Jeong, J. S., González-Gómez, D., Cañada-Cañada, F., Gallego-Picó, A., & Bravo, J. (2019). Effects of active learning methodologies on the students' emotions, self-efficacy beliefs and learning outcomes in a science distance learning course. Journal of Technology and Science Education, 9(2), 217–227. Koo, C.; Farris, C.; Bowman, J.; Panahi, L.; & Boyle, P. (2016). Impact of flipped classroom design on student performance and perceptions in pharmacotherapy. Am. J. Pharm. Educ., 80(2), 33. Kurt, G. (2017). Implementing the flipped classroom in teacher education: evidence from Turkey. Educational Technology& Society, 20(1), 211–221. Ma, Y. (2023). Exploration of flipped classroom approach to enhance critical thinking skills. Heliyon, 9(11), e20895. Ng, E. (2018). Integrating self-regulation principles with flipped classroom pedagogy for first year university students. Comput. Educ. 126, 65–74. Safapour, E., Kermanshachi, S., & Taneja, P. (2019). A Review of Nontraditional Teaching Methods: Flipped Classroom, Gamification, Case Study, Self-Learning, and Social Media. Education Sciences, 9(4), 273. Sengel, E. (2016). Using the 'flipped classroom' to enhance physics achievement of the prospective teacher impact of flipped classroom model on physics course. Comput. Assist. Lang. Learn. 30, 1–21. Steen-Utheim, A., & Foldnes, N. (2018). A qualitative investigation of student engagement in a flipped classroom. Teach. Higher Educ., 23, 307–324. Xie, F., & Derakhshan, A. (2021). A conceptual review of positive teacher interpersonal communication behaviors in the instructional context. Front. Psychol., 12, 708490. 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Personalized Assessment: Exploring Contract Grading in Service-Learning Courses 1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Ioannina, Greece; 3University of Regensburg, Germany; 4Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain; 5University College for Agricultural and Environmentral Education, Austria Presenting Author:Contemporary educational paradigms emphasise the importance of student-centred learning experiences, especially in higher education. The debate surrounding grading and its impact on learning outcomes has been fuelled by the limitations of traditional grading methods (see Cain et al., 2022 for a recent review) and the emergence of various alternative grading systems, such as ungrading (Spurlock, 2023), student-created rubrics (Kilgour et al., 2020), portfolios (Froehlich et al., 2022) and other approaches (Newton et al., 2020; Reck, 2022).
In modern educational paradigms, such as digitally-enhanced service-learning experiences (Froehlich, 2018; Froehlich et al., 2023) or challenge-based learning (Van Den Beemt et al., 2023), traditional grading metrics often do not align with the experiential nature of these approaches, as they rely on quantifiable assessments rather than qualitative growth and community impact.
As service-learning and challenge-based learning are widely used approaches in higher education (Gallagher & Savage, 2023; Salam et al., 2019; Sotelino-Losada et al., 2021), it is necessary to consider appropriate grading systems for these approaches. This poster presentation introduces contract grading as a solution to capture the progress and unique contributions of each student in this dynamic learning environment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This poster presents a case study on the use of contract grading in a service-learning framework for teacher education. The study highlights the benefits of this approach and provides insights into its implementation. Furthermore, it also discusses the international adoption of this described service-learning experience and the resulting need for a standardized grading approach. In addition to the authors’ reflections, a mixed methods data collection with open and closed questions was conducted as part of the course evaluation. Based on the results, suggestions for further research are presented to better position and evaluate contract grading within service-learning courses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings When looking at the impact of contract grading from the students' perspective, aspects such as transparency and clarity, self-determination and perceived fairness and workload are highlighted. It is noteworthy that there is a tension between the initial stress and confusion at the beginning of the course and the transparency and clarity that students experience once they have grasped the concept. Future research could investigate ways to understand and alleviate the initial stress and overwhelm associated with contract grading, in order to enhance the student experience. Although experimental teaching methods often entail group tasks that may cause individual students to feel a loss of control, students reported a different experience with contract grading. It also mentions individual tasks that indirectly support the project and how they can lead to more self-determination and perceived freedom for students seeking a better grade. This poster presentation analyses the correlation between contract grading and the effectiveness of combining service and learning components in service-learning to create a conducive learning environment. The presentation will conclude with recommendations for educators and areas for future research to optimise the use of contract grading in service-learning and other innovative educational paradigms. References Cain, J., Medina, M., Romanelli, F., & Persky, A. (2022). Deficiencies of Traditional Grading Systems and Recommendations for the Future. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 86(7), 8850. https://doi.org/10.5688/ajpe8850 Froehlich, D. E. (2018). Non-Technological Learning Environments in a Technological World: Flipping Comes To The Aid. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 7(2), 88–92. https://doi.org/10.7821/naer.2018.7.304 Froehlich, D. E., Hobusch, U., & Moeslinger, K. (2021). Research Methods in Teacher Education: Meaningful Engagement Through Service-Learning. Frontiers in Education, 6, 680404. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.680404 Froehlich, D. E., Martin, A., Holzmayer, M., & Reitinger, J. (2022). Informelles Lernen online: Ein Sprungbrett vom Studium in den Beruf. Fnma Magazin, 2022(3), 15–17. Froehlich, D. E., Wührl, S., & Hobusch, U. (2023). Massive Open Online Courses as enablers of service-learningMassive Open Online Courses as enablers of service learning. https://doi.org/10.3217/ZFHE-18-01/06 Gallagher, S. E., & Savage, T. (2023). Challenge-based learning in higher education: An exploratory literature review. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(6), 1135–1157. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2020.1863354 Kilgour, P., Northcote, M., Williams, A., & Kilgour, A. (2020). A plan for the co-construction and collaborative use of rubrics for student learning. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 45(1), 140–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2019.1614523 Newton, J. R., Williams, M. C., & Feeney, D. M. (2020). Implementing non-traditional assessment strategies in teacher preparation: Opportunities and challenges. Journal of Culture and Values in Education, 3(1), 39–51. https://doi.org/10.46303/jcve.03.01.3 Reck, R. M. (2022). Adopting Alternative Grading in an Upper-Level Laboratory Course in Bioengineering. 2022 IEEE Frontiers in Education Conference (FIE), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1109/FIE56618.2022.9962684 Salam, M., Awang Iskandar, D. N., Ibrahim, D. H. A., & Farooq, M. S. (2019). Service learning in higher education: A systematic literature review. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20(4), 573–593. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09580-6 Sotelino-Losada, A., Arbués-Radigales, E., García-Docampo, L., & González-Geraldo, J. L. (2021). Service-Learning in Europe. Dimensions and Understanding From Academic Publication. Frontiers in Education, 6, 604825. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.604825 Spurlock, S. (2023). Improving Student Motivation by Ungrading. Proceedings of the 54th ACM Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education V. 1, 631–637. https://doi.org/10.1145/3545945.3569747 Van Den Beemt, A., Van De Watering, G., & Bots, M. (2023). Conceptualising variety in challenge-based learning in higher education: The CBL-compass. European Journal of Engineering Education, 48(1), 24–41. https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2022.2078181 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Preschool Teachers’ Self-Evaluation of their Competencies in Educating Children with Attention, Emotional, or Developmental Disorders LSMU, Lithuania Presenting Author:One of the priorities of the education policy is the psychosocial well-being of pre-primary and primary school-age children. Preschool teachers have a special role to play in ensuring children’s psychosocial well-being. Research conducted in Lithuania (Teachers’ Professional Development: Analysis of Progress Data for Lithuanian General Education Schools, 2021, Report on the Study of General and Didactic Competences of Lithuanian General Education School Teachers, 2017) and abroad (Ibda, et al., 2023; Carmen, et al., 2022) shows that teachers are mostly developing their subject-specific competencies, yet they emphasize the importance of psychosocial competencies. According to Sabaliauskas (2018), subject-specific and general competencies have synergies and must go together, as it is not only about what to teach, but also how to teach. Strengthening teachers’ empowerment and social and emotional competencies is essential and, together with teachers’ subject-specific competencies, can help ensure high-quality education. Preschool teachers in Lithuania and around the world face many challenges in their work. They are at a high risk of professional burnout, which is particularly relevant in today’s context. High levels of occupational stress arise from the demands of the working environment on teachers, such as dealing with the effects of the Covid-19 pandemic in the areas of children’s academic achievements and social and emotional difficulties, the expansion of teachers’ responsibilities and the areas of required competencies, etc. A meta-analysis of many longitudinal studies on the determinants of professional burnout among preschool teachers (Mijakoski et al., 2022) has shown that disruptions to lessons due to schoolchildren’s behavior and social-emotional difficulties are among the main factors that increase teachers’ risk of professional burnout. The data obtained in Lithuania are in line with global trends: even among preschool teachers, professional burnout is linked to emotional and psychological difficulties expressed by children (Murauskienė, 2023). Unfortunately, research on the needs of preschool teachers at work and the enhancement of their psychological well-being has not yet received sufficient attention. The changed roles of pre-school educators require ever higher qualifications and new competencies. In Lithuania, there is a lack of research that would reveal what competencies of a pre-school educator are important in order to ensure the successful education of children with emotional and behavioral disorders. The aim of the research was to reveal pre-school teachers’ attitude towards competencies needed to ensure the successful education of children with emotional and behavioral disorders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to define the knowledge, abilities, and skills required for the profession of preschool teachers who work with children with behavioral, emotional, or developmental difficulties, a study of the profession of a preschool teacher was conducted. The study of the structure of preschool teachers’ activity and competencies conducted in this work is one of the areas of research on professions, but it is important as it is directly related to professional training, as the qualifications required in the activity system become the goals of the content of professional training, thus determining the quality of the renewal and improvement of the content in professional training. The study on the professional education and training of preschool teachers was performed during 2021-2023. For this study, we prepared a 27-item self-designed questionnaire consisting of instructions and structured questions, questions with a nominal scale format, and open-ended questions. The studied sample consisted of 159 preschool teachers working in Lithuania. The study data obtained from close-ended questions were processed by applying statistical data analysis and using the SPSS 22.0 for Windows (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences) software. The content of the open-ended questions was processed by applying content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the questionnaire survey showed that pre-school teachers regarded pedagogical, communicative, and socio-psychological competencies as important for in their professional work, while managerial and research competencies were attributed less importance. The results of the study also showed a lack of knowledge and skills required for work with children with emotional and behavioral disorders among the teachers. Nevertheless, some of the teachers did not feel motivated to acquire new knowledge and skills related to the education of such children. The qualitative and quantitative research will be summarized with insights and recommendations. References 1. Carmen, R. G., Olga, B. G., & Beatriz, M. (2022). Socio-emotional competence and self-efficacy of future secondary school teachers. Education Sciences, 12(3), 161. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12030161 2. Ibda, H., Syamsi, I., & Rukiyati, R. (2023). Professional elementary teachers in the digital era: A systematic. Int J Eval & Res Educ, 12(1), 459-467. DOI: 10.11591/ijere.v12i1.23565 3. Mijakoski, D., Cheptea, D., Marca, S. C., Shoman, Y., Caglayan, C., Bugge, M. D., Gnesi, M., Godderis, L., Kiran, S., McElvenny, D. M., Mediouni, Z., Mesot, O., Minov, J., Nena, E., Otelea, M., Pranjic, N., Mehlum, I. S., van der Molen, H. F., & Canu, I. G. (2022). Determinants of Burnout among Teachers: A Systematic Review of Longitudinal Studies. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(9). https://doi-org.ezproxy.dbazes.lsmuni.lt/10.3390/ijerph19095776. 4. Murauskienė, D. (2023). Mokytojų profesinio perdegimo ir makiavelizmo sąsajos ikimokyklinio ugdymo institucijose (Doctoral dissertation, Kauno technologijos universitetas). 5. Report on the Study of General and Didactic Competences of Lithuanian General Education School Teachers, 2017. chrome-extension://efaidnbmnnnibpcajpcglclefindmkaj/https://svjc.lt/media/files/2017-05-05_Mokytoju_kompetencijos_tyrimo_galutine_ataskaita.pdf 6. Sabaliauskas S., Poteliūnienė S., Česnavičienė J., Juškevičienė A. Dalykinių kompetencijų tobulinimo ir poreikio ir turinio analizė. Tyrimas atliktas Ugdymo plėtotės centrui įgyvendinant Europos Sąjungos struktūrinių fondų finansuojamą projektą „Bendrojo ugdymo mokytojų bendrųjų ir dalykinių kompetencijų tobulinimas“ (Nr. 09.4.2-ESFA-V-715-02-0001). UPC, 2018. Prieiga internete: https://sites.google.com/itc.smm.lt/but/rezultatai?authuser=0 . 7. Teachers’ Professional Development: Analysis of Progress Data for Lithuanian General Education Schools, 202. Chrome extension://efaidnbmnnnibpcajpcglclefindmkaj/https://www.nsa.smm.lt/projektai/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/2022-09-21-Mokytoju-profesinis-tobulejimas-1.pdf 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster How does the Internet Work? Preconceptions, Attitudes, and Preparation of Novice Primary School Teachers of the Computing Curriculum 1Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic; 2Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Introduction The educational content in primary schools is constantly evolving in an effort to respond to the current needs of the modern world. Changes are now taking place in many countries as the curricula are being revamped to be closer to the technological developments. In the Czech Republic, computer science is newly implemented as a compulsory subject from the 4th year of primary school (ISCED 1). The new curriculum includes, among other things, the principles of the Internet’s functioning. The topic of the principles of the functioning of the Internet is very important, because the knowledge of it might facilitate the teaching of Internet safety. Little is known about how prepared primary school teachers are for the new curriculum content , nor what teachers' attitudes towards the new curriculum content are. Teachers are trained for the new curriculum through development courses. In order to prepare a quality course, it is important to first identify the preconceptions of the teachers and ideally their attitudes towards the new educational content. Project aims and research questions Our research project has two parts. The first part aims to answer the following research questions:
In the second part of the project, the aim is to design and realise a university course for primary school pre-service teachers on teaching the principles of the Internet. The course will be developed based on the results of the first phase and conducted using the Learning Study method. It will be transferable and scalable to non-Czech contexts. The results of the first part and the preliminary results of the second part will be available at the ECER conference. Conceptual and theoretical framework It is widely accepted that people build new knowledge in the context of an old one [e.g. 5]. Children have a priori knowledge acquired out of school before formal learning begins. This knowledge is often called preconception, as we will term it in our work. This project stems from the work of A. diSessa, who posits that preconceptions are fragmented and often mutually contradictory mental representations („Knowledge in pieces”), not coherent mental models. This idea is supported by the findings of many research studies, often for example in mathematics and science [5] . Since the principles of the Internet in Czech primary schools (and also in other countries around the world) are a new topic, we decided to investigate not only the preconceptions but also teachers' attitudes towards teaching this topic. In this project, attitude is understood as an individual's evaluative relationship to a specific reality, and also as one of the factors that can affect the quality of teaching or the quality of implementation of new topics into education [8]. The findings on preconceptions and attitudes will be followed up by the development of a course for of primary school pre-service teachers. It is especially important to know the preconceptions, because they may complicate formal learning [6] . The course uses the Learning Study method, which is based on the teachers' collaboration (with the facilitation of a teacher-researcher) in planning their own teaching lessons. Their lessons are realized in the course and then reflected upon, identifying the main problems and areas of risk, improving them and thereby increasing the teachers' competences. The project focuses on novice teachers (pre-service teachers and in-service teachers with less than 3 years of practice). We focus on preconceptions of more experienced in-service teachers in a different project (not yet published). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the first part of the project (the research on attitudes and preconceptions) semi-structured interviews were used, as is typical especially in preconception research (e.g. Babari; Brom). Participants (N = 60; 95 % female, average age 24 years) were pre-service and novice in-service primary school teachers from all over the Czech Republic and from different types of primary schools. Data were collected online (Zoom, ∼50 min). Based on our prior research and the literature [e.g. 7] , we included a number of questions in the interview, for instance, the following ones: • If we could see the whole Internet from a bird’s-eye view, how do you think it would look like? Does it have any parts? • We're talking on the Internet right now. What do you think connects our devices so that they can communicate with each other over the Internet? • Can some company find out from your online behaviour, how many pets you have at home? Interviewing was supplemented by drawing, which helped participants to express some conceptions more clearly. The interview also included questions about the participants' attitudes towards teaching the principles of the functioning of the Internet in primary school. The interviews were transcribed and analysed using a thematic [1] and frequency analyses (Atlas.ti 23.3 software). Participants signed up to participate in the research via social networks and face-to-face recruitment at the university. Participants received a reward worth of ~20 EUR for their participation. Data were collected in the spring of 2023. For the second part of the project (the Learning Study course for pre-service teachers), a combination of action research and design-based research was used. The course leader (who is also the first author of this paper) leads the course for teacher education students for six 90-min-long sessions per semester. The course will be repeated twice and improved after each realization (the first course was completed; the second course will be organized in the spring 2024). The participants of the course are pre-service primary school teachers – students of the Faculty of Education of Charles University (N=~40; 20 for each course run), who have chosen the course as elective. During the course, a combination of methods is used to identify the preconceptions, attitudes of individual participants and their progress during the course (pretest, posttest, observation, focus group). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For the first part of the project, research on preconceptions and attitudes, preliminary results are now available. Many preconceptions of novice primary school teachers have been found to be scientifically incorrect and often resemble previously identified preconceptions of children [3] and young adults [2] . A very common preconception is, for example, the necessity of satellites for data transmission. The other very common preconception is the idea of a "non-material" repository where all the content of the Internet is stored. Some teachers completely lack any conception and say that they have never thought of anything similar before. Teachers' attitudes towards teaching the principles of the Internet are rather negative. The majority of participants indicate that they consider these principles to be too complex and complicated content for primary school children. All respondents emphasize the importance of teaching internet safety, but most do not associate it with the teaching of internet principles. For the second part of the project, a course for pre-service teachers, was part of the data collected, part will be collected and analysed in spring 2024. Our working hypothesis is that it will be possible to change some incorrect preconceptions of pre-service teachers. The limitation of this part of the research is that participants attended this course by choice, so we assume that they are already at least a little interested in the topic of the Internet and computer science. More detailed results will be available and presented at the time of the ECER conference. References [1] Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology 3, 2 (2006), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa 2] Brodsky, J. E., Lodhi, A. K., Powers, K. L., Blumberg, F. C., & Brooks, P. J. (2021). “It's just everywhere now”: Middle‐school and college students' mental models of the Internet. Human Behavior and Emerging Technologies, 3(4), 495–511. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbe2.281 [3] Brom, C., Yaghobová, A., Drobná, A., & Urban, M. (2023). ‘The internet is in the satellites!’: A systematic review of 3–15-year-olds’ conceptions about the internet. Education and Information Technologies, 1–30. [4] Cheng, E. C., & Ling, L. M. (2013). The approach of learning study: Its origin and implications. OECD education working papers No. 9. [5] diSessa, A. (2014). A history of conceptual change research: Threads and fault lines. The Cambridge Handbook of the Learning Sciences (2nd. ed.). Cambridge University Press, 88–108. [6] Duit, R., Gropengiesser, H., Kattmann, U., Komorek, M., & Parchmann, I. (2012). The model of educational reconstruction–A framework for improving teaching and learning science. In Science education research and practice in Europe. Sense Publishers, 13–37. [7] Mertala, P. (2019). Young children’s conceptions of computers, code, and the Internet. International journal of child-computer interaction, 19, 56–66. [8] Reynolds, D., Sammons, P., De Fraine, B., Van Damme, J., Townsend, T., Teddlie, C. & Stringfield, S. (2014). Educational effectiveness research (EER): a state-of-the-art review, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 25(2), s. 197–230 10. Teacher Education Research
Poster Self-regulation Skills in Students through the Application of “Choice Boards Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Abstract: This research aims to investigate the impact of incorporating "Choice Boards" in the study of biological and chemical processes on students' learning activity self-regulation skills. The study seeks to explore diverse ways in which the implementation of Choice Boards influences students' ability to regulate their learning activities and engagement in the context of complex scientific subjects. Through a comprehensive examination of student outcomes and perceptions, the research aims to provide insights into effective pedagogical strategies for fostering self-regulated learning in the fields of biology and chemistry. The findings from this study could contribute valuable information for educators seeking to optimize instructional methods and enhance students' autonomy in the learning process. Introduction The Institute for the Future (IFTF) [1], a California-based social forecasting organisation, has released a list of 10 professional skills that are scientifically grounded and appropriate for a 21st-century individual. The capacity for projective thinking, which includes setting objectives and organising the steps necessary to reach them while considering the unique circumstances of each situation, ranks first on this list. It also includes selecting the best way to accomplish each task and allocating all available resources, including efficient time management. Stated differently, a young person in the present era needs to learn how to autonomously plan and manage his own activities. It is the responsibility of the school to help students acquire the capacity to self-regulate learning activities based on the content of all disciplines, including biology and chemistry. Thus, it appears that a pertinent and significant issue is the development of students' self-regulation of educational activity during the teaching of chemistry and biology, based on their psychological features and the creation of an appropriate technique. Adolescence, which spans from 14 to 17 years old and corresponds with the time spent studying biology and chemistry in school, is a critical stage for the development of self-control. Students acquire ideals and views throughout this period, as well as attitudes towards others, themselves, and society at large. Adolescence also brings with it the demand for independence, which entails taking personal responsibility, creating one's own standards and evaluations, or accepting others as best in particular circumstances. During adolescence, the development of self-regulation of activities facilitates increased independence. Adolescents acquire motivation for accomplishment, goal-setting, and teamwork; they are more prepared for a wider range of collaborative tasks. American social psychologists reached an intriguing conclusion [2]: they believed that contemporary teens are acquiring the following self-regulation skills: perseverance in finishing difficult, extended projects; problem-solving skills to reach a particular goal; self-monitoring while pursuing the goal; and behavior management based on future objectives. Researchers from all around the world have been very interested in the issue of schoolchildren's and students' self-regulation of their educational activities over the past 25 years. The ability to effectively monitor and regulate one's own learning through the use of a variety of cognitive, metacognitive, and behavioural strategies, such as maintaining volitional effort, managing resources, organising and processing information, and self-testing, is accepted in foreign psychological and pedagogical practice [3]. In Western pedagogy, the terms "self-regulation of educational activity" and "self-regulated learning" first surfaced in the 1980s. The primary expert in the field of study on schoolchildren's self-regulation of their educational activities abroad is B. J. Zimmerman [3] of New York University (USA). This researcher has been publishing psychological and pedagogical resources since 1989 that focus on how students regulate their own learning, how to assess and develop it, and how it relates to learning achievement. P.H. Winn [4], S.G. Paris [5] examined the nature, composition, and aspects of self-regulation as well as its function in learning processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A group of educators, including teachers from the Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) of Astana Abilmazhinova T. (chemistry teacher), Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) of Kokshetau Baiguzhina Zh., Melnikova I., and an international teacher, Siita Puobi (from Ghana), collaborated on the research project. Students from Kokshetau and Astana NIS were the study's participants. An examination of their own work as well as the experiences of other colleagues showed that most students lack the autonomy and self-control necessary for effective learning, which lowers the effectiveness of the lesson. It was decided to apply the "Choice Board," one of the student-centred learning tools, to address this issue. Through the development of activity, independence, initiative, and self-confidence, this technique ultimately empowers the student to make independent decisions about the scope of their work. The teacher's job is to set up group areas and zone them according to the needs of the students, not to force his or her opinions on them. "Choice board" incorporates differentiated instruction at the same time. The ensuing research concerns duly addressed included: 1. In what ways does using the Choice Board support students' growth in learning autonomy? 2. How much have the pupils' analytical abilities grown? 3. In what ways does the choice board's use encourage students' motivation to learn? The writers' collective focus was on enhancing self-regulation abilities through the utilisation of "Choice Board" technology. In order to ascertain the students' interests, preferences, and learning styles, the study was initially carried out using questionnaires. Throughout the research, multi-level activities with all the required instructions and evaluation criteria were created for every lesson. The assignments were completed either alone or in teams. Students were given the freedom to plan and carry out activities of their choosing by leaving one square marked "Free Choice" on some tasks. Teachers used a variety of "Choice Boards" to teach numerous lessons. Resources for this tactic were gathered, lesson plans were written, several kinds of "choice boards" were made, and interviews with research participants were conducted to gather data. Instructors created guidelines for using selection boards in differentiated instruction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study's findings led to the formulation of the following initial recommendations: 1. It is critical that teachers strategically prepare the implementation before introducing board choices. Establish the learning objective or the main topic of study. 2. Choose the kind of board that you want to use. Some choices include 3x3, bingo, cross-pins, combined (pen and paper, digital activity), digital, etc. However, throughout the study's execution, some drawbacks of the technology were noted: • The possibility of an uneven student distribution within the group based on the activities selected • Due to varying student speeds, not all students are able to complete assignments at the same time. • It takes the teacher longer to prepare a lesson like this. 3. Ascertain what adjustments pupils might require in order to collaborate with the selection board. 4. “Choice boards” can be used for long-term assignments across the block, homework, or the classroom. Choices actually give students autonomy and choice in their education, as primary results processing has demonstrated, and they also enable teachers to differentiate, monitor, and assess in real time. All subject areas and classes can readily adopt this tactic. Shoe boards increase student accountability and give teachers the ability to support and modify instruction for each student based on their unique learning style. References 1. Davies A., Filder D., Gorbis M. Future Work Skills 2020. Palo Alta, CA: Institute for the Future for the University of Phoenix Research Institute, 2011. 12 p. 2. Murray D. W., Rosanbalm K. Promoting Self-Regulation in Adolescents and Young Adults: A Practice Brief. OPRE Report #2015-82. Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Research, and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2017. 6 p. 3. Zimmerman B. J. Attaining self-regulation: A social cognitive perspective // Handbook of self-regulation. Orlando, FL: Academic Press., 2000. Pp. 13–39. 4. Winne P. H. Self-regulated learning viewed from models of information processing // Self-Regulated Learning and Academic Achievement: Theoretical Perspectives / B. Zimmerman, D. Schunk (Eds.). Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ, USA, 2001. Pp. 153–189. 5. Paris S. G., Paris A. H. Classroom applications of research on self-regulated learning // Educational psychologist. 2001. No. 36 (2). Pp. 89–101. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 11 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Enhancing Reading Literacy among 8th Graders through Interactive Approaches Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Taraz, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This action research focused on the effectiveness of interactive strategies designed to foster reading literacy within 8th graders at an intellectual school in Kazakhstan. This study’s theoretical foundation is formulated from the constructivist learning theories, sociocultural perspectives and interactive approach to teaching. Based on constructivism, this research is actual concepts that imply meanings as a result of interaction with fellowmen and texts. The sociocultural theories imply that learning requires collaboration and social interaction between learners, which characterises the nature of the Jigsaw reading practice. Moreover, the adherents to the interactive approach hold that involvement, activity, and meaningful interactions are necessary parts of well-designed or potentially useful learning. Both theories are the theoretical foundation of this research used to investigate the interactive and collaborative nature of Jigsaw reading that can promote 8 th-grade students’ developing auditory reading competence. Not only does this study focus on the different approaches to teaching that are interactive but it also evaluates their effects on the students’ reading ability. The research is based on the idea that traditional approaches do not completely meet the specific needs of all students, whereas interactive methods offer interactive learning and help personalisation. This investigation includes both structural analysis of each topic by reviewing relevant literature, active pedagogical practices that allow electrical machinery subjects to be taught in the way more interactive than traditional lectures and practical results among 8th graders. Invoking the interactive approach in reading denotes referring to a strategy which aims at developing active problem-solving, communicating with other learners or querying a resource and associating it with particular issues. An active reading thus recognizes that instead of merely consuming information, the reader rather contributes and constructs meaning actively through interactions with both the text and other social actors. The multifaceted nature of reading has given people the need to interact more in such a way that it is an interactive approach that is always driven with the understanding that reading as there are so complex and constructive and social activity. Through the use of interactive technologies in reading educational practice, educators attempt to make the process more learner-centered and enjoyable while creating a student meaningful relationship to the literature and helping them comprehend this very central literary theme. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used a mixed-methods approach for the holistic discussion of Jigsaw reading as part of an action research design to educate 8 th grade readers. The research covered a semester and included processes that collected both quantitative and qualitative data. Pre- and post-assessment tests were conducted to measure the aftereffects of gains in student reading skills. Inspecting was based on reading comprehension, critical thinking and short – term memory. The pre and post-evaluations, which corresponded to the procedure of the curriculum, allowed for measurement of changes in reading skills under Jigsaw reading during this period. In addition, the achievements of cooperative works were evaluated qualitatively—through group discussions and Jigsaw reading sessions. Measures consisted of how often and well contributions were made, students’ level of engagement as well as the ability to combine information in the group properly. Data collection was done using qualitative methods wherein observations, conversations as well as reflective journals of classroom experiences contributed information. In total, forty- eight grade 8 students were given assistance, and they contributed in a survey. The process of observations enabled to gain knowledge about the interactions among students; the level of engagement and collaborative reading within Jigsaw reading sessions. Participant were interviewed to provide their opinion over the efficiency of Jigsaw reading strategy increase in reading skills as well as Canadian collaborative approach. Reflective journals were written by the students for the duration of their research study and these offered insights into their experiences as well as thoughts about how they processed Jigsaw reading. These journals offered qualitative insights into the students’ perceptions, challenges that they confronted and how they perceived Changes with Jigsaw reading of their reading skills. The quantitative information was analyzed through various statistical calculations such as descriptive statistics and paired-sample tests to indicate which reading skills lied important change.Qualitative data went through thematic analysis which made it possible to indicate stable themes reflecting student’s perceptions of the approach, obstacles faced and processes experienced. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed to the authors important observations regarding to efficacy of Jigsaw reading as part of interactive method for development 8th grade students’ reading skills. The blending of quantitative methods with a qualitative approach to data analysis was able to offer an all-inclusive explanation on the outcomes brought forth by this instructional style in relation to student’s reading abilities. The quantitative analysis revealed positive findings with regards to the changes observable in the assessed reading skills after their application of jigsaw. The activity metrics for collaborative activity were also higher in Jigsaw reading sessions, which directionalizes the relationship between sense of prevention and these activities as a result. First, quantatively speaking derived from classroom observations, one can argue that Jigsaw reading was such a dynamic exercise that facilitated member interactive groups and fostered a cooperative learning environment. Through the student interviews, revealed positive views of the interactive approach, with participants showing increased contribution to their learning and understanding as a shared reading task. The results can be interpreted as follows: Jigsaw reading implemented within the framework of interactive approach is an efficient method to improve 8th-graders’ reading competence. Collaborative strategies like Jigsaw reading not only help our children improve their reading competencies but also engage them with an open mindset and a fascination for the subject of study. This research has important implications for educators who choose to implement interactive teaching approaches in middle school classrooms because the findings relate not only to quantitative aspects of reading skill, but also emphasize qualitative factors used as indicators of how students remember their learning experience. References 1.Arafeh, S. (2018). The impact of using Jigsaw technique on developing eighth graders' reading comprehension and attitudes toward reading. Journal of Educational Sciences, 30(1), 1-22. 2.Arends, R. I. (2012). Learning to teach (9th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education. 3.Noordan, M. N. H., & Yunus, M. Md. (2022). The Inte- gration of ICT in Improving Reading Com- prehension Skills: A Systematic Literature Review. Creative Education, 13, 2051-2069. https://doi.org/10.4236/ce.2022.136127 4.Anderson,N.(2003).Reading.InNunan,D.(Ed.) Practical English Language Teaching.2nd ed.(pp.67- 86), New York: McGraw Hill 5.Daniels,H.(1994) Literature Circles-Voice and choice in the student centered classroom. 6.Farrell,T.(2006). Succeeding with English language learners.Corwin Press. 7.Grabe,W.&Stoller,F.L.(2001). Readingforacademicpurposes:Guidelines for the ESL/EFL teacher. In Celce-Murcia, M. (Ed.) Teaching English as a second or foreign language. Heinle. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Greenhouse as Educational Resource in Acquisition of Natural Sciences in Inclusive Education Context 1University of Latvia, Latvia; 2Liepaja University, Latvia Presenting Author:The study presents the results of the ERASMUS+ project “Sciencing Europe” (2020-I-ES01-KA201-082876) in Latvia. Strengthening the approach of inclusive education in compliance with the country's external regulatory enactments (Latvian Educational Development Guidelines for 2021-2027, 2021), the objective of the study is to analyze the effectiveness of the greenhouse, as a teaching and learning resource in education, in natural sciences in the context of inclusive education. School gardens and greenhouses are part of lots of schools. Especially in elementary schools, they are applied as a learning and experience space for students. Their importance in the development of students' cognitive and emotional affective abilities and their positive impact on the prosocial behavior of children and adults, as well as on nature, has been empirically proven (Pollin & Retziaff-Fürst, 2021) - social and emotional skills related to cooperation with others and interpersonal conflict resolution among students increase when students are involved in gardening and horticulture experience; which is especially true for students with special needs (Markham-Petro, 2019). Socio-emotional factors such as attitude, identity, and interest are more important long-term outcomes than achievement scores or grades (Fortus & Touitou, 2021; Nguyen & Riegle-Crumb, 2021). One of the most well-known approaches to natural science teaching is Science, Technology, Society, and Environment (STSE), which embodies the idea of inclusive science (Bennássar et al., 2010) and includes teaching strategies based on science contextualization , emphasizing the relevance of appropriate contexts to students' personal, social and everyday aspects of life, as well as opportunities to form the principal scientific ideas, relationships among them and theoretical models (Blanco et al., 2015). Thus, gardens, greenhouses and other contexts are important contexts in the natural science learning process, causing interest and learning motivation (Eugenio-Gozalbo et al., 2019) which helps connect abstract learning with individual and collective experiential learning, and integrate daily life activities with the learning content (Tello & Diaz, 2017). Gardens, greenhouses are a suitable real-life context for teaching natural sciences at all stages of education, where students experience space and develop their observation skills. In primary education, gardens “provide a climate of affectivity and motivation, promote the establishment and consolidation of simple cause-effect relationships” (Eugenio-Gozalbo et al., 2020, 12). Garden and greenhouse resources are used to engage students in food production and to experiment with production and consumption patterns (Pineda Encalada & EstradaMartínez, 2019), as well as to promote healthy eating habits (Ohly et al., 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to answer the research question - whether there are statistically significant differences between the first and second measurements, taking as a reference point the application of the greenhouse as a learning strategy at the beginning and end of the school year, a set of research instruments has been developed - a questionnaire, which includes the following criteria identified as a result of the theoretical analysis: • Family member or friend with special needs; • Classmate with special needs; • Classes at school in the open air/garden/greenhouse; • Participation of students with special needs in the open air/garden/greenhouse; • Willingness to study together with a student with special needs; • Promotion of the teacher’s active participation for students with special needs; • Selection of a student with special needs as a partner in project work; • Decision to help a student with special needs in or out of class; • Teacher support for students with special needs; • Classes in the open air/garden/greenhouse as motivational for learning; • Environmental benefits of buying and growing local vegetables; • Caring for the environment; • Positive attitude towards natural sciences; • Students helping the teacher to organize classes in nature/garden/greenhouse; • Attitude towards learning through doing. During the period from 2021 to 2022, 107 general education school students aged between 11 and 14 from various regions throughout Latvia participated in the in a longitudinal study, who were offered the opportunity to experiment and carry out scientific research in a greenhouse during the learning process of natural sciences. Questionnaires as a data collection method containing a 4-point Likert scale (1=no, 2= rather no, 3=rather yes, 4-yes) and non-parametric data processing methods for quantitative data processing in the SPSS environment - Wilcoxon Two Related Samples Test for statistically significant difference determination between two dependent samples have been used in the longitudinal study which has been determined by the non-compliance of the empirical distribution with normality (p≤0.001). The Cronbach's alpha coefficient for the test reliability examination indicates good internal consistency (α=.81). The results of the Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test on the non-compliance of the empirical distribution with the normal one (p=.000) have determined the application of non-parametric for the secondary data acquisition. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the research show that the greenhouse is an effective learning resource - positive dynamics can be observed in the assessment of several components of the learning process identified as a result of the analysis of scientific literature: mutual cooperation and support improves, including students with special needs (p=.012); the proportion of methods to be applied such as learning by doing (p=.000), group work and projects increases (p=.000) , as well as the learning motivation improves (p=.000), a positive attitude towards natural sciences develops (p=.007), the care for the environment is practiced and the understanding of the need and possibilities of local produce production (p=.000), application and promotion has been formed (p=.049). Findings of the research do not contradict findings of other studies. When young children are participating in garden and greenhouse activities they are: communicating their knowledge about the world to others, conveying (and learning to process and manage) emotions, and developing important skills (e.g., initiative, self-confidence, literacy, math, science skills) that will help them be more successful in school and better navigate the world (Miller, 2007). Business model demonstration, participatory education and co-learning are more efficient pedagogical methods in the provision of sustainability of education. Virtual education and classroom education should be less dominant in training activities. Virtual education is a good additional method, nevertheless it ultimately does not provide the hands-on experience and social interaction that, for instance, a demonstration of a business model in a specific context provides (De Witte et al., 2023). The challenge of the future in education is to model a smart interdisciplinary greenhouse, where not only natural sciences would be combined, but also art, technology, etc., which would allow students to improve their interest, involvement and self-efficacy, as well as implement the principle of the unity of theory and practice (Jackson et al., 2022). References Bennássar, A., Vázquez-Alonso, Á, Manassero Mas, M. A., & García-Carmona, A. (2010). Ciencia, Tecnología y Sociedad en Iberoamérica: Una evaluación de la comprensión de la Naturaleza de Ciencia y Tecnología. Madrid: Centro de Altos Estudios Universitarios de la OEI. Blanco, Á, Franco-Mariscal, J., and España, E. (2015). Enseñar química en el contexto de problemas y situaciones de la vida diaria relacionadas con la salud.Educación Química, 20,40-47. https://doi: 10.2436/20.2003.02.150. De Witte, R., Janssen, D., Sayadi Gmada, S. & García-García, K. (2023). Best Practices for Training in Sustainable Greenhouse Horticulture. Sustainability 2023, 15(7), 5816; https://doi.org/10.3390/su15075816. Eugenio-Gozalbo, M., Ramos Truchero, G., & Vallès Rapp, C. (2019). Huertos universitarios: dimensiones de aprendizaje percibidas por los futuros maestros. Enseñanza de las Ciencias, 37, 111–127. https://doi: 10.5565/rev/ensciencias.2657 Eugenio-Gozalbo, M., Aragón, L., & Ortega-Cubero, I. (2020). Gardens as Science Learning Contexts Across Educational Stages: Learning Assessment Based on Students’ Graphic Representations. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 2226. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.02226. Fortus, D., & Touitou, I. (2021). Changes to Students’ Motivation to Learn Science. Disciplinary and Interdisciplinary Science Education Research, 3(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43031-020-00029-0. Jackson, D.W., Cheng, Y., Meng, Q., & Xu, Y. (2022). “Smart” greenhouses and pluridisciplinary spaces: supporting adolescents’ engagement and self-efficacy in computation across disciplines. Disciplinary and Interdisciplinary Science Education Research, 4(6), 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43031-022-00046-1. Latvian Educational Development Guidelines for 2021-2027. (2021). Retrieved Jan. 30, 2023, from https://digital-skills-jobs.europa.eu/en/actions/national-initiatives/national-strategies/latvian-education-development-guidelines-2021-2027 Markham-Petro, Kathryn, 2019). Growing Citizens: Students’ Social Emotional Learning via School Gardens. Electronic Thesis and Dissertation Repository. 6049. https://ir.lib.uwo.ca/etd/6049. Miller, D.L (2007). The Seeds of Learning: Young Children Develop Important Skills Through Their Gardening Activities at a Midwestern Early Education Program. Applied Environmental Education and Communication, 6(1), 49-66. Nguyen, U., & Riegle-Crumb, C. (2021). Who is a scientist? The relationship between counter-stereotypical beliefs about scientists and the STEM major intentions of black and Latinx male and female students. International Journal of STEM Education, 8(1), 28. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-021-00288-x. Ohly, H., Gentry, S.,Wigglesworth, R., Bethel, A., Lovell, R., & Garside, R. (2016). A systematic review of the health and well-being impacts of school gardening: synthesis of quantitative and qualitative evidence. BMC Public Health 16, 286. doi: 10.1186/s12889-016-2941-0. Pineda Encalada, A., & EstradaMartínez, M. (2019). El Huerto como recursos de enseñanza-aprendizaje sobre cultura alimentaria. GIS 3, 37–45. https://doi: 10.12795/revistafuentes.2018.v20.i2.03. Pollin, S., Retziaff-Fürst, C. (2021). The School Garden: A Social and Emotional Place. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 567720. https://doi:010.3389/fpsyg.2021.567720. Tello, E., & Díaz, S. (2017). El huerto escolar como estrategia de aprendizaje en la educación formal. Decisio 46, 17–20. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Using the 3C3R PBL Model to Develop Students' Functional Literacy in Programming by Integrating Science Subjects 1Nazarbayev Intellectual School of physics and mathematics in Shymkent; 2Center of Excellence of "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools" Presenting Author:Using the 3C3R PBL model to develop students' functional literacy in programming by integrating science subjects Research Question What is the impact of using the 3C3R PBL model to develop students' functional programming literacy through science integration? The purpose of this study was to examine the impact of problem-based learning strategies on improving students' functional literacy in programming/coding through problem solving in science subjects. By adopting the 3C3R model, there was a notable improvement in students' critical thinking, planning, collaboration, and communication skills in programming subject. Objective The purpose of the lesson study is to use the 3C3R PBL model to develop students' functional literacy in programming through the integration of science subjects Problem statement -The research was motivated by an observation that students taking programming classes had insufficient research and problem-solving skills. This hindered them from fully expressing their programming ideas. From observing student tasks and through classroom engagement, it was evident that their task interpretation was superficial, with problem decomposition being a serious challenge. -Similarly, based on the results of the external summative assessment of the 10th grade in the 2022-23 school year, only 54.5% of the students were able to fully answer the problem-solving tasks given. This motivated the researchers to seek interventions for the problem. Hung (2009) alludes that ineffective PBL problems affect students' acquisition of sufficient domain knowledge, as well as properly directing their learning. Hung proposed a 3C3R PBL model which has been widely embraced by schools across the world adopting PBL pedagogical approach. 3C3R is a conceptual framework that provides a blueprint for designing effective and reliable problems for PBL. The model is made up of two components; the core and the processing components. The former comprises context, content, and connection, and the latter Research, reasoning, and reflection. The core component “relates to the content or concept of learning that will be processed by the 3R processing component that supports the cognitive process of problem-solving and thinking skills possessed by students” (Malik, et al. 2020). The core components are primarily concerned with issues of appropriateness and sufficiency of content knowledge, content contextualization, and knowledge integration. Content provides a clear definition of the problem statement. It gives breadth and knowledge. Context on the other hand is responsible for the authenticity of the identified problem hence it should be made valid for instructional goals and should seek to evaluate context based on the future setting. For learners to fully embrace it, context should be made as relevant as possible. Connection fosters learners in creating links between sources and knowledge and being able to cross-reference topics. The processing components are designed to facilitate mindful and meaningful engagement in the PBL process. They address the learners’ cognitive processes and problem-solving skills. Processing components guide the learner to the core components. Researching helps the learner to understand the problem and ensure that the learner is researching the necessary information for a given domain by using the goal and context to ensure the research is backed by content and connection. Reasoning entails analyzing the aspects and nature of all variables and underlying systems of the problem along with the relationships between them. Learners process and integrate new knowledge into meaningful knowledge. HOT skills are used during researching and reasoning stages which are not naturally part of their cognitive base hence practice and training help the learners to master these skills throughout their academic life and beyond. Reflection allows learners to organize and integrate their knowledge into a more conceptual framework. The study has shown that adopting the 3C3R model has the potential to boost students’ critical thinking and problem-solving skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology Scope The research was conducted among year 11 students. A representative sample of 26 students was used for the study. The study was conducted in term 3 (between the months of January and March 2023) for a period of five 80-minute lessons. The topics involved were Data Structures and functions in Python programming language for the 11 grade Programming subject program. Pre-test (programming task from previous unit and baseline survey) and post–test (programming tasks from the above-mentioned topics) were used. In each lesson, students were presented with the Creative Problem Solving (CPS) template to follow in each task. Baseline assessment Prior to commencing the research, the participants were subjected to a baseline survey to gauge their levels in programming in general and Python programming specifically. Design The 3C3R model was adopted in all lessons. Content provides a clear definition of the problem statement. It gives breadth and knowledge. Context is responsible for the authenticity of the identified problem. Connection fosters learners in creating links between sources and knowledge and being able to cross-reference topics The researchers collaboratively participated in the planning session (Designing tasks of varying ability levels, collecting learning resources to reinforce PBL in the lesson, and creating a lesson plan). In this study, the tasks used by the students were designed in order of complexity and addressed real-life problems. Students were required to: Define the problem Generate a set of ideas to solve the problem and later on to Choose an elaborate/refine the best idea for solving the identified problem. In each lesson, students were presented with the Creative Problem Solving (CPS) template to follow in each task. Creative Problem Solving (CPS) and Means-End analysis (MEA) are key PBL strategies that have received a lot of spotlight from different authors in this field. CPS strategy was adopted in most cases due to its straightforwardness and ease of interpretation. CPS thinking-frame i. Define the problem ii. Generate as many solutions as possible iii. Choose a solution that seems the best iv. Elaborate and refine By approaching each task according to the CPS framework, the students engaged with the steps to a Problem-Based Learning Approach. The researchers collaboratively participated in the planning session (Designing tasks of varying ability levels, collecting learning resources to reinforce PBL in the lesson, and creating a lesson plan). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study unmasked the existing potential for the acquisition of programming skills by learners as they build on the key skills of critical and innovative thinking. The use of PBL’s 3C3R model has proved to be an effective tool in improving their research and thinking skills. By engaging with the model, the learners exhibited problem-decomposition skills and analytical and problem-solving skills. This helped students to gradually apply the knowledge acquired, stretch their ability by learning the next level of knowledge and thus move into and across their Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD) to advance their skills. The effectiveness of the model is attributed to the careful planning of learning activities. The facilitator must ensure that the tasks are designed to challenge and stretch the learners thinking and that the tasks allow the learner to create connections between the problem and real life. Finally, the facilitator must ensure adherence to the model, especially at the onset. Result The t-test analysis of the pre-test and post-test produced a p-value of 0.001662, which is < 0.005 hence Problem Based Learning’s 3C3R strategy has a statistical significance in improving students’ research skills in programming. Improvements in learners’ critical thinking and planning skills By practicing with tasks of varied complexity and adhering to the CPS thinking frame, lea Learners' critical thinking was cultivated. After engaging in the 3C3R model, it was observed that learners demonstrated improved thought organization around a given challenge. 3) Improvements in learners’ Collaboration and communication skills Although the task descriptor was silent on whether the task was an individual or group task, learners were given the flexibility to consult their peers in the lesson. This allowed them to collaborate, comparing their approaches and trying to find the most optimal approach to solving the task. References 1.Abesadze, S., & Nozadze, D. (2020). Make 21st century education: The importance of teaching programming in schools. International Journal of Learning and Teaching, 6(3), 6. 2.Campbell, S. et al. (2020) ‘Purposive sampling: complex or simple? Research case examples’, Journal of research in nursing, 25(8), pp. 652–661. doi:10.1177/1744987120927206. 3.C, M. & T, B. J. (1993). Promoting active learning: Strategies for the college classroom. Biochemical Education, p. 192. 4.Curtis, S., Gesler, W., Smith, G. and Washburn, S., 2000. Approaches to sampling and case selection in qualitative research: examples in the geography of health. Social science & medicine, 50(7-8), pp.1001-1014. 5.Fielder, R. D., Woods, J. S. & A, R. (2000). The future of Engineering Education: II. Teaching Methods that Work. Chemical Engineering Education, 34(1), pp. 26-39. 6.Gallagher, S. A., Stepien, W. J., & Rosenthal, H. (1992). The effects of problem-based learning on problem solving. Gifted Child Quarterly, 36(4), 195-200. 7.Hung, W. (2006). The 3C3R model: A conceptual framework for designing problems in PBL. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-based Learning, 1(1), 6. 8.Hung, W. (2016). All PBL starts here: The problem. Interdisciplinary Journal of problem-based learning, 10(2), 2. 9.Hung, W. (2009). The 9-step problem design process for problem-based learning: Application of the 3C3R model. Educational Research Review, 4(2), 118-141. 10.Lewis, A., 1992. Group child interviews as a research tool. British Educational Research Journal, 18(4), pp.413-421. Available at https://www-jstor-org.ezproxy.nottingham.ac.uk/stable/1501300?seq=1#metadata_info_tab_contents [Accessed on 23rd February 2023] 11.Malik, A., Yuliani, Y., Rochman, C., Zakwandi, R., Ismail, A., & Ubaidillah, M. (2020, April). Optimizing students critical thinking skills related to heat topics through the model of content, context, connection, researching, reasoning, reflecting (3C3R). In Journal of Physics: Conference Series (Vol. 1521, No. 2, p. 022001). IOP Publishing. 12.Strobel, J., & Van Barneveld, A. (2009). When is PBL more effective? A meta-synthesis of meta-analyses comparing PBL to conventional classrooms. Interdisciplinary journal of problem-based learning, 3(1), 44-58. 13.Savery, J. R. (2015). Overview of problem-based learning: Definitions and distinctions. Essential readings in problem-based learning: Exploring and extending the legacy of Howard S. Barrows, 9(2), 5-15. 14.Wood, D. F. (2003). Problem based learning. Bmj, 326(7384), 328-330. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Evidence-based Solutions for Effective Professional Development and Assessment of the Transfer of its Results into Practice: Research Project’s Conceptualisation University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:Professional development as employment capital is increasingly seen from a lifelong learning perspective, providing a means for improving the quality of the workforce and retaining competent and effective staff. Such an approach can sustain individual growth and optimism and empower individuals to fulfil their potential while also contributing to society (Mackay, 2017). To achieve this goal, flexibility and accessibility are among the priorities in organising adult education, with a strong focus on facilitating employability and inclusion through adult learning (Kersh & Laczik, 2021). The transfer of professional development results of adults to practice is described in theory as a complex and multi-layered process of taking what was learned in one context and applying it effectively and continuously to new job-related contexts (Kubsch et al., 2020). A range of theories have been developed so far that conceptualise transfer of learning results into practice. The findings of the previous theoretical and empirical studies revealed that solutions for effective professional development of adults and transfer of adult learning results depend on many different factors, including contextual factors such as local culture, which affects how adults learn and whether they apply the new knowledge in their workplaces (Brion, 2023). One of the offered solutions is the Integrative Transfer of Learning model (Galoyan & Betts, 2021) with 4 dimensions identified: (a) task dimension, (b) personal dimension, (c) context dimension, and (d) pedagogical dimension. In this model, social and cultural contexts are defined as factors that explain how intercultural norms and different cultural ways of thinking may interfere with the process of communication, learning, and transfer into practice. Besides, a thorough understanding of adult perceptions and choices related to their professional development can assist service providers in developing the opportunities that adults are likely to uptake (Heckathorn & Dotger, 2023; Korsager et al., 2022). As identified by a seven-country study (Brown & Bimrose, 2018), the main drivers for learning of low-skilled adults are as follows: enhancing self-efficacy, working on self-improvement, raising the capacity to meet labour market needs, being motivated by a significant other, and advancing work-related practical skills(learning by doing). Contrary to this, an effective professional development, and hence an effective adult learning, of high-skilled professionals (e.g., teachers, managers), according to previous studies (Goldhawk & Waller, 2023; Wakefield, 2022), should meet the following criteria: it should be sustainable, active and collaborative, it should include modelling of effective practices, coaching and expert support, and feedback and reflection. High quality, easily accessible and effective professional development of teachers showed a positive and significant effect not only on teacher self-efficacy and teaching practices, but also on student learning processes and outcomes (Didion et al., 2020; Jensen & Würtz Rasmussen, 2019; Korsager et al., 2022; Murphy et al., 2020). The goal of the current research (December 22, 2023 - December 21, 2026) is to develop an evidence-based framework and propose practical solutions for effective professional development of adults and the transfer of its results into practice, offering tools for assessing the impact of professional development on practice at organisational and system levels in Latvia. The research questions leading the inquiry are as follows: What does effective professional development for adults mean and how is it implemented in Latvia? What is the most appropriate framework for ensuring effective professional development of adults at organisational and system levels in the private and public sectors in Latvia? How to evaluate or measure the process efficiency and effectiveness of transferring the results of professional development of adults to practice at an organisational and system level in Latvia? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is planned to be organised as a mixed-method design-based research including four steps. First, the preliminary or preparatory web-based qualitative research will be conducted to reveal the current situation and to acquire a more comprehensive understanding of the field in Europe and worldwide. This will include a systematic review and meta-analysis based on the protocol designed in PRISMA (Page at al., 2021) and use of the e-resources subscribed by the project applicants(e.g., databases, search tools) to explore the characteristics and universal and/or context-sensitive solutions for effective professional development of adults. It will also look into effective ways transferring training results into professional practice to identify good practice examples worldwide (case studies), transferable into the socio-cultural and legislative context of Latvia. Second, a desk research (analysis of normative documents of Latvia) followed by focus-group discussions with three different groups as follows: (a) representatives of the main adult education and professional development service providers (e.g., HEI, VET centres, high-performance institutions/enterprises as learning organisations, etc.); (b) adult learners (e.g., from the sectors enjoying the highest employment rates in Latvia (7-16%): education, trade, manufacturing, health and social care, transport and storage, etc.), and (c) representatives of NGOs, enterprises and institutions developing education policies at national and local level. Besides, a representative survey of adult learners will be conducted to identify the current situation in the field in Latvia from the perspective of practice and governmental policies. Third, after evaluating the existing experience and solutions, and analysing the existing policy priorities and ongoing reforms, the improvements or new solutions will be proposed, applying multilevel modelling and re-modelling with a design thinking approach. This will enable sketching of the first prototypes for the effective professional development of adults and assessing the transfer of its results into practice in Latvia, The expected additional outcome is a specific solution for teachers as a priority target group of the Ministry of Education and Science as well as a possible specific solution for low-skilled adults (employees) as one of the priority target groups of the Ministry of Economics. Fourth, the first prototypes will be tested, validated and updated and the final technical (digitalised) solutions will be elaborated, tested and validated using iterative, agile working methods involving design thinking and hands-on workshops. Finally, recommendations for the successful implementation of the developed practical solutions will be proposed at organisational and system levels. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes are many-sided. To begin with, implementation of a design-based research approach intends to comprise a systematic study into ways how adult professional development results are transferred into practice, what impedes this process and how the effectiveness of this process is measured. The analysis will be done against the theoretical background, relevant international experience, and the contexts and needs this sector has in Latvia. The impact of the results of current adult professional development on practices in Latvia will be analysed, considering the existing policy priorities and ongoing reforms. Then an evidence-based framework for effective professional competence development of adults and for the transfer of its results into practice will be developed, offering validated practical solutions for assessing the effectiveness of the professional development on organisational and system levels in accordance with the Latvian context and current educational policy goals. Besides, the research results will be presented in at least five international scientific conferences. It is envisaged that within the project, four articles will be submitted or accepted for publication and three articles will be published in Web of Science and/or Scopus indexed journals and proceedings. Another projected outcome, by the end of the project, is two defended Master's theses defended and one PhD thesis submitted for defence. This way the research results are expected to contribute to enhancing evidence-based decision-making on how to make professional development of adults more effective and more efficient and how to better achieve strategic education development objectives. The study is also expected to create new knowledge and practical solutions at organisational, local, and national levels. This research is funded by the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Latvia, project “Elaboration of evidence-based solutions for effective professional competence development of adults and assessment of the transfer of its results into practice in Latvia”, project No. VPP-IZM-Izglītība-2023/4-0001. References Brion, C. (2023). The impact of local culture on adult learning transfer: Implications for human resources professionals. Human Resource Development International, 26(3), 331-340. https://doi.org/10.1080/13678868.2022.2065444 Brown, A., & Bimrose, J. (2018). Drivers of learning for the low skilled. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 37(2), 151-167. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2017.1378934 Didion, L., Toste, J. R., & Filderman, M. J. (2020). Teacher professional development and student reading achievement: A meta-analytic review of the effects. Journal of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 13(1), 29-66. https://doi.org/10.1080/19345747.2019.1670884 Galoyan, T., & Betts, K. (2021). Integrative transfer of learning model and implications for higher education. The Journal of Continuing Higher Education, 69(3), 169-191. https://doi.org/10.1080/07377363.2020.1847970 Goldhawk, A., & Waller, R. (2023). Voices from the deck: Lecturers’ and middle managers’ perceptions of effective FE sector professional development. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 28(3), 485-504. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2023.2221121 Heckathorn, J., & Dotger, S. (2023). Snacks, shoulders, and sleep: Factors that influence teachers’ professional development decision-making. Professional Development in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2212680 Jensen, P., & Würtz Rasmussen, A. (2019). Professional development and its impact on children in early childhood education and care: A meta-analysis based on European studies. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(6), 935-950. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1466359 Kersh, N., & Laczik, A. (2021). Towards understanding of policy transfer and policy learning in adult education in the context of United Kingdom. Research in Comparative and International Education, 16(4), 384-404. https://doi.org/10.1177/17454999211061236 Korsager, M., Reitan, B., Dahl, M. G., Skår, A. R., & Frøyland, M. (2022). The art of designing a professional development programme for teachers. Professional Development in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2022.2038234 Kubsch, M., Touitou, I., Nordine, J., Fortus, D., Neumann, K., & Krajcik, J. (2020). Transferring knowledge in a knowledge-in-use task—Investigating the role of knowledge organization. Education Sciences, 10, 20. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10010020 Mackay, M. (2017). Professional development seen as employment capital. Professional Development in Education, 43(1), 140-155. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2015.1010015 Murphy, C., Smith, G., Mallon, B., & Redman, E. (2020). Teaching about sustainability through inquiry-based science in Irish primary classrooms: The impact of a professional development programme on teacher self-efficacy, competence and pedagogy. Environmental Education Research, 26(8), 1112-1136. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1776843 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D. et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372(71). https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Wakefield, W. (2022). Designing a research experience for teachers: Applying features of effective professional development to a hybrid setting. Teacher Development, 26(4), 514-530. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2022.2095007 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Intensive Practical Lessons (Advanced Level) and Its Impact on Improving the Research Skills of Students NIS Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The results of summative assessment and practical work testify to the insufficient level of formation of research skills among 12th grade students. A low percentage of completion was observed in those tasks where it was necessary to provide reasonable conclusions and alternative solutions based on the interpretation and evaluation of the data. This problem determined the purpose of this experimental study is to evaluate the effect of intensive practical lessons on students’ educational achievements in exams in physics and biology.This study was conducted among 12th grade students in the intellectual schools of Mangystau region, Kazakhstan. The study involved 27 students . The students were taught using the system,consisting of three types of practical lessons: a laboratory workshop, a workshop on the study of physical processes based on computer simulation, and a workshop on problem solving.All three types of practical lessons are built on the basis of the scientific method of understanding nature. Lessons-workshops are united by a single structure, scheme, scientific method of cognition, educational and research activities. Research in education has shown that integrating theory with experiment has many benefits, including developing research skills and understanding of scientific concepts and theories (Fadzil & Saat, 2013; Schwichow, Zimmerman, Croker & Härtig, 2016). The following research questions were selected for the study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used a quasi-experimental design before and after testing using quantitative approaches and the plan-do-learn-act PDSA action research model. For a period of seven weeks, the control group students (27students) were taught using the intensive practical method in the laboratory. In this experimental study, the independent variable was the practical work undertaken by students in the school’s laboratory, and the dependent variable was the academic attainment of the participants. To measure the dependent variable, a test was administered prior to participating in the scientific practical activities (pre-test), and after the completion of the activities (post-test). Then a comparison between the pre-test and post-test scores was done to assess the effectiveness of the intervention (practical activities). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of students' work showed a significant difference between the academic performance of students who taught science using practical activities. So 98% of students received a high mark on the test results. This indicates an increase in numerical indicators by 43%. The results of our study shows that the integration of science through experiment has a positive effect on students academic achievement. References Abdi, A. (2014). The Effect of Inquiry-based Learning Method on Students’ Academic Achievement in Science Course. Universal Journal of Educational Research, [Online] 2(1), 37-41. Available from: https://doi.org/10.13189/ujer.2014.020104 (Accessed: 15 March 2019). Abrahams, I., & Millar, R. (2008). Does practical work really work? A study of the effectiveness of practical work as a teaching and learning method in school science. International Journal of Science Education, 30(14), 1945-1969. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500690701749305 -212- Journal of Technology and Science Education – https://doi.org/10.3926/jotse.888 Anderson, H.M (n.d). Dale’s Cone of Experience [Online]. Available from: http://www.queensu.ca/teachingandlearning/modules/active/documents/Dales_Cone_of_Experience_summary. pdf (Accessed: 15th March 2019). Aydogdu, C. (2015). Science and technology teachers’ views about the causes of laboratory accidents. International Journal of Progressive Education, 11(3), 106-120. Birk, J.P., & Foster, J. (1993). The importance of lecture in general chemistry course performance. Journal of Chemical Education, 70, 180-182. https://doi.org/10.1021/ed070p180 Boyuk, U., Demir, S., & Erol, M. (2010). Analyzing the proficiency views of science and Technology teachers on laboratory studies in terms of different variables. TUBAV Bilim Dergisi, 3(4),. 342-349. Brooks, J.G., & Brooks, M. (1999). In Search of Understanding: The Case for Constructivist. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Developing Students' Reading Skills in Concept-Based Inquiry Activities NIS Kazakhstan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In this study, a comparison of students' levels of academic activity was conducted based on a concept that explores the development of educational skills. According to the results of the international PISA test (2022), it was revealed that the level of students' academic activity in the areas of mathematics and creativity turned out to be low. This indicates that the level of educational skills is at a low level, particularly in terms of analysis, synthesis, and evaluation, according to Bloom's taxonomy. As a solution to the problem, research was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktobe for a year. The main reason for choosing this topic was to enhance students' educational skills by employing advanced methods in the subjects of history and geography, as well as establishing connections with humanitarian subjects to expand their knowledge. The goal of the study was to develop students' educational skills and promote the application of knowledge in life through the use of advanced methods in the subjects of history and geography. Empirical research methods were utilized in the study. By interviewing and monitoring the lesson, quantitative data were collected, as well as qualitative indicators from students were obtained. First and foremost, the results of the international PISA test (2015, 2018, 2022) were examined. The survey was conducted through the Microsoft Forms platform, with the participation of 123 students. Project-based learning, problem-based learning (PBL) and Formative.com were utilized as platforms. The research findings were presented at the school's methodological council. The research topic is the development of reading skills in high school students based on data analysis through a conceptual framework. Reading literacy is a technology of intellectual development, a way of assimilation of culture, an intermediary in communication, a means of solving life problems. Initially, the results of the international PISA test conducted in 2022 in Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools were analyzed. According to the results of the exam in mathematics, reading, and natural sciences, a low level of reading skills was observed in schools in Kazakhstan, the OECD, and NIS. The study involved 35 schools from 20 countries, including 16 students from NIS. It can be seen from the data that Aktobe NIS occupies the 19th place. Compared to 2015, where NIS ranked 492, and 511 in 2018, there is growth, and in 2022, it reached an average score of 490. In 2018, the students' results were high. Among the 20 NIS schools participating in the study, it is evident that reading skills, compared to all NIS, decreased by 508, and in 2022, by 483, indicating a gap of -25. In NIS schools, it is noticeable that PISA increased by 39 points compared to PISA - 2015 and PISA - 2022. In terms of reading, PISA - 2015 and PISA - 2018 increased by 19 points, while PISA - 2022 decreased by 21 points, and natural sciences decreased by 19 points. Therefore, based on the results of the international PISA test from 2015 to 2022, NIS students exhibit a low level of reading skills. This, of course, should be aimed primarily at developing reading skills through working with texts when acquiring subject knowledge beyond students' classroom activities. To initiate our research, we decided to attend classes and interview students in order to determine the level of reading skills in the research activities of 10th grade students. Access to the lesson was provided at various stages of the class. In order to address the issue, 10th-grade students at Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktobe were tasked with developing reading skills through data analysis based on conceptual learning in geography and the history of Kazakhstan lessons. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on Bloom's taxonomy, we directed the analysis of data using students' reading skills to develop higher-order thinking skills in their research activities. One of the teaching methods employed was project-based research work. During the lessons, we assigned tasks in the same direction to develop high-level thinking skills, such as analysis, differentiation, and evaluation. We know that through this method, our students were able to share their projects with classmates, work on texts to develop reading skills. Using this method, our students learned to reference authors, compare and process data from the internet, encyclopedias, newspapers and magazines, textbooks, using them as evidence. Surveys were conducted among the students using this method. "Has the method of project-based learning contributed to the formation of high-level thinking skills in research activities?" In response to question 38,3 % of students, indeed, stated that they learned to work with data, analyze them, and express their opinions using this method, while 25.2 % claimed that the cognitive significance of initiating the research search had a greater impact on the defense and analysis of the project. The second selected method is PBL, is an approach to education based on knowledge discovery that can be applied in real-life situations. This method stimulates students to learn and contributes to the development of research skills. Cites that problem-based learning fosters students' ability to work in groups, critical thinking, independent research, and the formation of communicative and reading skills. The innovative method, which directs the student to independent work, increases the activity of students in solving given tasks, adapts to the conclusions from the textbook and teacher training. The next method, based on the development of reading skills, is called the "Three Phases of Reading." In the first phase, "understanding the text, determining meaning, and content," students were given a text and tasked with identifying keywords, matching, finding facts, and summarizing the text. The second phase is "differentiating meaning, interpreting the text," involving regulation, comparison, and analysis, summarizing in the general context. The third phase is "internalizing acquired knowledge and conveying individual content." Students make predictions about the text, draw conclusions, model, and suggest ways to apply the information in life. This method was observed to systematically develop students' reading skills: working with texts. As a result, the skills of data analysis, analysis and evaluation have been formed, which has a positive effect on research work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the last stage of Action Research, a test was obtained to determine how well students developed reading skills based on the study. The test tasks were offered closed, open, identification, with a sequence of correct answers. As a result, the lower one is 11%, the middle one is 43%, and the high one is 46%. "How do you want the teacher to suggest reading assignments during the lesson? “continuous text” - 45%, “non-continuous text” - 55%. "To what extent did the reader's tasks proposed on the basis of the study contribute to the formation of your skills of differentiation, analysis, and evaluation?" low - 15%, medium-33%, high-52%. The results of the conducted research contributed to achieving the research goal. In the future, we will consider research activities based on the PISA results, consulting with colleagues teaching linguistics, and exploring new strategies and methods to foster the development of reading skills in students. Now we consider it advisable to use the "cluster" method. This is a way of organizing textual information graphically. The methodology allows for refining the cognitive processes that arise when working with the text and develops non-standard forms of thinking – spontaneous reflexive, associative thinking. We believe that the method contributes to students' ability to search for important information in the text, identify images associated with the idea, fact, or theme along with the keyword, comprehensively develop students related to the topic in a graphical sense, critical thinking, and application of theoretical knowledge in real life. The improvement in students' performance was tracked through assignments for working with texts in the 10th-grade internal summative assessment. It was found that in reading skills assignments, students, using text processing strategies, received high grades. The learning quality of students participating in the research ranged from 80% to 100% compared to the previous year. References 1.PISA-2022, Results of PISA-2022, Intellectual Schools, (2022), Astana 2.Vygotsky L.S. The Problem of Cultural Development of the Child // Moscow University Psychology Bulletin. Issue number 14. -1991. -№ 4. -P. 5-19. 3.Nilson L.B. (2010). Teaching at Its Best: A Research-Based Resource for College Instructors (2nd ed.). San Francisco, California: Jossey-Bass. 4.L.V. Rozhdestvenskaya, I.A. Logvina. Formation of Functional Reading Skills. Teacher's Guide. 5.Shulman L.S. (2007) Good teaching. Box content in S.Loeb, C.Rouse &A.Shorris (Eds), Introducing the Issue, in the future of children,17(1), 6-7. 6.Based on the book by Povarnin S. B. How to Read Books (1970). http://www.reader.boom.ru/povarnin/read.htm 7.Gardner H. (2006) Multiple intelligences: New horizons. New York , NY: Basic Books. 8.Logvina I.A., Maltseva-Zamkovaya N.V. From Text to Text. Methodical Tips for Teachers and Parents. – Tln.: Argo, 2010 9.Mercer N. and Littleton K. (2007) Dialogue and the Development of Children's Thinking (a sociocultural approach) NY: Routedge. 10.Mushtavinskaya I. V. Technology for Developing Critical Thinking in the Lesson and Teacher Training System. "KARO" Publishing house, 2018. 11.Okon V. Fundamentals of Problem-Based Learning. -M: Prosveshchenie, 1968. 12.Vorontsov A.B. The practice of developmental learning according to the system of D.B.Elkonin-V.V. Davydova.-M.: CPRO "Personality development", 1998. 13.Davydov V.V. Activity theory of thinking. -M.: ”Scientific world” publishing house, 2005. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Enhancing Students’ Academic Attainment Using The “Flipped Classroom” Method. 1Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 3Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 4Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 5Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This research work aims to investigate the capacity of the Flipped classroom method to enhance the academic performance of student groups (grade 11) at Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) – Aktau. NIS is a trilingual school where subjects in the primary stages are taught in Kazakh and Russian and where English is the teaching medium in grades 11 and 12. It was noticed that the students in grade 11 had difficulties formulating clear answers, in English, to educational and structural questions. The quality of students ' knowledge and their ability to communicate their understanding is considered one of the most important factors for their admission to an educational institution. To find solutions to enhance the learning quality and to motivate students, it was planned to use the "Flipped classroom" method. This allowed students to complete written tasks during the lesson, analyse difficulties more independently, and eliminate difficulties by comparing answers with other students. To carry out this method, subject teachers created video lessons, uploaded them to the Teams Microsoft platform and presented them to students in advance. The students were taught this method for the next three weeks. It has been observed that student’s participation in the class is acceptable to a certain extent as compared with classes run through conventional teaching methods. It was also noticed that students use more independent learning techniques such as using scientific dictionaries, Also, it was observed that overall tested classes showed slightly lower results in students who had difficulty self-learning and did not complete the video lessons. In today's rapidly changing age, the influence of technology on human life, including in the field of education, plays a very high role. The versatility of independent search and development of a person can be evidenced by the fact that people achieve success, in particular, because of technology-oriented methods. American Scientists Maureen Lage, Glenn Platt and Michael Treglia introduced their very extensive experience in the field of education in 2000. The concept introduced by the scientists was that "a flipped classroom was what had traditionally determined that events that took place inside the class could now also take place outside it, and its effectiveness."[1]. In our case study, due to studying in different languages, and high expectations of performance, the desire to equip the students with tools for self-learning, we anticipated that The "Flipped classroom" method was a good candidate to address these needs. An important feature of the chosen method is the combined learning model, which is integrated with tasks based on the consolidation of the knowledge gained by the teacher, presenting educational materials for training to students in advance. Scientists theoretically put forward this method. As an applicable concept, in 2007, two chemistry teachers named Aaron Sams and Jonathan Bergmann began recording their presentations using a video program. They uploaded videos online to help those who missed classes. It was observed that these videos helped students overcome difficulties and aided students who had difficulties in experiments. With the development of the internet, the flipped classroom began to gain popularity in North America. [2] Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method used was method reported by to Brian Goodwin and Kirsten Miller, the flipped classroom helps students to identify challenging issues in the subject while familiarizing themselves with the curriculum in advance. All tasks assigned to students are carried out in three interrelated stages: first, before starting a new lesson topic, students familiarize themselves with the video lesson shown by the teacher's guide. In the second stage, when the students come to the classroom, the teacher gives them tasks for the new lesson, and the students try to complete those tasks without the help of the teacher. In the third stage, students discuss the completed tasks among themselves and with the teacher through a question-and-answer column and determine the easy and difficult tasks. As a result of this activity, students can find answers to questions from simple to complex levels while increasing their activity. [3] Students were surveyed for their opinions and satisfaction and the results of the term studied through “Flipped class mode, were compared with the previous term results that were studied through the traditional teaching method. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a result of the research work, 40% of the students encountered the most difficulties while completing the task. 20% of the students said that they did not understand the topic. At the end of the study, 90% of the students said that they watched the video lessons, and before the study, 73% of the students demanded the teacher's explanation, now only 40% indicated that the teacher's explanation is necessary. According to the results of the interview, students believe that it is effective to perform complex structural tasks during the lesson. The method of "flipped class" had a positive effect on the student's complete mastery of a particular topic through independent search. However, due to the students ' dissipation, it was observed that some students faced difficulties in completing the tasks proposed during the lesson. Thanks to this method, we were able to improve the functional literacy of students. At the same time, it was noted that students use academic dictionaries more widely during the lesson and when writing formative assessments compared to previous quarter lessons. Traditionally, the "flipped class" method of Education has played a great role in assessing students, not only saving the teacher's time but also increasing the number of built-in methods during the lesson. Modern people believe that instead of video explanations, which take a long time to obtain certain information, it is better to look at video materials containing short and accurate information. Therefore, to improve this research work, we plan to determine how much students learn educational materials by changing video explanations to a shorter format. We also pay attention to the fact that before sending the video material on a new topic to students, they are asked questions that require a search on the topic. References 1.MaureenLage, Glenn Platt, Michael Treglia. (2000). Inverting the classroom: A gateway to creating an inclusive learning environment. Journal of Economic Education, 31, 30-43. 2.Aaron Sams, Jonathan Bergmann. (2014). Flip Your Classroom: Reach Every Student in Every Class Every Day. Beijing: China Youth Press 3.Bryan Goodwin, Kirsten Miller. (2013). Evidence on Flipped Classroom is Still Coming in. Educational Leadership, 6, 78- 80 4.Dr. K. Plunkett Jacob Beckerman. (2014). The Flipped Classroom - A Teacher's Complete Guide: Theory Implementation and Advice. Washington State: Amazon Digital Services LLC. 5.Milman, Natalie B. (2012). The flipped classroom strategy: What is it and how can it best be used? Greenwich: Distance Learning 6.Zhang Renxian. (2014). Flipping Classroom Model and Teaching Transition. Beijing: World Knowledge Press 7.Zhang Jinlei. (2013). An Analysis on the Key Factors of Flipped Classroom Teaching Model. Distance Education in China, 10, 59-64. 8.Matthew Ogles, Brent Bogan. (2014). Flipping the Classroom-Unconventional Classroom: A Comprehensive Guide to Constructing the Classroom of the future. New York: U.C. Publishing. 9.Jacob Lowell Bishop. (2013). The Flipped Classroom: A Survey of the Research. 120th ASEE Annual Conference & Exposition. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Developing of Academic Speaking Skills in the Physics subject of 11th Grade Students. AEO NIS, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Nowadays any field of enterprise demands innovative and informative specialists with a comprehensive knowledge of the international languages. The future specialists are founded for the knowledge acquisition at school. The main purposeful mission of the educational policy of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools is to bring up future Kazakhstan citizens with deep knowledge, educate speaking skills of three languages, appreciate the culture of their country and respect the other countries culture of global vision. The NIS's trilingual training policy is said: “Studying subjects in Kazakh, Russian and English contributes to expanding access to supplementary information, new development prospects and a deeper understanding of other cultures. Grateful of the created trilingual sphere is increased students' potential, flexibility, critical and creative thinking, intercultural relationship, the ability of respect themselves and others also desire learning language skills”. In Russian and one Kazakh groups of 11th grades studying Physics in English is mastered in the content of Physics is going to propose research work carried out in the 2019-2020 academic year to determine the effectiveness of the CLIL technology in the developing of scientific and students’ language skills. Due to the fact the need of researching is firstly, students in the 11th grade have difficulties in expressing their thoughts using keywords in the implementation of Physics tasks and speaking the academic language, secondly, in previous years, when analyzing of the 12th grade students’ results of the external summative assessment exam, we noticed that the indicators for the 2nd component were lower. In accordance to the course of the studying a wide range of CLIL methods were selected according to the content of the lesson developed skills were identified by a series of sequential lessons were taught with the purpose of training. The 11th grade students who participated in the studying showed 100 percent quality in the external quantity assessment as a result of the 2020-2021 academic year. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to establish a meaningful dialogue in English, various interactive methods have been introduced into our practice. To discuss the theory and test the readiness of students for homework, the method of "mixed" (Mingle) activated learning was used. According to the rules, each student was given a sheet with questions on the topic. The student asks the written questions to other students and identifies the students who know the answer. In order to support students in asking questions, they were given the necessary phrases for compiling sentences. For example: “Find someone who know/ answer/ explain.”, etc. As a result of the dialogue, students are developed the ability to ask oral questions in English, the content was discussed during the dialogue between two students. When applying this method, it was advantageous for the teacher to intervene and participate in a group of students, since it was possible for us to obtain more information when we participate as part of it, as opposed to observing the process from the outside. This was a very effective method, since it was necessary to raise the level of our own in English. Its effectiveness is due not only to the consolidation of the student's theoretical knowledge, but also to the fact that through their interaction with each other, the skills of oral speech, through the use of high-level questions, the cognitive skills of the student were developed. In addition, students’ assessment of each other was carried out and the effectiveness of the method increased. Another example is the following task, which was used when describing graphs in the “Kinematics” section. One of the methods used in kinematics to develop the skill of describing graphs is “Pictionary”, when one of the two students in a pair tells the characteristics of the graph and the other draws the graph according to their listening. Using this method, the student's listening skills are developed and subject knowledge is improved through language. The use of academic vocabulary in lessons has played an important role in understanding the concepts taught in the subject. In order for students to understand the culture of the subject and prepare a comparative analysis of the practical application of theory on the topic in life situations, the task was given to lead a small study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To sum up, we would like to draw the following concept: the use of CLIL technology in English classes, first of all, a subject studied in a second language, increases the competence of teachers’ speaking English. As a result of it students also academic language skills are developed. Research has shown that deliberate, precise keyword learning strategies can replenish students ' vocabulary and improve their understanding of reading texts containing the same words. In the course of using the above methods, it was possible for students to learn content, exchange information and establish relationships with others during differentiation. And linking theory with life and analyzing the directions of its application in practice contributed to the development of students ' research culture. References 1.The NIS's trilingual training policy 2.Do Coyle, 2007. “Content and Language Integrated Learning: Towards a Connected Research Agenda for CLIL Pedagogies”. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 10:5, 543-562, DOI: 10.2167/beb459.0 3.De Graaff, R. et al. 2007. “An Observation Tool for Effective L2 Pedagogy in Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL)”. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 10/5, 603-624. 4.The main results of research on the CLIL project in Taraz State Pedagogical University, Kozhamzharova D.P., Issabekova G.B. , Duisenova N.T., Akhmetova A., Eskermesova G/ Practical Languages department, Philology 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster Developing Students' Skills of Analysis and Synthesis using the "Algorithmization" Method Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktobe Presenting Author:Among the research skills of students, analysis and synthesis, and the weakness of the justification of the method or the answer used in the performance of the assignment when writing papers in natural subjects, are the most common problems. This, in turn, indicates that students experience difficulties in solving problems assigned to high-order thinking skills. In this regard, after considering the theoretical materials on pedagogical methods and tools that develop analysis and synthesis skills, it was planned to study the effectiveness of the "algorithmization" method among high school students according to age characteristics.The problem of this study is based on "The development of analysis and synthesis among students by the method of "algorithmization". The study aims to conduct experimental classes to complete tasks using the "algorithmization" method in mathematics lessons for high school students and to determine how this method influences the development of their analysis and synthesis skills. The study concludes that the method of "algorithmization" affects the systematization of students' thoughts and the development of analysis and synthesis skills. In order to use the "algorithm" method in the classroom, students learn new material in advance, study various methods related to the mathematical model of the task or problems, take into account all variables, quantities, and parameters, link the stages of solving the problem in a logical sequence. Shaikina and Sapozhnikova (2016) writes that "the involvement of students in the creation of an algorithm is, in turn, a variant of heuristic learning". Shaikina and Sapozhnikova (2016) writes that "the involvement of students in the creation of an algorithm is, in turn, a variant of heuristic learning". Temerbekova (2019) shows a connection between the "algorithm method" and analysis and synthesis (p.214). Blinova and Vasilyeva (2014) state that this method affects the individualization and strengthening of the learning process in accordance with the modern education system.. Pushkareva et al. (2017) reveal the need for the "algorithm" method of high school students for their future professions since "A modern engineer needs to have high potential cognitive abilities, including algorithmic thinking, to solve complex technological and professional problems". In traditional classes, the teacher shows the steps for solving an algorithm or problem and pays attention to the student's correct execution of these algorithm steps. This is called algorithmic learning. A peculiar feature of the method in this study is that the student creates an algorithm for the general situation while performing various tasks. The difference between algorithmic learning and algorithm creation is that the first method encourages students to perform a particular method step by step like a "robot" without thinking. In contrast, the second method aims at the student's creativity. This study, in the form of action research, allowed us to get answers to questions such as "What is the effectiveness of using the "algorithmization" method, which develops the skills of analysis and synthesis, influencing the development of student's skills and abilities, and what are its effective and ineffective sides?" The research hypothesis was that the algorithmic method positively impacted the development of students' analytical and synthesis skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The object of the study is the 12th-grade students who studied in the school in the years 2020 and 2023. The research project employed the study of a series of mathematics lessons within the framework of a qualitative paradigm as a methodology. In a series of lessons, students were offered tasks as experiments: creating algorithms, supplementing algorithms by filling in the missing parts, analyzing created algorithms, and determining an effective template algorithm from them. The results of previous classes and student achievements were considered when planning a series of lessons. This, in turn, has made it possible to adapt the use of the "algorithmization" method to the students' individual abilities. The series of classes included the topics of "the argument and the module of a complex number," "the differential equations," "the geometric interpretation of complex numbers," and "the modeling processes using differential equations." For example, when finding the argument of a complex number, students were tasked with finding different algorithms for different cases, depending on the location of complex numbers in different quarters. The data collection required for the study included systematic observations, interviews, videos, and student test scores. These methods have made it possible to collect a wide range of data for analysis and evaluation. Written tests were taken to determine the levels of analytic and synthetic activity skills of students before and after the experiment. These works were evaluated using criteria and indicators that determine the levels of analytic and synthetic skills [taken from 6th literature source], which made it possible to determine and compare the levels of students' skills. The tasks were designed with a focus on indicators of analytic and synthetic activity skills, i.e., "breaks the whole into parts, creates a connection between the parts of the whole, builds a whole from parts, finds an error and explains its cause." Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first research question is "How effective is "algorithmization" in developing students' analytic and synthetic activity skills? The answer to the question: "Algorithmization" tasks have contributed to developing students' analytic and synthetic activity skills. The results of the control work obtained before and after the experiment show that there was an increase in the indicators of "breaks the whole into parts, creates a connection between the parts of the whole, finds an error and explains its cause," but not the "builds a whole from parts." The student interviews conducted at the end of the learning experience cycle, their written work, and an analysis of lessons in each cycle allowed us to answer the second research question. The benefits of "algorithmization" methods are: - The increase of interest for students who love computer science or programming; - effectively organizes the tasks for "algorithmization" at the stages of generalization and conclusion; - effectively transforms "algorithmization" tasks and differentiates them depending on the abilities and interests of students. Ineffective points: - not all students are interested in the method; - it is impossible to use for any topic and learning objectives; - there are almost no tasks for the "algorithmization" method in mathematical didactic tools; - it takes substantial time in class. The "algorithmization" method affects the systematization of students' thoughts and the development of analytic and synthetic activity skills. Due to the time the "algorithmization" method takes, creative tasks can be provided to the students as a supplement. These findings result from an experiment on 12th-grade NIS students drawn from two classes. The teachers who researched the "algorithmization" method said, "This method has a positive impact on the development of analytic and synthetic activity skills." References [1] Blinova, T., & Vasilyeva, O. (2014). ALGORITHMS OF THE SOLUTION OF EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC INEQUALITIES AS THE BASIS OF SYSTEM APPROACH TO THE STATEMENT OF THE MATHEMATICS COURSE AT PREPARATORY FACULTY. Vestnik of the Tula State University: Modern Educational Technologies, 13, 19-21. [1] Pushkaryeva, T. P., Stepanova, T. A., & Kalitina, V. V. (2017). DIDADTIC TOOLS FOR THE STUDENTS’ ALGORITHMIC THINKING DEVELOPMENT. The Education and Science Journal, 19(9), 126–143. https://doi.org/10.17853/1994-5639-2017-9-126-143 [3] Shaikina, V., & Sapozhnikova, N. (Eds.). (2016). Algorithmization of learning in mathematics as a key to developing metakognitive competences. Science Symbol: An International Scientific Journal, 6-2(18), 216-19 [4] Temerbekova, A. A. (2019). The adaptive system of teaching students mathematics using algorithmic schemes. Vestnik of the Mari State University, 13(2), 214–219. https://doi.org/10.30914/2072-6783-2019-13-2-214-219 [5] Temerbekova, A., Leushina, I., & Baikunakova, G. (Eds.). (2018). ALGORITHMIC APPROACH TO THE USE OF THE PROJECT METHOD IN VARIOUS EDUCATIONAL SYSTEMS. Distance Learning Technologies Conference, 117-123 [6] Bezunova T, Richter T, Sugrobova N, Chugainova L, Shestakova L. 2017. Types of working in forming analytic and synthetic activity skills in teaching the algebra course. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Sciences, and Technology Education 13(11):72577267 |
12:45 - 13:30 | 12 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 14 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster P2T Community: Erasmus+ Project To Close The Gap Between Migrant Parents And Schools University of Applied Sciences VIVES, Belgium Presenting Author:Literature shows that parent involvement is associated with the cognitive development, academic achievements and well-being of children (Turney & Kao, 200; Okeke, 2014). When parents are involved in school, a partnership can develop between teachers and parents, allowing the child to be monitored by both parties (Crosnoe, 2010; El-Hilali & Al-Rashidi, 2015; Turney & Kao, 2009). However, the engagement of parents is frequently assessed through a predominantly one-dimensional lens, which centres on the school’s perspective (De Mets et al., 2018). In other words, schools prescribe what parents should and can do in order to be considered as 'involved parents', including expectations about presence during formal school meetings, checking the child's agenda, etc. Parents who do not meet these expectations are often considered as 'not involved enough' or as 'difficult to reach parents'.
Yet, research consistently demonstrates that parents want to be involved in their child’s education, but not all parents have the tools to do so or there may experience barriers. This is particularly the case for newcomers who have limited or no knowledge of the education system in the host country. They may encounter financial, practical, cultural and social barriers that prevent them to fully engage in their children’s education (Schneider & Arnot, 2018). Common barriers include difficult working hours, the care of siblings, difficulties to support their child’s schoolwork, insufficient resources and knowledge and language barriers in overall communication.
To address the barriers that prevent migrant parents from being involved in school, this Erasmus+ project aims at bridging the gap between newcomer parents and elementary schools. This European consortium consists of seven partners from Belgium, Italy, Greece, Austria and Slovenia. The question underlying this project reads as follows: Can co-creative and interactive workshops in primary education, targeting newcomer parents bridge the gap between elementary schools and parents?
The project aims to provide non-formal education to migrant parents who are most often unfamiliar with the education systems of their new host countries. It strives to empower migrant parents by identifying, creating and applying tailored methods that help improve these parents’ host country language, digital skills and knowledge of the educational system, thereby enabling them to better support their children’s learning, to effectively collaborate with school and to integrate in the local community.
The project also seeks to improve the professional knowledge of school staff concerning the challenges of those parents and enhancing their culturally sensitive competencies in order to better support them. It does so by organizing dialogue with migrant parents, and by providing them with tools and training on how to engage with and communicate with this target group. In this way the project makes a cross fertilization between elementary education education and adult education. Moreover, via mobilities and international events, teachers get the chance to exchange with and learn from colleagues in other countries.
Children are a secondary target group via cross-generational impact, meaning that the improved knowledge and skills of parents will have an indirect impact on the children’s learning.
The customized workshops for parents departs from a non-traditional perspective on parental involvement, meaning that we move beyond deficit thinking and aim at mutual understanding between school and migrant families whereby existing knowledge and skills of the parents are recognized and valued. This creates opportunities for parents to explore similarities and differences between their new and origin countries and to build bridges between the two experiences. Methodologically, it adopts a co-creation approach to engage migrant parents in both the understanding of their real needs and the development of new models for the participatory empowerment of the migrant family unit. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the first phase of the study, a literature study was carried out for each country, which included the latest figures and literature on the topic of parental involvement. Desk research was also conducted to collect best practices. At the same time, semi-structured interviews were conducted with migrant parents (n=75) to capture their needs in relation to their children’s education and their own involvement. In addition, elementary education teachers completed a survey about their experience with parent involvement of non-native or migrant parents at school (n=75). The results were compiled in a transnational report and served as the basis for developing the interactive workshops. As this project also wants to focus on sharpening teachers' cultural sensitivity, a training event was organized. In this training, teachers were trained how to communicate and set up interactive workshops with parents based on the principles of a learning community where all participants are equal. After the training program, a series of eight workshops were organized with migrant parents in five elementary schools (n=75). In the workshops, the joint methodology was used to increase empowerment of migrant parents and improve their language and digital skills, and knowledge of the educational system.Thereby enabling parents to better support their children’s learning. The interactive workshops were evaluated by implementing a short survey after each workshop both for parents and teachers. Facilitators were asked to keep an evaluation log where they could fill in the results of this survey, but also write down their own findings. Besides the logs, there was a midterm evaluation meeting and end-evaluation meeting organized. Based on the analysis of the logs, the mid-term evaluation and the end evaluation an evaluation report was made up. This report evaluated how the workshops have contributed to knowledge increase, language improvement and sense of wellbeing among migrant parents. To disseminate the lessons learnt, these will be captured in a handbook that will be widely distributed amongst a broader group of parents, teaching and social professionals. To enhance the impact and foster the sustainability, an online cross-border Community of Practice (CoP) was developed for elementary education professionals and facilitators of the workshops about engaging with migrant parents. This CoP helps improve the professional knowledge of school staff concerning the challenges of migrant families, enhances their culturally sensitive competencies, and strengthens the interactive pilots in the CoP, participants will exchange good practices, are able to post questions and share ideas. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Within this project, we reached more than 75 unique parents, across five different elementary school, by conducting the workshops. The workshops given addressed the following themes: Rapport building - teachers and parents; School system & School life; Communication with teachers & schools; Learning material for home & digital skills; Grants; Subsidies & digital skills; Parents' rights and obligations and Other. This project expects to empower migrant parents by offering the workshops grafted on the parents' needs. In addition, this project expects to see an improvement in digital skills, language skills and knowledge about the educational system in the migrant parents. Moreover, this project also indirectly hopes to benefit the children of parents with a migrant background by supporting their parents in guiding their learning process. We also expect to strengthen the culturally sensitive skills of the educators and other school staff. By disseminating all our lessons learned and materials on the CoP, the project seeks to inspire teachers to implement these techniques at their schools. We have created an online community within the CoP in which teachers, but also social workers and others interested can share experiences, consult best practices, comment on each other’s practices, etc. 40 teaching and social organizations participated in the CoP with more than 100 participants for the five partner countries. References Crosnoe, R., Ansari, A., Purtell, K. M., & Wu, N. (2016). Latin American Immigration, Maternal Education, and Approaches to Managing Children’s Schooling in the United States. Journal of Marriage and Family, 78(1), 60–74. https://doi.org/10.1111/jomf.12250 De Mets, J., Peleman, B., Seghers, M., Vervaet, V. & Van Laere, K. (2018) Warm, welkom en wederkerig. Naar een goede ouder-schoolsamenwerking. Inspiratieboek voor kleuteronderwijs. Gent: VBJK / SDL / UGent. Schneider, C., & Arnot, M. (2018). Transactional school-home-school communication: Addressing the mismatches between migrant parents’ and teachers’ views of parental knowledge, engagement and the barriers to engagement. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 10–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.05.005 Turney, K., & Kao, G. (2009). Barriers to School Involvement: Are Immigrant Parents Disadvantaged? The Journal of Educational Research (Washington, D.C.), 102(4), 257–271. https://doi.org/10.3200/JOER.102.4.257-271 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster Newcomer Parents' Perspectives in Family-school Partnerships 1Utrecht University of Applied Sciences/Utrecht University, The Netherlands; 2Radboud University, Nijmegen, The Netherlands Presenting Author:For children’s academic and socio-emotional development, cooperation between teachers and parents is supportive (Bakker et al., 2013; Epstein, 2020). Governments therefore encourage teachers to invest in Family-School Partnerships (Thompson et al., 2018). Family-School Partnerships (FSP) are defined as "child-focused approaches, wherein families and professionals cooperate, coordinate, and collaborate to enhance opportunities and success for children and adolescents across social, emotional, behavioral, and academic domains" (Sheridan & Kim, 2015, p.5). Building Family-School Partnerships requires specific teacher competencies (Bakker et al., 2013; Epstein, 2020; Willemse et al., 2017), especially in the education of newcomers. When working together with newcomer parents, teachers experience specific challenges, such as different language practices, cultural identities, and expectations regarding mutual responsibilities (Antony-Newman, 2017; Bakker et al., 2013; McWayne et al., 2019). These experiences stress the need for further professional development. Research on the difficulties teachers experience in establishing FSP in multilingual contexts reveal that they attribute the difficulties to linguistic, cultural, attitudinal, practical, socio-economic and political factors (Antony-Newman, 2019; Bakker et al., 2013; Goedhart et al., 2024). Researchers call for more research into successful practices to move beyond deficit discourses (Gouwens & Hendrikson, 2021) and to support teachers and teacher professionalization (Epstein, 2020; Antony-Newman, 2019). For building FSP it is considered necessary to know the cultural and family sources (Moll et al., 2005), otherwise there is a risk of missing "powerful information about home-based practices and routines, families' funds of knowledge and other aspects of children's out-of-school lives that can form a basis of engaging" (McWayne, 2021, 16:54). It is important to evaluate the perspectives of members of ethnocultural communities as "a matter of scholarly rigor and responsibility" (Hall et al., 2016, p. 41), particularly in research and practice in ethnocultural communities, which are underrepresented in conceptual frameworks and research studies (Antony-Newman, 2019; Hall et al., 2016; Wayne et al., 2019). The challenges teachers experience in building FSP in a multilingual context require responsiveness of teacher attitudes and communication (Bakker et al., 2013). In a previous study, we have asked experienced primary teachers in newcomer education to share successful experiences in establishing FSP and to elaborate on what these experiences meant to their attitude and communication (Goedhart et al., 2024). Participating teachers considered learning processes resulting in trust, understanding and agreement particularly as positive experiences in building FSP. They used different approaches depending on the needs of parents and their own motives, role perception and available time. Their attitude was characterized by being inviting, understanding, diligent, willing to learn, responsible and cooperative and in their communication, they made choices about which languages to use, the purpose, the channel, the setting, the conversation techniques, and their non-verbal communication. This input from teachers is valuable to design a relevant teacher professionalization program, but it lacks parents’ perspective and their experiences with FSP. Knowledge about parents' perspectives may provide additional insights for teacher education. Parents can give us valuable information from their experiences about the role of teachers in building FSP in a multilingual context, more specifically regarding teachers’ attitude and communication. This information can be used to prepare teachers to build partnerships with parents and address the specific challenges they experience in building FSP in a multilingual context. In this study we focused on newcomer parents’ experiences in their interactions with teachers, in search of answers to the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In 2023/2024, an interpretive study was conducted with narrative interviews with twelve parents from five different primary schools for newcomer education. All schools had FSP as a focus. They paid extra attention to professionalization, facilities and activities aimed at FSP. The parents came from Syria, Eritrea, and Ukraine, which represent the largest newcomer groups in the Netherlands (Bisschop et al., 2020). The parents had about one year of experience with Dutch education. Parents were invited to participate in this study by a letter in their home language and personal contact with teachers and interpreters of the schools. The narrative interviews consisted of three parts. First, parents were asked which schools their children attended in their home country and in the Netherlands, whether they had contact with the teachers at these schools, what language they used during these contacts and what the contacts were about. During the second part, four photos of contacts between teachers and parents were shown, each photo representing a different type of FSP, for example an information meeting with all parents about the school’s working methods or a conversation between parents and the teacher about the child’s progress. The parents were asked which type of FSP they recognized and were invited to share their experiences. During the third part, two photos of children are shown, one needs support with reading development, the other with well-being. The parents were asked what they would expect from the teacher in those situations and how they could work together. The narrative interviews were conducted at school in the presence of an interpreter. The Syrian, Eritrean and Ukrainian interpreter each interpreted four interviews. All three were experienced in interpreting during parent conversations. Data analysis was conducted in two phases. First, fragments were linked to the concepts ‘experiences’, ‘expectations, ‘attitude’ and ‘communication’. Summaries have been made of experiences and expectations and discussed with the parents for a member check (Creswell, 2009). Second, all fragments linked to the concepts of ‘attitude’ and ‘communication’ have been coded and thematized (Verhoeven, 2020) and compared with the results of previous research with teachers (Goedhart et al., 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The parents mainly shared experiences considering conversations with teachers about their children’s progress at school. The need of a good translation was mentioned in every narrative. In most cases, school invitations were translated by the children or a translation app. Conversations with teachers were sometimes conducted in English, but all parents preferred the presence of an interpreter who speaks their language. Most parents experienced the conversations very positive. They appreciated the frequency and detailed information about their child’s development. Parents stressed their need for teachers to be available and to solve problems. Most parents expect advice of the teachers because of their professional knowledge. All parents expressed their willingness to cooperate with the teacher for their children’s support, although some parents were not used to cooperate with school. Some doubted the teacher’s advice and were afraid, because of a language barrier, their children were underestimated. From the interviews, five themes regarding teachers 'attitude were found to be important for parents. A teacher should be: • available • inviting • understanding • decisive • consulting Also, five themes were identified with respect to the communication of teachers that parents considered important. Teachers should use: • responsive language • accessible communication channels • a personal approach • positive expressions • detailed information Parents and teachers (see Goedhart, et al., 2024) agree on the importance of responsive language and accessible communication channels, as well as being inviting and understanding. Differences between parents’ perceptions of cooperative teachers and teachers’ own perceptions of their role, might be explained by culture differences (especially power distance) between newcomer-parents and teachers. This study revealed parents' needs and preferences regarding teachers' attitudes and communication practices. These needs can be considered important ingredients for the development of a professionalization program for teachers regarding their collaboration with newcomer parents. References Antony-Newman, M. (2019). Parental involvement of immigrant parents: a meta-synthesis. Educational Review, 71(3), 362-381. Bakker, J., Denessen, E., Dennissen, M. & Oolbekking-Marchand, H. (2013). Leraren en ouderbetrokkenheid. Een reviewstudie naar de effectiviteit van ouderbetrokkenheid en de rol die leraren daarbij kunnen vervullen. Nijmegen: Radboud Universiteit. Bisschop, P., Van der Ven, K., Doeve, T., Petit, R., Elshof, D., Krijnen, E., Van Stigt, A. (2022). Nieuwkomers in het primair en voortgezet onderwijs. Doelgroepenonderzoek. Amsterdam: SEO Economisch Onderzoek/Kohnstamm Instituut. Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research Design. Los Angeles: Sage. Epstein., J.B. [EERA, edu]. (2020, August 21). Imperative Connections: Using Research to Develop Programs of School, Familiy and Community Partnerships for Student Success in School [Video]. YouTube. Retrieved January 30 2024, from https://youtu.be/Z050jwYrVXQ. Goedhart, R., Denessen, E., Hajer, M., & Bakker, C. (2024). Primary Teachers Learning from Experiences Building Family-School Partnerships in a Multilingual Context. Article in preparation. Gouwens, J. A., & Henderson, R. (2021). Rethinking deficit discourses in education through rural education research and the concept of querencia. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 31(3), 1–14. Hall, G. C. N., Yip, T., & Zárate, M. A. (2016). On becoming multicultural in a monocultural research world: A conceptual approach to studying ethnocultural diversity. American Psychologist, 71(1), 40–51. McWayne, C.M. [Center for CHILD & FAMILY Policy]. (2021, April 30). Connecting Parents and Teachers through Cultural Inclusion [Video]. YouTube. Retrieved January 30 2024, from https://youtu.be/J5FVXTxnRns?si=PjbiYevkhCIDGCdP. McWayne, C.M., Doucet, F., & Sheridan, S.M. (Eds.). (2019). Ethnocultural Diversity and the Home-to-School Link. Switzerland: Springer. Moll, L. C., Amanti, C., Neff, D., & González, N. (2005). Funds of knowledge for teaching: Using a qualitative approach to connect homes and classrooms. In: N. Gozáles, L. C. Moll, & C. Amanti (Eds.), Funds of knowledge: Theorizing practices in households, communities, and classrooms (pp. 71-87). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Sheridan, S.M. and Kim, E.M. (Eds.). (2015). Foundational Aspects of Family-School Partnership research. Switzerland: Springer. Thompson, I., Willemse, T.M., Mutton,T.,Burn, K., and De Bruïne, E. (2018). Teacher Education and Family–school Partnerships in Different Contexts: A Cross Country Analysis of National Teacher Education Frameworks Across a Range of European Countries. Journal of Education for Teaching 44 (3): 258-277. Willemse, T. M., De Bruïne,E.J., Griswold, P., D´Haem, J., Vloeberghs, L., & Van Eynde, S. (2017). Teacher Candidates' Opinions and Experiences as Input for Teacher Education Curriculum Development. Journal of Curriculum Studies 49 (6): 782-801. Verhoeven, N. (2020). Thematische analyse. Amsterdam: Boom. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster Potentialities of the Funds of Knowledge Approach: the Perspective of Associations and Schools Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Spain Presenting Author:Much has been written about the need to work towards the development of relationships of mutual trust between family, school, and community (Bolívar Botía, 2006; Bryan et al., 2020). In this regard, it is well known that the Funds of Knowledge (FoK) approach has been established as an effective tool for developing dialogue between these three actors (Santos Rego et al., 2022). Such effectiveness lies in understanding that families, especially working-class ones, can be characterized by the practices they have developed and the knowledge they have produced and acquired during their lives (Gonzalez et al., 2005). The social and economic history of households are particularly relevant because they reveal experiences that generate much of the knowledge that household members may possess, display, elaborate or share with others (Moll, 2019). It also can be said that household livelihoods may involve establishing and participating in social networks, through which such knowledge can be exchanged to address some of the necessities of life. Therefore, research, especially when conducted in close collaboration with teachers and other members of the community, can provide an opportunity to document the lived experiences and knowledge of families that can be useful in defining households as resources or sample assets, which can also be valuable for teaching. Additionally, it can help to set up discussion sessions with teachers to prepare them theoretically and methodologically to conduct the research and assess the usefulness of the results for classroom practice (Moll, 2014; Santos Rego et al., 2022). In our context, in collaboration with the Fundación Secretariado Gitano (https://www.gitanos.org/) of Pontevedra (Galicia, Spain), we designed, developed, and assessed the socio-educational program "Funds-Knowledge-Families" with Roma mothers and their children (Santos Rego et al., 2021). The program consisted of two phases: the first took place during the first quarter of the school year in three primary schools in the city of Pontevedra, where the children participating in the program studied; and the second phase took place during the second quarter at the main site of the Fundación Secretariado Gitano (Santos Rego et al., 2021). For the development of the second phase, we counted on the advice and direct collaboration of two technicians from the Fundación, who acted as intermediaries between our working group within the Esculca Research Group (https://www.usc.es/esculca/) of the Faculty of Education of the University of Santiago de Compostela, the schools where we developed the first phase, and the participating families. Parallel work was carried out with the mothers and their children. With the former, we addressed issues related to culture and the functioning of the educational system, highlighting the role of the school and the importance of family involvement in the school environment. With the students, we focused on study methods, the organisation of time for homework, as well as issues related to their own cultural practices at home and in the community (Santos Rego et al., 2021). The aim of this proposal is, on the one hand, to illustrate the perspectives of these two specialists in the field of education regarding the FoK approach and its potential for working with families at risk of exclusion, specifically Roma families (Abajo Alcalde, 2021). And on the other hand, to collect the points of view on the development of the first phase of the Funds-Knowledge-Families program from 3 teachers, representatives of each of the participating schools. Finally, we present a didactic guide resulting from the results of the program and the contributions of both groups of educational agents. It is our intention that this guide will serve as a model for the introduction of the Funds of Knowledge approach in schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this proposal we focus on analyzing the views of the two Fundación Secretariado Gitano professionals who worked with our team and three teachers from the schools involved in the first phase of the program. We used semi-structured interviews to assess the development of the program, its strengths and weaknesses, the level of participation and involvement achieved, and the potential of the FoK approach as an alternative strategy for both institutions to work with. In terms of the profile of the participants, one is the Fundación educational counsellor, who is responsible for coordinating activities with schools, families, and students to achieve educational inclusion objectives, and the other is a teacher from the Fundación educational programs, whose experience and close relationship with families and children made her a very important figure in the development of the program. Regarding the teaching staff, there were three teachers from different levels of primary education, with diverse profiles, both in terms of age and experience of working with Roma students. The interviews were conducted at the end of the second phase of the program and lasted approximately 45 minutes. In order to facilitate the organization and development of the interviews, a script was drawn up that allowed them to be structured in detail by presenting the elements that define our instrument. Thus, the interviews consisted of a total of 10 questions, all related to the object of study, and varying in content depending on whether they were addressed to the Fundación technical staff or to the participating teachers. During the interviews, the researcher's role was limited to facilitation and guidance, without judgement or evaluation. The information generated has allowed us to broaden the data collected, offering new perspectives on the experiences of those responsible for its development. Data analysis was carried out using discourse analysis (Khan & MacEachen, 2021), and the qualitative software NVivo was used to construct a set of key categories to analyze their views on their participation and the potential for further development of the program in the future. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings During the interviews, the Fundación technicians expressed their satisfaction based on the mothers’ attendance and commitment to the program: “It was an activity in which they felt comfortable, and the children demanded to continue…” (T1) “I think the assessment is very positive. It was worthwhile going there as a meeting where they could reflect…” (T2) As for the teachers, they were positive about the development of the program and considered it a useful activity. We also highlighted their interest in improving the situation of Roma students at school, recognizing the lack of references for educational success: “I think that one thing we have to do is to get someone who has achieved something important to have an interview or contact with them, I think that would be a huge breakthrough” (Teacher 1) In short, from the perspective of these professionals, the program had many strong elements, such as the high level of involvement of the participants, and others that could be improved, such as the lack of time to carry out all the activities in a coordinated way in the schools. The results of these interviews, together with the products of the Funds-Knowledge-Families program, served as the basis for the preparation of a didactic guide "Stories of Family and Community Life". (https://www.usc.gal/libros/index.php?id_product=1201&controller=product). This resource is twofold: on the one hand, to work on learning, in all contexts, and to focus on that which emerges from family cultural practices, but also from the environment itself. On the other hand, following the inclusive perspective of the FoK approach, we seek the curricular inclusion of the accumulated ways of life and knowledge of the learners' families and communities as assets in their learning processes. The target groups of this proposal are pupils in primary education, from 8 to 10 years old. References Abajo Alcalde, J. (2021). Situación escolar de la infancia gitana: nuestra mirada (re) crea la realidad. Etnografías Contemporáneas, 7(12), 232-256. Bolívar Botía, A. (2006). Familia y escuela: dos mundos llamados a trabajar en común. Revista de Educación, 339, 119-146. Bryan, J., Williams, J. M., & Griffin, D. (2020). Fostering educational resilience and opportunities in urban schools through equity-focused school–family–community partnerships. Professional School Counseling, 23(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1177/2156759X19899179 González, N., Moll, L., & Amanti, C. (2005). (eds). Funds of Knowledge: Theorizing Practices in Households, Communities, and Classrooms. Routledge. Khan, T., & MacEachen, E. (2021). Foucauldian discourse analysis: Moving beyond a social constructionist analytic. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211018009 Moll, L. C. (2014). Vygotsky and education. Routledge. Moll, L. C. (2019). Elaborating funds of knowledge: Community-oriented practices in international contexts. Literacy Research: Theory, Method, and Practice, 68(1), 130-138. https://doi.org/10.1177/2381336919870805 Santos Rego, M. A., Lorenzo, M., & Míguez Salina, G. (2022). Fondos de Conocimiento familiar e intervención educativa. Narcea. Santos Rego, M. A., Lorenzo, M., & Míguez Salina, G. (2021). Repensando las Prácticas Culturales de la Infancia Gitana a través de la Exploración de sus Fondos de Conocimiento e Identidad. Revista Internacional de Educación para la Justicia Social, 10(1), 69–82. https://doi.org/10.15366/riejs2021.10.1.005 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster Home Literacy Environment: a gender and educational level comparison in Spanish preschoolers Universidad de Oviedo, Spain Presenting Author:The home literacy environment plays a crucial role in the language and literacy development of children during early childhood (Gutiérrez-Fresneda, 2019; Inoue et al., 2020; Torppa et al., 2022). Through interaction and meaningful experiences at home and in the community (Zuilkowsli et al. 2019), children acquire the foundational skills necessary for literacy (Neuman, 2014). Therefore, a literate family environment fosters pre-literacy skills in children, which are correlated with later reading success and attitudes developed in childhood, where family environment seems to be essential (Mora-Figueroa et al., 2016). The emergent literacy skills acquired by children in the home environment differ according to the typology of activities undertaken, with formal practices associated with written skills and informal practices with oral skills (Sénéchal and LeFevre, 2014). In this sense, age seems to be an aspect that influences in the skills promoted by parents at home (Jáñez et al., 2023). Inoue et al. (2018) found that parental teaching and shared book reading contribute to the reading fluency and accuracy in early childhood, with a literate home environment positively affecting reading comprehension in later ages. Moreover, there is evidence that Family Literacy is influenced by family and socio-economic factors (Friedlander, 2020; Zhang et al. 2023). Moreno et al. (2018) demonstrated that literacy practices among children from high socio-economic households align more closely with institutional practices, while those from low socio-economic households lean towards traditional practices. McGinnity et al. (2022) investigated differences in reading ability based on gender and social background, noting that both factors influenced reading scores between ages from three to nine. Despite social class, girls tended to have higher reading scores than boys, but boys benefited more from parental involvement at home (Jeong and Hofferth, 2016). According to these ideas, the present study explores current inequalities in emergent literacy and home literacy within a sample of Spanish families with 4–6-year-old children. The objective is to identify differences in parents’ literacy involvement, parents’ literacy habits, and children’s literacy. The research questions are: What are the family practices of emergent literacy? And are there differences in family literate environments according to the gender and school grade of the children? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Exploratory research was carried out with a sample of 306 families, comprising 167 mothers (54.6%) and 139 fathers (45.4%) with children between 4 to 6 years old, primarily from the same family units, residing in Asturias (North coast of the Spanish peninsula). Parents’ literacy standards were categorized into compulsory, high school and higher education levels. The distribution of these categories among parents are: 60.6% with higher education, 32.1% with high school and 7.7% with compulsory education. Regarding employment status, the majority were employed (82.2%) with only 2% receiving social benefits. Among the children sampled, 155 were males (50.7%) and 151 females (49.3%). 51.3% of the children were enrolled in 2nd grade and 48.7% in 3rd grade in preschool. All children were typically developing and spoke Spanish as their primary language at home, as indicated by a parent questionnaire. Children with developmental problems (vision, speech, or hearing) were excluded. To collect data, the Home Literacy Environment Questionnaire (HLE) (Farver et al., 2006) with an ad hoc Spanish version developed through a double translation procedure). The questionnaire including 13 items presented on a 12-point Likert Scale (1-2-3, Never; 4-5-6, Sometimes; 7-8-9, Quite often; 10-11-12, Always) aimed to assess from the perspective of families the literacy environment in the family home based on the conceptualizations validated by Burgess et al. (2002). The HLE provides three subscales: Parents’ literacy involvement, Parents’ literacy habits and Childrens’ literacy. Skewness and kurtosis [−1; +1] were calculated to check for normality (DeCarlo, 1997), while descriptive statistics (mean and standard deviation) were used for continuous variables. Socio-demographic variables, including children's gender and educational level were considered to identify potential statistical differences in the three factors of the scale. Significant differences were assessed using Students' t (p<.05). All the analyses were performed using SPSS 27.0. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study explored emergent literacy and home literacy differences according to gender and education level in Spanish preschoolers. Results indicated a medium-high level of parents’ literacy involvement and children´s literacy while parents’ perceptions about literacy habits were low. No significant differences were observed in factor scores based on children’s educational level. However, significant differences were noted in parents’ literacy involvement and children´s literacy based on gender, with boys exhibiting higher levels in both cases. Considering these results, it is imperative to foster family literacy and identify effective strategies for promoting family-school partnerships. Such efforts can help parents feel more assertive in their role and more engaged in their children’s education, particularly in promoting Home Literacy Environment to enhance emergent literacy skills in children. References Friedlander, E. (2020). The home literacy ecology in rural Rwanda and its relationships to early grade reading. Scientific Studies of Reading, 24(2), 123-140. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888438.2019.1642894 Gutiérrez-Fresneda, R. (2019). Efecto de los grupos interactivos en el aprendizaje de la lectura mediante la colaboración familiar. Revista de Psicodidáctica, 24(2), 138-144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psicod.2019.02.001 Inoue, T., Manolitsis, G., de Jong, P. F., Landerl, K., Parrila, R., & Georgiou, G. K. (2020). Home literacy environment and early literacy development across languages varying in orthographic consistency. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 1923. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01923. Jáñez, A., Rosales, J., De Sixte, AR., & Ramos, M. (2013). Is the home literacy environment different depending on the media? Paper vs. tablet-based practices. Reading and Writing. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-023-10467-7 Jeong, U. y Hofferth, S. (2016). Parental involvement, child effort, and the development of immigrant boys ‘and girls ‘reading and mathematics skills: A latent difference score growth model. Learning and Individual Differences, 47, 136-144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2016.01.001 McGinnity, F., McMullin, P., Murray, A., Russell, H., & Smyth, E. (2022). Understanding differences in children´s reading ability by social origin and gender: The role of parental reading and pre-and primary school exposure in Ireland. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 81, 100729. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rssm.2022.100729 Mora-Figueroa, J., Galán, A., & López-Jurado, M. (2016). Eficacia de un programa de implicación familiar en la lectura de alumnado de 1º de Educación Primaria. Revista de Psicodidáctica, 21(2), 375-391. http://dx.doi.org/10.1387/RevPsicodidact.14889 Neuman, S. (2014). Explaining and Understanding Early Literacy. Investigaciones sobre Lectura, 2, 7-14. http://dx.doi.org/10.37132/isl.v0i2.1 Sénéchal, M. & LeFevre, J.A. (2014). Continuitu and Change in the Home Literacy Environment as Predictors of Growth in Vocabulary and Reading. Child Development, 85(4), 1552-1568. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.12222 Torppa, M., Vasalmpi, K., Eklund, K., & Niemi, P. (2022). Long-term effects of the home literacy environment on reading development: Familial risk for dyslexi as a moderator. Journal of Ecperimental Child Psychology, 215, 105314. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jecp.2021.105314 Zhang, S., Inoue, T., & Georgiou, G. (2023). Examining the relations between mothers’ reading skills, home literacy environment, and Chinese children’s word reading across contexts. Reading and Writing. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-023-10475-7 Zuilkowski, S., McCoy, D., Jonason, C., & Dowd, A. (2019). Relationships among home literacy behaviors, materials, socioeconomic status, and early literacy outcomes across 14 low-and middle-income countries. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 50(4), 539-555. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022022119837363 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster How to design the evaluation of a social programme to have evidence. The Family Preservation Spaces Programme in Galicia 1University of Santiago de Comp, Spain; 2Family Preservation Spaces Programme, Spain Presenting Author:In this proposal, we present the design of the evaluation of the Family Preservation Spaces Programme that the Meniños Foundation (https://meninos.org/) and the ARELA Association (https://arela.org/), with funding from the Department of Social Policy of the Galician Regional Government, have been implementing on an experimental basis since 2022 in two of the Galician counties with a significant number of open cases in the child protection system. Our aim is to present the evaluation design that will allow us to establish this initiative as an evidence-based programme. This programme offers a comprehensive service of psychological, social, and educational support to children and adolescents in a situation of low risk and their families, from a systemic approach to intervention that allows the strengthening of the family unit. The aim is to prevent children and young people from entering the child protection system and to demonstrate the effectiveness of the family preservation model through evaluation. Family education programmes in Spain, based on the positive parenting approach, have increased significantly in recent decades (Álvarez et al., 2016). As a result, there are multiple programmes aimed at preventing maltreatment and promoting good treatment to ensure the well-being of families (Orte et al., 2022). However, only some of these initiatives can be considered evidence-based programmes because they meet certain quality standards, including "a scientific theory base, a rigorous research design, a high quality of programme implementation, and control of factors related to the intervention that can contribute to the replication of results" (Máiquez et al., 2015, p. 79). Although evidence-based programmes were initially applied in the field of health sciences, their presence has been increasing, particularly in the social sciences. This is precisely due to initiatives such as the European Family Support Framework (EurofamNet), which identifies those programmes that meet high quality criteria and can be replicated with maximum guarantee of success (Rodrigo et al., 2023). Specifically, this approach argues that professional practice with families should be based on evidence, and therefore it is essential to have empirically validated programmes to improve the quality of the interventions carried out and thus obtain better results (Álvarez et al., 2016). It is necessary to introduce a culture of scientific evaluation of the social programmes they develop in social organisations and to be able to rely on evidence that supports their effectiveness. Evaluation remains one of the unresolved issues in social interventions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In designing the evaluation, we aim to answer the following questions: What is the impact of the programme on families and their children? Which families benefit most from the programme? What elements define the effectiveness of an intervention programme with families at low or moderate risk? Can we rely on valid and reliable assessment tools for families and children at social risk? Is it possible to reduce the number of children entering the protection system? The purpose of evaluation is not the production of knowledge, but the use of knowledge for action, change and improvement. We start from a participatory evaluation model based on two assumptions. Firstly, the involvement of decision-makers and stakeholders in the evaluation process, and secondly, the use of evaluation results to change, modify or close the programme. This involvement will contribute to the acceptance of the results and improve decision-making, leading to greater support for the programme and its extension to other populations as good practice in family intervention. Specifically, in line with Alvira-Martín (2002), the evaluation has several levels in which we have had different qualitative and quantitative instruments: 1. Evaluation of the design. Our aim is to check that the programme is evaluable, i.e. that its design meets the required quality standards, and to verify its feasibility before implementation. 2. Initial assessment. Focuses on analysing the needs of families and their expectations of the programme. 3. Evaluation of implementation. The conditions under which a programme is implemented are a key element in its effectiveness and development. 4. Coverage assessment. The aim is to analyse the extent to which the programme reaches the target population. It analyses the coverage rate of the programme and whether there is a coverage bias. 5. Evaluation of the results. For this evaluation we opted for a quasi-experimental design of two non-equivalent groups with pre-test and post-test. 6. Follow-up evaluation. After the end of the programme, the families will be monitored according to the defined social indicators. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The evaluation of the programme is estimated to take two years, but we can already point to some evidence of its effectiveness: the low dropout rate of families from the intervention; the loyalty of families to the programme, as evidenced by the high attendance (father, mother and children) at the scheduled sessions; the request by social services professionals to refer families to the programme or even from other community services (educational or health centres); and the change of address in the referral request. Although at the start of the programme (spring 2022) the referral of families to the programme was very slow, there are currently families on the waiting list to start the intervention process, which indicates the need for a community programme of this nature. In short, we must continue to make progress in the evaluation of this programme, a complex research process that must be adapted to the pace of intervention with families, involving different agents, with different profiles, using different techniques and tools, and seeking evidence of its effectiveness. References Álvarez, M., Rodrigo, M. J., & Byrne, S. (2016). What implementation components predict positive outcomes in a parenting program? Research on Social Work Practice, 28(2), 173–187. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049731516640903 Alvira-Martín, F. (2002). Metodología de la evaluación de programas (3rd ed., Colección Cuadernos Metodológicos, no. 2). Centro de Investigaciones Sociológicas. Máiquez, M. L., Rodrigo, M. J., & Byrne, S. (2015). El proceso de apoyo en la promoción de la parentalidad positiva. In M. J. Rodrigo (Coord.), Manual práctico de parentalidad positiva (pp. 67-86). Editorial Síntesis. Orte, C., Amer, J., & Quesada, V. (2022). La importancia de los programas familiares basados en la evidencia. In C. Orte, J. Amer & V. Quesada (Coords.), Avances y desafíos en la educación familiar. Programas basados en la evidencia científica (pp. 11-18). Tirant Humanidades. Rodrigo, M. J., Hidalgo, V., Byrne, S., Bernedo, I. M., Byrne, S., Orte, C., & Jiménez, L. (2023). Programas de apoyo familiar basados en evidencias desde el enfoque de la Parentalidad Positiva en España. In C. Orte, J. Amer & V. Quesada (Coords.), Avances y desafíos en la educación familiar. Programas basados en la evidencia científica (pp. 73-89). Tirant Humanidades. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 15 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 16 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Improving Ability to Understand and Prove Concepts in Nerve Impulse Transmission in StudentsNTS USING PEAR DECK LEARNING APPOACH. NIS school in Karaganda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The purpose of this research study was to improve the ability of students to prove concepts in nerve impulse generation and transmission topics using the Pear Deck learning approach. The objectives of this research study were to use the Pear Deck learning approach to explain the neuron's shape and position in relation to its activities and describe how mechanoreceptors react to stimulus pressure and how nerve impulses are transmitted via the PNS and CNS. Pear Deck Learning is a technique of active participation strategy that involves students in different ways. Pear deck is straightforward and fosters a collaborative environment between the teacher and the students. In today’s education world, students require more engaging, interactive, and thought-provoking learning interactions, especially in today’s technological world. Pear Deck Learning is a powerful ecosystem of education tools that monitors progress, offers real-time feedback, and provides differentiated instruction and gamified practice that keeps students engaged and excelling. Pear Deck Learning allows the students to interact with the presentation by answering questions, sharing their thinking, giving short structured questions, drawing, and following along during the teacher’s presentation so it makes engagement a lot and it is more fun for students to have this interactive experience. As a teacher, one can add questions on the PowerPoint slides while teaching and lock students’ screens so they can focus on what you are teaching. One can incorporate a student-paced option which is beneficial for small group instructions that students can complete independently. The audio option is beneficial for students who are slower in reading and pronunciation of terminologies. The teacher dashboard allows one to view students’ responses and provide feedback on their progress in real-time. Multiple choice questions can be used in all kinds of ways like checking for understanding, determining what students already know, or providing them with a choice about where they want to go next. For the group that went through the Pear Deck Learning lessons, the results showed that fifteen students out of twenty (75 %) achieved 70 % or higher scores on their work on the formative assessment questions. For the group that did not study through Pear Deck Learning the results showed that seven students out of twenty (35 %) achieved 70 % or higher scores on their work on the formative assessment questions. This was an indication that this group of students could not answer questions that required them to prove the concepts of the neuron’s structures, functions, location; and nerve impulse transmission between the PNS and CNS. According to the research study, the majority of the student’s ability to prove concepts of the human nervous system was in a good category and above. Therefore, if the concept taught has a higher complexity than the lower complexity concept the Pear Dear learning approach can allow a strong association between thinking level and the capacity to verify concepts. Some recommendations for Biology teachers include being innovative and creative to diversify instructional aids based on current scientific research, technology, and psychosocial factors. For example, by using animation, videos, and research articles in Pear Deck Learning to explain abstract and microscopic concepts. Stand-alone learning utilities allow students to study at their own pace either in or out of school hours and gain knowledge beyond the textbook content. This pedagogical technique should begin in preschool or elementary school. If necessary, the Pear Deck learning technique can be repeated in the following classes with minimal customization. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a descriptive research study that used random sampling of two groups of a total of sixty A-level Biology students in grade 11, in Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Karaganda, who are studying about human nervous system as part of their Biology curriculum requirement. This study involved students to interactively learning and answer questions on the level of understanding of the topic of Nerve impulse generation and transmission and a formative test of the topic which contains eight structured questions following Bloom’s taxonomy higher order thinking levels. The two grade 11 class groups are randomly sampled from four grade 11 class groups to complete both research instruments. For Pear Deck interactive questions, students were offered rubrics with criteria for evaluation. With rubrics, students could evaluate not only themselves but also the work of other students and give 2 suggestions for improvement and 1 good point. This allowed students to properly organize their work and simulate the mechanism of formation and transmission of a nerve impulse successfully, linking everything into a cohesive whole. Rubrics are used for both formative assessment (in-process feedback to be used for improvement) and summative assessment (evaluation of student learning after an assignment or project). Essentially, a rubric is a tool for communication between instructor and student. Students assess their work using the rubric more effectively and submit the rubric with their assignment. This is a great basis for deep discussion about which aspects they can improve or change. The learning process was done with the Pear Deck learning approach for 6 lessons. During the first lesson, students learned the concepts about neuron structures, functions, and locations in the human body by logging on to their laptops and joining the interactive Pear Deck PowerPoint slides presented by the teacher. They learned of the mechanoreceptors (Pacinian corpuscles) and their reaction to changing stimulus, and pressure. In the second lesson, they learned the initiation and transmission of the action potential in myelinated neurons and the connection between the structure and function of the cholinergic synapse. In the next three lessons, using the Pear Deck guidelines of the rubric, they worked in groups, discussed, prepared, and presented their understanding and analysis of the transmission of nerve impulses in the human nervous system. In the last lesson, they answered the formative assessment questions and filled in the questionnaire. Another group was taught without the Peak Deck learning approach and formative assessment given. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A higher percentage of students that were under the Very Poor category were taught without the Pear Deck Learning strategy (B) at 6.67% compared to those taught with the Pear Deck Learning strategy (A) at 3.33%. The average score achieved for the Fair category was higher in group A than in B at 46.67% and 26.67% respectively. In the Very Good category, the percentage of students was higher with those taught with the Pear Deck Learning strategy (A) at 10.00% compared to those taught without the Pear Deck Learning strategy at 0.00%. For the group that went through the Pear Deck lessons, the formative assessment results show that fifteen students out of twenty (75 %) got 70 % or above marks on their work on the worksheet. For the group that did not study by Pear Deck Learning, the results show that seven students out of twenty (35 %) got 70 % or above marks on their work on the formative assessment worksheet. This is an indication that this group of students could not answer questions that required them to prove the concepts of the neuron’s structures, functions, location; and nerve impulse transmission along the PNS and CNS. In the control group, students were not offered the use of Pear Deck guidelines rubrics and they went through the whole mechanism in parts and did not do the Pear Deck presentation at the end, which would help to visualize and see the relationship between the work of the parts of the neuron. They could not answer questions where it was asked to provide evidence. We recommend using the Pear Deck guidelines rubric presentation to improve students' understanding of different concepts as a whole so that they can bring evidence to their answers through analysis and evaluation. References [1] Owens M.T., Tanner K.D. Teaching as Brain changing: Exploring Connections between Neuroscience and Innovative Teaching. CBE Life Sci Educ. 2017 Summer; 16(2). [2] Marzano R. J. and Heflebower T. Grades that show what know. 2011 69 34-9 [3] Goff E, Reindl K, Johnson C, McClean P, Offerdahl J, Schroeder N, and White A 2017 Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Education 45 226 – 34 [4 Lazarowitz R and Penso S 1992 J. Of Biological Education, 26 215–23 [5] Lestari D, Mulyani S E S, and Susanti R 2016 J. of Innovative Science Education 5 83–93 [6] Cavalho J C Q, Beltramini L M, and Bossolan N R S 2018 J. of Biological Education 53 205-16 [7] Louca L T, and Zacharia Z C 2012 Educational Review 64 471-92 [8] Fretz E B, Wu H K, Zhang B, Davis E A, Krajcik J S, and Soloway E 2002 Res. in Sci. [9] Larson-Green J. (2024, January) Engaging instruction and powerful practice. https://www.peardeck.com/products/pear-deck-and-pear-practice 16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster Pupils' Opinions on Sharing Privacy and Personal Data on the Internet, Social Networks and Other Online Services Palacký University Olomouc, Czech Republic Presenting Author:With the increasing use of information and communication technologies, cybercrimes against children have also increased. Online risky behavior can take many forms: making personal data available to other subjects, sharing visual material with the general public, engaging in online discussions with sexual undertones and vulgar comments, and establishing new friendships with unknown people (Ybarra et al., 2007; Kopecký et al., 2021). Wylęgły (2021) mentions anonymity as a possible risky aspect of leading potentially to the development of cybercrime, an unlimited range of users, and the universality of Internet access. Kopecký et al. (2020) also consider, among other things, the use of fictitious identities, so-called equality of status, synchronous and asynchronous online communication, and social multiplicity in communication with an undetermined number of users to be risky. The very issue of sharing has thus gained attention in recent years not only in the field of law (Lavorgna et al., 2023; Bezáková et al., 2021) but also in the field of pedagogical sciences (Brosch, 2018; Kopecký et al., 2020; Kopecký et al., 2023). This contribution focuses on the experiences and possible risks of sharing among lower secondary school pupils in the Czech Republic. Sharing adolescents' data on social networks can bring, in addition to positive benefits, specific threats, such as threats to privacy, integrity, the right to one's own identity, and personality development. It can negatively affect not only privacy but also a good name, the very development of personality and image (Ordóñez Pineda & Calva Jiménez, 2020). Sharing, which can be defined as the publication of much detailed information about adolescents in the form of photos, videos, and posts through social media, can violate children's privacy (Brosh, 2018) and lead to several other negative phenomena, such as frustration (Ouvrein & Verswijvel, 2019) or child abuse as a tool for creating extremist and hateful content (Kopecký et al., 2020). In the field of pedagogical research, children's privacy is associated with the protection of personal data and is often linked to the issue of sharing, which violates children's privacy (Brosh, 2018; Kopecký et al., 2020; Kopecký et al., 2023), but also another possible risks such as exclusion from the collective due to the inability to use the Internet, the risk of increasing aggression, sexual coercion, threats to privacy, identity theft, and new forms of surveillance and exploitation are mentioned. General description on research questions, objectives and theoretical framework (up to 600 words) Research questions and problems: • What do students think about sharing information and other content (photos, videos, etc.) about their privacy and personal data on the Internet, social networks, and other online services? • What is the students' opinion about the possible risks of sharing information and other content about their privacy and personal data on the Internet, social networks, and other online services? • What experience do students have with sharing information and other content about their privacy and personal data on the Internet, social networks, and other online services? The main goal of the contribution is to find out and describe the basic aspects, topics and experiences of elementary school students connected with sharing privacy and personal data on the Internet, social networks and other on-line services. Sub-research objectives: • To find out the opinions of pupils in terms of how they constitute and shape opinions on sharing privacy and personal data in cyberspace • Analyze the students' opinions Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design: Qualitative research design Research method: Interpretative phenomenological analysis - IPA Data collection method: Semi-structured interview - through open-ended questions with the aim to leave room for respondents' self-expression. IPA method: (Šuráňová In: Gulová, Šíp, 2013, pp. 109-111) 1. Transcription of interviews and their repeated reading. 2. Taking notes and writing down observations on interviews (descriptive, linguistic, conceptual). 3. Development of identified themes. 4. Searching for relationships between discovered topics. 5. Moving on to the next case – new terminology and the language of the next respondent. 6. Finding themes (patterns) across cases. Analysis phases: (Šuráňová In: Gulová, Šíp, 2013, pp. 109-111) 1. Transcription and reading of respondents' statements - analysis of statements and statements from individual respondents. 2. Recognizing and identifying themes and patterns emerging from the conversation, focusing on similarities, differences, standard features, etc. 3. Developing a dialogue between the researcher and the coded data about the respondents' connotations. 4. Developing structure, patterns, and relationships between individual topics. 5. The use of supervision, collaboration with the respondent, or audit to verify and develop the coherence and acceptability of interpretations. 6. Transcription and documentation of source citations – list of individual topics (graphically, in a simple structure or table). 7. Reflection of perceptions, concepts, and processes that influenced the interpretation of data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outputs – goals oriented towards practical application On an intellectual level, the aim is to point out the relevance and importance of the topic of sharing private and personal data in cyberspace among pupils and, above all, their opinions on sharing not only by themselves but also by those around them (parents, teachers, classmates, friends, and other persons), which can result in the emergence and development of risky phenomena such as cyber bullying, cyber grooming, etc. The information obtained from the semi-structured interviews and their subsequent analysis can be used to prevent risky phenomena in cyberspace, develop pupils' critical thinking, and develop digital literacy. The knowledge gained through this research will contribute to researchers' understanding of sharing privacy and personal data and possible risky phenomena. References Bezáková, Z., Madleňák, A., & Švec, M. (2021). Security risks of sharing content based on minors by their family members on social media in times of technology interference. Media Literacy and Academic Research: scientific journal, 4(1), 53-69. Brosch, A. (2018). Sharenting – Why Do Parents Violate Their Children’s Privacy? The New Educational Review, 54(4), 75-85. https://doi.org/10.15804/tner.2018.54.4.06 Gulová, L., & Šíp, R. (Eds.). (2013). Výzkumné metody v pedagogické praxi. Grada. Kopecky, K., Szotkowski, R., Aznar-Díaz, I., & Romero-Rodríguez, J. -M. (2020). The phenomenon of sharenting and its risks in the online environment. Experiences from Czech Republic and Spain. Children and Youth Services Review, 110. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.104812 Kopecký, K., Szotkowski, R., & Dobešová, P. (2021). Riziková komunikace a seznamování českých dětí v kyberprostoru. Univerzita Palackého v Olomouci. Kopecký, K., Szotkowski, R., Mičková, H., & Nováková, A. (2022). Sharenting u českých rodičů: výzkumná zpráva. Centrum prevence rizikové virtuální komunikace, Pedagogická fakulta Univerzity Palackého v Olomouci. https://e-bezpeci.cz/index.php/ke-stazeni/vyzkumne-zpravy/158-sharenting-u-ceskych-rodicu-2022/file Kopecký, K., Szotkowski, R., Mičková, H., & Krejčí, V. (2023). Sharenting among Czech parents and its risks. Pediatrie pro praxi, 24(1), 8-12. https://doi.org/10.36290/ped.2023.011 Lavorgna, A., Ugwudike, P., & Tartari, M. (2023). Online sharenting: Identifying existing vulnerabilities and demystifying media reported crime risks. Sage Journals, 19(4). https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177/17416590221148448 Ordóñez Pineda, L., & Calva Jiménez, S. (2020). Amenazas a la privacidad de los menores de edad a partir del Sharenting. Revista Chilena de Derecho y Tecnología, 9(2), 105-130. https://doi.org/10.5354/0719-2584.2020.55333 Ouvrein, G., & Verswijvel, K. (2019). Sharenting: Parental adoration or public humiliation? A focus group study on adolescents' experiences with sharenting against the background of their own impression management. Children and Youth Services Review, 99, 319-327. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2019.02.011 Wylęgły, K. (2021). The Internet - a risk-taking space for university students. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 12(1), 413-425. https://doi.org/10.15503/jecs2021.1.413.425 Ybarra, M. L., Mitchell, K. J., Finkelhor, D., & Wolak, J. (2007). Internet Prevention Messages. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 161(2). https://doi.org/10.1001/archpedi.161.2.138D |
12:45 - 13:30 | 17 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 18 SES 5.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 19 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 20 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster Intercultural Learning Environnement: otherness and oneself's parts HEPL, Switzerland Presenting Author: Introduction: research questions Field Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology I will now turn to the methodological issues inherent in this qualitative research. In this paper, I wish to highlight how the experience of the other becomes a source of learning for oneself. This research, of the action-research type, will consist in analyzing, using a qualitative method, the contributions of the travel journal writing process inserted into final reports written by students, at the end of their mobility experience. My aim is to understand and mobilize the formative and transformative effects of the experience of otherness in the construction of the subject. These texts are acts of subjectivation in which the students give themselves over to self-talk. In the discursive plurality (descriptive, argumentative and evaluative discourse) that these subjects hold about themselves and in the interweaving of these discourses, I wish to highlight the valorization of experience implemented by the narrators. I will therefore rely on an analysis of the discourse expressing a certain appropriation of the power to act. The indicators selected for textual identification are those testifying to a process of transformation and self-formation. My approach is to draw out typical identity-building processes from these narratives. Various extracts from the writings of my students will be proposed in this communication in order to give them a voice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion: Through this experience of cultural mobility and the various extracts reported in my students' reports, I have been able to demonstrate the emancipating openness of the experience of otherness. The subject forms his or her self with and against things, through direct contact but also reflexively by seeking to formulate and formalize it. As P. Galvani (2020) describes, training involves a deformation and transformation of the "I" in contact with its environment. The use of spaces and interfaces, of places that transform us through a narrative approach to eco-training. While it's true that I've been able to demonstrate that narrative develops the power to act of the subject who engages in it, it also has a powerful power to act on the subject, through the operations of configuration and metabolization that it implements. Indeed, the valorization of action brought about by narrative reconfigures action. It has a performative dimension, in the words of Ricoeur (1983). It enables the individual to appropriate the environment. We have highlighted how the action of student mobility and the creation of a narrative about it offer the subject who engages in it the opportunity for a "reconfiguration of the self". Contact with otherness is a rich learning experience in terms of one's relationship to oneself, to others and to the world. The interactions with the world and the dialogue with oneself that these PEERS projects engender enable students to construct meaning around their life stories, in which the part of self and the part of others are woven together. This experience of otherness offers them the opportunity both to produce and to produce themselves in the world differently once the process has been integrated and made conscious. References - Berton, J., Millet, D. (2014). Writing your professional practice. Secteur sanitaire, social et éducatif. De l'activité au rendre compte. Paris : Seli Arslan. - Boutinet, J.-P. (2006). L'adulte et son autoformation: un sujet, un individu et une personne ?Éducation Permanente : L'autoformation: actualité et perspectives, 168, 89-99. - Breton, H. (2017). Se former par l'expérience de l'ailleurs: situation d'indétermination et acquis du voyage. Education Permanente: voyage, mobilité et formation de soi, 211, 27-38. - Carré, P. (1997). L'autoformation. Paris: PUF. - Cifali, M. and André, A. (2007). Ecrire l'expérience. Vers la reconnaissance des pratiques professionnelles. Paris: PUF. - Cros, F. (dir.), (2006). Ecrire sur sa pratique pour développer des compétences professionnelles. Paris : L'Harmattan. - Delory-Momberger, C. (2009). La condition biographique. Essai sur le récit de soi dans la modernité avancée. Paris : Téraèdre. - Delory-Momberger, C. and Bourguigon, J.-C. (2020). Médialités biographiques, pratiques de soi et du monde. Le Sujet dans la cité, Actuels 9 (1), 17-26. - Dominicé, P. (2002). L'Histoire de vie comme processus de formation. Paris : L'Harmattan. - Dubar, C. (2000). La crise des identités: l'interprétation d'une mutation. Paris: PUF. - Eneau, J. (2017). Self-training as a journey between Bildung and self-transformation. Education Permanente: voyage, mobilité et formation de soi, 211, 149-160. - Fabre, M. (2004). Le problème et l'épreuve. Paris : L'Harmattan. - Freire, P. (1983). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Paris: Maspéro. - Foucault, M. (2001). Les techniques de soi. In M. Foucault. Dits et écrits II, 1602-1632. Paris : Gallimard. - Galvani, P. (2020). Autoformation et connaissance de soi, une méthode de recherche-formation expérientielle. Lyon: Chronique sociale. - Gaulejac, V. (de) (2009). Who is "I"? Clinical sociology of the subject. Paris: Seuil. - Lo Presti, A.-M. and Oppliger S. (2019). Biographical touches and teacher training. In M.-C. Bernard, G. Tschopp and A. Slowik (eds.). Les voies du récit. Pratiques biographiques en formation, intervention et recherche (p.47-61). Quebec: Edition science et bien commun and LEL du CRIRES. - Molinié, M. (2015). Biographical research in a plurilingual context. Cartographie d'un processus de didacticienne. Paris : Riveneuve éditions. - Onfray, M. (2007). Théorie du voyage. Poetics of geography. Paris: Livre de Poche. - Pineau, G. (1998). Accompagnements et histoire de vie. Paris: L'Harmattan. - Pineau, G. (2019). Travel, retreat and self-training mondialogante. Paris : L'Harmattan. - Ricoeur, P. (1983-1985). Time and narrative. Tome III. Le temps raconté. Paris : Seuil. - Ricoeur, P. (1990). Soi-même comme un autre. Paris: Seuil. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster University and Community in the Inclusion of Migrants/Refugees through Service-Learning: The SL(M) Project ESCULCA Research Group - RIES Network, University of Santiago de Compostela Presenting Author:The society is undergoing rapid changes in aspects such as increased mobility of individuals, the necessity for lifelong learning, cultural diversity resulting from heightened migration movements, particularly forced displacements, advancements in Information and Communication Technologies (ICT), exponential growth of knowledge, and the emergence of new scenarios for social relations. More specifically, according to European Commission statistics as of October 2023, 446.7 million people were residing in the EU, with 8.5% born outside its borders. Additionally, the Union hosts 20% of the world's refugees, with Spain ranking as the third country with the highest asylum applications (UNHCR, 2024). It is not unexpected, therefore, that there is an increased focus from Higher Education on the reality of migrants/refugees in host communities, contributing to a more inclusive society (Cowling et al., 2019; Gonçalves et al., 2023; Prentice, 2023). Universities must not diminish their role in conventional tasks such as coordinating academic programs and research lines; rather, they have an obligation to reflect on their civic mission. This reflection prompts the promotion of methodologies such as service-learning (SL), fostering the social mission of the university and a more comprehensive education of students as responsible citizens within a strong democracy, creating exchange situations where diversity is a central element (Santos Rego, 2013; Santos Rego et al., 2021). The impact of this methodology on students' perspectives regarding diversity is well-documented, enabling them to confront personal or social stereotypes, acquire knowledge about the served population, believe in the value of an intercultural society, feel more comfortable interacting in diverse contexts, and recognize universality and common traits (Santos Rego et al., 2016; Van Rensburg et al., 2019). Therefore, it is pertinent to study the impact of service-learning on university students and migrants/refugees, collaborating to identify needs, propose actions, and engage in a reciprocal educational and social innovation process. As Nussbaum (1997) emphasizes, universities must be committed to developing critical thinking among students and constructing a community capable of debating social issues, progressing towards a true 'community of reason' and fostering the construction of a democratic community. In this work, we present the design of a comprehensive project, with a strong investigative and formative character, involving researchers from three European universities and two social entities. The main objectives are: - Analyze the role of universities in the European social and intercultural project. - Examine the reality of migrants/refugees in the European Union. - Contribute to the enhancement of social and cultural capital for university students and migrants/refugees through collaborative work networks, reciprocity, and social support. - Promote democratic and civic participation of university students by encouraging opportunities for social engagement and intercultural development. Therefore, one of the primary aspirations of the project is to progress, through service-learning, towards a reciprocal relationship between the university and the community (social entities), considering the latter as an active participant in the educational process (Asghar and Rowe, 2017; Jacoby, 2015). The goal is to foster, using SL as a pedagogical strategy, relationships of exchange and mutual benefit between the Academy and social actors, endeavoring to turn individuals into agents of social change. This paper stems from the project "Mobilizing university-community resources through SL(M) for the inclusion of migrants/refugees," funded by the Erasmus+ Program (2022-1-ES01-KA220-HED-000087650). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is structured around five phases (Work Packages). The first phase focuses on project execution management, defining quantitative and qualitative indicators to identify strengths and weaknesses in the development of actions, ensuring a greater social and educational impact. It also aims to establish and maintain a transnational and interinstitutional network among the five participating European institutions. The second phase involves the design, implementation, and evaluation of a training course on service-learning and the context of migrants/refugees in Europe. Consequently, the satisfaction of teachers and university students with the received training will be analyzed. Additionally, a diagnostic seminar will identify needs in the inclusion of migrants/refugees. Instruments used in this phase are: - Osgood Scale directed at teachers and students to gather information on satisfaction with the training. - Focus group with teachers and students to identify strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and risks of service-learning as an educational strategy in intervention with migrants. In the third phase, the focus is on designing service-learning projects based on collaboration networks among teachers, students, social entities, and migrants/refugees to address detected needs. Instruments used are: - Data sheets of SL(M) experiences conducted by project coordinating teachers. - Rubric for evaluating the design of SL(M) projects (Butin, 2003). - Follow-up protocol for each SL(M) project. - Service-learning portfolio to promote student reflection. The fourth phase involves evaluating the development of SL(M) project. From a qualitative point of view, we decided to use participatory action research. The following instruments will be used: - Group interview with teachers, students, and professionals from social entities participating in the project, regarding service-learning and the development of civic and social competencies. - In-depth interview with migrant/refugee recipients of the service from SL(M) projects to analyze the extent to which their social needs have been addressed. In the fifth and final phase, the focus is on analyzing the impact of SL(M) projects on the community. A quasi-experimental design with two non-equivalent groups, pretest and posttest, will be used. Project satisfaction will also be evaluated using the following instruments: - Questionnaire addressed to university students (pretest and posttest) to gather attitudes towards migrants/refugees. - Osgood Scale for teachers, students, partners, and migrants/refugees regarding satisfaction with the project. - Focus group with partners and migrants/refugees. - Focus group at the university, involving teachers, students, and institutional management. - Group interview with the partners of each SL(M) project regarding their contribution to the SDGs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study significantly contributes to the knowledge within its defined scope, addressing a conspicuous gap in European research, particularly in terms of experimental methodologies supported by qualitative techniques and focusing on the migrant/refugee population as the target demographic. The developed instruments not only promise to provide a framework for assessing the quality of future projects but also represent a catalyst for university innovation processes. Society has long demanded a university committed to the community, one tasked with cultivating a critical and responsible citizenship that strives to overcome existing injustices and inequalities for the common good. Hence, one of the anticipated impacts that warrants special mention is the project's potential contribution to enhancing the learning outcomes derived from such educational experiences in higher education. Exploring the advantages of Service-Learning (SL) in university classrooms with a specific focus on migrants/refugees has the potential to contribute to an improvement in the immediate environment and foster a more inclusive society. Thus, universities and social entities emerge as central actors in the broader societal effort to combat extremism and xenophobia, thereby strengthening the European identity based on a common and cohesive citizenship. This necessitates continuous dialogue and communication between the university community and civil society, aiming to collaboratively identify needs and explore ways of collaboration for their resolution. Additionally, the collaboration of researchers from various universities and social entities, both Spanish and foreign, with diverse trajectories, is poised to promote networking and synergy in multiple directions. The participation of experts from countries with a well-established tradition in Service-Learning (SL), such as Ireland, offers an opportunity to learn from their experiences and effectively adapt them to the Spanish and Italian university contexts. This collaborative approach seeks not only to bolster research but also to expand cooperation with both national and international teams. References ACNUR. (2024). Refugee Data Finder. https://www.unhcr.org/refugee-statistics/ Asghar, M., & Rowe, N. (2017). Reciprocity and critical reflection as the key to social justice in service learning: A case study. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 54(2), 117-125. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2016.1273788 Butin, D. W. (2003). Of what use is it? Multiple conceptualizations of service learning within education. Teachers College Record, 105(9), 1674-1692. Cowling, M. M., Anderson, J. R., & Ferguson, R. (2019). Prejudice-relevant Correlates of Attitudes towards Refugees: A Meta-analysis. Journal of Refugee Studies, 32(3), 502-524. https://doi.org/10.1093/jrs/fey062 Gonçalves, G., Sousa, C., & Arasaratnam-Smith, L. A. (2023). The Effect of Multicultural Attitudes and Perceived Intergroup Threat on Attitudes Towards Immigrants in Portugal: A Polynomial Regression with Response Surface Analysis. Psychological Reports, 0(0), 1-25. https://doi.org/10.1177/00332941221149182 Jacoby, B. (2015). Service-learning essentials. Jossey-Bass. Nussbaum, M. (1997). Cultivating Humanity. Harvard University Press. Prentice, C. M. (2023). Educators’ attitudes towards refugee pupils: intergroup contact and virtuous circles. Intercultural Education, 34(6), 590-611. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2023.2265305 Santos Rego, M. A. (2013). ¿Para cuándo las universidades en la agenda de una democracia fuerte? Educación, aprendizaje y compromiso cívico en Norteamérica. Revista de Educación, 361, 565-590. Santos Rego, M. A., Lorenzo, M., & Mella, I. (2016). Aprendizaje-servicio y desempeño académico de los estudiantes universitarios. En M. A. Santos Rego (Ed.), Sociedad del conocimiento. Aprendizaje e innovación en la universidad (pp. 197-218). Biblioteca Nueva. Van Rensburg, E., Van der Merwe, T., and Erasmus, M. (2019). Community outcomes of occupational therapy service-learning engagements: perceptions of community representatives. South African Journal of Occupational Therapy, 49(1), 12-18. https://doi.org/10.17159/2310-3833/2019/vol49n1a3 |
12:45 - 13:30 | 21 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 22 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 23 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster Family And State Intervention In Young People’s Gaming Behaviours And Its Effect On Family Relationship university of glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Starting from September 2021, the Chinese government has introduced an anti-addiction game policy for teenagers in mobile games, aiming to prevent youth from spending more time and money in mobile games, and expect youth to invest more energy to study and extracurricular activities, and strictly restrict youth to only play mobile games from 8 to 9 pm every Friday, Saturday and Sunday. The policy also states that relevant schools and parents should cooperate with the government’s policies Assist. However, there has not yet been a clear study to explore the understanding of the policy by youth and parents during the implementation of the policy, as well as their views and opinions on the policy. Based on the above situation, I raised several research questions:
(i) The current state of online gaming among young people, along with parental and state interventions in China. (ii) Identification of problems and their impact on family relationships. (iii) Exploration of potential solutions to enhance family relationships and establish an appropriate level of intervention in young people's gaming.
Also, according to Foucault's (1975) understanding of Panopticon, such surveillance makes children pay more attention to self-restraint because such surveillance is not full-time surveillance like Panopticon (1995) by Jeremy Bentham, which refers to the fragmental surveillance and this surveillance mode makes young people to be vigilant at all times to avoid intentional or unintentional surveillance or monitoring coming at any time.
When teenagers want to play mobile games, they need to consider whether their parents will see them playing games without permission, and whether these situations are allowed in the eyes of their parents. This kind of self-restraint enhanced by fragmented monitoring will gradually become automated and even become self-monitoring. And when young people know that their parents are opposed to mobile games.
However, being constantly vigilant will make the youth feel bored to a certain extent, which will also lead to the deterioration of family relationships. The anti-addiction policy was promulgated later. Although it was freed from the management of the parents, due to the parents' lack of understanding of the policy, the implementation of the policy has relatively become a decoration, and the conflicts between parents and youth regarding mobile games have gradually intensified.
In this thesis, I used this theory to find out how Chinese youth currently navigate the surveillance of parents and government policies, and what actions they take after learning about these things and how they modify or self-regulate their behaviours. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Questionnaire and semi-structured interview were used as the mixed method in this research to obtain data and results when discussing with young teenagers and their parents how the intervention of video games impacts the family relationship. The questionnaire is used as the primary research method to understand the different opinions of young people and their parents. The difference in opinions inform the design of the semi-structured interview for in-depth research. I recruited 1800 participants (900 parents+900 youths from 4th to 6th grades students)from three elementary schools in Dalian, Liaoning province, in the group of parents, there are 547 female particpants, 353 male participants; in the youth questionnaire, the number of men and women is the same. In China, the students of these three grades are roughly 9-12 years old, which is a gap from current literature research group (Dongdong et al., 2011; van Rooij et al., 2011; Kwon et al., 2011). I also specifically recruited children and teenagers (N = 20)who have experience in video games and balance students of different genders. By recruiting children in this research, I also interviewed their parents to understand the impact of parental control in video games. The research had been approved by College of Social Science Ethics Committee, University of Glasgow. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1. Limited understanding of the country's anti-addiction system, leading families to provide personal information for youth to play mobile games; despite this, most parents do not endorse youth gaming. 2. Parents resort to reasons like protecting eyesight or being busy with schoolwork to encourage youth gaming, resulting in conflicts with their children. 3. Parents often use short single-player game durations (10 minutes) to control their children’s gaming, displaying a lack of in-depth knowledge about mobile games and insufficient communication with youth. 4. The school did a poor job of promoting the Government’s anti-addiction system. Some parents do not know about the anti-addiction system (n=67) and have not even heard of it, and some youth groups do not know about the anti-addiction system(n=177), and 134 participants have not even heard of it. Furthermore, most youths use their parents' identity to set up accounts to play mobile games, thus evading the system's identity authentication for youth groups. Based on the results of the discussion, the suggestions that the author gives are as follows: 1. The country has relaxed specific time restrictions on mobile games. 2. The school strengthens contact with parents, builds wireless network base stations within the school, and emphasizes the issue of mobile games to parents before the holidays. 3. Parents should take the initiative to understand the content of policies for youth, and at the same time actively communicate with youth on mobile phones, computers and other electronic devices, and encourage youth to use parents’ identity information for game authentication, which will relatively increase children’s extracurricular activities. time; when problems arise, choose communication over coercive measures 4. Children should take the initiative to communicate with parents, actively share and explain their views on electronic devices, games, etc., and build a good communication environment and family atmosphere. References Anderson, C.A. and Bushman, B.J., 2001. Effects of violent video games on aggressive behavior, aggressive cognition, aggressive affect, physiological arousal, and prosocial behavior: A meta-analytic review of the scientific literature.Psychological science,12(5), pp.353-359. Ha, J.H., Yoo, H.J., Cho, I.H., Chin, B., Shin, D. and Kim, J.H., 2006. Psychiatric comorbidity assessed in Korean children and adolescents who screen positive for Internet addiction.The Journal of clinical psychiatry. Han, D.H., Bolo, N., Daniels, M.A., Arenella, L., Lyoo, I.K. and Renshaw, P.F., 2011. Brain activity and desire for Internet video game play.Comprehensive psychiatry,52(1), pp.88-95. Jung, J.Y., Kim, Y.C., Lin, W.Y. and Cheong, P.H., 2005. The influence of social environment on internet connectedness of adolescents in Seoul, Singapore and Taipei.New Media & Society,7(1), pp.64-88. Kim, J. and Haridakis, P.M., 2009. The role of Internet user characteristics and motives in explaining three dimensions of Internet addiction.Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication,14(4), pp.988-1015. Kim, M.G. and Kim, J., 2010. Cross-validation of reliability, convergent and discriminant validity for the problematic online game use scale.Computers in Human Behavior,26(3), pp.389-398. Lachance, J., 2020. Parental surveillance of teens in the digital era: the “ritual of confession” to the “ritual of repentance”.International Journal of Adolescence and Youth,25(1), pp.355-363. Olson, C.K., Kutner, L.A., Warner, D.E., Almerigi, J.B., Baer, L., Nicholi II, A.M. and Beresin, E.V., 2007. Factors correlated with violent video game use by adolescent boys and girls.Journal of adolescent health,41(1), pp.77-83. Wang, J., Zhong, J. and Shu, Q., Huawei Technologies Co Ltd, 2009.Method and system for limiting time for online game users, ppp server, and online game server. U.S. Patent Application 12/207,368. Yee, N., 2006. The psychology of massively multi-user online role-playing games: Motivations, emotional investment, relationships and problematic usage. InAvatars at work and play(pp. 187-207). Springer, Dordrecht. Young, K.S., 1999. Internet addiction: symptoms, evaluation and treatment.Innovations in clinical practice: A source book,17(17), pp.351-352. Young, K., 2009. Understanding online gaming addiction and treatment issues for adolescents.The American journal of family therapy,37(5), pp.355-372. Zhan, J.D. and Chan, H.C., 2012. Government regulation of online game addiction.Communications of the Association for Information Systems,30(1), p.13. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 24 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 26 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Poster Untangling Leadership Webs between Principals, Teachers and Board Members: An Exploration of Distributed Leadership in Swiss Schools FHNW, Switzerland Presenting Author:The formal establishment of school leadership in Switzerland, initiated around three decades ago with the introduction of the principal's role, significantly transformed traditional structures. Currently, leadership and management responsibilities are characterized by a shared mandate, subject to negotiation among school boards, principals, and teachers. Despite its acknowledged importance, empirical findings on the practice of distributed leadership in German-speaking Swiss schools remain limited. This study aims to address this gap by exploring leadership beyond formal positions, focusing on its manifestation through the practices of individuals, interactions, and mediating artefacts (Spillane et al., 2004). Guided by a distributed leadership perspective, the study seeks to uncover the intricate dynamics of leadership as an interaction (Diamond & Spillane, 2016). Acknowledging the suggestion for leadership to be understood and studied as „a process that comprises both organizational and individual scopes“ (Tian et al., 2016, p. 156), a comprehensive research design is being used; aiming to capture both the "official" distribution of tasks based on legal regulations and school-specific policies, as well as lived experiences in public schools. Therefore, triangulation serves as an exploration into both the formalized structures and the realities of practices, contributing insights to the discourse on distributed leadership.
The research questions guiding this study are:
The first dimension explores how responsibilities and competencies are officially regulated among board members, principals, and teachers. Emphasis is placed on investigating the official channels through which responsibilities and competencies are allocated within the school structure, including cantonal legal texts and location-specific regulations. The aim is to extract insights into the formalized structures guiding responsibilities.
The second dimension delves into the practical aspects of how responsibilities and competencies are assumed and negotiated within the dynamic school environment. This involves extensive shadowing-type observations of principals and teachers, as well as interviews with key stakeholders, including principals, teachers, and board members. These qualitative explorations aim to capture the nuanced arrangements and perceptions of leadership practices, decision-making processes, and the lived experiences of assuming leadership responsibilities. Through these interactions, the intricacies of how stakeholders navigate and interpret their roles within the established leadership framework are sought to be uncovered.
This dimension sheds light on the expectations, motivations, and barriers that influence actors or groups to assume or relinquish responsibility, collaborate, participate in, or withdraw from distributed leadership practices. Understanding the underlying factors, such as organizational culture, power relations, and perceived benefits, will provide insights into the complex dynamics shaping collaborative endeavours or the lack thereof.
The data collection includes:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To gain a better understanding of the complex leadership dynamics within and across educational institutions and units, a multifaceted, explorative approach is being used. In line with Grounded Theory Methodology (Corbin & Strauss, 2015), the research process unfolds iteratively, allowing themes and phenomena to emerge successively and guide the ongoing inquiry. As formative elements of the nature, perception and manifestation of leadership-related cooperation can vary between settings and individuals, flexibility and the possibility of adaption play a pivotal role in the research process. Throughout this iterative journey, data is collected using semi-structured guides, facilitating the inductive derivation and refinement of preliminary categories from the data. This systematic refinement of preliminary categories is instrumental in approaching the explanation of phenomena methodically and comprehensively. Memos that are regularly written on practical and theoretical considerations, serve as vital tools to record reflections on preconceptions, insights, and analytic notes throughout the data collection and analysis process. Following Strauss and Corbin's framework, three distinct coding stages for the systematic analysis of qualitative data are involved. Importantly, these stages are not rigidly sequential; instead, they often occur alternately or simultaneously, reflecting the iterative and flexible nature of the research process. In the initial phase of Open Coding, a meticulous examination of the data occurs line by line and serves to “break apart” units, carrying meaning. This process involves the identification of concepts and the assignment of descriptive or interpretive codes without predefined categories. The aim is to allow a broad spectrum of phenomena to surface, permitting the emergence of patterns and relationships organically. Moving into the Axial Coding stage, the focus shifts to establishing connections between the identified categories and phenomena. Ties between categories are explored, and a coding paradigm is developed to understand how these categories relate to central phenomena. Axial coding aims to provide a more structured and interconnected perspective. The final stage, Selective Coding, involves selecting a core phenomenon or category, often identified through axial coding, that encapsulates the central theme or storyline of the research. Other categories are then integrated around this core, creating a cohesive and integrated narrative. Selective coding refines the theory further, concentrating on the most significant phenomena and their interconnections. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The landscape of Swiss education sees principals as a relatively recent professional group. Concurrently, school faculties comprise diverse educators with varying experiences of professional autonomy throughout their careers. The involvement of teachers in shaping and developing schools is now explicitly embedded in the professional responsibilities of educators in some cantons. However, empirical insights into the nature of this collaboration remain limited. This study aims to deepen our understanding of the distribution of responsibilities in the ongoing development of schools. Preliminary findings suggest that the configuration of leadership is influenced not only by factors such as organizational structure and resource availability but also significantly by existing interpersonal relationships, change processes and previous professional experiences. Within the school environment, where taking on additional responsibilities is not incentivized to the same degree as in other professional domains, elements like mutual trust, shared beliefs, and entrenched behavioural norms appear to be accentuated. Ambiguities, such as relationships between proximity and distance, freedom and obligation, collective responsibility based on shared values and individual professional self-conception as well as varying expectations, reveal themselves as intricate aspects in navigating and understanding distributed leadership practices, not as an end in itself, but as a result of continuous mutual influence. This complex interplay underscores the need for a nuanced understanding of how responsibilities are distributed and collaboration is fostered within the evolving landscape of school and leadership development. These insights illuminate a nuanced interplay between different stakeholders, demonstrating relevance not only within the Swiss educational landscape but also in comparable settings such as Germany, Scandinavian countries, and the Netherlands (Ärlestig et al., 2016), where the teaching profession is characterized by a relatively high degree of autonomy. The elucidation of this intricate dynamic prompts significant questions concerning the forthcoming leadership competencies among stakeholders, facilitating successful collaborative shaping and development of schools. References Ärlestig, H., Day, C., & Johansson, O. (Eds.). (2016). A Decade of Research on School Principals. Springer International Publishing. Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research. Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (4th ed.). Sage. Diamond, J. B., & Spillane, J. P. (2016). School leadership and management from a distributed perspective: A 2016 retrospective and prospective. Management in Education, 30(4), 147–154. https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020616665938 Spillane, J. P., Halverson, R., & Diamond, J. B. (2004). Towards a theory of leadership practice: A distributed perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(1), 3. https://doi.org/10.1080/0022027032000106726 Tian, M., Risku, M., & Collin, K. (2016). A meta-analysis of distributed leadership from 2002 to 2013: Theory development, empirical evidence and future research focus. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(1), 146–164. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143214558576 26. Educational Leadership
Poster The Relationship Between the Career Model of School Directors and Student Learning Achievement in General Education 1Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 2Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 3Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 4Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The quality of schools is not only determined by educational achievement. Non-cognitive characteristics, children's health, well-being, moral education are important. However, learning success is an essential component of school quality. The greatest successes here are the TIMSS and PISA projects, which are carried out in the format of a large study. Large-scale studies have made progress in discovering predictors that impact learning success. These are social and economic factors: urban-rural differences, gender differences, school type differences, family characteristics, etc. These are also educational factors - learning environment, educational curriculum, learning methods, etc. Psychological factors should also be mentioned: motivation, school self-concept. Unfortunately, the question of what role the school principal plays in ensuring good learning outcomes is still relatively poorly addressed. More has been done in areas such as evaluation research and school improvement studies. The limitation is that these are mostly local, sampling-based studies. Questionnaire methods based on subjective self-assessments are mostly used. Social desirability and confounding effects inevitably occur. There is a need to examine the impact of school leadership and principal's potential on students' learning achievements. This is about the total census data from state statistics. Learning outcomes are multi-causal in nature, so it is not worth hypothetically expecting that the principal's factor will be crucial. It's probably relatively small, but it's still there. How does the phenomenon occur? What statistical regularities occur here? There is currently no information on this. This research and report is dedicated to partially clarifying this question. School leadership can be conceptualized in different ways: through the career model, personality traits and leadership style, etc. The big data from state statistics handed over to the research team was characterized by a limited number of variables describing the position of the director. The study is limited a few aspects. 1. Can older school leaders of pre-retirement and retirement age ensure good student learning outcomes and be as effective as younger school leaders? The issue is particularly relevant in the major debate over raising the retirement age for workers in the EU. Is it appropriate to introduce a limit of two consecutive terms of office for school principals, as happened in Lithuania? 2. Is it appropriate to give official ranks to public school principals? Does a degree guarantee better educational achievement of students whose schools are led by such respected “elite” principals with higher prestige, symbolic capital and higher salary? Should such categories and ranks be seen only as a relic of the Prussian government system of the 18th-19th centuries? Should the director's performance be evaluated without regard to professional history and only based on actual results based on external audit? 3. Should an applicant who has previously been a good teacher representative and has experience in education become a principal? Is it appropriate to appoint a person with management experience in business or public sector as a director? The question is not only relevant to education and can hypothetically be transferred to other sectors. Who can be a good director of a museum, library, hospital: a specialist or a general manager? In Lithuania there has always been a rule that only a former educator with experience in education can lead a school. At the moment anyone with management experience and a university education can participate in the selection process to become a school director. The peculiarity of the study is that the answers to the questions were examined not on the basis of sampling studies, but on the basis of total census data, which ensures the objectivity, validity and universal generalizability of the discovered statistical regularities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on total census data. This is data on the learning achievements of Lithuanian students, measured by standardised tests. Such centralised tests at national level are conducted in Lithuania by the National Agency for Education. The researchers received all anonymised data from the agency for the years 2015-2021. The total number of students tested is 248,000. The national tests are based on the example of TIMSS and PISA. In long tests, there are tasks on different topics and with different levels of difficulty. In terms of content, the tests covered the main subjects of maths, reading and writing in the lower grades, maths, state language (Lithuanian) and the main foreign language (English) in the upper grades. The mathematics test in 4th, 6th and 8th grade lasts up to 1 hour and includes 30-40 primary tasks. In the 10th grade, the test lasts up to 2 hours and comprises 30-40 tasks and in grade 12 lasts up to 3 hours and includes up to 25 tasks. The data originally collected for school administration is valid and also suitable for use in science. In the conclusion of the secondary and tertiary factorization, it became clear that the overall index of educational success can be derived from the estimates of various school subjects and defined as a dependent variable. The independent variable captures a specific career model of school headmasters. It comprises three primary main variables: 1) The age of the headmaster, 2) Was the supervisor a teacher before becoming a headteacher? What was the highest qualification category as a teacher at that time? In Lithuania, these are "teacher", "teacher-methodologist" and "teacher-expert". 3. Does the headmaster have a leadership category (official rank) or not? There are four possibilities in Lithuania: the director has / hasn’t categories I, II and III. The relative restriction of the hypothetical created career model was determined objectively and did not depend on the will of the researchers. The state Data provided to the researchers contained exactly this amount of information about the headmasters. When working with total census data, statistical tests and inferential statistics lose their usual significance, which are very characteristic of sampling studies. There is no sampling error and bias effects are unlikely. Cohen's effect of size was used to appropriately assess differences between compared group means. Differences of less than 0.20 standard deviation points were ignored and not interpreted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of data revealed specific statistical regularities. 1. the older the headteachers, the more favourable the academic achievement of the pupils in these schools. 2. the higher the headteacher's leadership category, the more favourable the learning achievement of pupils. 3. the higher the teacher's career category before the headmaster held the position, the more favourable the learning achievement of the pupils in these schools. 4. the career model of head teachers, operationalised by the three variables mentioned above, has a systematic effect on the learning achievement of pupils. The sometimes-widespread expert opinion that the rotation of headmasters is necessary and the term limit (up to two consecutive terms of office) is controversial. The opinion that headteachers remain in their position for too long, the effectiveness of leadership decreases and the school begins to stagnate is controversial. Teachers who are established in the profession and have a good work record represent a good resource from which headteachers can be recruited. At least in public schools, it is appropriate to have a system of leadership categories. Such a system of symbolic and material promotion of leaders motivates the leaders and has a positive effect on the functionality of the school. The statistical regularities found give rise to discussions about the importance of raising the retirement age for employees, including public sector managers. Although statistical regularities were only found in the population of school headmasters, these can be hypothetically transferred to museums, libraries, etc. in relation to the population of managers. The position of head teacher should not be compared to the tenure of a politician or civil servant who is elected for two terms. It is a creative mission whose personal suitability should be confirmed on the basis of actual achievement, as determined by external audits, certification, with no time limit. References Bubelienė, D., Merkys, G. (2019). „School's Cultural Diversity: What Is the Difference Between "School of Happiness" and "School Prison"?”//International Scientific conference ‘’SOCIETY, INTEGRATION, EDUCATION - SIE2019’’ (ISSN 1691-5887, eISSN 2256-0629) Volume II, May 24-25, pg. 53-69. Cox, J. S., & Mullen, C. A. (2023). Impacting student achievement: Principals’ instructional leadership practice in two Title I rural schools. Journal of School Leadership, 33(1), 3-25. https://doi.org/10.1177/10526846221133996 Earley, P., & Weindling, D. (2007). Do school leaders have a shelf life? Career stages and headteacher performance. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 35(1), 73-88. DOI: 10.1177/1741143207071386 Grissom, J. A., Egalite, A. J., & Lindsay, C. A. (2021). How principals affect students and schools. Wallace Foundation, 2(1), 30-41. Karadag, E. (2020). The effect of educational leadership on students’ achievement: A cross-cultural meta-analysis research on studies between 2008 and 2018. Asia Pacific Education Review, 21(1), 49-64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09612- Karadağ, E., Bektaş, F., Çoğaltay, N., & Yalçın, M. (2015). The effect of educational leadership on students’ achievement: A meta-analysis study. Asia Pacific Education Review, 16(1), 79-93. DOI 10.1007/s12564-015-9357-x Landahl, J. (2020). The PISA calendar: Temporal governance and international large-scale assessments. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 625-639. Levin, S., Scott, C., Yang, M., Leung, M., & Bradley, K. (2020). Supporting a Strong, Stable Principal Workforce: What Matters and What Can Be Done. Research Report. Learning Policy Institute. Mahmut, Ö. Z. E. R. (2020). What does PISA tell us about performance of education systems?. Bartın University Journal of Faculty of Education, 9(2), 217-228. Merkys, G., Čiučiulkienė, N., Bubelienė, D. Kvieskienė, G. (2021). Cognitive Reductionism as a Challenge for Teacher Training and Socialization. „Pädagogische Visionen im 21. Jahrhundert“, Peter Lang , p. 317-369. Nilsen, T., & Teig, N. (2022). A systematic review of studies investigating the relationships between school climate and student outcomes in TIMSS, PISA, and PIRLS. International Handbook of Comparative Large-Scale Studies in Education: Perspectives, Methods and Findings, 1-34. Schwippert, Knut, Daniel Kasper, Olaf Köller, Nele McElvany, Christoph Selter, Mirjam Steffensky, and Heike Wendt. TIMSS 2019: Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche Kompetenzen von Grundschulkindern in Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich. Waxmann Verlag, 2020. Van der Heijden, B., De Vos, A., Akkermans, J., Spurk, D., Semeijn, J., Van der Velde, M., & Fugate, M. (2020). Sustainable careers across the lifespan: Moving the field forward. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 117, 103344. Yalçın, M. T., & Çoban, Ö. (2023). Effect of school leadership on student academic achievement: school level path variables. Current Psychology, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-023-04886-6 26. Educational Leadership
Poster Accountability and Transparency: Analyzing Mutual Perceptions Between Schools and Their Support Systems RPTU Kaiserslautern-Landau, Germany Presenting Author:Ensuring the effectiveness and quality of educational institutions is not just the responsibility of individual school stakeholders. Rather, the school as an educational organization is embedded in a complex system of interdependencies. If we want to understand how transformation processes (e.g. digitalization) are implemented in schools, we must also consider the role of regional school supervisory authorities, municipal school boards, institutions linked to the regional department of education, and other supporting structures., However, there is a lack of research on these supporting structures of schools and the associated educational administration (Berkmeyer, 2020). Attempts to close this gap usually focus on the interaction and task profiles of school leadership and school supervision (Dobbelstein et al., 2020). In practice, the school boards of the municipality and the support institutions linked to the regional ministries of education present themselves as important contributors who create the necessary framework conditions and control resources, especially for the promotion of digitalization (Bockhorst & Kreutzmann, 2021). This is where the article becomes relevant. Using the example of the German federal state of Rhineland-Palatinate, the perspective of the school leaders and the teachers responsible for digitalization in schools - in this state, individual teachers are selected by the school leader and designated as ‘coordinators for education in the digital world’ (KoBiddW) - is included in addition to employees of the municipal school boards and employees of the regional school supervisory authorities. Since the survey examined on our poster was conducted in the context of the evaluation of a digital competence center in Rhineland-Palatinate and because the digitalization of schools can be internationally regarded as one of the central challenges for the development and success of education in general, the poster places a special focus on this topic. The theoretical foundation for this examination is provided by Educational Governance research, focusing on the alignment, communication, and coordination within the multi-level system of the institutional environment of schools as a central research topic (Hafner, 2022). Based on the cross-cutting theme of digitalization, this contribution can provide implications and insights for analysis beyond the German borders, thus making a valuable contribution to the pan-European discourse on the challenges and opportunities of digitalization in the education sector and interinstitutional cooperation. This highlights the potential to develop common strategies and share best practices within Europe to strengthen and advance educational systems across the continent. To approach this complex structure, the poster addresses the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these questions, an online survey was conducted with school leaders, teachers in the KoBiddW function, employees of the municipal school boards, and the employees of the regional school supervisory authorities between May and June 2023. The associated questionnaire was conducted as part of the accompanying scientific research for the establishment of a digital competence center. This digital competence center was officially opened in September 2022 and is institutionally linked to the Ministry of Education in Rhineland-Palatinate as an executive department of the Pädagogisches Landesinstitut (pedagogical state institute). This institute, in turn, is a support institution set up by the Ministry of Education, which offers further education and training, networking, advice as well as didactic and technical support for schools, among other things. Since September, the digital competence center has expanded this offer by bundling the areas of responsibility for the digital sector. A total of N=1179 people completed a full questionnaire (N=717 school leaders, N=346 teachers in the KoBiddW function, N=101 employees of the municipal school boards, and N=15 employees of the regional school supervisory authorities). Established scales were used for the research question, expanded to include the perspective of the municipal school boards, and adapted for use in Rhineland-Palatinate (Feldhoff et al. 2019). In the context of this poster contribution, three scales are introduced: The allocation of responsibility (4 items), cooperation between schools and the support systems in the state (5 items), and the question of whether advancing digitalization topics fall within the respondent's area of responsibility. For the analysis of the collected data, mainly descriptive measures such as mean value, standard deviation, and percentage frequencies are considered. In addition to the overall sample, the group of school leaders and teachers in the function of KoBiddW are also analyzed by school type, and for the entire sample, a division into urban and rural areas will be tested for significance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial results of the survey show that the teachers in the function of KoBiddW in particular rate the cooperation negatively in contrast to the assessments of the employees of the municipal school boards and the employees of the regional school supervisory authorities. We see a connection here between the fewer resources and opportunities for communication and networking with the municipal school boards and the employees of the regional school supervisory authorities these teachers have and their more critical view on cooperation. However, there are hardly any differences between the assessment of teachers in the function of KoBiddW and the school leaders, both in the overall sample and when divided into rural and urban regions. Furthermore, transparency in terms of the allocation of responsibilities is assessed as neutral to negative, except for the employees of the regional school supervisory authorities, who responded with significantly more positive perceptions on average for all questions. For the employees of the municipal school boards, the allocation of responsibilities and the cooperation between schools and the support systems in the state are rated more positively in rural regions, while the perception of having responsibility for digitalization issues is more pronounced in urban regions. References Berkmeyer, N. (2020). Schulleitung und Schulaufsicht – Symptome einer fehlenden Idee der Gesamtsystemsteuerung. In E. D. Klein & N. Bremm (Ed.), Educational Governance. Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle: Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung (p. 375–388). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Bockhorst, R. & Kreutzmann, N. Unterstützungen von Schulträgern vor und während der Corona Pandemie: Einblicke in das Kooperationsprojekt Schule und digitale Bildung der Bildungsregion Kreis Gütersloh. Schulverwaltung, Nordrhein-Westfalen: Zeitschrift für Schulentwicklung und Schulmanagement, 2021, 116–118. Dobbelstein, P., Manitius, V., Röder, M. & Völker, J. (2020). Schulaufsicht im Diskurs – zur Notwendigkeit einer intensiveren Betrachtung der schulaufsichtlichen Schnittstellenfunktion. In E. D. Klein & N. Bremm (Hrsg.), Educational Governance. Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle: Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung (p. 389–397). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Hafner, S. (2022). Koordination und Kompromiss in föderalen Bildungssystemen. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-36193-8 Feldhoff, T., Wurster, S., Rettinger, T., Hausen, J., & Neumann, M. (2019). Steuerung und Qualitätsentwicklung im Bremer Schulsystem. In K. Maaz, M. Hasselhorn, T.-S. Idel, E. Klieme, B. Lütje-Klose, P. Stanat, M. Neumann, A. Bachsleitner, J. Lühe, & S. Schipolowski (Ed.), Zweigliedrigkeit und Inklusion im empirischen Fokus. Ergebnisse der Evaluation der Bremer Schulreform (p. 177–215). Waxmann Münster. 26. Educational Leadership
Poster Pupils’ Experience of School and their Views of the Headteacher’s Role: A Study Conducted in Portugal CIEC-UM, Portugal Presenting Author:Drawing on the work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu & Sammons (2016), this paper reports on findings from a 3-year research project aimed at investigating the impact of school leadership on teachers’ work and pupils’ outcomes. The project draws on existing literature that points to the pivotal role of school leaders in school improvement. While much attention has been devoted to investigating the impact of classroom and school conditions on student learning, there has been a scarcity of studies focusing on how leadership, particularly headteachers, can positively shape these conditions (Leithwood & Day, 2007; Cruickshank, 2017). The headteachers have the potential to employ a combination of transformational and instructional leadership strategies to advance school improvement (Day, Gu, & Sammons, 2016; Cruickshank, 2017). The efficacy of this integration is intricately linked to teacher commitment and school culture, contributing to enhance student outcomes (Cruickshank, 2017). In this context, school headteachers play a pivotal role in schools. Research recognises pupils as key informants in understanding school dynamics (Day, 2004, Horgan, 2016, Ansell et al., 2012) as well as teaching and learning improvement (Mitra, 2004, Flutter & Rudduck, 2004, Roberts & Nash, 2009). Moreover, pupils are very proficient at understanding the attitudes, intentions and behaviour of teachers and other educational actors (Day, 2004). Listening to pupils is key to improving teaching and learning (Flutter & Ruduck, 2004). This paper explores pupils’ views and their experience of schooling as well as their perception in relation to the work of the school leaders, particularly, their school headteacher. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on a three-year research project, funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology entitled ‘IMPACT - Investigating the Impact of School leadership on Pupil Outcomes’ (PTDC/CED-EDG/28570/2017). It is based on work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu and Sammons (2016) and it aimed to examine leadership practices and their impact on pupils' outcomes. Data were collected according to three phases: i) exploratory interviews with 25 headteachers: ii) a national survey of headteachers (n=379) and key staff (n=875); iii) case studies (20 schools). This paper reports on findings arising from the case studies (Phase III), through 13 focus groups (n=74) in different school contexts with pupils (year 4 to year 12). Participants’ age ranged from 9 to 17 years old, 43 were female and 31 were male. Content analysis was performed to analyse qualitative data and to look at emerging categories based on the semantic criterion (Esteves, 2006). Verification strategies (Creswell, 1998) were used to ensure accuracy: the research team members engaged in a process of systematic analysis of the categories and sub-categories in order to reduce and make sense of the data (Miles & Huberman, 1994). The research project was approved by the Committee of Ethics for Research in Social and Human Sciences at the University of Minho (CEICSH 009/2020) and by the DGE/Ministry of Education (Ref.ª 0555900002). Best practice in the field of social research was taken into account regarding research with children in educational settings (Alderson, 1995; Alderson & Morrow, 2011). Informed consent was appropriate to both the research topic and purpose and to the participants' characteristics, prioritising succinct and relevant information to promote participants' autonomy and involvement in the research process (O'Farrelly & Tatlow-Golden, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper examines pupils’ views and their experience of schooling as well as their perception in relation to the work of the school leaders, particularly, the school headteacher. Data were explored in light of pupils’ perceptions about the headteachers and about their schooling experience regarding school climate, organisational matters and school as a learning place. Pupils often highlight the personal characteristics of the headteacher, such as good listening skills, understanding, friendliness, organisational proficiency, and availability. Furthermore, students have different opinions with regard to the visibility of the headteacher. Some refer to a constant presence and an open-door policy, while others identify distance and physical absence. However, students also recognise the authoritative figure of the headteacher although with different meanings. As for their views on learning and academic achievement, the participants spoke of both intrinsic and extrinsic factors and highlighted issues of support and pedagogical interaction with their teachers but also the role of the headteacher. As for pupils’ views on their school experience, the participants highlighted the school climate, organisational matters (i.e. curriculum management, school organisation, timetable, school conditions or pupil participation at school), but also the role of the school as a socialisation place (i.e. the relationship with their peers and friendship) and as learning place (i.e. projects and activities and improving learning efforts). These and other issues will be discussed further in the paper. References Alderson, P. & Morrow, V. (2011). The ethics of Research with Children and Young People. Sage. Alderson, P. (1995). Listening to children: children, ethics and social research. Barnardos. Ansell, N., Robson, E., Hajdu, F., et al. (2012). Learning from young people about their lives: Using participatory methods to research the impacts of AIDS in southern Africa. Children’s Geographies, 10(2), 169–186. Creswell et al. (2007). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Day, C. (2004). A Paixão pelo Ensino. Porto Editora. Day, C., Gu, Q. & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52, 221-258. Esteves, M. (2006). Análise de conteúdo. In J. Lima, J. Pacheco (Eds.), Fazer investigação. Contributos para a elaboração de dissertações e teses (pp. 105-126). Porto: Porto Editora. Flutter, J. & Rudduck, J. (2004). Consulting Pupils. What´s in it for schools?. Routledge Falmer. Horgan, D. (2017). Child participatory research methods: Attempts to go ‘deeper.’ Childhood, 24(2), 245–259. Leithwood, K., Day, C., Sammons, P., Harris, A. & Hopkins, D. (2006). Seven Strong Claims about Successful School Leadership. London: DfES. Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Mitra, D. (2004). The Significance of Students: Can Increasing ‘‘Student Voice’’ in Schools Lead to Gains in Youth Development? Teachers College Record, 106 (4), 651-688. O’Farrelly, C. & Tatlow-Golden, M. (2022). It’s up to you if you want to take part. Supporting young children’s informed choice about research participation with simple visual booklets. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30(1), 63-80. Roberts, A., & Nash, J. (2009). Enabling students to participate in school improvement through a Students as Researchers programme. Improving Schools, 12(2), 174–187. 26. Educational Leadership
Poster Challenges and Possibilities in Leading Teacher Education Program in Matrix Organization Western Norway University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:In Norway, Teacher Education is strictly regulated by the Ministry of Education and Research, and it is up to each higher education institution to ensure the management of the quality of programs. Report no. 16 to the Parliament, “Culture for quality in higher education” (Meld. St. (2016-2017) says that program management is expected to ensure that the entire academic environment is engaged in the study programs and that there is academic coherence and coherence in the curricula. This is in line with what the European Commission (2017) describes as an important task in renewing the EU agenda for higher education: “Good institutional leadership and effective internal cooperation and resource management become even more important when the institutions’ range of tasks increases and more emphasis is placed on measuring and demonstrating performance”. The program management is responsible for creating good arenas for discussing the program's development so that the entire academic community is engaged and feels ownership of the study program. The objective of these regulations is to ensure that teacher education institutions offer integrated, profession-orientated teacher education rooted in research and experience-based knowledge (Ministry of Education and Research, 2016, p. 1). The education shall be characterized by high academic quality, by coherence and coherence between subjects, subject didactics, pedagogy, and practical training, and by close interaction with the professional field. This project will especially look at how program leaders (head) of Teacher Education across disciplines in a matrix organization work with external and structural framework conditions, how to engage the academic community in the strategies, and how to build professional-orientated teacher education that is both research- and practice-based. We present a project and discuss some issues related to the study program’s role in a university in Norway where different departments of discipline deliver their service (knowledge) to the Teacher Education Program across institutes. The expectations are that the head of the program should work collaboratively in a matrix organization where institutes are organized according to subject discipline and must deliver to the various programs. Leading and managing study programs has been pointed to as one of the most complex and challenging aspects of higher education, partly because program management often appears more as an important piece in coordination than as a strategic actor (Aamodt et al., 2016; Johansen, 2020). There is also a change in higher education institutions, for example, new strategic policy documents, whitepapers, new financing arrangements, lower recruitment, and changes in institutional structure that have a great influence on the role of leading and managing study programs. Previous research nationally, and especially internationally (Evans, 2022; Irving, 2015; Johansen, 2020; Jones et al., 2014) points to the challenge it is for heads of study programs to see themselves as leaders in an educational institution. Therefore, we ask: what opportunities and challenges to strengthen quality lies in leading a Teacher Education Program in a matrix organization? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our methodology approach springs from ethnography (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019), where one tries to understand human behavior through what they do (the practices) in a social and cultural community. Data is collected from a workshop with a group of leaders at middle-level management in an institution in Norway, strategical policy documents, and the researcher's own experiences. The researchers use data from their practices and are both researchers and participants in this study where we analyze strategic government documents and compare them to lived experience and experiences from workshop methodology. The workshop has been a discussion of hypotheses and claims, related to leadership roles at the middle level, to explore the experience of leading a study program in a matrix organization. The policy documents are Report No. 16 to the Parliament, “Culture for quality in higher education” (Meld. St. (2016-2017), The Norwegian qualifications framework for lifelong learning (NQF), and Evaluations of quality in education. These two latest documents are from the Norwegian Agency for Quality Assurance in Education (NOKUT). It is important to us that the project should be a contribution to research on study leadership in higher education, which response to the need for more research on the management of study programs, and in this context research on the challenges experienced by the leader responsible for the programs (Solbrekke and Stensaker, 2016, p. 145). Material is organized and analyzed based on Engström's model (1999), to identify conditions that can be challenged to increase the quality of the Teacher Education Program. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The hypotheses we discussed were about different issues we face, but we always ended up discussing cooperation/interaction in different ways. Management of large study programs that go across several institutes with many different stakeholders has loyalty challenges with the matrix organization, which in turn creates challenges in strengthening the quality of the study programs through collaborative management teams. Data showed that the lines of cooperation are of great importance for the implementation of quality in the program, but also that failing collaboration (dotted lines) weakens quality through weakened ownership and weakened communication. One of the major challenges seems to be engaging the whole academic community for a common goal, and leaders lack management tools. We will further discuss this through the poster presentation. References Aamodt, P.O., Hovdhaugen, E., Stensaker, B., Frølich, N., Maassen, P. & Dalseng, C.F. 2016): Utdanningsledelse. En analyse av ledere av studieprogrammer i høyere utdanning (Arbeidsnotat 2016:10). Nordisk institutt for studier av innovasjon, forskning og utdanning. https://nifu.brage.unit.no/nifu-xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/2402016/NIFUarbeidsnotat2016-10%20.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Bjaalid, G., Husebø, D. & Moen, V. (2020). Studieprogramledelse i høyere utdanning – aksjonsforskning som grunnlag for involvering, læring og organisatoriske grenseoppganger. I S. Gjøtterud, H. Hiim, D. Husebø & L. H. Jensen (Red.), Aksjonsforskning i Norge, volum 2: Grunnlagstenkning, forskerroller og bidrag til endring i ulike kontekster (s. 361–389). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.121.ch13 Engström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. In: Engeström Y., Miettinen R. & Punamäki R-L. (eds.). Perspectives on Activity Theory. Learning in Doing: Social, Cognitive and Computational Perspectives. Cambridge University Press; 1999:19-38. European Commission (Brussels, 30.5.2017). COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE, AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS - on a renewed EU agenda for higher education. Downloaded: EUR-Lex - 52017DC0247 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) Evans, L. (2022). Is leadership a myth? A ‘new wave’ critical leadership-focused research agenda for recontouring the landscape of educational leadership. Educational management, administration & leadership, 2022, Vol. 50 (3), p. 413-435 evans-2021-is-leadership-a-myth-a-new-wave-critical-leadership-focused-research-agenda-for-recontouring-the-landscape.pdf Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: principles in practice (Fourth edition.). Routledge. Irving, K. (2015). Leading learning and teaching: an exploration of "local" leadership in academis departments in the UK. Tertiary Education and Management, Vol. 21, No. 3, s. 186-199. Johansen, M. B. (2020). Studieprogramledelse i høyere utdanning - i spenningsfelt mellom struktur og handlingsrom (Doktoravhandling). Norges teknisk-naturvitenskapelige universitet, Trondheim. https://ntnuopen.ntnu.no/ntnu-xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/2642522/Marte%20Bratseth%20Johansen_PhD.pdf?sequence=1 Jones, S., Harvey, M., Lefoe, G., & Ryland, K. (2014). Synthesising theory and practice: Distributed leadership in higher education. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 42(5), 603-619. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213510506 Meld. St. 16 (2016–2017). Kultur for kvalitet i høyere utdanning. Kunnskapsdepartementet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-16-20162017/id2536007/ Ministry of Education and Research (2016). Forskrifter om rammeplaner for femårige grunnskolelærerutdanninger for trinn 1–7 og trinn 5–10 – rundskriv med merknader (Rundskriv F-06-16). Hentet fra https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/f-06-16/id2507752/ (In English: forskrift-om-rammeplan-for-grunnskolelarerutdanning-for-trinn-1-7---engelsk-oversettelse-l1064431.pdf (regjeringen.no) Pinheiro, R., Stensaker, B. (2013). Designing the Entrepreneurial University: The Interpretation of a Global Idea. Public Organiz Rev 14, 497–516 (2014). https://doi-org.galanga.hvl.no/10.1007/s11115-013-0241-z Solbrekke, T. D. og Stensaker, B. (2016). Utdanningsledelse. Stimulering av et felles engasjement for studieprogrammene? Uniped, volum 39, no. 2, s. 144-157 26. Educational Leadership
Poster Interrelationships between English Language Skills and Professional Capital in the Context of the Professionalism of Managers of Educational Institutions Liepaja University, Latvia Presenting Author:The research problem is characterized by the contradiction between formal requirements regarding the skills of the head of an educational institution in Latvia and the respondents' stories of experience in using English as a foreign language in daily work. The research problem emphasizes the need to see the interrelationships in the understanding of the managers of educational institutions about professional capital and the resources necessary for its provision. This study investigates the understanding of educational institution managers about English language skills as an element of professional capital. The management of an educational institution in the 21st century must be able to demonstrate leadership skills in at least four different areas: teaching management, organizational management, public management and evidence-based management (Jellig, 2018). However, what the leaders of educational institutions are forced to manage in the first place are the constant and rapid changes - both dictated by the digital revolution and curriculum reform, as well as the forms of learning caused by the Covid-19 pandemic and the explosion of artificial intelligence in the field of education. For additional formal compliance with the requirements of the law, the head of the educational institution is expected to have a series of skills that are constructed and determined by the relevant era, for example, foreign language skills. On the other hand, since the regaining of independence, Russian language skills are no longer important in the work and career opportunities of the head of an educational institution. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative research, phenomenological reduction was chosen as the basic research strategy. A semi-structured, individual, remote interview was used for data collection. The data were analyzed using the method of interpretative (hermeneutic) phenomenological analysis. The research sample is the managers and their deputies of general, professional and higher education institutions in Latvia. A purposive sampling strategy was chosen for the interview, that is, participants with intensive experience, as well as interview participants, were selected in such a way that each type of education was represented in equal proportion. Interview sample size n=6 participants, of which 2 respondents were heads of general secondary education institutions, 2 respondents were heads of vocational education institutions, 2 respondents were deputy heads (deans) of higher education institutions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The state should more precisely define the skills that are set for potential and already working heads of educational institutions. An accurate listing of skills or skill groups by the state would serve as a basis for a more homogeneous quality of the professional capital of educational institution managers and to reduce the risk of unequal treatment The analysis of the interview data shows that the respondents are aware of English language skills as a necessary element of professional capital If professional capital is resources, investments and assets that create, define and develop a profession and its practice (Hargreaves, Fullan, 2012), then English language skills are considered an element of the professional capital of educational institution managers. References 1.Goldin, C. (2014). Human Capital. In C. Diebolt, & M. Haupert, Handbook of Cliometrics. Springer-Verlag 2.Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital: Transforming Teaching in Every School. New York/Toronto: Teachers College Press 3. Jellig, G. M. (2018). School leadership. In The SAGE Encyclopedia of Educational Research, Measurement, and Evaluation. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications, Inc 4. National Research Council. (2012). Education for Life and Work: Developing Transferable Knowledge and Skills in the 21st Century. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. doi:https://doi.org/10.17226/13398 |
12:45 - 13:30 | 27 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster “Let’s Teach about the Internet!”: Model Lessons about Concepts of the Internet for Grades 6-9 Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The Czech national curriculum was revised in 2021 to include the basic principles of the Internet in teaching computer science at ISCED level 2. This topic was introduced into curricula in other countries in Europe and beyond (e.g. CSTA, 2017; Eurydice, 2019). However, support for teachers is lacking. Some textbooks addressed this topic (e.g. Page & Levine, 2019), but as far as we know, no evidence-based materials concerning principles of the Internet at ISCED 2 level are available. Our goal is to fill this gap by creating and evaluating four 45-minute model lessons at two difficulty levels (Grades 6-7 and Grades 8-9) on the following topics:
On a theoretical level, this work stems from a constructivist tradition and capitalizes on the Evocation – Realisation of meaning - Reflection educational model (ERR) (Meredith & Steele, 2010). Constructivist theories and models (e.g., Vygotsky, 1987) describe the acquisition of new, scientifically correct knowledge as an intensive process of creating new mental entities in students’ working memory and integrating them into long-term memory. In the process of integration, new knowledge is formed from, and on top of, prior knowledge. Prior knowledge cannot be erased, rather it is suppressed, altered or reused in new knowledge representations. Prior knowledge, typically acquired during everyday tasks, is often called preconception. Knowing students' preconceptions about a topic is crucial for creating lessons that target parts of the topic that are difficult for students to understand. In this respect, our starting point presents preconceptions about the Internet studied previously (see Brom, 2023; Babari, 2023). The ERR educational model follows this theoretical thread. The first phase, the evocation, activates pupils’ prior knowledge, rendering it apparent to both fellow learners and the instructor. The second phase, realization of meaning, brings new information in order to augment prior knowledge into knowledge closer to normative understanding. This could involve showcasing and discussing multimedia material, providing direct demonstrations, using analogies, or engaging in activities. The concluding phase, the reflection, involves solidifying the newfound knowledge alongside prior knowledge. Our model lessons are organized around these three phases. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We created and tested four 45-minute-long lessons through a combination of action and design-based research. The research took place in 2023 across Czechia. The testing featured three phases. In the first phase, we reviewed the lessons and activities with individual pupils (N=4) to see if they found them relevant and informative. In the second phase, we visited 13 classrooms in six schools (N ~ 260) with working versions of the materials (step-by-step instructions for teachers, presentations, worksheets). We iteratively refined the lessons after each lesson was taught, up to six times. As a lecturer, four members of the research team took turns. We used independent observers who observed the course of each lesson and took notes. In the third phase, we tested the versatility and scalability of the model lessons, i.e. whether they can be taught by different teachers, and the final graphic design of the materials. We visited three other schools and taught the lessons again in six classes (N ~ 120 children). Importantly, in the second phase, we also measured the effectiveness of the lessons using pre-, post-, and delayed tests we developed. The test included 30 closed questions. For each question, the children were to express their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with one statement on the scale “agree” - “not sure” - “disagree”. An example of a question is: “Servers are programs inside which we can search for information.”. The pre-test was completed by the children before the first lesson. The immediate post-test was completed by the children immediately after the end of the fourth lesson. The delayed post-test (n = 61) was completed approx. half a year later (the three tests included the same questions). For each question, we calculated the score achieved (correct = 2 pts, incorrect = 0 pts, not sure = 1 pts; theoretical scale 0 – 60). Scores were statistically evaluated using a paired t-test and a Cohen's d calculation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The lessons had a very large impact on children's knowledge, which persisted even after several months (pre-post: d = 1.76, p < 0.001, n = 207; pre-delayed: d = 1.06, p < 0.001, n = 61). As far as we know, this is for the first-time effectiveness of lessons on the topic of Internet principles have been assessed. Informally, children and teachers have described our lessons as enjoyable and on an interesting topic. Hence, our key contribution is a unique set of lessons with measured effectiveness. At the same time, we created a set of questions for assessing child knowledge. After a slight modification of the format, they can serve as an assessment tool for teachers. No work is without limitations. Most importantly, the present study lacks a no-intervention control group, so we cannot exclude the possibility that children acquired knowledge not from our lesson, but by other means (although this seems improbable given very large effect sizes). Also, we were unable to administer delayed tests on more than approx. 1/4 of the original sample. All in all, despite limitations, we believe our lessons can be a useful addition to the shelf of evidence-based computing education interventions. The lessons were made available to the teaching community in the Czech Republic. We plan to translate them into English and German so that they can be used in other countries as well. References Babari, P., Hielscher, M., Edelsbrunner, P. A., Conti, M., Honegger, B. D., & Marinus, E. (2023). A literature review of children’s and youth’s conceptions of the internet. International Journal of Child-Computer Interaction, 37, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcci.2023.100595 Brom, C., Yaghobová, A., Drobná, A., & Urban, M. (2023). ‘The internet is in the satellites!’: A systematic review of 3–15-year-olds’ conceptions about the internet. Education and Information Technologies, 28(11), 14639–14668. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-11775-9 Computer Science Teachers Association (2017). CSTA K-12 Computer Science Standards, Revised 2017. Retrieved from https://csteachers.org/k12standards/. European Education and Culture Executive Agency, Eurydice (2019). Digital education at school in Europe, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/763 Meredith, K. S., & Steele, J. L. (2010). Classrooms of Wonder and Wisdom. Corwin Press. Page, A. a Levine, D. (2019). Oxford International Primary Computing Student Book 1. Oxford, Oxford. ISBN 978-0-19-849779-0. Vygotsky, L. S. (1987). Problems of general psychology. In The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky(vol. 1). Plenum Press. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster A Systematic Review of Science Outreach: Characteristics, Definitions, and Impacts The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Low participation in science has been an ongoing concern amongst science educators, policy makers and industry groups for several decades (Hoyle & ACER 2016). In Australia, this is particularly the case for Indigenous students, girls, and students from low Socio Economic Status (SES) backgrounds and rural areas. Science outreach is one approach that has arisen over recent decades that attempts to address this concern. Science outreach involves programs developed by university and non-university providers that aims to promote science to children, schools, families and the general public and often have a focus on creating opportunities for underrepresented groups to engage with science learning from a young age.
Recently, science outreach has become an industry in and of itself. Driven by research funding that requires evidence of research impacts for the community, many outreach programs are developed in fulfilment of research expectations. This has led to an increase in the number of science outreach programs offered to the general public and in turn, the research conducted on them. While the aims of many science outreach programs are to promote science to young people and the broader public, and to enhance science literacy, attitudes, engagement, and retention (Clark et al., 2016; Rennie, 2014) this body of research has been predominantly focused on single case studies. Further, rather than building on findings of previous science outreach programs the research tends to focus on individual outreach programs in isolation.
Although it is well understood that early experiences of science and the role of parents and carers are influential on science engagement, what research has been undertaken on the influences of science outreach itself has tended to be evaluative in nature, published across a diverse range of fields and publication types and rarely brings together and builds on previous work. Given the scale and investment in science outreach, understanding the nature of outreach’s influence is critical.
We now find ourselves in a position to review over 30 years of academic literature to gain a detailed picture of the type of research conducted on science outreach. This systematic literature review is a first attempt to bring together the existing science outreach research into a more coherent whole to understand the influences of science outreach, what science outreach does, and what it looks like.
Adopting a mixed-methods systematic review approach (Stern et al, 2021), this research aims to understand the common characteristics of outreach programs, the nature of science outreach research and the impacts and recommendations of this body of literature. The specific research questions address include:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a mixed-methods systematic review to identify relevant literature examining scientific outreach programs across the early years, primary and secondary school contexts. Mixed-methods systematic reviews combine quantitative and qualitative studies to create a greater breadth of understanding compared to single method reviews (Stern et al, 2021). The review was guided by the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematics Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) statement (Page et al., 2021). This PRISMA statement consists of a 27 item checklist to guide the planning, conducting, and reporting of systematic reviews ensuring that all recommended information is captured. As recommended by Page et al. we referred to this PRISMA statement early in the writing process ensuring all applicable items were addressed. Five databases were searched in May 2023, including Web of Science, Scopus, and three from EbscoHost (Academic Search Complete, Education Source, and ERIC). The search terms were developed by the research term and an academic librarian. We limited our search to publications focusing on science education including STEM (science, technology, engineering and mathematics). In total 3773 publications were imported into Covidence (www.covidence.org;Veritas Health Innovation, 2022) a web-based collaboration software platform that streamlines the production of systematic reviews. Covidence automatically removed 1758 duplicates whilst a further 89 were manually removed. The 1926 remaining publications were then screened by two authors at the title and abstract level with 1650 references excluded based on pre-determined criteria. Science outreach that was a formal, informal, school base or external program, provided access to a scientist or tertiary scientist and focused on students aged 0-18 years/final year of school were included. This left 276 to progress to the next stage where full texts for each publications were read independently by all the authors. Ultimately a further 188 publications were excluded. The final systematic review included 88 science outreach publications. Next, the 88 publications were distributed amongst the research team. Using the Covidence software, the team extracted the relevant data using a checklist which was guided by the research questions. Extracted data included study characteristics (e.g., age of and quantity of student participants, country of origin, year of data collection, area of science, who delivered the outreach) and major findings (e.g., impact description, outreach recommendations). The final step involved two researchers verifying the extracted data to ensure accuracy and consistency before the data was analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our first research question sought to identify common characteristics of science outreach programs reported in the academic literature. Most frequently, the provider of an outreach program is one or more universities. This research has been conducted predominantly in the United States of America, but also from Australia, Germany, the United Kingdom, Canada, Israel, Italy, Brazil and Portugal. Most outreach programs included participants of mixed genders, and focused on secondary students. Outreach programs were mostly focused on biology, followed by chemistry, STEM, physics, astronomy, general science, earth science and environmental sciences. A range of methodologies were applied across the publications, including quantitative, mixed-methods and qualitative. In addition, multiple publications provided a descriptive overview of an outreach program, without adopting an empirical research methodology. Second, we looked at explicit and implicit definitions of science outreach within the literature. Connections between schools, universities, industries, and scientists were a recurring feature of explicit definitions of science outreach. In addition, these connections were often linked to the need to increase scientific literacy and understanding of science content or gaining access to specialised scientific equipment not available in schools. In turn, it was often proposed that this understanding and access needed to occur to increase engagement in, and attitudes towards, science to ultimately increase the number of students pursuing a career in science. Finally, the impacts of science outreach were reported positively across all publications reviewed. These positive impacts fall into two broad categories. The first relates to opportunities afforded to students both through the acquisition of knowledge and skills, and access to human expertise and material resources. The second category concerns secondary effects and affect in terms of outreach fostering positive student experiences, perspectives, and science identities. References Clark, G., Russell, J., Enyeart, P., Gracia, B., Wessel, A., Jarmoskaite, I., ... Roux, S. (2016). Science educational outreach programs that benefit students and scientists. PLoS Biology, 14(2), e1002368. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.1002368 Hoyle, P. & ACER. (2016). Must try harder: An evaluation of the UK government’s policy directions in STEM education. Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. International journal of surgery, 88, 105906. Rennie, L. J. (2014). Learning science outside of school. In Handbook of research on science education, Volume II (pp. 134-158). Routledge. Stern, C., Lizarondo, L., Carrier, J., Godfrey, C., Rieger, K., Salmond, S., ... & Loveday, H. (2020). Methodological guidance for the conduct of mixed methods systematic reviews. JBI evidence synthesis, 18(10), 2108-2118. Veritas Health Innovation. (2023). Covidence systematic review software. Melbourne, Australia 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster Already Adaptive or Just Explained Differently? - Identification of Adaptive Teaching Through Videography in Elementary School Mathematics Lessons IFB, Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Germany Presenting Author:Recent comparative analyses indicate a continuous rise in the number of students who fail to meet basic educational standards. This highlights the necessity for personalized and focused support to address the diverse needs of students (OECD 2023, p. 141). Adaptive teaching is often considered crucial in dealing with heterogeneity in primary education. Recognized for its responsiveness to individual student needs, adaptive teaching is currently seen as a central approach to designing instruction to meet these challenges and is receiving increasing attention (Bernard et al., 2019).The concept is defined as a key competence for addressing the diverse social, linguistic, motivational, didactic and cultural teaching needs of students and their learning processes and it refers to a reservoir of specific interactions and measures that occur at the procedural micro level (Beck et al., 2008; Parsons et al., 2018).
Adaptive teaching is the ability to meet the varying social, linguistic, motivational, didactic, and cultural instructional needs of students and their individual learning processes (Helmke & Weinert, 1997; Vaughn & Parsons, 2013). Parsons' (2018) meta-analysis identifies adaptive teaching as a source of specific instructional actions and interactions, such as questioning, assessing, encouraging, modeling, managing, explaining, providing feedback, challenging, or making connections (Parsons et al., 2018). Teachers adapt to students' needs when planning and teaching, resulting in an interplay between intended and situational execution at the interactional level (Corno, 2008; Cronbach & Snow, 1981; Hardy et al., 2019). During the teaching and learning process, educators engage in metacognitive observation and reflection as they develop and communicate instructional adaptations. These processes, known as 'moment-to-moment' (Hardy et al., 2019, p. 175), rely on finely structured diagnostic strategies (Tetzlaff et al., 2021).
This understanding is fundamental not only to the interaction itself but also to instructional concepts such as scaffolding and formative assessment, which are central to our research perspective (de Boer et al., 2020). Research has identified various forms of scaffolding, including feedback, explanation, modeling, and questioning. However, maintaining a nuanced balance between supporting and activating learners presupposes the use of formative assessment (van de Pol et al., 2023). Educators can assess students' current understanding and encourage cognitive engagement through well-crafted feedback using diagnostic strategies. This approach goes beyond mere assessment, as it encourages students to reflect on and refine flawed strategies (Buttlar, 2019). In empirical research, teaching and learning take place in the dynamic and multidimensional environment of the classroom. It is imperative to identify adaptive teaching and learning within a specific instructional context, observed authentically in a classroom setting. However, the scarcity of tools for operationalizing and validating adaptive teaching has led to limited empirical models, underscoring the need for further investigation (Hardy et al., 2019). This study aims to address this gap by employing a deductive-inductive approach to develop a category system. The research analyzes teacher-pupil interactions in eight primary mathematics classes through video recordings.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data focuses on instructional sequences and was collected in math classes across five primary schools in Germany, spanning grades 1-4. To create the content framework, each surveyed lesson is part of a symmetry sequence. The participating teachers are provided with a box of materials created by the project team, which they can use flexibly. The survey's authentic setting allows for a comparable instructional approach while still providing a range of didactic and methodological implementation options within the subject-specific topic. Our analysis focuses on the teacher's interactions with the students, which will be recorded using Go-Pro cameras attached to the teacher to capture events from their perspective. This approach enables a more in-depth analysis and exploration of additional nuances. In addition to the Go-Pro, the recording setup will include two other cameras - a still camera and a handheld camera - and three microphones to capture both video and audio tracks. Immediately after the recorded lessons, teachers will be interviewed to reconstruct their observation, reflection, and decision-making processes. This multi-perspective approach is intended to capture the complexity of what happens in the classroom during the work phase. Personal information, grades, gender, immigration status and specific details such as special needs are collected through class lists and a student questionnaire. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After conducting an extensive literature review, the initial step was to create a schema that encompasses the cyclical nature of adaptive teaching and identifies observable characteristics for description on three levels. A) Students differ in various dimensions with respect to their initial learning situations, from which individual needs are derived. Teachers perceive these needs through various measures of B) observation and assess them, leading to C) adjustments of instructional offerings on various dimensions. All three levels imply teacher-student interactions which, depending on the social form, may occur for the whole class, in work phases for small groups or individually for a child. All characteristics can refer purely content-related and organizational aspects. A category system was developed based on a fully transcribed initial video. Basic categories were identified using content analysis and conversation analysis approaches (Mayring, 2016). Teacher-student interactions take place during observed work phases with individual children or small groups. They are initiated by a child's question or in response to the teacher's observation. Nonverbal interactions, such as gestural explanations with materials, occur between the teacher and individual children or subgroups. Initiations are nearly equal from both children and the teacher. The identified adaptations relate to language, learning objectives, explanations, materials, or instructional structure and align with the three levels of organization, content, or both. In the coming months, we anticipate gaining further insights into adaptive instruction through comparative analysis. Adaptive teaching involves various fundamental instructional factors, including student prerequisites, in different learning environments. To facilitate the identification and comparison of adaptive teaching across significantly diverse classes, the study's categorization system captures and dissects recurring patterns. This approach facilitates the practical development of the construct and its impact on instructional processes in educational research. References Beck, E., Baer, M., Guldimann, T., Bischoff, S., Brühwiler, C., Müller, P., Niedermann, R., Rogalla, M., & Vogt, F. (2008). Adaptive Lehrkompetenz. Analyse und Struktur, Veränderung und Wirkung handlungssteuernden Lehrerwissens. Waxmann. Bernard, R. M., Borokhovski, E., Schmid, R. F., Waddington, D. I., & Pickup, D. I. (2019). Twenty-first century adaptive teaching and individualized learning operationalized as specific blends of student-centered instructional events: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Campbell Systematic Reviews, 15(1–2), e1017. Buttlar, A.-C. (2019). Sequenzielle Analysen interaktiver Verfahren des lehrerseitigen Umgangs mit Schüleräußerungen. Interaktion im Klassenzimmer: Forschungsgeleitete Einblicke in das Geschehen im Unterricht, 97–117. Corno, L. (2008). On Teaching Adaptively. Educational Psychologist, 43(3), 161–173. Cronbach, L. J., & Snow, R. E. (1981). Aptitudes and instructional methods: A handbook for research on interactions. Ardent Media. de Boer, H., Bonanati, M., Breuning, M., Jähn, D., Last, S., & Wagener, M. (2020). Schüler*innen mit unterschiedlichen (Lern-)Voraussetzungen im ‚Fachgespräch‘ – Mikroperspektiven auf videografierte Unterrichtsszenen. In N. Skorsetz, M. Bonanati, & D. Kucharz (Hrsg.), Diversität und soziale Ungleichheit: Herausforderungen an die Integrationsleistung der Grundschule (S. 222–233). Springer Fachmedien. Hardy, I., Decristan, J., & Klieme, E. (2019). Adaptive teaching in research on learning and instruction. Journal for educational research online, 11(2), 169–191. Helmke, A., & Weinert, F. E. (1997). Bedingungsfaktoren schulischer Leistungen. Psychologie des Unterrichts und der Schule, 71–176. Mayring, P. (2016). Einführung in die qualitative Sozialforschung. Beltz. OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Ergebnisse (Band I): Lernstände und Bildungsgerechtigkeit, PISA, wbv Media, Bielefeld. Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Scales, R. Q., Gallagher, M. A., Parsons, A. W., Davis, S. G., Pierczynski, M., & Allen, M. (2018). Teachers’ Instructional Adaptations: A Research Synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 88(2), 205–242. Tetzlaff, L., Schmiedek, F., & Brod, G. (2021). Developing personalized education: A dynamic framework. Educational Psychology Review, 33, 863–882. van de Pol, J., van Braak, M., Pennings, H. J., van Vondel, S., Steenbeek, H., & Akkerman, S. (2023). Towards a conceptual framework of adaptivity in face-to-face-interaction: An interdisciplinary review of adaptivity concepts. Annals of the International Communication Association, 47(1), 1–19. Vaughn, M., & Parsons, S. A. (2013). Adaptive teachers as innovators: Instructional adaptations opening spaces for enhanced literacy learning. Language Arts, 91(2), 81–93. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster Developing Analysis and Synthesis Skills through the Use of Problem-based Learning NIS Kazakhstan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:
The modern world places high demands on the education, it must provide students with high-quality education. The Republic of Kazakhstan is modernizing the education to meet international standards. The quality of education becomes a top priority in educational institutions. The key criterion for the quality of education is the necessary skills for students in the 21st century: the ability to express their point of view, listen to other people, analyze and evaluate various life situations, draw conclusions. According to a modern scientist and teacher Mark Potashnik: “The quality of education is the ratio of goal and result, a measure of achieving goals (results), while the goals are set only promptly, predicted in student’s potential development zone”. The basis for this study was the results of the PISA International Study, which was conducted among students aged 14-15 years. Analysis of the PISA results showed that most students have difficulty analyzing information and drawing conclusions. Therefore, it was decided to conduct research in Chemistry, History, and English on topic “Developing analysis and synthesis skills through the use of problem-based learning (PBL)”. The research question: How will problem-based learning (PBL) contribute to the development of analysis and synthesis skills? The choice of the tool is justified by the fact that PBL provides a deeper and better understanding of the topic, “it meets the requirements of modernity: to teach by exploring, to explore by teaching” [1]. PBL is an educational approach based on the search for solutions to real problems. In 1969, Howard Burrows, a professor at McMaster University in Canada, and his colleague Robin Tamblyn decided to introduce a new approach to teach students to solve real problems. According to Borrow “PBL is learning that is the result of the process of working on understanding the solution to a problem. The problem is the first element of the learning process”. PBL refers to active learning technologies that promote the development of high-level skills and students’ creative abilities. Students receive a practical assignment before they acquire knowledge about the object being studied. The challenge that students receive in the process of working on a task pushes them to independently search for the necessary knowledge and tools, stimulates creativity and critical thinking. Working in pairs or groups, participants analyze the problem, divide it into mini problems; discuss ideas, identifying their strengths and weaknesses, that is, again, develop the skill of analysis. Students form hypotheses, study additional information, and choose optimal solutions, constantly analyzing and making choices (developing synthesis skills). “The student must be well aware of the problem and the meaning of his own activity, otherwise the whole course of the search for the unknown will not be mastered by him, even if it is shown correctly by the teacher”. [2]. One of the important advantages of PBL is that students must find not only the right solution, but also determine the area of their ignorance. That is, they needed to understand what knowledge or skills were missing in the process and cover those gaps. The use of PBL in the learning process leads to a change in the teacher’s professional role. He turns from a standard teacher into a facilitator and expert. Candidate of Psychological Sciences Valeria Petrova, notes in the article “The possibilities of using PBL technology in higher education practice” the objectives of a teacher are: • formation of a bank of problem-based cases, • feedback on students' work, • maintaining a positive classroom atmosphere, • evaluate the results together. Thus, there is a “horizontal” interaction between teachers and students, in which responsibility for learning, control, and evaluation falls equally on both participants. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was conducted over two years: from 2021-2022 to 2022-2023 academic years. It includes 2 stages: - problem identification and methodology selection. - approbation and determination of its effectiveness. At the beginning of the research, a group of 12 students aged 14-15 years was selected. Before the survey, an observation was carried out, based on which the survey was compiled. The survey process contained 2 tasks. Firstly, to identify the causes of low analytical skills among students and secondly, the expectations regarding the learning process. The survey contained 2 blocks of questions, 12 in total: - what students pay attention to when they complete a task: input data, the form of information, the style of presentation of information, etc.; - whether students have a systematic approach to studying the material. - whether form of the receiving information affect their understanding. - what information is better perceived (visually, audibly, or kinesthetically?). - what form of work contributes to a deeper analysis of information (group, individual, pair). Based on the survey results, PBL technology was selected and a series of lessons in Chemistry, History and English were developed. After the lessons, during the second survey, students were asked to evaluate their success in completing tasks. It was important to determine how the PBL method contributed to the development of data analysis skills and independent formulation of conclusions. To do this, students had to specify: - the degree of their confidence and comfort in completing tasks: - to what extent does the proposed format of the material contribute to the understanding. - how does self-search for information affect the understanding of content. Data on students’ success were analyzed in parallel. The analysis showed that independently finding a solution to the problem leads to the fact that students can analyze all the information, conduct a ranking, and formulate a conclusion. During the second stage, 4 groups of 12-13 students were included. Totally 49 students were enrolled. In two groups, lessons were conducted in a traditional format, where the teacher is the main source of information. Other 2 groups used PBL technology. The main goal was to identify the effectiveness of the PBL method for developing analytical skills and independently formulating a conclusion. Termly, a survey was conducted focused on the students’ expected results. All the data were used in further planning and teaching. At the end of semester, students were tested to determine the level of analysis skills development and independent formulation of conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the results of the survey and the quality of knowledge at the first stage showed that the use of PBL contributes to the development of the studied skills and improves the quality of students' knowledge. In groups where lessons were based on independent problem solving, students were more interested in the learning process. The students showed more initiative, more active and motivated to achieve high results. At the first stage, it was found that the problem-based learning technology contributes to more successful learning using high-order skills, such as text analysis, information, or experimental data. The skill of identifying the main ideas and formulating a conclusion has also improved. On average, the quality of knowledge in the tested group increased by 6.6%, including 5.4% in Chemistry, 7.2% in History and 7.2% in English. All these data were considered when planning lessons at the second stage. At the second stage, the following data was found: 82% of students believe that this form of work is interesting and contributes to a deeper understanding, 78% concluded that they can independently analyze and interpret data, 68% indicated they have improved their skill in formulating a conclusion. And almost all the students, 92.8%, indicated their emotional state in the lesson had improved. Students explain it that the teacher enables them to learn independently while solving certain problems. The second indicator was the analysis of termly summative assessments. In groups using PBL, the quality of knowledge increased by 9.2% in Chemistry, 13.4% in History and 12.3% in English compared to the previous term. The groups with traditional lessons, the quality of knowledge over the same period shows Chemistry by 3.4%, History by 5.2% and English by 6.2%. It was also found to improve the quality of knowledge when performing tasks focused on high-order skills, namely the ability to analyze information and formulate a conclusion. References Sitarov V.A. Problem-based learning as one of the directions of modern learning technologies // Problems of Pedagogy and Psychology, 2009. No. 1. p. 157. Obukhov A.S. Research position and research activity: what and how to develop? // Development of students' research activities, 2003. No. 4, p. 31 Kwietniewski, Katelyn, "Literature Review of Project Based Learning" (2017). Career & Technical Education Theses. 1. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster Developing Research Skills of Introverted Students through Collaboration NIS Karaganda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Education is the right of every citizen as it helps people, if done effectively, develop a positive perspective on internal and external factors of their life, which in turn, can guarantee success on education and career (Outlaw, 2016). Starting from primary school students encounter challenges which they need to be taught how to overcome without losing own identity and contributing to the betterment of the world. However, every decade educationalists have to rethink their approaches and adapt to the new realities. Currently they are faced with the urge to teach the first generation of learners, generation Alpha (Perano, 2019). One of the most striking features about that generation is that they are known as introverted population (Das, 2023). Thus, educational system is required to adjust to the needs of such students. It is crucial to consider the educational needs of the introverted personality type seriously since the world’s population, 30–75% are introverts (Laney, 2002; Helgoe, 2008; Cain, 2013). Moreover, according to Koceva (2021) the presence of introverted learners in every classroom is undisputable. It is advisable not to try to help introverts be more extraverted but work with their strengths and honor their personality type (Friedlund, 2016; Stewart, 2019). Thus, there is an overwhelming majority of research conducted within classroom settings since students spend most their school time there (Chamorro-Premuzic, Furnham, & Lewis, 2007; Pawlowska, Westerman, Bergman, & Huelsman, 2014 and other). However, education takes place not only at the lesson. Time after class hours is valuable as well. This is when teachers’ guidance can be of a paramount importance as they are helping to adapt their behaviors to fit different contexts (Jacobs, 2014). Educators should be equipped to help students discover their own strengths, identify and improve their weaknesses, and offer opportunities to practice their skills (Hakim 2018). The purpose of this study is to identify how collaborative learning develops research skills of introverted students in a non-classroom environment. The idea that learning is a social process in which children gain knowledge through social interaction and exchanging ideas with their classmates (Vygotsky, 1978) was utilized to conduct a Science school club. As a result of this study, a new Geology school club was created where mainly students who self-identified as being introverted participated. The following research questions were shaping this study: How can schools organize extracurricular activities for introverted students to enhance their research skills? What is the attitude of introverted students to collaborative form of learning and its influence on their research achievements? What do teachers think about introverted students and their preferences in learning? To understand the educational needs of introverted students and organize extracurricular activities more effectively, thorough analysis of literature was organized. The main topics that were selected are as follows: the modern characteristics of introverted students, the most effective learning conditions for introverts and collaborative work among students. These findings may help teachers to guide when to incorporating changes into educational process for enhancing students’ research skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts an intricate descriptive methodology and a mixed-methods approach to identify the effect of collaborative learning on research skills in a group where the prevailing number of students had been self-identified as introverts. Employing a survey questionnaire of students, one-to-one interviews with subject teachers, and school psychologist’s personality test mainly based on Myers–Briggs Type Indicator, the efficiency of the school science club can be detected, and the most striking findings can inform future studies. While conducting this study a duet of teachers worked together and applied action research to answer the research questions. This type of work can serve as a method aimed at improving the professional activity at the time of conducting the study. Action research is based on observation, experimentation, and reflection. It is the most suitable approach for teachers as it allows to comprehend students ‟preferred learning strategies which is paramount for efficacious language instruction and accommodating diverse needs” (Lestari &Wahyudin, 2020). It can enable educators to tailor instruction, changing teaching approaches, by devising engaging sessions, improving the quality of targeted feedback, and providing productive strategies (Nisbet & Shucksmith, 2017). Initial psychological diagnostics of students will be carried out based on the use of an individual typological questionnaire (L.N. Sobchik, 1970) and the Myers-Briggs typological questionnaire (1940). These questionnaires are psychological diagnostic tools for identifying extraversion - introversion of a personality and assessing the individual typological characteristics of students' personality. The next stage of the action research is to conduct semi-structured interviews with subject teachers. Questions will be focused on characterizing what methods, approaches and forms of organization of educational detail are used by subject teachers to develop research skills for students to be later employed for club engagement. A semi-structured interview will allow to obtain comparable data from subject teachers for analysis and processing of information. To complete the action research, we plan to conduct a semi-structured survey of students which will consist of open questions to which students in the club must give detailed answers. The survey is aimed at obtaining information about the role and the educational activities used in the club, and the most comfortable conditions for effective work. The result of the study will be a review of students’ achievements in the geological Olympiad, which will demonstrate how the use of educational activities and the choice of teaching methods contribute to the development of students’ research skills. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teacher’s teaching methods and techniques are the most important factor in the educational process. They directly influence students’ learning process and determine students’ future advancement in a particular subject. The results of this study revealed that success can be guaranteed even if students are not good at a particular area, but with careful guidance and support the results might be promising. For this study the participants of the newly formed Geology club, which is an only working scientific club in our school, have been working collaboratively for more than two years. They consistently devoted their time after lessons and won more than 10 prizes on State and International competitions as a part of Geology Olympiad. Consequently, the conducted research shows that in order to develop students’ research skills, it is important to conduct personality test. It is required to take into account the characteristics of students’ personality, which is an important basis when choosing methods of teaching both introverts and extroverts. Considering the characteristics of an introvert’s character, the teacher needs to create a collaborative, favorable environment for them, taking into account their needs, think through the form of organizing educational activities and developing various types of tasks, which all together contribute to the growth and development of research skills and the socialization of introverts. Another important factor is working collaboratively reduces the amount of stress as the students’ responses potentially represent not their own ideas but the joint products of their discussions with their partner. As a major side-effect of this action research students developed their soft skills and could communicate easily with their peers nside and putside the classroom. They became more flexible and valued the power of a critical feedback. References Cain, S. (2012). Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can’t Stop Talking. New York, NY: Crown Publishers. Das, R. (2023). Gen Alpha. The Chant. https://nchschant.com/24491/opinions/gen-alpha/#:~:text=Heavily%20affected%20by%20the%20consumption,technology%20can%20destroy%20their%20development Dow, S. E. (2013). The Invisible Students in the classroom: How to include the introverts without excluding the extroverts. Eysenck, H. J. (1967). The biological basis of personality. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas. Flanagan, K., & Addy, H. D. (2019). Introverts are not disadvantaged in Group-Based active learning classrooms. Bioscene: The Journal of College Biology Teaching, 45(1), 33–41. http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1223951.pdf Friedlund A. (2016). Introverts and extroverts require different learning environments Hakim, M. (2018). A research and development study to EFL learners: Designing a speaking module for introvert students based on cooperative learning. International Journal of English and Education, 7(2). Jacobs, G. M. (2014). Introverts can succeed with cooperative learning. Parole, 4(1), 83-93. Jung, C. G. (1933). Modern Man in Search of a Soul. San Diego, CA: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Publishers. Koceva, A. (2021). TEACHING FORMS, METHODS AND TECHNIQUES USED BY EFL TEACHERS AND THEIR INFLUENCE ON INTROVERTED STUDENTS. Vospitanie, 16(1), 79–85. https://doi.org/10.46763/jestp211610079k Lambregts, M. (2020). Introverts and Extraverts Collaborating: The Influence on Participation, Transactivity and Group Work Perceptions during an Online Discussion. https://essay.utwente.nl/85145/ Nussbaum, E. M. (2002). How Introverts versus Extroverts Approach Small-Group Argumentative Discussions. Elementary School Journal, 102(3), 183–197. Paige, A. (2013). “Team-Building Empathy Exercises”. Houston Chronicle. Retrieved from: http://smallbusiness.chron.com/teambuilding-empathy-exercises- 22622.html. Rauch, J. (2003, March). “Introverts of the World, Unite!” The Atlantic. Retrieved from: http://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/2003/03/caring-for-your- introvert/302696/. Rogers, K., & Wood, D. (2010). Accuracy of United States regional personality stereotypes. Journal of Research in Personality, 44, 704–713. Schmeck, R. & Lockhart, D. (2002). TEACHING SCIENCE TO LEARNER.S OF AN INTROVERTED TYPE Stewart, J. (2019). Supporting introverted students. BU Journal of Graduate Studies in Education, 11(1), 47–50. Tuovinen, S., Tang, X., & Salmela‐Aro, K. (2020). Introversion and Social Engagement: Scale Validation, Their Interaction, and Positive Association With Self-Esteem. Frontiers in Psychology, 11. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.590748 Wier, M. (2006). Confessions of an Introvert: The Shy Girl’s Guide to Career, Networking and Getting the Most Out of Life. New York, NY: iUniverse. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster Exploring Perspectives on Linguistically Responsive Teaching among Language and Mainstream Teachers in schools for gifted children Kazakhstan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Linguistically responsive teaching (LRT) involves recognizing the significance of language in creating meaningful learning environments. This study explores the perceptions of linguistically responsive teaching among language specialist teachers and mainstream teachers at Nazarbayev intellectual school in 7th and 8th grades. The aim is to gain insights into how these professionals perceive and implement strategies that support language development in linguistically diverse classrooms. The research utilizes a mixed-methods approach, combining surveys and interviews to gather comprehensive data. Findings highlight differences in teachers' perceptions, with language teachers demonstrating more comprehensive insights into the LRT framework compared to their mainstream counterparts. The study contributes valuable information to educational practices, emphasizing the importance of tailored approaches to support diverse language needs in both specialized and mainstream educational settings. The study concludes that, although teachers acknowledge various elements of the LRT framework, further emphasis on skills and knowledge related to second language acquisition is crucial for better preparation of linguistically responsive educators. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools implement education in Kazakh, Russian and English languages. Kazakh is the state language and is the duty of every member of the school community, Russian is the language of international communication, and English is important for integration into the global community. [1] Consequently, in 2007, the government announced adoption of a new policy, “Trinity of languages”, which aimed to develop multilingualism in Kazakhstan. In 2015 the Ministry of Education and Culture introduced “the Strategy of Multilingual Education in Kazakhstan”. The program targets to facilitate joint trilingual education throughout the whole education system, relying on international teaching standards and practices in all contexts of education. This implies that high schools are expected to carry out the progression towards teaching natural science courses in English, History of Kazakhstan and Geography courses in Kazakh and World History in Russian. [9] In NIS, teachers are expected to use all three languages in balance, and if they are not proficient, then they are expected to learn these languages. Apart from that, teachers have access to training programs where the schools welcome cross-curricular and cross-linguistic integration (AEO NIS, 2013b, as cited in Bakytzhanova.[7] Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants: This study examines how LRT, seen as a manifestation of intercultural education, is perceived by 12 NIS language specialist and mainstream teachers instructing Science and Humanitarian subjects. The study involved a diverse sample of language specialist teachers and mainstream teachers from various educational settings. Language specialist teachers were selected based on their specialized training and certification in language instruction, while mainstream teachers were chosen to represent a cross-section of educators in different disciplines. Limitations This study centered on investigating the perceptions of linguistically responsive teaching among language and other subject teachers at the secondary level, specifically within the context of Nazarbayev Intellectual School for Gifted Children in Almaty. Despite intentional efforts to ensure diversity and representation in the sample, it is essential to acknowledge certain inherent limitations. These potential constraints encompass regional variations and the influence of individual teaching contexts unique to the specified educational setting. Consequently, the applicability of the study's findings may be restricted to educational settings and populations that closely refletc the distinctive context of Nazarbayev Intellectual School for Gifted Children in Almaty. Data Collection: Surveys: Participants, NIS teachers, completed a survey designed to assess their beliefs, knowledge, and practices related to linguistically responsive teaching. The survey included both closed-ended questions for quantitative analysis and open-ended questions to gather qualitative insights. Interviews: A subset of participants was selected for in-depth interviews to explore their experiences, challenges, and successes in implementing linguistically responsive teaching strategies. Semi-structured interviews allowed for a deeper understanding of participants' perspectives. The interviews started with general introductory questions about the presence of new admitted students in their classrooms, their past experiences with linguistic diversity and their training, then, guiding questions were as follows: 1. how do you value linguistic diversity in the classroom? 2. how important is for you learning about newt students ‘language backgrounds and experiences? 3. how do you scaffold instruction to promote new students’ learning? please, describe some of the strategies you use. Data Analysis: Quantitative data from surveys were analyzed using statistical software to identify patterns and trends in participants' responses. Qualitative data from interviews underwent thematic analysis to identify recurring themes and generate rich descriptions of participants' experiences. Ethical Considerations: Ethical guidelines were followed throughout the research process. Informed consent was obtained from all participants, and confidentiality and anonymity were ensured. The study received approval from the relevant ethics committee to guarantee the ethical treatment of participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study provides valuable insights into the perceptions of linguistically responsive teaching among language specialist teachers and mainstream teachers. Findings reveal a spectrum of beliefs, knowledge, and practices within both groups, emphasizing the need for targeted professional development to enhance educators' capacity to address linguistic diversity. Language specialist teachers, with their specialized training, demonstrated a strong awareness of linguistically responsive teaching strategies. However, challenges in collaboration with mainstream teachers were identified, pointing to the importance of fostering interdisciplinary communication and collaboration to create a cohesive educational environment.[10] Mainstream teachers, while expressing a commitment to inclusivity, varied in their understanding and implementation of linguistically responsive practices.[6] This highlights the necessity for professional development opportunities that address the unique linguistic needs of diverse student populations within mainstream classrooms. The integration of both quantitative and qualitative data allowed for a comprehensive understanding of the complexities surrounding linguistically responsive teaching. The study's findings underscore the importance of acknowledging and addressing diverse language needs to create inclusive learning environments. In conclusion, this research contributes to the ongoing discourse on linguistically responsive teaching by providing evidence-based insights into the perceptions and practices of language specialist teachers and mainstream teachers. The implications of the study extend to teacher training programs, school policies, and educational leadership, urging stakeholders to prioritize and invest in strategies that support linguistic diversity in the classroom. References 1) Bakytzhanova, G. (2018). Language Policy in Kazakhstan: Current Trends and Challenges. In Current Perspectives on the TESOL Practicum: Practicum in TESOL (pp. 43-54). Springer. 2) Canagarajah, S. (2011). Translanguaging in the classroom: Emerging issues for research and pedagogy. Applied Linguistics Review, 2, 1-28. Doi: 10.1515/9783110239331.1 3) Dooly, M. (2005). How aware are they? Research into teachers’ attitudes about linguistic diversity. Language Awareness, 14(2-3), 97–111. Doi: 10.1080/09658410508668827 4) García, O., & Hesson, S. (2015). Translanguaging frameworks for teachers: Macro and micro perspectives, in A. Yiacoumetti (Ed.) Multilingualism and language in education: Current sociolinguistic and pedagogical perspectives from commonwealth countries (pp. 221-242). Cambridge University Press. 5) García, O., & Wei, L. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. New York: Palgrave MacMillan. 6) Gay, G. (2010). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice (2nd ed.). Teachers College Press. 7) Kubieva, A., Sadykova, G., Tazhigaliyeva, N., & Zhazbayeva, A. (2021). Enhancing Multilingualism in Kazakhstan: Challenges and Strategies. In Bilingualism and Multilingualism in the 21st Century (pp. 209-224). Springer. 8) Menken, K., & Kleyn, T. (2010). The long-term impact of subtractive schooling in educational experiences of secondary English language learners. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 13(4), 399-417. Doi: 10.1080/13670050903370143. 9) Moldagazinova, G. A. (2019). The Role of Language Education in Implementing the Concept of Trilingual Education in Kazakhstan. International Journal of Emerging Technologies in Learning (iJET), 14(02), 172-180. 10) Pettit, S. K. (2011). Teachers’ beliefs about English language learners in the mainstream classroom: A review of the literature. International Multilingual Research Journal, 5(2), 123-147. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 29 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
12:45 - 13:30 | 30 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Social Entrepreneurship Education in an International Programme for Student Teachers 1University Teacher College KPH Wien/Krems, Austria; 2Marnix Academy, Utrecht, The Netherlands; 3University of Oulo, Finland Presenting Author:The importance of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is increasingly recognised. It is becoming increasingly important to address the challenges of sustainable development in education (e.g. O'Donoghue et al., 2018; UNESCO, 2020). One way to do this is through social entrepreneurship education (SEE), where students learn how to make an entrepreneurial contribution to sustainable development. At its core, SEE is about developing new ideas and creating value in the field of sustainable development. SEE is positioned at the intersection of education for sustainable development (ESD) and entrepreneurship education (EE) (Lindner, 2018; Van der Wal-Maris, 2022). SEE can be understood as education aimed at a) compassion, empathy and caring - as a stimulus for entrepreneurial activity in the field of sustainable development; b) entrepreneurship - the process of recognising opportunities, generating ideas, developing initiatives and creating value; and c) the interaction between the two (Van der Wal-Maris, 2019). Preliminary results show that students develop new insights and competences related to SEE through learning in an international context and that communication, collaboration, critical thinking and creativity can be identified as key factors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An accompanying study (Vermunt, 2021) was conducted to answer the research question and to achieve research-based educational innovation. Both quantitative and qualitative data were collected from the 24 students enrolled in the programme (March 2023 to June 2023). Most of them are in their second or third year of teacher education. Half of them already have international experience. Perceptions were measured by two questionnaires, before and after the programme, with Likert scale items and open questions. Students' perceptions of their development process and the evolution of their ideas and insights were collected by students' individual use of a reflection diary, according to the method described by Altrichter et al. (2018). Students wrote in their journals continuously. The diaries inevitably reveal gaps in the programme and enable the development of a subsequent BIP (Holy & Altricher 2011, in: Altrichter et al., 2018). To deepen the understanding of the questionnaire data, the diaries were compared with the results of the questionnaires. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the first questionnaire shows that the participating students are motivated to participate in the programme. In response to the open-ended question 'Why did you join the programme?', 21 students answered that they wanted to study with international peers; 19 students expected an international orientation, dialogue and exchange in an international student group. Most students hoped to gain a better insight into SEE (n=19) and personal enrichment and growth (n=17). The first questionnaire also provides information about the students' expectations of the programme. Three categories can be distinguished: personal interest (e.g. to gain experience in the field of SEE), professional interest (e.g. to be inspired for my teaching career in SEE) and interest in sustainability (e.g. to become more sensitive in dealing with current social challenges). The analysis of the submitted diaries shows that students develop new insights and competences regarding SEE by learning in an international context. The diaries also reveal that communication, collaboration, critical thinking and creativity (also referred to as the 4Cs) can be identified as key factors in an international learning programme in which student teachers develop SEE competences. These 4Cs are mentioned more or less frequently; communication and collaboration are mentioned very often, whereas critical thinking is mostly missing. Creativity is often mentioned in the diaries. The second questionnaire shows interesting aspects for the improvement of the programme. By identifying key factors for an international learning programme in which student teachers develop SEE competences, this research contributes to the improvement of teacher education in SEE. Moreover, the international nature of this programme also enhances the understanding of different perspectives and practices of SEE in general and the development of new ideas and value creation in the field of sustainable development in particular. References Altrichter, Herbert, Posch, Peter, & Spann, Harald (2018). Lehrerinnen und Lehrer erforschen ihren Unterricht [Teachers Research their lessons]. Stuttgart: UTB. Lindner, J. (2018). Entrepreneurship education for a sustainable future. Discourse and Communication for Sustainable Education, 9(1), 115-127. doi:10.2478/dcse-2018-0009 O’Donoghue, R., Taylor, J., & Venter, V. (2018). How are Learning and Training Environments Transforming with ESD? In A. Leicht, J. Heiss, & W. J.Buyn, Issues and Trends in Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 111-131). Parijs: UNESCO Publishing. UNESCO (2020). Education for Sustainable Development: A roadmap. Education for sustainable development: a roadmap - UNESCO Digital Library. Van der Wal-Maris, S. J. (2019). In verbinding: Onderwijs met het oog op de toekomst. [Engaged. Future oriented education.] (Lectorale rede). Marnix Academie. Van der Wal-Maris, S. J. (2022). First Step in Design Based Research on Social Entrepreneurship Education in Primary Education. Presentation held at EAPRIL Conference 2022, 23-25 November, Nijmegen. Vare, P., Arro, G., de Hamer, A., Del Gobbo, G., de Vries, G., Farioli, F., ... & Zachariou, A. (2019). Devising a competence-based training program for educators of sustainable development: Lessons learned. Sustainability, 11(7), 1890. Vermunt, J. D. H. M. (2021). De rol van flankerend onderzoek bij de realisering van duurzame innovaties in het hoger onderwijs. [The role of supporting research in the realization of sustainable innovations in higher education.] Presentation held at ORD 2021, 7 July, Amsterdam. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Exploring the Implementation of Challenge-based Learning for Sustainability Education in Secondary Education: Teachers Experiences Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands Presenting Author:Focus of the Study Education that empowers students to address significant global challenges and guides them in understanding how to contribute to solving these issues should have a permanent place in the curriculum. Unfortunately, students in secondary education currently have limited exposure to this in their educational programs. It is crucial for students to comprehend the complexities of scientific issues and recognize their role in promoting a sustainable future, leading to more informed and responsible citizens (Bayram-Jacobs et al., 2019). In response to these global challenges, often framed as sustainability issues, such as biodiversity and climate change, the educational concept of challenge-based learning (CBL) emerges as a potential solution for addressing these complex, open-ended, and interdisciplinary challenges. This learner-centered educational approach has been gaining prominence in higher education, positioned as a method for students to integrate disciplinary knowledge with the development of transversal competencies while addressing authentic sociotechnical societal problems. However, despite the extensive literature on CBL in higher education, less is known about this approach in secondary education. Therefore, our objective is to explore the dimensions of CBL evident in secondary education, how these are implemented, and to identify challenges and successes in the design and implementation of CBL. Theoretical Background Education for sustainable development (ESD) aims to educate students in learning the appropriate knowledge and skills to find solutions to environmental, economic and social problems (UNESCO, 2020). The goal of sustainable education is for innovative pedagogies to bring students closer to the main conflicts of social reality (Castro & Zermeno, 2020). Competencies for ESD include communication, critical thinking, collaborative skills, reflection, creative thinking, innovation and a holistic understanding. One way to address the development of these competences and to prepare students to become informed citizens is by means of CBL, an innovative pedagogy wherein students are actively engaged in pressing real-world problems (Castro & Zermeno, 2020). Extensive research has shown the benefits of this approach for ESD (e.g., Castro & Zermeno, 2020; Malmqvist et al., 2015), given that this approach immerses students in authentic, complex challenges, reflecting the complex nature of sustainability issues. By integrating sustainability issues into the educational curriculum, CBL prepares students to actively contribute to sustainable solutions, aligning with the overarching goal ESD. However, despite the extensive literature on CBL, the wide variety of implementations and conceptualizations presents challenges for practitioners in designing their educational strategies. Publications on CBL span from standardized frameworks to hybrid-like approaches and more generalized models where only the challenge is introduced in the design (Gallagher & Savage, 2020). Moreover, literature on CBL is mostly grounded in the higher education context, leaving uncertainty whether the same dimensions of CBL are involved in secondary education, how teachers implement them, and what their experiences include. Therefore, drawing upon the higher-level conceptual framework for CBL (van den Beemt et al., 2023) as a guiding tool, this study set out to explore the dimensions of CBL and teachers’ associated experiences with CBL implementations in secondary education. This guiding tool adopts the why-how-what approach, identifying educational processes of CBL at the levels of vision, teaching and learning, and support (Van den Akker, 2003; Van den Beemt et al., 2023). Research Question What challenges and opportunities do secondary school teachers experience with the implementation of challenge-based learning in the context of sustainability education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method This study employed the Educational Design Research (EDR) approach, a systematic method involving the development of a guiding tool aimed at capturing the dimensions of CBL in secondary education on the levels of vision, teaching and learning, and support. EDR, defined as "the systematic study of designing, developing, and evaluating educational programs, processes, and products" (Van den Akker et al., 2006), is chosen for its emphasis on shaping theoretical concepts, making research more relevant for practical education (McKenney & Reeves, 2018). Following McKenny and Reeves’ (2018) generic model for EDR, the development of the tool underwent 2 core iterative phases: (1) theoretical adaptations based on CBL in secondary education, and an expert review with 5 experts having expertise in CBL and project-based STEM education for quality reassurance. Context In 2022, a four-year partnership between an NGO and a university's teacher education department in the Netherlands focused on developing sustainability education through CBL. Emphasis was on STEM education, citizenship, and their interconnectedness. Throughout 2022-2023, a professional learning community (PLC) was formed, consisting of six teachers from various secondary schools in the region. During this period, teachers worked together with pre-service teachers, laying the groundwork for this educational innovation. Participants This study’s participants involved six secondary school teachers from different educational backgrounds and schools. These teachers are part of the PLC, and participated in the first year of the project, meaning that they have had more experience and expertise in the design, implementation, and evaluation of CBL projects. Therefore, a purposeful sampling strategy was employed (Cresswell, 2003). Data Collection Data were collected from five monthly PLC meetings and six semi-structured interviews, each lasting approximately three hours and one hour, respectively. The data included field notes from participatory observations during the PLCs and transcripts of the interviews. The developed CBL tool was used to guide the interview and served as a framework for observing the PLC meetings. The first author created the field notes. Interviews, recorded and transcribed verbatim, explored teachers’ successes and challenges. Data Analysis ATLAS.ti qualitative analysis software was utilized for data analyses. The data analysis process adhered to Boeije’s (2009) qualitative data analysis spiral. The dimensions and indicators of the developed tool served as the foundation for both deductive and inductive analysis. This involved determining how teachers implemented various dimensions in their CBL projects for ESD, the approaches they employed, and the successes and challenges encountered in the process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, many dimensions of CBL evident in higher education are reflected in secondary education, such as the real-life and open-ended nature of challenges, as well as the student-centered aspects of learning activities. Teachers indicate that CBL is a valuable approach for ESD. Teachers find that engaging with students’ interests and environment, and incorporating sustainability issues in this manner, sparks enthusiasm and curiosity. Moreover, it has the potential to influence students’ behavior and attitudes with regard to sustainability. However, while acknowledging the benefits of CBL for ESD, teachers struggle with the amount of teacher regulation, questioning the fine line between direct instruction or guidance and letting students independently navigate subject complexities. While some teachers perceive this as a challenging aspect, others express reservations about the complex and open-ended nature of challenges, suggesting that these may be too demanding for secondary school students to effectively engage with and gain meaningful learning experiences. Furthermore, concerning collaboration across disciplines, teachers acknowledge the value of collaborating with different subjects to address the complex nature of sustainability issues. However, organizational and logistical aspects of secondary education often hinder such collaboration. For example, some teachers struggle in working together with other teachers due to scheduling problems. Additionally, challenges arise due to colleagues’ limited support and apprehensiveness in teaching interdisciplinary subjects, stemming from their expertise confined to single discipline. In summary, while preliminary findings suggest that many dimensions of CBL applicable to higher education are reflected in secondary education, challenges emerge in implementing certain aspects. These challenges include scaffolding and concretizing complex, open-ended, and uncertain sustainability issues, navigating teacher-student regulation, and overcoming limitations imposed by facilities and organizational aspects of secondary education. References Bayram-Jacobs, D., Evagorou, M., Akaygun, S., & Shwartz, Y. (2022). Science education for citizenship through socioscientific issues. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.1011576 Beemt, A. van den, Watering, G. van de & Bots, M. (2022). Conceptualising variety in challenge- based learning in higher education: The CBL-compass. European Journal of Engineering Education, 48(1), 24-41. https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2022.2078181 Boeije, H. (2009). Analysis in Qualitative Research; SAGE: London, UK. Castro, M. P., & Gómez, M. G. (2020). Challenge based learning: Innovative pedagogy for sustainability through e-learning in higher education. Sustainability, 12(10), 4063. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12104063. Creswell, J. W. (2003). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Gallagher, S. E., & Savage, T. (2020). Challenge-based learning in higher education: An exploratory literature review. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(6), 1135-1157. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2020.1863354 Jucker, R. (2011). ESD between systemic change and bureaucratic obfuscation: Some reflections on environmental education and education for sustainable development in Switzerland. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 5(1), 39-60. https://doi.org/10.1177/097340821000500109 Leijon, M., Gudmundsson, P., Staaf, P., & Christersson, C. (2021). Challenge based learning in higher education– A systematic literature review. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 59(5), 609-618. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2021.1892503 Malmqvist, J., Kohn Rådberg, K., & Lundqvist, U., (2015). Comparative analysis of challenge-based learning experiences. In Proceedings of the 11th International CDIO Conference, edited by CDIO. Chengdu, Sichuan, P.R. China: Chengdu University of Information Technology. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2018). Conducting educational design research. (2nd ed.) Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315105642 Takala, A. & Korhonen-Yrjänheikki, K. (2019). A decade of Finnish engineering education for sustainable development. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 20(1), 170–186. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-07-2018-0132 Taylor, N., Quinn, F., Jenkins, K., Miller-Brown, H., Rizk, N., Prodromou, T., Serow, P., & Taylor, S. (2019). Education for sustainability in the secondary sector-A review. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 13(1), 102-122. https://doi.org/10.1177/0973408219846675 UNESCO. (2020). Education for Sustainable Development: A roadmap. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802?posInSet=2&queryId=3779a679-30bd-4f04-b0fa-20904abec4c5 Van den Akker, J. 2003. Curriculum Perspectives: An Introduction. In Curriculum Landscapes and Trends, edited by J. Van den Akker, W. Kuiper, and U. Hameyer, 1–10. Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster Bridging the Gap: Exploring the University-Rural Community Nexus University of Santiago de, Spain Presenting Author:University-society cooperation has important implications at the level of knowledge development and research, enabling the transfer of innovative practices and methods that address concrete problems for the advancement of society (Shek & Hollister, 2017; Watson et al., 2011). Under this premise, it is possible to consider that many of the challenges facing civil society can be addressed through academic expertise and research, through collaboration between the university and its immediate environment, thereby improving the quality of life of the community itself (Labhrainn & McIlrath, 2007). In this regard, the links established between the university sphere and society also strengthen community participation in decision-making and project implementation from a more inclusive perspective, responding to real needs and problems from a more democratic approach (McMillan et al., 2016). From a reciprocal perspective, civil society benefits from access to scientific knowledge and highly qualified professionals, while the university gains practical learning opportunities that allow it to get closer to the real world (Asghar & Rowe, 2017). Undoubtedly, such collaboration fosters the development of social capital that strengthens the relationship between academia and socio-community organisations and actors, as they work through mutual commitment to solve social problems and contribute to the sustainable development of the community itself. The projects resulting from this collaboration facilitate the integration of the university into its community. In this way, the knowledge generated is transferred and the university is promoted as an agent of social change. In this way, through active participation in projects that benefit the community, there is an alignment of values and goals that strengthens the identity and projection of the university as an institution, addressing contemporary challenges and generating a positive long-term impact (McNall et al., 2009). In particular, joint work between universities and civil society has led to significant advances in rural development. Firstly, there is applied research on specific challenges related to environmentally sustainable practices, natural resource management, technologies in the rural environment, etc. (Taibo, 2020; Turiel, 2020). There is also the transfer of specialised knowledge to civil society through technical training, the implementation of different sustainable practices or the development of rural entrepreneurship, thus boosting the economy of different areas (Bisquert & Cartea, 2020; Porto et al., 2022). Similarly, work to strengthen community participation in decision-making and project design in response to social problems has contributed to a more inclusive and responsive approach to local needs and aspirations (e.g. through the creation of networks and partnerships that have broadened the impact of such initiatives). With this last issue in mind, we present a participatory action research project, funded by the Galician Agency for Rural Development (2023-CP028), which has developed from various collaborative teaching and research activities between the University and socio-educational agents in rural areas, with the aim of contributing to a greater democratization of knowledge in the Autonomous Community of Galicia (Spain). All this has been done through the design of joint publications, training activities for teachers and professionals working in rural areas, the application of innovative methodologies such as service learning, as well as the planning of different institutional meetings involving teachers, students, socio-community organisations and professionals from the public administration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitative study based on a participatory action research approach carried out in the Autonomous Community of Galicia (Spain) in 2023. It involved active collaboration between the university, the community, and the public administration with the aim of creating a space for dialogue that would promote the democratization of knowledge about socio-educational development in rural areas. As a starting point, a joint analysis was carried out between the university and the community, with the participation of various lecturers from the University of Santiago de Compostela and professionals from different socio-community organisations in the area. All of them are members of the Community of Action and Knowledge of the Rural Environment (ComAK). Following a participatory needs assessment, ComAK proposed various intervention strategies and activities with the aim of creating a space for dialogue that would allow reflection on the problems identified to define different courses of action for the sustainable development of the rural environment: • Service-learning projects involving teachers, students and social organisations, combining academic content with community service. It has been a useful practice in that it represents a way of organising formal education together with community participation, helping to transform the immediate environment while breaking down the walls of the classroom. In this collaboration, the people who make up the organisations working in the area, together with those from the academic system, have had the opportunity to discuss the future of education and social participation in terms of sustainable development. • Meeting of the ComAK in which students, teachers, rural groups and professionals from the public administration participated, with the objectives of linking formal learning with different projects for the revitalization of the environment, putting into value and practice the knowledge of the community to improve the rural context, establishing synergies and channels of collaboration between different agents, and exploring future lines of intervention around the sustainable development of the rural environment. • Publication of a study collecting different experiences and good practices carried out by university teachers and students in the form of service learning, as well as community development projects resulting from the activities of socio-educational organisations. The participatory action-research carried out between the university and the social sector, whose axis of action was a greater promotion of the rural environment, has meant a dynamic process that has made it possible to propose more effective and sustainable solutions to the needs and problems of rural communities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main conclusions to be drawn from the activities carried out include, firstly, the strengthening of the network between teachers, students and rural agents, i.e. between academia and society. This clearly implies a change in the current idea of cooperation for development, defining precisely what kind of development is desirable for rural communities, as well as the most operational way to create alliances between the university, public administration and socio-community organisations. In this line, work has been carried out on the causes that have historically led to the impoverishment of the rural environment and the identification of possible solutions, such as the need for an economy based on knowledge of the environment, the promotion of innovation in the rural environment (for example, through greater technological development), the promotion of greater university involvement in the implementation of social projects, changing the perception of the rural context as an area lacking in opportunities, making visible the actions of the organisations and associations working in these communities, involving the public administration in the implementation of specific funding lines, revitalizing the district organisations as centers of social and cultural development, promoting the repopulation of rural areas from a responsible point of view, and proposing eco-feminist proposals that critically analyze rural lifestyles, valorization of the initiatives carried out in the territory by mapping them, appropriate prioritization of the needs specifically related to the environment, identification of integrated actors in each context to create inter-territorial networks, design of a specific approach to promote the productive sector of each region or the union of professionals fighting for a better education system, more committed to the opportunities and problems of the rural environment. References Asghar, M., & Rowe, N. (2017). Reciprocity and critical reflection as the key to social justice in service learning: A case study. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 54(2), 117-125. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2016.1273788 Bisquert i Pérez, K. M., y Cartea, P. Á. M. (2020). Iniciativas colectivas de consumo ecolóxico en Galicia: panorama actual, modelos e acción socioeducativa. Brazilian Journal of Agroecology and Sustainability, 2(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.52719/bjas.v2i2.3709 Coelho, M., & Menezes, I. (2021). University Social Responsibility, Service Learning, and Students' Personal, Professional, and Civic Education. Frontiers in Psychology, 12(617300), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.617300 Labhrainn, I. M., & McIlrath, L. (2007). Higher Education and Civic Engagement: International Perspectives. Routledge. McMillan, J., Goodman, S., & Schmid, B. (2016). Illuminating “transaction spaces” in higher education: University–community partnerships and brokering as “boundary work”. Journal of Higher Education Outreach and Engagement, 20(3), 8-31. McNall, M., Sturdevant, C., Brown, R., & Allen, A. (2009). Brokering Community–University Engagement. Innovative Higher Education, 33, 317-331. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10755-008-9086-8 Porto, A. M., Mosteiro M. J., Baylina, M., & Villarino, M. (2022). Género y emprendimiento rural. claves para la orientación profesional. Revista Española de Orientación y Psicopedagogía, 33(3), 7-21. Shek, D. T. L., & Hollister, R. M. (2017). University Social Responsibility and Quality of Life. A Global Survey of Concepts and Experiences. Springer. Taibo, C. (2020). Colapso: capitalismo terminal, transición ecosocial, ecofascismo. Los libros de la Catarata. Turiel, A. (2020). El debate renovable. Soberanía Alimentaria, Biodiversidad y Culturas, 41, 6-10. Watson, D., Hollister, R., Stroud, S. E., & Babcock, E. (2011). The Engaged University. International Perspectives on Civic Engagement. Routledge. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 31 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster Developing Reading Skills of High School Students in Biology Lessons Through the Analysis of Scientific Articles 1Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan; 3Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan; 4Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan; 5Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study examines the effectiveness of a literacy development program in improving the ability of 12th grade students to critique and analyze biology-based research articles. The experimental methodology involved use of targeted instructional strategies, specifically scientific articles published in the last five years in the domain of biology, and activities aimed at improving comprehension, critical thinking, and the ability to synthesize information from scientific texts. A quasi-experimental design with pre- and post-assessments to measure the impact of the intervention was employed. The results show a significant improvement in reading and pronunciation skills in the context of biology literacy, indicating the potential of such programs to promote scientific literacy. The results contribute to the ongoing discourse on improving reading skills and science education in Kazakhstan and have implications for curriculum design and instructional practice in high school biology classes. In today's digital age, the ability to read and comprehend scientific articles is becoming increasingly important for students, especially in subjects like biology. As 12th grade students prepare for higher education and scientific careers, it is crucial to develop their reading skills in order to navigate and understand complex scientific literature. This is particularly important for developing countries like Kazakhstan where science literacy is relatively low. For context, a report titled “Education Policy Outlook Kazakhstan” published in 2018 emphasized the need for improvement of reading skills among Kazakhstani students as performance indicators adjudged through the PISA (Program for International Student Assessment) showed that students’ performance in reading tasks remain low and unchanged despite improvement in other metrics including mathematics (https://www.oecd.org/education/Education-Policy-Outlook-Country-Profile-Kazakhstan-2018.pdf). The report also hinted that this has contributed to a decline in the number of students entering higher education. This research study therefore aims to explore effective strategies for developing reading skills in 12th grade students during biology lessons with a focus on the analysis of scientific articles. Reading skills are fundamental for acquiring knowledge in any subject and biology is no exception. The ability of high school pupils to understand and critically assess scientific papers becomes even more important as they proceed to more advanced educational levels. Scientific articles serve as valuable resources that provide the latest research findings, methodologies, techniques and technologies, and theories in the field of biology and other STEM subjects. By developing strong reading skills, 12th grade students can enhance their understanding of the subject matter, critically evaluate scientific facts, and apply acquired knowledge in practical situations. In general, the commonly adopted strategy for developing reading skills is to introduce scientific articles early to students in their biology education. By gradually increasing the complexity and length of the articles, students can develop their reading skills over time. Pre-reading activities such as predicting the content based on the title and abstract, identifying key vocabulary, subject-based terminology, and setting reading goals. During reading, students can highlight important information, annotate the text, analyze using SWOT approach, debate, and summarize each section. Post-reading activities may also involve group discussions, concept mapping, and reflection on the main ideas and practical implication of the article. Our study looks into the efficacy of a focused reading skills development program with an emphasis on biology classes for 12th graders. The study fills a vacuum in the literature by focusing on interventions specifically designed to address the special difficulties associated with reading and understanding scientific texts in biology classes at high schools. By enhancing reading skills, students can engage more meaningfully with scientific content, fostering science literacy as well as preparing them for future academic and professional pursuits. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A combination of surveys, interviews, lesson observation, document analysis through independent and group discussions and demonstrations were used. A total of twenty-four (24) from both grades 11 and 12 of Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Biology and Chemistry, Aktau, participated in the study. They were divided into experimental and control groups at random. The reading skills improvement program included interactive exercises, guided readings, and group discussions based on articles from biology-based scientific journals. Pre- and post-assessments tested students' reading skills, including comprehension, critical analysis, and synthesis of information. The initial survey was used to assess students' perception on scientific articles in the field of biology, their experience, difficulties, and outlook on probable solutions. Most students (85%) have challenges understanding scientific articles pre-intervention. Students (85%) find it difficult to work with tasks that require the use of complex scientific terms, as well as difficulties in synthesizing information from scientific texts. Students (100%) believe that their reading skills could be developed in biology class through tasks such as working with scientific texts and creating posters. Our choice of articles was informed by the age and predetermined science literacy of the students. Students were provided with supportive environment. Consequently, participants were actively encouraged to work in pairs or groups. The effect of the intervention on students' reading skill was evaluated through reflection to determine the efficiency, pros, cons, and possible areas of improvement for further research. Post-assessment results showed a notable improvement in the experimental group's understanding, synthesis, and critical interpretation of scientific information. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that the reading ability of the experimental group significantly outperformed those of the control group. According to pre-assessment results, both groups' baseline reading proficiency levels were comparable. Post-assessment results, however, showed a notable improvement in the experimental group's understanding, synthesis, and critical interpretation of scientific information. The findings of earlier research highlighting the significance of focused interventions in science education are consistent with the observed improvement in students' reading abilities. The incorporation of interactive activities and focused lessons using scientific articles within the biology curriculum appears to be a promising approach to enhance science literacy. The small sample size and relatively short experimental period, among other drawbacks, point to potential areas for future study. The findings highlight the potential for incorporating reading skills development programs into biology classes in high school, furthering the larger objective of developing scientifically literate people. In summary, this study offers empirical evidence in favor of the efficacy of a reading skills development program in biology classes for students in the twelfth grade. The findings have consequences for teachers, curriculum developers, and policymakers who want to improve high school students' scientific literacy. This intervention supports the larger endeavor of preparing students for academic success as well as providing them with the skills for lifetime learning and scientific inquiry by addressing the particular difficulties related to reading and interpreting scientific articles. References Adams, K., & Kameenui, E. (1994). Theoretical foundations of learning to read. In R. Barr, M. L. Kamil, P. B. Mosenthal, & P. D. Pearson (Eds.), Handbook of Reading Research (pp. 173–206). Routledge. Duke, N. K., & Pearson, P. D. (2002). Effective practices for developing reading comprehension. In A. E. Farstrup & S. J. Samuels (Eds.), What research has to say about reading instruction (pp. 205–242). International Reading Association. Shanahan, T., & Shanahan, C. (2008). Teaching disciplinary literacy to adolescents: Rethinking content-area literacy. Harvard Educational Review, 78(1), 40–59. Krauja I, Birzina R. Meaningful Reading Skills for Improvement of Biological Literacy in Primary School. Rural environment Education Personality (REEP) : proceedings of the 11th International scientific conference. 2018;11(June):185–93. Winslow E. The influence of improved literacy on understanding in high school biology Using specific strategies to improve literacy and science comprehension. Education Masters. 2010;102. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster Improvement of Academic Writing of ESL Students in Science Subjects: How Systematically “Dictation” Helps Students to Improve Academic Writing 1Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics Astana Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology Atyrau Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Abstract:
Significant strides have been made to establish the distinctions between academic and informal writing, emphasizing that academic language demands conciseness, formality, precision, and careful structure (Smith, 2019). Further research was needed to apply new strategies in an active learning time in the classrooms to bring an advancement in academic writing. Depth of the issue was investigated with surveys, observing students work in class, conducting assessment, students interviews and consulting with teachers of all subjects and concluded that weak academic writing is also a reason of students’ poor academic performance and lower grades in subjects which eventually leads to the loss of students’ confidence. The art of writing is the art of discovering what you believe (Gustave Flaubert). Team composed fresh intervention tactics after students’ workshops, interviews, and meetings. Implemented strategies for decided period and closely monitored the students’ performance. Deployed vocabulary-expansion activities, systematic writing workshops. Subject teachers incorporated specific grammar and syntax activities to help students with typical language difficulties. Endorsed dictation in lessons so students can encounter shortcomings. Created writing assignments and workshops that are pertinent to science subjects so that students may use their language abilities in a useful context. Kaizen principal was used to promote and strengthen virtuous writing habits, gave students regular, constructive comments on their work to make them consistent. Surveys were done on a regular basis, and the findings showed that many teachers were improving their pupils' performance using these tactics. Teachers were taken aback by the outcomes both before and after, numerous pupils began raising their scores and started taking science projects. This research promises an overall academic improvement of students in science subjects.
Introduction:
Upon thorough examination of the principal examiner reports spanning the past three years, which meticulously detail the outcomes of external assessments for all NIS schools under the aegis of the Cambridge International Exam Board (CIE), a discernible pattern has emerged. It has come to our attention that a substantial portion of students, exceeding 70%, encountered challenges in tackling high order thinking questions, necessitating a heightened proficiency in academic writing. Furthermore, an alarming statistic reveals that more than 80% of questions requiring written responses elicited answers that were below the established average competency level. This analysis underscores the pressing need for targeted interventions to enhance students' capabilities in handling advanced cognitive tasks and written assessments. The teachers also had the audacity to interview students, as if their subjective opinions could shed any light on the matter. And to top it all off, they consulted teachers from various subjects, as if their biased perspectives would offer any valuable insights. The results of this endeavor revealed that weak academic writing contributes to students' poor academic performance and lower grades. The implementation of inventive tactics brought about a sense of excitement and anticipation, as they promised to improve students’ academic writing and performance. As an outcome, educators realized the importance of this research and developed a team of 12 science teachers with 250 students from two schools. Team decided to lounge an action research about the improvement of students’ academic writing by implementing fresh and innovative intervention strategy “dictation” under the umbrella of following research question: “How systematically “dictation” helps students to improve academic writing?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we use a mix of methods to understand and improve students' academic writing skills. We start with surveys to learn about students' preferences and challenges in writing. Teachers also share their thoughts on students' writing throughout the research. We analyze students' exam scores from the past, present, and future terms to see how their writing skills change over time. One important part of our approach is using "dictation". We dedicate 20 minutes for “dictation” activity in each 80-minute lesson. This means students listen to a passage and then write it down. This helps improve listening skills, spelling, and overall language accuracy. We do this regularly to encourage continuous improvement, following the Kaizen principle (Masaaki Imai, 1980). At the end of the research, we do another round of surveys and get more feedback from teachers to see how effective our methods have been in improving students' academic writing skills over time. This approach, combining surveys, teacher feedback, and a focus on dictation, gives us a complete picture of students' writing skills and the impact of our interventions. These activities were meticulously designed to offer students a valuable opportunity to apply their language abilities in a meaningful way, enhancing their understanding of scientific concepts and fostering effective communication. By engaging in these assignments and workshops, students were able to develop their language proficiency and scientific knowledge. The implementation of the Kaizen principle (small incremental changes create an impact over time) played a pivotal role in cultivating and reinforcing exemplary writing practices. To ensure a consistent and continuous improvement, students were consistently provided with valuable and constructive feedback on their work. Additionally, periodic surveys were conducted to gather valuable insights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The survey's findings shed important light on students' preferences and difficulties with academic writing, especially when it comes to chemistry, biology, and physics. When asked which type of question they preferred for assignments or tests, most (40%) said they felt most comfortable with calculation-based questions, while 20% said they preferred clearly defined descriptive questions. Remarkably, 20% of respondents thought that questions combining computation and descriptive aspects were appropriate. The poll did, however, also draw attention to certain important difficulties that students have when writing academically about these topics. A significant 48% of participants cited a restricted comprehension of concepts as the main obstacle, highlighting a possible deficiency in fundamental knowledge. Furthermore, 31% of respondents said they had trouble putting ideas into words, pointing to a larger problem with effectively communicating scientific topics in writing. This research indicates that there is a definite need for treatments targeted at strengthening students' textual expression of scientific concepts and their conceptual understanding. At the end of the intervention, we expect: o Several teachers improved their students' academic achievement by implementing novel strategies. o It is discovered that the techniques employed in this study can be applied to enhance academic writing in a variety of departments and subject areas, not just science. o The study's main objective was to determine the students' status, which made it possible to better understand why they struggled with writing on tests. o The study looked at strategies for enhancing academic writing skills. o Several favorable results are seen based on observations made in the classroom. Teachers gained new strategies for applying subject-specific words and phrases. o It is worth mentioning that a significant positive shift was observed in the term final exam scores of students, with a particular emphasis on those who have historically struggled academically. References 1.Smith, A. (2019). Academic Writing Distinctions, Journal of Writing Studies, 14(3), 123-145. 2.Principal examiners’ report on external exam result, NIS, 2022,2023 3.https://kaizen.com/insights/kaizen-methodology-education/ 4.https://www.bartleby.com/essay/Writing-Is-The-Art-Of-Discovering-What-P34XZSKVGXYW#:~:text=According%20to%20Gustave%20Flaubert%2C%20a,form%20of%20writing%20or%20typing 5.Tang, Q. (2012). The Effectiveness of Dictation Method in College English Vocabulary Teaching. Theory and Practice in Language Studies, 2(7). doi:10.4304/tpls.2.7.1472-1476 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster Lessons Learnt from Post Pandemic Period on Effective Student Collaboration Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Karaganda, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The pandemic period created new challenges for students in terms of academic achievement as well as social interaction which interferes with students’ well-being at school. It is known that engagement and interaction, communication and self-efficacy are key points for every EFL (English as a Foreign Language) learner. However, during distance learning, students lacked proper peer interaction, which negatively influenced productive skills development (speaking and writing). For new-coming students, who spent their first year at a new secondary school remotely, it was a double challenge as they experienced online communication with peers who they had never seen face-to-face before. Thus, in the post-pandemic period, teachers had to deal with an increased number of students who felt reluctant to communicate with each other. Research purpose The following research questions were shaping the study: • To what extent have online lessons affected students’ collaboration skills? • What are the ways of improving newcoming students’ deteriorated collaboration skills? The analysis of pre-pandemic era literature have showed that most of the studies presented distance learning as a tool of self-paced autonomous learning (Jones and Chen, 2008; Abraham, 2007), however the remote learning experience during the pandemic period unveiled many drawbacks in terms of collaboration and engagement. Students experienced lack of face-to-face interaction, misunderstanding in social or educational networks, failure in group works, etc (Dragomir & Simon, 2021). Thus, “back to the classroom” period meant shift from autonomous learning to collaborative learning for students. In addition, previous research shows that pair work is the main interaction type which is used in English lessons for developing students’ communicative skills. This method is found to be one of the most effective as it requires every student to participate in class discussions in comparison to group work, where some students might be less involved. Additionally, pair work enables silent students in a class to be enrolled in the discussion, and introverted students who are hesitant to talk in front of the class get a chance to express their viewpoints. Moreover, earlier studies show that engaging audible conversation takes place mainly during face-to-face interaction between students (Achmad, 2014). Besides improving language skills by correcting grammar mistakes or helping to choose appropriate words during the conversation, learners develop social skills like politeness, turn-taking, respect for each other, attentive listening, etc. (Phipps, 1999). Harmer (2014) and Storch (2013) mentioned the importance of effective organisation of pair work in the ESL classroom. According to Harmer (2014), the decision on putting students into pairs or groups could be based on principles like friendship, streaming, chance, task, changing groups, gender and status. Thus, it is clearly seen that the process of pair work in class should be held in accordance with the above-mentioned factors. Therefore, the current study focuses on the importance of organising effective pair work in English lessons during the post-pandemic period. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study is classroom action research focusing on the development of teacher practice knowledge and the improvement of learners’ academic performance (Dudley, 2011). The collaboration of teachers was required to understand the challenges of putting students into pairs and organizing effective work in the lesson. The cycle in the lesson study consisted of stages: joint planning, teaching and observing the lesson, interviewing students and post-discussion (Dudley, 2011, p.5). During the joint planning, teachers defined four main ways of putting students into new pairs: by level, by random choice, by personality traits (introverts and extroverts) and by students’ own choice. The given approach showed the influence of pair work organization on the effectiveness of the activity and students’ involvement in the lesson. The study was focused on observing the interaction of students with different language levels and personality traits while working in pairs. Thus, the lesson observation form designed by Dudley (2011, p.11) was applied. Participants of the study were grade 8 students who entered the new secondary school on the competitive basis. Participants were new to each other and to school community. There were 50 participants from four groups who took part in the study and four teachers of English who implemented the collaboratively planned strategies and techniques in the lesson. Moreover, interviews with students were conducted to get a deeper understanding of students’ interaction. Two students were interviewed from each group, semi-structured interview questions were prepared for each type of pair work division. The collected data was used to adjust teaching in the further cycles of lesson study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Having analyzed and discussed the data collected during lesson observations and student interviews it was seen that pair work and real collaboration in class were rather difficult for students after online lessons. Student 1: “During the online lessons, I used to retell the stories to myself”. Student 2: “Some of my classmates turned out to be different from what I had expected, so it was difficult to work in pairs with some of them in September”. The effectiveness of students’ collaboration depends on the way the division on groups and pairs is organized. One of the main factors that should be considered at the stage of planning pair work is the type of activity or in other words its main purpose (lead-in, reflection, grammar or vocabulary practice). Pair work “by language level” seemed to be more effective for activities aimed at completing specific tasks and achieving specific learning objectives in the lesson. Pair work “by random choice” is recommended for activities with less significance in the lesson, such as the reflection part, etc. Pair work “by personality traits” showed its effectiveness when students were supposed to speak and share their thoughts in the lesson. This approach allowed to avoid the dominance of particular students in pairs while speaking activities. Pair work “by students’ choice” worked well in conducting discussions in class, as most students chose a partner with the same interests or ideas. However, some tasks were challenging for students to complete together as they had different subject levels. Thus, there were four main ways that teachers can use in order to divide students into pairs. One of the main conditions for quick recovery of teaching and learning in post pandemic time is teachers’ dense collaboration in identifying challenges and finding on the-spot solutions to them. References 1. Abraham, A. (2007). Student-centred teaching of accounting to engineering students: Comparing blended learning and traditional approaches. Faculty of Commerce-Papers, University of Wollongong, 1–20. Accessed 1 October 2020. Available at: https://ro.uow.edu.au/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1463&context=commpapers 2. Achmad D., Yusuf Y. Q. (2014). Observing pair-work task in an English speaking class. International Journal of Instruction, № 7 (1), p. 151–164. 3. Dragomir, G. M., Fărcașiu, M. A., & Șimon, S. (2021). Students’ perceptions of verbal and non-verbal communication behaviors during and after the covid-19 pandemic. Applied Sciences, 11(18), 8282. https://www.mdpi.com/2076-3417/11/18/8282 4. Dudley P. (2011). Lesson study: A handbook. https://lessonstudy.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/new-handbook-revisedMay14.pdf 5. Harmer J.(2014).The Practice of Modern English Teacher, № 21, 2. 6. Jones, K. T., & Chen, C. C. (2008). Blended-learning in a graduate accounting course: Student satisfaction and course design issues. The Accounting Educators’ Journal, 18, 15–28. https://www.aejournal.com/ojs/index.php/aej/article/view/60 7. Phipps W. (1999). Pairwork: Interaction in the Modern Languages Classroom. London: Centre for Information on Language Teaching and Research. 8. Storch N., Aldosari, A. (2013). Pairing learners in pair work activity. Language teaching research, № 17 (1), p. 31–48. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster The Development of Reading Comprehension of Academic Texts in Russian(L2) and English (L3) Languages for Multilingual NIS Students in Kazakhstan Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology Presenting Author:It has been more than a decade since the trilingual policy was established in Kazakhstan for the nation's future prosperity and economic development. Russian and English languages for many students have become their second (L2) and third foreign (L3) languages along with the state Kazakh language taught in secondary schools. In adherence to legal requirements students are obliged to certify their level of language proficiency. The research on difficulties encountered by Russian and English language students in compulsory school settings, particularly in relation to reading, is limited and requires further exploration. Reading is a fundamental in four language skills in developing foreign language that helps to enhance vocabulary and grammar, ultimately playing a significant role in achieving language proficiency (Renandya et.al, 2009). According to recent PISA 2022 results by OECD (2023) Kazakhstani students demonstrated a minimum level of reading proficiency slightly similar to the previous results which is below the OECD average. Moreover, it widened the gap between the weakest and highest scoring students in comparison with 2018. It means that students mainly can define the main idea, purpose and form of the texts, but it is generally challenging for them to meet more complex criteria. Previous research has found that there are constructs that predict academic reading comprehension in various language learning settings (Uccelli, P. et.al., 2015, Wenjuan, Q., 2023). Moreover, there is a study on how L1 constructs have relation to L2 (Jarvis, S., & Pavlenko, A., 2008), however there has been limited exploration into the academic reading comprehension of students across two distinct language groups. Consequently, we employ Core Academic Language Skills (CALS) which are operational constructs designed to facilitate reading in context of language learning and teaching. Using adapted CALS as a study framework we decided to examine students' 1) understanding of complex words, 2) comprehension of complex sentences, and 3) organizing argumentative text. It attempts to identify their reading difficulties and assess academic reading skills related constructs in both L2 and L3 aiming to uncover factors that contribute to overall reading comprehension. This study seeks to understand the interrelationship between L2 and L3 and its constituent skills, particularly for multilingual students. In this paper, the following research questions are addressed: Do 11 grade students’ reading skills of academic texts vary by their second and third languages? What language constructs predict reading comprehension of students in L2 and L3? To what extent is there a correlation between L2 and L3 languages in the development of reading comprehension? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 64 students of high school aged from 15-17 participated in the study. The sample consisted of participants from four control groups of 11th grade selected based on the language instruction in the classroom. Specifically, students for those Russian served as the second and English was the third language taught as a compulsory subjects in the school with a requirement for language proficiency exam at the end of the school year. Moreover, these students are those who are admitted to school mainly by their mathematical skills rather than language skills. According to unpublished school material the majority of these students demonstrated lower language level relative to their younger age at the time of admission to specialized school due to the lack of language environment and school program difference. Considering the students’ learning background, the reading materials for testing were selected based on the school's current educational program and learning objectives of the reading tasks. Academic reading texts with argumentative nature were chosen to explore students' ability in identifying elements of arguments expecting it influences their comprehension of the texts. It contained paragraphs of 5 to 6. After reading the participants completed a test related to the complex words, sentences and to aspects of arguments with 12 items each based on the paragraphs they read. Each students’ results were monitored and analyzed by the Read Monitor tool assembled in the school to track their progress in the longitude period of two academic terms, so students also can be aware of their achievements till the next test. Each group was tested twice during the two academic terms at the beginning of grade 11 from September to December. Russian and English language reading tests were administered consecutively with a one day interval between them. Mean scores of understanding complex words and sentence structure, and arguments within the text were computed for each language (L2 and L3) group. A statistical analysis has been done to examine the relationship of academic reading comprehension in two languages. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study revealed overall reading comprehension ability is significantly related to language constructs in both Russian and English languages. The majority of students’ difficulties in reading comprehension are mainly associated with the elements of argumentation (facts and opinion, reasoning, conclusion) of the academic texts. However, understanding the structure of complex sentences and defining words is more challenging to comprehend texts in Russian rather than in English. The analysis showed that the L2 reading comprehension was consistently correlated with L3 reading tasks. It can be explained by the transferable cross linguistic nature of language knowledge (Cummins, 2000). This study advances our understanding of interrelated operational constructs of languages that operate in students reading academic texts for developing their reading proficiency. This shed a light to consider the reading strategies and assessment practices of high school students with multilingual language. References Jarvis, S., & Pavlenko, A. (2008). Crosslinguistic influence in language and cognition. New York: Routledge OECD, (2023, December 5). PISA 2022 Results: Factsheets, OECD. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/publication/pisa-2022-results/country-notes/kazakhstan-8c403c04/ Renandya, W.A., Rajan, B.R.S., & Jacobs, G.M. (2009). Extensive Reading With Adult Learners of English as a Second Language. In T. Hedge, N. Andon, M. Dewey (Eds), English Language Teaching: Major Themes in Education, Vol IV, (pp. 182-1970). London: Routledge. Uccelli, P., Galloway, E.P., Kim, H.Y., and Barr, Christopher D. (2015). Core Academic Language Skills: Moving beyond Vocabulary Knowledge to Predict Reading Comprehension, Spring 2015 conference; Learning Curves: Creating and Sustaining Gains from Early Childhood through Adulthood, Washington. Wenjuan, Q. (2023). Chinese Core Analytic Language Skills (CH-CALS): An Innovative Construct and Assessment associated with Chinese Non-fiction Reading Comprehension, ECER 2023 Symposium paper. Glasgow. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 32 SES 05.5 A: Organizational Education Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
32. Organizational Education
Poster About a Research Project on Alternative Education Schools’ Cultures in Response to Ages of Uncertainty The Maria Grzegorzewska University, Poland Presenting Author:The effective functioning of a modern school in an Age of Uncertainty requires conscious creation of its culture, which, when shaped, ensures the school's implementation of its mission in a dynamically changing social, economic and cultural reality. Recognizing the possibility of influencing culture and shaping it in accordance with a given direction means focusing on identifying its elements subject to modification, learning about the factors conducive to cultural change and the possibilities and ways of carrying it out. School culture highlights specific aspects of school life and brings out the importance of "who we are" and " the way we do things around here" (Deal & Peterson, 2010). Research on school culture is one of the most interesting directions in the search for factors in the development and improvement of school organization (Hoy, 1990). Many researchers agree that school culture is a crucial variable in school improvement (Deal & Peterson, 1999; Stoll & Fink, 1996). Scientific analyzes regarding intra-school processes, referred to as "school culture", come from various disciplines and were initially associated with the concept of school life by Waller (1932), who noted that schools have an identity of their own, with complex rituals of personal relationships, a set of folkways, mores, irrational sanctions, and moral codes (see also: Maslowski, 2006; Schoen & Teddlie, 2008). The concept of organizational culture began to receive attention in the research communities (e.g., Deal & Kennedy, 1982; Ouchi, 1981) as a factor associated with organizational performance in the 1980s. Lack of early attention by researchers may be because culture is associated with taken-for-granted values, underlying assumptions, expectations, collective memories, and definitions in an organization (Cameron & Quinn, 1999, p. 14). Over the last few decades, the discussion on the concept of school culture has become an integral part of both the educational discourse ongoing in various circles and empirical studies devoted to school. Despite different interpretations of the category of school culture itself (see e.g. Deal & Peterson, 1999; Schoen & Teddlie, 2008; ), there is consensus among researchers that its cognitive value results from a comprehensive understanding of various aspects of everyday school life and is therefore helpful in learning and understanding the nature of school life and institutionalized education. The aim of the poster presentation will be to present a research project on the cultures of alternative education schools, to discuss its conceptual assumptions and planned methodological solutions. The project is a team effort, prepared with the intention of identifying the cultures of selected institutions, defining their specificity and analyzing the interactions between individual dimensions and cultural elements. An equally important goal of research activities will be to compare the cultures of the studied institutions - to determine whether the teaching-learning environments, which are unique examples of innovative educational ventures, are clearly different and how this is expressed. Learning about different educational proposals is cognitively fascinating, but also in the social interest. Typical human characteristics are activity, searching for new solutions, improving the existing reality, and this, in relation to the school reality, becomes particularly important due to the need to provide high-quality modern educational services. The planned research will primarily provide new knowledge and is therefore significant for building and developing school culture theory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A comprehensive and accurate description and analysis of the selected schools’ cultures will be possible thanks to the case study research procedure, more precisely, multiple case study. The research will be carried out in deliberately selected schools exemplifying alternative educational proposals in Poland. The researchers want to select general education schools that represent differences in organizing educational processes and everyday practices related to teaching, including original curricula. In the designed study, Schoen and Teddlie’s (2008) school culture model will be used to structure the analyses. This model describes school culture as being comprised of four different dimensions: (I) Professional Orientation, (II) Organizational Structure, (III) Quality of the Learning Environment, and (IV) Student-Centered Focus that exist at three different levels of abstraction: artifacts, espoused beliefs, and basic assumptions (Schein, 1985). Therefore, the model offers a framework for describing, discussing, and comparing school functions across four dimensions of school culture and also allows culture to be examined across three levels at which culture is manifested (Schein, 1985). The above-mentioned model of school culture entails the need to design research that takes into account various data sources and methods, taking into account data on all dimensions and levels of culture, therefore various quantitative and qualitative data collection techniques and tools will be used in the own research. Maslowski (2006) also suggests triangulating a variety of qualitative and quantitative data sources to study culture, because the weaknesses of one method are compensated by similar findings with other methods. Moreover, all members of a given school community will participate in the study, i.e. students, teachers, principals, administration, and parents. A separate research strategy will be developed for each educational institution, established in consultation with the management and after becoming familiar with the organization of the school year in a given institution. Research activities in each educational institution will be carried out concurrently. The adopted solutions are intended to ensure mutual complementation of the results obtained at individual stages of the research process and to eliminate possible errors in the methods used. Moreover, the examined reality is complex and multi-aspect, therefore the use of different methods ensures obtaining different types of data. The approach used is an exemplification of the plural heterogeneous approach to the research process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The researchers’ intention is to provide a comprehensive, coherent picture of the cultures of institutions that constitute alternative educational proposals. The aim is, first of all, to conduct an in-depth examination of the cultures of selected institutions, present their specificity, recognize dimensions and analyze the interactions between individual cultural elements. Secondly, a comparison of the cultures of the surveyed institutions will be made. It is cognitively interesting to determine whether the teaching-learning environments in various and unique examples of innovative educational projects are clearly different. The use of a wide range of methods and the data collected thanks to them, which will then be triangulated, is intended to provide a multidimensional picture of schools. In our opinion, this procedure will not only enable the search for universality, indicating the repeatability of specific elements (phenomena, behavior, situations), documenting the relationships between the overall life and functioning of the school and its effects, but will also result in rich, "dense" descriptions of everyday life in schools, understanding of individual elements or aspects of this life by people immersed in it. Research based on the school culture model used may be useful in obtaining a more complete understanding of the socio-cultural and organizational factors at the school level that facilitate school improvement, a school that functions effectively in such a difficult contemporary reality. This knowledge is a logical precursor to the reculturation of schools in order to achieve and sustain the changes currently desired. References Cameron, K.S., & Quinn, R.E. (1999). Diagnosing and changing organizational culture based on the competing values framework. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Deal, T.E., & Kennedy, A. (1982). Corporate cultures: The rites and rituals of corporate life. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Deal, T.E., & Peterson, K. (1999). Shaping school culture: The heart of leadership. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Deal, T. E., & Peterson, K. D. (2010). Shaping school culture: Pitfalls, paradoxes, and promises. John Wiley & Sons. Hoy, W. K. (1990). Organizational climate and culture: A conceptual analysis of the school workplace. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 1(2), 149–168. Maslowski, R. (2006). A review of inventories diagnosing school culture. Journal of Educational Administration, 44(1), 6–35. Ouchi, W.G. (1981). Theory Z: How American business can meet the Japanese challenge. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Schein E. (1985). Organizational Culture and Leadership. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Schoen L.T., Teddlie, Ch. (2008). A new model of school culture. A response to a call for conceptual clarity. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 19(2), 129-153. Stoll, L., & Fink, D. (1996). Changing our schools. Buckingham, UK: Open University Press. Waller W. (1932). The sociology of teaching. New York: Russell & Russell. 32. Organizational Education
Poster Metaphor as a Way to Explore Subtle Elements of School Culture: “A School Unlike Any Other” in Students’ Metaphors The Maria Grzegorzewska University, Poland Presenting Author:The concept of culture as applied to schools is difficult to define as well as to operationalize in research terms. That is why there are attempts to create different models of school culture with a promise of more comprehensive and coherent approach to school culture research (e.g. Kent, 2006; Brady, 2008; Schoen & Teddlie, 2008; Torres, 2022). Undoubtedly, the study of school culture is quite a challenge, not only because of the difficulty in operationalizing the object of analysis itself, or even because of the need for interdisciplinary profiling. The study of school culture requires reaching the subtle elements of the phenomenon being explored. Elements such as values, perceptions, experiences, feelings can be difficult to accurately capture quantitatively. However, taking them into account is necessary to build a coherent, complementary picture of the school environment. Given these difficulties, researchers turn to metaphor as a tool of knowing the culture of the school. Metaphors can play a vital role in conceptualizing and reflecting the nature of learning and are used in establishing a connection between educational theories and personal beliefs (Leavy et al., 2007). From this point of view, metaphor is a beneficial tool in close examining teachers’ and students’ thoughts on their learning and teaching environment (Martinez et al., 2001; Saban, 2013). It is also a tool in the process of organizational assessment and change (Cleary & Packard, 1992). Lakoff and Johnson (1980, p. 5) state that person’s perceptions of concepts are based on metaphors. They argue that the essence of metaphor is understanding and experiencing one kind of thing in terms of another. Educators use metaphors as a way to attract the students’ attention through comparing objects, reflecting on them in their mind and teaching them. Although the context for the development of values by young people has grown more complex and the possibilities for choice have expanded as a result of sociocultural development and globalization, schools still operate as major social environments where pupils share their beliefs, norms, values, and fears for a substantial part of their lives (Demir, 2007). According to the social, cultural and economic conditions of the society, different metaphors emerged in the field of education, such as the school as a figurative factory, a plant, a social center, a welfare agency etc. (Bishop, 2019; Eshenkulova & Boobekova, 2022). Metaphors not only structure the way of thinking about schools but also help create a world of the school. Some researchers (e.g. Jordan, 1996) identified several powerful metaphors for schooling and school improvement that dominate the thinking of policy-makers, scholars and practitioners (Demir, 2007). Transferring ideas about the school to other objects allows researchers to reach subtle elements of school culture which resist quantitative approaches. The aim of the poster presentation is to show a fragment of research material collected as part of a team project. The methods and tools used in this project provides an insight into the cultures of selected institutions: their specificity and the interactions between individual dimensions and cultural elements. This, in turn, allows to compare the cultures of selected non-public primary schools – schools "other than all". The purpose of this study is to analyze the perceptions of two primary school students of school and schooling by examining the metaphors they produce. The process of verbalizing school experiences through a metaphorical description of them is a component of communication processes, but it can also be used for consensus, decision-making or persuasion. It makes it possible to discover existing beliefs that subjectively describe the functioning of the school, and which can be used as one of the sources of knowledge about it. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Inspired by Gareth Morgan's (1986) theoretical model of reading and understanding organizations on the basis of metaphorical analysis, we attempted to reach the perception and understanding of school reality expressed through metaphor by primary school students, while maintaining the awareness that the image of school built in this way remains, after all, partial. Using metaphor as a textual tool to study empirically elusive elements of school culture, an attempt was made to get closer to students' ways of reading and understanding school reality. The study was conducted in two non-public primary schools, implementing an alternative education model in practice. This means that the study involved students who had been learning in the so-called open didactic environment for several years – an environment free of transmission-behavioral solutions dominant in the Polish mainstream school system. The source of the data was a task carried out by the eighth grade students. It consisted of a text and a drawing part. The students were asked to complete the sentence: My school is like... Then to illustrate the metaphor and explain why the school was presented the way it did. The examined material (N = 22) provided data in the form of texts and drawings. The main analysis was focused on students' texts, while drawings were treated as an important support in the process of reaching the meanings attributed by young people to the school reality – its various dimensions and elements. Analytical work included the initial ordering of data (line-by-line coding), their supplementation with interpretations and suggestions for ordering metaphors. This work was carried out individually and in parallel by two researchers. Then, during the discussion, the effects of these activities were confronted and the final categorization of student metaphors was made. As a result, five categories were selected. In a separate group were placed those texts in which the school was not presented in a metaphorical way, but in a factual way (n = 2). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a result of the collected material analysis, five groups of metaphors were identified: (1) culture/climate: among the analyzed metaphors, the largest number are those whose authors in their perception of the school focus on the atmosphere of the place, interpersonal relations, but also the adopted philosophy of education and the norms regulating the life of their school; (2) hybrid (collage): this group brings together metaphors that carry a wide variety of cognitive content, reflecting the complex nature of school life that can be perceived in many ways and interpreted differently, taking into account its physical, axiological or socio-didactic dimensions; (3) catastrophic: this category includes the metaphor of the Titanic or an airplane whose engine has suffered a major failure – this means a subjectively perceived difficulty, a complication of everyday school life: the daily routine is stressful, full of aggravating problem situations and, as such, often requires quick decisions and efficient actions from the student; (4) chaos: this category includes metaphors such as the museum of modern art and “random chance” and emphasizes chaos, randomness, unpredictability, and creativity in the school environment; (5) prison: this category includes metaphors exposing external coercion at school, different types of constraints and coercion. The analysis of the data revealed a diversity of perception and inter¬pretation of school reality. It is worth adding, however, that the image of the school obtained by means of a metaphor should be approached with the criticism typical of scientific activities. In the context of this study, it is worth considering to what extent the students' metaphors accurately reflect the key features of their school's life, as well as the relationships between the various elements of the complex, multi-level structure of school organization. References Bishop, B.F. (2019). Gardens, prisons, and asylums: Metaphors for school. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Kent State University College of Education, Health, and Human Services. Brady, P. (2008). Working Towards a Model of Secondary School Culture. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, 73, 1-26. Cleary, C., Packard, T. (1992). The use of metaphors in organizational assessment and change. Group & Organization Management,17(3), 229-241. Demir, C.E. (2007). Metaphors as a reflection of middle school students’ perceptions of school: A cross-cultural analysis. Educational Research and Evaluation, 13(2), 89–107. Eshenkulova, K., Boobekova, K. (2022). Educational Metaphors: High School Students’ Perceptions of Schools in Kyrgyzstan, Journal of Contemporary Educational Studies, 73(3), 98-116. Jordan, W. A. (1996). Crossfire education: Metaphor cultural evolution and chaos in the schools. Janham: University Press of America. Kent, P. (2006). Finding the Missing Jigsaw Pieces: a new model for analyzing school culture. Management in Education, 20(3), 24-30. Lakoff, G., Johnson, M. (1980). Metaphors we live by. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Leavy, A.M., McSorley F.A., Bote, L.A. (2007). An examination of what metaphor construction reveals about the evolution of preservice teachers’ beliefs about teaching and learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 23(2007), 1217-1233. Martinez, M.A., Saudela, N., Huber, G.L. (2001). Metaphors as Blueprints of Thinking About Teaching and Learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17, 965-977. Morgan, G. (1986). Images of Organization. Sage Publications. Saban, A. (2013). Prospective primary teachers’ metaphorical images of learning. Journal of Teaching and Education, 2(1), 195–202. Schoen, L.T., Teddlie, Ch. (2008). A New Model of School Culture: A Response to a Call for Conceptual Clarity. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 19(2), 129-153. Torres, L.L. (2022). School organizational culture and leadership: Theoretical trends and new analytical proposals. Education Sciences, 12, 254. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 33 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Poster A Gender Manifesto For Schools Created by Transgender Youth, Cisgender Peers and School Staff. VIVES University, Belgium Presenting Author:Because every European citizen should feel safe and be able to be themselves, recent legislative developments, case law and policy initiatives have been evoked to improve people’s lives and to build equal and welcoming societies, including for LGBTQIA+ people. Nevertheless, this has not always been translated into clear improvements in their lives. Discrimination against LGBTQIA+ people persists throughout the EU and they are still unable to be themselves without the risk of social exclusion and the feeling to be threatened. The European Union Fundamental Rights Agency’s (FRA) LGBT survey identified transgender persons as particularly vulnerable to hate crimes and unlikely to report them (EU-LGBTI II, 2020). Despite that, anti-trans violence has become the focus of attention in European and international policy discussions and research in recent years (e.g. the LGBTIQ Equality Strategy 2020-2025), there is still a need for more research focusing on the strengths and opportunities from the transgender persons' perspective. As many are still vulnerable to being bullied at school, experience gender-related violence in society and at home and are not being accepted by significant others. Parents of transgender persons report high levels of bullying, lack of attention for transgender persons in the anti-bullying policy at school, lack of understanding and exclusion from staff and inconvenient rules regarding bathroom use, school uniforms and sports participation (Johnson et al., 2014). This also has an impact on student learning. Therefore, efforts should be made to make secondary schools more transgender inclusive and supportive (Beemyn, 2012). In this project, we aimed 1) to increase resilience of transgender youth within the school context and 2) to guide educational professionals on how they can combat and prevent violence and bullying against transgender youth. Both by developing a gender manifesto. We want to raise awareness and improve skills of educational professionals to counter stereotyping, stigmatization, pathologizing, discrimination, harassment and bullying affecting trans people. The research question of this project is: How can we enhance the resilience of transgender youth and develop a trans-sensitive environment in secondary schools through the use of a gender manifesto? As such, we hope to facilitate community building at school. Community building consists of creating an inclusive school culture in which every individual feels at comfort. For this, a shared vision between teacher, (transgender) student and parents is essential and was captured in the manifesto. Research shows that there is a need for this type of approaches to make school-wide changes, rather than just focusing on the safety of the transgender community (Sergiovanni, 2022). What makes this project innovative, is that it aims to strengthen the resilience of transgender youth (16-25 years old) in a bottom up manner, using a co-creative research approach, instead of victimizing transgender people (van Dijk-de Vries et al., 2020). Inspired by the Lundy Model of child participation, transgender youth received a voice, platform and safe space to influence society (Kennan et al., 2019). This can help to reduce the impact of victimization on the mental health of trans youth, helping them to speak openly about violence, feel more confident in coping with violence, to find social support and to report experiences of violence. In this European CERV project educational professionals (n=6), transgender youth (n=5) and cis gender peers (n=4) were involved to create the manifesto. This gender manifesto describes how school teachers can broaden their view on gender education and how schools can make (minor) adjustments to meet the needs of transgender individuals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this project we worked together with psychologists of the UZ Ghent Centre for Sexology and Gender. We first conducted a literature review about community building in education and resilience, specifically focussing on LGBTQIA+. During a co-creation session, transgender youth (16-25y) (n=10) brainstormed about the content, set up and conditions of the module. Based on these findings and the literature study , the content of the module was developed and a manual was created. Participants for the module were recruited by UZ Ghent as all selected participants were undergoing treatment at the UZ Ghent or were on the waiting list. The module took place in the UZ Ghent, in order to ensure a safe and familiar environment for the participants. All researchers, involved in the module, received a training about trans-sensitive approaches before the module started. If necessary, psychologists were available for the participants. The module consisted of five sessions of half a day. During the first session, transgender youth brainstormed about the concept “’gender manifesto”. On the second session, the participants brought a cis peer to discuss the concept again. They reflected on the main topics that should be in a gender manifesto and started the writing process. At the end of this session the participants were encouraged to contact an educational professional and the researchers also contacted some educational professionals. In the third session, the transgender youth presented the main topics of the gender manifesto to the educational professionals. Together they discussed the format of the output. During the fourth workshop transgender youth finalized the manifesto. At the final session, transgender youth presented their poster (the gender manifesto) to a broader public of educational professionals and a panel discussion took place. Before the start and at the end of the module, pre- and post-tests were administered to the participants. These pre- and post-tests were used to measure self-esteem and their overall quality of life and were set up based on existing questionnaires such as the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (RSES) and the WHOQoL-BREF. Besides the pre-and post-tests, a focus group, supervised by the psychologists and co-design specialized researchers, was held to gather qualitative data as well. This way, we collected both qualitative and quantitative data from the participants that gave us insight into how they experience the module and how following the module influences their resilience. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We can conclude that the creation of the gender manifesto increased the resilience of the trans youth as well. Different participants spoke about an increase in the dare to speak out. The educational professionals involved in this study moreover mentioned that they learned new knowledge about transgender youth and that they recognize the need for being more sensitive towards transgender youth at school. They also indicate that sometimes little things can provide big changes (e.g. let transgender youth express their pronoun, provide gender neutral mails,…). From various items in the surveys, we can deduce that transgender young people also see a role for teachers to strengthen their resilience at school. As such, the main message is that it is important to enhance and reinforce the role of educational professionals in making transgender youth more resilience by taking action in the educational practice. The poster of the gender manifesto is now used as didactic tool by transgender health professionals in trainings. This gender manifesto is also integrated as didactic material in different courses of the VIVES university of applied sciences. As such, we hope to increase the trans-sensitivity of (future) professionals in order to increase the resilience of transgender youth. Developing this manifesto helped to strengthen the resilience of the participants and contributed to the community building objective, but also helped to raise awareness and brought this topic to the attention of schools. The gender manifesto can be found on our project website and has been shared with our national and European stakeholders to ensure a widespread implementation. References Beemyn, G. (2012). The experiences and needs of transgender community college students. Community College Journal of Research and Practice, 36(7), 504-510. FRA, EU-LGBTI II - A long way to go for LGBTI equality (14 May 2020) (FRA, second LGBTI survey) Johnson D., Silkorski, J;, Savage, TA & Woitaswksi, SA (2014). ouders van jongeren die zich identificeren als transgender: een verkennend onderzoek. Forum voor schoolpsychologie, 8(1), 56–74. Kennan, D., Brady, B., & Forkan, C. (2019). Space, voice, audience and influence: the Lundy model of participation (2007) in child welfare practice. Practice, 31(3), 205-218. van Dijk-de Vries, A., Stevens, A., van der Weijden, T., & Beurskens, A. J. (2020). How to support a co-creative research approach in order to foster impact. The development of a Co-creation Impact Compass for healthcare researchers. PLoS One, 15(10), e0240543. Sergiovanni, T. J. (2022). Building community in schools. San Francisco: JosseyBass 33. Gender and Education
Poster Gender in national curricular documents. A multiple case comparative study of Sweden, Ireland, Estonia and Czechia Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Equality is currently one of the most debated aspects of the curriculum and the revisions of curricular documents and the educational strategies of all four analysed countries formulates gender and gender equality as an important issue to address (Ministerstvo školství, mládeže a tělovýchovy, 2020; Higher education authority, 2017; Ministry of Education and Research, 2021; Swedish government, 2018). It is also one of the key issue within strategies and policies produces by the European union concerning education and gender equality. This study focuses on the topic of gender and gender equality in the curriculum of four countries whose curricular documents have recently been revised, or are in the process of revision, and which are characterized by diametrically different social discourse and level of gender equality (as indicated in Gender Equality Index conducted by the European Institute of Gender Equality) - Sweden, Ireland, Estonia and the Czech Republic (European Institute for Gender Equality, 2023). The study analyses and then compares the national curricular documents of all four countries, maps how and where the topic of gender and gender equality, as well as gender principles, are present and how they are thematized. The aim of this study is to analyse various curricular documents from countries that score across the Gender equality index (both in overall results an withing the area of knowledge) from best to worst, to map if and how each curricular document integrate, thematize and conceptualize the topic of gender and gender equality. By studying national curricular documents and the ways in which gender and the principles of gender equality are integrated into these documents we can identify the examples of good practices, which can be inspiring during the process of curriculum revisions. Combining the results from various curricular documents will help create an analytical scheme, a categorical system that will be used as a tool to analyse curricular documents and to integrate different aspects of gender into curriculum. Science provides reliable knowledge about the empirical world that is reproduced (also) in the school environment. It is therefore absolutely crucial that it includes the gender dimension and perspective (Harding, 2016) and the principles of gender equality. Curricular documents are created different levels, this study analyses curriculum documents at the state (national) level (Dvořák, 2012).Gender and gender equality topics can be presented in the school environment within the intended curriculum as expressed in the official state curriculum documents (Dvořák, 2012). The study follows the aspects of feminist pedagogy and the notion that knowledge is a social construct. According to Lawton (1975), curriculum is a selection from culture and society and it is not possible for everything to appear here. Whether the issue of gender will be included in this selection depends on the approach of a particular society or culture to this topic (Elwood, 2016). Mainstreaming gender equality into education within the European Union is one of the focuses of EU policies as we see that inequalities (in this case gender inequalities) are persistent in education in EU countries, although to a different level in each country (Driel, Donlevy & Melstveit Roseme, 2023). The focus of many studies dealing with the issue of gender (in)equalities in the education content is on textbooks and teaching materials with only few of them analysing the curricular documents. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative research design, specifically a multiple case study approach (Hunziker & Blankenagel, 2021), to analyse and compare national curricular documents for primary and lower secondary schools in Sweden, Ireland, Estonia, and Czechia. The data were chosen based on the criteria of availability, language (the curricular documents had to be available in an official English translation) and most importantly based on the results of Gender Equality Index (countries scoring across the index from best to worst scores). The analysed data are the official curriculum documents from each of the four countries – the Czech Framework Educational Program for Primary Education, Irish The Primary School Curriculum, Framework for Junior Cycle, Swedish Curriculum for the Compulsory School, Preschool Class and School-age Educare, and Estonian National Curricula for Basic Schools. The analysis methods used in this study are content analysis and critical discourse analysis. Content analysis allows for the systematic examination of the content of the curriculum documents (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005), while critical discourse analysis provides a deeper understanding of the social and cultural contexts that shape the representation of gender in these documents (Rogers, 2008). To facilitate the analysis, the documents were coded in the programme atlas.ti. Coding involves assigning labels to sections of the text to identify themes and patterns (Belotto, 2018). This process enables the systematic and objective analysis of the curriculum documents and aids in the comparison across different national contexts (Elliott, 2018). The methodology involves two main stages of analysis. First, each set of curriculum documents is analysed separately from the perspective of the conceptualization of gender equality. This involves examining the processing of the topics of gender and gender equality, the explicit naming of this topic, and the principles of gender equality. The aim is to identify where these criteria appear in the curriculum documents, where they are absent, and where they are not explicitly named but are implicitly present. Following the individual analysis, the curriculum documents are then compared with each other. This comparative analysis allows for a broader understanding of how gender equality is conceptualized and represented in different national contexts. This methodology provides a robust framework for examining and comparing the representation of gender equality in national curricular documents. It offers valuable insights into the similarities and differences in how gender equality is conceptualized and represented in different national educational contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the document comparison show a different concept of gender equality as well as a different direction of educational goals, which in all three countries is in line with the social discourse. The comparison offers the opportunity to describe the processing of gender equality topics, to identify places where there is room for the inclusion of gender equality and principles that can be incorporated into curriculum documents. The open approach of the Swedish curriculum is different from the Czech and Irish approaches. By comparing the three curriculum documents, we can analyse each curriculum again and outline the possibilities of conceptualizing gender equality. The level of integration and conceptualization of the topics of gender and gender equality is vastly different across the four documents. While Sweden has incorporated gender equality into curricular documents not only as a topic but also within the goals of education and the school environment, the Czech and Irish curriculum documents focus more generally on equality and it´s various aspects. Even the goals in these curricular documents relate primarily to equality in general. The Estonian curriculum contains less mentions of gender or gender equality than the Irish documents, but covers many aspects of gender dimension. The comparison of the documents offers an optics through which a country can view their national curricular documents, identify room for integration of gender and gender equality and possibly even get inspired during the process of revision of the curricular documents. References Belotto, M. (2018). Data Analysis Methods for Qualitative Research: Managing the Challenges of Coding, Interrater Reliability, and Thematic Analysis. The Qualitative Report. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2018.3492 Driel, B. V., Donlevy, V., & Melstveit Roseme, M. (2023). Issue paper on gender equality in and through education. Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture (European Commission). Dvořák, D. (2012). Od osnov ke standardům: Proměny kurikulární teorie a praxe. Univerzita Karlova v Praze, Pedagogická fakulta. Elliott, V. (2018). Thinking about the Coding Process in Qualitative Data Analysis. The Qualitative Report. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2018.3560 Elwood, J. (2016). Gender and the Curriculum. In D. Wyse, L. Hayward, & J. Pandya (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assessment (pp. 247-262). European Institute for Gender Equality. (2023). Gender Equality Index 2023: Towards a green transition in transport and energy. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2839/64810 Government Offices of Sweden. (2018). Strategy for Sweden's Development Cooperation for Global Gender Equality and Women's and Girls' Rights 2018–2022. Government Offices of Sweden. https://www.government.se/contentassets/3e6be18734b94807b98a7b4d4c970d81/strategygenderequalityandwomensrights-002.pdf. Harding, S. G. (1991). Whose science? Whose knowledge? thinking from women’s lives. Cornell University Press. Hsieh, H.-F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277–1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687 Hunziker, S., & Blankenagel, M. (2021). Multiple Case Research Design. In S. Hunziker & M. Blankenagel, Research Design in Business and Management (s. 171–186). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-34357-6_9. Mareš, J. (2015). Tvorba případových studií pro výzkumné účely. Pedagogika. 65(2). 113-142. Ministry of Education and Research. (2021). Estonian Education Strategy 2021-2035. Ministry of Education and Research. Rogers, R. (2008). Critical Discourse Analysis in Education. In N. H. Hornberger (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Language and Education (s. 810–825). Springer US. 33. Gender and Education
Poster Elevating Educational Awareness: Exploring Modern Rape Myths in European Discourse University of Silesia in Katowice, Poland Presenting Author:The concept of "rape myths" emerged in the 1970s, from feminist and sociological theories (Schwendinger, Schwendinger, 1974; Brownmiller, 1975). The term was created to explain a set of cultural beliefs, rooted in sexual aggression against girls and women (Payne et al. 1999). The researcher, who developed one of the first diagnostic tools to study the phenomenon, defined rape myths as "prejudices, stereotypes or false beliefs about rape, rape victims or rapists" (Burt, 1980, p. 129). A similar definition, but broader, was proposed by Lonsway and Fitzgerald (1994), who described rape myths as ‘attitudes and beliefs that are generally false but widely and persistently held, and that serve to deny and justify male sexual aggression against women’ (p. 134). Furthermore, rape myths are designed to perpetuate sexual violence by blaming the victim, absolving the perpetrator, and rationalizing acts of sexual aggression. In addition, they serve to blame the victim, acquit the perpetrator, and downplay the seriousness of sexual violence. Research on the existence and impact of rape myths today is extensive, making it clear that the widespread acceptance of rape myths spans diverse societies, cultures, and diverse social groups. Rape myths are dynamic risk factors that contribute to violent behavior and influence people's perceptions of acts of sexual assault, victims as well as rapists. They also play a role in maintaining false beliefs about sexual violence. Rape myths influence the widespread tendency to trivialize and naturalize the problem of sexual violence, to despise victims, and to devalue them. The primary aim of the systematic research review is to precisely identify, analyze, and comprehend prevailing rape myths in Europe. Furthermore, its aim is to delineate the functioning of myths concerning sexual assault and identify factors influencing their prevalence. Our goal is to gain a deeper understanding of the cultural and social aspects associated with this phenomenon. We have identified the main research questions as the subject of our study:
Understanding and debunking these myths is crucial for fostering a safer and more informed society. By unraveling the deeply ingrained cultural beliefs associated with sexual aggression, educational efforts can address and challenge these misconceptions. In essence, these research endeavors not only contribute to academic knowledge but also hold immense potential for shaping educational practices, fostering a society that rejects harmful beliefs, and creating safer environments for all. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study conducted a systematic review of rape myths. A comprehensive search was performed using three multidisciplinary research databases: ProQuest, Scopus and ERIH Plus. The choice of these databases was motivated by their global recognition and the wide range of scientific literature, which provided an in-depth exploration of the available research on the topic. The study focused on peer-reviewed articles from English-language journals published between 2013 and 2023, particularly material from the European context. Strict criteria were applied in the selection process, excluding non-peer-reviewed material and considering only research conducted in Europe or affiliated with European research departments. The selected timeframe (2013-2023) aimed to capture recent developments in conceptions of rape myth, aligning with significant social changes and events such as the #MeToo campaign. The search yielded a total of 2,507 results from selected databases. After eliminating irrelevant studies by analyzing titles and abstracts and removing duplicates, 116 articles were subjected to full-text analysis. After a thorough review, 24 articles were excluded based on eligibility criteria, resulting in the inclusion of 92 articles in the systematic review. The two-step process included individual checking by two reviewers, resolving discrepancies through discussion. Selected articles were reviewed in detail to gain insight into proposed solutions to change harmful beliefs about rape myths. This systematic approach ensured the inclusion of relevant and recent literature, contributing to a comprehensive understanding of efforts to address and change perceptions of rape myths in European societies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analyses conducted as part of the research project provide evidence of a number of factors determining the perpetuation and spread of these myths. Among the most important are sociodemographic factors, such as gender, age and educational level, as well as the influence of cultural and media messages, political ideology and legal norms. In addition, the phenomenon under discussion is so complex that the scientific literature describes numerous mechanisms and theories related to the functioning of rape myths. One of the most popular of these is to blame the victim, while excusing and minimizing the role of the perpetrator. Moreover, the Cognitive Schemas/Scipts Theory provides a framework for understanding the functioning of rape myths in society. Also noteworthy are the Defense Mechanism, Compassion Fatigue, Anticipatory Bias, and the Story Model or Sexual Economy Theory. The survey shows that there is a noticeable convergence in the prevailing contemporary beliefs about rape myths in European communities. Among these, two significant issues stand out: (a) the belief that perpetrators are more likely to be people unknown to the victim, and (b) the widespread blaming of the victim for the rape, especially when the victim was under the influence of intoxicating substances such as alcohol or drugs. Few researchers have addressed the educational aspect in their research. Unfortunately, most of these publications provided only suggestions and guidelines. The authors only emphasized the need for long-term and carefully thought-out public campaigns, as well as the introduction of topics related to rape myths into sex education programs. There were proposals for educating employees, but there was a lack of implied suggestions. In the next phase of our research project, we plan to identify and analyze current educational solutions to sexual violence myths. References Adolfsson, K., & Strömwall, L. A. (2017). Situational variables or beliefs? A multifaceted approach to understanding blame attributions. Psychology, Crime & Law, 23(6), 527–552. Bevens, C. L., Brown, A. L., & Loughnan, S. (2018). The role of self-objectification and women’s blame, sympathy, and support for a rape victim. PLOS ONE, 13(6). Brooker, P., & Butler, C. (2021). Rape myths in practice: The everyday work of accounting for rape survivors. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 8(1). Brownmiller, S. (1975). Against our will: Men, women, and rape. New York: Penguin Books. van der Bruggen, M., & Grubb, A. R. (2014). A review of the literature relating to rape victim blaming: An analysis of the impact of observer and victim characteristics on attribution of blame in rape cases. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 19, 523–531. Burt, M. (1980). Rape myths. [In] M. E. Odem i J. Clay-Warner (red.), Confronting rape and sexual assault. Wilmington, Del.: Scholarly Resources. Davies, M., Gilston, J., & Rogers, P. (2012). Examining the relationship between male rape myth acceptance, female rape myth acceptance, victim blame, homophobia, gender roles, and ambivalent sexism. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 27(14), 2807–2823. Dawtry, R. J., Cozzolino, P. J., & Callan, M. J. (2019). I blame therefore it was: Rape myth acceptance, victim blaming, and memory reconstruction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 45(8), 1269–1282. Lilley, C., Willmott, D., Mojtahedi, D., & Labhardt, D. (2023). Intimate partner rape: A review of six core myths surrounding women’s conduct and the consequences of intimate partner rape. Social Sciences, 12(1), 34. Lonsway, K. A., & Fitzgerald, L. F. (1994). Rape myths in review. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 18, 133-164. Payne, D. L., Lonsway, K. A., & Fitzgerald, L. F. (1999). Rape myth acceptance: Exploration of its structure and its measurement using Illinois Rape Myth Acceptance Scale. Journal of Research in Personality, 33, 27–68. Samji, K., & Vasquez, E. A. (2019). The link between myths about sexual aggression and sexual objectification via hostile attitudes toward women. Journal of Sexual Aggression, 26(3), 385–393. Schwendinger, J. R., & Schwendinger, H. (1974). Rape myths: In legal, theoretical, and everyday practice. Crime and Social Justice, 1, 18–26. Sirvent Garcia del Valle, E. (2019). Acceptability of sexual violence against women in Spain: Demographic, behavioral, and attitudinal correlates. Violence Against Women, 26(10). 33. Gender and Education
Poster Gender Equality in STEM Education, How Can Teachers Reflect on Their Lessons? AP University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Antwerpen, Belgium Presenting Author:Despite the equal talent of girls in STEM, they are less likely to choose STEM-related fields, a trend reflected in the labour market. To address this societal challenge in education, we developed the Gender Sensitive Education Checklist (GSEC) and corresponding workshop. This reflection tool for teachers focuses on 4 pillars on which teachers can focus. The GESC helps them make timely adjustments to their lessons, supporting all children, regardless of their gender, more effectively in their STEM careers. The four pillars of the checklist Awareness of gender biases is crucial for gender equity. Teachers should avoid a so called “gender blind” attitude (Garrahy, 2001) that overlooks gender differences and historical disparities. Recognizing how our thoughts and actions are changing, depending on the gender of the pupil that we’re interacting with, is the first step in creating gender-sensitive STEM lessons (Consuegra et al., 2013). Therefore, ‘awareness’ forms the first pillar of the Gender Sensitive Education Checklist (GSEC), which includes reflective questions for teachers. The second pillar focuses on girls’ representation in technology. Early imaging and framing in STEM are often formed by stereotypes about boys’ superiority in STEM, which can deter girls (Brown, 2021). Therefor, critically examining study materials for these stereotypes and implementing positive female role models can influence attitudes of all students (Cheryan et al., 2011; Smeding 2012). Classroom interactions, the third pillar, are influenced by gender biases (Consuegra et al., 2016). Stereotypical language (example: “I need 2 strong boys”) can reinforce existing stereotypes (Rhodes et al., 2019). Implementing small changes can boost girls’ interest in STEM, such as explicitly addressing the female word for a profession instead of the regular ‘male’ form (in Dutch: there is a female and male word for most professions). The fourth pillar pertains to pedagogical methodologies. The integration of students’ personal experiences into the curriculum can enhance engagement and performance, particularly for those with diminished expectations of success (Hulleman & Harackiewicz, 2009). A STEM curriculum contextualized within societal and experiential frameworks appears to be favored by female students as it strengthens the idea of being able to make a significant societal contribution. Previous research suggests that female students exhibit heightened motivation when provided with opportunities to design and conduct their own investigations (Ardies et al, 2015).
The workshops We organised workshops to foster gender sensitivity in STEM education, introducing the checklist. This two-hour workshop systematically overviewed all pillars: general gender awareness, imaging girls, classroom interactions, and teaching methods. Theoretical underpinnings and relevance were elucidated, punctuated with practical examples and participant interaction. The workshop’s design ensured effective elements like context-specific approaches and reflective practice. Utilizing appreciative inquiry we facilitated the transition from current reality to a gender-sensitive STEM future, resulting in tangible plans and growth areas.
Summarizing the results This study, conducted with 58 participants who participated in the workshop using the GESC, aimed to support gender-sensitive teaching in STEM through a checklist and workshop. The checklist was found useful for organizing gender-sensitive lessons, and suggestions for wider dissemination were made. Most teachers found the workshop valuable and reported changes in their behaviour. However, these changes were self-reported and not measured directly. More professional development options are recommended, as one workshop may not lead to sustainable changes in attitudes and behaviour. Longer, more in-depth professional development courses could provide more support (Merchie et al., 2016). Despite some teachers expressing doubts about reusing the checklist, most participants gained new insights and intended to make behavioural changes for a more inclusive classroom. Thus, the checklist and workshop show promise in promoting gender sensitivity in STEM education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We developed a checklist and accompanying workshop consisting of the four pillars, described previously in the abstract, that were the result of a literature review and. Both the workshop and the GESC were developed to support teachers in critically looking at their own practices and promoting more gender-sensitive teaching activities where possible. This led us to the following two research questions: • How do teachers and education professionals experience the checklist and the accompanying workshop? • What are teachers’ perceptions about their gender-sensitive teaching, and do they experience a difference after using the checklist and participating in a workshop? In the first phase, we designed the checklist and workshop, based on literature review. Next, the instrument was reviewed and re-designed through multiple feedback-loops. The study was conducted on a representative but relatively small group of 58 participants, including teachers and STEM expert-trainers of which 42 evaluated the workshop and checklist, who each evaluated the GESC and accompanying workshop by filling out questionnaires. In the first feedback loop, STEM expert-trainers reviewed the instrument and workshop. Based on their feedback, the instrument was revised and tested in a second feedback loop by teachers. A third version of the instrument was evaluated by student-teachers. Afterwards, a fourth and final version of the Gender Sensitive Education Scale was redesigned. After the workshop, we asked the participants to complete a questionnaire about the checklist and the workshop. In general, we surveyed teachers' perceived self-esteem about gender-sensitive teaching with two questions. For this, the respondents could indicate to what extent they agreed with questions about their gender-sensitive teaching. Next to open ended questions, participants indicated on a 5-point Likert scale about the usefulness and general clarity of the checklist. Finally, participants answered three open questions about their perceptions of the checklist. Moreover, the workshop was evaluated with a Likert scale questionnaire and open questions over the participants experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data was analysed about both the GESC and the accompanying workshop. A first conclusion points out that the checklist was found to be a useful and a practical tool to help organise teaching activities in a more gender-sensitive way. Post-workshop, most teachers felt they were already somewhat engaged in gender-sensitive teaching. The checklist was deemed easy to use and interpret by most participants, with 32 finding it helpful for organizing more gender-sensitive lessons. However, 13 doubted they would reuse it, citing reasons such as it being cumbersome or confusing. Despite this, they indicated they would still strive for more gender-sensitive lessons. Second, the workshop was found informative by almost all participants, providing new insights, and influencing future teaching practices. Mentioned changes included paying more attention to language and the representation of women in course materials. More complex adjustments in didactics or pedagogical approaches were less discussed, possibly due to their less immediate visibility or existing familiarity among teachers. A sidenote to these results is we didn’t measure teachers’ factual change in behaviour, nor their capabilities. We only examined their ambitions and self-indicated sense of growth in this subject. Nevertheless, multiple studies showed that teachers’ perceptions, self-efficacy, and ambitions to change their lessons can be seen as an indicator for actual change in teaching behaviour (Chen et al, 2021). In conclusion, most of the participants indicated that they had gained new insights during the workshop and by using the checklist, and showed intentions for behavioural changes in the classroom, to make this a more inclusive and ambitious place for all students. The checklist and workshop therefore seem promising in promoting more gender sensitivity in (STEM-)education. References Ardies,J., De Maeyer,S., & Gijbels,D. (2015). A longitudinal study on boys’ and girls’ career aspirations and interest in technology. Research in Science & Technological Education, 33(3),366–386. https://doi.org/10.1080/02635143.2015.1060412 Brown,S.C. (2021). Unraveling bias: How prejudice has shaped children for generations and why it's time to break the cycle. BenBella Books. Chen,Y.L., Huang,LF., & Wu,P.C. (2021). Preservice preschool teachers’ self-efficacy in and need for STEM education professional development: STEM pedagogical belief as a mediator. Early Childhood Education Journal, 49, 137–147. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-020-01055-3 Cheryan,S., Siy,J.O., Vichayapai,M., Drury,B.J., & Kim,S. (2011). Do female and male role models who embody STEM stereotypes hinder women’s anticipated success in STEM? Social Psychological and Personality Science, 2(6),656–664. https://doi.org/10.1177/1948550611405218 Consuegra,E., Engels,N., & Struyven,K. (2013). Gender differentiated classroom interaction: A systematic review and theoretical perspectives from appreciative learning approaches. Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences, 228,293–298. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.07.043 Consuegra,E., Engels,N., & Willegems,V. (2016). Using video-stimulated recall to investigate teacher awareness of explicit and implicit gendered thoughts on classroom interactions. Teachers and Teaching, 22(6),683-699. Garrahy,D.A. (2001). Three third-grade teachers' gender-related beliefs and behavior. The Elementary School Journal, 102,81–94. https://doi.org/10.1086/499694 Hulleman,C.S., & Harackiewicz,J.M. (2009). Promoting interest and performance in high school science classes. Science, 326(5958),1410–1412. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.11770 McGuire,L., Mulvey,K.L., Goff,E., Irvin,M.J., Winterbottom,M., Fields,G., ... & Rutland,A. (2020). STEM gender stereotypes from early childhood through adolescence at informal science centers. Journal of applied developmental psychology, 67,101-109. Merchie, E., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2016). Hoe kan je de impact van professionalisering voor leraren in kaart brengen?. Departement Onderwijs en Vorming. Rhodes,M., Leslie,S.J., Yee,K.M., & Saunders,K. (2019). Subtle linguistic cues increase girls’ engagement in science. Psychological Science, 30(3),455–466. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797618823670 |
12:45 - 13:30 | 34 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area General Poster Session |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Poster Fostering Equality in Citizenship Learning Practices: A Systematic Review of Inequalities in Students’ Citizenship Education and the Role of Schools Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium Presenting Author:A healthy and thriving democratic society needs active, informed, and responsible citizens (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2017), in which Citizenship Education (CE) plays an important role. CE prepares students for active engagement in social and political life, while fostering respect for the participation of others (Geijsel et al., 2012). Schools, functioning as miniature societies, provide opportunities for students to reflect on and engage with issues related to citizenship and democracy (Joris, 2022) and facilitate the development of students’ participatory and decision-making skills (Godfrey & Grayman, 2014). In this setting, schools cultivate real-world citizenship practices that enable students to apply theoretical knowledge in practical situations. Lawy and Biesta (2006) make a clear distinction within CE, highlighting the difference between ‘citizenship-as-achievement' and ‘citizenship-as-practice'. Citizenship-as-achievement represents a narrow interpretation of citizenship, suggesting that young people should act and behave in a certain way to achieve their citizenship status. This study approaches CE as an ongoing developmental practice, where citizenship-as-practice encompasses various aspects, including daily activities, behaviours, and engagements that collectively contribute to one’s sense of being a citizen. Citizenship-as-practice provides a more robust and inclusive framework for understanding and supporting young people’s citizenship learning, removing the distinction between citizens and not-yet-citizens (Lawy & Biesta, 2006). In this perspective, all citizens should have the opportunity to develop citizenship competences, such as civic knowledge, political behaviour, societal involvement, and democratic attitudes. However, research has shown that these competences are unequally distributed among student groups based on cognitive level, gender, family socio-economic status, and ethnic background (Geijsel et al., 2012; Nieuwelink et al., 2019; Thijs et al., 2019). In other words, opportunities to practice and develop citizenship are not equally accessible to all students, and thus the way CE is enacted in schools often reproduces social inequalities (Rinnooy Kan et al., 2021). For example, research indicates that objectives and practices within CE can differ between different educational tracks, with pre-vocational students having fewer opportunities to engage in discussions or debates about everyday activities and socio-political issues compared to those in the pre-academic track (Nieuwelink et al., 2019). In addition, Campbell's (2008) study shows that school exacerbates existing differences in political knowledge, which is detrimental to the development of democratic and political attitudes. Furthermore, a global trend of increasing diversity in student populations, both academically and socio-culturally, challenges educational institutions to create inclusive and equitable environments within CE (Rinnooy Kan et al., 2021). These developments call for a close examination of how a citizenship-as-practice approach can address social inequalities in citizenship learning practices and thus contribute to the citizenship competences of all students. Previous review studies (Campbell, 2019; Donbavand & Hoskins, 2021; Geboers et al., 2013) have enhanced our understanding of the effects of CE on different competences. However, as CE is not available to all students in the same way or to the same extent, there is a need for a systematic review that addresses inequalities in students’ CE and how schools can address them. The aim of this systematic review is to address this knowledge gap and to deepen our understanding of the following two questions: (1) What are the inequalities in students’ CE?, and (2) How can schools contribute to enhancing equality in students’ CE? The findings of this study have the potential to inform educational policy and practice and promote more equitable opportunities for all students to develop citizenship competences. In summary, this review contributes to the ongoing educational discourse on creating inclusive and participatory democratic societies through citizenship learning practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer our research questions, a systematic literature review will be conducted to examine existing knowledge and identify gaps about inequalities in students’ citizenship education and the potential role of schools in fostering equality in this domain. Practical recommendations and avenues for future research will also be formulated. The advantage of a systematic review is that it overcomes the methodological limitations of individual studies, thereby providing more robust evidence for future research, policy, and practice (Newman & Gough, 2020). We conducted the systematic review according to the following guidelines from Xiao and Watson (2019): (1) formulation of the research problem, (2) development and validation of the review protocol, (3) literature search, (4) screening for inclusion, (5) quality assessment, (6) data extraction, (7) data analysis and synthesis, and (8) reporting of findings (p.102). The search syntax, constructed to explore the study population (i.e. students and compulsory education), the phenomena of interest (i.e. (in)equality), and the context (i.e. citizenship education), consists of three components combined with the Boolean operator “AND”. The first component includes terms related to CE, e.g. civic education, citizenship competences, - outcomes, - skills, and – practices. The second focuses on (in)equality and includes terms such as equal, unequal, equity, inclusion, difference, (in)justice, (un)fairness, discrimination, and diversity. The third includes search terms related to students. The search was conducted across relevant educational platforms, namely Web of Science, EBSCO, and Scopus, and targeted journal articles, research or evaluation reports, book chapters, conference papers, and dissertations. In order to obtain a comprehensive list of literature, we intend to conduct a backward search to identify relevant studies cited in the articles. Two researchers will independently assess the identified studies against the inclusion and exclusion criteria using the Rayyan web application. The inclusion criteria are: (i) published in English, (ii) involving primary and secondary students, (iii) (in)equality in citizenship education, and (iv) published between 2000 and 2023. The exclusion criteria are: (i) outside English language areas, (ii) those not related to the target group, such as early childhood and kindergarten, higher education, (pre-, and in-service) teachers, and (iii) (in)equality in other teaching subjects. The screening process starts with an initial assessment based on the title and the abstract, followed by an eligibility assessment of the full text. A PRISMA flow diagram, as described by Xiao & Watson (2019), will be used to visually illustrate the findings of the literature search, screening, and quality assessment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research shows that schools can contribute to social equality (Campbell, 2008), but the impact of this study lies in examining inequalities in students’ CE and how schools can play a key role in promoting equality in this particular area. The expected outcomes of this systematic review include a comprehensive understanding of existing inequalities in citizenship learning practices between different student groups. Research has shown that citizenship competences are unequally distributed on the basis of educational tracks, gender, family socio-economic status, and ethnic background (Geijsel et al., 2012; Nieuwelink et al., 2019; Thijs et al., 2019). In addition, the global trend of increasing diversity in student populations also contributes to the challenge for schools to create inclusive and equitable environments within CE (Rinnooy Kan et al., 2021). Other factors that may lead to inequalities in students’ CE include parental involvement, differences in civic self-efficacy beliefs, language proficiency, disability, curriculum, student-teacher relationship, and students’ school belonging. In addition, this study will also seek to answer the question of how schools can enhance equality in students' CE. For example, it has been repeatedly reported that an Open Classroom Climate (OCC) is positively associated with the development of students' citizenship competences (Campbell, 2008; Geboers et al., 2013; Godfrey & Grayman, 2014). Moreover, schools can contribute to students’ democratic attitudes by using a formal curriculum that includes specific citizenship courses and extracurricular activities (Nieuwelink et al., 2019). Furthermore, multicultural teaching emphasises the value of diverse cultures and the importance of equality (Thijs et al., 2019), and diversifying the teacher population has multiple benefits for students (Rinnooy Kan et al., 2021). Finally, this review will provide insights for improving opportunities for the practice and development of CE that are accessible to all students. References Campbell, D. E. (2008). Voice in the Classroom: How an Open Classroom Climate Fosters Political Engagement Among Adolescents. Political Behavior 30(4), 437–454. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11109-008-9063-z. Campbell, D. E. (2019). What social scientists have learned about civic education: A review of the literature. Peabody Journal of Education, 94(1), 32–47. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2019.1553601. Donbavand, S., & Hoskins, B. (2021). Citizenship education for political engagement; A systematic review of controlled trials. The Social Sciences, 10(5), 151. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci10050151. European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2017). Citizenship Education at School in Europe – 2017. Eurydice Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6b50c5b0-d651-11e7-a506-01aa75ed71a1/language-en. Geboers, E., Geijsel, F., Admiraal, W., & Ten Dam, G. (2013). Review of the effects of citizenship education. Educational Research Review, 9, 158–173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2012.02.001. Geijsel, F., Ledoux, G., Reumerman, R., & ten Dam, G. (2012). Citizenship in young people’s daily lives: Differences in citizenship competences of adolescents in the Netherlands. Journal of Youth Studies, 15(6), 711-729. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2012.671932. Godfrey, E. B., & Grayman, J. K. (2014). Teaching Citizens: The Role of Open Classroom Climate in Fostering Critical Consciousness Among Youth. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 43(11), 1801–1817. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-013-0084-5. Joris, M. (2022). Citizenship: a matter of schooling? An educational inquiry into the normativity of citizenship education. [Doctoral dissertation, K.U. Leuven]. Lawy, R., & Biesta, G. (2006). Citizenship-as-practice: The educational implications of an inclusive and relationalunderstanding of citizenship. British Journal of Educational Studies, 54(1), 34–50. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8527.2006.00335.x. Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond, & K. Buntins (Eds.), Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application (pp. 3–33). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1. Nieuwelink, H., Dekker, P., & Ten Dam, G. (2019). Compensating or reproducing? Students from different educational tracks and the role of school in experiencing democratic citizenship. Cambridge Journal of Education, 49(3), 275-292. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2018.1529738. Rinnooy Kan, W. F., März, V., Volman, M., & Dijkstra, A. B. (2021). Learning from, through and about differences: A multiple case study on schools as practice grounds for citizenship. Social Sciences, 10(6), 200.https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci10060200. Thijs, J., Keim, A. C., & Geerlings, J. (2019). Classroom identification in ethnic minority and majority students: Effects of relationships and ethnic composition. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 89(4), 707–725. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12253. Xiao, Y., & Watson, M. (2019). Guidance on Conducting a Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 39(1), 93-112. https://doi.org/10.1177/0739456X17723971. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 00 SES 06 A: Research on Education in Uncertainty: Navigating Education through War and Conflict Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anna Aleksanyan Panel Discussion |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion Research on Education in Uncertainty: Navigating Education through War and Conflict 1University of Graz, Austria; 2Yerevan State Univerity, Armenia; 3Pavlo Tychyna Uman State Pedagogical University, Ukraine; 4Omid Online School, Afghanistan; 5University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:In the current education discourse there are no any models of education that can navigate pedagogical challenges in uncertain situations. War and conflict creates unique levels of uncertainty. How these shape educational settings and pedagogical situations is not well understood yet. Education research should be ready to bring into the discussions unexpected uncertainties and try to find out comparative contextual elements and navigating indicators among specific cases[1]. When we try to discuss education in armed or hidden conflicts, we have to remember about the shock and stress under which education should be organised. Education must continue, no one knows how long uncertainty will take. As of November 2023, according to UNICEF “400 million children – or about 1 child in every 5 – are living in or fleeing from conflict zones. They are losing family members and friends. And some are being recruited and used by armed forces or groups. Many of them have been displaced multiple times, risking separation from their families, losing critical years of education, and fraying ties to their communities” [2]. Even children grow up and become adults in this insecure reality, and it is not possible to know how long the insecurity will last and what the conditions and capacities for education will be. When we look at the range of cases from different conflict countries [3], [4], [5], [6], we see how non-specifically organised educational spaces are in an intermediate state of uncertainty. These cases are sometimes unique and unexpected, but they are important for overcoming the challenges of educational processes in uncertainty. There is no country and no educational system that is safe from risky situations and long-term uncertainties. "We have to learn to deal with uncertainty... to calculate with uncertainty...” [7]. These facts confirm that there are no standard solutions for extraordinary educational situations. In an explosive war situation, conflicting countries try to find out ways to continue education processes facing different phenomena which are happening in parallel. The unique cases should be discovered and presented with the case studies within this Special Discussion, spreading out important experiences of uncertain schooling and trying to highlight the models of navigation on pedagogical challenges. There is no country and any educational system that is ensured from risky situations. The countries, which are in the similar situations, don’t have the possibility to be informed about the important experiences and about the results of researches on the education under attack. This discussion is going to deliver and exchange important messages from the frontline, because education has to be continued even in the UNCERTAINTY. This discussion could provide valuable lessons applicable to building and sustaining academic, social, and individual learning and achievements for teachers and students, emphasizing resilience and adaptability in the face of complex challenges coming from different conflicting countries. During this Special Session we are going to explore different case studies from schooling in uncertainty, discovering navigation of education through war and conflicts. There will be discussion on the Case Studies on Schooling in Uncertainty from Afghanistan, Armenia, Ukraine, Iraq, as well as post-migration situation in Poland. The following Case Studies will be presented:
References [1] Gleick, J. (1988). Chaos: Making a New Science. London: Penguin Books. [2] “Children live in a world that is increasingly hostile to their rights” by UNICEF Executive Director Catherin Russell. 20 November 2023. https://www.unicef.org/lac/en/press-releases/children-live-world-increasingly-hostile-their-rights#:~:text=%E2%80%9CWe%20estimate%20that%20today%2C%20400,by%20armed%20forces%20or%20groups. [3] Werner, W. (2012). Children and war: Risk, resilience, and recovery. Development and Psychopathology, 24, P. 553-558. Cambridge University Press. [4] The Hidden crisis: armed conflict and education; EFA global monitoring report, 2011. The hidden crisis: armed conflict and education | Global Education Monitoring Report (unesco.org) [5] Education under attack: Attacks on schools, students and educators are attacks on children’s right to an education – and on their futures. UNICEF. https://www.unicef.org/education-under-attack [6] War and Education. How a Year of the Full-scale Invasion Influenced Ukrainian Schools | Cedos. https://cedos.org.ua/en/researches/war-and-education-how-a-year-of-the-full-scale-invasion-influenced-ukrainian-schools/ [7] Lindley D., (2014). Understanding Uncertainty. Revised edition. WILEY press. P. 17. Chair Dr. Anna Aleksanyan, |
13:45 - 15:15 | 00 SES 06 B: Panel Discussion: Aligning Open Science to Educational Research -Potentials and Boundaries Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Panel Discussion |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion Panel Discussion: Aligning Open Science to Educational Research -Potentials and Boundaries 1DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education; 2Zurich University of Teacher Education; 3Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU); 4Polytechnic of Viseu; 5IEA Amsterdam Presenting Author:This EERA session picks up on current developments under the name Open Science. The open movement and digitalization in scholarship are promoting a cultural shift in research towards accessibility, reusability and participation (UNESCO 2021). Open science has become an umbrella term for these developments. Open access, open data and open metrics are just some of the terms used. While for decades scholarship did not need to review its basic infrastructures that supported and stabilised its research and scholarly communication some fundamental shifts are taking place. It is time to discuss, reflect and articulate our views and ideas about our scientific practice. Open Science offers this, but it encounters heterogeneous epistemic cultures and different national and institutional manifestations. Thus, Open Access and its changing funding model in educational research meets a bibliodiverse publication landscape, and open data meets heterogeneous epistemological practices (Rummler/Schindler 2018, Zee 2018, Dijk et al. 2021, Schindler et al. 2020, Krammer/Svecnik 2020). Therefore, open science needs to be adapted to the cultures and practices of educational research and its privileges and inequalities need to be balanced. EERA has initiated a process to discuss and adjust open science to our heterogeneous practices and needs. At the EERA Council meeting and the Link Convenors networking seminar, we discussed Open Science and the specificities of different countries and research fields. The panel discussion aims to open up this process and invites you to participate and discuss initial ideas for an open research agenda at EERA. The panel discussion will start with a short introduction to the Open Science discourse (10 minutes), followed by a presentation of the draft Open Research Agenda at EERA (10 minutes). Marit Honerød Hoveid will then moderate the panel discussion, outlining various aspects of Open Science: Klaus Rummler addresses the topic of Open Access, Paulína Koršňáková addresses (open) research data, Christoph Schindler addresses open scientific information and Maria Figueiredo addresses the role that EERA can play. After short opening statements on each open science aspect, some questions will guide the panel discussion. To open the discussion, 30 minutes will be reserved for audience participation. The panel discussion will end with a short summary. Please feel free to add your thoughts, ideas and questions before and during the session to this etherpad at: https://yopad.eu/p/EERA-Open-Science-Session References Dijk, W. van, C. Schatschneider, and S. A. Hart. 2021. ‘Open Science in Education Sciences’. Journal of Learning Disabilities 54 (2): 139–52. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022219420945267 Krammer, G., and E. Svecnik. 2020. ‘Open Science als Beitrag zur Qualität in der Bildungsforschung’. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung. 10 (3): 263–78. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-020-00286-z Rummler, K. Schindler, C. (2018): Transforming the Publication Landscape in Educational Research through Open Access. ECER 2018. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/23/contribution/45216/ UNESCO (2021): UNESCO Recommendation on Open Science. https://doi.org/10.54677/MNMH8546 Schindler, C. Veja, C., Hocker, J. , H. Kminek, and M. Meier. 2020. ‘Collaborative Open Analysis in a Qualitative Research Environment’. Education for Information 36 (3): 247–61. https://doi.org/10.3233/EFI-190261 Zee, T. van der, and J. Reich. 2018. ‘Open Education Science’. AERA Open 4 (3): 233285841878746. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858418787466 Chair Marit Honerød Hoveid |
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 06 A: Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (Part 2): Training of Mentors in the Diverse Educational Ecosystems Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen Session Chair: Michelle Helms-Lorenz Symposium Part 2/3, continued from 01 SES 04 A, to be continued in 01 SES 07 A |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (PART 2): Training of Mentors in the Diverse Educational Ecosystems This symposium series, consisting of three consecutive symposia, is organised by the European network Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME) which has been organised as a network project of the Network 1 “Professional Learning and Development” of EERA since 2021. The aim of the network is to bring together researchers interested in supporting and mentoring new teachers during the induction phase. The network has organised various meetings of researchers to promote cooperation between researchers working on mentoring and induction practices, not only at the ECER conference, but also, for example, at the NERA conference. The network is also in the process of editing a European anthology of this research.
A variety of research and development work on induction and mentoring is explored as a part of teachers’ continuing professional learning and development within a broader ecosystem of educational practices. The research is based on the assumption that induction and mentoring are seen as part of teachers' ongoing professional learning and development and as part of a wider set of practices that can be called an ecosystem of professional development.
The Part 2 of this three-part symposium presents three studies on innovative mentoring programs and their impact on mentors, mentees, and the educational community at large, with a special focus on education of mentors as a common unifying element.
The first study, part of the NEST project, investigates a mentoring program across seven European education systems, specifically targeting teachers in disadvantaged schools. The adaptive mentor training was designed to address the unique needs of mentored teachers. The study, involving 229 mentors and 1,603 beginning teachers, assesses changes in mentor practices and the perceived fit between mentoring practices and mentee needs. Results show a positive shift in mentor practices over time, with the intervention group reporting higher satisfaction in the alignment between practices and needs.
The second paper explores the experiences of teachers participating in a school-based mentor education program within a University-School partnership project. Employing a mixed-methods approach, the study reveals insights into professional learning (PL) and the application of mentoring competence in practice. The findings highlight the positive influence of school-based and collective mentor education on individual and collective professional learning, emphasizing the integration of mentor education into schools and its potential as a form of continuing professional learning for teachers.
The third study delves into context-based mentoring training through nine case studies from the Promentors EU Erasmus+ project, involving collaboration between Israeli colleges and European universities. Drawing on Social Emotional Competence (SEC) and Bronfenbrenner's ecological model, the study explores the unique characteristics and objectives of mentor courses developed in the program. The findings underscore the crucial role of sociocultural context in creating effective and sustainable mentor training programs, emphasizing the need for context-sensitive interventions tailored to diverse cultures and contexts. References Aspfors, J., & Fransson, G. (2015). Research on mentor education for mentors of newly qualified teachers: A qualitative meta-synthesis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 75–86. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.02.004 Crasborn, F., Hennissen, P., Brouwer, N., Korthagen, F., & Bergen, T. (2011): Exploring a two-dimensional model of mentor teacher roles in mentoring dialogues. Teaching and Teacher Education 27 (2), S. 320–331. DOI: 10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.014. Fredriksen, L. L., & Halse, E. (2022). Uddannelse til kompetente mentorer for nyuddannede lærere. Studier i læreruddannelse og -profession, 7(2), 53–76. https://doi.org/10.7146/lup.v7i2.132894 Ingersoll, R. M., and T. M. Smith. (2004). “Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter?” NASSP Bulletin88: 28 40.10.1177/019263650408863803 Kraft, M. A., Blazar, D. & Hogan, D. (2018). The effect of teacher coaching on instruction and achievement: A meta-analysis of the causal evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88 (4), 547-588. Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. Pennanen, M., Bristol, L., Wilkinson, J., and Heikkinen, H.L.T (2015). What is ‘good’ mentoring? Understanding mentoring practices of teacher induction through case studies of Finland and Australia. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, Tonna, M.A., Bjerkholt, E. and Holland, E., (2017), Teacher mentoring and the reflective practitioner approach. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 6(3), 210-227. Presentations of the Symposium Effects of an Adaptive Mentoring Program on Mentors’ Mentoring Practices and Novice Teachers’ Perception of Mentoring
Numerous studies show positive effects of mentoring on the mentored teachers (e.g. Ingersoll & Strong, 2011; Kraft et al., 2018). The quality of the mentoring offered is important here. Crasborn et al. (2011) and Richter et al. (2013) point out that the selection of a suitable mentoring approach is a prerequisite for positive effects on the prospective teachers. The fit between mentoring practices and the needs of the mentored teachers is therefore a quality indicator for the offered mentoring. In disadvantaged schools, it is particularly crucial to promote the professional development of teachers (Hall et al., 2020). A mentoring approach that addresses the specific needs of trainee teachers could potentially reduce teacher shortages and improve teaching quality.
The research project NEST (Novice Educator Support and Training) implements a mentoring program in seven European education systems (e.g. Catalonia, Bulgaria, Romania) aimed at teachers in disadvantaged schools and tries to ensure better support for the needs of mentored teachers through adaptive mentor training.
The paper examines the following research questions:
1. Do the mentors' practices change after the first training period (and during the second school year)?
2. Is there a better fit between mentoring practices and mentee needs in the novice teacher intervention group compared to the control group?
A total of 229 mentors took part in the surveys on the overall project (179 of them in the intervention group, who received mentor training). The mentors in the intervention group were surveyed three times (before the training, after the first and second project year) using online questionnaires. Furthermore, a total of 1,603 beginning teachers (957 were in control groups with and without mentors) were surveyed twice (at the beginning and end of the 2021/22 and 2022/23 school years). Among other things, all groups were asked about mentoring practices. The items on mentoring styles used were based on Crasborn et al. (2008; 2011).
To investigate whether the mentors' practices change over time and how well the beginning teachers assess the fit between the practices used by their mentors and their own needs, t tests were calculated.
For mentors, we found an overall tendency towards a decrease in directive practices and an increase in facilitative practices. Furthermore, the intervention group is more satisfied with the fit of the practices than the respective control cohort if a significant change in the practices of the mentors was also visible during the time period.
References:
Crasborn, F., Hennissen, P., Brouwer, N., Korthagen, F., & Bergen, T. (2008): Promoting versatility in mentor teachers’ use of supervisory skills. Teaching and Teacher Education 24 (3), S. 499–514. DOI: 10.1016/j.tate.2007.05.001.
Crasborn, F., Hennissen, P., Brouwer, N., Korthagen, F., & Bergen, T. (2011): Exploring a two-dimensional model of mentor teacher roles in mentoring dialogues. Teaching and Teacher Education 27 (2), S. 320–331. DOI: 10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.014.
Hall, C., Lundin, M., & Sibbmark, K. (2022). Strengthening Teachers in Disadvantaged Schools: Evidence from an Intervention in Sweden's Poorest City Districts. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(2), 208–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1788154
Ingersoll, R. M. & Strong, M. (2011). The impact of induction and mentoring programs for beginning teachers. Review of Educational Research, 81 (2), 201-233.
Kraft, M. A., Blazar, D. & Hogan, D. (2018). The effect of teacher coaching on instruction and achievement: A meta-analysis of the causal evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88 (4), 547-588.
Richter, D.; Kunter, M.; Lüdtke, O.; Klusmann, U.; Anders, Y.; Baumert, J. (2013). How different mentoring approaches affect beginning teachers' development in the first years of practice. In Teaching and Teacher Education 36, pp. 166–177. DOI: 10.1016/j.tate.2013.07.012.
Teachers’ Professional Learning Through a School-Based Mentor Education: A Mixed Methods Study
Mentoring has been described as a key strategy for supporting teachers who are beginning their career (Jones, 2009), and the focus of research has often been the mentee receiving mentoring and the mentoring process itself (Walters et al., 2020). Internationally, concerns have been raised about the need to place greater attention on mentors, how they are prepared for their role, and mentor education (Hobson et al., 2009; Ulvik & Sunde, 2013). Studies that explore the ways in which mentoring can benefit mentors and emphasize the professional needs and knowledge of mentors have been called for (Aspfors & Fransson, 2015; Fredriksen & Halse, 2022; Walters et al., 2020). In response, this paper focuses on the teachers taking mentor education and explores their experience of professional learning (PL) and the use of mentoring competence in practice. Moreover, it provides knowledge about organizing mentor education collectively and in a school-based manner, as well as the value of creating professional learning communities (PLCs) of mentors in schools.
The context of this presentation is a University-School partnership project in which four schools completed a mentor-education program that was school-based and involved collective participation. The study is based on a mixed methods research design with quantitative and qualitative data collected at the four University-Schools. Data have been obtained through a quantitative survey (N = 83) and qualitative focus group interviews (N = 9) in the final semester of mentor education. In addition, a qualitative open-ended survey (N = 17) was distributed 2 years after the mentor education was completed. The analysis of the results revealed that teachers’ experiences of individual and collective PL through a school-based mentor-education program are characterized by the following: 1) new knowledge about mentoring and communication, 2) the use and application of mentor education in practice, 3) school-based and collective collaboration, and 4) the extended use of mentoring competence.
Taking mentor education in a school-based and collective manner has resulted in mentor education being integrated into schools, and teachers’ PL is positively influenced by having to interact and collaborate with colleagues persistently over time. This thesis offers empirical contributions to research on mentor education, mentors, and the role of mentoring competence for teachers and schools. Overall, it provides evidence showing the potential of professional learning through mentor education and the use of mentoring in practice, thus showing that mentor education should be prioritized as a form of continuing professional learning for teachers.
References:
Aspfors, J., & Fransson, G. (2015). Research on mentor education for mentors of newly qualified teachers: A qualitative meta-synthesis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 75–86. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.02.004
Fredriksen, L. L., & Halse, E. (2022). Uddannelse til kompetente mentorer for nyuddannede lærere. Studier i læreruddannelse og -profession, 7(2), 53–76. https://doi.org/10.7146/lup.v7i2.132894
Hobson, A. J., Ashby, P., Malderez, A., & Tomlinson, P. D. (2009). Mentoring beginning teachers: What we know and what we don’t. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(1), 207–216. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2008.09.001
Jones, M. (2009). Supporting the supporters of novice teachers: An analysis of mentors’ needs from twelve European countries presented from an English perspective. Research in Comparative and International Education, 4(1), 4-21. http://dx.doi.org/10.2304/rcie.2009.4.1.4
Ulvik, M., & Sunde, E. (2013). The impact of mentor education: Does mentor education matter? Professional Development in Education, 39(5), 754–770. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2012.754783
Context-Based Mentoring Training: Case Studies from PROMENTORS Project
The value of mentoring for new teachers has been a topic of interest worldwide (Olsen et al. 2020). Effective mentoring promotes positive outcomes for all stakeholders: the new teachers, the school and the mentors themselves resulting in job satisfaction and retention in the workplace (Richmond et al., 2020). Thus, developing good, sustainable training programs for mentors has become a desired goal in many educational settings (Parker et al, 2021).
The literature on mentoring point at the existence of multiple training models, using additional terms such as coaching, guiding, advising, supervising, supporting and more, all seeking to improve mentoring systems in the educational framework (Betlem et al. 2018). Mentor training programs are difficult to compare or evaluate due to differences in content, settings and cultures. Studies have shown that professionalization of mentoring training and creating partnerships promote co-construction of knowledge and provide optimal support for both mentors and mentees (Tonna et al. 2017; Wexler, 2019). There is need for context-sensitive mentor training, intervention training programs tailored for culture and context.
This presentation will report on nine case studies from Promentors EU Erasmus project, which aimed to develop unique mentors training models for teachers. Nine colleges from Israel and four European universities participated in this project.
Based on theories within Social Emotional Competence (SEC) (e.g., Collie, 2020), and on Bronfenbrenner's (1979) ecological model, and using qualitative case study methods of analysis (Hamilton & Cobett-Whittier, 2013) this study details objectives, curriculum and unique characteristics of mentor courses developed in the program. We investigated individual, organizational, and environmental factors related to the programs each college developed highlighting what specializes them from other more ‘traditional’ mentors’ courses.
Findings show that the role of sociocultural context is crucial in creating effective sustainable mentor training programs that operate as a continuum between the academia (teacher preparation), teachers’ knowledge base, sense of preparedness and assimilation of new teachers in the workplace. It similarly contributes to the professional development of the mentors themselves. Ecological school culture and the surrounding socio-cultural context express the environments within which effective mentoring training and practices take place.
We discuss the ways in which knowledge of mentoring training is distributed across different resources, places, organizations and in the culture of teaching. Implications highlight the value of context-sensitive mentor training, or intervention training programs tailored for cultures and contexts.
References:
Betlem, E., Clary, D. & Jones, M., (2018) Mentoring the Mentor: Professional development through a school-university partnership. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 47(4), 327-346.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Collie, R.J. (2020). Social and emotional competence: advancing understanding of what, for whom, and when. Educational Psychology, 40, 663-665.
Hamilton, L. & Cobett-Whittier, C. (2013). Using case Study in Education Research. London: Sage.
Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E.M. & Heikkinen, H.L.T., (2020), New teachers in Nordic countries: Ecologies of mentoring and induction, Cappellen Damm Akademisk.
Parker, A.K., Zenkov, K., & Glaser, H. (2021). Preparing school-based teacher educators: mentor teachers’ perceptions of mentoring and mentor. Peabody Journal of Education, 96(1), 65–75.
Richmond, G., Bartell, T.G., Floden, R.E., & Jones, N. D. (2020). How research sheds light on the pivotal role of mentors in teacher preparation. Journal of Teacher Education, 71(1), 6–8.
Tonna, M.A., Bjerkholt, E. and Holland, E., (2017), Teacher mentoring and the reflective practitioner approach. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 6(3), 210-227.
Wexler, L.J. (2019). Working together within a system: educative mentoring and novice teacher learning. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 27, 44-67.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 06 B: Partnership (Part 1) Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Tonje Harbek Brokke Paper Session Part 1/2, to be continued in 01 SES 07 B |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper How the Collaboration Between a Local Municipality and a University Enables Principals’ Professional Learning in a Master Course 1Karlstad University, Sweden; 2Karlstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:Principals’ professional learning is an essential practice within the educational complex (Kemmis, 2022). The aims vary depending on situation, time, and context, which also affects how schools’ owners make arrangements for principals’ professional learning. The professional learning we discuss in this presentation is a Master course designed as action research and planned in collaboration between a school superintendent in a Swedish municipality and two researchers (also authors of this text) in a Swedish university. The school superintendent was the one who took the initiative and contacted the university with a request to arrange a Master course for interested principals in compulsory schools in the municipality. Initially, the superintendent contacted the person who was responsible for the regular Master programme, but for various reasons it turned out to be difficult to find a solution that fitted the needs in the municipality and the superintendent’s expectations. Therefore, the school superintendent took the question further, which finally resulted in contact with two action researchers who are also engaged within the national school leader training programs. In the continuing process, a specific professional learning course is organised especially designed to suit the school superintendent’s ideas and thoughts, and based on the researchers’ knowledge about action research and findings from a previous study on collaboration between school leaders and researchers (Forssten Seiser & Portfelt, 2022). In that previous study, the results reveal the crucial role of the initiation of this kind of collaboration, the prerequisite of co-ownership, and the importance of relations built on trust and respect for each other’s professions, knowledge, and expertise. The study also stresses the importance of setting the arrangements for the collaboration in good time before proceeding to the work. The present study aims to explore the initiation process of the collaboration between the municipality and the university in the design of the first part of the course, and its influence on the principals’ professional learning in terms of their pedagogical leadership. The research questions are;
These questions will be considered through the lens of the theory of practices architecture (Kemmis et al. 2014). The theory stresses that practices are human-made and socially established; therefore, it highlights the role of the participant in the practice and in the shaping of the practice (Kaukko & Wilkinson, 2020). According to Kemmis et al. (2014), a practice is constituted by the sayings, doings, and relatings that hang together in the project of a specific practice. These sayings, doings, and relatings are prefigured, but not predetermined, by practice architectures present in or brought into the site. Sayings are prefigured by the cultural-discursive arrangements in a site, doings are prefigured by the material-economic arrangements in a site; and relatings are prefigured by the social-political arrangements in a site. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study has an action research approach, and is based on qualitative data such as notes carried out by one of the researchers who was the educator in the initiation stage of the course, an audio recording from an individual semistructured interview with the school superintendent (60 min), and individually written assignments produced by 16 participating principals in the course. The participants were fully informed about the research project and their rights in accordance with research ethics, and have given their consent to participate in recordings, analyses, and reports of the findings. The study has been approved by the local university’s ethical committee. The interviews have been transcribed. Data have been transferred into the qualitative software programme NVivo. First, data were sorted out of relevance for this particular study. Second, data were coded into sayings, doings, and relatings in accordance with the theoretical framework. Third, coded sayings, doings, and relatings were analysed to identify its surrounding arrangements; the cultural-discursive, the material-economic, and the social-political arrangements. In the fourth phase, the interrelations between the arrangements were analysed to reveal the practice architecture of the collaboration practice, how it shaped the principals’ professional learning, and its constraining and enabling traits (Kemmis et al., 2014). The outcomes are reliable for this specific practice and context only, and are not generalizable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The purpose of the course and collaboration At an early stage of the collaboration, a shared vision of the purpose of the course was formulated; to create an advanced professional training course for principals that corresponds with their needs of developing their pedagogical leadership to meet the challenges on their local schools, and integrate the course with the already existing meeting structures on the local municipality level. The traditional Master course at the university would not have enabled such integration. By setting up the entire course as an action research study, the principals could use the course to explore their practice when attempting to improve their local schools, and to improve their skills to use scientific approaches. The purpose of the collaboration became to enable principals’ professional learning on the Master level, integrated in everyday practice. The development of the first part of the course The first part of the course was negotiated by the partners to focus on interview methods and qualitative analysis, to enable the principals to explore the challenges in their local schools, and how they are related to their pedagogical leadership. An overall frame of the course was set in terms of content and scheduled. Time, space, and resources were distributed. Content and time were renegotiated as each step of the course was evaluated, and adjusted along the course to meet the principals on the right level, at the right time. As both partners had experience as school leaders as well as researchers, there was a mutual understanding and respect for each other’s roles and competencies. The influence on principals’ professional learning So far, the design of the course seems to have influenced principals’ understanding of the importance of using scientific approaches to address local school challenges, and how their pedagogical leadership is related to other local practices. References Forssten Seiser, A., & Portfelt, I. (2022). Critical aspects to consider when establishing collaboration between school leaders and researchers: two cases from Sweden. Educational action research, 1-16. Kaukko, M., & Wilkinson, J. (2020). “Learning how to go on”: Refugee students and informal learning practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(11), 1175–1193. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1514080 Kemmis, S., J. Wilkinson, C. Edwards-Groves, I. Hardy, P. Grootenboer, and L. Bristol. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer. Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming Practices: Changing the World with the Theory of Practice Architectures. Springer Singapore. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Process Guides From OsloMet Working In Partnership With Schools - Exploring Collective Models Of Guidance and Competence to Guide Oslo Metropolitan Univ, Norway Presenting Author:This paper explores and discusses how process guides from OsloMet and teachers at partnerships schools can collaborate strengthening teachers’ competence to guide and develop collective models of guidance. Exploring collective models of guidance opens a space for teachers and guides from OsloMet to develop new knowledge and new forms of acknowledgements. Understanding how to develop guiding competence demands for teachers to reflect within different forms of knowledge, including knowledge not yet communicated (Grimen, 2008). Connecting theory and practice where subject-didactics, pedagogy, and theoretical understandings of didactics is seen in relation, is also a central goal for teacher training in Norway (Meld.st. 11 2008-2009). Learning more about the tacit knowledge of teachers (Argyris og Schôn, 1978) and by that making it possible to explore more about the competence to guide is thereby central. We seek understanding about how systematic participation in collective arenas of collaboration can contribute also for teachers to develop competence to guide student teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Studying how to work in partnerships exploring teachers’ competence to guide, action research is central (PAR) (Tiller, 1999). A pragmatic oriented approach (Starrin, 1993) with pedagogic action research is used based on the premise to change practice (Hiim, 2010; McNiff, 2014; Stenhouse, 1975). Recognizing the knowledge and experiences of teachers, as well as for teachers to experience ownership within the process of change are highly valued within this study (Carr & Kemmis, (1986). Wide range of empirical data are used with agendas and notes from meetings, content and reflections from workshops, reflection notes and logs from school leaders, teachers, and process guides from OsloMet. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings show three areas central for teachers and guides from OsloMet working in partnerships developing an arena for practice collaboration as well as competence to guide. One area is making time and room for collaboration. This includes school leader recognition of teachers’ time to work on areas of development. Another area is building relationships becoming a safe space (third space) for teachers and guides from OsloMet to explore what capacities are needed for guidance. This involves theoretical knowledge as well as competence to guide. Last is working on the emotional dimension overcoming boundaries within oneself in the process of development and change. The tacit knowledge of teachers and teacher’s reflection is overarching all three areas. Notes from the first meeting developing an arena for practice collaboration shows how the relational aspect becomes filtered within all areas of guidance. One teacher reflects specifically about the relationship when guiding student teachers as an endless process of development and change (Meeting 24.10.23). References Argyris, C. & Schôn, D. (1978). Organizational Learning: A theory of Action Perspective. Addison-Wesley. Carr, W & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming critical: Education, knowledge, and action research Grimen, H. (2004). Samfunnsvitenskapelige tenkemåter. Universitetsforlaget. Hiim, H. (2010) Pedagogisk aksjonsforskning. Gyldendal akademisk. Kunnskapsdepartementet (2008-2009) Meld.st. 11 (2008-2009) læreren: rollen og utdanningen. St.meld. nr. 11 (2008-2009) - regjeringen.no McNiff, J. (2014). Writing and doing action research. Sage Publications. Starrin, B. (1993), Participatory research – att skapa kunnskap tilsammans. I J. Holmer, & Starring, B. (red). Deltagarorienterad forskning. Studentlitteratur. Stenhouse, L. (1975). An introduction to curriculum research and development. Heinemann Tiller, T. (1999). Aksjonslæring, Forskende partnerskap i skolen. Høyskoleforlaget. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Leadership for Learning and Professional Development: Identifying Challenges and Opportunities in the Cypriot context University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to investigate the links between leadership for learning and professional development, through the recognition of the importance of context and the ideas of inter-school collaboration, solidarity, trust and support (Swaffield & Major, 2019). The paper acknowledges the complexities and idiosyncrasies of educational contexts, both in terms of policies and practice, as well as in the ways they enable or hinder leadership for learning within inclusive learning environments. The study is qualitative in nature, and follows the development, implementation, and evaluation of an action plan on professional development at a primary school in Cyprus. Data collection takes place via policy analysis, semi-structured interviews to document the in-depth understanding of participants with the use of case study design, and the researcher’s reflective journal. The research questions are designed to uncover the challenges and opportunities that teachers encounter, their perceptions of leadership impact, their preferences for professional development, and the potential benefits of engaging in collaborative practice. More particularly, the project aims to: a) identify challenges faced by teachers in relation to leadership and professional development within the current educational context in Cyprus, b) investigate how teachers view the impact of inclusive leadership on their professional development, b) the types of professional development that teachers find most beneficial, and d) the use and effectiveness of collaborative approaches to leadership, learning, and professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The epistemological principles of this project lie to the interpretivist paradigm, which is aligned with the exploration and understandings of individuals’ experiences and meanings (Guba & Lincoln, 1994); and to the post-modern paradigm, due to the importance of language and the acknowledgement of its enormous power to transmit ideologies, include or exclude (Ballard, 2004). The qualitative nature of the project allows for an in-depth exploration, analysis and understanding of teachers’ experiences and perspectives regarding leadership and professional development in the Cypriot educational context. To meaningfully address the research questions, this project is realized through a qualitative research design, using data collection from semi-structured interviews, policy analysis, and the researcher’s reflective journal, while analysis is completed through thematic analysis. This method allows for an exploration of patterns in participants’ responses, and a detailed understanding of the challenges and opportunities related to leadership and professional development (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings indicate that participants collaborate and mutually engage in learning activities and professional development, especially when these are linked with tangible learning outcomes for themselves and for children. Findings also indicate some challenges faced by participants, such as resistance to change at a personal, school, or regional level, insufficient training and resources, inadequate communication, and accessibility barriers. The study suggests that a holistic approach that includes leadership commitment, inclusive school ethos, and a clear focus on professional development can foster a sense of belonging and meaningful engagement for practitioners. References Ballard, K. (2004). Children and disability: Special or included? Waikato Journal of Education, 10 (1) 315–326. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Swaffield, S. & Major, L. (2019): Inclusive educational leadership to establish a co-operative school cluster trust? Exploring perspectives and making links with leadership for learning, International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1629164 Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1994). Competing paradigms in qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 105-117). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 06 C: Culture Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Stamatina Kioussi Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Locally Grounded School Development Projects on a Large-Scale – Mission Impossible? NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:In what ways can «School-based professional development» (SBPF) be structured to ensure that the participants feel relevance, ownership, and opportunities to influence the content and design of the initiatives? In a metropolitan network with 75 schools, this became a relevant question. A model for school development was needed, where the schools who needed professional development (PD) could participate within a reasonable time horizon. A group with partners from the university and the schools was established. Based on theories about school development (Robinson et al., 2009; Starkey et al., 2009; Timperley et al., 2007; Goodlad, 1988) they designed a model, “the resource group model”, to meet the network's goals. The aim of this study is to identify success factors in this model in a large-scale SBPD-project. PD is a central part of the school's daily work, but there is disagreement about what the best means to achieve this are (Mausethagen & Helstad, 2023). While previous PD-schemes in Norway have been based on a model where a form of "competence transfer" was to take place from knowledge providers (universities) to knowledge receivers (teachers), the new model was based on co-creation in established partnerships between schools and universities (Meld.St. 21(2016-17)). SBPD should take place in schools where teachers and leaders develop knowledge about teaching and learning in the local school context (Postholm, 2018). An important aspect of this new thinking on school development is to meet the needs experienced by those who are closest to the students in the classroom. Internationally, there has been a lot of research into factors that contribute to successful PD in schools. Several studies show that the leaders’ involvement is crucial for the success of collective PD (e.g. Stoll & Louis, 2017; Robinson, 2014). While it's important that the school leadership is involved in development projects, it is challenging if the leader must run the processes alone. This concerns that the initiative and chosen theme for the PD can be experienced as ”coming from above"; it is recommended to involve teachers (Postholm et al., 2018). Spillane (2006) uses the term "distributed leadership" for processes where the principal involves more than the formal leader group at the school, both in the design, implementation and leadership of development projects. The schools that wanted to participate could choose between five different themes, maximum 5 schools per theme, and these were selected based on reported needs of the schools in the metropolitan network. The model is designed based on theories and evaluations of previous PD-projects. The model presumes that each school participating in PD must establish a resource group (RG), consisting of teachers with a special interest in the topic they have chosen, and at least one person from the school management. The groups should be local promoters of the development work at their schools, and should work as a link between colleagues at the schools and professionals from the university. A key aspect of the resource group model is that participation takes place over time. The 1st semester has common content and organization for all schools, and its main purpose is to prepare the RG to lead PD at their own school (Spillane, 2006). The 2nd to 4th semesters are devoted to topic-specific gatherings for the competence packages, with mandatory intermediate work at the schools. The aim of this study is to respond to the following reseach question: What experiences do the RG and the university employees in the metropolitan network have with the various elements in the resource group model, and what can these experiences tell us about which factors are important for success in a large-scale school development process? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions, we have collected both qualitative and quantitative data through two surveys and three focus group interviews. One survey is aimed at university staffs who have worked on developing and implementing the competence packages and the other survey has been aimed at the RG in the schools that have participated in the SBPD. Both surveys have a response rate of over 80. The surveys consisted of questions which were to map the previous experience the participants had with school development, and questions where the participants were asked to evaluate the model by taking stances on various claims. The participants were asked to grade the claims on a five-point scale, ranging from "to a very small extent" to "to a very large extent". The surveys also had text boxes where the participants could write free-text answers with their own reflections. The analyses of the two surveys were used as a basis for developing relevant questions for qualitative interviews with selected resource groups, teachers and university staff. The interview guides were designed based on the results of the surveys and the researchers' knowledge of the field. According to Cohen (2018), this form of data collection can be described as method triangulation. The focus group (FG) interviews were conducted as qualitative, semi-structured interviews with a phenomenological approach. By choosing a FG interview, you facilitate follow-up questions, exchange of opinions and analysis along the way (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). The FG's consisted of members of the resource group, teachers and school leaders. In the first FG there were six participants and in the second there was five. In the interview with university staff, two participants had contributed to both the development and implementation of the competence package. Audio recordings were made of the interviews, and notes were written during the conversations. The interviews were analyzed by the researchers together as a collective analysis (Eggebø, 2020), through a deductive analysis process based on the elements of the resource group model. Overview data: Survey University staff: 17 respondents/ 20 (85% of the population); Primary data Survey Resource Group: 14 respondents (by groups) /17 (82% of the RG-population); Primary data Interviews: 13 people / 3 interviews; Primary data Background documents: Secondary data Privacy in data handling has been approved by SIKT, and the guidelines of the National Committee for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences and Humanities (NESH, 2021) are followed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings An overarching finding, which also appears in many evaluations of school development projects, is that the role of the leadership is crucial. Important factors here are presence and stability in the leadership throughout the project. An interesting finding is that the RG’s report that they have changed their teaching practice. A challenge, however, is that some RG’s did not meet the same enthusiasm and willingness to change when they tried to engage their colleagues. Based on the surveys, we find the ability to engage their colleagues appears to be a critical factor in succeeding. Empowering the RG to be able to lead the school development at their schools has been central. The start-up semester only partially met their needs. The findings shows that the theme-specific gatherings in semesters 2–4 were more important for the experience of empowerment. The RG highlight the co-creation between university and the schools, and the valuing of their experiences from intermediate work, as important for becoming confident in their role as leaders of the development work vis-à-vis their own colleagues. We also find that it is valuable when universities add new academic perspectives. In the literature, it is emphasized that external people can be a good support in the professional development of teachers. University staff expressed that their role required them to both bring something professionally new to the gatherings, while at the same time they reflect on the experiences of the RG’s. Put bluntly, we can say that even if the network work is largely based on co-creation and exchange of experience, exchange of experience is not sufficient. Our data supports the metropolitan network's intention that there should be a balance between co-creation, exchange of experience and new professional perspectives on the themes that each school will work on. References Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8.utg). Routledge. Eggebø, H. (2020). Kollektiv kvalitativ analyse. Norsk Sosiologisk Tidsskrift, 4(2), 106–122. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.2535-2512-2020-02-03 Goodlad, J. (1988). School-university partnerships for educational renewal: rationale and concepts. In Kenneth Sirotnik & John Goodlad (Eds.), School-university partnerships in action (p. 3–31). Teacher College Press. Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju. Gyldendal akademisk. Mausethagen, S. & Helstad, K. (2023). Skoleutvikling – i forskning, politikk og praksis. In K. Helstad & S. Mausethagen (Eds.), Skoleutvikling i forskning, politikk og praksis (p. 15–34). Cappelen Damm akademisk. Meld. St. 21 (2016-2017). Lærelyst – tidlig innsats og kvalitet i skolen. Kunnskapsdepartementet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-21-20162017/id2544344/ NESH (2021) Forskningsetiske retningslinjer for samfunnsvitenskap og humaniora. https://www.forskningsetikk.no/retningslinjer/hum-sam/forskningsetiske-retningslinjer-for samfunnsvitenskap-og-humaniora/ Postholm, M. B., Normann, A. Dahl, T., Dehlin, E. & Irgens, E. J. (2018). Lærerutdanning, nasjonale sentre og ungdomstrinn i utvikling. Læring og implikasjoner for rammer for og organisering av fremtidig utviklingsarbeid. In M.B. Postholm, A. Normann, T. Dahl, E. Dehlin, G. Engvik, & E. J. Irgens (Eds.), Skole og utdanningssektoren i utvikling (p. 299–319). Fagbokforlaget. Robinson, V. M., Hohepa, M., & Lloyd, C. (2009). School Leadership and Student Outcomes: Identifying What Works and Why (BES). New Zealand Ministry og Education. Sales, A., Traver, J. A. & García, R. (2011). Action research as a school-based strategy in intercultural professional development for teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(5), 911–919. Starkey, L., Yates, A., Meyer, L. H., Hall, C., Taylor, M., Stevens, S., & Toia, R. (2009). Professional development design: Embedding educational reform in New Zealand. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(1), 181–189. Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. Jossey-Bass. Stoll, L. & Louis, K. S. (2007). Professional Learning Communities: Divergence, Depth and Dilemmas. Open University Press. Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H., & Fung I. (2007). Teacher Professional Learning and Development: Best Evidence Synthesis Iteration (BES). New Zealand Ministry of Education. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Cross-lagged Panel and Multilevel Analysis for the Relationships Between Teacher Self-efficacy and Collective Teacher Efficacy 1Finnish Institute for Educational Research, University of Jyväskylä; 2Department of Psychology, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland; 3School of Educational Sciences and Psychology, University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:The aim of this study is to examine the relationship between collective teacher efficacy (CTE) and teacher self-efficacy (TSE) by a longitudinal and multilevel analysis. To respond current complex educational circumstances, CTE is one of the most reliable factors of a school’s effectiveness in achieving its objectives as a group by leveraging each other’s strengths and compensating for one another’s limitations (Klassen et al., 2010; Tschannen-Moran & Barr, 2004). CTE is defined as “the collective self-perception that teachers in a given school make an educational difference to their students over and above the educational impact of their homes and communities” (Tschannen-Moran & Barr, 2004, p. 190). Because of the nature of teacher efficacy, previous studies have indicated that CTE is closely related to TSE (Cansoy & Parlar, 2018; Ninković & Knežević Florić, 2018). As many researchers suggest that CTE and TSE are mutually reinforcing, educational organisation research highlights that CTE arises when teachers cooperate to solve problems and act towards the same goals (Goddard, 2001). However, in practice, school leaders and policy makers could be indecisive about whether they should focus on development of individual teachers first or school as an organisation first. This is because the causal relationship between CTE and TSE has not been clearly revealed. It is easy to assume the path from TSE to CTE. An organisation or a group of individuals with high abilities can create a strong organisation and have confidence in the organisation (Caprara et al., 2003). When members of an organisation act with individual confidence and achieve success, the motivation of the entire organisation can increase, thereby enhancing collective efficacy as well. Therefore, teachers with high TSE may have the potential to form collaborative school organisations, thereby leading to enhancing CTE. On the other hand, some researchers argue the path from CTE to TSE (Goddard et al., 2001; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007). Meyer et al. (2020) note that CTE is likely related to teachers' collaborative behaviour. When educational organisations succeed in working together, teachers gain confidence, higher motivation, and engage more effectively in their work (Yada et al., 2022). In addition, it is known that CTE affects individual performance when task interdependency is high in organisational research (Katz-Navon & Erez, 2005), and schools can be considered high interdependency organisations (Moolenaar et al., 2012). TSE is enhanced through the strong belief in the ability of the organisation to accomplish high interdependent tasks that individuals cannot achieve alone. Being part of a collective efficacious school could provide more opportunities to experience professional collective action, which can enhance individual performance and improve TSE. However, there some issues have been identified in prior studies on CTE. First, there is a discrepancy regarding whether TSE or CTE predicts the other. Second, there is a paucity of longitudinal and multilevel examinations between CTE and TSE, which enables more precise predictive relationship analyses. Sample design, size and methodological limitations hinder the longitudinal and multilevel examinations although studies have assumed a path from TSE to CTE in previous studies (Cansoy & Parlar, 2018; Ninković & Florić, 2018). Therefore, we set the research questions as follows: RQ1: How is CTE related to TSE at individual level? RQ2: How is CTE related to TSE at school level? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 69 schools with 1081 teachers were included in the analyses. The size of schools ranged from 2 to 88 (M = 20.74, SD = 15.81). Due to the limited number of schools at school level (i.e., 69 schools), we used the mean scores of each variable for subsequent multilevel analysis instead of employing latent factors. The intraclass correlations, representing within-school homogeneity (i.e., between variances), of CTE are 21.4% at T1 and 20.0% at T2 of the variability, while 5.5% at T1 and 7.4% at T2 of variances in TSE. Although school level variation was not large in TSE, statistically significant school level variation in all the observed variables was confirmed, and, thus, multilevel analysis was considered as applicable. CTE was assessed using the student discipline subscale (6 items, 9-point Likert-type scales; e.g., To what extent can teachers in your school make expectations clear about appropriate student behavior?) of the Collective Teacher Beliefs Scale (CTBS) (Tschannen-Moran & Barr, 2004). This study had high reliability for the scale at the first (α = .87) and the second time point (α = .89). TSE was measured using one subscale (6 items, 6-point Likert-type scale; e.g., I am able to calm a student who is disruptive or noisy) of the Teacher Efficacy for Inclusive Practices Scale (TEIP) to measure teacher’s self-efficacy in managing behaviour (Sharma et al., 2012). This study had high reliability for the scale at the fist (α = .82) and the second time point (α = .83). The analyses followed the steps. First, longitudinal measurement invariance was tested to examine whether the same constructs were measured across different timepoints. The scalar invariance models, where factor loadings and intercepts were set to be equal across timepoints, achieved acceptable fit, and there were not large differences in the fit indices when compared to the other models. Achieving scalar invariance implies that variations in the latent construct's means account for all variations in the common variance among the items (Putnick & Bornstein, 2016), thus, we could conclude that mean differences across timpoints were comparable in our data. Next, a cross-lagged panel model analysis with a multilevel approach was performed to answer the research questions. The estimated models were examined using three indicators: RMSEA (<.060), standardised root mean square residual (SRMR, <.080), and CFI (>.950) (Hu & Bentler, 1999). The Mplus statistical software was used for all the analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A two-level path model was analysed. The estimated model fit the data well, χ2(7) = 2.711, p = .258, CFI = .999, RMSEA = .018, SRMRwithin = .001, SRMRbetween = .040. The results for individual and school levels indicated that there were statistically significant auto-regressive paths from T1 to T2 between CTE and TSE. In the light of cross-lagged paths at individual level, a statistically significant path was found from CTE at T1 to TSE at T2 (T1–T2: β = .127, p < .01). Regarding school level, the cross-lagged paths worked differently, where only the path from TSE at T1 to CTE at T2 was statistically significant (T1–T2: β = .621, p < .01). The results showed that the relationships between CTE and TSE differed at individual and school levels. First, as many previous studies have shown (e.g., Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007), the results supported that CTE predicts TSE at individual level, which answered RQ1. In other words, when a teacher experiences collective action and perceives that colleagues and staff in the school have high collective capability beliefs, the teacher will be influenced by this and increase their own TSE. This motivational extension could be explained by motivational sources and school atmosphere that are created by highly motivated colleagues, which are sources of efficacy (Bandura, 1997). At school level, the relationship between CTE and TSE showed an inverse direction, which is regarding RQ2. The higher the TSE of a teacher, the higher the CTE of the school, rather than supporting previous’ results (Goddard & Goddard, 2001). This suggests that a group of teachers with high TSE could generate CTE when the individual teachers are aware of collective action, in which they have opportunities to use their expertise. The results enhance current debates and theories on teacher efficacy. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman. Cansoy, R., & Parlar, H. (2018). Examining the relationship between school principals’ instructional leadership behaviors, teacher self-efficacy, and collective teacher efficacy. International Journal of Educational Management, 32(4), 550–567. Caprara, G. V., Barbaranelli, C., Borgogni, L., & Steca, P. (2003). Efficacy Beliefs as Determinants of Teachers ’ Job Satisfaction. 95(4), 821–832. Goddard, R. D. (2001). Collective efficacy: A neglected construct in the study of schools and student achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93(3), 467–476. Goddard, R. D., Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, W. K. (2001). A Multilevel Examination of the Distribution and Effects of Teacher Trust in Students and Parents in Urban Elementary Schools. The Elementary School Journal, 102(1), 3–17. Katz-Navon, T. Y., & Erez, M. (2005). When collective- And self-efficacy affect team performance the role of task interdependence. Small Group Research, 36(4), 437–465. Klassen, R. M., Usher, E. L., Bong, M., Klassen, R. M., & Usher, E. L. (2010). Teachers ’ Collective Efficacy , Job Satisfaction , and Job Stress in Cross-Cultural Context Teachers ’ Collective Efficacy , Job Satisfaction , and Job Stress in Cross-Cultural Context. 0973. Meyer, A., Richter, D., & Hartung-Beck, V. (2020). The relationship between principal leadership and teacher collaboration: Investigating the mediating effect of teachers’ collective efficacy. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 50(4), 593–612. Moolenaar, N. M., Sleegers, P. J. C., & Daly, A. J. (2012). Teaming up: Linking collaboration networks, collective efficacy, and student achievement. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(2), 251–262. Ninković, S. R., & Knežević Florić, O. (2018). Transformational school leadership and teacher self-efficacy as predictors of perceived collective teacher efficacy. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 46(1), 49–64. Putnick, D. L., & Bornstein, M. H. (2016). Measurement invariance conventions and reporting: The state of the art and future directions for psychological research. Developmental review, 41, 71-90. Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 611–625. Tschannen-Moran, M., & Barr, M. (2004). Fostering student learning: The relationship of collective teacher efficacy and student achievement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 3(3), 189–209. Yada, T., Yada, A., Choshi, D., Sakata, T., Wakimoto, T., & Nakada, M. (2022). Examining the relationships between teacher self-efficacy, professional learning community, and experiential learning in Japan. School Effectiveness and School Improvement. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teachers' Perceptions of Teacher Assessment and School Assessment Culture 1kibbutzim college of education, Technology and the Arts; 2Beit Berl college of education Presenting Author:Organizational culture consists of the values, beliefs, and worldview that shape individuals’ behavioral patterns within an organization and is expressed through shared language, symbols, norms, and established guidelines (Teasley, 2017). Schools are organizations that share educational goals defined externally by the community or government authorities (Berman et al., 2019). However, each school has its own organizational culture which defines how members go about achieving these goals. The school’s assessment culture is part of its general organizational culture, reflecting attitudes and beliefs concerning autonomy, transparency, and partnership. It includes the reasons and the goals for doing assessments and the climate in which these assessments are carried out, which in turn will influence how assessment is perceived. School organizational assessment culture may be seen as a continuum ranging between a summative-measurement culture on one end, and a formative-assessment culture on the other end. Summative-measurement culture is referred to as “assessment of learning” (Earl & Katz, 2006), focusing on decision-making, accountability, and demonstration of authority. Quantitative methodologies and external measures are generally employed to collect information. In contrast, formative-assessment culture emphasizes growth, development, and improvement (“assessment for learning”) (Earl & Katz, 2006). It is anchored in an interpretive, critical perspective and espouses a pluralistic and individualistic concept of reality requiring information reflecting multiple perspectives that is interpreted through dialogue and collaboration (e.g., Shepard, 2000). Assessment is incorporated into school life as a crucial mechanism for promoting organizational learning for the advancement of educational goals (Torres & Preskill, 2001; Wendy & Wenyan, 2013). The study focuses on teacher assessment in relation to school organizational assessment culture. One aim was to investigate whether teachers’ perceptions of their school’s organizational assessment culture is congruent with their perceptions of teacher assessment at their school. A second aim was to examine the degree to which exposure to different school organizational assessment cultures is related to teachers’ ideas concerning the components of an ideal formative teacher assessment model in line with views that professional development of teachers should be the primary aim of teacher assessment (e.g., Flores & Derrington, 2017). Understanding how the school’s organizational assessment culture is related to teachers’ perceptions and opinions regarding teacher assessment, can be useful to both school administrators and educational authorities interested in strengthening the use of teacher assessment for the purpose of achieving educational goals. The study was conducted in Israel where formal teacher assessment was mandated beginning in 2010 as part of a wage agreement between the Ministry of Education and the elementary school teachers’ union. The agreement transferred teacher assessment for administrative decisions from external inspectors to school principals and strongly promoted the implementation of routine formative teacher assessment. The intention was to improve the quality of instruction in schools and to foster teachers’ professional identity. Principals participated in in-service training to prepare them for their task and acquaint them with procedures and rubrics which had been developed to define criteria and levels of expected performance. Only teacher assessment results for administrative decisions are reported to the Ministry of Education, which is the final authority for awarding licensure and approving salary advancement, meaning that only summative teacher assessment is monitored. Thus, it is not surprising to learn that research in Israel has shown that schools greatly differ in the manner and extent to which formative teacher assessment is conducted, and that principals’ leadership styles (Nashef, 2023), their assessment training, experience, and perceptions of the benefits of teacher evaluation (Fresko & Levy-Feldman, 2023) are all related to this variation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected from 1,029 elementary school teachers by a questionnaire that addressed the following variables: 1) Background information regarding both the respondents and the schools where they teach. 2) Teachers' perceptions of their schools’ organizational assessment culture. A scale was prepared that focuses on the organizational assessment culture from the viewpoint of formative assessment, i.e., an organizational learning culture that stresses the use of assessment information, feedback, and dialogue to advance educational processes. 3) Teachers' perceptions of four aspects of teacher assessment at their schools. Two variables related to the assessment process: the extent to which it is conducted for formative purposes and the climate in which it is done. Another two variables addressed perceptions of the impact of the assessment process: its contribution to school functioning and its negative impact. 4) Teachers' views regarding an ideal formative teacher assessment model. Three general components were addressed in assessing teachers’ vision of an effective formative teacher assessment model: criteria to be used, sources of information or testimony for the assessment, and participants to be involved in the process. The content of the items for each area were selected based on existing options relevant to the Israeli context. Administration of the questionnaire began after receiving approval by the ethics committee of the Office of the Chief Scientist at the Ministry of Education. Initially, the research questionnaire was distributed to teachers with the assistance of the supervisor responsible for teaching and administrative personnel at the Ministry of Education and was administered electronically using Google Forms. Questionnaires were received anonymously from 831 elementary school teachers. In addition, the questionnaire was administered by the researchers in printed form to teachers studying for M.Ed. degrees at two teacher education colleges. An additional 198 questionnaires were added to the sample in this way (105 from one college and 93 from the other). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings revealed that teachers who reported a strong formative assessment culture in their schools more often indicated that teacher assessment is conducted to promote teacher development, that the climate surrounding teacher assessment is open and transparent, that it contributes to improved school functioning, and that its negative influences are relatively few, compared to teachers in weak formative assessment culture schools. Differences were consistently large regarding assessment climate, contribution, and use of teacher assessment for professional development, while quite small regarding negative effects, suggesting that other factors (i.e., school size) may be relevant. When relating to their views of an ideal formative teacher assessment model, teachers in strong formative assessment culture schools attributed greater importance to the inclusion of all types of assessment criteria, the use of observations, recommendations, and teaching products as testimony, and the required participation of the school principal in the process, as compared to teachers in schools with weak formative assessment cultures. Despite the differences between groups, all teachers appeared to share a general view with respect to the important components of an ideal formative teacher assessment model. Both groups attributed greatest importance to what should be assessed (criteria), attributing secondary importance to how assessment should be conducted. Both groups rated the use of observations and recommendations higher than the use of teaching products, and both valued the participation of the school principal. The differences in the strength of their responses may be interpreted as an expression of the confidence they have in their opinions. Exposure of teachers to a strong formative assessment culture appears to result in a stronger and more confident vision of an ideal formative teacher assessment model. School principals are responsible for defining school organizational culture and need to be made aware of its implications for school improvement through teacher assessment. References Berman, A. I., Feuer, M. J., & Pellegrino, J. W. (2019). What use is educational assessment? The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 683, 8–21. Earl, L., & Katz, S. (2006). Rethinking classroom assessment with purpose in mind: Assessment for learning, assessment as learning and assessment of learning. Western Northern Canadian Protocol Assessment Document. 4.3 Rethinking assessment with purpose in mind Full Document.doc (education.sa.gov.au) Flores, M. A., & Derrington, M.L. (2017). School principals’ views of teacher evaluation policy: lessons learned from two empirical studies. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(4), 416-431. Fresko, B. & Levy-Feldman, I. (2023). Principals’ implementation of teacher evaluation and its relationship to intended purpose, perceived benefits, training, and background variables. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 30(1), 18-32. Nashef, M. (2023). The relationship between teachers’ perceptions of the principal’s leadership style and their perceptions of the teacher evaluation process and its influence on the educational work at school. Unpublished M.A. thesis, Beit Berl Academic College, Israel [Hebrew] Shepard, L.A. (2000). The role of classroom assessment in teaching and learning. In V. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching (pp.1066-1101). American Education Research Association. TECH517.pdf (cresst.org) Teasley, M.L. (2017). Organizational culture and schools: A call for leadership and collaboration. Children & Schools, 39(1), 3-6. Torres, R. T., & Preskill, H. (2001). Evaluation and organizational learning: Past, present, and future. The American Journal of Evaluation, 22(3), 387-395. Wendy, P. H., & Wenyan, C. (2013). Teacher evaluation as an approach to organizational learning: A case study of Taiwan. In E Hau-Fai Law & C. Li (eds.), Curriculum innovations in changing societies: Chinese perspectives from Hong Kong Taiwan and Mainland China (pp. 431-447). Sense. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 02 SES 06 A: Dual Vocational Education and Training Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Gabriela Höhns Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Transfer of Learning in the Dual System of Vocational Education. A Pilot Study on student's perceptions Chemnitz University of Technology, Germany Presenting Author:In vocationomics, the learning process is considered as an integral one that happens at different locations, or, institutions such as schools and companies. Other, more common interpretations consider this kind of learning as a learning of theoretical content (at school) that gets applied at the workplace (in the companies) later on. Besides the idea of implementing, if not to say of enforcing ‘cooperation’ between the organisations mentioned, we have seen in the last two decades two different theoretical approaches of explaining of what is going on and of how it can be made even more fruitful. These two new theories are the theory of connectivity (Guile/ Griffiths) and the theory of complementarity (Jongebloed) between school and workplace learning. Whereas connectivity theory postulates the necessity of building bridges, complementarity theory in its original form (strong hypothesis) denies exactly the possibility to do so. We will follow the theory of complementarity, but in a newly interpreted way (weak hypothesis): there is a gap, and the student-apprentices inevitably have to go the last part of the road all by their own. This does not automatically mean, that teaching at school or instruction at the workplace cant help on the way at all: An understanding of vocational learning as two distinct processes, however, would discriminate two different processes of learning, one by systematic insight, the other by holistic experience. This said, an analytic view and can substantially contribute to the enlightenment of the nature of vocational education. It also would demand for a better understanding of learning transfer, because there would be two processes of learning, on easing the other. Learning at vocational school and learning at the workplace each might enhance one another in both directions. We are though, not too well informed on this double phenomenon. And who could tell us better than the apprentices, who are at the centre of the duality of vocational education. Notwithstanding the transfer gap and a whole set of organisational prerogatives, we have put a series of interviews into practice, asking apprentices on their perception of learning at vocational schools and learning at work in their enterprises. This simplified institutional approach (school/ company) may be considered as justified as we are at the point of departure only. We need to point out, that this study does not turn to the fact that students do make some experiences at school (as we know by the debates on the 'hidden curriculum'). And, of course, in enterprises, there is learning of systematic knowledge, too, whenever apprentices get instructed on a new job. We were interested to find out, whether student-apprentices have the impression of a certain connectedness of the two learning hemispheres, whether they can possibly give explanations to this, what their perceptions are about learning at school and learning at the workplace at their own Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 39 guideline interviews with qualitative evaluation, executed in 2022 in different German states, mainly in the Freestate of Saxony. There was a minor group of 3 interviews with students from full-time-schools. Although full-time vocational schools expect 400 hours of working experience in two short intervals, this smaller sample was to serve as a control group. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show already an surprisingly broad band of explanations on the fact and the directions of transfer. The results indicate that quite a number of our interview partners were able to express their observations: They apparently are quite aware of the impact of the learing process at school on the workplace side. More surprisingly, they have an idea on what the influence of workplace learning on their learning processes at school. The more, only a few but some students in our sample express some stunningly clear ideas on the role they have to play in connecting the didactical loci and the nature of this process. Altogether, there are quite a number of details that hint at the existence of learing transfer as such and as a constructive concept of the learing in dual structures. References Bank, V. (2019). Connectivity or Complementarity in the Dual System. Implementation of an exploration study, in: Zeitschrift für Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik 115 (2019) 4, S. 605-623. https://doi.org/10.25162/ZBW-2019-0024 Gessler, M. (2012). Lerntransfer in der beruflichen Weiterbildung – empirische Prüfung eines integrierten Rahmenmodells mittels Strukturgleichungsmodellierung. In: ZBW 108 (3), 362-393. Griffiths, T./ Guile, D. (2003). A Connective Model of Learning: the implications for work process knowledge. In: European Educational Research Journal 2 (2003) 1, http://eprints.ioe.ac.uk/3957/1Guile%26Griffiths2001Learning113.pdf. Guile, D. / Griffiths, T. (2001). Learning through work experience. In: Journal of Education and work 14 (2001) 1, 113-131. Jongebloed, H.-C. (1998). Komplementarität als Verhältnis: Lernen in dualer Struktur. In: Jongebloed, H.-C. (ed.): Wirtschaftspädagogik als Wissenschaft und Praxis- oder: Auf dem Wege zur Komplementarität als Prinzip (S. 259-286). Kiel. Judd, Charles H. (1908). The relation of special training to general intelligence, in: Educational Review 36, 28-42. Katona, George (1940). Organizing and memorizing. Studies in the Psychology of Learning and Teaching, New York. Klauer, K. J. (1989). Die Messung von Transferdistanzen. Ein Verfahren zur Bestimmung der Unähnlichkeit von Aufgabenanforderungen. Zeitschrift für Entwicklungspsychologie und Pädagogische Psychologie 21 (2), 146-166. Overing, Robert L.R. & Robert M. W. Travers (1966). Effect upon transfer of variations in training conditions, in: Journal of Educational Psychology 57, 179–188. Stenström, M.-L. (2009). Connecting Work and Learning Through Demonstrations of Vocational Skills – Experiences from the Finnish VET. In: Stenström, M.-L. / Tynjälä, P. (Hg.): Towards Integration of Work and Learning. Strategies for Connectivity and Transformation (221-238). Heidelberg. Thorndike, Edward L. (1923). The Psychology of Learning. Educational Psychology Vol. II, New York: Columbia University. Tynjälä, P. (2009). Connectivity and Transformation in Work-Related Learning – Theoretical Foundations. In Stenström, M.-L. / Tynjälä, P. (Hg.): Towards Integration of Work and Learning. Strategies for Connectivity and Transformation (11-37). Heidelberg. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Implementation of the Dual Vocational Education and Training System in Early Childhood Educators in Andalusia (Spain) 1University Pablo de Olavide, Spain; 2Granada University; 3Málaga University Presenting Author:Over the last decade, the vocational education and training systems of southern European countries have initiated a reform process to introduce the dual vocational training (VET) following the German model (CES 2023; Martín Artiles et al., 2019). This process has been driven by international organisations such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the European Union, which have recommended that the member countries implement or reinforce policies based on the dual model because of their benefits to reduce high youth unemployment rates, improve professional skills or transitions from school to the labour market (OECD, 2013; European Commission, 2013). In Spain, the dual model in VET was launched at the end of 2012 with the approval of the Royal Decree 1529 developing the contract for training and apprenticeship and the basis for this model within the existing system of VET. At that time, dual vocational training was defined as “training which combined employment and educational actions and initiatives, aiming at the vocational qualification of workers in a system of alternation of work activity with the training activity” (p. 2). However, it is not until 2022 that the Law 3/2022 on the organisation and integration of VET is adopted, this law foresees that “all vocational training will have a dual character, while it will be carried out in the educational centre and the company” (Preamble), although “with different intensities depending on the characteristics of the training period in the workplace” (idem). During this decade, the evolution of the number of apprentices, companies and educational centres that have participated in dual VET system has been exponential. Thus, in 2013 there were 4.292 apprentices, 513 companies and 173 schools, while in 2020/2021 there were 4.2923 students enrolled and 1.147 schools (CES, 2023). Except for Asturias, Cantabria, and Castile-La Mancha, where there is a decrease in students, the trend is a clear increase, being especially significant in Andalusia, the Canary Islands, Galicia, and Navarre. In the case of Andalusia, the experimental development of the dual VET system began in 2013/2014 with 12 projects, 11 developed by public schools with 207 students and 87 collaborating companies (Consejería de Educación y Deporte, 2021). After its start-up phase, the dual model in Andalusia has expanded an in 2020/2021, almost seven of every ten people enrolled in dual vocational training were in Andalusia (CES, 2023). The aim of this communication is to describe, analyse and show the trends in the dual model in VET in the Degree in Early Childhood Education (belonging to the professional family of Socio-cultural Services and the Community) in the Andalusian Autonomous Community, especially its geographical distribution, the nature and ownership of the educational centres that provide this model, as well as the companies which collaborate in the process. This research is part of a broader project entitled ‘Connecting Learning and Significant Work in Andalusia: comparative research of dual vocational training in the Degree in Early Childhood Education” (P21_00162) funded by the Andalusia regional government in which different universities participate. The aims are the following: a) analyse the experiences of the organisation participating in the dual model VET; b) carry out a mapping that allows to understand how the companies that collaborate in the training are distributed, c) analyse the connection between educational organisations and labour organisations and d) analyse the educational transitions that early childhood education students make towards higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of the first phase of the above-mentioned project that consists of a descriptive and diagnostic study on the dual VET model in the Degree of Early Childhood Education in Andalusia. To do this, first, a database was constructed from the information available both in the Ministry of Education and Vocational Training on the list of non-university educational establishments and in the Ministry of Educational Development and Vocational Training, with a total of 148 educational centres that offer the Early Childhood Education Degree. From there, secondly, there has been a selection of those educational institutions that offer dual model. The selection has been made based on the documentary work of the normative resolutions that, on an annual basis, approve new projects based on dual VET, renew the existing ones or reject the renewal when the educational centres do not meet the requirements of the call. Thus, the initial sample has been reduced to a total of 46 centres that offer the degree in the dual modal system in the 2023/2024. Finally, this information has been contrasted and supplemented with information published on the different websites of the educational centres themselves. The data collected for all centres is as follows: name, locality and province, ownership (public, private or charter schools), type of education (in-person, blended or virtual), and companies that collaborate in dual training. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data produced in this study from the construction of the database have allowed the description of the type of educational centres and the analysis according to the assessment of the educational offer in dual mode in the Degree of Early Childhood Education in Andalusia. The conclusions of this study show the following trends: firstly, although the data speak of accelerated growth, in comparison to other European countries there is a limited extension of dual VET implementation. Nevertheless, in Andalusia dual VET has been gaining importance in the Degree of Early Childhood Education, where there are hardly any projects rejected. Secondly, the situation reflects a higher implementation of dual VET by charter educational schools and private owned centres compared to public institutions. This result indicates a privatisation of this model in dual training in the studied degree in Andalusia. Thirdly, and related to the privatisation of the training offered, the establishment of exclusively online and blended training provided by the aforementioned organizations. Finally, as regards the companies involved in dual VET, a) educational institutions that offer specific work programs for early childhood (0-6 years) depend on the educational administration, b) institutions that only offer the first cycle of early childhood education (0-3 years) mainly depend on companies that offer other care services, c) privately owned early childhood education institutions, which are mainly self-employed in the sector. References Consejería de Educación y Deporte (2021). La educación en Andalucía. Datos y cifras. Curso 2021/22. Consejería de Educación. https://www.observatoriodelainfancia.es/ficherosoia/documentos/7763_d_EducacionAndalucia21-22_compressed.pdf CES (2023). La Formación Dual en España: situación y perspectivas. Informe 1/2023. Consejo Económico y Social de España. https://www.ces.es/documents/10180/5232164/Inf0123.pdf/9212efd7-98cc-965e-ee69-7f64d0918065 European Commission (2013). Work-based learning in Europe: practices and policy pointers. European Commission. European Commission (2016). A new skills agenda for Europe. Working together to strengthen human capital, employability, and competitiveness. European Commission. Ley Orgánica 3/2022, de 31 de marzo, de ordenación e integración de la Formación Profesional. Boletín Oficial del Estado, 78, de 1 de abril de 2022. https://www.boe.es/diario_boe/txt.php?id=BOE-A-2022-5139 Marhuenda-Fluixá, F., Chisvert-Tarazona, M.J., & Palomares-Montero, D., & Vila, J. (2017). Con d de dual: investigación sobre la implantación del sistema dual en la formación profesional en España. Educar, 53(2), 285-307. Martín-Artiles, A., Barrientos, D., Kalt, B. M., & Peña, A. L. (2019). Política de formación dual: Discursos con Alemania en el imaginario. Política y Sociedad, 56(1), 145–167. http://dx.doi.org/10.5209/poso.60093 MEFP (Ministry of Education and Vocational Training) (2023). Estadísticas del alumnado de Formación Profesional. Curso 2020-2021. MEFP. https://www.educacionyfp.gob.es/dam/jcr:77bdbeb0-b5d4-432b-8d4a-cba6b16b61be/nota-2020-2021.pdf OECD (2013). Better Skills, Better Jobs, Better Lives: Apprenticeships and workplace learning. OECD. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The German dual system – Education into an occupation and citizenship BIBB, Germany Presenting Author:Hinchliffe (2022) cast a strong highlight on the founding fathers of German vocational education, with Kerschensteiner stressing the importance of a focus on the nature of work for developing citizenship. From here, Hinchliffe coined the concept ‘occupational democracy’, as opposed to ‘action-based democracy’. ‘…an “occupational democracy” is premised on the idea that personal self-development best occurs through being part of an occupational pursuit and tradition’ (op.cit., 487). Against potential accusations as being illiberal, Hinchliffe (op.cit., 481) argued: ‘Perhaps it is possible for free individuals of an independent cast of mind to regard themselves as citizens in the service of something bigger than themselves, with responsibilities to match’. Hinchliffe (2022, 485) traced action democracies back to Machiavelli’s Discourses. An occupational democracy he found realised in post-war western Germany. Drawing expressly on Kerschensteiner (1908/2022), Hinchliffe (2022, 281) called the ‘joy of work’ a necessary condition for a persons’ formation, and related it to the ‘joy of belonging to an occupation’. Hinchliffe even used the German word Beruf for occupation and explained (ibid.) that a Beruf supplies persons ‘with that wider context of networks and connectedness that a mere job can never provide’. ‘It is this social connectedness that work can bring about and which gives the individual the feeling that he or she actually counts for something’. To think of democracy at the workplace may appear somewhat counter-intuitive. Educational research usually regards workplaces as sites of hierarchy and of production and profit-making. Moreover, as Rosvall and Nylund (2022, 16) noted (and this certainly holds not only for Sweden) educationalists and educational researchers have few possibilities to influence what goes on during workplace learning: ‘D[d]ue to the organisation of work placements in Sweden, mentors in those settings cannot be compelled, and may have little motivation, to provide courses or arenas that would enable students to discuss democratic issues at the workplace in a meaningful way’. However, from a labour law perspective, Estlund (e.g.,2003, 13) unfolded the unique potential of the workplace as ‘an especially promising incubator of the bonds of social solidarity and empathy that link the individual citizen to the broader diverse citizenry’. She argued that this potential can be strengthened by corresponding legislative prescriptions, and by trade union activism. This presentation, consequently, investigates a case of workplace learning where, unlike in Sweden and most other countries, a strong legislative regulation exists and where unions play an active role – the German dual system of VET. The presentation attempts to uncover the social relatedness of Beruf learners in Germany, at training sites and beyond, to explore the unique possibilities for democratic education in this context – seeds for an occupational democracy. To do so, the presentation draws on the conceptual language developed by the British educational sociologist Basil Bernstein. This language permits researchers ‘in one framework… to show the inter-relationships between organizational and knowledge properties, to move from macro- to micro-levels of analysis,[and] to relate the patterns internal to educational institutions to the external social antecedents of such patterns…’ (Bernstein 1977, 112). Like Kerschensteiner/Hinchliffe, Bernstein (2000, xx) claimed that ‘people must feel they have a stake in society’, and also in the school, meaning that ‘not only are people concerned to receive something but that they are also concerned to give something’. Since Hinchliffe (2022), in line with Kerschensteiner, suggests that vocational learners can achieve this feeling of ‘counting for something’ by the social connectedness that work can bring about, the presentation investigates the social connectedness, the learners’ sense of belonging in the dual system, both from the legislative side and from narrations of dual system graduates about their experiences during training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To approach the relation between the dual system's legislative regulation and workplace learning regulated by such legislation, this presentation draws on Bernstein’s (2000) four-dimensional concept ‘pedagogic culture’, which Hoadley and Galant (2016) broke down for systematic analyses. The dimensions ‘stability’ and ‘shape’ refer to patterns internal to educational institutions (the classifications (boundaries, established as an outcome of power struggles) and framings (control over the pedagogic interaction)); ‘economy’ and ‘bias’ refer to external social antecedents. ‘Economy’ is about ‘the symbolic, human and material resources of the institution and its location’ (op.cit., 1190), ‘bias’ about ‘the external regulation (e. g., by the state) of the institution...’ (ibid.). This presentation, with its focus on legislative regulation and social connectedness, investigates the bias in Germany’s dual system and its relation to ‘stability’, more precisely, to one of three indicators for ‘stability’, learners’ identity (cf. op.cit., 1189). In a documentary analysis of the Vocational Training Act and subsequent legislation, the presentation shows in what way legal prescriptions aim to influence ongoings in the training company, particularly in terms of curricula and evaluation (the system’s bias). As for the learners’ identity, the empirical basis is 30 problem-centred interviews about experiences during training with dual system graduates, drawn from a 2%-sample of all employed persons in Germany with an oversampling of young people that also included unemployed persons. The respondents graduated approximately five years before the interviews were taken, and during that time, had developed a complicated labour-market entry. In Bernstein-based research, categories such as identity are defined not by empirical descriptions, but with the conceptual tool ‘classification’ or ‘strength of boundary to other objects in the same set’. Leaning on Hoadley and Galant (2016), this presentation proposes: Weak classification or weak boundary to the workplace or the training company means that learners have a more or less strong ‘job’-related identity; strong classification means an orientation towards ‘a wider context of networks and connectedness’, which ‘gives the individual the feeling that he or she actually counts for something’ (Hinchliffe 2022, 281) and thus opens the perspective towards an occupational democracy. With the help of a computer tool, interview narrations concerning colleagues, trainers and other learners, those concerning the training company as such and those narrations that mention external regulations (curriculum (the so-called training regulation) and evaluation) were identified and sorted by classification strength. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation attempts to bring the idea of ‘occupational democracy’ as social connectedness that work and also workplace learning can bring about, closer to the empirical world of vocational education (VET) in Germany with the help of Bernstein’s conceptual language. The documentary analysis reveals the dual system’s ‘bias’, the social partners aiming to influence ongoings in the company, in particular through the ‘training regulations’ with a ‘training Beruf profile’, (in German: Berufsbild; i.e., the ‘vocational skills, knowledge and abilities to at least be imparted in the course of initial training’), a framework curriculum for company transmission, and with examination requirements (s. 5, Vocational Training Act). Interview narrations about examination preparation and those mentioning training regulations may indicate learners’ orientation beyond the local training company. Narrations about relations to trainers, colleagues and other learners may illustrate what Estlund (2003) means when she writes of ‘bonds of social solidarity and empathy’ with people with whom one would not otherwise mix except at work and for the sake of ‘getting a thing done’. Together with narrations about the training company as such, they may indicate a learner’s relation to the workplace or the training company. In sum, the findings will show an illustrative range of potential learners’ identities in Germany’s dual system. Some of them cannot be provided by merely learning to do a job and must, therefore, be termed Beruf-related. Others show democratic effects of working together, as Estlund predicts. Learners’ connectedness to a social world outside the training company is not made explicit or even alluded to in all interviews. Yet the findings show ways of achieving occupational-democratic education through the principle of Beruf in Germany’s dual system. References Bernstein, Basil. 2000. Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity. Revised ed. Boston: Rowman & Littlefield. Bernstein, Basil B. 1977. Class, codes and control. Vol 3, Towards a theory of educational transmissions. 2nd ed ed: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1977 1980. Estlund, Cynthia. 2003. Working together: how workplace bonds strengthen a diverse democracy: Oxford University Press. Hinchliffe, Geoffrey. 2022. "Citizenship and the Joy of Work." Journal of Philosophy of Education 56 (3):479-89. doi: https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12675. Hoadley, Ursula, and Jaamia Galant. 2016. "Specialization and School Organization: Investigating Pedagogic Culture." British Journal of Sociology of Education 37 (8):1187-210. Kerschensteiner, Georg. 2022. "The school workshop as the basis for the continuation school (1908)." Journal of Philosophy of Education 56 (3):399-407. doi: https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12670. Rosvall, Per-Åke, and Mattias Nylund. 2022. "Civic education in VET: concepts for a professional language in VET teaching and VET teacher education." Journal of Vocational Education & Training:1-20. doi: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2075436. "Vocational Training Act from 23.03.2005." In.: Federal Law Gazette, Part I No. 20, 31.03.2005. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 02 SES 06 B: Further Training and Adult Education Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Simon Broek Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Conditions for Successful Adult Learning Systems at Local Level: Creating a Conducive Socio-spatial Environment for Adults to Engage in Learning 1Open University (NL); 2Ockham-IPS (NL); 3University of Groningen Presenting Author:The European policy landscape urges a commitment to lifelong learning for all adults, emphasizing its benefits at individual, societal, and economic levels (e.g. Council of the European Union, 2021; European Commission, 2017; Ministerie van Sociale Zaken en Werkgelegenheid & Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap, 2018). To achieve this, inclusive and attractive learning systems are essential, necessitating individual responsibility and agency towards learning. The central research question arises: What kind of socio-spatial environment is required to activate adults to learn? This literature review aims to conceptually explore the components of a conducive socio-spatial environment for adult learning, identifying success factors that can inform the development of inclusive learning systems. The literature review focuses on vulnerable adults, those lacking resources to overcome difficulties independently. Adult learning, broadly encompassing formal, non-formal, and informal types, serves diverse purposes like personal development, leisure, and career support. Emphasizing lifelong development (Kuijpers et al., 2019; Kuijpers & Draaisma, 2020), the review draws on the capability approach to assess if individuals have the freedom to aspire to learning and if conversion factors facilitate turning this capability into actual learning. The review adopts a three-level framework (micro, meso, macro) to analyse factors influencing adult learning participation (Boeren, 2017; von Hippel & Tippelt, 2010). At the micro-level, individual agency is crucial, where factors like aspirations, competence, and autonomy influence learning. Learning is seen as a socially embedded process, emphasizing the importance of the social context and communities in triggering change or supporting learning. The meso-level considers the socio-spatial learning infrastructure that activates adult learners, connecting macro-level policies to specific interventions at the local level. At micro level, individual agency, comprising aspirations and competence, interacts with the social context in determining the willingness of adults to learn. A capability approach is employed to assess the freedom to aspire to learning and the presence of conversion factors for actual learning. This meso-level looks at the whole socio-spatial learning infrastructure that activates a learner (Rutten & Boekema, 2012). This level examines the wider learning infrastructure beyond education providers, including material, discursive, social, and technological mechanisms. The meso-level is critical in operationalizing macro-level policies into interventions responding to specific adult learning needs in a socio-spatial context. Given this multi-level framework, the central research question is: How can the socio-spatial environment activate a vulnerable person to learn, and what conditions constitute such an activating environment at meso-level? Three sub-questions support the investigation: 1) What conditions are needed to reach potential adult learners and engage with them? 2) What conditions are necessary in a socio-spatial environment to develop an effective infrastructure? 3) What should be prioritized in terms of policies to support the conditions for an effective infrastructure? The literature review navigates through micro and meso-level factors to answer the research question, aiming to identify conditions facilitating the creation of a conducive socio-spatial environment for adult learning. The analysis is expected to inform policy and practice, enhancing existing socio-spatial environments to activate adults to learn. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology employed for the literature review aimed to identify conditions contributing to a conducive socio-spatial environment for adult learning. The process involved a systematic search, screening, and analysis of relevant articles and reports. The literature review initiated with a comprehensive search on Web of Science, utilizing combinations of keywords such as "learning cities," "region," "community," "success," "lifelong learning," "governance," "partnership," "lifelong," and "conducive." The objective was to cast a broad net and capture articles addressing adult learning, lifelong learning, and socio-spatial dimensions. The initial search yielded a long-list of 107 articles. The screening process involved examining article titles and summaries to identify relevance. Additionally, bibliographies of the initially identified articles were explored to uncover further relevant sources. Reports from international organizations focusing on conditions for effective lifelong learning systems were also considered. This thorough screening resulted in a refined selection of 70 articles and reports for further examination. Atlas TI was employed as the tool for analysing the 70 selected articles and reports. This software facilitates systematic coding and categorization of qualitative data, allowing for a comprehensive examination of the identified sources. The 70 sources were categorised into three distinct strands aligning with the three sub-questions introduced earlier. The first strand focused on specific institutions, particularly local learning centres. Two articles and one report were identified within this strand, delving into the factors that contribute to the success of these organisations. The second strand concentrated on learning cities and communities, with a specific emphasis on the infrastructural dimension. Twelve articles and reports were analysed within this strand to comprehend the success factors of learning communities and cities. The third strand delved into the conditions of successful adult learning policies, scrutinising aspects pivotal for establishing effective policies and interventions. In total, eight articles and reports were considered in this strand. The three strands exhibit a logical division in terms of scope. The first strand addresses institutional aspects, the second explores the interplay between institutions and socio-spatial environments, and the third focuses on policy and governance-related aspects. This division ensures a comprehensive and systematic examination of various dimensions influencing the creation of conducive socio-spatial environments for adult learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The starting point of the review involved situating the individual learner within their social context at the micro-level and analysing the necessary systems and interventions at the meso-level to activate them. Drawing from earlier research at the micro-level (Broek et al., 2023), a set of factors influencing learning, including agency-factors, personal circumstances, and various social environments, was identified. The review concentrated on meso-level conditions, led to the identification of characteristics essential for conducive learning environments. As system characteristics, building conducive learning environments necessitates governance, political will, and partnerships to address broader social challenges hindering adult aspirations to learn. Sustainable funding and flexible approaches are crucial. Partnerships between adult learning providers and supporting institutions, both within and outside social domains, are pivotal for creating a comprehensive infrastructure. Monitoring and evaluation systems need to go beyond measuring participation rates. At the intervention level, a holistic approach requires sensitivity in reaching out to adults, addressing challenges in intake procedures, creating motivating learning environments, providing tailored guidance services, and ensuring progression. Professionals in the field, must exhibit a high level of professionalism to engage with diverse learner groups, build partnerships, and solve problems. The synthesis of identified conditions at the system and intervention levels forms a socio-spatial infrastructure that stimulates adults to learn within their specific social context. Bringing together success factors from diverse perspectives enriches existing overviews, providing a holistic understanding. The literature review establishes the groundwork for an empirical approach to study socio-spatial environments' ability to activate individuals and engage with their communities. The identified success factors can serve as a foundation for developing a framework to assess regional or local policies and measures in developing learning-conducive environments for all adults, including those not yet positioned to learn. References Belete, S., Duke, C., Hinzen, H., Owusu-Boampong, A., & Khau, H. P. (2022). Community Learning Centres (CLCs) for Adult Learning and Education (ALE): Development in and by communities. International Review of Education, 68(2), 259-290. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-022-09954-w Biesta, G. (2006). Beyond learning: Democratic education for a human future. Paradigm Publishers. Boeren, E. (2017). Understanding adult lifelong learning participation as a layered problem. Studies in Continuing Education, 39(2), 161-175. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2017.1310096 Borkowska, K., & Osborne, M. (2018). Locating the fourth helix: Rethinking the role of civil society in developing smart learning cities. International Review of Education, 64(3), 355-372. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-018-9723-0 Broek, S. D., Linden, J. V. D., Kuijpers, M. A. C. T., & Semeijn, J. H. (2023). What makes adults choose to learn: Factors that stimulate or prevent adults from learning. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 147797142311696. https://doi.org/10.1177/14779714231169684 Byun, J., & Ryu, K. (2012). Changes in Regional Communities: The Case of the Republic of Korea’s Lifelong Learning City Project. Advances in Developing Human Resources, 14(3), 279-290. https://doi.org/10.1177/1523422312446057 Downes, P. (2011). Community Based Lifelong Learning Centres: Developing a European Strategy Informed by International Evidence and Research. Research Paper for European Commission Network of Experts on the Social aspects of Education and Training (NESET) Cardiff University. Duke, C. (2010). Learning Cities and Regions. In International Encyclopedia of Education (pp. 144-149). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-044894-7.00032-4 Facer, K., & Buchczyk, M. (2019b). Understanding Learning Cities as discursive, material and affective infrastructures. Oxford Review of Education, 45(2), 168-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2018.1552581 Field, J. (2006). Lifelong learning and the new educational order (2nd rev. ed). Trentham Books. Kuijpers, M., & Draaisma, A. (2020). Loopbaangericht leven lang ontwikkelen: Economisch en zingevingsperspectief voor nu en de toekomst : onderzoeksrapport. Bijzondere Leerstoel Leeromgeving & -loopbanen. https://leerloopbanen.nl/media/57e00871-5afa-40f5-b592-c9aacd336003 Nussbaum, M. (2013). Creating capabilities: The human development approach (1. paperback ed). Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press. Rutten, R., & Boekema, F. (2012). From Learning Region to Learning in a Socio-spatial Context. Regional Studies, 46(8), 981-992. https://doi.org/10.1080/00343404.2012.712679 Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom (1. Anchor Books ed). Anchor Books. van der Veen, R., & Wildemeersch, D. (2012). Diverse cities: Learning to live together. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 31(1), 5-12. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2012.636570 von Hippel, A., & Tippelt, R. (2010). The role of adult educators towards (potential) participants and their contribution to increasing participation in adult education—Insights into existing research. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 1(1-2), 33-51. https://doi.org/10.3384/rela.2000-7426.rela0012 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Policymaking for Linguistic and Cultural Diversity in Vocational Education and Training in Ireland: a documentary analysis Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:In recent decades Ireland has become a much more culturally and linguistically diverse society, experiencing considerable inward migration driven by economic, political, social and cultural factors. Simultaneously, education systems have been experiencing significant reform with an increased focus on inclusive education and mitigating educational and social disadvantage. Data from the national funding agency for further education and training (FET) in Ireland shows that over 20% of learners enrolled in FET programmes are from migrant backgrounds (SOLAS, 2021). However, in stark contrast to the growing body of literature exploring cultural and linguistic diversity in the compulsory education system in Ireland (e.g., Smyth et al, 2009; Devine, 2011; Rodríguez-Izquierdo and Darmody, 2017), research related to multilingual learners in the further education and training sector is limited. A review of the international literature exploring the participation of learners from linguistically and culturally diverse backgrounds in vocational and post compulsory education systems in Europe, North America and Australia identified several barriers or enablers to participation and success for multilingual learners; linguistic (e.g. Kanno & Varghese, 2010; Rusert &Stein, 2023), pedagogical (e.g. Choy &Warvik, 2019; Rosvall et al, 2018), sociocultural (Onsando &Billett, 2009), psychological (Ben-Moshe et al, 2008), informational (Atanasoska and Proyer, 2018; Morrice et al, 2020), financial (Chadderton and Edmonds, 2015; Jeon, 2019), and structural (Atanasoska and Proyer, 2018). This paper seeks to establish (1) how multilingual learners are reflected in macro-level de jure education policy related to Further Education and Training in Ireland and (2) to what extent the policy literature addresses barriers to participation for this cohort. In total, 17 documents were selected based on a purposive sampling strategy. Analysis of the documents was conducted using a priori codes derived from the literature on barriers and bridges to participation in vocational education settings for multilingual learners from ethnoculturally diverse backgrounds. While linguistic concerns constitute the most frequently referenced policy recommendations, little consideration is given to the inter-related factors which contribute to success or distress for this cohort of learners. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative research was undertaken to address one research question in a broader doctoral study, namely: RQ: How are multilingual learners in Further Education and Training reflected in de jure policy at a macro level in Ireland? The study utilised a documentary analysis applied to de jure education policies and education-adjacent policy in the Republic of Ireland. Documentary analysis of policy documents as a qualitative research method has many advantages to the researcher (Bowen, 2009; Cardno, 2018) while also aiding triangulation of data and adding to methodological rigour. A purposive sampling strategy was applied based on several criteria. The policy documents selected for inclusion related to further and/or adult education in general or specifically addressed integration, literacy, or language. All documents were available publicly, were published since the establishment of the Education Act in 1998. The rationale for the final criterion was two-fold; the Education Act was the first policy instrument across the education system which specifically addresses educational disadvantage and set in motion the introduction and resourcing of numerous policy initiatives in the intervening decades to address underserved populations in the education system. Secondly, the late 1990s marked the beginning of the economic boom known as the Celtic Tiger and the first wave of significant immigration to Ireland. In the intervening 25 years, there has been considerable reform in education, not least in further education and training. In selecting the documents for inclusion in the sample, the definition of policy was considered. Cardno posits that policy “… in its simplest sense is a guideline for action that is underpinned by a belief system associated with a particular value set normally aligned with a political or ideological position” (Cardno, 2018:624). The documents selected for the study represented a range of official documents that include strategies, acts, white papers and working papers. All documents were designed to inform, shape and/or direct future policy development and practice, be it sectorally or nationally. In total 17 documents were selected for inclusion in the sample, based on the criteria set out previously. The documents were initially reviewed to aid familiarization and then coded using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006; 2021) utilising à priori codes which were derived from the literature, allowing for emergent themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of the nomenclature used to describe learners from diverse migration backgrounds in the policy literature demonstrates a recurring trend to describe learners from migrant backgrounds in deficit terms (e.g. non-English speakers, non-native non-English speaking, low-skilled etc) and suggests a conflict in the inclusive values espoused in policy. While recommendations addressing language barriers dominate the policy discourse, little consideration is given to the role in which the education system plays in addressing and removing the non-linguistic barriers experienced by migrant learners in FET. References Atanasoska, T. and Proyer, M. (2018) On the brink of education: experiences of refugees beyond the age of compulsory education in Austria, European Educational Research Journal, 17 (2), 271-289 Ben-Moshe D, Bertone S and Grossman M (2008) Refugee access and participation in tertiary education and training. Institute for Community Ethnicity and Policy Alternatives (ICEPA) Victoria University. Melbourne. Cardno, C. (2018). Policy document analysis: A practical educational leadership tool and a qualitative research method. Kuram ve Uygulamada Eğitim Yönetimi, 24(4), 623-640. doi: 10.14527/kuey.2018.016 Chadderton, C. and Edmonds, C. (2015) ‘Refugees and access to vocational education and training across Europe: a case of protection of white privilege?’ Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 67 (2), 136-152 Choy, S. and Wärvik, G.-B. (2019) Integration of learning for refugee and migrant students: VET teachers’ practices through practice theory lens, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 71(1), 87-107 Kanno, Y & Varghese, M.M. (2010) Immigrant and Refugee ESL Students’ Challenges to Accessing Four-Year College Education: From Language Policy to Educational Policy, Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 9:5, 310-328, DOI: 10.1080/15348458.2010.517693 Rodríguez-Izquierdo,R. and Darmody, M. (2017) Policy and Practice in Language Support for Newly Arrived Migrant Children in Ireland and Spain, British Journal of Educational Studies, 1-17 DOI: 10.1080/00071005.2017.1417973. Rusert, K & Stein, M. (2023) Chances and discrimination in dual vocational training of refugees and immigrants in Germany, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 75:1, 109-129, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2148118 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Increasing the Attractiveness of Vocational-Education-Training Through Higher Vocational-Education-Training Qualification Offers in Germany? Perspectives of Young People with Higher-Education-Entrance-Qualification. Otto-von-Guericke-Universität Magdeburg, Germany Presenting Author:Vocational education and training (VET) is of central importance in Germany concerning economic development and social integration. The demand for VET among young people, however, has systematically declined in recent decades, a trend that had even intensified in the pandemic context (BIBB 2023). One reason is the demographic trend in Germany reflected in declining numbers of school leavers. These days, young people increasingly aim for school-leaving certificates on a high level and show a high tendency to enter a HE study programme afterwards (BMBF 2023). If they decide for a VET qualification, they do so preferably in the commercial field rather than in the technical field or in STEM professions (BIBB 2023). This indicates that VET appears to lack appeal, particularly for high-achieving young people (Hoffmann & Henty-Huthmacher, 2015, p. 3; BIBB, 2023). In view of the increasing requirement levels in STEM professions (Warning & Weber, 2017; Arntz et al., 2020), there is a decreasing motivation among young people to take up such a profession. In addition, from the companies’ perspective, they are often not up to the requested requirements (Kuhlee et al., 2022, p. 673). In particular, there is a lack of suitable high-achieving applicants holding an HE entrance qualification in demanding technical training occupations. Therefore, these young people are considered as an important target group for image campaigns and innovation approaches in VET in order to meet the demand for skilled workers with vocational qualifications (Kroll, 2018, p. 132; BIBB, 2023). Taking this into account, the 17 projects within the InnoVET initiative of the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF) aim to design new higher VET qualifications focussing on industrial and technical fields in particular. The aim is to strengthen VET through further education and training courses – partly dovetailed with academic education - and thus to increase the attractiveness of VET. But what makes VET attractive to young people? What makes a vocational career pathway attractive compared to an academic one? What do young people think about these newly designed vocational programmes? Can these programmes influence young peoples’ decision in favour of a vocational training and career pathway? These questions have neither been the focus of the InnoVET projects nor of empirical studies (Neu, 2021) and against this background are getting investigated more deeply in this paper. Based on empirical data from the research project GInnoVET, the paper discusses parameter of attractiveness of VET from the perspective of young people, presents the central design features of the newly designed qualification programmes and discusses the extent to which these programmes could influence the decision of young people for a VET pathway. The theoretical background gets provided mainly through expectancy-value models (e. g. Eccles, 2011). The basic idea behind such models is that an educational pathway is favoured when it has a high subjective value and therefore also a high perceived benefit for the person and when at the same time the person expects to be able to achieve this option successfully. Personal, social and institutional factors are relevant for the respective assessment of the subjective value and the expectation of success (Schnitzler, 2019). A distinction can also be made between influencing factors that arise from the training phase itself and those that arise from the future prospects associated with a successfully completed VET programme (Neu, 2021). According to Heublein et al. (2018), aspects of the training conditions and having the opportunity to shape the training conditions oneself can be subsumed under attractiveness during VET qualification. However, after completing the qualification, expectations of the labour market, aspects of professional self-realisation and skills acquisition become relevant for participants. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Against the background of the model approach outlined, one of the objectives of the conducted research is to identify relations between design features of the VET programmes, the perceived attractiveness of such training programmes and the possible choices made by young people. The collection of empirical data follows an exploratory research design, taking into account a mixed-method approach. In a first step, a total of 12 problem-centred interviews were conducted in spring 2023 with young people who had opted for VET or for a HE degree course in a technical subject area after gaining their HE entrance qualification in order to record the individual views of young people with regard to the essential features of attractiveness in terms of VET. The generated data corpus of 217 pages of transcript material was coded and analysed using a structuring content analysis (Mayring 2019) considering a deductive-inductive approach. A consensual procedure was used to ensure quality. Based on the findings generated in the first step and the theoretical considerations presented, a questionnaire study of trainees and students in industrial-technical disciplines is currently being conceptualised and implemented in a second step focussing on the federal states of Bavaria, Baden-Wuerttemberg, Hesse, North Rhine-Westphalia, Hamburg, Saxony and Saxony-Anhalt. Against the background of the research objective outlined above, the analysis will draw on group comparisons between VET trainees and HE students with regard to their educational choices, their assessments of essential attractiveness parameters of vocational training and academic education and their assessment patterns for the innovation approaches mentioned in particular. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the interview data, factors among young people with a HE entrance qualification linked to the decision for VET were identified. It becomes apparent that next to influences from the social and regional environment, the vocational orientation process and the young people's assessment of costs, benefits and opportunities are relevant, too. The young people surveyed – undertaking VET - rated a strong practical relevance, the physical nature of the work and the immediate usefulness of what they learn during the VET as particularly positive. They are also attracted by a certain degree of financial independence thanks to the received salary, a good work-life balance as well as the fact that they are able to remain in their regional and known social environment. The majority of interviewees believe that it is easier to finance an apprenticeship coming along with a salary rather than a degree programme. With regard to the expectations of young people, only those interested in VET appear to have a high expectation of the benefits linked to a VET qualification. They rate their chances of success for a HE degree significantly lower than students interested in such programmes. Good grades and a high self-assessed probability of success with regard to HE degree programmes, on the other hand, reduce the probability of undertaking a VET pathway. After completing a VET, job security, an expected immediate integration into labour market and further training options appear to be important decision criteria for young people with a HE entrance qualification. Against the background of the findings generated from the questionnaire survey, the qualitative findings are critically positioned and reflected upon in the paper. Conclusions on the attractiveness of VET in relation to academic education are drawn, and the possible increase in attractiveness on the basis of innovation approaches in VET are discussed. References Arntz, M., Gregory, T. & Zierahn, U. (2020). Digitalisierung und die Zukunft der Arbeit. Wirtschaftsdienst 100(13), 41–47. Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (BIBB) (2023). Datenreport zum Berufsbildungsbericht 2023. Informationen und Analysen zur Entwicklung der beruflichen Bildung. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF) (2023). Bildung in Deutschland 2022. Eccles, J. S. (2011). Gendered educational and occupational choices: Applying the Eccles et al. model of achievement-related choices. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 35, 195–201. Heublein, U., Hutzsch, C., König, R., Kracke, N. & Schneider, C. (2018). Die Attraktivität der beruflichen Bildung bei Studienabbrecherinnen und Studienabbrechern. Band 18 der Reihe Berufsbildungsforschung. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF). Hoffmann, E. & Henry-Huthmacher, C. (2015). Vorwort. In: C. Henry-Huthmacher & E. Hoffmann (Hrsg.), Duale Ausbildung 2020. 19 Fragen & 19 Antworten (p. 3–4). Konrad-Adenauer-Stiftung. Kroll, S. (2018). Vorbildung der Auszubildenden mit Neuabschluss. In: BIBB – Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (Hrsg.), Datenreport zum Berufsbildungsbericht 2018. Informationen und Analysen zur Entwicklung der beruflichen Bildung (p. 131–140). Kuhlee, D., Bünnung, F., Pohl, M. & Stobbe, L. (2022). Systematisch innovieren. InnoVET-Innovationsansätze als Ausgangspunkt für die Weiterentwicklung des Berufsbildungssystems Zeitschrift für Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik, 118(4), 670–683. Mayring, P. (2019). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Abgrenzungen, Spielarten, Weiterentwicklungen. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 20(3). Mischler, T. & Ulrich, J. G. (2018). Was eine Berufsausbildung im Handwerk attraktiv macht. BIBB Report 5. Bonn. Neu, A. (2021). Höhere beruflich-betriebliche Bildung. Entwicklung, Durchführung und Attraktivität am Beispiel der Abiturientenprogramme. wbv. Schnitzler, A. (2019). Abi und dann? Was Gymnasiastinnen und Gymnasiasten zur Aufnahme einer beruflichen Ausbildung bewegt. BWP, 48(1), 15–19. Warning, A. & Weber, E. (2017). Wirtschaft 4.0. Digitalisierung verändert die betriebliche Personalpolitik. IAB-Kurzbericht 12/2017, 1–8. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 03 SES 06 A: Curriculum and Classroom Pedagogical Development Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Mark Priestley Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Backstage Pedagogy and the Curriculum Dilemmas in Fostering Future Citizens to Collaborate and to Aim for Elevated Grades Charlotta Rönn, Sweden Presenting Author:The context for this study is the last decades changes in formal education as well as in society. In Sweden, likewise in many other countries, there is an enhanced focus on assessment for learning as well as assessment of learning, on individual students’ results, grades, and national testing. Simultaneously, today’s students have grown up with the Internet and are used to share pictures with friends in informal networks on social media. In the latest two Swedish curricula (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2011, 2022) it is stated that students are to take a personal responsibility for their academic success, and to develop an eagerness for lifelong learning. However, the students are not only to take responsibility for their learning; they are expected to be wanting to take responsibility for their learning. This is to put the responsibility for learning on minors who cannot foresee the long-term consequences of how they deal with schoolwork in for example informal networks out of the teachers’ supervision. This study/presentation emphasizes the clash that appears between on the one hand New Public Management’s focus on efficiency and measurable results in formal education, and on the other hand the individual students’ achievements seen in the light of teenagers’ everyday life such as sharing pictures and information with peers through digital technology. The aims of public education are, according to the curricula (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2011, 2022), that students, among other things, are to develop democratic values which will be needed as future citizens. When it comes to writing assignments, students are according to the curricula to learn to compose texts on their own in assignments given by the teachers. However, the curricula simultaneously stress that students should be given opportunities to co-write texts together with peers, give feedback to peers’ texts as well as to receive feedback from peers on their own texts. However, it is not stated in the curricula how these co-composed texts are to be assessed and/or graded. Goffman’s (1990) concept of backstage and frontstage of public life is used as an analytical tool. It is “backstage”, out of the public eye, that people prepare the impression they intend to give of themselves to the “audience” frontstage. In this study, backstage is considered as the students’ interaction with peers out of the teachers’ awareness in order to ameliorate writing assignments for assessment. The writing assignments they hand in for assessing and/or grading is considered as a token of the impression they intend to give of their performances and ability to the assessing teachers. The concept “backstage pedagogy” (Rönn, 2023a) depicts a complex system of assistance between classmates who are loyal to their peers – but not to the formal educational system. Some examples of such assistance between peers were:
The aim was to explore and give an account for the clash between formal educations’ focus on measurable results and the students’ informal social strategies in assisting peers without the assessing teachers’ awareness. The research question is: What might the consequences be of the students’ backstage pedagogy, seen as a in the light of fostering future citizens with democratic values? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ethnographic study on which this presentation is based, explored students’ informal interactions with peers regarding formal schoolwork (Rönn, 2023a). The method design created a means to get access to students’ (often) low-voiced informal conversations and interactions with classmates inside the classroom and beyond the teachers’ supervision. The qualitative method design comprised observations (4 months), an innovative and discreet staging of audio-visual recordings that rendered possible for the students to become “oblivious” of being recorded (2 weeks), as well as 18 semi-structured interviews (4 group interviews and 14 individual ones) with the students in one class with 25 students at a Swedish municipal lower secondary school. The scope of the interviews were: view of schoolwork, grades, assisting peers, and future plans. The data collection was carried out when the students were in grade 8 and 9 (14-15 years old), which is the two last years of compulsory school in Sweden. The school was selected through scrutinizing descriptive demographic statistics for lower secondary schools in a few Swedish regions and municipalities, in order to get access to a school where approximately 50 % of the students had a foreign background (but with few newly arrived students) in order to enhance generalizability (Larsson, 2005). At school the teachers used Urkund (now Ouriginal) for plagiarism control of the student’ writing assignments. However, when the students write original texts for peers, and/or reformulate peers’ completed writing assignments in their “own words”, the texts tend to pass the plagiarism control. The students and their guardians gave their informed consent and the Regional Ethical Review Board reviewed the research plan. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The backstage pedagogy mirrors the curriculum (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2022) and illustrates a clash between two co-existing and contrasting educational systems: the formal educational demands, the curriculum, and the students’ informal and non-transparent system of assisting peers which can be regarded as a soft resistance of submitting to formal educational demands and grading. Some examples from the curriculum that the backstage pedagogy mirror are: • That students did co-write texts, but also wrote original texts for peers for assessing without the teachers’ awareness. • The assessment for learning’s aim to visualize the students’ learning in terms of scrutinizing where the individual student is, where (s)he is heading, and how (s)he is going to get there. The students responded by turning formal assignments into informal activities, dealt with individual assignments socially, and made the visual learning invisible for the teachers. One of the curriculum’s aim is to foster democratic citizens, and this aim coexists with a focus on individualization, competing and formative and summative assessment. What future citizens might become of students who, without the teachers’ awareness, who • rely on informal contacts to compose formal assignments for assessment, and • recycle peers’ arguments within a text instead of making their own opinions/voices heard. Who will be able to express their own opinions in writing? Who will be able to resist fake news? According to the curricula, public education should foster future citizens. There appears to be a mismatch between the curricula and the students’ informal networking out or the teachers’ supervision. It seems problematic to let today’s youth, who have grown up with informal interactions through social media and digital technology, take responsibility for their own learning in a formal school context which is heavily focusing on the individual learners’ measurable performances and grades. References Goffman, E. (1959/1990). The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life. Penguin. Larsson, S. (2005). Om kvalitet i kvalitativa studier. Nordisk Pedagogik, 25(1), 16-35. Rönn, C. (2023a). Backstage pedagogy: Compulsory school pupils’ informal social strategies when dealing with formal individual writing assignments for assessment. Linnaeus University Press. Växjö. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:lnu:diva-125604 Rönn, C. (2023b). Students’ social strategies in responding to leaked National tests at a Swedish municipal compulsory school. Cogent Education, 10(2). Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2253711 Rönn, C. (2022). Pupil’s informal social strategies in a Swedish compulsory school – What pupils do and say, out of sight of the teachers, while managing written individual assignments. Educational Review. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2022.2054955 Rönn, C., & Pettersson, D. (2023). Swedish students’ everyday school life and teachers’ assessment dilemmas: peer strategies for ameliorating schoolwork for assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability. Advance online publication. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11092-022-09400-3 Swedish National Agency for Education. (2011). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet [Curriculum for the Compulsory School, Preschool Class and School-age Educare]. Skolverket. Swedish National Agency for Education. (2022). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet [Curriculum for the Compulsory School, Preschool Class and School-age Educare]. Skolverket. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Exploring Teachers' Perceptions on Introducing Sensitive and Controversial Issues in the Classroom University of Nicosia Presenting Author:Teaching sensitive and controversial issues (SCIs) presents a critical challenge for educators in today's highly diverse societies. This research adopts the Council of Europe's definition, considering SCIs as issues that provoke strong feelings and divide communities and society (Kerr & Huddleston, 2015). These issues, whether political, social, or cultural, cover topics such as racism, religion, sexuality, politics, violence, abortion, immigration, climate change, among others. Teaching SCIs requires educators to elaborate on complex and sensitive issues while creating an inclusive environment where all students feel respected and valued. In an era marked by divisive opinions and polarizing debates, schools are urged to reassess their role and embrace their responsibility as educational institutions. Considering the rising incidents of hate crimes, terrorism, and extreme radicalization, schools can play a pivotal role in creating an environment that promotes freedom of speech, inclusion, tolerance, and human rights while preventing the use of hate speech by students. The European Commission (2015) highlights that addressing SCIs is imperative for the development of democratic cultures and the moral and civic development of learners, fostering peaceful coexistence. Specifically, the integration of SCIs into curricula offers students the opportunity to gain a deeper understanding of diverse perspectives, enhance analytical and interpersonal skills, and foster respectful dialogue and empathy. Rapanta, Vrikki, and Evagorou (2021) emphasize the cultivation of critical thinking and empathy through dialogue and argumentation and the importance of these skills in today’s interconnected world. They argue that these competencies, when effectively integrated into the educational process, can empower students to navigate complex societal issues, promote inclusivity, and contribute positively to their communities, emphasising the pivotal role of education in shaping future generations who are capable of addressing the challenges of the 21st century with empathy, and critical thought. Despite the importance of dealing with SCIs, several research studies reveal teachers' uncertainty and difficulty in addressing SCIs. Challenges include insufficient training, potential emotional reactions from students, external pressures from the school, local community, and state, as well as teachers feeling constrained by their values, beliefs, and identities (Chikoko, Gilmour, Harber & Serf, 2011; Tannebaum, 2020; Evagorou & Dillon, 2020). The demanding and overloaded curricula, reflecting various societal expectations, add to teachers' hesitation. Fear of being accused of promoting specific political agendas, lack of agreement on what constitutes controversial topics, students' developmental readiness and insufficient knowledge further contribute to the challenges teachers face (Zembylas and Kambani, 2012). Unlike most studies that concentrate on secondary school teachers, this research focuses on in-service teachers across three educational levels—pre-primary, primary, and secondary. The study explores teachers' perceptions of introducing SCIs in the classroom and identifies factors influencing their decisions across different curricula subjects. Specifically, we seek to address the following research questions: 1. What are the perceptions of teachers (pre-primary, primary, and secondary educational levels) regarding the introduction of SCIs in the classroom? 2. What factors influence teachers’ decision to incorporate SCIs across subjects? This study is conducted in the Republic of Cyprus, where the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sport, and Youth holds authority over policy-making, administration, and enforcing educational laws. The national curriculum aims to establish a "democratic and humane school," promoting inclusivity and enhancing critical thinking and communication skills. However, externally imposed policies limit teacher autonomy, hindering initiatives and innovation. In the highly centralized Cypriot education system, adherence to prescribed guidelines makes teaching controversial issues challenging. This study aims to identify teachers’ perceptions towards dealing with sensitive and controversial issues and any efforts in breaking away from educational bureaucracy to contribute meaningfully to the development of critical thinking, questioning, analytical and communication skills, and democratic values of their students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study employed a qualitative approach, conducting a focus group with 11 teachers from three educational levels in the Republic of Cyprus. The focus group was planned and conducted based on Morgan’s and Krueger’s (1998) guidebook. This method allowed for a range of perspectives to be explored, providing valuable insights into teachers’ perceptions in tackling Socioscientific Issues (SCIs) and facilitating a deeper understanding of the challenges they experienced. The interview schedule comprised twelve open-ended questions to elicit comprehensive responses. We delved into participants' perspectives and attitudes concerning the inclusion of controversial issues in their teaching practices. We aimed to gain a deeper understanding of the teachers' personal perceptions and professional approaches regarding the incorporation of SCIs in the curriculum. We also explored the strategies they employed to foster constructive discussions, the resources they utilise to engage their students effectively, and how they handled controversial topics in the classroom. The focus group discussion lasted approximately two hours allowing for in-depth exchanges between the participants. The focus group was conducted on a digital platform, aiming at collecting a wide range of perceptions that could reflect the most common standpoints of teachers across the country. The group was comprised of two pre-primary, three primary, and six secondary female teachers with different demographic characteristics. In terms of anonymity and confidentiality, the respondents were informed that the data retrieved would only be used for research purposes, their identities would be kept confidential and codes be utilised instead of their names. This methodology ensured a thorough exploration and capturing valuable insights for further analysis and research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study highlights the imperative need for schools to reassess their role in addressing Socioscientific Issues (SCIs) within the curriculum. The current global challenges necessitate a shift in educational focus towards fostering critical thinking and empathy among students. The study has identified challenges faced by teachers, strategies employed, and factors influencing their willingness to introduce discussions on SCIs. Addressing SCIs in the curriculum demands careful planning to create inclusive and intellectually stimulating environments. Clear guidelines for respectful discussions, evidence-based arguments, and creating safe spaces for diverse perspectives are crucial. Despite the growing international advocacy for teaching SCIs, limited scholarship exists on teachers' training, resulting in the avoidance of these topics beyond compulsory curricula. The study suggests scaffolding training as an effective approach, involving breaking down complex tasks and providing support progressively. Faded scaffolding can empower teachers to successfully implement SCIs in the curriculum. A reflective stance, involving self-exploration and critical examination of teaching practices, is essential for effective implementation. In essence, redefining teachers as facilitators of constructive conversations on SCIs equips students with essential skills to navigate our complex world. By embracing ongoing training, educators become adept at managing potential challenges, fostering constructive dialogue, and maintaining a supportive learning environment. Through this transformative approach, schools can contribute significantly to shaping responsible, engaged global citizens equipped to tackle the complexities of our times. This study underscores the importance of integrating controversial issues into the curriculum to foster critical thinking and empathy among students. References Chikoko, V., Gilmour, J. D., Harber, C., & Serf, J. (2011). Teaching controversial issues and teacher education in England and South Africa. Journal of Education for Teaching, 37(1), 5-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2011.538268 European Commission. (2015). Informal meeting of European Union Education Ministers, Paris, Tuesday 17 March 2015. Declaration on Promoting citizenship and the common values of freedom, tolerance and non-discrimination through education. https://ec.europa.eu/assets/eac/ education/news/2015/documents/citizenship-education-declaration_en.pdf Evagorou M. & Dillon J. (2020) Introduction: Socio-scientific Issues as Promoting Responsible Citizenship and the Relevance of Science. In M. Evagorou, J.A. Nielsen, & J. Dillon (Eds.), Science Teacher Education for Responsible Citizenship. Contemporary Trends and Issues in Science Education (pp.1-11). Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-40229-7_1 Kerr, D., & Huddleston, T. (2015). Living with controversy: Teaching controversial issues through education for democratic citizenship and human rights (EDC/HRE). Council of Europe Publishing. https://edoc.coe.int/en/humanrights-democratic-citizenship-and-interculturalism/7738-teaching-controversial-issues.html. Morgan, D. L., & Krueger, R. A. (1998). The focus group guidebook. Sage. Oulton, C., Day, V., Dillon, J. & Grace, M. (2004). Controversial issues ‐ teachers' attitudes and practices in the context of citizenship education, Oxford Review of Education, 30(4), 489-507. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305498042000303973 Pace, J. L. (2019). Contained risk-taking: Preparing preservice teachers to teach controversial issues in three countries. Theory & Research in Social Education, 47(2), 228-260. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2019.1595240 Rapanta, C., Vrikki, M., & Evagorou, M. (2021). Preparing culturally literate citizens through dialogue and argumentation: rethinking citizenship education. The Curriculum Journal, 32(3), 475-494. Sætra, E. (2021a). Discussing controversial issues in the classroom: Elements of good practice. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(2), 345-357. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2019.1705897 Tannebaum, R. P. (2020). Controversial public issues in the secondary classroom. Teacher Education Quarterly, 47(1), 7-26. https://www.jstor.org/stable/26876429 Wansink, B. G. J., Mol, H., Kortekaas, J., & Mainhard, T. (2023). Discussing controversial issues in the classroom: Exploring students' safety perceptions and their willingness to participate. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 104044. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104044 Woolley, R. (2020). Tackling controversial issues in primary education: perceptions and experiences of student teachers. Religions, 11 (4), 184. https://doi.org/10.3390/rel11040184 Zembylas, M., & Kambani, F. (2012). The teaching of controversial issues during elementary-level history instruction: Greek-Cypriot teachers' perceptions and emotions. Theory & Research in Social Education, 40(2), 107-133. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2012.670591 Zimmerman, J., & Robertson, E. (2020). The case for contention: Teaching controversial issues in American schools. University of Chicago Press. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Teacher Agency in Curriculum and Pedagogical Development Through a Design Research Project About Self-regulated Learning in Secondary Schools 1Centre for Research and Intervention in Education, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences of the University of Porto (Portugal), Portugal; 2Laboratory of Distance Education and eLearning (LE@d), Open University (Portugal), Portugal Presenting Author:Transnational guidelines on skills and competencies for lifelong learning (OECD, 2018; EC, 2019) along with curriculum reforms to promote curriculum flexibility and autonomy in schools (Mouraz, & Cosme, 2021) are pressing teachers to be engaged in curriculum and pedagogical innovation focused on student-centred approaches favourable to the development of learner autonomy. In the Portuguese context, students struggle with the demand of increasing autonomy and workload, particularly at the entrance of upper secondary education (Torres & Mouraz, 2019), even tough they haven’t been trained on the socio-cognitive skills for learning autonomously due to persistent emphasis on content delivery and on preparing for high-stakes assessments. Changing this status quo requires teacher engagement with innovation. In turning engagement in isolated innovation actions into effective and sustained curriculum and pedagogical development, teacher agency (Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2014) plays a key role. As such, working with teachers to promote curriculum innovation cannot be limited to engaging them with the reform guidelines, but includes working with them in addressing expectations, values and beliefs related to educational purposes and relationships, thus igniting their agency in turning innovation into sound and sustained pedagogical action. Design research has been defended for having the potential to support the development of more effective educational interventions while offering opportunities for the production of design principles, curricular programs or resources and professional development of the participants involved (McKenney, Nieveen, & van den Akker, 2006). As such, this paper introduces a project that lays on the assumption that design research applied in the development of a pedagogical innovation has the potential to promote teacher agency in engaging in sustained innovation. The WAY project involves researchers, teachers and secondary education students in the design, testing and validation of a pedagogical model of peer observation and feedback amongst students to promote the development of self-regulated learning competencies. The first cycle of the project design and implementation is on course in collaboration with four Portuguese public secondary schools. It started in the school year of 2023-2024 and involves a set of joint sessions of professional development and collaborative work between researchers and teachers to explore the theoretical framework underpinning the promotion of self-regulated learning in secondary education (Panadero, 2017; Zimmerman, & Moylan, 2009) through peer observation and peer feedback (Panadero, & Lipnevich, 2022). These sessions allow us to discuss and adjust the experiences in practice as well, namely from student feedback collected by the participant teachers and also feedback collected by the researchers through focus groups discussions with participant students. This communication is focused on the teachers’ experiences and presents and discusses a study aimed at identifying contributions to the development of teacher agency in curriculum and pedagogical innovation stemming from teachers’ engagement in design research about self-regulated learning. It draws upon a wide set of materials (collected notes through participant observation, experiences reported in Padlet virtual wall, questionnaires with open-ended questions and written reports) produced by participating teachers in this first cycle of the project. The specific objectives of the communication are to analyze how the participation of teachers in the implementation of a pedagogical model of peer observation and feedback among secondary school students contributed to pedagogical innovation and teacher agency and to identify features of the design-based research approach to professional development that are effective in developing pedagogical innovation and teacher agency. For that, we introduce the project, its theoretical and methodological background, objectives, participants and activities, and provide an analysis focused on the teachers’ perspectives about their experiences in the scope of the projects, considering effects on their professional development, namely in terms of curriculum and pedagogical actions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper results from the development of a research project entitled WAY– ‘Who sAw You then and who sees you now: Promoting student self-regulated learning in the classroom through peer observation’. It is a 36-month funded national project, involving researchers from four universities, teachers and secondary education students of four partner schools from different regions in Portugal, in the design, testing and validation of a pedagogical model of peer observation and feedback among students to promote the development of self-regulated learning competencies. During the professional development sessions and joint work between researchers and teachers, which is taking place in the four partner Portuguese public secondary schools, the theoretical framework underlying the promotion of self-regulated learning in teaching practices was presented and discussed. Afterwards, discussions were promoted focusing deeper on the potential of peer observation and feedback among students for self-regulated learning and learner autonomy. Moreover, the designed model and supporting materials (e.g. phase and task flow of the model, observation guides) were co-constructed between researchers and participating teachers in the joint work sessions to encourage teacher engagement with the proposed innovation. The participant teachers initiated the intervention with a conversation with their students about how the model of peer observation and feedback would fit into the usual classroom practices and what would be expected of them. The model is being applied to all the group work activities in which one student takes on the role of participant observer of how his/her colleagues engage with the proposed learning task. At the end of the task, all the observer students give feedback to peers and class teacher and complete a brief observation guide anonymously. The teacher too completes a short questionnaire about the observed task. Moreover, the teachers are reporting their experiences on a Padlet virtual wall and in written reports. As such, the empirical evidence used in the presented study comprises participant observation notes of the joint work sessions, experiences reported in the Padlet virtual wall, responses to open-ended questions of the teacher questionnaires, and written reports prepared by the 27 participating teachers at the end of the 2023-2024 intervention. All the collected data is being subjected to a qualitative cross-analysis (Ladany, Thompson, & Hill, 2012), to identify common themes that converge on the idea of the development of teacher agency in curriculum and pedagogical innovation stemming from teachers’ engagement in design research about self-regulated learning in secondary schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper, we present and discuss preliminary results of the project that relate to how teachers engaged themselves in the design research process, particularly in 3 axes: 1. Reflections about the design and implementation principles of the peer observation and feedback model. 2. Reflections about how peer observation and peer feedback promote self-regulated learning and learner autonomy 3. Reflections about introduced changes in their curriculum and pedagogical actions due to their experience in the project. Concerning axis 1, the preliminary results indicate that there was an effective collaboration between the participating teachers and researchers, involving the analysis of the design and the observation and feedback model to be implemented, as well as the sharing of teaching strategies between teachers that incorporated moments observation and feedback among students. Regarding axis 2, teachers highlight how students are actively enthusiastically participating in the proposed activities. By observing their colleagues, they become aware of their own difficulties, which motivates them to actively seek the knowledge necessary for their growth, thus promoting autonomy. In addition, the peer observation and feedback model not only boost individual learning but also strengthens social skills and teamwork capabilities. Finally, responding to axis 3, we highlight the teachers' enthusiasm and motivation that clearly stood out during the joint work and monitoring sessions, evidencing a positive response to the project. This approach recognized the importance of fostering student autonomy and self-regulation, establishing it as a viable pedagogical strategy. According to what teachers’ perspectives in all the presently collected material, it is possible to indicate that the project seems to be opening a favorable path for teacher agency regarding curriculum and pedagogical innovation. However, further analysis and discussions will be conducted in this ongoing project. References EC - European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning, Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540 McKenney, S., Nieveen, N., & van den Akker, J. (2006). Design research from a curriculum perspective. In J. van den Akker, K. Gravemeijer, S. McKenney, & N. Nieveen (Eds.), Educational Design Research, Chap. 5, pp. 67-90. Routledge. Mouraz, A. & Cosme, A. (2021). The ongoing curriculum Reform in Portugal - highlighting trends and gaps. in M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou & T. Soini (Orgs.) Curriculum making in Europe: policy and practice within and across contexts. West Yorkshire, England: Emerald Group publishing. OECD (2018a). The Future We Want. The future of education and skills Education 2030 (position paper). https://www.oecd.org/education/2030/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf OECD (2018b). Curriculum Flexibility and Autonomy in Portugal - an OECD Review. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030/Curriculum-Flexibility-and-Autonomy-in-Portugal-an-OECD-Review.pdf Ladany, N., Thompson, B. J., & Hill, C. E. (2012). Cross-analysis. In C. E. Hill (Ed.), Consensual qualitative research: A practical resource for investigating social science phenomena (pp. 117–134). American Psychological Association. Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422 Panadero, E., Lipnevich, A. A. (2022). A review of feedback models and typologies: Towards an integrative model of feedback elements, Educational Research Review, 35, 100416. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100416 Priestley, M. Biesta, G. & Robinson, S. (2014). Teachers as agents of change: teacher agency and emerging models of curriculum. In M. Priestley & G.Biesta (org) Reinventing curriculum: New trends in Curriculum policy and practice.(187-206). London: Bloomsbury. Torres, A. C. & Mouraz, A. (2019). Transição para o ensino secundário em Portugal: vozes de estudantes sobre dificuldades académicas [Transition to upper secondary education in Portugal: students’ voices about academic difficulties], Educação & Sociedade, 40 (e0186268). https://doi.org/10.1590/ES0101-73302019186268 Zimmerman, B. J., and Moylan, A. R. (2009). “Self-regulation: where metacognition and motivation intersect,” in Handbook of Metacognition in Education, eds D. J. Hacker, J. Dunlosky, and A. C. Graesser (New York, NY: Routledge), 299–315. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 06 A: Digital and picture books as resources for Inclusive Education Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Paleczek Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Exploring the Effects of Digital Platforms on Inclusivity for Students and Parents in Secondary Schools: Opportunities and Challenges University of Hull, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In the last decade, there has been a significant focus on the platformisation of education, especially since the Covid-19 pandemic led educational institutions across the globe to utilise a variety of platform-based tools to enable remote learning. The use of virtual learning and other platforms has become a crucial aspect of contemporary education; recognising that digital access is no longer a luxury but a necessity if a student is to have equal opportunity to high-quality education, presents both new opportunities and challenges for schools, The use of digital platforms, defined as ‘programmable digital architecture designed to organise interactions between users’ (Van Dijck & Poell, 2018, p. 4), has become central to supporting administrative, pedagogical, and communicative functions of schools worldwide (Williamson, 2017). Pandemic-related school closures played a critical role in facilitating remote education (Parkin et al., 2020) and enabling teacher-student and teacher-parent interactions (Cumbo et al., 2021). This led to increased educational inequalities, since pupils from better-off families not only had better digital access but their parents reported feeling more able to support them (Andrew et al., 2020). This highlights that the spectrum of digital inclusion (or exclusion) is neither binary nor static and different levels of inequalities are commonly recognised relating to differentiating degrees of digital access, literacy, and capacity to translate internet access into positive offline outcomes (van Deursen & Helsper, 2015). Despite the increased use of digital platforms, research that critically explores how they are reshaping school practices and the implications this has for students and families is still surprisingly limited (Pluim & Gard, 2018; Williamson, 2016). This research aims to address the gap by adopting a critical platform gaze (Decuypere et al., 2021), an analytical stance that approaches platforms not as neutral ‘digital tools’ but as connective artefacts informed by the active interactions between individuals and the technology. It explores the opportunities as well as the challenges associated with school platformisation in recognition of UNICEF’s (2021) call for digital inclusion to be seen as the cornerstone to ensuring social justice and equitable life chances for every child. Thus, the research questions are:
This project provides relevant insights into the complexity of school platformisation and contributes to the theoretical development of critical platforms studies as a research field. Understanding the impact of the recent platformisation of schools on post-pandemic practices and the implications this can have in exacerbating digital inequalities is crucial to informing policy aimed at supporting schools and families. It provides an initial step towards creating a more digitally equitable society, which exemplifies UNESCO’s (2017) mandate that every learner matters and matters equally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study comprises in-depth qualitative case studies of three secondary schools in England to gain a deeper understanding of the situated experiences of headteachers, teachers, students, and parents concerning school platformisation. This paper focuses on the perceptions of students and parents/carers. Data collection utilised participatory tools, which are considered flexible due to their verbal, non-verbal, spoken, and heard multi-sensory channels (Cohen et al., 2017). . An adaptation of an asset-mapping tool was used with the parents to determine what they understood by digital platforms, what was working well, if and where they received support to engage with the platforms, the challenges they faced to support the students to engage with the platforms, and what they considered needed to change to make these platforms more equitable and inclusive. The student focus groups involved the use of photo-voice – visual media photography where research participants have an active role in the generation and interpretation of images to reveal deeper understandings of values and beliefs (Beazley, 2008) Drawing on the conceptual tools of Barthes (1993), the study employed the ‘punctum’ and ‘studium’ to understand the relationship between the student taking the photograph and the image itself, resulting in an emotional response. Barthes defines the punctum as the detail in a photograph that ‘pricks’ the person who views it resulting in an emotional response, while the studium indicates the overall interest or context of the photograph, which shapes the viewer’s understanding of the image. These images were used in a follow-up diamond ranking exercise, a thinking skills tool (Rockett and Percival, 2002) designed to encourage people to make explicit, the rationale for how they rank the images from the most to least important through the process of discussion, reflection and negotiation with other group members (Clark, 2012). The project adopted purposeful sampling, which is widely used in qualitative research for the identification and selection of information-rich cases related to the phenomenon of interest (Creswell & Clark, 2011). Keeping with the tenet of inclusion, we invited students and parents from all year groups in each school. Students whose parents did not provide consent could still take part; however, no data relating to these individual children were used in the study. We conducted four focus groups with students, and four with parents at each participating school. Each focus group comprised three or four participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through analysis of our in-depth interviews in 2024, we expect to better understand whether and how digital platforms have become a primary ‘space’ for schools in post-pandemic operations. This will have tangible benefits for the students and families in our study as their lived experiences are brought to the fore, thus facilitating important conversations with the participating schools about potential changes to the use of digital platforms to reduce inequality and improve the educational experience for all children. Furthermore, we anticipate being able to bring valuable additions to the limited research base on the impact that the use of digital platforms has on students and families. This will contribute to a better understanding of the opportunities associated with digital platform use but also to exploring whether, even with the same internet access, digital literacy, and content, children from different places and backgrounds can have unequal experiences and outcomes from using digital platforms. Without understanding the perspectives of diverse and potentially marginalised groups, there is a risk that technology will continue to deepen inequalities. We intend to present evidence-based data to highlight unaddressed injustices and inequities, identify the short and long-term opportunities and challenges platformisation can create for educators, students and parents, and establish a shared vision of what digital exclusion entails and how to address this. In so doing, we will contribute to developing holistic policies and approaches to digital inclusion that encompass the use of platforms. References Andrew, A., Cattan, S., Costa Dias, M., Farquharson, C., Kraftman, L., Krutikova, S., Phimister, A., & Sevilla, A. (2020) Inequalities in Children’s Experiences of Home Learning during the COVID-19 Lockdown in England*. Fiscal Studies, 41(3), 653–683. https://doi.org/10.1111/1475-5890.12240 Barthes, R. (1993) Camera Lucida: Reflections on Photography (translated by Richard Howard). London: Vintage Classics Beazley, H. (2008). “The Geographies and Identities of Street Girls in Indonesia.” In Designing Modern Childhoods: History, Space and the Material Culture of Children, edited by Marta Gutman, and Ning De Coninck-Smith, 233–249. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Clark, J. (2012) “Using Diamond Ranking as Visual Cues to Engage Young People in the Research Process.” Qualitative Research Journal 12 (2): 222–237. doi: 10.1108/14439881211248365 Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2017). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.) London: Routledge. Creswell, J.W. & Clark, V.L. (2011) Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. 2nd Edition, Sage Publications, Los Angeles. Cumbo, B. J., Bartindale, T., & Richardson, D. (2021) Exploring the Opportunities for Online Learning Platforms to Support the Emergency Home School Context. Proceedings of the 2021 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1145/3411764.3445044. Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021) “Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms”. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1-16 Parkin, T., Caunite-Bluma, D., Ozolins, K., & Jenavs, E. (2020) Report 3: Technology Use in Schools During Covid-19. Findings from the Edurio Covid-19 Impact Review. Edurio. https://home.edurio.com/covid-19-impact-report1 Perrotta, C., & Williamson, B. (2016) The social life of learning analytics: Cluster analysis and the ‘performance’ of algorithmic education. Learning, Media and Technology, 43(1), 1–14. Rockett, M. and Percival, S. (2002) Thinking for Learning. Stafford: Network Educational Press. UNESCO (2017) A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000248254 UNICEF (2021) Closing the digital divide for good https://www.google.com/urlsa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=2ahUKEwic0IeeuP2DAxWnVUEAHbuOBCYQFnoECBAQAw&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.unicef.org.uk%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F06%2FClosing-the-Digital-Divide-forGood_ExecSum.pdf&usg=AOvVaw2nnmDgLB150qYf1kffku9G&opi=89978449 van Deursen, A. J. A. M., & Helsper, E. J. (2015) The Third-Level Digital Divide: Who Benefits Most from Being Online? In Communication and Information Technologies Annual (Vol. 10, pp. 29–52). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S2050-206020150000010002 Van Dijck, J., Poell, T., & De Waal, M. (2018) The platform society: Public values in a connective world. Oxford University Press. Williamson, B. (2016) Digital education governance: An introduction. European Educational Research Journal, 15(1), 3–13 Williamson, B. (2017) Learning in the ‘platform society’: Disassembling an educational data assemblage. Research in Education, 98(1), 59–82. https://doi.org/10.1177/0034523717723389 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusive Reading Lessons - the Use of Differentiated (Digital) Materials in Austrian Classrooms 1PPH Private University College of Teacher Education Augustinum Graz; 2University of Graz; 3University College of Teacher Education Styria Presenting Author:Primary school classrooms in Austrian – as across European and worldwide are characterized by a diverse student body (European Education and Culture Executive Agency (European Commission), 2023; Oberwimmer et al., 2021). As part of various diversity aspects to be taken into consideration in a classroom (Ainscow et al., 2010), studies show that pupils differ regarding their reading skills (Seifert et al., 2022). At the end of primary school 20% the of pupils in Austria leave the fourth grade as low-achieving readers (Schmich et al., 2023). Yet, reading competence is crucial, because it is the basis for acquiring knowledge and hence participation in society (Maitz et al., 2018). On one hand, teachers have to deal with increasing diversity (Humphrey et al., 2006) and on the other hand, they have to teach fundamental reading skills, which are demanded by the national curriculum (Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung, 2023). Offering inclusive lessons, based on differentiation is one possible way of meeting this challenge. In differentiated approaches individual skills are recognized as basis for differentiation to foster students according to their needs and hence, expand their individual reading skills (Konrad, 2014). Within an inclusive classroom, differentiated material that allows students to work on the same topic, but on different reading levels is needed (Seifert et al., 2015). In some cases, textbooks offer such differentiation (Wedenig, 2017). Otherwise, teachers need to use additional differentiated material or even differentiate materials themselves. Embedding differentiation in digital tools can significantly reduce the workload for teachers and also increase student motivation, as student-centered lessons as possible (Redecker & Punie, 2017). Besides, other well accepted elements for enhancing reading skills (e.g., vocabulary work (Schabmann et al., 2012), cooperative learning methods (Remache et al., 2019), reading strategies (Philipp, 2015), reading while listening (RWL) to audio files (Walter, 2018)) can also easily be implemented in digital tools. However, it is still unclear whether, to what extent and by what means (e.g. textbooks, digital tools) differentiation is currently being implanted in Austria classes and what gaps are being present.
The paper aims to close the gap and explores which elements are used and perceived as particularly beneficial in an inclusive setting to promote pupils reading skills and to facilitate knowledge acquisition. It also identifies success factors for reading didactics that focus more on the needs of individual pupils.
By employing a mixed methods approach (questionnaire, interviews and book analyses), this study aims to investigate (a) the extent to which Austria teachers utilize differentiated materials, (b) the factors causing teachers’ reliance on differentiated materials, (c) the methodologies employed by teachers in utilizing differentiated materials, (d) the presence of differentiation measures in the most common Austrian primary school textbooks, (e) the current utilization and purposes of digital tools and technologies in supporting reading didactics and (f) the elements that could facilitate differentiation for teachers, such as the use of digital tools.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To learn more about teachers’ practice and needs in terms of differentiation in inclusive classrooms, we employed a mixed-methods approach. Currently, we use an online questionnaire to find out more about teacher practices and strategies (vocabulary work, reading strategies, audio support, cooperative learning elements, differentiation in terms of reading skills, digitalization) used in differentiated approaches in inclusive lessons with a focus on reading and knowledge acquisition through reading (N = approx. 200 teachers). The questionnaire contains the following nine foci: (1) you and your classroom (e.g. teaching experience, number of students with educational needs); (2) differentiation and individualization in your classroom (e.g. “How often do you differentiate/individualize in your regular lessons?” (7 frequency options ranging from every lesson to never); (3) fostering reading (e.g. “I teach the children the following reading strategies.”); (4) differentiation through textbooks (e.g., “What else would you like to see in textbooks in terms of differentiation?”); (5) cooperative learning elements for differentiation (e.g., “Do you implement cooperative learning elements in your lessons?”); (6) digital tools for differentiation (e.g., “ Do you know/use the following functions of digital tools? For example: Read aloud function for difficult words/texts”); (7) chances and risks of digital media (e.g., “Digital media support the development of language skills “); (8) technical requirements of your school (e.g., “Digital media support the development of language skills.”); (9), training on the topic of digital tools in reading promotion (e.g., Which training courses on the topics of reading promotion or digital tools have you already attended?”) Then, we will analyze the findings and – based on these – conduct about ten expert interviews to dig deeper and specify the practices and needs of teachers (i.e., needs for specific trainings) in this regard. Additionally, the three most frequently used Grade 3 content lesson textbooks will be analyzed by using a previously formulated criteria grid to determine whether textbooks allow differentiation in terms of reading performance and are useful in the planning and implementation of inclusive lessons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of the study is to gain insight into current differentiation methods within inclusive classrooms and to identify which materials and strategies are used by teachers in Austrian primary schools. The results will reveal teachers' requirements for differentiated material and show whether they differentiate regarding the elements known to support reading skills (vocabulary work, reading strategies, audio support, cooperative learning elements, differentiation in terms of reading skills, digitalization). The analysis of the content lesson textbooks allows an assessment of whether these frequently used teaching materials enable differentiation at all and if so, to what extent. These results provide information for the creation and development of inclusive differentiated materials, but once again emphasize the need for differentiated teaching materials for inclusive lessons, with which pupils can acquire knowledge according to their respective reading skills. From the results of the questionnaire study and the interviews, it will also be possible to deduce what content is relevant for teachers in further training programs in order to better prepare them for teaching with consideration of individual reading skills in the future References Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. (2023). DEUTSCH (Volksschule). European Education and Culture Executive Agency (European Commission). (2023). Promoting diversity and inclusion in schools in Europe. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/443509 Humphrey, N., Bartolo, P., Ale, P., Calleja, C., Hofsaess, T., Janikova, V., Lous, A. M., Vilkiene, V., & Wetso, G. (2006). Understanding and responding to diversity in the primary classroom: An international study. European Journal of Teacher Education, 29(3), 305–318. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619760600795122 Konrad, K. (2014). Ausblick und Perspektiven: Lernen lernen im differenzierenden Unterricht. In K. Konrad (Hrsg.), Lernen lernen – allein und mit anderen: Konzepte, Lösungen, Beispiele (S. 259–271). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-04986-7_17 Maitz, K., Paleczek, L., Seifert, S., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2018). Zusammenhang der Leseverständnisleistungen mit sozialen Herkunftsfaktoren bei SchülerInnen der dritten Schulstufe. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung, 11(1), 147–160. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-018-0012-6 Oberwimmer, K., Juen, I., & Vogtenhuber, S. (2021). Indikatoren A: Kontext des Schul- und Bildungswesens. In Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 (S. 158–193). http://doi.org/10.17888/nbb2021 Philipp, M. (2015). Lesestrategien: Bedeutung, Formen und Vermittlung. Beltz Juventa. Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/159770 Remache, N., Labre, M., & Valle, V. (2019). The effects of cooperative learning on reading comprehension. Explorador Digital, 3, 143–163. https://doi.org/10.33262/exploradordigital.v3i3.1.875 Schabmann, A., Landerl, K., Bruneforth, M., & Schmidt, B. (2012). Lesekompetenz, Leseunterricht und Leseförderung im österreichischen Schulsystem. Analysen zur pädagogischen Förderung der Lesekompetenz (S. 17–69). Schmich, J., Illetschko, M., & Wallner-Paschon, C. (2023). PIRLS 2021—Die Lesekompetenz am Ende der Volksschule—Erste Ergebnisse (S. 154). Institut des Bundes für Qualitätssicherung im österreichischen Schulwesen. http://doi.org/10.17888/pirls2021-eb.2 Seifert, S., Paleczek, L., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2022). Diagnostik und Differenzierung im Leseunterricht: Bd. (4) (51; Nummer 51, S. 683–695). Universität Regensburg. https://doi.org/10.5283/epub.53383 Seifert, S., Schwab, S., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2015). Effects of a Whole-Class Reading Program Designed for Different Reading Levels and the Learning Needs of L1 and L2 Children. Reading and Writing Quarterly, 32. https://doi.org/10.1080/10573569.2015.1029176 Walter, J. (2018). Zur Effektivität der Förderung der Leseflüssigkeit auf der Basis von Hörbüchern in Kombination mit wiederholtem Lesen: Weitere Evidenz. In Empirische Sonderpädagogik (Bd. 10, Nummer 3, S. 248–272). Wedenig, H. H. (2017). Und was „lernt“ das Schulbuch? Potenziale für innere Differenzierung durch adaptive Schulbücher: experimentelle Evaluation der Präferenzen Lehrender und Lernender. In B. Aamotsbakken, E. Matthes, & S. Schütze (Hrsg.), Heterogenität und Bildungsmedien (S. 198–211). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Tactile Literacy: the Role of Tactile Picture Books in Inclusive Education University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In this paper, I examine tactile picture books designed for readers with vision impairments as a site for both developing and conceptualising tactile literacy. Tactile picture books designed for readers with vision impairments are far from new. Yvonne Eriksson takes 1784 as the starting point for her historical analysis - the year Valentin Haüy laid the foundations of what would go on to become the first institute for the education of blind children in Paris - yet she acknowledges that writing for blind readers existed as early as the 9th century, citing Japanese relief prints conserved in Bucharest (Eriksson, 1998). Tactile picture books remain a global phenomenon to this day, with practitioners coming together to share their work in the now-biennial international ‘Typhlo and Tactus’ competition for tactile picture books, an organisation that also published its own guide, sharing the practices of many international practitioners in the field (Claudet, 2009). Across history and geography, tactile picture books are explicitly made to be felt, touched, and manipulated, relying on their materiality to convey their pictures and illustrations. Rather than being ‘pretty’ to look at, they are first and foremost books to be read with the hands, which calls for an embodied, rather than visual, approach to illustration (Bara, 2018; Claudet, 2019). In present-day Britain, tactile picture books are often a homemade affair, with charities distributing volunteer-made books, and practitioners making their own, often specially for and with specific students. These books are often made with particular aims in mind, such as developing pre-braille skills or working against tactile selectiveness. They also supposedly bolster language and literacy skills, as well as understanding and memory (Bara, 2018), whilst also allowing certain students to develop the tactile diagram skills they will need in future examinations (Norman, 2004). Nevertheless, tactile picture books remain under-researched, with the research that exists often narrowly focused on the ‘correct’ decoding of tactile images, ignoring the fact that these books are also designed to be pleasurable and bring enjoyment to their readers. Students are invited to physically engage with these books as a key part of their learning, and their teachers’ understandings of tactile literacy extend beyond simply the acquisition of braille. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using multiple case studies, I draw on interview and observation data collected as part of my PhD research to explore how tactile picture books support the development of so-called tactile literacy, whilst also questioning how we can understand tactile literacy more expansively. Speaking with practitioners working in publishing, for charities, as storytellers, and as qualified teachers of children and young people with vision impairments, I map the perspectives of practitioners across settings, whilst also drawing on observation data from charity playgroups, storytelling sessions, and schools. This data analysis sits alongside analysis of the materiality of tactile picture books themselves, both commercial and homemade. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Notions of literacy permeate our educational sphere in many forms: visual literacy, health literacy, financial literacy, computer literacy, racial literacy, cultural literacy. It is time to pay greater attention to an expanded notion of tactile literacy, instead of relegating it to the bottom of a sensory hierarchy that privileges vision above all else. Tactile picture books provide the ideal site for such an exploration. In attending to more abstract forms of tactile literacy, I argue that the way we understand tactile picture books speaks to how we understand childhood and disability more broadly. When we start to question the fundamental assumptions that are the basis for the creation of tactile picture books and the tactile literacy they support, we must also start to question the fundamental assumptions surrounding what we mean by inclusive education. References Bara, F. (2018). The Effect of Tactile Illustrations on Comprehension of Storybooks by Three Children with Visual Impairments: An Exploratory Study. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, 112(6), 759–765. Claudet, P. (Ed.). (2009). The Typhlo & Tactus Guide to Children’s Books. Claudet, P. (2019). Tactile Illustrated Books: Did You Say, ‘A Little Miracle?’ Bookbird, 57(2), 50–58. Eriksson, Y. (1998). Tactile pictures: Pictorial representations for the blind, 1784-1940. Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis. Norman, J. (2004). If I remember rightly – tactile illustrations enable greater access to books. British Journal of Visual Impairment, 22(2), 71–73. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 06 B: Teacher Education for Inclusion: International Trends (Part 1) Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ines Alves Panel Discussion Part 1/2, to be continued in 04 SES 07 B |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion Teacher Education for Inclusion: International Trends (Part 1) 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Viena, Austria; 3Universidad de Santiago de Chile, Chile; 4University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 5University of Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:This 2-part panel will bring together colleagues to reflect on teacher education for inclusion in 12 country contexts: Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Chile, Cyprus, Greece, Norway, Portugal, Scotland, Serbia, Switzerland, and USA. Educating teachers that are prepared to teach diverse student populations is one of the big challenges of present times. This can be to some extent explained by the challenges experienced by teachers linked to student diversity and the international push to develop education systems that include all learners. According to Forlin (2010), TE for inclusion is a way of ensuring that teachers are prepared to teach in classrooms with diverse student populations. Livingston (2020) considers that the role and responsibility of TE ‘in developing inclusive education that enables every teacher to meet the needs of all our young people’, still needs to be explored. TE can be divided into two main phases: initial teacher education (ITE) and Continuing professional Development (CPD). In trying to dissect TE across 12 different countries, we will consider its format (duration and location), purpose (transmissive-malleable-transformative) and contents. Symeonidou (2017) identified three key formats of ITE for inclusion: a) single-unit approaches: 1 lecture/seminar; b) content-infused approaches: embedded in the programme; c) approaches using school placement/experience. However, Symeonidou and Makopoulou (2019) suggest that the contents, quality and impact of TE for inclusion still need to be explored as existing research is fragmented and limited. The engagement of all teachers in CPD varies within a country and across countries, as different teacher groups are not equally involved in CPD (De Vroey et al., 2023). Even considering that research on teacher education for inclusion has reported positive outcomes of programs with different approaches, more evidence is needed to understand in depth the content, characteristics, barriers, and facilitators related to the effectiveness of teacher education, as well as to explore the underlying mechanisms involve producing these outcomes (Tristani & Bassett-Gunter, 2019). The literature suggests that internationally TE institutions are exploring ways to actively involve teachers and their students in understanding and developing their own learning, and that those institutions must ensure that theory and research are better linked to teachers’ practice. The competent bodies of educational policy in different countries accept that teachers hold a key role within the economic, social and cultural development of their country, and in promoting the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensuring inclusive equitable quality education for all. TE still faces structural inadequacies as in many contexts elementary and secondary education are seen in a disintegrated way and not as sequentially complementary to each other, and not conceptualized in a unifying way that would enable the continuity between the initial teacher education and continuous professional development (Xochellis, 2002). Siuty (2019) notes that TE needs to support teachers in understanding and disrupting the dominant ideologies around normalcy that operate in educational systems, sustaining the exclusion and interrogating their identities and privileges in the systems of oppression and power imbricated with these ideologies to inform decision-making about practice and social interactions. The panel will address the following questions: - To what extent is inclusive education present in initial teacher education and teachers’ continuous professional development? - What formats (duration and location), purposes (transmissive-malleable-transformative), and contents exist in ITE and CPD for inclusion of all students in education? This is a timely discussion panel which will consider TE for inclusion cross-nationally to provide new insights to the format, purposes, content, quality and impact of Teacher Education for inclusion in diverse contexts. References C. Forlin, Teacher Education for Inclusion: Changing paradigms and innovative approaches. Oxon: Routledge, 2010. doi: 10.4324/9780203850879. De Vroey, A., Lecheval, A., Symeonidou, S. (2023). Supporting All Educators to Take Part in Teacher Professional Learning for Inclusion. Trends in Higher Education, 2, 320–331. https://doi.org/10.3390/ higheredu2020018 E. M. Sosu, P. Mtika, and L. Colucci-Gray, “Does initial teacher education make a difference? the impact of teacher preparation on student teachers’ attitudes towards educational inclusion,” Journal of Education for Teaching, vol. 36, no. 4, pp. 389–405, 2010, doi: 10.1080/02607476.2010.513847. I. Alves, A. Christodoulidis, J. Carpenter, V. Hogg (in press) Practitioner Enquiry as lifelong Teacher Education for Inclusion, Education Sciences International Bureau of Education-UNESCO, Reaching out to all Learners: a Resource Pack for Supporting Inclusive Education. Geneva: IBE-UNESCO, 2016. J. Essex, N. Alexiadou, and P. Zwozdiak-Myers, “Understanding inclusion in teacher education–a view from student teachers in England,” International Journal of Inclusive Education, vol. 0, no. 0, pp. 1–18, 2019, doi: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1614232. K. Livingston, “Reflections on teacher education: developments and challenges,” European Journal of Teacher Education, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 1–3, 2020, doi: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1705653. M. C. Beaton, S. Thomson, S. Cornelius, R. Lofthouse, Q. Kools, and S. Huber, “Conceptualising teacher education for inclusion: Lessons for the professional learning of educators from transnational and cross-sector perspectives,” Sustainability (Switzerland), vol. 13, no. 4, pp. 1–17, 2021, doi: 10.3390/su13042167. Makopoulou, K., Penney, D., Neville, R., & Thomas, G. (2022). What sort of ‘inclusion’is continuing professional development promoting? An investigation of a national CPD programme for inclusive physical education. International journal of inclusive education, 26(3), 245-262. Siuty, M. B. (2019). Teacher preparation as interruption or disruption? Understanding identity (re) constitution for critical inclusion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 81(1), 38-49. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.02.008 Symeonidou, S. (2017). Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion: A Review of the Literature. Disability & Society, 32 (3), 401–422. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2017.1298992 Tristani, L., & Bassett‐Gunter, R. (2020). Making the grade: Teacher training for inclusive education: A systematic review. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 20(3), 246-264. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12483 UNESCO, A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. Paris: UNESCO, 2017. Xochellis P. (2002) The teachers’ training today: international necessity, Greek developments and experiences. Paper presented at 20th International Congress. Patras, Retrieved from http://www.elemedu.upatras.gr/eriande/synedria/ Chair Ines Alves, ines.alves@glasgow.ac.uk, University of Glasgow |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 06 C: Engaging with Young Voices to develop Inclusive Education Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Katherine Gulliver Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Young Voices and Empowering Relationships: an answer to Increasing Completion at Vocational Education? University of South-Eastern No, Norway Presenting Author:Worldwide, there is a common-sense acceptance that young people should have equal access and voice to their educational needs. In Norway recent and alarming findings in the “Children and Young people strategy 21” (Norwegian Research Council 2021), concludes that young people contribute too little in the research decisions that concerns them. These findings are considered when the research council now focuses on new research centres and grants for more inclusive research, underlining the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration in education, research, and the field as well as listening to the voices of children and youth in vulnerable life situation to solve the challenges in the field. These changes are also implemented from the first of August in Norway through a new education Act, where students will have ensured the right to actively express their opinions and be listened in all matters that concern them, and schools accordingly will have the duty to facilitate students’ empowerment (Education Act, 2023, § 10-2). However, the OECD Programme for International Student Assessment found that empowering students through for instance teaching methods in class may be more effective for some students than for others, creating inequality (OECD, 2012). Nonetheless, its operationalisation can become a key aspect for professional development and improving students’ school experiences (Weinberger & Libman, 2018). The act of empowerment is defined as bringing into a state of belief one's capacity to act effectively, emphasising the critical importance of effective relationships between teachers and students; thus empowerment is the ability to influence one’s environment, but it is complex and multidimensional and can affect students differently according to their background (Broom, 2015; Duhon-Haynes, 1996; Freire, 1970). To enact policy demands of empowerment, more research should address its complex, multidimensional characteristics. Therefore, in our study we ask how vocational teachers empower young people in their school environment through “Equality Literacy Framework” (EQL). In this study we draw on Stuart’s et al. (2021) EQL, a practice and research framework to study all the factors that contribute to empowering learning environments. The framework is rooted in a bio-ecological, systemic view and captures relationships between the individual student and the different contexts at micro and macro level. The EQL Framework considers the concept of equity in relation to equitable chance of success (Chapman and West-Burnham, 2010). This framework is used for both the young people and educators to understand what influences the students in their learning, and what can be done to improve the learning environment for the disadvantaged students. Some commentators point out that it is the education system itself that has quit children, pushed children out and not been fit for young people (Fine, 2018). At the same time, schools and teachers can pull in young people through for instance relations that are empowering and liberating. With inspiration from Freire, and the Pedagogy of the oppressed, we explore how teachers empower young people in the school and through a critical and dialogue-based relationship. According to Freire (1970), liberating pedagogy aims at empowerment. Belief in and regard for the individual's worth and integrity stems from a humanistic vision of humankind, which values equality, love, hope, mutual respect, and the desire to improve (Freire, 1970). Empowerment is linked to the recognition of the two dimensions of dialogue: reflection and action, which are mutually dependent on each other. For Freire, increasing awareness is the process of engaging individuals in discussion to examine and analyse reality based on such life-like topics.This critical attitude will be able to free the individual and his inherent resources and powers (Lindvig & Mousavi, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The need for a methodological approach to understand the experiences put forward by marginalized young people is critical. The Indirect Approach (Moshuus & Eide, 2016) draws on an ethnographic biographical framework that evoke notions of methodological approaches like the unstructured interview (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2014). The Indirect Approach reflects that all social phenomena take place within contextual frames produced within a contested ground shaping both the lives of our participants and our inquiries. A key element in the approach is the researcher’s indirect way of approaching the life world of the participant, making sure not to introduce ideas, concepts or notions into the conversation that was not first presented by the participant. Reading something into the conservation or introducing the researchers own concepts would be polluting the conversation, making it too direct. This places the method within the qualitative approaches in the social sciences that are thought of as explorative; discovering something that we did not already know (Moshuus, 2018). The research situation should make the participant a storyteller, making whatever he/she emphasise guide the conversation. This opens the research to a wide variation of interpretative efforts. Often vulnerable students’ experiences are set within a limited normative framework dictated and predefined by our understanding. With the Indirect Approach the spontaneous ideas of the participant opens research up to a rich explorative field and true, empowering dialogue where student’s reality may be discovered, not being defined by normative views. A key element is the introduction of the happenstance. It is our claim that the indirect approach allows for and embraces the occurrence of unforeseen events. Happenstances distinguish themselves from these by revealing something we otherwise would not have discovered. The happenstance allows us to reposition from our initial open and often probing queries to a position of becoming an audience to a story unfolding in our presence. The storytelling is a rich interpretative ground for our explorative efforts into student’s experience. Parallel to this, we have made use of students’ drawings of their school history as another way of open up for their storytelling. To get closer to the student`s s own school stories, EQL sheds light on their educational trajectories, lived experiences, privileges, disadvantage and all the «ups» and «downs». All in all we look for the students’ own experience in education – without exactly asking for it, for use in co-research and working with vocational and vulnerable students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings of our study show that through the use of EQL practices young students' increase everyday awareness about challenges regarding central life themes. The students' and teachers in the study take into consideration the fundamental socio-cultural mechanisms that impede people and groups from participating equally in education and social life. A teaching characterized by such a dialogue, with its reflection and action-oriented aspect, can precisely contribute to revealing and changing oppressive structures. Such awareness-raising effort requires that the participants in the learning process acknowledge and evaluate one another as equal conversational partners with the shared objective of altering oppressive structures. According to the young voices of our study teachers are changing their practices as students perceive to contribute more to the decision-making dialogue that occurs in the classroom. Interestingly, by adopting an EQL approach teachers experience increased confidence about the qualified choices on how to differentiate instruction and empower students. References Brinkman, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. 24, 2017. Tanggaard, L. & Brinkmann S. (2010). Broom, C. (2015). Empowering students: Pedagogy that benefits educators and learners. Citizenship, Social and Economics Education, 14(2), 79–86. https://doi.org/10.1177/2047173415597142 Chapman, L. and West Burnham, J. (2010). Education for Social Justice. Achieving Wellbeing for All. London: Continuum. Duhon-Haynes, G. M. (1996). Student Empowerment: Definition, Implications, and Strategies for Implementation. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED396613 Education Act, 2023, § 10-2 “Act on primary school education and secondary education (Education Act)” Fine, M. (2018). Just Research in Contentious Times. New York: Teachers College Press. Wilkinson, R. & Pickett, K. (2009). The Spirit Level. London: Penguin. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Seabury Press. Greenberg, M. A. (2018). Empowerment in a Controlling Place: Youth Program Facilitators and Resistance to School Discipline. Sociological Perspectives, 61(4), 610-625. https://doi.org/10.1177/0731121417742115 Lindvig, I. K. & Mousavi, S. (2017). Hva får minoritetsspråklige ungdommer til å fullføre videregående skole? I: Bunting, M & Moshuus, G. (Red.). (2017). Skolesamfunnet. Kompetansekrav og ungdomsfellesskap. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Lødding, B., Gjerustad, C., Rønsen, E., Bubikova-Moan, J., Jarness, V. & Røsdal,T. (2019). Sluttrapport fra evalueringen av virkemidlene i satsingen Ungdomstrinn i utvikling. NIFU-rapport 2018:32. Nordisk institutt for studier av innovasjon, forskning og utdanning NIFU. Moshuus, G. H & Eide, K. (2016). The Indirect Approach: How to Discover Context When Studying Marginal Youth. In: International journal of qualitative methods, vol.15, nr.1, p.1-10 Norges Forskningsråd (Norwegian Research cuoncil). Ut av blindsonene. Strategi for et samlet kompetanseløft for utsatte barn og unge. Oslo. FHI 2021. OECD (2012), PISA 2012 Database, http://www.oecd.org/pisa/pisaproducts/pisa2012database-downloadabledata.htm. Stuart, & Gravesen, D. T. (2021). Equalities Literacy Framework. I Gravesen, K. Stuart, M. Bunting, S. H. Mikkelsen, & P. H. Frostholm, Combatting Marginalisation by Co-Creating Education: Methods, Theories and Practices from the Perspectives of Young People (s. 47–60). Emerald Publishing Limited Tveiten, S., & Boge, K. (2014). Empowerment i helse, ledelse og pedagogikk- nye perspektiver. Gyldendal Akademisk Weinberger, Y., & Libman, Z. (2018). Contemporary Pedagogies in Teacher Education and Development. BoD – Books on Demand. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper “Oh No! Where are my School Friends?”: Experiences of Inclusion in English Mainstream Primary Schools for Children with Developmental Disabilities Plymouth University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The following paper investigates the question “what are the experiences of four children with a rare developmental disability (DD) attending mainstream primary schools in the Southwest of England, UK?” A critical realist approach is adopted to help understand how the children navigate their experiences of having a disability within a school setting. Critical realism helps acknowledge the different levels of influence that includes physical, medical, social cultural and historical factors of influence (Bhaskar and Danermark, 2006). The research questions the concept of ‘inclusion’ whilst exploring how settings, staff and children negotiate support within the mainstream education system. In the UK, school staff roles and responsibilities have shifted towards teaching assistants increasingly being used to work directly with children with disabilities (Ravalier et al., 2021). Literature indicates that working closely with a teaching assistant may prevent children from accessing direct teaching from a qualified teacher (Vincett, Cremin & Thomas, 2005). Furthermore, challenges exist in differences in status and training between teachers and teaching assistant roles. Children attending mainstream primary education have a range of different needs and backgrounds. Therefore, there are various opportunities for children to develop supportive peer roles and helpful attitudes towards children with differences. When there is a child with disabilities in the class, children may develop empathy and patience (Anderson et al., 2011), be more tolerant of differences, to celebrate differences, and most importantly, learn that all children are different, and therefore learn at different paces. Typically developing peers notice that their friendships with children with disabilities are different. Children with disabilities may have difficulties finding similar interests or similar social competence levels; they require a lot of patience, understanding and trust (Woodgate et al., 2020). Inclusion flourishes when there is a sense of belonging and participation, but social participation relies on relationships, interactions with others, staff and peer perceptions of children with special educational needs and/or disabilities (SEN/D) and acceptance from peers (Bossaert et al., 2013). The increasingly difficult and undefinable inclusion agenda has resulted in children with disabilities attending primary schools with varying levels of success. School staff continue to conflate inclusion with integration, by focussing on the placement of children being inside the classroom or outside the classroom. Hodkinson (2012) refers to the ‘symbiotically intertwined’ absence and presence of inclusion where teachers have the power to decide who could be included and when. Research has examined the absence of friendships and peer interactions for children with SEN/D in mainstream education (Lyons et al., 2016) and children with differences report feeling lonely and excluded (Woodgate et al., 2020). Opportunities to interact with others can sometimes be inhibited by a constant adult support, and work outside of the classroom which physically takes place away from the rest of the children (Radford et al., 2015). On the other hand, staff can play a significant part in facilitating interactions between peers. This study examines the experiences of children with DD through the exploration of social involvement as a primary school pupil, as well as relational participation through connections with peers, teaching assistants (TAs) and teachers in different spaces, both inside and outside of the classroom. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research uses a qualitative, interpretivist paradigm (Cohen et al, 2007). Limited research exists which includes the perspectives of children with developmental disabilities (DD) (Palikara, Ashworth & Van Herwegen, 2018). In this study, children with DD were the primary stakeholders, and so the Mosaic approach (Clark, 2017) was adapted to offer various opportunities for children with DD to share their own perceptions and experiences. The Mosaic approach was particularly appropriate for recognising that children with DD are ‘experts in their own lives’ (Clark, 2017, p.22) who hold different perspectives to others who perceive them. Four children with DD were invited to guide the researcher on a tour of their school, using photography to capture spaces, objects and people during a visit lasting one week in each school. Other methods included videos of children working with their teaching assistant, a photo-based creative discussion with children, and semi-structured interviews with staff. Informed consent was obtained by gatekeepers including children’s parents, head teacher and school staff. Children were continually monitored for assent using a reflective, ethically conscious total communication approach. Analysis took an active and iterative form throughout fieldwork, data immersion and reflecting. Photobooks were created to reiterate the research aims and enable children to share their research with others, using photographs they had taken. This helped children to make meaning from their experiences of school and the research process (Clarke, 2017). Seeing how the research was captured through photos, videos and words, the photobooks became part of the consent process of understanding how research can be shared with others. This output emphasised children’s ownership of the photographs and their participation in research about their own lives, which demonstrated their position as active citizens with a right to express their views and contribute to decisions made about them (DfE, 2014; Clark, 2017). Interviews with staff were transcribed through a transcription service, whilst all recordings of conversations with children were transcribed verbatim to help process the researcher’s reflections through note taking. Initial themes were generated before an analysis framework was created through a narration of each child’s experiences of being a primary school pupil. Reflexive thematic analysis emphasises the significance of the researcher in the process of telling stories (Braun and Clarke, 2019) and the researcher brought knowledge and experiences of having a sibling with a DD, and their deepening understanding of critical disability studies together to make sense of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Contrary to previous research, findings show close relationships with practitioners were essential for supporting inclusion. Outside the classroom there was space for open and supportive practitioners to recognize, respect and respond to children's needs. Teaching assistants (TA) play a significant role in supporting children and staff, by developing knowledge of both the child and the disability through relational, responsive working with children. On the other hand, TAs have contrasting work conditions to classroom teachers including lower pay and status which can impact how they are viewed and valued in the school (Mackenzie, 2011). Knowledge from responsive, observant experiences with children often stayed with the TA due to limited time to share lesson planning, resourcing, and communication. Implications for practice show the need for strategic school inclusion to enable all staff to share their knowledge-from-experience with class teachers. Furthermore, TAs must be recognised as pivotal to the successful inclusion and support for children with DD. Part of the children’s’ experiences of mainstream education involved managing the busy environment of the classroom, and the presence of peers. When peers in the class attempted to help children with disabilities, they noticed that support was needed but did not know how to provide that support. At times, this resulted in children doing things for their peers, which can prevent children with disabilities from practising problem-solving skills. In addition, these instances reflect a dilemma of difference from the child’s perspective, between requiring support from peers to complete a task, and wanting to be treated the same as their peers (Norwich, 2008). Using the experiences illuminated in this study, it is interesting to consider how staff and peers look to support and position children with DD, and the ways in which special needs education can be provided in mainstream settings. References Anderson, K., Balandin, S. & Clendon, S. (2011) '“He cares about me and I care about him.” Children's experiences of friendship with peers who use AAC'. Augmentative and Alternative Communication, 27 (2), pp. 77-90. Bhaskar, R. & Danermark, B. (2006) 'Metatheory, interdisciplinarity and disability research: a critical realist perspective'. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 8 (4), pp. 278-297. Bossaert, G., Colpin, H., Pijl, S. J. & Petry, K. (2013) 'Truly included? A literature study focusing on the social dimension of inclusion in education'. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17 (1), pp. 60-79. Clark, A. (2017) Listening to Young Children, Expanded Third Edition: A Guide to Understanding and Using the Mosaic approach. Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Fisher, M. H., Josol, C. K. & Shivers, C. M. (2020) 'An Examination of Social Skills, Friendship Quality, and Loneliness for Adults with Williams Syndrome'. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 50 (10), pp. 3649-3660. Hodkinson, A. (2012) 'Illusionary inclusion–what went wrong with New Labour's landmark educational policy?'. British Journal of Special Education, 39 (1), pp. 4-11 Lyons, G. L., Huber, H. B., Carter, E. W., Chen, R. & Asmus, J. M. (2016) 'Assessing the social skills and problem behaviors of adolescents with severe disabilities enrolled in general education classes'. American journal on intellectual and developmental disabilities, 121 (4), pp. 327-345. Mackenzie, S. (2011) '‘Yes, but...’: rhetoric, reality and resistance in teaching assistants' experiences of inclusive education'. Support for Learning, 26 (2), pp. 64-71. Woodgate, R. L., Gonzalez, M., Demczuk, L., Snow, W. M., Barriage, S. & Kirk, S. (2020) 'How do peers promote social inclusion of children with disabilities? A mixed-methods systematic review'. Disability and rehabilitation, 42 (18), pp. 2553-2579. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Lessons on Fostering Responsiveness to Negativism from "Porcupine Children" – A Participatory Action Research Oranim academic college, Israel Presenting Author:For the past six years, I have led a partnership between a teacher education college and a school serving at-risk youth where student-teachers are trained. The current participatory action research focused on examining the pupils' expressions of negativism - a source of tension for teachers of at-risk adolescents – as well as on teacher responsiveness to negativism (Reed, 2017). Grounding the study in Vygotskian theory (Vygotsky, 1987, p. 127), I adopted the perspective that the negativism of at-risk youth could be a sign of a gateway to learning and development. Instead of referring to it as hostile, anxious, isolating, and disruptive behavior and generally pessimistic outlook, it could be understood as a way of distinguishing their particular identities and finding their own kind of agency. In this theoretical perspective, responsiveness to negativism relates to the ability of teachers to appropriately recognize, understand, and address the needs of these pupils by fostering a supportive learning environment tailored to their unique needs. This presentation will describe and analyze three consecutive sessions that took place during my year-long action research study, in which student-teachers, cooperating teachers, and pupils were invited to engage with the phenomenon of negativism and recognize its positive developmental prospects. Through collaborative, participatory inquiry, I sought to unlock the transformative potential of negativism and promote developmental learning progress. As an action researcher, I elicited and documented a “double stimulation” intervention. The construct of the double stimulation with the pedagogical goal of enhancing 1) Understanding the connection between negativism and responsiveness; 2) Presenting the concept of “porcupine children” as a psychological tool serving as the first stimulus for all research participants; 3) Inviting the pupils to participate in these sessions. Analysis revealed that the pupils responded by interpreting the metaphoric concept of porcupine children by providing examples of negativism from their lives. It became evident that these pupils identified with it and could link it to their expressions of negativity; 4) Additionally, teachers joined in, filling the neutral stimulus (“porcupine children”) with meaning, transforming it into a new mediating sign, Over the course of the discourse, behaviors characterizing negativism among pupils were located and explicated alongside a spectrum of effective responses by educators to learners at risk, according to the perceptions of student-teachers and the cooperating teachers. 5) I expanded my understanding of the relevance of responsiveness in teacher education. The pupils voiced the need for firm relational boundaries alongside empathic acceptance. In voicing lived experiences, the study facilitated the student-teachers and the teachers' listening and understanding. Bridging multiple voices alleviated tensions, promoting the internalization of context-sensitive practice. Ultimately, it spotlighted the zone of proximal development within this activity system as a collective meaning-making forwarded enhanced conception and application towards impactful and meaningful education. In my study, the concept of responsiveness was based on data depicting the point of view of the pupils and student-teachers through an exchange maintaining horizontal relationships. Additionally, this study provided a glimpse into the practical meaning of responding to negativism, breaking it down into implementable components, which can be identified, described, comprehended, dialogued about, conceptualized, expanded, and adopted in a practical fashion. Normally, teacher responses have a broad range. The span of responses can vary between violent and containing empowering, empathic, and encouraging reactions, and student-teachers and teachers need an in-depth examination of this range (Edwards, 2010). In this study, it seemed that the participating pupils seek certain responses within a specific spectrum – that, on the one hand, maintains clear boundaries and, on the other, accepts them as they are. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative, collaborative, and participatory action research integrates recurring cycles of action and reflection, theory and practice, to solve authentic problems and promote personal growth (Zellermayer, 2016). Participatory action research is a type of community-based research where researchers collaborate directly with community members or groups to understand and solve a practical issue they are facing. It engages those who are impacted by an issue to participate in the research process rather than just serving as passive subjects of study. In this study, the community participants included 8 student teachers and their 8 cooperating teachers, as well as 8 high-school pupils who contributed their insights and local knowledge while I, the researcher, provided technical expertise. The decisions were made jointly. The research goal was both to create new knowledge and drive change. Participatory research ethics mandated participant collaboration in determining goals, validating findings, and voicing perspectives. Data collection aligned with qualitative methods, including (1) documentation of partnership school meetings; (2) reflective-dialogue journals by student-teachers and myself; and (3) my researcher's reflective journal portfolio on conceptualizing issues and identifying critical events and opportunities detected through the action research gatherings. The double stimulus intervention was conducted in accordance with participatory action research, and my presentation will describe it as part of the action research methodology. Data analysis followed a thematic approach, with strict adherence to ethical regulations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through scaffolded questioning and introduction of the theoretical concept of "porcupine children," the action research succeeded in promoting an expanded understanding and transformative agency in both student-teachers and cooperating teachers and maybe even in the pupils. By eliciting the pupils’ interpretations and examples of negativism from their own lives, the neutral stimulus of porcupine was imbued with personal meaning. This enabled the student-teachers to shape responsive pedagogical actions tailored to their pupils' needs. The double stimulation intervention revealed its potential to bridge the tension between adolescents' negativism and teachers' responsiveness. When thoughtfully implemented, such tension can provide a gateway to the learning and development of vulnerable youth and their educators. Moreover, the present study underscores the importance of facilitating dialogic interaction between student-teachers, cooperating teachers, and pupils in order to cultivate mutual understanding of their respective needs. Such interaction can also help bridge tensions, contradictions, and gaps in both conceptualization and practical processes. Through thoughtful dialogue, participants can collaboratively strive for higher levels of thinking, enhanced comprehension, and the development of partnership in the educational process. References Edwards, A. (2010). Being an expert professional practitioner: The relational turn in expertise (Vol. 3). Springer science & business media. Engeström, Y., Nuttall, J., & Hopwood, N. (2022). Transformative agency by double stimulation: Advances in theory and methodology. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(1), 1-7. Reed, M. (2017). Understanding and responding to negativism in schooling: the potential of the ‘double move’. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 12, 63-77. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2016.10.001 Vygotsky, L. S. (1997). Self-controL. The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky: The history of the development of higher mental functions, Vol. 4, pp. 207–219. New York: Plenum. Zellermayer, M., & Tabak, E. (2006). Knowledge construction in a teachers' community of enquiry: a possible road map. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 12(1), 33-49. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 06 D: Giftedness in Inclusive Education Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kari Kvandal Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Do Willingness to Communicate and Motivation Have An Impact on Students' Reading Performance? A Comparative Study of Four Economies 1University of Melbourne, China, People's Republic of; 2University of Oslo Presenting Author:The concept of Willingness to Communicate (WTC) refers to the intention to speak or to remain silent given free choice (MacIntyre, 2007) . Originally, it was associated with speaking in one’s first language, but in the 1990s, it was applied to second language communication. And the concept was refined to denote a language learner’s willingness to use the target language to communicate with a certain person at a certain time (MacIntyre, Clément, Dörnyei, & Noels, 1998) While willingness to communicate (WTC) is widely acknowledged as a significant contributor to language achievement, its potential in the context of reading performance among immigrant students remains underexplored. However, it is less explored in scenarios such as learning the language through immersion in a country where the language is spoken. Besides, research has traditionally focused on WTC’s impact in oral communication scenarios, leaving a gap in our understanding of how it influences reading achievement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data I used is from the 2018 administration of PISA. The OECD conducted PISA every three years, which is a global assessment of 15-year-olds’ educational performance. In the PISA, participants needs to take tests including reading, science, and mathematics, and a half-hour background questionnaire. I used data from 2018, as it is the most recent cyclefocusing on the subject of reading and the background questionnaire includes accurate interest in my research questions.The main focus of the key outcome in this research is student’s PISA reading scores. During the PISA test, students receive a booklet containing a selected subset of the total exam materials. By analysing student’s answer to the background questionnaires and PISA test results, student’s existing abilities shown in reading would be estimated by one-parameter item response model used by the survey organisers. Aiming at reflecting researchers’ uncertainty in students’ original proficiencies in each subject, 10 ‘plausible values’ are selected from every student. So, in this article, 10 plausible values are employed consistently as recommended practice. Each model is calculated 10 times, during which each credible value is used for once. Then, the parameter estimates and standard errors are combined and pooled according to ‘Rubin’s rules’ (Rubin, 1987). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As part of a broader project dedicated to examining long-term trends, the current investigation utilizes data collected from Australia, New Zealand, Hong Kong, and Singapore. These countries participated in the reading tests administered as part of the PISA 2018 assessment. The findings of the analysis reveal that the reading proficiency of immigrant students is influenced by both their willingness to communicate and motivation. Notably, New Zealand demonstrates the strongest correlation with willingness to communicate, while Singapore exhibits the strongest association with motivation. Furthermore, willingness to communicate is identified as mediating the relationship between motivation and reading proficiency across all economies. Despite variations in motivation and family socio-economic status, no distinct cultural trend is evident across these economies. This research can provide insights into how fostering immigrant student’s Willingness to Communicate support student’s reading proficiency and reading performance, thus helping them to better integrate into the society with different culture and linguistic background. References Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2012). Motivation, personality, and development within embedded social contexts: An overview of self-determination theory. The Oxford handbook of human motivation, 18(6), 85-107. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101860.MacIntyre, P. D. (2007). Willingness to communicate in the second language: Understanding the decision to speak as a volitional process. The modern language journal, 91(4), 564-576. MacIntyre, P. D., Clément, R., Dörnyei, Z., & Noels, K. A. (1998). Conceptualizing willingness to communicate in a L2: A situational model of L2 confidence and affiliation. The modern language journal, 82(4), 545-562. Rubin, D.B. (1987) Multiple Imputation for Nonresponse in Surveys. John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York. http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/9780470316696 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations: Classic definitions and new directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 25(1), 54-67. Zarrinabadi, N., & Tanbakooei, N. (2016). Willingness to communicate: Rise, development, and some future directions. Language and Linguistics Compass, 10(1), 30-45. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Beyond Borders: Comparative Perspectives on Inclusion and Adapted Education for Gifted Children within Norway and Denmark's Early Childhood Care NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:The Early Childhood Education Act (Barnehageloven, 2005) in Norway upholds the principle of inclusivity, emphasizing the provision of a high-quality educational experience tailored to every child's individual needs. The aim is to nurture the development of each child’s abilities and talents. However, when it comes to the education of gifted children, the responsibility seems to lie with individual early childhood care institutions and municipalities. This decentralized approach has led to notable variations in practices and methodologies among different institutions. Perceptions of giftedness, however, vary, and researchers across countries and cultures face challenges in defining and theorizing giftedness in children (Furnes & Jokstad, 2023; Idsøe, 2021; Sternberg, 2019). The Norwegian education system and early childhood care also have diverse opinions on children, shaping attitudes and pedagogical practices (Furnes & Jokstad, 2023). Early childhood care teachers play a pivotal role in identifying and addressing the needs of every child, as outlined in Norwegian regulations (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2017; Barnehageloven, 2005). Inclusion is a key aspect of Norwegian education and laws (Barnehageloven, 2005). In our comparative study, we aim to investigate the national policies and attitudes regarding gifted children within the context of early childhood care. Our focus extends to comparing the approaches taken in Norway and Denmark. In its early stages, the research adopts a documentary empiric approach, examining policy documents from both nations. The intersection between pedagogic and special pedagogic considerations in Norway is a significant aspect, with Befring and Næss (2019) emphasizing gifted children as a goal for special education. Our analysis delves into how policy documents utilize the term "gifted children" and its connection with inclusion and the rights of children with special needs, as outlined by UNESCO (1994). Questions in the study arise about the alignment of these attitudes with Amartya Sen's research on capabilities (1993, 1999), The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Actions on Special Needs Education (UNESCO, 1994), and Norwegian laws (NOU 2009:18). Our research aims to reflect on these questions. This study is part of a larger research project that aims to contribute to the conversation concerning the education and treatment of gifted children in the future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the initial stages of our research, we primarily rely on a literature review (Creswell, 2014) and documentary analysis (Asdal & Reinertsen, 2021, Bowen, 2009), which will form the basis of this article. Our focus is on understanding how policy documents describe the rights of gifted children for inclusion and facilitation in early childhood care education. This study is part of a broader research project incorporating "mixed methods" (Creswell, 2014), where the importance of gifted children's rights is highlighted. The subsequent phases may involve a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods, including interviews (Kvale & Brinkman, 2015) with early childhood teachers, to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the subject. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that the term "gifted children" is gaining recognition in educational discourse, and our research seeks to provide reflections on its alignment with broader educational principles. As we embark on this new empirical journey, we emphasize the importance of contributing to ongoing discussions on the education and treatment of gifted children for the future. References Asdal, K. & Reinertsen, H. (2021): Hvordan gjøre dokumentanalyse. En praksisorientert metode. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Barnehageloven. (2005). Lov om barnehager (LOV-2005-06-17-64). From :Lov om barnehager (barnehageloven) - Kapittel I. Barnehagens formål og innhold - Lovdata Befring, E. & Næss, K-A. B. (2019). Innledning og sammenfatning. In: E. Befring, K-A. B. Næss & R.Tangen (red.) Spesialpedagogikk. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Bowen,G.A.(2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. From: Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method | Emerald Insight Creswell,J.W. (2014). Education research: Planning, Conducting and Evaluating Qunatitative and Qualitative Research. Fourth Edition. Mass.: Pearson Idsøe, E.C., Campbell, J., Idsøe, T. & Størksen, I. (2021). Development and psychometric properties of nomination scales for high academic potential in early childhood education and care. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30(4), 624–637. Furnes, G & Jokstad, G. (2023). “It May Be a Luxury, but Not a Problem”: A Mixed Methods Study of Teachers’ Attitudes towards the Educational Needs of Gifted Students in Norway. From : [PDF] “It May Be a Luxury, but Not a Problem”: A Mixed Methods Study of Teachers’ Attitudes towards the Educational Needs of Gifted Students in Norway | CiteDrive Kunnskapsdepartementet (2017). Rammeplanen for barnehagens innhold og oppgaver. From: Forskrift om rammeplan for barnehagens innhold og oppgaver - 1 Barnehagens verdigrunnlag - Lovdata NOU 2016:14. Official Norwegian Report “More to Gain: Better Learning for Students with Higher Learning Potential”; Kunnskapsdepartementet: Oslo, Norway, 2016; Available online: https://www.regjeringen.no/en/dokumenter/nou-2016-14/id2511246/?ch=1 (accessed on 1 June 2023). Sen, A. (1993) Capabilities and well-being. In M. C. Nussbaum & A. Sen (red.), The quality of life (s.30-53) University of Utha Press. Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom. Oxford University Press. Sternberg, R.J. (2019). Is Gifted Education on the Right Path? In: B. Wallance, D.A. Sisk & J. Senior. The SAGE Handbook of Gifted and Talented Education. British Library. UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. UNESCO. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 06 E: Sustainability in Inclusive Education Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Aoife Brennan Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper A New Hope? - Perspectives on Holistic Skills Development for a More Inclusive and Sustainable Society University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:"Leave no one behind" is one of the main principles of the United Nations Agenda for Sustainable Development (SDGs). This is linked to the goal of reducing existing inequalities and establishing a more inclusive society in which all people can participate equally (UNSDG 2024). In modern working societies in particular, a lack of professional participation represents a major risk of exclusion, which can have a negative impact on social, societal and economic areas of life for those affected (Wansing 2005, 193). In addition to this normative dimension, promoting the professional participation of as many people of working age as possible is of central importance to the welfare state, especially in times of increasing skills shortages (Ixmeier et al. 2023). Long-term unemployed people with health impairments are particularly affected by social exclusion, as these two attributes can be seen as a double hurdle when it comes to returning to a gainful employment to cover needs (Beste et al. 2023, 127f.).This problem is all the more virulent as there is a connection between long-term unemployment and health impairments (Kaps et al., 2019). In addition, there are often other barriers to participation in the labor market, such as a lack of vocational or school qualifications, advanced age, language deficits or care responsibilities (Beste, et al. 2023, 127f.).Against this backdrop, a fairly constant proportion of long-term unemployment can be observed in the Federal Republic of Germany: in December 2023, this figure was around 930,000 people (BA 2024). According to estimates by the Federal Institute for Employment Research, up to a quarter of a million of these people have such serious barriers, that their reintegration into work is unlikely under the current support instruments (Trappmann et al. 2019). Previous attempts by the welfare state to intervene in order to sustainably reduce intersectional barriers to participation for long-term unemployed people with health impairments have often come to nothing. However, increasing access to vocational training could be a decisive opportunity to promote participation (Umkehrer 2020). Against the backdrop of entrenched long-term unemployment, the German legislator created a new standard instrument for promoting participation in basic social security for the long-term unemployed in 2023 - the holistic support in accordance with §16k SGBII. This is understood to mean "methods that include the assessment and development of personal skills and prospects"(BA 2023, 5), whereby employability is to be consolidated by overcoming individual problems with regard to the "life situation as a whole (...) [and] not just labor market-relevant content" (ibid.). The rehapro model project Essen.Pro.Teilhabe (EPT) has been testing such a holistic support strategy since the beginning of 2020 in order to improve the support situation of long-term unemployed people with health impairments. Innovative elements of EPT include, in particular, interdisciplinary cooperation between different providers and the long-term, holistic support approach in an adaptive, sanction-free setting. The project is being scientifically monitored and evaluated by the University of Duisburg-Essen. Based on current empirical data from the model project, the article outlines complex needs and conditions for the success of holistic skills development as a new educational practice and thus provides indications for a more inclusive and sustainable system of social participation support. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological basis is a mixed-method study design. The analysis results to be presented here are based on EPT participant surveys at the beginning of their participation in the project (n=145) and after at least 9 months of the project (n=60). The data was collected between August 2020 and November 2023 and analyzed using statistical methods. The findings were supplemented by the analysis of project progress data (n=252) and a content analysis of interviews (n=42) with project participants and observation protocols (n=44). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By November 2023, 252 participants had joined the pilot project. Of these, over 90% had at least two health impairments - around 75% had both physical and mental health problems. Accordingly, at the start of participation in the project, health stabilization takes precedence over direct occupational participation support. In addition, work on overarching skills (especially self-confidence) and professional orientation as well as the reduction of social problems (e.g. debt counselling/organization of care activities) are important support levers. Against the backdrop of these diverse problem situations, in addition to the voluntary nature of participation, a long period of support and the individual, close-meshed and holistic structure of the offer in line with the complex needs of the participants is a decisive condition for success. With a view to the individual, a holistic, skills-oriented educational approach comes into play in pedagogical practice, in which the teaching of self-competence and social skills is on an equal footing with professional expertise (Euler 2020). In addition, external barriers to participation need to be removed and access to support networks facilitated. The holistic support strategy is correspondingly resource-intensive, but it creates new perspectives for professional participation. So far, 81 people have successfully completed the pilot project, of which around 70% have been able to gain direct access to the labor market. However, due to the complex problems faced by many participants, professional reintegration often requires more time. A far-reaching perspective of participation support appears to be urgently required. However, the holistic support strategy has reached its limits, particularly in view of the voluntary nature of the project: almost 40% of all participants dropped out of the pilot project prematurely. The main reasons for this were a lack of ability to participate due to serious health problems and especially a lack of acceptance of the holistic support strategy. References BA (Bundesagentur für Arbeit) (2024). Langzeitarbeitslosigkeit. Einzelausgabe – Dezember 2023. URL: https://statistik.arbeitsagentur.de/SiteGlobals/Forms/Suche/Einzelheftsuche_Formular.html?nn=1610096&topic_f=langzeitarbeitslosigkeit [31.01.2024]. BA (Bundesagentur für Arbeit) (2023). Fachliche Weisung. Ganzheitliche Betreuung nach § 16k SGB II. Stand 25.05.2023. URL: https://www.arbeitsagentur.de/datei/fachliche-weisung-zu-p-16k-sgb-ii_ba044156.pdf [31.01.2024]. Beste, J., Mustafa C. & Trappmann, M. (2023). Zahlreiche Faktoren verringern die Erfolgsaussichten von Grundsicherungsbeziehenden. In: Wirtschaftsdienst, Jg. 103, H. 2, pp. 123-129. Euler, D. (2020). Kompetenzorientierung in der beruflichen Bildung. In: Arnold, R., Lipsmeier, A., Rohs, M. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Berufsbildung. Wiesbaden, pp. 205-218. Ixmeier, S., Muenk, D. & Muscati, N. (2023). "Making a virtue of necessity": Substitution potentials in the face of the shortage of skilled workers - ways to a sustainable future using the example of the German vocational training system. In V. Tūtlys, L. Vaitkutė & C. Nägele (Eds.), Vocational Education and Training Transformations for Digital, Sustainable and Socially Fair Future. Proceedings of the 5th Crossing Boundaries Conference in Vocational Education and Training, Kaunas, 25. – 26. May (pp. 222–228). European Research Network on Vocational Education and Training, VETNET, Vytautas Magnus University Education Academy, Institute of Educational Science. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7821811 Kaps, P., Oschmiansky, F., Ebach, M., Popp, S., Berthold, J. (2019). Was benötigen und wie gelingen Wiedereinstiege von exkludierten Personen in soziale und arbeitsmarktliche Zusammenhänge?. Abschlussbericht. Berlin. Trappmann, M., Ramos Lobato, P., Unger, S., Lietzmann, T. (2019). Leistungsberechtigte mit gesundheitlichen Einschränkungen: Nicht jeder ist erwerbsfähig. In: IAB Forum. URL: https://www.iab-forum.de/leistungsberechtigte-mit-gesundheitlichen-einschraenkungen-nicht-jeder-ist-erwerbsfaehig/ [31.01.2024]. Umkehrer, M. (2020). Wiedereinstieg nach Langzeitarbeitslosigkeit: Welche Arbeitsverhältnisse sind stabil, welche nicht? IAB-Kurzbericht Nr. 15/ 2020, pp. 1-12. UNSDG (United Nations Sustainable Development Group) (2024). Universal Values. Principle Two. Leave No One Behind. URL: https://unsdg.un.org/2030-agenda/universal-values/leave-no-one-behind [31.01.2024]. Wansing, G. (2005). Teilhabe an der Gesellschaft. Menschen mit Behinderung zwischen Inklusion und Exklusion. Wiesbaden. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Supporting Teachers to Enact Inclusive Pedagogy in an Age of Uncertainty: the Future of Sustainable Professional Learning for Inclusive Education Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:The development of inclusive education has become a policy priority across the world, reflected in the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goal 4 which places a focus on quality education for all (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation, 2015). Yet, the reality of enacting inclusive education remains inconsistent due to a range of barriers. Teachers are tasked with the responsibility of enacting policy and ensuring equity and inclusion, however they report feeling underprepared for this task in the Republic of Ireland (RoI) and internationally (Florian and Camedda, 2020; Rose et al., 2015). The reported lack of teacher confidence and competence in meeting the needs of all learners signals shortcomings in teacher education and professional learning for inclusion (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022). In this context, the perception of learner differences as deficits that need remediation remains a pervasive influence which can lead to individualising failure within learners (Florian, 2014). Notwithstanding the complexities associated with developing teachers’ beliefs, knowledge and skills for inclusive education, teacher education must support teachers to challenge hegemonic assumptions regarding ability, and to develop a sense of responsibility for including all learners. In addition, teachers need to have a shared understanding of inclusive education in order to support its enactment (Ainscow, 2020, Brennan & Gorman, 2023). The Inclusive Pedagogical Approach in Action (IPAA) framework offers a way forward for supporting teacher to narrow the persistent knowledge – practice gap for inclusion. It emphasises a shift away from ‘most’ and ‘some’ learners to meeting the needs of all learners in a way that does not marginalise difference (Florian, 2014). Teachers who enact inclusive pedagogy reject deterministic beliefs about ability and view diverse learning needs as teaching dilemmas to solve, rather than within learner problems. The challenge lies in the complex process of teacher change which requires changing teachers’ knowledge, beliefs, practice and student outcomes. However, transmissive professional development models, that do not significantly impact learning, tend to prevail in education. In contrast, models of collaborative professional learning, such as professional learning communities (PLCs) have shown to bring about and sustain teacher change (Brennan & King, 2022; Dogen, & Yurtseven, 2018). While the definition of PLCs lacks universal consensus, there is general agreement that an effective PLC involves regular reflective collaboration among a group of educators with the purpose of improving teaching and learning (Dogen, & Yurtseven, 2018). This paper demonstrates how PLCs that are characterised by enquiry and embedded in contexts of teachers’ work can be an effective model of professional learning for inclusion. Previous research in the RoI demonstrated that an externally facilitated PLC in a primary school resulted in sustained teacher learning for inclusion two years after facilitation ended (Brennan & King, 2022). Drawing on these findings, this research project scaled up PLCs as a model of PL for inclusive practice through a university-school partnership to support relational trust and authentic collaboration (Chapman, 2019). One academic supported four teachers to lead the development of PLCs in 4 schools over a period of 8 months. Focus group interviews with the PLC participants (n=33) and observation of practice in two schools, validated previous findings that showed improved attitudes, efficacy and practise for inclusion arising from engagement in a PLC. The PLCs provided safe and supportive spaces for collaborative problem solving among participants. This was fundamental to supporting teacher change and resulted in enhanced well-being among participants. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research study explored how the development of PLCs in 4 schools, underpinned by the IPAA, supported teachers to enact inclusive pedagogy. The research approach adopted was a qualitative, multiple case study design. The value of a multiple case study design is that it broadens the scope of the study and proves its relevance beyond that of a single case study while allowing for comparison across cases (Yin, 2006). The study included 33 participants who engaged in PLCs in their own school contexts. Each PLC was led by a teacher leader who had a postgraduate qualification in inclusive and/or special education. PLC meetings were led by the teacher leaders approximately every four to six weeks in each school over 6-7 months and lasted for 60-90 minutes. Ethical approval was granted by Dublin City University and permission to conduct the study was sought from the principal of each school. Participation in the PLCs was voluntary and open to every professional member of the school community. Informed consent was obtained prior to the commencement of the study. Data collection methods administered by the university academic included focus group interviews in each school and observations of practice. The purpose of the focus group interviews was to understand the experience of PLC participants and the impact of the PLC on teaching and learning. For the observation of practice, three teachers opted to participate across two schools. The transcripts of the focus groups were analysed using a thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to coding data, supported using NVivo software. Data was coded using both a deductive and inductive approach (Dawadi, 2020): A deductive approach to qualitative coding involved assigning a descriptive label to pertinent features of the data. In this approach, initial codes are informed by the findings in the literature review and the research questions guiding this study. Following this, an inductive approach to analysis was utilised to capture themes emerging from the data. The formation of themes then involved organising similar codes into categories. Categories were reviewed and themes were formed, namely: changes to individual practice, student learning, increased confidence and changes in beliefs and attitudes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers work within a system in which difference can be viewed as a deficit and therefore teacher education and professional learning needs to support teachers to acknowledge, problematise, question, and rethink differences in a way that becomes embedded in practice at classroom level. The research findings of this study show that teachers were supported to successfully enact inclusive pedagogy arising from their engagement in critical dialogue, public sharing of work in a professional learning community (Brennan & Gorman 2023, Parker et al., 2016). This was made possible through the university-school partnership which supported the development of relational trust that supported collaborative inquiry for inclusive pedagogy (Chapment, 2019). The key implication for sustainable teacher professional learning for inclusive education in an age of uncertainty is simple and cost effective: when supported by a more knowledgeable other, teachers can effectively lead PLCs in their own schools to positively impact teacher professional learning for inclusion and consequently student learning. This research offers a framework for policy makers and practitioners to support the goal of ensuring equitable and inclusive education for all. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6:1, 7-16, DOI: 10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Brennan, A., & Gorman, A. (2023). Leading transformative professional learning for inclusion across the teacher education continuum: Lessons from online and on-site learning communities. Professional Development in Education. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2238717 Brennan, A., & King, F. (2022). Teachers’ experiences of transformative professional learning to narrow the values practice gap related to inclusive practice. Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(2), 175-193. DOI: 10.1080/0305764X.2021.1965092 Chapman, C (2019) Making sense of education reform: Where next for Scottish education? Manchester, UK: Association of Directors of Education in Scotland/The Staff College Dawadi, S. (2020). Thematic analysis approach: A step by step guide for ELT research practitioners. Journal of NELTA, 25(1-2), 62-71. Dogen, S. and Yurtseven, N. (2018). Professional learning as a predictor for instructional quality: a secondary analysis of TALIS. School effectiveness and school improvement, 29 (1), 1744–5124. doi: 10.1080/09243453.2017.1383274. Florian, L. 2014. Reimagining special education: why new approaches are needed. In: L. Florian, ed. The sage handbook of special education. London: Sage 9–22. doi: 10.4135/9781446282236.n3. Florian, F. & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion, European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4-8, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1707579 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education [EASNIE] (2022). Profile for Inclusive Teacher Professional Learning: Including all education professionals in teacher professional learning for inclusion. Odense, Denmark. Parker, M., Patton., K., & O’Sullivan., M. (2016). Signature pedagogies in support of teachers’ professional learning. Irish Educational Studies, 35(2), 1–17. Rose, R., et al., 2015. Project iris–inclusive research in Irish schools: a longitudinal study of the experiences of and outcomes for pupils with special educational needs (SEN) in Irish schools. Trim: National Council for Special Education (NCSE). United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO). (2015). Education 2030 Incheon declaration and framework for action for the sustainable development goal 4. Paris: UNESCO. Yin, R.K. (2006). Case study methods. In J.L. Green, G. Camilli, & P.B. Elmore (Eds.), Handbook of complementary methods in education research (pp. 111-122). Taylor & Francis Group. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 05 SES 06 A: Counterspaces, Stigmatisation and (post)digital Disadvantage Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Michael Jopling Paper Session |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Counterstories Of Educational Pathways: Life Course Narratives Of Minoritized Young Adults On Counterspaces In Their Communities And Neighborhoods. Erasmus University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Minoritized youth encounter a myriad of challenges within the realm of urban education. These challenges can manifest as microaggressions and implicit/explicit prejudices from educators as well as structural impediments to their educational trajectories. Additionally, the wealth of knowledge these youth bring to their educational journey is often overlooked, portraying them as lacking in functional resources or capital (Kolluri, 2020; Rios-Aguilar & Neri, 2023). Despite these obstacles, many minoritized students adeptly navigate through these structural challenges to pursue postsecondary education.
Research on the experiences of students from minoritized backgrounds underscores the significant role played by their communities. Community cultural wealth emerges as a crucial support system, aiding these students in overcoming barriers and successfully transitioning to secondary education (Gao & Adamson, 2022; James-Gallaway, 2021; Margherio et al., 2020). Departing from the prevalent deficit approach that often frames minoritized and their communities as mere victims of achievement gaps, this study delves into the diverse resources or funds of knowledge available to these students within their communities and urban neighborhoods (Solórzano & Yosso, 2002: Steenwegen & Clycq, 2023).
To unravel the factors contributing to the resilience of minoritized youth and their ability to overcome obstacles (Ungar & Theron, 2020), we further draw on psychological research that highlights the pivotal role of children's communities and neighborhoods as potential support networks (Beese et al., 2023). This research strand views the ways in which children cope with negative experiences and surmount challenges as complex systems influenced by personal, familial, and contextual factors (Masten, 2018). Contributing elements within these systems are schools, after-hour clubs, sport centers and community members as role models.
Building on prior studies that explored the impact of community cultural wealth on the experiences of college students (Margherio et al., 2020; Ong et al., 2018), we lean in critical race theory and use the concept of "counterspaces" to unravel how community resources shape the ways in which young people counter inequality. Counterspaces represent environments, either as factual places in the neighborhood or symbolic spaces, where prevailing narratives of inequality are displaced, providing support and identity affirmation to minoritized and at-risk youth by connecting them to community cultural capital (Shirazi, 2019).
The primary research question guiding our investigation is: "Which spaces within the neighborhoods of minoritized children prove instrumental in overcoming experiences of inequality?" Within this research project we seek to unravel which spaces, both symbolically understood and effectively, contribute to the ability minoritized youth to overcome challenges and positively impact their educational pathways. This project explicitly focuses on the resources available in the communities and centers the experience of young adults who grew up in disadvantaged urban environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To unravel which spaces in the urban neighborhoods of youth at risk contribute to the ways in which they overcome obstacles we use an approach of counterstories which have the power to challenge belief systems, build community, and open new opportunities (Magnan et al., 2021; Solórzano & Yosso, 2002). We use a life course qualitative approach or life story method (Bertaux & Thompson, 2017; Scutaru, 2021) . Concretely, we conduct interviews with young adults of minoritized background who grew up in disadvantaged neighborhoods in urban areas of a diverse city in the Netherlands. In these interviews we investigate five themes: (1) their experience in school, (3) experiences of adversary they perceived as hindering their educational pathways (2) the role of their neighborhoods and communities in their educational pathways, (4) their current experience in education or in the workplace, and (5) their aspirations for the future. We focus on how these respondents managed to overcome the structural barriers and hurdles they were confronted with. Their narratives on how they confronted such challenges are interesting in researching the role of counterspaces as well as in in the displacement of common spread deficit approaches. We understand the interviewees as active co-constructors of the research projects and therefore they are invited to be part of the research process throughout (Bourabain, 2021). The researchers guarantee that the respondents can contact them for any questions, worries and concerns. In addition, the respondents are invited to read their transcripts, change, and erase anything that they discussed during the interview. Ethical approval has been granted by the ethical committee of the humanities and social sciences of the university to which the authors are affiliated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research brings critical insights into urban education by unraveling the complex dynamics shaping the educational pathways of minoritized youth. Firstly, the study identifies specific spaces within urban neighborhoods that serve as instrumental components in the resilience and educational success of minoritized youth. By pinpointing these crucial spaces, ranging from educational institutions to community-driven initiatives like after-hour clubs and sports centers, the research seeks to provide a nuanced understanding of the environments that contribute significantly to overcoming structural barriers. Secondly, the exploration of community resources, often underestimated or overlooked, is expected to shed light on the richness of assets within urban communities. A variety of resources will be examined, offering a comprehensive view of the diverse elements that positively impact the educational trajectories of at-risk youth. This aspect of the research holds the potential to challenge prevailing deficit approaches by highlighting the strengths present in minoritized and at-risk populations. The examination of counterspaces within urban settings represents a pivotal aspect of the study. Understanding how such spaces challenge prevailing narratives of inequality and provide crucial support is crucial. This exploration seeks to underscore the importance of counterspaces in connecting minoritized youth to community cultural capital, fostering resilience and a sense of belonging. By centering the voices and experiences of youth at risk, this research contributes to a broader understanding of urban education, emphasizing the strengths and resources within communities and challenging deficit-oriented perspectives. References Beese, S., Drumm, K., Wells-Yoakum, K., Postma, J., & Graves, J. M. (2023). Flexible Resources Key to Neighborhood Resilience for Children: A Scoping Review. In Children (Vol. 10, Issue 11). Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute (MDPI). https://doi.org/10.3390/children10111791 Bertaux, D. , & Thompson, P. (2017). Pathways to social class: A qualitative approach to social mobility. Routledge. Bourabain, D. (2021). Everyday sexism and racism in the ivory tower: The experiences of early career researchers on the intersection of gender and ethnicity in the academic workplace. Gender, Work and Organization, 28(1), 248–267. https://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.12549 Gao, F., & Adamson, B. (2022). Exploring the role of community cultural wealth in university access for minority students. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 43(6), 916-92 James-Gallaway, A. C. D. (2021). What got them through: community cultural wealth, Black students, and Texas school desegregation. Race Ethnicity and Education, 00(00), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2021.1924132 Kolluri, S. (2020). Patchwork capital and postsecondary success Latinx students from high school to college. Race Ethnicity and Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2020.1798389 Margherio, C., Horner-Devine, M. C., Mizumori, S. J. Y., & Yen, J. W. (2020). Connecting counterspaces and community cultural wealth in a professional development program. Race Ethnicity and Education, 00(00), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2020.1798378 Masten, A. S. (2021). Resilience in developmental systems: Principles, pathways, and protective processes in research and practice. In Multisystemic Resilience: Adaptation and Transformation in Contexts of Change (pp. 113–134). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190095888.003.0007 Rios-Aguilar, C., & Neri, R. C. (2023). Funds of knowledge, community cultural wealth, and the forms of capital: Strengths, tensions, and practical considerations. Urban Education, 58(7), 1443-1448. Shirazi, R. (2019). “ Somewhere We Can Breathe ” : Diasporic Counterspaces of Education as Sites of Epistemological Possibility. Comparative Education Review, 63(4). Solórzano, D. G., & Yosso, T. J. (2002). A critical race counterstory of race, racism, and affirmative action. Equity and Excellence in Education, 35(2), 155–168. https://doi.org/10.1080/713845284 Steenwegen, J., & Clycq, N. (2023). Supplementary schools as sites of access to community cultural wealth and funds of knowledge in Flanders, Belgium. Critical Studies in Education, 1-20. Ungar, M., & Theron, L. (2020). Resilience and mental health: How multisystemic processes contribute to positive outcomes. The Lancet Psychiatry, 7(5), 441-448. Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69–91. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Young People at Risk and (post)digital Disadvantage University of Brighton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In 2022, 24.7% of children aged less than 18 in the EU were at risk of poverty or social exclusion (Eurostat, 2023). This compared with 20.9% of adults (aged 18 or more). At the same time, the increasing datafication of societies and education systems (Erstad et al, 2023) means that emphasis, familiar for decades, on a ‘digital divide’ relating to variations in individuals’ digital access, caused by differences in their motivation, physical access, skills and usage opportunities (van Dijk 2006), has now extended to a ‘data divide’ (Andrejevic 2014), where data-driven technologies are not experienced equally. In turn, these have exacerbated existing levels of disadvantage. While only 5.4% of school-aged children in Europe are digitally deprived, the differences across countries are considerable, ranging from 0.7% in Estonia to 23.1% in Romania (Ayllon, Holmarsdottir & Lado, 2023). These forms of disadvantage are interdependent and have been magnified and highlighted by the Covid-19 pandemic and the subsequent cost of living crisis (Hayes et al, 2023). This paper aims to explore the interactions between social and digital deprivation by examining the experiences of both disadvantaged young people and those who support them. To do this it brings together two theoretical perspectives. The first situates constructions of vulnerability, risk and disadvantage and their effects in a range of social, economic and political contexts, seeing them as constituent elements of being human rather than deficits located in the individual (Beckett, 2006; McLeod, 2012; Jopling & Zimmermann, 2023). The second is postdigital theory, a critical perspective which takes as a starting point the increasing ubiquity and indivisibility of digital technologies in our lives (Jandrić, MacKenzie & Knox, 2022). As such, it is deliberately hybrid, hard to define and unpredictable, representing “both a rupture in our existing theories and their continuation (Jandrić et al, 2018: 894). It is hoped that bringing these perspectives will offer new perspectives on how disadvantage is constructed and understood. The research questions for this study are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper brings together data and findings from two overlapping projects. The first brought together cross-sector stakeholders from agencies, companies and consortia who worked with disadvantaged young people, as well as academic researchers in four collaborative dialogues held online during 2021 and 2022. Most participants were based in the West Midlands of England but the online location allowed their reach to extend nationally. The workshops were designed to facilitate debate on human data interaction (Mortier et al, 2014) and inclusive approaches to training and support for disadvantaged young people, especially in relation to areas such as developing skills in digital technologies and improving how young people understand data. Summaries of the workshops were shared with participants, but rather than using these as the basis for reporting on the study, participants were invited to contribute to an edited book (reference withheld) which allowed academic and non-academic contributors to extend the dialogue begun online. Chapters from the book have been used as data to be further analysed for this paper. The second project is ongoing at the time of submission and also uses a postdigital perspective to explore digital policy and practice in four schools (three secondary and one primary) in two highly deprived areas in the South-East of England. It explores issues such as the extent to which schools take into account children and young people’s digital lives and levels of access outside of school; how they are helping children and young people prepare for the (post)digital future in areas such as skills development; and the ways in which schools attempt to compensate for and overcome digital and data disadvantage among young people. The research is based on semi-structured individual and group interviews, held both online and in school, with school leaders, teachers, and technology leads in the schools. Data analysis is thematic (Braun & Clarke, 2021), informed by the theoretical frameworks already outlined. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions and expected outcomes are likely to focus on identifying the extent and effects of digital and data disadvantage among young people. They will also address the challenges schools, social services and other agencies face in attempting to support them and how they overcome these challenges. Indications for the first project were that disadvantage is both more various and deeper than stakeholders had anticipated, findings which will be explored in more detail in the presentation. Although the research is located in England, some of the dialogue participants drew on research undertaken in other countries and the presentation of conclusions will be careful to draw out the implications for other European contexts. References Andrejevic, M. (2014) Big data, big questions| the big data divide, International Journal of Communication, 8(17). Ayllón, S. Holmarsdottir, H. and Lado, S. (2023) Digitally Deprived Children in Europe. Child Indicators Research, 16, 1315-1339. Beckett, A. E. (2006) Citizenship and Vulnerability: Disability and Issues of Social Engagement. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Virginia Braun & Victoria Clarke (2020): One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352 Erstad, O. et al (2023) Datafication in and of Education – a literature review. http://agile-edu.eun.org/documents/9709807/9862864/Updated+D2.1+Datafication+in+and+of+Education_090623.pdf Eurostat (2023) Children at risk of poverty or social exclusion. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Children_at_risk_of_poverty_or_social_exclusion Jandrić, P., Knox, J., Besley, T., Ryberg, T., Suoranta, J., & Hayes, S. (2018). Postdigital Science and Education, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50(10), 893-899. Hayes, S., Jopling, M., Connor, S. and Johnson, M. (2023) Human Data Interaction, Disadvantage and Skills in the Community: Enabling Cross-Sector Environments for Postdigital Inclusion. Cham: Springer. Jandrić, P., MacKenzie, A. & Knox, J. (2022) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. Cham: Springer. Jopling, M. and Zimmermann, D. (2023) Exploring vulnerability from teachers’ and young people’s perspectives in school contexts in England and Germany, Research Papers in Education, 38(5), 828-845. McLeod, J. (2012) Vulnerability and the neo-liberal Youth Citizen: A view from Australia, Comparative Education, 4(11): 11-26. Mortier, R., Haddadi, H., Henderson, T., McAuley, D., & Crowcroft, J. (2014) Human Data Interaction: The Human Face of the Data-Driven Society. SSRN Electronic Journal. Van Dijk, J. (2020) The Digital Divide. London: John Wiley & Sons. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Inequalities in Pupils’ Reactions to Territorial Stigmatization in Finnish Schools 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:This study focuses on comprehensive schools that are located in Finnish post-war high-rise suburban housing estates, known in Finland as lähiö. Since the 1990s, many lähiös have become socio-economically disadvantaged neighbourhoods, where ethnic minorities have also begun to cluster. Finnish lähiös are often seen in a negative light in the public debate and in the eyes of outsiders even though residents do often not share this view. However, little research has so far been done in Finland on neighbourhood stigma, especially in the everyday school lives of pupils. In this ethnographic study, we examine the everyday reactions of pupils from socio-economically different neighbourhoods to lähiö stigmatization. Pupils lived both inside and outside the stigmatized lähiös, but attended the same lähiö schools. We focus on the spatial and social hierarchies and inequalities that responding to lähiö stigma creates among pupils in schools. In this study, we ask: 1) How is lähiö stigma reflected in the everyday lives of pupils from different backgrounds and neighbourhoods, and how do they react to lähiö stigma at schools? Theoretically, we draw on Wacquant’s (2007, 2008) concept of territorial stigmatization and Pryor and Reeder’s (2011) taxonomy of four types of stigma: public stigma, self-stigma, stigma by association and structural stigma (see also Bos et al. 2013). We are not only interested in how pupils from different backgrounds internalize stigma and what it entails, as Wacquant's stigmatization framework (2007; 2008) would suggest, but also in how they are able to resist and challenge it (e.g. Kirkness 2014; Palmer et al. 2004) at the level of different types of stigma. Studies on territorial stigma have often focused either on the perceptions of residents of stigmatized neighborhoods or housing (e.g. Kirkness 2014; McKenzie 2012; Palmer et al. 2004), including young people (e.g. Sernhede 2011; Visser, Bolt and Kempen 2015), or on how residents from middle-class backgrounds seek to disengage from notorious neighborhoods (e.g. Pinkster, 2014; Watt 2009). However, the role of the school in territorial stigmatization and the perspectives of pupils from different backgrounds have received less attention. The novelty of our research for European research on urban education and educational inequalities among young people is that 1) we analyse and compare the perspectives of pupils from different socio-economic backgrounds who live both inside and outside stigmatized lähiös, 2) we have a research design in which the structural factor that connects pupils is school and 3) we examine territorial stigmatization as a mechanism of inequality in pupils' school life. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ethnographic data of this study was produced as part of a research project Local Educational Ethos, examining educational inequalities and the response of schools to the challenges of urban segregation. In this study, we use interview and observation data from two case schools that are comprehensive schools located in the metropolitan area of Helsinki. The schools were selected for the research project based on their neighborhoods’ socio-economic context and location in statistically disadvantaged areas – in low SES and ethnically diverse neighborhoods compared to the city average. The majority of the pupils lived close to the schools, in low SES and ethnically diverse high-rise suburban housing estates. However, the schools also had pupils from surrounding relatively higher SES areas of mostly detached and terraced housing. Our ethnographic data comprise pupils’ (aged 13–15) interviews (n=46) and daily observations (88 school days) from two lähiö schools. The ethnographic fieldwork was conducted in both schools during the 2019–2020 school year. We observed everyday school life during lessons, breaks, events, excursions and other school activities. The interviews were semi-structured and conducted either individually or in small groups of two or three. The questions in the interviews centered around the school (What is this school like?) and neighborhood (What is it like to live in your neighborhood?). Parental consent was required from the guardians of the pupils who participated in the study, and all ethical procedures were conducted accordingly. We analysed the data using thematic content analysis (e.g., Braun and Clarke 2019). In the first stage of the analysis, we discussed what themes concerned territorial stigma and inequalities among pupils and their reactions to it. We then coded the interview and observation data from the two schools with Atlas.ti software. First, we coded the data with two codes: neighborhood and neighborhood comparison. Finally, we coded these sections with even more specific codes: public stigma, self-stigma, stigma by association, structural stigma, spatial hierarchies, challenging stigma and internalizing stigma. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings demonstrate that a public stigma of living in a disadvantaged lähiö, or being associated with it through school, affected pupils’ lives and they used several strategies to avoid, alleviate and challenge the lähiö stigma. However, pupils from socio-economically diverse neighbourhoods and circumstances had different opportunities to react to lähiö stigma, leading to inequalities between them. Among pupils living in disadvantaged lähiös, the stigma caused ambivalent and negative feelings and a sense of shame towards their living environment. This may indicate the internalization of the lähiö stigma into a self-stigma. Pupils living outside stigmatised lähiös feared that the stigmatisation of school neighbourhoods would also affect them. This phenomenon could be called stigma by association (Boss et al. 2013; Pryor & Reeder 2011). Among pupils from relatively higher SES neighbourhoods, lähiö stigma was associated with the stigma of social problems and poverty in the neighbourhood and they used stigmatising language towards the school neighbourhood. Thus, reactions to lähiö stigma created spatial and social hierarchies among pupils. This contributed to the divisions and boundaries among pupils living in socio-economically different neighborhoods but attending the same school. Territorial stigmatization is thus one of the mechanisms that feed inequalities among young people at school. It is therefore important to reflect on school from the perspective of structural stigma, meaning the role of the school as an institution in alleviating spatial and social hierarchies and the use of stigmatized language among pupils from socio-economically different neighborhoods. Thus, active efforts are needed from school staff to raise awareness of the spatial hierarchies and neighbourhood stigma in pupils’ lives, to promote the grouping and encounters of pupils from different backgrounds and to support respectful interaction among them. References Bos, Arjan, John Pryor, Glenn Reeder and Sarah Stutterheim. 2013. “Stigma: Advances in Theory and Research.” Basic and Applied Social Psychology 35 (1): 1-9. Braun, Virginia and Victoria Clarke. 2019. “Reflecting on Reflexive Thematic Analysis.” Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health 11 (4), 589–597. Kirkness, Paul. 2014. “The Cités Strike Back: Restive Responses to Territorial Taint in the French Banlieues”. Environment and Planning A: Economy and Space 46 (6): 1281–1296. McKenzie, Lisa. 2012. “A Narrative from the Inside, Studying St Anns in Nottingham: Belonging, Continuity and Change.” The Sociological Review 60 (3): 457–475. Palmer, Catherine, Anna Ziersch, Kathy Arthurson and Fran Baum. 2004. “Challenging the Stigma of Public Housing: Preliminary Findings from a Qualitative Study in South Australia.” Urban Policy and Research 22 (4): 411–426. Pinkster, Fenne. 2014. “’I Just Live Here’: Everyday Practices of Disaffiliation of Middle-class Households in Disadvantaged Neighbourhoods.” Urban Studies, 51 (4): 810–826. Pryor, John and Glenn Reeder. 2011. “HIV-related stigma.” In HIV/AIDS in the Post-HAART Era: Manifestations, Treatment and Epidemiology, edited by Brian Hall, John Hall and Clay Cockerell, 790–806. Shelton, Connecticut: PMPH-USA, Ltd. Sernhede, Ove. 2011. “School, Youth Culture and Territorial Stigmatization in Swedish Metropolitan Districts.” Young, 19 (2): 159–180. Visser, Kirsten, Gideon Bolt & Ronald van Kempen. 2015. “‘Come and live here and you'll experience it’: youths talk about their deprived neighbourhood.” Journal of Youth Studies 18 (1): 36–52. Wacquant, Loic. 2007. “Territorial stigmatization in the age of advantaged marginality.” Thesis Eleven 91 (1): 66–77. Wacquant, Loic. 2008. Urban outcasts: A comparative sociology of advanced marginality. Cambridge: Polity. Watt, Paul. 2009. “Living in an oasis: middle-class disaffiliation and selective belonging in an English suburb.” Environment and Planning A 41 (12): 2874–2892. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 06 SES 06 A: Discussing and Producing Multimodal Representations in Open Learning Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Yvonne Fritze Paper Session |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper The Depiction of the Enemy in the Video Game Heimat Defender: Rebellion Reflected in the Ideology of the Identitarian Movement University of Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:It is well-documented that approximately half of the German population regularly engages in digital gaming across platforms such as computers, consoles, and mobile devices, including smartphones and tablets (bitkom 2021). The widespread appeal of video games, both nationally and internationally, inevitably attracts attention from various groups, including those with extremist ideologies seeking to exploit the medium for their own agendas (Möbus 2023; Schlegel 2023; Huberts 2022). A particularly striking instance of this phenomenon is the video game "Heimat Defender: Rebellion" (2020), developed and released by "Ein Prozent" and "Kvltgames," both entities identified by The German domestic intelligence services as part of the far-right spectrum and closely linked to the Identitarian Movement, a group firmly placed within the far-right domain by the same federal authority (BMI 2021). According to the game's developers, Heimat Defender: Rebellion was purposefully designed to serve the propaganda efforts of the Identitarian Movement (Moritz 2020). The trend of instrumentalizing video games as vehicles for explicit propagandistic messages within the context of German far-right extremism isn't particularly new. Earlier instances, such as the simplistic games "KZ-Manager" and "Antitürkentest" from the 1980s, gained traction within extremist circles. However, Heimat Defender: Rebellion marks a notable departure in this lineage. While it communicates a far-right ideology, it does not present itself as overtly extremist on the surface, particularly when contrasted with games like "KZ-Manager" (Möbus 2023). Furthermore, Heimat Defender: Rebellion was produced by a semi-professional developer and marketed within Germany (and Austria) until its prohibition, thus endowing it with a unique potential to propagate the Identitarian Movement's narratives and ideology. The game's contemporary relevance in terms of narrative, gameplay, and aesthetics suggests a capacity to engage players beyond mere provocation, possibly mainstreaming far-right ideologies through intrinsic player motivation (Möbus 2023). Plenty of interdisciplinary publications exist which clearly state that "Heimat Defender: Rebellion" propagates dehumanizing, racist, antisemitic, and anti-democratic world views (Möbus 2023; BpjM 2020). Nonetheless, the game remains freely downloadable, thus maintaining easy accessibility for children, adolescents and young adults (BpjM 2020, 33). This is particularly alarming given the game's explicit targeting of younger demographics. Yet, comprehensive academic engagement with Heimat Defender: Rebellion, especially within the framework of digital propaganda and disinformation strategies of the Identitarian Movement, has been limited (Möbus 2023; Schlegel 2023; Huberts 2022). A well-known strategy within the digital propaganda and disinformation arsenal of the German far-right is establishing and repeating antagonizing images of individuals and groups, which are considered as the enemy. These depictions play a significant role in spreading far-right ideologies and fostering individual radicalization processes (Jesse 2011; Auer 2002). Recent academic efforts have focused on dissecting these depictions, considering the unique propagandistic potentials of various media forms, such as right-wing music, memes, and social media posts (Hajok and Leonhardt 2020; Zeyer 2017). However, explorations into depictions of the enemy within video games, particularly from the perspective of the Identitarian Movement, remain sparse (Schlegel 2023; Huberts 2022). The aim of this contribution is to deconstruct the depiction of the enemy conveyed by the Identitarian Movement within the video game Heimat Defender: Rebellion, specifically to identify the characters represented as antagonists, thereby enabling further insights into the Identitarian Movement's ideology. The contribution will therefore address the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, in alignment with the presentation's objectives and considering the peculiarities of Heimat Defender: Rebellion, a pragmatic approach to analyze and deconstruct the depiction of the enemy through ‘video game analysis’ (Eichner 2017, 526f) is proposed. This approach blends literary analysis—understood as texts that "require physical effort to engage with" (Eichner 2017, 525)—with film and television analysis techniques, and organizes video game analysis into various heuristic steps: 1) Description, i.e., making specific phenomena visible through descriptive explication; 2) Analysis, i.e., systematically extracting relevant insights; 3) Interpretation, i.e., contextualizing analytical findings within the theoretical framework (Eichner 2017, 526; Mikos 2017). To specify the focus of the analysis, namely the deconstruction of the depiction of the enemy, an analytical approach inspired by the generic model of ‘general game analysis’ (Fernández-Vara 2019) and in line with Preisinger (2022, 48), who emphasizes the importance of "interaction rules and forms within the game world and between player characters and non-player characters," is suggested. This approach focuses on the analysis of intradiegetic boss enemies, understood in reference to Genette's (1994) narrative theory as the narrative level within the digital game world, specifically characters and their actions occurring within the Heimat Defender: Rebellion game world. Boss enemies, known by various synonyms and associated concepts such as end bosses, level bosses, etc., and programmed by the game's AI, play a significant role in video games, often posing existential threats: "[they] are usually significantly stronger than other enemies, often having some significance to the plot of the game’s story" (Wood and Summerville 2019, 1). Boss enemies typically emerge at the end of certain game sections, associated with key narrative progressions (Segschneider 2022, 13f; Rato and Prada 2021, 41): "[they] provide a moral compass – they show behaviours that are threatening to society, because they cause others physical harm, deny the rights and freedom of others, create chaos, would betray others, or perform actions that are disgusting" (Pradantyo, Birk, and Bateman 2021, 2). Therefore, to answer the research questions, the depiction of the enemy in Heimat Defender: Rebellion is analyzed with blending ‘video game analysis’ and ‘general game analysis’ to approach the depiction of boss enemies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the central findings of the contribution, it can be summarized on one hand that Heimat Defender: Rebellion sardonically distorts the characteristic of the perceived enemies of the Identitarian Movement/New Right, namely politicians such as Heiko Maas and Angela Merkel, who are perceived from the Identitarian perspective as disregarding the (allegedly) homogeneous interests of the German pipulation, as well as artists/activists engaging critically with the phenomenon of right-wing extremism, such as Jan Böhmermann and Philipp Ruch, and the Jewish investor George Soros, who is depicted as a personalized projection surface for numerous anti-Semitic conspiracy theories and is staged in Heimat Defender: Rebellion as an influential background actor. On the other hand, the analysis of depiction of the enemy offers intriguing insights into the Identitarian ideology by conveying the narrative in Heimat Defender: Rebellion that the elites represented by the aforementioned real-world figures are deliberately acting against the citizens in a concerted effort to enforce population homogenization. Particularly, the narrative of cooperative elites consciously and strategically working together against the population for their own interests, such as power retention and economic enrichment, along with the portrayal of political actors like ‘George Soros’, who wield particularly extensive political influence from behind the scenes, is deeply anti-democratic. It is evident that these narratives are intended to discredit not only the current elites but also the intermediary institutions they represent, thereby undermining their significance within the framework of a liberal democratic society and its foundational order. References Auer, Kathrin. 2002. «‚Political Correctness‘ - ideologischer Code, Feindbild und Stigmawort der Rechten». Österreichische Zeitschrift für Politikwissenschaft 31(3), 291−303. https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-60024. Bitcom. 2021. Halb Deutschland spielt Video- oder Computerspiele. Bitkom 23.08.2021. Zugriff: 03.12.2022. https://www.bitkom.org/Presse/Presseinformation/Halb-Deutschland-spielt-Video-oder-Computerspiele. Bundesministerium des Innern und für Heimat (BMI). 2021. Verfassungsschutzbericht 2020. BMI 15.06.2021. Zugriff: 05.07.2023. https://www.bmi.bund.de/SharedDocs/downloads/DE/publikationen/themen/sicherheit/vsb-2020-gesamt.pdf?__blob=publicationFile&v=2. Bundesprüfstelle für jugendgefährdende Medien (BpjM). 2020. «Entscheidung Nr. 6322 vom 07.12.2020.» Frag den Staat 18.03.2021. Zugriff: 01.06.2023. https://fragdenstaat.de/files/foi/581665/heimat-defender.dePr.677-2020Anonym._geschwrzt.pdf?download. Eichner, Susanne. 2017. «Videospielanalyse». In Qualitative Medienforschung. Ein Handbuch, eds. v. Lothar Mikos und Claudia Wegener, 524−533. Konstanz: UVK. Fernández-Vara, Clara. 2019. Introduction to Game Analysis (2nd edition). New York, NY u. a.: Routledge. Genette, Gérard. 1994. Die Erzählung. München: Wilhelm Fink. Hajok, Daniel, und Ricardo Leonhardt. 2020. «Extremismus im Hip-Hop? Eine vergleichende Analyse von linken und rechten Raptexten.» JMS Jugend Medien Schutz-Report 43/2020 Heft 1, 7−8. doi.org/10.5771/0170-5067-2020-1 Huberts, Christian. 2022. Rechte Falschspieler:innen in Gaming. Belltower News 27.06.2022. Zugriff: 01.06.2023. https://www.belltower.news/good-gaming-well-played-democracy-rechte-falschspielerinnen-in-gaming-129289/. Jesse, Eckhard. 2011. «Feindbilder im Extremismus», in Jahrbuch Extremismus & Demokratie, Bd. 23, eds. v. Uwe Backes, Alexander Gallus, und Eckhard Jesse, 13−36. Baden-Baden: Nomos. Mikos, Lothar. 2017. «Film- und Fernsehanalyse» In Qualitative Medienforschung. Ein Handbuch, eds. v. Lothar Mikos und Claudia Wegener, 516−523. Konstanz: UVK. Möbus, Benjamin. 2023. «Würden wir die Rolle von Computerspielen nicht für wichtig erachten, würden wir nicht tun, was wir tun“ – Die Identitäre Bewegung und das propagandistische Potential von Computerspielen am Beispiel von ‚Heimat Defender: Rebellion‘» Zeitschrift für praxisorientierte Radikalisierungsforschung zepRa, 2, 1, 4−35. Pradantyo, Reyhan, Max V. Birk, und Scott Bateman. 2021. How the Visual Design of Video Game Antagonists Affects Perception of Morality. Frontiers in Computer Science, 3, Article 531713. https://doi.org/10.3389/fcomp.2021.531713. Rato, Diago, und Prada, Rui. 2021. «A Taxonomy of Social Roles for Agents in Games». In Entertainment Computing – ICEC 2021, eds. v. Jannicke Baalsrud Hauge, Jorge C. S. Cardoso, Licínio Roque und Pedro A. Gonzalez-Calero, 75–87. Cham: Springer. Schlegel, Linda. 2023. Super Mario Brothers Extreme? Wie Extremist:innen Videospiele und Gaming-Kultur für sich nutzen. Violence Prevention Network 12.04.2023. Zugriff: 13.05.2023. https://gaming-rechtsextremismus.de/themen/super-mario-brothers-extreme/. Segschneider, Anja. 2022. Empathie und Parteilichkeit gegenüber fiktionalen Figuren in Videospielen. Eine Analyse von narrativen Strategien am Beispiel von ‚The Last of Us Part II‘. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Wood, Andrew, und Adam Summerville. 2019. Understanding Boss Battles: A Case Study of Cuphead. Zugriff 28.10.2023. https://exag.org/archive/wood2019battles.pdf. Zeyer, Jens. 2017. Feindbilder – Mythen – Helden. Rechtsextreme Liedtexte und ihre weltanschaulichen Hintergründe. Würzburg: Verlag Königshausen und Neumann. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Development of Digital Multimodal Composing skills in secondary school students. A systematic literature review (in progress) Pontificia Universidad Católica, Chile Presenting Author:In recent decades, technology has substantially modified how adolescents generate content and interact socially through various digital platforms (OECD, 2021). The digital era has transformed the traditional notion of textual composition (Danielsson & Selander, 2021) since, in digital environments, messages are produced by non-linear and interactive elements composed of various semiotic modes, such as images, sounds, and verbal text (Flewitt, 2011). Therefore, the digital content composition must be conceived from a multimodal perspective (Jewitt, 2003) to understand how different semiotic modes contribute to meaning-making according to communicative purposes (Bezemer & Jewitt, 2018). Multimodal composition in digital environments has been studied as Digital Multimodal Composing (DMC), defined as the production of digital content through various semiotic modes to negotiate meanings with a real or imaginary audience (Smith et al., 2021). DMC has been studied from Social Semiotic theory (Kress, 2009), which states that individuals select specific semiotic resources depending on modes’ potential—or affordance—to communicate meanings (Kress, 2009) according to sociocultural factors, discursive genre, and the relationship with the audience (Smith, 2017). DMC has also been studied under the theories of multiliteracies (Cope & Kalantzis, 2009) since multimodal composition processes respond to new pedagogical practices related to the digital age, design thinking skills and students' authentic contexts (Cope & Kalantzis, 2009; Miller, 2013). Empirical studies in secondary school contexts have shown that DMC processes positively affect the development of higher-order skills (Knobel, 2017), such as creation, creativity, critical thinking, collaborative work, and problem-solving. Likewise, DMC promotes the development of linguistic skills (Vandommele et al., 2017), social skills (Mills, 2009), metacognitive strategies (Hung, 2019), digital empathy (Jiang & Gao, 2020), and metalanguage to consciously use semiotic resources in multimodal texts production (Unsworth & Mills, 2020). Although DMC practices positively impact the development of learning and skills, some studies have shown that young people do not always have the skills needed to generate content in digital environments (Bennett et al., 2008; Dalton, 2012) due to the scarcity of teaching strategies to evaluate and guide DMC tasks (Purcell et al., 2013). Consequently, it is relevant to conceive DMC processes not only as a means to achieve learning purposes but as a skill that requires the development of pedagogical strategies to help students create digital content through new ways of representation (Jocius, 2013). Recent literature reviews on DMC tasks with secondary school students have examined students' processes and perceptions in DMC contexts (Li & Akoto, 2021), the relationship between DMC and translanguage with bilingual and multilingual students (Pacheco et al., 2022), and teaching strategies to work on DMC in the classroom (Smith et al., 2021). These literature reviews allow to know how the implementation of DMC in secondary education has been empirically analyzed; however, these studies focus mainly on language learning (L1-L2), and lees on other disciplines, such as scientific areas, in which the use of multimodality is essential to represent phenomena and elements that can hardly be explained only by verbal language (Bergey et al., 2015). This literature review aims to expand understanding of DMC processes, incorporating different school disciplinary areas. Therefore, this literature review seeks to answer the question: What do empirical studies report on DMC implementation in secondary education from diverse disciplinary areas? Knowing the practices teachers and students carry out during DMC processes will contribute to understanding the pedagogical strategies for developing multimodal language and its impact on digital literacies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A literature review was conducted using the Web Of Science (WOS) database, in which the following codes were used: TS=(“digital multimodal compos*” OR “multimodal writing” OR “multimodal compos*” OR “digital compos*” OR “digital multimodal” OR “multimodal codemeshing” OR multimodality) AND TS=(“middle school” OR “junior high” OR “high school” OR “secondary”). Combining these search codes resulted in 107 articles published between 2018 and 2023 (the search ended on September 6th, 2023). This review aimed to determine what the empirical evidence reports on DMC implementation from diverse disciplinary areas in secondary school education. A first screening was performed by analyzing the titles and abstracts (N=107). At this stage, theoretical studies, literature reviews, and studies focused only on teachers were rejected. Then, a second screening focused on full-text articles (N=77) dismissed studies according to the analysis object: multimodal artifacts, classroom interactions, and digital educational platforms. The final sample of documents for subsequent analysis consisted of 30 articles. Subsequently, the articles were described according to the research design, the country where studies were implemented, and the disciplines or themes related to DMC tasks. Open coding (Corbin & Strauss, 2002) was used to identify emerging elements. Next, axial coding (Corbin & Strauss, 2002) was used to gather the elements into thematic categories. The categories were divided into two phases: the first focused on the students' practices during the DMC processes, and the second focused on the teachers' practices during the DMC processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The articles examined correspond mainly to qualitative studies, such as case studies, ethnographic studies, design-based research, and critical discourse analysis. Only three investigations used a mixed approach. The studies were mainly implemented in the United States, followed by China, South Korea, Singapore, Denmark, Finland, Canada, New Zealand, and Norway. Concerning the disciplines or themes, most of the DMC tasks were related to social topics, second language teaching, and, to a lesser extent, science-related areas. The analysis was divided into two parts. The first is related to DMC processes from the students' perspective, and the second is related to DMC processes from the teachers' perspective. In the first section, which focused on students, two categories emerged: (1) the factors influencing the selection of semiotic modes—emotions and identities, the type of content, and the relationship with the audience— 2) perceptions about DMC practices—DMC benefits and tensions. Two categories emerged in the second section, which focused on teachers: (1) strategies for teaching DMC—emphasis on technical aspects and metalanguage teaching—(2) perceptions about DMC processes—benefits and challenges of DMC in teachers' educational contexts. References Bennett, S., Maton, K., & Kervin, L. (2008a). The “digital natives” debate: A critical review of the evidence. British Journal of Educational Technology, 39(5), 775–786. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8535.2007.00793.x Bezemer, J., & Jewitt, C. (2018). Multimodality: A guide for linguists. In L. Litosseliti (Ed.), Research Methods in Linguistics (Bloomsbury) Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2009). “Multiliteracies”: New Literacies, New Learning. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 4(3), 164–195. https://doi.org/10.1080/15544800903076044 Dalton, B. (2012). Multimodal composition and the common core state standards. Reading Teacher, 66(4), 333–339. https://doi.org/10.1002/TRTR.01129 Danielsson, K., & Selander, S. (2021). Multimodal Texts in Disciplinary Education: A Comprehensive Framework. (Springer) Flewitt, R. (2011). Bringing ethnography to a multimodal investigation of early literacy in a digital age. Qualitative Research, 11(3), 293–310. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794111399838 Jewitt, C. (2003). Reshaping Learning. New Technologies and Multimodality. International Journal of Learning, 10. Jiang, L., & Gao, J. (2020a). Fostering EFL Learners’ Digital Empathy through Multimodal Composing. RELC Journal, 51(1), 70–85. https://doi.org/10.1177/0033688219898565 Li, M., & Akoto, M. (2021). Review of Recent Research on L2 Digital Multimodal Composing. International Journal of Computer, 11, 1–16. http://www.igi-global.com/authorseditors/titlesubmission/newproject.aspx Hung, S. (2019). Creating Digital Stories: EFL Learners’ Engagement, Cognitive and Metacognitive Skills. Kress, G. (2009). A social-semiotic theory of multimodality. In Multimodality. A Social Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication (pp. 54–78) Miller, S. M. (2013). A research metasynthesis on digital video composing in classrooms: An evidence-based framework toward a pedagogy for embodied learning. Journal of Literacy Research, 45(4), 386–430. https://doi.org/10.1177/1086296X13504867 Mills, K. A. (2009). Multiliteracies: Interrogating competing discourses. Language and Education, 23(2), 103–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500780802152762 Pacheco, M. B., Smith, B. E., Combs, E., & Amgott, N. A. (2022). Translanguaging within multimodal composition products and processes: A systematic review. Pedagogies, 17(4), 389–407. https://doi.org/10.1080/1554480X.2022.2139256 Purcell, K., Buchanan, J., & Friedrich, L. (2013). The Impact of Digital Tools on Student Writing and How Writing is Taught in Schools/Teachers-technology-and-writing. In JULY (Vol. 16). http://pewinternet.org/Reports/2013/Teachers-technology-and-writing Smith, B. E. (2017). Composing across modes: a comparative analysis of adolescents’ multimodal composing processes. Learning, Media and Technology, 42(3), 259–278. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2016.1182924 Smith, B. E., Pacheco, M. B., & Khorosheva, M. (2021). Emergent Bilingual Students and Digital Multimodal Composition: A Systematic Review of Research in Secondary Classrooms. Reading Research Quarterly, 56(1), 33–52. https://doi.org/10.1002/rrq.298 Unsworth, L., & Mills, K. A. (2020). English language teaching of attitude and emotion in digital multimodal composition. Journal of Second Language Writing, 47. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2020.100712 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Promoting Students' Media Literacy by Producing Animated Films in Educational Institutions Hochschule für Angewandte Wissenschaften (HAW) Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:Digitalization has made increasing progress over the last two decades. The term digitalization implies a growing presence and importance of digital media in our lives and thus a whole process of change in society (Krotz, 2018; Schrape, 2021). With regard to children, the growing presence of digital media is reflected in current studies, such as the KIM and JIM studies: smartphones, computers/laptops, televisions and internet access are available in almost all households in which 6-13-year-olds and 12-19-year-olds live. In addition, almost 50% of 6-13-year-olds and 100% of 12-19-year-olds have their own smartphone (KIM study, 2022; JIM study, 2023). The increased use of digital media leads to a different communication and social interaction. In the future, children and young people will need special skills, that help them to find their way in the digitalized world and to participate in it. They need what is often described as media literacy to deal with it in a reflective manner. Baacke divides media literacy into the four dimensions of media knowledge, media use, media design and media criticism. Consequently, according to Baacke, it is not only important to know more about the various media, to be able to use them and to master the design of or with media, but also to deal with them critically (Baacke, 2007). In the context of the use of digital media in preschools, there are controversial discussions (Fröhlich-Gildhoff & Fröhlich-Gildhoff, 2017; Knauf, 2018) about the question of from what age children should use (which) digital media (and how) and from what age media literacy can and should be promoted. Today, it is no longer a question of whether digital media can or should be used in preschools, but rather how they are used (Reichert-Garschhammer, 2020; Roboom, 2020). The discussion about the advantages and disadvantages of using them must therefore continue in the educational context. Recently, it has been observed that the discourse is shifting towards focusing more on the risks. For example, when using digital media, there should be paid more attention to the quality of the use and also good supervision by professionals must be guaranteed (Knauf, 2024; Kontovourki & Tafa, 2020; Karolinska Institutet, 2023). The educational framework needed to promote media literacy is still relatively unclear. In addition to good framework conditions, such as time resources and good technical equipment and infrastructure (Cohen & Hemmerich, 2019), another important prerequisite is the media and media didactic skills of the educators themselves. Study results show, that many educational professionals are still insufficiently trained in this regard (Corona-KiTa-Studie, 2021; DKLK-Studie, 2020). Although it has already been shown that educational professionals are more likely to use digital media in their work and also directly with children and young people if they consider themselves to be media literate (Tappe, 2017, 2019). It is therefore of great importance if and to what extent prospective educational professionals acquire media literacy and media education skills as part of their education or studies. Studies carried out, that these skills are still rarely addressed in pedagogical training and student courses (Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, 2019; Kammerl & Thumel, 2016). As a university, this should be covered in future via the study modules. It is necessary to take a closer look at the basic skills that prospective educational professionals should have. This leads to the following research questions: 1. Are there any approaches to media-didactic training of childhood education students at "Hochschule für Angewandte Wissenschaften" (HAW) Hamburg? If so, how many and what kind of? 2. What kind of seminars do students ask for? 3. How is a specific media education seminar (animated film work) accepted by childhood education students? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the first step, we analysed the module handbook and the course schedules from the summer semester 2023 and winter semester 2023/2024 of the degree programme "Education in Childhood" at HAW Hamburg with regard to the keywords: media education, media literacy. A ranking in terms of frequency was carried out and related keywords were inductively analysed. At the same time, we developed two seminar concepts which, from our perspective, can promote the acquisition of media literacy as well as the development of media didactic skills. These seminars were implemented in the summer semester 2023 and winter semester 2023/2024. The students evaluated the seminars with Questionnaires and reflection forms. These were analysed using qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz and Rädiker (Kuckartz & Rädiker 2022). The aim of these surveys was to identify students' wishes, evaluate their satisfaction with the developed seminar concepts and consider implications for the training of childhood education students (media education and media didactics as a transdisciplinary topic) for the further development of the degree programme. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysing the module handbooks and course schedules revealed that there are hardly any media education seminars at the degree programme "Education in Childhood" at HAW Hamburg. The promotion of media literacy plays virtually no role in the training of childhood educators at this university. The exact quantitative analyses will be presented at the conference. The two media education seminars were well received by the students, so it can be concluded that the students themselves are interested in this programme and consider it relevant for their future pedagogical work. Both seminars were included in an elective area, so there was no obligation to choose them, but a quarter of the year group chose one of these courses. The reflection on the seminar programme and the evaluation of the question and reflection sheets showed that the students: - received new ideas for media education work with children and young people - they appreciate the opportunity to engage in their own creative work supported by digital tools -they can well imagine realising this together with children. A differentiated evaluation will be available by the time of the conference and will then be presented in detail. The results will be compared with other international research findings in an attempt to answer the question of which media literacy students should acquire during their studies and how these can later be used in educational practice. References Baacke, D. (2007). Medienpädagogik. [Nachdruck]. Tübingen: Niemeyer. Cohen, F. & Hemmerich, F. (2019). Nutzung digitaler Medien für die pädagogische Arbeit in der Kindertagesbetreuung. Kurzexpertise im Auftrag des Bundesministeriums für Familie, Senioren, Frauen und Jugend. Bundesministerium für Familie, Senioren, Frauen und Jugend. Corona-KiTa-Studie (2021). 4. Quartalsbericht der Corona-KiTa-Studie (II/2021). DJI. München. DKLK. (2020). DKLK-Studie 2020. KiTa-Leitung zwischen Digitalisierung und Personalmangel. Köln: Wolters Kluwer. Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, H. (2019). Medienerziehung und Medienbildung als Aufgaben der frühkindlichen Bildung: Aktuelle Situation und Implikationen für eine stärkere Verankerung. In K. Götz, J. Heider-Lang & A. Merkert (Hrsg.), Digitale Transformation in der Bildungslandschaft – den analogen Stecker ziehen? Schriftenreihe „Managementkonzepte“ (S. 52-69). München/Mehring: Rainer Hampp. Fröhlich-Gildhoff, K., & Fröhlich-Gildhoff, M. (2017). Digitale Medien in der KiTa – die Risiken werden unterschätzt! Frühe Bildung, 6(4), 225–228. JIM-Studie 2023 (2023). Jugend, Information, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 12- bis 19-jähriger. Stuttgart: Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest. Karolinska-Insitutet (2023). Stellungnahme zum Vorschlag der schwedischen Bildungsbehörde für eine nationale Digitalisierungsstrategie für das Schulsystem 2023-2027. KIM-Studie 2022 (2022). Kindheit, Internet, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 6- bis 13-jähriger. Stuttgart: Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest. Knauf, H. (2018). Die Nutzung digitaler Medien in der KiTa entdramatisieren. Frühe Bildung, 7(2), 114–116. Knauf, H. (2024). Pädagogik first, Digitalisierung second. Es ist Zeit, die unterschätzten Risiken digitaler Medien in der Kita in den Blick zu nehmen. Frühe Bildung, 13 (1), S. 48-50. Kontovourki, S., & Tafa, E. (2020). Pedagogical approaches to digital literacy in early years education. In: Erstad, O., Flewitt, R.,Kümmerling-Meibauer, B. & Reira, I.S.P. (Hrsg.), The Routledge Handbook of Digital Literacies in Early Childhood. Oxon: Routledge. Krotz, F. (2018). Medienwandel und Mediatisierung. Ein Einstieg und Überblick. In A. Kalina, F. Krotz, M. Rath & C. Roth-Ebner (Hrsg.), Tutzinger Studien zur Politik: Bd. 12. Mediatisierte Gesellschaften: Medienkommunikation und Sozialwelten im Wandel (S. 27–52). Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG. Reichert-Garschhammer, E. (2020). Nutzung digitaler Medien für die pädago¬gische Arbeit in der Kindertagesbetreuung. Expertise des IFP im Auftrag des BMFSFJ. Roboom, S. (2020). Institutionen der Medienpädagogik: KiTa. In: Sander, U., Gross, von F. &Hugger, K.-U. (Hrsg.), Handbuch Medienpädagogik (S. 1–9). Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien. doi: 10.1007/978-3-658-25090-4_94-1 Schrape, J.-F. (2021). Digitale Transformation. Bielefeld: UTB GmbH. Tappe, E.‑H. (2019). Prädiktoren der Intention zum didaktischen Einsatz von digitalen Medien im Unterricht – Überführung der Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT) in ein schulisches Untersuchungssetting. In T. Knaus (Hrsg.), Forschungswerkstatt Medienpädagogik: Bd. 3. Projekt - Theorie - Methode: Spektrum medienpädagogischer Forschung (S. 999–1027). kopaed. https://doi.org/10.25526/fw-mp.35 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 07 SES 06 A: Social Justice and Critical Race Theory in Higher Education I Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eunice Macedo Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Sense and sensibility: the Intercultural Journeys of Chinese Students Undertaking Chinese Studies Abroad Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Chinese Studies, formerly known as Sinology, generally refers to scholarly research on China conducted by non-Chinese scholars, especially those from Western backgrounds (Hargrave, 2016). Consequently, it normally adopts an outsider’s perspective and tends to be inevitably Western-centred (Gu, 2013; Hou, 2021; Yu, 2019). In the past two decades, however, there has been a notable influx of Chinese international students into Chinese Studies programmes in UK universities, especially at the postgraduate level (BACS, 2021; Universitas, 2005). For these students, undertaking Chinese Studies courses abroad offers not only exposure to the host culture but also a unique external standpoint for introspection on their ‘own’ culture and ‘self’. This presents a valuable opportunity for them to develop the critical cultural awareness that is essential to their intercultural competence. This study aims to explore the intercultural experience of these Chinese students and understand how they make sense of it and how it relates to their identities. The following three research questions guide this research: Q1: Why do Chinese students choose to undertake Chinese Studies abroad? Q2: If, and how does their engagement with Chinese Studies influence their understanding of their ‘own’ culture? Q3: How does their experience influence their perception of ‘self’ as being Chinese?
Existing studies in the field of intercultural communication and education have not linked research with programmes students undertake which aim to understand their ‘own’ culture – a gap this study seeks to address by focusing on Chinese Studies for Chinese international students. Unlike previous research in this field, which predominantly centred on acculturation or intercultural competence, this study adopts an interculturality perspective and focuses on their identity. Therefore, interculturality and identity, together with another closely related concept – culture, constitute the theoretical underpinning of this study, all understood through the lens of social constructionism (Berger & Luckmann, 1967; Gergen, 2015), which guides this study as the overarching paradigm.
By interculturality, this study follows Dervin’s (2016) approach and believes it is ‘co-constructed, influenced, and somewhat determined by the presence of an Other (p.76), so it means a ‘ dynamic and critical process of making sense of intercultural experience in relation to people’s own backgrounds (Jin, 2021, p. 573)’. In other words, it is viewed as a liquid process of becoming intercultural, of acquiring intercultural awareness and sensibilities, sometimes with failures, exceptions, and instabilities. The term culture is comprehended within the field of intercultural communication, embracing a postmodern paradigm that recognises culture as fluid and socially constructed (Holliday, 2016). Likewise, the concept of Identity is approached from a social constructionist perspective, acknowledging its multiplicity, dynamism, and social construction (Risager & Dervin, 2015). Concerning the identity of ‘being Chinese’, this study does not confine it to national identity, although it focuses on Chinese students from mainland China. What is involved in interculturality is cultural identity, which means a collection of multiple identities (Zhu, 2016), though a nation as an external cultural reality usually provides a framing for identities(Holliday, 2010). This study represents an initial exploration into the motivations and self-formations of Chinese international students engaged in Chinese Studies from an intercultural communication and education perspective. Beyond filling a research gap and contributing to existing literature and theory, this research offers practical implications for course designers, educators, and universities to review their policies, pedagogy, or services, thereby improving Chinese students’ overseas study experiences and satisfaction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Aiming to understand how Chinese international students make sense of their intercultural experience and how it relates to their identities when they undertake Chinese Studies in UK universities, the study adopts social constructionism as its philosophical underpinning, which is mainly concerned with human experiences and how people make sense of them(Berger & Luckmann, 1967; Gergen, 2015). Accordingly, a qualitative interpretive approach is adopted, with an ethnographically inspired research design. This approach allows the researcher to study Chinese students in their natural setting and examine how they engaged in learning activities and how they interacted with peer groups or teaching staff from diverse cultural backgrounds in a way that value their own perspectives. To obtain a rich and in-depth understanding, the study opted for a relatively small sample size, focusing on 21 Chinese international students. Data was collected from a range of sources, including participant observation, unstructured or semi-structured qualitative interviews, and document analysis (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007; Jackson, 2016). Several teaching staff and non-Chinese students were also interviewed to triangulate and add richness to the data from the main sources. Data collection spans one year, comprising six months of intensive fieldwork and an additional six months of follow-up contacts and interviews. The collected data was subjected to thematical analysis, following Braun and Clarke’s (2021) framework and supported by NVivo for the coding process. The research was conducted multilingually, i.e. in English and Chinese (Mandarin), to capture nuanced and comprehensive data (Holmes et al., 2013). As a Chinese international student, my background facilitates rapport-building with the participants, which is essential for the data collection in ethnographic research (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007). It also enabled me to undergo a transition from an outsider before entering the field to an insider afterwards, so I could approach the project from a fresh viewpoint as an outsider, and also understand my participants’ experience better and easier as an insider, thereby enhancing the construction and theoretical conceptualization of the narratives from them. The research adheres to the ethical guidelines of the British Educational Research Association(BERA, 2018), and ethical approval has been secured from the School of Education’s Ethics Committee before commencing data collection. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings highlight that Chinese international students tended to identify themselves more as ‘students’ rather than ‘Chinese’ when they engaged in China-related courses. Notably, they exhibited a remarkable level of tolerance to the course content, whether the speech delivered by the lecturer, opinions expressed in class, or assigned reading materials and videos. It appeared that they were able to, and willing to, accept a wide range of comments on China or Chinese issues, even including some critical voices, with a positive attitude of ‘good to know’ and very few students would bother to argue with others, whether in or out of class, even when they disagreed with the presented viewpoints. This inclination could be attributed to various factors, encompassing their motivations, language barriers, language sensitivities, cultural habitus, and self-censorship. Simultaneously, these students attached great importance to the development of critical thinking skills, whether in terms of the Western discourse or the Chinese discourse, with some asserting that their most significant achievement from their experience of undertaking Chinese Studies abroad was the enhancement of their criticality. Furthermore, the research unveils the intricate and conflicting dynamics of the Chinese international students' self-perception as sojourners. While consistently emphasizing their patriotism, they simultaneously exhibited a nuanced reflection on nationalism. In the UK, they experienced a sense of liberated self, yet demonstrated varying degrees of self-censorship, particularly concerning political matters. This dual perspective underscores the complexity of their identity, caught between bound and unbound expressions of their Chinese self. References BACS. (2021). Report on the present state of China related studies in the UK. BERA. (2018). Ethical guidelines for educational research (4th ed.). https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/ethical-guidelines-for-educational-research-2018-online Berger, P., & Luckmann, T. (1967). The social construction of reality : a treatise in the sociology of knowledge. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: a practical guide to understanding and doing. Los Angeles: SAGE. Dervin, F. (2016). Interculturality in education: a theoretical and methodological toolbox. London: Palgrave Pivot. Gergen, K. J. (2015). An Invitation to Social Construction (Third ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473921276 Gu, M. D. (2013). Sinologism, the Western World View, and the Chinese Perspective. CLCWeb: Comparative Literature and Culture, 15(2). https://doi.org/10.7771/1481-4374.2213 Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2007). Ethnography : principles in practice (3rd ed.). Routledge. Hargrave, J. L. (2016). Marco Polo and the Emergence of British Sinology. SEL Studies in English Literature 1500-1900, 56ch(3), 515-537. https://doi.org/10.1353/sel.2016.0029 Holliday, A. (2010). Complexity in cultural identity. Language and Intercultural Communication, 10(2), 165-177. https://doi.org/10.1080/14708470903267384 Holliday, A. (2016). Studying culture. In H. Zhu (Ed.), Research methods in intercultural communication: A practice guide (pp. 23-26). Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell. Holmes, P., Fay, R., Andrews, J., & Attia, M. (2013). Researching multilingually: New theoretical and methodological directions. International journal of applied linguistics, 23(3), 285-299. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12038 Hou, Q. (2021). Reflections on the Research History of American Sinology. International Sinology, 3. https://doi.org/10.19326/j.cnki.2095-9257.2021.03.016 Jackson, J. (2016). Ethnography. In H. Zhu (Ed.), Research Methods in Intercultural Communication: A practical guide (pp. 239-254). Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119166283.ch16 Jin, T. (2021). Interculturality in learning Mandarin Chinese in British universities. Routledge. Risager, K., & Dervin, F. (2015). Introduction. In F. Dervin & K. Risager (Eds.), Researching identity and interculturality (pp. 1-25). New York: Routledge. Universitas. (2005). An evaluation of HEFCE’s Chinese studies initiative. Yu, X. (2019). Haiwai Zhongguo Yanjiu Ruogan Cihui de Shuli ji Qifa (Inspiration from sorting out some terms in Foreign Chinese Studies). Foreign Theoretical Trends, 12, 112-117. Zhu, H. (2016). ‘Where Are You From?’: Interculturality and Interactional Practices. In A. Komisarof & H. Zhu (Eds.), Crossing Boundaries and Weaving Intercultural Work, Life, and Scholarship in Globalizing Universities (pp. 147-159). London: Routledge. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Inclusion and Exclusion - a Case-Study in Academia 1202100-4052; 2202100-4052; 3202100-4052 Presenting Author:The aim of this study was to investigate the experiences of inclusion and exclusion in academia, with a primary focus on ethnicization/racialization within a local University in Sweden. The discussion about structural discrimination in the Swedish labour market has been going on in the public discourse for several decades. The main focus has been on the inequality between women and men in working life (see, for example, SOU 1993:7; SOU, 1998:6; SOU, 2014:81, but discrimination against non-Swedes and/or non-whites has also been noted, albeit to a somewhat lesser degree (see e.g. Mählck, 2013; Osman, 2021; de los Reyes, 2008; SOU 2005:56; SOU 2006:59). The question of how gender interacts with other categorisations, such as ethnicity and/or ‘race’ have been shown even less interest. Nor has discrimination in higher education attracted much attention, and Swedish as well as European academia is relatively little researched from critical perspectives on power, inclusion, and exclusion. However, the fact that academia, like other educational institutions, always includes aspects of power is nothing new (Ahmed, 2012; Bethoui & Leivestad, 2019; Hübinette & Mählck, 2016). To investigate these issues, the following four questions were in focus: 1) To what extent do employees perceive themselves included or excluded in relation to ethnicity/’race, class, gender/gender identity, religion, age, sexuality and disability. 2) What experiences and understandings of inclusion and exclusion processes do employees express? 3) In what contexts do employees perceive that inclusion/exclusion occurs? 4) How is ethnification/racialization perceived to interact with other social categorizations in relation to inclusion/exclusion? Although ethnicity/’race’ has been the focus of the study, we also asked how these categorizations were perceived to interact with gender, age, class, religion and to some extent sexuality and disability. The employees we interviewed have also spontaneously highlighted the importance of how gender, age and class are perceived to affect such things as collegial treatment and career conditions. As research has pointed out, these are complex processes of demarcation and exclusion that rarely allow themselves to be understood with the help of a social category belonging alone (see, for example, de los Reyes, 2007). Although there are experiences of exclusion that are perceived to have a clear basis in the person's ethnic origin or skin color, such orders cannot be said to be stable and unambiguous (cf. Lundström, 2017).Since norms and notions of ethnicity/'race' are mutually constituted by other power relations, and since social positioning is always context-dependent, we saw it as an analytical necessity to apply an intersectional perspective on the processes of ethnicization and racialization that we investigated. (cf. Mählck, 2012 p. 31). The concept of intersectionality can be traced to the work by black feminist researchers concerned with how oppressive power is embedded in societal structures and systems The intersectional theory concerns primarily how the exercise of power, through intersecting domination and oppression, affects individuals who face multiple social inequities, with consequent multiple marginalisations (Collins, 2019). This criticl social theory gave a lens to analyse understand inclusion and exclusion within a local university context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the study, we chose to use both qualitative and quantitative methods, i.e. a "mixed method" approach. However, in this presentation we are only going to report from the interviews. Thirteen interviews were conducted with employees from all the university's departments (except for the administrative offices) with the aim of capturing as much variation as possible based on departmental affiliation, position and, where applicable, academic subject. The interviews have in most cases taken place on campus, but for some interviews, Zoom has been used. A large part of the interviews has been recorded with the permission of the interviewees, while a few informants chose not to allow it. During the interviews in which there were no recordings, notes were taken which were then summarised in writing. Interviews and analyses have, as we researchers perceive it, been conducted with sensitivity and respect (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2009). Analyses have been carried out using a thematic analysis (Gibbs, 2007). We were interested not only in the "what" (themes and content), but also in the "who", "when" and "why" (Riessman 2008, 53–76), and the process of analysis opens for questions about power, relationships, context, and diversity (Merrill & West, 2009). In the interview material, we drew attention to conditions, events and incidents of exclusion and inclusion as well as the interactions and consequences of such actions (Gibbs, 2007, 86–88). Ethical considerations according to the Declaration of Helsinki (2017) have been followed. In the project, the risks were judged to be primarily related to invasion of privacy. It can be sensitive to talk about experiences of inclusion and exclusion in working life, both if you yourself have been affected by such events and feel exposed, or if you have been/are a "bystander". It also poses challenges to study one's own organisation. Methodologically, this can be advantageous because there is already a pre-understanding of processes and structures in the context, but it requires a greater sensitivity than usual to know what can be possible to ask and discuss (Etherington, 2004). This meant that there had to be a great deal of information about confidentiality for the participants, as well as how participants, who experienced discomfort after talking about difficult events, could be taken care of (cf. Finlay & Gough, 2003; Israel & Hay, 2006). Occupational health services were contacted for support after the interview if needed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a conclusion we note how the academia is characterised by both formal governance – through explicit policy documents and policies, and informal governance – through implicit social relations. This means that invisible sorting mechanism helps to subsume and place certain groups and individuals in certain positions in the hierarchy, resulting in privilege structures based on social ideas of appropriateness. Nevertheless, in the interviews it was confirmed by employees that they liked to be part of this university, that they felt included and experienced a strong sense of belonging. This is, however, not the case for all. Firstly, informants talked about the importance of allying with the ‘right’ people, with people with influence over contexts that affect working conditions and career paths. Groupings of such people mainly supported those who were the same as oneself, thus constituting homosocial groupings. Such homosocial reproduction in academia applies to the category of class, but also to gender and ethnicity/’race’ (Bethoui & Leivestad, 2019). Bethoui and Leivestad talk about homosocial reproductive patterns in the Swedish academia which is confirmed in our study. Secondly, we see how the Swedish language serves as an additional marker of discernment in academia (Lundström, 2017; Bethoui & Leiverstad, 2019). Language, and notions of the importance of language, are important components in a complicated demarcation where disadvantage is constantly marked. The demarcation takes place in many ways, and one example is that incorrect Swedish is corrected, often in public contexts, while good language skills are praised. Thirdly, we see how ethnicity/’race’ becomes important in different situations. Also, ethnicity/’race’ in intersections with other social categorisations like color, gender and religion positions people as not Swedish, creating feelings of non-belonging and of being ‘the Other’. As a conclusion, we claim that this university still reproduce a Swedish monocultural view as the norm. References Ahmed, S. (2012). On Being Included: Racism and Diversity in Institutional Life. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Bethoui, A. & Leivestad, H (2019). The “stranger” among Swedish “homo academicus”. High Education, 77:213-228. Collins, P. H. (2019). Intersectionality as Critical Social Theory. Duke University Press. Declaration of Helsinki (2017). https://www.wma.net/what-we-do/medical-ethics/declaration-of-helsinki/ Etherington, K. (2004). Becoming a Reflexive Researcher. Using Our Selves in Research. Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Gibbs, G. R. (2007). Thematic Coding and Categorizing. In: Analyzing Qualitative Data, https://methods.sagepub.com/book/analyzing-qualitative-data. Hübinette, T. & Mählck, P. (206). The Racial Grammar of Swedish Higher Education and Research Policy. The Limits and Conditions of Researching Race in a Colour-Blind Context. Routledge. Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Inteviews. Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing. Sage Pblications. Lundström, C. (2017). The white side of migration: Reflections on race, citizenship and belonging in Sweden. Nordic Journal of Migration Research, 7(2), (2017),79-87. Mählck, P. (2013) Academic women with migrant background in the global knowledge economy: Bodies, hierarchies and resistance. Womens’ Studies International Forum, 36 (2013), 65-74. Osman, A. (2021). What is the elephant in the room? The experience of a black academic in Sweden. International Journal of Contemporary Sociology, 58(1), 63-85. de los Reyes, P. (2008). Etnisk diskriminering i arbetslivet – kunskapsläge och kunskapsbehov. Landsorganisationen i Sverige. Tillgänglig: https://lo.se/home/lo/res.nsf/vres/lo_fakta_1366027492914_etnisk_diskriminering_i_arbetslivet_pdf/$file/Etnisk_diskriminering_i_arbetslivet.pdf. Riessmann, C. K. (2008). Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences, 53-76. Sage. SOU 1993:7. Löneskillnader och lönediskriminering. Om kvinnor och män på arbetsmarknaden. Betänkande av Löneskillnadsutredningen. Kulturdepartementet. https://lagen.nu/sou/1993:7?attachment=index.pdf&repo=soukb&dir=downloaded 1993:7. SOU 1998:6. Ty makten är din…Myten om det rationella arbetslivet och det jämställda Sverige. Betänkande från Kvinnomaktutredningen. Utredning om fördelning av ekonomisk makt och ekonomiska resurser mellan kvinnor och män. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/1997/12/sou-19986-/ SOU 2000:47. Mångfald i högskolan. Betänkande från utbildningsdepartementet. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/2000/05/sou-200047-/ SOU 2005:56. Det blågula glashuset-strukturell diskriminering i Sverige. Betänkande från utredningen om strukturell diskriminering av etnisk eller religiös tillhörighet. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/2005/06/sou-200556/ SOU 2006:59. Arbetslivets (o)synliga murar. Rapport av Utredningen makt, integration och strukturell diskriminering. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/2006/06/sou-200659/ Vesterberg, V. (2015). Learning to be Swedish: governing migrants in labour-market projects, Studies in Continuing Education 37(3): 302–316. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper A Study of Macro Distributive Justice in University Scholarships: Based on Survey Data from Chinese Universities Xiamen University, China; École normale supérieure de Paris, France Presenting Author:Research Background In the concept of resource distribution in higher education, elitism and egalitarianism compete with each other and promote the development of higher education. In addition, as the popularization of higher education in chinese society continues to deepen, whether the distribution within universities should be included in more diverse standards, and whether to pursue simple equality or complex equality, has also become an important topic of discussion. The distribution of university scholarships is a core issue in the distribution of resources in higher education institutions, which not only reflects the university's concept of distributive justice, but also characterizes the university's educational philosophy. Folger Brickman distinguished between micro distributive justice and macro distributive justice. Micro distributive justice refers to the fairness of resources obtained by individuals, while macro distributive justice aims to explore the fairness of resource distribution at the group level, ensuring the overall needs and development needs of the community. The study sorted out policy documents from fifteen universities in China. Research has found that the text for scholarship distribution emphasizes the value orientation of "procedural fairness" and focuses on the implementation of the "deserve" principle, but does not effectively explain the macro distribution status of scholarships. Therefore, this study aims to explore the issue of justice in the distribution of university scholarships from a macro perspective. Research Questions The three questions of this study are explored from the perspectives of "reality", "concept", and "necessity". 1.Distributive justice in reality: What is the current situation and characteristics of the distribution practice of university scholarships? 2.Distributive justice in concept: What are the views of students on the distribution justice of university scholarships? Does this conflict with the real situation? 3.Distributive justice in necessity: What distribution philosophy should universities be based on? What macro distribution principles should be adopted? In addition, what social issues and cultural logic do these distributive justice views reflect? Theoretical Framework The research refers to the higher education stratification system constructed by Martin Trow and the higher education diversity classification model constructed by Teichler Ulcer. The study proposes a macro distribution classification model for university scholarships, which mainly includes two dimensions: Firstly, the "evaluation types" of scholarships: "Unity" and "Diversity". “Unity”, only covering academic performance. “Diversity”, in addition to academic performance, also includes types such as comprehensive qualities and social practice. Drawing on Walzer's theory of complex equality, it is believed that the distribution of educational resources should not rely solely on a single distribution standard, but should achieve equality in different fields and contexts while respecting individual differences. Secondly, the “coverage areas” of scholarships: "elitism" and "egalitarianism". Scholarships are concentrated on a small number of high-performing students or spread over a larger group of qualified performers. The study draws inspiration from Cohen's principle of community theory, which suggests that focusing solely on the "deserve" principle will tacitly tolerate significant differences in outcomes, even if such inequality undermines the community. Therefore, based on Rawls' viewpoint, it is emphasized that "inequalities that cannot be weakened in the name of equal opportunities should be appropriately restricted in the name of the community". Based on this, the macro distribution for university scholarships is divided into four types: "Unity-Elitism", "Diversity-Elitism", "Unity-Egalitarianism", and "Diversity-Egalitarianism". Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study used a mixed research method and selected 15 universities in China with different rankings for research. The samples were selected from 5 Type A universities (QS World University Rankings Top 200), 5 Type B universities (QS World University Rankings 500-800), and 5 Type C universities (QS World University Rankings 1500-2000). In response to the question "Ⅰ Distributive justice in reality", the study analyzes the institutional texts and school data of the 15 universities, and examines the "evaluation types" and "coverage areas". The study also examines the distribution types generally adopted by different types of universities. In response to the question "II Distributive justice in concept", the study used questionnaires, in-depth interviews, and focus group interviews. A questionnaire with three sub-dimensions and 16 questions was developed and administered to 1,105 students from the 15 universities to examine their views on distributive justice. At the same time, the study conducted semi-structured in-depth interviews and 12 focus group interviews with 55 university students and 22 faculty members. To address the issue of "III Distributive justice in necessity", the study used the theoretical research method, focusing on the simple equality theories of Rawls, Nozick, and Dworkin, and the complex equality theories of MacIntyre, Miller, and Walzer to carry out an in-depth discussion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, Distributive justice in concept. Students have the lowest support for the distributional options of "Unity-Egalitarianism" and "Unity-Elitism", accounting for 8% and 16% of the overall proportion. The two programs with the highest support rate among students are "Diversity-Elitism" and "Diversity-Egalitarianism", with 27% and 49% respectively. Thus, Students are more supportive of diversity in scholarships, encouraging a variety of pathways for students. However, there is still controversy over whether these scholarships should be concentrated among a few elites or distributed equally to more students. Second, Distributive justice in reality. It is worth noting that there are significant differences in students' sense of belonging, sense of fairness and attribution of achievement among universities with different distribution types. Students in universities with "Diversity-Elitism" distribution type have lower sense of belonging and fairness, and are more likely to attribute their achievements internally, i.e., their achievements are only due to their own efforts. In contrast, universities with a "Diversity-Egalitarianism" distribution type have a significantly higher sense of belonging and fairness, and students place a higher value on the help of their classmates and faculty. Thus, different distribution types may lead to a compromised sense of solidarity within the community. Finally, Distributive justice in necessity. The study proposes that the distribution of scholarships should take into account the "community principle" in order to balance the tension between elitism and egalitarianism, talent selection and talent development. Equality should also be moderately balanced, so that the gap in the distribution of scholarships is kept within certain limits, and all students, at all stages and levels of development, have the opportunity to be recognized, while creating more "Moment of equal opportunity". References Ainscow M, Dyson A , Goldrick S, et al. Using collaborative inquiry to foster equity within school systems: opportunities and barriers1[J]. School Effectiveness & School Improvement,2016,27(1):7-23. Alves W M, Rossi P H. Who Should Get What? Fairness Judgments of the Distribution of Earnings[J].American Journal of Sociology, 1978, 84(3):541-564. Alwin S D F. Beliefs about Inequality and Perceptions of Distributive Justice[J].American Sociological Review, 1986, 51(1):30-46. Apple M W, Ball S J, Gandin L A. The Routledge International Handbook of the Sociology of Education[J].Recueil des Travaux Chimiques des Pays-Bas, 2010, 103(7-8):243–244. Arneson R J. Luck And Equality: Richard J. Arneson[J].Aristotelian Society Supplementary Volume, 2015, 75(1):73-90. Bamfield L, Horton T. What’s Fair? Applying the Fairness Test to Education. [M].London: Fabian Society.2010. Bathmaker A M, Ingram N, Abrahams J, et al. Higher Education, Social Class and Social Mobility[M].Palgrave Macmillan UK,2016. Brickman P, Folger R, Goode E, Schul Y. "Microjustice and Macrojustice." In Melvin J.Lerner & Sally C.Lerne (eds.),The Justice Motive in Social Behavior[M].New York:Plenum Press.1981:178. Daniel B. On Meritocracy and Equality[M]. Public Interest.1972(29):29-68. Deutsch M. Education and distributive justice. Some reflflections on grading systems[J]. American Psychologist, 1979,34(5):301–401. Jackson M. Negotiating Opportunities: How the Middle Class Secures Advantages in School. By Jessica McCrory Calarco. New York: Oxford University Press[J]. American Journal of Sociology,2019,125(1):274-276. Jasso G, Trnblom K Y, Sabbagh C. Distributive Justice[J].Springer New York, 2016. Liebig S, Sauer C. Sociology of Justice[J].Springer New York, 2016. Sabbagh C, Schmitt M. Past, Present, and Future of Social Justice Theory and Research[J].Springer New York, 2016. Sabbagh D, Mountford-Zimdars A, Post D. Fair Access to Higher Education. Global Perspectives[J].University of Chicago Press, 2015. Skitka L J, Wisneski D C. Justice Theory and Research: A Social Functionalist Perspective[M]Handbook of Psychology. 2012. Williams A P. Equity in groupwork: the social process of creating justice in a science classroom[J]. Cultural Studies of Science Education,2019,14(2):361-381. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 07 SES 06 B: Teacher Education Studies in Social Justice and Intercultural Education III Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Barbara Gross Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Teachers’ Perceptions and Experiences with Immigrant and Refugee Students: A National Survey in Portugal CIIE/ FPCEUP, Portugal Presenting Author:The intensification of migratory flows around the world, largely associated with the humanitarian crisis that has been victimizing migrants and refugees more visibly since 2015, has motivated fracturing positions in civil society and in the political sphere, expressed in welcoming movements, on the one hand, and in xenophobic and segregationist movements, on the other hand, a stance that has been conquering territory in contemporary societies (Huber & Reynolds, 2014; Silva et al., 2018). The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, guided by the commitment to “leave no one behind”, has had the migratory phenomenon as one of the major challenges to be considered, namely regarding SDG 4, devoted to Education. UNESCO underlines the need to protect the right to education of displaced persons, considering the principle of non-discrimination, which comprises the inclusion of migrants and refugees in national education systems. The increase in the migratory flow to Europe leaves many migrant and refugee students helpless in the education systems, and European countries are faced with the growing need to adapt the institutional, social, and educational response to the reception of a considerable number of children and young people with diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds (de Wal Pastoor, 2016). The migration crisis added urgency to the demand of an inclusive school (de Wal Pastoor, 2016). Despite the efforts to ensure access to education for all, there are shortcomings in the quality of educational integration that compromise the academic, emotional, and social well-being of young migrants, intensifying the marginalization and stigmatization of these groups in society (Cerna, 2019; de Wal Pastoor, 2016; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2019; PPMI, 2017; Silva et al., 2018). According to the holistic model for the educational integration of refugees (Cerna, 2019), teachers’ training to deal with diversity is one of the main factors to improve the response of education systems to meet the learning, social and emotional needs of this population (de Wal Pastoor, 2016; Szelei et al., 2020; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2019; PPMI, 2017). From this panorama, the following research questions emerged: What are the teachers' perceptions and beliefs about migrants and refugees, about welcoming other cultures and about cultural diversity in schools? What training needs, opportunities, challenges, and good experiences can be identified in this area? Professional development of teachers in interculturality is also an insufficiently studied field (Szelei et al., 2020). Research shows that teachers feel unprepared to work with students from different cultural backgrounds (de Wal Pastoor, 2016; PPMI, 2017; Szelei et al., 2020). Indeed, the increase in cultural and social diversity raises challenges and opportunities for education. For teachers to be(come) agents of positive change in this process, it is essential to promote a culture of support for teachers. Ecologically informed research on education of migrants and refugees, that considers the educational and historical realities of specific countries (in terms of receiving and integrating migrant populations and national cultural minorities) is still scarce and this is especially true for Portugal (de Wal Pastoor, 2016). Professional development of teachers in interculturality is also an insufficiently studied field (Szelei et al, 2020). This study intends to contribute to improve the quality of the educational integration of migrant, refugee and ethnic minority children and young people, as well as the professional development and well-being of teachers when working with a multicultural public. For this purpose, the research aims to study the perceptions of primary, secondary and vocational school teachers about the welcoming of other cultures in Portugal and in the Portuguese education system, particularly migrants, refugees and ethnic minorities. Furthermore, it also proposes to know teachers’ preparation and training to deal with cultural diversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample is composed of teachers from schools throughout the national territory. An online questionnaire was developed and administered to teachers in Portuguese primary, secondary and vocational schools. Considering the approximate number of 150,000 teachers in Portugal (INE, 2024), and to ensure that the sample was representative, it was expected to inquiry approximately 400 teachers. The survey was disseminated nationwide and open for participation from February to May 2023. The number of valid responses was higher than expected, resulting in a total of 643 participants. The questionnaire is divided into four groups, most of which are closed questions, with only two open and optional questions. Group I involves sociodemographic questions and characterizes the professional profile, consisting of a total of 13 items. Group II contains 6 items related to the work context. Group III addresses questions specifically related to the experience of working with immigrants and refugees, totalling 11 items. Group IV consists of 10 questions about perceptions of hosting other cultures in Portugal. The data collected is subject to statistical analysis (closed questions) and content analysis (open questions). Exploratory, descriptive, and inferential statistical procedures are being undertaken, using IBM SPSS (version 29) software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main aim of the online survey was to gather information about teachers' perceptions on the welcoming of other cultures to Portugal and to explore some aspects of their experience working with immigrant and refugee students. Hopefully, this data will help to identify teachers’ high or low prevalence of positive or negative stereotypes concerning immigrant and refugee population, and also to characterise the preparation and training of teachers to deal with cultural diversity. So far, the preliminary analysis suggests a low prevalence of conscious prejudice towards welcoming other cultures in Portugal. On the other hand, there is data pointing to the existence of a negative stereotype regarding the perception of certain ethnic groups as less hard-working than others. In the context of initial and ongoing teacher training, teachers report gaps in certain dimensions of intercultural education, such as communicating with a multilingual and multicultural audience or relating to the families of immigrant or refugee students. The data also suggests that the majority of teachers surveyed consider themselves poorly or fairly prepared to deal with these areas in their professional practice. However, a more thoughtful and informed analysis of these issues is needed. The open questions include the voluntary sharing of teachers’ reflections, recommendations, and experiences of professional practice with students from minority cultures. It is hoped that the content analysis will reveal interesting praxeological aspects that can inform inclusive and integrative educational practice towards cultural diversity. The information gathered on perceptions and beliefs, on the one hand, and on the positive experiences shared, on the other hand, may inspire important insights on the improvement of teachers’ education and well-being, and on the healthy fostering and integration of students from different cultures in school, thus contributing to fairer, more inclusive, democratic and wealthier societies. References Cerna, L. (2019). Refugee Education: Integration Models and Practices in OECD Countries. Em OECD Publishing. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a3251a00-en de Wal Pastoor, L. (2016). Rethinking Refugee Education: Principles, Policies and Practice from a European Perspective. Em Annual Review of Comparative and International Education 2016 (Vol. 30, pp. 107–116). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-367920160000030009 European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2019). Integrating students from migrant backgrounds into schools in Europe: National policies and measures : Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union. Huber, J., & Reynolds, C. (Eds.). (2014). Developing intercultural competence through education. Council of Europe Publishing. INE, Statistics Portugal (January, 2024). Docentes do ensino não superior (N.º) por Localização geográfica (NUTS - 2013). https://www.ine.pt/xportal/xmain?xpid=INE&xpgid=ine_indicadores&indOcorrCod=0009573&contexto=bd&selTab=tab2&xlang=pt PPMI. (2017). Preparing teachers for diversity: The role of initial teacher education. Final Report to Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/637002 Silva, R. L., Oliveira, J., Dias, C., Pinto, I. R., & Marques, J. M. (2018). How inclusive policies shape prejudice versus acceptance of refugees: A Portuguese study. Peace and Conflict: Journal of Peace Psychology, 24(3), 296–305. https://doi.org/10.1037/pac0000314 Szelei, N., Tinoca, L., & Pinho, A. S. (2020). Professional development for cultural diversity: The challenges of teacher learning in context. Professional Development in Education, 46(5), 780–796. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1642233 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Reading Climate: Sustainability and Justice Education in School English MGSE, Australia Presenting Author:The pilot project reported on in this paper is part of a larger aim: to transform English literary education insettler collonial contexts to foreground climate and racial justice as part of its core curriculum. Climate change has been identified as the major crisis facing the world, and a foremost issue for young people. Addressing the climate crisis in education requires new approaches that reflect the urgency and scope and scale of the situation and prepares young people to lead decisions regarding justice-focused, sustainable futures. The Reading Climate Pilot Project explored the way that Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander literary narratives provide new perspectives on interactions with Country, climate change, allowing readers engagement with Indigenous knowledges and perspectives for the justice-oriented citizenry of the future. There is an urgent need for this research: while Indigenous writers’ contribution to understandings of climate are well documented and awarded, and the power of story to impact on understandings of significant environmental, social and cultural issues is well established, Aboriginal writing remains significantly underrepresented in Australia’s curricula, particularly in subject English.
This project prioritizes Indigenous stories and interdisciplinary collaboration in English, cross-curricular knowledge sharing, developing teaching resources in English secondary settings, and interdisciplinary and international collaboration. The project was undertaken as a collaboration between the Literary Education Lab (members: Sandra Phillips; Sarah E. Truman, Clare Archer Lean, Melitta Hogarth and Larissa McLean Davies) with the Stella Prize for the literature or women and non-binary writers, and Indigenous authors and scholars.
Research questions were: 1. How do English teachers engage with Indigenous ways of knowing and understanding Country to imagine sustainable climate futures? 2. What new knowledge about climate justice in English education can be developed through interdisciplinary collaboration between Indigenous writers and texts, and the environmental humanities and climate science? 3. What real-world applications of new knowledge about the intersections of climate fiction, Indigenous knowledges, racial justice and climate science have for the field of sustainability education?
Theoretical framework: The project’s conceptual approach draws on three key ideas: Indigenous relationality, literary sociability, and literary linking. First, Indigenous relationality enables thought that connects all living things (Graham 2014; Harrison et al 2017). We are not only shaped by biology but also through our story-telling activities: the stories we tell ourselves have material effects on who we become (Heiss 2015; Clarke 2016). A climate justice citizenry requires the capacity to comprehend the complex relations between human and nonhuman species and Country. Indigenous fiction establishes a corpus of narrative ready for critical classroom engagement to develop this capacity. This argument resonates with English curricula accounts of the promise of literature for building good moral character and citizenship (Atherton 2005), but also prioritises feminist concerns over whose stories are prioritised, whose stories are listened to (Hogarth 2019; Truman 2019). By changing the repertoire of stories and reading practices we can change cultural understandings and futures: this is a pressing concern in an era of ongoing resource inequalities, environmental racism, and climate disasters (Yusoff 2018). Second, the study also draws on an understanding that pedagogical literary study is sociable and relational (Phillips & Archer-Lean 2019). Third, this project activates a new transdisciplinary method called literary linking (McLean Davies et al 2021). Literary linking is informed by principles of relationality and co-design, where research participants and researchers work together to develop shared understandings. It is underpinned by a commitment to interdisciplinary collaboration as a necessary component for making sense of pressing social, environmental, and cultural concerns, including climate change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In conversation with English’s said aims, the project’s purpose was to advance the decolonisation of English through cross-country book clubs focused on Indigenous climate fiction, a collaborative symposium with Indigenous authors, interdisciplinary experts, and secondary English teachers enabling the development of new disciplinary collaboration, and teaching resources and knowledge mobilisation across English and humanities education. Participants were selected through the Stella Prize networks, and existing researcher networks. Cohort diversity in teaching experience and contexts was considered a priority in participant selection. After assessing the expressions of interest, a total of 120 teachers from across Australia were invited to participate. Each email invitation included information about the Reading Climate project and what we were inviting participants to do: read Australian Aboriginal literary texts and participate in a book group online for 2 sessions (one hour each; and complete a survey following the book groups. Teachers submitted a confirmation of their intention to be involved with the project along with a signed consent form. We received 44 signed consent forms from teachers and established three reading groups that each me twice. Reading group sessions were held in November 2022 (1 hour each session x 6 sessions). All teachers received ebooks and reading information for each session. Reading Groups were audio recorded and transcribed for later thematic analysis. Data sources, evidence, objects or materials This is an interdisciplinary project, with the research team spanning English education, literary studies and publishing studies. As such the data is perceived as the literary works themselves; the initial EOI from participants, outlining their motivation for wanting to join the book club; recordings of the sessions, which were audio recorded and transcribed for later thematic analysis, and the post book club questionnaire undertaken by participants. All data sources will be utilised in the paper presentation Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some data analysis from the Reading Climate Pilot Project showed differences in teachers’ motivation for joining the seminars, for some it was to remediate a lack of understanding and engagement with Indigenous texts. Even through Australian writing more broadly, and Indigenous Australian writing have been prioritised in curriculum terms since 2007, several settler teachers expressed their own personal appreciation of Indigenous writing, yet they also articulated a fear of including Indigenous texts in their classrooms and ‘getting it wrong’ or ‘causing offence’. There are many resources for the teaching of Indigenous texts in English in Australia, however some teachers’ concerns could not be addressed by these, as they were more at the levels of ontology and epistemology rather than materials. This finding was in concert with other research (McLean Davies et al, 2023), which showed that English teachers own knowledge and perspectives profoundly shaped students’ experiences of and approach to set texts. A reluctance and fear of making a cultural mistake, evident in the feedback from some participants, was countered by others, who, working schools with high Aboriginal populations were interested in ‘decentring’ English through Indigenous texts, and had begun this political work. Accordingly the project team discerned to different pedagogical models for understanding the ‘logic of Indigenous texts in English’, one traditionally extractionist, and the other moving toward ‘disciplining and regenerating English in the context of climate justice and sustainability. References Atherton, C. (2005). Defining literary criticism. Scholarship, Authority and the possession of literary knowledge 1880-2002. Palgrave Macmillan London Clarke, M. B. (2016). Interview with Maxine Beneba Clarke. Metaphor, (2) 25-27. Coleman, C. (2017). Terra nullius. Hachette UK Graham, M. (2014). Aboriginal notions of relationality and positionalism: A reply to Weber. Global Discourse: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Current Affairs and Applied Contemporary Thought, 4(1), 17-22. Harrison, N., Bodkin, F., Bodkin-Andrews, G., & Mackinlay, E. (2017). Sensational pedagogies: Learning to be affected by Country. Curriculum Inquiry, 47(5) 504– 519. Heiss, A. (2015) Celebrating the New Australian Literature. In Heiss, A. The Black Words Essays. St Lucia, Qld: AustLit. Hogarth, M. (2019). Y is standard oostralin english da onlii meens of kommunikashun: Kountaring White man privileg in da kurrikulum. English in Australia, 54(1): 5-11 Janke, T., Cumpston, Z., Hill, R., Woodward, E... (2021). Australian State of the Environment, Australian Government Department of Agriculture, Water and the Environment, Canberra McLean Davies, L., Doecke, B., Mead, P., Sawyer, W., & Yates, L. (2023). Literary Knowing and the Making of English Teachers: The Role of Literature in Shaping English Teachers’ Professional Knowledge and Identities. Taylor & Francis. McLean Davies, L., Truman, S. E., & Buzacott, L. (2021). Teacher-researchers: A pilot project for unsettling the secondary Australian literary canon. Gender and Education, 33(7), 814-829 Phillips, S. R., & Archer-Lean, C. (2019). Decolonising the reading of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander writing: reflection as transformative practice. Higher Education Research & Development 38(1): 24-37. Phillips, S. R., & Archer- Lean, C. (2019). Decolonising the reading of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander writing: reflection as transformative practice. Higher Education Research & Development 38(1): 24-37. Phillips, S., McLean Davies, L., & Truman, S. (2022). Power of country: Indigenous relationality and reading Indigenous climate fiction in Australia. Curriculum Inquiry, 52(2), 171-186. Truman, S. E. (2022). Feminist speculations and the practice of research-creation: Writing pedagogies and intertextual affects. Routledge. Truman, S. E. (2019). White deja vu: Troubling the certainty of the English canon in literary education. English in Australia, 54(3), 53-59. Yusoff, K. (2018). A billion black Anthropocenes or none. University of Minnesota Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Early Childhood Education Teachers’ Awareness of Social Classes University of Lower Silesia, Poland Presenting Author:The objective of this presentation is to show the results of research in which I explored the ECE teachers' awareness of social classes. As a teacher-student, I often observed a lot of reluctance towards some of the pupils from their teachers. Very often those children were from underprivileged families. I also observed and read a lot about inequalities in education, which led me to think about whether teachers, especially those from early childhood education have knowledge and awareness about social division and how this affects the pupils they work with. According to Bourdieu's theory of socio-cultural reproduction, children start their schooling with different inherited capitals, but the school treats pupils as if they all have the same starting position while assuming that all children are expected to acquire the same skills, knowledge and level of 'cultural familiarity'. This situation allows middle- and upper-class children to benefit from the resources brought from home and early schooling (Grochalska, 2009: 63). Pupils for whom the values of the dominant culture are distant may consequently drop out of further education at a certain stage of their education or consciously choose ‘an educational profile that reproduces the life path of their parents’ (Szkudlarek, 2007: 35). However, the idea is not that students with low-class backgrounds should be deprived of the chance to change their social position, but that those working with the pupils should understand that school is part of a system that reproduces the social structure. There are divergences in the literature in defining social class. Some authors speak of the 'death of classes' in most developed societies (Pakulski, Waters, 1996, in Lareau, 2008: 4) or the 'obsolescence of the term', including in relation to education, without denying the existence of social inequalities (Harris, 2018: i-ii). Anette Lareau notes that social classes are often written about in a non-explicit way, using terms such as 'inequality’, ‘stratification’, ‘origin’ or analysing specific indicators such as education, wealth, income, and occupation (Lareau, 2008: 3). Also in common parlance, the term appears to be ambiguous (Wright, 2005: 1) or attempts are made to strip it of its political character, as is the case, for example, in Palska's research (Gdula, Sadura, 2012: 18). In Poland, the issue of social classes seems to be perceived rather as a historical relic. The vocabulary used to describe the social structure, i.e. terms like: 'working class’, ‘social classes’, ‘exploitation’, ‘capital’, ‘class conflict’, ‘class struggle’ (Zuk, 2010: 9), is associated with the past social system and tends to be no longer used. On the other hand, some researchers stress that we are intuitively aware of the existence of social classes (Sadura, 2012). Despite the colloquial social perception of social classes, Polish researchers undertake class analyses, including those devoted to Bourdieu's concept, which I also adopted as the basis for my exploration on social classes and educational inequality (Gdula, Sadura, 2012). Adopting Sadura’s approach to Polish social structure, we can distinguish three main social classes in Poland: higher, middle and lower (Gdula, Sadura, 2012). All three of them have different ways of life as well as different ways of learning which is a part of the way of living and living necessities (Sadura, 2017). Understanding this is crucial to creating inclusive school environments and developing the idea of equal chances. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material that this presentation draws on comes from a research project in which I explored whether ECE teachers are aware of the existence of class divisions and whether this (un)awareness is visible in their work with pupils. 14 ECE teachers of varying seniority working in the Polish education system took part in the study. The teachers differed in terms of the geographical location of their schools (eight of them worked in large cities, two – in small towns, and four – in rural areas) and their experience with working in a class-diverse environment. Interviewed teachers worked in a school in a neighbourhood with a bad reputation; perceived to be affluent; in a socially diverse environment; in areas with high economic deprivation, in a place that formed an enclave by being a private institution for parents with high economic capital and in places that were so-called urban bedroom communities. I used the grounded theory methodology (Charmaz, 2009) and a bricolage of interpretive approaches in the research project (Kvale, 2012). The narrative and semi-structured interviews were used to collect data. The opening question during the narrative interview was about family relationships, especially from childhood and educational experiences up to the time the interviewee entered university. The semi-structured interview questions focused on four areas: the teacher's workplace, the teacher's vision of the child, the perception of pupils' educational opportunities, and social inequalities. Most of the interviews were conducted in two sessions, one for the narrative part, and the other for semi-structured. They lasted from 45 minutes to 2 hours. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. The responses were coded inductively; the analysis itself was divided into two stages: the identification of teachers' awareness of social class and the analysis of teachers' private pedagogical theories, resulting in a middle-range theory of a preliminary typology of teachers' private pedagogical theories of the possibilities for pupils to change their social trajectories. To identify the social class awareness of teachers, I analysed their explicit statements about what class they belonged to, whether their position had changed during their lifetime, as well as the non-explicit statements I was able to generate from other parts of the interviews. The research was carried out in line with the principles of ethical research conduct, with consent obtained from all participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis followed three steps: exploring the class self-identification of the teachers participating in the research; analysing the language used by the teachers concerning social class; identifying the areas of the teachers' awareness of social class. Twelve teachers answered the question about their class affiliation, six of whom explicitly defined their class affiliation using terms such as middle class, intelligence, economically average, so in the middle, borderline average, and lower borderline average. Five teachers answered the question by comparing their current social class with their class of origin. One teacher said that her current social class was higher than that of her childhood, and one identified ‘social class’ with ‘classroom’. After self-identification of the teacher’s social position, I explored the language teachers were using and was able to distinguish explicit and non-explicit statements related to social class. In the third step, I explored areas of the teachers’ class awareness determined on the basis of their non-explicit statements concerned issues such as economic, cultural capital, dichotomous perception of reality, the neighbourhood in which the educational institution is located, social position, reproduction of family lifestyles and ‘indirect differentiation’. Based on the data collected, I distinguished four groups of teachers' class (un)awareness: a group of teachers who valorise social differentiation (6), those who observe social differentiation (4), those who do not perceive social differentiation (3), and a group of teachers who have no class awareness (1). The first conclusion after analysing the empirical material leads one to conclude that social class content appears in the narratives of the teachers. It occurs independently of the question of the teacher's class identification. The second conclusion, however, is that, overall, there is little content related to class awareness in their narratives as well as addressing the issue of changing the social order. References Charmaz, K. (2009). Teoria ugruntowana. Praktyczny przewodnik po analizie jakościowej. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Gdula, M., Sadura, P. (2012). Style życia jako rywalizujące uniwersalności. In: M. Gdula, P. Sadura (ed.), Style życia i porządek klasowy w Polsce (p. 15–70). Wydawnictwo Naukowe SCHOLAR Grochalska, M. (2009). Między pożądaną równością a nieuniknioną różnicą. In: A. Męczkowska-Christiansen, P. Mikiewicz (ed.), Idee—Diagnozy—Nadzieje. Szkoła polska a idee równości (p. 61–80). Wydawnictwo Naukowe Dolnośląskiej Szkoły Wyższej. Harris, D. (2018). Foreword. In: I. Gilbert (ed.), The working class. Poverty, education and alternatives voices (p. i–ii). Independent Thinking Press. Kvale, S. (2012). Prowadzenie wywiadów. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Lareau, A. (2008). Introduction: Taking Stock of Class. In: A. Lareau, D. Conley (ed.), Social Class: How Does It Work? Russell Sage Foundation. Sadura, P. (2012). Wielość w jedności: Klasa średnia i jej zróżnicowania. In: M. Gdula, P. Sadura (ed.), Style życia i porządek klasowy w Polsce (p. 163–193). Wydawnictwo Naukowe SCHOLAR. Sadura, P. (2017). Państwo, szkoła, klasy. Wydawnictwo Krytyki Politycznej. Szkudlarek, T. (2007). Edukacja i konstruowanie społecznych nierówności. In: J. Klebaniuk (ed.), Fenomen nierówności społecznych. Nierówności społeczne w refleksji humanistycznej (p. 31–52). ENETEIA Wydawnictwo Psychologii i Kultury. Wright, E. O. (2005). Approaches to Class Analysis. Cambridge University Press. Żuk, P. (2010). Wstęp. Przemilczana rzeczywistość—O problemach z dostrzeganiem nierówności społecznych w czasach realnego kapitalizmu. In: P. Żuk (ed.). Podziały klasowe i nierówności społeczne: Refleksje socjologiczne po dwóch dekadach realnego kapitalizmu w Polsce (p. 9–14). Oficyna Naukowa. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Boundary-crossing teachers in war: Israeli-Palestinian Educators in Jewish Schools Amidst Unprecedented Turmoil 1Beit Berl College, Israel; 2Oranim College of Education; 3The Open university; 4Tel Aviv University Presenting Author:We examine how Palestinian teachers in Jewish schools, who are Israeli citizens, coped during the intense conflict that unfolded after the events of October 7, 2023. This period was marked by a series of coordinated attacks initiated by Palestinian militant groups led by Hamas. The attacks included a relentless barrage of some 3,000 rockets targeting Israel and the breach of the Gaza–Israel barrier by around 3,000 militants who launched assaults on Israeli military bases and civilian communities, resulting in approximately 1,200 casualties and the abduction of about 240 civilians (Dostri, 2023). The onslaught triggered recollections of European pogroms and the Holocaust among many of the Jewish citizens in Israel and elicited a national trauma (Tal, 2023). This shifted their perception from enjoying a comfortable, modern life in a quasi-European nation to an overarching sense of survival. This sentiment manifested as heightened suspicion toward Arab citizens of Israel (Asad, 2023), accompanied by widespread conspiracy theories alleging collusion with Hamas. There was also a notable persecution of Palestinian citizens of Israel expressing support for Palestinians on social media during this period. Amidst the escalated tension and violence, Palestinian citizens of Israel working as teachers in Jewish schools were placed on the educational frontlines (Gindi et al., 2023). They encountered unprecedented challenges in managing interactions with students, students’ parents, co-teachers, and even their daily commutes to the schools where they taught. Our exploration delves into the experiences, resilience, and strategies employed by Israeli-Palestinian educators as they navigated the complexities of teaching in an environment overshadowed by the Gaza–Israel conflict. Throughout November 2023, semi-structured interviews were conducted with 12 teachers and five supporting personnel 16 of which are Palestinian citizens of Israel and one Jewish Israeli citizen. The interviewees expressed their astonishment at the events of October 7th, elaborating on their personal concerns regarding safety, security, and the prospect of resuming teaching duties in Jewish schools. They also discussed the transformations they observed both in Israeli society at large and within their immediate school environments. By exploring the role of Palestinian citizens of Israel as teachers in Jewish schools during this tumultuous period, the lecture aims to offer insights into the transformative power of education and the mediating role of teachers’ workplace relationships in fostering resilience, tolerance, and the potential for unity even in the most challenging circumstances of external war which intensify an internal national identity conflict. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study is based on data collected In November 2023. The information collected included 12 interviews with Palestinian citizens of Israel who are teachers in Jewish schools and five interviews with supporting staff from a non-governmental agency that provides support for Palestinian teachers in Jewish schools. Three of the supporting staff were Palestinians working in Jewish schools themselves which allowed them to both report on their own experiences at the school and their experiences in supporting other teachers. The interviews utilized a semi-structured guide constructed in alignment with the research question. Four Ph.D. holders, each specializing in distinct fields (psychology, sociology, education, and religion), and one Master’s level psychologist served as interviewers. One of the interviewers was a native Arabic speaker, and the others were native Hebrew speakers. Consequently, some interviews were conducted in Arabic, with subsequent translation into Hebrew following transcription. The interviews, ranging from one to one and a half hours, were transcribed and then uploaded to a software-assisted qualitative data analysis NVIVO14 program (Bazeley, 2022) that was employed to facilitate the storage, coding, and systematic retrieval of the qualitative data (Wood & Bloor, 2006). This method enhances the accuracy, reliability, and transparency of qualitative investigations (Liamputtong, 2020). The coder, a Ph.D. holder specializing in conflict analysis, experienced in software-assisted qualitative data analysis, utilized a qualitative content analysis approach to identify recurring themes and patterns through data reduction, text interpretation, and an effort to identify consistency and core meanings within the data (Bernard et al., 2016). In the classification process, data were extracted into segments, inductively coded into categories, and grouped and compared with similar segments from other observations. This flexible method typically combines concept-driven and data-driven categories, ensuring that the overall coding framework aligns with the data (Schreier, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Following the October 7th, 2023 events, Israeli-Palestinian teachers in Jewish schools faced complex challenges due to the change in Jewish Israeli society. After the Oct 7th attack, many Jews began suspecting the Palestinian Arabs of allegiance with Hamas, asked them continuously to prove their loyalty and scrutinized their social media involvement. These educators, who had previously aimed for shared living with their Jewish counterparts, found their coexistence efforts seemingly futile amid the war. Initial findings highlight their astonishment and concerns about safety, affecting their personal well-being, including travel to and from school. In response to the precarious situation, these teachers adopted strategic communication approaches to foster unity and understanding during heightened tensions. Utilizing first-person terms, they emphasized the shared experiences of fear and anger among both Jews and Arabs affected by indiscriminate missiles. Acknowledging the difficulty of empathizing during escalations, Israeli-Palestinian teachers emphasized the paramount importance of maintaining mutual respect. Despite challenges in understanding the other side's perspective, they stressed the need for concerted efforts to ensure the safety and well-being of all teachers and students. Some teachers took a proactive stance against the war, expressing clear and decisive opposition to violence. They articulated a general stance against harm to both innocent Jews and Palestinians, some even exhibiting opposition to Hamas. Steering clear of complex political debates, they prioritized unity over ideological disagreements, reflecting a commitment to a cohesive educational environment and peace principles during a period of heightened emotions and challenges. Finally, initial findings point to an interrelation between the concerns of management for the personal condition of Israeli-Palestinian teachers during the chaotic first days of the war, especially principals’ interventions, and teachers sense of belonging and willingness to teach in a Jewish school. References Asad, A. (2023). Challenges and threats: Arab society in Israel during the war in Gaza. The Israel Democracy Institute, https://en.idi.org.il/articles/51567 Bazeley, P. (2022). Designing for Multimodal Data and Mixed Methods within a Qualitative Framework. The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research Design (pp.604-617). Sage. Bernard, H. R., Wutich, A., & Ryan, G. W. (2016). Analyzing qualitative data: Systematic approaches. SAGE Publications. Dostri, O. (2023). Hamas’s October 2023 attack on Israel: The end of the deterrence strategy in Gaza. Military Review, 1, 1-13 . Gindi, S., Gilat, Y. & Sagee, R. (2022). Short communication – Students’ attitudes toward boundary-crossing teachers before and after the May 2021 violence between Israelis and Palestinians: A ripple effect? International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 91, 38-43 Liamputtong, P. (2020). Qualitative Research Methods (5th ed.). Oxford University Press. Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage. Tal, R, (2023). The October 7 Massacre Brings Back Horrific Memories for This Iraqi-Jewish Author, Haaretz (Dec 13, 2023), https://www.haaretz.com Wood, F., & Bloor, M. (2006). Keywords in qualitative methods: A vocabulary of research concepts. Keywords in Qualitative Methods, 1-208. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 07 SES 06 C: Social Justice in Education for Children and Youth at Risk Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Fostering Integration of Young People with Migration Background through VaKE (Values and Knowledge Education): A Qualitative Study 1Paris-Lodron University Salzbu, Austria; 2Association of Values and Knowledge Education AVaKE Presenting Author:People with migration background tend to be marginalized and disadvantaged. Societal mainstream and politicians promote adaption (assimilation), which furthers these people’s problems as they are deprived of their roots. In the paper, first, a normative concept of integration is presented that permits people with migration background to participate actively in the society without denying their origin. Secondly, a teaching-learning approach is presented that permits to promote the necessary competences and attitudes for them to do so: Values and Knowledge Acquisition (VaKE). A pilot study with 8 young people with Turkish background is presented. One’s roots, traditions, beliefs and language are key elements for one’s identity and well-being. From the perspective of the dominant society, however, integration means mostly assimilation to the detriment of the original culture. Here, a concept is proposed, based on the different spheres people live in, like the community of people with the same origin, the public sphere of the dominant society or institutions like school or public administration (Berry, 2005). Integration, then, can be based on principles on three levels: (1) The first level is normative and imperative under all conditions and in all spheres: The human rights, for instance as stipulated by the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (United Nations, 1948) and subsequent resolutions. Expression of respect may differ between spheres, but the underlying principle remains the same for all. (2) The second level is normative as well but can be applied differently in different spheres. Provided that (1) is fulfilled, the effective laws must be respected, and they have priority over, for instance, religion and tradition. This means, for instance, that within the community of people of the same origin or religion, one can practice one’s traditions and religions if the law is not broken. (3) In different spheres, different practices are acceptable. Practicing one’s original culture within the sphere of like-minded people, but practicing the principles of the dominant culture in public spheres would then be the appropriate way of integration. The concept of different practices in different spheres can be realized only if specific psychological conditions are satisfied. Behavior must be situation specific, as addressed in Patry (2019); cultural integration competence is necessary (Dai & Chen, 2020); authenticity requires particular attention (Molinsky, 2013); etc. These psychological conditions are complex and difficult to reach through education. In particular, it should include both values education (e.g., the normative requirements mentioned above) and acquiring the necessary cultural integration competences. VaKE (Values and Knowledge Education; Weyringer et al., 2022a) is a teaching-learning concept that permits just this. It is based on the constructivist framework and combines values education according to a post-Kohlbergian framework (Patry & Weyringer, in press) with competence acquisition according to inquiry-based learning (Dobber et al., 2017); it has an impact on other dispositions such as the ones addressed in Dai and Chen (2020), as discussed in Weyringer et al. (2022a). The participants are confronted with a story in which the protagonist has a values conflict; they must collaboratively decide what the protagonist should do (Blatt & Kohlberg, 1975), but for a competent discussion, they need some knowledge, which they then search, for instance, on the internet. The collaborative learning process leads to a shared conceptual framework, critical thinking, creativity, tolerance, perspective taking, etc. (e.g., Weyringer & Pnevmatikos, 2022). This concept has been successfully used to train unaccompanied minor Muslim boys (Patry et al., 2016) and Muslim female asylum seekers (Weyringer et al., 2022b). In the present study, a small group of second generation young people is trained with VaKE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical study was done by Özbicerler (2023) in Austria. The study sample was a group of eight second-generation young people with at least one parent born in Turkey (8 males, 3 females), aged between 18 and 24 years. All were competent both in German and in Turkish languages. Assessment instruments were (1) a transcribed recording of the sessions, which was content analyzed; and (2) the Moral Competence Test (Lind, 2021) for the assessment of moral judgment competence in the sense of Kohlberg (1984). The procedure started with a short information of the participants and a session of 7 hours. The participants had their notebooks, and WLAN was available. The following steps were done: (1) The participants agreed that it should be a socially safe situation (free expression without sanctions) and about discussion rules (the arguments count, not the person who utters it; etc.). (2) The Moral Competence Test was given. (3) The VaKE conflict story was presented: Leyla, from Salzburg and with Turkish background, studies in Vienna; she has an Austrian boyfriend; her parents oppose to that. Leyla must decide whether to leave her boyfriend or to remain with him and then break with her family. (4) Key values at stake were addressed and discussed. (5) A first voting yielded five votes pro boyfriend and three votes pro family. (6) Two sub-groups were formed, and each formulated arguments in favor and against Leyla’s possible actions. (7) In the full group, the sub-groups presented their results, and they discussed what knowledge they would need for further discussion and formulated research questions. (8) Two working groups of three and one working group of two looked for answers on the internet. (9) Meeting again, the results were shared. (10) Back in the sub-groups, the participants discussed again what the Leyla should do, now considering the newly acquired knowledge. (11) The full group shared the results, and the sub-groups rated the arguments of the respective other sub-group for appropriateness of justification. (12) In a brain storming, the full group imagined how the story could continue. (13) The participants were encouraged to discuss related topics. (14) The Moral Competence Test was given again. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results focus on the process of VaKE, while the summative results are reported elsewhere. For each of the VaKE discussion steps (4) to (13), key statements are presented and analyzed with respect to the issues presented in the theory part: the normative bases and the psychological conditions. The focus of the analysis is not on the decision what Leyla should do (stay with the family or leave it), but on the justification of the arguments and on the process of VaKE itself. In step (4), the first discussion step, the first statement was: “Logically, Leyla’s only option is to leave the family, because if she accepts the decision of the parents, she will be even more limited, even if she doesn’t live with her boyfriend in the future. Her life would be drastically restricted and controlled.” The idea here is not to actively leave the family, but to aim for different spheres with different rules, and require the parents to do the same; since the parents seem not able or willing to do so, Leyla must leave. Would the parents accept the concept of different spheres, there would be no problem. Maybe Leyla could convince the parents through logical arguments, as promoted by VaKE. This example shows that training only some stakeholders (here: the young people) will not suffice to lead to an integration in the sense described above. However, it is a first step. Further, experience shows that participants in VaKE processes transfer the discussions in their families and hence can have an impact within this sphere. On the other hand, in order to achieve such integration, a similar education needs to be done with the members of the dominant society. This is currently being done in other studies using VaKE. References Berry, J. W. (2005). Acculturation: Living successfully in two cultures. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 29(6), 697-712. Blatt, M. M., & Kohlberg, L. (1975). The effects of classroom moral discussion upon children's level of moral judgment. Journal of Moral Education, 4(2), 129-161. Dai, X.-D., & Chen, G.-M. (2020). Conceptualizing cultural integration competence. China Media Research, 16(2), 13-24. Dobber, M., Zwart, R., Tanis, M., & van Oers, B. (2017). Literature review: The role of the teacher in inquiry-based education. Educational Research Review, 22, 194-214. Kohlberg, L. (1984). Essays on moral development. Vol. 2: The psychology of moral development. The nature and validity of moral stages. San Francisco: Harper & Row. Lind, G. (2021). Moral Competence Test (MCT). moralcompetence.net/mut/mjt-engl.htm Molinsky, A. (2013). Global dexterity: How to adapt your behavior across cultures without losing yourself in the process. Harvard Business School Press Books. Özbicerler, N. (2023). VaKE – Values and Knowledge Education als Konzept zur Förderung von jungen Menschen mit Migrationshintergrund. Unpublished Master’s Thesis, Paris-Lodron University Salzburg. Patry, J.-L. (2019). Situation specificity of behavior: The triple relevance in research and practice of education. In R. V. Nata (Ed.), Progress in education, Volume 58 (pp. 29-144). Nova. Patry, J.-L., & Weyringer, S. (in press). Combining values and knowledge education. In B. J. Irby, R. Lara-Alecio, N. Abdelrahman & M. J. Etchells (Eds.), Moral development theory and social-emotional learning. Information Age Publishing Inc (IAP). Patry, J.-L., Weyringer, S., Aichinger, K., & Weinberger, A. (2016). Integrationsarbeit mit ein¬gewanderten Jugendlichen mit VaKE (Values and Knowledge Education). International Dia¬logues on Education: Past and Present. IDE Online Journal, 3(3), 123-139. http://www.ide-journal.org/article/2016-volume-3-number-3-integrationsarbeit-mit-eingewanderten-jugendlichen-mit-vake-values-and-knowledge-education/. United Nations (1948). The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. https://www.ohchr.org/EN/UDHR/Pages/UDHRIndex.aspx Weyringer, S., Patry, J.-L., Pnevmatikos, D., & Brossard Børhaug, F. (Eds.). (2022a). The VaKE handbook: Theory and practice of Values and Knowledge Education. Brill. Weyringer, S., & Pnevmatikos, D. (2022). RAC3 thinking: Selected thinking styles nurtured with VaKE. In S. Weyringer, J.-L. Patry, D. Pnevmatikos, & F. Brossard Børhaug (eds.), The VaKE handbook: Theory and practice of Values and Knowledge Education (pp. 331-343). Brill. Weyringer, S., Patry, J.-L., Diekmann, N., & Linortner, L. (2022b). Education for democratic citizenship through Values and Knowledge Education (VaKE) in communities with cultural diversity. Fostering migrants’ competences for integration in Austria. In E. Gutzwiller-Helfenfinger, H. J. Abs & K. Göbel (Eds.), The challenge of radicalization and extremism. Integrating research on education and citizenship in the context of migration (pp. 246-270). Brill. https://brill.com/downloadpdf/title/63442. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Exploring Future Paths of Young People in Portugal's Border Regions: Challenges and Prospects CIIE/FPCE Univeristy of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:The educational and career aspirations of young people living in remote and rural areas have gathered increasing attention in academic research (Kilpatrick & Abbott-Chapman, 2002; Yndigegn, 2003; Corbett, 2016; Bernard et al., 2023; Sampaio & Silva, 2023). While social justice encompasses inclusive education and embodies principles of equity, opportunity, and democracy (Fraser, 2008; Ball, 2021; Estêvão, 2018), it is also accurate that an individual's birthplace significantly shapes their health, education, and life expectancy (Smith, 1994). In the Portuguese context, of the 278 municipalities in continental Portugal, 38 are situated along the border regions with Spain. These areas exhibit many distinctive features that extend beyond geography to encompass educational, socioeconomic, and cultural dimensions (National Programme for Territorial Cohesion's Agenda for Inland Regions 2018). Indeed, these regions face challenges, including an aging population, low-income levels, and geographical dispersion of the population and educational opportunities (Collins & Cunningham, 2017), characterized as peripheral, remote, and primarily rural or semi-urban (Silva, 2014). In Portugal, ten border regions lack secondary education, causing young people to leave their regions to continue their studies. Additionally, over 60% of higher education institutions (HEIs) are located in the coastal areas, posing challenges for those in border regions (Saloniemi et al., 2020). Consequently, young individuals from these regions face difficulties planning their educational and career paths, often considering leaving their hometowns (Serracant, 2015; Silva et al., 2021; Sampaio, Silva & Faria, 2023). A case study in a Portuguese borderland school (Silva, 2014) illustrates how the geographic dimension not only influences mobility but also shapes a sense of belonging, profoundly impacting educational aspirations. Disadvantages stem from economic constraints and social and cultural devaluation, as environmental capital resources dictate life chances, influencing spatial equality of opportunity, i.e., social justice (Israel & Frenkel, 2018). In this sense, our research aims to comprehensively understand the socio-educational dynamics experienced by young people in these regions, focusing on their future expectations after compulsory education. Specifically, we explore their intentions regarding higher education, employment, and the combination of work and study. Based on Fraser’s (2001, 2008) social justice framework, within the context of Portuguese border regions, it is possible to recognize that social justice operates through a dualistic interplay between recognition and redistribution, disrupted by multifaceted inequalities demanding redistributive measures to address lower incomes, restricted employment opportunities, and identity disparities rooted in geography, history, and culture (Collins & Cunningham, 2017). In summary, our research sheds light on youth's complex challenges and aspirations in Portuguese border regions, aiming to inform policy and practice to enhance opportunities and social justice for young people in these regions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data analyzed in this paper is grounded in a large-scale study on resilience, engagement, and sense of belonging among young people growing up in border regions of Portugal (GROW.UP - Grow up in border regions in Portugal: young people, educational pathways, and agendas – PTDC/CED-EDG/29943/2017), conducted across 38 schools situated in the Portuguese-Spanish border regions. Our objective is to comprehend the future expectations of young individuals in these border regions after completing compulsory education. We administered an on-site questionnaire to school students within these regions to achieve this goal and capture diverse perspectives. The data presented and discussed in this paper originates from 28 border region schools that offer secondary education, as the remaining 10 provide education only up to the 9th grade. We contacted these 28 schools via email and telephone, explaining the study's objectives and requesting student participation in the questionnaire. The selected schools represent various regions across the country, from the north to the south. Our sample comprises 3653 young people attending 10th, 11th, and 12th grades, with 55.4% female and 44.4% male. For this paper, we focused on items designed to measure secondary school students’ perceptions regarding their career or educational paths after 12th grade, particularly their choices post-compulsory education and their intentions to remain or leave their regions. These items were developed based on theoretical frameworks and empirical evidence, ensuring content validity through evaluation by two experts and face validity through a group interview with young individuals. Additionally, a pre-test involving a pilot study (n = 45) was conducted to refine the items for language clarity, format, and chosen response scale, which ranged from 1 – totally disagree to 5 – totally agree. Data analysis was conducted using IBM SPSS Statistics 28, and the questionnaire underwent approval and data protection procedures by the General Education Board of the Portuguese Ministry of Education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research aims to enhance a deeper understanding of the educational and career pathways of young individuals in remote and rural regions of Portugal, focusing on informing educational policies and support systems tailored to these areas. Our findings reveal that most young people in border regions aspire to pursue higher education (HE) upon completing 12th grade. At the same time, only a minority expect immediate entry into the labor market without further studies. Notably, many students interested in post-compulsory employment often perceive HE as less pivotal in augmenting their prospects. These findings underscore the intricate interplay of youth aspirations, regional identities, and educational trajectories. Educational and career decisions, as evidenced, are multifaceted phenomena shaped by personal experiences, cultural contexts, and the availability of opportunities (Ball, 2021). Despite the complexities, schools emerge as pivotal institutions capable of attenuating marginalization among youth in remote areas (Amiguinho, 2008), offering avenues for social integration, civic engagement, and identity formation (Bendit & Miranda, 2017). An exciting remark emerges regarding the predisposition of a small but noteworthy percentage of students to pursue HE within their region, citing peer influence as a contributing factor. At the same time, a larger cohort contemplates studying elsewhere. Geographically, students from the Center display relatively lower propensities to leave their locales, whereas those from Alentejo-Algarve regions exhibit greater openness to relocation. Gender disparities are also evident, with females demonstrating heightened academic aspirations and a more pronounced readiness to relocate compared to their male counterparts, who tend to prioritize immediate employment to support familial obligations. Noteworthy is the nuanced stance of students with parents possessing lower educational attainment levels, who evince a dual inclination: to contribute to their families' welfare through employment while harboring aspirations for HE attainment to secure brighter futures. References Amiguinho, A. (2008). A escola e o futuro do mundo rural [School and the future of the rural world]. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. Ball, S. (2021). The education debate (4th ed.). Bristol University Press. Bendit, R., & Miranda, A. (2017). La gramática de la juventud: Un nuevo concepto en construcción. Última Década, 46, 4-43. http://dx.doi.org/10.4067/S0718-22362017000100004 Collins, P., & Cunningham, J. (2017). Creative economies in peripheral regions. Palgrave Macmillan. Estêvão, C. (2018). Educação para direitos humanos: Uma proposta crítica. Studia Historica. Historia Contemporánea, 36, 161–170. https://doi.org/10.14201/shhc201836161170 Fraser, N. (2001). Da redistribuição ao reconhecimento? Dilemas da justiça na era pós- -socialista. In J. Souza (Ed.), Democracia hoje: Novos desafios para a teoria democrática contemporânea (pp. 245-282). UnB. Fraser, N. (2008). Escalas de justicia. Herder Israel, E., & Frenkel A. (2018). Social justice and spatial inequality: Toward a conceptual framework. Progress in Human Geography, 42(5), 647-665. https://doi. org/10.1177/0309132517702969 Saloniemi, A., Salonen, J., Nummi, T., & Virtanen, P. (2020). The diversity of transitions during early adulthood in the Finnish labour market. Journal of Youth Studies, 24(7), 851-870. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2020.1776229 Sampaio, M., Faria, S., & Silva, S. M. da (2023). Aspirations and transitions to higher education: Portraits of young people living in Portuguese border regions. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 41(1), 223-242. DOI: https://doi.org/10.6018/rie.520181 Sampaio, Marta & Silva, Sofia Marques (2023). Mapping youth policies priorities at European and National level: Contribution to identify regional sensitive topics in Portugal border regions. Revista de Estudios Regionales, 187-211, I.S.S.N.: 0213-7585 Serracant, P. (2015). The impact of the economic crisis on youth trajectories: A case study from southern Europe. Young, 23(1), 39-58. https://doi.org/10.1177/1103308814557398 Yndigegn, C. (2003). Life planning in the periphery: Life chances and life perspectives for young people in the Danish-German border region. Young, Nordic Journal of Youth Research, 11(3), 235-251. https://doi.org/10.1177/11033088030113003 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Invisible and Unheard?: Exploring Education and Residential Care with Care-Experienced Children Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Research Topic and Objectives: Children and young people who live in state care typically experience considerable challenges as they progress through the education system (Townsend, Berger & Reupert, 2020). This disparity is evident in literacy (Brownwell et al., 2015), numeracy (Laurens et. al., 2020), graduation rates (Lund & Stokes, 2020), as well as in emotional wellbeing indicators (Romano et.al., 2015). This has implications for their future adult lives including economic instability (Jaffey et al., 2018). In a scoping review, Townsend et.al. (2020) identified the importance of a safe and stable school environment, positive relationships, and teacher expectations on children in care. This suggests that despite difficulties academically and emotionally, schooling can have a positive impact on care-experienced young people. Although research concerning children and young people in care in Ireland is growing, it remains an underdeveloped field in terms of both data and methodology (Gilligan, Brady & Cullen 2022; National Children in Care of the State and the Education System Working Group, 2020). This research aims to explore what it is like for young people (age 13-17) in residential care to go through post-primary education in Ireland. In doing so, it aims to develop a holistic view of the intersection between state care and education from young people’s perspective, as well as that of professionals, educators and policy makers to impact policy and practice in the intersection of care and education. This will be done by inverting the typical direction of communication, that is, we adopt a bottom-up process, whereby those with lived experience (young people in residential care) have a say in the policy and practice changes that affect them. Research Questions:
Theoretical Frameworks: Fundamentally, this research works as an acknowledgement of the epistemic responsibility of researchers to acknowledge young people as knowers (Medina, 2013) and take seriously their testimonials concerning their lived experiences (Fricker, 2011). In doing so, young people are treated as experts of state care and education through experience, just as social workers, psychologists, and other professionals are treated as experts through education. Informed by theories of emancipatory education (Freire, 1972), socially-just youth work (Tilsen, 2018), horizontality and democratic relationality (Whelan, 2014; Spade, 2020) it uses a participatory framework to equalize the inputs of young people and professionals. In line with this, the research is informed by a rights-based approach. Participation in decision-making is of key importance for young people is a protected right under Articles 12 and 13 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC, 1989). Within the Irish context it is acknowledged that youth participation in care and treatment plans improve quality of care and practice (Kelleher, Seymour & Halpenny, 2014). Though it lacks statutory implementation, Ireland has recently launched a National Framework for Children and Young People’s Participation in Decision-Making (2021). However, there have been ongoing difficulties in engaging ‘seldom-heard’ populations, including young people in care (Kennen et al., 2021). This research aims to intervene at this junction, using research as an avenue for young people to participate in their care as experts through experience. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Considering the death of information regarding the intersection between state care and education in the Irish context, specifically with young people in residential care, an exploratory approach is appropriate. Using youth participatory methodology and socially-engaged arts practices allows for young people to be acknowledged as experts through experience, while using arts-based methods to ease communication. Socially-engaged and community-based artists such as Fiona Whelan (2007-2011; 2018-2023) have worked with young people in collaborative and democratic ways to engage in social commentary and be a part of practice and policy changes within their communities. Working as a collective, the researcher and young people in residential care will work to develop a central research theme concerning their education, develop data to explore this theme and decide on a dissemination plan as a collective. Additionally, professionals and educators will be interviewed to discuss what, in their views, are the most pressing issues concerning young people in residential care and their education, as well as what it is like for them to work in these spaces. Policy makers will also be interviews to discuss the policy making space and to develop an understanding about how policy decisions concerning this population’s care are made, and the values/principles underpinning them. Finally, it is envisioned that the dissemination plan co-developed with the young people may include a private viewing or showing of the research outputs to professionals and policy makers of the groups’ choosing (such as teachers, social workers etc.). Additionally, in line with the National Framework, follow-up and feedback from professionals and policy makers concerning this research will be communicated back to the young people. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data is currently being gathered and preliminary analyses will be shared. This study is exploratory in nature, from its methodology to its analysis, due to the lack of research concerning post-primary education for children in care in Ireland, and specifically children living in residential care. This aligns the research with wider Government priorities; specifically, in response to the Ryan Report (2009), the state Department for Children announced a renewed interest in exploring the lived experiences of children and young people in care (O’Gorman, 2022). By working with young people and adults living and working in this space, this research hopes to create a broader understanding of the complex and nuanced experiences of young people in residential care in post-primary education in Ireland. Additionally, it intends to outline the challenges and particularities of interagency and inter-department cooperation between state Departments, including the Child and Family Services and the Department of Education at national level, and social workers and educators on a local level. This will add to the small but growing research base concerning the education of children and young people in care, as well as offering new methodological insights on creative and participatory methods for working with care-experienced adults in Ireland. References Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth (2021). Participation Framework National Framework for Children and Young People’s Participation in Decision-making. Freire, P. (1972). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Education. Fricker, M. (2011). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Gilligan, R, Brady, E, Cullen, L. (2022) One More Adversity: The lived experience of care leavers in Ireland during the Covid-19 Pandemic. School of Social Work and Social Policy, TCD. Kelleher, C., Seymour, M. and Halpenny, A. M. (2014) Promoting the Participation of Seldom Heard Young People: A Review of the Literature on Best Practice Principles. Research funded under the Research Development Initiative Scheme of the Irish Research Council in partnership with the Department of Children and Youth Affairs. Kennan, D., Brady, B., Forkan, C., & Tierney, E. (2021). Developing, implementing and critiquing an evaluation framework to assess the extent to which a Child’s right to be heard is embedded at an organisational level. Child Indicators Research, 14(5), 1931-1948. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-021-09842-z Lund, S., & Stokes, C. (2020). The educational outcomes of children in care – a scoping review. Children Australia, 45(4), 249-257. doi:10.1017/cha.2020.55 Medina, J. (2013). The epistemology of resistance: Gender and racial oppression, epistemic injustice, and resistant imaginations. Oxford University Press. National Children in Care of the State and the Education System Working Group. (2020) Letter to the Irish Times from the Children in Care Working Group, September 2020. Romano, E., Babchishin, L., Marquis, R., & Fréchette, S. (2015). Childhood Maltreatment and Educational Outcomes. Trauma, violence & abuse, 16(4), 418–437. https://doi.org/10.1177/1524838014537908 Ryan Report Commission (2009) The Commission to Inquiry into Child Abuse. Spade, D. (2020). Mutual aid: Building Solidarity during this crisis (and the next). Verso. Townsend, I. M., Berger, E. P., & Reupert, A. E. (2020). Systematic review of the educational experiences of children in care: Children’s perspectives. Children and Youth Services Review, 111, 104835. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.104835 Tilsen, J. (2018). Narrative approaches to youth work: Conversational skills for a critical practice. London: Taylor and Francis. Whelan, F. (2014). Ten: Territory, encounter & negotiation. Fiona Whelan. Whelan, F. (2018) What Does He Need? [Multi-Medium]. https://www.fionawhelan.com/projects/what-does-he-need/ United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), November 20, 1989, https://www/ohchr.org/en |
13:45 - 15:15 | 08 SES 06 A: Enhancing Student Attendance and Wellbeing: Innovations and Advances Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Venka Simovska Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Breaking Barriers to School Attendance: A Trauma-informed Approach 1Maynooth University; 2Maynooth University Presenting Author:An increasing number of young people are experiencing School Attendance Problems (Määttä et al., 2020). The term School Attendance Problems (SAPs) is used internationally to refer to difficulties labelled as school refusal, and more recently termed school avoidance or emotionally-based school avoidance; as well as other types of school absenteeism, such as truancy, school withdrawal or school exclusion (Heyne, Gren-Landell, Melvin & Gentle-Genitty, 2019). The reasons for SAPs are complex and multifaceted and they have been made more challenging by the Covid-19 pandemic. To help address these challenges many governments have launched national school attendance campaigns. However, some attendance campaigns have been heavily criticised by parents and disability/social justice advocates. For instance, the campaign in the United Kingdom has been slated as being ‘tone deaf’, essentially blaming families and children for their problems (BBC News, 2024), rather than addressing root causes of SAPs, which are centred around systemic issues of disability, illness, neurodiversity, poverty, current and intergenerational adversity, mental distress, bullying, and discrimination (Devenney & O’Toole, 2021). There is also concern regarding how students’ school experiences may be trauma-inducing (O’Toole, 2021) and negatively impacting their wellbeing (Lombardi, et al., 2019) Within the field of school attendance, there is recognition that the world is changing, schooling is different, students’ needs are more diverse, and our approach to school attendance and each student’s relationship with education must be different too (Heyne, et al., 2024). Consequently, there is a need to take seriously the lived experience of students who experience SAPs (and their families) and respond in compassionate and trauma informed ways. The purpose of this study was firstly to explore the views and experiences of SAPs from multiple perspectives, including those of students, parents, school staff and other professionals from health, social care, and justice sectors; and secondly, to harness the insights from these groups to develop guidance to help address SAPs. The project was funded by the Children and Young Peoples Services Committee in County Limerick, Ireland. The study was informed by trauma-informed values and principles (i.e., collaboration, empowerment, trustworthiness, safety, respect for diversity; Fallot & Harris, 2001) and was concerned with people’s lived experience, including their experience of themselves, of their interactions and relationships, and of the complex patterns that co-arise between individuals and the larger systemic context (Goleman and Senge, 2014). We were interested in understanding ‘what it is like to be’ a professional, parent, or young person impacted by SAPs. Thus, the methodology was designed to inquire into the affective, cognitive, and bodily/somatic experiences of key actors within the education and social system (Fuchs, 2017; Herrman, Nielsen & Aguilar-Raab, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Four cohorts of participants were purposively sampled: 1) school staff (n=16, including principals, guidance counsellors, teachers, alternative education teachers), 2) allied professionals (n=13 including psychologists, social workers, community and family support workers), 3) parents (n=2, both mothers), and 4) young people (n=11, aged 14-18 years). Online focus groups were conducted with the professional groups. In-person interviews were carried out with parents. The young people participated in either individual interviews or focus group interviews; and arts-based methods, including self-portraiture and body mapping were used to facilitate thoughtful, embodied communication in a safe and supportive space (Bagnoli, 2009; Orchard, 2017). Ethical approval was obtained from Maynooth University Social Research Ethics Subcommittee. All data was recorded and transcribed. Transcripts were anonymized and then analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2021) reflective thematic analysis (RTA) approach. Data from the professionals was analysed separately to the data from parents and young people. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Five themes were identified from the professionals’ data. These were 1) A perfect storm: the conditions impacting school attendance problems, 2) The rigidity of the education system, 3) Over-worked and under-resourced, 4) Lessons learned around what works, and 5) Looking to the future: what’s needed next? Four themes were identified following analysis of focus groups and interviews with young people and parents; as follows 1) You’re not welcome here, but you’re also not allowed leave, 2) Fighting for your life – disability and mental health difficulty, 3) Nothing left in my arsenal: The stress of parenting a young person with school attendance difficulties, 4) Envisaging a better education system - blue sky thinking. Overall the findings point to the need to embrace change, reconceptualise school attendance, and consider new ways of working that are relationship-centred and grounded in a strong sense of purpose. By working together in partnership it is possible to transform educational practices, shaping a future where all students feel a sense of belonging in school and are enabled to thrive in harmony with our evolving world. References Bagnoli, A. (2009). Beyond the standard interview: The use of graphic elicitation and arts-based methods. Qualitative research, 9(5), 547-570. BBC News 2024 (January 18th). Government school attendance campaign criticised by parents. Available at: Government school attendance campaign criticised by parents (yahoo.com) Braun, V & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Devenney, R., & O'Toole, C. (2021). 'What kind of education system are we offering’: The views of education professionals on school refusal. International Journal of Educational Psychology: IJEP, 10(1), 27-47. Harris, M. E., & Fallot, R. D. (2001). Using trauma theory to design service systems. Jossey-Bass/Wiley. Heyne, D., Gren-Landell, M., Melvin, G., & Gentle-Genitty, C. (2019). Differentiation between school attendance problems: Why and how?. Cognitive and behavioral practice, 26(1), 8-34. Heyne D, Gentle-Genitty C, Melvin GA, Keppens G, O’Toole C and McKay-Brown L (2024) Embracing change: from recalibration to radical overhaul for the field of school attendance. Front. Educ. 8:1251223. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1251223 Lombardi E, Traficante D, Bettoni R, Offredi I, Giorgetti M and Vernice M (2019) The Impact of School Climate on Well-Being Experience and School Engagement: A Study With High-School Students. Front. Psychol. 10:2482. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02482 Orchard, T. (2017). Remembering the body: Ethical issues in body mapping research. New York, NY: Springer International Publishing. O'Toole, C. (2022). When trauma comes to school: Toward a socially just trauma-informed praxis. International Journal of School Social Work, 6(2), 4. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Branching Out: Mobilising Community Assets to Support the Mental Health and Wellbeing of Children in Schools 1UCL; 2Anglia Ruskin University Presenting Author:Children's mental health is a pressing public health concern that has only been exacerbated in recent years by the COVID-19 pandemic, the rising cost of living, and the impact of global events. In England in 2022, 18% of children aged 7-16 years had a probable mental health disorder (Newlove-Delgado et al., 2022). Furthermore, research has shown persistent inequalities in children’s mental health, and it has been suggested that the mental health gap between advantaged and disadvantaged children is growing (Collishaw et al., 2019). Poor mental health has long-term impacts on academic performance, social relationships, and overall quality of life, yet fewer than two-thirds of young people with mental health problems and their families access any professional help (NHS Digital, 2022) with high demand, limited provision, and long waiting lists for specialist mental health services (Moore and Gammie, 2018). One approach to supporting children’s mental health and wellbeing in community and school settings is through arts-in-nature practice (Moula et al., 2022). The Creative Health Review (APPG on Arts, Health and Wellbeing and the National Centre for Creative Health, 2023) outlined how creativity, including creative activities in nature, is fundamental to supporting healthier, happier, and economically flourishing communities and creative health should be integrated into a whole-system approach to health and social care. Mobilising existing creative, cultural and community assets is central to asset-based approaches that are gaining credence in UK public health policy making, and schools have been identified as key institutional community assets that can promote wellbeing (Forrester et al., 2020). The importance of schools is also recognised in the Healthy Child Programme (HCP, DoH/DSCF, 2009), the national prevention and early intervention public health framework for children, young people, and their families in the UK. Such policies position schools as a community asset for children’s mental health and wellbeing; however, it is the individuals within the school community that are often the driving force, and schools with strong social links and support from parents/carers are more likely to be motivated to develop and maintain such interventions (Herlitz et al., 2020). As such, one way of building capacity for schools to implement and sustain public health interventions including arts-in-nature practice would be to mobilise community assets such as parents/carers and other community members as local volunteers. Despite the nature of volunteering changing in recent times due to factors such as increased use of technology, austerity, and the COVID-19 pandemic (e.g. Mak et al., 2022), volunteers are an essential human resource, supporting local cultural and community arts projects and sustaining the wider cultural sector. Within this context, the ‘Branching Out’ project set out to investigate how an established arts-in-nature programme ‘Eco-Capabilities’ could be scaled up from time-limited projects involving small numbers of children, to a sustainable public health intervention involving whole-school communities. The Eco-Capabilities programme was originally developed to explore the impact of the arts-in-nature practice called ‘Artscaping’ on children’s mental health and wellbeing. Eco-Capabilities found that Artscaping contributed to enhancing the mental and emotional wellbeing of children (Walshe et al., 2022). However, extending its reach to more children and ensuring its sustainability beyond projects that are restricted by funding, time, and resources remains a challenge. Accordingly, the Branching Out model was developed with the intention of extending the reach of Artscaping by mobilising community assets, including school staff and volunteers, as ‘Community Artscapers’ to support its delivery and promote the mental health and wellbeing of children in primary schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Branching Out research methodology drew on Creswell and Plano Clark’s (2011) exploratory multi-level mixed methods approach to investigate how partners could adapt their Artscaping practice for a model using Community Artscapers to reach more. The first phase of the research was concerned with developing the Branching Out model, involving interviews with artists and school staff involved in the Eco-Capabilities programme; a national online survey of arts organisations delivering arts and nature activities in schools; an e-Delphi Study with primary school staff with responsibility for children’s mental health and wellbeing; and stakeholder workshops including representatives from the health sector, local authority, education, and voluntary organisations (Bungay et al., 2023). The second phase of the research reported in this paper focused on the implementation of the Branching Out model across six pilot sites. Ethical approval for the research was granted by the UCL Research Ethics Panel. All participants were fully informed about the research using the appropriate participant information sheet and signed a consent form before data collection. The Branching Out model was piloted in six primary schools geographically dispersed across Cambridgeshire in areas of high disadvantage and ensuring a mix of both rural and urban settings. Delivery was led by project partners CCI and CAP with support from Fullscope. The initial intention was for all schools to recruit local volunteers to be Community Artscapers supported by school staff, but some schools found volunteer recruitment challenging and/or felt that including staff would lead to greater sustainability. All adults involved in facilitating Artscaping were considered Community Artscapers. The process of selecting children to participate was different in each school, but usually involved consultation between the senior leadership and teachers through pupil progress meetings and discussions with SENCOs and pastoral leads. Artscaping was seen as an opportunity to support those on the cusp of requiring external mental health support. In the Branching Out pilot, Community Artscapers delivered 1.5 hour Artscaping sessions with children outdoors for eight weeks in Autumn 2022. Researchers attended one session in each of the schools to inform subsequent online semi-structured interviews at the end of the pilots. A total number of 12 participants were interviewed including school staff (head teachers or inclusion leads, teachers, and teaching assistants involved in delivering Artscaping) and community volunteers to reflect on the experience of implementing the Branching Out model and facilitating Artscaping. Interviews were audio recorded and professionally transcribed. Transcriptions were subject to thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings were explored in relation to mobilising community assets, the impact of the pilot on the children, and the impact on Community Artscapers. One of the first steps in mobilising community assets as Community Artscapers was to develop the opportunity in a way that would engage individuals; the Community Artscaper role was framed as an opportunity for school staff and volunteers to engage with children in a novel way, outside of the classroom, fostering a connection with nature using the arts. Schools recruited volunteers through newsletters, emails, social media, noticeboards, and word-of-mouth communication. A pivotal component of the pilot was the training day which offered the opportunity for Community Artscapers to experience the activities for themselves, enabling a better sense of the potential impact on children's mental health and wellbeing. Impacts for children included: improved mental health; freedom in creativity and being outside; personal development, particularly increased confidence in terms of participating, speaking and taking ownership of what they were doing; emotional impacts as the sessions instilled a sense of calm; and social connection as children had new opportunities to connect with adults. The impact on children meant that Artscaping delivered by Community Artscapers could serve as another “wave” of support for emerging mental health concerns before the point of being eligible for other provisions. Impacts for Community Artscapers included sub-themes of: developing confidence in Artscaping as practice which makes a difference to children; supporting their own emotional wellbeing; providing personal and professional development for both volunteers and school staff; and providing opportunities for intergenerational connection and community. In summary, the Branching Out model represents an innovative way of extending the reach of Artscaping by mobilising community assets and thus demonstrates potential as a public health intervention to support the mental health and wellbeing of children in primary schools. References Bungay, H., Walshe, N. & Dadswell, A. (2023) Mobilising volunteers to deliver a school-based arts-in-nature practice to support children’s mental health and wellbeing: A modified e-Delphi study with primary school staff. Cogent Education. Collishaw, S., Furzer, E., Thapar, A.K. and Sellers, R. (2019). Brief report: a comparison of child mental health inequalities in three UK population cohorts. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, pp.1547-1549. Creswell, J.W. and Plano-Clark, V.P. (2011) Designing and Constructing Mixed Methods Research. Sage: London, UK. Forrester, G., Kurth, J., Vincent, P. and Oliver, M., (2020). Schools as community assets: an exploration of the merits of an Asset-Based Community Development (ABCD) approach. Educational Review, 72(4), pp.443-458. Newlove-Delgado T, Marcheselli F, Williams T, Mandalia D, Davis J, McManus S, Savic M, Treloar W, Ford T. (2022) Mental Health of Children and Young People in England, 2022. NHS Digital, Leeds. Mak, H.W., Coulter, R. and Fancourt, D. (2022). Relationships between Volunteering, Neighbourhood Deprivation and Mental Wellbeing across Four British Birth Cohorts: Evidence from 10 Years of the UK Household Longitudinal Study. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(3), p.1531. Moore, A. and Gammie, J. (2018). Revealed: hundreds of children wait more than a year for specialist help. Available at: https://www.hsj.co.uk/quality-and-performance/revealed-hundreds-of-children-wait-more-than-a-year-for-specialist-help/7023232.article. (Accessed: 31 March 2023) Moula, Z., Palmer, K. & Walshe, N. (2022) A Systematic Review of Arts-Based Interventions Delivered to Children and Young People in Nature or Outdoor Spaces: Impact on Nature Connectedness, Health and Wellbeing. Frontiers in Psychology – Health Psychology. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.858781 National Health Service Digital. (2022) Mental Health of Children and Young People in England 2022—Wave 3 Follow Up to the 2017 Survey. Available at: Mental Health of Children and Young People in England 2022 - wave 3 follow up to the 2017 survey - NDRS (digital.nhs.uk) (Accessed: 31 March 2023). Walshe, N., Moula, Z. & Lee, E. (2022) Eco-Capabilities as a Pathway to Wellbeing and Sustainability. Sustainability, 14(6), 3582. https://www.mdpi.com/2071-1050/14/6/3582 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Exploring Adolescent Resilience and Mental Health: Methodologies and Outcomes of the me_HeLi-D Project's Participatory Workshops in Poland University of Silesia, Poland Presenting Author:Recent research indicates that the mental health of adolescents is alarming and requires urgent remedial action. WHO data shows that worldwide, 1 in 7 (14%) people aged 10-19 experience disorders in psychosocial functioning. Attention is drawn to the significant underestimation of the problem - many cases remain undiagnosed and untreated (WHO, 2021). The international HBSC study (Cosma et al., 2023), conducted in the 11-15 age group, showed, based on the analysis of many indicators, that the mental health of adolescents deteriorates with age, with 15-year-olds generally having the worst mental condition. This was reflected primarily in the deterioration of mental well-being and the severity of problems related to their cognitive/psychosocial functioning. The difficulties mentioned above were deepened by the COVID-19 pandemic, during which interpersonal contacts and opportunities to engage in attractive activities were significantly limited. Consequently, as research has shown, over two-thirds of adolescents' parents stated that due to social isolation and lack of contact with peers, they witnessed a deterioration in the emotional well-being (72%) and behavior (68%) of their children (Martinelli et al., 2020). For the above reasons, promoting mental health and resilience among young people is crucial. To create the right tools to help adolescents and support their mental health, it is essential to listen to their voices in this critical issue, and a participatory approach is used for this purpose (Martin, Buckley, 2020). Adopting participatory research methods transforms the traditional view of young people merely as research subjects to recognizing them as active contributors who can significantly influence various stages of research, including its development, design, execution, analysis, and dissemination. This approach, as Clavering and McLaughlin (2010) suggest, acknowledges adolescents as capable agents playing a pivotal role in the research process. In response to this need, the "Mental Health Literacy and Diversity. Enhancing Mental Health and Resilience through Digital Resources for Youth" (me_HeLi-D) project was created and implemented under the Erasmus+ program. Partners from Austria, Slovenia, Poland, and Bulgaria participate in the project. The me_HeLi-D project focuses on directly improving mental health, building the necessary skills in this area, and promoting diversity awareness among students. Its primary goal is to develop a research-based, publicly available digital tool for a specific target group of students (aged 12 to 15). The tool is intended to be used by students to support their resources and strengthen and spread knowledge about mental health. The main objective of the paper is to present some of the activities carried out in the project. To do this, the following research questions were formulated:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A participatory approach was used in the research and implementation activities undertaken. Participation was understood as the interactivity of strategies used to strengthen the motivation of young people to engage in various types of social and educational activities and also meant sharing with them the responsibility for making decisions (Bruselius-Jensen & Nielsen, 2021). In contrast to more traditional research design strategies, researchers utilizing a participatory approach often choose research methods and tools that can be conducted democratically. The foundational premise of participatory research methods is the value placed on genuine and meaningful participation – methods that offer "the ability to speak up, to participate, to experience oneself and be experienced as a person with the right to express yourself and to have the expression valued by others" (Abma et al., 2019). The advantages of the participatory approach include: 1) supporting the development of young people's identity and competencies, 2) supporting the development of self-efficacy, agency, and empowerment, 3) contributing to achieving better educational results, 4) promoting better health. It was assumed that this approach would help build a program tailored to the needs of adolescents and thus make them more willing to engage in its implementation, increasing its effectiveness. When creating preventive programs for young people, they should be adapted to their needs to reach them. Therefore, to ensure that the realities of life of as many children and young people as possible are considered, researchers are looking for and creating opportunities for their participation in developing such programs (Wickenden et al., 2022). This participation is crucial because young people are the experts and have the best knowledge about their lives (Johnson &West, 2022). Using a participatory approach, two workshops (PW) were organized for students aged 13-15, during which they had the opportunity to co-design the content and structure of the prepared digital program. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper provides a detailed exposition of the methodology and outcomes of participatory workshops (PWs) conducted in Poland as part of the me_HeLi-D project. The workshops, held in December 2023, explored and identified the sources of resilience, gratitude, and well-being among students, utilizing innovative and interactive methods such as Photovoice (Wang, Burris, 1997; Stephens et al., 2023). and Creation Labs. The significance of these workshops lies in their capacity to encourage self-expression and critical reflection among adolescents, enabling a deeper understanding of their mental health needs and perspectives (Maddy et al., 2020; Mooney et al., 2023). The methodology section of the paper is into the specifics of how the workshops were designed and implemented. Also, it discusses the rationale behind choosing these methods, emphasizing their suitability for engaging young people in conversations about mental health and well-being. PWs were organized in the project's partner schools in Austria, Slovenia, and Poland; however, the paper will present only the Polish findings. In the Polish context, 28 students aged 13-15 participated in these workshops. The paper presents the analysis of the data gathered from this workshop, highlighting the insights and perspectives shared by the participants. This analysis covered themes of resilience, how students articulate their sense of gratitude, and the various factors contributing to their well-being. The outcomes will be contextualized within the broader goals of the me_HeLi-D project, illustrating how these findings can inform the development of digital programs tailored to youth mental health. In summary, the paper will document not only the methodological framework and implementation of the participatory workshops in Poland but also offer a nuanced understanding of the mental health narratives of adolescents. References Abma, T., Banks, S., Cook, T., Dias, S., Madsen, W., Springett, J., & Wright, M. T. (2019). Participatory research for health and social well-being. Springer. Bruselius-Jensen, M., & Nielsen, A. M. W. (2021). The participation project: how projects shape young people’s participation. In M. Bruselius-Jensen, I. Pitti, & E. K. M. Tisdall (Eds.), Young People’s Participation: Revisiting Youth and Inequalities in Europe (1st ed., pp. 119–136). Bristol University Press. Cosma A, Abdrakhmanova S, Taut D, Schrijvers K, Catunda C, Schnohr C. (2023). A focus on adolescent mental health and wellbeing in Europe, central Asia and Canada. Health Behaviour in School-aged Children international report from the 2021/2022 survey. Volume 1. Copenhagen: WHO Regional Office for Europe. Johnson, V., West, A. (2022). Approaches and Creative Research Methods with Children and Youth. In D. Burns, J. Howard, S. M. Ospina (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of participatory research and inquiry. (Vols. 1-2), SAGE Publications. Maconochie, H., & McNeill, F. (2010). User involvement: Children’s participation in a parent-baby group. Community Practitioner, 83(8), 17–20. Madison Stephens, Eleanor Keiller, Maev Conneely, Paul Heritage, Mariana Steffen & Victoria Jane Bird (2023) A systematic scoping review of Photovoice within mental health research involving adolescents, Internation Martin, S., & Buckley, L. (2020). Including children’s voices in a multiple stakeholder study on a com- munity-wide approach to improving quality in early years setting. Early Child Development and Care, 190(9), 1411–1424. Martinelli, K., Cohen, Y., Kimball, H., & Sheldon-Dean, H. (2020). Children’s Mental Health Report: Telehealth in an increasingly virtual world. Child Mind Institute. Mooney R, Dempsey C, Brown BJ, Keating F, Joseph D and Bhui K (2023) Using participatory action research methods to address epistemic injustice within mental health research and the mental health system. Front. Public Health 11:1075363. Slattery, Maddy et al. “Participation in creative workshops supports mental health consumers to share their stories of recovery: A one-year qualitative follow-up study.” PloS one. Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, methodology, and use for participatory needs assessment. Health Education & Behavior: The Official Publication of the Society for Public Health Education, 24(3), 369–387 WHO, (2021). Mental health of adolescents. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/adolescent-mental-health Wickenden, M, Lopez Franco, E.(2022). Don’t Leave Us Out: Disability Inclusive Participatory Research – Why and How? In D. Burns, J. Howard, S. M. Ospina (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of participatory research and inquiry, 1-2, SAGE Publications Ltd. 321-338. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 09 SES 06 A: ICT and Education: Perspectives from ICILS and PIRLS Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Mojca Rozman Session Chair: Wolfram Schulz Symposium |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium ICT and Education: Perspectives from ICILS and PIRLS The role of information and communication technology (ICT) has become increasingly integral in shaping how we work, learn, and connect with others. This is especially recognized by UNESCO, who describes ICT as a “social necessity” for ensuring education as a basic human right, particularly in times of crises (UNESCO, 2023). International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) such as those conducted by the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA), provide a lens to monitor the evolving role of ICT in education and its connections to student outcomes. Furthermore, ILSAs provide extensive contextual data, enabling comprehensive analyses of various aspects of ICT, such as access to ICT resources, students’ attitudes towards ICT, or teacher preparedness for the use of ICT in the classroom. The goal of this symposium is to demonstrate how different ILSAs can be used to address a wide range of research questions related to ICT in education and to inform research, policy and practice. We focus on two IEA studies: the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) and the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS). ICILS aims to respond to the question: how well are students prepared for study, work, and life in a digital world? (Fraillon & Rožman, 2023). It examines eighth-grade students’ computer and information literacy and, as an optional module, students’ computational thinking. The 2023 cycle of ICILS marked 10 years of the study. PIRLS measures fourth-grade students’ reading achievement. Its latest cycle, conducted in 2021, is the only ILSA that successfully collected data during the COVID-19 pandemic, providing a rich data source to inform about the impact of the pandemic on reading achievement (Mullis et al., 2023). Despite these two studies having different research questions and focusing on different content domains, both ICILS and PIRLS provide valuable information on the topic of ICT in education across a diverse range of educational systems. Four symposium papers provide different perspectives on how ICILS and PIRLS can be used to study the role of ICT in education. The first paper gives an overview of IEA studies on ICT in education, to then look at their representation in the academic literature. The main goal is to map the evolution of publications and to describe the type of research that has been conducted. The second paper uses ICILS 2018 data to explore digital applications usage among foreign language teachers. Specifically, it aims to identify different classes of digital application usage as well as factors related to the identified classes. Using PIRLS 2021 data, the third paper examines the implementation of remote learning during the COVID-19 pandemic in the Dinaric region. In particularly, it examines the different response measures implemented as well as the preparedness for digital remote learning. The fourth paper evaluates two question formats used to assess teaching beliefs in the field trial of ICILS 2023. The two formats are compared on multiple criteria of data quality, providing insights into the use of alternative question formats in digital context questionnaires. The presenting authors will focus on the main findings of their studies, highlighting the different ways in which ICILS and PIRLS data can be used. The discussant of the symposium will offer remarks about the presentations, reflecting on the evolving role of ICT in education and how ILSAs can help us study this topic from different thematic and methodological perspectives. References Fraillon, J. & Rožman, M. (2023). International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023. Assessment Framework. Amsterdam: International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). https://www.iea.nl/sites/default/files/2023-12/20231221%20ICILS2023_Assessment_Framework__Final_0.pdf Mullis, I. V. S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K. A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.tr2103.kb5342 UNESCO. (2023). Digital Education: What You Need to Know. https://www.unesco.org/en/digital-education/need-know Presentations of the Symposium The Use of IEA Studies in Research: A Systematic Review of Comped, SITES, and ICILS Related Research
Over the last decades, information and communication technology (ICT) has become an important part of our lives, including education. Already in 1989, the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) was interested in this topic, when it launched its first study about the introduction and use of computers in education (Pelgrum & Plomp, 1993). With over 30 years of different studies about ICT in education, the IEA continues its investigations of how technologies are used in schools and in classrooms and how prepared are students for a digital world through the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS).
While the international reports of ICILS and its predecessors offer a broad range of information, they only scratch the surface of what can be done with the available data. Additional, and highly relevant, insights come from external publications. Following the reviews of Hopfenbeck et al. (2018) and Lenkeit et al. (2015), the present study is a systematic review of English-language peer-reviewed articles related to three IEA studies about ICT in education: Computers in Education (Comped), the Second Information Technology in Education Study (SITES) and ICILS.
The main goal of this review is to map the evolution of publications based on these studies and to describe the type of research that has been conducted, both in terms of research topics and methodological approaches. Through this, we aim not only to identify crucial literature to be used by any established or newcomer researcher in the field but also to provide guidance on topics for future research. An additional goal is to encourage the use of ICILS in secondary research.
The studies that are included in the review were identified through an electronic search was conducted across five different channels including, for example, multiple electronic databases and target searches in journals focused on international large-scale assessments or on ICT in education. After screening procedures, a total of 91 publications were deemed as relevant for the review. Results map the frequency of publications through years, journals and countries. Further results summarize the major topics studied across within four types of publications identified: descriptive studies, effectiveness studies, critiques or scale evaluations, and case studies.
References:
Hopfenbeck, T. N., Lenkeit, J., Masri, Y. E., Cantrell, K., Ryan, J., & Baird, J.-A. (2018). Lessons Learned from PISA: A Systematic Review of Peer-Reviewed Articles on the Programme for International Student Assessment. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(3), 333–353. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2016.1258726
Lenkeit, J., Chan, J., Hopfenbeck, T. N., & Baird, J.-A. (2015). A review of the representation of PIRLS related research in scientific journals. Educational Research Review, 16, 102–115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.10.002
Pelgrum, W. J., & Plomp, T. (1993). The IEA study of computers in education: Implementation of an innovation in 21 education systems. Pergamon.
Latent Classes of Digital Application Usage in Foreign Language Teaching in Germany and Related Determinants – Secondary Analyses Based on ICILS
International comparative school performance studies, such as the IEA-Study ICILS (Fraillon & Rožman, 2023), offer insights into educational practices across Europe and the world. The methodological design of the ICILS-Study enables sub-samples to be formed, allowing for the examination of specific groups and the generation of knowledge that could be used to improve school systems. This methodological possibility is used in this contribution to identify classes of digital applications usage by foreign language teachers and related determinants. Previous non-subject-specific studies like Graves and Bowers (2018) were able to identify four media patterns (evaders, assessors, presenters, dexterous). Additionally, factors influencing ICT use, such as teachers' self-efficacy are well studied across subjects (Gerick, Eickelmann & Bos, 2017). However, specific digital application usage classes and their determinants in foreign language teaching remain unexplored, despite possible subject-subcultural influences. This contribution aims to answer two research questions:
1. To what extent can different digital application usage classes be identified for foreign language teachers compared to non-foreign language teachers in Germany?
2. To what extent is there a connection between identified digital application usage classes and determinants of ICT use for both groups?
The study employs ICILS 2018 teacher data from Germany (n=2328; Eickelmann et al., 2019), taking into account data weighting (Tieck & Meinck, 2020).
To answer the first RQ, a latent class analysis is conducted using MPlus8. The class solution is based on statistical information criteria (e.g. smallest BIC; Eshima, 2022). The analysis identifies three usage classes for foreign language (a) and non-foreign language (b) teacher groups: avoiders (a: 80.4%; b: 78.1%), selective users (a: 17.4%; b: 19.7%), and multiple users (a: 2.2%; b: 2.2%) of digital applications.
For the second RQ, a hierarchical regression analysis was conducted using the IDB Analyzer to explore the connections between usage classes and determinants.
The analysis, grounded in theoretical considerations, employs five regression models. Results highlight significant correlations, including foreign language teachers' affiliation with multiple users being linked to positive attitudes towards ICT (Model V; ß=.27, adjusted R²=.15). Correlations vary across usage classes and teacher groups.
The findings contribute to the understanding of the integration of digital applications in language teaching. This provides valuable insights for researchers and policymakers, particularly in Europe. Potential explanations, such as subject-subcultural influence on digital application usage, related determinants and alternative methodological approaches are discussed.
References:
Eickelmann, B., Bos, W., Gerick, J., Goldhammer, F., Schaumburg, H., Schwippert, K. et al. (Hrsg.). (2019). ICILS 2018 #Deutschland. Computer- und informationsbezogene Kompetenzen von Schülerinnen und Schülern im zweiten internationalen Vergleich und Kompetenzen im Bereich Computational Thinking. Münster: Waxmann.
Eshima, N. (2022). An Introduction to Latent Class Analysis. Singapore: Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-0972-6
Fraillon, J. & Rožman, M. (2023). International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023. Assessment Framework. Amsterdam: International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). https://www.iea.nl/sites/default/files/2023-12/20231221%20ICILS2023_Assessment_Framework__Final_0.pdf
Gerick, J., Eickelmann, B. & Bos, W. (2017). School-level predictors for the use of ICT in schools and students’ CIL in international comparison. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 5(1), 1–13. DOI: 10.1186/s40536-017-0037-7
Graves, K. E. & Bowers, A. J. (2018). Toward a Typology of Technology-Using Teachers in the ”New Digital Divide”: A Latent Class Analysis of the NCES Fast Response Survey System Teachers’ Use of Educational Technology in U.S. Public Schools, 2009 (FRSS 95). Teachers College Record, (8), 1-42. http://www.tcrecord.org/Content.asp?contentid=22277
Tieck, S. & Meinck, S. (2020). Weights and variance estimation for ICILS 2018. In Mikheeva, E., Meyer, S. (Eds.). IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018 - User Guide for the International Database. Amsterdam: International Association for Educational Achievement (IEA).
Dinaric Region During the COVID-19 Disruption: Schools’ Response Measures and Digital Preparedness
The COVID-19 pandemic caused severe global challenges for education systems and schooling worldwide, with the Dinaric region being no exception. Although the demand for digital competence among teachers and using digital tools and devices in teaching and learning has been present in the region for over a decade, the existing practices could not fully meet the difficulties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic disruption. Centering on the Dinaric area (i.e., Albania, Croatia, Kosovo, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Serbia and Slovenia) concerning the COVID-19 disruption, the paper sheds light on the disruption and response measures in the region against the demand for remote instruction during COVID-19. It examines the diverse response measures and how they were conveyed to different stakeholders, coupled with prior established practices and ease of access to digital devices and their use in teaching and learning.
Data collected during the PIRLS 2021 cycle from students, teachers, school principals and parents and analyses of the PIRLS 2021 Encyclopedia (Reynolds et al., 2022) are used as primary sources in the analyses. Both national reports and responses from school principals indicate that the level of disruption varied at different times of school operation, prompting different types of responses from the schools, often dependent on school location and overall country response to the pandemic. Results also show certain common patterns across the Dinaric region concerning the systems’ wide range of activities to answer the challenge. National Ministries of Education coordinated technical and overall resource support across the most Dinaric countries. Access to different digital resources and access provided to students and teachers somewhat varied. Internet-based resources dominated distant learning resources. Sharing devices within the class was the leading established practice. In some cases, the availability of smartphones outpowered the presence of one’s own or shared computer (tablet), according to the student reports. Teachers’ professional development across the board was focused more on instruction related to digital literacies than integrating technologies into reading instruction. Parents’ perceptions of whether their child’s learning progress has been adversely affected during the COVID-19 disruption varied between and within countries.
References:
Reynolds, K.A., Wry, E., Mullis, I.V.S., & von Davier, M. (2022). PIRLS 2021 Encyclopedia: Education Policy and Curriculum in Reading. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://pirls2021.org/encyclopedia
Rating or Ranking: Assessing Teaching Beliefs in an International Online Survey Experiment
International large-scale assessments (ILSA) administer context questionnaires to students, teachers, and principals to collect information about school, classroom and learning conditions. These questionnaires usually consist of a series of rating type items which often face issues such as social desirability, self-presentation, and acquiescence bias (e.g., Lelkes and Weiss, 2015; Schaeffer and Dykema, 2020). There are alternatives to rating scales, such as forced choice items, rankings, anchoring vignettes or situational judgement tasks. Alternative item types can address some issues found with rating item types. It was found that ranking reduces the response style, and it improves data quality (Krosnick & Alwin, 1988). Furthermore, computer-based surveys enable administering items or response scales that are difficult to implement on paper. They provide an opportunity to use functions such as sliders, drag-and-drop, or drop-down menus.
In the field trial of the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) 2023, Q-sort was introduced as an alternative question type to assess teaching beliefs of secondary school teachers. Q-sort is a technique that was initially developed for clinical interviews, requiring respondents to arrange and rank a series of cards according to their preference. In this paper, we investigate the feasibility of using the Q-sort (ranking) format when collecting data about teaching beliefs in an international survey and explore and compare the quality and usefulness of the data gathered by two question types, ranking and rating.
We use teacher data from 28 countries participating in ICILS 2023 field trial to investigate the effect of the question format using multiple criteria of data quality. The two question types were randomly distributed across the participating teachers within countries. We compare the two versions by the amount of missing data, distribution of responses, item and scale means, and the correlations between the scale scores and teacher characteristics.
For ranking higher proportion of missing values were observed because the cognitive load is higher for the parallel sorting of a total of 18 items than for the rating items that are answered individually. In addition, we observed more variance in the responses from the ranking than in the rating version. The ranking removes the possibility that respondents can agree equally with all statements and can thus reduce acquiescence bias. Although some advantages were found for the ranking format, we could not suggest the implementation of the current version for further data collection because of the high amount of missing data observed.
References:
Krosnick, J. A., & Alwin, D. F. (1988). A test of the form-resistant correlation hypothesis: Ratings, rankings, and the measurement of values. Public Opinion Quarterly, 52 (4), 526–538.
Lelkes, Y., & Weiss, R. (2015). Much ado about acquiescence: The relative validity and reliability of construct-specific and agree–disagree questions. Research & Politics, 2 (3), 053168015604173.
Schaeffer, N. C., & Dykema, J. (2020). Advances in the science of asking questions. Annual Review of Sociology, 46 , 37–60.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 06 A: Research on Professional Knowledge & Identity in Teacher Education Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marita Cronqvist Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teacher Education Between Academy and Profession: A Review of Research on Relations Between Teacher Education and Doctoral Education University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to analyze research on doctoral education as a way to capture the intellectual and social organizing of educational disciplines in interaction with teacher education and teacher professionalization. Doctoral education is regarded as a nexus in the formation and evolution of scientific disciplines (Kuhn, 1962) and professionalization. It joins together tradition and renewal of epistemic foundations with the development of competences and capacities to act within academic contexts as well as within a wider range of professional practices (Elmgren et al., 2016). In short, doctoral education can be seen as a mirror of the social and intellectual organization of a discipline (Whitley, 2000). Previous international research has pointed to ongoing systemic transformations within doctoral education in general based on globalized political and societal demands, including expansion, effectivization, and internationalization (e.g., Shin et al, 2018; Yudkewitz, Altbach & de Wit, 2020). Research on disciplinary formation in general point to historically and contextually shaped variations in intellectual fields between countries (Whitley, 2000). Similar patterns have been identified within educational sciences (Hofstetter & Schneuwly, 2002; Whitty & Furlong, 2017), With reference to Kuhn (1962), Keiner (2019) argued that ‘rigor’, ‘discipline’ and the ‘systematic’ could be seen as standardizing and homogenizing forces as well as forces of diversification and fragmentation. Thus, ‘education science’ can hide a range of national differences when translated into English (Gross, Hofbauer & Keiner (2022). However, research on the role of doctoral education as a paradigmatic nexus, central in disciplinary formation seems to be more limited. Furthermore, teacher educations and their connections with higher education institutions differ across the European countries (Whitty & Furlong, 2017). Thus, doctoral educations are also differently constructed. For instance, it can be a research doctorate, it can be professional doctorate specifically aimed to satisfy the needs of teachers and professional groups outside the higher education institutions, and it can be a so-called joint doctorate (e.g., within the Erasmus Mundus Programme) (Kehm, 2020). Given this, doctoral education in the formation of educational sciences and how this is interplaying with the professional education of teachers is the object of study in this research review. In order to deal with this we turn to bibliometric resources and analyses (Garfield, 1979) in order to identify research fronts and intellectual traditions at work in this field of research. We put forwards the following questions: - How is teacher education dealt with in research on doctoral education in educational science(s) and research? - What research interests and intellectual traditions are at work in research om doctoral education and teacher education? - Are there different ways to position educational research to teacher education over time and place? To answer these questions, we turn to the resources of Web of Science with its possibilities and limits. As an analytical tool to identify networks and nodes of research we use VOSviewer (van Eck & Waltman, 2012), We identified more than two thousand publications dealing with research on doctoral education where relation to different professionalization matters were identified. However, matters of paradigmatic aspects were infrequent. Our search identified a small number (n=56) that were combining doctoral education and teacher education. A closer analysis of these articles showed different research interests and intellectual traditions. These preliminary findings is presented and discussed in terms of an interplay between the Academy, the Teaching Profession, and Policymaking. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on bibliometric resources and different ways of relating publications to each other (Garfield, 1979). Data sources were obtained by Web of Science. At the WoS there were (Jan 15, 2024) identified 278 703 publications categorised as educational research presented in 946 sources such as scientific journals. Research on doctoral education was identified by the search string "doctoral educ*" OR "doctoral train*" and resulted in 2059 hits. Out of these 502 had “profession*” as a topic and “paradigm*” in 17 cases. Research on doctoral education combined with teacher education as topics were identified by the search "doctoral educ*" OR "doctoral train*" (Topic) AND “teach* educ*”. This resulted in 56 publications. Data from WoS were transformed into text-files and further analysed in VOSViewer where links between publications are in focus for cluster analysis to explore how the publications are organized by and organising educational research in nets and nodes. Intellectual traditions are identified by co-citation of different references and research fronts by bibliographic coupling between publications. How the research is organized over space is analysed by clustering intellectual traditions and research fronts over countries and regions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We identified a set of 2009 research publications, mostly recent and mostly Anglo-Saxon, having doctoral education as a topic. Out of these a limited number (N=181) were combined with an interest in profession as a topic and rather few in matters of scientific paradigms (n=17). Preliminary analyses presented a research field where matters of supervision, academic writing, and student identity and stress were frequent research foci. The studies were related to ongoing transformations such as higher academic demands, or to curricular content, or to changes in doctoral education programmes. A theme identified in this research is the tension between academic and practice-based research. These studies did not address paradigmatic aspects, but tensions identified can be seen as a trace of ‘academic drift’ away from “normal science”. Different research networks were identified – organizing and organized by research links. Here we could note networks with an interest in teacher professionalization – mostly based on an interest in improving teacher education. There seems to be – so far – little of research based on an interest in disciplinary formation and teacher professionalization. References B-M., Lindblad, S. & Wärvik, G-B. (2022). Restructuring doctoral education in Sweden. In M-L. Österlind, P. Denicolo, & B-M. Apelgren (Eds.). Doctoral education as if people matter - critical issues for the future. Brill Publishers. Elmgren, M., Forsberg, E., Lindberg-Sand, Å., & Sonesson, A. (2016). The formation of doctoral education. Report. Lund University, Uppsala University. Keiner, E. (2019). ’Rigour’, ’discipline’ and the ’systemic’: The cultural construction of educational identities? European Educational Research Journal. https://doi-org.ezproxy.ub.gu.se/10.1177/1474904118824935 . Kuhn, T. S. (1962). The structure of scientific revolutions. Princeton University Press: Chicago and London. Garfield, Eugene (1979). Citation indexing. Wiley Gross, B., Hofbauer, S., & Keiner, E. (2022). The “Science of Education”–Different Terms, Concepts, Cultures and Epistemologies? A Contribution to a Social Epistemology. SPES: Rivista di Politica, Educazione e Storia, 15(16), 19-37. Hofstetter, R., & Schneuwly, B. (2002). Institutionalisation of educational sciences and the dynamics of their development. European Educational Research Journal, 1(1), 3-26. Nerad, M. (2014). Developing “fit for purpose” research doctoral graduates. In M. Nerad & B Evans. (Eds.). Globalization and Its Impacts on the Quality of PhD Education. Forces and Forms in Doctoral Education Worldwide. Springer. pp. 111-127. Shin, J.C., Kehm,B.M. and Jones, G.A. (Eds.). ( 2018). Doctoral Education for the Knowledge Society. Convergence or Divergence in National Approaches. Cham: Springer International Publishing Teichler, U. (2014). Doctoral education and training. A view across countries and disciplines. In. M. de Ibarrola & L.W. Anderson (Eds.). The nurturing of new educational researchers. Sense Publishers. Trowler, P. (2014). Depicting and researching disciplines, Strong and moderate essentialist approaches, Studies in Higher Education, 39 (10), pp. 1720-1731. van Eck, Nees Jan, & Waltman, Ludo (2010). Software survey: VOSviewer, a computer program for bibliometric mapping. Scientometrics, 84(2), 523-538 Wittrock, B., Wagner,P. and Whitley, R. (1991). Discourses on society the shaping of the social science disciplines. New York: Springer. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Expanding Knowledge About Parental Involvement Through Board Game 1University of Debrecen, Hungary; 2MTA-DE-PARTNERS Research Group Presenting Author:The definition of parental involvement has been frequently researched with many different methods (Epstein 2010). In most cases the studies found positive consequences: besides the improvement of the students’ grades there are also many other advantages (Boonk et al. 2018). According to international programs supporting parental involvement, beneficial changes happen not only in schools but in the students’ homes. Participating families reported on the betterment of parent-child relationships and the development in parents’ upbringing techniques (Goodall & Vorhaus 2011). OECD report (2019) highlights the positive effect on the teacher and the school culture. Parental involvement also benefits the school's reputation, its local relations with other institutions and its recognition (Goodall & Vorhaus 2011). Previous research has shown that the intensity of parent-teacher communication is below the expected leveli in Hungary (Bacskai 2020, Pusztai 2020). It is becoming increasingly important that the topic of maintaining contact with parents is also given a higher priority in teacher education. It is also particularly important how lecturers integrate good practice in relation to parental involvement into teacher education, helping to ensure that future teachers have appropriate and comprehensive knowledge. The relevance of the research is underpinned by the fact that parental involvement in schools is widely discussed internationally, but few studies have addressed the issue in Central and Eastern Europe. Our research goal is to examine the mechanisms of successful school practices and to form new processes that can be integrated into teacher training and postgraduate training, enhancing teacher–parent cooperation and strengthening parental upbringing competences. The aim of the research and development work is to improve the activities of teachers and the knowledge of student in teacher education about parental involvement through various workshops and trainings. During our development work, we focus on the use of board games in research. As higher education continues to evolve, incorporating innovative teaching methods such as board games ensures that lecturers are well-equipped to address the multifaceted challenges in the field of education. By merging the exploration of parental participation with interactive and engaging board games, teacher education programs can create a more comprehensive and impactful learning experience, better preparing future educators for the diverse and dynamic realities of the modern educational landscape (Perini et al., 2018). The aim of this paper is to present the theoretical background of the board game we planned, the development and creation process and the opinions of the teachers and students in teacher education who tested the game. Our board game is a serious games, because it is not intended for entertainment. These types of games can change students' behavior and attitudes for educational purposes and promote learning (Abt 1970). Cosimini & Collins (2023) point out that educators and researchers need to investigate the accuracy and methods and the content of educational games. To this end, all elements and mechanisms of the board game we developed are based on theoretical models and national and international research findings. Our board game is a typical cooperative game in which the players either win or lose together. It can be characterized by an advanced level of difficulty, as it requires more game mechanisms and a more serious mental investment. The character cards and scenarios make it a game that can be played multiple times. It can also be considered a symmetrical and thematic game, as the players have a common goal whose linked to strengthen parental involvement. The aim of the board game is for the players to cooperate with each other and solve the challenges in order to maintain contact between family and school during ten rounds, which symbolize a school year. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Each player receives a character card symbolizing school professionals. The characters have four skills (communication, contact, expertise and innovation) that play a role in solving challenges. In addition to their own permanent character, players also receive parent character cards with which they must work together to solve challenges. The theoretical starting point for the parent cards was the typology of Smit et al. (2007), who identified six parent types (the supporter, the absentee, the politician, the career-maker, the tormentor, the super parent). Epstein (2010) specifies parents’ activities at home as assistance in preparing homework and discussing school life and achievements. She highlights six different types of involvement that have a favorable impact on students’ school careers. The game's challenges and possible solutions were developed on the basis of Epstein's six-dimensional model. In addition to the challenges, players must also pay attention to three characteristics of the school in order to achieve the highest possible score on a scale of 1 to 10. The scales are: parental involvement, school performance and prestige. The players have to pay attention to these three characteristics during the game and try to achieve the highest possible score by the end of the tenth round. These three characteristics have also been based on the literature (OECD 2019, Goodall & Vorhaus 2011). The scale values are always marked on the game board. The selected difficulty level determines the starting value of the scales. The starting value of the difficulty level was created on the basis of the Hungarian National Competence Assessment 2019, based on the parental activity and effectiveness indicator: (1) active parental involvement - successful school, (2) active parental involvement - ineffective school, (3) inactive parental involvement - effective school, (4) inactive parental involvement - ineffective school. For solving the challenges, the players get points, which influence the three characteristics of the school. They can also draw quiz cards in each game round. With this type of cards, we wanted to make sure that players get to know the main findings related to parental engagement, which relate to the following topics: parental engagement for students with special educational needs, Roma families, parental volunteering, digital education, sports and arts education. Questionnaire completed by players who participated in the board game test in January 2024 (n=33, 10 teachers, 15 teachers, 8 psychologists). We used 4-point Likert scales, closed-ended and open-ended questions. The game is currently being tested. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most of the players who took part in the playtest consider the game to be imaginative and effective. 70% of respondents also mentioned concepts and best practices in the questionnaire that they had never heard of before. Some respondents felt the game was too long or too complicated. According to the players, the character cards, the real-life problems and the cooperation are the biggest advantages of the game. The board game is highly recommended for students in teacher educatiom, teachers, and school support staff. The game provides a detailed view on parental involvement, emphasizing its questions and importance, while letting the players widen their knowledge in the topic and about Hungarian and international good practices, too. Using board games as a method for learning about a research topic offers a range of benefits for university students. There are several reasons why incorporating board games into university education can be advantageous. Board games make learning enjoyable and provide a break from traditional lecture-based methods, keeping students actively involved in the learning process. Students actively participate in decision-making, problem-solving, and critical thinking, promoting a deeper understanding of the research topic. This board game simulates real-world scenarios. This allows students to apply theoretical knowledge in a practical context. The board game often require teamwork and communication. Students work together, discuss strategies, and articulate their thoughts, enhancing their collaborative and communicative skills. The board game may requires students to conduct research within the game context. This can strengthen their research skills and encourage a practical application of academic methodologies. In summary, incorporating board games into university education creates a dynamic and effective learning environment that promotes engagement, critical thinking, collaboration, and practical application of knowledge. It transforms the learning experience into an interactive and enjoyable process, contributing to a more well-rounded education for students. References Abt, C.C. (1970). Serious games. The Viking Press. Bacskai, K. (2020). Az iskola és a család kapcsolata. Kapocs, 3(2), 11-20 Cosimini, MJ. & Collins, J. (2023). Card and board game design for medical education: length and complexity considerations. Korean journal of medical education, 35(3), 291-296. https://doi.org/10.3946/kjme.2023.267 Boonk, L., Gijselaers, H. J., Ritzen, H. & Brand-Gruwel, S. (2018). A review of the relationship between parental involvement indicators and academic achievement. Educational Research Review, 24, 10-30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2018.02.001 Epstein, J. L. (2010). School/Family/Community Partnerships: Caring for the Children We Share. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(3), 81–96. Goodall, J. & Vorhaus, J. (2011). Review of Best Practice in Parental Engagement. Department for Education. OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume III): What School Life Means for Student’s Lives. OECD Publishing. Perini, S.; Luglietti, R.; Margoudi, M.; Oliveira, M.; Taisch, M. Learning and Motivational Effects of Digital Game-Based Learning (DGBL) for Manufacturing Education –The Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) Game. Comput. Ind. 2018, 102 Pusztai, G. (2020). A reziliens szülővé válást támogató tényezők nyomában. Kapocs, 3(2), 53-66. Smit, F., Driessen, G., Sluiter, R. & Sleegers, P. (2007). Types of parents and school strategies aimed at the creation of effective partnerships. International Journal of Parents in Education, 1(0), 45–52. Watson, G. L., Sanders-Lawson, E. R. & McNeal, L. (2012). Understanding parental involvement in American public education. International Journal of Humanities and Social Science, 2(19), 41-50. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Use of Self-regulated Study Strategies Among University Students with Dyslexia During the Corona Pandemic Østfold University College Presenting Author:Proposal information Our aim is to investigate the use of self-regulated study strategies among university students with dyslexia during the corona pandemic 2020-2021. We focus on the student´s´use of self-regulated study strategies in two different study contexts in higher education; traditional campus learning and digital distance learning. Our research question is: To what extent did university students with dyslexia use self-regulated study strategies during the corona pandemic? Theoretical framework More students with dyslexia are enrolled in higher education (O´Byrne et al., 2019). To overcome the challenges, self-regulation and strategic learning are supposed to be required (Andreassen et al., 2017). Research shows that students with dyslexia in higher education are a heterogeneous group in terms of how much they still struggle with basic reading and spelling skills (Andreassen et.al., 2017; Jensen & Andreassen, 2017; Pedersen et al., 2016; Fink, 1998). Research also shows that these students often seem to rely on certain compensational key strategies of visual, auditory, and social kind (Andreassen et.al., 2017; Jensen & Andreassen, 2017). A small range og study strategies among students might indicate that study strategies are not well known, or that the students have had few opportunities to experience study strategies in different study contexts in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology We use a mixed method approach (Creswell, 2014). A questionnaire, recording students’ strategy use in the two study environments, traditional campus learning and digital distance learning. In order to gain a deeper understanding of the strategy use, we conduct semi-structured interviews with four of the informants. Two informants with a low extent of study strategies and two informants with a large extent of study strategies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Preliminary findings from the questionnaire data (n = 25) indicate that the university students apply less learning strategies in a digital environment compared with the traditional campus learning environment. Four participants were identified applying a small extent of study strategies while six were identified using a large extent of study strategies. Regarding the follow up interview, our hypothesis based on the qualitative data, are that use of self-regulated study strategies is a question of "less is more". Meaning that a range of few key strategies seem to be more important and beneficial to use than employing a lot of different study strategies. References References Andreassen, R., Jensen, M. S., & Bråten, I. (2017). Investigating self-regulated study strategies among postsecondary students with and without dyslexia: A diary method study. Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 30(9), 1891-1916. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-017-9758-9 Fink, R. P. (1998). Literacy development in successful men and women with dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 48, 311–336. doi:10.1007/s11881-998-0014-5. Jensen, M. S. & Andreassen, R. (2017). Studiestrategier hos første års bachelorstudenter med dysleksi. Norsk tidsskrift for logopedi 2017: Volum 63.(4) s.12-24. Lyon, G. R., Shaywitz, S. E., & Shaywitz, B. A. (2003). Defining dyslexia, comorbidity, teachers’ knowledge of language and reading: A definition of dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 53, 1–14. O’Byrne C., Jagoe C., Lawler M. (2019). Experiences of dyslexia and the transition to university: A casestudy of five students at different stages of study. High. Educ. Res. Dev. 2019;38:1035–1048. doi: 10.1080/07294360.2019.1602595. Pedersen, H. F., Fusaroli, R., Lauridsen, L. L., & Parrila, P. (2016). Reading processes of university students with dyslexia: An examination of the relationship between oral reading and reading comprehension. Dyslexia, 22, 305–321. doi:10.1002/dys.1542 Zimmerman, B. J. (1989). A social cognitive view of self-regulated academic learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81, 239–339. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 06 B: Mathematics Teacher Education Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gal Ben-Yehudah Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Training Teachers to Teach Adaptively: Empirical Findings on Teacher Education in the Field of Adaptive Teaching in Mathematics Instruction Leuphana Universität Lüneburg, Germany Presenting Author:Theoretical Framework and Research Question Globalization and increased transnational mobility and at the same time worldwide challenges such as economic crises, climate change, global pandemics and war have increased during the last decades and have led to heterogeneity in school population (Wernicke et al., 2021). Given the continuous increase in heterogeneity, a consideration of individual student needs has reemerged as a major issue in theoretical, empirical, and practice-oriented work (Hardy et al., 2019). As Corno (2008) states: “Our modern society expects instruction to reach all students across a broad range of special needs, talents, linguistic backgrounds, and sociocultural conditions”. Teachers are challenged to meet the individual needs of all students and adjustments to students’ individual development are considered a core element of effective teaching (Hardy et al., 2019). Adaptive teaching (Corno, 2008) as a solution has been discussed for the last decades and is today more relevant than ever. Adaptive teaching is essential in instructional interaction: the teacher guides the learning process in dialogue with students, supporting independent learning, problem-solving, and cognitive self-experience (Brägger, Haug et al., 2021). Corno (2008) states that teaching adaptively means responding to learners as they work, diagnose their needs “on the fly” (Corno, 2008, p.1). The teachers’ intervention occurs slightly above the students' level and is gradually withdrawn, transferring responsibility for the learning and problem-solving process back to the students (Vygotsky, 1980; Van de Pol et al., 2010). Despite being considered a well-founded and pedagogically promising concept (Hardy et al., 2019), adaptive teaching remains limited in practice in the German school system (Schwippert et al., 2020). A reason for this might be that it poses a significant challenge for teachers to simultaneously address a variety of students individually – both in lesson preparation and in situational teaching-learning interactions. To meet these needs, promoting adaptive teaching competence amongst pre-service teachers appears particularly significant. We follow the idea that teachers’ competence is based on learnable dispositions linked to teaching situations (König, 2020). The lack of opportunities to learn such competencies in university teacher training may be a cause of teachers’ difficulties in teaching adaptively (Praetorius et al., 2012). For the subject of mathematics, which primarily involves task-based teaching, there is a specific need to focus on problem-solving processes that teachers must adaptively support (Leiß, 2007). We developed a model for adaptive teaching (Lemmrich et al., in press), addressing both the level of adaptive lesson planning and adaptive decision-making during ongoing lessons. The model provides a framework for differentiating generic facets of adaptive teaching in a subject-specific manner. We also developed an innovative seminar concept to impart competence in teaching adaptively in mathematical problem-solving processes, aiming to overcome traditional theory-practice barriers (Schilling & Leiss, 2022). Therefore, it incorporates multiperspective videos and trainings and a community of practice. The seminar has been continuously evaluated and modified (Leiss et al., submitted). The following presents initial results. The guiding research question was: To what extent can the ability of pre-service teachers to give adaptive instructions be promoted through university teaching? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology The study was conducted in an experimental pre-post-design. The experimental group (n = 26) and the control group (n = 77) completed a 90-minute online assessment at the beginning and end of the semester, with items covering (1) cognition (subject knowledge, subject-specific pedagogical knowledge) (2) beliefs (self-efficacy concerning ability of teaching adaptively) (3) situation-specific skills (stimuli followed by multiple-choice-questions on diagnosis and intervention). The sample of pre-service teachers were recruited in the summer semester of 2021 in the cohort of mathematics teacher training in their fourth semester at the Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany. The experimental group was trained in the developed innovative seminar, that promotes competence in teaching adaptively in mathematical problem-solving processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings and conclusion Results show that pre-service teachers’ competence in teaching mathematics adaptively could be improved through the seminar concept especially in declarative subject-specific pedagogical knowledge ((1) cognition). Also, we find a significant increase in the self-efficacy of the pre-service teachers ((2) beliefs). Regarding situation-specific skills (3) in the field of diagnosis and intervention, no measurable changes can be achieved, despite the constructive-reflexive engagement with various practical elements during the seminar. The seminar is capable of imparting adaptive teaching competence. However, this largely depends on how frequently students utilize the learning opportunities. These results illustrate the complexity of "good" adaptive teaching in subject instruction. The competence of adaptive teaching as merely one aspect of teachers’ professional competence, could not be conclusively achieved in all facets with the pre-service teachers in the seminar. To train future teachers in teaching adaptively, seems to pose challenges in university teacher education. Further investigations should explore the question of the influence of pre-service teachers’ beliefs in additional runs of the seminar, possibly using an instrument that goes beyond self-efficacy. Adaptive teaching must be tailored to the specific subject situation: An intertwining of subject didactics and educational science in teacher education is necessary to address adaptive teaching as both a general pedagogical and subject-specific concept. Research paper and attempts for European collaborations concerning adaptive teaching reveal the relevance not only for Germany, but for European teaching institutions (e.g. E-ADAPT ) References Literatur Brägger, G., Haug, R., Reusser, K. & Steiner, N. (2021). Adaptive Lernunterstützung und formatives Feedback in offenen Lernumgebungen. In G. Brägger & H.-G. Rolff (Hrsg.), Handbuch Lernen mit digitalen Medien (S. 700–754). Beltz. Corno, L. Y. (2008). On teaching adaptively. Educational psychologist, 43(3), 161-173. Hardy, I., Decristan, J. & Klieme, E. (2019). Adaptive teaching in research on learning and instruction. Journal for educational research online, 11(2), 169-191. König, J. (2020). Kompetenzorientierter Ansatz in der Lehrerinnen-und Lehrerbildung. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland, & S. Blömeke (Eds.), Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (pp. 163-171). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Leiss, D. (2007). Hilf mir es selbst zu tun“ – Lehrerinterventionen beim mathematischen Modellieren. Franzbecker Verlag. Leiss, D., Schilling, L., Lemmrich, S. & Ehmke, T. (eingereicht). Adaptive Lernunterstützung in der Lehrkräfteausbildung fördern – Ein beispielhaftes Seminarkonzept mit Evaluation an der Leuphana Universität Lüneburg Lemmrich, S., Ehmke, T., & Reusser, K. (in press). Adaptive Lernunterstützung durch fachliche Präzision und interaktionale Qualität PraxisForschungLehrer*innenBildung. Zeitschrift für Schul- und Professionsentwicklung. Praetorius, A.-K., Lipowsky, F., & Karst, K. (2012). Diagnostische Kompetenz von Lehrkräften: Aktueller Forschungsstand, unterrichtspraktische Umsetzbarkeit und Bedeutung für den Unterricht. In R. Lazarides & A. Ittel (Eds.), Differenzierung im mathematisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht. Implikationen für Theorie und Praxis (pp. 115-146). Schilling, L., Poschkamp, A.-K., Leiss, D., & Besser, M. (2022). Entwicklung eines schulischen Lehr-Lernsettings zur Implementation des Problemlösens im kompetenzorientierten Mathematikunterricht mit Einsatz eines Erklärvideos als didaktisches Tool. In T. Ehmke, S. Fischer-Schöneborn, K. Reusser, D. Leiss T. Schmidt & S. Weinhold (Hrsg.), Innovation in Theorie-Praxis-Netzwerken – Beiträge zur Weiterentwicklung der Lehrkräftebildung (S. 252-276). Weinheim Basel: Beltz Juventa. Schwippert, K., Kasper, D., Köller, O., McElvany, N., Selter, C., Steffensky, M. & Wendt, H. (Hrsg.). (2020). TIMSS 2019: Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche Kompetenzen von Grundschulkindern in Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich [1. Auflage, neue Ausgabe]. Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830993193 Vygotsky, L. S. (1980). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard university press. Wernicke, M., Hammer, S., Hansen, A. & Schroedler, T. (Hrsg.). (2021). Preparing Teachers to Work with Multilingual Learners. Multilingual Matters. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Characterising Teacher Professional Learning through Lesson Study: Empirical Results from a Teacher Education Programme on Integrating Programming into Classroom Teaching University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:The significance of teacher professional learning has been widely acknowledged in the field of teacher education, as it is often considered pivotal in bringing about changes in educational practices (Lieberman & Mace, 2008). Confronted with the need to address practical problems and encourage scientific inquiry, teacher-led research is employed in many teacher professional learning programmes (Choy & Dindyal, 2021). As an evolving research approach in education, lesson study (LS) has been increasingly popular within academia (Ding et al., 2024). Previous research has explicated the ontology, epistemology and methodology of LS. Several studies have demonstrated its effectiveness in developing teachers’ knowledge, instructional skills and beliefs (Lewis et al., 2006; Coenders & Verhoef, 2019; Fox & Poultney, 2020). Existed empirical studies have mostly focused on cases carried out by teachers themselves. With the increasing emphasis on the cooperation between universities and primary and secondary schools, LS programmes usually involve the participation of teacher educators from universities. However, little research has investigated LS as a pathway to facilitate teacher professional learning through teacher-researcher partnership. The objective of this empirical research is to characterise the impact of teachers’ participation in LS on the development of their professional knowledge and inquiry mindsets relevant to teaching and student learning. Specifically, this research aims to answer the following questions: (1) How do teachers’ participation in LS contribute to their professional knowledge of teaching and student learning? (2) How do teachers’ participation in LS contribute to their inquiry mindsets towards teaching and student learning? (3) What are the impacts of teacher-researcher partnership on teachers’ development in professional knowledge and inquiry mindsets? In order to achieve the research objective, a conceptual framework is developed based on expansive learning theory, aiming to characterise participating teachers’ experiences. Expansive learning is a term raised on the basis of Vygotsky’s cultural-historical/ sociocultural theory and Engeström’s version of cultural-history activity theory, alongside many other theoretical and philosophical opinions. According to expansive learning theory, learning is interpreted as a complex activity system in which “learners are involved in constructing and implementing a radically new, wider and more complex object and concept” (Engeström & Sannino, 1999, 2017). Learners surpass the objective of directly acquiring new knowledge and skills, striving to implement what they have acquired in practice and produce something new. Such epistemology aligns with the connotation of teacher professional learning and the process of LS. This framework interprets LS as a pathway to facilitate teacher professional learning. Teachers’ participation in LS is framed as an activity system comprising two interrelated sub-systems. The first sub-system involves a research activity system in which teachers collaborate with teacher educators to co-design classroom activities and reflect on their teaching practices. The second sub-system is a teaching activity system, which entails the application of the designed activities in actual classroom settings. Through the two sub-systems, teachers are able to generate new understandings of concepts and theories in teaching and learning, and simultaneously develop their inquiry mindsets as researchers. This framework serves as a guiding tool for data collection and facilitates the interpretation of research findings. This ongoing study focuses on a teacher education programme involving six mathematics teachers from a secondary school in China. The programme centres around using LS to develop programming-enhanced mathematics classroom activities. Teacher professional learning is characterised through detailed analysis of multiple data sources, including conversations within the research community, observations of classrooms activities, one-on-one video-stimulated recall interviews and relevant documents. The expected findings include descriptions of the participating teachers’ development of professional knowledge and inquiry mindsets in LS, which will provide implications regarding how to effectively facilitate teacher professional learning through LS. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitive case study approach is employed to uncover teachers’ experience when conducting LS and to investigate its impact on their professional learning. The selected case of this study is a teacher education programme conducted in Shenzhen, China. All six teachers participating in this programme are considered as research participants. It is a half-year programme where teachers form a DBR group to collaboratively design, implement, and reflect on programming-enhanced activities to innovate mathematics classroom teaching and learning. The research data has been collected through multiple sources before, during, and after the implementation of LS. All the programme sessions, including teachers’ research meetings and classroom teaching, have been video recorded for subsequent analysis. During planning and reflection sessions, a stationary camera has been used to capture the entire process of teachers’ conversations. During teaching sessions, a stationary camera has been used to record teachers’ teaching activities, while several hand-held cameras have been employed to record students’ learning activities. One-on-one video-stimulated recall interviews will be conducted with participating teachers at the end of this programme. Several video segments that illustrate teachers’ development in professional knowledge and inquiry mindsets will be selected as the stimulus. Teachers will be requested to watch the selected video segments and reflect on their experience of implementing LS. This is aimed at obtaining a better understanding of teachers’ perspectives regarding their participation in LS, so as further to explore the impact of LS on their professional learning. The interviews will be video recorded for analysis. Besides, relevant documents used during LS have been collected as well, including teachers’ teaching plans, student work, and other related materials. All the collected data will be systematically organised, cleaned, coded, analysed and interpreted. The video recordings will initially be verbatim transcribed and cleaned. Afterward, the data will be coded through open, focused, axial, and theoretical coding stages. This aims to integrate separated data segments into a coherent whole, which can be used to answer the research questions and reach theoretical explanations. An interpretative approach will be employed to make sense of teachers’ experience in LS. This involves the researcher making sense of teachers’ experiences, and the researcher making sense of how teachers make sense of their own experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected findings are as follows. (1) Teachers’ professional knowledge regarding teaching and learning is developed through their participation in LS. Firstly, teachers integrate innovative techniques into classroom teaching, thereby facilitating students’ meaningful learning. This occurs during their collaborative design and implementation of classroom activities, where innovative techniques serve as a significant tool of student learning. Secondly, teachers’ content knowledge is reconstructed through the design and reflection of classroom activities within the research team. Thirdly, teachers’ knowledge of student thinking is developed by reflecting on students’ learning activities, with specific attention to their language expressions and embodied movements. Accordingly, teachers generate new understandings of instructional strategies to foster student learning, including effective responses and funds of knowledge for teaching. (2) Through LS, teachers actively engage as researchers and develop their inquiry mindsets. Their creativity and innovation are enhanced throughout this process. Teachers start by designing classroom activities based on the analysis of practical evidence and research findings, aiming to trigger innovation in teaching and learning. Subsequently, teachers collect and analyse practical data on the implementation of these activities, evaluating their feasibility and effectiveness. Based on such analysis, the activities are revised to enhance their future application. Teachers also develop a reflective stance by analysing both their teaching and research processes through several iterations. (3) LS is an iterative and two-dimensional learning process for teachers. Teachers engage in multiple cycles of design, implementation, and reflection, actively participating in two sub-systems. The first is the research activity system involving collaboration between teachers and teacher educators, and the second is the teaching activity system where teachers interact with students. Throughout this process, various influencing factors are involved, including teachers’ interaction with different stakeholders, their understanding of their roles in LS, their purposes of their involvement in LS, and their prior perceptions and experiences. References (1) Choy, B. H., & Dindyal, J. (2021). Developing the competencies of mathematics teacher-researchers. Singapore Math and Science Education Innovation: Beyond PISA, 287-298. (2) Coenders, F., & Verhoef, N. (2019). Lesson Study: professional development (PD) for beginning and experienced teachers. Professional development in education, 45(2), 217-230. (3) Ding, M., Huang, R., Pressimone Beckowski, C., Li, X., & Li, Y. (2024). A review of lesson study in mathematics education from 2015 to 2022: implementation and impact. ZDM–Mathematics Education, 56(1), 87-99. (4) Engeström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. Perspectives on Activity Theory, 19(38), 19-30. (5) Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2017). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Introduction to Vygotsky, 5(1), 100-146. (6) Fox, A., & Poultney, V. (2020). Teacher professional learning through lesson study: teachers' reflections. International Journal for Lesson & Learning Studies, 9(4), 397-412. (7) Lewis, C., Perry, R., & Murata, A. (2006). How should research contribute to instructional improvement? The case of lesson study. Educational researcher, 35(3), 3-14. (8) Lieberman, A., & Pointer Mace, D. H. (2008). Teacher learning: The key to educational reform. Journal of Teacher Education, 59(3), 226-234. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Sustainability in In-service Teacher Training - a multi-perspective Study on successful Transfer KPH Wien/Krems, Austria Presenting Author:This article focuses on researching the transfer of learned content from in-service teacher training to school practice. It includes the SDG goal 4c to expand the supply of qualified teachers which should be increasingly possible through modular training series. The data in this regard is poor since evidence-based findings are largely lacking. There are some studies on the effectiveness of in-service teacher training but there are no findings in the German speaking world related to transfer (cf. Müller, Kemethofer, Andreitz, Nachbaur & Soukup-Altrichter 2019; Lipowsky & Rzejak 2021; Rzejak, Gröschner, Lipowsky, Richter & Calcagni 2023). On the one hand in-service teacher training with a long-lasting impact demands a look at the conditions of the individual school (teaching, organizational and personnel development, see also Altrichter & Rolff 2000), whereby this project is particularly linked to the level of teaching development. On the other hand, however, it researches the conditions of the school system such as concept transfer. Furthermore the transfer of experience also plays an important role in sustainability, with teachers passing on their experiences to their colleagues. Ultimately the long-term goal should be the establishment of standards in schools for effective and sustainable in-service teacher training (cf. BMBWF 2021). In-service teacher training primarily serves to professionalize teachers (cf. BMBWF 2019). One's own further training can be seen as a central request of every teacher. Numerous international studies show the positive effects of in-service teacher training on the teachers concerned (cf. Lipowsky 2014; Hattie 2015). According to Zehetmeier (2017) a distinction between two types of effects can be mad: The effect immediately afterwards and the long-term effect. Fischer (2017) refers to this long-term effect as follow-up effectiveness, meaning a permanent, lasting success of measures. This concept of sustainable training is therefore included in the present study, with the sustainability of the modular training series being researched four to six months after the last input phase. The concept of sustainable in-service teacher training is understood as part of the concept of sustainable development (UNESCO 2014). In-service teacher training measures can work on several levels. Lipowsky (2010) describes the following four levels of impact: (1) assessments and opinions of the participants, (2) knowledge of the participants, (3) concrete actions of the participants in the classroom and (4) performance of the students of the participating teachers. In the present study, the first two impact levels are recorded. In addition an attempt is made to record level three with the third measurement point. Timperley et al. (2007) explored the impact of teacher training. Accordingly, training courses extending over a longer period of time and involving experts are particularly effective. In addition, the participants should be active during the learning process and given the opportunity to question their ideas about their own teaching. It can be said that the following characteristics are consistently cited by several authors as conditions for the success of effective in-serve teacher training with a long lasting impact: (1) the advanced training extends over a longer period of time, (2) experts are involved and feedback is provided, (3) a practical transfer is made possible, (4) the attitudes of the participating teachers are questioned or changed. Based on these findings the research team developed a design that focuses precisely on these beneficial characteristics of sustainable in-service teacher training. The aim of this project (2019-2024) is to research the effectiveness and sustainability and to develop modular in-service teacher training courses further. The following central research question is derived from this: How sustainable are the selected modular in-service teacher trainings at the University College of Teacher Education Vienna/Krems? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study can be described as a multi-perspective and mixed methods design, focusing on 15 modular in-service teacher trainings. At the first point of measurement (t0), the time shortly before the modular in-service teacher training starts, those responsible for the training series were asked about different areas using semi-structured, guided interviews (qualitative). At the same time an online survey of the participants was carried out in a quantitative setting. They were asked about their motivation for attending this series, their previous experiences regarding content, their expectations and the hoped-for effects on educational activities. The opinion of the in-service teacher trainers was also collected in online survey to clarify the content and aims of the in-service teacher trainings, the differences between modular training and individual events, the skills of trainers and the design options for sustainable training. At the second measurement point the end of the training series (t1), the focus is on the effectiveness of the training series on the participants (online questionnaire). At the third measurement point (t2), the focus is on sustainability. For this purpose the experiences of the participants are finally collected again, about four to six months after the modular trainings using an online questionnaire. The survey instruments were based on empirical findings on research into the effectiveness and sustainability of teacher training (cf. Timperley et al. 2007; Nicodemus et al. 2010; Zehetmeier 2017; Lipowsky & Rzejak 2021) as well as through the expertise of the project members, who have been active in in-service teacher training for many years. The evaluation of the quantitative data is carried out in a descriptive- and inferential-statistical manner using the statistics program SPSS. The focus is on both, the overall results of all 15 in-service teacher trainings and the results of the individual modular trainings. The qualitative data is analyzed according to Kuckartz (2018) with MAXQDA. Aligned with the research question, the material is assigned to a deductive and inductive category scheme. Finally quantitative and qualitative data are combined (Kuckartz 2014; Mertens 2023). The responsibles (N=10) for the modular trainings have been interviewed and 31 in-service teacher trainers answered the questionnaire. The largest group of the sample are the participants (N t0 = 133, N t1 = 167, N t2 = 61) of the in-service teacher trainings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The majority of the trainers has practical experiences. They bring this knowledge to their training courses. The participants appreciate this practical approach. At t0 they show a high level of self-motivation and great interest in attending modular formats. Results at the end of the modular trainings (t1) show that more than 80 % are very satisfied with the support provided by those responsible, with the motivation of the trainers and the opportunity for collegial exchange. Over 90 % are satisfied with the opportunity to discuss their own school experiences; almost three quarters of those surveyed are very motivated to implement the content of the training; for 70 %, a new network opened up outside the modular trainings, and there was an increase in knowledge for over 90 %. In terms of personal added value in practice 92 % state that they have gained new approaches to implementing their ideas in the classroom as a result of the training series four to six months after the training (t2). 84 % reflect on their actions and 80 % reflect more on their attitude in the classroom. 92 % state that they have extended their skills. 67 % state that they have noticed a strengthening of self-confidence and self-efficiency and more commitment and joy among their pupils. The assumption that a modular training format influences the sustainability of what has been learned in terms of lifelong learning is confirmed by these results. In any case, the responses of the in-service teacher trainers and participants seem to confirm the added value of the content learned through longer-term formats. These conclusions will be incorporated into the future development of further in-service teacher training formats. Thus a high-quality qualification of teachers can be ensured and sustainable education (see SDG 4) in the sense of lifelong learning can be achieved. References Altrichter, H. & Rolff, H.-G. (2000). Theorie und Forschung in der Schulentwicklung. Journal für Schulentwicklung 4, 4–99. BMBWF (2019). Aus-, Fort- und Weiterbildung für LehrerInnen an berufsbildenden Schulen. https://bit.ly/2UXuLWY BMBWF (2021). Bundesqualitätsrahmen für Fort- und Weiterbildung & Schulentwicklungsberatung an den Pädagogischen Hochschulen. https://bit.ly/3sYMX4b Farmer, J., Gerretson, H. & Lassak, M. (2003). What teachers take from professional development: cases and implications. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 6, 331–360. Fischer, A. (2006). Offenbar schöpfen wir Wasser mit einem Siebe. Paradigma, 1, 6–10. Hattie, J. (2015). Lernen sichtbar machen. Schneider. Hawley, W. D. & Valli, L. (1999). The Essentials of Effective Professional Development: A New Consensus. In L. Darling-Hammond & Gary Sykes (Hrsg.), Teaching as the Learning Profession (S. 127–150). Jossey-Bass. Kuckartz, U. (2014). Mixed Methods. Methodologie, Forschungsdesigns und Analyseverfahren. Springer VS. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Beltz Juventa. Lipowsky, F. (2010). Die Wirksamkeit von Lehrer/innenfortbildung. Berufliches Lernen von Lehrerinnen/Lehrern im Rahmen von Weiterbildungsangeboten. news & science. Begabtenförderung und Begabungsforschung, 25 (2), 5–8. https://bit.ly/39eIGyV Lipowsky, F. (2014). Theoretische Perspektiven und empirische Befunde zur Wirksamkeit von Lehrerfort- und -weiterbildung. In E. Terhard, H. Bennewitz & M. Rothland (Hrsg.), Handbuch der Forschung zum Lehrerberuf (S. 511–541). Waxmann. Lipowsky, F. & Rzejak, D. (2021). Fortbildungen für Lehrpersonen wirksam gestalten. Ein praxisorientierter und forschungsgestützter Leitfaden. Bertelsmann Stiftung. https://bit.ly/39ML6rs Mertens, D. (2023). Mixed methods research: research methods. Bloomsbury Academic. Müller, F. H., Kemethofer, D., Andreitz, I., Nachbaur, G. & Soukup-Altrichter, K. (2019). Lehrerfortbildung und Lehrerweiterbildung. In S. Breit, F. Eder, K. Krainer, C. Schreiner, A. Seel & C. Spiel (Hrsg.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2018. Fokussierte Analysen und Zukunftsperspektiven für das Bildungswesen (S. 99–142). Leykam-Verlag. https://goo.gl/ghPqGJ Nicodemus, D., Jäger, R. S. & Bodensohn, R. (2010). Effekte von Fort- und Weiterbildung in Mathematik: Dem Phänomen des Autobahnkreuzes auf der Spur! Lehrerbildung auf dem Prüfstand 3 (2), 217–233. Rzejak, D., Gröschner, A., Lipowsky, F., Richter, D., Calcagni, E. (2023). Qualität von Lehrkräftefortbildungen einschätzen. Ein Arbeitsbuch aus dem Projekt IMPRESS. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:26502 Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H.& Fung, I. (2007). Teacher Professional Learning and Development. Best Evidence Synthesis Iteration (BES). Ministry of Education. http://www.oecd.org/education/school/48727127.pdf UNESCO (2014). UNESCO Roadmap zur Umsetzung des Weltaktionsprogramms „Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung”. https://bit.ly/2YmGGoV Zehetmeier, S. (2017). Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen für eine innovative und nachhaltige Lehrer/innenfortbildung. In I. Kreis & D. Unterköfler-Klatzer (Hrsg.), Fortbildung Kompakt. Wissenschaftstheoretische und praktische Modelle zur wirksamen Lehrer/innen-fortbildung (S. 80–102). Studien-Verlag. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 06 C: Early Childhood Education Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Andrea Bordas Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Pedagogical Approaches in International Montessori Guide Training - Ethnographic Research Results and Implications for Teacher Education University of Gdańsk, Poland Presenting Author:Montessori pedagogy is said to be the largest and most widely spread non-traditional, alternative form of education. Some estimations show that there are at least 15,763 schools of this type located in 154 countries all around the world (Debs et al., 2022). Since 1909, when the first Montessori teacher training course took place (Cossentino, 2009), this community has been cultivating a unique form of “adult preparation” that is often referred to as transformation including inner spirituality as well intellectual, practical and physical dispositions (Jendza, 2023). At the same time, the empirical research reports oriented at displaying this approach to teacher education are sparse (Gerker, 2023; Macià-Gual & Domingo-Peñafiel, 2021). Thus, the main objective of this qualitative and ethnographic scholarship was to investigate the process of Montessori teacher training programme focusing on the experience of the aforementioned transformation in an international and multicultural group. In other words, the preliminary research question was formulated as follows: How do Montessori teacher trainees experience and thematise their adult preparation programme? In order to carry out this study, the author followed the strategy of participatory ethnography and took part in an international course affiliated to Association Montessori Internationale (AMI), lasting nine months, carried out between 2020 - 2022 and spread over three-summer period. The collected and later analysed research material allowed for the construction of a few main interpretive threads linking theories such as: (1) Thing-centred Pedagogy (Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2019), (2) the concept of school as free time (Masschelein & Simons, 2013), (3) the idea of teacher education as a space of working with difference (Szkudlarek, 2005), and (4) the analyses of study practices derived from the works of Tyson Lewis (Lewis, 2013). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study implemented the strategy of participatory, qualitative field ethnography (Emerson et al., 2011; Hockey & Forsey, 2020; Mannay & Morgan, 2015). The project was conducted within an international group of 55 Montessori teacher trainees coming from 19 countries between 2020 and 2022. The data gathering techniques include: field vignettes, jottings, in-depth interviews, auto-ethnographic notes, course correspondence & documents, photo and video documentation (Constantine, 2013; Pelto, 2016). This particular course has been chosen purposefully as the research “area” due to its community reputation since AMI affiliated international courses are praised for its “fidelity” to the original idea of this form of teacher training. The author took part in the course, lived in the same dormitory with most of the participants and finally completed it after circa 750 hours of lectures, supervised practices, numerous informal conversations and having conducted 18 individual, narrative interviews with both the trainees and trainers from 14 countries. The data gathered were later analysed in accordance with the guidelines formulated by (inter alia) Kvale, Denzin, Neuman (Denzin, 1997; Kvale, 1996; Neumann, 1997) and with the use of MAXQDA software as suggested by Jacques (Jacques, 2021) . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study refer to the three main aspects. The first one is directly linked to the research question posed before entering the field and regarding the dimensions of transformation or adult preparation. Having analysed the material it can be stated that it is through/due to this unique form of teacher training that the participants experience either radical transformation or shift in their biographies. Both modes of change relate to intellectual, personal and practical dispositions of Montessori guides. The second aspect is connected with the “elite community” identity building. It has turned out that the bonds that participants create, shared experiences of enormous amount of workload and effort put in album refinement as well as preparations for the final exams contribute to the creation of strong and shared identity of becoming “real Montessori guides”. The third aspect of research results relates to specific forms and technologies implemented in the course. The assemblage of (1)purposefully arranged cultural and ethnic diversity, (2) verbatim note-making, (3) participating in traditional lecture sessions, (4) suspension from the outside world, (5) free time and night-study practices, (6) manipulating, experimenting and working with material learning aids, (7) shifting roles throughout the process, (8) task based classroom observations and (9) carefully designed teacher internships make this experience unique and potentially inspiring for other teacher education initiatives. The conclusions derived from the study may serve as possible suggestions for the designers of university/college teacher training curricula. References Blomberg, J., & Karasti, H. (2012). Ethnography: Positioning ethnography within participatory design. In Routledge international handbook of participatory design (pp. 86–116). Routledge. Constantine, L. S. (2013). Strategies for data gathering and reporting voices from the field: A review of applied ethnography: Guidelines for field research. Strategies, 9, 23–2013. Cossentino, J. (2009). Culture, craft, & coherence: The unexpected vitality of Montessori teacher training. Journal of Teacher Education, 60(5), 520–527. Debs, M. C., de Brouwer, J., Murray, A. K., Lawrence, L., Tyne, M., & von der Wehl, C. (2022). Global Diffusion of Montessori Schools: A Report from the 2022 Global Montessori Census. Journal of Montessori Research, 8(2), 1–15. Denzin, N. K. (1997). Interpretive ethnography: Ethnographic practices for the 21st century. Sage. Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes. University of Chicago press. Gerker, H. E. (2023). Making Sense of Montessori Teacher Identity, Montessori Pedagogy, and Educational Policies in Public Schools. Journal of Montessori Research, 9(1). Hockey, J., & Forsey, M. (2020). Ethnography is not participant observation: Reflections on the interview as participatory qualitative research. In The interview (pp. 69–87). Routledge. Jacques, D. N. (2021). Using MAXQDA in ethnographic research: An example with coding, analyzing, and writing. In The practice of qualitative data analysis: Research examples using MAXQDA (pp. 17–33). MAXQDA Press. Kvale, S. (1996). InterViews: An introduction to qualitive research interviewing. Sage. Lewis, T. E. (2013). On study: Giorgio Agamben and educational potentiality. Routledge. Macià-Gual, A., & Domingo-Peñafiel, L. (2021). Demands in Early Childhood Education: Montessori Pedagogy, Prepared Environment, and Teacher Training. International Journal of Research in Education and Science, 7(1), 144–162. Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In defence of the school. A public issue. TStorme. Neumann, W. (1997). Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches 3 H@. Ed. Allen & Bacon, United States of America. Pelto, P. J. (2016). Applied ethnography: Guidelines for field research. Routledge. Szkudlarek, T. (2005). On nations and children: Rousseau, Poland and European identity. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 24, 19–38. Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an ontology of teaching. Springer. Whitescarver, K., & Cossentino, J. (2007). Lessons from the periphery: The role of dispositions in Montessori teacher training. Journal of Educational Controversy, 2(2), 11. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper A Longitudinal Narrative Study of Early Childhood Education Teacher Education: Unravelling Student´s Motivation and Commitment Through Personal Accounts University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Increasing teacher shortage has become a cause of a severe concern in most EU and OECD countries. In the last three decades, most countries have faced declining amounts of applicants to teacher education programs, a significant number of graduates are leaving the teaching career within the first five working years after graduation, and the ageing of population and high attrition rates are expected to create a further imbalance in the future where fewer new teachers are entering the field compared to the number of experienced teachers exiting. Hence, it has become a pressing issue in education policymaking and politics worldwide to find strategies for both student recruitment and teacher retention. (European Commission, 2023; OECD, 2023; UNESCO, 2023). This paper draws on longitudinal interview data of four early childhood education students in the context of Finland. It particularly focuses on previous life experiences behind the choice to teach and examines the development of students´ motivation during their studies in the three-year early childhood education teacher program. This paper is a sub-study of the research project Commitment to early childhood education teacher studies and profession (SIMO) and presents the first preliminary results of the longitudinal qualitative data of the project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research methodology involved conducting longitudinal interviews with four early childhood education students to trace their motivation and experiences from the first year of study through graduation and entry into the workforce. Although not all students were available each study year, all were interviewed at least twice—once during their studies and once during their initial year as early childhood education teachers - resulting in a total of 13 interviews. Interviews, lasting 30 to 75 minutes, were transcribed. The study was guided by narrative and life historical approach. While the interviews had a thematic semi-structure, the main goal was to invite students´ personal narratives, to honour their ‘story’, their history and path as they chose to tell it. The analysis of the interview data is currently in progress. Following narrative research methodology, the focus of the analysis lies in maintaining the integrity of personal narratives, emphasizing what was said (Kohler Riessman, 2008). Thematic dialogisation, as proposed by Koski (2011), has been utilized in the initial analysis, where previous research serves as a basis for interpreting interview data. Three overarching themes identified by prior research, encapsulating students' motives for entering the teaching profession, will be used as a starting point in the first stage of the analysis: altruistic reasons, intrinsic reasons, and extrinsic reasons (Struivern et al., 2013; Watt and Richardson, 2007). Altruistic reasons involved perceiving teaching as an important societal contribution and aspiring to help children succeed. Intrinsic reasons include a passion and calling to teach, expressing a lifelong desire or a keen interest in applying expertise in a specific subject. Extrinsic reasons encompassed factors external to the job's inherent nature, such as extended holidays, salary, professional status, and working conditions. ((Struivern et al., 2013; Watt and Richardson, 2007). In the second phase of analysis, we delve into the longitudinal evolution of these motives within each student´s narrative and investigate how the students articulate their initial motivation to enter early childhood education teacher programme, and how their commitment unfolds during their studies and transition into professional life. This aligns with McLeod´s (2003) viewpoint, emphasising the significance of longitudinal interview data as means to grasp the ongoing process of identity in formation. Drawing on Kohler Riessman´s (2008) suggestion, we connect societal and biographical aspects in the narratives when applicable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper adopts an overlooked qualitative and narrative approach to delve into students' motivation and commitment in early childhood teacher education and profession. Through longitudinal interviews, the study unveils the evolution of four students' motivation from their teacher education to their first year as in-service early childhood education teachers. Initial findings echo prior research, emphasizing intrinsic and altruistic motivations that resiliently guide students, countering prevalent portrayals of teaching as a burdensome choice. While motivations vary, common threads emerge among study and post-graduation commitments to teaching. Positive childhood experiences with children or prior work experience in early childhood education, even as a short-term intern, feature prominently. Acknowledging the societal importance of working with young children also plays a crucial role in the narratives of the students. Notably, mature students with early childhood education work experience express more critical attitudes during the studies, emphasizing the practical application of gained knowledge for sustained motivation. Younger students often cite an innate desire to teach, referencing early positive educational experiences. Preliminary results highlight life historical events, such as significant childhood moments or life transitions, as influential factors shaping motivation. The findings provide fascinating insights into the intricate evolution of motivation from the initial decision to pursue early childhood education teacher education to the first year in the teaching profession, and with its qualitative approach, enhance the understanding of this subject beyond prior, quantitative studies. However, it is important to note that this study is limited by its focus on narratives of four students and the specific context of Finland. Additional research on an international scale, encompassing Europe and beyond, is essential to deepen the understanding of the broader implications of the findings of this study. References Bruinsma, M. & Jansen, E. (2010). Is the motivation to become a teacher related to pre‐service teachers’ intentions to remain in the profession? European Journal of Teacher Education, 33(2), 185-200. European Commission. (2023). Education and Training Monitor 2023. A comparative report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Kohler Riessman, C. (2008). Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences. London: Sage. Koski, L. (2011). Teksteistä teemoiksi. In A. Puusa & P. Juuti (Eds.) Menetelmäviidakon raivaajat. Perusteita laadullisen tutkimuslähestymistavan valintaan, (pp. 136–149). JTO. McLeod, J. (2003). Why we interview now—reflexivity and perspective in a longitudinal study. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 6(3), pp. 201-211. Richardson, P.W., & Watt, H.M.G. (2006). Profiling characteristics across three Australian universities. Asia-Pacific Teacher Education, 34(1), pp. 27-56. Rots, I., & Aelterman, A. (2009). Teacher education graduates´ entrance into the teaching profession: development and test of model. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 24(4), pp. 453-471. OECD. (2023). Education at Glance. Paris: OECD. Sinclair, C., Dowson, M., & McInerney, D.M. (2006). Motivations to teach: Psychometric perspectives across the first semester of teacher education. Teachers College Record 108, 1132-1154. Struyven, K., Jacobs, K., & Dochy, F. (2013). Why do they want to teach? The multiple reasons of different groups of students for undertaking teacher education. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 28, pp. 1007-1022. UNESCO. (2023). Global report on teachers. Addressing teacher shortage. Paris: UNESCO. Watt, H.M.G., & Richardson, P.W. (2007). Motivational Factors Influencing Teaching as a Career Choice: Development and Validation of the FIT-Choice Scale. The Journal of Experimental Education, 75(3), pp.167-202. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Factors Influencing Pre-service Primary and Preschool Teachers’ Attitudes Towards Arts and Arts Education Partium Christian University, Romania Presenting Author:The arts occupy a special place in human culture: they are an alternative way of understanding and interpreting the world to scientific inquiry. This is what Aristotle's notion of catharsis refers to, which in its original sense means "initiation into the highest laws of reality". Although art is often contrasted in the European tradition with science, the difference lies in the way of understanding: in contrast to the analytical, analytical understanding that is common and accepted in the sciences, in the arts we are dealing with a kind of holistic, deep understanding, a kind of insight. Nowadays, more and more educational researchers stress the importance of art education, but there are still many questions and doubts about the subject. Although there have been several studies on the equalizing and disadvantage compensating effects of arts education (Sz.Fodor, Kerekes, 2020; L. Ritók, 2010), often it is precisely those social groups who need it most that do not have access to the right quality and quantity of education (Katz-Buonincontro, 2018; Váradi, 2020). The cultural and economic capital of families is a major determinant of whether or not children participate in some kind of artistic activities outside school (Kis, Bartalis, Boros, 2020), i.e. whether they acquire cultural capital (e.g. through the arts) that, according to Bourdieu's (1998) theory, can be transformed into economic capital in adulthood. Most experts agree, however, that the role of the teacher is crucial in the experience and study of art. So, in teacher training, particular attention should be paid to training teachers who will in the future provide opportunities for children to encounter the arts. The more positive a teacher's experience in arts, the more effective and successful he or she feels in different artistic fields, the more likely he or she is to use the arts in his or her everyday pedagogical practice (Orek, 2004; Garvis, Pendergast, 2011; Pinczésné-Palásthy et al,). On the other hand, teacher education (especially preschool and primary school teacher education) is characterised by a high proportion of students with low socio-economic status, who have had limited exposure to the arts as part of high culture during their family socialisation and school years (Bocsi, 2017). Nevertheless, there is hope that a well-constructed arts education programme in initial teacher education which provides authentic activities and many practical experiences can reframe students' perceived competences, self-eficacy and prior emotional experiences (Gatt and Karppinen, 2014). In our research we investigated preschool and primary school teacher training participants' attitudes towards arts, perceived competences and self-efficacy in arts. We wanted to know how students perceived their own content knowledge and competencies in six different art areas (music, dance, drama, literature, crafts and visual arts, and media), how difficult they perceived the tasks to be, how important they considered proficiency in these different art areas as future teachers, and how this influenced their pedagogical views on teaching arts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The survey was carried out using an online questionnaire. The questionnaire was completed by 100 female students from two different higher education institutions in Romania, all of them enrolled in pre-service teacher training. From previous research, we know that the teacher education programmes of both institutions under study are characterised by regional recruitment, a high proportion of non-traditional students, coming from families with limited financial resources, lower social classes, and from families with different cultural backgrounds (Nyüsti and Ceglédi, 2012; Pusztai, et al., 2012). In compiling the questionnaire, we drew on previous research (Pinczésné Palásthy et al., 2021). In addition to demographic questions, we also asked about the educational qualifications of parents and the students' previous school and extracurricular artistic experiences and cultural consumption habits. The central part of the questionnaire is made up of questions about different artistic activities. Here, we formulated tasks related to the respective artistic disciplines, in relation to which the respondents expressed their opinion about their importance, how often they meet these activities, how competent they feel in it, how difficult they find the task. For assessing perceived importance, perceived task difficulty, and perceived competency a 6-grade Likert scale was used. In the last block of questions, questions were asked about the teaching of the arts. The statistical analysis of the data was realised with SPSS. In order to compare the standard deviation squares of different subsamples we used F-test and Anova, and to compare the mean of subsamples, we used T-test for Two-Sample Assuming Equal Variance or T-test for Two-Sample Assuming Unequal Variance. Searching for significant correlations between parents' educational level and students' extracurricular artistic experiences chi-square test was applied. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results are in line with other research on the subject (Pinczésné Palásthy et al., 2021; Oreck, 2006; Váradi, 2020; Gatt and Karppinen, 2014; Garvis, Pendergast, 2011). Prior experiences of art in and out of school are related to feelings of competence and perceived difficulty of tasks. We found a difference in attitudes towards the six arts: the first results show that respondents are least satisfied with their musical skills, while as future pre-school teachers and teachers they consider the improvement of their knowledge and skills in music and visual arts as the most important. Demographic indicators (place of residence, subjective economic situation of the family) mainly affect cultural consumption patterns, as in the research of Bocsi (2017) and Váradi (2020), these results can be explained by the theory of cultural capital. The secondary aim of our research was to rethink the arts education offer in our institutions according to the needs and demands of students. It is important that students in teacher education have a positive experience of the arts, gain the experiential knowledge and content knowledge that will provide them with the basis to move confidently in the field, feel competent and have the confidence to use the arts creatively in education. A sense of achievement and competence can increase their willingness and motivation to participate in teacher training (Sz.Fodor, Kerekes, 2020). References Bocsi Veronika (2017). A magaskultúra mint élettér. Hallgatók magaskulturális atti¬tűdjének vizsgálata az egyenlőtlenségek aspektusából = Kihívások és válaszok: tanulmányok a szociálpedagógia területéről. Szerk. RÁKÓ Erzsébet – SOÓS Zsolt, Debrecen, Debreceni Egyetemi Kiadó, 2017, 119–135 Bourdieu, P. (1998). Gazdasági tőke, kulturális tőke, társadalmi tőke. Lengyel György és Szántó Zoltán (szerk.): Tőkefajták: a társadalmi és kulturális erőforrások szociológiája. Aula Kiadó, Budapest, 155-176. Gatt, Isabelle, Karppinen, Seija (2014). An Enquiry into Primary Student Teachers’ Confidence, Feelings and Attitudes towards Teaching Arts and Crafts in Finland and Malta during Initial Teacher Training. iJADE 33.1 (2014) pp. 75-87. Katz-Buonincontro, Jennifer (2018). Creativity for Whom? Art Education in the Age of Creative Agency, Decreased Resources, and Unequal Art Achievement Outcomes. Art Education, Vol. 71, No. 6., pp. 34-37. L. Ritók Nóra (2010). Művészeti nevelés és hátrányos helyzet. http://www.tani-tani.info/081_ritok Nyüsti Szilvia, and Ceglédi Tímea (2012). Vándorló diplomások, diplomáért vándorlók – Elvándorlási mintázatok és azok magyarázata a felsőfokú tanulmányok és a végzés utáni letelepedés során.. In Frissdiplomások 2011, ed. O. Garai and Z. Veroszta (Educatio Társadalmi Szolgáltató Nonprofit Kft. Felsőoktatási Osztály), pp. 173–207. Oreck, Barry (2006). Artistic choices: A study of teachers who use the arts in the class¬room = International Journal of Education & the Arts, 2006, Vol.7. Nr.8. http://www.ijea.org/v7n8/v7n8.pdf Pinczésné Palásthy Ildikó, Joó Anikó, Molnár-Tamus Viktória és Sz. Fodor Adrienne (2021). A jövő tanítói és a művészetek. OxIPO – interdiszciplináris tudományos folyóirat, 2021/1, 25-44. doi: 10.35405/OXIPO.2021.2.25 Pusztai, Gabriella, Hatos AAdrian and Ceglédi Tímea (2012). Foreword: What Do We Mean by the „Third Mission of Higher Education”? In: Third Mission of Higher Education in a Cross-Border Region, ed. G. Pusztai, A. Hatos, T. Ceglédi, (Debrecen: Center for Higher EducationResearch and Development – Hungary), pp. 4–14. Sz. Fodor Adrienne, Kerekes Rita (2020). Művészeti tevékenység és önképzés. A művészetközvetítő pedagógus szakmai megújulásának lehetőségei. Váradi Judit (szerk): Művészeti körkép Kutatás a művészeti nevelés helyzetéről és lehetőségeiről,a tanórai és tanórán kívüli művészeti tevékenységről és rendezvényekről. Magyar Művészeti Akadémia Művészetelméleti és Módszertani Kutatóintézet pp. 37–54. Váradi Judit (ed) (2020). Művészeti körkép Kutatás a művészeti nevelés helyzetéről és lehetőségeiről,a tanórai és tanórán kívüli művészeti tevékenységről és rendezvényekről. Magyar Művészeti Akadémia Művészetelméleti és Módszertani Kutatóintézet |
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 06 D: Tools and Technology Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elsa Estrela Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Inclusive digital teacher training with Open Educational Resources (OER) University of Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:Digital media can provide support in adapting lessons to heterogeneous students. For example, they can be used to show learning progress, provide individual support and suggest future learning steps (Fichtner et al., 2023, Schulz, 2018). However, new barriers can also arise that make it more difficult for everyone to participate in lessons. Higher education faces the challenge of preparing teacher trainees for the requirements of diclusive (digital-inclusive) school education and at the same time taking into account the prerequisites of the students in order to enable joint learning for all. It is therefore important to prepare teachers for diclusive eaching (Böttinger & Schulz, 2023). The neologism "diclusion" or "diclusive", which has arisen from the combination of "digital media" and "inclusion", emphasizes the importance of linking these two areas (Schulz & Reber, 2023). In particular, it points to the potential that arises when digital media is used in the context of inclusive teaching. In the context of the previously discussed need for heterogeneity-sensitive use of digital media in the (inclusive) educational environment, it is especially relevant to draw on a comprehensive understanding of inclusion. This understanding is not exclusively aimed at pupils with disabilities, but includes all pupils with their individual starting points, talents, backgrounds and needs (German Commission for UNESCO, 2021, p.1). The use of digital media proves to be an important resource for adequately addressing the different requirements of pupils in the classroom: digital applications can be used, for example, to visualize current learning progress, implement individualized support measures and suggest preventive steps for future learning (Fichtner et al., 2023, Schulz, 2018, Schaumburg, 2021). The five-level model for inclusive teaching (Schulz 2018) represents a methodologically structured approach to the use of digital media in inclusive teaching. The primary goal of this model is to promote inclusive education in order to ensure a comprehensive and equitable educational experience for all pupils so that they can realize their potential. Teachers need the diclusive knowledge for their future work with pupils. So the overarching question is: What skills do (prospective) teachers need to have and how can they be taught as individually as possible? The project "inklusiv.digital" develops OER (Open Educational Resources) materials for students and teachers of various subject didactics as well as central topics for learning and teaching with digital media in inclusive settings. In an interdisciplinary team, experts from the fields of subject didactics, special education, inclusion education and media education develop the modules didactically and prepare them for inclusive teaching settings. The aim is to support initial, further and continuing training in the context of qualifying teachers for inclusive teaching. The modular structure of the learning materials, combined with the flexibility of an open CC-BY license, enables them to be used in various learning formats, such as self-study courses and guided blended learning. The content of the modules provides specific knowledge for dynamic teaching, which is essential for prospective teachers. In addition, they are designed in a way that even people without specific knowledge can understand the content and implement it in their own lessons. The integration of these modules into a nationwide OER platform is planned in order to enable broad and easy access. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The module components developed in the project enable different access options to the digitally inclusive content and thus address the individuality and prior knowledge of the students. Attention was also paid to careful and varied implementation (e.g. audio, video, text, graphics, interactive presentations. using the tools from h5p) so that the learning process is also supported cognitively. In addition, the materials are designed to be largely barrier-free, with various access options for different needs (e.g. alternative texts, subtitles or texts for recorded audio files). Universal Design for Learning (UDL) has proven to be an effective approach in higher education didactics in order to address the heterogeneous conditions in teacher training (Bartz et al., 2021). UDL aims to design teaching and learning processes and the materials used in them in a way that they are free of barriers (Fisseler & Markmann, 2012), creating an inclusive learning environment that supports all students. This concept is based on the premise that diversity among pupils is the norm and not the exception. In a test phase with student teachers, the modules are evaluated by making them available via the respective learning management systems of the universities. The evaluation is carried out by means of with an open questionnaire. A planned effectiveness study aims to determine the development and change in the digital-inclusive knowledge of student teachers and teachers after completion of the modules. In addition, the extent to which teachers use the content or module components in order to adapt them to the heterogeneity of their learning groups will be investigated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The "inklusiv.digital" project provides an approach to make digital-inclusive education itself a topic in teacher training on the one hand and to address the heterogeneity of the seminars and students on the other: Student teachers are prepared for diclusive lessons with the help of teaching and learning content that focuses on inclusion and the opportunities of using digital media in the classroom. In order to respond to the heterogeneous requirements of the students, the modular structure of the project offers lecturers options for differentiation and individualization so that they can in order to design their seminars in a heterogeneity-sensitive learning environment. This is achieved through the flexible learning modules and supporting materials, which can also be used in subject didactics, pedagogy, seminars on inclusion and many other subject areas in teacher training using an example from media education. The evaluation helps to ensure the quality of the OER modules in order to gain insights into the needs of student teachers (and also teachers). The evaluation also attempts to find out which design options are ideal in the digital space. Therefore, feedback is an important component in the creation and further development of the OER modules. In the end the modular structure of the learning materials, combined with the flexibility of an open CC-BY license, enables them to be used in various learning formats, such as self-study courses and guided blended learning. The content of the modules provides specific knowledge for dynamic teaching, which is essential for prospective teachers. In addition, they are designed in a way that even people without specific knowledge can understand the content and implement it in their own lessons. The integration of these modules into a nationwide OER platform is planned to enable broad and easy access. References Bartz, J., Feldhues, K., Goll, T., Kanschik, D., Hüninghake, R. Krabbe, C., Lautenbach, F., Trapp, R. (2018). Das Universal Design for Learning (UDL) in der inklusionsorientierten Hochschullehre. Eine interdisziplinäre Bestandsaufnahme aus Sicht der Fachdidaktiken Chemie, Germanistik, Sachunterricht, Sport, Theologie und der Rehabilitationswissenschaft. (The Universal Design for Learning (UDL) in inclusion-oriented university teaching. An interdisciplinary review from the perspective of the subject didactics of chemistry, German studies, physical education, sport, theology and rehabilitation science.) In S. Hußmann & B. Welzel (Hrsg.), DoProfiL - das Dortmunder Profil für inklusionsorientierte Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (S. 93-108). Waxmann. Böttinger, T. & Schulz, L. (2023). Professionalisierung in der Lehrer:innenbildung für einen digital-inklusiven Unterricht. (Professionalization in teacher training for digital inclusive teaching.) In T. Irion., T. Böttinger & R. Kammerl (Hrsg.), Professionalisierung für digitale Bildung im Grundschulalter. Ergebnisse des Forschungsprojekts P3DiG. Waxmann. Fichtner, S., Bacia, E., Sandau, M., Hurrelmann, K. & Dohmen, D. (2023). „Schule stärken – Digitalisierung gestalten“ – Cornelsen Schulleistungsstudie 2023. ("Strengthening schools - shaping digitalization" - Cornelsen School Performance Study 2023.) Gesamtstudie, FiBS-Forschungsinstitut für Bildungs- und Sozialökonomie. Fisseler, B., & Markmann, M. (2012). Universal Design als Umgang mit Heterogenität in der Hochschule. (Universal design as a way of dealing with heterogeneity in higher education.) Journal Hochschuldidaktik, 1–2(23), 13–16. German UNSECO Commission (2021, 21.10.2022). Für eine chancengerechte Gestaltung der digitalen Transformation in der Bildung. Resolution der 81. Mitgliederversammlung. (For an equitable design of the digital transformation in education. Resolution of the 81st General Assembly.) www.internationaler-bund.de/fileadmin/user_upload/storage_ib_redaktion/resolution_unesco_digitalisierung-bildung.pdf Schaumburg, H. (2021). Personalisiertes Lernen mit digitalen Medien als Herausforderung für die Schulentwicklung: Ein systematischer Forschungsüberblick. (Personalized learning with digital media as a challenge for school development: A systematic research overview.) MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 41, 134–166. Schulz, L. (2018). Digitale Medien im Bereich Inklusion. (Digital media in the field of inclusion.) In B. Lütje-Klose, T. Riecke-Baulecke, R. Werning (Hrsg.), Basiswissen Lehrerbildung: Inklusion in Schule und Unterricht: Grundlagen in der Sonderpädagogik (S. 344–367). Klett Kallmeyer. Schulz, L. & Reber, K. (2023). „Diklusive Sprachbildung - Digitale Medien im Bereich Sprache“. ("Diclusive language education - digital media in the field of language".) In J. Betz und J.-R. Schluchter (Hrsg.), Schulische Medienbildung und Digitalisierung im Kontext von Behinderung und Benachteiligung (S. 43–65). Beltz juventa. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Mentoring with Research-Based Tools—A Holistic Approach University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Mentoring with the aim of the professional development of preservice teachers in teacher education represents complex practices. The use of tools for mentoring has the potential to enhance mentoring practices; however, research on using tools in mentoring is often focused on applying a single tool or is conducted on a piecemeal basis in teacher education (Nesje & Lejonberg, 2022). By investigating mentors and preservice teachers using research-based tools in an eight-week practicum period, this study analyses structured and holistic mentoring. The applied tools were developed to elicit preservice teachers’ diverse needs at different times throughout the practicum; the three tool-packages build on a a) simulator-based tool, b) response-based tool, and c) video-based tool. Further, the theory of practice architecture (TPA) provided a frame to understand mentoring practices with the holistic use of tools as an interplay among cultural–discursive, material–economic, and social–political arrangements (Kemmis, 2022). This paper presents new insight on how tools can enhance quality in mentoring illuminating the following research question guided: What characterises mentoring practices with the use of tools in a holistic approach to mentoring in practicum in teacher education? All data provided by the tools are in the PTs’ possession and PTs decide to whom, what, and how they want to share this data, and PTs complete a course in the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). In the decision simulator, based on Arvola, Samuelsson, Nordvall, and Ragnemalm (2018), the PT is presented with different challenging scenarios that are likely to occur in a classroom; the PTs are required to make choices whose alternative answers are connected to teacher role traits that correspond to authoritarian, authoritative, democratic, and compliant approaches, based on Baumrind (1971/1991). The choices made by the PT eventually generate an overview of the selected approaches to the teacher role that are to be elaborated upon in mentoring. The response tool combines self-reports from the PTs and pupils’ responses through an electronic survey entered online on topics assumed to denote effective teaching. Based on Tripod’s 7Cs framework (Ferguson & Danielson, 2015; Kuhfeld, 2017; Wallace, Kelcey, & Ruzek, 2016), the PTs and pupils both report on teacher competencies: caring, conferring, captivating, clarifying, consolidating, challenging, and classroom management. Responses are aligned, visualised, and followed up on with guides for elaboration and reflection, and exploration of the tool’s outcome grounds PTs’ choice of the development goal in their teaching practice to be elaborated upon with the video tool. The video tool consists of a video recording application that the PTs can download to ensure GDPR, as well as guides for preparing, conducting, and elaborating on practice videos individually, with peers, and with the mentor (Kang & van Es, 2019; UiO, 2020). The PTs are encouraged to use insights from the response tool to choose a development goal to enhance their teaching competencies. Guides assists PTs selection of a clip representative to their development goal to be elaborated on in mentoring.
The two investigated dyads are both characterised by the extensive use of tools. However, dyad 1 differed from dyad 2 in terms of the approach towards the usage being more in line with the suggested structure (elaborated on in the presentation of doings) and wording (elaborated on in the presentation of sayings) of the tools. In dyad 2, the suggested structure was approached more creatively and the tools appeared to inspire both structure and content; however, the components of the tools (guides for reflection and conversation) are generally adjusted and wordings rephrased. Findings is presented in accordance with the analytical categories, based on Kemmis (2022) to elaborate on the holistic approach to mentoring with tools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data investigated in this study was extracted from a larger corpus, consisting of 14 observed and video-recorded mentoring conversations with the use of tools and 12 follow-up interviews with 5 mentors and 7 PTs. Participants were purposefully sampled (Cohen et al., 2015). All participants were offered to try out three tool-packages. From this corpus, we selected the two dyads of mentors and PTs who used all three tool-packages consecutively during their practicum, with follow-up conversations that were observed and recorded. Thus, six mentoring conversations that followed-up on use of each of the three tools for each dyad in a total of 277 minutes of video-taped conversations became the primary data. The conversations took place in the autumn of 2021, during the PTs eight-week practicum. In addition, semi-structured interviews of 175 minutes with the two PTs and the two mentors constituted the secondary data and were integrated where pertinent in the discussion to elaborate on findings. Analysis was done step wise, inspired by thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). In a first step, when familiaring ourselves with the material, we noticed how the tools appeared to influence the conversations throughout in terms of what was talked about, how it was talked about, and how actors related to each other and the artefacts in the conversations. Having gained this insight, a table of invention from the TPA was first used as a heuristic (Kemmis, 2022) to guide the analysis of the data material and second as inspiration for presenting the findings. In the next step, the categories/codes in the material were given by the TPA framework, coding the material with the notion of sayings, doings, and relatings (as presented by Kemmis, 2022) to identify the characteristics of practices in the empirical data. Next, data that highlighted the three codes were further investigated in a process where we looked for characteristics of different aspects related to the sayings, doings, and relatings evident in the practices in the material. The characteristics were then divided into sub-categories. The sub-categories were applied and consequently adjusted in a process of trying them out on the empirical material and adjusting where necessary to ensure they were representative of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We investigated what characterises mentoring practices with the use of tools in a holistic approach to mentoring. The findings indicate how due to their set up and content, tools prefigure the sayings, doings, and relating of PTs and mentors in mentoring. Moreover, in the conversations, the outcome provided by the tools structure the conversations. The participants use the outcomes from the tools as input and the conversation templates to elaborate upon and follow-up on the different aspects of the interconnected tools over time; thus, mentoring with tools appears to offer a holistic approach to mentoring. Moreover, by structuring mentoring and facilitating matching the PTs conception of their own teaching with both mentors’ and pupils’ conceptions, mentoring with tools potentially provides new perspectives in practicum mentoring. Further, applying research-based tools in mentoring presents a means for research and theory to have a bearing on mentors’ practice. The tools appears to inspire going into depth—for example, by introducing theoretical concepts from the tools, encourage PTs’ reflection on different aspects of their teaching practice, and by challenging mentees on taking the pupils’ perspective. By providing such evidence, this study contributes to research on holistic approaches to mentoring with tools and what characterises such practices. Thus, tools can be a leverage to change and present new building blocks to a new architecture of mentoring practices. Furthermore, this study reveals that the use of mentoring tools can contribute to answering calls for teacher education institutions to contribute to mentor preparation and creating a stronger theoretical framework for mentoring. However, the presented evidence also indicates that using tools is time consuming. Therefore, further research could examine mentee and mentors’ experienced relevance of using tools, as well as how the different tools interplay with and build upon each other. References Arvola, M., Samuelsson, M., Nordvall, M., & Ragnemalm, E. L. (2018). Simulated provocations: A hypermedia radio theatre for reflection on classroom management. Simulation & Gaming, 49(2), 98-114. Baumrind, D. (1971/1991). Current patterns of parental authority. Developmental Psychology, 4, 1-103. Ferguson, R. F., & Danielson, C. (2015). How framework for teaching and tripod 7Cs evidence distinguish key components of effective teaching. Designing teacher evaluation systems: New guidance from the measures of effective teaching project, 98-143. Kang, H., & van Es, E. A. (2019). Articulating Design Principles for Productive Use of Video in Preservice Education. Journal of teacher education, 70(3), 237-250. doi:10.1177/0022487118778549 Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming practices: Springer Singapore. Kuhfeld, M. (2017). When students grade their teachers: A validity analysis of the Tripod student survey. Educational Assessment, 22(4), 253-274. Nesje, K., & Lejonberg, E. (2022). Tools for the school-based mentoring of pre-service teachers: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 111, 103609. UiO. (2020). Visual Vocal Application (VIVA). Retrieved from https://www.uv.uio.no/ils/english/research/projects/viva/index.html Wallace, T. L., Kelcey, B., & Ruzek, E. (2016). What can student perception surveys tell us about teaching? Empirically testing the underlying structure of the tripod student perception survey. American educational research journal, 53(6), 1834-1868. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Designing a Course for Preservice Teachers to Teach with Emerging Technologies Musashino University, Japan Presenting Author:The use of technology in education has been seen as having great potential to change the process of teaching and learning. Today with the increase of computers and applications in schools, one of the issues worldwide is how to design the courses for preservice teachers to teach with technology. However, research evidence shows that even though teacher educators have developed the courses on the pedagogical use of technology, teachers still lack the skills to successfully teach with technology (Koehler, Mishra and Yahya 2007). Previous studies have shown that the failure to prepare teachers to teach with technology can be attributed to the following factors. First, some courses were narrowly focused on the use of technology. According to Angeli and Valanides (2016), courses on teaching methods and content are usually taught in complete isolation from the teaching of technology courses, which promotes the development of a highly fragmented body of teacher knowledge. As Koehler and Mishra(2008) proposed the term technological pedagogical content knowledge(TPACK) as a "Total PACKage", teacher educators need to teach technology integration to preservice teachers in a thoughtful and deliberate way. Second, the technologies used in most courses were focused on technologies for teaching (e.g. video, PowerPoint, interactive whiteboard) that could be used as an extension of traditional teaching methods. Mouza (2016) identified four types of emerging technologies that support (a) learning to understand and create; (b)learning by collaborating; (c)anytime, anyplace learning; and (d)learning by gaming and suggested that these have potential to significantly impact teaching and learning processes and outcomes. Now that the focus of educational technology is shifting from tools for how we teach to how students learn, teacher educators need to design the course to help preservice teachers teach effectively with emerging technologies. Third, there is not enough time for preservice teachers to practice teaching with ICT. Most of teacher educators in Japan only engage preservice teachers in micro-teaching, team-teaching, or practice teaching by a team representative within a course due to the large number of enrolled preservice teachers. According to Terashima et al. (2016), preservice teachers who did the micro-teaching gained more confidence in using ICT and improved their lesson plan more than those who did not. In this study, we design a course for preservice teachers to teach with emerging technologies, analyze how they learn, and get feedback on what supports are helpful for them. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants were 26 preservice teachers enrolled in a 14-week course called "Theories and Methods of ICT Practice". The course consisted of four phases, including (1) lectures, (2) learning by design and teaching simulation, (3) practice teaching and collaborative reflection, and (4) a final report. In the first phase, based on the types of emerging technologies proposed by Mouza (2016), we introduced the following four applications in each lecture: (a) LoiloNote (an application for collaborative learning), (b) Momotarō Dentetsu education edition (an educational board game), (c) Minecraft education (a game-based platform for creative learning), and (d) MESH (a tool for learning the basics of programming). In each lecture, we introduced one application and illustrated how these tools can enhance student learning with examples from other teachers' classroom practice. After each lecture, the preservice teachers were given a writing assignment to think about how the application they had learned about today could be used in specific subjects. In a second phase, each preservice teacher then selected a tool to use, prepared a lesson plan and conducted a teaching simulation with their peers using the same tool. Thirdly, they carried out a practice lesson in small groups (4-8 preservice teachers), reflected together on the effectiveness of the use of ICT after the lesson and submitted a reflective writing on the lesson. Finally, the preservice teachers were given an assignment to reflect on their own lesson using the recorded video and what they had learned during the course. Both qualitative and quantitative data were collected. For qualitative data, we collected (a) weekly writing assignments on technology integration, (b) lesson plans and video recordings of practice lessons, (c) reports. We analyzed them through thematic analysis using QDM software to examine how the preservice teachers learned through the course. For quantitative data, (d) a short questionnaire was administered at the end of the course. The questionnaire items consisted of the TPACK self-efficacy (four-point Likert type scale) with reference to Yurdakul et al. (2012) and Terashima et al.(2016), how helpful the content of each phase of the course was in learning technology integration, and how they viewed the video recordings. These data were used to examine how successful the course was and what needed to be improved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Descriptive statistics revealed that the TPACK self-efficacy scores were generally positive after completion of the course. Items to which all the preservice teachers responded positively were identifying topics in which ICT counts (M=3.65, SD=0.49) and infusing TK, PK, CK to deliver an effective lesson (M=3.62, SD=0.50). Although generally positive, the items that received negative responses from a few preservice teachers were related to designing classroom activities to enrich the teaching and learning process(M=3.36, SD=0.63), implementing effective classroom management(M=3.31, SD=0.68), applying instructional approaches and methods appropriate to individual differences(M=3.27, SD=0.72), troubleshooting problems that may arise during instruction(M=3.04, SD=0.82). Most of the preservice teachers responded that every phase of the course was helpful in integrating and commented that it was especially helpful to receive feedback on their own teaching from peers, to participate as a student in others' classes, and to watch their own teaching video. Analysis of the qualitative data revealed that preservice teachers learned to (a) carefully consider the appropriate combination of subject topics and learning activities with ICT to enhance student learning, (b) distinguish between activities in which ICT can and cannot enrich student learning, (c)consider how best to blend play and learning in educational games, (d) carefully structure the learning environment so that they can provide personalized instruction, and (e)prepare themselves for the inevitable malfunctions of the tools that will occur in the classroom. However, some preservice teachers in this study had difficulty adequately planning their instruction, suggesting the need to prepare supports such as the metacognitive self-questioning embedded in TPACK suggested by Kramarski and Michalsky(2010). In addition, some of them commented on how we filmed the video, suggesting the need to focus on the students's PC screen for doing effective lesson reflection. References Angeli, C., & Valanides, N. (2009). Epistemological and methodological issues for the conceptualization, development, and assessment of ICT–TPCK: Advances in technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPCK). Computers & education, 52(1), 154-168. Angeli, C., Valanides, N., & Christodoulou, A. (2016). Theoretical considerations of technological pedagogical content knowledge. In Handbook of technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) for educators (pp. 11-32). Routledge. Kramarski, B., & Michalsky, T. (2010). Preparing preservice teachers for self-regulated learning in the context of technological pedagogical content knowledge. Learning and instruction, 20(5), 434-447. Koehler, M. J., Mishra, P., & Yahya, K. (2007). Tracing the development of teacher knowledge in a design seminar: Integrating content, pedagogy and technology. Computers & Education, 49(3), 740-762. Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2008, March). Introducing technological pedagogical content knowledge. In annual meeting of the American Educational Research Association (Vol. 1, p. 16). Mouza, C. (2016). Developing and assessing TPACK among pre-service teachers: A synthesis of research. In Handbook of technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) for educators (pp. 169-190). Routledge. Terashima, K., Koshimizu, K., & Fujiyama, A. (2015). An Analysis on the "the skills of ICT use in education" of Pre-service Teachers through the Micro-teaching in the Lectures Involving Subject Teaching Method. Japanese Journal of Educational Media Research, 22(2), 21-31 Yurdakul, I. K., Odabasi, H. F., Kilicer, K., Coklar, A. N., Birinci, G., & Kurt, A. A. (2012). The development, validity and reliability of TPACK-deep: A technological pedagogical content knowledge scale. Computers & Education, 58(3), 964-977. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 100 SES 06 B: Working Meeting Hasmik Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Hasmik Kyureghyan Paper Session |
13:45 - 15:15 | 11 SES 06 A: Facilitating Teacher Professional Development Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Early Childhood Teachers' Perspectives Toward the Importance of Teacher Leadership: What Really Matters? UNED, Spain Presenting Author:Over the last decades, pedagogical leadership has been consolidated as a key factor to promote the quality of educational institutions. It is a commonplace, but it is also highlighted in the results of educational indicators and in educational policy studies: leadership matters. Traditionally, leadership has been linked to the formal roles of management, especially to the head or principal (Fullan, 2014; González-Falcón et al., 2020), however the most recent research has highlighted on the relevant role of middle leaders (De Nobile, 2018; Gurr, 2023; Lipscombe et al., 2023) and teacher leadership (Muijs y Harris, 2003; Pan et al., 2023). It should also be noted that research has been contextualized more often in secondary education and to a lesser extent in the context of early childhood education (Heikka, et al., 2018; Fonsén et al., 2023; Cooper, 2023). In this framework, this contribution aims to analyze the perspectives about pedagogical leadership of Early Childhood teachers. More specifically, the objective is to explore the perception of early childhood teachers about the importance of indicators of the teacher's pedagogical leadership to explore the possibilities to implement theoretical models in practice through initial and continuous training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We present a survey study focus on gathered the perceptions of Early Childhood teachers regarding the importance of teacher pedagogical leadership. The participants in this research are 36 teachers of five schools located in Madrid Region. The 88.90% are women (n= 60) and the 66.7% teach in the second cycle (3-6 years) of early childhood education. Regarding teaching experience, it is very varied (while 52.8% have less than three years of experience, 27.8% have more than ten years). The instrument was a questionnaire specifically designed for this purpose, considering the background of the literature and especially the proposals of Gento (2002) and González-Fernández et al. (2020, 2021). The questionnaire includes 26 items, which is filled by the teachers on a 6-point scale according to the importance they ascribed to each indicator of teacher pedagogical leadership. Also, the survey includes three open-ended questions about pedagogical leadership in early childhood education (advantages, competencies necessary for teacher leadership and the relationship between leadership-quality). The internal consistency coefficient showed that questionnaire is highly reliable (.913). The questionnaire of this study was distributed during September 2013. The results were analyzed with an exploratory and descriptive approach with SPSS v24 and we also conducted thematic analysis with coding to delve deeper into the arguments and teaching reflections on teacher leadership. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed interesting results that allow us to answer our research objectives. First, it should be noted that the set of indicators derived from Gento's (2002) theoretical model are globally valued as important by the participating teachers. However, the quantitative study highlights that the participating teachers perceive the indicators included in the professional, emotional, and charismatic dimensions as more important than those included in the administrative and training dimensions (Gento et al., 2022). Although it is important to delve into the analysis by items, this result has implications for establishing policies that affect issues that really matter while reducing irrelevant ones (excessive bureaucratization of teaching, which reduces the capacity to innovate and improve). In a complementary way, the qualitative analysis carried out allows us to interpret the quantitative scores and position the teacher's pedagogical leadership as an informal but very relevant role in the life of schools (Scallon et al., 2023). Its relevance is in the direct educational relationship with students, and the capacity to improve school coexistence, inclusion, and guidance/tutoring (Fernández y López, 2023; López-Gómez et al., 2020). These results, which should be interpreted considering limitations of generalization, will be discussed to propose a teacher professional development program focused on specific teacher leadership in Early Childhood Education and related teaching competencies. References Cooper, M. (2023). Teachers grappling with a teacher-leader identity: Complexities and tensions in early childhood education. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 26(1), 54-74. De Nobile, J. (2018). Towards a theoretical model of middle leadership in schools. School Leadership & Management, 38(4), 395-416. Fernández, V., & López, J. (2023). The effect of teacher leadership on students’ purposeful learning. Cogent Social Sciences, 9(1), 2197282. Fonsén, E., Szecsi, T., Kupila, P., Liinamaa, T., Halpern, C., & Repo, M. (2023). Teachers’ pedagogical leadership in early childhood education. Educational Research, 65(1), 1-23. Fullan, M. (2014). The principal. Three keys to maximizing impact. Jossey-Bass. Gento, S. (2002). Instituciones Educativas para la Calidad Total. La Muralla. Gento, S., González-Fernández, R. y López-Gómez, E. (2022). Heads of educational institutions and expansion of autonomy with accountability. The mediating role of pedagogical leadership. Revista Española de Pedagogía, 80 (281), 193-209. https://doi.org/10.22550/REP80-1-2022-07 González-Falcón, I., García-Rodríguez, M. P., Gómez-Hurtado, I., & Carrasco-Macías, M. J. (2020). The importance of principal leadership and context for school success: Insights from ‘(in) visible school’. School Leadership & Management, 40(4), 248-265. González-Fernández, R., Khampirat, B., López-Gómez, E., & Silfa-Sención, H. O. (2020). La evidencia del liderazgo pedagógico de directores, jefes de estudios y profesorado desde la perspectiva de las partes interesadas. Estudios sobre Educación, 39, 207-228. González-Fernández, R., López-Gómez, E., Khampirat, B. y Gento, S. (2021). Measuring the importance of pedagogical leadership according to the stakeholders’ perception. Revista de Educación, 394, 39-65. Gurr, D. (2023). A review of research on middle leaders in schools. International encyclopedia of education. London, England: Elsevier. Heikka, J., Halttunen, L., & Waniganayake, M. (2018). Perceptions of early childhood education professionals on teacher leadership in Finland. Early Child Development and Care, 188(2), 143-156. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. López-Gómez, E., González-Fernández, R., Medina-Rivilla, A. y Gento-Palacios, S. (2020). Proposal to Promote Quality of Education: A View from Spain. En H. Flavian (Ed.), From Pedagogy to Quality Assurance in Education: An International Perspective (pp. 29-44). Emerald. Muijs, D., & Harris, A. (2003). Teacher leadership—Improvement through empowerment? An overview of the literature. Educational management & administration, 31(4), 437-448. Pan, H. L. W., Wiens, P. D., & Moyal, A. (2023). A bibliometric analysis of the teacher leadership scholarship. Teaching and Teacher Education, 121, 103936. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper The Quest For a Quality of Career in Academia PalackyUniversity Olomouc, Czech Republic Presenting Author:In the past few decades, public universities have undergone significant changes, which have reshaped academic work and workplaces (Bentley et al. 2013; Teichler et al. 2013). Technological advancements, globalization etc underline the changing role of universities in the society. The career development systems based on linear male models are no longer relevant to meet the needs of today’s society in diverse contexts. Although there has been an ongoing debate about the impacts of this global shift on the career development of academics (Bentley et al. 2013), in certain countries the linear model of an academic career persists. When examining the careers of academics, particular attention is paid to factors influencing leaving the academia or the university. The findings underline the career age, career stage, tenure status and scientific field as the strongest predictors of intention to exit academia (White-Lewis, D.K., O’Meara, K. & Mathews, K., 2023). Nontenured academics and academics in early stages of the career report lower job satisfaction than senior academics. Focusing on the group of young academics in the beginning of their professional path in the Czech Republic brings also the focus on the position of women in the Czech republic. Women increase the number of graduates on the level of doctoral programmes in contrary to the representation of women in the number of professors and associate professors in the country in the last two decades (Cidlonská & Vohlídalová, 2015). To address the outlined issue, the following main research question has been set: How do the female academics in social sciences understand success in their career? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research focuses on successful careers, rather than on constraints and barriers, which is the feature of much previous research. Purposive sampling in terms of career stages, academic experience and life roles has been used. More specifically to address the main research question, female academics were contacted based on the following criteria: a) Woman in academia - social sciences; b) R2 or R3 research career stage; c) Experience from several scientific workplaces; d) Experience from abroad; e) Permanent effort to contribute to the improvement of the quality of the field through research (a changemaker that has a demonstrable positive impact); f) Woman in more reflected life roles (academia, mother, wife/partner, daughter). The criteria were applied when searching in databases and public documents (CV´s). Out of six women contacted, four agreed to participate in research using the narrative design. Narrative interviews in a number of rounds have been carried out and all transcribed interviews are analyzed being through three dimensions of KCM (still in process). When analysiong the narratives, the attention is paid to the sujet and fabula (what and how in the story), key milestones of the story (epizodes) and turning points of the story. Coding is preformed by two researchers as a support for the reflection of the emotions, attitudes, and opinions of the main researcher. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The issue of career development in academia is connected to the promotion of diversity and inclusion. High sense of autonomy and professional identity as well as diverse perseption of quality work and job satisfaction frame the academic career and call for different possible trajectories. The prelliminary resuts show that KCM has brought new perspectives on career success eventhough as the research is still running. They bring impulses for revisiting conditions in Czech academia: influencing the organizations in terms of creating appropriate conditions for different career paths and patterns of women who often experience success and quality differently and who are generally perceived as successful. These bring along challenges for current conditions: Disparities in gender diversity (particulary in leadership roles), underrepresented minority groups (compared to their proportion in the general population), implicit bias, microaggressions, unequal access to resources and opportunities. Findings of this research so far indicate that decision-makers in academia should pay more attention to understanding the unique ways in which authenticity in particular is understood by female academics in social sciences and how this is connected to their understanding success in their career. This may from the longterm perspective encourage universities to look more closely and deeply at their organizational cultures to be more supportive to women and their career paths and patterns. References Cabrera, E. F. (2007). Opting out and opting in: understanding the complexities of women’s career transitions. Career Development International, 12(3), 218–237. https://doi.org/10.1108/13620430710745872 Cidlonská, K. Vohlídalová, M. (2015) To stay or to leave? On a disillusionment of (young) academics and researcher. Aula. 15 (3), p. 3-36. https://www.csvs.cz/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Aula-01-2015.pdf Dabbs, S. M., Graham, J. A., & Dixon, M. A. (2020). Extending the Kaleidoscope Career Model: Understanding Career Needs of Midcareer Elite Head Coaches. Journal of Sport Management, 34(6), 554–567. Knowles, J., & Mainiero, L. (2021). Authentic talent development in women leaders who opted out: Discovering authenticity, balance, and challenge through the kaleidoscope career model. Administrative Sciences, 11(2). https://doi.org/10.3390/ admsci11020060 Mainiero, L. A., & Gibson, D. E. (2018). The Kaleidoscope Career Model Revisited: How Midcareer Men and Women Diverge on Authenticity, Balance, and Challenge. Journal of Career Development, 45(4), 361–377. https://doi. org/10.1177/0894845317698223 Sullivan, S. E., & Mainiero, L. (2008). Using the Kaleidoscope Career Model to Understand the Changing Patterns of Women’s Careers: Designing HRD Programs That Attract and Retain Women. Advances in Developing Human Resources, 10(1), 32–49. https://doi.org/10.1177/1523422307310110 Sullivan, S. E., & Carraher, S. M. (2018). Chapter 14: Using the kaleidoscope career model to create cultures of gender equity. In Research Handbook of Diversity and Careers. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing. Retrieved May 22, 2023, from https://doi.org/10.4337/9781785365607.00024 White-Lewis, D.K., O’Meara, K., Mathews, K. et al. Leaving the Institution or Leaving the Academy? Analyzing the Factors that Faculty Weigh in Actual Departure Decisions. Research in Higher Education.64, 473–494 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-022-09712-9. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Facilitators of Teacher Professional Development: Underestimated and Under-Researched Part when Considering Innovations in the Education System?! University Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:Against the background of the uncertainty and simultaneity of multiple challenges confronting the school system, such as the shortage of teachers, issues of educational inequality, and the dynamics of technological developments with constantly growing impulses for education and learning, the need for comprehensive, high-quality and thus effective further teacher training as well as support opportunities for all those involved in school development, increases. Especially regarding digitalisation, professional development plays an important role – in Germany and many other European countries as well (Butler et al., 2018; Engec et al., 2021; Fraillon et al., 2019). In the context of digitalisation and for the quality of further teacher training and support services, professional development facilitators are considered to be highly relevant (Gräsel et al., 2020). Despite this assumption, research so far offers little knowledge about in-service trainers (Karsenty et al., 2021; Perry & Booth, 2024), although they necessarily influence the learning of teachers and thus occupy a central position in the professionalisation and support of schools (Lipowsky, 2019; Timperley et al., 2007). This may be due to the fact that defining the term ‘teacher professional development facilitators’ is rather complicated: Focusing the German context, different types of teacher professional development opportunities exist and are offered and deployed by various actors and institutions. These use different terms and understandings when describing teacher professional development facilitators; a standardised definition is non-existent. There also is the umbrella term ‘multipliers’ to describe people disseminating information and knowledge between institutions and levels of the education system, which is used in a wide variation of contexts and understandings, e.g. pupils using peer approaches, student teachers, teachers who pass on learning content from further training courses at their schools; further qualified teachers who train and advise other schools and teachers within the framework of state structures, or managers who are responsible for the conception of training and counselling. In the paper at hand, we understand teacher professional development facilitators as persons who work within the structures of the German federal states and who educate practicing teachers as trainers and counsellors (Endberg & Engec, 2023). This definition comes close to the one issued by Perry and Booth (2024, S. 145): “Our focus is those practitioners who design, lead and deliver formal professional development activities for teachers, including workshops, courses, programmes and similar activities, whether online, face-to-face or blended”. Considering the lack of standardized terminology, the federal and multi-level education structure in Germany, and the under-researched role of teacher professional development facilitators, our aim is to generate descriptive knowledge about the recruitment, qualification, and deployment of professional development facilitators in Germany. Moreover, we use a co-constructive approach by networking representatives of the state institutes/quality institutions of the federal states with responsibility for teacher professional development facilitators within a working group “Multipliers”, which has been initialized within the context of our ongoing research project (part of the joint project “Kompetenzverbund lernen:digital” funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research and by the European Union-NextGenerationEU). Here they contribute their expertise on how concepts for the selection, qualification, and deployment of teacher professional development facilitators are implemented in their state. Discussions concerning similarities and differences between the federal states, open questions and existing challenges are encouraged in order to generate a survey to gather the necessary descriptive knowledge about the group of facilitators as “multipliers” in permanently changing circumstances in schools, school systems, countries and the whole world. The guiding research interest therefore revolves around the question: To what extent are there cross-national approaches, strategies and quality criteria for recruitment, qualification, and deployment of teacher professional development facilitators in the context of digitalisation? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer this question, we draw on existing expert knowledge from the education system and systematise findings from established structures and processes. To this end, a semi-structured survey with leading questions will be conducted in state institutes/quality institutions, which will be answered by responsible persons with relevant expertise in the institutions mentioned. The methodological approach can be considered as an expert (group) interview in written form. One main advantage of expert interviews lies within their power to “add to experimental findings about micro processes and how decisions were made in practice” (von Soest, 2023, S. 277). Regarding the lack of research knowledge, while assuming a great variety in terminology, implementation standards, and qualifying programs for teacher professional development within the federal states, this approach allows for a look ‘behind the scenes’ and into the practices of the state institutes/quality institutions whose role and importance is only slowly gaining attention from the perspective of educational research. The list of open questions will be discussed and modified in the "Multipliers" working group on the basis of preliminary scientific work so that both the existing research desideratum is addressed, and the needs of educational practice are taken into account. The approach and methodology of data collection are deliberately designed to be open: there are no prescribed answers; instead, the expertise should be noted down in the experts’ own words. The interviewees decide whether they answer in writing or provide audio files. The data will be analysed qualitatively by the research team using content analysis (Mayring, 2015) applying a category system following a deductive-inductive approach. Exemplary, the following superordinate categories have been identified by applying the deductive approach: • Group of people (qualifications/professional background, employment/institutional connection, number/quotas of multipliers in the federal states); • Deployment (deployment strategies and areas of application, subject reference/school reference, job description); • Recruitment (strategy/concept, process, criteria); • Qualification (determined goal/s, structured qualification programs/modules, content/skills, needs, reference to competency models/quality criteria e.g. standards or quality frameworks); • Intended and perceived effects for school development, school effectiveness, i.e. student learning (effect logic/chain, ways of evaluating effects/effectiveness); • Possible conditions for success (specific objectives, emphasis and reported challenges of the federal states). The survey is expected to take place in March 2024, so that initial insights into the data and first results can be provided during the conference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings “[C]hallenges of school development, like integrating ICT, can best be tackled when working collaboratively” (Gageik et al., 2022, p.18). This does not only hold true for individual schools collaborating within a school network but is also highly relevant considering the multi-level school system in Germany with different levels of authority and responsibility. In this context, facilitators of professional development are seen as a central group of actors whose actions and impact on school development have not yet been sufficiently recognised. As the role of facilitators of professional development in the implementation of innovations in the school system will become more important in the future since schools are key actors in realising the SDG4 (‘Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all’, (UNESCO, 2016) then more research is needed on the multipliers themselves, their qualifications, their application scenarios and strategies and, associated with this, their selection, support and underlying impact assumptions as well as impact measurements. In this paper we aim to contribute to this rarely researched topic. We present preliminary findings from the nation-wide systematic inquiry of practices of recruitment, qualification, and deployment of facilitators of professional development in the German federal states. That offers also new perspectives on this crucial role of facilitators of professional development for spreading innovations into schools and into school systems in Germany and provides a foundation for an international comparison of structures and practices in teacher professional development. This paper also presents the co-constructive, cross-state concept of the working group, which brings together representatives from academia and practice. Initial experiences of the discursive and solution-orientated approach are reported in addition to the jointly modified survey and its preliminary findings. References Butler, D., Leahy, M., Twining, P., Akoh, B., Chtouki, Y., Farshadnia, S., et al. (2018). Education Systems in the Digital Age: The Need for Alignment. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 23(3), 473–494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-018-9388-6 Endberg, M., & Engec, L.-I. (2023). Unentdeckte Potenziale der Lehrkräftefortbildung im Kontext der Digitalisierung – Wandeln auf neuen Wegen in Fortbildungs- und Unterstützungssystemen. Sektionstagung empirische Bildungsforschung AEPF und KBBB, Universität Potsdam, 13.-15.09.2023. Engec, L.-I., Endberg, M., & van Ackeren, I. (2021). Expertise zur Situation der Fortbildungs- und Unterstützungssysteme für Schulentwicklung im Kontext der Digitalisierung in Deutschland. Bundesweite Ergebnisse und grundlegende Einschätzungen aus dem Forschungsprojekt „ForUSE-digi“ im Rahmen des Metavorhabens „Digitalisierung im Bildungsbereich“. Universität Duisburg-Essen. https://doi.org/10.17185/duepublico/75251 Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W., Duckworth, D., & Friedman, T. (2019). IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018 Assessment Framework. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-19389-8 Gageik, L., Hasselkuß, M., & Endberg, M. (2022). School Development Within Networks in a Digital World: Risky Ride or Beneficial Blessing? In K. Ortel-Cass, K. J. C. Laing, & J. Wolf (Eds..), Partnerships in Education. Transdisciplinary Perspectives in Educational Research (5. Vol.). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98453-3_2 Gräsel, C., Schledjewski, J., & Hartmann, U. (2020). Implementation digitaler Medien als Schulentwicklungsaufgabe. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 66, 208–224. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:23629 Karsenty, R., Pöhler, Birte, Schwarts, G., Prediger, S., & Arcavi, A. (2021). Processes of decision-making by mathematics PD facilitators: The role of resources, orientations, goals and identities. Journal for Mathematics Teacher Education, 26(1), 27–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-021-09518-z Lipowsky, F. (2019). Wie kommen Befunde der Wissenschaft in die Klassenzimmer? – Impulse der Fortbildungsforschung. In C. Donie, F. Foerster, M. Obermayr, A. Deckwerth, G. Kammermeyer, G. Lesnke, M. Leuchter, & A. Wildemann (Eds.), Grundschulpädagogik zwischen Wissenschaft und Transfer (pp. 144–161). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken: Bd. 12., überarbeitete Auflage. Beltz Verlag. Perry, E., & Booth, J. (2024). The practices of professional development facilitators. Professional Development in Education, 50(1), 144–156. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2021.1973073 Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H., & Fung, I. (2007). Teacher Professional Learning and Development. Best Evidence Synthesis Iteration [BES]. Ministry of Education. http://educationcounts.edcentre.govt.nz/goto/BES UNESCO. (2016). Education 2030. Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4. Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. https://uis.unesco.org/sites/default/files/documents/education-2030-incheon-framework-for-action-implementation-of-sdg4-2016-en_2.pdf von Soest, C. (2023). Why Do We Speak to Experts? Reviving the Strength of the Expert Interview Method. Perspectives on Politics, 21(1), 277–287. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1537592722001116 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 12 SES 06 A: Systematisation and Openness in Research Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jens Röschlein Session Chair: Alexander Christ Paper Session |
|
12. Open Research in Education
Paper Systematic Approaches to Reviewing the Literature in Educational Research for a Better Understanding of Relevance Assessment Processes DIPF, Germany Presenting Author:Research syntheses are a meanwhile important method to gather evidence on urgent questions and to support decision-making in policy and practice worldwide (Newman & Gough, 2020, p. 4). By aggregating or configurating what has been known so far, they help not only researchers in education science but also practicioners to find concise answers to a problem or to learn about promising interventions based on clearly calculated effect sizes or the careful interpretation of qualitative research results. Research syntheses have their place in today’s research landscape in education science as a scientific and trustworthy method for synthesising research results to foster evidence-based decision-making on a specific research question. Research syntheses or systematic reviews as a scientific method of their own have gained attention during the last decades (Gough et al., 2017) and are an essential part of knowledge building. Grant and Booth (2009) identified 14 types of reviews differing in scope and method, including the systematic review that combines amongst others the stages of a systematic literature search, an appraisal of the potentially relevant studies and the synthesis of the findings (Grant & Booth, 2009, p. 102). The classification of review types can be described as multidimensional (Booth et al., 2012, p. 20) and recently, Sutton et al. (2019) came up with 48 review types classified into seven groups based on common features and goals. Irrespective of nomenclature, all research syntheses include a process, where researchers have to decide which literature they assess as basis for their syntheses or results (Boland et al., 2017, p. 25). Within the review’s context, researchers face challenges in making decisions on the literature search process, the inclusion and exclusion criteria applied to the literature retrieved and the concrete process of the synthesis to get their evidence-based results. However, how and why researchers decide on the relevance of research papers and how the steps during a systematic review process influence one another, is not fully understood. There is consent about the fact that a careful selection of relevant literature is one of the most important decisions that influence the synthesis and the concluding findings of a review (Lefebvre et al., 2021). How reviewers in educational research are influenced by their information behaviour and comprehension of relevance elucidates the process of understanding the insights behind decisions and the motivation for including relevant studies. Relevance assessment processes are the higher-level principle when conducting research syntheses. Yet, the notion of relevance of information resources is complex and can be best described as a relation to an object or a context being expressed in a degree of appropriateness (Saracevic, 2017) or usefulness. Another way to understand the concept of relevance is introduced by Mizzaro (1997) who distinguishes four dimensions (research query or user problem, information resources, components like context, topic or task, and time). Bringing these four dimensions together, relevance can be compared to a “point in a four-dimensional space” (Mizzaro, 1997, p. 812). In systematic review processes, researchers have to deal with degrees of relevance in view of the literature they assess. This is expressed by determining criteria that can be attributed to the foresaid dimensions. In many cases criteria can be categorised as formal relating to searching and filtering literature or as content-applied regarding the research question to be answered. But there are additional factors (e.g. subjective or environmental) that influence the reviewers’ decisions on including studies. This talk introduces a study that investigated researchers’ processes of relevance rating in research syntheses in education science. It will contribute to a better understanding of relevance decisions by researchers and their challenges when conducting syntheses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A multi-perspective approach was undertaken to describe and analyse relevance assessment behaviour during research synthesis processes and to gain insight into the reasons that inform the reviewers’ decisions to retain or discard documents. It is also of interest in which way reviewers describe the criteria applied, explain their reasons for deciding on the inclusion of studies and refer to international standards of documenting review processes (Moher et al., 2009). Therefore, the first part of the data collection will be a qualitative text analysis (thematic analysis) of a review corpus that has been compiled via purposeful sampling out of a corpus of (systematic) reviews in educational research in Germany during 2014 until 2019 (Jäger-Dengler-Harles et al., 2021). The review texts are in English or German and cover a broad spectrum of findings in many sub-disciplines of educational research. The analysis will focus on the authors’ organisation and documentation of the review stages, especially the screening and relevance assessment processes, the type and quality of criteria for inclusion and exclusion and the rigor of application. Around 80 relevance criteria gathered from the existing literature (Schamber, 1994, p. 11) can be applied when coding the review material and identifying factors that influence decision processes. Therefore, the analysis of review documents gives a detailed insight into how reviewers describe what they find relevant. It informs about explicit as well as implicit criteria applied to rate study results for inclusion in a review. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data show that researchers in review processes consider a variety of factors to justify their decisions on studies being rated as relevant for inclusion in the final corpus. Inspection of review texts has shown that review authors do not carefully document every review phase as well as their experience and behaviour in the relevance assessment and decision-making processes. For instance, it is often not clear what reviewers intend when they speak about aggregating results from the “German- or English-speaking discussion” among experts in education science and within this context, apply criteria related to language and geographical area (e.g. language and/or place of publication, area of investigation). But careful analysis of the review data reveals also that reviewers are not always aware of what consequences selection procedures might have for the final number of studies being included. It happens quite often that review authors notice a small number of relevant documents in the final stages, which is unexpected for them and cannot be explained at once. This talk will discuss possible pitfalls that can occur during review processes and exemplify selected issues dealing with criteria which are in need of further clarification to be completely understood by the audience. In the realm of educational research, conducting research syntheses is accepted as a powerful scientific method to aggregate research evidence. But there is also the challenge of identifying as much as possible literature relevant to the research question and at the same time of defining the individual and case-specific notion of relevance by the application of formal, content-related and other criteria made explicit and understandable to the public. References Boland, A., Cherry, M. G., & Dickson, R. (2017). Doing a systematic review: A student's guide (2. ed.). Sage. Booth, A., Papaioannou, D., & Sutton, A. (2012). Systematic approaches to a successful literature review. Sage. Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (Eds.). (2017). An introduction of systematic reviews (2nd. edition). Sage. Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 26, 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x Jäger-Dengler-Harles, I., Keller, C., Heck, T., & Rittberger, M. (2021). Methodenbericht zur Erhebung "Literaturrecherche für Dossier ForSynBiFo" aus der Studie "Forschungssynthesen zur Bildungsforschung 2014-2019 - ForSynBiFo". In Forschungsdatenzentrum Bildung am DIPF (Ed.), Forschungssynthesen zur Bildungsforschung 2014-2019 - Literaturrecherche für Dossier ForSynBiFo (ForSynBiFo) [Datenkollektion: Version 1.0]. Datenerhebung 2019-2021. (pp 1–16). DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education. Lefebvre, C., Glanville, J., Briscoe, S., Littlewood, A., Marshall, C., Metzendorf, M.‑I., Noel-Storr, A., Rader, T., Shokraneh, F., Thomas, J., & Wieland, L. S. (2021). Chapter 4: Searching for and selecting studies. In Cochrane handbook for systematic reviews. The Cochrane Collaboration. Mizzaro, S. (1997). Relevance: The whole history. Journal of the American Society for Information Science, 48(9), 810–832. https://idw-online.de/de/pdfnews749034 Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., & Altman, D. G. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA Statement. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 62, 1006–1012. https://journals.plos.org/plosmedicine/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097&type=printable (Methods of systematic reviews and meta-analysis). Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives and application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond, & K. Buntins (Eds.), Research. Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives and application (pp. 3–22). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1 Saracevic, T. (2017). The notion of relevance in information science: Everybody knows what relevance is. But, what is it really? Synthesis lectures on information concepts, retrieval, and services: Vol. 50. Morgan and Claypool. https://doi.org/10.2200/S00723ED1V01Y201607ICR050 Schamber, L. (1994). Relevance and information behavior. Annual Review of Information Science and Technology, 29, 3–48. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ491620 Sutton, A., Clowes, M., Preston, L., & Booth, A. (2019). Meeting the review family: Exploring review types and associated information retrieval requirements. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 36, 202–222. https://doi.org/10.1111/hir.12276 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Navigating Ethical Approval Paradoxes in Cross-national Comparative Social Science Research: Insights from a Six-Countries Project Case Study 1Faculty of Education, Technion, Israel; 2George Washington University Presenting Author:In recent decades, the landscape of social sciences research has undergone significant transformation, driven primarily by two key trends. Firstly, the internationalisation of higher education has spurred institutions and researchers to cultivate global collaborations and engage in comparative research across diverse national contexts (Kwiek, 2021; Williamson et al., 2019). Secondly, there has been a burgeoning research focus on comprehending the dynamics of digital spaces, with a particular emphasis on the broader impact of social media (Ball & Traxler, 2023; Black et al., 2022; Literat & Kligler-Vilenchik, 2018). These interconnected trends consistently shape various facets of social sciences research today, and into the future, including its research agenda, funding allocation, research evaluation processes, and institutional frameworks for research activities, including institutional review boards (IRB) and ethics clearance processes and procedures (Hillman, 2023; Peled-Raz et al., 2021). Ethical approval is a crucial step in the research planning process serving both as a risk management tool (McAreavey & Muir, 2011) and, in some cases, as a significant potential obstacle in project implementation (Head, 2020; Merrill & Whitsel, 2017; Taylor et al., 2020). Research has documented that the Institutional Review Board (IRB) process, which involves obtaining ethical approval for projects, is shaped not only by the study’s subject matter, but also by context sensitive research settings, and data management and protection issues (Graffigna et al., 2010; Whiteman, 2018). Additionally, ethical considerations extend to the handling of sensitive topics (Dawson et al., 2017; Vaughan, 2023; Winter & Gundur, 2024) and potential impact on young individuals (van Woudenberg et al., 2023). All these issues form an intricacy of contemporary social science research, which flexible nature often contradicts the static form of research approval (Brown, 2023). This study serves as a reflective exploration into the process of obtaining ethical approval through institutional IRBs for an international project funded by the European Research Council (ERC). The project itself focuses on the analysis of youth activism, employing retrospective analysis of social media accounts of young activists and prospective inquiry using a photovoice methodology with selected sample of those young activists. Additionally, secondary school aged students are invited in freely structured group discussions on global citizenship issues. The project includes data collection across six countries: Australia, Germany, Italy, Poland, the UK, and the US. As shown above, existing scholarship has highlighted potential challenges in research involving minors, privacy concerns related to social media, and discussions on sensitive issues. This project, having encountered these challenges on multiple levels, further invites the discussion around ethical approval processes. To do this, our paper encompasses perspectives from both junior and senior scholars participating in the project, addresses the current state of affairs in IRB approvals, and discusses the practice of implementing a large-scale cross country comparative project. Our study is framed by three key research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Within the study, we scrutinise how the structural procedures within higher education institutions in each of the involved countries, along with the ERC, shape the ethical approval procedures of the project. This investigation involves a cross-sectional analysis of the submission protocols submitted to institutional ethics committees in each participating country, as well as thematic analysis of semi-structured interviews conducted with project partners. We adopted a single case study approach to examine the project within its real-world context (Yin, 2009). Our survey procedures included: 1) Analysing institutional regulations and protocols related to the project in each participating institution in six countries; and 2) Conducting semi-structured interviews with both junior and senior scholars actively involved in preparing documents, submitting applications, interacting with ethics committees, and, ultimately, obtaining approvals. During the interview, participants were prompted to reflect on the various aspects of the IRB application process, encompassing their perspectives regarding communication with the boards, ethical committees’ areas of focus, and any additional requests made. Additionally, participants provided their personal opinions on the overall process. The interview transcripts underwent coding using a thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2021). The comparative framework for the document and procedure analysis, based on institutional regulations and protocols in each participating institution, included the analysis of the process, focal issues, anonymity, and submission difficulty. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research project’s findings illuminate three key paradoxes identified through inductive analysis of the collected data. These paradoxes significantly impact both the ethical approval processes and the overall research outcomes. Firstly, despite the institution emphasising their commitment to fostering international research collaborations, IRBs predominantly evaluate the ethical aspects of the project from a national standpoint. This inadvertently hinders international research efforts, imposing constraints on the project's global collaborations. This is exemplified by institutions prioritising risk-aversion and protectionist values. Secondly, despite the inherently global nature of activities on social networks, with predominant English-language communication and access to information worldwide, the approval processes and the perspectives of project partners tend to perceive social network activities as localised endeavours. These activities are subject to adherence to national rules and regulations, particularly concerning the protection of minors. The final paradox pertains to the pan-European approach adopted by both the ERC and committees within EU institutions. While European partners view the world as a global entity, they simultaneously establish legal, normative, and empirical distinctions between activities within Europe and those conducted globally. This occurs despite the practical similarity in procedures between committees in institutions worldwide and European institutions themselves. Collectively, these paradoxes highlight the intricate and often contradictory dynamics shaping the ethical landscape of international research projects. They call for a reassessment of prevailing frameworks and practices to better align with the globalised nature of contemporary collaborative research. References Ball, Traxler. (2023). #Academicchatter: Methodological and ethical considerations for conducting Twitter research in education. International Journal of Research & Method in Education. Black, Walsh, Waite, Collin, Third, Idriss. (2022). In their own words: 41 stories of young people’s digital citizenship. Learning, Media and Technology. Braun, & Clarke, (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE. Brown. (2023). Research ethics in a changing social sciences landscape. Research Ethics. Dawson, McDonnell, Scott. (2017). Note on recruitment as an ethical question: Lessons from a project on asexuality. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. Graffigna, Bosio, Olson. (2010). How do ethics assessments frame results of comparative qualitative research? A theory of technique approach. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. Head. (2020). Ethics in educational research: Review boards, ethical issues and researcher development. European Educational Research Journal. Hillman. (2023). Bringing in the technological, ethical, educational and social-structural for a new education data governance. Learning, Media and Technology. Kwiek. (2021). What large-scale publication and citation data tell us about international research collaboration in Europe: Changing national patterns in global contexts. Studies in Higher Education. Literat, Kligler-Vilenchik. (2018). Youth online political expression in non-political spaces: Implications for civic education. Learning, Media and Technology. McAreavey, Muir. (2011). Research ethics committees: Values and power in higher education. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. Merrill, Whitsel. (2017). Institutional Review Boards and Intercultural Research Barriers. In I. Silova, N. W. Sobe, A. Korzh, & S. Kovalchuk (Eds.), Reimagining Utopias: Theory and Method for Educational Research in Post-Socialist Contexts. Peled-Raz, Tzafrir, Enosh, Efron, Doron. (2021). Ethics Review Boards for Research with Human Participants: Past, Present, and Future. Qualitative Health Research Taylor, Taylor-Neu, Butterwick. (2020). “Trying to square the circle”: Research ethics and Canadian higher education. European Educational Research Journal. van Woudenberg, Rozendaal, Buijzen. (2023). Parents’ perceptions of parental consent procedures for social science research in the school context. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. Vaughan. (2023). Principle versus practice: The Institutionalisation of ethics and research on the far right. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. Whiteman. (2018). Accounting for ethics: Towards a de-humanised comparative approach. Qualitative Research. Williamson, Potter, Eynon. (2019). New research problems and agendas in learning, media and technology: The editors’ wishlist. Learning, Media and Technology. Winter, Gundur. (2024). Challenges in gaining ethical approval for sensitive digital social science studies. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case Study Research: Design and Methods. SAGE. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 13 SES 06 A: Powerful knowledge, Childhood, and Negative Education Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Bianca Thoilliez Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Powerful Knowledge and Social Justice: What Is It and Is It Just? Paradigma Ed Foundation, Armenia Presenting Author:Over the last 50-60 years, education theory and research have substantively engaged with the idea of knowledge: what is knowledge, how can it be understood, how important is it and what is its role in education. The 1960s and 1970s brought forward a chief concern of social justice and inequalities in the field of education; a concern which the new sociology of education movement in the 1970s translated into a focus “on the principles of organisation and selection which underlie curricula” (Bell, 1978, p. 13). Within this paradigm, knowledge was viewed as socially constructed as part of a system of control used by those with power. There was nothing inherent in any knowledge taught that made it worthy of being explored in a classroom: rather, any given knowledge belonged to a certain group or culture, and learning it served as an initiation into that group. The evolution of that line of thought led to the idea of the “knowledge of the powerful” that gives dominant groups power over others. In the decades following, certain education theorists began opposing the idea of viewing knowledge in solely social or historical terms. They viewed that as an eradication of any sort of objectivity, leading to an issue of the curriculum being viewed as “entirely the result of power struggles between groups with competing claims for including and legitimizing their knowledge and excluding that of others” (Young, 2008, p. 28). To that end, Young began to argue that there is a need to “bring knowledge back in” (Young, 2008), and differentiated the idea of “powerful knowledge” from that of the “knowledge of the powerful”. Young’s concern remained with that of social inequality but believed that powerful knowledge itself was a tool that could help overcome inequalities and injustices. Young theorized that powerful knowledge is specialized, systematic, and different from the everyday knowledge acquired outside of school (Young, 2014), even if the conditions of its creation are social and historical. Further, he held that powerful knowledge can give students cognitive and imaginative powers that they would not have otherwise. Therefore, he argued that students are entitled to get access to that knowledge and the aim of education should be to give students access to powerful knowledge. However, no epistemic grounds were theorized for the existence of such knowledge. So, this research is structured around two main claims about powerful knowledge: 1) powerful knowledge exists, and 2) all students are entitled to that knowledge. The research is a philosophical engagement with a sociological concept, attempting to answer two main questions:
This research is relevant, as these conversations about knowledge and its role in the curriculum have pervaded both academic and non-academic discourse. For example, in the UK, changes to how knowledge is understood were seen both in academia (e.g. with Michael Young’s publication Bringing Knowledge Back in), and on a governmental level (e.g. with Michael Gove’s heralding of going back-to-basics and change in the National Curriculum in 2013) (Cuthbert and Standish, 2021). In Europe, a shift towards competence-based curricula has been dominant for the last 15-20 years (Leaton Gray et al., 2018), yet the role of knowledge in the curriculum is still a topic of crucial debate (Priestley et al., 2021). As such, a philosophical and epistemological engagement with the idea of powerful knowledge can help clarify the role of knowledge in the curriculum. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the presented research questions, this study undertakes an epistemological discussion of powerful knowledge. While Young and his colleagues do not present a full epistemic theorization of the concept of powerful knowledge, they argue that it is based on a social realist theory of knowledge. The research digs deeper into this idea by drawing on two main theories to attempt to give an epistemological basis for and philosophical account of powerful knowledge: social epistemology and critical realism. It draws on social epistemology, as that can help answer how it is possible to find objectivity in the sociality of knowledge, and it draws on critical realism, as that is considered the philosophical basis of the social realist sociological framework. The research draws on Andrew Collier’s (1994) interpretation of critical realism and structures its exploration of such a reality around its main three tenets: ontological realism, epistemic fallibilism, and judgmental rationality. To give a holistic understanding of these three tenets and build a theory of knowledge that finds objectivity in the sociality of knowledge from there, the research further draws on two main theories. First, it draws on Searle’s (1995) approach to the construction of social reality, as a basis for understanding reality as socially mediated. Second, it draws on the idea of epistemic systems: a “social system that houses social practices, procedures, institutions, and/or patterns of interpersonal influence that affect the epistemic outcomes of its members” (Goldman, 2011, p. 18). Such an account leads to an epistemological answer to the question of whether powerful knowledge, as such, exists. Based on that answer, the research then moves on to the second question: the educational implications of powerful knowledge regarding social justice. To answer this question, the research draws on Rawls’s understanding of justice as fairness and explores the role of powerful knowledge in this context. To ensure a comprehensive review of this, the research draws on critiques of distributive justice: this allows for a more fundamental understanding of the role of powerful knowledge in the context of social justice as an aim of education. In addition to the inclusion/exclusion of powerful knowledge on a curricular level, this exploration leads the research to question whether there is any particular pedagogy needed to achieve these aims and to teach powerful knowledge. To that end, the research also draws on Dewey’s conception of progressive education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research questions initially were what epistemological basis supports the idea of powerful knowledge, and what implications does the existence of powerful knowledge have for the aims of education. Based on this research, social epistemology and critical realism can support the existence of powerful knowledge to an extent, depending on our understanding of judgmental rationality. If there is a universal rationality to underpin judgments about the processes of knowledge production, then powerful knowledge exists both in knowledge about the material world and the human world. If such universal rationality cannot be held, then we need to judge the processes of knowledge production about the material and the human worlds separately. In that case, this research finds that it is possible to locate powerful knowledge about the material world in the natural sciences. It is also possible to find powerful knowledge about the human world in a given social reality, given an understanding of universal rationality. However, it is not possible to find powerful knowledge about the human world in general, as there are different, incommensurable social realities. The research explores the implications of these findings for the field of education from a social justice perspective, by drawing on the ideas of distributive justice in ideal and non-ideal theory. The research finds that the implications of these findings differ based on ideal and non-ideal theory: in ideal theory, the existence of powerful knowledge directly implies students’ entitlement to it and education’s role in teaching it in schools. In non-ideal theory, the research finds a concern of overcoming existing social inequalities and finds that students’ entitlement to powerful knowledge should be held in tandem with recognition of their cultures and knowledge. This led to a discussion of progressive education as a tool to attain social justice while teaching powerful knowledge. References Boghossian, P. (2011). ‘Epistemic Relativism Defended’, in Goldman, A. I. and Whitcomb, D. (eds) Social Epistemology: Essential Readings. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 38–53. Brighouse, H. (2002). ‘Egalitarian Liberalism and Justice in Education’, The Political Quarterly, 73, pp. 181–190. doi: 10.1111/1467-923X.00455. Brighouse, H. and Unterhalter, E. (2010). ‘Education for primary goods or for capabilities?’, in Brighouse, H. and Robeyns, I. (eds) Measuring Justice: primary goods and capabilities. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 193–214. Collier, A. (1994). Critical Realism: An Introduction to Roy Bhaskar’s Philosophy. London and New York: Verso. Dewey, J. (1997). Experience and Education. New York: Touchstone. Goldman, A. I. (2011). ‘A Guide to Social Epistemology’, in Goldman, A. I. and Whitcomb, D. (eds) Social Epistemology: Essential Readings. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 11–37. Kohn, A. (2015). ‘Progressive Education: Why it’s Hard to Beat, But Also Hard to Find’. Bank Street College of Education. Available at: https://educate.bankstreet.edu/progressive/2. Leaton Gray, S., Scott, D., Mehisto, P. (2018). Curriculum Reform in the European Schools: Toward a 21st Century Vision. Palgrave Macmillan. https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/id/e34cead1-4ae8-408d-8ab1-17b52b18fe39/1002085.pdf Moore, R. (2013). ‘Social Realism and the problem of the problem of knowledge in the sociology of education’, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(3), pp. 333–353. doi: 10.1080/01425692.2012.714251. Nagel, T. (1973). ‘Rawls on Justice’, The Philosophical Review, 82(2), pp. 220–234. doi: 10.2307/2183770. Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Emerald Publishing. Schmitt, F. (1999). ‘Social Epistemology’, in Greco, J. and Sosa, E. (eds) The Blackwell Guide to Epistemology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers (Blackwell Philosophy Guides, 1), pp. 354–382. Searle, J. R. (1995). The Construction of Social Reality. USA: The Free Press. Sehgal Cuthbert, A. and Standish, A. (eds.). (2021). What Should Schools Teach? Disciplines, subjects and the pursuit of truth. 2nd ed. London: UCL Press. https://doi.org/10.14324/111.9781787358744 Young, M. (2014). ‘Powerful Knowledge as a Curriculum Principle’, in Young, M. and Lambert, D., Knowledge and the Future School: Curriculum and Social Justice. London: Bloomsbury Academic, pp. 65–88. Young, M. F. D. (2008). Bringing Knowledge Back In. London: Routledge. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Education and/or equality: Images of childhood in Rancière's work University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Jacques Rancière’s work has been explored and used many times in philosophy of education in the past two decades. Many scholars take The Ignorant Schoolmaster (1991) as a point of departure for their educational philosophical thinking, while others also draw on his work on aesthetic and art (most notably on The Emancipated Spectator) and/or on his political philosophical interventions (see Dissensus and On the Shores of Politics) (Biesta, Bingham, 2010; McDonnell, 2022). His idea of radical equality and of acting under the presupposition of equality has been taken as revolutionary and emancipatory by many in the field of educational philosophy. In this paper, I wish to explore the images of childhood in Rancière’s work. In doing so, I question the taken for granted idea that Rancière’s work is concerned with education – as an intergenerational matter with children as important subjects. Indeed, if Rancière’s fundamental commitment to equality requires that anyone could be anyone’s equal, there is nonetheless a tendency for children to appear as outside of those who are traditionally understood as equals. In The Ignorant Schoolmaster (1991), emancipatory figures are adults, never children. Even if children are among those who emancipate themselves, they are not represented as emancipating others. In Proletarian Nights (2011), proletarians contrast their identity as workers with theirs and others’ childhood. Education is mainly perceived as an instrument for the realization of utopian movements. In Dissensus (1995), children are only mentioned in relation to Plato’s ideal organization of the city, as those in formation and not as, and for themselves, in the present. In The Philosopher and his Poor (1983), children are also seen through schooling and through the prism of Bourdieu’s determinism. They are mentioned as those who are not yet determined. Some scholars (Biesta, 2011; Snir, 2023) argue that children can be seen as dissensual subjects. I wish to question this claim by examining thoroughly the tensions and ambiguities within Rancière’s work when it comes to the capacity of children (real or desired) to participate in the emergence of political moments. From this examination, I will engage in a critical discussion on the figure of the child as a potential challenge for the Rancièrian idea of equality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this paper, my method consists in a close and systematic reading of Rancière’s selected works. On the one hand, I will examine how childhood is presented in selected texts and explore whether children are seen as equal political subjects. On the other hand, I will look at the potential absence of children in Rancière’s description of the prototypical emancipated subject (proletarians, women, immigrant). From then on, I will engage in a critical discussion on the figure of the child as potential challenge for the Rancièrian idea of equality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Exploring images of childhood in Rancière’s work might allow for thinking differently about the potential and the limitations of Rancière’s aesthetic, literary and political interventions for education. Moreover, my expected outcomes are to engage with the complexity of the question about borrowing and using philosophical/historical/aesthetic works in educational philosophy. Are there specific questions that only educational philosophy addresses? What idea of education do educational philosophers operate with? Is the figure of the child – with the challenges it raises – relegated to the background in educational philosophy when the latter uncritically borrows from Rancière’s philosophy? References Biesta, G., & Bingham, C. (2010). Jacques Rancière: education, truth, emancipation. Continuum. Biesta, G. (2011). The ignorant citizen: Mouffe, Rancière, and the subject of democratic education. Studies in Philosophy and education, 30, 141-153. McDonnell, J. (2022). Reading Rancière for education. Palgrave Macmillan. Rancière, J. (1981/2011). La Nuit des Prolétaires. Archives du rêve ouvrier. [Proletarian Nights. Archives of workers’ dream]. Pluriel. Rancière, J. (1983). Le philosophe et ses pauvres [The Philosopher and his Poor]. Fayard. Rancière, J. (1987/2004). Le Maître Ignorant : Cinq leçons sur l’émancipation intellectuelle. [The Ignorant Schoolmaster: Five Lessons in Intellectual Emancipation] 10/18. Rancière, J. (1991). The Ignorant Schoolmaster: Five Lessons in Intellectual Emancipation. (K. Ross, Trans.). Stanford University Press. (Original work published 1987). Rancière, J. (1995). La Mésentente : Politique et philosophique. [Dissensus : Political and Philosophical]. Galilée. Rancière, J. (2016). The Method of Equality. In K. Genel, J-P., Deranty (red). Recognition or Disagreement: A critical encounter on the politics of freedom, equality and identity. (pp. 133-155) Columbia University Press New York. Snir, I. (2023). The Children Who Have No Part: A Rancièrian Perspective on Child Politics, Critical Horizons. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper The Power and Affordances of Negative Education University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:The aim of this paper is to develop and enrich our understanding of “negative education”, a concept which we coined in a recently published article (XXXX). Negative education refers to the ways in which being deprived of something can itself be educative. This concept emerged out of our experiences of trying to support Teacher Education students during the Covid pandemic when it was not possible to visit and observe students, thus necessitating an alternative approach to supervision involving online conversations between students and tutors. Whilst we originally drew in that article on philosophers such as Heidegger and Levinas to forge the discussion of negative education, one of the aims of this paper is to introduce another new sensibility, found in Ranciere’s The Ignorant Schoolmaster, to explore the value and usefulness of the concept. Before turning to Ranciere it might be helpful to briefly indicate how our earlier study portrays negative education. We describe two dimensions of negative education. The first relates to the ways in which being unable to see students teach and meet with them deepened our appreciation of how classroom teaching is a thoroughly embodied activity, Drawing on Heidegger (1962) and Practice Theory (Reckwitz, 2002), we considered the variety of ways in which the embodied practice of teaching has yet to become ready-to-hand for our students and is still developing as a routinized bodily activity. Students are in the process (hopefully?) of developing the “regular, skilful performance” of teaching. Equipment has often, at this stage, not been absorbed into the teacher’s identity, into their being. On this account, not being able to see one’s students teach seems wholly problematic as one is unable to talk to these areas. However, we came to feel that this form of negative education may be troublingly nostalgic. Absence and deprivation can be maleducative—just as they might enrich or deepen our understanding of something they can also produce an unhealthy fetishization of how things “were” and will be again. As Reckwitz notes: “The conclusion: if practices are the site of the social, then routinized bodily performances are the site of the social and—so to speak—of “social order”. [2002]. Perhaps the deepening understanding helps conserve teaching “as it was” in its visible orderliness (ibid) without considering the ways in which certain embodied practices may have questionable aspects related to the exercise of power. This brings us to the second dimension of negative education. Here, we came to explore the affordances of absence and deprivation. One such affordance was that being unable to see our students teach meant that we had to urge them to describe what happened, leading us to see it, at least to some degree, as they saw it. This engendered trust and the necessary suspension of scepticism regarding the efficacy of what they said. Certain limitations imposed by technology seemed to serve a similar purpose. The difficulties of interrupting students whilst on zoom facilitated a greater exposure to how our students saw things. Moreover, techniques available in situations of close spatial proximity, which may do violence to the other (Levinas, 1961) were denied us. It is impossible in such meetings to look the other in the eye. The resulting shared vulnerability is perhaps one of the factors that made online professional conversations so rich and served to strengthen a sense of greater equality within relationships. (As the piece is a work of philosophy of education, the next section will extend the abstract) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our thinking on the second dimension of negative education and its affordances led us in the direction of Ranciere. The Ignorant Schoolmaster (1991) portrays a period in the life of Joseph Jacotot, a French professor who in 1818 was sent into exile and took a post at the University of Leuven. Jacotot’s teaching was much in demand from students who knew no French whilst Jacotot himself knew no Dutch. As a response to this seemingly intractable problem, Jacotot successfully taught his students to speak French using bilingual version of theTélémaque. In regard to the possibilities for equality which can be brought into being as the result of not being able to do something, Jacotot’s story could be read as a radical (or pure?) example of negative education in our second sense, one that results in “pedagogic subjectivation” (Masschelein and Simons 2010). Nuanced discussions of The Ignorant Schoolmaster (see Masschelein and Simons 2010, and Biesta 2017) involve the argument that, due to absence of explication (which partakes in inequality) on the teacher’s part, Jacotot’s situation involves equality between teacher and student at the level of intelligence. In these accounts, there is still an emphasis on the teacher teaching, where teaching is not explicating, but exercising the will to reveal “an intelligence to itself” (Ranciere, 1991, p. 28). As Biesta (2017) notes, less nuanced accounts treat Ranciere’s text as an exemplary instance of constructivist facilitation (see, for example, Pelletier, 2012, Engels-Schwarzpaul, 2015.) The reasons for discussing The Ignorant Schoolmaster in this paper are several. Firstly, we make the simple point that the story of Jacotot is an instance, perhaps a prime instance, of negative education against which to measure all others. However, we wonder if the context from which Jacotot’s teaching emerges is sometimes underplayed. The force of the teacher’s gesture is emphasised, but not the force of circumstance. It is not so much the case that Jacotot “is not explaining something to the students” (Masschelein and Simons, 2010, p.601) – he “cannot” because he cannot speak Dutch. Whilst this point might appear pedantic, it raises the issue of to what degree one can or should plan the sort of experience presented by Jacotot (which in its original form was a response to the limitations of circumstance). Jacotot was not, as we understand it, trying to achieve equality even if this might have been the outcome. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As Biesta notes, one of the historic problems for educators who seek to emancipate students is that there is: “an assumed inequality between the emancipator and the one being emancipated, an inequality that will only be resolved in the future” (Biesta, 2017, p. 55). However, if one “plans” pedagogic subjectification, with the deliberate extraction of explication, then isn’t one, in a sense, assuming an inequality that needs to be deliberately and actively addressed? Does the intention undermine the goal? We wonder if emancipation, deliberately sought after, is an impossibility. That does not stop one from striving to make educational relationships more equal and learning the lessons from deprivation. It might be worth pointing out that we have no nostalgia for the limitations brought on during covid. However, we will continue with professional conversations as an addition to in-person observations due to the affordances that we could not have foreseen prior to the limitations we experienced. With that in mind, through thinking through the example of Jacotot alongside our own less radical experiences, we have come to wonder whether negative education is necessarily at its most powerful when it arises from circumstances beyond the educator's control. References Biesta, G. (2017). Don’t be fooled by ignorant schoolmasters: On the role of the teacher in emancipatory education. Policy Futures in Education, 15(1), 52-73. Engels-Schwarzpaul A-C (2015) The ignorant supervisor: About common worlds, epistemological modest and distributed knowledge. Educational Philosophy and Theory 47(12): 1250–1264 Heidegger, M. Being and Time; Macquarrie, J., Robinson, E., Eds.; Harper Collins: New York, NY, USA, 1962 Levinas, E. Totality and Infinity; Duquesne: Pittsburgh, PA, USA, 1961. Pelletier C (2012) Review of Charles Bingham and Gert Biesta, Jacques Rancie`re: Education, truth, emancipation, continuum 2010. Studies in Philosophy and Education 31(6): 613–619. Ranciere, J. The Ignorant Schoolmaster; Stanford University Press, Stanford, USA, 1991 Reckwitz, A. Toward a theory of social practices: A development in culturalist theorizing. Eur. J. Soc. Theory 2002, 5, 243–263. Maarten Simons & Jan Masschelein (2010) Governmental, Political and Pedagogic Subjectivation: Foucault with Rancière, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 42:5-6, 588-605 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 14 SES 06 A: Social Work and Schooling. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Neil Harrison Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Role of Key Figures in Social Work, Communities and Family Networks in Mitigating Barriers to Educational Support Trajectories VIVES Un. of Applied Sciences, Belgium Presenting Author:Research shows that pupils with a low socio-economic status and/or migration background are less likely to receive extra support in Flanders when confronted with learning difficulties (Bodvin, Verschueren & Struyf, 2018; Struyf, Bodvin, Jacobs, 2016). This inequality concerns both the use of the available support at school as well as the use of out-of-school help (Bodvin, Verschueren & Struyf, 2019). Parents in socially vulnerable situations less often initiate care trajectories when their children are confronted with difficulties (Struyf, Bodvin, Jacobs, 2016). This can for example be due to a lack of familiarity with certain labels but also to inadequate informal support networks. Parents living in socially vulnerable conditions are not always taken seriously enough by educational professionals, for example when deviant behavior is explained as a problem of language, upbringing or culture. This mainly concerns non-Western parents who speak no or insufficient Dutch (El Boujaddayni & Berdai Chaouni, 2022). Research into cooperation between parents with a migrant background who have a child with autism and social workers indicates the prevalence of racism and discrimination in conversations with social workers, a superior attitude of social workers towards parents and a 'coercive, non-negotiable attitude' that makes parents feel that they are being put 'with their backs against the wall' (El Boujaddayni & Berdai Chaouni, 2022). This research project aims to gain insight into the experiences and perceptions of three types of actors that are involved in the process of accessing care and support for children growing up in socially vulnerable situations: the parents, the educational professionals but also the formal key figures in social work as well as the informal key figures in communities and personal networks of the parents. The innovative character of our research project concerns firstly the confrontation of the perspectives of both parents and teachers and other educational professionals. Research shows that parental testimonies can be of great added value in training for professionals (El Boujaddayni & Berdai Chaouni, 2022). Secondly, the innovation concerns additionally the inclusion of the perspective of the formal and informal key figures, which is the focus of the presentation at EREC24. Although our research is located in Flanders, we hope to inspire other researchers in Europe regarding the importance of this third type of actor. In Flanders, professional social workers with an explicit assignment to strengthen the relationship between parents and the school, are increasingly present in school. These ‘bridging figures' can fulfill multiple roles, including being a confidential figure for parents, a hub in the guidance to well-being, a networker, a mediator or supporter (Seghers, Mertens, De Maegd, 2022). Research into ‘social care infrastructure in the shadow’ (Schrooten, Thys, Debruyne, 2019) shows that in addition to these official ‘bridging figures’, there are other more informal actors who take a similar role which are particularly important for groups that experience barriers to regular social work, such as ethnic minority populations. Migrant- or grass roots organizations are strongly concerned with the difficulties children and young people encounter in the educational system (Thys, 2017). The research by El Boujaddayne & Berdai Chanouni (2022) confirms the importance of support figures in the informal network of parents with a migration background. These play an important role to facilitate the contact with care providers. By discussing the perspective of formal and informal key figures in social work, communities and family network, we aim at shedding light on resources that are often underexposed in the academic reflections on the inclusiveness of care and support for children growing up in socially vulnerable situations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our research project is practice oriented. The ultimate goal is to develop tools to strengthen parents in the access to care pathways and to sensitize and strengthen educational professionals in supporting parents from disadvantaged groups in getting access to the adequate care and support for their children. A first step in the development of these tool concerns collecting testimonies of parents, educational professionals and of formal and informal key figures in social work, communities and informal networks of families. We collect these testimonies by doing semi-structured qualitative interviews with parents, educational professionals and key figures. We also organize focus group interviews, not so much with parents, but with educational professionals and key figures. For at least part of the research, the innovative methodology of community researchers will be used, in which people will be trained to collect data within their own community. In this way, important barriers to access to the target groups can be bridged, due to shared language and culture and pre-existing relationships of trust. This also makes it possible to collect more in-depth data. In addition, the community researchers can help strengthening partnerships with organizations that work with the target group and with the informal key figures in communities and informal networks of the families (CLES, 2016). In this presentation we will focus on the analysis of our qualitative data that inform us on the role of formal and informal key figures in strengthening the relationship between parents and schools and in facilitating the access for parents to adequate support and care for their children. We will present the insights regarding two of our main research questions and their according sub-questions. 1. How do formal and informal key figures experience the educational support pathways inside and outside the school for children growing up in socially vulnerable situations? What obstacles and barriers do they see with regard to educational support pathways? How do they offer support to parents? Where/how do these actors see opportunities and barriers to establish (better) cooperation between parents from disadvantaged groups and the school environment? 2. How do parents and educational professionals experience the role of the key figures? How can these experiences be taken into account to strengthen educational support in schools? To improve the collaboration between parents and professionals in the referral to care? And to improve the support for parents in the access to care pathways for their child(ren)? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We have conducted various semi-structured interviews with key figures, educational professionals and parents. We dit two focus group interviews: one with formal key figures; one with informal key figures. In this stage we can only point to some subjects that emerged from coding the first interviews. We selected three. Firstly, the support of formal ‘bridging’ figures is differently organized across schools in Kortrijk. In some schools, social workers once or twice a week take place at the entry of the schools. In other schools, they are only consulted when a problem arises. We will further explore the relationship between this differential organizing process and the role bridging figures play in facilitating access to educational support trajectories. Secondly, problems raised by the school are discussed with close family members - also transnationally. Family networks play an important role in how the parents perceive the problem. For example, a parent who is told after one year in Belgium that her child must follow a special programm because her child would have a language delay, discusses this with her sister-in-law in the home country. She tells her to just give it some time.The mother adopts this opinion. We will further explore the role of these (transnational) family networks. Thirdly, key figures in communities often function as important gate keepers as for information circulating in communities and personal networks. An informal key figure in the Somalian community in Kortrijk tells us that the information is circulating in the community that Somalian children that attend school in Kortrijk have more difficulties as compared to those that go to school in a nearby village. We will further explore the role of informal key figures as gate keepers of information that can strengthen or weaken access to support pathways. References -Bodvin, K., Verschueren, K., & Struyf, E. (2018). De rol van familiale achtergrond van leerlingen bij extra ondersteuning binnen en buiten de school, Welwijs, 29(4): 15-18. -Bodvin, K., Verschueren, K., & Struyf, E. (2019). Buitenschoolse hulp naargelang familiale achtergrond: toegang en ervaringen van ouders in achtergestelde gezinnen, Tijdschrift voor orthopedagogiek, kinderpsychiatrie en klinische kinderpsychologie, 14(2): 63-76. -Centre for Local Economic Strategies (2016). Working with community researchers. Geraadpleegd op 13 maart 2023 van CLES-Findings-5-Working-with-community-researchers.pdf -Commissie Struyf. (2019). September, 21. Evaluatie van het nieuw ondersteuningsmodel (Report) https://onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/evaluatie-van-het-ondersteuningsmodel-specifieke-onderwijsbehoeften -El Boujaddayni, K., & Berdai Chaouni, S. (2022). Hulp aan kinderen met autisme: ‘Ouders met migratieroots moeten zich dubbel zo hard bewijzen’, Sociaal.net. Geraadpleegd op 10 maart 2023 van https://sociaal.net/achtergrond/kinderen-diverssensitieve-autismezorg/Communi-act-praten-over-ASS-in-een-superdiverse-hulpverleningscontext.pdf -Schrooten, M., Thys, R., Debruyne, P. (2019), Sociaal schaduwwerk, over informele spelers in het welzijnslandschap, Brussel: Politeia -Seghers, M., Mertens, C. & De Maegd, K. (2022). Welzijn zoekt onderwijs en vice versa. De brugfiguur als (hét) antwoord op de noden in en rond de scholen? Welwijs, 33(4), 4-7. -Struyf, E., Bogaert, L., & Verschueren, K. (2020). Ondersteuning aan leerlingen met specifieke onderwijsbehoeften in het gewoon onderwijs: de tevredenheid van leerlingen, ouders, leraren en ondersteuners in kaart gebracht. Welwijs: Wisselwerking Onderwijs en Welzijnswerk, 31(3), 25-28. -Struyf, E., Bodvin, K., & Jacobs, K. (2016). Toeleiding naar het zorgaanbod. Een onderzoek naar bestaande praktijken en verklarende factoren op kind-, gezins-en schoolniveau in het gewoon en buitengewoon onderwijs in Vlaanderen. Geraadpleegd op 4 maart 2020, van https://dataonderwijs.vlaanderen.be/onderwijsonderzoek/project/187. -Thys, R. (2017), Opportunities, obstacles and resistances. The political participation of Brussels based Belgian Moroccan, Belgian Turkish and Belgian Congolese organisations. Brussels: Université Libre de Bruxelles. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper A Parenting Support Model in Irish ECEC Services: The Views of Parents and Practitioners Childhood Development Initiative, Ireland Presenting Author:Supporting parents can promote positive outcomes for children’s and families’ wellbeing (European Commission, 2013). Combining parenting support with Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) services can positively impact children’s development (Sheridan et al., 2011; Turner et al., 2017). ECEC services have the potential to provide families with a sense of belonging and support (Garrity & Canavan, 2017). Quality ECEC responding to the needs of children and families can drive sustainable development through its multiplier effect on children and society (Bruckauf & Hayes, 2017). Powerful Parenting is a parenting support model implemented within ECEC services. It aims to promote positive interactions between children and their environments, in line with Bronfenbrenner’s bio-ecological theory of human development (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006). The model involves placing one Parent-Carer Facilitator (PCF) in each ECEC service, working with parents to identify needs, offer tailored support, and coordinate with other services. The support is offered to all parents accessing the ECEC services. The activities organised by the PCFs can include one-to-one meetings and group work, with parents only or parents and children. Parents’ and families’ needs inform the implemented activities, which can vary across the ECEC services. For this reason, Powerful Parenting is considered a model instead of a standardised, curriculum-based programme. It was developed by the Childhood Development Initiative (CDI), a non-governmental organisation, and has been implemented in eight ECEC services in the Dublin area, Ireland. Powerful Parenting can be considered an innovative approach since it locates specific responsibilities and skills to a new role embedded within the ECEC system, that of the PCF, to support parents. Additionally, it combines centre- and home-based support, while many parenting support interventions in Europe and Ireland only include one of these modalities. Powerful Parenting includes elements that have been considered effective in parenting support: a focus on more than one area of need, easy access to support, continuity between universal and targeted provision, tailored support, and coordination with other services for children and families (Cadima et al., 2017; Molinuevo, 2013; Moran et al., 2004). However, further research on factors affecting parents’ participation in supports, including those provided through ECEC services, and related outcomes, has been identified as needed (Britto et al., 2022; Cadima et al., 2017; Grindal et al., 2016). Exploring the views of parents accessing parenting support in ECEC services and the views of practitioners delivering it can contribute to informing how to promote parents’ participation and related benefits. This study aimed to collect the views of parents, PCFs, and managers of ECEC services about Powerful Parenting. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the academic year in which the current study took place, the model was being implemented in eight ECEC services in the same Dublin area, reaching the parents of 213 children aged between three and six years old. The number of children from this age group ranged between 10 and 68 across the eight services. Parents from all ECEC services with Powerful Parenting were invited to participate in this study with the support of PCFs (convenience sampling). The research team invited all the PCFs and managers of the same services. The participants of this study included 27 parents, eight PCFs, and seven managers (one manager coordinated two services). Regarding the participating parents, 24 were mothers and three were fathers, with children between three and six years old; at least one parent from each service with the model participated. The PCFs were female and had an average of almost six years of experience in their role, although the number of years varied widely across them (M=5.65; SD=7.19; Min= 0.75, Max=21.17). Among the managers, six were female and one was male, and they had almost 17 years of experience on average (M=16.50; SD=3.21; Min=13, Max=20). The research team developed semi-structured interview protocols aimed at parents, PCFs, and managers. The questions focused on the organisation, utilisation, quality, satisfaction and perceived benefits regarding Powerful Parenting. All participants were interviewed by telephone or online since the study occurred during the COVID-19 pandemic. Parents were interviewed with the support of four peer researchers, who were parents living in the same area. The qualitative data were analysed by two researchers using an inductive approach, following the steps of the Thematic Analysis of Braun and Clarke (2006). Ethics approval was obtained from the Irish Child and Family Agency’s Research and Ethics Committee. The participants' consent was collected. The data were anonymised. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding parents’ views, an emerging theme referred to what parents valued regarding the Facilitators’ work. Valued aspects included PCFs showing high interest in their work and being approachable. These findings reinforced the relevance of recruiting practitioners with good interpersonal skills and high motivation, which have been recognised to positively affect the implementation of parenting supports (Cohen et al., 2020; Moran et al., 2004). Another identified valued aspect concerned PCFs’ responsiveness to parents’ needs by listening, being available, and providing tailored support. Responsiveness to families’ needs, establishing trustful relationships through mutual listening and openness, and sharing relevant content can promote a high implementation quality of parenting supports (Cadima et al., 2017; Anders et al., 2019). Parents also valued the PCF role as a central point of contact, bridging the home and the classroom. Considering Bronfenbrenner’s model (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006), the PCF role has the potential to promote the link between the microsystems of the family and the ECEC service. Another identified theme emerging from parents’ views referred to perceived outcomes of the support received from the PCFs. Outcomes for parents included a better understanding of their children’s needs and how to address them, socio-emotional benefits (e.g., reduced parental stress), and facilitated access to other services. A preliminary analysis of the PCFs' and managers’ views (the final findings will be presented at the conference) suggested that both groups of participants acknowledged the importance of listening to parents’ needs and preferences when planning activities, and considering parents’ pace. Both groups of participants highlighted the relevance of offering tailored support, including in regard to parenting, emotional wellbeing, and linking with other services for children or families. These findings can contribute to informing the development and implementation of effective parenting supports, including through ECEC services. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Britto, P. R., Bradley, R. H., Yoshikawa, H., Ponguta, L. A., Richter, L., & Kotler, J. A. (2022). The Future of Parenting Programs: III Uptake and Scale. Parenting, 22(3), 258–275. https://doi.org/10.1080/15295192.2022.2086809 Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development. In W. Lerner & R. M. Damon (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology, Vol. 1: Theoretical models of human development (6th ed., pp. 793 – 828). Wiley. Bruckauf, Z., & Hayes, N. (2017). Quality of Childcare and Pre-Primary Education: How Do We Measure It? United Nations. https://doi.org/10.18356/2BE8313E-EN Cadima, J., Nata, G., Evangelou, M., Anders, Y., & Parental Support ISOTIS Team. (2017). Inventory and analysis of promising and evidence-based parent- and family- focused support programs. http://www.isotis.org/resources/publications/isotis-publications Cohen, F., Trauernicht, M., Francot, R., Broekhuizen, M., & Anders, Y. (2020). Professional competencies of practitioners in family and parenting support programmes. A German and Dutch case study. Children and Youth Services Review, 116, 105202. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105202 European Commission. (2013). Parenting Support Policy Brief. https://ec.europa.eu/social/BlobServlet?docId=15978&langId=de Garrity, S., & Canavan, J. (2017). Trust, responsiveness and communities of care: an ethnographic study of the significance and development of parent-caregiver relationships in Irish early years settings. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 25(5), 747–767. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2017.1356546 Grindal, T., Bowne, J. B., Yoshikawa, H., Schindler, H. S., Duncan, G. J., Magnuson, K., & Shonkoff, J. P. (2016). The added impact of parenting education in early childhood education programs: A meta-analysis. Children and Youth Services Review, 70, 238–249. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2016.09.018 Molinuevo, D. (2013). Parenting support in Europe. https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/en/publications/2013/parenting-support-europe Moran, P., Ghate, D., Van Der Merwe, A., & Policy Research Bureau. (2004). What works in parenting support? A review of the international evidence. Sheridan, S. M., Knoche, L. L., Kupzyk, K. A., Edwards, C. P., & Marvin, C. A. (2011). A randomized trial examining the effects of parent engagement on early language and literacy: The Getting Ready intervention. Journal of School Psychology, 49(3), 361–383. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2011.03.001 Turner, K. M. T., Dittman, C. K., Rusby, J. C., & Lee, S. (2017). Parenting Support in an Early Childhood Learning Context. In M. R. Sanders, T. G. Mazzucchelli, M. R. Sanders, & T. G. Mazzucchelli (Eds.), The Power of Positive Parenting: Transforming the Lives of Children, Parents, and Communities Using the Triple P System (p. 0). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/med-psych/9780190629069.003.0021 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Improving Educational Outcomes for Children in Care in England: Observations on National Policy and Local Practices University of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Around 80,000 young people are ‘in care’ in England at any one time, usually due to neglect or maltreatment within the birth family (Department for Education, 2023a). This figure has been rising steadily in recent years, meaning that around 3 per cent of young people will spend some of their childhood within the care system, for example, with foster carers or in residential settings. Advances in the data available to researchers has demonstrated that educational outcomes for children in care are substantially lower than the average for the general population (Berridge et al., 2020; Sebba et al., 2015). The reasons for this are complex, but include frequent school moves, low expectations from professionals (e.g. teachers and social workers), societal stigma, trauma and associated mental ill health. Attempting to address this inequality has been a government policy objective in England for over 15 years (Department for Education and Skills, 2007). This study is focused on England, but has relevance for all European nations as the existence of care systems is universal, albeit that the configurations differ markedly between nations. One important policy initiative has been the creation of ‘virtual schools’ for children in care – despite their name, these are not related to online learning. Rather, virtual schools are teams based within local authorities that have responsibility for the educational provision and outcomes for children in care in their area, spanning three main roles: (a) advocating on behalf of children with physical schools, local authority departments and other agencies engaged in their education and welfare, (b) administering the Pupil Premium Plus funding totalling around £154 million nationally, and (c) delivering educational enhancement services directly or indirectly to children (e.g. additional tutoring or equipment). Trialled in the late 2000s, the establishment of virtual schools effectively became a statutory responsibility from 2014 onwards (Berridge et al., 2009). They are generally led by an experienced headteacher and include a team of qualified teachers, but the exact configuration varies substantially between the 152 local authority areas in England.
There is good correlational evidence that virtual schools are collectively having a positive effect. Direct comparisons are difficult due to changing definitions and examination protocols, but there have been apparent improvements in outcomes for children in care at both age 11 and age 16 since their implementation (Department for Education, 2023a). There has also been a marked drop in permanent exclusions over this period. However, there are also marked disparities in outcomes for children in care between local authority areas that do not seem to correspond to wider deprivation or school attainment patterns (Department for Education, 2023b). Put another way, there are unexplained inequalities in the life chances of children in care living in different areas. This paper will report findings from a study commissioned by the KPMG Foundation to determine why ostensibly similar young people can have very different patterns of educational outcomes and what steps can be taken to improve the effectiveness of virtual schools (Harrison et al., 2023a). The study was framed around the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conceived and conducted as a mixed methods enquiry, combining statistical analysis of data about virtual schools and local authorities with group interviews with virtual school heads (VSHs) and other practitioners with expert knowledge of virtual schools. In this paper, we will concentrate solely on the findings from the VSHs. The study drew on the British Educational Research Association’s 2018 guidance for ethical practice and received ethical clearance from the relevant universities. The study was delivered in partnership with the National Association of Virtual School Heads (NAVSH) who assisted with recruiting participants through their membership. We sought participants to provide coverage across the English regions and spanning different types of local authority (e.g. urban vs. rural and large vs. small). We secured the participation of 25 VSHs, thereby comprising around one-sixth of the total population. While the participants were self-selecting, they were broadly representative of the profession as a whole. We arranged six online focus groups using Microsoft Teams. These were scheduled for one hour, although several lasted slightly longer in order to bring the discussions to conclusion. The questions used were developed from the first phase of expert interviews and the initial stage of statistical analysis. They primarily focused on concepts of effectiveness, the configuration of virtual schools and organisational relationships. The discussions were framed to have a strong focus on practice and barriers to improving outcomes for children in care. The automated transcription facility in Microsoft Teams was initially used, followed by manual checking. Framework analysis (Kiernan and Hill, 2018) was used to analyse the transcripts, reflecting the close questioning about policy and practice used in the focus groups. This is a primarily deductive approach to analysis where the main themes of interest are predetermined by the focus of the study, although there is an opportunity for novel themes to emerge inductively. The findings were constructed through a process of indexing key extracts of data within these themes and developing interpretations with reference to the known practice and policy context. These interpretations were then discussed with the NAVSH Board to ensure their accuracy and relevance to practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our principal conclusion was that the effectiveness of virtual schools – and thus outcomes for children in care – were subject to challenges and pressures that interact to create a form of unequal ‘postcode lottery’. In other words, the localised educational ecosystem, largely outside of the direct control of the virtual school, had a strong influence on the ability of children in care to achieve to their potential. These challenges were typically felt by all virtual schools, but to widely varying degrees. One of the most profound challenges arose from relationships with local physical schools. The rapid growth in academisation, whereby schools are largely outside of state control, now provides high levels of autonomy over admissions and exclusions. VSHs described some schools as ‘no-go areas’ for children in care, despite national policy affording them priority. Many schools were felt to actively resist admitting children who were viewed as likely to have mental health difficulties or to be low achieving, often leaving them without a school place for protracted periods. Even once admitted, VSHs reported that some schools were overly quick to seek exclusions based on minor infractions. Another challenge related to the complexity of national regulations around funding support for special educational needs. With around 75 percent of children in care requiring such support to engage with education (Harrison et al., 2023b), this is a particularly pressing issue for virtual schools. In particular, VSHs discussed how some young people were left without the support they needed for protracted periods due to lengthy negotiations around funding. The paper will reflect on the tensions between national policy, which sees outcomes for children in care as a priority, and local practices, which often undermines or directly conflicts with the national aims. Recommendations for national policy development to mitigate these tensions will be summarised. References Berridge, D., L. Henry, S. Jackson and D. Turney (2009) Looked after and learning: evaluation of the virtual school head pilot. Bristol: University of Bristol. Berridge, D., Luke, N., Sebba, J., Strand, S., Cartwright, M., Staples, E., Mc Grath-Lone. L., Ward, J. and O’Higgins, A. (2020) Children in need and children in care: educational attainment and progress. Bristol/Oxford: University of Bristol and Rees Centre. Department for Education (2023a) Children looked after in England including adoption: 2022 to 2023, https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/children-looked-after-in-england-including-adoption-2022-to-2023. Department for Education (2023b) Local authority interactive tool (LAIT), https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/local-authority-interactive-tool-lait. Department for Education and Skills (2007) Care matters: time for change. London: Department for Education and Skills. Harrison, N., J. Sebba, M. Wigley, R. Pryor and F. Blyth (2023a) Improving the effectiveness of virtual schools, Exeter: University of Exeter. Harrison N., J. Dixon, D. Sanders-Ellis, J. Ward and P. Asker (2023b) Care leavers’ transition into the labour market in England. Oxford: Rees Centre. Kiernan, M. and M. Hill (2018) Framework analysis: a whole paradigm approach, Qualitative Research Journal 18(3): 248-261. Sebba, J., D. Berridge, N. Luke, J. Fletcher, K. Bell, S. Strand, S. Thomas, I. Sinclair and A. O’Higgins (2015) The educational progress of looked after children in England: linking care and educational data. Oxford/Bristol: Rees Centre and University of Bristol. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 14 SES 06 B JS: Technologies, Families and Schools. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Manuela Repetto Joint Paper Session of NW 14 and NW 16 |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Digitalization and its Impact on Family-school Partnerships and Parental Involvement Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Research acknowledges the positive outcomes of family-school partnership (FSP) and parental involvement in education, both in Sweden and internationally (Cottle & Alexander, 2014; Harju et al., 2013; Markström & Simonsson, 2017). However, the practice and process to achieve these positive outcomes are described as complex and sometime resistant by practitioners (Albaiz & Ernest, 2020; Eriksson, 2009; Hedlin, 2017). Potentials and obstacles for parental involvement are identified in line with changes in society, not least when Swedish society has become more multicultural and multilingual in various contexts (Bouakaz, 2007; Tallberg-Broman, 2009; Vuorinen & Gu, 2023), and the digitalization in the Swedish school (Gu, 2017, 2018). On the one hand, digital technologies provide the potentials for increased opportunities for communication and access to educational resources and cultural values. The term parental e-nvolvement is introduced to address parental involvement that is strengthened by technology (Şad et al., 2016). On the other hand, because parents are not a homogeneous group, their access to Web-based information and communication, and their ability to exploit resources online are affected by their socioeconomic and linguistic conditions, which can be a challenge for FSP. Recent research has found that the digitalization of society has brought about a growing gap, a new form of differentiation, gradually separating those who can derive many benefits from the new information society and those who cannot. The concept of digital exclusion has been used to refer to the situation where people cannot participate in society duo to lack of access or ability to use digital technologies (Internet Foundation in Sweden, 2020; Park & Humphry, 2019). Digital exclusion and social exclusion are intrinsically intertwined that put disadvantaged families at higher risk for exclusion. Much of the discourse is around how existing social exclusion such as income, education, region, gender, age, and ethnics, is reinforced by digital exclusion. In the field of FSP, parents’ socioeconomic condition, their education and literacy level, and language are closely associated with material and information access, digital skills and usage diversity (Helsper, & Reisdorf, 2017; Van Deursen and van Dijk, 2015) that affect their possibilities to be involved in education. Earlier literature on digital divide focused mainly on the haves and have-nots of digital technology, e.g., the difference in rates of access to computers and the Internet (Sciades, 2002). More recently, attention has shifted to the multiple dimensions that create inequalities in the uses and benefits of technology (Park, & Humphry, 2019). Furthermore, the power relation between family and school is still uneven (Kingston, 2021). How digitalization plays a role in this power relationship is still unexplored. This presentation thus aims to gain more knowledge about whether and in what way digitalization in schools may affect FSP and parental involvement in school. In particular, it will focus on challenges that may arise when digital media are introduced to the relations that have traditionally been characterized more as face-to-face encounters, such as the parent-teacher meetings. Whether digitalization in school serves as a tool of increased inclusion or the opposite in terms of parents’ interaction with school will be discussed. Bourdieu's concept of social field and different forms of capital will be applied as an overall theoretical framework (Bourdieu, 1986). Education as a social field where power dynamics play out between different actors within the field, and how such power dynamics may be affected by the introduction of digital technologies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to gain an insight into the area of FSP in relation to digitization in the Swedish school, this study will be based on a combination of policy analysis and a research review on selected studies made in the Swedish context. Policy analysis focuses on analyzing and discussing how the discourses on FSP and parental involvement has been constructed in Swedish education policy. The policy documents to be selected will be obtained from four main public sources: the national curricula for compulsory education, Education Act, Swedish Government Official Reports (SOU), and the Publications Series of the Ministry of Education. The curriculum and Education Act are a governing document for school’s work, which contains descriptions of goals, missions and rules that the school must follow. SOU often has a predetermined effect on the political decisions that are actually taken (Pettersson, 2013). The Ministry of Education has been responsible for the government’s education and research policy that is usually based on investigations presented in SOU. The purpose of research review is to gain an overview and understanding of the practice of FSP in relation to digitalization in schools. The analysis model suggested by Wong et al. (2010, p. 44) will be relevant for identifying critical factors regarding digital inclusion/exclusion, which could be adapted and applied to analyze how the various variables such as digital skills, affordability, accessibility, usage, and social-cultural factors etc., and the interaction of these variables can be operationalized into relevant indicators for digital literacy necessary for technology use by the parents that influence the practice and outcomes of FSP. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Schools use various digital tools to inform and communicate with parents to create the relationship with parents (e.g. Gu, 2017, 2018). The main results of this study are expected to prove the transformations of FSP brought about by digitalization. Digital technologies also pose certain benifits and challenges for partnership when it comes to the issue of digital inclusion or exclusion of immigrants and socio-economically disadvantaged families. References Bouakaz, L. (2007). Parental involvement in school – What hinders and what Promotes parental involvement in an urban school. [Doctoral dissertation], Malmö Högskola, Lärarutbildningen. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook for the theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241-258). New York: Greenwood Press. Eriksson, L. (2009). Lärares kontakter och samverkan med föräldrar. Rapporter i Pedagogik, 14. Örebro universitet. Gu, L. (2017). Using school websites for home - School communication and parental involvement? Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(2), 133–143. Gu, L. (2018). Integrating Web-based Learning Management System in Home-school Communication. EDULEARN18 Proceedings, pp. 4255-4264. Hedlin, M. (2017). ‘They only see their own child’: an interview study of preschool teachers’ perceptions about parents. Early Child Development and Care, 189(11), 1776-1785. Helsper, E.J. & Reisdorf, B.C. (2017). The emergence of a “digital underclass” I Great Britain and Sweden: Challenging reasons for digital exclusion. New Media & Society. 19(8), 1253-1270. Kingston, S. (2021). Parent involvement in education? A Foucauldian discourse analysis of school newsletters. Power and Education, 13(2), 58-72. Markström, A. M., & Simonsson, M. (2017). Introduction to preschool: Strategies for managing the gap between home and preschool. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(2), 179–188. Park, S. & Humphry, J. (2019). Exclusion by design: intersection of social, digital and data exclusion. Information, Communication & Society. 22(7), 934-953. Pettersson, O. (2013). Swedish politicians have had a worse decision making. Response, 5, 11–12. Sciades, G. (2002). Unveiling the digital divide. Connectedness Series (Online). No. 7. Şad, S. N., Konca, A. S., Özer, N., & Acar, F. (2016). Parental e-nvolvement: A phenomenological research on electronic parental involvement. International Journal of Pedagogies and Learning, 11(2), 163–186. Tallberg-Broman, I. (2009). No parents left behind: Parental participation for inclusion and efficiency. Educare 2-3, 221-249. Malmö University. Van Deursen, A., & van Dijk, J. (2015). Toward a multifaceted model of internet access for Understanding digital divides: An empirical investigation. The Information Society, 31(5), 379-391. Vuorinen, T. & Gu, L. (2023). Swedish preschool students’ views on family-(pre)school partnerships. International Journal about parents in Education, 13. Wong, Y.C., Law, C.K., Fung, J.Y.C, & Lee, V.W.P. (2010). Digital divide and social inclusion: policy challenge for social development in Hong Kong and South Korea. Journal of Asian Public policy, 3(1), 37-52. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Digital and Inclusive Teaching and Learning: Developing Interdisciplinary Standards and a Reflective Tool for Teachers 1University of Vechta, Germany; 2Goethe University Frankfurt; 3Elementary School Damme; 4Bielefeld University Presenting Author:In the current discourse on school and educational development, inclusion and digitalization emerge as two focal topics. However, it can be observed that both topics have separate and largely independent discourses (Hartung et al., 2021). Educational policy guidelines for inclusion (eg. KMK & HRK, 2015, EU 2019) and for digital education (e.g. KMK 2021, EU 2023) each articulate demanding objectives for educational practice, which challenge educators as cross-cutting tasks. These requirements, particularly pertinent to teachers, are evident in both the domain of inclusive education (Forlin et al., 2008; Forlin & Chambers, 2011) and in the realm of digital (media) education (DeCoito & Richardson, 2018; Waffner, 2020). At the same time, there is a lack of scientifically grounded structuring aids to navigate the complex transformation processes and to address both focal topics adequately in the design of teaching. An initial approach to integrating both dimensions exists with the concept of inclusive media education (Zorn et al., 2019). However, this approach lacks an explicit focus on classroom teaching. Moreover, the need for interdisciplinary collaboration and transdisciplinary research is emphasized and explicitly advocated by Bosse et al. (2019) in order to make a substantial contribution to inclusive teaching in the context of digital transformation processes. At the University of Vechta, the interdisciplinary research group BRIDGES works on integrating digital and inclusive education. This proposal, grounded in the work of BRIDGES, seeks to present a comprehensive framework merging these dimensions in educational research and practice. The core of our research revolves around the development and implementation of 14 quality criteria for inclusive teaching. These criteria, an outcome of rigorous interdisciplinary collaboration, serve as a foundational element for structuring inclusive education in the digital era (Baumert et al. 2022). Our research investigates how digital tools and pedagogical strategies can be synergized to enhance inclusion in educational settings. The primary research question guiding our inquiry for this presentation is: How can digital media be utilized in teacher education and classroom environments to create and support inclusive learning experiences? Seeking to connect theoretical principles with practical implementation, this presentation outlines the process of developing and applying quality criteria in specific educational settings. It centers on two subject-didactic projects – one in the field of mathematics education and the other in religious education. These projects serve as practical illustrations of applying the established criteria to create digital-enhanced learning environments, thereby promoting inclusive teaching and learning methodologies. Additionally, the presentation introduces a concept and an initial prototype of a digital reflection tool for teacher training. Informed by our research findings, this tool is designed to foster a culture of reflection among educators, enabling them to effectively navigate the complex interplay between digital and inclusive teaching strategies. This is essential for addressing the varied needs of students in an increasingly digitalized educational landscape. This research not only underscores the convergence of digitalization and inclusive education but also contemplates the wider implications of these trends for the future of education. By integrating theoretical frameworks, empirical findings, and practical applications, the University of Vechta's work strives to make a meaningful contribution to the evolving field of digital and inclusive education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of the BRIDGES project at the University of Vechta is exploratory and interdisciplinary, focusing on integrating digitalization within inclusive educational contexts. Our approach includes: (1) Development of Quality Features of Inclusive Education. The paper traces the initial redefinition of quality features of inclusive teaching of the Research Group "Inclusion" during the first phase of the BRIDGES project (Baumert et al., 2018). This phase involved an interdisciplinary discourse among educators and researchers from various fields to identify and define 14 quality features for successful inclusive education. These features, developed based on concepts by Meyer (2014) and Helmke (2015), encompassed aspects like classroom management, effective learning time, and individual support, among others. (2) Enhancing Quality Features for Inclusive Teaching in a Digitally Shaped World: In the second phase, the focus shifted to revising and refining these quality features in the context of digitalization with the research group "Digitalization in Inclusive Settings” (Baumert et al. 2022). This phase involved discussions on the role of digital media in education, considering perspectives from Inclusive Education, Media Pedagogy, and various subject didactics. The group explored three core aspects of digital media in teaching: learning with, about, and through digital media (Ruge 2014). This phase aimed to adapt and reorient the established criteria to fit the evolving digital landscape. (3) Subject-Specific Case Studies: In addition to the overarching framework, specific doctoral projects examined the integration of digital media in inclusive education within various subjects, guided by the developed quality features. Two exemplary projects, covering areas like religious education and mathematics, employed a Design-Based Research approach (Peters & Roviró, 2017) and focused on creating tailored digital learning environments. They emphasized individualized support and adapting the learning environment to meet diverse needs. (4) Designing the Transfer to Educational Practice: The paper culminates by envisioning the prospects of a digital reflection tool for educators inspired by the established quality criteria. Therefore, we offer insights in the current design-process on conceptual level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our project's outcomes include the practical application of quality criteria for inclusive teaching and the development of the Digital-Inclusive Reflection App (DIRA): (1) Application of the Quality Criteria and Development of Case Studies: Within the scope of our project at the University of Vechta, quality criteria for inclusive teaching were initially developed (Baumert et al., 2018), based on an interdisciplinary definition of inclusion. These criteria served as the starting point for different case studies in schools. These exemplary projects demonstrate how the developed quality criteria serve as guidelines for designing digital and inclusive learning environments. (2) Transfer of Results into Educational Practice: The second focus of our research is on making these results usable for educational practice. For this purpose, we currently work on the development of a "Digital-Inclusive Reflection App" (DIRA). This tool, based on the previously elaborated quality criteria and insights, is intended to assist teachers in reflecting on and implementing digital-inclusive teaching strategies. DIRA's primary objective is twofold: (a) Reflective Engagement: It encourages educators to engage in critical self-assessment of their digital-inclusive teaching strategies. This reflective process is rooted in the quality criteria described before. By posing targeted reflection questions, DIRA fosters a culture of introspection and continuous improvement among teachers. (b) Actionable Guidance: Alongside reflective prompts, DIRA provides practical, actionable suggestions. These recommendations are informed by the insights gained in the second phase of our project. The expected outcome is that DIRA will not only serve as a self-reflection tool but also as a guide for implementing effective digital-inclusive teaching strategies. This dual functionality aligns with our project's broader goal of advancing the integration of digital tools in inclusive education. References Baumert, B., Rau, F., Bauermeister, T., Döhrmann, M., Ewig, M., Friederich, Y., Haas, T., Küthe, E., Loth, G., Rusert, K., Schaller, M., Schröder, L., Schweer, M. K. W., Stein, M., & Vierbuchen, M.-C. (2022). Lost in Transformation? Chancen und Herausforderungen für inklusiven Unterricht im Angesicht der digitalen Transformation. In D. Ferencik-Lehmkuhl et al. (Eds.), Inklusion digital! Chancen und Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildung im Kontext von Digitalisierung (pp. 33–48). Julius Klinkhardt. https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/epdf/10.35468/9783781559905 Bosse, I., Haage, A., Kamin, A.-M., Schluchter, J.-R., & GMK-Vorstand. (2019). Medienbildung für alle: Medienbildung inklusiv gestalten. In M. Brüggemann, S. Eder, & A. Tillmann (Eds.), Medienbildung für alle. Digitalisierung. Teilhabe. Vielfalt. (pp. 207–219). kopaed. Retrieved February 7, 2022, from https://www.gmk-net.de/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/gmk55_bosse_etal.pdf DeCoito, I., & Richardson, T. (2018). Teachers and technology: Present practice and future directions. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 18(2). https://citejournal.org/volume-18/issue-2-18/science/teachers-and-technology-present-practice-and-future-directions European Union, European Commission (2019). Access to quality education for children with special educational needs. Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/b2215e85-1ec6-11e9-8d04-01aa75ed71a1/language-en European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2023). Digital education action plan 2021-2027 – Key enabling factors for successful digital education and training. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/548454 Forlin, C., & Chambers, D. (2011). Teacher preparation for inclusive education: Increasing knowledge but raising concerns. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 39(1), 17–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2010.540850 Forlin, C., Keen, M., & Barrett, E. (2008). The concerns of mainstream teachers: Coping with inclusivity in an Australian context. International Journal of Disability, Development & Education, 55(3), 251–264. https://doi.org/10.1080/10349120802268396 Hartung, J., Zschoch, E., & Wahl, M. (2021). Inklusion und Digitalisierung in der Schule: Gelingensbedingungen aus der Perspektive von Lehrerinnen und Lehrern sowie Schülerinnen und Schülern. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 41 (Inklusiv-mediale Bildung), 55–76. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/41/2021.02.04.X Meyer, H. (2014). Was ist guter Unterricht? (10th ed.). Cornelsen Scriptor. Peters, M., & Roviró, B. (2017). Fachdidaktischer Forschungsverbund FaBiT: Erforschung von Wandel im Fachunterricht mit dem Bremer Modell des Design-Based Research. In S. Doff & R. Komoss (Eds.), Making Change Happen: Wandel im Fachunterricht analysieren und gestalten (pp. 19–32). Springer. Zorn, I., Schluchter, J.-R., & Bosse, I. (2019). Theoretische Grundlagen inklusiver Medienbildung. In I. Bosse, J.-R. Schluchter, & I. Zorn (Eds.), Handbuch Inklusion und Medienbildung (pp. 9–15). Beltz Juventa 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Primary School Students Creating Virtual Reality Games in Disadvantaged Urban Areas University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:A network comprising a research group and local community associations is carrying out an integrated educational intervention aimed at 4th grade children in a vulnerable neighborhood of an Italian city in northern Italy. The aim is to improve their socio-cognitive and digital skills while raising awareness of environmental issues. These topics are addressed at local level, but are also recognised by some European frameworks (DigComp 2.2 and GreenComp) and by the 2030 Agenda. These frameworks are used as reference points for the approach and activities of this intervention. The combination of environmental education and the development of digital skills represents a key aspect of the research underlying this educational intervention, which is focused on the creation of virtual reality games and immersive teaching as emerging themes in the field of K-12 education. Experiences in virtual reality promote a sense of immersion and involvement, supporting attention processes and emotional engagement (Tilhou et al, 2020). Moreover, virtual reality, when supported by appropriate teaching methods, can influence learning processes and motivation to learn. The immersiveness and high interactivity inherent in some virtual reality games place the student in a situation, in an authentic context, fostering experiential learning through practical activities (Angel-Urdinola et al., 2021; Di Natale et al., 2020). For this reason, the theme of the environment and its preservation, if addressed through gaming in virtual reality, can be presented as a challenge to be tackled, or a problem to be solved through practical experience in a safe play space, where the consequences of the player's actions, although simulated, can stimulate reflection. The pedagogical strategy employed in this educational intervention adheres to a constructionist framework for game design (Harel & Papert, 1991; Kafai, 2006; Li et al., 2013), aimed at fostering students' engagement in the creation of VR games, thereby surpassing mere consumption of VR games. Students use a program development environment that enables them to construct applications on environmental issues by themselves. Our research hypothesis is that the direct involvement of nine- and ten-year-old children from more disadvantaged urban contexts in the design of games should ensure that they not only learn more effectively, but are also more likely to change their habits and develop new attitudes, such as a better awareness of the environment. Furthermore, it is the children who, through their environmentally friendly behavior and active participation in an educational intervention led by the network of associations involved in this research, can positively influence their families and inspire change in the community to which they belong. The methodological approach chosen for this study is Design-Based Research (DBR) (Anderson and Shattuck, 2012), that combines a theory-driven approach with empirical evaluation, encompassing two cycles. The former cycle was carried out last year, while the second cycle is currently still underway. The research results of the first iteration, in which a quasi-experimental study was conducted to investigate the extent to which students improve some socio-cognitive skills and develop pro-environmental attitudes, show that students in an at-risk neighborhood make a meaningful improvement when compared to students attending schools in more affluent areas of the city. For this reason, the second iteration of the educational intervention is targeted towards students experiencing disadvantaged circumstances on a broader scale. The aim of the discussion is to present the prototype design approach that is emerging from this research, which other European researchers participating in the panel discussion could adopt and apply in their own specific contexts of urban schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A Design-Based Research (DBR) has been conducted in this research, encompassing two cycles (pilot phase and scaling up phase), in which the latter is still undergoing in order to progressively enhance the design approach obtained in the former. The specific DBR approach adopted envisages the four iterative phases recommended by Reeves (2006). The design approach that is emerging is aimed at guiding innovative educational interventions targeted at fourth graders of the vulnerable neighborhoods. During the first cycle of DBR, the pilot phase, the development of collaborative and cognitive skills within experimental groups of students tasked with designing Virtual Reality (VR) games structured as escape rooms (Repetto et al., 2023) were compared with control groups engaged in the creation of physical escape rooms. A pretest-posttest design was deliberately selected, using two calibrated teachers’ and students’ scales as an instrumental metric for assessing the enhancement of collaborative skills. The results of this first cycle suggest that experimental groups of students engaging with immersive VR environments enhanced situated, experiential, and transformative learning processes. In contrast, the control group involved in constructing physical escape rooms showed minimal improvements in on teachers' and students' assessment scales. Moreover, the notable improvements observed in two classrooms comprising foreign students, many of whom experience learning difficulties, underscore the necessity of expanding the sample size of these students in the ongoing second cycle of Design-Based Research (DBR). During this scaling up phase, it was imperative to establish a network of associations to provide support for this demographic and to provide training for primary school teachers in immersive teaching and learning. This involved adopting the same educational approach utilized during the first cycle - with a more active participation of teachers trained on this approach - and applying it to a larger sample of students in disadvantaged situations. The three "Is" of DBR, as outlined by Hall (2020), were utilized in our research, that can be considered an interventional, innovative, and iterative one. Firstly, the research involved intervention to alter and enhance the learning experience and the relationship that students facing disadvantaged situations have with environmental issues. Secondly, the research, due to its advancement of environmental education through immersive and novel technology and methods, can be regarded as pioneering in the realm of learning and teaching. Thirdly, the two interconnected cycles, which encompass conceptualization, design, implementation, and evaluation, represent one of the most contemporary and adaptable approaches to learning design. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results garnered from the pilot phase of this research, in conjunction with the expected outcomes of the ongoing scaling-up phase, underscore the imperative nature of initiatives tailored for children experiencing disadvantaged situations, wherein access to diverse and innovative educational opportunities leveraging emerging technologies is limited. One primary expected outcome involves the establishment and maintenance of a comprehensive network encompassing university entities and local cultural and environmental associations. This network aims to provide integrated socio-educational support to the most vulnerable neighborhood within a city in northwest Italy. Collaboration with existing entities operating within the designated territory is integral to this endeavor, fostering synergy with ongoing local initiatives. Another anticipated outcome involves the enhancement of teaching methodologies among primary school teachers in the targeted neighborhood. Through innovative training programs, teachers will be equipped to revamp their approaches to teaching and learning. This initiative cascades to sensitize students and, subsequently, the broader community on topics related to prevention and environmental conservation. Leveraging novel immersive learning technology, this effort not only promotes active citizenship but also fosters an inclination towards advocacy and ecological transition. Furthermore, an expected outcome is the dissemination and adoption of the design approach developed within this research. This integrated perspective not only encompasses environmental considerations but also permeates social, cultural, and educational dimensions. It is envisioned that this approach will serve as a model inspiring similar initiatives in other urban areas facing similar socio-cultural challenges across Europe. References Angel-Urdinola, D. F., Castillo-Castro, C., Hoyos, A.: Meta-analysis assessing the effects of virtual reality training on student learning and skills development. World Bank, Washington, DC (2021). Di Natale, A. F., Repetto, C., Riva, G.; Villani, D. (2020). Immersive virtual reality in K‐12 and higher education: A 10‐year systematic review of empirical research. British Journal of Educational Technology, 51(6), 2006-2033. Hall, T. (2020). Bridging practice and theory: The emerging potential of design-based research (DBR) for digital innovation in education. Education Research and Perspectives, 47, 157-173. Harel, I. & Papert, S. (1991). Constructionism. Norwood, NY: Ablex Publishing Corporation. Kafai, Y. (2006). Playing and making games for learning: instructionist and constructionist perspectives for game studies. Games and Culture, 1, 1, 36–40. Li, Z. Z., Cheng, Y. B., & Liu, C. C. (2013). A constructionism framework for designing game‐like learning systems: Its effect on different learners. British Journal of Educational Technology, 44(2), 208-224. Reeves, T. (2006). Design research from a technology perspective. In Educational design research (pp. 64-78). Routledge. Repetto, M., Bruschi, B., & Talarico, M. (2023). Key issues and pedagogical implications in the design of Digital Educational Escape rooms. Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge Society, 19(1), 67-74. Tilhou, R., Taylor, V., Crompton, H. 3D Virtual Reality in K-12 Education: A Thematic Systematic Review. In: Yu, S., Ally, M., Tsinakos, A. (eds): Emerging Technologies and Pedagogies in the Curriculum. Bridging Human and Machine: Future Education with Intelligence. Springer, Singapore (2020). |
13:45 - 15:15 | 15 SES 06 A: Research on partnerships in education Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anna Benning Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Research-Practice Partnership as Attachment: an Affective Exploration of "Partnership" National Louis University, United States of America Presenting Author:Recent scholarship has examined the difficulties research-practice partnerships (RPPs) grapple with, such as their implication in sexist and racist projects (Tanksley & Estrada, 2022) and their potential to suppress onto-epistemological difference (Gamez-Djokic, 2024), pointing to an uncertain present and future for RPPs despite deep attachments to ideas of improvement, inclusion, and empowerment. In this paper, I extend this scholarship to think about the “partnership” in RPP as an assemblage of complex affective attachments, in excess of coordinated practices and interactions across organizational boundaries (Penuel et al., 2015.). I draw on Lauren Berlant’s notion of cruel optimism as a “relation of attachment to compromised conditions of possibility” (Berlant, 2011, p.24) that exists “when something you desire is actually an obstacle to your flourishing” (p.1). I use this framework to understand how actors might approach partnerships as a mode of “endurance” in an object of desire. This paper asks: (1) what attachments do RPP actors bring to their work?, (2) how are these attachments mediated by RPP norms and practices, and (3) how do these attachments impact the work. Through an examination of three cases, I identify how the partnership was mobilized by attachments to ideas of improvement, (em)power(ment), and civic/civil inclusion, which ultimately served as obstacles to the actors’ and partnership’s “flourishing”. In the first case, I examine how teacher participants’ metaphorical usage of workforce language, such as “employer” and “boss”, and “employee” and “worker” to describe their and their students’ roles in the partnership exemplify an attachment to an experience of power rooted in capitalistic notions of ownership and control. Although the partnership is organized around creating opportunities of civic inclusion and empowerment, the teachers approached this design as an approximation to a particular kind of dominative power that promised status and feelings of professionalism and (em)power(ment) they felt they lacked. This eroded the possibility of civic and civil inclusion for racial, economic, and gender minorities. In the second case, I examine Dr. Angello’s[1] critiques of and rationalization of he and his students’ exploitative interactions with partnerships. Dr. Angello openly critiqued the tendency of partnerships like the RPP to exploit, or “pimp”, Black teachers and students as markers of their benevolence and as a successful funding tactic, though he rationalized this as a necessary exchange in order for his students to gain access to various forms of capital. Dr. Angello’s critical consciousness of fraught partnership politics at once attenuates wholesale participation in the “scene of fantasy” of empowerment and civic/civil inclusion at the same time that it “endures” in a form of civic participation that ultimately reifies he and his students’ civil abjection (Wilderson, 2010; Mills, 2014). In the last case, I examine momentary breaks in the neoliberal “impasse” (Berlant, 2011) invoked by students’ remarks about the “ghostliness” and purpose of turning a former charter school, now-abandoned building, into a mixed-income housing community, and by their calls to “fuck shit up” during Black Lives Matter protests. I argue that these remarks demand an attention to lingering in the ruins of indeterminate urban and education reforms. Ruins and ruination (Navaro-Yashin, 2009) are antithetical to improvement and compel a disarticulation with contemporary modes and genres of living and interaction. In this particular instance, I argue that calls to “let it [the building] be” and “fuck shit up” reject attachments to normative modes of empowerment and civic/civil inclusion and pose a threat to the affective investments in improvement that are both the form and content of the partnership (in this case, a partnership between a university, a high school class, and a non-profit organization focused on affordable housing). [1] All names are pseudonyms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on interview and participant observation data from an ethnographic case study of a research-practice partnership called Community Change and Youth Empowerment. Conducted between 2019-2021, the study sought to better understand how teachers understand and enact their roles in the partnership, and whether and how this comes to bear on the partnership’s desired outcomes and impact. 15 teachers and 5 civic partners were interviewed at least three times, and observed multiple times a week for two or more hours while civic-action research projects were implemented, which was typically over the course of an academic semester. Drawing from this data, this paper constructs three “cases” through which to examine how individual actors’ affective attachments are mediated and shaped by RPPs. Case study attends to both the particularistic characteristics of a case as well as to the broader social-cultural contexts that shape the case; this foregrounds the specific implications of the case while illuminating its empirical and conceptual relevance for other comparable cases (Yin, 2002). I borrow from case study analysis to construct “cases” from existing data in order to attend to the multiple levels of attachment as individual, collective and atmospheric (spatially and temporally configured). According to Merriam (1998), a case is “a thing, a single entity, a unit around which there are boundaries” (p. 27) which can be a person, a program, a group, a specific policy and so on. In this paper, each case is delimited by level (individual, group, relation between group and context) and by type of attachment, or object of desire. Finally, the case study approach offers a structural resonance wherein particular elements are read in relation to a broader social-ecological context, and likewise, where multiple cases are read in relation to each other. This analytical approach allowed me to examine how various levels and types of attachment are reflective of each other and are dialectically moored, which illuminates the ways in which various forms of attachment coagulate as “partnership,” or as a “cluster of promises magnetized by a thing that appears as an object but is really a scene in the psychoanalytic sense” (Berlant, 2011, p.16). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper conceives of “partnership” in RPP as a complex array of attachments. Through an examination of three levels and types of attachment, I demonstrate that “partnership as attachment” enables an analysis of both the form (the coordinated set of practices, objects and interactions – and importantly, the affective content (the site and relation of endurance and sustenance in the object of desire) of RPPs. This analysis suggests that alongside serving as a collaborative and practical approach to investigating and intervening in enduring problems of practice, RPPs also function as a mode of endurance, a measure of approximation to clusters of promises of civic/civil inclusion, of access to power, of educational and urban improvement. These attachments both enable important research-practice advancements and collaborations at the same time that they contribute to a sense of attrition, articulated by young people’s desire for ruins and ruination. My analysis also demonstrates that RPPs can catalyze disattachments, or momentary breaks with contemporary impasses. In order not to misrecognize or overlook these breaks, RPP actors must develop a reflexive awareness of how attachments are implicated in the work and when breaking with these might require dissolving or drastically reconfiguring what it means to “partner” across multiple levels and contexts. While the study this paper is based on occurred in the United States, it has important implications for RPPs internationally, particularly as concerns understanding “partnerships” as collaborations across organizational boundaries that surpass cultural and professional difference and attend to partnership as boundless affinities, or collective affects, such as “cruel optimism”. This builds on international work examining RPPs and the politics of boundaries in partnerships (Sjolund & Lindvall, 2023; Vedder-Weiss et al., 2020; Fischer-Schoneborn & Ehmke, 2023). References Berlant, L. (2020). Cruel optimism. Duke University Press. Fischer-Schöneborn, S., & Ehmke, T. (2023). Evaluating boundary-crossing collaboration in research-practice partnerships in teacher education: Empirical insights on co-construction, motivation, satisfaction, trust, and competence enhancement. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 79, 101305. Gamez-Djokic, B. (2024). Of boundaries and borders: A micro-interactional examination of consensus and knowledge construction in a research-practice partnership. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 45. Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative research and case study applications in education. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Mills, C. W. (2014). The racial contract. Cornell University Press. Navaro‐Yashin, Y. (2009). Affective spaces, melancholic objects: ruination and the production of anthropological knowledge. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 15(1), 1-18. Penuel, W. R., Allen, A. R., Coburn, C. E., & Farrell, C. (2015). Conceptualizing research–practice partnerships as joint work at boundaries. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk (JESPAR), 20(1-2), 182-197. Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2023). Mapping roles in research-practice partnerships–a systematic literature review. Educational Review, 75(7), 1490-1518. Tanksley, T., & Estrada, C. (2022). Toward a critical race RPP: How race, power and positionality inform research practice partnerships. International journal of research & method in education, 45(4), 397-409. Vedder-Weiss, D., Lefstein, A., Segal, A., & Pollak, I. (2020). Dilemmas of leadership and capacity building in a research–practice partnership. Teachers College Record, 122(9), 1-30. Wilderson III, F. B. (2010). Red, white & black: Cinema and the structure of US antagonisms. Duke University Press. Yin, R. K. (2002). Case study research: Design and methods. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper The Need for Shared Language: Implications from a Rapid Review to Strengthen Partnerships in School Embedded Initial Teacher Education Models Alphacrucis University College, Australia Presenting Author:A teacher shortage is being experienced globally (Australian Government, 2022; European Commission, 2023; UNESCO, 2023) with resulting challenges for recruitment and retention of teachers. The ability of traditional models of initial teacher education (ITE) to produce classroom ready teachers who remain in the profession is being challenged (Green et al., 2019), with internships or extended placements seen as a way of continuing to forefront experiential learning and increase the quality of graduates (Ledger & Vidovich, 2018). This movement is resulting in a wide range of initiatives that not only continue to prioritise school-university partnerships but do so through the establishment of new forms of sustained, school embedded experiences. These initiatives build on a traditional perspective of teacher internship (Ledger & Vidovich, 2018) but use a range of terminology such as teaching schools in the United Kingdom (Chapman, 2013; Conroy, 2013), teacher training schools in Finland and South Africa (Gravett et al, 2014), and employment based pathways and teaching school hub programs in Australia (Alphacrucis University College, 2024; La Trobe University, 2024; University of Melbourne, 2024). However, even though a focus on school embedded models is of vital importance to the future of teacher workforce supply, it is currently impossible to research effectively at scale making implementation of what is understood by school and university partners inherently problematic. There are two key reasons for this. First, there is a morass of disconnected terminologies used to explain school embedded models across primarily small-scale research. This inhibits broader understanding of these models and results in an inability to elevate or apply findings in different contexts with confidence. Second, there is no clear synthesis available regarding the key factors and conditions (core ingredients) within school embedded models that directly contribute to enhancing the readiness of initial teacher education students. Identifying these core ingredients and framing them within a shared definition can help to provide a common foundation for partners in new and existing initiatives, which in turn can lead to greater cohesiveness of understanding across future research. This paper will share insights into these two areas, drawing on critical engagement with international literature explored as part of a rapid review (Cirkony et al, 2022, Garritty et al, 2021; Wollscheid & Tripney, 2021). The review forms the preliminary stage of research into the government funded National Embedded Cross Sector Teacher Education Program pilot (NECSTEP) in Australia, a joint project of Alphacrucis University College and The University of New South Wales (UNSW). The NECSTEP pilot brings together over 70 schools and 200 initial teacher education students, with the author the NECSTEP Research Director. The paper will highlight challenges and implications for school-university partnerships through layering a proposed definition and core ingredients emerging in the literature with an examination of school-based teacher education models across history from the French ‘ecoles normales’, to the spread of the ‘normal schools’, ‘model schools’, apprenticeship traditions and teaching schools (Aspland, 2006, Cornu, 2015; Loukomies et al, 2018; McNamara et al, 2014). In addition, it will critically engage with the recognition given in the literature regarding key epistemological and theoretical approaches for how they inform understanding of the conditions in ‘situated’ spaces that support initial teacher education readiness. This includes the role played by communities of practice (Lave & Wenger, 1991), Dewey’s experiential learning theory, the evolving concept of a third space (Beck, 2020; Daza et al., 2021; Zeichner, 2010), traditions of work-integrated or work-based learning (Dean, 2023; McNamara et al, 2014), and approaches borrowed from other industries such as the clinical model for teacher education (Darling-Hammond, 2009, McLean Davies et al, 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Insights shared in this paper have emerged from a rapid review (RR) or rapid evidence synthesis, using an abbreviated systematic review approach (Cirkony et al, 2022, Garritty et al, 2021; Wollscheid & Tripney, 2021). The rapid review was conducted as the preliminary stage of research for the Australian National Embedded Cross Sector Teacher Education Program (NECSTEP) pilot, and to inform the exploratory sequential research design (Creswell and Plano Clark, 2018 p86). A rapid review is often used when timelines are limited (Garritty et al., 2021), which made the approach appropriate within the two-year timeline for the broader NECSTEP research. Rapid reviews of this kind generated specifically in education also informed the methodological approach adopted due to the lack of clear guidance available (Cirkony et al, 2022; Wollscheid & Tripney, 2021). Key rapid review stages were followed including development of a clear purpose, identification of eligibility criteria, initial searching, screening, data extraction and synthesis, along with engagement with information and field experts to ensure relevance. The rapid review aimed to identify and synthesise the way different sustained, school embedded models are defined, and any factors or conditions directly attributed to them as enhancing readiness of initial teacher education students. A protocol was established to clarify inclusion and exclusion of literature including identification of the initial teacher education student as the focus population, school embedded models as the intervention and peer-reviewed literature bounded by the past decade (2013-2023). The search strategy yielded 943 articles across the three target databases which was reduced to 129 articles after duplicates were removed and title and abstract screening. This resulted in 62 articles identified for detailed data extraction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There is a need to strengthen pathways and approaches to initial teacher education to reverse the challenges facing the teaching profession and enable sustainability within the societal structures and complexities that have emerged over the past decade. To do so, high quality research regarding sustained, school embedded models of initial teacher education is required. However, for this research to be impactful at scale, it needs to be founded on shared language and conceptual understanding of what contributes to initial teacher education readiness in these experiences. This paper offers a first step toward this goal. It will provide definitional clarity based on a synthesis of more than a dozen different school embedded models arising from the critical review of literature and align this with a further synthesis of evidence-based factors and conditions (core ingredients) relevant to school and university partners. These range from commonly considered areas such as the role of school and university mentors and the influence of cohorts or a community of practice, to the less frequently articulated such as the role of professional identity formation and differences between employment based, volunteer and service learning experiences. Layered across the insights shared are suggested implications for research, and school and university partners, for the way they design and engage in these models. There is a need to move beyond the persistent view of theory and practice in education as located in separate spaces to reinforce partnerships that are mindful of the past but framed by an authentic understanding of third space in teacher education (Beck, 2020; Zeichner, 2010). This paper argues that it is definitional clarity and evidence of core ingredients that are needed to understand what success looks like and inform a modernisation of what historical models of school embedded initial teacher education sought to do. References Beck, J. S. (2020). Investigating the Third Space: A New Agenda for Teacher Education Research. Journal of Teacher Education, 71(4), 379–391. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487118787497 Chapman, C. (2013). Academy Federations, Chains, and Teaching Schools in England: Reflections on Leadership, Policy, and Practice. Journal of School Choice, 7(3), 334–352. ERIC. https://doi.org/10.1080/15582159.2013.808936 Conroy, J., Hulme, M., & Menter, I. (2013). Developing a ‘clinical’ model for teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 39(5), 557–573. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2013.836339 Cornu, B. (2015). Teacher Education in France: Universitisation and professionalisation – from IUFMs to ESPEs. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 28649. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.28649 Darling-Hammond, L. (2009, February). Teacher education and the American future. Charles W. Hunt Lecture. Presented at the annual meeting of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, Chicago. Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103338 Garritty, C., Gartlehner, G., Nussbaumer-Streit, B., King, V. J., Hamel, C., Kamel, C., Affengruber, L., & Stevens, A. (2021). Cochrane Rapid Reviews Methods Group offers evidence-informed guidance to conduct rapid reviews. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 130, 13–22. Biological Science Collection; ProQuest One Academic. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclinepi.2020.10.007 Gravett, S., Petersen, N., & Petker, G. (2014). Integrating foundation phase teacher education with a ‘teaching school’ at the University of Johannesburg. Education as Change, 18, S107–S119. https://doi.org/10.1080/16823206.2013.877357 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511815355 Ledger, S., & Vidovich, L. (2021). Australian teacher education policy in action: The case of pre-service internships. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 43(7), 11–29. https://doi.org/10.3316/aeipt.221145 Loukomies, A., Petersen, N., & Lavonen, J. (2018). A Finnish Model of Teacher Education Informs a South African One: A Teaching School as a Pedagogical Laboratory. South African Journal of Childhood Education, 8(1). A593. https://doi.org/10.4102/sajce.v8i1.593 McLean Davies, L., Dickson, B., Rickards, F., Dinham, S., Conroy, J., & Davis, R. (2015). Teaching as a clinical profession: Translational practices in initial teacher education – an international perspective. Journal of Education for Teaching, 41(5), 514–528. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2015.1105537 McNamara, O., Jones, M., & Murray, J. (2014). Framing Workplace Learning. In O. McNamara, J. Murray, & M. Jones (Eds.), Workplace Learning in Teacher Education: International Practice and Policy (pp. 1–27). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-7826-9_1 Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the Connections Between Campus Courses and Field Experiences in College- and University-Based Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 89–99. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347671 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Cooperations with Schools as a Central Part of Social Entrepreneurship Education in University-based Teacher Training University of Bamberg, Germany Presenting Author:Global and societal change requires the development of basic skills in order to be able to (re-)act proactively, sustainably and in a solution-oriented manner (Fernbach, 2020). In this context, social entrepreneurship is becoming increasingly important. It means recognizing social problems and solving these by using entrepreneurial approaches (Gerholz & Slepcevic-Zach, 2015). (Social) entrepreneurial spirit and personal skills such as initiative, self-confidence, constructive handling of failures, social responsibility and Empathy - which are important for both, a vibrant civil society and a functioning market economy (Lindner, 2016), should not only be addressed at Higher Education Institutions. According to a resolution of the EU Parliament, fostering the development of these skills already at a young age is crucial (EU Parlament, 2015). Therefore implementing corresponding learning environments in classwork is important, which calls for enabling and encouraging practicing teachers in school service as well as teacher trainees to act as multipliers for sustainable, (social) entrepreneurial acting. This was the starting point of the project ‚Teachers as Changemakers‘, which is funded by the Bavarian State Ministry. As a part of this project we shaped – inspired by the changemaker program in Vienna and Graz (Schlömmer & Dömötör, 2022; Kamsker et al., 2023) – a learning environment for students in university-based primary and vocational teacher training (business education), which is carried out over the course of one term and encompasses partnerships with primary and (upper) secondary schools in the region of Bamberg, Germany. The teacher trainees are trained and support students in schools in finding and pursuing social entrepreneurship projects. The latter complete – accompanied by tandems of teacher trainees – the entire process of a social entrepreneurial challenge: from becoming aware of societal issues and sustainable development goals via coming up with ideas, using the social business model canvas, implementing the idea as well as marketing and pricing activities right through to offering the resulting products and service ideas on a market day and reflecting on the process subsequently. The cooperations with local schools are beneficial for all involved: For the teacher trainees they offer the chance to try out didactic-methological approaches of teaching social entrepreneurship as well as the relationization of theory and practice (Caruso et al., 2022). The schools and practicing teachers in school service get to know the mentionned approaches in a low-threshold way through simply accompanying the lessons conducted by the teacher trainees. And the students in school learn in an action-oriented way plus might develop self-efficacy and competences for taking innovative action and for collective problem-solving (Alden-Rivers et al., 2015; Kalemaki et al., 2019). The first realization during summer term 2023 has been evaluated formatively and summatively. This contribution aims to i) point out organizational conditions for successful practical phases and to investigate ii) whether the teacher trainees perceive Social Entrepreneurship Education (SEE) differently after the course and which situations made them think about SEE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analyses are based on qualitative data collected via learning journals (with prompts), messages from participating teacher trainees (n=29) and accompanying teachers in school service (n=7) as well as didactic reports written by the teacher trainees at the end of the term. For the purpose of identifying organizational conditions for successful practical phases (i) we conducted structuring content analysis according to Mayring (2008) based on the messages (n=98) and learning journal entries (n=100). Categories for the analysis were derived deductively from requirements of planning practical phases, whereas subcategories were developed inductively from the material. Based on this category system, units of meaning from the messages and learning journal entries were coded. In order to answer research question ii we also conducted content analysis, but on the basis of didactic reports (n=29). With regard to the teacher trainees' perceptions of Social Entrepreneurship Education we proceeded inductively – but the key events were differentiated in situations that occured during classes at university or during conducting the workshops in school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis concerning the first aim indicates the necessity to take counteracting planning horizons into account and also prepare teacher trainees for those as well as mixed perceptions of being assigned to certain schools and the benefit of arranging and having arranged preliminary meetings with teacher trainees and accompanying teachers. Regarding the second research question, analyses show that most of the teacher trainees recognize the importance of Social Entrepreneurship Education afterwards and that situations, they stated made them think about it, predominantly occured while interacting with the students in school. This indicates the importance of cooperating with schools in this context. References Alden-Rivers, B., Armellini, A., Maxwell, R., Allen, S., & Durkin, C. (2015). Social innovation education: towards a framework for learning design. Higher Education, Skills and Work-Based Learning, 5(4), 383–400. Caruso, C., Neuweg, G. H., Wagner, M. & Harteis, C. (2022). Theorie-Praxis-Relationierung im Praxissemester: Die Perspektive der Mentor*innen. Eine explorative Studie. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 25, 1481–1503. EU-Parlament (2015). Förderung des Unternehmergeists junger Menschen durch Bildung und Ausbildung. Zugriff am 15.02.2022. Verfügbar unter https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/TA-8-2015-0292_DE.pdf. Fernbach, E. (2020). Social Entrepreneurship Education in Art Education of Future Primary School Teachers. Discourse and Communication for Sustainable Education, 11 (1), pp. 26-40. Gerholz, K.-H. & Slepcevic-Zach, P. (2015). Social Entrepreneurship Education durch Service Learning – eine Untersuchung auf Basis zweier Pilotstudien in der wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Hochschulbildung. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, Jg. 10/ Nr. 3, 91-111. Kalemaki, I., Kantsiou, S., & Wall, J. C. (2019). Towards a learning framework for social innovation education. EMES Selected Conference Papers. https://emes.net/publications/conference-papers/7th-emes-conference-selected-papers/towards-a-learning-framework-for-social-innovation-education/ Kamsker, S., Lehner, J., Gutschelhofer, A. & Stock, M. (2023). Changemaker– Studierende als Multiplikator:innen zur Förderung von Entrepreneurship-Kompetenzen. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 18(2), 153–171. https://doi.org/10.3217/zfhe-18-02/08 Lindner, J. (2016): Entrepreneurship Education. In: Faltin, G. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Entrepreneurship.https://link.springer.com/content/pdf/10.1007%2F978-3-658-05263-8_35-1.pdf Mayring, P. (2008). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In U. Flick, E. von Kardoff & I. Steinke (Hrsg.), Qualitative Forschung (S. 468–474). Reinbek: Rowohlt. Schlömmer, M. & Dömötör, R. (2022). Changemaker Program – kids become entrepreneurs. Beitrag in Danube Cup Conference 2022, Ungarn. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 16 SES 06 A: Digital Games in Education Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Irina Kliziene Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Immersion in Digital Games: The Experience of Immersion and the Social Contexts that Provoke It Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Digital game-based learning (GBL) is being actively researched (Van Eck, 2006; Egenfeldt-Nielsen, Meyer, Sørensen, 2011; Adams, 2009; Plass, Homer, Kinzer, 2015; Kickmeier-Rust et al., 2011). One of the aspects studied is engagement, which one of the key reasons for the application and wide adoption of GBL because it encourages the players to learn and improve. The researchers analyse the immersion of players in the flow state as a positive phenomenon that has aspects worth discussing. According to the researchers, flow state may positively affect learning (Kiili, 2005), the players immersed in the flow are motivated to solve problems and overcome challenges (Egenfeldt-Nielsen, Meyer, Sørensen (2011)), they are highly focused and do not feel the passage of time or fatigue, they stay motivated and self-regulated for a long time, which facilitates learning (Graesser, Chipman, Leeming, Biedenbach, 2009). Meanwhile Marklund and Romin (2020) raise questions about the problematic aspects of flow or immersion: about the loss of self-identity and “wandering” while completing a task, which raises doubts whether reflective thinking is involved because at times the task is lost while playing; and about the influence of social context and personal qualities on learning that can be reduced in the flow state. The researchers (Sinagatullin, 2017; Jeong & Kim, 2011) who investigate addiction to gaming emphasise a similar immersion state that can have a number of negative consequences: players addicted to gaming fail to regulate and plan their time; for them, the use of video games often becomes more important than learning; they can play for hours without pausing; those immersed in games may suffer from back pain due to prolonged sitting in the same position; some develop sleep disorders or neglect personal hygiene; some can develop eating disorders; some children obsessed with gaming suffer from carpal tunnel syndrome; gaming addiction can also have social consequences and provoke unhealthy daily behaviour. Therefore, it is not entirely clear how players experience the immersion state as a complex systemic process and what conditions turn it into a negative cycle that completely absorbs the gamer. There are multiple studies that analyse individual aspects of immersion and addiction. Brown and Cairns (2004) distinguished three levels of immersion based on the experiences of the players: engagement, engrossment and total immersion, and described several characteristics of immersion. Research by Atan (2024) revealed the negative impact of the gaming addiction on the psychological well-being and health of children. Akaroğlu (2022) studied the impact of parental behaviour on the socio-emotional well-being of players and the development of addiction in them and found that an authoritarian attitude of parents increased the tendency to become addicted; Changho & Ocktae (2017) revealed the influence of being satisfied with one’s relationships with parents, friends, and teachers on the gaming addiction; Morahan-Martin and Schumacher (2000) have shown that lonely gamers find online social interactions attractive and they replace the self-disclosure and intimacy of real-life interactions for them. Lai et al. (2016) identified the predictors of addiction to digital games, which include the frequency and duration of gaming. The overview of literature shows that the researchers have highlighted certain levels and characteristics of immersion and aspects of the environment that facilitates the development of addiction but no systematic analysis of this phenomenon based on the perspective of the players themselves exists so far. Our study asked the following questions: how do the players experience the immersion state? What processes and contexts are relevant to immersion? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was based on the classical Glaser`s version of the Grounded Theory. The presentation will cover only a part of the data that emerged during the thesis process, rather than the whole emergent theory. The basis of the classical GT version is the emergence of theory from the data. It is an inductive reasoning method that creates a theory through the systematic collection, synthesis, analysis and conceptualisation of data. The researchers move in their study field without a predefined study problem; the study problem and its resolutions emerge from research data (Glaser, 2018, Glaser, Holton, 2004). The following data were used: 21 interviews with gamers; 1 focus group with 8th grade students of gymnasium (all of them have played or play digital games); informal correspondence with interview participants. The data of this study were analysed in the following stages: substantive coding that includes open coding and selective coding, and theoretical coding. Data analysis stages were accompanied by continuous memoing. All steps, i.e. data collection, open coding, theoretical sampling, memoing, conceptualisation, etc. were carried out simultaneously in a cyclic manner, with the author repeatedly returning to the first steps. The stages were repeated until data categories were saturated. The literature review had not been performed until processes that create preconditions for the exclusion of gamers in school emerged and were conceptualised; only then literature was used as one of data sources (Glaser, 1998). Research ethics was followed: all participants were informed about the purpose for which their data were collected and their right to withdraw from the study at any stage. The parents of minors were informed in writing about the study purpose and their written consents allowing their children to participate were obtained. All identifying personal information of participants was changed. All participants took part voluntarily and gave their consents. The study complied with the Regulation on the Assessment of Conformity of Scientific Research to the Main Principles of Professional Research and Ethics approved by Vytautas Magnus University Senate (MTAPTPEPVN, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study revealed gaming immersion experiences and contexts provoking and supporting it. Gaming immersion experiences: Arousal manifests as excitement, thrill, satisfaction. It emerged as euphoric state described as satisfaction caused by drugs. Desperation manifests as an uncontrollable urge to seek the arousal again and again. It is accompanied by hiding, pretending, lying. Altered perception of time manifests as the acceleration/slowing down/loss of time. Ignoring one’s needs manifests as ignoring one’s bodily needs that could distract from gaming and repetition. Disconnection from reality manifests as disorientation/confusion, altered perception of space/sounds, and fear. Repetition is the key process supporting the immersion experiences. Main characteristic: easily activated because it reflects human nature (providing security because you know what to expect and convenience because repetition requires less energy). Another characteristic of repetition is intensification: increasing intensity and frequency because of experiences and emotions triggered by repetition. Deepening is another characteristic: repeating the same actions makes the engagement in them easier and abandoning them harder (interruption of repetition feels like violence). Several contexts affecting immersion emerged in the study. Compelling context. An external social context (home/school), where dominant behavioural patterns (rejection, disinterest, bullying, violence) push players into the repetition. It creates unfavourable emotional atmosphere resulting in intensive immersion cycle, triggering the deepening and intensification and the stability of the entire process. Hype-building context. It involves being intensely controlled by a phenomenon (digital games) and surrendering to what is currently popular and fashionable. It produces highly positive information about the phenomenon, making it even more attractive. Neutralising context is created through external behavioural regulation models (limitation, prohibition, diverting attention, moderation) influencing the intensification and deepening. Limitation and prohibition do not disrupt the immersion cycle but balance the repetition process. Diverting attention and moderation help see digital games as creative tools and change the nature of repetition. References Adams, E. (2009). Fundamentals of game design. New Riders. Akaroğlu G. (2022) Parental Attitudes and Social Emotional Well-Being Predict Digital Game Addiction in Turkish Children, The American Journal of Family Therapy. Atan A. (2024) The psychological well-being of children who play digital games during the COVID-19 pandemic, International Journal of Early Years Education. Brown, E., & Cairns, P. (2004). A grounded investigation of game immersion. Iš CHI EA '04: CHI '04 Extended Abstracts on Human Factors in Computing Systems (p. 1297–1300). Association for Computing Machinery. Changho L. & Ocktae K. (2017) Predictors of online game addiction among Korean adolescents, Addiction Research & Theory, 25:1, 58-66. Egenfeldt-Nielsen, S., Meyer, B., & Sørensen, B. H. (Red.). (2011). Serious games in education: A global perspective. Aarhus University Press. Glaser, B. G. (1998). Doing grounded theory: Issues and discussion. Sociology Press. Glaser, B. G. (2018). Getting started. Grounded Theory Review, 17(1), 3–6. Sociology Press. Glaser, B. G., & Holton, J. (2004). Remodeling grounded theory. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 5(2), 1–17. Graesser, A., Chipman, P., Leeming, F., & Biedenbach, S. (2009). Deep Learning and Emotion in Serious Games. Iš U. Ritterfeld, M. Cody ir P. Vorderer (Red.), Serious Games: Mechanisms and Effects (p. 83–102). Routledge. Kickmeier-Rust, M., Mattheiss, E., Steiner, C., &Albert, D. (2011). A psycho-pedagogical framework for multi-adaptive educational games. International Journal of Game-Based Learning, 1(1), 45–58. Kiili, K. (2005). Digital game-based learning: Towards an experiential gaming model. The Internet and Higher Education, 8(1), 13–24. Lai, I. H., Kim, D. J., & Jeong, E. J. (2016). Online digital game addiction: How does social relationship impact game addiction. AMCIS 2016: Surfing the IT Innovation Wave - 22nd Americas Conference on Information Systems (pp. 1–8). San Diego, CA. Marklund, B. B., & Romin, R. (2020). Bad game, good learning: Examining the contradictions of digital game-based learning. Morahan-Martin, J., & Schumacher, P. (2000). Incidence and correlates of pathological Internet use among college students. Computers in Human Behavior, 16(1), 13–29. doi:10.1016/S0747-5632(99)00049-7 Plass, J. L., Homer, B. D., & Kinzer, C. K. (2015). Foundations of Game-Based Learning. Educational Psychologist, 50, 258–283. Sinagatullin, I. M. (2017). Shifting the classical paradigm: The impact of information technology on contemporary education. International Journal of Educational Reform, 26(1), 2–13. Van Eck, R. (2006). Digital game-based learning: It's not just the digital natives who are restless. EDUCAUSE Review, 41(2), 16–30. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Digital Literacy through Games: A Participatory Assessment Study of the Impact of a Minecraft-Based Learning Resource for Computer Science lessons 1University of Belgrade, Faculty of Philosophy; 2First Kragujevac Gymnasium, Serbia; 3European Training Foundation Presenting Author:The European key competences framework distinguishes digital literacy among the eight key competences in education (EU, 2006), which is why policy makers and practitioners in Europe and beyond put a great effort in introducing changes that will support the development of these skills (Punie et al, 2017). Digital literacy consists of “knowledge, skills, values and awareness that are required when using ICT and digital media to perform tasks, solve problems, communicate, manage information, collaborate, create and share content, build knowledge effectively, efficiently, appropriately, critically, creatively, autonomously, flexibly, ethically, reflectively for work, leisure, participation, learning, socializing, consuming, and empowerment” (Ferrari, 2012). This competence is required for a full participation in the contemporary society, and it is getting more and more important as requests for using digital resources are expending rapidly in many jobs and other activities, which was especially notable during the pandemic (Kovács Cerović et al, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used mix methods and was participatory (Bergold & Thomas, 2012), meaning that all decisions were made jointly by the teachers and the researchers, and that the teachers participated in interpretation of findings. The study relied on a quasi-experimental design (Todorović, 2008) which enabled a reliable assessment of the practice effects through comparison of experimental and control group results. The participating students were in grades 5 to 8. At the beginning of the study, all students undertook a digital literacy test. To make the experimental and control group similar in terms of their initial digital literacy, allocation of the classes was based on the classes’ average digital literacy scores. In each of the four grades, half of the (whole) classes were assigned to control group and other half to experimental group. Across the four grades, there were 18 classes in the experimental group with a total of 217 students, and 18 control group classes with a total of 201 students. Over the course of five weeks, the experimental group classes had their Computer science lessons conducted with the Escape room, while the control group classes had their lessons the usual way which included frontal teaching, discussions, students’ presentation, and problem-based learning - depending on the grade and a lesson. Data was collected from 360 students whose parents gave consent. To assess effects on motivation for learning, after each lesson students filled out a short questionnaire assessing their intrinsic motivation. The questionnaire had seven items (e.g., “I think this activity was quite enjoyable”) followed by a 10-point scale and was based on the Self-determination theory (Ryan & Deci, 2020). This data was analysed using paired-samples t-test. Group effects were estimated on both school level and the whole sample level, thus checking for the moderating effect of a teacher. To assess the effects of the practice on learning outcomes, after the five weeks all students undertook another digital literacy test. Data from this instrument were analysed by using repeated measures analysis of variance and inspecting time X group interactions. The moderating effect of the teacher was also investigated. To make interpretation of quantitative results more reliable and to gather additional insight, the study also included a qualitative method. Additional data were collected through interviews with the two teachers and two focus group discussions with students. These data were analysed on the basis of the thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that the practices contributed to boosting motivation, while it didn’t have impact on learning. However, the practice’s effects on the intrinsic motivation measure were moderated by the grade and the teacher, indicating the importance of contextual factors in the implementation of the practice. In school A, students from the experimental group from grades 6 to 8 reported higher motivation than the control group students (p<.05), while grade 5 students from the control group were more motivated than their experimental group counterparts (p<.05). Being that five graders from this school had the lowest initial digital literacy scores, this finding suggest that a certain starting level of digital literacy is necessary for the practice to be effects. Contrary, the use of the practice by insufficiently skilled students could have negative effects, probably by affecting their perceived competence during the learning activity. School B, which had technical obstacles that caused interruptions and prevented an autonomous use of the game by students, had mixed results. The practice had impact on motivation in grades 5 and 8 (p<.05), while no difference was found in grades 6 and 7 (p>.05). The practice didn’t show effects on learning outcomes measured by the digital literacy test in school A (p between .159 and .922). However, in school B, where students experienced technical difficulties while using the game, the control group had better achievement on the posttest measure than their experimental group counterparts (p<.05). This finding stressed the importance of ensuring the proper technical conditions prior to implementing the practice. Students’ and teachers’ insights revealed enablers and barriers to the practice implementation and supported fine nuancing of the quantitative findings, thus enlightening the mechanisms through which the practice impacted learning, which is applicable to other ICT based teaching resources as well. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. American Psychological Association. Bergold, J., & Thomas, S. (2012). Participatory research methods: A methodological approach in motion. Historical Social Research/Historische Sozialforschung, 191-222. European Parliament and the Council of the European Union (2006). Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 on key competences for lifelong learning. Official Journal of the European Union, L394/10. Eurostat (2021). Digital literacy in the EU: An overview. https://data.europa.eu/en/publications/datastories/digital-literacy-eu-overview Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W., Friedman, T., & Duckworth, D. (2020). Preparing for life in a digital world: IEA international computer and information literacy study 2018 international report (p. 297). Springer Nature. Ferrari, A. (2012). Digital Competence in Practice: An Analysis of Frameworks. Seville: JRC-IPTS. Divjak, B., & Tomić, D. (2011). The impact of game-based learning on the achievement of learning goals and motivation for learning mathematics-literature review. Journal of information and organizational sciences, 35(1), 15-30. Iten, N., & Petko, D. (2016). Learning with serious games: Is fun playing the game a predictor of learning success?. British Journal of Educational Technology, 47(1), 151-163. Kovács Cerović, T., Mićić, K., & Vračar, S. (2022). A leap to the digital era—what are lower and upper secondary school students’ experiences of distance education during the COVID-19 pandemic in Serbia?. European journal of psychology of education, 37(3), 745-764. Punie, Y., editor(s), Redecker, C., European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu, EUR 28775 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2017 Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101860. Todorović, D. (2008). Metodologija psiholoških istraživanja. Centar za primenjenu psihologiju, Beograd. Zhonggen, Y. (2019). A meta-analysis of use of serious games in education over a decade. International Journal of Computer Games Technology, 2019. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Tailored Gamification in Education: A Systematic Literature Review 1Leiden University, Netherlands,; 2Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:Compared with the one-size-fits-all gamification, tailored gamification highlights the importance of individual differences for learning and motivates students by modifying game elements to match their personal user profiles. Yet, it is a challenge for teachers and curriculum designers to use it in practice, since a limited number of studies in this field currently discuss ‘how to tailor’ in the educational settings. The systematic review examined research on tailored gamification for learning based on 43 peer-reviewed articles published between 2013 and 2023. The study aims to investigate tailored gamification for learning by considering the types of student information for creating user profiles, approaches to tailor, and game elements used when tailoring. The details related to student information, tailored approaches and game elements are depicted in tables. According to the taxonomy of Missaoui and Maalel (2021), student information in gamified contexts were grouped as ‘learner information’ (e.g., learning goal and skill), personal information (e.g., demographic data and personality trait), and player information (e.g., player type and preference). The tailored approaches were categorized as personalization, adaption and recommendation by adopting the taxonomies of Klock, et al. (2020). Then we applied the ways of Toda et al. (2019) to categorize game elements for tailored gamification in education into five types, namely, personal, social, ecological, performance, and fictional game elements. Apart from student learning, personal, and player information, we found that contextual information students in can also differentiate students and should be included into their user profiles when tailoring gamification. Additionally, tailored approaches in the studies that were reviewed included personalization, adaption, recommendation, with user modeling as their basis. Twenty-three game elements in five categories were employed in tailored gamification when using these types of tailored approaches. These results indicated that, students’ user profiles relied on their player information more often, than on their learning and personal information, one main reason for which was that there existed the most existing typologies to identify students’ player types. Second, only a few articles in this review study integrated different aspects of student information to build user profiles and most of them ignored the complexity of human characteristics and needs. Third, most studies modeled users by exploring the types of student information in their profiles, rather than conducting the tailored gamifying classes. In the real learning contexts, personalization and adaption were more commonly reported than recommendation. Moreover, a variety of game element categories reflect multiple aspects of a tailored gamifying system, and each tailored approach has their own preferred types of game elements, respectively. Researchers should explore more student information and apply multiple types of them when building user profiles in tailored gamification systems and teachers should consider students’ learning contexts and give them instant scaffolding when using gamified systems. Second, to bridge the gap between preparation and implementation, we suggest future researchers conduct design-based studies to develop and evaluate tailored gamification as part of teachers’ instructional practice. Additionally, experimental designs with non-tailored gamification classes as comparisons might help to examine the student outcomes in a rigorous way. Since all game element clusters are important for enhancing student motivation during gamified classes, we would therefore encourage more empirical research on the impact of using all the game element clusters when tailoring gamification for learning. These findings provide a holistic picture of how to tailor gamification for learning to motivate students. Teachers and curriculum designers can benefit from this study to consider appropriate student information used in user profiles, and tailored approaches during both the class design and implementation, and select appropriate game elements by understanding their game elements when adopting different tailored approaches. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology is the systematic literature review. The principles of the PRISMA statement (Moher et al., 2009) will be used as a guideline to conduct and report this review work. This literature research is conducted with electronic databases in a research university library in the Netherlands and uses the snowballing method to retrieve relevant literature as necessary supplements. This study aims to examine tailored gamification with the consideration of individual differences in educational settings to expand the current body of knowledge in this area. Based on this research purpose, the keywords for searching consist of the synonyms of tailor (e.g., personalize) and variants for gamification (e.g., gamified) and education (e.g., school, learning, and teaching). Besides, the papers will be included from 2013 onwards because from then, tailored gamification began to be emphasized in educational settings (Klock et al., 2018). The selected papers should be (a) focusing on tailored gamification (e.g., not the general gamified technique or not irrelevant with gamification) (b) written in English (c) records with full access (d) available in full text (e) primary studies (e.g., not surveys or systematic mappings or reviews) (f) peer-reviewed articles (g) in educational settings (h) published from 2013 to date. This period is chosen due to from 2013 onward, tailored gamification began to be studied (Klock et al., 2018) and the scope reaches the year 2023 to collect state-of-the-art research data on this topic. The details related to student information, tailored approaches and game elements are depicted in tables. Based on the findings of the selected articles, each article has been coded by (1) instruments (2) student information types (3) typologies in Table 1. Table 2 displayed the tailored approaches categorized by adopting the taxonomies of Klock, et al. (2020) as user modeling (basis), personalization, adaption, and recommendation. To illustrate the different processes of these approaches, a four-step tailored framework employed by Shute et al. (2012) was used. Each article in Table 2 has been coded by (a) author/year, (b) country, (c) discipline, (d) educational level, (e) tailored approach, (f) capture, (g) analyze, (h) select, (i) present. Among them, the (h) select step related to the game elements was explained separately in Table 3. Then in order to illustrate different functions of game elements used in tailored gamification for learning, we categorized them into five types, namely, personal, social, ecological, performance, and fictional, according to Toda et al. (2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For researchers, this study distinguished fifteen types of student information stored in user profiles and twelve data instruments for collecting these information. Students’ user-profile was mostly dependent on their player types, learning behavior and performance in class. Besides, this study categorized three approaches to tailor gamification in education and characterized game elements with various functions used in this area. This review extends the previous focus on the types of tailored approaches for gamified learning such as personalization in Aljabali and Ahmad (2018). Furthermore, what game elements existed and what functions they had in tailored gamification are illustrated in this study, which helps cover the research limitations of Hallifax et al. (2019) and Bennani et al. (2020). Future researchers are suggested to conduct more empirical studies to compare the motivating effect between tailored and non-tailored gamification, and also between personalization, adaption and recommendation approaches. More types of student information need to be considered, especially the contexts they are in, since humans have diverse characteristics. Practical implications are given as well. Teachers should introduce tailored gamification comprehensively along with illustrative examples (e.g., videos of tailored gamification lessons) before their class, because tailored gamification is a new technology and has not been widely adopted for learning. Furthermore, the implementation of three tailored approaches relies heavily on user modeling to create individuals’ user profiles. Therefore, students’ acceptance of collecting their personal data is of great importance for teaching effectiveness. During the class, teachers should pay close attention to students’ behavior and performance and provide scaffolding to them when they encounter problems with the use of gamified systems, to facilitate the smooth running of the tailored process. Apart from students’ human aspects (e.g., player type, learning style), teachers should consider students’ learning contexts, especially for out-of-class learning. References Aljabali, R. N., & Ahmad, N. (2018). A review on adopting personalized gamified experience in the learning context. IEEE Conference on e-Learning, e-Management and e-Services, 61-66. Bennani, S., Maalel, A., & Ghezala, H. B. (2020). AGE-Learn: Ontology-based representation of personalized gamification in E-learning. Procedia Computer Science, 176, 1005-1014. Hallifax, S., Serna, A., Marty, J. C., & Lavoué, É. (2019). Adaptive gamification in education: A literature review of current trends and developments. European Conference on Technology Enhanced Learning, 294-307. Klock, A. C. T., Pimenta, M. S., & Gasparini, I. (2018). A systematic mapping of the customization of game elements in gamified systems. Brazilian Symposium on Computer Games and Digital Entertainment, 11-18. Klock, A. C. T., Gasparini, I., Pimenta, M. S., & Hamari, J. (2020). Tailored gamification: A review of literature. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 144. Missaoui, S., & Maalel, A. (2021). Student’s profile modeling in an adaptive gamified learning environment. Education and Information Technologies, 26(5), 6367–6381. Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & PRISMA Group*. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. Annals of Internal Medicine, 151(4), 264-269. Shute, V. J., & Zapata-Rivera, D. (2012). Adaptive educational systems. Adaptive technologies for training and education, 7(27), 1-35. Toda, A. M., Klock, A. C., Oliveira, W., Palomino, P. T., Rodrigues, L., Shi, L., Bittencourt, lg., Gasparini, I., Isotani, S., & Cristea, A. I. (2019). Analysing gamification elements in educational environments using an existing Gamification taxonomy. Smart Learning Environments, 6(1), 1-14. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 16 SES 06 C JS: Technologies, Families and Schools. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Manuela Repetto Joint Paper Session of NW 14 and NW 16 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 17 SES 06 A: Forward to the (Common) Roots of Education – Reclaiming Pedagogical Terminology Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Todd Alan Price Session Chair: Rose Ylimaki Symposium Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Symposium Forward to the (Common) Roots of Education – Reclaiming Pedagogical Terminology In times of increasing globalization of education, its politicization and its instrumentalization for social and economic goals are eye-catching. One of the signs is a remarkable upcoming of mechanistic wording in the area of education like input-output, cost and productivity, management, accountability. The conceptual frameworks and methodological approaches that are applicable in global research, access and democracy in education favorize the competitive, economic creature (homo economicus), characterized by perfect access to information and by the infinite ability to make rational decisions, maximizing utility in terms of monetary as well as non-monetary gains. However, pedagogical practice, students and teachers give us many other images of the human. So do the different subjects at school. It is more than obvious that learning, pedagogy, bildung cannot be reduced to mechanics. In this symposium we will ask the question what is specific to pedagogy. We will look back to what we make out as specifically pedagogical terminologies in different languages and traditions. In seeking to return education to its human roots, we will take a stance in the Faure report (1972), as well as in the foremost Continental-European educational subdiscipline of pedagogical anthropology: According to the Faure report, education should enhance the full expression of being human. From the pedagogical anthropology point of view, all education begins with an implicit image or ideal of the human. Beside the homo economicus there are uncountable homo-epitheta. Most of them were coined in the mid 18th century in imitation of homo sapiens. The homo aestheticus refers to Alexander Baumgarten’s (1750) theory of ‘sensible knowledge’ and Immanuel Kant’s (1790) ‘judgment of taste’; Homo loquens is a serious suggestion by Johann G. von Herder, taking the human species as defined by the use of language. We will follow up the hypothesis that by making these images or ideals explicit as approaches to education, learning and content, a first step is taken towards an understanding education as a fundamentally humanizing process. References Carnevali, Barbara (2019). Two Baptisms and a Divorce: Homo Economicus Versus Homo Aestheticus. In: Social Appearances: A Philosophy of Display and Prestige, New York Chichester, West Sussex: Columbia University Press, pp. 111-128. Faure, E.; Herrera, F. Kaddoura, A. R.; Lopes, H.; Petrovski, A. V. ; Rahnema, M.; Ward, F. C. (1972): Learning to be: The world of education today and tomorrow. Paris, London: UNESCO/Harrap. Retrieved 7 December 2023 fromhttps://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000001801. Presentations of the Symposium Nation-Building in the Sense of Wilhelm von Humboldt and Thomas Jefferson - Consequences for Pedagogical Terminology
A historical stance will be taken in the approaches of the brothers Humboldt to bildung and curricula, for which especially Wilhelm von Humboldt stands for. In 1804, his brother Alexander on his way back to Europa from Latin America and Mexico visited Thomas Jefferson, the 3rd North-American president from 1801 to 1809 and one of the most influential political theorists of the United States, the main author of the ‘Declaration of Independence’. This meeting led to a letter correspondence (cp. Jefferson 1817, online). While Jefferson in his well-known dictum “life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness” sums up his nation-idea that is based on individual freedom (calling slavery an “abominable crime,” however, without insisting to abolish it), Wilhelm von Humboldt (1792, online) sees freedom as the “grand and indispensable condition” for individual development, as well as the flourishing of State affairs. In a US-American context, the pursuit of happiness is mainly about rights and citizenship rooting in the fundamental idea that “all men are created equal and independent” (Boyd 1950). Von Humboldt connects liberty and freedom foremost to academic freedom. In this paper, it will be explained how Thomas Jefferson and Wilhelm von Humboldt laid the ground for later discourses on curriculum and bildung.
References:
Boyd, J. P. (ed.) (1950): The Papers of Thomas Jefferson. Vol. 1: 1760-1776. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Humboldt, Wilhelm. The Sphere and Duties of Government (1792, 1854). John Chapman, 1792. https://oll.libertyfund.org/title/coulthard-the-sphere-and-duties-of-government-1792-1854. [retrieved, January 11, 2024]
Understanding 'Lehrplan' and 'Curriculum': A Comparative Analysis
Discussions in German-speaking countries regarding school content, when to teach it, and how to teach it make use of the term ‘Lehrplan’, while English-speaking countries use the term ‘curriculum’ to address these matters. It is essential to note that Lehrplan carries specific meanings that are similar to but not synonymous with English terms curriculum, curriculum guideline, course instruction, or course study. Lehrplan refers to a theory of Bildung, and defines “[…] that which matters in teaching and instruction” (Künzli 2009, 134), and should, therefore, be understood as the “[…] specifications set by educational authorities concerning both lesson content and learning objectives” (ibid.). Curriculum, a fundamental concept in Anglo-American educational research that recognizes ideas about what is being taught or should be taught are neither self-evident or settled matters. Therefore, “[…] everything about curriculum, including its definition, is contested” (Walker, 2003, p. 11). As Horlacher (2018, p. 2) argues, “Lehrplan and curriculum are not merely two concepts indicating comparable subjects but imply also a whole belief system about schooling”. This paper seeks to explore the possibility of conducting comparative research in light of the close connection between language and concepts by focusing the Theory of Lehrplan by Georg Kerschensteiner (1854-1932) and his theory of Bildung, and Decker Walker’s (1942-) perspective on curriculum. For Walker (2003), curriculum is the organization of educational content and purposes, and curriculum theories “employ reason and evidence, but in the service of passion. Curriculum theories can be analytical as well as partisan. […] Curriculum theories make ideals explicit, clarify them, work out their consequences for curriculum practice, compare them to other ideals, and justify or criticize them” (p.60).
References:
Horlacher, R., & De Vincenti, A. (2014). From rationalist autonomy to scientific empiricism: A history of curriculum in Switzerland. In W. F. Pinar (Ed.), International handbook of curriculum research (pp. 476–492). New York, NY: Routledge.
Horlacher, R. (2018). The same but different: the German Lehrplan and curriculum. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2017.1307458
Kerschensteiner, G. (1899): Betrachtungen zur Theorie des Lehrplanes: mit eingehenden methodischen Bemerkungen und Erläuterungen zu dem beigefügten neuen Lehrplane der Weltkunde (Geographie, Geschichte, Naturkunde) für die siebenklassigen Volksschulen Münchens. Rohrbach: C. Gerber.
Künzli, R. (2009). Curriculum und Lehrmittel. In: Andresen, S.; Casale, R.; Gabriel, T.; Horlacher, R.; Larcher Klee, S. & J. Oelkers (Eds.): Handwörterbuch Erziehungswissenschaft. Weinheim: Beltz, pp. 134-148.
Walker, D. F. (2003). Fundamentals of curriculum: Passion and professionalism. Erlbaum Associates.
The Educational Journey of W.E.B Du Bois
Culturally responsive education, including culturally relevant or culturally responsive instruction described in multicultural education literature, is not only about utilizing students’ culture as a vehicle for learning, but also about teaching them how to develop a broader sociopolitical consciousness that enables them to critique the cultural norms, values, mores, and institutions that produce and maintain social inequities (Ladson-Billings 1994, p. 162). Contemporary U.S. scholars (e.g., Gay, 2018; Ladson-Billings, 1994) who have proposed various approaches to culturally responsive or culturally relevant education often draw upon the writings of William Edward Burghardt Du Bois. William Edward Burghardt Du Bois (1868-1963), an US-American sociologist, historian, and civil rights activist, called for an education that prepares humankind to think more broadly, to eradicate social, economic, and political inequities (e.g., Du Bois, 1903/2008). This paper takes an historical perspective on DuBois’ (1903/2008) early work, including particularly Souls of Black Folks, in relation to his educational journey and studies in Germany. DuBois wrote about his educational journey in Germany in 1892, and the ways in which he felt he was treated as a human being (Du Bois, 1894/1954). The paper considers Du Bois’ (1903/2008) indirect references to Bildung and implications for the contemporary pedagogical approaches culturally responsive and culturally relevant education.
References:
Du Bois, W. E. B. (1903/2008). The souls of black folk. Oxford University Press.
Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. teachers college press.
Hegel, G. W. F. (1807/2018). Hegel: The phenomenology of spirit. Oxford University Press.
Ladson-Billings, G. (1994). Dream Keepers: Successful Teachers of African American Children. Hoboken, NJ: Jossey-Bass.
W. E. B. Dubois: Remembrance of His Berlin Years (1892–94), published in: German History Intersections,
Pedagogical Relationship and Professionality in Terms of Care
In bodily terms, pedagogical relationships and professionality, first of all, follow the signature of care. In this paper, educational care will be explained by relating to John Dewey, thus, through a historical approach. The US-American philosopher, psychologist, and educational reformer is a foothold in the common roots of the European continental and Anglo-American educational discourse (Kraus & Ylimaki in print), integrating continental philosophy with pragmatism, as well as with an enthusiasm for the actual challenges of a society. Dewey ([1916] 1966) models the ‘stimulation of the child’s powers’ in terms of a circuit of inquiry, i.e., as a directed transformation of an indeterminate situation into successful human action: “I believe that the only true education comes through the stimulation of the child’s powers by the demands of the social situations in which [s]he finds [her]himself” (ibid., 54). The pedagogue mediates between a child and his/her impulses of cultural self-reflection, facilitating learning experiences and social self-reflection. The circuit of inquiry involves care in terms of the ‘important role of the bond’ between pedagogue and student (Dewey 1897, 3). With the focus on experience, self-activity and inquiry, Dewey’s idea of the ‘growth’ of a child or young person indicates the impact of bodily dispositions and activities, physical well-being, and environment on the learning of an individual. In this paper, the referential frame of Dewey’s concept of care will be identified in more details and connections will be drawn on an actual Continental debate on educational care (Dietrich et al. 2020).
References:
Dewey, J. (1897). My Pedagogic Creed (No. 25). Place: EL Kellogg & Company.
Dewey, J. ([1908] 1960): Theory of the Moral Life, New York: Irvington.
Dewey, J. ([1916] 1966). Democracy and Education (ed. by J. A. Boydston). The Middle Works of John Dewey, vol.9, 1899-1924. Place: Publisher.
Dewey, J. ([1922] 1976). Human Nature and Conduct. In: The Middle Works, 1899-1924, vol.14 (ed. by J.A. Boydston), Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press.
Dietrich, C., Uhlendorf, N.; Beilder, F.; Sanders, O. (eds.) (2020): Anthropologien der Sorge im Pädagogischen. Weinheim Basel: Beltz.
Kraus, Anja & Rose Ylimaki (in print): A Historical Introduction to Continental Pedagogics from a Northern American Perspective. In: Educational Philosophy and Theory.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 18 SES 06 A: Pre-Service Teachers' Learning in Physical Education Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Corina van Doodewaard Paper Session |
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Preservice Classroom Teachers’ Planning and Content Development in Physical Education University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Planning is a critical skill of quality teaching. It represents how content evolves and ensures that a sequential and progressive lesson is implemented (Rink, 2020). Planning is a vital part of teaching providing that the teachers are well-prepared to facilitate quality learning experiences for their students (Fletcher & Beckey, 2023; Mitchell & Walton-Fisette, 2022; Rink, 2020). In physical education (PE), content development is an indicator of good planning and reveals how the lesson is developed including the organization, selection, and sequence of the content through the learning activities (Capel et al., 2019; Fletcher & Beckey, 2023). Particularly, content development refers to the sequence of a lesson through learning-motor activities, that activities could be categorized as informing, extending, refining, and applying (Rink, 2020; Siedentop & Tannehill, 2000; Ward & Lehwald, 2018). Good planning requires curricular outcomes and objectives that are based on curriculum standards as well as the needs of the children (Capel et al., 2019; Rink, 2020; Siedentop & Tannehill, 2000). Furthermore, good planning includes connections between different concepts or skills, allowing teachers to build upon what students already know and make learning more meaningful and relevant (Coulter & Ní Chróinín, 2022; Mitchell & Walton-Fisette, 2022). Considering all of the above, developing an effective lesson plan is regarded as critical for implementing an effective lesson (Capel et al., 2019). However, research suggests that planning is a demanding and challenging task, particularly for pre-service teachers (Coulter & Ní Chróinín, 2022). Research on planning investigates teachers’ skills such as knowledge and perceptions that affect planning (Karlströmand & Hamza, 2021; Mustafa et al., 2024). However, there is a lack of research describing the process of the planning itself, which is the scope of this study. In recent years, research investigating how pre-service teachers develop lesson plans, let alone sequence the lesson plan for planning the teaching of an entire unit, has been limited (Fletcher & Beckey, 2023). Therefore, the purpose of the study was to describe pre-service teachers’ content development. Particularly, this study aimed to explore how pre-service classroom teachers select, develop, and progress content during and between lessons for two entire instructional units during their student teaching practicum. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants were 42 preservice elementary classroom teachers, who were enrolled in the student practicum during the last year of their studies. Data collection included the participants’ lesson plans from two different instructional units designed to be taught during their teaching practicum (10 lesson plans per participant). The focus of the instructional units was based on the National curriculum in physical education in Cyprus. Policy in Cyprus divides its primary education into two cycles. Cycle A includes Grades 1-3 and is designed for children between the ages of six to eight. Cycle B, which includes Grades 4-6, is designed for children of ages nine to twelve. The six core standards that guide the structure of the PE curriculum in both Cycles emphasize the importance of improving children's overall development. The data were analyzed quantitatively using descriptive statistics and qualitatively using inductive analysis techniques. Specifically, descriptive statistics were run for each type of instructional task (informing, refining, extending, applying). Qualitative data were analyzed based on the participants’ content development patterns as revealed in their instructional units and lesson plans. Specifically, the analysis was completed based on using a framework from Rink adapted for the purposes of this study (Rink, 2020). Particularly, in that framework, an informing task is the first task in the progression of skill. An extending task describes subsequent tasks where the complexity is increased or decreased relative to a previous task. A refining task refers to the task intended to improve the quality of performance. An applying task refers to the task focused on the application of skills in a particular context such as a game (Rink, 2010). Finally, each participant’s data was first analyzed individually and then compared across participants to facilitate a cross-case analysis (Patton, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings suggested that the participants were able to implement various content development patterns. The most dominant content development pattern included three types of tasks. In addition, findings showed that most of the participants’ content development patterns changed throughout the unit. Most of the participants tended to improve their content development patterns through the unit. Also, the descriptive statistics revealed that participants used more extending tasks than the other types of tasks (i.e., informing, refining, applying) in their lesson plans. An outcome that does not align with other research findings indicates that extending tasks was used in low percentages (Dervent et al., 2018). Interestingly and contrary to the existing literature that found high percentages of informing tasks (44%) (Iserbyt & Coolkens, 2020), this type of task appeared rather infrequently. Refining and applying tasks were used to an adequate extent. Research provided mixed results about the usage of these tasks, with some studies reporting low percentages (4-8%) and others reporting much high percentages (20-28%) (Dervent et al., 2018; Ward et al., 2017). These results could inform teacher education programs on supporting teachers’ content development. Specifically, given the limitations in pre-service teachers’ lesson planning reported above, teacher education programs ought to support pre-service teachers in learning how to better plan instructional tasks that provide quality experiences for the children. References Capel, S., Bassett, S., Lawrence, J., Newton, A., & Zwozdiak-Myers, P. (2019). How trainee physical education teachers in England write, use and evaluate lesson plans. European Physical Education Review, 25(4), 964-982. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X18785053 Cevikbas, M., König, J., & Rothland, M. (2024). Empirical research on teacher competence in mathematics lesson planning: Recent developments. ZDM – Mathematics Education, 56(1),101–113. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-023-01487-2 Coulter, M., & Ní Chróinín, D. (2022). The possibilities and challenges within primary physical education. In G. Griggs & V. Randall (Eds.), An introduction to primary physical education (2nd ed., pp. 25-52). Routledge. Dervent, F., Ward, P., Devrilmez, E., & Tsuda, E. (2018). Transfer of content development across practice in physical education teacher education. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 37(4), 330–339. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2017-0150 Fletcher, T., & Beckey, A. (2023). Teaching about planning in pre-service physical education teacher education: A collaborative self-study. European Physical Education Review, 29(3), 389-404. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X231156323 Iserbyt, P., & Coolkens, R. (2020). Content development as a function of content knowledge courses in preservice physical education teachers. International Journal of Kinesiology in Higher Education, 4(2), 41–54. https://doi.org/10.1080/24711616.2019.1666691 Karlströmand, M., & Hamza, K. (2021). How do we teach planning to pre-service teachers – A tentative model. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 32(6), 664–685. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2021.1875163 Mitchell, S., & Walton-Fisette, J. (2022). The essentials of teaching physical education: Curriculum, instruction, and assessment (2nd ed.). Human Kinetics. Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative evaluation and research methods (4th ed.). Sage. Rink, J. E. (2020). Teaching Physical Education for Learning (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill. Siedentop, D., & Tannehill, D. (2000). Developing teaching skills in physical education (4th ed.). Mayfield. Ward, P., & Lehwald, H. (2018). Effective physical education content and instruction: An evidence-based and teacher-tested approach. Human Kinetics. Ward, P., Dervent, F., Lee, Y.S., Ko, B., Kim, I., & Tao, W. (2017) Using content maps to measure content development in physical education: Validation and application. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 36(1), 20–31. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2016-0059 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper The Personal Learning Environment of Chinese Physical Education Pre-service Teachers 1Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 2University of Bergamo, Bergamo Presenting Author:Compared to traditional professional development programmes, such as face-to-face workshops and seminars, teachers and pre-service teachers may prefer informal professional learning activities. These informal activities are not bound by structured and formal environments and are not limited by time, space, and travel costs (Yang & Liu, 2004). Historically, teachers’ access to those activities has been limited, but social media provide new opportunities for teachers to engage in shared learning, reflect about teaching practice and receive emotional support (Macià & García, 2016).
Using social media to support teachers’ informal learning has garnered increasing research support. This research, however, has predominantly explored Western platforms like Twitter and Facebook and reported Western perspectives. Conversely, China’s distinct social media environment, featuring platforms such as WeChat, Douyin, and Bilibili, remain underexplored, as do Eastern perspectives. Existing Chinese social media research has predominantly focused on WeChat, through online professional learning communities or communities of practice (Qi & Wang, 2018; Xue, Hu, Chi, & Zhang, 2021; Zhou, Nakatsubo, Wu, & Liu, 2022). This leaves a research gap related to the exploration of personal learning environments (PLEs) within the Chinese context and the use of alternative social media platforms.
Lim and Newby (2021, p. 3701) defined PLEs as “the artifacts created by individual learners through the use and integration of Web 2.0 tools for their personal learning experience.” Attwell (2007) suggested that PLEs can be perceived as individuals organizing their informal learning in multiple contexts across a variety of platforms or applications to support their formal learning. Each PLE is unique because its structure can be changed according to user’s needs and preferences (Lim & Newby, 2021). More importantly, the integration of social media based PLEs is a promising pedagogical approach for fostering lifelong learners, reshaping the educational landscape by bridging the gap between formal, non-formal, and informal learning (Dabbagh & Castaneda, 2020).
Furthermore, beginning and more experienced teachers often have different perspectives, attitudes, and experiences when it comes to the process of learning and teaching (Kyndt, Gijbels, & Donche, 2016). When using social media for professional learning, the complexity of the teacher’s work and the many different contexts and classes should all be considered (Carpenter & Harvey, 2020). In the field of Physical Education (PE), where working contexts and teaching practices differ significantly from other disciplines, there has been relatively little written about how PE pre-service teachers use their PLEs for professional learning, especially during their teaching practicum. Longitudinal studies are needed to track the professional learning of pre-service teachers as they transition from their final year of studies into early career teaching (Kyndt et al., 2016). Teaching practicum plays an important role in this transition process, as a part of teacher education training programmes.
Therefore, this paper aims to investigate the social media platforms employed by Chinese PE pre-service teachers for informal professional learning from a PLE perspective, particularly during their teaching practicum. The study aimed to (i) explore the platforms and features used for professional learning; (ii) examine participants' perceptions of using these platforms and (iii) provide recommendations for Chinese institutions and educators who seek to facilitate the development of PLEs which meet the needs and preferences of PE pre-service teachers. Recognizing the unique advantages and disadvantages of different social media platforms is crucial for enhancing pre-service teachers’ professional learning (Carpenter, Morrison, Rosenberg, & Hawthorne, 2023). The findings of this study will provide a deeper understanding of the Chinese PE pre-service teachers’ PLEs and create more learning opportunities aligning with their needs and preferences. Consequently, this study holds the potential to make significant contributions to the broader landscape of PE teacher education in China. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper reports data from a larger study that explored the professional learning of Chinese sports training students through social media. There were 26 third-year undergraduates (all males), and one university teacher participated in this study. Given the widespread use of WeChat for communication and resource delivery between students and teachers in China, the university teacher established a WeChat group with the participating students during the initial class session. Within the sports training programme, students had to choose one of three career directions: Elite Sports Coach, Sports Club Coach or Physical Education Teacher. Most students choose Physical Education Teacher direction as teaching is seen as an “iron rice bowl” in China (an expression for job security used by Chinese people). Therefore, these students considered themselves as PE student-teachers/pre-service teachers. During the fourth academic year (semester 7), these students engaged in a ten-week teaching practicum in schools. Qualitative methods were used in this study as it could generate a rich and detailed understanding of each participant’s views (Gratton & Jones, 2010). A variety of data collection techniques were used, including non-participate online observation, focus group and individual interviews. Data were collected over 18 months in three phases. Firstly, the first author joined the WeChat group on 29th June 2020 and spent 18-month as a non-participant observer. During this time, she observed the students' online learning activities and interactions. These observations allowed her to study the students in their native environment and seek to understand “things” from their perspective (Baker, 2006). In the second phase, twenty-three students engaged in one of five online focus groups via Tencent Meeting. Each online focus group contained 4-5 students. Following this, seventeen participants from focus groups took semi-structured individual interviews in the third phase. It is worth noting that focus group interviews were undertaken before the student had work placement/teaching practicum (15th July 2021-20th July 2021), while individual interviews were conducted during/after their work placement/teaching practicum (25th October 2021- 6th January 2022). Much of the data from the focus groups related to how students used the WeChat group, and the individual interviews provided an opportunity to explore the PLEs of different students. Data for this paper came from ten individual interviewees who took PE teaching practicum in schools. The data were analysed thematically. Braun and Clarke (2006) six phases of thematic analysis were utilised to identify and explore patterns. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study provided valuable insights into PLEs of Chinese PE pre-service teachers, focusing on the role of WeChat public accounts, Douyin, and Bilibili. Among the participants, WeChat public accounts emerged as the predominant platform for professional learning. Nine out of ten participants used it for professional learning because it is convenient and reliable. However, some participants became less critical on WeChat public accounts due to the perceived legitimacy of information, leading to vulnerability to misinformation. Video contents were highlighted by most participants as the preferred format in this study. Despite concerns about content quality and the potential for overuse, Douyin was recognized by over half of the participants (n=7) as a valuable source of inspiration for teaching practices. The other video platform, Bilibili was highly valued by these participants for meeting their needs and enhancing their capabilities as potential PE teachers, despite its relatively lower user base (n=5). The content available on Bilibili was considered more trustworthy than content on Douyin. This study demonstrated that there was no one-size-fits-all social media platform for fulfilling the diverse professional learning needs of Chinese PE pre-service teachers. Participants adopted a multi-platform approach. WeChat public accounts, Douyin, and Bilibili naturally become integral components of their PLEs, concurrently used to support their professional learning. However, the research highlighted that the students were not equipped to construct effective PLEs tailored to their needs and preferences. This study suggests that Chinese institutions and educators provide support for pre-service teachers in the development of PLEs and improve their essential skills, including searching and evaluating online resources, self-regulated learning skills, and effective resource management skills. Teacher education programmes can consider PLEs methods to address the needs of PE pre-service teachers for continuing professional development, contributing to more effective teacher education strategies in China. References Attwell, G. (2007). Personal Learning Environments-the future of eLearning. Elearning Papers, 10(0), 2(1), 1-8. https://doi.org/10.3363/prb1992.10.0_690 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Qualitative Research in Psychology Using thematic analysis in psychology Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Retrieved from http://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalInformation?journalCode=uqrp20%5Cnhttp://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalInformation?journalCode=uqrp20 Carpenter, J. P., & Harvey, S. (2020). Chapter 8: Research ruminations and new frontiers for social media use for professional development and learning in physical education and sport pedagogy. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 39(4), 491–499. https://doi.org/10.1123/JTPE.2020-0006 Carpenter, J. P., Morrison, S. A., Rosenberg, J. M., & Hawthorne, K. A. (2023). Using Social Media in pre-service teacher education: The case of a program-wide twitter hashtag. Teaching and Teacher Education, 124, 104036. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104036 Dabbagh, N., & Castaneda, L. (2020). The PLE as a framework for developing agency in lifelong learning. Educational Technology Research and Development, 68(6), 3041–3055. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-020-09831-z Gratton, C., & Jones, I. (2010). Research Methods for Sports Studies. In Research Methods for Sports Studies. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315796222 Kyndt, E., Gijbels, D., & Donche, V. (2016). Teachers ’ Everyday Professional Development : Mapping Informal Learning Activities , Antecedents , and Learning Outcomes. 86(4), 1111–1150. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315627864 Lim, J., & Newby, T. J. (2021). Preservice teachers’ attitudes toward Web 2.0 personal learning environments (PLEs): Considering the impact of self-regulation and digital literacy. Education and Information Technologies, 26(4), 3699–3720. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-021-10432-3 Macià, M., & García, I. (2016). Informal online communities and networks as a source of teacher professional development: A review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 55, 291–307. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.01.021 Qi, G. Y., & Wang, Y. (2018). Investigating the building of a WeChat-based community of practice for language teachers’ professional development. Innovation in Language Learning and Teaching, 12(1), 72–88. https://doi.org/10.1080/17501229.2018.1418635 Xue, S., Hu, X., Chi, X., & Zhang, J. (2021). Building an online community of practice through WeChat for teacher professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 613–637. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1647273 Yang, S. C., & Liu, S. F. (2004). Case study of online workshop for the professional development of teachers. Computers in Human Behavior, 20(6), 733–761. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2004.02.005 Zhou, W., Nakatsubo, F., Wu, J., & Liu, K. (2022). Digital ethnography of an online professional learning community based on WeChat for Chinese early childhood teachers. Computers and Education, 191(December 2021), 104617. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2022.104617 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Student Perspectives: Evaluation of Graphic Gesture integrated in Body Expression within University Education 1University of Alicante, Spain; 2University Jaume I Presenting Author:Body expression considered the oldest form of communication, was used by humans to create, express, and communicate feelings, emotions, and ideas deliberately and aesthetically (Aparicio et al., 2019). The human body, as articulated by Revilla (2019), has evolved into an instrument used to constantly and involuntarily understand our environment. Within the educational context, body expression is part of the curriculum across all educational phases and constitutes a subject within the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences degree. It is recognized as a discipline that, through the body and movement, seeks to establish a creative language connecting with internal processes, it sets common elements for communication and creation among individuals (Shinca, 2010). This discipline embodies the artistic and expressive facet of physical activities, aimed at promoting innovative methodological approaches to foster autonomous learning and social skills (Redondo et al., 2019). However, challenges arise as Physical Education teachers struggle with the integration of this educational content into formal teaching, particularly in the context of evaluation. The challenge intensifies due to the requirement that body expression content be founded on processes such as research, exploration, discovery, and awareness, contrasting with the prevalent use of automation, repetition, and perfection in educational evaluation (Sánchez and Ruano, 2007). This implies applying novel methodologies that lead students to express themselves freely both physically, cognitively, and emotionally (Antolin, 2013). To enrich this experience, teachers can make decisions based on their knowledge, selecting the most appropriate content for the learning context. One such decision may involve the integration of interdisciplinary content, in this case, the introduction of graphic strategies. Ephemeral drawing, as a graphic element for recording movement and rhythmic pattern, can have various advantages and benefits in the educational field for both students and the overall teaching-learning process. Integrated teaching has emerged as an innovative and effective pedagogical response in contemporary education. This approach departs from the traditional compartmentalization of disciplines and embraces the interconnection and synergy between different areas of knowledge. this approach embraces interconnection and synergy across different areas of knowledge. As highlighted by Hattie (2020), content integration provides students with a deeper understanding by connecting concepts from various disciplines, fostering more meaningful learning. Authors like Johnson and Johnson (2021) argue that integrated teaching not only promotes knowledge acquisition but also develops cognitive and socioemotional skills crucial for success in the 21st century. At the same time, Perkins (2018) emphasizes that the integrative approach allows students to apply knowledge practically, stimulating their ability to address real-world situations reflectively and adaptively. Current literature highlights the importance of integrated teaching for cultivating critical thinking and creativity (Robinson, 2022). This holistic perspective aligns with the current demand to educate students to face complex challenges and solve problems collaboratively (Gardner, 2019). In this context, this study seeks to explore the key dimensions of integrated teaching, highlighting its relevance in the current educational landscape and its impact on the holistic development of students. Therefore, the objective of this study was to understand the perceptions of students enrolled in the body expression subject of the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences degree about the experience of working on body movement by drawing its trajectory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative and exploratory approach, utilizing an emergent design based on the information gathered from participants. The research was conducted in a natural setting, without the intention of generalizing the results. The sample for this study is intentional and consisted of 36 students (28 males and 8 females) with a mean age of 22.4; SD = 3.421, enrolled in the subject of Body Expression Music and Movement, in the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences and Sports degree during the academic year 2023-2024. The aim of this study was to determine students' perceptions of their learning practices through the integrated content of other artistic disciplines. This proposal emerged after integrating the subject´s content of Didactics of Plastic Expression from the Bachelor's degree in Education - Infant and Primary (Jaume I University) into Body Expression Music and Movement in the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences and Sports degree (University of Alicante). Each student responded openly to a question through a written interview asking: How was your experience of drawing the traces left by your body movements? The educational experience took place over two weeks, with three hours allocated per week. Interviews were conducted at the end of the content, allowing a defined time for reflection on the question. The document was collected on the same day. In the field of educational research, the narrative interview serves as a robust and highly effective instrument. The information extracted from narratives undergoes analysis using an inductive methodology, enabling the identification and semantic categorization of the obtained segments. The information was categorized and organized into codes and subcodes, and the main emerging theme of this study was extracted for subsequent conclusions. The central research query is articulated as follows: Has the integration of graphic gesture into body expression been beneficial, as perceived by students in the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences and Sports domain? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings, expressed in percentages and absolute frequencies, reveal that 69.2% of the participants have favorable perceptions regarding this educational experience. This group highlights the novelty of the experience, improved understanding of movement, emotional and expressive release, as well as the fun associated with integrating body expression and graphic gesture. Student 5: "It has been a positive experience to be more aware of my own body. Moreover, movements are broader and more precise. At times, you let yourself go, and your mind goes blank, forgetting any concerns of the day." On the other hand, 30.8% of students express unfavorable perceptions. Identified causes include personal limitations such as creativity and movement restrictions, as well as material limitations. Additionally, some participants indicate that they do not perceive a clear learning benefit and mention limited collaboration from their peers. Student 28: "It was a new experience for me; I had never had to do anything like it. So, at the beginning, I struggled a lot to come up with ideas for the work because I had no reference." In conclusion the incorporation of graphic gesture into body expression within the university context, as perceived by students in Physical Activity and Sports Sciences, yields varied outcomes, with the majority being favorable. These findings indicate substantial variability in the reception of this content, underscoring the importance of taking into account individual and contextual differences when applying this educational approach in the university environment. This study could enhance the understanding and promote innovative teaching methods by integrating subjects, strengthening valuable skills, and fostering interpersonal and group abilities. This endeavor is positioned as a fundamental pillar in shaping the education of upcoming professionals, citizens, and leaders. References 1.Antolín, L. (2013). Expresión corporal: fundamentos motrices. Univesitat de Valencia. 2.Aparicio, M. L., Mayorga-Vega, D., & López-Fernández, I. (2019). Expresión corporal: Revisión bibliográfica sobre las características y orientaciones metodológicas en contextos educativos. Acción Motriz, 22, 23-34. 3.Gardner, H. (2009). Five Minds for the Future. Harvard Business Press. 4.Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement. Routledge. 5.Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2021). Cooperative Learning: A Research Perspective. Routledge. 6.Perkins, D. N. (2014). Future Wise: Educating Our Children for a Changing World. John Wiley & Sons. 7.Redondo, M. A., Gómez, C. C., Bastida, A., Mancha, D., & Gamonales, J. M. (2019). Are there differences in the emotions perceived by secondary education students as a result of sex and academic year in body expression sessions? Educ. Sport Health Phys. Act., 3, 15–28. 8.Rivilla I. (2019). Didáctica de la Educación Física. UNIR 9.Robinson, K. (2016). Creative Schools: The Grassroots Revolution That's Transforming Education. Penguin Books. 10.Ruano K. & Sánchez G. (2009). Expresión corporal y educación. Wanceulen. 11.Schinca, M. (2010). Expresión Corporal: técnica y expresión del movimiento. Navarra: Wolters Kluwer. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 19 SES 06 A: Ethnography of Inequalities in the Aftermath of PISA Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: María Begoña Vigo-Arrazola Paper Session |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper School Involvement in Non-Formal Digitalised Educational Arrangements. Comparing Practices and Ways of Participation of Marginalised Youth. University of Cologne, Germany Presenting Author:New PISA results show that educational inequality in Europe is prevalent as many countries score below average in socio economic fairness and/or inclusion in core subjects as compared to other OECD countries (OECD 2023). In striving for more educational equity, it is paramount to understand conditions within educational arrangements that enable or impede participation for marginalised youth. In accordance with the German tradition of “Bildung”, education is understood as a transformation of self-world-relations (Jörissen/Marotzki 2009). Digital media have become essential for self-world-relations, as they have created new options for participation as well as new requirements and obstacles for orientation (ibid.). According to this understanding, although formal education is often prioritised within public and academic discourse, non-formal (as well as informal) education is increasingly essential in the acquisition of relevant skills in a digitalised society (Spanhel 2020). The term “non-formal” is used to describe organised educational arrangements outside of formal education (e.g. afterschool activities, sports clubs, youth clubs or school holiday activities; Rohlfs 2011). In Germany, non-formal educational institutions often aim at targeting marginalised youth, for example by residing in ‘deprived’ urban areas, potentially creating opportunities to reduce educational inequalities among youth. In arrangements that recognise their disadvantaged target groups’ realities and enable participation, trust and respect are considered important factors in reducing inequality (Fujii et al. 2021; Streicher et al. 2014; Walther 2014). Some non-formal educational arrangements deal with the usage of digital media, such as coding, robotics, 3D-printing or photography (henceforth referred to as “non-formal digitalised educational arrangements”) and claim to be relevant for ‘Bildung’ in a digitised society. On the one hand, this potentially decreases educational inequalities among youth by enabling transformations of self-world-relations through learning and the experience of self-efficacy in relation to digital media. On the other hand, inequalities may be reproduced within these arrangements, if e.g. specific media practices are delegitimised. In this case, structures of educational arrangements may (unintentionally) exclude marginalised youth (Fujii et al. 2021; Kutscher/Farrenberg 2017; Schäfer/Lojewski 2007). The question emerges, whether non-formal digitalised educational arrangements succeed at enabling educational participation. Moreover, it remains to be examined whether and under which conditions those institutions are actually successful in including marginalised youth (Dawson 2014). The joint research project “DILABoration”, funded by the German Federal Ministry for Education and Research, aims at analysing conditions under which opportunities for participation and transformation of self-world-relations are enabled or impeded within non-formal educational arrangements, specifically regarding marginalised youth. Most arrangements considered in this research are organised independently by non-formal institutions, offered free of charge, take place in the institutions’ premises and do not aim at any formal qualification. However, some arrangements are implemented as collaborations between schools and non-formal educational institutions (e.g. extracurricular activities). These arrangements challenge the distinction between “non-formal” and “formal” educational contexts (Gosse 2020). This leads to the question how potentials of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements unfold in arrangements involving schools as opposed to arrangements not involving schools. This paper will therefore compare both kinds of arrangements with regard to participation of marginalised youth. “DILABoration” fits in with the ECER’s 2024 theme “Education in an Age of Uncertainty” as, on one hand, ‘Bildung’ in relation to digitality is characterised by contingencies while, on the other hand, it may enable subjects to confront and adapt to the new and unknown (Marotzki/Jörissen 2009). Consequently, the conditions of non-formal educational arrangements that enable youth to appropriate (media) practices apart from predefined skills and competences need to be researched. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ethnographic field study is carried out in two different institutions in Germany and aims at reconstructing conditions of non-formal educational arrangements that enable or impede participation and processes of ‘Bildung’. The institutions provide a variety of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements that include activities such as coding, 3D-printing, gaming and streaming. Some of the arrangements involve schools while others do not. In order to empirically reconstruct educational practices and participation, the youth’s and employee’s daily practices within those arrangements are examined through focused ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001), including participatory observation and videography. The data is analysed based on Grounded Theory Methodology (Corbin/Strauss 2015) as well as Artefact Analysis (Lueger/Froschauer 2018). Situational Analysis (Clarke et al. 2018) is applied in order to visualise constellations and relations between different human and non-human entities. By applying a reconstructive approach and practice theory (Schatzki 2002) as a sensitising concept, practices and conditions of participation within educational arrangements can be identified. Additionally, by focusing on the dimension of materiality, structures and practices involving artefacts such as digital hardware and software as well as non-digital artefacts are considered, relating these to the facilitation of transformation of self-world-relations for youth. So far, 19 different programmes have been examined in 43 participant observations. Schools are involved in 11 out of 19 programmes in different ways (e.g. extracurricular activities, projects, afternoon activities within schools, visits to the non-formal institution). 8 programmes (5 school collaborations) have additionally been videographed to be further analysed. This data allows for comparative analysis of specific conditions, elements and challenges regarding arrangements involving schools as opposed to arrangements not involving schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In an ethnographic field study, the research project “DILABoration” reconstructs (1) different conditions in non-formal educational arrangements, (2) learning and educational processes, specifically regarding digital media use as well as 3) the accessibility resp. forms of participation within those arrangements from a (marginalised) youths’ perspective in two non-formal institutions in Germany. It aims at identifying conditions under which these arrangements enable or impede meaningful participation, thus facilitating the transformation of self-world-relations. This paper presents analytical stances on conditions in non-formal digitalised educational arrangements enabling or reinforcing educational participation of (marginalised) youth, therefore reducing social and digital inequalities. Frequent collaborative arrangements involving schools raise the question of how conditions as well as potentials of non-formal arrangements unfold in different constellations. We will therefore compare non-formal digitalised educational arrangements with similar arrangements involving schools. Different conditions, educational practices and modes of participation will be examined regarding their potential of enabling or impeding participation of (marginalised) youth on a subjective level. After giving an insight into the research process and methodological approach, the comparison will be presented and discussed in relation to empirical material. Situational maps (Clarke et al. 2022) will be used to illustrate the different kinds of arrangements in which specific practices unfold. References Clarke, A. E./Washburn, R./Friese, C. (2022): Situational analysis in practice: Mapping relationalities across disciplines (London: Routledge). Corbin, J. M./Strauss, A. L. (2015): Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (SAGE). Dawson, E. (2014): Equity in informal science education: developing an access and equity framework for science museums and science centres. Studies in Science Education, 50, pp. 209–247. Fujii, M. S./Kutscher, N./Niermann, K.-M. (2021): Grenzen pädagogischen Handelns: Medienbildung zwischen Anerkennung und Handlungsbefähigung. In Wahl, J./Schell-Kiehl, I./Damberger, T. (eds.) Pädagogik, Soziale Arbeit und Digitalität: Education, social work and digitality (Weinheim: Juventa Verlag). Gosse, K. (2020). Pädagogisch betreut: Die offene Kinder‐ und Jugendarbeit und ihre Erziehungsverhältnisse im Kontext der (Ganztags‐)Schule (Bd. 8). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-29077-1 Jörissen, B./Marotzki, W. (2009): Medienbildung - eine Einführung: Theorie - Methoden - Analysen (Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt). Knoblauch, H. (2001): Fokussierte Ethnographie: Soziologie, Ethnologie und die neue Welle der Ethnographie. Sozialer Sinn 2, pp. 123–141. Kutscher, N./Farrenberg, D. (2017): Teilhabe und soziale Kompetenz durch die Nutzung von digitalen Medien: Herausforderungen für die Kinder- und Jugendpolitik. Expertise zum 10. Kinder- und Jugendbericht der Landesregierung NRW (Universtiät Vechta). Retrieved September 14, 2010 www.mkffi.nrw/sites/default/files/asset/document/10-kjbnrw-expertise-kutscher_farrenberg_u.a.pdf (04.09.2020). Lueger, M./Froschauer, U. (2018): Artefaktanalyse: Grundlagen und Verfahren (Wiesbaden: Springer VS). OECD (2023): PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. Rohlfs, C. (2011). Ein neuer Bildungsbegriff? Zur Unterscheidung formaler, non-formaler und informeller Bildung: Konturen des aktuellen Bildungsdiskurses. In C. Rohlfs, Bildungseinstellungen (S. 33–54). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92811-1_3 Schäfer, M./Lojewski, J. (2007): Internet und Bildungschancen. (München: kopaed). Schatzki, T. R. (2002): The site of the social: A philosophical account of the constitution of social life and change (Pennsylvania State Univ. Press). Spanhel, D. (2020): Kinder, Jugendliche und junge Erwachsene in digitalisierten Lernwelten. In Kutscher, N./Ley, T./Seelmeyer U./Siller, F./Tillmann, A./ Zorn, I. (eds.), Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung, pp. 101–114 (Beltz Juventa). Streicher, B./Unterleitner, K./Schulze, H. (2014): Knowledgerooms - science communication in local, welcoming spaces to foster social inclusion, Journal of Science and Communication,13 (02). Walther, A. (2014): Aneignung und Anerkennung. Subjektbezogene und soziale Dimensionen eines sozialpädagogischen Bildungsbegriffs. In Deinet, U./Reutlinger, C. (eds.), Tätigkeit-Aneignung-Bildung, pp. 97–112, (Wiesbaden: Springer VS). 19. Ethnography
Paper Distinction. The Social Construction of Potentialities in Mathematics Education Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:This paper is part of the project "Discretionary spaces and practices of recontextualization of curriculum objectives across three cases", funded by the German Research Foundation (Jablonka & Gellert, 2022). The focus is on mathematics education in 3rd-5thgrade elementary and 8th-9th grade secondary school, located in both, deprived and affluent contexts. The project is underpinned by sociological theories, which attend to the discursive and non-discursive relations that constitute the social construction of school mathematics and its (pathological) side effects (Straehler-Pohl & Gellert, 2015). The paper refers to data from 9th grade of an affluent school in Berlin. Our ethnographic approach aims to uncover potentials for critique and transformational change (Beach & Vigo-Arrazola, 2021). The choice of the school subject mathematics in the project is motivated by its core position in curricula worldwide. ‘Unsatisfactory’ results in the mathematics achievement tests of the OECD’s PISA in many countries have led to far-reaching reforms, such as standardization, performance measurement, and curriculum related programs (Budde, 2013; Jablonka, 2007). The shift to an evidence-based paradigm, in which output management becomes the dominant policy strategy, has had decisive impact on the respective education systems: the functional/technocratic focus on education prevails and (external) evaluation practices influence educational decision-making processes (teaching for the test), as instruction strategies need to be adapted (Brinkmann, 2016; Meyer & Zehadi, 2014; Gellert et al., 2013). Such curriculum adaptations might unintentionally mitigate or reinforce unequal access to mathematical knowledge: on the one hand, to the generative principles and styles of mathematical reasoning that underpin disciplinary knowledge, and on the other, to more skill-based reproducible forms (e.g. Dowling, 1996; Jablonka & Gellert, 2012). In this context, the overall goal of the project is to explore how curricular choices are made, which contingencies/variations of shared curriculum objectives are realized, and to what extent teachers perceive curricular freedom/restriction. In this paper, we approach these questions by means of an investigation of classroom practice and the teachers’ discursive reflections.
Theoretical Horizon – Habitus and Subjectification: Bourdieu’s notion of ‘habitus’ (1977) is useful to comprehend the interrelations of schooling, power, and positionings in the social field. Especially the concept of ‘disposition’, which involves both, structure and agency, plays an eminent role in terms of accumulated/accumulating symbolic capital. Dispositions influence the perception of oneself and others as well as practices of distinction. Foucault’s ‘dispositive’ (1979) provides an elucidating conception to discover the relationality between discourses and non-discursive practices, contributing to an understanding of organizational/institutional dynamics, power and their spatial-temporal changes. It also discloses contradictions, disruptions, and interferences in the process of subjectification, which potentially unfold transformative power. – Curriculum Recontextualization: State-mandated curricula are intended to control the recontextualization of curriculum objectives by schools and teachers for the transfer of ‘valuable’ knowledge and skills (Bernstein, 2000; Dowling, 1996, 2014). Whereas Bernstein’s approach focuses on rules by which recontextualization is regulated, such as classification (between contexts), framing (within contexts), and pedagogical device (transmission rules), among others, Dowling provides a scheme of discourse domains (esoteric, public, descriptive, expressive) by which mathematical texts and settings can be described in relation to knowledge distribution. He reveals significant distinctions regarding these domains of different mathematical discourses and practices, realized in institutionalized pedagogic settings with reference to assumed (future) social positions of students. Based on these theoretical considerations, the analysis presented in this paper aims to shed light on curriculum realizations in classroom practice and the teachers’ discursive reflections through an analysis of data from a STEM and a non-STEM course, in order to unpack variations of shared curriculum objectives and related teachers’ perceptions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An appropriate way to contribute to knowledge about the social construction of schooling (Hammersley, 2018) consists in an ethnographical approach. “Schools generally work […] by separating pupils in two types; of capable intellectual learners, on one hand; and those, defined as less intellectual and more practical, but the graduation is not a naturally quality, it is cultural, socially constructed, and interactively maintained” (Beach & Vigo-Arrazola, 2021, p. 680). Being in the field can help to understand how the participants construct their learning environment, by exploring on which conceptional basis curricular choices are made by the teachers and how contingencies in realization are generated – despite shared (mathematics) curriculum objectives. Thereby the focus cannot be limited to the social construction of discourses; practices encompass relations to spatial, material and immaterial aspects. The data are from the aforementioned project hosted at Freie Universität Berlin taking place 2023-2025 with partner universities in Santiago de Chile and Izmir, Turkey. The international dimension allows to de-familiarize the researchers’ conceptions (Hammersley, 2018) and eventually coordinate emic and etic perspectives. In each context the project includes reading curriculum documents, participant class observations, informal conversations with teachers and students, semi-structured interviews with the current math teachers of the observed classes, group discussions with interested teachers from the mathematics conference, as well as interviews with key stakeholders, such as experts of official education policy and experts of educational quality development. The changes in the education system provoked by OECD’s PISA induce curriculum discourses motivated by human capital theory, in particular recruiting students into future STEM professions. In this paper we draw on data of four math-lessons from a STEM and a non-STEM course in the 9th grade of an affluent secondary school in Berlin, initial and reflective teacher interviews and group discussions with mathematics staff. Data generation included participant observation and video-recordings. Ethical issues have been approved by the regional school administration. As to the approach of interpreting the data, based on the theoretical sensitivities outlined above, we loosely align ourselves with the recursive process of data and theory processing as conceived in grounded theory (Glaser & Strauss, 1967) to find out (in)coherences in mathematics education and concomitant distributive effects regarding forms of knowledge. Our approach is also inspired by studies in the context of critical ethnography (Beach & Vigo-Arrazola, 2021), which might help to explore potential for critical awareness and (future) change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings School subjects are constituted by the (re)production of social/political — and therefore also subject-specific — discourses, non-discursive constituents, and (inter)action modes. In this sense, mathematics education can be seen as an evolving process of enculturation, which ought to enable subjects to accumulate present and future (symbolic) capital and cultural participation. The analysis of the data of practices and discourses discloses, how in STEM as well as in non-STEM courses teachers base their (scope of) action on distinction practices regarding the ascribed performance of their students within and between the respective groups. Different forms of mathematical knowledge became visible in variations in lesson design within the same curriculum. Also, teachers’ attributions to their students’ mathematical dispositions dis-posed them differently, as surfaced in the lessons and interviews. However, distinctions are realized not only due to these attributions; rather, modes of distinction are also shaped by the respective teachers’ habitualized practices and their perceived discretionary spaces. Ambivalences and incoherencies were observed at all levels of the recontextualization of mathematical curriculum. For example, in the interviews teachers’ discretionary spaces were discussed and previously assumed restrictions became challenged. Altogether, our preliminary findings point to spaces of possibilities that counteract the technocratization of mathematics education, which in the wake of OECD’s PISA indeed might have become attractive in an age of uncertainty. References Beach, D. & Vigo-Arrazolo, M. B. (2021). Critical Ethnographies of Education and for Social and Educational Transformation: A Meta-Ethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(6), 677– 688. http://doi.org/10.1177/1077800420935916 Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity. Rowman & Littlefield. Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge University Press. Brinkmann, M. (2016). Datengesteuerte Leistungsmessung und evidenzbasierte Bildungsforschung – von den perversen Effekten Neuer Steuerung in Schule und Unterricht. http://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.24587.87843 Budde, J. (Ed.) (2013). Unscharfe Einsätze: (Re-)Produktion von Heterogenität im schulischen Feld. Springer. Dowling, P. (1996). A Sociological Analysis of School Mathematics Texts. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 31(4), 389-415. Dowling, P. (2014). Recontextualizing in Mathematics Education. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (pp. 525-529). Springer Science+Business Media. Foucault, M. (1979). The history of sexuality. Volume 1: An Introduction. Allen Lane. Gellert, U., Espinoza, L. & Barbé, J. (2013). Being a mathematics teacher in times of reform. ZDM – The International Journal on Mathematics Education, 45(4), 535-546. Glaser, B. G. & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory. Aldine. Hammersley, M. (2018). What is ethnography? Can it survive? Should it? Ethnography and Education, 13(1), 1-17. Jablonka, E. (2007). Mathematical Literacy: die Verflüchtigung eines ambitionierten Testkonstrukts. In T. Jahnke & W. Meyerhöfer (Eds.), Pisa und Co. Kritik eines Programms (2nd ed., pp. 247-280). Franzbecker. Jablonka, E. & Gellert, U. (2012). Potentials, pitfalls, and discriminations: Curriculum conceptions revisited. In O. Skovsmose & B. Greer (Eds.), Opening the cage: Critique and politics of mathematics education (pp. 287-308). Sense Publishers. Jablonka E. & Gellert, U. (2022). Discretionary spaces and practices of recontextualization of curriculum objectives across three cases. Project no. 446370134. https://gepris.dfg.de/gepris/projekt/446370134?context=projekt&task=showDetail&id=446370134& Meyer, H. D. & Zehadi, K. (2014). Open Letter to Andreas Schleicher. GDM Mitteilungen 97, 31-33. https://ojs.didaktik-der-mathematik.de/index.php/mgdm/article/view/339/335 Straehler-Pohl, H. & Gellert, U. (2015). Pathologie oder Struktur? Selektive Einsichten zur Theorie und Empirie des Mathematikunterrichts. Springer VS. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 20 SES 06 A: Innovative Pedagogies: Addressing Discrimination and Enhancing Understanding Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Dolly Eliyahu-Levi Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Transformative Pedagogies: facing Discrimination through Innovative Educational Initiatives 1University of Valencia, Spain; 2Catholic University of Valencia "San Vicente Martir"; 3University of Barcelona; 4European University of Madrid Presenting Author:In the pursuit of cultivating an equitable and inclusive educational environment, it is imperative to explore innovative pedagogical approaches that address discrimination in classrooms (Banks, 2018; Carmona et al., 2023). Discrimination within educational settings hampers the holistic development of individuals and perpetuates social inequalities (Ladson-Billings, 2021). This research delves into the transformative power of innovative teaching methodologies to create a more inclusive and egalitarian educational landscape. The main objective is to analyze two distinct educational case initiatives, “Facing History and Ourselves (FHAO)” and “Memory Walk”, both designed to address discrimination through innovative pedagogical approaches. Empirical evidence has shown that incorporating diverse perspectives, histories, and narratives, educators can broaden students' understanding of different cultures, fostering empathy and breaking down stereotypes (Gay, 2018). This can be achieved through the inclusion of literature, case studies, and multimedia that showcase the richness of global perspectives. In particular, FHAO is based on a pedagogical emotional engagement, and ethical reflection strengthen each other. At the centre is the students’ active, upstanding citizenship and their confidence that they can play a positive role in their classrooms, schools, communities, and the world beyond (Romer & Barr, 2018). This educational initiative engages adolescents during a critical time in their development integrating the study of history and literature with innovative teaching strategies. It encourages students to explore identity and human behavior, reflect on the choices they confront in their own lives today, and consider how they can make a positive difference. That is, this initiative supports teachers as they create learning environments where students know they belong and their voices matter. The different contested nature of memorials and monuments, highlights their role in shaping collective memory and identity within communities (Cubitt, 2007). It emphasizes the influence of contextual and situational factors on identity and memory construction (Gillis, 1994; Halbwachs, 1980; Assmann, 2010). That is, we can explore how historical events are selectively remembered or forgotten, and the power dynamics within societies that shape commemorative practices (Young, 1993). The Memory Walk concept represents an attempt to make the connection between the two fields in a very concrete way. It is through methods like this that young people learn to appreciate the fact that social reality is contested and that certain voices are heard while others are ignored or delegitimized. The fact that young people from diverse backgrounds can – in a very short time – jointly create a tool that can be used in classrooms demonstrates that limited resources can go a long way and especially in societies with competing perspectives can contribute to better understanding of each other’s past (Boerhout, & van Driel, 2013). As example, “The Memory Walk” initiative aims to engage diverse groups of young people in researching and documenting contested monuments, fostering critical thinking and intercultural competence (Ashplant et al., 2004). The project involves creating short films about the monuments and incorporating them into educational settings to encourage multi-perspectivity and reflection on the political nature of commemoration. Both initiatives emphasize project-based learning (PBL) with a focus on social issues encouraging students to explore real-world problems and develop solutions collaboratively (Jalinus et al., 2020; Thomas, 2019). This approach not only enhances critical thinking and problem-solving skills but also instills a sense of social responsibility. That is, student selecting and analyze projects that address discrimination, and students actively contribute to dismantling stereotypes and fostering positive change (Boss, 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Memory Walk Initiative and Facing History and Ourselves represent two distinct but interconnected educational initiatives. The Memory Walk Initiative is a program designed to engage students in reflective and experiential learning, focusing on the exploration of personal and collective memories. Facing History and Ourselves, on the other hand, is an established educational organization dedicated to promoting historical understanding and ethical decision-making through the examination of historical events and their contemporary relevance. The analysis begins by clearly defining the scope and objectives, aiming to understand how the Memory Walk Initiative and Facing History and Ourselves contribute to the educational landscape. Both initiatives share a commitment to fostering critical thinking, empathy, and ethical reasoning among students. Regarding data collection, we used online sources, including official websites, program documentation, and research studies, serve as the primary data reservoir. In addition, we analyzed previous interviews conducted by both organizations with educators, students, and program administrators may provide valuable qualitative insights into the effectiveness and challenges of each initiative. Moreover, awe conducted a SWOT analysis for both initiatives to examine internal strengths and weaknesses, as well as external opportunities and threats. This assessment aids in understanding how each initiative can leverage its strengths and address areas for improvement. Another aspect we considered were the ethical considerations given the nature of historical and memory-focused education, the analysis includes an exploration of ethical considerations. This involves scrutinizing how the initiatives address issues such as inclusivity, historical accuracy, and sensitivity to diverse perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings are synthesized to provide a holistic view of the Memory Walk Initiative and Facing History and Ourselves. Recommendations are formulated based on identified strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities, with a focus on enhancing the overall impact of both initiatives. Main findings reveal that Memory Walk Initiative primarily centers on personal and collective memory exploration, encouraging students to reflect on their own experiences and connect with broader narratives, and Facing History and Ourselves Emphasizes the examination of historical events to prompt critical thinking about ethical decision-making in contemporary society. Regarding pedagogical approach, Memory Walk Initiative utilizes experiential and reflective learning methods, encouraging students to engage emotionally with the subject matter, and Facing History and Ourselves leverages historical inquiry, case studies, and interactive teaching methodologies to promote critical analysis and dialogue. In relation to stakeholders, Memory Walk Initiative involves students, educators, and communities in shaping the learning experience, fostering a sense of ownership, and Facing History and Ourselves: engages a wide range of stakeholders, including educators, students, and community leaders, in dialogues that bridge historical understanding and contemporary issues. In addition, regarding technology Integration, Memory Walk Initiative may incorporate technology for storytelling, documentation, and virtual experiences to enhance the exploration of memories, and Facing History and Ourselves integrates technology to provide online resources, multimedia content, and interactive platforms for collaborative learning. In conclusion, Memory Walk Initiative aims for a transformative impact on individuals' understanding of their own memories and the collective narrative, and Facing History and Ourselves strives for lasting impact by fostering critical thinking skills, empathy, and ethical decision-making in diverse global contexts. Results encourage collaboration between initiatives to leverage each other's strengths. Sharing best practices in pedagogy, technology integration, and stakeholder engagement provide a foundation for informed decision-making and potential collaborative efforts in the field of educational initiatives. References Boerhout, L., & van Driel, B. (2013). Memory walk: An interaction-oriented project to interrogate contested histories. Intercultural Education, 24(3), 211-221. Carmona, C., Donato, D., & de Fez, S. G. (2023). Changing Regulations and Practices in Spain. In International Perspectives on Exclusionary Pressures in Education: How Inclusion becomes Exclusion (pp. 327-343). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Ernawati, M. D. W., Rusdi, M., Asrial, A., Muhaimin, M., Wulandari, M., & Maryani, S. (2022). Analysis of Problem Based Learning in the Scaffolding Design: Students’ Creative-Thinking Skills. Cypriot Journal of Educational Sciences, 17(7), 2333-2348. Gallagher, S. A. (1997). Problem-based learning: Where did it come from, what does it do, and where is it going? Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 20(4), 332-362. Jalinus, N., Syahril, S., Nabawi, R. A., & Arbi, Y. (2020). How project-based learning and direct teaching models affect teamwork and welding skills among students. International Journal of Innovation, Creativity and Change, 11(11), 85-111. Ladson-Billings, G. (2021). Critical race theory in education: A scholar's journey. Teachers College Press. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Exploring the Understanding of Work with People with Disabilities through Collage Technique 1University of Klaipėda, Lithuania; 2University of Central Florida, US Presenting Author:According to the data of World Health Organisation (2015), there are over 1000 million people with disabilities – around 15 per cent (or one out of seven) people living in the world. UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (2006) emphasises that countries are obliged to ensure proper healthcare for people with disabilities, without discriminating them against their disability, while health workers must provide them with the services of the same quality as they do to other persons. However, according to the communication by the United Nations, people with disabilities who need to receive healthcare services still face quite a few serious challenges: difficult physical access to healthcare institutions, lack of proper transport, negative approach of healthcare service providers to them. In this case, it is noteworthy that the negative attitude of health workers, according to Santoroa et al. (2017), can be related to the fact that health workers are still not properly equipped to work with people with disabilities and their education in this area is still insufficient. According to World Health Organisation (2016), the entire world feels a clear need to increase the ability of health workers to provide human-oriented services, which requires socially accountable education that includes training on how to work in a team, ethical practice, ensuring communication which is sensitive to rights, gender and culture and patient empowerment. These challenges encourage a closer look at the education of health workers and raise a question how to strengthen it, so health workers who have graduated from the schools of higher education would be able to work more effectively with people with disabilities reflecting their needs. Finding the answer to this strategic question is multi-faceted and nuanced. The focus in this presentation will fall on the exploration of how future health workers (students of schools of higher education) understand their professional work with people with disabilities. The research has been carried out adhering to the attitude of social constructivism claiming that a human being is an entity looking for and creating the meaning (Crotty, 1998). The collage technique was used as the main method to obtain, collect and interpret the data. In the most general sense, the collage is defined as a piece of art made by pasting together various different materials and images (Butler-Kisber & Poldma, 2010). Collage as an arts-based research method allows participants and researchers to link the “ideas in a non-linear way that brings a deeper understanding of a given phenomenon” (Kay, 2008, p. 147). Each image chosen for the collage evokes associations, memories and feelings, help to connect personal experience with the existing values and attitudes. Not only the choice of individual images, but their composition into one image too helps seeing multiple meanings of objects and phenomena and connections between them, generating the conceptual idea of the collage. Such study based on visual information eases verbal communication and helps to reveal meanings and experiences that are difficult to put into words. Therefore, such collage technique is seen as a valuable means to enter the inner world of a person (Kay, 2013). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Application of collage technique does not require a large scope of research sample, because the aim is not to reach the conclusion applicable to the greater part of the population (Butler-Kisber & Poldma, 2010; Plakoyiannaki & Stavraki, 2018). 5 students from Physiotherapy and Radiology study programmes in a Lithuanian university volunteered to participate in the project. Students were asked to create a collage that would answer the question: How do you understand the purpose of your future profession working with people with disabilities? They created two collages in two groups. Creation of the collage was based on five steps (Davis, 2008; Butler-Kisber & Poldma, 2010; Plakoyiannaki & Stavraki, 2018). In our case, the research was conducted in the following order: 1) Formulation of the problem and introduction of a task; 2) Creation of the collage; 3) Introduction of the collage; 4) A conversation between the researcher and research participants; 5) The final discussion, during which we explained how the collage was created, what were the roles of group members, what were the processes of dialogue and communication and other experiences of this creative process. Content analysis was used to analyse the data, focusing on identification and interpretation of images used for the collage (Mannay, 2010; Butler-Kisber & Poldma, 2010). Data preparation for analysis involved two-stage strategy (Van Schalkwyk, 2010). First of all, all pictures in the collage were numbered, making their schematic picture. In stage two, the analysis of picture descriptions took place, looking for a way to understand the meanings ascribed to the images. There was a story grid created for each collage, thus revealing the unity of insights and explanations provided. To ensure trustworthiness, it is recommended employing other researchers and asking them to evaluate their collected data and interpretation thereof. In the context of this research, the primary data analysis was carried out by the first researcher. Other researchers have shared their insights and evaluation of the primary data analysis. Research results are introduced after all of the authors agree on the suitability of data interpretation. The primary data analysis was introduced to students participating in research, with the question whether data interpretation matches what they have expressed in the collage in regards to the notion of work with people with disabilities, asking to add if something was left unsaid or left not included into the research report. Research participants have not provided any additional arguments or comments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In both groups that have participated in this study, geographical contextuality of a health worker’s work with people with disabilities has been brought up – research participants understand that in every corner of the world, there are people with disabilities and they have equal rights just like the rest of the people to receive high quality healthcare services. Collages and student commentary also helped reveal their understanding about the social context of working with people with disabilities. This context is perceived as intolerant to the disability, there is no equality between the healthy people and those with disability, the latter ones are feared, even evoking disgust, avoidance and feelings of failure to co-live. Another aspect made clear during research is that the way becoming disabled is interpreted reveals a multi-layered perception of students about the appearance of the disability. Study has revealed that students participating in it have a rather negative opinion about the political aspect of their work with people with disabilities and are angered by politicians, which, according to them, behave in an arrogant and non-professional manner. However, the data says nothing about perception of professional functions as well as forethought, self-reactiveness, self-reflectiveness, which, according to Bandura (2006), define personal agency. Students participating in research do not seem to have a vision about their professional activities with people with disabilities and tend to pass responsibility for a better position of people with disabilities in the healthcare system to other actors: politicians, representatives of other professions, and other institutions. Keeping in mind that professional identity affects the professional activities (Sutherland & Markauskaite, 2012; Caza & Creary, 2016), it is very important for education of health workers to shape the professional identity of health workers capable of working with people with disabilities. References Bandura, A. (2006). Toward a Psychology of Human Agency. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1(2), 164–180. Butler-Kisber, L., & Poldma, T. (2010). The Power of Visual Approaches in Qualitative Inquiry: The Use of Collage Making and Concept Mapping in Experiential Research. Journal of Research Practice (6)2, M18, 1-16. Caza, B. B., & Creary, S. J. (2016). The Construction of Professional Identity. In A. Wilkinson, D. Hislop, & C. Coupland (Eds.), Perspectives on Contemporary Professional Work: Challenges and Experiences (pp.259-285). Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing. Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research. SAGE Publications. Davis, D. (2008). Collage inquiry: Creative and particular applications. LEARNing Landscapes, 2(1), 245–65. Kay, L. (2008). Art education pedagogy and practice with adolescent students at-risk in alternative high schools. (Unpublished doctoral dissertation). Northern Illinois University, Dekalb, IL. Kay, l. (2013). Bead Collage: An Arts-based Research Method. IJEA, 14(3), 1-19. Mannay, D. (2010). Making the familiar strange: Can visual research methods render the familiar setting more perceptible? Qualitative Research, 10(1), 91–111. Plakoyiannaki, E., & Stavraki, G. (2018). Collage Visual Data: Pathways to Data Analysis. In C. Cassell, A.L. Cunliffe, & G. Grandy (Eds), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Business and Management Research Methods, 2 (pp. 313-328). SAGE Publications. Santoroa, J. D., Yedlab, M., Lazzareschic, D. V., & Whitgobd, E. E. (2017). Disability in US medical education: Disparities, programmes and future directions. Health Education Journal, 76(6), 753-759. Sutherland, L., & Markauskaite, L. (2012). Examining the Role of Authenticity in Supporting the Development of Professional Identity: An Example from Teacher Education. Higher Education, 64(6), 747-766. United Nations (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Retrieved from van Schalkwyk, G. J. (2010). Collage Life Story Elicitation Technique: A Representational Technique for Scaffolding Autobiographical Memories. The Qualitative Report, 15(3), 675-695. World Health Organization (2015). WHO global disability action plan 2014-2021. Better health for all people with disability.. World Health Organization (2016). Working for health and growth: investing in the health workforce. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 21 SES 06 A: Research Workshop 1: Significance of Theory for Dealing with Uncertainties in Work Situations? Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Wilfried Datler Session Chair: Christin Reisenhofer Research Workshop |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Research Workshop Significance of Theory for Dealing with Uncertainties in Work Situations? University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Since work situations in the fields of education and psychoanalysis are characterised by complexity, uncertainty, instability, uniqueness and an urgency to make decisions (Schön, 1983; Buchholz, 2006), the question of how to deal professionally with related challenges arises both in reflections among psychosocial practitioners as well as in academic discourse. One particular aspect of this topic relates to the question of how the ability to refer to scientific theories and concepts in understanding, decision-making and further action can be helpful in dealing with uncertainties in psychosocial practice situations. Even if the reference to scientific theories can sometimes grant professionals a certain degree of security, relevant publications from a psychoanalytical perspective (Zwiebel, 2013; Datler, 2016) and in accordance with literature on pedagogical professionalism (Helsper, Hörster & Kade, 2003; Rottländer & Roters, 2008) point to the conviction that it would be illusory to think that the orientation to theories or concepts could lead to the fundamental elimination of the moment of uncertainty in processes of psychosocial practice. While an overly narrow theoretical orientation in the form of 'clinging' to scientific theories may serve the attempt to completely devote the specificity of individual situations to certain theories, as it were, this hardly enhances the quality of professional practice. Rather, theories and concepts come into focus that take account of the complexity and instability or dynamics of psychosocial processes and help psychosocial professionals to understand that and why the experience of uncertainty in various psychosocial situations is unavoidable in different intensities and colors. To explore this furthermore, we will analyse empirical interview material that was conducted within TheoPrax, a research project of the Research Unit Psychoanalysis and Education at the University of Vienna, in order to consider in what way certain theories and concepts gain significance in the course of a person’s biography for dealing with uncertainty in psychosocial work situations. In my planned workshop, the exemplary analysis of an interview with a teacher and a psychoanalytically oriented counselling teacher will show that the individual biographical context and certain experiences of engaging with theory have each led to a characteristic way of dealing with uncertainty. The following research questions are addressed: 1. Which theories and concepts seem to have become important for Mr M. and Mrs D.? What experiences of engaging with these theories and concepts do they describe in a narrative interview? 2. In what way do these theories and concepts seem to have become helpful for working with their students/clients and dealing with uncertainties in psychosocial work situations? 3. Which biographically related experiences and which inner-psychic forms of processing these experiences seem to have had what influence on the theoretical orientation of Mr M. and Mrs D.? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. Within the first data collection, over 200 persons working in different psychosocial fields (teachers, psychoanalytic oriented counselling teachers, early childhood educators, social workers, psychoanalytic psychotherapists and others) were interviewed. Using a rating system (scaling structuring of content analysis), we determined with what precision the interviewed persons were able to explain the practice-guiding significance of a theory or concept, if they are asked (a) to name a theory or concept that helps them to understand, decide or take further action in some work situations, (b) to give an example of a specific work situation and (c) to explain in what way this theory or concept was helpful in this particular situation. 2. In addition, biographically related affinities and individual experiences that people have with certain theoretical contents in the course of their professionalisation appear to be decisive regarding the question of whether and in what way theories gain significance for everyday work. This aspect is explored in the second data collection. Therefore, in the second data collection phase, six narrative follow-up interviews were conducted with participants of the first data collection. In these interviews, the interviewees are asked to tell their professional biography and subsequently to reflect on which theories have become significant for them and their work in the course of their lives, but also what experiences they have had in engaging with these theories. Structure of the workshop: After a short introduction into the topic and research project TheoPrax, the participants analyze interview material in two groups: One group works on excerpts from the narrative interview with a teacher Mr M. and the other group works on excerpts from the narrative interview with a counselling teacher Mrs D. These two interviewees both achieved high scores in the rating of the first interview, in other words, they explained at a high level of precision how a theory or concept was helpful for a specific work situation. In the context of the conference topic and in the methodological tradition of analyzing Work Discussion Papers (Datler et al., 2008; Rustin & Bradly, 2008), the participants are going to examine the material in a phase of free association and in a second phase to investigate in which way certain theories and concepts became attractive to this person to deal with uncertainties and/or threatening emotions. With reference to the research questions, the results of the workshop are summarized and enriched with previous considerations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Within the workshop, it can be shown that by engaging with certain theories both interviewees, Mr. M. and Mrs. D., have gained more confidence in dealing with complex work situations – but in very different ways: According to his accounts, Mr. M. is guided by a concept that provides him with a framework that he can hold on to, especially in situations that seem threatening and unsafe to him. Orientation towards this concept seems to provide him with a way of rejecting threatening emotions (such as aggression) and gaining a sense of security. Mrs. D. is guided by a psychoanalytic framework that does not offer specific instructions, but rather opens up ways of dealing sensitively with uncertain situations. As a result, she seems to have gained more confidence in dealing with difficult situations and her own emotions such as aggression – she no longer experiences these as so threatening, but is able to integrate them into her professional identity. These findings are linked to aspects of the respective biographies as well as their specific experiences in the context of training and further education. The empirical analysis can be used as an example to illustrate how the engagement with psychoanalytic theories can be helpful for a more mature level of dealing with uncertainties and that psychoanalytically inspired formats for reflecting on work situations are particularly helpful for integrating threatening emotions and related insecurities. References Buchholz, M. (2006). Profession and empirical research in psychoanalysis. Sovereignty and integration. Psyche 60(5), 426-454. Datler, W., Steinhardt, K., Wininger, M., & Datler, M. (2008). The current unconscious dynamic in the interview situation and the psychoanalytical question of the biographical: Limits and possibilities of working with a modification of the "work discussion" method. Journal for Qualitative Research 9(1-2), 87-98. Datler, W. (2016). Obvious and hidden entanglements. On the professional handling of unavoidable dynamic processes in situations of early intervention. Frühförderung Interdisziplinär 35, 76-84. Helsper, W., Hörster, R. & Kade, J. (Eds.) (2003). Uncertainty. Educational fields in the modernisation process. Weilerswist: Velbrück. Rustin, M./Bradley, J. (Eds.) (2008). Work Discussion: Learning from Reflective Practice in Work with Children and Families. London. Rottländer, D. & Roters, B. (2008). Connections in uncertainty? Pragmatic comments to the teacher training debate. Bildungsforschung 5(2), 1-14. Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. New York: Basic Books. Zwiebel, R. (2013). What makes a good psychoanalyst? Basic elements of professional psychotherapy. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 06 A: Interdisciplinarity and Service-Learning in HE Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Patrick Baughan Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Qualifying the Debate on Interdisciplinarity in Higher Education – Human- and Social Scientific Perspectives on a University-wide STEM/SSH Interdisciplinarity Project Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:When confronted with Uncertainty and crisis, higher education has historically turned to interdisciplinarity as a means of promoting innovation. This was the case in 1970 when OECD hosted the Interdisciplinarity. Problems of teaching and research in universities conference (Apostel, 1972). In current European higher education policy, interdisciplinarity is an integral part of the green transition, transnational higher education collaboration, and development of competences for an increasingly technologized labor market (Jæger, forthcoming). Many universities respond to such policies by encouraging interdisciplinary collaboration in research and education. This paper will qualify the debate on interdisciplinarity in higher education by investigating a current case involving an interdisciplinarity project at a Danish PBL university. We ask: which general takeaways emerge from analyzing a current interdisciplinarity project initiated as a catalyst for higher education innovation and SSH/STEM-integration, from a social- and human science perspective? The case project elements Collaboration between STEM and SSH programs: As part of the 2022 to 2026 strategy to be a mission-oriented university, the university management encourages educational programs to increase collaboration across disciplinary and departmental boundaries, particularly in the form of collaboration across the SSH/STEM divide. New skills in focus: The goal of the new interdisciplinarity project is to educate graduates with advanced collaboration skills, phrased as a “focus on holistic thinking”, “ability to work across disciplines” “affect and adapt to the development of society” and “enhance students’ ability to transcend their own disciplinary domain and engage in cross-boundary cooperation” (AAU Strategy 2022–2026). Transdisciplinarity as the end goal: the university encourages collaboration projects that range from relatively limited interaction between disciplines and programs (but still ensuring that students become familiar with ‘foreign’ disciplines) to collaboration forms that require students to engage in joint problem-solving through integration of disciplinary perspectives and engagement of external partners. Later, cross-program get-to-know activities are likely to become mandatory. Study activities that require individual students to work in project groups composed of students from different disciplines will be arranged as elective modules.
Theoretical-Analytical approaches Though interconnected, we distinguish between two dimensions of interdisciplinarity (Hultengren 1979) in our analysis: A) The epistemological dimension relates to the processes of scientific work B) The educational-organizational dimension relates to the formation of certain competences in students When we preliminarily turn to the existing practices of interdisciplinarity within the case university, we identify shared characteristics by several programs within the SSH faculty. This leads us to inquire into the historical background of these programs. Mostly forgotten today it turns out they share a period in the 1970s where a specific pedagogical tradition, the problem-oriented project pedagogy tradition (Hultengren 1976, Illeris 1974), was very influential. According to this tradition the project work of students is student-directed and problem-oriented, and problem-orientation “entails interdisciplinarity”, because it is the identified authentic problem - and not the traditions of the discipline – that is guiding the choice of theory and methods (Illeris 1981:15,99). The emphasis on interdisciplinarity within the tradition is inspired by the OECD 1970 conference and social critique (Hultengren, 1979). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Case study Insights regarding implications of large-scale interdisciplinarity projects are reached through a case study approach. The data informing the case study consist of university policies (mission statements), concept papers produced during the project’s planning phase, records of seminars, workshops and meetings held during the project’s piloting phase, and finally presentations of initiated pilot projects at program level. The study aims for a nuanced understanding of the project’s underlying rationale and its implications as it unfolds in local contexts and seeks to realize the ideals of a descriptive case study (Flyvbjerg 2006, Gerring & Cojocaru 2016). Insider action research As the involved researchers are members of the academic staff of the case organization, and as one or more of the researchers participated in several of the activities constituting the project’s planning and pilot phase, we take inspiration in the “insider action research” approach (Coghlan & Holian 2021). The insider action research (IAR) approach characterizes a type of research conducted by organizational members into organizational change processes that involve “real organizational issues” (Coghlan & Holian 2021, p 14), in other words not projects or experiments initiated for the purpose of research. IAR draws on collaborative relations to organizational members and units and deep contextual knowledge. As positioned in the university’s PBL research unit (Institute for Advanced Studies in PBL), a unit that is directly involved in managing the case project, the researchers are a position to both follow the project closely and, to some extent influence it within the boundaries set by the university leadership. Deep contextual knowledge also includes intimate understanding of an organization’s history and its intellectual and cultural roots. Thus, the study includes a literature and document study of interdisciplinarity’s role in the foundation of the case university as a Danish reform university (Andersen & Keldsen 2015) based on problem- and project-based learning. Hermeneutical-phenomenological research paradigm Following Blaikie’s (2009) work on research design we take a range of elements into consideration before commencing serious empirical research processes, to reflect major design decisions and their implications on other elements. Blaikie (2009) distinguishes between ontological assumptions, epistemological assumptions, research strategy (methodology), data methods, subject theories, ethics and analysis. Following the hermeneutical-phenomenological research paradigm we assume the lifeworld as our ontological foundation (Feilberg et_al,2018), the understanding knowledge-guiding interest as our epistemology (Habermas, 1971), and the hermeneutical circle as our research strategy with interplay between parts and whole, description and interpretation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The case study is expected to provide a detailed description of the multiple understandings of interdisciplinarity involved in a strategic change project promoting interdisciplinarity across programs and departments, of the varied realizations of interdisciplinary teaching and learning as a consequence of the project, and the different forms of institutional and pedagogic ‘frictions’ that project implementation entails. Based on the case study, we expect to be able share findings and take-aways regarding the following themes: Enriched understanding of the complexity of interdisciplinary encounters as they occur between disciplines and programs as a consequence of the project. Is it, for example, possible to reach forms of interdisciplinary integration that go beyond “borrowing” and develop common ontological, methodological and conceptual platforms across differing ontological and epistemological assumptions, in projects that combine SSH and STEM programs? And how does the disciplinary complexity of individual programs impact collaboration across program and department boundaries? Sharpened ontological, epistemological and theoretical concepts helpful for the understanding of differences between disciplines involved in interdisciplinary collaboration, and for analyzing levels of interdisciplinary integration. Development of context-sensitive pedagogic approaches to the facilitation of interdisciplinary encounters in higher education. Strategic promotion of interdisciplinarity will only result in the desired learning outcomes if interdisciplinary collaboration makes sense to the involved teachers and students and the questions and problems they purse. References Aalborg University Strategy 2022–2026. Downloaded 010124 from https://prod-aaudxp-cms-001-app.azurewebsites.net/media/odnnfqrx/aau-strategy-2022-26.pdf Abbott, A. (2001). Chaos of disciplines. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Apostel, L., Berger, G., Briggs, A. & Michaud, G. (eds.) (1972). Interdisciplinarity. Problems of teaching and research in universities. Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development: Washington D.C. Bernstein, B. (1999). Vertical and horizontal discourse: an essay. British Journal of Sociology of Education. 20(2): 157-173 Blaikie, N. (2009). Designing Social Research. The logic of anticipation. Polity. Brassler, M. (2020). The role of interdisciplinarity in bringing PBL to traditional universities: opportunities and challenges on the organizational, team and individual level. The interdisciplinary journal of problem-based learning 14(2): 1-14. Coghlan, D. & Holian, R. 2021. Insider action research as leadership-as-practice: a methodological reflection for OD scholar-practitioners. Organization Development Review 53(5): 13-17. Collins, H. Evans, R, & Gorman, M. E. 2019. Trading zones revisited. In D. S. Caudill, S. N. Conley, M. E. Gorman, & M. Weinel (eds.). The third wave in science and technology studies. Cham: Springer International Publishing. Feilberg, C., Norlyk, A., & Keller, K. D. (2018). Studying the Intentionality of Human Being: Through the Elementary Meaning of Lived Experience. Journal of Phenomenological Psychology, 49(2), 214-246. Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). ‘Five Misunderstandings about Case-study Research’, Qualitative Inquiry 12(2): 219-245. Habermas, J. (1971). Knowledge and human interests. Appendix: Knowledge and human interests: A general perspective (pp. 301–350). Trans. Shapiro. Boston: Beacon Press. Hultengren, E. (1976). Problemorientering, projektarbejde og rapport- skrivning. Aalborg: Institut for Uddannelse og Socialisering, Aalborg Universitetscenter. Hultengren, E. (1979). Tværfaglighed som politisk undervisning. Aalborg: Institut for Uddannelse og Socialisering, Aalborg Universitetscenter. Illeris, K. (1974). Problemorientering og deltagerstyring: Oplæg til en alternativ didaktik. København: Munksgaard Illeris, K. (1981). Modkvalificeringens pædagogik. Problemorientering, deltagerstyring og eksemplarisk indlæring. København: Unge Pædagoger. Jensen, A. A., Ravn, O. & Stentoft, D. (2019). Interdisciplinarity and Problem-Based Learning in Higher Education. Cham: Springer International Publishing. Jæger, K. (forthcoming). Higher education interdisciplinarity – symmetry across policy levels? In K. Smed, A. M. Macias & K. Jæger (eds.) Working with interdisciplinarity in knowledge communities. Peter Lang. Klein, J. T. 2018. A conceptual vocabulary of interdisciplinary science. In J. T. Klein, N. Stehr & P. Weingart (eds.) Practising interdisciplinarity. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 3-24. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper University-Community Reciprocity on Service-learning Projects. How Can it Affect Students? University of Santiago de, Spain Presenting Author:Currently, the conformation of the European Higher Education Area is the central feature defining universities in Europe. Both methodological innovation and social dimension are two of the key elements within the new university model (Santos Rego et al., 2020). This calls for the adoption of a new formative paradigm centred on the student and the strengthening of the social function, as outlined in the Berlin Communiqué (2005). More recently, the Rome Communiqué (2020) proposes that institutions of higher education commit, along with their communities, to engaging in joint activities that are mutually beneficial and socially responsible. Therefore, there is an interest in shaping spaces of convergence between these propositions, as pedagogical innovation can and should place students in contact with society. This positioning leads us to discuss University Social Responsibility, an approach promoting social commitment in all spheres and activities of the Academy. Among other things, this requires that teaching seeks the involvement of students with the community, aiming not only to enhance the meaningfulness of learning but also to contribute to the development of groups and communities near the campuses (Coelho and Menezes, 2021). In this context, service-learning (SL) emerges as a useful methodology to strengthen connections between universities and society. It is defined as "a course-based, credit-bearing educational experience in which students (a) participate in an organized service activity that meets identified community needs and (b) reflect on the service activity in such a way as to gain further understanding of course content, a broader appreciation of the discipline, and an enhanced sense of civic responsibility" (Bringle and Hatcher, 1995, p. 112). These experiences promote the university's engagement with the community and vice versa, ultimately leading to improve academic, social, and professional learning, as well as community growth. In service-learning courses, the balance between universities and social entities or groups is crucial, moving away from positions in which communities are viewed as laboratories where students apply their knowledge (Baker-Boosamra, 2006). However, a significant portion of literature, especially in the European context, has focused on studying the effects of service-learning on student learning (Santos Rego et al., 2021), emphasizing the need to also consider the community in analyses of this methodology (Rodríguez-Izquierdo and Lorenzo, 2023). Over the past two decades, various studies have confirmed the gains that the community obtains from such projects, with central focuses on knowledge exchange and satisfying the needs of entities and/or groups (Nduna, 2007; Schmidt and Robby, 2002; Van Rensburg et al., 2019). However, to strengthen the ties between the university and the community, with the goal of optimizing benefits for both parties, it is essential that the relationship is established on principles of genuine reciprocity. Reciprocity is defined as the inclusion of principles such as respect, trust, genuine commitment, balance of power, shared resources, and clear communication between university institutions and community stakeholders (Jacoby, 2015). Using service-learning, the aim is to foster reciprocal relationships and mutual assistance between the university and social actors, exploring the impact on students as agents of social change (Asghar and Rowe, 2017; Martínez-Usarralde and Chiva-Bartoll, 2020). Therefore, the objective of this study is to analyse whether the type of relationship established with the community in service-learning projects influences the development of transversal competencies in students. This paper is framed in the Research Projects: “Service-Learning (SL) and employability of university graduates in Spain: competences for employment” (EDU2017-82629-R) and “The impact of the university in the community through service-learning projects. A study focused on reciprocity (SL)” (PID2021-122827OB-I00). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this research a quasi-experimental design of two non-equivalent groups was used, with pretest and post-test, and an independent variable, which is the SL project. Specifically, 18 service-learning courses were evaluated in two Spanish universities. The final sample consisted of 568 students: 381 involved in service-learning, forming the experimental group; and 187 peers from the same courses following conventional methodology, in the control group. Most of the participants were enrolled in degrees or master's programs in Social and Legal Sciences (59.9%), followed by those in Health Sciences (25.5%). 17.8% had previously participated in a university-promoted project involving community service, and 17.5% claimed to have been involved in the past year with a youth organization or voluntary action entity. Mostly (69.1%), they had no prior work experience. Two instruments were administered during the academic years 2020/2021, 2021/2022, and 2022/2023. The first is a Record Sheet for University Service-Learning Courses, directed at the responsible professors to gather information about project characteristics. For this study, we considered information related to: - Type of service. It refers to the nature of the relationship established between the university and the community: direct (involving direct interaction with professionals and/or users of the entity/organization) or indirect (no direct contact with professionals and users). - Project quality scale, utilizing a 5-point Likert scale factor related to the level of social entity’s participation (only for projects with direct service). It pertains to the involvement of entities in defining objectives, planning, and student supervision. It is coded as low quality if the score is less than or equal to 3.33 and high quality if it exceeds this value (a cutoff point was determined based on the median of the factor in 108 service-learning projects). The second instrument is the Questionnaire on Generic Competences for University Students (COMGAU), administered in pretest and post-test. For analysis, a 5-point Likert scale measuring the perception of transversal competences was considered, grouped into five factors: entrepreneurial skills, interpersonal skills, intercultural skills, networking skills, and analytical and synthesis skills. Statistical analysis was conducted using Student's t-tests for related samples, distinguishing between different groups, and calculating effect size using the Cohen's d coefficient. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Firstly, it is noteworthy that students participating in service-learning courses (experimental group) experience greater competence development compared to those who do not participate in such projects (control group). Moreover, within the experimental group, those engaging in direct service exhibit a larger effect size in the evolution of their perception. Specifically, in these direct-service projects, students significantly enhance their perception of entrepreneurial skills (p<.001), interpersonal skills (p<.001), and analytical and synthesis skills (p<.001). On the other hand, students in projects with indirect service report gains in entrepreneurial skills (p<.047), networking skills (<.039), and analytical and synthesis skills (p<.014). Meanwhile, the control group only increases their perception in analytical and synthesis skills (p<.008). Secondly, in the group involved in direct-service activities, those engaged in high-quality projects in terms of entity involvement experienced an increase in entrepreneurial skills (p<.001), interpersonal skills (p<.001), and intercultural skills (p=.016). This significance was not found in projects placing less emphasis on this dimension. In the analytical and synthesis skills and networking skills, there is significance in both groups, but with a larger effect size in the case of high participation. In conclusion, this study confirms the role of communities in the training of university students, specifically manifested in service-learning courses. This opens up new educational possibilities that enhance the meaningfulness of learning, as social entities and collectives become contexts of experience and practice closely aligned with the future professional endeavours of students, thus promoting the development of transversal competencies. References Asghar, M., and Rowe, N. (2017). Reciprocity and critical reflection as the key to social justice in service learning: A case study. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 54(2), 117-125. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2016.1273788 Baker-Boosamra, M. (2006). From service to solidarity: evaluation and recommendations for international service learning. SPNA Review, 2(1), 1-21. Bringle, R. G., and Hatcher, J. A. (1995). A service-learning curriculum for faculty. Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 2(1), 112-122. Coelho, M., and Menezes, I. (2021) University Social Responsibility, Service Learning, and Students' Personal, Professional, and Civic Education. Frontiers in Psychology, 12(617300). https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.617300 Jacoby, B. (2015). Service-learning essentials. Jossey-Bass. Martínez-Usarralde, M.J., and Chiva-Bartoll, O. (2020). Inclusivity and social justice through service-learning in the era of biopolitics. In UNESCO (Ed.), Humanistic futures of learning. Perspectives from UNESCO Chairs and UNITWIN Networks (pp. 117-121). UNESCO. Nduna, N. (2007). The community voice on service-learning: A good practice guide for higher education. Education as Change, 11(3), 69-78. https://doi.org/10.1080/16823200709487180 Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R.M., and Lorenzo, M. (2023). El giro comunitario en el aprendizaje-servicio Universitario. Inclusión y sostenibilidad. Octaedro. Santos Rego, M.A., Lorenzo, M., and Mella, I. (2020). El aprendizaje-servicio y la educación universitaria. Hacer personas competentes. Octaedro. Santos Rego, M.A., Mella, I., Naval, C., and Vázquez, V. (2021). The evaluation of social and profesional life competences of university students through service-learning. Frontiers in Education, 6(606304). https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.606304 Schmidt, A., and Robby, M. (2002). What’s the value of service-learning to the community? Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 9(1), 27-33. Van Rensburg, E., van der Merwe, T., and Erasmus, M. (2019). Community outcomes of occupational therapy service-learning engagements: perceptions of community representatives. South African Journal of Occupational Therapy, 49(1), 12-18. https://doi.org/10.17159/2310-3833/2019/vol49n1a3 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 06 B: Students Trajectories Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Vesa Korhonen Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Professional Integration: A Blind Spot in Retention Theory VIA University College Presenting Author:Dropout poses a significant challenge in higher education, straining institutions and incurring costs for society while potentially resulting in unnecessary setbacks for individual students. Research on dropout has been integral to higher education studies, with Vincent Tinto's seminal work on student retention forming a cornerstone upon which much of the current dropout research is built (Tinto, 1975, 1993). Tinto's theory, rooted in the concept of "integration," suggest that successful student retention is closely tied to the extent to which students integrate into the academic and social domains of their institution. The theory underscores the importance of academic and social support systems, as well as the role of faculty and peers in fostering a sense of belonging and commitment among students (Tinto, 1993, 2017). However, recent empirical research within professional education highlights a blind spot in Tinto's model. Academic and social integration alone cannot fully explain dropout in professional education; rather, students' integration into their chosen profession also plays a crucial role. Thus, the British researcher Deborah Roberts (2012) demonstrates the significance of professional integration for teacher students’ considerations of dropping out, while Glavind & Hansen's (2023) research on study groups shows that group work can have professional-integrative effects in addition to the academic and social integrative effects. In other words, studies of retention must also focus on students' sense of professional belonging. Students must be able to envision themselves in the profession they are training for. Otherwise, there is a risk that they will opt out of the program, even if they are performing well academically and socially. This paper aims to theoretically develop the concept of professional integration and integrate it with Tinto's model. Specifically, the paper addresses the research question: How can Tinto’s model be revised to include student integration in the professional domain? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To elucidate and construct the concept of professional integration, this paper will explore the following themes and questions: 1. The professional domain of professional bachelor education: What characterizes the teaching and learning contexts in professional bachelor education programs (the interaction between academic and practical contexts)? 2. The professional development of students: What characterizes the processes of transitioning from acting to becoming and being a professional? 3. Professional integration: What is professional integration in an educational context, and how does it differ from and complement the concepts of academic and social integration? To answer questions 1 and 2, the paper will draw on theories of professional education focusing on professional identity formation and professional development. The students' professional development is directed by the profession and the notion of professionalism, and it is characterized by constant evolution and emergence (Scanlon, 2011). It can be viewed as professional identity development (Heggen, 2008; Heggen & Terum, 2017; Terum & Heggen, 2016; Scanlon, 2011), which involves changes in an individual's understanding of themselves as professionals through continuous reflections on their roles within the practice and professionalism (Benner et al, 2010; Benner, 2011). Answering question 3, the paper will bridge Tinto's concept of integration with theories of professional education. With this foundation, professional integration is thus about the students' experience of belonging to the profession they are training to enter. It is their perception and experience of the profession as it presents itself to them. Attachment to the profession is formed through interactions with practice, which can occur both before and during education (Benner et al, 2010, Heggen, 2008; Roberts 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary aim of this study is to contribute to a deeper understanding of dropout in higher education, particularly within the context of professional education programs. Tinto's model provides a good starting point for understanding dropout, but it has a blind spot regarding the professional domain. Therefore, the intention is to develop a comprehensive model that can be applied across a wide range of professional education programs. The insights gained from this study are expected to have practical implications for educational practice. By highlighting the importance of professional integration in student retention, educators can design curriculum and pedagogical approaches that foster students' sense of belonging and attachment to their chosen profession, ultimately enhancing student success and program completion rates. In summary, this study endeavors to provide insights into the multifaceted nature of dropout and its implications for individual students, educational institutions, and society as a whole. References Benner, P. (2011). Formation in professional education: An examination of the relationship between theories of meaning and theories of the self. Journal of Medicine and Philosophy, 36(4), 342–353. https://doi.org/10.1093/jmp/jhr030 Benner, P., Sutphen, M., Leonard, V., & Day, L. (2010). Educating nurses: a call for radical transformation (1st ed.). Jossey-Bass. Glavind, J. G., & Hansen, D. G. (2023). Professionsintegration - Studiegrupper som professionelle arbejdsfællesskaber. Dansk Pædagogisk Tidsskrift, 4, 97–113. Heggen, K. (2008). Profesjon og identitet. In K. Molander & L. I. Terum (Eds.), Profesjonsstudier. Universitetsforlaget. Heggen, K., & Terum, L. I. (2017). The impact of education on professional identity. In B. Blom, L. Evertsson, & M. Perlinski (Eds.), Social and caring professions in European and welfare states. Policies, services and professional practices (pp. 21–35). Policy Press. Roberts, D. (2012). Modelling withdrawal and persistence for initial teacher training: revising Tinto’s Longitudinal Model of Departure. Wiley Blackwell, 38(6), 953–975. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411926.2011.603035 Scalon, Lesley. (2012). ‘Becoming’ a professional. In L. Scalon (ed.), “Becoming” a professional: an interdisciplinary analysis of professional learning (13-32). Springer. Terum, L. I., & Heggen, K. (2016). Identification with the Social Work Profession: The Impact of Education. British Journal of Social Work, 46(4), 839–854. https://doi.org/10.1093/bjsw/bcv026 Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from Higher Education : A Theoretical Synthesis of Recent Research. Review of Educational Research, 45(1), 89–125. Tinto, V. (1993). Leaving College: Rethinking the Causes and Cures of Student Attrition. University of Chicago Press. Tinto, V. (2017). Through the Eyes of Students. Journal of College Student Retention: Research, Theory and Practice, 19(3), 254–269. https://doi.org/10.1177/1521025115621917 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper New Empirical Model for the Theory of Biographical Learning Masaryk University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Biographical learning "places confidence in the competence of individual learners to handle biographical disruptions caused by late modernity "(Hallqvist, 2014). This type of learning was closely related to biographical research methods from the very start but is also connected to a particular educational practice of autobiographical storytelling. The broadest definition claims biographical learning deals with the relationships between biography and learning, biography as a way of learning and the influence of biography on learning (Tedder & Biesta, 2007). This definition opens up the theoretical view into biographical learning but does not help operationalise it to capture it precisely in the empirical data. Therefore, the research gap in biographical learning knowledge is a lack of clear understanding of the internal processes that occur when an individual engages in biographical learning. Alheit, the author of the biographical learning concept, also pointed out the lack of a systematic theory of biographical learning (Alheit & Dausien, 2002). According to Alheit, biographical learning is about understanding changes in personal and social identity, as well as bodily identity, as a potential for growth and ownership of one's life story and biographicity (Alheit et al. 1995). The paper aims to present biographical learning as a theoretical and empirical perspective on learning. The leading question for the theoretical analysis of this study was what the role of biography, narrative, and identity is within biographical learning. The empirical analysis of biographical learning was a concrete analysis of non-traditional students' narratives about their biographical experiences to understand their biographical learning in relation to what they learned and how they learned it. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study presupposes the process of making sense of biographical experiences can be evidenced through storytelling during the research interview. Data was collected through 29 biographical narrative interviews with adult learners in Czech higher education and analysed through different means of narrative analysis. The narrators had at least 26 years old, had a break in their previous educational trajectory before entering university and were studying for education degrees in different Czech universities. The abductive synthesis of the results enabled the creation of graphic empirical models of the process of biographical learning. This study applied abductive reasoning using biographical data (Bron & Thunborg, 2017) as "abduction is intended to help social research, or rather social researchers, to be able to make new discoveries in a logically and methodologically ordered way" (Reichertz, 2010, p. 4). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the narrative analysis showed biographical, narrative and identity categories, respectively. Biography and identity level correspond to what is learned, whereas narrative level corresponds to how it is learned. It was also discovered that connections between experiences are created in three possible ways through storytelling: biographical learning by analogy, biographical learning by audit, and biographical learning by authority. Learning by analogy takes place when two different events from a biography, distinct in time, are connected by creating an analogy between them in the narration. The narrator was not aware of this link before and they are thus learning something new about their identity. The second type of biographical learning is when the narrators’ experiences are linked to the present day and the direction of link goes from the past experience to the present day. The narrators become aware of the effect in their past and reflect upon it during storytelling. The third type of biographical learning found in the narratives can be observed when the narrator is analysing the past experiences with the current biographical knowledge containing all the experiences that came afterwards. Biographical learning was evidenced by creating meaningful connections between biographical experiences stored in the memory. Moreover, the empirical model determined that identity is the guiding element for the selection, transformation and integration of the experiences. Identity is a condition and outcome of biographical learning. The consequence of the process of biographical learning is the constant construction and reconstruction of one's biography and identity. Understanding these processes more fully can help to shed light on the mechanisms behind biographical learning and how it can be effectively facilitated in various settings. References Alheit, P., & Dausien, B. (2002). The 'double face'of lifelong learning: Two analytical perspectives on a 'silent revolution'. Studies in the Education of Adults, 34(1), 3-22. Alheit, P., Bron-Wojciechowska, A., Brugger, E., & Dominicé, P. (Eds.). (1995). The biographical approach in European adult education. Vienna: Verband Wiener Volksbildung. Bron, A., & Thunborg, C. (2017). Theorising biographical work from non-traditional students' stories in higher education. International Journal of Contemporary Sociology, 54(2), 112-127. Hallqvist, A. (2014). Biographical learning: two decades of research and discussion. Educational Review, 66(4), 497-513. Reichertz, J. (2010). Abduction: The logic of discovery of grounded theory. The SAGE handbook of grounded theory, 214-228. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Information Capital and Resilience Education Sciences Group, WU Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:The European agenda for widening participation in Higher Education (HE) aims for a reflection of the diversity of the European population in the student body as well as equity of opportunity in education (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2015, 2020). This has led to an increase in so-called non-traditional students (NTS) entering universities throughout Europe (ibid.). The term “non-traditional student” includes but is not limited to students who, e.g., are first-generation students, are engaged in regular paid employment, belong to an ethnic or migrant minority or have care responsibilities (Gillen-O’Neel, 2021; Nairz-Wirth & Feldmann, 2018). NTS, however, are overrepresented among HE dropouts (Thaler & Unger, 2014; Tieben, 2020; Wolter et al., 2017), which contradicts the European Union’s above stated goals. This may be due to HE-institutions' predominant orientation toward “traditional” full-time students with tertiary-educated parents etc., which may cause NTS to experience additional difficulties in HE (Nairz-Wirth & Feldmann, 2018). The majority of HE dropouts happen during the transition to university (Aina et al., 2022), which can therefore be described as a particularly challenging time for students. To deal with challenges, students need resilience, the ability to adapt to and grow during challenging times. As NTS may face additional difficulties in HE (see above), they would especially benefit from a high level of resilience. Previous empirical research established that resilient students are significantly less likely to drop out of HE than less resilient students (see e.g., Ayala & Manzano, 2018). An important dimension of resilience is the perceived self-efficacy (Jardim et al., 2021, p. 6). Bandura’s (1994) conception of self-efficacy is employed to define a university student’s study-related perceived self-efficacy: The study-related perceived self-efficacy therefore describes the belief/expectation of a student to achieve certain levels of performance in their studies through their own abilities and actions, e.g., during an exam, which in turn affect the student’s progress, e.g., through the result of this exam. Low-threshold access to study-related information capital strengthens the expectation of self-efficacy (Crozier & Reay, 2011), especially during the transition to university. Because students can make decisions on which skills to acquire and which actions to take to positively influence their study progress only based on appropriate information. Notably, access to informal high-quality information capital, so-called hot knowledge (Strecker & Feixa, 2020), e.g., information exchanged through informal chat with other students, is critical for a student’s perceived self-efficacy. Cold knowledge, e.g., the information displayed on the homepage of a study program, in contrast, embodies formal information capital, which often does not match the quality of hot knowledge (Strecker & Feixa, 2020). NTS, especially first-generation students, may be at a disadvantage in accessing hot knowledge, as they cannot access it through their families (Strecker & Feixa, 2020). This contribution aims to identify study conditions, which facilitate student’s access to hot knowledge and are therefore, as conceptualized above, suitable for enhancing student’s resilience. For this purpose, Bourdieu’s relational theoretical framework with the concepts habitus, field and capital (Bourdieu, 1977, 1983) is applied and expanded by information capital as a combination of social and cultural capital (Lessky et al., 2021). As different fields of study vary greatly regarding the accessibility of hot knowledge due to differing field structures and conditions, three vastly different study programs are investigated with each being viewed as a specific social field. This leads to the central research questions of this contribution: 1. Which study conditions are suitable for facilitating student’s access to hot knowledge during the transition to university? 2. How do three different study programs compare regarding the student’s access to hot knowledge? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As our focus is on student’s experiences with and perceptions of study conditions regarding the accessibility of hot knowledge, we chose a qualitative research approach. 26 problem-centered interviews (Witzel, 2000) and eight group discussions provide the basis of the empirical study presented here*. The interviews and group discussions were conducted with non-traditional students from three different study programs at Austrian state universities (human medicine, engineering and an undergraduate program that combines business, economics and social sciences), which were chosen because of their greatly varying study conditions. The interviews took place between 2019 and 2023 and ranged in length from 18 to 135 minutes. At the time of the interviews, the interviewees were between 20 and 34 years old. To gain further in-depth insights into the topic (Kühn & Koschel, 2011, pp. 23–24), semi-structured group discussions with three to four participants each, took place in 2021, 2022 and 2023. Two group discussions were held with engineering students and three each with human medicine students and students of business, economics and social sciences. One out of the three group discussions with human medicine students and with students of business, economics and social sciences each also included a lecturer. The group-discussions ranged in length from 52 to 94 minutes. The interviews and group discussions were audio-recorded with informed consent (Witzel 2000) and subsequently transcribed verbatim for coding and analysis. We used pseudonyms throughout to guarantee anonymity. The data was analyzed using the ATLAS.ti qualitative data analysis software program. In accordance with the principles of Constructivist Grounded Theory, open coding was initially used, whereby the codes were developed based on the statements of the interviewed students. In a further step, the resulting codes were divided into categories, which were then assigned to Bourdieu's theoretical concepts. The interpretation of the data was therefore primarily guided by Bourdieusian theory, but sufficient care was taken to ensure that the process was not only deductive but also inductive, thus avoiding any mono-theoretical reductionism. *The empirical study presented in this article is based on the analysis of part of the qualitative data material collected as part of a research project (No. 18454), funded by the OeNB Anniversary Fund. The project is being carried out by the Education Sciences Group at the Vienna University of Economics and Business. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the three fields of study examined, students obtain information capital in the form of hot knowledge from peers, digital groups, student councils and the student union. However, the sources of hot knowledge vary in the three fields analyzed due to the different institutionalization of access to information capital. In the study program of business, economics and social sciences, students mainly obtain hot knowledge from peers and digital groups, as well as from the student union. The digital groups are of particular relevance in this field regarding access to hot knowledge. This may be due to the low level of institutionalization of access to social capital, the peers. Engineering students also obtain hot knowledge from digital groups, but to a lesser extent, as access to information capital is more institutionalized in this field due to the student council’s services. These services include providing networking opportunities and spaces, and students obtain hot knowledge from the peers they get to know this way. In the field of human medicine, access to social capital is most strongly institutionalized due to the prevalence of a small group system; students obtain hot knowledge primarily from peers within the small group, but also from digital groups and the student union. Peers are the most important source of hot knowledge for students in all three fields of study, as digital groups, student councils and the student union are also primarily maintained by students. Accordingly, the results highlight the connection between access to social capital, relationships with peers, and access to information capital in the form of hot knowledge. Relationships with peers as well as the associated access to hot knowledge, promote students’ resilience. In addition, digital groups can be clearly assigned to hot knowledge. References Aina, C., Baici, E., Casalone, G., & Pastore, F. (2022). The determinants of university dropout: A review of the socio-economic literature. Socio-Economic Planning Sciences, 79, Article 101102, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.seps.2021.101102 Ayala, J. C., & Manzano, G. (2018). Academic performance of first-year university students: The influence of resilience and engagement. Higher Education Research & Development, 37(7), 1321–1335. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2018.1502258 Bandura, A. (1994). Self-efficacy. V.S. Ramachaudran (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Human Behavior, 4, 1–65. Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge studies in social anthropology: Vol. 16. Cambridge University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1983). Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital. In R. Kreckel (Ed.), Soziale Ungleichheiten (pp. 183–198). Schwartz. Crozier, G., & Reay, D. (2011). Capital accumulation: Working-class students learning how to learn in HE. Teaching in Higher Education, 16(2), 145–155. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2010.515021 European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2015). The European higher education area in 2015: Bologna process implementation report. Publications Office of the European Union. http://eacea.ec.europa.eu/education/eurydice/documents/thematic_reports/182EN.pdf https://doi.org/10.2797/998555 European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2020). The European Higher Education Area in 2020: Bologna Process Implementation Report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/c90aaf32-4fce-11eb-b59f-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-183354043 https://doi.org/10.2797/756192 Gillen-O’Neel, C. (2021). Sense of Belonging and Student Engagement: A Daily Study of First- and Continuing-Generation College Students. Research in Higher Education, 62(1), 45–71. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-019-09570-y Jardim, J., Pereira, A., & Bártolo, A. (2021). Development and Psychometric Properties of a Scale to Measure Resilience among Portuguese University Students: Resilience Scale-10. Education Sciences, 11(2), Article 61, 1–8. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11020061 Kühn, T., & Koschel, K.‑V. (2011). Gruppendiskussionen (2nd ed.). Springer VS. Lessky, F., Nairz-Wirth, E., & Feldmann, K. (2021). Informational capital and the transition to university: First-in-family students' experiences in Austrian higher education. European Journal of Education, 56(1), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12437 Nairz-Wirth, E., & Feldmann, K. (2018). Hochschulen relational betrachtet. In AQ Austria (Ed.), Durchlässigkeit in der Hochschulbildung. Beiträge zur 5. AQ Austria Jahrestagung 2017 (pp. 79–94). Facultas. Strecker, T., & Feixa, C. (2020). Gender and social class in study choice: narratives of youth transitions in Spain. Gender and Education, 32(3), 429–445. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2018.1495831 Thaler, & Unger (2014). IHS_Dropoutstudie2014. Tieben, N. (2020). Non-completion, Transfer, and Dropout of Traditional and Non-traditional Students in Germany. Research in Higher Education, 61(1), 117–141. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-019-09553-z Witzel, A. (2000). Das problemzentrierte Interview. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 1(1), 1–7. Wolter, A., Dahm, G., Kamm, C., Kerst, C., & Otto, A. (2017). Nicht-traditionelle Studierende: Studienverlauf, Studienerfolg und Lernumwelten. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF) |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 06 C: Diversity and Learning in HE Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Helen Coker Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper A mapping review of UDL-based teacher training in Higher Education 1Università di Perugia, Italy; 2University of Salento, Italy; 3Free University of Bozen, Italy Presenting Author:Our research focuses on Universal Design for Learning (UDL), a comprehensive framework for designing and implementing teaching strategies across diverse educational settings, with a particular emphasis on higher education (CAST, 2018). Recognizing the positive impact of training teachers in UDL guidelines on both student skills and the overall quality of teaching (Rusconi & Squillaci, 2023), our study seeks to contribute to the existing body of knowledge. While previous synthesis studies have explored UDL at the university level (Cumming & Rose, 2021; Roberts et al., 2011) and its application in teacher education (Rusconi & Squillaci, 2023), there is a notable gap in reviews that concurrently consider these two critical dimensions. To address this void, our proposed mapping review aims to answer the following key questions:
A mapping review is chosen as the research method to systematically identify, evaluate, and synthesize existing literature within this specific niche of interest. By adopting this approach, we aim to provide valuable insights into the predominant trends, methodological approaches, and thematic gaps in the literature related to UDL in higher education teacher professional development (Grant & Booth, 2009). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A list of eligibility criteria was adopted to select relevant studies for this mapping review: Study Design: qualitative, quantitative, mixed-method or multi-method studies; Language: studies carried out in any country, but published in English; Publication time frame: 2014-2023; Setting: studies need to present the results of a professional development programme or teacher training on UDL conducted in higher or tertiary education; Outcomes: studies investigate the impact of training or interventions on teachers’ knowledge and skills to design and implement inclusive teaching strategies. Relevant works were searched electronically through general and educational databases (SCOPUS, Web of Science, ERIC, PsycInfo) using a combination of keywords. Additional works were included through handsearching and citation chasing practices and databases of unpublished studies (ProQuest Dissertations and Theses Global). Handsearching and citation chasing are complementary methods employed in systematic reviews to retrieve potentially overlooked but pertinent records (Cooper et al., 2018). Handsearching entails two steps: 1) identifying key journals and conferences, and 2) reviewing the contents of each issue or program. Citation chasing, or snowball search, comprises backward and forward approaches. Backward citation chasing involves assessing records in the bibliography of articles, while forward citation chasing entails finding records that cite a particular article or set of articles. The title and abstract screening phase will be conducted by two independent researchers using the ASReview software, enabling the utilization of machine learning to identify relevant studies and expedite the workflow. The studies selected were coded independently by two researchers, referring to a shared table containing a list of aspects related to the setting (country, type of university context, faculty, teaching area), to the type of training intervention or programme implemented on the UDL (duration, intensity, content, etc.), to the participants in the study (university lecturers, administrative staff, etc.), to the beneficiaries of the interventions (students with disabilities, non-traditional students, all students), to the type of outcome measured or observed (e.g. improvement in teaching skills, strategies, motivation or learning outcomes) and to methodological aspects (research design, sample, information source, instruments, etc.). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the review highlight certain trends in the international literature, such as the bias towards specific research designs or the over-representation of some countries. They also indicate some perspectives for the expansion of future research in the field, particularly with regard to the types of intervention that can be carried out in a university context on the subject of UDL. Finally, issues that have already been raised by other synthesis studies (Rao et al., 2011) emerged, such as fidelity in the application of UDL principles to teaching practices. References CAST (2018). Universal Design for Learning Guidelines version 2.2. Retrieved from http://udlguidelines.cast.org Cooper, C., Booth, A., Varley-Campbell, J., Britten, N., & Garside, R. (2018). Defining the process to literature searching in systematic reviews: A literature review of guidance and supporting studies. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 18(1), 85. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12874-018-0545-3 Cumming, T.M., & Rose, M.C. (2021). Exploring universal design for learning as an accessibility tool in higher education: a review of the current literature. The Australian Educational Researcher, 49, 1025-1043. https://doi.org/s13384-021-00471-7 Grant, M.J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: an analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 26, 91-108. Doi: 10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x Rao, K., Ok, M. W., & Bryant, B. R. (2014). A Review of Research on Universal Design Educational Models. Remedial and Special Education, 35(3), 153-166. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741932513518980 Roberts, K.D., Park, H.J., Brown, S., & Cook, B. (2011). Universal Design for Instruction in Postsecondary Education: a systematic review of empirically based articles. Journal of Postsecondary Education and Disability, 24(1), 5-15. Rusconi, L., & Squillaci, M. (2023). Effects of a Universal Design for Learning (UDL) training course on the development of teachers' competences: a systematic review. Education Sciences, 13, 466. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13050366 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Accessibility and Universal Design in University Programs of Study: Results of the ATHENA Project for the Case of Cyprus European University Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Higher education as a sector is increasingly required to incorporate accessibility and universal design in its curricula to facilitate the development of ‘proactive approaches to accommodations’ (Nieminen 2022), but there is a long way to go in achieving this. The Erasmus+ ATHENA project consortium, led by the European Disability Forum and comprised of the Johannes Kepler Universität Linz, Masarykova Univerzi,ta (Muni Teiresias), European University Cyprus, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, and EURASHE, aims to develop a set of recommendations on how to broadly integrate Accessibility and Universal Design into higher education curricula. To do so, the project first sought to examine how and to what extent accessibility and universal design are incorporated into higher education curricula in four European countries: Spain, Austria, Cyprus, and Czechia. The study was conducted by applying two methodological approaches: corpus linguistics and thematic analysis of university curricula and syllabi. The main research questions guiding this were: (a) Is the Accessibility and Universal Design approach included in the sample of HE curricula in the selected domains? (b) How is the Accessibility and Universal Design approach applied in the sample of HE curricula in the selected domains, in terms of construction and conceptualisation and curricula aim? This paper presents the findings of this task for one of the four countries, Cyprus. In the context of this study, accessibility is defined as a fundamental principle that ensures equal access for all individuals, particularly those with disabilities (UN, 2007). To attain full inclusion, communities need to tackle multiple barriers that prevent individuals with disabilities from accessing facilities, goods, and services. These challenges encompass physical barriers such as stairs, information presented in non-universal formats, and services that aren't easily understandable for those with disabilities. It embraces the core values of human diversity, social inclusion, and equality, fostering an environment where everyone, regardless of age, ability, or background, can engage with and benefit from the designed solutions. Although certain accessibility initiatives might come with high expenses, affordable, immediate remedies exist that can still have a considerable impact. Accessibility is about developing solutions to achieve universal design. Universal Design (UD) is conceptualized as a comprehensive approach to design that seeks to create products, environments, and systems that can be accessed, understood and used to the greatest extent possible by all people regardless of their age, size, ability or disability (Centre for Excellence in Universal Design, 2023). Universal Design for Learning is an inclusive and non-discriminatory approach aimed at introducing curricula, teaching and assessment methods that foster accessible and engaging learning environments to accommodate students’ diverse needs and modalities of learning. ( Dell et al. 2015). Even though this approach provides conceptual and pragmatic tools to implement educational differentiation of curricula and pedagogical interventions, the application of the latter is limited in Higher Education (Turner et al 2017). Notwithstanding the importance of UD in creating accessible learning environments, a mono-dimensional focuson accessibility silences issues of difference and inequality to empower disenfranchised students. As pointed out by Knoll (2009: 124), ‘To apply only universal design or individual accommodation would either leave gaping holes in access to academia and courses by not seeing and addressing the intersecting dilemmas of privilege and oppression within the disability experience ‘. Hence, the necessity of developing universally designed curricula that problematize and destabilize power asymmetries and discourses of normality, such as eurocentric knowledge to create inclusive spaces in HE (Mole, 2012) The main findings of this research endeavor revealed that accessibility and universal design do not appear frequently in university programs of study in Cyprus, and neither do they appear consistently in terms of frequency and conceptualization across domains. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A two-step methodological approach to data analysis was followed for the aims of this study across the 4 partner countries, including Cyprus. The first stage included the selection and analysis of the sample of texts (program curricula and syllabi for different university study programs) via a corpus linguistics analysis. covering seven areas of knowledge from the ISCED fields of education and training 2013 (ISCED-F 2013): Education; Arts and Humanities; Social Sciences, Journalism and Information; Business, Administration and Law; Information and Communication Technologies; Engineering, Manufacturing and Construction; and Health and Welfare;. Based on the criteria decided by the consortium, a sample of at least twenty-one (21) undergraduate (Bachelor) and postgraduate (Master) program study curricula and syllabi were selected in each participating country: Spain, Austria, Cyprus, and Czechia. For Cyprus in particular, which is a small country compared to the other three, the search covered the websites of all nine public and private universities yielding a total of 175 texts of which 21 were eventually selected through the corpus linguistics analysis. Hence, following the determination of the selection criteria, a set of keywords related to accessibility, design for all, disability and inclusion were retrieved and analysed in the corpus in terms of absolute frequency, relative frequency and dispersion. The selected study programs needed to include at least one of the keywords determined by the consortium. The first stage of analysis, using corpus linguistics analysis with the help of a suitable software (Sketch engine), resulted into two final datasets (corpora) for Cyprus, in Greek and English. Each corpora was comprised of program curricula and syllabi for each study program selected. For seven of the study programs the official language of instruction is Greek and fourteen are offered in English (14). The twenty-one study programs pertained to the seven domains selected by the consortium plus the Services domain which was deemed pertinent only to Cyprus. The corpus linguistics analysis allowed for the empirical discerning of the curricula and syllabi that incorporate accessibility and universal design and the fields under which these occur in the learning outcomes, content, university policy, etc. As a second step, thematic analysis using a qualitative analysis software (Atlas.ti) was applied onto the sample of texts identified through the corpus linguistics analysis. The aim of the thematic analysis was to look deeper into how accessibility was conceptualized in the texts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings frequently in university programs of study in Cyprus. And when they do appear, the thematic analysis has shown that accessibility appears with different frequency and conceptualizations across domains. These findings are relatively consistent across the consortium partners (Austria, Czechia, and Spain). In specific, out of the 175 curricula originally sampled in the case of Cyprus, we were able to locate through linguistics corpus analysis relevant keywords in only 23 study programs, of which 21 were eventually selected for thematic analysis. This constitutes a rather small fraction of them at only 12%. When zooming in on these program curricula and syllabi, our thematic analysis revealed differences in terms of how, where and how often accessibility and universal design manifested in the various programs of study across all domains. In Cyprus, generally references to accessibility and universal design were more frequent in undergraduate study programs and in mandatory courses, across all domains. These issues were mostly identified in the course content description, in course titles, and in the objectives and outcomes of the courses. In terms of domains in which accessibility and universal design appeared most, pertinent discourse emerges primarily in the domain of Education, which contained almost half of the courses in which such references were found in their syllabi. Arts and Humanities came in second, with topics related to user-centred design appearing mostly in mandatory courses. Regarding the construction of accessibility and disability in relation to the main models of disability, this was mostly related to the human rights approach and the social model of disability. Few references to the medical model were also identified mainly in the health and medical studies programs. Overall, results from Cyprus suggest that accessibility and universal design appear in programs of study rather indirectly, and usually under overarching topics like diversity and human rights. References Centre for Excellence in Universal Design. National Disability Authority. Ireland (2023). https://universaldesign.ie/what-is-universal-design/. Last accessed 15 Oct 2023 Dell, C. A., Dell, T. F. & Blackwell, T. L. (2015) ‘Applying universal design for learning in online courses: pedagogical and practical considerations’, Journal of Educators Online, 12 (2), 166–192 Knoll, K. (2009) ‘Feminist disability studies pedagogy’, Feminist Teacher, 19 (2), 122–133. Mole, H. (2012) ‘A US model for inclusion of disabled students in higher education settings: the social model of disability and Universal Design’, Widening Participation and Lifelong Learning, 14 (3), 62–86. Turner, W. D., Solis, O. J. & Kincade, D. H. (2017) ‘Differentiating instruction for large classes in higher education’, International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 29 (3), 490–500. United Nations: UN Enable - Accessibility (2007), https://www.un.org/esa/socdev/enable/disacc.htm. Last accessed 1 Nov 2023 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Learning Practices of university students: Before and After the Pandemic and the Introduction of ChatGPT Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:The literature on learning practices and strategies is rich with insights about the effectiveness of specific interventions and strategy instructions (e.g., Chamot, 1993; Spencer & Maynard, 2014), student’s perceptions and experiences (e.g., Ginns & Ellis, 2007; Nijhuis, Segers, & Gijselaers, 2007; Virtanen & Tynjälä, 2019), and cognitive and psychometric views on learning strategies and approaches (e.g., Biggs, Kember, & Leung, 2001; Neroni, Meijs, Gijselaers, Kirschner, & de Groot, 2019; Pintrich, Smith, Garcia, & Mckeachie, 1993). Such existing research is often psychologically framed, focusing on highly abstract aspects of learning like rehearsal, summarization, information organizing skills, and time management. However, when it comes to looking at students at universities, little is known about what they actually do in their everyday lives in order to learn. Do they, for example, meet with friends for sharing ideas? Do they converse with ChatGPT? Do they print out learning materials and use text markers? Do they listen to audio recordings of lectures when riding the bus? And so on. Against this backdrop, we take a more sociological approach looking at what students do in their everyday lives. Adopting a practice-based perspective (Giddens, 1984), we aim at mapping the learning practices of university students, i.e., the micro-practices of their everyday lives enacted to learn. Our first main research question is, hence, the following: 1) How does university students’ learning look like in practice? Furthermore, recent years have seen substantial changes in the education sector, especially due to the pandemic and the advent of new digital technologies like ChatGPT. Consequentially, there is a myriad of studies focusing on the impact of the pandemic and/or of new digital technologies on learning experiences and effectiveness (Carrillo & Flores, 2020; Orozco, Giraldo-García, & Chang, 2023). One big issue as of now is the opportunities and challenges that artificial intelligence (AI) poses for education in general (Zhu et al., 2023) and for higher education in terms of academic integrity in particular (Perkins, 2023). However, empirical research on how the impact on the actual learning practices of students looks like, is yet to be conducted. Existing works are more based on assumptions and possibilities. We therefore see a lack of research, which we aim to overcome with our study comparing student’s learning practices before and after the pandemic and the introduction of artificial intelligence tools like ChatGPT. Therefore, we have derived a second main question: 2) How have university students’ learning practices changed through the pandemic and the introduction of AI tools like ChatGPT? In our study, we will answer these questions through a longitudinal interview study at a German university. Using our practice-based approach, we identify university students’ practices of learning and how these have changed through the pandemic and the advent of artificial intelligence technologies like ChatGPT. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer our research questions, we adopt an interpretative approach (Lincoln & Guba, 1985) and conduct an exploratory qualitative interview study. In particular, we conducted a series of 19 focus group interviews with 87 students involving 4 interviewers in 2019 and 2020, and will conduct another series of 12 focus group interviews between February and July 2024. All interviews are conducted with teacher education students in different social science study programs at the Ruhr-University of Bochum, Germany. The interviewers have not been involved in the teaching and/or examination of the interviewed students to ensure that students have been able to speak freely and without pressure. We have been using the method of the problem-centered interview (Witzel & Reiter, 2012), which combines elements of structured and unstructured interview techniques to achieve a process of discursive-dialogic knowledge production be-tween the interviewer and the interviewees. In doing so, we have been able to facilitate open and comprehensive discussions among the participating students about how they learn with whom and when. To analyze the material, we are using a grounded theory-based approach, specifically the so-called “Gioia method” (Gioia, Corley, & Hamilton, 2013), which combines open (first order) coding with theory-centric (second order) coding. This analytical method is particularly suited for practice-based studies, be-cause it allows to inductively identify first order categories from the interviews which are then collapsed into distinctive practices on the second order level by cycling between the first order categories and practice theory. Employing this method allows us to identify the distinctive practices of learning enacted by the university students. Our longitudinal approach thereby enables us to map the learning practices of students as they develop over time. Specifically, we will be able to inquire into the impacts of the pandemic and the advent of artificial intelligence chatbots like ChatGPT on learning practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By using focus group interviews we have been able to effectively gather diverse perspectives and foster dynamic, interactive discussions that provide rich qualitative data around shared beliefs and learning practices. We will present the learning practices of students and how these have changed through the pandemic and the advent of artificial intelligence technologies such as ChatGPT. Thoroughly mapping and understanding the learning practices of university students, will be an important contribution to improving effective learning methods, detecting potential areas for improvement in higher education curricula, and understanding the unique needs of university students. University teaching personnel is confronted with diverse students that exhibit a large diversity of learning practices outside of the classroom. For diversity to result in substantial and equitable learning gains, it needs to be accompanied by intentional and wide-spread inclusion. Inclusive practices can be challenging for educators when working with students who are diverse on multiple and intersecting dimensions. Our results are of relevance for researchers in higher education in Europe and world-wide as they offer insights into how students enact learning in their everyday lives. Our results have moreover the potential to inform educators at universities about the students’ micro-practices of learning, which will enable them to take these into account when designing their courses and teaching concepts. References Biggs, J., Kember, D., & Leung, D. Y. P. (2001). The revised two-factor study process questionnaire: R-SPQ-2F. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 71, 133. Carrillo, C., & Flores, M. A. (2020). COVID-19 and teacher education: A literature review of online teaching and learning practices. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43, 466–487. Chamot, A. U. (1993). Student Responses to Learning Strategy Instruction in the Foreign Language Class-room. Foreign Language Annals, 26, 308–320. Giddens, A. (1984). The Constitution of Society: Outline of the Theory of Structuration. University of California Press. Ginns, P., & Ellis, R. (2007). Quality in blended learning: Exploring the relationships between on-line and face-to-face teaching and learning. The Internet and Higher Education, 10, 53–64. Gioia, D. A., Corley, K. G., & Hamilton, A. L. (2013). Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Inductive Research: Notes on the Gioia Methodology. Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic Inquiry. SAGE. Neroni, J., Meijs, C., Gijselaers, H. J. M., Kirschner, P. A., & de Groot, R. H. M. (2019). Learning strategies and academic performance in distance education. Learning and Individual Differences, 73, 1–7. Nijhuis, J., Segers, M., & Gijselaers, W. (2007). The interplay of perceptions of the learning environment, personality and learning strategies: A study amongst International Business Studies students. Studies in Higher Education, 32, 59–77. Orozco, L. E., Giraldo-García, R. J., & Chang, B. (2023). Best practices in online education during COVID-19: Instructors’ perspectives on teaching and learning in higher education. Psychology in the Schools, 60, 4210–4228. Perkins, M. (2023). Academic Integrity considerations of AI Large Language Models in the post-pandemic era: ChatGPT and beyond. Journal of University Teaching & Learning Practice, 20. https://doi.org/10.53761/1.20.02.07 Pintrich, P. R., Smith, D. A. F., Garcia, T., & Mckeachie, W. J. (1993). Reliability and Predictive Validity of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (Mslq). Educational and Psychological Measurement, 53, 801–813. Spencer, J., & Maynard, S. (2014). Teacher Education in Informal Settings. Journal of Museum Education, 39, 54–66. Virtanen, A., & Tynjälä, P. (2019). Factors explaining the learning of generic skills: A study of university students’ experiences. Teaching in Higher Education, 24, 880–894. Witzel, A., & Reiter, H. (2012). The Problem-Centred Interview. SAGE Publications. Zhu, C., Sun, M., Luo, J., Li, T., Wang, M., & | |. (2023). How to harness the potential of ChatGPT in education? Knowledge Management & E-Learning, 15, 133–152. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 23 SES 06 A: Assessment Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Hannele Pitkänen Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Politics of Resilience - the Case of England's Qualification System 1Oxford University, United Kingdom; 2Ofqual, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The UK Government has produced a ‘Resilience Framework’, which aims to ensure the country’s prosperity by having a national infrastructure that is better equipped to tackle adverse events such as, but not limited to, pandemics, weather events and cybersecurity attacks. The qualification system is now being seen as an essential part of government infrastructure. Delivering qualifications is a complex, high-volume, distributed activity involving multiple actors across organisations with a range of relationships. Over 26 million examination scripts and coursework tasks are dealt with in the system in England annually, for qualifications taken by 16- and 18-year-olds. There is a quasi-market of four examination boards who offer academic qualifications and there are hundreds of organisations offering vocational qualifications. In this paper, we report on a project that sought to investigate not only how resilient the qualification system in England is, but what such resilience might mean. Using publicly available documents, input from an expert advisory group (10 people) and elite interviews with 21 assessment insiders, we analysed the resilience of England’s qualification system. The recent exams crisis created by the pandemic was one focus, but we explored resilience more broadly. To define resilience, we drew upon definitions published in the literature for other complex, distributed systems (food, healthcare and utilities). Systematic reviews of the term in other fields pointed out that the term ‘resilience’ is fluid in its meaning. For the purposes of this research project, we defined resilience as, ‘The capacity of the qualification system and its units at multiple levels to actively engage with, manage and learn from periods of change and unforeseen disturbances to deliver timely and sufficiently accurate, trusted, and valid grades to fulfil their purpose(s) now and in the future.’ Interviewees included regulators (3), civil servants (2), academics (2), teacher leaders or union representatives (5), individuals with think tanks, communications or PR perspectives (4), and exam board or awarding organisation insiders (5). We explored how qualification system resilience might be defined, its characteristics, resilience of the qualification system during the pandemic, threats to resilience and what countermeasures might be taken to them. Our interview data showed no consensus on the definition of resilience amongst the industry insider participants. Nor was there agreement on whether the system is currently resilient. Various proposed countermeasures for perceived lack of resilience have been publicly debated (teacher assessment, modular examinations, digitalisation). Our analysis outlines the risks, as well as potential benefits of each of these proposals. We conclude that the term resilience must be defined in relation to specified aims. Many threats to resilience were identified, including political pressure - a key feature of the 2020 exam policies. Fundamentally redesigning the system for resilience to unlikely catastrophic events would be a mistake. The cause of the 2020 crisis is best described as poor policy rather than as system fragility. Prospects for managing policy mistakes through government agencies (‘quangos’) are not encouraging due to the relationship with government. This case demonstrates fundamental weaknesses for the UK in delivering resilience, in the qualifications system and beyond. The role of politics in educational assessment policy differs across nations. This case serves to illustrate how the management of political agendas and policy mistakes is integral to managing education systems. This nebulous concept is useful in political terms, as policymakers can point to a lack of system resilience, rather than identifying issues as policy failures. Pointing to resilience is a useful vehicle for shifting policy evaluation criteria and responsibility for those. Qualification systems may be at particular risk of political pressures because examination grades are symbolic and intangible; their value is socially constructed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Documentary analysis included journal publications, grey literature, parliamentary Select Committee transcripts and reports and statistical publications. This led to a working project definition of resilience; depiction of the qualifications system; understanding of previously documented qualification crises; and consideration of various potential countermeasures to the problems encountered during the pandemic. An advisory group comprising 10 experts was formed to advise on methodology, conceptual development of the project and interpretation of research findings. Members were selected for their knowledge of regulation, awarding body research, government policy, understanding of the school and college sector or for their academic expertise. An innovative use of this expert group was in collecting data through the advisory meetings. Twenty-one interview participants were recruited. Participants were selected to give a range of political and ideological perspectives, including individuals openly supportive of the system, as well as those calling for reform. Interviewees included regulators (3), civil servants (2), academics (2), teacher leaders or union representatives (5), individuals with think tank, communications or PR perspectives (4), and exam board or awarding organisation insiders (5). Interviews were conducted online and were transcribed. Whilst an interview schedule was used to guide the interviews, this was used flexibly. Perspectives of elites – particularly bureaucratic elites – were considered when reflecting on the positionality of the data and of us as insider-outsider researchers. At the end of each interview the main themes of the interview were summarised, giving the participant an opportunity to correct, clarify or extend ideas. Transcripts were coded deductively by three researchers using a codebook. In a training phase, the researchers independently coded the same three transcripts, randomly selected from the sample of 21. These were then compared for inter-rater agreement, and a coding meeting was held to reflect on the process and the clarity and comprehensiveness of the codebook. One code was revised for clarity. The remaining 18 transcripts were divided randomly between the researchers who again coded independently before a final analysis meeting to discuss the results. There was near-perfect agreement between the coders at each stage. Interrater agreement was calculated as between 95-100% for all but one code - “threats to resilience”. The interrater reliability for this code ranged from 80-88% and disagreements were straightforward to resolve in coding meetings. Data was synthesised across the datasets by code and research question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our definition of qualification system resilience was broadly supported by the interviewees. They commented on threats related to unforeseen circumstances and periods of planned change, including qualification reform. These experts discussed the need to manage the timely delivery of sufficiently valid and reliable grades. Some experts also reflected on the need for public trust in – or at least societal acceptance of – grades. None of the interviewees questioned the very notion of resilience, but some recognised the political capital to be gained from claims about the weaknesses of the system. Having a clear definition of resilience is one step towards being able to debate what are realistic expectations of the system. Afterall, as some interviewees pointed out, there is a limit to the extent to which the delivery of qualifications can be resilient to all potential threats, and a system that functions well under extreme circumstances is unlikely to be suitable in normal times. Nonetheless, interviewees suggested changes to the system that would, in their view, improve resilience: teacher assessment, modular examinations and digitalisation. Political interference in the system was identified as a significant threat to resilience. Although government agencies have been established to manage activities where direct political control is undesirable, they are nonetheless still under political control. The concept of resilience meant different things to different stakeholders, which was a lever for creating change agendas aligned with interviewees’ values and ideologies. None of the suggested countermeasures for improving resilience come without their own risks to resilience. Selecting between these policies is therefore a matter of values and politics, rather than a neutral, technocratic procedure. As insider researchers ourselves, we conclude that who defines the term resilience is key to interpretation of the resilience of the system. References Baird, J.-A., & Coxell, A. (2009). Policy, Latent Error and Systemic Examination Failures. CADMO, XVII(2), 105–122. Baird, J.-A., Isaacs, T., Opposs, D., & Gray, L. (2018). Examination Standards: How Measures and Meanings Differ Around the World. UCL, IOE Press. Baird, J.-A., & Lee-Kelley, L. (2009). The dearth of managerialism in implementation of national examinations policy. Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 55–81. Bergström, J., van Winsen, R., & Henriqson, E. (2015). On the rationale of resilience in the domain of safety: A literature review. Reliability Engineering & System Safety, 141, 131–141. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ress.2015.03.008 Biddle, L., Wahedi, K., & Bozorgmehr, K. (2020). Health system resilience: A literature review of empirical research. Health Policy and Planning, 35(8), 1084–1109. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapol/czaa032 Birkmann, J., Dech, S., Hirzinger, G., Klein, R., Klüpfel, H., Lehmann, F., Mott, C., Nagel, K., Schlurmann, T., Setiadi, N. J., Siegert, F., & Strunz, G. (2006). Measuring vulnerability to promote disaster resilient societies: Conceptual frameworks and definitions. http://collections.unu.edu/view/UNU:2793 Bowe, R., Ball, S., J., & Gold, A. (1992). Reforming education and changing schools. Routledge. Cabinet Office. (2022). The UK Government Resilience Framework. UK Government. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-uk-government-resilience-framework/the-uk-government-resilience-framework-html Hammerstein, S., König, C., Dreisöner, T., & Frey, A. (2021). Effects of COVID-19-related school closures on student achievement—A systematic review. Frontiers in Psychology, 12. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.746289 Hayward, L., Baird, J.-A., Allan, S., Godfrey-Faussett, T., Hutchinson, C., MacIntosh, E., Randhawa, A., Spencer, E., & Wiseman-Orr, M. L. (2023). National qualifications in Scotland: A lightning rod for public concern about equity during the pandemic. European Journal of Education, 58(1), 83–97. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12543 Humbert, C., & Joseph, J. (2019). Introduction: The politics of resilience: problematising current approaches. Resilience, 7(3), 215–223. https://doi.org/10.1080/21693293.2019.1613738 Kelly, A. (2014). Monopolising the examining board system in England: A theoretical perspective in support of reform. Journal of Education Policy, 29(1), 44–57. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.790078 McCaig, C. (2003). School Exams: Leavers in Panic. Parliamentary Affairs, 56(3), 471–489. https://doi.org/10.1093/parlij/gsg101 Opposs, D., Baird, J.-A., Chankseliani, M., Stobart, G., Kaushik, A., McManus, H., & Johnson, D. (2020). Governance structure and standard setting in educational assessment. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 27(2), 192–214. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2020.1730766 Ozga, J., Baird, J.-A., Saville, L., Arnott, M., & Hell, N. (2023). Knowledge, expertise and policy in the examinations crisis in England. Oxford Review of Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2022.2158071 Wisner, B., Blaikie, P., Cannon, T., & Davis, I. (2003). At Risk: Natural Hazards, People’s Vulnerability and Disasters. Routledge. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Politics of Assessment as Experienced and Enacted by Teachers and Guidance Counselors in the Finnish Comprehensive Education University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:In recent years, Finnish basic education has undergone significant transformations in its policies and practices related to student assessment. For instance, reflecting the international trends (see e.g. Birembaum et al. 2015) the role of student self-assessment has been emphasized. This paper delves into the exploration of the current 'politics of assessment' and its historical evolution since the late 1990s, as perceived and experienced by Finnish basic education teachers and guidance counselors working with students in their final years of basic education. The study employs the theoretical concept “the politics of assessment”. “The politics of assessment” draws on the poststructural stance on governance, characterized as the 'conduct of conduct' (Foucault, 1982, 1988; Fejes & Dahlstedt 2012; Rose, 1999/2009). The term encompasses the role of assessment policies, embedded in legislative and curricular documents, not only playing part in the governing of the practices of evaluation within educational settings but significantly, the part they play in shaping of subjectivities and future perspectives for students involved in assessment. Deriving from these theoretical starting points, 'the politics of assessment' captures the dynamic interplay of the governance of others, being governed, and self-governance within the realm of student assessment policies and practices (Pitkänen 2022). Against the backdrop of the contemporary landscape of assessment policies, two parallel and globally impactful trends come into sharp focus. The first trend, referred to as 'the politics of self-evaluation,' emphasizes formative assessment and student self-assessment (Pitkänen 2022). In the transnational and European policy discourse and educational theory it has been widely discussed under theme of assessment-for-learning (e.g. Birenbaum et al 2014, OECD 2008). This trend found its way into the Finnish basic education landscape, particularly with the introduction of the 1994 curriculum. Subsequently, the idea of formative assessment and student self-evaluation has firmly taken root in both the curricula of basic education and educational legislation. More recently, a second trend, termed here as 'the politics of standardization,' has emerged within Finnish assessment policy and practice. This trend is deeply intertwined with the international movement toward educational standardization (e.g. Riese et al 2022) including the emphasis of the standard assessment-of-learning (e.g. Sahlberg 2016). In Finland, the prevailing trend towards standardization is deeply rooted in the increasing policy emphasis on ensuring fair and equitable assessment practices. Studies, for example, have indicated that students with similar proficiency levels could receive significantly different grades in different schools (e.g. Hildén ym. 2017; Ouakrim-Soivio 2013), undermining the fundamental premise of comprehensive education to provide students with equal opportunities for further education. As a solution to this problem the assessment criteria have been introduced. They were first presented in the late 1990’s as recommendation-type guidelines. Since 2004, the criterion-based assessment has become established in the Finnish basic education curricula. Currently, in assessments at the end of sixth and ninth grade, the criteria have been specified for grades 5, 7, 8, and 9. This paper delves into the dual trajectory of assessment politics and its impact on everyday school life. The research analyses 1) teachers' and guidance counselors’ perspectives on the history and formation of the current assessment policy. The study is interested in how teachers and guidance counselors describe and perceive the change. Secondly, the research analyses 2) how the current assessment policy, as narrated by teachers and guidance counselors, has been enacted in the school, how it has been experienced, and how its role is perceived from the perspective of governing teachers' and guidance counsellors work, students' schoolwork, and the students' understanding of themselves. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research presented in this paper is part of an ongoing ethnographic project that explores the politics of assessment and its manifestation in the everyday practices of education and guidance counselling within the context of Finnish comprehensive education. This sub-study is conducted within a single comprehensive school. For this paper, a series of 10-15 thematic interviews will be conducted with teachers and guidance counselors during the spring term of 2024. Teachers and guidance counselors play a pivotal role in this context, actively participating in the enactment of the politics of assessment in the day-to-day reality of education. Additionally, they serve as interpreters or 'translators' of these 'politics' to the students, shaping the students' understanding and engagement with the assessment processes.To provide a historical perspective, emphasis will be placed on inviting participants with extensive experience in final assessment and/or guidance counselling within comprehensive education. The analysis of the interview data will be twofold. Firstly, we will examine the narratively constructed histories of policy change. The focus in this phase of the analysis will be on understanding how these changes are rationalized by the informants and lived by the participants in the research. Secondly, the study investigates how recent assessment policies have been implemented within the school. This phase of the analysis is guided by the theory-based hypothesis that the policies are not mere implementations but active enactments by actors in the local school contexts (Ball et al 2011). They do not solely impact the actual assessment practices but also significantly contribute to shaping pupil identities, subjectivities, and their understanding of themselves. The analysis of the enactment of the politics of assessment is approached through the lens of participants' experiences as narrated during the interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study will examines the recent transformations student assessment policies and practices in Finnish comprehensive education, by focusing on the historical narratives and lived experiences of the ones responsible for the implementation of these policies in the grassroot level. This paper will present the preliminary insights derived from interviews with teachers and guidance counselors regarding their experiences with the current politics of assessment and its implementation in the daily routines of education and guidance counseling. he study will offer a rich and nuanced perspectives of those actively involved in policy enactment at the school level and offer intimate accounts on their daily interactions with their students, directly affected by central policies and politics of assessment and guidance. While the study is situated within the context of Finland, the parallel aspects underlying the contextual specificities are universal and global. With the example of Finland, this paper argues that the politics of students' self-evaluation and standardization are prevalent in the common European policy discourse and solutions at large, making the results of this study relevant to an international audience. References Ball, S. J., Maguire, M. & Braun, A. (2011) How Schools Do Policy. Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. London: Routledge. Birenbaum, M., DeLuca, Christopher, Earl, Lorna, Heritage, Margaret, Klenowski, Val, Looney, Anne, Smith, Kari, Timberley, Helen, Volante, Louis & Wyatt-Smith, Claire. 2015. International trends in the implementation of assessment for learning: Implications for policy and practice. Policy Futures in Education 13 (1), 117–140. https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210314566733 Fejes, A. & Dahlstedt, M. (2012). The Confessing Society: Foucault, Confession and Practices of Lifelong Learning. Taylor and Francis Group. Foucault, M. (1982). The Subject and Power. Critical Inquiry 8(4), 777–795. Hildén, R., Rautopuro, J., & Huhta, A. (2017). Arvosanan ansaitsemme : asteikolla vai ilman?. In V. Britschgi, & J. Rautopuro (Eds.), Kriteerit puntarissa (pp. 63-80). Suomen Kasvatustieteellinen Seura, FERA. Kasvatusalan tutkimuksia Pitkänen, H. (2022a). The Politics of Pupil Self-evaluation: A case of Finnish assessment policy discourse. Journal of Curriculum Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2040596 Popkewitz, T. S. (1997). The production of reason and power: Curriculum history and intellectual traditions. Journal of Curriculum Studies 29(2), 131–164. Popkewitz, T. S. (2004). Educational Standards: Mapping Who We Are and Are to Become, The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 13:2, 243-256, DOI: 10.1207/s15327809jls1302_7 Popkewitz, T. S (2017). Reform and making human kinds: the double gestures of inclusion and exclusion in the practice of schooling. In E. Hultqvist, S. Lindbland & T. S. Popkewitz (eds.) Critical analyses of educational reforms in an era of transnational governance. (pp. 133–150). Springer. Riese, Hanne & Hilt, Line & Søreide, Gunn. (2022). Educational standardisation in a complex world. Rose, N. (1999/2009). Powers of freedom: Reframing political thought (2nd ed.). The Press Syndicate of the University of Cambridge. Sahlberg, P. (2016). The global educational reform movement and its impact on schooling. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), The handbook of global education policy (pp. 128–144). Wiley-Blackwell. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 23 SES 06 B: Education Policy Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: André Barros Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Navigating the Pathways of Privatisation: A Cultural Political Economy Analysis of General Education Sector Reform in Georgia Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Research Question:
This is a work in progress. The research question probes the complex dynamics at the intersection of global economic trends and Georgia's distinct socio-political landscape. Specifically, it seeks to unravel how these factors collaborate and conflict to direct the course of pro-privatisation policies within Georgia's education system since the fall of the USSR. The query is poised to uncover the processes through which educational reforms are not only proposed and adopted but also sustained or discarded over time. It places particular emphasis on the Georgian response to global neoliberal influences in the wake of significant socio-political upheaval, thereby examining the country's educational evolution as a case study for broader post-socialist transformations in Eastern Europe. This question illuminates the nuances of policy adaptation and resistance within a national context, acknowledging the powerful sway of international agencies and financial institutions, while also highlighting local agency and the inextricable influence of cultural and historical factors.
Theoretical Framework:
The Cultural Political Economy (CPE) approach, as conceptualised by Jessop and further elaborated by Verger et al., serves as the theoretical backbone of this study. This framework is pivotal for its integrative analysis of both the semiotic (discursive, ideological) and the material (economic, institutional) dimensions of privatisation policies. By applying CPE, the study delineates how the narratives and rationalities of privatisation gain prominence, translating into concrete educational reforms that reflect a blend of global neoliberal doctrines and Georgia-specific socio-political conditions. The research critically examines established pathways to privatisation, such as those propelled by systemic shocks (‘privatisation through catastrophe’) and comprehensive state reforms ('privatisation as a state structural reform').
Moreover, this study contributes to the CPE discourse by proposing a new pathway: 'Educational Privatisation in Post-Soviet Eastern European States.' This pathway contextualises the privatisation process within the unique historical trajectory of post-Soviet nations as they transitioned from centralised economies to market-oriented systems. It accounts for the persistence of Soviet-era educational legacies and the influence of European integration aspirations, thereby offering a nuanced understanding of Georgia's educational privatisation journey.
This theoretical scaffolding allows for a multifaceted analysis that addresses the complex interdependencies between global policy prescriptions and local realities. The CPE perspective enables the study to move beyond the surface of policy adoption, delving into the strategic and discursive actions of varied actors—including governments, international organisations, and local stakeholders—engaged in the contestation and construction of educational policies. It also facilitates an understanding of how such policies are variably institutionalised, resisted, or reformed, providing a rich tapestry of the socio-political interplay that defines Georgia's educational landscape in a global context.
By intertwining the theoretical insights of CPE with empirical data from Georgia's education sector, this research aims to make a significant contribution to the discourse on policy analysis and education reform, with implications that reverberate far beyond the Georgian context. The resulting synthesis promises to deepen our comprehension of educational privatisation as a phenomenon occurring at the confluence of global ideological currents and entrenched local practices, offering valuable lessons for policymakers, educators, and researchers alike.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A systematic literature review (SLR) will be employed to clarify the scope and characteristics of processes of privatisation in Georgia's general education sector. The SLR aims to identify, systematise, and synthesise existing knowledge on a chosen theme (Robertson & Dale, 2015). Within the context of this study, this approach will facilitate the organisation of available knowledge according to the three CPE pathways of privatisation outlined previously, thereby enabling us to present the information in a coherent and insightful manner. Guided by our research objectives and the characteristics of CPE, this systematic review adopts a configurative approach. Thus the emphasis here is on exploring, interpreting, and understanding information, which is then configured according to the specific CPE pathways previously discussed. As opposed to the aggregative approach, this study is not aimed at proving a hypothesis by adding up empirical data and drawing testable empirical conclusions. Instead it embarks on an exploratory quest to meaningfully analyse and interpret a complex issue (Gough et al., 2012). To conduct this systematic literature review, a systematic research process that entailing several key steps is being followed. To begin with, the research question and the criteria for study inclusion and exclusion have been established. A comprehensive search of academic databases, journals, and other relevant sources are being conducted to identify studies that meet these criteria. After having undergone initial screening, selected studies go through a quality assessment to ensure their reliability and validity (Gough et al., 2017; Gough et al., 2012). The data extracted from these studies are being analysed and synthesised to determine which of the three CPE pathways of privatisation emerge as prominent or contextually pertinent. Throughout this process, we will iteratively adapt our methods as needed to better explore and understand the complexities of privatisation in Georgia's general education sector. This approach allows us to not only aggregate data but also to configure it in a way that provides new insights into the phenomenon under study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The anticipated outcomes of this study on the privatisation of the general education sector in Georgia through the lens of Cultural Political Economy (CPE) are multifaceted. Firstly, it aims to deepen the theoretical understanding of educational privatisation within post-Soviet contexts, contributing valuable insights to academic debates on global influences and local socio-political dynamics in education policy-making. The research will provide a nuanced exploration of Georgia's specific pathways to privatisation, highlighting the interplay between external neoliberal pressures and internal cultural-historical forces. In terms of policy implications, the study is expected to offer a critical perspective on the adoption of market-based reforms in education, serving as a guide for policymakers navigating similar transitions. By revealing the complex repercussions of such reforms and the significance of context, it advocates for more sensitive approaches to policy adoption and adaptation. The research will also serve as a foundational reference for international organisations and local educational authorities, reflecting on the outcomes of neoliberal policy advice and its alignment with local realities. By tracing the evolution of educational policies in post-Soviet Georgia, the study underscores the critical role of historical legacies and cultural nuances in shaping education systems. Ultimately, the outcomes are expected to stimulate a critical re-assessment of current practices, encouraging a dialogue that could lead to the formulation of more equitable and sustainable educational strategies. The study aspires to influence a broad spectrum of stakeholders, from local communities grappling with the practicalities of educational reforms to international bodies shaping global education policies. References Ball, S., & Youdell, D. (2008b). Hidden privatisation in public education. Chankseliani, M. (2014). Georgia: Marketization and Education Post-1991 (pp. 277–302). https://doi.org/10.5040/9781472593474.ch-014 Dale, G., & Fabry, A. (2018). Neoliberalism in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union. In The SAGE Handbook of Neoliberalism (pp. 234–247). Gough, D. (2017). An Introduction to Systematic Reviews. 1–352. Gugushvili, D. (2017). Lessons from Georgia’s neoliberal experiment: A rising tide does not necessarily lift all boats. Communist and Post-Communist Studies, 50(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.postcomstud.2016.11.001 Gunter, H. M., & Fitzgerald, T. (2013). New Public Management and the modernisation of education systems 1. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 45(3), 213–219. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2013.796914 Janashia, S. (2016). The introduction of per-capita education financing in former USSR countries [Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University]. https://www.proquest.com/docview/1803309285/abstract/FABBEBADA909471DPQ/1 Jessop, B. (2002). The future of the capitalist state. Polity. https://eprints.lancs.ac.uk/id/eprint/63371/ Jessop, B. (2010). Cultural political economy and critical policy studies. Critical Policy Studies, 3(3–4), 336–356. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171003619741 Petticrew, M., & Roberts, H. (2008). Systematic Reviews in the Social Sciences: A Practical Guide. John Wiley & Sons. Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2009). Globalizing Education Policy. Routledge. Robertson, S. L., & Dale, R. (2015). Towards a ‘Critical Cultural Political Economy’ Account of the Globalising of Education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 13(1), 149–170. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2014.967502 Sayer, A. (2001). For a Critical Cultural Political Economy. Antipode, 33(4), 687–708. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8330.00206 Skerritt, C., & Salokangas, M. (2020). Patterns and paths towards privatisation in Ireland. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 52(1), 84–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2019.1689104 Verger, A., & Curran, M. (2014). New public management as a global education policy: Its adoption and re-contextualization in a Southern European setting. Critical Studies in Education, 55(3), 253–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2014.913531 Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Zancajo, A. (2016b). The Privatization of Education: A Political Economy of Global Education Reform. Teachers College Press. Matiashvili, A. (2008) On Being First: The Meaning of Education Reform in Georgia. In Silova, I., & Steiner-Khamsi, Gita. (2008). How NGOs React: Globalization and education reform in the Caucasus, Central Asia, and Mongolia. Bloomfield, Conn.: Kumarian Press. Tangiashvili, N., & Slade, G. (2014). Zero-tolerance schooling: education policy, crime, and democracy in post-Soviet Georgia. Post-Soviet Affairs, 30(5), 416-440. Tabatadze, S., & Gorgadze, N. (2018). School voucher funding system of post-Soviet Georgia: From lack of funding to lack of deliverables. Journal of School Choice, 12(2), 271-302. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Exploring ‘Failing’ Schools and Turnaround Policy: Impacts on Urban Educators University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper aims to explore how teachers and school-based staff experience policy and navigate instability in urban schools labeled as failing and placed into ‘turnaround’. Urban public schools in the United States have been impacted by perpetual uncertainty and precarity as cities transform and schools are subjected to frequent policy churn. These schools are sites of both stability and instability during times of change and upheaval such as the coronavirus pandemic and current cost-of-living crisis. Urban schools provide stability through social services for families (e.g.: food banks, Wi-Fi hotspots) and safe spaces for students in addition to schooling; however, many urban schools simultaneously experience increased surveillance, turbulence, and intervention through accountability policies that label them ‘failing’ and in need of ‘turnaround’ (school takeover or intervention), or closure. This instability is further compounded by local contextual factors (rising intakes of English learners and special education students amidst budget constraints, competition with charter schools, local school choice policies) as well as national and international trends (privatization of education, displacement of families due to gentrification, financial crises and widening inequalities). Schools are on the frontlines of navigating societal and local instabilities, but there is limited research exploring how school-based staff respond to these challenges while experiencing school accountability interventions. Since the 2002 No Child Left Behind Act, a significant focus of American education policy centered on ‘corrective action’ designed to turnaround ‘underperforming’ schools, in common with other neoliberal systems. Turnaround policies vary by state and include options such as firing school staff, appointing private management, restructuring the school, or closure. The decision to intervene in ‘failing’ schools is determined by student performance on standardized tests and other metrics such as graduation rates. The goal of turnaround is rapid change and improvement in school performance. Similar policies exist internationally such as ‘special measures’ in England (Perryman, 2006), ‘turnaround’ in China (Tao, 2023) and Malaysia (Harris et al., 2017), and ‘failing schools’ interventions in some German states (Dedering, 2018). Turnaround policies connect to the governance turn (Ball, 2009) in neoliberal education policy and frequently involve public-private partnerships, consultants, and philanthropic actors in schools. In America, after two decades of turnaround policies, there are “very few examples of permanent school turnaround” (Meyers, 2020), but many students, teachers, and communities have been impacted as thousands of schools experienced turnaround- mostly in urban, low-income, Black and Latinx communities (Lipman, 2011). Accountability systems often center ‘teacher-deficit’ views (Ingersoll, 2011) even as teachers are central to school improvement work. Furthermore, the experiences and perspectives of teachers are frequently underrepresented in research on turnaround policy. The limited scholarship on teachers in turnaround schools highlights the uncertainty and stress at the heart of their experiences. Cucchiara et al.’s (2015) study on working conditions under turnaround shows teachers experienced rigorous workloads, long hours, chronic instability, and frequent turnover of leadership and staff. Peck and Reitzug’s (2018) case study contributes portraitures of four primary teachers in turnaround schools and highlights the “dizzying nature of change” and high teacher attrition rates. The pandemic has exacerbated these conditions and Harbatkin et al. (2023) found that turnaround schools were disproportionately impacted by the pandemic and experience greater educational inequities. In exploring teachers’ experiences, this study will pay particular attention to contextual factors, issues of equity, and teachers’ identities. Ultimately, this paper examines the relationship between accountability policies and teacher experiences in neoliberal systems and can act as a cautionary tale of the impacts of policy interventions and labels, especially when these interventions ignore context and substitute control for support. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study will address the questions: 1) How does ‘school failure’ impact on school communities? 2) How do school turnaround policies impact on teachers, school-based staff, and students? Using a qualitative methodology, I explore how school staff experience turnaround interventions designed to drive improvement of ‘underperforming’ schools. To answer the research questions, I conducted 30 semi-structured interviews and a focus group of school-based staff and students in 8 secondary turnaround schools in a large urban district in the northeastern United States. This study uses the term ‘turnaround’ to describe schools subject to state interventions due to falling in the bottom 10% of accountability metrics in the state. The schools differed in their size, type, and length of time in turnaround status. The participants comprised a range of job titles (teachers, school leaders, social workers, instructional coaches) and represented diverse racial groups, gender identities, ages, and experience levels in the field of education. The interviews and focus group were conducted between October 2023 and January 2024. The focus group and some interviews were conducted in person in the United States, while other interviews were conducted online. The interviews lasted approximately 40 to 155 minutes and explored how school-based staff experienced turnaround policy and how this manifested in their professional practices and identities. The interviews were audio recorded, verbatim transcribed, and coded using NVivo. The theoretical framework for the study draws on policy sociology (Ozga, 2021) and Critical Race Theory (Gillborn, 2005) to situate turnaround policy within a wider context of global neoliberal education reform while analyzing localized impacts of policy on racially segregated and disadvantaged urban schools. This study draws on Bradbury’s (2020) framework using policy sociology and Critical Race Theory to analyze how regimes of truth surrounding policy problems are constructed and how policy can perpetuate inequities. This study also uses Perryman’s (2006) theories of ‘panoptic performativity’ to analyze how accountability discourses and technologies can become internalized by educators. In an era of policy borrowing and policy mobilities, drawing on research from European and international contexts can illuminate the flow of discourses and policies (high-stakes testing, inspection regimes, teacher deprofessionalization) across national contexts and expose how they play out in localized contexts such as hyper-segregated American urban schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings show that the day-to-day context of teaching, learning, and management in turnaround schools is increasingly complex, especially since the coronavirus pandemic. School-based staff are tasked with navigating the complex needs of students while responding to various stakeholder demands, accountability pressures, and local politics and policies (plans to merge and close schools, changing service models for English Learners, moving towards full inclusion models). Additionally, turnaround schools have disproportionate numbers of English learners and special education students but lack the necessary budgeting, staffing, and support to equitably serve those populations. Many families are living in increasingly precarious situations (homelessness, food insecurity, community violence, need for mental health services) and more pressures are placed on schools to meet students’ social-emotional, mental health, and physical health needs in addition to meeting academic benchmarks. As schools are tasked with increasing demands, teachers are subjected to deficit models of accountability policies that blame them for ‘low performance’. Accountability policies do not take the impacts of segregation, poverty, and context into account when labeling and intervening in schools. Furthermore, turnaround policies often position English learners and special education students as policy ‘problems’, but do not provide specialized support or funding to address equity issues. Turnaround teachers expressed feeling ‘set up’ to fail, and highlighted the ‘vicious cycle’ of policy, practice, and their context. Turnaround policies had a significant impact on teacher identity and emotions. Teachers struggled with feelings of deprofessionalization through mandated curricula and pedagogical directives while being subjected to surveillance and performativity through inspections. Teachers expressed the paradox of performativity in having to choose between serving their students’ needs or meeting the increasing pressures of the turnaround accountability system. This study aims to provide a nuanced picture of the complexity of policy enactment and the impacts of ‘failing schools’ policies on school communities. References Ball, S. J. (2009). Privatising education, privatising education policy, privatising educational research: Network governance and the ‘competition state.’ Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 83–99. https://doi-org.libproxy.ucl.ac.uk/10.1080/02680930802419474 Bradbury, A. (2020). A critical race theory framework for education policy analysis: The case of bilingual learners and assessment policy in England. Race Ethnicity and Education, 23(2), 241–260. https://www.tandfonline.com/action/showCitFormats?doi=10.1080/13613324.2019.1599338 Cucchiara, M. B., Rooney, E., & Robertson-Kraft, C. (2015). “I’ve Never Seen People Work So Hard!” Teachers’ Working Conditions in the Early Stages of School Turnaround. Urban Education, 50(3), 259–287. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085913501896 Dedering, K. (2018). Consultancy in ‘failing schools’: Emerging issues. Improving Schools, 21(2), 141–157. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480217753515 Gillborn, D. (2005). Education policy as an act of white supremacy: Whiteness, critical race theory and education reform. Journal of Education Policy, 20(4), 485–505. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930500132346 Harbatkin, E., Strunk, K. O., & McIlwain, A. (2023). School turnaround in a pandemic: An examination of the outsized implications of COVID-19 on low-performing turnaround schools, districts, and their communities. Economics of Education Review, 97, 102484. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2023.102484 Harris, A., Jones, M., Adams, D., Sumintono, B., & Ismail, N. (2017). Leading Turnaround and Improvement in Low Performing Schools in Malaysia and Indonesia. THF Working Paper, Working Paper Series No. 2. http://headfoundation.org/publications-papers/ Ingersoll, R. (2011). Power, Accountability, and the Teacher Quality Problem. 236. https://repository.upenn.edu/handle/20.500.14332/34990 Lipman, P. (2011). The New Political Economy of Urban Education: Neoliberalism, Race, and the Right to the City. Routledge. Meyers, C.V. (2020). An Urban District’s Struggle to Preserve School Turnaround Change. Urban Education, 0(0), 1–30. https://doi-org.libproxy.ucl.ac.uk/10.1177/0042085920966031 Ozga, J. (2021). Problematising policy: The development of (critical) policy sociology. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 290–305. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2019.1697718 Peck, C. M., & Reitzug, U. C. (2021). “My Progress Comes From the Kids”: Portraits of Four Teachers in an Urban Turnaround School. Urban Education, 56(10), 1836–1862. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085918772623 Perryman, J. (2006). Panoptic performativity and school inspection regimes: Disciplinary mechanisms and life under special measures. Journal of Education Policy, 21(2), 147–161. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930500500138 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Transformations of the Romanian Strategies to Integrate the Roma People in Education from 2012 to 2027 and Their Persistent Disadvantages University of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:In Europe, the overwhelming majority of the Roma population lives at risk of poverty and suffers from intense discrimination and segregation. Historically, the Roma people endured five centuries of slavery, became victims of genocide during the Holocaust, and suffered from strategic governmental acculturation attempts. Consequently, the Roma population’s socioeconomic status and educational success are below the average for the non-Roma European population. The social inclusion of the Roma community is among the most important topics on the European Union’s agenda; therefore, in 2011, the European Commission adopted an EU framework for national Roma integration strategies, which was reviewed in 2020. The framework is followed by a guide on how each Member State of the European Union should develop their own strategies to promote the social inclusion of the Roma people. However, the lack of significant evolution in the Roma situation regarding socioeconomic exclusion, education, employment, health, and housing in the past decade led the 2020 EU framework for national Roma integration to consider the past integration Strategies as a failure. Romania faces the challenge of integrating the Roma people as well, with low improvement in the Roma minority’s educational and socioeconomic situation and with the maintenance of a strong gap between the Roma ethnic people and the non-Roma Romanian population. Not only do Roma students have lower levels of educational attendance, but they face a system where high levels of school segregation and discrimination against the Roma minority remained present in the last decade. The 2022-2027 Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma Minority states that there was no progress in compulsory education and that access to upper secondary education for Roma students in Romania in the last decade has even worsened. In this paper, we analysed the educational aspect of the Strategies of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma Minority from 2012 to 2027. Looking at the transformations of the Strategies over time will contribute to a better understanding of the causes of the limits and failures they faced and the present situation of Roma educational exclusion in that country, drawing possible implications for understanding the persistent educational disadvantage that Roma people face in education at a European level. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is supported by a qualitative documental analysis performed between April 2023 and August 2023 in the context of SCIREARLY (grant nr: 101061288). SCIREARLY is an EU Horizon Europe-funded project looking into how to reduce underachievement and early school leaving in Europe (https://scirearly.eu/). The analysis focused on policy documents from the Romanian Government that were considered relevant to understanding the educational inclusion of people belonging to Roma populations and used as primary data the following documents: The Romanian Government Decisions nº 1221/2011 and its Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizen Belonging to Roma Minority for the period 2012-2020; the Government Decisions nº 18/2015 and its Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizen Belonging to Roma Minority for 2015-2020; and the Government Decisions nº 560/2022 and its Strategy of the Romanian Government on Inclusion of Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma minority for the period of 2022 to 2027. This paper also benefits from primary data from the European Agency for Fundamental Rights Roma Survey 2021 – Main Results and the OECD Review of Evaluation and Assessment in Education: Romania 2017 to access Roma educational data in Romania. Secondary information was derived from published literature that looked at the Roma educational reality. The analysis of the documents first compared the structure and content of the educational aspects of the Strategies. Results were brought together with other published data and results in order to build a comprehensive perspective on the persistent educational exclusion of Roma populations in Romania and what may illuminate some of the challenges faced by the Strategies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that the structure of the Strategies has changed over time, becoming more precise, organized and better structured when presenting measures. This may facilitate a clearer understanding and the implementation of the proposed actions. The main obstacle, or at least a central one, hindering the effectiveness of the Strategies is that government institutions commonly do not seem to put the proposed Strategy actions in motion. It is important to highlight that this work found prejudiced and devaluated affirmations against the Roma people in the 2015 Strategy, suppressed in the following Strategy. However, a topic in the same Strategy focuses on including the Roma children through vocational education. This may quickly insert them into the job market. Nevertheless, it hampers their opportunity to achieve higher positions of power in Romanian society and expressive economic ascension. It increases the odds of maintaining the socioeconomic gap between the Roma community and the majority of the Romanian population. Another aspect preventing the development of Roma education in Romania is that all Strategies fail to acknowledge the diversity of the Roma people and their conditions and contexts of living, acting regardless of the specific characteristics of each Roma group and context. Furthermore, there is a lack of monitoring of implementation and results, with an evident lack of data collection on the vulnerabilities of Roma populations, on the contextual factors linked to it, and on how strategy measures were implemented and affected them. Without addressing some of these issues, the urgent need to transform the educational reality of the Roma minority in Romania is likely to be again delayed. References Annex of the Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian citizens belonging to the Roma minority for the period of 2012-2020, 35 1 (2011a). Annex of the Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian citizens belonging to the Roma minority for the period of 2015-2020, 128 1 (2015a). Approval of the Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian citizens belonging to the Roma minority for the period of 2015-2020, 4 1 (2015b). Annex to the Government Decision nº 560/2022 for the Approval of The Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma Minority for the period 2022 to 2027, 93 3 (2022a). European Commission. (2020). Civil society monitoring report on implementation of the national Roma integration strategy in Romania: Identifying blind spots in Roma inclusion policy. Publications Office of the European Union. Eurydice. (2023). Secondary and post-secondary non-tertiary education: Teaching and learning in general upper secondary education (Romania, Issue. FRA. (2023). Roma Survey 2021 (P. O. o. t. E. Union, Ed.) [Technical report]. Publications Office of the European Union. Habinyak, E. (2022). The impact of education reform in Romania between 1989-2020 on the regulation and decentralization of early childhood education. Journal of Childhood, Education & Society, 3(3), 322-332. Kitchen, H., Fordham, E., Henderson, K., Looney, A., & Maghnouj, S. (2017). Romania 2017. OECD Publishing. Lazar, T. A., & Baciu, E. L. (2014). Educational inclusion of Roma people: The Romanian policy approach, in an European context International Conference on Economics, Education and Humanities (ICEEH'14) Dec. 10-11, 2014 Bali (Indonesia), Patache, L., & Neguriță, O. (2020). An Overview on Romanian Strategies regarding Roma Minority Concerning Education and Employment. Journal of Economic Development, Environment and People, 9(2), 12. Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma Minority for the period 2022 to 2027, 41 4 (2022c). Sava, S. L., CiprianFartusnic, & Nicoleta-AncuțaIacobescu. (2022). Continuity and innovation in the civic and social education curriculum for primary and secondary education in Romania [Country Report]. Journal of Social Science Education, 21(4), 19. Serban, L.-V. (2022). Roma Community Legislative Elements and Actions by which the Romanian State Supports Their Integration and Non-Discrimination. Editura Universitatii din Oradea, 14, 20. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 23 SES 06 C: Understanding Teaching Shortages and Teacher Retention: Policies and Practices Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Geert Kelchtermans Session Chair: Geert Kelchtermans Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Understanding Teaching Shortages and Teacher Retention: Policies and Practices Many Anglosphere nations are in the midst of a teacher shortage crisis. In all of these, the historically hardest-to-staff schools are struggling to find enough teachers to teach their students. While UNESCO has declared teaching shortages as a global crisis (Ovenden-Hope, 2022), and teaching workforce shortages are concerning across Europe as well as throughout the US (Federičová,2021) it is useful to examine this phenomenon of teaching shortages in ‘like’ Anglosphere nations with a shared language, geopolitics and social contexts (Legrand, 2021, p. 12). Fuelled by rising student numbers, difficult workplace demands and conditions, an ageing workforce and declining enrolments in initial teacher education programs, the current shortage is placing schools and teachers at breaking point, severely impacting the commitment to deliver a world class education. While the teacher shortage is a system wide issue, its effects are most strongly felt in geographically or socio-economically marginalised communities, those served by the hardest-to-staff schools, where the difficulty of finding qualified teachers is disproportionately impacting on the educational opportunities and student outcomes. Attracting and retaining quality teachers is therefore an urgent priority for all education systems, and solutions need to be found to address the high rates of attrition, particularly among pre-service and in-service early career teachers who are at the highest risk of leaving the profession. With insufficient numbers of new teachers to replenish the ageing workforce, the capacity of schools to support the educational engagement and attainment of students is, and will continue to be, profoundly impacted. This symposium brings together four papers from research in England and Australia examining the issue of teacher retention. Each paper addresses the common research question: What are the factors impacting current and extreme teaching workforce issues and how can a better understanding of these issues influence educational policy to attract, prepare and retain teachers in these uncertain times? Two of these papers focus on particular cohorts of teachers who are at risk of leaving the profession, considering how current policy and practices are contributing towards the high rates of attrition among precariously employed early career teachers and career change teachers. The third explores the impact of Ofsted on teacher attrition as one example of the increasingly neoliberal education policy environment in England. The fourth paper in this symposium focuses on teacher retention to examine how teachers remaining in the hardest to staff schools are managing under conditions outside of their control. The symposium will generate insight into why teachers are choosing to leave the profession, how they manage their work when they stay and offer opportunities to identify potential solutions which can address this major educational crisis. References Federičová, M. (2021). Teacher turnover: What can we learn from Europe?. European Journal of Education, 56(1), 102-116. Legrand, T. (2021). Political-Cultural Propinquity in the Anglosphere. In The Architecture of Policy Transfer (pp. 107–128). Springer International Publishing. Ovenden-Hope, T. (2022). A status-based crisis of teacher shortages? Research in Teacher Education. Vol.12. No 1. Nov 2022. Presentations of the Symposium The Impact of Teacher Shortages on Teachers Remaining in Hard To Staff Schools
In Australia, teaching shortages post-Covid are a growing concern as is the case to varying degrees in many other Anglosphere nations. For instance, Ireland (Geoghegan, 2022), Scotland (Wang & Houston, 2023) and England (Ovenden-Hope, 2022; Perryman, 2022) are all experiencing teacher recruitment problems, as are schools in the US (Bryner, 2021). While workforce issues are most prevalent in certain subject areas and always impact disadvantaged schools most, in all cases, teacher shortages, including teacher attrition, are seen as related to such things as untenable workloads, loss of professionalism and the overall declining status of the teaching profession. This paper reports on some early findings of an Australian Research Council Discovery project that explores the work lives of teachers remaining in schools with very high teacher turnover. In contrast to previous research that has examined the attrition of teachers from hard-to-staff schools through focusing on those who have left teaching, this study aims to develop a broader understanding of the issues of retention by attending instead on its impact on those teachers who remain.
In order to understand teachers’ work lives our research aims to disentangle the interplay of the technical, moral, political, and emotional dimensions connected to these teachers’ lives. Our work-storied approach places a high degree of importance on the ‘day in the life’ of teachers who remain in schools experiencing high teacher turnover (>10% attrition in a 12-month period). This involves sculpting interpretations out of verbal accounts and observations of teachers that elucidate how they are managing their work in circumstance outside of their control. In this paper we explain our ‘work-shadowing’ methodology and reflect on what we have learned about the daily, working lives of teachers in two of our high teacher turnover case study schools. By addressing the problem of retention in this way, we aim to advance a much deeper, nuanced understanding of how educational policies and systems, as well as individual schools, can support those teachers who remain in the profession, and thus facilitate greater teacher retention at a time when maintaining support for a declining teaching workforce is urgent.
References:
Bryner, L. (2021). The Teacher Shortage in the United States. Education and Society 39(1), 69-80. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.7459/es/39.1.05
Geoghegan, A. (2022). Should I Stay or Should I Go? An Exploration of the Experiences of Career Change Teachers in Ireland: Motivations for Changing Career and the Factors that Influence Their Attrition from the Teaching Profession.
Ovenden-Hope, T. (2022). A status-based crisis of teacher shortages? Research in Teacher Education. Vol.12. No 1. Nov 2022.
Perryman, J., Bradbury, A., Calvert, G., & Kilian, K. (2023). Beyond Ofsted Inquiry: Final Report.
Wang, W., & Houston, M. (2023). Teaching as a career choice: the motivations and expectations of students at one Scottish University. Educational Studies, 49(6), 937-954.
Career Change Teachers: Addressing Teacher Shortages in Australia
Successive Australian policies including the Liberal government’s Next Steps: Report of the Quality Initial Teacher Education Review (2022) and the Labor government’s Teacher Education Expert Panel Discussion Paper (2023) have positioned midcareer Initial Teacher Education (ITE) entrants as ‘game changers’ to address teacher shortages and enhance diversity in the teaching profession. Indeed, research reveals that their status as game changers is often short lived as 25% are more likely to leave the profession within the first five years than those that enter via more traditional pathways. It is therefore timely to examine the retention of this cohort in ITE in more depth. How these so-called ‘career change teachers’ are defined, and how ITE programs cater to the needs of this unique cohort, are not fully understood. This paper brings together Stephen Ball’s policy enactment, and Margaret Archer’s theorisations on emergent properties to ascertain how 40 Australian teacher educators are responding to this policy direction. We describe how interpretive, material, and discursive lenses of policy enactment are infused with either enabling and/or constraining emergences of translation. In doing so, first we outline how teacher educators speak and think about career change teachers. Second, we analyse teacher educators’ deliberations on the personal, structural and/or cultural conditions that they weigh up to accommodate (or not) this specific group. Findings reveal that teacher educators define career change teachers in similar and divergent ways and institutions accommodate this group variously. Recommendations are made for how universities can better prepare and sustain this cohort to stay in the profession.
References:
Australian Government. (2023). Teacher education expert panel discussion paper. Retrieved from https://www.education.gov.au/quality-initial-teacher-education-review/resources/teacher-education-expert-panel-discussion-paper
Australian Government. (2022) Next Steps: Report of the Quality Initial Teacher Education review> Retrieved from https://www.education.gov.au/quality-initial-teacher-education-review/resources/next-steps-report-quality-initial-teacher-education-review
Induction and the Teacher Workforce: Problems and Confusion
Internationally, support provided to teachers during their early career phase has long been referred to as ‘induction’. In Australia, induction is largely provided by schools because ‘school-based induction practices … [are the] … the most useful in enculturating beginning teachers to their school and to their career’ (Kearney, 2021, p.153). However, with 60% of new teachers employed casually or on short-term contracts (Preston, 2019), many work across multiple schools and education sectors. Such teachers might engage in multiple induction events at individual schools; however, it is unlikely they receive an ongoing, systematic induction that meets their individual needs across the first few years of their work.
This paper reports a critical policy study that examined the ‘Graduate to Proficient: Australian guidelines for teacher induction into the profession’ (2016). It draws on critical human resources management theory, including concepts such as ‘onboarding’ with the aim of providing alternative insights into the induction process for early career teachers.
Our analysis suggests that the guidelines are more concerned with onboarding practices delivered to teachers with job security, rather than an overall system of practices that develop all new teachers regardless of their employment mode. The limitation means that the guidelines are unlikely to support precariously employed early career teachers to maximise their development during the earliest months and years of their career. Finally, we argue that further research on the teaching workforce which draws on the human resource management research is needed to better understand the development of the teaching workforce.
References:
Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. (2016). Graduate to proficient: Australian guidelines for teacher induction into the profession. Canberra, Australia: Education Services Australia.
Kearney, S. (2021). The challenges of beginning teacher induction: a collective case study. Teaching Education, 32(2), 142-158.
Preston, B. (2019). Reforming replacement teaching: A game changer for the development of early career teaching? In A. Sullivan, B. Johnson, & M. Simons (Eds.), Attracting and keeping the best teachers: Issues and opportunities (pp. 161-191). Springer Nature.
Teacher Retention in England: Is Ofsted Really to Blame?
Whilst hotly contested from within the organisation, Ofsted, the English school inspectorate, are often blamed for creating a toxic work-culture in English schools.
But to what extent does Ofsted contribute to England’s worsening teacher retention crisis? This paper draws upon data from the ‘Beyond Ofsted’ research project, where a survey, focus groups and stakeholder consultations aimed to find out teachers’ opinions of Ofsted and what alternatives could be suggested. The finding of this report (Perryman et al 2023) suggested that many teachers thought of Ofsted as ‘toxic’ and ‘not fit for purpose’. In addition, survey results show how impactful inspection can be for teachers’ health, wellbeing and career plans. For example, 30% of the sample said that inspection made them want to leave teaching, and 76% thought that Ofsted had a negative effect on retention.
But are Ofsted to blame? Teachers’ working lives increasingly affected by the rise in the neo-liberal performativity /accountability culture in schools as, internationally, schools are preoccupied with policies of achievement, particularly test results. The global rise in accountability mechanisms is increasingly accepted as a natural part of the neo-liberal education system, with any critics of the regime seen as being against progress. This has led many schools to adopt a plethora of strategies aimed at improving results, often referred to as ‘box-ticking’. Teachers’ work is directed towards assessment, exams, progress measures and preparation for review and inspection, and away from the more individualistic and creative aspects of the job. These strategies, and their constancy, impact negatively on teachers’ lives, and thus on retention. But such trends are found in many countries adopting a neoliberal education policy environment. The Beyond Ofsted data shows that, in England, the problem is exacerbated by the surveillance of these performative-accountability regimes. Previous research suggests that Ofsted impacts negatively on the health and well-being of staff and thus impacts teacher retention (Bousted, 2022; Perryman, 2022) and Ofsted’s own survey on the wellbeing of teachers (Ofsted, 2019), reported that the demands of inspection heavily influenced teachers’ working practices. Teachers worked a 50–57-hour week, over half of which was spent outside the classroom, on Ofsted preparation meetings, and data-focused tasks. Our paper poses the question as to whether Ofsted is to blame for these trends and increasing teacher attrition, or whether the blame lies in policy or school cultures that place value on judgement and competitive engagement over education and well-being.
References:
Bousted, M. (2022). Support Not Surveillance: How to solve the teacher retention crisis. Melton: John Catt.
Ofsted. (2019). Teacher well-being at work in schools and further education providers. Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/teacher-well-being-at-work-in-schools- and-further-education-providers
Perryman, J. (2022). Teacher retention in an age of Performative Accountability: Target Culture and the Discourse of Disappointment. London: Routledge.
Perryman, J., Bradbury, A., Calvert, G., & Kilian, K. (2023). Beyond Ofsted Inquiry: Final Report.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 24 SES 06 B: Innovative Approaches in Mathematics Education Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Aibhin Bray Paper Session |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Improving the Process of Preparing 10th Grade Students for External Summative Assessment in Mathematics by Implementing Problem-based Learning Technologies. NIS, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Introduction: In contemporary education, considerable emphasis is placed on the implementation of pedagogical techniques that promote effective teaching through active engagement of students with educational content. Among these approaches, problem-based learning (PBL) stands out as a method that fosters the development of creative thinking, autonomy, and problem-solving abilities among students, while also facilitating the application of acquired knowledge in practical contexts. This study aims to investigate the influence of employing problem-based learning methods in preparing 10th grade students for an external summative assessment in the domain of mathematics. Theoretical Basis of the Study Summative assessment serves as a means of evaluating the educational accomplishments of students upon completion of specific sections or cross-cutting topics within the curriculum. It also encompasses the assessment conducted over a designated educational period, such as a quarter, as well as external assessments. These assessments entail the allocation of points and grades, while providing valuable insights on student progress to teachers, parents, and students themselves. External summative assessments are carried out upon the culmination of particular levels of education, encompassing primary, basic, and secondary education. The benchmarks utilized in these exams adhere to international standards, such as the Cambridge Primary (grade 5), IGCSE (grade 10), AS-level, and A-level (grades 11-12). External summative assessment exams feature multiple components, including closed and open-ended questions that require both concise and detailed responses. Upon the completion of external summative assessments, students in 12th grade receive an NIS Grade 12 Certificate. This certificate holds recognition by esteemed universities in Kazakhstan, as well as by leading international organizations. [1] The issue we encountered revolved around our school's performance in mathematics during external summative assessments, as we ranked last within the Nazarbayev Intellectual School network. Notably, there existed a disparity between internal assessments and external assessments. The aim of this action research was to enhance the quality of mathematics outcome measures among 10th grade students. The study pursued the following research question: How does the integration of problem-based learning impact students' effective preparation for external summative assessments in mathematics? Problem-Based Learning (PBL) technology has been utilized in higher education since the mid-20th century, serving as an interactive learning method. Initially employed by universities in the United States and Canada during the 1950s, PBL later proliferated across European universities during the 1960s. The introduction of this technique initially occurred in the Faculty of Medicine at Case Western Reserve University. Recognizing the contemporary context characterized by an information and technological "explosion," which entails rapidly evolving requirements for future professionals, PBL emerged as the training model best aligned with this situation. [2] The traditional approach to higher education emphasizes the passive transfer and rote memorization of existing knowledge. Students grapple with the monotonous task of memorizing vast amounts of information that, in their estimation, may not always directly pertain to their forthcoming professional endeavors. Consequently, apathy, detachment, and occasionally disillusionment arise. Frequently, students tend to forget a substantial portion of the material they have learned once an assessment has been completed. Moreover, the retained information often proves challenging to apply when attempting to solve problems across related subject areas, especially within the realm of real-world professional application. [3] The foundation of PBL rests upon a constructivist approach, which has garnered opposition from critics of this teaching method. In line with the constructivist trend, which emphasizes student participation in the construction of new knowledge through the reevaluation of experiences, PBL brings about significant changes in the learning process itself. It assumes an active and socially-oriented character, thereby embracing a more interactive format.[4] Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study involved the participation of all 10th grade students at NIS in Aktau during the academic year 2022-2023. A purposive sampling technique was used to recruit 129 participants for the research sample. To establish a control group, 88 participants were selected from the 10th grade students at NIS Aktau during the academic year 2021-2022. The experimental class consisted of 10th grade students at NIS Aktau in 2022-2023, while the control class consisted of 10th grade students at NIS Aktau in 2021-2022. The experimental class received training using drill methods with PBL, whereas the control class received training using drill methods without PBL. Data collection methods included tests to measure problem-solving skills and questionnaires to gather student responses during PBL training. Within the framework of problem-based learning (PBL), practice-oriented case assignments served as the primary teaching tool, which students studied in practical classes. The Vocational Education and Training (VET) was implemented through the following main stages: 1. Teachers provided students with descriptions of exam problems that required solving and evaluating their work against a mark scheme. 2. Students familiarized themselves with the case, analyzed it, and identified key problems requiring solutions. 3. Students worked independently or in groups to solve the problems. They conducted research, gathered information, performed analyses, and developed solutions [5]. 4. In subsequent practical classes, students presented their work results, engaged in discussions, and collectively arrived at the most optimal solution. 5. Additional mathematics lessons were organized outside of regular school hours. The questionnaire comprised 6 questions aimed at identifying factors including: - Motivation to learn - Perception of teaching methods - Level of satisfaction with training The data collection methods also included midterm mock exams to measure problem-solving skills. A quantitative approach was employed to compare students' final scores and identify patterns and regularities. 1. Systematization and analysis of the obtained data: • The collected data on students' regular exam preparation activities were processed and analyzed, taking into account their academic performance. • Data on the use of various pedagogical methods and technologies were summarized and analyzed to identify their impact on students' success. 2. Cross-analysis of the data: • Furthermore, the obtained results of data analysis for each factor (regular activities, method and technology usage, individualized approach, parental involvement) were cross-compared and analyzed together to identify common patterns and interrelationships between these factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research findings The examination of the questionnaires revealed that students in the experimental group exhibited a higher level of motivation towards their learning compared to students in the control group. Additionally, they demonstrated a greater acceptance of Problem-Based Learning (PBL) teaching methods and expressed higher satisfaction with their training. In relation to the study on the preparation for external summative assessment, several factors influencing student achievement were identified: 1. Regular exam preparation sessions were found to positively impact student performance. 2. The utilization of diverse pedagogical methods and technologies proved to be effective in preparing students for exams. 3. Adopting an individualized approach that considers students' unique characteristics and needs also contributed to successful outcomes in external assessments. 4. Involving parents in the exam preparation process also yielded positive outcomes in terms of academic performance. Based on the collected data, it can be concluded that the effective organization of student preparation for external summative assessment is a crucial component of academic success. It is recommended to further investigate and implement contemporary methods and technologies to enhance student performance in future endeavors. The research results demonstrated that the experimental group, which received training using PBL methods, achieved higher outcomes compared to the control group that underwent drill-based instruction without the integration of PBL. The average score for the experimental group was 52.2%, while the control group achieved an average of 41.97%. This difference was found to be statistically significant. Consequently, our school's ranking within the NIS network improved from 15th place to 10th place. Furthermore, the results of the experimental group surpassed those of previous years. For instance, in 2019, the average was 49%, in 2021 it was 39.65%, and in 2022 it was 41.97%. These findings indicate that the implementation of PBL can enhance students' problem-solving skills. References References 1.Educational program AEO “Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools” – NIS-Programme URL: https://www.nis.edu.kz/storage/app/media/NIS-Programme/NIS-Programme_RU.pdf 2. The Aalborg PBL-model – Progress, Diversity and Challenges. Aalborg : Aalborg Univer- sity Press, 2006. 13 p. 3. Newman M.J. Problem Based Learning: an Introduction and Overview of the Key Features of the Approach // Journal of Veterinary Medical Education. 2005. No 32 (1). Р. 12–20. 4. Dolmans D., Schmidt H. What directs self-directed learning in a problem based curriculum// Problem Based Learning: a Research Perspective on Learning Interactions.Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum, 2000. Р. 251–262. 5. Barrows H. Generic Problem-Based Learning Essentials. 2004. URL: http://www.pbli.org/pbl/generic_pbl.htm. 6. Savin-Baden M. Facilitating Problem Based Learning: Illuminating Perspectives.Buckingham : Society for Research in Higher Education / Open University Press, 2003. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Levelling up Problem-solving Skills through Strategy Video Gaming and Reflection: An Intervention Study with Malaysian Form 4 Secondary School Students. University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In its recent Education Blueprint, the Malaysian Ministry of Education has emphasised the imperative to enhance national critical thinking skills. This call-to-action stems from the alarming low rankings in the PISA Problem-Solving Test, and mathematics test and reports from employers highlighting pervasive skill gaps. This research aims to explore a potential tool for developing problem-solving skills: Strategy Video Games (SVGs). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants of the study were about 404 Form 4 pupils (15- to 16-year-olds) from nine (9) participating Malaysian National secondary schools. Participants were split equally across one control and two treatment groups. Using a randomised controlled trial (RCT) approach, participants were stratified into two groups based on gender (male and female) before they were randomised equally into the 3 groups (in control or intervention conditions). To test the power of reflection, this research compared pre- and post-test scores of 3 groups: a control group ("A") that received no treatment; a group ("B") that played SVGs; and a group ("C") that played SVGs and engaged in supplemental of reflection sessions. Through this experimental design, we were able to monitor the possible effect (if any) of both playing SVGs and reflection on the development of self-perception of problem-solving skills and examined actual problem-solving skills. Two instruments were used to measure the 2 variables of interest during pre-intervention and post-intervention. The external assessment measure employed in this study is the publicly accessible isomorphic test designed by the OECD for the 2003 iteration of the PISA Problem-Solving Test. To adapt it for this research, the test was divided into two sets, resulting in two distinct PISA Problem-Solving Tests. To assess students' self-reported problem-solving skills, the study employed the Problem-Solving Inventory (PSI) created by Heppner and Petersen (2011). This inventory comprises 32 items and utilises a 6-point Likert scale to gauge an individual's self-evaluation of their problem-solving competence, focusing on their perceived competency rather than their demonstrated abilities. The intervention protocol involved gaming phases and reflection sessions. A gaming phase includes three (3) weeks of gaming session aimed at yielding about 5 hours of gaming duration. Within the 3 weeks, there were three reflection sessions (before, during and after reflection sessions) conducted. Before-reflection sessions was done before gaming sessions starts (in the first week), and in the second week, during-reflection session was done as a group discussion. After-reflection sessions was done at the end of each gaming phases. Before- and after-reflection sessions were done online individually. There were 4 intervention phases all together, each using four different strategy video games. The analysis of the data used a quantitative technique, multiple regression, to assess the relationships between SVGs, reflection sessions, and outcome variables of interest. Ultimately, it attempts to cover gaps from previous studies and provide a guide to utilise SVGs in a school context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Due to COVID restriction policies, dosage, adherence, and participants' responsiveness, the quality of intervention delivery varied significantly. Nonetheless, the findings yielded interesting insight into the hypotheses. There is some evidence that SVGs together with reflection sessions have the potential ability to affect actual Problem-solving skills. RQ 1: Based on the statistical analysis, we can reject the null hypothesis and accept there is a significant difference in PISA Pre-post-test score difference means among the 3 groups, with a consideration that it is a positively weak model (R-squared =0.0248). Group C difference is significant at p=0.025. The post-hoc Tukey test revealed significant differences between Group C and Group B (p = 0.041), and near significant between Group C and Group A (p = 0.064). All groups' mean score showed decline in PISA Problem-Solving score performance, but Group C performed slightly better by having the least amount of decline. Group B did not perform any differently than Group A . RQ 2: Similarly, regression analysis showed that Group C is significantly different than the other groups, with a p value of = 0.018 with a weak model (R-squared =0.0271). Tukey's post hoc test revealed that Group C is significantly different than Group A (p = 0.054). However, Group B is not statistically significantly different from Group A and C. Both findings in RQ 1 and 2 above may indicate that SVGs without the supplement of reflection session do not help in improving or developing Problem-Solving skills, as seen in PISA problem-solving scores. In conclusion, these findings suggest that there is potential to utilise SVGs in developing competent problem-solvers, provided that SVGs are paired with reflection sessions to aid in transferring learnt problem-solving skills into real-life situations. However, there is a need to further delve into the findings, especially exploring the measurement of fidelity to ensure these results are not a result of positive placebo effect. References Adachi, P. J. C., & Willoughby, T. (2013). More Than Just Fun and Games: The Longitudinal Relationships Between Strategic Video Games, Self-Reported Problem-Solving Skills, and Academic Grades. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 42(7), 1041–1052. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-013-9913-9 Bjuland, R. (2004). Student teachers' reflections on their learning process through collaborative Problem-Solving in geometry. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 55 (1–3), 199–225. https://doi.org/10.1023/B:EDUC.0000017690.90763.c1 Chang, B. (2019). Reflection in Learning. Online Learning, 23(1). https://doi.org/10.24059/olj.v23i1.1447 Dewey, J. (1933). Why have progressive schools? Current History (1916-1940), 38(4), 441–448. Emihovich, B. (2017). IMPROVING UNDERGRADUATES' PROBLEM-SOLVING SKILLS THROUGH VIDEO GAMEPLAY. Emihovich, B., Roque, N., & Mason, J. (2020). Can Video Gameplay Improve Undergraduates' Problem-Solving Skills?. International Journal of Game-Based Learning (IJGBL), 10(2), 1-18. Gribbin, J., Aftab, M., Young, R., & Park, S. (2016). Double-loop reflective Practise as an approach to understanding knowledge and experience. DRS 2016 International Conference: Future-Focused Thinking. 8, pp. 3181-3198. Design Research Society. Heppner, P. P., & Petersen, C. H. (2011). Problem-Solving Inventory [Data set]. American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/t04336-000 Hiebert, J. (1992). Reflection and communication: Cognitive considerations in school mathematics reform. International Journal of Educational Research, 17(5), 439–456. Inhelder, B., & Piaget, J. (1958). The growth of logical thinking from childhood to adolescence: An essay on the construction of formal operational structures (Vol. 22). Psychology Press. Ishak, S. A., Din, R., & Hasran, U. A. (2021). Defining digital game-based learning for science, technology, engineering, and mathematics: a new perspective on design and developmental research. Journal of medical Internet research, 23(2), e20537. Mardell, B., Lynneth Solis, S., & Bray, O. (2019). The state of play in school: Defining and promoting playful learning in formal education settings. International Journal of Play, 8(3), 232-236. Prince, P. (2017). From play to Problem-Solving to Common Core: The development of fluid reasoning. Applied Neuropsychology: Child, 6(3), 224-227. Programme for International Student Assessment. (2004). PISA Problem Solving for Tomorrow's World: First Measures of Cross-Curricular Competencies from PISA 2003. OECD. Wistedt, I. (1994). Reflection, communication, and learning mathematics: A case study. Learning and Instruction, 4(2), 123–138. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Effect of Flipped Classroom Learning Approach on Mathematics Achievement and Interest Among Secondary School Students NIS, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The flipped classroom is a teaching technique that has gained worldwide currency during recent years. In a flipped approach, the information-transmission element of students’ learning is moved out of the classroom; instead, students view recorded lectures in their own study time ahead of the live session. This frees the class time for activities (such as discussion and problem-solving) in which students can apply their knowledge and potentially gives the teacher a better opportunity to detect their misconceptions. According to the State Education Policy (Republic of Kazakhstan), mathematics is one of the fundamental subjects that all students must study up to higher education. Mathematics receives a lot of attention in the school curriculum from primary to secondary school, reflecting the importance of the subject in modern society. It is particularly disappointing that students consistently perform poorly in mathematics in internal and external examinations, despite the relative importance of the subject. The purpose of this study, which was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in the city of Aktobe, was to determine the effect of the “flipped classroom” approach on mathematics achievement and interest of students. Given this, a quasi-experimental design was used, specifically non-equivalent pretest-posttest control group design. The study’s participants were a sample of 56 learners selected from two classes purposively. Each two SS 1 classes, divided into experimental and control groups via balloting. The following research questions guided the study. 1. What are the mean achievement scores of students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach and their peers in the control group? 2. What are the mean achievement scores of male and female students who received flipped classroom approaches? 3. What are the mean interest scores of students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach and their peers in the control group? 4. What are the mean interest scores of male and female students who received flipped classroom approach?
The following hypotheses guided the study. 1. Difference exists between the mean achievement scores of students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach and their peers in the control group. 2. Difference exists between the mean achievement scores of male and female students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach. 3. Difference exists between the mean interest scores of students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach and their peers in the control group. 4. Difference exists between the mean interest scores of male and female students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach. Data were gathered through the instrumentality of the Mathematics Achievement Test (MAT) and Mathematics Interest Inventory (MII), which have reliability scores of 0.88 and 0.79, respectively. Prior to and following a six-week course of treatment, each group completed a pretest and posttest. SPSS, a statistical tool for social sciences, was applied to analyse the acquired data. The mean and standard deviation were utilised to report the study’s questions, and analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was utilised to evaluate the hypotheses at a 0.05 significance level. Results established that learners taught mathematics utilising flipped classroom approach had higher mathematics achievement and interest scores than their peers taught using the conventional approach. Results also revealed that the achievement and interest scores of male and female learners who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach were the same. Considering the findings, recommendations were given, among others, that mathematics teachers should use the flipped classroom approach to assist learners in boosting their achievement and interest in mathematics, especially in geometry. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This quasi-experimental research study design used a non-equivalent control group for the pretest and posttests. The design was employed rather than randomly allo¬cating students to groups because it is impractical to do so in quasi-experimental research. A sample of 56 pupils (27 males and 29 females) was selected from two classes purposively. The research instruments were Mathematics Achievement results. Test (MAT) and Mathematics Interest Inventory (MII). The researchers created 20 multiple-choice questions on the MAT, which served as the study's primary instrument. The MAT items were created using a test design to ensure adequate coverage of the subject matter of interest and to maintain consistent distribution across different levels of the cognitive domain. However, the MII was adapted from the mathematical calculations of Snow (2011). interest reserve. The MII consists of 20 items and uses a 4-point Likert scale with the following response options: strongly agree (4), agree (3), disagree (2), and strongly disagree (1). I developed two lesson plans/notes for the experimental and control groups. Also checked MAT, MII and lesson plans/notes. Both MAT and MII have been pilot tested. The reliability coefficient for the MAT was determined to be 0.88 using the Kuder-Richardson formula 20. However, the internal consistency of the MII was calculated using Cronbach's alpha and the reliability coefficient was found to be 0.79. The treatment ran for four weeks. The fifth week saw the administration of the posttest. The posttest items are the same as the pretest items; however, they were rearranged to give them a new look and avoid memory effects. The posttest results were noted and utilised to present information on learners’ mathematics achievement and interest by gender and treatment group. The SPSS software version 28 was used to analyse the collected data. The mean (−X) and standard deviation (SD) were used to answer the study’s research questions, and analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was utilised to test the hypotheses at a significance level of 0.05. The reason for the choice of ANCOVA was to establish equality of baseline pre-test data before the commencement of the treatment. ANCOVA helped to establish the covariates between the pre-test and post-test. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed that students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach had their interest increased in the mathematics concept compared to their counterparts who received the same concept using the conventional method. Accordingly, a further test of hypothesis three established that learners in the experimental group held increased interest levels in the mathematics concept than their peers in the control group. Thus, it concluded that the flipped classroom approach successfully enhanced learners’ interest in the mathematics concept taught. The increased interest could have been caused by the students’ interpersonal interaction with video resources and materials in the flipped classroom environment. Moreover, the study’s findings indicated that male learners exhibited more interest in mathematics than females when the flipped classroom approach was utilised. Consequently, further analysis by testing hypothesis four divulged no significant difference between the interest scores of male and female learners who received mathematics instruction utilising the flipped classroom strategy. The outcome of the no significant difference could be that both male and female learners showed the same degrees of interest and engagement in learning the mathematics concept. The flipped classroom approach significantly enhanced learners’ achievement and interest in the mathematics concept taught. This was seen in the mean achievement and interest scores of students in the experimental group, which were higher than their counterparts in the control group. Again, the achievement and interest scores of male and female learners who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach were the same. This means that learners of both sexes that utilised the flipped classroom approach benefited equally from the treatment. The study also explains to mathematics education specialists how the flipped classroom approach can help learners enhance their achievement and interest levels in mathematics, particularly geometry. References Asiksoy, G., & Ozdamli, F. (2016). Flipped classroom adapted to the ARCS model of motivation and Applied to a physics course. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics Science & Technology Education, 12(6), 1589–1603. Bergmann, J., & Sams, A. (2012). Flip your classroom: Reach every student in every class every day. International Society for Technology in Education. Bergmann, J., & Sams, A. (2015). Flipped learning for math instruction. International Society for Technol¬ogy in Education. VA. Bishop, J., & Verleger, M. (2013). The flipped classroom: A survey of the research. In ASEE National Conference Proceedings. Chandra, V., & Fisher, D. L. (2009). Students’ perceptions of a blended web-based learning environment. Learning Environments Research, 12(1), 31–44. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-008-9051-6. Chebotib, N., Too, J., & Ongeti, K. (2022). Effects of the flipped learning approach on students’ academic achievement in secondary schools in Kenya. Journal of Research & Method in Education, 12(6), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.9790/7388-1206030110. Chen, L. L. (2016). Impacts of flipped classroom in high school health education. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 44(4), https://doi.org/10.1177/0047239515626371. 411 – 420. Clark, K. (2015). The Effects of the flipped model of instruction on Student Engagement and Performance in the secondary Mathematics Classroom. The Journal of Educators Online, 12(1), 91–115. https:// doi.org/10.9743/jeo.2015.1.5. Didem, A. S., & Özdemir, S. (2018). The Effect of a flipped Classroom Model on Academic Achievement, Self-Directed Learning Readiness, Motivation and Retention *. Malaysian Online Journal of Educa¬tional Technology, 6(1), 76–91. www.mojet.net. Efiuvwere, R. A., & Fomsi, E. F. (2019). Flipping the mathematics classroom to enhance senior second¬ary students’ interest. International Journal of Mathematics Trends and Technology, 65(2), 95–101. https://doi.org/10.14445/22315373/ijmtt-v65i2p516. Egara, F. O., Eseadi, C., & Nzeadibe, A. C. (2021). Effect of computer simulation on secondary school students’ interest in algebra. Education and Information Technologies, 27, 5457–5469. Harmini, T., Sudibyo, N. A., & Suprihatiningsih, S. (2022). The Effect of the flipped Classroom Learning Model on Students’ Learning Outcome in Multivariable Calculus Course. AlphaMath: Journal of Mathematics Education, 8(1), 72. https://doi.org/10.30595/alphamath.v8i1.10854. He, W., Holton, A., Farkas, G., & Warschauer, M. (2016). The effects of flipped instruction on out-of-class study time, exam performance, and student perceptions. Learning and Instruction, 45, 61–71. https:// doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2016.07.001. Ikwuka, O. I., & Okoye, C. C. (2022). Differential effects of flipped classroom and gender on nigerian federal universities CEP students’ academic achievement in basic methodology. African Journal of Educational Management Teaching and Entrepreneurship Studies, 2, 106–118. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 25 SES 06 A: Special Call Session 1: Children’s rights in a time of instability and crisis – the role of education Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Katarzyna Gawlicz Special Call Session Part 1/2, to be continued in 25 SES 07 A |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper “The Leaves Are Bit Poorly” - a Participatory Exploration of Preschoolers’ Feelings and Actions Towards Nature University of Plymouth, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Environmental issues, resulting from global warming, have made care for the environment an increasingly urgent matter. The careless usage of limited and valuable resources such as water, fossil fuels and forests, as well as the pollution of air, water and soil, has led us to a situation where we are in need of an urgent change of behaviour towards the environment. Experiences in the early years form attitudes and behaviour in a child and can have a long-lasting effect into adulthood (Pramling Samuelsson et al., 2019). Through education and with the support of influential role models such as their teacher, children can become active and informed participants in shaping the environment they live in (Davis, 2015) and to care sustainably for it (Prince, 2010). There is a trend to advocate research with children about environmental topics (Green, 2015), yet a lack of studies using methods that recognise that young children articulate their thoughts and feelings about an environmental topic differently to older children and adults (Somerville and Williams, 2015). This project explores how to do meaningful and age-appropriate research with young children about what they think, experience and learn about how to care for our planet. It also explores ways to empower children to make decisions on matters that affect them such as environmental issues. Children have the right for suitable and supportive education, which is supported by SDG 4.7 (UN General Assembly, 2015). It is thoroughly desirable to respect their voices and stands as well as giving them hope for the future. In my research, I advocate for children to be seen as capable members of society and explore ways to enable their right to be informed, to be heard and their “views ... given due weight” (UN General Assembly, 1989, p. 5). Investing in children and adequate methodologies can impact future leaders and citizens’ environmental behaviours. This is turn, is important not only at local or European levels but also globally. Children need opportunities to play in and with nature in their daily life in preschool and at home, in order to meaningfully and authentically connect to nature and care for it. While playing outside on their own terms following their imagination and motivation, activities initiated by teachers should be child-led and guided by children’s interests, understanding and explorations. Offering learning opportunities and chances to explore in and with nature were shown to be a foundation to agency and connection to nature (Rios and Menezes, 2017). Research has also shown that learning particular pro-environmental behaviour and actions would not help to develop children’s care for nature. However, positive feelings towards and meaningful interactions with nature, can result in a caring and protective attitude towards nature (Rios and Menezes, 2017). Additionally, “when educators promote children’s success in ‘making a difference’, foundations are built for future resilience, agency and social participation” (Davis, 2014, p. 34). Education for Sustainability is promoted as lifelong learning and serves as a driver for transformative change for living sustainably on a national and worldwide scale. However, in the field of early childhood, the deliberate involvement in Education for Sustainability has been slow (Davis and Elliott, 2014). Education for Sustainability is currently “largely a matter for individual settings to decide upon thus depending on staff commitment” (Barratt et al., 2014, p. 231). It requires policy change, a widespread mind shift and “centre culture that embraces sustainability” (Elliott, 2010, p. 34). This project was conducted with children in England but contributes to the international discourse around young children’s agency in times of instability and crisis such as the climate emergency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I worked with 19 children, aged 3 to 4, in two preschools in deprived rural and urban areas of the southwest of England. I also interviewed two teachers and received answers on a survey from two families. I drew from Clark and Moss' (2011) Mosaic approach, using a variety of qualitative methods to gain a holistic view on preschoolers’ feelings and actions towards nature. I observed children and teachers during outdoor activities. The naturalistic (narrative) observation and the children observation were underpinned by the Mosaic approach (Clark and Moss, 2011). As one opportunity for children to express their views, I asked the children to draw a picture of what they associate with the word ‘garden’. To complement the drawing about children’s ideas, I asked the children to describe what they have drawn. Additionally, I asked them what we can do to protect the plants, animals and insects in the garden, flexibly following the children’s understanding. I asked the children to take photos of their favourite places in the garden while they took me on a tour. I also engaged in naturally emerging conversations with the children during play and the child-led tours, moving away from the structure of an interview. Finally, I interviewed teachers and used a survey with families. I additionally reflected on how to enhance the level of children’s participation in my project at every stage and push the boundaries to an active and meaningful role of children at preschool age within my research. I aimed to challenge my definitions of terms, such as garden, environmentally friendly, and instead explored them with the children. Additionally, I aimed to challenge my methods and assumptions about methods that might be suitable to capture children’s perceptions. Finally, I aimed to ask the children to interpret and analyse the data, and involve the children in the dissemination of the results. In my presentation, I will be drawing on an analysis of the generated data in two ways – my data analysis as adult researcher and a data analysis by and with the children. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Children can be a significant catalyst in increasing environmental practices in their preschools and at home. Given the opportunity, children can impact teacher’s action and learning but also motivate their families for environmental actions. Enabling children to enact their right to be active and informed participants of society and to be heard, especially in matters that affect them, can increase children’s self-efficacy and agency not only now but also for the future. This can then lead to “children’s belief and confidence that they could advocate for changes in their early childhood centre and home” (Vaealiki and Mackey, 2008, p. 10). Children are and must be seen as social actors (Prout and James, 2015). That means that they “are and must be seen as active in the construction and determination of their own social lives, the lives of those around them and of the societies in which they live” (Prout and James, 2015, p. 7), not only locally but on a global scale. My research has shown that this is challenging to bring into practice, especially in a meaningful and authentic way for children. It is also challenging in terms of ethical considerations and methodological execution. For researchers and practitioners that aim to work with young children in a more child-led way, it is about engaging critically and being reflexive about their approaches in terms of children’s voices and power relations as well as creating the culture of children confidently making decisions in matters that are relevant to them and affect them. With children, teachers and families working together, change for alternative, more sustainable practices will be a collective responsibility and effort and can influence the wider community. References Barratt, R., Barratt-Hacking, E. and Black, P. (2014). Innovative approaches to early childhood education for sustainability in England. In Research in early childhood education for sustainability. Routledge, pp. 225-247. Clark, A. and Moss, P. (2011). Listening to young children: The mosaic approach. Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Davis, J. (2014). Examining early childhood education through the lens of education for sustainability: Revisioning rights. In Research in early childhood education for sustainability. Routledge, pp. 21-37. Davis, J. (2015). What Is Early Childhood Education For Sustainability And Why Does It Matter?. In Young Children and the Environment: Early Education for Sustainability. 2nd edn. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 7–31. Davis, J. and Elliott, S. (2014). An orientation to early childhood education for sustainability and research–framing the text. In Research in early childhood education for sustainability. Routledge, pp. 1-18. Elliott, S. (2010). Essential not optional: Education for sustainability in early childhood centres. Exchange, 192, pp. 34-37. Green, C. J. (2015). Toward young children as active researchers: A critical review of the methodologies and methods in early childhood environmental education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 46(4), pp. 207-229. Pramling Samuelsson, I., Li, M. and Hu, A. (2019). Early childhood education for sustainability: A driver for quality. ECNU Review of Education, 2(4), pp. 369-373. Prince, C. (2010). Sowing the seeds: Education for sustainability within the early years curriculum. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 18(3), pp. 423-434. Prout, A. and James, A. (2015). A new paradigm for the sociology of childhood?: Provenance, promise and problems. In Constructing and reconstructing childhood. 3rd edn. Routledge, pp. 6-28. Rios, C. and Menezes, I. (2017). ‘I saw a magical garden with flowers that people could not damage!’: children’s visions of nature and of learning about nature in and out of school. Environmental Education Research, 23(10), pp. 1402-1413. Somerville, M. and Williams, C. (2015). Sustainability education in early childhood: An updated review of research in the field. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 16(2), pp. 102-117. UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1. Available at: https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda (Accessed: 25 January 2024) UN General Assembly (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, 20 November, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 1577. Available at: https://downloads.unicef.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/UNCRC_united_nations_convention_on_the_rights_of_the_child.pdf (Accessed: 25 January 2024) Vaealiki S. and Mackey G. (2008). Ripples of action: Strengthening environmental competency in an early childhood centre. Early Childhood Folio, 12, pp. 7–11. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper In Search of Sustainable Rights in Education-an Intercultural Pedagogical Experiment as a Solidarity Policy Mechanism. Narratives of Students, Parents, Teachers 1Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw, Poland; 2Faculty of Education,University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:Since 24 February 2022, following Russia's aggression against Ukraine, Poland, whose eastern border is also the EU border, has experienced an unprecedented influx of war refugees, the majority of whom are children and women. Poland has become one of the most important countries on the front line in solidarity to provide refugees from Ukraine with shelter and access to services, including care and education, and thus human and child rights. As a result, the number of migrant students has increased significantly. They are from both economic and forced migrant families. Data from November 2023 shows that 286,000 refugee-children, mainly Ukrainian and Belarusian, attend Polish schools. The scale and changing nature of refugeeism and migration present new challenges and opportunities for Polish education and schools unprepared to accommodate such large numbers of foreign students (Markowska-Manista 2023). This has deconstructed the way hitherto mono-cultural schools operate and opened up the search for solutions directed at rights to and rights in education in a situation of intercultural diversity (Górak-Sosnowska, Markowska-Manista 2022). In order to provide access to education for Ukrainian children, a number of legislative changes have been introduced concerning their rights to and in education. Despite the efforts made, school principals and teachers are still struggling with the difficult problems that arise when integrating such a large group of children and adolescents into the existing educational system. The situation is not helped by the sense of temporariness with which some Ukrainian families treat their stay in Poland. Research indicates that more than 53% of school-age refugee children registered in Poland are still outside the Polish education system, including 112.8 thousand children of primary school age (Chrostowska 2023). Empowering the teaching staff involved in working with students with migration experience, improving teachers' competences, creating good teaching practices, as well as working with Polish students and their parents, who are often critical of diversity in the school and classroom environment, are the most important challenges in this area today. The presence of students with migration background in the Polish educational system is not a temporary situation, and schools are undoubtedly those social institutions that have a key impact on the integration and support of migrant children. In order to support the socio-educational integration processes of children with migration background and to strengthen their well-being and sense of belonging to the school community, it is necessary to identify the factors for these actions at individual and institutional levels and to analyse the strategies and methods for putting them into practice in educational situations. In this presentation, we share the results of participatory-oriented research on the situation of children and their rights in education in school intercultural diversity resulting from refugeeism and migration. The context includes analyses of solidarity policies with refugees in Poland (Digidiki et al. 2024) and the legal basis of education and rights in education in a situation of cultural-national diversity in a frontline host country. We also explore an interculturally oriented, participatory, child-centred(Arun et al. 2023), child-potential centered(Gilliam, Gulløv 2022) experimental education programme for primary school students implemented since 2023 in collaboration with researchers and practitioners. Among the most important research questions in the study were: - how do refugee-children experience the daily life of Polish schools based on respect for their rights to education and in education? - what factors enhance their well-being, sense of belonging, the processes of social, educational integration (rights in education) in culturally diverse classrooms, how can these be supported at institutional and individual level? - which solutions, methodologies are used to support students, teachers, parents in improving their intercultural and social knowledge and competences? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The point of reference for the study is a humanising methodology(Reyes et al. 2021), based on relationships and transformational approaches in education (Martens 2021). Transformation is possible when we reflect, draw conclusions and take action in relationships (Freire 1970). Accordingly, our aim is not only to present the research results, but also to provide theoretical input in the field of children's rights in education and in the field of intercultural education (CohenMiller, Boivin 2022). The study was qualitative and incorporated participatory, transformative, dialogical and inclusive approaches by building students' affiliation to the classroom and school environment. In the research we use the terms 'participation' and empowerment of children's voices. The term participation is used to describe the diverse situations and processes concerning relationships in education in adult and child activities in a situation of increased refugeeism to Poland due to the war in Ukraine. Participation refers here to activities in which not only adults but also children express their opinions and share their experiences, and their participation and voices are important and taken into account. Participation is also understood as an approach that gradually involves children in systemic activities that affect them. These are activities in education in which children participate as co-researchers, experts or co-organisers of activities (Markowska-Manista 2021). The empowerment of voice results from the right to speak(CRC) and refers to activities developed on the basis of Lundy's(2011) model in which children participate and through which their voices are heard, made active and incorporated into the discourse of the classroom and school. The research is a continuous process (2023-2025) and is implemented in the space of collaborative, interculturally oriented, participatory activities of students, their parents, teachers and researchers in an experimental intercultural classroom and the surrounding environment of a public primary school in Warsaw. Intercultural activities and research are carried out with art-based methods and counter-stories embedded in artistic activities. They are introduced gradually and accompany the experimental programme as a response to current challenges faced by Polish schools. The results we will present are from 2023/2024 participant observation, semi-structured interviews with parents and teachers, counter-narratives from Polish and Ukrainian students, parents and teachers, gathered using the project method based on Lundy's participatory model. Accompanying these findings, conclusions from the analysis of solidarity policies with refugees in Poland as well as the legislative basis for education were produced on the basis of interviews and desk research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results present the main aspects of students' and adults' understanding of participation and perspective on rights in education in an intercultural environment at school in the host country. The study also shows how important it is to include Polish children and children with refugee and migration background in activities and joint participation to build a safe space for verbal and non-verbal (through art) communication between children and children as well as children and adults. The conducted research allowed the identification of factors that influence the experience of belonging of students with migration background. These include educational support in the language of the host country, students' relationships with teachers and all school staff, as well as selected programmes, activities and teaching methods that allow students to develop competences such as individual resilience, reflexivity or self-confidence (resilience, self-recognition, self-concept) and therefore reflect the practice of the solidarity policy mechanism. It is important that these activities support not only students with migrant or refugee background rights, but also Polish students, serving the construction of a coherent cultural identity in the individual and community dimension. It is noteworthy that in the intercultural class studied, foreign students make up half of the group, while the other - equal - part is made up of Polish students with no previous intercultural experience. The activities implemented in cooperation with a large, non-public Ukrainian school in Warsaw, among other activities within the project, enable students with migration and refugee background to develop a sense of belonging also to the nation and language of origin, providing them with a doubly valuable tool and a strong foundation for further development. These are important activities for building social justice and strengthening rights through education. References Arun, S., Badwan, K., Taibi, H., and Batool, F.(eds.) (2023). Global Migration and Diversity of Educational Experiences in the Global South and North: A Child-Centred Approach. London: Routledge. CohenMiller, A., Boivin, N. (2022). Questions in qualitative social justice research in multicultural contexts. London & New York: Routledge. Chrostowska, P. (2023). Uczniowie uchodźczy z Ukrainy w polskim systemie edukacji. Warszawa: Centrum Edukacji Obywatelskiej. Devine, D. (2013). ‘Value’ing children differently? Migrant children in education. Children & Society, 27(4): 282-294. Digidiki, V., Bhabha, J., Markowska-Manista, U. & Dobkowska, J.(2024). Building Inclusion, Sustaining Solidarity towards migrants in frontline local communities: The case of Poland during the Ukrainian Refugee Crisis. Boston: Harvard FXB Center for Health and Human Rights. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed (MB Ramos,Trans.). New York: Continuum, 2007. Gilliam, L., Gulløv, E. (2022). Children as potential–a window to cultural ideals, anxieties and conflicts. Children’s Geographie. 20(3): 311–323. Górak-Sosnowska, K., Markowska-Manista, U. (2022). Living up to the intercultural education in a monocultural school. The case of Poland. Edukacja Międzykulturowa. 4(19): 139–152. Kościółek, J. (2020). Children with migration backgrounds in polish schools – problems and challenges. Ann. Istrian Mediterranean Stud. Ser. Historia et Sociologia. 30:4. DOI:10.19233/ASHS.2020.40 Lundy, L., McEvoy, L., Byrne, B. (2011). Working with young children as co-researchers: An approach informed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Early education & development. 22 (5), 714–736. Markowska-Manista, U. (2023). Children’s Rights in a Situation of War in Ukraine. Korczak’s Pedagogy as ‘Difficult Knowledge’ for Adults. In: Maier-Höfer, C., Markowska-Manista, U., Stellakis, N.(eds),Theorien und Praktiken der Selbstbestimmung und Partizipation: Janusz Korczak im Diskurs. Springer https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-30764-6_13 Markowska-Manista, U. (2021). Research “about” and “with” children from diverse cultural backgrounds in Poland–dilemmas and ethical challenges. Edukacja Międzykulturowa,14(1): 233-244. Martin, S., Horgan, D., O’Riordan, J., Maier, R. (2023). Refugee and migrant children’s views of integration and belonging in school in Ireland – and the role of micro- and meso-level interactions, International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI:10.1080/13603116.2023.2222304. Mertens, D.M. (2021). Transformative Research Methods to Increase Social Impact for Vulnerable Groups and Cultural Minorities. International Journal of Qualitative Methods. 20, 16094069211051563. Starnawski, M., Gawlicz, K., Duda, D. (2021). Children’s Educational Rights in Poland: Policy, School Realities and Ideological Tensions. Children’s Rights from International Educational Perspectives: Wicked Problems for Children’s Education Rights, 57-72. Xanthaki, A., Luoma, C. (2022). Education and Integration of Migrant and Refugee. The international journal of children's rights, 30: 41-71. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Activist Accompaniment as Pedagogy for the Full Implementation of the Right to Education UC Santa Cruz, United States of America Presenting Author:Educational philosopher George Counts(1932) urged teachers in the early 1900s that they needed to be present in the community, and that there was a social responsibility for the students and families to see that presence. Years later, educator Miles Horton, founder of the Highlander School would make a similar call in deep dialogue with philosopher Paulo Freire (1990). More recently, the fields of social justice education, ethnic studies, human rights and peace education have continued this call for teachers and educators to be relevant in their lives of their students, whether that be through developing culturally relevant pedagogy (Ladson-Billings, 1995), culturally sustaining pedagogy (Paris and Alim, 2017), humanizing our schools (Bajaj et. al, 2023), making our schools more caring (Hantzopolous, 2016), and as Bree Picower (2012) calls “practicing what we teach”. I see this push articulated in the The Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989) in which Article 29 on the right to education pushes for: (c) The development of respect for the child's parents, his or her own cultural identity, language and values, for the national values of the country in which the child is living, the country from which he or she may originate, and for civilizations different from his or her own; (d) The preparation of the child for responsible life in a free society, in the spirit of understanding, peace, tolerance, equality of sexes, and friendship among all peoples, ethnic, national and religious groups and persons of indigenous origin. This articulation of Article 29, has been the backbone of the call for a human rights education beginning with the decade of Human Rights Education starting in 1995 (Tibbits, 2017, Flowers, 2000, Hantzopolous & Bajaj 2021). In particular the recent work of Bajaj, Cislaghi and Mackie (2016) in which they introduce and define Transformative Human Rights Education (THRE). They define transformative human rights education as community-based approach, intended for children, youth, and adults in formal or non-formal settings, and one that includes cognitive, affective, and action-oriented elements. Contextualized and relevant studies are paired with interactive learning to bring human rights to life and to foster in students and citizens an awareness of global citizenship and a respect for human rights (Bajaj, Cilaghi and Mackie, 2016, para 5-6). This research expands on the definition of THRE as a tool for the full implementation of Article 29, and speaks to the how, in particular, the how of a “community based approach”. In this piece, the author expands on previous work naming activist accompaniment as research (Hernandez Arriaga & Argenal, 2022) to explore the impact of this scholarship on teaching, in particular, activist accompaniment as pedagogy and the use of this type of pedagogy as a praxis of THRE and a way to work towards the articulation of Article 29. Through a reflection of teaching practices, the author names activist accompaniment as pedagogy as a necessary pedagogical praxis to be relevant in students’ lives and communities, hold justice and movements for justice central in teaching, constantly interrogate power, even in one’s own classroom, and create spaces to practice many of the skills needed to live in a free society, and practice understanding and respect for difference. Pulling from experiences teaching a high school “service learning” course on migration, the research shares key themes speaking to how a community engaged praxis, in particular, what the scholar names “activist accompaniment” (Hernandez Arriaga and Argenal, 2022), allows for students to connect to lived experiences, create intergenerational relationships that practice values of human rights, and create avenues for student action. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper pulls from a qualitative case study of the researcher’s high school experience in a private independent high school on the West Coast of California. For this case study, qualitative data was collected about students’ perceptions of the classes the researcher taught with a focus on human rights, migration and decoloniality. In-depth interviews incorporating the perspectives and reflections from the researcher are included in the data. The data collection took place in the Spring of 2021, once some California high schools began to re-open for in-person instruction after an abrupt transition to distance learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. The private independent high school, which is referred to as City High School, has about 390 students from grades 9–12. Around 35% of the students identify as students of color, and about 30% receive some portion of financial aid. Institutional Review Board approval was received and the research team shared surveys with all students enrolled in two specific courses that were taught. The courses were Making America, an early U.S. History class and Global Migration, an elective interdisciplinary course. A small portion of students attending the City High School shared their experiences in the courses through in-depth interviews as well. Questions around the students’ experiences in the class, as well as their understanding of and connection to human rights were asked. The researcher also kept detailed field notes over the course of teaching both courses, as new approaches to both pedagogy and curricula were incorporated. The data will pull from both the qualitative case study and the researchers reflections and observations in particular to themes around the utilization of Transformative Human Rights Education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Hernandez Arriaga and Argenal (2022) define “activist research as a form of accompaniment… we name our emotional, political, and investigative work we have been immersed in as activist accompaniment, grounding the relational importance of research as accompaniment “ (p. 159). This research methodology speaks to the centering of relationships with research participants, not only in the collection of data but in long term relational work that grounds the participants political and economic desires. To introduce this as a pedagogy, the author claims to situate the outside relationships with movements for justice and human rights as central to their teaching and pedagogy, allowing students to learn from and enter into those spaces. The research will first offer a definition of activist accompaniment as pedagogy, and share key practices that students responded to in the two courses taught, and connect those key practices to articulations of Transformative HRE and Article 29 of the CRC. Activist Accompaniment as pedagogy creates space for intergenerational relationships, allows for learning outside of the classroom, and creates connections between students and local movements for justice. Examples of how students articulated their understanding of the pedagogy and the impact will be contextualized alongside the researcher’s field notes and reflections. References Baja, M., Walsh, D., Bartlett, L. & Martinez, G. (2023). Humanizing education for immigrant and refugee youth: 20 strategies for the classroom and beyond. Teachers College Press. Counts, G. (1932). Dare the school build a new social order? The John Day Company. Fine, M. (2018). Just research in contentious times: Widening the methodological imagination. Teachers College Press. Flowers, N. (2000). The human rights education handbook: Effective practices for learning, action and change. Human Rights Resource Center, University of Minnesota. Hantzopoulos, M. (2016). Restoring dignity in public schools: Human rights education in action. Teachers College Press. Hantzopoulos, M. & Bajaj, M. (2021). Educating for peace and human rights: An introduction. Bloomsbury Press. Hernandez-Arriaga, B. & Argenal, A. (2022). “Todos Somos Humanos, Danos Una Oportunidad”: Amplifying Voices of Asylum Seekers through Activism Accompaniment. In C. Magno, J. Lew, & S. Rodriguez (Eds), (Re) Mapping migration and education: Centering methods and methodologies, (pp 158-175). Brill. Horton, M. & Freire, P. (1990). We make the road by walking: Conversations on education and social change. Temple University Press. Paris, D, & Winn, M. (Eds.) (2014). Humanizing research: Decolonizing qualitative inquiry with youth and communities. SAGE Publications. Paris, D. & Alim, H.S. (Eds.) (2017). Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world. Teachers College Press. Picower, B. (2012). Practice what you teach: Social justice education in the classroom and the streets. Routledge. Tibbits, F. (2017). Revisiting ‘emerging models of human rights education’. International Journal of Human Rights Education 1(1), 1-24. United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. https://www.ohchr.org/en/resources/educators/human-rights-education-training/united-nations-decade-human-rights-education-1995-2004#:~:text=UN%20Decade%20for%20Human%20Rights%20Education%20(1995%2D2004),-Human%20Rights%20Education&text=The%20Conference%20recommended%20that%20States,human%20rights%20and%20fundamental%20freedoms. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 26 SES 06 A: Future Focussed School Leadership Preparation and Development Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: David Gurr Session Chair: Lawrence Drysdale Sumposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Future Focussed School Leadership Preparation and Development This is a two-part symposium focussed on educational leadership preparation and development and draws upon research from members of the International School Leadership Development Network. The first part has four papers describing programs and ideas focussed on equity, inclusion and social justice, with the second part having four papers focussed on the future through discussion of exemplary existing programs and future trends. The papers in the symposium will eventually be published in an edited book along with other papers. School leadership is a priority in education policy internationally, as it plays the essential role in improving school outcomes by motivating teachers, building teacher capacities, and developing good school climate and conditions (Leithwood, Sun, & Schumacker, 2020). A major finding has been that effective educational leadership is important in enhancing quality and equity in schools (Pont, Nusche & Moorman, 2008; Kemethofer, Helm, & Warwas, 2022). Schools in recent times have faced many challenges and there are many challenges ahead such as: the impact of the COVID pandemic; the rise of AI in schools; teacher shortages in many countries; and massive migration driven through refugee crises in many parts of the world. Along with environmental and humanitarian issues, we know that there is major issues to do with school quality and equity (United Nations, 2015). Leadership preparation development is crucial to building qualified and capable leaders for schools who can take responsibility for fostering students who can deal with the challenges of the world in the long run (Harris & Jones, 2020; Lozano, Garcia, & Sandoval, 2023). In the face of these challenges, we think it is timely to have a futures focused discussion on educational leadership preparation and development. To facilitate this, we have reached out to members of the International School Leadership Development Network (ISLDN), one of the largest and longest serving international school leadership research networks, and through an interactive development process identified four broad areas of focus that will be covered through 14 papers: - Teacher and middle leader preparation and development. - Preparation and development of leadership for equity, inclusion and social justice - School, community and university partnerships for leadership preparation and development. - Leadership Training Programs for Future Leadership Development For the two-part symposium at ECER, we have eight groups reporting on their research and writing. Part A: School leadership preparation and development for equity, inclusion and social justice Part B: Future focussed educational leadership preparation and development This symposium is Part B. Current studies have identified that there has been insufficient research on effective professional development activities for school leaders (Daniëls, Hondeghem, & Dochy, 2019). In particular, the research on school leadership development is short of exploration of how school leaders can be educated to cope with the challenges raised by changing technology, environment and social dynamics in the next decades. Therefore, this symposium focusses on exploration of leadership training programs and literature that can provide guidance for future educational leadership preparation and development. The symposium begins Jami Berry and Karen Bryant who describe a continuous learning leadership development program in the USA that signposts how to ensure these programs are always contemporary and future oriented. Gurr and colleagues then consider the future preparation and development needs to middle and teacher leaders and use some Australian examples to illustrate this. The next two papers focus on current programs that have much to offer in terms of development of future programs. Julie Harvie describes the Scottish headship preparation program, whilst Sylvia Robertson and Michele Morrison describe cases of principal preparation in New Zealand. References Daniëls, E., Hondeghem, A., & Dochy, F. (2019). A review on leadership and leadership development in educational settings. Educational Research Review, 27, 110–125. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). COVID 19 – school leadership in disruptive times, School Leadership & Management, 40(4), pp. 243-247 Kemethofer,D., Helm, C., & Warwas, J. (2022). Does educational leadership enhance instructional quality and student achievement? The case of Austrian primary school leaders. International Journal of Leadership in Education, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1–25. Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Schumacker, R. (2020). How School Leadership Influences Student Learning: A Test of “The Four Paths Model.” Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(4), 570–599. Pont, B., Nusche, D., & Moorman, H. (2008). Improving school leadership: Vol. 1: Policy and practice. OECDParis United Nations (2015). Transforming our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1 (NY, NY: United Nations). Presentations of the Symposium Redesigning Principal Preparation Programs to Equip Leaders to Meet the Needs of the Future
Principal preparation programs have traditionally been designed to meet the needs of those who seek to lead schools or school districts. Departments of educational leadership sought to design and offer degree options that met students’ career and professional goals, as well as the needs of districts and departments of education. Post-pandemic, this challenge is increasingly more complex as education organizations continue to serve more diverse communities.
This work highlights a university in the Southeastern United States that is engaging in a process of continuous improvement to redesign its principal preparation program in addressing current and future leadership challenges through action research. Leadership that views student success as essential to the mission and promotes a sense of belonging for all stakeholders is a major focus of the program with program faculty striving to further develop leaders who recognize the individualized needs of each student. With this mission in mind, the research highlighted in this session seeks to address the following questions:
1. How do university faculty members conceptualize the redesign and implementation of a leadership preparation program grounded in action research to meet the needs of school leaders?
2. How do school and district leaders describe the impact of an action research grounded dissertation process on their professional growth?
The paper will begin with an overview of the current literature on leader preparation and the underpinnings of action research as a method through which educational organizations can strive toward improvement via collaborative processes. It continues by offering an overview of Transformative Learning Theory and how the components of critical reflection, communicative learning, and collective discourse have guided the continuous improvement process. It continues by describing the initial action research cycle whereby the process and components of the Doctorate of Education (Ed.D.) program were created and implemented. Next, it offers the findings from the second action research cycle in which three cohorts of candidates matriculated through the program during the refinement process. It closes with an overview of the forthcoming action research cycle, focused on gathering data from program graduates and current students via an inclusive leadership self-assessment and focus groups aimed at responding to the first research question, and document analysis and individual program faculty interviews designed to gather responsive data to the second question.
References:
Darling-Hammond, L., Meyerson, D., La Pointe, M. M., & Orr, M. T. (2010). Preparing principals for a changing world, San Francisco, CA, Jossey-Bass.
Darling-Hammond, L., Wechsler, M. E., Levin, S., Leung-Gagné, M., & Tozer, S. (2022). Developing effective principals: What kind of learning matters? Learning Policy Institute. https://doi.org/10.54300/641.201. Updated September 14, 2023.
Orr, M.T. (2023). Reflections on leadership preparation research and current directions. Frontiers in Education 8:1206880. Doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1206880.
A Future-Focused Approach for the Preparation and Development of Teacher and Middle Leaders
Teacher and middle leadership, as concepts and practices, have gained growing interest and momentum in education globally (Harris & Jones, 2017). As a result of this increased attention, there are diverse views regarding definitions, characteristics, and associated practices (Gurr & Nicholas, 2023). However, there appears to be consensus on the positive effect of teacher and middle leaders in exerting influence (Campbell et al., 2015; Di Nobile, 2021; Gurr, 2023) that is used to enhance professional practice through collaboration, trust and a strong focus on teaching and learning and school improvement (Gurr, 2023; Nguyen et al., 2020). At a time when the teaching profession in the world is experiencing higher than ever levels of stress and an increase in work intensification resulting in teacher shortages, the role of teacher and middle leaders seems to be more important and will likely remain features of future schools.
With this in mind, this paper explores and highlights the leadership preparation and development that will be required to equip teacher and middle leaders, irrespective of context, with the necessary skills and knowledge to lead their colleagues during an uncertain and fast-changing educational landscape.
This paper begins with an overview of the literature on teacher and middle leadership and teacher and middle leadership preparation and development from a global perspective. Then preparation and development in one geographically large jurisdiction, Australia, is described. Using the case of Australia, the paper then considers how over the next two decades the role of teacher and middle leadership might change and what implications this will have for changes in leadership preparation and development. Implications for schools across the world are considered.
References:
Campbell, C., Lieberman, A., & Yashkina, A. (2015). Teachers leading educational improvements: Developing teachers’ leadership, improving practices, and collaborating to share knowledge. Leading and Managing, 21(2), 90–105.
De Nobile, J. (2021). Researching middle leadership in schools: The state of the art, International Studies in Educational Administration, 49(2), 3-27.
Gurr, D., & Nicholas, D. (2023). Teacher and middle leadership: Resolving conceptual confusion to advance the knowledge base of teacher leadership. Asia Pacific Journal of Educators and Education, 38(2), 5–22. https://doi. org/10.21315/apjee2023.38.2.2
Gurr, D. (2023). A review of Research on Middle Leaders in Schools. In Robert Tierney, Fazal Rizvi, Kadriye Ercikan and Graham Smith (Eds.) International Encyclopedia of Education (London, UK: Elsevier), pp. 115-122.
Gurr, D., & Nicholas, D. (2023). Teacher and middle leadership: Resolving conceptual confusion to advance the knowledge base of teacher leadership. Asia Pacific Journal of Educators and Education, 38(2), 5–22.
Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2017). Middle leaders matter: Reflections, recognition, and renaissance, School Leadership and Management 37(3), 213-216.
Nguyen, D., Harris, A., & Ng, D. (2020). A review of the empirical research on teacher leadership (2003–2017). Evidence, patterns and implications. Journal of Educational Administration, 58(1), 60–80. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-02-2018-0023
School leadership preparation – A Scottish case study of the Into Headship programme.
In recent years, leadership and professional learning and development have become part of an international lexicon associated with school improvement. Much is now known about the significance of leadership in raising expectations around pupil attainment and achievement and in fostering the conditions for effective learning for children and young people in school (Grissom et al. 2021). However, across the world there are difficulties in recruiting suitably qualified senior school leaders. Scotland provides a good case study of such a system because it has been grappling with issues of headteacher recruitment for over a decade and the current policy programme is focused on reforming the governance of school education. Reducing the ‘poverty related attainment gap’ for young people has become the mantra of the Scottish Government over the past few years and headteachers (school principles) have been focused on as key actors in realising educational policy ambitions.
In Scotland headteacher preparation is now seen as an essential element in readying teachers for this role, reflected in the fact that since August 2020, there is a statutory requirement for aspiring headteachers to gain the Standard for Headship (General Teaching Council for Scotland, 2021), mainly through a masters level programme called Into Headship.
This paper presents the findings of a research project which explores the lived experiences of a cohort of aspirant school leaders undertaking the Into Headship programme, to understand how engaging in this process impacted and influenced their leadership development, practices and their preparedness for the headteacher role. An ecological model of agency (Priestley et al. 2015) has been used to shape the research design and to analyse the data. Ways in which this sustained learning programme impacted the agency of the participants in developing their professional identity and leading school improvements were considered.
This paper concludes with a futures-oriented stance considering what lessons can be drawn from this research to enhance the development of future principal preparation programmes. This is done by examining how the underpinning values, concepts, design processes and practices of the programme, impacted the agency of participants in terms of equipping them with strategies to navigate their way through political tensions, competing demands and expectations in leading school improvement and the effect this had on their knowledge and understanding of strategic leadership and their own professional identities.
References:
Grissom, J. A., Egalite, A. J., & Lindsay, C. A. (2021) How Principals Affect Students and Schools: A Systematic Synthesis of Two Decades of Research. Research Report. Wallace Foundation.
GTCS. (2021). GTC Professional Standards for Teachers. [online] Available at: https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-standards/professional-standards-for-teachers/
Preparing for principalship: Case studies from Aotearoa New Zealand
Like other international jurisdictions, New Zealand is facing an escalating recruitment and retention crisis within the school principal workforce. However, unlike their international counterparts, New Zealand principals are not required to possess postgraduate qualifications nor are they compelled to complete formal leadership preparation programs prior to appointment.
Over the past two decades, the influence of school leadership on student outcomes has become evident (Leithwood, et al., 2020). Yet in New Zealand, programs to prepare Aspiring and First Time Principals were stopped. Given prior experience in a school leadership role is often deemed the best pathway to principalship, attention is turning to those in middle leadership roles and their preparation for educational leadership.
This paper explores leadership preparation in urban and semi-rural schools in New Zealand. Drawing on a multiple case study conducted during 2020-2022, the views of three aspiring leaders are considered with regard to their perceived level of preparedness for leadership in terms of key competencies as outlined by the Leadership Strategy (2018) and the additional challenges to preparation brought about by ongoing and new crises. The paper is framed by research and policy that addresses successful school leadership in New Zealand and research undertaken globally, and aims to contribute to a growing body of international literature about leadership of high-needs schools as evidenced in the work of the International Schools Leadership Development Network (Angelle, 2017; Murakami et al., 2019). The paper builds on other research that seeks to understand the influence of government policy and strategy on school leaders and the educational outcomes of students (Cranston, 2013; Gunter & Thomson, 2009). Insights into leadership preparation in New Zealand are heard in the voices of middle leader participants as they decide whether to step up or step away from school leadership. Thus, the barriers and opportunities faced by these leaders contribute to a discussion about the function of school leadership in the next decade and beyond. Given no current mandatory leadership preparation in New Zealand, this paper contains important recommendations for policy makers and school practitioners.
References:
Angelle, P. S. (Ed.) (2017). A global perspective of social justice leadership for school principals. Information Age Publishing, Inc.
Cranston, J. (2013). School leaders leading: Professional responsibility not accountability as the key focus. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(2), 129-142.
Gunter, H., & Thomson, P. (2009). The makeover: A new logic in leadership development in England. Educational Review, 61(4), 469-483.
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5-22.
Murakami, E., Gurr, D., & Notman, R. (Eds.). (2019). Educational leadership, culture and success in high-needs schools. Information Age Publishing, Inc.
Teaching Council of Aotearoa New Zealand (2018). The leadership strategy for the teaching profession of Aotearoa New Zealand: Enabling every teacher to develop their leadership capability. Retrieved from https://teachingcouncil.nz/professional-practice/rauhuia-leadership-space-home/rauhuia-leadership-space/leadership-strategy/
and development. Professional Development in Education, 47(1), 22-35.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 26 SES 06 B: Supportive School Leadership in Enhancing Teacher Workplace and Professional Support (Part 2) Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Steph Ainsworth Paper Session Part 2/3, continued from 26 SES 01 A, to be continued in 26 SES 11 A |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Portuguese Teachers’ Views of the Influence of Leadership on School and Classroom Conditions CIEC-UM, Portugal Presenting Author:Existing international literature points to the key role of headteachers in school development and improvement. Although the literature has focused on the extent to which classroom and school conditions influence student learning, less attention has been paid to how leadership can positively influence those conditions (Leithwood & Day, 2007; Cruickshank, 2017). Headteachers' may combine transformational and instructional leadership strategies to promote school improvement (Day, Gu, & Sammons, 2016; Cruickshank, 2017). An effective integration of these approaches is closely linked to teacher commitment and school culture, contributing to enhanced student outcomes (Cruickshank 2017). In this regard, school headteachers play a crucial role on school improvement and, on improving classroom conditions. Drawing on the work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu and Sammons (2016), this paper reports on findings from a 3-year research project aimed at investigating the impact of school leadership on teachers’ work and on pupils’ outcomes. The goal of this paper is to look at Portuguese teachers’ views of the impact of leadership in school and classroom conditions. The 3-year research project included three phases of data collection and the participation of a range of stakeholders (e.g. headteachers, the senior leadership team, teachers, pupils, and parents. In this paper, we focus on teachers’ views of the influence of leadership in school and classroom conditions and its impact on students’ outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a wider research project funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology entitled ‘IMPACT - Investigating the Impact of School leadership on Pupil Outcomes’ (PTDC/CED-EDG/28570/2017). Drawing on work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu and Sammons (2016), it aimed at examining leadership practices and their impact on teachers' work and on pupils’ academic outcomes. The research project was approved by the Committee of Ethics for Research in Social and Human Sciences at the University of Minho (CEICSH 009/2020) and by the DGE/Ministry of Education (Ref.ª 0555900002). Data were collected according to three phases: i) exploratory interviews with 25 headteachers: ii) a national survey of headteachers (n=379) and key staff (n=875); iii) case studies (n=20). This paper reports on findings arising from the survey with teachers (n=841) and focus group with teachers (n=108). The results are discussed based on the outcomes of the confirmatory factor analysis. The 'school conditions' dimension encompasses aspects such as the setting of high academic standards, teaching and learning, assessment for learning, fostering of a culture of teacher collaboration (internal collaboration), and external collaboration. The 'classroom conditions' dimension comprises considerations related to teacher workload and class size. Content analysis was performed to analyse qualitative data and to look at emerging categories based on the semantic criterion (Esteves, 2006). Verification strategies (Creswell, 1998) were used to ensure accuracy: the research team members engaged in a process of systematic analysis of the categories and sub-categories to reduce and make sense of the data (Miles & Huberman, 1994). The survey participants were mainly females (72.2%), with 53.7% aged over 50, in line with TALIS 2018 data indicating an average age of 50 for Portuguese teachers, and 74% of female teachers. Educational qualifications included 76% with a licenciatura's degree and 15.5% with a master's degree. Most participants teach in the 3rd cycle of basic education (23.4%) (pupils aged 12-15) and secondary education (18.9%) (students aged 16-18). The age of the participants in the focus groups (19 focus groups in total) ranged from 37 to 66 years old; 77 were female and 31 were male. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, teachers have a positive view of the impact of school leadership in enhancing both school and classroom environments. Teachers welcome the presence of leadership practices that foster high academic standards, influencing both student academic achievements and teachers' work. Additionally, teachers express agreement concerning the development of student-centred learning and assessment activities that empower students and enhance their participation in thelearning processes. There is a strong consensus on the existence of collaborative work among teachers and other professionals, both within and outside the school setting. Interestingly, quantitative data indicates a balanced view between teachers who agree and disagree on the adjustment of teachers' workload, tasks, and responsibilities. This trend is also visible in aspects related to the number of students and class size. However, these are seen as the most critical factors in teachers’ views of classroom conditions. In general, while teachers’ views are in general positive, they raise questions about the opportunities for collaboration focusing on classroom practice and about the role of supervision and assessment for learning as catalysts to improve teachers’ work and students’ learning. These and other issues will be discussed further in the paper. References Cruickshank, V. (2017). The Influence of School Leadership on Student Outcomes. Open Journal of Social Sciences 5, 115-23. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.4236/jss.2017.59009 Day, C., Q. Gu, & Sammons, P. (2016). ‘The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference’. Educational Administration Quarterly 52 (2), 221-258. doi: https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X15616863 Creswell, J. W. (1998). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five traditions. SAGE Publications. Esteves, M. (2006). Análise de Conteúdo. In L. Lima & J. A. Pacheco (orgs.), Fazer Investigação. Contributos para a elaboração de dissertação e teses (pp. 105-126). Porto Editora. Miles, M. B., & Huberman, M. (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis. An Expanded Source Book. SAGE Publications. Leithwood, K. & Day. C. (2007). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes. Sage. Leithwood, K., Day, C. Sammons, P. Harris, A. & Hopkins, D. (2006). Seven Strong Claims about Successful School Leadership. London: DfES. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Teacher Leadership: A Review of Literature on the Conceptualization and Outcomes of Teacher Leadership University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:Teacher leadership, as a significant component of school change has become a topical issue in the last decades (Wenner and Campbell, 2017). In recent decades, teacher leadership has evolved from small-scale cooperation and instructional contexts to becoming a cornerstone of school reforms in the late 1980s and early 1990s, and eventually focusing on supporting accountability systems in the early 2000s. (Little, 2003). Current studies have made important contributions in the literature by identifying factors that precede teacher leadership, e.g., school structure, school climate, teacher personal characteristics, and they have also recognized the outcomes of teacher leadership, such as improved collegial relationships (e.g., Wenner and Campbell, 2017; York-Barr and Duke, 2004), enhanced teaching practices and increased student achievement (e.g., Martin and Coleman 2011). Despite such important contributions, the literature still lacks a common definition of teacher leadership which would support future research on the topic and development of teacher preparation programs. In order to develop responsibilities for teacher leadership, it is important to be clear on the definition of teacher leadership. The critique towards lacking a clear definition of teacher leader is supported by the York-Barr and Duke (2004) review which stated that the literature on teacher leadership is “largely atheoretical” (p. 291) and Wenner and Cambpell (2017) review which concluded that only 35% of articles published in the period 2004-2013 clearly state the definition they use for the term “teacher leadership” in their study. This gap in the understanding of teacher leadership necessitates additional empirical evidence to promote cohesive future research in this field. Considering the limitations in the literature, this review paper aims to add to the existing body of literature on the teacher leadership topic by understanding the current conceptualization of teacher leadership. More specifically, through the review of relevant articles, the authors will identify the definitions used for describing teacher leadership and while using the deductive method the authors will rely on the theoretical framework of Snoek et al. (2019) to understand the conceptualization of teacher leadership in the recent literature. Finally, considering the ubiquitous presence of the concept teacher leadership in the current literature, through the inductive method the authors will try to distinguish the most important outcomes of teacher leadership. Against this background, the study aims to answer the following research questions by reviewing the studies that examined teacher leadership as a central topic published in the period from 2018 to 2023:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions, this study utilized a systematic review method that synthesized qualitative information while extracting and summarizing themes related to teacher leadership definition and outcomes of teacher leadership that are manifested in the existing literature. This qualitative information is combined with quantitative data, specifically descriptive data, to provide a comprehensive overview of the existing evidence related to the conceptualization of teacher leadership against the Snoek et al. (2019) theoretical framework. To select studies for review, the authors adhered to the PRISMA approach developed by Moher et al. (2009) and applied specific inclusion and exclusion criteria. Three main themes guided the criteria, namely main focus, subject focus, and publication criteria. Firstly, studies had to primarily focus on teacher leadership to qualify for review; those only briefly mentioning teacher leadership were excluded. Secondly, eligible studies concentrated on teachers with teaching as their primary role, excluding those exploring teacher leadership from the perspective of principals or school administrators. The focus was also on K-12 teachers due to their strong classroom responsibilities. Thirdly, the studies considered for review needed to be either empirical or theoretical and peer reviewed. Policy analyses and non-peer-reviewed publications were excluded. Furthermore, eligible studies were required to have been published between 2018 and mid-2023 and be in English. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this review demonstrate that there is still a lack of a common and consistent definition of teacher leadership in the literature. A clear understanding of the concept would help in better preparing prospective teachers for the new roles that the teaching profession demands for overcoming the daunting challenges that schools face nowadays. Most studies included in the review relied their work on the already existing definitions of the concept in literature. The definitions of York-Barr and Duke (2004) and Katzenmeyer and Moller (2001) were identified by the authors as the most used definitions in the studies published in the period 2018 –2023. Other studies either utilized definitions of other authors, developed their own working definitions based on the existing literature, or came up with definitions after analyzing first-hand data via qualitative or quantitative methodologies. Regardless, the studies reviewed revealed that teacher leadership is mostly conceptualized more as an informal and individual form of leadership. Whereas, the outcomes and impact teacher leadership causes can be at the school level e.g., school development, innovation and change, and transformation of school culture, at the teacher level e.g., professional development, collegial collaboration, improved instructional practice and self-efficacy, and at the student level e.g., student achievement and student motivation. This study points to the need to advance the debate on the occurrence and projection of teacher leadership within schools by combining the various variables of forms it occurs and the purposes it is meant to serve. References Harris, A. (2003). Teacher leadership as distributed leadership: Heresy, fantasy or possibility? School Leadership & Management, 23(3), 313–324. Harris, A. & Jones, M. (2019). Teacher leadership and educational change. School leadership & Management, 39 (2), 123–126. Hunzicker, J. (2012). Professional development and job-embedded collaboration: how teachers learn to exercise leadership. Professional Development in Education, 38(2),267-289. Hunzicker, J. (2019). What Makes a Teacher a Leader?. Kappa Delta Pi Record, 55(3),130-136. Katzenmeyer, M., & Moller, G. (2009). Awakening the sleeping giant: Helping teachers develop as leaders (3rd ed.). Corwin Press. Little, J. W. (2003). Constructions of teacher leadership in three periods of policy and reform activism. School Leadership & Management, 23, 401–419. Martin, K., & Coleman, P. (2011). Licensing teacher leaders: The Kansas model. The Delta Kappa Gamma Bulletin, 77(3), 6–9. Snoek, M., Hulsbos, F., & Andersen, I. (2019). Teacher leadership: Hoe kan het leiderschap van leraren in scholen versterkt worden? [Teacher leadership: How can the leadership of teachers in schools be strengthened?]. Hogeschool van Amsterdam. Wenner, J.A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The Theoretical and Empirical Basis of Teacher Leadership: A Review of the Literature. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134-171. York-Barr, A. J., & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of Educational Research, 74, 255–316. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Role of Headteachers in Promoting Teachers' Work Ability Masaryk University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The work of teachers has a fundamental social value because education can ensure economic growth and technical and scientific development in any society (Vedovato & Monteiro, 2018). The teaching profession is characterized by high stress and physical complaints, a high workload, relatively high absenteeism, and early retirement (Grabara et al., 2018). The current age structure of teachers indicates several problems in higher secondary education that can occur in the future. The ageing of the teachers may be linked with higher absenteeism or a general shortage of teachers in schools. These problems may be caused not only by individual factors (reduced working ability) but also by factors related to the work performed (characteristics of the job performed, working conditions) (Hlaďo et al., 2020). Thus, the ageing of the teaching population raises the question of maintaining teachers' work ability. Work ability can be defined as a person's ability to meet the demands of his or her job (Cadiz et al., 2020). Work ability is based on the balance between the worker's resources and the job demands placed on him or her (Ilmarinen et al., 2005). This definition highlights an individual's capacity to fulfil required work tasks and effectively manage job demands (Ilmarinen et al., 1997). Work ability is a dynamic process influenced by various factors, including physical and mental health, functional abilities, qualifications, professional competencies, attitudes, motivation, working conditions, job demands, and environmental factors (Tuomi et al., 2001). Several aspects go into the work ability, which can positively and negatively influence it. For management and support work ability, the concept of age management is mainly used, which offers the perspective to support work ability at three levels, depending on the interests of stakeholders expressed and implemented. These are the individual level, the organizational level and national/regional (Novotný et al., 2014). Managing work ability and wellbeing at schools requires, among others, leadership support and commitment, effective communication, employee health awareness and engagement (Shiri & Bergbom, 2023). Although the implementation of the measures of work ability support is not systematically addressed in the school environment, it is possible to identify measures that, within the organizational level, implementation of age management lead to the promotion of work ability. The first large group consists of benefits that can be positively reflected in the promotion of health and a healthy lifestyle. The second large group consists of workplace measures that lead to an increase in job resources. These include, for example, workplace ergonomics, the provision of support from a supervisor, work organization, feedback and opportunities for further training. Schools can then be seen as essential actors that can contribute to the reduction of work demands and workload and, at the same time, are the ones who can, through individual measures, increase work resources and thus support teachers' work capacity. McGonagle et al. (2022) note that employers can prevent excessive work exhaustion and the associated deterioration in health and wellbeing by changing aspects of work that reduce staff workload or increase work resources. This paper aims to reflect on the crucial role of headteachers in promoting teachers´ work ability and find an answer to the research question: What is the role of headteachers in promoting teachers´ work ability? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is part of a project focused on perceived work ability among lower secondary school teachers. Part of this project is aimed at the role of the headteachers and their leadership in promoting teachers' work ability. Considering the aim of the research and research questions, a qualitative approach has been chosen to bring participants' perspectives regarding how headteachers support teachers' work ability. This research design provides a rich understanding of how teachers' work ability is promoted and allows us to capture the complexity and nuances of this process. The research sample consisted of lower secondary school headteachers in the South Moravian Region and the Vysočina Region of the Czech Republic. In the first step, 44 public lower secondary schools were randomly selected and contacted via email with a brief description of the project and the data collection procedure. Concurrently, headteachers were recruited for semi-structured interviews in the first sampling stage. In the second step, all teachers were invited to participate in the self-administered questionnaires at each school. The method of data collection was in-depth interviews. Before data collection, the interview protocol was created, containing 80 open-ended questions. The interview questions were about the characteristics of the school, school climate and relations at school, professional development of teachers, teachers' health and lifestyle, competence and job requirements, work environment and wellbeing. The interviews were conducted during October and December 2023 and lasted approximately 100 minutes. The interviews were recorded and then transcribed into text form. Interviews were analyzed using computer-assisted qualitative data analysis software ATLAS.ti. Data analysis is based on the grounded theory of Charmaz (2014) and Corbin and Strauss (2014). First, open coding was performed, focusing on data fragments. In the next step, all units were categorized, and we tried to find relationships between the categories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the interviews, we focus on how headteachers perceived the concept work ability and how they deal with interventions which can promote or maintain teachers‘ work ability. The first analysis shows that headteachers are essential in promoting teachers' work ability. In our research, headteachers across different generations perceived challenges linked with the actual young generation and their needs. They admitted the importance of developing social competencies to adapt to the changing students. Headteachers also perceived that working with parents was more demanding for teachers than working with students. They reflected the importance of their role in supporting teachers in demanding communication with parents. Our data also confirmed the high demands of the teaching profession and the risk of burnout due to stress. Headmasters perceived that they should work on these problematic issues but are limited by bureaucracy and need more time for personal leadership. They also perceived the ageing population of teachers and the health issues which relate to it. They admitted that they should focus on interventions to improve teachers' health and healthy lifestyles. They thought about more education in this field or supporting more sports activities for teachers. On the other hand, headteachers view teaching as an individual profession. It is essential to point out that responsibility for promoting work ability lies not only on headteachers but is also an individual responsibility of teachers. Headteachers play a crucial role in setting the school environment and climate, but only with cooperation with the teachers can they promote their work ability. References Cadiz, D. M., Brady, G. M., & Truxillo, D. (2020). Workability: A metric to inform policy for an aging workforce. Public Policy & Aging Report, 30(3), 89– 94, https://doi.org/10.1093/ppar/praa016 Grabara, M., Nawrocka, A., & Powerska-Didkowska, A. (2018). The relationship between physical activity and work ability: A cross-sectional study of teachers. International Journal of Occupational Medicine and Environmental Health, 31(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.13075/ijomeh.1896.01043 Hlaďo, P., Dosedlová, J., Harvánková, K., Novotný, P., Gottfried, J., Rečka, K., Petrovová, M., Pokorný, B., & Štorová, I. (2020). Work ability among uppersecondary school teachers: Examining the role of burnout, sense of coherence, and work-related and lifestyle factors. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(24). https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17249185 Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. SAGE Ilmarinen, J., Tuomi, K., & Klockars, M. (1997). Changes in the work ability of active employees over an 11-year period. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and Health, 23(1), 49–57. Ilmarinen, J., Tuomi, K., & Seitsamo, J. (2005). New dimensions of work ability. International Congress Series, 1280, 3–7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ics.2005.02.060 Novotný, P., Bosničová, N., Břenková, J., Fukan, J., Lazarová, B., Navrátilová, D., Palán, Z., Pokorný, B., & Rabušicová, M. (2014). Age Management. Jak rozumět stárnutí a jak na něj reagovat. Možnosti uplatnění Age Managementu v České republice. Asociace institucí vzdělávání dospělých. Shiri, R., & Bergbom, B. (2023). Work Ability and Well-Being Management and Its Barriers and Facilitators in Multinational Organizations: A Scoping Review. Healthcare (Basel, Switzerland), 11(7), 978. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare11070978 Strauss, A. L., & Corbinová, J. (1999). Základy kvalitativního výzkumu. Albert Vedovato, T. G. & Monteiro, I. (2014). Health conditions and factors related to the work ability of teachers. Industrial Health. (52), 121-128. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Decentring the ‘Resilient Teacher’: Exploring Interactions Between Individuals and Their Social Ecologies MMU, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Teacher attrition presents a growing concern for schools in the UK and internationally (Avalos & Valenzuela, 2016; Department for Education, 2019a). Within England, recent figures show that 59% of staff in schools considered leaving the profession in 2022 due to pressures on their mental wellbeing, and 55% of staff took concrete steps to change or leave their jobs (Savill-Smith and Scanlan, 2022). Alongside the problem of staff turnover, there are growing concerns over teacher wellbeing with a startling 81% of staff in schools reporting mental health symptoms related to their work in 2023, a 3% increase on the previous year’s figure (Education Support, 2023). Similar concerns around teacher recruitment, retention and found within Europe (e.g. European Commission, 2018). For example, in Sweden where teachers are subjected to similar pressures as those found in England due to competition and marketisation of the state school sector (Toropova et al 2021), there are major teacher shortages across age phases (European Commission, 2023) and rising teacher stress levels (Ramberg et al., 2019). In response to these international concerns a discourse has emerged around the need to ‘build teachers’ resilience’ (Mansfield et al., 2016). Policy documents such as the Early Career Framework (Department for Education, 2019b) aim to tackle the teacher retention crisis by providing enhanced professional development to promote teacher competence and confidence. Implicit in such policies is the premise that if only we could make teachers better at their jobs, they would be ‘more resilient’ and stay within the profession. While teacher self-efficacy has indeed been shown to be an important predictor of resilience in teachers (Ainsworth & Oldfield, 2019), it is important to recognise that individual factors represent only one side of the teacher resilience problem. If teachers are to thrive (and stay) in their roles, action is needed to address levers for change within teachers’ professional environments as well as providing support to teachers at the individual level. Within social-ecological framings of resilience, resilience is not a trait which resides within the individual, but rather is a process of interaction between factors operating at different ecological levels (e.g. the individual, the school, the broader policy landscape), which results in varying levels of positive adaptation (Kangas-Dick & O’Shaughnessy, 2020; Gu, 2018; Ungar et al, 2013). These factors influence teachers’ capacity for ‘positive adaptation’ – the extent to which they are able to adapt to the many demands of their professional role. Positive adaptation may be reflected by high levels of job satisfaction and wellbeing on the one hand, and low levels of stress, anxiety, burnout and depressive symptoms on the other. Our previous quantitative research found that contextual factors (e.g. support from leadership, workload and school culture) explained as much variance in measures of adaptation in teachers as individual factors (Ainsworth & Oldfield, 2019); however, this design was only able to explore the direct effects of predictors (like support from management and self-esteem) on resilience, and did not have sufficient statistical power to explore the interactions between them. Our recent qualitative research (Oldfield & Ainsworth, 2022) suggests that these interactions may be an important part of the resilience process, with teachers’ accounts of their professional experiences suggesting that individual factors (e.g. self-esteem) do not exist independently from the environment, and tend to be influenced by broader environmental factors (e.g. support from management and accountability frameworks). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current paper will investigate these interactions, reporting data from a large-scale quantitative survey distributed to teachers across England by project partners, the National Education Union and charity, Education Support. This study is part of a broader three-year project, funded as part of the ESRC Education Research Programme. The survey was designed to measure factors which previous research has suggested to be important to the resilience process in teachers at both the individual and contextual level as well as outcome measures of adaptation. 8 Individual level measures were included in the survey: self-esteem, emotional intelligence, personality, life orientation (a tendency towards optimism and pessimism), self-care, self-efficacy, independent problem solving and investment in relationships with pupils. At the contextual level 8 sub-scales were included which measured: support from management, workload, support from colleagues, school culture, perceived conflict between beliefs and practice, pupil behaviour, relationships with parents and support from family and friends. The survey also measured a number of resilience-related outcomes, including job satisfaction and burnout. The survey set out to investigate the following research questions: • RQ1: What is the relative contribution of individual versus contextual factors in predicting levels of adaptation (burnout, job satisfaction and wellbeing) in teachers? • RQ2: How do individual and contextual factors interact with each other to predict levels of adaptation in teachers? The survey results were analysed by adopting a ‘protective’ model of resilience, allowing investigation of the interactions between predictors. In this way, we moved beyond previous ‘compensatory’ models which only explored direct independent effects (Fergus & Zimmerman, 2005; Ainsworth & Oldfield, 2019). The first step of the analytic process involved relative weights analysis (Tonidandel & Le Breton, 2014), which allowed us to assess which factors explained the most variance in teacher wellbeing, job satisfaction and burnout (RQ1). This allowed us to then focus in on the a smaller subset of key predictors, which we then inputted into a series of regression models in order to investigate potential interactions between these factors in predicting the resilience-related outcomes (RQ2). Decisions around which interactions between predictors were entered into the model were informed by theoretical considerations, including insights from previous qualitative data which demonstrates potential interactions between predictors of resilience outcomes (Oldfield & Ainsworth, 2022). Mediation analyses (Hayes, 2018) were performed to investigate the indirect effects of the different individual and contextual factors on teacher resilience as well as the direct effects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses suggest that the most important predictors of job satisfaction and burnout in teachers predominantly operate at the school level rather than the individual levelThese findings adds further weight to the argument that teacher resilience should not be conceived as something which resides solely within the individual and warns against hyper-individualised framings of, and interventions for, teacher resilience. The mediation analyses provide evidence of indirect effects on resilience-related outcomes within and between ecological levels. The findings suggest that relational approaches to promoting teacher resilience might be especially promising given that support from management and support from colleagues appear to influence teacher resilience through multiple indirect routes. For example, the variance in teacher burnout levels explained by support from management was mediated by workload, school culture, self-esteem and conflict between beliefs and practice. In other words, teachers were less likely to feel burnout in schools where there were supportive leadership practices, because these practices affected how manageable their workloads were, how positive the culture of the school felt, how good they felt about themselves and the extent to which they felt they could teach in line with their values. The implications of the findings for developing data-driven ‘ecological’ interventions to promote teacher resilience will be discussed, including examples of how data can be used to identify possible levers for change within schools. The importance of addressing exosystemic factors (e.g. Ungar et al., 2013), e.g. policies and conditions, operating at the level of the education system as a whole (beyond the school), will also be highlighted, drawing upon evidence that these broader policy factors also drive mediating effects on teacher resilience acting through the more proximal ecological levels of the school and the individual teacher. References Ainsworth, S., & Oldfield, J. (2019). Quantifying teacher resilience: Context matters. Teaching and Teacher Education, 82, 117-128. Avalos, B., & Valenzuela, J. P. (2016). Education for all and attrition/retention of new teachers: A trajectory study in Chile. International Journal of Educational Development, 49, 279- 290. Department for Education (2019a). Teacher Recruitment and Retention Strategy. London: Department for Education. Department for Education (2019b). Early Career Framework. London: Department for Education. Education Support (2023) Teacher Wellbeing Index 2023. London: Education Support. European Commission (2018). Teaching careers in Europe: Access, progression and support. Eurydice Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Fergus, S., & Zimmerman, M. A. (2005). Adolescent resilience: A framework for understanding healthy development in the face of risk. Annual Review of Public Health, 26, 399-419. Garcia, E., & Weiss, E. (2019). The teacher shortage is real, large and growing, and worse than we thought. Economic Policy Institute. Retrieved from: https://www.epi.org/publication/the-teacher-shortage-is-real-large-and-growingand-worse-than-we-thought-the-first-report-in-the-perfect-storm-in-theteacher-labour-market-series/ Gu, Q. (2018). (Re) conceptualising teacher resilience: A social-ecological approach to understanding teachers’ professional worlds. In M. Wosnitza, F.Peixoto, S. Beltan and C.Mansfield (Ed.). Resilience in education (pp. 13-33). Springer, Cham. Kangas-Dick, K., & O’Shaughnessy, E. (2020). Interventions that promote resilience among teachers: A systematic review of the literature. International Journal of School & Educational Psychology, 8(2), 131-146. Mansfield, C. F., Beltman, S., Broadley, T., & Weatherby-Fell, N. (2016). Building resilience in teacher education: An evidenced informed framework. Teaching and Teacher Education, 54, 77-87. Oldfield, J., & Ainsworth, S. (2021). Decentring the ‘resilient teacher’: exploring interactions between individuals and their social ecologies. Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(4), 409-430. Ramberg, J., Låftman, S. B., Åkerstedt, T., & Modin, B. (2020). Teacher Stress and Students’ School Well-being: the Case of Upper Secondary Schools in Stockholm, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(6), 816-830, DOI: 10.1080/00313831.2019.1623308 Savill-Smith, C., & Scanlan, D. (2022). Teacher Wellbeing Index 2022. London: Education Support. Tonidandel, S. & LeBreton, J. M. (2014). RWA-Web -- A free, comprehensive, web-based, and user-friendly tool for relative weight analysis. Journal of Business and Psychology, 30(2), 207-216. doi: 10.1007/s10869-014-9351-z. Toropova, A., Myrberg, E., & Johansson, S. (2021). Teacher job satisfaction: the importance of school working conditions and teacher characteristics, Educational Review, 73(1), 71-97, doi: 10.1080/00131911.2019.1705247. Ungar, M., Ghazinour, M., & Richter, J. (2013). Annual Research Review: What is resilience within the social ecology of human development? Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 54(4), 348-366. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 26 SES 06 C: Advancing Educational Leaders: The Role of Values, Self-Efficacy, and Social Mobility Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Antonios Kafa Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Educational Leadership as a Safeguard for democratic values and Practices 1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2Uppsala universitet Presenting Author:The political landscapes in the Nordic countries are currently undergoing a transition, marked by the influence of far-right political parties that are reshaping human rights and fostering a discourse of 'us and them' concerning foreigners (Norocel et al., 2022). Additionally, equity within the welfare states is facing challenges from neoliberal economic ideologies, contributing to a growing wealth gap between the rich and the poor (Kvist, 2011). Given this evolving context, educational leaders are compelled to respond proactively. This changing landscape underscores the need for research to theorize on how educational leaders can re-establish and re-imagine leadership practices as safeguards for democratic values and practices within educational institutions. Sweden and Denmark, renowned for their social democratic welfare states (Gøsta Esping-Andersen, 2017), prioritizing economic growth, equality, and citizens' rights. Initially, after 1945, Nordic policymakers focused on democratic values in education to counter Nazism. However, this democratic approach has come under pressure in the last 20-30 years as educational policies shifted focus towards performance indicators such as measurable learning outcomes and benchmarking (Moos, 2017). In the 1980s, demographic changes accelerated, leading to more multicultural societies in Sweden and Denmark. New citizens, often migrant workers in low-paying service jobs or refugees from conflict regions, contributed to this shift. Alongside the move to neoliberal governance indicators, this combination likely contributed to growing inequality and the emergence of marginalized groups within society. These groups, as described by Bauman (2007), have "all the time in the world but nothing to do with it." Kalkan (2022) demonstrated that a marginalized group of immigrants in Denmark, rather than attending schools or jobs, spends their time on the streets, emphasizing anti-establishment values. Indeed, the inclusion of marginalized groups in the societal landscape poses a risk, as it may lead to the emergence of anti-democratic values such as racism and hate speech. Evidence shows discriminative structures within the school system (Sarri Krantz, 2018, Katzin, 2021, Wagrell, 2022). From our perspective, educational institutions bear a significant responsibility as safeguards against these anti-democratic tendencies. However, this responsibility is complicated by the performance indicators, as they tend to favour outcome-based teaching approaches. As mentioned, educational leadership has been profoundly influenced by performance indicators, often derived from sources such as the OECD and adapted to national contexts (Pettersson, 2016). Consequently, Swedish and Danish leaders, for the past two decades, have been tasked with guiding their institutions in alignment with these performance indicators (see e.g. Laursen, 2020, Englund, 2005, Ståhlkrantz, 2019). Yet, it is becoming increasingly apparent that these indicators contribute to inequality within societies, pushing them towards anti-democratic values (Kalkan, 2022). Nevertheless, we hold the belief that educational leadership can take a different approach by initiating changes in governance and teaching methods, it can play a crucial role in safeguarding the installation of democratic perspectives in students' understanding of their own situations and their place in both the national and global contexts (Nussbaum, 1997, 2010, Bogotch, Schoorman & Reyes-Guerra, 2017, Sarri Krantz, 2023). Our study entails a comprehensive historical and comparative analysis of educational policies in Sweden and Denmark. In this context, we aim to analyze the selected educational policies and subsequently theorize the possibilities and responsibilities for principals in ensuring the promotion and practice of democratic values within educational settings. To guide our exploration, we pose the following research question: How do educational policies in Sweden and Denmark underpin democratic values while potentially posing threats to social justice? Furthermore, how can the possibilities and responsibilities of principals be theorized in relation to these policies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research study employs a methodological framework based on two approaches. Firstly, it involves a comprehensive historical analysis of curriculum and educational policies, with a specific analytical focus on democratic values and opportunities for democratic participation in Swedish and Danish primary and lower secondary public schooling (Bryman, 2018). These analyses serve as the groundwork for the subsequent comparison between the Swedish and Danish cases. The comparison, in turn, serves as the foundation for discussing the possibilities for principals to promote democratic education and participation. Table 1 provides an overview of the various policies under investigation, detailing their historical origins and outlining the approach used to interpret them. The analytical process involves a thorough examination of the documents, specifically focusing on identifying indications of democratic values or, conversely, recognizing values that may suggest discrimination. Table 1: Overview of different documents and the analytical focus of the and their operationalizations into categorization criteria for social democracy and neoliberalism Sweden Year Name of document Analytical focus 1969 Curriculum for the elementary school - Democratic values - Human rights 1994 Curriculum for the elementary school - Equity/equality - Democratic core values 2011 Curriculum for the elementary school - Discrimination - Equal treatment Denmark Year Name of document Analytical focus 1975 School Act for primary and lower secondary elementary school - Democratic values - Participation 2014 School Act for primary and lower secondary elementary school - Equity/equality - Academic competences 2019 ‘Ghetto package’ concerning primary and lower secondary elementary school - Discrimination - Equity/equality - Academic competences As depicted in the table within our analysis, our focus centres on democratic values. Equity and discrimination, with discussions arising if contrary instances are observed, particularly exploring the potential for principals to foster democratic schooling. The intention behind adopting a comparative design (Bryman, 2016) is twofold. Firstly, this design enables the development of an understanding of the emerging 'us and them' dynamics in two similar countries characterized by extensive welfare programs and a longstanding emphasis on democratic values in education. Secondly, based on this understanding, the goal is to theorize the possibilities and responsibilities to maintain democratic approaches. Thus, the chosen cases for comparison study educational policies to theorize the possibilities for principals to serve as democratic safeguards, with the normative viewpoint that principals play a vital role in ensuring the integration of democratic values and promoting participation within educational institutions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary conclusion suggests that our comparative analysis of how educational policies shape principals' possibilities for democratic agency within their schools reveals that the policies support and emphasize democratic values for schools to educate students to become democratic citizens. However, it also highlights instances of discrimination against students based on their rural areas of living. The role of principals as safeguards for democratic values and practices appears both clear and, at the same time, blurry. This ambiguity arises from the implementation of policies in Sweden and Denmark that either contradict or, at the very least, complicate principals' efforts to support equal and democratic participation. In Sweden principals' possibilities for practices are shaped and constituted by the national political agenda and realised and implemented through the Education Act and soft law such as the curriculum. While, in Denmark, the School Act emphasizes the importance of schools introducing and preparing students to live and act as democratic citizens. However, policies such as the 'Ghetto-package' are discriminatory and shape the agency of principals in these schools to uphold values that contradict the essential democratic principle of equality, when they in fact need a totally different support system (Hirsh et al. 2023). Our examination of Swedish and Danish educational policies exposes a conflict between their professed democratic ideals and the presence of contradictory measures, exerting undue pressure on school principals and challenging the implementation of democratic practices. Through the scrutiny of these two cases, our research illuminates the existing challenges and contributes valuable insights for future studies with an interest for educational leadership and democratic participation. We posit that this knowledge provides a crucial foundation for European policymakers, facilitating a deeper comprehension of the internal pressures faced by even robust democratic societies. References Bauman, Z. (2007). Work, Consumerism and the New Poor (2nd ed.). McGraw-Hill Education. Bogotch, I. Schoorman, D. & Reyes-Guerra, D. (2017). Forging the Needed Dialogue Between Educational Leadership and Curriculum Inquiry: Placing Social Justice, Democracy, and Multicultural Perspectives into Practice. In (Eds). Uljens, M. & Ylimaki, R.M., (2017). Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik. Non-affirmative Theory of Education. Springer. Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods (5. edition ed.). Oxford University Press. Gøsta Esping-Andersen. (2017). Politics against Markets: The Social Democratic Road to Power (1st ed.). Princeton University Press. 10.1515/9781400886203 Gillander Gådin, K. & Stein, N. (2019). Do schools normalise sexual harassment? An analysis of a legal case regarding sexual harassment in a Swedish high school. Gender and Education. Vol. 31, nr 7, 920-937. Gyberg et al. (2021). Discrimination and its relation to psychosocial well‐being among diverse youth in Sweden. Child & Adolescent Development. 1–19. Hirsh, Å. et al. (2023). Far from the generalised norm: Recognising the interplay between contextual particularities and principals’ leadership in schools in low-socio-economic status communities. Educational Management Administration & Leadership. 1–18. Kalkan, H. (2022). The American Ghetto, Gangster, and Respect on the Streets of Copenhagen: Media(tion)s between Structure and Street Culture. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 51(3), 407-434. 10.1177/08912416211056973 Kvist, J. (2011). Changing social inequality and the Nordic welfare model. (pp. 1-22). Bristol University Press. 10.46692/9781847426611.001 Laursen, R. (2020). Does the Combination of Professional Leadership and Learning Management Systems Signal the End of Democratic Schooling? Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 5(2), 342. 10.30828/real/2020.2.2 Moos, L. (2017). Neo-liberal Governance Leads Education and Educational Leadership Astray. İn (Eds) Uljens, M. & Ylimaki, R.M., (2017). Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik. Non-affirmative Theory of Education. Springer. Norocel, O. C., Saresma, T., Lähdesmäki, T., & Ruotsalainen, M. (2022). Performing ‘us’ and ‘other’: Intersectional analyses of right-wing populist media. European Journal of Cultural Studies, 25(3), 897-915. 10.1177/1367549420980002 Nussbaum, M. C. (1997). Cultivating Humanity: A Classical Defense of Reform in Liberal Education. Harvard University Press. Sarri Krantz, A. (2023). Kulturen i skolan och skolans kultur. In (Eds) Johansson, N. & Baltzer, C. (2023). Rektors praktik i vetenskaplig belysning: framgångsrikt, hållbart och närvarande ledarskap - är det möjligt? 108 - 124. Liber. Uljens, M. & Ylimaki, R.M., (2017). Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik. Non-affirmative Theory of Education. Springer 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Cross-national perspectives on school leadership: Evidence from Scotland and Cyprus 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2Open University of Cyprus Presenting Author:Purpose This paper provides a cross‐national perspective on school principalship in two countries derived from an analysis of case studies in Scotland and the Republic of Cyprus. Examples from the two education systems are selected to demonstrate cross-national similarities and differences related to the purpose of education, the structure, and the role of leadership in school improvement. We pay particular attention to the research context in order to understand and explain different findings across countries. We present a secondary analysis of case studies from the participating countries which embraced a cultural and context-relevant framework to consider how the values and norms of a society might influence the expectations, beliefs, and context-relevant practices of individuals within schools. This synthesis reveals the complexity of policy and structural pressures on the practices of school leaders and the ways in which they respond to their environments. The comparative context In our cross-national comparison, we provide two instructive cases from which scholars and practitioners can develop nuanced understandings about the social, cultural, and economic conditions that shape and are shaped by the school systems. Case study schools differed both within and across the countries in terms of size, location, school development phase, leadership structure, staff capacity and professional disposition (commitment and resilience), student diversity and resource needs and culture. We began by determining whether the principals demonstrated a core set of leadership practices as conditions for school success (Leithwood et al., 2020; Pashiardis and Kafa, 2023), as well as having greater focus on moral purpose and values-based leadership views (Dimmock and Walker, 2000). In Cyprus, the Ministry of Education, Culture, Youth, and Sports wields significant power in the education system. The Ministry oversees all schools and is in charge of enforcing existing rules and developing new ones (Pashiardis and Tsiakiros, 2015). It also oversees each school's education policy, including administering, monitoring, and assessing education quality and creating the curriculum. The state funds local school boards, who subsequently distribute monies to schools under their control. Cyprus has a restricted centralised education system that requires all school to meet specific rules. A large body of evidence shows that school leaders in Cyprus, both in primary and secondary education, appear to develop external relations as well as networking with all relevant actors; foster a collaborative and shared ownership feeling among their members and within their school organisation; and finally promote a clear vision based on a specific set of values (Kafa and Pashiardis, 2019; Pashiardis et al., 2018). The Scottish education system has a unique and distinctive history and tradition within the member countries of the United Kingdom. The administration and strategic direction are the responsibility of the Scottish Government in Edinburgh, not the UK Government located in London. A series of reform programmes over the last decade or so, aim to promote overall improvement in schools and close the educational attainment gap (Campbell and Harris, 2023). This involved reforms to the curriculum and assessment, quality assurance and inspection, and teacher education with an emphasis on promoting professional development, leadership, and innovation towards a self-improving school system. This shift from a hierarchical to a much flatter-collaborative culture stresses the increasing complexity of schooling and requires attention to the local and cultural context when choosing leadership strategies. Framework We anchored our study in Hallinger’s (2018) context and culture framework for studying how leaders were able to engage with and utilise the multiple contexts (institutional, community, socio-cultural, political, economic, school improvement) to improve their schools. Specifically, this framework reflects leadership approaches that are influenced by multiple contexts and cannot be understood without aspects of school culture and the wider environment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods Scotland and Cyprus are interesting cases to compare as they are similar in indicators of social progress via their respective education reform programmes (Social Progress Imperative, 2024). Both countries have, over the last few years, shown a growing commitment to improving equity in student outcomes and in strengthening collaborative approaches to promote schools with high social cohesion. In both countries, an emphasis exists on leaders improving conditions for teaching and learning. These overarching similarities enable a focus on the intricacies of how structures, social and policy contexts, might influence school leaders’ behaviours and practices. Multisite case study methods were chosen as the methodological approach for the study for both countries using semi-structured interviews with a variety of school stakeholders, such as the school principal, teachers, students, and parents (Yin, 2018). Each case study was summarised and coded under broad thematic headings, and then summarised within themes across studies with a brief citation of primary evidence. Analysis of data was both (a) deductive, with a focus on refining provisional conceptualisations of “values-driven leadership” and (b) inductive, with a focus on devising a framework for examining variation and adaptation in leadership practices between cases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions While there are several differences in leadership context and strategies, there are also significant similarities across the two countries in both the values that principals hold and the practices and behaviours they use in order to build and sustain a strong values platform. This stability platform was intensified when they worked in uncertain crises situations, such as the global pandemic. It was their values and beliefs that guided what they did by using this platform to apply it into a set of rules and priorities. References References Campbell, C., & Harris, A. (2023). All learners in Scotland matter: The national discussion on education final report. The Scottish Government. Dimmock, C., & Walker, A. (2000). Cross-cultural values and leadership. Management in Education, 14(3), 21-24. "Global Index: Results". Social Progress Imperative. Retrieved January 25, 2024. Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5-24. Kafa, A., & Pashiardis, P. (2019). Exploring school principals’ personal identities in Cyprus from a values perspective. International Journal of Educational Management, 33(5), 886-902. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2008). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership. School leadership and management, 28(1), 27-42. Pashiardis, P., Brauckmann, S., & Kafa, A. (2018). Let the context become your ally: School principalship in two cases from low performing schools in Cyprus. School Leadership & Management, 38(5), 478-495. Pashiardis, P. & Kafa, A. (2022). Successful School Principals in Primary and Secondary Education: A Comprehensive Review of a Ten-Year Research in Cyprus. Journal of Educational Administration, 60 (1), 41-55. Pashiardis, P., & Tsiakiros, A. (2015). Cyprus. In The Education Systems of Europe (pp. 173-186). Springer. Yin R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper A Comparison of General Self-efficacy and Specific Self-efficacy Among Flemish Primary Principals University Ghent, Belgium Presenting Author:Self-efficacy beliefs play a central role in human functioning. They influence whether individuals set ambitious goals, how much effort they invest and how long they persist when facing difficulties and failures (Bandura, 1997). Self-efficacy can be general or specific, and both aspects of self-efficacy may promote optimal functioning (Schutte & Malouff, 2016). General self-efficacy beliefs are conceptualized as “individuals' perception of their ability to perform across a variety of situations” (Judge, Erez, & Bono, 1998, p. 169). Specific self-efficacy describes an individual’s belief he or she can bring about good outcomes in a defined area of life, such as during work (Bandura, 2012). Most studies on self-efficacy have examined either general or specific self-efficacy as unique separate constructs. Only a small number of studies have simultaneously looked at the two facets of self-efficacy (Schutte & Malouff, 2016). In the present study we focus on the concepts of general self-efficacy and specific self-efficacy among Flemish elementary principals and how these two concepts relate to each other. The first goal of this study is to validate the multi-dimensional principal self-efficacy instrument of Federici and Skaalvik (2011). In developing this questionnaire, the authors (Federici & Skaalvik, 2011) performed a confirmatory factor analysis on the data, but no exploratory factor analysis. Also, their instrument was developed in a study with Norwegian principals. We believe it is important to validate their instrument again in a new study with a different population of principals (in Flanders, Belgium). A second goal in this study is to examine the relation between principal self-efficacy and general self-efficacy. According to Schutte and Malouff (2016) both specific and general forms of self-efficacy have the potential to support optimal functioning. It is important to establish if the concepts refer to different phenomena and in what way there is overlap between the two concepts. The third goal of this study is to analyze the relation between both principal self-efficacy and general self-efficacy with other variables. Exploring the similarities and differences between both forms of self-efficacy in relation to other variables can shed light on the way in which we must perceive both concepts, their mutual relationship, and their respective relevance. We have included demographic, career-related and work-related variables to study in relation to the self-efficacy forms. One of the most researched variables related to self-efficacy is the seniority of principals. Previous research has suggested that experience affects self-efficacy (Fisher, 2014; Özer, 2013). In addition, based on the research of Elias and colleagues (2013), we can hypothesize that work-related variables will be more correlated with principal self-efficacy than with general self-efficacy. Therefore, we selected two variables related to a more or less challenging work context, namely the school size and the location of the school. Schools with a large number of staff are more difficult to manage and urban schools have a more diverse population than rural schools. We expect these variables to make a greater difference for principal self-efficacy than for general self-efficacy. Finally, gender, tenure and principal training were also included. Gender is an important demographic variable, and it is interesting to explore if gender makes a difference for both forms of self-efficacy. Gaining tenure is an important step in the career of principals. We want to explore if this career step makes a difference. It can be expected that tenure enhances the self-efficacy of principals. Finally, the training of principals can be considered as an important potential influence on school leadership development. It is interesting to study if training is related to the self-efficacy of principals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 981 principals in Flanders participated in an online questionnaire about their sense of self-efficacy. To assess general self-efficacy, we used the General Self-Efficacy scale of Chen, Gully, & Eden (2001). This self-report scale consists of 8 items about a person’s general self-efficacy. To determine the specific self-efficacy, the principal self-efficacy instrument of Federici and Skaalvik (2011, 2012) was used. The instrument of Federici and Skaalvik (2012) includes 8 scales, based on minimum 2 items each: economic management, instructional leadership, municipal authority, parental relations, local community, administrative management, teacher support, school environment. To study the first research goal, exploratory graph analysis (EGA), exploratory factor analysis (EFA), confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) and reliability analysis were used to study the construct validity of the principal self-efficacy scale. First, an exploratory graph analysis (EGA) was conducted. EGA is a new technique to estimate the number of factors underlying multivariate data (Christensen & Golino, 2021; Golino et al., 2019). After the EGA, an EFA was performed to uncover the underlying structure of the factors. Further, a CFA was performed to confirm the data. Finally, Cronbach's alpha was calculated to indicate reliability. The EGA and the CFA were analyzed using R version 4.1.1 with the lavaan package (Rosseel, 2012). In contrast, the EFA and the reliability analysis were conducted in SPSS 29.0. We used maximum-likelihood extraction with promax rotation for the EFA. In addition, we tested the extent to which general and specific self-efficacy are related. For research goal two, we compared general and specific self-efficacy by analyzing the correlation table. For research goal three, we studied the relationship with demographic variables, career variables and work-related variables, (M)ANCOVA was used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, the results indicate that general and principal self-efficacy are two different concepts. Although there are significant correlations between general and principal self-efficacy subscales, only the subscale administrative management scores relatively high (.508), followed by de subscale people management (.366). The range of correlations between the other principal self-efficacy subscales and general self-efficacy is .173 and .287, which is rather low. Administrative management refers more to general tasks that principals perform. Therefore, the similarity with general self-efficacy is not surprising. Still, it only is correlated with a score of .508. The second factor ‘people management’ which refers more to general people management tasks. The other scales are all more specific tasks. These findings suggest that certain subscales of the principal self-efficacy are more strongly associated with general self-efficacy than others. In addution, our analysis of both forms of self-efficacy in their relationship with other variables provides a complex and mixed picture. We expected that general self-efficacy is definitely an individual trait, not easy to influence, whereas principal self-efficacy, although also an individual trait, is more context related and therefore is more strongly related to specific work conditions. But we found that one of the two work-related variables we studied, size of the school, is significantly related to general self-efficacy and not to principal-self-efficacy. On the other hand, gender, a typical individual, demographic characteristic, was not related to general self-efficacy, but to specific subscales of principal self-efficacy. In these subscales, we found typical gender stereotypes. So, we can not conclude from our study that general self-efficacy is only a matter of individual trait characteristics and principal self-efficacy is more related to work context and can more easily be influenced. References Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York: W.H. Freeman & Company. Bandura, A. (2012). On the functional properties of perceived self-efficacy revisited. Journal of Management, 38, 9–44. Bellemans, L., Devos, G., Tuytens, M., & Vekeman, E. (2023). The role of self-efficacy on feelings of burnout among Flemish school principals during the COVID-19 pandemic. Journal of Educational Administration, ahead-of-p(ahead-of-print). https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-09-2022-0138 Chen, Gully, S. M., & Eden, D. (2001). Validation of a New General Self-Efficacy Scale. Organizational Research Methods, 4(1), 62–83. https://doi.org/10.1177/109442810141004 Christensen, A. P., & Golino, H. (2021). Estimating the Stability of Psychological Dimensions via Bootstrap Exploratory Graph Analysis: A Monte Carlo Simulation and Tutorial. Psych, 3(3), 479–500. https://doi.org/10.3390/psych3030032 Elias, S. M., Barney, C. E., & Bishop, J. W. (2013). The treatment of self-efficacy among psychology and management scholars. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 43(4), 811–822. https://doi.org/10.1111/jasp.12007 Federici, R. A., & Skaalvik, E. M. (2011). Principal self-efficacy and work engagement: assessing a Norwegian Principal Self-Efficacy Scale. Social Psychology of Education, 14(4), 575–600. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-011-9160-4 Golino, H., Shi, D., Christensen, A. P., Garrido, L. E., Nieto, M. D., Sadana, R., … Martínez-Molina, A. (2019). Investigating the performance of Exploratory Graph Analysis and traditional techniques to identify the number of latent factors: A simulation and tutorial. Psychological Methods, 25(3), 292–320. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000255 Hannah, S. T., Avolio, B. J., Walumbwa, F. O., & Chan, A. (2012). Leader Self and Means Efficacy: A multi-component approach. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 118(2), 143–161. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.obhdp.2012.03.007 Judge, T. A., Erez, A., & Bono, J. E. (1998). The Power of Being Positive: The Relation Between Positive Self-Concept and job Performance. Human Performance, 11(2–3), 167–187. https://doi.org/10.1080/08959285.1998.9668030 Luszczynska, A., Mohamed, N. E., & Schwarzer, R. (2005). Self-efficacy and social support predict benefit finding 12 months after cancer surgery: The mediating role of coping strategies. Psychology, Health and Medicine, 10(4), 365–375. https://doi.org/10.1080/13548500500093738 Luszczynska, A., Scholz, U., & Schwarzer, R. (2005). The General Self-Efficacy Scale: Multicultural Validation Studies. The Journal of Psychology, 139(5), 439–457. Rosseel, Y. (2012). Lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. Schutte, N. S., & Malouff, J. M. (2016). General and Realm-Specific Self-Efficacy: Connections to Life Functioning. Current Psychology, 35(3), 361–369. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-014-9301-y 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Social mobility leadership in Arab education in Israel: Multiple-case studies Bar-Ilan University, Israel Presenting Author:Social mobility refers to “the ability to move between different levels in society or in employment, especially from a lower social position to a higher one” (Iversen et al., 2019: pp. 239–240). No consensus has been reached on the different components of social mobility, but there is a broad agreement that a just society should create equal opportunities for diverse citizens to succeed in society, regardless of the economic status of their families (Iversen et al., 2019). Studies addressing the role of a school principal as an agent of social change employ key theories that explore the dynamic interplay between leadership and cultural contexts, such as culturally responsive leadership model (Khalifa et al., 2016) or culturally relevant leadership (Horsford et al., 2011). At the same time, researchers have also studied the role of the school principal in contexts such as ensuring social justice (Arar et al., 2017; Lai, 2015; Wang, 2018), empowering students (Kirk et al., 2017), and fostering achievements and abilities (Greaves et al., 2014). Each of these models and areas is based on different concepts and theoretical notions about how school leadership is related to social mobility; nevertheless, the broad agreement is that school principals are in a key position to influence students’ social mobility and integration (Bloomberg, 2023). Based on these theoretical concepts, school principals implement various practices to promote social mobility among their students. For example, principals design and maintain respectful relationships, allow the expression of different voices around the school community, and demonstrate social justice within schools (Lai, 2015). Regarding students’ empowerment, principals can create positive traditions, support student leadership, accept cultural diversity, or encourage teachers to believe in their students (Kirk et al., 2017). Other important practices deal with the improvement in students’ grades, especially for science, technology, engineering, and mathematics subjects (Hoskins and Barker, 2020). Nevertheless, most of the literature about educational school leadership and social mobility deals with schools that have ethnic and cultural diversity, where the role of the principal is to ensure social justice within the school borders (Arar et al., 2017). The role of the school principal in empowering students in the context of schools that are within a minority group and are not ethnically diverse has not been sufficiently explored. Moreover, previous studies on the role of the school principal in promoting social mobility have focused on principals in poverty-stricken areas and not on those in ethnic minority areas (Greaves et al., 2014; Mowat, 2019). The purpose of the current study is to address this research gap by focusing on the perceptions and practices of principals regarding students’ social mobility within a minority group. Building on the social-ecological model (Bronfenbrenner, 1979), which emphasizes the interconnectedness among various subsystems within the educational landscape and the impact of contextual factors on students’ outcomes, the study aims to explore this topic through a holistic approach that examines how different members of the educational realm perceive the role of school principals regarding the social mobility of students from a minority group. For this purpose, two research questions were formulated:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This is a qualitative multiple-case study that addresses the phenomenon from a holistic point of view. The principals’ perceptions and practices are examined from multiple perspectives – of the principals themselves and other school/community members. Participants The study was conducted in four middle and secondary schools that operate under the Arab education system in Israel. Each school consists of 700–900 students in 24–31 classes, within various urban or rural settings and diverse socio-economic backgrounds. Fifteen interviewees from each school participated in the study, making for a total of 60 interviewees. The subjects from each school were the two principals of the school (middle school and secondary school), the regional supervisor of the Ministry of Education, four teachers, four parents, and four students. Data collection Two research methods were used in the study: interviews and observations. This combination facilitated a deeper understanding of the participants’ voices and the exposure to multiple perspectives. The interviews were conducted over five months, from February 2022 to June 2022. They were semi-structured, in-depth interviews and adapted to the participants, meaning that slightly different questions were formulated for the respective participants. For instance, the principals were asked: “What is the role of the school principal when it comes to students’ ability to advance in society as they mature?” The teachers, on the other hand, were asked: “What does your school do to promote the social mobility of students?” Moreover, two full-day “semi-open” observations (Karniely, 2010) were conducted in the schools, focusing on the principals within their domain and their interactions with other members of the school and society, such as teachers, students, and parents. Data analysis The data were analyzed through a categorical content analysis perspective. The identification and analysis of the themes were made based on the content of the interviewees. The analysis was conducted in a three-stage process: condensing, coding, and categorizing. This process was carried out for each school separately, and then, a comparison was made between the cases (Krippendorff, 2018). Trustworthiness The researchers of this study come from different backgrounds: the first author has extensive teaching experience in the Arab education sector and is currently an educational leadership researcher, and the other has an extensive educational leadership research experience in the Jewish education sector. The researchers’ joint work has made them more aware of the conceptual and methodological issues pertaining to the current research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings When the four case studies and the themes that emerged from each case were compared, six shared categories were found regarding the principals’ perceptions and practices of promoting social mobility among their students: Grades and achievements – Academic achievements are important, but they should co-exist with the promotion of other aspects among students; Emotional and social aspects – Emotional and social support play a significant role in promoting students’ future social mobility; Social justice – Promoting social justice principles and perceptions is important for students’ motivation for social mobility; Leadership and empowerment – Empowerment and leadership processes among students are important for their future social mobility; Skills and abilities – Developing different and diverse skills among students is important; 21st century and technology skills – Students should be taught about technological and 21st-century skills. Within each of these categories, the principals employed various practices to promote students’ social mobility and perceived these practices as efficient in achieving their intended goals, equipping students with future social mobility tools, and helping them integrate into the broader society. The conclusions focus on the holistic approach the educational leadership employed in the entire educational process. It can be derived that the promotion of academic achievements and grades should be carried out within a broad framework of promoting students’ general abilities and skills. The findings emphasize the importance of a principal in leading students to activism and social involvement, which can also affect the students’ future, social mobility, and integration. The study highlights the instrumental leadership role as a means of promoting social mobility among students from minority groups. References Arar K, Beycioglu K and Oplatka I (2017) A cross-cultural analysis of educational leadership for social justice in Israel and Turkey: Meanings, actions and contexts. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education 47(2): 192–206. Bronfenbrenner U (1979) The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Cambridge, London, UK. Greaves E, Macmillan L and Sibieta L (2014) Lessons from London schools for attainment gaps and social mobility. Report, Social Mobility and Child Poverty Commission, London, UK. Hoskins K and Barker B (2020). STEM, social mobility and equality: Avenues for widening access. Springer Nature. Horsford S, Grosland T and Gunn K (2011) Pedagogy of the personal and professional: Toward a framework for culturally relevant leadership. Journal of School Leadership 21: 582–606. Iversen V, Krishna A and Sen K (2019) Beyond poverty escapes – Social mobility in developing countries: A review article. The Word Bank Research Observer 34: 239–273. Karniely M (2010) Curiosity and inquisitiveness are the cornerstones of teacher empowerment. Tel Aviv: Ramot. Khalifa MA, Gooden MA and Davis JE (2016) Culturally responsive school leadership: A synthesis of the literature. Review of Educational Research 86(4): 1272–1311. Kirk CM, Lewis RK, Brown K et al. (2017) The empowering schools project: Identifying the classroom and school characteristics that lead to student empowerment. Youth and Society 49(6): 827–847. Krippendorff K (2018) Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Thousand Oaks: Sage publications. Lai E (2015) Enacting principal leadership: Exploiting situated possibilities to build school capacity for change. Research Papers in Education 30(1): 70–94. Mowat JG (2019) ‘Closing the gap’: systems leadership is no leadership at all without a moral compass–a Scottish perspective. School Leadership & Management 39(1): 48-75. Wang F (2018) Social justice leadership—Theory and practice: A case of Ontario. Educational Administration Quarterly 54(3): 470–498. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 28 SES 06 A: Social Imaginaries of Education in Emergency and Crisis Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Antigone Sarakinioti Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Social Imaginaries of Present and Future in Education Initiatives for Ukrainian Refugees HUN-REN Centre for Social Sciences, Hungary Presenting Author:Depicting refugees as a threat to the nation, the Orbán government turned the 2015 refugee crisis into populist propaganda (Cantat&Rajaram, 2019). As part of a broader set of anti-refugee politics and policies, earlier intercultural education programs were dismantled, resources – including financial and symbolic support for local innovations and NGOs focusing on refugee education, for Hungarian language teaching, and the per capita financing for teaching non-Hungarian speakers – were withdrawn. Consequently, families entering Hungary after the breakout of Russia’s war on Ukraine faced an education system unprepared for welcoming displaced children (Ercse, 2023). In the context of the Hungarian state’s ambiguous political communication and “organized non-responsibility” (Pries, 2019: 6), a handful of civil society and grassroots actors immediately started to provide education and childcare for Ukrainian families. My presentation focuses on interviews with representatives of “grassroots humanitarianism” (Vandevoordt & Fleischmann 2020) or “citizen aid” (Fechter and Schwittay 2019) as well as organized NGOs offering educational support and childcare for Ukrainian families. The discussion concentrates on how the problem of time and the social imaginaries of hope and uncertainty featured in the helpers’ narratives and shaped their actions. These initiatives are examples of experimental humanitarism (Thieme et al. 2020; Ramakrishnan and Thieme, 2022): solidarity work entailed constant problem-solving, yet it has not proved to be ephemeral, but so far has survived growing public disinterest. Drawing on recent studies on the temporalities of humanitarian action (Brun 2016; Vandervoodt and Felischmann, 2020), I explore how solidarity education initiatives navigate different temporalities. Humanitarian actions responding to crises are often thought to be governed by the ‘imaginary of emergency’ and captured by the present. Critical voices argued that their preoccupation with alleviating suffering in the here and now tends to de-contextualise suffering from its long-term causes and solutions (Calhoun 2008) and depoliticize these initiatives (Braun, 2017). But equally influentially, similarly to social movements, volunteers’ imaginaries are inspired by an ideal vision of future society (Fournier 2002), and some of them deeply engage with the structural political causes of the events. Regarding the here and now, most interlocutors conceptualized their educational services as a means of unmaking uncertainty through providing structure and safety that aims to counterweight the chaos of the war. They often emphasized that the primary objective – one related to the present – of their initiatives is to establish a safe space where the children can experience empathy and compassion. Education is profoundly driven by the social imaginaries of the future (Facer, 2023). I will bring examples of grassroots education initiatives, typically organized by members of the host society, who understood their solidarity work as prefigurative politics (Swain, 2019), a means of modeling change for the host society. Our interlocutors viewed education as a vehicle for a transformative and ethopoietic pedagogy (Collet-Sabé&Ball), which can foster social change through the practice of the relational ethics of care. Zembylas (2020) suggests that in the context of populist politics and exclusive forms of nationalism, democratic education should be a practice of affective counter-politics, developed at the micro-level of pedagogical encounters. These solidarity initiatives can be understood as affective counter-politics driven by visions of enacting alternative modes of togetherness and “politics by other means” (Kirsch, 2016) in the context of exclusivist populist politics. Another type of engaging with the future was primarily enacted by Ukrainian-led initiatives. Making alliances with international and non-state partners (donors and host schools providing their infrastructures), and positioning themselves in a transnational space of education, these interlocutors talked about universalistic educational objectives (sustainability, climate education) and aimed to educate transnational citizens. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our team has been researching the patterns of Hungarian solidarity mobilization in crisis situations since the 2015 refugee crisis. Between June 2022 and January 2023, we conducted 28 semi-structured interviews and ethnographic observations in local communities and observed in-person and online conferences to explore bottom-up solidarity mobilizations emerging in response to the influx of Ukrainian displaced people. The data collection was complemented by the ongoing analysis of the media representation and social media activity of the studied initiatives. The semi-structured interviews concentrated on the themes of (1) the organization of solidarity and community problem-solving; (2) discourses and relations of deservingness and responsibility regarding the helping actions and in the broader societal context; (3) the public impact of solidarity initiatives and the political aspects of community support; (4) the motivational narratives of the solidarians including the economic, emotional and ideological aspects of the work of solidarity. This presentation is based on 12 semi-structured interviews conducted with representatives of solidarity initiatives offering education support, childcare services, and material support for children. The interviews were transcribed, thematically coded, and analyzed. The current analysis moves beyond the strictly understood thematic analysis of the empirical material and looks into how the interlocutors thematize the problem of temporality and how the social imaginaries of present and future unfold in the interviews in relation to education and solidarity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation aims to contribute to the conversation in the network about the Social imaginaries of the future: the making and unmaking of certainty in education. The heart of the talk is dedicated to conceptualizing informal education spaces as forms of affective counter-politics in the context of thriving political populism and nationalism. With a long-term populist authoritarian government, Hungary is a key scene to study the social impact of populist politics and the emergence of affective counter-politics. Nevertheless, the case has wider implications across Europe and European education given the growing strength, political and policy influence of populist movements and ideologies. References Brun, C. (2016). There is no future in humanitarianism: emergency, temporality and protracted displacement. History and anthropology, 27(4), 393–410. Calhoun, C. (2008). The imperative to reduce suffering: charity, progress, and emergencies in the field of humanitarian action. Humanitarianism in Question: Politics, Power, Ethics, 73–97. Ithaca/London: Cornell University Press. Cantat, C. and P. K Rajaram (2019). The Politics of the Refugee Crisis in Hungary: Bordering and Ordering the Nation and Its Others. In: Menjívar, Cecilia – Marie Ruiz – Immanuel Ness (eds.): The Oxford Handbook of Migration Crises. Oxford University Press, Oxford. 181–196. Collet-Sabé J. and S. J. Ball (2023). Beyond School. The challenge of co-producing and commoning a different episteme for education, Journal of Education Policy, 38(6), 895-910, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2022.2157890 Ercse, K. (2023). Providing education to Ukrainian refugee children in Hungary – Situation report and policy recommendation package. EDUA. Facer, Keri (2023). Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society, 1(1-2), 60-66. https://doi.org/10.1177/27538699231171797 Fechter, A-M. and A. Schwittay (2019). Citizen Aid: Grassroots Interventions in Development and Humanitarianism. Third World Quarterly, 40(10), 1769-1780. doi:10.1080/01436597.2019.1656062 Fournier, F. (2002) Utopianism and the cultivation of possibilities: grassroots movements of hope. The Sociological Review 50(1): 189–216. Kirsch, T. G. (2016). Undoing Apartheid Legacies? Volunteering as Repentance and Politics by Other Means. In: Volunteer Economies. The Politics and Ethics of Voluntary Labour in Africa, hg. von Brown, Ruth & Ruth J. Prince. Oxford: James Currey, 201-221. Pries, L. (2019). Introduction: Civil Society and Volunteering in the So-Called Refugee Crisis of 2015—Ambiguities and Structural Tensions. In: Margit Feischmidt, Ludger Pries, and Céline Cantat, Refugee protection and civil society in Europe. Palgrave Macmillan. 1-23. Ramakrishnan, K. and Thieme, T. A. (2022). Peripheral humanitarianism: Ephemerality, experimentation, and effects of refugee provisioning in Paris. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 40(5), 763-785. https://doi.org/10.1177/02637758221124603 Swain, D. (2019). Not not but not yet: present and future in prefigurative politics. Political Studies 67(1): 47–62. Thieme, T, E. K. Kovacs and K. Ramakrishnan (2020). Refugees as new Europeans, and the fragile line between crisis and solidarity. Journal of the British Academy, 8 (Supp 1), 19-25. 10.5871/jba/008s1.019 Vandevoordt, R. and L. Fleischmann (2021). Impossible Futures? The Ambivalent Temporalities of Grassroots Humanitarian Action. Critical Sociology, 47(2), 187-202. https://doi.org/10.1177/0896920520932655 Zembylas, M. (2020). The Affective Modes of Right-Wing Populism: Trump Pedagogy and Lessons for Democratic Education. Stud Philos Educ 39, 151–166. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-019-09691-y 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Educational-social Movements and the making and Unmaking of Educational Ethos in Emergency 1Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; 2Nir Educational Association Presenting Author:This paper is concerned with educational-social movements' making and unmaking of educational ethos during national emergency. Based on an ethnographic study of educational social action during a national emergency, the paper considers how educational-social movements deal with existing educational inequalities and the possibility that their actions during emergency can further social transformation. This paper brings together three temporal lenses – an anthropological understanding of emergency as a mode of eventfulness(Anderson, 2017), a topological perspective on education and (in)equality, and the conceptualization of vectors and events in the temporality of social movements. How do social imaginaries of past and present accomplishments and failings of educational-social movements shape their educational praxis within the time-space of emergency? In what ways can this praxis offer possibilities for hopeful transformation of past inequalities alongside a transformative pathway out of emergency? Alternatively, are these aspirations to transformation too much to hope for? Our study focuses on the social-educational activism of the graduate-movements of Israeli youth movements following the events of October 7 and the internal displacement of over a hundred thousand civilians. The government was slow to provide basic educational services; civic organizations stepped up to fill the void, notably, the graduate-movements. These graduate-movements constitute educational-social movements formed by nonformal educators, former members of Zionist youth movements, who are attempting to revitalize the pioneering ethos of the early socialist-Zionist movements through educational projects that stimulate social change and advance democracy, equality, social justice, and Zionist values. At displacement centers, they organized and operated nonformal youth activities, early childhood centers, schools, and neighborhood leadership groups. Though these graduate-movements have a history of educational activism in emergency in the wake of war across Europe (Huss, Ben Asher, Shahar, et al., 2021; Huss, Ben Asher, Walden, et al., 2021), national emergency at home was complicated by internal issues of inequality particularly between kibbutzim and development towns, such as educational gaps, access to nonformal educational frameworks, distribution of resources and organizational capacities. We adopt a conceptualization of emergency as a mode of eventfulness, organized around four temporalities – exceptionalness from ordinary life, a sense of urgency to action to forestall foreseen harm of an unknown but impending future, a time-limited interval in which action is imperative, and a hope that correct action can make a difference (Anderson, 2017). Emergency indicates threat to something considered socially or historically valuable and uncertainty concerning how and if action in the present can bring about a future that is improvement on the past (Brun, 2016; Samimian-Darash, 2022). Considering specifically the role of education in emergency, we focus topologically on the ways that educational activism in emergency morphs the shape of educational governance and practice (Decuypere et al., 2022). The topological perspective directs attention to how educational practice elicits continuity and change, reformation of relations between educators and communities, and specific space-time practices that link past, present, and future educational aims. To provide nuance of the multiple temporalities at work in making and remaking educational practice and governance (Lingard & Thompson, 2017), we focus on educational-social movements. We take up Gillian's view of social movements as actors in the creation of events and his suggestion to analyze vectors – the social behavior and discourse of movements over a particular timescape – as a means for understanding the socio-political conditions and trends at work in a larger context (Gillan, 2020). In other words, the focus on educational-social movements in emergency allows us to trace how their particular educational ethos, tied as it is to a larger national ethos, morphs and reforms in the context of emergency and to ponder its possible unfoldings into the unknown future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is based on an ethnographic case study of one displacement center in Israel. The displacement center is located geographically in a complex of resort hotels which are currently allocated as temporary housing for several communities –three kibbutzim and families from a major development town. Two major graduate-movements have been active in the center since immediately following October 7. The study is an ethnographic-based interview study, which combines interviews with activists involved in a wide range of educational initiatives and observation of relevant activities. The study aims to apply the close attention of ethnography and the analysis of information in cultural context to data that is largely, but not exclusively narrative (Golden & Erdreich, 2017). Interviews are aimed to capture both generational distribution amongst activists and diversity of educational activism. To date, twenty-five interviews have been conducted with activists from age 17-50, working with kibbutzim and development towns or both, involved in establishing educational frameworks or daily maintenance, with early education to elderly populations. Observations included participation in youth activities, neighborhood leadership meetings, a group for the elderly, staff meetings, and an organizational strategic planning seminar. The study is ongoing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper shows that educational-social movements can actively shape the event of emergency into a space-time for the playing out of vectors of educational change. Our findings describe how the graduate-movements strived to create an equal distribution of educational frameworks despite inequalities in socio-economic status and organization of different communities. While displacement de-bordered the kibbutz/development town divide, educational interactions in the displacement center re-inscribed borders, forcing movement educators to reshape educational aims and methods, particularly: socialist-Zionist content and nonformal methods. The former was too specific for emergency time-space; the latter was ineffective with populations unfamiliar with these methods. Analysis shows that emergency created a space-time that distilled educational praxis of the movements to what we identify as two basic forms: 'being there' and 'being together'. 'Being there' is an educational philosophy opposed to education as a temporary influence, achievement- or task-oriented, and encouraging individuation; rather it applauds consistent connection based in attention to basic needs, as a basis for encouragement of self-defined desires alongside sociability. 'Being together' is an educational practice of bringing together diverse populations to live in shared society. 'Being there' and 'being together' reflect an educational ethos based in the assumption that everyday relationships shape the fabric of social life and can potentially contribute to the reorganization of inequalities and the distribution of social resources (Hall, 2019). While these practices reflect movement ideology, they were made possible by the situation of war and displacement, which both brought together populations usually held separate geographically and posed common tasks of repair and common questions about the uncertain future. Within emergency, they offered an educational praxis that attended to larger socio-political vectors of educational ethos - combatting inequality and increasing resilience – while proposing a radical alternative to the emphasis of neoliberal education on individual needs, risks, and achievements. References Anderson, B. (2017). Emergency futures: Exception, urgency, interval, hope. The Sociological Review, 65(3), 463–477. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-954X.12447 Brun, C. (2016). There is no Future in Humanitarianism: Emergency, Temporality and Protracted Displacement. History and Anthropology, 27(4), 393–410. https://doi.org/10.1080/02757206.2016.1207637 Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & van de Oudeweetering, K. (2022). Introduction―Space-and time-making in education: Towards a topological lens. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 871–882. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221076306 Gillan, K. (2020). Temporality in social movement theory: Vectors and events in the neoliberal timescape. Social Movement Studies, 19(5–6), 516–536. https://doi.org/10.1080/14742837.2018.1548965 Hall, S. M. (2019). Everyday Life in Austerity: Family, Friends and Intimate Relations. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17094-3 Huss, E., Ben Asher, S., Shahar, E., Walden, T., & Sagy, S. (2021). Creating places, relationships and education for refugee children in camps: Lessons learnt from the ‘The School of Peace’ educational model. Children & Society, 35(4), 481–502. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12412 Huss, E., Ben Asher, S., Walden, T., & Shahar, E. (2021). Towards a Model for Integrating Informal and Formal Learning for Children in Refugee Camps: The Example of the Lesbos School for Peace. Social Sciences, 10(3), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci10030111 Lingard, B., & Thompson, G. (2017). Doing time in the sociology of education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1260854 Samimian-Darash, L. (2022). Scenarios in a Time of Urgency: Shifting Temporality and Technology. Social Anthropology/Anthropologie Sociale, 30(4), 90–109. https://doi.org/10.3167/saas.2022.300407 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Uncertain futures. The (Un-)Making of Certainty in German Schools in the Context of Refugee Migration from Ukraine 1Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany; 2Otto von Guericke University of Magdeburg, Gemany Presenting Author:In our paper, we focus on the constructions of refugee students’ futures and the associated notions of temporality and uncertainty in German schools with reference to newly arrived students who have fled to Germany in 2022 due to the war in Ukraine. Our contribution is based on the observation that constructions of “future” in the context of (forced) migration biographies are often closely linked to notions of uncertainty. These biographies and educational paths are not only characterized by discontinuities in the (individual) past. They often also appear uncertain with regard to the future, e.g. due to unclear residence and/or return options that can hardly be planned in terms of time. Future uncertainty in this context can therefore be understood as a social construction of time, which arises through institutional regulations on migration and asylum with regard to the associated political and social discourses. However, the education system assigns additional significance to uncertain futures by translating them into individual life chances. It functions as a temporal structure for individual biographies and educational paths and, through its inherent linear temporal logic, shapes the future options for action of the subjects (Solga/Becker 2012; Scherger 2016). However, the individual temporal logic of educational processes as a lived experience can deviate from this “dominant timescape” (Facer 2023), which can be highly consequential for the future (educational) biographies of individuals (cf. Dausien/Rothe/Schwendowius 2016). For example, the (ascribed) uncertainty of students’ futures in the context of migration can be decisive for pedagogical diagnoses as well as for predicting future developments and deciding on students’ educational pathways (based on the institutional time regime). Moreover, uncertain futures are often associated with attributions and interpretations of vulnerabilities which can lead to educational practices that imply specific risks and opportunities for individuals and their educational trajectories. In our paper, we examine how students’ uncertain futures are anticipated and constructed by educational professionals and what (temporal) expectations are associated with them. Furthermore, we ask how the educational pathways of refugee students are institutionally processed and how these practices are embedded in specific timescapes (Adam 1998). Empirically, our study is based on the analysis of documents and guided interviews with teachers, head teachers and social workers conducted at schools in Germany (in the federal states of Rhineland-Palatinate and Saxony-Anhalt). We show how dominant timescapes inform school and pedagogical practices with regard to refugee students from Ukraine, how they are entangled with constructions of uncertain futures, and how these open up or close off educational options and thus create (new) precarisation (or new opportunities for educational participation). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our qualitative study, we combine analyses of school administrative structures with analyses of school practices and the (experiential and interpretative) knowledge of educational professionals. In order to analyse these practices and knowledge, we conducted 35 guided interviews in 19 public secondary schools. These schools, which were selected according to the principle of theoretical sampling (cf. Strauss/Corbin 1990), enrolled children and young people from Ukraine at the time of the interviews. In order to shed light on the educational inequalities that are rooted in the segmented school system in Germany, our sample includes both grammar schools, community schools and comprehensive schools. Taking into account that perspectives on forced migration can vary depending on professional position (Tom Diek/Rosen 2023), interviews were conducted with school headmasters, teachers, German-as-a-second-language teachers, teachers of ‘reception classes’ and social workers. In order to gain insights into the political framework and legal requirements for the schooling of refugee children and young people, we also analysed selected political documents on the topic of migration and integration, including regulations issued by the education ministries and authorities of the federal states of Saxony-Anhalt and Rhineland-Palatinate. In addition, we conducted guided interviews with representatives of the local school authorities. The data analysis was initially based on a multi-stage coding process for the transcribed interviews. This process was based on the coding paradigm of Grounded Theory (cf. ibid.) and aimed to identify dominant themes and relevant attitudes as well as organisational and pedagogical practices with regard to current refugee migrations. The coding process was followed by a detailed analysis of selected minimum and maximum contrasting text sequences. We understand the professionals’ experiential and interpretative knowledge as being generated by the shared experiential space of the respective school and characterised by the "conjunctive experiential space" (Mannheim 1980) of the professional milieu as well as by biographical experiences and current socio-political discourses. The analysis focused both on the organisational and pedagogical practices of the school in the narrated situation and on the actors' reflective engagement with these practices in the interview. As part of this analytical framework, the school practices and professionals’ perspectives were related to current policy changes throughout the analysis in order to capture the interplay of policy, pedagogical practice and professional knowledge in which inclusions and exclusions of refugee children and young people in schools takes place. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analyses show that the ways in which teachers interpret uncertain futures in relation to current forced migration are intertwined with a specific time regime of the school. This invokes a morality in which time is a 'currency' (Thompson 1967), while notions of development, of progress and “of the correct order” are crucial to how school is “constructed, and (…) lived” (Lingard/Thompson 2017). Against this backdrop, teachers face the challenge of quickly integrating newly arrived students into the school's time regime (Thoma 2023). This seems to presuppose that their ‘uncertain futures’ are translated into ‘certain futures’, because ‘the temporary’, ‘the transitory’, ‘the uncertain’ is hardly foreseen in this concept of time. Against this background, we describe various fields of tension that arise, firstly, with regard to the institutional (im)possibilities of ‘rapid integration’ of refugee students into the school system. For example, the (partly) separate schooling of newly arrived students in German-as-a-second-language classes and reception classes proves to be a practice of participation in the “not yet” (Khakpour 2022), which works with the promise of a future that should soon enable the student to participate in ‘regular classes’ – a future that remains uncertain, however. Secondly, we focus on the ambivalences of pedagogical practices that aim to address discontinuous educational biographies of students by temporarily suspending the dominant timescape and allowing students to extend their time at school. Third, we describe tensions that arise when students who do not (yet) seem to have internalised the institutional timescape and are perceived as unwilling (or unable) to fit in with it - attitudes that are often countered by practices of culturalisation, disciplining and partial exclusion from support measures. References Adam, B. (1998): Timescapes of modernity. London: Routledge. Dausien, B./Rothe, D./Schwendowius, D. (2016): Teilhabe und Ausgrenzung als biographische Erfahrung. Einführung in eine biographiewissenschaftliche Analyseperspektive. In: Dausien, B./Rothe, D./Schwendowius, D. (eds.): Bildungswege. Biographien zwischen Teilhabe und Ausgrenzung. Frankfurt: Campus, pp. 25-67. Facer, Kerri (2023): Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society, 1(1-2), pp. 60-66. Khakpour, N.: Mit Kafka die dark side schulischer Verfahren verstehen: Deutsch-Können und neoliberale Ökonomisierung, ZDfm – Zeitschrift für Diversitätsforschung und -management, 2-2022, pp. 135-147. Lingard, B./Thompson, G. (2017): Doing time in the sociology of education. In: British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38:1, pp. 1-12. Mannheim, K. (1922/1980): Strukturen des Denkens. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp. Scherger, S. (2016): Konzeptuelle Überlegungen zum Zusammenhang von Bildungsverläufen und -strukturen: Zeitliche (De-) Standardisierung in Bildungssystemen und soziale Ungleichheit. In: Makrinus, L./ Otremba, K./ Rennert, C./ Stoeck, J. (eds.): (De)Standardisierung von Bildungsverläufen und-strukturen: Neue Perspektiven auf bildungsbezogene Ungleichheit, pp. 39-58. Solga, H., & Becker, R. (2012): Soziologische Bildungsforschung – eine kritische Bestandsaufnahme. In: Soziologische Bildungsforschung, Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie Sonderhefte, 52, pp. 7-43. Strauss, A./Corbin, J. (1990): Basics of qualitative research: grounded theory procedures and techniques. Newbury: Sage. Thoma, N. (2023): Pedagogy and Research Cooperations in the Neoliberal Politics of Speed: Reflections for Critical Pedagogical Professionalization in Migration Societies. In: Krause, S./Proyer, M./Kremsner, G. (eds.): The making of teachers in the age of migration. Critical perspectives on educational politic of education for refugees, immigrants and minorities. London: Bloomsbury, pp. 85-101. Thompson, E. P. 1967. “Time, Work-Discipline, and Industrial Capitalism.” Past & Present 38: pp. 56–97. Tom Dieck, F./Rosen, L. (2023): Before, in or after transition? On becoming a ‘mainstream student’ in Germany and Italy in the context of new migration. In: Subasi Singh, S./Jovanović, O./Proyer, M. (eds.): Perspectives on Transitions in Refugee Education. Ruptures, Passages, and Re-Orientations. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto: Budrich, pp. 161-174. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 28 SES 06 B: Critical Thinking and Educational Futures Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Paolo Landri Panel discussion |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Panel Discussion Critical Thinking and Educational Futures 1CNR-IRPPS, Italy; 2University of Strasbourg; 3University of Lisboa; 4University of Barcelona; 5University of Deakin, Australia Presenting Author:Is critical thinking in education studies running out of steam? Is critical thinking (un)helpful for reimagining educational futures? To give some answers to these questions, this panel discussion will introduce the recent book ‘Rethinking Sociological Critique in Contemporary Education. Reflexive Dialogue and Prospective Inquiry’ edited By Radhika Gorur, Paolo Landri, Romuald Normand.
This book explores a new repertoire for critique in the sociology of contemporary education, focusing on emerging social theories that respond to contemporary challenges in education, education policy and governance. Presenting a variety of approaches in the sociology of education, including pragmatist critical sociology, neo-Marxism, post-digital sociology, new materialisms, affirmative critique of education, and decolonial studies, the book engages in a novel, collective dialogue and reflection on the affordances, limitations, and challenges of emerging social theories in contemporary education. Relevant global and decolonial perspectives to study current transformations, drawing on innovations in theorising and empirical illustrations, are offered from different countries.
In sum, the book suggests that critique in the sociology of education is not exhausted. Rather, (1) it is developing in plural ways and engaging with emerging social theories; (2) a change in the direction of critical thought is becoming visible, which encourages us to reconsider the monopoly of the Western, European, and modern heritage; and (3) there is, increasingly, room for an earthly sociology. By commenting on the main threads or chapters of the book, panellists are invited to give their answers to the opening questions and to engage in a debate on the prospects of critique in contemporary education studies.
References Michael W. Apple, Stephen J. Ball and Luis Armando Gandin (2011) (Eds) The Routledge International Handbook of the Sociology of Education. London: Routledge Bhambra, G. K. (2014). Connected sociologies. London: Bloomsbury Academic. Boltanski, L. (2011). On critique: A sociology of emancipation. Cambridge: Polity Press. Foucault, M. (1997). What is Critique? In J. Schmidt (Ed.), What is Enlightenment? Eighteenth-Century Questions and Twentieth-Century Answers (pp. 23-61). California: University of California Press. David James (2020) 40th anniversary special issue: the current and future shape of the sociology of education, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41:6, 757-767, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2020.1801222 Latour, B. (2004). Why has critique run out of steam? From matters of fact to matters of concern. Critical Inquiry, 30(2), 225–248. https://doi.org/10.1086/421123 Bradley A. Levinson, Jacob P. K. Gross, Christopher Hanks, Julia Heimer Dadds, Kafi Kumasi, and Joseph Link (2016) Beyond Critique: Exploring Critical Social Theories and Education. London: Routledge Morrow, R. and Torres, C. (1995) Social Theory and Education: A critique of theories of social and cultural reproduction (New York: SUNY). Glenn C. Savage (2021) The evolving state of policy sociology, Critical Studies in Education, 62:3, 275-289, DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2021.1942108 Chair Paolo Landri, p.landri@irpps.cnr.it, CNR-IRPPS |
13:45 - 15:15 | 29 SES 06 A: Materiality in museums. Affects, encounters and educational change Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Carolyn Julie Swanson Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Pupils’ Experience with Historical Objects at a History Museum and How it Affects Pupils’ Historical Consciousness DanishSchool of Education, Denmark Presenting Author:In this paper, I explore how pupils, aged 13-16, experience historical objects during an educational visit to a history museum, and how this experience affects their historical consciousness. Historical consciousness denotes the understanding of coherence between the past, present, and future – how humans are created by and creating history (Jensen, 2017). As an applicable pedagogical term, historical consciousness has been widely discussed and criticised for its intangibility (Binderup et al., 2014). Historical consciousness is developed through learning processes affected by the culture one lives in, and therefore culture and history are understood as entwined (Jensen, 2017). Historical consciousness is therefore researched in this paper as a broad cultural process that happens ubiquitously, especially at a history museum. This is why I choose to investigate how historical consciousness as an applicable pedagogical term and a cultural process, can become more tangible when pupils experience historical objects at a history museum. This stems from historical objects being a favourable way to be in bodily and tactile contact with the past, by providing a bodily presence (Dudley, 2012; Gumbrecht, 2004). Furthermore, museum education can be an advantageous pedagogical approach to create such an opportunity for pupils to be in contact with the past through historical objects. The question is how the connection to the past through objects, can encourage pupils to reflect on their cultural understanding concerning the past, present, and future? To research how a historical object can affect pupils’ historical consciousness; it is essential to further investigate the relation between subject and object. This means that instead of understanding the physical world around us as a resource to fulfil one’s own needs, as many do in our Anthropocene world, I centralize the relation between subject and object (Chakrabarty, 2009). To do this the relation between subject and object needs to be realized as entangled. In other words, an interaction with one another. This entails a shift of focus to the entangled production of the pupil’s subjectivities as affected by and affecting its surroundings/world. Yet the pupil’s subjectivities and life are messy and complex and should be acknowledged and embraced, instead of attending to claims of the authentic pupil (Spyrou, 2018).
Within this study the focus on entangled production of pupil’s subjectivities, are the pupil’s experience with the historical objects and how that affects the pupil’s historical consciousness. Considering the entangled production of historical consciousness, I argue that a more material perspective on historical consciousness would entail that the pupils’ experiences with the historical objects – the material past – would support the development of their historical consciousness. This will lead to a more tangible applicable pedagogical understanding of historical consciousness, which the term has previously been criticized for not being (Haas, 2022). However, using the material past to understand the present and future, is not to establish history as magistrae vitae. Instead, it is an understanding of and openness towards a perspective on bildung with a temporal aspect which takes the relational encounters with the material world into account.
To research historical consciousness as a more tangible applicable pedagogical understanding, I find it essential that it is the pupil’s experience and voice which is the guidelines to this development. Even though I find an ethical obligation to represent the pupil’s voices, I do not consider this study as giving the pupils a voice. Instead, I understand that with the choice of methods in the study, it can give space to the pupils’ voices. I, therefore, acknowledge the limits of pupils’ voices and recognize the importance of the performative character it may hold (Spyrou, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents a study with pupils during an educational museum visit, based on qualitative cartographic observations and qualitative photo-elicited surveys. The actual study is part of a larger empirical study (Ph.D.-thesis), but this paper mainly focuses on the two methods to investigate the performative character of pupils’ voices and to give space to the pupils’ voices. Much empirical research is mediated through power, and acknowledging the pupils as experts and co-creators of the data is no exception (Spyrou, 2018). Therefore, it has been vital in my choice of methods and throughout the whole research process to be aware of the power differential. The qualitative cartographic observation form where you draw to see, instead of drawing to represent (Causey, 2017). I.e. the observer draws the pupils’ interaction in space and place on a floor plan of a history museum – Rosenborg Castle. The purpose is to gain spatial insight of how the pupils interact in space and place, and balance between experience and enlightenment during the museum education. The cartographic observations are therefore understood as qualitative insights into the interaction between subject and object, instead of quantitative tracking data of the pupils’ movement. The observation is conducted with 16 different classes who visit Rosenborg Castle for educational purposes. With the same pupils who are observed, I also use qualitative photo-elicited surveys, to get an insight into the pupils’ experience with the historical objects and how that experience affects the pupils’ historical consciousness. My method could arguably be within the continuum between participatory photography and photo-elicited interviews (Banks & Zeitlyn, 2015; Latz & Mulvihill, 2017), because the pupils are asked to take a photo of the object that they think has had the biggest influence on their visit to the museum and explain their experience with the object while standing in front of the object. Videlicet, when the pupils’ take the photo themselves and explain their experiences with the object, their visual narratives are incorporated into the data production and thereby positioned as authors of their own stories. After the pupils’ visit to the museum, the pupils will get a more extended qualitative photo-elicited survey, with open reflective questions about their experience with the specific object. The photo is in other words used as a steppingstone to get insights into the pupils’ experience with the objects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcome of this study is broader insights into pupils’ experiences with historical objects at a history museum during an educational visit. Experiences and processes that are much affected by the presence effects of the material objects present at a history museum. These outcomes will be supported by findings of how the pupils’ historical consciousness is affected by their experiences with the historical objects. This will be a vital foundation for developing how museum educators can didactically create the opportunities for the pupils to experience the historical objects and support the development of historical consciousness. Such a development will contribute to the historical consciousness as a bildung and culturally orientated pedagogical term. These findings will also allow the term to be understood as a more material process and acknowledge the term within an entangled understanding. The openness towards the entangled production of historical consciousness will broaden the understandings of pedagogical use of historical objects – the material past – to understand our present, and to help navigate what the future might hold. This pedagogical approach will be further developed in my Ph.D. thesis. It is also expected that that the study will conclude that a more creative methodological approach can support researchers in approaching the pupils’ messy and complex voices. This will lead to broad perspectives of why researchers should acknowledge that the pupils should be narrators of their own story, instead of caricaturing pupils. Most importantly this study will conclude that the pupils should be recognized as a person who has a past and past experiences, who contributes to the present, who is becoming of age, who is shaping the future, and a person who exists in their own right. References Banks, M., & Zeitlyn, D. (2015). Visual methods in social research (2. edition. ed.). SAGE. Binderup, T., Troelsen, B., & Andersen, T. M. (2014). Historiepædagogik. Kvan. Braun, V., Clarke, V., Boulton, E., Davey, L., & McEvoy, C. (2021). The online survey as a qualitative research tool. International journal of social research methodology, 24(6), 641-654. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2020.1805550 Causey, A. (2017). Drawn to see : drawing as an ethnographic method. University of Toronto Press. Chakrabarty, D. (2009). The Climate of History: Four Theses. Critical inquiry, 35(2), 197-222. https://doi.org/10.1086/596640 Dudley, S. H. (2012). Museum objects : experiencing the properties of things. Routledge. Gumbrecht, H. U. (2004). Production of presence : what meaning cannot convey. Stanford University Press. Haas, C. (2022). Historieundervisning. Pædagogisk indblik, 16. https://dpu.au.dk/fileadmin/edu/Paedagogisk_Indblik/Historieundervisning/16_-_Historieundervisning_-_28-03-2022.pdf Jensen, B. E. (2017). Historiebevidsthed/fortidsbrug : teori og empiri (1. udgave. ed.). Historia. Koselleck, R. (2007). Begreber, tid og erfaring : en tekstsamling (1. udgave. ed.). Hans Reitzel. Latz, A. O., & Mulvihill, T. M. (2017). Photovoice research in education and beyond : a practical guide from theory to exhibition. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315724089 Spyrou, S. (2018). Disclosing Childhoods: Research and Knowledge Production for a Critical Childhood Studies. Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-47904-4 Woodward, S. (2020). Material Methods: Researching and Thinking with Things. SAGE Publications Ltd. Wyness, M. (2003). Children's Space and Interests: Constructing an Agenda for Student Voice. Children's geographies, 1(2), 223-239. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733280302193 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Re-dressed: Encounters with Materiality in Visitor/Researcher/Maker Practice in Foundling Museums. 1University of New England, Australia; 2University of Adelaide, Australia Presenting Author:In our work we bring arts-based research and post qualitative history pedagogies to the museum space. In this presentation we will discuss the generative affective entanglements and the encounters of learning about and researching the vital matter of foundling home collections. We consider the ethico-onto-epistemological challenges (Barad, 2003, Geertz & Carsten, 2019) and the contestations of memory, positionality, responsibility, affect, and representation. Such contestations and entanglements offer an entry point into historical thinking, how historical knowledge can be constructed and can evolve, and how such engagement with material culture in a museum at the embodied level can produce a powerful educative experience for the museum visitor.
In particular, we work at two museums, the London Foundling Hospital Museum and the Museo Degli Innocenti in Florence. We look closely at their token and fabric swatch collections. We consider how connection over time casts a legacy of affective entanglements for researchers and visitors (Clark & Nye, 2023). We have developed a visitor/researcher/maker practice whereby we draw on the practices and methods of traditional histories, museology, and arts-based research to engage creatively with the archive.
This work relies on an openness to plugging in as a ‘production of the new: the assemblage in formation’ (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023, 2). Through art-based research and thinking with theoretical ideas we reconfigure the traces of the past, the stories, the colours, and material remains. The legacies of the foundling hospital have been visited and revisited in multiple disciplinary contexts by numerous scholars and artists. We have seen sculpture, paintings, videos, stories, and images produced through museum fellowships and curations. Our own visitations come through (and with) theory, textiles, and talk. This engagement allows us to navigate creative and experimental pathways to delve into the world of the surrendered child and we also, as Carol Taylor suggests, afford different approaches to knowledge-making which is open, affirmative, political and joyous (2021, 39)
In this paper we bring together an interdisciplinary story of love and loss that is revitalised and reanimated through creative responses (Taylor, 2003; Phillips-Hutton, 2018). We ask: how might we re-imagine child surrender using pencil, cloth and thread that takes our level of awareness and affective engagement with the archive to a new level? How might our initial encounters with foundling tokens be explored, understood and reconstituted through the experience of visitor/researcher/maker to take the story of child surrender to a new place of contemporary significance and consideration? Ultimately, how might our making of children’s garments that resonate with the material residue of the foundlings allow us to generate new knowledge and reveal the educative value of encounter and entanglement in museums? In this (re)-dressing of the children, how do we educate ourselves and others about the past in new ways?
In this paper we present an affective journey as experienced by the museum researcher/visitor/maker on encountering the token collections of two foundling museums, and then, referencing Phillips-Hutton and Pérez-Bustos, create a textile ‘repertoire’ in response to the archive that not only represents our processing of, and engagement with, that archive, but also, in the act of creation, produces new knowledge that can be shared with others. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this work we consider how the materiality of museums and the discipline of History develop when applying relational ontologically informed process methodologies (Mazzei, 2021). This generative, and often serendipitous, approach can produce rich outcomes and ideas for new directions. As Mazzei states ‘It is not a method with a script, but is that which emerges as a process methodology’ (2021, p. 198). Drawing on new materialism (Fox & Alldred, 2017) and post qualitative approaches (St Pierre, 2019) we previously explored the affective entanglements of the researcher /visitor museum experience. It seemed a natural progression, given our interest in drawing, textiles and sewing, to develop another extension to this research practice by infusing arts-based research (Mreiwed, 2023, Ingham, 2022, Pillay et al, 2017). The researcher/visitor/maker practice is an assemblage that evolved through collaborative talk, imagining, and close noticing and walking with methodologies (Springgay &Truman, 2019). It is an embodied endeavour where we work with pencils, paint, digital images, printing, textiles and stitching. We create reconfigurations of our academic work with fabrics and art which speaks to the multiple ways of doing and thinking about matter and history. We engage in an intentional ethico-onto-epistemological (Barad, 2003) dialogue to tease apart the temporal and affective layers of this work. We talk about colour casting a vitality across time, symbolic shapes and messages as signifiers of connection to kin. As a process methodology, of being and becoming through careful noticing and art(ful) practices we are energised as researchers. We recognise the value in exploring the ways in which we, our writing and thinking are changed by these encounters. In this context such thresholding produces new and generative opportunities for extending historical thinking and practice. Because we are specifically working with museum archives, collections and exhibitions, we have found resonance in the work of Phillips-Hutton and Diane Taylor particularly useful. Both explore the relationship between archive and creative practice, or ‘repertoire’, as ‘an embodied way of knowing that is enacted through performance’ (Phillips-Hutton, 2018, 189). The impermanence and performative nature of ‘repertoire’ becomes a key concept for our performative making, our interpretative artistic sewing, our ‘(re)dressing’ of surrendered children. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The intention of this paper is to promote an imaginative conversation about arts-based work, history and post-qualitative research methods. It builds on our earlier work of using these approaches as provocations for thinking about history education in universities (Nye & Clark, 2021), this time with fabrics, thread, inks and pencils. The researcher/visitor/maker assemblage infuses new possibilities for arts based, historical and archival research. Arts-based research offers an alternative form of access to the social and cultural memory of museums. The reconfigurations of the token images through a mixed arts-based practice allow us to think differently about the museum experience and represent our embodied knowledge in a highly visual and tactile way. It highlights temporality, vital matter, and representations of corporeality of the foundlings, and their mothers who relinquished the babies but left a chosen token as an identity document. This process represents a story of becoming for us as researchers. Choosing to embrace ‘withness’ (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023); to listen, walk with, think, write and make differently has facilitated our sharing in an affective encounter amid the archives of the foundling homes. As an emergent research assemblage, (Re)dressing speaks to our own ongoing process of relational becoming as researchers who are perpetually transformed, as much as it speaks to the vitality of the matter of the tokens. References Barad, K. (2003). Posthuman performativity: Towards an understanding of how matter comes to matter. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 28(3), 801-831. Clark, J. & Nye, A. (2023). Foundling museums: Exhibition design and the intersections of the vital materiality of foundling tokens and affective visitor experience. Museum Management and Curatorship, 38(6), 662-678. Geertz, E. & Carstens, D. (2019). Ethico-onto-epistemology. Philosophy Today, 63(4), 915-925. Ingham, B. (2022). Artistic sensibility is inherent to research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21, 1-11. Jackson, A. & Mazzei, L. (2023). Thinking with theory in qualitative research, Routledge. Mazzei, L. (2021). Postqualitative inquiry: Or the necessity of theory. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(2), 198-200. Mreiwed, H. (2023). Storytelling through textiles: The rebirth of a Phoenix called Damascus, in H. Mreiwed, M. Carter, S Harshem, & C. Blake-Amarente (Eds.), Making Connections in and through arts-based educational research, Springer pp.153-166. Nye, A. & Clark, J. (Eds.), (2021). Teaching history for the contemporary world: Tensions, challenges and classroom experiences in higher education, Springer. Pérez-Bustos, T., & Bello-Tocancipá, A., (2023). Thinking methodologies with textiles, thinking textiles as methodologies in the context of transitional justice. Qualitative Research, DOI: 10.1177/14687941231216639, 1-21. Phillips-Hutton, A. (2018). Performing the South African archive in REwind: A cantata for voice, tape, and testimony, Twentieth-Century Music 15(2), 187–209. Pillay, D., Pithouse-Morgan, K. & Naicker I. (2017). Composing object medleys, in D. Pillay, K. Pithouse-Morgan, and I. Naicker (Eds.), Object medleys: Interpretive possibilities for educational research, Sense pp. 1-10. Springgay, S. & Truman, S. (2019). Walking methodologies in a more than human world: Walking lab, Routledge. Taylor, C. (2021). Knowledge matters, in K. Murris (Ed.), Navigating the postqualitative, new materialist and critical posthumanist terrain across disciplines: An introductory guide, Routledge pp. 22-42. Taylor, D., (2003). The Archive and the repertoire: Performing cultural memory in the Americas, Duke University Press. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper The Digital Museum Útil: Enacting Educational Change through Art and Museums. Federico II, Italy Presenting Author:In the educational domain, digitization has been often conducted in a tension towards techno-solutionism, thus feeding commodification and financialization mechanisms (McLaren, Jandrić 2015, Grimaldi, Ball, Peruzzo 2023). This presentation moves from the assumption, shared by many scholars, that this is just one of the possible unfoldings of digital technologies in education. Here, in fact, they can as well provide numerous spaces for contradictory practices (Rose 2015); enable new ecologies of participation and meaning making (McLaren, Jandrić 2015); and set up a fertile ground to open many different routes for human learning (Hayes 2015). This study tries then to walk through one of these: specifically, that which encounters art and museum education. If art education calls on us to embark on a path of unlearning (Baldacchino 2019), opposing the positivistic approach and the developmental narrative not seldomly attached to digitization, contemporary museum studies suggest to acknowledge the museum as a potential site for critical pedagogical practices (Mayo 2004, 2013). As research shows, digital technologies, by supporting more open and flexible museum experiences (Hein 1998, Hooper-Greenhill 2007, Tallon, Walker 2008), can help unlock this potentiality, thus triggering a virtuous circle in which the digital museum educational experience rises as an occasion for collaborative knowledge construction and co-production of difference. Drawing upon such a position, this presentation gathers the initial results of a two-year study, which attempts to explore how art and museum education can be areas from which to envision and enact a different account of educational digitisation. Namely, one that evades from the common normative stance and technocentric approach, and instead centres and shapes around the pedagogies it cherishes. The study consists of three stages: a transdisciplinary literature review, aimed at reassembling a theoretical framework which combines the ideas of different scholarships, such as critical pedagogy and networked learning (McLaren 1995, Jandrić, Boras 2015) with critical museology and art education (Byrne et al. 2018, Irwin 2015); a context analysis, engaging with the selection and exploration of some existing case studies; and a participatory action research, addressed to design a digital museum educational project in collaboration with a group of higher education students. In this presentation I will discuss some findings from the second stage, i.e. context analysis: assuming the intertwining of action and reflection necessary for further transformation, which is inherent in the notion of praxis (Mayo 2004), my aim is to explore a set of case studies that shed further light on the theoretical insights voiced through the literature review. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation will draw on the analysis of three existing projects proposed by European museums from 2020 to the present, as we recognize the Covid-19 pandemic as a decisive threshold for digital innovation in cultural and educational institutions. For the selection of the case studies, we coupled the use of digital technologies with the criteria traced by the Arte Útil movement, and above all with its shift from spectatorship to usership, conceived as a way to expand the notion of education through an act of emancipation (Saviotti 2022, Byrne, Saviotti, Estupiñán 2022). Crafted in this way, the resulting sample comprises three case studies: The Uncertain Space virtual museum by the University of Bristol; the Deep Viewpoint web application by the IMMA of Dublin; the project Collections of Ghent developed by the Design Museum of Ghent in collaboration with other actors of the city. Though encompassing different digital technologies, all three projects use them as resources to replace spectators with users and advance new uses for art within society, thus re-establishing art as a system of transformation. Adopting critique as a mode of analysis that interrogates texts, institutions, and social practices to reveal how they relate to the current hegemonic script, we investigate the case studies through document analysis and interviews with key informants. We then discuss them in reconnection with those dimensions that, according to our relevant literature, inevitably entangle with teaching and learning. First, the knowledge construction process they endorse, focusing on the degrees of decentralization, collaboration and horizontality, and as well on the epistemological values they embody (or refuse), for example regarding the notions commonly tied to technology, such as speed and objectivity. Second, the identities they allow to narrate, drawing upon the act of (self-) narration as a space of subjectivation, agency and empowerment, and likewise on the interplay between inclusion and exclusion at stake in every cultural representation. Last, as we uphold critical pedagogy’s refuse to separate culture from systemic relations of power or the production of knowledge and identities from politics, we must engage with the power relationships which are continually (re)negotiated through teaching and learning, looking at this latter as crucial nodes in the articulation of a wider democratic project (Giroux 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both digitization and art have been often misread for quick learning fixes. Rejecting such ideas, the field of museum and art education is a sensitive territory to harvest the recommendations of a more conscious and open education, less biased towards a developmental domestication of knowledge. Accordingly, we would like to unveil how it could become a worksite for a reappropriation of educational digitization, challenging the positivistic posture which in this process flattens education in a series of stimulus/response interactions and predetermined patterns. The study here presented, then, through the selected cases, aims to demonstrate how from different methodological grounds it is possible to find alternative trajectories for digital educational practices. In other words, we argue that, when performed from a specific perspective – in our case that of art and museum education – technology can decentralize and democratize power relationships, promote access to knowledge and encourage symmetrical, horizontal peer learning relationships (Peters, Jandrić 2018). Moreover, the case studies, while rejecting the common appetite for growth, standardization and fastness often associated with digital innovation, will also come as an example of the possibility to evade from the disciplinary boundaries of traditional higher education, thus taking care of its civic dimension and restoring its connection with self-formation and collective life – also known as Bildung. In this way digitalization, (un)learning from art and museum education, could be recoded as a process which facilitates the production of situated and antihegemonic knowledges, which arise from and foster traditionally marginalized theoretical viewpoints and methodological sensitivities. References Baldacchino, J. (2019). Art as Unlearning. Towards a Mannerist Pedagogy, Routledge: London & New York Byrne, J., Morgan, E., Paynter, N., Sánchez de Serdio, A., Železnik, A. (eds.) (2018). The Constituent Museum. Constellations of Knowledge, Politics and Mediation: A Generator of Social change, Valiz: Amsterdam Byrne J., Saviotti A. (2022). Hacking Education: Arte Útil as an educational methodology to foster change in curriculum planning, Art & the Public Sphere, 11 (1), pp. 99-114 Giroux, H.A. (2011). On Critical Pedagogy, Continuum Books: New York Grimaldi, E., Ball, S., Perruzzo, F. (2023). Platformization and the enactment of multiple economic forms. In Còbo, C., Rivas, A. (eds), The new digital education policy landscape. From education systems to platforms, pp.122-146, Routledge: New York/London Hayes, S. (2015). Counting on Use of Technology to Enhance Learning, in Jandrić, P., Boras, B., (eds.) (2015). Critical Learning in Digital Networks. Springer: London and New York Hein, G.E. (1998). Learning in the Museum, Routledge: New York Hooper-Greenhill, E. (2007). Museums and Education. Purpose, pedagogy, performance. Routledge: London and New York Irwin, L.R., (2015). Becoming A/r/tography, Studies in Art Education, 54:3 Jandrić, P., Peters, M.A. (2018). Digital University: a Dialogue and Manifesto, Peter Lang: Bristol Jandrić, P., Boras, B., (eds.) (2015). Critical Learning in Digital Networks. Springer: London and New York Mayo, P. (2004). Liberating Praxis. Paulo Freire’s Legacy for Radical Education and Politics. Sense Publisher: Rotterdam and Taipei Mayo, P. (2013). Museums as Sites of Critical Pedagogical Practice, Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 35:2, pp. 144-153 McLaren, P. (1995). Critical pedagogy and predatory culture: Oppositional politics in a postmodern era. Routledge: London and New York. McLaren, P., Jandrić P. (2015), The Critical Challenge of Networked Learning: Using Information Technologies in the Service of Humanity, in Jandrić, P., Boras, B., (eds.) (2015). Critical Learning in Digital Networks. Springer: London and New York Peters M. A., Jandrić P. (2018). The Digital University. A Dialogue and Manifesto, Peter Lang Publishing: New York Rose, L. (2015). Subversive Epistemologies in Constructing Time and Space in Networked Environments: The Project of a Virtual Emancipatory Pedagogy, in Jandrić, P., Boras, B., (eds.) (2015). Critical Learning in Digital Networks. Springer: London and New York Saviotti A., Estupiñán G.M. (2022). Usological Turn in Archiving, Curating and Educating: The Case of Arte Útil, Arts, 11, 22 Tallon L., Walker, K., (eds.) (2008). Digital Tecnhologies and The Museum Experience. Handheld Guides and Other Media. AltaMira Press: New York. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 30 SES 06 A (OFFSITE): (OFFSITE) Universities in Communities for the Future Location: OFFSITE VENUE, details tbc Session Chair: Konstantinos Korfiatis Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper University, Communities and Territory. Interinstitutional Community of Practice for Action-Research and University-Rural Dialogue Universidade de Santiago de C., Spain Presenting Author:The XXI century waked up with the acknowledgment that University institutions needed a major change both for loosing the monopoly on knowledge and the ability to guarantee of employability (Carnoy & Castells, 2001). It has been argued that this requires a review of meaning of University as an institution of creation and transmission of knowledge in our concrete socio-historical moment (Manzano-Arrondo, 2011). The stress of the third decade of the XXI century falls into the ecosocial crisis. If we analyze the role that University has Historically played as an institution of science and specialist training, we can see a twofold part, which we should analyze to glimpse our following path. From one side, it is obvious that our understanding of climate change, loss of biodiversity and other phenomena of ecosocial crisis is dependent of science. Aside, the technological, political and cultural strategies to deal with these problems are also reliant on science and the science-informed professionals. Nevertheless, it has also been argued that science has generally agreed with a scope of progress that identifies it with continuous unlimited growth of wealth and material comfort, which is consensually identified as the root of ecological progress (Taibo, 2020). The historical framework in the ethics of productivity has entailed that western science has contributed to exceeding the natural limits of the planet, both by helping the effectiveness of technology that allows predator and (neo)colonial projects, and by releasing to the job market specialized workers with no reflection on sustainability (García-Romero and Salido-Herba 2022). This has been amplified by the fact that University has contributed to de-legitimize any other epistemological paradigm different from positivist western science. Southern epistemologies, that usually focus more on sustainability in community-territory relation, have been silenced. Also, erasing the possibility of using the historically transmitted knowledge about the managing of territories of peripheral societies (Acciardi, 2020). Finally, the de-legitimization of knowledge of peripheral populations contribute to their de-humanization, allowing processes of colonization with the entailed damage to territory (Paraskeva, 2020). In this scenario, it is urgent that University, with the responsibility that carries, tries to “make piece with territory” and enters in dialogue (avoiding idealization) with other epistemologies, from which might learn sustainability both in the way of thinking in the human-territory relation and concrete management of land (Herrero, 2014). These ways of relation are being put into practice through use of local and ancestral knowledge specially in the global south, but also in rural communities around the world. If we are facing systemic changes, we need to create processes of expansive learning (Engeström & Sanino 2001), and therefore promote the hybridization between University and these rural communities practicing social innovation (Bisquert & Meira, 2020; Quiroga et al, 2018). We therefore constitute the structure of a Community of Practice (Wenger, 1998) named Community of Actions and Knowledge About Rural Environments (ComAK from now on) where we try to articulate and research about this epistemological dialogue and the systemic changes it entails. The ComAK shares the educational practices of Service-Learning and Community Founds of Knowledge and Identity as dual spaces (McMillan et al, 2016) where professors, students and activist can dialogue. Following them several loops of action-research are articulated in a flexible way as the objectives emerge in the community. Here we share the main work of the three first loops, that addressed the research objectives of:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used ComAK is functions as the structure to organize action-research (Flick et al. 2004) with the following participants: a) university teachers and researchers b) students that attend those teachers’ courses,c) professionals and/or activists from the rural civil society that lead social innovation projects for sustainability. As for the practice of the ComAk, aside the meetings and structural coordination tools, that are not in the scope of this paper, the fundaments are the development of educational practices that function as boundary objects (McMillan et al, 2016) where two activity systems (rural environments and University) hybridize making possible expansive learning and students identity change (Lalueza & Macías-Gómez-Estern, 2020): Community Funds of Knowledge and Identity (CFK/I) and Service-Learning(S-L). When participating in CFK/I, students contribute to the work of recovering and entering in dialogue with the knowledge of peripheral/silenced communities (Esteban-Guitart et al,2023). In the case of S-L, they participate together with others towards a common objective creating human and situated learning. These shared practices where students, professors and rural civil society participate are also what allow for the different loops of action-research: • The first loop corresponds with the construction of the bases of the ComAK, the only one previous to S-L and CFK/I practices. Following the principles of Participatory Action Research(Caetano, 2019) it is understood as key that the objectives and problematization are constructed between participants. Hence, two discussion groups where organized to find the motives, opportunities and limitations that participants in rural civil society see to participate together with university. 19 People of 18 rural organizations have participated and the analysis was performed in a dialogic way (Matusov et al, 2018). • The results of the first loop indicated a discursive distance between the educational world and the rural environments, so the next step was addressing the social representations of rural environments in two studies performed by students in S-L courses supervised by their teachers. One of the studies analyzed a sample of textbooks of primary education trough content analysis. The other, developed a survey to access to students’ attitudes toward the countryside. • Taking the importance on students participation, the attention was directed towards the impact that their participation in hybrid educational practices was having on their identity paths. The information was generated through students journals of their participation in S-L and CFK/I educational courses, combined with discussion groups about their participation and learning. The analysis was performed through content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The discussion groups indicated us that participants in rural civil society are motivated by the possibility of visibilizing the territory and their action and values on higher education, that they have perceived as an agent of the emptying of their villages. They find an opportunity of showing future professionals possibilities for social action and professional entrepreneurship in rural environments in a sustainable way. As for limitations, they find a stereotypical and stigmatized social representation of the rural environment and their inhabitants, including the dominant epistemological position that university performed in previous collaboration. In the analysis of social representations of rural environments in educational system, the parallel studies show different results. From one part, we see that the representations in primary education text books are very stereotypical and show countryside as a place not for living, but for visiting or obtaining natural resources. In the analysis of students attitudes we see a criticism of that simplistic representation but also very little intention of living in a village. Students might have constructed a critic vision in their path in university, but maintain the main message that rural environment cannot fulfill their life. The results of our third loop of research indicate that the common action have prompted the students awareness of ecosocial problems, the reconsideration of their professional identity in relation with them, and the sense of relevance of their action as they are not only individuals but collaborate with a community. The action of ComAK may be of relevance for students, concerning the importance of the recovering of hope that Marina Garcés talks about (2017), nevertheless, we have no information to the systemic changes that are our main objective. Therefore, we orientate our next step to the analysis of changes in the discursive and material level of in research and teaching. References Acciardi, M. (2020). Femicidio y Epistemicidio: algunas consideraciones desde Abya-Yala. Iberoamérica Social: Revista-red de estudios sociales, 8(14), 68-93. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=7500047 Bisquert i Pérez, K.C., & Meira Cartea, P.A. (2020) “Iniciativas colectivas de consumo ecolóxico en Galicia: panorama actual, modelos e acción socioeducativa”. Brazilian Journal of Agroecology and Sustainability, 2(1), pp.1-20. Caetano, A.P. (2019)“Ética na investigação-ação. Alguns apontamentos de reflexção. Entredialogos”. Revista da Rede Internacionail de Investigação-Ação Colaborativa. 2, pp.53-72. Carnoy, M., & Castells, M. (2001). Globalization, the knowledge society, and the Network State: Poulantzas at the millennium.Global networks,1(1), 1-18. Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2017). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges.Introduction to Vygotsky, 100-146. Esteban‐Guitart, M., Iglesias, E., Serra, J. M., & Subero, D. (2023). Community funds of knowledge and identity: A mesogenetic approach to education. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 54(3), 307-317. Flick,U., Kardoff, E., & Steinke, I. (2004). companion to qualitative research. Sage. Garcés, M.(2017) Nueva ilustración radical. Anagrama García-Romero, D. & Salido-Herba,D.(2022) “Diálogos pendentes na crise ecosocial”. Mazarelos: revista de Historia e cultura, 7, pp. 54-66. Herrero,Y. (2014) “Economía ecológica y economía feminista: un diálogo necesario”. En Cristina Carrasco Begoa (Ed.), Con voz propia. La economía feminista como apuesta teórica y política, La oveja roja. pp. 219-237. Lalueza, J.L. & Macías-Gómez-Estern, B. (2020) “Border crossing. A Service-Learning approach based on transformative learning and cultural-historical psychology”. Culture and Education, 32(3), pp. 556-582. 2020 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1996). Communities of practice. Manzano-Arrondo, V. (2011) La universidad comprometida. Hegoa Matusov, E., Marjanovic-Shane, A., & Gradovski, M.(2019). Dialogic pedagogy and polyphonic research: Bakhtin by and for educators. Palgrave Macmillan. McMillan, J., Goodman, S., & Schmid, B (2016) “Illuminating “Transaction Spaces” in Higher Education: University– Community Partnerships and Brokering as “Boundary Work””. Journal of Higher Education Outreach and Engagement, 20 (3), pp. 8-31. Paraskeva, J. (2020) “Justicia contra el epistemicidio. Hacia una breve crítica de la razón occidental moderna”. Conciencia social: Segunda Época, 3, pp. 157-174. Quiroga, F., Olmedo, A. y Dopazo, L. (2018). A través das marxes, entrelazando feminismos, ruralidades e comúns. Autoedición. Taibo, C. (2020) “Colapso: capitalismo terminal, transición ecosocial, ecofascismo”. Los Libros de la Catarata. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Place-frame Learning in Sustainability Transitions University of Ghent, Belgium Presenting Author:The study of sustainability transitions (STs) has been a flourishing field for some years now in the wider realm of sustainability research. Here, 'learning' has been identified and posited as an important factor for a successful transitions (van Mierlo et al., 2020). However, this attention has also been critiqued for lacking conceptual clarity on what is meant with 'learning' and a lack of empirical studies to evidence "that, what and how people are learning in practices striving for STs" (Van Poeck et al., 2020, p.303). To open up this black-box of learning, methodologies based upon Dewey (1934)'s transactional pragmatist philosophy (Van Poeck & Östman, 2022) have been elaborated. In particular these transactional approaches allow for the in action study of how people create educational settings and learn in concrete sustainability practices (Plummer & Van Poeck, 2021; Van Poeck & Östman, 2021). Particularly, the transactional model of learning (Östman et al., 2019) describes how the disturbance of a habit may trigger an inquiry to re-establish, i.e. ‘learn’, a functional habit. In so doing, the model enables us not only to investigate what (habits) get learned, but also scrutinise how the process of disturbance and inquiry led to this particular outcome. The most recent research agenda for transition studies (Köhler et al., 2019), mentions so-called 'place-specific factors' as another important aspect in the unfolding of STs. However, simply identifying that there exist place-specific differences doesn't tell us why and how places and their specificity come to matter in transitions (Hansen & Coenen, 2015). Furthermore, Köhler et al. suggest future research to explore urban transitions and transitions in developing countries. This has been criticised by Binz et al. (2020) who fear that this agenda reduces the geography of transitions into diversifying the locations of empirical settings without delving into the intricacies of how place-specificity is made to matter. To go beyond such a static conception of place, geographers have proposed to work with theories of 'place-making' (Murphy, 2015; Håkansson, 2018; Lai, 2023). Herein places are thought to be continually and relationally reproduced through 'place-frames', which are partial representations of what a place is, ought to or can be (ibid.). Most commonly, these place-frames are thought to be constructed around the place aspects found in Agnew's (1987) widely accepted definition of place as consisting of a location (i), a locale (ii) and a sense of place (iii). Places need to be located, in either an absolute (i.e. coordinates) or relative sense (e.g. near the border) (i). They are constituted by materially, bounded objects (e.g. trees, houses, a highway) (ii). And they are sensorily available through the meanings we have attached, either personally or mediately to them (iii) (Murphy, 2015). Similarly as in the case of learning, many of these place-framing processes remain black-boxed and require further inquiry into "how place-frames initially come into being, how processes of place-making unfold over time, and how, for example, the changing materiality of places matter" (Håkansson, 2018, p.36). A transactional approach serves a purpose here as it enables the study of place-framing in action. By reconstructing and repurposing transactional methods and the model of learning (Östman et al., 2019), this paper investigates how place-frames get disturbed and how collective inquiries may lead to their reconstruction. In other words, a transactional methodology allows us to observe learning and change in action. We use it to address the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper we apply a ‘place-frame analysis’ (PFA), which is based on place’s definition as location, locale and sense of place, and the idea that place-frames get dynamically reconstructed through ‘privileging’ (Wertsch, 1998). Privileging points to how in processes of meaning-making, people either include certain elements (e.g. a comment from an interlocutor or a picture on the wall) as meaningful and relevant and exclude others. This principle has been elaborated into established (transactional) analytical methods and models to better understand the dynamics of collective meaning-making. For instance, the method Practical Epistemology Analysis (PEA, cf. Wickman & Östman, 2002) enables a first-person analysis of language in use which can be applied in combination with privileging to see how certain topics get picked-up or pushed out of a collective discussion. As such it is a useful tool that allows us to make a robust and consistent analysis of meaning-making in action. In this vein of thinking a ‘place-frame analysis’ will allow us to see how place-frames get reconstructed in action, by privileging only certain place aspects (e.g. some senses of place) as people construct meaning together. A PFA will be used in combination with PEA to study 3 cases of sustainability transitions in-the-making. These cases were selected with the criterion of maximum variation and consist of (1) a government-led mobility transition in a small town, (2) a community-led energy transition in a residential neighbourhood in a city and (3) a transnational social movement that strives for a world without mining to curtail intensifying exploitation in Latin America due to the resource needs of the European energy transition. Within each of these cases we study the (informal) learning processes and the diverse settings in which collective meaning-making around their envisioned transition takes place. Data was collected in the form of in situ (audio or video) recordings of collective meaning-making sessions, which are complemented with interviews to understand the setting-up and experiences of these sessions. Transcripts hereof reveal moments where place-frames become mobilised by participants, and sometimes even get disturbed and opened up to reconstruction. In following these moments over time, analysing them with the mentioned methods and interpreting the outcomes with the transactional model of learning (Östman, Van Poeck & Öhman, 2019), we open the black box of 'place-frame learning' and reveal how place-framing is done in action. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes from this study are Threefold. First, we develop a typology of place-frames found in the observed transitions-in-the-making, thereby shedding light on the content of place-frame learning. Second, we identify patterns of how these place-frames get disturbed and potentially reconstructed as the transition progresses. Doing so allows us to gain insight into how the learning process takes shape. Third, we identify the mutual influence of collective learning settings and the place-framing processes that happen. This provides knowledge about how the design of a setting and the interventions of participants affect what people learn, how places are framed and ‘made’, and how this influences sustainability transitions in the making. The results from this study serve a double purpose. On the one hand by embedding results within the wider 'Place-Based Education' (PBE) literature (Yemini et al., 2023), empirical contributions can be made for the advancement of current practices. On the other hand, this literature may clarify how place-frame learning processes can contribute to specific purposes in transitions such as environmental justice (Cachelin & Nicolosi, 2022; Trott et al., 2023) or decolonisation (Stahelin, 2017). Furthermore, this research addresses the ECER conference's main theme by showcasing how the uncertainty of what STs should look like makes actors mobilise meanings of what a place was or is and reconstruct them into a place-frame of the future world they wish to inhabit. References Agnew, J.A.(1987). Place and Politics: The Geographical Mediation of State and Society. Allen & Unwin Pub. Boston and London. Binz, C. et al.(2020). Geographies of transition: From topical concerns to theoretical engagement: A commentary on the transitions research agenda. EIST. Cachelin, A. & Nicolosi, E.(2022). Investigating critical community engaged pedagogies for transformative environmental justice education, EER, 491-507. Dewey, J.(1934). Experience and Education. Illinois: Kappa Delta Pi Håkansson, I.(2018). The socio-spatial politics of urban sustainability transitions: Grassroots initiatives in gentrifying Peckham. EIST, 29,34-46 Hansen, T., Coenen, L.(2015). The geography of sustainability transitions. Review, synthesis and reflections on an emergent research field. EIST.17, 92–109. Köhler, J. et al.(2019). An agenda for sustainability transitions research: State of the art and future directions. EIST, 31, 1–32. Lai, H.(2023). From protected spaces to hybrid spaces: Mobilizing A place-centered enabling approach for justice-sensitive grassroots innovation studies. EIST, 47, 1–16. Murphy, J.T.(2015). Human geography and socio-technical transition studies: promising intersections. EIST, 17, 71–89. Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. & Öhman, J.(2019). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. & Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 140-152 Plummer, P., & Van Poeck, K.(2021). Exploring the role of learning in sustainability transitions : a case study using a novel analytical approach. EER, 27(3), 418–437. Stahelin, N.(2017). Spatializing environmental education: Critical territorial consciousness and radical place-making in public schooling, The Journal of Environmental Education, 48(4), 260-269. Trott, C. D. et al.(2023). Justice in climate change education: a systematic review. EER, 29(11), 1535–1572. Van Mierlo, B. et al.(2020). Learning about learning in sustainability transitions. EIST, 34, 251–254. Van Poeck, K., & Östman, L.(2021). Learning to find a way out of non-sustainable systems. EIST, 39, 155–172. Van Poeck, K., Östman, L.(2022). The Dramaturgy of Facilitating Learning Processes: A Transactional Theory and Analytical Approach. In: Garrison, J., Östman, L., Öhman, J. (Eds.) Deweyan Transactionalism in Education. Beyond Self-action and Inter-action. New York: Bloomsbury Publishing, 123-136. Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. O. & Block, T.(2020). Opening up the black box of learning-by-doing in sustainability transitions. EIST, 34, 298–310. Wertsch, J. V.(1998). Mind as action. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Wickman, P.O., & Östman, L.(2002). Learning as discourse change: A sociocultural mechanism. Science Education, 86(5), 601–623. Yemini, M., Engel, L., & Simon, A. B.(2023). Place-based education – a systematic review of literature. Educational Review, 1–21. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper City Universities’ Charter of Social Responsibility to Ensure a Sustainable Future Moscow City University, Russian Federation Presenting Author:University is considered as a social institution, highlighting its role in promoting sustainable development, improving quality of life, and advancing human rights while reducing inequality. The full engagement of students, faculty, staff, local communities, and external partners is necessary to meet the expectations associated with university social responsibility (Vasilescua et al., 2010). Through collective efforts, universities can contribute effectively to building a sustainable future and ensuring the well-being and dignity of individuals. The concept of social responsibility has gained increasing significance globally, including within the United Nations, as it relates to discussions on competitiveness, sustainability, and the impact of globalisation. In 2015, the United Nations Member States adopted the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, which includes 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), divided into three categories: social, environmental and economic sustainability. These goals encompass various aspects of sustainability, focusing on people well-being quality education, gender equality, work and economic growth, ecosystems, healthcare and others. This categorisation helps to address a wide range of challenges and promotes a holistic approach to sustainable development (Suryanto et al., 2021). Achieving the SDGs requires collaboration among governments, civil society, businesses, and academia to bring about meaningful and long-lasting change (Filho, 2023). In achieving the SDGs, universities, being a part of the education sector, plays a crucial role. They partake in advancing the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by serving as hubs for knowledge creation, innovation, and critical thinking. Through integrating the SDGs into their teaching, research, and campus operations, universities inspire and equip students to be agents of change. They also contribute through partnerships and engagement with local communities and industries to drive sustainable development practices. Universities equip the next generation with skills and knowledge to address sustainability challenges and lead by example. Some researchers stick to the fact that, for effective contribution, universities should fully commit to the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (Junior et al., 2019) to maximize their impact on the SDGs. This means integrating the SDGs into their curriculum and research, as well as aligning their campus operations and policies with sustainable practices. University’s charters of social responsibility are essential guidelines that shape the conduct and activities of educational institutions. These charters serve as a compass, directing universities to manage their operations sensitively and responsibly while considering the impact on the environment and society. They aim to strike a balance between growth and sustainability, ensuring that universities contribute positively to their communities and the broader world. This study focuses on the significance of university charters of social responsibility and their implementation. By examining it, the research aims to understand how universities integrate and uphold the principles to promote ethical behaviour, support students and employees, engage with the community, protect the environment, and prioritise health and safety. City universities emphasize social responsibility to a greater extent and implement the third mission through the interaction with local communities that is aimed at improving all spheres of life, solving current local and global challenges, and increasing the well-being of the region (Milyaeva et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research sample comprised 20 city universities from most regions of the globe, including Europe, North and South America, South-East Asia, and Africa. The study’s hypothesis suggests that city universities serve as institutions dedicated to social responsibility, actively contributing to the enhancement of the well-being of communities, solving current challenges, and promoting regional prosperity. Various research methods were employed to collect relevant information and insights regarding the city universities’ charters of social responsibility. The first method was content analysis of media resources, such as news articles, reports, and publications. This analysis provided valuable information on how the charter was implemented and its impact on city universities’ initiatives and efforts toward sustainable development. By reviewing media coverage related to the charter, researchers of this study were able to identify key trends, challenges, and success stories in implementing its principles. Additionally, this analysis shed light on public perception, stakeholder engagement, and policy implications associated with the charter. The second stage of the research focused on studying universities’ strategies by examining their policies, guidelines, and frameworks. This involved a comprehensive review of strategic plans, sustainability reports, and other relevant documents to understand the specific actions and targets set by universities in alignment with their charters. Through this analysis, researchers gained insights into the approaches taken by city universities to integrate the goals of sustainable development into their teaching, research, and operations. Furthermore, case studies were conducted to identify best practices of how city universities have implemented the charter and contributed to a sustainable future. Specific universities that had demonstrated notable progress in fulfilling their social responsibility towards sustainability were selected for these case studies. By examining the strategies, initiatives, and outcomes of these universities in integrating the SDGs into their core activities, valuable insights were gained. The case studies allowed for a thorough analysis of the universities’ experiences, including curriculum changes, research projects, community partnerships, and sustainability practices. This approach provided rich data, enabling the identification of best practices, challenges faced, and lessons learned from the implementation of the charter. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study have enabled us to confirm the hypothesis that city universities serve as social responsibility institutions aimed at improving various aspects of the local community’s well-being, addressing present-day local and global challenges, and fostering regional prosperity. For instance, Birmingham City University in the United Kingdom has identified social responsibility as its commitment realized through transforming students’ lives and enhancing opportunity through education and advancement and supporting the economy and public sector of the city. It implemets a big amount of projects, e.g. Improving public health with till receipt research, Training Rwanda’s next generation of researchers, Developing best practice around anti-bullying and etc. Furthermore, city universities are committed to providing social services for the community. For example, Moscow City University (MCU) implements a project aimed at achieving the goals of the metropolis sustainable development within the Institute of Natural Sciences and Sports Technologies. In turn, London Metropolitan University holding several prestigious awards for corporate social responsibility (CSR) and environmental sustainability fulfils a Master Program “Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability” aimed to train sustainability managers of the future with a focus on employee engagement, environmental law, supply chain and environmental economics. Further analysis involves expanding the research sample and including other types of universities, updating the understanding of the university’s social mission, and collecting a database of the best practices of sustainable development implementation. The results of this study can be used by education policy-makers to develop social responsibility policies in higher education in different countries to build a sustainable future for all. References 1.Vasilescua, R., Barnab, C., Epurec, M., Baicud, C. Developing University Social Responsibility: A Model for the Challenges of the New Civil Society. Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences 2 (2010), pp. 4177–4182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.03.660. 2.Suryanto, H., Degeng, I.N.S., Djatmika, E.T., Kuswandi, D. (2021).The effect of creative problem solving with the intervention social skills on the performance of creative tasks. Creativity Studies, 14 (2), pp. 323–335. https://doi.org/10.3846/cs.2021.12364. 3.Filho, W.L., Salvia, A.L., Eustachio, J.H. An Overview of the Engagement of Higher Education Institutions in the Implementation of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (2023). Journal of Cleaner Production (Vol. 386). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.135694. 4.Junior, R.M., Fien, J., Horne, R. (2019). Implementing the UN SDGs in Universities: Challenges, Opportunities, and Lessons Learned, Sustainability: The Journal of Record (Vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 129–133). NY: Mary Ann Liebert. https://doi.org/10.1089/sus.2019.0004. 5.Milyaeva D.A., Ageeva N. S. Practices of Social Entrepreneurship of City Universities Aimed at Acceleration and Intensification of Technological and Socio-Cultural Development Of Urban Communities (2023). Bolshaya Conferenciya. Moscow City University. Moscow. Vol.3. pp. 18-21. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 30 SES 06 B (OFFSITE): Learning with Plants in ESER Location: OFFSITE VENUE, details tbc Session Chair: Elsa Lee Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Impact of Plant-Based Online Cooking Workshops on Parents’ and Children’s Attitudes and Behaviours Concerning Meat Consumption and Plant-based Diet. 1ELTE- Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of People-Environment Transaction, Budapest, Hungary; 2ELTE - Eötvös Loránd University, Doctoral School of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 3Climate Smart Elephant, Mayavi 3.0 Ltd, Budapest, Hungary; 4Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Department of Sociology and Communication Budapest, Hungary Presenting Author:Economic growth in most areas of the world has resulted in increased food availability. Our dietary patterns have changed toward increased intake of animal proteins and processed food bought in supermarkets, rich in sugars and saturated fat. Current food consumption patterns negatively affect people’s health and the environment. Concerning health, studies found a correlation between eating home-cooked meals and better dietary quality(Tiwari et al., 2017). Per capita meat consumption is rising, and most meat is already processed before it reaches our shopping baskets (FAO, 2018). High meat consumption can increase the risk of certain chronic diseases (GBD, 2013). In Hungary, 25% of children are overweight or obese, and it is the highest rate in Europe 60% of adolescents reported not eating either fruits or vegetables every day (Inchley et al., 2020). Concerning environmental issues, studies showed that greenhouse gas emissions from animal-based foods are two times bigger than from plant-based foods (Xu et al., 2021), so meat production is one of the most significant ways humanity damages the environment (Ramankutty & Foley, 1999).
Dietary habits formed and fixed in childhood are challenging to change later on (Ábrahám & Csatordai, 2006). Education could play a crucial role in addressing these issues. Knowledge itself is rarely enough to change behaviour (Christiano & Neimand, 2017). Many studies investigate the effectiveness of different interventions (Kwasny, Dobernig, & Riefler, 2022) to reduce meat consumption. Evidence shows that increasing the visibility of vegetarian alternatives can nudge people to choose them more likely than meat options (Kurz, 2018; Wansink & Love, 2014; Garnett et al., 2019). However, our previous research (Varga et al., 2024) revealed that reducing meat consumption is the least favourable choice for Hungarians from several green lifestyle options. That is why we assumed that an indirect attempt to make plant-based meals more attractive rather than meat consumption less attractive could effectively change people’s attitudes and behaviours concerning meat consumption, a culturally deeply rooted element of the Hungarian diet.
Our main assumption is that skill interventions focusing on plant-based foods delivered at an appropriate age could tackle more than one face of this complex problem. The presented research aimed to assess whether an experiment for children aged 10-12 and their parents based on the participants’ experiences gained during two online cooking workshops with plant-based foods without a direct argument for meat reduction could change attitudes and behaviours towards a plant-based diet and meat consumption. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the research, we examined the attitudes of students and their parents towards meat and the importance of meat in their meals, as well as towards plant-based diets before and after a two-session online intervention. A total of 15 groups, each consisting of approximately 15 participants, took part in the study, with 10 groups as experimental and 5 groups as control. Students in the latter did not participate in the intervention. In the experimental groups, students and their parents participated in two separate online cooking workshops, each lasting about two hours, working with a pre-supplied ingredient package. The workshops focused on preparing and tasting meals based on plant-based, meat-free recipes. During the experiment, the participants also received information and played quizzes regarding the impacts of plant-based food and meat on their health and environment. Each group completed a pre-intervention online questionnaire. Parents and students filled out almost identical questionnaires, with some differences in item wording. Responses were paired with a code to link the responses of parents and their children while preserving participant anonymity. The time between the two online cooking workshops varied between 2-4 weeks, depending on the groups. After the second session, the control and experimental groups completed a post-workshop version of the online questionnaire used before the workshops. Two months after the intervention, participants completed the post-workshop questionnaire again, including a debriefing, which revealed that the research aimed to examine whether plant-based eating could be promoted through online cooking workshops. To assess participants’ attitudes towards plant-based diets, we used self-developed items as well as some items adapted from a plant-based diet questionnaire of Faber et al. (2020) (α=.816). We also used the Meat Commitment Scale (α=0.93) of Piazza et al. (2015). The sample consisted of Hungarian primary school pupils and their parents. In total, 389 participants filled out the survey: 125 students and 136 parents in the experimental group and 64 students and 64 parents in the control group. The Research Ethics Committee of ELTE Eötvös Loránd University Faculty of Pedagogy and Psychology provided ethical permission (2023/228) for the research. The data were collected using the Qualtrics questionnaire software and analysed using SPSS.28 statistical software. The project was co-ordinated by Climate Smart Elephant (MAYAVI 3.0 KFT and supported by EIT -Food. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the experimental group, no significant differences were found between the pre- and post-workshop measurement of the importance of meat in meals, neither among children [F(1.915, 197.285)=1.259; p=0.286] nor among adults [F(1.975, 189.633)=1.723; p=0.182]. The analysis also showed no differences regarding meat commitment between the three measurement points in the experimental group. Neither children’s [F(1.886, 181.054)=1.324; p=0.268] nor their parents’ [F(1.852, 177.787)= 1.324; p=0.479] commitment to meat have changed across the three time points. A repeated-measures ANOVA showed some changes in the perception of plant-based foods between measurements, e.g. scores regarding how enjoyable the participants find the plant-based diet differed significantly across the three time points among parents [F(1.996, 197.601)=7.768; p=0.001] but not among their children [F(1.984, 200.415)=2.529, p=0.083]. In the second output measurement, the experimental group, on a scale from 0 to 100, the parents’ average score was 65.32 (SD=35.1) regarding the question if they have cooked the same dishes as they did during the workshops or something similar. The students’ average score was 60 (SD=37.4). The parents also reported with an average score of 59 (SD=29) that they eat more vegetables than before the experiment. The children had an average score of 58.1 (SD=28.8) on the same question. The results indicate that although the workshops did not cause changes in participants' overall attitude toward meat consumption, they made them more open to plant-based foods, which could be a significant first step toward accepting a diet with less meat. References Ábrahám, Á., & Csatordai, S. (2006). Óvodások, iskolások (6-12 évesek) táplálkozási szokásai. (Eating habits of kindergarten and primary school pupils (6-12year old)) Védőnő, 16(6), 35-39. Christiano, A., & Neimand, A. (2017). Stop raising awareness already. Stanford Social Innovation Review, 15(2), 34-41. FAO, FAOSTAT (2018); www.fao.org/faostat/en/?#data. Garnett, E. E., Balmford, A., Sandbrook, C., Pilling, M. A., & Marteau, T. M. (2019). Impact of increasing vegetarian availability on meal selection and sales in cafeterias. In Proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the United States of America, September. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1907207116 GBD 2013 Risk Factors Collaborators. (2015). Global, regional, and national comparative risk assessment of 79 behavioural, environmental and occupational, and metabolic risks or clusters of risks in 188 countries, 1990–2013: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013. Lancet (London, England), 386(10010), 2287. Inchley, J. C., Stevens, G. W., Samdal, O., & Currie, D. B. (2020). Enhancing understanding of adolescent health and well-being: The health behaviour in school-aged children study. Journal of Adolescent Health, 66(6), S3-S5. Kurz, V. (2018). Nudging to reduce meat consumption: Immediate and persistent effects of an intervention at a university restaurant. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 90(November), pp. 317–341. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeem.2018.06.005 Kwasny, T., Dobernig, K., & Riefler, P. (2022). Towards reduced meat consumption: A systematic literature review of intervention effectiveness, 2001–2019. Appetite, 168, 105739. Wansink, B., & Love, K. (2014). Slim by design: Menu strategies for promoting highmargin, healthy foods. International Journal of Hospitality Management, pp. 42, 137–143. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2014.06.006 Ramankutty, N., & Foley, J. A. (1999). Estimating historical changes in global land cover: Croplands from 1700 to 1992. Global biogeochemical cycles, 13(4), 997-1027. Tiwari, A., Aggarwal, A., Tang, W., & Drewnowski, A. (2017). Cooking at home: a strategy to comply with US dietary guidelines at no extra cost. American journal of preventive medicine, 52(5), 616-624. Xu, X., Sharma, P., Shu, S., Lin, T. S., Ciais, P., Tubiello, F. N., ... & Jain, A. K. (2021). Global greenhouse gas emissions from animal-based foods are twice those of plant-based foods. Nature Food, 2(9), 724–732. Varga, A, Ágoston, Cs., Buvár Á., Szabó Á. Z., Dúll, A. Környezetvédő cselekedetek és ezek gátló tényezői a magyar felnőtt lakosság körében (Pro-environmental behaviours and their inhibiting factor Hungarian adults) Accepted manuscript for Észak-magyarországi stratégiai füzetek 2024/1. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper "Linking Local and Planetary Flourishing Through Collaborative Reflective Inquiry" the Case of a Sustainability Dialogue Game EPFL, Switzerland Presenting Author:With the rapid digitalization of society, emotions are increasingly commodified, symbolized, and shared through digital practices. Furthermore, global climate change has led to the emergence of new psychological disorders and exacerbated pre-existing vulnerabilities in youth. Climate anxiety has been featured in a mental health crisis. The youth of today, especially those living in the global North, must grapple with the paradox of the societal demand for constant digital consumption and innovation, propelled by the market economy's unabated pursuit of growth, versus the moral imperative to foster planetary well-being, which requires transformative changes in energy and technology use. This paradox can exert a potent, sometimes paralyzing force. The affective toll is often obscured in the talks of cognitive load/dissonance and the popular well-being discourses in learning science such as grit and mindset. The disharmonies we may encounter when trying to integrate what we know and feel, what we think we should do, what we do, what we would want to do if we didn't have to worry about money, and what we would want to tell our kids or our future selves: how am I supposed to make sense of how to be in the world? Against the backdrop of medicalizing or psychologizing climate emotions which can be understood as both an appropriate response to climate injustice and valuable for moral functioning, we argue for a greater educational emphasis on contemplative practices that nurture holistic human development, such as dialogue, improvisation, and deep listening. To this end, and informed by critical pedagogy and phenomenology, we repurposed an educational game designed for teaching critical thinking based on philosophy for children (P4C) pedagogy, incorporating role-play and adapting it to the needs and queries of adolescents and young adults. The broader goal of this learning activity is to foster a critical stance towards digital sustainability, and the intermediary goal is to let learners exercise their perspective-taking in an engaging and stimulating peer talk setting. The design work is conducted as part of my doctoral thesis within the interdisciplinary learning sciences, with co-supervision in philosophy and affective science. The affective experiences that I investigate as part of my thesis are situated in the larger context of ecological, social, digital economic, and sustainable transitions across institutions in western Europe. By utilizing conceptual frameworks from disciplines that are relatively underrepresented in affective science, I propose to join two well-debated, non-essentialist theories of emotions — the constructed theory of emotions (Barrett, 2017) and the enactive, agency-based accounts (Varela et al, 1992, Colombetti, 2014) — in a framework of emotional capabilities development. We tentatively define having emotional capabilities as “being able and willing to maintain or improve relevant practices for one’s inner development in relationship with others and the world”. During the design, I have either implicitly or explicitly borrowed from several frameworks, namely from Nussbaum’s capabilities approach for human development, critical pedagogy, contemplative practices, and recent attempts to integrate the goal of human flourishing in education and science (Nussbaum, 2009; Jordan et al., 2021; De Ruyter et al., 2020; Schumann et al., 2022). The practice framework is deliberately interventionist. It is derived from the design, observations, and reflections on a learning activity that embeds diverse values and reflective inquiry practices within an intricate mesh of character narratives that describe character actions, goals, and positions on (environmental, social, and economic) sustainability. In this presentation, I will report on the design, data analysis, and lessons learned from our first cycle of DBR, which raises questions regarding the content features and configurations that support the potential mediating processes involved in acquiring some of the transformative capacities, as described in Wamsler (2021)’s work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: I employed the signature meta-method of learning science, design-based research (DBR). According to Wang and Hannafin (2005), DBR is a "systematic but flexible methodology aimed to improve educational practices through iterative analysis, design, development, and implementation, based on collaboration among researchers and practitioners in real-world settings, and leading to contextually-sensitive design principles and theories". Participants: Three gameplay sessions were attended by a total of 14 student volunteers (Group 1: n=6, Group 2: n=4, and Group 3: n=4),with each session lasting an average of 90 mins (range = 85 - 95). Participants are all young adults aged between 18 and 25 years. They were all EPFL undergraduate or master’s students. Each group represented a diverse array of cultural backgrounds. At least half of each group consists of individuals who were already acquainted with one another. Procedure: We held three gameplay sessions. The session began with a guided discovery of game components and objectives. Each group played the game for three rounds, each lasting approximately 20 minutes. Each round contains a discovery phase, the dialogue phase, and a collective debrief. Instructions and roles were clearly defined at the outset, and the facilitator (myself) was present to guide the process. Data Collection: Video and audio data were collected using HD camera and Zoom video recording to capture the gameplay sessions. All recordings were manually transcribed and annotated, accounting for verbal interactions and non-verbal expressions. In total, the transcripts consisted of 26,436 words. Data Analysis: I followed a systematic coding strategy informed by the reflexive thematic analysis (TA) method (Braun and Clarke, 2006). Methodological considerations: Analyzing observational data for intermediate outcomes presents significant challenges. One important question we grapple with is: What are the tangible signs of successful perspective-taking in this context? As my interests lie in both the simulative "matching" of "an imagined other" and the improvised "performing" and "interacting with" aspects of perspective-taking, encompassing the dual aspects of semantic understanding and expressions of standpoint on a proposition, and the enacted experiences of performing and imagining oneself in an "as if" scenario. Participants were informed that successful role-play doesn’t require an exact match between the character’s narrative and the player’s enactment. This means that when analyzing the data for perspective-taking-related processes, I adopted a charitable interpretation, accounting for players’ flexible interpretations of their characters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Rooted in an enactive approach to social cognition, we explored the breadth and depth of perspective-taking within a gameplay context. The qualitative analysis allowed us to examine the depth and breadth of perspective-taking as enacted in our game-based intervention. The results shed light on the complex nature of perspective-taking in dialogue board gameplay, highlighting the role of both individual and interactive factors in players’ experiences. Moreover, we see how players are able to leap beyond their immediate circumstances and proactively seek out perspectives beyond those of their characters and of their dialogue partners through (1) Perspective-taking with people living in a different time (e.g. the pre-digital era); (2) Perspective-taking with people living in a different geographical location; (3) Perspective-taking with beings of different biological species. In temporal perspective-taking, players considered both past and future epochs. This observation expands the range of strategies for developing ESD competencies, as current ESD literature mainly focuses on future-oriented thinking. Geographical perspective-taking may lead to an understanding of the experiences and viewpoints of individuals living in diverse cultural contexts, fostering an appreciation of cultural embodiment. Biological perspective-taking pushed the participants to advocate for the voiceless, challenging anthropocentric biases and fostering empathy towards non-human species. The occurrence of these forms of perspective-taking within the dialogue suggests that the game effectively exercises players’ narrative imagination and promotes critical reflection. This can lead to a greater understanding of the complex and diverse social dynamics that exist globally and across different species. References L. F. Barrett. How emotions are made: The secret life of the brain. Pan Macmillan, 2017. V. Braun and V. Clarke. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2):77–101, 2006. G. Colombetti. The feeling body: Affective science meets the enactive mind. MIT press, 2014. D. De Ruyter, L. Oades, and Y. Waghid. Meaning (s) of human flourishing and education. Research brief by the International Science and Evidence based Education Assessment. An Initiative by UNESCO MGIEP, 2020. T. Jordan, J. Reams, K. Stålne, S. Greca, J. A. Henriksson, T. Björkman, and T. Dawson. Inner Development Goals: Background, method and the IDG framework. Growth that matters, 61: 163, 2021. M. C. Nussbaum. Creating capabilities: The human development approach and its implementation. Hypatia, 24(3):211–215, 2009. Schumann, F., Smolka, M., Dienes, Z., Lübbert, A., Lukas, W., Rees, M. G., Fucci, E., & van Vugt, M. (2023). Beyond kindness: A proposal for the flourishing of science and scientists alike. Royal Society Open Science, 10(11), 230728. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsos.230728 F. J. Varela, E. Rosch, and E. Thompson. The embodied mind: Cognitive science and human experience. MIT Press, 1992. F. Wang and M. J. Hannafin. Design-based research and technology-enhanced learning envi- ronments. Educational Technology Research and Development, 53(4):5–23, Dec. 2005. ISSN 1042-1629, 1556-6501. doi: 10.1007/BF02504682. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 31 SES 06 A: Translanguaging Pedagogies in Norway, Italy and Luxembourg: Ideologies, Practices and Interactions Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Claudine Kirsch Session Chair: Claudine Kirsch Symposium |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Translanguaging Pedagogies in Norway, Italy and Luxembourg: Ideologies, Practices and Interactions The literature on Translanguaging has exploded in the last years, focusing on views of multilingualism, language ideologies, raciolinguistic hierarchies and pedagogical practices. Translanguaging is commonly understood as going beyond named languages, language as linguistic systems and additive bilingualism. It understands languages as social, political and cultural constructs and rejects the idea of languages as linguistic entities (Makoni & Pennycook, 2007). This perspective creates tensions for language-in-education policies and practices in many European contexts owing to curricular aims and the hierarchical position of the language(s) of instruction and home languages. For example, while policies in many European countries call for multilingualism, they simultaneously emphasize native-like competence in the dominant language(s) (Alstad & Sopanen, 2020). By contrast, translanguaging pedagogies call for inclusive, learner-centred and transglossic learning arrangements that leverage students’ entire semiotic repertoire for learning. Findings suggest that pedagogical translanguaging contributes to language learning and raises academic achievement (e.g., García & Sylvan, 2011; Lewis et al., 2012). These studies have mainly focused on school contexts and research on translanguaging in early childhood education and care (ECEC) remains rare. The present symposium takes up the question of translanguaging as pedagogical practice in ECEC in Norway, Italy and Luxembourg and discusses ideologies, practices and interactions both theoretically and with empirical findings. While the countries differ in their linguistic landscapes and educational policies, teachers have nevertheless been found to draw on translanguaging to varying degrees and in so-called “second” and “foreign language” classes and in “multilingual education” (Kirsch & Bergeron, 2023; Pesch, 2021). In Norway, Norwegian is the main language in ECEC, while Sámi is the main language in Sámi ECEC, but all ECEC teachers are required to turn linguistic diversity into a resource for all children and encourage multilingual children to use their mother tongue. Preschool children in Italian kindergartens in the autonomous province of South Tyrol participate in L2 German and L3 English activities taught by foreign language teachers. Other home languages, however, are no taken into account. The situation differs in the officially trilingual country of Luxembourg where a program of multilingual education requires the professionals to familiarize children with Luxembourgish and French and value their home languages, for example through collaborating with parents. In sum, while different, the three countries strive to implement effective and inclusive multilingual practices. Given that all European countries need to find ways to address language diversity in education, this symposium addresses relevant questions that shape educational practices. The first paper by Anja Maria Pesch and Gunhild Tomter Alstad from Norway explores the ongoing international discussion on translanguaging as appropriate for supporting multilingual children in their language development in ECEC in Norway. They discuss which important challenges translanguaging brings to ECEC, how translanguaging relates to central elements such as the view of the child, and how the concept needs to be contextualized when applied in the Norwegian ECEC. The second paper by Marjan Asgari and Renata Zanin examines children's multilingual language acquisition in Italian kindergartens. The findings show that the teachers' support for translanguaging between the L1 Italian and the target languages L2 German, L3 English varies, with very limited inclusion of heritage languages. Secondly, the authors found a disparity between teachers’ low complexity of output prompting and children’s high receptive competence during L2 and L3 activities. The final paper by Claudine Kirsch and Valérie Kemp explores children’s use of their linguistic repertoire and the roles they play when parents come to the ECEC setting to read in home languages. The findings show that translanguaging, which depends on the educators’ pedagogy, empowers children who act as mediators and encourage the participation of peers and adults. References Alstad, G. T., & Sopanen, P. (2020). Language orientations in early childhood education policy in Finland and Norway. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1862951 García, O., & Kleifgen, J. A. (2019). Translanguaging and Literacies. Reading Research Quarterly, 55(4), 553–571. Kirsch, C. & Bergeron-Morin, L. (2023): Educators, parents and children engaging in literacy activities in multiple languages: an exploratory study. International Journal of Multilingualism, 20(4), 1386–1403. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2023.2195658 Lewis, G., Jones, B., Baker, C. (2012). Translanguaging: developing its conceptualisation and contextualisation, Educational Research and Evaluation. International Journal on Theory and Practice, 18(7), 655–670. Makoni, S. & Pennycook, A. (2007). Disinventing and Reconstituting Languages. Multilingual Matters. Pesch, A. M. (2021). "They call me anneanne!" Translanguaging as a theoretical and pedagogical challenge and opportunity in the kindergarten context of Norway. Acta Borealia. A Nordic Journal of Circumpolar Societies. 10.1080/08003831.2021.1911200 Presentations of the Symposium Translanguaging in Early Childhood Education Context: a Language Ideology Discussion on Language Norms and Pedagogical Practices
The starting point for our presentation is the ongoing international discussion concerning the significance of translanguaging, the underlying view on language(s) and the ontological stance this implies for research and teaching practice (Cummins, 2021; García & Li Wei, 2014; Makoni & Pennycook, 2007). The discussion involves the question of language ideology, views on multilingualism and, as a consequence, which teaching and pedagogical practices are appropriate for supporting multilingual children and students. Central elements concern the question of monoglossic and heteroglossic ideologies, the hegemonic positioning of languages and power relations. In Nordic ECEC contexts, translanguaging as phenomenon has been applied to varying degrees and in various ways in second and multilingual language research (Pesch, 2021). Studies show that educational and language policy guidelines on multilingualism in education seem to be vague and ambiguous and that multilingualism as a concept is promoted in Northern-European education politics, while simultaneously native-like language competence appears as the norm (Alstad & Sopanen, 2020; Giæver & Tkachenko, 2020; Palviainen & Curdt-Christiansen 2020). Steering documents for ECEC involve conflicting discourses with some being characterized by more monoglossic and others by more heteroglossic ideologies.
Language ideologies, on which pedagogical translanguaging is based, may be significant for both research and pedagogical practice in ECEC. In our presentation, we discuss the relevance of translanguaging and the connected language ideological debate for Norwegian ECEC. We point out how central elements, as the transfer from translanguaging in specific bilingual classrooms to linguistically diverse ECECs, raciolinguistic hierarchies and the concept of the listening subject and whitness (Flores & Rosa, 2015), need to be contexutalized in the transition from a US-American to a Norwegian and European context. Based on studies applying the concept of translanguaging in the Norwegian ECEC context, we discuss both the potential and challenges that tranlanguaging may bring to pedagogical linguistic practice in superdiverse ECECs on the one hand and on ECECs in Indigenous Sámi contexts on the other hand. While translanguaging practices may be in line with central pedagogical and professional ethical perspectives in the Norwegian ECEC context and bring with them important challenges to the language policy in the Norwegian education system, we also argue for the importance of norm-critical perspectives on translanguaging as pedagogical linguistic practices in ECEC.
References:
Alstad, G. T., & Sopanen, P. (2020). Language orientations in early childhood education policy in Finland and Norway. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1862951
Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the Education of Multilingual Learners: A Critical Analysis of Theoretical Concepts. Multilingual Matters.
Flores, N. & Rosa, J. (2015). Undoing Approprateness: Raciolinguistic ideologies and Language Diversity in Education. Harvard Educational Review, 85(2), 149-171.
García, O. & Li Wei. (2014). Translanguaging. Language, Bilingualism and Education. Palgrave Macmillan.
Giæver, K., & Tkachenko, E. (2020). Mot en ny satsing på flerspråklighet – en analyse av språkpolitiske føringer i barnehagens styringsdokumenter. Nordic Studies in Education, 40(3), 249–267.
Makoni, S. & Pennycook, A. (2007). Disinventing and Reconstituting Languages. Multilingual Matters.
Palviainen, Å. & Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2020). Language Education Policies and Early Childhood Education. I M. Schwartz (Red.), Handbook of Early Language Education. Springer International. https://doi.org/https://doi.org./10.1007/987-3-030-47073-9_7-1
Pesch, A. M. (2021). "They call me anneanne!" Translanguaging as a theoretical and pedagogical challenge and opportunity in the kindergarten context of Norway. Acta Borealia. A Nordic Journal of Circumpolar Societies. 10.1080/08003831.2021.1911200
Children’s Translanguaging and Interactional Moves during Activities in L2 German and L3 English in Italian Kindergartens
The language acquisition of multilingual children is synchronous and complementary (Panagiotopoulou 2019: 32), therefore, translanguaging as an inclusive pedagogical approach aims to recognize all languages (Becker 2023: 204). The reconceptualization of multilingualism has shaken the deeply rooted belief of the educational system that languages should be strictly separated (Creese 2017: 6).
This descriptive field study investigates children's translanguaging and interactional moves during foreign language learning activities in Italian kindergartens. The study is based on the research project "Observation of L2 German and L3 English linguistic input quality" (Asgari & Zanin 2022). School administrators, teachers and parents were informed in advance about the aims of the field study and their consent was obtained. The names of the children and any references to the participating kindergartens were anonymized in the transcripts.
During two recording sessions in 7 Italian-speaking kindergartens, 74 L2-German and 14 L3-English activities (approx. 10 minutes each) were observed, videotaped, and analyzed with regard to the children's use of their heritage language (RQ1). A total of 20 exemplary activities were then transcribed and analyzed in terms of the children's meaning making process mediating between their L1 Italian and their L2 German/L3 English (RQ2).
The qualitative analysis based on the methods of conversation analysis (Sacks 1992; Deppermann 2020) yielded the following results:
In relation to RQ1, we found that the children resort to bilingual practices – but only between the official kindergarten L1 Italian and the L2 German/L3 English, and not in their heritage languages. The kindergarten teachers support this translanguaging to varying degrees (Asgari & Zanin 2023), but do not include the children's various other heritage languages.
Regarding RQ2, we found a discrepancy between the low complexity of the teachers' output prompts and the high receptive competence of the children during the meaning-making processes. During guided acquisition of L2 German and L3 English, the children repeated isolated words in a thematic context according to the teacher's instructions. Less structured foreign language activities and everyday language situations, on the other hand, showed a much higher level of children's receptive competence in the L2/L3. The current focus on lexis during L2 and L3 activities in Italian kindergartens is to be extended to more holistic approach to language teaching through action-based communication. This would at the same time call for translanguaging strategies (García & Otheguy 2021) of teachers and children to navigate through meaning making processes in foreign languages in ECEC contexts.
References:
Asgari, M. & Zanin, R. (2022). Language Input Observation Scheme I. Beobachtung sprachlicher Inputqualität mit dem Beobachtungsbogen LIOS I und verbalen Deskriptoren. Germanistische Mitteilungen 48, 141–168.
Asgari, M. & Zanin, R. (2023). Korrektives Feedback während Kindergarten-Aktivitäten in Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Deutsch als Fremdsprache 3, 161–173.
Becker, A. (2023). Identity, Power, and Prestige in Switzerland's Multilingual Education. Transcript.
Creese, A. (2017). Translanguaging as an Everyday Practice. In B. A. Paulsrud, J. Rosén, B. Straszer & Å. Wedin (eds.), New Perspectives on Translanguaging and Education (pp. 1–9). Multilingual Matters.
Deppermann, A. (2020). Konversationsanalyse und diskursive Psychologie. In: Mey, G. & Mruck, K. (eds.), Handbuch Qualitative Forschung in der Psychologie (pp. 1–24). Springer.
García, O. & Otheguy, R. (2021). Conceptualizing Translanguaging Theory/Practice Juntos. In CUNY-New York State Initiative on Emergent Bilinguals, CUNY-NYSIEB Project (eds.), Translanguaging and Transformative Teaching for Emergent Bilingual Students: Lessons from the CUNY-NYSIEB Project. Routledge, 3–24.
Panagiotopoulou, J. A (2019). Mehrsprachigkeit und Bildung in der KiTa. In E. Montanari & J. A. Panagiotopoulou (Hrsg.), Mehrsprachigkeit und Bildung in Kitas und Schulen. Eine Einführung (S. 25–79). Narr Francke Attempto.
Sacks, H. (1992). Lectures on conversation. Blackwell.
Children as Mediators: Leveraging Translanguaging in joint Literacy Events
Children’s early literacy experiences at home and in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) positively influence their language development and early literacy skills (Skibbe et al., 2011). Nevertheless, literacy experiences in ECEC tend to be short and seldom include children’s home languages (Michel & Kuiken, 2014). Furthermore, practitioners rarely encourage translanguaging although it facilitates communication, meaning-making and learning (Garcia & Kleifgen, 2019).
One way of supporting the use of home languages in ECEC is to collaborate with parents and organise “joint literacy events”. Such events have been documented in multilingual Luxembourg where two-thirds of the young children speak more than two languages at home. To address language diversity, the Education Ministry introduced in 2017 a multilingual programme in ECEC that requires practitioners in non-formal education sectors to familiarize children with Luxembourgish and French and value their linguistic and cultural resources, as well as collaborate with families and engage in networking activities. In the project “Collaboration with parents and multiliteracies in ECEC” we have analysed joint literacy activities and the actors’ use of one or multiple languages (Aleksić et al., 2024; Kirsch & Bergeron-Morin, 2023).
This presentation zooms in on two private ECEC centres, one Luxembourgish, one French, with different pedagogical approaches. We investigate, firstly children’s use of their linguistic repertoire in joint literacy activities and, secondly, the roles of two- to three-year-olds when interacting with peers and adults during these special moments. Data stem from nine video-recorded joint events of two hours in which parents communicated in their home language(s). The data were subjected to a conversation analysis (Seedhouse, 2005). The findings show that the languages in these activities were either strictly separated or used dynamically. In the former events, the children whose parents were present behaved like guests. They showed strong emotions, closed in on their parents and participated less than in the daily ECEC activities where parents were absent. In the latter situations, the children translanguaged, thereby encouraging participation and mediating between peers and adults. We concluded that parental involvement in literacy activities can have different outcomes depending on the pedagogy of the educators. Furthermore, the findings confirm that translanguaging can be transformative and contribute to well-being (Kleyn & García, 2019) as well as stimulate children’s language-based agency (Kirsch & Mortini, 2021). We conclude with implications for professionals.
References:
Aleksić, G., Bebic-Crestany, D. & Kirsch (2024). Factors influencing communication between parents and early childhood educators in multilingual Luxembourg. International Journal of Educational Research.
García, O., & Kleifgen, J. A. (2019). Translanguaging and Literacies. Reading Research Quarterly, 55(4), 553–571.
Kleyn, T. & García, O. (2019). Translanguaging as an Act of Transformation. Restructuring Teaching and Learning for Emergent Bilingual Students. In L.C. de Oliveira (Ed.), The Handbook of TESOL in K-12. Wiley & Sons.
Kirsch, C., & Bergeron-Morin, L. (2023). Educators, parents and children engaging in literacy activities in multiple languages: an exploratory study. International Journal of Multilingualism.
Kirsch, C. & Mortini, S. (2021). Engaging in and creatively reproducing translanguaging practices with peers: a longitudinal study with three-year-olds in Luxembourg. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism.
Michel, M. C., & Kuiken, F. (2014). Language at preschool in Europe: Early years professionals in the spotlight. European Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2(1), 1–26.
Seedhouse, P. (2005). Conversation Analysis as Research Methodology. In K. Richards & P. Seedhouse (Eds.), Applying Conversation Analysis. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan.
Skibbe, L., Connor, C, Morrison, F., & Jewkes, A. (2011). Schooling effects on preschoolers' self-regulation, early literacy, and language growth. Early Child Res Q, 26(1), 42–49.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 31 SES 06 B: Different Aspects of Language Learning Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Marion Döll Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Fostering University Students’ Metalinguistic Awareness in Language Learning through Explicit Self-Regulation Skills Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Metalinguistic knowledge is considered a prerequisite for metalinguistic activity, integral to metacognition—a person's reflective awareness of cognitive processes. Metalinguistic ability, encompassing cognition about language, involves analyzing, comparing, and extracting lexical and grammatical meaning (cf., J. N. Anderson 2008; Roehr-Brackin 2008). Bialystok’s (2001) framework elucidates the development of metalinguistic ability, perceived as conscious knowledge and sensitivity in language learning, teaching, and use (Verschik 2019), involving the analysis and extraction of information about language use (Jessner 2014). It is the awareness of how language functions in communication and making linguistic choices (Aruvee 2023). In second and foreign language learning, it aligns with plurilingual awareness, reflecting and comparing language knowledge during the learning process (Cook and Wei 2016). Metalinguistic awareness serves as a cognitive foundation underlying the effective deployment of language learning strategies, providing learners with the capacity to analyze, compare, and extract meaningful information about language use. Oxford (1990, 2017) defines language learning strategies as specific actions or techniques that individuals employ to enhance their language learning experience, categorizing them into six major groups: cognitive, metacognitive, memory-related, affective, social, and compensation strategies. This comprehensive framework underscores the multifaceted nature of language learning, emphasizing the importance of both cognitive and affective dimensions in effective language acquisition. Language learning strategies are intricately associated with self-regulation skills, as learners employ various cognitive and metacognitive processes to effectively manage their language learning experiences. The utilisation of strategies, such as goal-setting, planning, monitoring, and reflecting, aligns closely with the principles of self-regulation in learning (Zimmerman, 2000). The intentional selection and application of language learning strategies demonstrate learners' ability to regulate their cognitive processes and optimize their language acquisition efforts (Oxford, 1990). Actively engaging in strategic planning, learners exercise self-regulation, fostering a dynamic and adaptive approach to language learning (Cohen & Oxford, 2002). This four-year-long study focuses on an innovative approach to supporting first-year university students' metalinguistic awareness through explicit and emphasized teaching of self-regulation skills in language learning. Previous contextual studies indicate that first-year students often exhibit deficiencies in language learning strategies, necessitating a targeted intervention (Meristo 2022). This research aims to address deficiencies in language learning strategies among first year students and evaluates the impact of this intervention on academic achievement, ethical conduct, and linguistic awareness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This Action Research framed study centers on explicit explanations and the use of language learning strategies encompassing both direct and indirect, and cognitive and affective strategies. Data were collected through triangulation: researcher field notes, individual and focus group interviews with students, and test scores. Over a span of four years, 60 students were actively engaged in the iterative cycles of this action research. These participants were enrolled in the introductory French course tailored for students majoring in French. Their language background includes French as either their fourth (L4) or fifth (L5) language, with Estonian as their L1, English as the predominant L2 commonly taught in school, and Russian, Finnish, or German as their L3. Notably, half of the participants have attained only a foundational competence in L3 at the basic level (A1/A2 CEFR). The average age of the participants stood at 26 (ranging from 19 to 48 years). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate an improvement in academic achievement among participants, coupled with a reduction in academic cheating. The results underscore the importance of explicit self-regulation skills in language learning, emphasizing the transformative impact on freshmen's linguistic awareness, academic performance, and ethical conduct. Additionally, the key to success lies in cultivating a culture of trust and respect in the classroom, towards and between students, fostering a friendly and supportive atmosphere. References Anderson, N. J. (2008). Metacognition and good language learners. In. C. Griffiths (Ed.) Lessons from Good Language Learners, 99-109. Aruvee, M. (2023). Tekstikeskne aine- ja keeleõpetus: teoreetiline raamistik ja praktilised soovitused. [Genre pedagogy to promote disciplinary literacy: Pilot intervention]. Dissertations on Humanities. Tallinn University. Bialystok, E. (2001). Bilingualism in development: Language, literacy, and cognition. Cambridge University Press. Cohen, D., Oxford, R. L., & Chi, J. (2002). Language Strategy Use Survey. Centre for Advanced Research on Language Acquisition, University of Minnesota. Cook, V., & Wei, L. (eds.). (2016). The Cambridge handbook of linguistic multi-competence. Cambridge University Press. Jessner, U. (2014). On multilingual awareness or why the multilingual learner is a specific language learner. – Essential Topics in Applied Linguistics and Multilingualism. Studies in Honour of David Singleton. Eds Mirosław Pawlak, Larissa Aronin. Heidelberg: Springer, 175–184. Meristo, M. (2022). University Students' Motivation to Study the French Language: A Time Trend Study. Journal for the Psychology of Language Learning, 4(1), e419222. Oxford, R. L. (1990). Language learning strategies: What every teacher should know. Heinle & Heinle Publishers. Oxford, R. L. (2017). Teaching and researching language learning strategies: Self-regulation in context. Taylor & Francis. Roehr-Brackin, K. (2018). Metalinguistic awareness and second language acquisition. Routledge. Verschik, A. (2019). Mitmekeelsus, keelekontaktid ja keeleline teadlikkus. [Multilingualism, Language Contacts and (Meta)linguistic Awareness]. Keel ja Kirjandus 62(1-2), 6–23. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory into practice, 41(2), 64-70. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Assessing Efficacy of Pronunciation Instructions: a Meta-analysis of Pronunciation Assessment to Develop an Evaluation Framework Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:In the second language (L2) field, research on pronunciation instruction has gradually captured the attention of L2 researchers. Influenced by the dominance of communicative language teaching theory, the focus of pronunciation instruction has shifted towards the development of overall communication skills. Three assessment principles proposed by numerous L2 scholars for measuring L2 learners’ pronunciation are intelligibility, comprehensibility, and accentedness (Derwing & Munro, 2005; Levis, 2005, 2020). Review studies on L2 pronunciation instruction primarily employ measurements involving human listeners and acoustic measures. Due to their close relationship with all three directions, human listeners’ judgments have constituted the majority of assessment methods for measuring outcomes in L2 pronunciation instruction. The use of acoustic measures is limited, as L2 pronunciation scholars believe acoustic analyses may not predict intelligibility accurately (Kermad & Kang, 2018). In recent years, combining advanced acoustic measures with native speakers’ judgments of specific pronunciation features has proven productive in elucidating the relationship between pronunciation features and the three principles mentioned above (Kang, Rubin & Pickering, 2010; Trofimovich & Isaacs, 2012). There has been very limited research conducted on exploring the overall effectiveness of pronunciation instructions in the L2 field and very few studies have followed an evaluation framework to guide the assessment of pronunciation instructions. Chapelle, Enright, and Jamieson (2010) proposed an argument-based validation model, suggesting a network of inferences needed to be verified to support test score interpretation and use. Six inferences were included in this model to develop a validity argument for a language test, that are domain definition, evaluation, generalization, explanation, extrapolation, and utilization (Fan & Yan, 2020). Saito and Plonsky (2019) suggested a framework for measuring the effectiveness of L2 pronunciation teaching, including the constructs, the scoring method, and the type of knowledge elicited method. Based on these two frameworks, we will propose a new evaluation framework as a theoretical base to provide a standard for designing assessments. Three domains are presented in the new proposed evaluation framework, that are the pronunciation constructs of assessments, scoring methods and reliability, and gender difference. Three questions are discussed: 1) Do the effects of assessments vary when focusing on different pronunciation constructs? 2) Do the effects of assessments vary with scoring methods performed by human raters and acoustic scoring? 3) Do the effects of assessments vary in terms of reliability between human raters and acoustic scoring? 4) Do pronunciation instructions employ gender differences in assessments? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A carefully screened selection of studies pertaining to pronunciation instruction within the L2 research field is conducted. This ensures that the included studies align with the research questions. By following the proposed evaluation framework, we analyzed a total of 35 published studies between 1980 and 2023 on pronunciation assessments in three domains: a) the pronunciation constructs of assessments (pronunciation aspects); b) scoring methods and reliability (human raters versus acoustic scoring); and c) gender differences (female versus male). Pronunciation instructions that are conducted in the CFL context are included. Studies are selected that have examined the effectiveness of pronunciation instructions with a pretest-posttest design and experimental-control group design. Key words are used to screen the databases (e.g., Chinese as a foreign language, CFL, pronunciation, instruction, second language, foreign language, tone, initial, final, intonation, stress). Kappa and Cronbach’s alpha results will be used to check the reliability among the human examiners’ scoring methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings L2 pronunciation instructions focusing on explicit pronunciation aspects (segmental/suprasegmental accuracy) are more dominant compared to global pronunciation instructions (intelligibility, perceived fluency, etc.), and expert ratings significantly dominate as compared to acoustic machines. Effect sizes between human examiners vs. acoustic machines show that both assessments are capable of comparing the within-group differences and between-groups differences. Gender differences are ignored in the selected pronunciation instructions, and no assessments has examined the differences. References Chapelle, C. A., Enright, M. K., & Jamieson, J. (2010). Does an argument‐based approach to validity make a difference?. Educational measurement: Issues and practice, 29(1), 3-13. Derwing, T. M., & Munro, M. J. (2005). Second language accent and pronunciation teaching: A research‐based approach. TESOL quarterly, 39(3), 379-397. Fan, J., & Yan, X. (2020). Assessing speaking proficiency: a narrative review of speaking assessment research within the argument-based validation framework. Frontiers in psychology, 11, 330. Isaacs, T., & Trofimovich, P. (2012). Deconstructing comprehensibility: Identifying the linguistic influences on listeners’ L2 comprehensibility ratings. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 34(3), 475-505. Kang, O., Rubin, D. O. N., & Pickering, L. (2010). Suprasegmental measures of accentedness and judgments of language learner proficiency in oral English. The Modern Language Journal, 94(4), 554-566. Kermad, A., & Kang, O. (2019). Effect of classroom assessment stakes on English language learners’ oral performance. Tesol Journal, 10(2), e00392. Levis, J. M. (2005). Changing contexts and shifting paradigms in pronunciation teaching. TESOL quarterly, 39(3), 369-377. Levis, J. (2020). Revisiting the intelligibility and nativeness principles. Journal of Second Language Pronunciation, 6(3), 310-328. Saito, K., & Plonsky, L. (2019). Effects of second language pronunciation teaching revisited: A proposed measurement framework and meta‐analysis. Language Learning, 69(3), 652-708. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper "Words and Letters Are Different, but There Are Not Many Differences Between the Languages": Writing Awareness of Multilinguals 1University of Wuppertal; 2University of Leipzig Presenting Author:For some time now, multilingual children have been recognised as having an advantage over monolingual children in language awareness (cf. Bialystok 2001). For German-speaking countries, Oomen-Welke (2008) found that multilingual pupils produce more metalinguistic utterances and language-analytical actions than monolingual pupils. Wildemann, Bien-Miller and Akbulut (2016, 2018, 2020) also showed that multilingual primary school pupils produce more metalinguistic utterances, which suggests advantages in language awareness. The researchers were able to show that multilingual children produce expressions of language awareness at higher levels (see Wildemann et al. 2016 or 2020) and thus demonstrate more developed linguistic analytical skills. These correlate with overall language competence (see Akbuluth et al. 2018). Similar evidence comes from research on heritage speakers. Riehl et al 2018 postulate connections between language awareness and multilingual writing and text skills. Our project “SchreiBe Mehr” has two general goals: 1. We want to find out, which sorts of language awareness multilingual adolescents display throughout their writing processes and when being asked about their writing. 2. We try to integrate our findings and derive a model of writing awareness, which can be very useful in teaching writing. To get a more specific notion of how language awareness is displayed and can be developed in writing, we focus on writing processes and texts by multilingual adolescents in Russian and German. To specify a general concept of language awareness, in an initial project phase a heuristic concept of writing awareness was developed and differentiated into various sub-competences based on the data analysed in our pilot project, we identified criteria for studying writing awareness. From the literature, we adopted the division of signs of awareness into those directly related to writing and elicited aspects (cf. Wildemann et al. 2016). Observable aspects of writing awareness include visible aspects of the writing process, observable writing strategies, comments during writing, and others. Elicited aspects include comments on individual phases of the writing process, strategies and individual levels of the text, genre features, similarities and differences in the text when comparing languages. In addition, the presence of metalinguistic vocabulary is also a sign of writing awareness. A special emphasis is laid on multilingual competences and resources in writing, e.g. the knowledge of writing schemata and genres in both languages. The genre selected for the study – a process description - is used not only in language subjects, but also in art, social and natural science subjects, which allows interdisciplinary didactic implications. We focus on the pupils´ reflection of their own writing processes and the visible or reported use of writing strategies by multilinguals in early secondary school. The texts and the interviews reveal the pupils´ knowledge of culture-specific text-schemata and how much writing such texts may be part of their (academic) lives - and in which languages. This offers many valuable insights on the interrelatedness of language, culture, and identity for linguistically responsive teachers. (Hufeisen 2008). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To reach the abovementioned goals, we use a qualitative approach to writing awareness in addition to a more quantitative perspective as can be seen in other studies. We do not focus on the question of possible advantages of certain groups of pupils, but to take a closer look at the specifics of the occurrence of language awareness in each individual case. Our study has the following design. First, we conducted a semi structured interview with our informants (N=9, ages 11 to 14) about their language biography and writing experience. Then they wrote two instructions for installing a game on a smartphone for an older person in their L1 and L2 (Russian or Ukrainian and German). The writing process was recorded on camera. After this, the interviewer conducted a stimulated retrospective interview: together with the informants, she watched a recording of the writing process, the informants were asked to comment on how they completed tasks and explained individual decisions. Our design combines the observation of visible aspects of the writing process (made visible by screen-capturing) and comments made by the informants while writing with stimulated retrospective interviews, whereby the recorded writing process is played as a stimulus during the interview (cf. Breuer 2017, Karsten 2017). The data are analysed using qualitative content analysis to create categories (Mayring 2010; Schreier 2014), so that the concept of writing awareness developed in the first project phase (cf. Peschel/Sulimova 2020) can be further specified. On this basis, the diversity of possible forms of writing awareness is to be recorded and described qualitatively. The informants were recruited through teachers teaching them Russian, Ukrainian and German. When recruiting informants, it was important to us that they could write in L1 and L2. Thus, the sample is not representative, but corresponds to the goals of our exploratory study. We investigate students’ subjective views toward their own multilingualism and writing skills. We also find students’ comments on the role their languages play at school. To examine the writing processes with the documented observation and to gain insights into reflective aspects of writing competence, a triangulation was carried out. The questionnaire also explores the informants’ awareness of the role that writing plays in school success, and whether they feel comfortable using different languages. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper provides insights into writing processes and reflections of individual informants and the components of writing awareness in both languages that can be derived from them. On this basis, the potential of multilingualism in writing is shown and didactic consequences for the promotion of writing are derived. The model can be used in teacher training programmes to illustrate the complexity of writing process. The findings can furthermore help to make future teachers aware of regarding their students’ first languages as learning resources and enable them to invoke students’ first languages intentionally (Burner & Carlsen, 2019). In addition, we intend to show future teachers the value of students’ languages, and strategies their use to deal with own linguistic diversity.The data obtained during the survey (recordings of the writing process, reflections of the test subjects) illustrate concrete strategies. As the chose text type is used across all subjects at school, starting points can be found for the promotion of school writing in all subjects in the sense of continuous language education. The model gives the knowledge needed to support linguistically diverse students when teaching writing in different subjects. References Bialystok, Ellen (2001): Bilingualism in Development: Language, Literacy, and Cognition. Cambridge: University Press. Breuer, Esther (2017): „Qualitative Analyse von Schreibprozessen mithilfe von Screencapturing“. In: Brinkschulte, Melanie; Kreitz, David (Hrsg.): Qualitative Methoden in der angewandten Schreibforschung. Bielefeld: WBV Media, 41–61.Karsten 2017 Karsten, Andrea (2017): „Videokonfrontation als Methode für die angewandte Schreibforschung: Zwischen Investigation und Intervention“. In: Brinkschulte, Melanie; Kreitz, David (Hrsg.): Qualitative Methoden in der angewandten Schreibforschung. Bielefeld: WBV Media, 63–84. Mayring, Philip (2010): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. [11. Auflage.] Weinheim und Basel: Beltz.Oomen-Welke, Ingelore (2008): „Präkonzepte: Sprachvorstellungen ein- und mehrsprachiger SchülerInnen“. In: Ahrenholz, Bernt; Oomen-Welke, Ingelore (Hrsg.): Deutsch als Zweitsprache, 373–384. Peschel, Corinna; Sulimova, Maria (2021). Schreibprozesse und Schreibstrategien mehrsprachiger Schüler*innen der Sekundarstufe I. Informationen Deutsch als Fremdsprache. 48. 632-647. Wildemann, Anja; Akbulut, Muhammed; Bien-Miller, Lena (2016): „Mehrsprachige Sprachbewusstheit zum Ende der Grundschulzeit – Vorstellung und Diskussion eines Elizitationsverfahrens: Mehrsprachigkeit – Language Awareness – Sprachbewusstheit“. In: Zeitschrift für Interkulturellen Fremdsprachenunterricht 21 (2), 42–56. Wildemann, Anja; Bien-Miller, Lena; Akbulut, Muhammed (2020): „Mehrsprachigkeit und Sprachbewusstheit – empirische Befunde und Unterrichtskonzepte“. In: Gogolin, Ingrid; Hansen, Antje; McMonagle, Sarah; Rauch, Dominique (Hrsg.): Handbuch Mehrsprachigkeit und Bildung. Berlin: Springer 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper School Radio as a Critical Literacy Laboratory to Promote Communicative Social Justice Universidad de Valladolid, Spain Presenting Author:This outgoing study analyses the possibilities offered by school radio as an innovative ecosystem and literacy laboratory to promote communicative social justice and enhance the development of critical communicative competence in culturally diverse and low-academic performance pupils. In this sense, a case study was carried out in Secondary Education, specifically in the field of compensatory education and school language projects. During the development of the project, it was perceived that the use of school radio implies a space for knowledge exchange and citizen transformation, and a bridge between academic and social knowledge transmission, enabling students to acquire the necessary tools for the development of creative, experimental and critical thinking. Critical literacy (CL) is considered a social practice through which a text is interpreted, considering its socio-cultural and socio-political context, it allows people to identify ideologies and intentions; and represents a way of life through which it is possible to know and understand the world, and uses texts and discourses by giving them new meanings within different contexts. Hence, CL is also understood as an agent for societal change (Canett Castro et al, 2021). Within the school context, CL enables students to focus on understanding the purposes of the text and its function in different cultural and social settings, as well as, allows them to recognize different positions and ideologies (Cassany, 2013), analyse ideas, make judgements and assess the veracity of writings (Cassany, 2015). This link between CL and social justice offers pupils the opportunity to understand and actively participate in their social and political environment, as well as to understand and challenge social inequalities. It also implies reflecting critically on the reader's role in either reinforcing injustice through silence and doing nothing, or defying injustice through criticism and social action (Watkins, 2021). In this way, it is essential to develop pupils' critical judgement during the educational process to acquire a socio-cognitive and socio-critical curricular conception during their education (Brito, 2017). Hence, social justice in the curricular sphere implies that people have access to the same opportunities and rights, to learn in conditions of equality, equity and mutual respect, especially those marginalised and excluded sectors. The development of this exploratory study and the critical analysis of this emerging pedagogical experience and disruptive practice transforms this school scenario into an open space or laboratory for educational experimentation through the production of shared designs, prototypes of experiences and cultural products. This pedagogical proposal opens up a disruptive space that redefines the classroom as a learning ecology. In this context, several elements determine the existence or not of a learning ecology (Barab & Roth, 2006), such as a plurality of learning contexts; an inter-contextual leap or between contexts; the existence of learning resources offered by all environments; and the generation of personal learning environments that determine individuality in the shaping of learning due to the diversity of possibilities that each person has at their disposal. This addition of the ecological metaphor to the educational field contemplates research on the processes of knowledge construction and learning acquisition in a knowmadic society considering four dimensions: a) personal ecologies of lifelong learning in collective spaces of autonomous experimentation; b) learning ecologies and social mediations of formal and non-formal cultures and contexts; c) community ecologies: instituting participatory spaces and social transformation; and d) knowledge ecologies: projects generating spaces for creative work and experimentation with participatory methodologies. (Martínez & Fernández). The study's research questions are as follows: What are the potentialities of school radio as an innovative ecosystem to develop pupils’ communicative competence? Can school radio function as a laboratory of critical literacy promote pupils’ communicative social justice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study follows a qualitative methodology to explore the possibilities offered by school radio as an innovative ecosystem and literacy laboratory to promote pupils’ communicative social justice and enhance the development of pupils’ critical communicative competence. Two case studies (Stake, 2005) are used as a research approach to provide a more detailed description of the object of study. To carry out the case study, triangulation by methods was used, comparing the information obtained through participant observation in the first semester of 2021/2022 academic year, interviews and documentary review. In more detail, the techniques used were as follows: - Classroom observation: non-participant observation was carried out in 30 class sessions, 10 took place in the school classroom, 16 in the radio, 3 in the garden and 1 in the language laboratory. A journal was kept to systematise the experiences and then analyse the data. - Interviews: an in-depth interview was conducted with the teacher who carried out the educational experience in order to find out about relevant aspects of her educational practice. In these interviews, attention was paid to the dimensions of her teaching practice, but also to her biographical and personal experience. - Document analysis: Information was collected and analysed in different formats: Didactic programming of the subject (PDA), Educational project of the centre (PEC), General annual programming of the centre (PGAC), Project of Access to chairs formulated by the teacher (PAC). - Podcast Analysis of 40 episodes of 5 radio programs broadcasted on IVOOX) - Student and teacher anecdotal records, in which the perceptions and opinions about the innovation project in which they are involved are recorded. - Audio and video recordings of the educational practice analysed. The cases are framed within an innovative ecosystem taking as a reference the work carried out by the Telefónica Foundation (2014), in which we have identified eight main types of experiences: a) Authentic learning experience; b) Lifelong learning experience; c) Learning experience beyond the classroom; d) Challenge-based learning experience; e) Digital learning experience; f) Collaborative learning experience; g) C21 learning; and h) Active learning methodologies Similarly, the disruptive educational process was analysed taking as a starting point the modes of learning proposed by Thieu Besselink in his article "Choreography of Learning (2013)" to analyse the different learning and its processes: Transfer, Experimentation, Reflection, and Searching. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The projects analysed highlight the need for language education and CL to train competent interpreters and creators in different media and cultural devices, broadening the frameworks of social justice and sensitivity to diversity. This is important in global contexts mediated by communication technologies, where there are inequalities in pupils' communicative competence and ability to integrate into society and the workplace. An educational and curricular approach to CL involves thinking about communicative competence beyond the literary canon and the thematic orthodoxy of official curricula to address cultural diversity and socio-economic inequalities in terms of linguistic justice. School radio, as an innovative ecosystem, serves as a tool for the development of CL and communicative social justice. It also functions as an educational resource that brings pupils closer to their reality and context and becomes an instrument of social justice by allowing them to see the world from multiple perspectives. In this sense, the use of school radio serves as a transversal vehicle for the development of CL as a promoter of communicative social justice in pupils through the cultural and diverse recognition of the environment to promote equality and equity; the re(distribution) of essential and democratic knowledge for the development of a fairer society; and social and active participation in decision-making to intervene critically in the solutions to social problems. In this way, it seeks to ensure that pupils can critically interpret their social environment and at the same time participate in the teaching-learning process. References Brito, F. J. (2017). Educación y cambio social: Aportes desde la pedagogía crítica. Revista Electrónica Diálogos Educativos, 16(31), 137-150. Barab, S. & Roth, W. (2006) Curriculum-based ecosystems: supporting knowing from an ecological perspective. Educational Researcher, 35(5), 3-13. Calvo, A. H. (2015). Los proyectos que revolucionan las escuelas. Así trabajan los colegios más innovadores del mundo. Fundación Telefónica. www.fundaciontelefonica.com Canett Castro, K. M., Fierro López, L. E., & Martínez Lobatos, L. (2021). Hacia una literacidad crítica con enfoque de género en la enseñanza de literatura. Diálogos Sobre Educación, 23. https://doi.org/doi.org/10.32870/DSE.V0I23.965 Cassany, D. (2013). ¿Cómo se lee y escribe en línea? Revista Electrónica Leer, Escribir y Descubrir, 1(1), 1-24. Cassany, D. (2015). Literacidad crítica: leer y escribir la ideología. ResearchGate: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/251839730_Literacidad_critica_leer_y_escribir_la_ideologia Castellví Mata, J. (2021). Literacidad crítica para formar una ciudadanía democrática y comprometida. ResearchGate: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/348931062 Martínez, JB. & Fernández, E. (2018). Ecologías del Aprendizaje. Educación Expandida en Contextos Múltiples. Madrid. Ediciones Morata, S.L. Montané, A. (2015). Justicia Social y Educación. RES, Revista de Educación Social(20), 92-113. https://eduso.net/res/revista/20/el-tema-colaboraciones/justicia-social-y-educacion Murillo, J., & Hernández, R. (2011). Hacia un concepto de justicia social. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 9(4), 8-23. Núñez Fernández, V., Aceituno-Aceituno, P., Lanza Escobedo, D., & Sánchez Fernández, A. (2022). La radio escolar como recurso para el desarrollo de la competencia mediática. Estudios Sobre El Mensaje Periodístico, 28(1), 621-632. https://doi.org/dx.doi.org/10.5209/esmp.77511 Simons, H. (2009). El estudio de caso: teoría y práctica. Morata. Stake, R. (2005). Multiple Case Study Analysis. The Guilford Press. Watkins, N. (2021). Critical literacy: Challenging dominant discourses. In Kavanagh, A. M., F. Waldron, & B. Mallon (Eds.), Teaching for social justice and sustainable development across the primary curriculum. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003003021-11 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 32 SES 06 A: Looking back in Uncertainties: Historical Roots of Organizational Education. 10th anniversary workshop. Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Session Chair: Andreas Schröer Research Workshop |
|
32. Organizational Education
Research Workshop Looking back in Uncertainties: Historical Roots of Organizational Education 10th anniversary Workshop of European Methodological Dimensions 1Friedrich-Alexander Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany; 2Universität Trier, Germany Presenting Author:Organizational Education is interested in organizational learning in, by, and between organizations (Göhlich et al., 2018). It did not only emerge under conditions of uncertainty (Bennett et al., 2014) but relates in many different ways to this core term. With reference to Dewey's work (1929; 1969), uncertainty becomes a core term for organizational education, as educational organizing does not try to limit and exclude uncertainty but relates to it even in positive ways. As the special call of organizational Education puts it, uncertainty-affinity may lead to conceptualizing alternative strategies of organizing. Creative approaches to uncertainty involve searching for and posing problems rather than jumping to the comfort of immediate solutions. Looking into historical positions, the special call of organizational Education connects to the works of Mary Parker Follett (1923; 1924). She suggested such an uncertainty-open practice, which in the particular call was discussed as a non-affirmative practice opposing "traditional, transmissive" and "reductive-progressive" (English, 2023) forms of organizational learning. In this approach to uncertainty, listening and relationality might be seen as qualities of a nonaffirmative Organizational Education (Moos, 2023). Applying such a practice of listening, reflecting, asking, and searching for the 10th anniversary of organizational Education, especially listening into history, relating to the roots, and asking for the relevance of terms, the searching for European connections and methodological implications seems to be the right way to connect past, present and future of an academic association and its research networks, in this case, the research network organizational education. Honoring the 10th anniversary of organizational Education at the European level, a "Looking Back and Diving Deep" research workshop intends to relate to the historical roots of European organization education research (Göhlich et al., 2018). The Network 32, by this, intends to reflect on its historical roots and the methodological implications of a European and historically grounded organizational education. As an initializing agent of organizational Education thought, Michael Göhlich was a core academic who established organizational Education in the German educational research setting. In 2014, after a pre-phase of establishing organizational education symposia in ECER, a European research network on organizational Education was accepted within ECER, and Michael Göhlich took the position of convenor at the European level. The 10th anniversary, therefore, is an excellent opportunity for a "look back and dive deep" into the European traditions of organizational education thinking and the emergence and institutionalization of our trans-subdiscipline of organizational Education and ground this collective reflection on the works of Michael Göhlich. As Michael Göhlich writes in the German Handbook of Organizational Education (Göhlich, 2018, 18), any academic subdiscipline does not emerge overnight but is rooted in history. Any new term, any new academic discourse, and any new academic subdiscipline have early and preliminary phases in the academic history - as a concept, as a discourse, and as an academic subdiscipline. It will always stand "on the shoulders" of concepts, focuses, and arguments, which were already expressed earlier in pedagogy and Education (Göhlich, 2018, 18). Moreover, Göhlich (2018, 18) continues elaborating in his contribution to the history of organizational Education on the starting point – when to start telling the story of historicization? It even mentions that it would have been possible to begin the search at much earlier starting points, for, in antiquity, the Middle Ages or the Enlightenment. This "prehistory" of organizational Education in the narrower sense is of interest to understand better the emergence of the term' organizational education', which not only develops as in the uniform continuum but (also) can be discussed in phases, stages, steps, and variations (Göhlich, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Göhlich (2018, 18) suggests deep diving into the history of organizational Education around 1800. He explains that the concept of organization emerged as a specific and, in this sense, comparatively young term. Initially used in the 17th century in a medical and scientific context to refer to the physical and mental state of people, this term traveled into state institutions and economic and political entities. Citing (Pfeifer et al., 1989), this shift connects to the ideas of the French Revolution in the second half of the 18th century. Highlighting core tapes of an organizational education "avant la lettre," he differentiates several tapes, which will be presented and collectively reflected regarding their European as well as historical and methodological relevance for the European organizational education network. By this, the research workshop will focus on the roots and traces of organizational Education. It looks back and dives deep into the development of organizational Education as an academic discourse and educational subdiscipline. The research workshop outlined here describes and analyzes in the alternation of academic inputs and participatory reflection several etaps of the history of Organizational Education. This new subdiscipline was established in a German research context and widened its scope and institutionalization into European and global contexts. The research workshop will develop the topic in alteration and phases: After presenting the prehistory of Organizational Education since 1800, the workshop reveals the historical shifts and streams. In a second etap, the research workshop focuses on the term Organizational Education, which was developed in the 1980s and again the given specific historical conditions. In a third etap, the institutionalization of Organizational Education in the mid-2000s is reflected as a subdiscipline of educational science. This historizing tour of organizational Education connects in a reflexive and participatory way to collectively reflect on European dimensions, traditions, and histories of organizational Education and authors referring to organizing from an educational perspective early on. Referring to all the different etaps to European parallel trends and streams and US traditions and educationalists, the alternation of inputs and collective reflection will allow us to build knowledge collectively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research workshop will show that organizational Education has been a long-standing topic in Education, and it has to develop its "proprium" in its own right. It already becomes apparent when taking a closer look into Göhlich's (2018, 19) description of Humboldt's notion of organization: Apart from the academic staff (here: professors), according to Humboldt, "... what matters most are few and simple, but more profoundly intervening organizational laws ..." (ibid., p. 231) as well as aids, whereby he warns against "considering the accumulation of dead collections as the main thing, rather it should not be forgotten that they even easily contribute to dulling the mind..." (ibid., p. 231). As Göhlich (2018, 19), Humboldt's reflections point ahead to today's organizational Education; it is a view on organizational dynamics, the necessity of organizational laws providing for freedom, and the necessity of keeping organizational tools fluid point far ahead. The research workshop will discuss the processes, uncertainties, and organizing stability in the process, which we still need to reflect on collectively today – which will happen within the 10th-anniversary research workshop of the network organizational education. References Bennett, N.; Lemoine, G. James (2014): What VUCA Means for You. Harvard Business Review. Nr. 92, 1/2 Boreham, N./ Reeves, J. (2008): Diagnosing and supporting organizational learning culture in Scottish schools. In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik. 54, S. 637-649. Boreham, N./Morgan, C. (2004): A socio-cultural analysis of organizational learning. In: Oxford Review of Education. 30, pp. 307-325 Dewey, J. (1929). The Quest for Certainty. A Study of the Relation of Knowledge and Action (Gifford Lectures 1929) New York. Putnam. Dewey, J. (1901). The Educational Situation. In: Dewey. The Middle Works. Band 1. Dewey, J. (1969). The ethics of democracy. In J. A. Boydston (Ed.), The early works, 1882-1898. Volume 1. 1882-1888 (pp. 227–249). Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press. (Original work published 1888). English, A. (2023). Dewey, Existential Uncertainty and Non-affirmative Democratic Education. In: M. Uljens (ed.), Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung, Educational Governance Research 20, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1_6 Elkjaer, B. (2018). Pragmatist Foundations for Organizational Education. In: Göhlich et al (ed.): Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Wiesbaden. Springer. pp. 151-162 Elkjaer, B. (2022). Taking stock of "Organizational Learning": Looking back and moving forward. Management Learning, 53(3), 582–604. https://doi.org/10.1177/13505076211049599 Fenwick, T. (2007). Organizational learning in the knots. In: Journal of Education Administration. Vol. 45. No. 2, pp. 138-153. Follett, M. P. (1924/2013). Creative experience. Longmans, Green, and Company. Follett, M. P. (1925/2013). The Giving of Orders, in Metcalf, H. C., & Urwick, L. (2004). Dynamic Administration: The Collected Papers of Mary Parker Follett. Routledge, pp. 50-70. Göhlich, M. et al. (2016). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205–215. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/330957539_Research_Memorandum_Organizational_Education Göhlich, Michael (2018) Geschichte der Organisationspädagogik. In: Göhlich, M.; Schröer, A. & Weber, S. (ed.) Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Springer VS. Wiesbaden. P. 17-28 Göhlich, Michael (2001): System, Handeln, Lernen unterstützen. Eine Theorie der Praxis pädagogischer Institutionen. Weinheim. Marsick/Watkins 1994: The learning organization: An integrative vision for HRD. In: Human Resource Development Quarterly. Marsick/Watkins 2003: Demonstrating the Value of an Organization's Learning Culture. In: Advances in Developing Human Resources. Pfeifer, Wolfgang et al. (1989): Etymologisches Wörterbuch des Deutschen. Berlin. S. 1208). Moos, L. (2023). Operating in an Outcomes-Based and a Democratic Bildung Discourse. In: M. Uljens (ed.), Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung, Educational Governance Research 20, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1_6 Weick, K. E., & Sutcliffe, K. M. (2001). Managing the unexpected: Assuring high performance in an age of complexity. Jossey-Bass. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 33 SES 06 A: *** CANCELLED*** Journal Meet and Greet Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Journal Meet & Greet |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Journal Meet & Greet University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
13:45 - 15:15 | 34 SES 06 A: Insights from IEA ICCS 2022 - Identity, Europe, and Views on the Future Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Valeria Damiani Paper Session |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Students' Sense of Belonging to Europe: Case of the European Union Countries in IEA ICCS 2022 1University of Latvia, Latvia; 2University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:The necessity for belonging constitutes a fundamental human drive and is essential for optimal human functioning (Baumeister & Leary, 1995). Belongingness represents a core human experience, integral to individual identity and emotional health, and is defined by the perception of acceptance and inclusion within a group or community. Recent research highlights the role of belonging in addressing inequity and injustice within the educational system (Parker, Marsh, Jerrim, Guo, & Dicke, 2021). This underscores the critical impact that a sense of belonging has on creating a fair and supportive educational environment for all students. For students, the sense of belonging often starts at home, within the family, and continues in school, where they feel part of the school community. Recent cycles of the IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) (Schulz, Ainley, et al., 2023; Schulz, Ainley, et al., 2018) emphasize the importance of students' sense of belonging in citizenship education. IEA ICCS ICCS results highlight factors such as an open classroom climate, participation in civic activities both inside and outside school, and understanding of diversity as an important for creating and improving sense of belonging and identity. During school time of their life students learn to act, behave, and create relationships aligned with their values and sense of belonging in a relatively safe environment together with their teachers and schoolmates. Another survey (OECD, 2017) mentions that students who have a sense of belonging perform better academically and are more motivated to learn. Academic achievements in school are a crucial factor for a successful future, offering more opportunities to pursue higher education, secure better jobs, choose a comfortable lifestyle, and attain a higher socioeconomic status (SES). Nowadays, the sense of belonging plays a vital role in identity creation and sharing common values with others of similar thinking, contributing to building a communal space for coexistence in civic society. Several levels of identity can be identified - individual, national, international, and global. European integration has fostered a sense of collective European identity; this identity coexists and sometimes competes with the strong national identities of European Union member states (Wiener, Börzel, & Risse, 2019). The balance and interaction between these identities vary greatly among individuals and countries, influenced by historical, cultural, and political factors. Given the challenges of immigration, inclusion, and integration, there have been threats to collective identity in the European Union in recent decades. In this context, positive attitudes towards belonging might not be universally consistent and need to be examined to understand how to synergize the sense of belonging at both national and European levels while maintaining a unified European identity. Therefore, the aim of the study is to determine the factors influencing students' sense of belonging to Europe, first within the national context, and then to compare whether these factors differ among the European Union countries. The survey seeks what are the common factors influencing students' sense of belonging among the European Union countries? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this research, we utilized the dataset obtained from the IEA ICCS 2022 student survey, which provided information on students' levels of civic knowledge and their attitudes toward various social and political issues, including their beliefs about threats to democracy, views on various forms of equality, and their expected future activities as responsible members of society. To incorporate the school-related factors in the study, we also used a survey of school principals. This additional survey furnished information on school size, urbanity, the school's surrounding environment, and the principal's perspective on internal processes within the school. The primary focus of our study is on students' attitudes toward Europe, for which we employed the European module survey. The core theme of our investigation revolves around students' sense of belonging and identification with Europe. Within the ICCS 2022 European module survey dataset, the variable E_EUIDENT, interpreted as a student's sense of European identity, was already included. To elucidate the variations in students' attitudes towards Europe and their perceived place within it, we considered various aspects related to Europe. These aspects encompassed students' positive or negative attitudes toward the European Union (E_EUATNOG and E_EUATPOS), their endorsement of freedom of movement within Europe (E_FREEMOVE), expectations for their individual futures (E_INDFUT), and other scales gauging their perspectives on various issues within Europe. A comparative analysis was conducted among European Union countries participating in the ICCS 2022 cycle study. Initially, descriptive statistical analyses were performed to identify surface-level differences among the countries of interest. At first, in order to estimate the causal effects on the European identity the Bayesian additive regression tree (BART) algorithm (Cabras, Tena Horrillo, 2015) was used. Then by integrating these results with literature-based insights, we formulated a theoretical model, examining its consistency with the data through Structural Equation Modeling (SEM). Subsequently, model invariance was tested across the respective countries. All analyses were conducted using the R programming language (R Core Team, 2022, version 4.2.2), employing the lavaan (Rosseel, 2012) , survey (Lumley, 2023) packages, BayesTree (Chipman, McCulloch, 2024) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is known (reference) that students' sense of belonging is a multidimensional construct, and one of its facets is to associate oneself as a European citizen. The results of this study will help identify what is associated with this dimension of belonging. The findings may provide suggestions on how to promote, for example, students' expected engagement in future European elections. It will also help understand to what extent the next generation of voters could be pro or anti-European, which could, to some extent, allow predicting scenarios like Brexit (in UK 2020) in Latvia or in other countries included in the study. References Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117(3), 497–529. Cabras, S., & Tena Horrillo, J. D. D. (2015). A Bayesian model to estimate causality in PISA scores: a tutorial with applicationtoICT. Chipman H, McCulloch R (2024). _BayesTree: Bayesian Additive Regression Trees_. R package version 0.3-1.5, <https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=BayesTree>. Lumley, T. (2004). Analysis of Complex Survey Samples. Journal of Statistical Software, 9(8), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v009.i08 MEINHOF, Ulrike H., Cultural diversity in Europe: a story of mutual benefit, EUI RSCAS, 2013/71, Global Governance Programme-67, Cultural Pluralism - https://hdl.handle.net/1814/28120 OECD (2017), PISA 2015 Results (Volume III): Students' Well-Being, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264273856-en. Parker, P. D., Marsh, H. W., Jerrim, J., Guo, J., & Dicke, T. (2021). Inequity and Injustice in the Educational System: The Role of Sense of Belonging. Educational Psychology, 41(3), 323-339. Risse, T. (2005). Constructing a European Identity: France, Germany, and the UK in the EU. Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v048.i02 Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change: ICCS 2022 International Report. Amsterdam: IEA. https://www.iea.nl/publications/iccs-2022-international-report Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming Citizens in a Changing World. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-73963-2 Wiener, A., Börzel, T. A., & Risse, T. (2019). European integration theory (3rd ed.). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264273856-en 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Complex Identities and Their Relevancy for Political Socialization. Results from ICCS 2022 University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:Populism is one of the current challenges of democracies. Yet, relatively little is known how education in general and schools specifically can prepare students to withstand populistic strategies (Noack & Eckstein, 2023; Schäfer, 2022). This paper explores the relationship of schooling, complex identities and confidence in the political system. For political systems to persist, that is to change in accordance with the needs of its (emerging) citizens while retaining a stable core, it depends on the political support of its participants (Easton, 1975; Norris, 2011). The most diffuse and stable aspect of political support is the identification of people with their political system: Only when people feel like they are part of the system they will participate in the maintenance of it. The relationship between identity, system support and populism is not clear-cut: While identity is important for the stability of nation, populism employs specific constructs of identity to destabilize the political order of a system. Populism employs ideas of identity as monothematic and oppositional (Kinnvall & Svensson, 2022). Populist strategies include the reduction of complexity by suggesting that the membership with an in-group implies the exclusion of the other (Kinnvall & Svensson, 2022; Rico et al., 2017). This idea is in tension with conceptions of complex identities from social psychology. Complex identities are characterized by a feeling of belonging to multiple different groups at the same time: People can feel part of the country they inhabit and a sports team and a religious community. Reporting a complex identity is positively related to measures of tolerance and decreased outgroup dehumanization (Prati et al., 2016). Within the context of migration, complex identities are referred to as hybrid identities. Students with families that migrated have a hybrid (and complex) identity when they identify with the country they are living in and the country of (parental) origin. Students’ hybrid identities are assumed to be connected to better psychosocial and academic outcomes (Berry, 2013). The adolescence is a formative age of identity formation (Erikson, 1959/1994). According to Marcia (1966) the active engagement with information (identity exploration) and finding modes of belonging (commitment) are central mechanisms of identity formation. Schools have the opportunity to foster identity formation by giving students access to relevant information, to reflect and to interact with other students in a safe manner (Waterman, 1989). It was also shown, that positive social relationships at school are positively related to national as well as an European identities (Ziemes et al., 2019). Social support might enable students to explore different identities safely. To date, relatively little is known concerning the schools ability to foster complex identities among students. As shown, complex identities are not only relevant for the psychosocial development of students, but also for the persistence of the political system and its resilience against populistic polarization. To engage with this research gap this paper will investigate the identity structure of students and what aspects of schooling might be used to foster complex identity. To achieve this we use data from the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2022. In a first step, questions on belonging will be used in a latent class analysis to identify patterns of identity among students. In a second step, aspects of socialization at school will be explored that relate to these patterns. Finally, the classes will be related to measures of political trust and system satisfaction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample: We used a ICCS 2022 subsample (Schulz et al., 2023). ICCS explores how students around the world are prepared to become citizens. In the German federal state of North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW) additional information concerning students’ sense of belonging are available. In NRW 3.269 students participated in 152 schools (one class in each school). The sample was stratified to ensure that, given proper weighting, the results can be interpreted as representative. In NRW 33% of participating students were born outside of Germany or had two parents, which were born outside of Germany. About half of the sample was girls (45%) and a small minority reported to belong to a further gender (2%) Measurement of identity: To assess students belonging student were asked to answer on a four-point Likert scale (Not at all, Somewhat, Mostly, Completely) to what degree they identify with ten different communities: Their class, a group of friends, their school, the area they live in (e.g. neighbourhood), Germany, a country but Germany, Europe, the community of the world, a religious community, and the LGBTQ+ community. Measurement of socialization at school: Opportunities to learn about politics were assessed by asking students to which extend the hat the opportunity to learn about different aspects of the political system (e.g., “How to become a candidate in a local election”). Relationships to other students were measured with three and relationship to teacher with five statement to which students were asked to indicate their agreement (e.g., “Most of my teachers treat me fairly.”). Measures of system support: Trust in political institutions was measured with six items asking students how strongly they trust the government, the parliament, the police, and the courts of justice, political parties, and their local government. Satisfaction with the political system was assessed with four items asking students to indicate their agreement to four statements concerning their attitudes towards the political system (e.g., “The political system in Germany works well”). Analysis: Latent class analyses were conducted with Mplus 8.7 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2018). Next, the group memberships were be correlated with dimensions of schooling and political support using the IEA IBD Analyzer 5.023 (IEA, 2022)and RStudio 2023.12 (R Core Team, 2023). The latter analyses fully employed sample weights. For the measures of systems support and socialization, the dataset provides scale values, which are used in these analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Identity items were dichotomized to indicate either a weak or strong sense of belonging to the respective communities. Next, the latent class analyses were conducted (Sinha et al., 2021). The fit criteria indicated the superiority of a four-class solution. The entropy was acceptable (.722) and the AIC, BIC, and aBIC improved minimally with the inclusion of further classes. The first class (“Low”, 12% of students) includes students with a relatively low sense of belonging to most communities. The second class (“Global”, 18%) includes students with a low identification with their class, school, and neighbourhood, but who report a higher identification with the other aspects of belonging. The third class (“Local”, 23%) includes students with a strong sense of belonging with their class, friendship groups and school, but a weaker identification with Europe and the world. Members of the fourth class (“High”, 47%) report a strong sense of belonging to regional and superregional groups and entities. Aspects of school socialization: Class one membership probability (“Low”) was negatively correlated with opportunity to learn politics, student relationships and student teacher relationships. Class two (“Global”) showed a similar pattern for relationships at school, but not for learning opportunities). Class three (“Local”) related not meaningfully to relationships at school or learning opportunities Class 4 (“High”) related positively to learning opportunities and positive student-teacher relationships. Results support the idea that supported information gathering and support of teachers can foster a more complex identity in students. Aspects of support: Class one (“Low”) and two (“Global”) membership probabilities related to a decreased trust in political institutions and system satisfaction. Group four (“high”) membership probabilities related positively to both aspects. These results indicate that students with a more complex identity also created a stronger bond to the political institutions of the country. References Berry, J. W. (2013). Research on Multiculturalism in Canada. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 37(6), 663–675. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2013.09.005 Easton, D. (1975). A re-assessment of the concept of political support. British Journal of Political Science, 5(4), 435–457. Erikson, E. H. (1959/1994). Identity and the life cycle. Norton. IEA. (2022). Help Manual for the IEA IDB Analyzer (Version 5.0). IEA. www.iea.nl/data.html Kinnvall, C. & Svensson, T. (2022). Exploring the populist `mind´: Anxiety, fantasy, and everyday populism. The British Journal of Politics and International Relations, 24(3), 526–542. https://doi.org/10.1177/13691481221075925 Marcia, J. E. (1966). Development and validation of ego-identity status. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3(5), 551–558. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0023281 Muthén, L. K. & Muthén, B. O. (1998-2018). Mplus user's guide (8. Aufl.). Muthén & Muthén. Noack, P. & Eckstein, K. (2023). Populism in youth: Do experiences in school matter? Child Development Perspectives(00), 1–7. Norris, P. (2011). Democratic deficit: Critical citizens revisited. Cambridge University Press. Prati, F., Moscatelli, S., Pratto, F. & Rubini, M. (2016). Predicting support for Arabs' autonomy from social dominance: The role of identity complexity and dehumanization. Political Psychology, 37(2), 293–301. https://doi.org/10.1111/pops.12274 R Core Team. (2023). R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing [Computer software]. R Foundation for Statistical Computing. Rico, G., Guinjoan, M. & Anduiza, E. (2017). The Emotional Underpinnings of Populism: How Anger and Fear Affect Populist Attitudes. Swiss Political Science Review, 23(4), 444–461. https://doi.org/10.1111/spsr.12261 Schäfer, A. (2022). Cultural Backlash? How (Not) to Explain the Rise of Authoritarian Populism. British Journal of Political Science, 52(4), 1977–1993. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0007123421000363 Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V. & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 assessment framework. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20113-4 Sinha, P., Calfee, C. S. & Delucchi, K. L. (2021). Practitioner's guide to latent class analysis: Methodological considerations and common pitfalls. Critical care medicine, 49(1), e63-e79. https://doi.org/10.1097/CCM.0000000000004710 Waterman, A. S. (1989). Curricula interventions for identity change: Substantive and ethical considerations. Journal of Adolescence, 12(4), 389–400. https://doi.org/10.1016/0140-1971(89)90062-6 Ziemes, J. F., Hahn-Laudenberg, K. & Abs, H. J. (2019). From connectedness and learning to European and national identity: Results from fourteen European countries. Journal of Social Science Education, 3(18), 5–28. https://doi.org/10.4119/JSSE-1144 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Adolescent Perspectives on Contested Futures: Threat Perception, Knowledge, and Intended Political Participation of 14-Year-Olds University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:Crises are characterised by an interweaving of external, real problem situations, their societal and individual perception, and a level of action (Bösch et al., 2020). Phenomena that present themselves in a crisis-like manner, such as climate change, social inequality, and global security risks, will significantly shape the future and also pose challenges for (civic) educational institutions (Abs, 2021). It seems inappropriate to view crises as isolated phenomena, as crisis phenomena can be interconnected: for instance, climate changes with political instability, migration, and conflict (Lawrence et al., 2024). Educational processes can contribute to developing an understanding of current and future challenges and support learners in developing the skills and knowledge needed to address these challenges. In this context, according to Urry (2016), the future can be described as 'contested'. This description refers to the idea that different social groups have different visions and interests regarding the future, which often conflict with each other. Thus, it is recognized that the future is not simply an inevitable process, but a field where different social, political, economic, and cultural conceptions are in conflict. The extent to which adolescents have threatening expectations of the future, suggesting different social and political conceptions, is the subject of this contribution. In adolescence, future perspectives are individually shaped under changing conditions. In the process of building a future orientation, future expectations interact with cognitive processes and emotions such as optimism, despair, fear, and anger (Nurmi, 2005). Against this background, willingness to participate politically also unfolds. In connection with the climate movement, hopeful optimism about a possible change in climate policy was observed (Cattell, 2021). A less optimistic view of the future was also described as a motivator for political participation: young people who felt that their concerns about climate change were not adequately addressed by national and international institutions participated, for example, in the international conferences of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (Kolleck & Schuster, 2022). Emotions further play a major role in explaining populistic and right-winged mobilization (Gerbaudo et al., 2023). Consequently, reactions to crisis perception can vary greatly. Both the characteristics of the content of the focused crisis and the knowledge and emotions of the adolescents might influence the formation of the response. The perception of future threats is one variable examined by the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS; Schulz et al., 2023). In ICCS 2016, adolescents in North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW) were particularly sensitive to climate change as a global threat, more so than students from other European countries (Deimel & Buhl, 2017). Environmental pollution and terrorism were issues that concerned a large part of the youth in both NRW and the European comparison group, while armed conflicts were perceived as less threatening in 2016 compared to environmental issues. Initial analyses of ICCS 2022 show an expected change over time in threat perception (Birindiba Batista et al., 2024): in the shadow of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, war or armed conflicts are the issues that most adolescents in NRW describe as a 'large threat'. However, climate change and environmental pollution continue to play an unchanged significant role for them. Terrorism, however, has significantly receded as a threat scenario. The prioritization of perceived crisis phenomena has shifted in the light of external events. This paper takes these findings as an opportunity and pursues three overarching research questions against the theoretical background of Urry's (2016) concept of contested futures:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these questions, we analysed the representative subsample of North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW) from ICCS 2022 (Abs et al., 2024). ICCS is an international large scale assessment that asks how students in grade 8 are prepared to take on their role as active citizens in democratic societies. NRW, as the largest German federal state, represents an interesting case study due to its high economic and demographic variance. The sample includes 3,269 students in 145 schools, one class per school. We chose to analyse adolescents’ threat perception, the ICCS civic knowledge score and the scores of five scales related various dimensions of intended political participation. A Latent Class Analysis (LCA; Collins & Lanza, 2010) was conducted to answer the first question regarding adolescents’ crisis perception. To capture their future perspectives on threat scenarios, the students were asked to rate in how far they think certain global issues are a threat to the world’s future. The question had ad four-level response format: 'To a large extent' (1), 'To a moderate extent' (2), 'To a small extent' (3), 'Not at all' (4). For the Latent Class Analysis (LCA), the evaluations of the following six terms were selected for the themes of climate and environment, security, and economy: 'Climate change', 'Environmental pollution', 'War / armed conflicts', 'Terrorism', 'Poverty', and 'Global financial crises'. LCA offers a statistical model that estimates the probability of each individual belonging to a certain latent class. To answer the second and third questions, we correlated these assignment probabilities with the measures of civic knowledge and the five scaled scores related to intended political participation. The civic knowledge score depicts students’ conceptual civic knowledge. Higher scores indicate a higher probability of solving harder items correctly. To capture intended political participation, students were asked to evaluate how likely they would be to perform various acts of political participation in the future or as adults. Subsequently, five scale values were calculated for different dimensions intended political participation: electoral ('Participate in national elections'), institution-related ('Join a political party'), problem-oriented ('Participate in a peaceful demonstration'), environment-related ('Refuse to buy environmentally harmful products'), and civil disobedience ('Protest through a traffic blockade'). Higher scale values indicate a higher likelihood that the students on average have chosen a more agreeing response option. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that adolescents can be classified into one of five latent classes based on their perception of threats: (1) security-conscious (17%), who exhibit a high conditional probability to rate war / armed conflicts as 'large threat', and often rate pollution as a 'moderate threat'; (2) environment- and climate-aware (33%), who have relatively high probabilities to rate climate change and pollution as 'large threats', compared to other presented issues; (3) moderate sceptics (9%), which tend to rate none of the presented issues as 'large threat'; (4) alarmed (40%), which tend to rate every of the issues as 'large threat'; and (5) unconcerned (1%), which have high probabilities to rate every of the issues to be no threat at all. Each of the five classes exhibits different patterns of correlation with political knowledge and intended political participation. The assignment probabilities of the security-conscious, moderate sceptics and unconcerned are negatively correlated (p < 0.05) with civic knowledge and the scales of intended electoral, problem-oriented and environment-related participation. The classification probability of the environment- and climate-aware, is positively correlated to civic knowledge and intended electoral participation. Lastly, students which were classified as alarmed had higher score on scales related to intended problem-oriented and environment-related participation, while showing no significant correlation to civic knowledge. Based on this, various pedagogical implications can be formulated. Educational approaches for Security-Conscious and Moderate Skeptics could question why these groups are less politically active despite their perception of threats and promote understanding of complex security threats. The focus for Environment and Climate-Conscious is on leveraging their understanding of complex political interrelations to reflect on their preferred forms of political participation. For the Alarmed, the understanding of global interconnections could be enhanced to develop a nuanced perception of threats. Their high willingness for extra-institutional activity could be a resource. References Abs, H. J. (2021). Options for developing European strategies on citizenship education. European Educational Research Journal, 20(3), 329–347. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904121994418 Abs, H. J., Hahn-Laudenberg, K., Deimel, D., & Ziemes, J. F. (Eds.). (2024). ICCS 2022: Schulische Sozialisation und politische Bildung von 14-Jährigen im internationalen Vergleich (Advance Online Publication). Waxmann. https://www.waxmann.com/buch4822 Birindiba Batista, I., Deimel, D., Abs, H. J., & Hahn-Laudenberg, K. (2024). Nachhaltigkeit: Zukunftsbedrohungen, Einstellungen, nachhaltiges Verhalten und Schulkontexte. In H. J. Abs, K. Hahn-Laudenberg, D. Deimel, & J. F. Ziemes (Eds.), ICCS 2022: Schulische Sozialisation und politische Bildung von 14-Jährigen im internationalen Vergleich (Advance Online Publication). Waxmann. https://www.waxmann.com/buch4822 Bösch, F., Deitelhoff, N., Kroll, S., & Thiel, T. (2020). Für eine reflexive Krisenforschung – zur Einführung. In F. Bösch, N. Deitelhoff, & S. Kroll (Eds.), Handbuch Krisenforschung (pp. 3–16). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-28571-5_1 Cattell, J. (2021). "Change is Coming": Imagined Futures, Optimism and Pessimism Among Youth Climate Protesters. CJFY (Canadian Journal of Family and Youth), 13(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.29173/cjfy29598 Collins, L. M., & Lanza, S. T. (2010). Latent class and latent transition analysis: With applications in the social, behavioral, and health sciences. Wiley. Deimel, D., & Buhl, M. (2017). Zukunftsperspektiven der 14-Jährigen. In H. J. Abs & K. Hahn-Laudenberg (Eds.), Das politische Mindset von 14‐Jährigen: Ergebnisse der International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 (pp. 233–254). Waxmann. Gerbaudo, P., Falco, C. C. de, Giorgi, G., Keeling, S., Murolo, A., & Nunziata, F. (2023). Angry Posts Mobilize: Emotional Communication and Online Mobilization in the Facebook Pages of Western European Right-Wing Populist Leaders. Social Media + Society, 9(1), 205630512311633. https://doi.org/10.1177/20563051231163327 Kolleck, N., & Schuster, J. (2022). Youth participation in global policy networks on climate change. International Journal of Educational Research, 114, 102002. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.102002 Lawrence, M., Homer-Dixon, T., Janzwood, S., Rockstöm, J., Renn, O., & Donges, J. F. (2024). Global Polycrisis: The Causal Mechanisms of Crisis Entanglement. Global Sustainability, 1–36. https://doi.org/10.1017/sus.2024.1 Nurmi, J.‑E. (2005). Thinking About and Acting Upon the Future: Development of Future Orientation Across the Life Span. In A. Strathman & J. Joireman (Eds.), Understanding behavior in the context of time: Theory, research, and application (pp. 31–57). Routledge. Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., Ainley, J., & Friedman, T. (2023). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge: IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. IEA. Urry, J. (2016). What is the future? John Wiley & Sons. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 34 SES 06 B: Active Citizenship in the Community Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Margaux Pyls Paper Session |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Citizen Involvement in Communities – Perception, Organisation, and Implementation IKPE, Germany Presenting Author:Need for research This study focuses on the topic citizen involvement (also known as „citizen participation“, “citizen engagement“ or as „civic involvement“). The topic civic engagement is linked to the topics deliberation, empowerment and democratic learning. In addition, it is currently a central and rapidly growing task of local authorities in decision-making processes. The author Georg Weisseno notes, „Society and educational policymakers expect political education to contribute to the development of democratic attitudes and the associated on willingness to participate. This should be achieved in all areas in order to prevent illiberal, autocratic and authoritarian behaviour.“ (See Weisseno, G. 2023, Learning through political participation. p. 317). The concept of civic engagement is defined as „working to make a difference in the civic life of our communities and developing the combination of knowledge, skills, values and motivation to make a difference. It means promoting the quality of life in a community, through both political and non-political processes.“ (Ehrlich, Preface, p. vi, In: Oxford handbook of political participation, p. 382) In the study, reference is mainly made to participatory and informal areas and forms of participation in the information, consultation and co-decision (cooperation and decision-making) stages. These areas are designated to in the literature as less formalized or unconventional forms of citizen participation. Three substantial areas of political participation in democracy are distinguished:
The study focuses on the informal type of civic participation. Informal participation refers to dialog-oriented, consultative and freer procedures in which citizens come together to form opinions or make decisions. The concept of citizen participation is understood to mean both, a top-down as well as a Bottom-up strategy for political participation. The focus of the study lies on the practice of civic involvement and how municipalities deal with the challenges in this field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Plan and Methods The data are obtained through an online-questionnaire study of municipalities throughout Germany (N=425). The data basis is a complete survey of the independent cities and municipalities as well as the districts in Germany. Target groups of the study are: • Social planners in municipalities • Administrative level in municipalities The study takes place from January to April 2024. The data collection takes place from January to February, data analysis from March to April. The responses of closed questions are scaled in four answer categories, from: strongly disagree to strongly agree). Open questions are designed with limited answer options of 1 to 3 words or word groups. Descriptive statistical methods and inductive methods in the form of factor analyses are used to analyse the quantitative data collected in the study. The results of the open questions are analysed using qualitative methods (qualitative and quantitative content analysis). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected findings The following findings are expected, firstly, new insights into the processes how the municipalities deal with the issue “citizen engagement and citizen involvement” in the practice of municipal work and social planning, secondly, to generate more knowledge about the organization of citizen participation in communities, this means how the communities handle this topic and how they organize themselves to guarantee the possibility and the quality of citizen participation across the communal work. Other expected results are new knowledge about the stages of citizen participation as well as the status of the institutionalization of citizen participation in social planning processes as well as the used methods, formats and processes of citizen involvement in the municipalities surveyed. References Fischer, J., Huber, S. & Hilse-Carstensen, T. (Eds.). (2022). Handbuch Kommunale Planung und Steuerung. Planung, Gestaltung, Beteiligung. Mit E-Book inside (1st edition). Weinheim: Juventa Verlag. Source: http://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:bsz:31-epflicht-2051871 Grassi, S. & Morisi, M. (Eds.). (2023). La cittadinanza tra giustizia e democrazia. Atti della giornata di Studi in memoria di Sergio Caruso (Studi e saggi). Florence: Firenze University Press. Source: https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/112057 Harris, P. G. (Eds.). (2022). Routledge Handbook of Global Environmental Politics. Second Edition 2022. Taylor & Francis. Source: https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/92564 Hauser, T. & Winkler, D. (Eds.). (2022). Gehört werden. Neue Wege der Bürgerbeteiligung (Perspektiven auf Gesellschaft und Politik, 1st edition). Stuttgart: Verlag W. Kohlhammer. https://doi.org/10.17433/978-3-17-041679-6 Milovanovic, D., Staiger, T. & Embacher, S. (Eds.). (2023). Digitaler Wandel und Zivilgesellschaft. Positionen und Perspektiven (Engagement und Partizipation in Theorie und Praxis). Frankfurt/M.: Wochenschau Verlag. Source: https://doi.org/10.46499/1933 Weisseno, G. (2023). Lernen durch politische Partizipation. In: M. Oberle & M.-M. Stamer (Eds.), Politische Bildung in der superdiversen Gesellschaft (Schriftenreihe der Gesellschaft für Politikdidaktik und Politische Jugend- und Erwachsenenbildung (GPJE), p. 216–224). Frankfurt am Main: Wochenschau Verl. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Youth, Distress and Active Citizenship Education Università di Bologna, Italy Presenting Author:The project focuses on the issue/problem of citizenship education as a tool to contribute to the promotion of youth well-being. The research hypothesis relates the phenomenon of youth existential distress to the lack or absence of life skills, and the construct of active citizenship and education for its exercise as educational key categories and tools to promote such skills and contribute to dealing with the phenomenon of youth existential distress.The research questions were the following: What is the role and influence of beliefs and efficacy in life skills on the development of positive thinking and subjective well-being of adolescents? What is the relationship between these two aspects and participatory processes, the propensity to assume forms of responsibility and civic engagement, and the development of active and proactive attitudes towards the future? The research aimed to understand the relationship between the phenomenon of youth existential distress and the lack of life skills; to understand the relationship between the perception of one's own effectiveness in life skills, the perception of well-being and the lack of forms of positive thinking and the propensity to project oneself positively and responsibly into the future; to pedagogically re-signify the construct of active citizenship and its implementation through a bottom-up approach. The research focuses on one of the educational emergencies facing pedagogy and education today: the challenge of the existential distress of adolescents, understood as the difficulty in performing "normal" evolutionary tasks. The data provided by ISTAT (2019), SIP (2022), UNICEF (2021) are alarming and show the increase, especially after the Covid-19 pandemic, in mental disorders between 10 and 19 years old and in suicides between 15 and 19 years old. The interpretation used was pedagogical, with the aim of formulating the issue from the point of view of the subject educability. For this reason, the research did not focus on pathological distress, but on those forms of socially compatible, often invisible distress that Sergio Tramma (2019) includes in what he calls the "grey zone". The epistemological framework of the research is that of complexity theory (Morin, 2000; Ceruti 1994, 2020, 2021), the capability approach (Sen, 1986, 1993, 1994; Nussbaum, 2011, 2012, 2013), ecological theory (Brofenbenner, 2002), the sustainability paradigm (ONU, 2015) and global citizenship education (UNESCO, 2017; 2023). Attention to skills is at the heart of the research, and reference is made to the numerous national and international documents that stress the need to promote not only knowledge in the younger generations, but also the ability to be and the ability to do (WHO, 1993; OECD, 2021; UNICEF, 2021; European Commission, 2020). First of all, the Council Recommendation on key Competences for Lifelong Learning (2018), which questions the construct of citizenship and civic competences for the integral education of the subject. In this sense, the research identifies citizenship education as a way to counter existential distress, together with educational approaches based on the promotion of life skills. In this sense, citizenship education is seen as a practice of developing the future (Pignalberi, 2020), taking on a capacitive and educational meaning and using concepts such as empowerment, agency, participation, individual and collective well-being self-efficacy, fundamental protective factors against the emergence of forms of discomfort. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research used a mixed methods approach and included a quantitative phase using standard research and a qualitative phase using interpretative research. The research tools were the questionnaire and the focus group. The questionnaire was divided into three sections: the first aimed at measuring life skills and focused on the processes of transition to adulthood, on biographical paths, the dimensions of values, attitudes, perception of one's existential condition; the second aimed at measuring positive thinking and focused on the participants' perception of well-being, self-esteem, optimism and life satisfaction; the third aimed at exploring the themes of active citizenship, agency, social participation, public engagement and the relationship with the social context of belonging, with institutions, with the educational reality and with places of aggregation. Several reference models were used to construct the questionnaire. Specifically, the model proposed by the OECD (2021) and the "Four-Dimensional Learning Model" (Unicef, 2021) were used to identify the life skills to be studied. For each of the life skills included in the models, items were constructed to measure participants' perceptions. Each item was constructed using a psychometric scale (Likert 1932; Thurstone 1929). The items used in the questionnaire took the form of statements to which students were asked to indicate their level of agreement or disagreement using three different scales with five response intervals. The focus group consisted of a moderately rigid schedule consisting of seven questions aimed at gathering beliefs, knowledge, opinions, attitudes and desired behaviours around four specific themes: citizenship, citizenship education, future, school. The sample analysed was identified in a well-defined population: students in classes III, IV and V of secondary schools. The sampling strategy used to administer the questionnaire was non-probabilistic for convenience. However, for the focus group, a non-proportional stratified random sample was used for representative elements. The total number of students enrolled in the classes was 354. There were 164 respondents to the questionnaire and 18 participants in the focus groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data made it possible to argue that there is a positive relationship between low perceptions of life skills and low perceptions of well-being and positive thinking. It is therefore possible to argue that there is a relationship between the phenomena of existential distress in young people and the lack of life skills. Furthermore, the data shows a close relation between low levels of self-efficacy in life skills, self-esteem, agency, low perceptions of well-being and positive thinking and the adoption of a tone of renunciation-disengagement towards existential planning, civic responsibility as well as participation. Overall, the results encourage the use of educational models that focus on the promotion of life skills, i.e. non-cognitive, social and emotional skills that promote young people's agency. The analysis of the data shows that the promotion of participation and the education of citizenship skills, as well as the active exercise of these skills, especially in the developmental age, would allow us to increase the perception of having the possibility to influence future changes, to be able to modify events, to be able to solve individual and collective problems and, above all, to allow the development of protective factors. The pedagogical impact materialises in the identification of the horizons of meaning towards which citizenship education practices must move, starting from an awareness of its constitutive complexity and multidimensionality, in order to hypothesise citizenship education paths that go beyond a purely disciplinary perspective and embrace the various components of the individual's educational process: the cognitive (knowledge, critical thinking, conceptualisation); the affective (experiences, attribution of meaning, positive evaluation values such as justice, fairness, freedom, solidarity, empathy); finally, the volitional (making choices and actions, implementing behaviours in these directions). References Bocchi G., Ceruti M. (1994). La sfida della complessità. Milano: Feltrinelli. Ceruti M., Bellusci F. (2020). Abitare la complessità. La sfida di un destino comune. Sesto San Giovanni: Mimesis. Ceruti M., Bellusci F. (2021). Il secolo della fraternità. Una scommessa per la cosmopolis. Roma: Castelvecchi. Likert R. A. (1932). A Tecnique for the Measurement of Attitude. In “Archives of Psychology”, 140. Numero monografico. Morin E. (2000). La testa ben fatta. Riforma dell’insegnamento e riforma del pensiero. Milano: Raffaello Cortina. Nussbaum M. C. (2011). Non per profitto. Perché le democrazie hanno bisogno della cultura umanistica. Bologna: Il Mulino. Nussbaum M. C. (2012). Creare capacità. Bologna: Il Mulino. Nussbaum M. C. (2013). Giustizia sociale e dignità umana. Bologna: Il Mulino. OECD (2021). Beyond Academic Learning: First Results from the Survey of Social and Emotional Skills. Paris: OECD Publishing. ONU (2015). Trasformare il nostro mondo: l’Agenda 2030 per lo Sviluppo Sostenibile. Risoluzione dell’Assemblea Generale, 25 settembre 2015. Pignalberi C. (2020). EduCARE alla partecipazione inclusiva e resiliente: il territorio come palestra di agency per lo sviluppo delle competenze di cittadinanza. Attualità pedagogiche, Vol. 2, n.1, 2020, 104-115. Raccomandazione (2018/C 189/01) del Consiglio dell’Unione europea del 22 maggio 2018 relativa alle competenze chiave per l’apprendimento permanente. Consultato il 04/02/2022, da https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/IT/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)#:~:text=Contesto%20e%20obiettivi,Ogni%20persona%20ha%20diritto%20a%20un'istruzione%2C%20a%20una%20formazione,transizioni%20nel%20mercato%20del%20lavoro. Sen A. K. (1986). Scelta, benessere, equità. Bologna: Il Mulino. Sen A. K. (1993). Il tenore di vita. Tra benessere e libertà. Venezia: Marsilio. Sen A. K. (1994). La diseguaglianza. Un riesame critico. Bologna: Il Mulino. Thurstone L. L., Chave E. J. (1929). The Measurement of Attitude. Chicago: Chicago University Press (trad. it. Parziale in Arcuri, Flores D’Arcais, 1974, pp.91-178). Tramma S. (2019) Pedagogia della contemporaneità. Educare al tempo della crisi. Roma: Carrocci. UNESCO (2017). Educazione agli obiettivi per lo sviluppo sostenibile. Parigi: Unesco. UNESCO (2023). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. Parigi: Unesco UNICEF (2021). Life Skills and Citizenship Education. UNICEF MENA. Amman: Regional Office. World Health Organization (1993). Life Skills education for Children and Adolescents in Schools. Introcution and Guidelines to Facilitate the Development and Implementation of Life Skill Programmes. Programme on Mental Health. Geneva: World Health Organization. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Stronger together? Forms and Functions of Transnational NGO Networks in Citizenship Education University of Potsdam, Germany Presenting Author:Citizenship Education (CE) has gained prominence in addressing democratic challenges arising from global inequality, climate change, migration, and pandemics. CE is widely considered an essential tool for equipping learners to meet these challenges (Kolleck 2022). It can be broadly defined as a concept that summarises all educational processes aimed at preparing individuals for their role as citizens, ensuring their access to rights and responsibilities, and promoting active participation in democratic societies (Osler & Starkey 2006). Although traditionally regarded as the domain of nation-states, the CE field has opened up to alternative actors, with non-governmental organisations (NGOs) emerging as significant contributors, leading to claims of an 'NGOisation' of CE (Ribeiro et al. 2016). Education processes are no longer limited to national contexts but cross borders and involve diverse stakeholders, including practitioners, governments, intergovernmental organizations, businesses, and NGOs (DeMars 2005; Lubienski et al. 2022). NGOs are evolving as key players shaping educational content, practice, and governance. With their adaptability and flexibility, NGOs have become significant contributors to public education systems (Martens 2002). The ongoing globalization of education has led to the emergence of transnational NGO networks that transcend national boundaries by connecting diverse stakeholders (Menashy 2016). These networks are ascribed potential in addressing current challenges in education governance and implementation, particularly in areas such as CE. The increasing engagement of NGOs in transnational networks underscores their commitment to enhancing communication and collaboration, essential qualities for effective action in the globalized era. Transnational NGO networks in education serve various purposes, exhibiting different degrees of formality that range from unofficial partnerships to legally established coalitions (Goodwin 2009). As it has been argued that the form of a network should follow its functions, the structure of a network appears to be closely linked to specific functional needs (Hearn & Mendizabal 2011). However, despite the rising presence of transnational NGO networks as potentially impactful players in the CE field, there is a lack of understanding of their organisational structures as collective actors and a research gap on their roles and functions. In order to address these gaps, this article conducts an analysis of a qualitative data set consisting of a series of semi-structured expert interviews with key NGO representatives from a selected group of five transnational NGO networks working on CE in Europe. It aims to answer the central questions: (1) What functions and roles do transnational NGO networks carry out in the field of CE in Europe?, (2) How are these functions and roles accomplished by networks through different organisational structures?, and (3) How do the structural characteristics of a network relate to its effective fulfilment of functions and roles? The Network Functions Approach (NFA) serves as the study's analytical framework, focusing on the functions and roles of transnational NGO networks rather than just their organizational structures (Hearn & Mendizabal 2011). Through this lens, light can be shed on the dualistic nature between forms and functions as well as the networks’ potential to act as effective educational players or changemakers in the transnational sphere (Macpherson 2016). The NFA synthesizes five core functions: Knowledge management, amplification and advocacy, community building, convening, and resource mobilisation. These functions are essential for understanding the network's agency and support roles in effecting change and facilitating members' actions. The NFA offers a robust yet adaptable framework for the systematic analysis and comparison of these networks by providing categories to assess their formal shapes and actions. This article aims to contribute to the understanding of how transnational NGO networks operate, and the findings should inform future research, policy and strategic planning for transnational NGO networks working in CE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To determine relevant transnational NGO networks, the research utilized purposeful sampling, wherein cases were chosen based on pre-established criteria until saturation was attained (Patton 2015). The selection criteria for the networks encompassed the following: (1) involvement in transnational activities across Europe and beyond national boundaries, (2) thematic alignment with CE initiatives, (3) active participation in CE discourse during the selection period, and (4) a predominantly NGO membership. The resultant sample consisted of five networks that boast a diverse membership comprising a range of organisations differing in size, degree of formalisation, geographical location, and funding across Europe and beyond. This diversity facilitated a nuanced evaluation of this relatively small yet heterogeneous cohort of NGO networks. The qualitative data set encompasses 23 problem-centred expert interviews that were conducted in the fall of 2021. This approach combines the insights derived from experts' network-specific knowledge and its internal structure, along with the personal opinions, conceptions, and experiences of the interviewees regarding CE as a transnational issue. The questions focused on the experts' perceptions of CE and the advantages and drawbacks of their respective networks’ actions for the member organisations. The chosen experts, recruited through snowball sampling, were those in qualifying positions to possess specific procedural and interpretive knowledge of the research topic. Qualitative content analysis, as delineated by Mayring (2014), was the primary method used to identify patterns and regularities within the extensive corpus of document and interview data under scrutiny during the data analysis. This analytical approach entails the systematic reduction, classification, and structuring of the content while offering a clear and replicable process that allows for adaption to the research context. During the coding process, two sets of deductively built categories are applied to the texts. Five categories that encompass the functions outlined in the NFA (Hearn & Mendizabal 2011) are complemented by four categories that centre around main structural characteristics of the networks. The latter include organisational arrangements, membership, governance, and funding. This study takes on a comparative perspective by contrasting the networks based on their attributes and actions through structuring quantitative content analysis. This method enables the classification and description of data by identifying patterns, themes, and typical features. It allows for an in-depth exploration of meanings and interpretations embedded in the data, contributing to a richer understanding of the phenomena under investigation. The interpretation process is segmented and involves several researchers to ensure intersubjective validation of coding reliability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that transnational NGO networks in CE perform multiple functions whilst possessing distinct organisational structures. Convening and amplification are identified as the most prominent functions across all networks, with a focus on interpersonal networking and event-based multi-stakeholder cooperation. The majority of networks has a support role, expressed through a variety of means to facilitate the collective endeavours of their members. The results also highlight notable differences in the structural characteristics of the networks, as well as recurring features. While there are clear variations in the degree of formality of organisational arrangements, membership and governance strategies, all networks face common challenges, including securing sustainable funding and addressing asymmetries between partners. Specific aspects such as the dominance of networks by a single organisation and the unclear boundaries of membership are identified as key areas of internal tension. The discussion of how to manage the hierarchy and power asymmetry inherent in networks, as well as the fluidity of membership, highlights the need for all organisations involved in such alliances to openly reflect on their own positions (Faul 2016, Kolleck 2019, Laumann et al. 1983, Provan & Kenis 2007). It is evident that there are many possible organisational structures and operational pathways for networks to fulfil their intended functions and provide a valuable option for NGO engagement. Although a number of structural characteristics appear to be more closely associated with specific functions and roles than others, it remains difficult to establish clear causal relationships between a network forms and functions. This may be attributed to the constantly changing external environment, which is reflected in the dynamic nature of networks themselves. It is argued that NGO networks thus need to maintain their core qualities of flexibility and adaptability while becoming aware of the advantages or drawbacks of evolving towards more or less formality. References DeMars, W. E. (2005) NGOs and transnational networks: Wild cards in world politics. Pluto Press, London, Ann Arbor, MI. Faul, M. V. (2016) Networks and Power: Why Networks are Hierarchical Not Flat and What Can Be Done About It. Global Policy 7 (2), 185–197. Kolleck, N. (2019) The power of third sector organizations in public education. Journal of Educational Administration 57 (4), 411–425. Kolleck, N. (2022) Politische Bildung und Demokratie: Eine Einführung in Anwendungsfelder, Akteure und internationale Ansätze. Verlag Barbara Budrich, Leverkusen. Goodwin, M. (2009) Which Networks Matter in Education Governance? A Reply to Ball's ‘New Philanthropy, New Networks and New Governance in Education’. Political Studies 57 (3), 680–687. Hearn, S. & Mendizabal, E. (2011) Not everything that connects is a network. Overseas Development Institute, London. Laumann, E. O., Mardsen, P. V. & Prensky, D. (1983) The boundary specification problem in network analysis. In: Burt, R. S. & Minor, M. J. (eds.) Applied Network Analysis: A Methodological Introduction, 1. print. SAGE, Beverly Hills, pp. 18–34 Lubienski, C., Yemini, M. & Maxwell, C. (eds.) (2022) The rise of external actors in education: Shifting boundaries globally and locally, 1st. Policy Press. Macpherson, I. (2016) An Analysis of Power in Transnational Advocacy Networks in Education. In: Mundy, K., Green, A., Lingard, B. & Verger, A. (eds.) The Handbook of Global Education Policy. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, Chichester, UK, pp. 401–418. Martens, K. (2002) Mission Impossible? Defining Nongovernmental Organizations. VOLUNTAS: International Journal of Voluntary and Nonprofit Organizations 13 (3), 271–285. Mayring, P. (2014) Qualitative content analysis: theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution, Klagenfurt. Menashy, F. (2016) Understanding the roles of non-state actors in global governance: evidence from the Global Partnership for Education. Journal of Education Policy 31 (1), 98–118. Osler, A. & Starkey, H. (2006) Education for democratic citizenship: a review of research, policy and practice 1995–2005 1. Research Papers in Education 21 (4), 433–466. Patton, M. Q. (2015) Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice, Fourth edition. SAGE, Los Angeles, London, New Delhi, Singapore, Washington DC. Provan, K. G. & Kenis, P. (2007) Modes of Network Governance: Structure, Management, and Effectiveness. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 18 (2), 229–252 Ribeiro, A. B., Caetano, A. & Menezes, I. (2016) Citizenship education, educational policies and NGOs. British Educational Research Journal 42 (4), 646–664. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Democratic Education via Youth Participation Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany Presenting Author:The social crises of the last few years have led to social uncertainty among the younger generation (Andresen et al., 2022). In Germany, this is also accompanied by doubts about the existing democracy, especially among young people from middle and low educational backgrounds (Habich & Remete, 2023; Open Society Foundation, 2023). In addition, young people hardly feel noticed by politics, which reduces satisfaction with democracy (Vodafone Stiftung, 2022). In Germany, youth work, youth organizations and clubs are important places for leisure activities and important settings for non-formal education. These activities bring together young people and the support of youth workers or educators, so that young people can express and organize themselves for their interests and take responsibility (Düx et al., 2008; BMFSFJ, 2012). In these contexts, young people's insecurities are addressed by them having access to democratic forms of action, creating and establishing norms and values in everyday interactions and being able to communicate their needs and interests. Democracy – at least in the intention – is the “goal, object and practice of education” also in German youth work (BMFSFJ, 2020, p. 125). The focus of the paper is the promotion of civic participation as a special approach to democratic education. Especially in the non-formal educational context of youth work, which is based on maxims such as voluntariness or interest orientation (Sturzenhecker, 2021; BMFSFJ, 2020), there are special participation opportunities for young people: Here participation itself is a maxim, and can have a variety of forms, f.e. the adoption of responsibility in youth associations, the participation in youth committees (e.g. youth parliaments) or informal participation through interactional everyday processes (Züchner & Peyerl, 2015). The article therefore aims to discuss the extent to which (the facilitation of) participation in youth work as a non-formal place of education can enable democratic education. In particular, learning through democracy is closely linked to Dewey's idea of democracy as “a mode of associated living, of conjoint communicated experience” (Dewey, 1916/2023, p. 144). Dewey (1939/2021) assumes that democracy as a way of life is characterized by the ability to judge and act intelligently (Dewey, 1939/2021), which is achieved through experiential learning is acquired in one's own local area (Dewey, 1939/2021). Particularly in youth work, democratic education is strongly based on the idea of democracy as the idea of an “embryonic society” (Dewey, 1899/1980, p. 12) and fosters participation experiences. Particularly for pedagogically initiated participation processes, the question arises, whether all forms of participation contribute to democratic education or whether democratic education as learning through democracy requires reflection processes that clarify the connection of everyday interactions and decision making to the concept of democracy. Drawing on the concept of democratic consciousness (Abdi & Carr, 2013), which includes one’s attention to social processes, an understanding and appreciation of democratic norms, sensitivity to different political power relations, and the recognition of rules and institutions for the creation of general obligations (Himmelmann, 2007), the article discusses the extent to which participation in youth work promotes democratic consciousness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on a theoretical framework and selected findings from the Shell Youth Study (Hurrelmann et al., 2019), a representative repeated youth survey in Germany, which examines, among other things, the orientations and activities of adolescents and young adults, the article draws on materials from the scientific support of the Youth Action Program 2022-2024 in Hesse, in which 19 participation projects in youth work are analyzed. The projects have varying degrees of relevance to promoting democracy, but all focus on fostering youth participation. The projects currently concern, among other things, the de-sire for or design of a pump track system, the support of a youth advisory board and also a state-wide youth congress in Hesse. The article takes this different starting point into account but focuses more on the perceptions and experiences of the young people in the projects. A total of 12 group interviews were conducted, each with three to six participants (aged 13-18). Depending on the project, the partici-pants have a broad variety of social-structural backgrounds. The group interviews collected are evaluated using content analysis and, within the framework of the article, evaluated primarily on a category-based basis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022). The focus is on the analysis of the categories of the forms of participation experienced, the motivation to participate as well as implicit and explicitly expressed references to democracy from the perspective of the young people. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the shell youth survey show a correlation between engagement for youth interest in youth organizations and democratic orientations, leading to the question, if and how democratic orien-tations are fostered through participation and engagement. The analyses of the interviews so far indi-cate that the young people take part in the participation projects for a variety of reasons, which in at least some projects arise from social or political perceptions and thus have their origin in a democratic consciousness. For some young people, participation arises from their current living environments and social spaces and the desire for changes for young people as a whole. Other young people were fun-damentally committed to strengthening young people's opportunities to participate in (local) politics – both groups expressing not being heard enough as a motive for engagement. And yet other participants primarily strive for social relationships in their groups. Concerning the idea of democratic education, the interviews with the youth groups show, that democratic values such as equality go without saying in the interactions with each other, with youth-workers and politicians. However, it seems as if they are often not aware of these as fundamental parts of democracy. References Abdi, A. A., & Carr, P. R. (Eds.) (2013). Educating for democratic consciousness. Peter Lang. Andresen, S., Lips, A., Rusack, T., Schröer, W., Thomas, S., & Wilmes, J. (2022). Verpasst? Verschoben? Verunsichert? Junge Menschen gestalten ihre Jugend in der Pandemie. Universitätsverlag. Bîrcéa, C., Kerr, D. & Mikkelsen, R., Froumin, I., Losito, B., Pol, M., & Sardoc, M. (2004). All-European Study on Education for Democratic Citizenship Policies. Council of Europe. BMFSFJ (2020). 16. Kinder- und Jugendbericht. BMFSFJ. BMFSFJ (2012). 12. Kinder- und Jugendbericht. BMFSFJ. Dewey, J. (1939/2021). Creative Democracy— The Task Before Us. In E.T. Weber (ed.). J. Dewey, America's Public Philosopher (p. 59-68). Columbia University Press. Dewey, J. (1916/2023). Democracy and Education. wikisource. Dewey, J. (1899/1980). The School and Society. Arcturus Books Edition. Düx, W., Prein, G., Sass, E., & Tully, C. J. (2008). Kompetenzerwerb im freiwilligen Engagement. VS Ver-lag für Sozialwissenschaften. Edelstein, W. (2009). Partizipation und Demokratielernen in der Ganztagsschule. In S. Appel, H. Ludwig, U. Rother & G. Rutz (Eds.), Leben – Lernen – Leisten (p. 80-93). Wochenschau-Verlag. Himmelmann, G. (2007). Durch Demokratie-Lernen zum Demokratiebewusstsein. In D. Lange & G. Himmelmann (Eds.), Demokratiebewusstsein. Interdisziplinäre Annäherungen an ein zentrales Thema der politischen Bildung (p. 26-40). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Hurrelmann, K., Quenzel, G., Schneekloth, U., Leven, I., Albert, M., Utzmann, H., & Wolfert, S. (2019). Jugend 2019 – 18. Shell Jugendstudie. Beltz. Kołczyńska, M. (2020). Democratic values, education, and political trust. International Journal of Com-parative Sociology, 61(1), 3-26. https://doi.org/10.1177/0020715220909881 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Beltz Juventa. Habich, J., & Remete, P. (2023, January 30). Einstellungen und Sorgen der jungen Generation Deutschlands 2023. https://www.bertelsmann-stiftung.de/de/publikationen/publikation/did/einstellungen-und-sorgen-der-jungen-generation-deutschlands-2023 Open Society Foundation (2023, January 30). Open Society Barometer. Can Democracy deliver? https://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/publications/open-society-barometer-can-democracy-deliver#publications_download Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Rese-arch, 89(5), 655-696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493 Sturzenhecker, B. (2021). Förderung gesellschaftlich-demokratischen Engagements in der Offenen Kin-der- und Jugendarbeit. In U. Deinet, B. Sturzenhecker, L. von Schwanenflügel & M. Schwerthelm (Eds.), Handbuch Offene Kinder- und Jugendarbeit (p. 1001-1015). Springer VS. Vodafone Stiftung Deutschland (2022, January 30). HÖRT UNS ZU! Wie junge Menschen die Politik in Deutschland und die Vertretung ihrer Interessen wahrnehmen. https://www.vodafone-stiftung.de/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Jugendstudie-2022_Vodafone-Stiftung.pdf Züchner, I., & Peyerl, K. (2016). Partizipation von Kindern und Jugendlichen – Annäherung an einen viel-fältigen Begriff. In Institut für Soziale Arbeit e.V. (Ed.), ISA-Jahrbuch 2015 zur sozialen Arbeit (Schwer-punkt Partizipation, p. 27-43). Waxmann. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 07 A: Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (Part 3): Nordic Dimensions Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eva Merete Bjerkholt Session Chair: Yngve Antonsen Symposium Part 3/3, continued from 01 SES 06 A |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (PART 3): Nordic Dimensions This symposium series, consisting of three consecutive symposia, is organised by the European network Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME) which has been organised as a network project of the Network 1 “Professional Learning and Development” of EERA since 2021. The aim of the network is to bring together researchers interested in supporting and mentoring new teachers during the induction phase. The network has organised various meetings of researchers to promote cooperation between researchers working on mentoring and induction practices, not only at the ECER conference, but also, for example, at the NERA conference. The network is also in the process of editing a European anthology of this research. A variety of research and development work on induction and mentoring is explored as a part of teachers’ continuing professional learning and development within a broader ecosystem of educational practices. The research is based on the assumption that induction and mentoring are seen as part of teachers' ongoing professional learning and development and as part of a wider set of practices that can be called an ecosystem of professional development. The Part 3 of this three-part symposium introduces the results of the collaborative research in the Nordic countries on mentoring and induction. The first presentation of this symposium introduces the network Nordic Teacher Induction network (NTI), a collaboration network on induction and mentoring newly qualified teachers in Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. The historical account starts from early 2000’s and move to today, towards the latest project “Promoting Professional Development” (NTI-PPD). The second presentation explores the current state of mentoring and induction, comparing legislation and working conditions related to professional work in the Nordics. By emphasizing the perspectives of students and new teachers, the presentation examines the need for induction and its inclusion in a comprehensive system for continuous professional development. The collaborative efforts between teachers' trade unions, educators, and researchers play a pivotal role in shaping policy changes and garnering political attention in the educational landscape. The third presentation builds upon the mapping work of the NTI network, delving into the evolving landscapes of mentor education in Nordic countries and Estonia. Exploring the unique practices, challenges, and opportunities, the study reflects on the changes observed in mentor education programs over nearly two decades of NTI collaboration. Key questions about the content and effectiveness of mentor education, its link to professional development cycles, and its significance in contexts grappling with teacher recruitment and retention issues are addressed. The presentation also investigates the research landscape surrounding mentor education and its impact on mentors and schools. The fourth presentation employs the theory of practice architectures (TPA) to theorize teacher induction policies, mentoring practices, and the unique situations in the Nordic countries and Estonia. By examining the cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements influencing mentoring and induction practices, the TPA offers a theoretical lens to identify conditions of possibility in educational settings. The study uncovers the enabling and constraining factors that shape mentoring and induction practices for newly qualified teachers, contributing to a nuanced understanding of the intricate dynamics at play. References See invidual presentations Presentations of the Symposium 1. Teacher Induction and Mentoring in the Nordics: Developing Practices through Cross Sectorial Collaboration
This symposium studies experiences of cross-sectoral cooperation to develop mentoring in the Nordic countries. The network started as a joint project between universities and teacher educators but was expanded to include teacher unions. The network brings together researchers, teacher educators and teacher union representatives from the Nordics (Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden). We start with the historical perspective from early 2000’s and move to today, and our latest project Promoting Professional Development (PPD).
The network roots back to 2004 when the Newly Qualified Teachers in Northern Europe network was established, consisting of researchers of mentoring from all these countries. In 2017, the network was joined by teacher union representatives from the aforementioned countries, thus becoming more cross-sectoral and deliberately taking a more visible role in policy making in terms of teachers’ professional development. Since 2017, the network has implemented three collaboration projects funded by Nordplus. The network has published a book applying the theory of ecologies of practices to the study of induction and mentoring (Bjerkholt, Olsen & Heikkinen 2020).
The present collaborative project NTI-PPD aims at investigating how the practices of teacher induction and mentoring of new teachers are prefigured (enabled/constrained) in the Nordic countries and Estonia as part of continuous professional development. Through our collaboration, we wish to contribute developing practices of mentoring and induction through analyses of existing practices and research-based knowledge. The collaboration between different partners in the wider education community will create a deeper understanding and contribute to a greater diversity, which in turn provides new knowledge and approaches in the educational continuum.
Another aim is to strengthen the Nordic and Baltic voice in international policymaking and public discourse related to induction and mentoring, and this collaboration between researchers and teacher unions will enable discussions that focus on research as well as experience-based knowledge on how to establish sustainable systems, highlighting diversity and tensions in our different practices and experiences.
One of the goals is to share the experiences and research through different channels in our respective networks, and thus contribute to the public discussion on relevant topics such as professional development as a continuum from teacher education into the profession, sustainable comprehensive induction and mentoring for NQTs, and possibilities to stop the attrition rate of NQTs leaving the profession. The network has also taken an active role in developing a European dimension of mentoring and induction research.
References:
Fransson, G. & Gustafsson, K. (2008). Newly Qualified Teachers in Northern Europe. Gävle: University of Gävle.
Kemmis, S. (2023). Education for Living Well in a World Worth Living in. In K. E. Reimer, M. Kaukko, S. Windsor, K. Mahon, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Living Well in a World Worth Living in for All: Volume 1: Current Practices of Social Justice, Sustainability and Wellbeing (pp. 13-26). Springer Nature Singapore. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-7985-9_1
Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H., Aspfors, J., Fransson, G. & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014a). Mentoring as Contested Practice: Support, Supervision and Collaborative Self-development. Teaching and Teacher Education 43, 154-164.
Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0.
2. An Overview of Inductions Systems and how they are Related to Teacher Professional Development
The purpose of this presentation is to provide an overview of how induction and mentoring for new teachers in the Nordic countries and Estonia are seen as a part of teacher professional development.
We will theorise upon some of the data collected by the teacher unions in the cross-sectoral project named Nordic Teacher Induction - Promoting Professional Development (NTI-PPD) This presentation will begin with some summary data of the current state of mentoring and induction from each of the partner countries. The summaries will include a comparison of legislation and working conditions related to professional work with induction. These data help us to identify and discuss what is unique and what, if anything, is significantly different in these contexts and importantly, what the implications for professional development of teachers in each of the contexts.
The professional development of teachers begins in teacher education programs; thus, the first point of comparison is to look at how professional practice is undertaken in each country. We will draw attention to what students and new teachers think about the need for induction and compare obligations to and working conditions related to professional work with induction. We also discuss experience of including mentoring and induction in a comprehensive system for continuous professional development in the teaching career. The final part of this presentation will address longstanding collaboration between teachers' trade unions, teacher educators and researchers on mentoring and induction which includes partners from Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden and how this collabration provides impetus for change in policy and political attention in the educational landscape in relation to mentoring and induction in each of the countries.
References:
Aaltonen, Bäckström, Ernestam, Harsvik, Hauksson, Salmonsen, Salo, Wettendorff (2023). Teacher shortage in the Nordic countries. Comparing the current situation. NLS. DOI: teacher_shortage_nls-report_2023_final.pdf
Fransson, G. & Gustafsson, K. (2008), Newly Qualified Teachers in Northern Europe. Gävle: University of Gävle.
Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0.
Svanbjörnsdóttir, B., Hauksdóttir, H., & Steingrímsdóttir, M. (2020). Mentoring in Iceland: An integral part of professional development? In K.R. Olsen, H. Heikkinen & Bjerkholt, E.M. (Eds.). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring (Ch. 6, pp. 129–149). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0.
3. Landscapes of Mentor Education in the North
Mentoring is often viewed as a key professional learning tool from initial teacher education to senior leadership development. Based on the research, mentor education is a crucial contributor to the success of mentoring programmes (e.g. Ulvik & Sunde, 2013), as mentor quality is essential to effectively support the development of a novice teacher (Ellis et al., 2020).
Building on the mapping work of NTI-SEM in the previous presentation and emerging research, this presentation delves into the dynamic and evolving landscapes of mentor education in Nordic countries and Estonia. The presentation will shed light on the unique practices, challenges and opportunities that shape mentoring and interplay between mentors, mentees, and the diverse environments they navigate. As the Nordic Teacher Induction (NTI) network has collaborated for nearly 20 years, we will look backward to describe how the mentor education programs have changed during these years and what has influenced these changes. We will present the current state of play in each country regarding what mentoring education is offered, how mentoring education is supported by education agencies/departments in each country, and how mentor education is possibly changing in light of new EU (Bologna) guidelines.
We are looking for answers to the following questions: What kind of content is provided in mentor education, and is it fit for purpose? Is mentoring intricately linked to professional development cycles (for both mentors and mentees), and is it important in contexts with issues recruiting and retaining teachers, as we suspect? We will end this part of the symposium where we have gathered these accounts of mentoring education, looking at what research is being done on mentoring education and how mentoring education professionally develops mentors and then, in turn, schools.
References:
Ellis, N. J., Alonzo, D., & Nguyen, H. T. M. (2020). Elements of a quality pre-service teacher mentor: A literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 92, 103072.
Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0.
Ulvik, M., & Sunde, E. (2013). The impact of mentor education: does mentor education matter?. Professional development in education, 39(5), 754-770.
4. Practice Architectures of Mentoring and Induction in the Nordics
The purpose of this presentation is to provide a theorising of the teacher induction policies and practices, and the situation of mentoring for new teachers in the Nordic countries and Estonia that has been presented in the previous presentations. Using the theory of practice architectures, the presentation identifies what mentoring and induction practices are enabled and constrained in the Nordics. The theory of practice architectures (TPA) suggests that what an individual is able to, and can in actuality, do is shaped by a wide variety of things including specific discourses, social and political relationships, and the resources or materials available (Kemmis et al., 2014ab). In other words, the TPA is a theoretical resource that allows us to identify the conditions of possibility (Kemmis, 2023) in educational settings.
The theory of practice architectures posits that the enactment of practices is prefigured but not predetermined by the varied arrangements in the intersubjective space in a particular site (Kemmis et al., 2014). As the NTI network has mapped and compared mentoring and induction practices for newly qualified teachers across the Nordic region, the cultural-discursive, material–economic and social–political arrangements (Kemmis et al., 2012; Kemmis et al., 2014ab) that hold practices of mentoring and induction in place and are revealed.
References:
Kemmis, S. & Heikkinen, H. (2012). Future perspectives: Peer-Group Mentoring and international practices for teacher development. In: H. Heikkinen, H. Jokinen & P. Tynjälä (Eds.) Peer-Group Mentoring for Teacher Development. Abingdon: Routledge, 144-170.
Kemmis, S. (2023). Education for Living Well in a World Worth Living in. In K. E. Reimer, M. Kaukko, S. Windsor, K. Mahon, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Living Well in a World Worth Living in for All: Volume 1: Current Practices of Social Justice, Sustainability and Wellbeing (pp. 13-26). Springer Nature Singapore. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-7985-9_1
Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H., Aspfors, J., Fransson, G. & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014a). Mentoring as Contested Practice: Support, Supervision and Collaborative Self-development. Teaching and Teacher Education 43, 154-164.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014b). Changing practices, changing education. Springer Science & Business Media.
Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0.
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 07 B: Partnership (Part 2) Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Maurizio Gentile Paper Session Part 2/2, continued from 01 SES 06 B |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Cultivating Self-Awareness in Teacher Education: A Community of Practice Approach 1University of Limerick, Ireland; 2Deakin University; 3Ulster University; 4Mary Immaculate College; 5Consultant Presenting Author:If we cannot sit with the complexities within us, there is no chance we can hold space for the complexities around ourselves". Vanessa Andreotti
Global citizenship education (GCE) has become a pivotal element of initial teacher education (ITE) in Ireland, urging educators to foster self-awareness and social responsibility among learners. Anchored in the recognition of teacher educators (TEs) as policy actors who are mandated by Irish national policy to integrate GCE as one of seven core elements that must underpin ITE programs (Teaching Council 2020, p.14), this longitudinal study investigates the development, process, and scaffolding of an international Community of Practice (CoP) focused on enhancing TEs' self-awareness for GCE.
The theoretical framework informing this study is critical GCE. Critical GCE highlights the importance of learners reflecting upon their own knowledge and assumptions, and “exploring the implications of their own ways of seeing and being in the world in relation to power, relationships, and the distribution of labour and resources (Blackmore, 2016, p.39). It is rooted in social justice (Giroux & Bosio, 2021), as it invites learners to examine preconceived values and perspectives in local and global settings and reflect upon their understanding of the world (Bosio, 2020, 2023). Critical GCE, therefore demands a learner-centred, autonomous approach, where learners reflect and build upon their own experiences and social contexts to develop their knowledge and understanding (Leicht et al., 2018). Embracing these approaches creates space for plurality of perspectives rather than a pre-determined formula for what learners should do or think. Developing these dispositions to learning, and the competences associated with critical GCE, therefore requires continued and critical self-reflection (Blackmore, 2016). The research question driving this inquiry is: How do TEs experience professional learning aimed at fostering self-awareness in the context of critical GCE and social justice education? This question underscores the need for TEs to engage in reflective practices that illuminate their capacities and challenges in integrating critical GCE into their pedagogical repertoire.
Central to this investigation is the operationalisation of the CoP, which serves as a reflective space and a crucible for innovation in pedagogical strategies. Lave and Wenger (1991) define CoPs as ”a system of relationships between people, activities and the world; developing with time, and in relation to other tangential and overlapping CoPs” (p.91). CoPs are viewed as a powerful way to examine TE learning (Patton & Parker, 2017). This collaborative approach leverages shared resources and a repository of activities to foster a deep engagement with the 'self' (personal and professional), employing pedagogies that push the boundaries of comfort to promote genuine reflection and growth. The CoP's collective expertise in teacher education, coupled with its commitment to critical GCE and social justice, provides a rich backdrop for exploration and experimentation with various pedagogical prompts designed to enhance self-awareness for GCE. The shared resources form the backbone of the CoP’s collaborative efforts. These resources encompass a conceptual framework for exploring TE identity (from the perspective of the professional and personal self), professional learning needs, and the nexus of GCE and self-awareness. The repository also includes a diverse array of activities and prompts shared to stimulate discussion, encourage self and co-regulation, and foster relationality in the learning space.
The contribution of this study lies in its potential to illuminate potential pathways through which TEs can deepen their understanding of self-awareness for GCE. By examining the lived experiences and reflective practices within the CoP, this research aims to offer insights into how educators can navigate the complexities of their internal landscapes to better engage with the external challenges of global citizenship and social justice education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of this study is constructed to capture the dynamic and reflective nature of an international CoP (n=6) engaged in developing self-awareness and pedagogical strategies for critical GCE. The CoP comprises expertise from diverse fields: teacher education, GCE, social justice education, self-study, universal design for learning (UDL), equity, diversity, inclusion (EDI), and psychotherapy. Data were collected from October 2023 onwards through cyclical CoP Meetings (n=7) and written reflections (n=16) all supported by a designated macro-critical friend who prompted and challenged the CoP to delve deeper into their reflections and thoughts. This role was crucial in developing a safe, nurturing, and non-evaluative space reflecting Carl Roger’s core conditions of empathy, congruence, and unconditional positive regard. This role also ensures that the group stays focused with appropriate boundaries and supports while monitoring for the safety and emotional regulation of participants. Each participant is encouraged to share openly and honestly. This process provides an opportunity for individuals to be seen and heard in the group as individuals, making the implicit explicit. Each meeting within the CoP was recorded and transcribed to capture the rich dialogue and exchange of ideas. These meetings are the crux of data collection, providing insights into the pedagogical approaches and reflective questions aimed at exploring self-awareness for GCE and social justice matters. The CoP's schedule featured an alternating rhythm: hands-on pedagogical encounters focused on self-awareness prompts, individual written reflections and reflective dialogue meetings. Engaging with an individual reflection after each meeting was proposed by one member of the CoP and everyone agreed. This showcases the fluidity of the CoP and how it is developing and growing organically. Reflection is integral to our methodology. The individual reflections document CoP member observations, feelings, and engagements in response to the experiential activities. These reflections are then shared with all members via the CoP online platform. Each person’s approach is different, some like to write the reflection immediately, others like to ponder further and take a few days to write. The subsequent reflective group session allows for a consolidation process to occur reinforcing the cyclical process of what spontaneously emerged for participants, what they thought of it after and what now. CoP meeting transcriptions and member reflections were analysed using inductive thematic analysis to explore themes reflected in the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study anticipates several key outcomes that will contribute to the discourse on teacher education and critical GCE: (1) an in-depth understanding of the self-awareness development process among TEs as they engage with GCE principles, (2) the identification of effective pedagogical strategies that facilitate self-awareness and its integration into teaching practices, and (3) insights into the cyclical process of reflective practice. It is anticipated that taken together, the three key outcomes listed here will inform the development of a model of professional learning for cultivating self-awareness in the contexts of critical GCE and social justice education that can be replicated in other educational contexts. The experiential learning cycle described in this paper supports the development of self-awareness and facilitates personal and professional growth. Participants become aware of personal unconscious bias, values, and belief systems within themselves along with insecurities (complexities) and begin to separate these personal aspects of self, from the values of critical GCE, and the professional self. Participants can also explore ways of integrating their personal self with their professional self in a healthy way. The process undertaken by the CoP highlights the value of reflective enquiry and the ethical responsibility of educators to engage with GCE and social justice matters. By providing a space for vulnerability, the CoP also addresses themes of safety, belonging, and imposter syndrome, which are vital considerations for TEs navigating the complexities of critical GCE. Through experiential practice, CoP participants will experience first-hand the universal difficulties and challenges learners experience when tasked with engaging in reflective practice in this way, thus enabling us to carve out paths that may make it a less daunting and scary task for others. References Andreotti, V. (2011). Actionable postcolonial theory in education. Palgrave Macmillan. Blackmore, C. (2016). Towards a pedagogical framework for global citizenship education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 8(1), 39-56. Doi: 10.18546/IJDEGL.8.1.04 Bosio, E. (2023). Global citizenship education as a reflective dialogic pedagogy. Citizenship Teaching & Learning, 18, 177 – 194. https://doi.org/10.1386/ctl_00119_1 Bosio, E. (2020). Towards an ethical global citizenship education curriculum framework in the modern university. In D. Bourn (Ed.), Bloomsbury handbook for global education and learning (pp. 187–206). London: Bloomsbury. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350108769.0025 Bourn, D. (2015). The Theory and Practice of Global Learning. London: Development Education Research Centre, UCL Institute of Education. Brockbank, A., & McGill, I. (2007). Facilitating Reflective Learning in Higher Education. McGraw-Hill Education. Gay, G. (2010). Culturally Responsive Teaching: Theory, Research, and Practice. New York: Teachers College Press. Giroux, H. A., & Bosio, E. (2021). Critical pedagogy and global citizenship education. In E. Bosio (Ed.), Conversations on global citizenship education: Perspectives on research, teaching, and learning in higher education (pp. 3–12). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429346897-1 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Leicht, A, Heiss, J and Byun, W. (2018). Issues and trends in education for sustainable development, education on the move. Paris: UNESCO Publishing. Retrieved from http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0026/002614/261445e.pdf [accessed 30 Aug 2023]. Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative learning: Theory to practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 74, 5-12. Patton, K., & Parker, M. (2017). Teacher education communities of practice: More than a culture of collaboration. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 351-360. Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing Education Policy. Routledge. Shulman, L.S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-22. Teaching Council. (2020). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education. Maynooth: Teaching Council. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press. Zeichner, K. (1999). The new scholarship in teacher education. Educational Researcher, 28(9), 4-15. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper "If You Want to Go Far, Go Together." Cross-School Teacher Team (CSTT) in an In-service Teacher Training Programme in Norway NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:The issue of professional learning community (PLC) has received considerable critical attention within the field of teacher continuing professional development (CPD). It is now well established from a variety of studies that PLC contributes greatly to teachers’ changes in practices, knowledge, beliefs, agency, and affective characteristics (Dogan, Pringle & Mesa, 2016; Long, Zhao, Yang, Zhao & Chen, 2021; Philpott & Oates, 2017; Tam, 2015). In a narrow sense, PLC can be understood with the aim to facilitate school-wide improvement in teaching and learning and is usually linked to local school context where teachers work (Admiraal, Schenke, Jong, Emmelot & Sligte, 2021; Brennan & Gorman, 2023; Chen & Wang, 2015; Steyn, 2017). In a broader view, PLC is seen as a platform where a collective of individuals collaboratively examines and reflects on their practices in an ongoing, learning-focused, and inclusive manner, with the shared goal of promoting professional growth (Stoll et al. 2006). The Special Education 1 programme (Spesialpedagogikk 1) represents a primary official in-service teacher training offer in Norway. This programme is assembly-based (samlingsbasert) with lectures and group activities addressing a variety of themes within special education. Teachers participating in the programme serve in either public or private schools (from first to tenth grade) across Norway. During the six assemblies they are grouped into several small learning teams (basisgrupper) for collaborative discussion and group tasks around cases. This CPD arrangement is similar to the concept and practice of CSTT (Cross-School Teacher Team) Cederlund (2018) introduced and examined in her seminal study in Sweden. The CSTT represents a form of PLC where teachers from different schools across Sweden but with shared pedagogical interests meet each other physically/digitally for CPD. This study concluded that CSTT can provide a professional space of diversity, interdependency, visibility, and transparency in which local practices are reflected on and transformed collectively. In our previous investigation on teacher motivation for CPD in special education, we found out that one main reason for the teachers to participate in this in-service teacher training programme is the desire for professional socialisation, that is, the thirst for learning together with others (Pan, Østby & Gudmundset, 2023). Drawing upon both the broader understanding of PLC and teacher motivation for CPD in special education in Norway, this study attempts to explore how CSTT is experienced in the Special Education 1 programme. The theoretical framework adopted in this study is practice architecture (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008). According to Kemmis and Grootenboer (2008), practice is complex and socially established. It is a cooperative human activity encompassing saying, doing, and relating. Saying refers to individuals’ expressions, allowing us to understand us, others, and the world. Doing means the actions and activities we take and undertake. Relating indicates identity and role shaped in relation to others. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected from the teacher cohort (57) of the academic year 2022-2023. Forty-two and 46 teachers took part in the online survey (as a form of programme evaluation) in the autumn 2022 and in the spring 2023, respectively. Various aspects of question were designed to find out the possibilities, challenges, and limitations of this Special Education 1 programme. In total, five questions were included in the data analysis process of this investigation. They were specifically focused on experience in group work. These questions allowed the teachers to quantify their experience and elaborate their thoughts and feelings with own words. Thematic analysis (Guest, MacQueen & Namey, 2011) were carried out to examine the textual responses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings in teacher CPD. The majority of teachers participating in the online survey highly appreciated working together with other teachers in the group. They experienced the cooperative learning process in terms of saying, doing, and relating according to the theory of practice architecture (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008). CSTT created a professional space for the teachers to reflect on and share their own possibilities and challenges at schools (saying). Discussion around cases also allowed the teachers to examine personal values and perspectives and form a collective solution to a specific problem (doing). Since each teacher was assigned into and stayed in the same group throughout the whole in-service training programme, the CSTT provided a secured environment where the teachers could build up social connections with each other and drew work-related inspirations from one another (relating). Nevertheless, a small number of teachers were particularly critical about the arrangement of cross-CSTT. In their views, it seems not necessary and less fruitful to work together with another CSTT in the programme. Taken together, CSTT is recognised as a valuable and educative type of PLC for teacher CPD. It provides an ideal platform for teachers to engage in professional sosialisation. The programme’s learning outcomes are strengthened and enriched as teachers contribute their shared pedagogical interests and varied work experiences to the learning process. References Admiraal, W., Schenke, W., Jong, L. D., Emmelot, Y., & Sligte, H. (2021). Schools as professional learning communities: what can schools do to support professional development of their teachers? Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 684-698. Brennan, A & Gorman, A. (2023). Leading transformative professional learning for inclusion across the teacher education continuum: Lesson from online and on-site learning communities. Professional Development in Education, 49(6), 1117-1130. Cederlund, K. (2018). The cross-school teacher team as a site for learning. Education Inquiry, 9(2), 193-209. Chen, P. & Wang, T. (2015). Exploring the evolution of a teacher professional learning community: a longitudinal case study at a Taiwanese high school. Teacher Development: An International Journal of Teachers' Professional Development, 19(4), 427-444. Dogan, S., Pringle, R. & Mesa, J. (2016). The impacts of professional learning communities on science teachers' knowledge, practice and student learning: a review. Professional Development in Education, 42(4), 569-588. Guest, G., MacQueen, K. M., & Namey, E. E. (2011). Applied Thematic Analysis. SAGE Publications. Kemmis, S. & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: Practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for Education (pp. 37–64). Brill. Long, T., Zhao, G., Yang, X., Zhao, R. & Chen, Q. (2021). Bridging the belief-action gap in a teachers' professional learning community on teaching of thinking. Professional Development in Education, 47(5), 729-744. Pan, C.-Y., Østby, S. B. & Gudmundset, H. (2023, August 23-25). What motivates teachers in Norway to participate in continuing professional development in special education? [Conference presentation]. ECER 2023, Glasgow, Scotland. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/28/contribution/55512 Philpott, C. & Oates, C. (2017). Teacher agency and professional learning communities: what can Learning Rounds in Scotland teach us? Professional Development in Education, 43(3), 318-333. Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221–258. Tam, A. C. F. (2015). The role of a professional learning community in teacher change: a perspective from beliefs and practices. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(1), 22-43. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper A South-South Teaching Collaboration To Develop The Capacity Of Educators University of Johannesburg, South Africa Presenting Author:The World Bank calls for the capacity development of developing countries due to their inherent socio-economic and political challenges (Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), 2007). This has further resulted in calls to develop the capacity of higher education institutions (HEIs) in developing countries as this is a way to contribute to the economy and society by increasing human capital (Färnman et al., 2016; Pinheiro et al., 2016). Capacity development, via the educator, is the starting point of social change as educators have the propensity to concomitantly impact students, the HEI and society at large (Aragón & Macedo, 2010). Capacity development at HEIs has hitherto primarily been observed through cross-border offerings between HEIs in the North and the South (OECD, 2007; Sánchez-Chaparro et al., 2021). There is, however, a strong belief that the capacity development paradigm must be altered away from the dominant and unequal frameworks of North-South interaction (Pearson, 2011; Standing & Taylor, 2016). Therefore, it is not always necessary to import capacity from the North (Färnman et al., 2016) as developing countries can “tap into possible synergies” with other developing countries (Chaturvedi, 2016:3)
This study examined the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration between a partner HEI in South Africa and two recipient HEIs: one in South Africa and the other in Namibia. South Africa, as the partner HEI, was selected as the context of this study as it is a dichotomy; despite the presence of first-world convenience, significant levels of poverty prevail. Some South African universities are well-developed and encompass several distinguished research institutions, while others lack the facilities and Information Technology infrastructure required for relevant teaching. Data collection comprised questionnaires and interviews with recipient educators involved in the capacity development relationship to understand further their experiences and perceptions of the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration.
This study makes a twofold contribution. First, it responds to calls to examine South-South collaborations in building capacity in developing countries (Pearson, 2011). It does so by examining the capacity development relationship between educators at a well-developed HEI in South Africa and recipient educators at two less-developed HEIs in the region. This study gives voice to the Southern perspective, which is often not heard in the debate on North-South or South-South collaborations (Pearson, 2011; Adriansen & Madsen, 2019). Finally, the study contributes to the limited literature on teaching collaboration in capacity development relationships as prior studies have primarily focused on research collaborations (Brum & Knobel, 2018).
While this study examines the HEIs in Africa, this study will be of interest to an international readership. HEIs in South Africa and Namibia are uniquely positioned: some enjoy international recognition for their academic programmes, yet others face a variety of challenges typical of a developing context. Consequently, the findings of this study may resonate with HEIs located in other developing markets as more than 84% of the world’s population resides in the developing world (Bloom, 2020). As developing countries typically have a large number of universities, this study is of relevance for a large contingent of the world’s universities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study followed a constructivist qualitative research paradigm to explore a South-South teaching collaboration to develop the capacity of educators. Given the limited prior empirical investigation of this study’s research objective, an inductive case study approach was followed to explore the views of recipient educators at two HEIs. Educators are recipients of the capacity development intervention and were considered to have first-hand experience of the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration through their active involvement in the capacity development relationship. Recipients were, therefore, intrinsically bound to the case. The two HEIs (cases) were purposively selected, given their similarities, including in both cases the recipient educators were involved in teaching collaboration with the same partner HEI. the HEIs are located in a developing country in Africa. the HEIs are public. the recipient educators teach in an undergraduate academic programme. A qualitative questionnaire was first used to gather information. This was followed by semi-structured interviews with fewer educators to obtain a deeper understanding of the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration. The questionnaire was distributed to 27 participants, 13 from Namibia and 14 from South Africa. In total, 25 respondents completed the questionnaire, 12 from Namibia and all participants from South Africa, giving a response rate of 93%. The data from the demographic data of the questionnaires was used to identify participants to include in the interviews. Using this technique, the researcher purposively selected a mix of educators. In deciding on the selection of the participants, an equal split of participants from both Namibia and South Africa was considered satisfactory, as well as a wide range of characteristics (gender, academic qualifications and first language) to obtain a variety of perspectives. Interviews were conducted with 10 educators, as saturation of data became evident. The interviews were recorded using the Microsoft Teams recording tool and were professionally transcribed, providing accurate accounts of the participants’ perspectives and experiences. All qualitative data sets were analysed in ATLAS.ti. The analysis of the questionnaire’s open-ended responses and the interview data involved thematic analysis of the responses following Braun and Clarke’s recommendations (2006). In line with ethical clearance, consent was obtained from participants during both stages, and participants were given the option to withdraw at any stage during the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study found that South-South collaborations were positively viewed by recipient educators as parties have a shared understanding of the situation on the ground. Recipient educators conveyed that South-South collaborations share “a common platform” as educators appear to “complain about similar things” (Interviewee 9). A Southern partner is suitably positioned to recognise student challenges, especially those associated with students from disadvantaged communities (Interviewees 2, 3). The partner institution “understands the calibre of students that we have” as “it’s different compared to a university” in the North (Interviewee 3, also Interviewee 10). Furthermore, Southern partners have insight into the type of political environment and frustrations experienced by recipient educators (Interviewee 3). Given this outlook, Southern partners understand the local realities and the local higher education environment better than their developed counterparts (Interviewees 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 9, 10), thereby leading to the creation of tighter synergies in the South-South collaboration. As with all research, the current study is subject to limitations. This includes inherent subjectivity and potential response bias associated with interview data. Furthermore, the relatively small sample data (for both the questionnaires and the interviews) limits the generalisability of the results. However, this study was purposefully designed with a small number of participants to generate a rich and detailed understanding of South-South collaborations. Finally, this study, argues that with a collaboration between two universities in the same country, partners display enhanced insight into the political environment of the prevailing demographic context and are well-positioned to address such complex contexts. Moreover, collaborations in the same region, enable an understanding of regional realities and the regional higher education environment, thereby creating synergies in the teaching collaboration. In both contexts, the partner HEI must be a well-developed internationally recognised institution. References Adriansen, H. K., & Madsen, L. M. (2019). Capacity-building projects in African higher education. Learning and Teaching, 12(2), 1–23. Aragón, A. O., & Macedo, J. C. G. (2010). A systemic theories of change approach for purposeful capacity development. Institute of Development Studies (IDS) Bulletin, 41(3), 87–99. Bloom, D. E. (2020). Population 2020. https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/2020/03/pdf/changing-demographics-and-economic-growth-bloom.pdf. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Brum, J. A., & Knobel, M. (2018). The international dimension of the Brazilian higher education system through the prism of South-South cooperation. International Journal of African Higher Education, 4(2), 92–103. Färnman, R., Diwan, V., Zwarenstein, M. & Atkins, S. (2016). Successes and challenges of north-south partnerships - key lessons from the African/Asian regional capacity development projects. Global Health Action, 9(1), 1–10. Chaturvedi, S. (2016). The development compact: a theoretical construct for south–south cooperation. Research and Information System for Developing Countries, Discussion Paper No 203. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2007). Executive summary. In Vincent-Lancrin, S. (Ed.), Cross-border tertiary education: a way towards capacity development, The World Bank and OECD Publishing: Paris, France, pp. 11–20. Pearson, J. (2011). Training and beyond: Seeking better practices for capacity development. OECD Development Co-Operation Working Papers, No 1, OECD Publishing. Pinheiro, R., Normann, R., & Johnsen, H. C. G. (2016). External engagement and the academic heartland: The case of a regionally-embedded university. Science and Public Policy, 43(6), 787–797. Sánchez-Chaparro, T., Remaud, B., Gómez-Frías, V., Duykaerts, C., & Jolly, A. M. (2021). Benefits and challenges of cross-border quality assurance in higher education. A case study in engineering education in Europe. Quality in Higher Education, 1–18. Standing, H., & Taylor, P. (2016). Engaged excellence. Institute of Development Studies (IDS) Bulletin, 47(6), 169–178. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 07 C: Leadership (Part 1) Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lizana Oberholzer Paper Session Part 1/2, to be continued 01 SES 08 C |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper School Leader Professional Development in a Changing Landscape of Professionalization Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:The professionalization of school leaders is frequently developed and debated all over the world. Almost all OECD countries and EU member states have invested massively in school leader professional development and training (Huber, 2010), and a recent research overview suggests that such investments have enormous potential for high quality education and student learning (Grissom et al, 2021). One important reason for these investments is the growing recognition of school leaders as essential for the quality of teaching and learning in schools (Bøje & Frederiksen 2019). School leaders are increasingly perceived as key agents for the quality of teaching and learning, teacher professional development but also for school improvement, school reform and capacity building (Rönnström, 2021). However, the meaning of ‘professional’ and ‘professionalization’ vary between a plurality of contexts and connoisseurs, but there are some converging tendencies in recent developments and debates. Some use the term ‘professional’ mainly as an indicator of being successful or good at one’s job which is reflected in research explicating the meaning of successful or effective school leadership (See Drysdale & Gurr, 2017; Hallinger, 2011; Leithwood, 2021; Leithwood et al, 2004; Robinson et al, 2009). Others use the term to indicate membership a of group of professional practitioners or a learning community, or as being a co-creator of communities of practitioners within or linked to schools (See Zachrisson and Johansson, 2010; Chirichello, 2010). There are also researchers who reserve the term for membership in qualified and closed communities as depicted in the sociology of professions. The latter researchers commonly argue that school leaders run the risk of de-professionalization despite massive investments in professional development and training (Bøje & Frederiksen 2019). However, the urgency of recent school leader professional development investments is not primarily linked to professionalization in the traditional sociological sense; rather, it´s linked to the increasing globalization, economization, rationalization and re-organization of the public sector in general and the education sector in particular (Pashiardis and Brauckman, 2019; Ringarp and Rönnström, 2021; Hood, 1995). In our hyper modern world, changing landscapes of professionalization and professions are emerging. They are growing in importance and they are important to questions about the meaning of school leader’s professional being and becoming. Consequently, we can no longer grasp recent professionalization and professional development investments by exclusively focusing on skills, capabilities, professional membership or criteria drawn from standard textbooks in the sociology of the professions. There is a need for new frameworks and alternative ways of understanding the professionalization of school leaders in order to understand the scope, character and urgency of school leader professional development and training in present time. By discussing and analyzing the professionalization of school leaders in Sweden, this paper aims to contribute to the field of Continuing Professional Development (CPD). We will illuminate an ongoing global movement and converging strategies among many European nations with regard to the professionalization of school leaders, and we will discuss their scope, character and urgency. We will in depth discuss recent school leader professional development and training in Sweden and how these affects the professional identities of school leaders. Finally, we will argue that the school leader profession is steadily growing into an organizational profession in Sweden and elsewhere (Evetts, 2011; Ringarp and Rönnström, 2021). This is important but rarely recognized in recent investments, debates and research on school leader professional development. Organizational professionalization differs from occupational professionalization (as the latter is explicated within the sociology of the professions), and this development has consequences for the knowledge-base, training and autonomy of school leaders and how they are expected to relate to other professionals and their professional development in schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study departs from recent development in the sociology of professions and studies in organizational professionalization and professions (Evetts, 2011; Ringarp and Rönnström, 2021). In the paper, we critically examine political, economic, organizational and professional motives for school leaders continuing professional development in Sweden and in the OECD countries. We examine and analyse OECD documents describing and discussing school leader professional development strategies in different countries in the 21st century. We elaborate further on the Swedish case and analyse national policy for school leaders and school leader professional development. We examine the Swedish national school leadership training program (NSLP) which is mandatory for all principals in Swedish preschools and schools, and we will examine how school leader unions and associations respond to recent strategies for school leader professional development and learning in Sweden. We have collected, examined and analysed data and documents from different sources. First, we have analysed OECD documents 2000-2023 focusing on the work of school leaders, professional development and national policy. Second, we have studied policy documents, laws, regulations and commissions relevant the school leader profession in Sweden 2000-2023. Third, we have followed the National Agency of Education and their governance of the NSLP from 2009-2023 (Goal documents, yearbooks, annual reports, conference invitations, evaluations and other documents). Fourth, we also follow the institutionalization of the NSLP at different universities selected as providers of the NSLP. We base our research on data and documents from all selected universities with regard to their program design, annual reports, study guides and course material for the period 2009-2023. All data and documentation are analysed with an analytical framework drawn from recent work on the changing landscapes of professionalization within the sociology of professions and the emergence of organizational professions (Evetts, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The recent globalization, economization, rationalization and re-organization of the education sector have created new conditions for the professionalization of school leaders, but also for our social scientific and educational understanding of professionalization which we argue is a changing landscape. We argue that the school leader profession is growing into an organizational profession, and that recent and ongoing professionalization investments are largely designed and carried out as organizational professionalization from above and not from within as discussed in the sociology of professions. School leader professional development in Sweden (and in many OECD countries) are examples of new of organizational professionalization growing of importance in society (Jerdborg, 2022). We argue that the professionalization of school leaders is only to a vanishing degree an example of occupational professionalization, i.e, the traditional understanding of professionalization as it is described in the sociology of professions. The professionalization of school leaders can be conceptualized as a professionalization from above (Evetts 2011), and the consequences for the school leader profession are revealed when we compare processes of organizational professionalization and occupational professionalization. In the paper we analyse how and conclude that recent professionalization of school leaders in Sweden and elsewhere affect the knowledge base, training and autonomy of school leaders as professionals, and how they are expected to relate to other professional groups and their professional development in schools. In short, the professionalization of school leaders means emerging organizational professionalization that differs qualitatively from our traditional understanding of ‘professional’ and ‘professionalization’. We argue that we need to develop new frameworks and concepts in order to fully grasp this development, and in order to critically discuss and fully grasp the professional development of school leader professional development in times when school leadership is recognized as is vital for the quality of teaching and student learning. References Bøje, J. D. and Frederiksen, L. F. (2019). Leaders of the professional and professional leaders. School leaders making sense of themselves and their jobs. In: International Journal of Leadership in Education. Chirichello, M. (2010). The principal as educational leader: What makes the difference? In Huber, S. G. (Ed.), School leadership- International perspectives. London: Springer. Drysdale, L. & Gurr, D. (2017). Leadership in Uncertain Times. In: International Studies in Educational Administration, 45(2). Evetts, J. (2011). A new professionalism? Challenges and opportunities. In: Current Sociology 59(4). Grissom, J. A., Egalite, A. J. & Lindsay, C. A. (2021) How Principals Affect Students and Schools. A Systematic Synthesis of Two Decades of Research. Wallace Foundation. Hallinger, P. (2011). Leadership for learning: Lessons from 40 years of empirical research. In. Journal of Educational Administration, 49(2). Hood, C. (1995) The “new public management” in the 1980s: Variations on a theme. In; Accounting, Organizations and Society, 20(2-3). Huber, S. (2010). Preparing School Leaders – International Approaches in Leadership Development. In: Huber, S. (Ed.), School leadership- International perspectives. London: Springer. Jerdborg, S. (2022). Learning Principalship: Becoming a Principal in a Swedish Contect. A study of Principals in Education and Practice. Göteborg: Göteborgs universitet. Leithwood, K (2021). A Review of Evidence about Equitable School Leadership. In: Educ. Sci. 11(377). Leithwood, K., Seashore Louis, K., Andersson, S. & Wahlstrom, K. (2004). How leadership influences student learning. New York, NY: The Wallace Foundation. Parshiardis, P. and Bruckmann, S. (2019). New Public Management in Education: A coll for the Eduprenieurial Leder? In: Ledership and Policy in Schools, 18(3). Ringarp, J. and Rönnström, N. (2021). Är rektorsyrkets en yrkesprofession eller en organisationsprofession, och vad gör det för skillnad? In: Ahlström, B., Berg, G., Lindqvist Håkansson, M. and Sundh, F. (eds.), Att jobba som rektor. Om rektorer som professionella yrkesutövare (pp. 79-90). Lund: Studentlitteratur. Robinson, V., Hohepa, M. and Lloyd, C. (2009). School Leadership and Student Outcomes: Identifying What Works and Why Best Evidence Synthesis Iteration [BES], New Zealand Ministry of Education. Rönnström, N. (2021) Leadership Capacity for Change and Improvement. In: Peters, M. (Ed.) The Encyclopedia of Teacher Education. Springer Verlag. Zachrisson, E., Johansson, O. (2010). Educational Leadership for Democracy and Social Justice. In: Huber, S. (eds) School Leadership - International Perspectives. Studies in Educational Leadership. Dordrecht: Springer 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper How the Identity Formation of Early-career Principals/Headteachers Can Provide Insights into Developing and Supporting Sustainable School Leadership Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:International agendas to reform education systems seeking to improve student outcomes has placed an increased attention on school improvement over the past four decades. The role of school leadership has been spotlighted as a crucial factor in driving such reforms and improvements within education systems (Leithwood, 2019). Furthermore, the evolving changes in education systems, policy, and curricula have placed increased and changing expectations on school leaders (Leithwood et al., 2019). Principal/head teachers are overburdened with responsibilities including financial and human resource management, alongside leadership for teaching and learning with the school (OECD, 2008, 2009, 2013). There has been a growing concern expressed by policy makers around high attrition and turnover rates in school leadership and a decline in applications to replace such turnover (IPPN, 2022; OECD, 2008; Tobin, 2023). Such hesitancy to apply for these roles is due to the increasingly demanding roles of the principal/head teacher that are observed by teachers in the system (Sugrue, 2015). In addition, it has also been found that reluctance to apply is also due to lack of support and insufficient preparation for the role (Burke et al., 2022; DeMatthews et al., 2019). In responding to the issues presented above, the past two decades have witnessed a policy turn to make leadership more sustainable, alongside an agenda to enhance the quality through supports such as professional learning and mentoring (De Matthews et al., 2021; Stynes & McNamara, 2019; Ummanel et al., 2016). A call by scholars and practitioners has flagged the need for principals/headteachers to be provided with time and capacity to focus on practices that are required to improve teaching and learning (IPPN, 2023; King et al., 2023). In addition, there has been a call for schools to be more autonomous through processes such as self-evaluation, coupled with distributed leadership alongside efforts to make the role of school leadership more attractive (Stynes & McNamara, 2019). Despite the above attempts to improve school leadership on the island of Ireland, the challenges of retaining and recruiting school leaders remains in both jurisdictions. While efforts have been made north and south to make schools more autonomous, evidenced in processes such as school self-evaluation and an increased attention towards distributed leadership within policy, a number of reports continue to raise concerns about the sustainability of principals/headteachers workload responsibilities (Murphy, 2023; Sugrue, 2015). In addition, the reports have also flagged that applications for principal/headteacher roles remain significantly low, and the heavy workload and demands have been attributed as one of the key factors.
Given the documented challenges internationally, alongside challenges to date on the island of Ireland, this research examines how early-career principal/headteachers are navigating the role. The voice of early-career leaders has gained wider attention in recent years, given that it can be a daunting transition from teacher to school leader, particularly where the expectations of their role significantly alter. Within this new occupation, they are tasked with driving leadership within the school setting. Yet, there is little research to date in both jurisdictions that has significantly unpacked their daily lived experiences as they navigate these roles and responsibilities (Murphy, 2023). Thus, our commissioned research delves directly into this. Our research is anchored further by exploring why they transitioned into the role, underpinned by a theoretical framework of occupational socialisation. Specifically, this framework draws on the research of Spillane and Lee (2014), which explores how “how novice principals become socialized into their new occupation in a particular school organization” (p. 434).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This exploratory research focused on the experiences of early career principals/head teachers as they transitioned into this role. A qualitative approach was adopted as the most appropriate means of generating data (Creswell, 2017, 2022). A purposive sample was employed in the data collection process involving 10 principal/headteachers, 6 of whom worked in the Republic of Ireland (RoI), while 4 worked in Northern Ireland (NI). All principals/headteachers who engaged in the research were in the role for 5 years or less. This research was conducted within the ethical guidelines of the higher education institutes involved. Written consent for participation in the research was sought and granted by all participants, and the right to withdraw at any stage during the data collection phase was clearly expressed. Participants did not provide feedback on the data analysis. Pseudonyms have been used in the thematic analysis to protect the identity of the participants. Semi-structured open-ended interviews formed the basis of the data for analysis Within these semi-structured interviews, questions included experiences and influences which the principal/headteachers had prior to their promotion to principal/headteacher, their motivations to apply for the role of principal/headteacher, and their day-to-day experiences of enacting the role. Interviews were audio-taped and transcribed. Thematic analysis was used as a systematic approach to identify, organise, and offer insights into patterns or themes across our semi-structured interview dataset (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Inductive coding was adopted as the predominant approach where data were coded to capture the meaning within the data. Deductive analysis was also employed to ensure that the process of coding was relevant to the overarching research question and the theoretical constructs examined in the literature review, namely the process of socialisation and the tensions and challenges that have been documented in the international literature in relation to transitioning into the role of principal/headteacher. Coding combined semantic and latent approaches (Braun & Clarke, 2021) where the semantic approach produced descriptive analysis of the data and the latent approach moved beyond description, identifying underlying or hidden meanings (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research study provides in-depth insights into the experiences of how early-career principal teachers have transitioned into the role on the island of Ireland. The research highlights that they have been presented with numerous challenges, and for some their prior middle leadership experience and observation supported them to an extent, but there was an overwhelming sense-making process as they met these new roles and responsibilities (Spillane & Lee, 2014). For many the sole motivation to apply for the role was to “climb the ladder” in order to avail of better remuneration and career opportunities. While this finding may be common in a range of jurisdictions, we argue that more immersion of leadership learning across the continuum of teacher education might further inspire prospective leaders to work in this role. Therefore, alongside extrinsic factors such as pay and career progression, there may also be intrinsic motivation arising through immersion in leadership learning (King et al., 2020). While this is a small-scale qualitative research involving ten participants across the island of Ireland, the research findings reflect and corroborate a wide body of national and international research that has unpacked the role transition from teacher to principal/headteacher, and issues pertaining to the workload burden that is associated with the role of principal/head-teacher (IPPN, 2022; Murphy, 2023; Spillane & Anderson, 2014; Spillane & Lee, 2014; Stynes & McNamara, 2019; Sugrue, 2015). Therefore, this research contributes to the base of existing literature around sustainable leadership and the professional learning needs of principals, particularly for those who are within the early-career phase. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352. Creswell, J. (2017). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage Publications. Creswell, J. W. (2022). Research design: Qualitative and mixed methods approaches. Sage Publications. Irish Primary Principals Network [IPPN] (2022). Primary school leadership: The case for urgent action; A roadmap to sustainability. IPPN. King, F., McMahon, M., Roulston, S., & Nguyen, D. (2020). Leadership learning in initial teacher education (LLITE): Project report. SCOTENS. King, F., Brennan, A., & Gorman, A. (2023). Teacher professional learning: policy development to policy enactment. In: K.Jones, G. Ostinelli, & A. Crescentini (Eds.), Innovation in teacher professional learning in Europe: Research, policy and practice. Routledge. Leithwood, K. (2019. Leadership development on a large scale: Lessons for long term success. Corwin. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins D. (2019). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5-22. Murphy, G. (2023). Leadership preparation, career pathways and the policy context: Irish novice principals’ perceptions of their experiences. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(1), 30-51. Spillane, J.P., & Anderson, L. (2014). The architecture of anticipation and novices’ emerging understandings of the Principal position: occupational sense making at the intersection of individual, organization, and institution, Teachers College Record, 116(7), 1-42. Spillane J.P., & Lee, L.C. (2014). Novice school principals’ sense of ultimate responsibility problems of practice in transitioning to the principal’s office, Educational Administration Quarterly 50(3), 431-465. Stynes, M., & Gerry McNamara, G. (2019) The challenge of perpetual motion: the willingness and desire of Irish primary school principals to juggle everything, Irish Educational Studies, 38(1), 25-42. Sugrue, C. (2015). Unmasking school leadership: A longitudinal life history of school leaders. Springer. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Exploring the Development of Non-positional Teacher Leadership in Schools in Kazakhstan 1Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In light of Kazakhstan's aim to build its national identity and increase its global competitiveness, enabling teachers to actively participate in developing and implementing educational policies is pivotal to the success of the government’s initiatives (OECD, 2014a). This is because teachers can act as key mediators of social change (OECD, 2005). There is therefore a need to re-consider the system’s approach to educational reform. The current approach, with its focus on a centralized bureaucracy, has been criticized for being weakly coordinated and lacking communication with the periphery (Bridges et al., 2014, p. 276). As a result, there is little power or autonomy at the local school level where school directors still exist in the system whilst “all the important decisions are taken elsewhere” (Frost & Kambatyrova, 2019). In such conditions, there exists little space for local initiatives and creative practices leading to the teachers’ voicelessness and exclusion. In order to address this, It has been suggested that teachers in Kazakhstan should be provided the opportunity to lead initiatives and be supported in their endeavours (Yakavets et al., 2017a). This calls for extending teachers’ leadership capacity through providing support for their ongoing professional learning and creating conditions for their agency and voice. This is particularly important as teachers in Kazakhstan have more recently been proactive in translating new policies into their classrooms, despite the bureaucracy, top-down reform, and the lack of communication with the center (Bridges et al., 2014). The critical question is how to mobilize teachers’ leadership capacity to facilitate educational reform in Kazakhstan.
Non-positional teacher leadership (NPTL) Conceptualizing the notion of teacher leadership (TL) from the non-positional perspective led to the emergence of the Leadership for Learning (LfL) framework. The LfL framework considers leadership as a practice that can be exercised by every member of the school through ongoing learning, creating conditions for learning, engaging in dialogue, sharing leadership roles, and taking responsibility at the personal, school, and society level (MacBeath & Dempster, 2008). The LfL framework views TL as both an individual and a collective agency, which includes “influencing and serving others, taking the initiative and making decisions for the greater good, whilst modelling learning and being sensitive to context” (Swaffield & MacBeath, 2009, p. 38). This approach puts democratic values and moral purpose at the core of leadership. Leadership is perceived as a “right and responsibility rather than […] a gift or burden” and hence, can be exercised by all stakeholders including headteachers, teachers, students, and parents (p. 44). This definition allows leadership to be viewed as a practice that can be used as a tool for releasing teacher’s leadership potential (Dempster & MacBeath, 2009). This is particularly important in the context of Kazakhstan schools where the knowledge of leadership is often limited to the system of official roles and positions.
In contrast to the positional TL, the non-positional teacher leadership (NPTL) approach views leadership as an entitlement of all practitioners regardless of their roles or positions to become active participants of educational improvement at the classroom, school, and system level (Frost & Harris, 2003; Bangs & Frost, 2016). Central to NPTL is the idea that, when the right conditions are created, teachers can take strategic actions and initiate and lead change regardless of their positions or roles (MacBeath & Dempster, 2008; Durrant & Holden, 2006; Ramahi & Eltemamy, 2014; Bangs & Frost, 2016). Therefore, the focal point of the NPTL is the development and building of teacher capacity to exercise leadership. As such, it is not mere wishful thinking, but a strategy directed towards system-wide educational improvement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this study was to explore NPTL development in schools in Kazakhstan and consisted of the following research question: What effect does teachers’ professional learning and collaboration have on NPTL capacity and teacher-led initiatives? How does the direct feedback from principals, facilitators, and teachers inform a general understanding of their NPTL experience? Research design and data collection methods The study employed the general embedded mixed-methods research design (Creswell et al., 2003) for the purpose of “obtaining different but complementary data on the same topic” (Morse, 1991, p. 122). For both studies, the second form of data, serving to address RQ2, augmented the primary quantitative data that served to inform RQ1. The main data collection methods included (1) a survey, (2) one-to-one interviews and focus groups, and (3) document analysis. A description of the participants, phases of the studies, research methods, and analysis will now be provided. Study 1 was officially launched in 2019 and involved 16 school principals, 32 facilitators, and 150 teachers from four regions in Kazakhstan. Thereafter, Study 2 was carried out in 2021 and involved 15 principals, 32 facilitators, and 174 participating teachers. The surveys were designed to measure the demographic characteristics of the participating teachers, the degree to which they were engaged in the programme, and the success of their projects. The quantitative component of both surveys included 41 questions for Study 1 and 45 Questions for Study 2. Informed from Study 1, Study 2 included additional questions pertaining to levels of teacher motivation, programme support, and early planning. Qualitative data were gleaned via semi-structured face-to-face interviews and focus groups. After the regional school network events—where all participants, facilitators, and school principals joined to share their experiences—multiple interviews and focus groups were administered. In Study 1, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, some of the interviews in 2020 were conducted online, while for Study 2, all of the network events and interviews were conducted online. For Study 1, a total 49 participants contributed to interviews and focus groups including four principals, 32 facilitators, and 13 teachers with broad regional representation. For Study 2, a total 71 participants contributed to interviews and focus groups including five principals, 32 facilitators, and 34 teachers with broad regional representation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In general, the outcomes of our two-year-long successive studies indicate that TLK programme can have a positive impact on teachers’ personal and professional development, whereby teachers notice an increase in self-confidence as well as strategic professional activity. Moreover, participants exposure to the programme’s key elements, such as flexibility to identify their own professional concerns and collaboration with colleagues, seem to lead to a gradual transformation of their perceptions about leadership. Teachers’ leadership initiatives had an impact on classroom and school practices, and some influenced practices at the national level. As such, there is a need for systemic strategies to support teachers’ agency and voice. This may, in turn, may have implications on restoring the status and authority of the profession as a part of the recently introduced Law on Teachers Status (2018) in Kazakhstan. Moreover, schools in support of such projects should ensure that all stakeholders, including teachers, support staff, and parents, and, insofar as possible, trust, support, and encourage teachers as change agents in schools. References References Cohen, J. (1992). A power primer. Psychological Bulletin, 112(1), 155-159. doi:10.1037/ 0033-2909.112.1.155 Cronbach, L. J. (1951). Coefficient alpha and the internal structure of tests. Psychometrika, 16(3), 297-334. doi:10.1007/BF02310555 Morse, J. M. (1991). Approaches to qualitative-quantitative methodological triangulation. Nursing Research, 40(2), 120–123. doi:10.1097/00006199-199103000-00014 Ramahi, H. & Eltemamy, A. (2014). Introducing teacher leadership to the Middle East: starting with Egypt and Palestine, a paper presented within the symposium Changing teacher professionality through support for teacher leadership in Europe and beyond at ECER 2014, Porto 1st-5th September 2014. Bangs, J. & Frost, D. (2016). Non-positional teacher leadership: distributed leadership and self-efficacy. In Evers, J. and Kneyber, R. (Eds.) Flip the System: Changing Education from the Ground Up, 91-107, London: Routledge. Bridges, D., Kurakbayev, K. & Kambatyrova, A. (2014). Lost-and-found in translation? Interpreting the processes of the international and intranational translation of educational policy and practice in Kazakhstan. In Bridges, D. (Eds.), Educational Reform and Internationalisation: The Case of School Reform in Kazakhstan, 263-286. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (1999). Relationships of knowledge and practice: Teacher learning in communities. Review of Research in Education, 24(1), 249-305. doi:1167272 Copland, M. A. (2003). Leadership of inquiry: Building and sustaining capacity for school improvement. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 25(4), 375-395. doi:10.3102/01623737025004375 Creswell, J. W., Plano Clark, V. L., Gutmann, M. L., & Hanson, W. E. (2003). Advanced mixed methods research designs. In A.Tashakkori & C.Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social and Behavioral Research (pp. 209–240). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Durrant, J., & Holden, G. (2006). Teachers Reading Change: Doing Research for School I mprovement. London: Paul Chapman Educational Publishing. MacBeath, J. & Dempster, N. (2008). Connecting Leadership for Learning: Principles for Practice. Routledge: London. Morse, J. M. (1991). Approaches to qualitative-quantitative methodological triangulation. Nursing Research, 40, 120–123. doi:10.1097/00006199-199103000-00014 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (2014a). Secondary Education in Kazakhstan: Reviews of National Policies for Education. OECD Publishing. Ramahi, H. & Eltemamy, A. (2014). Introducing teacher leadership to the Middle East: starting with Egypt and Palestine, a paper presented within the symposium Changing teacher professionality through support for teacher leadership in Europe and beyond at ECER 2014, Porto 1st-5th September 2014. Swaffield, S. & MacBeath, N. (2009). Leadership for learning. In MacBeath, J.& Dempster, N. Connecting Leadership and Learning: Principles for Practice, 32-52. London: Routledge. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 02 SES 07 A: Professionalism and Teacher Education in VET Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hannes Hautz Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Changing of Vocational Teachers Collaboration in VET Schools in the Czech Republic 1UHK, Faculty of Education, Czech Republic; 2CZU, Institute of Education and Communication, Czech republic Presenting Author:The collaboration of teachers is a tool for their continuous professional development, and changes in initial vocational education and training (Cedefop, 2023) call for the need to research focus on how vocational teachers cope with new challenges and requirements for the quality of their pedagogical work. The collaboration of vocational teacher (teachers of vocational theoretical subjects and teacher of practical subjects) in IVET schools among themselves, within the school where they work, or the collaboration of vocational teachers with employers are possible ways in which teachers develop their skills and competences, they cope with some structural changes (Cedefop, 2022; Sirk, Liivik, & Loogma, 2026), change their pedagogical or instructional practices, their beliefs, attitudes and their students achieve better learning outcomes (Guskey, 2002). Empirical researches quite well give proof of the degree and form of collaboration of vocational teachers changes over time (Bükki & Fehérvári, 2021; Sirk, Liivik, & Loogma, 2016). Empirically verified models of professional development of teachers (Haberman, 1989,1995; Lukas, 2011) and professional life phases (Day, 2012) led us to assumption, that the perception of vocational teacher collaboration to the improvement of the pedagogical process is different in the length of teaching practice. These assumptions directed us to the following research questions: RQ1: How do vocational teachers evaluate the collaboration between themselves and with the school management to improve the quality of the educational process in 2016/2017 and in 2022/2023? RQ2: How do vocational teachers evaluate the expression of disapproval of the steps taken by the management and fellow teachers in 2016/2017 and in 2022/2023? RO3: How do vocational teachers perceive the suggestions from students to the improvement of the educational process in 2016/2017 and in 2022/2023? RQ4: In which professional life phase (Day, 2012) do vocational teachers best evaluate the collaboration between themselves and with the school management to improve the quality of the pedagogical process? RQ5. At what professional life phase (Day, 2012) do vocational teachers perceive positively the suggestions from the students to improve the quality of the pedagogical process? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As part of the research investigation, data from the Czech School Inspectorate (CSI) was used, which contains answers to questions posed to secondary school teachers (general and technical/vocational) through an electronic questionnaire during inspection activities in schools. Teachers' answers serve as additional information to the inspection findings obtained from visits, analysis of school documentation and other sources. From the two datasets obtained in the school year 2016/2017 and 2022/2023, the responses of teachers who indicated that they teach a vocational theoretical subject and/or practical subjects for ISCED 3 were selected. For the year 2016/2017, there were 1,418 teachers from 181 VET schools – 43.9% of respondents of the total set. In 2022/2023, there were 1,879 respondents from 200 VET schools - 38.5% of respondents of the total set. As a main tool for the secondary analysis, we used a free version of the JAMOVI software and IBM SPSS Statistics ver. 24. Firstly we created six categories of teachers (0-3; 4-7; 8-15; 16-23, 24-30, more 31 years) inspired by Day (2012) from open questions on length of teaching experience in all two data sets. Secondly, in accordance with the research questions, attention was focused on 12 items related to the perception of cooperation of school management, teachers and students. Exploratory factor analysis was used for these items. Extraction (principal component analysis; Varimax with Kaiser normalization) found three factors that represent 61.5% of the total variance extracted. Based on them, we created indexes from several CSI questionnaire items. The number of items, Cronbach's alpha and polarity of index in the order 2016/2017, and 2022/2023 are given in parentheses: "Index of collaboration between teachers and management leading to the improvement of the educational process" (8, 0.87; 8, 0.86; 1:best – 4: worst); "Index expression of disapproval of the steps taken by the management and fellow teachers" (2, 0.63; 2, 0.63; 1: most disapproval – 4: least disapproval); "Index of perception of students' initiatives to improve the quality of the educational process" (2, 0.75; 2, 0.69; 1: most initiatives - 4: least initiatives). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The collaboration of vocational teachers changes over the years and during their professional career. Vocational teachers evaluate the collaboration with the school management and with each other to improve the quality of the educational process in the same way in 2016/2017 and in 2022/2023 (RQ1; mean 2016/2017: 1.70; mean 2022/2023: 1.69). Vocational teachers express differently in 2016/2017 and 2022/2023 their disapproval of the actions of the management and fellow teachers (RQ2) and they perceive suggestions from students to improve the quality of the educational process (RQ3). In 2022/2023, they express of disapproval of the steps taken by the management's actions more (means: 1.93 < 2.36) and better accept initiatives to improve the quality of educational process from the students (means: 2.05 < 2.57) than in 2016/2017. The collaboration between teachers and management leading to improve the quality of the educational process is best evaluated by vocational teachers in the years 2016/2017 and 2022/2023 at the end of their career (31 or more years of experience; see Lazarová et al. 2011), when they are in the phase of maintaining/declining motivation, have the ability to cope with changes, retire and, based on their experiences, are reconciled to the reality of their work and interpersonal relationships (RQ4). In 2016/2017 and 2022/2023, vocational teachers positively perceive students' suggestions to improve the quality of the educational process when they are at the beginning of their career (0-3 years of experience), when they are engaged, close in age to their students and open to their suggestions (RQ5). References Bükki, E., & Fehérvári, A. (2021). How do teachers collaborate in Hungarian VET schools? A quantitative study of forms, perceptions of impact and related individual and organisational factors. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 13(2), https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-020-00108-6 Cedefop. (2023). The future of vocational education and training in Europe: synthesis report. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop reference series; No 125. http://data.europa. eu/doi/10.2801/08824 Cedefop. (2022). Teachers and trainers in a changing world: building up competences for inclusive, green and digitalised vocational education and training (VET): synthesis report. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop research paper, No 86. http://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/53769 Day, C. (2012). The New Lives of Teachers. Teacher Education Quarterly, 39(1), 7–26. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ977354.pdf Guskey, T. R. (2002). Professional Development and Teacher Change. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 8(3/4) 381–391. https://doi.org/10.1080/135406002100000512 Huberman, M. (1995). Networks that alter teaching. Teachers and Teaching: conceptualizations, exchanges and experiments. Theory and Practice, 1(2), 193–211. https://doi.org/10.1080/1354060950010204 Huberman, M. (1989). The Professional Life Cycle of Teachers. Teacher College Records, 91(1), 31–57. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146818909100107 Lazarová, B. et al. (2011). Pozdní sběr. O práci zkušených učitelů. [Late harvest. About the work of experienced teachers.] Paido. Lukas, J. (2011). Vývoj a kariéra učitele. In B. Lazarová. Pozdní sběr. O práci zkušených učitelů. [Teacher development and career. In B. Lazarová. Late harvest. About the work of experienced teachers.] Paido. Sirk, M., Liivik, R., & Loogma, K. (2016). Changes in the professionality of vocational teachers as viewed through the experiences of long-serving vocational teachers in Estronia. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 8(13), https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-016-0039-7 The analysis was created as part of the activities of the ERASMUS-EDU-2021-EQAVET-IBA project, No. 101048408 entitled "Support for quality assurance in VET". 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper A Crisis of Trust? VET Teacher Professionalism in the Context of Standards-Based Reforms 1University of Innsbruck, Austria; 2Edge Hill University, England Presenting Author:In the field of educational research, it is widely accepted that trust constitutes one of the key drivers of policy reform, teacher professionalism and innovation in teaching (e.g., Van Maele & Houtte, 2014). In a recently published collective volume by Ehren and Baxter (2021a) on global perspectives in comparative education, trust is conceptualised as one of the three building blocks of education system reform, along with accountability and capacity. The authors argue that trust ‘underpins the nature of teachers’ work, while it also acts as a lubricant for effective collaboration and relations in a school context’ (Ehren & Baxter, 2021b, p. 11). In addition, they mention that the professionalisation of teachers and the consideration of the individual needs of the students require ‘a degree of trust in teachers’. This is also applicable to the vocational education and training (VET) sector. For example, Avis (2003, p. 320) emphasises that ‘high trust relations could set the context in which innovative practices develop’ in VET. In order to implement such trust relations, however, a ‘re-formed teacher professionalism’ would be necessary, which grants teachers more autonomy and freedom of action than in the prevailing ‘performative culture’. Likewise, O’Leary (2013, p. 711) calls for ‘a greater degree of autonomy and trust’ to VET teachers to enhance professional development. This paper aims to show how dis/trust-building processes are shaped by ongoing standards-based education reforms, affecting VET teacher professionalism and subjectivity. Internationally, VET reforms often focus on producing ‘work-ready’ human capital and generating economic progress (Atkins, 2017). The dominance of neoliberal logics in policy-making has implications for the way in which the value and purpose of VET is conceptualised. Increased standardisation, control, and performance management create a rather instrumentalist and regulatory environment that arguably neglects conversations about what is educationally desirable (Biesta, 2009). This may affect the professional self-understanding of teachers, whose capacity to take pedagogical risks is constrained. It raises questions about the creation and maintenance of professional trust, where embracing vulnerability is central to coping with complexity and uncertainty. So far, little is known about the ways to which current reforms (re)produce trust or distrust towards VET teachers and what impact these changes have on teachers’ professional self-understandings (Donovan, 2019). We therefore seek to explore VET teachers’ experiences of being trusted within educational policy frameworks by addressing the research questions of how current standards-based reforms create a culture of dis/trust in VET and what impact this has on teacher professionalism. Drawing on Niklas Luhmann’s (2017) seminal work on system trust, we propose a distinct perspective for examining teacher professionalism in VET. Luhmann (2017, p. 9) characterises trust and distrust as a process of ‘complexity reduction’ in an environment of uncertainty. Trust refers to the capacity to accept the vulnerability associated with placing confidence in others (Möllering, 2006), enabling freedom of action and tolerating ambiguity. Distrust, on the other hand, is based on ‘negative expectations’ (Skinner et al., 2014, p. 208) of others and aims to avoid uncertainty by setting strict boundaries for acceptable behaviour. The conditions for trust are situated at ‘symbolic thresholds’ (Kroeger, 2019, p. 119); if these are too narrowly defined, it can lead to the evolution of distrust and a ‘crisis of trust’ (Möllering, 2013, p. 299). In this paper, the theory of system trust is used as a fruitful conceptual tool for exploring how educational policy creates thresholds of trust and thus sets the conditions for professional recognition within VET. It allows for an analysis of the ways in which standards-based reforms promote a culture of dis/trust and thereby shape teachers’ self-conceptions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, we conceptualise trust as a process of ‘becoming’ (Möllering, 2013, p. 293) and focus on the ways in which teachers’ subjectivities are influenced by policy mechanisms of dis/trust-building. We are therefore interested in teachers’ professional self-descriptions in the context of current educational reforms. In order to answer the research questions, a re-reading of qualitative data emerging from two projects which explored aspects of teacher professionalism in two European countries. Each of the two datasets consists of in-depth, narrative-based, semi-structured interviews with vocational teachers from full-time VET schools in Austria and further education colleges in England. By analysing teachers’ narratives from both countries, we sought to identify similarities and differences in the processes of being and becoming a teacher, to highlight tendencies that are not only unique to the respective national contexts, but also to other education systems facing neoliberal reforms. The aim of the interviews was to elicit narratives about VET teachers’ perceptions of current standards-based reform mechanisms and their implications for processes of becoming (see in detail Donovan, 2019; Hautz, 2022). All interviews were structured by open-ended questions that allowed flexibility in the interview situation and space for teachers to share their personal experiences. Interviewees across the sample discussed their professional biographies, the changes they had experienced in professional demands, their professional self-conceptions, their personal views on school and teacher quality, their views on current reform measures, and their perceptions of professional trust. Each interview lasted between fifty and ninety minutes. The interviews were fully transcribed and anonymized. The analysis of the interview data was guided by trust theory and was carried out in a systematic and interpretive process employing thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Through the teachers’ narratives, symbolic thresholds of trust were explored in order to gain an understanding of how teachers experience current reforms and how conditions of professional recognition are defined in VET. Three key thresholds for granting or withdrawing of professional trust emerged from the data: documentation, subordination and modes of legitimate self-expression. Based on the analysis, we hope to show how examining these issues from a trust perspective can reveal the emotional consequences of standards-based reforms in the lives of teachers who are subject to them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings of the study show that, despite considerable differences between Austria and England in the organisation, structure and aims of their respective VET systems, there is a common trend towards standardisation of VET that is re-shaping the professional recognition of teachers. Recent centralised, standards-based VET policies in both countries have eroded trust in the professional autonomy of teachers, influencing their everyday practice and professional self-understanding in very similar ways. Increased accountability and control mechanisms, which symbolically replace trust, lead teachers to feel ‘restricted in their freedom’ (Hautz, 2022, p. 223) and limited in their individual creativity. By having to constantly document their activities and being subordinated to ongoing surveillance, teachers experience a growing climate of distrust based on ‘suspiciousness and anxiety’ (Sztompka, 2019, p. 32). This has the effect of shrinking the spaces in which teachers can feel vulnerable enough to take the pedagogical risks needed to innovate. Furthermore, the narrowly defined boundaries of legitimate self-expression imposed by current VET reforms make VET teachers feel insecure about their professional identity, leading to alienation and impacting on teachers’ wellbeing. Overall, this paper illustrates that attempts to standardise VET strategy fuels the need to achieve existential security by deriving the simple from the over-complex, creating tensions in the cultivation of trust. We suggest that this constitutes a ‘crisis of trust’ in VET teacher professionalism, as what it means to be and become a professional in VET is called into question by emerging systems of meta-governance which threaten to undermine pedagogical integrity. Due to a high-stakes accountability environment, teachers are less willing to stand out, more reluctant to risk of making mistakes and more likely to do a standard duty, which implies the danger of de-professionalisation and hinders innovation and novelty in VET settings. References Atkins, L. (2017). The odyssey: school to work transitions, serendipity and position in the field. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(5), 641–655. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1131146 Avis, J. (2003). Re-thinking trust in a performative culture: the case of education. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 315-332. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930305577 Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21, 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Donovan, C. (2019b). Distrust by design? Conceptualising the role of trust and distrust in the development of Further Education policy and practice in England. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 24(2-3), 185–207. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2019.1596414 Ehren, M., & Baxter, J. (2021a). Trust, accountability and capacity in education system reform: global perspectives in comparative education. Routledge. Ehren, M., & Baxter, J. (2021b). Trust, accountability and capacity: three building blocks in education system reform. In M. Ehren & J. Baxter (Eds.), Trust, accountability and capacity in education system reform: global perspectives in comparative education (pp. 1–29). Routledge. Hautz, H. (2022). The ‘conduct of conduct’ of VET teachers: governmentality and teacher professionalism. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 74(2), 210–227. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1754278 Kroeger, F. (2019). Unlocking the treasure trove: how can Luhmann’s theory of trust enrich trust research? Journal of Trust Research, 9(1), 110–124. https://doi.org/10.1080/21515581.2018.1552592 Luhmann, N. (2017). Trust and power. Edited by C. Morgner & M. King. Polity. Möllering, G. (2006). Trust: reason, routine, reflexivity. Emerald. Möllering, G. (2013). Process views of trusting and crisis. In R. Bachmann & A. Zaheer (Eds.), Handbook of Advances in Trust Research (pp. 285–305). Edward Elgar. O’Leary, M. (2013). Surveillance, performativity and normalised practice: the use and impact of graded lesson observations in Further Education colleges. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 37(5), 694–714. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2012.684036 Skinner, D., Dietz, G., & Weibel, A. (2014). The dark side of trust: when trust becomes a ‘poisoned chalice’. Organization, 2(1), 206–224. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350508412473866 Sztompka, P. (2019). Trust in the moral space. In M. Sasaki, M. (Ed.), Trust in contemporary society (pp. 31–40). Brill. van Maele, D., Forsyth, P., & van Houtte M. (2014). Trust and school Life: the role of trust for learning, teaching, leading and bridging. Springer. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster Teachers' Implementation of the Theme Life Skills in Teaching through School-Based Vocational Pedagogical Development Work Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:Public health and life skills in schools can have multiple focuses. On one hand, public health and life skills may involve what students should learn about topics related to public health and life skills within academic subjects. On the other hand, it refers to the school's role in promoting students' health and their ability to navigate their own lives through inclusion, tailored education, conducive learning environments, and student-teacher relationships, among other factors (Uthus, M. 2020). This article addresses life skills from a broad perspective, where students have oriented their development projects towards academic subjects, personal plans, and the mastery of both school life and personal lives. The article investigates the experiences students have with the theme of life skills in schools and how Vocational Education Development Work has contributed to changing practices in their own teaching. The overarching goal was to follow students in their projects with a focus on life skills in vocational education. In this context, the students are 17 teachers at a secondary school in Viken, instructing in three different program areas: health and social care, electrical and data technology, and technology and industrial studies. The research question is: How do teachers implement the theme of life skills in vocational education through Vocational Pedagogical Development Work? This is a subproject within the action research project; LUSY (LUSY: Teacher training schools and teacher education enterprises in Vocational Teacher Education). The theoretical foundation of LUSY adopts a pragmatic and critical perspective on learning, education, and research, as reflected in this article, supplemented with perspectives related to life skills. As authors, we conducted research with teachers on how teachers, as students in the Vocational Pedagogical Development Work program, have implemented the theme of life skills in their projects. The purpose of this project is to develop their own practices within the theme of life skills. Action research is about a critical and self-critical process that can lead to changes individually and collectively within an organization. This involves a change in what we do, in how we think, how we express ourselves, and a change in how we relate to others and the circumstances around us (Kemmis, 2009). The action research process consisted of various cycles with the goal of implementing life skills in education to develop individual practices. These cycles included gatherings at the teachers' own school. We conducted dialogue-based teaching and guidance tailored to the participants' needs with their various development projects. We implemented surveys to assess, two assignments were presented collectively in the group; contributing to shared reflections. As researchers, we kept logs of each session with our reflections on the process. Finally, there was a written and oral examination. In all phases of planning, implementing, and reflecting on the development projects, action group participants have been involved through collaboration and dialogue (Kemmis, 2009). Developing within a professional community involves collectively generating new thoughts and actualizing and experimenting with ideas in collaboration with others. This theory is referred to as the socio-cultural learning theory, where learning and development are seen as a dialectical process (Säljö, 2021, p.111). In organizational learning, the theory of Peter M. Senge (1990) is often highlighted. This is a appreciative theory with a focus on how organizations can evolve over time. The attention to this theme and the practical challenges within organizational learning have earned this theory recognition in research in the field (Eikeland, 2022, p. 133). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we have chosen a qualitative design with a phenomenological approach to illuminate teachers' experiences with and understanding of the interdisciplinary theme of Life Skills in schools and with Vocational Pedagogical Development Work (Johannessen et al., 2016, p.82). The empirical basis is grounded in various qualitative methods aimed at providing a better and deeper understanding of the issue (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). This includes plans for the Vocational Pedagogical Development Work (YPU) study, researchers' meeting notes and logs, analysis of teachers' exam responses as students, as well as guidance and group discussions followed by a survey. We have employed method triangulation, combining different data collection methods to enhance the validity and reliability of our findings, and to provide a more nuanced perspective. In this context, we initiated the process with reflection groups involving teachers. Through open discussions and sharing of experiences, we gathered qualitative insights into their perspectives and experiences. These reflection groups were supplemented with a qualitative survey. To further understand the context and validate our findings, the analysis of teachers' exam responses has been a crucial component of our analytical work. The survey-data were analyzed using qualitative methods. We employed qualitative content analysis to identify thematic patterns and interpretations of participants' responses to open-ended questions (Tjora, 2021, p.217). The analysis was conducted by carefully reviewing the exam responses. Initially, we utilized thematic analysis by coding and categorizing the content of the texts in connection with our research question. We also analyzed our own logs from the gatherings related to the Vocational Pedagogical Development Work (YPU) study. Through analyzing the exam texts, our goal was to gain deeper insights into teachers' experiences with the theme of Life Skills and how they had conceptualized the term Life Skills, implementation, and their approach to incorporating the theme into their own teaching. Tjora (2021) suggests that a discourse analysis of texts is appropriate when one "particularly seeks to identify text/practice as reality-constructing." Given that we actively participated in the gatherings, which limited our opportunity for real-time observation, we wrote logs after each session. The logs served as a summary of our discussions with the teachers and observations made during the sessions. We analyzed these logs to comprehend and contextualize our role, perspective, and any potential influence on data collection and interpretation (Tjora, 2021, p. 204). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings from the qualitative survey conducted before the submission of exam responses indicate that YPU in their own workplace has allowed teachers to focus more on the theme of life skills, bringing it to the forefront and integrating it into their daily routines. Throughout the process, students have worked independently on their projects, and the workplace has served as a meeting place for sharing experiences and competence development. The teamwork among the teaching staff and insights from others' projects are highlighted as valuable and contribute to professional enrichment. Guidance and research collaboration between us as researchers from OsloMet and the teachers as students provide motivation for YPU projects. Furthermore, we will highlight how the students' YPU reports demonstrate their implementation of life skills into their own teaching. In conclusion, we discuss how the students plan to integrate their work from YPU into their ongoing practices. The exam responses underscore the complexity of the life skills concept, and teachers' work through Vocational Pedagogical Development (YPU) has resulted in projects with variation in themes. We ended up with two main categories: 1. Content, what teachers associate with the theme of Life Skills 2. Methodical / didactic – how the theme of Life Skills is implemented Through working with these main categories, we also discovered that some teachers focused more on an individual level, while others had a focus on the school level. However, we also found that work at an individual level can influence the class or school level, and that projects with a main focus on the school level also had implications at the individual level. References Bakken, A. (2022). Ungdata 2022. National Results. NOVA Report 5/22. Oslo: NOVA, OsloMet Brevik, L. M., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., Barreng, R. L. S., Dodou, K., Doetjes, G., Evertsen, I., Goldschmidt-Gjerløw, B., Hatlevik, O. E., Hartvigsen, K. M., Isaksen, A., Magnusson, C., Mathe, N. E. H., Siljan, H., Stovner, R. B., & Suhr, M. L. (2023). Mastering life in 8th grade. Perspectives on life skills in the classroom in seven subjects. Report 2 from the research and evaluation project EDUCATE at the Institute for Teacher Education and School Research, University of Oslo. DOI: 10.5281/ZENODO.8012569 Bru, E., Idsøe, E. C. & Øverland, K. (2016). Mental Health in Schools (Ed.). Universitetsforlaget AS Danielsen, G. A. (2021). The Teacher's Work with Life Skills. Fagbokforlaget. Eikeland, O. (2022). On the trail of a seventh constitution. New Deal Publishing. Holmberg, B. J. & Engebretsen, B. C. (2022). Social Self-perception and Life Skills in School. Cappelen Damm Akademisk Johannessen, A., Tufte, P. A., & Christoffersen, L. (2016). Introduction to Social Science Research Methods. Abstrakt forlag Kemmis, S. (2009). Action Research as a Practice-Based Practice. Educational Action Research, 17(3), 463-474. doi: 10.1080/09650790903093284 Klomsten, A. T. & Uthus, M. (2020). A Slow Transformation. A qualitative study of students' experiences of learning about mental health in school. Nordic Journal for Education and Practice. 14(2), 122-139. https://doi.org/10.23865/up.v14.2210 Koritzinsky. (2021). Interdisciplinary Deep Learning: About and for Democracy and Citizenship - Sustainable Development - Public Health and Life Skills. Universitetsforlaget. Kozulin, A. (Ed.). (2001). Thinking and Speaking. Gyldendal Akademisk Forlag. Myskja, A. & Fikse, C. (2020). Perspectives on Life Skills in School. Cappelen Damm Akademisk Nordentoft, M.H., Hvass, H., Anderson, M.K., Bengtsen, S.S., Smedegaars, A. & Warrer, D.S. (2019). Collective Academic Guidance - From Research to Practice. Aarhus: Aarhus University Press Roland, P. (2015). What is implementation? Roland, P. & Westergård, E. (Ed.), Implementation: Translation of theories, ideas, activities, and structures into practice (pp.20-37). Universitetsforlaget. Säljö, R. (2016). Learning; an introduction to perspectives and metaphors. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Senge, P. M. (1999). The Fifth Discipline: The Art of Developing the Learning Organization. Egmont Hjemmets Bokforlag. Sylte, A.L. (2022). Professional Pedagogy - Relevant Learning in Practice (3rd ed.). Gyldendal Thomsen, R., Skovhus, R. B. & Buhl, R. (2013). Guiding in Communities and Groups. Copenhagen: Schultz. Tjora, A. (2021). Qualitative Research Methods in Practice. Gyldendal. Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E. & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, (15), 17-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 02 SES 07 B: Current Social Discourses Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lorraine Downey Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper ‘Context Matters’ Revealed: Policy Transfer in Vocational Education to Serbia Caught Between Human Capital and Human Rights Perspectives 1Austrian Foundation for Development Research; 2University of Belgrade, Faculty of Philosophy, Institute of Psychology Presenting Author:Globalisation has increased interest in educational policy transfer in the academic and policy debate. This includes vocational education and training (VET), whose role has been emphasised by policy makers all over the world after the global financial crisis of 2007/8. VET, so it seems, can be an efficient tool to combat unemployment and increase economic productivity. Based on this assumption, the last decade has seen an exponential rise of transfer activities and accompanying research of the model of dual VET from the German-speaking to other countries. While success of transfer endeavours has been mixed, research tends to focus on issues of implementation rather than underlying social relations and actors’ interests in both sending and receiving countries. In this paper, we will discuss the transfer process of dual VET to Serbia, where in 2017 a law introduced dual VET as a separate track in the traditional school-based VET system. This had been preceded by reform discussions, encouraged and supported by the EU and German speaking donor countries, of what was perceived as an outdated, theory-biased and not market-responsive VET system. The dual VET reform has been meant to decrease youth unemployment and skilled emigration. Yet, more visibly than in other countries, the introduction of dual VET in Serbia was met with resistance by academia, civil society and trade unions largely based on concerns that it could increase social and educational inequities. While the implementation process, started in 2019, is still young and valid monitoring data on the intended impact of dual VET is unavailable, the transfer process in itself offers promising terrain for an analysis focused on underlying social relations rather than on success or failure at the level of implementation. Our research question is therefore what role political interests of the involved internal and external actors have played in and how (diverging) conceptions of education have framed societal debates on the transfer process. In this paper, we will first challenge the predominantly pragmatic research approach to dual system transfer by unpacking the notion of context. Beyond an examination of actors’ roles, interests and their (conflictive) relations, this includes discourses, conceptions and imaginaries of education. Second, we will relate this to the discussion on the purpose of education. Indeed, the opposition to dual VET in Serbia, beyond immediate concerns over wage dumping and curricular narrowing, transmits conflicting imaginaries of education. While the presumed success story of dual VET is framed by economistic conceptions defining human capital formation as education’s main purpose, humanistic objectives, such as social equity, continue to underpin collective imaginaries of education in Serbia, basically as a heritage from socialist Yugoslavia. Our conceptual framework refers to two interrelated strands of academic debate in comparative education. First, we will draw on policy transfer literature, in particular on the analytical approach that examines motivations of transfer and its impact on existing policies and power constellations (e.g. Steiner-Khamsi, 2014). Rappleye’s (2012) ‘political production model’ of educational policy transfer will serve as analytical guidelines. This model postulates that political objectives tend to determine transfer decisions to a greater extent than the technical suitability of particular education policies from other countries. Second, Rappleye’s model will be complemented by Crossley’s and Watson’s (2003) notion of context, which points to the significance of culture, including discourses as well as understandings and imaginaries of education that predominate in a given context. Our objective is to contribute to an analytical rather than normative academic debate aimed at understanding social relations, actors’ roles and educational imaginaries that might underpin collective efforts to support or oppose the reforms in question. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on two bodies of research by the authors: research on the Serbian dual VET reform (Langthaler, forthcoming; Langthaler & Top, 2023) and research on the reforms of the education system in Serbia and the social factors that accompanied and influenced them (Ivić & Pešikan, 2012; Pešikan & Ivić, 2021). It is based on the one hand on a literature review including academic publications from educational, political and economic disciplines, as well as grey literature and policy papers from Serbian, EU and bilateral (mainly German-speaking) donor sources. On the other hand, the analysis draws on a body of 16 semi-structured expert interviews (as defined in Bogner et al., 2009), conducted between August and November 2021. Interviewees include Serbian academics, Serbian and non-Serbian representatives from institutions involved in the transfer and implementation process (including statal and para-statal bodies, research organisations, trade unions), as well as experts from European, bi- and multilateral donor agencies. Interviews were assessed using content analysis (Mayring, 2010). The main categories for the assessment of the literature and the interviews were: a) Perceived challenges and achievements of dual VET in Serbia; b) Motivations and objectives of involved actors to introduce dual education in Serbia; c) Motivations and criticism/concerns of those actors who opposed the introduction of dual education in Serbia; d) Extent of involvement and role of different societal actors, in particular “social partners”, in the process of designing and implementing the reform. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings suggest that the dual VET transfer process to Serbia has followed political rationales rather than imperatives to improve Serbian VET. As for the donor countries, there are economic and political interests as major investors in Serbia. For the Serbian government, blaming an outdated VET system is an easy explanation for complex socio-economic problems such as youth unemployment and high poverty rates. As it is an easy solution to draw on a successful foreign example, regardless of its actual suitability to the Serbian context. This context is substantially different to that in German-speaking countries: Social relations are not corporatist, but strictly neo-liberal; social dialogue is absent; the economy is unstable and based on low level skills, and a substantial part of stakeholders hold collective visions of education that oppose the economistic framing of dual VET. At the conceptual level, our analysis shows that besides political interest by the respective actors, collective imaginaries of education and VET play an important role in educational transfer processes. They substantially frame societal debates about the transfer and particularly underpin endeavours to oppose and resist the transfer processes and the educational reforms in question. In the case of Serbia, humanistic and human rights imaginaries of education and VET, inherited from socialist Yugoslavia and deeply rooted among academia, teaching staff and civil society, collide with economistic conceptions that view the primary purpose of education in workforce supply. References Bogner, A., Littig, B., & Menz, W. (Eds.). (2009). Interviewing Experts. Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230244276 Crossley, M., & Watson, K. (2003). Comparative and international research in education: Globalisation, context and difference. Routledge Falmer. Dull, L. J. (2012). Teaching for humanity in a neoliberal world: Visions of education in Serbia. Comparative Education Review, 56(3), 511–533. Grujić, G. (2021). Dual Education in the Republic of Serbia. Chinese Business Review, 20(4), 140–147. Ivić, I., & Pešikan, A. (2012). Education system reforms in an unstable political situation: The case of Serbia in the first decade of the 21st century. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:6726 Langthaler, M. (forthcoming). Lost during transfer? The role of social dialogue in the Serbian dual VET reform. In O. Valiente et al. (Eds.) International Policy Transfer of Dual Apprenticeships. Langthaler, M., & Top, P. (2023). The role of social dialogue in the transfer of the dual system of vocational education and training. The case of Serbia. ÖFSE Working Paper. ÖFSE. Mayring, P. (2010). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. [Qualitative Content Analysis]. Beltz. McGregor, G. (2009). Educating for (whose) success? Schooling in an age of neo‐liberalism. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 30(3), 345–358. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690902812620 Pešikan, A. (2020). Svrha obrazovanja u savremenom dobu - Obrazovanje za čiji uspeh. [The purpose of education in the modern age - Educating for whose success]. In A. Pešikan, Učenje u obrazovnom kontekstu [Learning in an educational context], (pp.439-450.) Pešikan, A., & Ivić, I. (2021). The Impact of Specific Social Factors on Changes in Education in Serbia. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 11(2), 59–76. https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.1152 Pilz, M. (2016). Policy Borrowing in Vocational Education and Training (VET)—VET System Typologies and the ‘6P Strategy’ for Transfer Analysis. In M. Pilz (Ed.), Vocational education and training in times of economic crisis: Lessons from around the world (pp. 473–490). Springer Berlin Heidelberg. Rappleye, J. (2012). Reimagining Attraction and ‘Borrowing’ in Education. Introducing a Political Production Model. In G. Steiner-Khamsi & F. Waldow (Eds.), World yearbook of education 2012: Policy borrowing and lending in education (pp. 121–148). Renold, U., Caves, K. M., & Oswald-Egg, M. E. (2021). Implementation of the Serbian Law on Dual Education: Fourth Report on Drivers and Barriers in the Implementation Phase. ETH Zurich. https://doi.org/10.3929/ETHZ-B-000476567 Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2014). Cross-national policy borrowing: Understanding reception and translation. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 34(2), 153–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2013.875649 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper A Typology of International VET Governance 1Helmut Schmidt University; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology Presenting Author:Vocational education and training (VET) is traditionally understood as a primarily national policy field that is particularly characterised by national traditions and path dependencies. However, numerous research studies in recent years demonstrate that VET is no longer only organised at national level. In addition to an already established strand of research on the Europeanisation of national VET policy (Busemeyer 2009; Trampusch 2008; Bohlinger / Fischer 2015; Münk / Scheiermann 2018) and an ongoing interest in the international policy transfer of vocational education and training (Li / Pilz 2023), there is now also work that addresses phenomena that have received fewer attention so far, such as the role of international organisations (Klassen submitted; Vanderhoven 2023; Maurer 2008, 2012) or cross-border cooperation between regions in different countries (Graf 2021). This work raises the fundamental question of the extent to which VET has developed into an international policy field in its own right. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The typology presents six types of international VET governance. It is based, on the one hand, on observations of political practice in international VET and the literature describing it and, on the other hand, on political science terminology used to describe different types of international policy. Methodologically speaking, it is therefore a combination of a deductive and inductive approach, which was created both from the observation of reality and derived from theoretical concepts (Lehnert 2007). The aim of this approach was to transfer the various phenomena of international vocational education and training policy into a typology that depicts the differences and similarities of individual phenomena at a medium level of abstraction (cf. Lehnert 2007) in order to develop an organisational system of distinct types (cf. Collier 2008). In this approximation process, we have conceptualised six types of international VET governance, which differ sufficiently in the characteristics of the four dimensions - actor constellation, institutional form, governance instruments and the role of the state. Overall, we have thus created a descriptive typology (Collier et al. 2012) that serves to identify and describe the phenomena to be analysed; in principle, typologies can also be used to highlight causal links (Elman 2005; Bennett and Elman 2006). The six types include bilateral, multilateral, intergovernmental, supranational, interregional and transnational VET governance. While in the bilateral and multilateral form, only states cooperate with each other, intergovernmental and supranational VET governance describe the political relationship between states and supranational organisations. In contrast, the interregional form refers to cooperation between state regions, while transnational VET governance encompasses the relationships between private actors and between private and public actors. The six types are presented below. In doing so, we first define the respective form, drawing both on political science concepts and on the dimensions of international VET governance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The six types of international Vocational Education and Training (VET) governance are distinguished by their actor constellations. Three horizontal types (bilateral, multilateral, interregional) involve states or regions with formal equality, yet imbalances persist, especially in donor-recipient dynamics. Multilateral governance, influenced by economic positions, may favor certain states. Vertical types (intergovernmental, supranational) have formally organized actors at different levels, but power imbalances can occur. Vertical constellations, like in the European Union (EU), may lack a clear balance of power, with states not always implementing international organization recommendations. Transnational VET governance exhibits mixed types, featuring horizontal relationships, like Unions4VET, and vertical public-private partnerships, as seen in the Global Apprenticeship Network. Institutional arrangements underpinning international VET governance are usually formal but can be informal. Supranational governance, like in the EU, relies on formal international treaties, while bilateral cooperation relies on intergovernmental agreements. Multilateral cooperation in the G7 is informally rooted in shared scientific interests, and transnational governance, like the Global Apprenticeship Network, has informal aspects. Although having a constitution, the network allows flexible membership without elaborate formal processes. Governance instruments vary from material (financing, technical cooperation) to non-material (knowledge production, discursive dissemination, standard-setting, persuasion). Bilateral and certain international organizations (e.g., the World Bank) emphasize material instruments, while non-material instruments are prevalent in intergovernmental governance (knowledge production) and supranational governance (standard-setting). The state's role in international VET governance ranges from active (e.g., donor, negotiator) to passive (e.g., recipient) or enabling (e.g., framing cooperation). Unlike its extensive role in national VET policy, the state's international role has limited maneuverability, requiring nuanced strategies for influencing outcomes. References Bennett, A., & Elman, C. 2006. "Case Study Methods in the International Relations Subfield." *Comparative Political Studies* 40 (2): 170-195. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1177/0010414006296346. Bohlinger, Sandra, and Andreas Fischer (Hrsg.). 2015. *Lehrbuch europäische Berufsbildungspolitik: Grundlagen, Herausforderungen und Perspektiven.* Bielefeld, 2015. Braun, Dietmar, and Olivier Giraud. 2014. "Politikinstrumente im Kontext von Staat, Markt und Governance." In *Lehrbuch der Politikfeldanalyse,* 179-208. Berlin, München, Boston: De Gruyter Oldenbourg. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110408072.179. Busemeyer, Marius R. 2009. *Die Europäisierung der deutschen Berufsbildungspolitik: Sachzwang oder Interessenpolitik?* Bonn, 2009. 16 S. + Literaturangaben. [Online] Available at: http://library.fes.de/pdf-files/id/ipa/06512.pdf. Collier, David, Jody LaPorte, and Jason Seawright. 2012. "Putting Typologies to Work: Concept Formation, Measurement, and Analytic Rigor." *Political Research Quarterly* 65 (1): 217–32. [Online] Available at: http://www.jstor.org/stable/23209571. Graf, L. 2021. "Leveraging Regional Differences and Cross‐border Collective Institutions: The Case of Skill Formation and Employment in the Border Region of France, Germany, and Switzerland." *Swiss Political Science Review* 27 (2): 369-389. DOI: 10.1111/spsr.12442. Klassen, Johannes. submitted. "International organisations in vocational education and training: a literature review." *Journal of Vocational Education and Training.* Kutscha, G. 2010. "Berufsbildungssystem und Berufsbildungspolitik." In *Handbuch Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik,* edited by R. Nickolaus, G. Pätzold, H. Reinisch & T. Tramm, 311–322. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Lehnert, Matthias. 2007. "Sinn und Unsinn von Typologien." In *Forschungsdesign in der Politikwissenschaft. Probleme – Strategien – Anwendungen,* edited by Thomas Gschwend and Frank Schimmelfennig, 91-120. Frankfurt/New York: Campus Verlag. Li, Junmin, & Matthias Pilz. 2023. "International transfer of vocational education and training: a literature review." *Journal of Vocational Education & Training* 75 (2): 185-218. DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2020.1847566. Maurer, 2008. "Jenseits globaler Kräfte? Berufspraktische Fächer an allgemeinbildenden Sekundarschulen in Sri Lanka und Bangladesh." *Zeitschrift für Pädagogik* 53 (2): 200-214. Maurer, 2012. "Structural elaboration of technical and vocational education and training systems in developing countries: the cases of Sri Lanka and Bangladesh." *Comparative Education* 48 (4): 487-503. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2012.702011. Parreira do Amaral, Marcelo. 2015. "Der Beitrag der Educational Governance zur Analyse der Internationalen Bildungspolitik." *Bildung und Erziehung* 69 (3): 367–384. Trampusch, C. 2008. "Jenseits von Anpassungsdruck und Lernen: die Europäisierung der deutschen Berufsbildung." *Zeitschrift Für Staats- Und Europawissenschaften (ZSE) / Journal for Comparative Government and European Policy* 6 (4): 577–605. [Online] Available at: http://www.jstor.org/stable/261. Vanderhoven, Ellen. 2023. "Unpacking the global apprenticeship agenda: a comparative synthesis of literature from international organizations in the education policy field." *Globalisation, Societies and Education.* DOI: 10.1080/14767724.2023.2252358. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Thinking About Vocational Education and Training (VET), Just Transitions and Neo-Liberalism. University of Derby, United Kingdom Presenting Author:
This theoretical paper seeks to problematise conceptualisations of vocational education and training (VET) and its relationship with Just transitions and neo-liberalism.
It addresses 4 Key issues:
Neo-liberalism provides a backdrop to the paper. The paper calls for an expansive conceptualisation of vocational education and training (VET) that moves beyond a narrow instrumentalism lodged within a redundant neo-liberalism that stresses the needs of employers and the labour market. Monk et al (2023) draw our attention to the increasing presence of VET research and researchers from the global south in the leading VET journals. In much the same way as the salience of the global south has previously been played down in VET, so too have questions of race and ethnicity, and the climate emergency. These currents rest alongside a literature that addresses ‘just transitions’ (Spours & Grainger, 2023). It is only recently that such questions have come to the fore in VET journals located in the global north (Avis, 2023ab; Avis et al, 2017; Avis et al, 2023; Monk et al 2023; VET4 2023). Stomporowski (2023) calls for a revival of VET analyses and for the development of a critical-ecological theory of VET. This paper initially engages with VET and its social construction. There are two points to be made. Firstly, VET and its conceptualisation is a site of struggle. Secondly can VET be rid of its close association to the needs of employer and adopt an understanding that seeks to contribute to individual and social well-being. This is followed by a discussion of the capitalocene and its relationship to green agendas. This is accompanied by an analysis of leading supranational organisations such as the World Economic Forum (WEF), UNESCO, ILO and focuses on debates about education, sustainability and green agendas. The World Economic Forum is used as a key example. Somewhat counterintuitively, this section then leads into one that comments on the annual conference speeches in 2023 of leading British politicians. The importance of this is that these politician’s reprise many of the same themes as those of the supranational organisations. It is easy enough to criticise the narrow version of VET as being deeply conservative. The point is that we should be cautious about attributing an inherently progressive politics to expansive versions of ‘just transitions’ and VET. This is after all an empirical question that cannot be determined by theoretical fiat being a site of contestation and struggle shaped by the balance of power between capital and labour. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is rooted in policy scholarship with its methodology set in a critical engagement with the relevant literature adopting an approach derived from critical theory. It seeks to engage with and critique key constructions of VET and is a theoretically focused paper that aims to ‘deconstruct’ the discourses used in the field. To that end the paper examines conceptualisations of the capitalocene and anthropocene, VET, ‘just transitions’ as well as the discourses that emanate from supranational organisations such as the world economic forum and the UN, ILO, etc. These are set alongside the discourses used in current research in the field that address social justice. For example, The World Economic Forum draws our attention to the polycrises facing the world, highlighting a number of well-known risks that include: the erosion of social cohesion, societal polarisation, rising inequality, the cost-of-living crisis, the climate emergency and so on. WEF argues these crises require societal intervention to ameliorate their impact. It calls for the development of a socially just society in which the excesses of neo-liberalism are addressed as well as an engagement with the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. In a similar vein WEF envisages an inclusive society in which no one is left behind and all talents are mobilised. Yet WEF is irrecoverably linked to the status quo and existing capitalist relations. This engagement with various discourses and understandings represents the critical methodology that the paper mobilises. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is important to recognise that VET is both a resource and site of struggle which is set within a specific socio-economic context which frames the terrain in which it is placed and the affordances it offers. This is an empirical question that cannot be determined by theoretical fiat being a site of contestation and struggle. The conclusion brings together the divergent strands of the argument and considers the four key issues examined by the paper: 1. Differing conceptualisations of VET and their ideological significance. 2. Eurocentric conceptualisation of VET to constructions of policy science. 3. Doxic conceptualisations of VET and wagelessness. 4. ‘Just transitions’ concern with the marginalised alongside an expanded understanding of VET. Neo-liberalism has provided a backdrop to the paper.. References Avis, J. (2023a): Reflections on bwp@ Special Issue 19. In: bwp@ Spezial 19: Retrieving and recontextualising VET theory. Edited by Esmond, B./Ketschau, T. J./Schmees, J. K./Steib, C./ Wedekind, V., 1-11. Online: https://www.bwpat.de/spezial19/avis_spezial19.pdf (30.08.2023). Avis, J. (2023b) A critical review of debates surrounding race/ethnicity and TVET, Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 75 (1), 175-184. Avis, J., Mirchandani, K. and Warmington, P. (2017) Editorial, Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 69 (3),287-291. Avis, J., Orr, K., Papier, J. and Warmington, P. (2023) Editorial: special issue TVET race and ethnicity in the global south and north, Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 75 (1), 1-5. Monk, D. Molebatsi, P. McGrath, S. Metelerkamp, L. Adrupio, S. Openjuru, G. Robbins, G. and Tshabalala T. (2023): Beyond extractivism in vocational education and training research: Reflections on an international research project. In press Journal of vocational education and training. Spours, K. Grainger, P. (2023) The mediating role of further and higher education in a Just Transition social ecosystem, Journal of vocational education and training online 1-15 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13636820.2023.2258521 Stomporowski, S. (2023): Vocational training theory footprints in times of climate change – aspects of a critical ecological position. In: bwp@ Spezial 19: Retrieving and recontextualising VET theory. Edited by Esmond, B./Ketschau, T. J./Schmees, J. K./Steib, C./Wedekind, V., 1- 35. Online: https://www.bwpat.de/spezial19/stomporowski_en_spezial19.pdf (30.08.2023). |
15:45 - 17:15 | 03 SES 07 A: Curriculum making practices Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Dominik Dvořák Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Mapping Micro Curriculum making Practices for an Inclusive Curriculum University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper seeks to describes inclusive micro curriculum-making practices during a teacher collaborative inquiry project in the Chilean context. Inclusive education is a cornerstone of European and international educational policy and the core of worldwide agreements for education for all (Ainscow, 2020). This study defines inclusive education as a political and societal project of transformation (Slee, 2011) which seeks to assure the presence, participation and progress of all students (Echeita, 2019), promoting collaborative values for living together (Booth, 2018) driven by the principles of social justice (Sandoval Mena & Waitoller, 2022). Also, it represents an acknowledgement of the unequal structural and social relationships that frame and produce education exclusion as a substantial curriculum issue (Slee, 2019). Accordingly, inclusive education would be a constituted piece of education and, hence, an embedded element in curriculum development indicated by Priestley and Philippou (2019) as "the heart of the schooling". However, the concept of an inclusive curriculum has been vaguely developed, limiting inclusion mainly just as an adjustment for students who are labelled as "different" (Nind, 2005) or as an orientation (Opertti & Brady, 2011) to the curriculum. This may partly be explained by a bulk of research that continues positioning inclusive education as a technical issue centred on students' deficits (Artiles, 2020), restricting a broad and comprehensive perspective to theoretical aspects (Amor et al., 2019). At the same time, these conceptions involve the comprehension of curriculum as a prescription, which needs to be implemented or delivered by teachers and, therefore, adapted for those who do not fit into it. Following this vein, Deng (2020) argues that the curriculum discussion should go back to the content not as part of the learning discourse and focus on the academic outcomes necessary but on the purposes of education. An inclusive curriculum, therefore, would imply an ideology compromised with transforming society (Schiro, 2013) that would start with the recognition that education could reproduce social inequalities (Apple, 1990). From there, a broader understanding of curriculum development is needed to develop an inclusive curriculum, as exclusion is not just taught from the explicit, but also from the hidden (Kashimiro, 2000). In this way, efforts to develop an inclusive curriculum should be put into the day-by-day generation of knowledge in the classrooms in which inclusion- but also exclusion- is embodied. Priestley et al. (2021) conceptualise curriculum-making as a social practice involving different practices that occur across multiple layered "sites of activity" subjected to diverse forms of influence. This model considers curriculum-making as a systemic activity undertaken by many social actors involving the production of various artefacts and practices. From this framework, teachers are curriculum makers, considering that curriculum is always interpreted by teachers and influenced by their beliefs, experiences, and aspirations (Rosiek & Clandinin, 2016). In that regard, inclusive curriculum-making would need teachers' development that emphasises their knowledge framed for the social context in which education occurs, problematising exclusionary logic (Allan, 2003). From the pioneering work of Stenhouse (1975) in Europe, the teacher as a researcher has been positioned as a vein to foster curriculum decision-making addressing the particular context where teachers work (Craig, 2009). In that regard, collaborative inquiry as cyclical and dialogical practice (DeLuca et al., 2015) through teachers' reflexivity provides a starting point to make an inclusive curriculum, understanding critical teaching as a dynamic dialectic between doing and thinking about the doing (Freire, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research takes a Participatory Action Research approach (Kemmis et al., 2014) that involves an active commitment of people involved, highlighting their experiences and knowledges (Lenette, 2022). For that, between 10-14 primary teachers from two public Chilean schools will be invited to participate in a Critical Collaborative Professional Enquiry project (CCPE) (Drew et al., 2016) called Curriculum Circles for an academic semester (March-June). These collaborative circles will be proposed to make an inclusive curriculum, considering three iterative phases of CCPE: 1) "focusing", where teachers will dialogue with their colleagues about educational exclusionary situations in the Chilean context, reflecting on them; 2) “interrupting”, acting within the classroom to transform their practices from an inclusive perspective; and 3) "making sense", reflecting and evaluate their actions in line with the focusing phase. The timing of these meetings will be adjusted to the needs and possibilities of each school, reaching different arrangements. The researcher will mediate Curricular Circles and support teachers to interrupt their practices when needed. In that sense, she will have a participant role as part of the group to build a relationship of trust and reciprocity. Thus, diverse participatory activities will be designed as artefacts to support the reflection and action. The data will be varied and rich, considering all the process stages. In that regard, the methods will be centred on the Curriculum Circles as a CCPE, which includes multiple participatory activities registered by fieldnotes to document the project's process and its impact within the classroom. Teachers will also be invited to document the process through reflection in flexible diaries, which offer diverse opportunities to document their practices. Additionally, the researcher will conduct follow-up methods to delve into the data, such as semi-structured interviews and focus groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I expect to describe diverse social practices as an inclusive curriculum, focusing on the dimensions of curriculum-making framed by Priestley et al. (2021) as sites of activity. Mainly, the data analysis will be centred on micro curriculum-making practices related to the school level and teachers' work, characterised by Curriculum Circles as a space of Critical Collaborative Professional Enquiry. As an exploratory stage, I propose a first "mapping" as an analytical tool (Martin & Kamberelis, 2013), showing different elements that were produced in Curriculum Circles as inclusive curriculum, highlighting their relationships and connections, teachers' voices, and reflections from the researcher as a facilitator. I will analyse data produced from Curriculum Circles in one school of the study to situate the case, considering as an essential element the distinctive features of the context, such as location, institutional ethos, or socio-economic vulnerability index, that shape the inclusive curriculum-making process. Data produced by teachers in their diaries, my fieldnotes and interviews will be coded through thematic analysis from emergent codes. At the same time, the analysis will include the artefacts produced for and by the group, drawing a web among different elements that create the collaborative work as inclusive curriculum-making. In that regard, emphasis will be placed on what did happen, but also how did that happen, focusing on the relationship among teachers, artefacts, and the researcher. I will choose one substantial activity of each stage (focusing, interrupting, and making sense) to explore its articulation broadly, theorising about how inclusive curriculum-making is shaped in this context and discussing future implications for research and practice. The discussion will be centred on the importance of the collective aspect of teachers' work for inclusive curriculum-making and its implications for international educational research. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic journal of studies in educational policy, 6(1), 7-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Apple, M. W. (1990). Ideology and curriculum (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203129753 Craig, C. J. (2009). Teacher Research and Teacher as Researcher. In L. J. Saha & A. G. Dworkin (Eds.), International Handbook of Research on Teachers and Teaching (pp. 61-70). Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-73317-3_4 DeLuca C., Shulha, J., Luhanga, U., Shulha, L.M, Christou, T.M & Klinger, D.A (2015). Collaborative inquiry as a professional learning structure of educators: a scoping review. Professional Development in Education, 41(4), 640-670. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2014.933120 Deng, Z. (2020). Knowledge, content, curriculum and Didaktik: beyond social realism. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351118941 Freire, P. (2002). Pedagogía de la autonomía. Siglo veintiuno. Martin, A.D., Kamberelis, G. (2013). Mapping not tracing: qualitative educational reserach with political teeth. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26 (6), 668-679. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2013.788756 Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making in Europe : Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited. Priestley, M., & Philippou, S. (2019, 2019/01/02). Curriculum is – or should be – at the heart of educational practice. The Curriculum Journal, 30(1), 1-7. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2019.1598611 Rosiek, J., & Clandinin, D. J. (2016). Curriculum and Teacher Development. In D. Wyse, L. Hayward, & J. Pandya (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assesment (pp. 293-308). SAGE. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429273896-13 Sandoval Mena, M., & Waitoller, F. (2022). Broadening the notion of participation in inclusive education: A social justice approach. Revista española de discapacidad, 10, 21-34. https://doi.org/10.5569/2340-5104.10.02.02 Schiro, M. (2013). Curriculum theory: conflicting visions and enduring concerns (2 ed.). SAGE Publications, Inc. Slee, R. (2011). The Irregular School : Exclusion, Schooling and Inclusive Education. Taylor & Francis Group. Slee, R. (2019). Belonging in an age of exclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), 909-922. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1602366 Stenhouse, L. (1975). An introduction to curriculum research and development. Heinemann Educational. https://go.exlibris.link/5GsqSYDy 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Vocational Colleges as Co-Creators of Local VET Curricula Linnaues University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper explores how local vocational education and training (VET) curricula is ‘made’ within two different types of vocational colleges in Sweden: Technical College (TC) and Health and Social care College (HSC). We present preliminary results from an ongoing pilot study on local VET curriculum making focusing on what is considered necessary knowledge and aspects of how the educations are gender-coded. Upper secondary schools stand for the provision of VET according to the national curricula, and TC and HSC were introduced a couple of decades ago to increase young people’s interest for a vocational career and to strengthen the influence of labour market institutions on VET programmes (Fredriksson & Stier, 2014; Hermelin & Rusten, 2016; Olofsson & Panican, 2020). Today they have a central role for accrediting schools, consisting of a national organisation but with locally organised steering groups of representatives from schools, employer organisations, industry, unions, and regions. However, we have limited knowledge about how the required knowledge and competences for the labour market are defined and formulated in these local arenas and what implications it has for teaching (Alvunger, 2024).
In international research, scholars have identified both advantages and risks with local partnerships between industries and schools. When partners interests, commitments and views on curricula are aligned, local partnerships may thrive (Huddleston & Laczik, 2018), but the co-operations may be vulnerable due to incompatible interests or economic changes (Ehlen, van der Klink & Boshuizen, 2016), and conflicting ideas on curricula, leading to ‘dead ends’ for the students and difficulties for the students to be employed (Hodgson & Spours, 2015). In the Swedish context, we know that relationships between industry and schools in the local community effect students’ vocational learning (Persson Thunqvist & Gustavsson, 2021), but know the less about how local actors are makers of VET curricula. Vocational educations are positioned in a kind of borderland between school and working life (Broberg 2014; Mårtensson, 2021) where they on the one hand are supposed to provide relevant competence for the labour market (Panican & Paul, 2019) while they on the other hand, as all upper secondary education, shall contribute to young people’s possibilities to independently influence and shape their lives as members of society (Rosvall & Nylund, 2022). These separate logics of school education and working life are not easily reconciled (Johansson, 2019; Jørgensen, 2004) and creates tensions and conflicts of interests on local level (Köpsén, 2022; Nilsson, 2015).
The analysis is based on a theoretical framework of curriculum making as social practice, which means that curriculum is something that is ’made’ and created in interactions between ideas, actors, and contexts across different layers of the education system (Alvunger et al, 2021). The analytical focus is on what is referred to as the meso-, micro-, and nano-levels (Priestley et al, 2021), with the aim of analyzing how different actors assess and define knowledge in various contexts (local steering groups and classrooms). To analyse how necessary knowledge for the students are defined and valued in different regulatory documents and contexts where VET curricula and teaching is discussed and negotiated, Bernstein’s (2000) concept ’discursive gap’ is employed. This may involve how local steering groups respond to policy pressures related to skills supply and labor market needs. In turn, school principals and vocational teachers (micro-level) work with but also make concerning activities to achieve set goals – frameworks for organizing teaching, and selection of content and knowledge for instruction. In the classroom (nano-level), vocational teachers and vocational students create different ‘curriculum events’ (Doyle, 1992) through pedagogical interaction, actively shaping the curriculum in teaching (Priestley et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper employs two research methods with the aim of collecting qualitative empirical data that complement each other and enable an analysis of discursive gaps and gender in local curriculum work from various perspectives (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2007; Spillman, 2014): document analysis of websites and material produced by the local steering groups (PR, minutes, reports, guidelines) and semi-structured interviews with representatives of TC and HSC and vocational teachers. In this presentation, preliminary results from a limited part of informants are included as the pilot phase still is running. The results are analyzed and thematically coded based on the study's theoretical concepts of discursive gaps and gender. Methodologically, the project draws inspiration from ethnography (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007) to illuminate and make comparisons between TC and HSC and how vocational education curricula are translated, interpreted, and formulated locally based on students' knowledge needs and the gendered conditions of the vocations in question. The study captures statements about students' knowledge needs and perceptions of the conditions and characteristics of professions in both national and regional/local policy documents and actions related to local collaborations. The analysis of data is targeted towards questions such as: What is emphasized as legitimate and valuable knowledge in the documents? How are students' knowledge needs described? What arguments can be discerned for this? In what ways do assumptions about the conditions and characteristics of vocations emerge, and how are these associated with gender? To inductively gather qualitative data on individuals' perceptions and beliefs, semi-structured interviews are conducted based on an interview guide with participants in local steering groups and vocational teachers. Focus is on questions such as: What do the informants value as important knowledge for the students? How are students' knowledge needs motivated? How do they perceive that it affects the content and design of teaching? How do the informants view their role and responsibility for teaching and students' knowledge needs? What perspectives do the informants have on the conditions and characteristics of professions, and how are these associated with gender? The comparative dimension of similarities and differences between TC and HSC is addressed to a minor extent in this paper because it is too early to draw conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results support earlier research indicating that collaboration between schools and representatives of the workforce is often characterized by tensions and goal- and interest conflicts, with the risk of lock-in effects. The local curriculum that emerges is characterized by an ambivalent approach to students' knowledge needs, influenced by perceptions of the conditions and characteristics of vocations: Traditionally masculine-coded production vocations are attributed higher material values for local growth and specialized knowledge, while feminine-coded care vocations are considered to encompass generic and general knowledge. On a general level the so-called Swedish model serves as an important explanatory model in historical perspective for TC and HSC. The concept of “college” is seen as something trendy, with speed and flair, and–something that will attract and appeal to young people. The certification, diplomas, and quality indicators for being accredited are seen as a guarantee for educations that lead to competent and attractive employees. For representatives of the workforce, recruitment needs are central, but they prioritize students learning a variety of techniques to quickly adapt to different companies in the area. In this respect, the views of knowledge needs tend to lean towards vocationally specific aspects. On local level, both TC and HSC arrange activities that seeks to attract students, and specifically students that are underrepresented on certain programmes. For example, TC hosts events such as “Girls’ night” at companies or in the industry facilities at schools, or continuous professional development activities for teachers in local industries. School leadership appreciates the creativity of workforce representatives and values initiatives such as the creation of mentor companies. However, there is caution about giving too much space for external parties to condition learning objectives in the VET programmes (Alvunger & Klope, 2023). References Alvunger, D. (2024). Curriculum-Making Across Sites of Activity in Upper Secondary School Vocational Education and Training: A Review of the Research in Sweden. International Journal of Research in Vocational Education and Training, (accepted for publication) Alvunger, D. & Klope, E. (2023), Lokalt yrkeskunnande för en global arbetsmarknad? Om Teknikcollege och Vård- och omsorgscollege som medskapare av yrkesutbildningars lokala läroplaner. Paper vid konferensen NordYrk 2023, Högskolan Bergen, Norge Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 273–293). Emerald. Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity. Rowman and Littlefield. Broberg, Å. (2014). Utbildning på gränsen mellan skola och arbete: Pedagogisk förändring i svensk yrkesutbildning 1918-1971 Doctoral dissertation, Institutionen för pedagogik och didaktik, Stockholms universitet. Creswell, J.W., & Plano Clark, V. (2007). Designing and conducting mixed methods. SAGE. Fredriksson, M. & Stier, J. (2014), Vård- och omsorgscollege Sörmland - en förstudie. Mälardalens högskola. Hermelin, B. & Rusten, G. (2016). Lokal samverkan, tillväxt och omställning – studier från industriregioner i Sverige och Norge. Rapport från Centrum för kommunstrategiska studier 2016:4, Linköpings universitet. Hodgson, A., & Spours, K. (2015). An ecological analysis of the dynamics of localities: a 14+ low opportunity progression equilibrium in action. Journal of Education and Work, 28(1), 24-43. Huddleston, P. & Laczik, A. (2018). ‘In the driving seat’, or reluctant passengers? Employer engagement in qualifications development: some evidence from two recent 14–19 qualification reforms in England, Journal of Education and Work, 31:3, 262-276. Köpsén, J. (2021). Knowledge in VET curricula and power in society and labour market Policy and practice: demands-based and employer-driven Swedish higher vocational education, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73:4, 612-612. Olofsson, J. (2015). Yrkesutbildning i förändring: från lärlingsutbildning till yrkescollege. Rapport nr 18, april 2015. Ratio och Malmö högskola. Panican, A. (2020). Yrkesutbildning på undantag?: Att bryta den låga attraktionskraften. Studentlitteratur AB. Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriuclum Making: A Conceptual Framing. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 1–27). Emerald. Spillman, L. (2014). Mixed Methods and the Logic of Qualitative Inference. Qualitative Sociology, 37(2), 189–205. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Teachers as Curriculum Makers: Ethnographic Study of Teacher Agency in the Context of Georgia Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:In recent years, as part of a global shift reflecting policy-borrowing, many countries have reimagined their national curricula, fostering 21st-century skills, student-centred learning, and innovative pedagogical approaches to improve student performance and enhance teacher agency. This study aligns with the ECER conference theme 'Education in an Age of Uncertainty: memory and hope for the future' by focusing on these widespread curriculum reforms' impact on teacher agency, particularly exploring how such changes shape teachers' roles in a landscape marked by past practices, present adaptations, and hopes for future educational resilience (Priestley & Biesta, 2013; Sinnema and Aitken, 2013; Lingard, 2021). The most recent major iteration of curriculum reform within the state of Georgia has been structured and implemented with a specific emphasis on these particular areas, which is an unprecedented occurrence in the history of education in this country (Silagadze, 2019; Li et al., 2019; Djakeli, 2019; Erickson, 2017). Since Georgia is treading in uncharted waters with these changes, it remains uncertain as to the effects these structural shifts are having on the teaching profession and the extent to which they are fulfilling one of their stated objectives of enhancing teacher’s role in curriculum-making. This study aims to provide an in-depth evaluation of the ways in which the ongoing re-structurisation of the Georgian National Curriculum for Primary and Secondary schools enable or constrain teachers as curricular agents. The central research question the thesis intends to answer is the following: Do the recent changes in the Georgian National Curriculum enable or constrain teacher agency? The study also aims to answer the following subsidiary research questions:
- How does curriculum-making take place across different institutional sites in Georgia (from macro to nano)? - How is teacher agency articulated in Georgia’s National Curriculum and associated texts? - How do teachers perceive and exercise their agency in the classroom within the frames of the new National Curriculum? - Overall, do the recent changes in the Georgian National Curriculum enable or constrain teacher agency? The study will draw upon the conceptual lens developed by Priestley and Philippou (2018, p. 154) that regards curriculum-making as a complex series of processes taking place across multiple sites that intersect and interact with one another in ‘unpredictable and context-specific ways’, often leading to differential practices and realities ‘wherein power flows in non-linear ways, thus blurring boundaries between these multiple sites.’ This will enable a systemic understanding of curriculum-making as dynamic interactions ranging from individual pupils and teachers (nano) to the international layer (supra). Further, this conceptual framework will enable an in-depth examination of how different actors interact across multiple sites with a particular focus on teachers as curriculum makers and therefore as agentic practitioners within the context of the new National Curriculum. The study will rely on the ecological model of teacher agency consisting of three core dimensions: Iterational, projective and practical-evaluative (Biesta et al. 2015). The three-dimensional model will facilitate an understanding of how teacher agency is enabled and/or constrained by cultural, structural and material sources available in multiple sites of curriculum-making in Georgia. Further, the ecological approach to teacher agency will enable to explore how teachers interpret and execute the new curriculum in ways that may contradict policy goals, and if such actions result in a discrepancy between intended and actual outcomes, as well as unforeseen consequences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Phase I: involves an extensive analysis of secondary data, including official curriculum documents, political discourses, white papers, and policy statements. This phase employs retroduction to explore underlying structures and generative mechanisms implied in these documents. This will set the stage for a deeper exploration of curriculum reform and teacher agency in the next phase. Phase II: shifts to ethnographic research, with the purposive selection of an all-through school based on critical case sampling. This approach aims to garner strategically important insights regarding the general effects of the new curriculum. Data collection will include a mix of methods such as observations, interviews, and analysis of educational artefacts, including lesson plans and student work. Concurrent preliminary data analysis will be conducted alongside data collection, followed by a comprehensive qualitative analysis using Nvivo. This will involve coding data into overarching themes like 'structure', 'culture', and 'material' and ‘life histories’, informed by EATA. These will be further broken down into more detailed subcategories. This approach will illuminate the interplay of various emergent factors in shaping teacher responses and achievement of agency within the context of educational reforms. At the time of the conference, I will present the foundational components of this research: the conceptual framework, methodological design, and the anticipated significance of the study within the contemporary climate of educational research. While empirical data collection and analysis will not yet have commenced, the presentation will focus on how this proposed research aims to contribute to a hopeful vision for education's future, drawing on our collective memory and the current state of educational resilience. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For the first time in the context of Georgia, this study will lay the foundations for the process of understanding curriculum-making as a series of interlocking social practices that involve multiple actors across multiple sites from the supra to the nano. The ethnographic investigation will generate holistic social accounts and rich qualitative evidence with regard to how different actors make sense of and navigate the reformed curriculum and whether the degree of agency afforded to teachers by the official discourse is at the same time constrained by the availability of resources, structural and contextual factors. Further, the study will rely on these findings to provide evidence-informed recommendations towards streamlining the process of curriculum-making and supporting teacher agency to drive educational growth and development. The study will also draw on the rich experience of other countries and the unique contextual factors in Georgia to recommend possible ways forward to avoid the pitfalls elucidated by international experience. This study will draw on and add to the growing research into teacher agency and curriculum-making. One of the notable contributions in this field include the recent work by Priestley et al. (2021) that provides a distillation of research about new forms of curriculum policy across a number of European countries. This study intends to add Georgia to the list of the countries where curriculum-making has been explored and the foundations for further research in the area have been established. Qualitative evidence generated by the research will offer policymakers an understanding of the implications of the policies generated at supra, macro and meso layers for those who enact them at micro and nano layers (schools and classrooms). It is hoped that the study will also enable Georgian teachers to develop into more reflexive practitioners and become more conscious of their professional working practices. References Ball, S. J. and Goodson, I. (2002). Teachers' lives and careers. Routledge. Biesta, G., Priestley, M., and Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency an ecological approach / by Gert Biesta, Mark Priestley, and Sarah Robinson. Bloomsbury: London Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1988). Teachers as curriculum planners. Narratives of experience. Teachers College Press: New York. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications. Djakeli, T. (2020). The Road to a Better Future. Education Management Information System. Available at: http://mastsavlebeli.ge/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/სკოლის-მართვა-1.pdf Djakeli, T., & Silagadze, N. (2018). Curriculum – the way of improving pedagogical practice: Conceptual and Methodological Guideline for the third-Generation National Curriculum of Georgia. UNICEF. Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and social change. Cambridge: Polity Press. Kelly, A. V. (2009). The curriculum: Theory and practice. Sage. Li, R. R., Kitchen, H., George, B., and Richardson, M. (2019). OECD reviews of evaluation and assessment in education: Georgia. OECD: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. Lopes, A. C., & de Lourdes Rangel Tura, M. (2018). Curriculum, Ethnography, and the Context of Practice in the Field of Curriculum Policies in Brazil. The Wiley Handbook of Ethnography of Education, 215-231. Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (Eds.). (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Emerald Group Publishing. Priestley, M., and Biesta, G. (Eds) (2013). Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice. London: Bloomsbury Pub. Priestley, M., & Philippou, S. (2018). Editorial: Curriculum making as social practice: Complex webs of enactment. The Curriculum Journal, 29, 151–158. Rosiek, J., & Clandinin, D. J. (2019). Curriculum and teacher development. In Journeys in Narrative Inquiry (pp. 191-208). Routledge. Sinnema, C., & Aitken, G. (2013). Emerging international trends in curriculum. Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice, 141-163. Silagadze, N (2020). School Curriculum. Education Management Information System. Available at: http://mastsavlebeli.ge/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/სკოლის-მართვა-1.pdf Sheety, A., Kapanadze, M., & Joubran, F. (2018). High School Teachers’ Perceptions Regarding Inquiry-Based Science Curriculum in the United States, Georgia, and Israel. In Intercultural Studies of Curriculum (pp. 59-83). Palgrave Macmillan. Stenhouse, L. (1975). An introduction to curriculum research and development / Lawrence Stenhouse. London: Heinemann Educational. Wermke, W., & Salokangas, M. (2021). The Autonomy Paradox: Teachers' Perceptions of Self-Governance Across Europe. Cham: Springer. World Bank Group. (2019). Georgia - Innovation, Inclusion and Quality Project. Retrieved from http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/371071559440981431/Georgia-Innovation-Inclusion-and-Quality-Project |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 07 A: Complexity and Teacher Agency in Inclusive Education Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Alexandra Jonasson Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Exploring Teacher Agency in Inclusive Education: A Qualitative Analysis of Justification Styles in Inclusive Education Projects 1Leiden University, Netherlands, The; 2Vrije Universiteit, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:European student populations are becoming increasingly socioculturally diverse due to globalizing processes (Forghani-Arani et al., 2019). These evolving classroom compositions call for the development of practices that cultivate a sense of belonging for all students (Louie et al., 2022). The notion that teachers play an important role in developing these practices caused an influx of policies calling for teachers to develop as ‘agents of change’ (Pantić & Florian, 2015). The question at hand is what is necessary for teachers to (further) develop their sense of agency over practices that intend to foster the sense of belonging of all students within the educational community. We adopt an ecological perspective of teacher agency that hinges partly on teachers’ ability to intentionally choose a specific course of action within their environmental options and constraints, and partly on their personal belief system driving their actions (Priestley et al., 2015). Agency is thus a condition that is experienced over something that individuals do, and is “a result from the interplay of individual efforts, available resources, and contextual and structural factors as they come together in particular and, in a sense, always unique situations” (Biesta & Tedder, p. 137). However, how teacher beliefs and personal goals of action interact in relation to agency over inclusive practices is sparingly depicted. Therefore, this study aims to shed light on the following question: How do teachers justify their inclusive educational practices, and how do these beliefs relate to their sense of agency in implementing these practices? Teacher beliefs: teacher’s diversity models Previous work stresses how teacher’s beliefs on education seem closely related to policy discourses and generation effects, and personal experiences have a significant role in shaping teachers’ views on education(Biesta et al., 2015). Thus, contexts play a crucial role in shaping teacher beliefs. It is important to get more insight into how teachers make sense of the concept of inclusive education and how they consolidate this with their personal notion of a just educational practice, as this is a crucial preliminary process for what happens into practice regarding inclusive education. From previous research we know that variations in teacher beliefs regarding educational equity exist among teacher education institutes (Hosseini, 2021; Jenks et al., 2001), between individual teachers (van Vijfeijken et al., 2021) and among evolving inclusive education policies (Kozleski et al., 2014). Teacher Diversity Models (TDMs) offer a theoretical framework for examining teacher beliefs on inclusive education. TDM’s represent “implicit and explicit systems of ideas, meanings, and practices that suggests how groups should include and accommodate one another and how to best organize a diverse society” (p. 85, Plaut, 2010). This paper adopts the distinction between a conservative, liberal and critical model towards thinking about student diversity as theorized by Jenks et al. (2001). Conservative multiculturalism is characterized by the belief that cultural differences need not play a significant role in academic achievement within the way that schooling and curriculum is currently organized. The liberal multiculturalism model is characterized by the main idea that equal educational opportunities are attained when differences between learners are accepted and celebrated. Critical multiculturalism asserts that knowledge is culturally, historically, and linguistically shaped, taking a critical stance towards the curriculum and organizational aspects of education and seeks for the transformation of elements that impose standards on children that reinforce power relationships and social stratification. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore teacher beliefs on inclusive practices, we studied teachers’ justifications for their inclusive practices through the laddering method (Janssen et al., 2013). Seven Dutch secondary school teachers, recognized as experts in inclusive education, engaged in a laddering interview. Their students’ ages range between twelve to eighteen years old and the subjects they taught varied. All teachers were teaching at urban schools with a culturally diverse student population. The laddering method is part of Teacher Agency Personal Project Analysis, an ecologically valid way of exploring teacher agency through the consideration of projects as the unit of analysis (Hendriksen et al., under review). TA PPA entailed a three-step procedure: 1) teachers describe three educational practices that they consider to be inclusive (inclusive projects), 2) complete a survey on their sense of agency over these projects using the subscales meaningfulness, manageability, and connectedness (Little & Coulombe, 2015), and 3) engage in a laddering interview. In the last step, teachers were asked why each project was crucial for inclusion. After formulating an answer, the teacher was repeatedly asked why this was important until the highest goal was formulated according to the responding teacher. Thus, the process of laddering enables the visualization of goal system representations (GSRs) (Janssen et al., 2023), elucidating the interconnectedness among inclusive projects and justifications in goals formulated by the teacher. During the interview, the primary researcher documented the GSR for each project. The data collection involved three types of data: 21 project GSRs, seven surveys on the degree of agency experienced in these pojects, and audio recordings of the laddering interviews. The laddering interviews were transcribed, and the GSRs were digitized. Transcripts were coded deductively through Jenks’ framework of conservative, liberal, and critical multiculturalism. The GSRs were digitized, and the analysis categorized project goals as conservative, liberal, or critical justifications for inclusive practices based on the coded transcripts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides new insights into the role of teachers’ justifications in their experienced agency in inclusive education. It does so in an ecologically valid way and reveals important mechanisms influencing teachers’ agency and considerations to be involved with inclusive practices. Preliminary results show that in most projects, teachers use a mixture of both liberal and critical goals to justify their inclusive educational projects. For example, in Gerard’s (geography teacher) project 'Assignment on migration and culture' we identified liberal justifications, such as "compassion" and "mutual understanding: why do people do this? Understanding each other", but also critical justifications such as "making space for stories from the classroom that the book doesn't accommodate". Moreover, goals that refer to more general didactical or pedagogical core practices of being a teacher were also frequently present. For example, in the same project, Gerard mentions his pedagogical goal "Identity development of students: allowing them to experience that there is space to confidently take their place in the world". These goals could not be coded as either conservative, liberal, or critical, yet they are important justifications for teachers’ inclusive practices. These expert teachers did not mention any goals that could be labeled as conservative multiculturalism. This implies that for this group of expert teachers, a sense of agency in inclusive practices is linked to either a liberal or critical stance towards multiculturalism. The empirical analysis of this data allowed for the refinement of Jenks’ primarily theoretical framework of conservative, liberal and critical multiculturalism. Furthermore, and more importantly, these findings hold important implications for teacher development trajectories. Thinking in conservative, liberal, and critical approaches to diversity could help teachers 1) in developing a language to talk about inclusive practices; 2) making them aware of the different ways in which diversity could be addressed; 3) guiding them towards thinking about the possible implications of these approaching styles. References Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 624–640. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325 Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2006). How is agency possible? Towards an ecological understanding of agency as achievement. In Learning lives: Learning, identity, and agency in the life course. Working Paper Five, Exeter: Teaching and Learning Research Programme. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228644383_How_is_agency_possible_Towards_an_ecological_understanding_of_agency-as-achievement Forghani-Arani, N., Cerna, L., & Bannon, M. (2019). The Lives of Teachers in Diverse Classrooms. In OECD (Issue 198). https://dx.doi.org/10.1787/8c26fee5-en%0Ahttp://www.oecd.org/officialdocuments/publicdisplaydocumentpdf/?cote=EDU/WKP(2019)6&docLanguage=En Hosseini, N. (2021). Beschouwend artikel Kansengelijkheid in het onderwijs: een social justice perspectief voor de leraren¬ opleiding. Tijdschrift Voor Lerarenopleiders, 42(4), 15–25. Janssen, F., Westbroek, H., & Borko, H. (2023). The indispensable role of the goal construct in understanding and improving teaching practice. Professional Development in Education, 00(00), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2217426 Janssen, F., Westbroek, H., Doyle, W., & Driel, J. Van. (2013). How To Make Innovations Practical. In Teachers College Record (Vol. 115). Jenks, C., Lee, J. O., & Kanpol, B. (2001). Approaches to Multicultural Education in Preservice Teacher Education: Philosophical Frameworks and Models for Teaching. The Urban Review, 33(2). Kozleski, E., Artiles, A., & Waitoller, F. (2014). Equity in Inclusive Education: A Cultural Historical Comparative Perspective (pp. 2–30). Little, B. R., & Coulombe, S. (2015). Personal Projects. In International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences (2nd ed., pp. 757–765). International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-097086-8.26100-X Louie, N., Berland, L., Roeker, L., Nichols, K., Pacheco, M., & Grant, C. (2022). Toward radical belonging: envisioning antiracist learning communities. Race Ethnicity and Education, 00(00), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2022.2106879 Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3). https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311 Plaut, V. C. (2010). Diversity science: Why and how difference makes a difference. Psychological Inquiry, 21(2), 77–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/10478401003676501 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. van Vijfeijken, M., Denessen, E., van Schilt-Mol, T., & Scholte, R. H. J. (2021). Equity, Equality, and Need: A Qualitative Study into Teachers’ Professional Trade-Offs in Justifying Their Differentiation Practice. Open Journal of Social Sciences, 9, 236–257. https://doi.org/10.4236/jss.2021.98017 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Uncovering the Complexity of Teachers’ Inclusive Practices: Dynamics of Addressing the Unique Learning Profile of Each Student in Heterogeneous Classrooms Department of Education, Faculty of Education, Masaryk University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:With the growing heterogeneity of student populations in contemporary classrooms across diverse international contexts, inclusive education has emerged as one of the most visible concepts on both the policy and research agenda (Ainscow, 2020). Recently, a broader political framework has emerged promoting inclusion as providing for the educational needs of all learners (“all means all”; UNESCO, 2020). Some authors point out that although there is an increasing emphasis on meeting the individual educational needs of all students in global political discourse, in academic discussions, most attention is still devoted to the needs of only some groups of students, typically those with SEND and/or sociocultural disadvantage (cf. Messiou, 2017; Nilhom & Göransson, 2017). More specifically, even where the authors adhere to the “inclusion for all” approach within the theoretical sections of their studies, in the methodological and empirical parts, the idea of “inclusion for some” tends to predominate (Kielblock & Woodcock, 2023). Therefore, in line with current conceptual discussions, we adhere to a more “broad” definition of inclusive education (cf. Ainscow et al., 2006), specifically to the “C” category of definitions as identified by Göransson & Nilholm (2014), where inclusive education is understood as meeting the social/academic needs of all pupils. We believe that inclusive education can rely on approaches such as differentiated instruction or universal design for learning, which are increasingly recognized as effective pedagogical models in terms of addressing student diversity (Gritful-Freixenet et al., 2020). Such approaches are based on the assumption that diversity among students exists in every group of learners, and students can differ in terms of readiness, interest and/or learning profile ranging from individual learning preferences to diverse family backgrounds (Tomlinson, 2022). Teachers can respond to this complex student diversity by using inclusive practices, i.e. any strategies ensuring that all students who have different individual needs can effectively learn in heterogeneous classrooms (Finkelstein et al., 2019). Our study is based on several research gaps in international literature. Firstly, emphasis is predominantly placed on teachers’ attitudes toward inclusion rather than their practices. Thus there is a lack of observational data (Finkelstein et al., 2019; Sharma et al., 2021). Secondly, although students are the primary beneficiaries of the (non-)inclusive practices of their teachers, research capturing students’ perspective on inclusion in a broader sense (cf., Subban et al., 2022) as well as students' views on teachers’ (non-)inclusive practices (Schwab et al., 2022) are lacking. Thirdly, research typically focuses on primary education, with fewer studies conducted at the lower-secondary level, where differentiation could be even more challenging for teachers (Stollman et al., 2019; Schwab et al., 2022). To address these research gaps, the aim of our ethnographic research is to explore how lower-secondary school teachers reflect on and implement inclusive practices to address student diversity and to investigate the perspectives of all students on their teachers' inclusive practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper we ask two research questions: 1) In what ways do teachers address and reflect on addressing the individual needs of each student in the classroom? 2) How do individual students perceive their needs being addressed by teachers’ inclusive practices? To answer the research questions, we used an ethnographic methodology, which is characterised by studying what people do and say in everyday contexts while combining various techniques of data collection and putting emphasis on long-term participant observation (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007). Participants involved in this research are 6 teachers, 42 students, and 2 teaching assistants in two different lower-secondary schools in the Czech Republic pseudonymised as Sunflower School and Tulip School. More specifically, 18 students, 3 teachers, and 1 teaching assistant from 1 classroom at Sunflower School participate in this study, and 24 students, 3 teachers, and 1 teaching assistant from 1 classroom at Tulip School participate in this study. Data collection spans one school year (September 2023 - June 2024), with weekly gatherings over 40 weeks. Our data corpus comprises: 1) Fieldnotes from 400 hours of school observations, including 240 lessons taught by the 6 teachers and 160 hours of other school activities (such as informal interviews and breaks); 2) 126 interviews with teachers, including 90 reflective interviews about observed lessons, 30 interviews focusing on individual student needs, and 6 semi-structured interviews; 3) 52 student interviews, consisting of 42 individual semi-structured interviews and 10 focus groups. At the time of writing this conference abstract, we are analysing all the data collected from the first half of the school year, which constitutes approximately half of our data corpus. Analytical procedures are conducted in accordance with the ethnographic design (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007), involving 1) close reading, i.e., detailed and repeated examination of the data; 2) coding, i.e., systematic labeling of data snippets; and 3) theoretical memos, i.e., notes that review and develop the researchers' analytical ideas. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary research findings indicate that each student has a unique profile of learning needs, which manifest in different ways during the learning and teaching process. These student profiles are to some extent stable but also vary situationally depending on factors such as the type of educational activity, the topic under discussion, or the student's level of engagement. Teachers adapt their teaching to these unique student profiles by flexibly switching among various inclusive practices, such as offering choice or supporting peer learning. Based on the triangulation of various data sources, we will present a model that illustrates the relationships between each student's unique profile and the inclusive practices teachers use in response to these specific needs. A significant contribution of this model is that it portrays addressing learning needs through inclusive practices as a dynamic process, thereby revealing the complexity of inclusive teachers' work. Additionally, we uncover students' perspectives on the inclusive practices employed by their teachers. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1),7-16. DOI:10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Ainscow, M., Booth, T., & Dyson, A. (2006). Improving schools, developing inclusion. Routledge. Finkelstein, S., Sharma, U., & Furlonger, B. (2019). The inclusive practices of classroom teachers: A scoping review and thematic analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(6), 735-762. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1572232 Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 265-280. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933545 Griful-Freixenet, J., Struyven, K., Vantieghem, W., & Gheyssens, E. (2020). Exploring the interrelationship between universal design for learning (UDL) and differentiated instruction (DI): A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 29, 100306. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100306 Hammersley, M., and P. Atkinson. 2007. Ethnography. Principles in Practice (3rd ed.). London: Routledge. Kielblock, S., & Woodcock, S. (2023). Who’s included and Who’s not? An analysis of instruments that measure teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 122, 103922. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103922 Messiou, K. (2017). Research in the field of inclusive education: Time for a rethink? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(2), 146–159. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2016.1223184 Nilholm, C., & Göransson, K. (2017). What is meant by inclusion? An analysis of European and North American journal articles with high impact. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 32(3), 437-451. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1295638 Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Hoffmann, L. (2022). How inclusive are the teaching practices of my German, Maths and English teachers? – psychometric properties of a newly developed scale to assess personalisation and differentiation in teaching practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(1), 61-76. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1629121 Sharma, U., Sokal, L., Wang, M., & Loreman, T. (2021). Measuring the use of inclusive practices among pre-service educators: A multi-national study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 107, 103506. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103506 Stollman, S., Meirink, J., Westenberg, M., & van Driel, J. (2019). Teachers’ interactive cognitions of differentiated instruction in a context of student talent development. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 138-149. https://doi.org/10.1177/01623532211001440 Subban, P., Woodcock, S., Sharma, U., & May, F. (2022). Student experiences of inclusive education in secondary schools: A systematic review of the literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103853. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103853 Tomlinson, C. A. (2022). Everybody’s Classroom: Differentiating for the Shared and Unique Needs of Diverse Students. Washington: Teachers College Press. UNESCO (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and education. (2020). UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54676/J 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teaching and learning opportunities in Compulsory school for Pupils with profound Intellectual Disabilities University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Students enrolled in the Swedish Compulsory School for Pupils with severe and multiple Intellectual Disabilities typically exhibit significant care needs stemming from their disabilities. Consequently, the educational approach is marked by a synergy of care and learning, fostering close collaboration among educators, guardians, and external experts, including rehabilitation services. Historically, the content of education for the students has primarily focused on the development of functional skills and ability training. In recent years, with the implementation of the swedish curriculum in 2011, learning and knowledge development have assumed a central role. Internationally, a similar shift from a focus on care to knowledge is occurring, affecting students with intellectual disabilities among others. Nevertheless, there is insufficient research on this field. The educational form has been criticized for being too care-oriented, as highlighted in a review by the Swedish Schools Inspectorate (2010), where knowledge orientation is presented as positive, while care is described as an indicator of low quality. Östlund (2013) argues that it is problematic to polarize care needs and learning, suggesting that these do not need to be opposing forces. Platine Ewe (2021) also points out the risk that educational relational competence may b,e overshadowed when the care relationship is allowed to dominate, consequently affecting students' learning. The purpose of the research is to contribute to an enhanced approach towards the students where caregiving and learning are closely intertwined. The research inquiries are:
The theoretical foundation of the study is based on a salutogenic approach, centering around the Sense of Coherence (SOC) theory (Antonovsky, 1991), as the theoretical framework to interpret the results regarding teaching and learning activities. To identify and analyze external and internal factors influencing the instructional time, Berg's theory of school governance (2003), using the free space model as its foundation, is applied. The study employs an ethnographic approach, as ethnographic methodology is particularly suitable when examining how something operates in its natural environment (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007). Video observation and participant observation (Fange, 2017) has been used to collect the data. The study participants included school staff and students from grades 1 to 9, divided across five classes. The analysis of video documentation and field notes involved a thorough examination of collected data. Patterns, behaviors, and themes were identified and thematized to extract meaningful insights. The results indicate that there are several factors influencing students' instructional time. These factors can be categorized as external or internal influencing factors. The school bus consistently arriving late to school most mornings is an example of an external influencing factor documented in the study. Information exchange among school staff during ongoing lessons is an example of an internal influencing factor within the school's organization, documented on multiple occasions. By providing documentation of various factors that occur and illustrating how these factors reduce students' instructional time, the study aims to raise awareness of the current situation. The insights facilitated by the documentation can set the stage for school staff to enhance the practices. There are also numerous documented instances of teaching sessions characterized by both learning and care for the students. A common feature among these documented teaching sessions was that they were characterized by a high degree of a sense of coherence, where both content and execution were meaningful, comprehensible, and manageable for the students.These documented occurrences can serve as good examples of how caregiving and learning, according to the Sense of Coherence (SOC) theory, can be organized in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participatory observation is a widely accepted method when the study applies an ethnographic approach. The method is described as one of the most central to social research and consists of two concurrent actions, namely interaction and observation. Combining interaction and observations in a balanced manner is necessary to collect credible data (Fange, 2017). Participatory observation can be described as a balancing act between participating and observing, where the balance shifts on different occasions. At times, there is a higher degree of participation, while at other times, there is a greater emphasis on observation. The situation determines what is suitable at any given moment (Alm, 2019). The purpose of participatory observation is to create a nuanced understanding of human actions and interactions in a specific context by participating in and observing a social setting over an extended period (Klingberg et al., 2021). In ethnographic research, it is essential to generate "thick descriptions," meaning not only describing concrete observations but also understanding the events in their specific context. To enable the collection of rich data while minimizing the risk of errors, video observation was chosen as the method. Advantages of video observation include the ability to gather large amounts of data over time, with the added benefit of being able to review sequences from the material multiple times afterward. For video observations to function as a favorable data collection method, it is crucial to know in advance what should be observed (Jacobsson & Skansholm, 2022) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings External factors such as school transportation and the substitute pool lie outside the school's organizational structure but have a significant impact on its operations. In most observed morning lessons , students arrived late in the morning. affecting instructional time. In instances of staff shortages, the substitute pool didn't always have the capacity to provide substitutes, affecting the staff's ability to carry out planned activities during the school day. Even though external circumstances in the study seem to be part of the school's daily routine, the extent of their impact on students' education becomes a matter of how they are managed. Creating space for development, therefore, involves discovering and adopting strategies for how staff can effectively handle the aforementioned influencing factors. There are numerous documented instances of teaching sessions that embody both student learning and care. A prevalent aspect among these documented sessions is the high level of coherence, where both content and delivery are meaningful, understandable, and manageable for the students. These instances serve as valuable examples of how, in accordance with the Sense of Coherence (SOC) theory, the integration of caregiving and learning can be effectively implemented in practice. References Antonovsky, A. (1991). Unraveling the mystery of health. Natur och kultur. Berg, G. (2003). Att förstå skolan. En teori om skolan som institution och skolor som organisationer. Lund: Studentlitteratur Bryman, A. (2018). Samhällsvetenskapliga metoder upplaga 3. Liber AB. Stockholm. Fange, K. (2005). Deltagande observation. Liber AB. Stockholm Hammersley & Atkinson (2007). Etnography: principles in practice. (3:e upplagan). New York: Routledge Jacobsson, K. & Skanssholm, A. (2022). Handbok i uppsatsskrivande - för utbildningsvetenskap. Studentlitteratur: Lund. Mesibov, G. B., Shea, V. & Schopler, E. (2007). TEACCH vid autismspektrumstörning hos barn och vuxna. Studentlitteratur. Plantin Ewe, L. (2021). Relationell pedagogik – vad är det och hur kan det förstås i praktiken? I: J. Wåger & D. Östlund (red.). Hållbart och meningsfullt lärande: Undervisning för elever med intellektuell funktionsnedsättning (37-51). Lund: Studentlitteratur Widmark, C., Sandahl, C., Piuva, K. & Bergman, D. (2011). Barriers to collaboration between health care, social services and schools. International journal of integrated care, 11(3). DOI: http://doi.org/10.5334/ijic.653 Östlund, D. (2013). Omsorgsarbete i träningsskolan. IJ. Aspelin (red.), Relationell specialpedagogik i teori och praktik. Kristianstad University Press. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 07 B: Teacher Education for Inclusion: International Trends (Part 2) Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ines Alves Panel Discussion Part 2/2, continued from 04 SES 06 B |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion Teacher Education for Inclusion: International Trends (Part 2) 1National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece; 2University of Stirling, UK; 3University of Belgrade, Serbia; 4Fachhochschule Nordwestschweiz, Switzerland; 5University of Aberdeen, UK; 6University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:This 2-part panel will bring together colleagues to reflect on teacher education for inclusion in 12 country contexts: Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Chile, Cyprus, Greece, Norway, Portugal, Scotland, Serbia, Switzerland, and USA. Educating teachers that are prepared to teach diverse student populations is one of the big challenges of present times. This can be to some extent explained by the challenges experienced by teachers linked to student diversity and the international push to develop education systems that include all learners. According to Forlin (2010), TE for inclusion is a way of ensuring that teachers are prepared to teach in classrooms with diverse student populations. Livingston (2020) considers that the role and responsibility of TE ‘in developing inclusive education that enables every teacher to meet the needs of all our young people’, still needs to be explored. TE can be divided into two main phases: initial teacher education (ITE) and Continuing professional Development (CPD). In trying to dissect TE across 12 different countries, we will consider its format (duration and location), purpose (transmissive-malleable-transformative) and contents. Symeonidou (2017) identified three key formats of ITE for inclusion: a) single-unit approaches: 1 lecture/seminar; b) content-infused approaches: embedded in the programme; c) approaches using school placement/experience. However, Symeonidou and Makopoulou (2019) suggest that the contents, quality and impact of TE for inclusion still need to be explored as existing research is fragmented and limited. The engagement of all teachers in CPD varies within a country and across countries, as different teacher groups are not equally involved in CPD (De Vroey et al., 2023). Even considering that research on teacher education for inclusion has reported positive outcomes of programs with different approaches, more evidence is needed to understand in depth the content, characteristics, barriers, and facilitators related to the effectiveness of teacher education, as well as to explore the underlying mechanisms involve producing these outcomes (Tristani & Bassett-Gunter, 2019). The literature suggests that internationally TE institutions are exploring ways to actively involve teachers and their students in understanding and developing their own learning, and that those institutions must ensure that theory and research are better linked to teachers’ practice. The competent bodies of educational policy in different countries accept that teachers hold a key role within the economic, social and cultural development of their country, and in promoting the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensuring inclusive equitable quality education for all. TE still faces structural inadequacies as in many contexts elementary and secondary education are seen in a disintegrated way and not as sequentially complementary to each other, and not conceptualized in a unifying way that would enable the continuity between the initial teacher education and continuous professional development (Xochellis, 2002). Siuty (2019) notes that TE needs to support teachers in understanding and disrupting the dominant ideologies around normalcy that operate in educational systems, sustaining the exclusion and interrogating their identities and privileges in the systems of oppression and power imbricated with these ideologies to inform decision-making about practice and social interactions. The panel will address the following questions: - To what extent is inclusive education present in initial teacher education and teachers’ continuous professional development? - What formats (duration and location), purposes (transmissive-malleable-transformative), and contents exist in ITE and CPD for inclusion of all students in education? This is a timely discussion panel which will consider TE for inclusion cross-nationally to provide new insights to the format, purposes, content, quality and impact of Teacher Education for inclusion in diverse contexts. References C. Forlin, Teacher Education for Inclusion: Changing paradigms and innovative approaches. Oxon: Routledge, 2010. doi: 10.4324/9780203850879. De Vroey, A., Lecheval, A., Symeonidou, S. (2023). Supporting All Educators to Take Part in Teacher Professional Learning for Inclusion. Trends in Higher Education, 2, 320–331. https://doi.org/10.3390/ higheredu2020018 E. M. Sosu, P. Mtika, and L. Colucci-Gray, “Does initial teacher education make a difference? the impact of teacher preparation on student teachers’ attitudes towards educational inclusion,” Journal of Education for Teaching, vol. 36, no. 4, pp. 389–405, 2010, doi: 10.1080/02607476.2010.513847. I. Alves, A. Christodoulidis, J. Carpenter, V. Hogg (in press) Practitioner Enquiry as lifelong Teacher Education for Inclusion, Education Sciences International Bureau of Education-UNESCO, Reaching out to all Learners: a Resource Pack for Supporting Inclusive Education. Geneva: IBE-UNESCO, 2016. J. Essex, N. Alexiadou, and P. Zwozdiak-Myers, “Understanding inclusion in teacher education–a view from student teachers in England,” International Journal of Inclusive Education, vol. 0, no. 0, pp. 1–18, 2019, doi: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1614232. K. Livingston, “Reflections on teacher education: developments and challenges,” European Journal of Teacher Education, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 1–3, 2020, doi: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1705653. M. C. Beaton, S. Thomson, S. Cornelius, R. Lofthouse, Q. Kools, and S. Huber, “Conceptualising teacher education for inclusion: Lessons for the professional learning of educators from transnational and cross-sector perspectives,” Sustainability (Switzerland), vol. 13, no. 4, pp. 1–17, 2021, doi: 10.3390/su13042167. Makopoulou, K., Penney, D., Neville, R., & Thomas, G. (2022). What sort of ‘inclusion’is continuing professional development promoting? An investigation of a national CPD programme for inclusive physical education. International journal of inclusive education, 26(3), 245-262. Siuty, M. B. (2019). Teacher preparation as interruption or disruption? Understanding identity (re) constitution for critical inclusion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 81(1), 38-49. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.02.008 Symeonidou, S. (2017). Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion: A Review of the Literature. Disability & Society, 32 (3), 401–422. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2017.1298992 Tristani, L., & Bassett‐Gunter, R. (2020). Making the grade: Teacher training for inclusive education: A systematic review. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 20(3), 246-264. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12483 UNESCO, A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. Paris: UNESCO, 2017. Xochellis P. (2002) The teachers’ training today: international necessity, Greek developments and experiences. Paper presented at 20th International Congress. Patras, Retrieved from http://www.elemedu.upatras.gr/eriande/synedria/ Chair Ines Alves, ines.alves@glasgow.ac.uk, University of Glasgow |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 07 C: Special Educational Needs in Inclusive Contexts Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Cathryn Knight Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper School Inclusion and the Role of Special Educational Needs Teachers in Germany, Sweden, and Norway 1USN, Norway; 2TU Dortmund, Germany; 3Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:From an international perspective, national school systems have been significantly affected by several global trends since the end of the 20th century. One has been the powerful movement towards an inclusive school for all, represented by the Declaration of Salamanca in 1994, and accelerated by the UN-Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities in 2006. It is written that “all children should learn together, wherever possible, regardless of any difficulties or differences they may have. Inclusive schools must recognize and respond to the diverse needs of their students, accommodating both different styles and rates of learning and ensuring quality education to all through appropriate curricula, organizational arrangements, teaching strategies, resource use and partnerships with their communities” (UNESCO, 1994, p. 11). With the ratification of the Salamanca-Declaration and the UN-CRPD, states and federal states (in Germany) are obliged to provide an inclusive school system in which pupils with and without impairments or disabilities are taught in joint schools and classes. Although educational contexts vary greatly from country to country, similar regulations must be implemented internationally. The “fuzzy concept of inclusion” (Artiles & Dyson, 2005) has to be included and transferred into practice in different historically developed education systems. In the chain of international guidelines, national and finally local implementation (Abrahamsen & Aas, 2019), national and regional educational stakeholders have to interpret regulations, which leads to many variations of inclusive education not just internationally, but also in a national and regional frame (Badstieber & Moldenhauer, 2016). A central stakeholder, especially in the local implementation, are special educational needs teachers (SEN-teachers), who support pupils and teachers in mainstream schools with their specific expertise. However, due to different definitions of inclusion and the importance of national and local contexts, it is not determined how inclusive schooling, and the roles of SEN-teachers look like. Accordingly, it is hardly possible to clarify what these highly specialized teachers should be educated for in terms of inclusive schooling for all pupils. Due to their important role in the implementation of school inclusion, the study presented focuses on the training and role of special education teachers in particular. In line with the purpose of the study our research questions are: 1. How do the (inclusive) school system contexts and histories of inclusion of the three countries differ from each other? 2. How is “special educational needs” defined and operationalized? 3. What role do SEN-teachers play in the implementation of school inclusion? 4. How are SEN-teachers educated for those roles and tasks? From a national perspective, international comparisons give the opportunity to take a look at alternative regulations and implementations. Furthermore, comparative approaches enable important contextual factors to be identified and social and political constructions - such as "inclusive school" and "special needs" - to be scrutinized (Biermann & Powell, 2014). From a German perspective, Nordic countries in particular serve as "main sources of innovation" (ibid., p. 683). The comparison made in this article between Germany, Sweden and Norway is intended to provide an impetus to look beyond national borders and open our eyes to alternative approaches of implementation strategies as well as SEN-teachers´ roles and education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Germany, Sweden, and Norway are particularly interesting for a comparison, as the three countries have different historically developed educational traditions, but similarities in recent educational reforms (Wermke & Prøitz, 2021). The educational systems in these countries put high emphasis on learning outcomes and the personal growth of pupils (Grissom et al., 2018) but work with different approaches. While the two Scandinavian countries are focusing on a local school for all, Germany is a country with a historically anchored and highly sophisticated special school system combined with a teaching profession specifically designed for this pur-pose. Therefore, the respective country-specific school system contexts and different professionalization of SEN-teachers must also be taken into account. According to the research questions, the country comparison is based on four dimensions. The study starts with (1) an analysis of the different school system contexts and the history of inclu-sion before it (2) focuses on definitions and operationalization of “need for support”. The analysis will furthermore examine (3) the tasks of SEN-teachers in Germany, Sweden, and Norway and at the end (4) compare the academic education and training of SEN-teachers. Statistical figures (about special educational needs support, inclusion, exclusion rates), legal regulations (school laws, ordinances), state and university-specific training regulations for special needs teachers and current findings on their tasks and roles in school inclusion serve as the basis. In addition, current research on the roles and tasks of special education teachers in inclusive schools was consulted in order to take a look at implementation in practice. The analysis is conducted with qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2022). This method for the analysis was chosen because it offers a rule-guided behavior, which makes the collabora-tion of several researchers easier. Furthermore, the QCAmap software make it possible to work simultaneously with the documents. The research group agreed on similar documents from the three countries, like legal documents and regulatory documents on inclusive education, statistical figures, provided by governmental institutions and regulations for academic education. Furthermore, the research group agreed on deductive categories, based on the research questions and dimensions and finally categorized the documents. Specifying categories are for example inclusion rates, the assessment of special educational needs, regulations of duties of SEN-teachers, requirements for the admission to the study program, study content and possible specializations. The results are summarized in a table to enable an easy-to-read comparison. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The school systems of the three countries are characterized by different inclusion histories and strategies. In Germany, the historically anchored separate schooling of pupils with impairments and disabilities is maintained even during the expansion of inclusive schooling options. Differentiation and allocation of special needs is constitutive and legitimizing. In Sweden and Nor-way, school systems are less oriented towards performance-based institutional segregation of pupils. Accordingly, significantly fewer pupils attend a special school (Nondal et al., 2018). A differentiation of developmental areas to be supported - similar to the German “Förderschwerpunkte” (support priorities) - is also reflected in Norway and Sweden in possible specializations of special needs teachers, but there are no formal assessment procedures - in the sense of an official act - in which the pupils are assigned special needs and on the basis of which special support is granted. In Norway, for example, special educational support is pro-vided in six phases, which begins with the identification of unsatisfactory learning outcomes, includes an assessment by specialized professionals and the decision for or against special educational support, as well as the development of an individual learning plan by the school and its evaluation. It is therefore a basically similar process but based less on labeling and formal files. The training of SEN-teachers differs, among other things, in the necessary prerequisites (un-dergraduate or postgraduate studies) and mandates granted. In Sweden, there are two special education professions (speciallärare and specialpädagoger) with specific functions within the school. The task of specialpädagoger (special educators) is primarily to provide systemic ad-vice to schools and teachers on inclusion and special educational support, while speciallärare (SEN-teachers in a narrow sense) work primarily directly with pupils (von Ahlefeld Nisser, 2014). A look at the current state of research in Germany shows that SEN-teachers fulfill both functions in inclusion. References Abrahamsen, H. N., & Aas, M. (2019). Mellomleder i skolen [Middle leaders in schools]. Fag-bokforlaget. Artiles, A. J., & Dyson, A. (2005). Inclusive education in the globalization age: The promise of comparative cultural historical analysis. In D. Mitchell (Ed.), Contextualizing inclusive education (pp. 37-62). Routledge. Badstieber, B. & Moldenhauer, A. (2016). Schulleitungshandeln in inklusionsorientierten Schulentwicklungsprozessen [School principalship actions in inclusion-oriented school development processes]. In U. Böing & A. Köpfer (Eds.), Be-Hinderung der Teilhabe. Soziale, politische und institutionelle Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildungsräume (pp. 209 - 219). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Biermann, J. & Powell, J. J. W. (2014): Institutionelle Dimensionen inklusiver Schulbildung – Herausforderungen der UN-Behindertenrechtskonvention für Deutschland, Island und Schwe-den im Vergleich [Institutional dimensions of inclusive school education – challenges of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities for Germany, Iceland and Sweden in comparison]. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 17, 679 – 700. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-014-0588-0 Grissom, J. A.; Blissett, R. S. L. & Mitani, H. (2018). Evaluating School Principals: Supervisor Ratings of Principal Practice and Principal Job Performance. Educational Evaluation and Poli-cy Analysis, 40(03), 446 – 472. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373718783883 Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken [Qualitative content analysis: basics and techniques]. Beltz. Nondal, T. J.; Cercel, R; Mearns, C. & Ahlström, M. (2018). Educational Systems for Inclusive Education in Norway, Romania, Scotland and Sweden. Learning Disability Practice Journal, 21 (5). https://doi.org/10.7748/ldp.2018.e1869 UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000110753?posInSet=4&queryId=N-EXPLORE-7799e6f7-5d6c-4d65-8b3c-21ce189688cd von Ahlefeld Nisser, D. (2014). Specialpedagogers och speciallärares olika roller och uppdrag - Skilda föreställningar möts och möter en pedagogisk praktik [Special educators’ and special teachers’ different roles and functions – different ideas encounter the realities of pedagogical practices.]. Nordic Studies in Education, 34(04), 246 – 264. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn1891-5949-2014-04-03 Wermke, W. & Prøitz, T. S. (2021). Discussing the curriculum-Didaktik dichotomy and comparative conceptualisations of the teaching profession. Education Inquiry, 10(04), 300 – 327. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2019.1618677 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Understanding the Impact of Special Educational Needs Identification on Academic Progression in Wales: A Comprehensive Analysis 1University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 2Swansea University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:A corpus of research considering the social impact of Special Educational Needs (SEN) identification on diagnosis and has shown mixed effects. Qualitative research highlights the benefits of SEN identification due to the alleviation of stigma, and access to support (Ingesson, 2007; Glazzard, 2010; Leitão et al., 2017), while quantitative research, shows a negative impact on academic self-concept (Polychroni, Koukoura, & Anagnostou, 2006; Knight, 2021). Scant research has been conducted which investigates the impact of SEN on academic outcomes, which also considers categories of SEN (i.e., ADHD) (Parsons & Platt, 2017). We aimed to understand i) what factors contribute to being identified with SEN, ii) the educational attainment of those with SEN (overall, and specific diagnoses, and iii) to explore the timing of SEN diagnosis on attainment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Utilising administrative population data from the SAIL Databank in Wales, we linked demographic, education and health data, resulting in a cohort of children born between 1 September 2002 and 31 August 2008 (n => 200,000 children). We use SEN identification as both an outcome, and an exposure in analysis, with any SEN, and specific diagnoses including ADHD, Autism, Dyslexia and Behaviour Emotional Social Difficulty. Educational attainment at age 7, 11, 14 and 16 was used as an outcome. Covariates included school-attendance, deprivation, birth characteristics, healthcare usage and individual characteristics. We employed longitudinal multi-level models using the glmmTMB package in R, the data consisted of unbalanced panel data over 16 years of life. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We found that female children were less likely to be diagnosed with SEN (-1.73, -1.78 - -1.69), as were those who were breastfed (-0.58, -0.63, -0.54). Children born with a low birthweight (0.80, 0.70 – 0.90) or pre-term (0.19, 0.09 – 0.29) or in the summer (1.09, 1.04 – 1.15) were more likely to be identified with SEN. Greater deprivation (Townsend) was linked to a higher chance of SEN (1.53, 1.02 – 1.18) as were Free School Meals (1.41, 1.36 – 1.46). For attainment, any diagnosis of SEN had a negative relationship on achieving the educational benchmark at age 7, 11, 14 and 16 (-3.92, -3.97 - -3.87), adjusted for individual, birth and school characteristics. Despite supportive policies, SEN remains to be an important contributor towards educational attainment, of which is shaped by socio-cultural factors, such as deprivation. This research contributes to the ongoing discourse on SEN policies, providing valuable insights for shaping future national-level policies and practices in Wales. References Ingesson, S. G. (2007). Growing up with dyslexia: Interviews with teenagers and young adults. School Psychology International, 28(5), 574-591. Glazzard, J. (2010). The impact of dyslexia on pupils' self‐esteem. Support for learning, 25(2), 63-69. Knight, C. (2021). The impact of the dyslexia label on academic outlook and aspirations: an analysis using propensity score matching. British Journal of Educational Psychology. 91(4), 1110-1126. Knight, C., & Crick, T. (2021). The assignment and distribution of the dyslexia label: Using the UK Millennium Cohort Study to investigate the socio-demographic predictors of the dyslexia label in England and Wales. PLOS ONE, 16(8), e0256114. Leitão, S., Dzidic, P., Claessen, M., Gordon, J., Howard, K., Nayton, M., & Boyes, M. E. (2017). Exploring the impact of living with dyslexia: The perspectives of children and their parents. International journal of speech-language pathology, 19(3), 322-334. Parsons, S., & Platt, L. (2013). Disability among young children: Prevalence, heterogeneity and socio-economic disadvantage. Available: https://cls.ucl.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/CLS-WP-2013-11-Disability-among-young-children-S-Parsons-L-Platt.pdf Polychroni, F., Koukoura, K., & Anagnostou, I. (2006). Academic self‐concept, reading attitudes and approaches to learning of children with dyslexia: do they differ from their peers? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 21(4), 415-430. StatsWales (2023). Education and Skills - Examinations and assessments. Available: https://statswales.gov.wales/Catalogue/Education-and-Skills/Schools-and-Teachers/Examinations-and-Assessments UNESCO (2020). Inclusion and Education: All means all. Available: https://en.unesco.org/gem-report/report/2020/inclusion Welsh Government (2018). Additional Learning Needs and Education Tribunal (Wales) Act 2018. Available: https://www.legislation.gov.uk/anaw/2018/2/contents/enacted |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 07 D: Educational Discourse and Dialogue in Inclusive Education Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Øyvind Ibrahim Marøy Snipstad Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Autism between ‘Neurodiversity’, ‘Spectrum’ and ‘Disorder’ - A Scoping Review on Autism in the Recent Educational Discourse Humboldt University, Germany Presenting Author:The term ‘Autism’ was first used in 1911 by Eugen Bleuler (1951) as a description of a form of schizophrenia. In the 1940s the first widely recognized descriptions auf autism were published by Leo Kanner (1968 [1943]) and Hans Asperger (1944) (Lord et al. 2020). Due to these publications languages a gap between German speaking and international/English discourse became evident and can still be observed in today’s educational discourse. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To identify the most common perspectives on autism in the current educational discourse a scoping review following the methodology by Elm, Schreiber and Haupt (2019) was conducted. In doing so the German discourse was approached via the educational repository ‘Pedocs’. This includes only open access publications from different fields of educational research. Only texts that were published between 2018 and 2023 and appeared through the search for ‘Autismus’ (n=137) and ‘autistisch’ (n=16) were included. 90 publications were excluded based on formal (duplicates and language) and content criteria (no clear perspective on autism), leaving 63 publications for further analysis. The English discourse is currently approached in a similar way through ‘ERIC (Educational Research Information Center)’. As this is used mainly to contrast the German discourse, only open access publications (via ERIC) from 2023 found through the search for the terms ‘Autism’ (n=48) and ‘Autistic’ (n=9) are included. The formal exclusion of publications is currently executed, based on the same criteria as for the German publications and will be finished in the time being. The publications will be analyzed for their utilized model of autism, based on terminology and references in the text. As a reflection the utilized models will be sorted according and in addition to Berdelmanns (2023) work on identification of models of autism. Finally the models are analyzed for their perspectives on autism from an inclusive standpoint, by utilizing a framework based on Boger (e.g. 2017) and Goldiner (2022). The framework identifies four approaches towards (dis-)ability, three of which based in an inclusive understanding, one based in an exclusive understanding. By assorting the approaches towards autism in this framework, we will be able to show whether the most commonly used models of autism in the current educational discourse have an inclusive background and which perspectives are emphasized, between empowerment, normalization and deconstruction in accordance to Boger (2017). In addition, the results will be compared quantitatively in their appearance and as a comparison between the German and English discourse. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the German educational discourse an overwhelming majority of publications use at least partly – in direct reference and/or their terminology – models of autism in reference to medical publications. Most of these are non-inclusive by nature, as their main purpose is to describe medical deviation between health and sickness. DSM-V (Falkai et al. 2018) and ICD-11 (WHO 2020) are the most common examples for this (n=44). This strong reliance on medical perspectives might be due to a lack of a common pedagogical and inclusive model of autism, as it is suggested for example in the neurodiversity-paradigm (e.g. Walker 2015; Singer 2022). Though approaches like this exist in English (e.g. Jaarsma and Welin 2012; Perrykkad and Hohwy 2020; Anderson-Chavarria 2021), they are so far not widely recognized in the German educational discourse. The scoping review on the English discourse is currently executed but will be finished in time to be presented at ECER. Due to the different historical background of autism research (starting with Kanner and Asperger) the most common perspectives and models are expected to differ significantly from the German discourse. Another reason for this expectation is that the scientifical discourse on neurodiversity, which is an important inclusive perspective on autism as a phenomenon (Berdelmann 2023) is mostly in English and has so far only started to be recognized in the German educational discourse (Grummt 2023). Following this it’s expected to find more inclusive perspectives based on neurodiversity in the recent English educational discourse on autism, compared to the German. Finally this presentation discusses the necessity for inclusive models in research on inclusion and the (unconscious) implications of exclusive models in theoretical, practical and intermediate fields like teacher training. References Anderson-Chavarria, Melissa (2021). The autism predicament: models of autism and their impact on autistic identity. Disability & Society, 1–21. Asperger, Hans (1944). Die „Autistischen Psychopathen” im Kindesalter. Archiv für Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten, 117, 76–136. Berdelmann, Kathrin (2023). Neurodiversität und Wissen über Autismus im pädagogischen Fachdiskurs - eine historisch vergleichende Perspektive. In Christian Lindmeier, Marek Grummt and Mechthild Richter (eds.). Neurodiversität und Autismus, 29–45. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer Verlag. Boger, Mai-Anh (2017). Theorien der Inklusion: eine Übersicht. Zeitschrift für Inklusion. Elm, Erik von, Gerhard Schreiber, and Claudia C. Haupt (2019). Methodische Anleitung für Scoping Reviews (JBI-Methodologie). Zeitschrift fur Evidenz, Fortbildung und Qualitat im Gesundheitswesen, 143, 1–7. Goldiner, Adi (2022). Understanding “Disability” as a Cluster of Disability Models. The Journal of Philosophy of Disability, 2, 28–54. Grummt, Marek (2023). Einführung in das Paradigma der Neurodiversität. In Christian Lindmeier, Marek Grummt and Mechthild Richter (eds.). Neurodiversität und Autismus, 11–28. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer Verlag. Jaarsma, Pier, and Stellan Welin (2012). Autism as a natural human variation: reflections on the claims of the neurodiversity movement. Health care analysis HCA journal of health philosophy and policy, 20, 20–30. Kanner, L. (1968). Autistic disturbances of affective contact. Acta paedopsychiatrica, 35, 100–36. Lord, Catherine, Traolach S. Brugha, Tony Charman, James Cusack, Guillaume Dumas, Thomas Frazier, Emily J. H. Jones, Rebecca M. Jones, Andrew Pickles, Matthew W. State, Julie L. Taylor, and Jeremy Veenstra-VanderWeele (2020). Autism spectrum disorder. Nature reviews. Disease primers, 6, 5. Perrykkad, Kelsey, and Jakob Hohwy (2020). Modelling Me, Modelling You: the Autistic Self. Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 7, 1–31. Redlich, Hubertus, and Lukas Gerhards (2023). Differenz(ierung)en im Unterricht – Zu den Begriffen Individuum und Subjekt in Theorie und Praxis. In Julia Frohn, Angelika Bengel, Anne Piezunka, Toni Simon and Torsten Dietze (eds.). Inklusionsorientierte Schulentwicklung Interdisziplinäre Rückblicke, Einblicke und Ausblicke, 231–41: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Rimland, Bernard (1964). Infantile autism: The syndrome and its implications for a neural theory of behavior. Appleton-Century-Crofts. Singer, Judy (2022). What is Neurodiversity? 14.10.2022 https://neurodiversity2.blogspot.com/p/what.html. Walker, Nick (2015). What is Autism? In Michelle Sutton (ed.). The real experts: Readings for parents of autistic children. Fort Worth, TX: Autonomous Press. Wing, L., and J. Gould (1979). Severe impairments of social interaction and associated abnormalities in children: epidemiology and classification. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 9, 11–29. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Discourse of Inclusion and exclusion in Youth Organisations Acting in Poland Kazimierz Wielki University, Poland Presenting Author:The aim of my presentation is to present the results of research on the recognition of the discourse of inclusion/social exclusion in the documents of youth organizations operating in Poland. The basic concepts are inclusion and social exclusion. Social inclusion is "the process of taking initiatives to open people up to diversity in such a way that they respect and accept their differences. These actions are intended to ensure equal rights and access to goods, services, capital and markets, enable the implementation of their plans, and facilitate participation in the life of the community" (Kołodziejczyk, 2018). Social exclusion, on the other hand, is defined as "a partial or total inability to use generally available public goods and institutions, limited participation in social, cultural and economic aspects of an individual's social life and acquiring financial resources necessary for a decent life, as well as hindered performance of social roles in a given community" (NSIS, 2003, p. 23, quoted in: Kołodziejczyk, 2018). The concepts of inclusion and social exclusion are analyzed within the framework of Teun van Dijk's theory of discourse, in which the factors coupling language with social action are distinguished (Rypel, 2017, p.13). The notion of "discourse" allows us to read the message in the context of its use, and thus "shifts the focus from the finished product to the culturally conditioned strategies of its production" (Grochowski, 2001, p.7). This analysis will be carried out on the basis of two dimensions of discourse: the linguistic phenomenon and the communicative event (Biskupska, 2014, pp. 370-371). The linguistic phenomenon is understood in terms of the formal features of language, which generally consist of lexis, stylistics and grammar. In my analyses, I focus primarily on the lexis of the language used by organizations, and in particular on the vocabulary that directly or indirectly indicates inclusion/exclusion. A communicative event is interpreted as a written or oral statement on a specific topic or categories and rules of discussion. In my analyses, I focus on statements with specific themes, i.e. those that concern activities and subjects subject to inclusion/exclusion. On the one hand, the definitions indicate the actions and, on the other, the subjects of the actions. Therefore, two research questions were posed: 1. What lexical forms with an inclusive/exclusive meaning are used by youth organizations operating in Poland? 2. In what forms of communication are statements of inclusive/exclusive significance presented, and what activities and entities do they concern? The first dimension of discourse, understood in terms of the formal features of language, was analysed in a two-stage procedure: the selection of words on the basis of synonyms and words synonymous with inclusion/exclusion, and the selection of utterances read on the basis of indicators derived from the definition of inclusion/exclusivity, placed in the context of utterances. I perceive the second dimension of discourse, i.e. the communicative event, perceived as a statement, a text, a message on a specific topic, as dependent on its cultural context. In these analyses, I have focused on the forms of expression and their subject matter, revealing the forms of undertaken actions and their subjects, i.e. the recipients of these actions. The research is carried out as part of the broader project "Heterotopies of Citizenship - Educational Discourse and Pedagogies of Militarization in the Spaces of Youth Organizations. Analytical-critical and comparative approach", funded by a grant from the National Science Centre (no. 2019/35/B/HS6/01365). As part of the project, there were corresponding articles published by Helena Ostrowicka, & Klaudia Wolniewicz-Słomka (2023) and Celina Czech-Włodarczyk, & Magdalena Cuprjak, in the study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was essentially qualitative (N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln). Data collection involved a search of secondary data sources. All the available documents posted on the websites of the investigated organisations, including their statutes, rules and regulations, and reports and accounts covering activities and operations, as well as social media (FB) posts were analysed (362 documents and 332 FB posts). AtlasTi was used to facilitate the coding of the data. A content analysis method (Katz, 2002; Rapley, 2007; Szczepaniak, 2012) was used to analyse (of) the data for the “participation” category, namely: the methods, historical context, pragmatic context and “values”, namely: norms, problematization, objectives of activities. Documents generated on the basis of the categories "participation" and "values" were encoded according to the occurrence of the categories "inclusion", which were then analyzed on the basis of the two dimensions of van Dijk's discourse mentioned above. The first dimension of discourse – the formal features of language – has been operationalized by searching for such words as: inclusion, attachment, integration and exclusion, marginalization. On this basis, a frequency analysis was carried out. In addition, entries that fit the definition of social inclusion/exclusion and were read in the context of the statement were searched for, e.g. the slogan from the banner: "Poland for Poles". The second dimension of the discourse – the communicative event – has been operationalised on the basis of forms of expression and their content – what activities and who they concern, e.g. workshops for young people from marginalised areas, including refugees. The youth organisations we study are structured organisations that require membership and commitment. They were selected by us on the basis of two separately applied criteria: the criterion of status (membership in the PROM) and visibility (media presence, especially in the Internet space). Six organisations were selected. AIESEC Poland, ATD Fourth World, Horizons Centre for Youth Initiatives, UNESCO Centre for Initiatives, All-Polish Youth and National-Radical Camp. The first four organizations belong to PROM, the other two do not, but all of them are visible in the Internet space. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results of the analyses lead to several conclusions, which are preliminary and subject to deepening: - social inclusion as a linguistic phenomenon and communicative event often appears in statements of a dialogue nature; - the frequency analysis showed the use of words related to inclusion and exclusion; Importantly, words related to exclusion always appear in the context of counteracting exclusion; - exclusive content can most often be extracted from the context of the statement, e.g. "Poland for Poles", "honour to the Catholic family"; - the dominant subjects of inclusive content are: poor people and migrants, but not people with disabilities; - an interesting type of inclusion emerges, as the inclusion of broadly understood others into society through the activities undertaken by the organization and as the inclusion of the organization in the social environment. In Poland, as a country with Christian roots, mainly Catholic, the celebration of Christmas, for example, is very important. The question may be asked how organizations deal with the celebration of tradition in a situation of interculturality, which is an undoubted fact. Is it an exclusionary space or, on the contrary, an inclusive one? For example, the ATD Fourth World Poland, founded by a Catholic father Józef Wrzesiński, can operate on the basis of the functioning of the Catholic Church and exclude people of other faiths. Is that the case? Preliminary analyses have shown that this organization, despite its Catholic origin, does not use exclusionary linguistic practices, but on the contrary, they show openness to every person, especially those who need support. References Biskupska, K. (2014). Analiza dyskursu i krytyczna analiza dyskursu. In: M. Szczepański, A. Śliz (eds.), Współczesne teorie społeczne: w kręgu ujęć paradygmatycznych (pp. 369-388). Opole: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Opolskiego. Denzin, E., & Lincoln, Y. (2005). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. California, London, New Dehli, Singapore: SAGE Publications, Inc. Grochowski, G. (2001). Wstęp. W: T. A. van Dijk, G. Grochowski, T. Dobrzyńska (red.), Dyskurs jako struktura i proces, praca zbiorowa (....). Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Karpowicz, E. (2009). Aktywność społeczna młodzieży. In: G. Zielińska (Ed.), Polityka młodzieżowa (pp. 85-114) „Studia BAS” 2(18). Katz, J. (2001). “Analytic Induction”. In: N.J., Smelser & P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences (Vol. 1, pp. 480-484). Oxford, U.K.: Elsevier, 10.1016/B0-08-043076-7/00774-9. Muras M., Ivanov I. (red.). (2006). Raport „Wykluczenie i integracja społeczna w Polsce. Ujęcie wskaźnikowe”. Warszawa: CeDeWu. Narodowa Strategia Integracji Społecznej dla Polski, 2003, http://www.mpips.gov.pl/userfiles/ File/mps/NSIS.pdf [12.11.2017]. Ostrowicka, H., Wolniewicz-Slomka, K. (2023). Wokół problemów społecznych, czyli w poszukiwaniu pedagogii w dyskursach organizacji młodzieżowych działających w Polsce. Edukacja Międzykulturowa, 3(22), 176-191. Rapley, T. (2007). Doing Conversation, Discourse and Document Analysis. Los Angeles, London, New Dehli, Singapore: SAGE Publications Ltd. Rypel, A. (2017). Dyskurs edukacyjny w ujęciu procesualno-kognitywnym, Kultura, Społeczeństwo, Edukacja, 2(12), s. 9-35. Szczepaniak, K. (2012). Zastosowanie analizy treści w badaniach artykułów prasowych. Refleksje Metodologiczne. Acta Universitatis Lodziensis. Folia Sociologica, 42, 83-112. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Dialogue in Special Education Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway Presenting Author:Ever since special education emerged as a discipline, it has consisted of contradicting views on what constitutes good education for children with disabilities (Haustätter & Thuen, 2014). In Norway, the conflicting perspectives existing within special education culminated in the late 1980’s where a decision was made to close down all state governed special schools. Replacing the special school system was an ambition of integrating children with disabilities into their neighbourhood schools (Haug, 2014; Wendelborg & Tøssebro, 2011). However, integration gradually received criticism for becoming too focused on adapting the pupil with disabilities to fit within ordinary education rather than focusing on how the educational system itself could change in order to encompass a broader diversity within the context of an education for all (Haug, 2014). Inclusion later replaced integration as the principle to realise education for all. However, there is not one agreed upon definition of inclusion and the concept could both mean both participation in an ordinary fellowship and in a segregated setting (Haug, 2010). Theoretical perspectives The theoretical framework of this paper is based on critical theory (Skjervheim, 1996). Skjervheim argues that we have two alternatives when interacting with others who may have different perspectives on a certain topic from ourselves. On one hand, we can choose to take a participant position where the interaction will consist of at least three parts, the ego (the self), the alter (the other) and the topic for discussion. This position requires an equal distribution of power between the actors and is recognised by both parties (the ego and alter) being willing to engage in the topic the other puts forward. On the other hand, we can choose a spectator position. In this position the interaction is reduced to two parts, the ego and the alter. Instead of engaging in the topic that the alter puts forward, we instead direct our attention to the one stating it. A spectator position is recognised by an attempt interpret what the statement of the other can tell us about the one stating it. In the latter position we are, according to Skjervheim, Psychologising the other, similar to how a therapist tries to analyse what a statement of a patient can tell us about their condition. However, the two mentioned position is not only restricted to interactions taking place between subjects, the same may also be the case between representatives of different perspectives sharing interest in the same area. The issue with a spectator position is that it inhibits dialogue and cooperation between disciplines or interests within special/inclusive education because one or more actor is reluctant to negotiate on one’s own position. Alternatively one could envision a discourse within special/inclusive education emerging from a participant position, where the focus is no longer on dominating the other perspective but instead on what kinds of original knowledge can emerge from engaging in discussion on certain topics from different positions. There are examples on how the reconciliation of two or more opposing perspectives may have beneficial outcomes, such as the relational perspective on disability. If actors within different branches of special education are able to avoid objectifying opposing perspective and engage with representatives of these perspectives as subjects holding views worthy of respect, contradicting perspective could become potential enrichments to field of special education going forward. Research question This paper has the following research question: What potential outcomes may emerge from taking a participant position in discussion between actors representing opposing views about the future of special education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology This paper emerged based on an ongoing effort to develop a collective identity/profile for the research group in special education at Inland Norway University. Beyond sharing an interest in marginalised group, the research group consists of researchers with a diverse field of expertise and a diverse set of perspective but with a common interest in special education. Thus, we decided to do an autethnograpic study but with the research groups as a whole as the area of interest. Individual members were invited to submit a one page written reflection based on the question; where do you see special education in the future? We received in total 7 texts from the group. The texts where analysed by the authors of this paper using a thematic analysis (Creswell, 2013) where a couple of core themes were identified that will be brought back to the group for further discussion through a focus group interview (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009). From the thematic analysis of the submitted text we identified multiple opposing perspective related to the afore mentioned question. In the submitte text we identified the following themes: social rights discourses, neo-liberal perspectives, special/segregated teaching, inclusion for all, diagnostic descriptions, , normalisation, differentiation, special schools, teacher education and special pedagogical competences The initial analysis of the submitted text will later serve as a foundation for a focus group discussion about opposing perspectives on special education for the future. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes We are at a point in history where multiple narratives are competing for the position to define the education of tomorrow. When facing perspectives that oppose our own views about special education we are according to Skjervheim faced with a choice; we can choose to ignore positions that does not coincide with our own views or we can engage in a discussion about the topic laid before us. Through the submitted text and the upcoming focus group interviews with the members of the research group in special education at Inland Norway University we attempt the latter. By inviting members, who are all experts in their field, to an open discussion aimed to share and debate conflicting or opposing perspectives, we wish to explore what potential fruitful outcomes this may lead to. There are many examples in history where the reconciliation of two or more opposing perspective have led to new concepts, new paradigms, new knowledge or new perspectives that have proved beneficial for future of the field in question. The future of special education depends on what we do today. In developing special education for the future we can either ignore perspectives or approaches that we disagree with or we can engage in discussion with the ambition to end up at a common ground. References Haustätter, R., & Thuen, H. (2014). Special Education Today in Norway. In A. F. Rotatori (Ed.), Special Education International Perspectives: Practices Across the Globe. Bingley: Emerald Wendelborg, C., & Tøssebro, J. (2011). Educational arrangements and social participation with peers amongst children with disabilities in regular schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 15(5), 497-512. doi:10.1080/13603110903131739 Haug, P. (2014). Er inkludering i skulen gjennomførleg? . In S. Germeten (Ed.), De Utenfor: Forskning om Spesialpedagogikk og Spesialundervisning (pp. 15-38). Bergen Fagbokforlaget. Skjervheim, H. (1996). Deltakar og Tilskodar og andre Essays Oslo: Aschehoug. Haug, P. (2010). Approaches to empirical research on inclusive education. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 12(3), 199-209. doi:10.1080/15017410903385052 Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative Inquiry & Research Design: Choosing Among Five Approaches (3 ed.). Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publlications. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju (2 ed.). Oslo: Gyldendal akademisk. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 07 E: Refugee and Ethnic Minority Experiences in Inclusive Education Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Gry Paulgaard Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper School Socialisation and Linguistic Identity in Multigenerational Ethnic Minority/Ethnically Heterogeneous Deaf Families in Romania Partium Christian University, Oradea, Romania Presenting Author:Deaf communities are generically defined as linguistic-cultural communities whose members use sign language as their primary means of communication (Marschark et al., 2017; Higgins & Liberman, 2016). On the other hand, even though in Deaf communities and families Deaf cultures and sign languages tend to act as a decisive unifying force that transcends ethno-cultural differentiation, Deaf cultures also include other cultural elements, such as ethno-national identities (Leigh & Crowe, 2015). Studies have shown that ethnic minority deaf individuals may face identity conflicts when their cultural and linguistic heritage is distinct from the dominant deaf culture or the majority culture of their country. Such conflicts can lead to feelings of marginalization, isolation, and reduced social integration within both their ethnic and Deaf communities (Leigh, 2009 ; Chapman, 2021). Ethnic minority deaf individuals are in a special situation in this regard, as they need to navigate the intersections of their deaf identity and their ties to a specific ethnic or cultural group. In this context, the identity of the Deaf members of the ethnic minority may present specific characteristics compared to that of the deaf belonging to the majority ethnic community, but also to the ethnic identity of the hearing members of the ethnic minority community (Ahmad et al, 2000; Atkin, 2002). The notion of bilingualism, when referring to the linguistic-cultural needs of the ethnic-national minority Deaf learners, may be therefore misleading, as these learners are in fact in a situation of dual bilingualism (Ohna 2003). On the other hand, it is important to emphasise that differences between national sign languages are to a much lesser extent an obstacle to the communication of Deaf people belonging to different ethno-national communities than in the world of hearing culture. Deaf people living in a sign culture have a great capacity and tendency to learn from each other in a short time, to adapt to each other's specific forms of sign language expression (Henner & Robinson, 2023). One of the very important roles, which needs to be assumed by the of the educational system in this regard, is to integrate multiculturalism and multilingualism in the curriculum and teaching methodology in accordance with the students identity development needs (Dammeyer & Marschark, 2016). Previous research conducted by the author in the multicultural city of Oradea (western Romania), which involved ethnic Hungarian Deaf and their ethnic Romanian partners, has drawn attention to the potential importance of generational continuity in generating multicultural and multilingual family environment. Based on the results of this research, the hypothesis has been advanced that in multigenerational Deaf families a kind of specific linguistic and cultural enrichment and a striving for cultural-linguistic balance can manifest itself, which might stem from the natural openness and flexibility arising from the specific communication and cultural situation of these families. The aim of the current research ha has been therefore to focus on multi-generational ethnic minority/ethnically heterogeneous Deaf families in order to obtain more nuanced information concerning the role of the family generational continuity of Deaf cultures in influencing linguistic communicational and cultural interactions and cross-generational transmission of identities within multigenerational Deaf families. In doing so, the following research questions have been addressed:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is based on five multi-generational ethnic minority/ethnically heterogeneous Deaf family case studies. Our case studies focused on the particular subset of the Hungarian ethnic community members/ethnic Romanian spouses, who are members of multi-generational Deaf families identified in our research sample during the first phase of research. In the selection of the families included in the research sample within the database of the Deaf Association of Oradea, a total of 587 persons, we identified 89 signing deaf individuals of Hungarian ethnic belonging, 22 of who were married to a Romanian Deaf partner. Among them, there are five multigenerational Deaf families where at least one family member is of Hungarian ethnicity: these include two three-generation and three two-generation Deaf families. Subordinated to the case study methodology, for the data collection process at family level, we conducted life-course interviews with the selected Deaf individuals in order to reveal their deeper motives and personal ways of reaching life-shaping decisions, the subjective means of experiencing key events occurred in one's life, and their influence to education, language use and identity. On the basis of these findings the following main life course stages have been identified: a. Childhood socialization: language use and identity in early life; family socialization and early development; determinants of school choice; school culture, language and communication; school language and ethnic identity; b. Setting up a family and language use within the family: starting of family, cultural determinants of marital choices; the influence of the language of education upon the choice of marital partners; languages used between the spouses, between parents and children and between members of the larger family involving different generations; c. Cross-generational transmission of identity; ways and channels of identity transmission to Deaf and hearing children; linguistic educational options of parents for their children, family interactions involved in the process of passing identity to the next generation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In multi-generational Deaf families the preconditions for symbolically expressing ethnic-national identity through the use and cultivation of the respective national sign language in family and in school might become especially favourable. In this context, the national sign language knowledge gained by Deaf children of Deaf parents within the family and further developed in special school years can act as an important way of expressing ethno-national identity. In the ethnically heterogeneous family units where Deaf culture has a primary role and components of Deaf culture interact with minority and majority ethno-national identities of hearing family members, complex identity patterns may develop and multifaceted linguistic communication models may prevail, including the use of both the national oral languages and the national sign languages of the parties involved; a kind of special linguistic and cultural enrichment, a striving for cultural-linguistic balance may also occur. In multi-generational ethnic minority/ethnically heterogeneous Deaf families one can identify a particular kind of natural openness and flexibility resulting from the special linguistic communications situation of Deaf. Thanks to the complexity of their family and school socialisation, cultural and linguistic family contacts and attachments, members of ethnic minority/ethnically heterogeneous Deaf families are potentially more flexible in accepting other cultures (norms, values), and they can also more easily develop the ability to regulate flexibly their language use according to the given social situations. The process of passing down identity can become particularly complicated in those multigenerational extended family interactions (including grandparents, parents and children), where Deaf and non-Deaf family members, with national majority and national minority identities are interacting. In these situations different ways and methods of passing on identity, with particular characteristics, can be realized. The educational options of parents, concerning the languages of school for their children are an important component of this process. References Ahmad, W., Darr, A. & Jones, L. (2000). 'I send my child to school and he comes back an Englishman': minority ethnic deaf people, identity politics and services. In W.Ahmad (Ed.), Ethnicity, disability, and chronic illness. Race, health and social care. Open University Press. Atkin, K., Ahmad, W. & Jones L. (2002). South Asian deaf people and their families: negotiating relationships and identities. Sociology of Health & Illness 24 (1), 21-45. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9566.00002 Chapman, M. (2021). Representation and resistance: A qualitative study of narratives of Deaf cultural identity. Culture & Psychology, 27(3), 374-391. https://doi.org/10.1177/1354067X21993794 Dammeyer, J. & Marschark, M. (2016). Level of educational attainment among deaf adults who attended bilingual–bicultural programs. Journal of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, enw036. https://doi.org/10.1093/deafed/enw036 Henner, J., & Robinson, O. (2023). Unsettling languages, unruly bodyminds: A crip linguistics manifesto. Journal of Critical Study of Communication & Disability, 1(1), 7-37. https://doi.org/10.48516/jcscd_2023vol1iss1.4 Higgins, M. & Lieberman, A. M.(2016). Deaf students as a linguistic and cultural minority: shifting perspectives and implications for teaching and learning. Journal of Education 196(1), 9 -18. https://doi.org/10.1177/002205741619600103 Leigh, I. (2009). A lens on Deaf identities. Perspectives on Deafness. Oxford University Press. Leigh, G., & Crowe, K. (2015). Responding to cultural and linguistic diversity among Deaf and hard-of-hearing learners. In H. Knoors & M. Marschark.(Eds.) Educating deaf learners: creating a global evidence base (pp. 68 – 91). Oxford University Press. Marschark, M., Zettler, I., & Dammeyer, J. (2017). Social dominance orientation, language orientation, and Deaf identity. Journal of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, 22(3), 269 - 277. https://doi.org/10.1093/deafed/enx018 Ohna, S. E. (2003). Education of deaf children and the politics of recognition. Journal of deaf studies and deaf education, 8(1), 5-10. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Young refugees' encounters with rural Denmark and nothern Norway 1UiT the Arctic University of N, Norway; 2University of Copenhagen Presenting Author:The project explores into the lives and experiences of young people with refugee background living in rural municipalities in the north of Norway and in the west of Denmark. Research on young refugees has mainly focused on urban settings. This is in line with youth research in general, that has been criticised for an unacknowledged “metrocentricity”, by universalising a focus on metropolitan young people “as globally emblematic of young people as a whole” (Farrugia, 2014::4). There is a discursive distinction between rural and urban life defining urban life in the cities as the sophisticated being for young people, preventing young people in rural areas from taking up subjectivities as young people (Pless and Sørensen, 2015). A metrocentric approach also tends to overlook the importance of how place and geography can represent changeable and contingent conditions in young people’s lives (Farrugia 2014, Paulgaard, 2017). This paper will focus on the environmental impacts on young people as forced migrants settled in particular places in rural areas.
The number of international newcomers has increased in rural areas. In the Nordic countries, the rural populations are even more diverse than the EU average (Nørregaard, 2018). However, refugees who first settled in rural areas have moved to city areas after the first years of settlement to a larger degree than other migrant groups (Andersen, 2015; Ordemann, 2017). There is a debate both in literature and also among politicians in European countries on whether refugees should be settled in rural areas at all. Arguments (McAreavey and Argent, 2018) for settling refugees are that they can increase sustainability of population in dwindling communities (Nørregaard, 2018; Brandt, 2015). Others disagree with refugees being used to promote rural development, when peripheral areas are scarce in jobs as well as in services which can provide for refugees’ needs (McAreavey and Argent, 2018; Aure et al, 2018; Woods, 2018).
Both Denmark and Norway, have dispersal strategies to settle refugees across the country and in rural areas. In Norway, the initiative comes from the central government, asking municipalities across the country to accept refugees for settlement. Municipalities that settle refugees receive economic support for the first five years and must provide the first housing, an obligatory two-year introductory program and a work programme (Mathisen, 2020; IMDI, 2019). Denmark also disperses refugees to all municipalities. Like Norway, it is the municipality in which the refugees are settled, that cater for the refugees for a period of three years by offering language classes and later job training. It is also the responsibility of the municipality to find housing and to financially support the refugees during their schooling and introductory programme (Larsen, 2011).
In our quest to understand the role rural places of residence play for young refugees’ we find inspiration in Kinkaid’s (2020:180) term ‘contradictions of space’, referring to moments occurring within the experience of a subject, when the person struggles to practice space and feel disorientation. Based on the phenomenology of practice (Simonsen 2021) we investigate the lived practice of young refugees. Both Simonsen and Kinkaid have studied migrants’ experiences and belonging with a starting point in the situated body. We use this approach to investigate how our young informants navigate in and experience rural life; from housing, education, work, social life to the more ‘physical’ aspects of rural life and the material surroundings, including the natural environment, - to answer the research question: What role do the new rural place of residence play in the young refugees’ life and feeling of community and belonging, and what are the driving forces for them staying or leaving the rural areas? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is a compilation of two independent studies in Denmark and Norway focusing on the experiences of refugees settled in rural areas. We decided to combine forces to get a deeper understanding of young refugees settled in the Nordic rural experiences. Our empirical material consists of young refugees arriving on their own and young refugees arriving as part of a family. The Danish case is part of a larger study on refugees re-settled in four rural municipalities. For this paper, the focus is on an abandoned nursing home (old folks home) where more than thirty single refugee men and two married couples were settled after they had been granted asylum. In 2016, 2017 and 2020 focus group interviews were conducted with respectively ten and four young refugees from Syria and Eritrea, between 17-25 years of age. They were most male except one female married to one of the males. The interviews centred around their use and perceptions of the nursing home, the town they were settled in, their everyday life and social life, as well as their plans and wishes for the future. The Norwegian case takes its starting point in the situation that occurred in the autumn of 2015 where over just a few months, more than 5500 migrants from 35 nations – mostly from Syria (40 %), Afghanistan, Iraq and Iran – crossed the Russian-Norwegian border into Eastern Finnmark, the northernmost county in Norway (Paulgaard & Soleim, 2023). In 2016 at a refugee camp near the Russian border, 12 families were interviewed at a refugee camp neat the Russian border. Three of the families initially interviewed were settled in a coastal area after having been granted asylum. Through this families the researchers were introduced to five other families with from Somalia and Syria.. The families have from 3 to 9 children at ages from baby to 17 years old. The Norwegian study is based on fieldwork entailing both field conversations, participatory observation and interviews. The analysis took place independently as part of each research study but also in collaboration. The empirical material were investigated again to identify important themes of how the young persons experienced their place of residence. The themes were compared and discussed, common topics as well as differences were identified across the two cases. The term young people are used very broadly in this paper. It covers young people from 14 to 25 years. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Despite several differences between Norwegian and Danish rural areas, in relation to geography and distances, nature and climate, and population density, the experiences from within, by young refugees, show surprisingly many similarities and common experiences. The young people in our studies encounter many of the same challenges to do with the rural environment; describing long distances, limited public transport, few meeting places, unfamiliar behavioural norms, darkness and harsh weather conditions. This shows, according to Kinkaid (2020:169) that “difference is not located to space itself”, but experienced and “formed through lived practice; sedimentation of experience.” Thus, being settled in Nordic rural areas has produced moments of contradictions and disorientation; situations of not knowing how to navigate, but also feelings of meaning and belonging, mainly spurred by socialising, especially with other peoples in the same situation as themselves. Even though the young refugees have struggled to navigate and feel at ease in the rural towns during the first years after arrival, they have not all moved or wish to move to cities. A few have stayed in the towns where they were first settled mainly due to social relations to other refugees and family. More have moved closer to educational opportunities like most young Danish and Norwegian people also do. They are pushed to move by the same structural factors such as lack of rental accommodation and the limited transport and education possibilities. However, their experiences of disorientation and unfamiliarity and not being able to practice rural space and social life properly, seem to strengthen this push and their experience of being bored, embarrassed and feeling different. References Andersen, S. (2015) Indvandring, integration og etnisk segregation – udvikling i indvandrernes bosætning siden 1985. Statens Byggeforskningsinstitut SBI 2015:01 (2015) Aure, M., A. Førde, T. Magnussen (2018) Will Migrant workers rescue rural regions? Challenges of creating stability through mobility. J. Rural Stud., 60 (2018), pp. 52-59 Brandt, T. (2015) Flygtninge arbejder for udkantsområderne. Internet article from 2nd of Juni, 2015 from DR Regioner. https://www.dr.dk/nyheder/regionale/sjaelland/flygtninge-arbejder-udkantsomraaderne. Farrugia, D. (2014). Towards a spatialized youth sociology: the rural and the urban in times of change. Journal of Youth Studies, 17 (3), 293–307. Herslund, L. (2021) Everyday life as a refugee in a rural setting – What determines a sense of belonging and what role can the local community play in generating it? Journal of Rural Studies, Volume 82, February 2021, Pages 233-241 Kinkaid, E. (2020) Re-encountering Lefebvre: Toward a critical phenomenology of social space. Society and Space 38(1) 167–186. McAreavey, R. and Argent, N. (2018) Migrant integration in rural New Immigration Destinations: an institutional and triangular perspective. J. Rural Stud., 64 (2018), pp. 267-275 Nørregaard, H. (2018). Hvorfor vælger indvandrere at bosætte sig på landet, hvordan oplever de at bo der, og bidrager de til udviklingen i en kommune med demografiske udfordringer? Et casestudie fra Hjørring Kommune. G.L.H. Svendsen, J.F.L. Sørensen, E. Noe (Eds.), Vækst Og Vilkår På Landet: Viden, Visioner Og Virkemidler, University Press of Southern Denmark, Odense (2018) Ordemann (2017) Monitor for Sekundærflytting. Sekundærflytting Blant Personer Med Flykningebakgrunn Bosatt I Norge 2005–2014. Oslo - Kongsvinger: Statistics Norway Paulgaard, G. & Soleim, M. (2023). The arctic migration route: local consequences of global crises. Journal of Peace Education. Routledge. DOI: 10.1080/17400201.2022.2159794 Herslund, L. & Paulgaard, G. (2021), Refugees’ Encounters With Nordic Rural Areas – Darkness, Wind and “Hygge”. Frontiers in Sociology, Migration and Society, 6:623686 doi: 10.3389/fsoc2021.623686 Pless, M. & Sørensen, N.U. (2015). “I don’t hate living here, but …” Paper presented at the “Contemporary Youth, Contemporary Risk”, Copenhagen, March 30-April 1. Simonsen, K. (2012) In quest of a new humanism: Embodiment, experience and phenomenology as critical geography. Progress in Human Geography 37(1) 10-26. Woods, M. (2018) Precarious rural cosmopolitanism: negotiating globalization, migration and diversity in Irish small towns. J. Rural Stud., 64 (2018), pp. 164-17664 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Syrian Students in Need of Special Support in Norwegian Schools: A Qualitative Study with Students and Parents. 1University of Oslo, Norway.; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway. Presenting Author:Despite the over-representation of immigrant children assessed as requiring special needs education, research into their social and educational experiences in the Nordics is limited (Hanssen, Harju-Luukkainen, & Sundqvist, 2023). This study explored Syrian students ' in need of special support and their families' experiences about how their needs for special education services are accommodated, and how they experience being included. To advance knowledge on this topic, qualitative data from 5 Syrian families (students and parents) were analyzed to address the following research questions: (1) How do Syrian students in need of special support and their parents experience access to educational support? (2) How do Syrian students in need of special support and their parents experience social inclusion? This qualitative study used activity-based interviews with the group of children (Jenkin et al, 2015), and semi-structured interviews with parents. We conducted a thematic analysis (Braun et al, 2019) using intersectionality theory (Crenshaw, 1991), and the social constructionism perspective (James and Prout, 1990) as the analytical framework to identify the themes. The social constructivist perspective views individuals' beliefs as shaped by their cultural and social contexts (James and Prout, 1990). Central to this perspective is the recognition of children's voices and agency, therefore we aimed to voice the students (Ogden, 2014). However, agency is dynamic, contextual, and relational. Hence, it is important to consider parents’ perspectives, given their pivotal roles in influencing their children's lives and enabling them to exercise their agency (Robson, Bell and Klocker, 2007). Furthermore, when examining the experiences of children with special needs, factors such as age, gender, and culture play crucial roles. A child with special needs may experience multiple challenges and being an immigrant can add a further dimension of vulnerability (Arfa et al., 2020; Czapka and Sagbakken 2020). An intersectional approach enriches qualitative analyses by capturing the multifaceted dimensions of individuals' experiences, moving beyond normative categorizations (Crenshaw 1991; Goethals, De Schauwer, and Van Hove 2015). This approach unveils the heterogeneity that would otherwise be overlooked by focusing solely on migrant status. Exploring children’s perceptions and combining them with parents' perspectives can provide a deeper understanding of their experiences and generate suggestions for developing teaching and support services to improve inclusion of immigrant students. There are many important contributions of this study; it advances knowledge on a topic that is almost neglected, it can inform the development of inclusive education frameworks at the European level, it advocates for children’s participation in research by involving children as primary sources of data and combining children's and parents' views to get a thorough insight into children’s experiences. Moreover, it provides an understanding of how various institutional and cultural factors impact the lives of immigrant children and calls for open and transparent cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue among children, parents, and teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study followed a qualitative approach which provides a unique insight into one's thoughts and experiences (Creswell & Creswell, 2017). On the other hand, Children from a variety of backgrounds, interests, and capacities can be meaningfully included in research using different activities (Grant, 2017; Jenkin et al, 2015). The families were met several times by the first author who speaks Arabic. Having the opportunity to spend a long time with the participants allows researchers to have a deeper understanding of their experiences than one could get from a one-time interview (Punch,2002). Activity-based interviews (Jenkin et al, 2015) were used with the group of children in which different tools were used to encourage the communication: verbal (Hei) tool developed by Kristin Sommerseth Olsen and Guro Winsnes); visual (Photovoice) (Johnson,2011); written (diaries and lists) (Grant,2017), and semi-structured interviews were used with the group of adults. We do not see studies with children as being fundamentally different from research with adults, the goal with both groups was to build a friendly role (Punch, 2002), or what Mandell (1988) refers to as the least adult role. Problems with power imbalance and paternalism can be resolved by acting differently from other adults and acknowledging children’s agency (Abebe & Bessell, 2014; Ennew et al, 2009). The position of the researcher who met the participants was that of a facilitator, participating in all the activities as children did. Children’s preferences were prioritized, different activities were suggested and implemented to encourage the discussion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main themes emerged from the data are cultural differences, social life, and educational experiences. Despite the diverse experiences , common patterns were identified, particularly regarding poor social relations and the significance of language. The absence of social capital and limited language proficiency seemed to have the greatest influence on children’s everyday lives, causing them to face significant social, emotional, and educational challenges. Parents highlighted that there were delays in giving assessments and assigning a special education teacher, and that they wish for more continuous updates on their child’s condition and progress. The data also revealed that language is a significant barrier and interpretation services are not always available and so parents are not fully aware of the available services and sometimes are afraid to seek help. Disparities in the construction of childhood and disability between Syria and Norway seemed to have both positive and negative sides. Negative in the sense that participants are not familiar with the construction of children as competent and equal to adults; and positive as it encouraged parents and children to be more open and positive about children’s need for special support. There are major differences in the educational system between Syria and Norway, but children who speak good Norwegian seem to generally enjoy school life. Offers such as activity and team-based learning, the introductory language class and having a contact person who speaks Arabic at school proved to be extremely helpful. Syrian children and their families in Norway have varied emotions of both gratitude for not having to hide the special need of their children, as well as uncertainty about how to seek help. The origins of these conflicting feelings seemed to be related to language barriers, contradictory cultural traditions, and a lack of understanding of the Norwegian child welfare system. References Arfa, S., Solvang, P. K., Berg, B., & Jahnsen, R. (2020). Disabled and immigrant, a double minority challenge: a qualitative study about the experiences of immigrant parents of children with disabilities navigating health and rehabilitation services in Norway. BMC health services research, 20(1), 1-16. Abebe, T., & Bessell, S. (2014). Advancing ethical research with children: Critical reflections on ethical guidelines. Children's Geographies, 12(1), 126-133. Braun, V., Clarke, V., Hayfield, N., and Terry, G. 2019. “Thematic analysis”. In P. Liamputtong (Ed.), Handbook of research methods in health social sciences (pp. 843-860). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5251-4_10 Crenshaw, K. (1991). Race, gender, and sexual harassment. S. Cal. L. Rev., 65, 1467. Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications. Czapka, E. A., & Sagbakken, M. (2020). “It is always me against the Norwegian system.” barriers and facilitators in accessing and using dementia care by minority ethnic groups in Norway: a qualitative study. BMC health services research, 20(1), 1-15. Grant, T. (2017). Participatory research with children and young people: Using visual, creative, diagram, and written techniques. Methodological Approaches, 2, 261. Hanssen, N. B., Harju-Luukkainen, H., & Sundqvist, C. (Eds.). (2023). Inclusion and Special Needs Education for Immigrant Students in the Nordic Countries. Taylor & Francis. James, A., & Prout, A. (1990). Contemporary issues in the sociological study of childhood. Constructing and reconstructing childhood, 7-34. Jenkin, E., Wilson, E., Murfitt, K., Clarke, M., Campain, R., & Stockman, L. (2015). Inclusive practice for research with children with disability: A guide. Melbourne: Deakin University Johnson, G. A. (2011). A Child's Right to Participation: Photovoice as Methodology for Documenting the Experiences of Children Living in K enyan Orphanages. Visual Anthropology Review, 27(2), 141-161. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. sage. Ogden, T. 2014. “Special needs education in Norway–the past, present, and future of the field.” In Special education past, present, and future: Perspectives from the field (Vol. 27, pp. 213-238). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Punch, S. (2002). Research with children: the same or different from research with adults?. Childhood, 9(3), 321-341. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 05 SES 07 A: Addressing Underachievement and Early School Leaving in Europe (Symposium) Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo Symposium |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Symposium Addressing Underachievement and Early School Leaving in Europe - Exploring the Research, Policy and Practice implications of the SCIREARLY Horizon Project The ECER 2024 theme urges us to explore innovative ways to address longstanding educational challenges, recognising the work that has already been done while at the same time acknowledging the key role to be played by education and educational researchers in shaping a hopeful future. This symposium seeks to respond to this theme by exploring ways in which to expand educational possibilities for at-risk students by addressing underachievement and early school leaving (ESL). This is at the core of European strategic priorities and is even more critical in a post-pandemic era where educational possibilities have been stalled for marginalized students (Tarabini, A., et al. 2019; CEDEFOP, 2023). Drawing on findings from the large-scale Horizon Europe project ‘SCIREARLY’, the session synthesises evidence from ten European countries – Spain, Portugal, Ireland, Finland, Denmark, England, Italy, Greece, Malta and Belgium- across three papers. Using a range of methodological approaches - systematic review, scoping review, meta-analysis, and policy analysis – the symposium seeks to offer insights into the social determinants of underachievement and ESL, the role of high-quality early childhood education in addressing these challenges, and the range of policy approaches that prove to be effective in helping at-risk young people remain and thrive in school. The symposium aims to : (1) analyse the social determinants and root causes of underachievement and school dropout at primary and secondary education levels, (2) investigate the influence of ECEC actions and programmes on basic skills, and (3) map successful and less successful policies targeting the achievement gap from a comparative perspective. Research Framework This multidisciplinary European session includes three contributions that combine different methodologies. The first paper will see a systematic review of scientific literature on the social determinants of underachievement presented. This is followed by a scoping review and a meta-analysis that lists ECEC actions and programmes that better respond to children’s basic skills. The last paper discusses a policy analysis conducted in various European countries, identifying policy approaches that have been effective in addressing underachievement and ESL in the last 10 years.
Scholarly significance While reducing underachievement and ESL has been the focus of many educational, research, and policy efforts in recent years, important gaps remain to be addressed. (European Commission, 2011; Siegle et al., 2012, Gillies and Misfsud, 2016) Therefore, advancing scientific knowledge to disentangle the link between the identified social determinants and achievement at school is essential, as is identifying transformative elements and contexts that allow all students, and in particular those identified as being at risk, to succeed. There is also a compelling argument requiring us to identify those elements within early childhood education and care that better equip children with robust basic skills that will enable them to stay in school and thrive throughout the later academic stages (Gonzalez-Motos & Sauri Saula, 2022). In addition, while a vast number of policies and resources have been put in place to combat ESL and underachievement, the SCIREARLY project is currently pioneering the mapping of the most successful policies in this arena across different European countries. The multi-level and cross-national policy analysis presented in the symposium will allow us to gain a better understanding of the specific features behind successful educational policies, which in turn could inform future policy efforts to foster the success and well-being of all students in Europe (Benjamin, 2022). Ultimately this symposium, drawing as it does on the insights of 10 European countries, allows us to explore what we know as European researchers, systematising this knowledge and ultimately facilitating its translation into effective policies and practices that comprehensively address underachievement and ESL (Schmitsek, 2022). References Cedefop (2023). Stemming the tide: tackling early leaving from vocational education and training in times of crises: synthesis report of Cedefop/ReferNet survey. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop research paper. Gillies, D. & Mifsud, D. (2016) Policy in transition: the emergence of tackling early school leaving (ESL) as EU policy priority, Journal of Education Policy, 31:6, 819-832, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2016.1196393 European Commission (2011). Tackling early school leaving: A key contribution to the Europe 2020 Agenda. Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. COM(2011) 18 final, Brussels, 31.1.2011 González-Motos, S., Saurí Saula, E. (2023). State Nurseries are Not for Us: The Limitations of Early Childhood Policies Beyond Price Barriers in Barcelona. IJEC 55, 295–312. Schmitsek, S. (2022). ‘Who are you to know who I am?’ Comparing the experiences of youth at risk of dropping out in England, Denmark and Hungary. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 52(2), 173-191. Scirearly Project https://scirearly.eu/ Tarabini, A., Curran, M., Montes, A., & Parcerisa, L. (2019). Can educational engagement prevent early school leaving?. Educational Studies, 45(2), 226–241. Presentations of the Symposium A Systematic Review of the Impact of the Key Social Determinants on School Underachievement
Early School Leaving (ESL) has devastating consequences for all students impacting employment, poverty, health, and political, social, and cultural participation (von Wachter, 2020). This paper reports key takeaways from systematic reviews to the research question:
What does research say about the following key social determinants -institutional, socio-economic (SES), cognitive, cultural, linguistic, gender, socio-emotional and well-being and early childhood education and care (ECEC)- and root causes of underachievement in relation to ESL?
The Prisma protocol (Paige et al, 2021) was used in the review process to examine relevant literature published from 2003-20023. Undertaken by partners from Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Malta, England, and Finland the review ultimately engaged systematically with 854 articles across the identified 8 social determinants.
With regards to individual social determinants, institutional aspects such as grade retention, streaming and dominant mainstream curriculum are all associated with disengagement. Accessible counseling and guidance, and high teacher expectations, on the other hand, reduce underachievement (Oomen & Plant, 2014). Cognitive aspects like intelligence and self-concept play a key role and cultural dissonance relating to differing expectations and language use between home and school contributed to underachievement (Wilkinson, 2014).
There is also evidence of higher levels of underachievement and ESL among boys, particularly from lower SES and minority groups. Stereotypical gender roles and associated teacher expectations translate into differences in school engagement and the lack of male teachers is also significant (Bhana, D. et al, 2022)
Socio-economic status is the key determinant of underachievement with associated issues of expectation, resources, capacity, and stereotyping (Behtoui, 2017). The key aspects influencing students’ well-being and retention included the totality of students’ relationships as well as school climate, curricula, attitudes, and resources (Greenwood, L. & Kelly, C. (2019). In ECEC, underachievement is mainly linked to a lack of quality in early intervention and expert advice in the early years. The need for targeted support for young children with behavioral health issues was highlighted as was the negative impact of early segregation.
The systematic reviews highlighted importantly how social determinants rarely operate in isolation with 4 key integrative themes emerging:
• Family involvement is key factor to prevent and reduce underachievement and ESL.
• Segregation-based practices undermine achievement and well-being.
• School engagement and motivation positively correlate with less underachievement and ESL.
• Teachers’ expectations and curriculum design are influential in reducing or aggravating these issues.
References:
Behtoui, A. (2017). Social capital and the educational expectations of young people. European Educational Research Journal, 16(4), 487-503.
Bhana, D., Moosa, S., Xu , Y. & Emilsen, K (2022). Men in early childhood education and care: on navigating a gendered terrain, European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30:4, 543 -556, DOI: 10.1080/1350293X.2022.2074070
Greenwood, L. & Kelly, C. (2019). Systematic literature review to explore how staff in schools describe how a sense of belonging is created for their pupils. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties.
Oomen, A. & Plant, P. (2014). Early school leaving and lifelong guidance. ELGPN concept note, No 6. Jyväskylä: University of Jyväskylä. http://www.elgpn.eu/publications/browse-by-language/english/elgpnconcept-note-no.-6-early-school-leaving-and-lifelong-guidance/
Page, M.J., McKenzie, J.E., Bossuyt, P.M. et al (2021) The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ 372:n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 - DOI - PubMed - PMC
von Wachter, T. (2020). The Persistent Effects of Initial Labor Market Conditions for Young Adults and Their Sources. The Journal of Economic Perspectives, 34(4), 168–194.
Wilkinson, M. L. N., & Wilkinson, M. (2014). Helping Muslim boys succeed the case for history education. Curriculum Journal, 2 (3), 396–431. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2014.929527
Impact of Early Childhood Education in Students' Basic Skills: A Scoping- Review
Basic skills (literacy, maths, and science) are widely regarded as foundational to achieving personal fulfilment, employability, and social inclusion (European Commission, n.d.). They can be nurtured through high-quality early childhood education and care (ECEC) programmes to leverage young children’s educational possibilities and ameliorate some of the challenges facing those identified as being at risk(Shonkoff & Fisher, 2013). However, although quality in ECEC has been widely conceptualised (Ishimine et al. 2010), there is a scarcity of systematic research around the effects of specific features of ECEC programmes on basic skills. This paper aims at identifying and mapping effective ECEC programmes and interventions that foster students’ basic skills to inform educational policy and practice in Europe.
A scoping review was carried out between April and July 2023 to map ECEC interventions that foster basic skills (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005). Following the PRISMA statement and the checklist (Higgins & Green, 2011), a total of 533 papers met the inclusion criteria (peer-reviewed publications in English from 2013 to 2023, involving educational interventions of more than 10 participants in school settings, and reflecting quantitative findings on basic skills among primary and secondary students). Only those that reported having a positive effect on basic skills and having employed a longitudinal, quasi-experimental, and/or RCT design, were selected for a subsequent meta- analysis.
Four international databases were used for the scoping review: Web of Science, Scopus, Psycinfo, ERIC. Rayyan was used to collate and screen the papers for eligibility.
Out of the 91 papers analysed, 3 proved to have a positive impact in Science, 61 in Literacy, 15 in Mathematics and 12 in more than one basic skill. Those interventions having a positive impact in science included play-based strategies and training for teachers to foster science knowledge. Literacy programmes saw the majority of positively correlated interventions. Out of the 61 papers dedicated to any literacy area, those based of dialogic or shared reading, along with programmes to boost or improve technology-mediated reading were particularly prominent. Programmes oriented to parents and teachers were also popular among the retrieved papers (12/61). Interventions that improved maths included number sense, play, storytelling and physical activity. Maths mediated by digital devices was the focus of 4/15 papers, and curriculum-based maths learning was at the core of 3/15 articles.
This work aims to contribute to evidence-informed policy and practice by systematically identifying the features of successful ECEC interventions contributing to improve future learning outcomes.
References:
Arksey, H., & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework.
International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19-32.
European Commission (n.d.). Why are key competences and basic skills important? https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/school-education/key-competences-and- basic-skills
Higgins, J. P., & Green, S. (2011). Cochrane handbook for systematic reviews of interventions 5.1.0. The Cochrane Collaboration. https://handbook-5-1.cochrane.org/
Ishimine, K., Tayler, C. & Bennett, J. (2010). Quality and early childhood education and care: A policy initiative for the 21st century. International Journal of Child Care and Education Policy, 4, 67–80. https://doi.org/10.1007/2288-6729-4-2-67
Shonkoff, J.P., & Fisher, P.A. (2013). Rethinking evidence-based practice and two-generation programs to create the future of early childhood policy. Dev Psychopathol, 25(4 Pt 2): 1635- 53. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579413000813
Policy Approaches based on Scientific Evidence and Research to Address Underachievement
This paper reports on a comparative analysis of Europe wide policy provision designed to meet the EU's Early School Leaving (ESL) reduction target. In 2011 the European Commission (EC) made recommendations to hel countries to tackle ESL which serves as the theoretical framework as well as criteria for this policy analysis. It emphasises the need for comprehensive approaches, focusing on the root causes of ESL and sustaining efforts to reduce it. The policy analysis relied on key data sources including the OECD Library, EC reports, government websites, national and regional research agencies, and agencies involved in providing compensation programmes.
The framework outlines three categories of measures:
Prevention -targeting the root problems leading to ESL including quality early childhood education, relevant curricula, flexible educational pathways, and strong guidance systems.
Intervention -combatting emerging difficulties and supporting at-risk students through personalised guidance, extra-curricular activities, and improved learning environments.
Compensation- offering second chance schemes and alternative pathways.
The importance of a 'whole school approach' is highlighted, emphasising multi-site stakeholder collaboration. This acknowledges the role played by various services, including social, youth, and outreach services.
Utilising the Eurostat ESL data from 2012 - 2021, a comparative analysis of countries categories as follows was undertaken:
High Performers - countries with consistent ESL rates below 6% throughout the entire time period. ( Poland, Switzerland, Croatia, and Slovenia)
High Improvement - countries that have achieved a reduction of ESL rates by more than 6
% over the same period. (Spain, Portugal, Malta, Greece, and Ireland)
Low Performers - countries with ESL rates continuing to exceed 10% (Italy, United Kingdom, Norway, Bulgaria, Hungary, Cyprus, and Germany).
The key findings of the policy analysis indicate that:
All countries under examination possess explicit policies or legislation aimed at addressing ESL, encompassing preventive, interventive, and compensatory measures.
Preventive and compensatory measures demonstrate stronger policy measures than interventions.
The main challenge lies not in the lack of policy or legislation but rather in their implementation.
Inadequate interagency collaboration and relatively unsophisticated evaluation of ESL measures were areas of weakness.
Specific policies such as quality ECEC, supports for low SES students, and initiatives to enhance access pathways into education and VET are important.
These results have helped identify strengths and gaps in ESL policy which should allow policymakers to make informed decisions in developing and implementing effective strategies. By comparing policies and practices, the analysis offers insights into successful approaches facilitating meaningful international benchmarking.
References:
European Commission. (2013). Reducing early school leaving: Key messages and policy support Final Report of the Thematic Working Group on Early School Leaving November 2013. Accessed 21/05/2023
https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/early-school-leaving- group2013-report_en.pdf
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice/Cedefop (2014). Tackling Early Leaving from Education and Training in Europe: Strategies, Policies and Measures. Eurydice and Cedefop Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/33979
Donlevy, V., Day, L., Andriescu, M., & Downes, P. (2019). Assessment of the implementation of the 2011 council recommendation on policies to reduce early school leaving. European Commission.
European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (Cedefop). (2017). Leaving education early: putting vocational education and training in centre stage: Ireland.
European Commission. (2015). Education & Training 2020. Schools Policy. A Whole School Approach to Tackling Early School Leaving.
European Commission (2022a). Proposal for a COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION - Pathways to School Success. https://eur- lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:3605c49b-f881-11ec-b94a- 01aa75ed71a1.0001.02/DOC_1&format=PDF
Eurostat. (2023a). Early Leavers from Education and Training. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-
explained/index.php?title=Early_leavers_from_education_and_training#Early_leavers_from_ education_and_training_.E2.80.93_today_and_a_historical_comparison. Accessed 15/06/ 2023
European Commission (2023b) European Education Area: Quality education and training for all. Early SchoolLeaving. https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/school- education/early-school-leaving
OECD (2017). Starting Strong IV Early Childhood Education and Care - Data Country Note: Ireland. OECD Publishing. Accessed 19/07/2023 https://www.oecd.org/education/school/ECECDCN- Ireland.pdf
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 06 SES 07 A: Open Learning in Higher Education and Teacher Education Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Anne Mette Bjørgen Paper Session |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper The Mediating Role of Intrinsic Motivation on the Relationship Between Flexible Thinking and Learning Outcomes in MOOC vs Face-to-Face Environments 1Al-Qasemi college, Israel; 2The Hebrew university, Israel Presenting Author:Rapid changes occurring in our global world pose a challenge for higher education to advance online courses, such as Massive open online courses (MOOCs). MOOCs provide people from all over the world the opportunity to expand their education for free without any commitment or prior requirements (Colleagues & Author, 2016). Most MOOCs include short segments of video lectures arranged according to the course topics and the assessment method is based basically on closed-ended assignments. In this regard, research has focused on various aspects of learning via MOOC environments, such as: attrition and dropout rates (Ho et al., 2015), social engagement (Ferguson & Clow, 2015) and motivational patterns of MOOC enrollees (Kizilcec & Schneider, 2015). Most of these studies focused mainly on MOOC enrollees; however, little is known about cognitive and intrapersonal characteristics of MOOC completers, especially those who are registered university students (Colleagues & Author, 2019) and how these characteristics affect their learning outcomes (e.g., Author & Colleague, 2021). Using cognitive perspective (i.e. flexible thinking; Barak & Levenberg, 2016) and motivation theory (i.e. intrinsic motivation; Bandura, 2006), the current research sought to examine the effect of flexible thinking and intrinsic motivation on students' learning outcomes in a MOOC, taking into consideration a comparison with students who completed the course in a F2Fenvironment. More specifically, the current research examines relationships between flexible thinking and intrinsic motivation at the beginning of the course (Time1) and at the end of the course (Time 2) on learning outcomes after completing a MOOC and a F2Fcourse. Further, the study examines the mediating effect of intrinsic motivation between flexible thinking at Time 1 and learning outcomes at Time 2. Barak and Levenberg (2016, p.74) defined flexible thinking in education as “open-mindedness to others’ ideas—the ability to learn from others, manage teamwork, listen to multiple perspectives, and handle conflicts; 2. adapting to changes in learning situations—the ability to find multiple solutions, solve unfamiliar problems, and transfer knowledge to new situations; 3. accepting new or changing learning technologies—the ability to adjust to advanced technologies and effectively use them for meaningful learning” We argue that completers demonstrating flexible thinking at the beginning of the MOOC will have flexible thinking at the end of the MOOC (Hypothesis 1a) and F2F course (Hypothesis 1b). Intrinsic motivation refers to the inherent satisfaction to be engaged in activity for its own sake. Intrinsic motivation involves an inherent gratification prompted by the feeling that learning is interesting and enjoyable (Glynn et al., 2011). We argue that completers demonstrating intrinsic motivation at the beginning of the course will have intrinsic motivation at the end of the MOOC (Hypothesis 2a) and the F2F course (Hypothesis 2b). Flexible thinkers are open to new experiences, adapt to new situations, and easily generate new ideas (Barak & Levenberg, 2016a). They adjust to varying circumstances and work well in a climate of uncertainty (Bransford et al., 2000). Further, completing a MOOC is a great challenge as it involves the understanding of complex contents; MOOCs support diverse populations, as each population can contribute to the knowledge and experience of the others (Colleagues & Author, 2018). Thus, we argue that completers’ flexible thinking (Hypothesis 3a) and intrinsic motivation (Hypothesis 3b) at Time 2 will affect their learning outcomes at Time 2 more in MOOC environments than in F2F environments. Learning outcomes relate to students' achievement in the final course assignments. We argue that completers with flexible thinking at the beginning of the course may affect their learning outcomes at the end of the course through their intrinsic motivation (Time 2) only in MOOC environments (Hypothesis 4). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study included a sample of two groups of undergraduate students (N=204) taking the same course “Teaching Thinking,” a MOOC course (N=141) and a F2F classroom course (N=63). The MOOC and the F2F course were taught by the same lecturer and all learning materials and assignments were the same. The students were recruited by sending a message through an online mailing list at the beginning and at the end of the course, inviting them to participate in this study. Participation was voluntary with no extra credit or compensation. Measures Flexible thinking: We used a questionnaire developed by Barak and Levenberg (2016b) (19 items), ranked on a 6-point Likert type scale 1(strongly disagree) to 6(strongly agree)), with three dimensions: learning technology acceptance, open-mindedness in learning, and adapting to new learning situations. A sample item for learning technology acceptance: "I adjust quickly to new learning technologies." Intrinsic motivation: We used a questionnaire developed by Glynn and colleagues (2011) 5 items; 1(strongly disagree) to 5(strongly agree). A sample item: "I enjoy learning ‘Teaching Thinking.” Learning outcome: We analyzed students’ grades in the final exam at the end of the courses. Control variables: Students' prior knowledge was controlled in the current research. Prior knowledge was examined by one question at the beginning of the course: "How familiar were you with the subject area of the course? a. I am mostly new to this subject area, b. I am somewhat familiar with the subject area, c. I am very familiar with this subject area, d. I am an expert in this subject area.” All research measures received Reliability Cronbach Alpha more than 0.7, and fit indices more than 0.9 for construct validity. The proposed model was examined using AMOS program. To examine mediation, a bootstrap analysis was conducted, and confidence intervals were calculated as recommended by Preacher et al. (2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The MOOC environment model indicated a good fit between the model and the data (CFI = .99; NFI=.97; RMSEA = .049). A positive and significant relationship was found between flexible thinking in Time 1 and flexible thinking in Time 2 (β = .82; p <.001). The relationship between intrinsic motivation in Time 1 with intrinsic motivation in Time 2 was positive and significant (β = .21; p <.05), thus confirming hypotheses 1a, 2a. Fit indices were more than .90 between the data and the model in the F2F environment; however, RMSEA = .10, which should be lower than .10. A positive and significant relationship was found between flexible thinking in Time 1 and flexible thinking in Time 2 (β = .66; p <.001), thus confirming hypothesis 1b. The relationship between intrinsic motivation in Time 1 with intrinsic motivation in Time 2 was positive and significant (β = .37; p <.001), thus confirming hypothesis 2b. Regarding the MOOC model, intrinsic motivation was positively and significantly related to learning outcomes in Time 2 (β = .17; p <.05); however, flexible thinking was not related to learning outcomes in Time 2 (β = -.13). However, in F2F model, intrinsic motivation and flexible thinking were not significantly related to learning outcomes in Time 2 (β = .17; β = .06 respectively). Thus, hypothesis 3b was confirmed; hypothesis 3a was not confirmed. Finally, the indirect effects between skill flexibility (Time 1) to learning outcomes (time 2) through intrinsic motivation (time 2) in MOOC environments was found to be .03 (p < .01), with a 99.5% confidence interval ranging between .04 and .19. Mediation was not examined in F2F model because of lack of relations between flexible thinking and intrinsic motivation in Time 2 and learning outcomes in Time 2, thus, confirming hypothesis 4. References Bandura, A. (2006). Going global with social cognitive theory: From prospect to paydirt. In S. I. Donaldson, D. E. Berger & K. Pezdek (Eds.). The rise of applied psychology: New frontiers and rewarding careers (pp. 53–70). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Barak, M. (2014). Closing the gap between attitudes and perceptions about ICT-enhanced learning among pre-service STEM teachers. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 23(1), 1–14. Barak, M. (2018). Are digital natives open to change? Examining flexible thinking and resistance to change. Computers & Education, 121, 115-123. Barak, M., & Levenberg, A. (2016). A model of flexible thinking in contemporary education. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 22, 74-85. Bransford, J., Bransford, J.D., Brown, A.L. & Cocking, R.R., 1999. How people learn: Brain, mind, experience, and school. National Academies Press. Byrne, B. M. (2013). Structural equation modeling with Mplus: Basic concepts, applications, and programming. routledge. Cho, M.-H., & Heron, M. L. (2015). Self-regulated learning: the role of motivation, emotion, and use of learning strategies in students' learning experiences in a self-paced online mathematics course. Distance Education, 36(1), 80e99. Ferguson, R., & Clow, D. (2015). Examining engagement: analysing learner subpopulations in massive open online courses (MOOCs). In The 5th International learning analytics and knowledge Conference (LAK15), 16e20 March 2015. Poughkeepsie, NY, USA: ACM Glynn, S. M., Brickman, P., Armstrong, N., & Taasoobshirazi, G. (2011). Science motivation questionnaire II: validation with science majors and nonscience majors. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 48, 1159e1176. Green, G. C. (2004). The impact of cognitive complexity on project leadership performance. Information and Software Technology, 46, 165-172. Ho, A. D., Chuang, I., Reich, J., Coleman, C., Whitehill, J., Northcutt, C., et al. (2015). HarvardX and MITx: Two years of open online courses (HarvardX Working Paper No. 10). http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2586847. Kizilcec, R. F., & Schneider, E. (2015). Motivation as a lens to understand online learners: toward data-driven design with the OLEI scale. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interactions, 22(2). http://dx.doi.org./10.1145/2699735. Moore, R. L., & Wang, C. (2021). Influence of learner motivational dispositions on MOOC completion. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 33(1), 121-134. Schunk, D. H., Pintrich, P. R., & Meece, J. L. (2008). Motivation in education (3rd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson. Shroff, R. H., Vogel, D. R., & Coombes, J. (2008). Assessing individual-level factors supporting student intrinsic motivation in online discussions: a qualitative study. Journal of Information Systems Education, 19(1), 111e125. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Why Are Online Learners Invisible? Self-presentation of International Students in Online learning 1Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of; 2Faculty of Psychology and Educational Science, Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich, Germany Presenting Author:Why Are Online Learners Invisible? Self-presentation of International Students in Online learning—A Case Study of Asian Students at German Universities Against the backdrop of international higher education, one characteristic of Asian students’ online learning is their invisibility. Culture is an important influence on this behaviour, and this study makes use of Goffman’s dramaturgical theory to analyse Asian students’ invisible online learning at German universities. A qualitative research method was applied to explore those students’ online learning experience. The manifestations of Asian students’ invisible online learning included the mystification of personal learning, weakened classroom interaction and dissociated classroom presence. The reasons that influence online learners’ invisibility include changes in the outside, interference from the back, the stage fright of actors, audience exit, and disbandment of the team. This study suggests that university teachers should improve their teaching abilities and help students build a diverse online learning community. This study borrows Goffman’s dramaturgical theory to analyse Asian students’ online learning interactions at German universities. Goffman is interested in making sense of human interaction from a sociological perspective, and with this in mind, the special human interaction – students’ invisible interaction, including their learning behaviour, learning willingness, and learning recognition – during online learning is framed here from the perspective of Goffman’s theory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The investigation was conducted at the University of Tübingen, Germany, which is a well-known international university with many international students. Purposive sampling was adopted for sample selection, and the inclusion criteria were: (a) participants were college students at that moment; (b) they came from Asian countries before entering the university; (c) they had online learning experience at a German university for at least one semester; (d) both female and male students were included; and (e) their majors were diverse, including the social sciences (sociology, policy science, education science, economics, linguistics), natural sciences (astronomy, geography, archaeology), and engineering. Sampling continued until the interview data were saturated. A total of 17 Asian students participated in the interviews; there were eight Chinese students, three Korean students, three Malaysia students, two Japanese students, and one Indian student. Semi-structured interviews were used to collect data, and all interviews were conducted from February 2021 to February 2022. The main interview question asked participants to describe their perceptions and experience of online learning at a German university; each interview lasted around 90–120 minutes. This investigation occurred at the end of the COVID-19 period, so all interviews were conducted online with Zoom to ensure the health of all participants. To allow accurate and timely interactions that would be comparable to face-to-face interactions and to observe participants’ reactions, all students were asked to keep their cameras on throughout the online interview. Informed consent forms were sent to the participants in advance; these forms explained the research purpose and participants’ anonymity. All of the interviews were audio recorded; the recordings were sent to participants to confirm their meaning. All participant information has been kept confidential. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To understand the manifestations of and reasons for Asian students’ tendency to seek invisibility in online learning in higher education, this study provided a social-cultural perspective to explore the characteristics of that invisibility and why they chose to become invisible online learners. A qualitative methodology was used to explore Asian students’ online learning experience at a German university. The findings indicate that manifestations of Asian students’ invisible online learning include the mystification of personal learning, weakened classroom interaction, and dissociated classroom presence. Within Goffman’s dramaturgical theoretical framework, the reasons that influence online learners’ invisibility include external changes, interference from backstage, stage fright, audience exit, and disbandment of the team. References Castro, M. D. B., & Tumibay, G. M. (2021). A literature review: Efficacy of online learning courses for higher education institution using meta-analysis. Education and Information Technologies, 26, 1367–1385. Ferri, F., Grifoni, P., & Guzzo, T. (2020). Online learning and emergency remote teaching: Opportunities and challenges in emergency situations. Societies, 10(4), 86. Goffman, E. (1955). On face-work: An analysis of ritual elements in social interaction. Psychiatry, 18(3), 213–231. Goffman, E. (2016). The presentation of self in everyday life. In W. Longhover & D. Winchester (Eds.), Social theory re-wired (pp. 482–493). Routledge. Gray, L. M., Wong-Wylie, G., Rempel, G. R., & Cook, K. (2020). Expanding qualitative research interviewing strategies: Zoom video communications. The Qualitative Report, 25(5), 1292–1301. Gilch, H., Beise, A. S., Krempkow, R., Müller, M., Stratmann, F., & Wannemacher, K. (2019). Digitalisierung der Hochschulen—Ergebnisse einer Schwerpunktstudie für die Expertenkommission Forschung und Innovation, Hanover, Germany. HIS-Institut für Hochschulentwicklung (HIS-HE). Hanh, N. T. (2020). Silence is gold?: A study on students’ silence in EFL classrooms. International Journal of Higher Education, 9(4), 153–160. Lemay, D. J., Bazelais, P., & Doleck, T. (2021). Transition to online learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Computers in Human Behavior Reports, 4, 100130. Ma, J., Han, X., Yang, J., & Cheng, J. (2015). Examining the necessary condition for engagement in an online learning environment based on learning analytics approach: The role of the instructor. The Internet and Higher Education, 24, 26–34. Pan, W., Zhou, Y., & Zhang, Q. (2016). Does darker hide more knowledge? The relationship between Machiavellianism and knowledge hiding. International Journal of Security and Its Applications, 10(11), 281–292. Schmidt-Hertha, B., & Bernhardt, M. (2022). Pedagogical relationships in digitised adult education. Andragoška spoznanja, 28(1), 11–24. Singer, A. (2023). Exploring teachers’ public interactions and private conversations during the pandemic: A qualitative study using Goffman’s dramaturgical theory. [Master’s thesis, University of Manitoba]. Wut, T. M., & Xu, J. (2021). Person-to-person interactions in online classroom settings under the impact of COVID-19: A social presence theory perspective. Asia Pacific Education Review, 22(3), 371–383. Yan, L., Whitelock‐Wainwright, A., Guan, Q., Wen, G., Gašević, D., & Chen, G. (2021). Students’ experience of online learning during the COVID‐19 pandemic: A province‐wide survey study. British Journal of Educational Technology, 52(5), 2038–2057. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Bridging Theory and Practice: A Case Study on the Implementation of Media Projects as an Integral Part of Teacher Education University of Education Weingarten, Germany Presenting Author:The TEgoDi concept (Teacher Education goes Digital) emerged from the need to enhance the digital media skills of teacher students, contributing an innovative dimension to teacher education (Müller et al., 2021). The integration of digital media-related competencies becomes paramount as educators need to navigate the potentials and limitations of digital media in pedagogical practices (McGarr & McDonagh, 2019). TALIS (Teaching and Learning International Survey) findings underscore the urgency, with only 53 percent of teachers regularly incorporating technology into teaching, and fewer expressing a desire for further education (Schleicher, 2020). Post-graduation, many students feel inadequately prepared for effective digital media use in teaching, emphasizing the need to consider subject-specific teaching–learning processes (Koehler & Mishra, 2009). Digital media-related competencies encompass a spectrum of knowledge, skills, and dispositions required by teachers to adeptly design teaching-learning processes (Falloon, 2020). In response to the need for a holistic and integrated approach, TEgoDi adopts a project-oriented strategy rooted in theories of situated learning (Lave & Wenger, 2008) and authentic learning (Herrington & Herrington, 2006). This approach is embedded within a teacher education programme, where prospective teachers engage in two projects: a media-based teaching project and a media development project (Müller et al., 2021). To facilitate students' competence development, various support structures are integrated, including regular feedback based on online learning analytics, self-assessments, and tutoring. A key factor of sustainability and success of the TEgoDi project is the curricular anchoring of the media projects. In this way, the media projects get the chance to be perceived not just as an add-on, but as integral part of teacher education. The TEgoDi approach has been implemented since 2023, and both media projects will be anchored in the study and examination regulations and new module handbooks across the curriculum from 2025. Although it is not yet compulsory, the integration of media projects into the courses is encouraged. To this end, a transitional statute has encouraged the facilitation of media projects in existing courses for trialling. The TEgoDi's media project implementation is currently in a pilot phase and is being evaluated ongoing basis. The formative evaluation follows the iterative development procedure (Allen & Sites, 2012), which encompasses three major development loops. Each loop is evaluated using feedback from students and lecturers and tutors from the TEgoDi project. Our presentation focuses on the final phase of the evaluation, in which early adopters integrate the described media projects into their courses and assess both the process and the outcomes. As we evaluate the TEgoDi's media project implementation in its pilot phase, our presentation addresses the following key research question providing insights into the effectiveness of the TEgoDi concept in teacher education: How do two pioneering media projects in teacher education influence the development of competencies among students, and to what extent do various supportive structures, including regular feedback based on online learning analytics, self-assessments, and tutoring, contribute to this process? In our presentation, we will address this crucial aspect of teacher education going digital. Through the exemplary good-practice examples, the challenges and their handling are illustrated, and outlook address the necessity of media projects and lessons learned. Achieving comprehensive integration involves embedding the projects in all study disciplines, which was accomplished through the adaptation of module handbooks and study examination regulations. Interdisciplinary workshops were pivotal in developing common minimum standards, ensuring the acquisition of media pedagogical competencies by prospective teachers across all study programs. Further details on the evaluation methodology are outlined in the subsequent section. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In addressing the research question, an experiential evaluation is conducted by drawing on insights and feedback from early adopters representing various disciplines and teaching formats. These early adopters play a crucial role in testing the media projects on both quantitative and qualitative levels, providing valuable perspectives that contribute to the fine-tuning of the TEgoDi concept. The evaluation follows a methodological approach that encompasses both quantitative and qualitative dimensions in a mixed methods design (Carter, Bryant-Lukosius, DiCenso, Blythe & Neville, 2014; Flick, 2018). In the context of the quantitative dimension, a questionnaire was distributed to students (N=69) participating in courses where the instructors, acting as early adopters, were testing the implementation of media projects. The questionnaire covered diverse aspects, such as attitudes toward digital media, attitudes regarding the integration of digital media in teaching, assessments of the usefulness of digital media in instruction, and self-evaluations of media pedagogical competencies. The questionnaires were descriptively analyzed using SPSS. Additionally, the research employs qualitative methods to provide a deeper understanding of the effects and challenges associated with the integration of media projects. Problem-centred interviews (Witzel & Reiter, 2012) (n=31) and focus groups (Stewart & Shamdasani, 2015) (n=5) as well as student feedback (Mandouit, 2018) with a total of 92 students was done to serve as essential tools to capture nuanced insights into the experiences of students during the implementation of the media projects. The analysis of the data utilized qualitative content analysis, following the methodological framework presented by Kuckartz and Rädiker (2023), with support from the Maxqda software (Rädiker & Kuckartz, 2020; Loxton, 2021). The qualitative dimensions complement the quantitative analysis, offering a comprehensive view of the multifaceted aspects influencing the successful implementation of media projects. It is noteworthy that the mandatory integration into all study disciplines is slated to commence in the summer semester of 2025. Before this period, the current phase serves as a trial period, utilizing experiences and insights to refine the media projects. This deliberate approach allows for a gradual implementation, accommodating the diversity of study disciplines and the varying requirements of teaching formats. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The evaluation findings not only contribute to successfully integrating technological innovations in teacher education but also foster a pedagogical transformation crucial to meet evolving education sector demands. Continuous evaluation, particularly involving early adopters, enhances media project quality, ensuring a robust foundation for integration into all disciplines from 2025 onwards. Addressing the research question, examining two pioneering media projects provides valuable insights into their impact on student competency development. Findings emphasize the crucial role of supportive structures, including regular feedback, analytics, self-assessments, and tutoring. Outcomes align with the goal of enhancing media literacy and pedagogical understanding in teacher education: (1) Supportive structures in competency development: - Lessons highlight clear communication's importance, particularly in conveying intended outcomes like promoting media literacy. - Milestones and supportive structures offer crucial guidance, providing students orientation during their learning journey. - Enhanced monitoring, feedback, and tutoring commitment elevate overall project quality. - Balancing guidance and fostering independence is crucial, identified through lessons learned. (2) Shaping the role of educators: - Shifting educators' role to learning facilitators is pivotal for successful project implementation. - Considering educators' role change aligns with balancing guidance and fostering student independence. - Lessons emphasize challenges of prioritizing focus over breadth, with a recommendation to potentially reduce subject matter depth. - Focusing more on application and transfer could enhance project effectiveness. (3) Meeting the challenge of clear communication: - Clear criteria and literature sources are crucial for depth and academic challenge. - Lessons underscore the importance of explicit guidelines to avoid task over- or underestimation. In this list, focusing on depicted students, it's crucial to recognize the vital role of educators in implementing media projects within teacher education. Effective support hinges on educators perceiving it as added value, and interdisciplinary projects necessitate universally applicable standards. References Allen M. & Sites R. (2012). Leaving ADDIE for SAM. An agile model for developing the best learning experiences. Danvers: ASTD Press. Carter, N., Bryant-Lukosius, D., DiCenso, A., Blythe, J. & Neville, A. J. (2014). The use of triangulation in qualitative research. Oncol Nurs Forum. 2014 Sep;41(5), 545-547. https://doi.org/10.1188/14.ONF.545-547. PMID: 25158659. Falloon G. (2020). From digital literacy to digital competence: the teacher digital competency (TDC) framework. Educ Technol Res Dev., 68, 2449-2472. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-020-09767-4. Flick, U. (2018). Triangulation in data collection. The SAGE handbook of qualitative data collection, 527-544. Herrington, A. & Herrington, J. (2006). What is an Authentic Learning Environment? In A. Herrington & J. Herrington (Eds.), Authentic learning environments in higher education (1-14). Hershey, PA: Information Science Pub. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-59140-594-8.ch001 Koehler M. & Mishra P. (2009). What is technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK)? Contemp Issues Technol Teach Educ., 9(1), 60–70. Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software. SAGE. Lave J. & Wenger, E. (2008). Situated learning. Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511815355. Loxton, M. H. (2021). Analyzing focus groups with MAXQDA. MAXQDA Press. McGarr O, McDonagh A. Digital competence in teacher education (Output 1 of the Erasmus+ funded Developing Student Teachers’ Digital Competence (DICTE) project). University of Limerick. 2019. https://dicte.oslomet.no/ Mandouit, L. (2018). Using student feedback to improve teaching, Educational Action Research, 26:5, 755-769. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2018.1426470. Müller, W., Grassinger, R., Schnebel, S., Stratmann, J., Weitzel, H., Aumann, A. et al. (2021). Integration of Digital Competences into a Teacher Education Program: A Sensitive Approach. Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computer Supported Education - Volume 1: CSEDU, 232–242. https://doi.org/10.5220/0010527202320242 Rädiker, S. & Kuckartz, U. (2020). Focused analysis of qualitative interviews with MAXQDA: Step by step. https://www.maxqda-press.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/978-3-948768072.pdf. Stewart, D. W. & Shamdasani, P. N. (2015). Focus groups: Theory and practice. Sage publications. Schleicher A. (2020). The impact of covid-19 on education insights from education at a glance 2020. https://www.oecd.org/educa tion/the-impact-of-covid-19-on-education-insights-education-at-a-glance-2020.pdf. Willis, G. B. (2020). Questionnaire design, development, evaluation, and testing: Where are we, and where are we headed? Advances in questionnaire design, development, evaluation and testing, 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119263685.ch1. Witzel, A. & Reiter, H. (2012). The problem-centred interview. Sage. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 07 SES 07 A: Social Justice Professional Learning and Development Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eunice Macedo Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Co-interpreting and Expanding Research Findings on the Meanings and Learning of Professional Activism CIIE - Centre for Research and Intervention in Education, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences, University of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:Professional activism consists of the political mobilisation (e.g., advocacy, awareness raising, social activism) of professionals doing educational, social and community intervention in defence of rights, well-being, and social justice of the people in situations of vulnerability (e.g., migrants/refugees, people in poverty, LGBTQIA+) with whom they work (Costa, Vaz & Menezes, 2021a). Despite the high relevance of this professional role for contemporary life in Europe and worldwide, reinforced by the growth of vulnerability and social injustice, and highlighted in the literature and in professional guidelines of various disciplines (e.g., education, psychology, social work, nursing, medicine), professional activism is still an understudied topic in Portugal and, mainly, through a multi-professional approach (APA, 2019; MacDonnell & Buck-McFadyen, 2016; NASW, 2022; Picower, 2012). The topic gained theoretical substance through the intersection with critical understandings of educational, social and community intervention with people in vulnerable situations, especially in adult education and community psychology. These theoretical approaches highlight the ethical-professional, political, critical and pedagogical components of this broad area of intervention (Freire, 1979; hooks, 1994; Ledwith, 2011; Martín-Baró, 1986; Montero, 2004; Nelson & Evans, 2014; Prilleltensky & Fox, 1997), as well as the complexity and richness of the processes of conscientisation, politicisation, learning and knowledge production inherent in this professional praxis and identity (Choudry, 2015; Foley, 2001; Freire, 1975, 1979; hooks, 1994; Lane, 1981; Ledwith, 2011; Montero, 2004; Ollis, 2010). Previous research revealed a vision of professional activism as a praxis that promotes and is guided by a sense of (in)justice, which, in turn, demands a positioning in defence of the people with whom professionals work, leading to interventions orientated by and towards social justice. Among other results, it also showed that opportunities to incite this political consciousness and positioning and reflect about activism as a relevant professional role are triggered mainly by personal and professional relationships throughout life and by concrete work experiences (Costa, Vaz & Menezes, 2021a, 2021b). This paper reports the processes and findings of a qualitative study aimed at confronting, deepening and advancing knowledge about professional activism by discussing the previous research findings with a new group of experienced professional activists (Costa, 2023). To this end, we implemented a qualitative study using focus groups (Cohen, Manion & Morisson, 2018) to cross-validate our previous findings regarding the meanings and learning of professional activism. The goal was to explore diverse interpretations of our data to develop a denser, more participative and comprehensive representation of our previous findings (Costa, 2023; Creswell & Miller, 2000; Lietz & Zayas, 2010). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Focus groups create open, informal and supportive environments for sharing, encouraging interaction between participants and favouring the presentation of elaborate and detailed reports on the topic being studied while providing rich moments for discussion (Braun & Clarke, 2013). Holding these groups made it possible to expand and revise the knowledge acquired in the previous study with the collaboration of members of the target group. Thirteen professional activists took part in this study. They are professionals who work with people in situations of vulnerability in educational, social and community contexts in Portugal and are recognised for orienting their work towards the political sphere. Nine self-identify as women, three as men, and one as non-binary; twelve are white, and one is a black woman, aged between 28 and 67. They primarily work in urban contexts and diverse professional areas and fields of intervention in NGOs, schools, government institutions, universities and health institutions. Three focus discussion groups were held, two with 5 participants each and one with 3 participants, who were identified through personal/professional contacts and at the suggestion of other professionals in the field who were engaged in the previous research, following a snowball strategy (Braun & Clarke, 2013; Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2018). The contact and invitation were made in person and via email or social media (Facebook). The focus groups were held online, at the participants' option, and to ensure higher geographical coverage, and were supported by a script providing for the prior signing of informed consent. The discussion groups began with a brief presentation of the study theme and aims and the main results obtained in the previous study, which served as a basis for the group discussion. These groups aimed to encourage sharing opinions, reflections, and suggestions regarding what had been presented and, above all, the collective conversation of these results based on their experience of activist work and what they know about this professional role. Specific questions were asked to guide the discussion or clarify some specific aspects (Creswell and Miller, 2000; Lietz & Zayas, 2010). The data was analysed using a deductive approach to compare, relate and integrate participants’ reflections, opinions and contributions regarding previous theoretical and empirical evidence and deepen knowledge of the topics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The participants’ sharing and reflections corroborated most findings from the previous study, contributed to problematising some aspects and added relevant contributions and detail on the meanings and learning of professional activism, advancing and deepening knowledge on these phenomena and pointing out implications and suggestions for future research (Costa, 2023). This study also allowed us to see the research process as a promoter of professionals’ reflection about the practices they implement, actively involving them in their conceptualisation and definition. This paper intends to share the results of this study, which advance the findings from previous research. Concerning the meanings of professional activism, we highlight participants’ reflection on the importance of seeing professionals also as people in situations of vulnerability (due to gender, sexual orientation, class, precariousness, migration, among others), which often correspond to those experienced by the people they work with. About professional activism learning and education, a vision of the education system as non-disruptive, encouraging neutrality and individualised vs. structural interventions stands out. In parallel, participants defend that higher education should promote criticism, political awareness and training for practice, although considering that professional activism learning inevitably results from experience. As implications of the knowledge acquired, we would emphasise the importance of promoting the education and political participation of professionals and valuing learning from experience in adult education. Furthermore, this research reinforced the relevance of deepening knowledge about incentives and needs in formal, non-formal, and informal education regarding professional activism education of professionals who (will) work with people in situations of vulnerability. These aspects gave rise to a new in-depth study on the subject, ensuring the continuity of this research. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Washington. Choudry, A. (2015). Learning activism: The intellectual life of contemporary social movements. University of Toronto Press. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.). London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539 Costa, A. L., Vaz, H., & Menezes, I. (2021a). Exploring the meanings of professional activism. Community Development, 52(2), 244-261, D.C., USA: Sage. Costa, A. L., Vaz, H., & Menezes, I. (2021b). The activist craft: learning processes and outcomes of professional activism. Adult Education Quarterly, 71(3), 211-231. Costa, A. L. (2023). O profissional é político: o ativismo profissional na intervenção educativa, social e comunitária (Tese de doutoramento) [The professional is political: professional activism in educational, social and community intervention (Doctoral thesis)]. FPCEUP, Porto, Portugal. Creswell, J. W., & Miller, D. (2000) Determining Validity in Qualitative Inquiry. Theory Into Practice, 39(3), 124-130. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip3903_2 Foley, G. (2001). Radical adult education and learning. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 20(1–2), 71–88. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370010008264 Freire, P. (1975). Pedagogia do Oprimido [Pedagogy of the Oppressed]. Porto: Afrontamento. hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. Abingdon, United Kingdom: Routledge. Ledwith, M. (2011). Community development: A critical approach (2nd ed.). Bristol, UK: Policy Press. ISBN: 978-1-84742-646-8. Lietz, C. A., & Zayas, L. E. (2010). Evaluating qualitative research for social work practitioners. Advances in Social work, 11(2), 188-202. MacDonnell, J. A., & Buck-McFadyen, E. (2016). How Activism Features in the Career Lives of Four Generations of Canadian Nurses. Policy, Politics & Nursing Practice, 17(4), 218-230. doi:10.1177/1527154416688669 Martín-Baró, I. (1986). Hacia una psicología de la liberación. Boletín de Psicología, 22, 219-231. http://www.uca.edu.sv/deptos/psicolog/hacia.htm Montero, M. (2004). Introducción a la Psicología Comunitaria: Desarrollo, conceptos y processos. Buenos Aires: Paidós. NASW (National Association of Social Workers) (2022). Ethical Standard of the Month: 6.04 Social and Political Action. NASW. https://www.socialworkers.org/About/Ethics/Training-and-Education/Ethical-Standardof-the-Month/Social-and-Political-Action Nelson, G., & Evans, S. D. (2014). Critical community psychology and qualitative research: A conversation. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(2), 158–166. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800413510873 Ollis, T. (2010). The pedagogy of activism: Learning to change the world. International Journal of Learning, 17(8), 239–249. https://doi.org/10.18848/1447-9494/CGP/v17i08/47225 Picower, B. (2012). Teacher activism: Enacting a vision for social justice. Equity & Excellence in Education, 45(4), 561-574. Prilleltensky, I., & Fox, D. (1997). Introducing critical psychology: Values, assumptions, and the status quo. In D. Fox & I. Prilleltensky (Eds.), Critical psychology: An introduction (pp. 3–20). Sage. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4039-1462-0 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Conceptualizing Success in Balance: A Case Study of Successful Principal Leadership on a Navajo Reservation Northern Arizona University, United States of America Presenting Author:When asked about school leadership, Hózhó or “walking in beauty” in Navajo as a holistic leadership framework (Secatero, 2018), may not be the first image that comes to mind amidst the contemporary pressures and influences of accountability policies, political debates about teaching race and history, digitalization, Covid 19 pandemic effects, etc. Yet Hózhó leadership is at the heart of a Navajo principal’s leadership in an elementary reservation-based public school.
Regardless of differences in contexts, successful Indian school leadership work is predicated upon educational purposes that entail but transcend the functional principles of social justice, equity, and inclusion imbedded in foundations of tribal-specific culturally responsive education practice (Martin, 2021). This Navajo principal’s leadership is part of a larger international study, first through a theoretical examination of Navajo philosophy of education in relation to ecological systems of influence and complexities and then through a study of the Navajo principal’s leadership practice.
The United States has a history of colonization of Native Americans, ongoing assimilation through, for example, boarding schools for indigenous children, has resulted in trauma over centuries. Reservation schools who serve indigenous children face pressures from tribal, state, and national policies for accountability purposes. Particularly, U.S. schools that serve indigenous students are historically situated within a complex interplay among federal and state policies, schools, districts, and, in this case, the tribal nation. Many educational scholars have articulated various theories of leadership aimed at transformative practices, e.g., (Martin, 2021), culturally responsive leadership; (Secatero, 2018), Navajo Holistic leadership; (Shields, 2015), socially just outcomes; (Furman, 2016) inclusive practices; and (Khalifa, et al., 2019) decolonizing leadership that are relevant to Indian-serving schools. Yet few of these theories and studies framed from these theories focus explicitly on indigenous school leaders serving reservation schools from an indigenous philosophical perspective.
Across this literature, there are studies of leadership grounded in various theories, and we see the need to enhance indigenous leadership theorizing and its relations to leadership. The intention of this presentation is to expand leadership theorizing, study, and practice in Navajo educational philosophy in relation to successful principal leadership amidst multiple layers of influence and complexities of the contemporary situation. This study is part of an International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP), thus the purpose of the presentation is twofold: first, to further develop educational leadership theorizing with tribal forms of knowledge (specifically Navajo) amidst multiple layers of systems of influence and complexities and second, to present empirical findings from a case study of a Navajo principal in relation to Navajo educational philosophy as well as the broader theoretical grounding for successful principals from the international ISSPP study We conclude with implications of a balanced notion of success for leadership preparation and practice.
Research Questions: RQ1: To what extent, and in what ways, do school principals contribute to the ‘success’ of their schools similarly or differently within a state? What are the key factors, including but not limited to: individual, structural, social, cultural, and systems-related district, tribal, national factors that influence, positively or negatively, how school principals’ impact on the ‘successes’ of their schools? RQ2: What similarities and differences can be identified in the values, beliefs, and behaviors of successful school principals across different schools in the same state?
The ISSPP research examines school leadership through the lens of ecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) which theorizes individual practices and development within the context of various dynamically interacting layers of social and ecological systems to capture the processes and actions in which schools operate, develop, and thrive in an increasingly unpredictable, globalized world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research methods featured comparative mixed methods case study (Cresswell & Tashakkori, 2007) as used by the International Study for the Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP). The ISSPP has determined criteria for selecting cases, requirements for choosing the study participants, and the process for conducting the research. Sampling features principals who lead successful schools in their communities. Data sources within each case study include semi-structured qualitative interviews with the district/municipality, governors, principal, teachers, parents, and students, and a whole-school teacher survey. The comparative analysis of these data sources within and across different schools and countries enables trustworthiness and enhances rigor (Denzin, 2012). Data were analyzed using an inductive approach as well as a deductive approach from the ISSPP analytical framework. Two main research questions were of interest in this context; 1) To what extent, and in what ways, do school principals contribute to the ‘success’ of their schools similarly or differently within a state? What are the key factors, including but not limited to: individual, structural, social, cultural, and systems-related district, tribal, national factors that influence, positively or negatively, how school principals’ impact on the ‘successes of their schools?; and 2) What similarities and differences can be identified in the values, beliefs, and behaviors of successful school principals across different schools in the same state? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate the principal’s support of the Navajo culture and academics through a balance of systems while incorporating Navajo educational philosophy with its forms of knowledge and culture. Tribal leaders appreciate Indigenous education leaders to value the leadership principles that they relied upon to make appropriate decisions. The indigenous leadership perspective of balance and sustainability amidst complexity is relevant for leadership practice and preparation worldwide as leaders need to balance new and perennial tensions and complexities. The principal was dealing with tremendous challenges on the cultural, political and educational scene. The tribal nation is experiencing extraordinary political, economic, cultural, and education transformation. For this community it is a significant step toward maintaining a “real” Navajo school. Similarly, the findings revealed that the principal is an inspirational leader grounded in tribal forms of knowledge, and that he: (1) understands and values what it means to maintain a strong relationship with students, parents and local communities; (2) thrives to have a capable and committed staff by organizing professional development opportunities targeted toward Indian student success; (3) supported the use of every possible lever to engage and support students to be successful, where failure is not an option; and (4) as the leader, modeled the commitment to perform as part of a team rather than as an individual. The principal established focus group meetings between teachers and students, based on the same principles of cultural congruence, led to improved student achievement and an interest from parents to be more involved. All these programs required extensive collaboration and time. Suggesting that congruency between the school environment and the culture of the community is critical to educational success. Implications: Additional research on leadership practice, preparation, and development for Indigenous schools as well as schools that serve other students from diverse cultures. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press. Creswell, J. W., & Tashakkori, A. (2007). Differing perspectives on mixed methods research. Journal of mixed methods research, 1(4), 303-308. Denzin, N. K. (2012). Triangulation 2.0. Journal of mixed methods research, 6(2), 80-88. Furman, G. (2012). Social justice leadership as praxis: Developing capacities through preparation programs. Educational administration quarterly, 48(2), 191-229. Khalifa, M. A., Khalil, D., Marsh, T. E., & Halloran, C. (2019). Toward an indigenous, decolonizing school leadership: A literature review. Educational Administration Quarterly, 55(4), 571-614. Martin, J. (2021). Culture and power in preparing leaders for American Indian/Alaska Native schools. In J. W. Tippeconnic & M. J. Tippeconnic (Eds.), On Indian ground: Southwest (pp. 247-264). Information Age.Martin, J. (2015a). Getting the right leadership: The things we learned about being a first-year principal. In D. B. Aguilera & J. Tippeconnic (Eds.), Voices of resistance and renewal: Indigenous leadership in education (pp. 142- 160). University of Oklahoma. Secatero, S. (2018). The Corn Pollen Model in Education and Leadership. University of New Mexico, College of Education, Albuquerque, NM. Shields, C. M. (2015). Transformative leadership in education: Equitable and socially just change in an uncertain and complex world. Routledge. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 07 SES 07 C: Exploring the perspectives and voices of children and students in multicultural educational settings Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ábel Bereményi Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Skin Color Through Children's Eyes: Exploring Children's Conceptions Of Diversity And Otherness University of Padua, Italy Presenting Author:The European Union is founded on the principles of diversity, inclusion, and equality. Article 10 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (2007) explicitly acknowledges the Union's obligation to combat discrimination based on various grounds, including race, ethnicity, religion, disability, age, and sexual orientation. This commitment to diversity is reflected in the EU's policies and initiatives, which aim to foster a society that embraces pluralism, tolerance, and non-discrimination. Moreover, in a recent report adopted by the Committee on Culture and Education (2022), the European Parliament outlined a comprehensive strategy to combat racism and discrimination. The report emphasized the decisive role of education and training in dismantling structural racism, fostering inclusive societies, and promoting tolerance, understanding, and diversity. Indeed, racism needs to be addressed at all levels, from individual attitudes to societal structures. A holistic approach is essential, involving collaboration between various stakeholders, including governments, educators, civil society organizations, and individuals. Literature tells us that, while racism remains a pervasive issue, colorism, a system of inequality that privileges lighter-skinned individuals, often operates alongside racism and deserves specific attention (Crutchfield et al., 2022; Hunter 2008). Colorism has a long history and permeates various aspects of life, including education, social services, and healthcare (Jablonski, 2020; Hannon, DeFina & Burch, 2013). According to Peterson et al. (2016), despite the significant impact of colorism, much of the research has failed to adequately address this issue, focusing primarily on race, “and often what’s perceived as a racial gap is really a color gap, as studies indicate negligible difference in outcomes among very light African American and Latinx people, for example” (Crutchfield et al., 2022, p. 470). Even children are not immune to this phenomenon, as highlighted by numerous studies conducted in various contexts, both national and international. For example, research has shown that children as young as six months old can categorize people based on skin color (Katz & Kofkin, 1997). Additionally, the well-known study by Clark and Clark (1947) has demonstrated that children can express a preference for lighter skin. To effectively address stereotypes about skin color, a holistic approach is needed that addresses the underlying societal and psychological factors that perpetuate it. In the context of Intercultural Education, it becomes imperative to examine these issues to equip teachers and prepare children to embrace cultural diversity. Indeed, the aim of this research is to explore children's conceptions of diversity and otherness as shaped by skin color perceptions. Our primary source of inspiration is the work of Italian anthropologist Paola Tabet (1997), who conducted a nationwide study by inviting children from various Italian regions to write short essays beginning with the prompt "If my parents were black…".
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Initially, the research team tested various prompt sentences to determine which approach was most effective. In accordance with Cardellini (2015), because there is a large diversity of familial structures in modern society, we opted to exclude parents from the stimulus, instead asking children to imagine "If your classmates were black...". As a result of the collaboration between six Italian schools, specifically in Padua and Vicenza, we were able to collect 494 essays written by children between the ages of eight and eleven in the northeast of the country. Specifically, 65 essays were collected from third-graders (age 8/9), 173 from fourth-graders (age 9/10), and 256 were written by fifth-graders (age 10/11). Furthermore, the data will be analysed based on gender, citizenship, eventual migration background, and skin color. To streamline the research process, a comprehensive research protocol was developed which covered all stages of the investigation, including the initial outreach to schools and the data analysis. Data analysis was conducted using Atlas.ti and involved a three-phase approach: Thematic analysis: we started the analysis by thoroughly reviewing the essays and generating bottom-up codes. These codes were derived directly from the text and aimed to capture the overarching themes and patterns that emerged from the children's responses. Coding based on stimulus responses: in the second phase, we applied a top-down approach to code the essays based on their responses to the stimulus prompt. This involved classifying the essays into categories such as positive, negative, neutral, ambiguous, essentializing, and not essentializing. The classification of essentializing responses was adapted from Srinivasan and Cruz (2015), who define essentializing as the tendency to attribute universal traits to individuals simply because they are considered members of a particular group. Codes’ categorization: in the final step, the sentences selected and coded in phase one were grouped according to their emotional, social, or rational significance. This allowed us to further differentiate the children's responses and gain a deeper understanding of their underlying motivations and perceptions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data analysis for this study is still ongoing, but this paper will present some preliminary findings. The presentation will combine quantitative and qualitative data, including short quotes from children's essays that express their conceptions about diversity and otherness related to skin color. These findings can be used to make educators and teachers more aware of the phenomenon and to inform them on how to promote intercultural education that encourages open-mindedness about cultural diversity through dialogue and activities that are based on children's own perspectives. References Cardellini M. (2017), Le parole per nominare i colori della pelle: conversazioni con alunni di scuola primaria tra 9 e 11 anni- The words to name skin colors: conversation with 9-10 years old primary school children. In «Educazione interculturale», vol 15 (1), pp. 1-9. Clark, K. B., & Clark M. P. (1947). Racial identification and preference in negro children. In AA.VV. (Ed.), Readings in Social Psychology (pp. 169-178). New York: Henry Holt and Company. Crutchfield, J., Sparks, D., Williams, M., & Findley, E. (2022). In My Feelings: Exploring Implicit Skin Tone Bias among Preservice Teachers. College Teaching, 70(4), 469–481. Eugene, D. R., Crutchfield, J., Keyes, L., & Webb, S. (2023). Looking within: implicit skin tone bias among teachers of color. Intercultural Education, 34(1), 1-21. European Commission (2022). Common guiding principles for national action plans against racism and racial discrimination. Subgroup on the national implementation of the ‘eu anti-racism action plan 2020-2025’. https://commission.europa.eu/system/files/2022-05/common_guiding_principles_for_national_action_plans_against_racism_and_racial_discrimination.pdf European Community (2007). Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Official Journal C 306, 13 December, pp 1 - 271. Hannon, L., R. DeFina, and S. Burch (2013). The Relationship between Skin Tone and School Suspension for African Americans. Race and Social Problems 5 (4):281–95. Hunter, M. L. (2008). The Cost of Color: What we Pay for Being Black and Brown. In Racism in the 21st Century: An Empirical Analysis of Skin Color, edited by R. E. Hall, 63–76. New York: Springer. Katz, P. A., & Kofkin, J. A. (1997). Race, gender, and young children. In S. S. Luthar & J. A. Burack (Eds.), Developmental psychopathology: Perspectives on adjustment, risk, and disorder (pp. 51–74). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press. Jablonski N. (2020), Colore vivo. Il significato biologico e sociale del colore della pelle, Torino, Bollati Boringhieri. Peterson, E. R., C. Rubie-Davies, D. Osborne, and C. Sibley (2016). Teachers’ Explicit Expectations and Implicit Prejudiced Attitudes to Educational Achievement: Relations with Student Achievement and the Ethnic Achievement Gap. Learning and Instruction 42:123–40. Tabet P. ( 1997), La pelle giusta, Torino, Giunti Einaudi. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper How Should We Deal with Ethnic-cultural Diversity? Bringing Pupils Own Perspectives Into the Debate KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Even though every human being has the right to high-quality education (Assembly, U.G., 1948), there are signs that children from some ethnic groups may be receiving a lower quality education as compared to others. That is, in many European educational systems including Flanders (the context of the current study), minoritized students often achieve at lower levels as compared to ethnic majority youth (OECD, 2023), and such inequalities remain even after controlling variables like IQ, socio-economic status or generational status (Agirdag, 2020). Still, a recent line of empirical studies offers hope for a more equitable future, as they found that schools can reduce ethnic inequalities in education by means of how they approach ethnic-cultural diversity (e.g., Celeste et al., 2019). Specifically, while schools that choose to acknowledge and value ethnic-cultural diversity have reduced ethnic achievement gaps, schools which adopt more color-blind or assimilationist approaches to diversity tend to have exacerbated ethnic achievement gaps (Celeste et al., 2019; Schachner et al., 2021). However, as there are still only a limited number of studies that have examined how diversity approaches are related inequities in education, there are still some important research gaps in this field that need to be addressed. First, although studies have shown that the general diversity approach, as expressed in the general vision statements of schools, is related to inequalities in education (e.g., Celeste et al., 2019), less attention has been paid to how these visions are translated into concrete diversity practices. Still, such focus on practices is likely to be important, because previous studies show that assimilationist, color-blind and pluralist visions can be translated into very different concrete practices depending on whether the vision is applied to dealing with linguistic, religious, curricular or identity-related diversity (e.g., Hagenaars et al., 2023). For instance, assimilation is likely translated into very different concrete practices when it comes to linguistic diversity (e.g., punishing speaking other languages) compared to diversity in religions (e.g., banning headscarves), the curriculum (e.g., focusing only on Flemish culture), or identities (e.g., hiring only teachers who identify as Flemish). In a recent study, it was even found that the same diversity ideology may have be differently related to outcome variables like achievement and school belonging depending on the concrete domain in which the diversity ideology is applied (MASKED). This highlights that considering on a more concrete level which specific diversity practices are most effective in reducing inequities is likely to be the most promising way forward. Second, although an increasing number of studies have started to examine relations between school diversity approaches and several important outcome variables, such as achievement and school belonging (e.g. Celeste et al., 2019; Schachner et al., 2021), we are not aware of any qualitative studies that have examined how these diversity approaches are actually experienced by pupils. Therefore, in the current study we aim to integrate pupils’ own preferences for diversity practices into the scientific debate. By doing so, we not only aim to shed light on which considerations are important in pupils’ lived experiences of diversity practices, but we also hope to offer educational practitioners with important insights as to which considerations they should take into account in implementing specific diversity practices. The main research question in study is ‘Which concrete diversity practices do pupils in Flemish primary schools prefer and for which reasons?’. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a mixed methods project that investigates the relationship between SDMs and achievement in 3 Flemish cities (Antwerp, Ghent, Genk) by means of a large-scale survey and follow-up focus groups one year later. For the focus groups, we selected schools with the highest average scores on i) assimilationism, ii) color-blindness and iii) pluralism, as indicated by pupils in the survey. However, these schools had mostly majority student populations, which is why we also selected a fourth school with average scores on all SDMs, but with a more mixed ethnic composition (54% of students with migration background). Within schools, we chose to select students within the last grade for the focus groups (pupils are +/- 12 years old) because children of this age are capable of providing insightful perspectives on issues related to ethnic-cultural diversity (e.g., Hajisoteriou et al., 2017; Kostet et al., 2021). Pupils only participated if their parents signed an active informed consent form. We target 5 to 6 pupils per focus groups (Greig et al., 2007), and, in case more students had signed informed consent forms, we made a random selection. In line with Dekeyser (2020), we performed separate focus groups for boys (N = 18) and girls (N=15), given that pupils at this age usually play mostly with same-gender peers. In one school, none of the boys filled out the informed consent form, which is why the total number of focus groups was limited to 7. The focus groups were framed as a gathering of the ‘board of directories’ of children and children were asked to imagine that they together constituted the principals of their school, and had to make some decisions for their ideal school. We then gave them four dilemmas that each time pertained to one of the diversity domains, namely i) allowing minoritize students to speak their mother tongues at school vs. not allowing this (language domain), ii) allowing religious symbols such as the Hijab or not (religions), iii) ensuring that examples and pictures in textbooks are culturally diverse or not (curriculum), and iv) making sure that the teaching force of their school is ethnic-culturally diverse or not (identities). Each time, after we made sure everybody understood the dilemma, pupils could hold up a sign with their choice, and we discussed their choices together, trying to reach agreement. All focus group discussions were transcribed and thematically analyzed in NVivo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the linguistic dilemma, most students (61%) supported allowing minoritized students to speak their mother tongues. They perceived it as unfair to punish non-Dutch languages like Turkish while praising others like English, and believed it could be helpful for students who are not yet proficient in Dutch to have peers helping them in their mother tongue. Yet, they also feared exclusion or bullying in such scenarios. Establishing clear rules on when mother tongues can be used is essential to harness linguistic diversity as a resource without causing exclusion. Second, students almost unanimously (97%) agreed that religious attire should be allowed in schools, which is in strong contrast with schools current approaches (Celeste et al., 2019). Students emphasized the importance of expressing one's authentic self for feeling at home in school, as well as for opening dialogue about diverse religions, thereby learning new things. However, expressing one’s religion could also make one vulnerable for bullying, which is why schools should ensure a sufficiently safe climate in implementing pluralism. Concerning the inclusion of ethnic-culturally diverse content in school books, 80% of students considered it worthwhile because it gives all students the feeling that they are understood, and it prepares majority students for an ethnic-culturally diverse society. Yet, others did not find it worthwhile. In terms of hiring teachers with ethnic-culturally diverse backgrounds, a slim majority (55%) supported the idea. They believed it would enhance understanding, offer cultural insights, and contribute to countering racism. Those who disagreed prioritized teaching quality over teachers' ethnic-cultural backgrounds. Hence, pluralist practices were preferred mostly because it may aid learning and feelings of safety, which is in line with pedagogical (Banks, 1993; Ladson-Billings, 1995) and psychological theories (Derks, et al., 2007) about why pluralism could be effective, and these findings thereby offer hope for a more equitable future. References Assembly, U. G. (1948). Universal declaration of human rights. UN General Assembly, 302(2), 14-25. Banks, J. A. (1993). Multicultural Education: Historical Development, Dimensions, and Practice. Review of Research in Education, 19(1), 3–49. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732x019001003 Celeste, L., Baysu, G., Phalet, K., Meeussen, L., & Kende, J. (2019). Can School Diversity Policies Reduce Belonging and Achievement Gaps Between Minority and Majority Youth? Multiculturalism, Colorblindness, and Assimilationism Assessed. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 45(11), 1603–1618. https://doi.org/10.1177/0146167219838577 Dekeyser, G. (2020). Miss, that’s not special. Everybody speaks multiple languages. Children’s voices about being multilingual within and beyond their family. A multimethod study in Antwerp, Belgium. Derks, B., Van Laar, C., & Ellemers, N. (2007). The Beneficial Effects of Social Identity Protection on the Performance Motivation of Members of Devalued Groups. Social Issues and Policy Review, 1(1), 217–256. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1751-2409.2007.00008.x Greig, A. D., Taylor, M. J., & MacKay, T. (2007). Doing research with children. Sage. Hagenaars, M., Maene, C., Stevens, P. A., Willems, S., Vantieghem, W., & D’Hondt, F. (2023). Diversity ideologies in Flemish education: explaining variation in teachers’ implementation of multiculturalism, assimilation and colourblindness. Journal of Education Policy, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2023.2167236 Hajisoteriou, C., Karousiou, C., & Angelides, P. (2017). Mapping cultural diversity through children’s voices: From confusion to clear understandings. British Educational Research Journal, 43(2), 330–349. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3266 Kostet, I., Verschraegen, G., & Clycq, N. (2021). Repertoires on diversity among primary school children. Childhood, 28(1), 8–27. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568220909430 Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). Toward a Theory of Culturally Relevant Pedagogy. American Educational Research Journal, 32(3), 465–491. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312032003465 OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. Schachner, M. K., Schwarzenthal, M., Moffitt, U., Civitillo, S., & Juang, L. (2021). Capturing a nuanced picture of classroom cultural diversity climate: Multigroup and multilevel analyses among secondary school students in Germany. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 65, 101971. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2021.101971 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Role of Education for the Socio-Cultural Inclusion of Refugee Children and Youth in Iceland 1University of Iceland, Iceland; 2University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Research in many countries has revealed the marginalization of ethnic minority students in school systems. Educational policies and practices frequently exclude, devalue, or marginalize students from migrant, minority or non-dominant language backgrounds and position them within a deficit framework, rather than acknowledging and affirming their strengths and abilities (May & Sleeter, 2010; Race & Lander, 2014). Research in Iceland shows similar findings (see e.g. Gunnþórsdóttir et al., 2018; Gunnthórsdóttir & Ragnarsdóttir, 2020; Hama, 2020). In many cases, the majority language becomes the criteria by which student ability is measured, entailing that lack of majority language abilities is regarded as deficiency and results in labelling and categorization (Nieto 2010; Skutnabb-Kangas et al., 2009). Schools face various challenges when working with refugee children, including teachers’ limited understanding of the experiences of these children and the children’s lack of sense of belonging. Block et al. (2014) note that with the global increase of refugees, recognition of the importance of the school environment for promoting successful settlement outcomes and including young refugees is growing. However, schools may be poorly equipped to recognize and respond to the multiple challenges that refugee children and young people face. It is well established that education plays a critical role in assisting the social inclusion of refugee children into their new community. Furthermore, their social relationships and social positions often develop in schools and leisure activities. Findings of Archambault & Haugen’s (2017) research with refugee children in Norway indicate that their positive experiences included finding places of belonging in the everyday practices, such as after-school activities which helped feeling included in school. According to Beiser, Puente-Duran and Hou (2015), social competence – the ability to form friendships and to get along with others – is critical for the well-being of youth confronting changes in country, values, and cultures. Additionally, according to research, strong educational partnerships with parents are likely to assist the social inclusion of both children and their families into their local communities. Schools are in many cases the first and most important contact points with the new society for migrant and refugee children and their families (Ragnarsdóttir, 2016). While there exist many intractable internal inconsistencies within the research data, the overall data point to the significant challenges that migrant and refugee children face in social inclusion, participation as well as learning the language of their new country. These children are far more likely to drop out of school early and perform worse on standardized tests (OECD, 2010, 2015). The racialization of refugee children and youth can further influence how they navigate everyday racism, their access to educational resources and processes of their identity formation in schools and society (Jaffe-Walter, 2016). As part of the qualitative research project A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI) this paper will draw on theoretical approaches related to the role of education and culture for the socio-cultural inclusion of refugee children aiming to explore the opportunities and challenges that refugee children and youth and their teachers and principals experience in Icelandic schools at different levels (pre-, compulsory, and upper secondary). Research question: 1.1: What are the main opportunities and challenges which refugee children and youth experience in their schools, educationally and socially (including during unusual and difficult times such as Covid19)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is part of the qualitative research project A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI). Participants are Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth and their parents who have diverse educational and socio-economic backgrounds. Altogether our sample consists of 40 families with children in schools at one or more levels (pre-, compulsory and upper secondary) in eleven municipalities in Iceland, as well as the children’s teachers, principals and where relevant, school counsellors in the children’s schools, municipality persons, social services and NGOs. Multiple case studies will be conducted with quota refugee children and youth in the 40 families in urban and rural contexts in Iceland. Semi-structured in-depth and focus group interviews (Morgan, 1997) will be used for data collection, and emphasis will be put on exploring the children’s voices, including child friendly, emancipatory approaches. To ensure children’s participation and agency, data will also be collected through active instruments such as participatory place-based methods, child led tour “walk-along” interviews and short diaries and narratives (Dennis, et al, 2009). The analytical process will be informed by qualitative procedures and take place concurrently through the research period. The data gathered will be transcribed, categorized and coded with the use of Atlas.ti software and interpreted based on the results from the content analysis (Creswell, 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data analysis is ongoing at the time of writing the abstract, but findings will focus on the experiences and challenges which refugee children and youth face in education in Iceland. The findings will shed light on good practices as well as obstacles and will provide important information for implementing policies and developing more suitable educational practices and support for diverse student populations in Iceland. These first findings from the ESRCI project will be an important contribution to municipal authorities and national educational policy development regarding formal education and social participation for refugee children, thus transferring new knowledge to a larger context in Iceland and elsewhere. Furthermore, the ESRCI project will contribute to reform in teaching and educational practices in municipalities in Iceland, and to reform in teacher education, thus benefitting all participants in our research as well as providing comparison for the international context. References Archambault, J. & Haugen, G. M. D. (2017). Belonging and identification: Challenges and negotiations in refugee children´s everyday life in Norway. In book: Movement, mobilities and journeys. DOI: 10.1007/978-981-287-029-2_19 Beiser, M., Puente-Duran, S. & Hou, F. (2015). Cultural distance and emotional problems among immigrant and refugee youth in Canada: Findings from the New Canadian Child and Youth Study (NCCYS). International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 49, 33-45. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2015.06.005 Block, K., Cross, S., Riggs, E. & Gibbs, L. (2014). Supporting schools to create an inclusive environment for refugee students. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 18(12), 1337–1355. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.899636. Creswell, J. W. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. London: Sage. Dennis Jr. S. F., Gaulocher, S., Carpiano, R. M., & Brown, D. (2009). Participatory photo mapping (PPM): Exploring an integrated method for health and place research with young people. Health & place, 15(2), 466-473. Gunnþórsdóttir, H., Barillé, S. & Meckl, M. (2018).The education of students with immigrant background in Iceland: parents’ and teachers’ voices. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research. DOI: 10.1080/00313831.2017.1415966 Gunnthórsdóttir, H. & Ragnarsdóttir, H. (2020). Challenges and opportunities in the education of students with immigrant background in Iceland. Education in the North, 27(2), 106-117. https://doi.org/10.26203/hc32-ab90 Hama, S. R. (2020). Experiences and expectations of successful immigrant and refugee students while in upper secondary schools in Iceland [Doctoral dissertation, University of Iceland]. Opin vísindi. https://hdl.handle.net/20.500.11815/2182 Jaffe-Walter, R. (2016). Coercive concern: Nationalism, liberalism, and the schooling of Muslim youth. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press. May, S. & Sleeter, C. E. (Eds.) (2010). Critical multiculturalism: Theory and praxis. New York: Routledge. Morgan, D. (1997). Focus groups as qualitative research (2nd edition). Thousand Oaks: Sage. Nieto, S. (2010). The light in their eyes. Creating multicultural learning communities. New York: Teachers College Press. OECD. (2010). Closing the gap for immigrant students: Policies, practice, and performance. Paris: OECD. OECD. (2015). Helping immigrant students to succeed at school – and beyond. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/education/Helping-immigrant-students-to-succeed-at-school-and-beyond.pdf Ragnarsdóttir, H. (2016). Námsrými félagslegs réttlætis og menntunar án aðgreiningar. Niðurstöður norrænnar rannsóknar um velgengni nemenda af erlendum uppruna og skóla á fjórum Norðurlöndum [Learning Spaces for Inclusion and Social Justice: Success Stories from Immigrant Students and School Communities in Four Nordic Countries]. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. Retrieved from http://netla.hi.is/serrit/2016/namsrymi_felagslegs_rettlaetis_og_menntunar_an_adgreiningar_learning_spaces_for_inclusion_and_social_justice/001.pdf Skutnabb-Kangas, T., Phillipson, R., Mohanty, A. K., & Panda, M. (Eds). (2009). Social justice through multilingual education. Bristol: Multilingual matters. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 08 SES 07 A: Navigating the Complexities and Nuances of School-Based Wellbeing and Mental Health Promotion Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Monica Carlsson Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Unpacking the Temporal Dimensions of School-based Wellbeing 1Aarhus University; 2University of Cambridge Presenting Author:Recent discussions on young people’s wellbeing in school settings have raised concerns about student wellbeing within the current culture of performativity in schools (Clarke 2023; Jerrim 2022). Furthermore, school performance demands have been linked to the accelerated pace of everyday youth life, the shortening of attention spans, and an inability to be in the present moment stemming from the rise of digital technologies. These in turn have been linked with difficulties in coping with anxiety concerning an uncertain future (Buddeberg & Hornberg 2017; Gibbons 2016). A number of explanatory models behind these developments highlight a radical transformation in the temporal conditions that govern and regulate students' everyday life, thereby linking a decline in young people’s wellbeing to specific pathologies associated with a change in temporal dynamics at societal level (George 2014; Jennings et al. 2019; Rosa 2013). However, while the temporal dimension is explicitly referenced in problematisations of the youth wellbeing crisis, its significance for theoretical approaches to school wellbeing remains unclear and largely unexplored. With this lack in mind, the aim of this conceptual paper is to outline the framings of temporality and wellbeing, examine their intersection and expand our understanding of the explicit and implicit assumptions about time and temporality at play in school-based wellbeing discourses. With specific emphasis on performativity cultures in schools, we pose the question of how the temporal dimensions of this notion are understood and addressed conceptually by examining the tensions inherent to various conceptualizations of performance and wellbeing in school contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Aiming to connect wider theoretical approaches revolving around temporality to existing conceptualisations within research on school wellbeing and performativity, we focus on connecting three central distinctions. Firstly, we address an important analytical distinction, that of time as either a condition or an object of education. Timetables, periods and scheduling of the school day all represent instances where time functions as a condition or container of educational practices and activities: a class has a specified duration, the bell rings, recess has begun. This understanding treats time as a background or as a container inside of which educational practices take place (Compton-Lilly 2016). By contrast, Alhadeff-Jones (2017) highlights how educational science has generally not concerned itself with the experiential nature of time by arguing that time can also be understood as the object of what takes place in the classroom; i.e., that upon which a given educational practice is centered. This is linked to recent critiques and discussions within educational psychology on the ‘therapeutic turn’ in education (Ecclestone & Rawdin 2017) and on the need for cultivating spaces of deliberate slowdown and suspension in schools (Biesta 2020; Masschelein & Simons 2013; Vlieghe & Zamojski 2019). Second, we unpack the significance of the distinction between externalised and internalised notions of time in education. External modes of time management refer to practices where time is conceptualized and administered as a quantifiable resource through which human actions can take place; e.g., learning to manage your schedule using a calendar or diary, calculating how long different tasks will take, or optimizing the time spent on school activities (Burrus et al. 2016). Within wellbeing promotion, a common goal is to decrease the risk of stress and burnout among students. Internal modes of time management refer to the ability to manage the self and one’s attitudes towards time, e.g. the promotion of specific methods of deliberate slowdown or deceleration of the pace of life. Third, we link the two previous distinctions to the differentiation between hedonic and eudaimonic conceptions of wellbeing (Francesconi 2018). Hedonic conceptions of wellbeing can be characterised by being directed towards attainment of immediate, sensory wellbeing. Key factors are satisfaction, positive emotions and experiences as well as comfort. Eudaimonic conceptions, on the other hand, operate from the idea of personal growth or flourishing and can therefore be said to be less about momentary pleasurable experiences, and more about fulfillment of one’s capabilities and potential. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By illuminating the significance of temporality this paper will contribute with new understandings of wellbeing in school settings. This is significant as this theoretical enrichment can enable a more nuanced approach to wellbeing promotion in schools. For instance, this can form the basis of a framework for evaluating approaches schools already have in place to promote wellbeing and suggest avenues for further development. New light will also be shed on the role of temporality in education more broadly, which may have implications for school policies and practices more generally. References Alhadeff-Jones, M. (2017). Time and the rhythms of emancipatory education: Rethinking the temporal complexity of self and society. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Biesta, G. (2020). Risking Ourselves in Education: Qualification, Socialization, and Subjectification Revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89–104. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12411 Buddeberg, M., & Hornberg, S. (2017). Schooling in times of acceleration. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 49–59. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1256760 Burrus, J., Jackson, T., Holtzman, S., & Roberts, R. D. (2017). Teaching high school students to manage time: The development of an intervention. Improving Schools, 20(2), 101–112. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480216650309 Clarke, T. (2023). Do scores ‘define’ us? Adolescents’ experiences of wellbeing as ‘welldoing’ at school in England. Review of Education, 11(1), e3393. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3393 Compton-Lilly, C. (2016). Time in education: Intertwined dimensions and theoretical possibilities. Time & Society, 25(3), 575–593. https://doi.org/10.1177/0961463X15587837 Ecclestone, K., & Rawdin, C. (2016). Reinforcing the ‘diminished’ subject? The implications of the ‘vulnerability zeitgeist’ for well-being in educational settings. Cambridge Journal of Education, 46(3), 377–393. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2015.1120707 Francesconi, D. (2018). Eudaimonic Wellbeing and Education. In Routledge International Handbook of Wellbeing (pp. 317–323). Routledge. George, L. K. (2014). Taking Time Seriously: A Call to Action in Mental Health Research. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 55(3), 251–264. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022146514542434 Gibbons, A. (2016). Do ‘we’ really live in rapidly changing times? Questions concerning time, childhood, technology and education. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 17(4), 367–376. https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949116677921 Jennings, P. A., DeMauro, A. A., & Mischenko, P. P. (Eds.). (2019). The mindful school: Transforming school culture through mindfulness and compassion. The Guilford Press. Jerrim, J. (2022). The mental health of adolescents in England: How does it vary during their time at school? British Educational Research Journal, 48(2), 330–353. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3769 Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In defence of the school: A public issue. E-ducation, culture & Society Publishers. https://cygnus.cc.kuleuven.be/webapps/cmsmain/webui/_xy-11617872_3-t_8iZAq0nv Rosa, H. (2013). Social Acceleration: A New Theory of Modernity (J. Trejo-Mathys, Trans.). Columbia University Press. Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an Ontology of Teaching: Thing-centred Pedagogy, Affirmation and Love for the World (Vol. 11). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-16003-6 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Through the Educators’ Eye: Promotive and Risk Factors Impacting Learner Resilience During the 2020 COVID-19 School Closures in Kenya 1APHRC, Kenya; 2University of Texas at San Antonio Presenting Author:The onset and rapid spread of the Covid-19 pandemic resulted in school closures in many countries around the globe, affecting over 1.7 billion students according to UNESCO statistics (Zhao et al., 2022). Learners had varied experiences, depending on the socio-economic status of the home environments. The level of loss or sustenance of learning in the home environment depended on parental income and education level (Andrew et al., 2020; Zhang, Lu & Du (2022). Many parents experienced loss of jobs, psychological and physical health challenges and even loss of life, consequently impact financial resource levels of households. Learners in these households experienced more disruptions, including lack of access to learning resources, compared to their counterparts from more-resourced households (Andrew et al., 2020; Izci et al., 2022; Mathrani, Sarvesh & Umer, 2022). These varied levels of access to learning resources impacted the psycho-social wellbeing of the learners. Lack of basic needs, safety needs, uncertainty over return to school in order to experience learning normalcy all manifested as psychosocial stressors for learners in scarcity environments (Gittings, et al, 2021). Learners surrounded by supportive parents and friends adapted better to negative emotions and so had lesser psychological difficulties (Cui & Chi 2021). The converse was the case for learners who had inadequate social support, leading to feelings of loneliness and seeking of “safe, calm” environments in negative experiences such as use of drugs (Cui & Chi 2021), early marriages (ADEA & APHRC, 2023). Resilience, which is the process of overcoming the negative effects of risk exposure, coping successfully with traumatic experiences, and avoiding the negative trajectories associated with risks (Fergus & Zimmerman, 2005), is supported by both risk and promotive factors. Learners successfully navigate traumatizing events, such as the Covid-19 pandemic if promotive factors are present, such as the individual’s internal disposition including competence, coping skills and self-efficacy. Externally, presence of parental support, adult mentoring, or community organizations, promote resilience (Fergus & Zimmerman, 2005). This study sought to explore the promotive and risk factors that impacted the psycho-social wellbeing of learners in Kenya’s schools during the 2020 school closures with the onset and rapid spread of the COVID-19 pandemic. This study was anchored on Richardson’s (2002) resiliency framework. He posits that when people experience planned disruptions or react to life events, they have the opportunity to consciously or unconsciously determine the outcomes of these disruptions. At the pre-disruption stage, people are at a state of biopsychospiritual homeostasis in which they are physically, mentally and spiritually in sync with themselves. This is what is known loosely as the “comfort zone” (Richardson, 2002). Disruptions to this biopsychospiritual homeostasis can be due to internal or external life prompts resulting in varied reactions across individuals. Resilient individuals are able to deal with these disruptions and revert back to their biopsychospiritual homeostasis. This is resilient integration and is characterized by a coping process that results in growth, knowledge, self-understanding and increased strength of resilient qualities (Richardson, 2002). For non-resilient individuals, disruptions result in negative outcomes since the individuals are in a state of helplessness, lacking hope, motivation or drive to effectively manage the demands from these life prompts (Richardson, 2002). Their reintegration is therefore characterized by dysfunction that is manifested in destructive behaviors in their attempts to deal with these disruptions. According to Richardson, the latter group require therapy to fill gaps they have in their introspective skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This was a cross-sectional qualitative study that was conducted between 2021 and 2022 across diverse schools in Kenya: primary, secondary, public, private, girls only, boys only, mixed day, mixed boarding, rural, and urban schools. Participants included 8 teacher Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) totalling 56 teachers across 8 schools. One FGD discussion consisting of 7 teachers, was conducted in each school for a total of 8 schools. 19 principals were interviewed across 19 schools. This consisted of principals from the 8 schools where the teacher FGDs were held and additional 11 principals from other schools. Being a qualitative study, sampling was purposive to ensure schools that participated in the study were a representation of the diversity nature of Kenya’s schools. The participants were a mix of gender: both female and male teachers and principals. Initial contacts were made with the school principals to break the ice and build rapport. Once this was established, the researcher set up a date and time for the FGDs and the principal interviews. Each FGD lasted slightly over one hour, while each interview lasted between 45 minutes to one hour. Given that movement continued to be limited in schools, especially in 2021, the FGDs and interviews were conducted virtually using Google Meet. The researcher provided internet bundles to the participants to enable them have internet connectivity. The study was guided by the following research questions: When the students were home, how did the school know if learning was taking place? 2) Were there students who did particularly well during this period? If so, who were they and why? 3) Were there students who had a particularly difficult time during this period? If so, who were they and why? 4) How was the psychosocial and emotional being of your students during the school closure? Data from the FGDs and interviews was analyzed using the thematic analysis approach. The data was transcribed, then uploaded in the NVivo qualitative analysis software and coded to determine prevalent patterns and themes in line with the research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results showed that some learning did take place. Resourced households were able to provide learning gadgets to their children including smartphones and tablets. Teachers indicated that these learners had discipline, were self-motivated, were happier, had parental supervision and support, and collaborated better with the school, thus seemed to perform better on assignments. The learners from the less-resourced households relied on national radio programmes and the EDU TV that offered some lessons to learners in an effort to provide learning continuity. Life events resulting from the pandemic such as increased levels of family poverty due to parental job loss, domestic violence and parental drinking reduced these families’ resource capacity to support their children’s learning while at home such as accessing reading spaces, technology, and network connectivity. The teachers indicated that being isolated from their friends and the school environment, learners felt afraid. These events had a huge psycho-social impact on the learners, creating in them a lot of anxiety and stress. This led some learners to disengage from learning, drop out of school, indulge in drug use, and engage in employment resulting in child labor. Girls were especially susceptible to teenage pregnancies. The findings agree with the literature that promotive factors-including self-motivation, home and school support- increase the learner’s capacity to effectively deal with disruptions (risks) and thrive. Learners who lack these supports on a personal, family, and/or community level slide into destructive behaviors due to their reduced resilience. It was recommended that sustained tripartite engagements-the learner, home, and school- are critical in strengthening the psycho-social wellbeing of learners. The capacity building programs and trainings should be accorded to parents, learners and educators on matters mental wellbeing. To ensure such programs succeed, they should be institutionalized in policy and included in the annual school, county and national education budgets. References ADEA & APHRC. (2023). Report of Case Studies on Responses to the COVID-19 Pandemic in Africa’s Educational Systems. Abidjan, Nairobi: Association for the Development of Education in Africa & African Population and Health Research Center. Andrew, A., Cattan, S., Costa Dias, M., Farquharson, C., Kraftman, L., Krutikova, S., Phimister, A., & Sevilla, A. (2020). Inequalities in children's experiences of home learning during the COVID-19 lockdown in England. Fiscal Studies, 41, 653-683. https://doi.org/10.1111/1475-5890.12240 Cui, X., & Chi, X. (2021). The relationship between social support and internet addiction among Chinese adolescents during the COVID-19 Pandemic: A multiple mediation model of resilience and post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms. Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 14, 1665-1674. doi: 10.2147/PRBM.S305510 Fergus, S. & Zimmerman, M. A. (2005). Adolescent resilience: A framework for understanding healthy development in the face of risk. Annual Review of Public Health, 26, 399–419. doi: 10.1146/annurev.publhealth.26.021304.144357 Gittings, L., Toska, E., Medley, S., Cluver, L., Logie, C. H., Ralayo, N., Chen, J., & Mbithi-Dikgole, J. (2021). ‘Now my life is stuck!’: Experiences of adolescents and young people during COVID-19 lockdown in South Africa. Global Public Health, 16(6), 947-963, doi: 10.1080/17441692.2021.1899262 Mathrani, A., Sarvesh, T. & Umer, R. (2022). Digital divide framework: Online learning in developing countries during the COVID-19 lockdown. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(5), 625-640. doi: 10.1080/14767724.2021.1981253 Izci, B., Geesa, R. L., Chen, S., & Song, H. S. (2022): Home learning environments during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Caregivers’ and children’s perceptions. Journal of Research in Childhood Education. doi: 10.1080/02568543.2022.2143459 Richardson, G. E. (2002). The metatheory of resilience and resiliency. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(3), 307-21. doi: 10.1002/jclp.10020. Zhao, L., Ao, Y., Wang, Y., & Wang, T. (2022). Impact of home-based learning experience during COVID-19 on future intentions to study online: A Chinese university perspective. Fronters in Psychology. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2022.862965 Zhang, R., Lu, Y., & Du, H. (2022). Vulnerability and resilience in the wake of COVID-19: Family resources and children’s well-being in China. Chinese Sociological Review, 54(1), 27-61. doi: 10.1080/21620555.2021.1913721 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 09 SES 07 A JS: Civic and Citizenship Education in Times of Global Challenges Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elena Papanastasiou Session Chair: Monica Rosén Joint Symposium |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Civic and Citizenship Education in Times of Global Challenges The purpose of this symposium is to discuss the implications of results from the latest implementation of the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS), a comparative survey that was conducted in 2022 collecting data from students, teachers, and schools from 24 education systems (see Schulz, Ainley, Fraillon, Losito, Agrusti, Damiani, & Friedman, 2024). The purpose of ICCS is to investigate how young people are prepared to undertake their roles as citizens in a range of countries. ICCS 2022 is the fifth international IEA study in this area and the third cycle of ICCS. It is explicitly linked through common questions to the previous ICCS cycles undertaken in 2009 (Schulz, Ainley, Fraillon, Kerr & Losito, 2010) and 2016 (Schulz, Ainley, Fraillon, Losito, Agrusti, & Friedman, 2018). In addition to providing an opportunity for an evidence-based discussion of the variation in practices and outcomes of civic and citizenship education the symposium will also provide a forum for discussion of methodological issues related to the cross-cultural study of civic and citizenship education. The symposium will primarily focus on the following aspects related to civic and citizenship education:
Educational systems, school and teachers seek to prepare young people to understand the society they live in, to engage with its political and social issues and become actively involved as citizens in later adult life. There is a consensus that formal education influences the extent of adult engagement in society (Pancer, 2015). The third cycle of the IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study, ICCS 2022, provides an opportunity to study both the extent and variation of civic knowledge, attitudes, and engagement based on recent data, and it allows to review changes in civic learning outcomes compared to previous cycles. It also provides a basis for a systematic analysis of contextual factors, at different levels of educational systems that influence civic-related learning outcomes. The symposium includes four papers. The first paper is concerned with an analysis of ICCS 2022 data reflecting lower-secondary students views of their political systems and institutions. The second paper focuses on data about how young people use or expected to use digital technologies for civic engagement. The third paper focuses on how schools and teachers deal with aspects of diversity as part of education. The fourth paper discusses the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on civic and citizenship education outcomes. References Pancer, S. M. (2015). The psychology of citizenship and civic engagement. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Kerr, D., & Losito, B. (2010). ICCS 2009 International Report. Civic knowledge, attitudes and engagement among lower secondary school students in thirty-eight countries. Amsterdam: IEA. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., & Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming citizens in a changing world. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Cham: Springer. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Lower-secondary Students’ Views of their Political Systems
Over the past decade there have been growing concerns regarding a worldwide “democratic recession” (Diamond, 2015, 2021). These have arisen in response to an increases in authoritarian government practices in some countries as well as new political movements that have undermined support for traditional political parties, and, in some cases have challenged the stability of democratic systems (Boogards, 2017; Mair, 2002). These recent developments raise the question to what extent tendencies toward alienation and an understanding of and preference for populist solutions to government are shared by young people (Gidron & Hall, 2019; Henn & Weinstein, 2006), and whether education has the potential of promoting democratic principles to counteract prospects of growing alienation (Estellés & Catellví, 2020; Sant, 2019).
ICCS results from 2009 and 2016 showed considerable support among lower-secondary students for democratic government and equal opportunities across countries (Schulz et al., 2010, 2018). ICCS 2022 addressed additional aspects related to attitudes toward government and the political system as well as perceptions of potential threats to democracy. ICCS data have also shown that students with higher levels of knowledge have lower levels of trust in institutions in countries where systems are generally perceived as more corrupt and less transparent, while in others there is a positive association (Lauglo, 2012; Schulz et al., 2018, 2024).
Based on data from 19 European countries that participated in ICCS 2022, this paper focuses on how students perceive their political systems. The analyses consist of a descriptive review of student perceptions across different countries and include comparisons with results from adult surveys (Eurobarometer, 2023) and considering information about perceived corruption (Transparency International, 2022) as an important context to explain cross-national variation, as well as of multivariate models explaining variation in student perceptions of the political system with student background variables, trust in civic institutions, as well as school-related variables (such as civic knowledge, civic engagement at school).
ICCS 2022 results show that while majorities of students across countries considered democracy as the best form of government, satisfaction with and critical views of the political system varied considerably. While trust in institutions had consistently positive associations with positive appraisals of the political system, positive associations with civic knowledge tended were only observed in some Northern European countries. More knowledgeable students were also more critical of democratic representation than those with lower levels of civic knowledge in countries, where the democratic systems are generally seen less functional.
References:
Boogards, M. (2017). Lessons from Brexit and Trump: populism is what happens when political parties lose control. Zeitschrift für Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft, 11(4), 513–518.
Diamond, L. (2015). Facing up to democratic recession. Journal of Democracy, 26(1), 141–155.
Diamond, L. (2021) Democratic regression in comparative perspective: scope, methods, and causes. Democratization, 28(1), 22-42.
Estellés, M., & Castellví, J. (2020). The educational implications of populism, emotions and digital hate speech: A dialogue with scholars from Canada, Chile, Spain, the UK, and the US. Sustainability, 12(15), 6034.
European Commission (2023). Democracy. Report – Eurobarometer 522. Retrieved at: file:///C:/Users/acerschulzw/Downloads/Democracy_fl_522_report_en.pdf
Gidron N., & Hall, P. A. (2020). Populism as a Problem of Social Integration. Comparative Political Studies, 53(7), 1027-1059.
Henn, M., & Weinstein, M. (2006). Young people and political (in)activism: Why don’t young people vote?. Policy & Politics, 34(3), 517-534.
Lauglo, J. (2013). Do more knowledgeable adolescents have more rationally based civic attitudes? Analysis of 38 countries. Educational Psychology, 33(3), 262–282.
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer.
Transparency International (2023). Corruption Perceptions Index 2022. Retrieved at: https://www.transparency.org/en/cpi/2022
Students’ Engagement with Digital Technologies
Digital technologies have redefined the ways in which young people can engage in society. Social media and virtual communities are instrumental in connecting individuals and amplifying arguments. This has led to a new era of civic engagement with digital participation as a form of engagement for students, demonstrated by activities such as organizing of climate protests and raising awareness of the plight of a minority group (de Moor et al., 2020; Cho, Byrne, & Pelter, 2020). There is a perception that developments with technology should usher in an era of greater civic engagement (Dubow, Devaux, & Manville, 2017).
The release of the IEA’s International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2022 (Schulz et al., 2024) provides new data on students’ knowledge of and engagement in civic and citizenship-related topics from 24, predominantly European based, educational systems. Students completed a test of civic knowledge, followed by a questionnaire that included questions about their current and anticipated future level of engagement with technologies for civic engagement.
Previous cycles of the ICCS study reported increased use of digital technologies that did not necessarily lead to an increase in civic engagement (Schulz et al., 2018; Schulz et al., 2010). Preliminary analyses with ICCS 2022 data revealed only a small proportion of students who frequently engage in more active forms of participation. These students were most likely to be interested in civic issues, but also demonstrated lower levels of civic knowledge (see Schulz et al., 2024).
Building on these earlier results, this paper will use data from ICCS 2022 and earlier cycles to explore changes over time in how students use social media to engage in civic activities, their intentions for doing so in the future, their level of trust in social media and their exposure to learning about the reliability of online information. The paper will also examine the characteristics of students who are currently and more likely to participate in future civic engagement activities using digital technologies.
Our preliminary analysis reveals that while digital technologies open new avenues for civic engagement for young people, there is a notable gap in how they effectively harness these tools. This gap underscores the need for integrating digital literacy with civic education to nurture future citizens to become engaged and knowledgeable as technologies become increasingly ingrained in our everyday lives.
References:
Cho, A., Byrne, J., & Pelter, Z. (2020). Digital civic engagement by young people. UNICEF. https://www.unicef.org/globalinsight/media/706/file/UNICEF-Global-Insight-digital-civic-engagement-2020.pdf
de Moor, J., Uba, K., Wahlström, M., Wennerhag, M., & De Vydt, M. (Eds.). (2020). Protest for a future II: Composition, mobilization and motives of the participants in Fridays For Future climate protests on 20-27 September, 2019, in 19 cities around the world. Södertörn University. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:sh:diva-40271
Dubow, T., Devaux, A., & Manville, C. (2017). Civic Engagement: How Can Digital Technology Encourage Greater Engagement in Civil Society? RAND Corporation. Retrieved from http://www.jstor.com/stable/resrep17637
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Kerr, D., & Losito, B. (2010). ICCS 2009 International Report. Civic knowledge, attitudes and engagement among lower secondary school students in thirty-eight countries. Amsterdam: IEA.
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., & Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming citizens in a changing world. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Cham: Springer.
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer.
Schools’ and Teachers’ Perceptions of Diversity at School
The growing diversity of student populations at the global level has increasingly prompted schools to develop institutional and instructional practices for building multicultural and inclusive learning contexts (Griffith et al., 2016; Banks, 2020), allowing students and school communities to foster positive attitudes toward diversity (Solhaug, 2018). The concept of diversity embraces a wide range of socially ascribed or perceived differences, such as by sex, age, ethnic/social origin, language, religion, nationality, economic condition, or special learning needs (Daniels & Garner, 1999; Council of Europe, 2008). In this scenario, civic and citizenship education plays a key role for the promotion of knowledge and respect for other cultures and the inclusion of diverse groups into society (Schachner et al., 2019).
ICCS 2022 included diversity as one of its focus areas. The study assessed a wide range of issues related to diversity, that concern the affective-behavioural area (e.g. students’ attitudes toward gender equality and equal rights for immigrants) and the contexts of school and classrooms (Schulz et al., 2023).
The paper will present ICCS 2022 results related to how learning environments acknowledge and deal with diversity. After a brief overview of the relevance of the topic of diversity and inclusion within learning objectives, it will analyse data from teacher and school questionnaires concerning teachers’ self-reported preparedness to teach diversity and inclusiveness, their participation in training programs, schools and classroom activities dealing with diversity, and teachers’ opinions regarding the influence of cultural and ethnic differences and of socioeconomic differences on teaching activities.
Findings showed a positive picture of how schools and teacher deal with diversity, however, there were considerable variations across countries. At the school level, activities to promote teaching to young people from diverse backgrounds, to foster tolerance toward diversity, and to support students with special learning needs were reported widely in most ICCS 2022 countries. Majorities among teachers reported to have conducted activities to address diversity in their classrooms and considered diversity as an important resource for education. More than half of them also reported attendance of pre- or in-service training courses on diversity and inclusiveness (Schulz et al., 2024).
Based on these results, the final section of this contribution considers the interplay between democracy and intercultural dialogue (intended in its broader sense, see Council of Europe, 2018) as well as the implications at the school and classroom level for the promoting a democratic and intercultural learning environment for civic and citizenship education.
References:
Banks, J. A. (2020). Diversity, transformative knowledge, and civic education. Routledge. https://www. routledge.com/Diversity-Transformative-Knowledge-and-Civic-Education-Selected-Essays/ Banks/p/book/9780367863197
Council of Europe (2018). Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture. Council of Europe.
https://www.coe.int/en/web/campaign-free-to-speak-safe-to-learn/referenceframework-of-competences-for-democratic-culture
Daniels, H. and Garner, P. (Eds) (1999). Inclusive Education, World Yearbook of Education. Routledge.
Griffith, R. L., Wolfeld, L., Armon, B. K., Rios, J. & Liu, O. L. (2016). Assessing intercultural competence in higher education: Existing research and future directions. ETS Research Report Series, 2016(2), 16-25. https://doi.org/10.1002/ets2.12112
Schachner, M. K. (2019). From equality and inclusion to cultural pluralism – Evolution and effects of cultural diversity perspectives in schools. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 16(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/ 10.1080/17405629.2017.1326378
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer.
Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 Assessment Framework. Cham: Springer.
Solhaug, T. (2018). Democratic Schools – Analytical Perspectives. JSSE, 17 (1), 2-12. DOI 10.4119/UNIBI/jsse-v17-i1-1791
COVID-19 Containment Policies and Grade 8 Student Civic Outcomes
This research examines the effects of COVID-19 containment policies, particularly school closures and lockdowns, on the civic outcomes of eighth-grade students. The effects of school closures on student performance have been studies in an increasing number of studies but to data few studies have studied the effects on the performance in other domains and on socio-economic outcomes (Betthäuser et al., 2023; Di Pietro, 2023). By analysing trend data from the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS; Schulz et al., 2024) and the Oxford COVID-19 Government Response Tracker (OxCGRT), the study investigates how these educational disruptions during the pandemic influenced students' civic knowledge, attitudes, and engagement intentions.
The study uses a longitudinal approach, analysing changes in civic outcomes from 2016 to 2022 using data from almost 100.000 students across 15 education systems worldwide. The ICCS data 2016 provides a baseline of students' civic knowledge and engagement intentions prior to the pandemic. In contrast, the OxCGRT data offers a detailed index of governmental responses to COVID-19, including metrics on school closure durations and lockdown strictness.
Significant findings emerge from this analysis. There is a clear negative correlation between the length of school closures and students' civic knowledge scores. Extended periods of school closure correlate with notable declines in students' comprehension of civic concepts and trust in civic institutions. Furthermore, increased average lockdown stringency is associated with heightened intentions among students to participate in protest activities. These patterns indicate a shift in the landscape of civic engagement, potentially leading to more active forms of civic participation in the future.
The research emphasizes the necessity of considering the wider impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on civic education. It suggests that while prolonged school closures and strict lockdown measures might be essential for public health, they can inadvertently affect the civic development of young people. This situation calls for a reassessment of civic education strategies during crises to ensure the sustainability of high-quality civic learning experiences.
Conclusively, the study adds valuable insights to the discourse on the educational consequences of the pandemic. By providing empirical evidence of the direct connection between COVID-19 containment policies and students' civic outcomes, it underlines the importance of sustaining civic education amidst global challenges
References:
Betthäuser, B. A., Bach-Mortensen, A. M., & Engzell, P. (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Nature Human Behaviour, 7(3), 375–385.
Di Pietro, G. (2023). The impact of Covid-19 on student achievement: Evidence from a recent meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 39, 100530.
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 07 A: Ignite Talks in TER: Teacher Educators, Programmes and Pedagogical Approaches Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ainat Guberman Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Fostering Bildung for the Heroes of Tomorrow NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:In this study, we present an interdisciplinary work in the form of the First Lego League (FLL) and how this way of working aligns with changes in the Norwegian Curriculum (LK20). Through our research question, "How can an FLL internship contribute to strengthening the student's programming skills and formation of their own teacher identity?” we investigate the experiences teacher-students have after their FLL internship. First Lego Leauge First Lego League (FLL) has been organized in Norway since 2002, and every year a new three-part mission is presented; an innovative project, a robot competition, and a technology section. “In FIRST LEGO League, students engage in hands-on STEM experiences, building confidence, growing their knowledge and developing habits of learning. FIRST LEGO League’s three divisions inspire youth to experiment and grow their critical thinking, coding and design skills through hands-on STEM learning and robotics (First Lego Leauge, 2024)”. FLL practice aims to develop teacher-student identity by having students work on a project where students and teachers find their way together. Programming in school Norwegian and International governance documents highlight the population’s digital competence. In A New Skills Agenda for Europe, it is stated that almost half of Europe’s inhabitants lack basic digital skills, and both the business community and the individual citizen are encouraged to participate in a digital boost. Competence in programming is explicitly mentioned as one of the skills that both businesses and schools must invest in (European Commission, 2016). In a message to the Parliament of Norway, it says “There is a need to increase the competence of programming in schools” (Meld. St. 27 (2015–2016), 2016). LK20 is also the first curriculum with competence goals in programming and algorithmic thinking (Utdanningsdirektoratet (The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training), 2021).” Teacher-identity Since educators first and foremost should concentrate on interaction with students (Spurkeland, 2011, p. 293), the internships become important arenas for such meetings, when education is described as a lifelong process where we are shaped through dialogue and in a meeting with ‘the other’ (Hellesnes, 1992). Our perspectives on education are influenced by digital development, and the goal must be to function in the best possible way in the knowledge society and to be able to relate to the technology that is woven into our culture (Erstad, 2010, p. 111). Children are playful! Playing stimulates children’s development of creativity, imagination, self-confidence, and mastery (UNICEF, 2013). Spurkeland highlights educators’ ability to facilitate and lead teaching situations filled with play and creative expression as an important competence. He states that “creative processes bring people together” because “what we build together brings us together” (Spurkeland, p. 115). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study aimed to understand how the First Lego League (FLL) practice equipped students for programming and developing their teacher identity. FLL practice is an eight-week program with students participating in 15 days of practice. The data for this study are online student evaluations from 2020-22. The evaluation form aimed to extract students’ experiences around practice where the teacher's role is characterized as a facilitator. We analyzed the student evaluations using qualitative content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). All text with meaningful content from the open questions was analyzed. We used sentences as the analysis unit and included two Likert-scale questions in the results. The categories were developed before and during the analysis work (directed content analysis). We started with a deductive approach, with the category selection initially based on the Education Association’s overview of the most important changes in LK20 (Utdanningsforbundet (Union of Education Norway), 2022). After coding the data material, we got an overview of the main categories and combined them into two main categories: Programming skills and Development of own teacher identity. The analysis units in the main categories were condensed to shorten the text but retain the meaning content (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from this study show that completed FLL practice expands teacher-student's knowledge of classroom management and programming. Although the practice was perceived as demanding, the teacher-student’s unanimous feedback is that FLL practice is something that teacher education must continue with. This gives us reason to believe that the teacher-students perceive that this practice in the third year of study gives them something different than what they have acquired through the practice periods of the previous two years. A value with FLL practice appears to give a valuable experience of exploring together with the students. The teacher-students have also gained experience with entering a teaching sequence without having to have all the answers but daring to search for them together with the children. Furthermore, we see from the feedback that several of the teacher-students experience having gained valuable experience in leading large projects. Several express the joy of experiencing student participation in practice. A weakness of FLL practice may be that the teacher-students to a certain extent have the opportunity to distribute responsibilities among themselves. This can lead to some consciously or unconsciously choosing away what they need most to practice. Although few teacher-students report that they have become very or quite well equipped to work with programming and algorithmic thinking in school, we still believe that FLL practice is a double-edged sword. The teacher-students get an educational journey with classroom management in a very technology-rich teaching sequence, they develop programming skills and they gain experience with how students can get to know and master the technology that surrounds them. References Erstad, O. (2010). Digital kompetanse i skolen (2. utg.). Universitetsforlaget. First Lego Leauge. (2024). What is First Lego Leauge? https://www.firstinspires.org/robotics/fll/what-is-first-lego-league Graneheim, U. H., & Lundman, B. (2004). Qualitative content analysis in nursing research: concepts, procedures and measures to achieve trustworthiness. Nurse Educ Today, 24(2), 105–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001 Hellesnes, J. (1992). Ein utdana mann og eit dana menneske. I E. L. Dale (Red.), Pedagogisk filosofi (s. 79–103). Ad Notam Gyldendal. (Opprinnelig utgitt 1969) Hsieh, H.-F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qual Health Res, 15(9), 1277–1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687 Spurkeland, J. (2011). Relasjonspedagogikk: samhandling og resultater i skolen. Fagbokforlaget. UNICEF. (2013). General comment No. 17 (2013) on the right of the child to rest, leisure, play, recreational activities, cultural life and the arts (art. 31). https://www.refworld.org/docid/51ef9bcc4.html Utdanningsdirektoratet (The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training). (2021). Hvorfor har vi fått nye læreplaner? https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/lareplanverket/stotte/hvorfor-nye-lareplaner/ Utdanningsforbundet. (2022). Spørsmål og svar om fagfornyelsen. https://www.utdanningsforbundet.no/larerhverdagen/fagfornyelsen/sporsmal-og-svar-om-fagfornyelsen/ 10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Application Of The Heuristic Teaching Method In The Physics Lesson In The Case Of Problem-Based Learning 1Korkyt Ata University, Kyzylorda city; 2NIS (Nazarbayev Intellctual School) Presenting Author:Abstract The use of modern, productive, and convenient technologies in pedagogical training is a modern requirement. Problem-Based Learning (PBL) strategy is an innovative physics–teaching model constructed to enhance students' creativity and critical thinking skills. This research aims to indicate the development of students' creative abilities such as experimental research skills and forming the ability to solve physics problems through a problem-based learning model with a heuristic approach to the physics lesson. The subject of this research is students of grade IX at the NIS school in Kyzylorda region in Kazakhstan. At the same time, this research was conducted as a "Lesson Study" in the teaching process at school. A mixed-method, namely qualitative and quantitative methods were used in this research. The results indicated that performance in the physics lesson was significantly improved concerning that of another previous term. PBL assessment via a heuristic approach to physics lesson results is reflected in those students' creative abilities increased after each LS activity. According to these results, it can be concluded that PBL through the heuristic method is effective in the teaching procedure in physics lessons in high school. Principles of heuristic learning method:
The aim and importance of the study The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of the consequence of a problem-based learning model with a heuristic approach to the physics lesson. In addition, this research was conducted via a "Lesson Study" in the teaching process at school. Especially this research focuses on investigating the next principles of heuristic learning, such as principles of logical thinking, determining the unknown from the known concept, and independent thinking and learning during lessons. Problem of Research This research expresses the development of students' creative abilities such as experimental research skills and forming the ability to solve physics problems in the physics lesson. For the sake of enhancing this aim, the next research questions were created:
Research Focus The heuristic method involves the following steps:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Methodology In this study, all of the above-mentioned principles of the heuristic method are included in our physics teaching process. Passing a new lesson, independent study of unknown quantities, expression of an unknown quantity by known quantities in practical lessons, mostly in research during indirect measurements, aspects of the above-mentioned principles were fulfilled. Issues that led to the introduction of heuristic methods into the educational process: • Inhibition of creativity, planning, problem-solving, synthesis, and analysis skills of highly capable students. • Students study the subject only for a higher score in the exam, problems arise in combining the acquired academic knowledge with life. The Sample The practical-experimental period was held in the Nazarbaev Intellectual School (NIS) in the branch of chemistry and biology in the city of Kyzylorda during the 2023 – 2024 academic year. The study was carried out with n = 66 students in 9th grade. Because according to the results of the conducted monitoring, the quality of education in the class was low. 66 students from 9th-grade classes took part in the survey. Thirty – two 32 students were from the experimental class, and 34 students were from the control class. Instrument and Procedures The whole process of research according to the heuristic method consisted of four periods. In the beginning, the survey was created and taken by students, which is in the experimental group. The question in the survey is related to the research question and research objective and focuses on determining the formation of heuristic-learning skills carried out in order to accustom them to solve experimental, complex, non-standard problems. The next method for quantitative analysis, the observation of student’s actions carried out in a classroom condition. The third stage of procedures was making reports according to the heuristic method performed in class. Reports were made by other colleagues while conducting a lesson due to the heuristic method. The last period of procedures evaluation according to internal and summative assessment for terms during certain academic periods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Result of Analysis (Graphs and Tables): There was no attempt to improve by themselves of the students in the first experimental group conducted. During the research period, they are always paying attention to the teacher instead of learning the form by themselves. Therefore, there was little confidence in itself among students. We started questions from the easiest level to the hardest. For the second and third time, we have added a game element to encourage the student’s interest. As a result, the learners are become open-minded to creating a list of problems in physics and can create its mark-scheme. Even though, some students have also accepted the creative-active approach. In the fourth and fourth lessons, the student came up with a highly complex problem, similar to the one he accepted, and felt a mood full of emotions. Conclusions According to the results of the study, it can be observed that by introducing heuristic methods into the educational process, the educational indicators of the students have increased, their interest in solving Olympiad problems has increased, and their ability to explain physical phenomena in academic language has developed. The result of the student's performance in the quarterly summative assessment for the three-level 1-2-3 quarter selected for the Lesson study was as follows. According to the results, the progress of A and C-level students has increased somewhat, and the progress of B-level students has remained the same for 2-3 quarters. On the part of colleagues, suggestions were made to this student about the use of deepening methods of differentiated education in the future. It can also be observed that students' self-confidence has increased from a psychological point of view. References References: 1.Barrows, H (2000). Foreword. In D. Evenson & C. Hmelo (Eds.), Problem-based Learning: A Research perspective on learning interaction. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 2.Tarkan PROBLEM BASED LEARNING IN ACIDS AND BASES: LEARNING ACHIEVEMENTS AND STUDENTS’ BELIEFS Journal of Baltic Science Education, Vol. 12, No. 5, 2013 3.Skrabankova, J., Popelka, S., & Beitlova, M. (2020). Students’ ability to work with graphs in physics studies related to three typical student groups. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 19(2), 298-316. https://doi.org/10.33225/jbse/20.19.298 4.Glazer, N. (2011). Challenges with graph interpretation: A review of the literature. Studies in Science Education, 47(2), 183-210. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2011.605307 5.Navickienė, V., Sederevičiūtė-Pačiauskienė, Živilė, Valantinaitė, I., & Žilinskaitė-Vytienė, V. (2019). The relationship between communication and education through the creative personality of the teacher. Creativity Studies, 12(1), 49-60. https://doi.org/10.3846/cs.2019.6472 6.Bussotti, P. (2023). A didactic unit on mathematics and science education: The principle of mathematical induction. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 22(1), 4-9. https://doi.org/10.33225/jbse/23.22.04 7.Geoff Rayner-Canham and Marelene Rayner-Canham. The Heuristic Method, Precursor of Guided Inquiry: Henry Armstrong and British Girls’ Schools, 1890–1920. Journal of Chemical Education 2015 92 (3), 463-466. DOI: 10.1021/ed500724d 8.Rock, T. C., & Wilson, C. (2005). Improving Teaching through Lesson Study. Teacher Education Quarterly, 32(1), 77–92. http://www.jstor.org/stable/23478690 9.Arianto, F., & Mustaji, B. S. (2021). Metacognitive Strategy and Science Problem-Solving Abilities in Elementary School Students. International Journal of Social Science and Human Research, 4(09), 2571-2574. 10.Pajares, F., & Schunk, D. (2005). Self-efficacy and self-concept beliefs. New Frontiers for Self-Research, March H. Craven R, McInerney D (eds.). Greenwich, CT: IAP. 11.Glaser, R., & Bassok, M. (1989). Learning theory and the study of instruction. Annual review of psychology, 40(1), 631-666. 12.Vaganova, O. I., Petrozitskaya, I. A., Snatovich, A. B., Odarich, I. N., & Kirillova, I. K. (2020). Heuristic technologies of training in professional education. Amazonia Investiga, 9(27), 509-517. 13.https://wordwall.net/ 14.Ersoy, E. (2014). The effects of problem-based learning method in higher education on creative thinking. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 116, 3494-3498. 10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Teaching Motivations and Perceptions of Prospective Teachers in Individualistic and Collectivist Countries University of Passau, Germany; Private University of Education, Diocese of Linz, Austria Presenting Author:Many countries have experienced difficulties in attracting and maintaining effective teachers, for instance, Australia and the United States as well as European and Latin American countries (e.g. Jugović et al., 2012; Lin et al., 2012; Richardson & Watt, 2006; Said-Hung et al., 2017; Watt et al., 2012). In order to improve teacher recruitment efforts, a better understanding of prospective teachers´ motivations and perceptions is needed. Watt and Richardson (2007; Richardson & Watt 2006) developed the FIT-Choice scale, an internationally acknowledged instrument that offers the opportunity to examine teaching motivations and perceptions about the teaching profession. The scale was applied internationally, translated into several languages and adapted to various cultural contexts. The original English language FIT-Choice scale comprises 58 items that are rated on a 7-point Likert Scale. Measured motivation factors include “social influences”, “positive prior teaching and learning experiences”, “perceived teaching abilities”, “intrinsic career value”, “personal utility values” (“job security”, “time for family”, “job transferability”), “social utility values” (“shape future of children/adolescents”, “enhance social equity”, “make social contribution”, “work with children/adolescents”) and the negative motivation of having chosen teaching as a “fallback career”. Measured perceptions of the profession include perceived “task demand” (“expertise” and “difficulty”) and “task return” (“social status” and “salary”); also assessed are experiences of “social dissuasion” and “satisfaction” with the choice of teaching as a career (Watt & Richardson, 2012). In cross-cultural studies, including samples from Australia, the United States, Norway, Germany, Austria and Switzerland (König et al., 2013; Watt et al., 2012), motivation factors were found to be more similar than different across countries. Perceptions about the teaching profession showed greater variety, as they tend to reflect objective country differences. However, variations in motivations appeared for individuals from countries with a more distinctive cultural context such as Turkey and Indonesia (Kılınç et al., 2012; Suryani et al., 2016). It is therefore assumed that cultural dimensions produce differences in teaching motivations and perceptions. Hofstede (Hofstede et al., 2010) developed a model of national culture consisting of six dimensions (individualism, power distance, masculinity, uncertainty avoidance, long-term orientation, indulgence) that can be used to distinguish countries from each other. Each dimension is expressed on a scale that runs from 0 to 100 (Hofstede et al., 2010). The dimension individualism is described as the degree of interdependence a society maintains among its members. Individualism means that a person’s self-image is defined in terms of “I” and that individual choices and decisions are expected. In collectivist societies, life is socially determined and a person’s self-image is defined in terms of “we” (Hofstede, 2011). According to Hofstede Insights Associate Partners (2021), individualism is highest in the United States and Australia. Countries such as Spain, Austria and Iran lie around the middle, and the lowest scores on the individualism dimension are found in Latin American countries. The present study aims to bring together FIT-Choice findings from around the world and to investigate motivations for teaching and perceptions about the teaching profession in terms of cultural dimensions. The principal question guiding this research is: Are there differences between individualistic and collectivist countries in regard to motivation and perception factors of prospective teachers? It is hypothesised that prospective teachers from collectivist cultures rate the altruistic-type “social utility value” more highly. Also, the motivation factor “social influences” is assumed to be more important for prospective teachers from collectivist than individualistic settings since those living in collectivist societies are more influenced by their fellow citizens (Hofstede, 2011). However, the motivation factor “intrinsic career value” is assumed to be more dominant in individualistic countries, in which individual aims and interests are superior (Kılınç et al., 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The search for FIT-Choice studies began with browsing through the comparative studies of Watt and Richardson (2012), Watt et al. (2012) and Watt et al. (2017). A search in Google Scholar followed, using the search term “FIT-Choice”. Furthermore, the identified studies were screened for the citation of other FIT-Choice studies. The list of studies generated by this process was finally reduced to those studies that met four criteria: (a) The sample size was at least 100; (b) the sample was clearly defined as prospective teachers; (c) the study was not restricted to a subgroup of prospective teachers; (d) means and standard deviations for first-order motivation and perception factors were reported. In all, 19 samples from 19 countries were located and analysed (individualistic scores in brackets): United States (91), Australia (90), the Netherlands (80), Ireland (70), Norway (69), Germany (67), Finland (63), Estonia (60), Austria (55), Spain (51), Iran (41), Turkey (37), Croatia (33), Dominican Republic (30), Serbia (25), China (20), Indonesia (14), Colombia (13) and Cuba. Although Cuba is not listed in the tool for country comparison, it can be categorised as collectivist. Cuba is a communist socialist republic, whose ideology opines that the individual works for the good of the country and not for personal benefit (Schlöglhofer, 2013), The total sample size is 12,524 and the included studies date between 2006 and 2022. In Australia, the United States and Ireland, the original FIT-Choice scale was applied, while in the other countries, translated and culturally adapted scale versions were used. Participants´ characteristics show some variety in the samples. While some studies examined first-year students (e.g. Germany, Spain and Turkey), other studies included data from students of higher semesters (e.g. Norway, Croatia and Cuba). The mean age is 22.53, however, the sample mean age was not reported for Australia, the Netherlands, Iran and the Dominican Republic. In all studies, female prospective teachers dominated, except in the Iranian sample which included slightly more male students. The present research combines FIT-Choice data and also includes a meta-analysis. The samples were divided into two subgroups according to the characteristics of the moderator variable (individualistic vs. collectivist). In order to investigate the influence of the moderator variable, a subgroup analysis was performed including calculations of mean values and Cohen's ds. Differences between the groups indicate the effect of the moderator variable (Döring & Bortz, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results obtained support the assumption that teaching motivations transcend cultures that show similarities. In the United States and Australia, which are categorised as highly individualistic, “perceived teaching abilities”, “social utility value” and “intrinsic career value” were the most important factors in deciding to become a teacher. In countries that are in the medium to high range on the individualistic scale (e.g. Spain, Austria, Finland, Norway), “intrinsic career value” consistently came first, followed by “perceived abilities” and “social utility value”. In highly collectivist societies, including China, Indonesia, Colombia and Cuba, the most dominant factor for choosing teaching was constantly “prior teaching and learning experiences”, followed by “social utility value” and “perceived abilities”. Mean comparisons showed that the motivation factors “social utility value” and “social influences” were more important for choosing teaching in collectivist societies than in individualistic countries. While the effect size for “social utility value” was small (Cohen's d = -0.202), a medium effect size for “social influences” was achieved (d = -0.450). This result is in line with other research conducted in collectivist settings indicating that people tend to fulfil the goals and expectations of significant others (Suryani et al., 2016). As expected, “intrinsic career value” was valued higher in individualistic cultures, although the achieved effect size was small (d = 0.270). Interestingly, participants from individualistic societies were less likely to choose teaching as a “fallback career”. A medium effect was obtained for this factor (d = -0.676). In view of the differences in motivations and perceptions between individualistic and collectivist countries, a differentiated approach to teacher recruitment in diverse cultural contexts is needed. Recruitment campaigns in individualistic societies should predominantly focus on students’ intrinsic motivations and perceived abilities, while in highly collectivist countries, positive teaching and learning experiences as well as altruistic motivations should be primarily emphasised. References Döring, N., & Bortz, J. (2016). Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Human- und Sozialwissenschaften [Research methods and evaluation for humanities and social science] (5th ed.). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-41089-5 Hofstede, G. (2011). Dimensionalizing cultures: The Hofstede model in context. Online Readings in Psychology and Culture. http://scholarworks.gvsu.edu/orpc/vol2/iss1/8 Hofstede, G., Hofstede, G. J., & Minkov, M. (2010). Cultures and organizations: Software of the mind (3rd ed.). McGraw-Hill. Hofstede Insights Associate Partners. (2021). Hofstede insights. https://www.hofstede-insights.com/ Jugović, I., Marušić, I., Ivanec, T. P., & Vidović, V. V. (2012). Motivation and personality of preservice teachers in Croatia. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 271–287. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2012.700044 Kılınç, A., Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2012). Factors influencing teaching choice in Turkey. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 199–226. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2012.700048 König, J., Rothland, M., Darge, K., Lünnemann M., & Tachtsoglou, S. (2013). Erfassung und Struktur berufswahlrelevanter Faktoren für die Lehrerausbildung und den Lehrerberuf in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz [Detection and structure of career choice factors for teacher training and the teaching profession in Germany, Austria and Switzerland]. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 16, 553–577. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-013-0373-5 Richardson, P. W., & Watt, H. M. G. (2006). Who chooses teaching and why? Profiling characteristics and motivations across three Australian universities. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 34(1), 27–56. https://doi.org/10.1080/13598660500480290 Schlöglhofer, M. E. (2013). Das Bildungssystem in Kuba: Rückblick, aktuelle Strukturen, Herausforderungen [The education system in Cuba: Review, current structures, challenges]. (Master's thesis, Karl-Franzens-Universität Graz, Austria). https://unipub.uni-graz.at/obvugrhs/download/pdf/226505?originalFilename=true Suryani, A., Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2016). Students’ motivations to become teachers: FIT-Choice findings from Indonesia. International Journal of Quantitative Research in Education, 3(3), 179–203. https://doi.org/10.1504/IJQRE.2016.077802 Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2007). Motivational factors influencing teaching as a career choice: Development and validation of the FIT-Choice scale. Journal of Experimental Education, 75(3), 167–202. https://doi.org/10.3200/JEXE.75.3.167-202 Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2012). An introduction to teaching motivations in different countries: Comparisons using the FIT-Choice scale. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 185–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2012.700049 Watt, H. M. G., Richardson, P. W., Klusmann, U., Kunter, M., Beyer, B., Trautwein, U., & Baumert, J. (2012). Motivations for choosing teaching as a career: An international comparison using the FIT-Choice scale. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28, 791–805. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2012.03.003 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 07 B: STEM and STEAM in Teacher Education Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Michael Schlauch Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Developing Students' Research Skills Through the Integration of Subjects (stem) Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemical and Biology in Almaty Presenting Author:To thrive in a dynamically changing world, it is necessary to develop research skills. Because research skills help people to think critically and evaluate the information they receive. The ability to conduct research and analyze data helps us distinguish true and reliable information from fake news and manipulation, independently search for new information, analyze it and apply it to our work or personal life. Research skills promote innovation and the development of new ideas. Research allows us to discover new knowledge and discover new aspects in all areas. As a result, thanks to this, society can develop and improve its standard of living, can solve complex problems, and find innovative solutions to existing problems. A quality science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education is vital to students' future success. Integrated STEM education is one way to make learning more connected and relevant for students. There is a need for further research and discussion on the knowledge, experience, and training that teachers need to effectively teach integrated STEM education [1]. STEM education integrates various subjects - science, technology, engineering, and mathematics. This helps students understand how these subjects are interrelated and applied in practice. STEM education is also designed to prepare students for current and future professions related to science, technology, engineering, and mathematics fields. This allows students to be competitive in the labor market and successfully adapt to rapidly changing technologies. The goal of STEM education is to create scientifically literate people who can survive in the global economy [2]. Action research was conducted in middle and high schools over a 3-year period to improve teaching practice and develop students' research skills through the integration of science subjects [3]. The study was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemical and Biological Directions in Almaty by teachers of natural science subjects: chemistry, biology, physics, computer science, geography, and mathematics. Middle and high school students (150 students from grades 7 to 11) took part in the study. The purpose of the study was to develop students' research skills in two ways: 1. Conducting integrated lessons (20) of chemistry, biology, physics, computer science, geography, and mathematics through “Problem based Learning” and “Project based Learning”. 2. Development of scientific STEM projects (18) through “Project based Learning”. Students in most secondary schools struggle with learning math and science. [4] A total of 150 middle and high school students and 6 subject teachers took part in the study. A survey of students was conducted to identify difficulties in extracurricular scientific design. Based on the results of the survey, it was revealed that 92% of students experience difficulties in carrying out scientific project work. 85% of students indicated that they needed help from the teacher when planning and executing scientific design. Also, 73% of students noted that overload with academic subjects and lack of time make it difficult to successfully complete scientific design. To the open question “What skills and knowledge are needed to successfully complete projects?” Students rated the following three research skills as the most important: 1. Determination of the topic (area) of research. 2. Planning and conducting scientific research. 3. Determining the novelty of the research. In this connection, the authors decided to develop an algorithm for conducting scientific design by schoolchildren and developing students’ research skills in lessons and extracurricular activities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The teacher-authors planned integrated lessons in chemistry, biology, physics, computer science, mathematics and geography using elements of STEM education to develop the research skills of middle and high school students. Laboratory and practical work was carried out according to the proposed algorithm. The lessons were carried out based on the problematic question, then the students formulated a hypothesis for solving the problematic issue. During the lesson, students complete a series of tasks prepared by the teacher. Solutions to these problems lead students to solving the problematic question asked at the beginning of the lesson. Design was implemented in class through the implementation of mini-project tasks with the creation of the final product, as well as through extracurricular work - scientific design. In the 11th grade, a STEM chemistry lesson was held, integrated with biology and ICT on the topic “Alcohol production”. The purpose of the lesson was to study the fermentation process. Students in groups independently planned and carried out an experiment, observed the fermentation process under different conditions, recorded the results of the study and presented them in the form of a graph, EXCEL table using ICT skills. At the end of the lesson, students determined the optimal conditions for producing alcohol and compared them with the industrial method of ethylene hydration. In the 9th grade, another STEM mathematics lesson was held, integrated with biology, geography, and ICT on the topic “Geometric progression”. Students were offered tasks related to life situations. So, for example, they looked at the example of the growth of bacteria, the spread of disease, and the growth of the population in each micro district in geometric progression. In the 11th grade, a STEM biology lesson was held, integrated with chemistry, physics and geography and art on the topic “Occurrence of oncological neoplasms.” The purpose of the lesson was to identify factors that cause cancer development. Students in groups investigated the destruction of the ozone layer, the mechanism of destruction of ozone to oxygen under the influence of CFC and proposed an alternative solution to the problem. Another group of students researched the influence of bad habits that cause cancer and suggested ways to solve the problem. Students in the third group studied the process of the appearance of a cancer cell at the cellular level because of disruption of the cell cycle. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a result of the research, the authors came to the following conclusions. The lessons, based on problem-based learning, allowed students to develop problem-solving skills, which gives them the opportunity to confidently make decisions when faced with problematic everyday tasks. Students prepared scientific projects under the guidance of subject teachers using the proposed algorithm for conducting scientific research. The result is the participation of students in scientific project competitions among schoolchildren. A series of STEM lessons developed students' research skills. Carefully planned lessons together with colleagues created conditions for students to solve assigned tasks and problematic issues and achieve lesson goals, as well as create mini projects in class. The algorithm proposed by the authors for conducting laboratory and practical work allowed students to successfully plan and conduct research on time. Based on the lessons taught and the projects prepared, students demonstrated their research skills, because of which students can independently plan and conduct experiments, explore the mechanisms and patterns of natural phenomena and processes, and can use the acquired knowledge in solving situational problems and problematic issues. We consider the results of the study successful, since the developed teaching method, correctly selected resources, and assessment tools correspond to the goals and expected results of the study of practice in action and are confirmed by the achievement of learning goals by all students. As a result of processing the data obtained, practical recommendations were proposed - algorithms for teachers to develop students' research skills. References 1.Considerations for Teaching Integrated STEM Education Micah Stohlmann, Tamara J. Moore, and Gillian H. Roehrig University of Minnesota, Twin Cities. Journal of Pre-College Engineering Education Research 2:1 (2012) 28–34. DOI: 10.5703/1288284314653 2.Karahan E., Canbazoglu Bilici S., Unal A. Integration of Media Design Processes in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) Education //Eurasian Journal of Educational Research. – 2015. – Т. 60. – С. 221-240. 3.Corey S. M. Action research to improve school practices. – 1953. 4.Kuenzi J. J. Science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education: Background, federal policy, and legislative action. – 2008. 5.Avison D. E. et al. Action research //Communications of the ACM. – 1999. – Т. 42. – №. 1. – С. 94-97 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper "Steam Education Through Music. Science Teaching and Sonification in an Italian High School" University of Bari "Aldo Moro", Italy Presenting Author:In recent years, global society has faced important challenges that have severely undermined its fundamental values and principles: increased global competition, migration, climate change, environmental threats, economic crises, Covid-19 pandemic, and wars. In this scenario, the social value of science has been strengthened as an expression of an interconnected knowledge on which it is necessary to invest in the perspective of active citizenship and sustainable development. People all over the world need to understand the changes caused by human activity on Earth, and to find a solution to guarantee the peaceful coexistence of human being and living things. Mathematical, technical, and scientific competences are fundamental to solve a range of problems in everyday situations and to explain the natural world by observation and experimentation. Ever since Yakman first used the acronym of STEAM at the beginning of the 21st century, STEAM has become a buzzword in the field of education, despite it being a complex and controversial notion (Martín-Gordillo, 2019; Perignat & Katz-Buonincontro, 2019). The interest in this field can be traced back to the 1990s when the US National Science Foundation (NSF) formally included engineering and technology with science and mathematics in undergraduate and K-12 school education (National Science Foundation, 1998). It coined the acronym SMET (science, mathematics, engineering, and technology) that was subsequently replaced by STEM (Christenson, 2011). However, a consensus has not been reached on the disciplines included within STEM (Li et al., 2020). Further ambiguities have emerged in the transition from STEM to STEAM. The difference between STEAM and STEM (Martín-Páez et al., 2019) lies in the inclusion of the A for arts, which encompasses various disciplines belonging to the humanities, social sciences, and fine arts (Bautista, 2021). Despite STEAM education is considered a priority in the international educational policies, and upon of increased labour market demand for qualified scientific skills, there are still difficulties in teaching STEAM: low attractiveness from students, strong gender bias in the approach to these subjects and in the careers development, lack of inclusion of disadvantaged people. So, the main purposes of STEAM education is:
STEAM Education is characterized by seeking meaningful learning, eliciting students’ convergent and divergent thinking (Yakman & Lee, 2012). STEAM is also characterized by granting students an active, constructive, and critical role in their learning and fostering collaborative work, while the teacher adopts the roles of advisor, counselor and/or guide (Thuneberg et al., 2018). The paper describes a research project aimed to enhance the teaching of STEAM in the secondary education, focusing on the development of innovative pedagogical strategies using musical and artistic approaches, such as sonification. Sonification is defined as the encoding of data into nonspeech sounds organized by an algorithm which ensures an objective, systematic, reproducible, and repeatable output (Hermann, 2008). In the last three decades, literature has presented a lot of examples of the relevance of the associations between sounds and science (Godwin, 1992). Several sonification strategies are documented in STEM education. Basically, all these strategies imply the use of digital sound and computer aided output (Supper, 2015), although the use of body percussion and instrumental performance of sonification is also attested (Eramo et al., 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is included in the qualitative research paradigm firstly interested to the investigation of students’ and teachers’ conceptions of STEAM education. In May 2022, 4 sonification workshops were done in a Southern Italian’s high school. Data were collected through 6 focus-groups interviews undertaken respectively with 2 classes composed by 41 students and 7 experts involved in the sonification workshops focused on learning minerology and biology through auditory software and body percussion. The focus-group interview track for students comprised 6 questions divided in 3 main sections: student perceptions of science learning; practices of science teaching; results of the sonification workshops. The focus groups interviews were arranged in person. The interviews were recorded as audio and data was then transcribed and analysed. As a starting point, the results considered each of the above-mentioned sections. Most of the interviewed students reported different definitions of science, ranging from a simplistic interpretation to a more sophisticated. Students’ active involvement was the most frequently positive aspect of the sonification experience reported by our interviewees. Referring to the relationship between music and science, students reported that music makes scientific learning more interesting and facilitates the understanding of complex concepts. However, some students reported that music is useful only as a memorization strategy. When asked to reflect on the relationship about the gender gap and science achievements, participants had very different perceptions. While some students affirmed to not see this problem in their school, other students reported teachers’ stereotypes in the assessment. However, in both cases, music was not considered as an effective solution to reduce the gender gap. For students, the weaknesses of the experience referred to two main aspects: the length of time of the proposed activities (realized in the afternoon), and the imbalance between theory and practice. Reflecting on the implementation of the sonification model, the experts recognized the need to better align their activities with school’s curriculum design and teachers’ learning goals. Furthermore, the sonification strategies would be more responsive to students’ learning needs, especially in terms of classroom management. Another important aspect to consider is the musical competences of students. Having students with a different music literacy can be challenging for experts and discriminating for students. Thus, the activities must be carefully planned and developed, to design a rigorous teaching model of STEAM education that can be disseminated and implemented in the national and international school system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research aimed to contribute to a deeper understanding of school factors that foster learning of scientific subjects, developing a “soundtrack” of natural phenomena and processes that can be used to create aural models for educational purposes. The main findings we found concern the evidence that music make learning more motivating and fun. At the same time, research in this field must continue to explore the connection between students’ aspirations and scientific attitudes and achievements. Moote et al. (2020) use the term aspiration to refer to the future-orientated hopes and ambitions, recognizing that the nature and content of aspirations can vary widely between individuals and across time and place. For instance, Mujtaba and Reiss (2016) found that school experiences shaped student aspirations to continue with physics and/or math. Despite the growing corpus of STEAM research, the prevailing educational model in schools, especially in secondary education, continues to be the disciplinary model, where curriculum subjects are taught independently and in isolation (Bautista et al., 2018). In fact, one of the fundamental barriers towards STEAM is the low level of teachers’ preparation to design and deliver integrated curricula, within equipped school contexts. In this perspective, STEAM education must be improved to enhance the value of scientific thought that, far from being a corpus of dogmatic information, constitutes a mental habitus that connects principles and rules to solve problems even in the professional life. Thus, teacher education is certainly fundamental to help teachers to reinforce the creative, flexible, critical, logical, and complex thinking that they should promote in their students. There is no doubt that, without a radical change in the way technological and scientific subjects are taught, it will always be difficult to encourage especially disadvantaged students to choose to work in science. References Bautista, A. (2021). STEAM education: contributing evidence of validity and effectiveness. Journal for the Study on Education and Development, 44(4), 755-768. Bautista, A., et al. (2018). Student-centered pedagogies in the Singapore music classroom: A case study on collaborative composition. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 43(11), 1-25. Christenson, J. (2011). Ramaley coined STEM term now used nationwide. Winona Daily News. Available at http://www.winonadailynews.com/news/local/article_45 7afe3e-0db3-11e1-abe0-001cc4c03286.html. Eramo, G. et al. (2022). The sound of science(s): a sound-based project for inclusive steam education and science communication. In EDULEARN22 Proceedings (pp. 7130-7134). IATED: Palma, Spain. Godwin, J. (1992). The Harmony of the Spheres: The Pythagorean Tradition in Music. Inner: Rochester, Vermont. Hermann, T. (2008). Taxonomy and definitions for Sonification and Auditory Display. Available at http://hdl.handle.net/1853/49960. Li, Y. et al., (2020). Research and trends in STEM education: a systematic review of journal publications. International Journal of STEM Education, 7(1), https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-020-00207-6. Martín-Gordillo, M. (2019). STEAM(E). Escuela. Available at http://maculammg.blogspot.com/2019/10/steame.html. Martín-Páez, et al., (2019). What are we talking about when we talk about STEM education? A review of literature. Science Education, 103(4), 799–822, https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21522. Moote, J. et al., (2020). Science capital or STEM capital? Exploring relationships between science capital and technology, engineering, and maths aspirations and attitudes among young people aged 17/18. J Res Sci Teach, 57(8), 1228-1249, https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21628. Mujtaba, T., & Reiss, M.J. (2016). “I fall asleep in class … but physics is fascinating”: The use of large-scale longitudinal data to explore the educational experiences of aspiring girls in mathematics and physics. Can J Sci Math Techn, 16(4), 313–330, https://doi.org/10.1080/14926156.2016.1235743. NSF (1998). Shaping the Future. Volume II: Perspectives on Undergraduate Education in Science, Mathematics, Engineering, and Technology. NSF: Arlington, VA. Perignat, E., & Katz-Buonincontro, J. (2019). STEAM in practice and research: an integrative literature review. Thinking skills and creativity, 31, 31-43, https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1016/j.tsc.2018.10.002. Supper, A. (2015). Sound Information: Sonification in the Age of Complex Data and Digital Audio. Information & Culture, 50(4), 441–464, http://dx.doi.org/10.1353/lac.2015.0021. Thuneberg, H.M. et al., (2018). How creativity, autonomy and visual reasoning contribute to cognitive learning in a STEAM hands-on inquiry-based math module. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 29, 153-160, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2018.07.003. Yakman, G., & Lee, H. (2012). Exploring the Exemplary STEAM Education in the U.S. as a Practical Educational Framework for Korea. Journal of the Korean Association for Research in Science Education, 32(6),1072-1082, http://dx.doi.org/10.14697/jkase.2012.32.6.1072. Yakman, G. (2008). STΣ@M education: an overview of creating a model of integrative education. Available at http://www.steamedu.com/2088_PATT_Publication.pdf. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper A Study of the Impact of Integrating STEM Technology into Chemistry Teaching on 21st-Century Students' Skills 1Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Turkestan, Kazakhstan; 2South Kazakhstan State Pedagogical University (PhD), Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Abstract. Through the integrated, interdisciplinary learning approach known as STEM, academic scientific and technical concepts are explored in the context of real-world situations. The student gains the ability to solve several problems and design prototypes for new mechanisms, procedures, and programs within the scope of the installations of this method. The article describes a study designed to determine the efficacy of integrating the STEM approach into 10th-grade chemistry lessons as part of the updated curriculum based on student's progress in developing 21st-century skills as measured by the Cambridge Assessment. The findings demonstrated that the integration of STEM technology into chemistry classes had a positive impact on participants' 21st-century skills, such as research, critical thinking, and teamwork as well as academic performance. Simultaneously, it has been proven that the application of STEM teaching increases students' motivation to study science and conduct research in extracurricular activities. The implementation of the method will facilitate the establishment of strong connections between schools, society, and the global community, which will enhance STEM literacy and competitiveness in the world economy. Because of their vital function in developing and sustaining the current labour market, the subjects of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) enjoy a leading position in modern society. Indeed, according to research by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, growth in STEM occupations is expected to reach 8% by 2029, while global job growth is expected to reach 3.9% [1]. The increased reliance on technology and the requirement for individuals with 21st-century skills and knowledge in these areas to succeed in the contemporary labour market are the main drivers of the growth in demand for STEM occupations [2]. Consequently, STEM education is essential in preparing students for enduring changes in the world by equipping them with the necessary skills to comprehend technological advancements in the 21st century. STEM education, according to Mobley (2015), is “an educational approach in which interdisciplinary applications are made to solve problems in real life and links to different disciplines are created” [3]. STEM education is emerging as an interdisciplinary concept that combines science, technology, engineering, and math into one course. Importantly, it is acknowledged that the best methods for integrating authentic STEM into the classroom are interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary approaches to STEM integration, which apply knowledge and skills from two or more STEM disciplines to real-world problems and deepen understanding [4]. Many industries now demand that candidates possess modern skills, such as problem-solving abilities in a short time, critical thinking skills, responsibility, teamwork, communication and collaboration, etc. [5]. Despite the existence of a variety of skills, there is no single widely accepted definition and type of ‘21st Century skills’. The works of methodological scientists are devoted to the study of 21st-century skills: Silva, E. [6], Binkley, M., Erstad, O., Herman, J. [7], Kaufman, J. C. [8], Dede, C. [9], etc. We identified the following skills as modern life skills in our study by reviewing many recent literature articles:
In this paper, the findings of a study on how STEM education affects individuals' so-called 21st-century skills are compiled and analyzed. The question of how the development of such skills in young people can best be supported is considered in depth. Techniques include STEM-integrated teaching; developing each subject plans that specifically address 21st-century skills in chemistry for the tenth grade; subject-based assessments; nurturing skills in extracurricular activities, and independent research projects in the workplace and research communities. The results of the summative assessment of 21st-century skills are also considered. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We selected focus groups in two identical circumstances to investigate the effects of integrating STEM technologies into the chemistry classroom on the development of 21st-century skills. The age characteristics and abilities of the children in this group were identical. The following research techniques were employed: survey, assessment of students' academic performance, degree of accomplishment, and involvement in extracurricular activities. 24 students from two focus groups participated in the survey. The questionnaires focused on the complexities and advantages of using STEM technology, as well as on getting recommendations on the optimization of work. As a result of the questionnaire, the following aspects were identified: the effectiveness and complexity of learning a new topic in the form of a mini-project in small groups and individually, the importance of the connection of the topic with interdisciplinarity, the preservation of systematic in the learning. The survey results confirm the effectiveness of the use of STEM technology in chemistry lessons. However, not all students agree with this idea and find out its causes and influencing factors. Some students noted that the reason for this was a lack of interest in scientific research. In addition to STEM technology, STEAM technology is integrated into the lesson for this type of student. To determine the impact of the use of STEM technology in the chemistry lesson on academic education, the outcome of Cambridge assessments (GCSE) by focus groups for the 1st and 2nd terms were analysed. The analysis data is presented in the form of a graph and shows the academic effectiveness of classes when conducted using STEM technology for the 1st focus group and without STEM technology for the 2nd group under the same conditions. Academic performance in the first focus group was 29% greater than that in the second focus group after the experiment. The work on the formation and development of skills of the 21st century through STEM technologies has also increased the level of research, critical thinking, communication and collaboration with society of the 1st focus group. This is evidenced by the extracurricular activities and achievements including, research projects and, the olympiads of 1st focus group’s students since September 2023 in the table. According to students' feedback, integrating STEM technology into the curriculum not only helps students develop 21st-century skills but also increases their confidence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a result of the study, it was observed that this integration of STEM technology into chemistry classes had a great contribution to the students’ 21st-century skills, including research, critical thinking, and teamwork as well as the participants’ academic performance. According to independent evaluations, students who learned a subject for one hour of theoretical instruction and three hours of hands-on experience with STEM technology scored higher on knowledge assessments than those who received only traditional instruction (approach). These results show that the integration of STEM technology into chemistry can be a potentially effective tool for developing modern real-life skills. It is planned to introduce the following recommendations: 1. When it comes to the range of new objects, STEM technologies must be integrated as much as possible. Students gain modern skills from this that enable them to apply their knowledge to other subjects. 2. Examination of students' extracurricular involvement, academic performance, and social activities. This is due to the study's findings, which indicate that students who have little interest in social work typically perform badly. 3. Assemble an innovative research team made up of educators and learners to keep an eye on and encourage the volume of work being done to integrate STEM technologies. To incorporate strategies for enhancing students' academic knowledge, social issues, and social settings into the particular aims and objectives of the research team. STEM is an interdisciplinary and project-based approach to learning that will enable students to strengthen their research scientific and technological capabilities and develop critical, and creative thinking, problem-solving, communication and teamwork skills. That is why this method can be applied to chemistry lessons to establish 21st-century skills within the framework of an updated curriculum of the content of education, as well as to improve the understanding of the learning material and student performance. References 1. Alan Zilberman and Lindsey Ice, “Why computer occupations are behind strong STEM employment growth in the 2019–29 decade,” Beyond the Numbers: Employment & Unemployment, vol. 10, no. 1 (U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, January 2021), https://www.bls.gov/opub/btn/volume-10/why-computer-occupations-are-behind-strong-stem-employment-growth.htm 2. Hernandez, P. R., Bodin, R., Elliott, J. W., Ibrahim, B., RamboHernandez, K. E., Chen, T. W., & de Miranda, M. A. (2014). Connecting the STEM dots: measuring the effect of an integrated engineering design intervention. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 24(1), 107-120. 3. Mobley, Monica Clutch, "Development of the SETIS Instrument to Measure Teachers' Self-Efficacy to Teach Science in an Integrated STEM Framework. " PhD diss., University of Tennessee, 2015.https://trace.tennessee.edu/utk_graddiss/3354 4. STEM Task Force Report. (2014). Innovate: A blueprint for science, technology, engineering, and mathematics in California public education. Dublin, CA: Dedicated to Education Foundation. 5. Uluyol, Ç., & Eryılmaz, S. (2015). Evaluation of FATIH Project in the Consideration of 21st Century Skills. Gazi University Journal of Gazi Educational Faculty, 35(2), 210-229. 6. Silva, E. (2009) Measuring skills for 21st-century learning. Phi Delta Kappa, 90(9), 630- 634. 7. Binkley, M., Erstad, O., Herman, J., Raizen, S., Ripley, M. & Rumble, M. (2010) Defining 21st Century skills. Draft white paper. Part of a report to the Learning and Technology World Forum 2010, London. 8. Kaufman, J. C., & Sternberg, R. J. (Eds.). (2010). The Cambridge handbook of creativity. Cambridge University Press. 9. Dede, C. (2010). Comparing frameworks for 21st-century skills. In J. Bellanca & R. Brandt (Eds.), 21st-century skills: Rethinking how students learn (pp. 51–76). Bloomington, IN: Solution Tree Press. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 07 C: Sustainability, Satisfaction and Agency Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Dion Rüsselbaek Hansen Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Vicissitudes of Teacher Agency: A Psychosocial Reading 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Teacher agency has become an increasingly common focus for research across Europe in the past 10 years (Cong-Lem, 2021; Deschêne & Parent, 2022) where it is viewed as ‘an influential factor for teacher professional learning, school improvement and sustainable educational change’ (Cong-Lem, 2021, p. 718). It is considered as a desirable and potentially powerful means of teachers working to improve the educational experiences of typically underserved communities; such contexts can be extremely demanding, contributing to teacher stress, burnout and high staff turnover (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2020; Santoro, 2018). Teacher agency is almost unilaterally positioned as a ‘good thing’, or a desirable state: something to be ‘achieved’ (Rushton & Bird, 2023). We contend that agency is not necessarily in and of itself a ‘good thing’, or at least, that this has not been sufficiently justified in the literature to-date. This paper therefore seeks to foreground a more nuanced and multifaceted view of agency than is typically found in the literature on teachers and teacher education with a view to more accurately encompassing the various ways in which teachers enact (rather than achieve) agency. We offer an alternative and more encompassing means of understanding how teacher agency might be exercised in the lives of teachers committed to working in underserved communities in this age of uncertainty. This conceptualisation offers the possibility of understanding all presentations of teacher agency rather than valorising only the agentic action that is seen to contribute directly and positively to educational change. Teacher agency is most commonly viewed through an ‘ecological’ perspective (Priestley et al, 2015) which derives from sociocultural thinking. In contrast, and to counter this tendency towards a singular or monolithic view of teacher agency, we locate our paper within a psychosocial approach that draws on sociology, critical and poststructural theories and Freudian and Lacanian psychoanalytic theory (Frosh, 2010, Lacan, 2007, Verhaeghe, 1995). We are interested in the tension between discourses presenting teachers as heroic agents of individual emancipation and social transformation, such as those found in recruitment campaigns and Hollywood films, and the erosion of spaces for professional agency brought about by the dominance of discourses and practices of standards and accountability in schools. In order to explore these tensions, we draw on the conceptual resources of Lacanian discourse theory and particularly on recent work in this field articulating agency as something manifesting in multiple modalities (Bunn et al., 2022). Bunn, et al. (ibid.) present a study of students’ learning journeys in higher education, and drawing on Lacan’s (2007) four discourses (the master, the university, the hysteric and the analyst), they identify four modes of agency being exercised, namely subservient, subsistence, subliminal and sublime. The students in the study do not, however, only demonstrate one mode of agency, rather they demonstrate major and minor tendencies towards different modes, evident in different contexts at different points in their ‘journeys’. This paper explicates this conceptualisation of agency with reference to the experiences of early career teachers who have committed explicitly to wanting to teach in typically underserved communities. We explore how this conceptualisation might help us to understand where and how these early career teachers exercise different modes of agency. In so doing, we seek to normalise a range of agentic behaviours rather than support a discourse which valorises the narrative of the heroic teacher, or ‘teacher as agent of change’ (Rushton & Bird, 2023, p. 3). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is conceptually driven in the first instance, although we then test our thinking out on interview data. We were driven by an initial research aim to investigate how early career teachers committed to working in underserved communities managed the emotional, practical and educational challenges associated with working in what are often described as ‘high needs’ contexts. We engaged in dialogue as method. The argument presented here was developed over a series of dialogues between the authors, interspersed with reading and writing. These dialogues were intentionally aimed at knowledge creation rather than simply knowledge depositing or sharing. As Freire (1970) put it, ‘dialogue is the encounter between men [sic], mediated by the world, in order to name the world’ (p. 69). Dialogue, in Freirean terms, is an ethical practice; it requires mutual respect and humility. We worked with openness to different theoretical perspectives, constantly testing out our thinking on real world context, offering tentative explanations and prompting each other to share and interrogate our own thinking. Our reading of Bunn et al. (2022) turned out to be a pivotal point and we began to explore their conceptualisation of modes of agency in relation to the existing literature on teacher agency. We developed a clear sense that their conceptualisation could be applicable to teacher agency, and more importantly, that it might offer a more expansive and authentic way of understanding the different ways in which early career teachers were able to exercise agency in what were often quite challenging and restrictive contexts. The capacity to use this conceptualisation in relation to teachers was attractive and we then sought to investigate how we could apply it to interview data with early career teachers. Interview participants were early career teachers who had graduated from an initial teacher education programme explicitly designed to provide teachers for underserved communities. The programme was an innovative two-year Masters-level initial teacher education programme, underpinned by an explicit social justice philosophy, that acknowledges that ‘preparing teachers is a necessarily and thoroughly political and ideological [process]’ (Beyer & Zeichner, 1987, p. 299). Interview data from 11 graduates, then in their third or fourth year of teaching, were analysed deductively to identify examples of each of Bunn et al’s (2022) four modalities of agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through a review of existing literature on teacher agency, the paper reveals a tendency tin the existing literature to view teacher agency from a sociocultural perspective, positioning it as a wholly desirable phenomenon. While a majority of literature supports Priestley et al’s (2015) view of agency as ‘ecological’, i.e. as a phenomenon that is enacted within a particular context, rather than an innate capacity that teachers possess, there is confusion around whether this is something to be ‘achieved’ or whether it implies a constant state of emergence. The literature also reveals an almost wholly positive orientation towards teacher agency, positioning agentic teachers within a heroic narrative. Using Bunn et al’s (2022) four modes of agency as a deductive analytical construct for the graduate interviews reveals that while all 11 demonstrated examples of more than one mode of agency, they had different profiles in terms of the selection of modes of agency shared in the interview conversation. We contend that all four modes of teacher agency are important in understanding how teachers negotiate their professional lives, particularly in meeting the demands of working in high-needs contexts. Our theorisation offers several advantages. First, it supports, through application to empirical data, the view of discourse as a form of social link and hence sees agency as a socially situated phenomenon, rather than as a personal attribute. Second, and perhaps more uniquely, it enables us to go beyond reading agency in dualistic terms and instead to see it as adopting multiple modalities within the affordances and constraints of particular discourses. This reading, we argue, provides a more complete understanding of the various ways in which teacher agency can be enacted. References Beyer, L. & Zeichner, K. (1987). Teacher education in cultural context: Beyond reproduction. In T. Pokewitz (Ed.), Critical studies in teacher education: Its folklore, theory, and practice (pp. 2980334). Falmer. Bunn, G., Langer, S., & Fellows, N. K. (2022). Student subjectivity in the marketised university. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 1-9. Frosh, S. (2010) Psychoanalysis outside the Clinic: Interventions in Psychosocial Studies. London: Palgrave. Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2020). Professional capital after the pandemic: Revisiting and revising classic understandings of teachers' work. Journal of Professional Capital and Community. Lacan, J. (2007). The seminar of Jacques Lacan, Book XVII: The other side of psychoanalysis, 1969-1970 (R.Grigg, Trans.). New York. Priestley, M., Biesta, G. & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing. Rushton, E. A. C. & Bird, A. (2023). Space as a lens for teacher agency: A case study of three beginning teachers in England, UK. The Curriculum Journal, n/a(n/a). https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.224 Santoro, D. A. (2018). Demoralized: Why teachers leave the profession they love and how they can stay. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press. Verhaeghe, P. (1995). From impossibility to inability: Lacan’s theory on the four discourses. The Letter: Lacanian Perspectives on Psychoanalysis, 3, 76-99. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Sustainability and the role of Teacher Educators 1University Innsbruck, Austria; 2University Vienna, Austria; 3University Pretoria, South Africa Presenting Author:The 21st century is characterised by uncertainty. The world is facing different social, political and economic crises such as inequality, instability, climate change, diseases and pandemics, which means that humanity has to face new global challenges that significantly affect our existence and development (Worldwatch Institute, 2016). Agenda 2030, developed by UN, serves as a guideline for responding to global developments and aims to leave no one behind. Within this framework, the UN agreed on 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which aim is to ensure prosperity and well-being for all, to strengthen peace and to protect our planet (UNESCO, 2017). To achieve these objectives, Education has immense significance in the context of Agenda 2030: on the one hand, it is defined as an explicit goal (SDG4), on the other education is seen as a key instrument and resource for a comprehensive implementation of Agenda 2030 (UNESCO, 2017; Ferrer-Estévez & Chalmeta, 2021). Teacher Educators plays a crucial role in supporting the global agenda for sustainability. They can be described as key actors in formal education who can bring about a change in behaviour towards sustainability and must provide pre-service teachers with the tools and skills to achieve transformation process (Anderson, 2017). Also Cramer et al. (2020) or Darling- Hammond (2006) point out the influence of teachers’ knowledge of students learning outcomes. Since the early 1990s, increasing attention has been paid to the crucial role of teacher educators in educational practice as well as their research and policy (Koster, Brekelmans, Korthagen & Wubbels, 2005). However, they are still described as a “hidden profession” (Murray, 2011). There is very little scientific evidence on teacher educator knowledge and how they act in teaching situations (Schratz, 2012). The impact of teacher educators on the professionalism of future teachers and therefor also on the curricular priorities will shape learning in classrooms for decades. Having the SDGs in mind, it is inevitable to promote teacher educators’ professional awareness and identity, it to strengthen their different competences (knowledge, abilities, values) and their teaching practices. A crucial factor for the implementation of the SDGs in teaching is the attitude and self-efficacy of individuals (Knoll et al., 2005). The educators own understanding of what they are doing influences the values they pass on to those they teach. Recent studies (García-Rico et al., 2021) have shown the potential for strengthening teachers’ knowledge, understanding, sensitivity and bias towards sustainability. The role of teachers therefore strongly influences the extent to which pupils are confronted with the transformation processes and development towards sustainability the SDGs are aiming for (UNESCO, 2017). This paper discusses findings from an international project between South Africa and Austria, funded from OeAD (2023-2025) which aims to get a deeper theoretical understanding of teachers educators’ professionalism in relation to sustainability. Initial, emergent findings from the data collection will be presented. The focus of the paper will be on the following questions:
The rationale of the project is the assumption that an expansion of the critical mass of teacher educators who contribute to knowledge development relating to the Sustainable Development Goals as part of global teacher education, can serve as a key strategy to accelerate the achievement of the global goals as presented in Agenda 2030. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a mixed-methods research methodology (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2017). It utilises a combination of qualitative with semi-structured interviews as well as quantitative data collection instruments such as questionnaires. The two data collection strategies complement each other in terms of achieving the research objective to get insights into teacher educators professional understanding towards the SDGs. In order to collect data on perceptions, constructs, beliefs and practices on and in the context of the SDGs, 10 qualitative in-depth and semi-structured interviews with teacher educators in Austria and South Africa will be conducted (Aschermann et al., 1991). The focus is on the thoughts and concepts of the individually interviewed participants and their awareness as well as their actions in the classroom settings. The data collected is evaluated by using grounded theory. The qualitative-reconstructive research method and the grounded theory evaluation method ideally complement each other due to the common goal of the hypothesis-generating procedure of the research process (Glaser & Strauss, 1967). With the quantitative method (Maree & Pietersen, 2019), a larger sample focus than the Austrian and South African population and a more international perspective can be achieved. Here around 200 teacher educators worldwide will be part of the research. The subsequent qualitative research method makes it possible to go in depth and examine individuals in terms of their knowledge, attitudes and behaviour. The questionnaire will be piloted with a group of teacher educators, and checked for validity and reliability (Maree & Pietersen, 2019). Snowball sampling (Naderifar, Goli & Ghaljaei, 2017) will be used by activating the existing network of teacher educators in the project. The quantitative data will be analysed by identifying trends, patterns and correlations through descriptive and inferential statistics (Maree & Pietersen, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project commenced in October 2023. The quantitative and qualitative data for data collection will start in February 2024. The paper will therefore report on the first initial results and findings emanating from the data collection. It is assumed within the study that professional understanding depends on personal understanding. At the moment knowledge creation in this specific field is limited and the study seeks to contribute to understandings of common patterns and socio-demographic differences and similarities between teacher educators in diverse contexts. Previous work within the research group have indicated teacher trainers have a wide range of knowledge about sustainability, but limited knowledge about the SDGs specifically. Concomitantly, the research group identified a certain degree of uncertainty about the role and tasks of teacher trainers in the area of sustainability.. Nevertheless, teacher educators have a substantive influence on students' knowledge and attitudes, so sustainability awareness and explicit knowledge in this field are crucial to promote students ability for life long learning. Prospective teachers wield power over the future of education and the transmission of key skills and competences. Therefore, studying teacher educators’ understanding of their individual professionalisation and behaviour is of paramount importance. References Anderson K. (2017). Starting pluralistic tradition of teaching? Effects of education for sustainable development (ESD) on pre-service teachers’ views on teaching about sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 23 (3), 436-449. Aschermann, E., Mantwill, M., & Köhnken, G. (1991). An independent replication of the effectiveness of the cognitive interview. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 5(6), 489-495. https://doi.org/10.1002/acp.2350050604 Cramer, C., König, J., Rothland, M., and Blömeke, S. (Eds.). (2020). Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung. Bad Heilbrunn/Stuttgart: Julius Klinkhardt/UTB. Cresswell, J. W. & Plano Clark, V. L. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research, (3rd Ed.), Los Angeles, LA: Sage Publications Inc. Darling-Hammond, L. (2006). Constructing 21st-Century teacher education. Journal for Teacher Education, Vol. 57, pp. 300-314. Ferer-Estévez, M. and Chalmeta, R. (2021). Integrating Sustainable Development Goals in educational institutions. The international Journal of Management Education, Vol. 19, pp. 1-19. García-Rico, L., Martínez-Muñoz, L .F., Santos-Pastor, M. L., & Chiva- Bartoll, O. (2021). "Service-learning in physical education teacher education: a pedagogical model towards sustainable development goals", International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 22(4), 747-765. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-09-2020-0325 Glaser, B., and Strauss, A. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory. Strategies for Qualitative Research, New York, Aldine. Koster, Bob; Brekelmans, M. Korthagen, F. & Wubbels, F. (2005). Quality requirements for teacher educators. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(2), 157-176. Knoll, N., Scholz, U., & Rieckann, N. (2005). Einführung in die Gesundheitspsychologie. Reinhard: München. Maree, K. (Ed) (2016). First Steps in Research (2nd ed). Braamfontein: Van Schaik Publishers. Murray J. (2011). The Important Role of Higher Education in Teacher Education. Presentation at the Teacher Education Advancement Network (TEAN) Conference, Manchester, 20 May 2011. Naderifar, M., Goli, H. & Ghaljaei, F. (2017). Snowball sampling: a purposeful method of sampling in qualitative research. Strides in Development of Medical Education, 14(3), DOI; 10.5812/sdme.67670 Schratz, M., J. F. Schwarz, and T. Westfall-Greiter (2012). Looking at two sides of the same coin: phenomenologically oriented vignette research and its implications for teaching and learning”. Studia paedagogica, Vol. 18 No. 4, pp. 57–73. http://dx.doi.org/10.5817/SP2013-4-4 UNESCO (2017). UNESCO moving toward the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Paris: UNESCO. Worldwatch Institute (2016). State of the world 2016. Island Press/Center for Resource Economics. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper How Does Collaboration Promote Teachers’ Basic Need Satisfaction: The Mediating Role of Job Crafting 1The Education University of Hong Kong; 2The University of Hong Kong; 3The Chinese University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Research has consistently demonstrated the critical role of teachers' basic need satisfaction (BNS) in both teaching and learning (for teaching, see Moè & Katz, 2021; for learning, see Poulou, 2020). Consequently, enhancing BNS has emerged as a key issue within teacher education (Slemp et al., 2020). Self-determination theory posits that social support, such as collaboration, can bolster BNS, a notion supported by empirical findings (Deci et al., 2017). However, the ways in which collaboration may differentially influence various types of teachers' BNS remains understudied, despite the potential to enrich our understanding of BNS and inform educational programme design. To address this research gap, we draw upon job crafting theory and self-determination theory to explore the potential role of job crafting in the relationship between collaboration and teachers' BNS. Job crafting theory suggests that individuals can 'shape, mould, and redefine their jobs' (Wrzesniewski & Dutton, 2001, p. 180), thereby fulfilling their needs (Bakker et al., 2023). Considering that job crafting behaviour is heavily influenced by colleague interaction (Demerouti & Peeters, 2018;), we hypothesise that job crafting behaviour mediates the relationships between collaboration and different types of teachers' BNS. In this study, we examine the relationships between collaboration and three types of teachers' BNS, before investigating how various forms of job crafting behaviour mediate these relationships. Theoretical Framework Self-determination theory proposes that individuals inherently strive to fulfil three fundamental psychological needs – autonomy, competence, and relatedness – when engaging in purposeful actions (Deci et al., 2017). Each of the three needs plays a unique role in shaping individuals' experiences and actions (Deci & Ryan, 2000, 2017). Currently, studies investigating the antecedent mechanisms of BNS typically combine the three types (Deci et al., 2017). However, a review of 99 studies by Van den Broeck and colleagues (2016) highlighted a gap in knowledge regarding the potentially distinct antecedent mechanisms of each basic need. Job crafting is defined as individuals’ self-initiated behaviour of changing their job content and scope to match their needs or competence (Tims et al., 2012). There are five general types of teachers’ job crafting: increasing structural job resources, increasing social job resources, increasing challenging job demands, optimising job demands, and decreasing hindering job demands (Huang et al., 2022; Demerouti & Peeters, 2018; Tims et al., 2021). Job crafting theory posits that through different types of job crafting, individuals can establish a sense of control, meaningfulness, social connection, and positive self-image at work (Wrzeniewski & Dutton, 2001), suggesting a potential impact of job crafting on teachers’ BNS. Job crafting theory argues that promotion-oriented job crafting, which involves increasing structural and social job resources and increasing challenging job demands, can boost individuals’ work volition, variety of skills, and collegial relationships (Lichtenthaler & Fischbach, 2019) and thereby contribute to their BNS (Wrzesniewski & Dutton, 2001). Teachers’ BNS can benefit from optimising job demands and work procedures, allowing them to save time and effort by exploring their preferred ways to perform tasks and thereby satisfy their BNS (for competence, see Poulsen & Poulsen, 2018; for autonomy, see Bruning & Campion, 2018; for relatedness, see Huang et al., 2022). Decreasing hindering job demands behaviour, which normally involves addressing negative emotions (Crawford et al., 2010) or insufficient work motivation (Lichtenthaler & Fischbach, 2016), might constrain teachers’ BNS (for competence, see Rudolph et al., 2017; for autonomy, see Toyama, 2022; for relatedness, see Vansteenkiste et al., 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted in southwest China. The third author sent an online weblink including a consent form and questionnaire to potential participants through WeChat. 1,954 teacher submitted their responses. A 5-point Likert scale measured variables in the study. Six items from the revised School Level Environment Questionnaire (Johnson et al., 2007) were used to measure teacher collaboration. Subscales for the four types of job crafting – increasing structural job resources, increasing social job resources, increasing challenging job demands, and decreasing hindering job demands – were adapted from the job crafting scale (Tims et al., 2012). Optimising job demands behaviour was assessed using the five-item scale developed by Demerouti and Peeters (2018). The 23-item scale adapted by Klassen et al. (2012) was used to assess teachers’ BNS. A confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was conducted to test the factor construct validity of the variables. We adopted a latent variable model with a first-order factor containing all the measurements as indicators to detect common method variance CMV (Podsakoff et al., 2003). We used regression to examine the impact of teachers’ demographic features on job crafting and BNS and controlled the identified significant demographic variables in the subsequent analysis. Following that we built a measurement model encompassing all nine variables. Structural equation modelling (SEM) was carried out with the maximum likelihood (ML) estimation to test the hypothesised model. Bootstrapping with 2,000 samples was used to verify the mediation effect. The statistical analyses were conducted in SPSS 26.0 and Mplus 8.3. The measurement model yielded a good model fit (χ2 = 6701.494, df = 950, CFI = .923, TLI = .916, RMSEA = .056, SRMR = .053). Based on the regression analysis results, teachers’ gender and teaching experience were controlled in subsequent analyses. The SEM also showed acceptable results (χ2 = 6906.422, df = 1026, CFI = .921, TLI = .914, RMSEA = .054, SRMR = .052). The bootstrapping analysis confirmed the proposed mediating role of job crafting in the influence of collaboration on the three types of teachers’ BNS. The mediating effects of the five types of job crafting varied, indicating different antecedent mechanisms of the three types of BNS. Increasing structural job resources was the only mediator of the link to relatedness need satisfaction, and the other four job crafting behaviours mediated the link to autonomy need satisfaction. Increasing structural job resources and the two demand-crafting behaviours were significant mediators for competence need satisfaction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1. Teacher collaboration had varying degrees of influence on teachers’ three types of BNS This study shows that teacher collaboration has a direct effect on the need satisfaction of autonomy and relatedness but not on competence. This finding is interesting because the close link between teacher collaboration and professional competence has been taken for granted in previous studies (Vangrieken et al., 2017). Notably, this study reports that without arousing teachers’ proactive behaviour, such as job crafting, collaboration activities are unlikely to increase teachers’ satisfaction with their own professional competence. 2. The different antecedent mechanisms of the three types of BNS are revealed through the mediating roles of five types of teachers’ job crafting. Regarding teachers’ autonomy need satisfaction, this study found that seeking comments from mentors and supervisors, namely increasing social structural resources, is a supportive factor. The three job-demand crafting behaviours were differently related to teachers’ autonomy need satisfaction. Increasing challenging job demands and optimising job demands can support teachers’ autonomy development by providing them with more opportunities to make decisions and saving them time and effort to focus more on educational topics of interest. In contrast, decreasing hindering job demands behaviour was confirmed as detrimental to teachers’ autonomy need satisfaction. For the competence need satisfaction of teachers, teachers’ job crafting behaviour plays a full mediating role in the impact of teacher collaboration. Of the five types of job crafting, two demand-crafting behaviours, namely increasing challenges and optimising job demands, are especially important. Only increasing structural job resources was closely connected with the satisfaction of relatedness. To increase job resources, teachers normally participate in formal or informal learning activities that provide a better understanding of their colleagues and students. This knowledge helps teachers to construct good relationships or networks. References References (abridged) Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., & Sanz-Vergel, A. (2023). Job demands–resources theory: Ten years later. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 10(1), 25–53. Bruning, P. F., & Campion, M. A. (2018). A role–resource approach–avoidance model of job crafting: A multimethod integration and extension of job crafting theory. Academy of Management Journal, 61(2), 499–522. Deci, E. L., Olafsen, A. H., & Ryan, R. M. (2017). Self-determination theory in work organizations: The state of a science. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 4(1), 19–43. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. Demerouti, E., & Peeters, M. C. (2018). Transmission of reduction‐oriented crafting among colleagues: A diary study on the moderating role of working conditions. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 91(2), 209–234. Lichtenthaler, P. W., & Fischbach, A. (2019). A meta-analysis on promotion- and prevention-focused job crafting. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 28(1), 30–50. Moè, A., & Katz, I. (2021). Emotion regulation and need satisfaction shape a motivating teaching style. Teachers and Teaching, 27(5), 370-387. Poulou, M. S. (2020). Students’ adjustment at school: The role of teachers’ need satisfaction, teacher–student relationships and student well-being. School Psychology International, 41(6), 499–521. Rudolph, C. W., Katz, I. M., Lavigne, K. N., & Zacher, H. (2017). Job crafting: A meta-analysis of relationships with individual differences, job characteristics, and work outcomes. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 102, 112–138. Slemp, G. R., Field, J. G., & Cho, A. S. (2020). A meta-analysis of autonomous and controlled forms of teacher motivation. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 121, 103459. Tims, M., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2012). Development and validation of the job crafting scale. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 80(1), 173–186. Tims, M., Twemlow, M., & Man, F. C. Y. (2021). A state-of-the-art overview of job-crafting research: Current trends and future research directions. Career Development International, 27(1), 54–78. Van den Broeck, A., Ferris, D. L., Chang, C.-H., & Rosen, C. C. (2016). A review of self-determination theory’s basic psychological needs at work. Journal of Management, 42(5), 1195–1229. Wrzesniewski, A., & Dutton, J. E. (2001). Crafting a job: Revisioning employees as active crafters of their work. Academy of Management Review, 26(2), 179–201. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 07 D: Professionalization, Quality and Expertise of Beginning Teachers Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Deborah Heck Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Exploring the Factors that can Influence the Development of Adaptive Expertise in Beginning Teachers: Opportunities and Challenges. 1Cardiff School of Education and Social Policy, Cardiff Metropolitan University; 2School of Social Sciences, Cardiff University; 3Department of Education, University of Oxford Presenting Author:Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in Wales has undergone substantial reform in recent years, reflecting a similar trend internationally (Menter, 2019). These reforms have been driven by concerns around the ranking of individual countries in international tests such as the OECD’s Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) and the argument that any improvement is dependent on enhancing teacher quality. This in turn depends on improving the effectiveness of teacher education programmes and schools’ capacity to provide the learning environments new teachers need (Milton et al. 2020). The result has often been reform focussed on different interpretations of neoliberal policies and practices (Tatto, 2015), but in Wales there has been an attempt to address this somewhat differently (Mutton & Burn, 2020).
Whilst this might seem a relatively parochial piece of policy implementation it has much wider significance beyond Wales. First, because the reforms in Wales are part of a much wider international context in which teacher education reform is seen as being essential in delivering better quality teaching and, by implication, better quality outcomes for pupils in schools. Governments across the world often cite poor performance in international tests as providing the imperative for proposed teacher education reform and look to the solutions offered by intergovernmental organisations (Rautalin et al., 2019). What has happened in Wales needs to be contextualised within these wider global trends. Second, the reform in Wales is worthy of international attention because of the complexity of the ambition for research and enquiry informed teacher education alongside a backdrop of the attempt to implement extensive educational reform across all levels of the system.
The influential report Teaching Tomorrow’s Teachers (Furlong, 2015), focused extensively on the new Welsh model for ITE informed by this vision. It embodies not only consideration of the way in which beginning teachers are given the opportunity to draw on and interrogate different forms of professional knowledge, but also the aspiration for them to develop ‘research literacy’ that can inform and improve classroom practice (BERA-RSA, 2014).
The paper draws on a theoretical framework of how teachers learn informed particularly by the model of research-informed clinical practice in teacher education (Burn & Mutton, 2015) the development of teachers as adaptive expertise (Berliner, 2004). The Cardiff Partnership for ITE is used as a case study and explores the opportunities, experiences, complexities and challenges inherent in enacting this model, with a particular focus on the development of professional expertise and judgement. This is essential because so many key decisions in teaching are impossible to predict or make routine. We will examine the extent to which the model of research-informed clinical-practice adopted by the Partnership shapes the way in which the beginning teachers within the programme develop as professionals, and develop the habits of mind by which they become more ‘expert’ in terms of the clinical judgements that they are required to make (Kriewaldt & Turnidge, 2013). Drawing on empirical data, we will build a picture of the factors that are perceived to influence the development of this expertise. It will also explore the complex challenges of equipping beginning teachers to manage both the day-to-day routines of the classroom and simultaneously to think deeply and critically about their practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research question we address is ‘What are the perceptions of stakeholders in the Cardiff Partnership for ITE of the factors that influence the development of adaptive expertise in beginning teachers?’. This paper draws on data collected from a pragmatic qualitative study. The data were gathered through one-day case-making workshops (Morgan & Milton, 2022) and online semi-structured interviews. Participants were recruited to the study through the Cardiff Partnership for ITE. Ethical approval was granted from the University in line with BERA guidance. For the case-making workshops the participants comprised 24 beginning (student) teachers with experience of the Cardiff Partnership for ITE clinical practice model. All beginning teachers on the one-year Post Graduate Certificate of Education (PGCE) primary and secondary programmes were invited to an information briefing session and given the opportunity to participate in the case-making workshops. The case-making day was orchestrated to allow the students space to discuss their experiences of the programme honestly in a full and frank way. This way of working and the associated ethical considerations were made clear from the start and students were asked to share experiences, orally and in writing, that had provoked deep thinking. Participants spent time working in triads to consider key episodes from their experience iteratively and in greater depth and then these were documented as written narratives. For the students involved organising and interrogating their experiences and developing written narratives was intended to be a useful way to give meaning to their professional lives and learning (Cortazzi, 2001). These narratives were analysed to identify illustrative experiences and key themes. Semi-structured interviews (n=68) were conducted with a purposive sample of key stakeholders (senior leaders in governance roles; school-based and university-based teacher educators and beginning teachers across a range of Cardiff Partnership for ITE programmes). The interview schedules contained both common questions and some specific to each stakeholder group. The development of these schedules was informed by understanding of the literature on teacher education and working roles and expertise from within the Cardiff Partnership for ITE in relation to how the roles had been developed and were expected to be enacted in practice. Interview data were transcribed and analysed abductively both taking account of the research questions and focus, and the unexpected insights that emerged through the process of analysis. This led to the identification and establishment of well-defined themes through an iterative process (Clarke & Braun, 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate there is tremendous support for the Cardiff Partnership for ITE vision of this way of working and a genuine appreciation that it can support all teachers to develop their professional expertise and judgement. Opportunities are highlighted where this way of working has supported both beginning teachers and teacher educators to consider their practice both deep and critically, and how it has helped inform their contingent action with learners as they develop their adaptive expertise. However, our data also highlight the challenges of enacting this paradigm shift in terms of the conceptualisation of ITE programmes against a backdrop of the wider extensive and ambitious policy reform, implemented at pace across the wider education sector in Wales. It explores the lived reality of the day-to-day experiences of beginning teachers and those that support them. The data show that the national vision for ITE reform in Wales has yet to be fully understood and realised within the context of this backdrop. This has led to variability in beginning (student) teachers’ experiences of this approach and the efficacy of this to support the development of their professional judgement and expertise. This is largely due to different interpretations and understandings in practice of the research-informed clinical practice model. While there are examples of where shared and effective understandings have moved practice and learning forward positively, there remains fairly limited evidence of the extent to which the research-informed clinical practice model has been adopted as common practice for students and all stakeholders across the Partnership. We examine the effects that wider drivers and constraints may be having on the ambitions which the Partnership has for its student teachers and its associated stakeholders. We discuss the implications of these findings for teacher education programmes, the learning of beginning teachers and also for ITE policy reform. References BERA-RSA (2014). Research and the Teaching Profession; building the capacity for a self-improving education system. Final report of the BERA-RSA Inquiry into the role of research in teacher education. London: BERA. Berliner, D. C. (2004). Expert teachers: Their characteristics, development and accomplishments. Bulletin of Science, Technology and Society 24 (3): 200-212. Burn, K., and Mutton, T. (2015). A review of ‘research-informed clinical practice’ in initial teacher education. Oxford Review of Education 41 (2): 217-233. Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297-298. Cortazzi, M. (2001). “Narrative learning in clinical and other contexts”, paper presented at Brunel University Education Department Research Conference, London, 17-18 July. Menter, I. (2019). The Interaction of Global and National Influences, in T. Tatto & I. Menter (eds) Knowledge, Policy and Practice in Learning to Teach: A Cross-National Study. London: Bloomsbury, 268–79. Furlong, J. (2015). Teaching Tomorrow’s Teachers. Options for the future of initial teacher education in Wales. Report to Huw Lewis, AM, Minister for Education and Skills. Cardiff: Welsh Government. Kriewaldt, J. and D. Turnidge. (2013). “Conceptualising an approach to clinical reasoning in the education profession.” Australian Journal of Teacher Education 38 (6): 103-115. Milton, E., Daly, C., Langdon, F., Palmer, M., Jones, K. and Davies, A. J. (2020) Can schools really provide the learning environment that new teachers need? Complexities and implications for professional learning in Wales. Professional Development in Education. published online. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1767177 Morgan, A. and Milton, E. (2022). Educative case-making: a learner centred approach to supporting the development of pedagogical expertise in HE. In King, H. (ed) Developing Expertise in Teaching in Higher Education: Practical Ideas for Supporting Educational Development. London: Routledge. Mutton, T., & Burn, K. (2020). Doing things differently: responding to the ‘policy problem’ of teacher education in Wales. Cylchgrawn Addysg Cymru/Wales Journal of Education, 22(1), 82-109 Rautalin, M., Alasuutari, P., and Vento, E. (2019). Globalisation of education policies: does PISA have an effect? Journal of Education Policy, 34(4), 500-522. Tatto, M. T. (2015). The role of research in the policy and practice of quality teacher education: An international review. Oxford Review of Education, 41(2), 171-201. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teacher Professionalization as Legal Professionalization. Results of a Nationwide Review of the Legal Basis for Teacher Training in Germany Friedrich-Alexander-University, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, social change processes have exerted significant pressure on schools and education systems worldwide. Factors such as increasing digitalization, demands for inclusive education, and global challenges like inflation, the COVID-19 pandemic, migration, and global conflicts have created new challenges for educational institutions. These transformations are often accompanied by legal amendments at various levels, ranging from international law (e. g. UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities), constitutional regulations (e. g. constitutional right to education in the individual states), to internal administrative policies (e.g. reform of curricula). Teachers and schools must navigate this complex legal landscape, adapting to changes and ensuring compliance with evolving standards. The increasing relevance of legal considerations in education is acknowledged, emphasizing the need for professionalization in this domain (Avenarius, 2019a, 2019b). With regard to teacher professionalization (Clandinin & Husu, 2017a, 2017b), legal education assumes a critical role: Teachers must not only be well-versed in pedagogical strategies but also possess a profound understanding of the legal frameworks governing education. The term “legal professionalization” encapsulates this imperative need for educators to continuously enhance their legal knowledge and skills. It involves the cultivation of a professional identity that recognizes the role of law in shaping educational practices and policies. However, despite the growing importance of legal aspects in the teaching profession, law still represents a “blind spot” (Füssel, 2020) in university teacher training. There is also hardly any theoretical or empirical work on the legal professionalization of teachers. While there are some practical guides for school implementation (e.g., Stedrak & Mezzina, 2022), there is a lack of substantial empirical foundational research on teachers' legal literacy and its antecedent, legal professionalization. Against this background, this paper aims to understand the extent to which legal topics are integrated into the curriculum of the university phase of teacher training and asks with focus on Germany: Which legal topics are covered by the intended and implemented curriculum of the university phase of teacher training in Germany? By undertaking a comparative analysis, we seek to systematize the legal education provided and unravel how curriculum development responds to the prevailing social challenges mentioned earlier. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted in four phases: Preliminary study – document analysis (A) – written survey (B) – content analysis (C). This paper focuses on phases A, B, and C. Phase A aimed to survey the intended curriculum of university teacher training in Germany. For this purpose, a document analysis (Bowen, 2009) was carried out on the websites of all teacher training universities in the 16 federal states of Germany (n = 109). The process involved four steps: identification of teacher training universities and associated schools of education (step 1); identification of the educational science training offered at the respective universities (step 2); identification of the legal bases applicable to teacher training in the respective federal state (at constitutional, statutory, and legal ordinance levels) and at the respective universities (at statute level) (step 3). The resulting text corpus includes all legal bases of teacher training at constitutional, statutory, legal ordinance, and statute levels with a focus on the educational science study components, assuming legal training content (full survey; n = 611; valid for the winter semester 2020/21). Phase B, the written survey, aimed to record the implemented curriculum at individual universities. To this end, all schools of education nationwide (n = 69; response rate 90%) were sent a written survey with questions about the extracurricular legal training on offer. The resulting evaluation corpus comprised 62 survey results. The content analysis (Phase C) was based on content-structuring content analysis (Mayring, 2015). Firstly, all 611 documents from Phase A were manually searched for legal references. The 1,001 references to a total of 107 legal provisions identified in this way were then differentiated inductively according to legal topics as the main content dimension of the study (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2023). The categories identified in this process are applied to the 62 results of the supplementary survey and validated. Based on the category system created in this way with the associated coding rules, the entire material is completely double-coded by a second scientific employee (agreement: 98.8%, Krippendorff's alpha: 0.988; limit values according to Krippendorff, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In 109 of 611 documents, legal themes were encoded (31.3%), resulting in 1,001 scrutinized passages (multiple passages per document) with 1,478 encoded instances (multiple legal themes per passage). Ten overarching legal themes with 30 sub-themes were inductively delineated. Beyond the central category of school law (n = 377) and a comprehensive category for miscellaneous legal aspects of subject teaching (n = 73), these themes can be categorized into three groups. The General-Law-group incorporates all educational content referencing legal sciences (n = 117) or law/legal system (n = 89) broadly. The Legal-Fields-group comprises public law (n = 204), international law (n = 104), and private law (n = 54). The Cross-Cutting-Topics-group encompasses religion (n = 226), inclusion (n = 133), and digitalization (n = 91). Bivariate group comparisons for teaching type and study components used row-wise χ2 adaptation tests (df = 1; Alpha level 0.001). Non-significant deviations in the overall code distribution suggest a thematic focus independent of teaching types. For study components, significant group disparities are evident for legal sciences (χ2 = 37.37, p < 0.001), law/legal system (χ2 = 13.64, p < 0.001), private law (χ2 = 21.19, p < 0.001), and religion (χ2 = 70.26, p < 0.001), closely associated with subject-specific studies. Inclusion (χ2 = 140.58, p < 0.001) is predominantly identified in educational science studies. Contrary to initial assumptions, law is a marginal yet focal point in university teacher education, primarily discussed in a subject-specific context. Instances feature generalized references, covering only a fraction of potential legal topics. Professional university teacher education faces the challenge of cultivating transferable legal methodological knowledge, incorporating service and administrative law, and creating opportunities for reflection to foster a professionally legal habitus. Consequently, there is no basis for claiming legal professionalization – and the potential of legal literacy in contemporary teacher education with regard to social challenges remains unrealized. References Avenarius, H. (2019a). The significance of school law for teacher education: Part 2. School Administration: Professional journal for school development and school management. Hessen, Rheinland Pfalz, 24(6), 183–185. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:17764 Avenarius, H. (2019b). The significance of school law for teacher education: Part 1. School Administration: Professional journal for school development and school management. Hessen, Rheinland Pfalz, 24(4), 108–111. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:17608 Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal (SJR), 9(2), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 Clandinin, D. J. & Husu, J. (Eds.). (2017a). The SAGE Handbook of Research on Teacher Education (vol. 1). Russell Sage Foundation. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526402042.n1 Clandinin, J. D. & Husu, J. (Eds.). (2017b). The SAGE handbook of resaerch on teacher education (vol. 2). Russell Sage Foundation. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526402042 Füssel, H.-P. (2020). Law - A blind spot in teacher education. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland & S. Blömeke (Eds.), Handbook of Teacher Education (pp. 114–122). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.35468/hblb2020-013 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice and using software (2nd ed.). SAGE. Krippendorff, K. (2019). Content Analysis. An Introduction to its methodology (4th ed.). Russell Sage Foundation. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781071878781 Stedrak, L. & Mezzina, J. (2022). Legal Literacy for Public School Teachers. ELA. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Exploring The Hope Generated By Discourses Of Teacher Quality: An Empirical Analysis Of 'Teacher Quality’ In Australian Educational Research Uni Sunshine Coast, Australia Presenting Author:Public discourse surrounding the quality of teachers and teaching globally frequently draws distinctions between the modern era and memories of the ‘good old day’ when there was trust in teachers and teaching as a profession. Donelson (2000) contests our rosy memory of the past, suggesting that the ‘Golden Teaching Days of Yore’ are more of a remembered dream. In the context of English teachers, he suggests we dream of an era when teachers had the respect of both students and parents, and students wrote formal essays on the classics as the curriculum. But did such an era exist or are these mere fond memories of hope? We suggest our memory of then and now connects to changes in education that Wilkins et al., (2021) identify as systems and processes such as the global neoliberal reforms that have shifted school cultures towards governance led by entrepreneurial leadership with an equity agenda of ‘achievement for all’. These phenomena shift teaching to a paradoxical ‘responsiblised profession’, generating, neoperformative teachers and school leaders, who are given autonomy yet judged in multi-layered systems of surveillance with high-stakes consequences (Wilkins et al. 2021). Embedded in this shift was the message that teachers are both the problem and the solution (Mockler, 2018). Driven in part by the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and their league tables of international student testing, the phenomenon of reporting on and claiming a disproportionate connection between student test outcomes and teacher quality (Bradford et al. 2021) resulted in significant policy fascination with this cause-and-effect scenario (Skourdoumbis, 2017). In the context of these global shifts, we are curious about how researchers are drawing on teacher quality so we can be reflexive about whether we are reinforcing the hopes and dreams of the past in our research work. What we want to avoid is the constraints of standardisation on professionalism that Mockler (2022) identified in the context of teacher professional learning and development documents in New South Wales, Australia. We explore the dominant discourses of quality teaching using a systematic meta-synthesis of empirical research addressing the quality of teachers and teaching in Australia from 2011- 2021 and consider how the public discourses of teacher quality are reflected in the academic discourses of research. Providing an opportunity for reflexivity on our collective memory of this period so as not to recreate the past. The paper contributes to an understanding of why high-quality, contemporary research in teacher education so often does not live up to the expected impact on teacher education policy. The purpose of examining quality in teacher education is to contribute to reconfiguring the public sphere (Thomas, 2004). Our work explores the discursive constructions of “teacher quality” evident in education research about initial teacher education in Australia over the last decade. It presents findings of the systematic meta-synthesis using automated content analysis (ACA) and critical discourse analysis (CDA) of empirical research literature about teacher quality, from 2011 – 2021 to identify how the discourses activated by researchers represent quality teaching. Our findings help to illuminate how certain discourses of quality help position initial teacher education as a convenient policy response by Ministers seeking to identify quality improvements. As teacher educators we need to ensure that the complexity of teaching is identified and highlight that determining ‘quality’ is highly contentious (Mockler, 2018; Hoyte et al., 2020; Rowe and Skourdoumbis, 2017). As Cochran Smith and colleagues (2014; Ell et al., 2017) put forward, the complexity of the education system means that the relationship between the quality of ITE and the teaching quality of beginning teachers is not entirely linear. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The purpose of examining quality in teacher education is to contribute to reconfiguring the public sphere (Thomas, 2004). Our approach draws on Norman Fairclough’s critical discourse analysis (CDA) (Fairclough, 1995; 2003; 2013) and meta-synthesis to analyse the corpus of research data generated. CDA was used to identify the concept of teacher quality as it is articulated at the micro level in research papers. Our substantive research questions are a) What are the discursive constructions of teacher quality evident in teacher education research 2011 – 2021? and b) How do these constructions support or constrain researcher influence on public policy?The research is focused on analysing public documents; hence, ethics approval is not required. As we delved into the four phases of our research project, it was important for us to note that they were not static, linear processes. Instead, they were iterative in nature, constantly building and evolving upon each other. The first phase focused on identifying the social problem of teacher quality in Australia, utilising contemporary empirical research from 2011-2021. This was achieved using meta-synthesis, a systematic review of qualitative research findings with 95 research articles meeting the selection criteria. In the second phase, we drew on Fairclough’s meso level analysis of text, exploring the discursive practices (Fairclough, 1989) to identify the diverse ways researchers used teacher quality in their research and interpreting these discourses in relation to the larger teacher quality agenda. The third phase involved exploring the beneficiaries and obstacles to addressing this social problem and the implications for researcher practice hence, connecting the implications of the micro discourses identified within the context of teacher education. The final phase involved shifting our focus to the ongoing process of researcher reflexivity, acknowledging and examining the impact of our own presence and feelings as teacher educators engaged in this research. Throughout all phases, we maintained a clear audit trail and utilized multiple coding to ensure transparency and encourage conversations about reflexivity. By engaging deeply with these four phases, we were able to gain a deep understanding of the complex issue of teacher quality in Australian research and contribute new knowledge to the field of teacher education research. As a study of published work, this research project did not require ethical approval. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our research was conceived to explore the impact of high-quality research in initial teacher education shapes and drives national policy and political discourse. Using empirical evidence, we explored the difference between “teacher quality” and “teaching quality” and the way this difference is rarely articulated. We noted that the difference is an important consideration for teacher educators because teaching quality is an ongoing process rather than a destination to be arrived at. The challenge with focusing on “teacher quality” is that contemporary policy is focussed on questions of selecting the right candidates (Mockler, 2018), rather than focusing on what students learn in their ITE program and what they can do in their classroom. Conflating the two concepts of teacher quality and teaching quality has the potential to contribute to a view that ITE is responsible for more than its fair share of the impact on beginning teachers’ practice. Our study identifies researchers draw on six different discourses in their research work with reference to quality teaching. We describe these discourses as either a Hook, Justifying, Championing, Ascribing, Problematising or Disrupting. We found that the Australian story on teacher quality and quality teachers goes back to 2003. Here the Australian Council for Educational Research conference set the scene for the quality agenda to play out. Hattie and Rowe provided the earlier narrative and subsequent federal governments have embraced their notions and run with them. Over time the story moved away from teacher quality to quality within ITE and since this time researchers have chosen to champion or build, ascribe or problematise, challenge or disrupt this national agenda. The messages in teacher education research, what is said, point to a diverse array of themes relating to teacher quality that provide different possibilities for influencing the policy landscape. References Bradford, K., Pendergast, D., & Grootenboer, P. (2021). What Is Meant By ‘Teacher Quality’ In Research and Policy: A Systematic, Quantitative Literature Review. Education Thinking, 1(1), 57-76. Cochran-Smith, M., Ell, F., Ludlow, L., Grudnoff, L., & Aitken, G. (2014). The challenge and promise of complexity theory for teacher education research [Article]. Teachers College Record, 116(5). http://www.scopus.com/inward/record.url?eid=2-s2.0-84899756634&partnerID=40&md5=12a2d1043f212bb5ebc2bd44e0e43e33 Donelson, K. (2000). Oh, Those Golden Teaching Days of Yore. The English Journal, 89(3), 45-48. https://doi.org/10.2307/822096 Ell, F., Haigh, M., Cochran-Smith, M., Grudnoff, L., Ludlow, L., & Hill, M. F. (2017). Mapping a complex system: what influences teacher learning during initial teacher education? Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 45(4), 327-345. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2017.1309640 Fairclough, N. (1989). Language and Power. Longman. Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical discourse analysis: the critical study of language. Longman. http://qut.summon.serialssolutions.com/link/0/eLvHCXMwQ4wAwMqDxPR0I8LFAbCeNtQ1NDFCHYpDKuvdRBlk3FxDnD10C0tL4qGDG_FJhsAWhYmpiaEh373pzaYzcz1MZrKecivIke4HAPhkKJM Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge. Fairclough, N. (2013). Critical discourse analysis and critical policy studies. Critical Policy Studies, 7(2), 177-197. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171.2013.798239 Hoyte, F., Singh, P., Heimans, S., & Exley, B. (2020). Discourses of Quality in Australian Teacher Education: Critical Policy Analysis of a Government Inquiry into the Status of the Profession. In J. Fox, C. Alexander, & T. Aspland (Eds.), Teacher Education in Globalised Times. Springer. Mockler, N. (2018). Discourses of teacher quality in the Australian print media 2014–2017: a corpus-assisted analysis. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2018.1553849 Mockler, N. (2022). Teacher professional learning under audit: reconfiguring practice in an age of standards. Professional Development in Education, 48(1), 166-180. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1720779 Rowe, E. E., & Skourdoumbis, A. (2017). Calling for ‘urgent national action to improve the quality of initial teacher education’: the reification of evidence and accountability in reform agendas [Article in Press]. Journal of Education Policy, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1410577 Skourdoumbis, A. (2017). Assessing the productivity of schools through two “what works” inputs, teacher quality and teacher effectiveness. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 16(3), 205-217. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10671-016-9210-y Thomas, S. (2004). Reconfiguring the public sphere: implications for analyses of educational policy. British Journal of Educational Studies, 52(3), 228-248. http://www.jstor.org/stable/pdfplus/1556054.pdf Wilkins, C., Gobby, B., & Keddie, A. (2021). The neo-performative teacher: teacher school reform, entrepreneurialism and the pursuit of educational equity. British Journal of Educational Studies, 69(1), 27-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2020.1739621 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 11 SES 07 A: School Education: School Improvement Models Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Gulmira Yestepbergenova Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Crafting Excellence: A Case Study on Leadership Traits in Distinguished Schools 1Sharjah Education Academy -SEA; 2UAEU Presenting Author:This study examined the common characteristics of the leadership team, the main practices followed by the leadership team, and the leadership styles that are mostly followed by leaders in an outstanding school. It is partly a systematic review of works related to school leadership and leadership practices. Besides, it includes a field investigation of leadership traits in the selected schools. The qualitative approach was used and semi-structured interviews were developed based on the study’s purpose and objectives and drawing on the literature review. The findings revealed that the most important characteristics of leadership in outstanding schools are represented in inspirational shared vision, commitment, dedication, loyalty, spirituality, and care. Besides, the most common practices followed by the leadership team are represented in developing people, focus on student achievement and well-being, and redesigning the organization. Significantly, the findings reflect that the leaders adopt a highly distributed leadership style that is mixed and supported by both instructional and transformational leadership styles. Research Question: The study aims to explore the following key areas within an outstanding educational institution: 1- What are the common characteristics of the leadership team in an outstanding school?2- What are the main practices followed by the leadership team in an outstanding school?3- What leadership styles are mostly followed by leaders in an outstanding school The study is grounded in the leadership literature, drawing from several theoretical perspectives: Leadership, School Leadership, and Leadership Styles. The study focuses on three main leadership styles as outlined in the literature: Transformational Leadership, Distributed Leadership, and Instructional Leadership Draws on research and theories to identify common characteristics and practices of successful leaders Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative approach, utilizing semi-structured interviews to gather data from school leaders. The theoretical framework is applied to analyze the data and interpret the findings in the context of outstanding school leadership. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the interviews conducted at the outstanding school in the current research reflected that the most common characteristics of the leadership in outstanding schools are represented in the inspirational shared vision. In this respect, all interviewed leaders had a very clear ambitious, and dynamic vision that is led by the founder of the school. Moreover, they adopted the principles of commitment, dedication, loyalty, spirituality, and care. Significantly, the practices followed by the leadership team included developing people, as all interviewed school leaders talked about how they started their journey as junior teachers. They were trained, mentored closely, and grew professionally inside the campus until they were equipped with the skills and knowledge to hold the leadership positions they were at. They also focus on students’ achievement and wellbeing, and support teachers’ motivation and commitment, through building collaborative cultures and productive relationships with parents and the community. Apart from this, the leads practices and their views reflected that they adopt a highly distributed leadership style that is mixed and supported with both instructional and transformational leadership styles. Being a case study, the sample size was limited. Therefore, it is recommended that future research should apply the mixed method to take the view of a larger sample. Besides, as the current study focused mainly on three aspects related to characteristics, practices, and leadership styles, future research could include other factors or tackle one of the factors in more depth. References 1. Andrews, J. Murry, A. & Istvanffy, P. A Holistic Approach to On-Reserve School Transformation: Pursuing Pedagogy, Leadership, Cultural Knowledge, and Mental Health as Paths of Change. Canadian Journal of School Psychology, 38(1) (2023) 64–85, https://doi.org/10.1177/08295735221146354 2.Anizah, A. & Maretta, W. Principal Effective Leadership in Developing Teacher Professionalism. Journal of Educational Management, Leadership, and Supervision, 2(1) (2017) 97-105. https://doi.org/10.31851/jmksp.v2i1.1157 3.Arjanto, P. How is principal leadership related to effective school? International Research-Based Education Journal, 4(2) (2022) 163-174, https://journal2.um.ac.id/index.php/irbej/article/view/27883 4.Bass, B. & Riggio, R. Transformational Leaderhip. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates (2006). 5.Bolden, R. Distributed Leadership. Discussion Papers in Management. University of Exeter (2007). https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203099643 6.Burns, J. Leadership, New York: Harper & Row, (1978). 7.Bush, T. & Glover, D. School Leadership: Concepts and Evidence, (2003), https://dera.ioe.ac.uk/5119/14/dok217-eng-School_Leadership_Concepts_and_Evidence_Redacted.pdf 8.Bush, T. Assessing successful school leadership: What do we know? Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 49(5) (2021) 687–689, https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211034675 9.Cuban, L. The managerial imperative and the practice of leadership in schools. Suny Press, (1988). 10.Day, C. & Gurr, D. Leading schools successfully: Stories from the field. London, England: Routledge (2014). 11.Dhillon, J. Howard, C. & Holt, J. Outstanding Leadership in Primary Education: Perceptions of School Leaders in English Primary Schools. Management in Education, 34(2) (2020) 61-68, https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020619885942. 12.Guba, E. Criteria for assessing the trustworthiness of naturalistic inquiries. Educational Communication and Technology Journal (29) (1981) 75-91. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02766777 13.Gurr, D. Finding your leadership, Perspectives in Education, 2 (2015) 1-2. https://www.academia.edu/9067095/Gurr_D_2014_Finding_your_leadership_Perspectives_in_Education_2 14.Hallinger, P. A review of three decades of doctoral studies using the Principal Instructional Management Rating Scale: A lens on methodological progress in educational leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 47(2) (2011) 271-306, https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X10383412 15.Harris, A. & Jones, M. Compassionate leadership, School Leadership & Management, 43(3) (2023) 185-188, https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2023.2235540 16.I. Berkovich & R. Bogler, The relationship between school leadership standards and school administration imperatives: an international perspective, School Leadership & Management, 40 (4) (2020) 321-334, https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1682538 17.Inegbedion, H. Adeyemi, S. Akintimehin, O. & Eluyela, D. Teachers’ time utilisation and students’ enrolment in School Certificate Examination: Implication for School Leadership. Heliyon, 6(9) (2020), https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e04892 18.K. Leithwood, D. Jantzi & R. Steinbach, Changing Leadership for Changing Times, Buckingham: Open University Press (1999). 19.Larsson, P. & Löwstedt, J. Distributed school leadership: Making sense of the educational infrastructure. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(1) (2023) 138–156, https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220973668 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper How Does Instilling the Value of School Education Influence Increasing the Level of Academic Achievement of Students of Transitional Age? Nazarbayev intellectual school, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Values are central to both the theory of education and the practical activities of schools in two ways. First, schools and individual teachers within schools are a major influence, alongside the family, the media and the peer group, on the developing values of children and young people, and thus of society at large. Secondly, schools reflect and embody the values of society; indeed, they owe their existence to the fact that society values and seeks to exert influence on the pattern of its own future development through education. However, the values of society are not as uniform or unchanging as this suggests. Many groups within society have a legitimate claim to a stake in the educational process parents, employers, politicians, local communities, leaders of industry and taxpayers, as well as teachers and children themselves and within each of these groups there is a wide diversity of political, social, economic, religious. ideological and cultural values. (J. Mark Halstead). Instilling the value of school education is a key factor that positively affects the level of academic achievement of transition-age students. Ensuring that students perceive the value of the knowledge and skills they acquire helps them better adapt to the learning process, set goals, and strive to achieve success. This diversity of values within society poses challenges for schools and educators. They must navigate the competing interests and perspectives of different stakeholders while also ensuring that the education provided is aligned with societal values and objectives. Parents often have a strong influence on the values instilled in their children and may have particular expectations of what they want schools to prioritize in their education. Employers may emphasize the development of certain skills or knowledge that align with workforce needs. Politicians may have their own agendas and ideologies that they want to promote through the education system. Local communities may have specific cultural or religious values that they want schools to respect and uphold. At the same time, teachers and students themselves bring their own values and beliefs into the educational environment. Students may come from diverse backgrounds and have different perspectives shaped by their family, culture, and experiences. Teachers also have their own values that influence their teaching approaches and decisions. Managing these diverse values requires a delicate balance. Schools must strive to be inclusive and respectful of different perspectives, while also upholding certain core values that are essential for the functioning of a democratic and pluralistic society, such as respect for human rights, equality, and critical thinking. Additionally, schools have a role in shaping values and promoting social cohesion. They can provide opportunities for students to engage in discussions and debates that foster understanding, empathy, and respect for different viewpoints. Schools can also promote values such as fairness, compassion, and social justice through their curriculum, policies, and the way they handle disciplinary issues and conflicts within the school community. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods for assessing the impact of instilling values in students on improving academic performance in adolescence Adolescence is considered one of the most difficult periods in a person’s life, especially in the field of education. During this period, students face many changes and challenges, both physical and emotional. They begin to build their personality, form values and beliefs that contribute to their further development. One of the key values that can be instilled in students to improve academic performance is the value of education. It is important to interest and motivate students so that they understand that education has not only academic value, but also allows them to achieve success in the future. Assessing the impact of instilling the value of education on improving student achievement can be done using the following methods: Questioning. Creating a questionnaire that allows students to express their views on the importance of education and its impact on their success. The survey questions should be aimed at identifying the extent to which students understand the importance of education and strive to achieve good results. Observation. Observing students' behavior in and outside the classroom to determine their level of participation and interest in learning materials. Observations may include assessment of participation in the lesson, accuracy in completing tasks, and the exercise of initiative and self-discipline. Interview. Conducting interviews with students to find out what values they associate with education and how they see the connection between these values and their success. Interviews can be conducted individually or in a group. Performance analysis. Examining data on student achievement before and after teaching the value of education. This allows us to assess the extent to which the instilled value influences the improvement of academic performance and the achievement of important educational goals. Qualitative and quantitative research. Conducting research using a variety of methods, including surveys, observations, and data analysis. This approach allows us to obtain comprehensive information about the impact of instilling values on improving the achievement of students in adolescence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Instilling the value of school education is a key factor that positively affects the level of academic achievement of transition-age students. . One of the main goals of school education is to develop a positive attitude towards learning in students. When students realize that education gives them the opportunity to expand their horizons, achieve success and realize their potential, they become more motivated and interested in learning. This in turn helps improve their academic achievements. It is also important to consider that instilling the values of schooling helps transition-age students develop critical thinking and analytical skills. The pursuit of knowledge and understanding stimulates their interest in academic subjects and promotes the development of analytical thinking, which helps improve their academic performance. In addition, introducing the values of school education helps to develop self-regulation and responsibility skills in transition-age students. They begin to understand that regularly completing homework, attending classes, and being involved in the learning process contributes to their success. Introducing the value of school education also has a positive impact on the development of social skills of transition-age students. Schooling provides them with the opportunity to learn how to work in a group, develop communication and team skills, and learn how to resolve conflicts and communicate tolerantly with other people. All this contributes not only to their educational process, but also to their future career, where communication and socialization skills play an important role. Thus, the introduction of the value of school education significantly influences the increase in the level of academic achievements of transition-age students. It promotes the development of a positive attitude towards learning, increased motivation and interest in learning, and the development of critical thinking and analytical skills. References 1) Halstead, M. (2005). Values and values education in schools. In Values in education and education in values (pp. 3-14). Routledge. 2) Halstead, J. M. Values and Values Education in Schools. PUB TYPE, 11. 3) Postman, N. (2011). The end of education: Redefining the value of school. Vintage. 4) Behrendt, M., & Franklin, T. (2014). A review of research on school field trips and their value in education. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 9(3), 235-245. 5) Meyer, R. H. (1997). Value-added indicators of school performance: A primer. Economics of education Review, 16(3), 283-301. 6) Taylor, M. J. (2005). Values education: Issues and challenges in policy and school practice. Institutional Issues, 231-254. 7) Meyer, R. H. (1996). Value-added indicators of school performance. Improving America’s schools: The role of incentives, 197-223. 8) Postman, N. (2011). The end of education: Redefining the value of school. Vintage. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper The High Performing Schools Programme - impact of a school improvement programme in the Netherlands 1Queen's University Belfas, United Kingdom; 2Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Many industrialized countries face an alarming decline in pupils' academic performances as reported by cross-national studies, such as PISA, PIRLS, and TIMSS. For instance, in the Netherlands—where this study was conducted—the trends of the PISA study from 2003 through 2018 show that the average levels of reading and math performance decreased by at least the equivalent of half a year of schooling (OECD, 2019). Educational policymakers and schools in many countries are looking for ways to reverse this declining trend and improve achievement levels for all pupils. While the literature on school effectiveness and school improvement provides an impressive account of the factors that may contribute to students' academic achievement (see Hopkins & Reynolds, 2001; Muijs & Reynolds, 2003, 2017), validated evidence of the impact of specific school improvement programmes generally yields very mixed results (Coe, 2009). School improvement studies that focus on specific leadership development programs are rather scarce (see Greany & Earley, 2021). In this study, we examined the effectiveness of the High Performing Schools (HPS) program, which focuses on improving school leadership and setting up professional learning communities (PLCs) informed by the educational, psychological, and sociological scientific literature. The HPS improvement programme was developed by scholars and educators at the Academica University of Applied Sciences in the Netherlands, drawing upon the principles of high-performing organization theory, as informed by the studies of De Waal (2006), Senge (2006), and Hill et al. (2016). The programme has three key elements: whole-school CP{D, focussed on the development of knowledge and skills in teaching and learning, leadership development, based on the Zenger-Folkman model (Zener & Folkman, 2014), and the development of professional learning communities. The theory of change proposes that through the development of high quality professional learning at the school level (using professional learning communities and CPD for both teachers and leaders), we can improve teaching quality, which in turn will improve learning outcomes. In this way we combine insights from research on school improvement, teacher and school effectiveness and professional development. The study is confirms within a Dutch context that internationally recognized factors can contribute to effective school improvement programmes here as well, although as mentioned above the primary focus on CPD in HPS makes it relatively straightforward to implement compared to some other approaches which require greater structural change. However, what is noteworthy from the international evidence base is that while the core elements of effective school improvement are known, it is nonetheless common for school improvement initiatives to fail (Coe, 2009; Benoliel & Berkovich, 2020; Bryk, 2010). This study can help shed some light on this important question. The findings suggest that, firstly, there is a need to fully integrate all elements of effective school improvement, including teacher collaboration, and, secondly, support the importance of teacher participation and collaboration to make school improvement work. This suggestion, which joins a growing body of research on implementation of school improvement, implies that school improvement requires sustained and intensive focus to succeed (Kyriakides et al., 2021; Supovitz et al., 2019).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study we used a quasi-experimental design in which we evaluated the effectiveness of the HPS intervention by comparison with other schools in the population. The primary sample for this study comprises 47 primary schools that participated in the HPS programme between 2018 and 2021, which we compared with the population of other primary schools in the Netherlands (N = 6,110). For this purpose, we utilized publicly available data on the academic achievement of pupils in Dutch primary schools provided by the Department for the Implementation of Education at two time points. Specifically, we used national data on the results of the high-stakes final test (Eindtoets Basisonderwijs) that all pupils in the country must take at the end of primary school (grade 8), covering reading, writing and mathematics. We examined schools' academic achievement levels at T1 for the school year 2021-2022 while controlling for the achievement levels at T0 at school year 2017-2018. Since participation in the HPS programme is voluntary, there is no random assignment between the intervention and control conditions. As such, it is crucial to ensure that there are no apparent selection effects that can bias the analyses. Therefore, before exploring the effects of the HPS programme, we examine whether there are differences at baseline between schools that participated in the HPS programme and the comparison group. The main analyses were conducted using ANCOVA models. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the analysis of public data on school achievement suggests that the HPS programme has had a positive impact on overall achievement in the 47 participating schools. Schools that participated in the HPS programme demonstrated greater progress on average than the comparison schools. Furthermore, while a decrease in achievement is evident in the comparison group of schools during the Covid-19 pandemic period, the achievement of schools that participated in the HPS programme did not decline; instead, it improved during the COVID-19 pandemic period. However, the size of the effects varied among the subject areas (math, reading, and writing) and among the two types of HPS programme. We found significant effects for math and writing, while no significant effect was found for reading. There are two explanations for these differences. Comparing different implementation models we found that full implementation of all elements was necessary for positive effects to occur. References Benoliel, P., & Berkovich, I. (2021). Learning from intelligent failure: an organizational resource for school improvement. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(4), 402-421. Coe, R. (2009). School Improvement: Reality and Illusion. British Journal of Educational Studies, 57(4), 363-379. De Waal, A. A. (2006). The Characteristics of High Performance Organization. SSRN. http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.931873 Hill, A., Mellon, L., Laker, B., & Goddard, J. (2016). The One Type of Leader Who Can Turn Around a Failing School. Harvard Business Review, 20. Available at: https://hbr.org/2016/10/the-one-type-of-leader-who-can-turn-around-a-failing-school Hopkins, D., & Reynolds, D. (2001). The Past, Present and Future of School Improvement: Towards the Third Age. British Educational Research Journal, 27, 459-475. Greany, T., & Earley, P. (Eds.). (2021). School leadership and education system reform. Bloomsbury Publishing. Kyriakides, L., Panayiotis, A., & Dimosthenous, A. (2021). Does the duration of school interventions matter? The effectiveness and sustainability of using the dynamic approach to promote quality and equity. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(4), 607-630. Muijs, D., & Reynolds, D. (2017). Effective Teaching: Evidence and Practice. London: Sage. OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume I). What Students Know and Can Do. OECD. Senge, P. M. (2006). The Fifth Discipline: The Art & Practice of the Learning Organisation. London: Random House. Supovitz, J. A., D'Auria, J., & Spillane, J. P. (2019). Meaningful & sustainable school improvement with distributed leadership. CPRE Research Reports. Retrieved from https://repository.upenn.edu/cpre_researchreports/112 Zenger, J., & Folkman, J. (2014). The Skills Leaders Need at Every Level. Harvard Business Review, 7. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 13 SES 07 A: Reading Groups and Dead Languages Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ian Munday Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Reading Time. A Phenomenological Exploration of Reading Habits, Rhythms and Practices in Doctoral Education in the UK and Norway. Birmingham City University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In contemporary doctoral education, much less attention is devoted to understanding how students engage with higher-level readings, than it is to supporting the development of their academic writing skills. Reading is generally approached instrumentally for research and equated with an extractive process to retrieve, survey, or review the information needed for writing. This paper examines the under-researched area of reading habits, rhythms, and practices among doctoral students in the UK and Norway, exploring how a diverse group of doctoral students relates to, makes sense of, and engages with reading as a research practice in its own right. Through the innovative use of a rhythmanalytical-phenomenological methodology centred on the students' lived experience, the project takes a closer look at the spatiotemporal, material, cognitive, and affective dimensions of reading and draws pedagogical and philosophical implications for doctoral education and supervision while foregrounding mutual learning from cultural difference. Doctoral students in the modern accelerated academy experience mounting institutional pressures to complete their research projects within tight timeframes punctuated by developmental milestones. At the same time, they are increasingly encouraged to publish and participate in externally funded projects before completing their course of studies, to position themselves more favourably in a hyper-competitive, yet precarious job market. In this climate, pressures to develop key academic skills such as academic writing abound. This is well reflected in the sustained cross-disciplinary attention enjoyed by the field of academic writing practice. A vast literature is available to both novice and seasoned researchers to help them improve the quality and quantity of writing through a variety of techniques, ‘survival kits’ and motivational mantras (e.g. Sword 2012, 2017, 2023; Murray 2016; Wyse 2017; Moran 2019; Thomson 2023; Sternad and Power 2023). Comparatively, much less attention is devoted to reading as an autonomous practice in relation to educational research. Reading is generally approached instrumentally for research and mostly equated with a strategic, extractive process whereby academics retrieve, survey, or review the information needed for writing to maximise efficiency (Fulford and Hodgson eds. 2016; Walker 2017). We argue instead that reading should be approached as research, that is a philosophical orientation whose intimate relation with thinking and writing constitutes a conjuncture with transformative potential for both the reader and the text (Hoveid & Hoveid 2013; Dakka and Wade 2019). Reporting on preliminary findings from a pilot project funded by the British Academy/Leverhulme foundation, the paper is guided by a primary research question and two interrelated sub-questions: How do English and Norwegian doctoral students relate to, make sense of, and engage with reading as a practice, cognitively and emotionally?
Through such exploration we intend to examine pedagogical and philosophical implications for learning in doctoral education (educational engagement and intellectual flourishing), for the practice of doctoral supervision as teaching and mentoring, and, by extension, for higher education as the nurturing, enabling ground of teachers and learners. Doctoral students are novice researchers whose academic identity is being formed through significant reading encounters during their studies (and beyond). Examining their relationship with reading is vital, then, to foster the development of the criticality and creativity that inform their thinking (and, ultimately, their writing), and to create better conditions for meaningful educational engagement.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper reports on early findings of a project that proposes an innovative methodological combination of Hermeneutic Phenomenology (Heidegger 2023; Gadamer 2004, 2008) and Rhythmanalysis (Lefebvre 2004) to gain insight into the lived experiences, the embodied and cognitive processes of meaning-making and the spatio-temporal (rhythmic) dimensions of reading among doctoral students. Combined in a Facet Methodology approach (Mason 2011), they underpin rationale, research design and interpretation of findings offering different but related methodological planes of inquiry that cast and refract light on the overall research ‘gemstone’ (the research question). The project will involve two groups of doctoral students based in the Education department of, respectively, a teaching-intensive university of the West Midlands of England (Birmingham), and a large, research-intensive university in Norway (Trondheim). - Participants: Case Study 1 - up to 10 Part-Time, mature doctoral students enrolled at different stages in an Education Doctorate programme (Ed.D), at a teaching intensive institution of the West Midlands in the UK. Case Study 2 - up to 10 Full-Time doctoral students enrolled at different stages in an Education Ph.D programme in a research-intensive institution in Norway. The research programme, for each case study, will be articulated in two consecutive phases: 1. The Rhythmanalytical Facet: doctoral students’ reading habits, rhythms and practices Research methods: Focus Group Individual reflective diaries of one week’s reading practices The first phase of the data collection focuses on the times, places and rhythms of reading, considering reading modalities and patterns of doctoral students in the context of institutional demands vis-à-vis personal and professional constraints. Rhythmanalysis is used both as a method (reflective diaries) and as an interpretive, diagnostic tool that allows to uncover and critically reflect on arrhythmias (ruptures) and/or eurythmic pockets in the reading patterns of doctoral students. 2. The Hermeneutic Phenomenological facet: reader-text encounters Research Methods: Episodic Narrative Interviews Slow Reading, Re-turn to reading Experiment In a series of individual Episodic Narrative Interviews (Mueller 2019) held online, students will be guided to revisit and explore, phenomenologically, the experience of reading one text of their choice that held particular significance in their course of studies. The final stage of data collection will involve an experiment in collective slow reading and re-reading inspired by Boulous Walker’s philosophical reading and Felman’s description of the interpretative process as a never-ending ‘turn of the screw’ (1982) that generates a hermeneutical spiral of subsequent, ever richer, and different textual interpretations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper will focus on the philosophical underpinnings and rationale of the project, reporting on preliminary findings (data collection will not be completed by the time the paper is presented), hoping to generate interest and discussion in the theoretical framework and methodological aspects of the research. No expected outcomes/findings can be inferred at this stage. References Aldridge, D. (2019) 'Reading, Engagement and Higher Education', Higher Education Research & Development 38 (1) 38-50. Boulous-Walker, M. (2017). Slow Philosophy. Reading against the Institution. London:Bloomsbury publishing. Dakka, F., Wade, A. (2019) 'Writing time: A rhythmic analysis of contemporary academic writing', Higher Education Research&Development, 38(1) 185-197. Felski, R. (2015) The Limits of Critique. Chicago: University of Chicago Press Fulford, A., Hodgson, N. (2016) Philosophy and Theory in Educational Research. Writing in the margin. London: Routledge. Gadamer, H.G. (2004) Truth and Method. London: Continuum [original German publication 1960] Heidegger, M. (2010) Being and Time. A Revised Edition of the Stambaugh Translation. New York: SUNY Press. [original German publication 1962] Hoveid, H. & Hoveid, M. (2013) 'The place of reading in the training of teachers', Ethics and Education 8(1) 101-112. Lefebvre, H. (2004 [1991]). Rhythmanalysis: Space, time and everyday life. London: Bloomsbury. Lefebvre, H. (2014 [1947,1961, 1981]). Critique of Everyday Life. London: Verso. Macé, M. (2013) ‘Ways of reading, modes of being’. New Literary History, 44(2), 213-229. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Philosophical Reflections on the Reading Group KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:The reading group (or study group) is a gathering regularly taking place in which a group of interested individuals come together to read a certain text. There is much variety between groups as to how, when and where this takes place. Whether the group comes together to just discuss and read one text (advance or aloud) or that they have a certain continuity and institutionalized practice of meeting and selecting texts. The point of this abstract is not to provide an exhaustive list of different formats of reading groups and their characteristics. Rather, what we want to do is to develop what characterizes the specific pedagogical form of all reading groups. Our engagement with various different sorts of reading groups has led us to deduce some processes that lie at the heart of how the reading group is experienced We will attempt to elaborate on those experiences and develop them through the use of established texts in the field of philosophy of education but also with the aid of authors who have not been given much attention in relation to educational research. Next to this we will try to briefly show how and why the reading group is a relevant phenomenon to study and how our reflections are pertinent for its further understanding.
To us the reading group has always felt as both a highly accelerated form of individual thinking -of producing ideas- and as a truly collective thinking in which the ideas generated are the property of no one and everyone. In regards to this first aspect, we have always had the experience of thinking through the sessions in a really intense manner, to take the time, during, say, two hours, to allow ourselves to really think through the text and understand it, producing new insights and ideas. Part of this also has to do with being in a position in which people can also drive themselves to articulate those ideas in a group, the point of the reading group is not just to read, it’s to think and to discuss. There is always a certain surplus that is generated in the reading group which could not have been produced in reading the text alone. This mode of reading and discussing has the effect that one is intrinsically pushed to articulate certain intuitions that arise in a very precise, coherent and consistent manner, once involved in this activity, activity takes over and we’re swept up into a dynamic interaction between having insights – articulating them- and them being generative of more ideas. One has in this way a very intimate contact with the processes of thinking as such and to the feeling of thinking. For the other part, looking at it from the collective, thinking can be expanded beyond the individual and seen as a collective activity and we don’t mean this in a uniquely metaphorical sense. The collective dimension of genuine thinking has a rhizomatic structure: there is a certain history, a duration of what has and what has not already been said in the discussion, the insights articulated and points shared have a materiality to them which makes further discussion possible. If one manages to make a meaningful contribution to the discussion this can trigger the reaction of others in terms of further insights. No individual idea stays individual since each idea has its history in the thinking done by the group and finds it’s resonance in the future thinking of the group. In this way the thinking of the group is always expanding outwards and contracting inward nd in this way its drifting from itself. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In drifting the group by articulating itself and also distracts itself opening new paths. Now it is exactly this distinction between the individual and the collective thinking that we want to collapse, of which we want to show that we can talk of a dynamic process connecting both. These are some ideas intuited from our experiences at reading groups and which can be expanded upon and enriched by bringing in further ideas on the nature of thinking and of commoning. First of all to characterize the principal pedagogical form of the reading group it is relevant to draw upon for example Jacques Rancière to elaborate the social structure of the reading group and the effects this generates. It’s quite important to note, , that there is no preestablished outcome of the reading group. Rather knowledge and insights are produced by everyone involved in the moment itself. We ‘learn’ by thinking together and by participating in a process that transcends us, but there is no functionality involved, the insights are undetermined and will also have indeterminable further effects. Similarly, Masschelein and Simons describe such a view on the school in which social relations are suspended: in the school, as free time, there is a communization of experiences that serves as the basis for studying together, Scholé they say, is the time of being exposed together. Likewise, Ingold also puts forward an idea of education which is not so much based on an idea of learning as it is instrumentalized by neoliberalism. Rather study is transformational for everyone involved and democratic ’Through a range of philosophers such as Agamben, Dewey, Whitehead and Bergson we want to explore this interweaving of individual subjectivity and thinking and the collective thinking. Their philosophies tend to foreground the dynamic and processual dimensions of thought but also of the universe as a whole. With Whitehead we can not only think of educational undertaking such as the reading group as a collective adventure of thought (the reading of Stengers and Schildermans). But also with Bergson- as involved in a genuinely metaphysical process in which a whole is always creatively contracted and condensed in novel experiences. This might sound abstract and far from the concrete reality of the reading group, but on closer inspection it is clear how in discussion novel insights keep being produced out of what had already been said, although in a non-linear and indetermined manner. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Didier Debaise reading Whitehead pragmatically with C.S. Peirce shows us how truth ‘happens’ to ideas. The continuity of the reading group is in the way in which the statements resonate with the other ideas and allows the collective to construct further ideas upon it, giving a certain continuity to the collective so far as it corresponds to experience and produces effects. However, we do not intent to provide some sort of material support for the ‘existence’ of such metaphysical systems, but we do believe that their terms can be meaningfully applied to an analysis of the very concrete functioning of these reading groups. ’’To conclude and give some more urgency beyond a personal interest to the matter we would like to highlight for what reasons such seemingly abstract reflections on this subject are pertinent. First of all, we hope to have shown how the reading group resonates with many of the ideas put forward by recent philosophers of education who emphasize non-linearity, ‘encounters’ and (non-instrumental) creativity in (STEAM) education. Often times such ideas are made concrete in certain practices which refer to the arts or remain rather vague. Our preliminary analysis shows that the reading group may be a very concrete study practice in which these ideas come to the fore. More generally, the reading group as a pedagogical form can also be a vehicle to open up our ways of thinking pedagogically about alternative forms of the process of thought and study. Lastly, the specific social character of the reading group makes in into a very fruitful phenomenon to analyze further, in this short presentation we thus want to bring in into focus and provide just one of the many means by which it can be explicated. References Agamben, G. (2000). Means without end: notes on politics. (V. Binetti & C. Casarino, Trans.). University of Minnesota press. Bergson, H. (2010). Matière et mémoire: essai sur la relation du corps à l’esprit. PUF. Bergson, H. (2021). L’évolution créatrice. (A. François, Ed.). PUF. Corrigan, K. (2005). A New View of Idea, Thought, and Education in Bergson and Whitehead? Interchange (Toronto. 1984), 36(1–2), 179–198. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10780-005-2353-z Debaise, D. (2017). Nature as event : the lure of the possible. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780822372424 Debaise, Didier. (2006). Un empirisme spéculatif: Lecture de Procès et réalité de Whitehead. Vrin. Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2020). Profaning the University Apparatus: A Plea for Study Groups. In Post-Critical Perspectives on Higher Education (Vol. 3, pp. 133–143). Springer International Publishing AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-45019-9_10 Hyland, P., & Lewis, T. E. (2022). Studious drift : movements and protocols for a postdigital education. University of Minnesota Press. Ingold, T. (2018). Anthropology and/as education. Routledge. Lewis, T. E. (2013). On study: Giorgio Agamben and educational potentiality. Routledge. Masschelein, J. (2011). Experimentum Scholae: The world once more ...But not (yet) finished. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 30 (5), 529-535. doi: 10.1007/s11217-011-9257-4 Rancière, J. (2014). De geëmancipeerde toeschouwer (Joost. Beerten & W. van der Star, Trans.). Octavo. Rancière, Jacques. (2009). Le maître ignorant: cinq leçons sur l’émancipation intellectuelle. (nouveau tirage mai 2009). Fayard. Schildermans, H., Masschelein, J. (sup.), Simons, M. (cosup.) (2019). Making a university. Introductory notes on an Ecology of Study Practices. Schildermans, H., Simons, M., & Masschelein, J. (2019). The adventure of study: thinking with artifices in a Palestinian experimental university. Stengers, Isabelle. (2011). Thinking with Whitehead: a free and wild creation of concepts. (Michael. Chase, Trans.). Harvard university press. Vlieghe, J. (2022). In the Lap of Collective Impotentiality: Reexamining a Pragmatic Account of Thinking Through an Agambenian Lens. Educational Theory, 72(4), 473–490. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12542 Vlieghe, J. Experiencing (Im)potentiality: Bollnow and Agamben on the Educational Meaning of School Practices. Stud Philos Educ 32, 189–203 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-012-9319-2 Whitehead, A. N. (1968). Modes of thought. Free Press. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Perinde ac Cadaver? On the Vivifying Potentiality of Studying Dead Languages in School KULeuven, Belgium Presenting Author:In discussions about the presence of Latin and Greek in school curricula, two arguments against this presence constantly recur, often in tandem: (1) the classics are not useful (enough) in this day and age; (2) they are the residue and/or symptom of an elitist educational system. In a certain sense, and depending on context, both of these arguments of course hold true: studying the classics hardly qualifies one for better chances of employability or ‘good citizenship’, and in many countries their study is de facto the prerogative of the privileged few. In both cases, however, a deeper-lying, more fundamental argument also seems to be at stake, which revolves around the status of Latin and Greek as dead languages, no longer spoken in ‘real life’. True education, it is claimed, drawing on ideas of Deweyan and Freirian inspiration, is essentially “bio-philic”. It should deal with the living present of educands’ existence, and should try to foster life-enhancing experiences, which precisely emancipate educands from the oppessive, dead weight of pure tradition. Hence dead languages have little or no place in education: their lifeless, strictly intellectual knowledge, which does not afford the crucial dialogal possibilities of living languages, indeed merely serves as cultural capital, an imaginary badge of distinction to keep certain socio-cultural hierarchies in place. The old-fashioned ways in which Latin and Greek are often still taught at schools, moreover confirms their “necrophilia”. As acutely depicted in the ‘progressive-pedagogical’ film The Browning Version (1951), pupils are literally mortified by rote-learning, endless repetition, and the reading of (always the same) texts, far removed from their daily life-worlds. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In contrast to existing counter-discourses, which either draw on narrow conservatism (“the classics are part of our [Western] historical and cultural identity”), or problematically biophilic arguments (“Latin and Greek are still immediately useful to educands’ lives”), our paper wants to take radically serious the educational quality of the classics’ necrophilia, by approaching it from a different, “postcritical” angle, and casting it in a new and surprisingly vivifying light. First we discuss the case which Giorgio Agamben and Antonio Gramsci (separately) make for the study value of dead languages, whereby they both go as far as to claim that only dead languages can truly be studied (rather than “learnt”). Gramsci, who pleaded for the inclusion of the classics in all curricula, mainly sees the importance of Latin and Greek as democratic (!) repositories of forms of language and scholastic learning, thereby approximating Jan Masschelein and Maarten Simons’s more recent notion of schooling as “grammatization”. Alternatively, Agamben, echoing Derrida, stresses the “spectrality” of dead language: their capacity to speak to us in uniquely other, startling, and impersonal ways. While it makes little sense to speak Latin or Greek in personal dialogue, as if they were simply alive, we can make them speak to us, in texts and other artifacts, from another world ‘beyond the grave’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To further articulate Agamben’s and Gramsci’s ideas of study, the paper then moves over to Michel Serres, who in his work on statues develops interesting thoughts on mummification, as the art of conserving (cadavers), c.q., the art of mediating between living and dead bodies, of “stabilizing the relation between subjects and objects”. With reference to (amongst others) the Ancient Egyptian death cult and its rituals, Serres shows that proper procedures of care and distinction—‘embalming’, ‘extraction of fluids’, ‘separation of organs’—need to be observed to deal with the inherent ambivalence of dead bodies. These have to make sure that the dead bodies let go of their soul (which remains dead), in such a way that it will assist and vivify the living rather than haunt and torment them (of which the rotting of the corpse counted as an omen). Also by considering some contemporary examples, such as the curious Schola Nova in Belgium, where Latin is actually used as lingua franca, we try to apply these thoughts to the scholastic practices of teaching and studying Latin and Greek today. What are their procedures of ‘mummification’, and in what ways do they allow for these dead languages to vivify, rather than (just) mortify, educands? Ultimately we venture the suggestion that education must deal with the classics—and with all dead languages—as powerful and rich “traces of world-making” (to paraphrase Nelson Goodman). Neither unequivocally leading back to a past world to be claimed, nor pointing forward to a future one, their “necropolises” accommodate ‘timeless’ exercises of studious orientation in the present, both in order to take care of the past, and in order to start caring for the future. References Agamben, G. (2010). Nudities. (D. Kishik & S. Pedatella, Trans.). Stanford University Press. Bracke, E. (2023). Classics at Primary School: a Tool for Social Justice. Routledge. Canfarotta, D., Tosto, C., & Casado-Muñoz, R. (2022). Development of Key Competences through Latin and Greek in Secondary School in Italy and Spain. The Journal of Classics Teaching, 23(45), 13–21. https://doi.org/10.1017/S2058631021000544 Pierce, S. (2021). A Theory of Spectral Rhetoric: The Word Between the Worlds. Springer. Dewey, J. (2008 [1916]). Democracy and Education. Auckland: Floating Press. Freire, P. (2018 [1968]). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.). Bloomsbury Academic. Gatley, J. (2023). Cultural Capital, Curriculum Policy and Teaching Latin. British Educational Research Journal, 49(1), 174–185. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3836 Goodman, N. (1978). Ways of Worldmaking. Hassocks: Harvester Press. Hartog, F. (2009). The Double Fate of the Classics. Critical Inquiry, 35(4), 964–979. https://doi.org/10.1086/599583 Hodgkinson, D. (2021). Classics for the Future: A Time for Reflection. The Journal of Classics Teaching, 22(44), 106–108. https://doi.org/10.1017/S2058631021000234 Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In Defence of the School. A Public Issue. Leuven: E-ducation, Culture & Society. McGlazer, R. (2020). Old Schools : Modernism, Education, and the Critique of Progress. Fordham University Press. Serres, M. (2015 [1987]). Statues: the Second Book of Foundations (R. Burks, Trans.). Bloomsbury Academic Thoilliez, B. (2022). Conserve, Pass on, Desire: Edifying Teaching Practices to Restore the Publicness of Education. Revista de Educación, 395, 61–83. https://doi.org/10.4438/1988-592X-RE-2022-395-524 Vlieghe, J. (2013). Experiencing (Im)potentiality: Bollnow and Agamben on the Educational Meaning of School Practices. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 32(2), 189–203. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-012-9319-2 Vlieghe, J. (2018). Rethinking Emancipation with Freire and Rancière: A Plea for a Thing-centred Pedagogy. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50(10), 917-927. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2016.1200002 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 14 SES 07 A: Minorities and Schools. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Kristin Jonsdottir Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Impact of Refugees on the Dynamics of a Diaspora's Schools University of Alberta, Canada Presenting Author:Background: According to Canada’s 2016 census, approximately 1.36 million people, or about 4% of the population, report at least one of their ethnic origins as Ukrainian. About 112,000 Ukrainians have come to Canada between 1991, with the collapse of the Soviet Union, and 2016 (Stick and Hou, 2022). An additional 200,000 individuals, mostly women and children, have been approved to enter through the Canada-Ukraine Authorization for Emergency Travel (CUAET) program since Russia's unprovoked invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Many find their way to Ukrainian heritage language community schools or ridni shkoly (RiSH) to maintain the academic levels of their children’s Ukrainian language competence. These diaspora institutions are symbols of community identity. RiSh began with the first wave of Ukrainian immigration in the late 19th century, are located across the country and have been revitalized with new perspectives with each of the six waves of immigration to Canada. Unlike some immigrant groups and despite their prevalence in Canada for over 100 years, Ukrainians have produced very few articles about their language schools, instructors or learners (Bilash & Soroka, 2014; Bilash, 2015). Research question/Objective: The sudden arrival of children to RiSH doubled or tripled the enrolment in these schools, calling for new instructors, many from among CUAET arrivees. The resulting changing dynamics is the focus of the qualitative investigation of this paper. Theoretical Framework: Bourdieu’s notions of habitus, capital and field are useful here in helping to explain how individuals think about, and react and adjust to, the social world in which they find themselves. Bourdieu (1977) defines ‘habitus’ as “a system of lasting transposable dispositions which, integrating past experiences, functions at every moment as a matrix of perceptions, appreciations, and action and makes possible the achievement of infinitively diversified tasks.” (p. 78) It is an individual’s accumulation of cultural and historically specific knowledge of the social world within which they operate, including values and dispositions. As a sociological tool, habitus allows Bourdieu to “access internalized behaviors, perceptions, and beliefs that individuals carry with them,” and which are often reflected in practices and the social worlds they inhabit (Costa and Murphy, 3-4). Further, Bourdieu argues that habitus is not static. Rather, he “emphasizes the potential for habitus to be reconstructed or changed in the event of encounters with the unfamiliar, such as resettling in a new country” and “learned, acquired and transformed, both through new experiences in one’s social environment and the process of socialization” (Jung, Dalton and Willis, 2017, p. 6). Habitus is thus “a complex interplay between the past and the present” (Reay et al, 2009, 1104). “Field” is understood by Bourdieu as “a series of institutions, rules, rituals, conventions, categories…which produce and authorize certain discourses and activities” (Webb, Schirato and Danaher, 2002, p. 21). Education can be considered a field as it is able to set rules for behaviour, thus creating a social system that has an internal structure (Özçürümez et al, 2023, p. 5). Within a field, Bourdieu argues that individuals maneuver, compete and negotiate for power, which he calls “capital”. Capital goes beyond economic resources to include social and cultural resources, including networks and connections and symbolic assets, like university degrees, as well as patterns of accent, dress, or “taste” (Kelly and Lusis, 2006, pp. 833-34). Thus, social and cultural capital are reflected in the ways of thinking teachers use in a classroom, and their classroom practices, their ideological beliefs, all of which have implications for their students and their education (Özçürümez et al, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used After receiving approval of the University of Alberta's Research Ethics Board, data were collected using an online survey and a semi-structured interview guide whose design emerged from a literature review about heritage/ethnic language schools and the education of refugee children. Participants could choose to complete the survey (n=38) and/or interview (n=12) in English or Ukrainian. Interviewees all chose to be interviewed in Ukrainian. Interviews were conducted in Ukrainian by native speakers, transcribed, translated, verified, member checked, coded and then translated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the preliminary analysis, three themes have emerged and will be interpreted through Bourdieu’s habitus, field and capital. The themes are: 1. How instructors accomodate children who have experienced trauma 2. How instructors navigate classes with children who are Ukrainian speakers, Russian-speakers, and English speakers. 3. How local Ukrainian Canadian children and Ukrainian Canadian instructors are being “othered”: "I feel that it is challenging for a Canadian born teacher to feel like they have the "right" to teach Ukrainian School. Even though I hold a MA from the University of X and my thesis was focused on heritage transfer in the Ukrainian Community there is a sense of otherness from the staff. As if I "couldn't know" what it means to "truly" be Ukrainian. There are very few Canadian born teachers in Ukrainian schools in this province. (I know of only 2.) Also, the parent body is very difficult to engage. The school requires a lot of help on a weekly basis that it cannot afford to pay staff for. There are also high academic expectations from the parent body for such a small yearly investment." The results may be of interest to school leaders working with recent refugees from Ukraine, Ukrainian diaspora communities, and other diaspora communities. References Bilash, O., & Soroka, M. (2014). Ukrainian language educational system in Canada and abroad. In Zakhidnokanads’kyi zbirnyk [Western Canada collection of essays]. Eds. Savaryn, P., Cipko, S., Soroka, M., Savaryn M. and Balan, J. Shevchenko Scientific Society, Edmonton Branch publications, 7, 194-203. Bilash, O. (2015). Kursy Ukrayinoznavstvo Report. Commissioned by the Parents Committee of Ukrainian Language High School. (45 pp) Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511812507 Bourdieu, P., And Wacquant, L. (1992). An invitation to reflective sociology. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago press. Jung, K., Dalton, B. & Willis, J. (2017). The Onward migration of North Korean refugees to Australia: In search of cosmopolitan habitus. The Australian Educational Researcher 9 (3) 555–570 DOI: https://doi.org/10.5130/ccs.v9i3.5506 Government of Canada (2023). Canada-Ukraine authorization for emergency travel: Key figures. https://www.canada.ca/en/immigration-refugees-citizenship/services/immigrate-canada/ukraine-measures/key-figures.html Jung, K., Dalton, B. & Willis, J. (2017). The Onward migration of North Korean refugees to Australia: In search of cosmopolitan habitus. The Australian Educational Researcher 9 (3) 555–570 DOI: https://doi.org/10.5130/ccs.v9i3.5506 Özçürümez, S., Tursun, O. & Tunç, A. (2023) Exploring the impact of teachers’ past migration experience on inclusive education for refugee children, International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2023.2221255 Reay, D., Crozier, G., & Clayton, J. (2010). ‘Fitting in’ or ‘standing out’: Working-class students in UK higher education. British educational research journal 36 (1), 107-124 Stick and Hou, Statistics Canada. (2022). https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/pub/36-28-0001/2022004/article/00003-eng.htm 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Invisible Support of Community-based Educational Initiatives 1University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2Ku Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Across Europe many education systems struggle with continuous and strong performance inequalities between students form a minoritized and majority background. (Hadjar and Gross, 2016). Despite many policy actions to tackle these inequalities the latter seem quite persistent. What remains particularly puzzling in this regard is that ethnic minority students are generally highly motivated to perform well in education, yet their educational outcomes remain, on average, low. This is also known as the achievement-motivation paradox (Hadjar & Scharf, 2019; Mickelson, 1990; Salikutluk, 2016). Much time and effort have been spent researching this paradox and the causes of these inequalities, focusing on theories around the reproduction of inequality, capital theory and deficit thinking theory (Agirdag, 2020; Dewitt & Van Petegem, 2001; Triventi et al., 2022). Yet, this research has mostly focused on mainstream education institutions. The role and the agency of the ethnic-cultural minoritized communities to mitigate themselves the inequalities they are most affected by has been mostly overlooked. In addition, research in education initiatives beyond the boundaries of the mainstream institutions which produce or reproduce these existing inequalities has been limited until now. One of these alternative forms of education are the supplementary or complementary education various ethnic-cultural minoritized groups organise for their youth. These community-based educational initiatives (CBEI) are bottom-up learning environments offering not only support for minoritized youth in their mainstream academic studies, but also providing (positive) recognition of their ethno-cultural identity and familial and community heritage (Baldridge et al., 2017; Steenwegen et al., 2022). These initiatives (which range from homework support and mathematics instruction, to language classes (Hall, 2002)) have been documented in ethnographic studies and serve as important examples of minoritized communities organising their own education specifically to fill in gaps they experience in their children’s education. This is particularly important in contexts where mainstream education often caters to the cultural (religious and linguistic) needs of dominant ethnic majority groups but fail to be as sensitive to similar needs among minoritized communities (Clycq, 2017; Van Praag et al., 2016; Yosso 2005). Current research in this field has documented both the organisational nature of these CBEI and the motivations of minoritized communities to organise these schools (Steenwegen et al., 2022). Yet, the processes within these initiatives, the resources they provide, and the potential impact on the educational trajectories of minoritized youth, all remain largely unknown. Through extensive qualitative observations and interviews conducted with students, teachers, and organisers, across various CBEI, this research offers new insight into the educational organising various communities are involved in. It also shows how these initiatives serve as important networks of support for minoritized youth. We present these CBEI through the lens of the community-cultural wealth framework (Yosso, 2005) and offer an expansion of this framework with resources that contain the transnational nature of many of the CBEI included in this research. We also showcase the importance and impact of these (third) spaces through centring the words and experiences of minoritized young people attending these schools. The research took place in Flanders, a particularly interesting context to study educational initiatives as this Flemish speaking region of Belgium is notably marked by one of the largest, and quite tenacious, ethnic achievement gaps in education in Europe (Jacobs & Danhier, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To provide an answer to the research questions posed in this paper we spend a full academic year (9+ months) documenting the various educational processes present in 6 community-based educational initiatives in Flanders, all organised by various ethnic-cultural communities. This documentation process started with building strong and trusting relationships with the various organisers from the schools, aimed at creating a mutual understanding of the research purposes and methods which would be used later in the process, taking inspiration from the participatory research method and the importance of building relationships with the communities we research. Secondly, multiple observations took place of full schooldays with teachers, pupils, parents, and volunteers present. Attention was then turned towards the bulk of the research; capturing the social networks making up these CBEI and the resources present in or made available through these networks. We designed a network-mapping method to fulfil the goal of both capturing the actors present in the CBEI, as well as the personal relationships and proximity between these actors, and the resources made available for all actors involved through the personal relationships (or ties) that made up the social networks. This method combined actor- and resource mapping via concentric circle (Crossley et al., 2015; Yousefi Nooraie et al., 2012; Froehlich et al., 2020) In practice this means that we first asked actors present in the schools (teachers, organisers and pupils) to draw their personal network (egocentric mapping) using a concentric circle-technique which captures both the other actors in the school they are in regular communication with, and the proximity they feel towards these actors. This was then combined with resource-mapping; asking the same actors in the school to also name and list the various resources made available via the interpersonal relationships in the egocentric networks. This method was employed in interviews with teachers and volunteers, and in focus groups with pupils (ranging from 9 to 16 years old). More than 50 interviews took place using this method, resulting in a dataset with observational data and over 70 drawings of personal networks, detailing both the actors present in schools as well as the resources the actors have access to or can be made available to them. This data was coded and analysed in Nvivo, for which we based our deductive coding on the community-cultural wealth framework (Yosso, 2005). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results from this study showcase that CBEI have expansive social networks, with resources that reach much further than simply the ones made available through the curriculum offered to the pupils. Additionally, not only pupils benefit from the resources present or made available; Parents, teachers and volunteers regularly rely on the social networks of these alternative educational spaces to access resources in or beyond the initiatives. In general, the resources present and available in the studied CBEI can be categorized using the community-cultural wealth framework (Yosso, 2005). We also offer an expansion of this framework with resources that contain the transnational nature of the CBEI included in this research. Previous quantitative analysis of data on community-based educational initiatives within this larger research project already showcased that CBEI are widely attended by ethnic minority youth but that mainstream education actors (mainly teachers) are rarely aware of the role these CBEI play in the lives of their pupils. Combining these various results has several implications, specifically for social policy attempting to tackle the ethnic achievement gap in education; A first and important step to take is to create greater awareness of the existence of CBEI both in mainstream education institutions and beyond. This can help expand the idea of educational spaces which includes CBEI and values the education they offer. Additionally, we hope to showcase with further analysis of our data that these CBEI are important social networks for minoritized youth that offer several streams of impactful resources which could be highly useful to influence the ethnic achievement gap in education. These CBEI are thus important sites of educational innovation that should be valued by social policy makers, teachers, and researchers alike for the important role they play in the lives of minoritized youth and the larger ethnic-cultural communities they belong to. References Baldridge, B., Beck, N., Medina, J., & Reeves, M. (2017). Toward a New Understanding of Community-Based Education: The Role of Community-Based Educational Spaces in Disrupting Inequality for Minoritized Youth. Review of Research in Education, 41, 381-402. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X16688622 Clycq, N. (2017). ‘We value your food but not your language’: Education systems and nation-building processes in Flanders. European Educational Research Journal, 16(4), 407-424. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116668885 Crossley, N., Bellotti, E., Edwards, G., Everett, M. G., Koskinen, J., & Tranmer, M. (2015). Social network analysis for ego-nets. Sage. Froehlich, D. E., Van Waes, S., & Schäfer, H. (2020). Linking quantitative and qualitative network approaches: A review of mixed methods social network analysis in education research. Review of Research in Education, 44(1), 244-268. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732x20903311 Hadjar, A., & Gross, C. (2016). Education systems and inequalities: International comparisons. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Hadjar, A., & Scharf, J. (2019). The value of education among immigrants and non-immigrants and how this translates into educational aspirations: a comparison of four European countries. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 45(5), 711-734. Hall, K. A. O., K.: Zulfiqar, M.: Tan, J. E. C. (2002). 'This is our School': provision, purpose and pedagogy of supplementary schooling in Leeds and Oslo. British Educational Research Journal, 28(3), 399-418. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920220137467 Jacobs, D., & Danhier, J. (2017). Segregatie in het onderwijs overstijgen. Analyse van de resultaten van het PISA2015-onderzoek in Vlaanderen en in de Federatie Wallonië-Brussel. Mickelson, R. A. (1990). The Attitude-Achievement Paradox Among Black Adolescents. Sociology of Education, 63(1), 44-61. Steenwegen, J., Clycq, N., & Vanhoof, J. (2022). How and why minoritised communities self-organise education: a review study. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2021.2022458 Triventi, M., Vlach, E., & Pini, E. (2022). Understanding why immigrant children underperform: evidence from Italian compulsory education. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 48(10), 2324-2346. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2021.1935656 Van Praag, L., Stevens, P. A. J., & Van Houtte, M. (2016). ‘No more Turkish music!’ The acculturation strategies of teachers and ethnic minority students in Flemish schools. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 42(8), 1353-1370. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2015.1103171 Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69-91. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006 Yousefi Nooraie, R., Sale, J. E. M., Marin, A., & Ross, L. E. (2020). Social Network Analysis: An Example of Fusion Between Quantitative and Qualitative Methods. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 14(1), 110-124. https://doi.org/10.1177/1558689818804060 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Building Partnerships between Multilingual Families and Compulsory Schools University of Iceland Presenting Author:Ideas in the western world are changing about home-school relationships, and on how parents and teachers of school children communicate, collaborate and even build partnerships. Some changes are mainly because of development in our societies, for example due to growth in migration often from east to west in the recent two decades. Other changes arise from policy changes fuelled by increased individualism and liberalistic ideas that has had its impact on education. This paper derives from the research project Language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families in Iceland and their implications for education, shortened to the LPP project. The objectives of the project are to explore language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families (Curdt-Christiansen, 2013; Spolsky, 2004), how these affect their children’s education and the relationships and interactions between these families and the children‘s teachers. The research questions posed in this paper are: The paper builds on Bronfenbrenner‘s ecological systems theory (1979, 2005) and a further development of this by Schwartz (in press). The theory of Bronfenbrenner is useful to understand the relations between students, families, teachers and schools and how they are interrelated. Schwartz has furthered this well known model by bringing forth how different systems affect multilingual children‘s language identities. That brings attention to both overt and subtle influences a migrant background has on home-school relationships. The theoretical framework also includes a family-school-community partnership model that is often attributed to Joyce L. Epstein (2011), who along with her colleagues formulated it and has led its development in collaboration with a group of researchers and teachers at all school levels. It describes how the three fields, that the title refers to, relate, and how important it is that family, school and society work together as a whole and thus support children in their development and education (Coleman, 2013). Findings on home-school relationships in Iceland, deriving from a big data gathering for 10-15 years ago, showed that participants valued parental involvement highly as „Overall, about 99% of parents and school staff believed that parental support for the student was rather or very important to promote good academic results“ (Jónsdóttir and Björnsdóttir, 2012). Even so, findings reflected as well that there parents had different access to school. For example single mothers were more likely than other parents to feel that their voices were not heard at school when they needed support for their children (Jónsdóttir, Björnsdóttir and Bæck, 2017). During last two decades student populations in schools have become increasingly diverse in terms of languages and cultures. Therefore, many teachers are well aware of that they are facing new challenges such as cultivating relationships with all parents, and including diversity into their toolbox (Reykjavíkurborg, 2017). On the other hand, it seems that teachers are often hesitating in building relationships with families, especially with those of foreign origin. Teachers in secondary schools in Norway are reluctant to open the doors for parental involvement, but well educated, middle class parents of Norwegian origin are more likely to be accepted than migrant parents are (Melnikova, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The LPP project involves 16 migrant families, who have diverse languages and educational and socio-economic backgrounds, their children, as well as the children’s teachers and principals at preschool and compulsory school levels and, where relevant, their heritage language teachers. The families live in four different municipalities in Iceland. Families speaking heritage languages belonging to both small (such as Philippines) and large (Polish) language groups in Iceland were selected. The municipalities are located in four different parts of Iceland and there may be important differences between the municipalities where the children are located when it comes to educational opportunities and support. Data for this paper was collected in semi-structured interviews with teachers and principals in the four participating schools. Semi-structured interviews were chosen to elicit the views of the participants as clearly and accurately as possible (Kvale, 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings show that many migrant parents trust the schools and the teachers, and state that they get a lot of information but maybe not so much of cooperation. The teachers are aware of this as a general situation, but reveal they lack diverse resources such as time, tools and competencies to develop their relations with these families. They focus on the students, how they manage in school, andd talk about relations with their families with regard to how the parents can or can´t support their own children. Findings show that school leaders regard changes form a wider perspective, and talk about the challenges for schools. One principal spoke about the importance of personal relations, and that some migrant parents regarded it as strange, as they were not familiar with this approach „but maybe it is especially important because of cultural differences,“ he said. „And us and the parents, we have to be able to communicate frankly and openly. ... Maybe that's what we try to put a little effort into. And this maybe the human factor, that the school is a bit human“. Comparing findings to Epstein's (2011) model, reveals that home-school partnership is rather a distant dream in Icelandic complusory schools for the migrant parents, and that discussions about contact and communication are prevailing. Furthermore, the findings indicate that the situation in Icelandic schools may be similar to Melnikova's (2023) conclusion regarding migrant parents scarce possibilities to get involved in their childs schooling. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005). Making human beings human: Bioecological perspectives on human development. Sage. Coleman, M. (2013). Empowering family-teacher partnerships. Building connections within diverse communities. Thousand Oaks, Ca.: Sage. Epstein, J. L. (2011). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators, and improving schools (2. útgáfa). Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press. Jónsdóttir, K., Björnsdóttir, A. and Bæck, U. (2017). Influential factors behind parents’ general satisfaction with compulsory schools in Iceland. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(2), pp.155-164. Jónsdóttir, K. and Björnsdóttir, A. (2012). Home-school relationships and cooperation between parents and supervisory teachers. Barn, 30(4), 109–128. Kvale, S. (2007). Doing interviews. London: Sage. Melnikova, J. (2022). Migrant parents at high school: Exploring new opportunities for involvement. Frontiers in Education, 7, 979399. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.979399 Reykjavíkurborg. (2017). Nýliðun og bætt starfsumhverfi grunnskólakennara. Skýrsla starfshóps. https://reykjavik.is/sites/default/files/sfs_starfsumhverfi_grunnskolakennara-skyrsla_starfshops_um_nylidun_og_baett_starfsumhverfi_grunnskolakennara_i_reykjavik_2017-lok121217.pdf |
15:45 - 17:15 | 14 SES 07 B: School-related Transitions. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Pablo Rivera-Vargas Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Secondary Schools Initiatives to foster Transformative Agency and Social Change. The SCU4change Project. Universidad de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Education systems are facing a constantly and rapidly changing environment. In addition to the conventional challenges that already put pressure on school institutions, new challenges are now being added, especially those linked to inclusion and diversity. These are inevitable phenomena in a globalised and multicultural world (Erstad et al., 2021; Rajala et al., 2023). To meet these challenges, it is necessary to develop innovative approaches to build new concepts and strengthen the notion of a transformative capacity. This ability empowers young people to see themselves as agents and citizens capable of influencing today's society and the one they wish to inhabit in the future, starting from a construction in the present (Jenkins & Ito, 2015). In this context, there is a general consensus that students must not only learn to live in the world, but also to critically analyse, conceive their own potential futures and change their trajectories (Lipman, 2011). A fundamental concept in this context is transformative agency, which Stetsenko (2019) describes as "the connection between individuals who not only change the world, but are also transformed in the process" (p. 3). This perspective implies the development of skills and competencies to experience and promote social change. What is intriguing is how this idea can engage young people in creating possible futures aligned with their own destinies, considering agency as a simultaneously relational and transformative phenomenon. The research conducted is aligned with the need for education to contribute to meeting the challenges of the future (UNESCO, 2021) and to provide key competences/skills for social change. At the same time, it is necessary to be attentive to global-local phenomena and perspectives, which promote the incorporation of "Southern perspectives" (Blommaert, 2005) and to observe the influence of different socio-historical environments on educational practices (Ávalos & Bellei, 2019). In this context, the project 'SCU4Change- Educational Roadmap for Transformative Agency - Connecting School, Community and University for Social Change' (Erasmus+. 2022-1-NO01-KA2020-HED-000086487) has emerged. Its purpose is to foster transformative experiences for social change in secondary education through coordinated collaboration between schools, communities and universities. Its main objective is to design a collaborative and sustainable roadmap that highlights and promotes school practices aimed at addressing contemporary social problems from a social and educational change perspective, through the cooperation of all parties involved. In each of the participating countries, the universities of Vienna (Austria), Andrés Bello (Chile), Barcelona (Spain) and Oslo (Norway) are collaborating with a secondary school that already implements transformative educational projects or practices aimed at social change. Together with key stakeholders from the school (students, teachers, management) and the surrounding community, common trends that stimulate the development of transformative agency are being explored. Throughout the implementation of SCU4Change, the participating schools,communities, and universities will jointly design, implement, and evaluate projects addressing contemporary social issues in schools. Systematizing these experiences will create a collaborative 'roadmap' to highlight and encourage school practices focused on social issues, fostering change through school-community-university collaboration. In this way, and from a bottom-up or bottom-up logic, the aim is to bring into dialogue the knowledge and transformative praxis already existing in schools in order to build, through collaborative and synergetic work between school/community/university. The specific objectives of the project are: (1) Design, implement, and disseminate transformative education projects for social issues, (2) empower youth as societal influencers, (3) promote authentic learning on current social/environmental challenges, and (4) explore digital resources for collaborative learning among schools, universities, and communities. In this context, the results of the process of observing transformative projects in a public school in Spain are presented. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative triangulation is developed based on classroom observation of the entire period in which the training experience is implemented (4 weeks). Together with the field notes resulting from the observation, informal interviews were conducted with teachers and students, as well as with representatives of the associations collaborating in the development of these educational projects. The fieldwork took place between November (2023) and February (2024), accompanying the development of the following three projects: ● The project Desmontamos rumores y estereotipos a través de las redes sociales (07/11/2023-12/12/2023) consists of a collaboration between the school and a communication agency, which commissions and accompanies the students to produce short films about rumours and stereotypes that favour racism, from the perspectives of young people. These short films are published on social media. ● The Participemos project (09/01/2024 - 09/02/2024) invites students to participate and get involved in decision-making processes within their families, the school and the neighbourhood to which they belong. To this end, they collaborate with a youth club and experience processes of participation and involvement, as part of active citizenship. ● The Rap y Glosa project (09/01/2024 - 09/02/2024) is based on the idea that music is a tool for expressing discontent and disagreement with social injustices. Therefore, through this project, students learn to write and improvise rap songs, based on social issues that concern them, through the collaboration of a popular music school. Observation and subsequent analysis are systematised through 5 framework categories: 1. Issues addressed and strategies: curricular content addressed, the role of the school in social change and the role of digital technologies. 2. Student engagement: student participation in the projects. 3. Teachers' perceptions: planning, evaluation, collaboration with the community, assessment of student participation. 4. School-community collaboration. 5. Capacity for transformative agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It can be seen that the projects are suitable for the generation of the ethical/reflective disposition necessary for the development of transformative agency. However, this does not transfer (at least not immediately) to the development of the practical disposition necessary for the implementation of the transformative agency of the projects. In other words, and more concretely, the projects observed show the construction of a public discourse consistent with the values and perspectives that the projects seek to work on, but this public discourse contradicts some of the daily practices of some of the students. Although it is not easy to analyse the transformative agency that is promoted among students through each of the projects, the suitability of creating an ecosystem of training actions that, from different perspectives and strategies, incorporate the voice and action of the students is evident. It is in the proposal of alternative models that classroom actors become aware of the possibility of managing different roles to those usually assigned. However, certain tensions also arise. On the one hand, there is the need to make explicit the relationship between the projects and the school curriculum. For this reason, pupils could interpret their commitment as voluntary activism (depending on their interest in the subject in question), detached from the usual formal training. On the other hand, the action of the social entities that collaborate and the pedagogical capacity of their facilitators are fundamental both to increase pupils' involvement and to strengthen their transformative agency. It is hoped that the results of this observation process will contribute to the collaborative co-design phase between schools, communities and universities and allow for the proposal of a road-map to inspire and guide the development of transformative educational projects in other secondary schools. References Ávalos, B., & Bellei, C. (2019). Recent Education Reforms in Chile. How Much of a Departure from Market and New Public Management Systems? In C. Ornelas (Ed), Politics of Education in Latin America: Reforms, Resistance and Persistence, Sense-Brill Publishers. Blommaert, J. (2005) Discourse: A Critical Introduction. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511610295 Erstad, O., Miño, R., & Rivera-Vargas, P. (2021). Educational practices to transform and connect schools and communities. [Educational practices to transform and connect schools and communities.] Comunicar, 29(66). 9-20. https://doi.org/10.3916/C66-2021-01 Jenkins, H., & Ito, M. (2015). Participatory culture in a networked era: A conversation on youth, learning, commerce, and politics. John Wiley & Sons. Lipman, P. (2011). The new political economy of urban education: Neoliberalism, race, and the right to the city. Routledge. Rajala, A., Cole, M. & Esteban-Guitart, M. (2023). Utopian methodology: Researching educational interventions to promote equity over multiple timescales, Journal of the Learning Sciences, 32(1), 110-136. Stetsenko A. (2019). Radical-transformative agency: continuities and contrasts with relational agency and implications for education. Frontiers in education, 4, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2019.00148 UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The School's Role in Graduates' Life Trajectories Planning through Building a Sense of Belonging with the Local Community HSE University, Russian Federation Presenting Author:This panel discussion delves into the localized exploration of the intricate relationship between schools, community interactions, and the cultivation of a sense of belonging among students. Focused on three specific Russian territories characterized by specific natural and climatic conditions, this study aims to decipher how schools strategically engage with local communities to enhance students' connections and, in turn, influence their life plans. The analysis remains grounded in the unique challenges posed by the territorial context, providing a nuanced perspective on the role of schools in fostering a sense of belonging among youth. The theoretical framework guiding this exploration draws from concepts of local identity, stakeholder theory, social capital, and ecosystem thinking. The phenomenon of youth migration is a pressing issue not only in Russia but also within specific regions, presenting challenges to both local communities and broader societal structures. The migration of youth is a complex phenomenon influenced by various factors, including the socio-economic development of regions, educational opportunities, and employment prospects. Research indicates a prevalent trend of youth gravitating toward more developed urban centers, exacerbating labor market erosion in smaller towns and rural areas. Understanding the nuances of youth migration is crucial, especially in regions with challenging natural-climatic contexts, where socio-economic deprivation combines with territorial barriers such as harsh climates, remoteness, and inaccessibility. One often overlooked aspect is the impact of a sense of belonging to the local community on migration decisions. Studies suggest that a strong sense of attachment can act as a deterrent to migration, as individuals feel connected to social networks, institutions, and local cultural distinctiveness. Conversely, a weak sense of belonging may increase migration intentions, with individuals seeking acceptance elsewhere. This discussion seeks to extend existing research by focusing on the role of schools in shaping youth's sense of belonging. Schools, as social institutions, can play a pivotal role in fostering community attachment through involving students in communal processes and projecting an image of openness to the external world. However, current research gaps exist, particularly at the level of local communities and individual schools as socio-cultural environments where migration attitudes may form. Unlike conventional studies, our focus shifts from understanding the general link between life trajectories and a sense of belonging to a more context-specific examination of the deliberate efforts made by schools within challenging territorial environments. Using a localized logic, we explore the ways in which schools navigate socio-economic deprivation, territorial barriers, and the distinctive climatic challenges of each region. Our hypothesis is tailored to the local nuances of the three Russian territories, proposing that schools actively contribute to the development of students' sense of belonging by tailoring their strategies to the specific actions within their locality. By examining the interplay between schools and the local environment through we aim to uncover region-specific insights into the peculiarities of school strategies. The discussion remains rooted in the local context of the three Russian territories, emphasizing the importance of understanding how schools respond to the socio-economic and environmental challenges unique to each region. By focusing on this localized approach, the panel seeks to encourage a deeper understanding of the regional dynamics that shape the interplay between schools, community interactions, and youth aspirations. Ultimately, this exploration aims to inform tailored strategies for enhancing a sense of belonging among students in regions facing specific territorial conditions, contributing to the broader discourse on education and community engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on the materials of the expedition to urban and rural schools in the territories with specific natural, climatic and socio-economic context: Elizovsky District of Kamchatka Krai, Nerchinsky District of Zabaikalsky Krai, Salekhard and Novy Urengoy of Yamalo-Nenets Autonomous Okrug. The study was implemented in a qualitative design based on the results of the expedition of the HSE University to these territories for the period from September 2022 to September 2023. The research explored the possibilities of building a positive socio-educational trajectory in the territories with specific geographical, natural, climatic and socio-economic conditions. The expeditions included school visits to 15 schools in the Yelizovsky district of Kamchatka Krai, 11 schools in the Nerchinsky district of Zabaikalsky Krai, and 12 schools in Salekhard and Novy Urengoy. The main data source is semi-structured interviews with 1) school administrators and 2) high school students. On average, each interview lasts about 40-50 minutes. Interviews with students focused on their reflections on their future life plans, while interviews with school administrators and teachers were mainly aimed at capturing school practices and strategies of external interaction. The materials obtained as a result of the interviews were prepared in the form of transcripts for further analysis. Transcripts are processed by coding method using Atlas.ti software. The coding is based on the developed structure of a codebook formed on the basis of the key concepts of this study. The codebook takes into account two main blocks of categories in accordance with the purpose of the study - graduates' trajectories and schools' external engagement strategy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One pivotal determinant identified is the type of external engagement facilitated by schools, particularly through career guidance initiatives organized in collaboration with local institutions of higher vocational education and businesses. The linkage between students' choices for future trajectories and the accessibility of information about self-realization opportunities in their region underscores the efficacy of career guidance activities as a potent strategy in mitigating migration asymmetry. Contrary to the initial hypothesis, our findings largely dismiss the notion that students' plans for continuing their education within their native territory are contingent on the cultivated sense of belonging by schools. Instead, pragmatic considerations, notably academic pursuits and employment prospects, emerge as paramount influencers in students' trajectory choices, overshadowing emotional factors. This research contributes to the international discourse by offering a nuanced perspective on the intricate interplay between external collaborations, pragmatic considerations, and youth migration plans. The identification of effective strategies, such as targeted career guidance activities, holds significance for global discussions on reducing migration imbalances. By highlighting the dominance of pragmatic factors in shaping students' decisions, our findings offer valuable insights for international educators, policymakers, and researchers grappling with similar challenges, fostering cross-cultural discussions and potential collaborative solutions. References 1.Габдрахманов, Н.К., Никифорова, Н.Ю., Лешуков, О.В. (2019). «От Волги до Енисея…»: образовательная миграция молодежи в России. М.: НИУ ВШЭ. (in Russian) 2.Карачурина, Л.Б., Флоринская, Ю.Ф. (2019). Миграционные намерения выпускников школ малых и средних городов России. Вестник Московского университета. Серия 5. География. с. 82-89. (in Russian) 3.Cooke, T.J., Boyle, P. (2011). The migration of high school graduates to college. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 33 (2), 202–213. DOI: 10.3102/0162373711399092 4.Geist, C., Mcmanus, P. A. (2008). Geographical Mobility over the Life Course: Motivations and Implications. Population, Space and Place, 14(4), 283–303. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp.508; 5.Мкртчян, Н.В. (2013). Миграция молодежи в региональные центры России в конце XX – начале XXI века // Известия РАН. Сер. Географическая. № 6. С. 19-30.]. (in Russian) 6.Кашницкий, И.С., Мкртчян, Н.В., Лешуков, О.В. (2016). Межрегиональная миграция молодежи в России: комплексный анализ демографической статистики. Вопросы образования. №3. (in Russian) 7.Зубаревич, Н. В. (2012). Социальная дифференциация регионов и городов. Pro et Contra. Т. 16, № 4-5. (in Russian) 8.Wetherell, M. (2009). The identity / action relation. In: Wetherell, M. Theorizing Identities and Social Action. Identity Studies in the Social Sciences. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 1–19. 9.Albert I., Barros, S. (2021). The Sense of Belonging in the Context of Migration: Meanings and Developmental Trajectories. In: Wagoner, B., Christensen, B.A., Demuth, C. (eds) Culture as Process. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-77892-7_19 10.Riethmuller, M. L., Dzidic, P. L., & Newnham, E. A. (2020). Going Rural: Qualitative perspectives on the role of place attachment in young people’s intentions to return to the country. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 101542. doi:10.1016/j.jenvp.2020.101542 11.Theodori, A., Theodori, G. (2015). The Influences of Community Attachment, Sense of Community, and Educational Aspirations Upon the Migration Intentions of Rural Youth in Texas. Community Development. 46. 10.1080/15575330.2015.1062035. 12.Цирульников, А. М. (2009). Социокультурные основания развития системы образования. Метод социокультурной ситуации. Вопросы образования, (2), 40-66. (in Russian) 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Towards Transformative Education: Exploring School Projects for Social Change 1Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 2Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona Presenting Author:Education systems are facing a world in constant and accelerated transformation. In addition to the traditional challenges that already strained school institutions, new challenges are now being added, most notably those related to inclusion and diversity. These are inevitable phenomena in a globalised and multicultural world (Erstad et al., 2021; Rajala et al., 2023). To address these challenges, innovative approaches need to be developed to build new imaginaries and reinforce the idea of a transformative capacity for action. Such a capacity empowers young people to see themselves as agents and citizens capable of influencing today's society and the one in which they wish to live in the future, based on a construction in the present (Jenkins & Ito, 2015; Fardella et al., 2023). In this sense, there is a general consensus that students must not only learn to live in the world, but also to think critically, imagine their own possible futures and transform their destinies (Lipman, 2011). A key concept in this context is transformative agency, which Stetsenko (2019) defines as "the link between people who not only change the world, but are also transformed in this very process" (p. 3). This perspective entails the development of skills and competences to experience and bring about social change. What is interesting is how this notion can engage young people in the conception of possible futures aligned with their own destinies, understanding agency as both a relational and a transformative phenomenon. Within this framework, the project 'Educational Roadmap for Transformative Agency - Connecting School, Community and University for Social Change' (Erasmus+. 2022-1-NO01-KA2020-HED-000086487) has emerged. This project aims to foster transformative experiences for social change in secondary education through coordinated action between schools, communities and universities. Its main objective is to design a collaborative and sustainable "roadmap" that makes visible and promotes school practices focused on addressing contemporary social issues from a perspective of social and educational change, through the collaboration of all the agents involved.
The project is implemented in four countries: Austria, Chile, Spain and Norway. In each country, the project will work with a secondary school that has implemented - or is implementing - projects or practices aimed at educational and social transformation.
In the first phase, the different actors involved (teachers, management teams, communities and students) have been contacted to assess the effects of these projects and the needs, potentials and difficulties associated with the deepening of these educational practices in different contexts. In order to deepen and understand how schools are contributing (or not) to fostering social change and multi-stakeholder collaboration, each participating university (University of Oslo - Norway, Universitat de Barcelona - Spain, University of Vienna - Austria and Universidad Andrés Bello - Chile) has conducted interviews, observations and surveys, involving principals, teachers and students of the secondary schools associated to the project. This paper presents the results of the initial phase of the project in the context of Spain, specifically in a public secondary school pioneer in educational transformation. It integrates into its curriculum interdisciplinary projects (called "BRCS") in 3rd and 4th year of secondary education (students aged 15 and 16 in Spain), addressing issues such as sexuality, pollution, colonialism, human rights, racism, sexism and climate change. In these BRCS, collaboration with extracurricular communities is key, working with a variety of entities on projects involving social sciences, humanities and other areas, culminating in an annual exhibition of the projects to the local community.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to carry out a comprehensive analysis of the school's needs and students' concerns, three individual interviews were conducted with different teachers, complemented by a focus group in which the school's management team participated. In parallel, a detailed online questionnaire was designed and administered to a total of 286 students, both male and female, to obtain a broader and more representative perspective of the student community. In the case of the questionnaire, in addition to the usual socio-demographic questions referring to the course and gender of the students, it had a series of questions referring to: 1) personal and collective concern about certain social problems; 2) knowledge about the conceptualisation of social change; 3) the problems to be worked on and the groups with whom to work on projects related to social change; 4) opinions and self-perceptions about project work; 5) the influence of project work in the immediate context; and 6) the usefulness of digital technologies in project work. This mixed approach, combining qualitative and quantitative methods, provided a comprehensive and in-depth view of the needs and perceptions existing in the school (Chaves, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this first phase of the project we observed that the school in question has adopted an innovative educational approach, moving away from the traditional structure to embrace personalisation and globalisation of learning. Despite their remarkable commitment to project-based education that addresses social issues, questions arise about the real effectiveness and reach of these initiatives. While managers and teachers are enthusiastic about integrating projects in the social sciences and humanities, addressing issues such as human rights and climate change, this approach often clashes with dimensions such as assessment, and youth engagement in higher grades (baccalaureate), where interest seems to wane. The school enjoys a curricular autonomy that allows for the implementation of innovative methods and methodologies, such as the use of rap and social media. However, this also brings with it the challenge of measuring the educational impact of such approaches. Although there is institutional support and an aligned school culture, certain subjects, such as exact sciences, present difficulties in incorporating these projects, calling into question their cross-cutting nature. Teachers focus on promoting coexistence and social awareness, but such efforts could be perceived as detached from broader academic and professional realities. Despite their aim to develop critical and caring students, the question of how to balance these ideals with traditional academic demands remains. The use of projects to address social issues is commendable, but criticism also emerges about their practical effectiveness and perception among students and their families. While management and faculty focus on social justice and the reduction of inequalities, students may have more varied and concrete visions of social change, revealing a possible disconnect between educational intentions and student concerns. Ultimately, the school faces the challenge of balancing its aspirations for social change with the reality of its educational capacities and the expectations of its student community. References Chaves, A. (2018). The use of a mixed methodology in social research. In Delgado, K., Gadea, W., $ Vera, S. (Eds.), Breaking barriers in research (p. 164-184). Editorial UTMACH. Erstad, O., Miño, R., & Rivera-Vargas, P. (2021). Educational practices to transform and connect schools and communities. [Educational practices to transform and connect schools and communities.] Comunicar, 29(66). 9-20. https://doi.org/10.3916/C66-2021-01 Fardella, C., Baleriola, E., Valdés, R., & Jiménez, F. (2023). Transformative initiatives in vulnerable schools: notes for new public management. Revista Colombiana de Educacion, 89, 126-147. Jenkins, H., & Ito, M. (2015). Participatory culture in a networked era: A conversation on youth, learning, commerce, and politics. John Wiley & Sons. Lipman, P. (2011). The new political economy of urban education: Neoliberalism, race, and the right to the city. Routledge. Rajala, A., Cole, M. & Esteban-Guitart, M. (2023). Utopian methodology: Researching educational interventions to promote equity over multiple timescales, Journal of the Learning Sciences, 32(1), 110-136. Stetsenko A. (2019). Radical-transformative agency: continuities and contrasts with relational agency and implications for education. Frontiers in education, 4, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2019.00148 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 15 SES 07 A: Partnership research in Erasmus+ projects Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Conor Galvin Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Investigating Erasmus+ Partnerships as Third Spaces for Fostering Academic Sense of Belonging 1University of Bucharest, Romania; 2Aix-Marseille University, France Presenting Author:Our study is situated within the context of the "eBelong Sense of Belonging in the Context of New Higher Education Alliances" Erasmus+ project. Our primary objective is to explore the transformative potential of Erasmus+ partnerships in fostering a strong sense of academic belonging. While the overarching goal of the project is to assess and enhance the operational culture of higher education alliances, such as CIVIS, with a focus on promoting inclusive culture development, our research capitalizes on this setting to investigate how strategic collaborations transcend traditional educational boundaries, creating unique and collaborative environments. The research helps us understand the evolving dynamics of higher education in the age of globalization, where educational policies and competencies are continually reshaped within national frameworks (Apple, 2001; 2011).
As articulated in the Erasmus+ Program Guide (2024), Cooperation Partnerships aim to empower organizations to enhance the quality and relevance of their activities, strengthen their networks of partners, bolster their capacity to operate at a transnational level, and promote internationalization through the exchange and development of new practices and ideas. Given the multifaceted nature of these objectives, which are taken into account during project planning and implementation, it becomes evident that traditional binaries between different levels and roles are breaking down. The distinctions between local and transnational levels, individual and institutional roles, and norms and rules become intricate challenges in collaborative efforts, particularly when combined with the overarching aim of fostering a sense of belonging among academics (Veles et al, 2019; Veles & Carter, 2016; Smith et al, 2021) .
Our research is guided by the concept of third spaces, as introduced by scholars like Bhabha (1994) and further developed in educational contexts by Soja (1996) and Gutiérrez (2008). This perspective acknowledges that our ideas and knowledge are shaped by the various cultures we encounter, placing us in a perpetual state of cultural hybridity. Bhabha's notion of the third space disrupts traditional binary distinctions, offering an alternative framework for understanding and expressing our identities. We apply this concept to analyze the tensions within Erasmus+ partnerships, both at the individual and institutional levels, as Zeichner (2010) has done in the context of professional practice.
By adopting the concept of the third space as a metaphor, we highlight how the merging point of local/transnational levels and individual/institutional roles creates a dynamic environment where new rules, norms, identities, and practices can emerge. Grounded in the theoretical frameworks of third spaces, our research explores how the interplay between diverse educational practices and cultures contributes to the development of a shared sense of identity and community among academics involved in Erasmus partnerships.
Our research questions are: How are Erasmus+ partnerships perceived by participants in terms of cultural and educational integration? In what ways do these collaborations blend local and transnational levels, roles, and norms? How does the concept of belonging evolve within these partnerships? To what extent do Erasmus+ partnerships foster shared identities among academics? Through these questions, we aim to highlight the innovative potential of Erasmus+ partnerships in nurturing a sense of belonging and shaping a new international academic identity in an increasingly interconnected educational world.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is conducted within the framework of the "eBelong: Sense of Belonging in the Context of New Higher Education Alliances" project, a collaborative effort involving representatives from five universities: the University of Bucharest, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Université d'Aix Marseille, Ethniko kai Kapodistriako Panepistimio Athinon, and Eberhard Karls Universität Tübingen. To investigate Erasmus+ partnerships as "third spaces," we employ a qualitative methodology designed to delve into the complex nature and dynamics of these collaborative environments. The qualitative research approach was chosen due to its focus on understanding complex social phenomena within the context of Erasmus+ partnerships (Denzin,& Lincoln, 2011). Our methodological approach seeks to uncover how Erasmus+ partnerships function as third spaces, emphasizing their role in transcending and redefining traditional binaries such as local versus transnational levels, individual versus institutional roles, and norms versus rules, ultimately giving rise to innovative practices. To achieve this, we employ discourse analysis and conduct interviews and focus groups to capture both the conceptualization and the understandings of participants. Discourse analysis (Fairclough, 1992) is used for understanding policy documents related to Erasmus+ partnerships, including program guides and project materials. We examine these documents through the lens of the third space, paying particular attention to instances that illuminate the negotiation of cultural and disciplinary boundaries, the evolution of shared practices, and the cultivation of a sense of belonging among participants. This process involves coding the materials for specific themes related to third spaces and the aforementioned binaries, while also remaining open to the emergence of other relevant themes. Furthermore, we conduct interviews and focus groups (Morgan, 1997) with members of the project team from all five partner universities. To broaden our perspective, we plan to distribute open-ended surveys in English among academics from these universities who have been involved in other Erasmus projects. This comprehensive approach ensures a well-rounded understanding of the dynamics, perceptions, and experiences related to Erasmus+ partnerships as third spaces, contributing valuable insights to the field of higher education research. We explore how participation in these partnerships influences identity development, shapes the co-creation of knowledge, and impacts engagement with diverse educational practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes involve a comprehensive analysis of various data sources from five different European universities. The research will delve into policy and project documents, as well as transcripts of individual interviews, focus groups, and surveys conducted with participants from these universities. The primary focus of the analysis will revolve around several key research questions. First, the study aims to explore how the participants involved in these partnerships understand the concept of partnerships itself. This examination will shed light on their perceptions, expectations, and interpretations of collaborative efforts within the Erasmus+ framework. Additionally, the research will investigate the extent to which Erasmus+ partnerships facilitate the merging of local and transnational levels. It will also explore how these partnerships impact individual and institutional roles, as well as norms and rules within the academic setting. This analysis will provide valuable insights into the dynamics of cross-border collaboration and the influence of Erasmus+ on academic institutions and individuals. Furthermore, the study aims to reconceptualize the notion of a "sense of belonging" within the context of Erasmus+ partnerships, viewing them as "third spaces." This perspective offers a unique lens through which to understand the evolving identities and relationships that emerge as a result of these partnerships. Lastly, the research seeks to assess the extent to which Erasmus+ partnerships promote the creation of shared identities among academics. This exploration will provide valuable insights into the social and cultural impacts of international collaboration in the academic world. Ultimately, after a collaborative process of data analysis using coding techniques, the project team plans to engage in member-checking to validate the credibility and plausibility of their findings. This rigorous approach ensures that the research outcomes are robust and reliable, contributing to a deeper understanding of Erasmus+ partnerships and their implications for academia and higher education in Europe. References Apple, M. W., 2011. Global crises, social justice, and teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 62(2), 222-234. Bhabha, H. K. (1994). The Location of Culture. Routledge. Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338. Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2011). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. Sage. Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and Social Change. Polity Press. Greene, J. C. (2007). Mixed Methods in Social Inquiry. Jossey-Bass. Gutiérrez, K. D. (2008). Developing a sociocritical literacy in the third space. Reading Research Quarterly, 43(2), 148-164. Morgan, D. L. (1997). Focus Groups as Qualitative Research. Sage Publications. Smith, C., Holden, M., Yu, E., & Hanlon, P. (2021). ‘So what do you do?’: Third space professionals navigating a Canadian university context. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 43(5), 505-519. Soja, E. W. (1996). Thirdspace: Journeys to Los Angeles and other real-and-imagined places. Blackwell. Veles, N., & Carter, M. A. (2016). Imagining a future: changing the landscape for third space professionals in Australian higher education institutions. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 38(5), 519-533. Veles, N., Carter, M. A., & Boon, H. (2019). Complex collaboration champions: university third space professionals working together across borders. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 23(2-3), 75-85. Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences in college- and university-based teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 89-99. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper A Sustainable Partnership: eBelong. Sense of Belonging in Online Learning Environments 1The University of Bucharest, Romania; 2National and Kapodistrian University of Athens Presenting Author:The present proposal is a critical reflection on the impact of a partnership, forged in the context of the Covid-19 pandemic, on individual practitioners, the partner institutions and the university communities, beyond the project lifetime.
The project eBelong. Sense of belonging in online learning environments (2020-1-RO01-KA226-HE-095475) is an Erasmus+ funded project during a special call in 2020 determined by particular conditions of the pandemic, which proposed building and supporting activities where partners could exchange ideas and build capacities in the field of HE at a time of great challenges. The “forced digitalization” of HE came with many provocations, the key being to ensure continuity of the teaching and learning process under the unexpected conditions imposed by social interaction restrictions.
The University of Bucharest took up the challenge and was coordinating a partnership of 7 European universities from CIVIS A European Civic University (AMU, NKUA, UB, AUM, UniRoma 1, SU and EKTU) which joined forces in this project aiming at a central dilemma that needed to be addressed at that time, namely ensuring social-emotional conditions of learning in HE, as successful learning was not just about the quality of knowledge and skills to be trained, but was very much related to quality of social interactions among key stakeholders in the process, as well as to the emotional engagement of academics and students with teaching and learning experiences.
The eBelong project aimed at: - IDENTIFYING the best practices that could enhance teaching and learning when using digital tools and create conditions for social and emotional engagement of students in online learning. - PROVIDING a framework for transforming and adapting learning support services, with a special focus on vulnerable groups. - CREATING the tools to develop student’s sense of belonging in the context of virtual learning communities.
The target groups were the academics from partner universities, teaching online courses, with a focus on those with reduced digital literacy and limited capacity to transfer all teaching in online environment in an effective way, and the students studying at the partner universities and learning online, who need to develop a sense of belonging, with a focus on those from vulnerable groups.
Challenges were turned into opportunities as collaborative groups of academics from the seven partner universities collected and analysed data to co-create knowledge, support mechanisms and services to be offered across all universities. Activities in the project included:
The project proposed CoP (communities of practice) as an endless support resource, capable to respond to a diversity of needs, irrespective of the context, and at the same time it raised awareness on the efficiency of CoP in fostering social and emotional engagement with impact on learning productivity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The last intellectual output of the project was a document summarizing the endeavors of the team, proposing a new mindset in HE which focuses on social and emotional aspects of the learning experiences universities offer to their students in order to reach academic success. It redefined teaching practices in the context of online education and development of new academic skills, in an effort to generate inclusion. Although based on all data obtained, it was also a critical reflection writing, which involved a structured and thoughtful analysis of the experience, in which all partners made reference to: • The experience they had during the project, initial reactions and expectations. • The main themes, issues and concepts that emerged from the experience. • The challenges when working with an international team. • Their perspective on the experiences in the project. • Reflections on new insights, skills, or knowledge gained. • Connecting the experience to relevant theories or concepts • The overall outcome of the project experience. • Actionable goals for future situations. • The significance of the experience and its impact on personal or professional development. For the purpose of this presentation we used the critical reflections on the project experience, taking into consideration their contributions on the following topics: • A culture based on cooperation and support (UB) • Early warning systems. Instruments for identification and needs monitoring (AMU and UniRoma) • Online communication and support. Online teaching and learning platforms/instruments (NKUA and UAM) • Forms of cooperation- Open Lab and Peer Learning (SU and EKUT) • Support services – Couching, Counselling and Academic Writing (UB) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings eBelong still represents one of CIVIS achievements in terms of collaboration that was made possible between leading HE partners across Europe, that shared a common vision on: inclusiveness, equity and co-creation of knowledge and skills, digital and technological transformation, innovative pedagogical tools and training methodologies, resource and knowledge sharing. eBelong offered knowledge based solutions to pandemic challenges for students and academics in HE. Although in synergy with CIVIS objectives, eBelong project is standing out as a responding to present particular issues raised by unusual circumstances, but at the same time made use of the creative force that was made possible by the partnership cooperation of European educational specialists, building and supporting activities where individuals could exchange ideas and build capacities in the field of HE. The project ended in May 2023, concluding that we need to consider the learning experiences of the students as part of a community that fosters a sense of belonging (identification of common values, needs, purposes, visions for career/life), as well as the experiences of the academics who contribute to the creation and the maintenance of these communities of learning. It continued in 2023 with eBelong 2: Sense of belonging in the context of new EU alliances, which built on the findings of the previous endeavor and continues exploring issues of diversity, equity and inclusion within academic communities, in particular in the context of the CIVIS alliance, as the partner universities in the project are part of it. What can say more about the nature and the impact of this partnership is not only the fact that the same partners wished to continue working together, but the project team members are with very small exceptions the same. References Akyol, Z., & Garrison, D. R. (2008). The development of a community of inquiry over time in an online course: Understanding the progression and integration of social, cognitive and teaching presence. Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks, 12(2-3), 3-23. Fullan M., Quinn J., Drummy M., Gardner M., (2020), Education Reimagined. The Future of Learning, A collaborative position paper between New Pedagogies for Deep Learning and Microsoft Education. http://aka.ms/HybridLearningPaper Johnston, E., Burleigh, C., & Wilson, A. (2020). Interdisciplinary collaborative research for professional academic development in higher education. Higher Learning Research Communication, 10(1), 62–77. DOI: 10.18870/hlrc.v10i1.1175 Lee, R., & Faulkner, M. (2011). The Roles of Extrinsic Factors in a Community of Inquiry Model of E-Learning. E-Learning and Digital Media, 8 (1), 58-67. OECD (2019), TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris. Redmond, P., & Abawi, L.-A., Brown, A., Henderson, R., Heffernan, A. (2018). An Online Engagement Framework for Higher Education. Online Learning Journal. 22. 10.24059/olj.v22i1.1175 Strayhorn, T.L. (2018) College Students’ Sense of Belonging: A Key to Educational Success for All Students; Routledge: New York, NY, USA; Oxfordshire, UK. Sung, E., and Meyer, R. E., (2012), Five facets of social presence in online distance education. Computers in Human Behavior, 28(5), 1738-1747. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2012.04.014 Thacker, I., Seyranian, V., Madva, A., Duong, N. T., & Beardsley, P. (2022). Social Connectedness in Physical Isolation: Online Teaching Practices That Support Under-Represented Undergraduate Students’ Feelings of Belonging and Engagement in STEM. Education Sciences, 12 (2), 61. MDPI AG. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/educsci12020061 Trolian, T., Jach, E., Hanson, J., Pascarella, E. (2016). Influencing Academic Motivation: The Effects of Student-Faculty Interaction. Journal of College Student Development. 57. 810-826. 10.1353/csd.2016.0080. Whiteside A.L., Garrett Dikkers A., and Swan K. eds (2017). Social Presence in Online Learning: Multiple Perspectives on Practice and Research (Online Learning and Distance Education), Sterling, Virginia : Stylus Publishing. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper The Erasmus+ Teacher Academy Project on Teaching Sustainability (TAP-TS): a study in partnership, trust, and collective learning 1UCD, Dublin, Ireland, Ireland; 2PHW Vienna, Austria; 3University of Warsaw, Poland; 4University of Glasgow, Scotland; 5University of Canterbury, New Zealand Presenting Author:Our proposal emerges from critical reflection on the challenges and opportunities associated with the Erasmus+ TAP-TS project, and from ongoing work by a number of the co-authors into the need for research that tackles the challenges, opportunities, and potential issues raised by the Erasmus+ Teacher Academy initiative – including significant policy implications for future European teacher education (Galvin et al 2024; Sorensen and Graf, forthcoming). The Erasmus+ Teacher Academy Project on Teaching Sustainability (TAP-TS) is one of 11 inaugural Erasmus+ Teacher Academies. TAP-TS aims to strengthen capacity for sustainability education among European primary and secondary teachers and teacher educators by facilitating participation in international teacher development courses based on project Learning & Teaching Packages (LTPs). These LTPs are sets of novel OERs which build towards critical and reflective learner-engagements that foster values, agency, and informed sustainable life-choices. At the core of TAP-TS is the idea of enhancing teacher agency through critical & agentic reflection (c.f. Leijen et al 2020; Papenfuss et al 2019; Lunt 2020). In terms of underpinning principles, all TAP-TS partnership engagements (co-production, piloting and use of LTPs) rest on a vision of professional learning based in a model that is ‘deeply reflective’ (Cavadas et al 2023; Goodwin et al 2023) and ‘values-led’ (Purdy et al 2023). Mutual trust (Hora and Millar 2023) is central to this. The TAP-TS consortium is diverse in nature and capacity. The partnership connects members from different stages within the European teacher education system (primary and secondary), a ministry agency specialising in supporting teacher continuing development, a leading media house in online education, two secondary schools (which are full and active partners), a civil society organisation specialising in eco-social education, and a quality and monitoring centre with expertise in both education and business spheres. We come from ten European countries, covering almost the full geographically span of the EU. Assembling, aligning and maintaining this partnership has been an extraordinarily experience. Within the limits of the presentation, we address:
The theoretical framework we use to explore the core conditions and detail of our partnership practices is described in some detail below. This is rooted in understandings of social learning which recognise the complexity and particularities of our distinct organisational contexts (Wenger-Trayner et. al., 2023) and the characteristics of strong partnerships as socio-cultural exercises involving learning through boundary-crossing between social worlds (Greenhow et al 2023).The wider issue of Teacher Academy purposing as an exercise in neo-liberal public management practice is addressed through concepts in critical theory drawn from Lynch (2021) and Habermas (2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used TAP-TS is best understood as fundamentally a transdisciplinary and inter-sectoral partnership. This reflects in the constellation of project partners drawn from distinct institutional and national contexts; in the diverse educational themes addressed by the project (sustainability and digitality, critical media literacy, entrepreneurship, environment, decoloniality, inclusion etc.); and in our use of fully digital, hybrid and face to face educational event formats. Theorising the nature and detail of this transdisciplinary and inter-sectoral partnership is, not surprisingly, challenging. To do so, we have borrowed from insights provided by Greenhow et al (2023) on partnerships as socio-cultural exercises that require learning through boundary-crossing between social worlds; and on how this activity might be analysed (and better understood) by approaching it through learning context theory with an emphasis on agentic engagement drawing from Reeve and Shin (2020) and on the particularities of our distinct organisational contexts, the significance of which has been well described by Wenger-Trayner et al (2023). This allowed us to start from the ideational phase of the Teacher Academy and consider the thinking behind the recruitment of project partners, and then discuss how we came to place the construction of social learning engagement and community of practice at the centre of our work. Within the presentation we offer several examples of partnership-enhancement such as how we successfully shared ideas across what might otherwise have been sectoral boundaries as the project partners grew in trust and mutual understanding of the tasks involved. For instance, our Roadmap – once agreed and in place – assisted considerably in the co-construct of TAP-TS pedagogical engagements, the co-creation of teaching and learning materials, and building innovation and engagement around our common interest in educating for sustainability. Similarly, the constant in-project presence of our Project Advisory Group – an unusual use of such a resource – catalysed timely and helpful discussions about project direction In the presentation we propose to share other examples illustrating how the partnership evolved, sometimes unexpected, through trust and respectful inter-sectoral dialogue. As regards the wider potential and possible implications of the ERASMUS+ Teacher Academy initiative, we propose to draw from Cairney (2021) to examine how the initiative offers research opportunities to gain insight into policy for how European teachers can approach and develop their teaching in emerging areas such as technological empowerment, sustainable learning, entrepreneurship, playful learning. And on Lynch (2021) and Habermas (2021) to suggest some of the potential hazards that may arise. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We hope to contribute to a conversation among the European teacher education community around the potential and the problematics associated with the ERASMUS+ Teacher Academy initiative. The proposed presentation emphasizes particularly the nature of partnership as experienced by one Academy - and will discuss both the affordances and challenges of this in an open and constructive manner. Less evident but necessary to note here also are the deep connections of the action to the wider European Commission European Education Area (EEA) to 2025 agenda. The Academies are set firmly within this wider policy work and reflect particularly the five designated EEA focus topics: improving quality and equity in education and training; teachers, trainers, and school leaders; digital education; green education; and the EEA in the world. Noting this is important for a better understanding of the increasing level of EC actions and not-insignificant funding represented by the Academies. As an action, the Teacher Academies can be seen as an unprecedented level of strategic, policy-led intervention into teacher education and training activities and practices across Europe, designed to foster greater collaboration among European Union Member States in building more resilient and inclusive national education and training systems. As noted in the call for this sub-theme, the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies initiative has all the hallmarks of a ‘knowledge economy’ project:we propose it is possible to some degree at least to hollow-out and subvert this in favour of a more professionalising agenda that reflects the will, interests, and professional values of those within the Academies, now and into the future. All of the co-authors are involved in researching and/or implementing the EU Erasmus+ Teacher Academies initiative. References Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera, M. (2022). GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework. EU Publications Office. Cavadas, B., Branco, N., Colaço, S., & Linhares, E. (2023). Teaching sustainability for primary school. In ATEE-Annual Conference 2023 -TEACHER EDUCATION ON THE MOVE. Fuchs, C. (2020). Communication and capitalism: A critical theory (p. 406). University of Westminster Press Galvin, C., Madalinska-Michalak, J., & Revyakina, E. (2024). The European Union Erasmus+ Teacher Academies Action: Complementing and Supplementing European Teacher Education and Teacher Education Research?. In Enhancing the Value of Teacher Education Research (pp. 170-197). Brill. Goodwin, A. L., Madalińska-Michalak, J., & Flores, M. (2023). Rethinking teacher education in/for challenging times: reconciling enduring tensions, imagining new possibilities. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(5) 1-16 Gradinaru, C. (2016). The technological expansion of sociability: Virtual communities as imagined communities. Academicus International Scientific Journal, 7(14), 181-190. Greenhow, C., Lewin, C., & Staudt Willet, K. B. (2023). Teachers without borders: professional learning spanning social media, place, and time. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(4), 1-19. Habermas, J. (2021). The tasks of a critical theory of society. In Modern German Sociology (pp. 187-212). Routledge. Hora, M. T., & Millar, S. B. (2023). A guide to building education partnerships: Navigating diverse cultural contexts to turn challenge into promise. Taylor & Francis. Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., & Lepp, L. (2020). Teacher agency following the ecological model: How it is achieved and how it could be strengthened by different types of reflection. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(3), 295-310. Lunt, P. (2020). Practicing media—Mediating practice| beyond Bourdieu: The interactionist foundations of media practice theory. International Journal of Communication, 14, 18. Lynch, K. (2021) Care and Capitalism. Cambridge: Polity Press Papenfuss, J., Merritt, E., Manuel-Navarrete, D., Cloutier, S., & Eckard, B. (2019). Interacting pedagogies: A review and framework for sustainability education. Journal of Sustainability Education, 20(4), 1-19. Purdy, N., Hall, K., Khanolainen, D., & Galvin, C. (2023). Reframing teacher education around inclusion, equity, and social justice: towards an authentically value-centred approach to teacher education in Europe. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(5), 755-771. Reeve, J., & Shin, S. H. (2020). How teachers can support students’ agentic engagement. Theory Into Practice, 59(2), 150-161. Sorensen, T.B., & Graf, L. (Forthcoming). “A European Experiment in Governing Teacher Education and Training: The case of the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies” Wenger-Trayner, E., Wenger-Trayner, B., Reid, P. & Bruderlein, C..(2023). 'Communities of practice within and across organizations. A guidebook'. Sesimbra: Portugal. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 16 SES 07 A: ICT, Language Learning and Media Literacy Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Katarina Mićić Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Large Language Models in Educational Activities Moscow City University, Russian Federation Presenting Author:In the near future, the presence of advanced generative technologies, including ChatGPT and other services that use large language models (LLM), has the potential to greatly impact the field of education and the role of teachers within it. In particular, chatbots can perform four roles: interlocutor, content provider, teaching assistant and evaluator [1]. A notable characteristic of large language models (LLM) is their capacity for further training, wherein the initial model can be adapted and refined to cater to a specific subject area. Specifically, large language models (LLM) can undergo additional training using the written works of specific authors, enabling the creation of a “digital counterpart” of real historical figures. The application of LLM holds significant potential in assisting both students and teachers in their textual work. For students, LLM can serve as a reviewer when working on creative assignments, offering guidance by identifying obvious and serious mistakes. Likewise, teachers can use LLM to conduct preliminary assessments of students' work and identify areas that require further educational attention [2]. This may be particularly useful when evaluating creative essays, a genre of literature known for its concise format and flexible style of presentation. Although essays have a changeable structure, they generally include an introduction, thesis statement, argumentation, and conclusion. This research aims to investigate the implementation of LLM as a personal assistant in this context. In order to train LLM on specific data and create a “digital counterpart,” several tasks need to be accomplished:
The primary research focuses include the criteria for annotation required for subsequent training and potential limitations of LLM for educational purposes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To evaluate LLM’s effectiveness, a dataset of text essays on two topics was prepared. The first topic involved explaining reasons for selecting a specific profile for master's degree admission and discussing research directions within that profile. The second topic focused on entrance tests in “Socio-psychological mechanisms of the influence of the additional education system on the child giftedness development”, “Mentoring as a method of developing outstanding abilities of students with signs of giftedness”, and “Modern domestic concepts of giftedness” and others. A total of 80 text essays were analysed for each topic. Criteria were established and rated on a scale of 0 to 2 for evaluation, including: • Expression of the author's position regarding the presented problem or topic. • Concise presentation of key points and theses. • Well-reasoned grounds for profile selection and research direction (only applicable to the first topic). The work via LLM involves using the API via the http protocol for communication. Prompt instructions are used to interact with the LLM-powered chatbot and complete tasks. Through iterations, a final prompt is refined to resolve issues and ensure the desired response from the chatbot: “You are a text evaluation system. You have the text and the criteria by which you need to make an assessment. Evaluate the text based on the criteria, based solely on the criteria given. You should only use the attached criteria. Set the final number of points (‘BALLS’) and describe why you set exactly such an assessment (‘BALLS_DESCRIPTION’) using only the presence of criteria in the text. Don’t try to make up the answer”. To evaluate the accuracy [3] of the chatbot’s results, the Mean Absolute Error (MAE) was used as the main metric, along with the 75th quantile of absolute error (AE_75P). Based on the data collected, it can be concluded that the model deviates by an average of one point for most criteria. During grading, it was noticed that the chatbot often gives higher scores, deviating from the grade distribution. To investigate this, the “Pearson contingent coefficient” was calculated to analyse the correlation between nominal indicators X and Y. However, the analysis found no evidence of consistent overestimation. To evaluate the level of agreement among experts, including the chatbot, the “Kendall concordance coefficient” was calculated. This coefficient, ranging from 0 to 1, quantifies the consistency among expert opinions. The analysis concluded that there is minimal agreement between the ratings of experts and the chatbot. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Pre-trained large language models in the form of chatbots can function as teaching assistants by conducting initial reviews of essays and providing feedback on how to correct and enhance the work. This type of solution can be particularly beneficial for teachers, as it allows them to efficiently evaluate students’ work and generate a set of basic comments to address common mistakes. This approach significantly reduces the teacher’s workload and saves valuable time. As the experience of interacting with artificial intelligence systems shows, the effectiveness of the feedback received relies on the accuracy of the request. It is crucial to establish clear evaluation criteria and avoid ambiguous statements in grading scales, such as “clear author’s position” or “partially presented author’s position.” To evaluate the quality of feedback from the chatbot, it is important to have multiple experts assess the essay to ensure consistency in their opinions. In the future, this system has the potential to become a valuable tool for the initial analysis of students’ work. The chatbot can be beneficial for both students, allowing them to assess the quality of their work before submitting it to the teacher, and teachers, providing an objective perspective on the student’s work. References 1. Jeon, J., Lee, S. Large language models in education: A focus on the complementary relationship between human teachers and ChatGPT. Educ Inf Technol 28, 15873–15892 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-11834-1 2. Elkins, S., Kochmar, E., Serban, I., Cheung, J.C.K. (2023). How Useful Are Educational Questions Generated by Large Language Models? In: Wang, N., Rebolledo-Mendez, G., Dimitrova, V., Matsuda, N., Santos, O.C. (eds) Artificial Intelligence in Education. Posters and Late Breaking Results, Workshops and Tutorials, Industry and Innovation Tracks, Practitioners, Doctoral Consortium and Blue Sky. AIED 2023. Communications in Computer and Information Science, vol 1831. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-36336-8_83 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Social Transmedia Storytelling. A University Media Literacy Project University of Valladolid, Spain Presenting Author:Currently, the scenario of university media education seems to be constituted from an increasing awareness of the need to favor the development of participatory cultures where students not only interact with each other constituting learning communities in the classroom, but at the same time use a whole series of resources extracted from the media flow through which they confer meaning to their daily lives (Jenkins, Ito, Boyd, 2015), conforming then what has been called a culture of connectivity. One of the phenomena emerging most strongly within this trend towards the shaping of participatory cultures and collective construction is that of transmedia storytelling (Scolari, 2016). Transmedia storytelling refers to stories told across multiple media. The most important stories tend to flow across multiple platforms and media (Wängqvist, M. & Frisén, A. 2016). From the consumers' perspective, transmedia practices promote multi-literacy, that is, the ability to comprehensively interpret discourses coming from different media and languages. It is a matter of understanding how young people are acquiring transmedia skills and incorporating these processes into the educational sphere so that learning is a collateral effect of creative production and community collaboration, which is called connected learning (Ito, 2010). The use of digital technologies has provided an opportunity for the exercise of new forms of social interaction that are currently transforming the functioning and role of formal learning institutions, especially schools and universities (Malone, T. W., Bernstein, M. S., 2015). One of the most important challenges we must face is that all these experiences in which new forms of production, communication and acquisition of knowledge, generated in areas of diverse nature and origin are developed, extended and disseminated, have a translation at the educational level, and are transformed into comprehensive learning processes (Ito, 2010). Digital media, then, opens the door to a new educational paradigm in which learning can take place "anytime, anywhere", a cultural dynamic that has been described in the literature as ubiquitous and that reminds us that everyday life becomes a space for new pedagogies and new learning practices. This study focuses on the possibilities offered by transmedia narratives to initiate open, creative and participatory processes of content production and dissemination in university classrooms from a perspective oriented to social empowerment and community development. The objective of the research is to deepen the analysis of the design and creation of transmedia narratives elaborated by young university students within the framework of participatory network cultures that combine the creation of multimedia content with educational proposals oriented to social and community development. The research question of the study are: Do the modalities and strategies of participation, collaboration and propagability present in transmedia literacy processes allow young university students to empower themselves concerning the different spheres present in digital culture and communication? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research process was carried out during the 2022/23 academic year within the framework of the Social Communication Media course belonging to the Social Education Degree at the University of Valladolid (Castilla y León-Spain). The study develops a narrative research focused on transmedia narrative productions with young university students through which they shape ways of acting and configure meanings in the hyperconnected environment. The research instruments and data sources used to carry out the research were as follows - Transmedia storytelling: refers to the transmedia productions chosen by different groups for analysis, both in the field of fiction (e.g. literature, cinema, music, video games, etc.) and in the field of social reality (e.g. journalism and social documentation). - Classroom observations: in the two classrooms where the research was carried out, there was an external observer who made observations on the dynamics of classroom work. - Comments and recommendations made in the group work: all the work done in group by the young people, collected in the form of comments and written texts to each of the narratives. - Video recordings: all the processes of designing, creating, presenting and sharing in the classroom of students' work were recorded on video. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The design and creation of transmedia educational projects allow the configuration of a new educational ecology (Cobo and Moravec, 2011) in the university classroom. Agents with diverse roles throughout the process in the classroom initiate open and participatory processes of production and distribution of knowledge through the use and appropriation of technologies and digital artifacts involved in the creation of transmedia content (Bar, Weber and Pisani, 2016). The educational design around narratives tries to explore how young university students involved in collaborative and participatory activities of design, creation, presentation and dissemination through the network of their own techno-media experiences, not only find a personal meaning to their participation in digital culture but also qualitatively and quantitatively modify their own informational capital by appropriating all these tools, knowledge and practical skills in the digital ecosystem of the augmented society. Educational designs from a transmedia perspective such as the one we have studied allow us to help redefine the active role that social media and media culture can play as instruments of social and citizen empowerment (Buckingham and Kehily, 2014). At the same time, we believe that the processes associated with transmedia literacy can be a good opportunity to reintroduce issues related to citizenship into university classrooms. References Bar, F.; Weber, M. S.; Pisani, F. (2016). «Mobile technology appropriation in a distant mirror: Baroquization, creolization, and cannibalism». New Media & Society, 18 (4). Buckingham, D.; Kehhily, M. J. (2014). «Introduction: Rethinking Youth Cultu- res in the Age of Global Media». En: S. Bragg, M. J. Kehily, D. Buckingham (ed.). Youth Cultures in the Age of Global Media. UK: Palgrave MacMillan, 1-18. Cobo, C.; Moravec, J. W. (2011). Aprendizaje invisible. Hacia una nueva ecología de la educación. Barcelona: Col·lecció Transmedia XXI. Laboratori de Mitjans Interactius / Publicacions i Edicions de la Universitat de Barcelona. Ito, M. (2010). Hanging Out, Messing Around, and Geeking Out. Massachusetts: MIT Jenkins, H.; Ito, M.; Boyd, D. (2015). Participatory Culture in a Networked Era: A conversation on Youth, Learning, Commerce, and Politics. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press. Malone, T. W.; Bernstein, M. S. (2015). Handbook of Collective Intelligence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Scolari, C. (2016). «Alfabetismo transmedia. Estrategias de aprendizaje informal y competencias mediáticas en la nueva ecología de la comunicación». Telos, 103, 13-23. Wängqvist, M.; Frisén, A. (2016). «Who am I OnLine? Understanding the mea- ning of OnLine Contexts for Identity Development». Adolescent Research Review, 1, 139-152. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Assessing Algorithmic Media Content Awareness Among Third-grade Students: First Insights from an Explorative Study 1Aalto University, Finland; 2University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:When our interaction with the world becomes more and more mediated by screens, digital and physical realities are intertwined. It is important to understand how the nature of this new reality affects us in our everyday lives. In this paper we explore third-grade school children’s level of understanding of the algorithmic nature of the digital platforms they use daily and influence on their behavior. The growing use of Artificial Intelligence (AI), algorithms and machine learning, in applications popular among children, are changing the ways they see the world and themselves. To understand how the applications are affecting their experience we wanted to study precisely children’s understanding of the role of algorithms in their use of digital media content. Therefore, we wanted to study one aspect of media and digital literacy, algorithmic literacy. Understanding of digital literacy lies beyond mere use of digital application, simple ability to use them. To be literate, to read more than what is seen, one should be aware of the underlying algorithms affecting our experiences of interaction with the applications. Recent research, dedicated to the distinctions between multi-platform and single-platform users, has demonstrated how diverse platform engagement significantly enhances algorithmic understanding (Espinoza-Rojas et al., 2023; Shin et al., 2020; Andersen, 2020). These studies underline the factor of users’ adaptive behaviors in response to algorithmic outputs and highlight the importance of emotional and ethical considerations of digital interactions. Algorithm literacy (AL) can be defined as having an understanding of the utilization of algorithms in online applications, platforms, and services. It involves knowledge of the functioning of algorithms, the ability to critically assess algorithmic decision-making, and possessing the skills necessary to navigate and potentially impact algorithmic operations (Andersen, 2020; Dogruel, 2021; Shin et al., 2022). Algorithmic literacy can be considered the informed ability to critically examine, interrogate, propose solutions for, contest and agree with digital services (Long & Magerko 2020). At the core of algorithmic literacy is explicability, which shapes individuals’ attitudes towards and views on algorithmic decision-making technologies (Hermann 2021). To explore childrens as users of algorithmic media we conducted a study with a teaching experiment in a third-grade classroom (9 to 10 years old) in [nation]. In the beginning of the experiment the students (N=18) filled a questionnaire measuring the awareness of algorithmic media content. The same questionnaire was filled after the teaching experiment. In the core of the teaching experiment was the student's own project work done in small teams (2-3 in each). During the classes the students designed advertisements consisting of two photos taken by them and two slogans invented by them and attached to the photos. The task was (1) to design a good advertisement of carrots and (2) a bad advertisement of carrots. To work on their photos each team got a bag of carrots. In the second class the students voted for the best five advertisements. Then children were provided with a calculation of votes and selection of the top five advertisements with a number of votes each got. Based on the results, the students were asked to share media time for each advertisement. This way the children in teams were acting like a human-algorithm. For the task we didn’t give them any math examples for calculating the shares, but rather let them figure it out (or not) by themselves. The small team discussions were audio recorded during the design of the advertisements as well during making decisions on how long each advertisement should get media time. In the end of the second class we demonstrated how a computer-algorithm would share the media time, based on the votes given. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Children’s understanding of the algorithmic media content was studied with the Algorithmic Media Content Awareness scale (AMCA-scale) (Zarouali et al., 2021) and by collecting qualitative data, audio recordings from their work in small teams. Through the AMCA questionnaire — localized for the purpose — we assessed the dimensions of the children’s algorithmic awareness: ‘content filtering’, ‘automated decision-making’, ‘human-algorithm interplay’, and ‘ethical considerations’. In the questioner we used statements and a simple scale: “yes”, ”no”, “I don’t know”. The 13 questions were related to the role of algorithms in media content recommendation, content tailoring, automated decision-making, and their ethical implications ((e.g. “YouTube makes independent decisions about which videos to show me”). Combining the results from the questionnaire and analysis of the audio recording we aimed to know how children perceive ethical considerations in algorithmic media by assessing their understanding of transparency, potential biases, and privacy concerns. With the teaching experiments we wanted to explore if working with the advertisement task and as a human-algorithm would have any effect on their understanding about algorithmic media and its logics. Therefore the questionnaire was done by the students twice, before starting the teaching experiment and after the teaching experiment. The audio recordings from each teams’ two working sessions — during designing their advertisements and when acting as a human-algorithm and making decisions on the media time — was conducted to analyze the children’s thinking process. In the analysis of the qualitative data we will apply Thematic Content Analysis (TCA) (Anderson, 2007; Smith, 1992. The results of the content analysis will be combined with the results from the questionnaire, although recognizing all the individual students from the audio recordings has been found impossible. The Principal of the school approved the research plan and informed consent was addressed to the children’s guardians and the children. The nature of research was explained to children by their teacher and the researchers. The questionnaire data was stored in a secure server and the audio recordings were stored in a harddisk accessible only for the researchers. The research applied the guidelines and recommendations of the [nation] National Board on Research Integrity and followed their ethical principles of conducting research with children participants: participant consent, right to self determination, prevention of harm and privacy and data protection. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students' initial understanding of how algorithms affect their media content and how data is collected and used was very limited. In the pre-questionnaire, almost 80% of the students answered “yes” to the statement “YouTube knows how to recommend videos for me”. On the other hand, 45% of the students answered “no” or “I don’t know” to the statement “YouTube can estimate how interested I am in any video”. The answers are possibly demonstrating mystification with their thinking. Same time students know that YouTube is able to “know” and recommend videos for them, but they do not understand how it happens. With the questions related to ethics and privacy, the answers to the pre-questionnaire did not include many signs of concerns, but again, rather lack of understanding. To the statement “Videos YouTube shows for me, may be inaccurate or biased. They may increase prejudices” 30% answered “yes”, 50% “I don’t know”, and 20% “no”. The large number of not being sure, may demonstrate that the students have never thought about the issue. The results from the post-questionnaire demonstrate a slight change in the students' understanding of algorithms. In their answers to the privacy issues students were a bit more concerned. When in the pre-questionnaire 50% of the students answered “I don’t know” 22% “no" and 28% “yes” to the statement “computer programs on YouTube use information collected about me in order to recommend certain types of videos to me. This affects my privacy”iIn the post-questionnaire 40% were still answering “I don’t know" and 20% “no”, but 40% answered “yes”. The similar patterns exist in the students' answers to other questions, too. These first insights from the pre- and post-questionnaire will guide us in the qualitative data analysis to understand the students' thinking before, during and after the teaching experiment. References Andersen, J. (2020). Understanding and interpreting algorithms: Toward a hermeneutics of algorithms. Media, Culture & Society, 42(7–8), 1479–1494. https://doi.org/10.1177/0163443720919373. Anderson, R. (2007). Thematic content analysis (TCA). Descriptive presentation of qualitative data, 3, 1-4. Dogruel, L. (2021). What is algorithm literacy? A conceptualization and challenges regarding its empirical measurement. 75898, 9, 67-93. Espinoza-Rojas, J., Siles, I., & Castelain, T. (2023). How using various platforms shapes awareness of algorithms. Behaviour & Information Technology, 42(9), 1422-1433. https://doi.org/10.1080/0144929X.2022.2078224. Hermann, E. (2022). Artificial intelligence and mass personalization of communication content—An ethical and literacy perspective. New Media & Society, 24(5), 1258-1277. Long, D., & Magerko, B. (2020, April). What is AI literacy? Competencies and design considerations. In Proceedings of the 2020 CHI conference on human factors in computing systems (pp. 1-16). Shin, D., Rasul, A., & Fotiadis, A. (2022). Why am I seeing this? Deconstructing algorithm literacy through the lens of users. Internet Research, 32(4), 1214-1234. Shin, D., Zhong, B., & Biocca, F. A. (2020). Beyond user experience: What constitutes algorithmic experiences?. International Journal of Information Management, 52, 102061. Smith, C. P. (Ed.). (1992). Motivation and personality: Handbook of thematic content analysis. Cambridge University Press. Zarouali, B., Boerman, S. C., & de Vreese, C. H. (2021). Is this recommended by an algorithm? The development and validation of the algorithmic media content awareness scale (AMCA-scale). Telematics and Informatics, 62, 101607. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 17 SES 07 A: Reconnecting Past, Present and Future in the Historiography of Education Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lajos Somogyvari Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Untangling Past and Present in Oral History Interviews on Parenting with Three Dutch Generations 1University of Groningen; 2Windesheim, University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:In oral history we ask people to tell us about the past. By doing so, we get firsthand knowledge of their lives, particular events and their experiences. This gives us access to information that we not often find in documents (Janesick, 2023). Especially in education, oral history can provide an insight in ‘ordinary’ practices that were too mundane to be recorded in any other way, for instance day-to-day parenting practices. In the case of ‘the inner workings’ of the family, such as child rearing, oral history can often prove to be the only source of information; since the highly private nature of what happens inside the family home – in perhaps the most emotionally charged relationship conceivable – makes the collection of empirical data on parenting practices particularly difficult (Cuyvers & Van Praag, 1997). However, oral history has been critiqued as being unreliable as a source, because it is based on human memory, which is susceptible to change due to mental deterioration, emotions such as nostalgia, personal selection by and bias from both the researcher(s) and the respondent, and the theoretical framework, design and context of the study in which the memories are collected and/or used. In addition, individual memories can be influenced by public narratives (Maynes et al., 2008; Peniston-Bird, 2009; Somers & Gibson, 1994). According to the Australian historian Patrick O’Farrell in 1979 oral history was moving into: “the world of image, selective memory, later overlays and utter subjectivity. […] And where will it lead us? Not into history, but into myth” (cited in Thomson, 2007, pp. 53-54). Indeed, personal memories of past events or experiences that are collected for research purposes can be influenced by a large number of factors. However, when memory itself is seen as the object of study, oral history’s supposed weaknesses – such as its inherent subjectivity – become resources as opposed to problems (Portelli, 1979). The analysis of personal narratives on past events or experiences can produce valuable insights on the way: “…people make sense of their past, how they connect individual experience and its social context, how the past becomes part of the present, and how people use it to interpret their lives and the world around them” (Frisch, 1990, p.188). In this paper, we will present findings resulting from the analysis of narratives from three successive Dutch generations (grandparents, parents and youngsters) on how they experienced the way they were brought up by their parents, focusing on perceived educational norms in particular. These narratives give insight in how these respondents experienced the way their parents gave them direction, the rules they imposed and how they enforced them, but they also describe the love, warmth and affection the respondents experienced from their parents. The narratives recount the memories of the respondents on the way they experienced their upbringing. We propose that in these memories both previous and current educational norms, such as that of ‘authoritative parenting’ (Maccoby & Martin, 1983), influenced the way respondents told their stories and evaluated their upbringing. However, the challenge remains: Can we untangle the past and the present in oral history narratives with respect to educational norms? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Between 2012 and 2016, 321 youth narratives were collected containing information about the way respondents were raised by their parents. These narratives were collected in a study concerned with the individualization of youth as a social phenomenon by students studying Pedagogical Sciences at the University of Groningen in the Netherlands. The students involved in this study interviewed a young person around 18 years old, one of their parents and one of their grandparents, which led to the formation of three generations of respondents based on their role (‘the grandparents’: born between 1920 and 1950, ‘the parents’: born between 1950 and 1975, and the ‘the young’: born between 1990 and 2000). Because the students recruited the respondents from their own social network the majority of these respondents came from, and grew up in, the three most Northern provinces of the Netherlands. In addition, most of the respondents in the three generations were female and respondents mainly grew up in religious (mostly Protestant) households. Differences across generations were in line with secularization and upwards social mobility. For this paper, we analyzed the way these three generations discussed their parents’ parenting behavior using grounded theory techniques, comparing experiences in and between generations (Charmaz, 2014; Corbin & Strauss, 2015). The analysis provided information about the way these respondents made sense of their past upbringing experiences, and how the present influenced their recollection and evaluation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The oral history analysis of parenting experiences from these three generations indicated that the present day educational discourse, including the norm of authoritative parenting, likely influenced the way respondents recounted and evaluated their upbringing. The oldest generation overall described a fairly strict upbringing, with fixed rules, few opportunities for negotiation, and self-evident obedience, sometimes even referring to their upbringing as authoritarian. However, they were often quick to add descriptions of the love and care they received from their parents, their trust in their parents, contextual explanations of their parents’ behavior, and by referring to the educational norm at the time. Most of them viewed the authoritative norm to be a present day norm, although the norm as such can be found in parenting advice guides from the beginning of the twentieth century onwards (Bakker, 2009; Wubs, 2004). Their stories mostly seem to endorse a public narrative of a change in parenting across generations, from authoritarian to authoritative. Contrary to the mainly positive evaluation of the oldest generation, the middle generation was more often critical about their upbringing, suggesting that their parents violated norms that should have been honored; norms in line with authoritative parenting. The youngest generation in turn, mostly described an upbringing fitting the authoritative educational norm at the time of the interview; an upbringing in which they felt supported and loved, but also experienced a large degree of personal freedom and autonomy. These experiences grounded an overall positive evaluation of their upbringing. These findings show the interrelatedness between present and past, since present day norms are used to evaluate parenting practices of the past. However, by taking the narratives as the object of study and by paying attention to how memories are framed at the time of recollection, the researcher can untangle past and present to some extent. References Bakker, P.C.M. (2009). The 'good' upbringing in the family: on changing standards of quality in the twentieth century [De ‘goede’ opvoeding in het gezin: over veranderende kwaliteitsnormen in de twintigste eeuw]. In A. Minnaert, K.L. Spelberg & H. Amsing (Eds.), The Pedagogical Quotient [Het pedagogisch quotiënt] (pp. 21-44). Bohn Stafleu van Loghum. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (4th ed.). Sage Publications. Cuyvers, P. & Praag, C.S. van (1997). Gezinsopvoeding [Family upbringing]. In C.S.van Praag & M. Niphuis-Nell (Eds.), Het gezinsrapport [The family report] (pp. 185-231). Sociaal en Cultureel Planbureau. Frisch, M. (1990). A Shared Authority: Essays on the Craft and Meaning of Oral and Public History. State University of New York Press. Janesick, V. (2013). Oral history, Life history, and Biography. In: A. A. Trainor & E. Gaue (Eds.) Reviewing Qualitative Research in the Social Sciences (pp. 151-165). Routledge. Maccoby, E. E., & Martin, J. A. (1983). Socialization in the context of the family: Parent-child interaction. In P. H. Mussen (Series Ed.) & E. M. Hetherington (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of Child Psychology: Vol. IV. Socialization, Personality and Social Development (pp. 1-101). Wiley. Maynes, M. J., Pierce, J. L., & Laslett, B. (2008). Telling Stories: The Use of Personal Narratives in the Social Sciences and History. Cornell University Press. Peniston-Bird, C. (2009). Oral History, The Sound of Memory. In S. Barber, & C. Peniston-Bird (Eds.), History Beyond the Text: A Student's guide to approaching alternative sources (pp. 105-121). Routledge. Portelli, A. (1981). The Peculiarities of Oral History. History Workshop Journal, 12(1), 96-107. Somers, M. & Gibson, G. (1994). Reclaiming the Epistomological “Other”: Narrative and the Social Construction of Identity. In C. Calhoun (Ed.), Social Theory and the Politics of Identity (pp. 37-99). Blackwell. Thomson, A. (2007). Four Paradigm Transformations in Oral History. The Oral History Review, 34(1), 49-70. Wubs, J. (2004). Listening to Experts. Parenting advice to Dutch parents 1945-1999 [Luisteren naar deskundigen. Opvoedingsadvies aan Nederlandse ouders]. Koninklijke van Gorcum. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Pedagogies of Hope: Reconnecting Educational Pasts, Presents, and Futures in the Works of Lea Dasberg and Philippe Meirieu KULeuven, Belgium Presenting Author:In this presentation, I aim to explore the role played by hope in educational historiography. To achieve this, I will introduce two influential historians of education whose writings continue to shape ongoing histories of education in the French and Dutch-speaking worlds. Despite their significant impact, these scholars are not widely known among historians of education, as only a few or none of their books and articles have been translated. The first historian of education I would like to highlight is the late Dutch professor Lea Dasberg. While Dasberg is perhaps best known for her Dutch education bestseller, "Grootbrengen door kleinhouden" (Raising Children by Keeping Them Small), published in the 1970s, her work on 'hope' and 'pedagogies of hope' has recently regained attention from historians of education such as Micha De Winter and others. They specifically refer to Dasberg's 1980 inaugural lecture, "Pedagogie in de schaduw van het jaar 2000, of: Hulde aan de Hoop" (Pedagogy in the Shadow of the Year 2000, or: Homage to Hope). In this lecture, as well as in other writings throughout her academic career, Dasberg introduced hope as a crucial category for educators to reconnect educational pasts, presents, and futures. Inspired by her religious background, particularly her Jewish roots and her decision to move from the Netherlands to Israel, Dasberg presents a distinctive interpretation of what a pedagogy of hope can and should consist of. The second historian of education I will discuss is the French scholar Philippe Meirieu. Meirieu is a well-known educational scientist in Francophone intellectual circles who consistently uses his research to engage in public debates. In his historical work, unfortunately available only in French, Meirieu has consistently demonstrated the value of historical reflection for contemporary educational discussions. Among the many historically inspired books he has published throughout his career are "Frankenstein pédagogue," "Korczak, pour que vivent les enfants," and "Pédagogie, le devoir de résister." Interestingly, Meirieu, like Dasberg, has occasionally touched upon the value of hope in thinking about the history of education. One of the articles in which Meirieu expresses his thoughts about hope is titled "Espoir, es-tu là." Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I will read closely the books, aricles and other documents produced by Lea Dasberg and Philippe Meirieu. This historical source corpus will be used in order to present their views on hope and pedagogies of hope. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation will compare the pedagogy of hope constructed by Lea Dasberg based on her religious convictions with the secular interpretation of a pedagogy of hope offered by the French scholar Philippe Meirieu. The analysis will be grounded in a detailed examination of the publications written by these two internationally less well-known historians of education. The primary aims of the paper are twofold: first, to encourage historians of education to explore histories written not only in their mother tongue or English, and second, to contribute to ongoing historiographical debates about the value of history in shaping educational thinking and the role emotions can play in these discussions. References Burke, P. (2012). Does hope have a history?. estudos avançados, 26, 207-218. Dasberg, L. (1975). Grootbrengen door kleinhouden als historisch verschijnsel. Boom. Dasberg, L. (1980). Pedagogie in de schaduw van het jaar 200, of: Hulde aan de hoop. Boom. Greene, M., & Boler, M. (2004). Feeling power: Emotions and education. Routledge. Meirieu, P. (2008). Pédagogie: le devoir de résister. ESF. Meirieu, P. (2013). Frankenstein pédagogue. ESF. Rosenwein, B. H. (2002). Worrying about emotions in history. The American historical review, 107(3), 821-845. Soares, C. (2023). Emotions, senses, experience and the history of education. History of Education, 52(2-3), 516-538. Sobe, N. W. (2012). Researching emotion and affect in the history of education. History of education, 41(5), 689-695. Toro-Blanco, P. (2020). History of Education and Emotions. In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Webb, D. (2010). Paulo Freire and ‘the need for a kind of education in hope’. Cambridge Journal of Education, 40(4), 327-339. Wrigley, T., Lingard, B., & Thomson, P. (2012). Pedagogies of transformation: Keeping hope alive in troubled times. Critical Studies in Education, 53(1), 95-108. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Walter Benjamin’s Aesthetics of Existence: Ethics of Friendship, Communism of Writing and the Historian’s Craft UIDEF, ULISBOA, Portugal Presenting Author:In this paper we seek to examine the relationship between Walter Benjamin’s life and work as an aesthetics of existence (Foucault 1990, p.12) that materialises in three different domains where the writing process takes centre stage: an ethics of friendship, his quasi-messianic aspiration towards a communism of writing, and his considerations on the historian’s craft. The German philosopher and essayist has often inspired historians of education “to develop new ways of seeing pupils and teachers” (Lawn & Grosvenor, 2001, p.125). His thought-provoking appeal to “brush history against the grain” (Benjamin, 1969, p. 257) has often been interpreted as a motto to challenge “crude reductionism”, provide “counter-histories” (Grosvenor, 2019, p.646) and open up new possibilities and methodological approaches in the field of history of education (HE). The montage or juxtaposition of different sources, in addition to the use of historiography and theory, as a means to disrupt gender (Goodman, 2003), is a good example of how the HE has appropriated Benjamin’s work. The author of Illuminations has also been a continuous reference in the history of childhood education (Grosvenor, 2002), as well as in studies on deviancy (Grosvenor & Watts, 2002; Charles, 2016), urban experience (Lathey, 2016; Pozo, 2019) and school architecture (Hardcastle, 2013). It was during the visual turn that Benjamin became more appealing to the HE, most notably because, “at this intersection of visual and material studies” (Dussel & Priem, 2017, p.643), he had turned into the perfect companion in guiding historians through the “’new’ technologies of display” (Herman & Plein, p.272) and the conceptualisation of “the mechanical reproduction of images and the subsequent loss of aura and privilege in the aesthetic experience” (Dussel, 2017, p.672). Could Dussel's notion of aesthetic experience encompass or be applied to Benjamin’s processes as both a historian and a writer? And as a result, could the philosopher’s life and work – and the dialogue between them – be conceived as an aesthetics of existence, one that places the written word at its very core? In considering the HE’s narrative turn, Pozo (2023, p.1030) argues that “the historian's subsequent task is to transform him/herself into a storyteller, the type of artist that in Benjamin's opinion could not be further from the chronicler”. In fact "the historian has no choice but to adopt the skills and craftsmanship of the storyteller in order to build, from the fragments gathered in archives, an account compelling enough to find a permanent place in the memory of those who hear it". Walter Benjamin developed the idea of the “operative writer” in his text The Author as Producer (1934/1999). Although he was not a fan of prescribing behaviours, he was certainly an advocate of messianic imagination. While witnessing the rapid development of technology and the massification of writing, Benjamin allowed himself to imagine a revolution that would put an end to the distinction between the author and the reader, the intellectual and the people, blurring and eventually putting an end to the lines that separate them. The writer would no longer be this venerated figure who dominates thought with his/her intellect, but a producer and an experimentalist like any other. He would declare the following: “an author who does not teach writers does not, in fact, teach anyone” (Benjamin 1934/1999, p.777). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Analysing Benjamin’s writing processes, and his considerations on the exercise of writing as one of the main driving forces behind an aesthetics of existence, is a task that requires an exploratory reading of his complete works in search of specific fragments where the author describes his methodological choices and his views on the writer’s social role. One can identify hundreds of references to his writing praxis scattered in multiple essays, diaries, letters and notes on a number of different conversations or dialogues. In this preliminary phase, we were able to gather an array of citations and images on Benjamin’s writing practice as a technique of the self that can be divided into three main topics: (i) An ethics of friendship Studying Benjamin’s yearning for “a free life for youth unsupervised by parents or other authorities of the bourgeois world” (Witte, 1991, p. 23), while portraying the social and intellectual spheres he frequented, including the friends he kept in touch with when travelling or in exile, will allow us to identify a particular kind of literary community circulating both within and on the margins of academia (Witte, 2017; Pinheiro, 2020). (ii) Writing community/ies Collecting Benjamin’s statements on the democratisation of the written word will enable us to discuss his quasi-messianic aspiration towards a “communism of writing” while describing his stance towards the individual and “common property” of written texts. His desire of inhabiting a world in which the text has become a “common good” provides an opportunity to reflect more broadly on the idea of the research seminar as a space for imagination and projection into the future. (iii) The historian’s craft as a form of constructivism and disruption By studying Benjamin’s peculiar reflections on history and the historiographic process, we can access the author’s highly experimental archival and research practices while portraying the operative writer’s unwavering focus on method and methodological problematisation, in other words, on the experimental and constructive aspects of writing that are seldom discussed in present-day scientific and educational institutions. His fragmentary methodology (Ó & Vallera 2020) was in the service of generating an inventive and disruptive relationship with the present. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Benjamin’s ethics of friendship can be traced back to his desire for a free, unsupervised life. He ended up moving away from academic life, finding in his circles of friendship the support to advance in his research/life. These collectives developed into a communism of writing, where, in the company of others, every writer worked towards becoming more singular in an environment that sought to produce difference. “Is it possible to imagine a community based on the idea that each text is assembled according to its own ephemeral and internal method?” Just because a community is imagined or desired does not mean it is not real. Benjamin’s reflections on the writing of history seemed to be imbued with the strategic purpose of bringing the objects of the past to the present while simultaneously inserting the very texture of actuality in remote times (Bolle, 2007). He was interested in a new writing of history, an essayistic style echoing the metaphor of the “network city”, its inhabitants and products. His method? An assemblage of texts and images constituting a “reticular”, “cartographic” and “constellational” type of writing. His resolve? To delineate peculiar historical objects by “blasting” them away from the “homogenous course of history”, the sequenced progress, linearity or teleology of collective human experience, which Benjamin deemed deprived of a theoretical armature. His form of materialism, an open invitation to build singular or differentiated historical narratives, has encouraged historians to avoid the “eternal image of the past” cultivated in “historicism’s bordello”. Benjamin equates historiography, instead, with a form of inventive constructivism through which every new generation can “wrest tradition away from conformism” (Benjamin 1955/1969, p. 255 and 261-263) and “encounter the past in a new way” (Popkewitz et al., 2001, p.4), thus generating an original and disruptive relationship with the present. References Benjamin, W. (1926/2022). Diário de Moscovo. In Barrento, J. (Ed.), Diários de Viagem (pp.81-245). Assírio&Alvim. Benjamin, W. (1955/1969). Illuminations. Schoken. Bolle, W. (2007). Nota introdutória. In W.Benjamin, Passagens (pp.71-75). UFMG. Benjamin, W. (1934/1999). The author as a producer. In M.A. Jennings (Ed.), Selected Writings (Vol. 2, part2). Harvard University Press. Dussel, I. (2017). Iconoclastic images in the history of education. Paedagogica Historica, 53(6), 668-682. Dussel, I. & Priem, K. (2017). The visual in histories of education. Paedagogica Historica, 53(6), 641-649. Charles, M. (2016). Towards a critique of educative violence: Walter Benjamin and ‘second education’. Pedagogy, Culture &Society, 24(4), 525-536. Foucault, M. (1990). History of Sexuality, vol.2, The use of pleasure. Vintage Books. Goodman, J. (2003). Troubling histories and theories: gender and the history of education. History of Education, 32(2), 157-174. Grosvenor, G. (2002). ‘Unpacking my Library’: Children's Literature in the Writings of Walter Benjamin. Paedagogica Historica, 38(1), 96-111. Grosvenor, I. (2019). ‘Can art save the world?’ The colonial experience and pedagogies of display. Paedagogica Historica, 55(4), 642-649. Grosvenor, I. & Watts, R. (2002) Educational Review, 54(2), 101-104. Hardcastle, J. (2013). ‘Photographers are the devil’: an essay in the historiography of photographing schools. History of Education, 42(5), 659-674. Herman, F. & Plein, I. (2017). Envisioning the industrial present: pathways of cultural learning in Luxembourg (1880s–1920s). Paedagogica Historica, 53(3), 268-284. Lathey, G. (2016). Enlightening city childhoods: Walter Benjamin’s Berlin and Erich Kästner’s Dresden. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 24(4), 485-493. Lawn, M. & Grosvenor, I. (2001). 'When in doubt, preserve': exploring the traces of teaching and material culture in English schools. History of Education, 30(2), 117-127. O, J.R.& Vallera (2020). A oficina do fragmento. História da Historiografia, 13(32), 331-366. Pinheiro, M.F. (2020). Hannah Arendt and Walter Benjamin. Sociedade&Estado, 35(3) 817-836. Popkewitz, T.S., Pereyra, M.A. & Franklin, B.M. (2001). History, the problem of knowledge, and the new cultural history of schooling. In T.S.Popkewitz, M.A.Pereyra & B.M.Franklin (eds.), Cultural History and Education (pp.3-42). RoutledgeFalmer. Pozo, M.M. (2023). From personal memories to public histories of education: a challenge for the historian. History of Education, 52(6), 1015-1035. Pozo, M.M (Ed.) (2019). Madrid, ciudad educadora, 1898-1938. Ayuntamiento de Madrid. Witte, B. (2017). Walter Benjamin. Autêntica. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 18 SES 07 A: Network 18 Meeting Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Oliver Hooper Network Meeting |
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper NW 18 Network Meeting Loughborough University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
15:45 - 17:15 | 19 SES 07 A: Photovoice Research Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Ingrid Kellermann Research Workshop |
|
19. Ethnography
Research Workshop Photovoice Reimagined: Principles and Scope of Photovoice Research UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Photovoice is a particular approach to research that emerged in the 1990s in response to wider developments within qualitative research. Researchers more formally recognised the power they held in the relationship to their participants and began to feel uncomfortable about the researcher-researched hierarchy. As a result, trends moved towards participatory and creative approaches to minimise these hierarchies, to reduce the power differentials between participants and researchers, and to equalise the responsibility amongst the stakeholders within the research (e.g. Wang and Burris, 1994, 1997). In addition, smartphones, tablets, or action cameras have eased availability of and accessibility to relatively cheap and simple means for recording through photography. Where once detailed knowledge of the photographic process may have been required to enable individuals to capture meaningful information and data, editing apps and software further facilitate the development of photography. As a result, research projects employing photographs became more prominent (e.g. Blinn and Harrist, 1991; Schwartz, 1989; Niessen, 1991). A quick search on Google Scholar for the key terms "photovoice" and "photo elicitation" demonstrates just how significant that change has been. Articles relating to "photo elicitation" nearly octupled between the 1990s and the 2010s, whereas articles relating to "photovoice" multiplied by 120. The popularity of research studies using photography as an approach to gathering data is undisputable. However, the terminologies and conceptualisations are not always entirely clear. Whilst photovoice and photo elicitation initially were two quite distinct approaches to research in the social sciences, the boundaries are more blurred nowadays. In part, this is due to researchers designing projects to suit their specific target communities and target participants, and so adjusting elements of a research method. In part, this is also due to developments that rendered photovoice and photo elicitation a kind of diary method with communities that would otherwise be difficult to reach. The social distancing rules that were put in place during the COVID19 pandemic exacerbated this trend of using photographs as a form of remote data collection. As the approaches along with the terminology have varied over time, many visual methods or forms of visual inquiry have also been used to describe what others define as "photovoice" or "photo elicitation". To untangle this web, I have reframed photovoice and photo elicitation as Photovoice as a framework and Photovoice as a method (Brown, 2024). For this interactive workshop I propose to offer an introductory session on how Photovoice may be used as a framework and as a method. I will begin by outlining the main principles of photovoice in its original intention and sketching out how photovoice research has developed since. For the workshop activities, I will have images available that will enable attendees to experiment with aspects of photovoice research from data collection to analysis through to dissemination. Throughout the session, I will highlight ethical, methodological, and practical opportunities and challenges when using photovoice as a framework or as a method. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a proposal for a methodological workshop on how to use photovoice in research. Unfortunately, many researchers using photographs in ethnographic research misinterpret or mislabel their work. The aim of this interactive workshop to clarify definitions of photovoice research and to learn about the opportunities and challenges, benefits, and drawbacks of photovoice as a framework and photovoice as a method. The workshop offers conference delegates an opportunity to explore the foundations and theoretical underpinning photovoice as a method and as a framework, and to enable practical experimentation. We discuss the foundations of photovoice in the context of social justice discourses, why we should be using photovoice as a framework in research, but also how we may introduce photovoice as a method in our existing paradigms. Subsequently, delegates actively experiment with "pick a card" activity (photovoice as a method), the process of analysing photovoice data and creating representations of experiences through the use of images. Visual research methods have been found particularly helpful in yielding rich qualitative data and thus provide a deep insight into research participants' experiences. The tasks in the workshop are explored in view of 4 guiding questions allowing delegates to focus on practical, methodological, and ethical considerations regarding photovoice as a method vs. photovoice as a framework. In line with the pedagogical principles of social constructivism the course is delivered as a mixture of interactive group tasks, discussions and lectures to enable active and experiential learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By the end of the workshop, it is expected that delegates feel comfortable with the differences in approaches of photovoice as a method and photovoice as a framework. Additionally, delegates will recognise the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats of both aspects of photovoice research. References Blinn, L., & Harrist, A. W. (1991). Combining native instant photography and photo‐elicitation. Visual Anthropology, 4(2), 175-192. Brown, N. (2024). Photovoice Reimagined. Policy Press. ISBN: 9781447369387. Niessen, S. A. (1991). More to it than meets the eye: Photo‐elicitation amongst the Batak of Sumatra. Visual Anthropology, 4(3-4), 415-430. Schwartz, D. (1989). Visual ethnography: Using photography in qualitative research. Qualitative Sociology, 12(2), 119-154. Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1994). Empowerment through photo novella: Portraits of participation. Health Education Quarterly, 21(2), 171-186. Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, methodology, and use for participatory needs assessment. Health Education & Behavior, 24(3), 369-387. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 21 SES 07 A: Paper Session 4 Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Kathrin Trunkenpolz Paper Session |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Teachers Facing Adolescent Uncertainty UPJV, Université de Picardie Jules Verne, France Presenting Author:Adolescence is an emblematic time of testing uncertainty. Bodily transformations in fact cause a chain of destabilization which re-engages the subjective position and blurs the benchmarks established in childhood (Gutton, 1996). The child knows that his body will transform, nevertheless the arrival of puberty surprises and requires a psychological elaboration (Deutsch, 1996). The illusion of childhood, with its dream of omnipotence and access to flawless happiness, is undermined by the experiences of life. In correlation with these upheavals, the guarantee of knowledge of the Other, represented by the adult, is shattered. Its reliability becomes doubtful, while its flaws become more noticeable. However, the certainties of childhood regarding values, the validity of rules or customs, and even about one's own place within the community begin to fade away. Back to/confronted with to the question of “Who am I?” the adolescent is consequently no longer assured of his future prospects, in a world still marked by multiple crises. Yet, it is precisely and paradoxically at this moment of characterized confusion, marked by a loss of internal and external reference points, that the adolescent must make fundamental choices that will shape their future in social and emotional aspects. At times gripped by anxiety, they may seek refuge in their daydreams to cope with the instability they experience, before being able to overcome it (Ikiz & Houssier, 2021), to open up to encounters, to construct their future (Lacan, 1974). For this time of psychological disorganization induces a reorganization. Ultimately, adolescence leads to grappling with the inherent uncertainty that is part of our condition as suject. The construction of the orientation project offers an opportunity to initially experiment with ways of envisioning oneself in the future, then to act on one's choices to affirm one's desire and rediscover a form of identity in which to recognize oneself and be recognized by others (Méloni, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Traditionally, research on guidance primarly aims to understand how to “properly guide” students. Their lived experiences are not considered in and off themselves. Therefore, my work focuses on this overlooked area. The paper will introduce a study on the teachers’ experience, aligned with educational research referencing psychoanalysis. The established framework is a discursive one, aimed at teachers' statement of their subjective position, comprising 20 interviews with teachers, most of which were received twice, as well as 6 discussion groups. The methodology and analysis of the interviews refer to the psychoanalytic corpus. The context nevertheless imposed an adaptation of the “interview technique”, since the interviews were conducted as part of research in an educational institution, and not as part of an analytical practice. Nevertheless, these adaptations have retained one of the fundamental principles of psychoanalysis, namely, facilitating and collecting the narratives of teachers about their experiences. Therefore the interviews were nondirective, encouraging associations and elaborations, while 2 discussion groups referred to the psychoanalytic conversation (Miller, 2020) and two others drew inspiration from the methodology of photo-language, fostering expression through image mediation. The use of psychoanalysis proves particularly fruitful in understanding how teachers are affected by encountering adolescent uncertainty, focusing on the imaginary life, the admitted or unconfessed desire, the expectations, the ideals, and the anxiety. Ultimately, rather than looking for how to master the orientation process by reducing the amount of uncertainty, this research is interested in the treatment of uncertainty by the teacher by considering that it is an essential fact of the divided subject. The case analysis (Visentini, 2024) extracted from the collection of interviews, such as a teacher’s situation, or a specific extract from an exchange will help to identify some salient points that demonstrate the importance of considering the unconscious in the face of the challenge posed by adolescent uncertainty. The uniqueness of the situations encountered will involve both the cultural and social context of establishment in a remote region of Morocco in the 2020s and the individual singularity of each teacher. Without seeking to generalize the observations, the objective will consist of bringing out the implications of unconscious mechanisms in the face of uncertainty, or even, to propose a discussion on previously established theoretical framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis will highlight the subjectivity of teachers regarding the orientation of adolescents. Certain phenomena observed in teaching situations are found (Filloux, 1987). Specificities will be presented, particularly the resurgence of their adolescent projects. With reference to the notion of screen memory, we will examine the emergence of “screen phrases”. Staging a turning point in their journey, the testimony of a phrase addressed by an adult to their adolescence, supports, in fact, the arrangement of a restorative or identifying posture to help students find their way. This point will lead us to consider how the handling of guidance remains determined by their vision of their primary role, teaching. The uncertainty of adolescence challenges both their “educative intention” (Lacan, 1966, p. 787) and their sense of professional identity, linked to the transmission of knowledge. However, their primary discipline remains a reference point to draw upon resources for guiding students. We will then address contemporary discomfort in the face of uncertainty. According to Freud (1930), discomfort is structural to the process of civilization which induces renunciations. However, this discomfort, involving the lack of knowledge about one's desire, currently seems unbearable for the subjects. We will observe certain consequences on orientation. The paper will finally specify the notion of uncertainty. Revived in adolescence, uncertainty is also a common feature in the ordinary neurotic, not knowing what one wants, nor what is right. Without being preferable to it, certainty is a particularly salient trait in the paranoid, who rejects what would make it waver (Lacan, 1981). In between lies the belief in an omniscient and all-powerful Other, recognized by Freud as an illusion that education should help one free from (1927). But then, can education succeed in developing reason and encouraging venturing into the future without supporting the development of uncertainty on both sides? References Deutsch, H. (1967). Problèmes de l’adolescence. Payot. Freud, S. (1927/2022). The Future of an Illusion. Culturea. Freud, S. (1930/2014). Civilization and its Discontents. Penguin Classics. Gutton, P. (1996). Adolescens. PUF. Filloux Jean-Claude. (19987). Note de synthèse. Psychanalyse et pédagogie ou: d'une prise en compte de l'inconscient dans le champ pédagogique. Revue française de pédagogie, 81, 69-102; DOI: 10.3406/rfp.1987.1469 Ikiz, S. & Houssier, F. (2021). Finir l’adolescence, devenir adulte : de la rêverie au projet. Enfances & Psy, 89, 162-170. DOI: 10.3917/ep.089.0162 Karray, A. (2022). Le sens de l’école. Cliniques des souffrances scolaires et des trajectoires créatives. In Press. Lacan, J. (1966). Écrits. Seuil. Lacan, J. (1974). Préface. In F. Wedekind. (dir.), L’éveil du printemps. Tragédie enfantine. Gallimard. Lacan, J. (1955-1956/1981). Le séminaire, Livre III, Les psychoses. Paris: Seuil. Méloni, D. (2023). O Real à prova, um momento decisivo de orientação para o futuro. Estillos da clinica, 28(3), 341-351. Méloni, D (2016). A escolha de uma orientação vocacional: uma oportunidade de trabalho psíquico para o adolescente. Revista Latinoamericana de Psicopatologia Fundamental, 19, 647-662. Miller, J-A. (2020) La conversation clinique. Le Champ freudien. Visentini, G. (2024). Penser et écrire par cas en psychanalyse. L’invention freudienne d’un style de raisonnement. PUF. 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper From Fright and Powerlessness to an Ethics of the Real University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:In a complex society in crisis, the teaching profession has become more difficult and challenging.
Indiscipline, provocation, physical abuse, student inattention, adolescent depression, learning disabilities, bullying, various phobias and dropping out of school are symptoms that teachers are increasingly confronted with. This is particularly frightening for young teachers. Teachers may experience a range of emotions such as aggression, fear, sadness/depression, jealousy or guilt. Sometimes they manage to suppress their questions and their suffering. In doing so, they repeatedly place themselves and possibly their pupils in agonising situations. Pushed by the death drive, they find themselves in a (self)destructive dynamic. Articulation with the life instinct becomes less and less successful. Nevertheless, they feel that they lack a perspective, a word, a way of dealing with a lack. (Menard) They search for ways to deal with their questions, their suffering and their powerlessness. 2. A psychoanalytic view The traumatising encounters evoke "fright" and confront the protagonists with the with the "uncanny", as an encounter with the familiar in themselves (Freud) or, as Lacan says, with the "lack of lack". Insofar as for Lacan (1986) the subject is structurally constituted on the basis of discourses and the desire of the other, we are all confronted with the desire and the enjoyment of the other, in the area of imaginary, symbolic and real. Again and again, we are confronted with the question "Che vuoi": what does the other want from me? Confronted with the different others, pupils ask themselves what this society, parents, teachers colleagues desire from them. The result can be anxiety, other affects and various symptoms. Due to our constitution as subjects by the Other, the teachers' discomfort in such cases is also caused by their initially unconscious knowledge of their possible involvement in the processes that lead pupils to symptoms and acting outs of violence. This brings with it a feeling of eeriness and anxiety.
With his psychoanalytic approach, Freud found a way to trace the singular patterns of the suffering subjects through the "talking cure" in order to deconstruct phantasms, to partially give meaning to the symptoms and to allow the subject to construct previously missing perspectives on the real. My hypothesis: It is precisely the confrontation with the not immediately symbolisable real, the uncanny and the unconscious knowledge, that makes the teacher aware that he is on the level of the unconscious and as a represent of the “other”, thus said involved in the dynamic of the situation, a part of the process. So, he must take his part of responsibility for the situation and not simply approach it as a "master" (Brown,2006) from a neutral, "pedagogical-scientific" position. (Zizek, 1998) Working through such frightening situations enables him to develop a freer view on the situation. This is the basic prerequisite for the pupil to be able to deconstruct fears and phantasms around "Che vuoi". 4. A setting Building on Freud, psychoanalysts such as Balint, Kaës, Blanchard-Laville (2013) and many colleagues from Cliopsy (Geffard,2018) have organized groups to help professionals verbalize their suffering and problems in a way they have not done before. I offer and research such settings. At the research level, the aim is to analyse
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. The setting In order to test the hypothesis, I developed an "analysis of one's own practice" setting. The trainee teachers report situations in which they were surprised by themselves, in which they were shocked by themselves, ashamed or felt powerless and perhaps in which their desire and enjoyment articulated to the projections and transference of the pupils became already questionable for them. The point is that they • Find words to verbalise what happens to them in certain difficult situations, such as when pupils rebel, disrupt, bully, hit, do nothing, avoid contact, fall into depression. • Get a sense of the implicit drive and affect structures, fictions / phantasms, structures of pleasure and lack of desire that play a role in themselves and possibly in their students. It is also particularly important to get a feel for their projections, identifications and transmissions in the classroom and to put them into l. anguage. • to develop new perspectives for themselves and their future actions, based on their own words and the echoes of the participants. • Approach the truth of their desire (e.g. as a teacher). • Develop an ethic of the real (Zupancic, 2000), of responsibility, rather than simply trying to cope with difficult situations from a neutral position by applying norms and rules. The analysis of one situation consists of five steps: Report of one teacher, questions from the participants, analysis by the group, summary and clarification of psychoanalytic views, follow-up in the next session. The seminar consists of five sessions of 3 hours each. 2. The research work: To test the effects and the hypothesis • The verbatim presentation and analysis by the group, as well as the final feedback, were noted and then transcribed. • The interviews with the participants and the co-facilitator were also transcribed. • The qualitative analysis of the transcripts (Jacobi, 1995; Nougué, 2003) is based on the following categories: - Signifiers / main signifiers that stand out and enable transformation-processes (Izcovich) - The imaginary, the symbolic and the real - Fictions and phantasms - Fissures in the phantasm that served to endure impossible situations. - Desire and instinctive pleasure - Projections and transference between teacher and student - Articulation of new signifiers with the main signifier and their impact on the lesson, - Change on the level of the teacher style. - Transference that supported or blocked the analysis process in the seminar group. - Ethical positioning (Ruti 2015, 2018)) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings On the basis of the evaluation by the whole group, we were able to establish that this setting is very useful for moving from an attitude of powerlessness to an attitude of desire and shared responsibility. Above all, it became clear how the different aspects of the subject (Lacan), divided between the conscious and the unconscious, between desire and enjoyment, could be accepted and thus better dealt with. The triad of the imaginary, the symbolic and the real is of great importance in analyzing situations and learning to deal creatively with one's own symptoms. By coming to terms with their desire to teach, their unconscious enjoyment of their position of power, their passion for not knowing, i.e. their blindness to students' demands and problems, the participants were able to recognize their involvement as an other, their shared responsibility. An ethics of the real, of taking responsibility in situations that can never be fully symbolized, can be partially developed. Of course, this does not mean that the students also have to take responsibility for their (sometimes unconsciously guided) actions The differences and tensions between an ethics of desire and a morality based on norms and rules are also brought to the fore in order to deal with them in a more reflective way. Some participants became aware of how their own phantasms lead to transference and projection. This also fostered a sense of the pupils and themselves as subjects of enjoyment, suffering and desire. Interestingly, one could also feel what it means to develop a certain style. References Brown, T. Atkinson, D. & England, J. Regulatory (2006). Discourses in education. A lacanian perspective. Bern, Peter Lang Berriau, J. (2023). Apprendre à philosopher avec Lacan, Paris, Ellipses Blanchard-Laville, Claudine (2013). Au risque d’enseigner. Paris, PUF Clarke, M. Lacan and Education Policy. The other side of Education. London, New-York, Oxford, New delhi, Sydney, Bloomsbury Academic Gascuel, Nils (2022) Le désir de l’enseignant. Toulous, Erès Geffard, P. (2018). Expériences de groupes en pédagogie institutionelle, Paris, L‘Harmattan Freud, S. (1919). Das Unheimliche. GW. XII, Frankfurt am Main, Fischer, 1999, S. 229-268 Herfray, CH. (1993). La psychanalyse hors les murs. Paris, Desclée de Brouwer Izcovich, Luis (2023). La clinique du cas en psychanalyse, Paris, Stilus Jacobi, B. (1995). Cent mots pour l’entretien clinique. Ramonville Sainte-Agne, Erès Koller, H.-Ch. ; Wulftange G. (Hg.) (20014). Lebensgeschichte als Bildungsprozess? Perspektiven bildungstheoretischer Biographieforschung. Bilefeld, transcript Lacan, J. (1986). Le Séminaire, Livre VII, L’éthique de la psychanalyse, Paris, Seuil Lacan, J. (1991). Le Séminaire, Livre XVII, L’envers de la psychanalyse, Paris, Seuil Lacan, J. (2001). Le Séminaire, Livre VIII, Le transfert, Paris, Seuil Lacan, J. (2004) Le Séminaire, Livre X, L’angoisse, Paris, Seuil Leguil, C. (2023). L’ère du toxique. Essai sur le nouveau malaise dans la civilisation. Paris, Puf Menard, Augustin (2020). Les promesses de l’impossible. Nîmes, Champ social Nougué Yves (2003). L’entretien clinique. Paris Anthropos Parker, Ian (2005) Qualitative Psychology. Introducing Radical research. New-York, Open University Press Ruti, M. (2015). Betwenn Levinas and Lacan, self, other, ethics, new-York, London, New delhi, Sidney, Bloomsbury Ruti, M. (2018)., Distillations Theory, Ethics, Affect. New-York, London, New delhi, Sidney, Bloomsbury Sommer-Dupont, V. & Vanderveken, Y. (2023). Enfants terribles et parents exaspérés. Paris, Navarin Editeur Weber, Jean-Marie, Ruzhena Voynova (2021). Le Décrochage scolaire, un processus de constructions et de déconstructions. Nîmes, Edition Champ social Weber J.-M., (2024). Das Unmögliche und seine Versprechen, nos cahiers Nr. 1.“2024, Luxembourg (im Druck) Zizek, S. (1998). Das Unbehagen im Subjekt. Wien, Passagen Verlag Zizek, Slavoj (2020). Sex und das Verfehlte Absolute, Darmstadt wbg. Academic Zupancic, A. (2000). Ethics oft he Real. Kant and Lacan. London, New York, Vero 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper A Subject Supposed to Critique: Some Lacanian Provocations on Teacher Demoralisation CUHK, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Why are we, academics, supposed to critique? Why do our students – in-service or would-be teachers – assume that we, teacher educators, should take on the mantle of being the all-knowing experts, who should voice and critique on their behalf, against the existing order of things? In this provocative essay, I work through the idea of ‘critique’ in the scene of teacher education, through the Lacanian psychoanalytical concept of ‘subject supposed to know’ (Lacan 1978, 230). Data come from free associative interviews with demoralised teachers in my previous research project. Lacan coined this notion of the ‘subject supposed to know’ as an operative principle of transference. Critique is full of transference, between the analysand and analyst, cathected with affects, in which ‘feelings, relationships, signifiers or discursive categories are repeated within present interactions’ so that ‘our responses in the present can be understood as repetitions of significant relations or discourses’ (Lapping 2011, 3). The proposed essay is a discussion about the psychic aspect of critique, its unconscious and desires, illustrating why the pedagogical relationship of critique resembles the couch in the consulting room where the analysand and the analyst interact, floating between transference and counter-transference. It is also built on some growing body of theoretical papers that draws on psychoanalytical approaches to understanding education, on various themes, such as teaching practice (Britzman 2013); education policy (Clarke 2020); the desire of and in research (Lapping 2013; Tuck 2010); teacher agency (Phelan and Rüsselbæk Hansen 2018); and despair and ethics (Carusi 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Reworking the Lacanian notion, I take three steps to show how the new notion of ‘subject supposed to critique’ may act as an intervention and therefore help us grapple with the complexity of ‘critique’ in teacher education. First, like how Freud perceives sexuality as a reference point, I view the articulation of critique as a symptom that obscures the unfulfilled wishes and desires underneath the apparent resistance and hostility to research. This arises from the provocative questions and comments that are often posed by teachers, to teacher educators, in the imaginary order. ‘What is the use of writing papers that people don’t read?’ ‘Your research should critique the government policy.’ These are not just complaints made by teachers, but also manifest the deep grammar of teacher demoralisation, and the colonisation of ‘what works’ hegemonic order, in the existing paradigm of education. The second step that I want to make, about subject supposed to critique, is the idea of melancholia; more specifically, following Freud, it refers to a psychic state in which the analysands (demoralised teachers) are confronting with the presence of a disappointing object. I situate critique not in terms of mourning, which refers to the lost object. By constructing the teacher educator as a subject supposed to critique, the demoralised teachers, I argue, actually express the shadow of an object which is present, yet disappointing – more specifically, the subject’s final stage at which he or she can now be a teacher but is confronting a different, disappointing reality that is different from the promised, rose-tinted romanticism and sentimentalism expressed in dramas such as Dead Poets Society, and the phantasmatic ‘what works’ pedagogies reproduced in teacher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The final step is the genesis of productive guilt from critique, that is, how guilty feelings may work back on the interviewer, and the production of despairs expressed through the demoralised teachers over the existing order of things. The construction of the teacher educator as a ‘subject supposed to critique’ may open up a new dimension of ethics in teacher research. More specifically, how does the subject supposed to critique mirrored by my teacher informants speak back to our very acts in academia, ethically and response-ably? I argue that through this psychoanalytical interpretation of an encounter between academics and teachers, the question is not just about asking whether critique has run out of steam or to put the steam back on. It is to imagine a difficult critique, otherwise, beyond despair. References Britzman, Deborah P. 2013. “Between Psychoanalysis and Pedagogy: Scenes of Rapprochement and Alienation.” Curriculum Inquiry 43 (1): 95–117. https://doi.org/10.1111/curi.12007. Carusi, F. Tony. 2022. “Refusing Teachers and the Politics of Instrumentalism in Educational Policy.” Educational Theory 72 (3): 383–97. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12537. Clarke, Matthew. 2020. “Eyes Wide Shut: The Fantasies and Disavowals of Education Policy.” Journal of Education Policy 35 (2): 151–67. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2018.1544665. Lacan, Jacques. 1978. The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis: The Seminar of Jacques Lacan Book XI. Edited by Jacques-Alain Miller. Translated by Alan Sheridan. New York: W. W. Norton. Lapping, Claudia. 2011. “‘Psychic Defences’ and Institutionalised Formations of Knowledge.” In Knowledge and Identity: Concepts and Applications in Bernstein’s Sociology, edited by Gabrielle Ivinson, Brian Davies, and John Fitz, 143–56. Abingdon: Routledge. ———. 2013. “Which Subject, Whose Desire? The Constitution of Subjectivity and the Articulation of Desire in the Practice of Research.” Psychoanalysis, Culture & Society 18 (4): 368–85. http://dx.doi.org.ezproxy.lib.ouhk.edu.hk/10.1057/pcs.2013.14. Phelan, Anne M., and Dion Rüsselbæk Hansen. 2018. “Reclaiming Agency and Appreciating Limits in Teacher Education: Existential, Ethical, and Psychoanalytical Readings.” McGill Journal of Education (Online) 53 (1): 128–45. Tuck, Eve. 2010. “Breaking up with Deleuze: Desire and Valuing the Irreconcilable.” International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education 23 (5): 635–50. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2010.500633. Žižek, Slavoj. 2007. How to Read Lacan. London: W. W. Norton. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 22 SES 07 A: Digital challenges in HE Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Magdalena Fellner Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Webinar: A Critical Reimagining University of Dundee, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Online learning is often discussed in relation to what happens on the screen of the computer, tablet, or phone, which students are accessing the learning through. This can be seen to reflect ‘Cartesian approaches that separate mind from body’ (Dourish, 2001: 189), reflective of wider education discourses in the western world. The reality is that online learning is happening in a physical place and experienced bodily as well as cognitively, our eyes get tired from computer screens and our backs sore from spending too long sitting. In this critical re-imagining we draw on research which understands learning to be a socially, culturally, and physically, situated practice. We focus on the webinar, a synchronous online teaching activity, in which geographically distributed groups of lecturers and students participate in learning activities together. We teach on an international Master of Education programme, working with diverse groups of students, and have become increasingly aware of the different physical, social, and cultural locations in which they are situated. We take the pedagogic stance that webinars should provide opportunities for collaborative learning and use two conceptual lens’ to critically examine how this can be facilitated. We use two conceptual lens’ to examine educational practice in webinars: Mediation and Embodied Cognition. A sociocultural understanding of mediation (Wertsch, 2007) allows us to consider the ways in which digital technology enables and constrains the learning experience. For international students’ digital technology enables connection to the university and to the module content, to the lecturer and to other students. The concept of mediation enables us to examine the way digital technology frames and constrains this learning experience. Embodied cognition (Johnson, 2013, Shapiro, 2014) deepens this examination by allowing us to ‘see’ the student as an embodied individual, experiencing education from a specific place. This enables us to explore further than the boundaries of the digital technology and critically consider the physical and cultural spaces which students inhabit as they engage with online learning. When teaching live sessions on international modules different time zones, geographic areas and cultural expectations are juxtaposed. Some students may have stayed up late, while others have got up early. Students in the same webinar may be experiencing extremes of weather or very different cultural environments. It is this juxtaposition that provides the potential for rich learning in webinars but too often not all students fully participate, or even attend. Drawing on both mediation and embodied cognition we consider the experience of the webinar and then highlight the implications of this conceptual framing for practice. The conceptual analysis we present is grounded in empirical data, collected during an action research style scoping study which tracked the development of a pedagogic intervention. Physical artefacts were introduced to webinar tasks as a means to value the knowledge structures of the students, enable collaborative practice and support the embodied experience of learning. Our reflections imply that the use of artefacts creates sensorimotor experiences which can support learning. In recognising that cognition is embodied, providing sensorimotor opportunities becomes a necessity in supporting individual learners but more than this, by sharing these activities within a group, there is further potential for broader and deeper thinking through the provision of space to ‘offload’. Offloading supports confidence and the creation of new understandings. Where students are able to sense each others’ sensorimotor activity during the use and production of artefacts, motor equivalence and ‘mirroring’ are enabled, generating empathy amongst the group and allowing students to reflect on and add to their own experiences. This suggests that consideration of the embodied experience of the student is pertinent when reflecting on the development of online pedagogy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a conceptual study which draws on our own practice as lecturers on an International Master of Education programme. Drawing on the concepts of mediation (Wertsch, 2007, Vygotsky, 1987) and embodied cognition (Johnson, 2013, Shapiro, 2014) a pedagogical intervention was designed and delivered in the style of a small action research study. The module is part of an international MEd in Education which attracts students from around the world, with a variety of educational experience; professionally and culturally. Most of our students work in education in professional roles as teachers, school leaders or work-based educators. They are studying at master’s level in the Social Sciences. In the cohort on which we carried out this study we had a group of 10 students who regularly attended live webinars; these students were all experienced professionals working in a range of school settings and based in either Scotland or African countries. The module cohort was made up of 26 students, the other students watched the recorded webinars and completed the activities asynchronously. The small attendance at webinars was one of the factors which stimulated our interest in the webinar element of the module. Some students were unable to attend due to being in different time zones and some worked through the module at a different pace, taking advantage of the affordance of flexibility that online learning provides. This did not account for all students though and so we grew increasingly interested in understanding the value of the webinar element. Before proceeding with the study, we gained consent from our university ethics committee. Information was shared with students before the webinars in which data was generated. Students were given the option to have their data removed before we analysed the webinar recordings but none of the participants who attended the live sessions took this option. The intervention focused on three, out of eight, webinars which were delivered as part of a module entitled ‘Innovation in Education’. It was developed in the style of action study with three distinct research cycles. Reflections on each webinar informed the development of the next. Initial development of the intervention was informed by the conceptual framing of our analysis. All three webinars were developed to recognise the mediating role of digital technology and to acknowledge students’ embodied cognition, using physical artefacts to enhance digital engagement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We speculate that engaging with both mediation and embodied cognition is important in understanding the experience of students as they engage with learning in webinars. Theory can be an effective tool to inform digital design and the implications of the argument presented draw attention to questions of inclusivity and internationalisation. By considering mediation and embodiment we reimagine online practice, particularly in relation to intercultural groups but also in general. The reflections on mediation highlight how technology is not neutral but reflects social and cultural practices (Baroud and Dharamski, 2020), if we are to develop effective online collaborative learning we need to consider the embodied nature of practice and engage with the diversity of international cultures. Inclusivity may include consideration of knowledge structures and power relations, and to create inclusive learning environments we may need to find new ways to value diversity. The production of physical artefacts may provide a way to do this. Acknowledging the embodied nature of learning allows us to create authentic learning spaces where the creation of artefacts provides a means to create emergence. Consideration of the lecturer and student as embodied individuals, whose participation in and with the world is mediated by tools and signs, is pertinent if education is to provide hope for the future. References Baroud, J. and Dharamshi, P., (2020), “A collaborative self-study of critical digital pedagogies in teacher education”, Studying Teacher Education, 16(2), pp.164-182. Dourish (2001), ‘Where the Action Is: The Foundations of Embodied Interaction’ MIT Press, London: England. Johnson, M. (1987), The body in the mind: The bodily basis of meaning, imagination, and reason. University of Chicago Press Shapiro, L. (Ed.) (2014), The Routledge Handbook of Embodied Cognition. Routledge. Wertsch, J. (2007), “Mediation” in The Cambridge Companion to Vygotsky ed. Daniels, Cole and Wertsch, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge Vygotsky (1987) ‘Thinking and Speech’ from ‘The Collected Works of L.S. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Students Digital Well-being in terms of Distance Learning Moscow City University, Russian Federation Presenting Author:The pandemic 2020 drew a “waterline” between two concepts — “Emergency Remote Teaching” (ERT) and “High-Quality (Effective) Online Learning” (Hodges et al., 2020). ERT is considered to be “the temporary transition of learning to an alternative mode of content delivery due to crisis circumstances”. In 2021 Melissa Bond, Svenja Bedenlier et al. captured significant attention worldwide in the review that collected and synthesised the findings of 282 primary empirical studies conducted by 1019 authors from 73 countries during the initial 10 months of the pandemic. The compelling results of their research highlighted crucial insights that resonated across the globe. One of the negative consequences of ERT was the problem of psychological distress. Therefore, the Yandex conducted a large-scale all-Russian study in 2020, specifically examining the emotional burnout experienced by school teachers. The findings revealed that 75% of participants displayed evident symptoms of burnout, with 38% of teachers being in the acute phase. The “Hybrid” training format has also made its adjustments to the problem and has become widespread along with such training formats as “Face-to-Face” and “Remote/Virtual” but more than 90% of teachers recognise a digital disadvantage associated with the “Hybrid” format that makes a teaching-learning process more time-consuming. On the other hand, several studies indicate a shift away from the traditional classroom format in the educational process. This trend signifies a decline in the dominant position that the classroom format has held for centuries. In 2022, A.A. Margolis et al. showed that among the students of the Moscow State University of Psyсhology and Education (N = 761), only 10.8% of them preferred the full-time (classroom) study format. The distance learning format ranked first, with 49.5% of participants selecting it, while the mixed format claimed the second position with a preference of 39.7%. The research project led by E.I. Kazakova and I.E. Kondrakova involved students from 30 Russian universities (N = 4558) representing 23 regions of Russia revealed that students perceive distance learning as a means to fulfill their need for personal subjectivity and to take the initiative in educational activities. Meanwhile, a study conducted by A.V. Filkina et al. on Russian universities students (N = 25400 students, 2021) using the “Patient Health Questionnaire (PHQ-8)” method revealed blended learning is linked to a higher likelihood of experiencing signs of psychological distress among students. According to the researchers, the analysis of the relationship between the learning format and the occurrence of psychological distress symptoms shows ambiguous results that students who exclusively study in a distance-learning format present the lowest levels of psychological distress. Full-time education slightly increases the likelihood of experiencing distress symptoms. At the same time, most often signs of psychological distress are observed in students studying in a mixed format, when some classes are held full-time, some remotely. However, the experiences gained during the pandemic and post-pandemic periods indicate that the alternative to ERT in the form of High-Quality Online Learning has the potential to yield excellent educational outcomes and is linked to psychological well-being. An experiment conducted on younger schoolchildren demonstrated that remote synchronous classes aimed at fostering creativity are equally effective, if not superior, to traditional classroom sessions, debunking existing social stereotypes. The experimental group exhibited slightly higher creativity scores compared to the control groups (L.E. Jalalova, R.V. Komarov). Similar positive educational outcomes have been achieved across various levels of education, including distance Master's degree programmes, advanced training courses, and professional retraining programmes. Therefore, the question of utmost importance in the post-pandemic period is what conditions guarantee the success of remote teaching (including digital formats) and promote the students digital well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Building upon the systemic methodology, we identify three approaches to remote teaching: projective (substitutional), combinatorial (compilative), ecosystem. The projective approach entails a classroom methods direct transfer, techniques, models into the digital space, as the “transfer method” by Gonzalez-Urquijo et al. (2021). The combinatorial approach entails the simultaneous use of various digital tools, with the selection of tool combinations for educational tasks determined by both the nature of the tasks and the teacher's familiarity with the diverse array of digital tools available on the EdTech services market. The ecosystem approach highlights the importance of teachers and educational institutions adopting a unified and well-organised IT solution. It maintains a balance in the “open-closed” parameter, includes essential functionality for the educational process right from the start, catering to various tasks of different levels of difficulty, and offers a single entry point, allowing users to access all tools with just one account. Additionally, it ensures seamless integration of ecosystem tools with each other, while also providing the option for independent use or integration with third-party tools. It prioritises security, confidentiality, and data protection in interactions and operations and enables long-term, strategically planned collaboration with the team, rather than focusing solely on short-term outcomes. The third aspect involves a distinct differentiation between the concepts of “effectiveness” (“What have you achieved?”) and “efficiency” (“At what cost?”). The efficiency coefficient (E) can be calculated by the formula: E = R / C. “R” is a result (such as the number of tasks checked by the teacher), and “C” is the cost, which represents the amount of operations carried out to achieve the result. According to the research calculations, the effectiveness of the ecosystem approach in remote work is shown to be 3 to 30 times higher compared to the combinatorial approach. The magnitude of this increase depends on factors such as the subject content and complexity of educational tasks. Therefore, implementing the ecosystem approach has a direct impact on students' psychological well-being and influences hygienic, aesthetic, and other factors that contribute to their overall condition (due to reducing overload and tasks, as well as allowing more freedom for meaningful activities). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The digital well-being of both students and teachers is a system-forming function of the teachers’ success in a distant educational process. As the authors have consistently demonstrated, effectiveness rarely guarantee effectiveness in practice. The differentiation between effectiveness and efficiency compels us to approach success in terms of the methodological principle of determinism, which states that external causes manifest through internal conditions (S.L. Rubinstein). These internal conditions encompass various factors, such as referring to an appropriate IT solution (the use of MS Teams or Google Classroom) within an ecosystem approach, choosing the way of remote working (combinatorial or ecosystem), and the level of digital competency. The motivation for successful distance learning has been formulated by C. Hodges et al. (2020). They define “High-quality (Effective) Online Learning” as an approach that aims to cultivate an educational community and offer students support not only in their academic pursuits but also through collaborative educational activities and various forms of social support. The creation of a learning community is a crucial semantic factor in ensuring the success of remote work. When aiming to foster the digital well-being of students, teachers face the responsible task of not only enhancing their digital competencies but also carefully selecting an approach that aligns with the teaching objectives of the system. References Hodges, C., Moore, S., Lockee, B., Trust, T., & Bond, A. (2020). The Difference Between Emergency Remote Teaching and Online Learning. EDUCAUSE Review, 27. https://er.educause.edu/articles/2020/3/the-difference-between-emergency-remote-teaching-and-online-learning Bond, M., Bedenlier, S., Marín, V.I. et al. Emergency remote teaching in higher education: mapping the first global online semester. Int J Educ Technol High Educ 18, 50 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-021-00282-x Komarov, R. V. Effectiveness vs efficiency: forks of success in remote work / R. V. Komarov // Methodical online games to help a teacher: author's developments of undergraduates of the programme "Personal potential development: personalisation and digitalization of education" : An educational and methodological guide / Under the general editorship of R.V. Komarova, O.M. Zvereva, N.D. Vyun. – Moscow : Pero Publishing House, 2023. – pp. 9-34. – EDN ZWLFVD. Komarov, R. V. The work of a teacher at a distance: approaches to the use of digital tools / R. V. Komarov // Bulletin of the Moscow State Pedagogical University. Series: Pedagogy and Psychology. – 2021. – № 3(57). – Pp. 56-78. – DOI 10.25688/2076-9121.2021.57.3.03. – EDN ROAILO. Falloon, G. From digital literacy to digital competence: the teacher digital competency (TDC) framework. Education Tech Research Dev 68, 2449–2472 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-020-09767-4 Gonzalez-Urquijo, M., Gonzalez-Hinojosa, D. E., Rojas-Mendez, J. et al. Transferring face-to-face sessions to virtual sessions in surgical education: a survey-based assessment of a single academic general surgery programme. Eur Surg 53, 55–59 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10353-021-00691-2 Butrime E. (2021) Virtual Learning Environments and Learning Change in Modern Higher Education During the Covid-19 Coronavirus Pandemic: Attitudes of University Teachers. In: Rocha Á., Adeli H., Dzemyda G., Moreira F., Ramalho Correia A.M. (eds) Trends and Applications in Information Systems and Technologies. WorldCIST 2021. Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing, vol 1367. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-72660-7_22 Learning and Collaboration Technologies (2020). Human and Technology Ecosystems. 7th International Conference, LCT 2020, Held as Part of the 22nd HCI International Conference, HCII 2020, Copenhagen, Denmark, July 19–24, 2020, Proceedings, Part II. Editors: Panayiotis Zaphiris, Andri Ioannou. Springer, Cham. Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2020. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-50506-6 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper A university-wide analysis of the Activating Blended Education Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:In Activating Blended Education (ABE), online and in person education are combined (Bowyer & Chambers, 2017) and students have to actively learn through exercises and meetings that are activating in nature, such as tutorials and discussions. ABE has increasingly been applied in higher education since the early 2000s in Europe and the United States (Güzer & Caner, 2014) and increasingly in the rest of the world (Anthony et al, 2020). After the Covid-19 pandemic, it has even been described as a new normal (Cobo-Rendón et al., 2022; Singh et al., 2021). Multiple meta-analyses have found that ABE leads to better academic results than education that takes place entirely on campus or online (Bernard et al., 2014; Castro, 2019; Vho et al., 2017). Online contents gives students greater flexibility and the opportunity to learn at their own pace (Boelens et al,. 2018) and activating educational methods force students to cognitively engage with teaching materials long before a final exam. ABE can implemented in different ways. An instructor could for example choose for a flipped classroom setting in which instruction takes place via prerecorded lectures and meetings on location are used for clarification and discussion. It is also possible to make a course blended by adding online modules to a courses. ABE has been extensively studied but most research has focused on detailed analysis of single courses and curricula (Anthony et al., 2022) often given by proponents of ABE. Research into institutional adoption of ABE is rare and often relies on interviews with higher management rather than a measurement of the actual instruction offered in higher education (Graham et al., 2022) As the adoption of ABE becomes more widespread, it becomes necessary to study how ABE is adopted institutionally and measure whether and how ABE is implemented through analysis of the actual education offered to the students. The Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam (VU) adopted ABE as one of the design principles for its education in 2021. It is yet unclear whether the university truly achieved a greater level of blended and activating education and to ascertain whether this is the case, a mixed method research project has been started. For this study, a stratified sample was taken of Bachelor courses for which the content was analysed through the schedule and online learning environment. Interviews were conducted with course coordinators on the rationale for their course design. We aim to answer the following research questions. 1) how can we efficiently and validly ascertain whether a course is blended and activating? 2) How is ABE designed? 3) Is there a shift towards more ABE in the period 2019-2024? With a newly developed measuring instrument, over 150 courses were successfully analysed. The analysed courses were to a great degree activating but to a far smaller degree blended. Apart from a small minority of 10% of the sample, all courses had numerous assignments and meetings that are activating in nature. The courses that were blended were so because of a greater focus on online videos and modules rather than online meetings. In 2019-2020, all instruction took place on campus and during the Covid-19 pandemic all instruction moved online. After the pandemic, in 2022-2023, only a small number of courses had retained online activities. Online meetings were generally limited to one per course and do no constitute a significant part of the instruction. There was also an increase in online videos, quizzes and exercises. In interviews, teachers were generally positive about ABE but at the same time strongly preferred to have in person meetings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A measuring instrument was developed for analysis of the online learning environments of courses. Due to the great variety in how the online learning environment is used by different instructors, this analysis could not be automated and could only be done in person. The instrument was used to determine for each meeting whether it takes place online or not and whether it is activating in nature. Lectures and film showings were counted as not activating in nature. Most other meetings such as tutorials, lab practicals, debates and presentation sessions were counted as activating in nature. Prerecorded lectures were counted separately from lectures that were held online live at a specific point in time. In addition, the number of assignments and type of assignments (exercises, reports, presentations etc) were counted. We also included a measurement of all types of digital tools that were used, such as online quizzes, the use of an online forum and the use of e-books and e-modules. We took a stratified sample for each bachelor education. For each bachelor program (45 in total), a course was picked randomly for each of the three years that the program lasted. All course coordinators were approached and gave permission for analysis of the Measurements took place for 2019-2020, 2022-2023 and 2023-2024 and were done by two raters. In the cases in which the two raters disagreed in their rating of a course, a researcher also rated the course and came to a final rating. The course coordinators of the sampled courses were approached for a semi-structured interview and 29 of them agreed and were interviewed. In these interviews, the coordinators were asked about their view of education, in particular regarding activating and online education, and the rationale behind the design of their course. Special attention was paid to how the course has changed over the years and whether any changes will be made to the course in coming years. Interviews were conducted once the quantitative analysis of the course had been concluded. During the interview, the coordinators were shown the results of this analyses and were asked to comment on it. All interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim and coded inductively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Currently, over two thirds of sampled courses have been analysed and almost all interviews have been conducted and transcribed and are in the process of being coded. We intend to complete the analysis in the coming months. From the analysis done so far, it can be concluded that the sampled courses are to a great degree activating but to a far smaller degree blended. The courses that were blended were so due to inclusion of online material rather than online meetings. Almost all courses made use of activating meetings and included multiple assignments. A minority of 10% of the courses could be classified as passive in nature. In 2019-2020, all instruction took place on campus (and during the Covid-19 pandemic, all instruction was online). In 2022-2023, a small shift towards online education had taken place. Around 20% of courses had online meetings, though often only one or two. There was a modest increase in use of videoclips and online modules. When shown the analysis, coordinators agreed with the findings. In interviews, course coordinators were generally positive towards online education and saw the value of online modules and instructional videoclips. However, they preferred in person meetings for personal interaction and group formation. Coordinators often erroneously thought it was university policy to hold meetings on campus. An important finding is that the developed instrument can be used to make valid and reliable statements about the degree to which a course is activating and blended. It can also create a valid evaluation of the institutional state of ABE. It turns out that the view that university-level education would primarily consist of lectures is outdated. Finally, it can be concluded that the shift towards online education during the pandemic was temporary due to a focus on in person instruction and student wellbeing. References Anthony, B., Kamaludin, A., Romli, A., Raffei, A. F. M., Phon, D. N. A., Abdullah, A., & Ming, G. L. (2020). Blended learning adoption and implementation in higher education: A theoretical and systematic review. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 1-48. Bernard, R. M., Borokhovski, E., Schmid, R. F., Tamim, R. M., & Abrami, P. C. (2014). A meta-analysis of blended learning and technology use in higher education: From the general to the applied. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 26(1), 87-122. Boelens, R., Voet, M., & De Wever, B. (2018). The design of blended learning in response to student diversity in higher education: Instructors’ views and use of differentiated instruction in blended learning. Computers & Education, 120, 197-212. Bowyer, J., & Chambers, L. (2017). Evaluating blended learning: Bringing the elements together. Research Matters: A Cambridge Assessment Publication, 23(1), 17-26. Castro, R. (2019). Blended learning in higher education: Trends and capabilities. Education and Information Technologies, 24(4), 2523-2546. Cobo-Rendón, R., Bruna Jofre, C., Lobos, K., Cisternas San Martin, N., & Guzman, E. (2022, July). Return to university classrooms with Blended Learning: a possible post-pandemic COVID-19 scenario. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 7). Frontiers Media SA. Graham, C. R., Woodfield, W., & Harrison, J. B. (2013). A framework for institutional adoption and implementation of blended learning in higher education. The internet and higher education, 18, 4-14. Güzer, B., & Caner, H. (2014). The past, present and future of blended learning: an in depth analysis of literature. Procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 116, 4596-4603. Singh, J., Steele, K., & Singh, L. (2021). Combining the best of online and face-to-face learning: Hybrid and blended learning approach for COVID-19, post vaccine, & post-pandemic world. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 50(2), 140-171. Vo, H. M., Zhu, C., & Diep, N. A. (2017). The effect of blended learning on student performance at course-level in higher education: A meta-analysis. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 53, 17-28. Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam (2021) Onderwijsvisie Vrije Universiteit. Accessed on the 16th of January 2024, https://vu.nl/nl/medewerker/onderwijsbeleid/onderwijsvisie 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Digital Public Sphere, Universities and Public Intellectualism 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The digital public sphere, comprised of a wide variety of message boards, information outlets, discussion fora and news channels, all enabled via social media and the world wide web, has on paper at least enormous potential to encourage the development of what Habermas referred to as a ‘critical reasoning public’ (1989). This is a public that, just as in the heyday of the 18th public sphere, held nation states to account and spoke truth to power – the public sphere effectively acting as a check on undemocratic practices. The reality, based on recent evidence, is that the public sphere of the 21st century has squandered this potential, with critical reasoning in short supply and struggling to make itself felt in a world of celebrity gossip and antagonistic behaviour. Online dialogue is a world away from a digital republic of letters and the genesis of a new age of enlightenment. Much of the blame for this of course rests squarely on some of the usual suspects, the rent-seeking behaviour of modern capitalism chief among them. But blame should also lie at the feet of educational institutions, especially universities whose stated aims include the development of critical reasoning and the search for enlightenment. Their lack of presence in the digital public sphere is a striking feature of modern intellectual life. This is a serious oversight given what is at stake: overcoming the distortions of the digital public sphere, the misinformation, profiteering, commodification, as well as the widespread epistemic injustices and flagrant anti-democratic practices, depends, as Sevignani puts it (2022: 93) ‘on democratic learning processes in publics that foster the flourishing of communicative competences’. Of all the public institutions, universities are uniquely placed to help facilitate these ‘democratic learning spaces’ but have ceded this territory in the informal world of digital communication and opinion formation. Why such a disconnect between the universities and the public? Given the make-up of the digital public sphere, there are technological and spatial elements at play in this disconnect as well as the commodifying issues mentioned above. While these issues are significant, this paper aims instead to examine a more fundamental concern which is the relation between the universities and the public. Specifically, the paper will explore the extent to which universities engage with the process of intellectualising the public, or public intellectualism. In order to do this, the paper will first of all: provide some historical context for this relation and detail how this relation has been impacted by social transformations; second, identify the mechanisms of public intellectualism (for example, evidential, communicative, pedagogical) and their institutional embeddedness, and third, critically examine the content of public intellectualism – for example, welfare and economic redistribution, justice, knowledge and power, the public good, democracy, voice and representation. The paper concludes by detailing some implications of this for the future of critical reasoning in the digital public sphere. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper adopts a historical and theoretical approach to the topic of the digital public sphere, with an obvious starting point being the work of Habermas. Habermas’ classic text The structural transformation of the public sphere (1989[1962]) provided an account for the rise of a critical reasoning public in countries such as England in the eighteenth century. Habermas traced the development of this sphere from its original role as a mouthpiece for the state to its transformation into a public debating chamber set against the interests of states. Greek in origin, conceptions of the ‘public’ and the ‘private’ and of the public sphere received a new lease of life with the growth of the modern state and of civil society alongside it. As a mediator between society and the state, the public sphere for Habermas is a crucial element of a properly functioning democracy, offering a privileged space for the ‘people’s public use of their reason’ (offentliches Rasonnement) (1989: 27). The publication, in English in 1989, has since spawned a wide range of intellectual debates across the social sciences and humanities, its influence at its heaviest in fields such as sociology, communication and media studies, linguistics, political science and literary studies. Its presence in education debates, however, is markedly less so, which is an oversight given Habermas’ own emphasis (albeit indirectly) on learning spaces and processes as tools of communicative deliberation and political transformation. A cursory appreciation of the topic would suggest that the public sphere is fertile ground for a study of educational questions, especially as regards the public framing of these questions, the politics of educational knowledge and the role of social movements in influencing educational outcomes. This paper aims to grapple with these concerns and to critical examine in particular the relation between universities and the now digitally-oriented public sphere, especially as it manifests itself in the 21st century. The historical focus is significant: this century has seen a ‘virtual transformation’ of the public sphere via the proliferation of social media, while also witnessing a questioning of expert knowledge cultures and a growing suspicion of educational authority. Educational professionals and institutions now more than ever have to compete against other sources of knowledge formation and production, making the development of a critical reasoning public an even more challenging proposition. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes relate to two key elements of the paper: 1) exploring the mechanisms of public intellectualism. The paper will include detail and analysis of how institutions engage the public through evidence-based arguments and discursive practices alongside various educational strategies and forms of public pedagogy; 2) The second expected set of outcomes revolve around critically examining the content of public intellectualism, and this may include an analysis of how institutions (through their research centres, foundations, outreach programmes) engage the public in dialogue around pressing social issues such as welfare, care and economic redistribution, migration and citizenship, struggles over social justice and equality, identity and representation, notions of the ‘public good’, and wider concerns over the future of democratic states. The paper concludes by detailing some implications of these findings for the future of critical reasoning in the digital public sphere, which will include reconsiderations of existing institutional policy, strategies of impact and knowledge exchange as well as the role of academics and students in reshaping the public sphere for the 21st century. References Feinstein, N. (2015). Education, Communication, and Science in the Public Sphere. Journal of research in science teaching, 52:2, 145- 163. Giroux, H. (2010). Bare Pedagogy and the Scourge of Neoliberalism: Rethinking Higher Education as a Democratic Public Sphere. The Educational Forum, 74:3, 184-196. Gomes, L. (2015). Digital Culture, Education and Public Sphere. IXTLI - Revista Latinoamericana de Filosofía de la Educación, 2: 3, 129-145. Habermas, J. (1989[1962]). The Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere. Cambridge: MIT Press. Holmwood, J. (2017). The University, Democracy and the Public Sphere. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38:7, 927-942. Martin, C. (2015) Nudging the Public Sphere: A Habermasian Perspective on Public Deliberation as an Aim of Moral Education. Journal of Moral Education, 44:4, 440-456. Pappas, L. N. (2016). Is Deliberation a Laudable Goal When Policy is a Done Deal? The Habermasian Public Sphere and Legitimacy in a Market Era of Education Policymaking. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 24: 121, 1-24. Sevignani, S. (2022). Digital Transformations and the Ideological Formation of the Public Sphere: Hegemonic, Populist, or Popular Communication? Theory, Culture & Society, 39:4, 91–109. Trenz, H-J. (2023). Democracy in the Digital Public Sphere: Disruptive or Self-corrective?, Communication Theory, 33: 2-3, 143–152. Ueno, M. (2015). Democratic Education and the Public Sphere: Towards John Dewey’s theory of aesthetic experience. New York: Routledge. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 22 SES 07 B: Students Well Being and Retention Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Chris Kubiak Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Students Engagement in High School: a way to improve well-being Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:Research on school engagement has a long tradition in understanding students' feelings of connection with their academic surroundings, values surrounding educational goals (Orthner, Jones-Sanpei, Akos & Rose, 2013), and participation in academic success (Orthner et al., 2013). High engagement with school can be linked to students' overall success and is of fundamental importance for understanding positive youth development (Li & Lerner, 2011). Engagement with school is characterized by several components, including students' sense of belonging, identification with school, and a sense of relatedness, whereas academic engagement refers to time on task, earned credits, and homework completion (Salmela-Aro & Upadyaya, 2013). The affective or emotional component refers to students' enjoyment and interest in school-related challenges, positive and negative reactions to teachers and classmates, and willingness to do one's schoolwork. The cognitive component, in turn, refers to students’ investment in schoolwork, as well as their thoughtfulness and willingness to learn and exert the necessary effort while studying. Finally, the behavioral component is described in terms of involvement, being present at school, and complying with school discipline rules (Salmela-Aro & Upadyaya, 2013). The concepts of three school engagement dimensions also describe students’ participation, commitment, positive and negative emotions, investment, and willingness to exert effort in one’s schoolwork, all of which refer to patterns rather than causes behind one’s actions. Thus, school engagement can be described as a multidimensional, developing, and malleable construct, including students’ (Carter, Reschly, Lovelace, Appleton & Thompson, 2012). Normally, girls often exhibit higher levels of behavioral, emotional, and overall school engagement than boys (Li, Lynch, Kalvin, Lin & Lerner, 2011; Salmela-Aro & Upadyaya, 2012; Wang & Eccles, 2012), which may be related to girls’ tendency to perform better at school. Students from lower-income families are more likely than girls and higher socioeconomic status students to experience rapid decreases and follow unstable school engagement trajectories, often leading to school dropouts (Li & Lerner, 2011). Experiences of belonging, positive relationships, autonomy, and competence are essential to psychological well-being; they provide the psychological “nutriments” or “resources” that sustain and enhance autonomous motivation and the engagement, persistence, and effort that flow from it. Moreover, if one or more of these nutriments is thwarted or denied, we quickly experience negative impacts on well-being, performance, and motivation (Dotterer & Lowe, 2012). Student mental well-being will be supported when teaching and learning practices actively engage students' intrinsic interests and communicate the importance and value of the knowledge and skills being developed. In this sense, students that are engaged in their classes and their universities express more good feelings, good relationships, and accomplishment, and these elements are essential for improving well-being. In this study, we sought to explore the relationship between the involvement of 1st-year students in the university according to age and gender. Since we have students attending both day and night classes, we decided to establish age categories between 19-23 and more than 23. The research hypotheses to be evaluated are the following: Q1: students’ school engagement in the 1st year varies according to age. Q2: students’ school engagement in the 1st year varies according to gender (male/female). One hundred university students attending the 1st year participated in this study. Participants have a mean age between 19 and 57 years old and a mean of 23.9 (SD: 6.6). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the present study, participants are students in the 1st cycle of undergraduate studies in the area of social sciences at a university in Lisbon, who gave their informed consent to participate in the study. One hundred surveys were answered, of which 70 were female and 30 were male, with the students' ages varying between 19 and 57 years old. In the present study, the Student Involvement Scale at the University was used: A QuadriDimensional Scale (EAE-E4D) constructed by Veiga (2013) and validated in a sample with 685 students from the 6th, 7th, 9th, and 10th years of schooling from various regions of Portugal. This scale contains 20 items with a Likert-type response, ranging from 1 (total disagreement) to 6 (total agreement). Each of the dimensions of involvement is assessed using a set of five items. For example, some items stand out in each of the four dimensions: cognitive (e.g., "When I am Reading, I try to understand the meaning of what the author wants to convey"); affectively (e.g., “My school is a place where I make friends easily”); behavioral (e.g., “I'm distracted in class”) and agentive (e.g., “During classes, I intervene to express my opinions”). For the different dimensions, the scale's internal consistency values (Cronbach's Alpha) varied between the maximum value of .87 for the agentive dimension and the minimum value of .69 for the behavioral dimension (Veiga, 2013). In the present study, the Covas scale (2017) was selected, as this scale encompasses four dimensions of involvement and is revised by the author for higher education, whereas the Veiga scale (2013) was validated for compulsory education. The research respected fundamental ethical principles with the protection of participants, their informed consent, confidentiality, privacy, and protection of data collection. Thus, participants were informed by researchers who explained the objectives of the investigation, the voluntary nature of participation, ensuring confidentiality, privacy, and anonymity of responses. The instrument was administered in the classroom and subject to the same conditions for two 1st-year classes of social and human sciences at a University of Lisbon. The collected data were directly exported to SPSS statistical analysis software database, version 23. In terms of statistical procedures used, descriptive statistical analysis was carried out for the general characterization of the sample; an inferential analysis was carried out to understand the homogeneity of the variables, and then a correlational analysis was carried out between variables and by dimension. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Firstly, the results on the characterization of students' school involvement in the study with a minimum age of 19 and a maximum of 57; the average age was 23.9 years (SD: 6.6). Regarding the four dimensions of the scale, we found that the behavioral scale had the best average, 24.7, and the agentive scale had the worst average, 13.1 (SD: 3-8 and 5.8, respectively). In the first group (19-22 years old), there were very similar averages on the cognitive and affective scales (19.3 and 19.8), and on the behavioral scale, we obtained a higher average than the previous two (24.0) with the scale agency (12.0). We can conclude that in this age group, there are very adjusted behaviors towards study involvement, with cognitive and affective involvement having lower values. In terms of agentive involvement, this presents a very low value, indicating that there is no proactivity in the appropriation and integration of learning. In the second group (23-57 years old), the average on the four scales is slightly higher than the previous group, however, with the same pattern, the behavioral scale presenting the highest average value (25.6) and the average values of the cognition and affective scales with very similar values (20 and 20.6), respectively. Regarding sex, we found that in the group under 23 years old, 52 girls and 9 boys participated. It can be seen that the behavioral scale continues to have higher averages than other scales. In the group over 23 years old, the behavioral scale and the agency scale stand out with lower values compared to others. References Carter, C. P., Reschly, A. L., Lovelace, M. D., Appleton, J. J., & Thompson, D. (2012). Measuring student engagement among elementary students: Pilot of the student engagement instrument: Elementary version. School Psychology Quarterly, 27, 61–73. doi: 10.1037/a0029229 Dotterer, A. M., & Lowe, K. (2012). Classroom context, school engagement, and academic achievement in early adolescence. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 40, 1649–1660. doi: 10.1007/s10964-011-9647-5 Lewis, A. D., Huebner, E. S., Malone, P. S., & Valois, R. F. (2011). Life satisfaction and student engagement in adolescents. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 40, 249–262. doi: 10.1007/s10964-010-9517-6 Li, Y., & Lerner, R. M. (2011). Trajectories of school engagement during adolescence: Implications for grades, depression, delinquency, and substance use. Developmental Psychology, 47, 233–247. doi: 10.1037/a0021307 Li, Y., & Lerner, R. M. (2011). Trajectories of school engagement during adolescence: Implications for grades, depression, delinquency, and substance use. Developmental Psychology, 47, 233–247. doi: 10.1037/a0021307 Li, Y., Lerner, J. V., & Lerner, R. M. (2010). Personal and ecological assests and academic competence in early adolescence: The mediating role of school engagement. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 39, 801–815. doi: 10.1007/s10964-010-9535-4 Orthner, D. K., Jones-Sanpei, H., Akos, P., & Rose, R. A. (2013). Improving middle school student engagement through career-relevant instruction in the core curriculum. The Journal of Educational Research, 106, 27–38. doi: 10.1080/00220671.2012.658454 Park, S., Holloway, S. D., Arendtsz, A., Bempechat, J., & Li, J. (2012). What makes students engaged in learning? A timeuse study of within- and between-individual predictors of emotional engagement in low-performing high schools. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 41, 390–401. doi: 10.1007/s10964-011-9738-3 Salmela-Aro, K., & Upadyaya, K. (2013). Demands-resources model of engagement, burn out, and later adaptation in the school context Manuscript submitted for publication Wang, M.-T., & Eccles, J. S. (2012). Social support matters: Longitudinal effects of social support on three dimensions of school engagement from middle to high school. Child Development, 83, 877–895. doi: 10.1111/j.1467-8624. 2012.01745.x 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Calling it Quits: a Longitudinal Study of Factors Associated with Dropout among Doctoral Students. Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium Presenting Author:It is in universities’ interest to have high numbers of thriving and successful PhD candidates. PhD students are an essential part of the research system, as Larivière (2012) showed that one-third of the research output at universities was produced by PhD students. Moreover, the unsuccessful completion of a PhD trajectory goes hand in hand with major financial, societal and psychological costs (Allan and Dory 2001; Golde 2005). Aggregated across Europe, about 34% of all PhD students do not obtain their PhD degree within six years (Hasgall, Saenen, and Borrell-Damian 2019). In Australian, British, Canadian, and American universities, average dropout rates range between 30% and 50%, depending on the discipline (Bowen and Rudenstine 2014; Lovitts 2002; Golde 2005; Council of Graduate Schools 2008). the PhD track is very different from other phases of education and brings along its specific challenges. A substantial group of PhD students works alone on their project under the supervision of one or more supervisors. Working collaboratively with peers is not always part of the PhD trajectory, which can sometimes make it a lonely process and renders the role of the supervisor all the more important (Cantor 2020). Additionally, the academic environment in which PhD students work is characterized by ever-increasing job demands and competition, due to among other things a growing number of undergraduate students who increasingly fall under the responsibility of PhD students, an increasing pressure to get research funding and publish, and a growing demand to be involved in other activities next to research (Gill 2014). Both the high dependency on the supervisor and the demanding academic environment might incentivise PhD students to quit. Indeed, research found that factors related to supervision, the project itself and psychosocial factors are associated with the intention to quit the PhD (van Rooij, Fokkens-Bruinsma, and Jansen 2021). However, turnover intention does not always reliably predict actual turnover, nor are the variables explaining turnover intention necessarily the same as those explaining actual turnover (Cohen, Blake, and Goodman 2016). Therefore, we add to this line of work by studying how the received support of the supervisor, the experienced time pressure during the project, and the amount of passion one has for research can predict actual dropout. Contrary to previous studies – that tend to focus solely on administrative data or survey data – we combine administrative data on actual dropout with survey data on the experiences of the doctoral trajectory (n=589). In this study, special attention is paid to the heterogeneity within the group of PhD students. Previous research does suggest that dropout rates between disciplines differ (Golde 1994; Wright and Cochrane 2000), yet deeper knowledge on the mechanisms behind this is lacking. The aim of this study, then, is to investigate whether certain characteristics of PhD students and certain experiences of the PhD trajectory are associated with dropout, and how the importance of these variables varies between scientific disciplines. These insights will enable university policymakers to develop targeted measures to reduce dropout. Specifically, the two research questions for this article are: “to what extent do support, time pressure and passion for research predict dropout?” and “does their potential predictive power vary across scientific disciplines?”. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer our research questions, we rely on longitudinal data from the VUB PhD Survey as well as administrative data of PhD students of the Vrije Universiteit Brussel (VUB). The VUB PhD Survey is organized on an annual basis and contains information on the subjective experiences of PhD students. The response rates for the waves vary between 42% and 49%. The data of the VUB PhD survey were matched with administrative information on the current administrative enrolment status of PhD students: (1) successfully completed the PhD programme, (2) still active in the programme, or (3) dropped out of the programme. For this paper, the used data was limited to the VUB PhD Survey waves from 2018 to 2021 and restrict the sample to PhD students who were in their first year of enrolment when completing the survey (n=589). The combination of administrative data on the enrolment status with survey data on the subjective experiences of PhD students during their first year of enrolment enable us to investigate the effects of subjective indicators at moment t on moment t+1, and see whether they can predict dropout. Moreover, the university-wide data enable us to study differences within the heterogenous group of PhD students, by focusing on a group of PhD students (1) from various disciplines who (2) work under different contracts. The dependent variable is a dummy-coded variable that indicates whether a PhD student dropped out. The independent variables are “experienced time pressure”, “satisfaction with supervisor support”, “passion for research”. Control variables were gender, nationality (Belgian or foreign), doctoral school (as a proxy for discipline) and the type of contract (teaching assistant, project funding, personal mandate, self-financed or other). We used a two-step analysis to answer our research questions. Firstly, we performed a logistic regression analysis predicting dropout. Model 1 included background characteristics only (gender, nationality, doctoral school, and type of contract). In separate models, we successively combined the background characteristics with the following predictor variables: the experienced support of the supervisor during the first year (model 2), the experienced time pressure during the first year (model 3), and passion of PhD students for their research in the first year (model 4). The fifth and final model included all variables. Secondly, we stratified the final model by doctoral schools. We tested whether the effect parameters varied significantly between disciplines using calculations suggested by Paternoster and colleagues (1998). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show that supervisor support is negatively related to dropout, and that this is especially important for PhD students in the human sciences. Time pressure is positively related to dropout. When stratified by scientific discipline, this effect was only significant for PhD students in human sciences and in the life sciences and medicine. Passion for research showed a negative association with dropout. Stratification by discipline showed that this effect was only found among PhD students in natural sciences and engineering. Furthermore, teaching assistants showed higher dropout rates, and female PhD students in human sciences and life sciences and medicine were less likely to drop out. The findings highlight the need for universities to be aware of the diversity of PhD students when formulating support policies for PhD students. These policies could include facilitating supervisors to support academic integration of first-year PhD students and create better job resources; monitoring the implementation of research plans and the balance between research and teaching or clinical tasks to reduce experience time pressure; or facilitating state-of-the art research infrastructure to keep PhD students passionate about their research. Finally, special attention should be paid to the needs of teaching assistants, specifically to those in the human sciences, because even after taking supervisor support, time pressure and passion for research into account, they are still more likely to drop out. References Allan, Peter, and John Dory. 2001. “Understanding doctoral program attrition: An empirical study.” Faculty working papers, 17. Bowen, William G., and Neil L. Rudenstine. 2014. In pursuit of the PhD. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Cantor, Geoffrey. 2020. “The loneliness of the long-distance (PhD) researcher.” Psychodynamic Practice, 26(1): 56-67. Cohen, Galia, Robert S. Blake, and Dough Goodman, D. 2016. “Does turnover intention matter? Evaluating the usefulness of turnover intention rate as a predictor of actual turnover rate.” Review of Public Personnel Administration, 36(3): 240-263. Council of Graduate Schools. 2008. Ph.D. completion and attrition: analysis of baseline demographic data from the Ph.D. Completion Project. Washington D.C.: Council of Graduate Schools. Gill, Rosalind. 2014. “Academics, Cultural Workers and Critical Labour Studies.” Journal of Cultural Economy, 7(1): 12–30. Golde, Chris M. 1994. “Student descriptions of the doctoral student attrition process.” Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Association for the Study of Higher Education, Tucson, AZ. Golde, Chris M. 2005. “The role of the department and discipline in doctoral student attrition: Lessons from four departments.” The Journal of Higher Education, 76(6): 669-700. Hasgall, Alexander, Bregt Saenen, and Lidia Borrell-Damian. 2019. Doctoral Education in Europe Today: Approaches and Institutional Structures. European University Association. Larivière, Vincent. 2012. “On the shoulders of students? The contribution of PhD students to the advancement of knowledge.” Scientometrics, 90(2): 463-481. Lovitts, Barbara E. 2002. Leaving the ivory tower: The causes and consequences of departure from doctoral study. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Paternoster, Raymond, Robert Brame, Paul Mazerolle, and Alex Piquero. 1998. “Using the correct statistical test for the equality of regression coefficients.” Criminology, 36(4): 859-66. van Rooij, Els, Marjon Fokkens-Bruinsma, and E. Jansen. 2021. “Factors that influence PhD candidates’ success: the importance of PhD project characteristics.” Studies in Continuing Education, 43(1): 48-67. Wright, Toni, and Ray Cochrane. 2000. “Factors influencing successful submission of Ph.D. theses.” Studies in Higher Education, 25(2): 181–95. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Climbing the Ivory Tower: Agency, Reflexivity and the Career Pathways of Care-experienced Academics in Higher Education University of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:There has been increasing interest in understanding the higher education experiences of students who spent time ‘in care’ (e.g. with foster carers) as children, usually due to maltreatment or neglect within the birth family. Members of this group tend to have to overcome strong barriers to educational success, including social disruption, trauma, societal stigma and low expectations from professionals (Stein, 2012). Individuals who spent time in care are often referred to as ‘care-experienced’ and it is increasingly understood that their average educational outcomes are significantly lower than the general population (Berridge et al., 2020; Sebba et al., 2015). Nevertheless, many care-experienced people thrive within the education system and achieve highly. Official figures for England (Department for Education, 2022) show that 13% of those in care at 16 enter higher education by 19; numbers appear to be growing, while care-experienced people often choose to study later (Harrison, 2020). Furthermore, Harrison et al. (2022) have estimated that around one-quarter of care-experienced graduates progress immediately into postgraduate study. However, almost nothing is currently known about those approaching the top of the academic ladder (Baker, 2022). This paper therefore explores the experiences of care-experienced people who are now pursuing an academic career (i.e. as professors, lecturers, research fellows and similar), addressing the following research questions:
We use Archer’s concept of reflexivity (2007, 2012) to explore the balance between individual agency and societal structures, with a focus on the ‘internal conversations’ that we have with ourselves. These help to guide our decisions and actions in relation to the enablements and constraints posed by the prevailing social structures. We also draw on the concept of ‘identity work’ (Brown, 2015) to explore the decisions that academics make about their professional lives. This is predicated on the idea that we can concurrently hold and project multiple identities that can be complementary, overlapping or even contradictory. Identity work captures the mental, emotional, social and physical labour that is invested in creating, maintaining and reconciling the identities that we deploy in professional settings. While our study is focused exclusively on the United Kingdom, it has a wider relevance across European settings. There has been an increasing focus on care-experienced students in higher education, for example, in Ireland (e.g. Brady et al., 2019) and other European nations (e.g. Jackson and Cameron, 2014). We believe, however, that this is the first study to specifically address the lives of care-experienced academics. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study is situated in the critical realist tradition which combines realist ontology with interpretivist epistemology (e.g. Sayer, 2000). This is powerful when seeking to understand the lives of individuals who encounter rigid societal structures, such as the care and education systems (Pawson, 2013). Critical realist enquiry particularly seeks to shed light on how those systems can be adapted to challenge deep-rooted inequalities and support marginalised groups. We believe this is the first study anywhere in the world to engage with care-experienced academics as a group of interest. Our first aim was therefore to learn more about the group’s size and composition, based on an assumption that the numbers are very small. To this end, we devised a short online questionnaire and publicised an anonymous weblink that was distributed extensively through relevant organisations, online forums and key individuals, aiming to reach as many care-experienced academics as possible. After four months, we received 31 valid responses. The questionnaire’s second purpose was to collect contact details for those interested in being interviewed. Twenty-five were invited, of whom 21 agreed. Semi-structured interviews lasting 45-70 minutes were undertaken using Microsoft Teams, professionally transcribed and carefully anonymised, before being uploaded into Nvivo for analysis. A brief interim report was then circulated to the interviewees by e-mail as a form of member checking and to invite any further thoughts. The British Educational Research Association’s 2018 guidelines for ethical research practice informed the study, which was developed in conjunction with care-experienced people at all points. To analyse the data, we used thematic analysis based on Braun and Clarke (2021). This involved a close reading of the transcripts, a phase of open coding of relevant sections and then cycles of discussion to ensure shared understandings and to combine similar codes. We then assembled the codes into overarching themes, again taking a dialogic approach to resolve any differences in interpretation. We eventually agreed on eight themes to adequately describe the content of the interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The eight themes that we constructed from the interview data were: (1) Contrasting experiences of school, (2) Academic pathways and plans, (3) Precarities and safety nets, (4) Identity, academia and feelings of success, (5) Professional relationships and belonging, (6) Enablers for career progression, (7) Discourses of luck, and (8) Removing constraints and forging enablements. This paper will focus primarily on three findings from the study. Firstly, that the precarity increasingly associated with higher education careers (e.g. Leathwood and Read, 2022) is particularly profound for care-experienced academics who generally lack the familial ‘safety nets’ that most early career academics enjoy. This is particularly marked in relation to an ongoing quest for stability that has its origins in the educational and social disruption that they underwent in childhood. Secondly, there was a tension between narratives of self-reliance and help-seeking which was playing out through our participants’ academic careers. Many discussed how they had become accustomed to relying on their own resources during childhood and early adulthood due to limited support or advice from family and professionals. Others felt that their success was partly attributable to their willingness to ask for support from knowledgeable others who were able to provide practical help with career development. Thirdly, a significant question for many participants was whether or not to reveal their care-experienced status to colleagues or students, and, if so, the limits to the information shared. This was contextualised around fears about stigma, microaggressions or other negative reactions, although some of our participants were purposively open as part of a wider role in advocating around care or to act as a role model for students. Being a care-experienced academic thus required substantial identity work that was not required of their peers. References Archer, M. (2007) Making our way through the world: human reflexivity and social mobility. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Archer, M. (2012) The reflexive imperative in late modernity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Baker, Z. (2022) How does a background of care affect graduate transitions? A literature review. York: University of York. Berridge, D., Luke, N., Sebba, J., Strand, S., Cartwright, M., Staples, E., Mc Grath-Lone. L., Ward, J. and O’Higgins, A. (2020) Children in need and children in care: educational attainment and progress. Bristol/Oxford: University of Bristol and Rees Centre. Brady, E., R. Gilligan and S. NicFhlannchadha (2019) Care-experienced young people accessing higher education in Ireland, Irish Journal of Applied Social Studies [online], 19, 1. Braun, V. and V. Clarke (2021) Thematic analysis: a practical guide. London: Sage. Brown, A. (2015) Identities and identity work in organizations. International Journal of Management Reviews 17(1): 20-40. Department for Education (2022) Widening participation in higher education, https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/widening-participation-in-higher-education/2020-21. Harrison, N. (2020) Patterns of participation in higher education for care-experienced students in England: why has there not been more progress? Studies in Higher Education 45(9): 1986-2000. Harrison, N., Z. Baker and J. Stevenson (2022) Employment and further study outcomes for care-experienced graduates in the UK. Higher Education 83: 357-378. Jackson, S. and C. Cameron (2014) Improving access to further and higher education for young people in public care: European policy and practice. London: Jessica Kingsley. Leathwood, C., and B. Read (2022) Short-term, short-changed? A temporal perspective on the implications of academic casualisation for teaching in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 27(6), 756-771. Pawson, R. (2013) The science of evaluation: a realist manifesto. London: Sage. Sayer, A. (2000) Realism and social science. London: Sage. Sebba, J., D. Berridge, N. Luke, J. Fletcher, K. Bell, S. Strand, S. Thomas, I. Sinclair and A. O’Higgins (2015) The educational progress of looked after children in England: linking care and educational data. Oxford/Bristol: Rees Centre and University of Bristol. Stein, M. (2012) Young people leaving care: Supporting pathways to adulthood. London: Jessica Kingsley. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 22 SES 07 C: Promoting Inclusion in HE Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Patrick Baughan Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Teachers and Students on Inclusive Higher Education: a Questionnaire and Interview Study in the Netherlands 1Windesheim University, Netherlands, The; 2VU Amsterdam, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The student population in Higher Education (HE) is becoming increasingly diverse, with the Netherlands being no exception (van Middelkoop et al., 2017). This changing student population raises the question of how to provide education for current and future student populations (Noppe et al., 2018). Therefore, it is no surprise that (international) governments and scholars are focusing on increasing inclusion in education (EECEA, 2022; Ainscow, 2020). HE-teachers play an important role in realizing inclusive HE (O’Shea, 2016; van Middelkoop et al., 2017). However, studies on HE-teachers’ views, images, and opinions on inclusion, in short, their understanding, are almost absent in the academic literature (Authors et al., [under review]; Stentiford & Koutsouris, 2021; Shaeffer, 2019). Consequently, the following research question was developed to address this gap in knowledge: How do teachers understand inclusive higher education in the Netherlands? The primary objective of this paper is to report on a study that aims to gain more insight into HE-teachers’ understanding of inclusive education, while simultaneously considering their institutional context. By doing so, this research aims to offer valuable insights that can guide HE institutions (HEIs), researchers, and governments in their efforts to promote and support inclusive HE. Currently, students that differ from the norm associated with HE students, the “traditional student” (white, male, cis-gendered, able-bodied, neurotypical, straight, following education in their home country, and recently out of secondary education), often experience more barriers for student achievement (Meerman et al., 2018). The growing diversity in HE thus does not one-on-one result in inclusive HE programs. Besides the moral imperative for ensuring student achievement of a diverse population to decrease inequity in HE and society (Shaeffer, 2019; Lister, 2020), there are multiple educational and societal rationales. Including, but not exhaustive: the need for more HE graduates (see Council of Europe’s ‘Lisbon recognition convention’ 1997, 2016), the facilitation of critical thinking by challenging hitherto unchallenged norms in HE (Harless, 2018; Callan, 2016; Moriña, 2016), and it prepares students for the diverse and international society they will work/live in (Palfrey & Ibargüen, 2018), e.g. education adjusted to the changing society in the future. To realize an environment in which the likelihood of student achievement is equal for everyone in the diverse student population, e.g. inclusive HE, it is essential that HEIs and HE-teachers see diversity as an asset rather than an issue (Moriña, 2016). Fortunately, HE-teachers have a positive attitude toward inclusive HE (Authors et al. under review). Because there is currently a lack of research examining the understanding of inclusive HE among HE-teachers (Authors et al., under review; Stentiford & Koutsouris, 2020; Shaeffer, 2019), it remains unclear what specific aspects of inclusive HE HE-teachers hold positive attitudes toward. In contrast to HE-teachers’ understanding, research has shown, the influence of the institutional context on the possibilities HE-teachers feel to realize inclusive HE (Authors et al., under review; Authors et al., under review). HEIs increasingly recognize their responsibility for accessibility and equal opportunities for student achievement (Glastra & Van Middelkoop, 2018). However, HE-teachers still experience challenges in their HEI due to a felt lack of support in resources, information, and training (Authors et al. under review). To support HE-teachers in improving inclusive learning environments, more knowledge is needed on HE-teachers’ understandings of inclusion (Stentiford & Koutsouris, 2020), while paying attention to their institutional context (Authors et al., under review). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Context and Participants The participants in this study were HE-teachers and last-year students from eight study programs spread across four HEIs in the Netherlands. Including HEIs from less researched areas in the field of inclusive HE (van Middelkoop et al., 2017) and research- and teacher intensive universities. The difference between them could influence the degree of confidence, time, resources, and interest HE-teachers have in creating inclusive HE. Per HEI, two bachelor level study programs were selected: one teacher-education program and one computer science program. Similar study subjects across the HEIs were selected to minimize the effect of the study subject on the results. Instruments Data on HE-teachers’ understandings of inclusive education was obtained through a written survey and semi-structured follow-up interviews. The use of written surveys was deemed appropriate due to the potentially sensitive nature of the topic, as it may allow participants to express their thoughts more freely in written format (Salant & Dillman, 1994). The survey was designed for this study and consisted of both open- and close-ended questions. It is based on existing surveys in the field of inclusive education (Miesera et al., 2019; Authors et al.,under review;Wekker et al., 2016), which were adapted to the Dutch higher education context and a broad definition of inclusive education, and on the outcomes of a systematic literature review of the same subject. This resulted in 33 questions divided into five parts: (1) connection to their HEI; (2) images of inclusive HE; (3) implementation of inclusive practices; (4) responsibility of their HEI; and (5) background information. All HE-teachers and last year students of the selected study programs in the academic year 2023/2024 were invited to participate in the survey through an invitation by email and through their internal communication platforms. Topic lists for the semi-structured follow-up interviews were designed based on the results of the survey and an earlier literature review by Authors et al.(under review). Participants of the survey were invited to participate in the interviews. A selection was made based on a spread among the different study programs. Analysis The survey results were transferred to SPSS and assessed for missing data and data division. The open-ended questions were first coded before comparisons between the participating groups and HEIs were made. The interviews were recorded, transcribed, and subjected to a member check (Merriam, 1998). The first author coded the transcripts in two-phases, which were reviewed by the second author. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcomes are on HE-teachers’ and their students’ understanding of inclusive HE and inclusive educational practice. The findings on the understanding of inclusive education in these groups were compared to one another. It is expected that the student population of the study program in question, the geographical area, and the HE-teachers previous experiences influence their understanding of inclusive HE. The support felt by HE-teachers from the study program where they teach and their higher education institution was considered in the analyses of the identified understandings. In a systematic literature review of the same topic (Authors et al., under review) and an explorative study (Authors et al., under review), we found that HE-teachers often felt a lack of support from their higher education institution. Furthermore, HE-teachers were often isolated and had limited knowledge of one-another’s educational practices (Authors et al., under review). With this study, more insight is gathered on the felt support at the specific higher education institution, but also, through follow-up interviews, more in-depth knowledge on the connection between higher education institution’s policy and communication, HE-teachers’ understanding of inclusive HE, and HE-teachers’ students’ experience of inclusive HE is presented. With these outcomes, we aim to reduce the knowledge gap on HE-teachers’ understanding of inclusive HE and to contribute to realizing inclusive HE for their students. The latter aids in more equity in HE (Shaeffer, 2029; Lister et al., 2020), while also preparing students to work together in a diverse society (Palfrey & Ibargüen, 2018). Follow-up research based on the outcomes are on interventions at the specific HEIs participating in this study and generalizability of the designed instruments in wider European contexts. References Authors et al., under review Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Callan, E. 2020. “Education in Safe and Unsafe Spaces.” Philosophical Inquiry in Education 24 (1): 64–78. doi:10.7202/1070555ar. Glastra, F & van Middelkoop, D. (2018). Studiesucces in het hoger onderwijs: van rendement naar maatschappelijke relevantie. Eburon. Harless, J. 2018. “Safe Space in the College Classroom: Contact, Dignity, and a Kind of Publicness.” Ethics and Education: 1–17. doi:10.1080/17449642.2018.1490116. Lister, K., Pearson, V. K., Collins, T. D., & Davies, G. J. (2020). Evaluating inclusion in distance learning: a survey of university staff attitudes, practices and training needs. Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research, 34(3), 321–339. https://doi.org/10.1080/13511610.2020.1828048 Meerman, M., de Jong, M., & Wolff, R. (2018). Studiesucces en etnische diversiteit. In F. Glastra, & D. van Middelkoop (Eds.), Studiesucces in het hoger onderwijs: van rendement naar maatschappelijke relevantie (pp. 89-139). Eburon. Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative research and case learning applications in education. Jossey-Bass. Miesera, S., DeVries, J. M., Jungjohann, J., & Gebhardt, M. (2019). Correlation between attitudes, concerns, self-efficacy and teaching intentions in inclusive education evidence from German pre-service teachers using international scales. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 19(2), 103–114. https://doi.org/ 10.1111/1471-3802.12432 Moriña, A. 2016. “Inclusive Education in Higher Education: Challenges and Opportunities.” European Journal of Special Needs Education 32 (1): 3–17. doi:10.1080/08856257.2016.1254964. O’Shea, S., Lysaght, P., Roberts, J., & Harwood, V. (2015). Shifting the blame in higher education – social inclusion and deficit discourses. Higher Education Research & Development, 35(2), 322–336. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2015.1087388 Palfrey, J. and A. Ibargüen. 2018. Safe Spaces, Brave Spaces: Diversity and Free Expression in Education. Reprint ed. Cambridge: The MIT Press. Shaeffer, S. (2019). Inclusive education: a prerequisite for equity and social justice. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20(2), 181-192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09598-w Stentiford, L., & Koutsouris, G. (2020). What are inclusive pedagogies in higher education? A systematic scoping review. Studies in Higher Education, 46(11), 2245–2261. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2020.1716322 van Middelkoop, D., Ballafkih, H. & Meerman, M. (2017). Understanding diversity: a Dutch case study on teachers’ attitudes towards their diverse student population. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, (9)1. DOI 10.1186/s40461-016-0045-9 Wekker, G., Slootman, M., Icaza, R., Jansen, H., & Vázquez, R. (2016). Let's do diversity: Report of the Diversity Commission University of Amsterdam. University of Amsterdam. Geraadpleegd op 16 januari 2024, 178892_Diversity_Commission_Report_2016.pdf (uva.nl) 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Counselling and Guidance Actions for Attention to Diversity at Spanish Universities Universidad de León, Spain Presenting Author:In the university context, there has been an increase in the enrollment of a highly diverse student profile, including students with disabilities, educational support needs, or socio-educational disadvantages (Davis et al., 2021; Stanwood & Mittiga, 2022). In this regard, this study defines diversity-support students as those who, during the teaching-learning process, require ordinary or extraordinary actions to optimize their learning experiences (Vázquez Varela et al., 2020). These interventions, conceived from an inclusive perspective, must address the student's needs, whether they are specific or permanent, thus ensuring an equitable and accessible educational environment (Vázquez Varela et al., 2020; United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization [UNESCO], 2023). Considering this student profile, it is necessary for universities to establish action plans aimed at promoting the inclusion of students within the university system (Banerjee, 2018; Ramos Santana et al., 2021). On the one hand, the services offered by universities to address the needs of diversity-support students have increased with the goal of enabling them to play an active role and succeed in their academic trajectory (Banerjee, 2018; Cesarano et al., 2018; European Commission, 2022). Among these services, the provision of psychological counseling stands out in European universities to ensure the holistic development of students, offering both psychological and health-related counseling (European Commission, 2022). On the other hand, specific actions have been implemented to respond to the needs of diversity-support students. The provision of tutorials is a widespread practice in universities as they positively impact the student's retention in the university (Nardacchione & Peconio, 2021). Tutorials are considered key actions because of the important role of teacher-tutors in addressing the needs of diverse students (European Commission, 2022). Linked to the tutor concept, mentorship programs are being implemented, especially to assist students with disabilities in acquiring skills for academic success, such as learning strategies (Stanwood & Mittiga, 2022). Another noteworthy action is focused on interpersonal counseling with the aim of ensuring that students with specific needs, whether temporary or permanent, succeed within the academic sphere (Cardinot & Flynn, 2022). In summary, it is essential for universities to have personnel with specialized training to address the needs of both university students and the challenges they may face during their academic journey (Bishop, 2016). This is aligned with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of the 2030 agenda, as it helps reduce inequalities among students by offering quality education (UNESCO, 2016, 2023). Therefore, by implementing actions in the university to address the specific needs of students, it contributes to achieving SDGs 4 and 10 (UNESCO, 2023). Taking into account the SDGs, diversity support is approached from an inclusive perspective, grounded in equity, and enabling students to actively participate in the teaching-learning process (UNESCO, 2016). In light of all the above, the research question is: What are the profiles of students addressed in diversity support by Spanish public universities? This leads us to define the general objective of this study, which is to understand the profiles of students framed in diversity support attended by Spanish public universities. This objective has been specified in the following specific objective linked to a research question: to develop a classification of the type of diversity addressed in Spanish public universities, what are the predominant categories and dimensions of diversity being addressed by Spanish public universities in their initiatives and diversity support programs? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a broader research project aimed at identifying actions designed to address individual students through interviews. To achieve this, a semi-structured interview was designed as the data collection technique. The script development process comprised three phases. In the first phase, a review of reports, legislation, and scientific articles was conducted to understand what is being done in universities to address the diversity of students. In the second phase, areas of interest were identified, and the interview script was developed. In the third phase, the clarity and relevance of the questions were evaluated by two experts. Ultimately, the interview script consisted of four questions addressing the attention to different student profiles: a) students with neurodevelopmental disorders; b) students with physical or sensory disabilities; c) students with high abilities; and d) students with socio-economic/personal circumstances. Participants were selected through two phases. In the first phase, 4 participants were obtained from 4 Spanish public universities. In a second phase, a sample of n=20 Spanish public universities was obtained, resulting in a total of 29 interviews and 29 participants. Consequently, a total sample of 33 interviews from n=26 Spanish public universities was achieved. In each university, 1 to 3 experts participated. The sociodemographic profile of the participants includes experts working in disability services and equivalents. These experts have decades of experience in guidance services, with 9 participants having 1 to 10 years of experience, 13 with 10 to 20 years, and 11 with 20 to 30 years. Regarding their education, 19 have degrees in psychology or education, 6 in social sciences, 4 in humanities, and 3 in other fields. The interviews were conducted in 2023, lasting between 30 to 50 minutes, all conducted online. Three researchers, experts in the subject, participated in the interviews. The initial interviews were conducted jointly by the three researchers to ensure uniform procedures when conducted individually, aiming to guarantee the reliability and validity of the obtained data. The interviews were audio-recorded, and notes were taken for transcription once completed. The interviews were analysed using the MAXQDA 2022 software as an aid for content analysis. A content analysis was conducted, delineating initial categories according to the student typology. After coding the information, the frequency of each code's appearance was calculated. These categories were grouped into four clusters: Socio-economic/personal situations, physical or sensory disabilities, high abilities, and neurodevelopmental/psychological disorders. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Interviews results reveal diverse challenges and guidance needs among university students in the diversity framework. Interventions for physical or sensory disabilities or neurodevelopmental/psychological disorders are more developed than those for socio-economic/personal situations. Broadening student attention is advisable to ensure no one is unsupported. Main results are presented below, with reference to the number of interviews in which each typology of student was mentioned, represented with the letter n. Likewise, the main conclusions will be presented. Concerning students with socio-economic/personal situations (n=25), these individuals have needs that may not be initially diagnosable. These include balancing work and study (n=12) or dealing with bereavement (n=8). Primary guidance involves administrative and psychological support, recognising the complexity for the academic success. Students with physical or sensory disabilities (n=18) receive administrative and methodological support, including financial assistance and classroom adaptations. Mentoring and tutoring play crucial roles in aiding their adaptation to the university system. Students with high abilities (n=6) often lack specific attention, relying on disability services and seeking psychological support due to related circumstances or comorbidities. Specific programs for high-ability students are limited. In the realm of neurodevelopmental/psychological disorders (n=29), attention is more developed for specific disorders such as learning disorders (n=10), autism spectrum disorders (n=9) and anxiety (n=9). Prevalence highlights the need for personalized support services, considering individual complexity. Robust mental health services are crucial in the university, requiring integrated clinical and academic/social support strategies. In summary, the conclusions emphasize the urgency of adopting an inclusive and personalized approach in addressing diversity within universities, recognizing the unique characteristics of each student and ensuring an educational environment that promotes equity and academic success for all. Research subsidised by the Aid for University Teacher Training, granted by the Ministry of Universities (Order of 15 November 2021), Spain. References Banerjee, P. A. (2018). Widening Participation in Higher Education with a View to Implementing Institutional Change. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 22, 75–81. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603108.2018.1441198 Bishop, J. B. (2016). A wish list for the advancement of university and college counseling centers. Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 30(1), 15-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/87568225.2016.1105651 Cardinot, A., & Flynn, P. (2022). Rapid Evidence Assessment: Mentoring Interventions for/by Students with Disabilities at Third-Level Education. Education Sciences, 12(6), 384. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12060384 Cesarano, V. P., Capo, M., Papathanasiou, M., & Striano, M. (2018). Guidance Models and Practices Adopted Internationally to Promote the Exploration of Skilss Relating to the Employability of Students with Disabilities. A first Meta-Analysis. In V. Boffo & M. Fedeli (eds.), Employability & Competences. Innovative Curricula for New Professions (pp. 327-340). Firenze University Press. https://cutt.ly/dL1p9cp Davis, M. T., Watts, G. W., & López, E. J. (2021). A systematic review of firsthand experiences and supports for students with autism spectrum disorder in higher education. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 84(101769), 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rasd.2021.101769 European Commission (2 de febrero de 2022). Eurydice. https://acortar.link/Dxvo0B Nardacchione, G., & Peconio G. (2021). Peer Tutoring and Scaffolding Principle for Inclusive Teaching. En P. Ponzio (eds.), Elementa. Intersections between Philosophy, Epistemology and Empirical Perspectives (pp. 181-200). https://dx.doi.org/10.7358/elem-2021-0102-nape Organización de las Naciones Unidas para la Educación, la Ciencia y la Cultura (2016). Educación 2030: Declaración de Incheon y Marco de Acción para la realización del Objetivo de Desarrollo Sostenible 4: Garantizar una educación inclusiva y equitativa de calidad y promover oportunidades de aprendizaje permanente para todos. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000245656_spa Organización de las Naciones Unidas para la Educación, la Ciencia y la Cultura (2023). Informe de los Objetivos de Desarrollo Sostenible 2023: Edición especial: Por un plan de rescate para las personas y el planeta. UNESCO. https://acortar.link/iX57Vc Ramos Santana, G., Pérez Carbonell, A., Chiva Sanchis, I., & Moral Mora, A., (2021). Validation of a scale of attention to diversity for university teachers. Educación XX1, 24(2), 121-142. https://doi. org/10.5944/educXX1.28518 Stanwood, J., & Mittiga, A. (2022). Faculty attitudes toward inclusive instruction: Then and now. New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 2022(172), 79-92. https://doi.org/10.1002/tl.20527 Vázquez Varela, E., Portela Pino, I., & Rodríguez, V. D. (2020). Attention to Diversity in Compulsory Secondary Education. European Journal of Investigation in Health, Psychology and Education, 10, 1176-1185. https://doi.org/10.3390/ejihpe10040082 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Crafting Innovative Faculty Development towards Inclusive Student-centred Pedagogy (I-ScP) 1University of Bucharest, Romania; 2University of Crete; 3Leiden University; 4University of Cantabria; 5Stockholm University; 6Daugavpils University Presenting Author:The COALITION Erasmus Plus Higher Ed project has allowed for the creation of a collaborative environment to map teaching competencies, following needs analysis, towards the implementation of inclusive teaching practices as well as virtually develop participatory inquiry processes for the transformation of teaching practice. Using a comparative dimension among six European universities, we advocate for a transition towards faculty development (FD) processes that prioritize sustainability. This shift is essential to empower academics as self-regulated learners, enabling them to cultivate competencies conducive to the creation of effective Inclusive Student-Centered Pedagogy (I-ScP) lessons within their specific educational contexts. I-ScP as a prevailing approach in higher education (HE) has garnered acclaim from students, educational researchers, and policymakers alike (Council Recommendation, 2017). As a catalyst for fostering self-directed learners, I-ScP positions learners at the core of the learning experience. FD Programs focusing on I-ScP can serve as an innovative approach to enhance the knowledge and skills of faculty members. According to Doménech et al. (2023), faculty members can play a decisive role and “can provide decisive help to prevent students from dropping out of the university and guarantee their academic success (Lombardi, Murray & Kowitt, 2016)”. Intentional syllabus redesign employed as a self-regulatory FD method (Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2022) showed academics feel accountable for their teaching choices. Carballo et al. (2019) confirmed that adopting an inclusive social model helps academics realise that they can be held accountable by how they design courses that are proactively inclusive and appropriately align learning environments, processes, and resources. I-ScP FD programs can also contribute to fostering a robust and enduring collegial work environment, ensuring that faculty members are prepared and consistently advancing in their strategies and competencies (Zahedi & Bazargan, 2023). Perceived as a tool to cultivate effectiveness among early-career faculty members, and enhancing the quality of their teaching, research, and counseling capabilities (Rahman, 2023), peer-coaching and peer-observation are considered as effective development tools that utilise collaborative and reciprocal reflective input between teachers in non-intimidating and non-hierarchical systems (Netolicky, 2016). Moreover, if FD activities contribute to students’ learning outcomes in positive way (Gutierez & Kim, 2018; Yee, 2016), they are likely to be effective. Despite the pivotal role attributed to I-ScP in HE, there exists a gap in systematic understanding of its practical implementation. A comprehensive systematic review of empirical research unveils the varied applications of I-ScP within classroom settings, beyond-classroom scenarios, and at institutional levels in HE institutions (Grøndahl Glavind, et. al., 2023). Aiming to encourage engagement, self-awareness and self-regulation, and building upon Hockings' (2001) framework, we characterize I-ScP in HE as a deliberate and forward-looking approach to teaching and learning. Seeking to proactively meet the needs of all students and considering the potential requirements of all stakeholders without resorting to labeling (Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023), we strategically crafted FD activities promoting equity as learner-centered opportunities. Recent advancements in FD favor approaches leveraging 1) informal peer discussions, 2) peer coaching sessions before or after peer-observation protocols, 3) self-regulation tasks aligning syllabus components with I-ScP principles following the work of Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts on intentional syllabus re-design as a reflective process (2022) and 4) action research. However, a substantial disparity exists between teaching practices and policies, with limited attention given to the pedagogical acumen of academics’ post target FD modes (Castillo-Montoya, et al., 2023; Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023). In light of this shift, the COALITION partners aim to address this gap by systematically documenting academics' reflections and assessments of various reflective FD modes.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following needs analysis (Savva, 2012) and mapping of emerging needs in terms of academics' pedagogical acuity and overall readiness to adopt I-ScP pedagogies, we employed two survey methods, i.e. semi structured interviews and faculty reflective reports, to collect data. Adopting a learner-centred FD approach with academics as learners, through a “methodological approach that foregrounds plurality and contestation, orienting research frameworks towards inclusiveness, tensions, unpredictability and complexity” (Khoo et al., 2019: 182), the study has a comparative dimension among six universities in six European countries (Greece, Latvia, Spain, Netherlands. Sweden, Romania) involved in this consortium. The view promotes a concept of non-dominating and reflexive ‘strong objectivity’ (Rosendahl et al., 2015) that derives its strength from a rigorous appreciation of social situatedness, informed by a standpoint perspective (Wilmes et al. 2018) that involves both expert and non-expert actors in co-producing knowledge as equal partners. Based on insights attained in the initial stage of the project (needs analysis & mapping competencies), we developed participatory inquiry processes for the transformation of teaching practice within a community of practice that favors formative scaffolding and integrates different tools that expand learning beyond the initial context of action. To provide a comparative analysis of effective FD processes suggested by academics, thirty semi-structured interviews (5 from each university) collected during the needs analysis stage of this study and eighteen faculty reflective reports (3 from each university) were undertaken to delve deeper at identifying ways of optimising alignment with I-ScP. Participation in the study was voluntary, and the research protocol received approval from the institutional review board to ensure the ethical treatment of human subjects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Addressing the diverse needs of faculty regarding I-ScP, utilizing technology and implementing active learning strategies, the respondents pin pointed several initiatives that a comprehensive FD program design should embrace. The suggested FD program should encompass individualized professional development planning, incorporating elements of well-being and self-care. Also, cultural competency and diversity training, along with improving communication and collaboration skills are also integral curricular components. By empowering faculty members towards I-ScP professional growth, participants identified ways that university teachers can adopt to align inclusive learning activities into the academic syllabus. As a result, several strategies arose, such as the need to incorporate diverse content and perspectives into course materials that can help to reflect the varied backgrounds and experiences of all students. Another key aspect was the use of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) principles which aims to ensure the creation of flexible and accessible learning materials, accommodating different ways of learning and learning preferences. Other relevant inputs refer to fostering collaborative learning opportunities, peer interactions, and group work that can foster an environment where all students feel comfortable participating and incorporating the received feedback and support. Last but not least, faculty members’ emphasised the need for designing FD programs that allow faculty voices to be heard and taken into account giving rise to their diverse needs. To conclude, university teachers could contribute to inclusive and equitable learning environments by utilising their reflexive subjectivities and aligning them into teaching praxis that embraces I-ScP, while acknowledging the diverse needs of their student population. References Castillo-Montoya, M., Bolitzer, L. A., & Sotto-Santiago, S. (2023). Reimagining Faculty Development: Activating Faculty Learning for Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion. In Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research, 38, pp.415-481. Cham: Springer International Publishing. Council Recommendation (2017). On promoting common values, inclusive education, and the European dimension of teaching, Official Journal of the European Union. Grøndahl, G. Et al. (2023). Student-centred learning and teaching: a systematic mapping review of empirical research. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 47(9), 1247-1261. Gutierez, S.B.& Kim, H.B. Peer coaching in a research-based teachers’ professional learning method for lifelong learning: A perspective. Alberta Journal of Education, 64(2), 214-221. Hockings, C. (2010). Inclusive Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: A Synthesis of Research. York: Higher Education Academy. Howlett, C., Arthur, M., & Ferreira, J. (2016). Good CoPs and bad CoPs: Facilitating reform in first-year assessment via a community of practice. Higher Education Research & Development, 35(4), 741–754. Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2022). The ‘naked’ syllabus as a model of faculty development: is this the missing link in Higher Education?, International Journal for Academic Development. Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2023). Coaching Instructors as Learners: Considerations For A Proactively Designed Inclusive Syllabus. Education Centre for Higher Education, Marijampoles Kolegija, Latvia. Khoo, SM., Haapakoski, J., Hellsten, M. And Malone, J. (2019). Moving form interdisciplinary educational ethics: bridging epistemological differences in researching higher education internationalisation(s), European Educational Research Journal 18 (02) 181-199. Netolicky, D.M. (2016), "Coaching for professional growth in one Australian school: “oil in water”", International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 5 (2), 66-86. Rahman, M. H. A. (2023). Faculty development programs (FDP) in developing professional efficacy: A comparative study among participants and non-participants of FDP in Bangladesh. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 7(1), 100499. Rosendahl, J. Zanella MA and Rist, S. (2015) Scientists’ situated knowledge: String objectivity in trasndisciplinarity. Futures 65: 17-27. Sava, S. (2012). Needs Analysis and Programme Planning in Adult Education. Verlag Barbara Budrich. Yee, L. (2016). Peer coaching for improvement of teaching and learning. Journal of Interdisciplinary Research in Education, 6(1), 64-70. Zahedi, S., & Bazargan, A. (2023). Faculty member's opinion regarding faculty development needs and the ways to meet the needs. Research and Planning in Higher Education, 19(1), 69-89. Wilmes, S., Siry, C., Heinericy, S. Heesen, KT., Kneip, N. (2018). The role of Critical Reflexivity in the Professional Development of Professional Developers: A co-autoethnographic exploration. Interfaces Cientificas |
15:45 - 17:15 | 22 SES 07 D: Interactive Poster Session Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves Interactive Poster Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Transition into Distance Education: Results of a Scoping Review IU University of Applied Sciences, Germany Presenting Author:Digital learning and higher distance education programmes have surged in popularity, almost tripling from 10.6 million students worldwide in 2017 to 27.4 million by 2023, and predicted to rise further to 46.5 million by 2028 (Statista, 2023). The entry into the realm of distance learning for the first time is marked by complexities, as highlighted by Mittelmeier et al. (2019), making the initial experiences, study approaches, and adaptation strategies not straightforward or clear-cut. On the one hand, students acknowledge benefits, such as high flexibility and easy integration with other commitments (Belousova et al., 2022). At the same time, they also report facing a host of challenges, including motivational hurdles and limited student interaction (Brown et al., 2015). The transition phase into higher education is pivotal for successful learning, whether students are studying in person or digitally (Coertjens et al., 2017). Navigating the initial study requirements effectively allows students to cultivate essential study skills, laying the foundation for successful academic pursuits (Trautwein & Bosse, 2017). However, the study start is often challenging for many students. In general, retention rates at the end of the first year of higher education show up to a quarter of students leaving their degree (see e.g., Van Herpen et al., 2020). Notably, distance learners exhibit lower success rates compared to their on-campus counterparts, as evidenced by Fojtík’s (2018) study, where only 39% of distance learning students in a computer science program successfully completed their first semester courses, compared to 64% of in-person students. For distance learners, establishing a sense of belonging to the university and course of study proves particularly troublesome, contributing to higher attrition rates than those observed among on-campus students (Canty et al., 2020). Focusing on the period of transition into higher education is important because the more positive the experience of this period, the more likely students are to remain enrolled and persist (Haktanir et al., 2021). However, in general, there is still little international research on the transition specifically into distance education and digital learning environments, leaving gaps in our understanding of student experiences, expectations, needs, and challenges during this crucial phase and in this specific context. To consolidate existing knowledge on this topic, we are undertaking a scoping review aimed at consolidating existing knowledge on the transition into distance education in higher education settings. Our research question, “What is known about the transition into distance education in higher education settings?” will guide a methodical exploration of published sources, aiming to discern insights into this transitional process within distance education. Key concepts will be identified and classified, theoretical and empirical insights will be gathered, and content boundaries will be defined. Our ultimate goal is to translate these findings into practical guidance for distance education providers, lecturers, study advisors, and prospective students, contributing to more effective digital learning. This urgency is underscored by the growing global importance of distance education and the pivotal role the start of studies plays in fostering successful learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Scoping reviews, by design, are well-suited to address broad and exploratory research questions. Their unique feature is that they encompass all sources of information, without prioritising the quality of each source, which sets them apart from a systematic review. Consequently, scoping reviews are particularly useful when exploring nascent research fields, defining key concepts, or pinpointing research gaps (Peters et al., 2015). We consider a scoping review to be the most appropriate method to map out the existing international literature on the relatively uncharted topic of study entry in distance education. Our scoping review will align with the guidelines developed by Peters et al. (2015). The methodology entails nine key stages: (1) Defining and aligning the objective and question; (2) developing and aligning the inclusion and exclusion criteria with the objective and question; (3) describing the planned approach to evidence searching, selection, data extraction, and presentation of the evidence; (4) searching for the evidence; (5) selecting the evidence; (6) extracting the evidence; (7) analysing of the evidence; (8) presenting the results; and (9) summarising the evidence in relation to the purpose of the review, making conclusions, and noting any implications of the findings. In our research team, three researchers will combine their efforts to search for and select sources, fostering a sense of consensus about which sources to include. Subsequently, we will structure the extracted results of the included studies using Kuckartz’s (2018) qualitative content analysis, with the aid of MAXQDA software. This approach offers an organised and practical possibility for collaborative data analysis involving multiple authors. Given that Kuckartz’s approach is question-based and allows for data reduction via a category-based system, it fits well with our intended procedure. We aim to develop an inductive category system to encapsulate the experiences of distance learners at the outset of their studies. The final product will be a descriptive summary that links our results back to the research question and review objectives. We will also present key concepts and categories, potentially visualised in tables or maps, while strictly adhering to PRISMA-ScR (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses extension for Scoping Reviews) guidelines (Tricco et al., 2018) in disseminating our results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both demand for and supply of distance learning programmes are consistently increasing. Concurrently, it is recognised that the transition to higher education significantly impacts subsequent study success or non-success (Trautwein & Bosse, 2017). Yet, there is scarce knowledge about this critical phase, particularly in relation to distance learning. This gap is now to be closed by the scoping review. While the evaluation is still in progress, there are initial indications that, amongst other categories, the outcomes will cover challenges, (un)success factors, positively experienced course content and didactic methods, expectations, and emotional experiences of distance learning students in the initial phase of study. These outcomes promise to serve distance education providers worldwide by offering a clearer understanding of the initial phase of distance learning and the potential barriers students may face. Furthermore, practical implications for an ideal design of the initial study phase will be formulated, helping providers in planning and designing distance education courses more effectively in the future. Study advisors, too, will benefit as the review provides an evidence-based overview of the initial phase of a distance learning programme, enabling them to better guide prospective students accordingly. For individuals contemplating distance education, this research will paint a comprehensive picture of the potential challenges at the start, assisting them in making an informed decision. In summary, this research aims to shed light on a critical, yet relatively unexplored aspect of distance education – the transition phase. In doing so, it has the potential to tailor this transition phase more effectively to students’ needs in the future, ultimately increasing the likelihood of academic success in this mode of learning. References Belousova, A., Mochalova, Y., & Tushnova, Y. (2022). Attitude to distance learning of schoolchildren and students: Subjective assessments of advantages and disadvantages. Education Sciences, 12(1), 46. Brown, M., Hughes, H., Keppell, M., Hard, N., & Smith, L. (2015). Stories from students in their first semester of distance learning. The International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 16(4), 1–17. Canty, A. J., Chase, J., Hingston, M., Greenwood, M., Mainsbridge, C. P., & Skalicky, J. (2020). Addressing student attrition within higher education online programs through a collaborative community of practice. Journal of Applied Learning & Teaching, 3(Special Issue 1), 140–152. Coertjens, L., Brahm, T., Trautwein, C., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2017). Students’ transition into higher education from an international perspective. Higher Education, 73(3), 357–369. Fojtík, R. (2018). Problems of distance education. International Journal of Information and Communication Technologies in Education, 7(1), 14–23. Haktanir, A., Watson, J. C., Ermis-Demirtas, H., Karaman, M. A., Freeman, P. D., Kumaran, A., & Streeter, A. (2021). Resilience, academic self-concept, and college adjustment among first-year students. Journal of College Student Retention: Research, Theory & Practice, 23(1), 161–178. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4th ed.). Beltz Juventa. Mittelmeier, J., Rogaten, J., Long, D., Dalu, M., Gunter, A., Prinsloo, P., & Rienties, B. (2019). Understanding the early adjustment experiences of undergraduate distance education students in South Africa. The International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 20(3), 18–38. Peters, M. D. J., Godfrey, C. M., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Parker, D., & Soares, C. B. (2015). Guidance for conducting systematic scoping reviews. International Journal of Evidence-Based Healthcare, 13(3), 141–146. Statista (2023). Online-Hochschulbildung. https://de-statista-com.pxz.iubh.de:8443/outlook/dmo/eservices/online-bildung/online-hochschulbildung/weltweit Trautwein, C., & Bosse, E. (2017). The first year in higher education–Critical requirements from the student perspective. Higher Education, 73(3), 371–387. Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., … & Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473. Van Herpen, S. G., Meeuwisse, M., Hofman, W. A., & Severiens, S. E. (2020). A head start in higher education: The effect of a transition intervention on interaction, sense of belonging, and academic performance. Studies in Higher Education, 45(4), 862–877. 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Changing Academic Profession in Kazakhstan: Examining Faculty’s Research Performativity and Accountability in the Post-Socialist Context of Higher Education 1Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan; 2Maqsut Narikbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:One of the most significant processes that has established Kazakhstani higher education in the global arena was entering the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) and joining the Bologna Process (BP) in 2010. Being the first Central Asian country, Kazakhstan became the forty-seventh member of the EHEA. After signing the Bologna Declaration, Kazakhstani higher education switched to the European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System (ECTS) and adopted the National Qualifications Framework (IQAA, n.d.). The impact of the Bologna Process on Kazakhstani education is undoubtedly significant. In 2011, Kazakhstan replaced the Soviet two-tier system for training researchers, comprising the Candidate of Science and Doctor of Science degrees, with the PhD system, aligning with the European Bologna Process (OECD, 2017). This had a great impact on faculty promotion and remuneration policies in Kazakhstani universities. Awarding titles like professor and academic professor signifies the research and academic pursuits of faculty members subsequent to earning their academic degrees. The process for accrediting scientific and educational staff is a critical step in advancing within the academic sector. In the years following independence, the criteria and approach for conferring these titles, especially regarding research activities, have been modified. From 2011 onwards, a key requirement for receiving an academic title has involved publishing in globally acknowledged peer-reviewed journals featured in Scopus and Web of Science. Additionally, career policies and management processes in universities are steered by principles of accountability and transparency. The tradition of producing annual reports, accessible to the public and authored by rectors of national universities, has been established and recently expanded to include all universities in Kazakhstan (IAC, 2022). Consequently, faculty in higher education are increasingly driven to demonstrate their research effectiveness to align with the modern standards of higher education. Even within the local policy context of Kazakhstan, there is a dearth of empirical critical research on faculty performativity in regional universities. Much research has been done in major cities and megalopolises of the country (see for example, Kuzhabekova & Mukhamejanova, 2017). This study specifically focuses on regional universities located in three provinces of Kazakhstan.
The proposed study has explored how faculty members at regional public universities adapt to and experience neoliberal reforms in the post-socialist context of higher education. The study pursued the following research question: (1) What are the changing patterns of the academic profession in regional public universities in Kazakhstan? Numerous studies have examined the academic profession globally (Cummings, 2008; Teichler et al., 2013), but post-socialist higher education contexts remain less explored (Lee & Kuzhabekova, 2019). Notably, the prominent “Changing Academic Profession”study primarily focuses on leading educational systems, overlooking post-socialist regions (Teichler et al., 2013).
Overall, this study makes an effort to bring attention to underrepresented voices in academia, inform policy reforms that better cater to the needs of regional public universities, and contribute to the professional development and recognition of faculty members in Kazakhstan’s higher education landscape. Moreover, the study aims at contributing knowledge about changing academic professions to international literature by shedding the light on the Central Asian region as the survey had been adapted to the Kazakhstani/Central Asian post-socialist context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on a mixed methods research design. Thus, an explanatory research design was applied to the study. Within the quantitative research component, the study followed the research design of the international and comparative study “Changing Academic Profession” (Teichler, 2013; Hiroshima University, 2008). It specifically adopted the survey instrument used in the discussed comparative study on the changing academic profession. Qualitative data was collected through conducting semi-structured interviews with university faculty members (based on various faculty ranks and ages) as well as elite interviews with university leaders (vice-rectors for research, deans and vice deans) and research administrators (research departments) at the same regional public universities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In its intention to generate a culturally appropriate impact on the local education policy and practice in the post-socialist context of Kazakhstan, the proposed project draws on the Knowledge to Action Framework (KTAF) through the research-policy-practice cycle (Best & Holmes, 2010). In this vein, the proposed project aims to have a potential impact on the following areas within the academic profession at regional universities: (1) Gathering quantitative and qualitative data about faculty research performativity and accountability in understudied contexts of regional public universities; (2) Raising awareness among university leaders and policymakers about opportunities for the development of research productivity among the faculty as well as negative consequences of research performativity on the faculty; (3) Producing a sustainable professional development program based on the trainer-trainer model for sustainability of the project; (4) Changing practices through evidence-based skills training interventions and (5) Shaping policies through research-informed recommendations on the research productivity in local HEIs; (6) Development and provision of a research-informed policy brief on the changing patterns of the academic profession to relevant policymaking organizations References Ball, S. J. (2005). Education policy and social class: The selected works of Stephen J. Ball. Routledge. Best, A., & Holmes, B. (2010). Systems thinking, knowledge and action: Towards better models and methods. Evidence & Policy, 6(2), 145–159. https://doi.org/10.1332/174426410X502284 Hiroshima University. (2008). The changing academic profession in international comparative and quantitative perspectives: Report of the International Conference on the Changing Academic Profession Project, 2008. Research Institute for Higher Education, Hiroshima University. IQAA. (n.d.). Высшее образование в Казахстане [Higher Education in Kazakhstan]. Независимое агентство по обеспечению качества в образовании - IQAA. Retrieved December 1, 2023, from https://iqaa.kz/vysshee-obrazovanie/vysshee-obrazovanie-v-kazakhstane Kuzhabekova, A., & Mukhamejanova, D. (2017). Productive researchers in countries with limited research capacity: Researchers as agents in post-Soviet Kazakhstan. Studies in Graduate and Postdoctoral Education, 8(1), 30-47. Lee, J. T., & Kuzhabekova, A. (2019). Building local research capacity in higher education: A conceptual model. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 41(3), 342-357. Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Kazakhstan (2020, May 13). Strategic Plan of the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2020-2024.https://www.gov.kz/memleket/entities/edu/documents/details/32853?lang=ru Information and Analytical Center, Ministry of Enlightenment of the Republic of Kazakhstan, Ministry of Science and Higher Education of the Republic of Kazakhstan. (2022). National Report on the State and Development of Education System in the Republic of Kazakhstan over 30 years of Independence and 2021. Astana. OECD. (2017). Higher Education in Kazakhstan 2017. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264268531-en Seddon, T., & Levin, J. (Eds.). (2013). Educators, professionalism and politics: Global transitions, national spaces and professional projects. Routledge. Starr, K. (2019). Education policy, neoliberalism, and leadership practice: A critical analysis. Routledge. Teichler, U., Arimoto, A., & Cummings, W. K. (2013). The changing academic profession. Dordrecht: Springer. 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Evaluation of Methodological Strategies for the Development of Learning-to-Learn Competence in Higher Education: A Multidimensional and Practical Approach UPV, Spain Presenting Author:In the current educational landscape, the Learn to Learn (LtL) competence stands out as a crucial element in the academic and personal formation of university students, highlighting the urgent need for curriculum design that promotes its development. This study, which is part of a broader research project focusing on the design and curricular development of this competence in university programmes, presents the results of the implementation of two methodological proposals aimed at promoting and assessing this competence. The LtL competence, conceptualised as a personal, social and learning skill according to the guidelines of the European Competence Framework (CE, 2018), has gained crucial importance in the contemporary educational context. Its definition has evolved over time, expanding beyond the cognitive, metacognitive and affective-motivational dimensions initially considered (Pintrich, 2004; Weinstein, Husman & Dierking, 2002; Zimmerman, 2000). Additional dimensions such as the social-relational (Hadwin, Wozney & Pontin, 2005; Järvelä, Järvenoja & Malmberg, 2019; Zimmerman, 2000) and, more recently, the ethical dimension (Gargallo-López et al., 2020) have been included, enriching its understanding and scope. Given the intrinsic complexity of LtL competence, this intervention phase includes experiences aimed at validating methodologies focused on the development of specific dimensions and sub-dimensions. In particular, this study focuses on the cognitive dimension, emphasising effective information management and the use of information and communication technologies (ICT), and the metacognitive dimension, with a particular emphasis on problem solving as a fundamental strategy for developing critical and reflective skills in students. The strategies implemented took place in specific subjects of two different university programmes. Firstly, the first year course in Conservation and Restoration of Cultural Heritage (CRBC) addressed the specificities of this discipline and its multidisciplinary context, where problem solving is essential for academic and professional success. Secondly, attention was drawn to a second year course in the Dual Degree in Food Science and Technology / Business Administration and Management (CTA/ADE), highlighting its intrinsic relationship with information management and analysis. The main relevance of this research lies in its contribution to the design of specific interventions that address the cognitive and metacognitive dimensions of learning-to-learn competence. The results obtained will not only provide valuable insights into the effectiveness of these strategies in different university environments, but will also provide a solid basis for future research and curriculum improvement. In this context, it is expected that this study will not only benefit the academic community involved, but will also have a positive impact on society at large by promoting the holistic development of students and preparing them for the changing challenges of the contemporary world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Experience 1: The Degree in Conservation and Restoration of Cultural Heritage at the Faculty of Fine Arts in UPV involved the study of the subject "Fundamentals of Physics and Chemistry for Conservation," which was conducted in two groups of approximately 55 students each during the first year of the program. This subject focused on examining the primary materials comprising Cultural Heritage, particularly emphasizing their physical-chemical properties and processes of alteration. Within this context, the metacognitive dimension of the Learn to Learn (LtL) competence, specifically the problem-solving subdimension, was addressed. To enhance problem-solving abilities, concept maps were utilized through a series of five activities, preceded by training on map creation. These activities were adaptable for individual or group participation. The concept map served as a tool to identify problems, variables, hierarchical relationships between concepts/properties, and ultimately, the development and evaluation of solutions. Assessment of the concept map was conducted using a rubric. Experience 2: The Dual Degree in Food Science and Technology / Business Administration and Management (CTA/ADE) from the School of Agricultural and Environmental Engineering of the UPV included the subject "Chemical Composition of Food," a 6 ECTS course spanning 32 one-hour sessions with a class size of 22 students. This course aimed to facilitate the identification, classification, and localization of chemical components in food. Additionally, it provided insights into recognizing and categorizing major groups of food additives used in the industry, along with an understanding of the current legislation governing their utilization. The subject presented a unique challenge for students, requiring active participation in the pursuit of accurate and high-quality information within scientifically and technically validated environments, while avoiding unverified informational sources. The Cognitive dimension was a key focus, specifically emphasizing the sub-dimensions of effective information management and the application of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT). To foster these skills, students engaged in four seminars designed to equip them with tools for sourcing information from reliable outlets and methodologies for crafting scientific texts. Throughout the course, various evaluated activities gauged students' progress. In both experiences, students underwent pre-test questionnaires and activities at the intervention's onset and post-test questionnaires and activities at the course's conclusion. The questionnaire used (QELtLCUS, Gargallo et al., 2021) followed a self-report format, encompassing 85 items grouped into five scales assessing the five dimensions and 21 sub-dimensions. Students responded to the items using a Likert-type scale, ranging from agree to disagree. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main purpose of this study has been to introduce two methodological approaches designed to enhance processes and skills associated with the development of subdimensions of the LtL competence: problem-solving (Metacognitive Dimension) and effective information management and use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) (Cognitive Dimension). The exhaustive analysis of the questionnaire has revealed significant differences between the two student groups subjected to the proposed methodologies, evaluated from a pre-test to a post-test, in the average scores of the addressed dimensions. This is an expected result, due to the efforts dedicated to teaching and working with the students on these aspects throughout the learning process. In the first experience, improvement was observed in all five evaluated dimensions, while the second experience showed progress in all subdimensions of the Cognitive Dimension. These findings will enable relevant adjustments in teaching-learning activities to minimize the challenges encountered by students, thus creating an optimal environment for the acquisition of LtL competence. Based on these data, we can assert that training programs integrated into regular teaching within the regular curriculum generate positive effects on the development of LtL competence. Moreover, this confers greater functionality, allowing the visibility and clarification of competence teaching by incorporating it into the curriculum for teaching, learning, and assessment. In spite of the limitations of this study, carried out with non-equivalent control groups, it is noteworthy that across various experiences in different courses and programs, initial assessments of students (PRE) in the five dimensions of the LtL competence show a similar distribution, reflecting comparable perceptions. References CE (2018). Recomendación del Consejo de 22 de mayo de 2018 relativa a las competencias clave para el aprendizaje permanente. https://links.uv.es/fX3sQ0O Gargallo López, B., Pérez-Pérez, C., Garcia-Garcia, F. J., Giménez Beut, J. A., & Portillo Poblador, N. (2020). The skill of learning to learn at university. proposal for a theoretical model. Educacion XX1, 23(1), 19–44. https://doi.org/10.5944/EDUCXX1.23367 Gargallo-López, B., Suárez-Rodríguez, J.M., Pérez-Pérez, C., Almerich Cerveró, G., & Garcia-Garcia, F.J. (2021). The QELtLCUS questionnaire. An instrument for evaluating the learning to learn competence in university students. RELIEVE, 27(1), art. 1. http://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v27i1.20760 Grace, S., Innes, E., Patton, N., & Stockhausen, L. (2017). Ethical experiential learning in medical, nursing and allied health education: A narrative review. Nurse Education Today, 51, 23–33. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.NEDT.2016.12.024 Hadwin, A. F., Wozney, L., & Pontin, O. (2005). Scaffolding the appropriation of self-regulatory activity: A socio-cultural analysis of changes in teacher-student discourse about a graduate research portfolio. In Instructional Science (Vol. 33, Issues 5–6, pp. 413–450). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-005-1274-7 Järvelä, S., Järvenoja, H., & Malmberg, J. (2019). Capturing the dynamic and cyclical nature of regulation: Methodological Progress in understanding socially shared regulation in learning. International Journal of Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning, 14(4), 425–441. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11412-019-09313-2 Pintrich, P. R. (2004). A Conceptual Framework for Assessing Motivation and Self-Regulated Learning in College Students. In Educational Psychology Review (Vol. 16, Issue 4, 385-407). Weinstein, C. E., Husman, J., & Dierking, D. R. (2000). Self-Regulation Interventions with a focus on Learning Strategies. In M. Boekaerts, P.R. Pintrich and M. Zeinder, Handbook of Self-regulation (pp. 727-747). Academic Press. Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Attaining self-regulation: A social cognitive perspective. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 13–39). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-012109890-2/50031-7 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Quality in Service-Learning: Criteria that Make a Difference Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, Spain Presenting Author:In recent years, the service-learning (SL) methodology has experienced an unprecedented boom in the countries within our political and cultural sphere, creating a challenging terrain for researchers interested in studying its impact, measuring its outcomes, and even effectively developing its implementation. This pedagogy, which integrates academic learning with community service, fosters deep and meaningful educational experiences for those involved, surpassing the cognitive-social expectations of more conventional educational strategies. The inherited university model from the past (20th century and earlier), sometimes referred to as the "ivory tower," has recently faced significant criticism from both civil society and the academic sphere due to its perceived detachment from social reality. In our immediate context, this underlying issue influenced efforts to adopt the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), the seed of more comprehensive views on learning and competency development (Santos Rego, Mella-Núñez et al., 2020). We are talking about a paradigm shift, as the central idea promoting it is that knowledge, dynamically linked to human activity, should ideally resonate with the notion of (social) change. Therefore, it is not surprising that SL has become a significant strategy for bridging the university-community gap. However, it seems clear that its scope and effectiveness will depend largely on the quality of experiences, and it is the responsibility of the research community to discover the best strategies for these purposes. In summary, we could discuss two predominant approaches in research on SL (Bringle, 2003): on the one hand, the comparison of subjects where the methodology is applied with those using more conventional strategies, and on the other hand, the evaluation of how different course configurations impact better or worse outcomes. It is evident that when delving into the study of SL implementation, we encounter a rich diversity of experiences, interventions, and contexts reflecting the adaptability of the methodology. However, it is precisely in this variety where difficulties arise in evaluating the quality of courses accurately and coherently. Thus, energizing a homogeneous method to study them becomes a challenge of great relevance. It should not be surprising, therefore, that due to this added difficulty, many studies point out the lack of research on the conceptual and operational quality of the methodology itself. Most analyze the results obtained by participants, ignoring other issues related to the form of participation (Imperial et al., 2007). Sufficient reason to consider quality evaluation a promising research line, especially if we want to ensure that SL courses achieve their goals and intensify benefits, naturally including the necessary emphasis on civic engagement. Historically, we attribute to Sigmon (1979) the merit of establishing the first quality principles in Service-Learning. Since then, we have witnessed a sufficiently constructive dialogue that would impact future SL courses and the deliberative axis around what are, or should be, best practices in using the methodology. Despite the emergence of multiple classifications to elucidate quality programs, what matters is to show dimensions with a real impact on results. However, the study we have conducted primarily aims to analyze the most relevant quality criteria in Service-Learning. To achieve this, we carried out a systematic literature review, specifically focusing on understanding how criteria affected real experiences. The goal is to illuminate 'key factors' that can contribute to good methodology practices, helping - in the process - to better understand the positive impact of SL in those circumstances. This paper is framed in the Research Projects: “Service-Learning (SL) and employability of university graduates in Spain: competences for employment” (EDU2017-82629-R) and “The impact of the university in the community through service-learning projects. A study focused on reciprocity (SL)” (PID2021-122827OB-I00). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A comprehensive global documentary review was conducted using databases such as Scopus, WoS, and ProQuest to shed light on the characteristics that define successful SL on the international stage. The search process combined keywords related to the quality elements that should be present in SL courses. To determine these quality dimensions, we relied on the most relevant best practice classifications in the field of SL, taking note of their frequency in the literature. Among them, we highlighted those of Imperial et al. (2007), Honnet and Poulsen (1989), and Howard (2001). Additionally, we considered the quality standards in the practice of service-learning in K-12 education, developed by the National Youth Leadership Council (2008). Based on these and other documents, we identified the following quality dimensions: duration and intensity, academic rigor, meaningful service, reciprocity, role of faculty and students, and reflection. We included books and articles published in both English and Spanish. Duplicate documents found in different databases were excluded. Finally, we eliminated those documents that, while relevant to the general theme, lacked sufficient relevance to the central topic of the research. In the stage of documentary classification, we distinguished two types of studies. Firstly, those that appeal, with theoretical arguments, to the importance of a series of course characteristics as indicators of thpreir success. And secondly, those that seek to scrutinize, empirically, the impact that such characteristics can have on those who participate in the experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Firstly, the most effective programs are those with a duration between 20 and 40 hours (Dahan, 2016). Regarding academic rigor, it is necessary to define clear objectives that are closely related to the academic curriculum, as failing to do so is associated with a negative impact (Celio et al., 2011; Reames et al., 2020). The significance of the service is positively linked to student motivation and academic improvements (Billig et al., 2005; Moely and Ilustre, 2014). On the other hand, student autonomy is related to greater commitment and achievements, while allowing students to participate in decision-making is associated with the development of self-concept and cross-cutting competencies (Lambright and Lu, 2009). Furthermore, reciprocity and reflection criteria seem to be the most important according to the consulted literature. Regarding reciprocity, actively collaborating with recipients in long-term experiences has been associated with better outcomes for all involved parties (Bailis, 2000; Miron and Moely, 2006). Regarding reflection, a noteworthy finding is the connection between reflection in and/or with the community and more successful courses; directing these sessions towards a variety of themes throughout the entire process (before, during, and after courses) (Lorenzo et al., 2021). In conclusion, a crucial aspect in course management is, as expected, the study of quality elements, both in the theoretical and empirical realms. We have sought to provide a more comprehensive and diverse understanding of these elements, aiming for their better comprehension while keeping in mind the adaptation to the specific context of each program. We are convinced that emphasizing the definition of quality criteria for Service-Learning can become a catalyst for its effectiveness, potentially influencing the paths of future implementations within the university system. However, it is essential to ensure that these paths have the necessary support from civil society in general and communities in particular. References Bailis, L. (2000). Taking service-learning to the next level: Emerging lessons from the national community development program. National Society for Experiential Education. Billig, S. H., Root, S., & Jesse, D. (2005). The relationship between the quality indicators of service-learning and student outcomes, testing professional wisdom. In S. Root, J. Callahan & S. H. Billig (Eds.), Improving service-learning practice: Research on models to enhance impact (pp. 97-115). Information Age Publishing. Bringle, R. G. (2003). Enhancing theory-based research on service-learning. In J. Eyler & S. H. Billig (Eds.), Deconstructing service-learning: Research exploring context, participation, and impacts (pp. 3-22). Information Age Publishing. Celio, C. I., Durlak, J. A., & Dymnicki, A. B. (2011). A Meta-analysis of the Impact of Service-Learning on students. Journal of Experiential Education, 34(2), 164-181. https://doi.org/10.5193/jee34.2.164 Dahan, T. (2016). Revisiting pedagogical variations in service-learning and student outcomes. International Journal of Research on Service-Learning and Community Engagement, 4(1), 3-15. https://doi.org/10.37333/001c.29586 Honnett, E. P., & Poulsen, S. J. (1989). Principals of good practice for combining service and learning. https://digitalcommons.unomaha.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=slceguides Howard, J. (2001). Service-learning course design workbook. OCSL Press. Imperial, M. T., Perry, J. L., & Katula, M. C. (2007). Incorporating service learning into public affairs programs: Lessons from the literature. Journal of Public Affairs Education, 13(2), 243-264. https://doi.org/10.1080/15236803.2007.12001478 Lambright, K. T., & Lu, Y. (2009). What impacts the learning in service learning? An examination of project structure and student characteristics. Journal of Public Affairs Education, 15(4), 425-444. https://doi.org/10.1080/15236803.2009.12001570 Lorenzo, M., Sáez-Gambín, D., Ferraces Otero, M. J., & Varela, C. (2021). Reflection and Quality Assessment in Service-Learning Projects. When, with whom, and why. Frontiers in education, 5, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.605099 Miron, D., & Moely, B. E. (2006). Community agency voice and benefit in service-learning. Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 12(2), 27-37. Moely, B. E., & Ilustre, V. (2014). The Impact of Service-Learning Course Characteristics on University Students' Learning Outcomes. Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 21(1), 5-16. http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1116526.pdf National Youth Leadership Council. (2008). K-12 Service-Learning Standards for Quality Practice. https://nylc.org/k-12-standards/ Reames, T. G., Blackmar, J. M., & Pierce, J. C. (2020). Teaching the three E’s of sustainability through Service‐Learning in a professional program. New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 2020(161), 73-82. https://doi.org/10.1002/tl.20374 Santos Rego, M. A., Mella Núñez, Í., & Sotelino Losada, A. (2020). Movilidad y TIC en aprendizaje-servicio: perspectivas para una sociedad global y tecnológica. RIED, 23(1) 67-84. http://dx.doi.org/10.5944/ried.23.1.24180 Sigmon, R. (1979). Service-learning: Three principles. Synergist, 8(1), 9-11. https://nsee.memberclicks.net/assets/docs/KnowledgeCenter/IntegratingExpEduc/BooksReports/55.%20service%20learning%20three%20principles.pdf 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster University Students’ Management of “Learning to Learn Competence” and its Influence on Academic Performance University of Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:Learning to Learn (LtL) is one of the eight key competences that the European Commission proposed for education systems (EC, 2006) and this competence was described as follows: “Learning to learn” is the ability to pursue and persist in learning […], to organise one’s own learning, including through effective management of time and information, both individually and in groups. […] awareness of one’s learning process […] identifying available opportunities […] overcome obstacles in order to learn successfully. […] gaining, processing and assimilating new knowledge and skills. […] to use and apply knowledge and skills in a variety of contexts […]. Motivation and confidence are crucial to an individual’s competence. (p. 16) Later, the European Council reformulated this competence, setting out the “Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Competence” (EC, 2018), which places more importance on social aspects than in the earlier definition: Personal, social and learning to learn competence is the ability to reflect upon oneself, effectively manage time and information, work with others in a constructive way, remain resilient and manage one’s own learning and career. It includes the ability to cope with uncertainty and complexity, learn to learn, support one’s physical and emotional well-being […] empathize and manage conflict. (p. 5) The definition of LtL relies mainly on the scientific literature on Strategic Learning (SL) (Weinsten, 1988) and Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) (Pintrich, 2004; Zimmerman, 2002). Based on a literature review, our research team developed a model on LtL, including the three classical dimensions coming from the theory about SL and SRL: Cognitive, Metacognitive and Affective-Motivational, an also the Social-Relational dimension, rooted in the social-cognitive theory (Thoutenhoofd & Pirrie, 2013). These ideas clearly influenced the current proposal of the EU (2018), who has renamed LTL as ‘personal, social and learning to learn competence’ (Caena, 2019); Sala et al., 2020). We added to these four dimensions a fifth one, an Ethical dimension (Gargallo et al. 2020). It is necessary, to handle the learning to learn competence well, that students respect ethical codes and contribute to create an increasingly equitable society (Cortina, 2013; Buxarrais & Conceiçao, 2017). The European Union aimed for students to achieve an adequate mastery of LtL at the end of compulsory schooling. Generally speaking, we tend to think that students manage it quite well when they start university, and that this management will improve as they continue their university studies. However, this assumption needs to be verified. It is not proved that university students handle this competence with an adequate skill, and there are some researchers who defend that they need specific training (Cameron and Rideout, 2020; Viejo and Ortega-Ruiz, 2018). So, we believe that is very important to establish whether university students manage LtL well and to analyse its impact on academic achievement, given that there are few studies available on the topic in higher education. For this purpose, we have collected data from the research Project we are developing[1]. The aim of this work is to concrete the level at which this competence is managed, and also to delimit profiles of LtL use by university students and their relation to academic performance. Based on these data, we are developing in our current research project an intervention model for teaching this competence, which may be useful for European researchers and university teachers. [1] ‘The learning to learn competence in the university, its design and curriculum development. a model of intervention and its application in university degrees’ Project PID2021-123523NB-I00, funded by the MCIN/AEI /10.13039/501100011033 and by ERDF A way of making Europe.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design The research used a quantitative non-experimental descriptive and correlational design (McMillan & Schumacher, 2010). Sample The sample consisted of 1.120 students from two public universities in the city of Valencia (Spain) (University of Valencia and Polytechnic University of Valencia) belonging to different areas of study and to different academic years. They answered the QELtLCUS (Questionnaire to Evaluate the Learning to Learn Competence of University Students), an instrument developed by the research team (Gargallo et al., 2021). Instruments The QELtLCUS questionnaire comprises 85 items organized in 5 scales, that assess the five dimensions of the theoretical model listed above (cognitive, metacognitive, affective-motivational, social-relational, and ethical) and 29 subdimensions. The questionnaire has a self-report format, and the students answered the items on a five-item Likert-type response scale, agree-disagree (5-4-3-2-1). The questionnaire’s construct validation was checked through confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) (Gargallo et al., (2021) using the lavaan program (Rosseel 2012), as there was a theoretical model whose validity was to be tested and given that there was a clear idea of what items comprised each dimension and subdimension of the instrument (Lloret-Segura et al., 2014). Procedures We also collected the grades of these students in the first trimester of the 2022-2023 academic year. The students answered the questionnaire in a single ordinary class session through an online application. The requirements of the Ethics Committee of the Universidad de Valencia were taken into account: the students were informed of the aims and process of the research, and participation was voluntary. Before answering, they gave informed consent and then completed the questionnaire, including demographic data, but no data that personally identified them, in order to respect their anonymity. We performed descriptive analyses, cluster analysis and analysis of differences, and also multiple linear regression analysis. Statistical analyses were performed by SPSS 26.0. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In order to check the level of management of LtL, we performed descriptive analyses and we studied the mean scores of the students in the 5 dimensiones and 29 subdimensions. The sample subjects indicated an acceptable management level, but with low scores for some relevant LtL dimensions (specially Planning, Organising and Controlling Anxiety). The highest scores were found in Social-Relational and Ethical dimensions (higher than 4). The scores in Cognitive, Metacognitive and Affective-Motivational dimensions were higher than 3 and lower than 4. By means of cluster analysis two groups were found with two different management profiles: one of them with a high level and another one with a lower level in the five dimensions of LtL competence and in the 29 subdimensions. The students in the first group scored better than those in the second group, in LtL and also in grades, with statistically significant results. To analyse the influence of the LtL dimensions on academic achievement we implemented a complete multiple regression model for each group (high and lower), with the criterion being academic achievement and the predictors the five LtL dimensions. The regression model was significant in the lower group, with an explanation by the predictors for academic achievement of 2.3%, and also in the high group, with an explanation of 6.8%. As for significant predictors that contribute to the explanation of the model, only the metacognitive dimension was significant in the lower group, but in the high group, they were all significant except for the ethical dimension, with the cognitive dimension having the greatest contribution and the social-relational dimension the smallest. In conclusion, this competence influences academic performance and not all students show a high level of proficiency. Therefore, it is necessary to teach the competence, at least in the first years of university degrees. References Buxarrais, Mª R. & Conceiçao, Mª (2017). Competencias y competencia ética en la educación superior. En E. Vila (Coord.) Competencias éticas y deontología profesional en la universidad (pp. 89-128). Aljibe. Caena, F. (2019). Developing a European Framework for the Personal, Social & Learning lo Learn Key Competence. Publications Office of the European Union. https://bit.ly/2vBzK8A Cameron, R. B. & Rideout. C.A. (2020). It’s been a challenge finding new ways to learn: fist-year students’ perceptions of adapting to learning in a university environment. Studies in Higher Education, 42 (11), 2153-2169. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2020.1783525. Cortina, A. (2013) ¿Para qué sirve realmente la ética? Barcelona: Paidós. EC (2006). Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 Decembrer 2006 on Key Competences for LifeLong Learning. European Commission. EC (2018). Accompanying the document Proposal for a COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION on Key Competences for LifeLong Learning. European Commission. Retrieved from http://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-5464-2018-ADD-2/EN/pdf Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V. & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2020). LifeComp: The European Framework for Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Key Competence. Publications Office of the European Union. https//doi.org/10.2760/302967. Gargallo Lopez, B.; Perez-Perez, C.; Garcia-Garcia, F.J.; Gimenez Beut, J.A., & Portillo Poblador, N. (2020). The skill of learning to learn at university. Proposal for a theoretical model. Educación XX1, 23(1), 19-44, http://doi.org/0000-0002-7158-6737 Gargallo-López, B., Suárez-Rodríguez, J.M., Pérez-Pérez, C., Almerich Cerveró, G., & Garcia-Garcia, F.J. (2021). The QELtLCUS questionnaire. An instrument for evaluating the learning to learn competence in university students. RELIEVE, 27(1), art. 1. http://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v27i1.20760 Lloret-Segura, S., Ferreres-Traver, A., Hernández-Baeza, A., y Tomás-Marco, I. (2014). El análisis factorial exploratorio de los ítems: una guía práctica, revisada y actualizada Anales de Psicología, 30(3), 1151-1169. https://doi.org/10.6018/analesps.30.3.199361 McMillan, J. H., & Schumacher, S. (2010). Research in Education: Evidence Bases Inquiry, 7th Edition. Pearson. Rosseel, Y. (2012). Lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of statistical software, 48(2), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v048.i02 Thoutenhoofd, E.D. & Pirrie, A. (2015). From self-regulation to learning to learn: observations on the construction of self and learning. British Educational Research Journal, 4 (1), 72-84. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3128 Viejo, C. & Ortega-Ruiz, R. (2018). Competencias para la investigación: el trabajo de fin de Máster y su potencialidad formativa. Revista de innovación y buenas prácticas docentes, 5, 46-56. https://doi.org/10.21071/ripadoc.v5i.10970 Weinstein, C.E. (1988): Assessment and training of student learning strategies. In R.R. Schmeck, Learning strategies and learning styles (pp. 291-316). Plenum Press. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: an overview. Theory into Practice, 41, 64-70. 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Psychosocial Readiness for College and Higher Education Orientations Among First- and Non-First- Generation Ethnic Minority Students: A Longitudinal Study Hebrew University, Israel Presenting Author:Higher education is essential for economic and social mobility (Brown, 2013). First-generation college students (FGCS) are students who are the first in their families to pursue higher education (Garriott & Nisle, 2018). For FGCS, being a college student means having to contend with more potential stressors throughout their higher education (Garriott & Nisle, 2018). Furthermore, FGCS are more likely to drop out than non-FGCS (Fletcher et al., 2022). Compared to non-FGCS, FGCS are disadvantaged in terms of academic achievement and sense of belonging at college (Wilbur & Roscigno, 2016). A notable percentage of FGCS come from ethnic minority groups (Longwell-Grice et al., 2016). This combination, of being FGCS and an ethnic minority, is associated with adversities in terms of academic achievement, wellbeing, and academic stress (Williams et al., 2024). Additionally, it highlights the importance of targeted interventions for ethnic minority FGCS as underrepresented group (Gehringer et al., 2022). There is a growing recognition regarding psychosocial resources with which a student can manage the challenges required for successful integration into academic studies (Phillips-Berenstein et al., 2023). The Psychosocial Readiness for College (PRC) model and measure (Phillips-Berenstein et al., 2023), describes six psychosocial resources that ease the challenges of academic performance and enable academic persistence: (a) academic self-efficacy; (b) educational commitment; (c) social comfort; (d) campus engagement; (e) self-discipline; and (f) resilience. Based on the research of Robbins et al. (2004), we aimed in the present research to add an additional factor: (g) institutional commitment, referring to a student’s commitment to study in the current higher education institution and their preference for the current institution over others. Phillips-Berenstein et al. (2023) found that FGCS were higher than non-FGCS in educational commitment and self-discipline. Additionally, they found that students with low levels of educational commitment, social сomfort, and campus engagement are two to three times more likely to dropout of college (Phillips-Berenstein et al., 2023). An additional factor that may affect optimal college integration is the meaning individuals ascribe to higher education. The Higher Education Orientations model and measure (HEO; Willner et al., 2023) is conceptualized with five distinct purposes for attending college: (a) gaining a profession; (b) gaining knowledge; (c) external pressure; (d) prestige; and (e) social networking. Willner et al. (2023) used the HEO questionnaire among deliberating young adults and college applicants to see how these factors affected their career decision making process. According to their research individuals seeking to gain profession and knowledge were found to use productive coping strategies and were further along the decision-making process. Contrary, individuals leaning more towards the social, prestige, and external orientations faced more career decision-making difficulties, used nonproductive coping strategies, and were farther behind the decision-making process (Willner et al., 2023). The Present Research The intersection of being an ethnic minority and a FGCS may lead to heightened levels of disadvantages. This highlights the importance of understanding two essential factors concerning integration and persistence in higher education: psychosocial readiness for college and higher education orientations. Despite their importance, they have not been studied among ethnic minority FGCS and non-FGCS. Thus, the first goal of this study is to test differences in psychosocial readiness for college and higher education orientations among FGCS and non-FGCS Arab ethnic minority first year college students in Israel. The second goal is to test how these factors predict academic satisfaction one year later. Examining these factors enriches the knowledge about ethnic minority FGCS and non-FGCS, which may contribute to other ethnic minorities. Considering the contribution of academic satisfaction to college persistence, understanding the link between the studied factors and academic satisfaction can enrich the knowledge about college attrition. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used At the beginning of the academic year (Time 1), participants were 1055 Arab ethnic minority first year undergraduate students, studying in 17 colleges and universities in Israel. Of the participants, 76% were women and 66.8% were FGCS. Students were asked to fill out the online questionnaire, containing several parts: (a) demographic questionnaire (gender, age, college major, institution, and parents' education); (b) the Arabic version of the Psychosocial Readiness for College questionnaire (PRC; Phillips-Berenstein et al., 2023) including 38 items (median Cronbach α is .85; Cα range .76–.88 for the six PRC dimensions); (c) the Arabic version of the Higher Education Orientation questionnaire (HEO; Willner et al., 2023) including 25 items (median Cronbach α is .75; Cα range .68–.79 for the five orientations). One year later (Time 2), these students were asked to fill out a follow-up online questionnaire. Of the 1055 students, 370 students completed the follow-up questionnaire (80.3% women, 65.9% FGCS), containing (a) demographic questionnaire (current institution, their college major and whether they have changed their college institution or/and majors); and (b) academic satisfaction (Lent et al., 2005) including seven items (the Cα internal-consistency reliability in the present study was .89). The results of t-tests revealed that participants in the follow-up did not differ from those who did not participate (corrected α = .003) in terms of their PRC (ps range .19 - .98) and their HEO (ps range .85 - .96) scales. In addition, no differences were found in age, gender distribution, religion distribution, and college-generation distribution between those who participated in the follow-up compared to those who did not. First, the properties of the variables were explored. Second, MANOVA analyses were conducted to test gender and college-generation status differences (as they were the two independent variables), and the seven psychosocial resources and the five higher education orientations were the dependent variables. Third, to determine which psychosocial resources and higher education orientations predict academic satisfaction one year later, two linear regressions were carried out for psychosocial resources and higher education orientations, separately. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results revealed that in terms of psychosocial readiness for college, FGCS scored higher than non-FGCS only in self-discipline. According to Phillips-Berenstein et al. (2023), a possible explanation is that FGCS who succeeded in attaining higher education despite the obstacles may have high self- discipline that helps them cope with these adversities. In higher education orientations, no differences between FGCS and non-FGCS were found. Interestingly, among non-FGCS higher knowledge and lower external pressure higher education orientations predicted greater academic satisfaction one year later, while psychosocial factors did not contribute to the prediction. Among FGCS, profession orientation and four psychosocial factors (academic self-efficacy, institutional commitment, self-discipline and resilience) positively predicted academic satisfaction one year later. The present research is the first to study psychosocial readiness for college and higher education orientations among FGCS and non-FGCS ethnic minority students, and how these factors predicted academic satisfaction. The contribution of institutional commitment to academic satisfaction emphasizes the importance of adding this scale to the psychosocial readiness for college model and questionnaire. Understanding these factors provides essential addition to the literature on ethnic minorities and college-generation in higher education. Students’ individual and social characteristics have a strong impact on their probability to succeed in higher education. Based on our findings, it is important to systematically monitor ethnic minority FGCSs’ psychosocial resources (especially academic self-efficacy, institutional commitment, self-discipline and resilience), and the meaning they attribute to higher education (especially, acquiring a profession) even prior to the beginning of their academic studies. This can help identify those at risk and facilitate institutional interventions through personal counselling, coaching and mentoring. References Brown, P. (2013). Education, opportunity and the prospects for social mobility. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(5–6), 678–700. Fletcher, A. C., Jensen, M., & Vrshek-Schallhorn, S. (2022). Novel perspectives on adversity exposure, stress responding, and academic retention among first- and continuing-generation students. Emerging Adulthood, 11(1), 175-189. Garriott, P. O., & Nisle, S. (2018). Stress, coping, and perceived academic goal progress in first-generation college students: The role of institutional supports. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education, 11(4), 436-450. Gehringer, T. A., Folberg, A. M., & Ryan, C. S. (2022). The relationships of belonging and task socialization to GPA and intentions to re-enroll as a function of race/ethnicity and first-generation college student status. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education, 15(6), 744-754. Lent, R. W., Singley, D., Sheu, H. B., Gainor, K. A., Brenner, B. R., Treistman, D., & Ades, L. (2005). Social cognitive predictors of domain and life satisfaction: Exploring the theoretical precursors of subjective well-being. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 52(3), 429–442. Longwell-Grice, R., Adsitt, N. Z., Mullins, K., & Serrata, W. (2016). The first ones: Three studies on first-generation college students. Nacada Journal, 36(2), 34-46. Phillips-Berenstein, M., Willner, T., & Gati, I. (2023). Psychosocial readiness for college: A multidimensional model and measure for students entering college in their twenties. Journal of Career Assessment. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/10690727231186770 Robbins, S. B., Lauver, K., Le, H., Davis, D., Langley, R., & Carlstrom, A. (2004). Do psychosocial and study skill factors predict college outcomes? A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 130(2), 261–288. Wilbur, T. G., & Roscigno, V. J. (2016). First-generation disadvantage and college enrollment/completion. Socius, 2, 1-11. Wilkins-Yel, K. G., Roach, C. M., Tracey, T. J., & Yel, N. (2018). The effects of career adaptability on intended academic persistence: The mediating role of academic satisfaction. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 108, 67-77. Williams, C. D., Moreno, O., Hood, K. B., Santana, A., Johnson, K. F., Garcia-Rodriguez, I., ... , & Spit for Science Working Group. (2024). Longitudinal associations between well-being and academic achievement throughout the COVID-19 pandemic: Testing the moderating role of academic stress among first-generation and continuing college students. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education. Advance online publication. Willner, T., Lipshits-Braziler, Y., & Gati, I. (2023). Construction and initial validation of the higher education orientations questionnaire. Journal of Career Assessment, 31(1), 85-108. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 23 SES 07 A: Policy Landscapes in Flux: Multi-scalar Perspectives on Autonomy, Assessments, and Accountability Reforms in Education Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Marina López Leavy Session Chair: Christian Ydesen Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Policy Landscapes in Flux: Multi-scalar Perspectives on Autonomy, Assessments, and Accountability Reforms in Education In the past thirty years, education systems have experienced a burgeoning of policy initiatives aimed at improving education quality and students’ performance worldwide. This shift is primarily attributable to multiple forces reshaping the educational landscape, including the imperative of aligning educational systems with the demands of economic globalization; the rapid digitalization processes sweeping through societies; the influence of international large-scale assessments (ILSAs) in educational debates; the urge to standardize and measure every educational dimension under the reigning datafication imperative (Grek et al., 2021). In response to these multiple forces, certain policies have been articulated as somewhat coherent narratives capable of addressing these demands. Scholars have termed these policies either the Global Education Reform Movement (GERM) (Sahlberg, 2016) or school-autonomy-with-accountability (SAWA) reforms (Verger et al., 2019). On the one hand, autonomy embodies managerial and decentralization policies that transfer decision-making to school-level agents, argued as ‘best practices’ to drive school improvement (Woessmann et al., 2009). On the other hand, assessment and accountability instruments lie at the heart of these reform packages, including large-scale standardized assessments, school inspections, peer evaluations, or self-evaluations, as pivotal policies to monitor schools and enhance quality. Grouped under a quality assurance paradigm for education, autonomy, assessments, and accountability policies have widely circulated among different countries. In part, their global spread is explained to the multiple purposes, rationales, and uses that these policy instruments can uptake in different settings. However, beyond an apparent global convergence towards the widespread adoption of autonomy, assessments, and accountability policies, there are significant variations among countries depending on the governance structure –i.e., Federal vs. unitary countries–; the political ideology of governing party, administrative traditions of state bureaucracies, or path-dependency dynamics emerging from pre-existing policies (Gerrard and Savage, 2022). Put differently, while several countries might have adopted large-scale assessments, the associated stakes or how governments or schools use them can vary widely. This panel explores reforms of autonomy, assessments, and accountability from a multi-scalar perspective, addressing crucial questions for understanding their dissemination and effects among different school systems from a policy instrument approach (Lascoumes and Le Galès 2007; Béland et al. 2018; Capano and Howlett 2020). Combining the theoretical contributions of political sociology in education, and theories of enactment, the panelists collectively unpack the dynamic vernacularisation of these reform packages, illustrating (I) how policy instruments are adopted and operate within unique cultural, political, and institutional landscapes, (II) the relevance of the filtering and enactment processes in the reconfiguration and calibration of the newly adopted policy instruments. Some papers will explore the interactions between newly adopted and existing policy instruments, and the dynamic 'policy mixes' created, with unforeseen combined effects. Others will examine the centrality of specific instruments -i.e., large-scale learning assessments- and their uses and effects at different scales, ranging from policy design to school-level practices. All contributions will address the interplay between the reform goal and the policy instruments to achieve it, and the role played by key stakeholders and constituencies. In doing so, this panel extends beyond conventional analyses by shedding light on the complex dynamics that unfold in the selection and application of policy instruments and their interaction with pre-existing arrangements in diverse settings. Through theoretical contributions from political sociology and enactment theories, this panel enriches the field of policy studies in education by exploring the configuration of quality assurance policy instruments and their effects in increasingly complex and multi-layered policy landscapes. References Béland, D., Howlett, M., & Mukherjee, I. (2018). Instrument constituencies and public policy-making: An introduction. Policy and Society, 37(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2017.1375249 Capano, G., & Howlett, M. (2020). The Knowns and Unknowns of Policy Instrument Analysis: Policy Tools and the Current Research Agenda on Policy Mixes. SAGE Open, 10(1). https://doi-org.ezproxy.cul.columbia.edu/10.1177/2158244019900568 Gerrard, J., & Savage, G. C. (2022). The governing parent-citizen: Dividing and valorising parent labour through school governance. Journal of Education Policy, 37(5), 744–761. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.1877357 Grek, S., Maroy, C., & Verger, A. (Eds.). (2020). World Yearbook of Education 2021: Accountability and Datafication in the Governance of Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003014164 Lascoumes, P., & Le Galès, P. (2007). Introduction: Understanding Public Policy through Its Instruments? From the Nature of Instruments to the Sociology of Public Policy Instrumentation. Governance, 20(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0491.2007.00342.x Sahlberg, P. (2016). The Global Education Reform Movement and its impact on schooling. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), Handbook of Global Education Policy (pp. 128–144). Wiley-Blackwell. Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: A political sociology of global education reforms education reforms. Educational Review, 00(00), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2019.1522045 Woessmann, L., Luedemann, E., Schuetz, G., & West, M. R. (2009). School Accountability, Autonomy and Choice Around the World. Edward Elgar Publishing. https://ideas.repec.org//b/elg/eebook/13540.html Presentations of the Symposium Where, When, And To What Extent? The Diffusion of School Autonomy and Accountability Policies in Latin America (1990-2020)
Over the last decades, school autonomy and accountability policies (SAWA) have been at the forefront of education reforms globally. SAWA constitutes a reform package grounded in managerial and quasi-market principles to transform school systems governance radically (Verger et al., 2019). During the 2000s, SAWA reforms were epicenter in the Global North, particularly in OECD countries (Högberg & Lindgren, 2021). However, SAWA policies have also been disseminated, to different extents, among middle and low-income countries (Hossain, 2022). In particular, SAWA policies have circulated among Latin American countries, taking precedence in school-based management and decentralization reforms during the 1990s (Barrera-Osorio et al., 2009).
Literature on policy transfer in education has largely accounted why, how, and where different reforms are diffused. However, most studies focus on single instruments or specific reform aspects, such as standardized testing (Kamens & McNeely, 2010), whereas complex packages are underexplored. This study aims to fill this gap by examining SAWA’s dissemination across Latin America, a region that has served as a laboratory for multiple managerial and neoliberal reforms in the past (Meseguer, 2004).
First, the study dissects SAWA into its main elements: (i) autonomy to enable decision-making by school agents –boards, principals, and teachers–; (ii) accountability and standardization to measure and monitor school outcomes; (iii) competition as a driver for improvement; and (iv) performance incentives to nudge agents’ behavior towards targetted outcomes (Verger et al., 2019). Then, it specifies 13 instruments that operationalize SAWA’s theory of change, such as decentralization laws, large-scale standardized testing, curriculum standardization, bonus payment for teachers or school league tables. Thirdly, to explore the extent of SAWA instruments dissemination throughout Latin America, it creates a self-elaborated database on SAWA policies’ adoption, at the regulatory level, for each of the 34 Latin American and Caribbean countries from 1990 until 2020. According to the World Education Reform Database, the period coincides with the peak of neoliberal reforms (Bromley et al., 2021). Following a similar methodology from prior policy diffusion studies (Bromley et al., 2021), data for this paper comes from coding country-level policy documents and international organizations publications (i.e., OECD’s Review of National Education Policies or the World Bank’s SABER publications).
This paper contributes to the study of globalization and policy transfer in education by offering a cross-national and historical account of the spread of a complex reform package and its composing policies and analyzing trends in instrument diffusion throughout Latin America.
References:
Barrera-Osorio, F., Fasih, T., Patrinos, H. A., & Santibáñez, L. (2009). Decentralized Decision-making in Schools: The Theory and Evidence on School-based Management. World Bank.
Bromley, P., Overbey, L., Furuta, J., & Kijima, R. (2021). Education reform in the twenty-first century: Declining emphases in international organisation reports, 1998–2018. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19(1), 23–40.
Högberg, B., & Lindgren, J. (2021). Outcome-based accountability regimes in OECD countries: A global policy model? Comparative Education, 57(3), 301–321.
Hossain, M. (2022). Diffusing “Destandardization” Reforms across Educational Systems in Low- and Middle-Income Countries: The Case of the World Bank, 1965 to 2020. Sociology of Education, 95(4), 320–339.
Kamens, D. H., & McNeely, C. L. (2010). Globalization and the growth of international educational testing and national assessment. Comparative Education Review, 54(1), 5–25.
Meseguer, C. (2004). What Role for Learning? The Diffusion of Privatisation in OECD and Latin American Countries. Journal of Public Policy, 24(3), 299–325.
Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Parcerisa, L. (2019). Constructing School Autonomy with Accountability as a Global Policy Model: A Focus on OECD’s Governance Mechanisms. In C. Ydesen (Ed.), The OECD’s Historical Rise in Education: The Formation of a Global Governing Complex (pp. 219–243). Springer International Publishing.
Unpacking The Influence of Large-Scale Learning Assessments Data on Education Policy Formulation in Argentina and the City of Buenos Aires
Since the turn of the century, data on student learning has played an increasingly prominent role in global education governance. With the proliferation of global indicators and international comparisons, the measurement agenda and data production demands have grown and spread widely in national education systems worldwide. Despite the global adoption of large-scale learning assessments (LSAs) and the growing influence of evidence-based policymaking discourses, the uses that governments make of LSAs data vary widely, being context-sensitive and contingent on political and institutional settings (Verger et al., 2019).
In low-stakes accountability contexts such uses have been less explored. While the literature suggests that LSAs data is influential for agenda setting, and policy monitoring and evaluation, it is less clear the extent to which it is used by governments to inform policy formulation processes (Tobin et al., 2016). Thus, this paper explores whether and how data from LSAs is used by the national government in Argentina and the subnational government in the city of Buenos Aires to inform policy design. The Argentinean case presents a complex political scenario in which the adoption, calibration and retention of learning assessment instruments has been amid federal political interaction (Rodríguez et al., 2018).
Through a qualitative vertical case study, the paper explores to what extent, how and why governments at the national and subnational levels use LSAs data to inform policy formulation (2015-2019) (Barlett & Vavrus, 2014). The empirical strategy relies on document analysis (n=55) and in-depth semi-structured interviews with policymakers (n=20).
Results show that data from national large-scale assessments (NLSAs) was privileged at the national level, and from local large-scale assessments (LLSAs) at the subnational level. Data from cross-national assessments (ILSAs) was used to a lesser extent during policy formulation. Data use encompassed both instrumental and symbolic purposes, while conceptual use was less prominent and linked to other forms of educational evidence, such as qualitative studies (Coburn et al., 2009). The paper provides theoretical insights into the close relationship between the political rationales for legitimating the NLSA and the logic offered for using (or not) its data in policymaking (Addey & Sellar, 2018).
References:
Addey, C., & Sellar, S. (2019). Rationales for (non) participation in international large-scale learning assessments. Education Research and Foresight: UNESCO Working paper.
Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2014). Transversing the Vertical Case Study: A Methodological Approach to Studies of Educational Policy as Practice: Transversing the Vertical Case Study. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 45(2), 131–147. https://doi.org/10.1111/aeq.12055.
Coburn, C. E., Honig, M. I., & Stein, M. K. (2009). What’s the evidence on districts’ use of evidence? In J. D. Bransford, D. J. Stipek, N. J. Vye, L. M. Gomez, & D. Lam (Eds.), The Role of Research in Educational Improvement (pp. 67-86). Harvard Education Press.
Rodríguez, L. R., Vior, S. E., & Más Rocha, S. M. (2018). Las Políticas de Evaluación de la Calidad Educativa en Argentina (2016-2018). Educação & Realidade, 43(4), 1405–1428. https://doi.org/10.1590/2175-623684907.
Tobin, M., Nugroho, D., & Lietz, P. (2016). Large-scale assessments of students’ learning and education policy: Synthesising evidence across world regions. Research Papers in Education, 31(5), 578–594. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2016.1225353.
Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: A political sociology of global education reforms education reforms. Educational Review, 00(00), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2019.1522045
Scalecraft, Scalecreep, and Scalecrunch: School Autonomy as Scalar Politics in Western Australia
School autonomy policies have been cemented as a principal policy direction in state and territory education systems across the Australian federation (Gerrard and Savage 2022). These policies aim to devolve elements of school governance from centralised state bureaucracies to the local school level within publicly funded systems of education.
A notable example is the Independent Public Schools (IPS) initiative, introduced in 2009 in the state of Western Australia (WA). Reflective of decentralising school reforms internationally (Keddie 2016), the IPS involved a suite of policy changes designed to increase flexibility and attune school governance to local needs, such as one-line budgets and the introduction of School Boards (Gerrard and Savage 2022). Over a decade since the IPS was first introduced, more than 80% of all students in WA government schools now attend an IPS school.
Critical policy scholarship regularly positions autonomy reforms as part of a global shift towards neoliberal governance, with a particular focus on marketisation. For instance, Gobby (2016) interprets IPS as promoting neoliberal public service provision, while Fitzgerald et al. (2018) see it as intensifying market competition among schools, creating disparities.
This paper extends critical scholarship, but in a different theoretical register. Rather than engaging in a critique of autonomy as an artefact of neoliberalism or marketisation, we explore the material and discursive underpinnings of the IPS through a conceptual lens centred on scalar politics. Drawing on Papanastasiou's concept of 'scalecraft' (2017), MacKinnon’s (2011) concept of scalar politics, and other critical accounts of scale as a social process (Fraser 2010; Savage, Di Gregorio and Lingard 2022), we frame scale as an epistemological tool in policymaking, used to reshape power and resource distribution.
Our primary argument is that the IPS can be understood as a scalar intervention that rearranged relations between local schools, mid-level bureaucracies, and the central state department of education. Based on a synthesis of policy document analysis and interviews with senior WA policymakers, we show that scale was central to the design and implementation of the IPS and was used to legitimise its impacts.
Building on existing theories of ‘scalecraft’, we make a novel contribution by introducing two new complementary concepts: ‘scalecreep’, which involved the rapid expansion of the IPS beyond the original scope envisioned by its architects; and ‘scalecrunch’, which resulted in the diminishment of the influence of regional-level bureaucrats as the relationship between principals and bureaucrats in the state’s Department of Education was prioritised.
References:
Fitzgerald, S., et al. (2017). Devolution, market dynamics and the Independent Public School Initiative in Western Australia. Journal of Education Policy, 33(5): 662–681.
Fraser, A. 2010. The Craft of Scalar Practices. Environment and Planning A, 42: 332–346.
Gerrard, J., & Savage, G. C. (2022). The governing parent-citizen: dividing and valorising parent labour through school governance, Journal of Education Policy, 37(5): 744-761.
Gobby, B. 2016. “Putting “the system” into a school autonomy reform: The case of the Independent Public Schools program. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 37(1): 16–29.
Keddie, A. (2016). Maintaining the integrity of public education: A comparative analysis of school autonomy in the United States and Australia. Comparative Education Review, 60 (2): 249–270.
MacKinnon, D. (2011). Reconstructing scale: Towards a new scalar politics. Progress in Human Geography, 35(1), 21-36.
Papanastasiou, N. (2017). The practice of scalecraft: Scale, policy and the politics of the market in England’s Academy Schools. Environment and Planning A: Economy and Space, 49(5): 1060–1079.
Savage, G. C., Di Gregorio, E., & Lingard, B. (2022) Practices of scalecraft and the reassembling of political boundaries: the contested nature of national schooling reform in the Australian federation. Policy Studies, 43(5): 962-983.
WITHDRAWN Data Use in Italian Schools: A Qualitative Analysis of Data Use Processes and Attitudes Towards Data Beyond National Assessments
Expectations for schools to use data from a variety of sources to improve the education they offer have been increasing globally (Verger & Skedsmo, 2021). Over time, what data is and means has expanded from only considering standardised national large-scale assessments. In the Italian school autonomy and accountability system, schools’ own analysis and reflection about data both received from central administration and produced locally are expected to be used for didactic and organizational improvement.
In this research, the use by schools of internally and externally produced data of organisational, administrative, assessment, pedagogic nature and beyond is analysed. These include national tests, schools’ self-evaluation reports, grades, teacher observation, demographic data, and more.
Research on data use in the Italian context is particularly limited. Specifically, no research has been conducted following the conceptualization of data going beyond national assessment data. Pastori and Pagani (2016) report a growing trust in the validity of data from national assessments results, but difficulty in making use of it because of time, skills necessary to analyse data, and lack of habit in engaging is such processes.
This research seeks to understand to what extent and how data use processes and routines happen in Italian schools, what facilitates them, what schools consider as data and their attitudes towards it. The paper specifically analyses how school organizational and political context, individual factors, and the accountability system mediate data use, and whether and how data influences pedagogical and organizational decisions in schools.
This study uses data use conceptualisations and frameworks (Coburn and Turner, 2011; Spillane, 2012) to study data use in education in a specific Southern-European low-stakes accountability context. It places emphasis on the use of data for equity purposes (Datnow & Park, 2018), through a conceptual model for critical data-driven decision making (Dodman et al., 2021), and embraces the notion of data-informed decision making rather than data-based decision making (Schildkamp et al., 2019).
Methodologically, this qualitative study uses interviews of principals and teachers in 12 primary and lower-secondary schools, selected to guarantee variety of socio-economic context, in the city of Rome.
Expected results include limited structured use of data, positive attitudes regarding conceptualization of data beyond national assessment results, organizational and data literacy barriers for data use. It is also anticipated that ideas of data use include data use to increase equity, but that processes for this to happen may not be structured or systematically present.
References:
Coburn, C. E., & Turner, E. O. (2011). Research on data use: A framework and analysis. Measurement: Interdisciplinary Research & Perspective, 9(4), 173-206.
Datnow, A., & Park, V. (2018). Opening or closing doors for students? Equity and data use in schools. Journal of Educational Change, 19, 131-152.
Dodman, S. L., Swalwell, K., DeMulder, E. K., View, J. L., & Stribling, S. M. (2021). Critical data-driven decision making: A conceptual model of data use for equity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 99, 103272.
Pastori, G., & Pagani, V. (2016). Cosa pensate dei test INVALSI? Dirigenti scolastici, insegnanti e studenti provenienti dalla Lombardia descrivono la loro esperienza. Journal of Educational, Cultural and Psychological Studies, 2016(13), 97–117.
Schildkamp, K., Poortman, C. L., Ebbeler, J., & Pieters, J. M. (2019). How school leaders can build effective data teams: Five building blocks for a new wave of data-informed decision making. Journal of educational change, 20, 283-325.
Spillane, J. P. (2012). Data in practice: Conceptualizing the data-based decision-making phenomena. American Journal of Education, 118(2), 113-141.
Verger, A. & Skedsmo, G. (2021). Enacting accountability in education: exploring new policy contexts and theoretical elaborations. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 33(3), 391-402.
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 23 SES 07 B: Adult Education and VET Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Nanna Ramsing Enemark Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Education Policymaking, Practice and Research in Adult Literacy in Ireland Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:This paper will explore the relationship between education policymaking, practice and research in the field of adult literacy in Ireland. It draws on our involvement in a series of research reports completed for the national adult literacy and Further Education and Training (FET) services in Ireland between 2018-2022. Each research project was conducted on a national scale, intending to capture literacy practice in their respective areas of family literacy, numeracy, inclusion of adult learners with intellectual disabilities, and inclusion of adult literacy across FET. This represented a very active period by the national statutory agencies in researching the evidence base of adult literacy to inform governmental strategic planning. It aimed to provide an evidence-base for literacy education to inform emergent policies, in a manner that consulted with and gave voice to the experiences of staff and students at multiple levels, types and sites of adult literacy provision in Ireland. The findings were written and presented as research reports, before being translated into a series of policy briefing papers (NALA, 2022) and forming part of the evidence-base for consultation process for the first National Adult Literacy for Life Strategy, 2021 in Ireland. This paper explores how the socio-cultural and political context of this research influenced how it was able to relate to and influence policy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is based on a series of research reports completed for the national adult literacy and Further Education and Training (FET) services in Ireland between 2018-2022. Four research projects were conducted on a national scale, intending to capture literacy practice and experiences in their respective areas of family literacy, numeracy, inclusion of adult learners with intellectual disabilities, and inclusion of literacy across FET (SOLAS, 2020, 2021a, 2021c, ALOA, 2022). They were based on a mixed methods approach, combined desk research with a national quantitative survey of literacy provision, and a series of qualitative engagements through case studies, interviews with literacy staff and students, focus groups and workshops. In a second wave of analysis, these four research reports were analysed using critical discourse analysis (Fairclough, 1995) identified key discursive themes which were written into a series of 6 policy briefing papers on adult literacy. This presentation considers the impact of both of these stages of research and analysis as forms of research attempting to engage with and influence policy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research emerged in a sociopolitical context of the uncertainty of a global recession which facilitated a deep pessimism to enter Irish public discourses about the unaffordability of public services. This context enabled the embedding of performance management as a mode of regulation across Irish public services (Lynch et al., 2012; Dukelow and Murphy, 2018). This shift from governing to governance echo similar changes occurring across Europe and internationally where the OECD-influenced ‘human capital’ approach and political project of neoliberalism resulted in systemic reforms with greater levels of performance measurement across all sectors in line with EU and national priorities (Clarke et al. 2000; Tett and Hamilton, 2019). This resulted in adult literacy practices being tied more closely to the performance imperatives of national FET policies, similar to what had happened in the UK with the Education Reform Act in 1988 and the Further and Higher Education Act of 1992. The research reveal the deeply pervasive impact of this in placing a stream of constant demands on staff and students to engage with performativity demands, to give data and voice about their experiences, but with little direct influence or sense of determination. They speak of the invisibility of their learning relationships, the learner-centred responsive pedagogy, and impact on learners’ lives and communities which are not recognised by this performativity drive. This research attempts to intervene through research activities in this process, making visible the learner-centred and relational aspects of adult literacy and engaging directly to de-construct barriers to and make accessible the production of scholarly research to influence decision-making and policy processes. The multiple flows of power and different political pressures evident throughout these mechanisms of policy engagement will be considered, critically reflecting on how scholarly research can engage with public policy to support a more social just education system. References ALOA (2022) Inclusion of Adult Literacy Support in Further Education and Training in Ireland: A Research Report. Technical Report. Adult Literacy Organisers Association. Clarke, J., Gewitz, S. and E. McLaughlin (2000) (eds) New Managerialism New Welfare? (Sage: London) Dukelow, F. and M. Murphy (eds) (2018) New Managerialism as a Political Project in Irish Education. Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan. Fairclough N. (1995) Critical Discourse Analysis. London: Longman Lynch, K., Grummell, B. and Devine, D. (2012) New Managerialism in Education: Commercialization, Carelessness and Gender. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan NALA (2022) Briefing papers to support inclusion in the Adult Literacy Services. NALA: Dublin. https://www.nala.ie/publications/briefing-papers/ SOLAS (2020) Enabling Intergenerational Learning: Background Report on Family Literacy Practices in Irish Education and Training Boards (ETBs). Available from: https://www.nala.ie/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Enabling-Intergenerational-Learning-Background-report-on-family-literacy-practices-in-Irish-ETBs-2020.pdf SOLAS (2021a) Development of Good Practice Guidelines for Integrated and Standalone Numeracy Provision for Adults at Levels 1–3. https://www.nala.ie/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/15341_SOLAS_Numeracy_Report_Web_07092021.pdf SOLAS (2021b) Adult Literacy for Life: A 10–Year Adult Literacy, Numeracy and Digital Literacy Strategy. Available from: https://www.solas.ie/f/70398/x/b78324692b/15607_all_strategy_web.pdf SOLAS (2021c) Inclusion of people with intellectual disabilities in Adult Literacy Services: Research Report. implementation-of-guidelines-on-the-inclusion-learners-background-research-report-2021.pdf Tett, L. and M. Hamilton (2019). Resisting Neoliberalism in Education: local, national and transnational perspectives. Policy Press 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Enacting a Combination of Schooling and Prolonged Internships for Grades 7 Through 9: A Local Solution to European Issues? Centre for Education Policy Research, Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Much like other European countries (Assmann & Broschinski, 2021), Denmark has a sizeable group of young people that are neither in education, employment, or training (NEET) (Statistics Denmark, 2023). Denmark simultaneously identifies a lack of vocational professionals resulting in a looming threat of decreased growth (Aarkrog, 2020). At the same time the upper secondary schools struggle with a lack of motivation among students and school refusal (Pless & Katznelson, 2019). These issues became politically intertwined in 2023 as the Minister of Education, Mattias Tesfaye, proposed to make the comprehensive public school more practical and vocationally oriented (Tesfaye, 2023). The proposal was argued to lead to an educational system better accommodating students than is the case today and thus create a more secure future for the individual (Tesfaye, 2023). One of the initiatives in the proposal is the introduction of junior apprenticeships. A junior apprenticeship offers students from grade 7 to 9[1] a reduced school schedule and instead combine school with an internship at a company. The hypothesis is that it will contribute to less school refusal, decrease the risk of students leaving their 9th grade examinations without plans for further education, and simultaneously prepare students for the future and further education. In this sense, the national proposal seeks to address broader European concerns (Rasmussen & Juul, 2020; Eleveld, Bazzani, De Le Cour & Staszewska, 2022). Hjørring Municipality has locally experimented with a similar initiative they call prolonged internship for the past four years. The prolonged internship entails students in grade 7 through 9 being able to have as little as an afternoon and as much as multiple days a week where they instead of school go to a local company. The initiative is part of a broader policy in Hjørring Municipality labelled the “Youth Guarantee” (Friche, Enemark & Ydesen, 2021). The policy aims to ensure people under the age of 30 in the municipality avoid a position without education, employment, or training. Hence, it is akin to the European Youth Guarantee (Tosun et al, 2019), but crucially establishes a collaboration between employment and education already at the lower secondary education level. The Hjørring Municipality policy has a constellation of partners from education institutions, the bureaucracy, and companies that guarantee they will take responsibility for young people and helping them on their way (Bolvig, Jeppesen, Kleif, Østergaard, Iversen, Broch-Lips, Jensen and Thodsen, 2019). The prolonged internship is one of the initiatives the partners collaborate on. The aim is, similarly to the recent proposal at the national level, to offer a break from students’ everyday school life, increase students’ motivation, and establish a more secure and certain path for the future at an individual level (Hjørring Municipality, 2023). This paper therefore takes up the prolonged internship to explore if this is a suitable measure and how this local policy can potentially mitigate national and European issues. The paper is guided by the question: “How are prolonged internships in a Danish municipality enacted and what potential does it have to mitigate European issues in education and employment?”. The paper relies on focus group interviews with students, parents, companies, and the relevant staff surrounding them and explores the question through the concept of policy enactment as an analytical lens. [1] In the Danish education system tracking occurs quite late in students’ schooling career, namely following the 9th grade final examinations. This has been the norm since 1975 where the comprehensive public school was unified and means grades 8 and 9 primarily are when students must consider their future education trajectory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper applies policy enactment theory as an analytical lens (Ball, Maguire, Braun & Hoskins, 2011; Braun, Ball, Maguire & Hoskins, 2011). This stems from a recognition that it is insufficient to reduce policy to the implementation’s adherence to policy, but rather grasping that policy is made and remade in social interactions, namely when policy is interpretated, translated, and enacted. Those with policy in their hands therefore become policy actors and are charged with the process of interpreting policy and translating it to their context, which means policy actors include teachers and other staff in and around the schools explored in the paper. However, we also conceptualize students and their parents as being policy actors in the enactment because they participate in the negotiations of how the policy of prolonged internships unfold (Bosseldal, Blennow & Malmström, 2022). Hence, the paper focuses less on the formal intentions of the policy on prolonged internships, but instead on how prolonged internships are translated and enacted in the municipality as well as which issues are potentially mitigated as a result. This lens enables us to explore how local policy is changed, adapted to local contexts and the individual student, in addition to recognizing the agency of all actors involved. The paper relies on extensive interview material, namely 68 focus group interviews with a range of actors. These interviews have been collected as a part of a larger longitudinal project, where we have explored the Hjørring Municipality Youth Guarantee, albeit this paper will exclusively focus on the theme of prolonged internships. The interviews used in this paper have been conducted from 2020 through 2023 with a diverse group of actors involved in the prolonged internship initiative, namely teachers, guidance counselors, school leaders, companies, parents, and students. The transcribed interviews have been thematically coded in Nvivo, where we have focused on how prolonged internships are respectively translated and enacted. We do this to further explore which issues the internships mitigate. The analysis is therefore structured by an initial part focusing on translation followed by a part focusing on the enactment. This leads to a discussion concerning the mitigation of local, but also the potential national and European, issues. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes of the paper revolve around how the prolonged internships as an element of the Youth Guarantee policy is translated and enacted in the institutional school context, and how insights from this local experiment can serve to inform educational research and policy at the national as well as the European level. We aim to highlight the educational political dilemmas and barriers inherent in the initiative, where the policy contains local-political aims but simultaneously seeks to be beneficial for the individual student and their future educational aspirations and path. Namely the dilemma of wanting to offer the students flexible education solutions suiting their needs and local context, while simultaneously closing off opportunities for certain educations in the broader Danish education system. The paper seeks to contribute to discussions about policymaking at different levels, bottom-up policy development, how different policy actors receive, perceive, and use policy to achieve their personal and professional objectives, and how equitable education is recoded and offered as solutions to perceived national issues within education. References Aarkrog, V. (2020). The standing and status of vocational education and training in Denmark. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 72(2), 170–188. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1717586 Assmann, M.-L., & Broschinski, S. (2021). Mapping Young NEETs Across Europe: Exploring the Institutional Configurations Promoting Youth Disengagement from Education and Employment. Journal of Applied Youth Studies, 4(2), 95–117. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43151-021-00040-w Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., Braun, A., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Policy subjects and policy actors in schools: some necessary but insufficient analyses. Discourse, 32(4), 611–624. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601564 Bosseldal, I., Blennow, K., & Malmström, M. (2022). Students as Policy Actors: the Student Perspective in the Establishment Process of a New School. Paper presented at ECER. Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse, 32(4), 585–596. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601555 Eleveld, A., Bazzani, T., De Le Cour, A., & Staszewska, E. (2022). Implementation of the European Youth Guarantee and the Right to Work: A Comparative Analysis of Traineeship Programmes Under the EU Active Labour Market Policy. The International Journal of Comparative Labour Law and Industrial Relations, 38(Issue 3), 269–298. https://doi.org/10.54648/IJCL2022013 Friche, N., Enemark, N. R. and Ydesen, C. (2021). Guaranteeing positive destinations for youth in a Danish municipality: the transfer, translation, and transformation of a policy instrument. European Educational Research Journal. Hjørring Municipality. (2023). The Youth Guarantee. Available at https://www.ungegarantien.dk (accessed January 25, 2023). Juul, T. M. (2018). The ”safe” choice in an uncertain future: A sociological analysis of young people’s motives for choosing upper secondary degree. Aalborg Universitetsforlag. Kleif, H. B. (2021). The Temporality of Being NEET: A Longitudinal Study of NEET Occurrences among Young Adults in Denmark. Young, 29(3), 217–235. https://doi.org/10.1177/1103308820945098 Pless, M., & Katznelson, N. (2019). New Insights into Young Peoples' Motivation in Lower Secondary Education in Denmark. Qualitative Research in Education, 8(1), 60-88. https://doi.org/10.17583/qre.2019.3946 Rasmussen, P., & Juul, T. M. (2020). The Danish Response to Youth Guarantee. In Europe’s Lifelong Learning Markets, Governance and Policy (pp. 369–392). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-38069-4_16 Statistics Denmark. (2023). Statistics Bank – Active and non-active in 2021. Tesfaye, M. (2023). Det boglige og det praktiske går hånd i hånd [the academic and the practical go hand in hand]. Børsen 23/11/2023. https://borsen.dk/nyheder/opinion/det-boglige-og-det-praktiske-gaar-haand-i-haand Tosun J, Treib O and De Francesco F (2019) The impact of the European Youth Guarantee on active labour market policies: A convergence analysis. International Journal of Social Welfare 28: 358–368. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijsw.12375. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 23 SES 07 C: Education in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: David Hastie Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Denying the Market and Hiding School Segregation: Church Elites and Faith Schools in the Context of Hungarian Religious Populism HUN-REN Centre for Social Sciences, Hungary Presenting Author:The social reforms of Hungary’s right-wing populist government have fundamentally reconfigured social and class relations (Geva 2021; Stubbs and Lendvai-Bainton 2020). Education has been a key area for building a new order in society. The government crafted an education policy discourse centering on educating a Christian nation (Neumann, 2023) and, offering favorable financial and legal conditions, invited allied Christian churches to take a greater part in education and welfare service provision. Subsequently, the share of denominational institutions has significantly increased at all educational levels, resulting in the increasing pillarization and social segregationof local educational spaces. Arguably, the churchification of education and welfare (Fodor, 2022) is a form of attenuated governance (Hackett, 2020) in the sense that the symbolic and material support offered to allied/co-opted churches distances the government from contentious policy goals, most importantly, the pacification of rural spaces through consolidating racial segregation and institutional racism (Merry, 2014). In conversation with the literature on the role of faith schools in contemporary European educational markets (Hemming&Roberts, 2017), the presentation focuses on the effects of authoritarian-conservative education policies and policy discourse “on the ground” (Apple, 2001). Based on three town-level case studies about the discoursive strategies of local and regional church elites, the analysis explores the restructuring of local education markets and its impact on producing and solidifying inequalities and exacerbating social divisions surrounding race and class (Allen and West, 2011; Apple, 2001; Jackson, 2003). Neo-conservative education governments have had a controversial relationship with neoliberalism (Apple, 2004; Exley&Ball, 2011). While the churchification of education is a form of privatization, the government discourse frame church-state relations as a “strategic alliance” and presents faith schools as a primary scene for socializing good Hungarians. Official policy discourses heavily draw on Christian church discourses about the importance of value-based socialization (Neumann, 2023). Rejecting market discourses, education policy-makers contend that schooling should be a “shared responsibility” and denounce former socialist-liberal governments for approaching education as a market and commodity (Neumann, 2023). The study found that while the representatives of the local state and its secular institutions describe the churchification process as the amplification of market forces, consumer choice, and school segregation locally, denominational actors distance themselves from the competition discourse, and instead, argue that high professionalism and moral integrity offers a niche that attracts families following similar values. Furthermore, they argue, that the moral integrity and smaller school size offer a family feel (Hemmings&Roberts, 2017), “safety and stability”, and ensure better student behaviour (Butler and Hamnett, 2012) compared to secular schools. At the same time, the strategy of cultural imperialism (Grace, 2015), opening up faith schools to the wider public, results in an evangelization approach that does not aim to impose religion onto anyone but instead offers it as an opportunity to explore. Thus, religion is treated situationally and strategically: religious stakeholders expect “openness” and “cooperation” from the families and the teachers, while they also emphasize being “open” to anyone who is willing to endorse religious school practices. In the context of the church-friendly state politics and funding, faith schools have become the synonyms of well-resourced, high-quality education in the eyes of the local elites. While secular stakeholders often point out the segregation effects of the expanding faith school system and the attenuated governance strategy which refrains from coordinating and regulating the distribution of students, faith school stakeholders defend their almost-all-white schools by pointing to token Roma students and blame disadvantaged families for self-segregation and for failing to comply with school entrance expectations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material for the study was collected in three Hungarian small towns (of 12-14000) where local school markets have been significantly restructured over the last 14 years, and several former municipal-run, secular educational institutions were transferred to church maintenance. The towns represent a geographic and socio-economic variety (including the presence of Roma minority) and were sampled in a way to characterize different levels of religiosity. Between 2020 and 2023, I conducted 41 semi-structured interviews with local stakeholders (regional and local church elites, town leadership, heads of educational institutions, and heads of school districts) and with about 20 parents. The current analysis will mainly rely on interviews with the regional and local religious elites and heads of denominational institutions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis interprets the churchification of education as a form of co-optation and attenuated governance: the Hungarian populist government, which labels itself as “Christian Democratic”, has gained symbolic and moral legitimation from co-opting the churches, while it also achieved contentious political goals, and successfully hid the role of the state in facilitating educational segregation and institutional racism. Concurrently, local church elites have taken advantage of the new opportunities, in the context of decreasing religiosity, taking over institutions provided means to expand their public roles and local power. The religious discourses of cultural imperialism (the discourse of evangelization, value-based education, the trade-off between openness and the expectation of cooperation) and the denial of market forces are part of a discoursive framing that hide the segregation effects of this institutional expansion. In the studied localities, education policy debates are highly politicized and school choices closely follow and consolidate political cleavages. Choosing a faith-based educational institution means approving Fidesz’s conservative populist regime. Therefore, the attenuated governance strategy of churchification not only solidifies social segregation and boundaries within the local communities but also renders the education system a battlefield for (future) voters, where school choice also means endorsing or rejecting authoritarian populist politics. Thus, the transformation of local school systems highlights the effects of populist politics on the ground. The case has wider implications across Europe and European education given the growing strength, political and policy influence of populist movements and ideologies. References Allen, Rebecca, and Anne West. 2011. “Why Do Faith Secondary Schools Have Advantaged Intakes? The Relative Importance of Neighbourhood Characteristics, Social Background and Religious Identity amongst Parents.” British Educational Research Journal 37 (4): 691–712. Apple, M. W. (2001). Educating the “right” way: Markets, standards, God, and inequality. New York: Routledge Apple, M. W. (2004). Creating Difference: Neo-Liberalism, Neo-Conservatism and the Politics of Educational Reform. Educational Policy, 18(1), 12-44. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904803260022 Butler, Tim, and Chris Hamnett. 2012. “Praying for Success? Faith Schools and School Choice in East London.” Geoforum 43 (6): 1242–1253 Exley S, Ball SJ (2011) Something old, something new: understanding Conservative education policy, cited. In: Bochel H (ed), The Conservative Party and Social Policy. Bristol: Policy Press. Fodor, É. (2022) The Gender-regime of Anti-Liberal Hungary. Palgrave Macmillan. Geva, D. (2021) ‘Orbán’s Ordonationalism as Post-Neoliberal Hegemony’, Theory, Culture & Society, 38(6): 71–93. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276421999435 Hackett, U. 2020. America’s voucher politics. How elites learned to hide the state. Cambridge University Press. Peter J. Hemming & Christopher Roberts (2017): Church schools, educational markets and the rural idyll, British Journal of Sociology of Education, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2017.1351868 Jackson, Robert. 2003. “Should the State Fund Faith-Based Schools? A Review of the Arguments.” British Journal of Religious Education 25 (2): 89–102. Michael S. Merry (2015) The conundrum of religious schools in twenty-firstcentury Europe, Comparative Education, 51:1, 133-156, DOI: 10.1080/03050068.2014.935582 Neumann, E. (2023) Education for a Christian nation: Religion and nationalism in the Hungarian education policy discourse. European Educational Research Journal, 22(5), 646-665. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211072691 Stubbs, Paul, and Noemi Lendvai-Bainton. 2020. “Authoritarian Neoliberalism, Radical Conservatism and Social Policy within the European Union: Croatia, Hungary and Poland.” Development and Change 51 (2): 540–560. https://doi.org/10.1111/dech.12565 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper No Time for Citizenship Education. Leading Citizenship Education in an Accountability School System U. Católica Silva Henriquez, Chile Presenting Author:This multi-case study in six Chilean secondary schools explores the challenges for leaders and schools in an area that has gained relevance in the national and international context due to a growingly diverse student body, and social movements that bring controversial issues to the forefront: the implementation of Citizenship Education to promote student civic involvement, in an increasingly commercialized and results oriented educational system. It uses the lens of Ethical Leadership, associated with the fulfilment of the moral imperative of education, and aims to answer how citizenship education takes place in different types of schools in Chile, exploring how managerial grammar, through the instruments of planning, accountability, and evaluation, shapes the discourses and practices of Citizenship Education. Current transformations of the educational system under neoliberal and managerial logic make it difficult for citizenship education to be a priority at schools worldwide. In Chile, there is a contradiction between de integral development of students proposed by the Law of Education and the mechanisms that educational policy establishes for planning and assessment of schools and teachers. This results in less and less time devoted to citizenship education, promoting individual success over collective learning. Law 20.911 (2016) established that each school must have an annual Citizenship Education Plan, a tool to register actions related to citizenship education, prioritising this area and making it more visible at schools. But the initial evaluation of these plans revealed that 30% of schools did not have citizenship education actions and that there was little relationship between schools and their communities (PNUD, 2018). This study aims to further explore how this educational policy is being signified by schools, directives and teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This multi-case study used an ethnographic approach, including observations, interviews and document analysis, to explore the discourses and practices of students, teachers and principals about citizenship and citizenship education in six Chilean schools at the high school level. Ethnographic techniques were used to achieve an in-depth immersion in each of the research sites. Ethnographic approaches are conducted in natural or authentic contexts, through a prolonged involvement with the participants that allows building a relationship and trust; they aim at an in-depth understanding of the contexts, without seeking to generalize (Willis, 2007); and they allow revealing the connections between different layers involved in public policies, understanding how they are recontextualized, appropriated and negotiated (Cassels, 2011). The field sites of this research correspond to a convenience sample, which sought to represent the diversity of educational establishments in Chile, including schools of different administrative dependencies, educational modality, region and rural/urban location. Fieldwork was conducted during two school years, visiting the six schools, observing classes, extracurricular programming, meetings, interactions in hallways, playgrounds, cafeterias and teachers' lounges, celebrations, civic acts and other events. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with school principals, inspectors, academic coordinators, teachers and students. Documents of each school were reviewed, including the Mission and Vision, coexistence regulations, websites, curriculum, educational project, planning, and evaluations, among others. The qualitative analysis program NVivo was used to code the documents and interviews, and to identify themes and discursive patterns in the data (Rubin, & Rubin, 2012), using tools from Critical Discourse Analysis (Fairclough, 2003), which views discourse as a site of power struggles, manifesting particular ideologies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results reveal how the emphasis on accountability and performance in schools limits citizenship education, with teachers in different schools experiencing strong pressures to cover the mandatory curriculum, in a context of standardized tests with high consequences. It is also evident how these logics have permeated students' own subjectivity, installing the orientation to individual success and competition. However, resistance to such logics was also identified, with spaces in which the teaching and practice of citizenship emerged despite the constraints of the school context, allowing the promotion of a democratic culture, the critical thinking of students and their empowerment as citizens. The limited FC taking place in schools contrasted with the grandiloquent discourses on citizenship present in the Ministry of Education's guidelines and the schools' missions, being possible to identify a gap between citizenship education discourse and practice. These pressures also made it difficult to think of a transversal citizenship education, since faculty gave priority to the contents of their own subjects, with the possibility of exercising ethical leadership in jeopardy, since the moral sense of education was not seen as a central part of the teaching work. It is concluded that the educational policies and instruments of Citizenship Education are approached mostly as the fulfilment of an obligation, outlining possible routes for an ethical leadership of Citizenship Education. References Cassels, D. (2011). Critical discourse analysis and the ethnography of language policy. Critical Discourse Studies, 8(4), 267-279. Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge. Fullan, M. (2003). The moral imperative of school leadership. Corwin Press.. Giles, D. & Cuéllar, C. (2016). Liderazgo ético: una forma moral de “ser en” el liderazgo. En J. Weinstein (Ed.), Liderazgo Educativo en la Escuela. Nueve Miradas, 121-154. Ediciones UDP. Jara, C. (2021). Liderazgo escolar y formación ciudadana. Universidad Diego Portales. Langlois, L. (2011). The anatomy of ethical leadership. AU Press. Ministerio de Educación (2016). Orientaciones para la Elaboración del Plan de Formación Ciudadana. Santiago, Chile. Ministerio de Educación (2017). Ley 21.040 Crea el Sistema de Educación Pública. Biblioteca Nacional del Congreso, Chile. Ministerio de Educación (2022). Plan de Formación Ciudadana. Orientaciones para su elaboración y revisión. División Educación General. Ramírez, L., Baleriola, E., Sisto, V., López, V. & Aguilera, F. (2021). La managerialización del aula. Currículo sem Fronteiras, 20(3), 950-970. PNUD (2018). Estudio sobre la puesta en marcha del Plan de Formación Ciudadana. Santiago de Chile, Programa de las Naciones Unidas para el Desarrollo. PNUD. (2021). 12 claves para fortalecer la educación ciudadana en Chile. Santiago de Chile, Programa de las Naciones Unidas para el Desarrollo. Reyes, L., Campos, J., Osandón, L., & Muñoz, C. (2013). El profesorado y su rol en la formación de los nuevos ciudadanos. Estudios Pedagógicos, 39, 217-237. Sisto, V., Ramírez, L., Núñez, L. & López, A. (2021). La ética de lo público y la impertinencia del managerialismo como modelo de organización del trabajo en tiempos de crisis. Psicoperspectivas, 20(3), 1-12. Solorzano, P. (2019). Una experiencia de asesoría en la instalación de los planes de formación ciudadana (Ley 20.911). Foro Educacional, 32, 53-66. Weinstein, J. (2016). Introducción. En J. Weinstein (Ed.), Liderazgo Educativo en la Escuela, 9-18. Ediciones UDP. Willis, J. (2007). Foundations of Qualitative Inquiry. Sage Publications. Zúñiga, C. G., Ojeda, P., Neira, P., Cortés, T., & Morel, M. J. (2020). Entre la imposición y la necesidad: Implementación del Plan de Formación Ciudadana en escuelas chilenas. Calidad en la Educación, 52, 135–169. Zúñiga, C. G., Ojeda, P., Neira, P., Cortés, T., & Morel, M. J. (2020). Entre la imposición y la necesidad: Implementación del Plan de Formación Ciudadana en escuelas chilenas. Calidad en la Educación, 52, 135–169. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper School Choice in Europe and Australia: Hard Drivers, Soft Parents, and the Ambiguous Role of Religion Alphacrucis University College, Australia Presenting Author:Research questions: How can the existing methodologies examining the phenomena of school choice be augmented to more effectively examine parent choice factors? What methodologies and approaches are available from the European context to examine the school choice in the Australian context, and how does the Australian context inform research into the European sphere? Why are Australian parents enrolling their children in non-government religious schools in such high volumes, and what are the social and political impacts, and likely impacts drawing from understanding the European experience? Description Research into school choice has been prolific in recent years, including studies of European school choice. (Agasisti, 2023; Maranto and Shakeel, 2021; Mohme, 2017; Maussen and Bader, 2015; Agasisti, Barbieri, and Murtinu, 2015; Melo, 2013; European Court of Human Rights, 2011). However. researching the of issue of school choice in general, and religion in school choice in particular, needs further methodological frames to effectively gather data from a key sample: parents. One of the primary methods for researching this topic has been political economy approaches, connected to school reform research movements. These have been driven both by critical theory approaches (Verger, Fontdevila and Zancajo, 2016; Rizvi and Lingard, 2010), and neoliberal approaches (Agasisti, 2023; Agasisti, Barbieri, and Murtinu, 2015). The focus on political economy, and ‘Hard drivers’ rather than ‘Ideation’ factors, and ‘external’ rather than ‘internal’ factors, (Verger, Fontdevila, and Zancajo, 2016) have tended to underrepresent the complex and difficult to obtain field of parent choice factors. This is particularly relevant to the role of religion, leading in turn to less coherent theories and methods for gathering and analyzing parent data in the school choice debates. The unique Australian context provides a lively comparative case for examining school choice, particularly with reference to global factors and the European experience. According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics, in 2022 total Australia non-government school enrolments were 35.6%, k-12; at the secondary level, just over 40% of enrolments were in non-government schools (ABS, 2022). By comparison, the OECD average non-government proportion of schools in a national education system is 18%. Australia ranks third highest compared to other Western nations for non-government school enrolments, over 90% being Christian- affiliated, but with a rising Islamic school population (OECD, 2018). These statistics, however, seem divergent from the dominant educational narrative of centralized state education still prevailing as normative amongst both politicians and sub-policy ‘heterarchies’. (Jessop, 1998; Ball, 2012). The clash between actual enrolment trends and the older normative discourse is causing considerable political and public energy and friction, a debate in which the author has played a public part in both media and policy. One of the key drivers of these enrolment trends is parent choice. This paper surveys a range of European nations’ approaches to school choice, including religion, using a political economy model (Verger, Fontdevila and Zancajo, 2016), and the paradigms of ‘hard drivers’ vs ‘ideation’/ ‘External’ vs ‘Internal’, but also adding the 'hard driver' of organizational theory to the suite of paradigms to examine the influence of agile structures of non-government schools (Bush, 2015). Choice reasons are then explored from parent perspectives, based on survey samples drawn from 3 recent studies (n=12,095), including the author’s own earlier unpublished study of parents at Anglican schools (n=3500) (Hastie, 2022; Christian Schools Australia, 2023; Independent Schools Queensland, 2021). Hence the broader field of school choice studies is augmented with three additional ‘Ideation’ elements: ‘choice architecture’ from behavioural economics (Madrian, 2014; Thaler, Sunstein and Balz, 2013), Moral Foundations Theory (Haight, 2006; 2007), and Pneumatological Imagination (PI) as a mode of examining complex personal religious motivations of parents (Yong. 2017).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Cultural Political Economic Framework (Verger, Fontdevila and Zancajo, 2016) 'Choice architecture’ methodology (Madrian, 2014; Thaler, Sunstein and Balz, 2013), Moral Foundations Theory (Haight, 2006; 2007) Bush's 'four pillars' of organizational leadership (Bush, 2015) Pneumatological Imagination Theory (PI) as a mode of examining religious motivations (Yong. 2017). Heterarchies studies (organizational forms located between hierarchical structures and market exchanges and resulting in structures and relationships of governance outside of but in relation to the state [Jessop, 1998; Ball, 2012), and sub policy analysis (Sabatier, 1999) Explanatory sequence design mixed method, case selection variant (Creswell and Clark 2018:82): Large scale convenience sampling of parent perspectives, based on survey samples drawn from 3 recent studies (n=12,095), including the author’s own earlier unpublished study of parents at Anglican schools (n=3500) (Hastie, 2022; Christian Schools Australia, 2023; Independent Schools Queensland, 2021). The study expands in the next 6 months to include further surveying, and an array of case selection variant interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper concludes that researching the of issue of school choice in general, and religion in school choice in particular, needs further methodological frames to effectively gather parent data: several of these are explored and proposed. The paper concludes that the Australian education policy space needs several of the developed approaches to examining school choice already developed in the European context. The paper demonstrates that religion is a relatively ambiguous factor in Australian school choice, nested amongst six other key drivers. The broader study expects to find - amongst other factors- a growing connection between religious school choice and fear of progressive social policies amongst secular parents, as well as a religious schools as sites of a new fusion of capitalist agency and religiosity, with untested and far reaching consequences for education and society. References Agasisti, T., Barbieri, G., and Murtinu, S. (2015). Private school enrolment in an Italian region after implementing a change in the voucher policy. Journal of School Choice, 9(3), 380–406. Agasisti, T., Queiroz, R., Melo, E. and Maranto, R. (2023). School choice in Europe. Journal of School Choice, 17:1, 1-9, DOI: 10.1080/15582159.2023.2169808 Bush, T. (2015) Organization theory in education: How does it inform school leadership? Journal of Organizational Theory in Education, 1 (1). pp. 35-47. Creswell, J., and Plano Clarke, V. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed method research. Sage. London European Court of Human Rights (2011). CASE OF LAUTSI AND OTHERS v. ITALY (Application no. 30814/06). Judgment. Strasbourg. 18 March European Education and Culture Executive Agency (2020). Equity in school education in Europe. Structures, policies and student performance. Eu Publications. European Union. Madrian, B. C. (2014). Applying insights from behavioural economics to policy design. Annual Review of Economics, 19. Maranto, R., and Shakeel, M. D. (editors). (2021). Educating believers: Religion and school choice. New York: Routledge. Maussen, M., and Bader, V. (2015). Religious schools in Europe: Institutional opportunities and contemporary challenges. Comparative Education. Vol. 51, No. 1, February 2015, Special Issue (50) Melo, R. (2013). Relations between Catholic schools funded by the state and the national educational inspectorate in Portugal—freedom of education with state funding. Journal of School Choice, 7(3), 312–333 Mohme, G. (2017). Somali swedes’ reasons for choosing a Muslim-profiled school—recognition and educational ambitions as important influencing factors. Journal of School Choice, 11(2), 239–257 OECD (2020). PISA 2018 results (Volume V): Effective policies, successful schools, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris Rizvi, Fazal and Lingard, Bob. (2010). Globalizing Education Policy. New York. Routledge. Thaler, R. H., Sunstein, C. R., and Balz, J. P. (2013). Choice architecture. In E. Shafir (editor), The behavioral foundations of public policy. pp. 428-439. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Agasisti, T., Queiroz, R., Melo, E. and Maranto, R. (2023). School choice in Europe. Journal of School Choice, 17:1, 1-9, DOI: 10.1080/15582159.2023.2169808 Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Zancajo, A. (2016). The privatization of education: A political economy of global education reform. New York: Teachers College Press Yong, A. (2017). The hermeneutical spirit: Theological interpretation and scriptural imagination for the 21st Century. Eugene, Oregon. Cascade. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 25 SES 07 A: Special Call Session 2: Children’s rights in a time of instability and crisis – the role of education Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ioanna Palaiologou Special Call Session Part 2/2, continued from 25 SES 06 A |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Mobilizations of Transgender Students' Rights Discourses as a Wedge Issue in International Far-Right Authoritarian Movements University of Alberta, Canada Presenting Author:Topic: Transgender children’s rights discourses in international authoritarian movements Research question: How are debates over transgender children’s rights in education deployed by far-right authoritarian movements? Background: In recent years, the conflict over the rights of transgender children and youth has moved from a relatively niche debate largely confined to sexual and gender minority advocates, parents of transgender minors, medical practitioners, education and child welfare workers, and religious groups to prominent battles waged on the front pages of major newspapers, television documentaries on major networks, social media sites, the floors of legislatures, and the streets of many cities. Education has become a flashpoint, with the rights of transgender students debated in every aspect of schooling: policy, curricula, pedagogy, school leadership, comprehensive school health, infrastructure, and extracurricular activities. Primarily, the debate has centred on the needs and interests of transgender students, which have often been set up as conflicting with the needs and interests of other students, parents, and even transgender children themselves. However, the battle over the rights of transgender students has implications for democracy and human rights beyond the rights of a specific child population or even balancing the rights of some children against those of other children. This paper examines how transgender students have become an early target in a larger effort to undermine the rights of all children and an instrument in the international movement to destabilize democratic systems of governance and establish (or re-establish) authoritarian regimes that threaten human rights, peace, and international efforts on threats such as climate change and biodiversity loss. While much international attention has centred on the context of the United States and the United Kingdom, these rights discourses are not limited to one country; while they are locally inflected, they connect to a broader international social movement network on the far right, spreading through both mainstream and alternative media as well as social media sites. Currently, 31 European countries have anti-discrimination laws protecting sexual and gender minorities that affect education (UNESCO, 2023); however, various local policy contexts may shape how these laws are applied when it comes to minors and only 21 countries have strategies to address school-based bullying and discrimination against sexual and gender minority students. Legislative and policy debates are also taking place across Australia, New Zealand, and Canada, led largely by right-wing governments. Rather than debating the legitimacy of transgender children’s identities, this paper examines how the rights of some children are being used as a wedge by actors whose goals are far larger than reshaping rules around which bathroom a child can use or which sports they are allowed to play. Theoretical framework: Childhood can be understood as a kind of structure: it has developed out of social and cultural forces as well as biological influences (Castaneda, 2001; Qvortrup, 2009). Using a childist approach (Wall, 2019), I examine how children are taken up as symbolic objects (Kjorholt, 2013) in international authoritarian movements on the right. In particular, these movements mobilize childhood as a signifier for purity in political discourses, reflecting Shotwell’s description of purity as a means to make claims on what is normative, good, and to be pursued (2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The lens of childism is both a way of conceptualizing social theory and a research approach (Wall, 2019); similar to feminist scholarship, childism offers a theoretical foundation for critical discourse analysis (CDA). CDA, as compared to other forms of discourse studies, is grounded in critical theory’s orientation on not only understanding and explaining but also on critique and social change (Wodak & Meyer, 2009). CDA functions at the intersection of language and social structure (Blommaert & Bulcaen, 2000) and is particularly interested in questions of political discourse and ideologies (van Dijk, 2005; Blommaert & Bulcaen, 2000). In Fairclough’s dialectical-relational approach (DRA) to CDA, discourse is disambiguated by making a distinction between meaning-making as part of a social process, the language of a field of practice, and a way of construing aspects of the world (Fairclough, 2010, 2013). DRA offers a resolution to some of the issues that arise from discursive approaches in policy studies. Policy as discourse has several possible meanings that may be in contention with one another (Bacchi, 2000); however, DRA offers a means to address this contention by considering both text and social context. As with other forms of CDA, DRA is best used in combination with theoretical and analytical resources from various social sciences. In particular, it contributes to and works alongside political, economic, and sociological analysis in the realm of policy studies, bringing together textual analysis with social analysis and critique. Using Fairclough’s approach, I examine policy discourses across Europe (including the UK), Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the US to identify how transgender children’s rights are discursively mobilized by authoritarian movements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Childhood is taken up by far-right authoritarian movements as both a symbolic space and a mechanism to mobilize and attract movement participants. The debate over transgender students’ rights in schooling acts a wedge issue and draws in new movement participants who might not otherwise align themselves with far-right activists. Legislation and policy intended to target transgender children has broader consequences for children’s rights to privacy, association, expression, and self-determination, affecting rights protections for all children. Further, as a wedge issue, these debates can boost electoral success for far-right candidates, offering a route to increasing political power for authoritarian movements. These discourses are transnational and both spread across and reinforce international authoritarian movements that pose a risk to democratic institutions and human rights. References Bacchi, C. (2000). Policy as Discourse: What does it mean? Where does it get us? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 21(1), 45–57. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596300050005493 Blommaert, J., & Bulcaen, C. (2000). Critical Discourse Analysis. Annual Review of Anthropology, 29(1), 447–466. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.29.1.447 Castaneda, C. (2001). The child as feminist figuration: toward a politics of privilege. Feminist Theory, 2(1), 29–53. Fairclough, N. (2010). Critical Discourse Analysis: The Critical Study of Language. Taylor & Francis Group. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/ualberta/detail.action?docID=1397484 Fairclough, N. (2013). Critical discourse analysis and critical policy studies. Critical Policy Studies, 7(2), 177–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171.2013.798239 Kjorholt, A. T. (2013). Childhood as social investment, rights, and the valuing of education. Children and Society, 27, 245-257. doi: 10.1111/chso.12037 Qvortrup, J. (2009). Are children human beings or human becomings? A critical assessment of outcome thinking. Rivista Internazionale Di Scienze Sociali, 117(3/4), 631-653. Shotwell, A. (2016). Against Purity. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. UNESCO. (2023, April 20). Progress towards LGBTI inclusion in education in Europe. https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/progress-towards-lgbti-inclusion-education-europe van Dijk, T. A. (2005). Critical Discourse Analysis. In The Handbook of Discourse Analysis (pp. 349–371). John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470753460.ch19 Wall, J. (2019). From childhood studies to childism: Reconstructing the scholarly and social imaginations. Children’s Geographies, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2019.1668912 Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (2009). Critical discourse analysis: History, agenda, theory, and methodology. In R. Wodak & M. Meyer (Eds.), Methods of critical discourse analysis. SAGE. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper The Narrative Imagination - Listen To The Stories Of The Third Generation Survivors University of Uppsala, Sweden Presenting Author:Proposal information The third generation survivors, grandchildren of Holocaust survivors, have started to tell the stories of their grandparents' experiences during the Nazi dictatorship. The grandchildren use various forms of communication to share their stories in a public context. In their storytelling, they incorporate their own testimonies of contemporary antisemitism, either directed towards themselves during their school years or towards the Jewish minority in Sweden.
At the same time, the Swedish educational system, from preschool to high school, has an explicit democratic and value based mission, which is formulated in the curriculums. The school's mission regarding democracy and values is regulated by laws and regulations, including the Education Act. It is also governed by anti discrimination legislation clarifying how educational institutions should act governed by something called ”active measures” against discrimination (see Sarri Krantz, 2023). Legislation against discrimination and offensive treatment clarifies how educational institutions should implement active measures against discrimination. At the same time, research shows that students are subjected to discrimination and offensive treatment in the Swedish educational system (Sarri Krantz, 2018, Gillander Gådin & Stein, 2017, Gyberg et al., 2021).
The purpose of this paper is therefore to investigate how the stories of the third generation survivors can be used in educational contexts to create awareness of human diversity based on the idea presented by Nussbaum (1997, 2010). Ultimately, the goal is to create a more democratic and inclusive education.
2. Theoretical framework In this paper, I want to call attention to the incorporation of the stories of the third generation survivors concerning their grandparents' experiences during the Holocaust, and their own experiences of contemporary antisemitism. By working with these stories one can create what Nussbaum calls "narrative imagination" (1997, p. 10).
In the effort to create an education system free from discrimination and racism, there is the opportunity to establish a school based on the idea of a liberal education and the possibility to shape future global citizens (Nussbaum, 1997). During the school years, it is crucial that a young person's personal development takes place. Nussbaum pinpoints the idea that education that cultivates a critical approach to different cultural expressions is essential for bringing about change in the individual. Art, literature, music, and film produced by individuals from diverse religious, cultural, social, and ethnic backgrounds can foster a "narrative imagination" (Nussbaum, 1997, p. 10). "The narrative imagination" means that education provides opportunities, and works towards a deeper understanding of students, in order to change their perception and of their understanding of the world.
The purpose emphasized by Nussbaum is to create an education that promotes an attitude that helps students develop essential components such as understanding other people's perspectives, feeling empathy and sympathy, countering stereotypes related to other people, and, above all, developing critical thinking and a critical approach so that discriminatory acts are not left unchallenged (Nussbaum, 1997, 2010).
To train students in this work, Nussbaum argues that ongoing exercises in critical thinking need to be carried out continuously. This should be done by expanding the mission to educate critical thinkers to a variety of subjects, so that teachers collectively and broadly take on the task. Nussbaum criticizes traditional teaching methods where students are passive listeners, and considers this demoralizing and weakening. Instead, she advocates for an education where students are active, engaged, and proactive. They need to learn to investigate and evaluate facts and develop the ability to present their own arguments as well as analyze existing arguments (2010). The goal is to create critical and reflective students who are “active, critical, curious, capable of resisting authority and peer pressure.” (Nussbaum, 2010, p. 73). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method During the 2010s, I conducted anthropological fieldwork in Stockholm, Sweden, studying Jewish life and Jewish identity specifically focusing on the grandchildren of the Holocaust survivors. The methods used were observations and in-depth interviews (Aull Davies, 2008). In this research, presented in the thesis (Sarri Krantz, 2018), it became evident that the third generation themselves were engaged in a narrative that was unique to them. They combined their grandparents' stories, as they had been recounted by the older generation, with their own experiences of contemporary antisemitism. Therefore, it was a natural progression to complement anthropological research with studies of the narratives of the third generation. This study has been characterized by analyzing the themes chosen by the third generation primarily aiming to call attention to their grandparents' experiences during the Holocaust. At the same time, their narratives also address what it means to belong to the Jewish minority in contemporary Sweden where antisemitism is prevalent, highlighting this from a current situation. The grandchildren's stories serve as time documents of the Jewish minority's situation from a historical and contemporary perspective, while also being valuable for educational purposes for global citizens of tomorrow. Authors, titles and thematical perspectives Lichtenstein, Moa, “Bagage från läger 99”: life during persecution, historical antisemitism Schreiber, Johanna, “Brev till min farfar”: historical antisemitism, contemporary antisemitism Verständig Axelius, Natalie, “Det var inte jag som skulle dö”: historical episodes during the Holocaust, war versus peace, survival Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In order to dismantle discrimination and racial injustice the school system in Sweden, together with school systems around the world, can implement a shift of focus and listen to the stories of the third generation survivors, and other narratives from a variety of voices. On the basis of a clear judicial governance from the state, providers of education, and especially school principals, can construct educational possibilities using the stories in highlighting human experience. This can enrich individual and personal development for students and at the same time have an impact on classroom discussions. In the long run, we can thereby accomplish a narrative imagination enabling students, and staff, to develop an understanding and respect for the diversity of human experiences. The relevance of the paper is to show and discuss the narrative of the Jewish minority, focusing on historical and contemporary antisemitism, and what educational possibilities such a narrative can have for students and staff in schools. The relevance of the paper is also to highlight the legislative obligations for the providers of education and what can be developed using the ideas of narrative imagination in order to safeguard the human rights for the next generation. References References Aull Davies, C. (2008). Reflexive Ethnography A guide to researching selves and others, Routledge. Bagage från läger 99. (2019). Moa Lichtenstein, P1 documentary, Producer: Martin Jönsson, Swedish radio, P1 18 August. Gillander Gådin, K. & Stein, N. (2019). Do schools normalise sexual harassment? An analysis of a legal case regarding sexual harassment in a Swedish high school. Gender and Education. Vol. 31, nr 7, 920-937. Gyberg et al. (2021). Discrimination and its relation to psychosocial well‐being among diverse youth in Sweden. Child & Adolescent Development. 1–19. Nussbaum, M. C. (1997). Cultivating Humanity: A Classical Defense of Reform in Liberal Education. Harvard University Press. Nussbaum, M. C. (2010). Not for profit Why democracy needs the humanities. Princeton University Press. Sarri Krantz, A. (2018). Tredje generationens överlevande - en socialantropologisk studie om minne, antisemitism och identitet i spåret av Förintelsen, dissertation. Sarri Krantz, A. (2023). Kulturen i skolan och skolans kultur in (eds.) Johansson, N. & Baltzer, C. Rektors praktik i vetenskaplig belysning: framgångsrikt, hållbart och närvarande ledarskap - är det möjligt? Liber. Schreiber, J. (2015). Brev till min farfar. (ed) Lomfors, I. et al. I skuggan av Förintelsen De överlevandes barn och barnbarn. Judiska museet. 85 – 91. Verständig Axelius, N. (2019). Det var inte jag som skulle dö. Natur och kultur. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Perspectives from a Study on Home Schooling During the Time of COVID-19: Children’s Rights and Agency in Education and Research 1PH Ludwigsburg University of Education; 2University of Osnabrueck, Germany Presenting Author:The presented participative mixed-methods study in a German primary school focussed on children’s learning and coping strategies at times of home-schooling during the Covid-19-crisis. Findings in educational research during the pandemic (2020-2022) are increasingly enabling a differentiated view based on national and international results in order to derive consequences for educational settings (Helm et al. 2021) in challenging times. However, it is noticeable (Bujard et al. 2021) that the perspectives of children, and especially those of primary school age, have hardly been heard. A small number of studies have focussed on the perspective of primary-school age in order to gain insights into the learning situation and well-being of pupils (cf. Budde et al. 2021, Bujard et al. 2021). In this context, our main research question was: How do especially school beginners (age 6 to 7) deal with this challenging situation between classroom teaching and home-schooling while Covid-19? The aim of our research was to look specifically at the children’s perspectives on home-schooling phases during COVID-19 lockdowns and the related challenges, as well as coping strategies employed by the learners themselves during this time of crisis and instability. Numerous theoretical frameworks were combined: including the social constructivist perspective, where a setting, in this case a school is continuously constructed in and through local practices, i.e. where activity is produced and adapted by the actors involved in the sense of doing school. The lens of relational understanding of agency was also employed, where specifically, school was depicted as a network of relationships, characterised by the diverse interactions of the school community of actors - adults as well as children. This study is based on the paradigm, as suggested by Eßer and Sitter (2018), that children are competent actors and are actively involved in the (re)production of school as a social setting. Therefore, the principle for this study was based on actor-network-theory and Ryan and Deci’s (2000) self-determination theory and is informed by ongoing debates about children’s agency. The theoretical framework of this study merges socio-cultural theories in order to better understand the role of children's agency, and understanding children as active constructors of their self, environment and childhood during a time of upheaval. Furthermore, the study’s key aim was to make children’s voices heard at the level of the study’s methodology underpinned by a children's rights perspective. A participatory research approach was therefore chosen. According to Von Unger (2014) and Eßer et al. (2020) participatory research approaches are characterised by the involvement of actors as researchers in order to describe and changing social reality as well as measures for the individual and collective empowerment of the partners. The inclusion of children as co-researchers is attributed to both childhood research and participatory research and has gained particular importance in the course of the implementation process of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) in the 1990s (Bradbury-Jones/Taylor 2014, Spriggs/Gillam 2017). This study’s approach, reflects New Childhood Studies with its long tradition of actively involving children in research while observing research ethical principles (Lundy/McEvoy 2012, Hartnack 2019). As is appropriate to a study involving children, ethical considerations were given priority. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a mixed-method design in order to consider different approaches to children's perspectives by positioning children as active constructors of their selves and their lives. Participation and agency were one specific focus, especially at the level of the data collection. To reflect this, participatory research approaches were used to ensure that children's perspectives were included and to address them as experts of their own lives with their own voices (Hüpping/Büker 2019). The Ethical Code for early childhood researchers (Bertram et al. 2015) was followed with voluntary, informed consent/assent sought from children, parents and educators. Based on this theoretical framework, the following methods were used: 10 Interviews with 21 children, questionnaires, children's drawings and audio statements. The data obtained was analysed in a circular research process based on grounded theory (cf. Glaser/Strauss 1998) and followed segment-analysis protocol according to Kruse (2014). The first data collection phase of the study was carried out within the framework of a subject lesson in the school. Specifically, the children were first invited to complete a paper-based questionnaire, create research-induced children's drawings or give audio statements via a dictaphone laid out as part of a non-reactive process. The content of the questionnaire was aimed at the individual perception of daily home-schooling and well-being of the children when returning to school. The children's drawings related to the children's every day experiences and were initiated by writing and drawing sheets titled as "Me learning during homeschooling", "Me back in school" or "Corona and school: this is how I deal with it...". The children's drawings such as questionnaires could be dropped into a mailbox in the classroom over a period of two weeks. On completion of the data collection, the analysis of the drawings and questionnaires together with the children’s interviews pursued a double objective. It took place in a participatory manner in order to sift through and classify the data together with the children. In addition, the interviews functioned as a communicative validation of the data for the researchers. By including voluntary questionnaires and children's drawings as well as audio statements, an attempt was made to enable the children to take an increasing degree of self-directed action. Whilst the concept of children as co-researchers is contested (Hammersley 2017), the intention of this study was to view and understand the data through the children’s contributions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study traces how school beginners in Germany cope with learning demands in times of instability and crisis, when normal schooling is interrupted. It demonstrates the different creative coping strategies employed by the children, but also points to the high relevance of school as a social interaction space (Hummrich, 2015) in addition to being an essential learning and educational space for children. Data from this study suggest that children value the notion of ‘school’ beyond merely a place to learn. This study argues that educators and policy makers should give greater consideration to the school’s role in children’s social development and well-being when planning for alternative education, not only in times of crisis. Besides the presentation of empirical findings of the children`s own perspectives at a specific time of educational instability, the research team take a critical look at their own research approach and their original claim of enabling participatory research and taking children's agency seriously. Regarding adults' responsibility in data collection processes, ethical challenges emerge in “doing participatory research”: the adult researchers in this study were aware of performing a balancing act in doing justice to children´s rights and agency in order to meet the demands on and through the study’s methodology and their own research objectives (Velten/Höke 2023). Using the example of critical reflection on our own methodological approaches in the project, this paper explores where typical pitfalls as researchers with children lie and how participatory approaches can be better designed. We focus on key ethical considerations according to a critical reflection of power dynamics, transparency of research aims, and the degree to which children fully participated at different stages of the research process. Based on the reflections, this paper provides a series of recommendations on how researchers can improve participation and agency when researching with young children. References Bertram, T. et al. (2015). EECERA Ethical Code for Early Childhood Researchers. www.eecera-ext.tandf.co.uk/documents/pdf/ organisation/EECERA-Ethical-Code.pdf Eßer, F. & Sitter, M. (2018). Ethische Symmetrie in der partizipativen Forschung mit Kindern. Forum: Qualitative Sozialforschung/Qualitative Social Research, 19(3). Hammersley, M. (2017). Childhood studies: a sustainable paradigm? Childhood, 24(1), 113–127. Hartnack, F. (Hrsg.). (2019). Qualitative Forschung mit Kindern. Herausforderungen, Methoden und Konzepte (Research). Wiesbaden Hüpping, B. & Büker, P. (2019). Kinder als Forscher in eigener und gemeinsamer Sache – ein Weg zur Partizipation? Ein kinderrechtebasierter didaktischer Ansatz und dessen Relevanz aus der Perspektive von Grundschulkindern. In: Pädagogischer Blick, 27(3), S. 159-173. Lundy, L. & McEvoy, L. (2012). Children’s rights and research processes: Assisting children to (in)formed views. In: Childhood, 19 (1), 129-144. Bradbury-Jones, C. & Taylor, J. (2015). Engaging with children as co-researchers: challenges,counter-challenges and solutions. International Journal of Social Research Methodology 18 (2), 161–173. Eßer, F., et al. (2020). Partizipative Forschung in der Sozialen Arbeit. Zur Gewährleistung demokratischer Teilhabe an Forschungsprozessen. Zeitschrift für Sozialarbeit, Sozialpädagogik und Sozialarbeit 3–23. Budde, J., et al (2021). Grundschule in Zeiten der Pandemie – eine Fallstudie zu familialen Ungleichheiten und kindlichem Wohlbefinden. In B. Amrhein und B. Badstieber (Hrsg.), (Un-)mögliche Perspektiven auf Verhalten in der Schule. Weinheim Bujard, M., et al. (2021). Belastungen von Kindern, Jugendlichen und Eltern in der Corona-Pandemie. Wiesbaden Ryan, R. M./Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78 Glaser, Barney G./Strauss, Anselm L. (1998): Grounded Theory. Strategien qualitativer Forschung. Bern Helm, C., et al. (2021). Was wissen wir über schulische Lehr-Lern-Prozesse im Distanzunterricht während der Corona-Pandemie? – Evidenz aus Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft: ZfE: 237–311. Hummrich, M. (2015). Schule und Sozialraum. Erziehungswissenschaftliche Perspektiven. In: A. El-Mafaalani, S. Kurtenbach, K. P. Strohmeier (Hrsg.), Auf die Adresse kommt es an: Segregierte Stadtteile als Problem- und Möglichkeitsräume begreifen. Weinheim und Basel: Beltz Juventa. S.168-187 Kruse, J. (2014): Qualitative Interviewforschung. Ein integrativer Ansatz. Beltz Spriggs, M./Gillam, L. (2017). Ethical complexities in child co-research. Research Ethics (1), 1–16. Unger, H. von. (2014). Partizipative Forschung. Wiesbaden Velten, K./Höke, J. (2021). Forschung partizipativ und inklusiv gestalten? Ethische Reflexionen zu Interviews mit Kindern unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Erwachsenheit. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung (2), 421–436. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 26 SES 07 A: World School Leadership Study. Country and Regional Perspectives on the Profession of School Leaders. Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Stephan Huber Session Chair: David Gurr Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium World School Leadership Study. Country and Regional Perspectives on the Profession of School Leaders. The World School Leadership Study (WSLS) has three aims. First, it aims to gain empirical insights into compulsory education school leaders’ leadership work and their professional health in around 40 countries. Second, based on the national data gathered in each country, comparative analysis will be conducted to identify similarities and differences across countries. Third, the WSLS aims to generate knowledge which can support policy formulation and implementation for the professionalization of school leaders and their work environment. Hence, this study contributes to the knowledge base of different human resource management aspects, e.g. attracting, recruiting, training and developing school leaders. The WSLS also has implications for institutions to provide professional support infrastructures for school leaders. The data will be analyzed and reported nationally with an ideographical perspective and internationally with a comparative perspective. The WSLS draws on several strands of literature originated in different positions in the field of educational leadership. This is necessary to understand the challenges of leadership related to shifting policy contexts and governing regimes where perspectives on leadership roles and core practices may differ over time and across countries. The WSLS intends to answer the following research questions:
Corresponding to the above research questions, particular research design, methods and instruments are designed to support the researchers from the participating countries to collect data. The aim of the symposium is to develop the research design and methodology further as well as examining theoretical models which will be used as frameworks for the project. A further aim is to provide insights into educational systems, role of school leadership and state of research on school leadership from different continents and stimulate discussion with the international audience. Data for the WSLS will be collected using a mixed-methods approach. The mandatory part of the study comprises a country report (document analysis and expert interviews) and an online survey. The optional part of the study includes an end-of-day log and in-depth follow-up interviews. Each contribution presents findings but also some critical key questions about the profession of school leadership. First results will be presented based on the findings of the country reports from various countries including Sweden, Ireland, Iceland, Spain, Australia, Kenya, India, and Russia References no references Presentations of the Symposium Country Reports on Northern Europe
Sweden has a long tradition in educating school principals. As early as the 1960s, state involvement in the training of school leaders was introduced, with courses in a number of pedagogical and administrative areas. In 1976, the Swedish government decided on a two-year national training program for all principals in the school system. Today´s 3-year national in-service principal training program is administered by seven universities and compulsory for all newly appointed principals. Besides that, universities offer a one-year recruitment course for teachers as aspiring principals, as well as courses in various topics to experienced principals. The municipalities and school owners offer in-service training in cooperation with universities and consultants mostly with the aim to increase organizational quality. A new government initiative wants to promote professional development programs to increase the possibility to individual professional development in addition to courses to provide organizational development. There is a widespread belief that learning is crucial for development and quality among all professions. At the same time there is a challenge how to transform the new insights into action. Another challenge is that the various actors within the governing body do not agree on what topics or learning should be prioritized.
While in Ireland the spectrum of professional supports available for educational leaders has often been regarded as ad-hoc, in more recent times, become central in the practical preparation and development of individuals in leadership roles (CSL Report, 2015). Current requirements for principal leadership in Ireland do not include mandatory leadership qualifications or previous experience. In an attempt to respond to the urgent need of more diverse supports, newly developed programmes for the induction of newly appointed principals (Misneach) and a developmental programme for school leadership teams (Forbairt) are provided for principals by Oide, a new service organisation which integrated previous professional learning support services into one body since September 2023. Oide also provide learning opportunities and supports throughout the academic school year where school leaders can choose to participate from the wide range of services available that include mentoring, coaching, induction, curriculum, pedagogy, leadership practice and school improvement. Other formalised school leadership development programmes available in Ireland include a postgraduate programme in school leadership (PDSL) and a master’s in educational leadership at third level Universities. Both postgraduate programmes are available for principal leaders or aspiring school leaders.
References:
1. Johansson, O, Guest Editor: Democracy and leadership, In Journal of Educational Administration, Vol. 42 No. 6, 2004. Emerald Group Publishing Limited.
2. Johansson, O. “Introduction - Democracy and leadership – or training for democratic leadership” in Journal of Educational Administration; Guest editor Olof Johansson, Vol 42, Number 6, 2004. Emerald Group Publishing Limited, England, pp 620 - 624
3. Johansson, O,. “A Democratic, learning and communicative leadership” in Journal of Educational Administration; Guest editor Olof Johansson, Vol 42, Number 6, 2004. Emerald Group Publishing Limited, England, pp 697 – 707
4. Helene Ärlestig, Christopher Day & Olof Johansson, Editors (2016) A Decade of Research on School Principals – Cases from 24 countries. Dordrecht: Springer.
5. Petros Pashardis & Olof Johansson, Editors (2016) Successful School Leadership: International Perspectives. London: Bloomsbury Academic.
6. Sigurdardottir, S., Skedsmo, G. & Ärlestig, H. (2023). Principals’ preparation and professional development in Nordic countries. In: AE Gunnulfsen, H. Ärlestig & M. Stoorgard(Ed.) Education and Democracy in the Nordic Countries. Springer.
Country Report Comparison on Southern and Northern Europe
Since 2014, the main requirement for Spanish school principals to be recruited consist of an initial training course of at least 120 hours. While its goals and content are stablished by a nation-wide order, the course is implemented by the Departments of Education of the 17 regions plus 2 autonomous cities. A variety of education professionals are eligible for teaching its content, including supervisors, experienced school principals, university lecturers and researchers. Additionally, other institutions like universities or private companies can obtain the permission from the regional authorities to organize the course. Such pre-service training is considered by consulted experts as scarce, too theoretical, and too focused on bureaucracy. Besides, induction for newly appointed principals is almost inexistent. There is also a wide margin of improving principals’ in-service education, as it is mainly based on traditional methodologies and very few courses keep a focus on the analysis of the practice. Activities like participation in colleagues’ networks for professional development, or peer observation and orientation under formal structures are clearly below OECD average, according to TALIS 2018 report. However, we are in the way of improving leaders’ professionalization, fuelled by an increasing claim for better results to the schools and their management teams.
The aim of the presentation is to give overview of the educational governing system in Iceland and historically map the existing research trends on governance and leadership in upper secondary and compulsory education to identify research opportunities. In doing so we focus on the six topics stipulated by the World School Leadership group (hereafter WSLS). The preliminary findings reveal a growing field and a hidden treasure of research in the area. We found studies that fall under all the six topics set by WSLS. Some fields are still weakly represented, such as values and professional understanding. The available topics are highly depended on the manpower within the academia, educational opportunities, political interventions, and other development. The study suggests the importance of filling the gaps we identified and highlights the important role of the universities to uphold and renew academics and educational opportunities within the field to construct more diverse knowledge.
References:
no references
Country Reports on Africa and Australia
In Australia the preparation and development of school leaders is important for school success and there is now interest in the leadership demands of early career teachers, teacher leaders, middle leaders, senior leader and principals (Gurr et al., in press). Australia is an example of a country where there has been considerable interest and research on school leadership preparation (Watterston, 2015), but there is little in the way of formal requirements, with, for example, across the many systems (government, Catholic and independent schools) there being no general mandatory certification process for school principals (Drysdale & Gurr, 2021). Despite many systems now having leadership institutions of some form, generally aspirant leaders must navigate their own career pathway and self-identify as a leadership candidate (Gurr & Drysdale, 2015). Unfortunately, the self -managed process offers little guidance to judge preparedness for middle leader and principal/senior leadership roles. Despite a variety of leadership preparation and development programs being available only a third of principals will report having formal leadership qualifications (McKenzie, et al., 2014).
School leadership management in Kenya falls under the Teachers’ Service Commission (TSC). This is the singular body mandated to managing the teaching workforce in Kenya’s schools. It hires teachers and principals for public schools, but those in private schools also have to register with it. In 2018, the TSC introduced the Career Progression Guidelines. This document outlines promotion criteria for principals and deputy principals. To serve as a deputy principal, one needs to be at the level of Senior Master III T-Scale 10 for a minimum of 3 years. The deputy principal position consists of three levels: level III (T-Scale 11), level II (T-Scale 12) and level I (T-Scale 13). These are promotional levels that involves transitioning form level III to level II to level I. Upon competition, the individual can apply for promotion as a Principal. The three promotional grades for secondary school Principals include: Principal (T- Scale 13), Senior Principal (T- Scale 14), and Chief Principal (T- Scale 15). In all these levels, there is a requirement to have a master’s degree in a relevant area. However, there is no specification of it being in school leadership.
References:
Drysdale, L. & Gurr, D. (2021). Finding and Promoting Effective Leaders, in F.W. English (Ed.) The Palgrave Handbook of Educational Leadership and Management Discourse, (London, UK: Palgrave).
Gurr, D., Gurr, A., Gurr, Z., Jarni, B. & Major, E. (in press) Leadership demands on four early career teachers. Liu, P. & Thien, L.M. (Eds) Understanding Teacher Leadership in education change: An International Perspective, (London: Routledge).
Gurr, D. & Drysdale, L. (2015). An Australian Perspective on School Leadership Preparation and Development: Credentials or self-management?, Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 35(3), pp. 377-391.
McKenzie, P., Weldon, P., Rowley, G., Murphy, M., & McMillan, J. (2014). Staff in Australia’s schools 2013: Main report of the survey. Camberwell: Australian Council for Educational Research.
Prikaz ot 26 avgusta 2010 goda N 761n (red. 31.05.2011) «Ob otsenke Yedinogo kvalifikatsionnogo spravochnika dolzhnostey bukhgalterov, spetsialistov i sluzhashchikh, razdel “Kvalifikatsionnyye
Country Reports on Asia and Russia
Improving schools is at the heart of all reform measures in recent years in India. The National Education Policy 2020 has highlighted the importance of professionalizing school leadership by providing various opportunities for in-service principals to avail themselves of professional development in diverse areas. It has been emphasized in the policy that school Improvement is a developmental trajectory leading to long-term and sustainable changes in school processes, practices, and outcomes. It includes but is not limited to, better management and utilization of resources, progressive changes in teaching-learning processes, staff participation in decision-making, strengthening school-community ties, and most importantly, enhancing student learning and outcomes. This paper addresses the current educational reforms, ground realities, School leadership programs, and future directions in India with research on evidence-based challenges of school principals in India.
The research focus revolves around the changes in the requirements for the position of a principal in the Russian educational system. The unified qualifying directory, the certification itself created a system, where the professional training and education for principals is not homogeneous. Moreover, a candidate could become a principal having no experience in the educational field at all (Order dated August 26, 2010 N 761n (red. 31.05.2011). With the endorsement of the law, the majority of principals urgently completed a master’s degree or a professional retraining in the required fields which were not always related to the educational field (Bysik & Kasprzhak, 2016; TALIS, 2018). TALIS revealed that the majority of school principals (88% of those polled) undergo the required managerial training only after they have already taken up their positions (TALIS, 2018). Moreover, few of the candidates for school principal in Russia are aware of their impending promotion and are able to prepare for the position in advance (Bysik et al., 2015). Despite the fact that Russia has the unified qualifying directory, there is no information on the required skills for the position (Order dated August 26, 2010 N 761n (red. 31.05.2011). The striking point of the Russian education system is that no unified principal certification system, no professional standards for principals, no national qualification exists in the Russian education system. The first professional standards for principals were elaborated and adapted only in March 2022. As a consequence, the definition of the school leader’s profession is becoming more multifaceted.
References:
Bysik, N., Evstigneeva, N., Isaeva, N., Kukso, K., Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2015). A missing link? Contemporary insights into principal preparation and training in Russia. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 35(3), 331–341. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2015.1056588
Bysik, N., & Kasprzhak, A. (2016). Direktor sovremennoy rossiyskoy shkoly: Statisticheskiy portret, sistema podgotovki, praktika upravleniya [Principal of a modern Russian school: statistical portrait, training system, management practice]. Fakty Obrazovaniya, 5, 17.
kharakteristiki dolzhnostey rabotnikov obrazovaniya”». (2010). [Order dated August 26, 2010 N 761n “On the evaluation of the Unified Qualification Directory for the Positions of Leaders, experts and civil servants, section “Qualification Characteristics of the Positions of Educational Workers”»]. (in Russian). https://docs.cntd.ru/document/902233423
TALIS. (2018). The OECD teaching and learning international survey.
Watterston, B (2015a). Environmental Scan: Principal Preparation Programs, prepared for the Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (Melbourne: AITSL).
Watterston, B. (2015b) Preparing Future Leaders: Effective preparation for aspiring school principals (Melbourne: AITSL).
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 26 SES 07 B: Middle Leaders and Women Leaders in Educational Organizations Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Tui Summers Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Understanding school middle leading practices: Developing a Middle Leading Practice Model 1University of Wollongong, Australia; 2Griffiths University, Australia; 3Western Sydney University, Australia Presenting Author:School systems internationally are focused on improving classroom teaching and learning to enhance student outcomes, with teacher professional development (PD) recognised as an important strategy to improve classroom practices (Ostinelli & Crescentini, 2024; Darling-Hammond et al., 2009). School middle leaders (MLs) are acknowledged experts in teaching and learning, who collaborate closely with classroom teachers and school executive (Harris & Jones, 2017). The curriculum expertise and the unique positioning of MLs sees them having the capacity to positively influence classroom teaching and learning (Edwards-Groves et al., 2019). This potential has led MLs increasingly being recruited to develop and facilitate school-based teacher PD to improve classroom teaching and learning (Lipscombe, Tindall-Ford & Grootenboer, 2019) and has resulted in a greater interest by schools and education authorities in ML roles, responsibilities, and practices (Lipscombe, Tindall-Ford & Lamanna, 2021). Internationally a range of ML practices have been identified as potentially positively influencing classroom teaching and student learning (Grootenboer, Edwards-Groves, & Rönnerman, 2020). These include, MLs collaborating with principals and teachers to ensure shared understandings (Leithwood 2016), ML translating school system policy directives, school executive expectations and curriculum changes to be successfully implemented in classrooms (Nehez et al. 2021), ML creating a collaborative school culture focused on teaching and learning (Bryant, Wong, & Adames 2020) and, ML developing and sharing resources with the support of, and through, collaboration with colleagues (Hammersley-Fletcher & Kirkham, 2007). While there are a range of ML practices identified as positively impacting classroom teaching and learning, there is limited understanding of the practices MLs perceive as central to their work, if these practices actually support classroom teaching and learning, and currently there is no empirically informed instrument to investigate the phenomenon. Informed by a series of small-scale empirical research studies in Australia, Sweden, Canada, and New Zealand, Grootenboer, Rönnerman& Edwards-Groves (2017), using the ‘theory of practice architectures’ (Kemmis et al., 2014), a ML practice model was developed. The theory of practice architectures provides an ontological perspective of ML practices, focusing on the ‘sayings, doings, and relatings’ of MLs in their particular school sites. This is an intentional ontological shift that centres the study on the (middle) leading that actually occurs in school sites, and the happening of middle leading as it unfolds in time and space. Three broad and related practices undertaken by middle leaders when leading professional development in schools were identified, and informed the ML practice model (see Grootenboer, Edwards-Groves, & Rönnerman, 2020, p. 5). 1. Leading & Teaching: Leading both curriculum and pedagogical development of other teachers AS WELL AS teaching their own classes. Includes providing professional learning for other teachers. 2. Managing & Facilitating: Managing spaces for curriculum and pedagogical development e.g., moderation meetings that require ‘management’ practices to organise time and place, AS WELL AS facilitation of the moderation p 3.Collaboration & Communication:Collaboration AND communication with senior leaders and teachers on actions needed to achieve school goals.
This presentation reports on Middle Leading Practice School Survey (MLPSS), which was theoretically grounded by ML practice model. The survey provided an understanding of the demographics of Australian MLS, but importantly investigated MLs perceptions of the practices that were central to their leading of teaching and learning in their school sites. The research questions that guided this study were:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The MLPSS was an online questionnaire distributed through Australian teacher professional learning organisations and completed by school MLs (n=199). The first part of the MLPSS collected basic demographic data, the second asked MLs to respond to 23 Likert scale questions based on the three dimensions of ML practice stated above. There were nine items for the practice domain of “Teaching and Leading”, seven items for “Managing and Facilitating”, and seven items “Collaboration and Communication. The participants were asked to respond on a 5-point Likert Scale from 1 (Never) to 5 (Always) the extent to which they engaged in a specific middle leading practice. This was to ensure that the instrument had a phenomenological focus that centred on ML practices. To answer the first research question, descriptive statistics were calculated for the MLPSS demographic data, to address the second research question a series of exploratory (EFA) and confirmatory (CFA) factor analyses were completed The first EFA was a parallel analysis to estimate the number of factors to retain in the next stage of the EFA, this was followed by a standard EFA. Due to inconclusive results from the first 2 analysis, a subsequent forced three and four factor EFAs were completed (Fabrigar et al., 1999). To understand the robustness of the proposed 3 factor model (MLPSS), a CFA was undertaken ( Bollen, 1989). Finally based on the parallel and exploratory factor analysis, and inconsideration of the factorial structure of the MLPSS, a four factor School Middle Leading Practice Model (SMLPM) was proposed. 1. Leading & Managing School Teaching, Learning & Curriculum: Middle leader’s practices of leading and managing the development of school curriculum, professional learning and teaching and learning initiatives and responding to school management issues – this factor focused on practices for growth and stability at the school level. 2. Supporting Colleague Teachers Development: Middle leader’s practices including facilitating class observations, teacher collaborations, mentoring and performance appraisal of colleagues and the informal part of ML work – this factor focused on practices at the teacher level. 3. Collaborating with Teacher Colleagues on Teaching and Learning: Middle leader’s practices of planning, discussing, and collaborating with colleagues on issues around teaching and learning – this factor focused on collaborating with teachers on T&L 4. Collaborating with & Advocating to School Principal: Middle leader’s practices related to working with their school principal - this factor focused on practices working with the principal. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Education systems and schools worldwide have an increasing expectation that MLs will lead teacher PD to improve classroom teaching and learning (Lipscombe et al., 2021), however there is limited understanding of the actual practices of MLS and if they align with those identified as having the potential to positively impact classrooms. In reference to ML practices there are several important outcomes from this study. Firstly, as there is no known suitable instrument to investigate MLs practices the study provides a tested survey for researching ML practices, and through statistical multivariate analysis of the data, a revised model School Middle Leading Practice Model (SMLPM) is proposed. Secondly the study provides empirically informed understandings of the practices MLs perceive are core to their work. Data showed that MLs perceive their practices in relation to others (principal, teacher colleagues, school), a finding that is not surprising as previous research has highlighted the relational nature of middle leading (Edward- Groves et al., 2019). Aligned with this finding is the importance MLs placed on practicing leading upwards with the school principal. These results suggest that when developing models of ML practices and PD, attention needs to be paid to not only ML practices but whom the practices are directed. As ML are increasingly being asked to positively impact classroom teaching and learning, an important finding of the 4-factor solution was the leading practices of MLs are primarily focused on the teachers they lead, evident in domains 2, 3 and 4, highlighting ML practices relate to collaborating with, supporting, and advocating for their teacher colleagues. This result suggests that MLs perceive their leading practices as focused on influencing their teacher colleagues and therefore what happens in classrooms; a finding that suggests that ML are well-placed to drive school PD to support classroom teaching and learning. References Bollen, K. A. 1989. Structural equations with latent variables. John Wiley & Sons. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118619179. Bryant, D. A., Y.L. Wong, and A. Adames. 2020. “How middle leaders support in-service teachers on-site professional learning.” International Journal of Educational Research. 100 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2019.101530 Darling-Hammond, L., R. Chung Wei, A. Alethea, N. Richardson, S. Orphanos. 2009. “Professional learning in the learning profession: A status report on teacher development in the United States and abroad.” National Staff Development Council and The School Redesign Network, Stanford, CA. Edwards-Groves, C., P. Grootenboer, I. Hardy, and K. Rönnerman. 2019. “Driving Change from The Middle’: Middle Leading for Site Based Educational Development.” School Leadership and Management, 39 (3-4), 315–333. Fabrigar, L. R., Wegener, D. T., MacCallum, R. C., & Strahan, E. J. (1999). Evaluating the use of exploratory factor analysis in psychological research. Psychological Methods, 4(3), 272–299. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989X.4.3.272 Harris, A., and M. S. Jones. 2017. “Disciplined Collaboration and Enquiry: Evaluating the Impact of Professional Learning.” Journal of Professional Capital and Community 2 (4): 200–214. doi:10.1108/JPCC-05-2017-0011. Grootenboer, P., C. Edwards-Groves, C. and K. Rönnerman. 2020. Middle Leadership in Schools: A Practical Guide for Leading Learning: Routledge. Grootenboer, P., K. Rönnerman, and C. Edwards-Groves. 2017. “Leading from the Middle: A Praxis-Oriented Practice.” In Practice Theory Perspectives on Pedagogy and Education:Praxis, Diversity and Contestation, edited by P. Grootenboer, C. Edwards-Groves, and S.Choy, 243–263. Springer. Kemmis, S., J. Wilkinson, C. Edwards-Groves, I. Hardy, P. Grootenboer, and L. Bristol. 2014.Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer. Leithwood, K. 2016. “Department-Head Leadership for School Improvement.” Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15 (2): 117-140. doi: 10.1080/15700763.2015.1044538 Lipscombe K, Tindall-Ford SK, and Grootenboer, P. 2020b. Middle leading and influence in two Australian schools. Educational Management Administration and Leadership 48(6): 1063–1079. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. 2021. School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220983328 Nehez, J., U. Blossing, L. Gyllander Torkildsen, R. Lander, and A. Orlin. 2021. “Middle leaders translating knowledge about improvement: Making change in the school and preschool organisation.” Journal of Educational Change 23 (3):15–341 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09418-2. Ostinelli, G., & Alberto Crescentini, A. 2024. Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis, Professional Development in Education, 50:1, 74-90, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2021.1883719 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Middle Leaders and School Autonomy: The Italian Case University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:Teacher leadership is at the centre of numerous researches in European and international contexts (Hunzicker, 2017; Pan et al., 2023), focusing on their pedagogical action in the classroom (Warren, 2021) and their role in the institutional dimension of the school (Frost, 2008; Muijs & Harris, 2003). Indeed, the figure of the teacher as a middle leader is becoming indispensable in increasingly complex school contexts (De Nobile, 2018). A middle leader, who acts as a link between the school leadership and the teaching staff in relation to specific areas, is useful to improve the functioning of educational institutions in terms of student experience, professional development of all teachers and the administrative area (Lipscombe et al., 2023). The middle leader is a teacher who holds a middle leadership role within a school (Harris et al., 2019). This figure plays an important coordination and management role, coordinating the relationships between the different components of the school community from a horizontal perspective (Willis et al., 2019). This figure plays a crucial role in improving the quality of education and creating a positive school climate. This idea of the teacher as a middle leader is central in decentralised school systems characterised by school autonomy, such as the Estonian, Finnish, English, Italian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Dutch, Polish, Scottish and Swedish school systems (Eurydice, 2019). A decentralised school system with school autonomy gives individual schools considerable freedom to make decisions (Gamage & Zajda, 2005; Keddie, 2015). These institutions autonomously manage resources, educational programmes and pedagogical strategies to promote local adaptability, stimulate innovation and strengthen schools. This model aims to create dynamic learning centres and promote tailored approaches to improve the quality of education. Of course, the degree of autonomy is not the same in all school systems. In any case, in these contexts, the presence of middle leaders is crucial for the development of educational policies that are consistent with a clearly defined school vision: These teachers address specific areas of planning in collaboration with teachers and leaders, and management in collaboration with administrative staff (Hashim et al., 2023). This theoretical-conceptual contribution focuses on the teacher as a middle leader in Italian schools; our discourse may prove useful for those school systems that have similar characteristics and problems to the Italian system. Here, since the year 2000, school autonomy has allowed schools to make organisational, administrative, financial and pedagogical decisions in order to achieve the general objectives of the educational system set by the central administration. Thus, teachers play a key role not only in pedagogical action in the classroom, but also at the management level (Agasisti et al., 2013). In particular, we would like to answer the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This theoretical-conceptual paper examines the role of middle leadership in the Italian school system based on a traditional literature review (Rozas & Klein, 2010). The aim is to understand how crucial their action is in a context characterised by school autonomy and whether or not their involvement is useful for improving the quality of schools; we also aim to identify which elements could better support the action of middle leaders in schools and thus improve the use of school autonomy. The traditional literature review was conducted by searching scientific databases (ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science and Google Scholar). The search terms were as follows: "school" OR "school system" AND "school autonomy" AND "school leadership" AND "teachers" AND "middle leaders" AND "teacher leadership" AND "Italy" OR "Italian school" OR "Italian school system". The results of the literature search were first skimmed by reading the title and abstract; the remaining studies were then analysed in more detail by reading the entire text. The data collected were subjected to a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), which led to the identification of three thematic strands: (1) the profile of the middle leader teacher; (2) school autonomy as a resource or constraint; (3) perspectives for the enhancement of the middle leader teacher. The data is read critically using the theoretical frame of reference in order to understand the particularities of the Italian situation and the correspondence with what is happening at European and international level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The traditional literature review highlights the resources and constraints related to middle leaders in the Italian context. In general, the Italian system is characterised by the so-called Southern European governance (Ferrera, 1996; Landri, 2021): a strong autonomy of teachers in terms of pedagogical action in the classroom corresponds to a weak autonomy at school level. This structure is an obstacle to the action of middle management: they are usually involved in bureaucratic activities to support the principal and administrative staff without having any significant influence on educational policy. Only a few schools have developed a "culture of autonomy" in which the principal applies a distributed leadership model with strategic use of middle management: In this case, middle leaders are responsible for developing specific areas of intervention and monitor the extent to which the educational policies implemented achieve the results identified in the planning phase to continuously improve the school. The commitment of middle leaders is effective in the context of school autonomy when they are involved in the processes of strategic decision-making and in initiatives that respond to the specific needs of the school, also in relation to the territory. Their role is fundamental when it comes to ensuring the participatory nature of the school policy. Strengthening the commitment of teachers as middle leaders is crucial for improving the quality of schools: first, it is desirable to include this aspect in the initial training of teachers in order to place an emphasis on the institutional dimension of schools from the outset. At the contractual level, it would be necessary to provide for professional development in terms of career development for those teachers who are committed beyond the pedagogical activity in the classroom. Furthermore, involving middle management in meaningful decision-making processes can give them a sense of belonging and responsibility. References Agasisti, T., Catalano, G., & Sibiano, P. (2013). Can schools be autonomous in a centralised educational system? On formal and actual school autonomy in the Italian context. International Journal of Educational Management, 27(3), 292-310. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. De Nobile, J. (2018). Towards a theoretical model of middle leadership in schools. School Leadership & Management, 38(4), 395-416. Eurydice (2019). European education systems at the 2020 milestone. Florence: Eurydice. Ferrera, M. (1996). The “Southern model” of welfare in social Europe. Journal of European social policy, 6(1), 17-37. Frost, D. (2008). ‘Teacher leadership’: Values and voice. School Leadership and Management, 28(4), 337-352. Gamage, D., & Zajda, J. (2005). Decentralisation and school-based management: A comparative study of self-governing schools models. Educational Practice and Theory, 27(2), 35-58. Hunzicker, J. (2017). From teacher to teacher leader: A conceptual model. International journal of teacher leadership, 8(2), 1-27. Harris, A., Jones, M., Ismail, N., & Nguyen, D. (2019). Middle leaders and middle leadership in schools: Exploring the knowledge base (2003–2017). School Leadership & Management, 39(3-4), 255-277. Hashim, A.K., Torres, C., & Kumar, J.M. (2023). Is more autonomy better? How school actors perceive school autonomy and effectiveness in context. Journal of Educational change, 24(2), 183-212. Keddie, A. (2015). School autonomy, accountability and collaboration: a critical review. Journal of educational administration and history, 47(1), 1-17. Landri, P. (2021). The Permanence of Distinctiveness: Performances and Changing Schooling Governance in the Southern European Welfare States. In Educational Scholarship across the Mediterranean (pp. 68-85). Leida: Brill. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. Muijs, D., & Harris, A. (2003). Teacher leadership—Improvement through empowerment? An overview of the literature. Educational management & administration, 31(4), 437-448. Pan, H. L. W., Wiens, P. D., & Moyal, A. (2023). A bibliometric analysis of the teacher leadership scholarship. Teaching and Teacher Education, 121, 103936. Rozas, L. W., & Klein, W. C. (2010). The value and purpose of the traditional qualitative literature review. Journal of evidence-based social work, 7(5), 387-399. Warren, L. L. (2021). The importance of teacher leadership skills in the classroom. Education Journal, 10(1), 8-15. Willis, J., Churchward, P., Beutel, D., Spooner-Lane, R., Crosswell, L., & Curtis, E. (2019). Mentors for beginning teachers as middle leaders: the messy work of recontextualising. School Leadership & Management, 39(3-4), 334-351. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Walking Backwards Into The Future (Ka Mua, Ka Muri): Insights on Education Leadership from Aotearoa New Zealand Early Childhood NZ, New Zealand Presenting Author:In te ao Māori (the Māori world) standing tall ensures that our ancestors stand tall (Norman, 2019). This presentation draws on the stories of two wāhine Māori (Māori women) who led in the education sphere in Aotearoa New Zealand (Aotearoa) from the 1970s to the 2000s. This qualitative, narrative inquiry, kaupapa Māori research focused on the origins of the women’s leadership. It explored how insights into the women’s leadership could be used in the education sector. One of the benefits of using a narrative inquiry approach is that “the closer, more holistic attention to the narrator’s perspective can provide extremely rich insights” (Taylor et al., 2016, p. 21). Kaupapa Māori research developed during the 1970s in response to the realisation that research in Aotearoa reflected colonial perspectives not reflective of Māori epistemology, values and beliefs. Kaupapa Māori research has been defined in many ways (Pihama et al., 2019; Tuhiwai Smith, 2021a). The kaupapa Māori-centred research in this presentation used stories and the kaupapa Māori principles of whānau (extended family, family or kin) and whakapapa (genealogy, lineage, descent) as proposed by Tuhiwai Smith (2021b) to celebrate the lives and education leadership of two women. The researcher’s whakapapa connection to one of the women in the research is a fundamental characteristic of kaupapa Māori research (Simmonds, 2019). Each women’s story was compiled from archival and other sources as well as from interviews with whānau members (extended family, family or kin). The interviews focused on missing information about the origins and orientation of the two women’s social justice leadership. Two interviews were carried out for one of the women and one interview was carried out for the other woman. Reflexive journalling was used by the researcher to help understand how the researcher's assumptions and values influenced the research process and outcomes. Once the stories were assembled Nvivo qualitative research software was used to code the data and identify themes. The women’s leadership was influenced and shaped by five factors. These are first, their role models, second, their personal struggles, third, mana wahine and four, social norms. Forster et al. (2015) define mana wahine as the strength and power of women and Simmonds (2011) definition of mana wahine emphasizes the importance of narrative. This research draws on both of these perspectives. The fifth theme identified from the research was that there was a cost to the women’s leadership. Two overarching characteristics that influenced the women and their leadership across all five themes was one, identity and two, gender, religion and generational contexts. This presentation concludes that examining, recalling and celebrating our indigenous education leaders stories can deepen our understanding of how we lead in education in an age of uncertainty into the future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methods used for data generation included document retrieval and reflexive journalling. Archival sources for the women included audiotaped and videotaped interviews with the women and other items such as letters, photos, newspaper publications and speech notes. Context and time are crucial aspects of narrative inquiry (Gunn & Faire, 2016). The researcher researched publications including books, newspaper articles and journal articles on the political, social and historical contexts that existed during the women’s lifetimes. The multiple data sources, including archival sources and non-archival data, were used to assemble each women’s story with a specific focus on the origins and orientation of her social justice leadership. This research involved a two stage analysis. The first step of the data analysis involved idenitfying missing information about the origns and orientations of each women’s stories and interviewing whānau members or colleagues with a focus on this missing information. A feature of Kaupapa Māori research practiced in this research is the process of kanohi ki te kanohi (face to face) whereby Māori value the importance of face to face interactions (Smith, 2000). Therefore, with the exception of one interview where the interviewee lived remotely and the interview was held on the telephone, interviews were held face to face. A former colleague was interviewed for one of the women and two family members were interviewed for the other woman. The choice of interviewees related to the information that was missing from the women’s stories. Once the stories were assembled they were used as data and analysed. The second step involved open and selective coding to analyse each story (Clarke & Braun, 2016). Nvivo qualitative research software was used to manage the data and to initially code the themes. In the first round of coding twelve themes were elicited for analysis. After several months and synthesis of the data these themes were reduced to five themes. The five themes identified from the data were first, role models, second, their personal struggles, third, mana wahine, four, social norms and five that there was a cost to the women’s leadership. Two overarching characteristics that influenced the women and their leadership across all five themes was one, identity and two, gender, religion and generational contexts. This research joins existing academic scholarship that has strived to understand the origins of women’s education leadership. The unique and nuanced findings offer insights into women’s education leadership for practice, policy and future research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Social, historical, cultural and political factors including religion, gender and generational factors were strong influences in shaping the women and their leadership. As well as following others and serving people in their leadership roles the women were role models to people in the education sphere and beyond. Knowledge of their whakapapa and the sense of identity this knowledge supported was crucial in enabling the two women to carry out their leadership. This research joins existing research from Māori researchers about the importance of identity as an aspect of leader development (Durie, 2001; Tuhiwai Smith, 2021c). Māori leadership has lessons and insights for education leaders and leadership in a global context. An important outcome of this research is the celebration and appreciation of two female education leaders stories that have never been shared in this unique way previously. References Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2016). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297-298. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613 Durie, M. (2001). Mauri ora: The dynamics of Māori health. Oxford University Press. Forster, M. E., Palmer, F., & Barnett, S. (2015). Karanga mai ra: Stories of Māori women as leaders. Leadership, 12(3), 324-345. https://doi.org/10.1177/1742715015608681 Gunn, S., & Faire, L. (Eds.). (2016). Research methods for history (2nd ed.). University Press. Norman, W. (2019). Te aha te mea nui? In L. Pihama, L. Tuhiwai Smith, N. Simmonds, J. Seed-Pihama, & K. Gabel (Eds.), Mana wahine reader: A collection of writings 1987-1998 (Vol. I, pp. 13-18). Te Kotahi Research Institute. The University of Waikato. Pihama, L., Campbell, D., & Greensill, H. (2019). Whānau storytelling as indigenous pedagogy: Tiakina te pā harakeke. In J.-a. Archibald Q'um Q'um Xiiem, J. B. J. Lee-Morgan, J. De Santolo, & L. T. Smith (Eds.), Decolonizing research: Indigenous storywork as methodology (pp. 137-150). ZED Books Simmonds, N. (2011). Mana wahine: Decolonising politics. Women's Studies Journal, 25(2), 11-25. Simmonds, N. (2019). Mana wahine: Decolonising politics. In P. Leonie, T. S. Linda, S. Naomi, S.-P. Joeliee, & G. Kirsten (Eds.), Mana wahine reader: A collection of writings 1999-2019 (Vol. II, pp. 105-117). Te Kotahi Research Institute. University of Waikato. Smith, L. T. (2000). Kaupapa Maori research. In M. Battiste (Ed.), Reclaiming indigenous voice and vision (pp. 225-247). UBC Press. Taylor, S. J., Bogdan, R., & DeVault, M. (2016). Introduction to qualitative research methods (4th ed.). John Wiley & Sons. Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2021a). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples (3rd ed.). Zed Books. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.5040/9781350225282.0008 Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2021b). Getting the story right, telling the story well indigenous activism, indigenous research. In L. Tuhiwai Smith (Ed.), Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples (pp. 273-283). Zed books. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350225282 Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2021c). Twenty-five indigenous projects. In Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples (1 ed., pp. 163-185). Zed Books. http://www.bloomsburycollections.com/book/decolonizing-methodologies-research-and-indigenous-peoples/ch8-twenty-five-indigenous-projects/ |
15:45 - 17:15 | 26 SES 07 C: External Stakeholders and Collaborative School Leadership Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ruud Lelieur Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Improving Academic Optimism in schools: The Impact of Performance Leadership (whether or not) through Alignment between Teachers, Students, and Parents University of Antwerp, Belgium Presenting Author:mproving student performance, regardless of background factors, is an important objective in educational research, policy, and practice. Academic optimism responds by identifying key variables that enhance performance for all students(Hoy, 2012). This study aims to advance this exploration by outlining critical antecedents for fostering such optimism in secondary schools. The academic optimism of schools comprises three interrelated subcomponents that positively impact student performance, even when controlling for background characteristics such as socioeconomic status (SES) or migration background (Boonen et al., 2014; Hoy et al., 2006a; McGuigan & Hoy, 2006). Teacher teams that demonstrate greater collective efficacy beliefs (1), prioritize academic emphasis (2), and foster trust in both their students and the parents (3) are more likely to achieve the goal of improving performance, in contrast to teacher teams lacking this academically optimistic focus (Hoy et al., 2006b). Previous studies have shown a link between authentic (Srivastava & Dhar, 2016), distributed (Cansoy & Parlar, 2018; Hasanvand et al., 2013), instructional (Allen, 2011),transformational (Atif & Abid, 2021) and social justice (Feng & Chen, 2019) leadership to increase the level of academic optimism. Building upon these findings, we hypothesize that, in terms of effectiveness, a leadership approach that directly evaluates and guides teacher performance in alignment with academic optimism – whether explicitly stated or demonstrated through the leadership's own actions – will generate an even more profound impact. This type of leadership behavior, which we will refer to as performance management for academic optimism, embodies a direct and purposeful approach, underscoring the notion that leaders play a pivotal role in shaping the organizational culture. In addition, we anticipate that a principal’s proactive efforts to enhance the team’s collective efficacy, foster trust in students and parents, and believe in the capabilities of all students will also deepen the connection between teachers on the one hand and increase the participation and involvement of parents and students on the other. Principals who take the initiative to emphasize the importance of reaching out to others are more likely to foster social bonds that can enhance the density of relationships within schools (Bishop Harris, 2015; Bryk, 2010). Research from Scott (2016) showed the importance of ongoing communication from teachers to parents to increase involvement. Clearly articulating these expectations by school leaders is anticipated to boost the likelihood of teachers investing more in such interactions (Epstein, 2002). Additionally, principals who cultivate a positive learning climate are anticipated to enhance teachers’ connectedness with the school (Hallinger et al., 2018). As these alignment practices become more widespread, we anticipate it will further augment the academic optimism of the school. The heightened connectedness and interaction will contribute to an increased confidence within the teacher team, build more trust in students and parents, and foster a stronger belief in the potential of all students. In prior qualitative research, teachers themselves highlighted the significance of connectedness as a vital condition for academic optimism, as well as the importance of authentic relationships with students and parental involvement (Lelieur et al., 2023). In summary, we hypothesize that school leaders who explicitly focus on academic optimism not only generate more academic optimism but also foster more alignment between teachers, students and parents, which, in turn, will further elevate the level of school academic optimism. In that way, this research seeks to contribute to the existing body of knowledge by uncovering critical antecedents that promote academic optimism, paving the way for a more comprehensive understanding and practical application in educational settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected in Antwerp, the largest city in Flanders (Belgium) and with a (for this study) considerable variety of secondary schools in terms of ethnicity and SES. Via stratified clustered systematic sampling a total of 1061 teachers from 37 secondary schools participated in the study. The adapted and validated Survey for Academic Optimism (Lelieur et al., 2022) was used to assess teacher and school academic optimism. The alignment between teachers and the school, as well as between both students and parents with the school, was assessed through four distinct scales: teacher-school connectedness, parental involvement, parental participation, and student participation. These measures drew inspiration from the studies conducted by Vangrieken & Kyndt (2016) and De Groof et al. (2001). For the assessment of performance management for academic optimism, a traditional performance management questionnaire was modified and translated to align with the dimensions of academic optimism, (e.g.: My principal emphasizes the importance of trusting students). All measures use a 7-point Likert scale, ranging from "strongly disagree" (1) to "strongly agree" (7), to capture the perceptions of teachers. This study focuses solely on teachers, acknowledging their pivotal role in shaping schools, encompassing their distinctive perspectives and significant impact on the educational environment. The emphasis on teachers' perceptions aims to capture valuable insights for understanding school dynamics. Using a path model approach this study withholds multiple dependent and independent variables simultaneously. Therefore, structural equation modelling is a favoured technique to analyse the possible relationships, as it is designed to evaluate the appropriateness of the proposed hypothesis. The model is estimated using robust maximum likelihood estimation (MLR) to consider the nested structure of the data (Stapleton et al., 2016), and full information maximum likelihood (FIML), to handle missing data (Schlomer et al., 2010). To analyze model fit, we used the lavaan package (version 0.6-7) in R-studio and several fit indices were considered (Hooper et al., 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Fit indices were acceptable (CFI=.915, SRMR=.065) to good (RMSEA=.045), and the overall image confirms our hypothesis. According to teachers’ perceptions, school leaders who explicitly focus on academic optimism not only generate more academic optimism but also foster alignment between teachers, students, and parents, which, in turn, also elevates the level of school academic optimism. Due to limited space and a large number of significant results, we will reserve the detailed presentation of the model for the actual presentation. Here, we will focus on some notable findings. Teachers’ perceptions of the principal’s performance management for academic optimism show the strongest association with teachers’ perceptions of parental involvement (ß= 0.642, p < .001). Parental involvement, in turn, significantly connects with all subdimensions of academic optimism. Higher levels of teachers’ perceptions of parental involvement are linked with higher levels of teachers’ perceptions of collective efficacy (ß= 0.397, p < .001), faculty trust in students (ß= 0.253, p < .01), faculty trust in parents (ß= 0.311, p < .001), and collective academic emphasis (ß= 0.261, p < .01). In addition, R2 shows that the model explains nearly 38% of the variance in faculty trust in parents. Performance management for academic optimism has also a positive association with parental participation (ß= 0.403, p < .001). However, parental participation is negatively linked with collective efficacy (ß= -0.184, p < .01) and faculty trust in students (ß= -0.125, p < .05). These findings suggest that, to enhance academic optimism, there are opportunities in fostering parental involvement (connecting parents to what happens in schools), whereas parental participation (giving parents a voice in what happens in schools) carries potential risks—a critical yet possibly overlooked insight. Recognizing the considerable challenges highlighted in prior research regarding parental engagement, especially in secondary schools, this study unveils promising avenues for further exploration. References Atif, K., & Abid, H. Ch. (2021). Transformational Leadership of Head Teachers and Academic Optimism: Perspectives of Teachers in Secondary Schools. Bulletin of Education and Research, 43(2), 61–74. Bishop Harris, V. (2015). Teacher Academic Optimism and Collaboration, the Catalyst for Parent Trust, Parent Involvement, Parent Collaboration and School Effectiveness [Doctor of Education]. In Paper Knowledge . Toward a Media History of Documents. The University of Alabama. Boonen, T., Pinxten, M., Van Damme, J., & Onghena, P. (2014). Should schools be optimistic? An investigation of the association between academic optimism of schools and student achievement in primary education. Educational Research and Evaluation, 20(1), 3–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2013.860037 Bryk, A. S. (2010). Organizing Schools for Improvement. Kappan, 91(7), 23–30. Cansoy, R., & Parlar, H. (2018). Examining the Relationships among Trust in Administrator, Distributed Leadership and School Academic Optimism. Educational Administration: Theory and Practice, 24(1). https://doi.org/10.14527/kuey.2018.001 Epstein, J. Levy. (2002). School, family, and community partnerships : your handbook for action. Corwin Press. Feng, F. I., & Chen, W. L. (2019). The Effect of Principals’ Social Justice Leadership on Teachers’ Academic Optimism in Taiwan. Education and Urban Society, 51(9), 1245–1264. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013124518785438 Hoy, W. (2012). School characteristics that make a difference for the achievement of all students: A 40-year odyssey. Journal of Educational Administration, 50(1), 76–97. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578231211196078 Hoy, W. K., Tarter, C. J., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2006a). Academic optimism of schools: A second-order confirmatory factor analysis. In W. K. Hoy & C. Miskel (Eds.), Contemporary Issues in Educational Policy and School Outcomes (pp. 135–156). Information Age. Hoy, W. K., Tarter, J. C., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2006b). Academic Optimism of Schools: A Force for Student Achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 43, 425–446. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312043003425 Lelieur, R., Clycq, N., & Vanhoof, J. (2022). Measuring School and Teacher Academic Optimism in Diverse School Contexts. The Validation of the adapted Survey for Academic Optimism. Pedagogische Studiën, 99(2), 93–113. Lelieur, R., Vanrusselt, R., Vanhoof, J., & Clycq, N. (2023). Waarom Leraren (Weinig) Academisch Optimistisch zijn. Attributies en de Impact van Leerlingenpopulatie en Schoolcultuur. Pedagogische Studiën, 100(4), 365–395. https://doi.org/10.59302/ps.v100i4.18350 McGuigan, L., & Hoy, W. K. (2006). Principal Leadership: Creating a Culture of Academic Optimism to Improve Achievement for All Students. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 5(3), 203–229. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760600805816 Scott, M. A. (2016). the Development and Implementation of Academic Optimism and Parent Involvement: a Case Study. University of Alabama. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Effects of Individual Factors and Institutional Family-School-Community Partnership Policies on Parental Involvement in Three Central and Eastern European Countries University of Debrecen FA, Hungary Presenting Author:The accelerated pace of life and heavy workloads have made it increasingly difficult to engage parents in parental involvement, and the lockdowns during COVID have also weakened this relationship (Brown et al. 2011, Wright, et al. 2022). It is a current research challenge to re-examine the factors that promote and hinder parental involvement. Researchers classified the factors affecting the quality of the family-school partnership into child-related, parent-related, and school-related types (Epstein, 2001, Magwa & Mugari, 2017). Perents influence students’ school performance in many ways, and the biggest challenge for the education system is to compensate for the resulting disadvantages. Education policies aimed at reducing social inequalities in the school system emphasize the importance of involving parents in their children’s school life and studies, and of developing family-school partnerships (Epstein 2001). Current research suggests that school policies, district leaders and principals’ support for family and community involvement can dominantly influence parents’ attitudes toward schools (Epstein, et al. 2011). Significant differences can be observed in parental involvement by social background. Parental involvement is much higher for parents from favorable social backgrounds even today(Guo et al., 2018; Pribesh et al., 2020, Gibbs et al. 2021). A key reason for this lies in parents’ different communication, worldviews, and attitudes due to social differences and in the resulting teacher-parent distance. Unfavorable social status influences parenting through low educational attainment, lack of positive school experiences, lack of information, and insufficient confidence in the educational process (Morawska et al. 2009; Bæck 2010). Some explain the low intensity of parental involvement to economic disadvantage, low income, inflexible and longer working hours, the need to supplement income, and time constraints due to overtime (Dyson et al. 2007). It is the low SES families, for whom an effective Family-School-Community Partnership (FSCP) would be key to promoting their children's success in school. This raises the critical educational policy question of how to support parental involvement of low SES families. Epstein argues that the school policies that support FSCP can reduce the disadvantageous impact of low-SES families on PI. Research results do not clarify which school policies effectively involve low-status parents in different school cultures. This research aims to reveal the types and effects of FSCP policies in Central and Eastern Europe. The main question of this research is: Which policies are successful in involving low-SES parents? Our research focuses on the most hard-to-reach, yet most significant actors: how parents of different SES perceive the schools' FSCP policies—hypotheses: (1) A more favorable SES results in a more active home-based and school-based PI. (2) Parental SES impacts parents’ perceptions of FSCP policies. (3) Parents’ perceptions of FSCP have a greater impact on home-based and school-based PI than individual student- and parent-related factors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research on which this presentation is based has been implemented by the MTA-DE-Parent-Teacher Cooperation Research Group and with the support provided by the Research Programme for Public Education Development of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences. The Parents from Three Countries (PARTS’22/23) survey was conducted among parents of upper primary and general secondary school students in three Central European countries, Hungary, Romania, and Ukraine (N = 1002). The target population was parents from both majority and minority ethnic groups. The sample was selected by stratified sampling for the county, the maintainer (public and church-run), and the type of school (upper primary school and general/vocational secondary). The questionnaire was adapted from internationally recognized parent questionnaires (Family Involvement Questionnaire, Parent and School Survey, Barriers to Parental Involvement), considering the specificities of Hungarian-speaking schools and their parents. The questions covered Epstein's 6 dimensions of PI from the parent's perspective. It also included key demographic indicators, school characteristics, and items measuring student characteristics (e.g. school achievement) of parents who completed the questionnaire. The adjusted instruments proved to be suitable for the particular educational context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For the parents surveyed in the present study, differences in PI between parents of different SES can be identified—a more favorable SES results in a more active home-based and school-based PI. Parental SES has significant effect on FSCP policies perceptions. Among low-SES parents, three policies were reported to be perceived more often than among high-SES parents: parent community development, contact with school support staff (e.g., social worker, pedagogical assistant), and personal counseling they receive personally from the teacher in case of their child-rearing problems. At the same time, low-SES parents were hardly involved in decision-making, contact via social media networks, volunteering in school, and contact initiated by the school, while high-SES parents perceived them as more significant. In sum, low-SES parents perceive community development policies and individual support as more significant than high-SES parents. The last part of the analysis measured student, parent, and institutional characteristics as predictors of school based and home based PI using a logistic regression model. Even in this multivariate model, which includes many covariates, the SES indicator of parents remained significant as a determining predictor of PI. The perception of school policies however has a greater impact on PI than individual student- and parent-related factors. The main conclusion of the study is that FSCP policies could have an independent effect on PI, but different policies are effective in different parent groups. Based on these results, it could be recommended that schools develop demand-responsive community programs and offer personal consultation with teachers and school support staff, especially considering the characteristics of low-SES parents' perceptions presented here. References Bæck, U. K. (2010). Parental involvement practices in formalized home–school cooperation. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 54(6), 549–563. Brown, G. L., McBride, B. A., Bost, K. K., & Shin, N. (2011). Parental involvement, child temperament, and parents’ work hours: Differential relations for mothers and fathers. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 32(6), 313–322. Dyson, Alan, Emma Beresford, and Erica Splawnyk. 2007. The Manchester Transition Project: Implications for the Development of Parental Involvement in Primary Schools. Manchester: Department for Education and Skills Publications Epstein,J.L. (2001) School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Boulder,CO: Westview Press. Epstein, J. L., Galindo, C. L., & Sheldon, S. B. (2011). Levels of leadership: Effects of district and school leaders on the quality of school programs of family and community involvement. Educational Administration Quarterly, 47(3), 462-495. Gibbs, B. G., Marsala, M., Gibby, A., Clark, M., Alder, C., Hurst, B., Steinacker, D., & Hutchison, B. (2021). “Involved is an interesting word”: An empirical case for redefining school-based parental involvement as parental efficacy. Social Sciences, 10(5), 156 Guo, X., Lv, B., Zhou, H., Liu, C., Liu, J., Jiang, K., & Luo, L. (2018). Gender differences in how family income and parental education relate to reading achievement in china: The mediating role of parental expectation and parental involvement. Frontiers in Psychology, 9, 783. Magwa, S., & Mugari, S. (2017). Factors affecting parental involvement in the schooling of children. International Journal of Academic Research and Reflection, 5(1), 74-81. Morawska, A., Winter, L., & Sanders, M. R. (2009). Parenting knowledge and its role in the prediction of dysfunctional parenting and disruptive child behaviour. Child: Care, Health and Development, 35(2), 217–226. Pribesh, S. L., Carson, J. S., Dufur, M. J., Yue, Y., & Morgan, K. (2020). Family Structure Stability and Transitions, Parental Involvement, and Educational Outcomes, Social Sciences, 9(12): 229. Wright, S., Park, Y. S., & Saadé, A. (2022). Insights from a Catholic school’s transition to distance learning during Covid-19. Open Learning: The Journal of Open, Distance and e-Learning, 1–15. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Fostering Collaborative School Improvement - Multiple Case Study among Estonian Schools Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Rapid changes in society and new knowledge in the field of education require that teachers learn to support students’ development as a natural part of every school’s daily work. McLure and Aldridge (2022) emphasized that the link between new and ongoing changes in schools should be balanced with the flexibility of the school, taking into account the socio-cultural factors present in the context of each school and ending with the capacity of the school leadership to manage change. The development needs of schools during the recent COVID-19 pandemic were particularly acute. Research findings highlight the critical importance of leadership, emphasizing, in particular, the central role of school leaders in both problem-solving and fostering collaboration among teachers. Research shows that pre-existing (pre-Covid) practices in schools, such as distributed leadership, peer networks, and collaboration, were beneficial factors that helped successful schools lead the learning process calmly and respond to challenges (e.g. De Voto & Superfine, 2023; Watson & Singh, 2022). Nonetheless, the willingness to learn together and systematically renew one’s own practices is an effortful and time-consuming process, and requires a supportive environment and from leaders to maintain focus, share responsibility, and create a collaborative learning culture among teachers (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021). Teacher collaboration constitutes one of the key elements of school improvement, quality, and effectiveness (Creemers & Kyriakides, 2010). It is also argued that collaboration represents a general characteristic of good schools and encourages teachers to view innovation as a common and continuous process of change rather than as an additional task (Vangrieken et al., 2015). In an effective collaboration process, certain organizational routines provide structure and enable the coordination of various tasks by helping teachers and school leaders interact in a way that is consistent with organizational goals. Organizational routines have been understood in the literature as driving forces for improvement and change in schools (Maag Merki et al., 2023). The most commonly mentioned strategies that leaders employ to increase the collaborative nature of school culture are implementing distributed leadership (Spillane, 2006), creating a shared vision and setting goals focused on the quality of teaching and learning (Leithwood et al., 2020). External support is an important element in the school improvement process, and one form of external support that has received significant attention is joint university-school programs (e.g., Bryk et al., 2010; Timperley et al., 2014), where school and university staff collaborate in the development process. This partnership between researchers and practitioners aims to build the capacity of educational systems to engage in research-informed improvement efforts (Bryk et al., 2010). University-school partnerships often aim to collaboratively develop and test interventions and work out new practices, which is a process that engages researchers and practitioners in designing and testing solutions for improving teaching and learning (Coburn et al., 2016; Sjölund et al., 2022). In line with Coburn et al. (2016), this study aimed to identify the factors that foster the development of a collaborative culture in the school improvement process. The study is guided by the following research questions: 1) How was the arrangement of teamwork perceived in the school improvement process? 2) How was the goal setting perceived in the school improvement process? 3) How was external support perceived in the school improvement process? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Six Estonian schools with lower performance indicators participated in the School Improvement Program in 2021–2022. In each school, leaders and teachers formed a team together with two mentors. Supported by university experts, the school teams began working on a topic they chose to improve their students’ learning while simultaneously increasing the school’s leadership capacity by strengthening a collaborative school culture. We chose to employ a multiple case study format because it is a research strategy that helps clarify complex social phenomena and retain the meaningful characteristics of real-life situations, such as organizational processes. Multiple case studies provide the opportunity for comparative in-depth analysis of several cases in their context (Tight, 2017), thereby providing better understanding of the complexity of changes in school culture. Six school teams consisting of a total of 22 participants and 11 mentors were interviewed in this study. The interview questions consisted of two sub-themes: 1) how well the aims of the program had been met in the areas of leadership, teamwork, and collaboration and 2) what the impact had been of activities in those areas at the personal, school team, and school levels. The role of the mentors and the university experts were reflected upon, and cooperation with the school owner was also addressed. An inductive, multi-phase approach guided by research questions was used to analyze the interviews. In the first phase, we followed a consensual coding approach, which focuses on identifying broader themes and sub-themes related to collaborative school culture. When analyzing each school case, the coders noticed several similarities between cases. Therefore, the authors decided to analyze the cases according to a classification procedure to define the dominant similarities within the three main themes: (1) arrangement of teamwork, (2) goal setting in the team, and (3) external support. Based on the similarities in coded themes, the cases were grouped into three polythetic types. One school appeared to differ considerably from the others; therefore, this school was considered a single case. The three constructed types of schools were (1) schools with challenges in goal setting and teamwork, (2) schools with inspiring goals and successful teamwork, and (3) schools resistant to change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first group, schools with inspiring goals and successful teamwork, was characterized by a stable team that had established routines for collaboration. There was open communication within the team—although communication outside the team required improvement—and they succeeded in enhancing team leadership and task sharing. Furthermore, the school teams were focused on their goal, and trust existed among team members. Here, external support focused on encouraging the team and supporting the planning of activities and communication. The second group, schools with challenges in goal setting and teamwork, was characterized as an unstable team lacking routines for collaboration and exhibiting poor communication and leadership skills. For schools in this group, goal commitment and openness to learning together required improvement. However, the program increased trust within the school team, and they appreciated the flexible external support they received for teamwork, communication, and establishing collaboration routines. The third group, School Resistant to Change, was characterized by teams with a hierarchical leadership. The routines for collaboration were established but inflexible; communication was formal; there was no goal commitment; and there was an overall sense of competitiveness in the school. Moreover, there were challenges with communication and admitting the need for change. Furthermore, there was little confidence in external support and no open discussion of challenges; however, the opportunities to learn from other schools’ practical examples were appreciated. The results of the qualitative research demonstrate that the arrangement of teamwork and the creation of shared values and goals constitute the key factors in creating a collaborative culture. Collaborative culture can be fostered by developing routines for collaboration, ensuring open communication and trust among all parties. External support is important for both successful school teams and those facing challenges in the improvement process. References Bryk, A., Sebring, P., Allensworth, E., Luppescu, S., & Easton, J. (2010). Organizing schools for improvement: Lessons from Chicago. University of Chicago Press. Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–practice partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16631750 Creemers, B., & Kyriakides, L. (2010). School factors explaining achievement on cognitive and affective outcomes: Establishing a dynamic model of educational effectiveness. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 54(3), 263–294. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831003764529 De Voto, C., & Superfine, B.M. (2023). The crisis you can’t plan for: K-12 leader responses and organisational preparedness during COVID-19. School Leadership & Management. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2023.2171003 Watson & Singh, 2022). Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077 Maag Merki, K., Wullschleger, A., & Rechsteiner, B. (2023). Adapting routines in schools when facing challenging situations: Extending previous theories on routines by considering theories on self-regulated and collectively regulated learning. Journal of Educational Change 24, 583–604. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-022-09459-1 McLure, F. I. & Aldridge, J. M. (2022). A systematic literature review of barriers and supports: initiating educational change at the system level. School Leadership & Management, 42(4), 402-431. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2022.2113050 Sims, S., & Fletcher-Wood, H. (2021). Identifying the characteristics of effective teacher professional development: A critical review. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(1), 47–63. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2020.1772841 Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2022). Using research to inform practice through research‐practice partnerships: A systematic literature review. Review of Education. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3337 Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. Jossey-Bass. Tight, M. (2017). Understanding Case Study Research: Small-scale Research with Meaning. UK: SAGE Publications Ltd. Timperley, H., Kaser, L., & Halbert, J. (2014). A framework for transforming learning in schools: Innovation and the spiral of inquiry. New Zealand: Centre for Strategic Education. Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 27 SES 07 A: Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Lars Emmerik Damgaard Knudsen Symposium |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts The symposium is committed to exploring, defining, and questioning the interplay and links between teacher ethics and teaching quality in Scandinavian schools. The guiding research for the Symposium is based on studies recently published in the edited volume Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts (Knudsen, et al., 2024). Theoretically, the contributions of the book vary but generally stem from a perception that the Scandinavian schools mirror the countries’ welfare systems and emphasize the democratic freedom and responsibility of both schools and individuals and democratic societies with respect for institutions and individuals (Colnerud & Granström, 1993). In the symposium the three presentations both confirm and challenge the scope of this picture. On the one hand, Scandinavian schools represent a child-centred pedagogy where teachers have the autonomy to tailor their lessons to support students’ individual learning processes, prerequisites, and social, mental, and health conditions, which is also evident across the various Scandinavian teacher education and in-service training programs (Bergem et al., 1997). On the other hand, as the Scandinavian welfare systems change, so do the school systems, responding to new educational demands such as student testing and control. Hence, the core components of the school systems are under pressure (Moos, 2019). This situation raises the opportunity to examine closely what is at stake, what changes are underway, and how these tendencies are global. In the symposium, the presenters discuss current developments in the Scandinavian school systems and explore how emerging educational ideas and practices can offer inspiration to educators in other European countries. As such, the symposium is dedicated to studying, characterizing, and challenging the relations and connections between teacher ethics and teaching quality in Scandinavian schools to inspire educational research beyond Scandinavia. References Colnerud, G. & Granström, K. (1993). Respekt for lærere. Om læreres professionelle redskaber – fagligt sprog for faglig etik. Klim. Bergem, T., Björkqvist, O. Hansén, S.-E., Carlgren, I. & Hauge, T.E. (1997). Research on Teachers and Teacher Education in Scandinavia: a retrospective review. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 41(3-4), 433-458. https://doi.org/10.1080/0031383970410316 Moos, L. (2019) (red.) Fra en dannelsesdiskurs mod en læringsmålstyret diskurs. In Leif Moos (ed.) Glidninger – ’Usynlige’ forandringer inden for pædagogik og uddannelser. DPU, Aarhus Universitet. https://edu.au.dk/fileadmin/edu/Udgivelser/E-boeger/Ebog_-_Glidninger.pdf Presentations of the Symposium Growing External Influence on Teacher Thinking and Practice
This paper explores the question of what the consequences are of the influx of new ideas and governance and education practices for Danish teachers’ ethics and quality of work. Over the past three to four decades, national governments have met a growing wealth of ideas and inspiration for education and governance reforms from transnational agencies like the OECD or the European Commission. Two discourses form the focus of the discussion: the outcomes-based discourse with transnational and national governance and policy roots and history, and the democratic Bildung discourse that builds on a selection of educational concepts and theories. Governing schools and teachers’ working conditions and aims have changed fundamentally over the past four to six decades partly due to the intake of new international forms of power and influence, as clearly illustrated in the Danish School Act of 2013 and, more generally, in the use of new forms of public sector governance and relations in contracts.
References:
Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical Discourse Analysis. The Critical Study of Language. Harlow: Longman. Longman.
Foucault, M. (1983). The subject and power. In H. L. D. P. Rainbow (Ed.), Michel Foucault: Beyond Structuralism and Hermeneutics (pp. 208-226). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Moos, L. (2014). Educational Governance in Denmark. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 13(4), 424-443.
Moos, L. (2017). Neo-liberal Governance leads Education and Educational Leadership astray. In M. Uljens & R. Ylimaki (Eds.), Beyond Leadership, Curriculum and Didaktik. Dordrecht: Springer.
Moos, L. (2018). Educating and Leading for World Citizenship: Through Technocratic Homogenisation or Communicative Diversity? Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education(NJCIE), 2(2-3), 7-24.
Teacher Qualities That Make Teachers Stay in the Profession
Teacher shortage is an increasingly problematic phenomenon across Europe. In many countries, this problem is addressed by introducing qualification frameworks that define teacher qualities, and these definitions are subsequently used to test whether a sufficient level of quality is present or not. However, the introduction of such testing regimes resulted in an objectification of teachers and disabled teacher agency (Biesta, 2023). Problematically, this objectification disregards that teachers need a personal ethical position to think, judge, and act as professionals. Testing regimes replaced the ethical position out of which teachers act with a consequentialist ethics that sees teachers as factors in the production of learning outcomes. However, recent studies indicate that high-stakes testing restricts professional learning and innovation at schools and has a negative effect on the teacher workforce (Darling-Hammond, 2021). This effect is also present in Nordic countries that introduced national testing regimes, namely Sweden and Denmark who struggle with teacher shortages (Böwadt et al., 2019). In Nordic countries, this led to a discussion on educational policy and the need to reframe teacher quality in more adequate ways (Moos, 2017). One possibility for such a reframing is to comprehend teacher quality through ethics of care (Wieser, 2024).
Based on an international review of 122 articles on teacher retention, teachers stay on their job when four qualities are in place: (1) A teacher identity to manage a wide range of tasks, spanning from classroom interaction to lesson planning and administration. (2) Having professional autonomy over teaching, curriculum, and assessment. (3) Self-care and attention to well-being on the job. (4) A work environment that provides support and opportunities for exchange. Exploring these qualities, I argue that we should consider their common foundation in ethics of care: While the presence of care is obvious in the latter two qualities, it can also be found in the former two: From a care-ethical perspective, teacher tasks require an attitude of caring that is constituted by receptive attention to students. Concerning professional autonomy, I argue that teaching relies on building relations, a creative practice in which lack of control is fundamental, and thus requires teachers to be receptive and ‘supplied with intention’ (Noddings, 2013). Ethics of care thus takes a position fundamentally different from the consequentialist ethics of testing regimes and its universalist constructions of teacher quality, emphasizing interpersonal relations and asserting that partiality with persons and their particular situation has moral value.
References:
Biesta, G. (2023). On Being a Teacher How to Respond to the Global Construction of Teachers and Their Teaching? In S. Krause, M. Proyer, & G. Kremsner (Eds.), The Making of Teachers in the Age of Migration: Critical Perspectives on the Politics of Education for Refugees, Immigrants and Minorities (pp. 15–31). Bloomsbury Academic. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350244184
Böwadt, P., Pedersen, R., & Katrine, N. (2019). Når Verdens bedste job bliver for hårdt En undersøgelse af, hvordan lærere har det i folkeskolen. Københavns Professionshøjskole.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2021). Defining teaching quality around the world. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(3), 295–308. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1919080
Moos, L. (2017). Neo-liberal Governance Leads Education and Educational Leadership Astray. In M. Uljens & R. M. Ylimaki (Eds.), Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik (Vol. 5, pp. 151–180). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58650-2_2
Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A relational approach to ethics & moral education (Paperback ed., 2. ed., updated). Univ. of Calif. Press.
Wieser, C. (2024). Teacher qualities that make teachers stay in the profession: Addressing teacher shortage in Nordic countries with ethics of care. In L. E. Damgaard Knudsen, M. Wiberg, K. Bjerg Petersen, & L. Haastrup (Eds.), Teacher ethics and teaching quality in Scandinavian schools: New reflections, future challenges, and global impacts. Routledge.
Teacher Ethics, Teaching, and Quality in Context
This paper builds on insights from the symposium book 'Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts,' as well as my own research. It aims to spark a discussion on teacher ethics, teaching, and quality in the context of Scandinavian schools, emphasizing the inherent European dimension. By comparing Scandinavian perspectives with global viewpoints, the paper addresses the necessity for research to navigate the challenges, opportunities, and potential issues intertwined with the teaching profession, professional ethics, teacher professionalism, and quality. The paper intricately examines three core themes: (1) a critical analysis of 'quality' in teaching, (2) a scrutiny of the objectives of education and the criteria used to assess quality, and (3) an exploration of the complex connection between teacher quality, quality teaching, and the cultivation of an ethics of care in teaching. This analytical exploration sheds light on various aspects such as teacher quality, ethical considerations in teaching, and the essential conditions supporting teachers' sustained dedication to their profession. Furthermore, the research highlights the importance of understanding the intricate and diverse global teaching landscapes. The paper positions itself within a global context, fostering a nuanced understanding of teacher ethics, teaching practices, and quality. This approach acknowledges the interconnectedness of educational systems and underscores the significance of diverse perspectives in shaping the future of teaching globally.
References:
Bergmark, U. (2020). Rethinking researcher – teacher roles and relationships in educational action research through the use of Nel Noddings’ ethics of care. Educational Action Research, 28(3), 331–344. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2019.1567367
Berkovich, I., & Benoliel, P. (2020). Marketing teacher quality: Critical discourse analysis of OECD documents on effective teaching and TALIS. Critical Studies in Education, 61(4), 496–511.
Biesta, G. (2017). Education, measurement and the professions: Reclaiming a space for democratic professionality in education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(4), 315–330.
Churchward, P., & Willis, J. (2019). The pursuit of teacher quality: Identifying some of the multiple discourses of quality that impact the work of teacher educators. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 47(3), 251–264.
Madalinska-Michalak, J. (2021). Pedeutologia. Prawno-etyczne podstawy zawodu nauczyciela [Pedeutology. Legal and ethical foundations of the teaching profession]. Warsaw University Press.
Madalinska-Michalak, J. (Eds.). (2022). Quality in teaching and teacher education. International perspectives from a changing world. Brill.
Skourdoumbis, A. (2017). Teacher quality, teacher effectiveness and the diminishing returns of current education policy expressions. Journal for Critical Education Studies, 15(1), 42–59.
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 27 SES 07 D JS: Translanguaging and CLIL Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Valérie Kemp Joint Paper Session NW27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 07 A JS |
15:45 - 17:15 | 28 SES 07 A: The Politics of Educational Futures Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Klaudia Wolniewicz-Slomka Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Mystery of 50,000 Words: Tracing Numbers of Fiction 1Mälardalen University, Sweden; 2Gävle University, Sweden Presenting Author:This study is part of a larger project called The Fiction of Numbers, in which we locate and explore the intersections between the spheres of science, public discourse, policymaking and educational practices. We specifically examine how reading becomes a specific node, or discourse, where the changing ideas on societal, sociotechnical and educational imaginaries (cf Jasanoff, 2015; Rahm, 2019; Sundström Sjödin, 2017; 2019) and solutions take place. Drawing on Science and Technology Studies (STS), we are primarily concerned with how knowledge and facts are produced and naturalized; that is, how a phenomenon is produced as a matter of course and thus becomes difficult to question, and the ways in which values and politics of knowledge become invisible in this process (Dussauge et al. 2015; Latour, 1987, 1993). In this sub-study, we “trace” – in Latour’s (2007) sense of the word – specific ‘numbers’ related to reading that are regularly referred to in media as well as in educational and political settings in contemporary Sweden. The numbers are used in reading promoting arguments: it is claimed that seventeen-year-olds who read a lot have a vocabulary of 50,000 words, while their low-reading peers have only 15,000 words in their vocabulary. It is also argued that 50,000 words is what is needed to be able to read and understand a typical newspaper text. These kinds of numerical claims circulate in the public discourse and are often unchallenged and presented as matters of facts. Uncontested, the numbers are left to do their work – efficient in establishing truths, suggesting impartiality and transparency, ‘strengthened by the historical relationship between numbers and rationality, objectivity and control’ (de Wilde & Franssen, 2016, p. 505; see Hacking, 1990; Porter, 1995). They stabilize beliefs about reading into hard facts. By that, they also naturalize reading as something inherently good and useful, and therefore difficult to question (Sundström Sjödin, 2019). Moreover, although the construction of the problem implies the construction of the recipient, i.e. the so-called troublesome subject, in this case it remains unclear for whom exactly the lack of reading is a problem (Marres, 2005). In this study, we trace the specific numbers we encountered in various sites of what we call “the reading industrial complex” (Sundström Sjödin et al, in press). We trace the origins of these numbers, how they have been produced, and with what tools. In doing so, we aim to develop knowledge on how reading is constructed as a public problem and a societal desire and what role numbers play in this construction. This aim is specified in the following three research questions: I) Which actors are involved in the dissemination of particular numbers related to reading, and who are the (implied) addressees of these numbers? II) What societal and educational imaginaries and desires are embedded in these numbers? III) What are the “origins” of the numbers? How and for what purposes were they produced? Theoretically and methodologically, the study draws on concepts and sensibilities of STS to explore the processes of knowledge production and dissemination, developed in the section below. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Aligning with STS sensibilities, we analyze things that appear as naturalized (that is, factual, closed, readymade and stable) in the ways they are settled, that is, through the stabilizing mechanisms of fact, science and truth making (Latour, 2007, p. 120; see also Dussauge et al., 2015). These mechanisms are created, negotiated and agreed upon by actors with specific interests and motives. Accordingly, we examine the ways in which reading is stabilized as something natural and intrinsically good, by focusing on actors, including numbers and quantifications, that give the numerical value political significance through these relational performances. As we trace the numbers and actors that use the numbers, in referrals and references in the interviews and documents, we look for where the quantifications and valuations (Dussauge et al., 2015) originate from, how they were created (when possible), and in what ways they have been distributed into public discourse. What actors are for example part of the dissemination of these numbers and what actors can be seen as enrolled into the issue by the numbers? Our material consists primarily of digital documents of different kinds where the numbers in question are mentioned, gathered from official websites, social media, teaching material, and government information sites. To trace the origin of the numbers, we also consulted the sources to which some of the collected empirical materials referred. In other cases, we interviewed those who mention these numbers in different contexts, including researchers, writers, librarians, and teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Stabilizing mechanisms in fact- and truth making processes, such as quantifications of reading and vocabulary, has enrolled some actors while excluding other possibly relevant actors (Callon, 1986; Hamilton, 2012). The specific number that we have set out to trace – the 50 000 words a 17-year-old experienced reader would have – has been found in a number of places. These include, for example, student teacher textbooks, parent-teacher meetings at school, social media, research pieces and policy documents. The number(s) are used by politicians, researchers, teachers, and in different kinds of reading promoting work. However, the origin of these numbers remains somewhat of a mystery. They are usually cited without any reference to any source. In rare cases, they are cited with references to scientific publications which, however, do not themselves contain these numbers. In other words, it is not known on what basis this number of 50,000 originated, since it seems to have no source. Nevertheless, this enigmatic number is performative and appears to be an actor in its own right in the reading-industrial complex. No matter if they are “true” or not, the numbers do their work. In most cases, as mentioned above, these numbers are used to emphasize the importance of reading because it is believed to lead to an increase in vocabulary, which in turn is considered valuable. Thus, reading is mostly discussed in quantitative terms, leaving aside what is read and why. In other words, mastering a certain number of words by a certain age – in this case, 50,000 by the age of 17 – is presented as something to strive for. Consequently, those with a smaller vocabulary appear to be an obvious problem to be prevented or addressed. References Callon, M. (1986). Some elements of a sociology of translation: Domestication of the scallops and the fishermen of St Brieuc Bay. In J. Law (Ed.), Power, action, belief: A new sociology of knowledge (pp. 196–233). London: Routledge. de Wilde, M., & Franssen, T. (2016). The material practices of quantification: Measuring “deprivation” in the Amsterdam neighbourhood policy. Critical Social Policy, 36(4), 489–510. Dussauge, I., Helgesson, C-F., & Lee, F. (Eds.) (2015). Value practices in the life sciences and medicine. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Hacking, I. (1990). The taming of chance. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hamilton, M. (2012). Literacy and the politics of representation. London & New York: Routledge. Jasanoff, S. (2015). Future Imperfect: Science, Technology, and the Imaginations of Modernity. In S. Jasanoff & S-H Kim (eds.) Dreamscapes of Modernity: Sociotechnical Imaginaries and the Fabrication of Power. Chicago: Chicago University Press. Latour, B. (1987). Science in action: How to follow scientists and engineers through society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Latour, B. (1993). We have never been modern. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Latour, B. (1999). Pandora’s hope: Essays on the reality of science studies. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Latour, B. (2007). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor–network theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Marres, N. S. (2005). No issue, no public: Democratic deficits after the displacement of politics. Amsterdam: Ipskamp Printpartners. Porter, T. M. (1995). Trust in numbers. The pursuit of certainty in science and public life. Princeton NJ: Princeton University Press. Rahm, L. (2019). Educational Imaginaries: A genealogy of the digital citizen. Linköping University. Sundström Sjödin, E. (2017). Tracing reading to the dark side: Investigating the policy producing reading and readers in detention homes. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 39(6), 887–900. Sundström Sjödin, E. (2019). Where is the Critical in Literacy? Tracing performances of reading, readers and non-readers in educational practice, Örebro Studies in Education, 59, Örebro Studies in Educational Science with an emphasis on Didactics, 18. Sundström Sjödin, E., Persson, M., & Pettersson, D. (In press) Läsning, ekologi och siffror: Sanningspraktiker hos en läsfrämjande aktör. Språk och litteratur: En omöjlig eller skön förening? SMDI-15. Studia Rhetorica Lundensia nr. 8. 2024 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Poland’s March of Independence as a space of heterotopia Kazimierz Wielki University, Poland Presenting Author:The main aim of the presented paper is to analyze the Independence March as a heterotopia according to the approach introduced by Michel Foucault. The Independence March is an annual event celebrating the regaining of independence by Poland on 11th of November in 1918. The initiators and organizers of the March are nationalist youth organizations - the All-Polish Youth (in Polish: Młodzież Wszechpolska) and the National Radical Camp (in Polish: Obóz Narodowo-Radykalny) - who formed together the Independence March Association. Though organized by civil society rather than being an official state event, the March became over the years the leading public event on Poland’s Independence Day. The March as an event and as a social phenomenon has already been discussed by many researchers (Malendowicz, 2016; Wiącek, 2019, Wiśniewski, 2019, Rukat, 2020, Witkowski, Woroncow, Puchała, 2023), but wasn’t so far studied as a space of heterotopia, which allows to understand the complexity of the event, the social role it plays, and the involvement of organizers in defining concepts of citizenship and national identity in Poland. The main research question this paper attempts to answer is the following: is the Independence March a heterotopia? Michel Foucault set six rules of heteropia, four of which are analyzed to answer the research question and understand the role that the March plays within the Polish society in defining and marking categories of citizenship and national identity (see more detailed information below under „Research Methods”). The key point of reference is the 2018 March of Independence, which celebrated the cententary of regaining independence by Poland. The collected materials include: documents of theese organizations, information posted on the official website of this event, posts on Facebook and press articles published in 2018. In total 232 documents were analyzed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was embedded in the constructivist paradigm, because of the role of the researcher in the process of collecting and analyzing data, which Denzin and Lincoln define as a “mediator of multi-vocal reconstruction” (2005, p. 196). The research was conducted as part of a qualitative strategy. The central analytical category is ‘heterotopia’ introduced by Michel Foucault. Heterotopias are ”spaces that provide an alternative space of ordering while paradoxically remaining both separate from and connected to all other spaces” (Topinka, 2010, p. 55) Foucault indetified six principles of heterotopia, and the author analyses four of them: 1) heterotopias arrange multiple spaces, 2) heterotopias arrange multiple times, 3) heterotopias manage entrances and exclusions and 4) heterotopias expose real spaces. A total of 232 documents were analyzed and coded using Atlas.ti. The collected research material includes: official documents of the organizations behind the Independence March Association (i.e. statutes, statements); content about the event provided by the Independence March Association on its website (and specifically any information related to the history of the March and volunteer work within the March); All-Polish Youth posts on Facebook from 2018; and press articles published in the same year. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Two main conclusions arise from the heterotopic nature of the Independence March, which go beyond the space of this event and influence the entire society. Firstly, the March reveals the struggle for power between different actors in Polish society, and became a symbolic tool by itself in this fight. Secondly, due to its complexity, the Independence March affects the Polish society with varying intensity and its scale is really broadly spread, i.e. from people who did not participate in the March, through random participants, then physically and emotionally involved people and/or groups that have in purpose participated in this March, up to the organizers, for whom it is the most important event of the year. References Denzin, Lincoln. (2005). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. Los Angeles: SAGE Publications, Inc. Foucault, M. (2005). Inne przestrzenie. [Other Spaces] Teksty Drugie, 6, 117–125. Malendowicz, P. (2016). Marsz Niepodległości, czyli inna Europa jest możliwa [Independence March, or another Europe is possible]. Annales Universitatis Mariae Curie Skłodowska. Sectio K. Politologia 2(23): 195–206. Rukat, R. 2020. „O «zwykłych ludziach» na Marszu Niepodległości. Etnografia demonstracji ulicznej”. Adeptus 16: 1–15. Topinka, R. J. (2010). Foucault, Borges, heterotopia: Producing knowledge in other spaces. Foucault Studies, 9, 54-70. Wiącek, E. (2019). The Rhetoric of the “March of Independence” in Poland (2010–2017) as the Answer for the Policy of Multiculturalism in the EU and the Refugee Crisis. Politeja 4 (61): 149–166. Wiśniewski, R. et al. (2019). O 11 listopada pewnego roku. Świętowanie stulecia odzyskania niepodległości w ujęciu socjologicznym [On November 11 one year. Celebrating the centenary of regaining independence from a sociological perspective]. Wydawnictwo NCK. Witkowski, Woroncow, Puchała (2023). The Polish Independence March as a Contact Hub and a Model for European Extremism. Counter Extremism Project https://www.counterextremism.com/sites/default/files/2023-03/CEP%20Report_Polish%20Independence%20March_Jan%202023.pdf [Access 24.10.2023] |
15:45 - 17:15 | 29 SES 07A: Special Call: The Materiality in Arts-Education Research Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Tobias Frenssen Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Encounters with Mud: Purity and Danger 1Manchester Metropolitan Univeristy, United Kingdom; 2Eagleby South State Primary School, Logan, Australia; 3Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia Presenting Author:Context and problematic In an ‘Age of Uncertainty’ education is challenged to go above and beyond the usual way schools have functioned. This presentation takes us to an exceptional primary school in a peri-urban location in Australia that is carefully paying attention to community knowledge and the experiences of those in the immediate locale who live precarious lives and who are from diverse cultures including Aboriginal. The first and third authors have been researching with the headteacher for over a decade and have witnessed the ways teachers have been finding ways to attend to all kinds of matter, including mud. We focus on an event which we have called ‘Encounters with Mud: Purity and Danger’ in which two parents interact with their baby as part of a Curious Play Activity designed to bring communities members into the school grounds. The Curious Play Activity took place in an Indigenous garden, named the Buggeiri area of the school. This is a quiet place with water holes, native trees, animals, sand, a beehive and wooden seats arranged in a circle. We use the event to explore carnal knowledge, vibrant matter, creative immersion, and cultural resistance with a nod towards Mary Douglas’s (1966/2002) seminal work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We employ a diffractive methodology (Barad, 2007), which starts in the midst of things with a rich description of an event in the Buggeiri indigenous garden witnessed by the headteacher and the third author. The first diffraction is based on the headteacher’s notes written after the ‘Encounters with Mud’ event as he reflects and worries about the seemingly unequal attention given by the mother and father to their baby as she immerses herself in messy play with fake mud. The second diffraction opens up further musing about the role of fathers living precarious lives based on the third author’s and a co-researcher’s conversations with fathers attending the Curious Play activity. The child-mother, child-father interactions are next diffracted through Daniel’s Stern’s (2010) concept ‘Forms of Vitality’ and Jane Bennett’s (2010) ‘Vibrant Matters’ to speculate about the affective charge of matters such as mud, bodies and the aesthetics of play areas which include mess. This diffraction involves our collective academic reading and conversations among the three authors, which opens up issues of freedom and constraint alongside social class, poverty, gender and race. The fourth and final diffraction involves the first and third authors rifting off Mary Douglas’s text ‘Purity and Danger’ to think about social norms (Hegarty, 2007) the force of actions once framed within institutional contexts such as schools, and the potential for artful resistance by whom and where. The diffractions have been created with a commitment to an ethico-onto-epistemological (Barad, 2007) approach to research which recognises that stories are interventions that become actants in their own right and have the capacity to move others for good or ill. We tell diffractive stories in order to spread hope among the teaching profession in Europe and beyond strangled by neoliberal, capitalist and colonial policy contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Significance and implications for education Along with other scholars working in the area of post-human, new material feminist studies our longitudinal research in this exceptional primary school is attempting to shift how research is undertaken and understood as we face an uncertain future where conventional research methods are inadequate. We start by standing in the midst of activates and stay long enough and with an open, attentive and non-judgemental presence. By working alongside teachers we describe events in order to surface that which is hidden and silenced by dominant education policy agendas emanating from global actors based in Europe (OECD, UNESCO, World Bank) and dominant social norms to hint at the forces of resistance that accompany any people or place where oppression is felt, and experienced through lack of jobs, resources or voice. Over a considerable period of time, the teachers in this exceptional school have been paying attention to these forces as deep seams of knowing by viewing children’s actions as nexus of forces that are generative and at times dangerous. By paying attention to the affective forces that bubble from the ‘trouble’ (Haraway 2016) and by working collectively we tilt the gaze and see/feel the strength that lies beside oppression to think differently about education. Our contribution is primarily methodological as it involves diffractive story telling, theoretical in that we draw on various scholars in our diffractions and obliquely related to the global education reform movement and standardising practices across OECD countries. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. Bennett, J. (2010). Vibrant Matter: a political ecology of things. Durham and London: Duke University Press. Douglas, M. (1966/2002) Purity and Danger: An analysis of concepts of pollution and taboo. London and New York: Routledge Classics. Hegarty P. (2007) Getting dirty - Psychology's history of power. History of Psychology, 10, pp 75-91. Harroway, D. J. (2016): Staying with the Trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Pres. Stern, D. N. (2010) Forms of Vitality: Exploring Dynamic Experience in Psychology, the Arts. Psychotherapy, and Development. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Research on Materiality in the Entangelment of Arts Education Research and Educational programs in a University Context UCLL, Belgium Presenting Author:Research question behind the research we will present: Research-teaching nexus as topic: Within our university, we conduct practical research on how we try to initiate this entanglement. Through an ethnographic methodology, we document and analyse this trajectory. In existing research, the emphasis here is often on the interaction of individuals (researchers, students, teachers...)or the organization of the curriculum. The following cases will be discussed during the presentation: In the university's drawing, they are separate departments. In practice, they are materials, people and practices that are often shared. Studies show that the research-teaching nexus is a complex concept in which the interpretation of practice and understanding can vary widely in concrete university contexts (Verburg, Elen, Lindblom-Ylänne 2007; Simons, Elen 2007). In arts education research, as opposed to general educational research, the term research-teaching nexus is little to no subject of research. Objective: The objective of the presentation is to give colleague researchers an insight into how this research was conducted. In addition, concrete materials from the research will prompt debate on the relationship between teaching and research in a university context. European dimension: The interaction between teaching and research is an important issue for universities in all corners of Europe. Both research and teaching are considered core tasks of higher education. Especially since the mid-1990s, much has been published on the relationship between the two key tasks (Tight 2016). Theoretical framework: Materiality in higher education in new materialism research: European dimension: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. General description of the research methodology: The research approach behind the research presented can be situated within practice-oriented research. Practices from the university context are the entry point. Through ethnographic research methods, we document concrete cases from practice. We confront these data with insights from literature reviews. This literature review focus on the one hand on insights about the research-teaching nexus. Another literature review takes insights from New Metialism. These insights feed into the case studies, observations and data analysis 2. More detailled description: The context in which the research method must be placed: -practice-oriented research -concrete case studie -method: ethnographic research -Data collection methods: We collect data through various methodologies. We start from literature research to draw up a state of affairs with regard to materiality. This materiality is explored in one section of the literature review in relation to the research-teaching nexus. In the other part of the literature review, we focus on materiality from new materialism. Literature review In the first phase we start with a literature study. The aim was to develop a design structure about research-teaching nexus, materiality, new materialism Case studies with students, teachers and researchers For this we document and analyse different materials: (1) Research results from students that are used in the work of researchers (2) The materiality of a space designed to fascilitate interaction between students, teacher educators and researchers (3) Output materials from research that are used in educational programs. (4) Materials that inspire students, teachers and researchers during seminars. -Data processing method: The data from the literature study (phase 1) is handled according to the method of systematic review. We start from a set of key terms. These key terms are refined and adjusted through confrontation with literature. We process the data from the case study in university context (phase 2) through ethnographic research. The ethnographic methodology offers us the opportunity to analyze the complexity of materiality in the research-teaching nexus. The ethnographic approach is in line with the way we work with materiality in the university context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings During this session, we want to put forward some university practices in which materiality plays a central role in the interaction between research and teaching. We will show (1) student materials used in investigations. We will show (2) materials from researchers used in the context of training. We will show (3) material environments designed to fascinate the interaction between research and teaching in the university. We will show (4) materials that are shared as a source for inspiration and debate with students, teachers and researchers during collective seminars. Each time, we will (A) describe, (B) analyse the role of materiality and (C) provide links to literature. Possible findings: -That materiality can be an interesting entry point to install connection between teaching and research. Other possible bridges, such as human resources, finance, curricula are sometimes more delicate within universities, which can obstruct cooperation. -There are sometimes incorrect assumptions about the other departments (education or research). These can be dispelled by shared subject matter practice. -Staff with a shared profile, can make the bridge by sharing materials and contexts. The investigation is ongoing. By the end of the academic year, these conclusions will be further refined. References *Atkinson, D. (2017). The Force of Art, Disobedience and Learning: Building a Life. Korea: Insea. *Atkinson, D. (2018). Art, disobedience and ethics - the adventure of pedagogy. Cham, Switzerland: Springer. *Charteris, J., Smardon, D., & Nelson, E. (2017). Innovative learning environments and new materialism: A conjunctural analysis of pedagogic spaces. ACCESS Special Issue of Educational Philosophy and Theory. 49(8), 808-821. Doi: 10.1080/00131857.2017.1298035. Available from http://www.tandfonline.com/eprint/kzRuTZ6NqXZW2rZqSRvG/full *Fuller, I., Mellor, A., & Entwistle, J. A. (2014). Combining research-based student fieldwork with staff research to reinforce teaching and learning. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 38(3), 383–400. *Hernández-Hernández, Fernando. "Openness to the unforeseen in a nomadic research process on teachers’ learning experiences." In Becoming an Educational Ethnographer, 104–16. Abingdon, Oxon ; New York : Routledge, 2021.: Routledge, 2020. *McKinley, J., McIntosh, S., Milligan, L. et al. Eyes on the enterprise: problematising the concept of a teaching-research nexus in UK higher education. High Educ 81, 1023–1041 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-020-00595-2 *Simons, M. & Elen, J. (2007): The ‘research–teaching nexus’ and ‘education through research’: an exploration of ambivalences, Studies in Higher Education, 32:5, 617-631 *Taylor, C.A. & Bayley, A. 2020. Posthumanism and Higher Education: Reimagining Pedagogy, Practice and Research, London: Palgrave Macmillan *Sojot, A.N. (2020). New Materialism and Educational Innovation. In: Peters, M., Heraud, R. (eds) Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-2262-4_112-1 *Verburgh, A., & Elen, J. (2006, December). The influence of discipline and experience on students’ perception of the relationship between teaching and research. Paper presented at the annual conference of the Society of Research into Higher Education, Brighton, UK. *Tight, M. (2016). Examining the research/teaching nexus. European Journal of Higher Education, 6(4), 293–311. *Verburgh, A., Elen, J. & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. Investigating the myth of the relationship between teaching and research in higher education: A review of empirical research. Stud Philos Educ 26, 449–465 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-007-9055-1 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 30 SES 07 A (OFFSITE): ESE and Higher Education (OFFSITE) Location: OFFSITE VENUE, details tbc Session Chair: Marco Rieckmann Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper “Embedding Sustainability”? A Case Study on How the Sustainable University Takes Shape in a Change Practice on Engineering Education 1Ghent University, Belgium; 2Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:In the rapidly growing literature on the university – sustainability nexus (Hallinger & Chatpinyakoop, 2019), a very diverse image of what a university should do or could do in relation to sustainability appears (Deleye, 2023). Based on a discourse analysis, Deleye states that the sustainable university, to be understood as “any notions of an existing or desirable future university that engages with sustainability”, is not unequivocally defined and addressed in the academic literature. Deleye identifies three dominant discourses on the sustainable university, implying that the idea of the sustainable university is presented and discussed in that literature in three overarching ways: (1) a sustainable university as higher education institution in which sustainability is embedded in an institutional way; (2) a sustainable university as a community that is engaged with sustainability issues; and (3) a sustainable university that is primarily sustainable through its green tech campus, the development of green technological innovations, and its relations with markets and industries. In this explorative case study, we use this sustainable university discourses framework as a starting point. We operationalize it as an analytical model to study how the sustainable university is conceptualized and given shape in a concrete change practice on sustainability in higher education. In addressing this research question, we do two things. On the one hand, we create knowledge on what happens in a concrete change practice by approaching it as a setting in which the sustainable university is conceptualized and takes shape. On the other hand, by using the framework for an empirical study of a practice, we create knowledge on the framework’s methodological potential and develop new insights into what a sustainable university (practice) can be. The case we study is a change practice in a Belgian university in which a working group consisting mainly of lecturers meets regularly to embed sustainability in the electromechanical engineering bachelor program. More specifically, those involved in the change practice redesign the curriculum through developing a sustainability teaching and learning track (a coherent thematic thread throughout the three years) and redesigning a cross-curricular project course. This means that we have data of change ‘in the making’ – i.e., as it is made through participants’ actions in a specific context. The dataset spans a period of eight years and includes observations, meeting notes, presentations, internal documents (e.g. vision texts), funding applications, and interviews, but also data on the actual redesigned course: student presentations, discussions between lecturers and students, and student papers. The study builds on the discourse analysis on the sustainable university by Deleye (2023). Besides showing how the sustainable university is commonly conceptualized in the academic literature, taken together, these three discourses form a framework that can also function as an analytical model for empirically studying how the sustainable university is conceptualized and takes shape in concrete practices (Deleye, 2023). This use is explored in this study. This analytical model is used within a pragmatist transactional approach (Dewey & Bentley, 1949) in which the concept of privileging (Wertsch, 1993) serves as analytical lens. The explicit aim is to use the sustainable university discourses framework in a non-deductive way. This implies not forcing an external framework upon the data, thereby reducing the analysis to pigeonholing cases within predetermined frames, but developing a methodological approach that allows to trace in a nuanced and precise way how the sustainable university is conceptualized and takes shape in a way that opens up for empirical surprises. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The use of the sustainable university discourses framework as analytical model implies that the discourses are not used for a new discourse analysis that attempts to verify these discourses’ existence in another empirical context. Instead they are used as an analytical model that functions as an external resource for empirical analyses of (change towards) a sustainable university practice in-the-making. This means that the analytical model is part of a wider methodological approach. This wider methodological approach first of all builds further on the original discourse analysis. These discourses can best be understood as three specific constellations of connected elements (words, phrases, concepts) around a limited set of nodal points (important elements which have an important structuring role within the discourse) (Deleye, 2023). Applying these nodal points and connections in the analytical procedure allows to go beyond merely using the analytical model as a flat list of elements to be used as an initial coding scheme. The above fits into a wider approach that enables us to analyze if and how those involved in the change practice relate to (aspects of) these three discourses. For this, we mainly draw on pragmatist transactional theory (Dewey & Bentley, 1949) and the concept of privileging (Wertsch, 1998). Central in pragmatist transactional theory (Dewey & Bentley, 1949) is the focus on the interplay (or transaction) between persons and their environment (Östman et al., 2019) in which both are continuously, simultaneously and reciprocally transformed. In the present study, a transactional approach allows us to understand the change in the making (i.e. the conceptualizing and taking shape of a sustainable university practice) as an interplay between the actions of educators developing education in the change practice and what they draw on from their environment. This brings us to the concept of privileging (Wertsch (1998). Privileging refers to the dynamic process of inclusion and exclusion, a process in which some things are taken into account as meaningful and relevant, while other things are ignored or disregarded. Using privileging as analytical lens implies that the focus lies on which aspects of the environing conditions (i.c. discourses on the sustainable university) the actors draw on. Thus, the sustainable university discourses framework offers an external point of reference that allows to analyze what is privileged and what is not. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the data shows that those involved in the change practice to a large extent draw on aspects of discourse 1 (“the sustainable higher education institution”), to a lesser extent on aspects of discourse 2 (“the engaged community”), and only minimally on discourse 3 (“the green-tech campus”). At first sight, especially the similarity with discourse 1 is striking: The working group embeds sustainability in a strategic and structural way within the confines of a pre-existing educational structure (program and existing courses). In this process, education is approached in terms of gathering knowledge and competences and often related to the notion of employability. All of this fits within how discourse 1 is described by Deleye (2023). However, a closer analysis of the data by juxtaposing discourses 1 and 2 allows to nuance this and shows a different image. We identify specific novel interpretations of important aspects of the second discourse, for example “social change”, “engagement”, “community”, “behavior change”, and “people”. On the other hand, some elements of discourse 1 are used in another way than might be expected based on the sustainable university discourses framework. Employability, for example, is used in relation to societal change, giving it an alternative meaning. Our results shows that the use of the sustainable university discourses framework as analytical model allows to study what happens in a sustainable higher education change practice in a novel and nuanced way. Juxtaposing the discourses highlighted some interesting aspects of how, in the case, a particular idea of the sustainable university is conceptualized and given shape. In addition to this, contrasting the framework with empirical material also allowed us to advance our knowledge on aspects and characteristics of the sustainable university discourses framework and on how the sustainable university can take shape in practice. References Deleye. (2023). Which "sustainable university" are we actually talking about? A topic-modelling driven discourse analysis of academic literature. Environmental Education Research. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2167940 Dewey, J., & Bentley, A. (1949). Knowing and the Known. Beacon Press. Hallinger, P., & Chatpinyakoop, C. (2019). A Bibliometric Review of Research on Higher Education for Sustainable Development, 1998-2018. Sustainability, 11(8). https://doi.org/10.3390/su11082401 Östman, L., Van Poeck, K., & Öhman, J. (2019). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In K. Van Poeck, L. Östman, & J. Öhman (Eds.), Sustainable Development teaching (pp. 127-139). Routledge. Wertsch, J. V. (1993). Voices of the Mind: A Sociocultural approach to mediated action. Harvard University Press 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Pedagogy of the heart: Empowering Higher Education Students to Cope with Socio-Ecological Challenges Wageningen University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Empowering the young generation to constructively cope with on-going socio-ecological sustainability challenges through education, is a focal point of attention in this time of crisis. This is however a complex task given that sustainability challenges, like for example climate change, are emotionally charged. Researchers acknowledge that many of us are emotionally affected by such challenges (e.g. Ojala, 2021; Ogunbode, 2022). This encompasses the experience of a range of emotions (e.g. anxiety, anger, and hope) which in turn affect people capacity to constructively cope with those threats.
The young generation, inheriting the escalating socio-ecological crisis, is emotionally affected too by such challenges. The interaction with the close environment and society at large, including also the participation in environmental and sustainability courses, are an example of factors that bring socio-ecological challenges very close to the heart of the younger generation (e.g. Hiser and Lynch, 2021; Ojala and Lakew, 2017; Ojala, 2007). Findings report that young adults experience an increasing emotional distress (Hickman, et al. 2021) and sense of disempowerment in their life also in connection to their educational encounters with sustainability challenges and climate change (e.g. Jones & Davison, 2021). This suggests the relevance of considering the emotional dimension in educational processes of empowerment, as also highlighted elsewhere (Tassone, 2022).
However, in spite of those acknowledgments and reported insights, emotion-inclusive pedagogies that empower students to cope constructively with the on-going crisis in the face of emotional distress, are under-researched. Furthermore, educators are left with question marks about what are the emotional experiences of their students, and whether and how to channel them in a constructive and empowering way (e.g. Verlie et al., 2020). This challenge is exacerbated by the contemporary higher education teaching and learning system which is geared towards enhancing development of cognitive learning, while ignoring more subjective and (inter-)personal experiences (Ives et al., 2019), devaluing the emotional dimension or tending to dismiss it to philosophical matters.
In the attempt to take a first step towards illuminating those aspects, and with a focus on sustainability challenges related experiences of young adults studying in higher education, this exploratory study addresses two Research Questions (RQs): (RQ1) what are experiences of emotional (dis) empowerment in relation to sustainability challenges?; and (RQ2) what pedagogical endeavors can help to cultivate a sense of emotional empowerment?
This study addresses those two questions by exploring the lived emotional experiences of 27 students, in a life science university in the Netherlands. The objective of this study is to inform, based on the insights generated through the exploration, the pedagogical endeavors of educators attempting to empower young adults studying in higher education in times of emotional distress.
Two conceptual lenses are guiding this study. Firstly, this study conceptualizes emotions as broad phenomena including feelings, affects, moods, and related mental states (e.g. Pihkala, 2022). Empowerment (and disempowerment) are regarded too as an emotion. Empowerment is thus approached in this study as a personal feeling or perception that one can (or cannot in case of disempowerment) constructively cope with sustainability challenges. Understanding emotion as a broad term encompassing such multiple phenomena is not new in environmental and climate research (e.g. Jones and Davison, 2021; Landmann, 2020). Secondly, this study takes a post-critical pedagogical approach (Hodgson et al. 2018). In line with post-critical pedagogy, this study considers and moves beyond a critique on the current (pedagogical) system, by exploring pedagogical ways to relate affirmatively and attentionally to the word as it stands through the cultivation of emotional empowerment.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to explore and interpret the lived emotional experiences of the participants, this study takes a phenomenological approach and apply an Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis methodology (IPA) (Smith and Osborn, 2003). The study participants are international Master of Science students, joining a course focusing on empowerment for sustainability in a university in the Netherlands. A total of 27 students, agreeing to participate to the study, signed a statement of informed consent prior to its start. Furthermore the Research Ethics Committee of the university in question, positively assessed the study. Semi-structured in-depth interviews were conducted individually with each of the participants. Those interviews, with an average duration of 40 minutes, were conducted online via MSteams. The procedural steps undertaken were the following: The students were asked to choose a sustainability challenge they cared about. Then, they were guided into a short contemplative inquiry exercise. In this exercise, the students were asked to become aware of possible emotions that their chosen sustainability challenge did trigger in them. The interview focused on the exploration of two interrelated aspects. One aspect, concerning RQ1, focused on exploring students’ emotional experiences and felt sense of (dis-)empowerment, in relation to the chosen sustainability challenge. This was investigated by asking: Is there an emotion or are there emotions that you experience in relation to you sustainability challenge? Is there any sense of (dis)empowerment arising, when you experience those emotions in relation to your sustainability challenge? Could you elaborate on that? The other aspect, concerning RQ2, focused on exploring factors that enhance the felt sense of empowerment experienced by the students. This was investigated by asking: What helps you or could help you to cultivate a sense of empowerment? Could you elaborate on that? At the end of the interview, the experiences of the students were validated. The interviewer summarized what was heard and checked with the student if the summary was accurate. The feedback received by the student helped to establish the accuracy of the researchers’ understanding and of the data set. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim, with repeated words and fillers removed. Currently, the transcriptions are analyzed qualitatively, through an on-going iterative co-engagement of the author and a co-coder based on thematic analysis, following the IPA methodology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While the analysis of the data is on-going and the final results will be presented during the conference, we anticipate here preliminary results. Students brought forward a variety of sustainability challenges they feel deeply concerned about. Examples are climate change (e.g. climate migration), environmental and social (un-)justice (e.g. gender issues), environmental degradation (e.g. marine degradation), etc. With regard to students’ experiences of emotional (dis)empowerment (RQ1), the majority of students experience negative emotions associated with a felt sense of disempowerment towards sustainability challenges: e.g. students experience anxiety about the uncertain climate future. Students also experience positive emotions associated with a felt sense of empowerment: e.g. students experience passion as they feel eager to address challenges that matters to them. In some cases students experience ambivalent emotions (e.g. anger, hope), associated to either empowerment or disempowerment depending on the situation. With regard to pedagogical endeavors that can support students’ emotional empowerment (RQ2), enable students to navigate negative emotions and cultivating positive ones, this study proposes a pedagogy of the heart. Such a pedagogy, inviting the emotional world of the students into education, has multiple points of focus. For example, it provides the space for cultivating a sense of belonging by humanizing the classroom. Students feel emotionally empowered when they can meet each other as human beings and listen to each other aspirations, when they discover they are not alone in their struggle as others share similar or other hopes and concerns. Or for example, it provides the space for cultivating reflexivity. Students feel emotionally empowered when they can connect to their sense of purpose and concerns, and consider affirmative ways to navigate them. A full description of the proposed pedagogy of heart, based on findings will be provided during the conference. References Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., Wray, B., & Mellor, C. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey. The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863–e873. Hiser, K. K., & Lynch, M. K. (2021). Worry and Hope: What College Students Know, Think, Feel, and Do about Climate Change. 13(3). Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2018). Manifesto for a post-critical pedagogy. Punctum books. Ives, C. D., Freeth, R., & Fischer, J. (2020). Inside-out sustainability: The neglect of inner worlds. Ambio, 49, 208-217. Jones, C. A., & Davison, A. (2021). Disempowering emotions: The role of educational experiences in social responses to climate change. Geoforum, 118(November 2020), 190–200. Landmann, H., & Rohmann, A. (2020). Being moved by protest : Collective efficacy beliefs and injustice appraisals enhance collective action intentions for forest protection via positive and negative emotions. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 71, 101491. Ogunbode, C., Doran, R., Hanss, D., Ojala, M., Salmela-Aro, K., van den Broek, K. L., ... & Karasu, M. (2022). Climate anxiety, wellbeing and pro-environmental action: Correlates of negative emotional responses to climate change in 32 countries. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 101887. Ojala, M., Cunsolo, A., Ogunbode, C. A., & Middleton, J. (2021). Anxiety, worry, and grief in a time of environmental and climate crisis: A narrative review. Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 46(1), 35–58. Ojala M, Lakew Y. 2017. Young people and climate change communication. In Oxford Encyclopedia of Climate Change Communication. Oxford, UK: Univ. Oxford Press. Ojala, M. (2007). Hope and worry: Exploring young people's values, emotions, and behavior regarding global environmental problems. Doctoral dissertation, Örebro universitetsbibliotek). Pihkala, P. (2022). Toward a Taxonomy of Climate Emotions. Frontiers in Climate, 3(January), 1–22. Smith, J. A., & Osborn, M. (2003). Interpretative phenomenological analysis. In J. A. Smith (Ed.), Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods (pp. 51–80). Sage Publications, Inc.. Tassone V.C., (2022). Essay ‘Fostering Deep Learning by Uncovering Emotions in Empowerment for Sustainability Processes’, pp 59-61. In: Deutzekens, N. Van Poeck, K, et al. Challenges for environmental and sustainability education research in times of climate crisis. Online book, SEDwise. Verlie, B., Clark, E., Jarrett, T., & Supriyono, E. (2020). Educators ’ experiences and strategies for responding to ecological distress. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 37, 132–146. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Service Learning and Sustainable Transformation at Universities – A Multiple Case Study in Germany 1University of Vechta, Germany; 2Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg, Germany; 3Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt, German; 4Otto-von-Guericke-University Magdeburg, Germany; 5University of Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:Higher education institutions (HEIs) play a crucial role in advancing sustainable development within the knowledge society by training future leaders, experts, and educators, and conducting research on achieving a more sustainable world (e.g., Wals et al., 2016). The whole-institution approach (WIA) is recognized as vital for successful governance in sustainable development at HEIs (e.g., Holst, 2023). Developing a comprehensive concept for implementing sustainable development that integrates research, teaching, transfer, and operations is a complex yet rewarding challenge, capable of transforming entire institutions (Niedlich et al., 2020). In this context, the involvement, dialogue, and collaboration among stakeholders from various areas and sectors of the HEI are crucial (e.g., Leal Filho et al., 2019). Innovative approaches are required to promote WIA, and we see service learning (SL) as a promising yet underutilized format in this regard. Service learning engages students in active, relevant, and collaborative learning processes, emphasizing both service and the associated learning (Bringle & Hatcher, 2000). In sustainability-oriented SL projects, students take responsibility for developing concepts or implementing projects for practice partners, instigating organizational changes toward sustainability and gaining knowledge and action skills through experiential learning processes (e.g., Schank et al., 2020). While SL is increasingly recognized as a method of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) (e.g., Tejedor et al., 2019), it is often underexplored in the sustainable design of universities themselves (e.g., Johannisson & Hiete, 2021). Existing studies primarily focus on student learning outcomes, overlooking the concrete benefits and effects of SL for other stakeholders, such as community partners or society at large (Stöhr & Herzig, 2021). Consequently, the extent to which SL can be instrumental in realizing WIA at universities and fostering sustainable local/regional transformation remains a research gap. In the "Service Learning and Sustainable Transformation at Universities" (Senatra) project, the University of Vechta, the University of Bremen, Otto von Guericke University Magdeburg, the Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt, and the student organisation netzwerk n collaborate to address the overarching research question: "To what extent can the incorporation of service learning in university teaching contribute to an overall institutional sustainable transformation of universities?" The project aims to: analyse the impact of SL on students' competence development in the ESD context, describe the success conditions of SL in the context of ESD, investigate the integration processes between science and practice, evaluate the contribution of SL projects to the sustainable transformation of higher education institutions, and research the role of SL projects in the transfer of sustainability practices and their contribution to regional sustainable transformation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address this research gap, we are conducting a multiple transdisciplinary case study (Kyburz-Graber, 2016) that explores and scientifically evaluates various SL formats at HEIs. In alignment with the WIA, SL projects are implemented on university campuses as part of courses, supporting their sustainable transformation across all university activities. This approach turns the HEIs themselves into real-world laboratories for sustainable development, while SL projects with external partners aim to facilitate knowledge transfer to the regions. The project unfolds in four phases: Phase 1 (development), Phase 2 (application), Phase 3 (evaluation/finalization), and Phase 4 (consolidation/transfer). Following the development phase, SL formats are trialled and evaluated sequentially at each university before undergoing additional testing at other partner universities. This sequential approach provides insights into their effectiveness, transferability, and success conditions. Data collection during SL seminars involves pre- and post-design surveys of students, post-project group discussions, expert interviews with practice partners, students, and teachers, as well as practical teaching research through teaching diaries and document analyses. The pre- and post-survey is particularly pivotal, utilizing a quantitative questionnaire study developed at the Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt and the Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg to analyze the effectiveness of SL on students' reported competence development in ESD. Situational variables are incorporated to analyse context-specific differences in the courses and their impact on student outcomes. An a priori model, grounded in existing research on ESD and SL, informs the survey instrument, which includes adapted existing scales and newly developed scales based on theoretical findings. Pre-testing and refinement of the survey instrument precede its application in the quantitative pre-post test during the SL seminars at participating universities in the winter semester of 2023/2024. Data analysis serves to validate the survey instrument and the model, employing dimension-reducing methods to manage the extensive questionnaire. Additionally, inferential statistical methods applied to the pre-post survey data describe the impact of SL on skills development in terms of ESD within the sample (Lindau et al., 2024). While prior research on ESD in higher education often relies on descriptive case studies from individual universities, the generalizability of which may be questioned (Barth & Rieckmann, 2016), our project emphasizes the importance of multiple case studies in the field (Cebrián, 2021). The mixed methods design, coupled with a cross-case examination of results, aims for a more profound understanding and generalizable findings on the pertinent research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To date, five project seminars involving a total of 90 students have been conducted at three universities. Among these seminars, three were organised in collaboration with regional partners, including associations, municipal institutions, or schools, while the remaining two involved campus partners such as the university sustainability office or student initiatives. Data collection using the pre-post questionnaire occurred for the first time in three service learning (SL) seminars during the current winter semester of 2023/24 (pre-survey: October 2023, post-survey: January and February 2024). The pre-survey engaged 60 students, revealing that students already perceived their sustainability knowledge as relatively well-developed before the commencement of the seminar. Positive attitudes towards sustainability and a commitment to it were also evident, although values for students' self-efficacy were notably lower. As the post-survey was recently completed, ongoing evaluation is underway. The results, to be presented at the conference, will provide insights into the validity of the survey instrument. The aim is to make a German and English version of the validated instrument available to the scientific community as soon as possible. The survey findings will address the effects of SL on students, and interviews with partners will offer information on the impact of SL projects on partners and in the region. The diverse empirical data collected in this multiple case study will significantly contribute to the European and global discourse on the significance of SL within the framework of ESD and the WIA. It is poised to stimulate additional academic interest in SL within the context of ESD in higher education on an international scale. References Barth, M., Rieckmann, M. (2016). State of the Art in Research on Higher Education for Sustainable Development. In M. Barth, G. Michelsen, M. Rieckmann & I. Thomas (eds.), Routledge Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 100-113). Routledge. Bringle, R. G. & Hatcher, J. A. (2000). Institutionalization of Service Learning in Higher Education. Journal of Higher Education, 71, 273–290. Cebrián, G. et al. (2021). Multiple case-study analysis of service-learning as a means to foster sustainability competencies amongst pre-service educators. Teachers and Teaching, 27(6), 488–505. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2021.1977269. Holst, J. (2023): Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 18(2), 1015–1030. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01226-8. Johannisson, J. & Hiete, M. (2021). Environmental service-learning approach in higher education – a descriptive case study on student-led life cycle assessments of university cafeteria meals. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 22(7), 1728–1752. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-12-2020-0494. Kyburz-Graber, R. (2016). Case study research on higher education for sustainable development: epistemological foundation and quality challenges. In M. Barth, G. Michelsen, I. Thomas & M. Rieckmann (eds.), Routledge Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 126–141). Routledge. Leal Filho, W. et al. (2019). Sustainable Development Goals and sustainability teaching at universities: Falling behind or getting ahead of the pack? Journal of Cleaner Production, 232(1), 285–294. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.05.309. Lindau, A.-K. et al. (2024). Entwicklung eines Instrumentes zur Erfassung der Wirksamkeit von Service Learning in Kontexten von Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (in preparation). Niedlich, S. et al. (2020). Cultures of sustainability governance in higher education institutions: A multi‐case study of dimensions and implications. Higher Education Quarterly, 74(4), 373–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12237. Schank, C. et al. (2020). Service Learning als kompetenzorientierte Lehr- und Lernform. In C. Fridrich, R. Hedtke & W. O. Ötsch (eds.), Grenzen überschreiten, Pluralismus wagen – Perspektiven sozioökonomischer Hochschullehre (pp. 217–239). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-29642-1_12. Stöhr, J. & Herzig, C. (2021). Verantwortungsbewusste Unternehmensführung am Beispiel der Gemeinwohl-Ökonomie mithilfe von Service Learning und Transdisziplinarität lehren. In A. Boos, M. van den Eeden & T. Viere (eds.), CSR und Hochschullehre (pp. 141–183). Springer Berlin Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-62679-5_8. Tejedor, G. et al. (2019). Didactic Strategies to Promote Competencies in Sustainability. Sustainability, 11(7), 2086. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11072086. Wals, A. E. J. et al. (2016). Learning for walking the change: eco-social innovation through sustainability-oriented higher education. In M. Barth, G. Michelsen, I. Thomas & M. Rieckmann (eds.), Routledge Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 25–39). Routledge. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper ‘Fine-Tuning’ Motivation Types: a Qualitative Approach to the Motivation Classification of the Self-Determination Theory University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Within the theory of Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) motivation is an important subject of research as it is considered the condition where a person has or acquires intrinsic and extrinsic incentives (motives), to involve into pro-environmental behavior and actions (Christodoulou & Korfiatis, 2019; Darner, 2012). According to the Self Determination Theory (SDT) of motivation, people are rarely driven by only one type of motivation. Different goals, desires, and ideas inform us what we want and need. Thus, it is useful to think of motivation on a continuum ranging from “non-self-determined to self-determined.” (Ryan and Deci, 2020). At the left end of the spectrum, we have amotivation, in which an individual is completely non-autonomous, has no drive to speak of, and is struggling to have any of their needs met. In the middle, we have several levels of extrinsic motivation. One step to the right of amotivation is external regulation, in which motivation is exclusively external and regulated by compliance, conformity, and external rewards and punishments. The next level of extrinsic motivation is termed introjected regulation, in which the motivation is somewhat external and is driven by self-control, efforts to protect the ego, and internal rewards and punishments. In identified regulation, the motivation is somewhat internal and based on conscious values and that which is personally important to the individual. The final step of extrinsic motivation is integrated regulation, in which intrinsic sources and the desire to be self-aware are guiding an individual’s behavior. The right end of the continuum shows an individual entirely motivated by intrinsic sources. In intrinsic regulation, the individual is self-motivated and self-determined, and driven by interest, enjoyment, and the satisfaction inherent in the behavior or activity he or she is engaging in. From an educational point of view, the aim is to support those types of motivation (intrinsic and extrinsic) who are more strongly connected with students’ personal development and well-being. Indeed, various studies in the domain of environmental and sustainability education have shown that integrated and intrinsic types of motivation for participation and action are connected with empowerment, self-efficacy and ownership, as well as with a longer sustaining of a behavior or action (Dutta and Chandrasekharan, 2017; Murakami, Su-Russell and Manfra, 2018). Research on environmental motivation usually follows a quantitative approach (e.g. Darner 2009; Karaaslan et al. 2014; Cooke et al. 2016). One of the most well-known instruments is the MTES (motivation towards the environment scale) introduced by Pelletier et al. (1998). The MTES is a 24-item questionnaire that measures an individual’s motivation toward proenvironmental behaviours. Four items correspond to each of the six types of motivation, according to the seld-determination theory. In the present research we studied changes in environmental motivation of a group of elementary school children participating in a schoolgarden project. We follewed a qualitative approach, which allowed us to depict finer differences in environmental motives than those predicted by the basic model of the Self-Determination Theory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Thirteen students from an urban elementary school, aged 6-12 years old, participated in the kitchengarden project. Students were characterized by medium educational level, low environmental motivation, limited interaction with nature, low socio-economic background, and high level of obesity. Project activities were based on students’ thoughts and decisions during the implementation of the project. Students worked in mixed capacity groups of three to four members. The project was designed with aim to enhance participating children satisfaction of their basic psychological needs, according to SDT: their sense of autonomy by making their own choices about maintaining their garden and managing their crops; their sense of competence by collecting good quality and fresh vegetables; and their sense of relatedness by discussing problem-solving activities and making group decisions (Korfiatis & Petrou, 2021). Data collection Data were collected by pre and post-test semi-structured interviews, aiming in understanding participants environmental motivation. The interview protocol was based on ten main questions inspired by MTES. Data analysis Content Analysis used to analyse the data gathered with the above-mentioned methodological tools. The categories of analysis derived deductively (i.e the five types of motivation (External Regulation, Introjected Regulation, Identified Regulation, Integrated Regulation, Intrinsic Regulation, plus Amotivation), but also inductively, based on the answers of the participating students. At the end of analysis, 21 sub-categories of motivation were recorded. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One notable difference between Self-Determination theory and other theories that seek to explain motivation is that Self-Determination theory emphasizes the types/categories of motivation that individuals have and how these types are transformed from one type to another (Deci & Ryan, 2008), rather than the degree to which motivation exists as a measurable type (e.g., the more motivation, the more individuals act towards a behavior). In fact, Self-Determination theory argues that types or categories of motivation are more important than the degree of motivation existence. The results of the present study come to add another feature to children's motivation as it confirms the different types of motivation that characterize students/participants but at the same time identifies a gradient that characterizes each type of motivation for each child. Specifically, from the analysis process of the initial and final semi-structured interviews/discussions, we found that the participants statements could not be placed in a type/category of motivation that they represented to an absolute degree. As a result, we decided statements to create graded subcategories under each motivation category. Thus, under the Internal Regulation category, instead of dividing the students' statements into those marked "Internal Regulation" and those not marked "Internal Regulation" we placed their statements into four subcategories: Absence of Internal Regulation, Moderate to Low Internal Regulation, Moderate to High Internal Regulation, High Internal Regulation. The same procedure was followed for all motivations categories. Results showed large changes between the different sub-categories of our analysis concerning participants motivation, which would not have been depicted if we had followed a quantitative approach based on the six types of motivation only. References Christodoulou, A., & Korfiatis, K. (2019). Children's interest in school garden projects, environmental motivation, and intention to act: A case study from a primary school of Cyprus. Applied Environmental Education & Communication, 1-11. Cooke, A. N., Fielding, K. S., & Louis, W. R. (2016). Environmentally active people: the role of autonomy, relatedness, competence and self-determined motivation. Environmental Education Research, 22(5), 631-657. Darner, R. (2012). An empirical test of self-determination theory as a guide to fostering environmental motivation. Environmental Education Research, 18(4), 463-472. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2008). Self-determination theory: A macrotheory of human motivation, development, and health. Canadian psychology/Psychologie canadienne, 49(3), 182. Dutta, D., & Chandrasekharan, S. (2018). Doing to being: farming actions in a community coalesce into pro-environment motivations and values. Environmental Education Research, 24(8), 1192-1210. Karaarslan, G. Sungur, S. & Ertepinar, H. (2014). Developing preservice science teachers’ self-determined motivation toward environment through environmental activities. International Journal of Environmental & Science Education, 9, 1-19. Korfiatis, K., & Petrou, S. (2021). Participation and why it matters: children’s perspectives and expressions of ownership, motivation, collective efficacy and self-efficacy and locus of control. Environmental Education Research, 27(12), 1700-1722. Murakami, C. D., Su-Russell, C., & Manfra, L. (2018). Analyzing teacher narratives in early childhood garden-based education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 49(1), 18-29. Pelletier, L. G., Tuson, K. M., Green-Demers, I., Noels K., & Beaton, A. M. (1998). Why are you doing things for the environment? The motivation toward the environment scale (MTES). Journal of Applied Psychology, 28(5), 437-468. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101860. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 30 SES 07 B (OFFSITE): (OFFSITE) The Personal and the Political in ESE Research Location: OFFSITE VENUE, details tbc Session Chair: Karen Jordan Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Commonality and Ambivalent Individualism in ESE Theory and Practice Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway Presenting Author:In the face of serious challenges such as the planetary and environmental crises, policymakers tend to identify schools and universities as key institutions. A typical response from institutions of higher education and schools has been to educate social or green “entrepreneurs” and “change agents” – individuals with “action competence” who can deliberate and hopefully solve complex problems related to sustainability. Although this approach seems suitable for certain topics and certain (academically inclined) groups of students, I argue that it cannot be a universal recipe for education in a rapidly changing world where all kinds of people need to live meaningful and arguably quite ordinary lives. Similarly, current ambitions in Western educational theory and policy to “see” individual students and their needs is not always as liberating as one might expect. For while education is becoming more inclusive, more adapted to individual learning strategies, open to students’ active participation, personalised learning programmes etc., many students report a massive amount of stress related to schooling. Contemporary individualism is, in short, ambiguous, and its concept of freedom is abstract in the Hegelian sense (Honneth, 1996). On this background, framing questions related to the planetary crises in terms of individual actions, action competence, attitudes etc. could be a recipe for hopelessness, self-doubt and apathy. Over the recent years a number of theorists have pointed out how meaningful connections to nature may ease the ailments of the overburdened subject (Fisher, 2013). Likewise, attention to and care for what we have in common, i.e., institutions and the social imaginaries they embody may provide meaning to social life. I am not referring here to common values, traditions, etc., but rather to practices and ways of being that primarily make sense as being-collective, including notions of society as a whole and institutions (Laval & Vergne, 2021). Attention to commonality, the paper argues, may be beneficial for individuals’ well-being and provide opportunities for political freedom. A trivial example is singing together as opposed to performing. Traditionally, not least in schools, singing together has foster community and identity, not as an instrument for something else (e.g., learning other skills), but enjoyable and valuable in and of itself. In contemporary, non-sustainable societies collective arrangements and imaginaries arguably need to be elucidated theoretically and reorganized in practice. However, theorising commonality, institutions and social imaginaries may be difficult in contemporary educational theory. One example is how the individualist-psychological concept of learning has replaced terms such as study, knowledge, understanding, etc. Another example is theory that starkly opposes individuals and collectives, notably Gert Biesta’s opposition between socialisation (seen as rigid structures) and subjectification (breaking with or opposing those structures). ‘Subjectification’ as a non- or anti-social concept is unhelpful if we want to theorise different kinds of socialisation, including institutions and commonality. Against individualist ontology, then, commonality does not mean that everyone should somehow be the same, i.e. elimination or disrespect for difference or individual freedom. Indeed, commonality can also be a form of instituted diversity, as when people are gathered around a table which at the same time unites and separates them, to use Arendt’s metaphor. What we have in common, as different individuals partaking in common practices, are institutions and the social meanings they embody. Elucidating these practices and institutions can open up more opportunities for common (political) action for young people. Indeed, commonality as discussed here is a potential resource for agency, reflexivity and freedom that is individual and collective at the same time (Author, 2023). This is a resource that will be much needed in the future (see, e.g., Orr, Stone & Barlow, 2005). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Theoretical work in the continental tradition of philosophy of education. The paper elucidates foundational questions in Environmental and Sustainability Education drawing mainly on critical theory and French sociology in the 'social imaginaries' tradition. Relevant examples for the discussion are drawn from Northern European environmental and sustainability education and more global trends. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A conceptual framework for analysing ontological individualism versus notions of commonality in ESE scholarship. References Fisher, Andy (2013). Radical Ecopsychology, Second Edition: Psychology in the Service of Life. SUNY Press Honneth, Axel (1996). The Struggle for Recognition: The Moral Grammar of Social Conflicts. MIT Press Laval, Christian and Vergne, Francis (2021). Éducation Démocratique. La Révolution Scolaire à Venir. La Découverte. Orr, David, Stone, Michael & Barlow, Zenobia (2005). Ecological Literacy: Educating Our Children for a Sustainable World. Sierra Club Books. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Scarcity or Sustainability? The Role of Capitalism in the Climate Emergency 1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2University of Galway Presenting Author:In order to delve into effective ways of imparting climate action education with an economic perspective, this paper employs a dual lens. Theoretical underpinnings are rooted in a radical political economy approach, aligning climate change with profit pursuit within the capitalist system (Bellamy Foster 2000; Marx, 2011). Pedagogically, the UNESCO Education 2030 Framework for Action guides the exploration, aspiring that by 2030, learners globally will possess the knowledge and skills to champion sustainable development (UNESCO, 2020). While laudable, these aspirations, emphasizing individual actions, risk neglecting deeper systemic roots of climate change. A radical political economy perspective becomes crucial, shifting the discourse from personal responsibility to the profit-driven dynamics of capitalism, wherein growth and accumulation are imperative for survival (Marx, 2011). The present emphasis on personal responsibility often obscures major corporations' culpability for the bulk of greenhouse gas emissions, a concern echoed by climate activists and the Climate Justice Movement (Belamy Foster, 2010; Angus, 2016). This viewpoint extends beyond individual actions, challenging the system itself. The younger generation, exemplified by movements like Fridays for Future and the iconic Greta Thunberg, acknowledges this need for systemic change. Thunberg's call for global leaders to take responsibility rather than placing the burden on individual behavior reflects a growing sentiment among students, revealing a shared understanding that personal responsibility is an important start but an insufficient endpoint in environmental stewardship (Thunberg, 2019; Thunberg, 2022). The collaborative spirit between educators and these young activists is crucial in shaping effective climate education. However, a UNESCO report reveals a stark reality – insufficient global commitment to climate education. Almost half of the reviewed countries lack climate change in their national curriculum frameworks. Despite the acknowledgment of its importance by 95% of surveyed teachers, only 23% feel equipped to comprehensively explain climate action (UNESCO, 2022). The consequences of this educational gap are reflected in the increasing eco-anxiety among the youth, as noted in the report. Moreover, the report questions the quality of current climate change education, with 70% of surveyed youth unable to explain or having only a basic understanding of climate change. These findings underscore the urgency of reevaluating and enhancing the pedagogical approaches to climate education in schools (UNESCO, 2022). The significance of teaching methodologies is evident, especially in disciplines like business studies and economics, where concepts risk inadvertently normalizing behaviors contributing to climate change. This paper argues, using a critical interpretation of common areas in the second-level curriculum across OECD countries, that climate action education should transcend personal responsibility. The three key areas outlined in the curriculum involve students observing, evaluating, discussing, and analyzing real-life events to draw valid deductions and conclusions. They must also demonstrate an understanding of the origins and impacts of social, economic, and environmental phenomena, including the influence of organizations on human behavior and its subsequent impact on the environment. Additionally, students should develop the awareness, knowledge, skills, values, and motivation necessary to live sustainably (adapted from NCCA, 2016; OECD 2018; OECD, 2022). In conclusion, this paper advocates for a comprehensive approach to climate action education, intertwining radical political economy perspectives with pedagogical frameworks like the UNESCO Education 2030 Framework for Action. By addressing the root causes of climate change within the capitalist system and enhancing the quality and focus of climate education in schools, we can foster a generation equipped to tackle the global challenge of climate change with both understanding and action. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper unfolds in three distinct sections, each addressing critical aspects of teaching climate action through an economic lens. In the initial section, the focus is on empowering students to analyze empirical evidence and draw conclusions. Specifically, the paper illuminates the empirical connections between economic growth and carbon emissions, leading to the assertion that a capitalist economy centered on perpetual growth is incompatible with an environmental stewardship model (Angus, 2016). The key takeaway is that sustainability requires a departure from the prevailing growth-centric economic paradigm. Transitioning to the second section, the paper delves into the potential repercussions of economic concepts on environmental understanding. Grounding the discussion in the 18th-century economic and social context, the paper underscores that economics evolved as a theoretical reflection of emerging capitalist societies (O’Boyle and McDonagh, 2017). Economic concepts served the dual purpose of explaining and legitimizing capitalist relations, emphasizing profit pursuit and economic expansion (O’Boyle, 2017; O’Boyle and McDonagh, 2011). Understanding the historical context becomes crucial in recognizing that constructs like scarcity and choice were conceived during a period focused on generating economic resources and securing property rights for profit-making. In the contemporary context of climate crisis, clinging to the notion of endless growth becomes akin to exacerbating a problem rather than solving it. The third section builds upon these insights while scrutinizing inherent tensions in contemporary economics education. With sustainability gaining prominence in discourse, the paper exposes contradictions arising from advocating for a society that does not live sustainably while prioritizing economic growth in public policy objectives. The paper contends that the conceptualization of scarcity in economics contributes to this contradiction, portraying humans as insatiable and endlessly acquisitive (Grampp, 1946; O’Boyle, 2017). This framing perpetuates the perception of inevitable economic growth when, in reality, meeting human needs can be achieved without chaotic and relentless global expansion. The argument posits a shift from limitless growth to prioritizing human needs, substantive equality, and sustainability. Consequently, living sustainably in the modern era necessitates not only changes in consumer behavior but, more fundamentally, political considerations for systemic transformation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, this paper strives to instigate critical contemplation of climate change among educators and their students, using common learning objectives in second-level business studies and economics. The initial section posits a vital political conclusion: climate change is intricately tied to decision-making in the capitalist system. It challenges the prevailing notion of individual responsibility, highlighting that the root cause lies in an economic framework prioritizing profits above all else. The second section delves into the historical context that molded key economic concepts. Early economists advocated for exponential growth, grounded in a world vastly different from our contemporary reality. This section underscores the need for reflexive thinking among educators, urging them to navigate cognitive biases when teaching historical economic concepts. The implication is clear – economic education should transcend historical legacies that may not align with the complexities of the present. The final section unravels a tension in the modern curriculum, wherein exponential growth is rooted in natural desires while ethical, sustainable, and wise consumer choices are advocated. The key takeaway emphasizes a critical examination of concepts and their implications for human nature and sustainability. Unlike mainstream economics, this paper contends that the current climate emergency is not an innate human desire for perpetual growth but a consequence of capitalism. Urging the integration of this perspective into teaching and learning consensus, the conclusion underscores the imperative to rethink economic education, aligning it more closely with the realities of our time. It calls for a paradigm shift that recognizes capitalism's role in the climate emergency, marking a crucial step toward finding effective solutions. In essence, the conclusion advocates for a renewed perspective on key economic concepts, fostering an education that prepares students to navigate the complexities of the contemporary world. References Bangay, C. and Blum, N. (2010). Education Responses to Climate Change and Quality: Two Parts of the Same Agenda? International Journal of Educational Development 30(4): 335-450 [online] https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/79545343.pdf [accessed 30 May 2021]. Bellamy Foster (2000). Marx’s Ecology: Materialism and Nature. New York. Monthly Review Press. Bellamy Foster (2010). The Ecological Rift. Capitalism’s War on the Earth. New York. Monthly Review Press. Farrell, R. and Sugrue, C. (2021). Sustainable Teaching in an Uncertain World: Pedagogical Continuities, Un-Precedented Challenges. IntechOpen, doi: 10.5772/intechopen.96078. Geras N. (1985). Marx and Human Nature: Refutation of a Legend. London, Verso Books. Grampp, W.D. (1946). ‘Adam Smith and the Economic Man’. Journal of Political Economy, Vol 56, no 4, pp, 315-336. Hayek F. (2011). The Constitution of Liberty. Chicago. The University of Chicago Press. Klein N. (2015). This Changes Everything: Capitalism Versus the Climate. London Penguin Books. Kuhn. T. (2012). The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Chicago. Chicago University Press. Locke, J. (1988). Two Treatises on Government. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. Malm. A. (2016). Fossil Capital: The Rise of Steam Power and the Roots of Global Warming. London Verso Books. Marx, K. (2011). Capital Volume One. London Penguin Classics. NCCA (2016). Junior Cycle Business Studies Specification [online] https://www.curriculumonline.ie/Junior-cycle/Junior-Cycle-Subjects/Business-Studies/Statements-of-Learning/ [accessed 30 May 2021]. O’Boyle B. 2017. From Newton to Hobbes – The Metaphysical Foundations of Mainstream Economics. Cambridge Journal of Economics, Volume 41, Issue 6, pp. 1587–1605. O’Boyle, B. and McDonough, T. 2011. ‘Critical Realism, Marxism and the Critique of Neoclassical Economics’ Capital and Class Volume 35, No 1. pp. 3-22. O’Boyle and McDonough, T. 2017. Bourgeois Ideology and Mathematical Economics: A Reply to Tony Lawson. Economic Thought 6.1: pp.16-34. OECD. (2018). Education 2030: The future of education and skills. Paris: OECD Publishing. Quine, W.VO. (1980). From a Logical Point of View. Boston. Harvard University Press. Strange, T. and A. Bayley (2008), Sustainable Development: Linking Economy, Society, Environment, OECD Insights, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264055742-en. Smith A. (2011). The Wealth of Nations (Books I-III). London. Penguin Classics. Thunberg, G. (2019). No One Is Too Small to make a Difference. Penguin Books. Thunberg, G. (2022). The Climate Book. Allen Lane. UNESCO. (2020). Education for Sustainable Development. A roadmap. Paris: UNESCO. [online] https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802.locale=en [accessed 31December 2022] UNESCO. (2022). Youth Demands for Quality Climate Change Education. Paris: UNESCO. [online] https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000383615 [accessed 02 January 2022] Vermerien M. (2021). Crisis and Inequality: The Political Economy of Advanced Capitalism. Oxford Polity Press. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Argumentation Discourse Quality During The Students Classroom Energy Decision-Making In The Context Of The Climate Global Warming Université Paris-Saclay, Etudes sur les sciences et les techniques, 91400, Orsay, France. Presenting Author:Educating future citizens and equipping them to make informed decisions regarding contemporary social issues interconnected to science and technology has been a major focus in science education policies in Europe for over a decade (Hazelkorn, 2015). Moreover, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development of the United Nations, adopted by United Nations Member States in 2015, ensures that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development through education. Hence, this includes an Education for sustainable development (ESD) that “gives learners of all ages the knowledge, skills, values and agency to address interconnected global challenges including climate change, loss of biodiversity, unsustainable use of resources, and inequality. It empowers learners of all ages to make informed decisions and take individual and collective action to change society and care for the planet.” (UNESCO, 2023). In addition, engaging learners with Environmental Socioscientific Issues (ESSI) (e.g. Social issues with conceptual or technological ties to science), associated to sustainability, has become a major focus for recent research in science education from various perspectives (Morin et al., 2017; Zeidler et al., 2019). Reasoning on Environmental Socioscientific issues encompass dealing with ill-structured open-ended environmental complex problems, embedded in uncertainties. Moreover, studies that are focusing on promoting the argumentation discourse in the science classroom, including on socioscientific issues, have emanated from the perspectives of argumentation as a way to learn science and about science, but also from an interest in the students’ citizen education in a democratic society, which requires the participation in debates (Jiménez-Aleixandre & Erduran, 2007). However, encouraging classroom students’ dialogic argumentation practices and assessing it, during a decision-making in authentic SSI and in different cultural contexts, as students consider multiple perspectives from different sources, are still current topics in socioscientific issues science education research (Zeidler et al., 2019). This research contributes to what is mentioned previously. It encourages both classroom students’ decision-making regarding an ESSI, which takes into account values, global and local dimensions and social, scientific and technical content-knowledge related to the issue, and argumentation practices. In particular, we focus in this paper on examining classroom high school students’ argumentation quality when making a decision regarding an environmental socioscientific authentic issue while considering multiple perspectives from different sources (Rached, 2018). Our research question is: What is the students’ dialogic argumentation quality during a classroom decision-making on a socioscientific issue? In this paper, we examine the product of the students’ dialogic argumentation, i.e. arguments. We take into account in our analyses the arguments core and to some extent, the argumentation dialogic features in which two or more speakers discourse with one another (Nielsen, 2013). We designed and conducted the research in two specific contexts in France and Lebanon, with an experimental design-based research approach committed to the SSI and argumentation currents (Rached, 2015). In this paper, we present the data analyses from the French sample. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Thirty French second year high school students in the scientific-section, were engaged in a weeklong ESSI teaching unit during their school year. The ESSI involves a local energy decision, choosing a heating system for a habitat, in the context of a climate global warming. The teaching unit includes five sessions. Each session lasts 25-55 min. After teaching basic scientific content-knowledge related to the issue (session 1), we presented to the students in small-group discussions one of three abstracts from scientific papers debating Global warming issue, to read and synthesise in written form (session 2) and then to present it orally to the whole classroom (session 3). Later, we presented to the students in small-groups, a document resuming technical, scientific, environmental, economical, health, etc. characteristics of five heating systems powered by different energy sources (electricity, wood, fuel, gas and solar), from which they had to choose one, while justifying with reasons (session 4). After, the students present and defend their (written) respective choices to the whole classroom (session 5). We recorded all the sessions and working groups. In addition, the students answered the same ESSI questionnaire presented to them before and after the teaching unit (Rached, 2018). In this paper, we present the analysis of the students’ small-group discussions of one working group during session 5. Students’ dialogic argumentation was analysed using the Toulmin’s Argumentation Pattern (TAP), developed by (Osborne et al., 2004) (Table 1). We traced the quantity and quality of argumentation in their discourse. TAP illustrates the nature of an argument in terms of claims, data, warrants, backings, qualifiers and rebuttals. Osborne et al. reorganise either data, warrants or backings in one category called grounds. Moreover, Osborne et al. take into account the oppositions between students in their discourse and the use of rebuttals. Table 1: Analytical Framework Used for Assessing the Quality of Argumentation (Osborne et al. 2004) Level 1: Consists of arguments that are a simple claim versus a counter-claim or a claim versus a claim. Level 2: Has arguments consisting of a claim versus a claim with the ground(s) but do not contain any rebuttals. Level 3: Has arguments with a series of claims or counter-claims with ground(s) with the occasional weak rebuttal. Level 4: Shows arguments with a claim with a clearly identifiable rebuttal. Such an argument may have several claims and counter-claims. Level 5: Displays an extended argument with more than one rebuttal. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We present in Table 2 our first findings. The students reach the high-level argumentation (Levels 4 and 5) by using rebuttals at many occasions (8) and some weak rebuttals and oppositions (6). These results suggest that offering students with basic scientific knowledge and the opportunity to argumentation practices on the issue, while engaging them with high-quality arguments, may have certain impact on the argumentation quality use. However, our findings are limited to one-group analyses. We need to analyse other small-groups discussions to check for eventual similar outcomes. It is also important to compare our sample results with the Lebanese sample for a broader cultural contextual view of these findings. The high-level arguments frequency in our findings (44.3%) are comparable to (Osborne et al., 2004) findings (43%) on the SSI topics with their experimental group after a yearlong work with junior high-school students. However, our students are at the end of their second year of high-school, which explains some of the students’ performances in our research. The use of Osborne et al. model to analyse dialogical collective arguments reduces many gaps found in the initial TAP (Nielsen, 2013). However, it would be interesting to make some adjustments in order to grasp the students’ cross references made along the discussions and the distinction between arguments with weak rebuttals and those without, in the Level 3. In addition, we suggest introducing a sub-level of argumentation for the use of qualifications, which also could be an indicator of argumentation quality, especially when comparing argumentation discourse to written ones. Table 2: numbers of each level of argumentation achieved by students Level of argumentation / Frequency (percentage) Level 1: 1 (5.5%) Level 2: 3 (16.6%) Level 3: 6 (33.3%) Level 4: 5 (27.7%) Level 5: 3 (16.6%) Total: 18 Non arguments: 43 = 23 + 20 References Hazelkorn, E. (2015). Science education for responsible citizenship : Report to the European Commission of the expert group on science education. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/12626 Jiménez-Aleixandre, M. P., & Erduran, S. (2007). Argumentation in Science Education : An Overview. In S. Erduran & M. P. Jiménez-Aleixandre (Éds.), Argumentation in Science Education : Perspectives from Classroom-Based Research (p. 3‑27). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6670-2_1 Morin, O., Simonneaux, L., & Tytler, R. (2017). Engaging with socially acute questions : Development and validation of an interactional reasoning framework. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 54(7), 825‑851. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21386 Nielsen, J. A. (2013). Dialectical Features of Students’ Argumentation : A Critical Review of Argumentation Studies in Science Education. Research in Science Education, 43(1), 371‑393. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-011-9266-x Osborne, J., Erduran, S., & Simon, S. (2004). Enhancing the quality of argumentation in school science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 41(10), 994‑1020. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20035 Rached, E. (2015). Socioscientific Argumentation : The Role of Scientific and Technical Knowledge? [Phd thesis, École normale supérieure de Cachan - ENS Cachan]. https://theses.hal.science/tel-01324425 Rached, E. (2018). « Les modes de raisonnement informel des élèves de lycée lors de prises de décision en classe sur une question socio-scientifique. Recherches en éducation, 32. https://doi.org/10.4000/ree.2258 UNESCO. (2023, novembre 17). What you need to know about education for sustainable development. https://www.unesco.org/en/education-sustainable-development/need-know (Retrieved 29/01/24) Zeidler, D. L., Herman, B. C., & Sadler, T. D. (2019). New directions in socioscientific issues research. Disciplinary and Interdisciplinary Science Education Research, 1(1), 11. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43031-019-0008-7 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Implementing Education for Sustainable Development in Upper Secondary School A Systematic Mapping Review 1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2Aalborg University, Denmark; 3Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:The need to develop student sustainability competencies has long been addressed internationally with the UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development [1]. Three overall focus points for the sustainable transition of education have been defined in the UNESCO’s new agenda ‘ESD for 2030’: transformative action, structural change, and technological futures [2]. The UNESCO definition of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) combines two complementary approaches ESD 1 and 2 [3]. ESD 1 addresses sustainability issues in the short term. ESD 2 is a more open educational approach that addresses less defined long-term societal future scenarios where goals and needs are less clearly defined and can be changing. ESD 2 is defined as education where students build the capacity to think critically about knowledge, test ideas, and explore dilemmas and contradictions in sustainable living [3]. The defined competencies and pedagogical approaches include action competencies [4], systemic thinking (thinking across disciplines and sectors), social awareness [5], collaboration, critical thinking, and integrated problem solving [3]. Despite sustainability competencies being defined internationally, research stresses that ESD is often not well rooted in the existing school system [6, 7]. It is therefore stressed as crucial to take teachers’ perspective and their everyday teaching practice into consideration when aiming at improving sustainability education in schools [8]. The current paper is part of a larger national research project titled ‘GreenEdTech: Green Transition of Education and educational TECHnology’. Over a period of four years the project will construct educational models and a digital learning space with the goal of implementing ESD into STEAM subjects in upper secondary school education in Denmark. Addressing the described challenge of rooting ESD in school practice is therefore central in the project. The current paper is a systematic review with focus on mapping literature on ESD and Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) integration in upper secondary education from 2018-2022. The study seeks to answer the following research question: How has ESD and ESE been implemented in upper secondary school? Through search and selection strategies, described in the method section, 70 eligible papers was identified and categorised in five categories (numbers in parenthesis indicates number of studies identified in each category): 1. Integration of ESE/ESD in a single formal school subjects (19/70), 2. Cross-disciplinary integration of ESD/ESE cross formal school subjects (18/70), 3. Development of new formal ESD/ESE educations, schools or approaches (14/70), 4. New informal OR cross formal and informal settings ESD/ESE education (8/70), 5. Technology-based spaces for ESD education (11/70). We found several dominant themes across the different categories. Most frequent was themes with focus on students’ competences, curriculum development, and new types of assessments of ESD/ESE competences. The perspectives on these themes were however dependent on the focus of the category e.g. if the study focused on implementation of ESD/ESE in single subjects or across subjects, or on development of new subjects and schools. As an example, category 1. which included studies with focus on integrating ESD and ESE into single formal school subjects, focus was on development of new didactic models, syllabuses, and curricula for integration of ESD/ESE in a single formal school subject such as chemistry and geography. This both included studies with analysis of curriculum to understand potentials for integration of elements of ESD/ESE [see 9], and redesign of subjects to experiment with approaches to changing content or curricula of traditional subjects. One example of this was design and craft education where potentials for focusing on sustainable materials and design was pointed out [10]. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The systematic review process involved defining the scope, inclusion/exclusion criteria, identifying potential studies through keyword-based literature searches, screening abstracts and papers for inclusion criteria, and characterizing articles for mapping through keywords. The following keywords were chosen based on a screening of concepts in primary research articles in the field: “education for sustainable development” OR “environmental and sustainability education” AND school OR “K-12” OR “secondary education” NOT “teacher education” OR “teacher professional development” OR “teacher training”. The search words were chosen to ensure that studies contained a primary focus on education and specifically on education for sustainable development as defined by UNESCO (2008). These search words were applied across the databases: EBSCOhost, Scopus, Web of Science, ProQuest. Filters to the searches was applied for searches only to include the following record standards: peer-reviewed work, language limited to English, studies where the keywords were mentioned in abstracts, and records that were primary studies with document types such as journal articles, conference papers or book chapters. Searches were filtered for publication data from a period of five years from 2018 (January 1st) – 2022 (July 5th). The number of records cross databases before removal of duplicates was 815 and was reduced to 385 after removal of duplicates. The abstracts of the 385 records were screened for eligibility applying the following inclusion criteria: 1. Participants: Studies should involve pupils aged 13 – 16 2. Educational context: studies should focus on educational activities in formal and/or informal educational contexts in western countries 3. Content: Studies should contain analysis of ESD practice, design or empirical data of implementation of ESD/ESE in a learning context, and have primary focus on ESD/ESE education 4. Sustainability focus: Studies should have primary focus on climate sustainability e.g. excluding studies with primary focus on inequality or other SDGs in general. 5. Learning situation: studies include involve any subject in upper secondary school in different countries or cross subjects, new subjects developed with focus on ESD/ESE, new schools or informal learning contexts, or technology-based learning environments. 6. Record standard: Records should be peer reviewed full papers in English, contain keywords in abstract, be primary studies, and be conference or journal papers or book chapters. Though a screening applying the above inclusion criteria, 70 studies were selected. An analysis process inspired by thematic analysis was applied to identify the categories described in the abstract [10]. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of the current paper has been to answer the research question: How has ESD and ESE been implemented in upper secondary school? Five categories was identified from screening of 70 eligible papers: 1. Integration of ESE/ESD in a single formal school subjects, 2. Cross-disciplinary integration of ESD/ESE cross formal school subjects, 3. Development of new formal ESD/ESE educations, schools or approaches, 4. New informal OR cross formal and informal settings ESD/ESE education, 5. Technology-based spaces for ESD education. The majority of studies belonged to category 1 and 2, whereas category 4 which included studies of ESD/ESE in informal settings had fewest studies. The formal/informal contexts could thus be explored further. Three overall themes were identified across several of the five categories: 1. Development of new educational approaches or curricula, 2. Analysis or development of student competences in relation to ESD/ESE, and 3. Evaluating or developing new ESD/ESE assessment tools. The themes differed dependent on the perspectives of the category. Development of new educational approaches and studies of student ESD/ESE competences has both been researched across subjects and in single subjects, whereas development of new assessment tools often is studied in a cross-disciplinary context. The themes and categories defined in this paper can both be further defined in future studies, but also function as guidelines for designing new ESD/ESE learning environments. References [1] K. Shulla, W. L. Filho, J. H. Sommer, A. L. Salvia. & C. Borgemeister. Channels of collaboration for citizen science and the sustainable development goals. Journal of Cleaner Production. 2020. 10. [2] E. A. Teo & E. Triantafyllou (Ed.) State-of-the-art analysis of the pedagogical underpinnings of open science, citizen science and open innovation activities. INOS Consortium. 2020. [3] P. Vare and W. Scott. Learning for a change: Exploring the relationship between. Education and Sustainable Development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development 1(2), 191–198. 2007. [4] B. B. Jensen & K. Schnack. The action competence approach in environmental education, Environmental Education Research, 12(3-4), 471–486. 2006. [5] J. A. Lysgaard & N. J. Jørgensen. Bæredygtighedens Pædagogik - Forskningsperspektiver og eksempler fra praksis. Frydenlund Academic. 2020. [6] S. Breiting & P. Wickenberg. The progressive development of environmental education in Sweden and Denmark. Environmental Education Research. 16(1), 9–37. 2010. [7] W. Scott & S. Gough. Sustainable Development and Learning: Framing The Issues; London, UK and New York, NY, USA.Routledge. 2003. [8] H. Lotz-Sisitka. An opening dialogue with think pieces and feature articles on learning in a changing world. South. Afric. J. [9] Bruckner, H. K., & Kowasch, M. (2019). Moralizing meat consumption: Bringing food and feeling into education for sustainable development. Policy Futures in Education, 17(7), pp 785-804. [10] Hofverberg, H., & Westerlund, S. (2021). Among Facilitators, Instructors, Advisors and Educators - How Teachers Educate for Sustainability in Design and Craft Education. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 40(3), pp 543-557. [11] Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. References of the reviewed records can be found in this google document: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Uc9VDI3GrDRKXcQ6iRsdMKOXfkqRjF2Xgg1rqTY5ZWA/edit |
15:45 - 17:15 | 31 SES 07 A JS: Translanguaging and CLIL Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Valérie Kemp Joint Paper Session NW27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 07 A JS |
15:45 - 17:15 | 31 SES 07 B: Minority Languages Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jonas Yassin Iversen Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Finnish as a heritage language in Sweden – Comprehensibility of Administrative Guidelines Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:Ever since Finnish was ratified as a national minority language in Sweden in 2000, pupils belonging to the Sweden Finnish minority have had the right to study the language in municipal schools. Though the right to receive Finnish mother tongue instruction is inalienable, the minority’s rights are not always met (Vuorsola 2019). The lacking support for adequate municipal mother tongue instruction (MTI) in Finnish and other heritage languages in Sweden is widely documented in research as well as in Council of Europe’s monitoring reports (Council of Europe 2022). However, the processes regarding enrollment for MTI has been under researched. As an attempt to partly rectify this, we examine how the procedures regarding the enrollment in the Finnish as a heritage language instruction in Sweden are presented in websites of different municipalities that offer additional support for the Sweden Finnish minority and the Finnish language in Sweden, and how comprehensible the instructions are. As a theoretical background for this study, we use Ruiz’s (1984) orientations for language planning. Ruíz (1984) defines a language orientation as “a complex of dispositions toward language and its role, and toward languages and their role in society” (p. 16). Specifically, he describes three distinct orientations to language at a societal level: language-as-problem, language-as-right, and language-as-resource. Supported by international treaties on human rights, the language-as-right orientation views speaking and maintaining one’s home language as a human right (Hult & Hornberger, 2016; Ruiz, 1984; UN General Assembly, 1948). Moreover, Skutnabb-Kangas (2017) has defined linguistic human rights as inviolable basic rights. In language-as-resource orientation, multilingualism and cultural diversity are valued as resources for both individuals and society (Ruiz, 1984). Moreover, language is seen as having value with regard to identity construction, self-esteem, and intellectual engagement (Hult & Hornberger, 2016). In contrast, in the language-as-problem orientation, monolingualism is valued, while multilingualism is perceived as a threat to national unity (Ruiz, 1984). Multilingual speakers are believed to lack ability in the majority language (Ruiz, 1984) and have “reduced academic achievement” (Hult & Hornberger, 2016, p. 33), and issues of language learning are seen to correlate with larger societal problems. In this study, Ruiz’s language orientations are a relevant framework to qualitatively analyze, categorize, and discuss descriptions regarding the enrollment in the Finnish as a heritage language instruction in Sweden. The data is analyzed through a critical genre analysis lens, which entails that discourse consist of three levels namely text, genre and professional practice (Bhatia 2015). While the text level refers to the content and composition of the information provided on the websites, discourse as genre goes beyond the text’s composition and deals with how it is “interpreted, used and exploited in specific contexts, whether social, institutional, or more narrowly professional, to achieve specific disciplinary goals, which often require the use of methods that investigate not only linguistic issues, but also socio-pragmatic ones” (Bahtia 2015: 10). Finally, we adapt the level of discourse as professional practice to apply for the families of Finnish speakers in Finland to discuss “challenges and benefits such genres are likely to bring to a particular set of readers” (Bhatia 2015: 10). Even though critical genre analysis is mostly utilized for professional genres, the methodology has been implemented by Björkvall and Nyström Höög (2021) when analyzing municipal ‘platform of values -texts’. Our research questions are the following: 1) How comprehensible are the descriptions regarding the rights to receive instruction in Finnish as well as the procedures on how to enroll in the Finnish as a heritage language instruction in Sweden? 2) To what extent do the descriptions reflect the language policies of Sweden as well as Ruiz’s orientations? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study features a thematic content analysis of online descriptions on procedures regarding the enrollment in the Finnish as a heritage language instruction in Sweden. Specifically, we focus on the information provided by the websites of 66 so called administrative areas, which offer additional support for the Sweden Finnish minority and the Finnish language in Sweden For the content analysis we implement methods from critical genre analysis to the data. To begin the qualitative content analysis (Krippendorff, 1980) on the text level, the first author reads the online descriptions on enrollment procedures to gain an initial understanding of the data and identify sub-categories for coding the data. The suggested categories are then discussed among the two authors; categories are decided upon, and the procedure descriptions are coded by the authors independently. After the initial coding, the categories are discussed again, and some are combined and revised. If cases are unclear, the definitions of the categories will be negotiated and recalibrated. The categories are then divided to reflect Ruiz’s three language orientations (1984). Secondly, we will analyze which additional measures the websites require the end-users to take in order to be able to interpret and achieve the goals that the genre described necessitates. Such social actions may entail following links to read information referred on the initial website or use translator features to get the information in the goal language of Finnish. Finally, to analyze the discourse as practice level we will utilize a focus group of 10 university students to assess the comprehensibility of municipal information. With this triangulation of methods, we seek to de-mystify the genre of municipal information regarding MTI enrollment and illuminate inconsistencies that might hamper stake-holders’ ability to enroll their children to Finnish MTI in Sweden. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect that the results will be varied but indicate that the information regarding minority rights and enrollment for Finnish MTI in Swedish municipal schools is lacking and confusing. The given information combines different categories of minority speakers who have different rights which causes confusion. Secondly, information is not given in other languages than Swedish, such as the target language Finnish, which does not correlate with the special administration area’s obligation to inform national minorities of their rights and provide MTI. Initial results also show, that the provided information does not fulfill the above-mentioned obligation to inform the minorities, since the websites direct stake-holders elsewhere to seek information. The fact that the provided information is usually given in the majority language, the rights of the Sweden Finnish minority are not presented separately and that stake-holders need to seek and interpret the information on their own from other sources suggests that the municipal information practices mostly connect with the language-as-problem orientation in Ruiz’s model. This study is relevant in the European context since the Council of Europe is promoting the rights of heritage language speakers for example to receive mother tongue instruction, but the actual delivery of information regarding the right to receive mother tongue instruction is lacking or in some cases wrong (SOU 2017:91: 175-176; 300-301). Thus, this study provides both an example of a way to examine this topic in any country, but also an example of how information is delivered in Sweden, a country that is described as a place where all residents have the right to preserve and develop their mother tongue and their national minority languages in The Declaration of a Nordic Language Policy (NCM, 2007). References Bhatia, V.K., 2015. Critical genre analysis: Theoretical preliminaries. HERMES-Journal of language and communication in business, (54), pp.9-20. Björkvall, A. & Nyström Höög, C., 2021. Semiotic vagueness as a tool for goal fulfilment:'Platforms of values' in Swedish public administration. Journal of Applied Linguistics and Professional Practice, 16(1), pp.5-28. Council of Europe. 2022. Eighth evaluation report on Sweden. Committee of Experts of the European Charter for Regional or Minority Languages. URL: https://rm.coe.int/swedenecrml8-en/1680aa8932 Hult, F. M., & Hornberger, N. H. (2016). Revisiting orientations in language planning: Problem, right, and resource as an analytical heuristic. The Bilingual Review, 33(3), 30–49. NCM (2007) = Nordic Council of Ministers (2007). Deklaration om nordisk språkpolitik [Declaration on Nordic Language Policy]. http://norden.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:700895/FULLTEXT01.pdf Ruiz, R. (1984). Orientations in language planning. NABE Journal, 8(2), 15–34. Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2017). Language rights. In W. E. Wright, S. Boun, & O. García (Eds.), The handbook of bilingual and multilingual education (pp. 185–202). Wiley. SOU 2017:91. Lainio, J. (2017). Nationella minoritetsspråk i skolan—förbättrade förutsättningar till undervisning och revitalisering. Betänkande av utredningen om förbättrade möjligheter för elever att utveckla sitt nationella minoritetsspråk. Regeringskansliet. https://www.regeringen.se/contentassets/1223a145243f4c0aa25c0f3dc55b6965/sou-2017_91_webb.pdf UN (United Nations) General Assembly. (1948). Universal declaration of human rights (217 [III] A). Paris, art. 1. Retrieved from http://www.un.org/en/universal-declaration-human-rights/ Vuorsola, Lasse. "Societal support for the educational provisions of Finnish in the Swedish school system in theory and practice." Language Policy 18, no. 3 (2019): 363-385. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Language Beliefs and Language Use of Finnish as a Heritage Language Teachers in Sweden University of Stockholm, Department of Slavic and Baltic Studies, Finnish, Dutch and German Presenting Author:In many countries the official status of minority languages has become stronger in recent years. This is also the case in Sweden, where for example Finnish is one of the official national minority languages. It has a protected legal position and its users have legal rights to use their language, and in some municipalities, also to get services in Finnish in pre-school and elderly care. However, thus far, there is little research on language beliefs or language use of the Finnish-speakers in Sweden. Specifically, the beliefs and language use of minority language teachers of Finnish have not been studied extensively. Investigating these beliefs and experiences is important for several reasons: beliefs and values influence actions and language policies (Borg, 2006; Johnson, 2013), and teachers’ beliefs may influence the language choices their students’ parents make at home (Curdt-Christiansen & Huang, 2020; Spolsky, 2012). This is important since supporting first language skills results in better learning outcomes (Eunjung Relyea & Amendum, 2019; Ganuza & Hedman, 2018). Maintaining national minority languages might be threatened, if the speakers do not recognize the benefits of multilingualism (Purkarthofer, 2020). Promoting multilingualism means valuing all languages and considering them equal, as well as supporting the use of all the languages speakers know (de Jong, 2011). Several studies have shown a cognitive advantage in bilingual adults and children (for systematic reviews, see Adesope et al., 2010; van den Noort et al., 2019). Behind the language choices, i.e. language use and language policies, are always power dynamics and social contexts (Tseng, 2020); those in power, often also schools and teachers, determine what languages are considered appropriate. The home surrounding plays an important role in motivating children to maintain and develop their languages, but societal pressures related to assimilation may cause language loss, especially if minority languages are discriminated against (Cho et al., 1997). Thus, in order to be able to understand the possibilities for maintenance of minority languages, it is important to get to know how national minority language teachers use different languages, in this study mainly Finnish Swedish and English, as well as how they perceive the value of these languages. Understanding minority language teachers’ beliefs and language use also contributes to developing the education of minority speaker students.
This study aims to fill the aforementioned gaps by seeking responses to the following research questions: RQ1: What are the language beliefs of teachers of Finnish as a national minority language in Sweden regarding Finnish, Swedish and English? RQ2: How do teachers of Finnish as a minority language in Sweden use their languages? In this study, we use the term (official/national) minority language to refer to the languages that have an official status as national minority languages in Sweden, including specific legal rights aiming to keep the language alive and guarantee certain services in that language to its speakers. In the case of Finnish in Sweden, also the term heritage language has been used. This term has an affiliative dimension, since sometimes heritage language speakers might only have a cultural connection to the language, no actual skills (Eisenchlas & Schalley, 2020). However, since Finnish has an official minority language status in Sweden and since our participants have skills in Finnish language, we prefer using the term (official/national) minority language. Additionally, we use the term first language when we refer to the language that an individual has the strongest skills in, or whcih they have learned in their homes. Nevertheless, we acknowledge that none of these terms is neutral and there are some problems related to their use (see e.g. Eisenchlas & Schalley, 2020).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is a mixed-method study, where the data is analyzed both quantitatively and qualitatively. The survey contained 20 questions with alternative answers, some of which were fixed answer options (n=13), others with open answer options (n=7). The questions were asked in Finnish, but some response options were in Swedish, as these choices do not exist in Finland, e.g. adult education according to the Swedish model. The answers to the multiple-choice questions were analysed both by describing them quantitatively and by classifying them into different categories. The distribution of responses across the different categories is quantified. The responses to the open-ended questions were analysed qualitatively using a data-driven content analysis (Krippendorff, 2018). These responses are also partially described quantitatively, but it should be noted that the relatively small sample size means that broad generalisations cannot be made. Data were collected in the autumn of 2022 via an online survey that was partially created based on a language attitude survey by Lasagabaster (2007). Additionally, especially open-ended questions considering the use of Finnish in Sweden were added to the instrument. A link to the survey and a cover letter (in Finnish) that included information about the purpose of the study and protection of the data were sent to Finnish minority language teachers that participated in an in-service training occasion at the University of X. In total, 37 people responded to the survey out of 50 participants on the training day. Most of the respondents were women in the age range of 40-60 years, who are also, according to self-reporting, 95% fluent in both Finnish and Swedish, and half (51%) fluent in English. Of the respondents, about half lived in a municipality with a population of 70,000-300,000, i.e. a medium-sized city. 87% had some form of higher education, of which 43 had a bachelor's degree and 38 a master's degree. 33% of them had their education mainly in Finnish, 43% entirely in Finnish, from which it can be concluded that almost half have received their higher education in Finnish, probably in Finland. On the other hand, 43% have also received their entire higher education in Swedish, probably most of them in Sweden, although a Finland-Swedish background may be considered to account for some of these responses. Similarly, 46% have received most of their higher education mainly in Swedish, probably in Sweden. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In terms of attitudes towards different languages, respondents believed that it was important to know different languages, and that it was considered important for children to learn Finnish both at home and at school. It was also considered important for children to use several languages in parallel. In addition, respondents felt that it was equally important to know Finnish and Swedish. No one thought that children are confused by using several languages, and only few felt that children should only use Finnish at home. Thus, multilingualism and fundamental assumptions about its value were reflected in the responses. Additionally, a balance of competence in Finnish and Swedish was considered desirable, and knowledge of English was valued almost as highly as knowledge of Finnish and Swedish. When asked to rate their use of different languages, respondents often answered that they worked both in Swedish and in Finnish, but participated in professional training mainly in Finnish. Additionally, they watched the news in Swedish, but surfed the web as much in Finnish as in Swedish. Finnish was most often used with parents and siblings, as well as with other relatives, while Swedish was most often used with neighbours. Additionally, respondents' interaction through different languages in their leisure time was relatively Swedish-dominated. To conclude, our results show that although the use of Swedish was slightly more dominant, the respondents live a highly bilingual life and they value multilingualism. This indicates that there is a good basis for Finnish language maintenance and revitalisation in Swedish schools by these heritage language teachers. This is a relevant outcome also from the European perspective since many heritage languages struggle with staying alive, and revitalisation of minority languages is needed in many countries (SOU 2017:91), and teachers have a crucial role in this process. References Adesope, O.O., Lavin, T., Thompson, T. & Ungerleider, C. (2010) A systematic review and meta-analysis of the cognitive correlates of bilingualism. Review of Educational Research 80, 207–245. Borg, S. (2006). Teacher cognition and language education: Research and practice. London: Continuum. Cho, G., Cho, K., & Tse, L. 1997. Why ethnic minorities want to develop their heritage language: The case of Korean‐Americans. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 10(2), 106–112. Curdt-Christiansen, X. L., & Huang, J. (2020). Factors influencing family language policy. In A. C. Schalley & S. Eisenchlas (Eds.), Handbook of home language maintenance and development. Social and affective factors (pp. 174–193). De Gruyter Eisenchlas, S. A., & Schalley, A. C. (2020). Making sense of “home language” and related concepts. In A. C. Schalley & S. Eisenchlas (Eds.), Handbook of home language maintenance and development. Social and affective factors (pp. 17–37). De Gruyter. Eunjung Relyea, J., & Amendum, S. J. (2019). English reading growth in Spanish-speaking bilingual students: Moderating effect of English proficiency on cross-linguistic influence. Child Development, 91(4). https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13288 Ganuza, N., & Hedman, C. (2018). Modersmålundervisning, läsförståelse och betyg. Nordand, 13(1), 4–22. de Jong, E. J. (2011). Foundations for multilingualism in education from principles to practice. Caslon Publishing. Johnson, D. C. (2013). Language policy. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage publications. Lasagabaster, D. 2007. Language Use and Language Attitudes in the Basque Country. In D. Lasagabaster & Á. Huguet (Eds.) Multilingualism in European Bilingual Contexts: Language Use and Attitudes, 65–89. Multilingual Matters Purkarthofer, J. (2020) Intergenerational challenges: Of handing down languages, passing on practices, and bringing multilingual speakers into being. In A. C. Schalley & S. Eisenchlas (Eds.), Handbook of home language maintenance and development. Social and affective factors (pp. 130–149). De Gruyter. Spolsky, B. (2012). Family language policy – the critical domain. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 33(1), 3–11. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2011.638072 Tseng, A. (2020). Identity in home-language maintenance. In A. C. Schalley & S. Eisenchlas (Eds.), Handbook of home language maintenance and development. Social and affective factors (pp. 109–129). De Gruyter. van den Noort, M., Struys, E., Bosch, P., Jaswetz, L., Perriard, B., Yeo, S.,…Lim, S. (2019). Does the bilingual advantage in cognitive control exist and if so, what are its modulating factors? A systematic review. Behavioral Sciences, 9(3), 27. https://doi.org/10.3390/bs9030027 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Family Socialisation Related Factors Influencing the Acquisition of the Romanian Language in Minority Hungarian and Hungarian-Romanian Families in Romania 1Partium Christian University, Oradea, Romania; 2Horvath Janos High School, Marghita, Romania Presenting Author:Research on language acquisition demonstrate that in most cases, the family is the primary basis and starting point of education, positive socialization with the mother tongue, and mother tongue education. The family, as the primary factor of socialization, makes a decision that is very important for the future, taking into account linguistic socialization, thereby planning the linguistic future of children (Piller, 2002). Family language policy can be defined as an “explicit and overt planning in relation to language use within the home among family members” (King et al., 2013). Representatives of this field of research (Curdt-Christiansen, 2009; Luykx, 2005) have attempted to integrate theory, public policy data, and language areas of children’s language acquisition. The main research preoccupations concerned “family language ideologies (how family members think about language), language practices (what they do with language), and language management (what they try to do with language)” (Spolsky, 2004).Monolingual families mostly have their own language policy, for example in terms of practical use or politeness (Blum-Kulka, 1997; Spolsky, 2004). An important area of research on family language policies is how family decisions provide the framework for parental interaction and the linguistic development of children (De Houwer, 2017). Much research has focused on bilingual and even multilingual families, in order to better understand how to preserve the inherited language(s) in their homes. These studies took into account a number of factors in order to promote child bilingualism policies, including parental consistency, child age, social contexts, and support (De Houwer, 2017). While there is no specific language policy for a bilingual family (e.g., one parent is monolingual only) and due to the fact that the child is regularly acquainted with the two languages, research suggests that a home language policy that reflects multilingualism cannot be ignored (Döpke, 1998). An increasing number of researches examine the critical influence of children on the language use of parents. In contrast to previous research which mainly emphasised the role of parents in the linguistic socialisation of children (Garrett & Baquedano-López, 2002), more recent work focused on family socialization as a collaborative outcome, i.e., that children are also active participants in their parents’ socialization with languages (Luykx, 2005; Goodwin & Kyratzis, 2011). Within the outlined theoretical framework the general aim of our research is to reveal the family environment factors related language socialisation strategies of the Hungarian community in the small town of Margitha (Bihor County), with a balanced Hungarian-Romanian population. Our research seeks to explore the role of family socialisation related social factors that influence the motivation and opportunities of students belonging to the Hungarian minority community in learning the Romanian language. (the official state language of Romania). a) What are the family related factors that contribute to the linguistic socialization of children ?; b) What is the influence of the family upon children in learning their mother tongue, learning the Romanian language,and the extent to which the Romanian language is present in different language use scenes and stages in the children and young adults life?; c) Based on the sociological characteristics of the families of the heterogeneous Hungarian community living in Marghita, what differences can be discovered in the field of learning and use of languages inside and outside family? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the research, both quantitative and qualitative methods were used. Their combination made it possible to explore the general trends related to Romanian language learning by the children raised in ethnically Hungarian or ethnically heterogeneous (Hungarian-Romanian) families, and also to explore the factors related to family socialisation. The instrument of the quantitative method was the questionnaire survey. The research subjects formed two groups. The first consists of 187 primary and secondary school students (grades V-XII), who belong to the age groups of 13-17. The second group consists of 250 young adults between the ages of 18-45, so it includes members of the population who are in active employment. The use of the 18-45 age group as "young adults" differs somewhat from the usual 15-29 age classification in youth sociology. According to the aspects of the research, we chose this specific interpretation of the "young adult" age group because this age group is typically faced with the dilemmas of their own children's linguistic socialization, and they can recall their school experiences related to Romanian language learning in a relatively short period of time. The following qualitative methods have been used: a) Interviews with local church leaders (priests) concerning the linguistic options within ethnically homogeneous (Hungarian) and heterogeneous (Hungarian-Romanian) families; both interviewees have an insight into the lives of local families, their difficulties and the challenges they face. b) Family background case presentations of the high school students identified as belonging to ethnically heterogeneous (Hungarian-Romanian) families, focusing on linguistic options and influencing factors within the family. In the case of five families, we examined what decisions the families made regarding their child's linguistic future concerning bilingualism, and what results these decisions led to. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In terms of the social conditions of language learning, students who grow up in a homogenous Hungarian environment, whose parents have a low level of education, and who had little or no experience of using the language before school are in the most unfavourable position. In the identity of the children from Hungarian-Romanian mix marriages studying in the Romanian school, however, the Romanian identity element will be the dominant one. Knowledge of the Romanian language of ethnic Hungarian students and young adults shows a weak, but certain or moderately strong correlation with several factors and variables, which are statistically significant; the highest level of education of the parents, the importance of learning the Romanian language according to self-report, the frequency of using the Romanian language in the family, the frequency of watching Romanian TV programs and satisfaction with Romanian language education. Approximately ten percent of the responding students became familiar the Romanian language in the family circle, and are still using it in their family communication today. The frequent use of the language is mostly characteristic of students who have already been introduced to the Romanian language in the family circle, followed by encounters with the Romanian language for the first time in kindergarten or in the childhood play community. The picture of the situation outlined above is also confirmed by our data on the nature, formal and informal nature of language use occasions. The majority of students who have Romanian friends and communicate with them exclusively in Romanian have already encountered the Romanian language in the family circle at home, in early childhood children's groups or at the latest in kindergarten. A large majority of them are raised in the families of parents with higher education. References Blum-Kulka, S. (1997). Discourse pragmatics. Discourse as social interaction, 2, 38-63. Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2009). Invisible and visible language planning: Ideological factors in the family language policy of Chinese immigrant families in Quebec. Language policy, 8(4), 351-375. De Houwer, A. (2017). Bilingual language input environments, intake, maturity and practice. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 20(1), 19-20. Döpke, S. (1998). Competing language structures: The acquisition of verb placement by bilingual German-English children. Journal of child language, 25(3), 555-584. Garrett, P. B. and Baquedano-López, P. (2002). Language Socialization: Reproduction and continuity, transformation and change. Annual Review of Anthropology. 31, 339-361. Palo Alto, CA, Annual Reviews. Goodwin, M. H., & Kyratzis, A. (2011). Peer language socialization. The handbook of language socialization, 365-390. King, K. A., Fogle, L., & Logan‐Terry, A. (2008). Family language policy. Language and linguistics compass, 2(5), 907-922. Luykx, A. (2005) Children as socializing agents: Family language policy in situations of language shift. In ISB4: Proceedings of the 4th International Symposium on Bilingualism (Vol. 1407, p. 1414). Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press Piller, I. (2002). Passing for a native speaker: Identity and success in second language learning. Journal of sociolinguistics, 6(2), 179-208 Spolsky, B. (2004). Language policy. Cambridge University Press. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 32 SES 07 A: Workplace Coping, Training and Learning Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Petr Novotný Paper Session |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper Creating Order in Chaotic Environments – Teacher’s Coping Strategies in Provisional Schools 1Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; 2Weizmann Institute of Science Presenting Author:Research Context: Hamas's attack on Israel on the 7th of October started a war with tragic consequences for both sides. One of these consequences was the displacement of 120,000 Israelis who live close to its northern and southern border for their own protection. The displaced have been placed in hotels and other forms of provisional housing for an indefinite period (by the time this proposal was submitted, they have yet to return). To cater to the educational needs of the displaced, provisional schools were opened across the country in the hotels themselves, cultural institutions, and other locations. These schools relied mainly on volunteers, including many former teachers, from the cities to which the displaced had been moved. The schools were designed to provide immediate, short-term educational support for tens of thousands of pupils. Research focus: The presented research examines the experiences of the educational staff in the schools for the displaced. We interviewed 16 staff members of these schools (see Method section for more details). The aim of the research was to explore some of the challenges faced by educational staff in temporary educational settings and to inquire into their coping strategies. More specifically, we have asked how teachers and administrators set goals adapted to their needs and the students' capabilities in institutions characterized by a high-degree of uncertainty and disorder. Since most of those interviewed described the situations in these schools as chaotic, we placed an emphasis on questions of educational/organizational adaptations and solutions that the educational staff developed to stabilize the system and achieve its objectives. The following questions formed the basis for empirical examination: (1) How are order, disorder, and autonomy expressed in the way educators and administrators present their challenges, their goals, and their coping strategies within the institutions? (2) How does the educational staff create order? What methods do they use? Is it a 'new order' or an 'old order' (which prevailed before the war)? Theoretical framework: The research is grounded in complexity theory, a framework initially devised in the natural sciences for the study of dynamic systems (Mitchel, 2009). This theory played a significant role in shaping the research questions and provided valuable insights for the data analysis process. Complexity theory, which is increasingly used in the social sciences and education, offers powerful models for analyzing change, innovation, and the behavior of systems (Byrne 2022, Radford, Burns & Koster, 2016, Radford 2008). By placing emphasis on concepts such as self-organization, emergence, path dependence, and the influence of external factors, it provides a valuable lens through which to explore the dynamic elements of education in general and in the schools for displaced students in particular (Boulton, Allen and Bowman, 2015). Given that this research took place during a time of crisis marked by ongoing change, uncertainty and instability, complexity theory has proven exceptionally valuable in understanding how teachers and administrators responded to their challenging circumstances. Objectives: The primary objective of this research is to explore and understand the methods teachers employ to create order in institutions that are characterized by disorder. The unique educational settings of schools for the displaced, often lacking in conventional structure, offer a distinctive opportunity to study how teachers can autonomously operate and establish their own goals and practices in the absence of traditional organizational frameworks. Another important aim of the research is to examine how teachers exhibit their autonomy during times of crisis, highlighting their adaptive strategies and decision-making processes. By addressing these issues, we hope to provide some insights into the overall organization and functioning of schools in emergency situations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presented research is a qualitative study based on semi-structured interviews with educational staff in short-term emergency schools in Israel (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015). We conducted 16 interviews with staff members in schools that were established to meet the needs of children who were displaced from their homes due to war. Most interviews were held with teachers and educators, but some were also conducted with school principals and educational counselors. Each of those selected to be interviewed in the study has worked in these emergency schools for at least three weeks. The interviews lasted for 40-60 minutes and were recorded and transcribed. Those interviewees were asked about the challenges they face and how they navigate between their personal goals and the institutional objectives within the complex and frequently changing work environments in which they operate. None of the teachers interviewed were themselves displaced or had experienced substantial trauma or direct injury in the war. The data collected in the interviews was analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Maryring, 2015). Qualitative content analysis is a type of research method that combines qualitative and quantitative techniques (Mixed Method) and aims to derive a structure of categories from qualitative data. The categories in qualitative content analysis can either emerge from the data itself or be borrowed from existing theories. When pre-determined categories are used, the qualitative content analysis is called "deductive" (Mayring, 2015) or "directed" (Directed Qualitative Content Analysis; Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). We relied on directed methods since we used complexity theory to guide our analysis and borrowed concepts from it, such as self-organization and path dependence. The interviews were coded using the “Nvivo” software, with the upper categories derived from complexity theory being inhabited with and elaborated upon by emergent sub-categories stemming from the data. In addition, each interview was also read and examined as a separate complete narrative in order to gain a broader perspective (Clandinin and Pushor, 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the data analysis has not yet been completed, some preliminary findings already emerged from the initial examination. Teachers identify disorder as a major threat and strive to eliminate it. This perception drives them to exert considerable effort towards reinstating order. Although in the literature on complex systems, disorder is often conceptualized as an opportunity to create awaited positive change, we found that this possibility has rarely even been considered by the teachers interviewed (Floke, 2006). It was also found that in facing disorder, teachers rarely adopt new goals or aims that are responsive to the evolving situation. Instead, they tend to revert to familiar behaviors and practices, often resorting to the basics of traditional teaching and learning, even when such actions contradict their own educational ideologies. This finding corroborates existing research on crises in dynamic systems, adding a layer of empirical evidence to the theoretical framework that distinguishes between reactive and proactive crises (Novalia and Malekpour, 2020). However, the research shows that within the framework of their established goals, teachers demonstrate a notable degree of operational flexibility. They re-examine and adjust their goals to what the situation allows, exhibit a willingness to innovate and adapt their methods to suit the specific challenges presented by disorderly conditions. This adaptability is crucial in navigating the complexities of such environments and enabling the self-organization of classes (Davis and Sumara, 2014). Moreover, the research highlights the value teachers place on their autonomy (Hong and Youngs, 2014). Practicing autonomy emerges as a powerful tool that enables them to manage disorder effectively and empowers them in their professional roles. While they cherish this autonomy, teachers also self-impose limits on it, suggesting a nuanced understanding and application of their independence. By the time the conference will start we will complete the data analysis. References Boulton, J. G., Allen, P. M., and Bowman, C.. Embracing complexity: Strategic perspectives for an age of turbulence. Oxford University Press, 2015. Burns, T. and Köster F., eds. Educational research and innovation governing education in a complex world. OECD Publishing, 2016. Byrne, D, and Callaghan, G. Complexity theory and the social sciences: The state of the art. Routledge, 2022. Clandinin, D. J., Pushor, D., & Orr, A. M. (2007). Navigating sites for narrative inquiry. Journal of Teacher Education, 58(1), 21–35 Davis, B, and Sumara, D. Complexity and education: Inquiries into learning, teaching, and research. Routledge, 2014. Folke, C. "Resilience: The emergence of a perspective for social–ecological systems analyses." Global environmental change 16.3 (2006): 253-267. Hong, W. P. & Youngs, P. (2014). Why are teachers afraid of curricular autonomy? Contradictory effects of the new national curriculum in South Korea. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 36(1), 20–33. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277–1288. Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical background and procedures. In A. Bikner-Ahsbahs, C. Knipping and N. C. Presmeg (Eds.), Approaches to qualitative research in mathematics education (pp. 365–380). Springer. Mitchell, Melanie. Complexity: A guided tour. Oxford university press, 2009. Novalia, W. and Malekpour, S. "Theorising the role of crisis for transformative adaptation." Environmental science & policy 112 (2020): 361-370. Radford, Mike. "Prediction, control and the challenge to complexity." Oxford Review of Education 34.5 (2008): 505-520. 32. Organizational Education
Paper Are Young French People Embracing the World of Work? The Influence of Qualifications Level. 1Nantes University, France; 2Centre de Recherche en Education de Nantes, France (CREN); 3Université de Bourgogne, France; 4Institut de Recherche sur l'Education (IREDU) Presenting Author:In France, a recurrent and widely publicised managerial discourse points to the allegedly specific relationship to work of the younger generation (Desplats & Pinaud, 2015; Dalmas, 2019; Haegel, 2020). Moreover, recruiters identify negative characteristics in young people simply because of their age (Dagnaud, 2013: Corteso et al. 2018). Less motivated by their work, more interested in other spheres of their lives, no longer respectful of the hierarchical framework, these young people would challenge the traditional organisation of the world of work. The current economic context of the neoliberal policies of French governments since 2017 and the context of recovery from the crisis have led to a significant fall in unemployment, particularly among young people. This is leading to labour shortages and tensions on the labour market (Niang et al., 2022). In other countries, such as the United States, researchers are even talking about the "great resignation" (Liu Lastres et al., 2022). In such a context, the question of matching the supply of candidates, posed in terms of a failing relationship with work, with employers' demand under pressure, seems less and less relevant. The idea that the younger generation's relationship with work can take a radical turn is not new, as Inglehart (1977) already suggested. Our paper therefore explores the reality of this 'new' relationship between young people and work. This notion is understood in a broad sense, referring as much to what young people think about the activity of work itself, about their jobs, as about the professional world and the structure of its relationships (Longo, 2019). The first question in our work is therefore to compare the discourse of young people with that of the media. Studies have shown that the younger generations aspire to benefit more from other spheres of life than work. This observation is linked to the general rise in educational attainment and is dependent on national contexts (Méda & Vendramin, 2013; Huang et al., 2003). A higher level of education gives a more distanced view of work, but also more self-confidence in relation to the labour market. In addition, there is a variation in the view of professional integration depending on the course of study followed in higher education. Students on literary and artistic courses, for example, are the ones who "refuse" to enter the labour market (Delès, 2018). Furthermore, job security appears to be more important for graduates of vocational courses, whereas job content is more important for graduates of general courses (Bene, 2021). These observations tie in with others on the influence of social origin on the relationship with the world of work (Altreiter & Flecker, 2020). The level of qualifications and the choice of course of study are correlated with a young person's social background. Students from working-class backgrounds have less knowledge of the labour market (Baker et al, 2018). On the other hand, students from the middle and upper classes are more familiar with the codes of the labour market and use them to secure the best possible job placement (Bathmaker et al., 2013; Burke et al., 2017). These results therefore tend to prove a correlation between level of qualifications, educational pathway, social origin and the critical dimension in the relationship to work. To pursue this line of thought, we wanted to investigate by distinguishing three groups of young people: students in selective courses of study, students in non-selective courses of study, and young people neither in training nor in employment,. So to what extent do young people's attitudes to work and their commitment to the world of work depend on their level of qualification and the training they have received? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data presented in this paper was gathered as part of a major survey, bringing together economists and sociologists. The aim of this research is to understand recruitment difficulties by comparing the representations and views of employers with those of young people. This paper focuses on young people. To answer our question, we conducted semi-directive interviews (n=89) with three sub-groups: students enrolled in so-called 'selective' courses such as the grandes écoles (n=32), students enrolled in ordinary courses (general and vocational) (n=29) and unemployed young people monitored by employment services specialising in young people ('Missions locales') (n=25). The interview guide enabled us to examine three main aspects: young people's relationship with school and training, and their relationship with work and employment. We limited selection bias in the construction of our respondent population. To select the students on non-selective courses at university, we asked the heads of the courses to randomly select some of the students in the third year of the course. As for the young people who were furthest away from training, we went to the organisations that supported them in their job search and we asked them, again at random, to answer our questions. The profile of the people we interviewed was therefore very diverse in terms of gender, previous schooling, employment experience, social background, etc. We asked them to answer our questions at random. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analyses reveal that there is no uniform resignation trend in the relationship to work of the young people interviewed. Young people still aspire to find a job that allows them to earn money, develop themselves and maintain social ties. Nevertheless, we can observe a questioning, albeit in a minority, of the hierarchical organisation. This criticism is based on the individual experiences of vexation or humiliation. Criticism of superiors (bosses or managers) in employment leads some to aspire to be their own boss, i.e. to either set up their own business, to get away from the verticality, or to become self-employed. The desire to set up their own business can be found among the most highly educated as well as those who have had very little training. This observation confirms the idea that the first experiences of the world of work are important in building a relationship with the professional world (Charles, 2014; Daniels & Brooker, 2014). We also note that it is the young people on the most selective and prestigious courses, who are least affected by tensions on the labour market, who have the most distanced view of employment. Like students in the social sciences, they are also more likely to construct an abstract discourse about work. The least qualified young people may also have a distanced and critical view of the world of work, although their discourse is less theorised and abstract. Basically, it is also their experiences in employment that enable them to say that they reject certain forms of work organisation or the hierarchical relationship. Conversely, young people from vocational training courses, which are shorter but very closely linked to a specific profession, are those who are most in tune with the world of work and employers' expectations (Delès, 2018). References Altreiter, C., & Flecker, J., 2020, « I Get Money for What I Like Doing Best’ : The Class Origin of Young Blue-Collar Workers and their Commitment to Work », Work, Employment and Society, 34(6), 1097 1113. Baker, R., Bettinger, E., Jacob, B., & Marinescu, I., 2018, « The Effect of Labor Market Information on Community College Students’Major Choice », Economics of Education Review, 65, 18-30. Bathmaker, A.-M., Ingram, N. & Waller, R., 2013, « Higher education, social class and the mobilisation of capitals : Recognising and playing the game », British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(5-6), 723-743. Burke, C., Scurry, T., Blenkinsopp, J., & Graley, K. (2017). Critical perspectives on graduate employability. Graduate employability in context: Theory, research and debate, 87-107. Charles, N., 2014, « Quand la formation ne suffit pas : la préparation des étudiants à l’emploi en Angleterre, en France et en Suède », Sociologie du travail, 56 (3), 320-341. Dalmas, M., 2019, « Génération Z et conception du travail : un nouvel enjeu pour la GRH », Revue internationale de psychosociologie et de gestion des comportements organisationnels, 24, 60, 97-116. Daniels, J., & Brooker, J. (2014). Student identity development in higher education: Implications for graduate attributes and work-readiness. Educational research, 56(1), 65-76. Delès, R., 2018, Quand on n’a « que » le diplôme… Les jeunes diplômés et l’insertion professionnelle, Paris, PUF. Huang, X., & Van de Vliert, E. (2003). Where intrinsic job satisfaction fails to work: National moderators of intrinsic motivation. Journal of Organizational Behavior: The International Journal of Industrial, Occupational and Organizational Psychology and Behavior, 24(2), 159-179. Geay, B. (dir.), 2009, La protestation étudiante, Paris, Raisons d’agir. Inglehart, R., 1977, The Silent Revolution, Princeton, Princeton University Press Longo, M.-D., 2019, « Rapports des jeunes au travail, pratique d’emploi et diplômes. L’amalgame de parcours différenciés », Agora débats/jeunesses, 79/2, p. 67-85. Liu-Lastres, B., Wen, H., & Huang, W. J. (2022). A reflection on the Great Resignation in the hospitality and tourism industry. International Journal of Contemporary Hospitality Management, 35 (1), pp. 235-249 Méda, D. & Vendramin, P., 2013, Réinventer le travail, Paris, PUF. 32. Organizational Education
Paper The Role of Workplace Training in Secondary Education as a Centripetal and/or Centrifugal Force Masaryk university, Czech Republic Presenting Author:This study is a part of the project Life Pathways of Unsuccessful Graduates (CZ.02.3.68/0.0/0.0/19_076/0016377). The project's main objectives were to gain in-depth insights into the (insufficiently researched) phenomenon of failure in the Matura examination and its consequences for the future life pathways of the students concerned and to formulate evidence-based recommendations for education policies. In the Czech Republic, the format of the Matura examination changed in 2011. Since 2013, it has been roughly stabilised into two essential parts: a common and profile parts. The Centre for the Measurement of Educational Outcomes (CERMAT) is responsible for setting and evaluating the common part of the exam. The profile part consists of 2 to 3 exams based on the field of study, and in the case of secondary vocational schools, it includes a vocational qualification. The objects of the research were the reasons for failure in the Matura examination itself, i.e. what led to the failure, and the further life pathways of unsuccessful examinees, especially regarding the educational path over two years. In drafting the research intent, the main research question was formulated: How do psychosocial stress and social exclusion in institutional settings affect the subsequent life and educational trajectory of unsuccessful secondary school examinees over the two years following the experience of failure? Several specific questions arose from qualitative data analysis as a part of the project. One of them forms the axis of this paper: What is the role of workplace training in the course of study which leads to failure in Matura exam? Specific research questions are: What workplace experiences shape a student's path to failure in Matura? Can signals of future failure be identified in informants' retrospective narratives? What inputs improve or decrease the chance for success? The theoretical framework of the analysis consists of three theoretical concepts. First, failure in the Matura exam is interpreted as one form of school dropout; the reasons for failure are comparable but not identical to reasons for various forms of dropout (conf. Battin-Pearson et al, 2000; Bowers & Sprott, 2012). Second, the interaction of structure and agency is used to interpret the student's school experience (conf. Heinz, 2009). The school, the workplace, and the Matura exam itself form the structure that determines, stimulates, and limits the agency, respectively, the bounded agency (Evans, 2017). Third, the concept of school engagement enlightens the student's participation and identification with the school environment (Rumberger and Rotermund, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was conducted through qualitative inquiry and the chosen research design was a combination of a multiple case study and a biographical design (life history) with regard to the research objective and research questions. In the combination of the two designs, it is possible to talk about a specific research design of case history (Thomson, 2007), which is mainly used in longitudinal studies. Since it involved following informants and the development of their life histories over time, albeit only two years, the research can also be described as a quasi-longitudinal investigation. The data corpus for this concrete study consists of biographical interviews with 46 VET students. As these were biographical interviews exploring informants’ life paths, the interview scheme was based on a biographical narrative approach. Thus, biographical narrative interviews were based on the biographical narrative interview method (BNIM; Kutsyuruba & Mendes, 2023), which was originally introduced and developed primarily by Schütze (1992) and Rosenthal (2004) and later developed by Wengraf (2001). The interview scheme used in this study was in line with Rosenthal’s (2004) conceptualisation: 1. an initial narrative assignment, 2. internal narrative questions based only on the informant’s narrative response to the initial narrative assignment, 3. external narrative questions (pre-prepared questions, semi-structured interview type). The analysis of the repeated biographical interviews was followed by a comparative cross-case analysis aimed at the empirically anchored identification of key themes and types within the life stories (Kluge, 2000). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the student’s narratives presented in the paper, workplace training as a part of secondary education plays the role of a centripetal and/or centrifugal force. Student workplace engagement, which we understand as the degree of participation or identification with the workplace, is an essential factor concerning the risk of failure. Positive engagement can be described as student interest and active involvement in workplace activities. Insufficient engagement, on the other hand, is manifested by disinterest and a desire to avoid participation. In some cases, we identify a disjuncture between the workplace experience during the study and plans for future working life. The level of engagement during study can also be reflected in the preparation for the Matura examination with the consequences concerning success or failure. References Battin-Pearson, S., Newcomb, M. D., Abbott, R. D., Hill, K. G., Catalano, R. F., & Hawkins, J. D. (2000). Predictors of early high school dropout: A test of five theories. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92(3), 568–582. Bowers, A. J., & Sprott, R. (2012). Examining the Multiple Trajectories Associated with Dropping Out of High School: A Growth Mixture Model Analysis. The Journal of Educational Research, 105(3), 176–195. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. Jossey-Bass. Evans, K. (2017). Bounded agency in professional lives. In Professional and Practice-based Learning. 20, 17–36. Heinz, W. R. (2009). Structure and agency in transition research, Journal of Education and Work, 22(5), 391–404 Kluge, S. (2000). Empirically grounded construction of types and typologies in qualitative social research. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 1(1), Art. 14. Kellaghan, T. & Greaney, V. (2020). Public Examinations Examined. World Bank. Kutsyuruba, B., & Mendes, B. (2023). Biographic narrative interpretive method. In J. M. Okoko, S. Tunison, & K. D. Walker (Eds.), Varieties of qualitative research methods: Selected contextual perspectives,(pp. 59–65). Springer International Publishing. Rosenthal, G. (2004). Biographical research. In C. Seale, D. Silverman, J. F. Gubrium, & G. Gobo (Eds.), Qualitative research practice, (pp. 48–64). Sgae. Rumberger, R. W., & Rotermund, S. (2012). The relationship between engagement and high school dropout. In Handbook of research on student engagement (pp. 491–513). Boston, MA: Springer US. Schütze, F. (1992). Pressure and guilt: War experiences of a young German soldier and their biographical implications (part 1). International Sociology, 7(2), 187–208. Wengraf, T. (2001). Qualitative social interviewing: Biographic narrative and semi-structured methods. SAGE. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 33 SES 07 A: Emotional Trajectories and Experiences: Genders and Sexualities Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Helene Götschel Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Discursive Variations of "Coming Out" as a Queer Teacher in Finland University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This upcoming study is part of a doctoral project that examines the discourses and discourse variation of Finnish queer, or LGBTQ+, teachers in the workplace. Teachers are professionals in a highly visible and socially relevant occupation who are at the same time part of a population that has historically been stigmatized and whose experiences have been marginalized. Their experiences mirror those of all queer people in our society, but their position as teachers provides a platform of conducting research through the societally significant and relevant context of schools. The current study constitutes an investigation into the various ways of Finnish queer teachers disclosing or revealing their non-heterosexuality or non-normative gender in their work environment. With this study, I aim to examine how “coming out” as queer occurs at the workplace in the Finnish teacher context, and to explore how the discursive choices teachers make when they discuss and construct their coming out experiences connect to heteronormativity and to the prerequisites of being a teacher. This study also seeks answers to questions such as: how do queer teachers talk about coming out in the workplace and what kind of attitudes and opinions they have on the matter? What elements and factors are shaping the ways in which coming out is performed by queer teachers in the workplace? How do queer teachers disclose or reveal their queerness in different situations and contexts in the workplace? The data for the current study is going to be group interview data, produced in three separate group interviews, with 15 participants in groups consisting of 3-5 teachers. Group interviews are utilized for this study due to the sensitive nature of the topic being researched within a sensitive research population; group setting can reduce the power of the researcher and provide a safe context that allows for higher level of consensus and elaboration on mutual issues (Barbour & Kitzinger 1999). The premise for this study is that there exists a hegemonic discourse of heteronormativity in society that is reproduced and enforced in schools (e.g., Lehtonen 2021; Ferfolja & Hopkins 2013) which maintains power relations that come into play in discourses related to queer teachers’ language use. The basis of this study also relies on sociolinguistic research, which claims that language use and language use variation can construct social and ideological meanings and establish discourses, identities and speech communities. In reference to many other languages that have been analyzed in terms of gender, sexuality and the teacher context, Finnish language characteristics (e.g., gender neutral third person pronoun) bring an interesting aspect to this research setting. Revealing and disclosing information about non-normative sexuality or gender is a complex and challenging interactional speech act with multiple forces and factors influencing the way it is uttered or performed, especially when considering the intentions behind what the speaker is hoping to achieve (Chirrey 2003). By “coming out”, queer people challenge the existing heteronormative power structures and simultaneously communicate their position as the other in the community, and their resistance to the dominant norms (Llewellyn & Reynolds 2021). Earlier research about coming out in the teacher context points out to a high level of ambivalence and conflict surrounding the individual teacher in their decision-making process about disclosing their sexuality (Connell 2015; Gray 2013; Rasmussen 2004). For example, the norms around teacher professionality and queer visibility are often experienced as contradictory and complex (e.g., Ferfolja & Hopkins 2013; Neary 2013). The various factors behind coming out in educational context may be connected to issues and questions surrounding teacher norms or moral questions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) is utilized as the main research perspective to analyze the transcribed interview data, to best explore the hidden power relations embedded in language (Fairclough 2010). A three-dimensional CDA method is used in this study to examine the discursive indicators and representations of heteronormativity and power relations, as well as potentially identifying social problems and discourses influencing the way queer teachers’ talk about their coming out experiences in the group interview settings. The analysis will first focus on linguistic and semantic features of the text, then continue to seek out contradictory properties and similarities to establish meaningful bundles of discursive processes, guided by what teachers said and how. Finally, the analysis will connect these interpretations and meanings to the larger sociocultural context. CDA allows for the exploration of how heteronormative power dynamics, that are embedded in language, are either challenged or enforced in queer teachers’ interviews while also considering the wider, societal context of how discourses can both mirror queer teachers’ reality but also shape it. CDA favors a multidisciplinary approach in research and enables the researcher to make connections between different fields, making it an ideal perspective in examining a complex phenomenon like heteronormativity and challenging the narrative it creates (Fairclough 2010; Van Dijk 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By examining how queer teachers discursively construct their workplace coming out experiences in group interview settings, we can see the discursive variation around the phenomenon. The results will provide discourse-level information about the interactional strategies that queer teachers use when revealing, disclosing or hiding their sexuality or gender. I argue that this discursive variation will enforce earlier findings which state that heteronormativity is a dominant framework in Finnish schools (Lehtonen 2023), but also reveal its influence to the ways in which queer teachers exist and talk about their personal life, sexuality and gender; this is important because the different ways of coming out can reveal how queer people are disciplined to present themselves in schools and what kind of subject positions are available to them in the contemporary Finnish society. The findings will reflect the hidden, deeper attitudes and values surrounding queer people and queer teachers that are present in the western countries, specifically Finland and other similarly liberal Nordic countries with educational policies that are based largely on socio-democratic values (Lappalainen & Lahelma 2016). References Barbour, R. S., & Kitzinger, J. (Eds.). (1999). Developing focus group research: Politics, theory and practice. Sage Publications Ltd. Chirrey, D. 2003. “‘I hereby come out’: What sort of speech act is coming out?” Journal of Sociolinguistics 7:1, 24—37. Connell, C. 2015. School’s Out: gay and lesbian teachers in the classroom. Oakland, CA: University of California Press. Fairclough, N. 2010. Critical Discourse Analysis (2nd edition). Pearson Education Ltd. Ferfolja, T., and L. Hopkins. 2013. “The complexities of workplace experience for lesbian and gay teachers.” Critical Studies in Education 54 (3): 311—324. Gray, E. 2013. ” Coming out as a lesbian, gay or bisexual teacher: negotiating private and professional worlds.” Sex Education 13 (6): 702-714. Lappalainen, S., and E. Lahelma. 2016. “Subtle discourses on equality in the Finnish curricula of upper secondary education: reflections of the imagined society” Journal of Curriculum Studies 48 (5): 650-670. Lehtonen, J. 2023. “Rainbow Paradise? Sexualities and Gender Diversity in Finnish Schools.” In Finland’s Famous Education System, edited by M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko, and S. Kosunen Springer, Singapore. Llewellyn, A. and Reynolds, K. 2021. “Within and between heteronormativity and diversity: narratives of LGB teachers and coming and being out in schools” Sex Education 21:1, 13-26. Neary, A. 2013. “Lesbian and gay teachers’ experiences of ‘coming out’ in Irish schools.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 34:4, 583—602. Rasmussen, M.L. 2004. “The Problem of Coming Out” Theory Into Practice 43:2, 144—150. Van Dijk, A. 2015. “Critical Discourse Analysis” In D. Tannen, H. Hamilton & D. Schiffrin (ed.) Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Blackwell. 33. Gender and Education
Paper “I’d Hate to be Gay, Wouldn’t You?”: One Teacher’s Experiences of Social-Class and Sexuality in two English Secondary Schools. Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Schools are predominantly and actively heteronormative spaces, within this a teacher is an awkward combination of asexual, heterosexuality (Llewellyn, 2022, 2023). As such, historically LGB teachers have struggled with their identity formation particularly around the discordance of private and professional identities (Connell 2015; Neary 2013). However, with recent movements towards LGBT inclusion in aspects of English education policy and practice, recent research has suggested that there are more spaces for LGB teachers, to inhabit an LGB identity within their schools (Llewellyn, 2022, 2023; Brett 2024), although this position is not equally available across schools. Within this body of research, there is a growing awareness of differences within the LGBT categories (for example Brett, 2024), and some awareness of intersectional identities, however, there is very little acknowledgement of a teachers’ social class and how this may impact decision-making processes, knowledge formation, and identity negotiation. This is important, as teaching in the UK is largely a middle-class profession, both in terms of who constitutes the profession and how the profession is produced. This is prominent within official discourses, where recent governments have sought to ‘make up the middle classes’ with various strategies including, the promotion of a “standard English” (Cushing, 2021). These approaches are in accordance with previous governments, such as New Labour (1997-2008) who worked to re-socialize working-class parents within narratives of middle-class norms (Gewirtz, 2000). However, crucially these strategies are constructed through the appearance of “classlessness” (Reay, 1998), or around ‘appropriate’ aspirations of levelling up. As such, there is largely an invisibility to a teacher’s social class, within schools, educational policy and within public rhetoric. Arguably, this is a vital discussion at this current time, as some level of equality, diversity and inclusion is expected in English schools. Although, how this is enacted will take on specific forms and practices in each location. Therefore, the impact on ‘working class’ LGBT teachers is potentially precarious.These discussions are also relevant more globally as LGBT people are in a precarious position, where increased rights and laws, sit alongside a rise in populism and ‘anti-woke’ rhetoric. Specifically, schools are institutions designed to encourage conformity and normalisation (Walshaw 2007). In addition, the English education systems operates under the lens of neoliberalism, hence there is an expectation of the autonomous entrepreneurial individual (Rose, 1999). As such, LGBT inclusion is often actioned by individuals, rather than an organised school response (Llewellyn, 2023). In relation to sexuality, whilst there is a movement towards treating all people as human beings, neoliberalism’s take on sexuality has been described by Duggan (2003) as “homonormative” and Puar (2017) as “homonational”, where there is a contracted version of liberation for LGBT people. As such, arguably state power encourages a very specific appropriate kind of sexuality, that is presented as a normal, family and a loving relationship. In a societal sense, this can be seen through the premise of equal rights, or the framing of equal love. Moreover, power operates within locations (Yuval-Davis, 2006), and is a strategy within systems. Where there is power there is also resistance, and individuals have a constrained agency. However, resistance – such as creating a LGB teacher identity within a heteronormative space - does not eradicate norms, but instead creates new sets of norms (Jakobsen, 1998). Furthermore, structures facilitate a ‘network of norms’ (Jakobsen, 1998), which constitutes normativities. If schools, on the whole, are no longer overtly homophobic, and some levels of LGBT inclusion are supported, the question becomes what are the new normativities that are created, with regards to LGBT, EDI and the professional LGB teacher? And are these supportive of everyone? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research thus explores the case of a single, gay, male, teacher from a working-class background, who teaches in a secondary school (ages 11 – 18) in the North of England. Through the use of a semi-structured interview, an email exchange, and Foucauldian theory, the article examines John’s discursive constructions of being a teacher in two schools - in relation to his sexuality, and his subsequent teacher identity. It therefore considers how someone fits (or not) within the available (or not) discursive norms of an LGB teacher identity. John’s interview was part of a larger project, where 50 LGBT teachers were interviewed in the summer of 2020. These teachers were recruited via social media advertising, therefore there was a mixture of targeted and snowball sampling, which is commonplace in LGBT research that advocates social justice (Bell, 1997). Participants were asked about their experiences through a range of topics, the interviews were also active (Holstein & Gubrium, 2003) such that the other areas could be led by the participant. John’s interview lasted one hour, 14 minutes. Prior to the interview John had sent an email with an attached Word document entitled ‘Homophobic experiences within my fifteen-year career as a secondary school teacher’. Analysis was conducted through immersion in the data, multiple readings, and a movement between inductive and deductive coding. John’s interview stood out as different to many of the other participants who routinely drew on narratives of progress. Whilst many of the participants had experienced some levels of homophobia, John was unique in routinely experiencing sustained levels of homophobia. Hence, further analysis of John’s interview, and the email document were conducted, in relation to a Foucauldian lens and subsequent discursive framings. In the interview, John describes himself as “a teenage pregnancy product, council estate, domestic violence in the family” – his route into teaching was through college and ‘non-standard’ qualifications. He also positions himself as resilient “I was determined that I wouldn’t go to the scrapheap”. Furthermore, he references the multiple levels of leadership he has held. John describes the two secondary schools he has worked in as within “economically deprived postal codes and low aspiration” within this, he states he has “gone from a wholly white demographic to a non-white demographic. But the homophobia is consistent across the two”. An ethic of care (Christians, 2000) was adhered to throughout the research, with particular regards to John’s wellbeing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By examining John’s construction of sexuality, and his professional teacher identity, I demonstrate how the position of the LGB teacher found in recent literature (Llewellyn, 2022, 2023) largely centres around a homonormative middle class LGBT identity, and that this may be discordant for John. I do this by drawing on John’s construction of his students, his school, sexuality, and his role. Whilst John’s own positioning shares commonalities to the neoliberal teacher of previous research (Llewellyn, 2022, 2023), such that he claims responsibility for practices in school, it is different in that whilst John is aware of his individual rights, to some extent he is encompassed by the view that sexuality is problematic, and this is a problem he needs to fix. This is demonstrated through his concern around how he is sexualised, and his awareness that this may be read as ‘his fault’. Beyond this, there is no place in schools for pride or celebration of sexuality or for staff or children to exhibit sexuality. Furthermore, in contrast to literature where the LGBT professional identity is present, there is a clearer separation between children and adults/ teachers. This is compounded by John’s school, who whilst being reactive to homophobia, advocate John’s role in determining punishments. As such, John is always the responsible neoliberal teacher, and thus why he feels he is “fighting against homophobia constantly, but not actually having any impact.” It is important to note here the level of constant homophobia experienced by John, one student even taunts - “I’d hate to be gay, wouldn’t you? I’d kill myself!” Therefore, why, John states “I can no longer be a secondary school teacher, cos I’m openly gay”. As such, I suggest the LGBT professional identity may not be as available to a single, gay, male teacher from a working-class background. References Bell, D. (1997). Sex lives and audiotape: Geography, sexuality and undergraduate dissertations. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 21(3), 411–417. Brett, A. (2024). Under the spotlight: exploring the challenges and opportunities of being a visible LGBT+ teacher. Sex Education, 24(1), 61-75. Connell, C. (2015). School’s Out: Gay and Lesbian Teachers in the Classroom. University of California Press Christians, Clifford G. 2000. "Ethics and politics in qualitative research." In Handbook of qualitative research 2, edited by Norman Denzin and Yvonna Lincoln, 133-155. Sage Cushing, I. (2021). ‘Say it like the Queen’: the standard language ideology and language policy making in English primary schools. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 34(3), 321-336. Duggan, L. (2003). The twilight of equality? Neoliberalism, cultural politics, and the attack on democracy. Beacon Press. Gewirtz, S. (2001). Cloning the Blairs: New Labour's programme for the re-socialization of working-class parents. Journal of Education Policy, 16(4), 365-378. Holstein, J., & Gubrium, J. F. (2003). Active interviewing. In J. Holstein & J. F. Gubrium (Eds.), Postmodern Interviewing (pp. 67-80). Sage Jakobsen, J. R. (1998). Queer is? Queer does? Normativity and the problem of resistance. GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies, 4(4), 511-536. Llewellyn, A. (2022). Bursting the ‘childhood bubble’: reframing discourses of LGBTQ+ teachers and their students. Sport, Education and Society, 1-14. Llewellyn, A. (2023). “Because I live it.”: LGB teacher identities, as professional, personal, and political. Frontiers in Education. 8, 1-12 Neary, A. (2013). Lesbian and Gay Teachers’ Experiences of ‘Coming Out’ in Irish Schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education. 34(4), 583-602. Puar, J. K. (2017). Terrorist assemblages: Homonationalism in queer times. Duke University Press. Reay, D. (1998). Rethinking social class: Qualitative perspectives on class and gender. Sociology, 32(2), 259-275. Rose, N. (1999). Governing the soul (2nd ed.). Free Association Books. Walshaw, M. (2007). Working with Foucault in education. Sense Publishing. Yuval-Davis, N. (2006) Belonging and the politics of belonging. Patterns of Prejudice, 40(3), 197-214 33. Gender and Education
Paper Teacher Gender Matters for Their Emotion Regulation, Wellbeing and Teaching Efficacy: a Meta-analysis 1Chinese University of Hong Kong; 2Chinese University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Teaching is by nature an emotional-burden endeavor for which emotion regulation is of crucial importance for teachers' effective teaching and well-being. Teachers' burnout and turnover rate have been an global issue. The present study aims to explore whether teacher gender impacts how they regulate emotions and related outcomes with the intersect impact from teaching grade level and culture/region norms. Two research questions were addressed: 1. What are the relationships between teacher gender, their emotion regulation strategies, teaching efficacy and well-being? 2. Are the relationships between teachers’ emotion regulation strategies and related outcomes moderated by (1) teaching grade level, or (2) culture/region? By answering these questions, three related emotion regulation theories were utilized to form the key conceptual skeleton of this study: (1) Gross's process model of emotion regulation refers to that emotions are generated and regulated through situation selection, situation modification, attentional deployment, cognitive change/reappraisal, and response modulation processes. (2) Emotional labor theory: three emotional labor strategies have been discussed widely, namely, deep acting, surface acting and expression of naturally felt emotions. (3) Grandey proposed that emotional labor as emotion regulation by focusing on two broad strategies: antecedent- and response-focused strategies. Baesd on that, this study classified teachers' emotion regulation into antecedent-focused strategy (e.g., deep acting and reappraisal) and response-focused strategy (e.g., surface acting and suppression). The related outcomes included teaching efficacy and well-being (e.g., job satisfaction and burn out). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Although previous empirical studies have examined the influence of teacher gender on emotion regulation, the quantitative review evidence is still scarce. This present meta-analysis included 21 quantitative articles and 141 correlations published between 2006 and 2023. A systematic literature search including the eletronic search and the hand search was adoptedd. The Web of Science, ProQuest, Eric, University Library, Google scholar and the reference list of each existing related review have been searched. The Comprehensive Meta-analysis version 3 was used to analyze the data, such as correlation, moderation, and publication bias analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It was found that there was no significant gender difference in using response-focused emotion regulation strategies (e.g., surface acting and suppression), while females were more likely to use antecedent-focused strategies (e.g., deep acting and reappraisal) and expressions of naturally felt emotions. Regarding the related outcomes, it was found that teachers who adopted antecedent-focused emotion regulation strategies more often tended to have greater teaching efficacy and well-being. By contrast, teachers who were more likely to use response-focused strategies tended to report less teaching efficacy and well-being. This gendered emotion regulation may be due to the gendered emotional display rule, which expects female teachers to be caring and emotionally available. Besides, the teaching grade with different pressures on teachers and the cultural/region norms may moderate the relationship between teacher gender and emotion regulation. This study provides review evidence from a quantitative relationship perspective for examining the role of teacher gender in their emotion regulation and outcomes, which echoes what the content-analysis review found that female teachers used more deep acting. However, there is also inconsistency on whether male teachers used more response-focused strategies. This study extended the existing review evidence by examining the strategy of expressing naturally felt emotions that has been neglected and can not be attributed to antecedent-focused or response-focused emotion regulation. References <1> Wang, H., Burić, I., Chang, M.-L., & Gross, J. J. (2023). Teachers’ emotion regulation and related environmental, personal, instructional, and well-being factors: A meta-analysis. Social Psychology of Education, 26(6), 1651–1696. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09810-1 <2> Olson, R. E., McKenzie, J., Mills, K. A., Patulny, R., Bellocchi, A., & Caristo, F. (2019). Gendered emotion management and teacher outcomes in secondary school teaching: A review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 80, 128–144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.01.010 <3>Thomsen, D. K., Mehlsen, M. Y., Viidik, A., Sommerlund, B., & Zachariae, R. (2005). Age and gender differences in negative affect—Is there a role for emotion regulation? Personality and Individual Differences, 38(8), 1935–1946. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2004.12.001 <4>Lee, M., Pekrun, R., Taxer, J. L., Schutz, P. A., Vogl, E., & Xie, X. (2016). Teachers’ emotions and emotion management: integrating emotion regulation theory with emotional labor research. Social Psychology of Education, 19(4), 843–863. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-016-9359-5 <5> Grandey, A. A., & Melloy, R. C. (2017). The State of the Heart: Emotional Labor as Emotion Regulation Reviewed and Revised. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 407–422. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000067 <6>Gross, J. J. (2015). The Extended Process Model of Emotion Regulation: Elaborations, Applications, and Future Directions. Psychological Inquiry, 26(1), 130–137. https://doi.org/10.1080/1047840X.2015.989751 <7>Hochschild, A. R. (1983). The managed heart. University of California Press. <8>Yin, H., Huang, S., & Chen, G. (2019). The relationships between teachers’ emotional labor and their burnout and satisfaction: A meta-analytic review. Educational Research Review, 28, 100283. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100283 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 33 SES 07 B: Generating Gender Equity in Difficult Contexts Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Monika Ryndzionek Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Mapping Professional Vision: Exploring Socio-ecological Environments in Three Middle Schools in Sweden Experiencing a High Amount of Victimization Amongst Girls University of Gävle, Sweden Presenting Author:Bullying and victimization are persistent problems in countries around the world and affects the lives of many students (Thornberg, 2010; Gu, Lai, & Ye, 2011; Kochenderfer & Ladd, 1996; Ttofi & Farrington, 2009). Bullying is commonly defined as recurrent harassment or offence against an individual who is in a powerless position (cf. Hellström et al., 2021). It has been emphasized that in order to be called bullying, the recurrent aggression should be considered unwanted by someone and that an individual's experiences are also important to consider and not just the stated intention of the perpetrator(s) (Gladden et. al., 2014). National measurements in Sweden in recent years have shown an increase over time in bullying measured in percentage points (Bjereld et al. 2020; cf. Edling et al. 2022; Friends, 2022; SCB, 2020). The most significant increase can be observed among girls aged 13-15 years (Folkhälsomyndigheten, 2018, p. 40). This study is based on a request from a municipality in Sweden to help investigate how it comes that a surprisingly high proportion of girls in middle school (grades 4-6) felt exposed to victimization and bullying. In reoccurring measurements of victimization and bullying among students in a Swedish municipality it is shown that bullying and a sense of vulnerability amongst girls have increased by around 74 %, since 2016 (Simonsson, 2022). In a large global study involving 46 countries, Cosma et. al (2022) found that the practice of traditional bullying and cyberbullying was more common among 11-15 year old boys than girls in most countries, while gender differences in victimization were mixed. One conclusion they draw is that one reason why major anti-bullying programmes are slow to show marked improvements in bullying patterns is because they do not address gender norms that are sometimes unconsciously embedded in societies. In research on professional identity, a teacher’s vision or seeing, is regarded as an important factor that affects the quality of their teaching (Ibarra, 1999; Shulman, 1991) and is thus used as a framework in this study. According to Goodwin (1994), who introduced the concept of professional vision, a profession can be understood as the way in which a specific group creates a social organisation for seeing depending on what the specific profession requires its members to see or notice. In this context, professional seeing is linked to specialist knowledge that supports the group's understanding and ability to observe the relevant dimensions in practice (a.a.). Closely related to professional vision is professional identity, which is shaped by a person's task perception, i.e. their lenses of meaning-making through which they see a specific situation, e.g. education, and act on it (Kelchterman 2009, p. 260). Professional identity thus constitutes a framework for individuals that guides their perceptions and how they interpret and act in particular situations (see also Richter et. al. 2021). In interviews with 62 school actors in three schools the importance of teachers’ seeing, referred to here as professional vision, became one key theme. With this as a background, the overall purpose of this study is to map the selective use of professional vision as a means to handle and grapple with as to why a relatively large number of girls in middle school in the selected municipality feel bullied or vulnerable to bullying. 1) How do students, teachers, health staff, and school leaders in three middle schools explain the importance and notion of professional vision in relation to gender victimization? 2) What possible gender differences exist in relation to what these actors argue is important to see [pay notice to] in relation to bullying/abusive behavior?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project has undergone an ethical review and has been authorized to conduct the study. For this project, three primary schools focusing on middle school (grades 4-6) that stand out in the number of bullying cases among girls were selected. The selected schools are regarded as embedded cases and have different characteristics to ensure variation, namely: a) a primary school that, over time, is characterized by a relatively low proportion of pupils who are (recurrently) offended; b) a school that is characterized by a relatively high proportion of pupils who state that they feel (recurrently) offended, and; c) a school where different forms of offence have been prevalent during the measurement period. Semi-structured qualitative interviews were conducted with students and key stakeholders at the selected schools. The semi-structured interviews are individual, and the ambition was to interview the following people per school: the school's principal, deputy principal, three teachers, librarian, caretaker, the school's security team, which sometimes includes counsellors, and 6-8 students. The case study is partly an exploratory case study as no other studies to our knowledge have studied issues related to bullying and classroom and school climate from a gender perspective in this municipality. The study endeavors to explore a terrain that has not yet been studied (Yin, 2003). At the same time, we see that the case study contains smaller parts that need to be studied in relation to each other in terms of similarities and differences and to a large amount of research that has been done over the years, which is referred to as a multiple analysis (Yin, 2003). The unit of analysis used in the exploratory and multiple case study is based on the socio-ecological model focusing seeing, vision, noticing, observation, and perception, which is theoretical but also proved fruitful from a large number of empirical studies. The concepts of micro, meso/exo and macro levels are used as overarching inputs that are operationalized using an individual focus, a group and organizational focus and a societal pattern/trend focus (Swearer et. al. 2004). The three levels flow into and interact with each other, but the structure provides a support for analysis and sorting. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results both have a potential to give an international contribution as to how gender bullying takes form in class- and school climates as well as to the field of teachers’ professional vision and task perception. The overall results maps teachers’ professional vision in terms of range, distance, and focus (Hammerness, 2001) drawing on the actors descriptions. As regards gender differences, the interviewees are aware that boys and girls are generally seen as unique individuals and that not only some girls, but also some boys are unwell and need to be highlighted and supported. At the same time, there are patterns in how girls feel, behave and are treated that are important to highlight. The descriptions of girls' and boys' differences are generally about the fact that they are perceived and feel that they are in two different arenas where gender-stereotypical roles have developed, based on the outgoing and violent boy and the silent girl who is oppressed and takes it upon herself and sometimes herself in addition to bullying in the form of, for example, subjective looks, slander and ostracism. The use of social media appears to be particularly damaging to girls' well-being and sense of vulnerability, as well as places in school where adults are, not present and competition occurs. In cases where girls are outgoing and loud, some feel they are not treated in the same way as boys. There are also recurring stories that girls and boys generally play different games and do not mix during breaks, which reinforces the separation of the two arenas. References References Bentea CC and Anghelache V. (2012). Teachers’ perceptions and attitudes towards professional activity. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences 51: 167 – 171. Bjer Berenbaum S.A., Beltz A.M. (2015). How Early Hormones Shape Gender Development. Curr. Opin. Behav. Sci. 2016;7:53–60. doi: 10.1016/j.cobeha.2015.11.011. Bjereld, Y., Agustine, L., & Thornberg, R. (2020). Measuring the prevalence of peer bullying victimization: Review of studies from Sweden during 1993–2017. Children and Youth Services Review, 119, Artikel 105528. Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond dichotomies: Competence viewed as a continuum. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 223(1): 3–13. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194 Cosma, Alina., Bjereld, Ylva., Elgar, Frank J., Richardson, C., Bilz, Ludwig., Craig, Wendy., Augustine, Lilly, Molcho, Michal, Malinowska-Cieślik, Marta, Walsh, D. Sophie (2022). Gender differences in bullying reflect societal gender inequality: A multilevel study with adolescents in 46 countries. Journal of Adolescent Health, 71(5), 601-608. Edling, S., Francia, G., Gill, P., Matton, P. & Simonsson, B. (2022). Motverka mobbning och annan kränkande behandling i skolan : En handbok för lärare. Lund: Studentlitteratur AB. Goodwin, C., 1994. Professional vision. American Anthropologist, 96, 606–633. doi:10.1525/aa.1994.96.3.02a00100 Hammerness, K. (2006). Seeing Through Teachers' Eyes: professional ideals and classroom practices. New York, London: Teachers College Press, Columbia University. Hammerness, K. 2001. Teachers' Visions: The Role of Personal Ideals in School Reform. Journal of Educational Change 2: 143–163. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017961615264 Kelchtermans, G., 2009. Who I am in how I teach is the message: self-under-standing, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching, 15 (2), 257–272. Rosen, N. Nofziger, S. (2019). Boys, bullying, and gender roles: How hegemonic masculinity shapes bullying behavior Gend Issues, 36, pp. 295-318 Schack, E.O., Fisher, M.H., & Wilhelm, J. 2017. Teacher noticing: Bridging and broadening perspectives, contexts, and frameworks. New York: Springer. Stahnke, R., and Blömeke, S. (2021). Novice and expert teachers’ noticing of classroom management in whole-group and partner work activities: evidence from teachers’ gaze and identification of events. Learn. Instruct. 74, 1–12. doi: 10.1016/j.learninstruc.2021.10 1464 Thornberg, R. (2015). The social dynamics of school bullying: The necessary dialogue between the blind men around the elephant and the possible meeting point at the social-ecological square. Confero: Essays on Education, Philosophy and Politics, 3, 161-203. Weber, A.M. Cislaghi, B., Meausoone, V. et al. (2019). Gender norms and health: Insights from global survey data Lancet, 393, pp. 2455-2468. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Addressing Gender inEqualities through Critical Hope: Perspectives of Women Teachers in Communities of Practice in the Islamic Republic of Pakistan University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:This study explores how women teachers in the Islamic Republic of Pakistan practise their leadership within their own established communities of practice and learn to understand gender inequalities and professional development practices in education. Beyond realising existing inequalities, women teachers share their critical hope of addressing those challenges and transforming professional development opportunities to be equitable for all. Through this understanding and critical hope, this paper hopes to influence policies in transforming leadership practices for women teachers in the educational milieu and fulfil the sustainable development goals. The study backdrop, the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, is a multi-ethnic developing country in South Asia that spotlights a decentralised education system with top-down leadership approaches. Gender disparities exist in teaching, where females predominate, but leadership positions are primarily held by males (Drudy, 2008). This entrenched 'top-down' leadership approach reflects the social hierarchies (Clarke et al., 2020). Moreover, teacher professional development faces insufficient funding, lack of practical resources, and low self-esteem among educators (Khan & Haseeb, 2017). These tensions highlight the underrepresentation of women and invisible educational inequalities within a decentralised, gendered, and socially stratified education system. The study draws upon the concepts of ‘communities of practice’ (CoP) as a social theory of learning (Wenger, 1998) and ‘critical hope’ (Freire, 1994). CoP refers to “a social process of negotiating competence” (Farnsworth et al., 2016, p. 5), where individuals share concerns and obstacles, have an affinity for similar topics, and regularly interact to enhance their understanding and abilities. Wenger (1998) identifies three key dimensions that distinguish CoPs from other groups: mutual involvement in a community, joint domain of interests and a shared repertoire of lived resources developed or adopted by the community. These dimensions highlight teachers’ learning experiences in the discoveries about ‘knowing’ and ‘being’ of their self and society through CoP engagement. Teachers, through CoP participation, develop their professional identity and engage in critical self-reflection on teaching and learning (Wenger & Wenger-Trayner, 2015). Despite the growing recognition for CoPs’ potential for teacher professional development (e.g., Borg, 2012, Yıldırım, 2008), little has been discovered about how they work or function (Patton & Parker, 2017). While predicated on social learning, CoPs rarely take into account power dynamics within the contextual structures (Barton & Tusting, 2005). As a result, there is a need to modify the model of CoPs for teacher professional development that considers the power dynamics within and beyond educational practices. Through the lens of social justice, the idea of critical hope (Freire, 1994) underscores the contextual structures and power relations inside them, and “systematically links the individual with a collective sense of transformation” (Zembylas, 2014, p. 16). Critical hope is more like “what is needed to transform social reality and to imagine possible futures” (Bourn & Tarozzi, 2024, p. 1). Addressing equalities should take into account the connection between individuals, education systems and the broader social structures that shape, maintain and reflect it. The critical hope under the social justice umbrella theme calls on teachers to “identify cracks in dominant social structures and ideologies” (Webb, 2017, p. 555) and create “a different lifeworld” (Zembylas, 2014, p. 13) whether through imaginative or practical means, where their potential to drive change and dismantle inequitable systems through CoP participation remains steadfast. Consequently, this concept will be mapped into the model to understand power relations and inequalities within and beyond CoP context. This proposed conceptual framework helps address the research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data collection commenced once ethical approval had been secured, and all necessary consents from the CoP leaders and members had been obtained. In this stage, data were primarily gathered through approximately 40-to-60-minute interviews with the participating educators. Two schools were identified for the purposes of this research, where four Communities of Practice had been established. The CoP leaders (anonymised as Leader 1, Leader 2, Leader 3, and Leader 4) underwent semi-structured interviews. Individual interviews were then conducted with the members of each of their CoPs. A total number of 21 teachers acted as research participants. These interviews centred on exploring the establishment of their respective CoPs and delving into the educational challenges that female teachers would like to address within their own CoPs. Thematic analysis was applied to analyse the comprehensive research project. The research team followed the well-defined procedures associated with thematic analysis within the realm of qualitative research (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to code the interview transcripts. Predicated on these inaugural codes, the team collaboratively identified themes that were considered integral to addressing the research questions related to the professional development of female teachers in the Global South. For the purposes of this specific paper, we commenced our analysis by focusing on the participation of women teachers in CoPs. This initial step aimed to explore how their engagement in CoPs contributed to practising their leadership and transforming the educational environment of Pakistan. A theme that emerged was the realisation of the ‘invisible barriers’ to equity in gender and professional development opportunities that women teachers experience in their professional lives. This served as a launching pad for the research team to further investigate how these inequalities drive the CoP engagement, and how the participants address obstacles to promote greater equity. Consequently, the research yielded themes related to educational challenges in schools in Pakistan, all of which were situated within the broader context of inequalities prevalent in the Global South. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper argues that CoP participation offers profound insights into the challenges for women teachers’ professional development and school effectiveness, along with their critical hope as an action-oriented response to these tensions. Predicated on the concept of CoPs as social theory of learning (Wenger, 1998) and the idea of critical hope (Freire, 1994), the study acknowledges the influence of social structures on teachers’ beliefs and leadership practices and the potential of teachers’ leadership transformation in achieving visible equalities within Pakistani education. Noteworthy among the findings is the voluntary engagement of teachers in CoPs, which emanates from their strong ethical and professional commitment, and their desire for continuous learning to provide high-quality education to their students. Despite their teaching dedication, efforts in their professional development and school effectiveness, certain hierarchical and gender-related inequalities continue to influence their leadership practices. Particularly, the complexities around gender inequalities and women teachers’ dual responsibilities in their professional and personal lives affect their continuity and discontinuity within CoPs. Regardless of their ultimate decision to stay or withdraw, CoP participants harbour a critical hope of addressing invisible challenges and creating educational equity. Hope propels individuals toward action and is nurtured within communities (Stitzlein, 2018). According to Freire (1994), critical hope is likened as “the way a fish needs unpolluted water” (p.2). This metaphor reflects the imperative of a more inclusive learning environment within the Pakistani education setting. Hope coupled with action through CoPs would transform the invisible inequalities into visible equalities within Pakistani education, much like a fish thrives when freely swimming in unpolluted water. This study has the potential to contribute to the broader context of critical hope by facilitating specific policies catering to educational equity in the Global South and advancing the fulfilment of sustainable development goals. References Barton, D., & Tusting, K. (Eds.). (2005). Beyond communities of practice: Language, power, and social context. Cambridge University Press. Borg, T. (2012). The evolution of a teacher community of practice: Identifying facilitating and constraining factors. Studies in Continuing Education, 34(3), 301–317. Bourn, D., & Tarozzi, M. (Eds.). (2024). Pedagogy of hope for global social justice: Sustainable futures for people and the planet. Bloomsbury Academic. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Clarke, M., Liddy, M., Raftery, D., Ferris, R., & Sloan, S. (2020). Professional learning and development needs of women teachers in the Republic of Pakistan: A social realist perspective. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(5), 579–595. Drudy, S. (2008). Gender balance/gender bias: The teaching profession and the impact of feminisation. Gender and Education, 20(4), 309–323. Farnsworth, V., Kleanthous, I., & Wenger-Trayner, E. (2016). Communities of Practice as a social theory of learning: A conversation with Etienne Wenger. British Journal of Educational Studies, 64(2), 139–160. Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of hope: Reliving Pedagogy of the oppressed. Khan, F., & Haseeb, M. (2017). Analysis of teacher training education program: A comparative study of Indonesia, Malaysia and Pakistan. Paradigms: A Research Journal of Commerce, Economics, and Social Sciences, 11(1), 13–17. Patton, K., & Parker, M. (2017). Teacher education communities of practice: More than a culture of collaboration. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 351–360. Stitzlein, S. M. (2018). Teaching for hope in the era of grit. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 120(3), 1–28. Webb, D. (2017). Educational archaeology and the practice of utopian pedagogy. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 25(4), 551–566. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity (1st ed.). Cambridge University Press. Wenger, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2015). Introduction to communities of practice: A brief overview of the concept and its uses. https://www.wenger-trayner.com/introduction-to-communities-of-practice/ Zembylas, M. (2014). Affective, political and ethical sensibilities in pedagogies of critical hope: Exploring the notion of ‘critical emotional praxis’. In V. Bozalek, B. Leibowitz, R. Carolissen, & M. Boler (Eds.), Discerning critical hope in educational practices (pp. 11–25). Routledge. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Crises leadership in Schools: A Posthumanist Perspective on Affective Leadership University of New England, Australia Presenting Author:Bush fires are extraordinarily dangerous and possess precarious capacity for growth and destruction. Driven by changeable winds, bushfires devour, transform, and territorialise. In the immediate period after fires school communities swing into actions of care and recovery. Crisis leadership plays a critical role in navigating the aftermath of these devastating events that causes catastrophic harm and leave long-lasting impacts on communities (Striepe & Cunningham, 2021).Leadership from a posthuman perspective reworks notions of solely human agency as more-than-human relations between human and non-human bodies produces distributed subjectivity (Fairchild, 2019). Moreover, ‘selves’ are not individual subjects, but are collective enunciations that are produced through the processes and movements with assemblages (Strom & Lupinacci, 2019). The more-than-human entanglement of fire, schools, communities, wildlife, and the anthropogenic landscape provoke a challenging debate around ethics of care. This study embraces critical posthumanism, which challenges the traditional centrism of the human in ethical discourse (Taylor, 2018). Specifically the aftermath of bushfires are examined through the lenses of affect and ethico-onto-epistemology. Ethical considerations during crisis leadership are reframed as an interplay of relationships, engagements, and entanglements, emphasising material interactions that encompass more than just human actors. The engagement of posthuman concepts enable ethical and political affordances that fracture binary dualisms and discourses. (Fairchild, 2019). Drawing on new materialism we conceptualise the post- bushfire aftermath as spaces for ethico-onto-epistemological mattering. The physical devastation and recovery are inextricably linked to ethical, ontological, and epistemological dimensions. Ethico- onto-espitemology foregrounds the moral dimensions of our interactions with the world (Barad, 2007). Ethics are immanent so that ethical considerations are not external to us but arise from relations. Therefore ethics, ontology, and epistemology are not separate domains but are deeply intertwined, with our ethical decisions (ethico-) are influenced by our understanding of being (onto-) and our knowledge (epistemology) (Geerts & Carstens, 2019). In short, our way of knowing the world is shaped by our ethical positions and our ontological understandings In the aftermath of fires, the challenges are shaped by uncertainty and moving frontiers (Drysdale & Gurr, 2017; Mutch, 2015; Smith & Riley, 2012). As Bozalek suggests “research is a matter of opening possibilities and immersion in the indeterminancy of the world, which is never settled. It is about being aware of how one part of the world makes itself intelligible to another part of the world and what matters in the flourishing of the world, where politics, ethics, ontology and epistemology are intertwined” (2021, 147). At every step the affective encounter is new and different; and unknown. “Affect is a material encounter where we change in relation to an experience” (Hickey-Moody, 2009). This research into school leadership during such crises addresses the nexus between destruction and regeneration. Bushfires are more than freely occurring natural disasters; they are active agents that reshape landscapes, lives, and communities. They challenge a traditional human-centered perspective of leadership and crisis management by highlighting the significant role of non-human elements in these scenarios. The immediate actions of care and recovery in school communities post-bushfires, as observed by Striepe & Cunningham (2021), demonstrate a collective, emergent response, transcending individual human efforts. This collective response is a manifestation of Fairchild's (2019) concept of distributed subjectivity, where the agency is not just a human attribute but a product of the interplay between humans, nature, and the environment. The catastrophic impact of bushfires necessitates a leadership approach that acknowledges this interconnectedness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on semi-structured interviews with five school leaders who navigated their communities through catastrophic fire events. The use of a Deleuzian ontology (after Mazzei, 2013), enables voice to be positioned as an entanglement that conjoins other enactments within the messiness of assemblages. It is a “collision of forces, a machinic assemblage of becomings” (Mazzei, 2013, p. 737), of leaders affecting and affected by the vital matter of human and non-human bodies. As interviewers we were “produced in the making and doing of the interview” (Mazzei, 2013, p. 737) and our analysis focused on the entanglement of human and non-human actors in crisis situations.The research incorporates affect theory recognising the entanglements between institutions, matter, and communities. Using concept as method, specifically the notions of affect, and ethico-onto-epistemological mattering, we consider the amplification of ethical care in the relational experiences after bushfires. Affect provides a lens to understand the emotional and visceral responses that are activated in the wake of bushfires. The research examines how affect flows in these fire aftermath contexts and impact decisions of school leaders. This approach recognises the complex interplay between emotions, physical matter, and community dynamics in shaping crisis responses. Recognising that communities are potentially vulnerable; this research seeks out the nuances of borderlands in work of school leaders, communication, technologies and more-than human assemblages. Often sitting outside the obligations of the educational institution, the care(ful) work is both crafted, and responsive. Through this new materialist lens we see possibilities for a thinking about these assemblages of mattering and ethical care as entangled but generative thresholds. New configurations of knowledge emerge through this engagement with critical care amid crisis. We seek out the “speculative, afftecive, atmospheric, transversal, pre-personal, involuntary and inventive” (Jackson & Mazzei, 2024, p. 1) In this work we recognise the value of postfoundational inquiry , that begins with thinking with theory of continuous coming into being and becoming but also the multiple possibilities that can unfold and indeed as Rosiek and Pratt remind us of the loss of “the roads not taken”. (2024, p. 205). Thus we note the ethical responsibility entwined in theoretical and methodological choices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Posthumanist thinking provides opportunity to decentre and rethink the human subject and its potential for agency (Fairchild, 2019). It reveals the interconnectedness of leaders, community members, environmental factors, and infrastructural elements in shaping crisis responses. Furthermore, we can examine the ethical relations and “micropolitics of connectivity” in more-than-human relationality (Fairchild, 2019, 53) associated with leading through crisis events. This perspective challenges anthropocentric views of leading, highlighting the importance of considering a broader network of influences in crisis leadership. The research delves into how the immediate, lived experiences of school leaders in the post-bushfire context, entangled with both human and non-human elements, influence their professional journeys. Effective crisis leadership in schools transcend traditional human-centered approaches. By integrating a posthumanist perspective, this study underscores the significance of acknowledging the complex web of relations and factors that influence decision-making and communication during crises. Taylor's (2018) critique of human-centric ethical frameworks is particularly pertinent here. Post-bushfire (crisis) leadership calls for an ethical approach that encompasses more-than-human considerations and an ethico-onto-epistemology, which blurs the lines between ethics, ontology, and epistemology, suggesting moral choices that are deeply connected to our understanding of being and knowledge. By adopting an ethico-onto-epistemological approach, the study reflects on how the material conditions and ethical considerations intertwine in shaping school leaders’ responses to bushfires. The physical devastation and the journey to recovery is not just a material process but is also requires an ethical and epistemological response that is premised on a holistic, and interconnected understanding of crisis management. The affective entanglements of those everchanging challenges must be navigated through an unforeseen terrain. This research sheds light on the knowledge making that occurs in this in this precarious space. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway. Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Durham: Duke University Press Drysdale, L. & Gurr, D. (2017). Leadership in uncertain times ISEA, 45(2). 131 -159. Smith, L. & Riley, D. (2012). School le4adership in times of crisis, School leadership and management, 32(1) 57-71. Fairchild, N. (2019). The micropolitics of posthuman early years leadership assemblages: Exploring more-than-human relationality. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 20(1), 53-64. Geerts, E., & Carstens, D. (2019). Ethico-onto-epistemology. Philosophy today, 63(4), 915-925. Hickey-Moody, A. (2009). Little war machines: Posthuman pedagogy and its media. Journal of Literary & Cultural Disability Studies, 1(3), 273-280. Jackson, A. & Mazzei, A. (2024). Postfoundational inqury after method: reorientations, enactments and openings. In Mazzei, L and Jackson, A. (eds.). Postfoundational approaches to qualitative inquiry, (1-16), Routledge. Mazzei, L. A. (2013). A voice without organs: Interviewing in posthumanist research. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 26(6), 732-740. Mutch, C. (2020). How might research on schools’ responses to earlier crises help us in the COVID-19 recovery process? Retrieved from https://www.nzcer.org.nz/system/files/journals/set/downloads/Mutch_OnlineFirst2020_0.pdf Rosiek, J. & Pratt, S. (2024). Ontologies of possibility and loss in posthimanist inquiry. In Mazzei, L and Jackson, A. (eds.), Postfoundational approaches to qualitative inquiry, (195-209), Routledge. Striepe, M., & Cunningham, C. (2021). Understanding educational leadership during times of crises: A scoping review. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(2), 133-147. Strom, K. J., & Lupinacci, J. (2019). Putting posthuman theories to work in educational leadership programmes. In Taylor, C. & Bayley, A. (eds.) Posthumanism and higher education: Reimagining pedagogy, practice and research, (103-121). Springer Link Taylor, C. A. (2018). Each intra-action matters: Towards a posthuman ethics for enlarging response-ability in higher education pedagogic practice-ings. In M. Zemblyas (ed), Socially just pedagogies: Posthumanist, feminist and materialist perspectives in higher education (81-96). Bloomsbury Publishers |
15:45 - 17:15 | 34 SES 07 A JS: Civic and Citizenship Education in Times of Global Challenges (JS NW 09/34) Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Joint Session NW 09 and NW 34 |
17:15 - 17:30 | Break 13: ECER Break |
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 08 A: ***CANCELLED*** Participation and Accessibility Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Susan Rafik Hama Paper Session |
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 08 B: Collaboration Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Cooperative Learning as a Reflective Lens to Facilitate Teamwork in Higher Education 1Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), Norway; 2University of Newcastle, Australia Presenting Author:Collaboration is accentuated as one of the critical 21st-century skills students need to learn to be best prepared for their future professional and social lives. One reason for the emphasis on collaboration is that today's workplace is structured with teamwork as the basic structure (Deepa & Seth, 2013). A recent study focusing on 21st-century skills for higher education students in EU countries found that employees consider collaboration/teamwork skills one of the essential soft skills that graduates need (Crosta et al.,2023). In higher education, the focus on group learning to learn and develop collaboration skills is growing, and there is a wealth of different approaches, such as cooperative, collaborative, problem-based, and team-based learning (Davidson & Major,2014). Cooperative learning (CL) is a pedagogical model that can support facilitators of learning to structure students working in small groups for academic and social gains. It is described as an instructional use of small groups where students work together to maximize their learning and others (Johnson et al., 2008). The pedagogical model has a long history and an extensive research base demonstrating its effects (Kyndt et al.,2013; Slavin 2015). Cooperative learning is proposed as suitable for improving university instruction as it is based on validated theory to mediate effective collaboration where the students learn through collaboration and learn to collaborate (Johnson et al., 2014). It is found that CL at the university level is effective for developing students' social skills necessary for teamwork (Mendo-Lázaro et al., 2018). Johnson et al. (2014) accentuate a conceptual CL approach suitable for improving university instruction. The conceptual approach is based on social interdependence theory (Deutch, 1949), and five validated essential elements must be structured into the learning situation to mediate effective collaboration. The five elements are to ensure the group and its members have positive interdependence, individual accountability, promotive interaction, appropriate use of social skills, and group processing (Johnson et al.,2014). The social interdependence theory, the five elements, and suggested CL procedures provide an integrated system for teachers to organize and design learning in small groups. Despite the established benefits for students' learning, CL is considered complex, and teachers encounter difficulties implementing the method (Ghaith, 2018; Sharan, 2010). Besides, different group learning approaches are already used in university settings to organize students` working together. Instead of teachers implementing an integrated CL system to organize and design learning in small groups, we believe there is a potential for teachers to inquire into their existing group learning and teamwork practices through the lens of the five elements of CL. It is argued that understanding the five elements allows CL procedures to be designed and, in this way, gives faculty tools to support learning in groups (Johnson et al., 2014). To our knowledge, there is limited research on how the five elements of CL can be used as a reflective tool to inquire into their existing instructional use of group learning and teamwork in higher education. Often, the focus is on implementing the pedagogical model with a focus on specific methods and CL structures. We believe there is an untapped potential for extending and applying CL as a theory in higher education by inquiring into existing group learning and teamwork practice with a reflective lens using the five elements of CL to support the development of collaboration and teamwork skills. In this research paper, we explore: In what ways can the theoretical model of cooperative learning as a reflective lens be used to support the facilitation of teamwork in higher education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilized a workshop as a research methodology (Ørngreen & Levinsen, 2017). The workshop was designed for a research purpose to inquire into how the five elements of CL could be used as a reflective tool to support the facilitation of teamwork in higher education. Besides, the workshop was authentic and aimed to meet participants' expectations of getting more knowledge about CL and inquiry into their own facilitation of teamwork to contribute to local practice. The workshop included ten participants from the central academic section of Experts in Teamwork (EiT) at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU). Experts in Teamwork is a mandatory master course (7,5 ECTS), with around 3000 students taking the course each year. In the course, students work in interdisciplinary teams to address real-life problems; the course is based on experiential learning and developing students' teamwork skills. The central academic section of EiT is responsible for developing the course and providing professional development for academic staff responsible for teaching the course (Walin et al., 2017). The workshop was organized inspired by the CL structure Jigsaw puzzle (Aronson et al., 1978) to give the participants first-hand experiences on how CL works and, at the same time, learn about the five elements of CL and reflect on how these elements were present in the professional development and course they oversaw. The data collected was material developed for the workshop and a research journal with participatory observations and reflections from the first author who developed and facilitated the workshop. Individual interviews with five workshop participants were conducted to gain further insights into the participants' experiences. The interviews were audio recorded, transcribed and the data collected is in the analysis process using reflective thematic analyses (Braun & Clark, 2021). The first author in this study is positioned as an insider researcher conducting research in her own organization, as she worked in the EiT academic section. It is proposed that insider research benefits from collaborations with external facilitators to reflect and extend the meaning of the experiences during the research (Coghlan & Brannick, 2014). With her CL and professional development expertise, the second author was invited into the project to inquire about the experiences and data collected. Our collaboration provided an opportunity for researcher triangulation, and our different perspectives enhanced our understanding of in what ways CL as a reflective framework could strengthen facilitation of teamwork of higher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper, we explore how the theoretical model of CL as a reflective lens can support the facilitation of teamwork to contribute to more knowledge of CL in higher education. This research paper presentation provides a practical contribution that may be of direct use to researchers and educators. It describes how the workshop was developed and structured together with the participants' experiences and their reflections of CL and their own practice with providing professional development and course in teamwork. Preliminary findings indicate that learning about the five elements of CL and then inquiring into their practice individually, in pairs, and in groups was found to facilitate the participants to examine their own practice critically. The participants were unfamiliar with the five elements of CL beforehand; however, learning about them gave the participants a shared lens and language about collaboration that enabled them to discuss strengths and weaknesses in their professional development and course. This led to ideas about how they could further develop their professional development and course. For example, it was found that individual accountability when structuring teamwork could be further strengthened. In many ways, the workshop became a meta-reflection on their existing practice without implementing CL as an integrated system. This shows the potential of CL's five essential elements as a reflection tool to support existing teamwork in higher education. The findings also show that the combination of learning about CL structured through the CL-structure Jigsaw made the participants in the workshop positive interdependent and individual accountable in their learning and reflection and led to a promotive interaction. This way, they got a first-hand experience of CL's pedagogical model. This was also found to motivate the participants to further want to CL structures and how they could be adapted to the professional development they provided. References Aronson, E., Stephan, C., Sikes, J., Blaney, N., & Snapp, M. (1978). The jigsaw classroom. Sage Publications. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. Sage. Coghlan, D., & Brannick, T. (2014). Doing action research in your own organization (4th ed.). Sage. Crosta, L., Banda, V., & Bakay, E. (2023). 21st Century Skills development among young graduates: a European perspective. GiLE Journal of Skills Development, 3(1), 40-56. Davidson, N., & Major, C.H. (2014). Boundary Crossings: Cooperative Learning, Collaborative Learning, and Probem-Based Learning. Journal on excellence in college teaching, 25, 7-55. Deepa, S., & Seth, M. (2013). Do soft skills matter? Implications for educators based on recruiters’ perspective. IUP Journal of Soft Skills, 7(1), 7–20. Retrieved from http://ssrn.com/abstract=2256273 Deutsch, M. (1949). A theory of co-operation and competition. Human Relations, 2(2), 129–152. Ghaith, G. M. (2018). Teacher perceptions of the challenges of implementing concrete and conceptual cooperative learning. Issues in Educational Research, 28(2), 385–404. Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2008). Social interdependence theory and cooperative learning: The teacher’s role. In R. M. Gillies, A. F. Ashman, & J. Terwel (Eds.), The teacher’s role in implementing cooperative learning in the classroom (pp. 9–37). Springer US. Johnson, D. W., Johnson, R. T., & Smith, K. A. (2014). Cooperative learning: Improving university instruction by basing practice on validated theory. Journal on Excellence in College Teaching, 25(3&4), 85-118. Kyndt, E., Raes, E., Lismont, B., Timmers, F., Cascallar, E., & Dochy, F. (2013). A meta-analysis of the effects of face-to-face cooperative learning. Do recent studies falsify or verify earlier findings? Educational Research Review, 10, 133–149. Mendo-Lázaro, S., León-del-Barco, B., Felipe-Castaño, E., Polo-del-Río, M. I., & Iglesias-Gallego, D. (2018). Cooperative team learning and the development of social skills in higher education: The variables involved. Frontiers in psychology, 9, 1536. Sharan, Y. (2010). Cooperative learning for academic and social gains: Valued pedagogy, problematic practice. European Journal of Education, 45(2), 300–313. Slavin, R. E. (2015). Cooperative learning in elementary schools. Education 3–13, 43(1), 5–14. Wallin, P., Lyng, R., Sortland, B., & Veine, S. (2017, June). Experts in teamwork-A large scale course for interdisciplinary learning and collaboration. In 13th International CDIO Conference (pp. 1-11). University of Calgary. Ørngreen, R., & Levinsen, K. T. (2017). Workshops as a research methodology. Electronic Journal of E-learning, 15(1), 70-81. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Impact of Culture and Social Networking on Adult Refugee and Immigrant Women´s Participation in Lifelong Learning in Iceland University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:In recent decades people in almost every developed country have experi-enced many rapid changes in society; migration and rapid technological developments. These dramatic changes have influenced adults worldwide with respect to their participation in lifelong learning. As a result great emphasis has been put on adult immigrants to participate in various courses and learning activities (Van Tubergen and Van De Werfhorst, 2007). However, there is ample evidence to show that success in attracting participants from this target group is lacking. One of the challenges lies with women from the Middle East who are scattered around the work market and in society in general. Even though state policies have set out requirements, regarding education for immigrants, and determine the importance of embracing diversity so that immigrants find it easy to integrate to the society and access their chances of participation in daily life, there is a considerable group of adults women, of foreign origin, who has a limited role in participation in the educational activities on offer. Sociologists have often focused and drawn pictures of how culture, identity, goals, attitudes, values, communication and even what is most important to people in life can vary between cultural areas or periods. They often put specific labels on periods of history that are supposed to describe culture of a certain period and certain groups. Today's society is no exception here, but sociologists' analysis and interpretation of the societies immigrants and refugees enter can help us understand their opportunities, challenges and the way the society reacts toward these vulnerable groups. In this study I outlined the main theories used in the interpretation of the data and their relationship to the research and its subjects. Pierre Bourdieu's theories on social, cultural and economic wealth should first be mentioned (Bourdieu, 1997; 2007), but he believes that individuals within a society are never equal, but possess varying amounts of wealth. which affects their activities and capacity for activities/participation in the society in which they live. I have also relied on Gidden's theories about the importance of education and the responsibilities that lies on both individuals and societies (Giddens, 1998; 2000). According to his theory, it is an individual's right to have choices and to make his/her own decisions. But they also have to stop and think about the consequences of their decisions. In order to better understand the life and situation of the adult learners and their various need for practicality, I have relied on Knowles' six assumptions about the characteristics of adult students,i.e. how and why some adults take active participations in lifelong learning (Knowles, Holton and Swanson, 2005). Finally, I have used Wlodkowski's ideas about adult educators, and how he considers and interpretes the responsibility and the role of instructors, educational organizers and lifelong learning sectors to make the learning interesting, motivating, effective and accessible to everyone(Wlodkowski, 2007). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The investigation is qualitative and is based on data gleaned from interviews with eight immigrant women aged 30 to 51 and from public documents.Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2013) is used to analyze the data. This method is useful when one is trying to find commonalities in meaning among the participants’ responses. Knowledge about the reasons for their limited participation in various courses on offer. When the participants were contacted, they were ensured that all personal information that they provided would be confiderntial and other informaiton would be anonymised and deidentified. All participants who agree to take part in the study were asked to sign the letter of consent in their own language. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings suggest that social networking, level of education and income problems are among the factors that affect immigrants´ access to lifelong learning. It also suggests that the Icelandic society embraces different “types” of immigrants differently. The result suggests that in order to help these women, and even others, to move forwards and engage in lifelong learning activities, equal opportunities and equal access to courses need to be secured to all refugees and immigrants in Iceland. The conclusion shows that this will allow them to be more competitive in the labour market and give them access to a wider range of jobs in the society. References Bourdieu, P. (2007). Almenningsálitið er ekki til. (Davíð Kristjánsson ,Trans). Reykjavík: Reykjavíkur Akademían. Bourdieu, P. (1988). Homo Academicus(P. Collier). Cambridge: Polity Press. Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and Symbolic Power ( Raymond& Adamson, Trans). Cambridge: Polity Press. Bourdieu, P. (1997). The Forms of Capital. Í A. H. Hasley, H. Lauder, P. Brown og A. S. Wells (Ed.), Education: Culture, Economy and Society (bls. 46-58). Oxford: University Press. Giddens, A. (2002). Runaway World: How Globalisation is Reshaping Our Lives? London: Profile Books. Giddens, A. (1998). The Third Way: The Renewal of Social Democracy. Cambridge: Polity Press. Giddens, A. (2000). The Consequences of Modernity. Cambridge: Polity Press. Knowles, M. S., Holton III, E. F. og Swanson, R. A. (2005). The Adult Learner: The Definitive Classic in Adult Education and Human Resource Development (6. Edition). San Diego: Elsevier. Lichtman, M. (2006). Qualitative Research in Education: A User´s Guide. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications Putman, R. D. (2000). Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community. New York: Simon & Schuster Silverman, D. (2010). Doing Qualitative Research (3rd edition). London: Sage Publications Ltd. Van Tubergen, F. og Van De Werfhorst, H. (2007). Postimmigration Investments in Education: A study of immigrants in the Netherlands. Demography (bls. 883-898). DOI: 10.1353/dem.2007.0046 Wlodkowski, R. J. (2008). Enhancing Adult Motivation to Learn: A Comprehensive Guide for Teaching All Adults(3rd edition). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Development of Collective Professional Learning for Teachers in Upper Secondary Schools 1Norwegian University of Science and TechnologyTNU, Norway; 2Western Norway University of Applied Science, Norway Presenting Author:The teacher's professional competence is crucial for supporting and developing the increasingly complex skills students need to succeed in a constantly changing society. Professional competence is linked to how teachers learn and how they apply knowledge in practice to promote pupils' learning (Avalos, 2011). In the last 20 years, the focus has shifted from individualized to collective professional learning (Vangrieken & Kyndt, 2020). Nevertheless, there are many indications that schools struggle to facilitate collective learning. The Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) reports few changes to the collaboration among teachers from 2013-2018 (OECD, 2020), and the learning activities of teachers are mainly individual when they participate in school-based professional development (Solheim et al., 2018). Establishing professional learning communities in upper secondary schools is particularly challenging (Aas & Vennebo, 2021). This is linked to the size of the schools, which are often organized with more or less autonomous departments. The teachers are characterized by a large degree of autonomy and a weak tradition of cooperation (Huffman et al., 2016). Desimone (2009) identifies five characteristics of teachers' learning: content focus, active learning, coherence, collective participation and that the development of competence takes place over time. Collective participation seems to be important, something that is also emphasized in the review study of Darling-Hammond et al. (2017). Collaboration and a positive collaborative climate are emphasized together with the use of modeling of effective practice, coaching, and expert support with opportunities for feedback, guidance and joint reflection. Thus, learning is strongly linked to content and context. Social participation as a learning process is central to Wenger's theory of learning (2003). Hargreaves & Fullan (2012) use the term social capital when they highlight the potential that lies in teachers cooperating and learning from each other. The social capital is the cornerstone in developing and changing the teaching profession, and can be developed by the teachers gaining access to the human capital of their colleagues. This means that arenas need to be created to develop collective learning communities. In that context, school leaders can support collaborative processes and promote the development of a professional learning community by focusing on content, clarifying roles and goals, and providing structural support (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012; Timperley et al., 2007). Robinson (2014) specifies five leadership dimensions that affect the school's results: establishing goals and expectations, strategic use of resources, ensuring quality of teaching, leading teachers' learning, and ensuring a safe learning environment. Sølvik and Roland (2022) shine a spotlight on the complexity of leading collective professional learning in schools and realizing management theory in practice. They argue that leaders must provide collective direction, systematically follow up and adapt collective learning processes over time. This involves systems thinking and sensitivity to the school context, which Paulsen (2019) also emphasizes when he uses the term strategic school leadership. Based on the premise that workplace-based competence development is a collective form of learning with the potential to promote collective learning and school development (Hargreaves & O'Connor, 2018), we have in recent years had several major national initiatives in Norway. In this paper, we take one of these initiatives as our point of departure: "Yrkesfaglærerløftet. Strategi for fremtidens fagarbeidere. Kunnskapsdepartementet." (YFL) (KD, 2015). The intention of this initiative is to increase academic quality and strengthen the education. It is assumed that at least three teachers from each school take part in the same further education, and compulsory work requirements will contribute to knowledge sharing in their own collegium (Directorate of Education, 2016). We ask: How can participation in further education for vocational teachers contribute to promoting teachers' professional competence? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitative study with a phenomenological approach. The data material consists of four sub-studies, where empirical data has been collected through semi-structured focus group interviews with 25 teachers and 30 school leaders who have participated in further education. The participants were recruited from 13 secondary schools from four different counties. The criterion for selection of schools is that the schools should have teachers who have participated in further education under YFL. In addition to this, the schools were selected based on our knowledge of the schools. The selection can therefore be said to be motivated both strategically and pragmatically. The teachers who have participated have their teaching on VET programmes. Overview of the data material that forms the basis of the study: Total, interviews: 20; Total, participants: 55; Number of schools: 13; Number of counties: 4; Number of Teachers: 25; Number of school leaders: 30. The interview guide was built upon questions about experiences with sharing knowledge with colleagues, collaboration with fellow students, colleagues and leaders, and organisation and content of competence development/further education. The analysis of the data material has been carried out as a deductive analysis, based on a framework for professional qualification as presented by Smeby & Mausethagen (2017). They emphasize three aspects of the professional qualification: the content of the qualification, various arenas for qualification, and management/leadership of the qualification. We started the analysis with these three categories, and through discussions and new theoretical perspectives we looked at the categories and analyses anew in what can be said to be an interaction between theory and empirical work. Through this, we can see the entire analysis process as an abductive approach (Johannessen et al. 2018). The individual interviews were first analysed by the researchers who had carried out the individual sub-study. To ensure the validity of the analyses, we then carried out a new round of analysis, where the researchers’ shared data and discussed the analyses against each other to ensure consistency. Such peer validation can act as a counterbalance to any blind spots and preconceptions. The study is based on self-reporting from teachers and school leaders. We have not observed the teachers' or managers' practices. We can therefore not draw certain conclusions about what promotes the teachers' competence. However, to the extent that the findings give recognition to others, the study can contribute with "informational power" (Malterud, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results are based on three main categories: qualification content, arenas for the qualification, and the governance and leadership of the qualification. Qualification Content shows the importance of content being based on the participants' own practice and competence needs. The participants can participate actively in testing new practices, and in sharing experiences and reflections in groups. It seems important that the participants have access to different theoretical perspectives in order to analyse their own practice. Modelling of good teaching practice, and supervision on one's own practice, are highlighted as significant. Under arenas for the qualification, the gatherings are highlighted as important for the participants to focus on their own competence development and the school's development work, and to build networks. Valuable arenas in the workplace are networks where teachers collaborate with colleagues in smaller groups. Both the teachers and the school leaders have less good experiences with knowledge sharing in large groups. Under governance and leadership for the qualification, the study shows that the role played by the leaders vary to a great extent. While some teachers experience good support in their competence development from their leaders, most experience the opposite. This is consistent with the self-reporting from leaders’, which describe several situations where they could have facilitated the development of skills better. To summarize, the study shows that the further education is based on key characteristics that support the teachers' learning. The challenges appear to be linked to a lack of arenas for collaboration and collective learning, and a lack of leadership/governance of competence development at the individual school. We discuss how collective learning can be promoted through various arenas at the individual school, and how the leaders can help in a targeted way to facilitate collaboration and collective learning processes over time (Sekkingstad, Morud & Rokkones, 2024). References Avalos, B. (2011). Teacher professional development in Teaching and Teacher Education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 10–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.007 Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving Impact Studies of Teachers' Professional Development: Toward Better Conceptualizations and Measures. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 181–199. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X08331140 Hargreaves, A. & O'Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative Professionalism : When Teaching Together Means Learning for All. Corwin. Hargreaves, A. & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital: Transforming Teaching in Every School. Routledge. Johannessen, L., Rafoss, T. W. & Rasmussen, E. B. (2018). Hvordan bruke teori?: Nyttige verktøy i kvalitativ analyse. Universitetsforlaget Kunnskapsdepartementet (2015). Yrkesfaglærerløftet. Strategi for fremtidens fagarbeidere. Kunnskapsdepartementet. Malterud, K., Siersma, V. D. & Guassora, A. D. (2016). Sample size in qualitative interview studies: Guided by information power. Qualitative Health Research, 26(13), 1753–1760. OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 results (volume II): Teachers and school leaders as valued professionals. TALIS. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en Paulsen, J. M. (2019). Strategisk skoleledelse (1. utg.). Fagbokforlaget. Robinson, V. M. (2014). Elevsentrert skoleledelse. Cappelen Damm akademisk. Sekkingstad, D., Morud, E.B. & Rokkones, K. (2024). Samarbeid for utvikling av kollektiv profesjonell læring. I Båtevik F.O. et al. (Red). Samarbeid – Fjordantologien 2024. Universitetsforlaget. In process. Smeby, J.-C. & Mausethagen, S. (2017). Profesjonskvalifisering. I S. Mausethagen & J.-C. Smeby (Red.), Kvalifisering til profesjonell yrkesutøvelse (s. 11-20). Universitetsforlaget. Solheim, K., Roland, P., & Ertesvåg, S. K. (2018). Teachers’ perceptions of their collective and individual learning regarding classroom interaction. Educational Research, 60(4), 459–477. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2018.1533790 Sølvik, R. M. & Roland, P. (2022). Teachers’ and principals’ diverse experiences expand the Understanding of how to lead collective professional learning among teachers.International Journal of Leadership in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.2021295 Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H. & Fung, I. (2007). Teacher professional learning and development: best evidence synthesis iteration (BES). Wellington Ministry of Education Utdanningsdirektoratet (2016). Kunngjøring av oppdrag – kombinete etter- og videreutdanningstilbud for yrkesfaglærerer (piloter). Avdeling for fag- og yrkesopplæring. Vangrieken, K., & Kyndt, E. (2020). The teacher as an Island? A mixed method study on the Relationship between autonomy and collaboration. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 35(1), 177–204. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-019-00420-0020). T Wenger, E. (2003). En sosial teori om læring. I J. Lave & E. Wenger (2003). Situert læring og andre tekster. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Aas, M. & Vennebo, K. F. (2021). Profesjonelle læringsfellesskap: en litteraturgjennomgang. I M. Aas & K. F. Vennebo (2021). Ledelse av profesjonelle læringsfellesskap i skolen. Fagbokforlaget. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 08 C: Leadership (Part 2) Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Susanne Sahlin Paper Session Part 2/2, continued from 01 SES 07 C |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Peer Mentoring for Professional Socialisation – Shaping Novice Principal’s Leadership Identity? 1Norwegian University of Science and Technology; 2Mid Sweden University Presenting Author:The concept of principals’ professional socialisation (e.g., Cruz-Gonzalez et al., 2021; Bøje & Frederiksen, 2021) and professional identity has received increased attention in educational research in recent decades (e.g., Crow, Day & Møller, 2017; Nordholm et al., 2023; Ritacco & Bolivar, 2019; Tubin, 2017). Becoming a school leader, as articulated by Bøje and Frederiksen (2021), often signifies a departure from a prior professional identity, typically that of a teacher. Bush (2018) argues that the principal’s role differs from a teacher's. He discusses three different phases of socialisation: (1) aspiring leaders require professional socialisation in preparing to become a principal; (2) they need to change their identity from teacher to principal – a process of personal socialisation; and (3) they need a period of organisational socialisation, learning to lead in a specific school. In-service preparation programs, such as the Swedish National Principal Training Program (NPTP), commonly serve as a central dimension in the professional socialisation of novice school principals.
Building a solid professional identity as a principal has proven necessary for successful leadership and positively impacting results (Ritacco & Bolivar, 2019). Other studies have highlighted that a strong identity can be important for principals to navigate complex situations (Saarukka, 2017). There are several studies with arguments for the importance of continuing research on the construction of leadership identity in principals (Cruz-González et al. (2021), focusing on the barriers and crises they encounter. To address this issue internationally and thus improve the quality of schools, leaders with solid professional identities must be nurtured while acknowledging the influence of politics and context. Another study by Crow and Møller (2017) proposes avenues for future research, emphasising that understanding school leaders' identities can contribute to leadership development. Exploring the influence of cultural, historical, and policy factors on identity development provides a robust foundation for creating leadership preparation and development programs that recognise the complex leadership necessary in uncertain times. Building on this perspective, Whiteman et al. (2015) advocate for leadership preparation programs to incorporate the development of critical reflection and dialogue skills as integral components. Engaging in critical reflection through methods like case studies, role plays, and simulations can assist principals in understanding their identities and honing skills to leverage them in building trust.
In Sweden, the mandatory in-service NPTP is offered for the first time when the participant has a position as a principal, preschool principal, or deputy principal (Brauckmann et al., 2020). The program is a 3-year mandatory in-service program with three courses: school law and governance, governing with objectives and results, school leadership and peer mentoring with professional peers during the training (Jerdborg, 2023).
The potential of peer mentoring in groups to develop novice principals’ professionalisation and leadership identity is evident (e.g. Aas & Vavik, 2015; Styf et al., 2020). Aas and Vavik (2015) suggest that leaders develop greater confidence in their leadership role through personal and contextual feedback from other leaders. Their study focuses on how group coaching can contribute to professional development and construct leadership identity. This paper focuses on novice principals’ peer mentoring for professional socialisation while participating in the NPTP. As an integral part of this program, principals discuss professional dilemmas with small groups of peers to support professional socialisation and leadership identity (Styf et al., 2020). This study explores novice principals’ professional socialisation and leadership identity in Sweden while participating in the mandatory NPTP. Two research questions guide the study:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The theoretical framework used in this study is based on Saarukka’s (2017) theoretical model. Saarukka uses the model to identify the phenomenon and the person in principalship from a professional perspective, focusing on the person, profession, and position: “trying to understand the individual also from a professional perspective and how the individual interprets the context. As school leadership is a social mission, the professional perspective needs to be broadened to include the position” (Saarukka, 2017, s. 35). In this study, Saaruka's model is used to describe and explain how the school leaders’ professional identity can be understood in relation to the educational content peer mentoring that the principals take part in as part of their education in the NPTP. This qualitative interview study used a purposive sampling method to include school leaders participating in peer mentoring for professional development in the NPTP in Sweden. Focus group interviews were carried out to capture, problematise, and create an understanding of how peer mentorship for professional socialisation can contribute to supporting and strengthening school leaders’ professional leadership identity. Data was collected for one year and consisted of focus group interviews with 35 school leaders participating in the national school leadership training program in their peer mentoring groups. A total of 7 focus group interviews, lasting about 60 minutes each, were conducted during 2020. All interviews were recorded, saved as separate digital audio files, and transcribed verbatim. Qualitative content analysis was used to analyse this study, and the collected empirical data was analysed with a deductive approach (Miles et al., 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings show that in their position as school leaders, peer mentoring is seen as a tool in the work in practice at school. Peer mentoring can create a forum for making issues visible and widening knowledge and experience for individuals and groups. For school leaders, peer mentoring provides opportunities related to the profession. School leaders see peer mentoring as professional development, as they are often alone in their role. This takes place through the exchange of knowledge and experience between professionals. Peer mentoring offers training in professional meetings and is a tool to use in their professional role. In terms of person, school leaders see support in their role as school leaders through personal development. This involves peer mentoring as support in confidence, confirmation, and professional identity of their role through exchanging experiences and taking on new perspectives. Implications for further research will be considered. For European educational research, this paper contributes valuable knowledge about critical factors for school leaders’ work concerning educational leadership and leadership development in a Nordic context for practitioners and policymakers. Moreover, this paper contributes knowledge for school leader educators, which may be of value in both course and program development in leadership professional development programs in national and international contexts. References Aas, M., & Vavik, M. (2015). Group coaching: A new way of constructing leadership identity? School Leadership & Management, 35(3), 251–265. Brauckmann, S., Pashiardis, P. & Ärlestig, H. (2020): Bringing context and educational leadership together: fostering the professional development of school principals, Professional Development in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1747105 Bush, T. (2018). Preparation and induction for school principals: Global perspectives. Management in Education, Vol. 32(6), 66–71. DOI: 10.1177/0892020618761805 Bøje, D. J. & Frederiksen, F. L. (2019). Leaders of the profession and professional leaders. School leaders making sense of themselves and their jobs, International Journal of Leadership in Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2019.1591515 Crow, G. & Møller, J. (2017). Professional identities of school leaders across international contezts: An introduction and rationale. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, Vol. 45(5), 749-758. DOI: 10.1177/1741143217714485. Cruz-González C, Rodríguez CL and Segovia JD (2021) A systematic review of principals’ leadership identity from 1993 to 2019. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 49(1): 31–53. Gary Crow, Christopher Day & Jorunn Møller (2017). Framing research on school principals’ identities, International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20:3, 265–277, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2015.1123299 Jerdborg, S. (2023), Participation in the Swedish national principal training programme: How does it intertwine with principals’ practice? Educational Management, Administration and Leadership, 51 (4): 000-000. Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M. and Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd ed). Los Angeles, CA: Sage. Nordholm, D., Real, M. & Bezzina, C. (2023). Newly appointed principals’ professional identity - insights from a Swedish perspective. Educational Management Administratoin & Leadership, Pre-published online January 27. Ritacco M and Bolivar A (2019) A dual and discontinuous professional identity: School principals in Spain. International Journal of Educational Management 33(5): 806–827. Styf, M., Sahlin, S. & Håkansson Lindqvist, M. (2020). Professionsutvecklande handledning, att utveckla en rektors professionella ledarskapsidentitet [XXX]. In Leo, U. och Amundsdotter, E. (Eds.), Perspektiv på handledning för ledare i förskola och skola [XXX] (s. 123-142). Malmö: Gleerups Utbildning. Saarukka, S. (2017). Understanding school principals' leadership. Doctoral dissertation: Vasa: Åbo universitet. Tubin D (2017) Leadership identity construction practices: The case of successful Israeli school principals. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 45(5):790–805. Vetenskapsrådet [Research Council] (2017) God forskningssed. [Good Research Practice] Stockholm, Sweden: Vetenskapsrådet. Whiteman, R., Scribner, S., and Crow, G. (2015). Principal Professional Identity and the Cultivation of Trust in Urban Schools. Chapter 39.In Handbook of urban educational leadership. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Professional Learning Communities of School Leaders Within Inter-school Networks: Opportunities and Conditions for Sustainable Professionalization University of Antwerp, Belgium Presenting Author:School leaders experience numerous school policy and school development challenges under the pressure of a complex social context (Plavčan, 2020). Furthermore, they are pressured by their societal duty to provide quality education (Gurr & Drysdale, 2020). To best perform this challenging task, school leaders would benefit from the support and input from peers within a sounding panel as well as from concrete policy stimuli that encourage quality and innovation (Vekeman et al., 2022). Inter-school networks can also provide a significant added value (Brown & Poortman, 2018; Harris & Jones, 2021), as they increasingly encourage schools to engage in structural collaboration (Brown & Flood, 2020; Levin et al., 2020; Rincón-Gallardo & Fullan, 2016). In Flanders, school communities offer such an opportunity for collaboration. Building quality partnerships between the school leaders of a school community is not self-evident (Azorín et al., 2020; Harris & Jones, 2021). Because of its multidimensional and multilevel character, it is difficult to define, develop, and operationalize a PLC (Antinluoma et al., 2021). How do we initiate and sustainably support them? What difference does a professional development program initiating and supporting professional learning communities (PLCs) for inter-school collaboration make in terms of depth of (peer) learning and longevity? Research on methodologies to intensify collaboration within existing inter-school networks is limited (Chapman, 2013). We examined how PLCs as a mode of formal collective learning (Schelfhout, 2017) develop within existing school networks throughout a professional development trajectory (PDT). We explored the perceived (learning) outcomes and which variables influence longer-term sustainable development. The PLCs originated both in the context of school communities (formally government-based) and of self-selected inter-school networks, allowing a comparison between two organizational forms of school networks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used a mixed methods research design. The combination of quantitative and qualitative data increases relevance and provides an opportunity to substantiate the relationship between variables. Before the PDT, participants completed an initial questionnaire. Open and closed questions surveyed to what extent participants already participated in structural inter-school networks, and whether a need for more cooperation within their school community existed. After the first year of training, the desire for the continuation of a PLC after the end of a PT was examined by using scale questions. At the end of the two-year PDT, a survey with closed and open-ended questions was conducted, focusing on experiences with the organization and approach of the PLC, the perceived effects on the outcomes, and the desire for sustainable continuation. Furthermore, experiences with participation as an inter-school network were surveyed. 133 of the 138 participants (n=96%) who participated during the second year completed the final survey. In-depth interviews with school leaders were organized in May 2023, aiming to further question and explain trends that appeared from the quantitative data collection. The semi-structured online interviews were conducted using a question protocol based on the literature review and observations during the PLC meetings (Morris, 2015; Seidman, 2006). In-depth interviews were recorded with participants' consent. A total of 42 school leaders, five superintendents, and two participants combining school leadership with a position as a superintendent participated, evenly distributed across the different PLC groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate that the quality of collective learning increased significantly during the two-year trajectory. Most explanatory for further sustainability of the PLC as a professional network for school leaders is the organization and didactic approach of the PLC during the PDT and the approach used by the process coach. The initial situation and the facilitating role of the inter-school network as experienced by the participants influence structural choices regarding future continuation and approach. Linked to the initial situation and the facilitating role of the inter-school network, at the end of the PDT differences are observed in how the continuation of a PLC is ensured, more specifically in terms of the organization and approach as well as expected commitment and shared leadership. In school communities where the superintendent played a facilitating role before and (participated) during the PT, the PLC will be continued, although it is not always clear what exactly this facilitating role will entail and who should fulfill it. Regarding the choice of an (external) coach, the experience with one's process coaching during the PT, the expertise in the field of process coaching among PLC participants, the availability of coaches from the educational advisory service, and financial resources are taken into consideration. It is recommended that the participating school leaders and superintendents make conscious and well-founded choices for the sake of the quality of collaborative learning and invest in sustainable collective learning. Further longitudinal research into the sustainability of PLCs within inter-school networks and the quality of coaches is recommended. References Antinluoma, M., Ilomäki, L., & Toom, A. (2021). Practices of Professional Learning Communities [Original Research]. Frontiers in Education, 6. Azorín, C., Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). Taking a distributed perspective on leading professional learning networks. School Leadership & Management, 40(2-3), 111-127. Brown, C., & Flood, J. (2020). Conquering the professional learning network labyrinth: what is required from the networked school leader? School Leadership & Management, 40(2-3), 128-145. Brown, C., & Poortman, C. L. (2018). Networks for learning: Effective collaboration for teacher, school and system improvement. Routledge. Chapman, C. (2013). From one school to many: Reflections on the impact and nature of school federations and chains in England. Educational management administration & leadership, 43(1), 46-60. Gurr, D., & Drysdale, L. (2020). Leadership for challenging times. International studies in educational administration, 48(1), 24-30. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2021). Exploring the leadership knowledge base: evidence, implications, and challenges for educational leadership in Wales. School Leadership & Management, 41(1-2), 41-53. Hooge, E. H., Janssen, S. K., van Look, K., Moolenaar, N., & Sleegers, P. (2015). Bestuurlijk vermogen in het primair onderwijs. Mensen verbinden en inhoudelijk op een lijn krijgen om adequaat te sturen op onderwijskwaliteit. TIAS School for Business and Society, Tilburg University. Levin, S., Leung, M., Edgerton, A. K., & Scott, C. (2020). Elementary School Principals' Professional Learning: Current Status and Future Needs. Learning Policy Institute. Morris, A. (2015). A practical introduction to in-depth interviewing. Sage. Plavčan, P. (2020). The comparison of pirls, timss, and pisa educational results in member states of the european union. Proceedings of CBU in Social Sciences, 1, 191-195. Rincón-Gallardo, S., & Fullan, M. (2016). Essential features of effective networks in education. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 1(1), 5-22. Ritzema, L., Maslowski, R., Bosker, R., van Geel, M., Rekers-Mombarg, L., & Visscher, A. (2022). Behorend bij de deelrapporten van NRO-onderzoek naar bestuurlijk vermogen en professionalisering in het VO. Seidman, I. (2006). Interviewing as qualitative research: A guide for researchers in education and the social sciences. Teachers college press. Schelfhout, W. (2017). Toward data for development: A model on learning communities as a platform for growing data use. Data Analytics Applications in Education; Vanthienen, J., De Witte, K., Eds, 37-82. Vekeman, E., Devos, G., & Tuytens, M. (2022). Raamwerk voor de opvolging van professionalisering van schoolleiders. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Developing Leadership Through Effective Learning Conversations 1University of Wolverhampton, United Kingdom; 2University of East London; 3University of Johannesburg Presenting Author:Hattie (2012) points out that leadership makes the second biggest difference in learners’ outcomes. This paper aims to explore how mentoring and coaching can enable school leaders to develop through professional learning conversations. Connor and Pokora (2016) point out that coaching and mentoring are learning relationships though which leaders work collaboratively. Hargreaves and O’Connor (2018) highlight that collaborative professionalism can make a profound difference in developing learning conversations. If school leadership is important for the benefit of learners' outcomes, and staff's ability to flourish, effective learning relationships and conversations need to be embedded in the professional learning of leaders, especially at a time of uncertainty, to ensure that positive ways forward are developed. This paper aims to explore aspects of mentoring and coaching conversations that can enable leaders to flourish. Weick (1995) outlines the importance of sense making and Macklin (2020) emphasises that leaders often are required to make sense of their teams or policy directives, and give sense at the same time to enable teams o move forward. However, the process of sense making is often taking place in isolation for school leaders. Coaching and mentoring provide a safe collaborative professional (Hargreaves and O’Connor, 2018) space where leaders can develop their strategic approaches through learning conversations, to enable them to support their teams. Especially at a time of uncertainty, sense making and strategic leadership skills are important to develop through mentoring and coaching as an intervention to develop leaders to support their teams and organisations effectively. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative case study, will explore how coaching and mentoring, can help to unlock strategic thinking for school leaders, to make the most of their teams. Qualitative data was collected for this study through semi-structured interviews involving senior leaders. All the necessary ethical considerations and approvals were in place as per the BERA (2018) guidance, prior to any data was collected. Participants were recruited from the researchers' partnership schools who engage with teacher education, and development opportunities. Semi-structured interviews were conducted via Microsoft Teams. which is fully GDPR (2018) complaint. Interviews were recorded and transcripts were generated from the recordings. Transcript data was thematically analysed using the 6 phase framework by Braun and Clarke (2006). Key themes were drawn from the analysis through a grounded theory approach, to critically explore how professional learning conversations can promote strategic thinking in senior leaders and support their professional learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data revealed that participants benefitted from co-constructive learning conversations, where they were able to engage with key challenges they faced in a safe, trusting learning environment. In addition, the study revealed that these safe learning environments aided strategic thinking through coaching conversations, and it supported leaders with developing their confidence to enable others, and make the most of their talents. The study indicted that school leaders will benefit from regular coaching and mentoring support to continue to develop their strategic thinking. References Braun, V and Clarke, V (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2). pp.77-101. ISSN 1478-088. Connor, M. and Pokora, J. (2017), Coaching and Mentoring at Work: Developing Effective Practice. (3rd edition). London: Open University Press. Hargreaves, A and O’Connor, M., (2018), Collaborative Professionalism: when teaching together means learning for all. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press. Weick, K. (1995), Sensemaking in Organisations. London: Sage. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 02 SES 08 A: VET as Solution Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Andrea Laczik Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper What Problem Should Skills Solve? Interrogating Theories of Change Underpinning Strategies and Interventions in Vocational Education and Skills in LMICs Centre for Researching Education and Labour, Wits University, South Africa Presenting Author:The aim of this paper is to understand the ‘theory of change’ underlying interventions of development agencies and donors to support vocational education and training (VET) and skills development, in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). The idea of a ‘theory of change’ is increasingly central to evaluative work, and offers a way of considering the policy/research interface. The first aim is to understand the extent to which, and ways in which, donors and development agencies support vocationalizing education and favour VET as an educational intervention. The second is to interrogate what problem they think VET is the answer to and how they believe that VET solves that problem (their theory of change). The term VET here is used to include formal vocational education and training programmes as well as other skills and work-readiness interventions. In the research literature, skills and vocational education interventions seem to be under-theorized in low- and middle-income countries. There are two main theoretical approaches in the literature. The first starts from individuals, and is dominated by human capital theory. Human capital theory assumes that providing individuals with knowledge and skills makes them more productive, helping them to secure or improve their employment status or income generation capacity, and in turn making firms and organizations more productive, leading to increasing national prosperity and well-being (Becker 1993; Schultz 1961). The second approach is relational: it looks at skill formation as a factor in complex economic and social systems which shape and are shaped by the nature of skills (Busemeyer and Trampusch 2012; Martin 2017; Oliver, Yu, and Buchanan 2019; Thelen 2004). The most well-developed mid-level theory in this regard is Varieties of Capitalism. This theory has been influential because it showed that interactions between firms in five key spheres (industrial relations, skills, corporate governance, inter-firm relations, and employee relations) tend to cluster in patterns of institutional complementarities, which lead to and depend on either, on the one hand, strong apprenticeship-based vocational education systems or, on the other hand, weak vocational education systems and strong mass higher education systems (Hall and Soskice 2001). This was the starting point of a body of research looking systemically at skill formation systems. But Varieties of Capitalism is of little value in understanding LMICs. Its firm-centric starting point reduces its purchase in contexts of high levels of informality and unemployment and low levels of industrialization; and its focus on national patterns is very limited for countries that have less control over their national economies. There are attempts to understand skill formation systems in LMICs (Ashton et al. 2002; Maurer 2012; Sancak 2022; Bogliaccini and Madariaga 2020; Allais 2022), but there are no well-developed alternative relational theories for the nature of skill formation in these countries. This absence appears to lead to a default reversion to an implicit HCT approach in the skills interventions in LMICs. Both of these theoretical approaches intersect with debates about development: here a key shift has been away from a focus on economic growth only to a focus on a range of social development indicators or a focus on what individuals value and therefore aspire to do (capabilities literature). But shift in how we measure and value development does not necessarily imply different paths to development, or indeed engaging with debates about paths to development. And at times they have led to palliative approaches to development which focus on a set of outcomes without any engagement with how change takes place and the imperative to address the nature and structure of economies (Reinert 2006). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We reviewed publicly available strategies and reports focused on VET, skills, and education strategies from a selection of organizations: development banks, country donor and development organizations, multilateral organizations, and philanthropic organizations and foundations. We then conducted a small, targeted set of key informant interviews, with 10 individuals, from three Country Development Partners, one UN agency, three Development Banks, and one Foundation. We focused on understanding the location of education in general and skills interventions in specific in the broader structure and work of the agency or organization in question; how important VET is in the broader areas of work; the relative focus on vocational versus general education, including interest in vocationalizing the secondary school curriculum; what problem they are trying to solve and how they see the intervention as solving that problem. We probed relationships between formal and informal work, and youth unemployment. As part of attempting to distil theories of change from descriptions of policies, approaches, and interventions, we also considered, where possible, what is evaluated and how evaluation takes place, or how success is understood. For document analysis we focused on strategic documents containing at least implicit theories of change that address VET and found that these typically reference youth and focus on new entrants. We also looked for documents related to worker education and education in general with a view to understanding how these addressed VET, and the extent to which the theories of change or strategies that are in place explain how these different components of the education and training system are described in relation to each other and their interconnected and inter-dependent nature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We found that while some organizations have explicit theories of change—and generally multiple theories of change addressing different aspects of the overarching system—many are currently in the process of developing these theories of change. A few state that they do not have a theory of change but rather focus on the development of targets for different components of the system. The main problem which organizations seek to address through VET is consistently identified in the strategy documents and our interviews is that of youth un- and underemployment, although a few organizations have a larger number of social and economic goals. There are then a set of assumptions made about the main problem, a key one being that skills deficits are a substantial cause of youth un- and underemployment. Flowing from this is the assumption that VET is an important area to intervene in order to solve the specific problem of the perceived skills mismatch (between supply and demand of skills), but also the recognition that VET is currently not able to solve this problem because it is dysfunctional in a range of ways. This leads to a range of interventions focused on fixing VET. We discuss four main theories of change present in the VET space, and how they are operationalized or not. We also discuss a number of tensions that emerge when reviewing the assumptions within these different theories of changes more closely, relating to which problems VET can assist with and the ways in which VET will assist to solve for the main problem of youth unemployment. References Allais, Stephanie. 2022. ‘Structural Similarities of Formal Vocational Education Systems in Low and Middle Income Countries’. In International Handbook on Education Development in Asia-Pacific, edited by Phil Brown, Wing On Lee, Andy Green, and A. Lin Goodwin. Springer. Ashton, David, Francis Green, Johnny Sung, and Donna James. 2002. ‘The Evolution of Education and Training Strategies in Singapore, Taiwan and S. Korea: A Development Model of Skill Formation’. Journal of Education and Work 15 (1): 5–30. Becker, Gary. 1993. Human Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis, With Special Reference to Education. Chicago: Chicago University Press. Bogliaccini, Juan A., and Aldo Madariaga. 2020. ‘Varieties of Skills Profiles in Latin America: A Reassessment of the Hierarchical Model of Capitalism’. Journal of Latin American Studies 52 (3): 601–31. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0022216X20000322. Busemeyer, Marius R., and Christine Trampusch. 2012. ‘The Comparative Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation’. In The Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation, edited by Marius R. Busemeyer and Christine Trampusch, 3–38. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press. Hall, Peter A., and David Soskice, eds. 2001. Varieties of Capitalism: The Institutional Foundations of Comparative Advantage. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Martin, Cathie Jo. 2017. ‘Skill Builders and the Evolution of National Vocational Training Systems’. In The Oxford Handbook of Skills and Training, edited by Chris Warhurst, Ken Mayhew, David Finegold, and John Buchanan, 36–53. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Maurer, Markus. 2012. ‘Structural Elaboration of Technical and Vocational Education and Training Systems in Developing Countries: The Cases of Sri Lanka and Bangladesh’. Comparative Education 48 (4): 487–503. Oliver, Damien, Serena Yu, and John Buchanan. 2019. ‘Political Economy of Vocational Education and Training’. In The Wiley Handbook of Vocational Education and Training, edited by David Guile and Lorna Unwin, 115–36. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley Blackwell. Reinert, Erik S. 2006. ‘Development and Social Goals: Balancing Aid and Development to Prevent “Welfare Colonialism”’. DESA Working Paper No 14. New York: Economic and Social Affairs, UN_DESA. Sancak, Merve. 2022. Global Production, National Institutions, and Skill Formation: The Political Economy of Training and Employment in Auto Parts Suppliers from Mexico and Turkey. First edition. Oxford, United Kingdom ; New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Schultz, Theodore. 1961. ‘Investment in Human Capital’. The American Economic Review LI (1): 1–17. Thelen, Kathleen. 2004. How Institutions Evolve: The Political Economy of Skills in Germany, Britain, the United States, and Japan. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Information Advice and Guidance for those Young People Who Choose a Vocational Path: a Cross National Comparison 1Edge Foundation, United Kingdom; 2King's College London Presenting Author:Young people experience several transition points during their educational journey before securing a job. These include among others school-to-college, school-to-university, school-to-work transitions. It is therefore very important that they make an informed decision that is best suited to their interests, ability and career ambitions. Hence impartial information, advice and guidance (IAG) in relation to their post-16 choices is essential (Fuller and MacFadyen, 2012). Some young people have a more linear progression to university taking a general route, while others might enter and exit various programmes before they find a suitable course. Vocational routes and ways into further education colleges are often considered complex and unstable, and are impacted by frequent policy reforms (Hupkau,et al., 2017). In England, about 50 percent of young people do not pursue university studies, but mostly engage with vocational training. In March 2023, there were also about 11 percent of young people who were not in education, employment or training (NEET). The combination of the maze of the vocational education and training (VET) system, and the proportion of young people taking a VET path makes information, advice and guidance and generally holistic support of young people a must (Maragkou, 2020). To ensure successful and smooth transitions for all young people and to help them make an informed decision about their future, Careers Education, Information, Advice and Guidance (CEIAG) can play a decisive role. IAG should not only entail information about opportunities in relation to education and training, but IAG of high quality also should be based on, and linked to labour market intelligence (LMI). In an ideal world career advisors would encompass and draw on all this information, and make it available in a tailored, selective manner when advising young people. As recommended by Barnes and Bimrose (2021), among other things there is a clear need to improve LMI in relation to VET: it has to be simplified, it has to be relevant for young people, and it has to be built into the preparation and continuing professional development of ‘intermediaries’ (teachers and career practitioner). Broadly, this is what we plan to unpack in this paper. This paper draws on findings from a 5-year Economic and Social Research Council funded project, Young Lives, Young Futures which is investigating how England’s vocational education and training (VET) system can better support the school-to-work transitions of the 50 per cent of young people who do not go to university. Specifically, it draws on insights into CEIAG provided by interviews and discussions with researchers, practitioners and policy makers from six European countries, France, Germany, Norway, Scotland, Sweden and Switzerland, which are being undertaken to help inform evaluative readings of transition processes and systems in England in the light of lessons from other national contexts. All these countries have developed industrial and post-industrial economies and have well-established VET systems. However, they vary in terms of their economic and welfare systems and ideologies, involvement of social partners, approaches to VET provision, careers education, information and guidance, and rates of youth unemployment. We aimed to answer the following question: How do the guidance systems in the chosen countries help young people make school-to-work, school-to-VET and VET-to-work transitions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this paper is to identify and provide insights from national CEIAG systems as they relate to provision made for those young people who do not intend to enter university. Although generally speaking, CEIAG provision is for all young people, we are particularly interested in the provision made for those not taking a university route. Part of our research has entailed looking at national CEIAG systems to see if the quality of provision for those intending to enter the workplace and/or a VET differed significantly from what was available for those intending to go to university. Six countries, France, Germany, Norway, Scotland, Sweden and Switzerland were purposefully chosen demonstrating similarities and differences with each other and with England offering a base for comparing and contrasting approaches, processes and systems. All these countries have developed industrial and post-industrial economies and have well-established VET systems. However, they vary in terms of their economic and welfare systems and ideologies, involvement of social partners, approaches to VET provision, careers education, information and guidance, and rates of youth unemployment. We have interviewed 16 experts between September 2022 and December 2022. These consisted of: 1 French, 3 German, 1 Norwegian, 1 Scottish, 2 Swedish and 2 Swiss experts and 6 experts from England (4 with considerable international knowledge). We interviewed a combination of researchers, practitioners and policy makers. Interviews lasted between 60 and 70 minutes and were transcribed verbatim. In January 2023 we also ran a two-hour workshop with experts contributing short presentations followed by small group discussion. Alongside the interviews, this paper draws on data from this workshop. Our data does not offer a comprehensive overview of the national systems in the six counties. However, through analysis of the data, we have identified common themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We will discuss six themes: 1. The balance between centralisation and decentralisation of CEIAG provision. 2. The quality of provision for vulnerable groups, including SEND, NEET, migrants and low-achievers at school. 3. The quality and availability of labour market intelligence at different levels of national systems. 4. The architecture of and interaction between different levels and parts of the national CEIAG system (eg school/out of school; adult/young person) 5. The quality of CEIAG for those intending to embark on and those on a VET rather than higher education route. 6. Qualifications and professional preparation for CEIAG professional. Examples of findings include there being some evidence to suggest that well-resourced CEIAG, organised at the national level, but with regional and local presences, is a contributory factor to enabling young people to access VET and employment, but not a sufficient condition for doing so. None of those countries that we examined which had such systems had solved problems of transition, which in many cases remain complex. This remains particularly true for vulnerable groups of young people. Good CEIAG support for vulnerable groups is the biggest challenge facing the systems of all the countries in the study, even those with relatively low levels of youth unemployment. There are major problems facing CEIAG when catering for these groups. These include identifying, then tracking and supporting members of vulnerable groups, putting in place provision that successfully caters for these groups and ensuring that they can exit into a VET programme without having to undergo more than one cycle of support within a transition system. Finally, supporting those who cannot access a Level 3 or even Level 2 VET programme into meaningful employment and, possibly Continuing VET (CVET). This paper will discuss the six themes and reflect on their implications for IAG and VET in England. References Fuller, C., & MacFadyen, T. (2012). “What with your grades? ’Students’ motivation for and experiences of vocational courses in further education”. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 64(1), 87-101. Hupkau, C., McNally, S., Ruiz-Valenzuela, J., & Ventura, G. (2017). Post-compulsory education in England: choices and implications. National Institute Economic Review, 240(1), R42-R57. Maragkou, K. (2020). Socio-economic inequality and academic match among post-compulsory education participants. Economics of Education Review, 79, 102060. Barnes, S-A., and Bimrose, J. (2021). Labour market information and its use to inform career guidance of young people. An overview of the Labour Market Information System for Careers Guidance in England. Coventry: Institute for Employment Research, University of Warwick. Retrieved from: https://warwick.ac.uk/fac/soc/ier/research/lmicareerguidanceofyoungpeople/ier_gatsby_lmis_landscape_2021_final.pdf |
17:30 - 19:00 | 02 SES 08 B: Identity and Motivation Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Philipp Struck Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Training Cultures, Vocational Identity, and Vocational Culture – A Cultural Studies Perspective on Generic Competences in Different Occupational Fields University of Zurich, Switzerland Presenting Author:Concepts such as “generic competences” are based on the assumption that they have an overarching character and do not apply to only one occupation. Nevertheless, in a research project on generic competences (Freidorfer & Kraus, 2023; Freidorfer-Kabashi & Gonon, 2022), we identified occupation-specific differences in the understanding of generic competences. Based on the increasing importance of so-called generic competences in vocational education and training (VET), “critical thinking” (CT) and “problem solving” (PS) in particular, we investigated the question of what importance trainers in companies attach to these generic competences and what they understand by them. This question was analysed in two occupational fields that are similar in their service character, one of which is more of a person-oriented service (hotel industry) and the other more of a technology-oriented service (IT). It became clear, among other things, that on the one hand there are overarching aspects in the understanding of generic competences in which the representatives of the two fields are similar, and on the other hand there are clear differences in the way in which CT and PS are understood. This is surprising insofar as the concept of “generic competences” is based precisely on the assumption of its overarching meaning. The field-specific understanding of generic competences is interpreted in this paper with recourse to a cultural studies approach (During, 2010). The core element of this approach is a concept of culture that emphasises the importance of socially shared practices that are linked to shared forms of meaning and mutual expectations in action. From this perspective, the culturally embedded social practices are seen as highly interwoven with the routines in working life, shared values, and the experiences of people. Therefore, the difference in understanding CT and PS can be interpreted as an expression of the different vocational cultures in these two occupational fields. Two related concepts from vocational training research are instructive for a deeper understanding of vocational culture as an analytic perspective: The concept of training cultures is primarily known from international comparative VET research (Brown & Evans, 1994; Pilz, 2012; Pilz et al., 2023). It shows the cultural embedding of training that has developed within a socio-historical context (Clarke et al., 2021; Deissinger & Gonon, 2021). Training cultures emphasise that the established training systems are also culturally anchored in the societies that have produced them and which in turn have been shaping them. It is used in a similar way at company level to emphasise the close link between corporate culture and training activities (Polo et al., 2018). Whereas training cultures highlight the importance of socio-cultural context, vocational identity reveals the relation between socio-cultural contexts and identity formation (Ferm & Gustavsson, 2021, Pleasant, 2019). The concept of vocational identity is used to describe the process of how a person develops an (emotional) attachment to their respective occupation, which is an important aspect of personal development and identity (Chan, 2019; Klotz et al., 2014). In essence, the development of a vocational identity takes place in the interaction and cooperation relationships in the course of the respective work together with colleagues and customers or clients. Both concepts emphasise how the perception of the world is shaped by the integration of (individual or collective) actors in a specific cultural context with the associated social practices. Consequently, a field-specific understanding of generic competences can also be seen as an expression of different vocational cultures and social practices in these fields. The article discusses how this perspective helps to understand the differences in the understanding of generic competences between IT and the hotel industry and their relevance for vocational education and training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study, the results of which form the basis for the thesis on professional culture discussed here, was conducted on generic competences in the two occupational fields of the hotel industry and the IT sector in Switzerland. It was carried out using document analyses and interviews. As part of the document analysis, a content analysis of the curricula of the respective occupations was carried out. Where available, internal training plans from companies were also included in the analysis. From 2020 to 2022, 23 guideline-based interviews were conducted with instructors responsible for vocational training in companies in the hotel industry and the IT sector. In the course of the interviews, the in-company vocational trainers were, among other aspects, asked about the following topics: understanding of CT and PS and possible links between these two generic competences and their procedures of “teaching” CT and PS during in-company training. The interviews were transcribed and subjected to a qualitative content analysis with an inductive-deductive procedure of building the categories (Mayring, 2021). For further results of this study see Freidorfer and Kraus (2023) as well as Freidorfer-Kabashi and Gonon (2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One facet of vocational culture and its specifics, such as norms and values as well as behaviours, ways of working together, or patterns of communication, is expressed in an occupation-specific understanding of generic competences. The occupation-specific understanding of per definition cross-occupational competences, such as CT and PS, reflects aspects of vocational culture in the respective occupational fields. Vocational cultures are linked to social practices in occupational fields and are incorporated into the vocational identity that members of an occupation develop and share. Therefore, vocational cultures are highly relevant for vocational learning. It helps to understand how training cultures and vocational identity are interlinked. References Brown, A., & Evans, K. (1994). Changing the training culture: Lessons from Anglo-German comparisons of vocational education and training. British Journal of Education & Work, 7(2), 5–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/0269000940070201 Chan, S. (2019). From job to calling: Vocational identity and the role of apprenticeship. Vocations and Learning, 12(3), 387–403. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-019-09220-5 Clarke, L., Westerhuis, A., & Winch, C. (2021). Comparative VET European research since the 1980s: Accommodating changes in VET systems and labour markets. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73(2), 295–315. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1858938 Deissinger, T., & Gonon, P. (2021). The development and cultural foundations of dual apprenticeships – A comparison of Germany and Switzerland. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73(2), 197–216. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1863451 During, S. (Hrsg.). (2010). The cultural studies reader (3. ed., reprint). Routledge. Ferm, L., & Gustavsson, M. (2021). Gendered vocational identities – Female students' strategies for identity formation during workplace-based learning in male-dominated work. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 8(3), 334–354. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.8.3.4 Freidorfer, L., & Kraus, K. (2023). Kritisches Denken und Problemlösen als transversale Kompetenzen mit berufsübergreifenden Anteilen und berufsspezifischen Interpretationen – Einblicke in die betriebliche Berufsbildung in Hotellerie und Informatik in der Schweiz. Bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik. Freidorfer-Kabashi, & Gonon, P. (2022). Zur curricularen Verankerung und betrieblichen Umsetzung kritischen Denkens und Problemlösens—Ein Blick auf Hotelfachleute und lnformatiker*innen. In A. Barabasch (Hrsg.), Berufliche Didaktik in der Schweiz: Innovationstransfer und Berufsfelddidaktik: Eine Publikation der Eidgenössischen Hochschule für Berufsbildung EHB (1. Auflage, S. 200–230). hep verlag. Klotz, V. K., Billett, S., & Winther, E. (2014). Promoting workforce excellence: Formation and relevance of vocational identity for vocational educational training. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6(1), 6. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-014-0006-0 Mayring, P. (2021). Qualitative content analysis: A step-by-step guide. SAGE Publications. Pilz, M. (2012). Modularisation of vocational training in Germany, Austria and Switzerland: Parallels and disparities in a modernisation process. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 64(2), 169–183. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2011.628757 Pilz, M., Fuchs, M., Li, J., Finken, L., & Westermeyer, J. (2023). Similar or different training cultures? German and Chinese companies in their home and host countries. Societies, 13(5), 116. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc13050116 Pleasant, E. (2019). Dirty work: Cultural iconography and working-class pride in industrial apprenticeships. The British Journal of Sociology, 70(5), 2116–2132. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-4446.12703 Polo, F., Cervai, S., & Kantola, J. (2018). Training culture: A new conceptualization to capture values and meanings of training in organisations. Journal of Workplace Learning, 30(3), 162–173. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-01-2018-0024 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Motivation, Interests and Study Success: A Profile Analysis of Students in Work-Based-Learning Programmes in Higher Education University of Magdeburg, Germany Presenting Author:Over the past 20 years, there has been a significant increase in the numbers of work-based-learning programmes in Higher Education in Germany. These degree programmes placed at the intersection of vocational and higher education systematically combine academic studies in higher education institutions with practical work experience in companies. The growing importance of these programmes is reflected in both, the increasing number of such study programmes offered and in the rising number of students in work-based-learning programmes (Hofmann et al., 2023, p. 10). Furthermore, the expansion of these programmes is supported by education policies that aim to strengthen the interlinkage between vocational and higher education more intensely (Kuhlee & Irmscher, 2018, p. 9). Despite the increasing relevance of work-based-learning programmes little is known about the specific student clientele, their specific motives for choosing such a programme and their interest in terms of the academic and the practical field. In addition to the role of content interest or the high practical orientation of these students, existing evaluations indicate that important motives for choosing a work-based-learning programme are the combination of theory and practice or associated career opportunities (e.g., Nickel et al., 2022; Hesser & Langfeldt, 2017). Existing research in higher education suggests that in addition to the motives for choosing a course of study other motivational variables that develop during the course of study are also important factors in terms of study success (Kegel et al., 2020; Blüthmann, 2012, pp. 291). However, the available studies tend to focus on single motivational variables in terms of their relevance to study success. This raises the question of whether a more differentiated and multidimensional consideration of motivational factors, in their interplay, can contribute to a better understanding of their influence on study success (Kegel et al., 2020). Based on these considerations, this paper analyses in more detail the interplay between intrinsic and extrinsic motives for choosing a work-based-learning programme, academic interest and interest in practical work among students. The following questions arise: (1) To what extent can student profiles be distinguished in terms of their motivation for choosing a course of study and their interests? (2) How can these student profiles be described in terms of key characteristics such as educational background and migration background? (3) To what extent do these student profiles differ in terms of perceived study success? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Cross-sectional data from a questionnaire survey of 1,557 students in work-based-learning programmes in Germany are used to answer these questions. The data were collected as part of the research project INT-Hybrid funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF). The Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) is used to examine whether homogeneous subgroups of students can be identified on the basis of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation for choosing a course of study, academic interest and interest in practical work (Rosenberg et al., 2018; Göller & Besser, 2022). In addition, a single-factor analysis of variance (ANOVA) is used to examine the extent to which the identified student profiles differ in their perceived study satisfaction, their perceived study performance, their identification with the higher education institution and the company as well as their intention to drop out as indicators for study success. The person-centred approach is used to analyse whether motivational variables can be used to identify different groups of students and the extent to which these profiles differ in terms of their perceived study success. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, four distinct profiles can be identified, which do not differ in terms of their educational background or migration background. The results indicate that a high proportion of students (~ 64 %) can be assigned to a profile with a high level of motivation. In contrast, only a small group of students (~ 5 %) seems to stand out due to a low level of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation for choosing a course of study as well as a low level of academic interest and a low level of interest in the practical field. Regarding the analysed study success indicators, students in profiles with a high level of motivation report higher levels of study satisfaction and a lower intention to drop out compared to those with a low level of motivation. Given the small number of students who can be assigned to a profile with low motivational characteristics, the question arises as to the cause of this finding and is discussed in the paper. The reason might lie in the companies’ selection procedures for the allocation of places on work-based-learning programmes or in a very conscious choice of these students, indicating a high degree of compatibility between the students' expectations and the characteristics of work-based-learning programmes. Based on the identified student profiles, the paper discusses furthermore how group-specific approaches can be designed to foster the interest of less motivated students and positively influence their study success. References Blüthmann, I. (2012). Individuelle und studienbezogene Einflussfaktoren auf die Zufriedenheit von Bachelorstudierenden. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaften, 15, 273–303. Göller, R., & Besser, M. (2023). Studienwahlmotive von Bewerberinnen und Bewerbern auf ein Lehramtsstudium und auf andere Studiengänge. Studiengangübergreifende Vergleiche und Profilanalysen. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 37(4), 305–321. Hesser, W., & Langfeldt, B. (2017). Das duale Studium aus Sicht der Studierenden. Hamburg: Helmut-Schmidt-Universität/Universität der Bundeswehr Hamburg. Abgerufen von: https://openhsu.ub.hsu-hh.de/bitstream/10.24405/4327/1/openHSU_4327.pdf Hofmann, S., König, M., & Brenke, P. (2023). AusbildungPlus in Zahlen - Duales Studium in Zahlen 2022. Trends und Analysen. BIBB. Kegel, L. S., Schnettler, T., Scheunemann, A., Bäulke, L., Thies, D. O., Dresel, M., Fries, S., Leutner, D. Wirth, J., & Grunschel, C. (2020). Unterschiedlich motiviert für das Studium: Motivationale Profile von Studierenden und ihre Zusammenhänge mit demografischen Merkmalen, Lernverhalten und Befinden. Zeitschrift für empirische Hochschulforschung, 4(1), 81–105. Kuhlee, D., & Irmscher, M. (2018). Duales Studium vs. duale Ausbildung: Zur Diskussion um die Relevanz dualer Studienangebote unter Berücksichtigung der Unternehmensperspektive. bwp@, 34, 1–24. Nickel, S., Pfeiffer, I., Fischer, A., Hüsch, M., Kiepenheuer-Drechsler, B., Lauterbach, N., Reum, N., Thiele, A.-L., & Ulrich, S. (2022). Duales Studium: Umsetzungsmodelle und Entwicklungsbedarfe. wbv. Rosenberg, J. M., Beymer, P. N., Anderson, D. J., van Lissa, C. J., & Schmidt, J. A. (2018). tidyLPA: An R Package to Easily Carry Out Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) Using Open-Source or Commercial Software. Journal of Open Source Software, 3(30), 978. https://doi.org/10.21105/joss.00978 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Vocational Identity – Relevance and Development in the VET System Catholic University of Applied Sciences Mainz, Germany Presenting Author:The article focuses on the importance of vocational identity and compares this dimension between different branches. As a further aspect, approaches to the development of vocational identity are presented, which Vocational Education and Training (VET) schoolteachers or in-company instructors can provide.
The development of vocational identity is a central target in VET and is of particular importance for the career development of employees. After all, the consideration of vocational identity as a characteristic of successful vocational education and training has a long tradition in the context of scientific analyses of VET and is currently experiencing a certain "renaissance". Vocational identity is to be regarded as a central topic or target in VET and a relevant pattern for analyzing current discourses on the recruitment of skilled workers and the reduction of apprenticeship drop-outs.
Different theoretical operationalization have been written in the literature, and there is no uniform (scientific) definition of "vocational identity". Nevertheless, the development of a vocational identity is a key aspect in VET, especially since a highly developed vocational identity makes a substantial contribution to the development of occupational competence. Therefore, it is a requirement in order to be able to carry out vocational challenges competently and independently (Thole, 2021; Heinrichs et al., 2022).
Rauner (2017) defines vocational identity as follows: "Vocational identity is the result of a development process that is intimately linked to the development of occupational competence. Strictly spoken, the development of vocational identity is a dimension of occupational competence development."
The degree of vocational identity depends on the occupation and apprenticeship, especially since occupations have different identification potentials, i.e. indicators of the attractiveness of an occupation. This means that development is not continuous. Rather, it requires the active engagement of the individual subject with his or her individual occupational environment. Accordingly, the development of vocational identity is based on an interaction with the environmental conditions (in the apprenticeship), in the sense of a subjective experience of vocational identity, reinforced and supported by the individual's self-reflective processes (Rauner, 2017; Thole, 2021; Heinrichs et al., 2022).
With a high level of emotional attachment to the occupation learned, job-related disadvantages, such as low pay or shift work, are often tolerated. In a positive understanding, it can be expected that a strongly developed vocational identity can lead to greater job satisfaction and better performance in everyday working life. Consequently, vocational identity can have an influence on long-term motivation and activity at work, as well as increasing the sense of responsibility and quality awareness (Rauner, 2017). These are reasons why companies and VET schools should have an interest in promoting the vocational identity of their apprentices at an early stage.
Therefore, two research questions are analyzed:
The aim of this study is to contribute to the support of and the development of vocational identity in VET. In order to achieve this, practical suggestions and advice are given on how to promote vocational identity in apprenticeships in companies and VET schools. The results and suggestions should be transferable to various European countries with a school-based VET system, a dual VET system and also to countries with a "training on the job" approach. The aim is to provide information on how the development of vocational identity in VET can be promoted in different contexts or systems. The transfer should succeed on the basis of two studies from Germany, which were carried out in various schools and companies in different VET sectors.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on two data sets from quantitative surveys, which are combined for this presentation. A total of 645 apprentices in industrial-technical apprenticeships and healthcare occupations (both without academic education) were included. The respondents were taken from all three years of apprenticeship and participation was voluntary. Various dimensions were used, which were taken from the research literature (like Rauner 2017 or Barghorn 2010) and had previously proven themselves in terms of quality criteria. The main scales are: • Vocational identity (α(627)=.770; k=6; example item: "I like to tell others what occupation I am learning.") • Autonomy (α(628)=.822; k=3; example item: " I can decide for myself how I proceed in my work.") • Meaningfulness of own work (α(628)=.822; k=3; example item: "The job I do is important to me.") • Job satisfaction (α(624)=.908; k=4; example item: "In general, I like working here.") There are highly significant correlations between vocational identity and job satisfaction (.668**), as well as with the meaningfulness of own work (.532**), but also between job satisfaction and the meaningfulness of own work (.484**). Furthermore, the results show that there are no significant differences between apprentices from the industrial-technical occupations (n=149) and apprentices in the healthcare sector (n=472) in terms of vocational identity and job satisfaction. However, apprentices in the industrial-technical occupations report that they have more autonomy in their daily work, while apprentices in the healthcare sector consider their work to be more meaningful than the comparison group. Over the entire apprenticeship duration, vocational identity (regardless of the branch) indicates a slight reduction over the three apprenticeship years. These results can also be compared to the Norwegian survey by Johannesen et al. (2019), such as the relationship between a strong vocational identity and a substantial interest in the further development of the own professional competence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Aspects such as their own experience of autonomy and the impression that their own work is highly meaningful appear to be relevant for apprentices. There is also a connection between job satisfaction and vocational identity. Based on these empirical results and taking into account further scientific literature (like e.g. Rauner, 2017; Thole, 2021, 2023), recommended strategies will be presented on how teachers and instructors in schools and companies can promote vocational identity during apprenticeships. An important aspect of promotion is the creation of optimal learning and working environments in both learning locations. This includes recognition and appreciation of the apprentices' performance and their commitment, as well as opportunities for the development of skills and attitudes, and a variety of tasks and work activities (in the sense of the entire occupational range). The transfer of responsible work orders (ideally congruent with the apprentices' own interests), which are to be completed independently and on their own responsibility, should also be implemented. With regard to the school learning location, the importance of the teacher should be emphasized; they symbolize the occupation through their own vocational experience and the framing of the discourse in lessons. If they speak positively about the occupation and thus strengthen the reputation of the occupation, this supports the development of the vocational identity. Furthermore, school lessons can provide a meaningful accompaniment to the experiences from the company workplace through guided reflection exercises. References Barghorn, K. (2010). Einstellungen und Verhalten von Mitarbeitern in betrieblichen Veränderungsprozessen. Dissertation: Universität Osnabrück. Heinrichs, K., Wuttke, E. & Kögler, K. (2022). Berufliche Identität, Identifikation und Beruflichkeit – Eine Verortung aus der Perspektive einer theoriegeleiteten empirischen Berufsbildungsforschung. bwp@ Profil 7: Perspektiven wirtschafts- und berufspädagogischer sowie wirtschaftsethischer Forschung. 1-28. Online: https://www.bwpat.de/profil7_minnameier/heinrichs_etal_profil7.pdf (12.06.2022). Klotz, V. K., Billett, S. & Winther, E. (2014). Promoting workforce excellence: Formation and relevance of vocational identity for vocational educational training. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6, 1-20. Retrieved from http://www.ervet-journal.com/content/6/1/6. doi:10.1186/s40461-014-0006-0. Johannesen, H.S., Nore, H. & Lahn, L.C. (2019). Transformations in(to) vocational identity among Norwegian VET students and apprentices learning in school and at work. In F. Marhuenda & M.J. Chisvert-Tarazona (Eds.), Pedagogical concerns and market demands in VET. Proceedings of the 3rd Crossing Boundaries in VET conference, Vocational Education and Training Network (VETNET) (pp.215-221) https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.2641708. Rauner, F. (2017). Grundlagen beruflicher Bildung. Mitgestalten der Arbeitswelt. Bielefeld: wbv. Thole, C. (2021). Berufliche Identitätsarbeit als Bildungsauftrag der Berufsschule. Am Beispiel der dualen Ausbildung im Einzelhandel. Bielefeld: wbv. Thole, C. (2023). Theme-centered interaction and developmental tasks as research method and pedagogical tool regarding identity development in VET. Front. Psychol. 14:1201305. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1201305. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 03 SES 08 A: The past, the present and the future: 30 years of curriculum discussions Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Panel Discussion |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Panel Discussion The Past, The Present and The Future: Thirty Years of Curriculum Discussions 1Maynooth University, Ireland; 2University of Stirling, Scotland; 3University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 4Linnaeus University, Sweden; 5Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Curriculum studies as a field has gone through successive crises of identity, from the assertion by Schwab in 1970s that the field was moribund, to talk of the field being in crisis (Wheelahan 2010) to a call from Priestley and Philippou (2019) to put curriculum at the heart of educational practice. Various agendas are being promoted by the European Union and other political or economic bodies such key competences, calls for democratic/ civic education, the promotion of education for sustainability, the inclusion/equity/ diversity conversations; these all involve questions of politics and power. The curriculum is being asked to be agile and respond to multiple “masters” at once. EU’s ‘Key competences for lifelong learning’ as a condition for curriculum revision in Cyprus: challenging disciplinarity? Stavroula Philippou New curricula in Cyprus introduced in 2010, restructured into ‘success and efficiency indicators’ in 2016 and are undergoing an ‘update’ [epikairopoiisi] in 2024; part of the guidelines of the Ministry during this more recent revision has been for curriculum groups to consider how the eight key competences set out by the EU’s Reference Framework (2006) can inform the process horizontally. Drawing on debates around the nature and position of ‘knowledge’ in curricula (e.g. Biesta, 2014; Deng, 2021; McPhail & Rata, 2016; Zipin, Fataar & Brennan, 2015), the paper discusses the institutional processes through which these competences were given as a condition for curriculum revision, in relation to existing curriculum policies and practices which have traditionally favoured strong boundaries between subject-areas in Cyprus.
A quest for the holy grail: The problems and possibilities of ’knowledge’ in VET curricula. Daniel Alvunger A question in discussions on vocational education and training (VET) programmes is how they are designed to in the best possible ways respond to the lack of skilled and educated staff (Panican, 2020; Wheelahan, 2015). At the same time, VET programmes are located in a borderland between school and work life. On the one hand, they shall contribute to competence and labour provision (Panican & Paul, 2019), while they on the other side are expected, like all upper secondary education programmes, to promote the possibility of the young to independently shape their lives (Rosvall & Nylund, 2022). The presentation relates to recent changes in the VET curriculum from 2022 and an upcoming extensive assessment and grading reform for upper secondary education. A [re]turn to knowledge in post-competency curricula? Panel speaker 3: Mark Priestley Contemporary debates in curriculum studies have elicited controversy around the centrality of knowledge in the school curriculum (e.g. Young & Muller, 2010; Rata, 2012). These debates have often been framed in terms of a dichotomy: competency-based curriculum on the one hand, or a so-called knowledge rich approach on the other. Such polarization can obscure the complexities that lie behind the construction of curricular policy. In this presentation, I draw attention to some of the trajectories and discourses that have characterized this apparent shift in emphasis, questioning whether CfE can, in its present form, address such a challenge. Artificial Intelligence and the new episteme; implications for curriculum. Anne Looney Debates about the implications of AI for education have focused for the most part on assessment and testing, with consideration of the implications for curriculum confined to discussions of courses in AI. School curricula (however articulated), claim to offer students access to the foundations of disciplinary knowledge, mediated by teachers as curriculum-makers. I consider whether this claim continues to be valid in the age of generative AI and whether the traditional curriculum tensions between skills and knowledge have been made more complex by emerging tensions between the ‘teacher generated’ and the ‘artificially generated’ in classrooms. References Biesta, G. (2014) Pragmatising the curriculum: bringing knowledge back into the curriculum conversation, but via pragmatism. The Curriculum Journal, 25(1), 29-49. Deng, Z. (2021). Powerful knowledge, transformations and Didaktik/curriculum thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1652–1674. Deng, Z. (2018). Contemporary curriculum theorizing: Crisis and resolution. Journal of Curriculum Studies 50(6), 691–710. McPhail, G. & Rata, E. (2016). Comparing Curriculum Types: ‘Powerful Knowledge’ and ‘21st Century Learning’. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 51, 53–68. OECD (2021). Scotland’s Curriculum for Excellence: Into the Future, Implementing Education Policies, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/bf624417-en. Panican, A., & Paul, E. (2019). Svensk gymnasial yrkesutbildning - en framgångsfaktor för en effeektiv övergång från skola till arbetsliv eller kejsarens nya kläder? [Swedish upper secondary vocational education - a success factor for an effective transition from school to working life or the emperor's new clothes?]. Gävle: The Swedish ESF council. Paraskeva, J.M. (2021). Conflicts in Curriculum Theory. Challenging Hegemonic Epistemologies. 2nd Edition. Palgrave Macmillan. Priestley, M. & Philippou, S. (2019). Curriculum is – or should be – at the heart of educational practice. The Curriculum Journal 30(1), 1–7. Rata, E. (2012a). The politics of knowledge in education. British Educational Research Journal, 38, 103–124. DOI:10.1080/01411926.2011.615388 Per-Åke Rosvall & Mattias Nylund (2022) Civic education in VET: concepts for a professional language in VET teaching and VET teacher education, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2075436 Wheelahan, L. (2015). Not just skills: What a focus on knowledge means for vocational education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(6), 750–762. Wheelahan, L. (2010). Why knowledge matters in curriculum: A social realist argument. London: Routledge. Wraga, W. G. & Hlebowitsh, P. S. (2003). Toward a renaissance in curriculum theory and development in the USA. Journal of Curriculum studies 35(4), 425–437. Young, M. and Muller, J. (2010). Three Educational Scenarios for the Future: lessons from the sociology of knowledge. European Journal of Education, 45(1), 11-27. Zipin, L., Fataar, Α. & Brennan, M. (2015). Can social realism do social justice? Debating the warrants for curriculum knowledge selection, Education as Change, 19(2), 9-36. Chair Majella Dempsey, majella.dempsey@mu.ie, Maynooth University, Ireland |
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 08 A: NW 04 Network Meeting Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Network Meeting |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper NW 04 Network Meeting University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 05 SES 08 A: NW 05 Network Meeting Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Michael Jopling Network Meeting |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper NW 05 Network Meeting University of Brighton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 06 SES 08 A JS: Activism & Democracy in Open Learning Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Monica Assante Joint Paper Session, NW 06 and NW34. Full details in 06 SES 08 A JS |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Potential and Challenge of Online Activism in Fostering Youth Democratic Engagement. A Polish Case Study. 1Technion University, Israel; 2Jagiellonian University, Poland Presenting Author:In recent decades, the levels of political engagement of EU youth have declined (Kitanova, 2020). Norris (2003) suggests that this apathy is caused by the youth’s significant disillusionment with the political system. While there are various means by which people can express their political and social views to advocate for desired change (Norris, 2003), the choice of these means depends on their perceived success rate concerning the desired outcome (Šerek et al., 2012). In the vast majority of European countries, young people can’t vote until the age of 18, and while their political representation is nominal, they need to rely on older generations to represent their interests, which can be overlooked (Vochocová & Rosenfeldová, 2023). However, studies indicate that young individuals may embrace unconventional or novel means of involvement in the socio-political sphere (Ross, 2021; Šerek et al., 2012). This study explores the transformative potential and challenges of youth activism, specifically online activism, as a way of exhibiting democratic mindsets and attitudes as envisioned in Dewey’s conceptualization of democracy (Hytten, 2016). Activism can be understood as a wide array of actions instigated to promote political causes, environmental protection, human rights, or anti-war efforts (Klar & Kasser, 2009). Furthermore, students representing Generation Z are the first to grow up in an era of universal internet access and widespread use of social networking sites, such as Instagram, X, and Facebook. These platforms have become their space of everyday activity and where they learn about and engage with various socio-political issues (Bakker & Vreese, C. H. 2011; Vromen et al., 2015; Jakubowski, 2021). Therefore, social media, where visual images possess inherent political implications and play a central role in negotiating, consolidating, and naturalizing major cultural narratives and social norms (Melek & Müyesseroğlu, 2023), have the potential to counteract the decreasing engagement of youth in political activities (Hobbs, 2016). While offline civic engagement can place limitations on young people due to resource constraints or parental and school restrictions, the online environment emerges as a space where they can participate actively and independently through a myriad of activities, including expressing opinions, engaging in discussions, sharing information, and mobilizing for collective action (Machackova & Šerek, 2017). This could be seen with the worldwide rise of youth environmental engagement, the Black Lives Matter movement, or the recent Free Palestine protests. In Poland, social media was used for communication, networking, and mobilization of Polish women against the proposed total ban on abortion in 2016 (Korolczuk, 2016). This form of social action has also been adopted by young Polish climate activists from the ‘Wschod’ organization and, most recently, campaigns organized by young Polish activists to encourage youth participation in the 2023 parliamentary elections. However, researchers express concerns about the external efficiency of online civic participation, the presence of misleading or false information, and the actions of groups disseminating extremist attitudes (Machackova & Šerek, 2017). Moreover, Jakubowski (2021) observes that online personalities often project their preconceived views onto their audiences, a tendency that may primarily apply to young individuals seeking opinions rather than information. Therefore, it is important to better understand the potential and the challenges of this new form of democratic participation from the perspective of its young users. This proposal is rooted in the ongoing multimethod research project STUDACT, with a particular focus on the Polish case study. It aims to understand how Polish youth utilize social media to gain knowledge, comprehend, and engage with local, national, and global issues. How do they understand activism and online activism? How do they perceive their individual roles and their potential influence on local and global matters through active and reactive online activism? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants included Polish secondary school students aged 14-18 and established Polish young activists aged 18-25. The school students participated in small discussion groups, based on the methodology originally guided by Bohnsack (2000), which understands a discussion group as an open interview that allows the participants to engage with the topic using their own set of meanings including language, symbolic system and framework. Overall, 30 discussion groups of 5-7 participants were conducted in small and large Polish urban areas. The participants came from different educational organisations including the state’s secondary schools of general education, but also more distinct secondary schools such as IB state schools, Catholic schools, Technical Schools, and Art schools. The students responded to open-ended questions related to their awareness, understanding and experience with activism, global issues, human rights, climate change, their education about these issues inside and outside of school, including their online engagement. Furthermore, 10 young activists aged 18-25 participated in Photovoice research. Understanding photovoice as the act of taking photos or documentation, followed by telling stories related to these photos (Wang, 2006), the participants took part individually in three meetings over 3 months. Based on the photographs they captured, they discussed their activism and social media presence in relation to their activism. All data was transcribed and analysed through thematic analysis methodology following Braun and Clarke's (2021) procedures for generating both, ‘data-driven’ and ‘theory-driven’ codes and themes from qualitative data. One of the ‘data-driven’ themes that became prevalent in and throughout many discussion groups, is the presented here issue of online activism and its implications. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students who participated in discussion groups showed awareness and engagement with issues such as human rights, climate change, and, to some extent, national and global politics. The vast majority considered social media as their primary source of information on current global and local initiatives and issues. They viewed social media, such as Instagram, Facebook, TikTok as platforms where they could express their opinions through actions like commenting, sharing, or liking posts from activists they find significant. Many believe that such actions are a form of activism, as they gain and spread awareness about issues that are important to them. They also considered social media activism as a means to exchange ideas about various local and global initiatives and to provide mutual encouragement for various offline actions. While students in the discussion groups were able to name worldwide recognized youth activists such as Greta Thunberg, they were mostly unsure about the names of Polish young activists. However, they were aware of and engaged with the issues raised and disseminated by many Polish activists on social media platforms. These issues encompassed climate change, women’s rights, and human rights. This may suggest that contemporary youth activism serves as a form of informal education, deepening individuals' understanding of democracy. However, while some participating students could critically assess activists' views and actions, others were prone to accepting online information unquestioningly, rendering them susceptible to one-sided activist agendas and occasional misinformation. The interviews with the Polish activists gave insights into how they view their social media presence and its potential impact, understanding that their individual actions may not have the desired effect in terms of outreach; however, with a group effort, their posts collectively can spread the message they want to convey to larger audiences. References Bakker, T. P., & de Vreese, C. H. (2011). Good News for the Future? Young People, Internet Use, and Political Participation. Communication Research, 38(4), 451-470. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021) Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage, London. Bohnsack, R. (2000). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung. Einführung in die Methodologie und Praxis qualitativer Forschung. Opladen: B. Budrich. Hobbs R. (2016). Capitalists, consumers, and communicators: How schools approach civic education. In: E. Gordon & P. Mihailidis (Eds.) Civic media 2016 (pp. 355–370). MIT Press Cambridge, MA. Hytten, K. (2016) Globalization, Democracy, and Social Movements: The educational potential of activism, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 48(10), 981-996. Jakubowski, J. (2021). Political socialization in meme times: Adolescents and the sources of knowledge concerning politics, Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 43(3), 254-274. Kitanova, M. (2020). Youth political participation in the EU: evidence from a cross-national analysis, Journal of Youth Studies, 23(7), 819-836. Korolczuk E. (2016): Explaining mass protests against abortion ban in Poland: the power of connective action, „Zoon Politikon Journal”, 7/2016, s. 91 -113 . Klar, M., & Kasser, T. (2009). Some benefits of being an activist: Measuring activism and its role in psychological well‐being. Political Psychology, 30(5), 755-777. Machackova, H., & Šerek, J. (2017). Does ‘clicking’ matter? The role of online participation in adolescents’ civic development. Cyberpsychology: Journal of Psychosocial Research on Cyberspace, 11(4), Article 5. Melek, G., & Müyesseroğlu, E. (2023). Political storytelling of Ekrem İmamoğlu on Instagram during 2019 Istanbul mayoral elections in Turkey. Visual Studies, 38(5), 894-910. Norris, P. (2003, November 27–28). Young people & political activism: From the politics of loyalties to the politics of choice? Paper presented to the Council of Europe Symposium, Young People and Democratic Institutions: From Disillusionment to Participation, Strasbourg. Ross, A. (2021). “Young European’s Constructions of Nation, State, Country and Europe. National Identities 23 (1), 79–95. Šerek, J., Petrovičová, Z. & Macek, P. (2012) Adolescents' perspectives on traditional, non-traditional, and direct political activities: The role of identity-processing styles and political beliefs, International Journal of Social Psychology, 27 (2), 243-250. Vromen, A., Xenos, M.A., & Loader, B. (2015) Young people, social media and connective action: from organisational maintenance to everyday political talk, Journal of Youth Studies, 18(1), 80-100. Wang, C. C. (2006). Youth Participation in Photovoice as a Strategy for Community Change. Journal of Community Practice, 14(1-2), 147–161. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Explanatory Factors of Digital Citizenship among University Students. A Cross-national Perspective 1Alexandru Ioan Cuza University of Iasi, Romania; 2University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:Theoretical framework and research questions Over the last decades, technology users gathered in interaction creating a digital society, which emerged due to intense digital connections. In this designated context, the concept of digital citizenship is referring broadly to norms of appropriate, responsible behaviour regarding technology use, particularly in engaging in social and civic activities (Ribble & Bailey, 2007). Due to being raised in a digital society that has provided new opportunities for education, social interaction, and even employment, students were considered digital natives who hold all technology-related knowledge and skills, including digital citizenship. However, digital citizenship is a complex construct which needs to be addressed. Recent studies show that an individual’s extent of experience using the Internet is not a factor that affects the level of knowledge and practice of digital citizenship among undergraduate students. One of the aspects that are being developed in civic education in the era of digital citizenship is civic literacy (Al-Abdullatif et. al., 2020). Several empirical studies on digital citizenship in higher education have been conducted in recent years (e.g., Al-Zahrani, 2015; Kara, 2018); nevertheless, coherent digital citizenship education in the university curriculum is most probably seen as a ‘natural’ outcome of efforts invested in developing students’ digital competences and, thus, is rather neglected in policy papers and programme contents. Given the profound changes undertaken by universities for better preparing students for future societies, it is reasonable to assume that digital citizenship will further enrich the meaning of digital competence development and fully enter the academic debate on transversal competences in higher education. While education programmes in this area are focused more on increasing students’ digital skills, public concern regarding the potential risks to youth online has prompted a quick response to provide internet safety education. This process is more than a mean to an end, hence the building blocks of developing digital citizenship must be clarified to develop sustainable programmes that support digital citizenship development. Also, there is evidence that young people’s online behaviour depends on their own narratives, stories, and experiences of digital life (Black et al., 2022). Nonetheless, the most compacted results show that personal values, such as self-transcendence and security, have a vital role in influencing digital citizen participation (Palacin et al., 2021). Deeper understanding of personal values influence on digital citizenship could provide direction or create incentive mechanisms and grasp user experiences in digital communities (Palacin et al., 2021). Moreover, other studies showed that social factors such as identity (Mitchell, 2016) and social status (Wang & Xing, 2018) impacts youth digital citizenship. This present study aims to identify and analyze the explanatory factors of digital citizenship, as perceived by university students in different European cultural contexts. Four dimensions were followed in exploring the potential determinants of digital citizenship: digital experiences (Internet Political Activism, Technical Skills, Critical Perspective, and Networking Agency), cultural orientations, individual and social identity, and civic attitude. Therefore, the questions we sought to answer are: What are the individual digital experiences that underlie digital citizenship? What are the values that support digital citizenship? What are the effects of social identity and social status? To what extent cross-national variations can be observed?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods The main aim of the current research is to explore some determinants of digital citizenship, as perceived by university students in different European cultural contexts. The data were collected using a questionnaire which was administrated to a sample consisting of 329 students enrolled in bachelor and master programmes in two European countries: Romania (N = 210) and Italy (N = 119). The study variables were assessed using different scales, as follows: digital citizenship was measured using the specific scale elaborated by Choi et al., 2017; to assess self-transcendence personal values, the Portrait Values Questionnaire (PVQ) was used (Schwartz et al., 2001). The instrument is based on Schwartz’s (1992) theory of human values. Further, the digital experience was measured by using the Digital Experience Footprint Scale (Surmelioglu & Seferoglu, 2019), while identity was assessed by using the Social Identity scale (Nario-Redond, 2004). The main objective of the analysis is to explore effects of individual and country-level factors on digital citizenship development. Therefore, structural equation modelling analysis was used to estimate the relationships between individual factors (e.g., personal values, digital experience, social status, identity) and digital citizenship. The research model was examined in detail to determine whether the demographic characteristics of the respondents had an effect on path relationships within the model. To do so, we used the country and the gender as control variables, and then we ran multigroup analysis (MGA) with PLS-SEM. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes Throughout all models we expect to find positive associations between self-transcendence values, digital experience, identity, social status, and digital citizenship. At the country level, we expect a significant effect on the paths from self-transcendence values, digital experience, and digital citizenship. This means that the association between self-transcendence values and digital citizenship is more significant in Italy, while the association between digital experience and digital citizenship to be significant in Romania, mainly due to disparities in access to technology. The results of this study contribute to the increasing body of research aimed at informing the development of strong academic programs for digital citizenship education. Furthermore, the study delves into the significance of the country level in grasping the relationship between values, digital experience and digital citizenship. References Al-Abdullatif, A. M., & Gameil, A. A. (2020). Exploring Students’ Knowledge and Practice of Digital Citizenship in Higher Education. International Journal of Emerging Technologies in Learning (iJET), 15(19), pp. 122–142. Al-Zahrani, A. (2015). Toward digital citizenship: examining factors affecting participation and involvement in the Internet society among higher education students. International Education Studies, 8(12), 203-217. Black, R., Walsh, L., Waite, C., Collin, P., Third, A., & Idriss, S. (2022). In their own words: 41 stories of young people’s digital citizenship. Learning, Media and Technology, 47(4), 524-536. Choi, M., Glassman, M., & Cristol, D. (2017). What it means to be a citizen in the internet age: Development of a reliable and valid digital citizenship scale. Computers & Education, 107, 100-112. Kara, N. (2018). Understanding university students’ thoughts and practices about digital citizenship: a mixed methods study. Educational Technology and Society. 21, 172–185. Ribble, M., Bailey, G. (2007). Digital Citizenship is Schools. International Society for Technology and Education: Washington, DC. Mitchell, L. (2016). Beyond digital citizenship. Middle Grades Review, 1(3), 3. Nario-Redmond, M. R., Biernat, M., Eidelman, S., & Palenske, D. J. (2004). The social and personal identities scale: A measure of the differential importance ascribed to social and personal self-categorizations. Self and Identity, 3(2), 143-175. Palacin, V., Ferrario, M. A., Hsieh, G., Knutas, A., Wolff, A., & Porras, J. (2021). Human values and digital citizen science interactions. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 149, 102605. Surmelioglu, Y., & Seferoglu, S. S. (2019). An Examination of Digital Footprint Awareness and Digital Experiences of Higher Education Students. World Journal on Educational Technology: Current Issues, 11(1), 48-64. Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical tests in 20 countries. In Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 1-65). Academic Press. Schwartz, S. H., Melech, G., Lehmann, A., Burgess, S., Harris, M., & Owens, V. (2001). Extending the cross-cultural validity of the theory of basic human values with a different method of measurement. Journal of cross-cultural psychology, 32(5), 519-542. Wang, X., & Xing, W. (2018). Exploring the influence of parental involvement and socioeconomic status on teen digital citizenship: A path modeling approach. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 21(1), 186-199. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Unraveling Uncertainty: Exploring the Space In-between in Non-verbal Human Machine Interaction Considering Creative and Explorative Practices Bielefeld University, Germany Presenting Author:The proposed paper delves into the realm of uncertainty in two ways. First, uncertainty, by the means of education (Biesta 2014) and human action (Arendt 1958), refers to the lack of complete knowledge or predictability when making decisions. It encompasses various forms of ambiguity, doubt, and unpredictability that can significantly impact human thinking and action (Mazzone & Elgammal 2019). Second, by focusing on complex machine interactions, our research seeks to illuminate the ways in which humans engage with AI systems in order to approach the complexity of the underlying digital infrastructure (Williamson et al. 2023) and its implications for images and imaginaries of complex machine systems. In our research, we are exploring contexts and practices that inhabit moments of uncertainty when humans interact with complex machine systems in various playful and creative ways. We do not want to completely eliminate the potential of human uncertainty by focussing on machine systems, we rather try to acknowledge the notion of everlasting indeterminacy in human machine interaction. Therefore, we take uncertainty as starting point to reconstruct images of AI on the one hand and ultimately shape the conditions and constraints of educational processes on the other hand. Therefore, we want to outline the extent to which people need to be prepared for explanations and know about interaction, in order to benefit from them in a mode of explanation. By addressing the triangle of uncertainty, creativity and exploration, we also hope to get insights to which extent creative methods and visual cues can be leveraged to teach AI concepts and foster digital literacy among learners. The research can be divided into three parts (exploration, creativity and uncertainty) that equally contribute to the overall question: how to address uncertainty in order to enhance human modes of understanding, images and imaginaries of complex machine systems? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our qualitative research, based on 16 interviews and ethnographic observations over the past two years, examines how people engage with machines for development, artistic expression, exploration, and educational purposes (Ahlborn et al. 2022). The data was collected through an individual research project on art and AI (Ahlborn 2023) as well as part of research within the Transregional Collaborative Research Center TRR 318 "Constructing Explainability" on robotic interaction. We use ethnographic research and narrative interviews following (Christin 2020) to explore and reconstruct images, imaginaries of AI and moments of uncertainty in dynamic interactions with complex machine systems. Our goal is to enhance the understanding of the subtleties and complexities of this dynamic space in-between human machine interactions and modes of uncertainty. We recognize the persistent nature of uncertainty in these interactions, viewing it as a basis to explore AI-related images and imaginaries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings will not only inform teaching materials, such as data stories and metaphors for civic data infrastructures and higher education, aiming to reconstruct AI images as well as imaginaries and foster diverse understandings in educational settings, the key results are also part of further basic research on uncertainty in educational settings challenged by machine systems. Our reconstructive approach offers a unique perspective, laying the foundation for future interdisciplinary research on explainability of AI and the complexity of educational processes. References Ahlborn, J. (2023). „Damn Data! On the (Explorative) Role of AI Art“. Long paper presentation as part of the symposium „Normalizing the Body. Addressing the Lack of Diversity in Digital Technologies and What it Means for Educational Science“. #ECER 2023, Glasgow, Scotland. Ahlborn, J., Verständig, D., & Stricker, J. (2022). Decoding Datafication: Media educational approaches in communicating the complexity of digital data and data infrastructures. #ECREA 2022, Aarhus, Denmark https://pub.uni-bielefeld.de/record/2967844 Arendt, H. (1958). The Human Condition. The University of Chicago Press. Biesta, G. J. J. (2015). Beautiful Risk of Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315635866 Christin, A. (2020). The ethnographer and the algorithm: Beyond the black box. Theory and Society, 49(5–6), 897–918. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11186-020-09411-3 Mazzone, M., & Elgammal, A. (2019). Art, Creativity, and the Potential of Artificial Intelligence. Arts, 8(1), 26. https://doi.org/10.3390/arts8010026 Verständig, D. (2020). Nothing to see? – How to address algorithms and their impact on the perception of the world. In D. Kergel, B. Heidkamp, R. C. Arnett, & S. Mancino (Eds.), Communication and Learning in an Age of Digital Transformation (pp. 220–237). Routledge. Williamson, B., Macgilchrist, F., & Potter, J. (2023). Re-examining AI, automation and datafication in education. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2023.2167830 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 07 SES 08 A: Social Justice and Critical Race Theory in Higher Education II Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Intercultural Education as Higher Education Programme. Memories and Hope for the Future - A Danish Case Study University of Southern Denmark Presenting Author:In 2011, a BA programme in Intercultural Education [Interkulturel pædagogik] was established at the Faculty of Humanities, University of Southern Denmark. The BA programme is interdisciplinary, including a choice of either Arabic or Danish as a second language as the other main subject other from intercultural education. In 2017, the Arabic track was discontinued so that all students studied Intercultural education combined with Danish as a second language. In 2023, the university’s rector, on the recommendation of the dean of the Faculty of Humanities, decided that the programme should close “to bring balance to the economy” since the programme was estimated to be financially unsustainable due to a small number of students. The last students of the programme will graduate in 2026. In this presentation, we – both of us experienced lecturers at the programme, and one of us furthermore former head of study – will outline a research study of the programme’s history, content, and research environment, and we will discuss the possible futures of Intercultural education programmes in Denmark. Also, we will look to similar and related programmes in the European context, such as the Nordic countries and Germany, for a comparative analysis. The research question of the study is: What was the purpose of creating a BA programme in Intercultural Education, how have the programme's curricula and content changed historically, and what development opportunities does the programme now face? The presentation draws on document analysis of documents and other material related to the programme stored in an archive over the years. Among these, the official curriculum [studieordning], syllabi for each discipline, the original application from establishing the study programme in 2011, as well as the publications related directly to the programme such as the anthology “Interkulturel pædagogik – Kulturmøder i teori og praksis” [Intercultural education – Cultural encounters in theory and practice] (2015) edited and authored by lecturers and researchers affiliated with the study programme and announcing a “presentation of a research and education field” (Hobel et al., 2005). Furthermore, we will include reflections on our own positioning as researchers in the field and lecturers in the BA programme since 2015. Based on the case study of the BA programme, we will discuss future opportunities (and perhaps hopes) for intercultural education in higher education, with special respect to new developments in the research field inspired by postmigration (Römhild 2017, Foroutan 2019), Critical Race Theory (Gillborn, 2006), teaching for social justice perspectives (Kumashiro, 2015), etc. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study will be designed as a case study (Flyvbjerg, 2006) as we, in the preliminary phase, expect that the case can serve as, a critical case of strategic importance in relation to the general problem of how to educate in the field of education and migration. In the analysis of the policy documents that originate from the programme’s creation, we will use, among other things, a WPR (What’s the Problem Represented to be) analysis (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016) to place the programme in a broader context of education policy. The study also includes an analysis of the BA programme in light of James A. Banks (2009)’s five dimensions of Multicultural Education with a specific focus on content integration (in curricula and syllabi), equity pedagogy, and empowering school culture and social structure. Furthermore, we will include a mapping of similar and related programmes in the European context, such as the Nordic countries and Germany, for the possibility of a comparative analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results of the study point in the direction of several ambivalences and sometimes academic struggles in the field of research and higher education policy. One conflict line is drawn between a practitioner-oriented and an academic and research-oriented professionalism as the programme’s aim. Another dividing line goes between two different research positions, of which one is oriented towards a more classical intercultural pedagogy paradigm while the other moves away from the concept of ‘interculturality’ and towards a social justice paradigm inspired by Critical Race Theory and related positions. Parallel to this, another struggle takes place between different positions in the language research field that informs the part of the programme education the students in the ‘Danish as a Second Language’ field. In addition to this, the concept of pedagogy (pædagogik) is given a special meaning in the Danish and continental education research context, and we will thus also place the history and current status of the programme within this discussion. To sum up, we expect to present a conceptual mapping of the programme’s content drawing on document analysis of policy documents, curricula and syllabi; an overview of similar and related programmes in Europe; as well as autoethnographic reflections on the programme’s history and possible futures for higher education programmes in the field of education and migration. References Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis: A guide to practice. Springer. Banks, J. A. (2009). Multicultural education: Dimensions and paradigms. In J. A. Banks (Ed.), The Routledge International Companion to Multicultural Education. Routledge. Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five misunderstandings about case-study research. Qualitative Inquiry, 12(2), 219-245. Foroutan, N. (2019). “The Post-migrant Paradigm”. In J.-J. Bock & S. Macdonald (Eds.), Refugees Welcome? Difference and Diversity in a Changing Germany. Berghahn Books, 142–167. Gillborn, D. (2006). Critical race theory and education: Racism and anti-racism in educational theory and praxis. Discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, 27(1), 11-32. Hobel, P., Nielsen, H. L., Thomsen, P., & Zeuner, L. (2015). Interkulturel Pædagogik: Kulturmøder i teori og praksis. U Press. Kumashiro, K. (2015). Against Common Sense. Teaching and Learning Toward Social Justice. Routledge. Römhild, R. (2017). Beyond the bounds of the ethnic: For postmigrant cultural and social research. Journal of Aesthetics & Culture, 9(2), 69-75. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Fostering Student Voice in Higher Education: Intellectual and Cultural Humility in Socially Just Education 1Xi'an Jiaotong University, China, People's Republic of; 2The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Presenting Author:Intellectual humility (IH) and cultural humility (CH) are usually categorized separately in the literature but have overlapping elements, especially when considering educational contexts. IH refers to an open attitude toward others’ knowledge through reflection and identification of gaps in one’s knowledge base that can be filled by the knowledge of others (Van Tongeren et al., 2019). CH is similar in that it is based on an open cultural attitude. ‘In a multicultural world where power imbalances exist, cultural humility is a process of openness, self-awareness, being egoless, and incorporating self-reflection and critique after willingly interacting with diverse individuals’ (Foronda et al., 2016, p. 4). Considering the growing diversity of student and staff populations in higher educational institutions (HEIs) (Marginson, 2016), IH and CH are of interest from various perspectives and may be necessary for educators and students to possess. Both IH and CH may be considered important aspects of social justice and student voice goals as the vehicle through which these educational aims can be achieved. Aspects of social justice and student voice are concerns at all levels of education, including higher education (HE) (Papa, 2019). Efforts have been made in various educational domains to address these concerns, such as socially just curricula development (Ashwin, 2022) and efforts to promote/develop ecological universities (Kinchin, 2023). Exploring and developing new pedagogical methods can play a significant role in developing socially just education, focusing on student voice across disciplines and enhancing student learning (Wong et al., 2023), thus addressing social justice and student voice concerns. Relating pedagogy to philosophical concepts, such as humility, can act as an important analytical tool in assisting lecturers in HE to understand the complexities of their practice when engaging in pedagogical method implementation. Based on the social justice framework of Nancy Fraser (2007, 2013) that consists of (re)distribution, recognition, and representation, the student voice for social justice (SVSJ) pedagogical method seeks to transform HE students from passive to active learners and engaged participants. SVSJ implements Fraser’s justice framework by creating space for student voice in course pedagogical content planning. Students (working in small groups) develop this space by researching, planning, and facilitating learning activities for their peers and the lecturer (Briffett-Aktaş et al., 2023). SVSJ relies on creating a mutually respectful environment in the classroom that fosters space for multiple voices to be expressed, heard, acknowledged, and valued. The classroom interactions between stakeholders require mutual respect, support, care for others, and a willingness to learn from the ‘other’ (i.e. IH and CH demonstrations); in short, displaying kindness to ‘the other’ (Rice & Bakke, 2022). The result is the creation of a shared power dynamic in the classroom, which has been shown to empower students to actively participate in and engage with their learning (Wong et al., 2023). In this inquiry, we argue that when implementing SVSJ in HEIs, IH and CH are foundational to the success of the implementation. Adopting and displaying different types of humility ensures that the interactions between the lecturer, students, their peers, and the course content are open and mutually respectful. IH and CH can help promote a supportive environment where different types of knowledge are successfully redistributed within the classroom community. Humility in a variety of forms can act as the catalyst through which socially just education and active student teaching and learning can be achieved in diverse SVSJ implementations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used SVSJ employs a participatory action research (PAR) design because ‘the authority of direct experience, knowledge in action, research as a transformative process, [and] collaboration through dialogue’ (Cornish et al., 2023, p. 2) is of the utmost importance to socially just pedagogy development and PAR research. The structure of a course employing SVSJ requires lecturers to share the pedagogical content development process with students (i.e., making space for student voice in course content planning and delivery). Unplanned classes are left either in the middle or end of the semester to facilitate student teaching and learning activities. Students who volunteer to participate form small groups and work together to examine the course learning outcomes, what topics are being covered by the lecturer, and identify gaps in the knowledge being taught. Through reflective practices, students identify what knowledge they feel is important and meaningful to them and their context and is not already being addressed in the course. They then work in groups to prepare to disseminate their knowledge to the lecturer and their peers. What knowledge should be included and how it is taught is at students’ discretion. An important pedagogical component ‘involves participation as a way of learning – of both absorbing and being absorbed in – the ‘culture of practice’ (Lave & Wenger, 1999). SVSJ seeks to do just that by encouraging lecturers and students to be open to the ideas, knowledge (IH), cultures, and identities (CH) of each other (see Briffett-Aktas, 2021 for further details). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings IH flows in SVSJ are multidirectional, flowing upward from the students to the lecturer, downward (from the lecturer to students), and diagonally to peers (during collaborative work). Students should work together to ensure that all group members contribute their knowledge and share in the redistribution of that knowledge with the class. Being open to the knowledge of others, both for lecturers and students, requires each stakeholder to have an accurate view of their knowledge base, including identifying where gaps in knowledge exist (Van Tongeren et al., 2019). Through this reflective practice, staff and students can place value on the alternative knowledge presented to them through the SVSJ implementation. When the class is comprised of diverse staff and student groups, as HEIs are increasingly experiencing (Marginson, 2016), the added element of CH is critical to achieving mutually respectful environments (Davis et al., 2013) in which those from different communities can work collaboratively with respect and appreciation for diversity. The lecturer’s attitude towards students should be one of CH, creating an open space for other cultural knowledge from students to be included in the class content. In this way, the hierarchy of culture and ‘valid’ forms of knowledge can be reduced. In this capacity, CH should be reciprocal and guide aspects of course content development and delivery and interactions in the classroom space. When employing SVSJ as a pedagogical method, the multidimensionality of interactions requires an open attitude to the knowledge held by ‘the other’. Common openness and respect must be given to actors in the classroom. In short, all classroom interactions should be mediated by notions of IH and CH in SVSJ implementation. References Ashwin, P. (2022). Understanding educational development in terms of the collective creation of socially-just curricula. Teaching in Higher Education, 27(8), 979-991. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2022.2111208 Briffett-Aktaş, C. (2021). Enhancing social justice and socially just pedagogy in higher education through participatory action research. Teaching in Higher Education. 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2021.1966619 Briffett-Aktaş, C., Wong, K. L., Kong, W. F. O., & Ho, C. P. (2023). The student voice for social justice pedagogical method. Teaching in Higher Education, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2023.2183770 Cornish, F., Breton, N., Moreno-Tabarez, U., Delgado, J., Rua, M., de-Graft Aikins, A., & Hodgetts, D. (2023). Participatory action research. Nature Review Methods Primers, 3(34), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43586-023-00214-1 Davis, D. E., Worthington, E. L., Hook, J. N., Emmons, R. A., Hill, P. C., Bollinger, R. A., & Van Tongeren, D. R. (2013). Humility and the development and repair of social bonds: Two longitudinal studies. Self and Identity, 12(1), 58–77. https://doi.org/10.1080/15298868.2011.636509 Foronda, C., Baptiste, D. L., Reinholdt, M. M., & Ousman, K. (2016). Cultural humility: A concept analysis. Journal of Transcultural Nursing: Official Journal of the Transcultural Nursing Society, 27(3), 210–217. https://doi.org/10.1177/1043659615592677 Fraser, N. (2007). Re-framing justice in a globalizing world. In T. Lovell (Ed.), (Mis)recognition, social inequality and social justice (pp.17–35). Routledge. Fraser, N. (2013). Fortunes of feminism: From state-managed capitalism to neoliberal crisis. Verso. Kinchin, I., M. (2023). Five moves towards an ecological university. Teaching in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2023.2197108 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1999). Learning and pedagogy in communities of practice. In J. Leach & B. Moon (Eds.), Learners & pedagogy (pp. 21-33). Paul Chapman Publishing. Marginson, S. (2016). The worldwide trend to high participation higher education: Dynamics of social stratification in inclusive systems. Higher Education 72, 413-434. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-016-0016-x Papa, R. (Ed.). (2019). Handbook on promoting social justice in education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-74078-2_40-1 Rice, P., & Bakke, M. H. (2022). Advocating a pedagogy of kindness. In L.S. Zavodna & T. Falch (Eds), Teaching generation snowflakes: New challenges and opportunities (pp. 169-179). Prague University of Economics and Business, Oeconomica Publishing House. Van Tongeren, D. R., Davis, D. E., Hook, J. N., & van Oyen Witvliet, C. (2019). Humility. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 28(5), 463–468. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721419850153 Wong, K.L., Briffett-Aktaş, C., Kong, W. F. O., & Ho, C.P. (2023). The student voice for social justice pedagogical method: Learning outcomes and challenges. Active Learning in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/14697874231176488 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 07 SES 08 B: Education for Democracy and Citizenship - Intercultural and Inclusive Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eunice Macedo Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Teaching Democracy in Greek Schools: Prerequisites and Research Outcomes Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece Presenting Author:Current imperatives for education systems include key objectives, such as developing young people into citizens who will be equipped to live successfully in open, democratic and pluralistic societies. This issue is of crucial importance, taking into account the strengthening of nationalism, intolerance and racism in recent years and the challenges posed by the arrival of large numbers of immigrants and refugees in Greece and in Europe. The inclusion of immigrant and refugee children into schooling is a matter of crucial importance for European societies. Equal access to school is an unalienable human right of all children, as it is enshrined in the Declaration of Human Rights, the Convention on the Rights of the Child and in other international legal documents. Through education, knowledge is developed and skills, values and attitudes are cultivated, this way ensuring the unimpeded personality development of all children. At the same time, it is the safest way to their inclusion into societies. In the context of an intercultural approach to education, the aim cannot be the linguistic and cultural assimilation of children or their marginalization and the creation of parallel societies within the dominant society. Equal access to school is a legitimate act of respect for the fundamental human right to education, but at the same time it is also a choice with positive results for both children and the wider society. At the same time, it is of major importance to provide children with quality education, which on one hand, will fully exploit their potential and on the other, will create a culture of democracy, respect, solidarity and justice in school and society. Fully realizing potential means that children will have equal opportunities for advancement in school and society, while a culture of democracy, which will include all children, native, minority, migrant or refugee, should involve a holistic approach; first and foremost, this is understood at the level of an educational policy inspired by a commitment to democratic principles. At the same time, it is important to teach democratic principles through the curriculum and extra-curricular activities, using participatory methods that empower students to think critically and independently and to be able to resolve conflicts. At the same time, democracy can be taught effectively within a democratic school community, so that students can become catalysts for change in their social environment (Council of Europe, 2016). Intercultural Education has been an issue of importance in Greek education since the 1990s, when Greece became a receiving country for immigrants. After the emergence of the economic crisis in 2009, as well as the dynamic appearance of a far-right extremist group in the political scene, it became evident that the very idea of intercultural education had to be reconsidered and linked to education for democracy in order to help fight xenophobia, racism, chauvinism and euro-skepticism (Kesidou, 2019). This paper seeks to explore the prerequisites and challenges of effective democratic education in Greek schools, taking into account contemporary research data. The data is based on research, which has been conducted by the author in recent years, mainly within a European setting, seeking evidence on the effectiveness of democratic education in Greek secondary schools. The focus is both on educational policy and practice, in terms of the curriculum, teaching methodology, school culture, teachers and students. The research involved the collection of data on the formal education policy, as well as the performance of an in-depth case study in Greece; it revealed a considerable gap between policy and practice as well as that teaching democracy is challenged by inherent weaknesses of Greek education and schooling (Kesidou, 2017, Kesidou, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In recent years, there has been an increasing research interest, at national and European level, on issues concerning education for democracy and in particular on teaching democracy in schools. The field is also of growing interest at a broader international level. A published research by Sant (2019) on Democratic Education: a Theoretical Review (2006-2017) focuses on 377 scientific papers published during the aforementioned period in international journals, only in English, on the topic of "Democratic Education", highlighting the different versions and discourses, their different philosophical foundations and their views on education, but also the relevant criticisms they have made and received. At the same time, it is important to note the extensive research activity that has taken place at the level of international organizations and bodies which, in the context of 'soft governance', act as 'think tanks', providing information and guidance to member states through comparative studies and evaluation reports that influence national policy formulation. The research was part of a wider research project, which was initiated by the European Parliament’s Committee on Culture and Education. It was conducted by collecting data on the formal education policy of all European Union member states and by performing in-depth case studies in 12 of the member states, one of which was Greece (Veugelers, W., de Groot I. & Stolk V.J., 2017). In particular, a written questionnaire was implemented addressing the research questions concerning education policy on democratic education, content of democratic education, attention to school culture, etc. The in-depth study was conducted on the basis of interviews of teachers who are involved in education for democracy and extended the focus of the research to the curriculum practiced at the school level. The paper also considers a follow up-study conducted a few years later, which highlighted citizenship education policies and practices in 10 European Union member states (Veugelers, W., Zygierewicz, A., 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the following, some of the basic conclusions are highlighted, which, to a wide extent, also correspond to further relevant research conducted at the national level (Sira, 2020, Strouni & Kesidou, 2023). The secondary school curriculum seems to include the basic goals and aims regarding democracy but often they do not go beyond the level of mere rhetoric. Teaching democracy is challenged by inherent weaknesses of Greek education and schooling. Aims and contents of democracy often remain inactive due to the traditional teaching and learning methodologies implemented in practice. In this way, the presence of democracy in the curriculum does not guarantee its implementation but it depends largely on the initiative and inspiration of specific schools and teachers. A democratic school culture seems difficult to realize due to the lack of adequate participation and cooperation of teachers, students and parents. Schools could be closer linked to the communities and the real needs of local societies. Teaching democracy can be improved, if the relevant teaching goals are explicitly clarified and asked for by policy makers, if it constitutes an everyday aim for the school community as a whole, if relevant achievements are assessed by the school unit- the latter is important to receive adequate outside support. Teachers should have the possibility to teach students how to be active citizens with an ability to value diversity. It should also be highlighted that democratic education seems to have been reduced in more recent years within the Greek secondary curriculum, while there is also the positive aspect of a growing interest on the part of teachers to be more actively involved in relevant initiatives. References Council of Europe (2016). Competences for democratic culture – Living together as equals in culturally diverse democratic societies. Strasbourg: Council of Europe https://rm.coe.int/16806ccc07 Ikonomidis, Β.D. & Eleftherakis, Th.G. (2011). Εκπαίδευση, δημοκρατία και ανθρώπινα δικαιώματα [Education, democracy and human rights]. Athens: Διάδραση. Katsarou, E. (2020). H δημοκρατία στο σχολείο. Προοπτικές από την αξιοποίηση διαδικασιών έρευνας δράσης και κριτικού γραμματισμού [Democracy at school. Prospects from the use of action research and critical literacy processes]. Athens: Πεδίο Kesidou, A. (2017). Citizenship and tolerance in the cradle of democracy. In W. Veugelers, I. de Groot & V. Stolk (Eds.), Research for CULT Committee- Teaching Common Values in Europe. Study (pp. 107-114). European Union: Directorate-General for Internal Policies. Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies. Culture and Education. Kesidou, A. (2019). Preparing educators and researchers for Multicultural/Intercultural Education. In W. Veugelers (Ed.), Education for Democratic Intercultural Citizenship (pp. 148-165). Leiden: Brill/Sense. Kesidou, A. (2021). Greece. In W. Veugelers, W., A. Zygierewicz (Eds), Implementation of Citizenship Education Action in the EU. European Implementation Assessment (pp. 77-80). Brussels: EPRS | European Parliamentary Research Service. Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A theoretical review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655-696. Sira, E. (2020). H ιδιότητα του πολίτη στο ελληνικό γενικό λύκειο: δυνατότητες και όρια ανάπτυξής της σε πλαίσιο εκπαιδευτικών παρεμβάσεων [Citizenship in Greek general Lyceum: possibilities and restraints in a framework of educational interventions]. Phd thesis. Florina: University of Western Macedonia. Strouni, C., A. Kesidou (2023). Citizenship education in the newly published Greek secondary curricula: A move to individualized citizenship? In N. Palaiologou & E. Samsari (Eds.), Intercultural education on the move: Facing old and new challenges (pp. 271-275). International Association for Intercultural Education (IAIE). Tridimas, M.F. (2020). Citizenship education curriculum in Greece beyond ethnocentric or eurocentric approach. Australian and New Zealand Journal of European Studies, 12 (1), 4-24. Veugelers, W., I. de Groot & V. Stolk (Eds) (2017). Research for CULT Committee- Teaching Common Values in Europe: Study. European Union: Directorate-General for Internal Policies. Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies. Culture and Education. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6f527dc2-3c40-11e7-a08e-01aa75ed71a1/language-en Veugelers, W., A. Zygierewicz (Eds) (2021). Implementation of Citizenship Education Action in the EU. European Implementation Assessment. Brussels: EPRS | European Parliamentary Research Service. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/en/document/EPRS_STU(2021)694207 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Adolescents with Migrant Background. A Systematic Review and a Metasummary of Qualitative Studies. 1Università degli studi di Verona, Italy; 2Università degli Studi di Trieste, italy; 3AZIENDA USL – IRCCS DI REGGIO EMILIA, Italy Presenting Author:
To be an adolescent with migrant background it is not an easy task. During this phase of life, self-image and self-concept have to be reworked, so one is more fragile and more exposed to one's own evaluation and that, particularly relevant, of peers. Besides, as children of immigrants, they have to cope with many cultural systems of reference, and their identities’ multiple faces to build a coherent sense of identity (Syed, 2010). They face the fundamental key task of exploring and defining their cultural and ethnic identity. Succeeding in this task is considered to be an important resource for accomplishing the generic developmental tasks faced by all young people. This identity challenge (i.e.,) has been studied by many researchers (i.e. Baumert et al., 2024; Benet-Martinez et al., 2002; Behtoui, 2021; Lilgendahl et al., 2018; Portes et al., 2011). Most published research has used a quantitative approach, which leaves very little room for adolescents' lived experiences. In this scenario, qualitative research (QR) for its characteristics, allows us to have access and includes the pre/adolescents’ voices and perspectives (ages 10/11–19/20). Conducting a meta-summary on QR on this topic allows us both to access these subjects’ perspectives and to understand the development in the field (which kind of and how much research has been conducted). The thematic summaries of data resulting from the systematic review can give us insight into little-explored topics and provide suggestions on possible new work paths. To the best of our knowledge a systematic review in this field, with this goal, has not yet been done. This research by underlining the pre/adolescent point of view, can contribute to enhance the knowledge on this topic. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Systematic review refers to a family of research approaches that use second-level analysis to answer a specific question. The data used are the results collected from the primary research. Ann Oakley defines a systematic review as a process characterised by transparency and replicability, the result of which is - potentially - also updateable (2000). They differ from other types of research syntheses in the way they formulate a research question, the overall approach to research, the critical appraisal strategy, and the transparency of the inclusion and exclusion criteria of primary studies for review (Davies, 2004). Such a process makes it possible to synthesize the results of many different research in a given field, thus leading to a gain in knowledge that is not only theoretical but also practical (since it provides insights into what works). To sum up, reviews of qualitative studies allow for a deeper understanding of concepts and findings beyond the single qualitative studies. They aim to achieve abstraction and transferability at a higher level beyond the included original studies. To answer this study's aim, we performed a systematic review and a meta-summary following the 4-step procedure outlined by Sandelowski and Barroso (2006). This method entails a: i) comprehensive search, ii) appraising reports of qualitative studies, iii) classification of studies, and iv) synthesis of the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We searched for qualitative articles published from 2011 to 2020 to retrieve the more recent studies. The following electronic databases were searched: ERIC, PsycINFO (Ebsco), PsycARTICLES (Ebsco), BEI (Ebsco), and Scopus and Web of Science, with no language limitations. The amount of the abstract downloaded was 1804. Following the merge of the duplicates we analyzed 1452 of them. The screening of the abstracts, based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria defined at the beginning of the research process, led to the elimination of 90.3% of the abstracts found on the databases . We selected 142 abstracts for further analysis of the entire article in order to check whether they met the inclusion and exclusion criteria. We created a drive folder for an intersubjective comparison of the articles to be included and excluded. At the end of the analysis, we included 38 articles that met all the inclusion criteria. To analyze the adolescents’ voices quoted in the selected 38 articles retrived by our search, we used NVivo, a Computer Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis Software (CAQDAS). Through Nvivo we got 871 nodes, and we classified 69 labels. Then, we conducted a further grouping, organizing the 69 labels into 9 main themes. This research, by emphasizing the viewpoint of preadolescents, can help increase knowledge of this topic to inform future research and to explore topics not addressed by traditional research. References Baumert, J., Becker, M., Jansen, M. & Köller, O. (2024). Cultural Identity and the Academic, Social, and Psychological of Adolescents with Immigration Background. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 53, 294-315. Behtoui, A. (2021). Construction of self-identities: children of immigrants in Sweden. Identities, 28:3, 341-360. Benet-Martinez, V., Leu, J., Lee, F., & Morris, M. (2002). Negotiating biculturalism: Cultural frame switching in biculturals with oppositional versus compatible cultural identities. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 492-516. Davies, P. (2004) Systematic reviews and the Campbell collaboration. In G. Thomas & R. Pring (Eds.) Evidence-based practice in education (pp. 21–33). Maidenhead: Open University Press. Erikson, E. (1968). Identity: Youth and crisis. New York: W. W. Norton & Company. Ho, M., & Bauder, H. (2010). We are chameleons. Identity capital in a multicultural workplace. Brussels: CERIS, Working Paper 77. Lilgendahl, J.P., Benet-Martinez V., Bishop, M., Gilson, K., Festa, L., Levenson, C. & Rosenblum, R. (2018). “So now, I Wonder, What Am I?”: A Narrative Approach to Bicultural Identity Integration. Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 49(10), 1596-1624. Long H.A., French D.P., &. Brooks J.M. (2020). Optimising the value of the critical appraisal skills programme (CASP) tool for quality appraisal in qualitative evidence synthesis. Research Methods in Medicine & Health Sciences, 1(1), 31-42. doi:10.1177/2632084320947559 Moher D. (2009). Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses: The PRISMA Statement. Annals of Internal Medicine, 151(4), 264. Oakley, A. (2000). Experiments in knowing: gender and method in the social sciences. Cambridge: Polity Press. Phinney, J. S. (1992). The multigroup ethnic identity measure: A new scale for use with adolescents and young adults from diverse group. Journal of Adolescence Research (2), 156-176. Portes, A., Vickstrom, E., & Aparicio, R. (2011). Coming of age in Spain: The self-identification, beliefs and self-esteem of the second generation. The British Journal of Sociology, 62(3), 387–417. Sandelowski M, Barroso J. (2006). Handbook for synthesizing qualitative research. New York: Springer. Syed, M. (2010). Developing an integrated self: Academic and ethnic identities among ethnically-diverse college students. Developmental Psychology, 46, 1590-1604. Tong A., Flemming K., McInnes E., Oliver S., Craig J. (2012). Enhancing transparency in reporting the synthesis of qualitative research: ENTREQ. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 12(181). Vertovec, S. (2006). New complexities of cohesion in Britain: Superdiversity, transnationalism, and civil integration. London: Commission on Integration and Cohesion. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper A Look at Dance in Upper-secondary Schools: Democratization and Awareness 1University of Porto, Portugal; 2Centre for Research and Intervention in Education of the Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences Presenting Author:This paper explores what dance experiences young people can have in upper-secondary school and what happens within. The main concern is the apparent prevalence of inequalities in access to dance in education for young Portuguese. Dance can introduce strong body awareness, allow people to enjoy a 'totalizing' self-experience (Karkou & Oliver, 2017), linking the capacity for expression, movement, balance, and knowledge of the body with relationships with the social environment (Costa et al., 2004). Enabling dance in education can immeasurably expand students' abilities to master more complex tasks and support social and emotional learning across the curriculum, stimulating self-fulfillment, the sensitive construction of relationships, promoting responsibility and leadership, inspiring to understand and address the most critical challenges of their times as citizens of the world (Brown, 2017). The European Action Strategy recognizes the transformative potential of cultural practices - such as dance - to strengthen democracy (Council of EU, 2022). Articulate art and education may stimulate cognitive development and make the learning processes more relevant to modern societies (UNESCO, 2006). Nevertheless, a European political agenda governed by numbers and vehemently market-oriented (Council of EU, 2019; Macedo, 2018) still prevails, focused on providing young people with the skills to successfully enter the world of work. Although this is also important, it may lead schools to become instrumental to the market (Nada et al., 2022). Education can and must go further. In Portugal, the “Profile of Pupils Leaving Compulsory Schooling”(2017) considers these concerns and European guidelines, establishing a set of principles, areas of competence, and values that should be included in education, while simultaneously recognizing the importance of a more humanist education, based on social justice. The “Curricular Matrices of Upper-secondary Education” in Portugal(2018) show that the human, expressive, and artistic dimensions are growingly neglected as we progress through the education system. The "Guiding Principles of Curricular Revision"(2001) blur the core of secondary education, turning it into a "passageway" between elementary and higher education, devaluing its central role. The curricular pillars of the Portuguese education system aim to respond to the National and European Qualifications Framework as recommendations that have reaffirmed competitive, economic, and mercantilist principles, leaving small room for exercising citizenship of body, brain, and soul. Appears necessary to unleash new strategies to connect education to humanity to build an increasingly democratic and citizen society (International Commission on the Future of Education, 2022). Dance is a possible way forward. In this paper we establish a dialogue between the field of education and the one of dance. Experience with the arts is recognized as a right, and access to dance is defended within the education framework for all, to build fairer, more equitable, and sustainable presents and futures (idem). We argue that education with the arts incorporates ethical, aesthetic, and solidarity principles (Macedo, 2021; Monteiro, 2021) and that the arts are a way of life and of building relationships rather than a technical practice. It seems trivial to assume the importance of arts in education, at least in a theoretical way (Monteiro, 2014). However, we are still being confronted with a duel between science and arts, reason and emotion, as dissociated. Science is seen as the primary source of reliable, cognitive, and valuable knowledge rather than the artistic experience seen as less valid and credible. This segmented view tends to be reproduced in the educational system where the arts become secondary (Eisner, 2002), with dance coming lastly in the curriculum (EURYDICE, 2009). We argue that dance has a strong potential for young people’s personal and social development, intertwining in a more holistic perspective of education that needs further investment and research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is part of a larger research funded by FCT that questions whether and how young people's dance experiences relate to their well-being and their view of themselves as citizens. To debate the importance of greater social justice in access to dance in schools, this paper focuses on i) the apparent prevalence of inequalities in young people's access to dance in schools; ii) the observed implications of their participation in dance. After mapping upper-secondary educational institutions offering dance in Porto district, Portugal, to address the following objectives: i) Identify upper-secondary education institutions (public, private, artistic and professional) in Porto's district that have dance spaces; ii) Understand the formats of this offer (extracurricular activity, school sports, dance clubs, among others); iii) Understand who is responsible for the initiative of creating these spaces. Through access to the GesEdu digital portal – provided by the Directorate of Education Statistical Services – we could identify 183 upper-secondary educational institutions. The schools with dance spaces were identified through consultation with official institutional websites, public social network pages, email contacts, and telephone calls. It should be noted that only 22 educational institutions did not reply. Next, 6 public educational institutions were selected for participant observation over 10 weeks to address the question: what social dynamics take place in dance spaces? The choice schools implied a set of criteria: 1) schools that seemed to have a solid commitment to dance (based on mapping); 2) inland and on the coast - geographical diversity; 3) offer of different dance formats. Schools were invited to participate in the research by e-mail. Meetings were scheduled with the directors and responsible teachers, and we met with the young people to ensure that they wanted and agreed to make part of the research in the conditions defined. Then, we stayed in the field during the weeks observing and taking notes of how young people move, occupy, and socialize in dance spaces. After that, we conducted content analysis to analyse the field notes. The ethical principles of research are considered throughout the journey, from recognizing the copyright of the arguments mobilized through the informed consents and assents systematically reinforced to the return of the data to the research participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper presents the results of two stages of research: mapping and participant observation. Through a quantitative approach, the main results of the mapping allowed us to understand that only 39 upper-secondary educational institutions in Porto’s district offer dance (about 24.2%) from the universe of 161 respondents. We also realized that the offer of dance at the upper secondary level is restricted to a tiny universe of educational institutions, which is even less expressive when we look further inland or refer to public educational institutions. So, we conclude that access to dance in education is not sufficiently democratized, the right to its practice is unequal. Through a qualitative approach, using content analysis on the field notes from participant observation, we defined a set of categories and subcategories that sought to reflect on: What relationships are established in dance spaces? How do young people organize themselves? What space is there for young voices? What power relations are (de)constructed? Education is a privileged means of promoting social justice and equal opportunities, particularly during compulsory schooling (Despacho no.182/2022, 15 julho). As such, we argue that public educational institutions are fundamental to providing cultural experiences – such as dance – to young people who could not have them in other ways. Although what is referred to in the Work Plan for Culture 2023-2026 (Council of EU, 2022) (on a European level) and in the National Plan for the Arts 2019-2024 (Vale et al., 2019) (on a national level), defending the widening and democratization of access to arts for its importance to people’s life, we conclude that much work needs to be done. We intend to take the dance to a different level through educational research – like this one – providing solid data to introduce it in scientific, political, and social debates. References Brown, Ann(2017). Provoking Change: Dance Pedagogy and Curriculum Design. In Vicky Karkou, Sue Oliver, & Sophia Lycouris (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of dance and wellbeing(pp. 399-414). Oxford University Press. Costa, Anny, Monteiro, Estela, Vieira, Neiva, & Barroso, Maria(2004). A Dança como meio de conhecimento do corpo para a promoção da saúde dos adolescentes[Dance as a means of body-knowledge for the promotion of adolescents' health]. Doenças Sex Transm, 16(3), 43-49. Council of the European Union(2019). A new strategic agenda 2019-2024. Council of the European Union(2022). EU Work Plan for Culture 2023-2026. Decreto-lei no. 7/2001, 18 janeiro. Princípios Orientadores da Revisão Curricular[Guiding Principles of Curricular Revision]. Portugal. Decreto-lei nº 55/2018, 6 julho. Currículo dos ensinos básico e secundário e os princípios orientadores da avaliação das aprendizagens[Curricular Matrices of Upper-secondary Education]. Portugal. Despacho 6478/2017, 26 julho. Perfil dos Alunos à Saída da Escolaridade Obrigatória[Profile of Pupils Leaving Compulsory Schooling]. Portugal. Despacho no. 182/2022, 15 julho. Apoio financeiro do Estado às entidades de ensino artístico especializado[State financial support for specialized arts education entities]. Portugal. Eisner, Elliot(2002). The Arts and the Creation of Mind. Yale University Press. EURYDICE(2009). Arts and Cultural Education at School in Europe. International Commission on the Future of Education(2022). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. UNESCO. Macedo, Eunice(2018). Vozes Jovens entre Experiência e desejo: Cidadania educacional e outras construções. Edições Afrontamento. Macedo, Eunice(2021). Educação como Experiência Ética, Estética e Solidária: Buscando Inspiração em Freire. Mais Leituras Editora. Monteiro, Ana, Pereira, Ana, Mesquita, Joana, & Costa, Margarida(2021). Arte num livro de histórias para contar ao mundo: Um artefacto humano, espelho das aprendizagens. In Eunice Macedo (Ed.), A Educação como Experiência Ética, Estética e Solidária: Buscando inspiração em Freire(pp. 217-229). Mais Leituras Editora. Monteiro, Elisabete(2014). Não basta ter dança nas escolas[It's not enough to have dance in schools]. In José Pereira, Manuel Vieites, & Marcelino Lopes (Eds.), As Artes na Educação(pp. 129-140). Intervenção. Nada, Cosmin, Macedo, Eunice, Guedes Teixeira, Elsa, & Araújo, Helena C.(2022). Growing up in a never-ending crisis. Profesorado, 26(3), 125-149. UNESCO(2006). Roteiro para a Educação Artística. Desenvolver as Capacidades Criativas para o Século XXI [Roadmap for Art Education. Developing Creative Capacities for the 21st Century]. Lisboa: Comissão Nacional da UNESCO. Vale, Paulo, Brighenti, Sara, Pólvora, Nuno, Fernandes, Maria, Albergaria, Maria(2019). Estratégia do Plano Nacional das Artes 2019-2024. Lisboa, Portugal. Vicky Karkou, Sue Oliver, & Sophia Lycouris(2017). The Oxford handbook of dance and wellbeing. Oxford University Press. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 08 SES 08 A: Inequalities in School Belonging and Satisfaction Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nis Langer Primdahl Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper School Climate, Ethnic Discrimination and School Belonging: A Multifaceted Exploration of Diverse Students' Sense of Belonging 1University of Belgrade - Faculty of Philosophy, Institute of Psychology, Serbia; 2State University of New York, Old Westbury, USA; 3University of Belgrade - Faculty of Philosophy, Department of Psychology Presenting Author:Educational contexts serve as significant agents of socialization, contributing to the development of not only academic skills but also of a diverse range of socio-emotional competencies. Simultaneously, these environments function as arenas where instances of peer violence, discrimination based on ethnicity, gender, sexuality, and ability, among other biases, are prevalent. These challenges affect a considerable number of students, potentially leading to mental health issues and contributing to school absenteeism or dropout. PISA results demonstrated that 17 to 40% 15-year-olds are dissatisfied with school and that one in four adolescents have low feelings of belongingness (Willms, 2003). School belonging is defined as “the extent to which students feel personally accepted, respected, included, and supported by others in the school social environment” (Goodenow & Grady, 1993, p. 80). School belonging is influenced by a variety of individual factors such as gender, ethnicity/ race and ethnic identification, self-esteem, personality, social skills, as well as external factors, such as school climate and teacher support (Ahmadi & Ahmadi, 2020; Allen et al., 2023; Slaten et al., 2016; Watson et al., 2020). More specifically, studies suggest that the meaning of belonging may be different for students of different ethnicities who experience differential levels of discrimination (Murphy & Zirkel, 2015), which consequently affects their sense of school belonging (Brown & Tam, 2019). Some studies that compared school belonging between immigrant and non-immigrant adolescents pointed to higher school belonging among immigrant students (e.g. Allen et al., 2021), while others showed the opposite (e.g. Bottiani et al., 2017). A person’s socioeconomic status (SES) is also associated with the school belonging (Allen et al., 2023). As for the gender differences, some studies reported no differences (e.g. Sanchez et al., 2005), while the others revealed that girls have a higher sense of belonging (e.g., Smerdon, 2002). Previous studies demonstrated that perceived safety, healthy norms concerning bullying, teacher social and academic support and teacher-student relationship are positively correlated with school belonging (Slaten et al., 2016). School belonging is related to both academic success and students’ prosocial behaviour and wellbeing (Arslan, 2021; Prati & Cicognani, 2021; Slaten et al., 2016). Therefore, for scholars, educational policy makers, and practitioners it is of utmost importance to explore school belonging and determine ways in which it can be improved. This study was conducted within the project “Narrativization of ethnic identities of adolescents from culturally dominant and minority backgrounds, and the role of the school context” (NIdEA), supported by the Science Fund of the Republic of Serbia (grant number 1518). It relied on the Bronfebrenner’s ecological model of human development, and its adaptation from Allen and associates (2016) who place the students at the center of the model and assert that their sense of belonging is either fostered or hindered by their experience with different layers. Microsystem entails teacher, peer and parent support, while the mesosystem includes school policy, practices and extracurricular activities. The exosystem includes influences from the neighbourhood and extended family, while the macrolevel refers to broader societal factors such as history, social climate and legislation (Allen et al., 2016). Our study aimed to determine if the individual’s sociodemographic variables and certain micro-, meso- and exo-system factors can predict secondary school students’ sense of school belonging. More specifically, we explored gender, SES and ethnic status in the society (majority or minority) as personal factors, and different aspects of school climate, bullying, and ethnicity-based discrimination as school- and community-related factors of school belonging. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Instruments. For this paper we used a single-item 5-point Likert type measure of school belonging (“I feel I belong to this school”). To assess school climate, we utilized the four-point Likert-type Delaware School Climate Scale (DSCS), version for students (Bear et al., 2011), consisting of 31 items and five subscales: (1) Teacher – Student Relations; (2) Student–Student Relations; (3) Clarity of Expectations; (4) Fairness of Rules, and (5) School Safety. In addition, the student version includes Student Engagement and Bullying subscale. The DSCS’ subscales demonstrated good reliability in our study, with Cronbach’s alpha ranging from .622 to .783. Relying on different models and scales measuring ethnicity-based discrimination, we designed a 16-item five-point Likert-type scale assessing discrimination by peers, teachers, the institution (school as a whole), and community. Cronbach’s alpha coefficients ranged from .719 to .791. Students reported their SES on a multiple-choice question (1 standing for „We barely cover expenses for food”, and 6 – „We have enough money for a luxurious life, including traveling to exotic destinations and investing”). Because there were not many participants involved, we merged the two lowest categories into one for further analyses, so the variable we used had five categories. We asked about participants' gender through a multiple-choice question with categories: Male, Female, and Other. For the sake of this paper, we only used the first two categories. For the purposes of this paper, we categorized participants into four ethnic categories, including ethnic majority (Serbian) and three most represented minorities in Serbia (Hungarian, Bosniak, and Roma). Procedure and participants. We selected 20 schools (six general and 14 vocational secondary schools) from multiethnic regions. All students were informed about the research and after providing informed consents they filled out the questionnaires in their native languages. Final sample consisted of 904 students, (Mage = 16.24, SD = 1.05, with 51.6% females). More than two thirds (69.9%) identified as Serbian (ethnic majority), 10.8% as Hungarian, 11.1% as Bosniak, and 8.2% as Roma. Data Analysis. After descriptive statistic, we applied a hierarchical multiple regression analysis with school belonging being a criterion variable and the predictor variables being: students’ gender, SES and ethnic status (Model 1), teacher-student relations, student-student relations, clarity of expectations, fairness of rules, school engagement, bullying, discrimination by teachers, discrimination by peers and school-wide discrimination (Model 2), and discrimination in the community (Model 3). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Students demonstrated a relatively high level of school belonging (M = 2.97, SD = .909) and positive perceptions of school climate (highest scores for Clarity of expectations M = 3.07, SD = .58). Ethnicity-based discrimination from teachers was assessed as the highest (M = 2.08, SD = .9), while the one from the community was the lowest (M = 1.58, SD = .86). The results showed that only the second model was significant (F(10, 677) = 17.895, p = .000, R2 = .217), with teacher-student relations (b = -.153 , t = -3.539, p = .000), clarity of expectations (b =.111, t = 2.644, p = .008), fairness of rules (b = .099, t = 2.054, p = .040), school safety (b = .090, t = 2.188, p = .029), student engagement (b = .229, t = 4.164, p = .000) and bullying (b = .139, t = 3.500, p = .000) being significant predictors. Neither gender, SES, ethnic status, nor discrimination in the community were significantly associated with school belonging. Our results support previous findings about lack of gender differences in school belonging (Sanchez et al., 2005) but contradict those which assert relevance of SES and ethnicity for school belonging (Allen et al., 2021; 2023). We assume that contextual factors (e.g., status of certain ethnic minority groups at the national and local community level, the level of socioeconomic development of the community and school) should be considered when studying the role of these variables. School factors, on the other hand, proved to be relevant, especially those related to bullying, teacher-student relationship, and students’ engagement. Bronfenbrenner’s model proved to be a useful framework for understanding the predictors of school belonging, but future studies should include more factors from the exosystem and preferably use a more comprehensive measure of school belonging. References Allen, K. A., Vella-Brodrick, D., & Waters, L. (2016). Fostering school belonging in secondary schools using a socio-ecological framework. The Educational and Developmental Psychologist, 33(1), 97–121. https://doi.org/10.1017/edp.2016.5 Allen, K., Fortune, K. C., & Arslan, G. (2021). Testing the social-ecological factors of school belonging in native-born, first-generation, and second-generation Australian students: A comparison study. Social Psychology of Education, 24, 835–856. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-021-09634-x Allen, K., Cordoba, B. G., Ryan, T., Arslan, G., Slaten, et al. (2023). Examining predictors of school belonging using a socio-ecological perspective. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 32, 2804‒2819 Arslan, G. (2021) School belongingness, well-being, and mental health among adolescents: exploring the role of loneliness. Australian Journal of Psychology,73(1), 70-80, https://doi.org/10.1080/00049530.2021.1904499. Bear, G. G., Gaskins, C., Blank, J., & Chen, F. F. (2011). Delaware School Climate Survey-Student: its factor structure, concurrent validity, and reliability. Journal of school psychology, 49(2), 157–174. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2011.01.001 Bottiani, J. H., Bradshaw, C. P., & Mendelson, T. (2017). A multilevel examination of racial disparities in high school discipline: Black and white adolescents’ perceived equity, school belonging, and adjustment problems. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(4), 532 545. ‒ https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/edu0000155 Brown, C. S., & Tam, M. (2019). Ethnic discrimination predicting academic attitudes for Latinx students in middle childhood. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 65, 101061. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.appdev.2019.101061 Goodenow, C., & Grady, K. E. (1993). The relationship of school belonging and friends’ values to academic motivation among urban adolescent students. Journal of Experimental Education, 62(1), 60–71. Murphy, M. C., & Zirkel, S. (2015). Race and belonging in school: How anticipated and experienced belonging affect choice, persistence, and performance. Teachers College Record, 117(12), 1–40. Prati, G., & Cicognani, E. (2021). School sense of community as a predictor of well-being among students: A longitudinal study. Current Psychology, 40(2), 939‒943. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-018-0017-2 Sanchez, B., Colon, Y., & Esparza, P. (2005). The Role of Sense of School Belonging and Gender in the Academic Adjustment of Latino Adolescents. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 34(6), 619–628. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-005-8950-4 Slaten, C. D., Ferguson J. K, Allen, K-A, Brodrick, D-V, Waters, L. (2016). School Belonging: A Review of the History, Current Trends, and Future Directions. The Educational and Developmental Psychologist, 33(1), 1–15. doi:10.1017/edp.2016.6 Smerdon, B. (2002). Students’ perceptions of membership in their high schools. Sociology of Education, 75(4), 287–305. Willms, J.D. (2003), Student Engagement at School: A Sense of Belonging and Participation: Results from PISA 2000. OECD Publishing, Paris, http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264h018938-en 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Positive School Experience as a Protective Factor That Enhances Overall Life Satisfaction of LGBT Upper Secondary Students ISRZ, Croatia Presenting Author:The importance of supporting students’ well-being is highlighted in many empirical studies and policy documents (e.g. Cefai et al., 2021; Deighton et al., 2019) and school context is singled out as an important environment in which this is possible to do (Pulimeno et al., 2020). Data on LGBT adolescent mental health inequalities point to even more support needed for the LGBT students in schools given their lower well-being compared to other students (McDermott et al., 2023). Our study is situated within the minority stress model that posits that sexual minorities face unique and hostile stressors associated with being a sexual minority, resulting in a negative impact on their health and well-being (Meyer, 2003). The model distinguishes distal (prejudice, discrimination or violence) and proximal (specific experiences of sexual minorities such as hiding one's sexual orientation, expectation of rejection, or internalized homonegativity) stressors related to belonging to a minority group. Furthermore, the assumption is that social support and a sense of connection with others can have a positive effect on mental health and alleviate feelings of stress. Studies indeed show that school climate can significantly influence the well-being of LGBT students. For example, when the school climate is hostile towards LGBT students or ignores them, they are more likely to experience homophobic bullying, which can severely reduce their well-being, feelings of being safe in school and their academic outcomes (Kosciw et al., 2016). However, a supportive school climate can be a protective factor for LGBT students’ well-being (Hatzenbuehler et al., 2014). The aim of this study is to investigate how school experience moderates the relationship between sexual orientation and overall life satisfaction among upper secondary students. The following research hypotheses will be addressed: 1) LGBT students are less satisfied with their life than their heterosexual counterparts; 2) students’ favourable school experience (higher academic self-efficacy, higher sense of belonging at school, higher perceived quality of student-teacher relations and lower perception of teacher unfairness) positively predicts their life satisfaction; 3) students’ favourable school experience moderates the relationship between sexual orientation and life satisfaction: more specifically, a positive school experience acts as a protective factor, enhancing overall life satisfaction, with a more pronounced impact observed among LGBT students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was conducted in 2022 as a part of the project “Thematic Network for Lifelong Learning Available to All (TEMCO)” co-funded by the European Union through the European Social Fund. Online questionnaire was administered during class to second-year upper secondary students (aged 15-16) from 20 randomly chosen schools in the City of Zagreb and Northern Croatia (N=1238). The questionnaire was anonymous and contained the following scales: life satisfaction (How satisfied are you with...? e.g. your health, family relations; 1=Extremely dissatisfied, 5=Extremely satisfied; α=.82; OECD, 2019; Jokić et al., 2019), academic self-efficacy (e.g. I think I am good at studying; 1=Does not apply to me at all, 5= Completely applies to me; α=.75; Jokić et al., 2007), sense of belonging at school (e.g. I make friends easily at school; 1= Strongly disagree, 4= Strongly agree; α=.85; OECD, 2019), perceived quality of student-teacher relations (Think about your experiences during the past 2 months: for how many of your teachers do the following statements apply? e.g. I can trust my teachers; 1= For none or almost none, 4= For all or almost all of them; α=.87; Fischer et al., 2017) and perception of teacher unfairness (Think about your experiences during the past 2 months: how often did the following situations happen to you? e.g. Teachers ridiculed me in front of others; 1=Never or almost never, 4= Every or almost every day; α=.77; OECD, 2017). Students were also asked whether they consider themselves different from other students in their school according to their sexual orientation and, based on the answer, they were classified into two groups: LGBT and heterosexual students. Additional data on students’ gender, parental education level, type of upper secondary program (grammar school or vocational school) and first-year grade point average (GPA) were also collected. Multiple linear regression analysis with overall life satisfaction as an outcome variable was applied in two steps. The first step included main effects of predictors of interest (sexual orientation, academic self-efficacy, sense of belonging at school, perceived quality of student-teacher relations and perception of teacher unfairness) as well as the main effects of chosen control variables (gender, parental education level, type of upper secondary program and GPA). In the second model, interaction terms were added (academic self-efficacy X sexual orientation, sense of belonging at school X sexual orientation, perceived quality of student-teacher relations X sexual orientation and perception of teacher unfairness X sexual orientation). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In line with our hypotheses, LGBT students, on average, reported lower levels of overall life satisfaction than their heterosexual counterparts. Different measures of students’ favourable school experience (higher academic self-efficacy, sense of belonging at school, perceived quality of student-teacher relations and lower perception of teacher unfairness) all predicted higher overall life satisfaction. Moderation effects suggest that higher sense of belonging at school and lower perception of teacher unfairness have more noticeable positive effects on overall life satisfaction among LGBT students compared to their heterosexual peers. There was no moderation effect of academic self-efficacy and perceived quality of student-teacher relations on the relationship between sexual orientation and life satisfaction. In relation to control variables, young men and vocational school students expressed higher levels of overall life satisfaction than young women and gymnasium students, respectively. The main effects of GPA and parental educational level were not statistically significant. The model explained about one third of variance in overall life satisfaction. With regard to moderation effects of sense of belonging at school and perception of teacher unfairness on LGBT students’ overall life satisfaction, the results indicate that a positive school climate may alleviate the negative effects of stigma-related stressors on the well-being of LGBT youth. This finding is in line with studies that suggested the importance of positive school climate for potential social support regarding LGBT and other minority students (Hatzenbuehler et al., 2014). Therefore, studies on the relationship between school climate and LGBT students’ experiences in school can serve as an important empirical impetus for planning transformative interventions aimed at supporting LGBT students and making sure that schools are a safe place for them. References Cefai, C., Simões, C., & Caravita, S. (2021). A systemic, whole-school approach to mental health and well-being in schools in the EU. NESET report. Publications Office of the European Union. Deighton, S., Lereya, T., Casey, P., Patalay, P. Humphrey, N. and Wolpert, M. (2019). Prevalence of mental health problems in schools: poverty and other risk factors among 28 000 adolescents. British Journal of Psychiatry, 215(3), 1-3. Hatzenbuehler, M., Birkett, M., Van Wagenen, A., & Meyer, I. (2014). Protective school climates and reduced risk for suicide ideation in sexual minority youths. American Journal of Public Health, 104(2), 279–286. Fischer, N., Decristan, J., Theis, D., Sauerwein, M., & Wolgast, A. (2017). Skalendokumentation (online): Studie zur Entwicklung von Ganztagsschulen - Teilstudie StEG-S, in Datenbank zur Qualität von Schule (DaQS). Deutsches Institut für Internationale Pädagogische Forschung (DIPF). Jokić, B., Baranović, B., Bezinović, P., Dolenec, D., Domović, V., Marušić, I., Pavin Ivanec, T., Rister, D., & Ristić Dedić, Z. (2007). Key competences ‘learning to learn’ and ‘entrepreneurship’ in Croatian elementary education. European Training Foundation. Jokić B., Ristić Dedić Z., Erceg I., Košutić I., Kuterovac Jagodić G., Marušić I., Matić Bojić J. i Šabić J. (2019). Obrazovanje kao cilj, želja i nada – Završno izvješće znanstvenoistraživačkog projekta Obrazovne aspiracije učenika u prijelaznim razdobljima hrvatskog osnovnoškolskog obrazovanja: priroda, odrednice i promjene (COBRAS). Institut za društvena istraživanja u Zagrebu. Kosciw, J., Greytak, E., Giga, N., Villenas, C., & Danischewski, D. (2016). The 2015 national school climate survey: The experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer youth in our nation’s schools. New York, NY: GLSEN McDermott, E., Kaley, A., Kaner, E., Limmer, M., McGovern, R., McNulty, F., Nelson, R., Geijer-Simpson, E., & Spencer, L.(2023) Reducing LGBTQ+ adolescent mental health inequalities: a realist review of school-based interventions, Journal of Mental Health. Meyer, I. H. (2003). Prejudice, social stress, and mental health in lesbian, gay, and bisexual populations: Conceptual issues and research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 129(5), 674–697. OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 Background questionnaires, in PISA 2015 Assessment and Analytical Framework: Science, Reading, Mathematic, Financial Literacy and Collaborative Problem Solving, OECD Publishing, Paris OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 results (volume II): Where all students can succeed. OECD Publishing. Pulimeno, M., Piscitelli, P, Colazzo, S., Colao, A., & Miani., A. (2020). School as ideal setting to promote health and wellbeing among young people, Health Promotion Perspectives, 10(4), 316-324. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 09 SES 08 B: RECEPTION ROOM needed Reception |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Meetings/ Events Reception University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 09 SES 08 C JS: IEA and Network 34 Invited Reception Location: Foyer (ground floor) of SFC07 building Session Chair: Valeria Damiani Session Chair: Mar Puigbert Moreno In connection with this year’s ECER 2024 in Nicosia, IEA and Network 34 (Research on Citizenship Education) are organizing an evening of networking, appetizers, and drinks.
The reception is an opportunity to celebrate the recent releases from and future cycle of IEA's ICCS (International Civic and Citizenship Education Study), as well as the establishment of EERA’s Network 34.
The networking reception will take place on Wednesday, 28 August at the University of Nicosia from 17:30 to 19:00, following a joint symposia on ICCS delivered by Network 34 and Network 9 (Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement).
Please note that this event is by invitation only.
Contact: Mar Puigbert/ iea.nl
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 10 SES 08 A: Mentoring, Induction and Transitions Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Anne Phelan Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teachers' Conceptions of Their Role in the Induction of Novice Teachers UIDEF, Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:The initial years of teaching are a critical period for professional development and career pathways (Vos et al., 2017). For a considerable time, there has been a focus on studying the challenges faced by teachers when they first encounter the realities of the profession (Veenman, 1984; Almeida et al., 2018). This early stage of professional practice is characterized by a combination of survival and discovery (Huberman, 1989). Beginning a teaching career can bring about various positive experiences, opportunities for professional growth, and positive emotions, such as the development of classroom management skills (Voss et al., 2017), enjoyment (Aspfors & Bondas, 2013), positive relationships with students, and inspiring learning and teaching situations (Aspfors & Bondas, 2013). The induction of new teachers is not only conceptualized as a phase of learning to teach but also as a process of socialization, where beginners acquire an understanding of the organization's norms, values, and objectives (Flores, 1999). It is during this process that they establish relationships through which they can access resources and receive support. Besides the interactions between formal mentors and new teachers, emerging evidence suggests that the social context in which teachers are situated, particularly within their schools, can significantly impact their induction into the profession (Nechsler et al., 2010). Mentoring programs play a crucial role in the development of novice teachers, as they are designed to assist them in navigating challenges within the classroom and the school environment (Roff, 2012). Through mentoring, beginning teachers benefit from support, collaboration, and the development of knowledge and skills, which ultimately leads to the improvement of their teaching strategies. Teaching induction and mentoring are terms that have often been used interchangeably in research. Teacher induction encompasses a range of professional development activities, involving support from various personnel, participation in study groups, and receiving strong administrative support. On the other hand, the mentoring process offers a nurturing and supportive environment for a minimum duration of one year, particularly for those who require it the most. Previous research by Brannon et al. (2009) has highlighted that mentoring programs address crucial survival skills for new teachers, such as familiarizing them with school procedures, enhancing behavior management techniques, facilitating parent communication, and providing a foundation in basic curriculum. Through mentoring, novice teachers can adapt to their roles, cultivate a sense of belonging, and ultimately remain in the teaching profession. Several countries have implemented induction programs with different approaches, including variations in mandatory versus optional participation, socialization versus professional development focus, informality versus formality, and emphasis on training versus evaluation The success of these programs seems to be influenced by factors such as institutional support, the quality of mentors, training focused on professional activity, self-training ability, collaborative work with peers, and school climate. In Portugal, the support for new teachers lacks structure, and there are no regulations regarding the induction period. This results in a lack of structured support and guidance for novice teachers. Typically, school administrations assign teachers with more years of experience to support colleagues with less than five years of service who join the school. Additionally, research studies in this field are limited in the Portuguese context. This study aims to understand the conceptions that experienced teachers have regarding their role in initiating novice educators into the profession. The research questions include: i) the goals of experienced teachers, ii) the strategies implemented to ensure successful induction of novice teachers, and iii) the challenges encountered along the way. The study will provide valuable insights into the induction process and contribute to the existing knowledge on this topic. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is of a qualitative nature and represents a segment of a broader research conducted within the framework of a European project. The research was carried out in six countries: Croatia, Slovenia, Spain (Catalonia), Greece, Italy, and Portugal. The data used in this study were collected through questionnaires administered to experienced teachers in Portugal who assumed the role of mentors in the professional induction program implemented in their schools. These mentor teachers underwent a three-month training program, which involved introducing the proposed induction program, discussing conceptions, processes, and practices of mentoring in the context of training beginning teachers, and analyzing the school as an educational organization. The questionnaire was administered to mentor teachers before the training and after the completion of the induction program. It consisted of five thematic blocks covering personal information, the perceptions about an induction program based on mentoring, self-assessment of mentoring skills, contributions from the experience, and expectations and concerns about participating as a mentor in the program. The sample for this study consisted of 29 experienced teachers from 30 schools in Portugal, representing diverse disciplinary backgrounds and having at least 21 years of service. A descriptive statistical analysis was conducted to analyze the responses obtained. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the analysis of the responses obtained from teachers who took on the role of mentors in the induction program, some key results are highlighted. In terms of self-assessment of mentoring skills, most mentors expressed a high level of confidence in various areas including classroom management, improvement of teaching-learning techniques, development and utilization of support materials, integration of ICT into the classroom, and addressing the needs of students with educational requirements. Concerning the contributions of the mentorship-based induction program, mentor teachers believe that teacher induction programs, facilitated by peers through mentoring activities, can contribute to preparing new teachers for the profession, fostering a sense of belonging to the school culture, enhancing new teachers' ability to collaborate with peers, and boosting their motivation for the teaching profession. However, surveyed teachers emphasize that while support for early-career teachers is crucial, they do not always feel confident in the solutions and strategies employed to address identified needs. The main conclusion of this study reveals a significant transformation in teachers' initial perceptions and a redefinition of the value of their role in relation to future teachers. Mentor teachers highlight collaboration among educators from different disciplines and the importance of project-based and collaborative work as an asset for professional development. They also express a sense of empowerment to take on new roles within the school community and engage with various stakeholders after undergoing the training. The need for structured mentoring programs, which are validated and recognized as an asset for schools, is identified by participants as a potential solution to attract more experienced teachers to take on the role of mentors. Such programs not only contribute to the professional development of mentor teachers but also enhance their work with future teachers. References Alarcão, I. & Roldão, M. C. (2014). Um Passo Importante no Desenvolvimento Profissional dos Professores: o Ano de Indução. Formação Docente, 6 (11), p. 109-126. Almeida, M., Costa, E., Pinho, A., & Pipa, J. (2018). Atuar na indução de professores: Que implicações para os diretores escolares portugueses. Revista Portuguesa De Educação, 31(2), 196–214. https://doi.org/10.21814/rpe.14689 Brannon, D.; Fiene, J.; Burke, L. & Wehman, T. (2009). Meeting the Needs of New Teachers Through Mentoring, Induction, and Teacher Support. Academic Leadership: The Online Journal, 7(4). 10.58809/ERVA3381 Flores, M. (1999). (Des)ilusões e paradoxos: a entrada na carreira na perspectiva dos professores neófitos. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 12(1), 171-204. https://hdl.handle.net/1822/564 Huberman, M. (1989). Les phases de la carrière enseignante. Révue Française de Pédagogie, 86, p. 5-10. Jessica Aspfors & Terese Bondas (2013). Caring about caring: newly qualified teachers’ experiences of their relationships within the school community. Teachers and Teaching, 19 (3), p. 243-259, 10.1080/13540602.2012.754158 Roff, K. A. (2012). The Story of Mentoring Novice Teachers in New York. Journal of Educational Research and Practice, 2 (1), p.31-41. Veenman, S. (1984). Perceived problems of beginning teachers. Review of Educational Research, 52 (2), p.143-178. Voss, T., Wagner, W., Klusmann, U., Trautwein, U., & Kunter, M. (2017). Changers in beginning teachers’ classroom management knowledge and emotional exhaustion during the inductive phase. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 51, p. 170–184. doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych. 2017.08.002 Wechsler, M. E., Caspary, K., Humphrey, D. C., & Matsko, K. K. (2010). Examining the effects of new teacher induction. Menlo Park, CA: SRI International. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Challenges Of Transition From Teacher Education To Teaching Practice European University Cyprus Presenting Author:Regardless of the level of education, it is widely known that early career (EC) teachers are faced with challenges during their transition from their university education and training to their everyday teaching practice. When prospective and early career teachers are placed in real classrooms, they get “shocked”, which in turn forces them to try to “survive” in the new reality. They discover new things on a daily basis and act as if the information and knowledge they have gained during their university education and/or preservice training has “disappeared.” This is known as the “washing-out” phenomenon (Korthagen, 1988; Zeichner & Core, 1990). Aiming at strengthening the transition from education to practice, in this study we investigated the current transition practices of teachers within the educational system in Cyprus, specifically seeking to investigate the need for supporting teachers to face the diverse and inclusive learning environment they face. Towards this, we investigated the challenges, strengths, and weaknesses of EC teachers in Cyprus during the transition from the academic environment to the real–classroom environment. Following a case study approach, we have adopted a multi-perspective approach, including prospective teachers with internship experiences, EC teachers, and teacher educators. The teacher profession is a profession in that “the full pedagogical and legal responsibility is given as soon as the teacher enters the school with a formal qualification” (Tynjala & Heikkinen, 2011, p.12). Because of that, the main challenge teachers face is that they need to be proficient in a variety of teacher knowledge fields and skills from the first day of their career (Kealy, 2010). Having in mind these particularities of the profession, one would expect that the teacher education systems worldwide would have developed strategies to support EC teachers deal with these challenges. While some countries use e.g., mentoring systems, study groups, or extensive induction programs for EC teachers (Bickmore & Bickmore, 2010; Devos, 2010), there exist countries that do not acknowledge EC teacher's challenges, adding more burden to EC teachers by asking them to teach more hours and have more responsibilities on their first years of practice (Howe, 2006). As a result, there is a strong debate between the scientific and educational communities about redesigning teacher education programs in order to support this transition. The main concern is the weight that theory and practice have on the university curriculum and the connection between the two (Roussakis & Botsoglou, 2003). On the one hand, one approach places more emphasis on pre-service teachers spending time in real classrooms with in-school trainings, whereas on the other hand, another approach expands professional in-service training to better prepare teachers for the “reality” of teaching (Wideen et al., 1998). Darling-Hammond (2000) suggests that the extent and quality of teacher education play an important role in teachers’ effectiveness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following an interpretive case study approach (Yin, 2017), in the study we investigated the experiences, challenges, and experiences of a group of five (5) prospective early childhood teachers, four (4) early-career teachers, and three (3) teacher educators, aiming at examining the ways in supporting the transition of teachers from the academic environment to the real–classroom environment. Adopting a multi-perspective approach, we collected data through semi-structured individual interviews from the three target groups. Interviews were transcribed and using thematic analysis and open coding techniques (Strauss & Corbin, 1998) we analyzed all data, specifically looking for the challenges, strengths, and weaknesses of EC teachers in Cyprus during the transition from the academic environment to the real–classroom environment. The coding scheme was developed in two levels. At the first level, the three groups were examined separately in an attempt to find common themes among the participants. Then, a comparative analysis was used in order to identify similarities and differences between all the groups. All data were analyzed by all three authors independently and discussed to resolve any differences. From the analysis, we identified a number of emerging themes that we describe below. After the analysis, as a participant check, we presented and discussed our findings with the participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through the comparative analysis of the data from all the target groups, four common themes emerged: (i)the importance of the teaching experience; (ii)the identification of main challenges; (iii)the focus of teaching on children's skill development; and (iv)the notion of inclusiveness. Furthermore, the EC teachers’ interviews revealed two additional themes related to (v)the support that they need during the first years of teaching, and (vi)advice that they gave to future teachers based on their experiences. Teacher educators’ data stood out for the richness of the information they provided possibly highlighting a better understanding of the topic as a result of their theoretical background enriched through experiences and personal development. Three additional themes were identified from the latter group concerning (vii)the importance of the connection between theory and practice, (viii)the cooperation with the schools, and (ix)professional development. Teaching experience emerged from all the groups as a crucial part of teacher education and professional development. Emphasis on practical training and experience from real classroom environments were vital in acquiring practical knowledge. On the other hand, the prospective teachers had difficulty connecting theory and practice. Instead, they suggested having more workshops within their university courses in order to be able to make better connections between theory and practice. In contrast, teacher educators recognized the importance of the connection between theory and practice and suggested strengthening this connection by having more hands-on activities and more real-classrooms visits. Prospective teachers focused on the challenges that they face while implementing activities in real classrooms, while EC teachers and teacher educators found both the school, as a work environment, and the cooperation with the colleagues challenging. Conclusively the findings highlighted important elements for the training of prospective and EC teachers as well as the support they need through the transition from education to practice. References Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). How Teacher Education Matters. Journal of Teacher Education, 51(3), 166-173. Devos, A. (2010). new teachers, mentoring and the discursive formation of professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26, 1219–1223. Howe, E. R. (2006). exemplary teacher induction: An international review. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 38(3), 287–297 Kealy, M. V. (2010). A leadership focus on teacher effectiveness: Support for novice teachers. Journal of Special Education Leadership, 23(1), 52–54. Korthagen, F. (1988). The influence of learning orientations on the development of reflective thinking. In J. Calderhead (Ed.), Teachers' professional learning (pp. 35-50). Lewes: Falmer Press. Roussaki, I., & Botsoglou., K. (2003). Trends and policies in teacher education: an assessment of initial training and internship programs in Greece and worldwide. [In Greek: Τάσεις και πολιτικές στην εκπαίδευση εκπαιδευτικών: μία αποτίμηση των προγραμμάτων αρχικής κατάρτισης και πρακτικής άσκησης στην Ελλάδα και τον κόσμο] Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research. Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. Tynjälä, P., & Heikkinen, H. L. (2011). Beginning teachers’ transition from pre-service education to working life. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 14(1), 11-33. Wideen, M., Mayer-Smith, J., & Moon, B. (1998). A critical analysis of the research on learning to teach: Making the case for an ecological perspective on inquiry. Review of Educational Research, 68(2), 130-178. Retrieved from https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-journals/critical-analysis-research-on-learning-teach/docview/214114811/se-2 Yin, R. K. (2017). Case study research and applications: Design and methods. Sage publications. Zeichner, K., & Core, J. (1990). Teacher socialization. In W. R. Houston (Ed.), Handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 329-348). New York: MacMillan 329-348. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Learn to be a Mentor of Novice Teachers: a Challenge to Keep New Teachers in School 1Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal; 2Universidade Nova de Lisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:The OECD states that teachers are central to the quality of the work done in schools, but to achieve this, it is important to ensure that motivated and competent individuals aspire to become teachers. To attract the best candidates to the profession, the same document is clear in stating that decent salaries alone are not sufficient (OECD, 2014). According to the document, salaries demonstrate society's respect and value for teachers, but it is also necessary to provide teachers with the conditions to become autonomous and competent professionals in building a quality school for all students. Consequently, the initial training of young teachers is crucial, but it is unthinkable to consider that this period is sufficient, given the diversity of contexts and students that a teacher encounters in their professional life. The literature recognizes that it is essential to retain early-career teachers in the profession (Frederiksen, 2020). In fact, the first five years in a school pose multiple challenges for teachers starting out in the profession, and it is during this period that some opt for another profession, exacerbating the teacher shortage experienced in many countries. Accompanying younger teachers at school by an experienced colleague is a strategy that many school boards have adopted to overcome this real difficulty: retaining teachers in the education system. However, it turns out that this is not the best solution because young teachers perceive it as dispersed and dependent on the teacher selected by the school management to accompany them (Flores, 2021). Induction programs are therefore a potential solution for providing support to novice teachers, but also for allowing teachers with more years of service to reflect on their practice, creating a learning community with positive consequences for the retention of new teachers in the school. The first aim of this paper is to analyze a structured program for mentor teachers developed as part of a European project. A second objective is to assess changes in the perceptions of mentor teachers when they undergo this program. The research question is how the training of mentors according to a structured induction program translates into changes in the perceptions of mentor teachers about their role with young teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology follows a quasi-experimental approach with two groups of mentor teachers. The experimental group (N=29 teachers) underwent training over three months, while the control group (N=24) had a one-week training course addressing the importance of mentoring in the training of teachers at the start of their professional lives. Both groups answered a questionnaire before and after the training. Regarding the characteristics of the interviewees in the experimental group, 93.1% are female, and 6.9% are male, with at least 21 years of service. In the control group, 79.2% are female, 20.8% are male, and have the same years of service. The questionnaire aimed to assess perceptions and expectations regarding the induction program for new teachers. The questionnaire was organized into six sections: A–Personal information; B–Motivation for the profession and continuation in the system; C–Perception of the induction program based on mentoring; D–Self-assessment of mentoring skills; E–Contributions from the mentoring-based induction program; F–Expectations and concerns about participating as a mentor in the induction program. The mentoring program consisted of three modules, totaling 50 hours, and followed a blended learning format. The first module covered the school as an educational organization, the second addressed conceptions and practices of mentoring, and the third focused on the reflective and collaborative nature of the work of the mentor and mentee. The control group received the training later. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main conclusion reveals how teachers in the experimental group changed their initial perceptions and redefined the value of their role with future teachers. For example, they emphasized collaboration between teachers from different subject areas and the importance of the collaborative work as an asset for teachers' professional development. Mentor teachers also highlighted that after the training, they felt more empowered to take on new roles within the school community and with different stakeholders. A noteworthy finding is that most respondents in the experimental group expressed a strong inclination to recommend the teaching profession to a young person. Most also indicated full agreement with the idea of becoming a mentor, considering it as a distinctive career option for teachers, providing an opportunity to play a different role within the school and the educational system. Regarding the assessment of mentoring skills, participants were asked about their confidence in facing mentoring challenges. In comparison with the responses obtained in the pre-intervention questionnaires, the majority of respondents reinforced a high level of confidence in various areas, including classroom management, improvement of teaching-learning strategies, work with students with educational needs and/or learning difficulties and/or different backgrounds, assessment and feedback to students, working with parents/guardians and collaborating with other teachers. Finally, in both groups, respondents emphasized agreement that the mentoring program should be mandatory for all mentors and that it should be adapted to the school context. References Cruz, G. B. da, Costa, E. C. dos S., Paiva, M. M. de S., & Abreu, T. B. de. (2022). Teacher induction in review: Concurrent meanings and prevailing practices. Cadernos de Pesquisa, 52, Artigo e09072. https://doi.org/10.1590/198053149072 Flores, M. A. (2021). Necessary but non-existent: The paradox of teacher induction in Portugal. Profesorado: Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 25(2), 123-144. Frederiksen, L. L. (2020). Support for newly qualified teachers through teacher induction programs – a review of reviews. In K.-R. Olsen, E. M. Bjerkholt & H. L. T. Heikkinen (Eds.), New teachers in Nordic countries – ecologies of mentoring and induction (Ch. 2, pp. 49–70). Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105.ch2 OECD (2014), “Indicator D6: What does it take to become a teacher?”, in Education at a Glance 2014: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/888933120252 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 10 SES 08 C: Language Use and Development Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Measuring Student Teacher’s Self-efficacy Beliefs About Language Stimulating Competences in Early Childhood Education Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:Research has shown that high-quality teacher-child interactions are associated with children's learning outcomes, both in terms of language development and social skills (Reyhing & Perren, 2023). High-quality interactions consist of complex teacher behaviours: providing language input, providing opportunities for language production, and providing feedback (Peleman et al., 2020; Verhallen & Walst, 2011). Rich language input can be provided by setting high expectations for children and using complex syntax and extensive vocabulary (Grifenhagen & Dickinson, 2023). Preschool teachers can create opportunities for language production by being linguistically responsive to children's interests and language output (Justice et al., 2018). Language stimulating feedback can be defined as responding positively to children's utterances and recasting or expanding them (Bradley & Reinking, 2011; Justice et al., 2018; Peleman et al., 2020). The quality of interactions has been shown to be of paramount importance, but often doesn't have a high quality (Peleman et al., 2020; Wolstein et al., 2021). To realize qualitative interactions, complex language stimulating competences are necessary. Teacher competence goes beyond the behaviours mentioned above. Blömeke (2015) defines competence as a continuum, contextualised in the real world, in which complex intellectual characteristics, together with affect-motivational dispositions, lead to and underpin the observable behaviour. Therefore, this study aims to explore one of the affective-motivational dispositions that influences ECE student teachers' language stimulation competencies, namely self-efficacy (Wolstein et al., 2021). Self-efficacy is an important characteristic of teachers (Holzberger et al., 2013). It acts as cognitive filter that shapes thoughts and classroom behaviour (Keppens et al., 2021). It is defined as an individual's belief in the "ability to organise and execute the courses of action required to produce given performances" (Bandura, 1977, p.3). The most used theoretical framework to describe self-efficacy is Bandura's (1977) socio-cognitive theory (De Coninck et al., 2020). Bandura (1977) argued that cognitive processes mediate change and behaviour. To complete a task or perform a behaviour in the classroom, a teacher needs knowledge, skills, and a sense of confidence (Park et al., 2016). A substantial body of research supports that teachers' self-efficacy beliefs are related to several important teacher behaviours, such as more effective teaching practices, as well as student outcomes, such as student achievement and motivation (De Coninck et al., 2020). Previous research has shown a relationship between teachers' self-efficacy beliefs and the quality of their classroom learning interactions (Guo et al., 2012; Son & Sung, 2014; Wolstein et al., 2021). For example, teachers with higher levels of self-efficacy are more likely to interact in a sensitive and supportive manner (Guo et al., 2012). However, other studies in the early childhood context do not show a clear relationship between self-efficacy and interaction quality (Guo et al., 2010; Reyhing & Perren, 2023; Spear et al., 2018). It is noteworthy that these studies measured self-efficacy beliefs as a broad construct. For example, Reyhing & Perren (2023) defined it as the extent to which early childhood educators feel able to engage in educational practice, whereas Bandura (2005) wrote: "There is no universal measure of perceived self-efficacy (Bandura, 2005, p. 307). A “one size fits all” approach will not explain or predict performance in the context of language development because a universal test will not be as relevant as a contextualised instrument (Bandura, 2005). To fill this research gap and to gain a clearer understanding of the relationship between self-efficacy and interaction quality, there is a need for an instrument in the context of language interaction in early childhood education (ECE). This paper describes the exploration of self-efficacy and the development of a self-report survey measure of student teachers' self-efficacy beliefs about their language stimulating competences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on a literature review on language stimulating teacher competences, 20 items were developed (Bandura, 2005; Justice et al., 2018; Peleman et al., 2020), organised into three categories: providing language input, providing opportunities for language production, and providing feedback. A survey was conducted at two University Colleges in Flanders. 213 students participated as part of a compulsory course in their teacher education programme through the online platform Qualtrics. These participants were a mix of first year (2%), second year (60%) and third year (38%) students. 95% of them were female, which corresponds with the actual population of ECE teacher educations in Flanders. Cases with missing data were identified and excluded from the analysis. This resulted in a total sample size of 192 participants. The data from the 192 participants were used to conduct an exploratory factor analysis (EFA) to examine the factor structure. To obtain preliminary results, these participants were also used to calculate Cronbach's alpha to determine the internal consistency of the factors (Decuyper et al., 2023) and to report descriptive results. The Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin coefficient of sampling adequacy (Kaiser, 1974) and Bartlett's test of sphericity (Bartlett, 1951) were used to assess the suitability of the data for factor analysis (KMO=0.9 and X2=1349.508, df=190, p<0.001). Both exceeded the required cut-off value. Several statistical criteria were used to determine the number of factors to be retained (O'Connor, 2000): Kaiser's criterion (Kaiser, 1960), Catell's scree test (Cattell, 1966), Horn's parallel analysis (Horn, 1965) and Velicer’s minimum average partial technique (Velicer, 1976). An EFA was then performed in R-studio. Weighted least squares was used with direct oblimin rotation, which allows factors to be correlated and provides estimates of correlations between factors (De Coninck et al., 2020). Factor loadings of the items were examined. Following the recommendations of Stevens (1992), all items with loadings of .40 and less were excluded from further analysis. Factors with strong cross-loadings on other factors (>.25) were also removed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The four statistical criteria did not agree on the number of factors to be considered: Kaiser's criterion (2 factors, eigenvalues of 6.67 and 1.15), screeplot (2 or 3 factors), Horn's parallel analysis (3 factors), and Velicer’s MAP technique (1 factor). As parallel analysis is the most accurate procedure for factor extraction (Henson & Robertson, 2006), an exploratory factor analysis was conducted on the 20 items, extracting three factors. The EFA revealed that only two items loaded on the third factor, whereas a stable latent variable requires at least three items (Raubenheimer, 2004). A second EFA was conducted using weighted least squares factoring with direct oblimin rotation, which required two factors, with sum of squared loadings (SS) of 5.37 (factor 1) and 1.92 (factor 2). Of the twenty items, two items had a factor loading of less than 0.40 and two items had cross loading of more than 0.25 with the other factor. This resulted in a two-factor structure with 12 items loading on Factor 1 (Cronbach’s alpha= 0.86) and four items loading on Factor 2 (Cronbach’s alpha= 0.67). The data contradict our hypothesized structure of three factors. The first factor consists of 12 items distributed across the three hypothesised theoretical concepts, thus capturing general self-efficacy in the context of language stimulating interactions. The second factor consists of four items such as 'I feel capable of fairly distributing speaking turns in my class' or 'I have at least one-to-one interaction with each preschool child during the school day', which focus on the teacher's self-efficacy in fairly distributing language stimulating opportunities. Preliminary results show that student teachers score quite high on general self-efficacy in language stimulating interactions (mean=5.08, SD=0.62), which is in line with previous research (Guo et al., 2010), and lower on self-efficacy in fairly distributing language stimulating opportunities (mean=4.51, SD=0.71). References Reyhing, Y., & Perren, S. (2023). The Situation Matters! The Effects of Educator Self-Efficacy on Interaction Quality in Child Care. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/02568543.2022.2161678 Peleman, B., Vandenbroeck, M., & Van Avermaet, P. (2020). Early learning opportunities for children at risk of social exclusion. Opening the black box of preschool practice. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1), 21–42. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1707360 Grifenhagen, J. F., & Dickinson, D. K. (2023). Preparing Pre-Service Early Childhood Teachers to Support Child Language Development. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 44(1), 95–117. https://doi.org/10.1080/10901027.2021.2015491 Justice, L. M., Jiang, H., & Strasser, K. (2018). Linguistic environment of preschool classrooms: What dimensions support children’s language growth? Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 42(2018), 79–92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2017.09.003 Bradley, B. A., & Reinking, D. (2011). A formative experiment to enhance teacher-child language interactions in a preschool classroom. Journal of Early Childhood Literacy, 11(3), 362–401. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468798411410802 Wolstein, K., Ehm, J.-H., Peters, S., & Mischo, C. (2021). Preschool teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs and interaction quality in the domain of instructional support – do professional vision competencies moderate this relation? European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 29(4), 617–632. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2021.1941171 Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond Dichotomies: Competence Viewed as a Continuum. Zeitschrift Für Psychologie, 223(1), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194 Keppens, K., Consuegra, E., De Maeyer, S., & Vanderlinde, R. (2021). Teacher beliefs, self-efficacy and professional vision: Disentangling their relationship in the context of inclusive teaching. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(3), 314–332. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2021.1881167 Bandura, A. (2005). Guide for constructing self-efficacy scales. In Self-efficacy beliefs of adolescents. Information Age Publishing. Guo, Y., Piasta, S. B., Justice, L. M., & Kaderavek, J. N. (2010). Relations among preschool teachers’ self-efficacy, classroom quality, and children’s language and literacy gains. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(4), 1094–1103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.11.005 Spear, C. F., Piasta, S. B., Yeomans-Maldonado, G., Ottley, J. R., Justice, L. M., & O’Connell, A. A. (2018). Early Childhood General and Special Educators: An Examination of Similarities and Differences in Beliefs, Knowledge, and Practice. Journal of Teacher Education, 69(3), 263–277. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487117751401 De Coninck, K., Walker, J., Dotger, B., & Vanderlinde, R. (2020). Measuring student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs about family-teacher communication: Scale construction and validation. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 64, 100820. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2019.100820 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Translanguaging and Culturally Responsive and Sustaining Education Practices in Pre-Service Teacher Training: an European Challenge 1University of Lleida, Spain; 2University of Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Guided by its motto "United in diversity," the European Union the European Union actively promotes linguistic and cultural diversity by endorsing and safeguarding minority regional and migrant languages. Underlining the significance of plurilingual and intercultural education for fostering a democratic culture, the Recommendation (CM/Rec(2022)1) emphasizes the need for member states to adapt their policies and practices accordingly. Reflecting this commitment, the recently enacted Spanish Law of Education (LOMLOE, Real Decreto 217/2022) has incorporated plurilingual competence as one of the key competences that students are expected to develop. At the regional level, it is noteworthy that Catalonia, one of Spain's bilingual Autonomous Communities, has implemented several measures to ensure an inclusive education system. Specifically, the Linguistic Model of the Educational System of Catalonia (Generalitat de Catalunya, 2018) establishes a plurilingual and intercultural educational framework with Catalan as the reference language. Simultaneously, the Inclusion Decree 120/2017 guarantees the presence, participation, and learning of all students, with a particular focus on those belonging to vulnerable groups, such as students of immigrant origin. These measures are a direct response to the challenges posed by the growing immigrant population, where students of immigrant origin now constitute 17% of the student body in Primary Education and 8% in Secondary Education (IDESCAT, 2023). However, many teachers do not feel adequately prepared to teach in culturally and linguistically diverse contexts (Acquah & Commins, 2017). OECD reviews on the education of immigrants (2015, 2019) pointed out that teachers in Spain are among those who feel the least prepared to teach in multicultural or multilingual environments. These findings were confirmed by recent studies conducted in Catalonia, where it was observed that the majority of teachers do not consider the native languages of their students as learning resources when managing the classroom (Sáenz et al., forthcoming). Hence, it is imperative for educators to possess the requisite competencies to excel in their teaching roles within an inclusive and intercultural educational system. Additionally, there is a need to establish conceptual frameworks and pedagogies that align with the identified needs and objectives. Approaches such as culturally responsive teaching (Gay, 2018), culturally sustaining education (Paris, 2012, Alim & Paris, 2017) and translanguaging (García, 2009) can prove instrumental in this regard. These methodologies enable a critical understanding of linguistic and cultural diversity in classrooms, taking into account the varied needs, expectations, and linguistic and cultural backgrounds of all students, including those of immigrant origin. They underscore the idea that cultural and linguistic diversity is an opportunity to enhance the learning processes, thereby contributing inherently to an educational environment that cultivates citizens open to diversity and equipped to thrive in a multilingual and intercultural society. Both approaches, integrated into the framework of initial teacher training, hold the potential to significantly impact three crucial variables aimed at enhancing language quality within the Catalan educational system: multicultural efficacy, teacher ethnocultural empathy, and cultural intelligence. In this context, the primary objective of this study is to formulate and test a proposal for the training of pre-service primary education and secondary school teachers. This involves incorporating translanguaging practices and culturally responsive-sustaining education to elevate perceived teacher self-efficacy and improve teaching in culturally and linguistically diverse educational settings. The overarching goal is to contribute to the development of an inclusive, high-quality, and intercultural educational system. Specifically, this study aims to answer the following research questions: (1) To what extent do pre-service teachers exhibit multicultural efficacy, ethnocultural empathy, and intercultural intelligence? (2) What effects does a training intervention on translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education have on pre-service teachers' professional development? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quasi-experimental mixed-design study will be conducted to analyse the effects of implementing the proposed training for pre-service teachers. By combining quantitative and qualitative data and listening to different perspectives, the aim is to capture a comprehensive picture of how translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education can address the needs of a linguistically and culturally diverse educational system. Participants A total of approximately 50- 60 pre-service teachers enrolled in the Primary Education Degree at a Catalan university participate in the first phase of the project. Instruments The participants will answer a questionnaire in online format that assesses the following variables: Ethnocultural Empathy: Defined as "empathy directed toward people from racial and ethnic cultural groups who are different from one’s own ethnocultural group" (Wang et al., 2003, p. 221), it will be measured using the Scale of Ethnocultural Empathy (Wang et al., 2003), comprising 31 Likert items of 6 points. Multicultural Efficacy: This will be measured using the Multicultural Efficacy Scale (Guyton & Wesche, 2005), including three dimensions: attitudes towards diversity in education (7 items), experience with diversity (7 items), and multicultural self-efficacy (21 items). Cultural Intelligence: Assessed through the Cultural Intelligence Scale (CQS, Ang et al., 2007, Van Dyne et al., 2015), consisting of four factors: metacognitive CQ (4 items), cognitive CQ (6 items), motivational CQ (5 items), and behavioural (5 items). Additionally, semi-structured interviews will be conducted using the critical incidents technique (Bilbao & Monereo, 2011). Data analysis For the analysis of quantitative data, the statistical package SPSS v. 29 will be employed. This software allows the execution of descriptive statistical techniques, correlational techniques, group comparison tests. For the analysis of qualitative data, a content analysis by categories will be carried out using the N-VIVO 12 software. Procedure The research procedure adhered to rigorous ethical standards and received all necessary approvals from the ethical committee before initiation. Participants in the study were required to complete a questionnaire both before and after a comprehensive training intervention. Two groups were created: one group participated in the intervention, while another group followed the usual curriculum. This training intervention spanned one semester and consisted of two modules. The first module emphasized theoretical and conceptual learning, integrating practical applications. The second module concentrated on modelling translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education. Instructors modified their syllabus to embrace linguistic and cultural diversity, ensuring it was reflected in the instructional content. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The anticipated outcomes include the results of a mixed-design ANOVA analysis, expected to be available in the coming months. This statistical analysis aims to assess the impact of the training intervention on participants' scores related to ethnocultural empathy, multicultural efficacy, and cultural intelligence. The analysis will provide insights into whether there is a statistically significant improvement in these scores following the training. Additionally, it will explore potential differences between the group that actively participated in the intervention and the group that did not. The findings from this analysis will offer valuable insights into the effectiveness of the training program in enhancing participants' attitudes and competencies in these critical domains. The results from the interviews, also expected in the coming months, will furnish qualitative insights into how pre-service teachers have comprehended and implemented translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education in their teaching practices. Understanding the perspectives and reflections of pre-service teachers will contribute to a richer interpretation of the overall project outcomes and inform potential areas for further development or refinement of the training program. The anticipated outcomes of this regional study hold broader implications for educational contexts beyond the immediate region. By contrasting and complementing studies on translanguaging in other European contexts, such as the Basque Country and the Netherlands (Duarte, Dekker), this study contributes to a nuanced understanding of the transferability and adaptability of pedagogical strategies. The cross-regional comparisons will enable us to identify commonalities and differences in the implementation and effectiveness of translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education. Consequently, our findings can inform educators, policymakers, and researchers across Europe, providing a foundation for evidence-based practices that align with the linguistic and cultural diversity inherent in European classrooms. References Acquah, E., y Commins, N. (2017). Methods that matter in addressing cultural diversity with teacher candidates. Teaching in Higher Education, 22(5), 501-518. Alim, H. S., & Paris, D. (2017). What is culturally sustaining pedagogy and why does it matter. Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world, 1, 24. Ang, S., Van Dyne, L., Koh, C., Ng, K. Y., Templer, K. J., Tay, C., & Chandrasekar, N. A. (2007). Cultural intelligence: Its measurement and effects on cultural judgment and decision making, cultural adaptation and task performance. Management and organization review, 3(3), 335-371. Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2017). Minority languages and sustainable translanguaging: Threat or opportunity?. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 38(10), 901-912. Duarte, J. (2019). Translanguaging in mainstream education: a sociocultural approach. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 22(2), 150–164. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2016.1231774 García, O. (2009). Education, multlingualism and translanguaging in the 21st century. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas, R. Phillipson, A. K. Mohanty, & M. Panda (Eds.), Social justice through multilingual education (pp. 140–158). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching. Theory, research, and practice. (3a ed.) Teachers College Press. Generalitat de Catalunya. (2018). El model lingüístic del sistema educatiu de Catalunya. https://educacio.gencat.cat/web/.content/home/departament/publicacions/monografies/model-linguistic/model-linguistic-Catalunya-CAT.pdf Guyton, E. M., & Wesche, M. V. (2005). The multicultural efficacy scale: Development, item selection, and reliability. Multicultural Perspectives, 7(4), 21-29. Instituto de Estadística de Cataluña [IDESCAT]. (2023). Educación primaria. Unidades escolares y alumnos. Por titularidad del centro y sexo. Comarcas y Aran, ámbitos y provincias. https://www.idescat.cat/pub/?id=aec&n=737&lang=es OECD (2015), Immigrant Students at School: Easing the Journey towards Integration, OECD Reviews of Migrant Education, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264249509-en. OECD (2019), The Road to Integration: Education and Migration, OECD Reviews of Migrant Education, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/d8ceec5d-en. Paris, D. (2012). Culturally sustaining pedagogy: A needed change in stance, terminology, and practice. Educational researcher, 41(3), 93-97. Sáenz, I., Petreñas, C., Lapresta, C. & Janés, J. (forthcoming). “They speak Arabic to make teacher angry”: high-school teachers’ (de)legitimization of heritage language in Catalonia. Van Dyne, L., Ang, S., & Koh, C. (2015). Development and validation of the CQS: The cultural intelligence scale. In Handbook of cultural intelligence (pp. 34-56). Routledge. Wang, Y. W., Davidson, M. M., Yakushko, O. F., Savoy, H. B., Tan, J. A., i Bleier, J. K. (2003). The scale of ethnocultural empathy: development, validation, and reliability. Journal of counseling psychology, 50(2), 221. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Exploring Pedagogical Beliefs in Language Development: A Factor Analysis in the Early Childhood Education Context Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:High-quality language interactions during preschool age play a crucial role in supporting children's language development in early childhood education (ECE) (European Commission, 2018), and in particular for at-risk children (Sammons et al., 2015). Therefore, enhancing teachers' Language Stimulating (LS) competencies is a significant focus for both pre- and in-service preschool teachers. These competencies are integral to the professional identity of preschool teachers and are central in teacher education curricula. An important element in teachers’ competencies, along with knowledge, classroom behaviour and motivational aspects, is teachers’ pedagogical beliefs (Wieduwilt et al., 2023). Teachers’ beliefs are described by Pajares (1992, p. 325) as “a filter through which new phenomena are interpreted”, shaping how teachers interpret situations, influencing their perceptions of the classroom context and subsequent behaviour (Degotardi & Gill, 2017; Pajares, 1992). Research commonly categorizes beliefs into teacher-centred and child-centred beliefs (Stipek & Byler, 1997; Wieduwilt et al., 2021). Child-centred pedagogical beliefs emphasize fostering children's autonomy and active exploration, while teacher-centred beliefs involve a more directive approach with the teacher leading in structuring children's learning. In the child-centred approach, language learning is closely tied to children's free play, with the teacher playing a responsive role (Weikart, 2000). The key distinction between both approaches lies in the degree of child engagement, with child-centred pedagogy aligning closely with constructivist approaches, and teacher-centred pedagogical beliefs with transmissive approaches (Lui & Bonner, 2016). Pianta and colleagues (2005) suggest that child-centred beliefs are associated with higher interaction and instruction quality, and a more positive emotional climate in teacher-child interactions compared to teacher-centred beliefs (Wieduwilt et al., 2021). Furthermore, child-directed interaction, as emphasized in sociocultural research as creating shared experiences between children and teachers, is considered crucial for language development (Peleman et al., 2020; Rowe & Snow, 2020). However, while child-centred beliefs are believed to be essential for a language-stimulating environment, the literature lacks consistency on this matter, requiring more research on the specific relation between teachers' pedagogical beliefs and various quality facets (Wieduwilt et al., 2023). For example, Justice and colleagues (2018) highlight the importance of overall classroom quality, including factors like teacher-child ratio and instructional support, for children's language development in early childhood education, alongside linguistic responsivity and quality of teacher talk. It is therefore hypothesized that a certain level of teacher-centred beliefs – in combination to the child-centred beliefs, is necessary, where a teacher structures the classroom activities in such a way that many child-directed, language stimulating interactions can be realized. Wieduwilt et al. (2021) stress the need for more empirical data on pedagogical beliefs, particularly in the context of language-related beliefs. To our knowledge, there is currently no questionnaire to capture these beliefs on stimulating language interactions in ECE. Therefore, the primary goal of this paper is to develop an instrument for capturing content-specific pedagogical beliefs on language-stimulating interaction in the ECE context. Additionally, the aim is explore the underlying structures of ECE teachers' pedagogical beliefs regarding language-stimulating interaction, assuming a twofold categorization. The final aim of this paper is to present preliminary results on the pedagogical beliefs of ECE student teachers in Flanders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The pedagogical beliefs scale from Wieduwilt and colleagues (2023) served as the foundation for constructing a new scale to measure beliefs on stimulating language interactions in ECE. Several items were retained and translated, and items from this scale that were not applicable for a broad, international ECE context (e.g., items about additional language programs) were omitted. Additionally, the Beliefs about Primary Education scale (BPES) from Hermans and colleagues (2008) was used to help construct new items. This process resulted in a new scale comprising 18 items on a five-point Likert scale. Additionally, experts on the topic of language in preschool education reviewed the items, and think-aloud procedures with four preschool teachers were performed to assess content validity and identify ambiguities in item wording. The online platform Qualtrics was used to conduct a web-survey at two university colleges in Flanders, yielding 213 respondents. After identifying and excluding missing data, the final sample size comprised 190 participants. The participants represented a mix of first (2%), second (60%), and third year (38%) students from two teacher education programs for early childhood education. A significant majority were female (95%), aligning with the actual population in the teacher training. In terms of teaching experience, 57% had more than two weeks of active teaching experience, 39% had active teaching experience shorter than two weeks, and the remaining 4% had no active teaching experience in preschool. An exploratory factor analysis (EFA) was employed to examine the factor structure within the items. The Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin coefficient of sampling adequacy (KMO=0.9) and Bartlett's test of sphericity (X2=1349.508, df=153, p<0.001) indicated the suitability of the data for factor analysis, surpassing required cut-off values. Kraiser's criterion, Catell's scree test, Horn's parallel analysis, and Velicer's minimum average partial technique were utilized to determine the number of factors. The EFA, conducted in R-studio, employed weighted least squares with direct oblimin rotation, allowing for correlated factors and providing estimates of correlations between factors (De Coninck et al., 2020). Factor loadings of the items were examined, and items with loadings of .40 and below were excluded from further analysis (Stevens, 1992). Factors with strong cross-loadings on other factors (>.25) were also removed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Kaiser’s criterion, the screeplot, Horn’s parallel analysis, and Velicer's minimum average partial technique consistently favoured a two-factor structure in the exploratory factor analysis (EFA) of 18 items on language-related pedagogical beliefs in Flemish Early Childhood Education (ECE). The EFA resulted in two factors with sum of squared loadings of 1.80 (factor 1) and 1.79 (factor 2). Ten items were excluded due to low factor loadings (<.40). The data revealed a clear distinction between teacher-centred and child-centred beliefs. Four items loaded on the first factor, capturing teacher-centred pedagogical beliefs in language development (e.g.: “In a language learning moment, it is important that a preschool teacher does not deviate from the planned activity.”). On the second factor, four items loaded, capturing child-centred pedagogical beliefs in language development (e.g. “Language learning moments work best when they respond spontaneously to what preschoolers bring up verbally or non-verbally”). Internal consistency was acceptable for both factors (child-centred: α = 0.64; teacher-centred: α =0.61). While the Cronbach's alpha revealed a moderate internal consistency, the scale's development still holds major instrumental value for measuring language-related pedagogical beliefs in ECE internationally. Participants generally favoured child-centred (M = 4.00, SD = 0.50) over teacher-centred beliefs (M = 2.10, SD = 0.60), indicating a preference for approaches that prioritize children's autonomy and active learning. Furthermore, a weak, significant negative correlation (Pearson’s correlation coefficient: -0,16, p = 0.03) was found, suggesting a tendency for participants to lean towards one approach. In conclusion, an instrument for capturing content-specific pedagogical beliefs on language stimulating interactions in ECE was developed. Secondly, underlying structures of ECE teachers’ pedagogical beliefs about language stimulating interactions were investigated, confirming a twofold structure. Finally, preliminary results of the current pedagogical beliefs of ECE student teachers in Flanders were reported, showing a preference for child-centred approaches. References De Coninck, K., Walker, J., Dotger, B., & Vanderlinde, R. (2020). Measuring student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs about family-teacher communication: Scale construction and validation. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 64, 100820. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2019.100820 Degotardi, S., & Gill, A. (2017). Infant educators’ beliefs about infant language development in long day care settings. Early Years, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2017.1347607 European Commission. (2018). Proposal for a council recommendation on high quality early childhood education and care systems. Hermans, R., Van Braak, J., & Van Keer, H. (2008). Development of the Beliefs about Primary Education Scale: Distinguishing a developmental and transmissive dimension. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(1), 127–139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.11.007 Justice, L. M., Jiang, H., & Strasser, K. (2018). Linguistic environment of preschool classrooms: What dimensions support children’s language growth? Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 42, 79–92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2017.09.003 Lui, A. M., & Bonner, S. M. (2016). Preservice and inservice teachers’ knowledge, beliefs, and instructional planning in primary school mathematics. Teaching and Teacher Education, 56, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.01.015 Pajares, M. F. (1992). Teachers’ Beliefs and Educational Research: Cleaning Up a Messy Construct. Review of Educational Research, 62(3), 307–332. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543062003307 Peleman, B., Vandenbroeck, M., & Van Avermaet, P. (2020). Early learning opportunities for children at risk of social exclusion. Opening the black box of preschool practice. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1), 21–42. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1707360 Rowe, M. L., & Snow, C. E. (2020). Analyzing input quality along three dimensions: Interactive, linguistic, and conceptual. Journal of Child Language, 47(1), 5–21. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305000919000655 Sammons, P., Toth, K., Sylva, K., Melhuish, E., Siraj, I., & Taggart, B. (2015). The long-term role of the home learning environment in shaping students’ academic attainment in secondary school. Journal of Children’s Services, 10(3), 189–201. https://doi.org/10.1108/JCS-02-2015-0007 Stevens, J. (1992). Applied multivariate statistics for the social sciences (2. ed). Erlbaum. Stipek, D. J., & Byler, P. (1997). Early childhood education teachers: Do they practice what they preach? Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 12(3), 305–325. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0885-2006(97)90005-3 Weikart, D. P. (2000). Early childhood education: Need and opportunity. UNESCO: International Institute for Educational Planning. Wieduwilt, N., Lehrl, S., & Anders, Y. (2021). Preschool teachers’ pedagogical beliefs in the field of language education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, 103296. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103296 Wieduwilt, N., Lehrl, S., & Anders, Y. (2023). Preschool teachers’ language-related pedagogical beliefs and their relation to observed classroom quality. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 62, 175–185. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2022.08.001 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 100 SES 08: 17.30h Working Meeting Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Session Chair: Lucian Ciolan Internal Meeting |
17:30 - 19:00 | 13 SES 08 A: Time, Uncertainty, Hospitality and Education Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Joris Vlieghe Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Change of Attention and Loss of Educational Time: From the Perspective of Philosophy of Technology DNUE, South Korea, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) Presenting Author:
This paper explores the impact of technological advancements on education, particularly focusing on the changes in our “attention” as a response to these advancements from a technological philosophy perspective. The increasing importance of digital-related skills in education is a major topic in South Korea and worldwide. Consequently, what is the significance of attention at present?
Bernard Stiegler(2012) contend that the cultivation of 'attention' is unattainable for individuals in isolation and exclusively arises through engagement with the social realm (Stiegler, 2012: 1). It differs from the posture and concentration exhibited by animals, and according to Stiegler, the acquisition of attention requires a process known as education, drawing upon Simondon's theory. This is because when we assert our social nature, it is made possible through the process of education, and during this period, education aids in the formation of individuals who cannot be individualized solely based on their mental and social (or collective) meaning. Education fosters a more refined form of attention, which is the fruit of accumulating experiences passed down through generations (Stiegler, 2012: 1-2).
One captivating and crucial attribute of attention in this context is that the regulation of my conduct is contingent upon the collective physical environment. Let's contemplate the educational environment, such as the classroom setting. The teacher is positioned in front of me to impart knowledge that is deemed important within this society, and I make a conscious effort to accept, acknowledge, or comprehend that. The physical setup of the classroom, along with its occupants, is specifically designed to facilitate focused attention. The classroom's setup and its occupants are physically conditioned to concentrate in a certain manner. Thus, the attention developed during education can be guided by shared memory and the ongoing physical conditions that support this memory.
However, technological advancements are transforming the way we exist in the realm of education. It is of greater significance for students to independently explore and actively participate in their own learning activities, rather than solely relying on teachers for extended periods of time within the classroom. Posthuman theorist Katherine Hales (Hayles, K., 2007: 167) characterizes this particular feature of online information acquisition and the capacity to attend to numerous sources concurrently as the "hyper-attention" exhibited by the younger generation. She argues that the same kind of attention as Stiegler's "deep attention" is drawn to a single stream of information, focusing on one specific object for an extended period of time and blocking out external stimuli, similar to the way it was done in the past in the humanities. Deep attention possesses the advantage of exhibiting patience over extended periods and excelling in resolving intricate problems. However, it exposes vulnerabilities in attentiveness towards rapidly changing surroundings and flexibility in response. Conversely, heightened focus enables us to swiftly redirect our attention towards different objects, facilitating prompt decision-making or assessments in the online realm where attention is in high demand. This phenomenon is characterized by an inability to tolerate monotony as it prefers to engage with multiple streams of information simultaneously and consistently seeks out more stimulating experiences.
This shift in attention, accompanied by the advocacy for privatization in education and the establishment of a learning-centered society, has revolutionized our perception of education within the school setting and redefined the significance of defining educational time as a cultural phenomenon. This paper argues that there is a necessity to articulate and ponder upon the transformation of educational practices caused by the technological unawareness resulting from our repeated utilization. It aims to investigate the ways in which these alterations in educational time reshape the rapport between students and teachers and their very existence.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The primary methodology employed in this paper is literature research, which is also commonly used in the study of educational philosophy. Additionally, I utilize the method of argumentation to critically examine the concepts that we encounter in our daily lives, reconfigure the interrelationships and contexts of these concepts, and advance the arguments of the researcher. Among these methodologies, phenomenological analysis is extensively utilized to explicate the prevailing educational landscape in Korea. Additionally, the discourse surrounding the indispensability of technical philosophy within the realm of education utilizes the concepts put forth by Bernard Stigler, Yuk Hui, and Alfred Nordmann, as well as the perspectives offered by Bernard Stigler and Katherine Hales, in order to establish a conceptual framework for the comparative examination of attention. The conversation about the common sense of Japanese philosopher Yujiro Nakamuro is carried out in a casual way when the aspect of attention change, which is debated in terms of education, is connected to a shift in common sense and cultural time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I believe that the major educational changes resulting from advancements in technology that are currently being overlooked are closely tied to the decline in deep attention. This decline in deep attention initially leads to a shift in our attitude towards paying attention to others in the educational setting, such as the school or classroom. The aspect of attitude that demands our attention in this context refers to the shift in the practice of self-regulation and consideration for the existence of others, owing to the presence of a preceding individual. Second, these alterations significantly influence the position of teacher within the educational setting. The phenomenon of prioritizing individualized learning and media raises profound questions about the intrinsic value of teachers' existence in the present era. The incorporation of technology in the classroom appears to foster a culture of learning while enhancing opportunities for self-directed learning; however, it diminishes the knowledge and guidance that can be gained from teachers who are dedicated to the task of education, rather than just learning. Third, I conclude that this change is associated with the diminishing authority of educators, which is presently emerging as a significant issue in South Korea. However, it is contended that in an era of uncertainty, the existential aspect of education we require heavily relies on comprehending how the teacher, as a mature individual, tends to the world on a personal level. Nonetheless, this discourse does not harbor skepticism regarding the relationship between technological progress and education. On the contrary, it is crucial to ponder upon our present status and clarify the alterations that have transpired in educational practice thus far. References Biesta, Gert(2013). Beautiful Risk of Education. Routledge. Hayles, Katherine(2007). Hyper and deep attention: The generational divide in cognitive modes. Profession, 13. 187–199. Lewin, David(2016). The pharmakom of educational technology: The disruptive power of attention in education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 35. 251-265. Nordmann, Alfred(2015). Technikphilosophie zur Einfuhrung. Junius Verlag GmbH Pring, Richard(1977). Common sense and education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 11(1). 57–77. Stiegler, Bernard(2012). Relational ecology and the digital pharmakon. Cultural Machine, 13. 1-19. Yujiro, Nakamuro(2013). Common sense. Yuk Hui(2016). On the Existence of Digital Objects. University of minnesota press. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Education’s Time in Uncertain Times:The Social Imaginary of Cosmopolitan Democratic Hospitality University of Malta, Malta Presenting Author:This paper explores, in its three sections, how the local/global and cosmopolitan education of democratic hospitality shapes individual and collective identities. The first section examines whether democratic education's local and global contexts have a centric position that promotes border-thinking in understanding individual and national identities. Here, I use Derrida’s discussion about hospitality's conditional and unconditional factors to understand the limitations of individual and national identities. In the second section, I argue that a cosmopolitan education focused on democratic hospitality enables us to understand a more fluid approach to individual and national identities. To further explain this concept, I refer to Papastephanou's notion of cosmopolitanism, which she formulates from an off-centre position, or what she calls “eccentric circles.” In cosmopolitan democratic hospitality, individuals have more freedom to explore their identities from a non-centralised position. This can also have an impact on how national identities are perceived. However, the potential of education to promote cosmopolitan democratic hospitality is sometimes hindered by our volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (VUCA) environment, leaving us as mere spectators to society's powers. The third and final section of the text suggests that a social imaginary of cosmopolitan democratic hospitality can help us overcome feelings of despair or giving up. This imaginary can help us develop pedagogies, as UNESCO claims, that allow us to learn in and with the world, which can lead to societal improvements. Education is not limited to schools but is a lifelong project that requires individuals to continue learning and sharing knowledge. This can make education more robust in an uncertain future. However, this promising point can also be challenging, as we strive to bridge the gap between theory and practice locally and globally. It is important to remember that even as our identities shift and change, education remains a valuable tool. Through education, we can challenge negative actions and promote cosmopolitan democratic hospitality. Its social imaginary reminds us that we are all connected as humans and that our collective actions can make the world a more habitable and welcoming place, especially during times of uncertainty. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the theoretical framework of this paper, I use the 'method' of deconstruction to question how central forces that arise from contexts of local/global education affect democratic hospitality. Through this method, I demonstrate the inconsistencies in arguments by highlighting the dominant positions of meaning. Shifting the focus to cosmopolitan democratic hospitality, I show how this education reflects a less centralised position. The analysis of this type of shift can provide more understanding of how education in Europe can cope with the increasing demands of a fluid society against an uncertain background. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper's conclusion suggests that practising cosmopolitan democratic hospitality in education can result in the development of less-centric identities, both on an individual and collective level. This approach empowers the transformative potential of individuals in a manner that allows us to see how knowledge is a powerful tool that favours the conditions that make our societies more habitable and welcoming. References Benhabib, S. (2006/2011 online version). ‘Hospitality, Sovereignty, and Democratic Iterations', in Another Cosmopolitanism. Edited by Robert Post. The Berkeley Tanner Lectures. (New York: Online edition, Oxford Academic https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780195183221.003.0007 Derrida, J. On Cosmopolitanism and Forgiveness. Translated by Mark Dooley and Michael Hughes. With a preface by Simon Critchley and Richard Kearney. London and New York: Routledge. Derrida, J., Dufourmantelle, A. (2000). Of Hospitality (Cultural Memory in the Present). Translated by Rachel Bowlby. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Papastephanou, M. (2016). ‘Chapter 16: Concentric, Vernacular and Rhizomatic Cosmopolitanism’ (215-228) in Cosmopolitanism: Educational, Philosophical and Historical Perspectives, Edited by Marianna Papastephanou. Switzerland: Springer International Publishing. Still, J. (2010). Derrida and Hospitality: Theory and Practice. Edinburgh University Press. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctt1r20fq UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. Retrieved from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper The ‘OECD Machine’ – Making The Uncertain Future (World) Certain And Controllable 1University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia; 2University of Southern Denmark, Denmark; 3University of Ulster, Ireland; 4University of Wales, Trinity Saint David Presenting Author:Burdened by a humanistic Enlightenment legacy (Bojesen, 2020), there exists a powerful human desire to control the uncontrollable world (Rosa, 2020). For example, as the ski industry becomes challenged by the variability related to climate change, we increasingly endeavour to plan skiing holidays to locations that guarantee snow (Willibald et al., 2021). Lured to these places by images that promise us ‘real’ snowscapes, our vision is often shattered when, on our arrival, we are faced with the large snow-making machines that are required to fulfil the advertised promises. The ‘reality’ of the scenes is lacking and what we get is a manufactured ‘synthetic’ experience; an artificial landscape filled with the distinct texture of imaginary snow and not the ‘real’ thing. Moreover, the consistent images that matched our thoughts of snow, are fractured by the inconsistent work of the noisy and intrusive machinery. Rosa (2020) suggests that such levels of control create a fabricated or engineered version of the snowscape focused on producing reality in pursuit of a specific goal despite the accompanying undesirable consequences. With this in mind, our study builds on previous exploration of negative universality (Rüsselbæk Hansen et al., 2024) and contributes towards the sustained inquiry into the phenomenon of human desire and control in the context of education and its implications for the philosophy and functioning of contemporary schooling. In our exploration, we problematise the hope and desire for education evidenced by the OECD conceptual learning framework – Learning Compass 2030 (OECD, 2019a) and critique the notion of the compass metaphor and the ideas expressed in the values and attitudes component of the framework (OECD, 2019b). We draw on the lens of negative universality combined with Rosa’s (2020), Ruti’s (2008,2012) work and Saul’s (2021) notion of cultural criticism to examine possible inadequacies in the documents that will prompt teachers, researchers, and policymakers to adopt a more ‘negative’ gaze when considering possibilities for their practice. For example, one of the challenges of education is the overwhelming ‘positive’ lens used to view schools’ positioning on global uncertainties related to environmental, social, political, and cultural issues. Saul (2021) critiques schools as sites where such issues and similar problems can be solved because of their desire to manufacture positivity, infantilize young people and focus on short-term economics. The promise of control or engineering education in the context of uncertainty leads to the establishment of false hope. In this regard, we show, using examples stemming from OECD’s “The Learning Compass 2030” framework, how the OECD is trying to engineer the contemporary reality with the aim of forming "the future we want" (OECD, 2019, p. 2), a controllable ‘future world’ without too many uncertainties. The question is what risks and constitutive effects, for example lacks, exclusions and impossibilities the OECD ‘machinery’ produces by its positiveness and how it frames students’ possibilities in the (future) world (Ruti, 2012)? On that basis, we suggest that researchers, teachers and policymakers as public intellectuals critically reflect on and discuss what impact the global OECD machinery has on our work so that we can resist ‘false hopes’ and identify the next steps based on our professional judgement (Heck, 2022) to influence the philosophy and functioning of contemporary schooling for the future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As scholars, we have been drawn to the work of Rosa (2020), who provides us with concepts to explain how the mechanisms employed to control the world come in many forms and with various consequences. Combined with negative universalistic thinking (Kapoor & Zalloua, 2021), we also find inspiration in Ruti’s (2012) and Saul’s (2021) work to problematize how the OECD (2019b) are trying to control and design the future by focusing on ‘shared’ values and on the formation of students’ beliefs, characters, attitudes, and mindsets. We analyse OECD's focus, its fantasies about the future, and how such fantasies are filled with ‘false’ promises of rectitude and redemption (Bojesen, 2020). That said, we claim that all positive stated forms of universalism are false in the sense that they always represent/privilege particular attitudes in the (educational) reality. It becomes, for example, obvious when universal values are embodied by teachers as concrete subjects in education. In other words, when abstract and/or common universal values such as respect, fairness, and social responsibility, which are promoted by OECD, are performed in practice we are confronted with a coexisting of lack and excess. For example, the constitutive exceptions of undesirable particulars and of the privileging of desirable particulars (McGowan, 2017). With that in mind, we illustrate how the OECD document “attitudes and values” (OCED, 2019b) seeks to produce a desirable future by universalising certain particulars in practice through a fantasy about social and educational engineering (Ruti, 2008). Despite OECD’s ambitions to sound as both neu¬tral as well as all- encompassing (Kapoor & Zalloua, 2022) they are doomed to fail in this regard. Furthermore, the lack of the final word seems to get OECD to rely on an excess of words that together are assumed to produce a compass for education and its future direction. To use a compass effectively, one needs very clear coordinates (or signifiers/words), or one will be lost? But the OECD compass is based on so many contradictory coordinates, which is masked by seductive fantasies and an altruistic soundly vocabulary. This might prevent us from embracing the ‘unsound’ messiness and uncontrollability in the (educational) reality that cannot be fixated, made controllable and harmonized by means of clear coordinates. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper, we have problematised the false promises evidenced in the OECD's positive view of attitudes and values (OECD, 2019b) and how they create hope and promise certainty for a particular kind of (future) world. OECD draws significantly on positive universalism and leaves little room for the exploration of negative forms of universality and our ability to sit with antagonisms, paradoxes and hopelessness and respond as subjects to the question of what liveable world(s) that may become (im)possible. Hence, the OECD approach focusses our gaze on a particular direction which has the consequence of preventing us from gazing elsewhere. It is useful when attempting to re-direct this gaze to consider Rosa’s notion of “resonance with someone or something” (p. vii) as a context for the work of teachers. Rosa suggests we achieve resonance when we “create a context that makes it likely that you will be deeply touched and transformed by something or someone … but … might turn out to be deeply frustrating and alienating” (p. viii). What we identify here is that achieving resonance is unpredictable. Rosa suggests that resonance may or may not occur, and it may arrive “when we do not expect anything” (p. viii). What is ‘certain’ is that resonance on the ski slopes or in the classroom cannot be engineered. Hence, we call for teachers, researchers, and policy makers to take up their role as public intellectuals in response to the engineering of education and instead gaze at the uncertainty in the world. Our challenge as teachers and educators is “to point the student to the world, to (re)dress the student’s attention to the world, so that it becomes possible, without guarantees of course, that the student may meet that which the world is asking of him or her” (Biesta, 2022, p. 99). References Biesta, G. (2022). World-centred education: A view for the present. Routledge. Bojesen, E. (2020). Forms of Education. Rethinking Educational Experience Against and Outside the Humanist Legacy. Routledge. Heck, D. (2022). Teacher educators as public intellectuals: exploring possibilities. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 50(2), 118-129. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2022.2049700 Kapoor, I., & Zalloua, Z. (2022). Universal Politics. Oxford University Press. McGowan, T. (2017). Only a Joke Can Save us. A theory of Comedy. Northwestern Univesity Press. OECD. (2019a). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030: Conceptual learning framework. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/learning-compass-2030/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_concept_note.pdf OECD. (2019b). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030: Conceptual learning framework: Attitudes and values for 2030. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/attitudes-and-values/Attitudes_and_Values_for_2030_concept_note.pdf Rosa, H. (2020). The Uncontrollabily of the World. Politi Press. Rüsselbæk Hansen, D. Heck, D., Sharpling, E and McFlynn P (2024). Resisting positive universal views of the OECD politics of teacher education: From the perspective of ‘negative’ universality: In: G. Magnússon; A. M. Phelan; S. Heimans and R. Unsworth (eds.). Political Intervention in Teacher Education: Policy, Knowledge, Ethics and the Contemporary. Routledge (forthcoming) Ruti, M. (2008). The fall of fantasies: A Lacanian reading of lack. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 56(2), 483-508. Ruti, M. (2012). The singularity of being: Lacan and the immortal within: Lacan and the immortal within. Fordham University Press. Saul, R. (2021). Schooling on the doorstep of dystopia: On educating for unsustainable futures. Journal of educational thought, 54(1), 19-38. Willibald, F., Kotlarski, S., Ebner, P. P., Bavay, M., Marty, C., Trentini, F. V., Ludwig, R., & Grêt-Regamey, A. (2021). Vulnerability of ski tourism towards internal climate variability and climate change in the Swiss Alps. Science of the Total Environment, 784, 147054. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 15 SES 08 A: Partnership research in Erasmus+ projects Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Margaret McColl Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Partnerships Facilitating Transformative Education: How the Erasmus+ Funded TUTOR Project Can Transform Inclusive Education. Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:The TUTOR (Teacher’s Upskilling aiming aT a hOlistic inclusivity in leaRning) Project is a three year Erasmus+ research project that draws on the partnership of expert groups and institutions across Ireland, Austria, Greece, Turkey, and EU. The objective is to create partnerships of teacher education and training providers to establish Teacher Academies to support teachers to develop their capabilities in understanding and developing more inclusive learning environments. Inclusive education has traditionally been thought of as being an approach to serving students with disabilities in education (Suleymanov, 2015). TUTOR draws on critical approaches to inclusive education, noting the shift to focus on how socio-cultural systems need to become more inclusive, and in educational contexts supporting full participation in mainstream settings with the support of appropriate adaptations and accommodations (Zigmond, Kloo and Volonino, 2009). ‘Inclusion is an attitude and approach that embraces diversity and differences and promotes equal opportunities for all’ (Inclusion BC, 2019). Drawing on international policy, the National Council for Special Education (NCSE) described inclusion as a process of addressing and responding to the diversity of needs of learners. EU policy acknowledges the need for teachers voices to be included in policy responses to the current classroom diversity (European Commission, 2015). This acknowledges how broader socio-economic and political contexts impact on classrooms such as the precarious global economic, environmental and political context, increased migration, and complex intercultural contexts. TUTOR draws on critical education and transformation education theories by combining the knowledge of different advocacy groups and NGO’s working in partnership with universities to develop and deliver a continuous professional development (CPD) programme of learning for current educators in second level and Further Education and Training (FET) which is situated in current knowledge, context, and practice allowing for transformational educational experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A desk-based literature review was conducted at EU level and by each country partner examining each country’s national policies and frameworks and research in relation to best practice in inclusive education, resulting on the compilation of a report on the findings of the desired status of inclusive education at local and EU level. Following the literature review, focus groups and teacher interviews were conducted with over 800 stakeholders involved in second level schooling, Further Education and Training (FET), advocacy groups and NGOs across the four countries and at EU level. An anonymous, online questionnaire was also disseminated to schools and FET institutions. This second stage of the methodology allowed the partners to identify the existing status of inclusive education in each country and at EU level. The findings were then analysed through three rounds of thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2013) in MAXQDA qualitative data analysis software to identify the gaps between the desired state and the existing state of inclusive education at national and EU level. The identified gaps are currently being utilized as the basis for designing the CPD curriculum. Once the curriculum is designed it will undergo pilot testing with stakeholders from second level and Further Education and Training in each partner country followed by teacher mobilities between the partners host countries in order to support a collaborative international approach to inclusive education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is expected that through the partnership of a large transnational network of universities, non-government organisations, advocacy groups, and further education organisations, funded by Erasmus+, teachers in second level and further education and training will be offered a continuous professional development programme that is based on current, robust research; that is the identified gaps between the desired state and the existing state of practice. The CPD programme will also be complemented with the opportunities for educators to travel to other countries for experiential learning mobilities, and the development of an online community of practice at transnational level. Thus consolidating the new theories, practices, and concepts, with opportunities to observe and practice in expert institutions, and continue the transformative educational experience through continuing transnational professional dialogue. References Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2013). Successful Qualitative Research - a practical guide for beginners. London; Los Angeles; New Dehli; Singpore; Washington: Sage. European Committee. (2015). Education & Training 2020. Schools policy: A whole school approach to tackling early school leaving - Policy messages. European Commission, Brussels. Korsgaard, M. T., Larsen, V., & Wiberg, M. (2020). Thinking and researching inclusive education without a banister - visiting, listening and tact as a foundation for collective research on inclusive education. Inclusive BC (2019) About - Inclusion BC International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(5), 496-512. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1469680 Suleymanov, F. (2015). Issues of Inclusive Education: Some Aspects to Be Considered. Electronic Journal for Inclusive Education, 3(4), 8, 1-23. Watkins, A., & Meijer, C. J. W. (2016). Implementing inclusive education: Issues in bridging the policy-practice gap (First ed.). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-363620168 Zigmond, N., A. Kloo, and V. Volonino. 2009. ““What, Where, and How? Special Education in the Climate of Full Inclusion”.” Exceptionality 17 (4): 189–204. doi:10.1080/09362830903231986. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Evaluating Erasmus Mundus Masters Learning in Preparing 21st Century Museum and Heritage Educators for Multicultural, Multidisciplinary, Multifaceted Practice. 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Tartu, Estonia; 3European Museum Academy, The Hague Presenting Author:Evaluating Erasmus Mundus Masters Learning in Preparing 21st Century Museum and Heritage Educators for Multicultural, Multidisciplinary, Multifaceted Practice. Dr. Maggie McColl – Senior Lecturer Museum and Heritage Education and Programme Director International Master of Education in Museums and Heritage, University of Glasgow
In this paper, the authors discuss their shared consortia objectives in designing and developing a structure and syllabus to support masters-level learning shaped by the European Commission’s Erasmus+ goal of ‘fostering excellence and worldwide internationalisation of higher education institutions’ (European Commission, online). The authors share the experiences of partners from The Universities of Glasgow, Tartu, County Cork, Malta, Radboud, Iberoamericana Mexico City and the European Museum Academy as they recall the process involved in creating a multidisciplinary degree to equip the next generation of museum and heritage professionals with the necessary skills to navigate a fast-evolving, economically and politically-challenged sector. The first part of this paper addresses the building of the consortium over several years to include a diverse range of international institutions and organisations already expert and active in the teaching of museum and heritage syllabi. The authors discuss the identification and mapping of museum and heritage education content across the five credit awarding partners (UofG, UT, UCC, UM & RU) and the embedding of practice based experience (EMA & UI) to support current and emerging museum and heritage themes evident on a global landscape. The authors place a spotlight on the collaborative process that enabled them to establish effective partnerships, while reflecting on the challenges and risks involved in these initial stages and how they were dealt with. The second part of this paper is situated against the backdrop of Education in Museums and Heritage (EDUMaH) and its evolution from idea to successful 2022 European Commission application, garnering 5.4 million euros for 90+ students scholarships. With the first cohort of 23 students commencing their studies in September 2023, the authors outline the broad cultural profile of the first scholarship recipients and share the group’s initial intended hopes when applying to study EDUMaH. This baseline starting point will be explored alongside the same students’ reflective sense of where they have developed to at the end of their first year of study and their hopes for future development going forward. In particular, the authors will delve into the students’ perceived relevance of their accumulative knowledge and skill sets as a result of participation in EDUMaH in readying them for the future workplace. A key focus in the analysis of student perceptions will be the impact of partnership working on the part of the consortium to create a successful student experience. The authors will share their evaluation of the students’ reflections in terms of their development as compared with the original learning objectives set out by the consortium at the design stage of the programme. These considerations will be used to imagine a way forward for this project and for similar partnerships in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Ontology (the idea of reality) and epistemology (how we seek knowledge) guide the methodology and methods adopted for this study. An interpretivist paradigm is assumed to reflect the negotiable nature of knowledge within cultures, social settings and human relationships. A reflective approach is first used to revisit the original objectives agreed by the EDUMaH partners to establish the foundations of the programme, characterised by relevant international thematic content. Information extracted from the successful EDUMaH Erasmus+ application is presented and analysed alongside supplementary commentary from consortium partners. We will also revisit the earlier failed applications and reflect on the changes that were introduced in the process of reworking the proposal. The programme objectives will be considered in relation to key literature and policy, drawn from international sources with direct relevance to museum and heritage education theory and practice. In addition, with input from consortium partners, we will explore relevant national policy documents and concerns raised therein to assess the programme’s ability to address them. A combined wealth of academic knowledge and practice-based experience position the authors to explore and discuss decisions that informed the design and development of EDUMaH in considerable depth. The approach adopted will allow for strengths and challenges in the collaborative development process to be highlighted and shared. The second stage of the methodology identified for this study is focussed on the student perspective. Information from the students’ scholarship applications is used to present a starting point against which to explore the students’ perceptions of knowledge and skill accumulation at a more advanced stage of study. Quantative and qualitative analysis of students’ perceptions through the use of questionnaires, containing open-ended and closed questions are used to gather data from Erasmus Mundus EDUMaH students on their initial hopes as defined in their applications alongside their perceptions of how they have developed at a later stage in their academic journey. Student perceptions of the partnership aspect of their Erasmus Mundus study are explored to establish its influence on their educational experience. Finally, the partnership perspective as outlined in the first methodological stage is triangulated against the data gleaned from the second: the student perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The various stages of the research project outlined in this paper are intended as a means of evaluating the nature and effectiveness of the partnerships responsible for designing, developing and implementing the International Master of Education in Museums and Heritage Erasmus Mundus degree. By exploring and analysing the consortium partners’ intended objectives for students and the collaborative processes and approaches undertaken when developing the degree, the authors are able to create a reference point against which to compare the student perspective. The findings offer insights to partnership relationships and sense of ‘jointness’ at the developmental stage of designing an Erasmus Mundus Masters programme, including partnerships between formal and informal institutions i.e. universities, museums and heritage organisations. They also offer a lens through which to consider the reality of the Erasmus Mundus student experience and the experience of participating institutions as compared with a theoretical framework that has been shaped by academic and practice experts. Ultimately, the paper illuminates the strengths identified in the consortium partnership’s design and development of their Erasmus Mundus programme in terms of meeting the needs of the 21st century Museum and Heritage Education professional but it also identifies opportunities for improved partnership working, going forward. References Babic, D. (2016) “Bridging the Boundaries between Museum and Heritage Studies” in Museum International, 1 (2) pp.15-28. Blake, J. (2018) “Museums and Safeguarding Intangible Cultural Heritage – Facilitating Participation and Strengthening Their Function in Society” in International Journal of Intangible Heritage 13 pp. 17–32. Cairns, D. (2019) “Researching Social Inclusion in Student Mobility: Methodological Strategies in Studying the Erasmus Programme” in International Journal of Research & Method in Education 42 (2) pp. 137–147. Ferreira-Pereira, L.C. & Pinto, J.M. (2021) Soft Power in the European Union’s Strategic Partnership Diplomacy: The Erasmus Plus Programme in L.C. Ferreira-Pereira & M. Smith (eds) The European Union’s Strategic Partnerships. Palgrave MacMillan pp. 69-94. Ferrer-Yulfo, A. (2022) “Transforming Museum Education Through Intangible Cultural Heritage” in Journal of Museum Education 47 (3) pp. 319–30. Holen, A., Ashwin, P., Maassen, P., Stensaker, B. (2021). “Student Partnership: Exploring the dynamics in and Between Different Conceptualizations” in Studies in Higher Education 46 (12) pp. 2726–2737 Jacobone, V. & Moro, G. (2015) “Evaluating the impact of the Erasmus programme: skills and European identity” in Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 40 (2) pp. 309–328. Labrador, A. M. (2022) “Integrating ICH and Education: A Review of Converging Theories and Methods” in International Journal of Intangible Heritage 17 pp. 13718–36. Nguyen Hai Ngan Tran, da Encarnação, C. A., Amado, F., dos Santos, S. P. (2023) “Challenges and Success Factors of Transnational Higher Education: A Systematic Review” in Studies in Higher Education 48 (1) pp. 113–136 Nikolić Ðerić, T., Neyrinck, J., Seghers, E., Tsakiridis, E. (2020) Museums and Intangible Cultural Heritage: Towards a Third Space in the Heritage Sector. Bruges: Werkplaats immaterieel erfgoed. Malcolm Tight (2022) “Internationalisation of Higher Education Beyond the West: Challenges and Opportunities – the Research Evidence” in Educational Research and Evaluation 27 (3-4) pp. 239–259. Tran, L. T. (2016) “Mobility As ‘Becoming’: A Bourdieuian Analysis of the Factors Shaping International Student Mobility” in British Journal of Sociology of Education 37 (8) pp. 1268–1289. University of Glasgow Connect (online) Making a Success of Erasmus Mundus at https://www.gla.ac.uk/explore/internationalisation/uofgconnect/newsletters/june2023/erasmusmundus/ (last accessed 30.01.24) Vellamo, T., Kivisto, J. & Pausits, A. (2023) “Steering by Stealth? Influenceof Erasmus Mundus Joint Masters Programmes” in European Higher Education Policy, European Journal of Higher Education, 13 (2), pp. 179-196. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 16 SES 08 A: Digital Governance, EdTech and Behaviour Modification Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Teresa Di Spiridione Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Democratizing Digital Governance in Education: Challenges, Opportunities, and Ethical Considerations for School Authorities NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:Research in the field of education has explored the role of accountability policies in different contexts (e.g. Maroy, 2015) and how performance-based systems of accountability have increasingly been implemented to ensure that schools are held responsible for quality improvement on measurable policy-indicators (Camphuijsen, 2020). Recent research has also focused on how digital tools (such as Learning Analytic Platforms, abbreviated as LAPs) are used as policy tools for governance and accountability purposes (Martinez Lunde, 2022). However, less attention has been granted to processes of democratizing these tools by involving and making them transparent to the public. This study intends to address this gap in the literature and contribute to important insights to the intersection of digital and democratic governance of schools, especially in the Nordic countries. The paper is based on the premise that technological democratization is a 'moral imperative'. (Sclove, 1992, p. 143). The Nordic, and especially the Norwegian context emerges as an interesting case as researchers have highlighted tension between internal practice of educational professionals, and external practices such as national testing policy (Martinez Lunde, 2022). Additionally, research suggests that discursive tensions between a language of performance data and democracy has been rendered more visible in policies over time (Larsen et al., 2020).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is inspired by a literature review anchored in the principles outlined by Boote & Beile (2005), meaning it draws from a range of sources, including books, articles, official documents, and research reports related to democratizing of digital governance tools in education over the last 10 years. Moreover, the article employs a post-structural approach to policy analysis (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016); critically examining the role of digital policy tools not only as a means to “solve” problems but are also intrinsically linked to producing them. To support the theoretical investigation, the study applies qualitative synthesis techniques informed by meta-ethnography (Noblitt & Hare, 1988). This method facilitates the synthesis of diverse qualitative studies, which enables the identification of themes and patterns in the findings from different studies utilizing different framework. In conjunction with the meta-ethnographic approach, the study also draws inspiration from the case-study approach (Yin, 2018). By examining several cases, such as the implementation of different digital policy-tools in Norway, the current article seeks to derive comparative insights into the dynamics of policy implementation, thereby aiming to account for contextual variations on how such tools represent challenges and opportunities for school authorities. The methodological synthesis of literature review, post-structural policy analysis, meta-ethnography, and case study-approach ensures a flexible and systematic approach to the complexity when investigating the democratization of policy tools. This synthesis allows for critically analyzing policy-dimensions of digital policy tools based on the first two approaches (literature review and post-structural analysis), while also considering the local and contextually situated studies based on the latter methodological approaches (meta-ethnography and case-study approach). This allows for including studies on how, e.g. municipalities in Norway use digital tools of governance and how these tools are subject to democratization, and what are the possible implications for students’ learning and well-being at school-level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The use of digital governance tools in education has the potential to leverage technologies such as Artificial Intelligence (AI) to ensure cost efficiency and savings. For example, the widely used Conexus Insight in Norway shows a case of the benefits of AI in promoting technical and economic efficiency in the domain of education and accountability. However, this raises the challenge of balancing cost-savings and efficiency with the need for democratic digital governance as a ‘moral imperative’ (Sclove, 1992). Current research suggests that school authorities must exercise discretion to ensure that the use of digital policy tools does not undermine students’ well-being and learning outcomes (Southgate, 2021). The expected outcomes of this study include a contribution to understanding the complex challenges faced when authorities ensure the democratization of digital policy tools in digital governance. The research aims to identify opportunities and potential strategies for promoting transparency, participatory decision-making, and accountability in the use of digital policy tools in education. This understanding can inform policymakers, school authorities and other stakeholders in their efforts to create democratic and inclusive systems of governance, also in the sphere of digital systems of governance. Additionally, the study seeks to contribute to theoretical discussions by expanding the existing knowledge base on the intersection of digital governance, democracy, and the best interest of all students in education. Thus, by critically examining existing policies, theories and frameworks, the article sheds light on the complexities inherent in democratizing policy tools in the context of digital governance. In turn, this may contribute to understanding the role of ethics in professional judgement of school authorities when faced with the adoption and implementation of digital tools in educational settings. This may, in turn, inform the practices of school authorities and policy makers on the uses of digital tools. References Anderson, G. L., & Cohen, M. I. (2018). The New Democratic Professional in Education: Confronting Markets, Metrics, and Managerialism. Teachers College Press. Aristotle. (1999). The Nicomachean Ethics (p. 56). Blackwell. Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis (1st ed.) Palgrave Macmillan. Birmingham, C. (2004). Phronesis: A Model for Pedagogical Reflection. Journal of Teacher Education, 55(4), 313–324. Boote, D. N., & Beile, P. (2005). Scholars Before Researchers: On the Centrality of the Dissertation Literature Review in Research Preparation. In Educational Researcher (Vol. 34, Issue 6, pp. 3–15). https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x034006003 Camphuijsen, M. K. (2020). Coping with performance expectations: towards a deeper understanding of variation in school principals’ responses to accountability demands. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-020-09344-6 Larsen, E., Møller, J., & Jensen, R. (2020). Constructions of professionalism and the democratic mandate in education A discourse analysis of Norwegian public policy documents. Journal of Education Policy, 1–20. Martinez Lunde, I. (2022). Learning analytics as modes of anticipation: enacting time in actor-networks. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1–15. Martinez Lunde, I. (2022). Digitization in school leadership and educational governance: Examples from policy and practice [PhD Dissertation]. University of Oslo. Maroy, C. (2015). Comparing Accountability Policy Tools and Rationales: Various Ways, Various Effects? In H.-G. Kotthoff & E. Klerides (Eds.), Governing Educational Spaces: Knowledge, Teaching, and Learning in Transition (pp. 35–59). Sense Publishers. Noblitt, G. W., & Hare, R. D. (1988). Meta-ethnography. SAGE Publications. O’day, J. A. (2002). Complexity, Accountability, and School Improvement. Harvard Educational Review, 72(3). Sclove, R. E. (1992). The Nuts and Bolts of Democracy: Democratic Theory and Technological Design. In L. Winner (Ed.), Democracy in a Technological Society (pp. 139–157). Springer Netherlands. Sinclair, A. (1995). The chameleon of accountability: Forms and discourses. In Accounting, Organizations and Society (Vol. 20, Issues 2–3, pp. 219–237). https://doi.org/10.1016/0361-3682(93)e0003-y Southgate, E. (2021). Artificial Intelligence and Maching Learning: A Practical and Ethical Guide for Teachers. In C. Wyatt-Smith, B. Lingard, & E. Heck (Eds.), Digital disruption in teaching and testing. Routledge. Sugrue, C., & Solbrekke, T. (Eds.). (2014). Professional responsibility: New Horizons of Praxis. Routledge. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications (6th ed.). SAGE Publications. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper What Change(S) Does The Edtech Industry Offer To School Pedagogy? Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel Presenting Author:In recent decades, there has been a major change in the education technology field, as more and more high-tech companies, including start-ups, enter the educational technology arena, previously dominated by big publishers and non-profit organizations. A large portion of the EdTech sector is profit-driven and sees the educational field as a potential market (Williamson, 2017). The discussion on technology and education has been characterized by cycles of hype, hope, and disappointment (Gouseti, 2010). The rise of the EdTech industry in the education field has been accompanied by a similar hopeful discourse about its potential to disrupt and fix the educational system (Selwyn, 2016). Is it another cycle? This question motivated us to examine what pedagogical change(s) EdTech companies offer to schools and to what extent these changes are linked to the pedagogical changes required in the education system as described in the literature. Educational researchers and leading agencies state that owing to trends of digitalism, globalism, and aspirations towards a knowledge society, life in the 21st century involves new challenges (e.g., growing need for innovation and knowledge creation) (Law 2014; OECD, 2018; Tan et al., 2021). Therefore, today’s students must develop certain skills, orientations, and competencies, often termed 21st-century skills (National Research Council, 2012). Moreover, educational researchers and agencies state that the educational system should undergo a transformative change towards learner-centered pedagogies. This is imperative because the prevailing teacher-centered instruction in schools is deemed inadequate for fostering 21st-century skills among students (Bremner et al., 2022; Tan et al., 2021; OECD, 2018). Learner-centeredness is not merely about students being active during the lesson, but rather, it is about students being involved in decision-making about their learning in dialogue with peers and the teacher, metaphorically co-writing the script of their learning with the teachers. In contrast, in teacher-centered pedagogy, teachers write the learning script: they control every aspect of the educational situation (Ben-David Kolikant, 2019; Bremner et al., 2022; Gutierrez et al., 1995). According to Law (2014), who reviewed empirical studies related to pedagogical innovation and change, another important dimension to consider when analyzing pedagogical innovation and change is the role students, teachers, and technology will play, and their closeness to teacher-centered and learner-centered practice. Finally, learner-centered pedagogies feature high curricular flexibility. Namely a certain degree of freedom for students to make decisions and co-write their learning scripts and the freedom required for teachers to support the diverse needs that emerge as students undergo these learning processes (Bremner et al., 2022). This transformative change towards learner-centered pedagogies means restructuring educational goals and a dramatic change in teachers and students' roles and responsibilities (Law 2014; OECD 2018). Such a change can be classified as a second-order change, a term that refers to cases where the system itself undergoes a change that involves restructuring the goals, procedures, and boundaries of the system. In contrast, first-order change refers to cases where there is a change in the way procedures are carried out in a given system, but the system itself and the essence of these procedures remain the same (Ertmer, 2005; Watzlawick et al., 1974). Technology can support and sustain a second-order change towards learner-centeredness (Ertmer, 2005; Law, 2014; OECD, 2018). We examined EdTech companies that offer pedagogically-oriented products for K-12 formal education from a pedagogical perspective. Data sources were the websites of all companies that presented at the ASU+GSV summit, 2018. Comparing each product’s description against learner-centered pedagogy principles, we revealed that only a few companies aim at second-order change. The majority aim at middle-order change, within which one component of traditional teacher-centered pedagogy is broken, yet the essence of teacher-centeredness is preserved. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We examined all the 368 companies that presented at the ASU+GSV summit in May 2018. We chose this sample because: (a) The ASU+GSV summit is one of the main and most prestigious conferences in the EdTech industry, which gathers investors, entrepreneurs, and educational policymakers from around the world (asugsvsummit.com, 2018). Every year, the conference appears on the list of main industry conventions in Ed-Surge magazine and other magazines such as Forbes, and it has a large number of attendees: over 4000 each year. (b) The companies participating in the conference have not necessarily implemented their product in schools on a wide scale but have already gained the interest of investors and the summit organizers and therefore can be considered industry representatives. We conducted a content analysis of the information presented on each company's website (Skalski, Neuendorf & Cajigas, 2017). Our focus was on companies that offer K-12 pedagogical tools. Out of 368 companies, 66 matched these criteria. These companies' websites were analyzed. We first coded the learning subject(s) the product is intended to be used. Then we characterized the product against the principles of learner-centered pedagogies as described in the literature (e.g., Law, 2014). Specifically, three dimensions were analyzed: who is the scriptwriter, the level of freedom the scriptwriter has, and what is the teacher’s role. The categories in each dimension span an axis, where the category at the lowest level denotes teacher-centeredness and the highest learner-centeredness. We also analyzed the rationale companies present for the necessity of their product in their own language. Three dimensions emerged out of the analysis: Reasons given by the companies; Pedagogical concepts used to describe the product; and Emotional terms describing the use of the product in the classroom. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings About a fifth of the companies (13 companies) offer products supporting first-order pedagogical change, and another fifth (14 companies) promote second-order pedagogical change. Most of these companies offer products for programming and science teaching. Most companies (59%), however, could not be labelled as promoting first- or second-order change. These products provided the students with limited autonomy over the learning script, enabling them to choose a fixed script from a fixed inventory or work on a task at their own pace. Teachers are often provided with dashboards to regulate students’ progress. These products leave most control over the learning script in the teachers’ hands. Namely, a component of traditional pedagogy is broken, yet traditional pedagogy is maintained in essence. We thus conclude that these products offer middle-order change, defined as a change that “represents a compromise; the magnitude of change is greater than [the] first-order change, yet it neither affects the critical success factors nor is strategic in nature.” (Golembiewski et al., 1976, as quoted in Lorenzi and Riley 2000, 119). These findings are discordant with the importance education ministries and policy organizations worldwide ascribe to 21st-century skills and the place of these skills on their agenda (for example, OECD, 2018). Moreover, the companies’ statements regarding the pedagogy their product supports do not align with the relatively small number of products we identified as promoting leaner-centeredness. Our findings put up a warning sign regarding the expectations from the EdTech industry and place the responsibility on the client, the education system, to define how to change transformatively. We should be aware of "mechanic perception" (Fois & Barak, 2016), by which the mere idea of implementing EdTech products is positive unto itself. References Asugsvsummit.com. (2018) About. Retrieved from - http://www.asugsvsummit.com/about/summit-details Ben-David Kolikant, Y. (2019). Adapting school to the twenty-first century: Educators' perspectives. Technology, Pedagogy, and Education, 28(3), 287-299. Bremner, N., Sakata, N., & Cameron, L. (2022). The outcomes of learner-centred pedagogy: A systematic review. International Journal of Educational Development, 94, 102649. Ertmer, P. A. (2005). Teacher pedagogical beliefs: The final frontier in our quest for technology integration?. Educational technology research and development, 53(4), 25-39. Fois Y. & Barak Y. (2016). Teacher education in the maze of pedagogical innovation. Tel Aviv: Mofet Institute (In Hebrew). Gouseti, A. (2010). Web 2.0 and education: not just another case of hype, hope and disappointment?. Learning, Media and Technology, 35(3), 351-356. Law, N. (2014) Comparing pedagogical innovations. In Comparative education research: Approaches and methods, pp. 333-364. Cham: Springer International Publishing. Lorenzi, N. M., & Riley, R. T. (2000). Managing change: an overview. Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association, 7(2), 116-124. National Research Council. (2012). Education for life and work: Developing transferable knowledge and skills in the 21st century. National Academies Press. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. OECD Education Working Papers. OECD Publishing, Paris. Ramiel, H. (2021). Edtech disruption logic and policy work: The case of an Israeli edtech unit. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(1), 20-32. Selwyn, N. (2016). Is technology good for education?. John Wiley & Sons. Skalski, P., Neuendorf, K., and Cajigas (2016) Content Analysis in the Interactive Media Age.In K. Neuendorf (Ed.), The content analysis guidebook. (pp 201-242). Sage. Tan, S. C., Chan, C., Bielaczyc, K., Ma, L., Scardamalia, M., & Bereiter, C. (2021). Knowledge building: Aligning education with needs for knowledge creation in the digital age. Educational Technology Research and Development, 1-24. Watzlawick, P., Weakland, J. H., & Fisch, R. (1974). Change: Principles of problem formation and problem resolution. WW Norton & Company. Williamson, B. (2017). Educating Silicon Valley: Corporate education reform and the reproduction of the techno-economic revolution. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 39(3), 265-288. Wu, Y. C. J., Huang, S., Kuo, L., & Wu, W. H. (2010). Management education for sustainability: A web-based content analysis. Academy of Management Learning & Education, 9(3), 520-531. Zhao, Y. (2018). Personalizable education for greatness. Kappa Delta Pi Record, 54(3), 109-115. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Using Virtual Reality for Pedestrian Behaviour Modification: A Pilot Study. 1Department of Research and Psychology in Education, Complutense University of Madrid, Spain; 2CeDInt, Polithecnical University of Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:Over the last few years, the number of pedestrian fatalities on urban roads has increased, due largely to infractions associated with their behaviors (e.g., crossing when traffic lights are red). It is argued these behaviors reflect a lack of risk perception. Road safety programs have tried to raise awareness through different methods, using quite often experiences with emotional impact (e.g., testimonies of people who have experienced an accident themselves). Advances in technology have made it possible to develop more effective intervention programs. Concretely, VR technology provides new opportunities for human factors research in areas that are dangerous or difficult to study in the real world. Generally, it has been deployed with the aim of increasing the efficacy of these safety programs. Previous studies have demonstrated the potential of VR to improve pedestrian behaviors, especially when it is accompanied by a debriefing and critical reflection. Within this background, the present study aims to provide evidence regarding to what extent the use of VR on road safety might improve pedestrian behavior. Thus, in order to achieve this goal, the following research questions are posed: RQ1: Having an accident as a pedestrian in a VR might help to improve the behavior in urban environments? In particular, does it help to reduce violations and errors and increase positive behavior? (a) The hypothesis regarding RQ1 (Hypothesis 1) is that having an accident as a pedestrian in VR will be associated with a reduction in the number of violations and errors and an increase in the number of positive behaviors. RQ2: Having a reflection and debriefing on the experience in an urban VR environment might help to improve pedestrian behavior? In particular, does it help to reduce violations and errors and increase positive behavior? The hypothesis regarding the RQ2 (Hypothesis 2) is that having a reflection and debriefing on the experience will be associated with a reduction in the number of violations and errors and an increase in the number of positive behaviors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To this end, a 2x2 factorial, quasi-experimental study with pre-post measures was designed, where participants (N = 43; M = 24.5 years; SD = 5.14, female 65.12%, all of them spanish speakers and mainly students in higher education) were randomly assigned to one of four conditions. Namely, Group 1(Accident in VR/Debriefing) visually experienced an accident in the VR environment and subsequently participated in a joint reflection process; Group 2(Accident in VR/NoDebriefing) visually experienced an accident in the VR environment, without post-reflection; Group 3 (NoAccident in VR/Debriefing) participated in a VR environment without an accident but with post-reflection; and Group 4 (NoAccident in VR/NoDebriefing) participated in a VR environment without an accident and without post-reflection. Data was collected over three weeks, and the sessions were individual and lasted approximately 45 minutes per person. The different stages of the process were, Stage 1 (pre-self-report measures), Stage 2 (pre-post behavioral measures), Familiarization scenario, Scenario 1 (pre-behavioral measures), Debriefing/Nodebriefing, Scenario 2 (post behavioral measures), and Stage 3 (post self-report measures). Therefore, the analysis was twofold. The pedestrian behavior was tested using both self-report measures (i.e., using Walking Behaviour Questionnaire) and behavioral measures (i.e., pedestrian behavior in VR). Pre-post data were collected in both cases. Moreover, Multivariate analysis (MANOVA) and Generalised Linear Mixed Models (GLMM) were applied for statistical analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main results revealed that: -(a) Participants reported a general reduction in the number of violations of the norms, regardless of the condition. Although MANOVA results revealed nonsignificant differences between the four groups (Pillai’s Trace = .207 , F= .962; df= 9.117; p= .475), there was a main effect on pedestrian behaviour regarding pre-post measures, in particular, there was a significant reduction in the number of violations (F (1,84)= 8.60 ; p < .005), as also shown by descriptive analysis . -(b) There was a significant reduction in the number of violations committed in VR (i.e., crossing when the traffic light is red, in the condition where participants previously experienced an accident (X² (1) = 15.04; p < .001). These results support the potential of using VR environments to improve pedestrian behavior. Although the GLMM revealed no main effect of the variables, there was a significant interaction between receiving debriefing or not and the time (χ² (1) = 4.685; p = .03), in other words, there were differences between pre-post, depending on whether the participants received debriefing or not. In sum, the findings also show that the mere experimentation of an accident in VR was not associated with a reduction in the number of violations and errors and a rise in positive behaviors. However, there was a decrease in violations in all the group conditions. In particular, participants reflected on their opinions in the post, claiming that they had experienced changes in their behavior. However, they did not know whether to associate them with filling in the questionnaire or experiencing VR. In other words, completing the Walking Behaviour Questionnaire might force participants to reflect on their behavior as pedestrians, and in turn, modify it. References -Feng, Q., Luo, H., Li, W., Chen, Y., & Zhang, J. (2021). The moderating effect of debriefing on learning outcomes of IVR-based instruction: an experimental research. Applied Sciences, 11(21), 10426. https://doi.org/10.3390/app112110426 -Granié, M. A., Pannetier, M., & Gueho, L. (2013). Developing a self-reporting method to measure pedestrian behaviors at all ages. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 50, 830-839. -Hou, M., Chen, S., & Cheng, J. (2022). The effect of risk perception and other psychological factors on mobile phone use while crossing the street among pedestrians. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 170, 106643. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aap.2022.106643 -Luo, H., Yang, T., Kwon, S., Li, G., Zuo, M., & Choi, I. (2021). Performing versus observing: Investigating the effectiveness of group debriefing in a VR-based safety education program. Computers & Education, 175, 104316.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104316 -Observatorio Nacional de Seguridad Vial (2023). Siniestralidad mortal en vías interurbanas 2022; Dirección General de Tráfico: Madrid, España -Osorio-García, D., Hernández-Pulgarín, G., & Escobar, D. A. (2023). Profiles of pedestrian risk behavior while crossing the street. Safety science, 163, 106120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssci.2023.106120 -Purcell, C., & Romijn, A. (2020). Teaching children road safety using a simulated environment. Journal of Education and Educational Development, 7(1), 44-54. https://doi.org/10.22555/joeed.v7i1.2948 -Schneider, S., Maruhn, P., Dang, N. T., Pala, P., Cavallo, V., & Bengler, K. (2022). Pedestrian crossing decisions in virtual environments: behavioral validity in CAVEs and head-mounted displays. Human factors, 64(7), 1210-1226. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018720820987446 -Seo, H. J., Park, G. M., Son, M., & Hong, A. J. (2021). Establishment of virtual-reality-based safety education and training system for safety engagement. Education Sciences, 11(12), 786. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11120786 -Useche, S. A., Alonso, F., & Montoro, L. (2020). Validation of the walking behavior questionnaire (WBQ): a tool for measuring risky and safe walking under a behavioral perspective. Journal of Transport & Health, 18, 100899. -Useche, S. A., Hezaveh, A. M., Llamazares, F. J., & Cherry, C. (2021). Not gendered… but different from each other? A structural equation model for explaining risky road behaviors of female and male pedestrians. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 150, 105942. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aap.2020.105942 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 17 SES 08 A: Education, Justice, and Politics of Reparation Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ana Luísa Paz Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Trans Past That Might Yet Have Been: A Reparative History for Justice-to-Come Centring Education from (Early) Childhood upwards (Portugal-Norway) 1Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway; 2Universidade do Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:As queer scholars (non-binary trans and gay, respectively), in this paper we explore the potential of a history of education committed to recovering from Western colonial violence trans, gender nonconforming and queer experiences from early childhood to adulthood. Starting from historical accounts (Actualidade 1879, O Comércio do Porto 1879, Lusitano & Froilaz 1879, O Tripeiro 1926) of the life and education of António Custodio das Neves (1858-1888), born in Portugal’s Douro region, assigned female at birth yet growing up male, and emerging from such accounts as the ‘Woman Man’/‘Man Woman’ [‘Mulher-Homem’ /‘Homem-Mulher’], we confront ‘colonialist practices of avoidance and erasure’ (Barad 2017, 76; 2023, 37) having invisibilised gender-nonconforming, nonheteronormative existences and experiences like his. We commit ourselves to a history ‘with and against the archives’ of a past ‘that has yet to be done’ (Martins forthcoming; Hartman 2008, 13) involving ‘times, places, beings [that] bleed through one another’ (Barad 2014, 179) into our present. Centring education from early childhood onwards as a trope with no less tangible effects, this history addresses ‘meaningful absence’, ‘void’, or ‘gaps’ as ‘excess’: a ‘lively tension, a desiring orientation toward being/becoming’ (Martins forthcoming; Barad 2015, 396; Hartman 2008, 5, 12). Trans/gender nonconforming and queer experiences thus did (not) yet exist (if) only (differently) ‘at their intersection with institutions of disciplinary power’ (Martins forthcoming; Heyam 2022, Mesch 2020) constraining the conditions of their non/existence (Barad 2017, Hartman 2008; Foucault 1972, 1980). Among such institutions were those policing conduct in civil society from a legal perspective, those studying, cataloguing and treating conditions based on then-prevalent views of medicine, psychiatry and psychology, but also educational institutions, from kindergarten onwards. Beyond Modern notions of linear temporality that stabilise boundaries between past, present and future (Thyssen 2024) governing dominant ‘fictions of history’, we endeavour to rescue ‘impossible stories’ (Hartman 2008, 10) ‘that are not the histories … archives wish to recount (Martins forthcoming, Steedman 2001) but may carry with them ('un/timely') 'difference that portends the future' (Grosz 2004, 11) present and yet to come. Any eventual such difference 'matters' as ‘substance and significance’ (Barad 2007, 3) for education, from kindergarten to school and beyond, in Portugal as elswhere in Europe. The case of António Custodio das Neves is intended as a preparatory excursion into a wider history of gender nonconformity and queerness in education from early childhood education and kindergarten upwards, particularly in Portugal and Norway (see e.g., Askland & Rossholt 2009). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Through what the literary scholar and historian of slavery Saidiya Hartman and the queer/feminist and quantum field theory scholar Karen Barad – both committed to troubling the machinations of colonialism – have figured methodologically as ‘critical fabulation’ (Hartman 2008) and ‘reconfiguration’ (‘material imagination’ as ‘embodied re-membering’/‘re-turning’)(Barad 2015, 2014), respectively, we set out to produce a reparative trans educational history of António Custodio das Neves’s experiences, venturing into what ‘could’, ‘might’ or ‘might yet have been’ (Hartman 2008, 5; Barad 2017, 56; 2015, 389). We thereby employ 'trans[/queer] as both 'identity and analytic’ undoing radical difference between male/female, Self/Other, here/there, and now/then coemerged with Modern Western colonialist ventures (Lehner 2019, 45) also for ‘visual technologies’ reifying a ‘gender binary system’ and (superficial) ‘aesthetic of sexual difference’ (Lehner 2019, Martins forthcoming). We flesh out trans experience anew from a situated mesh of time, place, age, gender, ethnicity, and class. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We intend to advance a ‘“recombinant narrative,” which “loops the strands” of incommensurate accounts and … weaves present, past, and future’ (Hartman 2008, 12), as ‘a work of mourning more accountable to… the victims of … colonialist … violence’ (Barad 2017, 56), yet resisting closure (Best & Hartman 2005) as well as foreclosure of ‘possibilities of justice-to-come’ (Barad 2017, 62). In doing so, we make a broader case for the urgent need for historiography of education to trouble colonialisms continuing to haunt it as it reproduces systems of power sustaining a ‘grammar' of 'violence’ (Martins forthcoming) and ‘cis colonial gender binaries’ (a matrix of cisgenderism reified in the West with the carrying out of colonialisation projects elsewhere, cf. Vaid-Menon 2020; Vaid-Menon in Lehner 2019, 61) and, along with it, ‘difference as apartheid’ (Barad 2014, 170; Trinh 1988, 2011; Anzaldúa 1987). References Actualidade, 6 March 1879 [cited in O Tripeiro 1926] Anzaldúa, G. (1987). Borderlands/La Frontera: The New Mestiza. Spinsters/Aunt Lute. Askland, L. & Rossholt, N. (2009). Kjønnsdiskurser i barnehagen: mening, makt, medvirkning. Bergen: Fagbokforlaget. Barad, K. (2014). “Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart.” Parallax, 20, 168-187. Barad, K. (2015). Transmaterialities: Trans*/Matter/Realities and Queer Political Imaginings. GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies, 21(2-3), 387-422. Barad, K. (2017). Troubling Time/s and Ecologies of Nothingness: Re-turning, Re-Membering, and Facing the Incalculable. New Formations, 92(5), 56-86. Barad, K. (2023). Nuclear Hauntings & Memory Fields, For the Time-Being(s). Apocalyptica 1, 24-39. Best, S., & Hartman, S., (2005). Fugitive Justice, Representations, 92(1), 1-15. Foucault, M. (1972). Archaeology of Knowledge. Pantheon. Foucault, M. (1980). Nietzsche, Genealogy, History. In D. F. Bouchard (Ed.), Language, Counter-Memory, Practice. Selected Essays and Interviews by Michel Foucault (pp. 139-164). Cornell University Press. Hartman, S. (2008). Venus in Two Acts. Small Axe: A Caribbean Journal of Criticism, 12(2), 1-14. Heyam, K. (2022). Before We Were Trans: A New History of Gender. Basic Books. Lehner, A. (2019). Trans Self-Imaging Praxis, Decolonizing Photography, and the Work of Alok Vaid-Menon. Refract: An Open Access Visual Studies Journal, 2, 45-77. Lusitano, P. [Leal, P.] and Froilaz, P. [Ferreira, P.](1879). Maria coroada ou o scisma da Granje de Tedo. Veradeira história da mulher-homem ou do homem-mulher, António Custodio das Neves ou Antónia Custodia das Neves. Typografia de Manuel José Pereira. Martins, C. (forthcoming). Trabalhar com e contra os arquivios: Por uma prática histórica de vidas trans. Mesch, R. (2020). Before Trans: Three Gender Stories from the Nineteenth Century. Stanford University Press. Minh-ha, Trinh T. (1988). ‘Not You/Like You’: Post-Colonial Women and the Interlocking Question of Identity and Difference’. Inscriptions, 3-4 [special issues ‘Feminism and the Critique of Colonial Discourse’], http://culturalstudies.ucsc.edu/PUBS/Inscriptions/vol_3-4/minh-ha.html. Minh-ha, Trinh T. (2011). Elsewhere, Within Here: Immigration, Refugeeism, and the Boundary Event. Routledge. O Comércio do Porto, 6 and 8 March 1879 [cited in O Tripeiro 1926 and Lusitano & Froilaz 1879, resp.] O Tripeiro, 1(4)[Series 3], 1926, 53-54. Steedman, C. (2001). Dust: The Archive and Cultural History. Rutgers University Press. Thyssen, G. (2024). Closures and Apertures of Boundary as a Theoretical-Methodological Lens: Historiography of Education as Boundary-Drawing Knowledge Making. Rivista di Storia dell’Educazione, 11(1), 21-38. Vaid-Menon, A. (2020). Beyond the Gender Binary. Penguin. 17. Histories of Education
Paper "That Fight Still Goes On": Narratives of Integration and Activism 1Augusta University, United States of America; 2Louisiana State University, United States of America; 3Frederick University, Cyprus Presenting Author:Discussions of Black history and school desegregation in many US K-12 schools have been narrowed to a few heroic figures and moments. Historic representations are currently challenged by a nationwide movement to uphold White supremacy and deny the violent history of racism in the US. The revisionist claims are challenged in this qualitative narrative research project that presents stories gathered from 10 Black educators in Augusta, Georgia, who recount their stories of desegregating schools and institutions as students or educators. This oral history narrative project imagines these stories as the basis for engaging K-12 teachers and students in creating new curricula. Although African American history is part of the K-12 curriculum, the complexity and diversity in the experiences of African-descended people in the United States is rarely represented (Byrd & Jangu, 2009). Recognizing all of African Americans’ experiences in the US challenges the popular understanding of America, its place in the world, and its moral standing, and thus this full description is generally not welcomed (Hannah-Jones, 2019). Teachers need to be equipped with a rich understanding of the circumstances that African Americans have endured, the economic and political as well as individual, and deliberate forces that created those circumstances, and the triumphs and achievements of African American communities despite the challenges (Byrd & Jangu, 2009). One way to disrupt popular discourses that claim the moral authority of the US and uphold white supremacy is to teach local stories that enhance national examples of resistance, struggle, and achievement in Black communities. We use the words African American and Black interchangeably in this paper to describe people and community in Augusta, Georgia, where people self-identify as African American and Black, and are multigeneration residents of the US. We also follow the authors when referencing research literature as they have used these terms. The experiences of those in the community who personally advocated for change in order to create access and greater justice remind teachers and their students that we are all responsible for creating the communities we want to live in. The stories told in this oral history research project highlight the brave acts of educators and students in many settings: teachers who took the first steps to create meaningful educational experiences for their newly desegregated classrooms of students, community educational efforts in which media distortions and omissions were countered through forms of public pedagogy, and student responses to experiences of new and hostile school environments. They remind us of the costs of these efforts, as well as the gains achieved. They also remind us of the slippery forms of backlash that have sprung up since the Brown vs. Board of Education Supreme Court decision (Brown v. Board of Education, 1954), and the insidious ways that discrimination continues to assert itself (Mattia, 2021). These stories are relevant as we struggle to engage students in conversations that counter discourses that uphold white supremacy, or the “majoritarian stories” (Solórzano & Yosso, 2002). These discourses can be found in the language of our students and in the local media presentations on questions regarding school curricula and student activism. “Everyday schooling in America rests deeply on this history [of white coloniality], which positions Eurocentric values and the impetus to control and erase BIPOC at the center of what we view as standard, decent, and desirable for intellectual acuity” (Lyiscott et al., 2020, p. 368). Because of the global resurgence and political support of the erasure of Blackness and colonial harms in national discourses on race and education, it is imperative to highlight history that complicates a simple narrative about the Black experience in the US. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Central Savannah River Area (CSRA) Education Oral History Project asked a broad question of a wide variety of participants to understand the experiences of education in the CSRA through a historical lens. We asked participants to describe their identities and roles in education for us and then asked an open-ended question, such as, “What are some of the things that have happened or are happening in the area that are of historical and educational importance? And how have your efforts contributed to the education of people?” Beginning in spring 2016, 23 people were interviewed. They were identified using snowball sampling, and participant self-identification. Starting with colleagues teaching at the university, we asked to hear more detailed recollections of short, interesting anecdotes that we had heard about our local schools and educational leaders. Twelve men and 11 women, 10 of whom identified as African American and 10 of whom identified as White, as well as three people who are immigrant adult arrivals to this country participated. All worked in some capacity in education, including art museums, as working artists, and in religious settings. Each of the three researchers conducted face-to-face interviews, each roughly one hour or more in duration. Stories narrated by these 23 participants were video- and audio-recorded and have been transcribed and archived. As we began discussing the interviews we realized that the stories of desegregation were “hidden histories,” (Graham, 2022), those stories that are known within families or among friends, but not officially recorded as the history of the place or taught within schools. The stories selected for this analysis represent those that to the researchers demonstrated a robust rebuttal to the taken-for-granted narratives of educational deficits and failures attributed to Black neighborhoods and families (Au, et al. 2016) in Augusta. While we have analyzed the corpus of stories that we collected in other publications (Christodoulou et al., 2022; Quinn et al., 2020), as we read and wrote about the complexity of the stories told about education of African Americans in the CSRA prior to and during desegregation, we decided we needed to use a Critical Race Theory-informed analytic lens that would allow us to develop an analysis around the counterstories participants were telling (Bhattacharya, 2017). As we engaged with CRT and counterstories we made the analytic decision to let the stories of the African American participants stand alone in this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers in schools need access to curricula that guides them to age-appropriate ways to teach history discussing the violence and challenges faced by Black students and families in Augusta, not that long ago, as well as Black history that is not about violence or slavery (Byrd & Jangu, 2009). We argue that knowing this history makes us better citizens and critics of threats to our institutions in the present moment. It is therefore imperative that students understand this history. Students can learn to be critical thinkers about current events and history only if we provide them the tools of our disciplines that demonstrate how events get interpreted and how people experienced those events in real time (Muhammad, 2020). Students are not immune from hearing about violence and have been compelled to listen to stories of very recent terror and violence, such as White supremacist attacks or shooting deaths of Black people in their communities. Not teaching about these events and similar events in history leaves intact a story of completion about integration and the overcoming of racism. It fails to link the racism of the (recent and distant) past with the effects of racism today in the understanding of many in the US. What do we learn from these omissions or inclusions about intractable, enduring violence and conflict cases related to, but also extending beyond race, such as religion and ethnic differences in Europe and the world, including, Cyprus, Israel, Palestine, Ukraine, India, Ireland, and the like? How can oral history be used in education to teach these conflicts, learn from the past and create better futures? What kind of curriculum would embrace such and what teaching and learning methodologies could be employed? And how can we access memory as curriculum in all these different contexts and conflicts? References Au, W., Brown, A. L., & Calderon, D. (2016). Reclaiming the multicultural roots of U.S. curriculum: Communities of color and official knowledge in education. Teachers College Press. Banks, J. A. (1993). The canon debate, knowledge construction, and multicultural education. Educational Researcher, 22(5), 4-14. Beverly, J. (2005). Testimonio, subalternity, and narrative authority. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The Sage handbook of qualitative research (3rd ed.) (pp. 547-557). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Bell, D. A. (2004). Silent covenants: Brown v. Board of Education and the unfulfilled hopes for racial reform. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka. 347 U.S. 483 (1954). https://www.loc.gov/item/usrep347483/ Byrd, N. B., & Jangu, M. (2009). "A Past is not a heritage": Reclaiming indigenous principles for global justice and education for Peoples of African Descent. In J. Andrzejewski, M. P. Baltodano, & L. Symcox (Eds.), Social Justice, Peace, and Environmental Education: Transformative Standards (pp. 193-215). Routledge. Dixson, A. D. & Rousseau, C. K. (2006). And we are still not saved: Critical Race Theory in education ten years later. In A. D. Dixson & C. K. Rousseau (Eds.), Critical Race Theory in Education: All God’s Children Got a Song (pp. 31-56). New York, NY: Taylor & Francis Group. Graham, M. (2022). The house where my soul lives: The life of Margaret Walker. Oxford University Press. Hannah-Jones, N. (2019, August 19). The 1619 Project. The New York Times Magazine, 1-100. The New York Times. Lyiscott, J. J., Caraballo, L., Filipiak, D., Riina-Ferrie, J., Yeom, M., & Lee, M. A. (2020). Cyphers for Justice: Learning from the wisdom of intergenerational inquiry with youth. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 42(5), 363-383. Mattia, T. (2021). Resegregated schools, racial attitudes, and long-run partisanship: Evidence for white backlash (EdWorkingPaper: 21-401). Retrieved from Annenburg Institute at Brown University. https://doi.org/10.26300/5ym8-zt04 Muhammad, G. (2020). Cultivating genius: An equity framework for culturally and historically responsive literacy. Scholastic. Zimmerman, M. (2004). Testimonio. In M. S. Lewis-Beck, A. Bryman, & T. F. Liao (Eds.), The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods. (pp. 1119-1120). Sage Publications, Inc. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781412950589.n1006 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 17 SES 08 B: Educational Reform – Myriad Historical Perspectives Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Tamar Groves Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Reflecting on a Proven Past, Preserving a Successful Present, Hoping for a Better Future - Connotations of Pedagogical Reform Universität Jena, Germany Presenting Author:This article draws on data and research results from an ongoing research and indexing project conducted by the author in close cooperation with the Bibliothek für Bildungsgeschichtliche Forschung in Berlin (BBF). Funded by the DFG - German Research Foundation - (04/2022-03/2025), the project "Thinking Education Across Borders" aims at the indexing, digitization, analysis, and open access provision of a unique and educationally valuable corpus: The international correspondence estate of Wilhelm Rein (1847-1929), the first full professor of education in Germany. As a source corpus, this legacy offers extensive research potential on the developmental dynamics of educational theory and practice worldwide and international educational networks. It also reveals boundaries and synergies in the professional pedagogical milieu, especially between actors in a highly visible academic pedagogical milieu and pedagogical actors who were primarily active in pedagogical fields that were more distant from universities, such as elementary school teachers, or who had a harder time gaining recognition or attention in academic milieus for various reasons (e.g., gender, social or geographic origin). By exploring these contexts, a contribution can be made to generating exemplary insights into dynamics in professional milieus more generally. One of the research focuses is on the exemplary identification and investigation of different connotations and objectives of the motif of pedagogical reform. (1) From a transcending perspective, the significance of this motif for a professional exchange across (e.g. professional, temporal, socio-cultural and gender) boundaries will be examined. (2) Comparatively, it examines how geographical, economic, political and socio-cultural factors have determined connotations, objectives and practices of pedagogical reform and produced different approaches to reform-oriented pedagogy. (3) Terminologically, the question of interest is whether pedagogical reform always has progressive connotations or whether reformist (theoretical and practical) approaches in pedagogy can also be conservative or regressive. The motif of pedagogical reform is understood as a fundamental systematic signature of pedagogy (cf. Koerrenz 2014), in the sense that all pedagogy is in itself and always reform pedagogy (cf. Oelkers 2005) and sets itself the task of changing a society experienced as crisis-ridden or imperfect for the better through education or creating the foundations for empowering people to become mature. Thus, all pedagogical theory and practice can be interpreted as a work of hope. By researching the historical connotations and objectives of pedagogical reform and by tracing their interplay in an exemplary manner, the aim is to contribute to making pedagogical reform understandable as a timeless pedagogical motif and to remind us of historical solutions and examples of good pedagogical practice with regard to current social and pedagogical challenges. Insights into the diversity of possible pedagogical reform claims and objectives, into the historical development of such connotations of pedagogical reform, as well as the search for timeless patterns in the interplay of pedagogical and (social) reform claims, can contribute to understanding, critically reflecting on, and questioning current objectives of and claims to education and educational reform. Insights into factors that have enabled and hindered understanding between different actors and groups of actors in historical discourses on the tasks, goals and perspectives of pedagogy can help to shape current pedagogical discourses more effectively, to understand them better and to bring together actors with different objectives on the basis of common pedagogical concerns (e.g. educational justice). Finally, historical findings on pedagogical reform concerns can point to persistent grievances or the need for reform, inspire approaches to solutions or allow critical reflection on whether current theories and practices are falling behind historical developmental progress in pedagogy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is conducted from a comparative and transcending educational history perspective. The transcending perspective was developed as a new research approach in the research project, considering the particular source material. This approach is shortly presented in the paper. The methodology combines hermeneutic and qualitative-quantitative methods with DH-methods (e.g. Collocation and co-occurrence analysis, topic modelling via text mining and digital supported methods of network analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Using the evaluated source material as an example, different connotations of pedagogical reform are presented in a historical context. The diversity of possible pedagogical reform claims and objectives will be demonstrated and timeless patterns in the interplay of pedagogical and (social) reform claims will be shown. In this context, it will be argued that pedagogy in general must be regarded as an essentially and fundamentally reformist social development phenomenon and that pedagogical theory and practice are always both the result of historical efforts and hopes for better futures as well as an expression of constant work on the present or on future presents or future utopias. These connections will be reflected on with reference to factors that have enabled and hindered an understanding between different actors and groups of actors in historical discourses on the tasks, goals and perspectives of pedagogy. It will also be shown by way of example that a historical awareness of the development of pedagogical approaches can sharpen the focus on tried and tested approaches and general pedagogical principles in the sense of best practice and generally valid pedagogical theories as a touchstone for (avoidable) pedagogical innovations. References The MAIN SOURCES for this contribution are historical correspondence documents, which are currently being edited, analyzed and prepared for digital publication in the course of the project that the research is part of. DROUX, J., HOFSTETTER, R. (2014): Going international: the history of education stepping beyond boarders. In: Paedago-gica Historica 50, Nr. 1-2, S. 1-9, DOI: 10.1080/00309230.2013.877500 GRUNDIG DE VAZQUEZ, Katja (2020): Thinking Education beyond Borders – The Pedagogic Correspondence Legacy of Wilhelm Rein as an Access to Historical Transnational Contacts and Networks of Educational Reform. In: Historia Scholastica 1/2020, pp. 109-123. DOI:10.15240/tul/006/2020-1-008 KOERRENZ, R.: Reformpädagogik. Eine Einführung. Paderborn 2014. MAYER, Christine (2019): The Transnational and Transcultural: Approaches to Studying the Circulation and Transfer of Educational Knowledge. In: Fuchs, E., Roldán Vera, E. (Hrsg.): The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and Perspectives. Cham. eBook: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1, S. 49-68. MAYRING, P.: Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. 12., überarbeitete Auflage. Weinheim und Basel 2015. MÜLLER, Lars (2019): Kooperatives Management geisteswissenschaftlicher Forschungsdaten. In: ABI Technik 2019, 39(3), pp.194-201. OELKERS, Jürgen (2005): Reformpädagogik. Eine kritische Dogmengeschichte. Weinheim. POPKEWITZ, Thomas S. (2019): Transnational as Comparative History: (Un)Thinking Difference in the Self and Others. In: Fuchs, E., Roldán Vera, E. (Hrsg.): The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and Perspectives. Cham. eBook: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1, S. 261-291. ROLDÁN VERA, Eugenia, FUCHS, Eckhardt (2019): Introduction: The Transnational in the History of Education. In: Fuchs, E., Roldán Vera, E. (Hrsg.): The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and Perspectives. Cham. eBook: https://doi.org/10.1007 /978-3-030-17168-1, S. 1-47. SKIERA, E.: Reformpädagogik in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Eine kritische Einführung. 2. Ed. München 2010. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Mitigation of Social Turbulence Through the Educational System: The Case of Educational Integration in Israel, 1977-1959 Ben Gurion University, Israel Presenting Author:In 1968, after a long process lasting over a decade, the Israeli Ministry of Education adopted the reform in the structure school-system, which was the most comprehensive and expensive reform in the history of the Israeli education system. Fundamentally, the reform altered the structure of schools, created a new framework for comprehensive middle school following elementary school, and championed educational integration between students from different socioeconomic backgrounds. The reform was a response to rising social tensions between two groups with distinct identities and social standings – Mizrahi and Ashkenazi Jews. The large migration of Mizrahi Jews from Islamic countries and their absorption primarily by Ashkenazi Jews from European countries created persistent social friction and ingrained inequality in the young Israeli state. In 1959, a popular protest erupted in the port city of Haifa, spreading to other towns in Israel. This protest, known as the Wadi Salib events, expressed the social unrest between Mizrahim and Ashkenazim, with protest leaders demanding distributive and cultural equality, with one of their central demands being equality in education. In many ways, the education reform was a policy response by decision-makers to leverage the education system as a tool to reduce gaps and ease social tensions, yet despite starting implementation in the late 1960s, another social protest erupted in 1971 – the Black Panthers movement – making clear to policymakers the urgent need to address socioeconomic unrest. In my lecture, I will seek to answer whether there was a necessary link between those social protests and the reform policy that created Israeli middle schools and promoted an agenda of educational integration between Mizrahim and Ashkenazim. In doing so, I will explain the motivations behind the reform and clarify why the ministers from the Israeli Labor Party spearheading it did not initially aim to change inequality in education but rather to first and foremost prevent social unrest. They adopted models from American, French, Dutch, British and Swedish education and thereby created a reform that transformed the education system – but not necessarily the reality of social inequality. In closing, I will provide a brief comparative outlook on similar reforms implemented in Western Europe and the United States to understand the historical shift in secondary education in the decades after 1945. The lecture is grounded in the methodology of the political history of education and relies on extensive archival research of primary contemporary sources as well as local and international scholarly literature on education reforms, educational integration, and inequality in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of my lecture is historical research based on archival materials, influenced by three scholarly traditions – the history of education, Israel studies, and the study of reforms and politics of education. The archival material underpinning the lecture comes from 10 different archives across Israel, chiefly the Israel State Archives, the Israeli Parliament (Knesset) Archives, municipal archives, the Jewish Education Archives, and others. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A key output of my lecture is the initial drafting of a paper that I intend to submit for publication in an English journal. Additionally, the discussion on utilizing the education system as an instrument to mitigate social unrest is highly important to me as both an educator and researcher, and I look forward to engaging my colleagues whom I will meet at the conference in conversations on this topic. References Jon Clark (Editor), James S. Coleman, London and New York: RoutledgeFalmer (1996). Stephen J. Ball, Education Policy and Social Class: The selected works of Stephen J. Ball, London and New York: Routledge (2006) Aaron Schutz, Social class, social action, and education: the failure of progressive democracy, New York: Palgrave Macmillan (2010) Peter Mandler, Presidential Address: Educating the Nation I: Schools, Transactions of the Royal Historical Society 24 (2014) Hilda T.A. Amsing and Nelleke Bakker, Comprehensive education: lost in the mi(d)st of a debate. Dutch politicians on equal opportunity insecondary schooling (1965–1979), History of Education 43:5 (2014), 657-675. Joshua Zeitz, Building the Great Society: Inside Lyndon Johnson's Whith House, New York: Viking (2018). I can provide a comprehensive bibliography of sources in Hebrew, but I assumed that would not be relevant for this submission. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Representation of Individual and Collective Agency in the Life Narratives of Educational Reformers: the Case of Lithuania 1Klaipėda University, Lithuania; 2Mykolas Romeris University, Lithuania Presenting Author:
The phenomenon of educational reform has been extensively researched. However, the individuals responsible for designing and implementing these reforms have not received adequate attention from researchers. There is a lack of authentic evidence regarding the survival of educational reform, its significance for people's personal and professional lives, its current perspective, and the importance attached to it by reformers in assessing the current educational system and the development of society as a whole. This type of research is deficient not only in Lithuania but also in other European countries that have undergone or are undergoing socio-political transformations aimed at building or sustaining democratic values. The personal experiences hold immense value as historical testimony and provide a better understanding of the path of educational reforms, as well as insights into the future. The research is based on cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT), which comprises three main ideas. Firstly, humans act collectively, learn by doing, and communicate through their actions. Secondly, humans create, use, and modify various tools to learn and communicate. Finally, community plays a central role in the process of creating and interpreting meaning, and therefore in all forms of learning, communication, and action. (Foot, 2014, p.3) CHAT is used to discuss the correlation between personal and collective agency, and to reveal the transformative and ecological aspects of agency in our research data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the research project, we conducted interviews with 18 active participants of the educational reform using a life narrative approach (Goodson, Gill, 2011). This approach blends the personal subjective experiences of research participants with the researcher's worldview and experience, within a wider social, political, and historical context. Collaborative inquiry is a process in which research participants and researchers engage in a dialogue to reflect on the meanings of their past experiences for the present and future of educational transformation. The study employed in-depth non-structured interviews as the primary method of inquiry. Participants were asked to reflect on their experiences during the initial stage of educational reform (1988-1995), the influence of those experiences on their present professional life, and their aspirations for the future of educational transformation. This paper presents the initial and preliminary analyses of interview data, which reveal interrelations between personal and collective agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper, we present a small part of an ongoing study on the experiences of education reformers, focusing on the interrelation between personal and collective agency, reflected in lived experiences. The findings of the study will be presented in the broader context of Eastern and Central European countries that have undergone a transition from one social order to another. We argue that in the transformative context of social life, an individual as an agent ('I') is not limited to their own experiences or the exaggeration of their role, but rather perceives themselves as part of the whole ('we'). The study's findings confirm that there is little distinction between the use of 'I' and 'we' as acting agents. The notion of collective agency exists in an individual consciousness and manifests as collective will, desire, belief, and emotion. These two poles of individual and collective agencies are closely intertwined and equally manifest as the lived experiences of all research participants. The bridges that tightly connect them are the ideas of Freedom and Responsibility. Individuals have the freedom to think and create, while also bearing responsibility for others, the future of education, and the future of their nation. Individuals, as committed, self-aware, critically reflective agents represent themselves in singular and plural terms. References Foot, K. (2015) . Using Cultural-Historical Activity Theory to Analyze Social Service Practices Evolving from the Norwegian HUSK Projects, Journal of Evidence-Informed Social Work, 12:1, 112-123, DOI: 10.1080/15433714.2014.960243; Geros mokyklos koncepcija (Concept of The Good School) (2016). Vilnius: Švietimo aprūpinimo centras; Goodson, I.F., Gill, S.R. (2011) Narrative Pedagogy. Life History and Learning. New York: Peter Lang; Lukšienė, M. (Ed.) (1989). Tautinė mokykla (National school). Vilnius: Žinijos draugija; Pranckūnienė, E., Ruškus, J. (2016). The Lithuanian Case: Faster than history but slower than a lifetime. In Fink, D. (Ed.) (2016). Trust and Verify. The Real Keys to School Improvement. UCL IE Press, University College, London, p. 131-151 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., Robinson, S. (2015) Teacher Agency. An Ecological Approach. London: Bloomsbury Shteynberg, G., Hirsh, J. B., Garthoff, J., & Bentley, R. A. (2022). Agency and Identity in the Collective Self. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 26(1), 35-56 doi.org/10.1177/10888683211065921 Westley, F. R., O. Tjornbo, L. Schultz, P. Olsson, C. Folke, B. Crona and Ö. Bodin. (2013). A theory of transformative agency in linked social-ecological systems. Ecology and Society 18(3): 27. http://dx.doi. org/10.5751/ES-05072-180327 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 19 SES 08 A: Education in rural regions Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: María Begoña Vigo-Arrazola Paper Session |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper “Knowing Me, Knowing You” – Researching Education Policy in Small Rural Schools in Scotland Through Ethnography, Autoethnography and Portraiture. University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This proposal is part of an Educational Doctorate (EdD) that explores the roll of the small rural school in it’s community. Corbett (2015) states that rural schools are embedded in communities and potentially integrated within the community and often the heart of rural communities. The particular focus of the study is to better understand the impact of national education policy in Scotland on these schools. How do these schools interact with national policy and how does national policy reflect the needs of these schools? Barret et al (2015) suggests that rural schools remain under-examined relative to their suburban and urban counterparts in relations to such outcomes. Within an age of uncertainty education policy and practice within rural schools is complex. The study investigates the views and practices of national policy makers, local authority policy makers, headteachers of small rural schools and fieldwork from a very small remote rural school. Reid (2017) argues that education policymakers and practitioners must understand their place in a much larger and interconnected manner in relation to social, economic, and environmental influences.
I came to this research as an educationalist with more than 40 years’ experience in the field and having been in the unique position of having lived experience of all of roles being researched. I was aware that whilst this brought extensive knowledge there were also restrictions in relation to the prejudices this could bring as no researcher is neutral (Janesick, 2000; Lincoln &Denzin 2000). I wanted to use my experience, memories, and skills in the rural education field to bring greater understanding and hope for the future to the role of small rural schools. The intersections of the place, my personal views and career are relevant in the field (Gupta and Ferguson 1997).
My supervisor was instrumental in guiding me to the understanding that my unique position brought a new lens to explore rural education. I was introduced to auto ethnography as a research methodology. By turning the mirror on myself I became aware of the uniqueness I brought as a researcher. Portraiture a form of ethnographic research draws on data to paint a rich picture in words of community and/or place (Lawrence – Lightfoot and Davis 1997)
The research has incorporated ethnography, auto ethnography and portraiture, as an approach to narrative inquiry. I propose to share the complexity of utilising these tools to build research which captures a wealth of knowledge and experience creating memories from which others can benefit and bring hope for the future. We live through times of uncertainty for rural schools but also times to create a vision for these rural schools as unique and valuable contributors to education.
The journey through EdD has led me to develop autoethnography, narrative inquiry and portraiture to capture rich data of rural school leadership of policy. My personal journey has impacted “on the research question, how the research was conceptualised, and the importance ascribed to research problems” (Bartholomaeus et al p58). Human actions can be explained if the researcher understands the culture in which the action takes place (Rosen1991).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used education policy development, to develop understanding of its role within the particular social and cultural context of the small rural school (Van Maanen 2002) The data was gathered using a variety of methods including direct observation, interviews and working alongside participants which allowed me as the researcher to interact with and understand the participants’ experiences. Initial interviews were carried out with participants online via Zoom. This was due to restrictions around Covid19. However, the audio and video capture of the interviews became central to analysis work. The fieldwork in the small rural school was carried out after the restrictions were lifted and data was collated in field notes. These field notes were often moments in time and captured to reflect a particular portrait or memo of the moment or day that included reflection on each of the core elements of portraiture (context, voice, and relationship). Miles and Huberman (1994) refer to as memoing – daily journaling by the researcher throughout the research process. Memos were free form; some were typed, some were drawn, some were mind maps, and some were handwritten in my research journal. Portraiture methodology was used to interpret data and present findings. It allowed me to “capture the richness, complexity and dimensionality of the human experience in the social and cultural context,” of the rural school (Lawrence-Lightfoot and Hoffman Davis 1997 p 3) Each of the participants provided me with insights as they valued my own experience and knowledge. They spoke to me as an informed researcher who had memories and experience of what their role was and the emotions that they were experiencing as policy makers. Ethnographic research thrives on the quality of insight developed during fieldwork (Mills and Morton 2013 pg131). Whilst utilising a narrative inquiry approach (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000). to tell the story of the findings and to create portraits of the role of each participant I became more aware of my own role and the autoethnographic approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Over the past two decades globalization has influenced education policy in many countries around the world and the work of schools. (Rizvi and Lingard 2010). Sahlberg (2004) identifies that globalisation within education is influencing teaching and learning resulting on a globalised unified agenda, standardized teaching and learning, and competition between schools. Globalisation can be seen at international and national level. The effects of globalisation on schools can be visible through increased marketization, outsourcing of services and pressure on specific budgets. This transformation of services is even more complex within the rural geography and schooling is caught up with these demographic changes (Corbett 2015) The outcome of the research work that I am undertaking will provide a wider understanding of rural context and implications for policy and future training for teachers regarding the rural context in Scotland. This will help to provide a comparison and contrast research within other countries. The data and ethnographic research undertaken has the potential to support and influence policy at National level. The completed thesis will be presented in early 2025 and will be available for sharing with interested parties thereafter. There is potential for widely sharing the research on rural education in Scotland as there is very little current research available. There are similarities across Europe within small schools. References have: Professional development as a reform strategy in rural schools. Journal of Research in Rural Education, 30(10), 1- 18. Bartholomaeus, P.A., (2006) Some Rural examples of place –based education. International Education Journal 2006,7(4) 480-489 Clandinin, D. J., and F. M. Connelly. 2000. Narrative Inquiry: Experience and Story in Qualitative Research. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Corbett, M. (2015) rural Education: Some Sociological Provocations for the Field. Australian & International Journal of Rural Education; 25 (3), 9-25 Gupta, Akhil. and James. Ferguson (1997) ‘Discipline and practice: “The field” as site, method, and location in anthropology’ in A. Gupta and J. Ferguson (eds.) Anthropological Locations: Boundaries and Grounds of a Field Science. Berkeley: University of California Press, pp.1-46. Janesick, V., (2000) The choreography of qualitative research design: Minutes, improvisation, and crystallization in N.K. Denzin &Y.S. Lincoln(eds), Handbook of Qualitative Research 2nd edition. Thousand Oaks, CA.: Sage Publications Lawrence-Lightfoot, S., and Hoffman Davis, J., (1997) The Art and Science of Portraiture, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Linclon, Y.S. and Denzin, N.K., (2000) the seventh moment: Out of the past, in N.K. Denzin &Y.S. Lincoln(eds), Handbook of Qualitative Research 2nd edition. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications Miles, M.B. and Huberman, M. (1994), Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Sourcebook, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA. Mills, D. and Morton, M. (2013) Ethnography in Education, Sage Publications, London Reid, J. (2017) Rural education practice and policy in marginalised communities: teaching and learning on the edge. Australian and international Journal of Rural Education. 27(1), pp.88-103 Rizvi.P. and Lingard.C. (2010) Globalizing Education Policy, Routledge, New York Roberts, P. (2015). Staffing an Empty Schoolhouse: Attracting and Retaining Teachers in Rural, Remote and Isolated Communities. NSW Teachers Federation, Eric Pearson Study Grant Report." Sydney: NSW Teachers Federation Rosen.M, (1991) – Coming to terms with the field: understanding and doing organisational ethnography. Journal of management studies, Van Maanen, J. 2002. “The Fact of Fiction in Organisational Ethnography.” In The Qualitative Researcher’s Companion, edited by M. Huberman and M. Miles, 101–118. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. 19. Ethnography
Paper Uncertainty in Rural Regions and Pedagogical Reactions - Ethnographic Explorations of Conflicts between Hegemonic Constructions Bielefeld University, Germany Presenting Author:In many European countries and regions, educational contexts and their institutions are confronted with spreading populism and “the growing strength of far-right parties” (Havlík & Mareš 2020: 257, Strijker et al. 2015). The effects of these political and social shifts on education have so far played merely a subordinate role in educational research. In particular, far-right orientations and discourses seem to rely on dynamics of place. In the past, especially rural regions have already been symptomatic and symbolic of the challenges of an integrative democratic educational system (Simon 2020, Corbett 2015). But “the rural is a notoriously difficult concept to define” (Roberts & Fuqua 2021: 2, Woods 2011) and embedded in tensions and contradictions. In this context, it is worth remembering how Adorno (1966/1970) addresses the problematic processes of education and democratization by speaking of a ‘cultural difference between urban and rural contexts’ (ibid., 3). Although he distances himself from arrogance towards the rural population, he identifies a ‘state of not quite having caught up with the culture’ (ibid.) and speaks of the ‘debarbarization of the rural as one of the most important educational goals’ (ibid.). In the current discourse, such categorizations are regarded as attributions that tend to create and stabilize dichotomies and differentiations (Berg & Üblacker 2020). Hence, recent studies focus on economic and cultural insecurity (Havlík & Mareš 2020: 259), which is believed to result from “population decline, ageing population, changing ethnic and cultural compositions, poor access to health care, economic hardship and decline” (Roberts & Fuqua 2021: 3) and fewer opportunities for participation in educational programs (Büdel & Kolleck 2023). It is often assumed that this causes sentiments of being left behind and erodes the trust in democratic societies and their promises of participation for all. Subsequently educational offers and programs try to adapt to the specific needs of rural areas in order to re-establish security and appreciation (Fargas-Malet & Bagley 2022). However, these efforts – as Adorno’s approach – often neglect that modern ideas of education and democratization are also part of hegemonic constructions (Laclau & Mouffe 2020), and that the stabilization and expansion of modernity and its institutions are therefore part of a special hegemonic order (Bender, Flügel-Martinsen & Vogt 2023). Nevertheless, this proposal does not intend to abandon these orientations and values of contemporary democratic societies. However, it presumes that educational research may not adequately reflect the political and social developments at the interfaces between the familiar and the foreign, particularly in relation to rural regions. This situation may even deepen conflicts and uncertainties when it comes to concrete pedagogical reactions. The article presents research results from an ethnographic photo-documentary study which is part of the joint project PaKKT (Bender et al. 2019) funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF, 2019-2022) in Germany. The article thus pursues two objectives. The first methodological objective questions whether photo-ethnographic studies can be used to determine the specific field structure of rural regions. Is it possible – despite the non-existent spatial boundaries and the relationality of place – to work out the rules and influences of the field? The second objective is to analyze a specific social field, characterized by a strong and ongoing far-right and populist orientation: How does this social field relate to a culture of uncertainty and the pedagogical and educational approaches? Overall, this paper offers a discussion of the connection between uncertainty and hegemonic conflicts, which is important for the understanding and development of educational research and pedagogical practices in rural regions in a changing Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The relationality of place (Löw 2019) makes it difficult to analyze the social culture and structures of rural regions without “the essentialization of ‘place’ and standardization” (Roberts & Fuqua 2021: 2). For this reason, the term rural region is chosen in this proposal. A region can also be a district or a suburb, whose cultural structures and practices can be shown and understood without generalizing all rural areas or urban districts etc. This paper approaches the research about rural regions via a photo-ethnographic study, which has a long history in cultural (Breidenstein et al. 2015) and folklore studies (Haegele 2007). The main focus lies on a rural region in eastern Germany, which is marked by a high percentage of voters of far-right parties. On the one hand, the material is approached ethnographically in order to work out specific practices and forms of expressions of regional orders as a special culture of influence. On the other hand, this approach is interwoven with discourse- and hegemony-analysis. This does not mean an increase in data material, but rather that discourses or hegemonic structures and the systems of rules inherent in them, or the social orders that constitute them, are not understood as different from the practices and the regional artefacts respectively (Catalano & Waugh 2020, Nonhoff 2017, Bloome et al. 2022). The aim is to identify regularities and recurring dominant structural elements in the material, which form a hegemonic order. These can be characterized by conflicts and counter-hegemonic movements, or can itself be understood as such a counter-hegemonic formation (Marchart 2019, Bender 2023). Finally, specific subjectivations take place in these contexts, which, so to speak, challenge the subjects to position themselves according to these rules or hegemonic connections. The aim is to gain insight into what can be shown and said (Wrana 2012) and how subjects are addressed and subjectivized in this rural region. Particular for this approach is its attempt to analyze region regarding only spatial documents and artefacts. A category-led approach to the selection of relevant aspects is combined with qualitative reconstructive methods, with which special forms of expressions of singular elements and their intersections can be focused on in the photo-ethnographic material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses indicate that such a strategy, which combines ethnographic as well as discourse- and hegemony-analytical approaches, enables an analytic understanding of orders of rural regions as a field of practice. Moreover, this analysis shows that we are dealing with a ‘structure of rejection’ in the focused rural region, which opposes the hegemonic orders of modern societies, and integrates contradictory elements. We therefore do not encounter insecurity resulting from lost orientations, but rather an uncertainty that emerges from conflicting and antagonistic orientations. Above all, pedagogical approaches to dealing with this conflict seem to exacerbate it, precisely because they do not or do not want to address it. Research desiderata are to be derived from the results of this partial study: What does currently remain unconsidered in educational research about rural regions? How does educational research about rural regions obscure or mask its own hegemonic constructions, and how does this possibly lead to the intensification of conflicts and acts of rejection? What would be important questions that need to be addressed anew in educational research about rural regions with regard to political changes and shifts in order to process and reflect the hegemonic entanglements without abandoning the values of democratic societies in the future? References Adorno, T. W. (1966/1970). Erziehung nach Auschwitz, in: ders.: Erziehung zur Mündigkeit, Vorträge und Gespräche mit Hellmuth Becker 1959-1969. Herausgegeben von Gerd Kadelbach, 92–109. Bender, S. (2023). Kulturpolitik als Kulturelle Bildung in ländlichen Räumen. In Marchart, O., Landau-Donnelly, F. Schad-Spindler, A. & Fridrik, S. (Ed.). Konfliktuelle Kulturpolitik – Conflictual Cultural Politics. Wiesbaden, 221-239. Bender, S., Flügel-Martinsen, O. & Vogt, M. (2023). Verdeckung. Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven auf Ein- und Ausschlüsse. Bielefeld. Bender, S., Kolleck, N., Lambrecht, M. & Heinrich, M. (2019). Kulturelle Bildungsnetzwerke in ländlichen Räumen. WE_OS Jahrbuch, 2, 65-81. DOI: 10.4119/we_os-3187 Berg & Üblacker (2020). Rechtes Denken, rechte Räume? Demokratiefeindliche Entwicklungen und ihre räumlichen Kontexte, Bielefeld. Bloome, D., Power-Carter, S., Baker, W. D., Castanheira, M. L., Kim, M., Rowe, L. W. (2022). Discourse Analysis of Languaging and Literacy Events in Educational Settings: A Microethnographic Perspective. New York. Breidenstein, G., Hirschauer, S., Kalthoff, H. & Nieswand, B. (2015). Ethnografie - Die Praxis der Feldforschung. Konstanz. Büdel, M. & Kolleck, N. (2023). Rahmenbedingungen und Herausforderungen kultureller Bildung in ländlichen Räumen – ein systematischer Literaturüberblick. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 26:779–811. Catalano, T., Waugh, L. R. (2020). Critical Discourse Analysis, Critical Discourse Studies and Beyond, Cham. Corbett, M. (2015). Towards a rural sociological imagination: ethnography and schooling in mobile modernity, Ethnography and Education, 10 (3), 263-277. Fargas-Malet, M. & Bagley, C. (2022). Small School Rural Community Studie. Study report. Belfast. Haegele, U. (2007). Foto-Ethnographie. Tübingen. Havlí, V. & Mareš, M. (2021). Socio-Cultural Legacies in Post-Transition Societies in Central and Eastern Europe and the Relationship to the Resurgence of Right-Wing Extremism and Populism in the Region, in: R. C. Heinisch, C. Holtz-Bacha, O. Mazzoleni (Ed.). Political Populism: Handbook of Concepts, Questions and Strategies of Research, Baden-Baden. Laclau, E. & Mouffe, C. (2020): Hegemony and Socialist Strategy: Towards a Radical Democratic Politics. London/New York. Löw, M. (2019). Raumsoziologie. Frankfurt am Main. Marchart, O. (2019). Conflictual Aesthetics. Artistic Activism and the Public Sphere. Berlin. Nonhoff, M. (2017). Discourse Analysis as Critique, in: Palgrave Communications 3:17074. Roberts, P. & Fuqua, M. (2021). Ruraling Education Research, Springer Nature Singapore. Strijker, D., Voerman, G. & Terluin, I. J. (2015). Rural protest groups and populist political parties, Wageningen. Woods, M. (2011). Rural. Routledge. Wrana, D. (2012). Diesseits von Diskursen und Praktiken Methodologische Bemerkungen zu einem Verhältnis, in: Friebertshäuser, B., Kelle, H.,Boller, H., Bollig, S., Huf, C., Langer, A., Ott, M., Richter, S. (Ed.). Feld und Theorie. Opladen, 185-200. 19. Ethnography
Paper Defilement reinterpreted. Early Marriage, Fines and Education in Eastern Uganda Radboud Universiteit, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:After a major revision of its age of consent law in 1990, Uganda’s defilement law became one of the most radical laws of this kind in the world. Defilement was redefined as sexual acts involving a person below 18 and was reclassified as a capital offence. Celebrated by women’s rights activists, the new law was supposed to prevent early marriage with a view to avoid unsafe sex practices that put girls at a greater risks of sexually transmitted diseases and pre-mature educational drop-out. In this paper I explore how people in Bunyafa, a rural area in eastern Uganda, have reintrepeted 'defilement' after the 1990 revision, how they resolve defilement cases locally, and what that means for the educational careers of young men and women. I aim to demonstrate that people redefined ‘defilement’ locally by looking at a girls’ education rather than age and that defilement cases were handled pragmatically, through the payment of a fine. These dynamics have become something of the everyday in Bunyafa and are anticipated by some families who aim to earn a fine through marrying of daughers while in school. The paper starts with an analysis of marriage changes in the area and local perceptions of the female body, which helps to understand why education has become such a focal point in local defilement cases, why these cases are handled pragmatically, through fines, and why this practice goes uncontested. Through case studies and survey data, the paper then provides an insight into local ways of handling defilement, demonstrating both how such cases unfold and how common they are. The final part of the paper is devoted to exploring some of the consequences of this for the education of young men and women, and patriarchal norms in society. The insights build on, and contribute to, two theoretical perspectives. Firstly, building on a body of literature associated with the 'new literacy' studies of Brian Street (2001; 1993; 1995; 1984), I demonstrate how education is not only about the obtainment of particular skills, but is also a practice embedded in hegemonic power structures. The consequences of education are shaped, among other things, by the way in which educational activities are reworked in relation to these power stuctures (Street 1995) and how different actors, particularly powerful ones (men in eastern Uganda), manipulate the meaning of education to reinforce their position within these structures (Bledsoe and Robey 1993 Maurice Bloch 1993). I develop the concept of 'schoolwork' (cf. Jones 2022) to draw attention to these practices, reinpretations and manipulations, demonstrating how appreciating 'schoolwork' is crucial for understanding the consequences of education. Secondly, my research furthers understanding of the relationship between education and early marriage. I demonstrate how local ways of defining and handling 'defilement' reinforces the idea that education and marriage are two alternatives, meaning that a girl out of school is almost immideately considered marriageable. This hampers the possible effect of what Lindstrom et al. (2009, 46) call the human capital and the social dislocation theories. Both these theories suggest that schooling may lead girls to take more time before they get married after they leave school, because of increased possibilities to earn money (human capital theory) and greater knowledge of, and confidence to seek, alternative pathways into adulthood (social dislocation theory). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on long term ethnographic engagement with the research area. I carried out ethnographic fieldwork in Bunyafa for a period of eighteen months, between April 2018 and July 2019 and between July 2021 and October 2021, as part of doctoral research on schooling and social change, in close partnership with Namutosi Zam, a middle-aged woman from the area. During this period, me and Zam followed how eleven households of variable size, wealth, religion, parental age and marriage arrangement (polygynous or not), dealt with the schooling of their children. Eight of these families were part of the same village, three were part of other villages in Bunyafa. In additional to our ethnographic engagement with these families, we did participant observations in a primary school and a secondary school, and carried out a range of interviews with key informants, including teachers and educational policy makers in the area, and young women. In February 2021, after 7 months of fieldwork had been completed, we carried out a household survey, including 246 individuals from all four parishes in Bunyafa subcounty, randomly selected through a multi-stage cluster sampling strategy, and hence representative for Bunyafa as a whole, in which respondents were asked questions about education, marriage, circumcision and several other themes which had emerged as important for my research focus. Included were also a range of questions about fines, which by then had already emerged as a relevant theme in our qualitative inquiries. In this article, I draw on both qualitative and quantitative material to develop my arguments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the material presented, I conclude that the way in which defilement cases and the meaning of education are reworked locally provides fathers, as well as local authorities, a degree of control over the sexuality of youth, and fathers’ involvement in the making of their daughters’ marriages is reinforced. This means that 'schoolwork' is imbricated in the reproduction of patriarchal practices, such as marital arrangement by fathers. This argument is consistent with other research on the topic of defilement law in Uganda (Parikh 2004; 2012; Volhölter 2017; Veit and Biecker 2022). I also demonstrate that local defilement dynamics, especially the payment of fines, have implications for the educational careers of both boys and girls. When girls are encouraged to marry while still in school, or shortly after, in order to get fines paid, local ways of handling the age of consent law undermine the potential of education to result in later marriage among girls. Boys, on the other hand, may drop out of school under threat of a fine. When they impregnated a girl, boys often run away from school to hide for the girls’ parents, especially when they lack the money to pay a potential fine, in which case they risk imprisonment. Hence local defilement dynamics also caused educational drop out among boys. References Bledsoe, Caroline, and Kenneth M. Robey. 1993. “Arabic Literacy and Secrecy among the Mende.” In Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy, edited by Brian V. Street, 110-134. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Bloch, Maurice. 1993. “The Uses of Schooling and Literacy in a Zafimaniry Village.” In Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy, edited by Brian V. Street, 87-109. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Jones, Ben. 2022. "Schoolwork: On being educated in eastern Uganda." American Ethnologist (in press). Lindstrom, David P., Gebre Egziabher Kiros, and Dennis P. Hogan. 2009. “Transition into First Intercourse, Marriage, and Childbearing among Ethiopian Women.” Genus 65, no. 2: 45–77. Parikh, Shanti A. 2004. “Sugar Daddies and Sexual Citizenship in Uganda: Rethinking Third Wave Feminism.” Black Renaissance 6, no. 1: 82–106. ———. 2012. “‘They Arrested Me for Loving a Schoolgirl’: Ethnography, HIV, and a Feminist Assessment of the Age of Consent Law as a Gender-Based Structural Intervention in Uganda.” Social Science and Medicine 74, no. 11: 1774–82. Street, Brian V. 1984. Literacy in Theory and Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———, ed. 1993. Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ———. 1995. Social Literacies: Critical Approaches to Literacy in Development, Ethnography and Education. New York: Routledge. ———, ed. 2001. Literacy and Development: Ethnographic Perspectives. London: Routledge. Veit, Alex and Sarah Biecker. 2022. Love or crime? “Law-making and the policing of teenage sexuality in Uganda and the Democratic Republic of Congo.” Journal of Eastern African Studies, 16, no. 1, 138-159 Volhölter, Julia. 2017. “Homosexuality, pornography, and other ‘modern threats’ – The deployment of sexuality in recent laws and public discourses in Uganda.” Critique of Anthropology 37, no. 1: 93–111 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 20 SES 08 A: Promoting Respect and Competence in Education Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Hafdís Guðjónsdóttir Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper A Culture of Respect: International Students at a Superinternational University Constructor University Bremen, Germany Presenting Author:This project looks at the phenomenon of superinternational universities through the lens of national cultures and socialization. Superinternational universities are those where international students make up over 50% of the student population, and no single nationality accounts for more than 15% of students. We use the case of Constructor University Bremen in Germany to explore the interplay of national cultures at such an superinternational university. Constructor hosts about 1800 students of 120 nationalities, and international students make up 84% of the student population. We focus on cultural socialization and its perception by students. Frequently, the position of international students during their study abroad is seen as that of recipients of the host country’s culture (Adams, 2023). This view may be metaphorically termed “the culture monopoly”. In this view, international students absorb the host country's values, traditions and beliefs. The host country’s national culture takes precedence. In the case of superinternational universities, there is a tension for such a model. For Constructor University, the national German culture is not dominant. In fact, the university may be labelled an “extra-territorial international university”, and its national cultures are mixing and fusing. In such a context, it is thus not clear in what direction the diverse national cultures evolve. Are they converging towards a synthetical international culture? Are they becoming broadly “Western”, “European”, “German”, “American” or “uniquely Constructor”? In this context, students are not passively receiving the dominant culture of the host country. They are instead actively engaged in cultural exchange and contribute to the “polyphony of cultures”. The university assumes the role of the “mediator” or “manager” of diversity and implements measures to facilitate cultural cohesion (Binder et al., 2013). Research question: What culture emerges out of the “melting pot” of national cultures at a superinternational university? Objective: To assess the university culture using qualitative methods. Theoretical framework: theory of organizational culture and socialization (qualitative part) (Schein, 1990). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative part with interviews aiming to document the subjective perception of socialization (Schein, 1990) For the qualitative part as suggested by Schein, we conducted interviews with “motivated respondents” – by distributing an invitation in student mailing lists and via snowball sampling starting from the members of one of the university societies oriented towards research in higher education. The qualitative pilot phase was completed in January 2024 with 15 semi-structured interviews (~30-60 minutes in length). Additional interviews will be collected in February 2024. Qualitative part Culture is conceptualized as Artefacts, Values, and Assumptions (Schein, 1990) • Artefacts - something visible and observable • Values - values are behind the artefacts and give them meaning, these are felt and shared • Assumptions - unconsciously held beliefs, non-reflective deeper understandings that create the base of the culture Key interest: cultural socialization. Socialization is the process of communicating culture to newcomers, the “indoctrination”/ “enculturation”. Method: Reconstruction of the Constructor University culture in Schein’s methodology. We rely on motivated respondents ready to reflect on the culture. Students are recruited via email sent to university mailing lists and via snowball sampling. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The qualitative pilot phase was completed in January 2024 with 15 semi-structured interviews (~30-60 minutes in length). The quantitative part is expected to be completed in February - March 2024. What has emerged from the qualitative phase is the uniqueness of the Constructor culture. It cannot be reduced to a national culture, respondents do not associate their university culture with Germany. Some consider the culture to be more American than European. What stands out, however, is the emphasis on the value of respect for others, which the interviewees emphasized. The culture of CUB can be described as a "culture of respect". Respect is the value attached to being a 'good student' at CUB; those who do not respect others are seen as outsiders. Another key finding is the potential of this multicultural environment to produce a particular attitude towards others. "You are accepted for who you are, not where you come from". Respondents emphasized that their experience of socializing with people from so many different countries had taught them to see personality first and to avoid stereotyping people based on their nationality. Thus, in this culture, personality is more important than nationality. The university makes considerable efforts to promote tolerance towards multiculturalism and to communicate the importance of the value of respect for others. These efforts were considered important by the respondents. Overall, respondents spoke very highly of the University's culture and showed great affection for its diverse environment. References Adams, I. (2023). NARRATIVES OF INTERCULTURAL TRANSFORMATION: Student Perspective Transition. In Developing Intercultural Competence and Transformation: Theory, Research, and Application in International Education (pp. 322–341). Scopus. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003444169-20 Binder, N., Schreier, M., Kühnen, U., & Kedzior, K. K. (2013). Integrating International Students into Tertiary Education Using Intercultural Peer-to-Peer Training at Jacobs University Bremen, Germany. Journal of Education and Training Studies, 1(2), 273–285. Schein, E. H. (1990). Organizational culture. (Vol. 45, Issue 2). American Psychological Association. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Integrating Competence in Phenomenon-Based Learning into European Educational Capital through Curriculum-Based Approaches University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:Facilitating the exchange of research-based and student-centred teaching methods and good practice between European countries is crucial to promoting equitable education. Curricula and the legislation that governs them play a key role in the organisation of teaching. Understanding the content of European curricula is important to assess the application of teaching methods and to compare approaches between countries. This study focuses on a content analysis of the curricula of five European countries from the perspective of key concepts related to Phenomenon Driven Learning (PDL). The differences in the conceptualisation of curricula (Westbury, 2000; Vitikka, 2009) and their guiding influence on the implementation of teaching are important considerations that also justify the relevance of the study. Curricula define, chronologically, the precise objectives and content per subject that teachers must follow (Westbury, 2002; Vitikka, 2009). However, teachers can use their pedagogical decisions to determine how to create conditions conducive to learning, rather than simply acting as recipients of the curriculum in the Anglo-American curriculum tradition (Erss, 2017). In Northern European didactics, teachers' interpretations of the curriculum are given greater weight, and this broader professional perspective defines the approach used in this study (Locke et al., 2004; Erss, 2017). The aim of the study is to map and compare the national curricula of five European countries regarding the concepts of PDL. This aim will be achieved by examining how their national curricula identify and define the following concepts describing PDL: integration, contextualisation, authentic learning, teaching methods and holistic learning. The aim is to understand if and how the national curricula allow for purposeful planning of PDL. The project partners are Finland, Italy, Greece, Portugal and Spain. The research is anchored in the Erasmus+ project 2023-2024 and the research data was collected during the initial phase of this project in 2023. The project, through (PDL), aims to create a common, inclusive learning pathway at European level. Therefore, it is important to investigate whether the curricula of different countries provide the basis for a targeted implementation of PDL. This research-based analysis will provide a more solid basis for international exchange of educational knowledge. Phenomenal Learning is a Finnish product that, according to Lähdesmäki (2021), is strongly based on Dewey's (1912) pragmatic pedagogy. The PDL process design model provides teachers with research-based tools to design well-structured and theory-based learning (Lähdesmäki, 2021; 2022). In this study the term Phenomenon-Driven Learning (PDL) is used (Lähdesmäki, 2021; 2022). It can be interpreted as having developed from two main theoretical roots (Linturi, 2014). The first is Dewey's theory of functional learning, and the second perspective is related to both constructivist and socio-constructivist theory (Silander, 2015). The PDL framework of this study is structured around six key elements, as outlined by Lähdesmäki (2021). These elements include a curriculum-based approach, systemic learning process, method-based learning, contextuality, holistic perspective and authenticity. These are central concepts for this research and provide a lens through which PDL can be clearly characterised (Lonka, 2018; Silander, 2015b; Tarnanen & Kostinen, 2021; Symeonidis & Schwarz, 2016).PDL is a flexible teaching approach because it is based on several different pedagogical methods rather than being a traditional method. It includes familiar elements from different learning approaches (Tarnanen & Kostiainen, 2020). PDL builds on the development of many essential skills such as self-direction, innovation, socio-emotional and interactional skills, collaboration, creativity and courage as it is based on a student-centred, collaborative, experiential and integrative approach (Lonka, 2018; Lähdesmäki, 2021). Based on the analysis, several common definitions were identified for each concept, such as active learning methods, relevance of the subject matter to the student, connection to the local context, accessibility and inclusiveness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses the qualitative phenomenological-hermeneutic approach defined by Taipale et al. (2010) and applies the abductive method described by Niiniluoto (2018). It focuses on the theoretical concepts of PDL. Data collection was carried out using an anonymous Webropol questionnaire at the beginning of the collaborative project in spring 2023. The data consists of 57 pages, which are stored in a password-protected folder as a PDF file. The survey description and the data protection form were attached to the beginning of the questionnaire. The research questionnaire was collected at the beginning of the Erasmus 2023-2024 project and the research design was distributed to the representatives of the participating countries at the kick-off meeting of the project. It was decided that the links to the questionnaire would be provided to the group of teachers in the target country who responded to the questionnaire. The support questionnaire investigated the definitions of ten concepts in the National Curriculum Framework, of which five concepts relevant to the research question were selected for this study. For the survey questionnaire, generic concepts were selected that could be understood in different national contexts and linked to relevant phenomena in the six key elements of PDL. The analysis followed a systematic and thematic approach to the analysis of curriculum texts from different countries, focusing on the identification and comparison of key concepts and themes in the context of PDL. Data analysis was carried out using theory guided content analysis. However, the first round of analysis was carried out by looking at the content of the data as such. First, the curriculum text of each country was read through and organised thematically according to each concept in order to identify different themes. Brief descriptions of these themes were written. Then, conceptual subcategories were created from these themes to characterise the central themes related to the concept of each country's curriculum text. From the subcategories, main categories were formed for each concept studied, describing the aspects, similarities and differences found in all the texts that could be identified. This systematic process was applied to each concept. The analysis revealed differences in the definitions of these concepts. The second round of analysis was conducted from a theory-driven perspective. Here the subcategories and their descriptions from the first phase of analysis were taken as a starting point and examined through the principles defined in the theory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In order to compare the curricula of these five European countries, it is important to understand each country's unique approach and how this is reflected in the education systems. Although each has a different approach to the contextualisation of education, there are commonalities. These include making learning relevant to students' lives, adapting education to local and global contexts, and ensuring that it is inclusive and accessible to all students. The distinctive features of contextualisation can be found in each country's curriculum texts through the integration of local culture and environment, the emphasis on student-centred learning, and the adaptation of teaching methods to different needs and backgrounds. In terms of authentic and holistic learning, they share a commitment to making education relevant, engaging and applicable to the real world. According to the curriculum texts, this is achieved through the involvement of experts, collaboration, contact with the world outside school, the creation of special learning environments and student engagement in authentic tasks. In terms of teaching methods, all five curricula reflect an educational philosophy that values student-centred, active and experiential learning. It emphasises cooperation and collaboration, diverse and inclusive teaching, problem-based and inquiry-based learning, technology integration and adaptability. This reflects the professional perspective (Locke et al., 2004). There are similarities in approaches to integration, but the specific emphases, curriculum structures and levels of autonomy and flexibility vary (see Vitikka, 2009). These differences reflect the unique cultural, social and educational philosophies of each country (Westbury, 2002). The goal that unites the curricula is to provide students with a more coherent, meaningful and comprehensive educational experience. The fertile ground for this research also lies in the examination of curricula for the sharing of research-based teaching and training expertise across Europe. References Dewey, J. (1912). School and Society. University of Chicago Press. Erss, M. (2017). Curriculum as a political and cultural framework defining teachers’ roles and autonomy. In T. Autio, L. Hakala, & T. Kujala (Eds.), Opetussuunnitelmatutkimus: Keskustelunavauksia suomalaiseen kouluun ja opettajankoulutukseen (pp. 193–221). Tampere University Press. Linturi, H. (2014). Ilmiöpuu: Ilmiöpohjaisen oppimisen juuristoa ja oksistoa. In A. Rongas & R. Laaksonen (Eds.), Ilmiöpas (pp. 10–27). Kopijyvä Oy. Locke, T., Vulliamy, G., Webb, R., & Hill, M. (2005). Being a ‘professional’ primary school teacher at the beginning of the 21st century: A comparative analysis of primary teacher professionalism in New Zealand and England. Journal of Education Policy, 20(5), 555-581. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02680930500221784 Lonka, K. (2018). Phenomenal Learning from Finland. Otava. Lähdesmäki, S. (2021). [Developing a model to guide the design of a Phenomenon Driven learning entity as a model for the ILO design process in student teachers' teaching practice]. [Doctoral dissertation, University of Jyväskylä]. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-39-8562-2 Lähdesmäki, S. (2022). Ilmiölähtöisen oppimiskokonaisuuden suunnittelutaito opettajaopiskelijan geneeriseksi ammattitaidoksi ILO-suunnittelumallin avulla: Lectio praecursoria. Kasvatus & Aika, 16(2), 109–117. https://doi.org/10.33350/ka.113424 Niiniluoto, I. (2018). Truth-Seeking by Abduction. Springer. Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Sage. Silander, P. (2015). Digital pedagogy. In P. Mattila & P. Silander (Eds.), How to create the school of the future: Revolutionary thinking and design from Finland (pp. 9–26). University Of Oulu, Center for the Internet Excellence. Symeonidis, V., & Schwarz, J.F. (2016). Phenomenon-Based Teaching and Learning through the Pedagogical Lenses of Phenomenology: The Recent Curriculum Reform in Finland. European Doctorate in Teacher Education (EDiTE). Taipale, J., Miettinen, T., & Pulkkinen, S. (2010). Johdanto. In T. Miettinen, S. Pulkkinen, & J. Taipale (Eds.), Fenomenologian ydinkysymyksiä (pp.9–22). Gaudeamus. Tarnanen, M., & Kostiainen, E. (2020). Ilmiölähtöinen oppiminen. In M. Tarnanen & E. Kostiainen (Eds.), Ilmiömäistä! Ilmiölähtöinen lähestymistapa uudistamassa opettajuutta ja oppimista (pp. 7–19). Jyväskylän yliopisto, opettajankoulutuslaitos: Uutta luova asiantuntijuus -hanke. Vitikka, E. (2009). Opetussuunnitelman mallin jäsennys. Jyväskylän Yliopistopaino. Westbury, I. (2000). Teaching as a Reflective Practice: What Might Didaktik Teach Curriculum? In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a Reflective Practice. The German Didaktik Tradition (pp. 15-40). Routledge. Westbury, I. (2002). Didaktik and curriculum studies. In B.B. Gundem & S. Hopmann (Eds.), Didaktik and/or curriculum: an internationaldialogue. Peter Lang. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper The Possibilities of the Educational Environment at a Specialized University to ‘Absorb’ the Impact of Forced Innovations Caused by War 1LUHS, Lithuania; 2KTU, Lithuania Presenting Author:In times of war, forced innovation can affect the learning environment in a number of ways. In this case, it is important to pay attention to how the war and the circumstances related to it can shape the education system and lead to a change in the learning environment. In wartime, where the physical learning environment may be impinged, distance learning becomes an important tool to enable people to learn regardless of geographic location. Distance studies include various learning formats, such as blended learning, flipped classroom, social and cooperative learning, simulations, game-based learning, synchronous and asynchronous video lectures, polling software or collaboration authoring tools (Casanova, Paguia, 2022; Kusel, Martin, Markic, 2020; Butrime, 2020; Petrauskienė, 2018).
In the last 20 years, the following features of ICT-based distance studies in higher education institutions have emerged (Casanova, Paguia, 2022; Nwanko, 2015; Bailie, 2015; Vilkonis et al., 2012; Garrison, Anderson, Archer, 2000; G. M. Moore, 1998; ):
The educational environment at a specialized university is special in that most of the teachers working here do not have a traditional pedagogical education, so learning from experience while studying their own activities is very important. In this way, efforts are made to improve educational competence, and to create a learning environment based on equal relations between teachers and students, and meeting the expectations of learners (Jucevičienė et al., 2010).
This study also aims to determine how teachers at a specialized university can better respond to the learning needs of students from warring countries, who have chosen this university, by creating an educational environment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The article refers to the concept and features of distance studies according to Casanova, Paguia, 2022; Nwanko, 2015; Bailie, 2015; Vilkonis et al., 2012; Garrison, Anderson, Archer, 2000; G. M. Moore, 1998. It also takes into account theoretical positions that highlight constructivist attitudes, educational environments favorable to student empowerment, the prerequisites for the emergence of deep learning, the specifics of modern learning and higher education (Barnett, 1990, 1999; Jucevičienė, Gudaitytė et al., 2010; Jucevičienė, Lipinskienė, 2001; Jucevičienė, Stanikūniene, 2002; Petty, 2006; 2008; Ramsden, 2000). The research method is an in-depth interview with Ukrainian and Israeli students studying at our university who voluntarily agreed to participate in the study (N ₌ 10). The interview results were processed by employing qualitative descriptive content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study revealed which distance learning formats and features of distance studies are most acceptable to the informants, what support and psychological help they expect from teachers and the educational environment they create. The study allowed the teachers to understand the importance of developing flexible thinking in evaluating people and processes; to understand the relational nature of learning now and in the future; to create a system that can be applied in extreme conditions and times of change; and to provide opportunities for learners to learn in the most suitable way for them to achieve the learning goal. References 1.Bailie, J. L. (2015). Perceptions and expectations of online graduate students regarding synchronous events. Journal of Instructional Pedagogies 17. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1102866.pdf. 2.Barnett, R. (1990). The Idea of Higher Education. Society for Research into Higher Education and Open University Press, 1900 Frost Rd., Suite 101, Bristol, PA 19007. 3.Barnett, R. (1999). Realizing the University in an Age of Supercomplexity. Buckingham, UK: Society for Research in Higher Education and Open University Press. 4.Butrime E. (2020). Virtual Learning Environments and Learning Change in Modern Higher Education During the Covid-19 Coronavirus Pandemic: Attitudes of University Teachers and Students. 13th annual International Conference of Education, Research and Innovation. 9-10 November, 2020. ICERI2020 Proceedings, pp. 8582-8589. 5.Casanova, V. S. and Paguia, W. M. (2022). Expectations, Experiences, and Satisfaction of the Graduate Students with Distance Online Learning Environment in OMSC Graduate School during the Covid-19 Pandemic. Journal of Practical Studies in Education, 3(1), 14-22. 6.Garrison, D. R., et al, (2000). Critical inquiry in a text-based environment: Computer conferencing in higher education model. The Internet and Higher Education, 2(2-3), 87-105.http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S1096-7516(00)00016-6. 7.Jucevičienė P.; Stanikūnienė B. (2002). Universiteto dėstytojų edukacinė kompetencija mokymosi paradigmos kontekste. Socialiniai mokslai, 3(35). Kaunas: Technologija. 8.Jucevičienė, P.; Gudaitytė, D.; Karenauskaitė, V.; Lipinskienė, D.; Stanikūnienė, B.; Tautkevičienė, G. (2010). Universiteto edukacinė galia: atsakas 21-ojo amžiaus iššūkiams: monografija. Kaunas : Technologija. 924 p. ISBN 9789955259022. 9.Jucevičienė, P.; Lipinskienė, D. (2001). Edukacinė studentą įgalinanti studijuoti sistema mokymosi paradigmos kontekste. Socialiniai mokslai, 2(28). Kaunas: Technologija. 10.Küsel, J., Martin, F., & Markic, S. (2020). University students’ readiness for using digital media and online learning—Comparison between Germany and the USA. Education sciences, 10(11), 313. 11.Moore, G. M. (1989). The three Types of Interaction. American Journal of Distance Education, 3(2), 1-6. 12.Nwankwo, A. A. (2015). Students' Learning Experiences and Perceptions of Online Course Content and Interactions. Walden Dissertations and Doctoral Studies. 188. https://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/dissertations/188. 13.Petrauskiene, R. (2018). Elements of gamification and motivational aspects. ALTA ‘18 advanced learning technologies and applications, 38. 14.Petty, G. (2006). Šiuolaikinis mokymas. Praktinis vadovas. Vilnius: Tyto alba (in Lithuanian). 15.Vilkonis, R., et al, (2012). E-Learning at The Higher Education Institution: Research on Students’ Experience and Expectations. Mokytojų ugdymas. 2012. Nr. 19 (2), 114–132. 16.Petty, G. (2008). Įrodymais pagrįstas mokymas. Praktinis vadovas. Vilnius: Tyto alba (in Lithuanian). 17.Ramsden, P. (2000). Kaip mokyti aukštojoje mokykloje. Vilnius: Aidai (in Lithuanian). |
17:30 - 19:00 | 22 SES 08 A: Teaching and Learning Science and Mathematics Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Julien-Pooya Weihs Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Reflection on Using Flipped Classroom in Teaching Mathematics and Statistics to Engineering Students 1Lancaster University, United Kingdom; 2University West, Sweden Presenting Author:This study presents a critical reflection on the use of the flipped classroom (FC) method in teaching mathematics and statistics to engineers, focusing on evaluating various aspects of student engagement. We based our analysis on the approach implemented by Lo and Hew [1] in their literature review on student engagement in mathematics flipped classrooms. This conceptual framework is rooted in the multifaceted nature of engagement, including behavioural, emotional, and cognitive aspects [2]. We applied this framework to two different FC formats. The first format follows a traditional approach, where students are provided access to the learning material in advance. The students go through it independently and then participate in learning activities offered in class. This traditional approach has been widely used and evaluated, presenting its own benefits and challenges. The second format is a modernised version of the traditional setting. In line with the traditional approach, students go through the learning material themselves; however, the lecturer summarises a topic in a weekly lecture and goes through examples presented in pre-recorded lectures on the board. While the FC approach might be considered a well-known method [e.g., 3], it has not been widely used in teaching mathematics until recently. The available analysis of the effectiveness of this method in relation to student engagement doesn’t show consistent results [e.g., 1, 4]. What affects students engagement? What new ideas in implementing FC would be worth developing further? During the Covid-19 pandemic, the higher education sector had to radically change the ways the majority of courses were taught to accommodate new realities. The vast number of courses went online creating favourable conditions for implementing and advancing the FC teaching method in a variety of subject disciplines, including mathematics-based courses. Grounded in constructivist learning theories [e.g., 5,6], the FC represents one of the student-centred instructional models. In the FC environment, students are the builders of their knowledge. Initially, students familiarise themselves with new material outside the classroom and then build upon this foundation through adaptation and application of knowledge in in-class discussions, problem-based and project-based learning, and peer learning. The objectives of this critical reflection are as follows:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents the outcomes of the on-going collaboration between Lancaster University, UK, and University West, Sweden, focusing on the implementation of non-traditional teaching methods in mathematics and statistics [7-10]. It evaluates the outcomes of using the FC approach in two courses at University West, Sweden, during the first semester of the 2023-24 academic year. The first course, ‘Statistics,’ was offered to second-year electrical engineering students, employing the traditional FC setting. Meanwhile, the second course, ‘Algebra and Trigonometry,’ targeted first-year engineering students. A total of 42 students enrolled in the ‘Statistics’ course, while 190 students were enrolled in the ‘Algebra and Trigonometry’ course. In both cases, the students were provided with new material on a weekly basis to independently prepare for the upcoming seminars. Seminars were conducted twice per week, spanning two hours each session, over an eight-week period. First-year students were divided into four seminar groups. To evaluate student engagement, participants were required to complete a questionnaire comprising three parts. Each section featured a set of Likert-type questions designed to assess behavioural, emotional, and cognitive engagement. The first set of questions delved into students’ participation, effort, and preparation for class activities. The second set aimed to gauge satisfaction with learning and motivation levels, while the final set focused on students' investment in learning, confidence development, and deeper understanding. Additionally, discussions were held with the two course convenors to gain insights into their experiences with the FC methodology. These discussions aimed to provide supplementary qualitative data to complement the quantitative findings from the questionnaires. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the study, 19 out of 42 students enrolled in the 'Statistics' module returned the questionnaire, highlighting strong engagement within the traditional setting. Students expressed significant learning through peer collaboration, effective communication with the lecturer, use of resources, and satisfaction with course organisation. Among 140 first-year students, 68 responses revealed less coherence. While 80% expressed emotional satisfaction with course delivery, 80% were uncertain about cognitive engagement with the FC method allowing pacing of their own learning. Additionally, 30% were unsure about ease of communication with the lecturer. Discussions with lecturers showed excellent student attendance. In 'statistics' course, the lecture used less group activities in class this time and focused more on going through solutions on the board. This was different from the previous year were the students were working in groups on solving problems. This might potentially affected student engagement and exam performance as the students were exposed more to passive learning. In the case of first-year students attending the summary lectures, lecture attendance was notably high, however, seminar attendance was comparatively low. Typically, students engage in problem-solving activities either individually or in groups during seminars, seeking guidance from tutors when needed. The lower seminar attendance suggests that students may have grasped the material well enough without collaboration with peers. Reflecting on these findings, repeating examples may enhance understanding and application of new concepts, while group work fosters active engagement, positively impacting exam performance. It's evident that using a variation of learning activities in class could positively impact different types of student engagement. The pandemic has accelerated changes in the way we teach our students. Transitioning to more flexible, mixed modes of teaching practices will provide opportunities to create a more engaging and motivating learning environment that reflects the rapidly changing world we live in. References 1.Lo, C.K. and Hew, K.F., 2021. Student engagement in mathematics flipped classrooms: Implications of journal publications from 2011 to 2020. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, p.672610. 2. Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., and Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Rev. Educ. Res. 74, 59–109. doi: 10.3102/00346543074001059 3.Akçayır, G. and Akçayır, M., 2018. The flipped classroom: A review of its advantages and challenges. Computers & Education, 126, pp.334-345. 4.Yang, Q.F., Lin, C.J. and Hwang, G.J., 2021. Research focuses and findings of flipping mathematics classes: a review of journal publications based on the technology-enhanced learning model. Interactive Learning Environments, 29(6), pp.905-938. 5.Felder, R.M., 2012. Engineering education: A tale of two paradigms. Shaking the foundations of Geo-Engineering education, pp.9-14. 6.Loyens, S.M., Rikers, R.M. and Schmidt, H.G., 2009. Students' conceptions of constructivist learning in different programme years and different learning environments. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 79(3), pp.501-514. 7.G. Nilsson and E. Luchinskaya, A Reflection on Using Two Models of Supplemental Instruction in Teaching Mathematics for Engineers. In Strømmen-Bakhtiar, A., Helde, R. and Susen, E., 2021. Supplemental Instruction: Volume 2: Student Learning Processes. Waxmann Verlag. 8.Nilsson G. and Luchinskaya E. “Developing Competences Using Problem-based Learning: a Case Study of Teaching Mathematics to Computer Science Students”, Journal of Research in Teacher Education, 2007, No 3. pp. 13-21. 9.Luchinskaya E, Nilsson G., Kristiansson L. “Increasing university students’ motivation to improve maths knowledge in a workshop environment”. ECER 2014, Porto, Portugal, 2014. 10.Luchinskaya, E., & Nilsson, G. (2009). Using problem-based and peer-assisted learning in teaching mathematics to university students: Focus on competence development [Paper presentation]. European Conference on Educational Research (ECER 2009), Vienna, Austria. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Study Profiles of First-year University Science and Mathematics Students: Who Are at Risk of Dropping Out? 1University of Turku, Finland; 2University of Tampere Presenting Author:Dropping out of studies is a large issue for the university, society, and often for the individual. While dropping out could be a positive issue for students who find a better-suited profession or study field, it admittedly also has negative effects, such as losing financial aid and time, and experiencing more unemployment and lower incomes than persisters (Davies & Elias, 2003; OECD, 2019). From an institutional perspective, universities’ funding is usually dependent on the number of graduates, so aside from the wasted resources, dropouts have a direct effect on universities’ funding. The drop-out issue is greatest in STEM fields, where the drop-out rates are the highest and where it is especially important to obtain more workforce to answer the needs of the quickly developing technology industry and to solve global issues such as climate change. Drop-out is a complex phenomenon where both an individual’s internal factors and external factors interact with each other, eventually leading to the decision to drop out. In Heublein’s model of drop-out, the internal factors include aspects such as study behavior and motivation, and external factors for example study conditions and guidance (Heublein, 2014). Heublein argues that for the study programme to be successful, these factors should align and alter respectively. Though plenty of empirical research has been done and theoretical models built, existing empirical evidence still has limitations. Previous research often approaches the issue from a variable-centered perspective, which may prevent the identification of the smaller at-risk subpopulations and understanding the complex interrelations behind drop-out. Existing research also lacks a multi-variable perspective which is vital in a multi-faceted process of dropout. As well, attention should be paid to differentiating between types of dropouts and gaining information from the context of different countries’ education systems. A better understanding of the phenomenon could help the work of reducing dropout rates. We approach this issue using a person-centered approach to examine the study profiles of first-year university students. We aim to identify distinct patterns of students’ study orientations across dimensions of motivation, learning approach, and experienced stress. In this study, we explore what type of study profiles can be identified from first-year science and mathematics students and whether the profile membership is related to first-year grade point average (GPA). The variables included are interest, self-efficacy, surface learning approach, and academic stress. (Korhonen, 2014; Korhonen & Rautopuro, 2019; Lastusaari, 2018; Widlund et al., 2023). All variables are related to students’ study processes and recognized as being connected to drop-out, and they are malleable variables that the universities have a chance to affect (Condren & Greenglass, 2011; Haarala-Muhonen et al., 2017; Heublein, 2014; Jesús et al., 2022; Kehm et al., 2020; Lastusaari et al., 2016; Parpala et al., 2010). Possible at-risk profiles are observed and discussed. Identifying plausible profiles helps institutions get a picture of the new students and their support, information, and teaching needs. Intervening with the risk elements at an early stage could prevent dropouts. It also adds important information on the large and yet unclear phenomenon of drop-out, especially from the perspective of the crucial STEM fields and the first study year, and from person-oriented and multi-variable perspectives, also including both self-reported and student register-based variables. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data consisted of 177 first-year Finnish university science and mathematics students’ survey answers and grade point averages (GPAs), collected in spring 2023. The self-reported items, interest, self-efficacy, surface learning approach, and academic stress, were used to explore the study profiles, and GPA was used as a direct measure to validate the profile memberships. Interest and self-efficacy were measured with an instrument, originally designed to measure mathematical motivation (Widlund et al., 2023) as the expectancy-value theory’s beliefs and values (Eccles, 1983), and then developed to fit university science and mathematics students. Both interest (α=0.903) and self-efficacy (α=0.858) were measured with three questions, measuring students’ interest in their major and their beliefs about their abilities to perform in their studies. The surface learning approach was measured with a modified version of the ChemApproach -questionnaire (Lastusaari, 2018), originally designed to measure chemistry students’ four different learning approaches, now developed further, ending up with four questions measuring the surface learning approach (α=0.841). Academic stress was measured with an instrument developed in the Campus Conexus -project (Korhonen & Rautopuro, 2019). One question was removed to increase the internal consistency of the measurement, ending up with a four-question solution (α=0.839). All questions were answered on a Likert scale of 1 (Completely disagree) – 5 (Completely agree). Confirmatory factor analysis confirmed the structures of the constructs. All measures were formed by calculating the means of the questions. Latent profile analysis with a three-step method was conducted with the variables interest, self-efficacy, surface learning approach, and academic stress, and finally grade point average (GPA) as an auxiliary variable. First, the number of profiles was obtained by fitting latent profile models iteratively to the data, starting with two and continuing up to six profiles. The best-fitting model was identified by interpreting fit indices. The analysis was conducted four additional times to check robustness. Second, the students were assigned profiles based on the class membership probabilities. Finally, logistic regression analysis and ANOVA were conducted to observe the connection between the profile membership and GPA. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The model with five different study profiles was identified as the best fit. The profiles were named respectively: “well-performing, interested” (55.8%), “lower-performing, interested” (19.8%), “high-performing, interested” (11.5%), “lower-performing, uninterested” (7.4%), and “well-performing, uninterested” (5.4%). The “well-performing, interested” and “high-performing, interested” profiles seemed to not have any major issues in their studies, as they had high interest, mediocre-to-high self-efficacy, low surface learning approach, mediocre-to-low stress, and mediocre-to-good GPAs (M=3.55, SD=0.92 and M=3.09, SD=0.70). The “lower-performing, interested” profile seemed to struggle with all aspects other than interest, having low self-efficacy, and high surface learning approach and stress, and a lower GPA than most of the profiles (M=2.92, SD=0.73), indicating that this profile would benefit from support offered by the university. The two smallest profiles came across as at-risk groups, as both “lower-performing, uninterested”, and “well-performing, uninterested” had low interest, indicating they are not interested in the field they are currently studying. In addition, the former had low self-efficacy, and high surface learning approach and stress, and the lowest GPA of the profiles (M=2.62, SD=0.75), indicating that also their learning habits would need some improvement. These students will most probably end up dropping out if not intervened by the university. The latter, however, didn’t seem to have other challenges than the low interest, as they had high self-efficacy, low surface approach, and high GPA (M=3.46, SD=0.50), indicating that these students may eventually transfer to another study field. The at-risk groups could benefit from the university actively communicating about possible specialization fields and professions, and positive environmental and societal impacts offered by the current study field, helping the students find the motivation towards the study field. References Condren, M., & Greenglass, E. R. (2011). OPTIMISM, EMOTIONAL SUPPORT, AND DEPRESSION AMONG FIRST-YEAR UNIVERSITY STUDENTS Implications For Psychological Functioning Within The Educational Setting [Book]. In G. Reevy & E. Frydenberg (Eds.), Personality, stress, and coping implications for education (p. 133). Information Age Pub. Davies, R., & Elias, P. (2003). Dropping Out: A Study of Early Leavers From Higher Education. Research Report RR386. Institute For Employment Research (IER). Eccles, J. (1983). Expectancies, values, and academic behaviors. In J. T. Spence (Ed.), Achievement and achievement motivation (pp. 75–146). W. H. Freeman. Haarala-Muhonen, A., Ruohoniemi, M., Parpala, A., Komulainen, E., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2017). How do the different study profiles of first-year students predict their study success, study progress and the completion of degrees? Higher Education, 74, 949–962. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-016-0087-8 Heublein, U. (2014). Student Drop-out from German Higher Education Institutions. European Journal of Education, 49(4). https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12097 Jesús, E., Simón, L., & Gijón Puerta, J. (2022). Prediction of early dropout in higher education using the SCPQ. Cogent Psychology, 9. https://doi.org/10.1080/23311908.2022.2123588 Kehm, B. M., Larsen, M. R., & Sommersel, H. B. (2020). Student dropout from universities in Europe: A review of empirical literature. Hungarian Educational Research Journal, 9(2), 147–164. https://doi.org/10.1556/063.9.2019.1.18 Korhonen, V. (2014). Opintoihin kiinnittymisen arviointia kehittämässä - Nexus-itsearviointikyselyn teoreettista taustaa ja empiiristä kehittelyä: Vol. B:3. University of Tampere. Korhonen, V., & Rautopuro, J. (2019). Identifying problematic study progression and “at-risk” students in higher education in Finland. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(7), 1056–1069. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1476407 Lastusaari, M. (2018). Persistence in Major in Related to Learning Approaches - Development of a questionnaire for university chemistry students [Doctoral thesis]. University of Turku. Lastusaari, M., Laakkonen, E., & Murtonen, M. (2016). ChemApproach: validation of a questionnaire to assess the learning approaches of chemistry students. Chemistry Education Research and Practice, 17(4), 723–730. https://doi.org/10.1039/C5RP00216H Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2019). Education at a glance 2019 : OECD indicators (p. 493). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/f8d7880d-en. Parpala, A., Lindblom-Ylänne, S., Komulainen, E., Litmanen, T., & Hirsto, L. (2010). Students’ approaches to learning and their experiences of the teaching-learning environment in different disciplines. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 80(2), 269–282. https://doi.org/10.1348/000709909X476946 Widlund, A., Tuominen, H., & Korhonen, J. (2023). Motivational Profiles in Mathematics - Stability and Links with Educational and Emotional Outcomes [Manuscript submitted for publication]. https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/ugrpy 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Exploring Cloud Physics with Graph Theory: Representing and Analysing Conceptual Understanding 1Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway; 2Bjerknes Centre for Climate Research, Bergen, Norway; 3Department of Physics and Technology, University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:This study investigates the evolution in conceptual understanding of cloud physics among learners from diverse academic backgrounds, using the mathematical framework of graph theory. Cloud physics is an inherently multidisciplinary area of research, and therefore also of teaching in higher education. Challenges related to the understanding and modeling of clouds influence one of the main uncertainties in climate models [1], as well as a range of other areas, like affect aircraft operations and remote sensing technologies. Cloud physics education therefore represents a key aspect in atmospheric science education and, more widely, in geoscience education [2]. Recent academic efforts have addressed the difficulties encountered by learners in the discipline [3, 4, 5, 6], yet more is to be done to connect these with the conceptual structure of cloud physics. Graph theory is an established field of mathematics, but the use of graph structures in education is relatively new [7, 8, 9, 10, 11], offering new perspectives to discipline-based educational research. Graph structures are networks of nodes connected with edges, and in our case networks of concepts from cloud physics connected with directed arrows by the participants of our study. The algorithmic power of graph theory affords characterization of both the mathematical graph structure and the role of the nodes that compose it. In this study, participants hand-drew concept maps depicting the life-cycle of a cloud, reflecting their understanding of cloud physics. We coded the maps according to thematic analysis and transformed them into graph structures in Python. A "map of cloud physics" is created, depicting the joint graph representation of all participants. Studying this representation presents a novel way to look at the field and inspires a series of follow-up investigations to inform the disciplinary teaching and learning practices. We present sub-graphs based on the participants' academic experience. While Novice represents the group with no formal academic exposure to cloud physics, a comparison of the Adept and Advanced groups highlights the main changes induced by an increasing experience in the discipline. We represent the core knowledge of each group, corresponding to the nodes and edges of highest consensus, using a hierarchical structure. We also compute the groups' agreement with regard to the predecessors and successors of the used concepts, and define a new node-level metric measuring these quantities. The evolution of the computed metrics through the experience-gradient provides a diagnosis of both the changes occurring along a learner's journey in cloud physics, and of the structure of the discipline and its inherent conceptual complexities. Overall, our results both qualify and quantify the epistemological shift in the description of the life-cycle of a cloud, from the general physics of the water cycle to detailed description of cloud microphysical processes, as learners mature in their understanding of the discipline. Our findings can be used by lecturers to tailor their teaching towards the identified expert-like concepts, and by students to anticipate the main complexities in the field during their learning process. (As our work in this study is very graphical, for both visualisation and analysis purposes, the above explanations would undoubtedly profit from a few visual inputs, which we would be happy to provide to the reader upon request.) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We collected concept maps from 117 participants from five different academic teaching and research institutions in Norway between Nov 2022 and Sep 2023. The participants were asked to graphically depict the life-cycle of a cloud, from the early conditions for formation to their dissipation, using around ten minutes for the exercise. The instructions were to draw and label nodes representing scientific concepts, and connect them with unlabeled directed arrows wherever they seemed appropriate. The information collected from the participants informed about their disciplinary field (six disciplines of STEM), academic level (bachelor, master, PhD, researcher), and experience with cloud physics (Novice, Adept, Proficient, Expert). The concept maps were coded according to thematic analysis (with thematic saturation reached at about 110 concepts) and converted to graph structures via the creation of adjacency matrices in Python. The joint weighted graph of all the collected data presents a “map of cloud physics” reflecting the collective understanding of all the participants. Setting threshold levels of consensus on edges reveals valuable substructures on this map. A 3D web-visualization allows to navigate the map and highlight specific areas according to criteria set by the user. We computed graph-level metrics such as density, diameter and intertwinement for each participant, and created box-plots of these metrics according to the participants’ disciplinary field, academic level and cloud physics experience. Grouping the participants according to their experience with cloud physics led to the largest variance of graph metrics, motivating clustering the data into Novice, Adept, Proficient and Expert groups. A further grouping of Proficient and Expert into Advanced was also introduced. We identified for each group a “layer-structure” in their collective graph according to consensus threshold values set on edges. The layers of highest consensus correspond to the core knowledge of each group, which we represent using a hierarchical structure that indicates the optimized way of navigating their sub-graphs. For the Advanced group, the core knowledge sub-graph can directly be used to inform teaching and learning. Node-level metrics were then computed for each group, in particular right/left-eigenvector, betweenness, and out/in-degree centralities. Expanding on the degree centrality measures, we created a new metric that quantifies the agreement of a group on the successors and predecessors of a node. A study of the rate of change of these node-level metrics across groups highlights the concepts becoming central, and thus important, in the conceptual understanding of these groups as their disciplinary experience increases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis shows that the agreement on the origins and effects of the concepts Adiabatic Cooling and Heterogeneous Nucleation increases with experience, indicating an increasingly precise understanding and knowledge. This agreement decreases with experience for Evaporation, Rain and Shortwave Radiation, making us suggest that these concepts have an inherently more complex role within the storyline of a cloud. We also show that the importance of specific concepts such as Droplet Growth and Convection increases with experience in explanations of more advanced learners, whereas that of more general concepts such as Water Mass and Condensation decreases. Convection, Droplet Growth and Maturation also gain importance as bridges enabling the flow of information in the graphs of more experienced groups of learners. The hierarchical graph of the Advanced-group reveals a three-part structure of cloud physics: 1) the atmospheric physics and thermodynamics, from an ascending mass of moist air to droplet nucleation; 2) the aerosol physics behind cloud formation; and 3) the mechanisms behind droplet growth and ice crystal nucleation during the maturation phase of the cloud. Such a result can be used as a recommendation to introduce the topic sequentially in a teaching and learning setting. Using concept mapping narratives as a proxy and the theoretical framework of graph theory, differences in understanding of cloud physics in groups of varying experience have been quality-tested and quantified. We believe that the methodology developed within this study has the potential to be applied to other disciplines of the STEM curriculum, and could thus inform their teaching and learning practices. The visual representation of a discipline through a large and dense network could, in particular, form a helpful tool for both teachers and learners. The applied methodology makes structures emerge from large "maps", and reveals how increasing experience in a discipline changes how learners navigate them. References [1] Morrison, H., van Lier-Walqui, M., Fridlind, A. M., Grabowski, W. W., Harrington, J. Y., Hoose, C., Korolev, A., Kumjian, M. R., Milbrandt, J. A., Pawlowska, H., Posselt, D. J., Prat, O. P., Reimel, K. J., Shima, S. I., van Diedenhoven, B., & Xue, L. (2020). Confronting the Challenge of Modeling Cloud and Precipitation Microphysics. Journal of Advances in Modeling Earth Systems, 12(8). https://doi.org/10.1029/2019MS001689 [2] Cervato, C., Charlevoix, D., Gold, A., & Kandel, H. (2018). Research on Students’ Conceptual Understanding of Environmental, Oceanic, Atmospheric, and Climate Science Content. In K. St. John (Ed.), Community Framework for Geoscience Education Research (pp. 17–34). National Association of Geoscience Teachers. https://doi.org/10.25885/ger_framework/3 [3] Davenport, C. E., & French, A. J. (2019). The Fundamentals in Meteorology Inventory: Validation of a tool assessing basic meteorological conceptual understanding. Journal of Geoscience Education, 68(2), 152–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/10899995.2019.1629193 [4] Gopal, H., Kleinsmidt, J., Case, J., & Musonge, P. (2004). An investigation of tertiary students’ understanding of evaporation, condensation and vapour pressure. International Journal of Science Education, 26(13), 1597–1620. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500690410001673829 [5] Handlos, Z. J., Davenport, C., & Kopacz, D. (2022). The “State” of Active Learning in the Atmospheric: Sciences Strategies Instructors Use and Directions for Future Research. Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 103(4), E1197–E1212. https://doi.org/10.1175/BAMS-D-20-0239.1 [6] Petters, M. (2021). Interactive worksheets for teaching atmospheric aerosols and cloud physics. Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 102(3), E672–E680. https://doi.org/10.1175/BAMS-D-20-0072.1 [7] Giabbanelli, P. J., Tawfik, A. A., & Wang, B. (2023). Designing the next generation of map assessment systems: Open questions and opportunities to automatically assess a student’s knowledge as a map. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 55(1), 79–93. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2022.2119449 [8] Selinski, N. E., Rasmussen, C., Wawro, M., & Zandieh, M. (2014). A method for using adjacency matrices to analyze the connections students make within and between concepts: The case of linear algebra. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 45(5), 550–583. https://doi.org/10.5951/jresematheduc.45.5.0550 [9] Tatsuoka, M. M. (1986). Graph Theory and Its Applications in Educational Research: A Review and Integration. Review of Educational Research, 56(3), 291–329. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543056003291 [10] Wagner, S., & Priemer, B. (2023). Assessing the quality of scientific explanations with networks. International Journal of Science Education, 45(8), 636–660. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2023.2172326 [11] Wagner, S., Kok, K., & Priemer, B. (2020). Measuring characteristics of explanations with element maps. Education Sciences, 10(36). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10020036 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 22 SES 08 B: Discussing Teaching and Learning Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Marie Moran Paper and Ignite Talk Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Building Transferable Skills to Face the Challenges of an Uncertain Future with Hope via a Graduate Teaching Preparation Program Michigan State University, United States of America Presenting Author:As we are facing new technologies, AI in our changing communities and societies, we are challenged to develop skills to adapt and respond to the developments emerging at global and local contexts[STB1] . These changes have affected the labor market, where employees are required to solve complex problems at a fast pace. (Karaca-Atik et al. 2023). The goal of doctoral programs is to develop graduate students as researchers to advance knowledge, ideas, and develop creative solutions. Yet, many follow a very narrow path with little experience outside of academia removing them from the realities and problems faced by new demands. To address this, researchers and employer have identified a set of 21st century skills (P21, 2019) to navigate the current developments and solve the problems of our generation. Over the years, these skills have been known as soft skills (Succi & Canovi, 2019), generic skills (Frenk et al., 2010), or skills for employability (Kearns, 2001). In this study we use the term transferable skills to denote the applicability of these in various contexts (Barnett & Ceci, 2002). Where do our graduate students acquire these transferable skills in a university environment? Few would be inclined to first look in teaching professional development and pedagogical trainings. Researchers have explored existing literature identifying skills commonly seen as valuable to employers. In this quest, it has become apparent that preparing graduate students to teach provides competencies that go beyond the classroom or laboratory settings. Whereas skills acquired from teaching preparation programs and classroom experiences are often overlooked, research has shown that teaching skills can be transferred to a variety of careers. This research study was conducted at a large research-intensive public university in the U.S.A. granting Bachelor, Master’s, and Ph.D. to over 50,000 students from all around the world. Annually, approximately 1300 of the 10 000 Graduate students hold instructional roles as part of their graduate assistantship and funding package, and provide 10 % of all classroom instruction at the institution. Their instructional roles include teaching a section or a lab, grading, and leading small discussion groups. These students participate in an intensive Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) Preparation program over multiple days to prepare them for effective instruction. The program focuses on facilitation, assessment and evidence-based pedagogical practices that will foster student learning. Feedback on whether graduate students met learning goals, and if they thought what they learned equipped them to be effective is collected immediately following the program. An initial review of the feedback revealed the utility of the skills and their congruency with transferable skills identified in the literature, among those effective communication skills, socio-emotional skills, leadership skills, and collaborative skills, to name a few (Karaca-Atik, et al., 2013). These skills can be used to mitigate some of the current challenges and positively advance our communities and our society. For example, communication skills to address contentious topics and situations, socio-emotional learning to compassionately listen to the stories of students in crisis can also be applied to working with those affected by humanitarian crises. Using technology to build connections and solve complex problems can translate into creating more equitable and humanizing experiences that challenge our world. In our attempt to intentionally design programs to prepare graduate students for working with diverse student populations, the classroom serves as a microcosm for the uncertainty experienced in our world, and prepares them to become change agents who instill hope to solve the problems faced by local and global communities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the current study the researchers collected feedback data in response to the GTA Preparation program outcomes associated with the skill and knowledge development. The 21st century skills (P21, 2019) and sustainable careers frameworks (de Vos et al., 2020) were combined into a set of transferable skills. The GTA preparation program evaluation and feedback data collected between 2021 and 2023 included 1200 responses for analysis. The data analysis process consisted of deductive and inductive coding as discussed by Bingham and Witkowsky (2022). First, the researchers analyzed and synthesized research and in a deductive approach identifying the transferable skills most often noted in the literature recognizing those that had most overlap. Fourteen transferable skill codes were initially elicited and entered into an Excel worksheet. These skills served as the basis for the thematic coding of the data. Next, data collected following the Graduate Teaching Assistant Program program feedback surveys via Qualtrics (an approved university survey platform) was elicited and downloaded into an Excel file. This file contained both quantitative data (multiple-choice and other closed-ended questions) and qualitative data (open-ended questions). All quantitative data was deleted so the file only contained qualitative data. A separate file with only qualitative data pertaining to questions about what was learned from the workshops and sessions spread over the entire GTA preparation program were used for the current analysis. After all responses and quotes were entered into the Excel file, two researchers individually coded the responses as these aligned with the pre-identified codes.. The responses which did not align with the pre-determined codes were grouped under the recurring themes and new codes were generated for those quotes and themes based on Corbin and Strauss’s (2015) grounded theory approach. Quotes that did not speak to the topic were excluded from the analysis. After this process was completed, the researchers discussed the codes and calculated interrater reliability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial analyses of the data showed that the knowledge, skills, and competencies gained from the Graduate Teaching Assistant program aligned with the transferable skills and competencies of the 21st century as seen in the literature. Among the skills rising to the top were communication, instruction/facilitation, and socio-emotional intelligence. Furthermore social & cross-cultural understanding and awareness as well as information technology, which are skills highly sought after by employees and essential to the ongoing process of improving communities emerged. Collaboration and teambuilding skills were frequently identified as by-products of teaching professional development. Given that graduate students came from a broad spectrum of disciplines, they recognized the value of diverse disciplinary and demographic voices. It can be inferred that solving complex problems in current realities are best addressed and solved when multiple lenses and inter-disciplinary perspectives and problem-solving skills are applied in collaborative teams. Similarly, leadership and organizational skills are increasingly important in educational spaces that require faculty and academic staff to navigate the intricacies of the in-person, remote, and hybrid learning environments which are also prevalent in the work environments of private and public sectors. Lastly, the dilemma of information overload and the use of new artificial intelligence tools require very intentional planning and self-regulation mindfulness with respect to ethics and integrity to be impactful change agents in solving our current generation’s problems. References Barnett, S. M., & Ceci, S. J. (2002). When and where do we apply what we learn?: A taxonomy for far transfer. Psychological Bulletin, 128(4), 612. Bingham, A.J., & Witkowsky, P. (2022). Deductive and inductive approaches to qualitative data analysis. In C. Vanover, P. Mihas, & J. Saldaña (Eds.), Analyzing and interpreting qualitative data: After the interview (pp. 133-146). SAGE Publications. Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (4th ed.). Los Angeles: Sage. de Vos, A., Van der Heijden, B. I., & Akkermans, J. (2020). Sustainable careers: Towards a conceptual model. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 117, 103196. Frenk, J., Chen, L., Bhutta, Z.A., Cohen, J. and Zurayk, H. (2010). Health professionals for a new century: transforming education to strengthen health systems in an interdependent world. The Lancet, 376(9756), 1923-1958. Karaca-Atik, A., Meeuwisse, M., Gorgievski, M., & Smeets, G. (2023). Uncovering important 21st-century skills for sustainable career development of social sciences graduates: a systematic review. Educational Research Review, 100528. Kearns, P. (2001), Generic Skills for the New Economy, National Centre for Vocational Education Research, available at https://www.ncver.edu.au/research-and-statistics/publications/allpublications/generic-skills-for-the-new-economy-review-of-research P21. (2019). Framework for 21st century learning. http://static.battelleforkids.org/documents/p21/P21_Framework_Brief.pdf Succi, C., & Canovi, M. (2019). Soft skills to enhance graduate employability: Comparing students and employers’ perceptions. Studies in Higher Education, 45(9), 1834-1847. 22. Research in Higher Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Where Do We Get Our Ideas About What Constitutes Good Learning and Teaching In Higher Education? How do we know? RMIT University, Australia Presenting Author:Higher Education finds itself at a pivotal moment in time where disruption and innovation converge, creating a dynamic landscape of possibilities. Accompanied by the traditional concerns of increasing accountability, decreasing budgets and diverse student populations educators are responding to unprecedented competition with rapidly evolving generative AI technologies with demonstratable capacity for both learning adaptively. Collectively these challenge us to consider what constitutes good learning and teaching and more importantly cause us to question how do we know? Three important imperatives compel those in higher education to address these two important intersecting questions. First, a thriving, dynamic economy is essentially a ‘knowledge economy’ with a robust pipeline of lifelong learners who can easily engage and re-engage with formal studies at any point in their personal or career pathways. (OECD 2023; Cheng et al. 2022; Morales et al. 2020). Beyond this transactional view of education, the provision of excellent learning environments builds nations and communities of people who can be better equipped to critique and interrogate ideas with a compassionate and ethical disposition, so vital in our information saturated world where the reliability of sources is questionable. Specifically, we want learners who have experienced transformative learning which empowers them with competencies inclusive of knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values that enable them to have agency over their own futures (OECD, 2019; Evans et al. 2015; Evans et al. 2010). Most significantly, if we want an equitable and just world, we have a responsibility to ensure all students, irrespective of their cultural backgrounds, gender or levels poverty or age are given the best opportunities to engage with learning in higher education and then to retain them until course completion. Both international figures and Australian data support the view that participation in higher education is strongly correlated with positive outcomes later in life (OECD 2020; ABS 2023; Tomlison, 2017). This demands that we investigate practices that work and set students up for success. The American Council of Education (ACUE) make the powerful claim that, “The techniques of effective college instruction are known” (2016 p. 6). This view is not universally maintained (Morales et al. 2022). It must be acknowledged that there are multiple and ever-increasing demands on academics’ time including publishing, research commitments, compliance training, regulatory obligations and often large class sizes and teaching loads. Furthermore, as a profession intentional, systematic professional development with a focus on pedagogy has not been a high priority but is often provided as an ‘add on’. This is further muddied with promotion of a myriad of ‘effective’ pedagogical practices including: Case-based Learning through to Research-based learning, Service learning, Public Scholarship, Technology-enhanced learning, learning by making and doing to mention a few. (Mintz, 2020). Beyond these typically better documented approaches, a new wave of scholars and thought leaders are proposing less well investigated approaches such as, ‘pedagogies using AI tools, metaverse for education, pedagogy of care in digitally mediated settings, entrepreneurial education, and relational pedagogies’ (Kuklska-Hulme et al., 2003). Although it is heartening to see continuint exploration in this space, it also demonstrates the confusion and lack of clarity about what methodologies are critical to attend to and which have a valid research basis. The literature review explored in this presentation synthesises key themes which have emerged from a small but well-respected research base of effective pedagogical practices in higher education and outlines implications of this for educators and policy makers. The conclusions aim to support academics in making sense of the complexity of learning and teaching and equip them not with simplistic formulas, but a menu of ‘high reliability’ options proven to improve the student learning experiences.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is an exploration of the literature in preparation for a formal research proposal. Although there is ample research that is hosted in what works well within a particular discipline, less is available about which of these practices transcend disciplinary boundaries. At the time of writing, four key pieces of research were identified which met this requirement. In addition to this they were intentionally chosen as they drew on vastly different research methodology and consequently seemed to address different pieces of the puzzle about what practices are effective. Chickering and Gamson’s 7 Principles that help to improve undergraduate experience (1987) was identified. This highly regarded work draws on a synthesis of a literature base that was the best of its time. This research although highly reputable and often cited is over 37 years old. The question remained whether the principles were still relevant for our time. Ramsden’s (2003) drawing on mix of qualitative and quantitative research, adds another dimension, specifically drawing on student perception data. His findings emerged from conducting surveys and interviews, observations, document analysis and a literature review. This research highlighted what students perceived as important. While Bain’s (2004) work identifying what the ‘best college teachers do’ backward maps from the teaching methods, philosophies, and practices that set ‘exceptional’ educators apart and contributed to their effectiveness in the college classroom. His qualitive research methodology incorporated identification of 63 candidates who were perceived both by their colleagues and students as being ‘effective’. The findings that emerged were in response to drawing on a combination of interviews, case-studies, reflective practice, classroom observation and arte-fact collection. Finally, Smith and Biak’s (2023) meta-analysis resulted in a more contemporary collection of ‘high-impact practices’ and represent an increasingly more nuanced understanding of effective teaching approaches. The findings of the four sets of research were then coded to look for similarities and differences. Through examining quality learning and teaching through the four studies and their multiple lenses by drawing on the literature, the student experience, the academic practitioner story and a contemporary meta-analysis some strong and consistent themes emerged. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The implications of this work are as follows: 1. Looking at list of effective practices alone is not enough. It needs to be supported with sustained professional learning for academics. Not just during their early career stages but at regular intervals so that their Scholarship of learning and Teaching is maintained. This would enable practitioners to keep abreast of evolving understandings and support educators in making adaptations in their practice. 2. The findings strongly reinforce a bank of dominant, high leverage practices. These are often referred to as ‘high impact’, yet educators need support in unpacking each of these and contextualising them into their own discipline to be meaningful. This also means that if the discipline already has what Shulman (2005) refers to as a ‘signature pedagogy’, assisting them to make connections and develop understandings about how these practices are aligned. 3. ‘The final list’ of high impact practices initially seems to challenge a few time-honoured practices, upon closer inspection it appears they have not disappeared entirely but been subsumed by other categories. 4. The reality is that we can never be satisfied with a final, ‘best of list’, we must continue to investigate, interrogate, and review our current body of knowledge. It is only through this active, reflective process that we can ensure we are delivering our best for our students. Academics by nature, are natural learners. The act of research causes them to question, to verify data, theories, or propositions. They are seekers of truth, investigators, and deep thinkers. In terms of professional learning, a different content of pedagogy needed to be explored and privileged if we are to see the graduates who leave our institutions equipped to be self-regulating learners and future ready. References ACUE. (2018). Why Colleges and Universities Need to Invest in Quality Teaching. Retrieved from ACUE White Paper, American Council for Education. Australian Bureau of Statistics. (2023, May). Education and Work, Australia. Retrieved from http://www.abs/gov.au Bain, K. (2004). What the Best College Teachers Do. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass. Cheng, M., Adekola, O., Albia, J., & Cai, S (2022). Employability in higher education: A review of key stakeholders’ perspectives. Higher Education Evaluation and Development, (16)1, 16-31. Chickering, A. W., & Gamson, Z. F. (1987). Principles for Good Practice in Undergraduate Education. Biochemical Education, 17(3). Evans, K., Guile, D., Harris, J., & Allan, H. (2010). Putting knowledge to work: A new approach. Nurse Education Today, 245–251. Evans, C. (2015) Situating Pedagogy. Southampton: University of Southampton. Kukulska-Hulme, A., Bossu, C., Charitonos, K., Coughlan, T., Deacon, A., Deane, N., ... Whitelock, D. (2023). Innovating Pedagogy 2023: Exploring new forms of teaching, learning and assessment to guide educators and policymakers. Open University Innovation Report, The Open University: University of Cape Town. Mintz, S. (2020, September 2). Pedagogy and Course Design Need to Change. Here’s How. Inside Higher Education. http://www.insiderhighered.com/ Morales, L., Coetzer J., & Barkoc, N. (2022) A Circular Pedagogy for Higher Education. European University of Technology Working Paper. OECD (2019) Education at a Glance 2019: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing. Paris. OECD (2020) Education at a Glance 2020: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris. OECD (2023) Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris 2023 Ramsden, P. (2003). Learning to Teach in Higher Education. London: Routledge Falmer. Shulman (2005) Signature Pedagogies in the Professions, Daedulus Cambridge Mass Vol.134 (3), p.52-59. Smith, C. D., & Biak, C. (2021). High-Impact Teaching Practices in Higher Education: A Best Evidence Review. Studies in Higher Education, 46(8). Tomlinson, M. (2017) Introduction: Graduate Employability in Contet: Charting a Complex Contested and Multifacted Policy and Research Field. In M. Tomlinon & L. Holmes (Eds.), Graduate Employability in Context. Palgrave Macmillan. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Role of Formal and Tacit Knowledge in HE Programme Design ATU Sligo, Ireland Presenting Author:Based on case study research in the Irish Technological University sector, Moran (2023) identified two factors within the control of a Higher Education Institute that contribute to student persistence. They are the provision of an enabling learning environment and appropriate programme design.The student should be at the centre of programme design decisions, which ultimately influence the student experience in the classroom (Tinto, 1975, 1993, 2012, 2017,2018). This paper seeks to investigate the manner in which appropriate programme design and an enabling learning environment are achieved in practice, by exploring the perceptions and experiences of lecturers and academic support staff in achieving these objectives. Academic lecturing staff represent a significant collective body of knowledge, both formal (or explicit) and tacit, which is a key resource in programme design decisions. Among other factors such as HEI history and development, lecturer social and cultural capital (Bourdieu, 1988; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990) influences and informs the type of programmes that are created and provided in Higher Education. Marginson (2008, p. 303) describes HE as a ‘relational environment that is simultaneously global, national and local. Programmes are therefore required to align with HEI Institute policy, the European Standards and Guidellines (ESG), the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and a myriad of national HE policies and objectives. This means that the creation of a curriculum that is student-centred, while meeting national and international HE objectives, can be challenging. The provision of centralised Teaching and Learning Centres in HEIs supports the the process of programme design, as well as informing academic staff about best practice, and embedding the broader requirements that programmes should meet. This research studies the interface between academic lecturing staff and Teaching and Learning staff who create and disseminate teaching, learning and assessment resources in line with international, national and Institute policies. It investigates the extent to which academic lecturing staff use the programme design supports and resources that are provided by their HEI, seeking to gain an insight into the factors that enable or inhibit their use. The research questions are: How do academic staff use their cultural and social capital in the programme design process, and by extension, the provision of an enabling learning environment? To what extent are the formal resources of the HEI (Policy, Data, Teaching and Learning Centre, programme development software) used to inform programme design and re-design; what are the enablers and barriers to their use? The paper uses the theoretical perspective of Bourdieu (Bourdieu, 1984, 1988; Grenfell, 2014; Grenfell and James, 1998) to study the role of lecturer cultural and social capital in the context of HE habitus and field. For Bourdieu, field describes a social space in which interactions and events take place, and the context in which previous knowledge about the field was generated, must be taken into consideration.Habitus describes a way of being and the relationships that exist between agents in a field (Maton, 2005); this interaction produces (and can reproduce) the social world and underpins the culture and practice that develops within the field. Bourdieu’s concept of field (Bourdieu and Wacquant, 1992) provides a framework for considering how existing knowledge about the field of HE is used and enhanced in the HEI, and informs programme design and classroom practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is employing semi-structured individual and small group interviews with academic staff and academic support staff in the TU sector. For the semi-structured interview, a schedule was developed to guide the discussion (Whitaker and Atkinson, 2019) and allow exploration of complex topics and issues. A separate schedule was developed for academic lecturing staff and support staff as they were likely to have different perspectives on programme design. Questions were developed to seek the lecturing research participants views about their experiences of programme design, employing their own cultural and social capital, as well as the resources available in the HEI. The questions for the research participants from the academic support staff were focussed on the development of resources for programme design, and their dissemination and use by programme teams and individual lecturers. Thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006, 2019) is being employed in the interpretation of interview data from both groups of research participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes are an enhanced understanding of the role of formal and tacit knowledge in programme design, and alignment with HE Institute programme design policy. It also and the potential subsequent impact on the student experience. The research is also expected to provide an insight into the interface between programme teams or lecturers and academic support staff in the programme design and re-design process. It is anticipated that it will identify some of the challenges associated with the need for HE programmes to meet multiple objectives, driven by national and international HE policy. Teaching, learning and assessment are the pillars on which programmes are developed, and the resources that are available to support programme design place significant emphasis on these core areas. However, there are also additional requirements to evidence wider programme objectives, which require and perhaps challenge the cultural and social capital of HEI staff, and which require the type of supports that are provided centrally in the HEI environment. References Bourdieu, P. (1988). Homo Academicus. (Collier P. trans.), Oxford, Polity Press. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J. C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture. (4). Sage. Bourdieu, P. and L. Wacquant (1992) An invitation to reflexive sociology. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, IL, and Polity, Cambridge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis?. Qualitative research in psychology, 18(3), 328- 352. Culver, K. C., Braxton, J., & Pascarella, E. (2019). Does teaching rigorously really enhance undergraduates’ intellectual development? The relationship of academic rigor with critical thinking skills and lifelong learning motivations. Higher Education, 78(4), 611-627. Grenfell, M. J. (Ed.). (2014). Pierre Bourdieu: key concepts. (2nd Ed.) Routledge. Grenfell, M., & James, D. (Eds). (1998). Acts of Practical Theory. Bourdieu and Education. Routledge Falmer. Grenfell, M., & James, D. (2004). Change in the field—changing the field: Bourdieu and the methodological practice of educational research. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 25(4), 507-523. Moran, M. (2023). Why Are You Here? A Case Study of Persistence in Higher Education. (Thesis) TARA, TCD http://hdl.handle.net/2262/102578 Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from Higher Education: A Theoretical Synthesis of Recent Research. Review of Educational Research. American Educational Research Association 45 (1), 89-125. Tinto, V. (2012). Completing College. Rethinking Institutional Action. The University of Chicago Press. Tinto, V. (2017). Reflections on Student Persistence, Student Success, 8 (2) ISSN: 2205-0795 Tinto, V. (2018). A Theory of Student Retention: A Background Paper Prepared for Staying on Track: New Perspectives and Sustainable Solutions to Educational Dropout of Young Adults, A Conference sponsored by Arhus University, Campus Emdrup. November 28, 2019. Vaccari, V., & Gardinier, M.P. (2019). Toward one world or many? A comparative analysis of OECD and UNESCO global education policy documents. International journal of development education and global learning, 11 (1), 68- 86. Walsh, S., Flannery, D., & Cullinan, J. (2018). Analysing the preferences of prospective students for higher education institution attributes. Education Economics, 26 (2), 161–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/09645292.2017.1335693 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 22 SES 08 C: Diversity and Institutional Culture Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jose-Luis Alvarez-Castillo Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Institutional Culture in Non-governmental Higher Education from the Students’ Perspective University of Debrecen, Hungary Presenting Author:In Central and Eastern Europe, higher education institutions are run, besides public institutions, by non-governmental organizations, such as religious organizations and foundations. International research shows that non-governmental higher education in the 21st century can exhibit much more distinctive features than in the past (Benne, 2001; James, 2006; Carpenter, 2014; Berger, 2021). This is mostly due to the uniformization of higher education as a result of the monkey policy caused by an international ranking fetishism (Hrubos, 2012). Consequently, it fails to meet the needs of various types of students in a highly pluralized society (Hrubos, 2012; Berger, 2021). As a result of all this, in the competition for students, the expression of institutional identity and culture can become more prominent in order to meet the expectations of specific student groups (Reynolds & Wallace, 2016; Hulme et al., 2016). Forced to respond, the non-governmental sector can either become uniform (Reynolds & Wallace, 2016; Hulme et al., 2016) or assume an individual profile (Sullivan, 2019; Rizzi, 2019; Mishra, 2020). One option is to choose to compete with institutions belonging to the public sector by assimilating into the sphere dominated by state, renouncing the distinctive features of its institutional culture, but, on the other hand, approaching students who are also attracted by public institutions. Another option is to slightly distance itself from the competitive arena of global higher education, and construct a special, for example denominational institutional culture, thereby attracting students who are seeking an environment with a distinctly denominational institutional culture. The need to respond brings about a diversity within the non-governmental sector, and although these institutions are represented globally, it serves fundamentally different functions in various geographical, regional-societal, and cultural segments (James, 2006). The diversity within the non-governmental sector can be grasped at several levels, it is most evident, however, in the institutional culture, as institutions utilize the channels of institutional culture to emphasize diversity and various functions. The institutional culture characteristic of non-governmental organizations is perceived by some through dimensions such as institutional leadership, education, and academic research (Barton, 2019; Batugal & Tindowen, 2019), while others investigate it within the dimensions of student community and student life (Rizzi, 2019). Building on the results of institutional culture research, the current thesis focuses on the student dimensions of institutional culture. The first dimension of institutional culture perceived at the student level is recruitment as the message the institution conveys to prospective students is a significant manifestation of institutional culture, as well as the assumptions different groups of students have when choosing a specific institution (Bess & Dee, 2012), i.e. the self-selection performed on the basis of the anticipated institutional culture. The second dimension of the institutional culture perceived by students consists of learning characteristics as this reflects how students interpret the institutional goals. It includes the specifics of student performance patterns, student effort and academic progress (Hulme et al., 2016). The third dimension of institutional culture perceived from the student perspective involves relational integration within the institution, as well as trust, and satisfaction. Community life and experiences, along with inter- and intragenerational integration are fundamental aspects of institutional culture. Analysing the international and national literature, the following question arises: inasmuch as, in response to the challenges, a distinct institutional culture is truly perceptible in denominational institutions, how attractive can the examined institutions be as alternatives to non-governmental sector higher education institutions in the globalized, pluralistic, post-Christian era (Sullivan, 2019). Additionally, considering the continuously narrowing pool of higher education applicants, which institutional culture might different groups of prospective students be most open to. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our qualitative research we used the Dropout 2019 questionnaire designed by the Center for Higher Education Research and Development (CHERD-H) and its database, PERSIST 2019, which we refined and supplemented with private- sector institutions to create our own database, SRAPHE 2019 (Students in Religious Affiliated and Public Higher Education), N=922. The questionnaire focuses on 11 dimensions. When creating the SRAPHE 2019 database, in the research focusing on each region under scrutiny a multi-stage sampling procedure was used. The first stage was devoted to the spatial delimitation of the regions under scrutiny, taking into account that the countries included in the study differ not only in terms of religiosity and denominational structure, but there are differences also within the countries. Central and Eastern European countries can basically be divided into two categories based on religiosity (Pusztai et al., 2016), thus we have selected two neighbouring countries, one from each category. Romania belongs to the group of strongly religious cultures, while Hungary belongs to the group characterized by a so-called cultural religiosity. Following the selection of the countries, in the second stage, we selected to neighbouring regions, one from each country, taking into account regions which traditionally have a non-state education sector in higher education, and thus the counties of Hajdú-Bihar and Szabolcs-Szatmár-Bereg in the Northern Great Plain region of Hungary and Bihor county in the Romanian Partium region were selected for the sample. Once the counties were selected, all non-state higher education institutions in the county were selected and public institutions were assigned to these, thus creating pairs of public and non-state higher education institutions. When selecting the pairs of institutions, we aimed for similarities in the area of enrolment and training profile. The sub-sample consisted of students from public and non-state higher education institutions in a border region of Hungary and Romania who were studying in the same fields of study in the two sectors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings show that the study has revealed the distinct function and institutional culture of non-governmental higher education institutions. The impact of these institutions on students becomes apparent even in the anticipatory phase of student socialization, and it continues to manifest in various aspects of students' education and academic achievement. The findings cannot be generalized as the social, cultural, and geographical context significantly influences the character of the institutional culture of non-governmental higher education. Indicators examined present a culture that is inclusive towards individuals from various social strata. However, students' self-selection of institutions is significantly influenced by the perception that these institutions predominantly embrace those from disadvantaged backgrounds, and that, besides education, they strive to provide the expected cultural environment that aligns with students’ worldview. The results of this study provide a theoretical and practical basis for drawing the attention of decision-makers in non-governmental and public higher education to the fact that a unique institutional culture and distinct identity hold the potential to attract prospective students. By embracing a special affiliation in their formal and informal mission, non-governmental institutions have the opportunity to attract stakeholders within the shrinking student market and to create an institutional culture that can stand its ground in the competitive higher education landscape of the 21st century. References Barton, A. (2019). Preparing for Leadership Turnover in Christian Higher Education: Best Practices in Succession Planning. Christian Higher Education, 18(1-2), 37–53. Batugal, M. L. C., & Tindowen, D. J. C. (2019). Influence of Organizational Culture on Teachers' Organizational Commitment and Job Satisfaction: The Case of Catholic Higher Education Institutions in the Philippines. Universal Journal of Educational Research, 7(11), 2432–2443. Benne, R. (2001). Quality with Soul. Grand Rapids: William B. Eerdamns Publishing Company. Berger, P., Grace, D., & Fokas, E. (2021). Religious America, Secular Europe. A Theme and Variations. Routledge. Bess, J. L., & Dee, J. R. (2012). Understanding College and University Organization. Theories for Effective Policy Practice. Stylus Publishing. Carpenter, J. (2014). Introduction: Christian Universities and the Global Expansion of Higher Education. In J. Carpenter, L. Perry & N. S. Lantinga (Eds.), Christian higher education: A global reconnaissance (pp. 8–19). William B. Eerdmans Publishing Company. Hrubos, I. (Eds.) (2012). Elefánttoronyból világtorony. A felsőoktatási intézmények misszióinak bővülése, átalakulása. AULA Kiadó Kft. Hulme, E. E., Groom, D. E., Jr., & Heltzel, J. M. (2016). “Reimagining Christian Higher Education”. Christian Higher Education, 15(1–2), 95–105. https://doi.org/10.1080/15363759.2016.1107348 James, A. (2006). Faith and Secularisation in Religious Colleges and Universities. Routledge. Reynolds, J., & Wallace, J. (2016). Envisioning the Future of Christian Higher Education: Leadership for Embracing, Engaging, and Executing in a Changing Landscape. Christian Higher Education, 15(1–2), 106–114. https://doi.org/10.1080/15363759.2016.1107340 Mishra, S. (2020). Social networks, social capital, social support and academnic success in higher education: A systematic review with a special focus on ’underrepresented’ students. Educational Research Review, 29. Pusztai, G., & Farkas, Cs. (2016). Church-Related Higher Education in Central and Eastern Europe Twenty Years after Political Transition. In A. Máté-Tóth & G. Rosta (Eds.), Focus on Religion in Central and Eastern Europe: A Regional View (pp. 129–157). De Gruyter Verlag. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110228120-005 Rizzi, M. (2019). “Defining Catholic Higher Education in Positive, Not Negative, Terms”. Journal of Catholic Education, 22(2), 1. Sullivan, J. (2019). Catholic Universities as Counter-cultural to Universities PLC. International Studies in Catholic Education, 11(2), 190-203. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Employees’ Perception and Experiences with Language Policies in a Multilingual Setting– Higher Education in Norway as an example 1Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 2Justus Liebig University Giessen, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, many European countries have been struggling to balance their national language (L1) with English and the increased emphasis on of internationalization in higher education. Particularly the Nordic countries have questioned if the growing use of English in academia will lead to an attrition of Nordic languages, leaving Norwegian ‘undeveloped’ as an academic language (Brock-Utne, 2001). This has contributed to a growth in policy strengthening. Various institutions, such as the Language Council of Norway and an array of universities have recently created language policies that strengthen the Norwegian language.
However, neither the feasibility of these language policies nor their consequences for (international) employees has been investigated. The current study aims to fill this research gap by investigating employee attitudes toward a new language policy that was introduced in January 2023 at Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU). It was pitched under the slogan “Norwegian when you can, English when you must”, emphasizing the use and importance of Norwegian at NTNU (see NTNU, 2023).
To contribute knowledge on what stricter national language policies can mean in an international setting, we have conducted an online survey targeted at all employees at NTNU. The aim of this study was to map current attitudes toward the language policies at NTNU among all employees. We distinguish between those who speak Norwegian as, at least, one of their native languages versus those who have one or more other native languages (which we label “international” employees).
Our study was guided by the following research questions:
The goal of this study is to uncover tensions between policy and practice in multilingual settings. By exploring L1-dominant policies, we wish to lift various voices in this process and critically discuss how language policies can be achieved through ethical internationalization. This is relevant for all countries that struggle to balance L1 and English in international settings.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To elicit information on employee attitudes, we used a questionnaire that we distributed digitally. The questionnaire consisted of 56 items with open and closed questions. Questions were compiled based on background information (for instance, questions mapping the employees’ languages spoken and how long they have lived in Norway), to determine their awareness of current language policies at the institution (e.g., if they are aware of existing policies), and open questions to express their needs and opinions. The online questionnaire was distributed on the university’s intranet to all employees and students. It was available in English, Bokmål, and Nynorsk (the two official written variants of Norwegian). The study was approved by Sikt, the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research. The participants were fully anonymized, and the data were stored on a secure server that only the researchers in the project had access to. We received 705 responses from employees, which accounts for 9% of the total employee population (n = 8,051). Seventy percent of the respondents held a teaching/research position (e.g., Professor, PhD, Postdoc), and the latter 30% consisted of administration, maintenance, HR, IT, and technicians. Approximately 56% of the participants were born in Norway, and 43% outside of Norway. Fifty-five different native languages were reported by participants. The data were analyzed quantitatively (descriptive statistics) in closed questions, and qualitatively (content analysis) in open questions. In the current study, 7 questions were used in the analysis pertaining to attitudes toward language policy. We first asked about awareness of language policy, then asked questions about how NTNU should practice language policy guidelines. For the quantitative analysis, we considered the responses toward seven statements relating to language policy which asked people to indicate agreement on a 5-point Likert scale. The responses of all three questionnaire versions were matched and analyzed descriptively via relying on absolute frequencies. For the qualitative analysis, we investigated three open questions (what participants thought about the language policy, if there were anything they would change about the language policy, and if they had any additional comments). We received responses from 219 participants. The data were analyzed in MaxQDA through qualitative content analysis. The two raters created open codes, then merged these codes into larger themes and double-coded for reliability using the so-called “Gioia method” (Gioia, Corley, & Hamilton, 2013). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings suggest that the employees have varying awareness of the language policy guidelines, and varying ideologies of what a language policy should consist of. 76% of the employees with Norwegian as their L1 were aware of the existing guidelines, whereas only 52% international employees were. The majority of participants agreed that employees should be responsible for learning Norwegian to a B2 level within 3 years of employment (80% agreed). However, However, only 23% of participants agreed that Norwegian should be the main language of instruction at the university. Around a third of respondents wrote responses to the open questions that indicated that they were highly critical of the current language policies at the university, as well as how languages are practiced in the workplace. Many international employees reported feeling excluded. They expressed large dissatisfaction with the Norwegian courses provided, and the lack of time and support to reach level B2 proficiency. Twenty-seven percent pointed out that the L1 policies contradicted the university’s international profile. The findings above suggest a large gap between Norwegian and non-Norwegian speakers in higher education. Using an L1-dominant language policy may lead to internationals feeling discriminated against. If L1-dominant policies are to be implemented, they need to be flexible to allow for practices that are appropriate in a given context, and sufficient time and resources for internationals to learn the majority language. This is particularly important since international employees take on a lot of the teaching tasks. We propose that these are relevant findings for all European countries and beyond with a high influx of internationalization in higher education. Furthermore, we do hope to stimulate a discussion around language policies and discrimination with other European higher education institutions and beyond. References Brock-Utne, B. (2001). The growth of English for Academic Communication in the Nordic Countries. 2001, 47(3/4), 221-233. Gioia, D. A., Corley, K. G., & Hamilton, A. L. (2013). Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Inductive Research: Notes on the Gioia Methodology. NTNU. (2023). Guidelines of Language Policy for NTNU. Retrieved 22.01 from https://www.ntnu.edu/strategy/language-guidelines 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Social Identity of Faculty Also Matters When Promoting Inclusive Practices in Higher Education, but Not So Much As Expected University of Cordoba, Spain Presenting Author:Policies in several regions of the world have made considerable progress in recent years in the formulation of principles and guidelines for action aimed at institutionalizing diversity and inclusion in higher education. This is the case in Europe (European Commission, 2022; European Higher Education Area [EHEA], 2020). Real progress, however, is slow, and this pace may be due not only to institutional or, more generally, contextual variables, but also to individual characteristics that deserve some attention. Thus, for example, personal variables of teachers have been identified that predict their teaching practices with an inclusive approach. Such is the case with personality, ideological attitudes, and beliefs and attitudes about diversity (Álvarez-Castillo et al., 2023). Particularly, with regard to beliefs about diversity, it has been observed that plural approaches exist in university institutions, both in the analysis of leaders' discourses and policy documents (García-Cano et al., 2021; Hendin, 2023; White-Lewis, 2022) and in the beliefs of teaching and research staff (Márquez & Melero-Aguilar, 2022), but there is no evidence of a deep critical commitment (i.e., an approach that considers diversity in terms of unequal power relations and which directs measures to institutional transformation). The lack of in-depth commitment to diversity does not mean that certain groups of leaders and teachers do not adopt this type of critical approach that links difference to inequality and involvement with change. This has been manifested, for example, in the heads and members, belonging to ethnic minorities, of the staff of services and diversity committees, both in North America (Griffin et al., 2019) and in the United Kingdom (Ahmet, 2021; Bhopal, 2023), or also in ethnic minority faculty from British (Bhopal, 2020; 2022) and North American universities (Bhopal, 2022). The identification in these qualitative studies of a transformative commitment in minority member groups raises the question of whether beliefs, attitudes and behaviors about diversity are linked to the social identity of professional actors. The present quantitative study was designed to clarify this doubt, with the aim of verifying whether the social identity of teaching staff works as a predictor for inclusion in university teaching. In the case of having developed a social identity linked to vulnerable or disadvantaged groups, Tajfel's classic Social Identity Theory (Tajfel & Turner, 1979) would predict that university teachers are characterized by beliefs, attitudes and behaviors aimed at favoring their groups and, thus, increasing their self-esteem. From this approach, it is expected, therefore, that teachers who feel they belong to minority groups are more likely to develop beliefs, attitudes and teaching practices with an inclusive approach than teachers who have not internalized this type of social identity. This prediction is made in a normative context – that of higher education – that favors, at least from its policies, the preservation of diverse identities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used DESIGN. The study was cross-sectional, survey-based, and aimed at confirming the predictive relationships between social identity and diversity beliefs, attitudes and behaviours by means of linear regression. SAMPLE. The sample consisted of 972 university lecturers from eight Spanish public university institutions who agreed to respond to a survey. The sample composition was relatively gender-balanced, with 47.7% of men and 51.4% of women, and a mean age of 46.56 (SD = 10.95). The average length of employment in the institution was 14.76 years (SD = 11.38). INSTRUMENTS. The instruments and the data collection procedure were approved by the Ethics Committee of the University of Córdoba. The battery of questions consisted of two sections: a) Socio-demographic information (sex, age, years of service) and social identity (checklist for self-identifying as a member of a minority group linked to ethnicity, migratory origin, sexual orientation, religion, disability, chronic illness, income, language); and b) Scale of Beliefs, Attitudes, and Practices of Attention to Diversity for University Teachers (Ramos-Santana et al., 2021), a 19-item questionnaire that measures five factors: (1) Institutional Diversity: attitudes of teachers about the value that their universities should attach to diversity, as well as the practices they would have to implement in this regard; (2) Research and Teaching Focused on Diversity: teaching practices addressing diversity in the areas of research, educational planning, and innovation; (3) Diversity Teaching and Learning Practices: methods, resources, and activities that teachers use to address diversity in the classroom context; (4) Teachers’ Perception of Institutional Commitment to Diversity: Teachers’ beliefs about the commitment of their institutions and leaders to diversity; and (5) Conception of Diversity: meaning attributed to the concept of diversity by teachers. PROCEDURE. An invitation was sent to the teaching staff of the eight Spanish public universities in a mass e-mail that included a link to the survey designed with LimeSurvey. Before administering the self-report instruments, informed consent was obtained. DATA ANALYSIS. Once the data were transferred to SPSS (v28), preparatory, descriptive and correlational analyses were performed on the variables. Subsequently, the hypothesis was tested by means of linear regression. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regression analysis showed a positive predictive effect of social identity on factor 2 (Research and Teaching Focused on Diversity) and a negative effect on factor 4 (Teachers' Perception of Institutional Commitment to Diversity). In other words, the identification with minority groups anticipated a greater involvement in research and teaching innovation projects on diversity and in the design of teaching objectives with a diversity dimension, as well as the attribution of a lower commitment to diversity to the university leaders. However, the slight size of the effects, as well as the absence of effects on the remaining three dependent factors (including teaching practice in the interactive classroom environment) raises doubts about the relevance of social identity in inclusive beliefs, attitudes and practices and, therefore, in the predictive power of Social Identity Theory in this kind of context (Tajfel & Turner, 1979). In addition, gender and years of service acted as moderators. In particular, the effect of social identity on the factor of inclusive practices could only be verified in the case of women and in those with medium and medium-advanced seniority in their professional careers. Various types of interpretations could be provided for the result of the low relevance of social identity in inclusion, such as the potential negative influence of the sense of belonging when ingroups are devalued or threatened, as predicted by theories of intergroup conflict and intergroup relations (see review in Spears, 2021). Thus, teachers could distance themselves from both the institution and their own groups, at least when they are not characterized by a strong social identity. Added to this potential psychosocial effect is the impact of some institutional dynamics, which do not create truly effective opportunities for inclusion (Bhopal, 2023; Griffin et al., 2019). References Ahmet, A. (2021). Stop the pain: Black and minority ethnic scholars on diversity policy obfuscation in universities. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion, 40(2), 152-164. https://doi.org/10.1108/EDI-11-2020-0338 Álvarez-Castillo, J. L., Fernández-Caminero, G., Hernández-Lloret, C. M., González-González, H., y Espino-Díaz, L. (2023). Inclusive Practices among University Teaching Staff. Confirmation of a Model Based on Personal Predictors. European Journal of Higher Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2023.2276198 Bhopal, K. (2020). For whose benefit? Black and minority ethnic training programmes in higher education institutions in England, UK. British Educational Research Journal, 46(3), 500-515. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3589 Bhopal, K. (2022). Academics of colour in elite universities in the UK and the USA: The ‘unspoken system of exclusion’. Studies in Higher Education, 47(11), 2127-2137. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2021.2020746 Bhopal, K. (2023). ‘We can talk the talk, but we’re not allowed to walk the walk’: The role of equality and diversity staff in higher education institutions in England. Higher Education, 85, 325-339. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00835-7 European Commission (2022). Towards equity and inclusion in higher education in Europe. Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/publications/towards-equity-and-inclusion-higher-education-europe European Higher Education Area (2020). Rome Communiqué Annex II - Principles and guidelines to strengthen the social dimension of higher education in the EHEA. http://ehea.info/Upload/Rome_Ministerial_Communique_Annex_II.pdf García-Cano, M., Jiménez-Millán, A., & Hinojosa-Pareja, E.F. (2021). We’re new to this. Diversity agendas in public Spanish universities according to their leaders. The Social Science Journal. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/03623319.2020.1859818 Griffin, K.A., Hart, J.L., Worthington, R.L., Belay, K., & Yeung, J.G. (2019). Race-related activism: How do higher education diversity professionals respond? The Review of Higher Education 43(2), 667-696. https://doi.org/10.1353/rhe.2019.0114 Hendin, A. (2023). Separate but equal? Diversity policy narratives in Israeli higher education. Higher Education Policy, 36, 826–846. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-022-00291-z Márquez, C., & Melero-Aguilar, N. (2022). What are their thoughts about inclusion? Beliefs of faculty members about inclusive education. Higher Education, 83(4), 829–844. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-021-00706-7 Ramos-Santana, G., Pérez-Carbonell, A., Chiva-Sanchis, I., & Moral-Mora, A., (2021). Validation of a scale of attention to diversity for university teachers. Educación XX1, 24(2), 121-142. https://doi.org/10.5944/educXX1.28518 Spears, R. (2021). Social influence and group identity. Annual Review of Psychology, 72, 367–390. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-070620-111818 Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1979). An integrative theory of intergroup conflict. In W. G. Austin & S. Worchel (Eds.), The social psychology of intergroup relations (pp. 33–48). Brooks/Cole. White-Lewis, D.K. (2022). The role of administrative and academic leadership in advancing faculty diversity. Review of Higher Education, 45(3), 337-364. https://doi.org/10.1353/rhe.0.0178 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 22 SES 08 D: Internationalization, Geopolitics and Global HE Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Riyad Shahjahan Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Reshaping Internationalisation in an Age of Uncertainty: Mapping the Fragile Geopolitics of European Internationalisation 1Durham University, United Kingdom; 2Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore, Italy Presenting Author:The concept of internationalisation is complex and contested, embodying diverse interpretations and perspectives that vary significantly across higher education. Marginson (2023) has recently explored the dominant understandings of internationalisation and highlighted the contradictions and limits of internationalisation, noting the importance of understanding the interactions between concepts such as internationalisation and the ‘larger and changing environment’ (Marginson, 2023 p.2). Internationalisation in higher education is influenced by its social, political and cultural environments and globally we are experiencing an era of extreme uncertainty, what Stein (2021) characterises as the volatility, unpredictability, complexity and ambiguity of contemporary societies. There are complex issues which mean that existing paradigms for internationalised higher education are becoming inadequate (Stein, 2021, p.482). This complexity of current global challenges raises the question of the role of international higher education in solving these issues and whether higher education can or should operate for the common good (Locatelli and Marginson, 2023). As a crucial element in Higher Education, internationalisation can offer connective ways of creating relevant knowledge around some of the uncertainties and challenges which we face. Internationally and culturally diverse research and knowledge production (including diversity in disciplinary knowledge; methodological diversity; ethnicity; gender; or race) is integral to ‘good’ science (Olenina et al, 2022). Therefore, the role of internationalisation in knowledge generation is a crucial part of the higher education research and science picture (McGloin, 2021). Moving across and within boundaries, mobile staff and students can act as ‘knowledge brokers’ enabling universities to generate new knowledge relating to global issues through their participation in research, capacity building and internationalisation (Bilecen and Faist 2015, p.218). However, internationalisation has developed against a background of global divisions and long-standing patterns of inequalities in power, wealth, and cultural influence (Connell, 2007, p. 212; Stein, 2021) and current fragile global relations are intensifying the precarity of international research collaborations, for instance between China and the US (Postiglione, 2021) and across Europe (Courtois and Sautier, 2022). Mobility as part of internationalisation also encompasses immobilities and alongside forced migrations due to political persecution and war, there are asymmetries in resources for higher education and previously colonised contexts continue to experience epistemic injustices (Marginson and Xu, 2023). This paper focuses on an analysis of the ways in which internationalisation is changing against the current volatile geopolitical context. Considering the lack of plural, democratic and reflexive cross-border relations in higher education, it aims at contributing to critical reflections which have highlighted the need to promote alternative and more equitable approaches to the definitions and practices of internationalisation (Stein, 2021). We centre this exploration on Europe and begin ‘at home’ with one Italian university, and explore the past, current and planned internationalisation activities of this university across Europe and beyond. As well as investing significant resources in the internationalisation of education, and the establishment of a dedicated Centre for research in internationalisation, the university in question is part of a Strategic Alliance of Catholic Research Universities (SACRU) whose mission is to foster global cooperation amongst the partners located in 31 campuses around the world, aiming to advance research and teaching excellence through global collaboration. In this paper we analyse and map the complex ways in which internationalisation is reforming itself in one discipline, that of Education, and we particularly focus on engagement for ‘common good’ against the changing and volatile picture of international and geopolitical relations. We will draw from this picture some implications for the meanings and purposes of contemporary internationalised higher education and consider how internationalisation can engage with the volatile, unpredictable, complex and ambiguous world in which we live (Stein, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper centres on an analysis of internationalisation in the field of Education in the context of an Italian university which is embedded in the European environment and whose attention to the international dimensions of education research, teaching and knowledge production has recently increased. In this case study, we investigate the underpinning principles, the agents involved, the governance structures and the ultimate aims of the connections and collaborations which may be conducive to alternative and more inclusive approaches to internationalisation. In addition to a comprehensive literature review which explores knowledge building in international higher education and the relationship between internationalisation and the existence of multiple knowledge systems, or ecologies of knowledge (Biesta, 2007), the case study rests on the following data: • A mapping of the internationalisation activity of one international education research centre, exploring its knowledge building activities in an international context • A mapping of the internationalisation activities of one Faculty of Education, exploring its links, resourcing and knowledge building within the university and outside with its European and international partners • A series of interviews with key figures in our chosen Italian university focusing on staff at a range of levels including Vice Rector, Director of International Office, Deans and academics with responsibility for international collaboration, exploring their perspectives on internationalisation against a volatile and changing geopolitical context. Finally, the presentation will reference a related research project which is mapping the SACRU network and has selected four Universities representative of different geographical areas, namely in the United States, Italy, Japan, and Chile. The aim is to understand, in a comparative perspective, how international understanding and reciprocity in cross-border higher education is constructed in these four institutions which stand out, among SACRU members, for having consolidated research units focused on Education and on Internationalisation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper aims to offer alternative perspectives on internationalisation against a fragile geopolitical background by providing both an empirical and theoretical contribution to the current debate on definitions of internationalisation (Marginson, 2023; de Wit, 2024). Adherence to the construction of internationalisation as physical student mobility has contributed to a narrowness of vision for internationalisation (Whitsed, Burgess & Ledger, 2021) and this also enables a continued over-emphasis on elite Anglo-European perspectives in international education (Montgomery and Trahar, 2023). Broader conceptualisations of internationalisation are necessary, including thinking about the role of knowledge generation as an integral part of internationalisation (McGloin, 2021). This paper offers a set of criteria, drawn from the empirical and theoretical work of the research, which reflect an alternative approach to internationalisation, framed not on a neoliberal or economic rationale, but more open in its epistemologies and inclusive of alternative forms of knowledge (Connell, 2017). The paper considers whether the strengthening of intra-regional mobility and knowledge exchange and innovation within more localised blocks such as Europe, the ASEAN region and/or South-South collaborations may offer a stronger bond between the local and the global which will enable the project of internationalisation to engage with the complex challenges of our interconnected world. References Biesta, G.J.J. 2007. Towards the knowledge democracy? Knowledge production and the civic role of the university. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 26, 467–479. DOI 10.1007/s11217-007-9056-0 Bilecen, B., & Faist, T. (2015). International doctoral students as knowledge brokers: Reciprocity, trust and solidarity in transnational networks. Global Networks, 15(2), 217–235. https://doi.org/10.1111/glob.12069 Connell, R. (2017). Southern theory and world universities. Higher Education Research &Development, 36, 4-15. Courtois, A. & Sautier, M. (2022) Academic Brexodus? Brexit and the dynamics of mobility and immobility among the precarious research workforce, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 43:4, 639-657, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2022.2042195 Locatelli, R. and Marginson, S. (2023). UNESCO’s common good idea of higher education and democracy. In Marginson, S., Cantwell, B., Platonova, D., and Smolentseva, A. (eds), Assessing the contributions of Higher Education: Knowledge for a disordered world. Edward Elgar Publishing. DOI: https://doi.org/10.4337/9781035307173 Marginson, S. (2023). Limitations of the leading definition of ‘internationalisation’ of higher education: is the idea wrong or is the fault in reality?, Globalisation, Societies and Education, DOI: 10.1080/14767724.2023.2264223 Marginson, S., and X. Xu. 2023. “Hegemony and Inequality in Global Science: Problems of the Center-Periphery Model.” Comparative Education Review 67 (1), https://doi.org/10.1086/722760. McGloin, R.S. (2021). A new mobilities approach to re-examining the doctoral journey: mobility and fixity in the borderlands space. Teaching in Higher Education, 26:3, 370-386, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2021.1898364 Montgomery C. and Trahar, S. (2023). Learning to unlearn: exploring the relationship between internationalisation and decolonial agendas in higher education. Higher Education Research and Development, pp. 1057-1070 https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2023.2194054 Postiglione, G. 2021. Sino-US Relations: Universities entering the age of strategic competition https://www.researchcghe.org/perch/resources/publications/working-paper-68final.pdf Olenina, A., Bamberger, A. & O. Mun (2022). Classed and gendered internationalisation of research and knowledge production: a critical analysis of international doctoral students in the UK (1998-2016), International Studies in Sociology of Education, DOI: 10.1080/09620214.2021.2008266 Sharon Stein (2021) Reimagining global citizenship education for a volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (VUCA) world, Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19:4, 482-495, DOI: 10.1080/14767724.2021.1904212 Whitsed, C., Burgess, M. & Ledger, S. (2021). Editorial advisory board members on reimagining higher education internationalization and internationalization of the curriculum. Journal of Studies in Higher Education doi: 10.1177/1028315320984840 de Wit, W. (2024). ‘Everything That Quacks is Internationalization’ - Critical Reflections on the Evolution of Higher Education Internationalization. Journal of Studies in International Education 2024, Vol. 28(1) 3–14. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Can We Transcend the Nation-state ‘World-sense’? Towards Unpacking the “International(ization)” Logic in Global Higher Education Michigan State University, United States of America Presenting Author:In this conceptual essay, I provide a metaphysical critique of the “international(ization)” logic pervading global higher education (HE), by introducing and probing how the nation-state ‘worldsense’ dominates international(ization) of HE practices and policies. I use worldsense as opposed to “worldview”, borrowing from Yoruba feminist scholar Oyèrónké Oyĕwùmí (1997, 2–3) who explains, the term worldsense is more conducive to indigenous ways of knowing and being. While many have debated the role of nation-state or national scale as a unit of analysis in global HE research, practice, and policy (Shahjahan & Grimm, 2023; de Gayardon, 2022; Komutzky, 2015; Marginson, 2022), the nation-state worldsense (an onto-epistemic grammar) remains unpacked and unchallenged. By such a grammar, I mean a dominant set of assumptions, related to the ‘nation-state’ category, such as anthropocentrism, bounded spatial containers, statist ontology, linearity, and singular notions of human progress (material accumulation, social mobility and so on) (see Anderson, 2006; Burke, 2013; Walby, 2003). Such a worldsense defines what is real, ideal, desirable and knowable, thus structuring ways of knowing/being. Drawing on Anderson’s (2006) notion of “imagined communities” and affect theory, I unpack the ways in which the nation-state as a category (and an entity) comes to being and informs globally facing HE policies (“internationalization” policies) and practices (i.e., engaging with “international” students). The “international” was an adjective coined by Jeremy Bentham in 1780 to help capture the kinds of laws that would govern the relations between sovereign states (1780) (Suganami, 1978). “International”, as originally conceived, was thus a means to articulate a phenomenon that happened between two separate self-contained entities (i.e. sovereign states). Where does the nation-state world sense come from? A brief history of the “nation-state” idea reveals that it came from both Europe and Spanish Colonies in Latin America in the 17th and 18th centuries (Vergerio, 2021). Through decolonization movements in the 1950s, and sovereign states replacing empires worldwide throughout the 1970s, the nation-state ontology of space became the norm of the international order, obscuring the role of other polities. Instead, the nation-state world-sense reifies the nation-state category by identifying “a political or social unit with a territorial unit” and “leaves no room for other polities in this physical space” (Walby, 2003, p. 540). As such, the nation-state worldsense, as a statist ontology, underlies the emergence of the nation-state category as the signifier for a political unit of material space (i.e., self-contained, borders) to help consolidate power. The nation-state worldsense also helps constitute a signifier of “imagined communities” as mental and emotional spaces (Anderson, 2006). More specifically, the nation-state world sense helps construct the idea of shared origins, mutual interests and horizontal comradeship, binding strangers from different communities together—via language, history, culture, religion, or ethnicity. The nation-state world-sense acts as a velcro that ties particular bounded spaces to ideas, shared origins or cultures, and/or groups of people with each other. I also draw on 'affect' theory as a conceptual resource to offer an ontological understanding of the nation-state referent and its related markers and processes (e.g., international students or offices, internationalization policies) as they emerge in relation to each other. By the term ‘affect’, I emphasize the ‘becoming’ properties of affect (Ahmed, 2013; Seigworth & Gregg, 2010), in that affect brings objects (i.e., an international student) into being by making them ‘sticky’ through encounters with other objects, e.g., national actors, or institutional policies or practices. I am suggesting that the nation-state worldsense underlies these encounters helping surface, articulate, and solidify these various entities in global HE. The nation-state worldsense is the velcro that helps stick and mediate these mutual encounters. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on the interdisciplinary literature on nation-state formation (Anderson, 2006; Burke, 2013; Walby, 2003), internationalization of HE (Brooks & Waters, 2022; Grimm & Day, 2022; Mittelmier et al., 2023), and HE policy documents, I unpack how the nation-state as a category (and an entity) comes to being by informing practices (i.e., engaging with “international” students) and globally facing HE policies (“internationalization” policies). As such, I begin with a brief genealogical reading of the word “international,” its inherent assumptions, and why it is important to interrogate the role of “nation-state” worldsense in the global HE field. More specifically, drawing on Anderson’s (2006) notion of “imagined communities” and affect theory, I unpack the ways in which the nation-state as a category (and an entity) comes to being and informs globally facing HE policies (“internationalization” policies) and practices (i.e., engaging with “international” students). In the first section, I unpack how the “international” adjective emerges, as part of cross-border encounters, to designate a group of students (i.e. international students) that has a) different needs, b) yet to pay their dues, and c) may be harmful, compared to those who originate from within the nation-state in question. I illuminate how the nation-state worldsense underlies such markers and encounters, and the “international” goes beyond being a legal or socio-cultural category. I next demonstrate how the nation-state worldsense reproduces ‘imagined’ communities, institutions, and knowledge systems. More specifically, the nation-state worldsense underlies marking the spatial and epistemic differences in articulating internationalization policies in national policies. To this end, I discuss three national ‘internationalization” policies of Japan (MEXT, 2023), India (MHRD, 2020), and the USA (U.S. Department of State, 2021), respectively. I will highlight how various nation-states imagine and mediate cross-border encounters, and thus foreground their ability to affect and be affected. Furthermore, I will show various imagined communities and entities (i.e., the nation, institutions, offices, or language) continuously emerge in a world imagined and defined by cross-border encounters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I argue that the nation-state worldsense provides the onto-epistemic grammar to demarcate boundaries (and constitute an Other) between what is internal and external to an entity to help make sense of mutual encounters between particular objects (groups, institutions, entities and/or destinations) and processes in global HE. First, the “International” acts as a spatial signifier to mark cross-border encounters. The adjective ‘international’ helps signify the unique needs of a group (i.e. international students) who crossed particular borders that others did not. Second, the "International” category helps differentiate those who have yet to pay their ‘dues’ to the nation-state in question. Such “dues” are tied to a nation-state worldsense, as it is presumed that if one is outside one’s sovereign border, their access to what is inside the borders cannot be the same. Third, ‘International’ is also a ‘temporal’ signifier, differentiating those who cannot stay beyond a time-period set by the host nation-state. It is presumed if ‘international’ students do remain they may cause harm to those inside the national container. My analysis of national “internationalization” policies, suggests that not only do these policies differentiate its borders, people, institutions, from others, but also demarcates those outside as “entities” to benefit the former. In so doing, these discursive and affective constructions help reproduce an ontology of space, presumed to be divided as sovereign containers. Such an ontology of space obscures the power relations within and across these borders. Such a modern referent, then becomes the way to designate spaces, people, knowledge, and institutions as having certain homogeneous characteristics, and thus imagined communities. We cannot simply delink from the nation-state worldsense easily, with a simple set of recommendations, but requires a transformation in our ways of knowing and being. References Ahmed, S. (2013). The cultural politics of emotion. Routledge. Anderson, B. (2006). Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism. Verso. Brooks, R., & Waters, J. (2022). Partial, hierarchical and stratified space? Understanding ‘the international’in studies of international student mobility. Oxford Review of Education, 48(4), 518-535. Burke, A. (2013). The good state, from a cosmic point of view. International Politics, 50(1), 57-76. de Gayardon, A. (2022). The state and 'field' of comparative higher education. Oxford Review of Education, 48(4), 439. Grimm, A. T., & Day, B. (2022). Navigating student visas in the United States: Policy, practice, and implications. In International Student Support and Engagement in Higher Education (pp. 161-174). Routledge. Kosmützky, A. (2015). In defence of international comparative studies. On the analytical and explanatory power of the nation state in international comparative higher education research. European Journal of Higher Education, 5(4), 354-370. Marginson, S. (2022). What is global higher education?. Oxford Review of Education, 48(4), 492-517. Mittelmeier, J., Lomer, S., & Unkule, K. (Eds.). (2023). Research with international students: Critical conceptual and methodological considerations. Taylor & Francis. MEXT (Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology). (2023). Global 30 Project -Establishing University Network for Internationalization. https://www.mext.go.jp/en/policy/education/highered/title02/detail02/sdetail02/1373894.htm MHRD (Ministry of Human Resource Development). (2020). National Education Policy 2020. https://www.education.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/NEP_Final_English_0.pdf Oyĕwùmí, O (1997). The Invention of Women: Making an African Sense of Western Gender Discourses. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Seigworth, G. J., & Gregg, M. (2010). An inventory of shimmers. In M. Gregg and G. J Seigworth (Eds.), The affect theory reader (pp. 1–25). Duke University Press. Suganami, H. (1978). A note on the origin of the word ‘International’. Review of International Studies, 4(3), 226-232. United States Department of State. (2021). Why internationalize?. https://educationusa.state.gov/us-higher-education-professionals/why-internationalize Vergerio, C. (2021). Beyond the Nation-State. Boston Review. Walby, S. (2003). The myth of the nation-state: Theorizing society and polities in a global era. Sociology, 37(3), 529-546. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 23 SES 08 A: Politics of Education Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Marte Lorentzen Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Right-Wing Education Policy and the “Infrastructure” of Free Expression: Youth Engagement with Race and Faith at School University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The last decade has seen a steady shift towards right-wing, in some cases hard-right, politics across Europe and the EU. From Italy to Finland, from the Netherlands to Greece, this shift is well documented in the media (e.g. Lynch 2023) and has also been the subject of academic analysis (e.g. Petrović et al. 2023). Europe’s lurch to the right is highly complex: on one level, as Petrović et al. (2023) demonstrate, it works through centrist and radical populism, which draw upon a variety of themes such as notions of national sovereignty and values, anti-elitism, and so forth. Another level consists of anti-immigration, “nativist” and racist discourses aimed at vilifying racial, ethnic, and religious minority populations. For example, a survey carried out in 2023 by the EU’s rights agency of 6,752 people of African descent in 13 EU countries found that racism is “pervasive and relentless” – in Austria and Germany, specifically, around three-quarters of those surveyed said they had experienced racism, a rise of around 15% since 2016 (Boffey 2023). A closely related third element is the right-wing movement against so-called “wokeism”, which has used culture wars, moral panics, and a discourse of “counter-extremism” to attack anti-racist, climate change and other civil rights and social justice positions it is ideologically opposed to (see Davies and McRae 2023). Our paper examines the effects of these interconnected political manoeuvrings and discourses on schooling and young people. Specifically, we focus on the conditions under which political education and free speech around issues of race and faith are produced and engaged with by young people in schools. The paper reports on our 2023 national survey of 3,156 Year 10 pupils from 29 state-funded secondary schools across 8 regions of England focusing on free speech around race and faith. Overall, while many pupils were positive about their school environment, they also expressed significant concerns about their ability to share their social or political views at school; their school and peer climate; engagement around race and faith equality, as well as anxieties about wider social disadvantages linked to a person's race and/or faith – a view that was surprisingly also shared by a sizable proportion of white pupils about their racial status. As discussed further below, we use our findings to address several weaknesses in education policy, especially in the areas of school environment, curriculum, and political impartiality. We particularly draw and build upon the seminal work of Michael Apple (2006; 2019) on the role of right-wing ideology in schooling, as well as the broader work of Habermas and Dewey on ‘the public (good)’, to make two arguments: 1) free speech around race and faith in schools is delineated by a social, political and affective “infrastructure of expression” that tightly governs the “speakability” of race and faith issues in top-down ways, even as it is presented through a policy of political impartiality; however, 2) the dominant, though fractured and sometimes inconsistent, right-wing ideology is unable to impose total ideological/hegemonic control in and through schooling partly due to young people’s political engagement in non-school environments. We attend to these dynamics by conceptualising schools as a site for ‘micro-publics’, i.e. multi-layered, multi-modal, and often intermittent forms of ‘public’ engagement. The significance of our findings and arguments are augmented by their relevance and applicability to education in liberal democratic societies across Europe and beyond. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A national survey was conducted across England to collect quantitative data from year 10 students (14 and 15 year-olds). A stratified random sampling strategy was used to collect data from different types of schools across all nine regions of England, though in the end we only received responses from eight regions. In September 2022, the UK’s National Pupil Database (Department of Education, 2022) was accessed and edubasealldata2022 were used to identify and sample schools for a survey. The edubasealldata2022 file encompassed 49,755 rows, representing all types of schools in England. Filtering included open secondary schools, such as Academy Converter, Academy Sponsor Led, Community School, Foundation School, Free Schools, Voluntary Aided School, and Voluntary Controlled school. Alternative provisions, Special schools, sixth form, deemed schools, technical schools, and FE colleges were excluded. The refined list comprised 3,081 mainstream state-funded secondary schools, categorised by governance and geographic location (‘Academy/Free,’ ‘Maintained,’ ‘Voluntary Aided,’ 'Urban Major,' 'Urban,' and 'Rural'). Using a sampling grid with 81 clusters (9 regions X 3 geographic location X 3 types of school), 52 schools (1.75%) were randomly sampled from each cluster. However, 29 schools participated in the survey, with efforts made to reflect national demographics in terms of ethnicity, religion, and geography. Although the survey achieved a significant response rate, it is not claimed to be nationally representative. The survey data exhibited strong resemblance to national demographics in ethnicity and religion, while slight disparities were observed in gender distribution in urban major regions due to the inclusion of 'non-binary' as an option. The survey was developed in September 2022 thorough a review of existing relevant survey reports, including international and national studies on civic education and free speech (e.g. Hillman, 2022; Losito et al., 2018; Naughton et al., 2017). Consultation with the Project Advisory Board, composed of academics, education professionals, and equality advocates, helped to refine and contextualise the survey. We conducted piloting in two phases in October and November 2022 with Year 10 pupils, assessing administration, timing, and question accessibility. The pilot studies indicated that internal and external validity and reliability were strong, yet we adjusted some items based on our quantitative analysis of the pilot data and some qualitative interview data with the participants in the pilot phases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings are particularly relevant in three areas of schooling: school environment, curriculum, and policies governing political impartiality. Firstly, despite the importance of school in shaping young people’s political consciousness, 45% of our cohort (n = 3,156) do not bring up politics for discussion in schools; 32% disagree that pupils are confident about telling teachers about racial/religious intolerance; and 54% disagree that pupils treat each other with respect. The findings thus raise concern about the capacity of young people to speak and be listened to on race and faith matters due to an unsupportive school and peer environment. Secondly, our findings show that young people mostly turn to social media to learn about social and political issues. This is happening against the backdrop (in the UK) of a systematic denigration of Citizenship Education (only a requirement in maintained schools, now a minority, and often neglected by them due to budgetary and other pressures), and a National Curriculum that only focuses on broad-level political structures. Thirdly, our findings speak to political impartiality laws that govern schooling in the UK and exist, with minor variations, in other European countries such as France and Germany. Impartiality laws often exist alongside similar policies (e.g. counterterrorism) and can thus create confusion/contradiction for teachers and pupils. They are also mainly focused upon schools and teachers, not on pupils or their political engagement and education. Moreover, recently, the government has used these laws to shut down political views that it is ideologically opposed to, usually progressive positions addressing issues such as racism or climate change from below. References Apple, M. (2019) Ideology and Curriculum (4th Edition). Routledge Apple M. (2006) Educating the Right Way: Markets, Standards, God, and Inequality. Routledge Boffey, D. (2023) ‘Pervasive and relentless’ racism on the rise in Europe, survey finds, The Guardian: https://www.theguardian.com/world/2023/oct/25/pervasive-and-relentless-racism-on-the-rise-in-europe-survey-finds#:~:text=Racism%20is%20“pervasive%20and%20relentless,by%20landlords%20from%20renting%20homes. Davies, H. C., & MacRae, S. E. (2023). An anatomy of the British war on woke. Race & Class, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/03063968231164905 DfE, (2022). National Pupil Database. Available at https://www.find-npddata.education.gov.uk/categories Hillman, N. (2022). You can’t say that!’What students really think of free speech on campus. Higher Education Policy Institute, HEPI Policy Note, 35. https://www.hepi.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/You-cant-say-that-What-students-really-think-of-free-speech-on-campus.pdf Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., & Schulz, W. (2018). Young People's Perceptions of Europe in a time of change: IEA international civic and citizenship education study 2016 European Report. Springer Nature. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-73960-1 Lynch, S. (2023) Europe Swings Right – and Reshapes the EU, Politico.eu: https://www.politico.eu/article/far-right-giorgia-meloni-europe-swings-right-and-reshapes-the-eu/#:~:text=Across%20Europe%2C%20governments%20are%20shifting,parliament%20seats%20and%20regional%20offices. Naughton, K. A., Eastman, N., & Perrino, N. (2017). Speaking freely: What students think about expression at American colleges. Foundation for Individual Rights in Education. https://www.thefire.org/sites/default/files/2017/10/11091747/survey-2017-speaking-freely.pdf Petrović, N., Raos, V. & Fila, F. (2023) Centrist and Radical Right Populists in Central and Eastern Europe: Divergent Visions of History and the EU, Journal of Contemporary European Studies, 31:2, 268-290, DOI: 10.1080/14782804.2022.2051000 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Democracy and Education as a Broad, Deep and Dynamic Construct: a Feminist Critique 1School of Education, University of Limerick, Ireland; 2School of Education, University of Gavle, Sweden Presenting Author:Democracy is a popular construct in use in everyday language today and despite widespread claims that democracy is under threat it is a term widely used by very different groups from across the political spectrum. Democracy has a special place in education, where education is not only understood as an academic discipline and a professional field of practice but pivotal in promoting spaces, content and public interest values for the support of political policies. Concepts such as democracy as procedure and as a form of life (Dewey, 1916), thin and thick democracy (Armando & Apple, 2002), and shallow and deep democracy (Furman & Shields, 2005) all give the impression that democracy stands between two distinct choices. Rather than either–or alternatives, we maintain that it is rather a question about where the scope of the responsibilities linked to democratic aspirations should be drawn. A thicker democracy stresses the need to work with reflection in which citizens understand themselves as taking part in a public society where they have rights, knowledge, values, obligations to strive for the common good of society and where participation and plurality is cherished. A thinner and more authoritarian democracy is founded on narrower and at times unscrutinised knowledge that emphasizes certain standards as the measure of a good national citizen (Zyngier, 2016). In the academy of education, democracy is a deeply contested construct that is frequently overused and under-theorised (Arnot & Weiler, 1993: Edling & Mooney Simmie, 2020; Fraser, 2022; Lynch, 2022; Mooney Simmie & Edling, 2019: Young, 1996). In this study, we are interested in a broad, deep and dynamic view of the construct of democracy, for a (re)constructivist worldview of democracy and education that is constantly evolving depending on rapidly changing societal, environmental and planetary needs and needs to be in the direction of justice, equality and care. Dewey (1916) claimed that education is the midwife of democracy and that the needs of democracy change with each new generation. It is not therefore a static construct that can be pinned down and implemented in a linear rational and neutral way. Our understanding of democracy, found in our theorisation of Teachers’ Democratic Assignment (TDA) encompasses issues of discursive ethics, the presence of uniqueness, is always framed in the direction of equality, justice and care of the marginalised, and always inclusive of the messiness of the human condition, what Hannah Arendt called the plurality of the human condition (Arendt, 1958). Arendt reminds us that there are only a small number of policy changes that need to be made to assure a totalitarian state, one change being the stifling of joy and spontaneity and the second, the stifling of the plurality of the human condition. These important dimensions of democracy are threatened in contemporary education by the rapid increase of hyper masculinity in education research and policy working to narrow down horizons of thinking, being and acting. This hyper rationality presents education and democracy as a fixed entity that can be (mathematically) modelled, controlled, and predicted as a state-centred system of performance management (Selwyn & Gašević, 2020). This globalising imperative can be seen across OECD countries, in the constant comparison of PISA and TIMSS standardised test scores, and is paralleled today with an anti-science populist movement advocating violence and hatred of the ‘other’ (Verma & Apple, 2021). Instead, we are interested in a construct of democracy that can value and learn from histories and cultures, and at the same time make way for something new to emerge, with transformative possibility for new mutual care relations for humans, non-humans and the planet (Edling & Mooney Simmie, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we conducted a holistic and feminist critique of the writings of a number of feminist and critical theorists who can offer an expansive theoretical underpinning for an ethically sensitive, socially just and dynamic framing of democracy and education, and in ways that support the building of a just, care-full and inclusive education for peaceful and pluralist societies (Fricker, 2007; Haraway, 2016; Lynch 2022). Our theoretical perspectives were drawn specifically from critical sociologists and feminist philosophers including the work of Judith Butler, Madeline Arnot, Nancy Fraser, Miranda Fricker, Kathleen Lynch, Irish Young, and Donna Haraway. Taken together they illuminate the construct of democracy and education in new ways that push the boundaries of a system of education that is oriented more toward a closed system. Creswell and Creswell (2018) posit that educational research that is positioned within an emancipatory-transformative paradigm involves both research and advocacy. Our study argues that a critical scrutiny of the democracy construct as found in education is long overdue. What might democracy mean today in Europe and across the globe when educators experience weak affordances for critical mediation with the wider political world including the social consciousness necessary for mutual care relations in a democratic way of life. As a point of departure we emphasize the necessity for opening spaces in schooling and higher education for deep professionalism and thick democracy that speaks to the social consciousness and the post-humanist relational fluidity needed for our times to assure a just political world and sustainable planet in an age of uncertainty (Edling & Mooney Simmie, 2020, 2016; Mooney Simmie & Edling, 2019, 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings reveal the importance of ‘academic freedom’ for securing a dynamic democracy. Butler (2017) asserts that academic freedom confers the right and the obligation on educators to hold open the discursive spaces between the state (e.g. state agencies) and the people (e.g. students) in order to speak (testimonial epistemic justice) (Fricker, 2007) on issues about ones experience, to interrupt the discourse, to have capacity to ‘sap power’, to speak ‘truth to power’, and to make space for the emergent and the ‘not-yet-thought’. Fraser (2022) argues that we need to use this third wave of feminism to critique the framing of problems in order to reveal that which is hidden, silenced and otherwise excluded. Lynch (2022) asserts the need for affective equality in the recognition of human interdependencies and dependencies (vulnerabilities). Feminism foregrounds the intersectional politics of education and speaks to advocacy for egalitarian relations rather than (re)productive conservative relations. Insights from Young (1996) suggest that democracy as a relational and fluid construct is much more than an aggregation of votes (e.g. ‘electoral democracy’), and/or the more virtue laden stance of ‘deliberative democracy’ advanced by some leading philosophers. Young argues that ‘deliberative democracy’ with its ethical rules seeks to stave off dark aspects of human nature, e.g. the will to power, and is set up on a platform where experts always have an unfair advantage when the aim is about ‘winning’ the better argument. Young speaks to the need for a de-centred deliberation for all social groups to contribute to the public space and for the radical care needed for a pluralist democracy in the direction of equality and justice for all. Similarly, Haraway (2016) urges us not to move away from the complexity and messiness of a dynamic, just and pluralist democracy and instead to ‘stay with the trouble’ in this age of uncertainty. References Arendt, H. (1958). The Human Condition. University of Chicago Press. Arnot, M., & Weiler, K. (1993). Feminism and Social Justice in Education: International Perspectives. London and New York: Routledge Falmer. Butler, J. (2017). Academic Freedom and the Critical Task of the University. Globalizations, 14(6), 857-861. DOI: 10.1080/14747731.2017.1325168 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J.D. (2018). Research Design Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Fifth Edition. Sage Publications Inc. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. Macmillan. Edling, S., & Mooney Simmie, G. (2020). Democracy and Teacher Education. London & New York: Routledge. Fraser, N. (2022). Cannibal Capitalism. New York and London: Verso. Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic Injustice Power & the Ethics of Knowing. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the Trouble. Durham & London: Duke University Press. Lynch, K. (2022). Care and Capitalism. Why affective Equality Matters for Social Justice. Cambridge: Polity Press. Mooney Simmie, G., & Edling, S. (2019). Teachers’ democratic assignment: a critical discourse analysis of teacher education policies in Ireland and Sweden. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(6), 832-846. DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2018.1449733. Selwyn, N., & Gašević, D. (2020). The datafication of higher education: discussing the promises and problems. Teaching in Higher Education, 25(4), 527-540. Verma, Rita, & Apple, Michael, W. (2021). Disrupting Hate in Education Teacher Activists, Democracy, and Global Pedagogies of Interruption. London and New York: Routledge. Young, I. M. (1996). Chapter 6 Communication and the Other: Beyond Deliberative Democracy. In Democracy and Difference Contesting the Boundaries of the Political, Edited by Seyla Benhabib, pp.120-135. Princeton University Press, New Jersey: Princeton. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Navigating Life Trajectories of Young People: Educational Policy Implications for Promoting Youth Participation in Decision-making Processes University of Milano-Bicocca, Italy Presenting Author:In a time of uncertainty and crisis of democracy, this paper aims to present some findings of research on young people's participation in decision-making processes. It is a crucial issue at the heart of international and European policies (Committee on the Rights of the Child, 2009; UN General Assembly, 1989, 2015; Council of Europe, 2020; European Commission, 2021; European Union, 2018; United Nations, 2018), actions and funds such as the Next Generation EU. To this end, the present research dialogues with the actions of the MUSA project (Multilayered Urban Sustainability Action) funded through the Italian National Recovery and Resilience Plan, which created an interdisciplinary and intergenerational research laboratory called B-YOUth Forum focusing on youth participation and public space. Alongside the increasing investment by key European institutions in terms of promoting participation, there has been a steady decline in the levels of political engagement in most EU countries over the past decades (Eurochild et al., 2021), especially with regard to young people. Indeed, in recent years, disengagement from institutional political participation seems to be a significant trend among contemporary European democracies even among younger generations, causing them to lack representation and power in political decision-making (Norris, 2003; Farthing, 2010). At the same time, there is a new wave of youth political engagement outside the institutional sphere, which has become particularly visible through youth activism movements, protests, demonstrations, volunteering and online engagement (Sloam, 2016; Spannring et al., 2008). Within this framework, the research examines young people's educational experiences of participation in public, formal and structured decision-making processes. The study involved 26 young members of the Advisory Council on Youth of the Council of Europe and the European Youth Forum, which is the biggest platform of youth organisations in Europe. The research will lead to an interpretation of young people's experiences that can support pedagogical practice, which can be politically significant (Biesta, 2012). In fact, although studies have been conducted on youth participation in decision-making processes in Europe (Day et al., 2015; Janta et al., 2021; Van Vooren, 2019), there is a lack of scientific literature on the topic, especially in the pedagogical field (Malone & Hartung, 2010). Participatory processes, although rooted in the political sphere, need to be learnt, as well as the dialogical process between institutions and young people, which underpins democratic life, needs to be implemented. Shedding light on the life trajectories and participation experiences of young people is crucial in order to reflect on how to educate for democracy through democracy itself (Biesta, 2015), overcoming the many oppositions highlighted in the literature, including, for example, traditional forms of participation and innovative forms, physical and virtual participatory spaces (Willems, Heinen & Meyers, 2012; Bacalso et al., 2015; Cornwall, 2008). Through the in-depth exploration of the lived experiences of the participants in relation to participation, salient and recurring educational dimensions will be identified. These elements can be useful for reflecting on and developing pathways to participation, including political participation, at a time when it is in crisis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Taking into account the research question, within a qualitative approach to research (Denzin & Lincoln, 2011), phenomenological philosophy constitutes the theoretical perspective within which the research design and methodology were constructed (Van Manen, 2023). For the definition of the sample, it was decided to involve young people who are members of representative youth organisations, in particular of the Advisory Council on Youth of the Council of Europe and the European Youth Forum, as they are exemplary contexts of participation. Therefore, the participants have a unique experience of the meanings and practices of participation thanks to their being part of youth bodies or organisations. Young people have been selected through purposeful and snowball sampling (Parker et al., 2019), until data saturation. Through semi-structured in-depth online interviews (James & Busher, 2012; Sità, 2012), the life trajectories of young people have been explored, deepening their lived experiences of participation in decision-making processes. The collected materials have been analysed through thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012), illuminating the complex interplay between these experiences and the broader landscape of educational and political practices (Mortari, 2007; Bertolini, 2003), with a view to the continuous improvement of educational policies dedicated to youth participation. The study follows the guidelines suggested by the ethical code of the Italian Society of Pedagogy (SIPED, 2020) and by the Declaration of Helsinki (World Medical Association, 2001). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this contribution is to highlight experiences of youth participation in order to provide food for thought and further work on educational policies dedicated to youth participation. Indeed, the different life and educational paths taken by young people show how they are multiple and diverse. At the same time, the analysis of the experiences revealed some common points that have been crucial for young people's involvement in political and social life. Their experiences could inform educational policies to promote meaningful participation of young people in decision-making processes. The current state of youth participation, characterised by a decline in institutional political engagement contrasted with an increase in alternative forms of activism, calls for a profound reflection on the relationship between institutions and youth. To this end, the results of the research will inform the theoretical and methodological development of B-YOUth Forum, supporting the possibilities of collaboration between an institution (a university in this case) and young people, also through the development of recommendations for policy. By recognising the link between educational experiences and political participation, the pedagogical dimensions outlined through the lived experiences of participants take on greater significance. These dimensions become fundamental to charting effective pathways to participation, especially when conventional modes of political engagement are experiencing a crisis of legitimacy. This requires a fundamental shift in pedagogical practice, challenging educators, policy makers and researchers to create environments that not only acknowledge but actively cultivate the unique perspectives and contributions of young people. As we navigate the complexities of an uncertain age, the insights from this research could serve as a compass to guide educational policies that are not only more inclusive, but also authentically participatory. References Bacalso, C., Farrow, A., Karsten, A., & Milhajlovic, D. (2015). From Rhetoric to Action: Towards an Enabling Environment for Child and Youth Development in the Sustainable Development Goals. Biesta, G. (2012). Becoming public: Public pedagogy, citizenship and the public sphere. Social & Cultural Geography, 13(7), 683-697. Biesta, G. J. (2015). Beyond learning: Democratic education for a human future. Routledge. Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2009). General Comment No12 (2009). CRC/C/GC/1(12), 21–38. Cornwall, A. (2008). Unpacking ‘Participation’: models, meanings and practices, Community Development Journal, 43(3), 269-283. Council of Europe (2020). Resolution CM-Res(2020)2 on the Council of Europe youth sector strategy 2030. Adopted by the Committee of Ministers on 22 January 2020 at the 1365th meeting of the Ministers' Deputies. Day, L., Percy-Smith, B., Ruxton, S., McKenna, K., Redgrave, K., Ronicle, J., & Young, T. (2015). Evaluation of legislation, policy and practice of child participation in the EU. Brussels. https://doi.org/10.2838/088530 Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (Eds.). (2011). The Sage handbook of qualitative research. Sage. European Commission (2021). Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. EU strategy on the rights of the child. COM/2021/142 final. European Union (2018). Resolution of the Council of the European Union and the Representatives of the Governments of the Member States meeting within the Council on a framework for European cooperation in the youth field: The European Union Youth Strategy 2019-2027. 2018/C 456/01. UN General Assembly (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 1577, 20 novembre. UN General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1. United Nations (2018). Youth 2030. Working with and for young people. United Nations Youth Strategy. Van Manen, M. (2023). Phenomenology of practice: Meaning-giving methods in phenomenological research and writing. Taylor & Francis. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 23 SES 08 B: Early Childhood Education Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Maria Fredriksson Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Home Based Care As an Opportunity For All Children - Evaluation of an Innovative Project 1UVRV, PedF UK, Czech Republic; 2FF MUNI, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The institutional care for children starts at the age of 3 years old in the Czech republic and the lack of institutions providing early child care and education for children at the age above 3 years old is significantly missing (RILSA). Number of private institutions or children's groups insure places for about 15.000 children (at the age of 2 to 3 years old mostly), but these are not available for all children, mostly children from lower sociological backgrounds are excluded because of the financial situation of families. Though a number of findings conclude the benefits of institutional care for children from disadvantaged backgrounds mostly, there are also financial benefits of providing care and support to disadvantaged children (Korbel at Prokop, 2019 ). The care and education is administratively split between two sectors in the Czech republic with various qualification requests for caregivers or teachers for different ages or type of service. Ministry of Labor and Social Affairs (MoLSA) ensure the care for children at the age 0 - 3 (mostly in Children s group) where caregivers declare their competencies for services supported by the Ministry, a considerable number of private services has no law or no control mechanism or exist as a part of an underground economy with no regulation. The Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports administrate Kindergartens (about 72 % children attends the Kindergarden from the age of 3, the compulsory education starts at the age of 5), where teachers have to be qualified according to the Act on Education Staff and the quality of Education is ensured by Czech School Inspectorate. The straddle situation described is not unique in Europe and various systems face the lack of numbers in the quality of institutional care in different ways. The Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs proposes an innovative project to start a Home based care for children at the age from 6 months till the beginning of compulsory school education. This project should ensure high quality service for every child (when not excluding children from disadvantaged families of children with special needs and ensuring qualified caregivers) and low threshold for caregivers and parents at the same time. The evaluation of the project looks for the model where caregivers could still have a lower degree of education (ICSED 3) and additional support of authorities and experts to ensure high quality care and education and provide sufficient monitoring of the development of every child individually. The system of monitoring and evaluation in the innovation project of the home based care is also consulted in the expert group of Technical Support Instrument: Developing a Comprehensive Framework for the Monitoring and Evaluation of Early Childhood Education and Care in the Czech Republic. The research question are as following: How to set the parameters of the service to deliver a service with high quality standards while maintaining a low entry barrier to make it accessible for the broadest spectrum of children possible. What are the needs of caregivers and what kind of support do they need to ensure high quality of service for every child? How can we set the evaluation of the service so it leads to the continuous learning and improving of the service?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The evaluation of this project is based on the qualitative approach: interviews, focus groups were conducted and the observation and used design will be used in the realization phase. While the emphatic phase (September 2023 till January 2024) aimed to explore needs of participants (parents, caregivers, administration support office worker), the goal in the realization phase is to collect the feedback to the service. The piloting of the service will be realized from February 2024 till September 2024. Caregivers were recruited by the snowball method till the theoretic saturation of the sample (11 caregivers in total). Interviews were also conducted with caregivers who firstly expressed their interest for the piloting but they find the piloting of the service more problematic, so the opposite opinion is also present. Caregivers in the sample represent various categories regarding education, economic situation, gender or experience with children. For the further research we plan to include caregivers with minorities (or Roma population or caregivers coming from Ukraine after the Russian invasion.) Parents for the sample were found to match the criteria sampling to represent all children (parents with SEN, parents with health issues, single parents with lower income). In total 10 parents were interviewed, one child included. Caregivers and parents were chosen from Vysočina region only, so we can possibly match the parents and caregivers for the piloting. Experts were chosen for interviews to cover all various aspects of children care and development, including parents´s organization, NGO s and representatives of various ministries to complete the cross-sectoral approach. Interviews with caregivers and parents were conducted online mostly, interviews with experts were conducted in person or online. All data were anonymised and analyzed in the MAXQDA programme using open coding and the system of the categories for caregivers, parents and experts. As for the realization phase we plan to collect various feedback on the process, setting and quality of care in the home- based care. Standard of the quality of care (MoLSA) will allow self-assessed caregivers. The various criteria of standard of quality will be also observed and discussed or with parents (section of care and the child development) or by administrative office (section of personal development of the caregivers and section of material equipment of the household). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary finding shows the expectation of caregivers and parents and also recommendation of the panel of experts. The service proposed should insure the highest quality of care for children, respecting individual needs of every childs. According to parents, home based care should insure care for all children, including children without mandatory vaccination, children with SEN, children with health issues or children from families with lower socio economic background. Parents do not require a specific degree of education or certificate (which is in contrast with the proposition in the act and expert panel's recommendation), they prefer longer adaptation time to make sure they child is comfortable with the caregivers (without naming the concrete criteria). The caregivers are in their conclusions very aware of their own limits. Most of the caregivers would not refuse a child that would need a special approach, though they articulated the support needed (e.x. additional training so they can meet the needs of the individual child, supervision, self - helps groups to reflect the experience with children with difficulties or extra stuff, e.g. a teaching assistant). The caregivers also reflected the individual setting of each home- based care group and accented the need of a variability in numbers of children and following financing. The panel of experts accented the fair financing for caregivers so the setting of the nes service does not support the precare position of caregivers on the labor market, the condition should allow the caregivers at least the “dignified” salary. While there is not an agreement of a degree of education or qualification of caregivers, there is a clear stress on the continuous support including additional learning, supervisor program for caregivers, networking with experts and early identification in the case of a different development of a child in the home based care. References Barnett, William. 2008. Preschool Education and Its Lasting Effects: Research and Policy Implications. Available at (PDF) Preschool Education and Its Lasting Effects: Research and Policy Implications (researchgate.net) Burchinal, Margaret. 2010. Threshold analysis of association between child care quality and child outcomes for low-income children in pre-kindergarten programs. Available at Threshold analysis of association between child care quality and child outcomes for low-income children in pre-kindergarten programs | Request PDF (researchgate.net) Early, Diane. 2010. How do pre-kindergarteners spend their time? Gender, ethnicity, and income as predictors of experiences in pre-kindergarten classrooms. Available at How do pre-kindergarteners spend their time? Gender, ethnicity, and income as predictors of experiences in pre-kindergarten classrooms | Request PDF (researchgate.net) Early childhood education and care in Europe: Welcoming children with disabilities or with migrant backgrounds. Available at Early childhood education and care in Europe: Welcoming children with disabilities or with migrant backgrounds | European Education Area (europa.eu) Epstein, Joyce. 2010. School/Family/Community Partnerships: Caring for the Children We Share. Available at School/Family/Community Partnerships: Caring for the Children We Share (researchgate.net) Goldfeld, Sharon. 2015. Neighbourhood Effects Influencing Early Childhood Development: Conceptual Model and Trial Measurement Methodologies from the Kids in Communities Study. Available at (PDF) Neighbourhood Effects Influencing Early Childhood Development: Conceptual Model and Trial Measurement Methodologies from the Kids in Communities Study (researchgate.net) Hattie, John. 2009. Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement. Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement (auf.org) Charmaz, Kathy. 2014. Constructing grounded theory. SAGE Publications Ltd Kuchařová, Věra. 2020. Zpráva o rodině. RILSA. Available at Zpráva o rodině - RILSA MPSV. Průvodce pro naplňování standardů kvality péče. Available at ee1d34fa-74e1-9515-cab8-159213bfc9d6 (mpsv.cz) Munich, Daniel. 2023. Ruce a mozky českých žen stále nevyužity. Available at xhttps://idea.cerge-ei.cz/zpravy/ruce-a-mozky-ceskych-zen-stale-nevyuzity Prokop, Daniel. 2019. Slepé skvrny: o chudobě, vzdělávání, populismu a dalších výzvách české společnosti. Host, 2019 Sylva, Kathy. 2004. The Effective Provision of Pr vision of Pre-school E e-school Education (EPPE) Pr ducation (EPPE) Project: Findings oject: Findings from pre-school t e-school to end of k o end of key stage 1. Available at The Effective Provision of Pre-school Education (EPPE) Project: Findings from pre-school to end of key stage 1 (uow.edu.au) 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper A National Improvement Initiative in Swedish Local Preschool Practices 1Dalarna University, Sweden; 2University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:The Swedish preschool, as part of the national educational system, is influenced by global discourses wherein education is defined as in need of constant improvement (Moss, 2013). These perceptions often stem from discussions of insufficient outcomes in international assessments, such as TIMMS and PISA. In response, governments, including the Swedish, regularly introduce new policies intended for implementation in local pedagogical practices (Adolfsson & Håkansson, 2019; Smith, 2016). Examples of such national initiatives include: “The Best School Possible” (CBS) (U2019/03786/S) in Sweden, “Every child matters: change for children in schools” (DfES/1089/2004) in Great Britain and “No child Left Behind” (20 USC 6301 note, 2002) in the United States. This paper draws on an ongoing research project (2022–2024) investigating CBS policy (U2019/03786/S) in Swedish preschools. Decentralisation and recentralisation of educational systems, such as the Swedish, create unique settings for the realisation of policies like CBS (cf. Håkansson & Rönnström, 2021). While CBS can be understood as an example of the state’s increased control over preschools, it also includes intentions for local professional’s influence (U2019/03786/S). CBS entails a three-year working process with a predetermined plan to identify and improve deficiencies in pedagogical practices (Skolverket, 2023). This initiative in local preschools, supported by university staff and led by head teachers and selected preschool teachers, aims to involve all preschool staff. Swedish preschool staff consist of various professions, mostly common preschool teachers with university degrees and professionals (referred to as assistants) with college degrees. Despite their different formal responsibilities, all are expected to provide high-quality pedagogical practice in line with the common national curriculum (Swedish National Agency of Education [SNAE], 2018). Despite the rich array of international studies on national improvement initiatives (e.g., Cameron, 2010; Coborn & Spillane, 2016), research specifically on CBS, especially in the preschool context, remains sparse (Adolfsson & Håkansson, 2019). In the current research project, we raise questions about how preschool professionals meet the demand for improvement in preschools with challenging conditions. Specifically, how is the CBS policy ‘made’ by professionals in local preschools? This paper aims to discuss how this policy is perceived and used in pedagogical practices by preschool professionals at the end of the three-year process. The following research question is addressed: - How do preschool teachers and assistants understand and experience the way CBS is transformed and carried out in preschools’ pedagogical practice? This paper is grounded in Billig’s (1991) theoretical and methodological concept of ideological dilemmas. Billig argues that such dilemmas, which are overarching and recurring in society, may appear in different contexts, including scientific, political and everyday talk. These dilemmas encompass different logics regarding, for instance, regarding how education should be and can be controlled. Furthermore, they are seen as productive – if contrary rhetorical positions are articulated and discussed (cf. Billig 1991) – potentially deepening the understanding of a phenomenon such as CBS. In this paper, ideological dilemmas are useful for analysing both the opposing logics in professionals’ reasonings regarding CBS and the general dilemmas operating in the educational context (cf. Olsson et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used So far, the research project has included 14 semi-structured interviews with 12 preschool teachers and two head teachers from four preschools. In spring 2024, further interviews are planned with both previously involved (and currently employed) preschool teachers (10) and assistants (10). These interviews (cf. Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015) aim to examine, in-depth, the participants’ understanding and experiences of CBS. Participants were selected from a Swedish municipality where work with CBS began at the beginning of 2022. Information about the research project was communicated to all current preschools, and those where all involved staff agreed to participate were selected. In accordance with the Swedish Research Council’s (2017) ethical principles, informed and written consent were obtained. Ethical guidelines were adhered to regarding participants’ voluntariness, confidentiality and data handling. The analysis is carried out in two steps. 1) An inductive analysis procedure is followed where patterns and themes are distinguished (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004) regarding how the preschool teachers and assistants understand and experience the transformation and implementation of the CBS initiative in their pedagogical practices; 2) Theoretical analysis tools are used to visualise tensions in the material and informants’ use of rhetorical resources. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper, questions are raised about how preschool professionals in a local context understand and handle the CBS policy, whose intentions have been formulated at a national level. In an earlier paper about the initiation of this policy (Olsson & Fredriksson, submitted), the risks of an overly narrow view of the pedagogical practice in which local conditions are neglected were pointed out. The expected findings of this paper may align with the former. If local conditions are neglected, professionals may overlook how current educational contexts, such as preschool environments, affect or create perceived shortcomings. However, through collaboration with university staff over time, preschool teachers might have discussed how local conditions are related to and can be handled within the pedagogical practice. Nevertheless, assistants have not been involved to a great extent in these discussions, despite their assigned responsibility for the current practice. Instead, preschool teachers have been given the responsibility of discussing with assistants how the policy can be implemented in pedagogical practice. It is probable that professionals position themselves in different ways in relation to CBS, and tensions might arise between different professionals’ understanding and experiences regarding how and for what purpose CBS should and can be transformed into local practice. This paper not only contributes to early childhood education research but also enhances understanding of how national policies might be understood, transformed and implemented by practitioners in local pedagogical practices. Thus, this paper could lead to further discussions about why, for what and for whom an educational practice needs to be improved. References 20 USC 6301 note. (2002). No Child Left Behind Act of 2001 Education. Inter-governmental relations. United States of America in Congress assembled (USC). Adolfsson, C.-H., & Håkansson, J. (2019). Evaluating teacher and school development by learning capital: A conceptual contribution to a fundamental problem. Improving Schools, 22(2), 130–143. Billig, M. (1991). Ideology and opinions: Studies in rhetorical psychology. Sage Publications Inc. Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (3 ed.). Sage Publications. Cameron, K., & Boyles, D. (2022). Learning and teaching in a neoliberal era: The tensions of engaging in Froebelian-Informed pedagogy while encountering quality standards. Global Education Review, 9(2), 99–117. Cameron, D. H. (2010). Implementing a large-scale reform in secondary schools: The role of the consultant within England’s Secondary National Strategy. Journal of Education Policy, 25(5), 605–624. DfES. 2004. Every child matters: Change for children in schools. London: DfES. No. DfES/1089/2004. Graneheim, U. H., & Lundman, B. (2004). Qualitative content analysis in nursing research: Concepts, procedures and measures to achieve trustworthiness. Nurse Education Today, 24(2), 105–12. Håkansson, J., & Rönnström, N. (2021). Samverkan för bästa skola – skolförbättring som politiskt styrd nationell angelägenhet genom samverkan och forskarmedverkan. Pedagogisk Forskning i Sverige, 26(1), /–14. Moss, G. (2013). Research, policy and knowledge flows in education: What counts in knowledge mobilisation? Contemporary Social Science, 8(3), 237–248. Olsson, M., Ericson, J., von Ahlefeld Nisser, D., & Randell, E. (2023). Between an educational task and an idea for treatment: multiprofessional collaboration for supporting children “at risk” – a coordinator role in pedagogical practice. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, prepublication online. Rönnström, N. (2015). Educating competitive teachers for a competitive nation? Policy Futures in Education, 13(6), 732–750. Skolverket (2023). Samverkan för bästa skola. https://www.skolverket.se/skolutveckling/leda-och-organisera-skolan/samverkan-for-basta-skola#h-Meromprocessen Smith, W. C. (2016). An introduction to the global testing culture. In W.C., Smith (Ed.), The global testing culture: Shaping education policy, perceptions, and practice, (pp.7–23). Oxford Studies in Comparative Education, Symposium. Swedish National Agency of Education, SNAE (2018). Curriculum for the preschool, Lpfö 18. https://www.skolverket.se/publikationsserier/styrdokument/2019/curriculum-for-the-preschool-lpfo-18 Swedish Research Council (2017). Good Research Practice. https://www.vr.se/english/analysis/reports/our-reports/2017-08-31-good-research-practice.html U2019/03786/S. Uppdrag till Statens skolverk om samverkan för bästa skola. Regeringsbeslut. https://www.regeringen.se/contentassets/0fc920eda8b546f18b05693c890218f7/uppdrag-till-statens-skolverk-om-samverkan-for-basta-skola-u201903786s/ |
17:30 - 19:00 | 23 SES 08 C: Datafication Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Louise Phillips Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Accountability, Datafication and Sense-Making in Disadvantaged School Contexts: A Comparative Analysis of Spain and Chile 1University of Barcelona, Spain; 2Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Standardized tests and performance metrics are becoming increasingly widespread as key components of global education reform (Ball et al. 2017; Sahlberg, 2016). Countries with different teaching models (Voisin & Dumai, 2020) and diverse education policy approaches are adopting performance-based accountability (PBA) as a policy solution to improve the quality of education systems (Lingard, 2013). As a response to general concerns about education quality, standardized tests are used to hold teachers accountable for students’ results, with the expectation that performative pressures will induce teachers to align their instructional practices with learning standards and utilize the achievement data for school improvement purposes. According to this theory of change, external accountability can be a suitable instrument for enhancing teacher quality, ensuring learning and improving school performance. Moreover, the test data are expected to be employed as a part of an informational system to identify areas that need further attention and eventually implement improvement plans and corrective strategies (Lingard et al., 2017). Interestingly, existing research on PBA shows mixed results. While some investigations observe an active policy appropriation by teachers (Hardy, 2014), other investigations suggest that performative pressures, far from reinforcing virtuous circles of improvement and policy alignment, tend to erode the professional autonomy of teachers and educators (Daliri-Ngametua et al., 2021; Holloway & Brass, 2018). This mismatch between policy design and actual practices is observed in numerous education systems where accountability mechanisms result in policy decoupling, ritualistic implementation, and instrumental responses (Reinhorn et al. 2017; Thiel et al. 2017). Indeed, schools and teachers may embrace strategic practices to escape pressure and cope with performance expectations. School competition, teaching to the test and curriculum narrowing or cheating are only some of the undesired responses that schools might adopt to dilute the external pressures associated with testing and accountability (Falabella, 2020; Koretz, 2017). These results are observed in contexts with different accountability models, but appear to be very frequent in disadvantaged school contexts (Candido, 2019; Diamond, 2012). Still, little is known about under what conditions such instrumental practices emerge and how they become institutionalized in different education systems. In order to understand this process, we suggest that we need to better understand teachers’ interpretations of accountability mandates. We aim to unpack teachers’ discourses about testing and accountability in order to shed light on the sense-making of accountability policies, with a particular focus on vulnerable school contexts. This investigation focuses on the interpretation of the accountability mandates of schools in disadvantaged contexts because within these institutional environments, school actors appear to be more prone to adopt instrumental and undesired responses. Our argument is that by analysing teachers’ interpretations of accountability policies, we can better understand how and why instrumental practices emerge and become the norm in certain schools. Accordingly, the research goal of our work is to unpack the different components of teachers’ discourses on PBA in vulnerable schools to better understand how school actors’ sense-making sustains instrumental practices. To do so, we conduct a comparative case study with a qualitative approach, analysing the discourses of teachers working in vulnerable school settings in Spain (Madrid) and Chile. These are interesting contexts for investigating the role of performative pressures since they combine high levels of marketization with different approaches to PBA (Falabella, 2020; Prieto & Villamor, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) to better understand the teachers’ sense-making of accountability policies and datafication in disadvantaged schools’ contexts in Spain and Chile. The selection of the two cases was made on purpose, according to the accountability policy design and the structure of the educational supply. While Chile and Spain differ in terms of their accountability policy approach, both countries have some similarities in terms of the structure of their education provision, including market-oriented models. In terms of the accountability policy model, Chile has a high-stakes PBA model, which is deeply consolidated in the education system with a long trajectory and relative stability. In contrast, Spain, and particularly the case of Madrid, has adopted accountability mechanisms quite recently, following a lower-stakes model with erratic policy trajectories. Interestingly, both cases share similarities in the structure and governance of education provision. Accordingly, the two cases compared share a market-oriented education system with important levels of private-subsidized schools and salient levels of school competition. In short, we suggest that these are particularly interesting contexts for investigating the role of performative pressures since they combine high levels of marketization with different approaches in relation to PBA (Falabella, 2020; Prieto & Villamor, 2012) To conduct our analysis, we purposefully selected small-n cases (Spain and Chile) to enhance the external validity of our study. We mobilized context-sensitive knowledge for each case to analyse and compare our data in order to ensure internal validity, and developed an inductive and explorative mode of reasoning to interpret our results (Thomann & Maggetti, 2020). Our data are based on a sampling of public and private-subsidized schools with low socio-economic status. We conducted 26 semi-structured in-depth interviews with teachers and school leaders to develop a systematic comparison of teachers’ enactment of PBA in both countries. To analyze the interviews, we combined deductive and emerging codes. We first applied a list of structural codes (Saldaña, 2021) defined in a codebook to share the same criteria to code and analyse interviews in Chile and Spain (Parcerisa & Verger, 2023). With the comparison of the codes, new themes and topics were identified and we iteratively built new labels to classify, interpret and examine these emerging results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This article shows the importance of school context and meaning-making processes in the enactment of educational policy, and more particularly the key role of interpretation and sense-making as a mediating factor explaining policy decoupling and opportunistic behaviours. Based on a comparative case study, the paper illuminates the similarities (and also some differences) in the policy reception and interpretation of accountability policies by teachers working in disadvantaged contexts. Although the discourses analysed share important ideas and critical understandings of PBA, we do not aim to suggest that the discourses of teachers are univocal or homogenous. Some teachers give more importance to social justice arguments, whereas others highlight pedagogical or professional discourses. Moreover, some discourses of appropriation and negotiation are also found, despite not being the norm. Our results do not suggest that similar discourses imply similar school responses to PBA. Indeed, as we have analysed elsewhere, the school responses to PBA are multiple and diverse (Authors, 2023; Authors, 2021). This suggests that the school's policy responses cannot be understood as a mechanical and linear process from interpretation to translation, but a conflicting and negotiated process mediated by organizational, professional, and contextual factors that modulate different translations within a range of similar forms of policy interpretation. Despite the differences in the characteristics of the educational systems and the design of accountability instruments, our research suggests that teachers working in vulnerable school settings in Madrid and Chile share important arguments when they identify negative components of PBA for disadvantaged schools. However, the article shows that critical discourses on PBA are complex, interwoven, and multifaceted. References Ball, S. J., Junemann, C., & Santori, D. (2017). Edu. net: Globalisation and education policy mobility. Routledge. Candido, H. H. D. (2019). Datafication in schools: enactments of quality assurance and evaluation policies in Brazil. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 29(1–2), 1–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/09620214.2019.1656101 Daliri-Ngametua, R., Hardy, I., & Creagh, S. (2021). Data, performativity and the erosion of trust in teachers. Cambridge Journal of Education, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764x.2021.2002811 Diamond, J. B. (2012). Accountability policy, school organization, and classroom practice: partial recoupling and educational opportunity. Education and Urban Society, 44(2), 151–182. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013124511431569 Falabella, A. (2020). The ethics of competition: accountability policy enactment in Chilean schools’ everyday life. Journal of Education Policy, 35(1), 23-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2019.1635272 Hardy, I. (2014). A logic of appropriation: enacting national testing (NAPLAN) in Australia. Journal of education policy, 29(1), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.782425 Holloway, J., & Brass, J. (2018). Making accountable teachers: The terrors and pleasures of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 33(3), 361-382. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1372636 Koretz, D. (2017). The testing charade: pretending to make schools better. University of Chicago Press Lingard, B. (2013). Historicizing and contextualizing global policy discourses: Test-and standards-based accountabilities in education. International Education Journal: Comparative Perspectives, 12(2), 122-132. Lingard, B., Sellar, S., & Lewis, S. (2017). Accountabilities in schools and school systems. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education, 3, 155. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.74. Parcerisa, L., & Verger, A. (2023). Researching ‘Autonomy with Accountability’ in Schools: A Qualitative Approach to Policy Enactment and Practice. REFORMED Methodological Papers No.3, 1-33. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.1036169 Prieto, M., & Villamor, P. (2012). Freedom of choice, competition and quality: educational policies of the Autonomous Region of Madrid. Profesorado, Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 16(3), 127-144. Reinhorn, S. K., Johnson, S. M., & Simon, N. S. (2017). Investing in development: Six high-performing, high-poverty schools implement the Massachusetts teacher evaluation policy. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 39(3), 383-406. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373717690605 Sahlberg, P. (2016). The global educational reform movement and its impact on schooling. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), The handbook of global education policy (pp. 128–144). Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118468005.ch7 Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. London: Sage. Thiel, C., Schweizer, S., & Bellmann, J. (2017). Rethinking side effects of accountability in education: insights from a multiple methods study in four german school systems. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 25(93), 1–32. Voisin, A., & Dumay, X. (2020). How do educational systems regulate the teaching profession and teachers’ work? A typological approach to institutional foundations and models of regulation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 96, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103144 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Participation in Adult Learning and Education in the UK: The Scarcity of Consistent Statistical Evidence in the Abundance of Data 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Nottingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The participation of adults in learning and education (ALE) has been subject to research for many years, and attempts to make it more prevalent have been going on throughout the world due to its value in the labour market and the empowering role of ALE in individuals’ social relationships, social mobility, job prospects, finances, health, and wellbeing. These innumerable benefits of ALE require the genuine dedication of countries to making participation in ALE more prevalent and accessible for all adults, regardless of their educational or socio-economic background. Inevitably, this dedication necessitates effective policymaking that aims to involve more adults in learning, especially those with lower educational attainment and from lower social classes who are traditionally less prone to participate in or access ALE opportunities (Boeren, 2009; Kersh & Laczik, 2021). One of the most crucial factors influencing the effectiveness of policymaking is taking scientific evidence into account during the decision-making process concerning ALE. The consistent decrease in ALE participation rates in the United Kingdom since 2010s makes evidence-based policymaking more indispensable and urgent than ever. Through the use of scientific evidence, policymakers can better target the groups who don’t participate in ALE or those who are deprived of ALE opportunities, which can result in an increase in total participation rates and more equitable proportions of learners within those rates based on their economic and social backgrounds. However, the effectiveness of evidence-based policymaking is partially bound to the amount and quality of the scientific evidence available. It is ideally expected that the data on ALE should provide a good measurement of the people who participate, for what reasons, and in what type of learning activities as well as the benefits of ALE (Boeren, 2016). It is equally important that the data on ALE should depict a very accurate picture of who does not participate and why. This contribution will present findings from an ongoing research project funded by the UK’s Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC). The project aims to investigate the statistical evidence-base in ALE in the UK, reveal the potential reasons behind the decreasing participation rates, and unpack how policymakers benefit from the available evidence-base during their decision-making process. In this paper, we aim to explore how participation in ALE is measured by large-scale surveys that collect data from the UK. We also aim to investigate how major determinants of participation (motivations for ALE, barriers to ALE, and the benefits of ALE) have been encompassed by these surveys. While approaching the participation questions in the surveys, we will adopt the Total Survey Error paradigm to reveal potential sources for varying participation rates. In terms of motivations and barriers, we will mainly rely on the Bounded Agency model (Evans, 2007) and Boeren’s (2017) layered model of participation, along with other theoretical frameworks such as Cross's (1981) typology of barriers and Houle’s (1961) typology of adult learners’ motivations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Employing a qualitative approach, we conducted an extensive text-based content analysis on the questionnaires of 16 national and European surveys that collect data on participation in ALE from the UK context. The surveys under our scrutiny were the Adult Participation in Learning (APiL) survey, the Survey of Adult Skills (PIAAC), Adult Education Survey (AES), Labour Force Survey (LFS), European Social Survey (ESS), European Quality of Life Survey (EQLS), European Company Survey (ECS), European Working Conditions Surveys (EWC), Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS), National Child Development Study (NCDS), British Cohort Study (BCS), Next Steps (NS), Understanding the Society (UtS), and the UK Time Use Survey (UK-TUS). The documents for these surveys were downloaded from their websites, as most of them were already available for public use. The questionnaires that were not publicly available were shared with us by the relevant institutions. During the data analysis, we systematically coded and categorised the questions for participation, motivations, and barriers to reveal their compatibility with the theoretical frameworks mentioned above by following the steps proposed by Zhang and Wildemuth (2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that the surveys differ from each other in terms of their methodology, their ways of measuring participation, and how they approach to motivations and barriers, which can complicate further secondary statistical analyses. Most of the surveys in our sample do not collect detailed data about ALE as it is not their primary focus. Another major finding is the scarcity of consistent and comprehensive longitudinal data underpinning ALE. It is also revealed that data on motivations and barriers are rare and the scope of them vastly differs across surveys and from the theoretical models. Most surveys do not adopt a comprehensive understanding of barriers, failing to acknowledge the layered nature of the factors affecting participation behaviour (Boeren, 2017) since the surveys usually focus on individual (micro) level factors rather than meso-/macro-level factors and seem to fail to depict the intertwined relationships between them. Therefore, they may create the illusion that nonparticipation is largely caused by individuals’ time constraints and family commitments by ignoring the role of how economic volatility may require individuals to work for longer hours or how insufficient childcare policies may impede participation. In conclusion, the data underpinning ALE is mostly piecemeal and divergent in nature, which undermines future secondary analyses and comparisons across different surveys. Although the available ALE data do tell us which groups of people tend to participate, we are still in the dark when it comes to answering more intricate questions: When do former non-participants switch to the state of participation? When do former participants stop learning? How are the switching states of (non)participation affected by micro, meso-, and macro-level determinants? The lack of answers to these questions may jeopardise effective policymaking by preventing policymakers from addressing the most relevant factors and cause ALE policies to be tautologous, generic, or deflective. References Boeren, E. (2009). Adult education participation: the Matthew principle. Filosofija-sociologija, 20(2), 154-161. Boeren, E. (2016). Lifelong learning participation in a changing policy context: An interdisciplinary theory. London: Palgrave Macmillan. Boeren, E. (2017). Understanding adult lifelong learning participation as a layered problem. Studies in Continuing Education, 39(2), 161-175. Cross, K. P. (1981). Adults as learners. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Evans, K. (2007). Concepts of bounded agency in education, work, and the personal lives of young adults. International Journal of Psychology, 42(2), 85–93. Houle, C. O. (1961). The Inquiring Mind. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. Kersh, N., and Laczik, A. (2021). Towards understanding of policy transfer and policy learning in adult education in the context of United Kingdom. Research in Comparative and International Education, 16(4), 384-404. https://doi.org/10.1177/17454999211061236 Zhang, Y. and Wildemuth, B. M. (2009). Qualitative analysis of content. In B.M. Wildemuth (Ed.), Applications of Social Research Methods to Questions in Information and Library (pp. 1-12). Libraries Unlimited. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Enhancing Adult Education Policy Through Data Collection and Registries – Experiences of the Visegrad Countries 1SGH Warsaw School of Economic, Poland; 2Governmental Agency of IT Development, Hungary; 3National Training Fund, Czechia; 4The State Institute of Vocational Education, Slovakia Presenting Author:The integrity and quality of information in registries are fundamental to all stages of policy development – from conception and design to implementation and evaluation – especially in fields like adult learning, where the needs and conditions can be diverse and dynamic (Roumell & Roessger, 2019). Such data can reveal trends, needs, and gaps in the current education system, enabling more targeted and effective policy interventions. Data from registries can offer insights into adult learners' demographics, learning preferences, and career trajectories. Big Data and advanced analytics are vital in creating responsive and adaptive workforce development systems (Williamson, 2017). There are expectations that education policymakers will need to be plied with quality data in the form of predictive analytical patterns (modelling, machine learning, and data mining of historical data) and knowledge about global educational predictions of future outcomes and trends (Soskil, 2018). Reliable registries, which include information about the accreditation status of training providers and programs, are also important from learners' and employers' perspectives as they might reduce the asymmetry of information and assure the quality and the potential for a return on their investment in education and training. They might also enhance the efficiency of the search for the appropriate training offer and, therefore, contribute to better investments in human capital. The Council Recommendation on individual learning accounts of 2022 recommends developing public registers of training offers. The Council Recommendation states: “There is also a need for up-to-date public registries of recognised training through dedicated single national digital portals accessible to all, including people with disabilities, and, preferably, interconnected with the Europass platform”. Establishments of public registers in many European countries is also linked with the development of national qualifications frameworks for lifelong learning (Markowitsch & Dębowski 2022) In the article, we aim to analyse solutions adopted in the four Visegrad countries, namely the Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland and Slovakia, regarding developments of registries and data collection in the education sectors with particular attention to the vocationally oriented adult education sector. Following Desjardins' adult training systems typology (2017), we aim to identify how data in adult learning subsystems (sectors) is collected and used by policymakers and stakeholders. We distinguish between data (registries) regarding learners and data (registries) regarding the training offer. The analysis of data collection systems will be conducted against the background of policy frameworks that underpin adult learning in the Visegrad countries, noting the interplay between European Union recommendations and national priorities, including the structure of governance of the adult learning and financing. The findings aim to contribute to the broader discourse on adult education systems and inform future policy development within and beyond the Visegrad region. The article draws on evidence from the international project: Digital Individual Learning Accounts In The Visegrad Countries (D-ILA in V4) financed within the Erasmus+ framework. The project used mixed research methods, including literature and policy documents analysis of public and private registries of data collection as well as in-person interviews (44 interviews in total) with the key stakeholders: training providers, employers, policymakers, trade union representatives, policy researchers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The article draws on evidence from the international project: Digital Individual Learning Accounts In The Visegrad Countries (D-ILA in V4) financed within the Erasmus+ framework and has been conducted by four institutions from Visegrad countries. Authors of the article have been involved in the D-ILA in V4 project. The article draws on mixed research methods, including literature and policy documents analysis, analysis of public and private registries of data collection, as well as in-person interviews (44 interviews in total) with the key stakeholders: training providers, employers, policymakers, trade union representatives, and policy researchers. The article compares and synthesises solutions and practices from the four Visegrad countries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Visegrad countries decentralised their education systems at the beginning of the transformation in the 1990s, and adult learning sector was viewed as market oriented and was essentially left to private providers and voluntarist initiatives of NGOs. In the absence of governmental regulation and support, the institutionalization of adult education policy was slow. However, in Hungary since 2010 there has been a strong move to centralisation within education in general and within VET in particular, and a resurgence in top down, system-wide policy initiatives. In the Visegrad countries, similarly as in other EU countries, adult education and training takes place mostly in the non-formal education setting, and this sector has been growing over the years while the share of adults participating in formal education is decreasing. At the same time this sector is largely unregulated and not monitored, with Hungary to be an exception. The functioning of the adult education system in Hungary is regulated in detail by laws and in recent years, there has been an expansion and tightening of data collection related to: a) persons participating in adult education and training, b) training courses; c) data related to the organisation of examinations and organisations providing. In other Visegrad countries there is no one training database for adults, and data regarding persons participating in non-formal education is generally not collected. However, all of the Visegrad countries introduce new policy initiatives and tools, including registers, in order to better monitor and coordinate adult education sector. In Hungary, Czechia, Slovakia and Poland some forms of accreditation are being introduced for providers willing to be included in public registries and this often is linked with public funding. However, the scope and thoroughness of accreditation varies in all of the countries. Public registries are functioning along with numerous private initiatives. References Desjardins, R. (2017). Political economy of adult learning systems: Comparative study of strategies, policies and constraints. Bloomsbury publishing. Markowitsch, J., Dębowski, H. (2022). Education systems and qualifications frameworks, [in:] Tutlys, V., Markowitsch, J., Pavlin, S., Winterton, J. (eds.). Skill Formation in Central and Eastern Europe, Berlin, Germany: Peter Lang Verla. DOI: 10.3726/b19799 Roumell, E. A., & Roessger, K. (2019). Humanistic, Innovative Solutionism: What Role do Data Analytics Play in Developing a More Responsive and More Intelligent Adult and Workforce Education Policy?. In The Educational Intelligent Economy: BIG DATA, Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and the Internet of Things in Education (Vol. 38, pp. 127-142). Emerald Publishing Limited. Soskil, M. (2018). Education in a time of unprecedented change. In Teaching in the Fourth Industrial Revolution (pp. 8-24). Routledge. Williamson, B. (2017). Big Data in education: The digital future of learning, policy and practice. SAGE Publications. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Beyond global discourses of data: A cross comparative analysis of schooling data in Australia, Bangladesh, England and Singapore 1University of Queensland, Australia; 2University of Bristol, UK Presenting Author:Schools around the world increasingly rely on a range of different modes of evidence of student learning, often described as ‘data’. In keeping with Pangrazio and Sefton-Green’s (2022) call for increased attention to more local, vernacular responses to datafication processes, this paper draws upon perspectives of students, teachers and school-based administrators as they are influenced by global school data trends and seek to be more responsive to engagement with myriad forms of data. We argue there is a need to ensure meaningful aspects of education do not become marginalised. This is always a risk because numbers convey a sense of ‘objectivity’ and ‘authority’ (Desrosières, 1998), and can be difficult to challenge such perceptions, especially in meritocratic contexts in which numbers are focal measures. These pressures to focus upon numeric conceptions of data are central to the quantification of social processes more broadly (Mau, 2019), which are becoming an increasingly constitutive part of social life. However, more dominant, quantified forms are not the only forms of data that exist in school settings and responses to such data are not simply passive.
After more than 20 years of international large-scale assessment (PISA, TIMSS, PIRLS), and national education policies and practices that centre standardised assessment, we seek alternatives. We present from our four-year study which critiques the effects of standardized test data, and associated processes of the quantification of education, on the work and learning of system personnel, teachers and students in schools, and looks for emerging alternative approaches in Australia, Bangladesh, England, and Singapore. Inspired by Collyer, Connell, Maia and Morrell’s (2018) work of creating knowledge beyond ‘northern’ contexts alone, we have deliberately engaged with varied national contexts, including from ostensibly wealthy, ‘northern’/dominant contexts (England), more peripheral ‘northern’ settings (Australia), seemingly ‘successful’ east-Asian settings (Singapore), and ‘southern’ settings (Bangladesh). In this way, we seek to reveal the richness, diversity and plurality of the types of data, and engagement with data that occur in marginalised communities in these settings at a more genuinely ‘global’ scale. Mirroring how high stakes testing at the local, micro-level is then deployed to criticise schools at a more political, macro-level, we focus on students and educators’ stories of critique and engagement at the local level to challenge more reductive accounts that seem to characterize more ‘global’ discourses of data.
Our inquiry seeks to understand: - the principal forms of qualitative and quantitative data (‘global’, national, local) drawn on in different national and local contexts; - the multifarious ways in which educators engage with these data and how the current focus upon data (‘datafication’) impacts on the lived realities of students, teachers and system personnel; - the role of various modes of data in this work, and how these are mediated by teachers and system educators; and - how these practices compare with more dominant, ‘global’ perspectives about data use.
We draw upon storying in marginalised settings to make visible how students and educators in schools and systems in varied policy contexts make sense of data at a more genuinely representative ‘global’ scale. We lean into storying, because humans have long ‘read’ the world through stories, and by making visible the experiences of those typically marginalised, it enables accessibility to theorizing beyond the elite and highly educated (Phillips & Bunda, 2018). Storying claims voice in the silenced margins and counters metanarratives, such as “‘monovocal’ stories about the low educational achievement and attainment of students of color” (Solórzano & Yosso, 2002, p. 27). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We inquire through storying – that is, the act of making and remaking meaning through stories (Phillips & Bunda, 2018) – to reveal the meaning-making that students and educators give to learning in the context of increased use of national and international standardized data for accountability purposes. Through storying methodology we have taken time to build relationships with school leaders, teachers and students at four schools in each nation, so that there is trust to share and cocreate stories, by interweaving past and present archives and experiences, through story-sharing, observing and document analysis. Through such a situated relational methodology, we highlight the human, lived experiences of datafication in schools. The participating schools have been sourced through recommendations from central ministry staff who identified the schools as having a notable approach to data, along with recommendations through personal networks. School leaders have self-selected staff who have significant roles with school data, and students to reflect different age group experiences of data on their learning. At each school we spent one to two days each year to immerse in the culture of the schools and co-produce stories on data in schools through: (a) conversations with students and educators (individually and focus groups) in a variety of roles (teachers, principals, system/regional personnel) to uncover how they make sense of data and student learning; (b) observations of classroom practice and environments to develop better insights into how this data sense-making is practised; (c) immersion in relevant meetings and professional development activities to understand how educators are informed on how engage with school data; (d) review of systemic and school policies, and associated documents, pertaining to student learning and data, mentioned in conversations and identified in observations and students’ work samples, tests and other documents (e.g., bookwork) to further flesh out our understandings school data in action. Our research team of four have endeavoured to all attend each site visit and online interview so that our diverse ways of the reading the world are brought to our inquiry. We co-write reports for each school that are a basis for discussion and storying for subsequent visits. Further, we visually story through mapping global and local viewpoints as features of education ‘datascapes’, a notion suggested by Lingard (2021, 3), as a possible addition/extension to Appadurai’s (2001) theoretical ‘scapes’ to arrive at a greater understanding and appreciation of the global historical cultural flows and complexities situated in education datascapes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In Australia, we learnt that there is a growing shift away from emphases on national literacy and numeracy testing data (NAPLAN). Data-rich cultures of wondering-with-data for the sake of better outcomes for students were evident through visualizing data in meaningful ways and collaborative data meaning-making for different stakeholders (i.e., school leaders, teachers, students and parents). Bangladeshi education has its own system of standardized testing, introduced during British colonial rule and expanded in the postcolonial era. From stakeholders, we heard the welcomed impact of recently introduced reforms to reduce examination pressure and prevent students from relying on after-hours private tutoring while seeking to enhance their wellbeing. These include a new curriculum which emphasizes experiential learning across the classroom, school, and society. In England, we heard how Ofsted school inspections have increasingly shifted away from predominantly quantitative data measures towards explicit attention to curriculum and how teachers can evidence their students’ learning (Ofsted, 2019). At the same time, schools that are ‘unperforming’/‘inadequate’ against more traditional measures continue to be under pressure to improve and may be allocated to ‘Multi-Academy Trusts’ with which they have little affinity. Singaporean students are globally known as forerunners on International Large Scale Assessments (ILSAs). The current Singaporean education system agenda has recently shifted to “learn for life” with emphases on values, social and emotional competencies, student well-being and flexibility with subject-based banding (MoE, 2023). However, we heard how broader social pressures (e.g., competition for college places; parental expectations; ‘fear of missing out’) continue to challenge these more holistic and educationally-oriented approaches to student learning. Across these four nations, we see a growing trend toward more holistic approaches to data on students learning including advocacy for well-being, experiential learning and lifelong learning. However, the legacy of high stakes school performance data continues to exert influence. References Appadurai, A. (2001). “Disjuncture and Difference in the Global Cultural Economy.” In Media and Cultural Studies: Key Works, edited by M. Durham, and D. Kellner, 584–603. Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Collyer, F., Connell, R., Maia, J., & Morrell, R. (2018). Knowledge and global power. Monash University Publishing. Desrosières, A. (1998). The politics of large numbers: A history of statistical reasoning. Harvard University Press. Goh, K.S & Education study team (1978). Report on the ministry of education (Goh Report). Singapore. Lingard, B. (2021). Globalisation and Education. Routledge. Mau, S. (2019). The metric society: On the quantification of the social. Polity. Ofsted (2019). Inspecting the curriculum. Revising inspection methodology to support the education inspection framework. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5d1dfeba40f0b609dde41855/Inspecting_the_curriculum.pdf Pangrazio, L., & Sefton-Green, J. (2022). “Learning to live well with data: Concepts and challenges.” In L. Pangrazio, and J. Sefton-Green (Eds.), Learning to Live with Datafication: Educational Case Studies and Initiatives from Across the World, (pp.1-16). Routledge. Phillips, L.G. & Bunda, T. (2018). Research through, with and as storying. Routledge. Ministry of Education (MoE), Singapore (2023, March 1). Learn for Life: Forging Our Collective Future. https://www.moe.gov.sg/news/press-releases/20230301-learn-for-life-forging-our-collective-future Solorzano, D., & Yosso, T. (2002). Critical race methodology: Counter-storytelling as an analytical framework for education research. Qualitative Inquiry, 8(1), 23-44. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 25 SES 08 A: Children's participation and early childhood comprehensive sex educatioin Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Chiara Carla Montà Paper Session |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Human Rights in Early Education: Teachers’ Perceptions on Embedding Participation into their Classrooms 1Swansea University, United Kingdom; 2University of the West of England, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Funded by the UK’s Economic and Research Council (ESRC) and based in Wales, the research tackles the ongoing challenge of transitioning children’s participative rights, as recognised in the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), into educational practice. Embedding the participative rights of young children in the pedagogical practices of early years education is recognized globally as being challenging (Correia et al. 2019, Koran and Avci, 2017, Vanner 2023). There is evidence of ‘bounded’ participation (Murphy et al., 2022), where teachers report that the voice and agency of young children might only be enabled at specified times, in specified spaces, for specified reasons, or when children are perceived to have the necessary capacity (Murphy et al., 2022). Drawing upon a socio-cultural approach (Rogoff, 2003) a conceptual framework of agency (James and Prout, 1997) is employed to explore how children’s participative rights are understood and shaped by the children and adults who design, utilise and ‘live’ in the spaces in which children are educated. Central to the project is a construction of young children as capable and agentic meaning-makers, who make sense of their worlds through their social experiences within it (James, 1998). This approach is interconnected with the conceptual framework of agency is a rights-based approach drawing on the UNCRC (UNICEF, 1989) Article 12, within which all children have a right to participate in decisions that affect them, so these two provide the lenses for this research. This paper focuses the research question “How do primary teachers in Wales conceptualise and support young children’s participative rights and what are perceived enablers and barriers to practice?”. The paper explores how in-service primary school teachers in Wales conceptualise and experience children’s participative rights, and the perceived barriers and enablers to supporting the enactment of those rights in early years education in Wales. Semi-structured interviews were carried out with the teachers (n=14) before they took part in a series of participatory workshops. Reggio Emilia pedagogical approaches were explored to provoke reflections on how children’s participative rights can be supported and enacted in practice. Group discussions and creative activities enabled participants to consider understandings of children’s participative rights and to surface the possible barriers and enablers to these rights being enacted in young children’s classrooms in Wales. Participants were supported to develop participatory projects with children in their class and creative research methods were employed to explicate young children's perceptions of their participative rights in classroom settings, and how they would like these to be developed. There will be post interviews with the teacher participants conducted after their class projects are completed. Reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2019, 2020, 2022) is being used to analyse the data generated from the teachers’ and children’s’ engagement. Data analysis is currently on-going and detailed findings will be presented at the conference, however initial themes from practitioners’ pre-interviews include constructions of children, teachers and schools; differing pedagogical approaches; understandings of children’s voice and participation; and differing school and local contexts. A range of barriers and enablers to young children’s participative rights were also surfaced during the data collection and analysis. How teachers’ perceptions evolved during the research process, and the implications of these perceptions for participatory pedagogies with young children will be presented. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research runs from December 2022 until December 2025, with the component for this paper being undertaken between September 2023 and July 2024. For the research presented here, the teacher participants (n=14) were based in two Welsh speaking and seven English-speaking schools across Wales. They were all female (this reflects a predominantly female workforce) and working with children aged three to seven years. Class sizes range from 9 to 30 students, and school sizes range from 45 to 633 students. The teacher participated in one-to-one semi-structured interview pre and post and ‘intervention’. There are three stages to this data gathering, 1) pre-interviews, 2) Workshops and project work (intervention) 3) post-interviews. The pre-interview (stage 1) focused on teachers understanding and their experience of young children’s participative rights in their classroom and their school, and the perceived barriers and enablers to enabling young children to enact their participative rights in school. The interviews were video recorded and transcribed. Following these interviews the teachers took part in five face-to-face workshops (stage 2), which drew on Reggio Emilia ideas and were supported by an artist consultant. These workshops, based on a participatory approach, were an opportunity for the teachers involved to consider education ‘about’, ‘through’, and ‘for’ human rights (United Nations, 2011). Reggio Emilia's principles and pedagogy served as an example and a provocation to their way of teaching, and to increase their knowledge about the participative rights of children in education. The teachers then developed projects in their class (stage 2) to enable children to explore their understandings and experiences of participative rights in school. The second post intervention semi-structured interviews (stage 3) with teachers explores in detail their reflections on their involvement in the research, their projects with the children, and any changes to their pedagogic practice. NVivo data analysis software was used implement Reflective Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019, 2020, 2022) with the data. The identification of initial codes generated from data, was the product of a process of collaborative data coding. Each interview was coded by at least two members of the research team, the interviewer and another member of the research team, first separately and then discussed together. Subsequently, the research team met several times to generate initial themes and then develop, review, and define themes. These themes were the effect of the continuous and systematic process of reflective dialogue and collaborative discussion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Final conclusions are not yet possible due to the incomplete nature of the research at the point of abstract submission. However, indicative findings can be drawn teachers perceptions of barriers and enablers to the enactment of children’s participative rights in lower primary school classrooms. It should be noted that the below conclusions are drawn from the pre-interviews (stage 1) only. Taking the socio-cultural approach (Rogoff 2003) and a conceptual framework of agency (Prout and James 1997) in our approach to and of the analysis we found that teachers perceived barriers to enabling participation in their classrooms at a ‘personal’ level and an ‘organisational’ level. In terms of ‘personal’ our analysis surfaced teachers’ social constructions of children, of teachers and of learning itself. For some these constructions were acting as barriers to being able to embed participative rights in classrooms, whereas for others these constructions were perceived as enablers. This seemingly depended on if the pedagogical position was in-line with children’s participative rights. The participants also reported experiencing ‘organisational’ barriers. For example, if the school ethos was reflective of children’s participative rights, the pressure of other outcomes such as literacy and numeracy, and the autonomy and flexibility teachers were afforded in developing their curricula and their pedagogical approaches. Another theme which emerged during our analysis was understandings and perceptions of the concepts of child ‘voice’, and how this aligns with notions of human rights education, participative rights, and classroom and school activities that constitute participation. Therefore we argue that for teachers to overcome the challenges of transitioning children’s participative rights from policy into practice, that teachers have the space and capacity to review their own pedagogical position and the relationship with their practice. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. A practical guide. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise & Health, 11(4), 589-597. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology. Special Issue: Quality in qualitative approaches: Celebrating heterogeneity, edited by J.N. Lester & M. O’Reilly. ONLINE FIRST. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Correia, N., Carvalho, H., Durães, J., & Aguiar, C. (2019). Teachers' ideas about children's right to participate in ECE. James, A. and Prout, A., 1997. Constructing and reconstructing childhood Routledge. Koran, N., & Avci, N. (2017). Perceptions of prospective pre-school teachers regarding children's right to participate in classroom activities. EDUCATIONAL SCIENCES-THEORY & PRACTICE, 17(3). Malaguzzi, L., Edwards, C., Gandini, L. and Forman, G., 1998. The Hundred Languages of Children; The Reggio Emilia Approach-Advanced Reflections. History, ideas, and basic philosophy: An interview with Lella Gandini by Loris Malaguzzi, pp.49-98. Murphy, A., Tyrie, J., Waters-Davies, J., Chicken, S., & Clement, J. (2022). Foundation Phase teachers' understandings and enactment of participation in school settings in Wales. In Inclusive Pedagogies for Early Childhood Education: Respecting and Responding to Differences in Learning, 111. Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. Oxford University Press. UN, General Assembly. (2011). UN Declaration on HRE and Training. GA 66/127, Art. 2, paras. 1--‐2. Geneva: UN. UNICEF (1989) Treaty no. 27531. UN Treaty Series, 1577, pp. 3-178. Available at: https://treaties.un.org/doc/Treaties/1990/09/19900902%2003-14%20AM/Ch_IV_11p.pdf (Accessed: 3 July 2020). Vanner, C. (2013). Navigating Children's Participation Rights in Education in Low-Income Countries. Literacy Information and Computer Education Journal (LICEJ), 4(2), 988-996. Welsh Government, 2021c. Curriculum for Wales. Available at https://hwb.gov.wales/curriculum-for-wales. (Accessed 15 November 2023) 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Towards a Comprehensive Sex Education from Early Childhood: Knowledge, Beliefs, and Pedagogical Practices in the Chilean Context 1Universidad Finis Terrae; 2Universidad de las Américas; 3Universidad Católica Silva Henriquez; 4Universidad Alberto Hurtado; 5PUCV Presenting Author:In the face of persistent inequities, discrimination, and violence against women, girls, and gender non-conforming individuals, formal education emerges as a space to intervene and generate the necessary cultural changes to progress towards more inclusive societies (O’Brien et al., 2021). One way to do this is shifting from traditional perspectives on teaching sexuality towards comprehensive sex education (CSE), which broadens the focus on sexuality to encompass human relationships, health, sexual and reproductive rights, reflecting on values, and developing skills to make healthy and informed decisions about life and human relationships and explicitly valuing diversity and affection (Keogh et al., 2020). In educational environments, it's imperative for teachers to embody comprehensive pedagogical practices to promote comprehensive sexual education (CSE). This entails not only possessing the necessary knowledge and skills but also showcasing appropriate attitudes, emotions, and beliefs, serving as role models in fostering CSE development (Dessel et al., 2017). This importance is magnified in early childhood education (ECE), where social interactions serve as primary avenues of learning for young children. Given that children in ECE spend considerable time engaging with educators and assistants, these adults wield significant influence over their learning and growth (Poblete, 2020). Moreover, ECE serves as a crucial arena for children's social integration and exposure to diverse individuals beyond their immediate families. Within these settings, children learn to navigate diversity, making ECE pivotal in nurturing individual identities. Essential to both ECE and CSE are the processes of learning to interact with others, sharing collective values, and recognizing one's own identity and needs. Education serves as a foundational platform for these processes, shaping and perpetuating norms and discourses surrounding gender identity according to heteronormative and cisgender standards, which unfortunately exclude certain segments of the child population from their developmental narrative. Similarly, issues of otherness and diversity, including those pertaining to migrants, indigenous peoples, and diverse family structures, are often marginalised, perpetuating notions of inequality. CSE emerges as a catalyst for cultural shifts toward a fairer, safer, more democratic and respectful world that guarantees human rights. Children and adolescents are rights holders with full capabilities to participate, have their voices heard, and not suffer any type of discrimination. Therefore, adults and the state must consider these rights. As such, the rights that accompany Comprehensive Sexuality Education (CSE) include the right to receive information to take care of their bodies, adopting responsible and supportive behaviours in relation to others; the right to inhabit school spaces where respect for all individuals prevails; the right to live without violence, to live their gender identity without suffering discrimination, the right to express feelings and emotions, and the right to be diverse However, the implementation of CSE remains a contentious issue, particularly for families and educators, especially in the context of ECE (Shibuya et al., 2023). This paper presents the preliminary results of a three year study that analyses the representations of early childhood teachers and teaching assistants about what entails CSE and how they include (or not) the fundamental axes of CSE in their teaching practice in the Chilean context. The study seeks to generate knowledge about the representations of the CSE axes (gender, sexuality and diversity) that facilitate the incorporation and development of CSE as a human right from early childhood. Focussing on the findings of the first year of this research, for this conference we will delve into the beliefs, knowledge, and the ways in which CSE is manifested in the practices of teachers and teaching assistants of three Chilean nurseries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Working qualitatively with a descriptive/comprehensive approach through participatory, the research adopts a qualitative methodology to explore the symbolic dimensions shaping cultural practices in educational settings, particularly within ECE. Grounded in induction, the study aims to derive explanations from observed phenomena, emphasising qualitative research's focus on descriptive data, including verbal and behavioural expressions, and the interpretive processes underlying them (Gorman & Clayton, 1997; Taylor & Bogdan, 1987). The theoretical framework integrates Blumer's premises of symbolic interactionism, highlighting how individuals derive meaning from their interactions and constantly interpret and redefine situations (Blumer, 1969). Ethnography serves as both an approach and methodological tool, focusing on understanding social and cultural phenomena from the perspectives of participants (Guber, 2001; Guber, 2018). As an approach, it seeks to provide a detailed description, understanding, and interpretation of observed actions and events, avoiding ethnocentric biases. As a method, ethnography employs participant observation and in-depth interviews, facilitating immersion in the research context and capturing the nuanced meanings embedded in social interactions (Taylor & Bogdan, 1987). The research design involves a longitudinal observation process, complemented by in-depth and conversational interviews with preschool teachers, already carried out. Self-confrontation interviews, based on video recordings of educational experiences, aim to encourage reflection and identify transformative elements over time and will be applied during the second year. Additionally, workshops have been and will be conducted to promote ongoing reflective practices among participants (Fernández & Clot, 2007). Ethnography also functions as a textual tool, enabling the generation of narratives that deeply explore the cultural realities of the educational centres under study. The writing process aims for "doubly reflexive ethnography," integrating both emic and etic perspectives to understand the research process from multiple viewpoints (Dietz, 2011). The study adopts a multiple case study approach, selecting early childhood education centres based on theoretical sampling criteria that represent diverse regional, modal, and curricular contexts (Yin, 2003; Stake, 2005). Data analysis is facilitated using Nvivo 12.2, following a grounded theory approach to coding, from open to axial and selective coding stages, to derive explanations and conclusions (Martínez, 2006). Ultimately, the research aims to transition from descriptive to comprehensive and interpretive analysis, capturing individual and collective experiences, symbolic interactionism, and pedagogical practices related to CSE. By engaging with multiple cases and employing rigorous qualitative methods, the study seeks to contribute to teacher training, professional development, and policymaking efforts aimed at promoting CSE and fostering social justice in ECE. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings of the initial year of the study show educators and assistants' understandings about CSE and how they promote it -or not- in their pedagogical practice. These findings reveal different tensions in relation to the conceptualisation of CSE and its components; the association with elements of the national curriculum; and how it is implemented in the classrooms. It is interesting to note that ECE workers highlight the need of working with a CSE approach in their classroom and with children’s families as they identify several issues that are strongly associated with elements of CSE. Furthermore, while observations and ethnographic methods in this study have shown that most ECE workers’ pedagogical practices are usually aligned with CSE, it is noticeable that educators and assistants claim a lack of training and skills to work from a CSE approach. Educators and assistants find it difficult to associate CSE with something that goes beyond the biological aspect; they see it as disconnected from intersectional diversity such as ethnicity, age, class, among others. They maintain ignorance, prejudices, and fears, associating CSE with topics not suitable for children. The gender approach is understood from a very binary and biologistic notion to some who manage to understand the difference between gender identity and sexual orientation, expression, or stereotypes. This unprecedented study about CSE in ECE in Chile. Exploring ECE workers’ perspectives, their knowledge and concerns about the need of CSE provides insight about how ECE workers construct and systematise knowledge in their settings. Furthermore, analysing how ECE workers implement -or not- CSE and the main issues that they face on a daily basis is a critical input to promote CSE in Initial Teacher Training and Professional Development Programmes for ECE workers, as educators play a pivotal role as guarantors of rights within the framework of CSE. References Bourdieu, P y J .Passeron (2005), La reproduction. Éléments pour une théorie du système d’enseignement, París, Éditions de Minuit Blumer, H. (1969). Symbolic Interactionism. Perspective and Method. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Pretice Hall Inc. Dessel, A, Kulick, L Wernick y D. Sullivan (2017), “The Importance of Teacher Support: Differential impacts by gender and sexuality”, Journal of Adolescence, vol. 56, núm. 1, pp. 136-14 4. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2017.02.002 Dietz, G. (2011). Hacia una etnografía doblemente reflexiva: una propuesta desde la antropología de la interculturalidad 9. Boletín Colegio de Etnólogos y Antropólogos Sociales 2011: Nuevas epistemologías en Antropología: temas y abordajes, 45. Fernández, G. Y Clot, Y. (2007). Instrumentos de Investigación. Entrevistas en auto- confrontación: un método en clínica de la actividad. Revista Laboreal, 3, (1). Guber, R. (2001). La Etnografía. Método, campo y reflexividad. Bodotá: Grupo Editorial Norma. Keogh., Ellie L, Angélica M, Estelle S, Ana M y Joshua A. (2020), “Classroom Implementation of Na-tional Sexuality Education Curricula in Four Low– and Middle–income Countries”, Sex Education, vol. 21, núm. 4, pp. 432-449.DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2020.1821180 Martínez, P. (2006). El método de estudio de caso. Estrategia metodológica de la investigación científica. Pensamiento y Gestión (20), pp. 165-193. O’Brien, H, J. Hendriks y S. Burns (2020), “Teacher Training Organizations and their Preparation of the Pre-service Teacher to Deliver Comprehensive Sexuality Education in the School Setting: A systematic liter-ature review,” Sex Education, vol. 21, núm. 3, pp. 284-303. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/14 681811.2020.1792874 Poblete, X. 2020. “Performing the (religious) educator’s vocation. Becoming the ‘good’ early childhood practitioner in Chile”. Gender and Education 32(8): 1072-1089. https://doi.org/10.1080/095 40253.2018.1554180 Shibuya, F.; Estrada, C.; Sari, D.; Takeushi, R.; Sasaki, H. (2023). Teachers’ conflicts in implementing comprehensive sexuality education: a qualitative systematic review and meta-synthesis. Tropical Medicine and Health 51 (1). pp.18-40 Subsecretaría de Educación Parvularia (SEP). 2022. Informe de caracterización de la educación parvularia oficial 2021. Descripción estadística del sistema educativo asociado al nivel de Educación Parvularia en Chile. Stake, R. (2005) Investigación con estudio de casos. Madrid: Morata. Taylor, S., & Bogdan, R. (1987). Introducción a los métodos cualitativos de investigación: La búsqueda de significados. Buenos Aires: Paidos. Yin, R. (2003) Case study research: design and methods. California: Sage. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 26 SES 08 A: Exploring the Evolving Landscape of School Leadership: Insight Stories from the Field Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Petros Pashiardis Session Chair: Petros Pashiardis Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Exploring the Evolving Landscape of School Leadership: Insight Stories from the Field ECER, 2024, will be organized in Cyprus and the Cyprus Educational Administration Society (founded in 1977) as a dynamic and forward-thinking organization dedicated to advancing the field of educational leadership in Cyprus and as part of its commitment to knowledge exchange among different contexts, along with fostering international collaboration, is organizing a symposium titled “Exploring the Evolving Landscape of School Leadership: Insight Stories from the Field”. Since, modern societies, are increasingly dealing with "unknown unknowns" (Ansell & Boin, 2019), school organizations must deal with "unknown unknowns" caused by conflicts, abrupt changes, unexpected crises, and a range of other evolving challenges. Within, this perspective, the symposium will feature participating countries, including Cyprus, Austria, and Greece, fostering a cross-cultural exchange of stories within the evolving landscape of school leadership. This approach aims to provide tangible perspectives for participants, fostering a collaborative and enriching environment. In particular, within the dynamic area of education, the role of school leadership is undergoing a transformative journey, marked by the integration of cutting-edge technologies (AI, ChatGTP), the importance of innovative marketing strategies, a heightened emphasis on monitoring educational leadership practices in general and the sustainable educational future of school organizations. Therefore, from Cyprus, the 1st paper informs how AI and other emerging technological tools are influencing school leadership by arguing on the important topic of AI and school leadership and presenting the questions that will guide the future plan of integration and utilization of AI within the school leadership domain. The 2nd paper from Greece will examine the changing dynamics of school leadership in Greece towards a more sustainable educational future. Also, the 3rd paper from Cyprus, based on empirical research conducted in Cyprus, presents how educational marketing in public secondary schools could affect school leaders’ leadership roles. Finally, the 4th paper from Austria, sheds light on the question of why it makes sense to place school leaders at the centre of educational monitoring studies without even addressing performance indicators in German-speaking countries. In general, by combining these evolving themes from various countries in Europe, the Cyprus Educational Administration Society is dedicated to facilitating an inclusive and engaging symposium that contributes to the ongoing dialogue on evolving school leadership practices in an ever-evolving educational landscape. References Ansell, C. & Boin, A. (2019). Taming Deep Uncertainty: The Potential of Pragmatist Principles for Understanding and Improving Strategic Crisis Management. Administration & Society 51(7), 1079–1112. Presentations of the Symposium Exploring the Impact of Artificial Intelligence on School Leadership: What could be the Future Plan of Integration and Utilization?
Current crises and changes have catalyzed significant transformations in the educational sector, shifting from traditional formal education to an increased reliance on informal learning facilitated by virtual teaching and learning technologies (Steinbauer et al., 2021). From the perspective of informal education, the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) has emerged as a potential tool to enhance the teaching process for educators. Recent scoping reviews by Chen et al. (2020) and Feng & Law (2021) underscore the growing acceptance and utilization of AI in education, evolving from computer-based technologies to web-based intelligent education systems. In addition, the emergence of OpenAI and GenAI, particularly the ChatGPT tool, is poised to significantly impact the educational community. Yet, in the broader context of educational leadership, the literature is scarce on the intersection of AI and leadership roles (Wang, 2021). Also, the potential impact of AI and ChatGPT on the future of educational leadership remains uncertain, as emphasized by Fullan et al. (2023) and Karakose et al. (2023). Having said that, there exist a multitude of questions that necessitate the collective engagement of the research community to address or, more broadly, to reflect upon. In fact, the intersection of AI and school leadership requires a nuanced understanding of benefits, challenges, ethical considerations, and the necessary competencies for effective implementation. Therefore, in this paper, the important topic of AI and school leadership will be highlighted by addressing the questions that will guide the future plan of integration and utilization of AI.
References:
Chen, L., Chen, P. & Lin, Z. (2020). Artificial Intelligence in Education: A Review. IEEE Access, 8, 75264-75278.
Feng, S. & Law, N. (2021). Mapping Artificial Intelligence in Education Research: a Network‐based Keyword Analysis. Int J Artif Intell Educ 31, 277–303.
Fullan, M., Azorín, C., Harris, A., Jones, M. (2023). Artificial intelligence and school leadership: challenges, opportunities and implications. School Leadership & Management, DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2023.2246856
Karakose T., Demirkol M., Yirci R., Polat H., Ozdemir TY. & Tülübaş T. A. (2023). Conversation with ChatGPT about Digital Leadership and Technology Integration: Comparative Analysis Based on Human–AI Collaboration. Administrative Sciences, 13(7).157.
Steinbauer, G., Kandlhofer, M., Chklovski, T., Heintz, F. & Koenig, S. (2021). A Differentiated Discussion About AI Education K‑12. Künstliche Intelligenz, 35, 131–137.
Wang, Y. (2021). Artificial intelligence in educational leadership: a symbiotic role of human-artificial intelligence decision-making. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(3), 256-270.
Examining the Changing Dynamics of School Leadership in Greece Towards a More Sustainable Educational Future
The role of school leadership in Greece has undergone significant changes over the years. These changes have been driven by various factors, including the need to improve educational performance, adapt to a rapidly changing environment, and address the challenges posed by the country's multifaceted crisis (Lazaridou & Antoniou, 2017; Christopoulou, 2014). School principals are expected to play a central role in driving these changes and creating a conducive environment for learning and growth striving for a more sustainable future for the country’s schools. Unfortunately, the operational framework of the Greek educational system stands as an obstacle to sustainable school leadership with its limited capacity of intervention for school principals and teachers, its lack of communication and collaboration within Greek schools, its formalism and bureaucracy, and its inadequate evaluation of school units and principals. Despite these challenges, there are opportunities for school leaders in Greece to embrace sustainable practices and drive positive change. Model and experimental schools are such an example and can play a crucial role in promoting sustainable education (Tsouris, 2016). These schools serve as innovative platforms for testing and implementing new approaches, strategies, and curriculum that integrate sustainability principles into the learning environment. By adopting a holistic and forward-thinking approach, model and experimental schools contribute to the development of sustainable practices and mindsets among students, educators, and the wider community. In the Greek educational system, historically, model and experimental schools have been associated with schools of education and they have served as training schools to future teachers (Tsouris, 2016). In an effort to promote excellence and innovation in education, recently, the Ministry of Education has issued a mandate for schools to voluntarily align their orientations with the goals of normal and experimental schools. Currently, 112 model and experimental schools operate in Greece. In this paper, I will explore the role of school leadership in model and experimental schools in three sustainable pillars: a) curriculum development, b) student engagement, and c) community involvement. I will focus on two cases, a model school and an experimental school to show how, by providing innovative and experiential learning opportunities, these schools can contribute to the development of sustainable practices and mindsets that are essential for creating a more sustainable future.
References:
Bamber, P., Sullivan, A., Glover, A., King, B. and McCann, G. (2016). A comparative review of policy and practice for education for sustainable development/ education for global citizenship (ESD/GC) in teacher education across the four nations of the UK. Management in Education, 30(3), 112–120.
Christopoulou, S. P. (2014). Model Pilot Schools: Designing the Schools of the 21st Century. Schools of skills and innovation. In: S. Bouzakis (Ed.), 7th Scientific Conference on the History of Education with International Participation. Topic: Model Experimental Schools. Which knowledge has the greatest value? Historical-comparative approaches, June 27-29, 2014 (pp. 46-53). Athens: Gutenberg.
Lazaridou, A., and Antoniou, Z. (2017). Margins of autonomy of secondary schools in the exercise of internal educational policy: teachers’ views. Step Soc. Sci. 17:68. in Greek,
Tsouris, N. (2016). The New Model of Experimental Schools: Reform or Distortion? In: G. Alexandratos, A. Tsivas & T. Arvaniti-Papadopoulou (Eds.), 2nd Panhellenic Conference of the Panhellenic Association of School Counselors. Educational Policies for the 21st Century School, March 27-29, 2015, vol. A. (pp. 483-491). Athens: Panhellenic Association of School Counselors.
Educational Marketing in Public Secondary Education in Cyprus: Two (Very Interesting) Findings from Local Research
Pardey (1991, as cited in Oplatka & Hemsley-Brown, 2012) defines Educational Marketing (EM) as the processes through which the needs of customers of the educational organization are identified and satisfied, ensuring the achievement of its goals. In the educational context, customers are not only students and their parents but also all external factors that collaborate with the school or are affected by its activities. Given that EM aims to satisfy the needs of the customers of the educational organization, Oplatka & Hemsley-Brown (2012) emphasize that it has become an essential function of educational administration. Without it, a school cannot survive in today's competitive environment. Indeed, the environment in which schools operate today, reflecting contemporary societies, is highly competitive due to daily and intense changes. Therefore, EM is tasked with bridging the gap between the school, which is essentially a static entity resistant to changes and modernizations, and a constantly changing society. Operating in a competitive environment with limited resources and unattainable goals requires the establishment of marketing relationships with various partners, as emphasized by Morgan and Hunt (1994). Recent research conducted in public secondary education in Cyprus has yielded two intriguing conclusions. Employing a Mixed Methodology approach, the study utilized questionnaires, documentations of learning outcomes, and interviews with school administrators. The findings revealed the pivotal role of the school leader in implementing and adopting entrepreneurial relationships with external factors affecting the school. This aligns with the outcomes of international research by Brauckmann and Pashiardis (2011∙ 2016) and Pashiardis and Brauckmann (2019), who observe that a contemporary and successful school leader combines two leadership styles, the Pedagogical and the Entrepreneurial, characterizing this combination as the Edupreneurial Leadership Style. Furthermore, the research concluded that in Cyprus, the number of partnerships developed by public schools is limited, whereas in other countries, as mentioned by Yang and Robson (2012), this number is considerably higher. The reason for this is that schools seek to establish partnerships with external collaborators who could primarily reinforce them financially. Thus, through these financial resources, they can implement their educational programs. On the other hand, abroad, public schools aim to build collaborative relationships with more exogenous factors, thereby having the opportunity to gain additional benefits from them.
References:
Brauckmann, S., & Pashiardis, P. (2011). A validation study of the leadership styles of a holistic leadership theoretical framework. International Journal of Educational Management, 25(1), 11-32.
Brauckmann, S., & Pashiardis, P. (2016). Practicing successful and effective school leadership: European perspectives. In Successful school leadership: International perspectives (pp. 179-192).
Morgan, R., & Hunt, S. (1994). The commitment-trust theory of relationship marketing. The journal of marketing, 58, pp. 20-38.
Oplatka, I., & Hemsley-Brown, J. (2012). Research on School Marketing, current issues and future directions, an updated version. In J. Hemsley-Brown, & I. Oplatka (Eds.), The Management and Leadership of Educational Marketing (pp. 1-47). Emerald Group Publishing.
Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann, S. (2019). New public management in education: A call for the edupreneurial leader? Leadership and Policy in Schools, 18(3), 485-499.
Yang, H., & Robson, J. (2012). A Conceptual Framework for Classifying and Understanding Relationship Marketing Within Schools. In H. Yang, & J. Robson, The Management and Leadership of Educational Marketing: Research, Practice and Applications (pp. 185-205). Emerald Group Publishing Limited.
Monitoring of Educational Leadership in German-Speaking Countries: Is it Worthwhile?
The so-called “Schulleitungsmonitor” (Educational Leadership Monitor = ELM) has been introduced in Germany in 2019 (Cramer et al., 2021), in Switzerland in 2021 (Tulowitzki et al., 2022) and more recently in Austria in 2022 (Groß Ophoff et al., eingereicht). In all three German-speaking countries, there was a broad media response to the country-specific implementation of the project, and the educational authorities are very interested in the results of the study, too, which is why it is to be repeated prospectively at regular intervals in all three countries. Our presentation aims at shedding light on the question of why it makes sense to place school leaders at the centre of educational monitoring studies without even addressing performance indicators? Instead, constructs such as professional values, professional self-image, job satisfaction, career prospects and leadership styles are investigated (Groß Ophoff et al., submitted). One reason for this is that school leaders are viewed as key drivers of change and innovation in schools (Brown et al., 2021; Bryk, 2010; Fullan, 1993). Beyond traditional administrative and pedagogical tasks, today’s school leaders are responsible for instructional, staff and organizational development at their own school (Pietsch et al., 2022), and are required to being able to deal with periods of high stress in view of their wide-ranging task profile (Kemethofer, 2022; Pont et al., 2008). Against this backdrop, the implementation of the ELM in each of the three German-speaking countries will be presented (Germany 2019: N = ; Switzerland 2020: N = ; Austria 2022: N = ) and some insights into the specifics of the study implementation will be given. The comparison of the survey results makes it particularly clear that there are significant differences between the three countries. On the one hand, school leaders everywhere are particularly interested in informal learning. On the other hand, there are significant differences between the three countries regarding the availability and organization of such qualification programs. The conception and concrete implementation of ELM have the side effect that the focus of the public discussion is primarily on development rather than accountability, especially as there are no binding standards for school leadership in Germany or Switzerland available to date, which is why no summative evaluation based on performance measures is possible. In conclusion, an outlook is given on how this project will continue and which topics should be addressed in future.
References:
Brown, C., White, R., & Kelly, A. (2021). Teachers as educational change agents: What do we currently know? Findings from a systematic review. Emerald Open Research, 3, 26.
Bryk, A. S. (2010). Organizing schools for improvement. Phi Delta Kappan, 91(7), 23–30.
Cramer, C., Groß Ophoff, J., Pietsch, M., & Tulowitzki, P. (2021). Schulleitung in Deutschland. Repräsentative Befunde zur Attraktivität, zu Karrieremotiven und zu Arbeitsplatzwechselabsichten. Die Deutsche Schule, 113(2), 132–148.
Fullan, M. G. (1993). Why teachers must become change agents. Educational leadership, 50, 12–12.
Groß Ophoff, J., Pfurtscheller, J., Brauchle, G., Tulowitzki, P., Pietsch, M., & Cramer, C. (eingereicht). Schulleitungen in Österreich. Aktuelle Herausforderungen zwischen Pädagogik und Verwaltung. Schulverwaltung aktuell Österreich.
Kemethofer, D. (2022). Der Alltag von Schulleitungen: Empirische Befunde zu Tätigkeitsprofilen und Führungsansätzen. Gruppe. Interaktion. Organization. Zeitschrift für Angewandte Organizationspsychologie (GIO), 53(4), 427–436.
Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Cramer, C. (2022). Principals between exploitation and exploration: Results of a nationwide study on ambidexterity of school leaders. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(4), 574–592.
Pont, B., Moorman, H., & Nusche, D. (2008). Improving school leadership (Bd. 1). OECD Paris.
Tulowitzki, P., Pietsch, M., Grigoleit, E., & Sposato, G. (2022). Schulleitungsmonitor Schweiz 2021-Befunde zu Werdegängen, Karrieremotiven, beruflicher Zufriedenheit und Führungsweisen.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 26 SES 08 B: Educational Leadership in Pedagogical, Instructional, and Curriculum Development Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Mette Liljenberg Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Keeping Distance or Getting Involved? – Principals’ Sensemaking of Pedagogical Leadership for Instructional Development in a Three-year R&D-program University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Research repeatedly emphasizes that if education is to provide students the best prerequisites for development and learning, principals need to support and participate in instructional development (e.g., Grissom et al., 2013; Leithwood et al., 2020; Robinson, 2010; Robinson et al., 2008). Doing so, Robinson (2010) argues that principals need to have general knowledge about management, teaching and learning as well as specific pedagogical knowledge about teaching in different subjects and curriculum orientations. Timperley (2011) too emphasizes the importance of principals’ pedagogical knowledge, but also the ability to put knowledge into action e.g., to give teachers relevant feedback in teaching situations. Despite the knowledge of the importance of principals’ support and participation in instructional development, giving priority to pedagogical leadership tend to be a challenge for many principals. Principals stress lack of time, although lack of knowledge, prevailing norms, and uncertainty in the relationship with teachers also can be contributing (Emstad & Birkeland, 2021; Leo, 2015; Ärlestig & Törnsén, 2014). While demands on principals have expanded over time, the support for principal professional development has not been as prominent. In Sweden the principal’s role started out, up till the 1950s, as “the first among equals” but afterwards changed and became more of a public administrator of education. In the 1990s, during the NPM era, the principal’s role was further changed, and principals became more of managers of schools with responsibility for both administration and education (Jarl, 2013). In recent years a new principal’s role has been proposed where principals, although being managers and leaders, work collaboratively with teachers for the common good of educating the students (Jerdborg, 2023). However, embracing this new role might not be as easy in all school contexts and for all principals. This study from the Swedish context, aims to explore how principals’ pedagogical leadership for instructional development can be supported in a R&D-program. The following research question directed the analytical work:
The theoretical point of departure is taken in Weick’s and colleagues (1995; 2001; 2005) sensemaking perspective. Weick (1995) explains sensemaking as an ongoing process through which people seek to make sense of what is unclear and to which questions such as: What does this mean? and What to do now? can be asked. Sensemaking is done in relation to previous experiences and with the intention to be able to move on in new a situation without disruption. Reducing the interpretation options thus becomes a way of handling the situation. However, Weick (2001) believes that when we get the opportunity to create meaning together, new interpretation alternatives can emerge that give perspective on the situation and invite a broader understanding. In this way, collective sensemaking can open for new ways to handle new situations. Weick et al. (2005, p. 417) also emphasize that sense-making is shaped by the rules, norms and cultural-cognitive elements that prevail in the institutional context in which sensemaking takes place. Principals’ sensemaking can thus be understood in relation to the historical development of the principal’s role as well as in relation to the specific school contexts in which principals operate. The study is of relevance to European educational research for several reasons. First, research about how principals’ take on pedagogical leadership for instructional development is limited. Second, as educational improvement is high up on several national policy agenda, we need to learn more about how principals’ professional development adequately can be supported. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The context of the study is a three-year R&D-program in which a total of about 170 teachers, 35 principals and 10 local education authority (LEA) officials in five Swedish school organizers (four municipalities and one independent organizer) collaborate with three researchers to achieve an 'inside-out' perspective regarding instructional development. Thus, the R&D-program has a transformative agenda (Kennedy, 2014; Virkkunen & Newnham, 2013) aiming to improve instruction by taking its point of departure in the specific needs of children and students in the preschools and schools in question, and where solutions to meet the needs are sought in teachers’ multidimensional knowledge. In parallel, when teachers carry out such development work, their needs form the starting point for principals’ exploration of their pedagogical leadership and leadership actions, and principals’ needs form the starting point for LEA’s exploration of overarching support structures. The R&D-program is case-based and uses models from cultural historical activity theory (CHAT) to facilitate expansive learning in the development process and for the identification of systemic contradictions that need to be overcome in order to achieve the desired inside-out perspective based on the needs of students, teachers, and principals (Engeström & Sannino, 2010; Sannino, 2020). Following the research questions this study close in on the participating principals, how they make sense of pedagogical leadership for instructional development in the R&D-program, how their leadership actions develop and how this can be understood. The empirical material consists of self-reflections written by the participating principals at six occasions throughout the program together with audio-recorded interviews with 10 of the principals conducted during the second half of the program. The analysis was conducted in several steps. Initially inductive analysis was conducted to detect emerging themes and categories responding to the research question. In the second step of the analysis the sense-making theory (Weick, 1995) was used as a layer to understand how the principals constructed meaning of pedagogical leadership for instructional development and put their meaning into leadership actions. Finally, the categories that emerged were reflected against the professional roles that have characterized Swedish principals throughout history (Jarl, 2013; Jerdborg, 2023). Coding and analysis can thus be characterized as both data-driven and concept-driven (Kvale & Brinkmann 2009). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The early analysis of principals’ self-reflections shows that the principals make sense of pedagogical leadership for instructional development in different ways. In the beginning of the R&D-program, most principals took on a role as “organiser” and focused their leadership actions on setting aside time for professional development, putting groups together, providing tools for documentation and appointing teacher leaders. Although the intension was to gradually get the principals more directly involved in instructional development, the principals hesitated to take on this role. To challenge the principals, promote learning and support a broader understanding, making it possible for the principals to try out new leadership actions, the researchers provided the principals with research-based knowledge, ‘tools for thought’ and communities for collective sensemaking. Following up on principals’ self-reflections from the second and third year of the program an expansion of principals’ sense made ideas of pedagogical leadership can be identified. At this phase of the R&D-program several of the principals started to involve themselves, more directly, in teachers’ instruction and professional learning. However, differences between the principals were identified and traced back to the principals’ roles in different time eras. Some principals took on a role as “teacher for teachers”, others assumed a “coaching role” and additional others took on a role as “co-learner”. In addition, some principals kept themselves to “organising” while others assumed several of the roles above. Consequently, those that assumed several roles expanded their understandings of pedagogical leadership for instructional development and their leadership actions the most. The results of this study give an important contribution to research about principals’ pedagogical leadership for instructional development and how it can be supported as well as stresses the need for researchers and educators to continue explore additional ways to support principals’ professional development. References Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1-24. Emstad, A.B., Birkeland, I. K., & Robinson, V. M. J (2021). Lärande ledarskap – att leda professionell utveckling i skolan. Lärarförlaget. Grissom, J. A., Loeb, S., & Master, B. (2013). Effective instructional time use for school leaders: longitudinal evidence from observations of principals. Educational Researcher, 42(8), 433-444. Jarl, M. (2013). Om rektorers pedagogiska ledarskap i ljuset av skolans managementreformer. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 18(3-4), 197-215. Jerdborg, S. (2023). Novice school principals in education and their experiences of pedagogical leadership in practice. Journal of Leadership Education, 22(1), 131-148. Kennedy. A. (2014) Models of continuing professional development: a framework for analysis. Professional Development in Education, 40(3), 336-351. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. SAGE. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5-22. Leo, U. (2015). Professional norms guiding school principals’ pedagogical leadership. International Journal of Educational Management, 29(4), 461-476. Robinson, V. M. J. (2010). From instructional leadership to leadership capabilities: Empirical findings and methodological challenges. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 9(1), 1-26. Robinson, V. M. J., Lloyd, C. A., & Rowe, K. J. (2008). The impact of leadership on student outcomes: An analysis of the differential effects of leadership types. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(5), 635-674. Sannino, A. (2020). Transformative agency as warping: how collectives accomplish change amidst uncertainty. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 1–25. Scott, W. (2014). Institutions and organizations: Ideas, interests and identities (4th ed.). SAGE Publications. Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Sage. Weick, K. E. (2001). Making sense of the organization. Blackwell. Weick, K. E., Sutcliffe, K. M., & Obstfeld, D. (2005). Organizing and the process of sensemaking. Organization Science, 16(4), 409-421. Virkkunen, J., & Newnham, D. S. (2013). The Change Laboratory: A Tool for Collaborative Development of Work and Education. Sense Publishers. Ärlestig, H., & Törnsén, M. (2014). Classroom observations and supervision – essential dimensions of pedagogical leadership. International Journal of Educational Management, 28(7), 856-868. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Curriculum Development Routines Supporting Goal Pursuit in Estonian Schools Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:In Europa we can distinguish the increased autonomy and flexibility in curriculum development at the school level and it has raised he importance of empowering schools and educators to have a more active role in shaping curricula based on their specific contexts (Priestley 2021). Also Estonian schools have received more decision-making power to manage learning and teaching in recent decades (Kukemelk & Kitsing, 2020). Estonian schools compile their own curricula based on the National Curriculum. Each school has a different curriculum which serves as the basis for all learning related activities (Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act, 2010). The previous research has indicated that education policy pushes school principals toward innovative initiatives for school improvement (Eisenschmidt et al., 2021) and teachers are characterized by low curriculum ownership (Viirpalu et al., 2022). Curriculum development is essential in a school that strives to enhance teaching and learning and requires organizational routines to facilitate leadership for learning and ensure teacher collaboration. School improvement goals defined in school improvement plans set the direction of improvement a school is taking and lead to more coherent organizational practices that result in more focused, specific, and consistent teaching practices in classrooms (Meyer, Bendikson, & Le Fevre, 2020). To enhance the teaching and learning, the curriculum leadership is crucial. According to Wai-Yan Wan & Leung (2022) the curriculum leadership has been decentralized and the focus on school principal has shifted to multitude forms of teacher collaboration and collective teacher decision making processes. Therefore, the interactions among school leaders and teachers need frame and structure that can be characterized by organizational routines as repetitive, recognizable patterns of interdependent actions, involving multiple actors (Feldman & Pentland, 2003, p. 95). Previous studies (eg Liljenberg et al 2017, Binkhorst et al 2015) about school improvement routines revealed the lack of well-designed routines for principals to implement a well-established idea of pedagogical leadership and to collaborate with teacher teams. In this study, we explore how school improvement teams' perceptions of how curriculum leadership routines are shaping the pursuit of school improvement goals. The following research questions will be addressed: ● In terms of curriculum development, what are the school's improvement goals? ● What is the school improvement teams' understanding of how curriculum development contributes to school improvement? ● What curriculum leadership routines are implemented in the schools? In this paper, three pivotal theoretical perspectives will be employed to explore the curriculum leadership routines for school improvement goals. Curriculum Leadership (Wai-Yan Wan & Leung 2022) delves into the influence of leadership on the development, implementation, and evaluation of curricula. Organizational routines, recognizable patterns of actions within an institution, will be a key lens through which the paper examines interactions among teachers and school leaders (Feldman & Pentland, 2003, Liljenberg et al 2017). The perspective of school improvement goals will guide the investigation into specific objectives set by schools (Meyer, Bendikson, & Le Fevre, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is based on the multiple case study in seven Estonian schools. We employed a case study approach to investigate the curriculum leadership routines, which are closely linked to school contexts. According to Yin (2003), a case study is appropriate when the context and phenomenon are complex and difficult to distinguish from their context. The cases were selected in the sample in multi-phase combined techniques. We used the dataset of Estonian school improvement plans created for the previous study by Vanari, Eisenschmidt (2022). In the dataset we grouped the schools according to their direction setting type and randomly chose 1-2 schools from each group. The schools in our sample are characterized by varied school type, size, location. Data on schools' curriculum leadership routines were collected through semi-structured interviews with school principals (8), focus group interviews with improvement teams (32), and documents such as school improvement plans (7) and school curricula (7). In collecting the data, we considered Bendikson et al.'s (2020) critique of previous studies that focused solely on the opinions of school leaders. Therefore, we used the snowball technique to recruit members of improvement teams. Data analysis was conducted with multi-stage content analysis combining within-case and cross-case techniques. We started by reading carefully and repeatedly the interview transcripts and comparing with theoretical concepts. In the second stage, a case-based analysis of the data was carried out by gathering relevant information from documents and interviews. The research questions were approached deductively and inductively, drawing on different curriculum functions (Bradley et al 2017) and curriculum leadership (Wai-Yan Wan ja Leung 2022) concepts. As a limitation of this paper, we examined the routines of curriculum leadership from an ostensive perspective as perceived by the school improvement team. Pentland & Feldman (2005) emphasize that the real action may not be in accordance with abstract idea about the routine. Therefore, it is imperative that longitudinal research continue in order to investigate the interrelationship between goal-setting and curriculum development as expressed through the performative aspect of the routine. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal that school improvement goals are focusing on a vast scale on curriculum implementation, like changes in teaching methods, teacher activities, assessment of students, the content of subjects and arrangements of support services. The goals for curriculum writing or evaluation are underrepresented. It corresponds to the earlier findings by Grützmacher jt (2023), but the studied cases differ from Meyer, Patuawa (2022) and Viirpalu et al., (2014) as the goals are not aiming for higher academic results, improving the relations of students nor differentiation in subject areas. In Estonia school leaders perceive the function of curriculum contradictory. In some cases, the school leaders advocate the importance of the curriculum development. On the other side there are school leaders, who express confusion when trying to reflect the function. In their opinion the curriculum development needs to assure that the curriculum document is in accordance with the study organization in everyday actions. Similarly, the teachers perceive the curriculum as a bureaucratic tool copying the National Framework Curriculum (Erss et al., 2014; Mikser et al., 2016, 2023). We assume that the reasons refer to educational policy in Estonia, where the school principals are not conceptualized as leaders for learning or instructional leaders (Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act, 2010;). In all the schools there are curriculum leadership routines following mostly a hierarchical task-oriented model. It is remarkable that there were few or no routines for curriculum evaluation in the cases and also no goals for creating routines for curriculum evaluation was set. At the same time the schools should implement regular internal evaluation to analyse the teaching and learning in the school (Estonian Parliament, 2010). The internal evaluation possesses a potential to give input for the curriculum development, but it needs further research to explore how the schools are implementing it. References Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act. (2010). The Parliament of Estonia. https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/530062020003/consolide Binkhorst, F., Handelzalts, A., Poortman, C. L., & van Joolingen, W. R. (2015). Understanding teacher design teams – A mixed methods approach to developing a descriptive framework. Teaching and Teacher Education, 51, 213–224. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.07.006 Grützmacher, L., Holzer, J., Lüftenegger, M., Schober, B., & Prenzel, M. (2023). The stimulation of school improvement processes: The orientation of development perspectives. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2023.2246950 Eisenschmidt, E., Ahtiainen, R., Kondratjev, B. S., & Sillavee, R. (2021). A study of Finnish and Estonian principals’ perceptions of strategies that foster teacher involvement in school development. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.2000033 Erss, M., Mikser, R., Löfström, E., Ugaste, A., Rõuk, V., & Jaani, J. (2014). Teachers’ Views of Curriculum Policy: The Case of Estonia. British Journal of Educational Studies, 62(4), 393–411. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2014.941786 Kukemelk, H., & Kitsing, M. (2020). Estonia: School Governance in Estonia—Turnaround from Order-Oriented to Inclusive and Evidence-Based Governance. In Educational Authorities and the Schools—Organisation and Impact in 20 States. Springer. Meyer, F., & Patuawa, J. (2022). Novice Principals in Small Schools: Making Sense of the Challenges and Contextual Complexities of School Leadership. Leadership & Policy in Schools, 21(2), 167–184. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2020.1757722 Mikser, R., Viirpalu, P., & Krull, E. (2023). Reflection of teachers’ feelings of curriculum ownership in their curriculum definitions: The example of Estonia. Curriculum Journal, July, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.217 Vanari, K., & Eisenschmidt, E. (2022). Missions, Visions, and Goals for School Improvement—A Typology of Estonian Schools. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 0(0), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2022.2160360 Viirpalu, P., Krull, E., & Mikser, R. (2014). Investigating Estonian Teachers’ Expectations for the General Education Curriculum. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability, 16(2), 54–70. Wai-Yan Wan, S., & Leung, S. (2022). Integrating phenomenography with discourse analysis to study Hong Kong prospective teachers’ conceptions of curriculum leadership. Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(1), 91–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2021.1946484 Yin, R., K. (2003). Case Study Research: Design and Methods (3rd Edition, Vol. 5). SAGE Publications, Inc. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Pedagogical Dimensions of Educational Leadership, a Theoretical Contribution Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:Studies on leadership and educational leadership (EL) on the European and international level have not been ideal regarding theoretical foundations (Alvesson, 2019; Niesche & Gowlett, 2019; Wang, 2018). The pace of theoretical and conceptual development appears more modest than the increase in the volume of empirical research (Alvesson, 2019; Wang, 2018). This conceptual paper contributes to the ongoing theory turn in recent critical EL research (Niesche & Gowlett, 2019). We focus on the theoretical foundations of EL research by addressing three critiques pointing at some of the conceptual challenges in contemporary research on EL. The paper then elaborates the potential for non-affirmative theory of education to offer a theory and language to overcome these challenges. The study is anticipated to have impact on both European and international audiences. Challenges in need of resolution Examining the current state of the art, we have identified three critical challenges within Educational Leadership (EL) research. Firstly, there exists an ambiguity in how EL research conceptually and theoretically connects EL practices with other societal fields, such as the economy or politics. This lack of a well-defined position poses the risk of fostering isolated or partial interpretations of the relationships between education and broader societal fields, potentially constraining the understanding of educational institutions. An approach devoid of context overlooks the various levels of leadership autonomy and remains silent on the educational role of schools, both from an individual and societal standpoint. Secondly, numerous approaches to EL as a multilevel phenomenon rely on universal terminology or generic theories, neglecting the necessary conceptual sensitivity required for the leadership of educational institutions. Universal approaches tend to treat multilevel leadership uniformly, irrespective of the specific societal institution under consideration. Conversely, particularistic research approaches, when focused on educational institutions, often isolate separate levels of leadership, failing to grasp the comprehensive view of EL. Moreover, many multi-level approaches omit addressing the mechanisms through which policy interests permeate educational institutions, encompassing both affirmative and enactment-oriented processes. Thirdly, research on leadership and EL commonly asserts that a crucial aspect of leadership involves providing direction, creating conditions for change, and influencing others' learning. While it is widely acknowledged that leadership encompasses a pedagogical influence, the field remains significantly undertheorized in this regard. Despite various initiatives, such as those proposed by Kasworm and Bowles (2012), EL research lacks a comprehensive language to address both the pedagogical dimensions of leadership and the ultimate objectives of EL—namely, teaching, studying, and learning. In response to the aforementioned limitations, this paper advocates for a shift that involves recognizing the following. (i) EL requires an idea of how education relates to other societal practices, (ii) EL and pedagogical leadership (PL) are phenomena occurring at different leadership levels simultaneously, and (iii) EL theory requires an idea of the pedagogical process because pedagogical processes constitute its object, and because EL itself features a pedagogical dimension (PL). Theory acknowledging these dimensions could better explain the pedagogical dimensions of leadership at and between different levels, while understanding the object of EL: teaching, studying, and learning. Based on these assumptions, our aim is to take educational theory as a starting point for approaching EL by studying whether non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung (NAT) (Benner, 2023) may provide a theoretical language for elucidating the pedagogical character of relational leadership interaction, at and between all levels of governance and leadership. NAT draws on the relational and processual theory of Bildung, aligning itself with the Humboldtian model of education in the Western tradition. Given the conceptual nature of this paper, our theoretical approach serves as our methodological foundation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on NAT, based on the modern tradition of Bildung as developed by Rousseau, Fichte, and Herbart (e.g. Benner, 2015; 2023; English, 2013; Elo & Uljens, 2023, in press; Horlacher, 2004). Figure 1 lays out the fundamental principles of NAT; two regulative principles focusing on education´s relation to society and two constitutive principles focusing on pedagogical interaction. NB! CONFTOOL DISTORTS FIGURE, see instead: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00890-0 Constitutive principles Regulative principles A Theories of Summoning to self activity Pedagogical transformation of education societal influences and requirements B Theories of Bildsamkeit as attunement of Non-hierarchical order of Bildung humans to receptive and cultural and societal spontaneous corporeity, practices freedom, historicity and linguisticality Fig. 1 Four basic principles/concepts of NAT (Elo & Uljens, 2023), following Benner (2023). The first regulative principle in the bottom right-hand corner addresses the relation between education and other societal practices encompassing politics, culture, religion, and economics. This principle aligns with our first critique, contending that contemporary societies exhibit a non-hierarchical interplay among societal practices, where each facet influences and is influenced by the others simultaneously. The second regulative principle corresponds to our second critique, probing into how policies, financing, administration, and other forms of governance/leadership — spanning from supranational entities to individual teachers — contribute to transforming societal interests to pedagogical work. Given the many levels of decision-making in the education system, this principle asks to what extent autonomous action to determine the meaning and value of aims and contents of educational influences exists on and between levels of EL. Both constitutive principles (Figure 1) directly address our third critique on the absence of a robust theory of pedagogical interaction in EL. The first constitutive principle, located in the bottom left-hand corner, underscores the significance of pedagogical interaction, drawing on the German concept of "Bildsamkeit," which denotes the subject's self-active, spontaneous, and perpetual dynamic engagement with the world. In this context, "Bildsamkeit" involves the individual's ability to relate to, and potentially surpass, their current understanding and existence in the world (Benner, 2023). The second constitutive principle defines a pedagogic intervention as a summons of self-activity; an invitation or provocation to an already self-active Other, to direct her attention and engage in self-transcending activity that likely will result in intended changes through a process of learning. PL, understood as a pedagogic summons, entails directing an Other’s self-activity to transcend their current state through a process of self-directed transformation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Addressing the first critique, our analysis concludes that in a political democracy and liberal economy, Educational Leadership (EL) exerts influence on politics and the economy, while simultaneously relying on citizenship and professional education. Leadership in support of staff necessitates a deliberative and processual conception. Non-affirmative Theory of Education (NAT) elucidates the pedagogical qualities of EL by questioning the extent to which such practices embrace a non-affirmative character. NAT contends that while external legitimate interests need to be recognized, they should not be affirmed one-sidedly, as it would instrumentally subordinate education to external interests, violating Western democratic education ideals. Regarding the second critique, embracing a non-hierarchical view as the foundation for EL, NAT introduces a leadership language incorporating the dynamics of influence across and within levels of leadership. EL mediates and transforms external interests, providing various degrees of freedom for enactment processes on other levels. Originally designed to understand teaching in the context of Bildung (summoning, Bildsamkeit), the terminology describing dyadic teaching, studying, and learning processes is extended in response to the third critique. The notion of summoning the 'Other' now encompasses a 'generalized Other,' including individuals, organizations, boards, policies, or nations. Consequently, Pedagogical Leadership (PL) is contextualized in diverse settings, extending beyond traditional pedagogical situations. Adopting a Bildung theoretical point of departure, where the subject’s relation to the world, others and herself is constitutively open, provides a processual view of being human; an unending process of becoming but always in relation to something other than the subject herself. PL is an intervention in the Other’s relation to herself, to other human beings, and to the world. Invitational summoning of the Other creates a temporally limited reflective, shared space enabling the Other to transcend her current way of understanding and being. References Alvesson, M. (2019). Waiting for Godot: Eight major problems in the odd field of leadership studies. Leadership, 15, 27–43. https://doi.org/10.1177/1742715017736707 Benner, D. (2015). Allgemeine Pädagogik (8th edition). Beltz Juventa. Benner, D. (2023). On affirmativity and non-affirmativity in the context of theories of education and Bildung. In M. Uljens (Ed.), Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung (pp. 21–59). Springer. English, A. R. (2013). Discontinuity in learning: Dewey, Herbart, and education as transformation. Cambridge University Press. Elo, J., & Uljens, M. (2023). Theorising pedagogical dimensions of higher education leadership—A non affirmative approach. Higher Education, 85, 1281–1298. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00890-0 Elo, J. & Uljens, M. (Eds.) (in press). Multilevel pedagogical leadership in higher education – a non-affirmative approach. Springer Open Access. Horlacher, R. (2004). Bildung – a construction of a history of philosophy of education. Studies in Philosophy and Education 23, 409–426. Niesche, R., & Gowlett, C. (2019). Critical perspectives in educational leadership: A new ‘theory turn’? In Niesche, R. & Gowlett, C. (2019). Social, critical and political theories for educational leadership, (pp. 17–34). Springer. Uljens, M. (2015). Curriculum work as educational leadership: Paradoxes and theoretical foundations. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 1, 22–30. https://doi.org/10.3402/nstep.v1.27010 Uljens, M. (Ed.). (2023a). Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung. Springer Open Access. Uljens, M. (2023b). The Why, Where, How and What of Curriculum Leadership: A Non-affirmative Approach. In R. Ahtiainen, E. Hanhimäki, J. Leinonen, M. Risku & A-S. Smeds-Nylund (Eds.), Leadership in educational contexts in Finland: Theoretical and empirical perspectives (pp. 179-197). Springer Open Access. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-031-37604-7_9 Uljens, M., & Ylimaki, R. (2017). Non-affirmative theory of education as a foundation for curriculum studies, Didaktik and educational leadership. In M. Uljens and R. Ylimaki, (Eds.), Bridging educational leadership, curriculum theory and Didaktik—Non-affirmative theory of education (pp. 3–145). Springer. Wang, Y. (2018). The panorama of the last decade’s theoretical groundings of educational leadership research: A concept co-occurrence network analysis. Educational Administration Quarterly, 54, 327–365. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Principal Instructional Leadership: Unraveling the Indirect Influence through Teacher Collaboration on Pupil Achievement Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden Presenting Author:Ample research has consistently highlighted the positive influence of both principal instructional leadership and teacher collaboration on pupil performance. Given the collaborative nature of schools, we sought to investigate whether there is a mediation effect of principal instructional leadership through teacher collaboration on pupil performance. Surprisingly, the results unveiled a counterintuitive pattern—negative relationships emerged. In other words, the combination of effective principal leadership and enhanced teacher collaboration was associated with a negative impact on pupil performance. While this finding may raise eyebrows, it is not an isolated occurrence in the literature, prompting a re-evaluation of the conventional understanding of leadership dynamics in schools, emphasizing the pivotal roles played by both teachers and principals. Our journey into this novel perspective begins with a robust longitudinal dataset encompassing 79,683 teacher evaluations, offering a nuanced exploration of principal leadership and teacher collaboration in shaping the educational landscape. The significance of principal instructional leadership in education has been extensively discussed, particularly its impact on pupil academic achievement (e.g., Böhlmark et al., 2016). Effective instructional leadership sets high academic standards and nurtures a conducive learning environment, vital for student success. Principals who prioritise academic goals, provide teacher support, and foster a collaborative culture can significantly enhance school performance. However, empirical research is lacking, particularly concerning the interplay between instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and pupil outcomes. In educational research, instructional leadership is a cornerstone concept, focusing on principals' roles in shaping teaching and learning environments. This involves defining educational goals, developing pedagogical programs, and fostering a conducive learning climate. In Sweden, where this study is based, school leadership research has been limited despite the acknowledged importance of principal leadership for school performance (Ärlestig et al., 2016). Principal leadership is believed to indirectly affect pupil outcomes through various channels, including teacher morale and school culture. Meta-analyses have consistently demonstrated positive associations between principal leadership and pupil achievement (Wu & Shen, 2020; Tan et al., 2020). However, the exact mechanisms through which leadership influences academic outcomes remain complex, with potential moderating factors such as school context. Teacher collaboration is critical to effective school environments, facilitating resource exchange, targeted student learning discussions, and mutual learning experiences (e.g., Banerjee et al., 2017; Vangrieken et al., 2015). Principals play a vital role in fostering a culture of collaboration (Voelkel, 2022), which has been shown to impact pupil achievement positively (Goddard et al., 2007). However, recent research has yielded mixed results regarding the relationship between teacher collaboration and pupil performance (Goddard et al., 2010; Mora-Ruano et al., 2021), necessitating further exploration. This study investigates the relationship between principal instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and pupil academic achievement. This research seeks to elucidate the intricate dynamics of school leadership and its impact on student achievement by assessing principal leadership through teacher ratings and examining its association with pupil outcomes. Additionally, the study aims to explore the potential indirect effects of instructional leadership on pupil performance through teacher collaboration while controlling for various confounding variables. In sum, this research provides valuable insights into the role of principal instructional leadership in shaping school environments and influencing pupil achievement. By elucidating the mechanisms through which leadership impacts student outcomes, this study aims to inform educational policy and practice, ultimately enhancing school performance and student success. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data for the study was collected from a teacher survey conducted by the Swedish School Inspectorate, distributed biannually to all schools. From an initial pool of n=243,880 responses, n=79,683 were included, as only schools serving the final year of compulsory schooling were included. The sample was nested within n=1,643 schools, generating n=3486 school scores for Principal instructional leadership and Teacher collaboration. Collected longitudinally over five years (2015-2019), the data averaged n=2.1 responses per school. Responses for Principal instructional leadership and Teacher collaboration were obtained simultaneously, with each school's data gathered on multiple occasions. While school data often exhibit a multilevel structure in cross-sectional studies due to within-school variability, this dataset solely provided school-scale scores because individual teachers were not tracked over time. However, the longitudinal nature of the data still permits multilevel analysis due to within-school variability over time. No missing data were present, as only complete survey responses were recorded. The independent variable, Principal instructional leadership, was measured with three items showing good internal consistency (α=.88) and an intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC) of .27 on the first occasion (2015). The mediator, Teacher collaboration, comprised three items with moderate internal consistency (α=.61) and ICC of .20 on the same occasion. School averages per occasion were used for both outcomes of interest, i.e., Grades and Standardised test scores. Grades were furthermore averages of the three subjects of Swedish, Math and English. We used multilevel structural equation models (MSEM) (Preacher et al., 2010) to examine the effects of Principal instructional leadership on pupil achievement mediated by Teacher collaboration. In these models, Grades and Test Scores were dependent variables, while SES, Share of certified teachers, and Teacher-to-student ratio were used as observed control variables. Principal instructional leadership and Teacher collaboration were treated as latent variables. The MSEM framework allows for simultaneous, one-step estimation of multivariate models, making it suitable for mediation analyses. For the dependent variables, Grades and Test Scores, unconditional models incorporating time as a covariate were estimated to assess any temporal effects, considering the linear change over the study period. The resulting changes were positive but small. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from our current study reveal consistent trends in grades and standardised test scores as outcome variables. Intriguingly, there is no observed mediation effect of teacher collaboration within schools over time regarding the relationship between principal instructional leadership and school outcomes. However, a noteworthy negative mediating relationship emerges between schools. When control variables are introduced, only the negative relationship between schools in the context of grades as the outcome variable remains significant. This unexpected outcome diverges from prior research expectations regarding the association between principal instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and pupil performance. Notably, a previous study utilising PISA data (Mora-Ruano et al., 2021) also discovered a negative relationship. To delve deeper into this counterintuitive mediating relationship, we plan to conduct a latent class analysis (LCA) of the data. The objective is to discern whether the unexpected association between principal instructional leadership and teacher collaboration represents a linear trend in the sample or if various trends exist, forming distinct groups of schools with diverse relationships between these variables. This analysis seeks to uncover potential mechanisms that may differ between schools, such as variations in teacher collaboration constellations. While these intricacies may not be explicitly modelled in our data, we aspire to offer valuable insights into potential school differences, urging future research to move beyond replicating linear relationships across entire samples of schools. In summary, while principal instructional leadership and teacher collaboration each exhibit connections with pupil performance, their combined influence, inevitable within the educational setting, introduces nuances. This prompts a call for further investigation in research on principal leadership and teacher collaboration. References Banerjee, N., Stearns, E., Moller, S., & Mickelson, R. A. (2017). Teacher job satisfaction and student achievement: The roles of teacher professional community and te Böhlmark, A., Grönqvist, E., & Vlachos, J. (2016). The headmaster ritual: The importance of management for school outcomes. The Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 118(4), 912-940. Goddard, Y. L., Miller, R., Larsen, R., Goddard, R., Madsen, J., & Schroeder, P. (2010). Connecting Principal Leadership, Teacher Collaboration, and Student Achievement. Online Submission. Mora-Ruano, J. G., Schurig, M., & Wittmann, E. (2021, February). Instructional leadership as a vehicle for teacher collaboration and student achievement. What the German PISA 2015 sample tells us. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 6, p. 582773). Frontiers Media SA. Preacher, K. J., Zyphur, M. J., & Zhang, Z. (2010). A general multilevel SEM framework for assessing multilevel mediation. Psychological methods, 15(3), 209. Tan, C. Y., Gao, L., & Shi, M. (2022). Second-order meta-analysis synthesizing the evidence on associations between school leadership and different school outcomes. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(3), 469-490. Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational research review, 15, 17-40. Voelkel Jr, R. H. (2022). Causal relationship among transformational leadership, professional learning communities, and teacher collective efficacy. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(3), 345-366. Wu, H., & Shen, J. (2022). The association between principal leadership and student achievement: A multivariate meta-meta-analysis. Educational research review, 35, 100423. Ärlestig, H., Johansson, O., & Nihlfors, E. (2016). Sweden: Swedish school leadership research–An important but neglected area. In A decade of research on school principals (pp. 103-122). Springe |
17:30 - 19:00 | 26 SES 08 C: Leadership Perspectives in Education: Insights into Leaders' Roles and Practices" Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Lucy Wakiaga Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Role of Individual Differences of School Leaders University of Tübingen, Germany Presenting Author:Researchers have long been interested in possible reasons and differences that make some leaders more effective and which profit their community. For instance, Leithwood and Jantzi’s impact model (2006) is one amongst many models that explore positive effects of school leadership. This model depicts how school leaders predict student outcomes through leadership motivation, commitment, and capacity, as well as school leader’s working conditions and teaching behavior. Research supports these predictions and points to certain common characteristics as predictors of student achievement, such as the leaders ability to manage the school and their time, to create a healthy learning climate and culture, to positively invest in internal and external school relations, to have vision and direction, and to communicate effectively (Barkman, 2015; Daniëls et al., 2019; Osborne-Lampkin et al., 2015; Quadach et al., 2020). Arguably, the positive effects of leadership are vital in ages of uncertainty: the school is dependent on a leader who shares their responsibility effectively with the teachers. Research on characteristics of effective school management has relationship to the concept of Leadership for Learning and thus shows practical application. This concept describes learning-centered leadership actions and focuses on student outcomes and their knowledge acquisition in the context of school as a learning organization. Moreover, it describes student outcomes not only as a result of classroom teaching, but also from other factors. To give an example, trust and cooperation (i.e., characteristic of effective school management), is linked to learning communities and team orientation (i.e., Leadership for Learning action) which can influence student achievement (Tulowitzki & Pietsch, 2020). Thus, further research on characteristics of effective school management could be beneficial to study one important aspect of the conditions for success of this leadership model in detail. We argue that many of the investigated school leaders’ characteristics are occupational in nature due to their specific work features and the institutional context of school. On that note, many of the beforementioned characteristics arguably concern leadership strategies and approaches. Those variables distinguish themselves from individual differences in a narrower sense, such as personality traits and motivational characteristics, that also play an important role for attributes of school leaders’ and which is needed to create a more complete picture. In sum, relatively few findings exist of individual differences in school leaders. Taking up this desideratum, this presentation addresses the research questions of what personal characteristics school leaders possess. In addition, it investigates what potential effects such characteristics have on criteria variables, and aims to systemize the empirical research on individual characteristics. For example, Leithwood, Harris and Hopkins (2019) claimed that a few personality traits can explain a high share of the variation in leadership effectiveness. On that note, the Big 5 personality traits have been investigated amongst school leaders. In this regard results are diverse: school leaders have been found related to high levels of extraversion and openness to experience by some studies (Colbert et al., 2012), others highlight high levels of agreeableness and conscientiousness (Deinert et al., 2015; Benoliel, 2021).Whilst Leithwood, Harris and Hopkins (2019) claim was aimed at traits as “typically defined”, Leithwood (2012) in cooperation with the Ontario Leadership Framework have specified some personal leadership resources that extends beyond the Big Five personality traits. These personal leadership resources are categorized as cognitive (e.g., problem-solving expertise), social (e.g., perceiving and managing emotions), or psychological (e.g., self-efficacy and resilience). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use the framework given by Leithwood, Harris, and Hopkins (2012; 2019) as a first heuristic and starting point to investigate our research questions. In a scoping review (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005) of empirical articles, we investigate (1) with which individual differences the research on the field is concerned, (2) with which variables it deals with, and (3) what individual differences predict which aspects of school leadership. Scoping reviews synthesize knowledge on a topic and aims to organize evidence and identify gaps in knowledge (Tricco et al., 2018). Essentially, the process consists of gathering evidence and mapping it according to research questions (Joanna Briggs Institute, 2015). A scoping review on individual differences of school leaders is an important starting point for assessing what is known on the field, how their significance for school leadership research as a whole can be viewed, and what open research questions arise in this regard. To illustrate the possible benefit of such a scoping review: one study found that middle school principals commonly were resilient (Bauck, 1987). Another paper reviews evidence of emotional aspects related to educational leaders and found that they usually possess high emotional intelligence and empathetic abilities (Berkovich & Eval, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The review aims to systemize the current knowledge on the field, and explores the knowledge as possible cognitive, social, or psychological personal leadership resources according to the classification of the framework model given by Leithwood, Harris, and Hopkins (2012; 2019) within a larger framework of effective school leadership. It will begin by locating the literature on the field to provide an overview of individual differences of school leaders used in research to date. After this, we explore the evidence and map the results as related to possible personal leadership resources, and we expect in the end to have a list of resources that are relevant for school leaders based on the gathered literature. To give one practical illustration, we would identify studies on "resilience" in school leaders and categorize it as a psychological personal leadership resource. Understanding individual differences offers information to assess the relevance of such personal characteristics in the overall structure of the determinants of successful school leadership more precisely and could contribute to the field by exploring underlying motivation in leadership. References Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Barkman, C. (2015). The characteristics of an effective school leaders. BU Journal of Graduate Studies in Education, 7(1), 14–18. Bauck, J. M. (1987). Characteristics of the effective middle school principal. NASSP Bulletin, 71(500), 90–92. https://doi.org/10.1177/019263658707150013 Benoliel, P. (2021). Is it your personality, your boundary leadership or both? An integrative approach for the improvement of school management team effectiveness. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(6), 669–687. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-08-2020-0171 Berkovich, I., & Eyal, O. (2015). Educational leaders and emotions: an international review of empirical evidence 1992-2012. Review of Educational Research, 85(1), 3–167. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654314550046 Colbert, A. E., Judge, T. A., Choi, D., & Wang, G. (2012). Assessing the trait theory of leadership using self and observer ratings of personality: the mediating role of contributions to group success. The Leadership Quarterly, 23(4), 670–685. https://doi.org/10.1016/leaqua.2012.03.004 Daniëls, E., Hondeghem, A., & Dochy, D. (2019). A review on leadership and leadership development in educational settings. Educational Research Review, 27, 110–125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.02.003 Deinert, A., Homan, A. C., Boer, D., Voelpel, S. C., & Gutermann, F. (2015). Transformational leadership sub-dimensions and their link to leaders’ personality and performance. The Leadership Quarterly, 26(6), 1095–1120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2015.08.001 Leithwood, K. (2012). Strong Districts and Their Leadership. Council of Ontario Directors of Education. Leithwood, K., & Jantzi, D. (2006). Transformational school leadership for large-scale reform: effects on students, teachers, and their classroom practices. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 17(2), 201–227. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243450600565829 Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2019). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077 Osborne-Lampkin, L., Folsom, J. S., & Herrington, C. D. (2015). A systematic review of the relationships between principal characteristics and student achievement. National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Florida State University. Tricco, A., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, KK., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., & Hempel, S. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): checklist and explanation. Annals of International Medicine, 169(7), 467–473. https://doi.org/10.7326/M18-0850 Tulowitzski, P., & Pietsch, M. (2020). Stichwort: Lernzentriertes Leitungshandeln and Schulen – Leadership for Learning. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenshaft, 23, 873–902. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-020-00964-8 Quadach, M. Q., Schecter, C., & Da’as, R. (2020). From principals to teachers to students: exploring an integrative model for predicting students’ achievements. Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(5), 736–778. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X20907133 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Prioritization of Leadership Tasks: What a Principal Can Never Miss? 1HSE University; 2HSE University Presenting Author:Megapolis A, one of the biggest megacities of Russia, experienced major changes in the educational system (starting from 2012) which implied reconstructurisation of the schools and school organizational structure. Today schools of Megapolis A are huge educational complexes, where about 80% of schools comprise 5 and more buildings which can be located in different parts of Megapolis A. School management team consists of a principal and 4 deputies. During the process of reconstructurization there have been launched a variety of studies focusing on leadership and management practices of principals (Kasprzhak, Kobtseva & Tsatrian, 2022, 2020; Kasprzhak et al., 2016; Kasprzhak, Isaeva & Bayburin, 2015 ). With the reform coming to the end, we suppose that there are shifts not only in the practices of principals, their priorities and the level of distribution of responsibility among the deputies but also in the role of a principal. Today a school principal is seen not only as a head of one school but a leader of a huge educational complex whose prior goal is to work for the goals of Megapolis A educational system. In fact, school management which is concentrated in the hands of a principal only became impossible in the existing context. In this study we are basing on the professional standard for school principals (2021) to identify the core leadership practices of the school management team, their focus. Research questions: What issues/tasks are in the focus of a school principal within the domains of existing standards? Is there a correlation between the principals’ background and his/her focus? How is the responsibility for tasks distributed among the members of the school management team? We developed a conceptual framework of a principal’s leadership profile to serve as a basis for the research The standard of a Russian school principal (2021) served as a basis for the framework, in this way we picked out the key leadership direction of a school principal: educational process, administration of the school, school improvement, interaction and collaboration with stakeholders. To ensure the sufficiency of the framework that it covers all the leadership tasks:
All this allowed us to develop the framework taking into account peculiarities of the context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used a mix-method approach to carry out the research. In this way, the study consists of quantitative and qualitative approach: conducted 10 interviews with principals and 20 interviews with their deputies. The interview helped to unpack the real practices of the school management team within the domains of the Professional standard and served as a basis for development of a survey. The survey instrument was developed basing on the conceptual framework of a principal’s leadership profile. In this way, the items of the survey were developed in the four main directions: educational process, administration, school improvement, interaction and collaboration with stakeholders. The survey aimed at identifying how tasks are distributed among the members of the school management team. Principals and deputies were asked to prioritize the tasks by their level of involvement and importance. We sent emails to principals using the database of Megapolis A to reach the sample. As a result 120 principals and 120 deputies took part in the study (24% of schools of the Megapolis A). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study results will provide us with the information of the tasks prioritized by principals as well of the tasks delegated to the deputies of a Megapolis. Correlation analysis will help to identify the relation of the principals’ background and the tasks prioritization. We assume that depending on the principals background, previous position (deputy of education content, deputy of education quality, deputy of finances) the focus on tasks will differ. What is more, it seems to us that the list of the tasks which principals devote most of their time to and the list of the tasks they mentioned as the most crucial will differ. References 1. Day, C., Sammons, P., & Gorgen, K. (2020). Successful School Leadership. Education development trust. 2. Gurr, D. & Drysdale, L. (2021). International Perspectives on Successful School Leadership. The Palgrave Handbook of Educational Leadership and Management Discourse (pp. 1-28). Springer International Publishing. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-39666-4_58-1 3. Improving School Leadership - OECD Review Background Report for the Netherlands José Bal, Jos de Jong Zoetermeer, March 2007 4. Kasprzhak A.G., Filinov N.B.,.Bayburin R.F, Isaeva N.V., BysikN.V. (2016) School Principals as Agents of Reform of the Russian Education System / Пер. с рус. // Russian Education and Society - Vol. 57. No. 11. P. 954-978. 5. Kasprzhak, A., Kobtseva, A., & Tsatrian, M. (2022). Instructional Leadership Models in Modern Schools. Образование и саморазвитие, 99(2). Ministry of Education, Finland. (2007). Improving School Leadership, Finland Country Background Report. 6. National Institute of Education. (2015). Leaders in education programme international. Singapore: National Institute of Education, Nanyang Technological University. Retrieved from http://www.nie.edu.sg/niei/programmes-courses/leadership-courses/leaders-education-programme-international-lepi 7. Prikaz Ministerstva truda i sotsial'noy zashchity Rossiyskoy Federatsii ot 19.04.2021 № 250n “Professional’nyy standart rukovoditel’ obrazovatel’noy organizatsii (upravleniye doschkol’noy obrazovatel’noy organizatsiyey i obsheobrazovatel’noy organizatsiyey)” [the order of the Minister of Labor and social protection of the Russian Federation, 19.04.2021 №250n “Professional standard of a Principal of an educational organization (management of preschool educational organization and general educational organization)”] 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Principal Identity: Three Generations of Principals in Three Different Country Contexts 1Univ. of Texas at San Antonio, United States of America; 2African Population and Health Research Center Nairobi, Kenya; 3Centre for Principal Development Department of Political Science Umeå University, Sweden; 4San Antonio independent School Dist., San Antonio, TX, United States Presenting Author:We believe that public schools in our respective countries (Kenya, Sweden, United States) are essential to maintaining the democratic societies in which they are located. In addition to an unprecedented global pandemic, the last three years have witnessed increasing threats to democracy. The racially, ethnically, and religiously-motivated hatred, rise in extreme right-wing political violence, and anti-immigrant sentiment provide a challenging context for school leaders responsible for ensuring an equitable education for all children and the continuation of a democratic society. Historically depicted as “apolitical”, principals and superintendents must now contend with enacting their role and responsibilities within highly charged political and social contexts with various constituencies attempting to control public education through such efforts as: banning books, restricting curriculum topics, decreasing funding, and electing anti-public education candidates to school boards.
These threats to superintendents’ and principals’ leadership occur alongside the challenges that accompany teacher and administrative shortages and turnover, as well as the ongoing consequences of COVID. Despite the fact that school leaders are making educational decisions within these challenging contexts, we know very little about how and why they are making these decisions.
In reviewing the research from 1993-2011 on principals’ leadership identity, Cruz-Gonzalez, Rodrigues and Segovia (2019) report that the evidence indicates that “political and contextual factors influence leadership practices and are a source of concern among principals” (p. ). Additionally, they acknowledge that this body of research was dominated by researchers in Anglo-Saxon countries. A notable contribution in this regard is Lopez & Rugano’s (2018) study of the leadership practices of three female principals in post-colonial Kenya. The study conducted by Antonios & Peshardis (2019) is an also important counterpoint to the lack of cultural diversity in this research, with findings confirming that the contexts in which school principals in Cypriot work are relevant to their personal, personal, and professional identities. A recent study of Swedish principals (Nordholm et al., 2020), however, indicates that principals’ identity is more closely connected to the professional dimension than either the situated, socially located or personal dimensions. It’s interesting that the situated or socially located dimension had the least impact on principals with respect to their identify. In contrast, a study of principal identity by Crow, Day, & Møller (2017) concludes that identity has a strong connection to the context of work.
Our research focuses on how school leaders construct their identities within the current divisive social and political climate, and what factors influence their decisionmaking when responding to the challenges that emerge from the increasingly polarized social and political contexts within which they work. In doing so, we acknowledge the research conducted by Dempster, Carter, Freakley and Parry (2004) which points to the situational and sometimes contradictory nature of principal’s ethical decisionmaking.
In responding to call for a broader range of cultural perspectives in educational research, as well as the theme of ECER 2024, Education in an Age of Uncertainty: Memory and hope for the future, our research includes data from Kenya, Sweden and the United States (Texas). We selected three different groups of school leaders: a) those who retired prior to 2020; b) those who retired within the past 3 years (2020-2023); c) those currently in their position. (a & b = memory, and c = hope for the future). In synthesizing previous studies on principal identity and how it’s constructed, Sylvia Robertson (2017) explores the idea that principals’ professional identity consists of five related and overlapping aspects: 1) values; 2) beliefs; 3) knowledge; 4) understanding; and 5) experience. Our analysis of the ethical dimension of principal identity is informed by the work of Begley & Johansson (2003). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative, exploratory, comparative study of school leaders (superintendents and principals) in Kenya, Sweden and the United States (specifically Texas) focuses on how educational leaders in each of these countries define their roles, responsibilities, and their decisionmaking processes when responding to the challenges associated with the divisive and highly charged political and social contexts in which they work. The data collection process is well underway, and we anticipate completing our study by June at the latest. We’ve used purposeful sampling to select our school leaders who we’ve sub-divided into three different groups: a) those who retired prior to 2020; b) those who retired within the past 3 years (2020-2023); c) those who are current school leaders. Our rationale for including both superintendents and principals in our study and for differentiating them into these three groups was prompted by our desire to explore whether and how their responses to our questions depended, in part upon the time period and related context in which they served, as well as their position in the school organization. (We acknowledge that there are other factors that can be considered, such as gender, but in this initial study, we decided to focus on the context). In the interviews, we ask questions of the school leaders regarding the role of schools in a democratic society, the social and political challenges that currently confront them, their role in responding to these challenges, and the guidelines or beliefs that informed your decision making in responding to these challenges. We also ask them to give us an example of a controversial issue that they’ve had to respond to, describe their decisionmaking process when responding to the issue, and the result of their decision. We’ve modified these questions when interviewing the retired school leaders, to include not only their retrospective analysis about their time as leader but also their observations regarding the current context within which superintendents and principals are working. We’re interviewing a minimum of four school leaders in each of the three categories, in person (when possible), or via Zoom. These interviews are between 45 and 60 minutes in length, digitally recorded and transcribed. The transcripts are shared with the participants to verify the trustworthiness of the findings (Creswell & Creswell, 2017). The data are being coded separately by the authors and two research assistants for the purpose of identifying emergent themes within and across our countries. (Saldana, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The following themes are beginning to emerge for Sweden and Texas (we’ve yet not collected enough data from Kenya to report those findings): 1) Current school leaders generally view their role as apolitical, and limit their efforts to their perceived span of control 2) Retired school leaders are more likely than current leaders, to believe that the democratic mission of schools is under threat 3) School leaders who retired prior to 2020 generally rely upon their professional code of ethics to inform their decisionmaking, but acknowledged that this approach alone was insufficient for addressing current threats to education. 4) Those who retired within the past three years are more likely to have based their decisionmaking on a personal code of ethics, prompting them to challenge efforts to control education, and eventually leading to their leaving the profession. 5) Current leaders who are members of the communities they serve, are more proactive than their colleagues in drawing upon their personal code of ethics to combat threats to education. Schools, as democratic institutions, are under threat today. Our research draws upon the past to inform the present with respect to leading schools in today’s challenging times. Current school leaders invested in maintaining their positions, understandably focus more on accommodating to, rather than challenging, the threats being directed toward today’s schools. Nonetheless the data we are gathering from retired school leaders indicates that they can be an import resource for much-needed insights into how current school leaders can maintain their focus on educating children, while strategically leveraging support to challenge the undemocratic policies and practices intended to limit their decisionmaking. As such, retired school leaders (“memory”) can play an important role in mentoring current leaders (“hope for the future”) in their efforts to ensure the democratic nature of education. References Begley, Paul & Johansson, Olof, (2003) Eds. The Ethical Dimensions of School Leadership. Kluwer Academic Publishers. Campos-García, I. & Zúñiga-Vicente, J. (2022). Strategic decision-making in secondary schools: the impact of a principal’s demographic profile, Leadership and Policy in Schools, 21:3, 543-564, DOI: 10.1080/15700763.2020.1802653 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage Publications. Crow, Gary, Day, Christopher & Møller, Jorunn (2017). Framing research on school principals’ identity. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(3), 265–277. Cruz-González, C.; Rodriguez, C. & Segovia, J. (2019). A systematic review of principals’ leadership identity from 1993 to 2019, Educational Management Administration & Leadership. 49(1). https://doi-org.libweb.lib.utsa.edu/10.1177/1741143219896 Dempster, N., Carter, L., Freakley, M., & Parry, L. (2004). Conflicts, confusions and contradictions in principals' ethical decision making. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(4), 450-461. doi:https://doi.org/10.1108/09578230410544062 Kafa, A., & Pashiardis, P. (2019). Exploring school principals’ personal identities in Cyprus from a values perspective. The International Journal of Educational Management, 33(5), 886-902. doi:https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-03-2018-0102 Lopez, A.E. & Rugano, P. (2018). Educational Leadership in Post-Colonial Contexts: What Can We Learn from the Experiences of Three Female Principals in Kenyan Secondary Schools? Education Sciences 8, no.3: 99. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci8030099 Nordholm, D.; Arnqvist, A. & Nihlfors, E. (2020). Principals’ emotional identity—the Swedish Case. School Leadership & Management. 40(4), 335-351. Robertson, Sylvia (2017). Transformation of professional identity in an experienced primary school principal: A New Zealand case study. Educational Management Administration and Leadership 45(5), 774–789. Saldaña, J. (2016). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (Third edition.). SAGE Publishers. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 27 SES 08 A JS: Family Languages and Multilingual Learning Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari Joint Paper Session NW 27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 08 A JS |
17:30 - 19:00 | 27 SES 08 A: Effectiveness of Teaching and Learning in Science Education and Special Needs Education Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Benoît Lenzen Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Effects of Out-Of-School Learning Locations on the STEM Biography of Primary School Students Paderborn University, Germany Presenting Author:Environmental change is an inescapable challenge for our society. Consequently, early, inclusive and equitable education is needed to contribute to sustainable development. This is one of the demands of the United Nations' 2030 Agenda. The goal is to provide primary and secondary school students with a quality education and a sound STEM knowledge. This is to ensure that they are actively engaged in a society facing ongoing and complex sustainability challenges, and to give them the opportunity to act as active and reflective participants. The alarming results of the most recent Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS, 2019) on the scientific literacy of primary and secondary school students provide an urgent reason to improve STEM education (Schwippert et al., 2020). Students' basic STEM literacy is becoming increasingly poor, and nearly 50% of primary school students have inadequate science literacy as they transition to secondary school (Schwippert et al., 2020). Overall, there is a general decline not only in interest, but also in self-centered cognitions among students (Möller, 2014). Given the proven importance of self-centered cognitions for interest (Krapp & Prenzel, 2011), the sustainable promotion of self-concepts in STEM is necessary. Students tend to be more likely to be interested in subject areas in which they register stronger ability-related self-concepts. There is a general negative trend in the development of science interest (e.g., Gebhard et al., 2017), which can be attributed to increasing academic demands and stricter grading in secondary schools. The main reason students cite for finding the content difficult is a lack of relevance to everyday life (Winkelmann et al., 2021). Recent research indicates declining interest in science learning and a gender gap in student interest in STEM (Oppermann et al., 2020). Out-of-school learning offers an opportunity to promote learning and interest in science and technology that has not been considered in prestigious studies (e.g., TIMSS) (Derda, 2020; Wenzel, 2022). The importance of out-of-school learning places of learning for education in Germany has been clearly emphasized since the first PISA results in 2001. Out-of-school learning is known for its outstanding ability to motivate and cognitively stimulate students, which ultimately leads to the promotion of interest (Henriksson, 2018; Füz, 2018; Schiefer et al., 2020). Optimizing the transition of science and technology learning from primary to secondary school is not only a research desideratum but also a practical problem with regard to the possibilities of integrating out-of-school learning sites. There is a lack of empirically grounded and practice-oriented examples of the integration of science and technology learning at the transition from primary to secondary school. This is where our quasi-experimental study comes in. Fourth graders aging between ten and eleven years old who are on the verge of transitioning to secondary school take part in a short teaching and learning unit (two 90-minute lessons) in science class on the topic of "wind and wind energy." The intervention is then supplemented by an accompanying visit by an expert to the didactically prepared out-of-school learning location of a regional school laboratory. We use pre- and post-questionnaires to record the multiple learning effects of the fourth-graders. This project aims to optimize science and technology learning in inclusive primary school and raise interest in STEM through the symbiosis of teaching inside and outside the classroom. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using a quasi-experimental comparison group design, we investigate primary school students' differences in STEM literacy development and learning effects between out-of-school learning vs. classroom learning on the renewable energy topic “wind and wind energy." The learning units are planned and taught by pre-service teacher tandems who are registered in a didactics seminar at university for prospective teachers. These Bachelor's and Master's students in teacher education attend our weekly university didactics seminar, which focuses on the professional implementation of key academic concepts of renewable energy in science class of inclusive primary schools. In the course of the seminar, pre-service teacher tandems are introduced to the learning objectives of the particular learning unit in inclusive primary schools. With the help of the lecturer, all pre-service teacher tandems plan and prepare identical content for their teaching units. After completing the double lessons in the classroom, the treatments for the fourth graders differ in two different ways: pupils in the experimental group attend a didactically prepared out-of-school learning location of a regional school laboratory which is accompanied by experts. They receive the second part of the teaching unit at this particular out-of-school learning site. Fourth-graders in the control group do not attend an out-of-school learning site and instead remain in the classroom for the second part of the teaching unit. The content of the teaching units is identical for both groups. With the help of pre- and post-questionnaires we monitor multiple learn effects (e.g., motivation, self-efficacy, etc.) of the different interventions (out-of-school learning vs. classroom learning) conducted by pre-service teacher dyads. For this submission we focus on two different domains of academic self-concept: (1) domain-specific self-concept in science class ("In this science class, I am one of the best students"; alpha = .84/.85) and (2) the ability self-concept in relation to the topic "wind and wind energy" ("I know a lot about this topic"; alpha = .68/.71). In addition, we administer a pre- and post-knowledge-test to examine the efficacy of students’ teaching unit and their learning targets. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We have a sample size of over N = 300 fourth graders who participated in our study. Based on theoretical evidence in literature and similar study design we assume gender discrepancy for (1) domain-specific self-concept in science class and (2) ability self-concept in relation to the topic "wind and wind energy” for initial values at the beginning of the intervention but also for the development from pre- to post-measurement (regardless of group belonging). Based on existing findings (Jansen et al., 2014), we expect that girls participating in our study will have a lower self-concept in STEM education than boys, which will ultimately negatively affect their interest in STEM subjects (Krapp & Prenzel, 2011). However, we expect girls of the experimental group to develop higher self-concepts than girls in the control group (Weßnigk, 2013). Regarding existing research findings (cf. Füz, 2018; Henriksson, 2018) we assume primary school students of the experimental group participating in out-of-school learning to develop greater technical competence particularly in the transfer of knowledge and skills, more interest and more positive self-centered assessments than primary school students of the control group who do not participate in out-of-school learning. Regardless of gender, we assume a bigger increase in the different area-specific self-concepts for fourth-graders in the experimental group than fourth-graders in the control group since out-of-school learning locations vouch potential to flourish students’ self-centred cognitions (Karpa et al., 2015). At the time of the submission deadline, data acquisition for our study has just finished. Evaluation of the results will be finalized for the presentation. References Derda, M. (2020). Untersuchung der Wirksamkeit der Schülerlabore an der Technischen Universität Berlin. Eine quantitative und qualitative Studie zur Formulierung von Handlungsempfehlungen. Dissertation. Technische Universität Berlin, Berlin. Eccles, J. S., & Midgley, C. (1989). Stage-environment fit: Developmentally appropriate classrooms for young adolescents. In C. Ames & R. Ames, Research on motivation in education (Vol. 3, pp.139-186). San Diego: Academic Press. Füz, N. (2018). Extracurricular learning in Hungarian primary education: Practice and barriers. Journal of Experiential Education, 41(3) 277-294. Gebhard, U., Höttecke, D. & Rehm, M. (2017). Pädagogik der Naturwissenschaften. Ein Studienbuch (Lehrbuch). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Henriksson, A.-C. (2018). Primary school teachers' perceptions of out of school learning within science education. LUMAT: International Journal on Math, Science and Technology Education, 6(2), 9-26. Jansen, M., Schroeders, U., & Lüdtke, O. (2014). Academic self-concept in science: Multidimensionality, relations to achievement measures, and gender differences. Learning and Individual Differences, 30, 11-21. Krapp, A., & Prenzel, M. (2011). Research on interest in science: Theories, methods, and findings. International journal of science education, 33(1), 27-50. Möller, K. (2014). From science subject teaching to subject teaching - The transition from elementary school to secondary school. ZfDN, 20, 33-43. Oppermann, E., Keller, L., & Anders, Y. (2020). Gender differences in children's STEM learning motivation: Research findings on existing differences and influencing factors. Discourse Childhood and Adolescence Research/Discourse. Journal of Childhood and Adolescence Research, 15(1), 38-51. Schiefer, J., Golle, J., Tibus, M., Herbein, E., Gindele, V., Trautwein, U., & Oschatz, K. (2020). Effects of an out-of-school science intervention on the epistemic beliefs of primary school children: A randomized controlled trial. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 90(2), 382-402. Schwippert, K., Kasper, D., Köller, O., McElvany, N., Selter, C., Steffensky, M. et al. (Eds.). (2020). TIMSS 2019: Mathematical and Scientific Competencies of Primary School Children in Germany in International Comparison [Mathematical and Scientific Competencies of Primary School Children in Germany in International Comparison]. Waxmann. Wenzel, A. (2022). Entwicklung und Evaluation von fächerübergreifenden Bildungsangeboten im Schüler*innenlabor teutolab-biotechnologie. Dissertation. Universität Bielefeld, Bielefeld. Winkelmann, J., Freese, M. & Strömmer, T. (2021). Schwierigkeitserzeugende Merkmale im Physikunterricht. Progress in Science Education, 5(2), 6–23. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Model 5E Method for Developing Reasoning in High School Students in Biology Lessons NIS Oskemen, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Communication skills are very much needed in the 21st century. Written and oral communication skills are important skills that the students must have in the future because both of these abilities are critical abilities needed in various professions (Chan, 2011). Kivunja, Larson and Miller state that the communication ability is one of the missions of science education that is useful so that the students can define phenomena/problems around humans (Kızılaslan, 2017). The ability that is included in the category of communication is the ability to argue [5]. Arguments can be delivered both in the written and spoken form (Eemeren, Henkemans, 2016). Argumentation is a form of communication that can be stated through media to provide views to convince others [9]. Meanwhile, the definition of scientific argumentation is a statement given by someone which contains truth because it contains data and theories that are related and can support the statement. The argument is an attempt to build the truth because the claims given are supported by data, warrants (in the form of a relation between claims and data provided), backings that can be in the form of an appropriate theory, or qualifier (a special conditions where the claim applies) [10]. Argumentation is a verbal, social, and rational activity aimed at convincing a reasonable critique of the acceptance of certain opinions by proposing one or more propositions designed to justify that point of view [6]. The study was conducted among 11th grade students in order to identify the problem of a low level of argumentation and evidence in written and oral answers. The results of the summative assessment showed that the average percentage of completion of tasks requiring reasoned answers was only 34%. Oral speech was also characterized by a lack of logic and supporting evidence. After analyzing the situation, the following problems were identified: Integration and interpretation in English is difficult due to lack of understanding of the questions and the inability to use data from the context. Lack of reflection and assessment skills, which manifests itself in the inability to work on one’s own mistakes and make recommendations for improving work. Inability to formulate reasoned answers to CLIL problems due to lack of academic language and inability to structure sentences. These problems led to a decrease in the level of knowledge in biology in the first and second quarters, where traditional teaching methods were used. In the first quarter the average result was 60.5%, and in the second quarter – 76%. However, despite the increase in average results, the majority of students (54%) had difficulty solving higher-order problems. To solve this problem, the 5E method was chosen, which includes 5 stages aimed at effectively involving students in the learning process. A study conducted by V. Yossyana et al. using N-Gain analytical criteria showed that students' ability to make scientific arguments in writing increased after applying the 5E learning cycle at the intermediate level [11]. Liu et al. (Citation2009) found, in their research, that a student group exposed to the 5E model recorded improvements in their scientific knowledge and perceptions. At the same time, Bilgin et al. (Citation2013) found that, at the end of an instructional period using this model, students inquired into the knowledge they had already brought into the learning environment. That is, when they were exposed to real-life situations, the students used their observations and data to offer scientific explanations and that with regard to scientific concepts, they passed through an accurate interpretation process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used How does student-centered teaching with the 5E learning model affect the ability to argue and prove ideas in a new situation? Sub questions: 1) How does the use of the 5E learning model affect students' ability to apply scientific knowledge in new situations? 2)What impact does the 5E learning model have on the development of the level of argumentation? 3) How will a learner-centered approach using the 5E learning model enable students to develop leadership skills? Thus, the introduction of the 5E method into the biology educational process seems promising for overcoming the problem of the low level of argumentation and evidence of 11th grade students. This method not only increases interest in the subject, but also develops the research skills necessary for success in high school and the application of knowledge in new situations. When conducting this AR, a focus group was selected from 11th grade students - 19 people, these students who chose “Biology” as a core subject. A pre-/post-questionnaire was conducted: to measure changes in students' knowledge, opinions and interests before and after applying the 5E model. Answers to the questionnaire were aimed at identifying the level of educational interest, mastery of material and student involvement in the educational process. The Tally method is effective in visualizing the frequency of students actively participating in each step of the 5E model. This method is necessary for the teacher to quickly determine at which stages students require more attention, as well as to identify where the greatest difficulties or problems arise. Analysis of summative assessment data Once the 5E model cycle was completed, it provided an overview of student achievement levels. This allowed the teacher to evaluate the quality of answers based on the level of argumentation. Pedagogical observation is important for the effective implementation of the 5E model, as it allows the teacher to evaluate student interaction at each stage. Observing the learning process helps to identify not only how communication takes place within teams, but also to identify new qualities (soft skills) that were formed during the application of the 5E model. The argumentation ability plays an important role in the support of 21st century skills, but it has been recently found that this ability among students remains at a low level. This situation required intervention to imporve the necessary skills. The learning materials used during the study were syllabus, lesson plans, handouts, worksheets, exercises. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Thus, this study aims to examine students’ written and oral argumentation skills by implementing the 5E Learning cycle in a classroom setting and to analyze the effects of the implementation on improving the skills. The design of this study was pre-experimental research using one group pretest-posttest method. Meanwhile, the ability of scientific argumentation skills was evaluated and assessed using pretest-posttest given and interviews in the form of descriptive questions and the corresponding guidelines. The results of the study are here reported as three separate findings. Firstly, the application of the 5E Learning Cycle in science learning allowed the students to practice their scientific argumentation skills. Secondly, direct observations found that most activities were well performed during classroom learning. Thirdly, group discussions in the 5E Learning Cycle have a good contribution to the students' scientific argumentation skills. Thanks to the organized teamwork, about 79% of students were able to apply the acquired knowledge in a new situation. Model 5E has a positive impact on : Level 1 of argumentation is demonstrated by 100% of students; there is progress in level 2 argumentation in 21% of students; level 3 argumentation in 16% of students It is more difficult for students to argue orally, which is explained by their lack of public speaking and the language barrier. For only 3 students, engagement ranged from 35-47%, which indicates that less than half of the tasks were completed during the lesson. Comparing the results, the quality of performance of SAU (Muscle contraction /GMO) is observed to increase by 10% thanks to reasoned answers and ideas that were discussed in class. Students rate their level of engagement from 3 to 5 points, with the majority of students rating it at 4 points. Teamwork and simulation allowed students to demonstrate leadership qualities, as noted by 21% of students. References 1.Chan V.(2011) Teaching oral communication in undergraduate science: Are we doing enough and doing it right? Journal of Learning Design, 71-79. 2.Kivunja, C. (2014). Innovative pedagogies in higher education to become effective teachers of 21st century skills: Unpacking the learning and innovations skills domain of the new learning paradigm. International Journal of Higher Education, 3(4), 37. https://doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v3n4p37 3.Larson, L., & Miller, T. (2011). 21st century skills: Prepare students for the future. Kappa Delta Pi Record, 47, 121–123. https://doi.org/10.1080/00228958.2011.10516575 4.Kızılaslan, A. (2019). The development of science process skills in visually impaired students: Analysis of the activities. International Journal of Evaluation and Research in Education (IJERE), 8(1), 90–96. https://doi.org/10.11591/ijere.v8i1.17427 5.Kurniasari, I. S. (2017). Penerapan model pembelajaran argument driven inquiry (ADI) untuk melatihkan kemampuan argumentasi ilmiah siswa pada materi usaha dan energi. Inovasi Pendidikan Fisika, 6(3). https://jurnalmahasiswa.unesa.ac.id/index.php/inovasi-pendidikanfisika/article/view/20276 6.Eemeren, F. H. van, & Henkemans, A. F. S. (2016). Argumentation: Analysis and evaluation. Taylor & Francis. 7.Kuhn, D., Hemberger, L., & Khait, V. (2017). Argue with Me: Argument as a path to developing students’ thinking and writing. New York: Routledge. 8.Tama, N.B. (2015). Penerapan project based learning untuk meningkatkan kemampuan argumentasi tertulis siswa kelas X MIPA 2 SMA Negeri 5 Surakarta pada materi ekosistem. Jurnal Inovasi dan Pembelajaran Fisika, 2(2), 170–176. 9.Fauziya, D. S. (2016). Pembelajaran kooperatif melalui teknik duti-duta dalam meningkatkan kemampuan menulis argumentasi. Riksa Bahasa: Jurnal Bahasa, Sastra, dan Pembelajarannya, 2(2), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.17509/rb.v2i2.9556 10.Toulmin, S. (2003). The Uses Of Argument. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. 11.Yossyana V., Suprapto N., Prastowo T. (2020) 5E Learning Cycle in Practicing Written and Oral Argumentation Skills. IJORER : International Journal of Recent Educational Education, 218-232 12.Liu, T. C., Peng, H., Wu, W. H., & Lin, M. S. (2009). The effects of mobile natural-science learning based on the 5E learning cycle: A case study. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 12(4), 344–358. 13.Bilgin, I., Coşkun, H., & Aktaş, I. (2013). The effect of 5E learning cycle on mental ability of elementary students. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 12(5), 592. https://doi.org/10.33225/jbse/13.12.592 14.Berland, L. K., & Hammer, D. (2012). Framing for scientific argumentation. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 49(1), 68–94. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20446 15.Chen, Y.-C., Mineweaser, L., Accetta, D., & Noonan, D. (2018). Connecting argumentation to 5E inquiry for preservice teachers. Journal of College Science Teaching, 47, 22–28. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Effectively Teaching Students with Special Educational Needs (SEN) by Mainstream and Special Education Teachers: A Template Analysis 1Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences, Parenting and Special Education Research Unit, KU Leuven, Leuven, Belgium; 2Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences, Centre for Educational Effectiveness and Evaluation, KU Leuven, Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Presently, numerous teachers face significant challenges teaching students with special educational needs (SEN). They often feel ill-prepared to adequately support the academic progress of students with SEN in particular. This unpreparedness may stem from a lack of guidance in translating general effective teaching principles, formulated in teacher effectiveness frameworks and evidence-based practices, into context-specific effective teaching behaviors, considering the specific students in the classroom as well as characteristics of the classroom setting. This study addresses this prevailing problem by (1) outlining teachers’ translations of general effective teaching principles into specific context-bound teaching behaviors and by (2) comparing these translations across teachers from two classroom settings, i.e., mainstream education teachers (MET) and special education teachers (SET). To accomplish this twofold research goal, the Great Teaching Toolkit (GTT; Coe et al., 2020) was used. The GTT is a widely-supported evidence-based model for effective teaching, in which many general effective teaching principles are outlined. The model outlines general principles on three levels, following a detailed hierarchical structure. The first level includes four overarching dimensions: (1) understanding the content; (2) creating a supportive environment: (3) maximizing opportunities to learn; and (4) activating hard thinking. At a second level, 17 more detailed teaching elements are specified nested within these dimensions and the third level consists of several indicators associated with each element (Coe et al., 2020). Several meta-analyses underscore the effectiveness of the GTT dimensions and elements in fostering students’ learning and development (e.g., Hattie, 2009; Scheerens, 2016). It is important to notice that the GTT is a general framework, it describes effective teaching for all students and is, therefore, not SEN-specific. Considering the multitude of teaching behaviors teachers implement daily when teaching students with SEN, this study focuses only on the pedagogical-didactical dimension of the GTT: ‘Activating Hard Thinking’ (AHT). This dimension is of particular interest as it is the only one that is essentially focused on the actual learning of students (Coe et al., 2020), which is the focus of this study. AHT is the largest dimension in the model, encompassing six elements: structuring, explaining, questioning, interacting, embedding, and activating (Coe et al., 2020). These six effective teaching elements from the AHT dimension were used as general effective teaching principles for teachers to translate in this study. As it would be unfeasible to examine all elements of AHT in depth in one study, two elements were selected for in-dept analysis of the translations: structuring and explaining. Research consistently shows that these elements, and the associated indicators, are effective, especially for students with high-incidence disabilities (Ennis & Losinski, 2019; Muijs & Reynolds, 2018; Nelson et al., 2022). Structuring consists of four indicators: (1) choice, selection and sequencing of learning goals and tasks; (2) signaling importance; (3) differentiating; and (4) scaffolding and supporting. The explaining element consists of five indicators: (1) clear, concise, appropriate and engaging explanations; (2) connecting with prior knowledge; (3) using (non-)examples; (4) modelling and demonstrating and (5) using (partly) worked-out examples (Coe et al., 2020). In summary, two research questions guided the analysis:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 12 mainstream education teachers (MET) and 12 special education teachers (SET) from the Dutch-speaking part of Belgium (Flanders). Teachers were selected by maximum variation sampling, allowing to select teachers who differ in (1) teaching experience and (2) SEN type(s) of students they teach. This study targets primary school teachers of students with formally identified educational needs (established in a report), within special education types ‘Basisaanbod’ (Type BA, which can be translated as ‘basic offer’) and 9 in Flanders. Students with a report type 9 encompasses students with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder and an IQ above 70. A type BA report pertains to students with significant educational needs, leading to difficulties in meeting the general curriculum within mainstream education, even with reasonable accommodations (Flemish Department of Education, 2014). A self-developed interview guide was used during each interview. Although this paper focuses on structuring and explaining, the questions covered all six AHT elements. As a main advantage, this broad focus allowed teachers to target the elements and indicators they found most effective for students with SEN. Generally, the guide consisted of two parts: (1) open-ended questions concerning effective teaching for students with SEN and (2) questions to rank nine statements on effective teaching directly tied to the general effective teaching elements and indicators of the AHT dimension (Coe et al., 2020). All interviews were transcribed verbatim and a template analysis (TA) approach using the six AHT elements was performed to outline and compare the specific teaching behaviors mentioned by teachers as effective for students with SEN. TA is a structured yet flexible thematic analysis approach which can be placed in a midpoint between top-down and bottom-up analysis styles. Central to this codebook approach is the iterative construction of a hierarchical coding template (King, 2012). Given the hierarchical structure of the GTT, which serves as the core framework for the analysis, TA is a well-suited approach to categorize specific teaching behaviors within every element and indicator of the AHT dimension (Coe et al., 2020). Therefore, the initial template included a priori codes organized across three levels: (1) the six AHT elements (2) numerous indicators within these elements; and (3) descriptions for each indicator. After several rounds of coding, a final template was developed for the structuring and explaining element, displayed through two data visualizations which summarized and compared the translations provided by the two teacher groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding RQ1, the template analysis revealed that teachers made many translations of the general effective teaching principles into concrete teaching behaviors considering their specific students and the possibilities and limitations of their own classroom environment. For example, as part of within-classroom differentiation, teachers specified individualized instruction for students with SEN across four main areas: learning goals, learning tasks, instruction and assessment. In addition, teachers mentioned specific teaching behaviors within each of the four areas. For instance, learning goals could be tailored, dispensed or extended based on the individual needs of the student and constraints within the classroom setting. To enrich the specificity and applicability of the GTT framework to students with SEN, two additional levels were added: the level of sub-indicators (e.g., the four main individualization areas) and the level of specific teaching behaviors (e.g., tailoring, dispensing or extending learning goals). Although the original GTT-framework largely remained unchanged, teachers highlighted two crucial adaptations for the indicators: ‘within-classroom differentiation’ and ‘using non- or (partly) worked-out examples’. Regarding RQ2, no differences were identified between MET and SET at the higher levels of the framework (element and indicator level). On the sub-indicator level, only one notable difference emerged considering the sub-indicators of the ‘activating/reviewing background- and prior knowledge’ indicator. Notably, the primary distinctions between the two teacher groups were at the teaching behavior level, encompassing the specific teaching behaviors teachers use in their actual classroom practice to facilitate the learning and development of students with SEN. The context-specific examples of effective teaching behaviors for students with SEN provided by this study can inspire and guide teachers to translate general effective teaching principles into the nuances of the unique classroom environment, which ultimately contributes to effectively teaching students with SEN across all classroom contexts. References Coe, R., Rauch, C. J., Kime, S., & Singleton, D. (2020). Great teaching toolkit: evidence review. Cambridge Assessment International Education. https://www.cambridgeinternational.org/support-and-training-for-schools/teaching-cambridge-at-your-school/great-teaching-toolkit/ Ennis, R. P., & Losinski, M. (2019). Interventions to improve fraction skills for students with disabilities: A meta-analysis. Exceptional Children, 85(3), 367-386. https://doi.org/10.1177/0014402918817504 Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Abingdon: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203887332 King, N. (2012). Doing template analysis. In G. Symon & C. Cassell (Eds.), Qualitative organization research: Core methods and current challenges (pp. 426–450). Sage Publications. https:// doi.org/10.4135/9781526435620 Muijs, D., & Reynolds, D. (2018). Effective teaching: evidence and practice (4th ed.). Nelson, G., Cook, S. C., Zarate, K., Powell, S. R., Maggin, D. M., Drake, K. R., Kiss, A. J., Ford, J. W., Sun, L., & Espinas, D. R. (2022). A Systematic Review of Meta-Analyses in Special Education: Exploring the Evidence Base for High-Leverage Practices. Remedial and Special Education, 43(5), 344–358. https://doi.org/10.1177/07419325211063491 Scheerens. (2016). Educational Effectiveness and Ineffectiveness: A Critical Review of the Knowledge Base. Dordrecht: Springer. Vlaams Departement voor Onderwijs en Vorming [Flemish Department of Education] (2014). M-Decreet [Measures for Children with Special Educational Needs]. https://onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/grote-lijnen-van-het-m decreet#Gewoon_of_buitengewoon |
17:30 - 19:00 | 27 SES 08 B: Lessons Learned from the Pandemic Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Heike Schaumburg Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper From Astonishment to Practical Rationality: Lessons Learned from the Pandemic University of Salamanca, Spain Presenting Author:This work is part of a broader project that seeks to know and understand how teachers shape their teaching practices. The COVID19 pandemic, the lockdown and the years that followed, posed a major challenge in the field of education: from the design and implementation of proposals in non-face-to-face contexts, the uncertainty about the day-to-day, to the social distance and the restrictions on teacher-student and student-student interaction. These factors had a significant effect on multiple variables that had repercussions on the way in which teachers configured the action of teaching. This paper therefore tries to understand precisely how change during this period impacted on teachers' teaching, their decisions and anticipation of their professional practice in the future. Research on teaching during pandemics has shown how teachers faced methodological and organisational challenges in adapting to non-face-to-face teaching (König, Jäger-Biela & Glutsch, 2020), creating teaching materials adapted to the new learning contexts in which their students were placed (Van Lancker & Parolin, 2020), increasing the time spent on lesson planning and complexity (Spadafora et al. 2023) or making decisions about the different elements of the curriculum. These curricular elements over which teachers constantly make decisions were also affected. Perhaps the most obvious of these were the materials and resources on which teaching work is based, which were radically transformed by the move to non-face-to-face teaching in which, for the most part, digital technologies mediated the teaching process (Masry-Herzalah & Dor-Haim, 2022) in terms of uses, formats and participation. Likewise, in general, the tasks that teachers address in their interaction with their students in real teaching contexts were significantly modified, changing the usual interaction situation to situations mediated by digital media or materials for the most part. Although the elements on which the tasks are configured may remain (objectives, contents, actions, time), the modification of the channel and the medium affected the conditions of interaction, the agents involved, the spaces and even certain professional functions of teachers such as evaluation (Zaragoza, Seidel & Santagata 2023). The elements, therefore, on which teachers make their professional decisions were changed precipitously by the lockdown, and also in the post-confinement period were significantly affected. Throughout this period, much of the responsibility for shaping the elements of teaching practice fell on teachers. In these circumstances, professional teaching practice was largely disrupted by the transformation of regular teaching practice into a practice outside the classroom or a practice marked by social distance or largely individual work in which classroom routines had to be modified and the judgement about the extent and the how of this modification rested primarily with the teachers. On the basis of this accumulated knowledge on the subject, we set out the following objectives in this paper: - To examine which elements of the teaching practices were affected during the teaching process as a result of the lockdown and new normality, analysing it through the content of the explanations elaborated by the teachers themselves. - To investigate the assessments that teachers make of their professional practice during the lockdown and the new normality by analysing the contents of their own descriptions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts an interpretative phenomenological approach based on in-depth interviews with 26 teachers (96.15% female). The participants had previously worked with the research group (in training courses, other research projects, etc.). The basic aim was to explore, describe and analyse the lived experiences of the participants (Marshall et al., 2022), reconstructing how they lived, felt and decided their professional work. An interview was designed with 17 open-ended questions grouped into three thematic axes: 1) Lockdown, 2) New Normal and 3) Future. The elaboration of the interview protocol was contrasted through a process of inter-judge agreement and piloted on 2 subjects from the target population. The interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed literally, noting any non-verbal circumstances that might help to interpret the meaning of the explanations. The idea was taken as the unit of analysis, understood as a fragment of the narrative that conveys a thought about the teaching action, regardless of its length in the story or the number of propositions it contains, and which can be coded in different categories of the system. The creation of this system of categories used a deductive-inductive approach and was configured on the basis of 5 major dimensions that were subdivided into different categories: 1) Actors in the educational process, encompassing all those ideas that have to do with actions aimed at or designed for the different people who carry out their actions in relation to the educational process. 2) Organisation and conditions of practice: this category includes all actions, thoughts, beliefs, ... mentioned by the interviewees in relation to their action as teachers within the different contexts developed during the pandemic and those elements that condition their action; 3) Curriculum elements, to refer to all those allusions to the different elements that concretise their planning and action in practice; 4) Planning, those explanations that are related to the process carried out or not for decision making regarding the action plans prior to the real time teaching that the teachers carried out. They may relate to elements of the curriculum, to the organisation of teaching, or even to the professional practice of teaching. And finally, dimension 5) Assessment, to collect those evaluative judgements made in relation to the categories described above. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although this is still a work in progress, certain conclusions may be reached on the trends in the data: - The teachers' discourses highlight the role that the management teams played/play in collegial decision-making about the development of the internship during this period, thus being considered a factor in the success or failure of the teachers' work. Some teachers felt abandoned by their direct teams and by the administration, highlighting how collaborative work among colleagues is an element that offers well-being to the teaching staff as a whole. On this issue, it is worth highlighting the positive evaluations expressed by the interviewees on solidarity, team perception and companionship as an element of quality in the configuration of teaching during the lockdown, although they highlight a progressive return to more individualised practices as the pandemic is left behind and a certain normality returns. - Although the teachers' narratives are replete with negative personal assessments of the experience, the emergence of new perspectives on the school-family relationship and the construction of more comprehensive approaches to the family contexts in which children develop is noteworthy and seems to be widespread. - Teachers refer to the need to review their own practice as a key element for professional practice and highlight the need for ongoing training plans that enable them to acquire strategies to face the challenges of the school. However, although they highlight the role of the education administration in this process, they show high levels of mistrust and scepticism about the real support it can provide in the future. References König, J., Jäger-Biela, D. J. & Glutsch, N. (2020). Adapting to online teaching during COVID-19 school closure: teacher education and teacher competence effects among early career teachers in Germany. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43 (4), 608–622. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1809650. Masry-Herzalah, A. & Dor-Haim, P. (2022). Teachers’ technological competence and success in online teaching during the COVID-19 crisis: the moderating role of resistance to change. International Journal of Educational Management, 36 (1), 1-13, https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-03-2021-0086 Spadafora, N., Reid‑Westoby, C., ·Pottruff, M., Wang, J. & ·Janus, M. (2023). From Full Day Learning to 30 Minutes a Day: A Descriptive Study of Early Learning During the First COVID‑19 Pandemic School Shutdown in Ontario. Early Childhood Education Journal, 51, 287–299, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-021-01304-z. Van Lancker, W., & Parolin, Z. (2020). COVID-19, school closures, and child poverty: A social crisis in the making. The Lancet Public Health, 5(5), 243–244. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(20)30084-0 Zaragoza, A., Seidel, T. & Santagata, R. (2023). Lesson analysis and plan template: scaffolding preservice teachers’ application of professional knowledge to lesson planning. Journal of Curriculum Studies, https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2023.2182650. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Changes in Learner Autonomy During the Pandemic: The Influence of Digital Tools and Online Learning Environments J. Selye University, Slovak Republic Presenting Author:One of the most significant impacts of the pandemic was the further diversification of learning environments and learning opportunities. The series of lockdown periods led to a significant shift towards virtual learning environments and technology-mediated language learning, where language learning autonomy gained a more important role in the success and efficiency of foreign language learning. Researchers have confirmed that the success of foreign language learners who learn the target language only in institutional or classroom settings is limited (Benson and Reinders, 2011, Murphy 2008, 2011). An increased interest in examining out-of-class learning environments is based on the shift in second language acquisition research: language acquisition is no longer understood as a merely cognitive process but rather as participation in various social contexts and communities (Benson and Reinders 2011). The very general and the most traditional definition of learner autonomy is taking responsibility for one’s own learning (Little 2007). This responsibility is connected with the individual’s ability to understand what one is learning, why one is learning, how one is learning and which learning strategies and language use strategies one is using. Learner autonomy is mentioned many times as a synonym of self-regulated or independent learning, learner’s independence or learning outside the classroom. There are three fundamental perspectives on learner autonomy in language education: the technical perspective (focusing on skills or strategies used during unsupervised learning), the psychological perspective (emphasizing attitudes and cognitive abilities that enable the learners to take responsibility for their own learning process) and the political perspective (emphasizing the emancipation of learners by giving them opportunities to select the content of learning and the ways and forms of learning processes) (Benson 1997, Palfreyman and Smith 2003). Paying attention to all three perspectives on learner autonomy and enhancing autonomous learning is crucial not only during the times of pandemics but also during the uncertain times of economic and educational challenges, migration, segregation of socially disadvantaged learners and the threats of war. Educators need to equip learners with skills and competences that empower and help them in times when their learning becomes less teacher-centred, the degree of instruction is lower and the need to make decisions on their own learning process is higher. The paper attempts to answer the following research questions: - To what extent did learning English as a foreign language (EFL) during the Covid-19 pandemic become less instructional and more learner-controlled in the case of secondary school learners in schools with Hungarian language of instruction in Slovakia? - To what extent did EFL connected out-of-class learning activities change during the Covid-19 lockdown period? - What further support can be provided by schools in order to enhance EFL learners’ autonomy? The aim of the paper is to find out how online teaching and the pandemic affected the foreign language learning strategies and the foreign language use of secondary school learners. The online ‘Covid period’ in Slovakia starting from October 2020 and running to April 2021 is investigated. The platforms for synchronous online lessons that were used for teaching English as a foreign language classes during this period are examined together with the respondents’ goal of language learning. Critical reflection and making meaningful choices are inevitable parts of becoming an autonomous learner, therefore, the respondents’ consciousness in selecting certain tools as well as their attitude to certain language learning strategies are examined. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method used for data collection was in the form of an online Google questionnaire and the data was processed with Microsoft Excel software. After data cleaning, basic statistics (sample size, maximum, minimum, range, modus, arithmetic mean, variance, standard deviation) were also made using this software. The R Studio Cloud was used to make the Wilcoxon signed-rank test. This test examines whether there is a significant difference between paired samples. The research sample consists of 107 respondents (77 female, 30 male). The respondents of the questionnaire were students of secondary schools with Hungarian language of instruction in the Western-Slovakian region. The average age of the respondents was 17.5 (the youngest was 15 years old with the oldest 20). The questionnaire consisted of six sections including questions on attitude towards English as a foreign language, the school subject, motivation and the teacher; questions on English lessons before and during the pandemic, frequency, form and teacher-controlled tasks; questions on the availability of private teachers/tutors and non-institutional but teacher/instructor-controlled settings; questions on time spent dealing with English before and during the pandemic; questions on out-of-class learning activities and learning environments before and during the pandemic; the availability and usage frequency of YouTube videos, series and films, web-based applications, chatting in English, e-mailing in English, video games and homework assignments; questions on the attitude of respondents regarding the efficiency of certain activities and learning strategies, their conscious application and questions connected with being a conscious and autonomous foreign language learner. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the research presented by this paper revealed significant changes in learner autonomy, foreign language learning and language use strategies during the lockdown period, especially in the field of receptive skills. The results can be used to initiate discussions on how schools and teachers can support learners and help to enhance learner autonomy and how the strategies and tools used during the lockdown period can be incorporated in contemporary education in order to improve learners’ critical thinking skills (needed for the purpose of choosing the content of their learning wisely and efficiently), creativity, flexibility (quickly adapting to new learning environments) and digital skills (for selecting and using web-based applications and online tools for learning). The results of this research also support the idea of an individualised approach to teaching in schools, as they show that learners have different preferences and needs and goals when it comes to foreign language learning. By allowing learners to choose their own learning materials, strategies and pace, teachers can promote learner autonomy and motivation, and cater for the different learning styles and abilities of their students. An individualised approach can also help learners become more independent and responsible for their own learning by requiring them to plan, monitor and evaluate their own progress and outcomes. In addition, an individualised approach can help to create an inclusive environment in schools, as it respects the differences of learners and encourages them to share their experiences and opinions with their peers and teachers. An inclusive environment can enhance learners’ social and intercultural skills as well as their sense of belonging and well-being in the school community. Research was carried out within the framework of Horizon 2020 project no.: 101004653 Inclusion4Schools “School-Community Partnership for Reversing Inequality and Exclusion: Transformative Practises of Segregated Schools” (2020 - 2024). References Benson, Phil: The philosophy and politics of learner autonomy. IN: Benson, Phil – Voller, Peter, eds. 1997. Autonomy & Independence in Language Learning. New York: Addison Wesley Longman Limited. pp. 18-34. Benson, Phil: Teaching and Researching Autonomy in Language Learning. London: Pearson Education Limited. 2001. ISBN-13: 978-0582368163 Benson, Phil: Teaching and Researching Autonomy. Second edition. Oxon and New York: Routledge. 2011. ISBN 978-1-4082-0501-3 Benson, Phil – Reinders, Hayo, eds. Beyond the Language Classroom. New York: Palgrave Macmillan. 2011. ISBN 978-0-230-27243-9 Eneau, Jérôme – Develotte, Christine. (2012). Working together online to enhance learner autonomy: Analysis of learners’ perceptions of their online learning experience. ReCALL, 24(01), 3–19. DOI: 10.1017/s0958344011000267 Little, David. (2007). Language Learner Autonomy: Some Fundamental Considerations Revisited. Innovation in Language Learning and Teaching, 1(1), 14–29. DOI:10.2167/illt040.0 Luke, Christopher L. (2006). Fostering Learner Autonomy in a Technology-Enhanced, Inquiry-Based Foreign Language Classroom. Foreign Language Annals, 39(1), 71–86. DOI:10.1111/j.1944-9720.2006.tb02250.x Murphy, Linda: Supporting learner autonomy: Developing practice through the production of courses for distance learners of French, German and Spanish. IN: Language Teaching Research 12: 83 (2008); pp. 83-102. DOI: 10.1177/1362168807084495 Murphy, Linda: Why am I Doing This? Maintaining Motivation in Distance Language Learning. IN: Murray, Garold – Gao, Xuesong – Lamb, Terry, eds. Identity, Motivation and Autonomy in Language Learning. Bristol – Buffalo – Toronto: Multilingual Matters. 2011. ISBN-13: 978-84769-372-3. pp. 107-124. Oxford, Rebecca L. Toward a More Systematic Model of L2 Learner Autonomy. IN: Palfreyman, David – Smith, Richard C., eds. Learner Autonomy across Cultures: Language Education Perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan Ltd. 2003. ISBN 1-4039-0354-9. pp. 75-91. Palfreyman, David – Smith, Richard C., eds. Learner Autonomy across Cultures: Language Education Perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan Ltd. 2003. ISBN 1-4039-0354-9. p. 284. Pawlak, Miroslaw – Kruk, Mariusz. (2012). The Development of Learner Autonomy Through Internet Resources and Its Impact on English Language Attainment. Studia Anglica Posnaniensia, 47(2-3). DOI: 10.2478/v10121-012-0005-9 Reinders, Hayo: A Framework for Learning Beyond the Classroom. IN: Raya, Manuel Jiménez – Vieira Flávia, eds. Autonomy in Language Education: Theory, research and practice. London and New York: Routledge. 2021. ISBN 978-0-367-20413-6. pp. 63-73. Schmenk, Barbara: Globalizing Learner Autonomy. IN: TESOL Quaterly, Vol. 39, No. 1, March 2005, pp. 107-215. Schwienhorst, Klaus. (2003). Learner Autonomy and Tandem Learning: Putting Principles Into Practice in Synchronous and Asynchronous Telecommunications Environments. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 16(5), 427–443. DOI:10.1076/call.16.5.427.29484 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 28 SES 08 A: Student and Teacher Becomings Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stamatina Kioussi Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper More-than-digital Vitalities: Becoming Student and Teacher with Data Visualizations Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Students are frequently rendered into digitized and datafied formats. When students use and engage with digital technologies like digital learning materials and digital tests, a plethora of information in the form of digital data is generated about them. Such data are often described as static and rational matters of fact, neutral and objective in comparison to ‘subjective’ human judgment (Williamson & Piattoeva, 2019). While this description is not entirely wrong, it somehow limits our possibilities to see data as dynamic becomings, materializing in a variety of ways, as well as to analyze how data participate in the configuration of for example humans in other ways than merely describing their properties in quantitative terms. It seems that we somehow lack the vocabulary to describe data as more-than-digital phenomena. In this article, we aim to take a few steps towards producing such a vocabulary. We explore the vibrant and vital qualities generated when for example schoolteachers engage student data, such as those displayed in colorful data visualizations. We illustrate five different data becomings in a single ethnographic case. In order to explore possible vocabularies, this article takes up more-than-human theoretical perspectives found in feminist new materialist scholarship as well as in non-Western cosmologies. Specifically, we build on Donna Haraway’s more-than-human theorization of becoming as becoming with (Haraway, 2008), which challenges ideas of the human as being separated from its surroundings, as well as Deborah Lupton’s more-than-human theoretical work on human-data assemblages and her attention to vitalities (Lupton, 2020; Lupton et al., 2022). We illustrate our conceptual points with an ethnographic case study exploring what happens to students and teachers when engaging with digital testing in Danish primary and lower secondary education. Teaching, for the oldest students in Danish primary and lower secondary schools (‘folkeskole’), is almost exclusively done through digital platforms and digital learning materials. These digital learning materials automate part of the assessments and testing of student work by visualizing the results through graphs, bar charts, and other forms of data visualizations. We understand data visualizations as one of several becomings of data. While both educational scholars and data practitioners like teachers often refer to ‘data’ as one-and-the-same phenomenon, we propose viewing data as multiple interwoven becomings. In other words, we do not understand visualization as a process of reconfiguring ‘actual’ or ‘raw’ data into a visual format, but rather as one of the many ways data materialize. Data only ever emerge in some sort of specific material form, as for example digital data made up of binary digits, as ‘raw’ data made up of survey responses or registered values in rows and columns, or as visuals made up of colors, shapes, and numerical values. Even though the category of ‘data visualizations’ indicates a particular state of being of data, most data materializations are visual in some way – also ‘raw’ data. Thus, we do not use the term data visualizations to refer only to system-generated data visualizations with their colorful dashboard aesthetics, but also to homemade tables or notes displaying data in a different and more mundane, yet visual format. Our article includes empirical examples of several types of data visualizations used and produced by teachers. It also includes empirical examples of ‘data’ simply materializing as an idea or concept in talk, without emerging in any visual form. As the analysis will show, these various becomings of data are important and constitute students and teachers in different ways – as they are becoming with data. We therefore view sensitivities to different materializations of data in different situations as analytically fruitful for our understanding of data practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To help us demonstrate the different becomings of the data, we deploy metaphors and figures drawn from other-worldly, or at least more-than-digital, phenomena, including vitalities found in fantasy lore, folklore, zoology, and physics. These alternative ‘worlds’ involve figures and phenomena that behave differently than what ‘things’ like data can behave like in our everyday language and in our rational social science language. The affordances of metaphors and figures are thus their ability to help us see things in new ways and to increase our understanding of complex phenomena (Stuart & Wilkenfeld, 2022), much like Donna Haraway, for example, uses the metaphors and figures of the ‘cyborg’ (Haraway, 1991), a figure which couples the technological and the biological, as well as of ‘tentacular thinking’ (Haraway, 2016), a string figure emphasizing connections, in her work. We furthermore draw on Deborah Lupton’s (2020, 2018; Lupton et al., 2022) work on data vitalities and human-data assemblages and what she broadly labels vital materialism. Lupton conceptualizes human embodiment ‘as always already more-than-human: entangled and relational with things and places’ (Lupton et al., 2022 p. 361). The empirical material was generated through a year-long ethnographic fieldwork at two Danish primary and lower secondary schools, which the first author conducted from October, 2022 until October, 2023. The empirical material was generated through the ethnographic method of participant observation (Spradley, 1980). While we were specifically interested in teachers’ data practices and the ways they would interact with data visualizations in digital learning materials, we did not only observe and participate when my interlocutors engaged with data: rather we participated in all aspects of my teacher interlocutors’ everyday working lives, including their teaching, their preparation and evaluation of teaching, in a plethora of meetings like team meeting, department meetings, reading counselor meetings, and parent-teacher conferences. This all enabled a more holistic understanding of teachers’ lived experiences and practices. In this way, we got to follow the data, as they appeared through interfaces on laptop screens, but also how they travelled into notebooks and documents, as they appeared in conversations amongst teacher colleagues and between teachers and students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The figurative analysis of the multiple becomings of data shows how data in the empirical case develop from a vague and vaporous vibrancy into more and more embodied (colorful, shapeful, and wordy) vibrancies. This process render the data more and more precise tools for the diagnostic purposes of the reading counsellors. Yet, along this process, the data also transform into more and more-than-human images of the students, transgressing beyond simple displays of performance into combinations of multiple snapshots of each student sutured together into an elaborate data double. The visualizations of data thus change characteristics from easily readable data visualizations into detailed reports combining present, past, and past present versions of student beings into patchworks amenable for biographical analysis of progress or deterioration. This analysis opposes the image of data as something ‘static’ and ‘dead’. The two reading counsellors in our material play an important role in the becoming of data. This conclusion speaks to contemporary discussions about agency and autonomy with/of data and digital platforms. The various materializations of data in our material display different kinds of agency – ranging from casting a shadow to diagnostic work. Data visualizations seem to play an important role in rendering data agentic. At the same time, any operations beyond those embedded in the dashboard relied heavily on human agency to take place. Thus, in our case, student data only exteriorize (Gulson et al., 2022) a part of the human work, namely the measurement of spelling performance, but not the analysis of learning progress and deterioration at a more detailed level. In other words, the becoming student-with-data is partly a result of automated processes, partly of the becoming data-with-humans. References Gulson, K. N., Sellar, S., & Webb, P. T. (2022). Algorithms of education : how datafication and artificial intelligence shape policy. University of Minnesota Press. Haraway, D. J. (1991). Simians, cyborgs, and women: The reinvention of nature. Routledge. Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble: Making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Lupton, D. (2020). Data selves: More-than-human perspectives. Polity. Lupton, D. (2018). How do data come to matter? Living and becoming with personal data. https://doi.org/10.1177/2053951718786314 Lupton, D., Clark, M., & Southerton, C. (2022). Digitized and Datafied Embodiment: A More-than-Human Approach. In S. Herbrechter, I. Callus, M. Rossini, M. Grech, M. de Bruin-Molé, & C. John Müller (Eds.), Palgrave Handbook of Critical Posthumanism (pp. 361–383). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-04958-3_65 Spradley, J. P. (1980). Participant observation. Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Stuart, M. T., & Wilkenfeld, D. (2022). Understanding metaphorical understanding (literally). European Journal for Philosophy of Science, 12(3), 49. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13194-022-00479-5 Williamson, B., & Piattoeva, N. (2019). Objectivity as standardization in data-scientific education policy, technology and governance. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 64-76. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2018.1556215 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper ‘A Lot More Dystopic What I Imagined’ – Teacher Education Students’ Perceptions About Education Governance. University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Due to neoliberal governance, accountability, evaluation, and clearly specified goals have become the buzzwords of the administration of education. Increasingly, the answer to enhancing efficiency and accountability in education, is offered through technocratic rationality, as in digitalization and new educational technologies offering effective means for management of time, space and pedagogical content. (e.g., Ball 2015; Plum 2012). In such ethos, commercialization of education has accelerated rapidly, leaving education to face novel pressures, expectations as well as transformations on a global scale. These transformations are notably characterized by an apparent constriction of the overarching objectives of education, a narrowing of the scope of accessible information, and reconfiguring the very concept of human subjectivity. (Mertanen, Vainio & Brunila 2022). The first aim in our paper is to clarify the impact of commercialization on teacher education within the broader academic context. As Ball (2006) has argued, it is necessary to examine the impact of the increasing number of private commercial actors on education. Acknowledging that private education is undoubtedly part of organizing education in contemporary societies is imminent, thus ‘the question is no longer whether private actors should be allowed in education, but rather, to what extent and how should their activities be regulated, and to what end’ (Rizvi 2016: 2). Educational entrepreneurship has grown rapidly also in Finland, where education has traditionally been a public good and free of charge. What follows is that ideologies of ‘business rationale and attitude, emphasizing innovation, dissemination of ‘best-practices’, quick evidence for decision-making, and return on investments’ are now incorporated into education (Candido Hinke Dobrochinski, Seppänen & Thrupp 2023). Thus, we find most relevant Ball’s (2006) call for the investigation of the ethical and moral consequences of commercialization, since it affects also what in education in general is seen meaningful and why. In more practical terms we aim to examine the possibilities that could offer strategies for challenging these forces by asking; How do teacher education students recognize commercialization of education? and What means support their understanding of the phenomenon of commercialization, and the effects of it? These questions are interconnected within the larger framework of education governance and the effects it has on teachers. As teachers are increasingly internalizing the idea of a neo-liberal professional, as in believing that by acquiring new (e.g., technological) skills, they will improve their productivity and ‘add value’ to themselves (see Ball, 2003; Pesonen & Valkonen, 2023), they are at the same time more ontologically insecure – that is, they are unsure whether they are ‘doing enough, doing the right thing, doing as much as others, or as well as others, constantly looking to improve, to be better, to be excellent’ (Ball, 2003: 220). By examining future teachers’ understanding of commercialism in education we also aim to increase knowledge about the effects of highly individualized perception of teacher’s professionalism. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is rooted in the domain of discursive research methodology. In analysis we employ membership categorization analysis (MCA). MCA is predicated on the premise that culture evolves as individuals endeavor to make sense of their often intricate thoughts and experiences, imbuing them with meaning and subsequently organizing them through the utilization of diverse categories. It is worth underscoring that within the framework of MCA, individuals possess agency in their selection and application of categories, rendering the study of categories tantamount to an exploration of the localized actions and choices of individuals. (e.g., Stokoe 2012). The data of this research was produced within the context of an optional university course titled 'The Political and Economic Steering of Early Childhood Education.' Students participating in this course had a writing assignment, which encompassed a series of questions (not obligatory but offered for consideration), including: How do you conceptualize commercialism within the realm of education?; What are your hopes and aspirations concerning the commercial tools available for education?; What questions or uncertainties do you harbor regarding the utilization of commercial tools in education? In total, 20 concise essays were authored during the course, each spanning 1 to 2 pages in length. It is noteworthy that all students, apart from one, granted consent for the use of their written texts as research materials. Therefore, the final data comprises 19 essays, collectively contributing to the empirical foundation of this study. Through an examination of the categories employed by university students, our objective is to gain insight into their comprehension of the commercialization of education. As our first aim, we seek to identify what these categorizations reveal about the impact of commercialization on teacher education within the broader academic context. Secondly, we aim to understand what kind of reasoning, if any, allows, challenging of the neoliberal political culture and subject production, in which teachers (as all individuals) ought to constantly improve and be more productive and effective. MCA allows us to focus on how different categories are employed by future teachers when making sense of commercialization in education, as well as when criticizing and challenging it. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on our results, teacher education students struggle with recognizing values, norms and power relations within education and education policy. Our analysis shows how various categorizations are employed to justify and rationalize the increase of commercial – including private and other for-profit – actors in the field of education. Examples from data show how justification is constructed e.g., within the categories of ‘academic; research-based; quality’, and often the mandate is given by merging these categories with the commercial activities and/or materials. In one data example student explains: ’When evaluating, I would start by looking at who has produced the material in questions. Who did it and what was the aim? Is there a multinational company behind? Or maybe researchers and other professionals from the field?’ In addition to reliability, even certain kind of goodwill, is connected to commercial actors who have a background in the academic field of education. As we will explain further in our results, the examination of categories revealed that while only few used strategies of criticizing and challenging these ideals, others were shaken from what they had learned. A student explains: ‘I thought I had at least some understanding of how commercialism effects the everyday life of educational institutions. But soon I realized that it is a lot more dystopic what I imagined. I think it is scary how strongly commercialism effects the lives of children under school-age. I also see it as alarming, that there is so little discussion about this in the media.’ In our discussion we will pursue to emphasize, how the responsibility of becoming and staying aware and critical in terms of knowledge production in general, but also in terms of commercial and other for-profit actors in education, should not be tossed to an individual teacher education student or a teacher. References Ball, S. 2003. The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy 18(2): 215–228. Ball, S. 2006. Education Policy and Social Class: The Selected Works of Stephen J. Ball. World Library of Educationalists. London, UK: Routledge. Ball, S. 2015. What Is Policy? 21 years later: Reflections on the possibilities of policy research. Discourse 36(3): 306–313 Candido Hinke Dobrochinski, H., Seppänen, P. & M. 2023. “Business as the new doxa in education? An analysis of edubusiness events in Finland.” European Educational Research Journal 0(0): 1-24. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221140169 Mertanen, K, Vainio, S. & Brunila, K. 2022. “Educating for the Future? Mapping the Emerging Lines of Precision Education Governance.” Policy Futures in Education 20 (6): 731-744 Pesonen, J. & Valkonen, S. 2023. “Governing education, governing early childhood education and care practitioners’ profession?” Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/14639491231172206 Plum, M. 2012. Humanism, administration and education: The demand of documentation and the production of a new pedagogical desire. Journal of Education Policy 27(4): 491–507 Rizvi, F. 2016. Privatization in education: Trends and consequences. Education Research and Foresight, Working Papers 18. Paris, France: UNESCO. Stokoe, E. 2012. “Moving forward with membership categorization analysis: Methods for systematic analysis.” Discourse Studies 14 (3): 277–303. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Teachers’ Use of Research in Development Work: Empirical Findings from Switzerland Schwyz University of Teacher Education, Switzerland Presenting Author:Objectives and purposes Over the past two decades, there has been a growing demand for evidence-based policies and practices in education worldwide. This has led to a hierarchy of knowledge sources, with data from standardized testing and evaluations being prioritized as ‘objective’ measures, while local and contextual knowledge ranks lower (Johansson et al., 2015). School actors are expected not only to comply with policy demands but also to develop their practices according to research relevant to their profession (Penuel et al., 2017). A key challenge is that it is often assumed that access to various knowledge sources leads to its actual use. Several studies show that this is not the case as teachers rarely use research to develop their practice as research is perceived as too abstract (Joram et al., 2020). Also, expectations for rapid improvements to raise test scores put pressure on school actors’ decision-making and seem to promote knowledge sources targeted short-term solutions rather than long-term developmental work (Mausethagen et al., 2018). Sources of knowledge that are practical and closely related to teaching or school practice are more likely to be used (van Ackeren et al., 2013). Moreover, professional learning communities and networks have an important influence on teachers’ learning and school development (individual and organizational learning) (Stoll & Louis, 2007). This paper focuses on the extent to which and how teachers' use various knowledge sources in development work, such as data from standardized testing, practical experiences, subject knowledge, pedagogy, didactics, and educational research. The analysis explores and compares teachers’ use of knowledge sources in two different development project settings. Both projects are prioritized development areas in the school program. One of the projects can be described as a typical ‘top-down’ project because it involves new policies on formative assessments and thus new expectations from school authorities to which the school must respond. The other project represents a ‘bottom-up’ project, which was initiated in the school by the principal and is now being driven forward voluntarily by teachers. The organizational context and the actors in both projects are largely the same. The following research questions guide the analysis:
Theoretical Framework Policy enactment is used as a key analytical perspective since it helps identifying priorities and conditions for local school actors involved in school development in specific socio-institutional settings. Moreover, it emphasises how teachers in the study through creative processes interpret, translate and recontextualise relatively abstract ideas into practice (Braun et al., 2011). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is conducted in Switzerland and follows a qualitative design and an explorative approach. We analyze data from one school in which we observed meetings and core arenas for the two development projects over the course of one school year. After the observations, we conducted semi-structured contextualized interviews. Thus, data for this paper are field notes of the ethnographically inspired observations, transcripts from interviews with key actors identified during the observations and key documents such as school development plans and material developed by the teacher teams. The combination of these data sources will help understanding the situational contexts and the larger school context, and it allows an approach that is not based only on self-reported data. The policy enactment perspective as an analytical framework offers four contextual dimensions (external, situated, material, professional) context (Ball et al., 2012; Braun et al., 2011) which we combine with inducive categories (cf. Ragin & Amoroso, 2011). Looking at and comparing the contextual dimension of the projects provides further insights regarding opportunities and constraints regarding research use. With respect to the categorisation of knowledge sources, we used deductive categories that were identified in a literature review conducted in 2021/22 (author, 2023) and additional inductive categories from the data. For the use of research, we apply the categories from Weiss’s and Bucuvalas’ (1980) work on the use of social science research in a political context, the different facets of ‘use’ related to development goals are analysed. Different categories of ‘use’ are instrumental, conceptual and symbolic and was further developed and augmented by different authors (e.g. Penuel et al., 2017; Sjölund et al., 2022) with imposed use. In the application of these categories, it gets evident that research use is not a dualistic system, but rather represent different stages on a continuum, depending on motivation and engagement with the topic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that teacher teams use various knowledge sources in development projects. The use of knowledge sources is often implicit as teachers integrate the various sources (i.e. student performance data, experience, research evidence, contextual information about students) in their decision-making. The comparison of the two development project settings shows that there are major differences regarding use and integration of knowledge sources. Professional development courses represent an important arena for teachers to acquire knowledge in both development projects. Teachers’ use of knowledge sources is more diverse in the bottom-up project and the use of research is manifested more directly compared to the top-down projects, e.g. teachers read research literature, try out strategies in practice, share their experiences in meetings and produce their own documentation. In contrast, they tend to search for available online tools and sources in use by other schools in the top-down project. The study generates knowledge about teachers’ use and integration of different sources and how this use vary depending on the extent to which the projects respond to concrete challenges in their daily work, in other words the perceived value and the practical relevance of the work undertaken. References Authors (2023) Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Routledge. Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585–596. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601555 Johansson, K., Denvall, V., & Vedung, E. (2015). After the NPM Wave. Evidence-Based Practice and the Vanishing Client. Scandinavian Journal of Public Administration, 19(2), Article 2. Joram, E., Gabriele, A. J., & Walton, K. (2020). What influences teachers’ “buy-in” of research? Teachers’ beliefs about the applicability of educational research to their practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88, 102980. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102980 Mausethagen, S., Prøitz, T., & Skedsmo, G. (2018). Teachers’ use of knowledge sources in ‘result meetings’: Thin data and thick data use. Teachers and Teaching, 24(1), 37–49. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1379986 Penuel, W. R., Briggs, D. C., Davidson, K. L., Herlihy, C., Sherer, D., Hill, H. C., Farrell, C., & Allen, A.-R. (2017). How School and District Leaders Access, Perceive, and Use Research. AERA Open, 3(2), 233285841770537. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858417705370 Ragin, C. C., & Amoroso, L. (2011). Constructing Social Research: The Unity and Diversity of Method (Paperback). Sage Publications, Inc. http://gen.lib.rus.ec/book/index.php?md5=bcbcd621ac801b79e7e864d8111a7277 Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2022). Using research to inform practice through research-practice partnerships: A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 10(1), e3337. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3337 Stoll, L., & Louis, K. S. (2007). Professional Learning Communities: Divergence, Depth and Dilemmas. Professional Learning. In Open University Press. Open University Press. van Ackeren, I., Binnewies, C., Clausen, M., Demski, D., Dormann, C., Koch, A. R., Laier, B., Preisendoerfer, P., Preuße, D., Rosenbusch, C., Schmidt, U., Stump, M., & Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, O. (2013). Welche Wissensbestände nutzen Schulen im Kontext von Schulentwicklung? Theoretische Konzepte und erste Befunde des EviS-Verbundprojektes im Überblick., Paralleltitel: What kind of knowledge do schools use for school development purposes? In I. van; H. Ackeren (Ed.), Evidenzbasierte Steuerung im Bildungssystem? Befunde aus dem BMBF-SteBis-Verbund. (Fachportal Pädagogik; pp. 51–73). Waxmann. http://www.ciando.com/ebook/bid-994754 Weiss, C. H., & Bucuvalas, M. J. (1980). Social Science Research and Decision-Making. Columbia University Press. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 28 SES 08 B: Social Imaginaries of the Digital Future in Education Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Carlo Perrotta Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper An STS Approach to Wikipedia: Unboxing the Rhythms of Acceleration and Deceleration KULeuven, Belgium Presenting Author:In today's neoliberal society, learning is imperative, demanding rapid assimilation of new information. Platforms like Wikipedia play a crucial role in facilitating this pursuit, with numerous studies emphasizing their educational benefits and their impact on enhancing the learning experience. However, a significant concern revolves around the temporal dimension inherent in this narrative. What Rosa(2013) calls technological acceleration causes us to feel that we must speed up to keep pace with the changes of everyday life, i.e., social acceleration. This in turn causes several problems, such as the decrease in “real” production or consumption due to time constraints. For education in the broad sense, this necessitates accelerated learning, risking the creation and grasping of knowledge (which run parallel to what Rosa calls production and consumption), i.e. that it isn’t “real” grasping and creation anymore. Technological and social acceleration are intertwined, necessitating consideration of both aspects to address the challenges they pose. Motivated by the narrative of accelerated learning, this study employs a Science and Technology Studies (STS) perspective to investigate if Wikipedia replicates this narrative. This perspective means that Wikipedia is seen as a specific effect generated by the interplay of different actors in a specific setting. This approach allows for seeing how a practice like Wikipedia is enacted and for identifying important actors and micro-practices. Aligned with the broader field of STS, akin to Thompson's research (2012), it enables exploration of how networks, composed of human actors and non-human actors (including technologies) alike, structure and restructure the world in particular ways (Law, 2004). This approach sensitizes us to the fact that both human actors and non-human actors are needed to enact any practice and it helps us to see how that relation between actors enacts something like a policy document, educational technology, a website like Wikipedia or even knowledge (Thompson, 2010, p. 95; Decuypere & Simons, 2016). One of the main interests of STS is the how-question: how particular things come to be (Decuypere & Simons, 2016; Sorenson, 2008). The goal is, then, to investigate how a relational constellation - a network - is distributed and to convey in what way a practice is performed. The goal in this contribution is to detangle the practice of Wikipedia. What I mean by this is the following: in a traditional representational approach, some actors that play a critical role are overlooked or ignored, they get “black boxed” (Decuypere & Simons, 2016, p.34). The objective is to open that black box, to look at the actors involved in the enactment of Wikipedia, to investigate how they are distributed and relate to each other, and to see how they effectuate Wikipedia (Decuypere & Simons, 2016). This approach ensures an apt vocabulary to describe this and open the black box that is Wikipedia. Engaging as a Wikipedia editor and documenting activities, I constructed socio-material anecdotes, facilitating the creation of detailed mappings. This approach led me to the discovery of how the interplay of certain actors with other actors enact a rhythm. Thus, an STS approach made it possible to see that there are multiple acceleration dynamics that influence the learning and knowledge production practices on Wikipedia. However, instead of completely following today's dominant narrative on acceleration in learning, my research also demonstrated multiple deceleration dynamics. I conclude this paper by stating that these deceleration practices play an important role in the quality of learning and knowledge production. Secondly, I point out that only by slowing down myself, I was able to investigate these practices. It is thus important for future research to slow down to focus on the unprecedented possibilities in and of the present. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To detangle Wikipedia, I partook in the everyday practice of Wikipedia, i.e. I (mainly) expanded and edited existing online articles. The point was to analyse how actions and practices come about through and in relationships. A way of capturing this, was by recording the edits I made. The goal of using screen recordings was “to bring objects out of the background” (Thompson, 2012, p. 98) and to push my own vision to the background. The next step was to identify events. Here, I “followed the actors”: I observed what an actor compels other actors to do (Thompson, 2012; Latour, 2005). The following questions were posed to direct the selection process: Who or what is acting, what are they doing and what is related to what? (Adams & Thompson, 2016, p. 33). These questions were not only leading for the selection process but also for the writing of the socio-material anecdotes. These anecdotes were a way to “turn a technological object into the central character of a narrative” (Latour, 1996, p. vii). These anecdotes, written with an averted vision, provide actors a way to speak as well as a way to speak with them. They provide us with a space to grasp what is happening, to analyze the conversation, by allowing us to start from the event at hand and “trace out a range of associations” (Michael, 2000, p. 14; Adams & Thompson, 2016). They allow us to slow down and really pay attention to the technological (Thompson, 2012). The second “layer” of analysis lies in simultaneously unravelling translations. Translations give an insight in how assemblages develop and “how actors interface with others” (Adams & Thompson, 2016, p. 8). Translation indicates an ordering in the network: Translation thus is a process that effectuates ordering effects, a process of actors negotiating with other actors for a place in a heterogeneous network (Adams & Thompson, 2016; Law, 1992; Latour & Woolgar, 1979). The goal here was to see how the patterning of an assemblage came into being. Where in the first layer of analysis the focus was on asking questions about what relates to what, this layer emphasizes the how (Adams & Thompson, 2016). Thus, here, I examine how actors influence each other and enact certain practices and more importantly, particular rhythms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Due to my analysis, I was able to detail multiple acceleration practices. An STS lens allowed me to follow certain actors and discover how not only knowledge gets enacted but also time. The acceleration narrative in learning can be found on Wikipedia. However, Wikipedia is not only characterized by acceleration practices, which correspond with the dominant learning narrative, but Wikipedia also has a lot of practices in place to counter this. For every acceleration, a deceleration can be found. This already starts with the content policy. By encouraging reliable sources and neutral language, a Wikipedian is naturally forced to slow down, to hesitate, to think. Other deceleration practices ensure time, time for the Wikipedian to think about what they edited, deleted, reverted, ... In sum: to hesitate. I thus found two main categories, practices of acceleration and practices of deceleration, which severely impact important parts of the learning on and with Wikipedia. Subsequently I categorized these practices by introducing further subcategories. Practices that accelerate the learning experience can be divided into 3 subcategories: (1) practices that accelerate knowledge production, (2) practices that accelerate the verification process of knowledge production and (3) practices that enable the learner to learn faster. Next to the acceleration practices, another important set of practices was found. This set concerns practices that decelerate, viz. that slow down (1) the production of knowledge, (2) the verification of said knowledge and (3) learning. An important concluding note is that these results were only possible because I, myself, was forced to slow down. The anecdotes here were an aid that forced me to slow down, and it was only then I was able to map the acceleration and deceleration practices of Wikipedia. It is thus important to slow down to unearth these mechanisms that otherwise remain in the background. References de Mourat, R., Ricci, D., & Latour, B. (2020). How Does a Format Make a Public? In Reassembling Scholarly Communications (pp. 103–112). MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/11885.003.0012 Decuypere, M., & Simons, M. (2016). On the critical potential of sociomaterial approaches in education. Teoría de La Educación, 28(1), 25–44. https://doi.org/10.14201/teoredu20162812544 Decuypere, M., & Vanden Broeck, P. (2020). Time and educational (re-)forms-Inquiring the temporal dimension of education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 602–612. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2020.1716449 European Commission. (2000). A Memorandum on Lifelong Learning. https://www.uil.unesco.org/sites/default/files/medias/fichiers/2023/05/european-communities-amemorandum-on-lifelong-learning.pdf Facer, K. (2016) Using The Future in Education: Creating Space for Openness, Hope and Novelty. In The Palgrave International Handbook of Alternative Education (pp. 63–78). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-41291-1_5 Latour, B. (2004). Politics of Nature: How to bring the sciences into democracy (C. Porter, Trans.). Harvard University Press. 29 Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor-network theory. Oxford University Press Latour, B., & Woolgar, S. (1979) Laboratory Life. The construction of scientific facts. Beverly Hills: Sage Latour, B., & Porter, C. (1999). Aramis or the love of technology. (C. Porter, Trans.; 3rd print.). Harvard university press. Law, J. (2004) After method: Mess in social science research. Routledge Leshnick, A. (2022). Deletion discussions on hebrew wikipedia: Negotiating global and local ideologies. New Media & Society. https://doi.org/10.1177/14614448211067836 Michael, M. (2000). Reconnecting culture, technology and nature: From society to heterogeneity. Routledge. Rosa, H. (2013). Social acceleration. Columbia University Press. https://doi.org/10.7312/rosa14834 Simons M. & Masschelein J. (2008). The governmentalization of learning and the assemblage of a learning apparatus. Educational theory, 58(4), 391-415. Swillens, V., Decuypere, M., Vandenabeele, J., & Vlieghe, J. (2021). Place‐sensing through haptic interfaces: Proposing an alternative to modern sustainability education. Sustainability, 13(8), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13084204 UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379707 Vannini, P. (2017). Low and Slow: notes on the production and distribution of a mobile video ethnography. Mobilities, 12(1), 155–166. https://doi.org/10.1080/17450101.2017.1278969 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Teachers' Diversity-sensitive Digital Practices in the Classroom - A Participatory Research Project Paderborn University, Germany Presenting Author:The aim of this contribution titled 'Teachers' Diversity-sensitive Digital Practices in the Classroom - A Participatory Research Project' is to shed light on the question of how school teachers can address a diverse student population in their daily classroom practices under the condition of digitality. Utilizing the theoretical framework of practice theory (Schatzki, 2001) I explore digital practices in the classroom together with teachers, facilitating a participatory research project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participatory research (PR) draws on thinkers like Paolo Freire, who theorizes participation, democracy, and pluralism as vital components of social inquiry, aiming at equitable knowledge production and social change. Working towards a vision of a participatory, democratic digital future that is shaped by collective agency and equity, PR focuses on social investigation, education, and action. The research builds on concepts of feminist scholars like 'situated knowledge' by Donna Haraway (1988) as well as decolonial perspectives on teaching and learning (Bozalek, 2011). Doing a collaborative research inquiry fosters participation and equity between the teacher and the university-based researcher. They collaboratively develop the research project together and investigate context-specific digital teaching practices. The research question, as well as the focus of the research process, are developed in collaboration between the teacher and the researcher. PR provides the opportunity to reflect and reduce hierarchies within the research process by challenging traditional subject-object relationships (Bozalek, 2011). It overcomes the construction of the research object as other and allows to facilitate collaborative learning, improvement of classroom practices as well as meaningful learning (Vaughan 2019). Conducting grounded theory-based research (Corbin & Strauss, 2015), qualitative 'active interviews' (Hathaway et al., 2020; Holstein & Gubrium, 1995), and classroom observation data is gathered. Within the 'active Interview', both participants interactively co-construct the interview situation together. The interviews focus on the teachers' lesson planning, their didactic decisions before and during teaching as well as on the self-reflection of their teacher role. Additionally, classroom observation data on practices with digital technologies is collected. Here, the situatedness (time, space, context) of digital practices within classroom interactions is central. During the process of research and analysis, academics informally feedback the results of the analysis, discussing it in brief interactions at school, as well as in formalized interview settings (Nind, 2011). Thus, the data analysis with the coding process of the grounded theory methodology is done by the university-based researcher, discussing and reflecting intensively on the results with the teacher iteratively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first preliminary results stem from the above-mentioned research about language-sensitive digital teaching with tablets for students with refugee or migration backgrounds. These results can be grouped into three dimensions: the use of translation software, the reflection on the teachers’ positionality as German native speaker, as well as visualization practices. Firstly, these results show that establishing translation software use is beneficial for teachers and students. Practices, where students can choose and use specific tools routinely to translate words or phrases help students to navigate their way through assigned tasks as well as through digital learning environments (e.g. Learning Management Systems). The teacher also established diversity-sensitive digital practices, aiming to support students to simplify the text on their own. Students could assess different tools and use them. They gain independence in their learning process as they do not rely on the teacher for help. Secondly, the participatory research project allowed the teacher to reflect on their own practices with digital technology. Coming from a monolingual socialization (Gogolin, 2008) the teachers acknowledged the different positions and backgrounds of the students and shifted their teaching routine to incorporate digital practices that support multi-lingual students. Thirdly, practices of visualization are used not only to display the tasks of the lesson but also to enable the teacher to model the writing process like spelling, reformulating phases and collaborative writing practices in front of the class. It is also used to assess students’ work in public and give (peer-) feedback. Thus, digital artifacts such as teachers’ and students' notes can be displayed in the classroom at any time. During the participatory research, critical attention is raised about power dynamics, privacy and the code of conduct concerning the visualization of students' work. References Bozalek, V. (2011). Acknowledging privilege through encounters with difference: Participatory Learning and Action techniques for decolonising methodologies in Southern contexts. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 14(6), 469–484. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2011.611383 Budde, J. (2021). Die Schule in intersektionaler Perspektive. In T. Hascher, T.-S. Idel, & W. Helsper (Hrsg.), Handbuch Schulforschung (S. 1–20). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-24734-8_35-1 Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (Fourth edition). SAGE. Crenshaw, K. W. (2023). Mapping the Margins: Intersectionality, Identity Politics, and Violence Against Women of Color. In Foundations of Critical Race Theory in Education (3. Aufl.). Routledge. Gogolin, I. (2008). Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Waxmann Verlag GmbH. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830970989 Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066 Hathaway, A. D., Sommers, R., & Mostaghim, A. (2020). Active Interview Tactics Revisited: A Multigenerational Perspective. Qualitative Sociology Review, 16(2), 106–119. https://doi.org/10.18778/1733-8077.16.2.09 Herrle, M., Hoffmann, M., & Proske, M. (2022). Unterrichtsgestaltung im Kontext digitalen Wandels: Untersuchungen zur soziomedialen Organisation Tablet-gestützter Gruppenarbeit. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 25(6), 1389–1408. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-022-01099-8 Holstein, J. A., & Gubrium, J. F. (1995). The active interview ([Nachdr.], Bd. 37). SAGE Publications. Macgilchrist, F. (2023). Diskurs der Digitalität und Pädagogik. In S. Aßmann & N. Ricken (Hrsg.), Bildung und Digitalität: Analysen – Diskurse – Perspektiven (S. 47–71). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-30766-0_3 Nind, M. (2011). Participatory data analysis: A step too far? Qualitative Research, 11(4), 349–363. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794111404310 Rabenstein, K., Macgilchrist, F., Wagener-Böck, N., & Bock, A. (2022). Lernkultur im digitalen Wandel. Methodologische Weichenstellungen einer ethnographischen Fallstudie. In C. Kuttner & S. Münte-Goussar (Hrsg.), Praxistheoretische Perspektiven auf Schule in der Kultur der Digitalität (S. 179–196). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-35566-1_9 Schatzki, T. R. (2001). Introduction. In K. Knorr Cetina, T. R. Schatzki, E. von Savigny, & K. Knorr-Cetina (Hrsg.), The Practice Turn in Contemporary Theory (S. 10–23). Taylor and Francis. Walgenbach, K. (2017). Heterogenität—Intersektionalität—Diversity in der Erziehungswissenschaft. UTB. Wolf, E., & Tiersch, S. (2023). Digitale Dinge im schulischen Unterricht. Zur (Re)Produktion pädagogischer Sozialität unter dem Einfluss neuer medialer Materialitäten. In C. Leineweber, M. Waldmann, & M. Wunder (Hrsg.), Materialität – Digitalisierung – Bildung (S. 66–84). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.35468/5979 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Imagination of a Longed-for Well-ordered Digital Administration of Education in Portugal Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:Deterministic discourses that conceive of technology as independent from other social sectors and consider technological developments to be the cause of far-reaching social transformations are widespread (MacKenzie & Wajcman, 1985; Wyatt, 2008; Wajcman, 2015). Within this contemporary thinking, we can find different narratives, with varying degrees of optimism, amongst which a rhetoric of techno-solutionism stands out, a Promethean vision which sees technology as a human good that contributes inexorably to the emancipation of the species (Martins, 2003). The application of technological developments regarding the collection, processing and storage capacity to the education sector has been crucial for the parallel development of quantification and number-based policies in education. This means digital technologies have been enablers of data-driven policy-making (Ozga, 2008; Williamson, 2017; Landri, 2018; Grek, Maroy & Verger, 2021; Williamson, 2017, 2021; among many others), deepening and supporting the phenomenon of datafication (Williamson, 2017). Although the collection of data on education is nothing new, the importance of these changing digital policy processes shows that there is a digital layer added to what has already been taking shape in the governance of education. This layer includes its own actors, worlds, instruments, types of knowledge, possibilities for action. Educational policy in the European space is nowadays entirely embedded in a digital environment of commensuration, where “good” outcomes are compared, visualized, and desired (Landri, 2018). This European digital environment is constituted by many instruments, some of European scope, but most working at national and local level, collecting, sorting and distributing data, often for later use by European aggregating platforms, such as the Education and Training Monitor. Educational policy research needs to study the digital instruments that make all this possible, it is important to understand the ideas they carry and the imaginaries surrounding them, as well as to follow the trail of their construction and the actors involved in their doings. To understand how digital technologies are intertwined with educational policy we must distance ourselves from the above-mentioned deterministic thinking, but also observe and analyse those very ideas in the education sector. What are the imaginaries on technology that surround digital educational governance? How can we describe these imaginaries more concretely, where and by whom are they produced and reproduced? What ideas are shared among different actors and which are not, and how do these relate to practice? This study analyses one of such digital objects: Escola 360 (E360). This is a web platform designed and developed by the Portuguese Ministry of Education, together with IT and consultancy companies. It serves at the same time local school pupil management and the administration of the education system. It is a real-time national web platform where an individual file is kept for each student from the time of entrance in the education system. It’s the software teachers access as they start each class to enter attendance data and lesson summaries, where student enrolment is carried out nation-wide, ministry staff check individual or aggregated data. It has some innovative features, like cross sector non-human automatic processes for information checking with social security, health or law services, for example. Studied as a public policy instrument, E360 is analysed as an instrument loaded with meaning (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2007), not as neutral device, a simple technical object, but rather as an artefact carrying ideas that deserve the researcher’s attention (Wajcman, 2015; Kitchin & Dodge, 2011; Beer, 2017). By describing these ideas, the purpose of this study is to understand the discursive construction surrounding E360, as a means to discuss the imaginaries on technology that surround digital education governance both nationally and in the European education space. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The approach and procedures of this study are inspired by the proposals of the sociology of knowledge approach to discourse analysis (SKAD) (Keller, 2007, 2013), which offers a view of discursive manifestations that is in line with the political sociology perspective (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2007) that frames this study. Keller (2007) sees discourse as “a regular relationship between a specific set of enunciation practices and materialities and a semantic content that proposes a certain symbolic structuring of the world” (p.297). Thus, SKAD combines and moves away from, on the one hand, the Foucauldian approach that analyses discourses as emergent and abstract structures and doesn’t really take into account the actions of social actors and, on the other hand, the excessive importance that Berger and Luckmann attributed to the “banal and everyday knowledge of ordinary people” (p.296). A discourse does not exist independently of its manifestations, nor are discursive practices proof that discourse as an abstract structure exists. They are the realisations of a construction that can only exist in the making. This importance attributed to actors, without losing the notion of a “specific structuring of linguistic acts dispersed in time and space” (Keller, 2007, p.296) that frames their actions, is particularly interesting in the study of educational public policies from the perspective of public action, for which actors are one of the fundamental elements and therefore deserve the attention of the researcher. That said, we must keep in mind that actors are but one of the fundamental elements, deeply interconnected with others. And this web – also discursive – frames, enables and constrains their actions, deserving attention itself for all those reasons. To gather data I observed team meetings, collected policy documents which frame the key digital reform moments in Portugal and conducted interviews to key actors: the team coordinator and Deputy Director of the Directorate General for Education and Science Statistics, team members working for IT and consultancy companies, and school actors who participated in the E360 development. In line with SKAD, I conducted an immersive and inductive content analysis to all the material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through the study of the discursive construction around E360, we get a glimpse of the imaginaries on digital education governance in Portugal. I will present these by showing how information technologies are pictured as a solution to a problem – a distance between what there is and what there ought to be. This solution is framed in a generic deterministic thinking which imagines optimistic impacts of digital technology upon society and education. A techno-solutionism that envisions a new and inevitable well-ordered administration of education in Portugal. I first describe this imagined solution in more general terms, that is, how it reveals the place and the role of information technologies in public administration, its relation with the administered and how these subjects are portrayed. Secondly, I describe the imagined solution for the administration of education, focused on how E360 is depicted, what its characteristics promise for the administration of education at pupil, school and system level. All along it will become clear how digital education governance is described by all actors as the construction of a better, well-ordered world through information technologies. And how the design and development of E360 is inscribed in that same fabrication of a better and well-ordered administration of education in Portugal. This Promethean vision will then be confronted with a less reassuring experience when actors actually design, develop or use the dispositive. Tensions and contradictions arise, chaos shows up every now and then, choices are made for different kinds of reasons. Maybe order will not be so well-ordered. These results allow us to discuss how digital education governance is taking shape nationally through E360 and also to get some insight on the imaginaries on technology and their relations to practice within digital educational policy-making in the broader European context. References Beer, D. (2017). The social power of algorithms. Information, Communication & Society, 20(1), 1-13. Grek, S., Maroy, C. & Verger, A. (2021). Introduction: Accountability and datafication in education: Historical, transnational and conceptual perspectives. In S., Grek, C. Maroy, & A. Verger (eds.) World Yearbook of Education 2021: Accountability and Datafication in the Governance of Education. New York: Routledge. Keller, R. (2007). L'analyse de discours du point de vue de la sociologie de la connaissance. Une perspetive nouvelle pour les méthodes qualitatives. Atas do Colóquio Bilan et Prospectives de la Recherche Qualitative. Recherches Qualitatives, Hors-Série: 3, 287-306. Keller, R. (2013). Doing discourse research. An introduction for social scientists. London: Sage. Kitchin, R. & Dodge, M. (2011). Code/Space: Software and Everyday Life. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Landri, P. (2018). Digital Governance of Education: Technology, Standards and Europeanization of Education. London: Bloomsbury Publishing. Lascoumes, P. & Le Galès, P. (2007). Introduction: Understanding Public Policy through Its Instruments — From the Nature of Instruments to the Sociology of Public Policy Instrumentation. Governance: An International Journal of Policy, Administration, and Institutions. 20(1), 1-21. MacKenzie, D. & Wajcman, J. (1985). Introductory Essay. In D. MacKenzie and J. Wajcman (Eds.), The Social Shaping of Technology. How the refrigerator got its hum (2-25). Philadelphia: Open University Press. 1985; Wyatt, 2008; Wajcman, 2015 Martins, H. (2003). Dilemas da civilização tecnológica. In H. Martins & J. L. Garcia (Coords.), Dilemas da civilização tecnológica. Lisboa: Imprensa de Ciências Sociais. Ozga, J. (2008). Governing Knowledge: research steering and research quality. European educational Research Journal, 7(3), 261-272. Wajcman, J. (2015). Pressed for Time. The Acceleration of Life in Digital Capitalism. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Williamson, B. (2017). Big Data in Education: The Digital Future of Learning, Policy and Practice. London: Sage. Williamson, B. (2021). Digital policy sociology: software and science in data-intensive precision education, Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 354-370. Wyatt, S. (2008). Technological Determinism Is Dead; Long Live Technological Determinism. In E. Hackett, O. Amsterdamska, M. Lynch and J. Wajcman (Eds.), The Handbook of Science and Technology Studies (165-180). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 29 SES 08 D JS: Art, Literature and Multimodality in Language Learning Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ana Sofia Pinho Joint Paper Session NW 29 and NW 31. Full details under 31 SES 08 B JS |
17:30 - 19:00 | 31 SES 08 A JS: Family Languages and Multilingual Learning Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari Joint Paper Session NW 27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 08 A JS |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Which Factors Increase the Likelihood of Using Family Languages in Educational Contexts? 1University of Wuppertal, Germany; 2University of Education Ludwigsburg; 3DIPF I Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education; 4Goethe University Frankfurt Presenting Author:Migration-related multilingualism has been increasing in many European countries over the past few decades (Eurostat, 2024). As a result, classrooms often consist of students who are proficient in multiple languages, including their home language(s) and the local language. The multilingualism of students related to migration contrasts with school systems dominated by majority language(s). However, it can be considered fundamental from various perspectives to include the family languages of multilingual students in the classroom. For example, it can be argued that this is crucial from a holistic understanding of language, which regards language as an integral part of identity (Cummins, 2001). From a cognitive or communication-oriented perspective that views all language-related competencies as part of an individual's entire linguistic repertoire, it is fundamental that all languages can be used flexibly for communication and learning (García 2009). Translanguaging involves seamlessly navigating between languages and treating diverse linguistic repertoires as an integrated system (Canagarajah, 2011; Creese, 2017). Educators' purposeful adoption of strategies to facilitate students' translanguaging, thereby augmenting their learning, is denoted as pedagogical translanguaging (Cenoz & Gorter, 2021; Prilutskaya, 2021). Pedagogical translanguaging aims to improve students' metalinguistic awareness, helping them to organise and elaborate on content for a deeper understanding of the subject matter (ibid.). However, not all students use their family languages as a communicative resource in otherwise monolingual educational settings, even if they are explicitly invited to (Meyer & Prediger, 2011; Reitenbach et al. 2023; Schastak et al., 2017; Storch & Wigglesworth 2003). From Grosjean's (2008) theory on the language modes of bilingual speakers, three overarching factors can be derived for (not-)using the full language repertoire: individual, communication partners and the teaching context. Individual factors mainly relate to the linguistic repertoire encompassing vocabulary, literacy access, and language preferences. They may vary in multilingual individuals across languages and specific language domains such as academic language. In self-reports, students referred to individual factors by pointing to their language skills and perception of usefulness as well as their language affinity (Reitenbach et al., 2023; Schastak et al., 2017; Storch & Wigglesworth, 2003). According to Grosjean (2008), the multilingual mode is activated during interactions with other multilingual individuals who share more than one language and accept mixed-language interactions. Therefore, the chosen language mode is also influenced by the communication partners’ linguistic competencies, language preferences, linguistic habits, or power dynamics between the speakers (Grosjean 2008). Students mentioned language skills, perception of usefulness, and language affinity when referring to their communication partners as relevant factors for using or not using their entire linguistic repertoire (Reitenbach et al., 2023; Schastak et al., 2017; Storch & Wigglesworth, 2003). Grosjean (2008) argues that contextual factors at the meso-level (e.g., instruction) and macro-level (e.g., educational system and society) account for speakers’ language mode. Classroom interactions, which are influenced by structural elements such as time, space, goals, content, and methods (e.g. task types and materials), constitute meso-level contextual factors that influence (not-)using the full language repertoire. In self-reports, students refer to the teaching context as perceiving the language use being either an offer, obligation or prohibition (Reitenbach et al., 2023; Schastak et al., 2017; Storch & Wigglesworth, 2003). Overall, there is little evidence in the teaching context. In particular, the relative importance of students’ reasons for using family languages has not been sufficiently empirically investigated. This article therefore uses data from an intervention study to investigate (1) which reasons increase the probability of students using family languages and (2) the extent to which these differ in their predictive power. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used data from an intervention study on reading promotion in German lessons at elementary school. Prior to the intervention, the teachers attended three afternoons of training in small groups on the topic of Reciprocal Teaching (Rosenshine & Meister, 1994) and multilingualism in the classroom from a perspective of pedagogical translanguaging (Cenoz & Gorter, 2021; Prilutskaya, 2021). The teachers implemented the content in their lessons using a structured programme developed by the researchers. To encourage multilingual interaction, they employed three strategies: 1. creating a classroom environment that is welcoming to multilingualism (by using language portraits; Gogolin & Neumann, 1991); 2. using multilingual teaching materials (translations into > 30 languages); and 3. forming small groups based on shared family languages. In the 44 participating primary school classes, 69% of the fourth-graders were identified as multilingual. Those 499 students are included in the analyses. In the post-intervention survey, 62% of participants reported speaking a language other than German during the intervention. Data is available on language competence in the family language, operationalised as vocabulary, measured by the BVAT (adapted from Muñoz-Sandoval et al, 1998). Additionally, perceived academic benefits of multilingualism were measured using a 4-item scale with a Cronbach's α of .872 (e.g., “It helps me to work on tasks”). Attitudes towards multilingualism were also measured using a 4-item scale with a Cronbach's α of .694 (e.g., “I think it's cool if someone can speak more than one other language”). Data on the context were recorded at the student level, including availability of multilingual material (96% of students had access), availability of language partners (64% of students had language partners), and frequency of communication in languages other than German in the classroom prior to the intervention ("yes, very often" = 23.0%, "yes, but only sometimes = 56.2%; "no, never" = 14.2%). The analyses were carried out using binary logistic regression with SPSS 28 (cluster = small groups). Initially, bivariate models were calculated. Then, significant independent variables were tested in a joint model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The bivariate analyses showed that language competence in the family language (individual score and group average), perceived academic benefits of multilingualism (individual score and group average) as well as availability of material and language partnerships were significantly related to the use of family languages. The individual score of perceived academic benefits of multilingualism had the greatest predictive power (coefficient = .536; p < .001; odd's ratio = 1.710), followed by the availability of language partners (coefficient = .527; p < .001; odd's ratio = 1.694), and the individual score of language competence in the family language (coefficient = .505; p < .001; odd's ratio = 1.657). In the joint prediction model, perceived academic benefit of multilingualism at the individual level (coefficient = .429; p = .016; odd's ratio = 1.536) and language partners (coefficient = .413; p = .002; odd's ratio = 1.511) continued to make significant explanatory contributions. The availability of a language partner increases the likelihood of family language use by 55.1%. Additionally, an increase of 1 in the perceived academic benefit of multilingualism results in a 53.6% increase in the probability of family language use. The joint model accurately predicted whether the family language was used or not in 78.3% of cases. The analyses indicate that teachers can encourage the use of family languages in their classes by starting at a low threshold. An essential step in this regard is to establish small group work with language partners who speak the same languages. It is equally important for students to perceive their family languages as useful in a predominantly monolingual school context. In the classroom, teachers can demonstrate, enable, and motivate this by using subject-specific methods (e.g. Oomen-Welke, 2020 for German classes) or subject overarching approaches such as Linguistically Responsive Teaching (Lucas & Villegas, 2013). References Canagarajah, S. (2011). Codemeshing in academic writing: Identifying teachable strategies of translanguaging. The Modern Language Journal, 95(3), 401–417 Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2021). Pedagogical translanguaging. Cambridge University Press. Creese, A. (2017). Translanguaging as an Everyday Practice. In B. Paulsrud, J. Rosén, B. Straszer, & Å. Wedin (Ed.), New Perspectives on Translanguaging and Education (1-9). Multilingual Matters. Cummins, J. (2001). Language, Power and Pedagogy: Bilingual Children in the Crossfire. Multilingual Matters. Eurostat (2024). Migration and migrant population statistics. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Migration_and_migrant_population_statistics [18.01.2024]. Gogolin, I. & Neumann, U. (1991). Sprachliches Handeln in der Grundschule [Linguistic practice in primary school]. Die Grundschulzeitschrift, 5, 6–13. García, O. (2009). Bilingual education in the 21st century: A global perspective. Wiley-Blackwell. Grosjean, F. (2008). Studying bilinguals. Oxford University Press. Lucas, T. & Villegas, A.M. (2013). Preparing linguistically responsive teachers: Laying the foundation in preservice teacher education. Theory into Practice, 52(2), 98–109. Meyer, M. & Prediger, S. (2011). The use of first language Turkish as a resource. A German case study on chances and limits for building conceptual understanding. In M. Setati, T. Nkambule & L. Goosen (Ed.), Proceedings of the ICMI Study 21 Mathematics and language diversity (225–234). São Paulo University Press. Muñoz-Sandoval, A.F., Cummins, J., Alvarado, C.G., & Ruef, M.L. (1998). Bilingual verbal ability tests: Comprehensive manual. Riverside Publishing. Oomen-Welke, I. (2020). Mehrsprachigkeit im Deutschunterricht [Multilingualism in German lessons]. In I. Gogolin, A. Hansen, S. McMonagle, & D. Rauch (Ed.), Handbuch Mehrsprachigkeit und Bildung (181-188). Springer VS. Prilutskaya, M. (2021). Examining pedagogical translanguaging: A systematic review of the literature. Languages, 6(4), 180. Reitenbach, V., Decristan, J., Rauch, D., Bertram, V., & Schneider, K.M. (2023). Selbstberichtete Gründe für die (Nicht‑)Nutzung von Familiensprachen beim mehrsprachigkeitssensiblen Reziproken Lehren [Students’ reasons for (not) using their home languages during linguistically responsive Reciprocal Teaching]. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 51, 221–243. Rosenshine, B. & Meister, C. (1994). Reciprocal teaching: A review of the research. Review of Educa-tional Research, 64, 479–530. Schastak, M., Reitenbach, V., Rauch, D., & Decristan, J. (2017). Türkisch-deutsch bilinguale Interaktion beim Peer-Learning in der Grundschule: Selbstberichtete Gründe für die Nutzung oder Nicht-Nutzung bilingualer Interaktionsangebote [Turkish-German bilingual interactions during peer-learning in elementary school. Self-reported reasons for acceptance or rejection of bilingual interaction]. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 20(2), 213–235. Storch, N. & Wigglesworth, G. (2003). Is there a role for the use of the L1 in an L2 setting? Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages, 37(4), 760–770. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Supporting multilingual learning — Teachers’ perceptions University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:As Northern Europe is becoming increasingly multilingual, new challenges are posed to public institutions. In Finland, schools have not yet managed to turn students’ multilingual resources into an advantage. The Finnish national core curriculum of basic education (The Finnish National Agency for Education 2014) encourages a language aware school culture and mentions the parallel use of different languages in the school. However, the use and definition of these concepts are vague, and it is not clear how they should be implemented in schools. Teachers' attitudes may also be strongly driven by monolingual ideology (Alisaari et al. 2019), which is not conducive to promoting everyday multilingualism in classrooms. According to recent studies (Suuriniemi 2021, Repo 2022, Alisaari et al. 2023), linguistically responsive teaching (e.g. Lucas & Villegas 2013) and practices supporting multilingual learning have not yet become mainstream in Finnish comprehensive education, even if many teachers express both the need and the positive attitude (Harju-Autti & Sinkkonen, 2020) towards acquiring new teaching methods for their linguistically diverse classrooms. These questions are not only specific to Finland or the Nordic countries, but to all Western countries with recent increase in immigration. Educational system and especially basic and upper secondary education have a key role in integrating young people into the society, by providing qualifications for transition to working life, and by creating a sense of belonging and possibilities for democratic participation and agency in the Finnish society. The PISA results have shown that the learning outcomes of students with an immigrant background are remarkably lower than those of students with a Finnish background (Harju-Luukkainen et al. 2014). My presentation will investigate the individual and structural challenges multilingual students with migrant background face. Effective school language learning is key to academic success, but Finnish educational system does not seem to promote a truly multilingual society, where all the language resources of individuals are treated as an asset rather than an obstacle. Supporting the students’ individual identities calls for valuing their previous knowledge, including their language skills (Alisaari et al. 2023, Cummins, 2021). The languages of the students are present in the classroom in one way or another, whatever agreement was made between the teacher and the students regarding their use. Research about the importance and means of pedagogical translanguaging (Cenoz & Gorter 2022) are still scarce in the Finnish school context. My research investigates the everyday realities of multilingualism at the Finnish educational system, specifically teacher’s perceptions on supporting multilingual learning. My research asks, 1) how do teachers see their role in supporting multilingual students’ linguistic and academic development, and 2) how are these ideas promoted in everyday classroom practices in linguistically diverse 9th grade classrooms? This study will give new knowledge on how to promote truly multilingual learning in linguistically diverse classrooms, where the teacher typically is a native speaker of the school language. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation at hand is part of the second sub-study of my dissertation Multilingual transitions – Post-comprehensive educational choices of multilingual pupils with migrant background. In this study I focused on subject teachers’ perceptions and means of supporting their multilingual student’s learning. The ethnographic research data of this study were produced in two lower secondary schools in the Metropolitan Helsinki area. Both schools have a large amount of non-native Finnish speakers as students, and they are situated in socioeconomically disadvantaged areas. The data consist of field notes on multilingual pedagogic practices during one school year (59 observed schooldays) and individual interviews of 27 lower secondary subject teachers and other school staff such as special education teachers, career counselors, principals and multilingual counselors. My presentation will provide some preliminary results on the analysis that focuses on the teachers’ views. The interviews have been analyzed by using qualitative content analysis (Krippendorff, 1980). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the ethnographic fieldwork conducted for this study, I argue that even linguistically diverse Finnish schools lack systematic practices in supporting multilingual students’ learning. Many teachers spoke mostly English for newly arrived students and even well-known linguistically responsive methods were not found in everyday classroom practices. Students were rarely encouraged to use their languages in class and multilingual pedagogies were not familiar to most of the teachers interviewed. However, certain teachers used these methods regularly and verbalized the significance of these practices in the interviews. These teachers were dedicated to including all students in learning, both in the content matter but also socially. They had consciously developed their teaching in linguistically responsive direction and acknowledged their students’ languages as resources for learning. In my presentation I will present established practices of multilingual pedagogies and discuss policy recommendations for education. References Alisaari, J., Heikkola, L. M., Acquah, E. O. & Commins, N. (2019). Monolingual ideologies confronting multilingual realities. Finnish teachers’ beliefs about linguistic diversity. Teaching and Teacher Education 80, 48-58. Alisaari, J., Bergroth, M., Harju-Autti, R., Heikkola, L. M., & Sissonen, S. (2023). Finnish Teachers’ Perspectives on Creating Multilingual Learning Opportunities in Diverse Classrooms. In V. Tavares, & T.-A. Skrefsrud (editors), Critical and creative engagements with diversity in Nordic education (pages 109–129). Lexington books. Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners: A critical analysis of theoretical concepts. Multilingual Matters. Harju-Autti, R., & Sinkkonen, H.-M. (2020). Supporting finnish language learners in basic education: Teachers’ views. International Journal of Multicultural Education 22(1), 53–75. Harju-Luukkainen, H., Nissinen, K., Sulkunen, S., Suni, M., & Vettenranta, J. (2014). Avaimet osaamiseen ja tulevaisuuteen: Selvitys maahanmuuttajataustaisten nuorten osaamisesta ja siihen liittyvistä taustatekijöistä PISA 2012 -tutkimuksessa [Keys to skills and the future: a study on the skills and related determinants of young people with an immigrant background in PISA 2012]. Finnish Institute for Educational Research. Lucas, T. & Villegas, A. M. (2013) Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers: Laying the Foundation in Preservice Teacher Education, Theory Into Practice,52:2, 98-109. Krippendorff, K. (1980). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage. National Agency of Education. (2014). Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteet 2014. https://eperusteet.opintopolku.fi/#/fi/perusopetus/419550/tiedot Repo, E. (2020). Discourses on encountering multilingual learners in Finnish schools. Linguistics and Education, 60, 100864. Suuriniemi, S.-M. & Satokangas, H. (2021): Linguistic landscape of Finnish school textbooks, International Journal of Multilingualism. Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2022). Pedagogical translanguaging in content and language integrated learning. Journal of Multilingual Theories and Practices, 3(1), 7–26. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper The Use of Students’ Home Language(s) in Increasingly Linguistically Diverse English as an Additional Language Classrooms in Norway and Cyprus 1Norwegian University of Science & Technology (NTNU), Norway; 2University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Across Europe, school classrooms are more linguistically diverse than in the past. Because of this, research encourages the implementation of pedagogical approaches that embrace the diversity of students and the increasing role of home languages in the school curriculum (Aronin & Singleton, 2012; Cenoz & Gorter, 2015; May, 2014). As a result, the changing demographics and composition of students have also altered teachers’ classroom settings from traditionally homogenous to those that are more diverse in nature (Lorenz et al., 2021; Rosnes & Rossland, 2018). However, some EAL classrooms have not been adequately prepared to cater to the needs of multilingual students as their settings have essentially been defined as homogeneous by the educational systems in which they work (Lorenz et al., 2021). According to Wernicke et al. (2021), attention should be paid to multilingualism and multiculturalism in educational settings to increase awareness and recognition of linguistic and cultural diversity at individual and societal levels. Further, research articulated that historical, ideological, social, economic, and political factors need to be taken into consideration, as well as language policy and the diverse language practices of teachers and students (Choi & Ollerhead, 2018). Multilingual education presupposes not only the teachers’ proficiency in several languages but also their knowledge and understanding of language acquisition processes, theoretical and pedagogical models, approaches focused on the development of multilingual competence (Hammond, 2014), teaching strategies, language, and content integration (Palincsar & Schleppegrell, 2014), and language policies and ideologies related to language teaching and language use (Flores & Rosa, 2015). Recent research on multilingualism and language education has mainly been conducted with a focus on the learning and teaching of the English language, or in English-speaking contexts (Burns & Siegel, 2018;Matsuda, 2017). This study looks at two increasingly multilingual EAL settings, namely, Norway and Cyprus, whose recent reports (Statistics Norway, 2022 for reports on Norway and Annual Report of the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sport, and Youth, 2021 for reports on Cyprus) identified an increase in linguistic diversity and testified to the need for effective and efficient multilingual pedagogies that would assist in optimizing the student learning experiences. The researchers aimed to investigate pre-service EAL teachers’ beliefs, perceptions, and reflections regarding the use of students’ HLs in increasingly linguistically diverse EAL classrooms in Norway and Cyprus. Fifty-nine teachers were observed during their teaching practicum and were interviewed with respect to their views, beliefs, and self-reflections on the impact and role of HL for EAL teaching and learning purposes. In both countries, data were collected through classroom observations and semi-structured interviews. The field notes enabled the researchers to reflect on the documented events and the behaviors observed in practice to produce meaning and understanding. The research question the study sought to address was:
The findings revealed that more than half of the participants in both countries were in favor of employing multilingual pedagogies. However, most of them acknowledged certain challenges in their practical implementation and the need for further training. The study concludes with the authors stressing the catalyst role teacher educators could play in making EAL classrooms more inclusive for multilingual learners (Neokleous & Karpava, 2023). The significance of this study is in its comparative nature and in its potential for providing further evidence in the exploration of linguistically and culturally responsive teaching and deeper insights into EAL teachers beliefs and cognitions but also how teacher training can effectively prepare pre-service teachers on enhancing learning in linguistically diverse settings (Kart et al., 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In both countries, data were collected through classroom observations and semi-structured interviews. Notes taken during the observations were later written up as field notes constituted the third data collection strategy. The field notes enabled the researchers to reflect on the documented events and the behaviors observed in practice to produce meaning and understanding. A convenience sampling method was implemented to recruit participants (Mathieson, 2014), who were all attending a pre-service EAL university course in one institution in Cyprus and one institution in Norway. Participants were at the same level in their English language teacher education program of study. A total of 30 undergraduate students in Cyprus and 29 undergraduate students in Norway, who self-identified as future EAL teachers, took part in the study. In Cyprus, 17 participants were male and 13 were female. Their ages ranged from 18 to 26 years old. In Norway, 19 were female and 10 were male. Their ages ranged from 18 to 23 years old. To comply with the ethical decisions raised to conduct the study, approval was granted from the Norwegian Centre for Research and Data and the Cyprus National Bioethics Committee. The study complied with the ethical guidelines of the two participating countries and institutions to ensure that the participants make a fully informed decision about whether to participate in the research. For the interviews with the participants, an interview protocol was created. The interviews were semi-structured with questions that were common for all participants while also leaving the window open for probing and clarification inquiries. However, the fourth section contained questions that were specific for each of the participating classrooms based on the observations and the practices of the teachers. The interviews with the participants were conducted in English. An interpretational approach was employed to address the three research questions. Gall et al. (1999) defined interpretational analysis as a process which “involves a systematic set of procedures to code and classify qualitative data to ensure that the important constructs, themes, and patterns emerge” (p. 315). Once transcribed, the interviews were thematically analyzed. The transcripts were attentively reviewed: repeating themes were identified, the data were coded, and based on the keywords and phrases, categories were created (Rolland et al., 2020). Abiding by the interpretational approach guidelines, the interviews with the pre-service teachers were transcribed and coded using Saldaña’s (2009) two coding cycle methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Even in classroom settings that have traditionally been described as monolingual with students and teachers sharing a majority language, because of rapid increases in mobility and migration, increasingly linguistically and culturally diverse classrooms have become the norm. As a result, EAL classrooms both in Norway and Cyprus now represent a range of different HLs. Current pedagogical approaches embraced the multilingual turn in education that prompted teachers to make use of the students’ entire linguistic repertoires to perform and negotiate TL functions (Aronin and Singleton, 2012; Shin et al., 2020). The purpose of this study was to unearth pre-service teacher attitudes toward the integration of HLs and the purposes they should serve in the classroom but also to identify differences and similarities between two traditionally monolingual but incrementally multilingual settings. As it emerged from the results of this comparative study, the pre-service teacher participants were aware of the current classroom reality and the ensuing challenges that the linguistic diversity might bring in their teaching. As the participants elaborated, the challenges stemmed from a lack of adequate training and relevant teaching experience that would equip them with the required skills and knowledge to face the diverse needs of the student body in multilingual settings. Because of this unpreparedness, the participants were hesitant and in certain cases reluctant to immerse themselves in a classroom without feeling confident about the pedagogical practices and approaches they would employ. The results cement the significance of ensuring coherence between theory and practice in teacher education programs regarding the preparation of pre-service teachers for their work with diverse pupils. These findings can be used in teacher training programs to assist prospective teachers in better understanding the natural linguistic behavior of multilingual students but also how to effectively use the students’ entire linguistic repertoires as a resource. References Aronin, L., and Singleton, D. (2012). Multilingualism. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing. Burns, A., and Siegel, J. (2018). International perspectives on teaching the four skills in ELT: Listening, speaking, reading, writing. Cham, Switzerland: Springer. Cenoz, J., and Gorter, D. (2015). Multilingual education. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Choi, J., and Ollerhead, S. (2018). Plurilingualism in teaching and learning: Complexities across contexts. London, UK: Routledge. Flores, N., and Rosa, J. (2015). Undoing appropriateness: Raciolinguistic ideologies and language diversity in education. Harv. Educ. Rev. 85, 149–171. doi: 10.17763/0017-8055.85.2.149 Hammond, J. (2014). An Australian perspective on standards-based education, teacher knowledge, and students of English as an additional language. TESOL Q. 48, 507–532. doi: 10.1002/tesq.173 Kart, A., Groß Ophoff, J., and Pham Xuan, R. (2022). Pre-service teachers’ attitudes about teaching and learning in multilingual classrooms. Insights from the Austrian-wide summer school programme in 2021. Lang. Cult. Curric. 36, 276–292. doi: 10.1080/07908318.2022.2138426 Lorenz, E., Krulatz, A., and Torgersen, E. N. (2021). Embracing linguistic and cultural diversity in multilingual EAL classrooms: the impact of professional development on teacher beliefs and practice. Teach. Teach. Educ. 105:103428. doi: 10.1016/j.tate.2021.103428 Matsuda, A. (2017). Preparing teachers to teach English as an international language. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters. May, S. (2014). The multilingual turn: Implications for SLA, TESOL and Bilingual Education. Routledge. Ministry of Education, Culture, Sport, and Youth. (2021). Annual Report. Available at: http://www.moec.gov.cy/en/annual_reports.html. Neokleous G and Karpava S (2023) Comparing pre-service teacher attitudes toward the use of students’ home language(s) in linguistically diverse English as an additional language classrooms in Norway and Cyprus. Front. Educ. 8:1254025. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1254025 Palincsar, A., and Schleppegrell, M. (2014). Focusing on language and meaning while learning with text. TESOL Q. 48, 616–623. doi: 10.1002/tesq.178 Rolland, L., Dewaele, J., and Costa, B. (2020). “Planning and conducting interviews: power, language” in The Routledge handbook of research methods in applied linguistics. eds. J. McKinley and H. Rose (London, UK: Routledge), 279–290. Rosnes, E. V., and Rossland, B. L. (2018). Interculturally competent teachers in the diverse Norwegian educational setting. Multicult. Educ. Rev. 10, 274–291. doi: 10.1080/2005615X.2018.1532223 Statistics Norway. (2022). Population. Available at: https://www.ssb.no/en/befolkning Wernicke, M., Hammer, S., Hansen, A., and Schroedler, T. (2021). Preparing teachers to work with multilingual learners. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 31 SES 08 B JS: Art, Literature and Multimodality in Language Learning Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ana Sofia Pinho Joint Paper Session NW 29 and NW 31. Full details under 31 SES 08 B JS |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Multimodal Interaction with Images: Aspects of Visual, Subject-specific Epistemic, and Associated Linguistic Learning Leuphana University, DE, Germany Presenting Author:In imparting subject-specific competencies, visual stimuli often serve as the basis for classroom discourse. Images are used in every subject as they serve both as stimuli for expressions and to support learning and introduce subject-specific thematic aspects (Hallet 2008). In second and foreign language teaching, there are numerous assumptions about the potential of using images for linguistic learning (Kress & van Leeuwen 2021). In the context of scaffolding support (Gibbons 2015), multimodal practices play a significant role: According to Gibbons (2015: 45), references to various carriers of meaning provide multiple connection points to everyday experiences and already known or learned content. Gibbons describes this strategy or didactic function of relying on visualizations or other modes of support, such as gestures, with the term 'message abundancy' (Gibbons 2015: 42–45): "Message abundancy is a significant aspect of comprehensible teacher talk and is central to effective learning. When teacher talk is integrated with other systems of meaning, it is much more likely to be understood." (Gibbons: 44–45) By combining different semiotic resources, L2 learners can activate their prior knowledge, stimulating comprehension processes and thereby eliciting output. Especially when it comes to leading learners from a concrete level of observation to a more abstract, context-reduced level, this strategy can be helpful (Kniffka, & Neuer 2008: 129). Many didactic-methodological concepts and programmes for language-sensitive subject teaching are based on the assumption that visualization and contextual embedding support a dual subject-matter-specific and associated linguistic progression. However, in dyadic classroom communication with L2-learners, it is unclear which interactional and multimodal practices come into play in relation to image perception. How knowledge is constructed depends on the way it is presented, and the methods and media used. The form of representation influences both what is learned and how it is learned (Jewitt 2008: 241). Switching between modes of representation and thus the perception of meanings from different modalities, in particular the visual material in the school subject context, their integration and implementation in a communicative act requires multiliterate discourse competence (Jewitt 2008: 255). Therefore, the aim of this interdisciplinary exploratory study on subject-specific image discussions with L2 learners (n = 18) in secondary schools (Germany, Hesse, May–July 2023) is to capture students' image communication in relation to specific teaching objectives, to analyse and compare discourses about images. This serves to draw conclusions about the characteristics and conditions of acquisition-supportive, learning-productive, and academically challenging practices for the use of images. By describing and analysing the subject-specific and linguistic practices of students in dyadic image conversations, the study investigates which subject-specific, visual, and associated linguistic and discursive practices and competencies play a role in image reception and the associated gain in knowledge. Conclusions about multimodal interaction via images are drawn with reference to the foundations of multimodality (Kress 2021; Rowsell & Collier 2017) and the understanding of interactional competence according to Sert (2015: 44-50), Seedhouse (2009), Hall and Pekarek Doehler (2011: 1-3), and the conceptualisation of 'classroom discourse' as a form of media-related classroom interaction (Thomson 2022: 17-21). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current study (April 2023–July 2023) was conducted with L2 learners (n = 18) in an intensive class shortly before their transition into regular classes. Selected students, whose language proficiency was determined using C-Tests, were presented with images from introductory pages of a textbook for the subject of social studies. According to the curriculum (HKM n.d.) and teaching materials, the illustrations are intended to prepare the students for work on topics such as "Children of the World" or "Living spaces". During various dyadic interactions, which were videotaped (approximately 350 minutes), the conversation partner, a subject, and German as a Second Language teacher, supported the participants as needed, including through interactional scaffolding and strategies like "cued elicitation" (Hammond & Gibbons 2005: 23) to achieve the subject-specific learning objectives. Working with images in a school context means understanding the different resources of meaning in their interplay and in relation to the professional teaching objective. To this end, the objectives associated with the visual material, on the one hand, and the teacher's impulses for initiating mode shifts and negotiating meaning, on the other, are analysed. The focus of the analysis is therefore on the multimodal reference system of image and speech. Conversation analysis (CA) is used to reconstruct the organisation of the multimodal interaction on the pictures in relation to the associated learning objective. The focus of the data selection for the lecture is on sequences in which the L2 learners take the topics represented by the material as a starting point for their personal questions. The conversations were transcribed according to GAT 2 conventions (Selting et al. 2009) and analysed using conversational analysis (Birkner et al. 2020). This analysis particularly focused on identifying interaction sequences where visual, linguistic, or predominantly subject-specific epistemic pathways of understanding were prominent. The discourse practices were analysed in relation to the subject of observation. The reconstruction of multimodal interaction allowed for conclusions about different ways of steering in supportive, learning-productive, and academically challenging teaching scenarios. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conceptual foundations and curriculum guidelines for the goals linked to using images suggest that the intended learning steps are directly achievable. However, meaning arises in discourse, and learning pathways depend on the experiences and subject-specific, linguistic, and visual competencies of the learners and teachers. In specific situations, various interactional practices, and support in the form of micro-scaffolding come into play (Gibbons 2015). Through the exemplary analysis of selected discourses, it becomes clear that micro-scaffolding has different starting points depending on the individual participant: Sometimes impulses for conscious perception are required, and at other times, it involves assistance in naming the subjects of the images and their interrelations. The different cultural interpretation patterns of the participants in relation to the depicted contexts, situations, and people also indicate that differentiated support is necessary to achieve subject-specific epistemic goals. For instance, it cannot be assumed that students understand images as representations of a subject-thematic context. Depending on prior knowledge, interests, and experiences, there are often very individual starting points that determine not only the direction of observation but also the discourse. The data offer insight into the interplay of the modes of representation, image, and language, in conjunction with the perspectives and competencies of the participants. The study shows that the strategy of switching representation levels from concrete to abstract is not inherently supportive of acquisition for learners of German as a Second Language, as previously assumed. Instead, they need further support in grasping the pictorial level, establishing connections, incorporating their own prior knowledge, and transforming what is observed and described into understanding. References Birkner, K., Auer, P., Bauer, A., & Kotthoff, H. (2020). Einführung in die Konversationsanalyse. Berlin, Boston: De Gruyter. Gibbons, P. (2015). Scaffolding Language, Scaffolding Learning (2nd ed.). Portsmouth: Heinemann. Hall, J. K., & Pekarek Doehler, S. (2011). L2 interactional competence and development. In J. K. Hall, J. Hellermann, & S. Pekarek Doehler (Eds.), L2 interactional competence and development (pp. 1–19). Bristol, Buffalo, and Toronto: Multilingual Matters. Hallet, W. (2008). Die Visualisierung des Fremdsprachenlernens – Funktionen von Bildern und visual literacy im Fremdsprachenunterricht. In G. Lieber (Ed.), Lehren und Lernen mit Bildern. Ein Handbuch zur Bilddidaktik (pp. 212–223). Baltmannsweiler: Schneider Verlag Hohengehren. Hammond, J., & Gibbons, P. (2005). Putting scaffolding to work: The contribution of scaffolding in articulating ESL education. Prospect, 20(1), 6–30. Retrieved from http://www.ameprc.mq.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/229760/20_1_1_Hammond.pdf HKM – Hessisches Kultusministerium. (n.d.). Handreichung Gesellschaftslehre zur Arbeit mit den Lehrplänen der Bildungsgänge Hauptschule, Realschule und Gymnasium an den schulformübergreifenden (integrierten) Gesamtschulen und Förderstufen. Retrieved from https://kultusministerium.hessen.de/Unterricht/Kerncurricula-und-Lehrplaene/Lehrplaene/Integrierte-Gesamtschule-IGS Jewitt, C. (2008). Multimodality and Literacy in School Classrooms. Review of Research in Education, 32(1), 241–267. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X07310586 Kniffka, G., & Neuer, B. (2017). Sprachliche Anforderungen in der Schule. In H. Günther, G. Kniffka, G. Knoop, & T. Riecke-Baulecke (Eds.), Basiswissen Lehrerbildung: DaZ unterrichten (pp. 37–49). Seelze: Klett-Kallmeyer. Kress, G., & van Leeuwen, T. (2021). Reading Images (3rd ed.). London: Routledge. Rowsell, J., & Collier, D. R. (2017). Researching multimodality in language and education. In K. King, YJ. Lai, & S. May (Eds.), Research methods in language and education. Encyclopedia of language and education (pp. 311–325). Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02249-9_23 Seedhouse, P. (2009). The interactional architecture of the language classroom. Bellaterra: Journal of Teaching & Learning Language & Literature, 1(1), 1–13. Sert, O. (2015). Social interaction and L2 classroom discourse. Edinburgh University Press. Thomson, K. (2022). Classroom discourse competence (CDC) in foreign language teaching and language teacher education. In K. Thomson (Ed.), Classroom discourse competence. Current issues in language teaching and teacher education (pp. 13–31). Tübingen: Narr Francke Attempto. https://doi.org/10.24053/9783823393740 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Embodied and Arts-integrated Teaching of Languages and Literacies in Class Teacher Education: Student Teachers’ Diffractions of Opportunities-and-challenges 1Åbo Akademi University, Finland; 2University of Turku, Finland; 3University of the Arts, Finland; 4University of Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:Embodied learning and arts integration – in which languages and/or literacies are integrated with the use of an art form, such as dance – have lately gained more attention in research on languages and literacies education (e.g., Johnson & Kontovourki, 2016; Jusslin et al., 2022). Previous research on these topics stresses the important role of teacher education in acting as a catalyst in renewing educational practices (Guerretaz et al., 2022; Jusslin et al., 2022; Møller-Skau & Lindstøl, 2022). Teacher education has an important role in preparing student teachers to teach languages and literacies and can influence their understandings thereof (e.g., Bomer et al., 2019; Kanakri, 2017). Aiming to integrate teaching and research in teacher education, we introduced embodied and arts-integrated languages and literacies education in class teacher education for primary education (grades 1–6) at Åbo Akademi University (ÅAU), Finland. We implemented a workshop series across language and arts education courses for student teachers at ÅAU. The student teachers discussed opportunities and challenges in relation to the teaching approaches, which caught our attention. In this study, we explore the opportunities and challenges more in-depth to gain insight into aspects that teacher education needs to address regarding embodied and arts-integrated languages and literacies education. This study engages with posthumanist theories (Barad, 2007; Haraway, 1992), which align with a relational ontology, and stresses how students, educational realities, and knowledges are constantly produced in relations. Posthumanist theories contribute with an understanding of languages and literacies as distributed across humans, spaces, and materials (Toohey et al., 2020) and as embodied processes (MacLure, 2013; Toohey et al., 2020). Further, diffraction is a key concept in the current study (Barad, 2007; Haraway, 1992) and has lately been increasingly used as an alternative to reflection in teacher education (e.g., Lambert, 2021; Moxnes & Osgood, 2018). Diffraction focuses on differences and the effects they might have (Barad, 2007, p. 28). In teacher education, diffraction offers ways to read teaching practices through, for example, different theories, policies, memories, and sensory responses, acknowledging their emergence from messy, embodied, and material encounters in teaching (Lambert, 2021). In the workshops, the student teachers’ insights from their embodied participation in the practical workshops, discussions of theoretical perspectives, previous personal experiences, and future teaching profession became diffracted, read through one another. Engaging with this theoretical approach, this study aims to explore the student teachers’ diffractions of opportunities and challenges in using embodied and arts-integrated teaching approaches in languages and literacies education. Our analytic questions are: What did engagement in embodied and arts-integrated languages and literacies education in teacher education set in motion for the student teachers? What opportunities and challenges did such teaching approaches enable student teachers to think? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is conducted within the research project Embodied Language Learning through the Arts (ELLA; 2021–2024). The workshop series – held by a multiprofessional team of artists, teacher educators, and researchers – encompassed three practical workshops and were held within mandatory courses in class teacher education. Altogether 59 student teachers gave informed consent to participate in the study. The participating student teachers attended different study programs in the teacher education: class teacher education, language immersion class teacher education, and special education teacher education. Most of the students (52) studied their first year of the five-year teacher education, while the rest (7) studied their second or third year or participated in the courses as part of their master’s studies in education. The methodological approach of the study is arts-based research (ABR; Leavy, 2018). We actively used different art forms in both the processes and products of our teaching and research, such as dance and visual arts during the teaching and poetry in our analysis and reporting of the study. The data encompass a written survey, questions that student teachers posed during the workshops, and the researchers’ memory notes and embodied participation and experiences from the workshops. The survey included open-ended questions about various aspects of the teaching approaches; for example, if you put yourself in the role of a student participating in embodied language learning through the arts, what do you think teachers need to consider? At the end of each workshop, students’ questions about teaching languages and literacies through embodied and arts-integrated approaches were documented. The researchers made memory notes based on their participation in the workshops (Gunnarsson & Bodén, 2021). The data are analyzed through creating poetry with data, as an ABR strategy. Creating poetry offers an approach to discovery, analysis, and presenting the analysis in which multiple diffractions are at play. As such, poetry constitutes our analytical process and product of the ABR (Faulkner, 2018). The analysis resulted in four poems with related analytical discussions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The opportunities and challenges, expressed and experienced by the student teachers, created friction in-between each other and became intertwined as opportunities-and-challenges. As such, the student teachers simultaneously recognized the value of and adopted a critical perspective on the embodied and arts-integrated teaching approaches. Showcased with four poems, the analysis indicates that the student teachers’ engagement with these approaches set in motion thoughts about opportunities-and-challenges concerning (un)learning conceptions of teaching and learning languages and literacies; balancing pedagogical acts and realities; the friction of differentiating the teaching; and a mixture of (un)certainties regarding future teaching practices. As such, the current study particularly contributes knowledge of how participation in embodied and arts-integrated teaching set in motion new conceptions of languages and literacies as embodied processes. It involved processes of (un)learning how languages and literacies can be understood, problematizing a dualistic and hierarchical perspective on mind and body in languages and literacies education (e.g., Toohey et al., 2020). Participation in the workshops also set in motion new conceptions on how languages and literacies can be taught and differentiated. The student teachers wanted to use the new practical tools that were introduced to them but remained particularly uncertain how to assess and evaluate children’s learning because of the open-endedness of the teaching approaches. Also, the student teachers’ consideration of differentiation highlights the opportunities-and-challenges of inclusion in the teaching, both in terms of varying skills and levels in languages and literacies and children using assistive devices. In conclusion, the study discusses implications for languages and literacies education as well as teacher education. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Bomer, R., Land, C. L., Rubin, J. C., & Van Dike, L. M. (2019). Constructs of teaching writing in research about literacy teacher education. Journal of Literacy Research, 51(2), 196–213. https://doi.org/10.1177/1086296X19833783 Faulkner, S. L. (2018). Poetic inquiry. Poetry as/in/for social research. In P. Leavy (Ed.), Handbook of arts-based research (pp. 208–230). Guilford Press. Guerrettaz, A. M., Zahler, T., Sotirovska, V., & Boyd, A. S. (2022). ”We acted like ELLs”: A pedagogy of embodiment in preservice teacher education. Language Teaching Research, 26(6), 1274–1298. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168820909980 Gunnarsson, K., & Bodén, L. (2021). Introduktion till postkvalitativ metodologi [Introduction to post-qualitative methodology]. Stockholm University Press. Haraway, D. (1992). The promises of monsters: A regenerative politics for inapproporiate/d others’. In L. Grossberg, C. Nelson, & P A. Treichler (Eds.), Cultural Studies (pp. 295–337). Routledge. Johnson, E., & Kontovourki, S. (2015). Introduction: Assembling research on literacies and the body. In G. Enriquez, E. Johnson, S. Kontovourki, & C. A. Mallozzi (Eds.), Literacies, learning, and the body. Putting theory and research into pedagogical practice (pp. 3–19). Routledge. Jusslin, S., Korpinen, K., Lilja, N., Martin, R., Lehtinen-Schnabel, J., & Anttila, E. (2022). Embodied learning and teaching approaches in language education: A mixed studies review. Educational Research Review, 37(100480), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100480 Kanakri, A. (2017). Second language teacher education: Preparing teachers for the needs of second language learners. International Journal of Language Studies, 11(1), 63–94. Lambert, L. (2021). Diffraction as an otherwise practice of exploring new teachers’ entanglements in time and space. Professional Development in Education, 47(2–3), 421–435. Leavy, P. (Ed.). (2018). Handbook of arts-based research. Guilford Press. MacLure, M. (2013). Researching without representation? Language and materiality in post-qualitative methodology. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26(6), 658–667. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2013.788755 Moxnes, A. R., & Osgood, J. (2018). Sticky stories from the classroom: From reflection to diffraction in early childhood teacher education. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 19(3), 297–309. https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949118766662 Møller-Skau, M., & Lindstøl, F. (2022). Arts-based teaching and learning in teacher education: “Crystallising” student teachers’ learning outcomes through a systematic literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109, 103545. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103545 Toohey, K., Smythe, S., Dagenais, D., & Forte, M. (Eds.). (2020). Transforming language and literacy education: New materialism, posthumanism, and ontoethics. London: Routledge. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Stimulating Academic Language in Primary School Mathematical Education Fontys HKE, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:School subjects are taught through academic language. Different studies have shown that students who are proficient AL users achieve better in school (Snow et al., 1989; Smit, 2013; Kleemans, 2013). AL is used at school to communicate efficiently about abstract, not directly visible content and it has specific features at the lexical, morpho-syntactic and textual level (Aarts et al., 2011, Henrichs, 2010). Not only are subjects taught by using AL, the students’ understanding and knowledge of the subject is also assessed in AL. In addition, knowledge about AL itself is part of the content of schooling (Schleppegrell, 2004). The language students use and need in the school setting however differs substantially from the language learned at home (Henrichs, 2010; Aarts et al., 2011). Teachers can stimulate AL learning of students by using AL themselves and by helping students understand and use AL (Zwiers, 2008). AL is used in all school subjects. In mathematics AL is necessary because complex problems are placed in a contextual framework and to solve it students need to decontextualize it (Eerde et al., 2002; Mercer & Sams, 2006). Besides this teachers and students may use interactive mathematical conversation to learn and understand mathematical concepts. Students need to learn specific language features of mathematics before they can really participate in such discourse. This language is part of the AL register (Prenger, 2005; Sfard, 2001). Instructional methods used during mathematics instruction offer different possibilities for AL stimulating behavior. The methods explanation and discussion offer possibilities for behavior aimed at understanding and at triggering AL by the students (Dokter et al, 2017). To stimulate students’ AL development teachers should use AL themselves and show AL stimulating strategies. There are six strategies aimed at students’ AL understanding (‘modeling with think-alouds’, ‘giving meaning’, ‘recasting own language’, ‘repeating own correct language’, ‘reformulating own language’, ‘visualizing’) and six strategies aimed at students’ AL production (‘asking to be more precise’, ‘giving directions’, ‘provocative statement’, ‘recasting language of the student’, ‘repeating language of the student’, ‘reformulating language of the student’). What is equally important, is that teachers connect the home language with the academic language. Strategies that change home language into language with more AL features are called power up, strategies where AL is unpacked back into home language are called power down (Harper & Parkin, 2017). The goal of this research was to gain an insight in the AL stimulating behavior of teachers in grade 1 and 2 during mathematics instruction. The teacher plays an important role in stimulating students’ development of AL, but the extent in which they do this differs (Schleppegrell 2004; Elbers 2012; Tomasello 2000). The AL stimulating behavior that appears during explanation or discussion in mathematics instruction may differ, because the interaction during explanation is teacher lead while interaction during discussion also may be student lead (Nijland, 2011). This leads to the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The instruction of 52 mathematic lessons of 27 teachers in grade 1/2 (age 6-7) was videotaped. To find an answer to RQ 1 the lessons were analyzed for the use of the instructional methods explanation and discussion. For each teacher 4 minutes of both instructional methods were transcribed. The transcriptions were coded for features of AL on different language levels, using a coding protocol based on DASH (Aarts et al., 2011). Paired T-tests were conducted to find significant results about the AL input at different language levels in the two instructional methods. The eleven features of AL, based on theoretical considerations and analyses using using a Pearsons'correlation matrix, could be reduced to five main features: ‘lexical diversity’, ‘lexical complexity’, ‘lexical specificity’, ‘grammatical complexity’ and ‘textual complexity’. These main features were used in the rest of this research. To answer RQ2 for each teacher the different kinds of AL stimulating behavior within the instructional methods was scored by looking at shown behavior in the relevant video fragments. The data of the observation study were analyzed by coding the teachers’ behavior as 0 (AL stimulating behavior did not occur) or 1 (AL stimulating behavior did occur) for each aspect of AL stimulating behavior during explanation and discussion. The total means and standard deviations were calculated for all types of AL stimulating behavior in the two instructional methods, aimed at students’ understanding of AL and production of AL. Students got significant more opportunity to talk during discussion than during explanation, which confirms a difference in interaction between explanation and discussion. It became clear that teachers of grade 2 used more features of AL than teachers of grade 1. Concerning RQ1 the input of the teachers during explanation consisted more AL features than their language input during discussion. The significant differences were found at the lexical level (lexical density and morfologically complex words) and at the morfo-syntactical level (clause combining). No significant difference was found at the textual level (level of abstraction). Concerning RQ2 more AL stimulating behavior was shown during the instructional method explanation than during discussion. About half of the teachers showed behavior aimed at stimulating understanding of AL by students. Less than a third of the teachers showed behavior aimed at triggering AL use. Some types of behavior, like modeling or making provocative statements, were hardly used by teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers use more AL features during explanation, the instructional method that is more teacher lead than during discussion, where students also lead the interaction. The results of the AL input analyses showed that teachers varied less in lexical features than in features at the grammatical and textual level. All AL features were used by the teachers and a large variety was found. Overall, teachers more often used AL aimed at content (lexical diversity and lexical specificity) than at complexity (lexical complexity and grammatical complexity). In the textual complexity the variation between the teachers was large. All strategies were used during the eight minutes that were analyzed, although individual teachers used a limited set of strategies. The AL stimulating behavior corresponds with the AL input teachers use themselves; the most teachers show stimulating behavior during explanation, the method in where also the most AL features were shown. Teachers show during explanation more behavior aimed at understanding. The AL behavior that is aimed at triggering AL use of students is shown less, even during discussion. Power down strategies were used the most and this is in accordance with the AL use of the teachers: they simplify their language to make sure students understand them. Although teachers in general use less power up than power down strategies, all teachers also used strategies aiming at their students’ AL production. Especially during the instructional method discussion they used significantly more power up strategies and students were stimulated to produce more language. In order to stimulate students’ AL development, teachers could use the instructional method discussion more often during their mathematics instruction. References Aarts, R., S. Demir & T. Vallen (2011). Characteristics of academic language register occurring in caretaker-child interaction: Development and validation of a coding scheme. Language Learning, 61(4), 1173-1221. Dokter, N., R. Aarts, J. Kurvers, A. Ros & S. Kroon (2017). Stimulating students’ academic language: Opportunities in instructional methods in elementary school mathematics. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 17 1-21. Eerde, D. van, M. Hajer, T. Koole & J. Prenger (2002). Betekenisconstructie in de wiskundeles. De samenhang tussen interactief wiskunde- en taalonderwijs. Pedagogiek, 22(2), 134-147. Elbers, E. (2012). Iedere les een taalles? Taalvaardigheid en vakonderwijs in het (v)mbo. De stand van zaken in theorie en onderzoek. Utrecht/Den Haag: Universiteit Utrecht en PROO Harper, H. & B. Parkin (2017). Scaffolding academic language with educationally marginalised students. Report of research project funded by the Primary English Teachers’ Association of Australia (PETAA), Research Grant 2016-2017. Henrichs, L. (2010). Academic language in early childhood interactions: A longitudinal study of 3- to 6-year-old Dutch monolingual children (diss. Universiteit van Amsterdam, Amsterdam Center for Language and Communication (ACLC)). Kleemans, T. (2013). Individual variation in early numerical development: Impact of linguistic diversity and home environment (diss. Radboud University, Behavioural Science Institute). Mercer, N. & C. Sams (2006). Teaching children how to use language to solve maths problems. Language and Education, 20(6), 507-528. Nijland, F.J. (2011). Mirroring interaction: An exploratory study into student interaction in independent working (diss. Tilburg University). Prenger, J. (2005). Taal telt! Een onderzoek naar de rol van taalvaardigheid en tekstbegrip in het realistisch wiskundeonderwijs (diss. Groningen University). Schleppegrell, M. (2013). The role of metalanguage in supporting academic language development. Language Learning, 63(1), 153-170. Sfard, A. (2001). There is more to discourse than meets the ears: Looking at thinking as communicating to learn more about mathematical learning. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 46, 13-57. Smit, J. (2013). Scaffolding language in multilingual mathematics classrooms (diss. Utrecht University). Snow, C., H. Cancini, P. Gonzalez & E. Shriberg (1989). Giving formal definitions: An oral language correlate of school literacy. In D. Bloome (ed.), Classrooms and literacy. Norwood, NJ: Ablex, 233-249. Tomasello, M. (2000). Do young children have adult syntactic competence? Cognition, 74(3), 209-253. Zwiers, J. (2008). Building academic language: Essential practices for content classrooms, grades 5-12. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Teacher. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 32 SES 08 A: Mentoring of Female Academics and Leaders - Organizational Learning in Times of Multiple Crisis? Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Eva Bulgrin Session Chair: Julia Elven Symposium |
|
32. Organizational Education
Symposium Mentoring for Female Academics and Leaders - Organisational Learning in Times of Multiple Crises? Although promoting gender equality and inclusiveness is a priority of the European Union policies and programs, significant gender inequalities in Research and Innovation (R&I) remain (EC, 2021). In the EU27, women are still under-represented among researchers in the business sector (20.9%), among professors and senior-level staff in academia (26%) and in decision-making positions in higher education (24%). Various global crises, such as global conflicts, pandemics, climate change and anti-feminist movements, have worsened the situation of gender equality for these groups (Bazzul & Siry, 2019; Belser, 2020; Freire & Freire, 2004). Gender equality is a significant discourse in the European Union and the different national academic systems. However, this concept is highly ambivalent and brings forth both discursive-institutional openings and closures for the identities of female academics (Gill, 2014; Philipps et al., 2022) as agents of change in universities (Wieners & Weber, 2020). Mainly, universities are addressed to implement gender equality measures. These measures are primarily discussed regarding the increase in the number of female academics and lesser in terms of organisational change and learning (cf. also Acker, 1990, 1992). In this symposium, we address mentoring programmes for female academics and leaders through the overall question of how universities change and learn in and through mentoring programmes. Otherwise asked: How do organisations care for their female researchers and leaders in times of uncertainty marked by multiple crises? Mentoring can be crucial in addressing the fragile pathways of female students, researchers and leaders within academia (Kaiser-Belz, 2008; Petersen et al., 2017). From an institutional perspective, mentoring programmes are long established in Germany and relatively new in Italy and Spain. At the same time, the mentoring practice in institutionalised mentoring is under-researched regarding the discursive-social mentoring practice and is, therefore, a "black box". Initial empirical findings point to exclusionary practices of 'out-advising' mentoring in relation to gender (Simpson et al., 2023; Wieners, 2022). We question how organisations change and learn through mentoring programmes in four distinct papers. The first presentation focuses on transformative practices and resistance towards institutional innovation mentoring in Italian universities and research centres. The presentation will analyse mentoring practices in Italy, focusing on innovative approaches and tools as well as resistance to change. The second paper will present findings from an ongoing study on gender and sustainability in Green-Tec study programmes in Germany in light of climate change and how non-traditional students are supported to navigate their studies. In the third presentation, insights from the impact of the Ukrainian war on female leaders are shared, as well as how the HEIs care for their female managers through international cooperation with European partner universities during crisis times. Lastly, the fourth presentation will present a retention study on mentees/ female early career researchers, including deliberations on the pandemic and 'career progress' for mentees from different programs and different types of organisations in Germany. As such, our panel addresses uncertainty as an external condition and to be situated and positioned in theories of the VUCA world (e.g. Bennett & Lemoine 2014), such as global conflicts, climate change and pandemics, as well as towards rationalities and practices of organising (Weick & Sutcliffe 2001), when addressing the question of how organisations care for uncertainty and change through mentoring practices for female academics and leaders. References Bennett, N. & Lemoine, G.J. (2014). What VUCA Really Means for You. Harvard Business Review. Nr. 92, ½ European Commission (2021). She Figures 2021: Gender in Research and Innovation : Statistics and Indicators. Publications Office of the European Union. Publications Office of the European Union, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/06090. Freire, P. and Freire, A.M.A. (2004). Pedagogy of Hope: Reliving Pedagogy of the Oppressed. London: Continuum. Kaiser-Belz, M. (2008): Mentoring im Spannungsfeld von Personalentwicklung und Frauenförderung. Eine gleichstellungspolitische Maßnahme im Kontext beruflicher Felder. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Pla-Julián, I. (2019). Equality Plans and Gender Perception in University Students. Mediterranean Journal of Social Sciences. 10.39-52.10.2478/mjss-2019-0051 . Phillips, M. J., Dzidic, P.L, & Castell, E.L. (2022). Exploring and Critiquing Women’s Academic Identity in Higher Education: A Narrative Review. SAGE Open 12 (2), 215824402210961. DOI: 10.1177/21582440221096145. Simpson, S. B./Hsu, Ti/Raposa, Elizabeth B. (2023): Trajectories and impact of White mentors‘ beliefs about racial and ethnic discrimination in a formal youth mentoring program. American journal of community psychology 71, 3–4, 465–479. Weick, K. E., & Sutcliffe, K. M. (2001). Managing the unexpected: Assuring high performance in an age of complexity. Jossey-Bass. Wieners, S. & Weber S.M. (2020). Athena’s claim in an academic regime of performativity: Discursive organizing of excellence and gender at the intersection of heterotopia and heteronomia. Management Learning, 51 (4), 511–530. Presentations of the Symposium Mentoring programs in Italian universities. Transformative Practices and resistances.
The presentation will focus on mentoring experiences in Italian universities and research centres. Notwithstanding, recent studies have confirmed a glass ceiling in Italian academia or segregation processes that negatively affect women’s access to academic and scientific careers; mentoring experiences in Italy are still underdeveloped but present exciting and innovative features. The presentation will analyse mentoring practices in Italy, focusing on innovative approaches and tools as well as resistance to change. In particular, it will focus on mentoring schemes to combat the practices and mechanisms that foster gender inequalities in academia, which adopt the dual approach to mentoring, as Jennifer De Vries (2010) proposed, simultaneously working to support women’s careers and create institutional change. In the last decades, mentoring programs have received criticism as they might not change the masculine model of the ideal academic but rather help women adjust to these norms to be successful (Ely & Meyerson, 2000; Van den Brink & Benschop, 2012). However, transformative mentoring programmes focused on changing the organisation have recently gained more attention. The presentation will, therefore, analyse the impact of the transformative mentoring approach in Italian academia, with particular attention to the gender asymmetries within the framework of the economic crisis and the neoliberal agenda (Archer, 2008; Bagilhole & White, 2013).
References:
Archer, L. (2008). The new neoliberal subjects? Young/er academics’ constructions of professional identity. Journal of Education Policy, 23(3), 265–285.
Bagilhole, B. & White, K. (2013). Generation and Gender in Academia. Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan.
Ely, R. J. and Meyerson, D. E. (2000). Advancing gender equity in organisations. The challenge and importance of maintaining a gender narrative. Organization, 7(4), 589–608.
de Vries, J 2010, A Realistic agenda? Women only programs as strategic interventions for building gender equitable workplaces, University of Western Australia. PhD thesis, University of Western Australia
Van den Brink, M. and Benschop, Y. (2012). Slaying the seven-headed dragon. The quest for gender change in academia. Gender, Work & Organization, 19(1), 71–92.
How do female students in Green Tec Studies in Germany navigate and enact uncertainty?
In light of the uncertainty linked to climate change, this presentation provides insights from an ongoing study on gender and sustainability in Green-Tec study programmes in Germany. For this presentation, ‘climate change [is] to be understood as a “thing” that is unbounded, contingent and indeterminate’ (Kirby & Webb 2021, p. 2, original italics). Taking into account space and time, climate change is complex and diffuse, requiring accepting and engaging with uncertainty.
In this context, we observe an increased debate on climate change at political and societal levels, for instance, through the Greta Thunberg and Fridays for Future movements. In recent years, Greta Thunberg has become a global media 'role model' for young women and a 'newcomer innovator' (Revsbaek, 2014) in the context of political action. As a socially dynamic movement, Fridays for Future movements have discursivised questions of sustainability and future durability, leading to the institutionalisation of the sustainability discourse (Wahlström et al., 2019).
This transformation at political and societal levels also leads to re-imagining and re-conceptualising STEM (science, technology, engineering and mathematics) study programs through integrating issues and subjects related to sustainability. So far, non-traditional students who are female students from non-academic or non-technical backgrounds are strongly underrepresented in the Tec sector (Gilardi & Guglielmetti, 2011). Preliminary studies show, however, that GreenTec can serve as a 'door opener' for attracting and retaining female and other represented student groups for STEM study programs and careers (Spangenberger, 2016).
From a discourse-analytical perspective (Weber & Wieners, 2018) and using image-based research methodologies and methods (Wieners & Weber, 2021; Wolffram 2022/i.e.), this presentation focuses on the performative organising (Wieners & Weber, 2020a) in higher education practice (Weber & Wieners 2022/i.e.). In particular, the presentation explores the support mechanisms for non-traditional students through website analysis and image-based interviews. It asks to what extent sustainability in Tec studies attracts more female and other non-traditional students and which support mechanisms help them complete their studies and integrate into the labour market.
The study finds that- depending on the institutional context and the individual privileges-although sustainability attracts NTS to study GreenTec, support and advice structures offered by the university, such as mentoring, help students to remain and complete the degree, especially in uncertain times. In this sense, ‘moments of uncertainty offer a rupture of la politique, and the possibility of alternative ways of knowing, doing and being‘ (Kirby & Webb, 2021, p. 16).
References:
Gilardi, S. & Guglielmetti, C. (2011). University Life of Non-Traditional Students: Engagement Styles and Impact on Attrition. In: The Journal of Higher Education, 82 (1). S. 33-53.
Kirby, P. & Webb, R. (2021). Conceptualising uncertainty and the role of the teacher for the politics of climate change within and beyond the institution of the school, Educational Review, DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2021.1933392
Spangenberger, P. (2016). Zum Einfluss eines Nachhaltigkeitsbezugs auf die Wahl technischer Berufe durch Frauen. Eine Analyse am Beispiel des Windenergiesektors. Detmold: Eusl.
Weber, S. M. & Wieners, S. (2018). Diskurstheoretische Grundlagen der Organisationspädagogik. In: Göhlich, M.; Schröer, A. & Weber, S. M. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Wiesbaden: Springer. S. 211-223.
Weber, S. M. & Wieners, S. (2022/i.E.). Dispositives of Newness and Change. Academic Organisations` Discursive Practice at the Intersection of Excellence and Gender. In: Angermuller, J. (Hrsg.): Power and Knowledge in Research, Science and Higher Education". Social Studies of Academia. Basingstoke, Hampshire: Palgrave Macimilian.
Wolffram, Andrea (2022, i. E.): Gendered Representations of Excellence in Science and Technology. In: Jenkins, Fiona; Hoenig, Barbara; Weber, Susanne; Wolffram, Andrea (Hrsg.): Inequalities and the Paradigm of Excellence in Academia. London and New York: Routledge.
Mentoring Women in Higher Education in Global Conflict Times
War conflicts (colonial, interstate, civil and internationalised civil ones), a total of 54 in 35 countries as of 2021(Palik et al., 2022), produce refugees and other displaced people (Howard, 2018). About 89.3 million forcibly displaced individuals worldwide, of whom women accounted for approximately 49% (UNHCR, 2022).
During Europe's 2015‑17 refugee crisis, women lodged only about 30% of all asylum applications and received 35% of all positive first-instance decisions in the EU‑28 (OECD, 2023). That statistic is similar for higher education: in Germany, the ratio was 78 % male refugee students to 22 % female ones, and the same trends were apparent in the proportions in other countries (EU Commission, 2019).
The war in Ukraine increased the share of refugees in the EU to more than 20% (EC, 2024). Germany, Italy, and Spain are among the countries with the highest total numbers of Ukrainian refugees (OECD, 2023). The peculiarity of this refugee flow is that the share of women among adult refugees is around 70% in most host countries, creating unique challenges for integration. Refugee women may suffer from a “triple disadvantage” as the challenges related to gender, immigrant status, and forced migration add up and mutually reinforce each other (Liebig & Tronstad, 2018).
Being in a more favourable situation as compared with other refugees due to the possibility of employment in the University and continuing their professional career, female refugee scientists face barriers (Crea, 2016) like language and cultural adjustment, recognition of qualification, work-life balance, legal and administrative hurdles, social support, mental health struggle.
Considering the number of female refugee researchers from war zones hosted by European universities (i.a., within the Science4Refugees Initiative of the European Research Council (ERA,2022), mentoring might become an effective instrument of their integration into the European academic and scientific community, making all the stakeholders (Brizuela et al. (2023)) benefit from this development tool (Jones, 2017). Therefore, mentoring for female refugee academic staff is in high demand, though more research is needed.
The research question of this presentation is: “What are the peculiarities of mentoring female refugee academic staff in European universities compared with other ones (early and mid-career, science2business, etc.)?”. Through this research, we aim to unveil both prosperous and challenging practices of academic mentoring of female researchers hosted by German, Italian and Spanish universities because of global conflicts.
References:
Crea, T. M. (2016). Refugee higher education: Contextual challenges and implications for program design, delivery, and accompaniment. International Journal of Educational Development, 46(), pp. 12–22. doi:10.1016/j.ijedudev.2015.11.005
European Commission (2024). Statistics on migration to Europe. [URL.: https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/promoting-our-european-way-life/statistics-migration-europe_en]. (accessed on 25 January 2024)
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice (2019). Integrating Asylum Seekers and Refugees into Higher Education in Europe: National Policies and Measures. Eurydice Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. doi:10.2797/548910 [URL.: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/] (accessed on 25 January 2024)
Liebig, T. and K. Tronstad (2018). “Triple Disadvantage?: A first overview of the integration of refugee women”, OECD Social, Employment and Migration Working Papers, No. 216, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/3f3a9612-en.
OECD (2023), “What are the integration challenges of Ukrainian refugee women?”, OECD, Paris, {URL.: https://www.oecd.org/ukraine-hub/policy-responses/what-are-the-integration-challenges-of-ukrainian-refugee-women-bb17dc64/ ] (accessed on 25 January 2024)
Palik, Júlia; Anna Marie Obermeier & Siri Aas Rustad (2022) Conflict Trends: A Global Overview, 1946–2021. PRIO Paper. Oslo: PRIO. https://www.prio.org/publications/13178
Howard, R. T. (2018). Migration Wars. The National Interest No. 153, MAKING ASIA GREAT AGAIN?, pp. 53–62 (10 pages) Published By: Center for the National Interest https://www.jstor.org/stable/26557442.
UNHCR (2022), Figures at a Glance, [URL: https://www.unhcr.org/figures-at-a-glance.html ] (accessed on 25 January 2024).
Mentoring female Academics in Times of Uncertainties: the Case of the Covid Pandemic
The German academic system has witnessed and continues to witness the underrepresentation of women in leading positions. Only 27% of professors are women, despite women constituting more than 50% of students in Germany (Destatis, 2023). The reasons for this disparity have been extensively discussed and are attributed to the symbolic order of academia (Jenkins et al., 2022), organisational and institutional challenges in career advancement (Burger et al., 2016; Schwarz et al., 2018), and the absence of career-promoting networks and mentoring relationships (van Helden et al., 2023; Wieners, 2022). To address these issues, German universities have established mentoring programmes for female academics since the 1990s as a measure of gender equality. Mentoring programmes are intended to initiate career-promoting relationships and networks that were long taken for granted by men but were only sometimes visible. However, careers depend not only on relationships but also on social and organisational uncertainties and inequalities.
This paper examines the latter aspects and presents results from a retention study of four mentoring programmes within a German collaborative project. The four programmes focus on transitions from university to career, from doctoral studies to industry or academia, and from the late postdoc phase to professorships. The paper presents the first results of a survey of the effectiveness of these long-established mentoring programmes in influencing the career development of women. The focus of this study is (1) retention and job satisfaction and (2) an intersectional perspective on gender (Walgenbach et al., 2012).
The study explores the impact of uncertainties, such as those brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic, on academic careers and how these uncertainties are structured intersectionally. Initial results from the study on the effectiveness of mentoring relationships will be presented and integrated into research on female academic careers. The article mainly highlights the opportunities for organisational learning and change that mentoring programmes can offer in addressing the broader intersectional challenges faced by women in academia.
References:
Burger, H., Elven, J., Schwarz, J., & Teichmann, F. (2016). Organisierte Karrieren. Zur multiperspektivisch‑multimethodischen Untersuchung akademischer Trajektorien. In M. Göhlich, S. Weber, A. Schröer, & M. Schemmann (Eds.), Organisation und Methode. Beiträge der Kommission Organisationspädagogik (pp. 143–151). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Schwarz, J., Weber, S. M., & Wieners, S. (2018). Spacing Career Path: Institutionalised Positioning Practices within the Academic Field. In E. Glaser, H.-C. Koller, W. Thole, & S. Krumme (Eds.), Räume für Bildung - Räume der Bildung. Beiträge zum 25. Kongress der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Erziehungswissenschaft (pp. 88–95). Opladen: Verlag Barbara Budrich.
van Helden, D. L., Dulk, L. den, Steijn, B., & Vernooij, M. W. (2023). Gender, networks and academic leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51, (5, 1049–1066).
Walgenbach, K. (2012). Gender is an interdependent Kategorie. In K. Walgenbach, K. Palm, G. Dietze & L Hornscheidt (Eds.). Gender als interdependente Kategorie. Neue Perspektiven auf Intersektionalität, Diversität und Heterogenität (pp. 23-64). Opladen: Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Wieners, S. (2022). Die symbolische Ordnung der Wissenschaft und die Dysfunktionalität universitären Mentorings im MINT-Bereich. In S. M. Weber, & J. Elven (Eds.), Beratung in symbolischer Ordnung (pp. 65–84). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 32 SES 08 B: School Leadership Research in Organizational Education Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Michael Göhlich Paper Session |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper Improving digital Leadership Skills in traditional Organizations: School Administration and Principals co-design new Settings for Communication to challenge Uncertainty. FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:The uncertainties surrounding advancements in school improvement are closely connected with three primary dimensions: (1) A global aspect that shapes the educational system through disruptive crises such as pandemics, wars, and migrations, along with ongoing digital and social transformations (Kushnir 2021). Educational institutions find themselves contending with and addressing the complexities presented by this global dimension of uncertainty in their daily undertakings. This encompasses challenges such as the integration of refugees, the formulation of homeschooling protocols amidst pandemics, and the integration of digital tools and skills into the realms of learning, and organizational procedures. In the hope of managing school quality through data and external evaluation, “external evaluation” was introduced as a new actor in the German administration after PISA 2000 - in addition to administrative supervisors and without a common focus between the two institutions (Diedrich 2020). The introduction of external evaluation introduced evidence and standardization as the main paradigms for school development, hence the effectiveness of school evaluation has not been conclusively proven (Malin et al. 2020, Schmidt 2020). Those significant effectiveness problems describe a (3) third dimension of uncertainty that affects school leaders' decision-making and influences communication and cooperation between school administration, school evaluation, and principals (Kallenbach 2023). These three dimensions of uncertainty describe a real VUCA (volatility, uncertainty, complexity ambiguity) environment especially for principals. To face these systemic adversities, in the presented project school administration and researchers work within a research-practice partnership (RPP) together with stakeholders involved in school advice and support. The aim of this multi-stakeholder partnership is to create an experimental field for the coordination of decision-making for a real problem: the design of new frameworks for the discussion and processing of school evaluation results between all relevant stakeholders, including the perspectives of science. From an organizational education (OE) perspective, the RPP will help to decide from a wider point of view by sharing perspectives and reflecting structures. On the micro-level (Göhlich et al 2018), we aim to establish new forms of collaboration and communication by elaboration and experience within the project. A main element of the development process are design-thinking workshops to create prototypes for feedback setting to discuss external evaluation results with all stakeholders. Design-Thinking (Brown 2008, Mintrop 2016) opens a new and not yet established perspective in the field of school improvement. It structures a participative and iterative process, involves all stakeholder perspectives and focuses on creating new ideas, tryouts, and continuous improvement. In contrast, previously dominant strategies of new public management reforms focused on evidence, such as the introduction of school evaluation in the early 2000s, but brought to light systemic contradictions (Hangartner & Svaton 2020) that hinder decision-making, management and control of school development processes. In our work, we focus on explicit individual sense-making processes, experiences, and tensions in communicative settings and moderated sessions. The design is inspired by principles of network structures and distributed decision-making such as Sociocracy and Holacracy (Robertson 2016, Rau & Koch-Gonzalez 2018). Researchers and school administration establish a participative process that brings new work methods into a hierarchical structure. This approach can be understood as an attempt to disrupt the familiar and established system routines of task distribution, communication and decision-making. Communication and decision-making are main topics and practices in the RPP. The process focuses on three aspects: clarity about roles and related accountabilities, common rules about cooperation and communication, and shared goals. The project mainly addresses the uncertainties within the organizational structure. Clarifying roles, collaboration rules, and goals opens up the potential for successful leadership actions in the VUCA world, such as "Response-ability," "Judgment," "Decision-making," "Question the taken-for-granted," and "Critical thinking" (Elkjaer 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the context of our research-practice-partnership (RPP), we work with a mixed method design and have different roles in the development process – as (a) facilitators, advisors and experts, and (b) as researchers. As experts, advisors, and facilitators, we co-design fieldwork with practitioners, supporting them in analyzing, planning, and carrying out the process. In the project's development setting and workshops with stakeholders, we use design thinking (Brown 2008, Mintrop 2016) as a participative and reflexive framework for co-creative problem solving. It helps us to loosen up the atmosphere for collaboration and to promote stakeholder interaction. For supervision, guidance, and moderation, we use techniques to visualize (e.g., system mapping) and to focus on listening (e.g., round speak, Rosenbrand 2017). From the research perspective, we work as ethnographers, observing stakeholders and administrative leaders in their communication, negotiation, and actions throughout the process. In addition to our observation and note-taking in the field, we take audio-documentations in all steps of the process, including planning sessions with the administrative principals. These in-situ documents are interpreted using the documentary method (Bohnsack et al. 2007, Zala-Mezö et al. 2021) with a focus on contextual research (Goldmann 2021). Contextual research can help analyze various institutional norms that are nested within each other and interact with one another (Jansen & Vogd 2017, Goldmann 2021). It primarily focuses on structures and processes, rather than habits, as documentary methods usually do. Since contradictions are constitutive for schools as organizations, valuable practice consists of negotiation and discourse (Rachenbäumer & Bremm 2021). In our research, we will particularly analyze in-situ sequences of decision-making processes. Although decisions are mainly provoked by external uncertainty (global uncertainty and its local consequences or uncertainty concerning the basis for a decision), decision-making processes refer to tensions or uncertainties in the organizational system (uncertainty about goals, roles, and processes of participation and decision-making). As a wider framework for the interpretation of our sources, convention theory (Storper & Salais 1997, Diaz-Bone 2022) serves to enrich our contextual research. We are in the process of setting up the cooperation project between FAU and the federal school administration. Our working sessions with the stakeholders will start in March 2024, and the design-thinking workshop will be in May 2024. So far, we have observed and analyzed decision-making in the planning process between researchers and persons responsible in administration, which might be a side aspect of our organizational research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our research project, we aim to identify critical communication and collaboration situations through the observation of collaboration in the field and documentary analysis of in-situ documents. Our goal is to characterize leverage points that contribute to establishing clarity in roles, goals, and collaboration between school administration, school evaluation, and principals. As moderators and facilitators, we employ methods that address co-creativity and participation, sharing of needs and perspectives, and knowledge management 'to deliver actionable knowledge' (Palavicino et al. 2023). Interventions shall help make leverage points visible. We offer tools that support to sharpen focus on system structures, discuss tensions, goals transparency, and self-organization. They refer to practices that promote Transformative Innovation Policy. (Palavicino et al. 2023). In the research-practice-partnership, all actors involved experience how decisions can be made in uncertain and basically contradictory organizational structures. We expect to describe leverage points in cooperation between school administration, school evaluation, and school leaders more precisely by analyzing the in-situ documents. We want to offer knowledge and guidelines to use these leverage points for organizational learning and wayfinding. Within our project, we will design tools that help actors in complex, uncertain, and contradictory organizational structures to negotiate and collaborate in innovation and decision-making processes. Our goal is to create and combine tools that enable leaders and teams to seriously integrate perspective sharing, communication about goals and tensions, co-creation, and open-mindedness into their routines. And to face the wider organizational context and interdependencies. The tools need to be easy to structure and easy to use to foster self-organized and democratic practices in educational organizations. Our tools and guidelines may help establish those basic structures in complex situations in the field of education leaders and administrators and open up the chance to expand horizons and form new purposes and answers (English 2023, Dewey 1916/2008). References Alvial Palavicino, C., Matti, C., & Brodnik, C. (2023). Co-creation for Transformative Innovation Policy: An implementation case for projects structured as portfolio of knowledge services. Evidence & Policy, 1–17. Bohnsack, R. (2007). Die dokumentarische Methode und ihre Forschungspraxis (2. Aufl.). Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Brown, T. (2008). Design Thinking. Harvard Business Review. Diaz-Bone, R. (2022). Soziologie der Konventionen. In H. Delitz (Hrsg.), Soziologische Denkweisen aus Frankreich (S. 471–493). Springer. Elkjaer, B. (2022). Taking stock of “Organizational Learning”: Looking back and moving forward. Management Learning, 53(3), 582–604. English, A. R. (2023). Dewey, Existential Uncertainty and Non-affirmative Democratic Education. In M. Uljens (Hrsg.), Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung (Bd. 20, S. 139–158). Springer International Publishing. Göhlich, M., Novotny, P., Revsbark, L., & Schröer, A. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205–215. Kallenbach, L. (2023). Evidenzbasierte Schulentwicklung als mehrdimensionale Spannungsbearbeitung. Ein übergeordneter Erklärungsansatz für anhaltende Wirksamkeitsprobleme. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 13(1), 109–126. Klein, E. D., & Bremm, N. (Hrsg.). Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle: Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung. Springer. Kushnir, I. (2022). The Role of the European Education Area in European Union Integration in Times of Crises. European Review, 30 (3), 301–321. Leemann, R. J., & Imdorf, C. (2019). Das Potenzial der Soziologie der Konventionen für die Bildungsforschung. In C. Imdorf, R. J. Leemann, & P. Gonon (Hrsg.), Bildung und Konventionen (S. 3–45). Springer. Malin, J. R., Brown, C., Ion, G. van Ackeren, I., Bremm, N., Luzmore, R., Flood, J. & Rind, G. M. (2020). World-wide barriers and enablers to achieving evidence-informed practice in education. What can be learnt from Spain, England, the United States, and Germany? Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 7 (1), 1–14. Mintrop, R. (2016). Design-based school improvement: A practical guide for education leaders. Harvard Education Press. Robertson, B. (2016). Holacracy. The Revolutionary Management System That Abolishes Hierarchy. Penguin. Rau, T., Koch-Gonzalez, J. (2018): Many Voices One Song: Shared Power with Sociocracy. Sociocracy For All. Schmidt, M. (2020). Wirksame Unbestimmtheit, unbestimmte Wirksamkeit: Eine diskursanalytische Untersuchung zur Schulinspektion. Springer. Zala-Mezö, E., Häbig, J., & Bremm, N. (Hrsg.). (2021). Die Dokumentarische Methode in der Schulentwicklungsforschung. Waxmann. 32. Organizational Education
Paper Relationships between Principals' Self-efficacy related to Work and Transformational Leadership 1HEP Vaud, Switzerland; 2Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières, Canada; 3Université Laval, Canada Presenting Author:According to the Conseil Supérieur de l'Éducation (1999) of Quebec’s jurisdiction, school principals have different responsibilities: educational, political, community and administrative. They must manage the resources at their disposal, and exercise the functions and powers delegated to them by the School board (Gouvernement du Quebec, 2024). According to Sergiovanni (2001), they could be considered as the most influential person within their school. In school administration, leadership can be conceived as all the practices and behaviors of principals that influence the members of the school (Legendre, 2005). Leadership influences the implementation of change (Bateh et al., 2013) and the commitment of students and teachers (Leithwood et al., 2008). As far as leadership is concerned, Bass' transformative leadership is one of the most widely used theories in education. He defines leadership as an interaction during which an individual increases the motivation or skills of his group (Bass & Bass, 2009). The effect of this leadership is to provide creative and productive working conditions that encourage teachers (Leithwood et al., 2008). McCormick et al. (2002) mention that Bandura (2007) describes an individual with a high self-efficacy in the same way that Bass (Bass & Bass, 2009) describes an effective transformative leader. They explain that the effective leader is characterized by commitment, determination, and effectiveness in solving difficulties. Bandura (2007) defines self-efficacy as an individual's belief in his ability to perform a certain task. He specifies that it’s the individual's belief in his ability to organize and execute the course of action required to produce desired results. Self-efficacy is influenced by the complexity and specificity of the profession. It must therefore be defined and studied in relation to jobs or individuals who share a common denominator (Cherniss, 1993). Tschannen-Moran and Gareis (2004) consider that principals’ self-efficacy related to work is a judgment on their own ability to structure a particular course of action in order to produce the desired results in the school they lead. The aim of this study is to examine the relation between self-efficacy related to work and the transformative leadership of Quebec school principals. Research exists on the relation between these variables among principals, mostly in the USA. Daly et al. (2011) indicates some positive and negative relationships between certain self-efficacy dimensions and different factors in the transformational and transactional dimensions, as well as the laissez-faire dimension. However, not all relationships are significant. Marín's research (2013) indicates that certain self-efficacy dimensions explain up to 74% of the variance in transformational leadership practices. He mentions that principals who report a high self-efficacy seem to be more engaged in transformational leadership practices. However, no research seems to focus specifically on the population under study, namely Quebec’s French speaking school principals. Moreover, the results of previous studies seem to lack clarity of the relation (positive or negative) between the variables. Consequently, the research problem lies in the lack of understanding of the relation between self-efficacy and leadership among Quebec’s French speaking school principals. One hundred and twenty-six Quebec French speaking principals responded to the self-efficacy school principal scale (Fernet et al., 2009) and the self-reported leadership scale by Dussault et al. (2013). The results reveal that there is relation between some dimensions of the self-efficacy related to work and different factors of the transformational and transactional dimensions of transformational leadership, with correlations ranging from 0.22 to 0.46. The results also indicate that the dimensions of self-efficacy related to work were not related to the laissez-faire dimension of transformational leadership. These results are discussed in light of Bandura's (2007) self-efficacy and Bass' transformational leadership theories (Bass & Bass, 2009) as well as previous studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present research aims to examine the relation between self-efficacy related to work and transformational leadership in principals. A correlational design is used. The chosen sampling method is non-probabilistic. Quebec’s French speaking school principals were invited, via an online survey platform, to complete a questionnaire comprising, among other things, sociodemographic questions, the school principal self-efficacy scale (Fernet et al., 2009) and the self-reported leadership scale of Dussault et al. (2013). One hundred and twenty-six questionnaires were completed. The sample consisted of 77 principals (61%) and 47 assistant principals (37%), with two respondents not indicating their professional status (2%). Eighty-seven respondents were women (69%), while 37 were men (29.4%). Two respondents indicated that they belonged to an "Other" gender (1.6%). Their ages ranged from 32 to 66 (M = 47.54). For the Fernet et al. 2009 scale, the internal consistency (Cronbach alpha) is .76 for the administrative management dimension, .81 for the personnel management and pedagogical leadership dimension, .76 for the external relations management dimension. As for the self-reported leadership scale of Dussault et al. (2013) concerning the transformational dimension, the internal consistency is .78 for charisma, .75 for intellectual stimulation and .77 for personal recognition. For the transactional dimension, the internal consistency is .83 for the contingent reward factor and .80 for management by exception. Finally, the laissez-faire dimension has an internal consistency of .66. The results consists of descriptive statistics (mean, standard deviations, kurtosis, skewness) and correlation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research indicates that self-efficacy is, among others, one of the potential causes that can influence the transformational leadership of Quebec’s French speaking school principals. These results contribute to the importance of training principals through a university program. Indeed, it would be advisable to emphasize professional integration to reinforce peer training, mentoring and networking. As Cattonar et al. (2007) indicate, this would enable principals to develop their self-efficacy related to work through various sources, including their vicarious experiences (Bandura, 2007). Similarly, leadership training remains a must. Bass and Avolio (1990) indicate that leadership skills can be acquired. It therefore seems appropriate to encourage transformational and transactional leadership practices that can lead to an effective school. (Marzano et al., 2016). The study has certain limitations relate to the lack of available empirical literature, the research design, the sample, and the self-reported measurement of concepts. In terms of future research, it would seem worthwhile to plan repeated-measures research and to verify the factor structure of the different questionnaires to overcome certain limitations of this study. Finally to avoid social desirability bias, it would seem appropriate to carry out this research with teachers and principals. This would enable us to observe principal leadership from a teacher's perspective. References Bandura, A. (2007). Auto-efficacité : le sentiment d’efficacité personnelle (2nd ed.). De Boeck. Bass, B. & Avolio, B. J. (1990). Developing transformational leadership: 1992 and beyond. Journal of European industrial training, 14(4), 468‑478. Bass, B. & Bass, R. (2009). The Bass handbook of leadership: Theory, research, and managerial applications. Free Press. Cattonar, B., Lessard, C., Blais, J.-G., Larose, F., Riopel, M.-C., Tardif, M., … Wright, A. (2007). Les directeurs et les directrices d’école au Canada: contexte, profil et travail. Enquêtes pancanadiennes auprès des directions et des enseignants d’écoles primaires et secondaires (2005-2006). Chaire de recherche du Canada sur le personnel et les métiers de l’Éducation. Cherniss, C. (1993). Role of professional self-efficacy in the etiology and amelioration of burnout. In T. Schaufeli, W. B., Maslach, C., & Marek (Eds.), Professionnal Burnout: Recent developments in theory ans research (pp. 135‑143). Taylor et Francis Group. Conseil supérieur de l’éducation. (1999). Diriger une école secondaire: un nouveau contexte, de nouveaux défis. Conseil supérieur de l’éducation. Daly, A. J., Der-Martirosian, C., Ong-Dean, C., Park, V., & Wishard-Guerra, A. (2011). Leading under sanction: Principals’ perceptions of threat rigidity, efficacy, and leadership in underperforming Schools. Leadership & Policy in Schools, 10(2), 171‑206. Dussault, M., Frenette, É., & Fernet, C. (2013). Leadership: Validation of a self-report scale. Psychological Reports, 112(2), 419‑436. Fernet, C., Austin, S., & Dussault, M. (2009). L’importance de la spécificité des rôles professionnels lors de l’évaluation de la perception d’efficacité personnelle des directions d’école. Paper presented at 31 Colloque de l’ADMEE. Québec. Gouvernement du Québec. (2024). Loi sur l’instruction publique. Recueil des lois et des règlements du Québec. Leithwood, K. Harris, A. et Hopkins, D. (2008). Seven strong claims about sucessful school leadership. School Leadership and Management, 28(1), 27-42 Marín, J. R. (2013). The relationship between ethnicity, self-efficacy, and beliefs about diversity to instructional and transformational leadership practices of urban school principals. (Doctoral dissertation). University of Southern California. Marzano, R. J., Waters, T., & McNulty, B. A. (2005). School leadership that works: From research to results. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. McCormick, M. J., Tanguma, J., & Lopez-Forment, A. S. (2002). Extending self-efficacy theory to leadership: A review and empirical test. Journal of Leadership Education, 1(2), 34‑49. Sergiovanni, T. J. (2001). The principalship : A reflective practice perspective (4th ed.). Allyn and Bacon. Tschannen‐Moran, M. & Gareis, C. R. (2004). Principals’ sense of efficacy. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(5), 573‑585. 32. Organizational Education
Paper Middle leaders, School Uncertainty and Organizational Learning Ben-Gurion University, Israel Presenting Author:A school is a stable organization that usually knows how to manage in its uncertain environment. For example, during the Covid-19 pandemic, despite the difficulties, many schools increased their budgets, recruited temporary staff, promoted teachers’ digital literacy, and introduced online platforms (Reimers & Schleicher, 2020). One of the factors enabling this stability is the middle leaders (MLs). MLs are teachers who also perform part-time administrative roles, such as subject leader and head of year. Their primary tasks are coordinating the curriculum, scheduling exams, developing teachers’ professional skills, and monitoring students’ achievements and behavior (De-Nobile, 2021). Positioned as mediators between senior management and teaching staff, MLs facilitate information flow and promote organizational learning, which can reduce uncertainty and foster stability and order in the school. Organizational learning is the process whereby individual personal knowledge becomes organizational knowledge (Argyris & Schön, 1996). According to this theory, such a process contains two kinds of learning. Single-loop learning is learning that uses existing knowledge, norms, policies, and strategies to correct errors. Double-loop learning is learning that not only seeks to solve a problem but also to question and change the basic norms and assumptions that create it. Both forms of learning are essential for organizational functioning. However, in times of uncertainty, engaging in double-loop learning can be a significant advantage in clarifying organizational routines and enhancing the organization’s ability to answer internal and external expectations. In addition, it can lead to a better understanding of the sources of problems, and provide the organization with innovative solutions that better suit its goals. However, double-loop learning can also be challenging to implement because it requires a collaborative climate, reflection, and openness to change, which run counter to the usual organizational culture of competition and success by any means (Senge, 1990). While it has already been found that MLs are essential for school management, it is still unclear how they contribute to organizational learning. The present study seeks to delve deeper into this topic, and understand how MLs influence organizational learning and school uncertainty. Preliminary findings indicate that MLs often engage in single-loop learning, which primarily focuses on immediate problem-solving or what they term “putting out fires” and “patching up holes”. Such learning involves identifying and addressing problems swiftly to prevent escalation. For instance, in one case, the grade-level coordinator told us how she stepped in to teach a class in the absence of a subject teacher, thereby reducing the immediate disruption and maintaining the educational routines. However, the findings show that this order is temporary since the same problems arise again the next day with another teacher. In addition, we did not find indications of double-loop learning. Following the previous example, the grade-level coordinator did not look for the reasons for teacher absenteeism, at the organizational routine of checking the teachers’ attendance, or the reward system accompanying attendance and absence. In another case, the subject coordinator told us that she did not know how to promote a bad teacher. The coordinator can see that he is trying, he prepares, works, and asks for help, but she does not know how to guide him to connect with the students, partly because she does not know the background to his difficulties, and how to provide him with professional guidance so he can improve. In other words, she knows what the problem is but does not know how to break it down, examine its components, and reassemble them in a way that suits the teacher, the students, and the school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present multiple-case study was conducted from 2021 to 2022 to better understand a complex phenomenon (Yin, 2018), in this case, the MLs’ contribution to organizational learning. Four large, high-achieving Israeli high schools attended by more than 1,000 students, were studied. These schools, led by principals with at least three years of leadership seniority, varied in aspects of sector (state-secular and state-religious), district (south and center), and student demographics (medium and high SES). A team of four researchers collected the data. They conducted semi-structured interviews with four school principals and 61 middle leaders, specifically subject and grade-level coordinators. These MLs hold broad responsibility for all the students, and lead a team of teachers teaching mandatory subjects such as language, English, and mathematics, or specific age groups (respectively). In addition to interviews, the research team observed 33 team and management meetings, and collected relevant documents such as school schedules and work plans. All collected data, including audio recordings of interviews and meetings, were transcribed, and securely stored in a protected digital folder accessible only to the research team. The data was analyzed both inductively and deductively using Dedoose software. The inductive analysis involved examining all the data to develop categories and subcategories, and grouping the main recurring themes in the interviews. For instance, categories such as decision-making processes and problem-solving strategies among MLs were identified. Concurrently, a deductive analysis was performed in accordance with the conceptual framework of organizational learning theory (Argyris & Schön, 1996), which focuses on single-loop learning and double-loop learning. Ethical standards were maintained by presenting the research objectives to the interviewees, protecting their privacy and anonymity, and obtaining their informed consent. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We conclude that the MLs focus on single-loop learning, and play a pivotal role in maintaining organizational order and stability. This often leads to mere school survival, as expected from the school environment, but less to double-loop learning, which can clarify school uncertainty. It is interesting to note that the MLs present great confidence in their role, and know exactly what to do. In fact, the better they understood how to perform what was expected of them, the less they engaged in double-loop learning. For example, the greater the pressure from the senior management to prepare the students well for exams, the fewer questions were asked about exams as a valid and reliable measure to test the students’ knowledge. This leads us to another conclusion, that the short-term effectiveness of single-loop learning inhibits engagement in double-loop learning. This means that the effectiveness and immediacy of MLs in problem-solving often reduce the perceived need or motivation to engage in double-loop learning. Such learning, though more challenging, can improve the school and even reduce uncertainty. However, it might create a different form of ambiguity as it changes well-known assumptions, rules, and routines. This conclusion helps to explain the complexities involved in implementing change within schools. This study has theoretical and practical contributions. Theoretically, it offers new insights regarding the nature of MLs and their role in navigating uncertainty and preventing crises within the school. Moreover, it emphasizes the importance of balance in organizational learning. It is not either immediate problem-solving in single-loop learning or long-term deep learning in double-loop learning, but a combination that requires a lot of practice. The practical contribution is a guideline for MLs’ professional development program that emphasizes such a combination: how to do both– promote clarity by problem-solving, and innovative system thinking by engaging in double-loop learning. References Argyris, C., & Schön, C. (1996). Organizational Learning II. Theory. Method and Practice. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. De-Nobile, J. (2021). “Researching middle leadership in schools: the state of the art”. International Studies in Educational Administration, 49(2), 3-27. Reimers, F., & Schleicher, A. (2020). Schooling disrupted, schooling rethought. How the Covid-19 pandemic is changing education. OECD. https://globaled.gse.harvard.edu/files/geii/files/education_continuity_v3.pdf Senge, P. M. (1990a). The Fifth Discipline: The art and practice of the learning organization. Doubleday Currency. Yin, K. R. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods (6rd ed.). Sage Publications. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 33 SES 08 A: Women Pioneers and Role Models in STEM and Social Sciences Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Esther Berner Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Pioneering Paths: Understanding the Professional Growth of Female Academicians in the Chinese Academies of Sciences and Engineering Shanghai Jiaotong Univers, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Globally, female participation in academia has witnessed a great increase. At both European and country level, women published a similar number of publications at early stages of their career as male counterparts between 2015 and 2019 (She Figures 2021,2021). Yet, evidence across countries reveals that women are still underrepresented in academic leadership positions, and the phenomenon of “pipeline leakage” (Sonnert&Holton,1996) exists in the career development of female researchers. One way to better increase representation of women in both tenured and administrative academic positions is to focus on the career development pattern of female scientists who have established themselves in positions of academic leadership. By exploring their career development regularity, it will provide reference for the relevant institutions to develop policies that better meet the career development needs of female academics and support their career development. Guided by Bernardi’s conceptualization of the life course cube (2019), the purpose of this mixed study is to trace the career development experiences of female academicians in the Chinese Academy of Sciences and the Chinese Academy of Engineering, aiming to understand how they have pursued their professional careers. Specifically, this study will attempt to answer the following research questions: What are the common factors that contribute to the career development of Chinese female academicians? The theory of the life course cube stems from the paradigm of life course research. Elder defined the life course as "the life path manifested through age differentiation over the course of a person's life"(Elder,1994), and it focuses on the development and changes of individuals throughout their entire life course, which aligns with the analysis of the career development experiences of female academicians in this study, especially the opportunities and challenges they face at different stages of their career development. Particularly, the life course cube identifies a system of complex interdependencies. At the most basic level are three ‘first-order" interdependencies related to time, domains, and levels. These represent the core axes of the cube: (1) The time-related interdependence of the life course between the history of a life course, current life circumstances, and the future life course. (2) The interdependence between life domains, meaning that individuals’ goals, resources, and behaviors in one domain (such as work, family, education, or leisure) are interrelated with other domains. (3) The multilevel interdependence of the life course, which connects individual action and behavior over the life course (‘individual-action levels’) with the life courses of other people, social networks, and the ‘external’ societal opportunity structure (‘supra-individual levels’) and the ‘internal’ dispositions and psycho-physiological functioning (‘inner-individual levels’) (Bernardi et al.,2019). Building on life course theory and by reviewing existing research on factors related to the career development of female researchers, this study explores the factors and their dynamic relationships that contribute to the career advancement of Chinese female academicians at three levels: supra-individual levels, individual action level, and inner-individual levels. (1) Supra-individual levels variables include the female researchers' social relationship (family relationship, mentorship relationship and collaborative relationship), organizational culture (gender equality policies, compensation systems and flexible arrangements, etc.), and the broader socio-cultural context (economic conditions, political environment and cultural customs, etc.). (2) Individual-action levels variables include educational background (institutions), mobility experiences (domestic and international mobility) and research ability (publications and patents). (3) Inner-individual levels factors refer to personal traits, including talent, interests, and willpower, etc. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an explanatory sequential design. In the quantitative research, the Curriculum Vitae analysis method was used to collect data on birthplaces, alma maters, mobility experiences, research competence (h-index, citation counts the number of publications and the number of patents), and the years of receiving the academician title of female academicians in the Chinese Academy of Sciences and Chinese Academy of Engineering. The data sources include official websites of their affiliated institutions, the Scopus and the incoPat. The growing cycle of career of female academicians is defined as the time period starting from their undergraduate education to the point of obtaining the title of academician. Using Stata/SE 14.1 to carry out descriptive statistics, one-way ANOVA and correlation analyses, this study hypothesized the following relationships between various variables and the growing cycle: (1) H1: There is a correlation between the reputations of the graduate institutions and the growing cycle; (2) H2: There are differences in the growing cycle among female academicians who studied at a single institution, two institutions, and three institutions; (3) H3: There are differences in the growing cycle between female academicians with domestic work mobility experiences and those without; (4) H4: There are differences in the growing cycle between female academicians with international work mobility experiences and those without; (5) H5: There is a correlation between the h-index and the growing cycle of female academicians; (6) H6: There is a correlation between citation counts and the growing cycle of female academicians; (7) H7: There is a correlation between the number of publications and the growing cycle of female academicians; (8) H8: There is a correlation between the number of patents and the growing cycle of female academicians. For the qualitative data, the researcher employed convenience sampling to select female academicians for semi-structured interviews until theoretical saturation was reached. Considering the difficulty of accessing academicians, interviews and documentaries from mainstream media serve as supplementary materials. The interview outline was designed around the theoretical framework of this study. Applying thematic analysis, the interview transcripts were processed in the following sequence: familiarization with the data, initial coding, identifying themes, adjusting and refining themes, defining and naming themes, and writing the report (Braun&Clarke,2006). Through the constant comparison between new data and exiting categories, the researcher was able to identify the theoretical relationship among the themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show that there are currently 115 female academicians in China. Their growing cycle averages 36.1 years. (1) At the supra-individual levels, female academicians are more likely to originate from economically developed regions. 67% of female academicians were born in economically developed areas in eastern China, while only 13% come from underdeveloped regions in the western part of the country. Family support is another supra-individual factor in the career development of women academicians, some of whom mentioned that their success was due in part to the fact that family members took on their responsibilities and duties as mothers, daughters and wives. (2) At the individual-action levels, outstanding research competence and good institutional reputations are important factors in obtaining the title of academician. Among them, a correlation analysis was conducted between the h-index and the growing cycle of academicians, resulting in a correlation coefficient of -0.3529 (P < 0.01), indicating that the higher the h-index of female academicians, the shorter their growing cycle. Similar patterns were observed in the correlation between citation, publication, patent invention, institutional reputations and the growing cycle. However, the effect of mobility experiences, and the plurality of graduating institutions on the growing cycle of women academicians was not significant. (3) At the inner-individual levels, almost all reports on female academicians mention that they have shown a passion for science, exceptional learning abilities, and strong determination from a young age, which have played a crucial role in their success in the field of science. The above findings are preliminary exploratory results. Further analysis and explanation will be conducted in future research to explore more related factors and the interdependencies among the three levels of factors, as well as summarize the whole pattern of career development of female academicians. References European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation. (2021). She figures 2021: gender in research and innovation: statistics and indicators, Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/06090. Sonnert, G., & Holton, G. (1996). Career patterns of women and men in the sciences. American Scientist, 84(1), 63-71. Retrieved from https://www.proquest.com/scholarly- journals/career-patterns-women-men-sciences/docview/215266071/se-2. Bernardi, L., Huinink, J., & Settersten, R. A., Jr (2019). The life course cube: A tool for studying lives. Advances in life course research, 41, 100258. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.alcr.2018.11.004. Elder, G. (1994). Time, Human Agency, and Social Change: Perspectives on the Life Course. Social Psychology Quarterly, 57(1), 4-15. https://doi.org/10.2307/2786971. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Gender Bias: The History of Discovery (and Neglect) of a Pedagogical Problem Helmut Schmidt University, Germany Presenting Author:The contribution follows on from two problem perspectives mentioned centrally in the Network 33 call, namely “genders and their intersections” and the role of “biases in the form, content, access and opportunities of education”. The approach is historiographical, focusing on the phase in which educational science was established as a university discipline at the beginning of the 20th century in Germany. The focus is on the question of what findings existed at that time - even beyond educational science - regarding the meaning of sex and gender, but also other categories of difference, and what influence these have had on educational theory formation, but also on disciplinary practices of inclusion and exclusion. The work of the educational scientist and sociologist Mathilde Vaerting (1884-1977) and its (contemporary) (non-)reception will be discussed as an example. Appointed to the University of Jena in 1923, Mathilde Vaerting was the first female professor of educational science at a German university. Her career was marked by marginalization and disavowal and ended when the National Socialists came to power. Even after the Second World War, she was unable to find a place in academia (Kraul 1999, 1987; Wobbe 1994, 1991). Her example, i.e. the openly aggressive and sometimes sexist hostility that permeated objective scientific criticism in the context of her (failed) habilitation project and as a professor in Jena (Plate 1930), represent the vehemence of the defense. The extent to which her biography and career confirmed her theory on sex and power is an irony of fate. This is one of the reasons why her name is hardly known in educational science today. However, there is the assumption (which needs to be examined further) that her repression also has something to do with her scientific theses (Berner/Hofbauer 1923). Her focus was on analyzes of power and domination as well as the resulting conditions of oppression. In this context, at the beginning of the 1920s she had already pointed out in a paradigmatic way the importance of gender (later also of origin, race, etc.) as factor(s) in processes of inclusion and exclusion, findings that she judged to bo particularly relevant to the fields of educational science and praxis and scientific research in general (Berner 2024a forthcoming). Her social constructivist approach, with which she fundamentally questioned traditional assumptions and explanatory models of sex differences, can be viewed as quite unique in the academic context of her time, which was dominated by the so called “Geisteswissenschaftliche Pädagogik”. In particular, the methodological consequences that she drew from this with regard to empirical psychological and educational research can be read as an attack against established educational research and theory development (ibid.). Vaerting's criticism was not only directed at pedagogy, but also at the new empirical-differential psychology and the developments in aptitude testing (Vaerting 1923, 1931). She accused them of reproducing the preconceptions concerning gender differences (e.g. with regard to intellectual strengths and weaknesses, personality traits, preferences and inclinations). She also criticized contemporary (child) psychology of suggesting the inferiority of the young generations compared to the old (Vaerting 1928). This would result in oppression of the adolescents by the adults, which manifests itself in extensive incapacitation and the denial of property and participation rights. Analogous to the gender bias in sex psychology, Vaerting speaks of a “major source of error” in previous youth psychology, because it believes it can "identify peculiarities that are specific to adolescence as such. But this is a mistake. [...] The psychology of youth today is not the psychology of youth as such, but the psychology of youth as it is characteristic of its current power situation" (Vaerting, 1929, p. 240). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The researchis based on extensive source material, including Vaerting's writings, which have hardly been analyzed to date, as well as sources and documents that document the "hegemonic" theoretical discourse. In her work, Vaerting dealt in many ways with the renowned representatives of academic pedagogy and progresive education. She also reconstructs gender theories and debates on the basis of relevant medical, psychological, sexological and anthropological literature. The analyses are guided by an approach from the history and sociology of science that is based on Ludwik Fleck's (2017) theory of "Denkstile" and "Denkkollektive". The rejection of Vaerting's theoretical and methodological positions and the findings derived from them with regard to constructions of difference will be examined as a conflict between competing "Denkstile". In addition, it is important to contextualize Vaerting's criticism of contemporary gender relations within the framework of the virulent gender debates. The matriarchy discourse of the time is of primary importance here - Vaerting (1921) herself referred to matriarchy theories, which were much discussed at the time (Berner 2024b forthcoming). Various concepts and terms from Fleck's work can be fruitfully applied and tested. The methodological errors and problems of interpretation cited by Vaerting can be interpreted in terms of Fleck's constraints of thought ("Denkzwänge") and the harmony of deception ("Harmonie der Täuschung") that is effective in the process. There are various indications, for example from the field of comparative anatomy and physiology, that gender research at Vaerting's time was guided by strong mental constraints. Results that did not conform to the prevailing stereotypes were repeatedly reinterpreted - subject to the harmony of deception - and contradictory results were marginalized. The fact that the conclusions drawn from the results were sometimes diametrically opposed had already led contemporaries to make ironic comments (Thompson 1903). The relevant writings of the American psychologist Helen Bradford Thompson were known to Vaerting and were quoted by her (Vaerting 1923). Where, for example, comparisons with the animals in evolutionary theories spoke in favor of the superiority of the female sex, the argument was simply reversed (Voß 2010); and outstanding achievements of girls and women in school or science were often interpreted as the result of typical female diligence and imitative instinct, which were then contrasted with male intellect and originality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With her writings, Mathilde Vaerting took a critical approach to the oppression of women in their diverse lives, which means that she can be classified as part of the contemporary emancipation movement. By focusing on the reproduction of gender stereotypes in science, her analyzes also went beyond the gender debate that was common at the time. In fact, the gender of knowledge, problematized by Mathilde Vaerting, has been one of the key questions in gender research since the 1970s until today (Jähnert 2010). If Vaerting´s work had been received appropriately, it could have played a pioneering role in the discovery of gender bias and specially its role in educational research. In several ways, her style of thinking was not compatible with the academic pedagogy. It was focused on (social) difference rather than the universality of ideas and problematized power and oppression beyond a teleological harmony of ends. Her approach and knowledge base were interdisciplinary, sometimes eclectic, but open to empirical sciences and internationally informed. It should be noted that Vaerting formulated her theses and theories at a time when women's access to academic science was highly contested and open or latent resistance was widespread among male colleagues. Vaerting's analyzes were intended to shake the foundations of male hegemony in science. The fact that there was an awareness of this threat in those circles can be seen in the many 'findings' based on so called hard facts (from medicine, anatomy, physiology, anthropology etc.) that were published to serve the millennia-old prae-idea (“Prä-Idee”) (Fleck 2017) of congenital female deficiencies (e.g. Möbius 1900; Runge 1900; Krafft-Ebing 1902; Matthias 1929). Where no strategic calculation was at work, it were perhaps unconscious compulsions in thinking ("Denkzwänge) in the sense of Fleck. References Berner, E. (2024a forthcoming). „Gender Bias“: M. Vaertings Beitrag zur Entdeckung eines pädagogischen Problems. Berner, E. (2024b forthcoming). Männerherrschaft - Frauenherrschaft: Zur Einordnung M. Vaertings in den zeitgenössischen Matriarchatsdiskurs Berner, E./Hofbauer, S. (2023). Mathilde Vaerting (1884–1977) und ihr (unzeitgemäßer) Beitrag zu Pädagogik und Macht. Historica Scholastica 9, no. 1, 99-122. Fleck, Ludwig: Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache : Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv. Frankfurt a.M. Suhrkamp. Jähnert, G. (2010). Geschlechterstudien / Gender Studies. In: Tenorth, H.-E. (ed.): Geschichte der Universität unter den Linden 1810-2010. Praxis ihrer Disziplinen. Bd. 6. Berlin: Akademie, 313-329. Krafft-Ebing von, R. (1902). Psychosis Menstrualis. Eine klinisch-forensische Studie. Stuttgart: Enke. Kraul, M. (1987). Geschlechtscharakter und Pädagogik: Mathilde Vaerting (1884–1977). In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, no. 22, 475–489. Kraul, M. (1999). Jenas erste Professorin: Mathilde Vaerting. Leben und Werk im Kreuzfeuer der Geschlechterproblematik. In: Horn, G. (ed.): Die Töchter der Alma mater Jenensis. Neunzig Jahre Frauenstudium an der Universität von Jena. Rudolstadt, Jena: Hain, 91–112. Matthias, E. (1929). Die Frau, ihr Körper und dessen Pflege durch die Gymnastik. Berlin: Eigenbrödler. Möbius, P.J. (1900). Über den physiologischen Schwachsinn des Weibes. Halle: Marhold. Plate, L. (1930). Feminismus unter dem Deckmantel der Wissenschaft. In: Eberhard, E.F.W. (ed): Geschlechtscharakter und Volkskraft. Grundprobleme des Feminismus. Darmstadt/Leipzig, 196–215. Runge, M. (1900). Das Weib in seiner geschlechtlichen Eigenart. 4. Aufl. Berlin: Springer. Thompson, H.B. (1903). The mental traits of sex. An experimental investigation of the normal mind in men and women. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press. Vaerting, M. (1921). Die weibliche Eigenart im Männerstaat und die männliche Eigenart im Frauenstaat. Karlsruhe i.B.: G. Braunsche Hofbuchdruckerei und Verlag. Vaerting, M. (1923). Wahrheit und Irrtum in der Geschlechterpsychologie. Karlsruhe i.B.: G. Braunsche Hofbuchdruckerei und Verlag. Vaerting, M. (1928). Die Macht der Massen. Berlin: Pfeiffer. Vaerting, M. (1929). Die Macht der Massen in der Erziehung. Berlin: Pfeiffer. Vaerting, M. (1931). Lehrer und Schüler. Ihr gegenseitiges Verhalten als Grundlage der Charaktererziehung. Leipzig: Barth. Voß, H.-J. (2015). Making Sex Revisited. Dekonstruktion des Geschlechts aus biologisch-medizinischer Perspektive. Bielefeld: Transcript. Wobbe, Th. (1991). Ein Streit um die akademische Gelehrsamkeit: Die Berufung Mathilde Vaertings im politischen Konfliktfeld der Weimarer Republik. In: Zentraleinrichtung zur Förderung von Frauenstudien und Frauenforschung an der Freien Universität Berlin (ed.). Berliner Wissenschaftlerinnen stellen sich vor, no. 8. Wobbe, Th. (1994). Mathilde Vaerting (1884–1977). “Es kommt alles auf den Unterschied an (…) der Unterschied ist Grundelement der Macht“. In: Hahn, B. (ed.): Frauen in den Kulturwissenschaften. Von Lou Andreas-Salomé bis Hannah Arendt. München: Beck, 123–135. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 34 SES 08 A JS: IEA and Network 34 Invited Reception Location: Foyer (ground floor) of SFC07 building Session Chair: Valeria Damiani Session Chair: Mar Puigbert Moreno In connection with this year’s ECER 2024 in Nicosia, IEA and Network 34 (Research on Citizenship Education) are organizing an evening of networking, appetizers, and drinks.
The reception is an opportunity to celebrate the recent releases from and future cycle of IEA's ICCS (International Civic and Citizenship Education Study), as well as the establishment of EERA’s Network 34.
The networking reception will take place on Wednesday, 28 August at the University of Nicosia from 17:30 to 19:00, following a joint symposia on ICCS delivered by Network 34 and Network 9 (Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement).
Please note that this event is by invitation only.
Contact: Mar Puigbert/ iea.nl
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 34 SES 08 C JS: Activism & Democracy in Open Learning Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Monica Assante Joint Paper Session, NW 06 and NW34. Full details in 06 SES 08 A JS |
Date: Thursday, 29/Aug/2024 | |
9:30 - 11:00 | 00 SES 09 A: Learning and Development of Educational Professionals: Towards an Ecological Perspective Location: Room LRC 012 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Piety Runhaar Session Chair: Christine Teelken Symposium |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Symposium Learning and Development of Educational Professionals: Towards an Ecological Perspective Increasing teacher and school leader shortages and, simultaneously, an increase of demands regarding student achievements and teacher quality force schools to invest in their ‘human capital’ (OECD, 2023). While this means a challenge in itself, due to all kinds of social, political, and economic problems (see also the call of proposals of ECER, 2024), the context wherein schools operate has become more and more complex and uncertain. For example, younger colleagues often have other job-expectations than their older counterparts (Skýpalová, 2023) causing challenges to retain them; more diversity in the classroom and the call for more equal chances among pupils force schools to formulate specific policies (Donlevy et al, 2015); uncertainty and instability in funding causes problems in policy implementation (Waslander, 20123); technological developments, such as AI, alter our conceptions of assignments and assessments, leading to curricular changes and professionalization needs. While all these developments require learning and development of all educational professionals, simultaneously, they impact its facilitation, hence making it a ‘wicked issue’ (Runhaar, 2023). Wicked issues are ambivalent and cannot be ‘solved’ in the sense they disappear (Bore & Wright, 2009). In order to understand wicked issues, an ecological perspective is needed (Wielkiewicz e.a. 2005), meaning that the impact and interdependence of factors playing a role at different levels of the system at hand need to be acknowledged and that multiple theoretical perspectives as well as the views of different actors are included. But how to study these types of issues? The papers of our symposium are all about learning and development in education, but focus on different types of professionals (e.g. school leaders and starting teachers) working in different types of schools (e.g. secondary or vocational schools) or other organizations (e.g. child centra, teacher education institutes). Professional learning is conceptualized in various ways (e.g. as induction or as collaborative learning) and multiple perspectives are taken into account. Taken together, the papers contain ingredients for studying complex issues from an ecological perspective. We aim to formulate practical recommendations for educational research by discussing the differences and similarities among the papers with the audience. The symposium is supported by the The Netherlands Educational Research Association (VOR) (www.vorsite.nl). References Bore, A., & Wright, N. (2009). The wicked and complex in education: Developing a transdisciplinary perspective for policy formulation, implementation and professional practice. Journal of Education for Teaching, 35(3), 241-256. Donlevy, V., Meierkord, A., & Rajania, A. (2015). Study on the diversity within the teaching profession with particular focus on migrant and/or minority background: Final report. ECORYS. Directorate General for Education and Culture, European Commission. OECD (2023). Education at a Glance 2023. Geneve: Organization for economic co-operation and development. Runhaar, P. (2023). De professionele- en loopbaanontwikkeling van leraren bezien vanuit ecologisch perspectief. Utrecht: Vo raad. Skýpalová, R., Stojanová, H., Troger, H., & Caha, Z. (2023). Human Resource Management across Generations within the Context of World of Work 4.0. Emerging Science Journal, 7(3), 843-853. Waslander, S. (2023). Smachten naar samenhang Een adviesrapport over het Monitoringsonderzoek 2023. Utrecht: VO-raad. Wielkiewicz, R. M., & Stelzner, S. P. (2005). An ecological perspective on leadership theory, research, and practice. Review of General Psychology, 9(4), 326-341. Presentations of the Symposium Integrating Induction and HRM for a Smooth Landing of Starting Teachers
The first presentation explores how induction can be embedded in schools’ HRM (human resources management), with HRM referring to all practices targeted at attracting, retaining, developing, and rewarding teachers in such a way that it results in optimal teacher and school performance (Runhaar, 2017). To this end, two studies, conducted in Dutch schools for secondary and vocational education and training are discussed.
Background
Too many starting teachers (STs) leave the profession too early due to a lack of support and guidance (Helms-Lorenz et al., 2013). This is problematic, giving the worldwide teacher shortages (OECD, 2023), hence schools implement induction-programs, i.e.
practices aimed at improving and accelerating ST’s professional development and enculturation in schools (Green, 2015). Although induction programs appear effective (e.g. Harmsen et al., 2019), STs’ job-satisfaction and wellbeing is also influenced by, for example, recruitment and selection procedures, career opportunities and payment, and thus of good personnel policy (Kutsyuruba et al., 2019). Induction therefore should
include other HRM-practices next to professional development and socialization (cf. Fantilli and McDougall, 2009).
Methods
Through an online reflection-instrument, called the ‘Startwijzer’, qualitative and quantitative data were gathered among different actors (i.e. STs, coaches, HRM
professionals, team leaders, schoolleaders) in secondary and VET schools (n= 558 respondents, 96 reps. n=629 respondents in 41 schools).
The instrument was developed in a nationwide program on improving induction funded by Dutch government. The Startwijzer is based on induction- and HRM-literature. With the AMO-Theory of Performance (Appelbaum et al., 2001)– which states that employee performance is a function of their abilities (A); their motivation (M) and the opportunities they are offered to exert their expertise (O) - as framework, 13 indicators
of a smooth landing are formulated. Respondents indicate to what extent the indicators have been realised (1 = ‘not in order’, 2 = ‘doubt’ and 3 = ‘in order’) and provide an explanation for their scores.
Outcomes
Respondents’ ratings of the 13 indicators differed across secondary and vocational education schools and among schools within both sectors. Also ratings differed among actors. For example, in both sectors: if actors differed in how they evaluated indicators, school leaders and team leaders were mostly more positive than the other actors, while HRM-professionals tended to be less positive than others. The qualitative data show that a smooth landing can be enhanced by more and clear communication among actors and by formalizing issues such as performance appraisals
References:
Appelbaum, E., Bailey, T., Berg, P., & Kalleberg, A. L., 2001. Do high performance work systems pay off? In:The transformation of work. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Fantilli, R. D. and McDougall, D. E. (2009). A study of novice teachers: Challenges and supports in the first years. Teaching and teacher education, 25(6), 814-825.
Green, A. (2015). Teacher induction, identity, and pedagogy: hearing the voices of mature early career teachers from an industry background. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 49-60.
Harmsen, R., Helms‐Lorenz, M., Maulana, R. and van Veen, K. (2019). The longitudinal effects of induction on beginning teachers’ stress. British journal of educational
psychology, 89(2), 259-287;
Helms-Lorenz, M., Slof, B., & van de Grift, W. (2013). First year effects of induction arrangements on beginning teachers’ psychological processes. European journal of psychology of education, 28(4), 1265-1287
Kutsyuruba, B., Walker, K. D., & Godden, L. (2019). Contextual factors in early career teaching: A systematic review of international research on teacher induction and mentoring programs. Journal of Global Education and Research, 3(2), 85-123.
OECD (2023). Education at a Glance 2023. Geneve: OECD Runhaar, P. (2017). How schools and teachers benefit from human resources management? Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(4), 639-656.
Professionalisation of School Leaders through Collaborative Networks
Strengthening school leadership to optimise school organization for student and school team needs is an ongoing challenge. Recognizing the need for stronger support for school leaders, the Flemish Government (Belgium) has supported two-year professionalization initiatives (PI) for school leaders within a collaborative network. The central premise of the PI was collective learning among school leaders, as previous research has shown that this is a powerful tool for school leaders (Orr & Orphanos, 2011). The research aim was to study these PI by mapping conditions (e.g., characteristics of PI, collaborative network, school leader, and school), learning processes, and results of PI (Merchie, et al., 2018). First, a literature review about school leader professionalisation and strong school leadership was conducted to identify which conditions and results were best studied. This review led to a research model for the study. This model presents several elements: 1) purpose of PI, 2) characteristics
of PI, 3) characteristics of collaborative networks, 4) characteristics of school leaders and their context, and 5) indications of effects. To study these, survey data were collected from school leaders and PI organizers at the start (n=396) and end of the PI (n=269). Furthermore, a case study was conducted to analyse learning processes of school leaders in 4 purposefully selected collaborative networks using logbooks, focus group discussions, semi-structured interviews, observations, and document analysis. The results show that the PI have led to positive effects in terms of participant satisfaction, changes in knowledge, skills, and attitudes, as well as changes in the practices of school leaders. The research makes observations that are important to consider in shaping future PI for school leaders. For instance, the process coach, associated with a
collaborative network, plays a crucial role for indications of effects and the way in which the characteristics of the PI are perceived. How the process coach puts PI characteristics into practice influences how participants experience the program and its effects. Also, some characteristics play a larger role when considering indications of effects. Offering a coherent program, taking into account individual needs and
prior knowledge, and providing opportunities to apply what has been learned appear to be crucial. Additionally, collaborative network characteristics play a role. More specifically, trust among school leaders within the network is essential for achieving collective learning. In line with previous research (Orr & Barber, 2007), the study concludes that characteristics of school leaders and schools play a limited role.
References:
Merchie, E., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2018). Evaluating teachers’ professional development initiatives : towards an extended evaluative framework. RESEARCH PAPERS IN EDUCATION, 33(2), 143–168.
Orr, M.T., & Barber, M.E. (2009). Program evaluation in leadership preparation and related fields. In M. D. Young, G. M. Crow, J. Murphy, & R. T. Ogawa (Eds.), Handbook of research on the education of school leaders (pp. 457- 498). New York, NY: Routledge Orr, M. T., & Orphanos, S. (2011). How graduate-level preparation influences the
effectiveness of school leaders: A comparison of the outcomes of exemplary and conventional leadership preparation programs for principals. Educational Administration Quarterly, 47 (1), 18–70
Building Inclusive Leadership: Insights from a Professional Development Program for School and Childcare Leaders
With the increasing complexity of school leader's role (Beausaert et al., 2023), leadership development research becomes more urgent. Investing in professional development of principals is key in raising the quality of teaching and education (Rodriguez-Gomez et al., 2020). However, there is limited research on professional learning of these leaders (Lovett et al., 2015). Moreover, the notion of effective professional development of school leaders lacks clarity (Daniels et al., 2019), and comprehensive research addressing the reciprocity between professional development activities and school leaders’ daily activities in practice is lacking (Daniels et al., 2019). Thus, this paper aims to answer the
following research question: How did design criteria and contents of a professional development programme, according to participants, contribute to the development of their inclusive leadership behaviour? To this end, we followed 17 school and childcare leaders collaborating in Dutch child centres for education and childcare, who participated in a dedicated professional development programme (PDP) on inclusive leadership. Inclusive leadership is a promising leadership approach in context where teams are diverse, such as interprofessional teams in education and health care (Nembhard & Edmondson, 2006).
Following the theoretical framework of Randel et al. (2018), inclusive leadership consists of two dimensions: facilitating belongingness and valuing uniqueness. We utilised qualitative data from observations and interviews, complemented by pre- and post-programme self-evaluations for a comprehensive analysis. Six distinct design criteria derived from the literature where tailored to developing inclusive leadership, which formed the basis for the programme that consisted of four sessions, spread over 5
months. The main finding suggests that participants' involvement in the professional development programme resulted in an augmented awareness of inclusive leadership which was manifested through the adoption of new behaviours or an increased application of inclusive leadership behaviours. Essential design criteria for this purpose, according to participants, included collective learning and participation in pairs,
Organising collective learning is considered a crucial design criterion for PDPs tailored to school leaders, recognising that the role of a school leader is sometimes perceived as isolating (Service et al., 2018). Self-regulated learning through the use of learning logs and reflective interviews, was highly valued by the participants, particularly when learning logs and reflective interviews were combined. The non-parametrical
Wilcoxon signed-rank test demonstrated a significant increase in two aspects of inclusive leadership. Furthermore, both in the pre-test and the post-test, it was evident that participants considered fostering belongingness to be more important than valuing uniqueness.
References:
Beausaert, S., Froehlich, D. E., Riley, P., & Gallant, A. (2023). What about school principals’ well-being? The role of social capital. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 405-421.
Daniels, E., Hondeghem, A., & Dochy, F. (2019). A review on leadership and
leadership development in educational settings. Educational Research Review, 27, 110-125.
Lovett, S., Dempster, N., & Flückiger, B. (2015). Personal agency in leadership learning using an Australian heuristic. Professional Development in Education, 41(1), 127-143. Nembhard, I. M., & Edmondson, A. C. (2006). Making it safe: the effects of leader inclusiveness and professional status on psychological safety and improvement
efforts in health care teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 27(7), 941-966.
Randel, A. E., Galvin, B. M., Shore, L. M., Ehrhart, K. H., Chung, B. G., Dean, M. A., & Kedharnath, U. (2018). Inclusive leadership: Realizing positive outcomes through belongingness and being valued for uniqueness. Human Resource Management Review, 28(2), 190-203. Rodriguez-Gomez, D., Ion, G., Mercader, C., & López-Crespo, S. (2020). Factors promoting informal and formal learning strategies among school leaders. Studies in Continuing Education, 42(2), 240-255.
Service, B., Dalgic, G. E., & Thornton, K. (2018). Benefits of a shadowing/mentoring intervention for New Zealand school principals. Professional Development in Education, 44(4), 507-520
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 09 A: Partnership for Sustainable Transition from Teacher Education to Profession (STEP): Knowledge-building for Retaining New Teachers in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sally Windsor Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen Symposium |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Partnership for Sustainable Transition from Teacher Education to Profession (STEP): Knowledge-building for Retaining New Teachers in an Age of Uncertainty A short presentation of the STEP project The symposium is based on STEP, a research- and collaborative project that follows the first generation of students with a five-year master's education for primary school teachers in Norway during their last year of study and the first two years as teachers. The STEP project focuses on how to retain Early Career Teachers in schools, and builds on values such as equality, multi-perspectives, competences, and collaboration. The methodology is framed by Cultural Historical Activity Theory (CHAT) combined by the approach of research circles. We combine CHAT and Research Circles (RCs) to facilitate research- and experience-based dialogues for national and international policymaking. Primary objective: STEP will develop research- and experience-based knowledge on transition from Master Initial Teacher Education (M-ITE) into the teacher profession. Secondary objectives:
This multi-methodological project is funded by the Norwegian Research Association. Different papers will introduce values, methodological perspectives and preliminary findings. The papers are: Paper 1: Partnership and Collaboration to Contribute to a Good Start to the Teaching Profession. Paper 2: School Owners' Expectations to Early Career Teachers: Novices or Resource Persons? Paper 3: School Employees' Experiences and Understanding of New Teachers' Research- and Development Competence References Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary Crossing and Boundary Objects. Review of educational research, 81(2), 132-169 Bjerkholt, E., & Stokke, H. S. (2017). Et forskende fellesskap-Forskningssirkler på t vers av læringsarenaene i lærerutdanningene. Norsk Pedagogisk Tidsskrift, 101(2), 157-168. Doi: 10.1826/issn.1504-2987-2017-02-05. Engestrøm, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work. Toward an activity-theoretical reconceptualization. Institute of Education, University of London. Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding. Helsinki: Orienta-Konsultitoy. Olsen, Knut-Rune et al. (2022) Lærerstudenters forventninger til arbeidet som profesjonelle lærere i skolen, Skriftserien fra Universitetet i Sørøst-Norge, nr. 105 https://openarchive.usn.no/usn-xmlui/handle/11250/3028158 Røise, P. & Bjerkholt, E. (2020). Frigjørende deltakelse i en forskningssirkel om faget utdanningsvalg. Forskning og Forandring, 3(1), 1-23. https://doi.org/10.23865/fof.v3.2160 See individual presentations Presentations of the Symposium 1. Partnership and Collaboration to Contribute to a Good Start to the Teaching Profession.
The shortages of qualified teachers, as well as the challenges in the recruitment and retention of teachers that we are facing in Norway as in the rest of Europe, reflect the imperative need to raise the attractiveness of the teaching profession and improve the retention of teachers in their profession. The main causes identified for leaving the teaching profession within the first years of practice are the feelings of isolation and the lack of support that many new teachers experiences when they start working. The partners in STEP represent different perspectives in a diverse educational community. Common to all of us is a desire to contribute to an attractive teaching profession. We believe there is potential in building a bridge between teacher training and the profession to make the transition as smooth as possible and that new teachers experience further professionalization in the profession from the very start.
The novelty of STEP is the unique collaboration between researchers and stakeholders, the combination of research- and experienced based knowledge and the knowledge of policymaking in Norway and internationally. STEP aims to develop a model for collaboration between researchers and partners/stakeholders on research- and experience-based policymaking and thereby to facilitate dialogues on policymaking both nationally and internationally. In the Nordic countries, we have a long tradition of tripartite cooperation between authorities, employers, and trade unions to make good decisions. These experiences form an important background for the collaborative work in this project. The partners in STEP are together with other stakeholders now in a process to develop the national framework for mentoring new teachers in Norway. Contributing to research to develop these frameworks is also one of the aims in STEP.
In this presentation we will highlight how cooperation between an employer organization, teacher union and student organization contribute to a more complex dialogue and understanding of both local, national, and international context and research. This diversity presents various legitimate interests which may cause tensions but also growth, different perspectives, and possibilities to understand complexity. We will also elaborate on what is distinctive about the teaching profession that makes professional mentoring of new teachers an important measure.
References:
Aaltonen, Bäckström, Ernestam, Harsvik, Hauksson, Salmonsen, Salo, Wettendorff (2023). Teacher shortage in the Nordic countries. Comparing the current situation. NLS. DOI: teacher_shortage_nls-report_2023_final.pdf . Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Delhaxhe, Arlette, Birch, Peter, Piedrafita Tremosa, Sonia, Davydovskaia, Olg, Bourgeois, Ania, Balcon, Marie-Pascale (2018). Eurydice. DOI: Teaching careers in Europe - Publications Office of the EU (europa.eu) Olsen, K-R., Bjerkholt, E. & Heikkinen, H.L.T. (Eds.)(2020). New teachers in the Nordic Countries – Ecologies of mentoring and induction. Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk open access. Shanks, R., Attard Tonna, M., Krøjgaard, F., Paaske, K., Robson, D., & Bjerkholt, E. (2020). A comparative study of mentoring for new teachers. Professional Development in Education. 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1744684
2. School Owners' Expectations to Early Career Teachers: Novices or Resource Persons?
This presentation is based on interviews with representatives of municipalities as school owners. The interviews were conducted in the spring of 2023 based on a semi-structured interview guide with the following questions:
- In the autumn of 2022, the first cohort of the five-year master's education for primary school teachers started to work in schools. What expectations do you have in the short and long term (time interval of up to five years) to this new generation of schoolteachers compared with previous cohorts?
- How can you, as a representative of the school owner, help to ensure that NQTs are offered mentoring and induction in line with the national principles and obligations for the supervision of NQTs?
- Based on the induction schemes you have had in your municipality until now, what changes might be appropriate with regard to this new generation of teachers?
- Which factors related to school culture and management at school level do you think have the greatest significance with regard to NQTs development and learning in the short and long term?
- What role and significance do you think mentoring as a professional communication genre and learning strategy can have for the NQTs in the short and long term?
The interviews have been transcribed and analyzed with reference to thematic analysis (Braun and Clark, 2006) and stepwise-deductive-inductive method (SDI) (Tjora, 2021).
We will present the main findings from the survey. Our aim is to develop research- and experience-based knowledge when it comes to the further development and implementation of the National Framework for Mentoring and Induction for NQTs.
References:
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2018). Doing interviews (Vol. 2). Sage.
Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017) Thematic analysis, The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12:3, 297-298, DOI: 10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613
Olsen, Knut-Rune et al. (2022) Lærerstudenters forventninger til arbeidet som profesjonelle lærere i skolen, Skriftserien fra Universitetet i Sørøst-Norge, nr. 105 https://openarchive.usn.no/usn-xmlui/handle/11250/3028158
Olsen, K-R., Bjerkholt, E. & Heikkinen, H.L.T. (Eds.)(2020). New teachers in the Nordic Countries - Ecologies of mentoring and induction. Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk open access
Tjora, A. (2019) Qualitative Research as Stepwise-Deductive Induction. London: Routledge
3. School Employees' Experiences and Understanding of New Teachers' Research- and Development Competence
Norway reformed its teacher education to a five-year master’s degree in 2017 and newly qualified teachers (NQTS) now graduate with research and development (R&D) competence. R&D competence aims to enable NQTs to use theories of science and research methodologies to evaluate and use research to develop themselves, their teaching, and the schools they work at (Toom et al., 2010).
Schaefer et al. (2012) argue that we must change our focus from retaining NQTs, to sustaining them, and Kelchtermans (2017, p. 961) deconstruct the challenge of teacher attrition as “…the need to prevent good teachers from leaving the job for the wrong reasons”. Additionally, Bjørndal et al. (2020) found that NQTs from a piloted five-year teacher education experienced challenges in engaging in systematic research work due to workload and stress. The reform necessitates examining how the school support, develop, and apply NQTs’ R&D competence in their induction to professional life.
I analyze semi-structured qualitative interviews (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2018) of eight NQTs, eight mentors, 16 colleagues, and seven principals from eight municipalities using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The theory of practice architectures (TPA) (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008) is used as an analytical lens. TPA posits that practices are social, situated, and shaped by three mutually influencing arrangements: the cultural-discursive, the material-economic, and the social-political (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008). By analyzing these arrangements and their accompanying sayings, doings, and relatings, I identify and describe the prevalent practices that prefigure the support, development, and application of NQTs’ R&D competence.
In line with the theme of “Education in an Age of Uncertainty”, I expect to uncover discrepancies between the established traditions of school development and the evolution of the teacher education, where the schools have not been able to utilize and create a “niche” (Heikkinen, 2020) for the R&D competence of NQTs. The analysis is expected to clarify the diverse and contrasting perspectives among the school employees and the NQTs about the value of R&D competence in the teacher profession. This includes insights into sayings that reflect different attitudes towards the relevancy of R&D competence, doings consisting of practical actions the schools have or have not implemented for the support, development, and application of R&D competence, and relatings which highlight interpersonal dynamics between new and older teachers. Further this paper discusses how we can sustain NQTs by positioning them as valuable contributors.
References:
Bjørndal, K. E. W., Antonsen, Y., & Jakhelln, R. (2020). FoU-kompetansen til nyutdannede grunnskolelærere – grunnlag for skoleutvikling? Acta Didactica Norden, 14(2), 1 - 20. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.7917
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2018). Doing Interviews. SAGE Publications Ltd. http://digital.casalini.it/9781526426093
Heikkinen, H. L. (2020). Understanding mentoring within an ecosystem of practices. New teachers in Nordic countries: ecologies of mentoring and induction.
Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’: unpacking teacher attrition/retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 961-977. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1379793
Kemmis, S., & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situation praxis in practic. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pedagory, education and praxis) (pp. 37‐62). Sense Publishers.
Schaefer, L., Long, J. S., & Clandinin, D. J. (2012). Questioning the research on early career teacher attrition and retention. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 58(1), 106- 121. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.11575/ajer.v58i1.55559
Toom, A., Kynäslahti, H., Krokfors, L., Jyrhämä, R., Byman, R., Stenberg, K., Maaranen, K., & Kansanen, P. (2010). Experiences of a Research‐based Approach to Teacher Education: suggestions for future policies. European Journal of Education, 45(2), 331-344. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-3435.2010.01432.x
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Early Childhood Teachers improving Communication with Young Children using a given model of Professional Learning. University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:It is well known that communication with young children improve their reading and writing skills later in life. Reading books to children is an established routine in early childhood education. Other routines are using the circle time for communication about daily activities. In Sweden language support is highly emphasized very much due to different international testing results, such as PISA, PEARLS and others. A quick glance at the website by the Swedish National School Research Institute shows that all systematic research overviews are often directed towards students learning, e.g. focused on student’s learning to read in early years or on how to support children with another mother tongue e.g. language development and social inclusion (Skolforskningsinstitutet, n.y). In other words, very much is said on what to do, but seldom how to do it. This paper focuses on how through professional learning meetings, as part of a model of action research, early childhood teachers developed deeper understandings about their communication support with children in every-day ‘classroom’ situations. The theory of practice architectures (TPA) is used as a theoretical resource to understand the nature and conditions of promise and possibility that action research provides for learners and leaders of professional learning (Kemmis et al., 2014; Rönnerman et al., 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, communication patterns were studied by using a proven observation tool based on language research and developed by (Dockrell et al., 2015). We took this protocol a step further by combining it with action research with a focus on everyday practices that gave the early childhood teachers’ possibilities to discuss and reflect on what happens in communication with the children. This, in turn, made it possible to find ways to understand and change their communication practices at the site. The model developed is called ELSA (Early Language Support Activities) (Rönnerman & Nordberg, 2022) and was used in two preschools (children 1-5 years old). In short, the model consists of four main phases: i) the early childhood teachers choose a routine situation (here the circle time) and videotaped it; ii) the team watched the video and registered observations in the observation tool, consisting of three dimensions physical, didactic, and social, iii) the team decided on an area to improve that would be followed by actions, data gathering and reflections together with a facilitator/researcher, iv) after six to eight weeks the phases were repeated from i). All conversations with the facilitator were conducted and recorded via zoom (due to the pandemic). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As an analytic framework, TPA showed that the early childhood teachers changed the practice of the circle time in response to the site and where children gathered in smaller groups. In the group teachers used alternative ways of telling a story, for example, by using felt figures as characters on a board to dramatize the story instead of always reading it. Later, in one setting, teachers noticed that children began to mimic the practice, for instance, one child would gather a group of children around her and retold the story by using the same felt figures. Conclusions for the teachers professional learning show three findings concerning the physical, didactic, and social dimensions. First, that the changed physical set ups of the small group circle time formed new material-economic arrangements that influenced the interactional possibilities and communicative development for the children; that at the level of the didactic, the language and discourses about children’s communication practices used by the teachers changed in both the professional and classroom practices; and that the social-political arrangements employed by action research through learning together as a teaching team shifted the power balances. In conclusion, through changed practice architectures participants developed increased awareness of themselves as educators, learned, that the communicative development among the children can be supported and developed by circle time, and the interaction and communication practices between the teacher team were enhanced through the realization of the importance of a structure in developing their communication patterns. References Dockrell, J.E., Bakopoulou, J., Law, J., Spencer, S., & Lindsay, G., (2015). Capturing communication supporting classrooms: The development of a tool and feasibility study. Child Language Teaching and Therapy 31(3),271-286. doi: 0.1177/0265659015572165 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014) Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer. Rönnerman, K. (2022). Aktionsforskning: Vad? Hur? Varför? [Action Research What? How? Why?] Studentlitteratur. Rönnerman, K. & Nordberg, A. (2022). Språkstöd i förskolan genom aktionsforskning. ELSA-modellen i praktiken. (Language support through action research. Practicing the ELSA-model]. Lärarförlaget. Rönnerman, K., Edwards-Groves, C., & Grootenboer, P. (2017). The practice architectures of middle leading in early childhood education. International Journal of Child Care and Education Policy 11(8), 2-20. doi.org/10.1186/s40723-017-0032-z Skolforskningsinstitutet (ny). https://www.skolfi.se/ |
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 09 B: Methods of PLD Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Rita Tavares Sousa Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Exploring the Professional Development Journey of Portuguese Teachers: Factors Shaping Five Decades of Practice 1University of Porto, Portugal; 2University of Porto, Portugal; 3Centro de estudos interdisciplinares em educação e desenvolvimento - CeiED - universidade lusófona Presenting Author:It has been established that effective professional learning does not exclusively rely on intentional and planned development opportunities. In fact, formal and traditional kinds of training, such as courses, workshops and conferences are well represented in almost all education systems, however, other forms of continuing professional development are “emerging with activities that are more peer-based, collaborative, less structured, and focused on grass roots involvement” (Eurydice, 2015: 12). According to Evans (2019), professional development is not limited to intentional initiatives and opportunities, but rather occur as part of everyday working life, within normal working environments and contexts. Professional development empowers teachers to take ownership of their learning and professional growth, fostering a sense of agency and efficacy in their roles as educators. Effective approaches to professional development, which may be defined as what happens when teachers attempt new practices and processes in their work (Saunders, 2014), implies teachers’ professional commitment to learning, professional autonomy, with an active and reflective attitude, in which they are both learners and teachers (Darling-Hammond & McLaughlin, 1995; Čepić et al., 2015). Reflection and research on teachers’ own teaching practice seem to be key aspects leading to continuous improvement in their professional practice. A reflective teacher is someone who is able to reflect on their practice, question their assumptions and make informed decisions based on this. This reflection can take place during practice (reflection in action) or after practice (reflection on action) (Schön, 1992). Research seems to be closely connected with reflection, a concept that can be tied to the notion of teachers as researchers (Schön, 2000; Zeichner, 1993). Zeichner (2003) suggests that teachers should engage in research regarding their own practices as a means of professional development. By doing so, teachers enhance their skills and effectiveness, leading to an improved quality of learning for their students. Nonetheless, the way teachers perceive research may be complex due to the different meanings and interpretations (Sousa et al., 2019). For example, there can be conceptions of research with an orientation toward external products where the intention is to produce an outcome and conceptions that are holistic and analytical with an orientation towards internal processes where the intention is to understand (Brew, 2003). Cain (2016) also delved into how teachers engage with research and identified two primary motives: intrinsic, driven by practical and professional needs like seeking solutions to teaching challenges, self-reflection, and knowledge enhancement; and extrinsic, including aspirations for career advancement, prompted by school leadership, or pursuit of further qualifications. According to Lopes et al. (2023, p.11) “research is related to knowledge about the practice and problem solving, but also with the empowerment of teachers’ ability to identify problems and interpret situations in the light of shared knowledge with the community of educational researchers. It corresponds to a ‘mature professionalism’, which is based on continuous professional development based on learning”. Also, a distinctive feature of teachers' professional development is the fact that we refer to an occupational group whose professional status and working conditions vary from country to country, from context to context (Caena, 2014; Darling-Hammond, 2017). National specificity with regard to professional development and career regulation becomes an important variable when delving into studies related to the professional development of teachers. Considering this background, this study aims to contribute to a deeper understanding of the professional development journey of Portuguese teachers in the last 50 years and to inform on the factors enabling or constraining this process, namely personal, social, political, and institutional contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In Portugal, where the research study is carried out, the generation of teachers that is now retiring has lived through one of the most important periods in the development of the educational system. As such, it is important to capture the accumulated experiential knowledge these teachers detain. According to Rabin and Smith, “it is common for long-time teachers to retire or leave the profession without sharing their stories” (2012, p. 382). However, life stories related to the time span of a professional life provide information about the personal variables of career development and about the social, political, curricular and pedagogical conditions that generate and are generators of different “periods of practice” (Goodson & Ümarik, 2019, p. 592) throughout that time span. This inside knowledge allows one to identify “how teachers create educational theories within the possibilities and constraints of their circumstances - biographical, historical and political, geographical, cultural and discursive” (Middleton, 1996 p. 543). This paper is related to the funded project project "Fifty years of teaching: factors of change and intergenerational dialogue - FYT-ID” (PTDC/CED-EDG/1039/2021), and is based on the collection and analysis of life stories of teachers whose professional careers began between 1973 and 1983, and its primary goal is to study the progression of the educational system in Portugal through the lens of teachers' experiences. This paper intends to identify the various factors that either enable or constrain the professional development of teachers over the last five decades, considering personal, social, political, and institutional contexts. To achieve this goal, we focused on the life stories of 100 Portuguese teachers spanning various educational levels, subject domains, and geographic regions. The professional ethos guiding this study is rooted in the archetype of a teacher who is dedicated and adaptable, epitomizing the concept of teacher agency. To this end, data were gathered through semi-structured interviews designed to elicit detailed accounts of the participants' professional journeys. Subsequently, a paradigmatic analysis was conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From the preliminary data analysis, it is possible to trace the professional development journey of Portuguese teachers through the last 50 years, pinpointing the various factors that either enabled or constrained this process throughout the years. Reflection and training are very much present in these teachers’ professional lives, with them being involved in continuous training, either to improve their knowledge, skills, and teaching and pedagogical practice or to increase their qualifications and move up the career ladder. Reflection, either on an institutional level - involving the whole school – or personal level - inflection of their practice resulting from reflection – is a significative aspect of these teachers’ professional lives. In this sense, it is also possible to identify incidents of different natures - personal, social, political, and institutional levels - that impacted teachers' career paths and that, consequently, impacted their professional ideals and professional development. These moments are, for instance, linked with factors directly related to their educational practice with students, factors based on institutional relations, namely school management and organization, relations with the community, and ongoing teacher training activities, and factors based on educational and social policies and the general social context. By shedding light on the multifaceted nature of teachers' professional development, the paper may provide valuable insights for policymakers, educational leaders, and practitioners to enhance teacher education programmes, support systems, and professional development opportunities. References Brew, A. (2003). Teaching and research: New relationships and their implications for inquiry-based teaching and learning in higher education. Higher Education Research and Development, 22(1), 3–18. Caena, Francesca (2014). Comparative glocal perspectives on European teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(1), 106-122. Čepić, R., Vorkapić, S. T., Lončarić, D., Anđić, D. & Mihić, S. S. (2015). Considering Transversal Competences, Personality and Reputation in the Context of the Teachers’ Professional Development. International Education Studies, 8(2), 8-20. Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291-309. Darling-Hammond, L., & McLaughlin, M. W. (1995). Policies that support professional development in an era of reform. Phi Delta Kappan, 76(8), 597–604. Eurydice. (2015). The teaching profession in Europe: Practices, perceptions, and policies. Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://eacea.ec.europa.eu/national-policies/eurydice/content/teaching-profession-europe-practices-perceptions-and-policies_en Evans, L. (2019). Implicit and informal professional development: what it ‘looks like’, how it occurs, and why we need to research it , Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 3-16. Goodson, I. F., & Ümarik, M. (2019). Changing policy contexts and teachers´ work-life narratives: the case of Estonian vocational teachers. Teachers and Teaching, 25(5), 589-602. doi:10.1080/13540602.2019.1664300 Lopes, A., Folque, A., Marta, M. & Sousa, R. T. (2023). Teacher professionalism towards transformative education: insights from a literature review. Professional Development in Education. Middleton, S. (1996). Towards an oral history of educational ideas in New Zealand as a resource for teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 12(5), 543-560. Rabin, C., & Smith, G. (2012). Stories from Five Decades: How One Teacher's Theatricality, Courage, and Creativity Shaped a Life's Work. Action in Teacher Education, 34(4), 381-391. Saunders, R. (2014). Effectiveness of research-based teacher professional development. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 39(4), 166–184. Schön, A. D. (2000). Educando o profissional reflexivo: Um novo design para o ensino e a aprendizagem. ArtMed. Schön, D. (1992). The Reflective Practitioner. London: Routledge. Sousa, R. T., Lopes, A., & Boyd, P. (2019). Research: An insight on how it is valued by Portuguese and English teacher educators. Teaching Education, 30(4), 393–414. Zeichner, K. (1993). A formação reflexiva de professores: Ideias e práticas. Educa. Zeichner, K. (2003). Teacher research as professional development for P–12 educators in the USA. Educational Action Research, 11(2), 301–326. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Uncovering the Experiences of Educational Design Research: A New Path for Teachers’ Professional Learning in the Curriculum Reform in China University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Educational Design Research (EDR) emerged as a teacher professional inquiry approach in the 1990s (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). It is a process that involves teachers and researchers collaborating to research teaching and learning for the purpose of improving both teaching practice and theoretical understandings through cycles of experimenting and refining (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). EDR has proven effective for teacher professional learning (PL) in many contexts (e.g., Dunn et al., 2019; Lim, 2022), but it is relatively new to China. China has made significant strides in its curriculum and teaching reform by implementing the New National Curriculum Standard. This updated national document provides a comprehensive framework for curriculum, pedagogy, and assessment. One of the most prominent concepts in this framework is large-unit teaching, which has become a trend and marks a significant change in teaching. As a result, there is a pressing need for an effective approach to help teachers learn how to design their lessons based on the large-unit concept as per the New National Curriculum Standard. Accordingly, this study aims to research EDR in the Chinese context and examine whether it is an effective approach to help Chinese teachers adapt their lesson design to the trend of large unit design and the requirements of the New National Curriculum Standard. The goal is to bridge the literature gap and address the reality need for teacher professional learning in the Chinese context and other contexts within the broader global background of curriculum reform. The anticipated outcome of this study is to promote a better understanding of teacher professional learning and contribute to how EDR supports it in general. A particular focus of this study is placed on understanding the characteristics and process of teacher change that occurs as a result of EDR and how the dynamic interplay of external and internal factors affects teacher learning in EDR. This focus formulates the research questions: (1) What changes in teacher teaching practice, knowledge, perspectives, and emotions occur during the different phases of teacher participation in EDR? (2) How does the dynamic interplay of external and internal factors affect teacher learning in EDR? The first theoretical framework is the model of teacher professional growth (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002). It proposes that teacher change occurs naturally in a professional community dealing with four domains — external domain, personal domain, domain of practice, and domain of consequence, mediated by enactment and reflection. It resonates with EDR in that it involves teachers and researchers collaborating throughout the process to study teaching and learning in a specific subject area, for the purpose of improving both teaching practices and theoretical understandings through cycles of testing and refining. During the process, a single sequence or change network should capture dynamic changes across domains. The second theoretical framework is teacher learning mechanisms by Sims et al. (2022) in their systematic review. They reviewed the conditions for teacher learning in professional development and proposed a series of teacher learning mechanisms targeted at developing teachers’ insights, goals, techniques, and practices (I/G/T/P). This provides a plausible framework for this study to examine what combinations of causally active components EDR involves. From the first framework, we already know the external factors and their interactions with teachers and their practice, but little about the working mechanisms. Therefore, this framework is used to explore how external factors connected with EDR interplay with teachers’ internal factors, thus influencing their learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is a case study examining teachers’ EDR experiences in a nine-month professional learning initiative. The professional learning initiative will be focused on designing the class package related to the introduction of the New English Curriculum national education initiative in one secondary public school in Beijing. This initiative will be something that will be occurring regardless of the research. The research seeks to understand the teacher learning that occurs during the initiative. The research involves four phases: initial analysis, intervention introduction, intervention implementation and post-analysis. The research participants include 1 professional learning leader, 8 junior high school English teachers from grade 7, 6 senior high school English teachers from grade 10, the class students of the teacher participants, and 5 school leaders (including the principal, vice principal in charge of the school curriculum reform, the director of the teacher professional centre, and the grade leaders of each of the two grades). The study will involve surveying students and observing their classes; surveying, interviewing (both in groups and individually) and observing teachers; asking the professional learning leader to keep a reflective journal; individually interviewing school leaders; and keeping researcher field notes of the session and classroom observations. Teacher focus groups, individual interviews with school leaders and teachers, along with the professional learning leader’s journals, and teacher surveys will be transcribed. They will be analysed through thematic analysis and coded as the teacher professional growth model (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002), i.e., external domain, personal domain, domain of practice, and domain of consequence. There will also be quantitative results from student surveys through the Likert scale responses. They will be used to triangulate the findings from the interviews and journal sources mentioned above. Thematic analysis will be used to solve the first research question. Based on thematic analysis, contextual analysis will be conducted on the researcher’s field notes. The method is useful for providing interpretive accounts of teachers’ self-expressions from the researcher’s perspectives, not only to triangulate the stated points but also to add up those that have not been stated by teachers but are perceived by the researcher. We will adopt a three-step analysis method of narrative inquiry (Connelly & Clandinin, 2004): broadening, storying and restoring, and burrowing. The teacher learning mechanisms (Sims et al., 2022) serve as a framework for contextual analysis to validate, interpret, and supplement, thus answering the second research question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Until now, this study has completed the initial analysis, intervention introduction, and the first of three cycles of intervention implementation. So far it is found that there are two major patterns of change network. More change sequences will complement the networks in the upcoming two cycles and more interpretative accounts of the networks should be provided through contextual analysis. It was found that many teachers noted/presented that their knowledge and perspective had changed after the introduction phase. The change in their knowledge was indicated from three aspects, including curriculum knowledge, pedagogical content knowledge, and knowledge of learners. The change in their perspectives was reflected in their understanding of large-unit teaching and their recognition of its value. However, senior teachers, particularly those from grade 10, who had over 8 years of experience, did not notice any significant changes from this phase. They claimed that they were already familiar with the information introduced by the workshops and that the activities only helped them to understand large-unit teaching systematically but did not offer anything new. During the first cycle, it was found that the first type of teachers tried to transfer what they had learned from the introduction phase to the first-time analysis and design. New pedagogical knowledge was input through designing together with the professional learning leader at this stage. Perspectives were changed when they saw how well the large-unit teaching could be designed rather than an abstract concept in the standard. They also changed their practice afterwards. The feedback from themselves and their students afterwards, including homework, unit projects, and assessment rubrics, convinced them that the approach was useful. However, the second type of teachers received negative feedback after they made subtle changes to their practice, then they doubted large unit teaching and showed resistance to the external factors. References Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2004). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. John Wiley & Sons. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching & Teacher Education, 18(8), 947-967. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7 Dunn, R., Hattie, J., & Bowles, T. (2019). Exploring the experiences of teachers undertaking Educational Design Research (EDR) as a form of teacher professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 151-167. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1500389 Guo, R. N., Tuo, H.Y. (2023). The Exploring of the Effects of Unit Integral Teaching on Junior High School English Homework Based on the Background of the “Double Reduction” Policy. The Educational Review, USA, 7(5), 630-642. https://doi.org/10.26855/er.2023.05.018 Lim, F. V. (2022). A Design-Based Research Approach to the Teaching and Learning of Multiliteracies. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-022-00683-0 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O’Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Goodrich, J., ... & Anders, J. (2022). Effective Teacher Professional Development: New Theory and a Meta-Analytic Test. EdWorkingPaper No. 22-507. Annenberg Institute for School Reform at Brown University. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED616856.pdf |
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 09 C: Professionalisation Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Catarina Paulos Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Professionalisation of Adult Educators in Portugal: A Process under Construction 1IP Beja, Portugal; 2IE-ULisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:The paper aims to analyse the professionalisation process of adult educators involved in the recognition of prior learning (RPL), in Portugal. The analysis presented is the result of the synthesis of the results obtained in a research within the scope of a doctoral degree in Education. In Europe, the professionalisation of the adult education field has triggered a debate, mainly since 2000, and subsequently with the publication of the document Action Plan on Adult Learning: it is always a good time to learn by the European Commission in 2007 (Zarifis & Papadimitriou, 2015). This document sets out the control mechanisms to be implemented by the Member States in order to achieve greater efficiency in the development and monitoring of their adult education systems. In many European countries, the education of adult educators lacks regulation, and highlight the absence of qualification standards and a common competence framework (Bernhardsson & Lattke, 2012; Sava, 2011). In order to promote the professionalisation of adult educators, instruments have been developed at the European level. An example is the Curriculum globALE, a cross-cultural core curriculum for training adult educators (Lichtenberg, 2020). However, the professionalisation of adult education can lead to the homogenisation and standardisation of practices in a professional field that is characterised by diversity in terms of professionals, contexts of intervention and participants, which would lead to losses of diversity, complexity and richness of these practices (Lattke, 2014). Professionalisation can be seen both as a precondition for representing a specialised practice, being linked to the knowledge acquired through education, and as being related to professional activity (Abbott, 1988; Evans, 2008; Przybylska, 2008; Roquet, 2012). Also, professionalisation can be analysed from different levels, namely macro, meso and micro level (Lattke, 2016; Roquet, 2012) or from the State and its institutions, organisations, adult educators, learners and their interactions (Egetenmeyer et al., 2019). The study of the professionalisation process at the macro level refers to the analysis of the recruitment of individuals who carry out a particular professional activity, to the extent of the specification of the required educational, professional and social competences, and to the construction of professional paths. The analysis of the professionalisation at the meso level refers to an institutional dimension linked to the socialisation of actors that occurs in the institutions where the training processes and professional activities take place. The analysis of the professionalisation at the micro level is linked to the individual dynamics of knowledge production resulting from on-the-job training and differentiated training and professional activities throughout life (Roquet, 2012). The analysis presented here is focused mainly on the micro level, taking into account the professionalisation model proposed by Roquet (2012). In this sense, we sought to analyse the professionalisation based on initial and continuing education of adult educators. The adult education field is very diverse and complex, with no clear boundaries and no well-defined occupational profiles. To circumvent the complexity and diffuse nature of the field, research on adult educators usually focuses on certain subgroups or professional activities (Lattke, 2016). This paper analyses the professionalisation of adult educators involved in the RPL. This educational practice, integrated in public policies on adult education, began to be implemented in Portugal, in 2000, with the purpose of increasing the qualification of adults with a low level of schooling by valuing life experiences and knowledge acquired through informal and non-formal education (Cavaco et al., 2014). This paper seeks to answer the following questions: How is initial and continuing education of adult educators who intervene in the recognition of prior learning characterised? How is professionalisation of these adult educators in Portugal characterised? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From an epistemological point of view, this study is framed in the phenomenological perspective by focusing on the essence of human experiences, in relation to a phenomenon, according to the description and meanings assigned by individuals (Creswell, 2007). The central idea of this perspective is to understand the intentions and perceptions that individuals place on their own actions, in relation to others and contexts. In this research, we sought to understand the interpretations of adult educators involved in recognition of prior learning, relative to how they perceive themselves and the work they perform. In the methodological scope, we adopted the qualitative approach as we believe it allows a deep understanding of the issues under investigation, including the participants' voices, the researcher's reflexivity, and a complex description and interpretation of the phenomenon under study (Creswell, 2007). Empirical data were obtained through biographical interviews with adult educators, in order to access the discourse about themselves and their work (Berger, 2009). The biographical perspective is used in research about adult educators, particularly with regard to the study of professional development, identity and the professionalisation process, since it allows for an in-depth understanding of complex phenomena (Lattke, 2016). Biographical interviews were conducted with 32 adult educators involved in RPL. These educators promote the involvement and accompaniment of adults with a low level of schooling along with the reflection on and analysis of their life path, so that they can appropriate their knowledge and skills, so that at the end of the process they become more autonomous and more empowered (Cavaco, 2020; Eneau, 2010). Throughout the research, we sought to respect ethical principles; in this sense our conduct was based on a relationship guided by empathy, recognition and dialogue (All European Academies [ALLEA], 2018; Sociedade Portuguesa de Ciências da Educação [SPCE], 2021). The interviews were conducted after obtaining the participants' informed consent about the research objective, the procedures and the voluntary nature of participation. Categorical content analysis (Bardin, 1995) was used in the analysis of the data from the biographical interviews. The coding categories resulted from the formulated research questions, but some of them emerged from the content of the interviews themselves, at the time of data analysis. The treatment of the data from the biographical interviews allowed for the construction of a descriptive framework, from which elements and meanings were extracted from answers to the research questions using the inductive process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In terms of initial education, the only criterion defined for access to the activity of an adult educator in the RPL is the holding of higher education qualifications, without specification of the area. Most of the interviewed adult educators had attended short-term continuing education in adult education during their professional activity. This training allowed them the development of competences considered important for conducting the RPL. Diversity and the ambiguous situation that characterise the adult education field hinder the consolidation of the professional status of adult educators, the visibility and social recognition, and the sharing of a common identity representation (Sava, 2011). Regarding this last aspect, it should also be noted that not all professionals working in the field of adult education see themselves as adult educators (Oliveira & Amaral, 2019; Paulos, 2020). The heterogeneity that characterises this field of practices makes the professionalisation of adult educators, on the one hand, an open process prone to change and, on the other hand, a prolific domain for the implementation of standardised techniques and procedures aimed at improving quality in this professional field (Egetenmeyer, 2010). The specificity and complexity of the RPL justifies the importance of the training of adult educators, who need to have multiple skills and knowledge for the proper exercise of their professional activity, which to a large extent occurs through practice in work context (Egetenmeyer et al., 2019; Rohs & Bolten, 2017). Professionalisation resulted, essentially, from the publication of legal diplomas regulating the recruitment of these professionals and from the promotion of continuous education. The regulation of the conditions of employment through the definition of a minimum higher education degree favoured the emergence of a fragile process of professionalisation of the adult educator in Portugal (Guimarães, 2016). References Abbott, A. (1988). The system of professions. An essay on the division of expert labor. The University of Chicago Press. Bernhardsson, N., & Lattke, S. (2012). Core competences of adult educators in Europe. Findings from a European research project. Journal of Educational Sciences, 14(1), 44-53. Cavaco, C., Lafont, P., & Pariat, M. (2014). Policies of adult education in Portugal and France: the European Agenda of validation of non-formal and informal learning. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 33(3), 343-361. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2014.896086 Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Egetenmeyer, R. (2010). Professionalisation in adult education: a European perspective. In R. Egetenmeyer & E. Nuissl (Eds.), Teachers and trainers in adult and lifelong learning. Asian and European perspectives (pp. 31-44). Peter Lang. Egetenmeyer, R., Breitschwerdt, L., & Lechner, R. (2019). From 'traditional professions' to 'new professionalism': A multi-level perspective for analysing professionalisation in adult and continuing education. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 25(1), 7-24. 10.1177/1477971418814009 Evans, L. (2008). Professionalism, professionality and the development of education professionals. British Journal of Educational Studies, 56(1), 20-38. Lattke, S. (2014). An international core curriculum for the training of adult educators: Curriculum globALE. Professionalisation between convergence and diversity. In S. Lattke & W. Jütte (Eds.), Professionalisation of adult educators. International and comparative perspectives (pp. 129-144). Peter Lang Edition. Lichtenberg, T. (2020). Curriculum globALE: A Global Tool for Professionalising Adult Educators. In R. Egetenmeyer, V. Boffo, & S. Kröner (Eds.), International and Comparative Studies in Adult and Continuing Education (pp. 213-219). Firenze University Press. Paulos, C. (2020). Professional identity of adult educators in recognition of prior learning. In B. Merrill, C. C. Vieira, A. Galimberti, & A. Nizinska (Eds.), Adult education as a resource for resistance and transformation: Voices, learning experiences, identities of student and adult educators (pp. 299-306). FPCE-UC, CEAD-UAlg & ESREA. Przybylska, E. (2008). The account of the TEACH Project: halfway through the journey to profession, professionalism, and professionalisation. Studies for the Learning Society, 1, 73-84. Rohs, M., & Bolten, R. (2017). Professionalization of adult educators for a digital world: an european perspective. European Journal of Education Studies, 3(4), 298-318. Sava, S. (2011). Towards the professionalization of adult educators. Andragoške studije, 2, 9-22. Zarifis, G. K., & Papadimitriou, A. (2015). What does it take to develop professional adult educators in Europe? Some proposed framework guidelines. Andragoske Studije, 2, 9-22. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper A Longitudinal Exploration of Professional Agency from Teacher Education to Early Career Teaching 1UiT The arctic university of T, Norway; 2University of Helsinki Presenting Author:We investigate longitudinally how Norwegian early career teachers (ECTs) perceive their personal development of professional agency in professional communities after completing a piloted five-year research-based master teacher education for primary and secondary school. Agency, recognized as a crucial element in teacher learning and professional development (Pyhältö et al., 2015; Toom et al., 2017; Toom et al., 2021; Priestley et al., 2013), is related to actions that we do or achieve to initiate meaningful education (Priestley et al., 2015, p. 3). Priestley and colleagues elaborate that “teacher agency” is about how people act upon specific contexts or situations and that these actions are influenced “through the interplay of personal capacities and the resources, affordances and constraints of the environment by means of which individuals act” (2015, p. 19). Further, Eteläpelto et al. (2013) and Pyhältö et al. (2015) connect teacher learning in workplace to the development of professional agency. Pyhältö et al. (2015) elaborate how teacher learning, understood as professional agency in professional communities, includes elements such as skills, efficacy beliefs and motivational factors which also involve active strategies for seeking help and improvement of teaching practices. Regarding the impact of context on ECTs’ agency, Priestley et al. (2015) underscore that performativity involves demands from both the school and ECTs to perform and generate achievements towards a specific outcome. Performativity has a double meaning, as it not only concerns ECTs having to perform but also involves performance pressure. External performativity often weakens teacher agency, with many teachers choosing to ‘go with the flow’ despite their dissatisfaction with it (Priestley et al., 2015, p. 125). Accordingly, Priestley et al. (2015) identify four key elements that ECTs need to balance their agency within their professional practice: their individual practical knowledge (pedagogical knowledge and responsibility), their clients (students and parents), their employer (the organisation) and the state (through steering documents, for example). Given the significance of collaboration in teachers' professional agency development, it is useful to refer to the concept of collective agency. Hökkä et al. (2017, p. 37) regard collective agency as ‘the capacity to reflect social contexts collaboratively, and to contribute to the transformations of culture and structures over time’. As such, collective agency comprises forms of collective action that contribute to the transformation of teachers’ practice of teaching and other professional tasks. Biesta et al. (2015) call for more research on how contextual factors may promote or hinder the development of professional agency among teachers, while Toom et al. (2017) urge more investigation into the development of professional agency from teacher education into professional work. Our main research questions are as follows: 1) How do ECTs perceive the development of agency in terms of motivation, self – efficacy and strategies for facilitating professional learning from completing teacher education through the first five years in the profession? 2) What individual, contextual, and systemic factors, as perceived by ECTs, promote or hinder the development of professional agency? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Norwegian context We study ECTs who have completed a pilot five-year master-based teacher education program, emphasising specialisation in two to four subjects in addition to knowledge in teaching, learning and research methods. The ECTs wrote their master’s theses on themes related to either subject specialisation or general education (Antonsen et al., 2023). They collaborated on an action research assignment during their practice period in schools that they later analysed by using theory. Most colleagues these ECTs encounter in the school fulfilled a previous four-year bachelor's education program. Research has revealed how these ECTs handle teaching within their subject specialization (Antonsen et al., 2020) and learn to contribute and collaborate with colleagues during their first year in service (Antonsen et al., 2023). Informants and data This longitudinal study consists of semi structured interviews (Kvale, 2008) with 27 ECTs shortly after completion of teacher education and at intervals of one, three and five years into the profession. The study did not include specific questions directly related to current research questions. However, the ECTs were asked about learning, subject specialisation, professional development, collaboration and their strengths and challenges at work as well as their goals for the future. The number of informants allowed us to capture variations in the school context. The interviews lasted around 30-60 minutes and were audio recorded and transcribed verbatim. Thematic analysis Reflective thematic analysis was employed to analyse the data, drawing on the six-phase model proposed by Braun and Clarke (2022). Step 1) We read all the interviews openly without coding them. Step 2) We did an open inductive coding of the data. Step 3) We reviewed the open coding to start to identify patterns in the data. Step 4) We then recoded the codes deductively for each interval of data based upon our theoretical framework that is developed from Edwards (2005) and further used and adopted from Liyuan et al. (2022). We used their categories or boxes to sort and organise the data: • Motivation - I want to learn. • Efficacy beliefs: I am able to learn. • I have active strategies for facilitating learning, I can, and I do this to learn. (which subjects) We also recoded the data according to factors that promote or hinder the ECTs’ agency, such as school subjects they were teaching, stress, time challenge, student-related challenges, and support from leadership. Step 5 and 6 (not conducted yet) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All the ECTs expressed that they were motivated and wanted to learn more after completing their education, as well as at the intervals of the first, third, and fifth years in service. They also expressed efficacy beliefs, showing confidence in their ability to learn new things and collaborate with colleagues in their professional learning community (collective agency). There exists a link between the development of agency and teaching subjects within the specialization gained during teacher education, promoting ECTs’ agency longitudinally from the first to the fifth year in their profession. This is because instructing their core subjects from teacher education enhances their experiences, allowing them to develop and share strategies for improved classroom teaching with colleagues. The longer the ECTs work in a school, the more likely that they have opportunities to teach their subjects with specialization. This indicates that these ECTs with formal competence in two to four subjects have ambitions for improving themselves, but mostly in their subjects from their education, or for a few, by adding a new subject through further education. In general, ECTs describe the development of agency as the ability to reflect on both individual and collaborative teaching within the professional community to improve teaching for students. These ECTs are not afraid of learning new things and actively take on roles for change in the organization. Findings also indicate how contextual factors at school hinder agency. For example, teaching in different class levels or subjects than those from their teacher education, negatively impact the agency development of ECTs. Moreover, challenges related to neoliberal demands and work intensification hinder the development of agency and make ECTs reconsider their roles and positions within their schools and as teachers. References Antonsen, Y., Jakhelln, R., Aspfors, J., & Bjørndal, K. E. W. (2023). Solo, collaborative or collective? Newly qualified teachers’ experiences of being stirred into induction practices. European Journal for Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2023.2227339 Antonsen, Y., Jakhelln, R., & Bjørndal, K. E. W. (2020). Nyutdannede grunnskolelæreres faglige fordypning og masteroppgave – relevant for skolen? Nordisk tidsskrift for utdanning og praksis, 14(2), 103-121. https://doi.org/10.23865/up.v14.2209 Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624-640. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325 Edwards, A. (2005). Relational agency: Learning to be a resourceful practitioner. International Journal of Educational Research, 43(3), 168-182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2006.06.010 Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45-65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 Liyuan, E., Toom, A., Sullanmaa, J., Pietarinen, J., Soini, T., & Pyhältö, K. (2022). How does teachers’ professional agency in the classroom change in the professional transition from early career teachers to more experienced ones? Learning: Research and Practice, 8(2), 169-190. https://doi.org/10.1080/23735082.2022.2076148 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2013). Teachers as agents of change: teacher agency and emerging models of curriculum. In M. Priestley & G. Biesta (Eds.), Reinventing the curriculum: new trends in curriculum policy and practice (pp. 187-206). Bloomsbury Academic. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: what is it and why does it matter? In R. Kneyber & J. Evers (Eds.), Flip the System: Changing Education from the Bottom Up. Routledge. Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J., & Soini, T. (2015). Teachers’ professional agency and learning – from adaption to active modification in the teacher community. Teachers and Teaching, 21(7), 811-830. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2014.995483 Toom, A., Pietarinen, J., Soini, T., & Pyhältö, K. (2017). How does the learning environment in teacher education cultivate first year student teachers' sense of professional agency in the professional community? Teaching and teacher education, 63, 126-136. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.12.013 Toom, A., Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J. & Soini, T. (2021). Professional Agency for Learning as a Key for Developing Teachers’ Competencies? Education Sciences, 11. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11070324 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 02 SES 09 A: NW 02 Network Meeting Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Johannes Karl Schmees Network Meeting |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper NW 02 Network Meeting University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
9:30 - 11:00 | 03 SES 09 A: Curriculum and a pedagogy of remembrance Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Andrea Priestley Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Literature Teaching in Portugal Before and After Democratic Revolution: Analysis of Curricula University of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:The history of literature teaching and Portuguese teaching overlaps in Portugal due to the adoption of literary texts as resources in mother tongue classes since the emergence of the modern school in the 18th century. Portuguese became a teaching subject due to Pombaline legislation, which consolidated efforts to create and strengthen the idea of a nation-state. At this time, "Os Lusíadas" by Luís de Camões and other literary texts began to be used in classes of grammar and rhetoric of the mother tongue as models of good language and examples of national imagery, values and national pride. Despite notable changes, the language and literature curricula approved through the following decades continued to reflect this nationalistic perspective, intensified during the non-democratic 'New State' years (1933 - 1974) (Magalhães, 2019). After the fall of the dictatorial regime and the democratic restoration in 1974, progressive theoretical currents (e.g. Critical Pedagogy, Sociolinguistics, Textual Linguistics, and Reception Theories) influenced isolated experiments to update the Portuguese and literature teaching. However, these new perspectives were subjected to the previous ones, already standardised (Duarte, 2013). In attention to this retrospect, we would like to know how literature teaching has evolved, what place it has occupied and what functions it has played in Portuguese education during the last five decades of democracy. Considering that the variations in status and roles attributed to literary texts in school result from the combination of local sociopolitical tensions and global didactic-methodological trends (Cosson, 2020) and the leading role in regulating education always assumed by the State in Portugal (Duarte, 2013), we believe the analysis of official discourses about literature teaching, materialised in curricula and programs, could answer our questions. Thus, in this paper, we aim to identify and analyse possible changes and continuities in the curricula that have guided literature teaching since 1974 in Portugal. To do this, we conducted a documentary analysis (Cohen et al., 2018) of official texts that approach literature teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The documentary analysis method provides the opportunity for social contextualisation of the phenomenon studied, enabling the interpretation of the situation in which it developed (Cohen et al., 2018), which corroborates the study of 'institutional discourses' (Duarte, 2013) about teaching literature in Portugal. To do this, we searched government databases and repositories (e.g. Catálogo da Diretoria Geral de Educação, Diário da República Eletrônico, and Sistema Nacional de Bibliotecas of Portugal) for primary documents such as curricula and programs that have guided and regulated the teaching of literature at secondary education in Portugal from 1974 to the present. Then, we analysed and interpreted the corpus using techniques motivated by the thematic content analysis method (Braun & Clarke, 2012), focusing on aspects that characterised the place and function of literature teaching portrayed in each document, such as goals, content and oeuvre selection. By doing that, we identify possible theoretical currents and methodological trends that have influenced the development of literature as a curricular area through these decades. Besides, we recognise aspects that have remained and changed in teaching literature over the last few decades. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings he analysis of the documents that have guided literature teaching in Portugal during the last five democratic decades demonstrated that, despite the significant changes in the statutes that the literary text has been assuming in Portuguese schools, there was never a complete theoretical-methodological rupture process. As a result, the teaching model that aims to guarantee the construction of national identity has persisted since the Portuguese classes in the 18th century. Even with the paradigmatic innovations proposed after the Democratic Revolution, language and literature teaching continued to be defined by dominant political and social demands, which, regardless of the theoretical concepts adopted, have mostly tended to the nationalist and patriotic tradition. An example is the maintenance of a school canon whose core demonstrates the attachment that the literature teaching in Portugal has to its traditional bases. The paradigmatic miscellany that currently configures the literature teaching in the Portuguese basic education system (Duarte, 2013) results from a historical accumulation of dissonant guiding concepts. The avoidance of a revolution in the literature curricula has generated difficulties in creating a literary education process that responds to the needs and desires of students during these fifty years. It has also impacted the democratisation of literature and the construction of a literary community in the country, tasks in which the school plays a central role. However, considering that literary education is not only carried out at school and, even in this case, cannot be analysed only based on the official documents that regulate it, different voices and other contexts must be studied to have a better understanding of how it has been developing and how we can improve it in the future. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In Harris Cooper (Ed.), APA Handbook Of Research Methods in Psychology: Research Designs (pp. 57–71). American Psychology. Cohen, L.; Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods Education, 8ª ed. Routledge Falmer. Cosson, R. (2020). Paradigmas do Ensino da Literatura. Contexto. Duarte, R. S. (2013). Ensino da Literatura: Nós e Laços [Thesis] Universidade do Minho. Magalhães, J. (2019). Literatura e Ensino em Portugal. Impossibilia-Revista Internacional De Estudios Literarios (17), 5-27. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper National Curricula After Great Transformation: Central and Eastern Europe and Beyond 1Charles University, Czech Republic; 2The University of Georgia, School of Arts and Humanities, Tbilisi Presenting Author:This year marks 35 years since the fall of the Berlin Wall, which became a symbol of the great post-Soviet and post-Cold War transformation of the countries of Central and Eastern Europe (CEE). This change also affected the curricula of CEE educational systems. Unfortunately, it has been obvious for some time that the course and results of the transformation in a number of countries do not correspond to the expectations that stood at the beginning (Ther, 2019). Even where educational transformation appears to be successful, its impact on different groups of pupils varies. Moreover, Terry (2023) argues that Russia's full-scale invasion of Ukraine marks the end of the post-Soviet / post-Cold war period when Russia as hegemon used its soft power in its former empire. In February 2022 the world, or at least the post-socialist states of CEE and Central Asia, entered new uncharted waters. In this contribution, we therefore seek to describe the changes of curricula in post-Soviet space and beyond and possibly extrapolate it. Tendencies to authoritarian rule are not limited to successor states of the Soviet Union or its former satelites.The new threats to freedom of education at all levels as a result of the erosion of democracy and the return of illiberal systems all over the world are still little thematized in the educational literature. Thus, the questions we ask about the Central and Eastern Europe today may be relevant for the other areas in the future. Therefore, from the point of view of both educational theory and practical policy, it is very important to analyze how return of illiberal and authoritarian regimes affect school curriculum. At the same time, there is a need to reflect on how educational research on and in countries under authoritarian rule can and should be done. Examining the development of curricula in nations or regions under populist and illiberal governments can, it is hoped, strengthen the resilience of school systems in democratic countries, as well as addressing the practical issues as schooling the pupils coming (perhaps as refugees) of from these areas, recognition of their certificates issued by internationally unrecognized governments, cooperation with researchers from such jurisdictions, etc. In our study, we try to look back and look forward: How has the curriculum of CEE countries changed during the transition to liberal market society and what changes are being made in countries where different forms of illiberal governments have been (re)establised? As the content (especially history and social sciences) has received most attention (Khavenson & Carnoy, 2016), we ask some other research questions: What do curriculum making processes (Priestley et al., 2021) look like in countries with different outcomes of transformation? How has the structure of curriculum documents changed? How does the impact of transfrormation on different domains of knowledge differ? What are the similarities and differences in curriculum governance across the post-socialist space? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We perform a multiple case study (Yin, 2018) of curriculum making processes in several post-socialist countries with a focus on two regions: Visegrad countries (Central Europe) and South Caucasus. Some of these countries represent standard nation-states in which traditional approaches of educational research can be applied, but some of them are quasi-states and/or under foreign illiberal rule (e.g. Abkhazia in Georgia). Morgenbesser and Weiss (2018) noted that with a high proportion of authoritarian regimes in many areas of the world, it is surprising how little attention is paid to the methodology of conducting social scientific research in these locations. Therefore, our research can also represent a contribution to methodology of research in illiberal terrain. We mainly use desk research - analysis of documents and media releases. Desk research has clear advantages for the researcher in the case of authoritarian systems with hostile governments, but it has also obvious limitations. For the study of some aspects of authoritarian regimes, traditional written sources do not exist or have problematic value (reports produced by corrupt governments). In the period of Soviet rule, local authors tended to uncritically praise the achievements of socialist education and its superiority to Western models. In more recent sources, the previous stance remains to a certain extent, but at the same time the other extreme appears – emphasising problems that are supposed to legitimise the drawing of international development aid. There is a need to pay double attention to the critical analysis of how official sources reflect the real situation and trends. Related to this are questions of positionality and reflection of the authors. Some Western authors come to the post-socialist space in the role of experts, and therefore they are also interested in emphasising the advantages of Western models. Local researchers, in turn, feel threatened by the renewed Russian pursuit of hegemony, so it is difficult for them to assess both the effects of the former central curricular policy and the current demands of the Russian-speaking populations of their countries. In our project, we therefore try to balance an insiders’ view based on intimate knowledge of post-socialist field with the methodological rigour of standards in comparative education (Silová, 2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In initial phases of transformation, some curriculum changes were guided by neoliberal ideology rather than educational logic or research evidence (Elliot, 2014). Education reforms in CEE countries that restored their independence also have had an important symbolic function, since national curriculum is one of the attributes of a sovereign state and a cultural nation. Thus, the desired models were to be based on the experience of Western curricula to emphasize the closeness to Western European democratic countries and signal the competitiveness of its skilled workforce. Most recent changes in curricula in CEE countries, however, feature some elements a (neo)conservative "counter-revolution" and recentralisation, but it can also be reframed as "retro-innovations", i.e. the new use of traditional and proven approaches of continental Didactics (Sivesind & Westbury, 2016), such as more detailed centrally prepared syllabuses. Paradoxically, in the Czech Republic, under the populist government of the ANO ("Yes") movement, the well-prepared and widely supported curriculum reform has been launched. In post-soviet space, the current policy of Russia led to the emergence of various quasi-states (or de facto states), e.g. Transnistria in Moldova, the Donetsk and Luhansk “republics” in Ukraine – recently annexed to the Russian Federation, and Abkhazia and South Ossetia in Georgia. The available information and schooling show the impact of the mass emigration from these areas and imposed the policy of russification in curriculum. Finally, in Poland, in 2024, we can observe the new wave of changes in education, which has been under the influence of a conservative nationally (but not pro-Russian) oriented government for quite a long time. Therefore, in addition to recommendations for increasing resilience against illiberal interventions in education, our research also provides some optimistic findings about the renewal of the curriculum after a (temporary) slip to authoritarian rule. References Elliott, J. G. (2014). Lessons from abroad: Whatever happened to pedagogy? Comparative Education, 50(1), 27–44. Janík, T., Porubský, Š., Chrappán, M., & Kuszák, K. (2020). Curriculum changes in the Visegrad Four: Three decades after the fall of communism. Waxmann. Khavenson, T., & Carnoy, M. (2016). The unintended and intended academic consequences of educational reforms: The cases of post-Soviet Estonia, Latvia and Russia. Oxford Review of Education, 42(2), 178–199. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2016.1157063 Morgenbesser, L., & Weiss, M. (2018). Survive and thrive: Field research in authoritarian Southeast Asia. Asian Studies Review, 42(3), 385-403. 10.1080/10357823.2018.1472210 Piattoeva, N., Viseu, S., & Wirthová, J. (2023). Introduction to the special issue ‘Return of the nation: Education in an era of rising nationalism and populism’. European Educational Research Journal, 22(5), 595-606. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041231188413 Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (1st Ed.). Emerald Publishing Limited. Silová, I. (Ed.) (2010). Rediscovering post-socialism in comparative education. In: Silová, I. (Ed.), Post-socialism is not dead: (Re)reading the global in comparative education (pp. 1–24). Emerald. Sivesind, K., & Westbury, I. (2016). State-based curriculum-making, Part I. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6), 744–756. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186737 Terry, G. S. (2023). An obituary for the post-soviet, 1991–2022. In S Šrāders & G. S Terry (Eds.), The Conference on Russia Papers 2023 (pp. 61–71). University of Tartu Press. Ther, P. (2019). Das andere Ende der Geschichte: Essays zur großen Transformation. Suhrkamp Verlag. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th edition). SAGE. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Designing Tomorrow's Curriculum: The Action Mapping Revolution Central European Universi, Austria Presenting Author:This paper will describe in detail how action mapping was utilized as the curriculum development approach of the re-design of a core module of a Certificate of Teaching in Higher Education. In the realm of curriculum design for "Teaching in Higher Education," the adoption of Cathy Moore's action-mapping model (Moore, 2017) has proven to be a transformative approach. This innovative model provides a structured and learner-centric framework for designing curricula that facilitate active and engaging learning experiences. At its core, action-mapping focuses on identifying tangible performance-based objectives, designing relevant activities to achieve those objectives, and integrating formative feedback for continuous improvement. This process is instrumental in aligning curriculum design with the practical needs and challenges that educators face in higher education settings. The decision to opt for the action-mapping model over the more traditional ADDIE (Analysis, Design, Development, Implementation, Evaluation) model in curriculum design for "Teaching in Higher Education" was driven by a desire to address the unique challenges and requirements of higher education settings. While ADDIE is a well-established and widely used model that provides a systematic approach to curriculum design, action-mapping offered a more agile and learner-centric approach that better suited the dynamic and complex needs of educators in this context (Lubbe et al., 2023). Research aim/objectives It all started in the autumn of 2021 when the authors co-taught the original version of the module called Foundations of Teaching in Higher Education. The de-briefing sessions that took place after the completion of the module identified gaps in content, raised concerns on the delivery method (peer teaching) and questioned the consistency and rigour of the teaching sessions. This led the authors to engage on an iterative process of re-curriculation to improve the module and selected action-mapping as their design approach. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The first phase of action-mapping involved conducting a comprehensive needs analysis. This critical step ensures that curriculum designers have a deep understanding of the challenges, goals, and context within which educators operate. In the second phase, the curriculum designers select activities and resources that directly address the defined objectives. These activities are designed to be engaging, interactive, and promote critical thinking. The third phase involved creating a curriculum that allows for just-in-time learning, offering educators the flexibility to access resources and activities as needed. By providing this flexibility, the action-mapping model supports personalized learning pathways, enabling educators to focus on areas that are most relevant to their unique teaching contexts. Moreover, ongoing assessment and evaluation help identify areas for improvement, ensuring the curriculum remains dynamic and adaptive. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The re-curriculation resulted in a revised Foundations module, a new (additional) module and an entirely revamped Certificate with modules that scaffold and align vertically and horizontally. The students are better equipped with the didactics and pedagogy of teaching university students through creating their own teaching-sessions, syllabi and artifacts. Moreover, the authors embarked on an enriching journey of self-discovery as designers/developers of curricula. References Lubbe, J. C. (Irene), Adam, S., & Cordier, W. (2023). A Design Thinking Approach to Disentangle the Wicked Problem of Re-Curriculation during a Pandemic. Progressio. https://doi.org/10.25159/2663-5895/11062 Moore, C. (2017). Map it: The Hands-on Guide to Strategic Training Design. Montesa Press. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 A: School Discipline: School Exclusionary Practices and the Impact on Families Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anna Sullivan Session Chair: Martin Mills Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium School Discipline: School Exclusionary Practices and the Impact on Families Schools use a variety of disciplinary practices to manage student behaviour. In some countries, school suspensions and exclusions are promoted as ways of responding to unwanted student behaviours. However, data continually shows that such exclusionary practices are disproportionately used among particular groups, including boys, students from low socioeconomic backgrounds, students with a disability and indigenous and ethnic minority students (eg Sullivan, et al., 2020; Timpson 2019). The heavy overrepresentation of vulnerable populations within the exclusionary statistics has raised concerns over their impact on the families of children and young people who are already educationally disadvantaged. Yet, very little research has examined the impact school exclusionary practices have on families. Exclusionary school practices that impact on families of vulnerable groups of students in disproportionate ways are likely to contribute to ‘deep exclusion’ (Levitas et al., 2007), which refers to ‘exclusion across more than one domain or dimension of disadvantage, resulting in severe negative consequences for quality of life, well-being and future life chances’ (p. 29). In addition, the lens of intersectionality (e.g., age, class, gender, and race) reveals the layering effects produced by patterns of power, discrimination, and inequality, and illuminates how social categories interact to shape one’s experience of the world (Hill Collins & Bilge, 2020) and barriers to schooling (Townsend et al., 2020). This symposium brings together research from three countries, Australia, England and Scotland, that investigated the impact that school suspensions and exclusions have on families of students who are excluded. A study conducted in England uses the concept of symbiotic harms, drawn from criminology and punishment theory, to examine the effects of school exclusion on families. A second study conducted in Scotland, draws on the Lundy Model of Participation to analyse parents’ views of the extent to which they felt informed about and understood what was happening when their children were excluded, and as to whether they were treated fairly. The third study conducted in Australia, examined families as policy receivers to understand the ways in which school suspension and exclusion policies are enacted and received and with what effects. A key focus of this symposium is to apply a social justice perspective to school discipline and contribute to the dearth of knowledge on the logics and impact of school exclusionary practices across national jurisdictions. It will consider ways in which systems can provide a fairer education experience for all students, including the least advantaged (Connell, 1993). References Connell, R. (1993). Schools and social justice. Toronto: Our Schools/Our Selves Education Foundation. Philadelphia: Temple University Press. Hill Collins, P., & Bilge, S. (2020). Intersectionality (2nd ed.). Cambridge, UK: Polity Press. Levitas, R., Pantazis, C., Fahmy, E., Gordon, D., Lloyd, E., & Patsios, D. (2007). The multi‐dimensional analysis of social exclusion. Bristol, UK: University of Bristol. Timpson, E. (2019). Timpson review of school exclusion. London: Department for Education. Townsend, I. M., Berger, E. P., & Reupert, A. E. (2020). Systematic review of the educational experiences of children in care: Children’s perspectives. Children and Youth Services Review, 111, 104835. Presentations of the Symposium School Exclusion and Symbiotic Harms: Exploring and Conceptualising the Effects of School Exclusion on Families of Excluded Pupils
Evidence of the negative effects of school exclusion for young people is growing (Madia et al. 2022; Obsuth et al. 2023), yet little research exists around the wider effects of school exclusion on the families of excluded pupils. A small number of studies have highlighted the impact of school exclusion on family dynamics, parental mental health and parental employment (eg Michelmore 2019), as well as parental identity as parents face feelings of shame and stigmatisation and share ‘the burden of exclusion with their child’ (Parker et al. 2016:146). Others have also pointed towards the classed, raced and gendered experiences of the school exclusion process and parent-professional interactions (Demie 2023). However, greater clarity in how we conceptualise and describe what happens to families of excluded pupils is needed.
In this paper, we look beyond the boundaries of education to the field of criminology and punishment theory as a way to begin to think about the effects of school exclusion on the families of those who are excluded and illuminate the social and relational ramifications of school punishment (Garland 1990). In particular, we will draw on the concept of symbiotic harms developed by Condry and Minson (2021). The term symbiotic harms was originally devised as a way to explore the effects of imprisonment on families of prisoners and describes ‘negative effects that flow both ways through the interdependencies of intimate associations such as kin relationships’ (Condry & Minson 2021:548). Such harms are characterised as being relational, mutual, non-linear, agentic, and heterogeneous (Condry & Minson 2021). Drawing on data from nine parents and carers in England, collected as part of the Excluded Lives study: The Political Economies of School Exclusion and their Consequences, we will explore whether there is conceptual scope to extend the concept of symbiotic harms to study the effects of school exclusion on parents, carers and the families of those who are excluded.
References:
Condry, R. & Minson, S. (2021). Conceptualizing the effects of imprisonment on families: Collateral consequences, secondary punishment, or symbiotic harms? Theoretical Criminology, 25(4), pp.540–558.
Demie, F. (2023). Understanding the causes and consequences of school exclusions: Teachers, parents and schools' perspectives. Oxon: Routledge.
Garland, D. (1990). Punishment and modern society: A study in social theory. Oxford: Clarendon.
Madia, J. E., Obsuth, I., Thompson, I., Daniels, H. & Murray, A. L. (2022). Long-term labour market and economic consequences of school exclusions in England: Evidence from two counterfactual approaches. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 92(3), pp.801–816.
Michelmore, O. (2019). Unfair results: Pupil and parent views on school exclusion. London: Coram.
Obsuth, I., Madia, J. E., Murray, A. L., Thompson, I. & Daniels, H. (2023). The impact of school exclusion in childhood on health and well-being outcomes in adulthood: Estimating causal effects using inverse probability of treatment weighting. British Journal of Educational Psychology.
Parker, C., Paget, A., Ford, T. & Gwernan-Jones, R. (2016) ‘.he was excluded for the kind of behaviour that we thought he needed support with...’ A qualitative analysis of the experiences and perspectives of parents whose children have been excluded from school, Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 21(1), pp.133–151.
Parents, Fairness and Exclusion/Suspension: A View from Scotland
Very little is known about the views of parents of children excluded from school on the perceived fairness of the processes involved. This paper draws on data from key insights offered by parents in Scotland gathered as part of the larger Excluded Lives study and examines questions of fairness in detail. It borrows from the conceptual framework provided by the Lundy Model of Participation and its concerns about space, voice, audience and influence. It uses these principles to analyse these parents’ views and the extent to which they felt informed about and understood what was happening before, during and after a disciplinary exclusion/suspension; also the extent to which their views were sought and taken seriously in the decisions that were made; how they felt they were treated in terms of bias or discrimination; whether their child or young person’s best interests were considered as a primary consideration; whether they were given appropriate and accessible advice and guidance; and whether and to what extent they considered the outcome to be fair and how, if at all, that was linked to the process they experienced.
These findings reveal a striking commonality of experience and raise a series of significant questions about rights, fairness and a sense of being heard but also an equally urgent set of concerns about what happens when children’s needs go unrecognized and/or unmet. Although the sample of parents in the Scottish context was small (N=7) and therefore claims to generalization are necessarily limited, the questions raised and the themes identified coalesce here to reinforce the urgency of a need for policy to invest much more focus and resource on building a new ethos of home-school collaboration overall, but particularly for children at risk of exclusion.
References:
Lundy, L. (2022). The Lundy model of child participation. [Online]. Available at:
The Impact of School Suspensions and Exclusions on Families
Little research has examined the ways in which the enactment of school discipline policies impacts families. More specifically, there is a dearth of research on how families experience school suspensions and exclusions as policy receivers (Ball, et al., 2012). This paper argues that the impact of suspension and exclusion policies on families is best understood in the context of wider structural and institutional inequalities that cause social exclusion (Alexiadou, 2005; Mills & Thompson, 2022). We shift the focus to the notion of intersectionality and multiple dimensions of ‘disadvantage’ (e.g., race, gender, and class) (Levitas et al., 2007).
This paper draws on a larger critical policy study of school exclusionary practices in Australia. We conducted 15 case studies of families from diverse backgrounds and circumstances. We interviewed parents and, where feasible, their children. We conducted a thematic analysis to identify themes and used a narrative approach to examine each case in detail. In this paper, we present the experiences of one family to illustrate the ways in which policies are enacted and received and with what effects.
The findings show that some families deal with complex circumstances across health, disability, employment, relationships, and cost of living. They struggle to engage with the ways in which school suspensions and exclusions policies are implemented by schools irrespective of these wider contextual issues. There is a feeling of powerlessness as policy is often ‘done to’ rather than ‘with them’. There is a sense of frustration and anger about how school suspensions and exclusions are ethically, educationally, and procedurally unfair.
The case illustrates how some parents/carers resist the ways in which suspension and exclusion policies are enacted by ‘speaking back’ to dominant policy actors (e.g., principals, bureaucrats, and politicians) on behalf of their children. This kind of policy advocacy work or ‘politicking’ is exhausting and affects families in different ways, including: emotionally (e.g., frustration, anger, and time); financially (e.g., employment and housing); family relationships (e.g., siblings, parenting, and extended family); and educationally (e.g., access to schools, and alternative programs).
This study has important implications for school discipline policy constructions more widely. It questions the purposes of school suspensions and exclusions and the extent to which they simply exacerbate forms of deep social exclusion. The paper concludes that the effects of school exclusionary practices are often long lasting and simply compound existing social and educational inequalities for some of society’s most disadvantaged and marginalised families.
References:
Alexiadou, N. (2005). Social exclusion, and educational opportunity: The case of British education policies within a European Union context. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 3(1), 101–125.
Levitas, R. A., Pantazis, C., Fahmy, E., Gordon, D., Lloyd, E., & Patsios, D. (2007). The multi-dimensional analysis of social exclusion. Bristol, UK: University of Bristol.
Mills, M., & Thomson, P. (2022). English schooling and little e and big E exclusion: What’s equity go to do with it? Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 27(3), 185–198.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 B: Why Are We Still Failing Some Learners?” Importance of Contextually Situated Research on Inclusive Education Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Fabian Mußél Panel Discussion |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion Why Are We Still Failing Some Learners?” Importance of Contextually Situated Research on Inclusive Education 1Universtity of Glasgow, School of Education; 2University of Halle, Faculty of Philosophy III; 3University of Belgrade, Faculty of Philosophy Presenting Author:While inclusion is part of the international agenda (e.g., Sustainable Development Goal 4), it remains a challenge to ensure that all learners can access, participate, and succeed in education. Barriers to inclusion arise at various levels: teacher (e.g., teacher’s implicit view of learners; Sturm & Wagener 2021), school (e.g., school ethos; Kovač Cerović et al., 2016), and local and national levels (e.g., organisation of educational provision and policy; Jovanović et al., 2022). However, the response to the question “Why are we failing some learners?” depends on the context in which learners' education takes place. From a system perspective (Senge, 1990), obstacles to inclusive education are not isolated events but part of established patterns evolving over time, underpinned by system structures and assumptions that perpetuate the status quo. Therefore, to address these obstacles, we must understand the socio-cultural-historical context in which they emerge. Response measures should address not individual obstacles but the system as a whole. As Senge (1990) notes, "low leverage" activities aiming to bring large-scale changes may alter appearances but not functionality. While such initiatives may contribute, they often do not lead to changes in thinking and practice (Fullan, 1991). The panel aims to discuss, from a cross-national perspective – Scotland, Serbia, and Germany – the various issues presented at different levels as obstacles to removing barriers for all learners to be included and participate in education. Empirical cases will be presented to illustrate the relationship between obstacles to inclusion and the specific context in which these obstacles emerge. Moreover, we will avoid the tendency to perceive inclusive education as uniform across and within national contexts, emphasising the importance of contextually situated research on inclusive education and dialogue between different (levels of) contexts.
For that the panel will aim to answer the following questions:
We will illustrate the discussion along empircial data, that has been gathered in the three countries; starting from these, we will investigate in the different forms of context, in which “images of normal/deviant students” are generated. References Jovanović, O., Mutavdžin, D., Radaković, T., Mileusnić, N., Gagić, D., Dodić, M., Žeželj, I. (2022). Equity of emergency remote education in Serbia: A case study of a Roma student’s educational experiences. In Janković, I. & Spasić Šnele, M. (Eds.), Psychology in the function of the well-being of the individual and society: international thematic proceedings (pp. 155-175). doi: 10.46630/dpp.2022 Kovač Cerović, T., Pavlović Babić, D., Jokić, T., Jovanović, O., & Jovanović, V. (2016). First comprehensive monitoring of inclusive education in Serbia: Selected findings. In N. Gutvajn & M. Vujačić (Eds.), Challenges and perspectives of inclusive education (pp. 15–30). Institute for Educational Research. Fullan, M. (1991). The new meaning of educational change. Cassell. Senge, P. M. (1990). The fifth discipline: The art and practice of the learning organization. Doubleday. Sturm, T. & Wagener, B. (2021). Difference research from a praxeological perspective. On the relationship between identity and habitus in teaching practice. In Gabriel, Sabine, Kotzyba, Katrin, Matthes, Dominique, Meyer, Katrina, Leinhos, Patrick & Völcker, Matthias (Eds..): Social difference and reification. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. S. 29-49 Chair Rolf-Torsten Kramer, rolf-torsten.kramer@paedagogik.uni-halle.de |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 C: Inclusive Policies around Europe Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jozef Miškolci Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Interrogating Inclusive Education Policies and their Operationalization across 4 nations of the United Kingdom and Ireland: Challenges, Tensions and Dilemmas 1University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2University of Bristol; 3Trinity College Dublin; 4University of South Wales; 5University of Exeter; 6Stranmillis University College Presenting Author:At a time of global unrest and in the aftermath of the pandemic in what has been described as ‘an altered world’ [1], the challenges facing European nations and beyond in ensuring quality education for all seem insurmountable. A vehicle by which this can be achieved is inclusive education. However, how inclusive education is understood globally is highly contested and it is regarded as being socio-culturally and historically situated [2,3]. It is argued that the theory and practice of inclusive education lacks a tight conceptual focus, leading to ambivalence and confusion in its enactment [2] - ‘an enigma of ‘wicked proportions” [4]. In a critical systematic review of global inclusive education [5], an extensive range of understandings of what inclusive education constitutes emerge. For some, the problem is seen as residing within the contradictory interests and intentions within public policy [4]. Others position it in relation to paradigmatic wars [6,7]. It has even been argued that it is a redundant concept, Honkasita and Koutsokenis [3] making a case for the term ‘inclusion in education’ on the basis that the former is in danger of becoming an ‘empty signifier’.
Slee [8] highlights attempts to silence inclusive education through the colonisation of its language, arguing that the ‘structures and cultures of schooling reinforce privilege and exacerbate disadvantage’ (p.11). Rix [9] attests that the quest for certainty has led to the creation of bounded systems with the function and position of individuals proscribed by the system. Whilst many perceive exclusion and inclusion as dichotomous, Hansen [10] makes the case that inclusion can only be understood in relation to its ‘other’ – exclusion: ‘inclusion presupposes exclusion’ (p. 94). Mowat [7] builds on this argument to postulate that ‘inclusion and exclusion lie on a continuum with fluid and not static boundaries that are experienced differentially and contextually’ (p.39). It therefore follows that the imperative is to seek to understand the nature of these boundaries, the underlying philosophical and political ideologies and who and what determines them.
Commitments to inclusive education have been articulated in policy across the UK and Ireland, in the context of increasingly inclusive rhetoric in education policy globally over recent years. Knight, et al. [11] identify significant divergence in the articulation and portrayal of inclusive education policy within and across the four nations that constitute the United Kingdom. Within the context of educational reform, they raise issues around the enactment and implementation of policy from a practitioner perspective and comparability for researchers across the nations, particularly pertaining to issues of equity and injustice.
Building on a critical policy analysis of the articulation and portrayal of inclusive education policy across the four nations that constitute the United Kingdom [11], within each of which education is a devolved function of government, the paper seeks to understand how England, Wales, Scotland, Northern Ireland, and Ireland articulate and portray their inclusive education policies and the political and ideological motivations and priorities that are apparent within these policies. The paper explores the commonalities and differences, challenges and tensions in public policy and its enactment across the five nations through a critical analysis of policy and reviews of policy, relating this to current research in the field. It constitutes: Critical analysis of policy based around the questions of:
Examination of policy into practice (including reviews of current systems) Identification of challenges and next steps. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Educational policy does not reside within a vacuum. It is shaped by the wider context in which it is formed and the culture, value and belief systems therein [12] in an iterative process, resulting in intended and unintended consequences [11]. It is both the product of deliberations and the process by which policy is formed, articulated and translated into practice. Rather than conceiving policy as a straightforward linear process [13], the starting point of this paper is to recognise the dynamic and complex nature of this process. The paper draws upon the principles of critical policy analysis such that the political and ideological underpinnings of policy but also its relationship to practice can emerge. In selecting the policies and reviews for analysis within each nation, the team took account of their relevance, provenance and currency. Each nation interrogated the documents in relation to the objectives previously articulated using a process of thematic analysis. Thereafter a comparative critical frame was produced to enable similarities and differences, challenges and tensions to emerge both within and between the nations in the framing of policy and its enactment. Through this analysis we find not only divergence between the five nations, but also within the policy of each nation, with varying impact on inclusive education practice. While documentation from Scotland shows a clearer voice and fewer examples of problematising the learner, across all nations we see complicated messaging and a lack of coherence in inclusive education policy. Through this reflection on policy and practice in each nation, we propose recommendations for each nation, along with considerations for UK and Ireland as a whole. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE) has noted that, while all European countries demonstrate a commitment towards the creation of more inclusive education systems, the means by which they go about this is shaped by their past and current contexts and histories [14]. Watt [14] draws attention to the lack of progress with regard to the recommendations of the United Nations that the UK should ‘adopt and implement a coherent strategy with concrete time and measured goals on increasing and improving inclusive education’ (p. 265, drawing on UNCRPD, 2017:11). Whilst cautioning against the unthinking application of policy borrowing [16], there is no doubt that there is much to be gained from examining in depth the commonalities and contradictions in the articulation and enactment of policy in inclusive education within and across nations as it is only by this means that tensions and challenges within the system can come to light and the aim to ensure quality education for all children and young people be realised, as expressed within the Sustainable Development Goals. There is no under-estimation of the scale of the task, and it is hoped that the findings from this study will enable deep and critical reflection which should inform inclusive education policy across Europe and beyond, creating the conditions for effective policy making and practice and rigorous research. References 1.Proyer, M.; Dovigo, F.; Veck, W.; Seitinger, E.A., (Eds.) Education in an Altered World - Pandemic, Crises and Young People Vulnerable to Educational Exclusion. Bloomsbury: London, 2023. 2.Slee, R. Defining the scope of inclusive education. Think piece prepared for the 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report - Inclusion and Education 2018. 3.Honkasita, J.; Koutsokenis, A. Introduction to the Special Issue ‘International Perspectives on Inclusion in Education’. Education Sciences 2023. 4.Anderson, J.; Boyle, C.; Page, A.; Mavropoulou, S. Inclusive Education: An Enigma of ‘Wicked’ Proportions. 2020; pp. 1-14. 5.Hernández-Saca, D.I.; Voulgarides, C.K.; Etscheidt, S.L. A Critical Systematic Literature Review of Global Inclusive Education Using an Affective, Intersectional, Discursive, Emotive and Material Lens. Education Sciences 2023, 13, doi:10.3390/educsci13121212. 6.Kinsella, W. Organising inclusive schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education 2018, 12, 1464-5173, doi:10.1080/13603116.2018.1516820. 7.Mowat, J.G. Building Community to Create Equitable, Inclusive and Compassionate Schools through Relational Approaches; Routledge: Abingdon, Oxon, England, 2022. 8.Slee, R. Inclusive Education isn’t dead, it just smells funny; Routledge: London, England, 2018. 9.Rix, J. In Search of Education, Participation and Inclusion. Embrace the Uncertain; Routledge: London, 2024. 10.Hansen, J.H. Limits to inclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education 2012, 16, 89-98. 11.Knight, C.; Conn, C.; Crick, T.; Brooks, S. Divergences in the framing of inclusive education across the UK: a four nations critical policy analysis. Educational Review 2023, 1-17, doi:10.1080/00131911.2023.2222235. 12.Muers, S. Culture and Values at the Heart of Policy Making. An Insider’s Guide, 1 ed.; Bristol University Press: 2020. 13.Adams, P. Education policy: explaining, framing and forming. Journal of Education Policy 2016, 31, 290-307, doi:10.1080/02680939.2015.1084387. 14.Watt, D. Out of crisis the New Future. In Education in an Altered World - Pandemic, Crises and Young People Vulnerable to Educational Exclusion, Proyer, M., Dovigo, F., Veck, W., Seitinger, E.A., Eds.; Bloomsbury: London, England, 2023; pp. 261-279. 15.United Nations Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD). Concluding observations on the initial report of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 2017. 16.Mowat, J.G. Closing the attainment gap – a realistic proposition or an elusive pipe-dream? Journal of Education Policy 2018, 33, 299-321, doi:10.1080/02680939.2017.1352033. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Transnational Service Learning in the Context of Higher Education: an inclusion-oriented Collaboration between the UHH and GJU University of Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:The project Transnational Service Learning in the Context of Higher Education (THE) is a collaboration between the Faculty of Human Resources German Jordanian University in Madaba (Jordan) and the Faculty of Education, Universität Hamburg (UHH), Germany. Participants of each university (students, scientific assistants and professors) reflect on possibilities of inclusion in context of migration, flight and disability and focus on the technique of service learning during two 10-day stays in Amman and Hamburg and framing digitally held seminars. The DAAD-funded project started in March 2023 and was completed in December 2023 with the publication of a joint booklet. The following questions were discussed: 1. How is inclusion due to refugee-migration and disability implemented in Jordan and Germany and what is the significance of in this field active NGOs? 2. To what extent can the service learning method be used to incorporate student engagement into curriculum planning in Higher Education? The aim of the project is mutual understanding and perspective-taking as a starting point for reflecting on inclusion-promoting action-oriented measures in NGOs on the same topic. Both Jordan and Germany are considered immigration countries that have taken in many people with refugee experience. While immigration to Germany in recent years has mainly been dominated by people from Ukraine, Russia, Afghanistan, Syria and Sudan, Jordan has taken in a large number of people with refugee experience from Syria and Iraq due to its geographical proximity. At the same time, around 50% of Jordan's population has Palestinian roots. Those facts make clear that migration-related inclusion, even with regard to disability is from high relevance in both countries, what clarify, that students need to be sensitized intercultural and transcultural accordingly, for example through exchange projects such as THE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Building on the previous project runs (in 2020 and 2021), in 2023 THE aimed to deepen transcultural cooperation between the two universities and to initiate cooperation with NGOs working in the field of inclusion. A focus on disability, migration and flight, language and the culture of remembrance in Hamburg and Amman was established thus. The participants discussed various topic-specific issues in small groups, worked on research projects under the umbrella topic of service learning and summarized the results in articles, published in a group-booklet. For this, they received input through joint workshops with in the field of inclusion active NGOs and through presentations by the NGos, which gave them an insight to their work. Reflection on the group work and the encounters with the NGOs was made possible by daily reflection seminars, which were also intended to give the students the opportunity to change their perspectives. The NGOs and the students have discussed the possibilities of their involvement. For example, one group designed and held an interactive workshop to improve the German language skills of children living in a refugee accomodation in Hamburg and in a German school in Jordan. Background: Many children living in Germany who learn German as a second language are disadvantaged on their educational path in comparison to children whose first language is German (Gomolla &Fürstenau, 2009). Language deficits are reflected in subjects such as biology and mathematics and are not limited to the subject German. That´s why the city of Hamburg has enacted the Hamburg Language Support Program to promote language skills beginning from pre-school through the school career of a student (Hamburger Sprachförderkonzept, 2020). To support these measures, volunteering students could offer interactive language learning opportunities f.e. in a refugee accomodation to support the children and to transfer their acquired knowledge in practice back to universities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results are presented in the published booklet by six articles discussing different aspects of inclusion in the frame of service learning like, the importance of support services for refugees provided by NGOs, the challenges for inclusive transnational projects in Higher Education and the importance of language awareness in the context of service learning. Even, the cooperation was used to develop joint ideas on how universities as well as NGOs can benefit from each other und how students in particular can get involved. Project-Challenges: A major challenge, especially with regards to the topic of culture of remembrance, which was addressed in Germany in particular and framed with a visit to the Neuengamme concentration camp, presented us with unexpected challenges after returning from Jordan and with the start of the Hamas attack on Israel and Israel's attacks on the Gaza Strip (October 2023). The GJU participants in particular subsequently felt that the Palestinian perspective should have been considered more deeply in the project. We responded by openly discussing our points of view in a virtual meeting and ensuring that the different perspectives were heard. This meeting was an important conclusion to maintain mutual understanding and to further strengthen transcultural communication. References Booklet Transnational Service Learning in the Context of Higher Education (2023). https://www.ew.uni-hamburg.de/en/internationales/projekte/the-uhh-gju.html. Further publications: BLOG 2021‚ Transnationale Denkräume‘: https://transnationaledenkraeume.wordpress.com/ The first period resulted in a digital 'Storytelling Festival' and an initial publication in the form of a booklet: Iwers, Telse; Marji, Hazar; Mitchell, Gordon; Neumann, Malina; Pfalzgraf, Anne-Marie; Radaideh, Khalida; Schroeer, Miles; Stelljes, Clara Noa (2021). THE. An International Exchange Project Between Universities in Times of the Corona Pandemic. Booklet: https://transnationaledenkraeume.wordpress.com/2021/03/23/das-the-booklet-2/ Yilmaz, Sezen Merve & Iwers, Telse (2021). Entwicklung eines reflexionsorientierten Umgangs mit heterogenitätsbedingter Ungewissheit. Gruppe Interaktion Organisation 4, 2021. https://link.springer.com/epdf/10.1007/s11612-021-00597-3?sharing_token=vzCcUVreRVT15sGDZKO2n_e4RwlQNchNByi7wbcMAY4ZJMqd-0-wnido1Bq92cXIe0rh6x2XRbVJp-oemtxhxbWExkXPRl4bHCwwOhW94O9z-yL_hjo1H2-Pr7e8yst_7YMVUTgF1TWW44T3zeiL6IEygistkWPxAkfzbQiqsXw%3D Telse Iwers & Merve Yilmaz (in Druck). Internationalisierung durch Digitalisierung: Chancen und Herausforderungen eines digitalisierten internationalen Austauschprojekts für die Persönlichkeitsbildung. In Ulrike Graf, Telse Iwers, Nils Altner & Katja Staudinger (Hrsg.). Graf, Ulrike;Iwers, Telse;Altner, Nils;Brenne, Andreas (zur Veröff. angenommen): »Der ganze mögliche Mensch« als Bezugspunkt von Pädagogik und Erziehungswissenschaft. Perspektiven der Humanistischen Pädagogik. In: Wolfgarten, TTrompeta, Michalina (Hrsg.): Bild und Erziehungswissenschaft. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa; angekündigt für 2023. Iwers, Telse; Marji, Hazar; Mitchell, Gordon; Neumann, Malina; Schroeer, Miles; Stelljes, Clara Noa (2022). THE. An International Exchange Project Between Universities: The journey continues. Booklet: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1pE26N4oyb6B3eoJnRdr02pyAYGdUxubY/view Sources: Altenschmidt, Karsten & Miller, Jörg (2010). Service Learning in der Hochschuldidaktik. In: Nicole Auferkorte-Michaelis, Annette Ladwig & Ingeborg Stahr (Hrsg.): Hochschuldidaktik für die Lehrpraxis. Interaktion und Innovation für Studium und Lehre an der Hochschule. Budrich Uni Press, Opladen & Farmington Hills, MI, S. 68–79. Altenschmidt, Karsten & Miller, Jörg (2016). Service Learning – Ein Konzept für die dritte Mission. Die Hochschule, 1, 40-51. Backhaus-Maul, Holger & Roth, Christiane (2013). Service Learning an Hochschulen in Deutschland. Ein erster empirischer Beitrag zur Vermessung eines jungen Phänomens. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Gögercin, Süleyman (2022). Netzwerk- und Sozialraumarbeit im Kontext von Migration, Flucht und Integration. Wiesbaden: Springer. Seifert, Anne; Zentner, Sandra & Nagy, Franziska (2012). Praxisbuch Service-Learning – »Lernen durch Engagement an Schulen«. Weinheim/Basel 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Unveiling Missed Opportunities in Educational Reform: Critical Policy Analysis of Inclusive Education in Slovakia Masaryk University, Brno, Slovak Republic Presenting Author:Theoretical framework Inclusive Education (IE) is both a recognized field in educational sciences and a key concept in global educational policies (Hernández-Torrano et al., 2022). It emerged as a critique of special education's reliance on medical deficit-based views, challenging the perception that any "deficits" or "pathologies" reside within individual students (Fulcher, 1989, p. 27). This approach individualises disability, framing individuals as "abnormal" or "tragic victims," aligning with medical perspectives (Qu, 2022, p. 1012). In contrast, IE, celebrating student diversity, attributes challenges to schools failing to meet students' needs (Andrews et al., 2021, p. 1510). Despite countries endorsing IE principles, policies often reflect a medical deficit-oriented stance, evident in practices like tying school funding to the number of students classified under specific psycho-medical deficit categories (Meijer & Watkins, 2019). IE clashes with neoliberal reforms prioritising cost-efficiency. Influenced by international organisations, countries establish non-state schools, promote standardised tests, and school rankings (Bacon & Pomponio, 2023), turning schools into profit-driven entities. This shift, linked to exclusion, deepens educational disparities, transforming parental choice into a financial transaction, notably in wealthier countries (Slee, 2019, p. 916). The conflict between IE's goals and neoliberal emphasis on academic success creates tension in education (Andrews et al., 2021, p. 1518).
Recent reform towards inclusive education in Slovakia The School Act (National Council of the Slovak Republic, 2008) incorporated the term “inclusive education” in a 2021 amendment, defining it as shared education and training based on equality and respect for individual needs. However, this inclusion appears more declarative than practical. A more substantial step towards IE occurred in the 2023 amendment (National Council of the Slovak Republic, 2023). This revision not only replaced "integration" with "inclusive education" but also introduced a nuanced three-tiered system of “support measures”: (1) “universal” (no diagnosis needed), (2) “targeted” (requires a diagnostic process by a school staff member or a counselling and prevention institution), and (3) “specialised” support measures (requires a diagnostic process by a counselling and prevention institution). This significant shift aimed to depart from the medical deficit model tied to students with special educational needs (SEN) towards providing comprehensive support. The amendment notably broadened the definition of SEN, now encompassing students without specific deficit labels, enabling them to receive support (universal and targeted support measures) based on the judgment of school staff, provided the school has the requisite financial resources. The Act on Financing Schools also introduced a new "allowance for support measures," distributing a lump sum to all schools based on total student numbers. Before, support staff allocation relied solely on external SEN diagnoses by counselling and prevention institutions. Research questions and objectives Utilising critical policy analysis (CPA), the analysis centres on the primary research question: What non-inclusive (or exclusionary) discourses manifest in Slovakia's current educational policies? This way, the main objective of the study is to highlight that, despite some progress of the country towards IE ideals by establishing the system of support measures in 2023, the policy documents related to the reform are still rooted in deficit (medical) discourse, expertocratic (professionalism) discourse, and neo-liberal (market) discourse. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs critical policy analysis (CPA) to scrutinise contemporary education policies in Slovakia. Diverging from traditional policy analysis, CPA sees policy as a complex, non-linear process shaped by negotiation, interpretation, and appropriation by multiple actors (Thorius & Maxcy, 2015, p. 118). It challenges positivist reliance on "hard data," emphasising understanding within cultural contexts to deconstruct traditional categories (Fischer et al., 2015). CPA explores power dynamics embedded in language and policy discourses, unveiling their inherent biases and power interests. Drawing from a poststructuralist framework (Fischer et al., 2015, p. 10), CPA unveils the façade of neutrality and interrogates evidence-based policymaking, aligning with activist and emancipatory interests. IE, originating from a critique of the medical deficit-based perspective (Hernández-Torrano et al., 2022), often utilises CPA for policy scrutiny. Notable studies, like Fulcher's analysis of integration policies or mainstreaming educational policies in Norway, Denmark, California, England and Victoria (Fulcher, 1989), reveal how medical and neoliberal discourses contribute to the exclusion of vulnerable students. A recent CPA study by (Kaščák & Strouhal, 2023, p. 199) exposes conflicting applications of humanist and neoliberal discourses in Slovakian inclusion policies. This study delves into the prevailing discourses within Slovakia's current inclusive education policies. Despite CPA theorists often blurring policy-practice lines, this research prioritises dissecting legislative and regulatory texts, such as laws, national policy strategies, curricula, reports, and statements, as the primary data sources (Kaščák & Strouhal, 2023, p. 199). Specific policy documents under scrutiny include primarily the School Act No. 245/2008 (National Council of the Slovak Republic, 2023), Strategy for an Inclusive Approach in Education and Training (Ministry of Education, Science, Research and Sport, 2021), and Catalogue of Support Measures (National Institute of Education and Youth, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Prior to 2023, Slovakia's education system only provided extra support to students with specific deficit-based SEN. However, deficit categories persist, and funding for SEN relies on them, despite the 2023 reform introducing an "allowance for support measures." This reform doesn't fundamentally change the deficit-based approach; schools still need students labelled with deficit-based SEN categories for funding. Despite the 2023 reform's inclusive education goal, the School Act restricts placing students with SEN in mainstream education based on deficit discourse. It implies that if a student with SEN isn't benefiting, the issue lies with the student, not the school. This deflects responsibility from the school, indicating a need for specialised services in segregated settings. Moreover, the School Act sustains deficit discourse by preserving a separate curriculum for students in special education streams based on specific deficit SEN categories. Pre-2023, additional support required a diagnostic report from counselling and prevention institutions. The revised School Act allows regular teachers to propose universal (1st level) and targeted (2nd level) support measures. Counselling and prevention institutions can recommend targeted measures but exclusively suggest specialised (3rd level) support measures and enable placements in segregated pathways. This distribution of power supports an expertocratic discourse, claiming exclusively "experts" in counselling and prevention institutions possess the necessary expertise to guide teachers and recommend support or segregation for students with SEN. Finally, IE in Slovakia faces challenges with parental school choice fostering competition among schools. Despite the School Act aiming for nationwide scrutiny, external standardised tests are also used to create media-highlighted school league tables. The 2023 reform hasn't constrained test result use in league tables. Instead, the Strategy for an Inclusive Approach in Education and Training (Ministry of Education, Science, Research and Sport, 2021, p. 14) advocates for making testing "more effective," potentially reinforcing a competitive educational environment. References Andrews, D., Walton, E., & Osman, R. (2021). Constraints to the implementation of inclusive teaching: A cultural historical activity theory approach. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(13), 1508–1523. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1620880 Bacon, J., & Pomponio, E. (2023). A call for radical over reductionist approaches to ‘inclusive’ reform in neoliberal times: An analysis of position statements in the United States. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 27(3), 354–375. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1858978 Fischer, F., Torgeson, D., Durnová, A., & Orsini, M. (2015). Introduction to critical policy studies. In F. Fischer, D. Torgeson, A. Durnová, & M. Orsini (Eds.), Handbook of critical policy studies (pp. 1–24). Edward Elgar Publishing. Fulcher, G. (1989). Disabling policies? A comparative approach to educational policy and disability. The Falmer Press. Hernández-Torrano, D., Somerton, M., & Helmer, J. (2022). Mapping research on inclusive education since Salamanca Statement: A bibliometric review of the literature over 25 years. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(9), Article 9. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1747555 Kaščák, O., & Strouhal, M. (2023). Inclusion discourses in contemporary Slovak education policy – From the individual to the community and from right to performance. European Journal of Education, 58(2), 197–208. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12556 Meijer, C. J. W., & Watkins, A. (2019). Financing special needs and inclusive education – from Salamanca to the present. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7–8), Article 7–8. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1623330 Ministry of Education, Science, Research and Sport. (2021). Strategy for an Inclusive Approach in Education and Training. https://www.minedu.sk/data/att/23120.pdf National Council of the Slovak Republic. (2008). Act No. 245/2008 Coll. From 22 May 2008 on education (School Act) and on amendments and additions of other acts. https://www.zakonypreludi.sk/zz/2008-245 National Council of the Slovak Republic. (2023). Act No. 182/2023 Coll., amending Act No. 245/2008 Coll. On education and training (School Act) and on amendments and additions to other acts, as amended, and amending and supplementing certain acts. https://www.epi.sk/zz/2023-182 National Institute of Education and Youth. (2023). Catalogue of support measures. National Institute of Education and Youth. https://podporneopatrenia.minedu.sk/data/att/28077.pdf Qu, X. (2022). A critical realist model of inclusive education for children with special educational needs and/or disabilities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(10), 1008–1022. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1760366 Slee, R. (2019). Belonging in an age of exclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), 909–922. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1602366 Thorius, K. A. K., & Maxcy, B. D. (2015). Critical Practice Analysis of Special Education Policy: An RTI Example. Remedial and Special Education, 36(2), 116–124. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741932514550812 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 D: Professionals' attitudes and practices in Inclusive Education Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Josephine Laukner Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Discriminatory Attitudes and Propensity for Inclusive Teaching: the Role of Teacher Training 1Free University of Bozen, Italy; 2University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:In the field of inclusive education teachers’ attitudes constitute a central focus of research, in particular those of pre-service teachers (Schwab, 2018; Amor et al., 2019; Van Steen & Wilson, 2020). These studies generally focus on disability-related issues, such as teachers’ opinions, beliefs or even fears, as well as their propension to adopt certain types of differentiation strategies or to collaborate with colleagues to support students with special educational needs. Research on discriminatory attitudes is fragmented around the three big "isms" (racism, sexism, and classism) (Gimez, 2001; Collins, 2019), while ableism, which entails all phenomena targeting (dis)ability, is still a neglected subject. With reference to discriminatory attitudes among teachers, studies are even rarer, especially those investigating possible implications of implicit attitudes and behaviors. Nevertheless, according to some studies teachers would daily act biased micro-interactions, such as differentiating communication, eye contact, tone of voice, and assessment procedures according to the individual characteristics of the pupils (e.g. skin color, height, weight, manifestation of behavioral problems, etc.) (e.g., Turetsky et al., 2021; Costa, Langher & Pirchio, 2021; Nutter et al., 2019), affecting negatively pupils’ learning and self-esteem, while favoring pupils' belonging to the majority group (e.g. Pin-Ten Cate & Glock, 2019). On the other hand, according to international literature in the field, teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion might be modified through training (Lautenbach & Heyder, 2019) and interaction with or experience of pupils with disabilities (Guillemot, Lacroix & Nocus, 2022; de Boer, Pijl & Minnaert, 2020; Avramidis & Norwich, 2022). These findings highlight the importance of teacher training, both pre-service and in-service. On this background, our research had three main objectives:
For this reason, we developed and administered a questionnaire entailing validated scales on discriminatory attitudes (racism, sexism, classism and racism) and scales regarding teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive teaching (e.g. Ewing et al., 2017). The survey consisted of 23 questions, including items on socio-demographic such as gender, age, and educational background (i.e. teaching experience, participation in specific training courses related to inclusion, disabilities and special educational needs). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted in April 2022 and involved a sample of teachers, belonging to school institutions of the Trentino-Alto Adige region. The schools were selected using a purposive sampling method based on three criteria: adequate representation of the school institutions in the region (with an equal number of comprehensive and secondary schools chosen), representation of each type of secondary school (academic, technical, and vocational), and equal weight to both Autonomous Provinces of Trento and Bolzano. Following the recruitment process, a total of 422 teachers participated in the survey from 7 schools in the region, including 4 comprehensive schools and 3 secondary schools. In conducting the correlation analysis, regression-derived factor scores were directly utilized to compute Pearson's linear correlation coefficients. For descriptive analysis, these scores were categorized into three levels based on standard deviation deviations from the mean: below -0.5 as Low Attitude, between -0.5 and +0.5 as Average Attitude, and above +0.5. To examine hypotheses related to the impact of targeted training on students with special educational needs and their influence on the propensity for inclusive teaching, both direct and mediated through ableist orientation, hierarchical linear regression and mediation models were employed. Jamovi and R were used for these analyses. At the end of the data analysis, a comprehensive report and 7 personalized ones, one for each participating school institution, were produced and forwarded to the principals and/or contact persons. The documents contained the overall results of the survey, referring to the entire region, as well as those relating to their own institution. Information were removed or anonymized assigning neutral denominations to the seven institutions involved (e.g. 'School 1'). The last section of the report was dedicated to suggestions for teacher training, justified on the basis of the institution's results. For example, in some schools the proportion of teachers declaring racist attitudes was higher, in others, the central theme appeared to be sexism. This report were aimed at informing schools about teachers’ training needs, as well as at creating a link between research and practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of our study confirmed the hypotheses initially formulated: 1. Inclusive teaching practices are predominantly influenced by targeted inclusion training, rather than variables like age, gender, or teaching experience. 2. Ableism, sexism, racism, and classism exhibit statistically significant interrelationships. 3. Ableism negatively predicts inclusiveness levels. Our results highlight the relevance of the topic of ableism in teacher training. However, further studies on representative samples are required. Moreover, there is a need to investigate the effects of biased teachers’ attitudes on pupils' school experience, in particular, on learning, motivation and self-perception. The results in relation to training reinforce the conviction that it is necessary to invest in the sector, both in initial and in-service training. The combined results regarding teacher training and previous experiences with people with disabilities, suggest, on the one hand, the importance of guaranteeing greater visibility to people with disabilities in every sphere of life (at school, at work, in the media, in leisure time, etc.), and on the other hand, the need to facilitate contact between people with and without disabilities, including in teacher training, by attracting more students with disabilities and more trainers or university lecturers with disabilities. Another avenue may be to create field activities and opportunities to meet people with disabilities in teacher training. The limitations of the study include the impossibility of comparing data on attitudes with what actually happens in classrooms, in terms of teaching choices, interaction and assessment methods. Teachers' statements on inclusion, in fact, are not necessarily a mirror of what is being realised, both due to social desirability (Lüke & Grosche, 2018) and to the fact that teachers may not be fully aware of their behaviors. References Amor, A.M., Hagiwara, M., Shogren, K.A., Thompson, J.R., Verdugo, M.A., Burke, K.M. and Aguayo, V. (2019), «International Perspectives and Trends in Research on Inclusive Education: A Systematic Review», International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(12), 1277-1295. Avramidis, E. and Norwich, B. (2002), «Teachers‘ attitudes towards integration / inclusion: a review of the literature. European Journal of Special Needs Education», 17(2), 129-147. Collins P. (2019). Intersectionality as a critical social theory. Duke University Press. Costa, S., Langher, V. and Pirchio, S. (2021), «Teachers’ implicit attitudes toward ethnic minority students: a systematic review», Frontiers in psychology. Doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2021.712356 Crenshaw, K. (1989), «Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex: A black feminist critique of antidiscrimination doctrine, feminist theory and antiracist politics», University of Chicago Legal Forum, 139(1), article 8. De Boer, A., Pijl, S.J. and Minnaert, A. (2011), «Regular primary schoolteachers attitudes towards inclusive education: a review of the literature», International Journal of Inclusive Education. 15(3), 331-353. Ewing, D.L., Monsen, J.J. and Kielblock, S. (2017), «Teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education: a critical review of published questionnaires», Educational Psychology in Practice. Gimenez, M.E. (2001), «Marxism, and class, gender, and race: rethinking the trilogy», Race, Gender & Class, 8(2), 23-33. Guillemot, F., Lacroix, F. and Nocus, I. (2022), «Teachers’ attitude towards inclusive education from 2000 to 2020: an extended meta-analysis», International Journal of Educational Research Open, 3, 100175. Lautenbach, F. and Heyder, A. (2019), «Changing attitudes to inclusion in preservice teacher education: a systematic review», Educational Research, 61(2), 231-253. Lüke, T., and Grosche, M. (2018), «What do I think about inclusive education? It depends on who is asking. Experimental evidence for a social desirability bias in attitudes towards inclusion», International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(1), 38-53. Nutter, S., Ireland, A., Alberga, A.S., Brun, I., Lefebvre, D., Hayden, K.A. and Russell-Mayhew, S. (2019), «Weight bias in educational settings: a systematic review», Current obesity reports, 8, 185-200. Pin-ten Cate, I.M., & Glock, S. (2019), «Teachers’ implicit attitudes toward students from different social groups: a meta-analysis», Frontiers in Psychology, 10, article 2832. Schwab, S. (2018), Attitudes towards inclusive schooling: a study on students’, teachers’ and parents’ attitudes, Münster, Waxmann. Turetsky, K.M., Sinclair, S., Starck, J.G. and Shelton, N. (2021), «Beyond students: how teacher psychology shapes educational inequality», Trends in cognitive sciences, 25(8), 697-709. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2021.04.006 Van Steen, T. and Wilson, C. (2020), «Individual and cultural factors in teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion: a meta-analysis», Teaching and Teacher Education, 95, 1-13. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion in Chile. Experiences and Tensions in School Practicum 1University of Santiago of Chile, Chile; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 3Metropolitan University of Educational Sciences, Chile Presenting Author:This study presents an ongoing research on initial teacher education for inclusive education in Chile, aiming to stimulate discussion about teacher education for inclusion in a highly standardised educational system driven by market forces. Previous research has shown that the Chilean system struggles to implement inclusive policies (Lopez et al., 2018) and that teachers' roles are limited by prescriptive mechanisms (Assaél et al., 2018). The results of this research are expected to contribute to the international debates about the challenges of teacher education in this topic in different contexts. Inclusive education has become a crucial international project in recent decades (Ainscow et al., 2019). Due to its complexity, inclusive education requires collaboration among various educational stakeholders. Teachers are considered key actors in this process, and initial teacher education plays a central role (Li & Ruppar, 2021). However, despite the integration of inclusion into teacher education programs, literature shows that teachers still feel unprepared (Florian & Camedda, 2020). International research on teacher education for inclusion points out various challenges to address. First, it has mainly focused on developing positive attitudes, knowledge and skills towards inclusion (Tristani & Basset-Gunter, 2020), and the comprehension of the contextual factors which influence teacher education is still needed (Pugash et al., 2020). Second, other authors underline the relevance of the knowledge needed for an inclusive pedagogy (Florian & Camedda, 2021), particularly in student teachers’ practicum at schools (Sharma, 2018). In that regard, a broad approach to studying teacher education for inclusion is critical. The study conceptualises inclusive education from a social justice perspective (Waitoller, 2020), emphasising teacher education's role in understanding and addressing social injustice, reflecting on the school context and their teaching practice, and promoting transformative agency (Pantić & Florian, 2015). Additionally, the study considers student teachers' school experiences as part of subjectivity formation and production, where teachers redefine their identity through interaction with others (Larrosa, 2004). Hence, this research focuses on exploring the complexity of the experiences of inclusion and exclusion during the practicum that tension initial teacher education programs. Accordingly, this paper will be guided by the following question: how do student teachers' experiences in practicum at schools affect their stance on inclusive education? Thus, the study seeks to characterize primary student teachers’ practicum experiences related to inclusion and exclusion and analyse their stance on inclusive education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a narrative approach to reconstruct, resignify, and crystallise the meanings that student teachers give to their experiences (Aguirre & Porta, 2019). This approach emphasises the construction of experiences and knowledge, considering the life course that shapes and makes meaning to them. Also, the experiences that are understood in social and institutional frameworks move these further in their subjective dimension (Delory-Momberger, 2020). The research explored the case of an initial teacher education program in Chile, where each student teacher was treated as an analysis unit integrating the case. Particularly, this paper shows one case where seven student teachers of primary school in their sixth semester were invited to participate. All the student teachers had a minimum of three semesters of practical experience in diverse school settings by the time of the research. Data was generated through four sessions of narrative and art-based techniques. Initially, student teachers constructed individual collages, describing their understanding of inclusive education. Subsequently, they wrote narratives recounting practicum experiences about inclusion and exclusion in school settings. The third phase involved narrative interviews with student teachers grounded in their previously shared stories. Lastly, a collaborative effort culminated in a collective collage, reflecting their common understanding of inclusion derived from shared practicum experiences. Data analysis was conducted holistically, focusing on the content in the narrative productions (Bolívar et al., 2001). Metaphors were used in data analysis to facilitate a nuanced understanding of the individual units and the case. Each student teacher was symbolically represented as a tree, and their practicum experiences were articulated across three layers: the leaves elucidating encounters within school settings, the branches denoting emotional responses to these encounters, and the trunk portraying the crystallisation of practicum experiences into a professional stance on inclusion. Moreover, the teacher education program was metaphorically conceptualised as a forest, comprising a collective of trees interconnected through their roots. Case study as a methodology enables the identification of shared experiences and inherent tensions in the interplay among the student teachers, the school context and the university teacher education program. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a recurrent association between student teachers' practicum experiences and interactions with excluded school students. Student teachers perceive these encounters as "real" contrasted with the "ideal" inclusive discourse learned in their university program. Such experiences impose a notable emotional burden, marked by feelings of surprise, frustration, and a compelling desire for transformative change. These practicum experiences mobilise affects, knowledge and perspectives. Namely, some tensions include: - The struggle to construct a professional identity often oscillates between identifying themselves as students or future teachers, complicating their ability to fully embody the role of agents for inclusion in schools. - The perpetuation of inclusion as an adjustment provided by specialised support exclusively for particular students with difficulties simultaneously coexists with the ideals of inclusion for all. - The personal experiences that pose student teachers or their family members as excluded people and define their current stance on inclusion as teachers. Also, student teachers describe a shortage of opportunities within the teacher education program to reframe and reinterpret these experiences. It is relevant to emphasise that student teachers' encounters with exclusion or inclusion during practicum do not automatically manifest in adopting inclusive teaching practices. This phenomenon is intricately connected to the constraints on the student teachers’ autonomy in schools and the lack of embodied inclusive practicum experiences. Finally, this work discusses the relevance of understanding the process through which student teachers construct knowledge for inclusion in the course of initial teacher education. It is imperative to comprehend how student teachers navigate diverse contexts within universities and schools, gaining insights, constructing knowledge and identifying themselves as teachers engaged with inclusion within the complexity of local, national and international conditions. References - Aguirre, J., & Porta, L. (2019). La formación docente con rostro humano. Tensiones y desafíos polifónicos desde una perspectiva biográfico-narrativa. Espacios en blanco. Serie indagaciones, 29(1), 1-10. - Ainscow, M., Slee, R., & Best, M. (2019). Editorial: the Salamanca Statement: 25 years on. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 671-676. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622800 - Assaél, J., Albornoz, N., & Caro, M. (2018). Estandarización educativa en Chile: tensiones y consecuencias para el trabajo docente. Educação Unisinos, 22(1), 83-90. - Bolívar, A., Domingo, J. & Fernández, M. (2001). Investigación biográfico-narrativa en educación. Enfoque y metodología. La Muralla. - Delory-Momberger, Ch. (2020). Aprendizaje biográfico y formación. Márgenes, Revista de Educación de la Universidad de Málaga, 1(3), 6-15. https://doi.org/10.24310/mgnmar.v1i3.9770 - Florian, L., & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4-8. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1707579 - Larrosa, J. (2020). Experiencia y alteridad en educación. In C. Skliar & J. Larrosa (Eds.). Experiencia y alteridad en educación (pp. 13-44). Homo Sapiens Ediciones - Li, L., & Ruppar, A. (2021). Conceptualizing teacher agency for inclusive education: A systematic and international review. Teacher Education and Special Education, 44(1), 42–59. https://doi.org/10.1177/0888406420926976 - López, V., González, P., Manghi, D., Ascorra, P., & Oyanedel, J.C. (2018). Políticas de inclusión educativa en Chile: tres nudos críticos. Archivos Analíticos de Políticas Educativas, 26(157), 1-24. http://dx.doi.org/10.14507/epaa.26.3088 - Pantić, N. & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice, Education Inquiry, 6(3), https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311 - Pugach, M. C., Blanton, L. P., Mickelson, A. M., & Boveda, M. (2020). Curriculum theory: The missing perspective in teacher education for inclusion. Teacher Education and Special Education, 43(1), 85–103. https://doi.org/10.1177/0888406419883665 - Sharma, U. (2018). Preparing to teach in inclusive classrooms. In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.113 - Tristani, L., & Bassett-Gunter, R. (2020). Making the grade: teacher training for inclusive education: A systematic review. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 20(3), 246–264. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12483 - Waitoller, F. R. (2020). Why are we not more inclusive? An analysis of neoliberal inclusionism. In C. Boyle., S. Mavropoulou., J. Anderson, & A. Page (Eds.), Inclusive Education: Global Issues & Controversies (89-107). Sense Publishers. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Attitudes Toward School Inclusion - A Longitudinal Study with Teachers Technical University of Braunschweig, Germany Presenting Author:In the project "Inclusion - Thinking and Designing: Interactions between Inclusion-Related Attitudes and Pedagogical Actions of Primary School Teachers on Inclusion in a Social Context" (University of Hildesheim, funded by the Volkswagen Foundation), attitudes related to inclusion, experiences associated with inclusive schools, and changes in attitudes of teachers, parents, and children are being studied on a longitudinal basis. The project is based on a broad understanding of inclusion that encompasses all dimensions of heterogeneity and that every school should be an inclusive school. Following Hinz (2019), an inclusive school is one that adapts to the needs of the students and is thus thought of more broadly than inclusion. Thus, every school, whether with children with impairments or not, should be an inclusive school. The ratification of the UNCRPD and the resulting new school laws in Germany have further broadened the scope of diversity in schools, bringing with it considerable didactic and educational challenges as well as far-reaching consequences for organizational and individual processes at all levels in the education sector: the education system, the school and the classroom (Fend 2008). The educational system level is challenged to create a structural framework for inclusive schooling that enables all children to attend a general education school. Changes at the school level result in the establishment of new patterns of interaction, especially between colleagues, parents and children. Finally, teaching must also be rethought: New forms of teaching and methods must be applied. In this way, diversity can become the norm. Teachers take on new roles in the classroom. In an inclusive classroom, they now see themselves as learning facilitators. This, in turn, can also bring about individual and socioemotional changes. Teachers are thus of central importance in the inclusion process (Arndt & Werning 2018; Hattie & Zierer 2016). They are one of the most important - if not the most important - actors with whom inclusion stands and falls. In addition to resources and pedagogical as well as didactical changes, teachers' attitudes are thus particularly relevant. Their attitudes (based on the expectation-value model according to Ajzen 1996) shape pedagogical action, which in turn is influenced by experience and can lead to changes in attitude. Thus, it can be assumed that attitudes (and their change) can be considered an important prerequisite, if not a condition for success, for the realization of school inclusion. Previous studies indicate a fundamentally positive attitude of teachers towards teaching all children together (Werning, Mackowiak, Rothe & Müller). Furthermore, correlations between the attitude and the type of school as well as previous experiences can be identified (cf. Kullmann et al. 2014). However, a positive attitude is not synonymous with readiness for inclusive teaching. Furthermore, there is a research desideratum in the area of systematic longitudinal studies (Greve & Hauenschild 2017; Kullmann et al. 2014). Results from the qualitative project part of the teachers are presented. 57 problem-centered interviews with elementary school teachers, special education teachers, and students were analyzed longitudinally using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz 2018). The results indicate that teachers are characterized by different types of attitudes, which differ in manifold demands and expectations in the pedagogical context, cooperations as well as motivations. Longitudinal analysis also suggests that attitudes can change through teachers' experiences. If attitudes can be changed through experience, it can be assumed that this has an influence on the pedagogical actions of teachers. The importance and role of teachers in the inclusion process is thus once again emphasized, opening up further research questions in the context of inclusion and the respective actors involved. This Paper was accepted last year, but could not be presented. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is designed as a qualitative longitudinal study with two measurement points (2016 and 2018) to investigate and compare the attitudes of 35 teachers and students from Lower Saxony to school inclusion and their attitude changes. The participants were recruited from a previous questionnaire survey and the requested voluntary participation for a qualitative stu-dy, in order to be able to record their attitudes and their individual experiences more decisi-vely.. With the results of the problem-centered interview (Witzel 2000, p. o. A.), information is to be collected and analyzed, correlated and compared in order to be able to elaborate the possible relevance of attitudes and attitude changes towards school inclusion. To make this possible, the interviews will be analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz 2018; Mayring 2015; Witzel, 1996). For the evaluation and category formation, the content-structuring qualitative content analy-sis based on Kuckartz (ibid.) was used. By means of a deductive-inductive procedure, a sys-tem of categories was developed, whereby an approach to the material that was as open-ended as possible could be realized without hastily identifying corresponding text passages through hypotheses. The analysis steps for both sub-studies were designed similarly. For the cross-section, the first step was a category-based evaluation of all main categories. In a second step, the subca-tegories within a main category were analyzed using code and document maps by Maxqda. Furthermore, case representations were created for all subjects. This was followed by a diffe-rentiated analysis of the groups of respondents (elementary school teachers, special educati-on teachers, and students). This is followed by the formation of types, which made it possible to capture complex social realities and contexts of meaning. The types are characterized by internal homogeneity and external heterogeneity. Based on similarities in selected charac-teristic expressions, types were grouped together, which enabled polytethic type formation. Teachers' attitudes are used as a common feature space. The evaluation for the longitudinal section followed the same logic. After the transcription of the interviews, a category-based evaluation of the main categories along the existing cate-gory system and the expansion of the case representations took place. With the focus on the attitude changes, a renewed type formation as well as an analysis of the attitude changes takes place. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Four types of attitudes emerge from the analysis of the interviews with 34 teachers and student teachers: Teachers with a positive attitude toward inclusion, characterized by a positive attitude change and belong to the type the Deciders. In addition, there are the relativizers with an ambivalent attitude. They support the idea of inclusive schools, but at the same time express reservations. The skeptics, who can be described by a negative attitude and inner resistance. And the group of students who are characterized to some extent by an ambivalent attitude, but mostly formulate value-neutral thoughts. Correlations can be identified: Teachers with a positive attitude toward inclusion place their pedagogical focus on the students. They increasingly social goals and social competencies. The relativists mostly pursue subject-specific goals, while the skeptics are characterized by adherence to discipline and rules. Correlations between attitudes and cooperation can be identified. Interest in and willingness to engage in continuing education and training decreases as attitudes become more skeptical. All teachers speak of private experiences with people with impairments. The longitudinal evaluation enabled a renewed identification of attitude types. It makes clear that attitudes towards inclusion has changed positively for individual teachers or they feel more convinced of inclusion. Some teachers show no attitudeschanges. Most respondents are characterized by a negative change in attitude. In summary, differences in teachers' experiences and changes in attitudes emerge. Commitment, willingness to change and teamwork in the context of the school, favor and, under certain circumstances, positively change attitudes toward school inclusion. A few negative experiences coupled with little change and willingness to change can cause negative changes in attitudes. Inclusive schools must therefore be understood as a joint task. Individual experiences must be taken seriously and should be reflected upon as constructively as possible in order to evoke appropriate changes. References Ajzen, Icek (1996): The direct influence of attitudes on behavior. In: Gollwitzer, Peter M./Bargh, John A. (Eds.): The psychology of action. Linking cognition and motivation to behavior. New York: Guilford, pp. 385-403. Arndt, Ann-Kathrin; Werning, Rolf (2018): Quality criteria, conditions, and development processes of inclusive schools from the perspective of teachers, school administrators, and parents at Jakob Muth Award-winning schools. Results of the qualitative study "Gute in-klusive Schule". In: Laux, Silke; Adelt, Eva (eds.): Inclusive school culture: Miteinander. Live. Shaping. Foundations and examples of successful practice. Münster; New York: Waxmann, pp. 15-33. Behrensen, Birgit/Kiso, Carolin/Solzbacher, Claudia (2014): On the Way to Inclusion - A Secondary Analysis on Positions of Elementary School Teachers. In: Schulpädagogik heu-te, Jg. 5, H. 10, S. 1-12. Fend, Helmut (2008): School design. System control, school development, and teaching qua-lity. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Greve, Werner; Hauenschild, Katrin (2017): Attitudes towards inclusion in school - a key to the success of a profound reform. In: Discourse Childhood and Adolescence Research. Journal of Childhood and Adolescence Research, no. 12 (3), pp. 313-328. Hattie, John A. C./Zierer, Klaus (2016): Know your impact! 'Visible Learning' for classroom practice. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider. Hinz, Andreas (2019): Inclusion - from ignorance to unknowability!? - Critical remarks on a decade of discourse on school inclusion in Germany. In: Journal of Inclusion, No. 1 [https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/26; 05.07.2019]. Kuckartz, Udo (2018): Qualitative content analysis. Methods, practice, computer support. Weinheim; Basel: Beltz, 4th ed. Kullmann, Harry/Lütje-Klose, Birgit/Textor, Annette/ Berard, Jutta/Schitow, Katharina (2014): Inclusive teaching - (Also) a question of attitude! An interview study on attitudes and readiness of teachers and school administrators towards inclusion. In: Schulpädagogik heute, Jg. 5 H. 10., S. 1-14. Trautmann, Matthias/Wischer, Beate (2011): Heterogeneity in schools. A critical introduc-tion. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Trumpa, Silke (2014): Professional biographical challenges of taking over joint teaching in elementary school - Findings from two individual case analyses. In: Schulpädagogik heu-te, Jg. 5, H. 10., pp. 1-17. Werning, Rolf; Mackowiak, Katja; Rothe, Antje; Müller, Carina (2017): Inklusive Grund-schule - Eine empirische Analyse von Gelingensbedingungen und Herausforderungen. In: Empirische Pädagogik, Jg. 31, H. 3, S. 323-339. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 E: Motivation and Reason in Inclusive Education Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carmen Lucia Moccia Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Secondary Students’ Perceptions of Inclusion Climate in Their Schools and Their Association with Motivation for Academic Engagement University of Thessaly, Greece Presenting Author:Inclusive education is widely considered as the most preferred form of education for students accredited with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) around the world. One of the arguments for implementing inclusive educational policies concerns the social benefits that students with SEND gain through their interaction with their peers in regular education classes. However, such benefits might not always be achieved since students with SEN are often found to face significant difficulties in their interactions with peers (Bossaert et al., 2015). Indeed, the literature portrays students with SEND as less accepted, having fewer friendships and experiencing more loneliness in the classroom than their typically developing peers (Pijl & Frostad, 2010; Schwab et al, 2015). Moreover, the available studies also suggest that students with SEND develop a lower sense of belongingness to the school community (Dimitrellou & Hurry, 2018; Nepi, Facondini, Nucci, & Peru, 2013). This is especially alarming since developing a sense of belonging to the school is associated with both affective and academic outcomes (Osterman, 2000). For example, Anderman (2003) found that school belonging was associated with personal interest and intrinsic motivation for accomplishing school tasks, while Irvin et al. (2011) concluded that school belonging represented a strong predictive factor for academic success.
Although different theoretical models of school belonging can be found in the literature, the model proposed by Goodenow (1993) has received most research attention. According to this model, school belonging is a multifaceted construct defined as the feeling of being accepted, respected, included and supported by both teachers and peers, combined with a sense of participating in school activities and being valued within this community. Accordingly, school belonging is based on supportive and caring relationships with teachers, reciprocal and close friendships with peers, and meaningful participation in extracurricular and school-based activities (Bouchard & Berg, 2017).
Along similar lines, some researchers have focused on the examination of “school climate” which is considered to be a more holistic concept, which incorporates the notion of school belonging. According to Cohen, Mccabe, Michelli, and Pickeral (2009) school climate “…refers to the quality and characters of school life. School climate is based on patterns of people's experiences of school life and reflects norms, goals, values, interpersonal relationships, teaching and learning practices, and organizational structures” (p. 180). Based on this theorizing, Schwab, Sharma and Loreman (2018) coined the term “inclusive school climate”, which incorporates all aspects of school climate mentioned in the relevant literature. To this end, they developed a scale eliciting students’ perceptions of their school climate with a view of evaluating the quality of existing inclusive arrangements.
The present study builds on this line of work by examining secondary education students’ perceptions of the climate in their classrooms with reference to inclusive education through the administration of a revised version of the Inclusion Climate Scale (ICS). In so doing, the perceptions of students identified as experiencing SEND were contrasted to those held by their typically achieving peers. We were also interested in determining the extent to which perceptions of school climate predict the students’ motivation for academic engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research represents a quantitative survey design. Participants were drawn from four mainstream secondary schools in central Greece. All students registered at Grades 7, 8 and 9 were invited to participate in the study. The sample consisted of 626 students with a mean age of 14.42 (sd=.58), of which 100 were diagnosed as having learning disabilities and participated in pull-out learning support programs delivered by special teachers in resource bases within their mainstream schools. In Greece, students labelled as having learning disabilities (LD) typically experience difficulties in their academic performance in areas such as reading, spelling, or arithmetic despite the availability of learning support. Moreover, in the Greek context these difficulties are in most cases accompanied with various types of behavioural difficulties such as disruptive overt behaviour and/or internalized emotional difficulties. All students with LD participating in the present study had also been diagnosed by educational psychologists in public diagnostic centres as experiencing LD and received additional learning support by special teachers in resource rooms within their mainstream schools. Fieldwork involved administering two psychometric instruments: the reduced version of the Inclusion Climate Scale (ICS) developed by Schwab et al. (2018) to assess perceptions of school climate and the Μotivation and Engagement Scale - High School (MES-HS) developed by Martin (2010) to assess participants’ perceptions of school climate and their motivation for engagement at school. The reduced version of the ICS is a four-point Likert scale which consists of 18 items representing three hypothesized factors. To complete the scale students had to choose among the following options: Not at all true (1), Mostly False (2), Mostly True (3) True (4). The higher the score in the subscales, the more positive student perceptions are implied. The MES-HS instrument consists of 44 items representing multiple hypothesized factors relating to students’ motivation for engagement. These items could be answered on a seven-point Likert scale ranging from strongly disagree (1) to strongly agree (7). Higher composite scores indicate higher motivation for engagement. As anticipated, the Principal Components Analysis conducted on the participants’ responses to the ICS yielded a three-factor solution. These factors were named “Teacher Practices of Support and Care”, “Emotional Experience” and “Peer Relations” respectively. No such analysis was performed on the students’ responses to the MES-HS scale; instead, in the present study, an overall motivation score was extracted by summing all questions of the MES-HS having first reversed those with a negative content. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The comparisons performed between groups of participants determined by their academic status revealed some mixed results. Specifically, students with LD reported more positive perceptions on the “teacher practices of support and care” and the “emotional experience” factors and, at the same time, less positive perceptions of their peer relations compared to their typically achieving classmates. With regard to the participants’ motivation for engagement no difference was detected between the two groups. Moreover, no gender differences were detected on all assessed variables. As expected, all dimensions of inclusive school climate were found to be linked with the students’ motivation for school engagement. However, the regression analysis performed showed that the dimension of ‘teacher support and care’ and the provision of individualized learning support in resource rooms were the most important predictors of student motivation for engagement. These findings are in line with previous studies which have shown that the availability of learning support in general schools results not only in academic benefits but also lead to improved relationships with teachers (Rose & Shevlin, 2017). It could be suggested that the deployment of special teachers in Greek general schools has been effective in terms of differentiating the curriculum and offering individualized support to students with LD, thus promoting both the development of positive perceptions of school climate and enhanced motivation for engagement. The rather negative perceptions of relations with peers were again largely anticipated as the literature contains numerous studies that have found integrated students with LD experiencing significant difficulties in their interactions with peers (Schwab, et al., 2015). The study concludes with highlighting the importance of implementing school-based interventions to mitigate the difficulties faced by students with LD and, at the same time, foster the development of a positive school climate leading to multiple benefits for all students. References Anderman, L. H. (2003). Academic and social perceptions as predictors of change in middle school students' sense of school belonging. The Journal of Experimental Education, 72(1), 5-22. Bossaert, G., de Boer, A., Frostad, P., Pijl, S. J., & Petry, K. (2015). Social participation of students with special educational needs in different educational systems. Irish Educational Studies, 34(1), 43–54. Bouchard, K.L., & Berg, D.H. (2017). Students' School Belonging: Juxtaposing the Perspectives of Teachers and Students in the Late Elementary School Years (Grades 4-8). School Community Journal, 27(1), 107-136. Cohen, J., McCabe, E. M., Michelli, N. M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers College Record, 111(1), 180-213. Dimitrellou, E., & Hurry, J. (2019). School belonging among young adolescents with SEMH and MLD: the link with their social relations and school inclusivity. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 34(3), 312–326. Goodenow, C. (1993). The psychological sense of school membership among adolescents: Scale development and educational correlates. Psychology in the Schools, 30(1), 79-90. Irvin, M. J., Meece, J. L., Byun, S. Y., Farmer, T. W., & Hutchins, B. C. (2011). Relationship of school context to rural youth’s educational achievement and aspirations. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 40(9), 1225-1242. Martin, A. J. (2010). The motivation and engagement scale. Sydney, Australia: Lifelong Achievement Group. Nepi, L. D., Facondini, R., Nucci, F., & Peru, A. (2013). Evidence from full-inclusion model: The social position and sense of belonging of students with special educational needs and their peers in Italian primary school. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 28(3), 319–332. Osterman, K. F. (2000). Students' need for belonging in the school community. Review of Educational Research, 70(3), 323-367. Pijl, S. J., & Frostad, P. (2010). Peer acceptance and self‐concept of students with disabilities in regular education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 25(1), 93–105 Rose, R., & Shevlin, M. (2017). A Sense of Belonging: Childrens’ Views of Acceptance in “Inclusive” Mainstream Schools. International Journal of Whole Schooling, Special Issue, 65–80. Schwab, S., Gebhardt, M., Krammer, M., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2015). Linking self-rated social inclusion to social behaviour. An empirical study of students with and without special education needs in secondary schools. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 30(1), 1–14 Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Loreman, T. (2018). Are we included? Secondary students’ perception of inclusion climate in their schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 31–39. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Performance in the Cognitive tasks of Pupils with SEN in Different Placement options, from General education class to Special class 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Although inclusive education is a strong trend in education policy in many countries, there are different definitions and variations used. The Finnish 'Education for All' reform was completed in the late 1990s when the responsibility for the education of children with the most severe intellectual disabilities and children in reformatory school was moved from social services to the education system. From a legislative perspective, all comprehensive school pupils are in the same education system. The idea of a ‘least restrictive environment’ has been one of the guiding principles of basic education since 1970; nevertheless, totally inclusive schools are rare in Finland (Jahnukainen, 2015). The special education system is currently referred to as Learning and schooling support (Basic Education Act, 628/1998 Amendment 642/2010). Since 2011, the three levels of support have been general (Tier 1), intensified (Tier 2) and special (Tier 3) support. The support methods and tools are almost the same at all tier levels; however, the intensity of the provided support increases from one level to the next (Thuneberg et al., 2013). Inclusive education is not defined in the Basic Education Act (BEA, 628/1998; Jahnukainen et al., 2023). The national core curriculum of basic education states that the development of basic education is guided by the inclusion principle (Finnish National Board of Education, FNBE, 2016). However, it doesn’t define the inclusion more precisely. This has led to municipal-level differences in ways of organising basic education (Hienonen 2020). Although the inclusion is a process that helps overcome barriers limiting the presence, participation and achievement of all learners (UNESCO, 2017), the Finnish public discussion has been focused almost only on whether pupils considered having special needs should be placed in a general education class or special class (Jahnukainen et al., 2023). Previous studies show that pupils with special educational needs (SEN) may perform better in general education classes (e.g., Kojac et al., 2018; Peetsma et al., 2001). Some studies have also shown neutral effects for general education class placement (Cole, Waldron, & Majd 2004; Fore et al., 2008; Hanushek et al., 2002; Ruijs, 2017). The Finnish legislation (BEA 628/1998) allows different options for organising the education of pupils with SEN at Tier 3. The placement options can vary from full-time education in a general education class to full-time education in a special class or special school. In 2022, 9 percent of comprehensive school pupils in grades 1-6 received Tier 3 support, and 36 percent of these pupils studied most of the time (80-100%) in a general education class, 47 percent most of the time (81-100%) in a special class and 17 percent in both a general education class (20-79%) and special class (OSF 2023). This sub-study is based on a four-year longitudinal study in which the pupils are followed from the 4th grade to the 6th grade. The main objective is to investigate the outcomes of the different placement options and the effect of class composition on pupils with SEN and their peers. In this sub-study we focus only on the pupils with SEN, and investigate, with the cross-sectional first round data, how the different placement options of pupils with SEN are related to pupils’ performance in mathematical reasoning and vocabulary tasks. The research questions are: 1. Did the pupils with SEN differ in their background factors across the different placement options? 2. Is there a relationship between the placement options for pupils with SEN and pupils background factors in mathematical reasoning scores? 3. Is there a relationship between the placement options for pupils with SEN and pupils background factors in vocabulary task scores? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data were drawn from the longitudinal study assessing different aspects of learning in the sample schools. The stratified national sample is based on official statistics on special education and register data of educational institutions (Statistics Finland). Our research instrument is based on the Finnish learning to learn (LTL) framework (Hautamäki & Kupiainen, 2014) and the online test portal created for the purposes of this study is based on previous large-scale assessment studies (e.g., Hienonen, 2020; Vainikainen & Hautamäki, 2022). LTL assessments have been used as one indicator of the effectiveness of education in Finland alongside the more subject-related sample-based assessments. Pupils completed the tasks and answered the questionnaires on an online platform as a part of their otherwise normal school day. The tasks and questions were built into 15-minute entities, and the teacher could decide how many of these entities the class did at once. Some of the tasks, for example mathematical reasoning, were adaptive, so the tasks adapted to the student's performance level. In this sub-study, we used pupils’ test scores in mathematical reasoning and vocabulary tasks. School- and class-level information were collected with principal and teacher questionnaires. The pupils' background information, for example a Tier level of support, was collected from teachers. Pupils attending the study had the research permits from their legal guardian. The research has received a statement from the University of Helsinki's Ethics Committee for the Human Sciences (May 2021) as a demonstration of commitment to research ethics. In the first phase of our longitudinal study in spring 2022, we received data from 1815 4th graders (typical age of 10 years). There were 42 municipalities, 56 schools and 121 classes participating in the first data collection nationwide. In this sub-study, we analysed only the performance of pupils with a SEN decision at Tier 3, N=160. Of pupils with SEN, 45% studied most of the time in a general education class, 38% most of the time in a special class and 17% part-time in a general education class and special class. The data were analysed using the chi-squared test and linear regression analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to our results, there were statistically significant differences in the background factors of pupils with SEN across the different placement options. However, the placement options for pupils with SEN and pupils background factors did not have a statistically significant relationship on pupils' performance in mathematical reasoning or vocabulary tasks. The results of this study are in line with previous international research (e.g. Cole et al. 2004; Fore et al. 2008), as pupils with SEN did not differ in mathematical reasoning or vocabulary tasks based on whether they studied most of the time in a general education class, most of the time in a special class, or part-time in a general education class and special class. It should also be noted that the analyses conducted in this sub-study were designed to examine the baseline level, based on the first round of data collection in the longitudinal study. Based on the data from the next two rounds, we will be able to use longitudinal data to examine the development of pupils' performance in the different placement options taking into account, for example, the class composition and differences in initial levels of performance. The effect of pupils’ placement is examined also from the perspective of attitudes and beliefs related to pupils’ learning and schooling. References Basic Education Act 628/1998 Amendments up to 163/2022. https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/1998/19980628 Cole, C., Waldron, N., & Majd, M. 2004. Academic progress of students across inclusive and traditional settings. Mental Retardation, 42, 136–44. https://doi:10.1352/0047-6765(2004)42<136:APOSAI>2.0.CO;2 Fore, C., Hagan-Burke, S., Burke, M., Boon, R., & Smith, S. 2008. Academic achievement and class placement in high school: Do students with learning disabilities achieve more in one class placement than another? Education and Treatment of Children, 31, 55–72. https://doi:10.1353/etc.0.0018 Hanushek, E. A., Kain, J., & Rivkin, S. 2002. Inferring program effects for special populations: Does special education raise achievement for students with disabilities? Review of Economics and Statistics, 84, 584–599. https://doi.org/10.1162/003465302760556431 Hautamäki, J., & Kupiainen, S. 2014. Learning to Learn in Finland. In R. Crick, C. Stringer & K. Ren (Eds.), Learning to Learn: International Perspectives from Theory and Practice, 170–195. London: Routledge Hienonen, N. 2020. Does a class placement matter? Students with special educational needs in regular or special classes. University of Helsinki. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-6392-9 Jahnukainen, M. 2015. Inclusion, integration, or what? A comparative study of the school principals' perceptions of inclusive and special education in Finland and in Alberta, Canada. Disability & Society, 30, 59–72. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2014.982788 Jahnukainen, M., Hienonen, N., Lintuvuori, M., & Lempinen, S. 2023. Inclusion in Finland: Myths and Realities. teoksessa M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko, & S. Kosunen (eds.), Finland’s Famous Education System: Unvarnished Insights into Finnish Schooling, 401–415. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5 Kojac, A., Kuhl, P., Jansen, M., Pant, H. A., & Stanat, P. 2018. Educational placement and achievement motivation of students with special educational needs. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 55, 63–83. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2018.09.004 Official Statistics of Finland (OSF): Support for learning [online publication]. ISSN=2954-0674. Helsinki: Statistics Finland [Referenced: 29.1.2024]. Access method: https://stat.fi/en/statistics/erop Peetsma, T., Vergeer, M., Roeleveld, J., & Karsten, S. 2001. Inclusion in Education: comparing pupils’development in special and regular education. Educational Review, 53(2), 125–135. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131910125044 Ruijs, N. 2017. The impact of special needs students on classmate performance. Economics of Education Review, 58, 15–31. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2017.03.002 Thuneberg, H., Vainikainen, M.-P., Ahtiainen, R., Lintuvuori, M., Salo, K., & Hautamäki, J. 2013. Education is special for all: The Finnish support model. Gemeinsam leben, 2, 67–78. UNESCO. 2017. A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. Paris: UNESCO. http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002482/248254e.pdf. Vainikainen, M-P. & Hautamäki, J. 2022. Three Studies on Learning to Learn in Finland: Anti-Flynn Effects 2001–2017, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66, 43–58, https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1833240 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Why Study? The Motivation to Study Among Children in Contexts of Deviance and Social Marginality. University of Salerno, Italy Presenting Author:The study aims to investigate the motivation to study among children living in multi-problematic contexts, characterized by a combination of economic and social issues, particularly those related to deviance and delinquency. The area of focus is a region in Campania, Southern Italy, known for the presence of the Camorra, an organized crime structure similar to the Mafia, involving children and families in its delinquent system (1) (2). In this research, motivation is conceptualized as a dynamic and relational force emerging from the interaction between the individual and their environment, and from their perception of the positive and negative valences of the context (3) (4). In a multi-problematic setting, the challenges can particularly generate a sense of fatalism in developing children, leading to low self-determination (5) and self-efficacy (6), factors that can significantly affect their motivation to study. The hypothesis of this research posits that although statistical data correlate school dropout rates with deprived and marginalized contexts (7), motivation is not necessarily dictated by the context. Instead, it might represent an autonomous area of development, with dropout rates being linked to other personal or social factors.It is conceivable that, living within a context governed by criminal logic, children and adolescents may begin to perceive education as less relevant or beneficial for their future. In this regard, the presence of negative role models—adults, family members, peer groups (8) (9)—that achieve success through illegal activities can distort the perception of the value of education. In an environment where organized crime is an everyday experience, children may be drawn to alternative pathways that seem to offer immediate success and rewards, at the expense of long-term investments such as those made in educational and instructional paths. This type of social pressure can be particularly persistent and significant during developmental years, also in terms of primary socialization processes: children interact with each other emulating the behavioral style of their adult role models. In light of these challenges, numerous multidisciplinary studies demonstrate the fruitful relationship between education and crime prevention, highlighting how systemic educational interventions statistically have an incidence in terms of reducing the number of minors recruited by criminal organizations (10). The research thus raises the question: Is it possible to identify a relationship between multi-problematic contexts and the motivation to study? What are the characteristics of an educational intervention capable of effectively supporting the motivation to study among children and adolescents living in such contexts? In line with these research questions, the objective is outlined as exploring the motivation of students from multi-problematic contexts; identifying the characteristics of an educational intervention that can impact the quality of motivation; and isolating potential elements of transferability to similar contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a broader project aimed at evaluating the effectiveness of a community initiative named "Integra" in a multi-problematic context. The research is inspired by the Response-to-Intervention (RTI) approach (11) within an integrated research design that includes both quantitative and qualitative data sets. The population consists of 50 children between the ages of 8 and 10 from the Pianura neighborhood, identified through archival research as a multi-problematic context. In this neighborhood, the "Integra" Project (12) (13) is implemented, aiming to counteract youth deviance and delinquency by involving children aged 6 to 13 years. The 50 children are divided into two groups: 25 students from third and fourth grades of a primary school in the area, and another 25 students of the same age participating in the "Integra" educational intervention. The research project comprises three phases: Phase A and C - Assessment During these phases, screening is conducted through the administration of the AMOS 8-15 questionnaire (14). This battery, consisting of validated scales, is used to investigate the motivation in studying. Specifically, the Study Approach Questionnaire (QAS) is administered, where items marked with the letter A explore study motivation, and simultaneously, Questionnaires on Beliefs and Attributions (QC11-QC2f) are used. These questionnaires dissect motivational aspects into four areas: the student's metacognitive theory about the malleability of intelligence, confidence in one's intelligence and abilities, beliefs regarding the study objective, and causal attributions. Phase B - Intervention The intervention involves support activities for teaching within the Integra project. The project was initiated about 20 years ago to counteract distress, deviance, and delinquency in the Phlegraean area of the Campania Region. Over the years, it has involved approximately 2000 children and adolescents (ages 5-13). In this phase, consistent with the RTI approach, monitoring is carried out using quantitative and qualitative tools, considering the following indicators: participation in the project, academic performance, feedback from parents and teachers, and direct feedback from the children.The tools used include checklists, interviews, life stories, and educators' logbooks. In line with the RTI approach, the study includes an evaluation in the follow-up to assess the long-term impact of the intervention on the motivation to study. The children involved in Integra participate in the project continuously over the years. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In alignment with Goal 16 of the Agenda 2030 (15), particularly targets 16.1, 16.6, and 16.7, the research aims to investigate a possible relationship between motivation to study and the multi-problematic context. This presentation is intended to showcase data related to phase A and phase C. Subsequently, the research will continue by integrating the quantitative and qualitative data from phase B to further explore the relationship between motivation and educational intervention. Following this assessment, an attempt will be made to identify the characteristics of an educational intervention that can not only counteract this trend but also provide a replicable model for future initiatives in similar contexts to support the educational processes of children in vulnerable situations. References ) Allum, F. (2003). Il Crimine Organizzato a Napoli. Napoli: L'Ancora del Mediterraneo. (2) Ravveduto, M. (2017). La Paranza dei Bambini. La Google Generation di Gomorra. QUESTIONE GIUSTIZIA, 1-6. (3) Maslow, A. H. (2010). Motivazione e personalità (Original work published 1954). Roma: Armando Editore. (4) Lewin, K. (1961). Principi di psicologia topologica (Original work published 1936). Firenze: Edizioni OS. (5) Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2017). Self-Determination Theory: Basic Psychological Needs in Motivation, Development, and Wellness. New York: The Guilford Press. (6) Bandura, A. (1997). Autoefficacia: Teoria e Applicazioni. Trento: Erikson. (7) INVALSI 2023, Presentazione Rapporto Nazionale 12 luglio 2023, Roma. (8) Berthoz, A. (2013). La Vicariance. Paris: Odile Jacob. (9) Sibilio, M. (2017). Vicarianza e Didattica. Brescia: La Scuola. (10) PROTON (Modelling the Processes Leading to Organised Crime and Terrorist Networks). Preventing Organised Property Crime in the EU. Transcrime-Università Cattolica di Milano. 2020 (11) Gresham, F. M. (2002). Responsiveness to Intervention: An Alternative Approach to the Identification of Learning Disabilities. In R. Bradley, L. Danielson, & D. L. Hallahan (Eds.), Identification of Learning Disabilities: Research to Practice (pp. 467-519). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. (11) Johnson, E., Mellard, D. F., Fuchs, D., & McKnight, M. A. (2006). Responsiveness to Intervention (RTI): How to Do It. Lawrence, KS: National Research Center on Learning Disabilities. (12) Sabatano, F., & Pagano, G. (2019). Libertà Marginali. La Sfida Educativa tra Devianza, Delinquenza e Sistema Camorristico. Milano: Guerini e Associati. (13) Sabatano, F. (2015). La Scelta dell'Inclusione. Progettare l'Educazione in Contesti di Disagio Sociale. Milano: Guerini e Associati. (14) Cornoldi, C., De Beni, R., Zamperlin, C., & Mereghetti, C. (2014). Test AMOS 8-15. Abilità e Motivazione allo Studio: Prove di Valutazione per Ragazzi dagli 8 ai 15 Anni. Trento: Erickson (15) United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 09 H JS: Joint Session of NW 04 and NW 30 Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Joint Paper Session NW 04 and NW 30. Full informationin 30 SES 09 A JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 05 SES 09 A: Equitable education? Strategies to Prevent Dropout, Accommodate Needs and Retain Students in Secondary Education (Symposium) Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Guri Skedsmo Session Chair: James Spillane Symposium |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Symposium Equitable education? Strategies to Prevent Dropout, Accommodate Needs and Retain Students in Secondary Education International research on student dropout describes its complex nature. In the past, researchers have focused on identifying key characteristics of students who drop out, such as various social, contextual and psychiatric risk factors (Abebe et al., 2015; Ingul et al., 2012). Moreover, researchers have pointed to clear connections between a high degree of truancy and absenteeism among students in primary and lower secondary school and drop out in upper secondary school (Bakken, 2018; Gottfried, 2014). The dropout rate is typically higher among boys compared to girls, among students with minority backgrounds compared to students who belong to the majority culture in a school, and among students with disability compared to those without a disability (Doll et al., 2013) When students drop out of secondary education, there are substantial social and economic consequences that can persist throughout their lives. They are more likely to be unemployed, to become teenage parents, to become involved in the criminal justice system, and to suffer a lifetime of low wages (Ressa & Andrews, 2022). Moreover, school dropouts affect high-income as well as low-income countries (Levin & Belfield, 2007).
The papers in this symposium address research on educational practices in Norway, Spain and Latin-America that aim to provide equitable education by accommodating students’ needs, and thereby prevent dropout and retain students in the school system. Critical questions and comments from the discussant will facilitate discussions on research and practice across the involved countries which will have relevance for a wider audience. The first paper will provide an overview of the existing international research in this area that serves as a basis for the empirical contributions of symposium which explore how school actors (teachers, school leaders) enact policies and engage in collaborations with a range of stakeholders and public services to accommodate the needs of heterogenous student populations. Internationally, researchers describe dropout among students as a complex problem. Therefore, the symposium addresses multi-actor collaboration across levels, institutional boundaries and professions. The work of these actors falls within different regulations, legal statutes, knowledge bases and resources, administrative logics, and traditions. Such collaborative work can potentially address and solve complex problems in specific contexts, but it may also create tensions that require coordination. The papers describe different educational contexts in which the challenges of providing equitable education to heterogeneous student populations are addressed in different ways, reflecting different understandings of inclusion and equity. References Abebe, D. S., Frøyland, L. R., Bakken, A., & Von Soest, T. (2016). Municipal-level differences in depressive symptoms among adolescents in Norway: Results from the cross-national Ungdata study. Scandinavian Journal of Social Medicine, 44(1), 47-54. Bakken, A. (2018). Ungdata 2018 Nasjonale resultater. Nova/Oslo. Doll, J. J., Eslami, Z., & Walters, L. (2013). Understanding why students drop out of high school, according to their own reports: Are they pushed or pulled, or do they fall out? A comparative analysis of seven nationally representative studies. SAGE Open. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244013503834 Gottfried, M. A. (2014). Chronic absenteeism and its effects on students’ academic and socioemotional outcomes. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk (JESPAR), 19(2), 53-75. Ingul, J. M., Klöckner, C. A., Silverman, W. K., & Nordahl, H. M. (2012). Adolescent school absenteeism: modelling social and individual risk factors. Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 17(2), 93-100. Levin, H. M., & Belfield, C. R. (2007). Educational interventions to raise high school graduations rates. In C. R. Belfield & H. M. Levin (Eds.), The price we pay: Economic and social consequences of inadequate education (pp. 177-199). Brookings Institution Press. Ressa, T. & Andrews, A. (2022) High School Dropout Dilemma in America and the Importance of Reformation of Education Systems to Empower All Students. International Journal of Modern Education Studies, 6 (2), 423-447. Presentations of the Symposium International Research on Strategies to Prevent Dropout and Retain Students in Secondary Education
In this paper we present findings from an analysis of existing research on strategies to prevent dropout and retain students in secondary education. More knowledge about key characteristics of studies in this field is important because research plays an important role both in the formulation of problems and solutions - both for policy, practice and further research. Our starting point is that "dropout" can be characterised as a policy concept that has gradually become a key element in the governance of secondary education. For this study, we do not take a specific perspective on dropout as our starting point. Instead, we use analytical perspectives on knowledge production (Gunter & Ribbins, 2003) to shed light on the relationship between research, policy, and practice. By categorising the research literature as conceptual, descriptive, humanistic, critical, evaluative or instrumental, we concentrate on both features of the concept and phenomenon under investigation, as well as the research methods and theoretical perspectives used to study the phenomenon. The typologies have been developed to analyse the production of knowledge related to complex phenomena and thus also consider the context in which the knowledge is produced.
The articles that make up the data material in the article have been identified through searches inspired by systematic methods in international databases. The aim of the research review is not to provide an exhaustive overview of the research field, but to identify, present and analyse the main features of the field in terms of the disciplines involved, research design and findings (Prøitz, 2023). The research overview can best be described as a 'critical review' (Grant & Booth, 2009), since it aims to shed light on what is being studied, by whom, with which methods and perspectives, as well as the context of the studies.
Findings show that research on dropout has mainly concentrated on what characterises students who drop out and the reasons why they do not complete upper secondary education, but that over time there have been contributions from several academic disciplines and with other methods that together contribute to increased knowledge about the complexity of the concept and the phenomenon. Moreover, the perspectives on knowledge production give us a picture of what kind of research dominates and what we may need more of, as well as what the context in which the studies were produced may mean for how we understand the phenomenon.
References:
Grant, M.J. & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: an analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 26, 91-108
Gunter, H. & Ribbins, P. (2003). The Field of Educational Leadership: Studying Maps and Mapping Studies. British Journal of Educational Studies, 51, 254-281
Prøitz, T.S. (2023). Forskningsoversikter i utdanningsvitenskap. Fagbokforlaget.
The Institutional and Strategic Work of School Leaders and Teachers to Accommodate Students’ Needs
Education is seen as a key to providing pupils with a basis to participate in society, and to ensure jobs. Young people, who do not complete their educations, will have difficulties entering the labour market (Arntzen and Grøgaard, 2012; Bäckman et al, 2015). Over the last 25 years, a range of national policies have been introduced to prevent dropout in upper secondary education. Previous research has shown key characteristics of the students who drop out and several studies have focused on the implementation of national policies.
The purpose of the paper is to provide insights into the institutional work at school level to retain students in upper secondary schools. The paper addresses what characterizes the schools and the institutional and strategic work of the actors. The data are collected from six schools which are selected because of low degree of dropouts, which provide an opportunity to pay attention to promising practices.
The theory of strategic work constitutes the analytical framework which allows us to delve into the balancing processes of recursiveness and adaptation with a strategy-as-practice approach. Building on Whittington (2006) enables us to explore strategic work from a micro-perspective based on interviews with school leaders and teachers about day-to-day activities, with attention to processes of institutionalized ways of doing things and adaptations that fit the local needs. The analysis explores strategy as situated accomplished activities, what people do rather than what organizations have (Whittington, 2006). Institutional work allows us to investigate actors` purposive actions through creating, maintaining and disrupting institutions (Lawrence & Suddaby, 2006 p. 215).
The data have been subject to content analysis. Findings reveal that the schools seem to have an extensive space of maneuver. They have created their own organizational designs for how to retain the students which are complex and involves many actors who collaborate within and across several arenas. The analyses show efforts are made to prevent that the organizations are loosely coupled which is perceived to be a threat to dropout. The principals seem to be central agents in the construction of the designs and involvement of several actors with different professions who contribute to the tasks and responsibilities to strengthening the focus on retaining students. The analyses also reveal processes of recursiveness where the schools keep structures and practices that works, but also processes of adaptations where here-and now praxis and the recurring practices are critically examined and developed.
References:
Coburn, C. E. (2004). Beyond decoupling: Rethinking the relationship between the institutional environment and the classroom. Sociology of Education, 77(3), 211–244. doi:10.1177/003804070407700302
Leithwood, K. & Seashore-Louis, K. (2012). Linking Leadership to Student Learning. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Lawrence, T. B., & Suddaby, R. (2006). Institutions and Institutional Work. In S. R. Clegg, C. Hardy, T. B. Lawrence, & W. R. Nord (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Organization Studies. Sage.
Røvik, K. A. (2016). Knowledge Transfer as Translation: Review and Elements of an InstrumentalTheory. International Journal of Management Reviews, 18, 290-310.
https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1111/ijmr.12097
Whittington, R. (2006). Completing the practice turn in strategy research. Organization Studies, 27(5), 613–634. https://doi.org/10.1177/0170840606064101
Unorthodox Strategies to Increase Students’ Promotion and Prevent Dropout
This paper focuses on strategies deployed by a secondary school located in a very disadvantaged context to prevent absenteeism and early dropout of students. Diamantino School offers compulsory lower secondary education and is one of four secondary schools officially classified as ‘low-performing’ in Seville. Although about a quarter of the students requires special educational support, the school achieves better rates of promotion and graduation than the schools with similar socioeconomic and cultural index (SECI).
Ainscow’s (2005) conceptualization of inclusion is applied as an analytical framework for the data analysis in the sense of a never-ending process of analysis of what works and what does not; the use of evidence of various forms to identify and remove barriers and then create or adapt new methodologies and organisational arrangements, focusing on ‘the presence, participation and achievement of all students’; and putting the emphasis on ‘those groups of learners who may be at risk of marginalisation, exclusion or underachievement’.
The study has a qualitative case study design and the analysis draws on various data sources such as semi-structured interviews, key documents, and survey data that are triangulated to provide a rich account on school leaders’ and teachers’ perceptions and practices of inclusion.
Findings show that the school implements a long list of strategies to promote inclusion of special-needs students, including: a reinforcement programme for core subjects in 4th grade; flexible groupings for the teaching of English; group split and double –even triple—teaching; support activities arranged with a long list of external collaborating entities; their own curricular adaptations in a large number of lessons; etc. Moreover, an important strategy to prevent absenteeism and dropout is the flexible grouping of students: students can change groups even within the same academic year, and the groups are not the same for all subjects. In addition, a group is split when there is a support teacher, or the group is maintained with two or even three teachers in the class. This job of periodically rearranging the groups is very demanding for the leadership team. For this purpose, the team analyses the learning trajectory of each pupil using multiple criteria and often interviews the family. In conclusion, this case study illustrates how a school has developed strategies to accommodate individual students’ needs in collective group settings.
References:
Ainscow, M. (2005). Developing inclusive education systems: What are the levers for change? Journal of Educational Change, 6, 109-124. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10833-005-1298-4.
Secondary Education between Extension and Diversification
The paper presents the results from a two-phase study about the diversification of secondary education and the segmentation of education in Latin America. The focus of the study, carried out with the support of ECLAC during 2019 and 2021, were the dynamics of education’s segmentation in extended compulsory schooling settings. By analyzing the expansion of secondary education, this paper outlines historic and contemporary mechanisms that the State has used to extend compulsory schooling, albeit in ways that are segmented and which produce differential effects in terms of the schooling experience of adolescents and young people in the region.
In its first phase, the study integrated an analysis of quantitative indicators in thirteen of the region’s countries with an analysis of the structures and institutional models of secondary school in six countries: Argentina, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Honduras, Mexico and Uruguay. The second phase examined the schooling experience of adolescents and young people in diversified structures. General and focus group interviews were conducted among a purposive sample of adolescents and young people regarding their access, trajectory and eventual (temporary or permanent) dropout. Overall, the study’s methodology combined a quantitative analysis of the main educational indicators of secondary education’s evolution in the region with a qualitative analysis of interviews to public officials and researchers (four per country) and to students (a purposive sample of 452 adolescents; 70-100 per country). By comparing the information, a matrix was developed to represent the forms of diversification of secondary education and its relation to educational segmentation.
Classical categories were used for the analysis, such as educational segmentation (Ringer, 1979) to characterize the dual dynamic of inclusion and progressiveness (Author, 2017) in combination with more recent developments that allow for the analysis of the segmentation dynamics in the context of the extension of mandatory schooling. These developments include the notions of diversification and differentiation (Ojalehto et al., 2017).
The main results indicate a particular form of compulsory secondary education expansion in the region under an extension-diversification pairing. This form of expansion creates at least three tensions: 1) between the laws and regulations intended to guarantee this extension and the actual outcomes for the educational trajectories, 2) between recent government efforts to sustain this extension and the persistence and/or creation of new educational segmentation mechanisms, and 3) between the perceived value of secondary education certification in social life and the relevance of the educational experience.
References:
Acosta, F. (2017). Secondary Education Policies in Europe and Latin America: A Historical Comparative Analysis. In F. Acosta & S. Nogueira (eds), Educational Systems Towards 21st Century (pp. 21–44). Sense Publishers.
Ojalehto, L., Kalalahti, M., Varjo, J & Kosunen, S. (2017). Differentiation and Diversification in Compulsory Education: A Conceptual Analysis. In K. Kantasalmi & G. Holm (eds), The State, Schooling, and Identity. Diversifying Education in Europe (pp. 125–148). Palgrave Macmillan.
Ringer, F. (1979). Education and Society in Modern Europe. Indiana University Press.
Ringer, F. (1990). On Segmentation in Modern European Education Systems: The Case of French Secondary Education 1865–1920. In D. Muller, F. Ringer & B. Simon (eds), The Rise of the Modern Educational System: Structural Change and Social Reproduction 1870–1920, (pp. 53–87). Cambridge University Press.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 06 SES 09 A: Open Learning, Democracy & Representions Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandra Langer Paper Session |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Youth and Social Media. In Focus: Antifeminist Violence Universität Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:As digitalisation progresses, young people’s media use is increasing (Albert et al., 2019, Anderson, Faverio and Gottfried, 2023, Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheremand, H., & Glöckler, 2023). The lives of young people today are increasingly mediatised and are shifting to social media platforms. Studies on media use show that young people also come into contact with negative topics such as hate speech on these platforms (Albert et al., 2019, Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheremand, H., & Glöckler, 2022; Forsa, 2023). In this context, media education research focuses on questions about the perception and evaluation of hate speech (Albert et al., 2019, Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheremand, H., & Glöckler, 2022) as well as the question of how educators can address hate speech in an educational context and help to prevent it (Marolla-Gajardo & Castellví-Mata, 2023, Seemann-Herz et al., 2022). So far, we have little knowledge about who is engaging in digital hate and for what purpose, and what strategies might be helpful in dealing with the phenomenon. This is the starting point for the research work presented in this paper, which has generated valuable findings for media education research. Eight interviews with feminist net activists were conducted using a qualitative research design. The research questions focused on the activists’ feminist self-image and their experiences with digital violence. The focus was on the question of whether they accept being silenced or whether they have developed strategies and resources that they can draw on when dealing with digital violence. An exploration of the basic feminist attitude of the activists was carried out through theoretical references to feminist discourses such as the social construction of gender (Gildemeister & Wetterer, 1992; Goffman, 1977; Kessler & McKenna, 1978; Hagemann-White, 1984), deconstructionism (Derrida, 1987; Kahlert, 2000; Butler, 1991), queer theory (Hark, 2009; Jagose, 1996; Woltersdorf, 2003) and intersectional feminism (Crenshaw, 1989, 2013; Winker & Degele, 2009; Yuval-Davis, 2013). The descriptions and analyses of the haters were embedded in the discourse field of antifeminism (Lang & Peters, 2018; Planert 1998; Schutzbach, 2018), especially in current publications on antigenderism (Dağlar-Sezer, & Beaufaӱs, 2021; Ganz & Meßmer, 2015; Hark & Villa, 2015; Henninger & Birsl, 2020; Maurer, 2018; Schmincke, 2018). In order to pursue their goals as effectively as possible, coalitions and alliances are often formed between different groups (Blum, 2019; Lang & Peters, 2018; Strube, Perintfalvi, Hemet, Metze & Sahbaz, 2021). The results of my study revealed that the haters are part of the anti-feminist spectrum and are characterised by racist, sexist and trans-hostile attitudes (Roß, forthcoming). Antifeminist actors are well organised and try to ban feminist voices from the digital space (Blum, 2019; Dafaure, 2022; Huang, 2023; Roß, forthcoming). Networking between groups is crucial to the effectiveness of antifeminist violence (Drüeke, 2016; Lang & Peters, 2018; Roß, forthcoming). As the study participants all have displayed a queer and intersectional understanding of feminism, it can be assumed that this is relevant to the experience of anti-feminist hostility. It was found that the activists are particularly affected by digital hatred when they themselves are read as non-white and fall outside the heterosexual norm in terms of their gender identity or gender orientation (Roß, forthcoming). When young people become victims of digital hatred due to their gender identity, gender orientation or ethnicity deviating from the “norm”, it is possible that organised antifeminists are behind the digital hostility. In contrast to the respondents in this study, who have developed numerous strategies for dealing with anti-feminist violence and have a feminist network to fall back on, young people are much more vulnerable. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As this study constitutes basic research, the empirical data was collected using qualitative methods. The author conducted eight semi-structured, guideline-based interviews, which were analysed using Mayring’s qualitative content analysis method (Mayring, 2015). Semi-structured, guideline-based interviews were selected as the data collection instrument for this study because they are structured and open at the same time. In concrete terms, this means that predetermined guiding questions can be used to provide impulses on research-relevant topics (structural specification) and at the same time allow an open space for the development of thoughts and new topics (openness) (Helfferich, 2009b). The interview guide for this study was initially developed using the SPSS method according to Helfferich (2011). The structure of the guide-based interview followed the rule ‘from the general to the specific’. The interview guide for this study consists of four blocks, each of which is assigned to a topic. The starting point for recruiting the interviewees was the German-language feminist blog “Die Mädchenmannschaft” (https://maedchenmannschaft.net/), which was founded in 2007 and describes itself as a “community blog on feminist history, theory and practice” (Mädchenmannschaft). The interviews were conducted over a period of six months, from October 2018 to April 2019, in northern Germany and ranged in length from 72 to 104 minutes. The interviews were analysed using the qualitative content analysis method. This method was chosen because it combines the requirement of a structured and comprehensible evaluation process with the idea of reflecting on the data, and the interactive character of the data’s creation (Kuckartz, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings When talking about young people’s media use, we cannot avoid shedding light also on the negative, challenging aspects associated with it. The social web is not only used for communication, inspiration and entertainment, but has also become a political tool used by various interest groups. The study “Feminismus im Netz – intersektional, empowernd, angreifbar?! ” (eng.: Feminism on the Net-intersectional, empowering, vulnerable?) (Roß, forthcoming) has brought to light the force with which anti-feminist movements attempt to ban feminist voices. It is not surprising that feminist activists who explicitly position themselves in a queer-feminist and intersectional discourse are under attack. This is contrary to the reactionary views of anti-feminist actors who, on the one hand, see themselves back in a binary and hierarchically structured world of gender and, on the other hand, do not want to question their privileged national and white identity. If the social web is to remain a democratic place that can be used by all young people in a participatory manner, media education must address the problem of anti-feminist violence. From the study presented here, it can be concluded that it is possible to develop and apply strategies for dealing with anti-feminist violence. The prerequisite for this is that structures are developed through which young users can empower each other and stand by each other in solidarity. The first step in this direction lies in the task of critically analysing anti-feminist narratives. This can be done collectively in the context of media education at school. The academic study of anti-democratic, anti-feminist currents in the context of media education is an area that deserves a great deal of attention in future research. Not only in Germany, but everywhere where the shift to the right is already clearly visible in the political landscape. References Albert, M., Hurrelmann, K., & Quenzel, G. (2019). Jugend 2019: Eine Generation meldet sich zu Wort (1. Auflage.). Beltz. Anderson, M., Faverio, N. & Gottfried, F. (2023): Teens, Social Media and Technology 2023. Pex Research Center, Washington DC Ballaschk, C., Schulze-Reichelt, F., Wachs, S., Krause, N., Wettstein, A., Kansok-Dusche, J., Bilz, L., & Schubarth, W. (2022). Ist das (schon) Hatespeech? – Eine qualitative Untersuchung zum Verständnis von Hatespeech unter pädagogischem Schulpersonal. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 12(3), 579–596. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00367-1 Bonet-Marti, J. (2021). Antifeminism as a countermovement: A literature review of the main theoretical perspectives and current debates. TEKNOKULTURA: REVISTA DE CULTURA DIGITAL Y MOVIMIENTOS SOCIALES, 18(1), 61–71. https://doi.org/10.5209/TEKN.71303 Dafaure, M. (2022). Memes, trolls and the manosphere: Mapping the manifold expressions of antifeminism and misogyny online. European Journal of English Studies, 26(2), 236–254. https://doi.org/10.1080/13825577.2022.2091299 Decker, O., Kiess, J., Heller, A., & Brähler, E. (2022). Autoritäre Dynamiken in unsicheren Zeiten: Leipziger Autoritarismus Studie 2022. Psychosozial-Verlag. https://www.theol.uni-leipzig.de/fileadmin/ul/Dokumente/221109_Leipziger-Autoritarismus-Studie.pdf Drüeke, R., & Peil, C. (2019). Haters gonna Hate. Antifeministische Artikulationen in digitalen Öffentlichkeiten. In Backlash?! Antifeminismus in Wissenschaft, Politik und Gesellschaft (pp. 191-212). Roßdorf: Ulrike Helmer Verlag. Landesanstalt für Medien NRW (2023): Hate Speech Forsa Studie 2023 Huang, Qiqi (2023) Anti-Feminism: four strategies for the demonisation and depoliticisation of feminism on Chinese social media, Feminist Media Studies, 23:7, 3583-3598, DOI: 10.1080/14680777.2022.2129412 Helfferich, C. (2011). Die Qualität qualitativer Daten: Manual für die Durchführung qualitativer Interviews (4. Aufl.). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. (4. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Reinhardt, S. (2023). Discourse coalitions against gender and sexual equality: Antifeminism as a common denominator between the radical right and the mainstream? Feminist Media Studies, 23(6), 2831–2848. Marolla-Gajardo & Castellví-Mata (2023): Transform hate speech in education from gender perspectives. Conceptions of Chilean teachers through a case study. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1267690 Mayring, P. (2016). Einführung in die qualitative Sozialforschung (6. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz Verlagsgruppe. Feierabend, S., Rathgeb, T., Kheremand, H., & Glöckler, S. (2022). JIM 2020: Jugend, Information, Medien – Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 12- bis 19-Jähriger in Weinheim: Beltz Verlagsgruppe. Seemann-Herz, L., Kansok-Dusche, J., Dix, A., Wachs, S., Krause, N., Ballaschk, C., Schulze-Reichelt, F., & Bilz, L. (2022). Schulbezogene Programme zum Umgang mit Hatespeech – Eine kriteriengeleitete Bestandsaufnahme. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 12(3), 597–614. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00348-4 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper The Pedagogical Value of Memes in a Context of Democracy and Participation – A Scoping Review Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:What can we learn from research into memes as a pedagogical phenomenon in democratic or participatory contexts? The primary aim of this scoping review is to map the current knowledge about the pedagogical value of memes in participatory and democratic contexts. As secondary research question, the papers also asks what democratic and participatory understandings the field of research is grounded in. According to Shifman (2014, pp. 39-42) memes are a form of communication between people or groups of people, often digital, and often consisting of visual or audiovisual media. Moreover, memes are commonly understood to be humoristic in nature; the humoristic aspect of memes has also been linked to democratic and participatory functions (Anderson & Keehn, 2020), and the possible value it may have for educators. This further raises the questions of whether we know more about the pedagogical value of memes in the context of democracy and participation, and how this research can be summarized and what gaps may exist in the literature. Further theoretical perspectives can be found in Durham Peters (2020) philosophy of media, adopting the view that media is not only a tool for mediation in our different social systems, but a part of these systems themselves; the theory on memes can be expanded to define memes also as messages in themselves, meaning that they are part of our environment and carry meaning both by mediation of something and existing in themselves as part of the system. Memes as a form of communication has in recent years become more widely researched. With perspectives ranging from memes as a political tool in specific elections (Ross & Rivers, 2019), to memes as form of identity formation in grassroots movements among marginalized groups (Burton, 2019), there is still a need to get an overview on memes as a pedagogical phenomenon in a democratic and participatory context. This paper shows the preliminary results of a sample of research in that context. The need for this overview is based on the lack of reviews on this topic of research, particularly with regards to the pedagogical value of memes as a democratizing phenomenon. Apart from summarizing the current knowledge, another aim is to reflect upon the future of research on the topic, and what questions might need to be asked moving forward. The paper is part of the authors Ph.d.-project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper adopts the criteria for a scoping review as suggested by Arksey and O’Malley (2005, pp. 4), with the aim of “examining the extent, range and nature of research activity … to summarize and disseminate the research findings” (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005, pp. 4), and identifying the possible gaps in the collection of literature on the research topic. Further criteria are borrowed from Cohen et al. (2018, pp. 181-185), emphasising the context of the research with regards to the time of research, the geopolitical status, and the place the research has taken place, as well as the theoretical understandings of the concepts used in the field. Several searches have been made with different iterations of the terms “memes”, “pedagogy”, “learning”, “socialisation”, “democracy”, “participation”, “education”, “political education”, citizenship” and “youth culture”. Different combinations gave several different samples. These samples were scanned by title and keywords, where those deemed relevant were downloaded to and placed in an endnote folder. Duplicates were subsequently removed with endote. 130 peer-reviewed articles were chosen from the searches in SCOPUS and Web of Science, a further 20 were found snowballing, by looking into the references of the relevant articles. The final sample of 77 is based on a stricter view on pedagogical and democratic relevance, made through skimming the abstract of the articles – the chosen articles had to have some pedagogical value, in that they examined terms such as “education”, “learning”, “socialization”, “identity” etc. Excluded were articles looking mainly at other contexts, among others covid-19 and far-right extremism, or articles in others disciplines such as linguistics or medicine. The preliminary categorization was made while reading through the abstracts. Categories that emerged were "memes as main focus", "general political", "specific political", "political engagement", "social justice", pedagogy as main focus", "climate change", "AI" (excluded), "covid-19" (excluded), and "far right" (excluded). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This sample shows both different methodologies and perspectives pertaining to the pedagogical value of memes in learning democracy and participation. A pattern regarding the research is the possible need for more interview-data, as this method is less used than for example content analysis. Further the theoretical understanding of memes leans largely on Shifmans definition, with few perspectives differing from this view. Critical perspectives through theoretical inquiries may open up for further research on the topic. References Anderson, M., & Keehn, G. (2020). ’OK Boomer’: Internet Memes as Consciousness Building. Radical Teacher, 118. https://doi.org/10.5195/rt.2020.746 Arksey, H & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological Framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19-32. 10.1080/1364557032000119616 Burton, J. (2019). Look at Us, We Have Anxiety: Youth, Memes, and the Power of Online Cultural Politics. Journal of Childhood Studies, 44(3), 3-17. https://doi.org/10.18357/jcs00019171 Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education. (8th Ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539 Durham Peters, J. (2015). The marvelous clouds. The University of Chicago Press. Ross, A. S. & Rivers, D. J. (2019). Internet Memes, Media Frames, and the Conflicting Logics of Climate Change Discourse. Environmental Communication-a Journal of Nature and Culture, (13)7, 975-994. https://doi.org/10.1080/17524032.2018.1560347 Shifman, L. (2014). Memes in digital culture. MIT press. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Challenges in Open Educational Practices: Lessons from a Digital Diversity Project and Populist Reactions 1University of Vechta, Germany; 2European University of Flensburg, Germany; 3TU Darmstadt, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, Open Educational Resources (OER) have gained recognition for their potential to enhance teacher education and general educational settings, as evidenced by studies such as Röwert & Kostrzewa (2021), and institutions like BMBF (2022) and UNESCO & Commonwealth of Learning (2019). While the term "Open Educational Practices" (OEP) often refers to activities involving OER, the concept, as pointed out by Bali et al. (2018) and Bellinger & Mayrberger (2020), encompasses a range of openness approaches that extend beyond or even operate independently of OER. This includes open pedagogical-participative learning scenarios using social media tools for collaborative knowledge creation. An understudied aspect in the OEP discourse is the challenges and side effects that student engagement can have. This paper explores the challenges of OEP in addressing diversity issues, focusing on the 'Diversity goes Digital' project at TU Darmstadt as a case study. The project was initiated in response to an increase in discriminatory discourse in media spaces (Bünger and Czejkowska, 2020), where perceived differences from the dominant society (Attia et al., 2015) trigger hostility towards democratic values that educators strive to impart. This landscape includes debates on anti-genderism, rising right-wing populism and persistent racism. A key objective of the project - appropriate to the goals of Council of the European Union (2023) - was to contribute to diversity-oriented media education in teacher training and foster media literacy within a diverse, democratic society. A central didactic approach was to enable students of teaching at vocational schools and high schools to engage in a product- and practice-oriented examination of societal orders of difference in the school context. This approach aimed to help them learn to critically examine themselves in relation to both analog and digital processes of 'doing difference' during lesson development. Furthermore, the focus was on ensuring that these future educators would neither ignore nor stigmatize the diversity of lifestyles in school practice, which is crucial for fostering an inclusive and reflective educational environment (FRA Report 2020). Therefore, students created explainer videos on topics such as heteronormativity and racism. Choosing video creation as an approach was based on its potential to engage students in simplifying complex subjects in an engaging and accurate manner (Wolf, 2015). This exercise was intended not only to help students better understand the concepts but also to develop effective communication skills essential for educators. However, these videos, shared on YouTube, faced significant right-wing populist backlash against both the students and educators. After introducing the project, the presentation shifts focus to analyze the right-wing populist responses encountered. The leading questions are:
The objective of this section is to highlight the potential reactions such educational projects might face, preparing stakeholders for similar challenges. This analysis contributes to supporting the European Union's perspective (2022) on tackling disinformation and promoting digital literacy through education and training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An exploratory methodology was adopted to address the leading questions. The analysis involved: (1) Examining the YouTube channel statistics of the project to contextualize the timing of comment responses. (2) Conducting a content analysis of the comments to reconstruct various patterns within them. (3) Performing an exploratory analysis of potential sources of the comments, leading to the identification of a specific video from a right-wing extremist community as the initiator of the series of comments on the students' explainer videos. This methodological approach enabled an in-depth exploration of the dynamics of digital discourse, particularly focusing on how a single influential source within the right-wing extremist community can influence the narrative and public reaction to educational content about diversity. It provided critical insights into the challenges and effects that digital media has in the realms of diversity education and public discourse. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project, involving the creation and dissemination of educational videos on diversity, revealed the complex dynamics of public engagement with digital media in educational contexts. A significant finding was the nature of the responses to these videos, especially from right-wing extremist groups. The comments and reactions were primarily characterized by know pattens like misleading contextualization, polarization, and personal defamation. This indicated a trend of using digital platforms not just for disagreement or debate, but for spreading misinformation and creating divisiveness. Moreover examining the digital responses of right-wing populist actors provides insights into how difference is used as a political mobilization topic and how (unplannable) discursive processes on social media pose a challenge for projects in active media work and open educational practices. The paper concludes with a reflection on the possibilities and limits of Open Educational Practices and open media work in institutionalized settings, discussing how such projects can contribute to a more inclusive and diverse digital space despite confrontations with disinformation campaigns and polarizing narratives. The project underscores the need for strategies (European Commission, 2022) to effectively navigate and counteract such negative responses in digital public discourse. References Attia, I., Köbsell, S., & Prasa, N. (Hrsg.). (2015). Dominanzkultur reloaded. Neue Texte zu gesellschaftlichen Machtverhältnissen und ihren Wechselwirkungen. transcript. https://doi.org/10.14361/9783839430613-026. Bali, M., et al. (2020). Framing Open Educational Practices from a Social Justice Perspective. Journal of Interactive Media in Education, 2020(1), 10, 1-12. https://doi.org/10.5334/jime.565 Bellinger, F., & Mayrberger, K. (2019). Systematic Literature Review zu Open Educational Practices (OEP) in der Hochschule im europäischen Forschungskontext. MedienPädagogik, 18(34), 19-46. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/34/2019.02.18.X Bünger, C., & Czejkowska, A. (2020). Political Correctness und pädagogische Kritik. In C. Bünger & A. Czejkowska (Hrsg.), Jahrbuch für Pädagogik 2018 (S. 9-20). Council of the European Union (2023) Council Recommendation of 23 November 2023 on improving the provision of digital skills and competences in education and training. (2024). Official Journal, C 1030, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/1030/oj European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2022). Final report of the Commission expert group on tackling disinformation and promoting digital literacy through education and training – Final report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/283100 FRA Report (2020): A long way to go for LGBTI equality. Link: https://fra.europa.eu/en/publication/2020/eu-lgbti-survey-results Kosciw, Joseph G./Clark, Caitlin M./Truong, Nhan L./Zongrone, Adrian D. (2019): The 2019 National School Climate Survey. The Experiences of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer Youth in Our Nation's Schools. New York. Röwert, R., & Kostrzewa, M. (2021). Phasenübergreifende Lehrkräftebildung mit und durch OER: Thesen und Impulse für eine vernetzte Lehrkräftebildung. In C. Gabellini, S. Gallner, F. Imboden, Kuurstra M., & P. Tremp (Hrsg.), Lehrentwicklung by Openess - Open Educational Resources im Hochschulkontext. Dokumentation der Tagung vom 06. März 2021 (S. 101-106). Luzern. https://doi.org/10.15480/882.3622 UNESCO & Commonwealth of Learning. (2019). Guidelines on the development of open educational resources policies. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/4822-3/pf0000371129 Wolf, K. D. (2015). Video-Tutorials und Erklärvideos als Gegenstand, Methode und Ziel der Medien- und Filmbildung. In A. Hartung-Griemberg, T. Ballhausen, C. Trültzsch-Wijnen, A. Barberi, & K. Kaiser-Müller (Hrsg.), Filmbildung im Wandel (S. 121-131). New academic press. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 07 SES 09 A: Teachers in Transition: Social Justice for and in Teacher Education Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ghazala Bhatti Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Formation of Pedagogical Orientations in the Migration Context: Reasons and Hindrances for Successful Teacher Professionalisation University of Teacher Education Zug, Switzerland Presenting Author:Teaching in dynamic and ever changing migration and diversity contexts continues to be challenging. In particular, teachers are called upon to meet the following two educational objectives: Firstly, equal educational chances should ideally be provided regardless of factors such as social, ethnic, national origin, religious conviction or gender. However, this is still far from reality (OECD, 2023). Although the causes for this inequity are complex, it is also undisputed that teachers are influential with their respective pedagogical orientations (e.g. Weitkämper, 2019 for an overview). The second objective relates to the broad topic of social belonging and the corresponding social learning: All students should learn to live responsibly in a democratic, diverse society. The Swiss-German "Curriculum 21", for instance, stresses the need to learn mutual respect for a pluralistic, anti-discriminatory society and for social cohesion (D-EDK, 2016). Teachers are challenged in this respect, not only in terms of guiding their students' learning processes, but also in terms of self-reflecting and developing their own attitude. Both of these concerns are based on the fundamental conviction that all students have equal rights to recognition, both in terms of educational opportunities and in terms of their social belonging (Mantel, 2022). In view of the great importance of these two objectives, the question arises as to how teachers can be effectively supported in their challenges. This, in turn, requires a better understanding of the guiding orientations teachers have and what limits or expands their scope of action. Previous studies repeatedly show stereotyping and deficit orientations among teachers towards their students, particularly with reference to migration history, culture and/or language, sometimes intersectionally interwoven with socio-economic background and/or gender. In some studies, the differences between various pedagogical orientations have been worked out within the framework of typologies, however, often limited to a focus on teachers’ dealing with cultural difference, particularly what the German speaking area is concerned (see Leutwyler & Mantel, 2015 for an overview; Mantel, forthcoming). The presented study adds to the state of research with an attempt to describe the differences between teachers’ orientations in a rather general way, exploring new ways of looking at the underlying logics and including a deeper understanding of what these orientations are shaped by in terms of their life and professional history. Accordingly, this research is focussed on the following questions: (a) What are the pedagogical orientations among teachers in schools of the migration society, particularly with regard to questions of educational opportunities and questions of social belonging and the corresponding social learning? (b) In what ways are these orientations shaped by the teachers’ life and professional history? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Analysing pedagogical orientations involves questions that relate not only to the "what" of experience and action, but in particular to the "how", i.e. to what underlies experience and action as an orientation. Bohnsack (2014, p. 137) has described this orientation as an "orientation framework" ("Orientierungsrahmen") and thus refers to the implicit knowledge and incorporated patterns of thought and action that make up the modus operandi of action (similar, but not identical to Bourdieu’s concept of ‘habitus’, see details in Mantel, forthcoming). This orientation framework is constantly constituted in the interplay of individual and collective spaces of experience and can therefore be described in the context of group- or milieu-specific characteristics. In order to reconstruct these orientation frameworks, a targeted search for contrasting aspects is required, which ultimately enables a type formation ("sinngenetische Typenbildung"). This type formation can be generalised particularly well if it can be referenced to social specifics ("soziogenetische Typenbildung") (Bohnsack, 2011, p. 42-43). However, the research presented here not only aims to better understand the teachers’ pedagogical orientations, but also to understand the circumstances of their development and change in the personal and professional life course. As this is a research interest that relates to both the "social breadth" as well as the "biographical depth", narrative interviews are used for data collection including a biographical dimension (Schütze, 1983), while the aforementioned qualitative-hermeneutic approach by Bohnsack is applied for the data analysis. In line with this methodological approach, the sample was developed step by step by adding more and more contrasting cases. It comprises 38 primary school teachers in German-speaking Switzerland. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses reveal five ideal-typical structures, which can be described as more or less professionalised in the light of the teacher professionalisation theory by Helsper (2018). Additionally and maybe surprisingly, the question of the teachers’ own experience of recognition explains a lot of the differences between the teachers’ orientations as well as about their professionalisation trajectories. These insights will therefore be reflected upon by drawing on the theory of recognition (Honneth, 1995; for further discussion Balzer, 2007; Bedorf, 2014; Butler, 2001). Surprisingly again, the results indicate that the teachers’ professionalisation comes along with a reduction of stress among these teachers. This insight shall be discussed against the background of similar results from other recent studies (e.g. Lorusso et al., 2024), and horizons for more research in this regard will be outlined. References Balzer, N. (2007). Die doppelte Bedeutung der Anerkennung. Anmerkungen zum Zusammenhang von Anerkennung, Macht und Gerechtigkeit. In M. Wimmer, R. Reichenbach, & L. Pongratz (Eds.), Gerechtigkeit und Bildung (pp. 49-76). Ferdinand Schöningh. Bedorf, T. (2014). Unversöhnte Anerkennung im pädagogischen Prozess. In A. Schäfer (Ed.), Hegemonie und autorisierende Verführung (pp. 161-174). Schöningh. Bohnsack, R. (2011). Dokumentarische Methode. In R. Bohnsack, W. Marotzki, & M. Meuser (Eds.), Hauptbegriffe Qualitativer Sozialforschung (pp. 40-44). Verlag Barbara Budrich UTB. Bohnsack, R. (2014). Documentary Method. In U. Flick (Ed.), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Data Analysis (pp. 217-233). SAGE. Butler, J. (2001). Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung. suhrkamp. D-EDK (Deutschschweizer Erziehungsdirektorenkonferenz). (2016). Lehrplan 21. Gesamtausgabe. Retrieved 30.11.2017 from https://www.lehrplan.ch/ Helsper, W. (2018). Lehrerhabitus. Lehrer zwischen Herkunft, Milieu und Profession. In A. Paseka, M. Keller-Schneider, & A. Combe (Eds.), Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln (pp. 105-140). Springer. Honneth, A. (1995). The Struggle for Recognition. The Moral Grammar of Social Conflicts. The MIT Press. Leutwyler, B., & Mantel, C. (2015). Teachers’ Beliefs and Intercultural Sensitivity. In G. Mészáros & F. Körtvélyesi (Eds.), Social Juctice and Diversity in Teacher Education. Proceedings of the ATEE Winter Conference 2014 (pp. 145-156). Association for Teacher Education in Europe, ATEE. Lorusso, S., Hachfeld, A., & Kärner, T. (2024). What you think is what you feel: Immigration-related value beliefs predict emotional exhaustion in pre-service teachers. Social Psychology of Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09877-w Mantel, C. (2022). Teachers with so-called migration background and the question of recognition: Experiences of fragility and hidden pedagogical potentials. European Educational Research Journal, 21(2), 265-277. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211008327 Mantel, C. (forthcoming). Lehrpersonen in Schulen der Migrationsgesellschaft: Idealtypische Orientierungen und die Bedeutsamkeit des eigenen Anerkennungsempfindens. Herausforderung Lehrer*innenbildung - Zeitschrift zur Konzeption, Gestaltung und Diskussion (HLZ). OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. PISA, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Schütze, F. (1983). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Neue Praxis, 13(3), 283-293. Weitkämper, F. (2019). Lehrkräfte und soziale Ungleichheit. Eine ethnographische Studie zum un/doing authority in Grundschulen. Springer VS. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Ukrainian Teachers in Ireland: Evaluating Bespoke Teacher Bridging Programmes Marino Inst. of Education, Ireland Presenting Author:Following the Russian invasion of Ukraine on 24th February 2024, the European Union activated the temporary protection directive (EC, 2001). The directive is intended to establish “minimum standards for giving temporary protection in the event of a mass influx of displaced persons from third countries who are unable to return to their country of origin”. Article 12 of the directive instructs that “Member States shall authorise . . . persons enjoying temporary protection to engage in employed or self-employed activities, subject to rules applicable to the profession, as well as in activities such as educational opportunities for adults, vocational training and practical workplace experience”. It is estimated that there are currently 4.2 million people from Ukraine living in the European Union, with Germany and Poland the main countries hosting these beneficiaries of temporary protection (Eurostat, 2023). While some attention has been given both to the educational experiences and challenges for Ukrainian children and young people as they attempt to continue schooling in new contexts, and to the experiences of schools and national systems of education as they seek to integrate these new learners, very little attention has been paid to the integration of Ukrainian educators into schools and education systems. The notable exception is the OECD work on “Teaching Opportunities and Support for Ukrainian Educators” (OECD, 2023). This short document provides a keen insight into the variety of ways in which certain member states of the European Union have sought to support Ukrainian teachers to restart their careers in a new jurisdiction. Short-term contracts as teachers are available in some countries, while other countries they are specifically seen as resources to address the educational and psycho-social needs of Ukrainian children and young people, sometimes in dedicated temporary education sites, or can be employed as teaching assistants. While there are many contextual differences with this population of teachers, it is evident that they share some of the same barriers that refugee and migrant teachers face more generally as they seek to continue their chosen career in a new jurisdiction. Miller (2008) claims that when states do not provide appropriate professional development support for such teachers, they fail to integrate them into the norms, customs and nuances of the local system which is “tantamount to professional neglect”. Female refugee teachers in Canada and the UK (Ratković and Pietka-Nykaza, 2016) argue that they shoulder the burden of integration, with few supporting mechanisms for enabling them to continue in their career. When this happens, they are less likely to succeed on their journey into teaching. Even when they have successfully commenced a teaching position, such teachers encounter a host of difficulties such as adjusting to new administrative regulations, teaching practices, new curriculum, diverse forms of assessment, differences in values and expectations, teacher status, classroom management and interaction with parents and communities (Bense, 2016; Carvatti et al., 2014; Collins and Reid, 2012). These experiences can lead to high levels of attrition among migrant and refugee teachers. Bridging programmes have been highly successful in supporting refugee teachers to integrate into teaching workforces (Schmidt and Schneider, 2016). There is a wide variety of models to the provision of such programmes, ranging from complete reaccreditation over one full academic year to short, two-day induction courses. The Migrant Teacher Project secured funding under the AMIF to support the integration of Ukrainian teachers in Ireland. They key element of this work was the provision of tailored teacher bridging programmes. Rooted in concepts of worker integration, this paper reports on participant evaluations from two versions of these bridging programmes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study reports on two data sets, gathered from participants on two separate iterations of Bridging Programmes designed to support the integration of Ukrainian teachers in Ireland. The first data set was generated through an evaluation and employment questionnaire with 50 participants. The second data set was generated through two questionnaires, an initial analysis of needs which was used to inform and tailor the content on a shorter introductory course to the Irish education system for 54 Ukrainian teachers, and a subsequent evaluation and employment survey. Both questionnaires were administered online, using MS Forms. Basic descriptive analysis was undertaken on the responses to the relevant quantitative questions, while qualitative analysis was undertaken using NVivo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Key findings include that the teachers were highly experienced, with a mean of 13 years teaching experience. Six of the teachers had previous experience of teaching outside of Ukraine. Most were happy with the registration process with the Teaching Council and provided evidence of initial registration across both primary and post-primary levels of education and across a wide range of subjects at post-primary level. Almost all of those working in Irish schools were employed in roles supporting the learning of English. Less than 50% of the respondents indicated that they were working in schools in Ireland at the start of the second Bridging Programme; data on the success of the Bridging Programme in respect of employment for this cohort are yet to be generated; analysis of these data and their reflections on their experiences on the Programme will be presented. Participants had some general knowledge about differences between the Ukrainian and Irish systems of education, including gender separation and a more “gentle attitude towards children” in Irish schools. The key motivations for participating on the programme include to learn more about the Irish education system in general, to understand the legal basis of the Irish education system and to gain deeper knowledge around specific areas of curriculum and assessment. References Bense K (2016) International teacher mobility and migration: A review and synthesis of the current empirical research and literature. Educational Research Review 17: 37–49. Collins, J. and Reid, C. (2012) ‘Immigrant teachers in Australia’, Cosmopolitan Civil Societies: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 4(2), 38–61. Directive 2011/55. On minimum standards for giving temporary protection in the event of a mass influx of displaced persons and on measures promoting a balance of efforts between Member States in receiving such persons and bearing the consequences thereof https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32001L0055 Miller, P.W. (2008) Overseas Trained Teachers in England: towards integration?, Professional Development Today, 10(3), 4-18. OECD. (2023) Teaching opportunities and support for Ukrainian educators. OECD Pietka-Nykaza, E., & Ratkovic, S. (2016). Forced Migration and Education: Refugee Women Teachers’ Trajectories in Canada and UK. In C. Schmidt, & J. Schneider (Eds.), Diversifying the Teaching Force in Transnational Contexts: Critical Perspectives (pp. 179-200). (Transnational Migration and Education; Vol. 3). Sense Publishers. Schneider, J., and Schmidt, C. (2016) (eds.), Diversifying the teaching force in transnational contexts: critical perspectives, Sense Publishers. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) The Question of Being Intercultural and the Pedagogy of Uncertainty: A Phenomenological Analysis of Intercultural Education Victoria University, Australia Presenting Author:My PhD study explored how a group of migrant preservice teachers experienced the phenomenon of intercultural education in the Learning Area of Languages within the Australian school context. The study aimed to understand both preservice teachers’ perceptions of the intercultural capability and its implementation in their teaching practice. This study employed a hermeneutic phenomenological approach to explore the participating preservice teachers’ lived experiences of adopting an intercultural perspective in their classroom of Languages. Data were collected through individual in-depth interviews from a cohort of seven preservice teachers enrolled in a graduate Initial Teacher Education program and completing a qualification in teaching Languages at an Australian University in Victoria. By investigating preservice teachers’ interpretations of the intercultural capability; their experiences in the classroom of Languages (what they observed and how they acted during their teaching rounds and how they intend to act in the future); and their beliefs about the need for the development of the intercultural capability in their learners, it was possible to delve into the ways in which these prospective secondary school teachers of Languages engage with the intercultural project. This study focuses solely on practitioners and explores their engagement (or lack thereof) with the intercultural project, based on the rationale that ‘no education policy can operate successfully without the commitment of teachers’ (Starkey 2007, p. 60). This study posits that, for the intercultural project to succeed and become more than ‘good intentions’ (Gorski 2008, p. 516), there needs to be a move towards a more politically engaged approach (Tarozzi 2014). Teachers should see themselves as responsible for creating an inclusive and just society (see Crozet 2016). This study follows a Critical Intercultural Communication Pedagogy framework (Atay & Trebing 2018; Sobre 2017) coupled with an ethical paradigm based on the work of the philosopher Emmanuel Lévinas (Bossio 2018; Ferri 2014; Ben-Ari & Strier 2010). Critical Pedagogy aims to transform society through education by locating the place of change in schools (Guilherme 2002), where the development of ‘critical cultural awareness’ should be fostered (Byram 2008). This aspect is essential for the success of intercultural education because it turns it into a broader social project. Crosbie (2014, p. 97) considers that this ‘quest for social transformation […] begins with a language-learning classroom in which students are encouraged to deal with cosmopolitan ideals, giving rise to a possible scenario where engagement with the world is shaped by social justice’. The research findings, mainly deriving from individual in-depth interviews, indicate that both the critical and ethical paradigms appear as weak and uncertain, especially when it comes to translating ascribed meanings of the intercultural capability into the practice of teaching. This highlights the need for a strong theoretical (philosophical and epistemological) foundation for intercultural education to counteract neoliberal forces in the field. The critical turn in intercultural education scholarship is still far from being known and accepted outside the circle of those interested in it. In addition, the neo-social phenomenon in Australian education policy (Lingard, Sellar & Savage 2014) risks weakening the efforts made by critical intercultural communication scholars, since the social agenda is present in education policy. This ‘rejuvenated governmental interest in enabling healthy and positive social environments’, however, appears to exist ‘primarily for the sake of fostering greater economic productivity’ (Savage 2013, p. 187) instead of existing primarily for the benefit of all students, regardless of their linguistic, cultural, or socioeconomic background as proclaimed in the document underpinning the current Australian Curriculum. It is important to note that this well-documented and long-standing shift towards intercultural education is also typical to other countries, and its inception in Australian education policies mirrors developments internationally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on my PhD study, I reconceptualise intercultural education by adopting the philosophies of phenomenologists such as Martin Heidegger, Paul Ricoeur, and Emmanuel Lévinas. I will attempt to offer a stronger theoretical foundation for intercultural education, and to offer a methodology for doing research in the field. In particular, I wish to highlight the importance of interrogating the premise – and the meaning - of being intercultural in education, rather than focussing on providing answers. In a sense, the phrase intercultural education is tautological, for education can only be intercultural. In terms of reconceptualising intercultural education, I will present a model for theorising intercultural education in teacher education that joins critical pedagogy - needed to illuminate the shortcomings of existing intercultural education descriptions and models, and link issues of culture and communication to power issues - with the ethical paradigm based on Lévinas' phenomenology of alterity. In particular, Lévinas’ idea of ethics as the ‘first philosophy’ (Moran 2000, p. 320) can be utilised for an epistemological foundation for intercultural education, where ethics towards the Other, rather than knowledge of the Other, becomes the premise, not just of the intercultural capability, but of any form of education. In terms of research methodology, I will present my PhD methodology which allows to engage with issues of doubt and uncertainty that should never be excluded in intercultural scholarship. Grounded in phenomenology, this approach is nonetheless valid. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the participating preservice teachers subscribe to the general aims of intercultural education, they found it difficult to challenge fixed ideas of culture and the dominant narrative of a national culture associated with the languages they teach. Upon reflection, participants showed they understood culture as a complex and dynamic concept, and not necessarily tied to national borders. They recognised that the main aim of an intercultural pedagogical approach is to achieve a society where difference is an inherent feature of society, rather than a pigeonhole for those who do not conform to an ideal standard. Nevertheless, even when a more fluid view of culture was acknowledged in theory, they struggled to implement alternative pedagogies and address controversial topics in their classroom. They reported their intention to avoid stereotypes and harmful generalisations in their language classroom, however they seemed unsure about how this could be effectively achieved. Their commitment to the more engaged aspect of intercultural education might be explained by the fact that the preservice teachers who participated in this study were migrants and suffered some form of discrimination because of their difference. Yet, in their teaching practice, they could not escape the functional paradigm of culture (Martin & Nakayama 2010), possibly because of a lack of support and alternative models (see Young and Sachdev 2011). Relatedly, research participants admitted that they were not satisfied with their competencies in adopting an intercultural approach in their teaching. It is also possible that this is due to weak and ambiguous messages about what intercultural education is about, which impedes the impact of policy on practice. Based on these findings, I have developed a philosophical foundation for intercultural education. References Banks, JA & Banks, CM 2020, Multicultural Education: Issues and Perspectives, 10th edn, John Wiley & Sons. Barili, A & Byram, M 2021, ‘Teaching intercultural citizenship through intercultural service learning in world language education’, Foreign Language Annals, vol. 54, no. 3, pp. 776–799. Ben-Ari, A & Strier, R 2010, 'Rethinking cultural competence: What can we learn from Levinas?', The British Journal of Social Work, vol. 40, no. 7, p. 2155–2167. Bossio, F 2018, 'Intercultural education as a phenomenological paradigm of responsibility and care', Encyclopaideia, no. 50, p. 93–101. Crozet, C 2016, 'The intercultural foreign language teacher', in M Dasli & RA Diaz (Eds), The Critical Turn in Language and Intercultural Communication Pedagogy: Theory, Research And Practice, Routledge, London. Ferri, G 2014, 'Ethical communication and intercultural responsibility: a philosophical perspective', Language & Intercultural Communication, vol. 14, no. 1, pp. 7–23 Ferri, G 2018, Intercultural Communication: Critical Approaches and Future Challenges, Palgrave Pivot, Palgrave Macmillan. Gadamer, HG 1976, Philosophical Hermeneutics, University of California Press, Berkley/Los Angeles. Gorski, PC 2008, 'Good intentions are not enough: A decolonizing intercultural education', Intercultural Education, vol. 19, no. 6, pp. 515-25. Heidegger, M 1962, Being And Time / Martin Heidegger; Translated by John Macquarie & Edward Robinson, Harper & Row. Korthagen, F 2017, Inconvenient Truths About Teacher Learning: Towards Professional Development 3.0, Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, vol. 23, no. 4, pp. 387-405. Korthagen, FAJ & Vasalos, A 2010, Going to the Core: Deepening Reflection by Connecting the Person to the Profession, Springer US, Boston, MA. Korthagen, F 2004, 'In search of the essence of a good teacher: Towards a more holistic approach in teacher education', Teaching and Teacher Education, vol. 20, no. 1, pp. 77-97. Lévinas, E 1979, Totality and Infinity: An Essay on Exteriority. Translated by Alphonso Lingis. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff. Sobre, MS 2017, 'Developing the critical intercultural class-space: Theoretical implications and pragmatic applications of Critical Intercultural Communication Pedagogy', Intercultural Education, vol. 28, no. 1, pp. 39-59. Starkey, H 2007, 'Language education, identities and citizenship: Developing cosmopolitan perspectives', Language and Intercultural Communication, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 56-71. Tarozzi, M 2014, 'Building an “Intercultural Ethos” in teacher education', Intercultural Education, vol. 25, no. 2, pp. 128-142. Young, TJ & Sachdev, I 2011, 'Intercultural communicative competence: Exploring English language teachers’ beliefs and practices', Language Awareness, vol. 20, no. 2, pp. 81-98. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 07 SES 09 B: Biographies, life stories, belongings and person-centred approaches to social justice studies in education Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ábel Bereményi Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Exploring Qualitative and Quantitative Differences in Learning Among Low-educated Adults: a Person-oriented Approach Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium Presenting Author:As lifelong learning (LLL) is a significant condition for employability, social inclusion and active citizenship, the European Council has been emphasizing the importance of adult learning for the last two decades (European Commission, 2001; 2016; 2019). While good-quality motivation and good-quality learning strategies are important determinants of continued learning in adulthood (European Commission, 2016; Lüftenegger et al., 2012), learning processes in adult education are an understudied terrain, especially among low-educated adults, who we can expect to be insufficiently developed in these learning skills. Educational psychological research agrees that learning is a complex interplay of motivation, regulation and cognitive processing and, regardless of the age of the studied population, individual differences in learning quality exist (Vermunt & Donche, 2017). It can therefore be expected that also low-educated adults should not be considered a homogeneous group of learners, but learner profiles, differing in the quality of learning motivation and use of learning strategies, may be present. In person-oriented research, motivation and learning strategies have so far mainly been studied separately, rather than as an integrated whole. Yet literature points to the strong reciprocal relation between the two components, in which neither motivation nor learning strategies are the protagonist (e.g., Alexander, 2017). For this reason, the current study seeks to answer the question of which qualitatively different learner profiles exist among low-educated adults, based on learning motivation and learning strategies used, investigating both components, relative to each other. Learning motivation is conceptualized in this study according to Deci and Ryan's (2000) Self-Determination Theory (SDT), in which quality is understood as the degree to which behaviour is self-determined. Amotivation is situated at the lower end of the SDT-continuum, which is the same as a lack of motivation. Next on the continuum are various forms of extrinsic motivation. The least self-determined form of extrinsic motivation is external regulation. This behaviour is initiated by external pressure, such as rewards or power. Introjected regulation refers to behaviour that is self-imposed, such as behaviour to avoid guilt or boost the ego. The third and most self-determined form of extrinsic motivation, is identified regulation. It refers to behaviour that is posed because the learner finds it valuable. At the very top of the continuum is intrinsic motivation which refers to behaviour that stems from inherent interest or pleasure. The distinction in quality for the component of learning strategies is conceptualized according to the Learning Patterns Model (LPM)(Vermunt & Donche, 2017). Students tending toward a meaning-oriented learning pattern process learning content in a deep way, combined with a high degree of self-regulation strategies. Students with an application-oriented learning pattern prefer to make connections to concrete situations and prefer both self- and external regulation strategies. Students with a reproduction-oriented learning pattern process in a surface manner and prefer strong external regulation by the learning environment. Students can be identified lacking any regulation strategies and using few to none processing strategies and whom the model labels as the undirected learning pattern. The former two patterns are considered good-quality patterns, while the latter patterns are considered poor-quality learning. Although both theories have a tradition of variable-oriented research, person-oriented studies have increasingly appeared to distinguish between individual quality. For each component of learning (motivation, regulation and processing strategies), typically, four profiles are found, differentiating between a high- versus low-quantity and a good- versus poor-quality profile (e.g., Cents-Boonstra et al., 2019; Shum et al., 2023). Based on the insights of earlier person-oriented research, we hypothesize learning profiles among low-educated adults to be distinct not only in terms of quality but also in terms of quantity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. Context and participants The present study was conducted in six institutions for adult education in Flanders (northern part of Belgium). To reach the target population of low-educated adults, we compiled a convenience sample of 512 adults participating in a second-chance education program, allowing every participant to complete the survey during class hours. 2. Instrument and measurement Motivation, regulation and processing strategies were measured by means of a paper and pencil version of the LEarning and MOtivation questionnaire (LEMO, Donche et al., 2010), a 49-item self-report inventory including 15 items measuring learning motivation based on SDT (Deci, & Ryan, 2000) and 34 items measuring regulation and processing strategies, as conceptualized in the LPM (Vermunt & Donche, 2017). All items were measured on a seven-point Likert scale to reduce ceiling effects and ranged for motivation from one (totally disagree) to seven (totally agree) and for regulation and processing strategies from one (never) to seven (always). Inspection of the psychometric properties showed acceptable construct validity and reliability of the different scales (motivation (CFI = .92, RMSEA = .08, SRMR = .06)(.70<α<.89); regulation strategies (CFI = .87, RMSEA = .08, SRMR = .07)(.69<α<.78); processing strategies (CFI = .91, RMSEA = .06, SRMR = .06)(.66<α<.73). 3. Data analysis To distinguish learning profiles, a latent profile analysis was conducted. To evaluate how many groups best describe the data, typically, LPA uses several information criteria. As multiple information criteria can point to different conclusions, we mathematically combined different model fit criteria (AIC, AWE, BIC, CLC, and KIC) into a composite relative importance vector (C-RIV), with the highest value representing the model with the most optimal number of profiles (Akogul & Erisoglu, 2017). For LPA, inspection of missing data, outliers and normality of the distributions is recommended (Spurk et al., 2020). This resulted in the use of multiple imputation of missing values, removal of multivariate outliers using the Mahalanobis distance indicator and log-transformation of highly skewed scales. Key variables were standardized by rescaling to z-scores. All analyses were carried out in the statistical software R. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analyses revealed for the motivational component the four expected profiles. A distinction was made between a high-quantity profile (25.14%), a low-quantity profile (18.08% ), a good-quality profile (40.11%) and a poor-quality profile (16.67%). For the variables measuring regulation strategies, a two-profile solution proved most optimal. Both profiles are particularly distinct in their scores on self-regulation strategies. The profiles were labelled self-regulated profile (62.15%) versus unregulated profile (37.85%). For the processing scales, the five-profile solution yielded the most optimal results. Of the profiles found, 4 of 5 are quantitatively distinct, scoring either relatively high or low on all processing strategies. We labelled these profiles active (21.47%), moderately-active (49.15%), moderately-inactive (19.21%) and inactive profile (4.80%). The fifth, but underrepresented profile was labelled deep profile (5.37%), because of its relatively low levels of surface processing strategies and relatively high levels of deep processing strategies. When integrating the three components of learning, five motivational-learning profiles could be retrieved. For the learning strategies component in these profiles there is little variation in quality: the mean scores are either relatively high, moderate or low. In other words, homogeneous subgroups of learners can only be discerned in the quantity of learning strategies used. A distinction in quality however, was made for the motivational component in these integrated profiles. Results showed that patterns found in this study are very similar to motivational-learning profiles identified among primary school students (Heirweg et al., 2019). Previous longitudinal person-oriented studies suggested that the high-quantity learning profiles have the potential to further evolve into good-quality profiles by gaining more learning experiences (e.g., Vanthournout et al., 2009). This developmental hypothesis may hold true for low-educated adults who often did not have had a trouble-free prior educational trajectory and where further development in good-quality learning strategies and motivation is possible. References Alexander, P.A. (2017). Issues of Constructs, Contexts, and Continuity: Commentary on Learning in Higher Education. Educational Psychology Review, 29(2), 345–351. Akogul, S., & Erisoglu, M. (2017). An Approach for Determining the Number of clusters in a Model-Based Cluster Analysis. Entropy, 19(9), 452. Cents-Boonstra, M., Lichtwarck-Aschoff, A., Denessen, E., Haerens, L., & Aelterman, N. (2019). Identifying motivational profiles among VET students: differences in self-efficacy, test anxiety and perceived motivating teaching. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 71(4), 600–622. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. Donche, V., Van Petegem, P., Van de Mosselaer, H., & Vermunt, J. (2010). LEMO: een instrument voor feedback over leren en motivatie. Plantyn: Mechelen. European Commission (2001) Making a European Area of Lifelong Learning a Reality. European Commission COM 678 final. Available at: http://aei.pitt.edu/42878/1/com2001_0678.pdf (accessed January 30, 2024). European Commission (2016) on Upskilling Pathways: New Opportunities for Adults (2016/C 484/01). Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=OJ:JOC_2016_484_R_0001 (accessed January 30, 2024) European Commission (2019) Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Key competences for lifelong learning, Publications Office (2019) https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540 (accessed January 30, 2024) Heirweg, S., De Smul, M., Devos, G., & Van Keer, H. (2019). Profiling upper primary school students’ self-regulated learning through self-report questionnaires and think-aloud protocol analysis. Learning and Individual Differences, 70, 1555-168. Lüftenegger, M., Schober, B., Van de Schoot, R., Wagner, P., Finsterwald, M., & Spiel, C. (2012). Lifelong Learning as a goal - do autonomy and self-regulation in school result in well prepared pupils? Learning and Instruction, 22, 27-36. Shum, A., Fryer, L.K., Vermunt, J.D., Ajisuksmo, C., Cano, F., Donche, V., Law, D.C.S., Martínez-Fernández, J.R., Van Petegem, P., & Yu, J. (2023). Variable- and Person-centred meta-re-analyses of university students' learning strategies from a cross-cultural perspective. Higher Education. Spurk, D., Hirschi, A., Wang, M., Valero, D., & Kauffeld, S. (2020). Latent profile analysis: A review and “how to” guide of its application within vocational behavior research. Journal of Vocational behavior, 120, Article 103445. Vanthournout, G., Donche, V., Gijbels, D., & Van Petegem, P. (2009). Alternative data-analysis techniques in research on student learning: Illustrations of a person-oriented and developmental perspectives. Reflecting education, 5(2), 35-51. Vermunt, J. D., & Donche, V. (2017). A Learning Patterns Perspective on Student Learning in Higher Education: State of the Art and Moving Forward. Educational Psychology Review, 29(2), 269–299. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Differentiated Spaces- Negotiations of racialized Belonging and Inclusion in a Danish high school Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:When you enter the Southsea high school, you enter an open area called the “lounge”. The lounge is a place you pass through, but it also serves as a place to hang out, meet other students and to take a break and rest in the comfort of the sofas. Everybody knows and notices that the lounge is primarily populated by the racialized minoritized students. The white students hang out in the canteen. This resonates with Beverly Daniel Tatum’s classic and poignant question ‘Why are all the Black Kids sitting together in the cafeteria?’ (Tatum 1997). In this paper I wish to follow another but related question, investigating the internal logics and negotiations of the majoritized white students and the minoritized racialized students in how they make sense of the ways in which they can take up space in the high school - and in society in general. I conceptualize racialization as an affective process (Ahmed 2012, Zembylas 2015, Manning 2023) of differentiation (Deleuze 1990, Massumi 2009) to understand the affective, spatial and embodied experience of standing out, blending in or passing as a racialized Other. Educational contexts and inclusion are seen as connected to how spaces are able to embody some bodies and not others as naturally belonging (Puwar 2004, Ahmed 2012). Based on group interviews utilizing the creative methodology of identity mapping (Futch & Fine 2014, Jaffe-Walter & Khawaja 2022) with students from both the lounge and the canteen, I ask how they negotiate their sense of embodied and spatialized belonging in relation to each other and the spaces they can inhabit. The analysis shows how the students are actively engaged in creating inclusive spaces for themselves within and beyond the high school in a political and societal backdrop where high schools with high numbers of racialized minoritized students are seen as “ghetto schools” and problematized as less successful schools in terms of achieving integration and social cohesion. This paper sheds light on how the students themselves negotiate a sense of social cohesion and community and how it links to their sense of belonging in school and, more generally, in society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on group interviews utilizing the creative methodology of identity mapping (Futch & Fine 2014, Jaffe-Walter & Khawaja 2022) with students from both the lounge and the canteen, I ask how they negotiate their sense of embodied and spatialized belonging in relation to each other and the spaces they can inhabit. Identity mapping invites the subject into a space of active, projective and visual imaginary – imagining oneself in different spaces and relations. The students have a blank piece of paper and different coloured markers in front of them and are asked to draw and visualise spaces and relations they relate to and feel they belong in/with. The paper shows how this method especially is suitable to capture the embodied and affective experiences of (non)belonging, sense of inclusion and racialization. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper sheds light on how both ethnic minoritized and majoritized students reflect on and negotiate their sense of belonging in the high school context - bringing a youth centered perspective on an issue that most often is problematized by school leaders and policy makers in regard to a concern of segregation, lack of integration and inclusion in schools. This paper shows how, what might seem as segregation, in fact is about creating a sense of social cohesion and community amongst the students. This links to the students ways of negotiating a sense of belonging in school and, more generally, in society. References Ahmed, S. (2012) On being included- Racism and diversity in institutional life, London, Duke University Press. Deleuze, G. (1990) Negotiations. New York, Columbia University Press Futch, V. A., & Fine, M. (2014). Mapping as a method: History and theoretical commitments. Qualitative Research in Psychology 11(1), 42–59. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2012.719070 Jaffe-Walter, R., & Khawaja, I. (2022). “Why Do I Live Here?”: Using Identity Mapping to Explore Embodied Experiences of Racialization . In (Re)Mapping Migration and Education: Centering Methods and Methodologies (pp. 112-133). Brill. Manning, E. (2023) The being of relation, eFlux journal, Issue #135, April 2023, retrieved May 2023 https://www.e-flux.com/journal/135/529855/the-being-of-relation/ Massumi, B. (2009) Micropolitics : Exploring Ethico-Aesthetics. Inflexions: A Journal for Research-Creation. No. 3. October 2009. www.inflexions.org Puwar, N. (2004). Space invaders: Race, gender and bodies out of place. Oxford and New York, NY: Berg Publishers. Tatum, B. D. (1997). "Why are all the black kids sitting together in the cafeteria?" Basic Books/Hachette Book Group. Zembylas, M. (2015) Rethinking race and racism as technologies of affect: theorizing the implications for anti-racist politics and practice in education, Race Ethnicity and Education, 18:2, 145-162, DOI: 10.1080/13613324.2014.946492 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Exploring the Education of Newly Immigrated Students: A Qualitative Study on Organizational Approaches and Challenges in German Secondary Schools University of Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:The intersection of education and immigration presents a multifaceted and dynamic landscape that significantly influences both individuals and societies. Schools serve as essential platforms, equipping immigrant students with the necessary linguistic, cultural, and academic skills. They play a crucial role in shaping a sense of belonging and civic engagement among immigrant youth. Despite these benefits, challenges such as language barriers and socio-economic disparities persist. Recognizing these challenges, inclusive educational policies are imperative to address the diverse needs of immigrant populations. Research into the impact of immigration on school systems is crucial for developing effective strategies and ensuring equitable educational opportunities for all. As global migration trends persist, understanding the interplay between schools and immigration is essential for building inclusive and culturally rich societies. Within the framework of this research project, the school organizational practices related to the establishment of preparatory measures for newly immigrated students and their transition into regular classes in secondary education are examined. Concerning the development of schools and school culture, the study delves into questions regarding the extent to which the establishment of preparatory classes for newly immigrated children and adolescents entails structural changes towards intercultural openness in the school. It also investigates whether a school with already implemented measures for intercultural school development shows different ways of organizing the education of newly immigrated students. Factors such as the criteria underlying past decisions on organizing the education of newly immigrated students are considered, and the possible explanations for differing processes and routines in the school are explored (Herrmann 2017). This includes examining the orientation patterns and positionalities of school management and teachers regarding migration-related heterogeneity and diversity in general. This research project also aims to investigate how teachers perceive dealing with diversity as a professional task. Secondly, it explores how appropriate conditions for this task can be achieved (Tillmann 2017). Understanding diversity as a pedagogical opportunity and enrichment as advocated by Trautmann and Wischer (2011) is a pedagogical attitude that has not yet been embraced by a majority of teachers (Solzbacher 2008). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts a qualitative exploratory approach, as the literature review revealed a lack of studies connecting the question of schooling models to fundamental issues of (intercultural) school development. Additionally, insights into the developed practices and routines at schools from the perspective of the stakeholders are lacking. Addressing this gap allows for mapping the characteristic features of pedagogical practice in this field and distinguishing specific questions related to the establishment and teaching in preparatory classes from those concerning school development and school culture more generally. Six schools, differing in their experience with classes for newly immigrated students and in terms of school type (Gymnasium and Stadtteilschule in Hamburg), were selected for interviews. Each school was represented by one person at the school leadership level such as the principal, one responsible teacher for the coordination of preparatory classes, and one teacher mainly involved in teaching preparatory classes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interviews were analyzed using qualitative content analysis following Kuckartz (2018). Of particular interest was how schools addressed organizational challenges, the significance of school climate/school culture in this context, and in which areas there was room for improvement. Different typologies are expected to emerge, serving as a framework for further work in this area and for practical guidance in schools. The results are embedded within the framework of the trilemmatic inclusion theory (Boger 2017). The findings of this study contribute valuable insights to understanding how the trilemmatic inclusion theory operates in the context of education and immigration. By examining the interplay between these factors, I aim to provide a theoretical foundation for designing inclusive policies and practices that cater to the diverse needs of immigrant students, fostering a more comprehensive and effective approach to their educational journey. References Boger Mai-Anh (2017): Theorien der Inklusion – eine Übersicht. Zeitschrift für Inklusion Online 1. https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/413/317. Herrmann, Joachim (2017): Discussion failed! Hinweise an die deutschsprachige Schulentwicklungsdiskussion zu „failing schools“ aus einer Hamburger Perspektive. In: Manitius, Veronika/ Dobbelstein, Peter (Hrsg.): Schulentwicklungsarbeit in herausfordernden Lagen. Waxmann, Münster, S. 240-265. Kuckartz, Udo (2018): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Cpmputerunterstützung. 4. Auflage, Beltz Juventa, Weinheim. Solzbacher, Claudia (2008): Positionen von Lehrerinnen und Lehrern zur individuellen Förderung in der Sekundarstufe I – Ergebnisse einer empirischen Untersuchung. In: Kunze, Ingrid/ Solzbacher, Claudia (Hrsg.): Individuelle Förderung in der Sekundarstufe I und II. Schneider Verlag Hohengehren, Baltmannsweiler, S. 27-42. Tillmann, Klaus-Jürgen (2017): Heterogenität – Ein Grundproblem der Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung. In: Paseka, Angelika et al. (Hrsg.): Schulentwicklung zwischen Steuerung und Autonomie. Beiträge aus der Aktions-, Schulentwicklungs- und Governance-Forschung. Waxmann, Münster, S. 71-83. Trautmann, Matthias/ Wischer, Beate (2011): Heterogenität in der Schule. Eine kritische Einführung. VS Verlag, Wiesbaden. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Behind Bars and Beyond: Milestones and Important Events in Life Stories from Prison Education in Ireland and Greece University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:This presentation delves into the life stories of individuals engaged in education within the context of prison life, focusing on experiences in both Ireland and Greece. Positioned within a broader project on the lived experience of prison education, this research draws theoretical inspiration from key concepts in recognition theory, identity formation, and critical adult education, rooted in the works of Axel Honneth (1996, 2003, 2012) and Paulo Freire (2000, 2005). By interweaving these foundational theories, the overarching aim was to critically examine the multifaceted aspects of identity formation and the relationships created in the unique environment of prison education. Of particular interest is the lasting impact of these dynamics on individuals post-release. The theories of recognition and identity formation offer valuable insights into the development of self-awareness and the negotiation of identities within the prison education setting. Furthermore, critical adult education theories bring into sharp focus transformative learning, agency, and praxis, by viewing education as a means to address social inequalities and take action for social justice. The central research question guiding this exploration is: What are the significant events and milestones identified by individuals participating in prison education as learners in their narratives? This question is approached through the lenses of recognition and transformation, employing the theories above to deepen our understanding of the complex interplay within the prison education environment. Considering that all participants in both countries were early school leavers, examining key factors influencing early school leaving within the Irish context is essential. According to Tusla – the Child and Family Agency in Ireland (2007), some of these factors include: a) Sense of belonging: Students who feel alienated and have reduced participation in school are more likely to drop out, b) Attitude toward school: Beliefs and attitudes that students hold toward school significantly impact their likelihood of dropping out, more specifically, factors such as locus of control (feeling in control of one's actions and outcomes) and motivation to achieve are crucial predictors of dropout rates. And c) Stressful life events: Increased levels of stress and the presence of stressors, such as financial difficulty, health problems, or early parenthood, can be associated with higher rates of early school leaving. These challenges can negatively impact a student's ability to cope with school demands, leading to disengagement. Indeed, all these factors emerged in the participants’ narratives when reflecting on important events and milestones surrounding their re-engagement in education while serving their time. Overall, this presentation contributes to the growing discourse on social justice and intercultural education by shedding light on the nuanced experiences of individuals in prison education, by presenting their voice and their stories the way they narrated them and providing insights on education for social justice.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore these questions, a narrative inquiry approach was employed, conducting 14 life-story interviews in both Ireland and Greece. The participants were individuals who had spent time in prison and had re-engaged in education while incarcerated. All participants were post-release, with varying durations after release, ranging from a few weeks to more than 10 years. This diversity in post-release periods provided valuable insights into the various ways individuals acted on their educational outcomes. Thematic analysis and elements of the voice relational approach were employed in the analysis. For the narrative thematic analysis, the basis was formed by the work of narrative analysis scholars, such as Riessman (1993, 2008), Clandinin and Connelly (2000), and for the voice relational approach the framework relied on Clough, Goodley, Lawthom and Moore (2004). The use of life stories as a research tool will be explored and examined, emphasising its effectiveness in capturing the intricate and nuanced experiences of the participants. Issues that bring into focus positionality and reflexivity are also discussed. This discussion will also address pertinent issues related to positionality and reflexivity, shedding light on the researcher's stance and self-awareness in the process. It is important to note that the study does not aim to directly compare systems and institutions. Instead, it embraces a culturally sensitive approach. Consequently, insights into differences within the systems and structures of both countries emerged organically, only when necessary and prompted by the participants' narratives. The primary focus of this research is the stories and life trajectories of the individuals who participated in the fieldwork. By adopting a narrative approach, the study acknowledged the importance of stories in human thinking, meaning-making, and identity construction. Narrative inquiry was chosen as the most suitable method to capture and analyse the personal lived experiences of individuals who had experienced incarceration. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis revealed key themes, highlighting the significance of moments of recognition within educational encounters, as well as the process of self-transformation by emphasising agency and empowerment, and the influential role of significant others throughout the educational journey. This presentation focuses on one of the main themes that emerged from the analysis—this is the Milestones and Important Events in the participants' life trajectories. More specifically, within the prison system, the pursuit of education unfolds through narratives that reveal a series of turning points and milestones profoundly influencing participants' educational journeys. These pivotal moments play a critical role in shaping their perspectives on learning and sense of self, representing significant experiences where participants recognise their importance and the changes they bring to their life journeys. Within this theme of Milestones and Important Events, two subthemes are analysed. More specifically these subthemes include, firstly, the re-engagement in education and the transformative moment when motivation becomes genuine and sustainable. Secondly, there is an exploration of a different way to exist in the world, allowing participants to reclaim their educational potential. In addition to the exploration of this theme and subthemes, the conclusions link the findings to policy recommendations for adult education in prison. These experiences of the participants align with the principles of critical adult education, emphasising the importance of recognising adult learners as complete beings with valued previous experiences and viewing education as an act of love and empowerment (Freire, 2000). By valuing individuals' identities and perspectives, liberating education nurtures a transformative educational encounter where learners and educators collaborate in shaping the world through knowledge, understanding, and mutual respect. References Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Clough, P., Goodley, D., Lawthom, R., & Moore, M. (2004). Researching Life Stories: Method, Theory and Analyses in a Biographical Age (1st ed.). Routledge Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the oppressed. (30th Anniversary edition). New York: Continuum Freire, P. (2005). Education for critical consciousness. New York: Continuum. Honneth, A. (1996). The Struggle for Recognition: The Moral Grammar of Social Conflicts. Cambridge: The MIT Press. Honneth, A. (2003). Redistribution as recognition: A response to Nancy Fraser. In N. Fraser & A. Honneth, Redistribution or Recognition: A Political-Philosophical Exchange, 110-197. New York: Verso. Honneth, A. (2012). The I in we studies in theory recognition. Cambridge: Polity Press. Riessman, C. K. (1993). Narrative Analysis (Qualitative Research Methods) (1st ed.). SAGE Publications, Inc. Riessman, C.K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Tusla - Child and Family Agency (Ireland). (2007). The School Completion Programme: Guidelines on Identifying Young People at Risk of Early School Leaving. Dublin. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 08 SES 09 A: Understanding Wellbeing and Mental Health Promotion: Critical Perspectives Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Monica Carlsson Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Conceptualizations of Wellbeing in Schools: Insights from a Literature Review Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:While the idea that schools play a significant part in sustaining and promoting student wellbeing has a long history, the formulation of wellbeing as a specific and explicit goal of schooling is a relatively recent phenomenon (Carlsson, 2022; McLellan et al., 2022; Weare & Gray, 2003). A recent systematic review focusing on bibliometric and network analysis of the literature on wellbeing in school contexts during the period 1978–2018 points to a typical pattern of an emerging discipline, with an initial 15-year inception period followed by a 10-year consolidation period and then a decade of rapid exponential growth in the quantity of research (Hernández-Torrano, 2020). The notion of school-based wellbeing is typically construed as ‘being well’, or as having an optimal psychological experience and functioning, positively associated with students’ motivation, learning and academic achievement (Adler 2017; Bücker et al. 2018; Suldo et al. 2011). A decade ago, Huebner and colleagues (2014) synthesised the evidence of the key school factors connected with students’ wellbeing and concluded that interpersonal interactions, students’ sense of security, opportunities for participation, and various organizational practices all contribute to wellbeing. Typically, the emphasis of research has been on examining the effects of wellbeing programmes on students’ academic outcomes or mental health (e.g. Barry et al. 2017; Daniele et al. 2022). In contrast, in this systematic narrative literature review, we aimed to portray the broader spectrum of theoretical and empirical perspectives and ongoing debates related to wellbeing in primary and lower secondary schools (students aged 6-16 years). The review focused on the following questions: How is wellbeing in primary and lower secondary schools framed (conceptually) and addressed (methodologically) in the literature? What factors and dynamics within the school environment affect students’ school wellbeing? What characterises interventions /programmes/initiatives aimed at promoting students’ wellbeing at school? What are the perspectives on wellbeing of teachers and students? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted systematic search in international and Scandinavian research databases. The international databases included ERIC, PsychInfo and Scopus. The Nordic databases included Bibliotek.dk, Libris and Bibsys (Oria).The search terms were as follows (in English and translated/adapted into Danish, Norwegian and Swedish: Wellbeing* OR well-being* OR "quality of life*" OR thrive* OR "mental health*") AND lv("secondary education" OR "elementary education" OR "grade 2" OR "primary education" OR "grade 3" OR "grade 4" OR "grade 5" OR "grade 1" OR "grade 10" OR "intermediate grades" OR "grade 6" OR "grade 7" OR "middle schools" OR "grade 8" OR "junior high schools" OR "grade 9") AND PEER. The inclusion criteria were as follows: Publication year 2012-2022; Language: English, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian; Peer-reviewed; 'Grey literature' (Danish); Book chapters (available online); Wellbeing interventions targeted at students aged 5-16 years; Analyses of the concept of wellbeing in a school context; Methods for promoting wellbeing in school; The importance of the school environment for student wellbeing; Teacher perspectives on wellbeing; Student perspectives on wellbeing. We excluded the studies that did not fulfil the inclusion criteria. Furthermore, we excluded the studies where the school simply functions as a location for the research; Studies that aim to validate wellbeing scales and other measurement instruments; Studies that focus exclusively on particular groups or themes (e.g. ADHD diagnoses, migrants or refugees, minorities, LGBTEQ+, trauma, sport and physical activity, school gardens, COVID, special needs); Studies that primarily deal with the well-being of teachers or other professionals; External stakeholders' perspectives on school wellbeing; Clinical studies of mental health. The initial search resulted in 14836 papers, 11914 were screened after removing duplicates, 1966 were selected based on reading titles and abstracts, 319 were selected for full text reading, and finally, 159 studies met the inclusion criteria and were included in the narrative analysis and synthesis. Two researchers (the authors of this paper) validated the selection process, extraction and condensation of the data and the analysis. In addition, a practice advisory board provided feedback on the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the review we identified three central understandings of wellbeing at school: a) Wellbeing as skill and competence Wellbeing-promoting efforts in school that are based on this understanding can be social-emotional approaches (SEL), resilience-based approaches and approaches based on the regulation of emotions. The common element is that wellbeing is seen as a skill or competence that students can acquire or learn, and which can thus be made the subject of teaching and learning in school. b) Wellbeing as positive feelings and relationships Wellbeing initiatives based on this understanding emphasize wellbeing as joy of life, satisfaction, self-expression and mutual, strong relationships with others and the environment, including nature. Thus, wellbeing is understood as the ability to face and read difficult life situations, rather than as a competence or skill, and wellbeing can be cultivated as part of individual formation and development. c) Wellbeing as a socio-ecological concept Interventions based on this understanding operate from the premise that wellbeing arises from a complex interplay between the individual's sense of agency and purpose in life on the one hand and broader social, material, community-oriented, environmental or societal dynamics on the other. These can, for example, be interventions that work with holistic and whole-schools approaches. In addition the review indicates that the teachers view wellbeing as an important part of their professional practice, rather than as a politically imposed strategy aimed at preventing poor wellbeing and promoting mental health. The students place emphasis on the importance of the school's physical and psychosocial environment, where both physical and mental safety are emphasized together with aesthetic surroundings, good school facilities, and mutual respect among the students and between students and the school's professionals. References Adler (2017). Well-Being and Academic Achievement: Towards a New Evidence-Based Educational Paradigm. In White, M. A., Slemp, G. R., & Murray, A. S. (Eds.) Future Directions in Well-Being. (pp. 203-208) Cham: Springer. Barry, M. M., Clarke, A. M., & Dowling, K. (2017). Promoting social and emotional well-being in schools. Health Education, 117(5), 434-451. Bücker, S., Nuraydin, S., Simonsmeier, B. A., Schneider, M., & Luhmann, M. (2018). Subjective well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 74, 83-94. Carlsson, M. (2022) Reimagining Wellbeing in Neoliberal Times: School Wellbeing as an Adjunct to Academic Performance? In: McLellan, R., Faucher, C. & Simovska, V. (eds.) Wellbeing and Schooling: Cross Cultural and Cross Disciplinary Perspectives. Springer Nature 35-48. Hernándes-Torrano, D. (2020). Mapping Global Research on Child Well-Being in School Contexts: A Bibliometric and Network Analysis (1978–2018). Child Indicators Re-search 13: 863–884 Huebner, E.S., Hills, K.J., Jiang, X., Long, R.F., Kelly, R., Lyons, M.D. (2014). Schooling and Children’s Subjective Well-Being. In: Ben-Arieh, A., Casas, F., Frønes, I., Korbin, J. (eds) Handbook of Child Well-Being. Dordrecht: Springer. Daniele K., Gambacorti Passerinia, M.B., Palmieria C., and Zannini L. (2022). Educational interventions to promote adolescents’ mental health: A scoping review. Health Education Journal, Volume: 81 issue: 5, 597-613. Suldo, S. M., Thalji, A., & Ferron, J. (2011). Longitudinal academic outcomes predicted by early adolescents’ subjective well-being, psychopathology, and mental health status yielded from a dual factor model. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 6(1), 17-30. McLellan, R., Faucher, C., & Simovska, V. (2022). Wellbeing and Schooling: Why Are Cross-Cultural and Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives Needed? In R. McLellan, C. Faucher, & V. Simovska (Eds.), Wellbeing and Schooling (Vol. 4, pp. 1–17). Springer International Publishing. Weare, K., & Gray, G. (2003). What works in developing children’s emotional and social competence and wellbeing? DfES Publications. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Wellbeing and Wellbeing Competence as Central Teaching Goals 1Åbo Akademi University, Denmark; 2University of Southern Denmark; 3University College Lillebælt Presenting Author:This paper argues that the concern for students’ wellbeing should be seen as integral to the main objectives of teaching and education. Although student wellbeing has become an increasingly growing concern, and although it is often related to “whole-person” and “whole-school”-approaches, it is still treated mostly as a separate aspect of school life.Wellbeing is crucially important for students’ motivation and learning, across the curriculum, and achieving sufficient wellbeing is a fundamental life goal that calls for cross- and transcurricular teaching. Recent discussions of Bildung have tended to overlook or downplay the importance of subjective wellbeing, though the classical conception emphasizes that acquisition of skills and knowledge must be personally and emotionally satisfying; this is also supported by contemporary theories of flow, self-efficacy and intrinsic motivation. Drawing in part on recent research on the impact of the Covid 19-restrictions on students’ wellbeing, the paper also introduces the notion of wellbeing competence, distinguishing its different components and giving suggestions for how to foster it in the classroom.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper combines philosophical and psychological wellbeing theory, especially theories of wellbeing as value fulfilment and emotional balance (and theories of wellbeing competence), with empirical research on students' well- and ill-being and its relationship to school performance and wider life goals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Apart from showing that the classical notion of Bildung embodies a concern for wellbeing, and making a general case for student wellbeing as a central, cross- and transcurricular teaching goal, and a integral part of all teaching activities, the paper also argues that stronger and more pervasive focus on student wellbeing need not be an additional, burdensome task for teachers, but can also help strengthening teachers wellbeing (which is also an important, and often neglected, concern). References Carroll A., York A., Fynes-Clinton S., Sanders-O’Connor, E., Flynn, L., Bower, J. M., Forrest, K. & Ziaei, M. (2021). The downstream effects of teacher wellbeing programs: Improvements in teachers' stress, cognition and wellbeing benefit their students. Frontiers in Psychology, 12. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.689628 Engelsen, S. (2022). Wellbeing competence. Philosophies, 7(2), 42. https://doi.org/10.3390/philosophies7020042 European Commission (2021). A systemic, whole-school approach to mental health and wellbeing in schools in the EU – Executive summary. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/20872 European Commission (2023). Wellbeing at school. https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/school-education/wellbeing-at-school Haybron, D. (2008). The Pursuit of unhappiness. Oxford University Press Hemberg J, Östman L, Korzhina Y, Groundstroem H, Nyström L, Nyman-Kurkiala P. (2022a). Loneliness as experienced by adolescents and young adults: an explorative qualitative study. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, 27(1), 362–384 Humboldt, W. v. (1967). Ideen zu einem Versuch, die Grenzen der Wirksamkeit des Staats zu Bestimmen. [Limits of state action]. Reclam. Klausen, S. H. (2018). Ethics, knowledge, and a procedural approach to wellbeing. Inquiry, 66(1), 31–47. https://doi.org/10.1080/0020174X.2018.1529619 Klausen, S. H., Engelsen, S. & Christiansen, R. (2022). Health, disease and wellbeing. In E. Di Nucci, J.-Y. Lee & I. A. Wagner (Eds.), Handbook of bioethics (pp. 16-26). Rowman & Littlefield Tiberius, V. (2008). The reflective life: Living wisely with our limits. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199202867.001.0001 Woolf, P. & Digby, J. (2021). Student wellbeing: An analysis of the evidence. Oxford Impact. https://oxfordimpact.oup.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/Student-wellbeing-impact-study-white-paper.pdf 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper WITDRAWN The ‘Gift’ of Mental Health Programmes to Schools: Charity, Philanthropy and Anti-politics University of Auckland, New Zealand Presenting Author:Philanthropy and charity are increasingly positioned as efficient means to ‘solve’ a variety of public health and public education ‘crises’. This is a new type of neoliberal “social capitalism” (Ball, 2012, p. 66) where ‘new’ philanthropists (including individuals, ‘not-for-profits’, and corporations) collaborate and use business strategies to increasingly shape school-based solutions to public health imperatives. One such public health issue that has captured the interests of philanthrocapitalists is children’s mental health. This has resulted in a diverse range of mental health programmes and resources being implemented in schools across the globe, such as a mindfulness programme in New Zealand, resilience teaching resources in the United Kingdom, mental wellbeing tracking software in Australia, an app-based emotion education programme in Ireland, and numerous others forms of intervention and ‘education’. In this paper I draw on Foucault’s (1991) notion of governmentality and Li’s (2007a) practices of assemblage to shed light how a number of organisations employ charity and philanthropy as a means to govern themselves and others. Specifically, I demonstrate how disparate organisations, including charities, local businesses, multinational corporations, social enterprises, government agencies, and philanthropic foundations, have been able to forge alignments through a shared interest in children’s mental health. This is a profitable process for those with the ‘will to improve’ (Li, 2007b), especially when these authorities are simultaneously able to (re)produce the notion of a mental health ‘crisis’ and propose their own solutions. However, even though these types of multi-sector partnerships are becoming commonplace in education and are seen to be a ‘win-win’ for multisector players, they may also be ‘dangerous’ for schools, public education, and democratic social change. This paper demonstrates how the boundaries between multiple sectors continue to be re-drawn as new forms of governance, in particular philanthropic governance, re-shapes the provision of mental health programme in schools. This makes the work of charities and philanthropists highly visible (and acceptable, even desirable) in public education, while “surreptitiously embedding forms of privatization in education systems” (Srivastava & Baur, 2016, p. 434). As Bloom and Rhodes (2018) argue, “Philanthrocapitalism is about much more than the simple act of generosity it portrays itself as, instead involving the social inculcation of neoliberal values” (p. 192). The ‘gift’ of mental health programmes to schools represents new forms of ‘hidden’ and ‘creeping’ philanthropic privatisation in education (see Ball & Youdell, 2007; Powell, 2014) – yet another chapter in “the broader assault on public and critical education and the aspirations of a critical democracy” (Saltman, 2010, p. 13). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on data collected from a range of sources, including empirical investigation, academic commentary, government reports, media releases, and curricular materials, this theoretical paper conceptualises school-based mental health programmes and resources in line with Michel Foucault’s (1991) description of the nature and function of governmentality. The notion of governmentality enables us to view government as not the sole preserve of a repressive, coercive, controlling state, but rather a modern form of government that employs various techniques in order to work ‘at a distance’ on citizen’s conduct (Rose, 1999). Using governmentality as a theoretical lens, I cast children, as both current and future citizens of advanced neoliberal societies, as specific targets of this type of governmental intervention. Foucault (1991, p. 102) argued that government is undertaken by an ‘ensemble’ of institution, authorities, and agents, using a range of technologies, strategies and discourses, in an attempt to ‘conduct the conduct’ of individuals towards definite, albeit unpredictable, ends (Dean, 2010). Following Li (2007a) and the work of other governmentality scholars (e.g. Miller & Rose, 2008), I employ the concept of the ‘governmental assemblage’ as an analytical device to explore philanthropic governance (Ball & Olmedo, 2011) and the (re)shaping of mental health programmes in schools. To analyse this governmental assemblage, I also draw on Li’s (2007a) ‘practices of assemblage’: forging alignments, where I interrogate “the work of linking together the objectives of the various parties to an assemblage, both those who aspire to govern conduct and those whose conduct is to be conducted” (p. 265); rendering technical, which encompasses “extracting from the messiness of the social world, with all the processes that run through it, a set of relations that can be formulated as a diagram in which problem (a) plus intervention (b) will produce (c), a beneficial result” (p. 265); and, anti-politics. This latter practice is critical, and a key danger of philanthrocapitalism, where vital political questions are reimagined as simply “matters of technique” (p. 265). By critically examining how the governmental assemblage ‘works’ in the philanthropic provision of mental health programmes, I am able to demonstrate how interconnected notions of charity and philanthropy bring together an array of organisations and actors that are enabled to govern both the ‘problem’ of children’s mental health and market-based ‘solutions’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings One of the significant ‘dangers’ of philanthropy and charity in the shaping of mental health programmes in schools is that essentially political questions are reduced to ‘simple’ matters of technique as non-political solutions. Drawing on Ferguson (1984), Li (2007b) refers to this practice of assemblage as anti-politics, a practice that may work to enable authorities to “exclude the structure of political-economic relations from the diagnoses and prescriptions” (Li, 2007b, p. 7). In the case of philanthropic mental health interventions in schools, socio-political forces (such as the determinants of children’s mental health) are rendered technical. This further ensures that any failures of proposed philanthropic solutions can be re-imagined by teachers, principals, students, external providers, CEO’s, charitable trusts, and children as superficial issues, rather than fundamentally political ones (see Li, 2007b). By rendering the problem of children’s mental health both anti-political and technical, authorities are able to close down challenges to dominant discourses of mental health; discussions about the place of charities (and their private ‘partners’) intervening in public education; and resistance against powerful determinants of children’s (ill)health, such as poverty, social inequities, consumerism, and capitalism, As James Davies argues, this is a "process by which suffering is conceptualized in ways that protect the current economy from criticism—namely, as rooted in individual rather than social causes, which means we must favor self over social reform’" (Garson, 2023, para. 12). Indeed, a main conclusion of this research is that the philanthrocapitalist efforts to ‘teach’ children about mental health acts as a new form of 'mental healthism' that is deployed to protect key authorities from critique. This disguises the social forces and processes that systematically promote ill-health ‘often for private advantage’ (Crawford, 1980, p. 368), and shifts the responsibility and blame for ill-health onto individuals, including children. References Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc.: new policy networks and the neoliberal imaginary. Routledge. Ball, S. J., & Olmedo, A. (2011). Global social capitalism: Using enterprise to solve the problems of the world. Citizenship, Social and Economics Education, 10(2-3), 83-90. https://doi.org/10.2304/csee.2011.10.2. Ball, S. J., & Youdell, D. (2007). Hidden privatisation in public education (preliminary report). Institute of Education. Bloom, P., & Rhodes, C. (2018). CEO society: The corporate takeover of everyday life. Zed Books. Crawford, R. (1980). Healthism and the medicalization of everyday life. International Journal of Health Services, 10, 365-388. Dean, M. (2010). Governmentality: power and rule in modern society (2nd ed.). Sage. Ferguson, J. (1994). The anti-politics machine: ‘development,’ depoliticization, and bureaucratic power in Lesotho. University of Minnesota Press. Foucault, M. (1991). Governmentality. In G. Burchell, C. Gordon & P. Miller (Eds.), The Foucault effect: Studies in governmentality (pp. 87-104). Harvester Wheatsheaf. Li, T. M. (2007a). Practices of assemblage and community forest management. Economy and Society, 36, 263-293. doi: 10.1080/03085140701254308 Li, T. M. (2007b). The will to improve: governmentality, development, and the practice of politics. Duke University Press. Miller, P., & Rose, N. (2008). Governing the present. Polity. Powell, D. (2014). Childhood obesity, corporate philanthropy and the creeping privatisation of health education. Critical Public Health, 24(2), 226-238. https://doi.org/10.1080/09581596.2013.846465 Rose, N. (2000). Government and control. British Journal of Criminology, 40, 321-339 Saltman, K. J. (2010). The gift of education: Public education and venture philanthropy. Palgrave MacMillan. Srivastava, P., & Baur, L. (2016). New global philanthropy and philanthropic governance in education in a post‐2015 world. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), Handbook of global education policy (pp. 433-448). John Wiley & Sons. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 09 SES 09 A: Analyzing the Potentials of Digitalization in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ramona Lorenz Session Chair: Rolf Strietholt Symposium |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Analyzing the Potentials of Digitalization in an Age of Uncertainty Digitalization has altered almost all areas of life and has increasingly been established in schools. The expected potentials are manifold with regard to affective variables such as increased motivation to learn, the optimization of learning processes and the improvement of students’ competencies (Voogt et al., 2018). However, research does not consistently show positive correlations between the use of digital media (e.g. different tools, purposes or frequencies) and increased outcomes. In addition, the phase of interruption of regular teaching during the COVID-19 pandemic is noteworthy, as digitalization has maintained teaching processes in many places during this time. Research on disruption of schooling has mainly shown a decline in competencies, and indicated that digitalization has not been able to help prevent a drop in competencies to the same extent in all countries (Di Pietro, 2023; Kennedy & Strietholt, 2023; König & Frey, 2022). Against this background, the papers of the symposium will examine the overarching question of what potential the use of digital media has in the classroom in an international comparison and which factors are relevant for its effectiveness. The first presentation by Simon Skov Fougt and Katja Neubert will address the debates about digitization, especially in the Nordic countries after the latest results of PIRLS and PISA showing a decline in students’ competencies. In these rather digitized countries, the decline in the competencies measured could not be fully compensated for by digitization, which was the expectation on many sides. The paper discusses an explanatory approach based on PIRLS data with a special focus on Denmark amongst the Nordic countries to the question how digitalization can nevertheless be seen as a positively influencing factor on reading literacy in fourth grade during the pandemic. The second contribution by Ramona Lorenz, Ulrich Ludewig and Nele McElvany will broaden the perspective to several European countries. Given inconsistent findings on the effects of digital media depending on the purpose of use and differences according to the socio-economic background of the students, the paper explores the question of how digital schoolwork is related to reading literacy in fourth grade and if differences between countries and between European regions can be found. With data form PIRLS 2021 a multi-group two level model with cross-level interaction shows that no systematic negative relations between digital reading and reading literacy can be found but some positive relations at specific levels or in specific countries appear. Regional differences will be discussed in depth. The third contribution by Fazilat Siddiq and Ronny Scherer consistently provides insights in how digital media should be used in a purposeful way so that digitalization can have the desired effect on students` competencies. Even if education systems worldwide have integrated digitalization, there is still a huge need for teachers to gain a better understanding and professional knowledge for implementing digital media in a reasonable manner. A theory-driven and research-based teaching program was developed to support teachers in enhancing lower secondary students` 21st century skills. By means of thematic analysis and network analysis, learning experiences within this teaching program are examined. Important implications for digitalization in schools complete the contribution. The symposium concludes with a comprehensive discussion and thorough appraisal of the three contributions by Rolf Strietholt. References Di Pietro, G. (2023). The impact of covid-19 on student achievement: Evidence from a recent meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 100530. Kennedy, A. I., & Strietholt, R. (2023). School Closure Policies and Student Reading Achievement: Evidence Across Countries. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 35, 475–501. König, C., & Frey, A. (2022). The impact of covid-19-related school closures on student achievement¬ – a meta-analysis. Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 41(1), 16–22. Voogt, J., Knezek, G., Christensen, R., & Lai, K.-W. (2018). Second Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-71054-9 Presentations of the Symposium Digitalization or not?
PIRLS 2021 and PISA 2022 showed significant declines in Danish students’ reading competence (Fougt et al. 2023; Gissel 2023), as well as we internationally have seen the largest decline ever.
One proven factor here is the covid 19-pandemic (Kennedy & Strietholt 2023); however the waste majority of the public debate in Denmark following PIRLS 2021 and PISA 2022 focuses on digitalization, also at governmental level. The Danish Minister for Culture argued to abandon digitalization in schools, our Prime Minister claimed that smartphones were the biggest threat towards our children, and The Minister for Education gave a public excuse for ‘the digital experiment’ in schools. Several opinions makers and some researchers argue for screen restrictions in education (eg. Ågård, 2021; Rashid et al. 2024).
This paper challenges this standing point with the hypothesis that the waste digitalization of Danish schools and the habituation of teachers and students might have helped to prevent a larger decline in Danish students’ reading competence during the pandemic, as schools relatively easy could transfer to online teaching. The paper mainly draws on PIRLS data and focuses on the comparable Nordic Countries with the following research question: How can digitalization be seen as a positively influencing factor on students reading competence during the pandemic?
In 2022, Denmark was world ranking no. 1 for the third successive time in the latest UN E-government survey on digitalization (UN 2022). PIRLS 2016-2021 data show that Danish schools have been more digitalized for a longer time compared to all other PIRLS participants, also the other Nordic countries. Both in PISA and PIRLS we see a minor decline in students’ reading competence in Denmark as compared to the other Nordic countries, and at the same time, Denmark was by far the most school-closed country within the Nordic countries during the pandemic.
This paper discusses this explanatory approach, and it is also including development in SES and in spoken language at home as other possible explaining factors.
References:
Fougt, S. S., Neubert, K., Kristensen, R. M., Gabrielsson, R., Molbæk, L., & Kjeldsen, C. C. (2023). Danske elevers læsekompetence i 4. klasse: Resultater af PIRLS-undersøgelsen 2021. Aarhus Universitetsforlag
Gissel, S.T. (2023). PISA 2022 LÆSNING. Delrapport. VIVE https://www.uvm.dk/-/media/filer/uvm/int/231204-pisa-2022-laesning-pdf-ua.pdf
Kennedy, A. I., & Strietholt, R. (2023). School Closure Policies and Student Reading Achievement: Evidence Across Countries.
Rashid, I., Bro, K. B. & Brixtofte, M. (2024). Skærmsund. En fire-ugers guide til sundere skærmvaner. Gyldendal
UN (2022). UNITED NATIONS E-GOVERNMENT SURVEY 2022. The Future of Digital Government.
Department of Economic and Social Affairs https://publicadministration.un.org/egovkb/en-us/Reports/UN-E-Government-Survey-2022
What is the Relationship between Digital Schoolwork and Reading Literacy? Findings from PIRLS 2021 for Primary Education in European Countries
Reading literacy is an important foundation for educational achievement, social participation, and professional life. Digitalization is expanding to a considerable extent the reading opportunities that students have in their everyday lives, but also in the school context. The use of digital media is considered to have a wide range of potential benefits for learning. Nevertheless, research does not consistently point out positive effects of digital tools and e.g. has shown that digital reading, at least during leisure time, does not necessarily add to reading comprehension (Altamura et al., 2023). Other studies indicated a negative relation of the amount of daily use of digital devices with reading comprehension that could be compensated by a supportive use by the teachers within digital reading projects (Salmerón et al., 2022). Overall, international large-scale assessments show that in some countries more digital reading time in school is associated with higher reading literacy. In some education systems, however, a negative correlation is found (Lorenz et al., 2023). Furthermore, there is an ongoing discussion about the use of digital media for reading instruction and how it`s use differs between students with different socio-economic backgrounds. This discussion is driven from findings of particularly large learning deficits among children from low socio-economic backgrounds while learning digitally during the COVID-19 pandemic and on country level a larger gap between middle-income countries relative to high-income countries (Betthäuser et al., 2022).
This leads to the question on digitization for school purposes in an international comparison: What relation of digital schoolwork with reading literacy can be found in fourth grade across European countries?
Results indicate an overall positive association of the amount of digital schoolwork (finding and reading information; preparing reports and presentations) and reading literacy at the country level for all considered European countries in PIRLS 2021. Regional differences are that Northern European countries have both a higher level of digital reading for schoolwork and reading literacy, whereas Western European countries have a lower level of digital reading along with lower reading literacy. A multi-group two level model with cross-level interaction revealed effects at the class level, primarily in Eastern and Southern European countries. However, no effects at any level remain statistically significant after controlling for socioeconomic background and spoken language at home (other than test language). Results show no evidence in support of a negative association between digital schoolwork and reading literacy. Inequality between European regions will be discussed.
References:
Altamura, L., Vargas, C., & Salmerón L. (2023). Do new forms of reading pay off? A meta-analysis on the relationship between leisure digital reading habits and text comprehension. Review of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543231216463
Betthäuser, B.A., Bach-Mortensen, A.M., & Engzell, P. (2022). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the covid-19 pandemic. Nature Human Behaviour, 7(3), 375–385.
Lorenz, R., Goldhammer, F. & Glondys, M. (2023). Digitalisierung in der Grundschule [Digitalization in elementary school]. In N. McElvany, R. Lorenz, A. Frey, F. Goldhammer, A. Schilcher & T. C. Stubbe (Hrsg.), IGLU 2021 – Lesekompetenz von Grundschulkindern im internationalen Vergleich und im Trend über 20 Jahre [PIRLS 2021 - Reading literacy of primary school children in an international comparison and trend over 20 years] (S. 197–214). Münster: Waxmann.
Salmerón, L., Vargas, C., Delgado, P., & Baron, N. (2022). Relation between digital tool practices in the language arts classroom and reading comprehension scores. Reading and Writing, 36, 175–194. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-022-10295-1
Students’ Reflections and Experiences with a Novel Teaching Program on Computational Thinking and Collaborative Learning - A Design-based Research Study
In recent years, several countries have undergone major curriculum revisions, which has resulted in the inclusion of interdisciplinary competence areas such as digital competence, computational thinking, critical thinking, problem solving and collaborative learning into the compulsory K-12 curricula (Erstad & Siddiq, 2023). Such overarching competence areas are oftentimes labelled 21st century skills (Voogt & Roblin, 2012). Although the intentions in the curriculum are positive, there is currently little research-based knowledge about how such competences can be taught and assessed, and teachers report lack of access to professional development and teaching materials (Erstad & Siddiq, 2022; Kravik et al., 2022). To meet some of these challenges, the TEACH21st-project (Teaching and transfer effects of 21st century skills – collaborative problem solving in digital environments) was initiated in 2019 with the aim to develop teaching materials and practices that are knowledge- (theory-driven) and research-based. More specifically, applying a teacher design team approach (Becuwe et al., 2016) teachers, teacher educators, student teachers and researchers worked together to develop a teaching resource aimed at developing lower secondary students’ computational thinking and collaborative problem-solving competences. This program has been developed, piloted and revised through several iterations.
The final teaching program includes materials (games, charts, tasks etc.) for the teachers and students, and practices (e.g., use of analogue and computer programming in combination to teach computational thinking, how to teach collaborative learning and use it as a pedagogical approach). The program consists of four modules that are built on the principles of: relevance (target learning goals in the curriculum); inclusion (all students should be able to participate independent of their previous knowledge, and provide adaptive teaching); engagement and activity (include engaging and fun tasks, involving physical activity and hands-on assignments); collaborative learning (students need to learn to collaborate and the tasks require positive dependence); and progression (the tasks move towards more advanced levels). Finally, this program has been conducted in 32 classes by their teachers (N=16) after attending a one-day professional development workshop.
In this study, we will examine how the 9th grade students (N = 460) experience learning within this teaching program. The data consist of the students' reflection notes conducted after each of the four modules and observations (N = 24 classes). The data has been analyzed through a combination of thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2021) and network analysis (Epskamp et al., 2018). Results and implications will be discussed.
References:
Becuwe, H., Tondeur, J., Pareja, R. N., Thys, J., & Castelein, E. (2016). Teacher design teams as a strategy for professional development: The role of the facilitator. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(3-4).
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. London: Sage
Epskamp, S., Maris, G., Waldorp, L. J., & Borsboom, D. (2018). Network psychometrics. In The wiley handbook of psychometric testing (pp. 953–986). Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118489772.ch30.
Erstad, O., & Siddiq, F. (2023). Educational assessment of 21st century skills—novel initiatives, yet a lack of systemic transformation, Editor(s): Robert J Tierney, Fazal Rizvi, Kadriye Erkican, International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition), Elsevier, 2023, Pages 245-255, ISBN 9780128186299, https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.09038-2.
Kravik, R., Berg, T., & Siddiq, F. (2022). Teachers’ understanding of programming and computational thinking in primary education – A critical need for professional development. Acta Didactica Norden. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.9194
Voogt, J., & Roblin, N.P., (2012). A comparative analysis of international frameworks for 21st century competences: implications for national curriculum policies. J. Curric. Stud. 44 (3), 299–321. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2012.668938
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 09 SES 09 B: Innovative Approaches to Educational Practice and Assessment Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Leonidas Kyriakides Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Exploring Implementation of Value Added Model in Slovenia NEC, Slovenia Presenting Author:Value-added indicators are a more accurate method of assessing school performance since they eliminate more non-school factors (Meyer et al., 2017). Slovenian upper secondary schools in the General education track finishing with General Matura have been able to assess value-added measures and track changes over time since 2014. The two time points in question are achievement at the end of Grade 9, just before entering upper secondary schools, and achievement at General Matura examinations. Lower secondary schools can similarly check value-added between Grade 6 and Grade 9 (finishing grade) in different subjects since 2018. These measures are not part of any accountability scheme and are provided for schools’ self-evaluation purposes along with other achievement results. There can be many reasons, and within this presentation, we will explore the following research questions: Could the observed negative average value be associated with school composition factors (primarily the size of the school)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the mentioned research questions, we will use simple regression techniques or hierarchical linear regression where needed. Data on external examinations and national assessments to calculate value-added measures will come from the National Examinations Centre, while the data on municipalities will originate from the Slovenian Statistical Office. We will use value-added measures for the last five years to demonstrate the stability of findings over time. Data will we used and analyzed in a responsible manner to protect individual privacy and adhere to legal requirements. This is especially important since the data on whole cohorts of students will be used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Value-added models can provide important information and identify underperforming schools, as demonstrated by Ferrão and Couto in the case of Portuguese schools (2014). We expect to provide insight into the problem and either identify the causes of constant negative averages or propose further steps needed to explore and resolve the issue. As value-added measures are also present in other European countries, this research will help other researchers evaluate their value-added models and contribute to a better understanding of the field. References Cankar, G. (2011). Opredelitev dodane vrednosti znanja (Izhodišča, primeri in dileme). In Kakovost v šolstvu v Sloveniji (str. 431). (2011). Pedagoška fakulteta. http://ceps.pef.uni-lj.si/dejavnosti/sp/2012-01-17/kakovost.pdf Ferrão, M., & Couto, A. (2014). The use of a school value-added model for educational improvement: a case study from the Portuguese primary education system. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 25, 174 - 190. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2013.785436. Koedel, C., Mihaly, K., & Rockoff, J. (2015). Value-added modeling: A review. Economics of Education Review, 47, 180-195. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.ECONEDUREV.2015.01.006. Meyer, R. (1997). Value-added indicators of school performance: A primer. Economics of Education Review, 16, 283-301. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0272-7757(96)00081-7. Papay, J. (2011). Different Tests, Different Answers. American Educational Research Journal, 48, 163 - 193. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831210362589. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Using the Dynamic Approach to Promote Formative Assessment in Mathematics: Αn Experimental Study 1Department of Education, University of Cyprus; 2Centre for Educational Research and Evaluation, Cyprus Pedagogical Institute; 3Department of Secondary General Education, Cyprus Ministry of Education, Sport and Youth Presenting Author:Teachers who use assessment for formative rather than summative purposes are more effective in promoting student learning outcomes (Chen et al., 2017; Kyriakides et al., 2020). Teachers appear to acknowledge the benefit of formative assessment. However, their assessment practice remains mainly summative oriented (Suurtamm & Koch, 2014; Wiliam, 2017). This can partly be attributed to the fact that teachers do not receive sufficient training in classroom assessment (DeLuca & Klinger, 2010). Teacher Professional Development (TPD) programs intended to improve assessment practice have so far provided mixed results regarding their impact on teachers’ assessment skills (Chen et al., 2017), whereas many studies do not provide any empirical evidence on the impact of student assessment TPD programs on student learning outcomes (Christoforidou & Kyriakides, 2021). In this context, this study aims to explore the impact of a TPD course in formative assessment on improving teachers’ assessment skills and through that on promoting student learning outcomes in mathematics (cognitive and meta-cognitive). During the first phase of the study, a framework that enables the determination and measurement of classroom assessment skills was developed. This framework examines assessment looking at three main aspects. First, skills associated with the main phases of the assessment process are considered (Gardner et al., 2010; Wiliam et al., 2004): (i) appropriate assessment instruments are used to collect valid and reliable data; (ii) appropriate procedures in administering these instruments are followed; (iii) data emerging from assessment are recorded in an efficient way and without losing important information; (iv) assessment results are analysed, interpreted, and used in ways that can promote student learning; and (v) assessment results are reported to all intended users to help them take decisions on how to improve student learning outcomes. The second aspect of this framework has to do with the fact that assessment skills are defined and measured in relation to teachers’ ability to use the main assessment techniques. Specifically, the framework looks at assessment techniques by considering two important decisions affecting assessment technique selection: a) the mode of response and b) who performs the assessment. Finally, the third aspect of the framework refers to the five measurement dimensions suggested in the Dynamic Model of Educational Effectiveness (Kyriakides et al., 2020): frequency, focus, stage, quality and differentiation. These dimensions allow us to better describe the functioning of each characteristic of an effective teacher (Scheerens, 2016). Based on the theoretical framework and its dimensions, a questionnaire measuring teachers’ skills in assessment was developed. A study provided support to the validity of the instrument. It was also found that assessment skills can be grouped into three stages of assessment behaviour. These stages were used to make decisions in relation to the content and design of the TPD course which was based on the main assumptions of the DA. First, the DA considers the importance of identifying specific needs and priorities for improvement of each teacher/group of teachers. Second, it is acknowledged that teachers should be actively involved in their professional development to better understand how and why the factors addressed have an impact on student learning. Third, the DA supports that the Advisory and Research Team has should support teachers in their efforts to develop and implement their action plans. Fourth, monitoring the implementation of teacher action plans in classroom settings is considered essential. This implies that teachers should continuously develop and improve their action plans based on the information collected through formative evaluation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used At the beginning of school year 2019-20, 62 secondary school teachers who taught mathematics in Grades 7, 8 and 9 in Nicosia (Cyprus) agreed to participate. These teachers were randomly split into the experimental (n=31) and the control group (n=31). Randomization was done at the school level to avoid any spillover effect. Students of Grades 7, 8 and 9 of the teacher sample participated in the study. All students of two classrooms per teacher were randomly selected. Our student sample was 2588 students from 124 classrooms. Teachers of the experimental group were invited to participate in a TPD course with a focus on student assessment. Teachers of the control group did not attend any TPD course. However, they were provided the opportunity to participate in the TPD course during the next school year. Data on teacher skills and student achievement were collected at the beginning and at the end of the TPD course. The instruments used were: (1) a teacher questionnaire, (2) a battery of curriculum-based written tests in mathematics (measuring cognitive skills), and (3) a battery of tests measuring metacognitive skills in mathematics. To measure the impact of the TPD course on improving teachers’ assessment skills the Extended Logistic Model of Rasch was used to analyse the data emerged from the teacher questionnaire. Data emerged from each measurement period. Then, the Mann Whitney analysis was used to search for any differences between the control and experimental group in terms of teachers’ assessment skills at the beginning and at the end of the intervention. To measure the impact of the TPD course on improving students’ cognitive learning outcomes, multilevel regression analysis was conducted to find out whether teachers employing the DA were more effective than the teachers of the control group in terms of promoting their students’ learning outcomes in mathematics. In addition, to search for the impact of the intervention on improving students’ metacognitive learning outcomes, three separate multilevel regression analyses, one for each scale measuring regulation of cognition (i.e., Prediction, Planning, Evaluation), were also conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Wilcoxon Signed Ranks test revealed that the mean scores of teachers’ assessment skills were higher at the end of the intervention compared to their scores at the beginning of the intervention (Z=4.80, p<0.001). On the other hand, no statistically significant improvement in the skills of the control group was identified (Z=1.21, p=0.23). The Mann Whitney test did not reveal any statistically significant difference between the control and the experimental group in terms of the stage that each teacher was found to be situated at the beginning of the intervention (Z= -0.57, p=0.57). A statistically significant difference at the end of the intervention (Z=2.53, p=0.011) was found. It was observed that none of the teachers of the control group managed to move from the stage he/she was found to be situated at the beginning of the intervention to a more demanding stage. A stepwise progression was observed in the experimental group since 13 out of 31 teachers managed to move at the next more demanding stage. Moreover, the results of all four multilevel analyses revealed that the DA had a statistically significant effect on student achievement in mathematics (in both cognitive and meta-cognitive learning outcomes). The DA considers the importance of designing a course according to the specific needs and priorities for improvement of each group of teachers, unlike most ‘one size fits all’ professional development approaches. This argument has received some support since it was found that teachers’ assessment skills can be grouped into three stages. This study also reveals that teachers can improve and ultimately progress to the next developmental stage of assessment skills, by undertaking appropriate trainings. Finally, this study has shown the impact of the TPD course based on DA on both cognitive and metacognitive learning outcomes. Finally, implications for research, policy and practice are discussed. References Chen, F., Lui, A. M., Andrade, H., Valle, C., & Mir, H. (2017). Criteria-referenced formative assessment in the arts. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 29(3), 297-314. Christoforidou, M., & Kyriakides, L. (2021). Developing teacher assessment skills: The impact of the dynamic approach to teacher professional development. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 70, 101051. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101051 DeLuca, C., & Klinger, D. A. (2010). Assessment literacy development: Identifying gaps in teacher candidates’ learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 17(4), 419-438. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2010.516643 Gardner, J., Wynne, H., Hayward L., & Stobart, G. (2010). Developing Teacher Assessment. McGraw-Hill/Open University Press. Kyriakides, L., Creemers, B.P.M., Panayiotou, A., & Charalambous, E. (2020). Quality and Equity in Education: Revisiting Theory and Research on Educational Effectiveness and Improvement. Routledge. Scheerens, J. (2016). Educational effectiveness and ineffectiveness: A critical review of the knowledge base. Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Springer. DOI 10.1007/978-94-017-7459-8 Suurtamm, C., & Koch, M. J. (2014). Navigating dilemmas in transforming assessment practices: experiences of mathematics teachers in Ontario, Canada. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 26(3), 263-287. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-014-9195-0 Wiliam, D. (2017). Assessment for learning: meeting the challenge of implementation, Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 25(6), 686–689. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2017.1401526 Wiliam, D., Lee, C., Harrison, C., & Black, P. J. (2004). Teachers developing assessment for learning: Impact on student achievement. Assessment in Education: Principles Policy and Practice, 11(1), 49-65. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594042000208994 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Teaching Quality In Classrooms Of Different Compositions. A Mixed Methods Approach. University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Teachers’ instruction is at the heart of education, and previous research has shown that teaching quality is important for students’ learning outcomes (e.g. Charalambous & Praetorius, 2020; Seidel & Shavelson, 2007). However, teaching is a two-way process, and less is known about how the composition of the classroom affects teaching quality (TQ). Do for instance high socio-economic (SES) classrooms receive different TQ than low-SES classrooms? To examine this, one would first need to establish whether a so-called compositional effect exists. Compositional effect refers to the effects of, for instance the classroom’s socio-economic status (SES) on student learning outcomes, over and above the effect of students’ individual SES (Van Ewijk & Sleegers, 2010). Both compositional effects and unfair distribution of high-quality teachers have been found in previous studies in a number of countries (Gustafsson et al., 2018; Luschei & Jeong, 2018; Van Ewijk & Sleegers, 2010) However, in Norway, that for a long time was considered an egalitarian society (Buchholtz et al., 2020), there is a lack of such studies. At the same time, educational inequality has increased in Norway (Sandsør et al., 2021). Hence, the overarching aim of the present study is to examine whether a compositional effect exists, and how the composition of the classrooms affects TQ. We further aim to describe more in depth what characterizes the TQ in classrooms of different compositions in Oslo where the gaps between students are larger and there are more minority students than in the rest of Norway (Fløtten et al., 2023). The following research questions were asked: 1) What is the effect of the classroom composition (in terms of SES and minority status) on students learning outcomes in science, over and above students’ individual SES and minority status (i.e. the compositional effect)? How does this differ between Oslo and the rest of Norway? 2) What is the effect of the classroom composition on TQ in science, and how does this differ between Oslo and the rest of Norway? 3) What characterizes TQ in science classrooms of different compositions in Oslo?
Theoretical framework for teaching quality. We chose The Three Basic Dimensions (TBD) framework (Klieme et al., 2009; Praetorius et al., 2018) to conceptualize TQ as this framework is the most commonly used in Europe and by the international large-scale studies (Klieme & Nilsen, 2022). TQ is here defined as the type of instruction that predicts students learning outcomes, and includes the following three dimensions: 1) Classroom management refers to how teachers manage the classroom environment and includes, for instance, preventing undesirable behaviors and setting clear and consistent rules and expectations for student behavior. 2) Supportive teaching focuses on the teacher’s ability to support students both professionally and socio-emotionally, such as providing clear and comprehensive instruction and seeing and listening to every individual student. 3) Cognitive activation includes instruction that enables students to engage in higher-level cognitive thinking that promotes conceptual understanding. Such instruction is characterized by challenging and interactive learning. The TBD is a generic framework used across subject domains. To address research question 3, and further investigate more in depth the subject-specific aspect of TQ in science, a fourth dimension from the framework Teacher Education and Development Study–Instruct (TEDS-Instruct, e.g. Schlesinger et al., 2018) was included. This framework was adapted to the Norwegian context and to the subject domain of science, and validated. The fourth dimension is called Educational structuring and refers to subject-specific aspects of instruction such as inquiry or dealing with students misconceptions in science. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design and sample. The project Teachers’ effect of student learning (TESO), funded by the Norwegian Research Council, collected data through an extended version of TIMSS 2019, including a representative sample of fifth graders in Norway, a representative sub-sample of Oslo, and video observations of grade six classrooms in Oslo. The students who participated in the video observations in sixth grade, also participated in TIMSS 2019 when they were fifth graders. All students answered questioners and the TIMSS mathematics and science tests. Measures. To measure the generic TQ in the second research questions, students’ responses to the questionnaire were used. In the questionnaire, Classroom management was measured by 6 items (e.g. “Students don’t listen to what the teacher says”). Cognitive activation was measured by 5 items (e.g. “The teacher asks us to contribute in planning experiments”. Both of these were measured using a 4-point frequency scale (from Never to Every or almost every lesson). Teacher support included 6 items on 4-point Likert scales (from Disagree a lot, to Agree a lot), e.g. “My teacher has clear answers to my questions”. To answer research question 3 and provide more in-depth descriptions of TQ, the more fine-grained TEDS-Instruct observation manual (including 21 items ratted from 1 through 4) was used to rate the videos. The manual measures the same three aspects as TIMSS conceptually, in addition to educational structuring. SES was measured by students’ responses to the number of books at home (the parents’ responses to their education had more than 40% missing and was hence excluded as a SES indicator). Minority status was measured by students’ answer to how often they speak Norwegian at home. Methods of analyses To answer research questions 1 and 2, we employed multilevel (students and classes) structural equation modelling (SEM), and a multi-group approach to examine differences between Oslo and the rest of Norway. To avoid multi-collinearity, each aspect of teaching quality was modelled separately and as latent variables. Compositional effects were estimated by subtracting the within level effects from the between level effects. To answer research question 3, the questionnaires, achievements, and ratings on the videos were linked and merged to one file. Descriptives were used to crate profiles of the ratings of the video observations to describe the characteristics of TQ in classrooms of different compositions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings RQ1. Compositional effects The compositional effects were all significant (p< .05) and positive. The effect of SES was 0.44 for Norway, and the multigroup analyses yielded an effect of 0.57 for Oslo and 0.31 for the rest of Norway. The compositional effects of language were 0.45 for Norway, 0.76 for Oslo and 0.45 for the rest of Norway. In other words, the compositional effects for Oslo were very high, while the compositional effects for Norway overall were in line with other Scandinavian countries (Yang Hansen et al., 2022). RQ2. Relations between classroom composition and TQ High-SES, and especially low minority classrooms, had positive and significant associations to both classroom management and teacher support. These effects were stronger in Oslo than the rest of Norway. This indicates an unfair distribution of high teaching quality to advantaged classrooms. However, for cognitive activation, there were no significant results at the class level, but a negative association between high-SES, low-minority classrooms and students’ perceptions of cognitive activation. This indicates that advantaged students perceive less challenge and interactive learning. RQ3. Characteristics of TQ Results from the video observations showed that TQ in high-SES classrooms were characterized by better classroom management, teacher support, and educational structuring than low-SES classroom, albeit with less cognitive activation. Furthermore, high SES classrooms were characterized by fewer minority students and higher achievements than low SES classrooms. These findings are in line with the results from the questionnaires. Taken together, the findings from our three research questions points to a school that contributes to increase the gap between students. Classrooms with high shares of advantaged students have access to better teaching quality than classrooms with many disadvantaged students, thus generating unequal opportunities to learn. References Buchholtz, N., Stuart, A., & Frønes, T. S. (2020). Equity, equality and diversity—Putting educational justice in the Nordic model to a test. Equity, equality and diversity in the Nordic model of education, 13-41. Charalambous, C. Y., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2020). Creating a forum for researching teaching and its quality more synergistically. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 67, 100894. Fløtten, T., Kavli, H., & Bråten, B. (2023). Oslo er fortsatt en delt by [Oslo is still a divided city]. Aftenposten. Retrieved from https://www.aftenposten.no/meninger/kronikk/i/dw2z8o/oslo-er-fortsatt-en-delt-by Gustafsson, J.-E., Nilsen, T., & Hansen, K. Y. (2018). School characteristics moderating the relation between student socio-economic status and mathematics achievement in grade 8. Evidence from 50 countries in TIMSS 2011. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 57, 16-30. Klieme, E., & Nilsen, T. (2022). Teaching Quality and Student Outcomes in TIMSS and PISA. International Handbook of Comparative Large-Scale Studies in Education: Perspectives, Methods and Findings, 1089-1134. Klieme, E., Pauli, C., & Reusser, K. (2009). The pythagoras study: Investigating effects of teaching and learning in Swiss and German mathematics classrooms. The power of video studies in investigating teaching and learning in the classroom, 137-160. Luschei, T. F., & Jeong, D. W. (2018). Is teacher sorting a global phenomenon? Cross-national evidence on the nature and correlates of teacher quality opportunity gaps. Educational researcher, 47(9), 556-576. Praetorius, A.-K., Klieme, E., Herbert, B., & Pinger, P. (2018). Generic dimensions of teaching quality: The German framework of three basic dimensions. ZDM, 50(3), 407-426. Sandsør, A. M. J., Zachrisson, H. D., Karoly, L. A., & Dearing, E. (2021). Achievement Gaps by Parental Income and Education Using Population-Level Data from Norway. https://osf.io/preprints/edarxiv/unvcy Schlesinger, L., Jentsch, A., Kaiser, G., König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2018). Subject-specific characteristics of instructional quality in mathematics education. ZDM, 50, 475-490. Seidel, T., & Shavelson, R. J. (2007). Teaching effectiveness research in the past decade: The role of theory and research design in disentangling meta-analysis results. Review of Educational Research, 77(4), 454-499. Van Ewijk, R., & Sleegers, P. (2010). The effect of peer socioeconomic status on student achievement: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 5(2), 134-150. Yang Hansen, K., Radišić, J., Ding, Y., & Liu, X. (2022). Contextual effects on students’ achievement and academic self-concept in the Nordic and Chinese educational systems. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 10(1), 16. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 A: Creativity, Preparedness and Becoming a Teacher Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marie Conroy Johnson Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Social Science Teachers and Their Training in the Context of Philosophy Palacký University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The research problem of the study is undergraduate training and preparedness of social sciences teachers with a focus on philosophy. The main research objective is to analyze how future and beginning teachers of philosophy evaluate the benefits, content and sufficiency of their undergraduate training in the field of philosophy (as a partial social science discipline) in relation to their pedagogical practice. The paper is a partial output of the author's dissertation, where other objectives are to define key terms with regard to recently published professional theoretical and empirical studies from the Czech Republic and abroad. Furthermore, the aim is to map the form and content of undergraduate training at two types of faculties – education and philosophy, and to identify the variables that have an impact on the evaluation of the preparation. Additionally, undergraduate training is analysed from the point of view of developing desirable specific competencies. Last but not least, we synthesize recommendations to improve the training. According to the OECD definition (2024), a teacher is a person whose profession involves imparting knowledge, skills and attitudes (i.e. competencies) to students that are specified in a formal curriculum. In the Czech environment, the teaching profession is defined legislatively by Act No. 563/2004 Coll., on Pedagogical staff. Unlike abroad, in the Czech Republic, the teaching profession cannot be considered a full profession because it still does not exhibit certain characteristics of a profession (e.g. the existence of a professional chamber, high social prestige and economic status, ...) (Gore & Morrison, 2001; Guerriero & Deligiannidi, 2017). Spilková et al. even describe Czech education policy as de-professionalising and de-qualifying, despite the fact that trends of increasing professionalisation of teaching can be observed worldwide (Spilková, 2016, 2023; Spilková & Štech, 2023). Undergraduate training is understood as the first stage of the development of a teacher's professional career (Průcha, 2002) and is viewed as a process of developing professional competencies, which is in line with the document Competence Framework for Graduate Teachers (MŠMT, 2023). In the Czech Republic, future teachers are mainly prepared at pedagogical or philosophical faculties, and their (teachers of 2nd level of elementary school and grammar school) takes the form of a three-year Bachelor's degree and a two-year follow-up Master's degree. The goal of undergraduate training is to equip the graduate with pedagogical and professional knowledge and skills (European Commission, 2020), but going through a formal education process does not make a graduate a great teacher. In this paper, we see student preparedness as a subjective perception or feeling. According to the authors Janišová & Strouhal (2023), being prepared for the teaching profession means being prepared for the change and variability that accompany teachers on a daily basis and can be viewed from different perspectives. The research focuses both on students and their preparedness, but also on beginning philosophy teachers and their teaching. These are qualified teachers with a social sciences approbation with less than 3 years of experience teaching philosophy as a part of the school subject Basics of Social Sciences at grammar schools (Zhong, 2017; Chudý & Neumeister, 2014). Subject didactics of philosophy is only slowly developing in the Czech environment and foreign inspirations are very valuable (e.g. the competence-based approach by Tozzi or Tiedemann). Philosophy teaching in the Czech Republic takes place mostly in one year of studies at grammar schools and this issue is not a well-explored field in the world or in the Czech Republic, therefore we consider this study to be beneficial for both subject didactics of philosophy and subject didactics of social sciences, which is also not firmly anchored. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research answers the main research question: How do beginning philosophy teachers and future philosophy teachers evaluate the benefits, content, and sufficiency of undergraduate philosophy preparation in relation to practice through a mixed research strategy. The methods of data collection are in-depth semi-structured interview and questionnaire survey. Both methods are used in accordance with generally accepted principles (Švaříček & Šeďová, 2014; Chráska, 2016). The data obtained from the interviews are analysed using grounded theory procedures (in line with Strauss & Corbin, 1998). Open and closed data are collected simultaneously and compared continuously. Finally, the data will be subjected to correlation. The following two research hypotheses are set: H1: The measure of subjectively perceived preparedness is at least a level higher for beginning philosophy teachers than this measure is for students. H2: There is a statistically significant relation between the subjectively perceived level of career preparedness in the context of subject didactics (practical preparedness and philosophical competencies) of philosophy and the type of faculty preparing teachers. Before the actual implementation of the interviews and distribution of the questionnaires, another method was used: content analysis of the teaching study programmes of social sciences in the Czech Republic. Subsequently, the syllabi of philosophy courses were analysed in order to analyse the content of theoretical undergraduate training in philosophy. For the research, the research sample consists of students of social sciences and beginning teachers of philosophy. Data from students are collected through a questionnaire survey, and interviews are conducted with teachers. The questionnaire focuses on students' subjectively perceived preparedness (in both theoretical and practical terms), while the interview focuses more on the form of philosophy teaching and the benefits of undergraduate preparation in philosophy. Both instruments (questionnaire, interview) are of their own construction, but nevertheless build on existing instruments investigating the development of competencies or levels of preparedness. The interview is divided into the following areas: Identification and introductory questions; Undergraduate preparation with regard to philosophy; The discipline of philosophy and the teacher's expertise; Planning, leading and reflecting on teaching philosophy; Feedback and assessment in teaching philosophy; and Self-concept, professional development and collaboration. Research is based on the collection, processing and interpretation of rather subjective opinions and representation of respondents' attitudes, therefore the ethical dimension is an obvious and essential part of the work. Respondents sign an informed consent to voluntarily participate in the research, its nature, objectives and possible consequences of their participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In terms of theoretical aspects and benefits for pedagogy, we expect the concept of professional preparedness to be established on the basis of current professional terminology and the results of empirical investigations. Furthermore, it is a review and analysis of the latest knowledge about the form and state of undergraduate preparation of future teachers, which will be led by a content analysis of currently valid accredited study programmes offering social science studies with an exclusive focus on the field of philosophy, and subsequently also individual philosophically oriented subjects. This step also provides a summary of programmes in the Czech Republic that could be useful for applicants of this type of study. As far as the application aspect is concerned, we see a huge potential of research in the possibility to reformulate, and thus improve, the undergraduate preparation at faculties that are focused on the preparation of future social sciences teachers, based on research findings, within the framework of the accreditation procedure. Another benefit is the enrichment of not only the subject didactics, but especially the subject didactics of philosophy itself, which is still looking for its anchoring and systematic development in the Czech environment (Šebešová, 2017; 2023). Last but not least, the conclusions of the thesis may inspire teachers in practice and facilitate their action in teaching philosophy. The research on this issue has not yet been supported by a sufficiently documented theoretical framework in the Czech Republic, mainly due to the unanchoredness of the discipline and subject didactics itself. References European Commission. (2020). Conference on supporting key competences development: Learning approaches and environments in school education: conference report. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/287701 Gore, J. M., & Morrison, K. (2001). The perpetuation of a (semi-) profession: Challenges in the governance of teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(5), 567–582. Guerriero, S. & Deligiannidi, K. (2017). ”The teaching profession and its knowledge base“. In Guerriero, S. (ed.). Pedagogical Knowledge and the Changing Nature of the Teaching Profession. OECD Publishing, Paris. Chráska, M. (2016). Metody pedagogického výzkumu. Základy kvantitativního výzkumu. Grada. Chudý, Š., & Neumeister, P. (2014). Začínajúci učiteľ a zvládanie disciplíny v kontexte 2. stupňa základnej školy. Paido. Janišová, M., & Strouhal, M. (Eds.). (2023). Učitelské vzdělávání a oborové didaktiky na Filozofické fakultě Univerzity Karlovy. Karolinum. MŠMT. (2023a). Competence Framework for Graduate Teachers. https://www.msmt.cz/file/61073_1_1/ (Accessed on 20 January 2024) OECD (2024). Teachers by age. doi: 10.1787/93af1f9d-en (Accessed on 29 January 2024) Průcha, J. (2002). Moderní pedagogika. Portál. Spilková, V. (2023). De-profesionalizační novela v mezinárodní perspektivě přístupů k učitelské profesi. Pedagogická orientace, 33, 12-45. Spilková, V. (2016). Přístupy české vzdělávací politiky po roce 1989: Deprofesionalizace učitelství a učitelského vzdělávání?. Pedagogika, 66(4), 368-385. Spilková, V., & Štech, S. (2023). Učitelství v ČR: ohrožená profese?. Pedagogická orientace, 33(1), 3-11. Šebešová, P. (2023). Hodnocení ve výuce filosofie jako výzva. In Janišová, M., & Strouhal, M. (Eds.). Učitelské vzdělávání a oborové didaktiky na Filozofické fakultě Univerzity Karlovy. Karolinum. Šebešová, P. (ed.). (2017). Proč a jak učit filosofii na středních školách. Antologie textů z německé didaktiky filosofie. Vydavatelství FF UK. Švaříček, R., & Šeďová, K. (2014). Kvalitativní výzkum v pedagogických vědách. Portál. Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research techniques. Zhong, Y. (2017). Professional development of new teachers: the perspective of teacher learning. Teacher development research, 4, 56–61. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Investigate the Link between Psychological Capital and Teaching for Creativity in Urban and Rural Teachers 1The Education University of Hong Kong; 2The University of Hong Kong; 3The Chinese University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Teaching for creativity (TfC) is highlighted worldwide due to its crucial role in students’ learning motivation, creative performance, and academic achievement (Craft et al., 2008; Davies et al., 2013; Gajda et al., 2017). A line of research in the field of management has found that psychological capital (PsyCap) has a close relationship with individual creativity in many service settings (Huang & Luthans, 2015; Li & Wu, 2011; Rego et al., 2012; Sweetman et al., 2011). To date, few studies in education have explored whether and to what extent teachers’ PsyCap is related to their TfC behavior. To address the discussed research gaps, this study was designed to investigate the relationship between teachers’ PsyCap and their TfC behavior, by first examining the links between each of the four components of PsyCap—efficacy, hope, resilience, and optimism—and teachers’ TfC, and then by analyzing the differences in these links between urban and rural teachers. TfC emphasizes the development of creativity in students through their empowerment in the learning process. (Jeffrey & Craft, 2004; National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education, 1999). Luthans (2002) defines PsyCap as “positively oriented human resources strengths and psychological capacities that can be measured, developed, and effectively managed for performance improvement” (p. 59). From this perspective, Luthans, Avolio, et al. (2007) advanced four positive psychological resources as constituting PsyCap: efficacy, optimism, hope, and resilience. The relationship between efficacy and TfC can be addressed in three ways. Based on the previous literature, we postulated a positive relationship between efficacy and TfC. Conceptual work backed by empirical evidence indicates that hopeful individuals are apt to welcome creativity. Zhou and George (2003) argued that creativity-related performance at work requires a willingness to explore despite the possibility of failure. From this literature, we anticipated a positive association between hope and TfC among teachers. Resilience is the ability to adapt to changing contexts and life stressors, to bounce back from failure, uncertainty, and adversity, and even to move beyond resilience to achieve success (Luthans, Youssef, et al., 2007; Tugade & Fredrickson, 2004). Given that failures and challenges are inherent in creative tasks (Amabile, 1983) as well as the cultivation of student creativity (Bereczki & Kárpáti, 2018), feeling at ease in abnormal situations and persevering despite failure are prerequisites of creativity-related behavior. We postulated that the positive association between resilience and creativity found in this literature would be also applicable to TfC. Optimism refers to an individual’s generalized positive expectancy for, and attributions of, success (Scheier et al., 2001). Empirical studies have also found that optimism can enhance flexible cognition, trigger intrinsic motivation, and promote creative thinking and creativity-related performance (Fredrickson & Joiner, 2002; Sweetman et al., 2011). Based on the theory of optimism and the attendant empirical studies, we predicted that a positive association between optimism and TfC. In China, due to community poverty, isolation, and distance from the centers of political, economic, and cultural life (Sargent & Hannum, 2005), rural teachers in under-resourced schools may exhibit different features of PsyCap and face distinct challenges in TfC. we predicted that the structural relationships between efficacy, hope, resilience, and optimism to TfC are invariant across urban and rural teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample and Data Collection This study used a cross-sectional survey research design to investigate studied variables. The participants were 2,309 primary school teachers (86.6% females) in Chongqing, with a mean age of 36.18 years (SD = 8.98, ranging from 21 to 60 years) and mean years of teaching experience of 14.78 years (SD = 10.26, ranging from 1 to 40 years). An online self-reported questionnaire was used to collect the data. We contacted local educational administrators and teacher educators to obtain their approval to conduct the research in their districts, and to ask for their assistance in distributing the link and QR code of the online questionnaire to teachers. Measures PsyCap Teachers’ PsyCap was measured with the 12-item Psychological Capital Questionnaire (PCQ-12; Luthans, Avolio, et al., 2007; Luthans, Youssef, et al., 2007). TfC The items developed by Author (2021) were used to measure teachers’ TfC behavior. The participants responded to all items using a 5-point Likert scale (ranging from 1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree). Data Analysis After data cleaning, descriptive statistics were computed for all the variables and Cronbach’s alpha scores were calculated to assess the internal reliability of the multi-item subscales. Independent sample T-test was used to compare differences in PsyCap and TfC between urban teachers and rural teachers. Repeated measures ANOVAs were used to examine difference in four components of PsyCap within all teachers, urban teachers and rural teachers respectively. Confirmatory factor analysis was then used to measure the construct, discriminant, and convergent validity of the scales. A measurement model was used to test the structural validity of the hypothetical model. Structural equation modelling (SEM) was performed to examine the hypothesized relationships among the studied variables, with the maximum likelihood method adopted for parameter estimation. The goodness-of-fit indices used for the model were the chi-square test (χ2), root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA; should be < .08), comparative fit index (CFI; should be > .90), Tucker–Lewis index (TLI; should be > .90), and standardized root mean square residual (SRMR; should be < .08) (Keith, 2014). To compare the relationships among the studied variables between the urban and rural groups, we tested the measurement invariance of the models. After confirming measurement invariance, the structural weights and latent means were compared. Mplus 8.0 was used for data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study mapped the associations between four components of PsyCap and TfC among urban and rural teachers. Four major findings emerged from the analyses: (1) teachers scored highest in optimism and lowest in hope, and urban teachers had higher levels of efficacy and hope than rural teachers; (2) Efficacy and Resilience were significantly related to both urbans’ and rural teachers’ TfC performance; (3) Hope was only positively associated with urban teachers’ TfC; (4) Optimism was only positively related with rural teachers’ TfC The results of this study showed that teachers reported different levels of the four components of PsyCap. Among the four components of PsyCap, hope scored the lowest and optimism the highest for both urban and rural teachers. This supports Synder’s (1994) claim that hope and optimism differ. Combining willpower with waypower, hope represents to what extent teachers are motivated and how many pathways teachers can identify for accomplishing tasks; optimism represents generally positive expectancy and attribution. The results revealed that both urban and rural teachers held a quite optimistic perspective on their work but had limited self-motivation and a relative lack of hope in terms of identifying different ways to solve problems. The present study found that urban teachers had higher levels of general efficacy and hope than their rural counterparts. Given their limited educational and social resources, poor working conditions, and worse student performance (Sargent & Hannum, 2009; Zhao et al., 2017), rural teachers may encounter more challenges and have limited access to the resources needed to solve problems; this might decrease their self-judgments of their abilities and motivation. In addition, limited teacher training and development opportunities commonly founded in the rural schools (Sargent & Hannum, 2005) may also lead to teacher constrained confidence in their abilities. References References (abridged) Amabile, T. M. (1983). The social psychology of creativity: A componential conceptualization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45(2), 357–376. Bereczki, E. O., & Kárpáti, A. (2018). Teachers’ beliefs about creativity and its nurture: A systematic review of the recent research literature. Educational Research Review, 23, 25–56. Craft, A., Chappell, K., & Twining, P. (2008). Learners reconceptualising education: Widening participation through creative engagement? Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 45(3), 235–245. Davies, D., Jindal-Snape, D., Collier, C., Digby, R., Hay, P., & Howe, A. (2013). Creative learning environments in education: A systematic literature review. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 8, 80–91. Gajda, A., Beghetto, R. A., & Karwowski, M. (2017). Exploring creative learning in the classroom: A multi-method approach. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 24, 250–267. Huang, L., & Luthans, F. (2015). Toward better understanding of the learning goal orientation–creativity relationship: The role of positive psychological capital. Applied Psychology, 64(2), 444–472. Jeffrey, B., & Craft, A. (2004). Teaching creatively and teaching for creativity: Distinctions and relationships. Educational Studies, 30(1), 77–87. Li, C. H., & Wu, J.-J. (2011). The structural relationships between optimism and innovative behavior: Understanding potential antecedents and mediating effects. Creativity Research Journal, 23(2), 119–128. Luthans, F. (2002). Positive organizational behavior: Developing and managing psychological strengths. Academy of Management Perspectives, 16(1), 57–72. Luthans, F., Avolio, B. J., Avey, J. B., & Norman, S. M. (2007). Positive psychological capital: Measurement and relationship with performance and satisfaction. Personnel Psychology, 60(3), 541–572. Luthans, F., Youssef, C. M., & Avolio, B. J. (2007). Psychological capital: Developing the human competitive edge. Oxford University Press. Rego, A., Sousa, F., Marques, C., & Cunha, M. P. E. (2012). Retail employees’ self-efficacy and hope predicting their positive affect and creativity. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 21(6), 923–945. Sweetman, D., Luthans, F., Avey, J. B., & Luthans, B. C. (2011). Relationship between positive psychological capital and creative performance. Canadian Journal of Administrative Sciences, 28(1), 4–13. Tugade, M. M., & Fredrickson, B. L. (2004). Resilient individuals use positive emotions to bounce back from negative emotional experiences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86(2), 320–333. Zhou, J., & George, J. M. (2003). Awakening employee creativity: The rOole of leader emotional intelligence. The Leadership Quarterly, 14(4), 545–568. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Threshold to the Initial Embodiment of Becoming a Teacher Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:This research grew out of a change in pre-service teacher (PST) placement practice on one undergraduate Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programme in the Republic of Ireland because of changes made during the Covid-19 pandemic and as a response to Teaching Council policy and guidance documentation (2020a; 2020b, 2021) during that period. The Year 1 PST placement experience over the period from 2020-2022, moved from a video-recorded microteaching experience (Allen and Ryan, 1969; Arsal, 2014) teaching students from a local school in the University setting, followed by a primary school placement, to an online synchronous peer teaching placement experience (Teaching Online Programme 1 - TOP1). Post-Covid, the programme academic team re-evaluated the placement experience. Team research had found that while the TOP “offered …[a chance to build] knowledge in a safe environment where risks could be taken … with technology that might not be attempted in the classroom” (Doyle et al., 2021, p.61), it was also the case that “some student-teachers … missed the real encounter with pupils in the classroom” (Doyle et al, 2021, p.58). Considering these findings and research published in response to online teaching during Covid-19 (Donlon et al., 2022; Giner-Gomis et al., 2023; White and McSharry, 2021), the team designed and implemented a re-imagined form of PST placement practice in Year 1 of the academic year 2022-2023. The research question for this qualitative study asks: What is the process that led beginning pre-service teachers to the moment of embodiment in becoming a teacher? It is concerned with the threshold moment in the becoming of a PST as experienced in this re-imagined placement experience and how this might inform PST placement practice internationally. We acknowledge that there are many different types of PST experiences across the globe, however, this research will transfer to the becoming of a teacher whatever the format (Newman, 2023). The conceptual framework for this study comes from the concept of becoming as suggested in the work of Deleuze and Guattari (2003). They define becoming as “a threshold, a middle, when things accelerate” (p.25). We will argue that year one of ITE is such a threshold or middle. There is no beginning with becoming, only middles and muddles (St Pierre, 2013) as the PST already has images and ideas of who and what a teacher might be. However, becoming is a process in which any given multiplicity “changes nature as it expands its connections” (Deleuze & Guattari, 2003). Sellers (2013) clarifies that becoming involves a dynamic process, through/with/in which an assemblage (PST) is constantly changing through connections it is making. ITE offers a variety of spaces for the pre-service teacher to make and expand these connections both on site in the university, online and in the classroom. The concept of becoming offers the concepts of multiplicity and difference which are significant in this framework. They will help interrogate how the pre-service teacher becomes something new through the inter and intra-connections of these concepts. This understanding undercuts the importance of identity and being and disrupts the thinking of a human as stable and rational, who experiences change but remains the same person. It also undercuts the search for an “identity” for the pre-service teacher and points rather to process, movement, expansion, and confluence. Stagoll (2010) suggests “one’s self must be conceived as a constantly changing assemblage of forces, an epiphenomenon arising from chance confluences of languages, organisms, societies, expectations, laws and so on” (p.27). This study will map how teacher placement works for the first-year pre-service teacher and how it acts as a threshold for the initial embodiment of their becoming as teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following Institutional Ethical approval, data for this study were collected through the extraction of anonymous evaluations pertaining to one first year pre-service teacher professional placement module on a concurrent ITE programme in the Republic of Ireland. Pre-service teachers (N=123) submitted the evaluations after they completed a teaching online programme (TOP1) placement followed by an in-school micro-placement (MP1). The evaluation form included 29 open-ended questions that guided students to consider their overall experience of planning, preparation and practice throughout Year 1. After the removal of incomplete data, 92 evaluations remained for analysis. A reflexive thematic analysis (RTA) approach was deemed most appropriate for this study (Braun & Clarke, 2022). RTA is a valid and reliable “method for developing, analyzing and interpreting patterns across a qualitative dataset, which involves systematic processes of data coding to develop themes” (p.4). Preliminary coding involved reading all the data to get 'a sense of the whole' and then identifying initial codes (Tesch, 1990, p.96; Emerson et al., 1995). This allowed for the possibilities of patterns, themes and tentative analysis to emerge. Next, cluster coding allowed for the classification of considered patterns and inter dependency (Woods, 1986), which led to the identification of sub and core themes. In this study, a theme “captures something important about the data concerning the research question and represents some level of patterned response or meaning within that data set” (Braun & Clark, 2006, p.82). In line with the principles underpinning our thematic framework, the initial thematic map was shared with the research team. This peer-review process checked for bias, acknowledging the importance of reflexivity in the teacher-researcher role (Quinlan, 2011). Importantly, it allowed for the co-construction of final themes, which align with the authors' beliefs that analysis involves listening to many voices for collaborative meaning-making to occur (Stiggins, 1988; Van Maanen, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper proposes a new model of PST placement through a dual online and micro-placement experience for use on ITE programmes internationally. The model allows for the becoming of the PST in all their difference and singularity. The encounter with the secondary students and the context of the classroom in a school site, constructed a new awareness of who they are, a consciousness that didn’t emerge during the online experience. The process of online experience which developed their learning in planning, preparation and technology; the sharing of feedback by peers and tutors; and the adaptation and practice of lessons, provided the scaffolding for them to confront for the first time a classroom encounter with secondary students. The presence of the schoolteachers, teacher educators and tutors, to assist in their support and scaffolding, generated a safe space so that they could embody their new identity as teachers. The partnership of the university and school in building a safe environment allowed for this emergence to be visibly evident. Findings showed that this ITE programme interrupted PSTs' epistemological, ontological and axiological understanding of teacher identity. They experienced placement as a threshold, a space of new awakening in the becoming of their identity as a teacher. This becoming was encouraged through a multiplicity of experiences not only in the knowledge of planning and preparation for lessons but through their immersion into the teaching of students in classrooms in different contexts - teaching their peers online followed by teaching secondary students in two different school contexts. This threshold of TOP1 and MP1 offers the PST a moment of embodiment in their teacher becoming in which they recognized for the first time that teachers can be made. This teacher-making event generated a new respect for who and what they might become as teachers in the future. References Allen, D. W., & Ryan, K. (1969). Microteaching. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. Arsal, Z. (2014). Microteaching and pre-service teachers’ sense of self-efficacy in teaching. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(4), 453–464. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage Publications Limited. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (2003). A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. University of Minnesota Press. Donlon, E., Conroy Johnson, M., Doyle, A., McDonald, E., & Sexton, P. J. (2022). Presence accounted for? Student-teachers establishing and experiencing presence in synchronous online teaching environments. Irish Educational Studies, 41(1), 41–49. Doyle, A., Conroy Johnson, M., Donlon, E., McDonald, E., & Sexton, P. J. (2021). The role of the teacher as assessor: Developing student teacher’s assessment identity. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 46(12), 52–68. Emerson, R., Fretz, R., & Shaw, L. (1995). Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. University of Chicago Press. Giner-Gomis, A., González-Fernández, R., Iglesias-Martínez, M.J., López-Gómez, E. and Lozano-Cabezas, I. (2023). Investigating the teaching practicum during COVID-19 through the lens of preservice teachers, Quality Assurance in Education, 31(1), 74-90. Newman, S. (2023) What works in Initial Teacher Education? Journal of Education for Teaching, 49(5), 747-752. Quinlan, C. (2011). Business Research Methods. Cengage Learning. Sellers, M. (2013). Young Children Becoming Curriculum: Deleuze, Te Whāriki and Curricular Understandings. Routledge. St. Pierre, E. A. (2013). The posts continue: becoming. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education: QSE, 26(6), 646–657. Stagoll, C. (2010). Becoming. In A. Parr (Ed.), The Deleuze Dictionary (Revised Edition, pp. 25–27). Edinburgh University Press. Stiggins, R. J. (1988). Revitalizing Classroom Assessment: The Highest Instructional Priority. The Phi Delta Kappan, 69(5), 363–368. Tesch, R. (1990). Qualitative Research: Analysis Types and Software Tools. Falmer. The Teaching Council. (2020a). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education. https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/assets/uploads/2023/08/ceim-standards-for-initial-teacher-education.pdf The Teaching Council. (2020b). Guidance Note for School Placement 2020-2021. https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/assets/uploads/2023/09/guidance-note-for-school-placement-2020-2021.pdf The Teaching Council. (2021). Guidance Note for School Placement 2021-2022. https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/assets/uploads/2023/09/guidance-note-for-school-placement-2021-2022.pdf Van Maanen, J. (2011). Tales of the Field: On Writing Ethnography (Second Edition). Chicago University Press. White, I., & McSharry, M. (2021). Preservice teachers’ experiences of pandemic related school closures: anti-structure, liminality and communitas. Irish Educational Studies, 40(2), 319–327. Woods, P. (1986). Inside Schools: Ethnography in Educational Research. Routledge. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 B: Connecting Theory and Practice in Teacher Education Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stephen Heimans Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Facilitating Video-Based Discussion to Support the Transfer of Theoretical Knowledge into Practice in Initial Teacher Education. Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Global challenges and changes have an impact on education and increase the expectations of teachers. Supporting students with very different backgrounds, and navigating versatile learning environments require the teacher to be able to make evidence-based decisions in order to best support the learning of all students. In order to best prepare teachers to meet the demands of an ever more complex profession and ensure high quality teaching, teachers need strong theoretical knowledge and a good skill of transferring it into classroom practice. Student teachers often do not see the connection between evidence-based knowledge and its value for classroom practices (Knight, 2015), which might be the case due to their lack of transferring skills. The contextual model of teacher competences (Blömeke et al., 2015) describes teacher competence as a multidimensional construct, which consists of three facets: teachers' disposition (professional knowledge and affective-motivational aspects), situation-specific skills (perception, interpretation, decision-making, i.e PID-skills) and performance in the classroom. These three facets are in interaction with each other, where dispositions affect PID-skills and the visible behaviour in the classroom is dependent on both two. In other words, teacher PID-skills are of great importance for high quality teaching (Stahnke & Blömeke, 2021) as they function like a bridge between the teacher's knowledge and the transfer of that knowledge to classroom practices. Finding ways to support the development of teacher PID- skills is receiving more and more attention in the field of teacher education (e.g. Kleinknecht & Gröschner, 2016; Santagata et al., 2021). PID-skills are extensively researched in the field of mathematics and natural sciences (e.g. Alwast & Vorhölter, 2022; Santagata & Yeh, 2016). However, studies that focus on supporting the development of PID-skills in the context of need-supportive teaching are lacking, even though supporting student motivation and engagement are important questions for every teacher (e.g. Reeve & Cheon, 2021). Thus this research provides a novel perspective on developing PID-skills in teacher education. Previous research has shown a lower quality of teacher education students interpretation and decision-making skills (e.g. Alwast & Vorhölter, 2022; Georg & Poom-Valickis, 2023) referring to the inability to use theoretical knowledge in reasoning and decision-making. Student teachers primarily noticed aspects connected to teacher behavior, generalized and paid attention to less-important factors connected to need-supportive teaching, and had difficulties in basing their interpretations and decisions on theoretical foundations (Georg & Poom-Valickis, 2023). Therefore the goal of our current study was to discover ways to support the development of student teachers´ interpretation and decision-making skills in the context of need-supportive teaching using video-based discussions. Previous research has confirmed that classroom videos are a suitable means for this purpose (e.g. Prilop et al., 2021). However, merely video-based observations are not sufficient for supporting skill development effectively (Estapa & Amador, 2023). It is important to guarantee targeted opportunities to practice theoretical reasoning and make decisions thereof through video-observations or case-studies (Santagata & Yeh, 2016; Stürmer, Königs & Seidel, 2013) and pay explicit attention to learning how to direct one´s reasoning based on noticed events (Barnhart & van Es, 2015). The study sought answers to the following research questions: 1. What are the levels of interpretation and decision-making skills before and after video-reflection activities in the lecture? 2. What are the connections between student interpretation and decision-making skills and their knowledge of need-supportive teaching strategies at the end of the course?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current study was carried out during a TE course, where the focal topic was Self-Determination Theory (SDT) and supporting student learning and engagement. 45 first-year Master level teacher education students participated in the study. The intervention was carried out during the autumn semester of 2023/2024. Special attention was paid to giving opportunities to practice reasoning based on the noticed aspects and focusing on connecting the theory in question to practice. During 5 seminars, students had the opportunity to reflect on and discuss the videos on their own, in small groups and in a large group setting with expert feedback with the emphasis on highlighting the most important aspects in terms of the watched video-clip or providing more theoretical insight into the offered interpretations and decisions. A supporting reflection model with guiding questions was developed to better facilitate the discussions in the lecture. The data was collected in the lectures before and after interventions. A pre-intervention evaluation of interpretation and decision-making skills was carried out at the beginning of the course before SDT, and need-supportive teaching was thoroughly discussed. Coding schemes and procedures from previous research (e.g. Alwast & Vorhölter, 2022; Barnhart & van Es, 2015; van Es, 2011) were adapted and validated to be used in the context of need-supported teaching (Georg & Poom-Valickis, 2023). For the skills assessment, two authentic classroom videos with a length of 5 minutes each were shown to the participants, which they had to analyze based on given prompts. The analysis questions were formulated based on Chan & Yau (2021) and enabled to assess the level of their interpretation and decision-making. A post-intervention evaluation was carried out at the end of the theoretical course following the same model. In addition to the assessment of PID-skills, participants also completed a questionnaire to analyze their theoretical knowledge regarding basic psychological needs support and thwarting in the classroom created based on Ahmadi et al. (2023). Data analysis for evaluating PID-skills was carried out in several phases. First, data was coded based on the data item describing interpretation or decision-making. In the next phase, data was analyzed deductively, using coding protocols, which were created on the basis of previous research (Alwast & Vorhölter, 2022; van Es, 2011). To evaluate changes in the interpretation and decision-making skills, the paired sample t-test is used and correlation analysis is carried out to find connections between student PID-skills and theoretical knowledge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis of the pre-intervention assessment shows that student teachers' interpretation and decision-making skills are of a rather low level, which corresponds to the results of the previous PID-skills assessment study (Georg & Poom-Valickis, 2023). As the second round of data collection was carried out in December 2023 the data analysis is still in progress. A preliminary look at the data does reveal a shift in the levels of interpretation and decision-making, but further deep analysis is yet to be carried out. However, there is reason to be cautiously optimistic to see a better capability of teacher education students´ providing reasoning and decisions based on theoretical knowledge. Even though the study focuses on analyzing the development of PID-skills and its connections to theoretical knowledge, it is positive to see that 82% (N=37) teacher education students who participated in the study found that video-based discussions supported or significantly supported their skills in understanding the aspects of need-supportive teaching and transferring that knowledge into practice. The expected outcomes of this study provide an important insight into finding solutions to better support theory-practice transferability in teacher education, in order to ensure the implementation of evidence-based knowledge in supporting student learning and engagement. Furthermore, the study focuses on finding opportunities for facilitating video-based discussions in lecture settings and thereby offers an important addition to teacher education course development. References Ahmadi, A., Noetel, M., Parker, P., Ryan, R. M., Ntoumanis, N., Reeve, J., Beauchamp, M., Dicke, T., Yeung, A., Ahmadi, M., Bartholomew, K., Chiu, T. K. F., Curran, T., Erturan, G., Flunger, B., Frederick, C., Froiland, J. M., González-Cutre, D., Haerens, L., . . . Lonsdale, C. (2023). A classification system for teachers’ motivational behaviors recommended in self-determination theory interventions. Journal of Educational Psychology, 115(8), 1158–1176. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000783 Alwast, A., & Vorhölter, K. (2022). Measuring pre-service teachers’ noticing competencies within a mathematical modeling context – an analysis of an instrument. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 109, 263–285. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-021-10102-8 Barnhart, T., & van Es, E. (2015). Studying teacher noticing: Examining the relationship among pre-service science teachers' ability to attend, analyze and respond to student thinking. Teaching and Teacher Education, 45, 83-93. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.09.005 Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J., & Shavelson, R. (2015). Beyond dichotomies: Competence viewed as a continuum. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 223, 3-13. http://dx.doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194 Georg, K., & Poom-Valickis, K. (2023). Noticing and analysing needs – supportive teaching – measuring student teachers’ situation – specific cognitive processing skills. Eesti Haridusteaduste Ajakiri. Estonian Journal of Education, 11(2), 40–67. https://doi.org/10.12697/eha.2023.11.2.03 Chan, K.K.H., & Yau, K.W. (2021). Using Video-Based Interviews to Investigate Pre-service Secondary Science Teachers’ Situation-Specific Skills for Informal Formative Assessment. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 19, 289–311. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-020-10056-y Estapa, A., & Amador, J. (2023). A qualitative metasynthesis of video-based prompts and noticing in mathematics education. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 35, 105–131. https://doi-org.ezproxy.tlu.ee/10.1007/s13394-021-00378-7 Knight, R. (2015). Postgraduate student teachers’ developing conceptions of the place of theory in learning to teach: ‘more important to me now than when I started’, Journal of Education for Teaching, 41:2, 145-160, DOI: 10.1080/02607476.2015.1010874 Reeve, J., & Cheon, S.H. (2021). Autonomy-supportive teaching: Its malleability, benefits, and potential to improve educational practice, Educational Psychologist, 56:1, 54-77, DOI: 10.1080/00461520.2020.1862657 Santagata, R., & Yeh, C. (2016). The role of perception, interpretation, and decision making in the development of beginning teachers’ competence. ZDM Mathematics Education 48, 153–165. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-015-0737-9 Stahnke, R., & Blömeke, S. (2021). Novice and expert teachers’ situation-specific skills regarding classroom management: What do they perceive, interpret and suggest? Teaching and Teacher Education, 98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103243 van Es, E. (2011). A framework for learning to notice student thinking. In M. G. Sherin, V. R. Jacobs & R. A. Philipp (Eds.), Mathematics teacher noticing. Seeing through teachers’ eyes (pp. 134–151). Routledge. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Strengthen Openness and Positive Emotions towards Educational Theories through Co-operative Course Concepts in Teacher Education. 1PH Steiermark, Austria; 2Paris-Lodron-University Salzburg, Austria Presenting Author:In uncertain times, teacher training is an important strategic initiative for overcoming challenges and actively shaping the future. In 2024, a reform of teacher training in Austria was announced, which, among other things, provides for better integration of practical elements into theoretical training. In addition to redesigning the curricula, it is therefore an important task to design courses that contextualise school practice more strongly in educational theory. This is where the study "OPENness for EDUcational Theories and socio-emotional COOPeration (OPEN EDU COOP)" comes in, by theoretically and empirically analysing central construct areas of the development and strengthening of professional action competence facets of teachers. The construct areas of teacher professionalism selected for the study are openness towards educational theories, the associated positive emotions and the development of social skills. For this purpose, co-operative learning environments are developed and their effectiveness with regard to the construct areas addressed, is empirically investigated. The importance of openness towards educational science theories is emphasised for the theory-based reflection of practical school experiences (Hascher & Hagenauer, 2016; Gastager et al., 2022). Students with this openness have more sustainable learning experiences in the school placement (Donche & van Petegem, 2009). However, students tend to have negative attitudes towards educational theories and prefer to receive practical tips from mentors (Allen & Wright, 2014). Positive emotions play a key role here, as they expand the thought-action repertoire, promote holistic thinking (Fredrickson, 2001) and can set in motion a positive spiral that leads to the development of personal resources (Kalchgruber et al., 2021). Several studies (Bach & Hagenauer, 2022; van Rooij et al., 2019; Hascher & Waber, 2020) confirm the positive effects of positive emotions on learning experiences in school internships. Social competences are multi-perspective constructs which Kanning (2015) categorises as perceptive-cognitive, motivational-emotional or behavioural. Kiel et al. (2012) found in an empirical study that prospective teachers experience an increase in competence in the areas of leadership skills, independence, cooperation skills, situational behaviour and sense of responsibility during the course of their studies. Nevertheless, the majority of prospective teachers show moderate leadership, organisational orientation and little interest in cooperation with colleagues and parents of pupils (Mayr, 2012). Rothland (2010) analysed the development of social skills in the first phase of teacher training and found a need for development in the area of conflict skills and social skills among prospective male teachers, and for dealing with sensitivity to social frustration, particularly among female students. The students were less satisfied with their self-assertion and showed an increased tendency towards confrontation in social conflict situations. A sample of the Potsdam Teacher Study (Schaarschmidt & Kieschke, 2007) lead to the conclusion that a quarter of those surveyed showed deficits in the area of social-communicative skills and in their experience of social support. The researched findings illustrate the great potential of teacher training to promote and support students in expanding their social competences. The didactic intervention of OPEN EDU COOP is based on the systematic use of cooperative elements in order to promote both social competences and the reflective examination of educational science theories in an emotionally positive way. The study thus aims to close previous research gaps regarding students' emotions when dealing with educational science theories. The central research question is derived from these theoretical considerations: What effects are achieved by a cooperative didactic course concept in the training of teacher students with regard to openness towards educational science theories, the associated positive emotions and the development of social competences? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The OPEN EDU COOP study, which is being conducted at the University College of Teacher Education Styria in cooperation with the University of Salzburg, is an intervention that makes cooperative teaching/learning environments available to teacher students and analyses them for the described effects (openness to educational theories, initiation of positive emotions and development of social skills) in a pre-post design. In the winter term 2023/24 (1), a quantitative survey instrument was developed and applied that includes teamwork scales, scales to measure openness towards educational theories, the associated emergence of positive emotions and the development of social competences. At the same time, the intervention programme was developed and tested in two seminar groups. In a further phase (2), the didactic intervention will be implemented in nine seminar groups (N = 252) and the effects will be determined in a pre-post test per term. At the end of each course, the subjective theories of two participating students will be examined using the dialogue-consensus method. In a subsequent phase (3), data will be analysed using statistical tests and content analysis methods to test the hypotheses. The findings are intended to contribute to increasing quality through the use of a cooperative university didactic teaching/learning setting (Wahl, 2020). This contribution is intended to focus on the intervention that the didactic concept depicts and is theoretically justified below. Wahl (2020) recommends a sensible alternation of direct, collective teaching-learning phases and active, participant-centred teaching-learning phases. The emphasis on the latter supports the achievement of sustainable learning success to a greater extent than receptive learning phases because they provide more support for the complex process of subjective acquisition. An innovative learning environment therefore focuses on subjective acquisition, in which students receive orientation in terms of content and learning strategy. From a learning psychology perspective, cooperative teaching/learning environments promote the use of suitable learning strategies and self-regulation. Cognitive conflicts and the experience of self-efficacy through task specialisation have a motivational effect and support a positive social climate. The intervention in OPEN EDU COOP therefore adopts the sandwich principle (Wahl, 2020), which provides for short teaching-learning sequences in which learners actively work in small teams on a joint task related to topics of an educational science course. In addition to the curricular content of educational research, the experiences of the student teachers in their practical educational studies are addressed in reflection cycles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The instrument developed in test phase 1 was used on a sample (N = 51) that received the intervention described. Analyses of the scales based on this sample show good reliability and can be presented as well as the first results of the main test phase (N = 75) which will take place in the summer term 24. It is expected that the pre-post comparison of the data will show significant positive changes in student teachers’ openness to educational theories, a strengthening of positive emotions when dealing with educational theories and the development of social competences. At the conference, the university didactic intervention will be presented and discussed with European experts. The researchers are interested in positioning OPEN EDU COOP discursively in current research in the European higher education didactics context so that future findings can be integrated into European educational research. References Allen, J., & Wright, S. (2014). Integrating theory and practice in the pre-service teacher education practicum, S. 136–151. Bach, A., & Hagenauer, G. (2022). Joy, anger, and anxiety during the teaching practicum: How are these emotions related to dimensions of pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy? Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 295-311. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00343-9 Donche, V., & von Petegem, P. (2009). The development of learning patterns of student teachers: a cross-sectional and longitudinal study. Higher Education, S. 463-475. Fredrickson, B. (2001). The role of positive emotions in positive psychology: The broaden-and-build theory of positive emotions. American Psychologist, S. 218-226. Gastager, A., Hagenauer, G., Moser, D., & Rottensteiner, E. (2022). Fostering pre-service teachers’ openness to educational theory and self-regulation as elements of their epistemic reflective competence: Results from a mixed-methods intervention study in Austria. International Journal of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2021.101918 Hascher, T., & Hagenauer, G. (2016). Openness to theory and its importance for pre-service teachers' self-efficacy, emotions, and classroom behaviour in teaching practicum. International Journal of Educational Research, S. 15-25. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2016.02.003 Hascher, T., & Waber, J. (2020). Emotionen. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland, & S. Blömeke (Hrsg.), Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (S. 819–824). Klinkhardt. Kalchgruber, S., Hofer, M., Hagenauer, G., & Hascher, T. (2021). Offener, schülerorientierter und individualisierter? – Positive Lehreremotionen und Unterrichtsgestaltung. In C. Rubach, & Lazarides R. (Hrsg.), Emotionen in Schule und Unterricht (S. 88-107). Barbara Budrich. Kanning, U. (2015). Soziale Kompetenzen fördern. Hogrefe. Kiel, E., Pollak, G., Weiß, S., Braune, A., & Steinherr, E. (2011). Wirksamkeit von Lehrerbildung - Biografiemanagement und Kompetenzentwicklung in der dreiphasigen Lehrerbildung. Forschungsbericht. Open Access LMU. https://epub.ub.uni-muenchen.de/12292/ Mayr, J. (2012). LehrerIn werden in Österreich: Empirische Befunde zum Lehramtsstudium. In T. Hascher, & G. Neuweg (Hrsg.), Forschung zur (Wirksamkeit der) Lehrer/innen/bildung. Rothland, M. (2020). Soziale Kompetenz: Angehende Lehrkräfte, Ärzte und Juristen im Vergleich. Empirische Befunde zur Kompetenzausprägung und Kompetenzentwicklung im Rahmen des Studiums. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 582-603. https://www.pedocs.de/volltexte/2013/7161/pdf/ZfPaed_4_2010_Rothland_Soziale_Kompetenz.pdf Schaarschmidt, U., & Kieschke, U. (2007). Einführung und Überblick. In U. Schaarschmidt, & U. Kieschke (Hrsg.), Gerüstet für den Schulalltag. Psychologische Unterstützungsangebote für Lehrerinnen und Lehrer (S. 17-43). Beltz. van Rooij, E., Fokkens-Bruinsma, M., & Goedhart, M. (2006). Preparing science undergraduates for a teaching career: sources of their teacher self-efficacy. The Teacher Educator, 270–294. https://doi.org/10.1080/08878730.2019.1606374 Wahl, D. (2020). Wirkungsvoll unterrichten in Schule, Hochschule und Erwachsenenbildung. Von der Organisation der Vorkenntnisse bis zur Anbahnung professionellen Handelns. Klinkhardt. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Capability Approach as a Reference Theory in Teacher Training KPH Vienna/Krems, Austria Presenting Author:The Capability Approach, developed by Amartya Sen and Martha Nussbaum and based on Aristotelian ethics, provides a theoretical framework for the discussion of fundamental social (in)equality and (in)justice. At its core is the question of the interaction between people's abilities and the resources available to them. To emphasise this analytically, a distinction is made between functionings and capabilities: „Functionings are people’s beings and doings whereas capabilities are the real or effective opportunities to achieve functionings“ (Potsi 2018: 243). This focus makes the Capability Approach particularly interesting for educational issues and is suitable with regard to transfer to school, teaching research and teacher training. With the central distinction between "functionings" (abilities) and "capabilities" (opportunities for realisation) this approach goes beyond the functional perspective of the widespread approaches widely used in the field of education, because it not only considers the internal-personal conditions of individuals (competences), but also the external-social conditions through which the potentials of learners can be turned into real possibilities (= capabilities). Accordingly, pedagogical action according to the Capability Approach means "paying careful attention to pedagogical and content-related issues and considering how lesson content and the nature of interactions in the classroom (for example, the role assigned to critical thinking and the ability to imagine things of different kinds in everyday teaching) realise the goals inherent in the approach" (Nussbaum 2015: 155). It should also be questioned which dimensions of school life (from the organisational structure to the concrete teaching activities, the spatial design and the work with parents) can be critically examined and further developed in this respect. Such considerations should already be an integral part of the knowledge and reflection canon in the training of prospective teachers in order to be able to guarantee a school education aimed at the realisation opportunities of the pupils and the necessary willingness of the teachers to do so. In order to explore the potential of the Capability Approach in the context of teacher training, a working group at the University College for Teacher Training Vienna/Krems is working on the question of how prospective teachers can be explicitly and systematically familiarised with this topic and thus be prepared for equity-sensitive pedagogical practice. In the presentation, the main theoretical features of the Capability Approach will be addressed and related to questions of educational equity in schools. Based on that, the work of the working group and first insights will be introduced. In concrete terms, this means the potential benefits for teacher education, implication for a curriculum as well as teaching material that is currently in progress. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The interdisciplinary working group, which has been meeting regularly for around three years, brings together colleagues from various subject areas (general education, educational sociology, inclusion education, subject didactics, etc.). Key questions such as "How fair is school?" or "How must school life be so that students can develop their abilities in the best possible way?" are discussed by this interdisciplinary composition from different perspectives and subject approaches, but always with reference to the Capability Approach. The methodological approach in the project consists firstly of theoretical analysis and secondly of the development of materials for university teaching. Ad 1) Theory work: This takes the form of a literature review on the Capability Approach with a special focus on the education sector with the aim of developing a common understanding of the core statements. In order to advance the discourse within the group, specialist publications were written jointly. In addition, the ideas of the Capability Approach were presented at various events (e.g. specialist group conferences, ...) and attempts were made to disseminate the topic within the university and invite colleagues to further participation. Ad 2) Material development: In addition to developing implications for the field of education, different didactic approaches and materials for use in teaching (primary and secondary education) will be developed. To this end, the working group will review already published teaching materials that deal with topics relevant to the Capability Approach. Building on this, suitable materials for teaching will be developed and tested in specific courses together with teacher students in a participatory process. The results of these tests will be incorporated into the further work of the working group. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The practical aim of the project is to develop materials for use in university teaching, which can be used to develop the concept, the core terms and the relevance of the Capability Approach for the school sector with students. An essential basic element is the participation of the students in the didactic preparation of the theoretical principles in order to design the materials to be as target-grouporiented as possible. Documents for various methodological and didactic approaches are developed in interdisciplinary cooperation: Compilation of basic texts and further literature (differentiated according to level of difficulty), elements for impulse lectures, preparation of case studies, work assignments for individuals or student groups, various seminar activities such as role plays, group discussions, poster sessions and creation of cognitive maps, ... This should ensure that existing approaches (expertise of students and teachers) from the fields of migration pedagogy, inclusive pedagogy, sustainable learning, educational justice, etc. are fruitfully incorporated into the work. At the same time, they will be reflected on and evaluated through experimentation in various courses and linked to the concept of the Capability Approach. At the end of the project, a conference is planned to disseminate the materials on the Capability Approach as a reference theory in various subject areas of teacher training and to familiarize other teachers with it. The documents produced are to be made available in a materials pool via OER (open educational resources) at the University of Teacher Education. References Graf, Gunter, Kapferer Elisabeth & Sedmak, Clemens (2013) (Eds.). Der Capability Approach und seine Anwendung. Fähigkeiten von Kindern und Jugendlichen erkennen und fördern. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Nussbaum, Martha (2015). Fähigkeiten schaffen. Neue Wege zur Verbesserung menschlicher Lebensqualität (engl.: Creating Capabilities. The Human Development Approach). Freiburg: Alber. Otto, Hans-Uwe & Schrödter, Mark (2011): Kompetenzen oder Capabilities als Grundbegriffe einer kritischen Bildungsforschung und Bildungspolitik? In: Heinz-Hermann Krüger, Ursula Rabe-Kleberg, Rolf-Torsten Kramer & Jürgen Budde (Eds.), Bildungsungleichheit revisited. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-93403-7_9. Potsi, Antoanneta (2018). Early Childhood educational curricula. In: Hans-Uwe Otto & Melanie Walker (Eds.), Capability-Promoting Policies: Enhancing Individual and Social Development (pp. 237–258). Bristol: Policy Press. https://doi.org/10.1332/policypress/9781447334316.003.0013. Rosenberger, Katharina, Gitschthaler, Marie, Hemsing, Werner, Sattlberger, Eva & Wachter, Andreas (2022). Das Schaffen von Verwirklichungschancen für Schüler:innen als Thema in der und für die Lehrer:innenbildung (pp. 71-93). In: Thomas Krobath, Kerstin Schmidt-Hönig, Tanja Mikusch & Thomas Plotz (Eds.), Transformative Bildung. SDGs in Lehrer/innenbildung und Hochschulentwicklung . Lit Verlag. Störtländer, Jan Christoph (2019): Bildung und Befähigung. Eine qualitative Studie zu kritisch-konstruktiver Didaktik und Capabilities Approach. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 C: Teachers' Morality, Religion and Values Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: George Olympiou Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Exploring the Development of Pre-service Teachers’ Perceptions of Teacher Morality through Embodied Pedagogy: A Case Study 1University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2Beijing Normal University, China Presenting Author:The moral nature of teaching and teachers’ ethical responsibilities have been explored for decades (Schjetne et al., 2016). Nevertheless, the implementation of teacher morality remains challenging in practice. Teachers’ insufficient understandings of teacher morality has been identified as a significant contributing factor to this issue. For instance, many teachers rely on formal codes of professional ethics as the basis for understanding teacher morality. But this approach tends to be far from adequate when it comes to complex educational activities in practice (Campbell, 2008). Pre-service teachers are prone to be confused under such circumstances due of their limited practical educational experiences. Their perceptions of teacher morality heavily depend on what they have been taught. However, despite the inclusion of moral education in teacher education programmes worldwide, there is a lack of emphasis on the extent to which pre-service teachers are able to internalise and construct their personal understandings of teacher morality. Teacher educators tend to impart moral norms and theories relevant to the teaching profession, with relatively little attention to the cultivation of individual values and the resolution of ethical dilemmas (Willemse, Lunenberg, & Korthagen, 2005; Pantić & Wubbels, 2008). Therefore, there is need for exploring innovative approaches that can foster the development of pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality. Embodied pedagogy has emerged as an effective approach to enhancing learning. It emphasizes the integration of learners’ body, cognition and context, providing a new approach to developing pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality (Nguyen & Larson, 2015; Liu et al., 2022). Previous research has also revealed the impact of embodied experiences, such as physical actions, tactile sensations, and visual stimuli on cognitive activities relevant to morality (Schaefer et al., 2014, 2015; Gan, Fang, & Ge, 2016). However, most of the studies on incorporating embodied pedagogy into teacher education are theoretical studies, and there remains a lack of empirical evidence collected from educational practice. Therefore, this study aims to explore how do pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality develop through embodied pedagogy. The conceptual framework is constructed based on embodied cognitive theory and conceptual metaphor theory. Embodied cognitive theory emphasizes the integral role of body in cognitive processes, suggesting that our cognition is shaped by our bodily experiences within certain contexts (Wilson, 2002). Conceptual metaphor theory conceptualises cognition as a “mapping” process from a familiar and concrete “source domain” to an unfamiliar and abstract “target domain” (Lakoff, 2006). According to this conceptual framework, embodied pedagogy is interpreted as a transformative process where pre-service teachers actively engage their bodies in classroom activities, and therefore construct new understandings of teacher morality. They participate in various activities and gain direct embodied experiences, i.e., concrete source domain. Then teachers gradually go through the mapping process under the guidance of teacher educators, including connecting their present embodied experiences with past and future educational practices, as well as combining concrete activities with abstract theories. Consquently, they reach deeper and more comprehensive understandings of teacher morality, i.e., abstract target domain. Their perceptions of teacher morality are characterised through two dimensions: one focuses on the abstract concepts of moral values that the teaching profession requires, while the other involves teachers’ moral behaviours in educational practice. This research was conducted in a course on teacher morality where embodied pedagogy was utilised at B University in China. The study participants involve all the nine pre-service teachers enrolled in this course. Multiple qualitative data collection methods were employed, including classroom observations, focus group interviews, teachers’ written assignments and reflective reports. The data was analysed and compared to gain insights into the development of pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality through embodied pedagogy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research paradigm was employed to explore the development of pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality. This research was conducted in a course named “Theory and Practice of Teacher Morality: Based on Embodied Pedagogy” at B University in China. This course was offered during the autumn semester in 2023, spanning for 12 hours in total. It was an elective course for students pursuing a master’s degree in education. The research involved all the nine students who enrolled in this course. They were in their first year of postgraduate studies and expressed their intention to become secondary school teachers after graduation. Therefore, they are referred to as “pre-service teachers” in this study. It is worth noting that these pre-service teachers had some prior practical educational experiences. The teacher educator responsible for delivering this course is a professor at B university, with several years of research experience in the fields of teacher morality and teacher embodied learning. The research data was collected through multiple resources. Firstly, classroom observations served as the main source to uncover pre-service teachers’ experiences. The researcher was present during all classroom activities, capturing significant moments using field notes and video recordings. Secondly, teachers were requested to submit a series of written assignments, including analyses of a practical case relevant to teacher morality. Additionally, they also need to submit their reflective reports at the end of each session. Thirdly, two focus group interviews were conducted to learn about pre-service teachers’ experiences and understandings from their own perspective. One took place at the beginning of the first session, and the other after the course was completed. The guideline of the first interview involved some basic questions regarding their general views on teacher morality, while some questions were added to the second interview based on the observations and textual data described above. The collected data was organised and analysed aiming to derive meaningful insights. Different types of data were integrated to comprehend pre-service teachers’ experiences from different perspectives. Classroom observations and assignments provided valuable information for the research to interpret teachers’ perceptions, while interviews and reflective reports being employed to listen to teachers’ voices from their own perspective. Furthermore, a qualitative comparative analysis was conducted following a chronological pattern. This contributes to exploring how embodied pedagogy triggered changes before and after embodied pedagogy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results demonstrate that the changes in pre-service teachers’ perceptions of teacher morality triggered by embodied pedagogy are mainly reflected in three aspects. Firstly, embodied pedagogy contributes to the development of a cross-domain mapping from pre-service teachers’ concrete bodily experiences to abstract teacher morality. It begins with their embodied experiences during classroom activities, which serve as the basis for their perceptual development. The interactions between their bodies and the classroom environment, teaching and learning tools, and bodily interactions with other pre-service teachers and the teacher educator are also significant. Subsequently, they are able to construct embodied representations of abstract teacher morality based on their bodily experiences. Secondly, pre-service teachers tend to establish a double-directional connection between abstract concepts of moral values and practical moral behaviours. On one hand, they use practical moral behaviours in educational settings as a means to describe the performances and connotations of abstract moral values that teachers should possess. On the other hand, they identify, comprehend and explain the abstract concepts of moral values in practical behaviours in certain cases. Thirdly, through embodied pedagogy, pre-service teachers connect the acquired knowledge relevant to teacher morality with their past and future educational practices. More importantly, they construct their own personal understandings and individual meanings of teacher morality. With regards to the past, pre-service teachers interpret and analyse their existed educational experiences based on their understandings of teacher morality. In terms of the future, they are able to envision the values that they aspire to possess and anticipate their potential responses when faced with ethical dilemmas, respectively representing moral values concepts and practical moral behaviours. Here, they reproduce and re-interpret their prior and anticipated future experiences, facilitating a shift from a focus on the present moment to a consideration of future circumstances. References (1) Campbell, E. (2008). The ethics of teaching as a moral profession. Curriculum Inquiry, 38(4), 357-385. (2) Gan, T., Fang, W., & Ge, L. (2016). Colours’ impact on morality: Evidence from event-related potentials. Scientific Reports, 6(1), 38373. (3) Lakoff, G. (2006). Conceptual metaphor. Cognitive linguistics: Basic Readings, 34, 185. (4) Liu, Q., Wu, Y., Zhou, W., & Pei, M. (2022). The theoretical foundation of embodied teacher moral learning approaches. Teacher Education Research, 34(6), 10-15. (5) Nguyen, D. J., & Larson, J. B. (2015). Don’t forget about the body: Exploring the curricular possibilities of embodied pedagogy. Innovative Higher Education, 40, 331-344. (6) Pantić, N., & Wubbels, T. (2010). Teacher competencies as a basis for teacher education–Views of Serbian teachers and teacher educators. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(3), 694-703. (7) Schaefer, M., Denke, C., Heinze, H. J., & Rotte, M. (2014). Rough primes and rough conversations: Evidence for a modality-specific basis to mental metaphors. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, 9(11), 1653-1659. (8) Schjetne, E., Afdal, H. W., Anker, T., Johannesen, N., & Afdal, G. (2016). Empirical moral philosophy and teacher education. Ethics and Education, 11(1), 29-41. (9) Tang, H., Lu, X., Su, R., Liang, Z., Mai, X., & Liu, C. (2017). Washing away your sins in the brain: physical cleaning and priming of cleaning recruit different brain networks after moral threat. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, 12(7), 1149-1158. (10) Willemse, M., Lunenberg, M., & Korthagen, F. (2005). Values in education: A challenge for teacher educators. Teaching and Teacher education, 21(2), 205-217. (11) Wilson, M. (2002). Six views of embodied cognition. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 9, 625-636. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Career Choice Motivations among Israeli Teacher Candidates: a Question of Religion? University of Passau, Germany Presenting Author:This paper investigated whether there were variations in career choice motivations of Israeli teacher education students depending on their religious background. Given the division in society and the education system, the question arose whether religion might have a so far overlooked influence on the motives for choosing the teacher profession. The FIT-Choice framework served as a theoretical framework for the study. Motives were analysed looking at group differences by religion in the motivations for entering the teaching profession. While most motives were homogenous among religious groups in Israel, some exhibited significant differences affiliated to religious values. This indicates that by ignoring religious affiliation, voices of underrepresented groups might be silenced resp. not respected in their special views. This leads to conclusions for dealing with underrepresented (religious) groups within teacher education settings in ways that help to attract and retain them for the teacher profession.
Objectives and purposes The project from which this paper originated compared the career choice motives of future teachers from different countries, among them Israel. The Israeli cooperation partners decided to swap a descriptive item asking for the nationality of participants with one that asked to which religious group they belonged. As religion and the feeling of national belonging are reported to be strongly combined in Israel (Breit and Wolff, 2012) the initial oversight of religion's role in the international project may have been attributed to cultural bias. We took the chance of the unplanned coincidence and argued in line with Suryani et al. (2016) that it might be important to take religion into account as additional information for countries where religion plays a significant role in society. This could pose an opportunity to give a voice to specific religious groups within the Israeli education system which might have been underrepresented so far.
Theoretical framework In 2009, the Israeli population (7.55 million people) was made up of 74.5% Jewish, 20.3% Arab (Muslim, Christian or Druze) and 4.2% classified as ‘other’ (Breit and Wolff, 2012). Furthermore, religious affiliation encompasses more than mere religious beliefs in Israel as it stretches out into the educational system, where segregation takes place as there are different schools for different religious groups (ibid.). Breit and Wolff (2012) address the fact that there is a systemic difference in PISA and TIMMS performance when comparing Hebrew and Arab schools (ibid.). The Hebrew schools perform better than the national average and the nationwide exams show a significant better performance of Hebrew than Arab schools as well. Thus, the authors call Israel a “divided society with divided schools”. There are hints of systemic differences within the group of teachers in existing research as well: Garra-Alloush et al. (2021) addressed the question of career choice motives among female Arab students of EFL (English as a foreign language) in Israel. The authors combined the affiliation to a religious group with career choice motives in Israel by using FIT choice (Watt and Richardson, 2007) as a theoretical framework. The FIT- choice framework describes “factors influencing teaching as a career choice” (Watt and Richardson, 2007) and was validated first for Australian universities. It is based on the expectancy-value-model by Eccles et al. (2000) and differentiates between extrinsic and intrinsic higher-order factors. It has been widely used and validated in many countries, making it suitable to compare countries (Suryani et al., 2016). Suryani (ibid.) added in her Indonesian FIT-choice-study religious influences as an important factor to be considered (ibid, p. 180).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used a paper and pencil version of the FIT-Choice questionnaire by Watt and Richardson (2007) that was translated into Hebrew. The questionnaire consisted of Likert-scaled-items regarding study choice motivations (n=7), career choice motives (n=37), beliefs regarding the teaching profession (n=13) as well as sociodemographic information (n=12). For sociodemographic information, we knew the religious background of the participants, but not if they themselves visited a religious school as pupils. Regarding the Jewish participants, we did not know if they belonged to the group of orthodox or secular jews. We conducted descriptive, univariate analysis to describe data, Levene tests were used to test for variance homogeneity between groups using SPSS. Participation in the study was anonymous and voluntary. The participants consented to the use of their data for research purposes (informed consent). The items regarding the career choice of future teachers were grouped to form the factors already validated by Watt and Richardson (2007). We conducted reliability measurements for the given sample that showed acceptable reliability for most, but limited reliability for some scales (lowest α: expert career with 0.44). For group differences, values between 0.5 and 0.7 can still be accepted (Lienert et al., 1998). The low alpha scores are in concurrence with other studies that had issues to reproduce all FIT choice scales (Watt et al. 2012) and had to be taken into account as a limitation when interpreting the results. Data sources: We collected data from 106 freshmen teacher education students at a teacher training college in Israel in 2018. Our sample included students from the following religious backgrounds: The participants were 68% Jewish, 1.9 % Christian, 8.5 % Muslim and 16 % Druze. We aggregated the last three groups to the group “Arab” as this is also done for statistical reports in the country. The distribution seems to account for the country in general. Israel’s Arab population is further divided in 70% Muslim, 9% Druze and 21 % Christian. Thus, in our sample the Druze population is slightly over- and the Christian population slightly underrepresented (Central Bureau of Statistics, 2008). The underrepresentation of Muslim participants could be due to structural barriers that limit their access to tertiary education (Breit and Wolff, 2012). Almost all the participants were female. This is in accordance with other international data that depict teaching as a “female profession” (Drudy, 2008). Jewish participants were older due to the draft for mandatory military service. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We could identify six out of 12 motives with significant group differences (two-sided t-tests (Levene)) regarding to religion: “shape the future of children”, “social influence”, “teaching as a demanding job”, “status”, “pay” and “time for family”. The Jewish participants ranked the first three motives higher, whereas the Arab participants ranked the last three significantly higher than the Jewish ones. This can be related to different values or value rankings varying between religious groups. Family, for example, plays an important role among Muslims and can therefore influence career decisions, probably especially for women (Garra-Alloush, 2021). The motive “Teaching as a demanding job” is ranked higher among Jews although they rank status and pay lower in their career choice, at first view a puzzling result. However, due to the higher PISA performance of Jewish schools, the demand of teaching might be perceived higher, while at the same time due to the higher education level of Jewish students, teaching might not necessarily mean a social upward mobilty. But especially Muslims have limited access to tertiary education and possibly they regard teaching more than other groups as a high status job that is well paid. Scholarly significance of the study: Due to the sample size we can only draw conclusions carefully. Religion seems to play a role when examining motives to become a teacher. There could be different cultural or religious values and meanings behind concepts like status and pay. We recommend to consider cultural values when researching career choice motives among teacher students. To examine this further, research should be extended to qualitative investigation. To adress teacher education candidates more adequately, teacher education settings should respect their heterogeneity. This could be a means to first respect different cultures and minorities, fight teacher attrition within underrepresented groups and to enhance social equity. References Central Bureau of Statistics (2008): The arab population in Israel 2008. State of Israel Central Bureau of Statistics (2009): The population of Israel 1990-2009. Demographic characteristics. State of Israel Drudy, S. (2008): Gender balance/gender bias: The teaching profession and the impact of feminisation. Gender and education, 20(4), 309-323 Eccles, C. and Wigfield, A. (2000): Expectancy-Value Theory of Achievement Motivation. In: Contemporary Educational Psychology 25, 68-81 Garra-Alloush, I., Chaleila, W. and Watted, A. (2021): Close to the heart or close to the home? Motivational factors influencing EFL teaching as a career choice among female arab citizens of Israel students. In: English Language teaching. 14:1, p.48-57 Guri, S.-R. (1990): Four Models of teacher training in Israel: some lessons and implcations for teacher educators, Journal of education for teaching, 16:3, p. 225-233 Korb, K. A. (2010). Do Students in the Faculty of Education Choose Teaching as a Last Resort Career? Implications for Teacher Preparation Programmes. International Journal of Educational Studies, 1, 117-121. Kuttab, D. (2015): Israel's Christian schools demand equality with Jewish schools. AL-Monitor online: https://www.al-monitor.com/originals/2015/05/palestine-israel-schools-christian-jewish-orthodox-education.html#ixzz894LrcAam Lienert, G. A. and Raatz, U. (1998): Testaufbau und Testanalyse [Testconstruction and Analyses]. 6th edition, Psychologie VerlagsUnion: Weinheim, Germany Pacchiani, G. (2023): Jewish schools need staff, Arab teachers need jobs – but it’s not so simple. In: The Times of Israel. Online: https://www.timesofisrael.com/jewish-schools-need-staff-arab-teachers-need-jobs-but-its-not-so-simple/ Suryani, A., Watt, H.M.G. and Richardson, P.W. (2016): Students’ motivations to become teachers: FIT-Choice findings from Indonesia. Int. J. Quantitative Research in Education, Vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 179-203 Watt, H.M.G. and Richardson, P.W. (2007): Motivational Factors influencing teaching as a career choice: development and validation of the FIT-Choice scale. In: the Journal of experimental education, Vol. 75, No. 3, pp167-202 Watt, H.M.G. and Richardson, P.W. (2012): An introduction to teaching motivations in different countries: comparisons using the FIT-choice scale, in: Asia Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40:3, 185-197 Wolff, L. and Breit, E. (2012): Education in Israel: The challenges ahead. Research paper 8, The Joseph and Alma Gildenhorn Institute for Israel Studies, University of Maryland Zuzovsky, R. (1996): Practice in teacher education: an Israeli perspective. In: European Journal of Teacher education. 19:3, p. 273-285 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper “We’re not alone”: Building Communities of Practice in Rural/Regional Settings Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:Helping early career teachers to develop professional competencies has been a central aim of developing a Multi-Provider Professional Practice Model in Rural/Regional Victoria, Australia. A component of this learning program sought to reassure teachers that they already possessed strong skills and that what they were experiencing in schools was normal for early career teachers. The shortage of teachers in rural and low socioeconomic schools (SES) in Victoria, Australia is a pressing issue affecting the quality of education. The recent wave of teacher shortages exacerbated by the Covid-19 pandemic has put unprecedented pressure on schools and teachers with more teachers leaving the profession than ever before. It has been recognised that partnerships between universities, local communities and government can impact teacher education and recruitment and strengthening these partnerships provides a strong basis for improving rural student outcomes. Since many were the only early career teacher in their school, they had nothing to compare their experience to. Too often this made them feel isolated and unsure of their capabilities. Our strengths-based mentoring approach sought to show early career teachers the benefits of interacting within communities of practice alongside peers at the same point in their career journey. This contrasted with other professional learning they had experienced, which they believed mostly provided generic teaching strategies or presenting methods to get the most from interactions with their more experienced mentors. For many participants, this professional learning provided a rare opportunity for them to connect with teachers at the same stage in their professional journey. In many cases, teachers made it clear they found this experience transformational in terms of their perception of their professional identity. Not least because it showed they were not alone. Another key strength of the program was that it provided a space for participants to interact and discuss a key problem of practice they had been experiencing with their fellow early career teachers. These problems of practice were generated by the teachers themselves. The teachers were asked to engage with the problem and explore the motives, influences, and perspectives that enable and constrain early career teachers' capacities. Teachers noted the commonalities encountered by early career teachers in rural schools around relationships, community, social justice, resources and well-being. Many pointed out that they felt uncomfortable raising these concerns with staff at their schools, as it might highlight their lack of experience and skills. As such, the exercise highlighted the benefits of a community of practice by the experience itself. This community of practice engaged with the experiences, constraints and enablers that contributed to understanding the unique circumstances faced by teachers in these remote settings, specifically in the development of capable teachers who could sustain working in rural and low SES schools, addressing the critical issue of teacher shortages in these areas. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The community of practice intervention was organised so that those running the professional learning would not know the nature of the problem of practice being discussed nor what advice was provided in response to this. This was an intentional feature of the exercise, since it was important for the participants to develop trust between themselves both in the types of problems they could bring to the group and in their own and their peers’ professional knowledge. Feedback from participants also did not ask for specific details of the problems of practice they discussed. Rather, participants were asked to discuss the general themes of their problem of practice, including relationships, community, social justice, resources and well-being. Being an early career teacher in a small, regional/remote school with students from educationally disadvantaged backgrounds, many of whom suffer intergenerational trauma, is challenging but crucial work. These early career teachers learning that they were not alone and that they had the skills necessary to make a difference provided them with the confidence to build their resilience. Providing the lived experience involved in interacting with a community of practice, especially the skills of careful listening, probing questioning for clarification and an openness toward alternative solutions to the problem was shown to provide these teachers with insights into the benefits of communities of practice with one’s peers and in developing their self-confidence in their already substantial skill sets. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Being an early career teacher in a small, regional/remote school with students from educationally disadvantaged backgrounds, many of whom suffer intergenerational trauma, is challenging but crucial work. These early career teachers learning that they were not alone and that they had the skills necessary to make a difference provided them with the confidence to build their resilience. Providing the lived experience involved in interacting with a community of practice, especially the skills of careful listening, probing questioning for clarification and an openness toward alternative solutions to the problem was shown to provide these teachers with insights into the benefits of communities of practice with one’s peers and in developing their self-confidence in their already substantial skill sets. References Lave, J. & Wegner, E. (1991). Situated Learning: Legitimate Peripheral Participation. Cambridge University Press. Shulman, L.S. & Shulman, J.H. (2004) How and What Teachers Learn: A shifting perspective. Curriculum Studies. 36/2, 257-271 Webber, E. (2016). Building Successful Communities of Practice: Discover how connecting people makes better organisations. Drew Publishing, London |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 D JS: Three Decades of EERA – Opening up ECER submissions for analysis Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Joint Research Workshop, NW 10, NW 12 & NW 22. Details in 12 SES 09 A JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 09 D: Reform in Uncertain Times Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Minda Lopez Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Navigating Change: Exploring the Interplay between Teachers' Perceived Challenges in Curriculum Reform and Self-Efficacy Faculty of Education, University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:Curriculum reforms are demanding in terms of implementation since they require changes in many aspects that might challenge the existing beliefs and subjective realities deeply embedded in an individual and organizational context (Fullan, 2015; Tikkanen et al., 2020). Teachers are the foremost implementers of curriculum reform and their direct engagement with and enactment of the curriculum significantly shapes the outcomes of reform. According to Fullan (2015), curriculum implementation is the vehicle through which desired objectives are achieved, and for the new curriculum to yield results, it must be effectively translated into classroom practices. Furthermore, Fullan (2015) emphasizes that for the successful implementation of educational reform, a minimum of three dimensions of change should be addressed: materials, teaching approaches, and beliefs. Teachers' experiences with curriculum implementation can affect their efficacy beliefs during the implementation stage (Agormedah et al., 2022; Bennet, 2007). On the other side, the teachers' perceived self-efficacy can influence the way teachers will interact with the new curriculum (Barni, Danioni & Benevene, 2019; Gouëdard et al., 2020; Putwain & Embse, 2019). These studies emphasize the need for a holistic approach to understanding and supporting teachers during educational reforms. Teachers often make critical decisions regarding change early in the implementation process, potentially relying on limited information. Given that teachers can have notable concerns about curriculum reforms, failure to address these concerns could potentially influence how the change is implemented, thereby impacting the self-efficacy of teachers. According to Gordon et al. (2023), the successful execution of educational reforms significantly relies on the teacher's self-efficacy. Bandura's self-efficacy theory (1977), highlights that self-efficacy is crucial for teachers and has a direct impact on the quality of education. Teachers with high self-efficacy contribute positively to the educational environment, fostering resilience, adaptability, and a commitment to continuous improvement. Aim of the study This study investigates the intricate relationship between teachers' perceived challenges in the implementation of curriculum reform and their self-efficacy in teaching. Centered on uncovering the intricate dynamics of variables, the research seeks to identify specific challenges posed by curriculum reform and understand the connection of these challenges with teachers' beliefs and demographic factors such as gender, educational background, and teaching experience. Furthermore, this study investigates teachers' perspectives on the most effective approaches for enhancing motivation and fostering commitment to the new curriculum, as well as for promoting their self-efficacy beliefs. Research questions that guide this study are: - To what extent do teachers perceive the success of implementing the new curriculum in their school context? - Is there a statistically significant relationship between teacher self-efficacy and the perception of teachers regarding the implementation of curriculum reforms? - To what extent do individual characteristics, such as gender, teaching experience and educational background, mediate the relationship between teacher self-efficacy and their perception regarding the implementation of curriculum reforms? - What insights can teachers provide regarding the strategies and practices they find most effective in enhancing motivation, cultivating commitment to the new curriculum, and fostering their own self-efficacy beliefs? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a mixed-methods approach, blending quantitative surveys, to quantify the nature and extent of challenges faced by teachers during curriculum reform, with qualitative methods such as interviews to capture the depth of their self-efficacy experiences influenced by the implementation of the new curriculum reforms. As outlined by Rossman and Wilson (1985, 1994), adopting a multi-method approach in policy research offers promise for comprehending the intricate phenomena of the social world. This involves viewing the world from various perspectives and employing diverse methodologies that are more adept at addressing the diverse stakeholders involved in policy issues, as opposed to relying on a single method or approach to research. The quantitative phase involves the distribution of a standardized questionnaire to a random sample of primary and lower secondary teachers in public and private schools in Kosovo (n=400), assessing challenges across various dimensions and measuring the connection with self-efficacy beliefs. Moreover, interviews were conducted with 20 selected primary and lower secondary teachers to explore their experiences and gather their insights on the successful implementation of curriculum reform, as well as the development of their self-efficacy. Teachers were recruited from diverse schools across Kosovo using a purposive sampling technique that adhered to the criteria of variation sampling (Patton, 2002). The intent was to encompass a comprehensive range of perspectives within the research study. The survey instrument encompasses the following constructs: personal and professional background, teachers' perceptions of curriculum implementation and their perceived level of self-efficacy. The self-efficacy questionnaire (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001) adapted for the context of curriculum reforms will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of implementing the curricula. This questionnaire is tested and piloted to ensure it is a valid and reliable tool for use in this context. The gathered data will be subjected to statistical analysis, including inferential and correlation analyses. Themes and patterns extracted from the qualitative data provide depth and context to the statistical insights garnered from the quantitative analysis. The data underwent analysis through thematic analysis, utilizing an inductive coding approach. Themes were derived from the initial coding process to address the research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The outcomes of this research offer a nuanced understanding of the multifaceted dynamics shaping teachers' responses to curriculum reform and its consequential impact on their self-efficacy beliefs. Additionally, the investigation aims to uncover teachers' perspectives on effective approaches for motivation, commitment, and self-efficacy in the context of the new curriculum. By identifying specific challenges and exploring their connections with demographic factors and self-efficacy beliefs, the research aims to provide valuable insights for policymakers, administrators, and initiatives focused on professional development. Furthermore, the examination of teachers' perspectives on effective approaches for curriculum implementation expected to inform strategies that can enhance their self-efficacy beliefs, ultimately contributing to the successful implementation of curriculum reforms in the educational landscape. This study has the potential to offer insights that extend beyond a specific local context, contributing to a broader international dialogue on curriculum reform challenges, teachers' self-efficacy, and effective strategies for motivating and fostering commitment among teachers worldwide. References Agormedah, E. K., Ankomah, F., Frimpong, J. B., Quansah, F., Srem-Sai, M., Hagan J. E. Jr., and Schack, T. (2022). Investigating teachers' experience and self-efficacy beliefs across gender in implementing the new standards-based curriculum in Ghana. Frontiers in Education, 7:932447. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2022.932447 Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The Exercise of Control, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York. Barni, D., Danioni, F., and Benevene, P. (2019). Teachers’ Self-Efficacy: The Role of Personal Values and Motivations for Teaching. Frontiers in Psychology, 10:1645. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01645 Bennett, D. Sh. (2007). Teacher Efficacy in the Implementation of New Curriculum Supported by Professional Development. Graduate Student Theses, Dissertations, & Professional Papers. 946. https://scholarworks.umt.edu/etd/946 Fullan, M. (2015). The New Meaning of Educational Change, Fifth Edition, Teachers College Press, https://books.google.fr/books?id=YxGTCwAAQBAJ. Gordon, D., Blundell, C., Mills, R. Bourke, T. (2023). Teacher self-efficacy and reform: a systematic literature review. The Australian Educational Researcher, 50, 801–821. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-022-00526-3 Gouëdard, P., Pont, B., Hyttinen, S., & Huang, P. (2020). Curriculum reform: a literature review to support effective implementation, OECD Working Paper No. 239. https://one.oecd.org/document/EDU/WKP(2020)27/En/pdf Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods. 3rd Sage Publications; Thousand Oaks, CA. Putwain, D. W., & von der Embse, N. P. (2019). Teacher self-efficacy moderates the relations between imposed pressure from imposed curriculum changes and teacher stress. Educational Psychology, 39 (1), 51-64. DOI: 10.1080/01443410.2018.1500681 Rossman, G. B., & Wilson, B. L. (1985). Numbers and Words: Combining Quantitative and Qualitative Methods in a Single Large-Scale Evaluation Study. Evaluation Review, 9(5), 627-643. https://doi.org/10.1177/0193841X8500900505 Rossman, G.B., & Wilson, B.L. (1994). Numbers and words revisited: Being "shamelessly eclectic.” Quality and Quantity, 28, 315-327. Tikkanen, L., Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J. & Soini, T. (2020). Lessons learnt from a large-scale curriculum reform: The strategies to enhance development work and reduce reform-related stress. Journal of Educational Change, 21, 543–567. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09363-1 Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and teacher education, 17(7), 783-805. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teaching out-of-field in English: Understanding the Past, Analyzing the Present, & Hope for the Future Texas State University, United States of America Presenting Author:When teachers teach classes for which they are not licensed, they are teaching out of field (OOF) (du Plessis, 2015; Ingersoll, 1999; 2019). Out of field teaching is not a characteristic of the teacher but a description of the misalignment of a teacher’s qualifications and the subject they teach. It should be noted that out-of-field teaching is not due to a lack of academic degree or training on the part of teachers but instead represents a mismatch between teachers’ fields of training and their teaching assignments. When students take classes from teachers OOF, they show less academic growth and are less successful (Clotfelter, Ladd & Vigdor, 2010; Lankford, Loeb, & Wyckoff, 2002). This is an equity issue because the likelihood of being taught by a teacher OOF is higher for students of color and Emergent Bilinguals as well as those located in urban and rural schools (Beswick, Fraser, & Crowley, 2016; Nixon et al, 2017). In addition, teachers teaching OOF have been shown to have lower satisfaction rates and higher attrition rates (Donaldson & Johnson, 2010). There is growing concern about the negative effects of teachers teaching OOF across all subject areas and most parts of the globe (Hobbs & Porsch, 2022). In the USA, teaching OOF has been a challenge for decades, but rates have increased dramatically since the federal Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) became law in 2015 (Author, 2020). While one goal of ESSA was to provide increased local control by providing more flexibility on teacher qualifications, the result has been more teachers teaching outside of their areas of expertise. This phenomenon of teaching OOF is not new and impacts a wide range of students and subjects. Ingersoll found that one-fifth of all students in English, grades 7-12, were taught by a teacher who did not have at least a minor in English or English-related field (Ingersoll, 1998). While many think Math and Science are the fields primarily impacted by teachers who teach OOF, more English classes in Texas, USA, are taught by teachers assigned OOF than any other subject (Author, 2020). In addition, most prior studies have been limited because they used only one type of data (quant or qual), they used national assessment data that were not linked directly to the curriculum teachers were teaching, or they used state assessment data with small samples. In this study, we overcame some of these limitations by using a mixed methods approach where step one utilized quantitative statewide English language arts (ELA) assessment data that were linked directly to the English curricula that teachers were required to teach to identify successful teachers assigned OOF in secondary English. Once these successful English teachers were identified, step two included qualitative methods where teachers were interviewed, and their pedagogical approaches analyzed in order to find more details contributing to their students’ success. In this study we seek to answer the question, “What factors contribute to secondary ELA teachers’ success when assigned to teach at least one course OOF?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This mixed methods study takes place in Texas, USA, an ideal location for conducting research on teaching OOF because of several factors. The state education agency has collected rich data on large numbers of student, teacher, and schools since 1991 and these data are contained in a State Longitudinal Data System called the Education Research Center (ERC). Not only does Texas collect and store millions of data points regarding education, the state also has the second largest student enrollment in public education in the USA and is demographically diverse, making this context a rich and unique site for this kind of research. For this study, we expand on prior work and examine the characteristics of successful teachers who are teaching secondary English OOF. We identified the teachers through quantitative means, identifying teachers whose secondary students showed higher than predicted academic growth in ELA on the state’s secondary English assessments. We used three level hierarchical linear modeling and school fixed-effects ordinary least squares models to identify teachers who had students who showed greater increased in English achievement than was predicted based on their student demographic, teacher, and school characteristics. Growth was calculated by subtracting the student’s actual English assessment score from the student's predicted English scores. These student-level growth scores were then averaged at the teacher-level, and the highest performing teachers teaching secondary English OOF were selected. The sample included the 10 teachers with the top growth score averages and their associated schools were identified. We contacted the principals of these schools and arranged to interview the principal and the secondary English teachers. With the principal, we sought to identify any school-level, systematic approaches to supporting teachers teaching secondary English OOF (e.g., professional learning, classroom supports). With the teachers, we sought to identify their perception of teaching secondary English OOF, their perceptions of school-level support, and their sense of teaching self-efficacy. We also observed their pedagogical approaches during classroom observations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show teaching OOF was associated with 17.4% of a standard deviation (SD) lower achievement in English Language Arts in Grade 9 compared to teachers who were prepared and licensed to teach secondary English. These results indicate that students who were taught OOF experience less growth and achievement in English. There are substantial differences across school and student level characteristics. The negative effect of teaching OOF on student growth is twice that of student poverty. In other words, eliminating poverty in Texas would improve student learning by only half the rate of ensuring all teachers were teaching within their fields of expertise. We are processing the qualitative data and will provide details during the presentation. In general, two groups exist. First and least informative, was the group of principals who provided no systematic supports for their teachers, thus were unable to account for the positive outcomes beyond assuming the results were due solely to an individual teacher. Second, and actionable, were the schools that had implemented systematic supports and training for their teachers and discuss how professional learning opportunities were tailored to teachers teaching secondary English OOF. Examples of these systematic supports and the teachers’ perceptions of these supports will be provided. With increased teacher shortages and pressures to churn out more teachers, the OOF rates are likely to increase. The results of our study strongly indicate that teaching OOF is not a viable option for providing a high quality, equitable education to students. Given that Author (2020) showed Black students, male students, students in special education, from low-income families, and multilinguals are significantly more likely to be taught by a teacher OOF than their peers, all else being equal, the current findings may result in less equitable educational opportunities for students across the USA. References Author, 2020 Author, 2022 Beswick, K., Fraser, S., & Crowley, S. (2016). '“No wonder out-of-field teachers struggle!”: Unpacking the thinking of expert teachers, Australian Mathematics Teacher, vol. 72, p. 16 – 20. Clotfelter, C. T., Ladd, H. F., & Vigdor, J. L. (2010). Teacher credentials and student achievement in high school: A cross subject analysis with student fixed effects. Journal of Human Resources, 45(3), 655–681. Du Plessis, A. (2015). Effective education: Conceptualising the meaning of out-of-field teaching practices for teachers, teacher quality and school leaders. International Journal of Educational Research. 72, 89-102. doi: 10.1016/j.ijer.2015.05.005 Donaldson, M. L., & Johnson, S. M. (2010). The Price of Misassignment: The Role of Teaching Assignments in Teach For America Teachers’ Exit From Low-Income Schools and the Teaching Profession. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 32(2), 299–323. http://www.jstor.org/stable/40732422 Hobbs, L. & Porsch, R. (Eds). (2022). Out-of-field teaching across teaching disciplines and contexts. Springer. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-9328-1 Ingersoll, R. M. (1998). The problem of out-of-field teaching. The Phi Delta Kappan, 79(10), 773–776. Ingersoll, R. M. (1999). The problem of underqualified teachers in American Secondary Schools. Educational Researcher, 28(2), 26-37. Ingersoll, R. M. (2019). Measuring out-of-field teaching. In L. Hobbs & G. Törner (Eds.), Examining the phenomenon of ‘teaching out-of-field’: International perspectives on teaching as a non-specialist (pp. 21–52). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_2 Lankford, H., Loeb, S., & Wyckoff, J. (2002). Teacher sorting and the plight of urban schools: A descriptive analysis. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(1), 37–62. Nixon, R. S., Luft, J. A., & Ross, R. J. (2017). Prevalence and predictors of out-of-field teaching in the first five years. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 54(9), 1197–1218. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21402 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 11 SES 09 A: Education for All: Treatment of Educational Diversity Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Teachers’ Attributes for Academic Optimism: Understanding its Development for Equity and Excellence 1University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2Atheneum Martinus Bilzen, Belgium Presenting Author:Individual teachers' academic optimism (TAO) is an important teacher characteristic that influences student achievement. Academically optimistic teachers believe they can make a difference, build trusting relationships with students and parents, and focus on learning (Woolfolk Hoy et al., 2008). Research confirms a strong correlation with student achievement, even after controlling for background variables such as SES and migration (Ates & Unal, 2021). At the same time, TAO is inherently malleable; pessimistic teachers can become optimistic (Hoy, 2012). Despite the essential importance of TAO, the academic community has so far had limited success in grasping how TAO is formed, how it evolves and – crucially – how it can be influenced. Therefore, understanding how teachers attribute their level of academic optimism to certain causes is an important step in expanding the knowledge base on TAO, as this can offer more insight into the mechanisms at play in creating academically optimistic teachers. Using attribution theory, we try to capture how teachers explain high or low levels of TAO. Attribution theory states that the perceived causes of past events determine what will happen in the future (Weiner, 2010). Depending on the underlying properties of causes (locus, stability, and controllability) that teachers attribute to their degree of academic optimism, causal attributions shape teachers' affective reactions, expectations, and behaviour (Tõeväli & Kikas, 2016). In other words, teachers who attribute internally and believe they exert control over student learning are more likely to take responsibility compared to teachers who attribute causes externally, uncontrollably, and stable (Wang et al., 2015). To promote favourable attribution patterns, it is therefore important to understand those causal attribution processes (Suter et al., 2022). Consequently, knowledge about the causes teachers name for high or low levels of academic optimism creates opportunities for understanding the development of TAO. In addition, this study examines the role of students' disadvantaged background and schools' level of academic optimism (SAO) regarding these attributions. After all, teachers' attribution process is not independent of the social (school) context (Murray et al., 2020). Previous research has already shown that school composition influences teachers' attribution processes regarding their students’ success or failure (Riley & Ungerleider, 2012). Despite good intentions, a common attribution error is over-reliance on information based on stereotypes (Reyna, 2008). These stereotypes lead to failure being internally, uncontrollably, and stably attributed to the student, negatively affecting expectations for future success. Because teachers can influence students through their attributions (Georgiou, 2008), it is important to know whether causes for high or low levels of TAO are attributed differently according to school composition. At the same time, we examine whether the degree of school-level academic optimism can be related to those attributional processes. School academic optimism (SAO) is a characteristic of the collectively shared school culture and is reflected in the degree of collective efficacy, the trust the team has in students and parents and the way a school-wide focus on learning exists (Hoy, 2012). As the degree of SAO influences normative culture and behaviour in schools (Wu & Lin, 2018), we also expect an influence on the mode of attribution. Schools with high levels of SAO believe they can make a difference, but whether this also trickles down into the way teachers attribute TAO is unknown. While that information could offer more insight into how schools can create an academically optimistic culture. This all leads to the following research questions: (1) How do teachers attribute causes for high or low levels of TAO? And (2) what role do the number of disadvantaged students and the level of SAO play in making these attributions? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In an urban aera data were collected through semi-structured interviews with 16 teachers from eight secondary schools that participated in previous quantitative research on academic optimism. These schools were chosen through purposive sampling by the level of SAO (high/low) and the number of disadvantaged students (highest and lowest quartile). As academic optimism is a latent construct, our approach involved a detailed examination of its subcomponents. We explored the factors influencing teachers' perceptions of high or low levels within these components of academic optimism. To elicit insights, teachers were prompted to identify the causes and subsequently discuss their attributions. In addition to the interview guide, we employed a checklist to systematically address the internal/external locus of control and consider dimensions of stability and controllability for each component. Furthermore, we explicitly inquired about the connection between teachers' beliefs, and the potential influence of students' background characteristics, if respondents did not already raised these context factors themselves. Interviews were transcribed and analysed using Nvivo software, with a codebook developed based on academic optimism and attribution theory. Distinctions were made in attributions for high or low levels of academic optimism components, based on respondents’ positive or negative evaluations. The codebook, applied deductively, considered locus of control, stability, and controllability. Regular team discussions ensured coding accuracy. Each unique attribution received a separate code, with the repetition of the same attribution not included as a new code. The study classified interviews as cases, attaching school characteristics obtained from prior research. Quantifying attributions within each code facilitated comparisons based on school characteristics. This comprehensive process addressed research questions, offering insights into teacher attributions related to academic optimism subcomponents and background characteristics of students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show that teachers attribute causes for high degrees of TAO both to themselves (internally) and others (externally), and they mainly perceive these causes as stable and controllable. Low levels of TAO are attributed exclusively externally and outside their control, but both stable and unstable. This is in line with previous research and confirms the self-serving attribution bias where people attribute success internally but failure externally (Cabanis et al., 2013). In addition, the degree of SAO seems to play a role in attribution, rather than school composition. Teachers in academically optimistic schools are more likely to attribute high levels of TAO to positive school characteristics that are stable and controllable. Moreover, they explain low levels of TAO less frequently with causes referring to students' disadvantaged backgrounds, compared to colleagues from less optimistic schools. The latter group attributes causes for low levels of TAO exclusively external and beyond their control. In conclusion, teachers in academically optimistic schools seem to speak differently about their students, their school, and themselves. In the way they attribute low or high levels for TAO opportunities are seen and responsibilities are recognised. This creates possibilities for increasing academic optimism by addressing teachers' perceptions and attributions. After all, academic optimism may be changeable, but if teachers are not willing to assign themselves a role in this process, this transformation will be little successful (Oakland & Tanner, 2007). As higher levels of TAO can lead to better performance for all students the importance of these insights come to the fore. More detailed results, insights, and consequences, as well as limitations, will be covered in the presentation. References Ates, A., & Unal, A. (2021). The relationship between teacher academic optimism and student academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Psycho-Educational Research Reviews, 10(2). https://doi.org/10.52963/perr_biruni_v10.n2.20 Cabanis, M., Pyka, M., Mehl, S., et al. (2013). The precuneus and the insula in self-attributional processes. Cognitive, Affective and Behavioral Neuroscience, 13(2), 330–345. https://doi.org/10.3758/s13415-012-0143-5 Hoy, W. (2012). School characteristics that make a difference for the achievement of all students: A 40-year odyssey. Journal of Educational Administration, 50(1), 76–97. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578231211196078 Murray, R. M., Coffee, P. A., Calum, A. E., & Robert C. (2020). Social Identity Moderates the Effects of Team-Referent Attributions on Collective Efficacy but Not Emotions. Sport, Exercise, and Performance Psychology, 9(3), 322–340. Oakland, J. S., & Tanner, S. (2007). Successful change management. In Total Quality Management and Business Excellence (Vol. 18, Issues 1–2, pp. 1–19). https://doi.org/10.1080/14783360601042890 Reyna, C. (2008). Ian is intelligent but Leshaun is lazy: Antecedentsand consequences of attributional stereotypes inthe classroom. European Journal of Psychology of Education, XXIII(4), 439–458. Riley, T., & Ungerleider, C. (2012). Self-fulfilling Prophecy: How Teachers’ Attributions, Expectations, and Stereotypes Influence the Learning Opportunities Afforded Aboriginal Students. Canadian Journal of Education / Revue Canadienne de l’éducation, 35(2), 303–333. https://doi.org/10.2307/canajeducrevucan.35.2.303 Suter, F., Karlen, Y., Maag Merki, K., & Hirt, C. N. (2022). The relationship between success and failure causal attributions and achievement goal orientations. Learning and Individual Differences, 100, 102225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2022.102225 Tõeväli, P. K., & Kikas, E. (2016). Teachers’ ability and help attributions and children’s math performance and task persistence. Early Child Development and Care, 186(8), 1259–1270. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1089434 Wang, H., Hall, N. C., & Rahimi, S. (2015). Self-efficacy and causal attributions in teachers: Effects on burnout, job satisfaction, illness, and quitting intentions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47, 120–130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.12.005 Weiner, B. (2010). The development of an attribution-based theory of motivation: A history of ideas. Educational Psychologist, 45(1), 28–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520903433596 Woolfolk Hoy, A., Hoy, W. K., & Kurz, N. M. (2008). Teacher’s academic optimism: The development and test of a new construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(4), 821–835. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2007.08.004 Wu, J. H., & Lin, C. Y. (2018). A multilevel analysis of teacher and school academic optimism in Taiwan elementary schools. Asia Pacific Education Review, 19(1), 53–62. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-017-9514-5 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Social Justice in Portuguese schools - New directions and approaches CIIE/FPCEUP, Portugal Presenting Author:Globalisation has led to increasing diversity in school contexts, in terms of students' backgrounds and nationalities, cultures and languages (Rijkschroeff et al., 2005). This new reality poses unprecedented challenges to schools, in their attempt to achieve equity through teaching-learning environments, to improve contextualised, multicultural settings and student-centred strategies. It is also necessary to consider the perennial social and economic inequality structure, which continues to generate inequalities in academic achievement (Broer et al., 2019). Socioeconomic inequalities are evident in most European cities, segregation is increasing, and the gap between upper and lower classes is widening (Musterd et al., 2017). There is a clear danger that education may reflect this imbalance and once again become a platform for reproducing economic and social inequalities. To counter this tendency, schools are increasingly expected to innovate, to develop effective strategies and methods, and to redesign organisational changes. All these efforts aim at transforming diversity into an asset, increasing students' motivation and engagement in learning, and empowering the whole student community in the acquisition of knowledge. What we intend to bring to this presentation is a qualitative case study, conducted in two elementary schools in Portugal, that addresses how teachers and other members of the educational community regard interventions that are being implemented, for targeted, disenfranchised, groups of students. The selected schools depict a variety of socio-economic, ethnic and immigrant backgrounds. They face a number of challenges, dealing with low SES groups, as well as a wide range of new immigration arrivals, that present linguistic differences. These interventions, which aim at reducing both long-standing and recent inequalities, are described, analysed, and evaluated by the research participants.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used These case studies intend to understand the meaning and specificities of these interventions or measures in the perspective of the participants. The collection of data consists of fifteen individual interviews with teachers and headteachers, education staff (school psychologist and social workers) and parents. These materials have undergone content analysis, as systematic description of phenomena (Breakwell, 2012) allowing for the organization of content into several categories, that structure the strategies developed in these school contexts. More specifically, the research questions focus on: what has been created in this school over the last few years to achieve greater success for all pupils, particularly those from disadvantaged groups? What features seem to be producing more transformative teaching and learning? What does not seem to be working as expected? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Seeing that the research is ongoing, we still do not have many specific results on the perceived efficacy of these strategies. However, we expect to depict a vast array of interventions. The findings, so far, reveal different types of interventions, which can be organized into pedagogical, classroom tailored strategies, as well as school level organization policies, following the implementation of new legislation acts in education. These strategies connect with the research questions, in their description and evaluation of more or less effectiveness, in the participants perspective, that is, these discourses about strategies and measures are being subjected to a content analysis treatment of their perceived efficacy and barriers. Some concrete examples of innovative interventions implemented by these contexts are, considered by the participants as transformative, could be: the creation of interdisciplinary classes (DACS), coordinating several subjects in the same classroom; a project designed to teach the national language to immigrant students; new school organisation policies to improve attention and discipline (timetables, mobile phone use); strategies for closer links between family and school, among others. References Breakwell, M. G. (2012). Content analysis. Breakwell, Wright & Barnett (Eds). In Research methods in psychology. (p. 511-530). Sage Publisher. Broer, M., Bai Y. & Fonseca, F. (2019). Socioeconomic Inequality and Educational Outcomes Evidence from Twenty Years of TIMSS. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) Musterd, S., Marcińczak,S., van Ham, M. & Tammaru, T. (2017) Socioeconomic segregation in European capital cities. Increasing separation between poor and rich, Urban Geography, 38:7, 1062-1083, DOI: 10.1080/02723638.2016.1228371 Rijkschroeff, R., ten Dam, G. Duyvendak,J.W., de Gruijter , M. and Pels,T. (2005). Educational policies on migrants and minorities in the Netherlands: success or failure? Journal of Education Policy. 20, 4, pp. 417–435 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Making a Return to Education and Training: a Systematic Review of Literature (2010-2023) UNED, Spain Presenting Author:Early leaving from education and training (ELET) in the European Union has been a critical objective for the improvement of equity and quality of education systems in the region, at least since the Lisbon European Council (2000), in March 2000, defined the so-called Lisbon Strategy, with the objective for 2010 of making Europe the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustainable economic growth with better and sustainable jobs and greater social cohesion, in which the reduction of ELET was established as an objective. This has been repeated throughout the subsequent education and training strategies that have been published. Reducing dropout remains a priority, however, the scientific literature is beginning to point to a gap in understanding how we can facilitate the return of those who have left education or training and subsequently return (Gilles & Misfud, 2016; Guerrero-Puerta, 2022; Psifidou et al., 2021). Awareness of this process can contribute to a broader integration of the school-work trajectories of young people and, at the same time, broaden the possibilities of support and accompaniment for those who decide to return (Nouwen and Clycq, 2019). In this framework, and due to the scientific literature is very diverse, we propose -as the main objective of the study- to analyze relevant research on the topic in order to present a thematic map of the state of the art on early leaving education and training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology adopted in this study will be a systematic review of the literature focused on the return to education or training after leaving education or training. To carry out this review, two major academic search engines, Scopus and Web of Science, will be used to identify related studies. Studies published between 2010 and 2023 were considered. This methodology will allow us to analyze and synthesize the most up-to-date findings and information on the return of individuals to education or training after having interrupted their educational trajectory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this line of research on the topic of returning to education or training after leaving, we can find different lines of literature development. On the one hand, De la Cruz & Ilinich (2019), Feito (2015), and Nieto, et al. (2018) focus on the students' return trajectory and explore the meanings they attribute to early school leaving, as well as their influence on the return process using a biographical approach. In addition, they examine the post-dropout period, motivation to return, and students' perceptions of the leaving and return process. These studies highlight the importance of considering factors that led to leaving before being consolidated, which can be projected onto the return process. These investigations also question the linearity of the trajectories and emphasize the importance of addressing the tension between individual agency and structure in the dropout and return processes. In addition, some authors, such as De la Cruz & Ilinich (2019), highlight the influence of individual factors on return, thus, they point out that young people's first contact with the labor market and precarious conditions may be triggers for return. Feito (2015) argues that the low demand of the Spanish productive system in terms of credentials and training has historically contributed to dropout and is now being reversed with an increase in educational return. In addition, another of the resulting lines highlights the importance of accompaniment processes in return transitions. Thiele et al. (2017) study the return of students from lower classes and the importance of guidance to make educational options visible. Emery et al. (2020) reaches similar conclusions when investigating the return trajectories of migrant students, emphasizing the relevance of accompaniment and guidance in this process. In conclusion, these studies highlight the complexity of leaving and returning processes in education, considering individual and structural factors, and emphasizing the importance of support and guidance to facilitate the successful return of students. References Cruz Flores, G. D. L., & Illich Matus Ortega, D. (2019). “¿ Por qué regresé a la escuela?” Abandono y retorno escolar desde la experiencia de jóvenes de educación media superior. Perfiles educativos, 41(165), 8-26. Feito-Alonso, R. (2015). La ESO de adultos. Trayectorias de abandono escolar temprano entre estudiantes con experiencia laboral. Profesorado, Revista de Currículum y formación del profesorado, 19(2), 351-371. Gillies, D. & Mifsud, D. (2016). Policy in transition: the emergence of tackling early school leaving (ESL) as EU policy priority. Journal of education policy, 31(6), 819-832. Guerrero Puerta, L. M. (2022). Jóvenes que Retornan al Sistema de Educación y/o Formación: Un Análisis de su Curso de vida. Nieto, J. M., Pruaño, A. P., & Soto, A. T. (2018). Del abandono educativo temprano al reenganche formativo: un estudio narrativo con biogramas. Educatio siglo XXI, 36(2 Jul-Oct), 93-114. Nouwen, W., & Clycq, N. (2019). The role of social support in fostering school engagement in urban schools characterised by high risk of early leaving from education and training. Social Psychology of Education, 22(5), 1215-1238. Psifidou, I., Mouratoglou, N., & Farazouli, A. (2021). The role of guidance and counselling in minimising risk factors to early leaving from education and training in Europe. Journal of Education and Work, 34(7-8), 810-825. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 12 SES 09 A JS: Three Decades of EERA – Opening up ECER submissions for analysis Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Joint Research Workshop, NW 10, NW 12 & NW 22. Details in 12 SES 09 A JS |
|
12. Open Research in Education
Research Workshop Three Decades of EERA – Opening up ECER submissions for analysis 1DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education; 2University of Boras; 3Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Presenting Author:In its 30th year, the European Association of Educational Research (EERA) unites more than 40 national associations and encompasses around 30 various networks that cluster focal themes. The annual European Conference on Educational Research (ECER) draws the participation of more than 2,000 researchers, facilitating international exchange and academic socialization. This event plays a pivotal role in advancing the concept of a "European Educational Research Space" emphasizing the culturally specific intellectual and social practices of research (Lawn, 2002; Lawn & Keiner, 2006), while acknowledging the diversity arising from national frameworks, distinct disciplinary perspectives, and a wide array of theoretical and methodological approaches (Keiner, 2006; Knaupp et al., 2014). The rich diversity of ECER submissions is fundamental to the analysis of developments and various topics within educational research. On the occasion of EERA’s 30th anniversary, we aim to put the ECER submissions at the centre of the research workshop, delving into the potentials and limitations of this corpus and presenting insights into the evolution of ECER based on these submissions. The corpus is based on a data dump provided by the EERA office and consists of more than 35,000 submissions in various presentation formats delivered to the ECER from 1998 to 2024. While this corpus offers intriguing insights into geographical, topical, network-related and temporal aspects, continued enrichment and cleansing are imperative. Five short papers deal with the ECER submission corpus from different perspectives: The first paper describes in detail the ECER submission corpus, outlining necessary cleansing and enrichment, and presenting basic data, including networks and geographical aspects. Further, it discusses the feasibility of establishing an open and continuously updated corpus. The second presentation explores the potentials of natural language processing methods such as topic modelling (Griffiths & Steyvers, 2004) to identify underlying themes and the topical structure of large and heterogeneous corpora. By addressing the lack of content indexing of the submissions, it focuses these questions: Which key topics can be identified from the contributions to the ECER conferences in terms of (a) their subject of research, and (b) their applied methods? How are these topics distributed across (a) the ECER networks, (b) the affiliation countries of the first author and (c) time? The third presentation adopts a detailed network perspective to the corpus. Network 10, teacher education research, analyses submissions in the long term based on bibliographic data and the generated topics, theories and methods used of the network. Since teacher education is embedded in inherently regionally anchored forms of institutionalisation, it is interesting to examine how submissions create a European communication space and how it can be characterised. The fourth paper takes a critically-engaged perspective by discussing translations and national framings of main terms of European Educational Research. The fifth contribution invites to discuss the potentials and limits of the data sources regarding knowledge production at the ECER to analyse new practices, partnerships of research, cross-national work and new subjects. These five papers, each presenting a unique perspective, serve as the starting point for a lively discussion of the benefits of the corpus and potential outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The construction and analysis of the ECER submission corpus involves a multi-faceted approach. The first two papers focus on the collection and empirical work. The following three papers accompany and reflect these first works. The first paper is a comprehensive overview of the research corpus construction, utilizing a data dump from EERA that incorporates abstracts and bibliographic metadata, similar to the online programme search (https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/). The data set is limited by a high inconsistency of names and affiliations. The latter are addressed by a semi-automated approach to assign an explicit country to the affiliations of the researchers via Wikidata. In the second paper, the contributions were initially subjected to a pre-processing and cleaning process. Subsequently, after analysing the bibliographic parameters of all contributions (including affiliation countries, network, first author etc.), key topics regarding the subject of research and methods of all contributions were identified. For this purpose, one of the most widely used natural language processing methods was applied, i.e. topic modelling. Topic modelling enables the identification of underlying topics in large text corpora by simultaneously (a) determining clusters of words and word combinations – so called topics – frequently occurring together and (b) clustering documents of a corpus according to their similarity to these topics (Blei et al., 2003). The results of the text mining approach were then analysed cross-sectionally as well as longitudinally to determine focal points, desiderata and trends of research from 1998 to 2023. Differences or similarities in research foci for different ECER networks, years and affiliations were also determined by differentially analysing and visualizing the distributions of the topics across the aforementioned parameters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The occasion of the 30th anniversary of the EERA presents a significant opportunity to engage in an in-depth discussion and exploration of an open corpus derived from ECER submissions. While the ECER contributes to a "European Educational Research Space”, its corpus of submissions creates a basis for critical engagement. The research workshop explores the potentials and limits of this ECER corpus of submissions and discusses ways of continuous maintenance and open access. The findings from the five papers constitute a solid foundation in this regard. The first paper elucidates the schema of the basic data available from the ECER conference and provides a feasibility estimation for sustaining an open and updated corpus. The outcomes of the second paper inform the audience and EERA network members about trends, desiderata and focal points of interest over the last 25 years. The results will be openly made available as an interactive tool, allowing interested parties to explore the processed corpus subject to their individual interests. The outcome of the third paper is the network perspective on the analytical potentials of the corpus. A question for the discussion is, if the outcomes of the topic modelling enable to identify distinguished specific values on which teacher education in Europe (and beyond) is based? The fourth and fifth paper provide further context about the ECER, reflect the corpus and its analytical boundaries. We welcome researchers from different networks and fields to participate and reveal some of the processes needed to carry on a critical engagement with the ECER through its submissions. References Aman, V. & Botte, A. (2017). A bibliometric view on the internationalization of European educational research. European Educational Research Journal, 16(6), 843–868. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117729903 Blei, D. M., Ng, A. Y., & Jordan, M. I. (2003). Latent dirichlet allocation. Journal of machine Learning research, 3(Jan), 993-1022. Griffiths, T. L., & Steyvers, M. (2004). Finding scientific topics. Proceedings of the National academy of Sciences, 101(suppl_1), 5228-5235. Keiner, E. (2010). Disciplines of education. The value of disciplinary self-observation. In: Furlong, J. & Lawn, M. (eds.): Disciplines of education. Their Role in the Future of Education Research. London & New York: Routledge, 159-172. Keiner, E. & Hofbauer, S. (2014). EERA and its European Conferences on Educational Research: A Patchwork of Research on European Educational Research. European Educational Research Journal, 13(4), 504–518. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2014.13.4.504 Kenk, M. (2003). ECER's Space in Europe: In between Science, Research and Politics? A Research Report. European Educational Research Journal, 2(4), 614–627. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2003.2.4.9 Knaupp, M., Schaufler, S., Hofbauer, S. & Keiner, E. (2014). Education research and educational psychology in Germany, Italy and the United Kingdom – an analysis of scholarly journals. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 36(1), 83–108. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:10791 Lawn, M. (2002). Welcome to the First Issue. European Educational Research Journal, 1(1), 1–2. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2002.1.1.1 Lawn, Martin & Keiner, Edwin (2006): The European University: between governance, discipline and network (Editorial). In: European Journal of Education 41, 2, 155-167 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 13 SES 09 A: Post-Truth Politics, and Post-critical pedagogy Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Elisabet Langmann Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Regimes of Post-truth as Politics of Subjectivity Polish Naval Academy, Poland Presenting Author:The argument I intend to present at ECER relates to the pedagogical significance of post-truth, primarily in terms of the construction of political subjects. In the following I intend to argue that post-truth is one of the most powerful and dangerous pedagogical invention shaping our contemporary political status quo. What I find particularly significant is that in order to be addressed as a conceptual and political problem we must abandon defining it in opposition to ‘factual truth’ within the classical understanding of the term (as correspondence).
Epistemological and ontological perspectives I employ in order to discuss the relationship between post-truth and the question of the development of political subjectivities, relate to post-structural notions of truth (Deleuze 1991, 1994) and to regimes of truth (Rancière 1991; Deleuze, Guattari 1994), as well as the conceptualisations of 'the political' and 'politics' that permeate the political writings of Hannah Arendt and Jacques Rancière (Arendt 1998, 2005, 2006; Ranciere 1999, 2007). Within such a theoretical constellation, truth appears as a phenomenon that cannot be expressed by the explanatory order of language, and hence, it is unable to be transmitted in some direct way; its relation to 'facts' and 'reality' requires constant translation, interpretation and mediation through individual and intersubjective experience. 'The political' - is understood as a necessary ontological condition for forming practices of living together, for constitution of human freedom, and for the creation of a community of citizens - different and yet equal, for politics itself. Such a theoretical background leads me to emphasise the two key concepts around which the presentation is organised: post-truth and political subjectivity.
Post-truth is a fairly vague and ambiguous category. From the perspective of 'non-binary', post-structural epistemologies, it seems difficult to radically contrast the concept of post-truth with the idea of so-called 'factual truth'. Instead of arguing that the essence of post-truth is constituted by a simple negation of the classical notion of truth (where we are dealing with an assumption of a 'truthfulness' of thinking and being (cf. Allen 1993,15), I focus on understanding post-truth in terms of a linguistic construct involving a form of ‘co-created fiction in which the distinction between truth and falsehood has become irrelevant’ (Kalpokas 2019). Moreover, I argue that the social and pedagogical means of transmitting both truth and post-truth refer to 'an explanatory form of social order that involves an absolute confidence in the linguistic accessibility of facts, opinions, feelings, ideas, logics and narratives' (Bingham, Biesta, Rancière 2010, 122). Thus, post-truth, along with 'truth', is located within the epistemology of clarity and certainty that goes along with the imaginary of a fully transparent language that in its arbitrariness imposes explicit meanings and narrows down the human capacity of critique. At this point I want to stress that similar epistemological connotations underlie Arendt's concept of the political lie - a lie that 'never comes into conflict with reason' (Arendt 1973).
The question of political subjectivity is understood here in terms of political potentiality: natality, i.e. the ability to re-create the common world and to initiate political action. It is also deeply connected to human freedom and its capacity for ethical judgement. In the light of Arendt's political writings, there is an inextricable and mutual connection between the social experience of living in a community - including open communication under conditions of diversity - and the formation of political subjectivities of its citizens. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I argue that the function of post-truth is essentially pedagogical in that it relates to the (de)construction or prevention of the constitution of political subjectivities. In other words, its function is to discipline and unify human identities, to separate and colonize life-worlds, to limit and unify the horizon of human experience, to reduce mental decentration as a tool of human reflexivity, and to devastate the capacity for judgment and critical sense as a result of obstructing awareness of the discursivity of knowledge. In order to explain the (pedagogical) significance of post-truth for the development of political subjectivities, I have organised my argument in four theses: 1/Explanatory regimes of post-truth and their inherent mechanics of the 'distribution of the perceptible' (Ranciere) impose semantic hierarchies that colonise human thought and make it incapable of 'thinking otherwise'. Regimes of post-truth seem to play a similar role in constituting obedient / disciplined subjectivities. This relates to Arend's account of the ideal subject of totalitarian rule and totalitarian education (Arendt 1973), her idea of the role of truth and lie in politics (Arendt 1968; 1973), as well as the importance that Ranciere assigns to the role of dissensus in politics. 2/ The dissemination of post-truth leads to epistemic isolation of political subjects and their loss of a sense of shared reality. This is because the construction of post-truth involves a self-contained explanatory system of knowledge, and its totalising foundations undermine the human need to seek out, investigate, wonder, i.e. to study. As a consequence, we deal with the phenomenon of epistemic circularity and echo chambers. I refer here to empirical observations on research on media ecosystems made by Marwick and Lewis (2016), as well as to the prophetic theory of the simulacra by Baudrillard (1994). 3/ Post-truth offers people the promise of clarity and certainty in a world saturated with ambivalence and opacity. It – therefore – seems to perform a therapeutic function (cf. Illuoz 2017). Post-truth thus brings the illusion of a re-enchantment of the world functioning as an analogy to the post-mythical moment described by Horkheimer and Adorno in Dialectics of Enlightenment (2016), together with its implications for reducing human identities to hordes of subservient proletarians. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 4/ Post-truth offers a form of affective investment in aspirational narratives (Kalpokas 2019) and tends to make people gather not according to a political order, but rather according to a herd assembly. Affective investment makes statements true if only the masses want them to be true. According to Arendt, masses united by mood rather than political purpose are capable of creating totalitarian movements, characterised as mass organisations of atomised, isolated individuals (Arendt 1973). Finally, I will conclude that post-truth offers a prosthesis of moral integrity to replace the sense of responsibility and moral obligation at the core of political subjectivities. References Adorno, Th., Horkheimer, M. (2016). Dialectic of Enlightenment. London: Verso Books. Allen, B. (1993). Truth in Philosophy. Cambridge. MA: Harvard University Press. Arendt, H. (2005). In The Promise of Politics. New York: Schocken Books. Arendt, H. (1998). The Human Condition. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press. Arendt, H. (1973). The Origins of Totalitarianism. NY: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Bingham Ch., Biesta G., Rancière J. (2010). Truth in Education. London: Continuum. Deleuze, G. (1991). The Logic of Sense. New York: Columbia University Press. Baudrillard, J. (1994). Simulacra and Simulation. University of Michigan Press. Deleuze, G. (1994). Difference and Repetition. New York: Columbia University Press. Deleuze, G., Guattari, F. (1994). What is Philosophy? New York: Columbia University Press. Illouz, E. (2017). Emotions as Commodities: Capitalism, Consumption and Authenticity. Routledge. Kalpokas, I. (2019). Post-truth: The Condition of Our Times. In: A Political Theory of Post-Truth. Palgrave Pivot. Lewis, B., Marwick A., E. (2016). Media Manipulation and Disinformation. Online: https://datasociety.net/library/media-manipulation-and-disinfo-online/ Rancière, J. (1991). The Ignorant Schoolmaster. Five Lessons in Intellectual Emancipation. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Rancière, J. (1999). Disagreement: Politics and Philosophy. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Rancière, J. (2006). The Politics of Aesthetics, Continuum. Rancière, J. (2007). Hatred of Democracy. London & New York: Verso. Rancière, J. (2015). The Concept of Anachronism and the Historian's Truth. InPrint 3(1). Online: https://arrow.tudublin.ie/inp/vol3/iss1/3 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Can Critical Thinking and Uses of Argument Support Active Citizenship in a World Where Power is Exercised Through Post-truth? 1University of Southampton; 2University of Nottingham Ningbo Presenting Author:One aspect of our times is how finely balanced we are between dictatorship and democracy. Commentators are keen to find a method of renewing democratic processes. Naim (2022) suggested autocrats gain and maintain power through the exercise of ‘3Ps’, populism, polarisation, and post-truth. While recognizing the significance of the ‘3P’ tools used by authoritarians the language used in relation to the 3Ps is contested. Authoritarian challenges presented as the 3Ps are not necessarily new. In the 1920s John Dewey noted the rise of nationalism, unfettered power, and rapid technological change, he argued we can only change the world for the better on the basis of verifiable knowledge that results in action taken in association with others (Dewey 1929:3). A similar view is presented in Toulmin (2001) who argued that we need to continuously experiment and re-evaluate experience as it evolves across time. Temporal factors underpin critical realist theories of social change and social reproduction such as Archer’s (1995) morphogenetic approach. These philosophical and social theories directly address contemporary issues and analyze the processes of social change. This paper explores the role of education in democratic change and re-asserts a need for critical thinking, deliberation and systematic verification of knowledge that changes over time. We argue it is time to re-visit ideas of Dewey’s (1915,1929) to strengthen peoples’ capability to verify the warrants for assertions.
Citizen assemblies have been held up as response to the ‘3Ps’ of popularism, polarisation and post-truth (Naim 2002:237) and (Stewart 2023). We argue that new forms of representation such as citizen assemblies require an education that enables people to verify and assess evidence that inform decision making. How can we enable citizens to make better judgements of evidence? Dewey asserted the need for education to prepare people for democratic participation. Dewey argued this was achieved through systematic assessment of evidence and testing theory in practice. Is there a need to reassert a theory of knowledge and action for the 21st century? That is, to consider the verification of information and warrants that underpin assertions. The paper will argue that Dewey’s, Toulmin’s and Archer’s accounts of social change can be used to build democratic capability that enables verification evidence which provides for warranted assertions in times of rapid social change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A conceptual paper directed specifically at the ECER as Education in an Age of Uncertainty. The presentation connects current social and political problems such as the ‘3Ps’ of authoritarianism and with a particular focus on ‘Post Truth’ to revisit philosophical and sociological theory as mechanisms to support critical thinking. The paper is based on the reading of literature from philosophy and sociology of education together with more contemporary commentary on democracy and authoritarianism. The presentation reviews the work of John Dewey related to the verification of knowledge and learning through collective action. These themes are updated and interweaved with the Critical Realist approach of Archer (1995, 2007, 2015) to provide a temporal account of social change that applies the morphogenic approach to the relationship between knowledge and learning. Connections are made between themes in pragmaticism, critical realism and finally Toulmin’s Uses of Argument to suggest an agenda for a renewal of democratic processes, such as citizen assemblies, based on verification of knowledge claims. The paper is directly linked to contemporary challenges to democratic processes. Garton Ash reports that there are fewer democracies than non-democracies amongst countries with over one million people (2020). Paradoxically the rise of authoritarianism might find its greatest expression in 2024 a year with a record-breaking number of elections involving 40% of the world’s populations (Tisdall 2023 Observer Sunday 17 Dec 2023). Naim argued we need to find ways in which to counter the ‘Big Lies’ within a ‘pandemic of post-truth’ (2002: 237-246). John Dewey witnessed the rise of fascism, unfettered corporate power and technological change in the 1930s. He argued that education must connect with the changing social economic situation. Dewey emphasized the factors of time and place, family, work, politics civil society where ‘the social and educational theories and conceptions must be developed with definite reference to the needs and issues which mark and divide our domestic, economic, and political life in the generation of which we are a part.’ (Dewey 1933:46). Dewey’s concerns are pertinent today. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Informed and responsive citizens are essential to challenging the ‘big lies’ of authoritarianism. Students need the tools to filter disinformation and verify the credibility of information. The foundations and grounds upon which people make decisions have been discussed throughout the history of education. With reformers from Montaigne, Bacon, through to Dewey denouncing opinions formed on hearsay or simple acceptance pronouncements of the powerful. Laudillard argued we must not confuse information with knowledge as ‘knowledge is information already transformed: selected, analysed, interpreted, integrated, articulated, tested evaluated.’ (1993:123). How we can equip students with these tools of verification that transform information into knowledge? In addition to consideration of Dewey and Toulmin we argue that Archer’s (1995) morphogenetic approach provides a temporal basis for considering social change and reproduction across time. that examines 1) the social structure that 2) people interact with and produce 3) structural elaboration. The interaction with social structure across time is a transformative process that underpins Archer’s theory of social change. Dyke (2017) suggested that the approach can be applied to the relationship between knowledge and learning where 1) existing knowledge and experience provides the basis for 2) transformative learning that produce 3) new emergent knowledge over time. Understanding these temporal processes of learning from experience is essential to critical engagement in deliberative democracy. There is a need to translate this process into critical thinking, deliberation, and uses of argument. That is transformative learning founded upon critical thinking and the verification of warranted assertions. We argue that Dewey’s approach to learning is relevant to establishing contemporary warrants for assertions. We extend the work of Dewey and consider Toulmin’s (1958, 2001) approach together with critical realism of Archer (2007) as approaches that can enhance critical thinking and the verification of knowledge that can strengthen critical thinking as education for democracy. References Archer, M 1995 Realist social theory: the morphogenetic approach. Cambridge University Press. Archer, M 2007 Making our Way through the World. Cambridge University Press Colm D. Walsh & Johan A. Elkink (2021) The dissatisfied and the engaged: citizen support for citizens’ assemblies and their willingness to participate, Irish Political Studies, 36:4, 647-666, DOI: 10.1080/07907184.2021.1974717 Donti, P Archer, M (2015) The Relational Subject. Cambridge University Press Dewey, J 1915 Democracy and Education New York. Macmillan Dewey, J (1929) The Quest for Certainty in Bodyston, A (1989) Volume 4 1929 Southern Illinois University Press. Dewey, J (1933) Essays and How we Think in Bodyston, A (1989) Volume 4 1929 Southern Illinois University Press. Dyke, M (2017) Paradoxes of a Long Life Learning: an Exploration of Peter Jarvis’s Contribution to Experiential Learning Theory, International Journal of Lifelong Education, 36:1-2, 23-34, DOI: 10.1080/02601370.2017.1269475 Dryzek, J. S., Bächtiger, A., Chambers, S., Cohen, J., Druckman, J. N., Felicetti, A., … Warren, M. E. (2019). The crisis of democracy and the science of deliberation. Science, 363(6432), 1144–1146. Garton-Ash (2020) The Future of Liberalism. Prospect Magazine 9th Dec 2020. Hazlett, W (1877) Essays of Michel Montaigne 1533-1592. https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/3600 Kolb, D. (2015). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. New Jersey, NJ: Prentice Hall Laudrillard, D (1993) Rethinking University Teaching. Taylor Francis. London. Naim, M 2022 How Autocrats are Reinventing Politics for the 21st Century: The Revenge of Power St Martin’s Press New York. Stewart, R 1923 Politics on the Edge: a memoir from within. London Jonathan Cape Tisdall, S (2023) Democracy’s Superbowl: 40 Elections that will shape global politics in 2024. Observer Sunday 17 Dec 2023 Tong D, He B. How democratic are Chinese grassroots deliberations? An empirical study of 393 deliberation experiments in China. Japanese Journal of Political Science. 2018;19(4):630-642. doi:10.1017/S1468109918000269 Toulmin, S (1958) The Uses of Argument. Updated edition (2003) Cambridge University Press Toulmin, S (2001) Return to Reason. Harvard University Press 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Education for Education's Sake? Notes on Post-critical Pedagogy and the Relationship between Education and the Political Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:In connection with what has been described as a turn towards “a post-critical educational philosophy” (Hodgson/Vlieghe/Zamojski 2018) several philosophers of education have in recent years aimed at reaffirming the value of “education to be for education’s sake (rather than for extrinsic goals such as global citizenship)” (ibid.). Rather than wanting to imply that education is apolitical, this shift is defended as itself a necessary political move in the context of contemporary educational research and theory. We agree that there is a problematic tendency of instrumentalizing education for political and economic gain, and that the intrinsic value of education is a worthy aim in its own right. However, we argue that a more fine-grained and nuanced analysis is necessary in order to be able to distinguish between different political takes on education, as well as to sharpen the discussion of the consequences of different ways of understanding politics, philosophy and education, as well as their relationship with each other. We argue that not all ways in which education is described, analyzed or conceived of in political terms are equally problematic cases of instrumentalization and that there lies an immense danger in such over-generalization. We suggest distinguishing between instrumentalization and reification in order to avoid that a call for “education for education’s sake” turns into a naïve gesture of strengthening tendencies of the status quo which contribute to increasing social inequality and injustice. Particularly, we want to show which preconditions are necessary so that affirmatively focusing on the educational in education does not contribute to further covering over current injustices rather than providing us with the language to describe and, also in affirmative ways, position ourselves differently in relation to the political aims of education we consider worthy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Philosophical analysis is used as main method, drawing on the work of Honneth (2008; 2016), and others. Some sociological research results (Mijs 2019) as well as perspectives from gender studies are also taken into consideration. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While we see some validity in the philosophical point of trying to keep "a critical distance" (Säfström 2020) between education and acute political issues, we believe that some of the arguments formulated in the call for "post-critical pedagogy" need to be reworked in order to not lose sight of the difficulty of ensuring and safeguarding the conditions of possibility of education to be for education’s sake. In a spin on Bernstein’s famous quote, we suggest that while education cannot compensate for society, we need society to compensate so that education can be for education’s sake. For this, we need an educational philosophy which can adequately and critically articulate and describe societal and political questions as they pertain to education.The philosophical discussion on the relationship between education and politics is of utmost relevance in the current climate of political attempts throughout Europe to redefine perspectives of hope connected to education. A thorough philosophical discussion of the premises on which we can criticize the "distributive paradigm of schooling" (Säfström 2020) is furthermore relevant in relation to recent studies which, relying on data from Sweden among other countries, show that, as inequality increases, so does the belief in meritocracy (Mijs 2019). References Hodgson, Naomi, Vlieghe, Joris & Zamojski, Piotr, Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy [Elektronisk resurs], 2018. Honneth, Axel, Butler, Judith, Jay, Martin, Geuss, Raymond. & Lear, Jonathan., Reification [Elektronisk resurs] a new look at an old idea, Oxford University Press, New York, 2008. Honneth, Axel, et al. Recognition or Disagreement: A Critical Encounter on the Politics of Freedom, Equality, and Identity. New York: Columbia University Press, 2016. Print. Mijs, Jonathan J.B., The paradox of inequality: income inequality and belief in meritocracy go hand in hand, Socio-Economic Review, 19/1, January 2021, pp. 7–35, https://doi.org/10.1093/ser/mwy051 Säfström, Carl Anders. A Pedagogy of Equality in a Time of Unrest: Strategies for an Ambiguous Future. New York, NY: Routledge, 2021. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 14 SES 09 A: Rural Schools and Uncertainty: Leadership and Closures. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Anne Paterson Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Leading Rurally: Principles of Place-Serving Leadership from Beyond the Metropolis 1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology (RMIT), Australia; 3Montana State University, USA Presenting Author:Internationally, rural education leaders recognise the need to be attentive to their local and global context to lead effectively in and for their ever-changing communities (Brown et al., 2021; Wildy et al., 2014). While issues like the climate crisis, increased migration, and the pandemic are global, they manifest uniquely in every school-community. This paper considers a series of case studies from various contexts, in different types of rural areas, from different education and political systems to develop an adaptable toolkit for rural education leaders to become ‘place-serving leaders’ through these uncertain times. The paper adds to the international body of knowledge regarding the two fields of ‘rurality’ and ‘educational leadership’. It builds on the field of inquiry into the significance of ‘adding the rural’ (Green, 2013) to all aspects of education, furthering the collective work by education researchers worldwide (Green & Corbett, 2013; Gristy et al.,2020; Roberts & Fuqua, 2021; White & Corbett 2014; White & Downey, 2021) keen to consider the impacts rurality has on aspects of teaching, education, and research. Continuing this work is necessary as it sharpens the understanding of those who live beyond the metropolis, for all. We have taken an inclusive, collaborative definition of ‘leadership’, coining the term ‘leading rurally’ as an agentive stance to leadership in relation to what it might mean in, for and with rural contexts. To lead rurally is to be a ‘place-serving leader’, one who considers ‘place’ to be an active, equal partner. Considering place as an actor, highlights its many seasons and changing climate (physically, socially, and politically). Recognising place as sociologically, geographically, and politically contested is important for leaders in navigating these spaces; place-serving leaders need to understand and view their roles within these diverse socio-geo-political places. We explore two contexts (US and Australia) to provide insights for the wider rural education research community. While the US and Australia have differences regarding rural education, there are important similarities impacting what it means to ‘lead rurally’, creating important insights for broader international applicability. Both contexts have experienced population shifts and decline in nonmetropolitan areas shaped by global economic and technological changes, increased population mobility, the globalisation of production, limited rural labour market demand, and aging rural populations (White & Downey, 2021). Demographic changes have serious consequences for the survival of rural schools, for example, as enrolments decline, they face pressure to close or consolidate, and/or they become more culturally diverse (Brown et al., 2021; Deunk & Maslowski, 2020; Gristy et al., 2020; Tieken & Auldridge-Reveles, 2019). Like many countries, the US and Australia have challenges in staffing rural schools and students often experience fewer opportunities for further education and career opportunities (Alexander, 2022; Gristy et al., 2020; White & Downey, 2021). The purpose of this paper is to explore the concept of “leading rurally” through the stories of those who engage in this work providing insights, challenges, and innovations for others to consider. Rural leaders are witnessing and learning to navigate the increasing political and ideological divides occurring in rural contexts. As tensions are played out publicly in hyperlocal places, effective leaders need to be able to hold such tensions and listen to diverse perspectives, honouring different views and ways of being. Working collectively across many alliances and considering insider-outsider positionality are some of the strategies discussed to overcome such tensions. While the stories are American and Australian, we contend that the insights and strategies proposed are useful worldwide since they are shaped by their local versions of global challenges faced in many contexts – which are well-documented and pervasive internationally (Gristy et al., 2020; White & Downey, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws upon the concluding chapter to a forthcoming edited book ‘Sharing Leadership Stories in Rural Education: Leading Rurally across Australia and the United States’. It offers findings from a synthesis of rural education research from leaders who have conceptualised and led a range of rural education initiatives and research. This paper investigates the notion of educational leadership as ‘situated practice’ which is “best conceived as always located somewhere, socially, spatially and historically, and as always speaking from somewhere” (Green & Reid, 2014, p. 255). Data collection involved a deliberate approach to seeking contributing authors, conducting a peer review process, and we undertook a thematic analysis of all contributions to develop our conclusions. We sought out a range of different types of ‘leaders’ in a variety of rural education contexts. These included researchers and practitioners working in communities, schools, research institutions, and teacher education programs. Their stories were set in both centralised and de-centralised education systems. Additionally, First Nation scholars and studies offered deep insights into what leadership is required to understand, lead, and heal historical and generational trauma from colonisation. Authors were asked to share their stories about what ‘leading rurally’ meant to them in terms of leadership in the 21st century, leading schools, leading partnerships, leading in the research community, and/or leading through crises. The stories they chose to share, their interpretations of ‘leadership’ and ‘rurality’, and the strategies and advice they provided revealed the place-focused nature of their work. After each chapter was peer reviewed for academic rigour and clarity (specifically for readers outside of the author/s’ context) then finalised by authors, we conducted a thematic analysis looking for storylines and shared principles of practice. The storylines that carried across all chapters were: standpoint, collective leadership skills, working ‘out of place’, and adopting an intergenerational approach to leading in rural contexts. These form the foundations of a place-serving rural leader’s toolkit. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The advice to adopt a rural leadership standpoint of partnering ‘with the rural’ as a key principle for practice was rooted in the importance of rural leaders working with the community, acknowledging place ‘as’ the site for learning, to listen and learn from the place. Collective leadership skills are required for leading rurally with leaders needing to adopt a ‘joined-up’ approach in thinking about leading for and with communities. This requires working across various community groups, including Indigenous Elders. Leaders need to work ‘out of place’ which recognises that one’s position on the insider-outsider continuum is not fixed. While this can raise challenges of being an ‘outsider’, it can also bring fresh perspectives and space from hyper-localised issues. Finally, rural leadership demands an intergenerational, spatial approach with opportunities to support and work with the next generation of leaders and those who have come before. To best lead rurally, leaders must be open to new ways of working and thinking that may risk the entrenched social fabric of a place, but may be essential to help saving it. The uncertainties and challenges facing rural leaders that were uncovered through these stories are not limited to the American and Australian context. Uncertainty stemming from climate change, shifting political tensions, issues of recognition in and of rural places are affecting schools and communities worldwide. The advice for future place-serving leaders derived from the four main storylines can be essentialised as: become a community insider, build local coalitions for equity, engage in productive conflict, engage in positive public relations, and build coalitions that extend beyond your community. While it is easy to despair in these challenging times, the stories generously shared here provoke, encourage, and inspire – pointing the way forward as we seek to lead rurally in the days ahead. References Alexander, R. (2022). Spatialising careership: Towards a spatio-relational model of career development. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 44(2), 291–311. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2022.2153647 Brown, M., Altrichter, H., Shiyan, I., Rodríguez Conde, M. J., McNamara, G., Herzog-Punzenberger, B., Vorobyeva, I., Vangrando, V., Gardezi, S., O’Hara, J., Postlbauer, A., Milyaeva, D., Sergeevna, N., Fulterer, S., García, A. G., & Sánchez, L. (2022). Challenges and opportunities for culturally responsive leadership in schools: Evidence from four European countries. Policy Futures in Education, 20(5), 580-607. https://doi.org/10.1177/14782103211040909 Deunk, M., & Maslowski, R. (2020). The role of school boards and school leadership in small schools in the Netherlands. In C. Gristy, L. Hargreaves, & S.R. Kučerová (Eds.), Educational research and schooling in rural Europe: An engagement with changing patterns of education, space and place (pp. 237-257). IAP. Green, B. (2013). Literacy, rurality, education: A partial mapping. In B. Green & M. Corbett (Eds.). Rethinking rural literacies: Transnational perspectives (pp. 17-34). Palgrave Macmillan. Green, B., & Corbett, M. (Eds.) (2013). Rethinking rural literacies: Transnational perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan. Green, B., & Reid, J. (2014). Social cartography and rural education: Researching space(s) and place(s). In S. White & M. Corbett (Eds.), Doing educational research in rural settings: Methodological issues, international perspectives and practical solutions (pp. 26–40). Routledge. Gristy, C., Hargreaves, L., & Kučerová, S. R. (Eds.) (2020). Educational research and schooling in rural Europe: An engagement with changing patterns of education, space and place. IAP. Roberts, P., & Fuqua, M. (Eds.). (2021). Ruraling education research: Connections between rurality and the disciplines of educational research. Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0131-6 Tieken, M. C., & Auldridge-Reveles, T. R. (2019). Rethinking the school closure research: School closure as spatial injustice. Review of Educational Research, 89(6), 917-953. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319877151 Wildy, H., Siguräardóttir, S. M., & Faulkner, R. (2014). Leading the small rural school in Iceland and Australia: Building leadership capacity. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 42, 104-118. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213513188 White, S. & Corbett, M. (Eds.). (2014). Doing educational research in rural settings: Methodological issues, international perspectives and practical solutions. Routledge. White, S. & Downey, J. (Eds.). (2021) Rural education across the world: Models of innovative practice and impact. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-33-6116-4 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Remodelling and Developing National Leadership Provision During a Time of Uncertainty to Support Future Sustainable Leadership in Small Rural Schools University of the Highlands and Islands Presenting Author:Across Europe many small schools have been closed or amalgamated and there has been a move from schools being in local small settlements to larger centres (Ribchester & Edwards, 1999). This movement has been influenced by many sociocultural factors, including the physical geography, historical influences, and characteristics of population (Kucerova, Meyer and Trshorsch,2020) The demand for education is dictated by population size, age structure and demographics (Barakat,2015). This brings uncertainty and issues regarding the sustainability of small rural schools.
Scottish Education has seen similar trends. The 32 Local Authorities in Scotland are responsible for the education pattern in each of their areas. The Local Authorities are required to deliver the services within a financial package, and this has seen greater uncertainty for communities as the pressure on the budgets escalates. Whilst there are statutory legal requirements for school closures within the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014 (Scottish Government, 2014) there continues to be uncertainty about the future of small rural schools. Scotland is currently going through a period of review of Education which has also caused a great deal of uncertainty.
In this difficult landscape it is important to understand the pressures for headteachers and leaders of small rural schools. Leadership is crucial. The researchers were involved in delivering a national programme (In Headship) for newly appointed headteachers in rural areas and were keen to ensure that the programme met the needs of small school leaders: to support school leadership during a time of uncertainty and provide hope and sustainability for the future. Within the Scottish context the importance of landscape, flexibility and sustainability were key to ensuring the development of the national programme for rural school leaders enabled “people to live well and create a world worth living in” (Edwards-Groves et al. 2020, p 126)
The researchers asked the question: What did the national leadership programme require to meet the needs of small schools in a time of uncertainty?
They undertook collaborative action research with local authority employers and programme participants (Coghlan and Brannick, 2014), drawing on their wider work with leaders in small rural schools, to examine practice and to remodel the programme to provide support for sustainable leadership. The reflective analysis presented here is framed through the conceptual work of Bottery (2016) where leadership sustainability and unsustainability links to world sustainability and unsustainability.
Leadership sustainability is key for rural schools across Europe and is linked to the notion of preserving something that is valued. It is therefore appropriate to explore uncertainty for leaders within rural schools not only through the lens of sustainability of the school in the community but also through what is valued and brings hope for the future. The Brundtland Report (1987, P. 8) defines sustainability as “meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs”. This reflects not only on the sustainability of the natural environment but also of the human world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents the outcomes of collaborative action research (Coghlan and Brannick, 2009) the researchers carried out while teaching a programme for newly appointed headteachers in rural schools in 2022-23. Scotland has a national leadership programme for newly appointed headteachers. The programme has a national framework but is designed and taught as a separate programme in three different universities. In reviewing the programme in 2023 it was apparent that the national programme did not fully meet the needs of the leaders in the rural areas. During the same period a National Review was taking place in Scottish Education. There was much uncertainty and through a collaborative approach with local authority leaders and headteachers the researchers remodelled the programme to provide opportunity to support and challenge the rural leaders within their unique locations. The online structure of the programme was reinforced and flexibility added to support the sustainability of rural leadership (Bottery, 2016). The researchers have strong connections with rural education which they brought to the developing of the national programme for leaders within rural contexts. Their knowledge of the field and being within the field has influenced their use of an ethnographic approach to the research and data handling. Their role is “part spy, part voyeur, part fan, part member” (Van Maanen, 1978, 346): their main aim being to observe and analyse how leaders interact with each other, communities and with their environment, in order to understand what is required for sustainable rural leadership. The data collected include the national framework, field notes from the collaborative action and responses from the participants to the programme activities. This initial data set is supplemented by focus group discussions with the group of participants in 2023 – 24. Analysis was carried out through structured reflection on programme content and individual responses, both approaches focusing on the development of sustainable strategic leadership (Davies, 2004) for rural schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research analysed the collaborative response to and development of a programme supporting newly appointed headteachers in rural schools. The programme , which is delivered digitally and remotely, was welcomed by participants and offers a pathway to improved leadership activities which would not be possible due to geographical isolation from the main central urban based universities. The work undertaken provided support for rural leadership in the current uncertain times. Recognition has been given at national level in Scotland that the remodelling of the programme and the development has been an important part of the overall programme in Scotland. Leadership in small rural schools requires strategic leadership which is embedded in context and understands the national requirements. To ensure the future of small rural schools these leaders need to have strong foundations in their own leadership journey (Davies, 2004). The research evidenced that in small schools headteachers often perform a middle leadership role concurrently with that of headship. Middle leaders have the potential to impact areas such as teacher capacity, school reform, teacher motivation, morale and most importantly, but less commonly reported, student learning (Lipscombe et al(2021). The researcher explores participant response to those concurrent roles. References Barakat,B.(2015). A “recipe for depopulation”? School closures and local population decline in Saxony. Population, Space and Place, 21(8),735-753. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp1853 Bottery,M. (2016) Educational Leadership For a More Sustainable World. London, Bloomsbury Academic Bruntland Report (1987):World Commission on Environment and Development (1987) “Our Common Future”. The Bruntland Report. Oxford, Oxford University Press Coghlan, D. & Brannick, T. 4thed. (2014) Doing Action Research in your own Organization, London, Sage Publications Ltd. Davies, B, Leading the Strategically Focused School: Success and Sustainability, 2004, London, Paul Chapman Publishing Edwards-Groves, C., Wilkinson, J., & Mahon, K. (2020) Leading as shared transformative educational practice. In K. Mahon, C. Edwards-Groves, S.Francisco, M. Kaukko, S. Kemmis, & K. Petrie(Eds.) Pedagogy, education and praxis in critical times (pp117-140). Springer Nature. Kucerova,S.R, Meyer,P., & Trahorsch, P. (2020) Factors Influencing Elementary Education System in Selected European Countries. Gristy, C., Hargreaves,L. & Kucerova, S.( eds) Educational Research and Schooling in Rural Europe, Information Age Publishing Inc, USA Lipscombe, K., & Tindall-Ford, S. (2021). Middle leadership: A partnership in teaching and learning. Australian Educational Leader, 43(2), 14-17. Francisco, S., Kaukko, M., Kemmis, S. & Petrie, K. (eds). Pedagogy, education and praxis in critical times. Springer Nature Ribchester, C. & Edwards, B. (1999) The centre and the local: Policy and Practice in rural education provision. Journal of Rural Studies, 15 (1) pp. 49- 63 Scottish Government (2014) Children and Young People (Scotland ) Act 2014, https://www.legislation.gov.uk/asp/2014/8/pdfs/asp_20140008_en.pdf Van Maanen J. (1978) Epilogue: on watching the watchers In P. Manning and J. Van Maanen (eds.) Policing: a view from the street, pp. 309- 49. California, Goodyear |
9:30 - 11:00 | 14 SES 09 B: Trauma, Coping Experiences and Schooling. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Heidi Omdal Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Family Memory and Official History About the Recent Past in Cyprus in Conflict. UCL Institute of Education Presenting Author:My paper unveils social tensions in the field of education as it explores the relationship of family memory and children’s history learning about the troubled events of 1974 in Cyprus. It explores how memories and beliefs of those who survived the traumatic events of 1974 in Cyprus are remembered and used to build self-narratives for communicating them to the younger generation. It shows that these survivors demand their own voice when talking about 1974 and are unwilling to let the state claim ownership of the past. It reveals that participants in my study see politics as a barrier to having an authentic representation of the past and undertake initiatives to help their children draw links between the troubled past and present. They regard the history textbook as vehicle transferring the State’s approach to 1974 and teachers as the public servants to distribute this official narrative and claim their own share when talking about the past. In this context, they undertake initiatives enabling them to link their past to their children’s present such as storytelling, witnessing funerals of missing persons and visiting places with certain meanings for their family histories. These memory-sites stage adults’ stories and are appreciated as enabling youngsters to inherit the family history and values while acknowledging their positionality in society. Based on data derived from the research I conducted for my doctoral thesis and supported by empirical research from the settings of Cyprus and especially of Northern Ireland, where the most salient research related to my research objectives is found, this paper seeks to answer these two research questions:
Memory and narrative permeate this research as theoretical concepts for understanding how the past influences the memories and beliefs of people and how they remember the past, construct self-narratives, and mediate these to their youngsters. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative research approach and followed a purposive-sampling approach that encouraged the recruitment of participants who could contribute to the research aims and the thorough exploration of all relevant research issues. Research data were collected a.via one-on-one semi-structured interviews with 5 history educators, 23 parents or grandparents and 10 joint interviews with (grand) parents and their children, b. through the methods of document analysis on the history textbook and c. observing classes about recent Cypriot history. Narratives were explored as an experience and a construct, drawing on Labovian structural narrative analysis, which enabled me to follow the narrator’s stance. Content analysis was applied to textual data and provided a wider understanding on the knowledge conveyed to the reader through the narrative and sources of the history book. It yielded further information on how the state seeks to predispose readers towards the past through this master historical narrative. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research data reveal educational debates at different levels, between and within social groups in the field of education in Cyprus. They show that there is not a collaborative relationship or a shared understanding between families, teachers and schools about what children are expected to know about their recent past. Schools are seen by families as places to disseminate the official narrative of the past and the history textbooks and teachers as vehicles to do so. These findings lead us to understand why family members demand and try to be involved in their children’s learning. They indicate the need to enhance our knowledge about family-intergenerational memory and emotional issues in history learning in Cyprus and other conflict-ridden societies. Most importantly, these findings enable us to see the importance to further investigate intergenerational narratives as they may help children to assess the past and to become aware of social phenomena or they may distort their ideas about the past, adopting the adults’ beliefs (patriotic, political, social etc), memories and knowledge of the past. References Amadini, M. (2015). Transition to parenthood and intergenerational relationships: the ethical value of family memory, Ethics and Education, 10 (1), 36-48, DOI:10.1080/17449642.2014.998022 Andrews, M., Squire, C., & Tamboukou, M. (eds) (2011). Doing Narrative Research. London: Sage Publications. Assmann, A., (2006). Memory, Individual and Collective, In R. Goodin & C. Tilly, (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Contextual Political Analysis (pp.212-224). New York: Oxford University Press. Barton, K., & McCully, A. (2010). “You can form your own point of view”: Internally persuasive discourse in Northern Ireland students’ encounters with history. Teachers College Record, 112, 142–181. Bush, K. & Saltarelli, D. (2000). The two faces of education in ethnic conflict: Towards a peace building education for children. Florence: UNICEF (United Nations Children’s Fund) Innocenti Research Centre. Carretero, M. (2017). The teaching of recent and violent conflicts as challenges for history education. In History education and conflict transformation (pp. 341-377). London: Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. Carretero, M. (2018). Imagining the Nation throughout School History Master Narratives. In Demantowsky, M. (ed.) Public History and School: International Perspectives (p. 97-108), Berlin: De Gruyter. Christou, M. (2006). A double imagination: memory and education in Cyprus. Journal of Modern Greek Studies, 24(2), 285-306. Conway, M. (2004). Identifying the past: An exploration of teaching and learning sensitive issues in history at secondary school level. Educate, 4(2), 66-79. Fivush, R. (2008). Remembering and reminiscing: How individual lives are constructed in family narratives, Memory studies, 1(1), 49 – 58. Fivush, R. & Merrill, N. (2016). An ecological systems approach to family narratives, Memory Studies, 9(3), 305– 314. Foster, S.& Crawford, K. (2006). What Shall We Tell the Children? International Perspectives on School History Textbooks. Greenwich, CT: Information Age Publishing. Krippendorff, K. (2004). Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Labov, W. (1997). Some Further Steps in Narrative Analysis, Journal of Narrative and Life History, 7(1-4), 395 – 415. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1075/jnlh.7.49som Leonard, P. (2014). Echoes from the Past: Intergenerational Memories in Cyprus. Children and Society, 28, 66–76. Merrill, N., & Fivush, R. (2016). Intergenerational narratives and identity across Development, Developmental Review 40, 72–92. Wertsch, J. (2008). The narrative organization of collective memory. Ethos, 36(1), 120-135. Wertsch, J. (2012). Texts of Memory and Texts of History, L2 Journal, 4, 9-20. Wertsch, J. (2021). How nations remember: a narrative approach. New York: Oxford University Press. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Longitudinal Associations between Child Behavior and Parental Depressive Symptoms: A Random Intercept Cross-Lagged Panel Model University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:In past decades, a big number of research (e.g., Hanington et al., 2012; Reupert & Maybery, 2016; Vrolijk et al., 2023; Yamamoto & Keogh, 2018; Yang & Williams, 2021) related to both maternal and paternal depressive symptoms have been applied to examine their associations with not only child factors (child behavior, child development, child wellbeing etc.,) but also many other family functions (marital conflict, parenting practices, parenting self-efficacy etc.,). Likewise, child behavior, mainly behavior problems have been widely studied to broaden understanding of the related influence and interventions (Guajardo et al., 2009; Linville et al., 2010; Tømmerås et al., 2018). However, positive aspects, for example, to what extent child prosocial and parental wellbeing are associated with each other, have not gained enough attention (Gross et al., 2008; Putnick et al., 2018). Besides, there are rather a few studies examining the reciprocal associations between child behavior and parental wellbeing, compared with much previous unidirectional research (Davis & Qi, 2022); let alone extensive studies in investigating longitudinal effects between child behavior and both parents’ mental health systematically in the family context (Gross et al., 2008). In previous literature, the family has been widely believed as a crucial context in promoting both children and parents’ inclusive wellbeing. Because factors of family members in the family context, such as child behavior, child development, child wellbeing, parental competence, and parental wellbeing etc., are intertwined with each other intensively. (Blair et al., 2014; Berryhill, 2016; Bodenmann et al., 2008; Farmer & Lee, 2011; MacKinnon et al., 2018; Turner et al., 1987). In particular, many family system theorists (Beavers & Hampson, 2000; Bowen, 1966; Bronfenbrenner, 1977, 1979; Cox & Paley, 1997,2003) suggested that the family should be studied as systems to better understanding family function like family members’ development, wellbeing, and relationships. Extending the previous literature, we examine longitudinal associations between parental depressive symptoms and child behavior at three timepoints across pre-school age (4 and 6 years old) to school age (9-years-old) including both maternal and paternal depressive symptoms and child behavior problems (both externalizing and internalizing behaviors) and adaptive skills. In addition, we add an important methodological advancement, the usage of RI-CLPM model which distinguish between- and within- person variances to provide accurate results and correct interpretation of the correlations across age. The aims of the current study were twofold: 2. Do child’s behavior (externalizing behavior, internalizing behavior and adaptive skills) and parental depressive symptoms predict one another at the within-person level? That is, do increased parental depressive symptoms at the subsequent time point predict increased behavior problems/less adaptive behavior and vice versa? Hopefully, our multi-group, multi-level, and multi-time spots models may provide a better understanding of family dynamics, contextual influences, and bring together researchers, practitioners, policymakers to discuss some broader implications of possible intervention and prevention at various levels to support both child and parental well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants (n= 200; 106 boys, 94 girls) were followed from birth in the Jyvaskyla Longitudinal Study of Dyslexia (JLD) (Lohvansuu et al., 2021). The current analyses included data from children at age 4, 6 and 9. With the help of maternity clinics throughout the Central Finland, participating parents had taken skills test for the parental diagnosis in terms of reading, spelling, and vocabulary related cognition by paper and pencil at the university before the child’s birth. Half of the families with one or both parents diagnosed as dyslexia were set as at-risk for dyslexia group, and the other half belonged to the control group (Leinonen et al., 2001). All families were native Finnish speaking Caucasian. In addition, there were no significant differences in general mental, physical, or sensory assessments between all children when they were born. A Finnish translation (Parhiala et al., 2015) of Behavior Assessment System for Children (BASC) (Reynolds & Kamphaus, 1992) reported by parents was used to measure child behavior when the children were 4, 6 and 9 years old. Whilst, A Finnish translation (Aro et al., 2009) of the Beck Depression Inventory (Beck et al., 1961) was applied to measure parental depressive symptoms. Firstly, distributions of variables were examined by and Pearson correlations between child behavior and parental depressive symptoms were calculated using IBM SPSS Statistics 28 program. In order to handle measurement error, latent factors were used in further analysis. Each variable at each time point was divided to be three sub sums based on factor loadings to create the latent factor. Then the Mplus statistical package (version 8.10) was used to carry out the further Structural Equation Models modeling. To answer the research questions, random intercept cross-lagged models (RI-CLPM) were utilized (ref) to test autoregression and cross-lagged effects when the variation between individual levels (random intercepts) are controlled. Factorial invariance holds between control and comparison groups were tested as the first step in this research. Four models with full information maximum likelihood increasing hierarchically the invariance constraints were estimated. Second step is to test if groups covariance structure is equal between groups. Bayes method was utilized in estimation because model complexity increases considerably. At last, random intercept cross-lagged models were used to test autoregression and cross-lagged effect when the variation between individual levels (random intercepts) are controlled. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Despite the increase trend in research examining not only unidirectional, reciprocal associations but also transitional mechanism between child behavior and parental wellbeing including parents’ stress, depressive symptoms etc., Nevertheless, few studies have considered family as a whole in promoting family wellbeing. Also, there are contradictory findings regarding how parents and children influence each other in different study circumstance like dataset from different countries. Hence, the current research examined the longitudinal associations between child’s behavior (externalizing, internalizing behavior and adaptive skills) and parental (both fathers and mothers) depressive symptoms systematically extended from family system theories in the Finnish context to broaden the understanding of family function under different national and social system. The results showed that there are significant between – person correlations between maternal depressive symptoms and child internalizing behavior, between maternal depressive symptoms and child adaptive skills, and between paternal depressive symptoms and child internalizing behavior. That is, a father or mother with higher depressive symptoms also have children with more internalizing behavior and vice versa, whilst a mother with higher depressive symptoms has children with less adaptive skills and vice versa. No significant within- person cross-lagged associations were found which indicated that increased parental depressive symptoms at the subsequent time point do not predict increased behavior problems/less adaptive behavior and vice versa. The findings thus suggested that besides mothers’ perspective and child behavior problems, other essential aspects such as fathers’ perspective, child positive adjustment, child-driven effects, positive effects on each other among family members, between- and within- person effects should also be considered into future investigations from a family system perspective in understanding family functioning and potentially promoting family well-being. References Aro, T., Poikkeus, A., Eklund, K., Tolvanen, A., Laakso, M., Viholainen, H., . . . Ahonen, T. (2009). Effects of Multidomain Risk Accumulation on Cognitive, Academic, and Behavioural Outcomes. Journal of clinical child and adolescent psychology, 38(6), 883-898. Beavers, R., & Hampson, R. B. (2000). The Beavers Systems Model of Family Functioning. Journal of family therapy, 22(2), 128-143. Beck, A. T., Ward, C., Mendelson, M., Mock, J., & Erbaugh, J. J. A. G. P. (1961). Beck depression inventory (BDI). Arch Gen Psychiatry, 4(6), 561-571. Bowen, M. (1966). The use of family theory in clinical practice. Comprehensive psychiatry, 7(5), 345-374. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1977). Toward an experimental ecology of human development. American Psychologist, 32, 513–531. Cox, M., & Paley, B. (1997). Families as systems. Annual review of psychology, 48(1), 243-267. Reciprocal models of child behavior and depressive symptoms in mothers and fathers in a sample of children at risk for early conduct problems. Journal of family psychology, 22(5), 742. Hamaker, E. L., Kuiper, R. M., & Grasman, R. P. P. P. (2015). A Critique of the Cross-Lagged Panel Model. Psychological methods, 20(1), 102-116. Leinonen, S., Muller, K., Leppanen, P., Aro, M., Ahonen, T., & Lyytinen, H. (2001). Heterogeneity in adult dyslexic readers: Relating processing skills to the speed and accuracy of oral text reading. Reading & writing, 14(3-4), 265-296. Linville, D., Chronister, K., Dishion, T., Todahl, J., Miller, J., Shaw, D., . . . Wilson, M. (2010). A Longitudinal Analysis of Parenting Practices, Couple Satisfaction, and Child Behavior Problems. Journal of marital and family therapy, 36(2), 244-255. Lohvansuu, K., Torppa, M., Ahonen, T., Eklund, K., Hämäläinen, J. A., Leppänen, P. H. T., & Lyytinen, H. (2021). Unveiling the Mysteries of Dyslexia-Lessons Learned from the Prospective Jyväskylä Longitudinal Study of Dyslexia. Brain sciences, 11(4), 427. Parhiala, P., Torppa, M., Eklund, K., Aro, T., Poikkeus, A., Heikkilä, R., & Ahonen, T. (2015). Psychosocial Functioning of Children with and without Dyslexia: A Follow-up Study from Ages Four to Nine. Dyslexia (Chichester, England), 21(3), 197-211. Reynolds, C. R., & Kamphaus, R. W. (1992). Behavioral Assessment System for Children. Manual. Circle Pines, MN: American Guidance Service. Reupert, A., & Maybery, D. (2016). What do we know about families where parents have mental illness? A systematic review. Child & Youth Services, 37(2), 98–111. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Creating Parent Capacity in Cases of Selective Mutism. University of Agder, Norway Presenting Author:Background Early intervention and close cooperation with parents is crucial to prevent serious mental health problems in children with selective mutism (SM) (Omdal, 2008). Without any guidance from professionals with SM expertise, parents and professionals are potential risk factors for the child’s progress (Omdal, 2014). This paper considers the innovation process in a parent guidance group with nine SM families phasing-in an authoritative parenting style (Baumrind, 1991; Snyder et al., 2013; Wentzel, 2002) in interactions with their SM child. Aim and conceptual framework The SM child’s constant withdrawal from speech interferes with learning and social communication and gets more and more ingrained the longer it lasts (Omdal, 2007). Previous research suggests that SM parents tend to overprotect the SM child (Omdal, 2014; Omdal & Galloway, 2008). Thus, this group of children may have few coping experiences in the environment. We started a parent guidance group with nine families having a child with SM in 2017, holding six meetings where parents exchanged experiences and received guidance from the researcher. This study investigates the possibilities and challenges in parents’ implementation of an authoritative parenting style. Authoritative parents prevent over-dependency in interactions with their child (Baumrind, 1991; Snyder et al., 2013; Wentzel, 2002). Egan’s skilled-helper model (Egan, 2014) was used as a framework in the parent guidance. The model is organized in three steps: (1) the current picture; (2) the preferred picture; and (3) the way forward. Participants are encouraged to be active during the entire process of implementing goals, decisions, and actions towards a changed situation. Continuous evaluation throughout the process is necessary to reach valued outcomes. The study questions whether Egan’s skilled-helper model is adequate in phasing-in the principles of the innovation. Fullan (2016) emphasizes that a strong collective orientation strengthens participants’ motivation for change. Thus, an effective collaborative culture and common learning processes among parents and parents and teachers might increase capacity (Hargreaves et al., 2018; Leithwood, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on the results gathered by the author during the first year of implementation. The results are gathered from: (1) focus group-interviews with the parents who were responsible for creating the capacity in each SM case in the parent guidance group; and (2) participating parents’ written answers to questions arising from Egan’s (2014) skilled-helper model in between the parent meetings. Content analysis (Patton, 2002) is used in the analysis. Common themes across cases are analyzed in NVivo (Richards, 2002). The parents gave their informed consent to participate, in accordance with the ethical guidelines given by The National Committee for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences and the Humanities (NESH, 2016). We search for the participants’ ‘real world experiences’ (Denzin & Lincoln, 2018) as objectively as possible. Our goal is to interpret the actions and social world from the interviewees’ own perspectives (Bryman, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A common theme among the families was how to find the right balance between supporting and challenging the SM child in communication with others. How to promote greater independence between the child and the parents is the main question from the project. The participants found it helpful to get support from other parents. They struggled at Egan’s (2014) third step, the action level. It was hard to implement the evidence-based principles of the innovation in their own situation. More supervision and support after the end of the project year was needed. Theoretical and educational significance In cases of selective mutism, capacity building is required to move from silence to speech. Parents are viewed as crucial change agents for the SM child. Practical implications for parent-teacher-cooperation are highlighted. References Baumrind, D. (1991). Parenting styles and adolescent development. In J. Brooks-Gunn, Lerner, R. M. & Petersen, A. C. (Eds.), The Encyclopedia of adolescence. (pp. 746-758.). New York: Garland. Bryman, A. (2016). Social Research Methods. (5th ed.). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Denzin, N.K. & Lincoln, Y.S. (2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (5th ed.). Los Angeles, California: Sage. Egan, G. (2014). The skilled helper: a client-centred approach (10th ed.). Hampshire: Cengage Learning. Fullan, M. (2016). The new meaning of educational change (5th ed.). London: Routledge. Hargreaves, A., Shirley, D., Wangia, S., Bacon, C., & D’Angelo, M. (2018). Leading from the middle: spreading learning, wellbeing, and identity across Ontario. Toronto, Canada: Council of Ontario Directors of Education. Leithwood, K.A. (2019). Leadership Development on a Large Scale: Lessons for Long-Term Success. First edition. Thousand Oaks, California: Corwin, Sage Publications. Omdal, H. (2014). The child who doesn’t speak. Understanding and supporting children with selective mutism. Kristiansand: Portal Academic. Omdal, H. (2008). Including children with selective mutism in mainstream schools and kindergartens: problems and possibilities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 12(3), 301–315. DOI: 10.1080/13603110601103246. Omdal, H. (2007). Can adults who have recovered from selective mutism in childhood and adolescence tell us anything about the nature of the condition and/or recovery from it? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 22 (3), 237-253. DOI: 10.1080/08856250701430323. Omdal, H., & Galloway, D. (2008). Could selective mutism be re-conceptualised as a specific phobia of expressive speech? An exploratory post-hoc study. Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 13 (2), 74-81. DOI: 10.1111/j. 1475-3588.2007. 00454.x. Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research & evaluation methods. (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, California: Sage Publications. Richards, L. (2002). Using NVivo in Qualitative Research. Melbourne: QSR International. Snyder, J., Low, S., Bullard, L., Schrepferman, L., Wachlarowicz, M., Marvin, C. & Reed, A. (2013). Effective parenting practices: Social interaction learning theory and the role of emotion coaching and mindfulness. In R. E. Larzelere, A. Sheffield Morris & A. W. Harrist (red.), Authoritative Parenting: Synthesizing nurturance and discipline for optimal child development (s. 189-210). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. The National Committee for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences and the Humanities (NESH). (2016). Guidelines for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences, Humanities, Law and Theology. Oslo: The Norwegian National Research Ethics Committees. Wentzel, K. R. (2002). Are Effective Teachers Like Good Parents? Teaching Styles and Student Adjustment in Early Adolescence. Child Development, 73(1), 287-301. doi:10.1111/1467-8624.00406. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 15 SES 09 A: Partnership research and SDGs Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kathrin Paal Paper/Ignite Talk Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Consent as a Life Skill for Primary School Teachers and Students: Research Results from an Academic and Non-Academic European Partnership 1University of Education Freiburg, Germany; 2The Smile of the Child, Greece; 3iED, Greece; 4Gazi University,Turkey; 5Gazi University,Turkey Presenting Author:Violence against children transcends boundaries of age, race, gender, sexual orientation, educational background, and socioeconomic status, remaining widespread despite global efforts for recognition, elimination, and prevention (WHO, 2019). Consent and prevention education, as emphasised in the Australian Human Rights Commission's 2017-2018 report, should be introduced early to counteract a culture of (sexual) assault through violence, targeted incapacitation, or coercion. School-related gender-based violence (SRGBV), well-documented globally, necessitates early preventive measures, highlighting the importance of educators developing competencies to recognize and intervene in SRGBV situations (UNESCO and UN Women, 2016; UNESCO and UNGEI, 2023). The Gender Equality Strategy for 2020-2025 underscores gender-based violence as a significant challenge rooted in gender inequality, emphasizing prevention through early education and collaboration with men and boys in various fields (UN Women). The concept of 'consent' is defined as respecting one another’s boundaries to be and feel safe, develop healthy relationships, and preserve dignity, requiring respect, communication, freedom, and equality (Casby & Lyons, 2019). Educating children about consent from a young age is crucial for fostering better relationships and instilling an understanding that individuals have the right to decide what happens to their bodies (Quealy-Gainer, 2020). Consent education extends to online interactions and relationships, addressing cyberbullying, a pervasive issue affecting a growing number of young adults (Trucco, et al., 2020; Subaramaniam et al., 2022). Moreover, several studies highlight the importance of educating children about consent as a preventive measure against abuse (Rizos, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research paper addresses the urgent need for primary school education on consent as a life skill to fight the widespread issue of violence against children, transcending various demographics. Drawing on the principles of Human Rights Education (HRE) and a multi-country European partnership (https://messageconsent.eu/), the study examines existing policies and practices related to consent in primary teacher education. The methodology involves mapping education policies across Germany, Greece, Cyprus, Türkiye, Spain, Croatia, and Italy, identifying gaps, and developing comprehensive lesson plans and micro-lessons focused on communication skills, setting boundaries, and preventing gender-based violence. The paper aims to deliver research results at the national levels, present developed teaching materials, and offer insights into primary school education and consent issues from a Human Rights Education perspective at the European level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper responds to the evolving education landscape by providing a comprehensive guide, lesson plans, and micro-lessons on teaching consent as a crucial life skill to elementary school teachers and educators. Aligned with HRE principles, the research aims to equip trainers to impart communication skills, address personal boundaries, and prevent gender-based violence by fostering mutual respect and conflict resolution early in education. The paper targets three main objectives: deliver research results at the national level, present developed teaching material, and provide insights on primary school education and consent issues from an HRE perspective at the European level, emphasising collaboration between academic, non-academic and NGOs partners for quality standards and sustainability goals. References Australian Human Rights Commission (2018). Australian Human Rights Commission 2017-18 Complaint statistics. Retrieved from: https://humanrights.gov.au/sites/default/files/AHRC_Complaints_AR_Stats_Tables_2017-18.pdf Casby, C., & Lyons, B. (2019). Consent and children. Anaesthesia & Intensive Care Medicine, 20(1), 52-55. Committee of Ministers Recommendation CM/Rec. (2010). 7 on the Council of Europe Charter on Education for Democratic Citizenship and Human Rights Education. Retrieved from: https://rm.coe.int/16803034e5 Quealy-Gainer, K. (2020). [Review of the book Consent (for Kids!): Boundaries, Respect, and Being in Charge of YOU, by Rachel Brian]. Bulletin of the Center for Children's Books 73(5), 203. doi:10.1353/bcc.2020.0003. Resolution of the Committee of Minister on the youth policy of the Council of Europe, CM/Res (2008)23 United Nations, Plan of Action of the World Programme for Human Rights Education – First phase, Geneva, 2006 Rizos, Th. (2022). The importance of Sexual Education at school and its correlation to sexual assault prevention. (Publication No. 116102434)(Doctoral dissertation, Aegean University), http://hdl.handle.net/11610/24346 Subaramaniam, K., Kolandaisamy, R., Jalil, A. B., & Kolandaisamy, I. (2022). Cyberbullying Challenges on Society: A Review. Journal of Positive School Psychology, 6(2), 2174-2184. Trucco, D., Palma, A., & UNICEF. (2020). Childhood and adolescence in the digital age: A comparative report of the Kids Online surveys on Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica and Uruguay. UNICEF. (2023). A summary of the UN convention on the rights of the child. Retrieved May 04 2023, from https://www.unicef.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/UNCRC_summary-1_1.pdf United Nations. (2022). Human Rights Education and Training, Office of the High Commissioner. Retrieved from: https://www.ohchr.org/en/resources/educators/human-rights-education-training United Nations and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (2022). Plan of Action for the Fourth Phase of the World Programme for Human Rights Education. Retrieved from https://www.ohchr.org/en/publications/human-rights-education-series/plan-action-fourth-phase-world-programme-human-rights UNESCO and UN Women (2016) ‘Global guidance on addressing school-related gender-based violence’ UNESCO and UNGEI (2023) ‘School violence: Why gender matters and how to measure school related gender based violence (SRGBV) World Health Organization. (2019). RESPECT women: Preventing violence against women. Geneva. Retrieved from: https://www.unwomen.org/sites/default/files/Headquarters/Attachments/Sections/Library/Publications/2019/RESPECT-Women-Preventing-violence-against-women-en.pdf 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Collaboration Across Boundaries: Sustainable Partnerships to Enable Young Children’s Place-Based Learning in the Community University of Plymouth, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Universities play a vital role in achieving the Sustainable Development Goals through knowledge generation, sharing and cooperation with other sectors (SDG 17) (Seth, 2023). Nevertheless, to address the global challenge of climate change, considerably larger partnerships with a variety of stakeholders outside of higher education are necessary (Ho et al., 2023). School-university partnerships are perceived to be able to close the gap between theory and practice (Green et al., 2020; Passy et al., 2018). Research shows many positive outcomes of schools' active engagement in research such as practice transformation and social change (Goodnough, 2011). Partnerships between universities and museums can offer opportunities for children from a wide range of backgrounds to cross boundaries and experience other times, places and cultures (Wright, 2020). We recently completed our 3-year Erasmus+ project ‘UPPScale - University Practice Partnerships: sustaining collaboration across learning environment’, where we investigated partnerships between HEIs and schools, early years settings and community groups. This led to the development of a set of Principles of Collaboration Across Boundaries to encourage effective partnership, in line with SDG 17.16 (UN General Assembly, 2015). As part of the project, we completed six Transnational Partnership Projects (TPPs) – one of them about ‘Place-based learning in the school surroundings’ with partners from Belgium, Czech Republic and England. Within this TPP, two groups of children in Belgium and the Czech Republic conducted their own place-based learning projects. Following the TPP, the English partners invited families and children to explore a local museum through the child-led approach. Supported by SDG 4.7 (UN General Assembly, 2015), children have the right for suitable and supportive education. Their voices and stands should be respected and hope for the future provided. In our research project, we advocate for children to be seen as capable members of society and explore ways to enable their right to be heard and their ‘views ... given due weight’ (UN General Assembly, 1989, p. 5). Investing in children and innovative learning approaches can prepare them to be future citizens that actively engaged in a sustainable society. Every child should have the chance to participate in real-world projects that span national and international borders and involve a variety of stakeholders (Ho et al., 2023 ). Place-based learning gives children a sense of their own agency and collective capacity (Smith, 2007), even at young age (Boyd, 2019). It helps to develop a stronger connection to the community, enhances appreciation for the natural world, and increases the commitment to be an active, contributing citizen (Sobel, 2004). With the place-based learning approach, learners are more autonomous. That means they get involved in their own learning agenda as they choose an area of their interest, the way to approach it, and they construct personally meaningful artifacts that are representations of their learning (Grant, 2002). The approach can also be used across the curriculum (Beames et al., 2012) and outside of institutional learning structures. Museums and galleries are ‘valuable places for learning with rich contexts and experiences for making sense of the world’ (Wright, 2020, p. 743). Our original TPP explored how place-based learning projects can be conducted with children in the Early Years and Primary school. Following the TPP, we explored how the place-based learning approach could be used by families and stakeholders in the wider community in a local museum. We also aimed to illustrate ways place-based learning projects can be scaffolded to empower teachers and museum educators to adapt this approach into their practice and engage in cross-sectoral partnerships. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Within the TPP, with the support of teachers and university researchers, 12 Belgian primary school children (9 to 10 years old) and 22 Czech preschool children (4 to 5 years old) conducted their own place-based learning projects within school hours. The primary school children chose to explore a cemetery that was located next to their school. Preschool children explored a nearby hill they visit regularly with their teachers but also with parents in their spare time. Following the TPP, with support of their parents and university researchers, children (3 to 11 years old) explored a local museum during a half-term activity. We drew from the place- and inquiry-based learning approach (Van Helleputte & Cools, 2022), which was initially designed for primary school aged children. Within the TPP, teachers and researchers adapted the approach to be suitable for preschool children. Beyond the TPP, the approach was adapted to be used by families and educators in a museum. Children developed research questions, were data collectors, and were involved in data interpretation, analysis as well as dissemination. Within the TPP, both groups of children voted for the most interesting place in the neighbourhood of the school. Children then explored the place with the help of a ‘hand-exploration’ tool (Van Helleputte & Cools, 2022). They collected all questions they had about things they have seen or noticed, sorted the questions and selected the most interesting one for them. To answer their research questions, they looked up information online and in literature. Children also visited and interviewed members of the community such as undertakers and their parents. After compiling information to answer their research questions, children presented their findings to their peers and teachers. To disseminate their findings further and introduce their place and research to the other children in the transnational project, each group made a video. During the half-term activity, children chose the most interesting area or an artefact within a local museum. They explored with the help of the ‘hand-exploration’ tool and took photos. To answer their research questions, they consulted museum staff, exhibition guides and looked up information online and in literature. Children collated their photos and research findings in an individual scrapbook that was then presented by them to other children and families, museum staff and local stakeholders. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings of this research project show that children had agency over every step of their project and activities helped to develop 21st century skills, such as critical thinking, creativity, collaboration, communication as well as information literacy. Our findings also show that the approach is adaptable to every age group, within the school curriculum and beyond. This indicates that children acquire skills for further collaborative action for sustainability. The international aspect of the project’s first phase helped children to connect across borders, explore other languages and connect across age groups. It also provided a further purpose to disseminate their findings beyond their peers and teachers. The second phase helped children to explore across times and cultures and share their research findings with local stakeholders. Overall, the findings of this transnational and cross-sectoral project provide a guide of place-based learning in the school surroundings for teachers in Early Years and Primary school to draw from as well as stakeholders such as museum educators to discover ways for a child-led exploration of an exhibition. The findings provide valuable information into the use of place-based learning approaches to foster caring partnerships between universities, schools, families and the wider community. Findings also provided the opportunity to apply the Principles of Collaboration across sectoral and geographical boundaries and align the expectations of the role of different stakeholders to sustain partnerships between different sectors. We illustrate how schools, universities and stakeholders from the wider community can collaborate between age groups, countries and sustainably engage in partnerships. Findings also show how the diversity of contributors helped to develop and implement an innovative approach into school practices and outside of institutional learning structures such as a museum. References Beames, S., Higgins, P., & Nicol, R. (2012). Learning outside the classroom: Theory and guidelines for practice. Routledge. Boyd, D. (2019). Utilising place-based learning through local contexts to develop agents of change in Early Childhood Education for Sustainability. Education 3-13, 47(8), pp. 983-997. Goodnough, K. (2011). “Examining the Long-Term Impact of Collaborative Action Research on Teacher Identity and Practice: The Perceptions of K-12 Teachers.” Educational Action Research 19 (1), pp. 73–86. Grant, M. M. (2002). Getting a grip on project-based learning: Theory, cases and recommendations. Meridian: A middle school computer technologies journal, 5(1). Green, C.A., Tindall-Ford, S.K. and Eady, M.J. (2020). ‘School-university partnerships in Australia: a systematic literature review’, Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 48 (4), pp. 403-435. Ho, S.S., Bowser, G., Templer, P. and Green, S.A. (2023) Learning for sustainability: partnerships for the goals. Sustainable Earth Reviews, 6(8). Passy, R., Georgeson, J., and Gompertz, B. (2018) Building learning partnerships between schools and universities: an example from south-west England. Journal of Education for Teaching: International Research and Pedagogy, 44(5), 1-17. Seth, N. (2023). SDG 17 and the Role of Universities Achieving Agenda 2030. In Cabrera, Á. and Cutright, D. (Ed.), Higher Education and SDG17: Partnerships for the Goals (Higher Education and the Sustainable Development Goals), Emerald Publishing Limited, Leeds, pp. 19-25. Smith, G. A. (2007). Place‐based education: Breaking through the constraining regularities of public school. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), pp. 189-207. Sobel, D. (2004). Place-based education: Connecting classroom and community. Nature and listening, 4(1), pp. 1-7. UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1. Available at: https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda (Accessed: 25 January 2024). UN General Assembly (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, 20 November, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 1577. Available at: https://downloads.unicef.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/UNCRC_united_nations_convention_on_the_rights_of_the_child.pdf (Accessed: 25 January 2024). Van Helleputte, G. and Cools, D. (2022). Methodology of place-based & inquiry-based learning. Available at: https://uppscaleeu.wordpress.com/ (Resources) Wright, D., 2020. Engaging young children and families in gallery education at Tate Liverpool. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 39(4), pp. 739-753. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) How to Incentivize Cultural Diversity in International Collaborations Regarding SDGs 1The Hague University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands; 2The Pennsylvania State University, Scranton Campus Presenting Author:Introduction UNESCO has been promoting Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) since 1992. The Sustainable Development Goals represent a guide for society toward being more accessible for social development, human dignity, and demanding justice at all stages (Emas 2015). The role of education is crucial for altering behaviors and promoting analytical thinking toward a more sustainable society (Kopnina, 2015; Frantz and Mayer, 2014). Throughout their education, students develop the abilities in a multidisciplinary manner to understand the paths to sustainability that have financial, environmental, and social components. During the Collaborative Online International Learning (COIL), American students and students from the Netherlands were given a safe environment to explore real issues in various contexts. According to the Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA, 2014), a safe environment is a crucial tool in the development of appropriate professional behavior. For four years, we have been working on our COIL between The Hague University of Applied Sciences (THUAS) and Penn State University Scranton Campus (Penn- State). The courses were matched based on the similarity of course content. The Penn State Scranton students were enrolled in a Child Maltreatment Course. The students from THUAS were pursuing the Minor in Global Perspectives on Child Rearing and Family Support. During the development, evaluation and adjusting of this module we have been aware that one of the elements of education’s sustainable development is the use of innovative teaching methods (Kopnina 2015) and interactive education (Ghilardi-Lopes et al. 2013). The use of interactive education encourages students to apply what they have learned and to have a deeper understanding of how individual actions have implications.
Through the instruction we gave our students during this COIL, we ensured that students understood how sustainable living, gender equality and human rights are connected. The aim of this collaboration was a deeper understanding of global citizenship, respect for cultural diversity, and culture's role in advancing sustainability (United Nations, 2015). We were aware of the fact that behavior change is one of the traits of Education for Sustainable Development. This collaboration prepared our students to be more conscious, responsible citizens who can incorporate what they have learned into their future actions as a professional.
The students researched a non-governmental organization (NGO) in the US and in the Netherlands with an active role in advocacy of Children’s Rights. This was done via a review of current support/programs in their respective NGO’s in the US and the Netherlands. The students had to compare the two NGO’s based on how the image of a child in a country influences the work of the NGO’s with respect to SDG’s. Additionally, the students had to make clear correlations between the images on Child-Rearing, the rights of the child and to link them to sustainable development goals (SDG’s). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods The aim of this collaboration was to learn how we are similar and different from those living around the world. To achieve this, we needed to be mindful of how our projects reflect the broader goal of intercultural communication. In order to be successful we encouraged the behavior of our students to be creative, logical, assertive, and independent (Steiner & Posch, 2006; Mingazova, 2014). To this end, we used google classroom as our learning platform for the collaboration. We let the students choose how they would be in contact with each other. We encouraged students to use a communication (messaging) application of their choice to establish meeting times with their group mates. To increase intercultural learning, we included the completion of mini assignments. The first of these mini assignments were icebreakers. A second mini assignment explored cultural differences and similarities in relation to child rearing practices. A third mini assignment encouraged students to gain a greater understanding of the importance of teaching younger generations about sustainable development goals. The students engaged actively in creating activities/exercises that could be used to teach children about the sustainable development goals in their future professions. These mini assignments were built towards strengthening their relationships with each other during the collaboration and increasing the students' understanding of NGO’s and their role in addressing the SDG’s. These mini assignments gave them the opportunity to not only get to know each other better but also spend more time to collaborate together on the final project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion COIL is defined by SUNY “‘as a way that students reflect with each other, thereby facilitating a cross-cultural dialogue that brings a global dimension to the course content. COIL contributes to internationalization at home in that it purposefully integrates international and intercultural dimensions into the formal curriculum. It is an inclusive internationalization strategy, which contributes to realizing the goal that all students should benefit from internationalization” ( http://coil.suny.edu/). As an international mixed group, this COIL was designed for students as an opportunity for both intercultural communication and an exploration of NGO’s around the world and how they address the SDG’s. The overarching goal of this collaboration over the past 4 years was to focus on "Partnerships for the Goals," which makes clear that a variety of actors, including the private sector, governments, civil society, educators, policy makers, local communities and more must be involved in order to realize all of the SDGs. References References Emas, R. (2015). The concept of sustainable development: definition and defining principles. Brief for GSDR, 2015, 10-13140. Kopnina, H. (2015). Sustainability in environmental education: new strategic thinking. Environment, development and sustainability, 17(5), 987-1002. Frantz, C. M., & Mayer, F. S. (2014). The importance of connection to nature in assessing environmental education programs. Studies in educational evaluation, 41, 85-89. QAA. (2014). Education for sustainable development: Guidance for UK higher education providers. http://www.qaa.ac.uk/en/Publications/Documents/Education-sustainable-development-Guidance-June-14.pdf. Silva, L., Braga, J. C., Ghilardi-Lopes, N. P., Pinhata, E., Simões, E., Ribeiro, T., ... & Shinohara, B. (2013). Educational game on global environmental changes: Collaborative design using a social network. Proceedings of SBGames. São Paulo: Sociedade Brasileira de Computação, 520-523. https://sdgs.un.org/goals Mingazova, N. M. (2014). Modification Of the active learning methods in environmental education in Russian universities. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 131, 85-89. Posch, A., & Steiner, G. (2006). Integrating research and teaching on innovation for sustainable development. International journal of sustainability in higher education, 7(3), 276-292. http://coil.suny.edu/ |
9:30 - 11:00 | 16 SES 09 B: Artificial Intelligence in Education Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stefanie A. Hillen Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper A Systematic Review of Empirical Research on Students’ ChatGPT Use in Higher Education University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:This review aims to synthesize empirical research evidence on student’s use of ChatGPT in higher education, emphasizing pedagogical possibilities and addressing emerging threats and challenges. Chat Generative Pre-Trained Transformer (ChatGPT) swiftly gained prominence as an open-access tool in higher education since its introduction in November 2022. It has rapidly become widely used across various domains, including higher education. The use of ChatGPT is still an emerging area, with a surge in studies reflecting its widespread adoption. As higher education institutions grapple with the integration of ChatGPT, concerns and opportunities abound. This review focuses on understanding the impact dimensions on students' use of ChatGPT, particularly considering the evolving landscape of their learning processes. While ChatGPT use is a relatively new practice, research into it is an emerging area for researchers. However, there are still several studies that have been published in such a short time, because of the substantial use of it across the world and in every domain of life including higher education institutions by teachers, students, and administrators. In our systematic review, we examine the impact dimensions on students’ use mainly because of the increasing concerns about how they use it and how this might influence their learning. Initial studies have also explored potential benefits of ChatGPT in language learning within higher education contexts (Baskara,2023). While educational technologies driven by artificial intelligence (AI) are progressively used to automate and provide support for various learning activities (Cavalcanti et al., 2021;), recent research has focused on the impact of ChatGPT, identifying challenges and opportunities in learning, but they have not examined this within the higher education sector (Lo, 2023). The ongoing debate surrounding ChatGPT's use in higher education presents varying perspectives. These concerns and benefits create different perspectives where some argue for its use freely and suggest that graders need to create more critical assigned tasks that require personalized and contextualized examples and justifications which may not directly be generated by ChatGPT, while others argue against its use or its use with caution by students (Tlili et al., 2023). Also, many higher education institutions have started to apply restrictions or ban ChatGPT’s use by students in their updated policy documents. On the other hand, a review of media news articles on how ChatGPT use can disrupt students’ learning and teaching in universities also revealed that the sentiment in media news is on more into the negative discourse than a positive one, hence highlighting the public discussions and university responses on such controversies about academic integrity (Sullivan et al., 2023). There are also those who believe we need to add new components in the process of assessment including verbal exams where students demonstrate their verbal ability to present the assignment that they generate (Rudolph et al., 2023). There are several issues that emerge in the first year of the use of ChatGPT reported and discussed in the published research. However, despite the increasing body of research on ChatGPT in higher education, there is no systematic review that provides a comprehensive overview of what research has found. Therefore, it is timely to present a consolidated overview of the impact dimensions of the ChatGPT’s use and the potential implications for higher education. More specifically, in this review, we sought answers to the following research questions: RQ 1: What are the defining characteristics of empirical research on ChatGPT in higher education? RQ 2: What pedagogical possibilities and insights can we gain from the students’ use of ChatGPT in the context of higher education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address our research questions, we employed a systematic review approach, following guidelines by Page et al., (2022). The methodological framework guided our process, involving literature search, study identification, data extraction/study coding, study quality appraisal, and thematic analysis. The literature search, conducted on November 10th, 2023, targeted three databases—ERIC, Scopus, and Web of Science—chosen for their extensive coverage of educational studies. The search string, incorporated terms such as "chat generative pre-trained transform*" OR "gpt*" AND "higher education*" OR "universit*" OR "college*." The following inclusion and exclusion criteria were used to identify relevant studies: • Population: Students in higher education. • Concept: Students' use of ChatGPT. • Context: Higher education settings. • Types of studies: Primary research with data. • Publication language: Studies presented in full text in English. • Time of publication: Studies published after the introduction of ChatGPT in November 2022. Studies addressing other aspects, like performance testing or comparisons between teacher and ChatGPT feedback, were excluded. After eliminating duplicates, a two-stage screening process involved reviewing titles and abstracts, followed by full-text examination, with disagreements resolved through discussion. Using EPPI-Reviewer Web, the second author extracted information about each study, including characteristics such as country, research question, study design, research method, study informants, field of study, and study purpose. Findings were also extracted to identify common themes, and the third author reviewed and updated the extracted data for accuracy. Thematic analysis facilitated data synthesis and theme derivation. The analysis team, consisting of three authors, undertook a stepwise process, beginning with data extraction, followed by inductive coding, and subsequent theme generation through co-author discussions. Rigor was maintained through continuous challenge and validation of assumptions and potential biases by the third author. The Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT; Hong et al., 2018) in EPPI Reviewer assessed the methodological quality of each included article. This tool, designed for various study types, involved screening questions and additional criteria for assessing quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-method studies. Ratings ('yes,' 'no,' or 'can't tell') were independently assigned by the second and third authors, with disagreements resolved through discussion. Studies with quantitative (randomized control trial), quantitative (non-randomized), and mixed-method designs were omitted from the MMAT's checklist as they were not present in the reviewed studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Eight studies were identified through a comprehensive literature search in three databases in October 2023, employing various research designs. The analysis revealed four overarching themes: 1) promoting students' learning and skill development; 2) providing content and immediate feedback; 3) activating motivation and engagement; and 4) addressing ethical aspects of ChatGPT use. The results in our review show that ChatGPT might function as an effective tool to provide timely scaffolding by offering precisely enough assistance to empower students to eventually complete their tasks autonomously. Consistently, studies highlight positive impacts, acknowledging ChatGPT for improving writing skills, promoting personalized learning, and facilitating self-directed learning. ChatGPT's role in providing feedback is essential, offering real-time assistance to enhance writing and deepen understanding. This feedback enriches the teaching and learning experience, fostering connection. Findings indicate students view ChatGPT as a motivational tool, recognizing its role in minimizing affective barriers, reducing stress during assignments. Positive perceptions encourage usage, emphasizing teachers' role in enhancing perceived usefulness. However, concerns include potential ethical issues, plagiarism, unauthorized information ownership, and the risk of impeding creativity and critical thinking. Some studies express concerns about blind reliance, potentially slowing actual learning progress. The systematic review suggests practical implications. Clear guidelines, workshops, and ethical ChatGPT use promotion in higher education institutions are recommended. Essential training programs for students and teachers, emphasizing responsible use, are crucial. Redefining assessment policies, aligning with the assessment for learning approach and incorporating multiple evaluation points throughout the course, is advised. In conclusion, the systematic review recognizes the evolving landscape of ChatGPT's integration into higher education and aims to provide a consolidated overview of its impact dimensions and potential implications. By addressing critical research questions, the review endeavors to contribute valuable insights for higher education decision-makers and policymakers navigating the complex terrain of AI-driven tools in the educational landscape. References Baskara, R. (2023). Exploring the implications of ChatGPT for language learning in higher education. Indonesian Journal of English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 7(2), 343-358. Cavalcanti, A. P., Barbosa, A., Carvalho, R., Freitas, F., Tsai, Y.-S., Gašević, D., & Mello, R. F. (2021). Automatic feedback in online learning environments: A systematic literature review. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 2, 100027. Hong, Q. N., Pluye, P., Fàbregues, S., Bartlett, G., Boardman, F., Cargo, M., Dagenais, P., Gagnon, M.-P., Griffiths, F., & Nicolau, B. (2018). Mixed methods appraisal tool (MMAT), version 2018. Registration of copyright, 1148552(10). Lo, C. K. (2023). What is the impact of ChatGPT on education? A rapid review of the literature. Education Sciences, 13(4), 410. Lo, C. K. (2023). What is the impact of ChatGPT on education? A rapid review of the literature. Education Sciences, 13(4), 410. Page, M. J., Moher, D., & McKenzie, J. E. (2022). Introduction to PRISMA 2020 and implications for research synthesis methodologists. Research synthesis methods, 13(2), 156-163. Rudolph, J., Tan, S., & Tan, S. (2023). ChatGPT: Bullshit spewer or the end of traditional assessments in higher education? Journal of Applied Learning and Teaching, 6(1), 342-363. Sullivan, M., Kelly, A., & McLaughlan, P. (2023). ChatGPT in higher education: Considerations for academic integrity and student learning. Tlili, A., Shehata, B., Adarkwah, M. A., Bozkurt, A., Hickey, D. T., Huang, R., & Agyemang, B. (2023). What if the devil is my guardian angel: ChatGPT as a case study of using chatbots in education. Smart Learning Environments, 10(1), 15. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper What do Teachers Think about the Use of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) in their Classrooms? 1Complutense University of Madrid, Spain; 2Cardenal Cisneros Higher Education Centre, Spain; 3Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:Recently, the advent of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) has sparked significant interest and debate in the field of education. GAI technologies, characterized by their ability to generate new content and provide personalized learning experiences, are reshaping educational paradigms (Dai et al., 2023). These technologies, including advanced language models and adaptive learning systems, offer unique opportunities and challenges for teaching and learning processes (Lo, 2023). Despite the growing interest of GAI as educational tools, there is a lack of research focusing on teachers' perceptions and beliefs about using these technologies in educational settings. In a study conducted by Kaplan-Rakowski et al. (2023), the authors found that, in general, teachers hold favorable views toward the use of GAI in educational settings, irrespective of their individual teaching methodologies. The study revealed a correlation between the frequency of GAI usage by teachers and the positivity of their attitudes towards it. Similar results were found in a recent report with Spanish teachers and families (GAD3, 2024). Moreover, younger teachers hold a more positive view concerning the use of GAI in educational contexts than older ones. In another study conducted by Al-Mughairi and Bhaskar (2024), the factors affecting the adoption AI techniques in higher education were explored. Applying a thematic analysis, the authors found both encouraging and inhibiting factors for the adoption of GAI in educational settings. In particular, four key themes that drive teachers to integrate ChatGPT into their educational practices were identified: 1) The pursuit of innovative educational technologies, 2) Customization of teaching and learning experiences, 3) Efficiency in terms of time management, and 4) Opportunities for professional growth. Conversely, five factors that pose as barriers to adopting ChatGPT were found: 1) Concerns about the tool's reliability and accuracy, 2) A decrease in human-to-human interaction, 3) Issues related to privacy and data security, 4) The absence of adequate support from educational institutions, and 5) The risk of becoming overly dependent on ChatGPT. Teachers' beliefs play a crucial role in the adoption and effective integration of new technologies in teaching practices. Although there is a growing body of research in this regard, there is still a lack of evidence analyzing these views under theoretical lenses (i.e. to what extent are these beliefs more teacher or student-centred?). Understanding these beliefs is essential for developing strategies that support teachers in navigating the challenges posed by GAI and leveraging its benefits effectively. Purpose of Study This study aims to fill this gap by exploring Spanish teachers' beliefs about the use of Generative AI in educational contexts. To this end, we have developed a comprehensive questionnaire comprising 38 items, designed to explore what teachers think about how GAI could affect four dimensions of teaching/learning practices: (1) the kind of learning processes activated by students (more content o process centred) (2) the type of information management performed by students, (3) the evaluation processes designed by teachers and (4) the changes in teachers’ roles and identity as a consequence of the introduction of GAI. The objective is to validate this instrument and collect data from Spanish teachers, providing insights that could inform the development of pedagogical strategies and technological tools that align with teachers' perspectives and educational goals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used At the current stage of this research, we are focused on establishing the content validity of the instrument. Twelve subject matter experts, with extensive knowledge in the fields of education, technology, and psychometry, have been engaged to review the questionnaire. They have provided feedback on the relevance, clarity, and appropriateness of each item. Following this, we plan to assess the questionnaire's construct validity using Exploratory and Confirmatory Factor Analysis (EFA & CFA). EFA will be used to uncover the underlying structure of the questionnaire and to identify the interrelationships among the items. CFA will follow to confirm the structure and test our hypotheses about the underlying constructs that the questionnaire is intended to measure. To evaluate the internal consistency of the questionnaire, a reliability analysis will be conducted, employing appropriate methods such as Cronbach's Alpha and/or McDonald's Omega. These statistical techniques will measure the extent to which the items within each dimension are correlated, thus providing an indication of the reliability of the scales. Once the instrument has been piloted and refined based on feedback and statistical analysis, we aim to collect data from at least 200 teachers in higher education. This sample size is chosen to ensure a diverse and representative dataset, enhancing the generalizability of our findings. Both the validation process and the preliminary results will be showcased at the ECER 2024. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this study is twofold. On the one hand, it focuses on the validation of a new instrument designed to measure teachers' beliefs about Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) in educational contexts. On the other, it aims to present initial findings on these beliefs, shedding light on how Spanish educators perceive the integration of GAI into their teaching practices and the broader educational landscape. This research carries practical implications for the responsible and effective integration of GAI in educational contexts. For instance, increasing our understanding of teachers ‘beliefs may enhance educators' digital literacy and competency in using GAI for personalized learning. In a rapidly evolving educational landscape, understanding, and aligning with educators' perspectives are essential for harnessing the full potential of AI. References Al-Mughairi, H., & Bhaskar, P. (2024). Exploring the factors affecting the adoption AI techniques in higher education: insights from teachers' perspectives on ChatGPT. Journal of Research in Innovative Teaching & Learning. Dai, Y., Liu, A., & Lim, C. P. (2023). Reconceptualizing ChatGPT and generative AI as a student-driven innovation in higher education. https://doi.org/10.35542/osf.io/nwqju GAD3 (2024). El impacto de la IA en la educación en España. https://empantallados.com/ia/ Kaplan-Rakowski, R., Grotewold, K., Hartwick, P., & Papin, K. (2023). Generative AI and teachers’ perspectives on its implementation in education. Journal of Interactive Learning Research, 34(2), 313-338. Lo, C. K. (2023). What is the impact of ChatGPT on education? A rapid review of the literature. Education Sciences, 13(4), 410. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Artificial Intelligence Readiness in Education: the Student Teachers’ Journey 1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2Queen's University Belfast, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Five key ideas exist in the area of Artificial Intelligence: Perception, Representation and Reasoning, Learning, Natural Interaction and Societal Impact. This research project aims to consider the contribution (positive and negative) of AI in the field of education and address the ‘readiness’ of Teacher Education to utilise AI as a tool for supporting student teachers’ development in teaching and learning. It is acknowledged that Generative-AI (GAI), such as ChatGPT, lacks the ability to provide criticality, depth and accuracy needed for Masters level writing on PME and PGCE programmes, however as a tool for providing formative feedback or acting as an ‘intelligent tutoring system’, AI could offer exciting opportunities in terms of supportive, personalised, ‘just-in-time’ assistance to student teachers if they were taught properly in how to use generative-AI tools. However this goal requires student teachers to be confident and comfortable in the ethical and effective use of AI. Luckin et al. (2022) refer to “AI Readiness” as the journey that students (and faculty) must take to move from a lack of understanding about the nature of AI and its potential, to comprehending AI’s capabilities and shortcomings, with an awareness of the ethical, social and legal implications of engaging with such a complex technology (Harvard Business Review, 2023). This research study addresses DigiComp 2.2 – the European Digital Competence Framework (Vuorikari et al., 2022) - which was updated in 2022 to include a competence focusing on knowledge, skills and attitudes related to citizens interacting with AI systems, as opposed to technical knowledge about AI itself. ● What are student teachers’ attitudes towards AI and GAI? ● What is the connection between AI anxiety and learning motivation? ● What AI is currently be utilised for educational purposes?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research project aims to investigate the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programs, focusing on student teachers in two partner institutions in two neighbouring countries. The study will unfold in three phases, employing an exploratory sequential mixed methods approach. In Phase 1, a literature-based review will identify various types of AI implementation in curricula. The analysis will be aligned with the 5 key ideas of AI, guiding the development of materials for the AI Readiness Journey, intended for online delivery. Moving to Phase 2, the AI-Readiness Journey in ITE will commence with a survey gauging student teachers' attitudes towards AI before undertaking the journey. Building on previous work regarding Technology Readiness, the survey will incorporate an AI Attitude scale. This phase aims to correlate AI attitudes with measures of Technology Readiness, following research by Schepman & Rodway (2022). Participants will engage with AI-Readiness Journey materials to enhance their understanding of AI's potential in education. Phase 3 focuses on Generative-AI as an Intelligent Tutoring System (ITS). Student teachers will be trained in utilizing ChatGPT (or other Generative AIs) to support their knowledge development in teacher education. This phase specifically targets core terminology, theory-practice links, applications of Generative AI for planning, and reflection. Throughout the study, an analysis of survey data will be conducted using SPSS, while qualitative comments will undergo thematic analysis based on Braun & Clarke's framework (2020). Any patterns discerned across subject disciplines or between the two countries will be reported. Although the participant pool might not support robust inferential statistical analysis, this option remains open depending on uptake in Phases 2 and 3. The research aims to shed light on the integration of AI in teacher education and its impact on student teachers' attitudes and readiness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project's focus on identifying models of AI practice in schools across Northern Ireland (NI) and Ireland is expected to yield valuable insights into the diverse landscape of AI applications in curriculum-based learning. The cross-border cooperation among researchers is crucial in navigating the rapidly changing technological landscape and providing alternative perspectives. The AI-Readiness Journey materials will be instrumental in showcasing how Generative-AI (GAI) can serve as an Intelligent Tutoring System (ITS), supporting student teachers' pedagogical practices during school-based placements. Initial findings suggest the transferability of ITS processes across curricula in both regions and within Europe, emphasising the potential harmonisation of AI implementation in teacher education. The expected outcomes of the project include substantial capacity building in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programs, primarily benefiting student teachers and potentially extending to teachers in placement schools. Measurable outcomes, such as exemplars of AI in the curriculum, an online AI-Readiness Journey toolkit, and examples of GAI as an ITS, will be shared electronically. These resources aim to modernise ITE programs, providing practical skills in AI and GAI for future educators. Student teachers stand to gain awareness and practical skills in AI and GAI usage, fostering a community of practice within their institutions. Policymakers, including Ireland's Teaching Council and NI's Education Authority, are positioned to receive valuable insights for policy formulation. Institutional benefits extend to the modernization of ITE programs, potentially impacting placement schools through capacity building. The project's outcomes are expected to be well-received, fostering interest and enthusiasm for experimenting with new AI technologies without fear of failure. This approach aligns with the overarching goal of enhancing AI literacy in teacher education, benefiting not only the immediate participants but also the wider academic community across the island of Ireland and Europe. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage Publications. Luckin, R., Pritchard, A., Ainsworth, S., Akpan, J., & Law, N. (2022). Artificial Intelligence and Education - A summary of the discussions at the Global Education Leaders’ Partnership AI in Education Symposium. Harvard Business Review. https://hbr.org/sponsored/2022/05/artificial-intelligence-and-education Schepman, A., & Rodway, P. (2022). Exploring the Relationship between Attitudes towards Artificial Intelligence and Technology Readiness. Journal of Technology in Human Services, 40(1), 55–75. https://doi.org/10.1080/15228835.2022.2068361 Vuorikari, R., Kankaanranta, M., Ala-Mutka, K., Bacigalupo, M., & Manganello, F. (2022). DigiComp 2.2 - The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens with eight proficiency levels and examples of use (Joint Research Centre Science for Policy Report). Publications Office of the European Union. https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/bitstream/JRC109361/jrc109361_2017%20digcomp%202.2.pdf |
9:30 - 11:00 | 17 SES 09 A: Crises in Education and Educational Politics Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Merethe Roos Session Chair: Ingerid S. Straume Symposium Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Symposium Crises in Education and Educational Politics This symposium is concerned with crises in educational policy and rhetoric, both contemporary and historical. Education policy is defined broadly and can refer to political and/or public debates about schools, policy documents or political decisions that lead or have led to changes in schools and education. In the symposium we aim to identify motives, typical sites of thought, key patterns of argumentation and language use in different political regimes. We will also focus on practices that emerge from political rhetoric about education. Persuasion in education policy also involves control of the political process, exclusion or inclusion of parties in the design of governance, organisation and institutions for long-term and systematic influence. References Koselleck, R (2000): Critique and Crisis. Enlightenment and the Pathogenesis of Modern Society. MIT Press Presentations of the Symposium From Content to Crisis: The Shifting Landscape of the Geography Curricula in Norwegian Education
Geography was included as a mandatory and independent discipline in the Norwegian school system in late 19th century. At that time, geography served as a deliberate tool in crafting a distinct national narrative for a country that had yet to attain full independence and lacked the storied history of its European counterparts.
Geography was a school subject until the 1970s when a radical curricula reform merged subjects and constructed new interdisciplinary subjects for primary and secondary schools. In general (at least for secondary school), geography was one third of the subject social studies; history and civics being the two other disciplines.
This paper explores the evolution of geography content within the social sciences framework, tracing its negotiation and adaptation to contemporary policies and educational philosophies across four educational reforms since the 1970s. The focus is twofold: firstly, to elucidate the shifts in geography content influenced by political ideas and policies (national and international). Secondly, the study employs a analysis, drawing upon various conceptual frameworks of geographical thinking such as contextualization, scale and multiscale-thinking, relational thinking, spatial variation analysis, diverse perspective consideration, holistic and integrated thinking, meaningful creation, and the use of geographical imaginaries (Jackson 2006, Eidsvik 2022, Smith 2023).
The paper applies these conceptual lenses to categorize the content of geography in different curricula iterations, emphasizing a particular focus on dissecting the alterations introduced in the most recent curriculum in 2020. By doing so, this research contributes to understand the interplay between educational reforms, political landscapes, and evolving paradigms of geographical thinking within the Norwegian education system.
Conclusion:
Fragmentation of geographical content and learning in education is highly problematic. The geography discipline has a substantial potential for holistic system thinking, combining knowledge, values, and skills from a different knowledge system. This is of paramount importance in an educational future compass where interdisciplinarity is highlighted as one of the main keys for a more sustainable future (ie UNESCO and OECD educational compasses). Reduction of geography as a discipline in schools and in teacher education is a step in the wrong direction in the quest for a more holistic and improved way to address the sustainability crisis through education.
References:
Eidsvik, E. (2022). Geografisk danning og utdanning for berekraftig utvikling. I Geografididakikk for klasserommet. R. Mikkelsen og P. J. Sætre (red.). Oslo, Cappelen Damm Akademisk: 81-111.
Jackson, Peter (2006) Thinking Geographically, Geography, 91:3, 199-204, DOI: 10.1080/00167487.2006.12094167
Smith, J. S. (2023). Thinking geographically. I Teaching Human Geography. Theories and Practice in Thinking Geographically. E. H. Fouberg og J. S. Smith (red.). Cheltenham, Edward Elgar Publishing: 11-38.
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Students’ Historical Consciousness in Response to Sites of Trauma and Commemoration
On July 22nd, 2011 a car bomb exploded in the government quarter in Oslo, Norway, killing eight people and injuring hundreds. The responsible terrorist then drove to Utøya, a small island about an hour drive from Oslo. There, he shot and killed 69 people, most of whom were participants at the annual labor youth party’s (AUF) summer camp. In the immediate aftermath, and in the years that have followed, different, and in part contradictory, narratives describing and explaining the terrorist attacks have emerged, the dominating one being that this was an attack on the Norwegian democracy. Consequently, the best way to heal and to prevent similar attacks in the future is to protect and strengthen democratic values within the Norwegian population.
Today, Utøya is a site of commemoration and education, as well as a social center for the youth labor party. Since 2016 thousands of Norwegian secondary and upper secondary students have visited the island to learn about the July 22nd terrorist attacks, to commemorate the victims, and to participate in educational activities aimed to strengthen their democratic agency. Both within the Norwegian social science curriculum, as well as the different public narratives, knowledge about the terrorist attacks of July 22nd, 2011 is considered important to prevent radicalization, extremism and terrorism. However, studies on school trips to former concentration camps in Poland and Germany question whether it is possible to learn about, and visit, sites of past atrocities as a means to empower students as democratic citizens.
This paper will study students’ reflections written shortly before, and a while after, visiting Utøya. Using a narrative analysis, I will explore students’ historical consciousness through the research question: In what way to students negotiate past, present, and future in their understanding of the July 22nd, 2011, terror attacks, and Utøya as a site of trauma, commemoration and education? As the educational activities they participate in is framed within the narrative context of empowering democratic citizens, the paper explores how the students place themselves as actors within this context.
References:
None references included
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 19 SES 09 A: Social Justice, inequality, and crisis: Ethnographic perspectives Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Dennis Beach Paper Session |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper Conducting Ethnographic Research in Minors’ Detention Centre in Poland - Looking for Social Justice in the Reality of Educational Practices 1University of Warsaw, Faculty of Education, Warsaw, Poland; 2University of Bialystok, Faculty of Education, Bialystok, Poland Presenting Author:Drug addict juvenile offenders are a particular group of young people in educational systems, especially for the actions taken in the social rehabilitation facilities. Managing minors educational resistance is the special aim of the work with youth. Their attitude toward education is shaped by the environmental habitus: poor resources, troubles and conflicts with local social service, masculinist toughness in relations or looking for excitements in everyday relations (Willis, 1997). Due to the specific nature of the 'minor' youth group, the educational process is complex. This results from their sociocultural experiences, shaped by socialization in the area of the underclass: origin from poor backgrounds and inheritance of a para criminal habitus leading to social exclusion. An additional educational challenge is the traumatic experiences of minors staying in social rehabilitation (total) institutions. Experiencing detention, the use of sanctions by the staff or para prison model of organization of the treatments in many countries cause youth from such institutions to have a sense of social exclusion and injustice. The research took into account in particular the social justice context specific to the research area, which is an ethnoreligious monolith and the source of social inequalities is primarily socioeconomic status (residence in the countryside or poor districts, inheritance of poverty, instability of employment and housing conditions) (Szafraniec, 2015). As a result, minors' educational strategies place them in sociocultural resistance, denial of education, and inclusive practices. The attitudes presented by minors, therefore, constitute a particular educational challenge in the spirit of social justice, which is intended not only to minimize risk factors (resulting in future reoffending) but, above all, to implement solutions for social justice: a sense of equality rights, minimizing the effects of discrimination based on origin, equal opportunities, but also respect for their rights and those of others. Social justice perceived in this way (following the Convention of the Rights of Child , UN Sustainable Developmental Goals or Tokyo Rules) aims at readaptation and reintegration with the open environment (society), minimizing the risk of exclusion and marginalization, which are carried out in conditions of detention resulting in limited contact with the open environment. The research is part of the ethnographic study of youth detention institutions according to M. Interbitzin proposal (2006). The author studied the location and appearance of the facility and dealt with the description of everyday life from the perspective of minors and staff, as well as the specificity of the relationship between them. She also paid attention to the readaptation process, analyzing the return of pupils to the open environment. In the presented project, an in-depth study of place and everyday life by this approach additionally aimed to analyze the journey of a minor in an institution from the first days of isolation to reentry, with particular emphasis on educational practices and activities to build a sense of social justice. The field research aimed to learn, through the methods of institutional ethnography Nichols, (2017), how relationships are shaped between minors and staff, enabling their inclusive presence in the social space. We included the research problem in the question: How are educational practices implemented in a juvenile detention institution (taking into account the assumptions of social justice)? A detention centre for minors is a place that has been stigmatized in the social and educational discourse, where educational and therapeutic interactions with minors are carried out in conditions of isolation. A paradoxical problem is working with minors in conditions of isolation, i.e. power relations, which is aimed at their social inclusion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ethnographic research methodology allowed us to learn about the actual implementation of the goals and assumptions of social rehabilitation, i.e. a detailed understanding of the institution and a description of the educational practices implemented there. The use of a team model of ethnographic research in cooperation with trained students - future educators, places the project between interpretive paradigms (learning about the mechanisms of social construction of the reality of institutions) and critical paradigms (analysis of the educational and upbringing experiences of minors shaped in power relations aimed at their emancipation and transformation). Researchers conducted observations, interviews (Roulston, 2020, Harper, 2018), field diaries, and visual ethnography methods (Kharel, 2015) paying attention on their specificity during doing research in total institution (Gomes & Granja, 2021). In the chosen active model, researchers are people who not only observe and record but are also involved in the life of the studied community of young people and the life of the institution. This active involvement was carried out taking into account the awareness of the role that researchers play, constant reflection and self-reflection, and research mentoring, allowing for an objective, neutral positioning in the research field and interpersonal relationships (Bucerius, 2014). The use of ethnographic methodology in a closed institution, through which researchers and participants strengthened the research process by generating narratives of mutual transformation (Beach, Vigo-Arrazola, 2021), enabled a broader view of educational practices implemented there in the context of social justice (Arrazola & Tummons, 2023). Ethnographic research in a sensitive context (Markowska-Manista, Górak-Sosnowska, 2022)- with an emphasis on situationality and contextualism (Gewirtz, 2006) is associated with the social and moral responsibility of researchers, mainly doing research in detention centres (Inderbitzin, 2006, Hammersley, 2014, 2015). The research received a positive opinion from the university ethical committee. It was carried out based on the principles of ethical research with sensitive groups in the so-called sensitive contexts of their functioning (McCosker et al. 2001) and based on the ethics of ethnographic research (Goodwin et al. 2003). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The implementation of the project allowed, based on the chosen critical and narrative paradigms mentioned, to enrich the experience of the researchers involved in the project in two particular dimensions. First, doing institutional ethnographic research led to improved research skills of the field researchers in using observation, oral, and visual methods. Second, research activity in detention center based on direct contact with minors led to a better understanding of the effects of educational practices experienced by minors, their exclusive effects, entanglement in the categories of power and class complicating the empowerment and reentry of such youth with attention paid on the social justice issues. Research ethnographic studies have shown, among others, that the educational experiences of minors are based on various practices of resistance, e.g., negation, which results from school dropout and rejection. In the educational dimension, there is also resistance resulting from the experience of staying in total educational institutions and being under pressure from the hegemonic educational system. The use of ethnography in educational research also enabled a critical analysis of challenges and barriers to social justice in a total institution, revealing hidden ways of discrimination and exclusion in educational institutions, as well as customs and practices that usually remained unquestioned and which in the context of social rehabilitation are considered neutral and as such fair. In this study, by strengthening ethnographic reflexivity in words and images (Spickard, 2021), we saw the potential to promote social justice in education and society through team-based research. Moreover, recommendations and dissemination of research results carried out in cooperation with institution employees were crucial for further development and cooperation, facilitating the implementation of further cooperation for social justice. References Beach, D., and M. B. Vigo-Arrazola. (2021). “Critical Ethnographies of Education and for Social and Educational Transformation: A Meta-Ethnography.” Qualitative Inquiry 27(6), 677–688. Bucerius S.M., 2013, Becoming a „trusted outsider”: Gender, ethnicity, and inequality in ethnographic research, „Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 42(6), 690-721. Gewirtz, S. (2006). “Towards a Contextualised Analysis of Social Justice in Education.” Educational Philosophy and Theory 38(1): 69–81. Gomes, S., & Granja, R. (2021). (Dis)Trusted outsiders: Conducting ethnographic research on prison settings. Etnografica, vol. 25(1), 5–22. Goodwin, D., C. Pope, M. Mort, and A. Smith. 2003. “Ethics and Ethnography: An Experiential Account.” Qualitative Health Research 13(4): 567–577. Hammersley M., 2014, Methodological Ideas, [in:] Understanding research with children and young people, (eds.) A. Clark, R. Flewitt, M. Hammersley, M. Robb, SAGE, Thousand Oaks. Hammersley, M., 2015, Research ‘Inside’ Viewed from ‘Outside’: Reflections on Prison Ethnography [in:] The Palgrave Handbook of Prison Ethnography, (eds.) D.H. Drake, R. Earle, J. Sloan, Palgrave Macmillan, Londyn. Harper, D. (2018). People and Places. W C. Jerolmack & S. Khan (Red.), Approaches to Ethnography Analysis and Representation in Participant Observation (pp. 99–127). Oxford University Press. Inderbitzin, M. (2006). Guardians of the state’s problem children: An ethnographic study of staff members in a juvenile correctional facility. The Prison Journal, 86(4), 431–451. Markowska-Manista, U., & Górak-Sosnowska, K. (2022). Tackling sensitive and controversial topics in social research-sensitivity of the field. Society Register, 6(2), 7-16. McCosker, H., A. Barnard, and R. Gerber. 2001. “Undertaking Sensitive Research: Issues and Strategies for Meeting the Safety Needs of all Participants.” Forum: Qualitative Social Research 2 (1). Nichols, N. (2017). Technologies of evidence: An institutional ethnography from the standpoints of ‘youth-at-risk’. Critical social policy, 37(4), 604-624. Roulston, K. 2020. Ethnographic interviewing. London: SAGE. Spickard, J. 2021. Visual Ethnography: Why Reflexivity Matters. In La Sociologia Sovranazionale di Roberto Cipriani, ed. C. Cipolla, and F. Angeli, 132–143, Milan: Franco Angeli. Szafraniec, K. (2015). Rural-Urban, Central-Peripheral: Durability of Civilisation Divides from the Perspective of Youth. Agricultural Economics and Rural Development, 12(2), 143–156. United Nations (1990) United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for Non-custodial Measures Vigo Arrazola, B., & Tummons, J. (2023). Guest Editorial: Ethnographies of Education for Social Justice. Ethnography and Education, 18(1), 1-3. Willis, P. (1977). Learning to Labor: How Working Class Kids Get Working Class Jobs. New York: Columbia University Press. 19. Ethnography
Paper Worldwide Crises & Increasing Contingency. An Ethnographic Exploration of Twitter Discussions in View of the Full-Scale Invasion of Ukraine University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Our world has changed dramatically. We collectively experienced the COVID 19 pandemic, which drastically changed our lives and seriously impacted social, health and economic issues. Simultaneously, western lifestyle and the globalized economy cause massive environmental pollution and create climate change that threatens life on our planet. At the same time as we destroy the basis for human survival, we witness the erosion of established conventions for peace in Europe, as Putin’s regime carries out massive war crimes, cruelly killing innocent Ukrainians, and threating the world with nuclear war. Likewise, the reemergence of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict threatens stability across the Middle East and there is no end in sight. The current man-made catastrophes have in common that they unfold unprecedented destructive power, which shake the social structures of our communal coexistence (Heinlein & Dimbath 2020). This results in comprehensive social upheavals, social shifts, and dislocations, which leads us to fundamentally question our sense of integrity and trust in the security and continuity of our lifeworld. The social fragility and vulnerability of our everyday life circumstances require coping strategies to deal with crises, the occurring unpredictability, and increased contingency of our future horizons. What are the consequences of increased contingency for us as individuals and as members of a global community? We have to deal with potential risks of man-made disasters and consequent destruction as an expression of a future which cannot be controlled in full, and have to accept disasters as a constitutive part of our living conditions. Such conditions require us to develop social and biographical resilience in order to handle both known unknowns and unknown unknowns of our future horizons and develop our ability to attend to upcoming challenges of humanity (Bröckling 2008). This paper explores social responses to man-made disaster, with a specific focus on the Russian military invasion into Ukrainian territory, and the threat of a nuclear war. The exploration aims to highlight different strategies of dealing with the emotions of complete bewilderment, powerlessness, sadness and anger in view of war and tragedy in Ukraine. In particular, the analysis focuses on tweets and interactions of different hashtag and thread discussions on the online platform X (former Twitter) which are related to the Russian full-scale invasion. The comparative analysis of these online discussions explores social interaction and exchange of opinions, created images and expressed feelings, as well as strategies to overcome bewilderment and powerlessness in order to gain agency. Furthermore, the analysis is accompanied by an auto-ethnographic perspective, where the critical reflection and analysis of my online experiences as a researcher are at the center. In general terms we can say that social media and other internet-based platforms are intertwined with our political life and the formation of opinions. They play an important role in allowing people to design, consume and share information and news. But at the same time social platforms and new media are increasingly perceived as conducive to the creation of ideological “echo-chambers” eroding the space for public dialogue. Hence, they are seen as fostering polarisation, radicalisation, de-politicisation, spreading misinformation and subject to manipulation. Having this in mind the exploration pays specific attention to the formation of opinions, the development of critical media literacy and the related dynamics of social interaction. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ongoing research is based on Grounded Theory Methodology (e.g. Strauss 2004) as a research style, theoretical and methodological perspectives of biographical research (e.g. Pilch Ortega 2018 and 2020) accompanied with digital (auto-)ethnographic perspectives and methods. In the first stage, an open field exploration focused on basic characteristics and dynamics of interaction on the social media platform X (former Twitter) and the question of “what actually goes on” (Hammersley 2017). In the second stage, the active participation in different twitter discussions and the writing of a research diary as a method of critical self-reflection are central. In the third stage, it is planned to conduct narrative interviews with social media users (and activists) who are engaged in different Twitter discussions. Another methodological aspect is that I have taken the liberty to guide my research pathways with an auto-ethnographic approach: this offers the opportunity to include the appearance of emotions and a systematic self-reflection process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In general terms, social media interactions are seen as learning environments which increasingly gain importance, among other things due to waves of disinformation campaigns which threaten democracies across the globe. Preliminary research findings show that processes of “(political) positioning and opinion formation” play an important role for the engagement in different thread discussions. Another aspect, mostly observed at the beginning of the full-scale invasion by Russia, is the “herorisation and demonization” of the different collective actors involved, which has to be seen in the light of atrocious war crimes. Additionally, the research findings reveal that social actors seek to overcome feelings of bewilderment, powerlessness, sadness, and anger by sharing their emotions and (collectively) searching for pathways in order to gain agency. Hence, agency and the question of impacts of actions is an important issue for the engagement in different social media related activities. Furthermore, creativity and humour is an important resource to counter disinformation and hate speech. References Bröckling, U. (2008). Vorbeugen ist besser … Zur Soziologie der Prävention. Behemoth. A Journal on Civilisation 2008, 1 (pp. 38–48). Dimbath, O. & Heinlein, M. (2020). Einleitung: Soziale Gedächtnisse der Katastrophe. In M. Heinlein & O. Dimbath (Eds.), Katastrophen zwischen sozialem Erinnern und Vergessen, Soziales Gedächtnis, Erinnern und Vergessen – Memory Studies, (pp. 1–18). Springer VS. Hammersley, M. (2017). What is ethnography? Can it survive? Should it? Ethnography and Education, (pp. 1–17), DOI: 10.1080/17457823.2017.1298458. Pilch Ortega, A. (2018). Lernprozessen sozialer Bewegung(en). Biographische Lerndispositionen in Auseinandersetzung mit Erfahrungen sozialer Ungleichheit. Wiesbaden. Springer VS. Pilch Ortega, Angela (2020). Teaching Ethnographical Methods: Research Workshops for Students as a Space for Critical Reflection on Knowledge Production. In C. Wieser & A. Pilch Ortega (Eds.), Ethnography in Higher Education, (pp. 111–126). Springer VS. Strauss, A.L. (2004). Analysis through Microscopic Examination. Sozialer Sinn, 2, (pp. 160–176). |
9:30 - 11:00 | 20 SES 09 A: Innovation and new methodologies in research Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Sh-AI-ping Future Research. A New AI-based Research-Approach in Examining Trajectories and Student Drop-out in Higher Education. University of Tübingen, Germany (Methods Center) Presenting Author:In a rapidly changing world, it is not only the higher education system that is facing an era of uncertainty, characterised by recent geopolitical issues, social divisions, a significant increase in knowledge and a growing scepticism towards science (Gassmann et al., 2023, p. 1). In this context, recently developed new digital technologies such as generative artificial intelligence [GenAI] has unquestionably marked a noteworthy historical occurrence, offering the potential to transform the entire higher education sector (Bannister et al., 2023, p. 402; Gassmann et al., 2023). GenAI can be seen as a technology that enables industrial systems and devices to learn independently, process information and make decisions without human intervention (Quy et al., 2023, pp. 4–5). In contrast to other AI techniques, GenAI can also generate new and original content such as text, images, videos, audio, and 3D models (Escotet, 2023, p. 3). The potential benefits and hopes that these new applications could offer for enhancing education and research are considerable, but the growth also leads to new ethical considerations and potential risks that especially higher education institutions will need to address in the future (Meyer et al., 2023, p. 1; Zawacki-Richter et al., 2019, pp. 1–2). Despite the rapid progress and increasing attention given to these new technologies in higher education, recent reviews have raised concerns about the low number of authors from education departments involved in research on them, underscoring the need for pedagogical research and research perspectives on these technological advances (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2019, p. 22). Existing research on GenAI in higher education often focuses on academic integrity, institutional regulations, plagiarism concerns in specific applications, the benefits of using AI for educational innovation or students' attitudes toward AI. However, only a few studies have explicitly examined the use of GenAI as a methodology in research. As a result, this aspect is highlighted as an area for future research (Bannister et al., 2023). Building on this need, we present a recently in the context of higher educational research created, innovative approach to improve data collection and data analysis methods, integrating conventional and generative AI-assisted web-crawling techniques based on natural language models. Large Language Models [LLM] are a specific Natural Language Processing technology, trained on large text datasets derived from public and licensed third-party sources and are capable of producing human-like speech and performing a range of language processing tasks (Alqahtani et al., 2023). The project, in which we developed the method, aims to investigate patterns of social inequalities during the so-called postdoc phase, which is understood as the transitional phase from completing a doctorate to obtaining a first professorship (Krawietz et al., 2013; Roman, 2022). The analysis is based on specific data points extracted from the online profiles of all professors working in departments of Educational Science or Human Medicine at German state universities. These data include information about gender, age, number and type of career transitions, post-doctoral qualifications, and publication activity during the postdoc phase among a total sample size of N=7.204 professors. Until now, manual methods have been used to tackle the problem of different websites not having a standardised data display structure (Baader et al., 2017; Lutter et al., 2022). However, these manual methods are resource-intensive, time-consuming and error-prone. Our new AI-powered web crawling approach allows for the automated extraction and organization of crucial information from websites for research purposes. By this, our approach offers several advantages, primarily through its ability to automate processes and make them more efficient. Automation enables the collection of specific information from a variety of online sources, reducing time and effort while improving accuracy and efficiency. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our dataset, we had to extract the unstructured CV-data and relatively structured publication data from 7,204 people working at more than 100 universities, each of them comprising a large number of personal pages with different web structures. Since manual approaches of data collection require extensive resources, are very time-consuming and tend to cause inaccura-cies and errors (Arasu & Garcia-Molina, 2003, p. 338), our approach on data extraction and structuring is primarily based on the use of Web Data Scraping [WDS]. WDS refers to the pro-cess of extracting data from websites by using automated techniques. In this method, a com-puter program accesses a website's markup languages such as HTML to code and retrieves specific information from it. Traditional WDS techniques can handle various data formats and accurately extract specific data points. They are a fast and efficient method for extracting structured data (Parvez et al., 2018), which is why we used them to extract the publication data from the databases GoogleScholar and PubMed. In contrast to prestructured platforms, which provide profile data in a uniformly predefined, standardized structure, accessing, structuring and analysing information on university websites is significantly more complex (Arasu & Garcia-Molina, 2003). This can be attributed to various aspects. The websites within and be-tween universities present for example diverse formats, unstructured content with semantic heterogeneity, dynamic information that can change based on user interaction, and the webpages content sometimes contain noise or errors requiring cleansing. Since conventional WDS breaks in these cases (Parvez et al., 2018), we used a generative AI-assisted WDS-approach to extract the CV-data from the university-websites. We therefore used the NLM GPT-4, which is based on its predecessor GPT-3 (Brown et al., 2020, p. 5). Introduced in 2023 by OpenAI (Angelis et al., 2023, p. 1), GPT-4 is the latest version and currently the most powerful LLM (Hao et al., 2023, p. 10), providing the ability to process both textual and visual inputs and generate text-based outputs (Alqahtani et al., 2023, p. 1237; OpenAI et al., 2023, p. 1). One of the main issues we are facing to solve in using GPT-4 was and still is to handle its tendency to hallucinate, which means to create content that is nonsensical or untrue (Alqahtani et al., 2023, p. 1237; OpenAI et al., 2023, p. 68). The data generated in this manner was consolidated in a shared database and uniformly structured with AI-supported techniques. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The field of higher education is currently undergoing a process of transformation due to the emergence of GenAI techniques. Given the opportunities and risks associated with the use of such technologies, particularly in their application in higher education research, it is crucial for educational researchers to catch up and bring their experiences and perspectives to bear in exploring their application as an empirical methodology in academic discourse. Our innovative method of data collection and analysis was pursued with a specific educational policy goal in mind - namely, to investigate social inequalities within the German higher education system. Thus, our work can be seen as a step towards integrating an educational science perspective into the discourse on generative AI research methods. The approach of GenAI, specifically the NLM GPT-4 in combination with conventional WSD techniques developed within the project enables a more efficient and precise automated extraction and organisation of unstructured internet data. As our approach is one of the first, if not the very first of its kind, future research efforts should focus on further improving these techniques to enable greater accuracy and efficiency in the automatic extraction of structured web-based information. For example, what has been done manually in our approach so far is the search for relevant websites, for which a solution still needs to be found. Additionally challenging remains the handling of hallucinations of GPT-4. As briefly outlined, hallucination, also known more precisely as confabulation, de-scribes the generation of plausible but factually incorrect information by an AI model without intent to deceive (Alqahtani et al., 2023, p. 1237). Despite existing challenges, our innovative approach offers promising areas of application for future research in the field of higher educa-tion. The possible application to other empirical research scenarios could thus be a key focus of future considerations. References Alqahtani, T. et al. (2023). The emergent role of artificial intelligence, natural learning pro-cessing, and large language models in higher education and research. Research in Social & Administrative Pharmacy: RSAP, 19(8), 1236–1242. Arasu, A., Garcia-Molina, H. (2003). Extracting structured data from Web pages, 337–348. Baader, M. et al. (2017). Equal opportunities in the post-doctoral phase in Germany? Europe-an Educational Research Journal, 16(2-3), 277–297. Bannister, P. et al. (2023). A Systematic Review of Generative AI and (English Medium Instruc-tion) Higher Education. Aula Abierta, 52(4), 401–409. Brown, T. et al. (2020). Language Models are Few-Shot Learners, 1–75. https://arxiv.org/abs/2005.14165 DeAngelis, L. et al. (2023). Chatgpt and the rise of large language models: The new AI-driven infodemic threat in public health. Frontiers in Public Health, 11, 1–8. Escotet, M. Á. (2023). The optimistic future of Artificial Intelligence in higher education. PRO-SPECTS, 1–10. Gassmann, O. et al. (2023). Universities in an age of uncertainty: 44 propositions on the future of universities.: [White Paper]. University of St. Gallen. Wissenschaftsmanagement, 21, 1–7. https://www.alexandria.unisg.ch/handle/20.500.14171/117981 Hao, Y. et al. (2023). E&V: Prompting Large Language Models to Perform Static Analysis by Pseudo-code Execution and Verification, 1–13. Krawietz, J. et al. (2013). Übergänge in der Hochschule. In W. Schröer, et al. (Eds.), Hand-buch Übergänge (651-687). Beltz Juventa. Lutter, M. et al. (2022). Gender differences in the determinants of becoming a professor in Germany. An event history analysis of academic psychologists from 1980 to 2019. Research Policy, 51(6). Meyer, J. et al. (2023). Chatgpt and large language models in academia: Opportunities and challenges. BigData Mining, 16(1), 20. OpenAI (2023). GPT-4 Technical Report, 1–100. Parvez, M. et al. (2018). Analysis Of Different Web Data Extraction Techniques, 1–7. Quy, V. et al. (2023). AI and Digital Transformation in Higher Education: Vision and Approach of a Specific University in Vietnam. Sustain-ability, 15(14), 1–16. Roman, N. (2022). Honeymoon is over? Strategien im Umgang mit Selbstpositionierungen in der Postdocphase. In S. Korff & I. Truschkat (Eds.), Übergänge in Wissenschaftskarrieren (pp. 73–94). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Zawacki-Richter, O., Marín, V., Bond, M., Gouverneur, F. (2019). Systematic review of re-search on artificial intelligence applications in higher education – where are the educators? International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 16(1), 1–27. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Leading Innovation in Colleges of Education: Integration of Heutagogy Approach 1Levinsky-Wingate Academic, Israel; 2Kaye College, Israel Presenting Author:The heutagogy approach aims to overcome the crisis in Western world education and to change the contemporary education system, which faces Western society's multicultural, heterogeneous, dynamic, and evolving diversity. This is true for higher education institutions, where the prevailing teaching-learning paradigm no longer meets the learners' needs and society's demands. At the center of these requirements are self-management abilities, reflective and critical thinking, digital literacy, innovation, problem-solving, and collaboration and communication abilities (Blaschke, 2021). Heutagogy, or self-directed learning, is an approach to learning and inquiry in which learners conduct self-inquiry. They determine what to study and explore in each content area. They decide how to do this, what sources of information they will base themselves on, what the results of their research will be, and how these will be presented to others. The learners wander between human knowledge spaces and Internet knowledge spaces when the purpose of this wandering movement is to satisfy their curiosity and bring them to understand the object of their research. Also, the learners are central partners in evaluating the research they have carried out themselves. They are the ones who determine whether and to what extent they have achieved the learning objectives (Glassner & Back, 2020; Hase & Kenyon, 2000). The Self-inquiry journey of the heutagogy learners is integrally accompanied by self-thought, reflective and critical writing about the progress of their research, their attitude to their study, and teamwork within which the questions that interest them are investigated (Blaschke & Hase, 2021). The Heutagogy changes the known and accepted education orders. In this study and investigation, the teachers or lecturers are no longer the primary sources of knowledge. Their traditional role changes, and they become mentors and advisors. Learning through heutagogy is no longer subject to a linear and uniform curriculum "imposed from above," to know and predetermined patterns, or exclusive reliance on academic information sources. The ways of learning are diverse, and there is no one way of knowledge suitable for all learners. Learning and reflection about learning bring learners to an understanding of their preferred learning style. This understanding will help them to continue learning throughout their lives, satisfy their curiosity, and strengthen their autonomy to choose what to learn and how (Moore, 2020; Blaschke, 2021). Teacher training colleges are an effective anchor in the development of the teacher's professional personality and the formation of his image as an educator who knows how to integrate students from different cultures in a multicultural environment not out of paternalism of a majority group, but out of social solidarity, eradicating the feeling of foreignness and hostility and implementing teaching methods that mobilize personal capital (Butler & Milley, 2020; Ratnam, 2020). The study presents insights regarding possible achievements, challenges, and changes required when implementing the heutagogy approach in two colleges of education in the center and one in south Israel. The diversity in the number, age, education, and academic abilities of the students in each course, as well as the unique characteristics of the colleges and the differences in their disciplinary affiliations, allow for observing the heutagogy approach from a broad perspective. Research questions: 1. How do the students and teacher-teachers who participated in these courses perceive the heutagogy approach? 2. What are the challenges your teachers faced in these courses? 3. What are the characteristics of the change required in teacher training so that it will be possible to incorporate learning in the way of heutagogy? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research approach is a case study in a qualitative constructivist centered on a categorical content analysis of the four heutagogy courses taught in four teaching colleges in Israel. The analysis examined the achievements, challenges, and actions of the investigated cases (Merriam, 2009; Adler & Adler, 1994; Kawulich, 2005). The research tools include the students' learning diaries, the lecturers' written responses to the learning diaries, correspondence between the learners and the lecturers, and reflections written by the learners at the end of the course. The research's use of these sources received the approval of an institutional ethics committee, and all the students whose diaries and correspondence were studied approved their use for the research. In the process of analyzing and determining the categories, the course researchers - based themselves on an inductive approach in which the texts were divided into units of analysis and through a "constant comparison" (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) of the various branches of research, we looked for similarities, differences, and connections between the diverse references. Thus, in the process of conceptualization (coding), we identified themes and concepts that were gathered into categories and subcategories, through which we sought to find meanings that lie in the course data and relate to the answers to the research questions (Creswell et al., 2018). The participants were asked to create interest groups according to the chosen research topic derived from the course topic. They researched topics they chose for learning in pairs or groups and set common goals to maintain the research quality. They decide how to present the study and evaluate themselves according to the criteria while building an evaluation scale. Each course lecturer had given regular and continuous guidance and accompaniment. The four courses: (1) Leadership, policy, and Organization in Early Childhood Education Systems took place in the second and last year of a hybrid program for early childhood education as part of the 33 students' master's degree curriculum at a religious state college. (2) English online course: "Learn to write, write to learn." 13 students in their second year of studies majoring in English to improve their written expression skills; (3) "New teacher" courses in primary and secondary schools - 62 teachers participated in face-to-face learning and at Zoom; (4) Education course for social activism - an asynchronous course for 64 students within the framework of academic retraining for teaching. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research offers a unique and innovative approach to assimilating the heutagogy approach as a teaching method adapted to the learner and lifelong learning. The lecturers and learners must be active references (Glassner & Back, 2020). According to the heutagogy approach, the lecturers should provide detailed explanations, personal conversations, close monitoring of the learning progress, and a quick response to write in the "journey diaries."These may help the facilitators calm the learners and bring them to cooperation and productivity already in the first stages of the courses. There is a change in the role of the lecturers in these courses to assimilate the heutagogy. They are asked to have an open and in-depth institutional dialogue that will allow them to consult and share. This approach encourages the lecturers to think personally about their personal and professional identity and the inevitable change in their role and status in the educational institution. The lecturers have shown satisfaction with teaching according to the heutagogy approach, and they are interested in continuing this way and even expanding it to additional courses in their colleges. By implementing this way of learning, they seek to propose an innovative change in which the learner also has an appropriate place. However, it should be noted that the realization method differs in the degree of freedom and independence students have been allowed in each course. One student wrote: "I hope that this approach will be able to enter other places in the academy, into other courses where it can be integrated and will awaken in people thoughts that are worth arousing" (course 4). This pedagogy approach may develop learners' literacy and intercultural skills based on activism for inclusion, tolerance, and initiative to promote response to social-cultural diversity and learning achievement. References Adler, P. A. & Adler, P. (1994). Observation techniques. In Norman K. Denzin & Yvonna S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp.377–392). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Blaschke, L.M. (2021). The dynamic mix of heutagogy and technology: Preparing learners for lifelong learning. British Journal of Educational Technology, 52, 1629-1645. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.13105 Blaschke, L. M. & Hase, S. (2021). So, you want to do heutagogy: principles and practice. In S. Hase & L.M. Blaschke (Eds.), Unleashing the power of learner agency. EdTech Books. https://edtechbooks.org/up/pp Butler, J., & Milley, P. (2020). Teacher Candidates' Policy Agency to Reframe the Meaning of Citizenship in the Ontario Secondary School Curriculum. Canadian Journal of Education, (4), 1131–1159. Creswell, P., Cheryl N. author, & Hall, Molly Indexer. (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (Fourth edition). Sage Publications, Inc., Thousand Oaks. Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of qualitative research 3e. Sage. Glassner, A. & Back, S. (2020). Exploring Heutagogy in Higher Education: Academia meets the Zeitgeist. Springer. Hase, S., & Kenyon, C. (2000). From andragogy to heutagogy. Ultibase Articles, 5(3), 1–10. https://webarchive.nla.gov.au/awa/20010220130000/http://ultibase.rmit.edu.au/Articles/dec00/hase2.htm. Hase, S. & Blaschke, L.M. (2021). So, you want to do Heutagogy: Principles and Practice. In: Unleashing the Power of Learner Agency (pp. 13-33). EdTechBooks.org. Hordvik, M., Fletcher, T., Hauge, A.L., Møller, L. & Engebretsen, B. (2021). Using collaborative self-study and rhizomatics to explore the ongoing nature of becoming teacher educators. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101. 103318. Kawulich, B. B. (2005). Participant Observation as a Data Collection Method [81 paragraphs]. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 6(2), Art. 43, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0502430. LaBoskey, V. K. (2004). The methodology of self-study and its theoretical underpinnings. In J. J. Loughran, M. L. Hamilton, V. L. LaBoskey, & T. Rusell (Eds.), International Handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 817-870). Kluwer. Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. Moore, R. L. (2020). Developing lifelong learning with heutagogy: Contexts, critiques, and challenges. Distance Education, (3), pp. 381–401. https://doi.org/10.1080/01587919.2020.1766949 Pithouse-Morgan, K. (2022). Self-study in teaching and teacher education: Characteristics and contributions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 1038. Ratnam, T. (2020). Provocation to Dialog in a Third Space: Helping Teachers Walk Toward Equity Pedagogy. Frontiers in Education 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.569018 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes) Digital Learning Environments for Transformative Education and Intercultural Learning Friedrich Schiller University, Germany Presenting Author:In the postdigital globalized society, the digital realm seamlessly intertwines with our analog lives, becoming an integral extension of our lifeworld, reminiscent of Negroponte's foresight that "like air and drinking water, the digital will be noticed just by its absence and not its presence" (Negroponte 1998). This hyperdigitalization has significantly impacted the way we perceive and engage in learning, calling for innovative educational design (Bolten 2024). The need for a transformation in education is also linked to the “time of complexity” (Ceruti, 2018), in which we live. It requires citizens who can constructively cope with various challenges and create new, sustainable cultures. In this historical context, education takes on the imperative role of being transformative, offering an experience that goes beyond imparting knowledge and actively shaping individuals with the capacity to consciously transform the reality they live in (UN 2015). This ignite talk aims to provide insights into two innovative learning environments that leverage digitalization to promote intercultural dialogic learning, placing learners, their diversity, equal rights, and their lifeworld at the center (Author 2022). The first format is a multilingual platform fostering peer-learning (buddy system) and experiential learning; the second is a simulation game that brings students from different countries together and promotes their collaboration. Drawing from previous experiences with this format, I expect the ignite talk to facilitate a sharp focus on how these learning environments successfully transform education into an intercultural, transformative experience. It allows for concise highlighting of the core characteristics that led to their success as well its weaknesses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative methodology has been employed to assess the potential of the two learning environments in the two different projects. The main research methods applied are: non-participant observation and interviews for both of them, in the second project we also used content analysis of participants' reflection sheets and conversation analysis of their dialogues. This paper aims to compare the results derived from their evaluations and integrate them into a model for digital transformative education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary outcome of this paper is the development of a model that synthesizes the characteristics making digital learning concepts promising for transformative education and intercultural learning. Researchers participating in the ignite talk may request a more in-depth exploration of specific findings related to the various projects that led to the experimentation with these distinct learning environments. I will bring therefore also the specific data emerged in the different projects. References Author (2022). Inklusion durch Dekonstruktion. Der dialogische Ansatz zur Verwirklichung von Inklusion im pädagogischen Bereich. Habilitationsschrift. Bolten, J. (2024). Scimification Holistic Competence Scenario Development and the Example of Virtual Intercultural Escape Rooms and Strategy Games. In Author & Fergal Lenehan (eds.): Lifewide Learning in Postdigital Societies. Shedding Light on Emerging Culturalities, 29-56. transcript. Ceruti, M. (2018). Il tempo della complessità. Raffello Cortina. Negroponte, N. (1998). Beyond Digital. Wired Columns 6(12), retrieved 10.4.2022 from http://web.media.mit.edu/~nicholas/Wired/WIRED6-12.html. UN (United Nations General Assembly). A/RES/70/1 - Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Resolution adopted by the General Assembly on 25 September 2015. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 A: Employability and Entrepreneurship Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gernot Herzer Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper PROMOTING EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS TRHOUGH AUTHENTIC LEARNING SCENARIOS: Three Examples from Higher Education in Europe Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper examines three interventions in three professional programmes in higher education in Europe. The aim of the study is to evaluate the implementation of three learning scenarios that use authentic learning theory to improve professional competence and students’ employability skills. The data come from an Erasmus+ project involving three countries and 120 students. A design-based research approach is used for the first iteration of interventions. The results show how the authentic learning framework was realised in the three contexts and which elements of the framework were challenging. The key findings are that authenticity is not realised in one element of the model in isolation, but through the interaction between several elements, and that some elements of the theoretical model are crucial for realising others. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a design-based research approach that frames the research design of the study (McKennie & Reeves, 2019; van den Akker et al., 2006). This approach is defined by its intention to develop theoretical insights and practitioner solutions to real problems identified in educational contexts. The research design of this study is more specifically an evaluation study within the field of design research (Plomp, 2013). In this study, the educational challenge is how learning is achieved in real life and how students in HE settings learn theoretical, decontextualised knowledge. The intention of this study is to design learning environments in order to validate authentic learning theories (Herrington et al., 2010; Plomp, 2013) and how learning environments can be designed in three different professional HE contexts in Europe. The methodological steps follow the iteration of the systematic design cycles (Plomp, 2013). The problem to be solved is making HE settings more relevant and able to better prepare students for the transition from education to workplace. The study is based on the Erasmus+ Skill Up project’s analysis, which resulted in the development of a taxonomy of employability skills required for new graduates (Ornellas et al., 2019). With its point of departure in interventions using state-of-the-art practices and different theoretical frameworks, the Erasmus+ Skill Up project designed a prototype (here called a ‘learning scenario’) in a professional HE course in Spain, Germany and Sweden. In total, 120 students took part in the three different courses. The focus of this study is on the evaluation of the three learning scenarios in the first iteration cycle. The evaluation is based on the three courses’ syllabuses and documentation about the implementation of the learning scenario. The focus of the analysis is on how the theoretical framework of authentic learning (Herrington et al., 2010) was used in order to design an authentic learning scenario where the students got the opportunity to learn in a more contextualised real-life environment. The analysis is deductively performed (Bingham & Witkowsky, 2022), with the point of departure in the nine characteristics of authentic learning (Herrington et al., 2010.) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows the importance of the dynamic interactions (Barab et al., 2000) and relations between the different elements of the authentic learning model (Herrington et al., 2010), and some of these elements seem to be of high importance for others. For the next iteration of the three contexts, it would be wise to focus on three elements – two of which seem to be crucial – since the interaction between the elements was shown to be key. The first element that can be improved is the authentic context, which has implications both for authentic activities and multiple roles and perspectives. The second crucial element to be improved is collaboration, which has implications for both reflection and articulation. Thirdly, the element of assessment can also be improved, which has implications for the element of articulation but is essential in order to reflect a real-world assessment. Further detailed studies are recommended on the interactions between the different elements of the model in order to promote employability skills and increase the quality of HE settings. References Barab S A, Squire K D and Duebe W (2000) A Co-Evolutionary Model for Supporting the Emergence of Authenticity. Educational Technology Research and Development 48(2): 37–62. Bingham, A.J., & Witkowsky, P. (2022). Deductive and inductive approaches to qualitative data analysis. In C. Vanover, P. Mihas, & J. Saldaña (Eds.), Analyzing and interpreting qualitative data: After the interview (pp. 133-146). SAGE Publications. Herrington, J., Reeves, T.C. and Oliver, R. (2010), A Guide to Authentic E-learning, Routledge, London. Ornellas, A., Falkner, K., & Edman Stålbrandt, E. (2019). Enhancing graduates’ employability skills through authentic learning approaches. Higher education, skills and work-based learning, 9(1), 107-120. Plomp, T. (2013). Educational design research: An introduction. Educational design research, 11-50. Reeves, T.C. (2006). Design research from a technology perspective. In J. Van den Akker, K. Gravemeijer, S. McKenney& N. Nieveen (Eds.), Educational design research (pp. 52-66). London: Routledge. Van den Akker, J., Gravemeijer, K., & McKenney, S. (2006). Introducing educational design research. In Educational design research (pp. 15-19). Routledge. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Classifying Responsible Management Education: Adapting the About/For/Through (AFT) Framework from Entrepreneurship Education Liverpool John Moores University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In today’s rapidly evolving business landscape, marked by a heightened focus on social responsibility and sustainability, management education stands at a crucial juncture (Tahmassebi and Najmi, 2023). Addressing the conference theme, “Education in an Age of Uncertainty: memory and hope for the future,” this paper introduces an innovative approach to conceptualise and categorise Responsible Management Education (RME) by adapting the ‘About/For/Through’ (AFT) framework from Entrepreneurship Education. Following the principles outlined by O’Connor (2013) in “A Conceptual Framework for Entrepreneurship Education Policy: Meeting Government and Economic Purposes” and integrating insights from Lozano et al.’s (2013) “Conceptions of Responsible Management Education,” this adaptation aims to provide a multi-dimensional lens for analysing and structuring RME initiatives, thereby enhancing their efficacy and alignment with global sustainable development goals. RME, in the context of rapidly changing societal expectations (Laasch and Conaway, 2015; Tahmassebi and Najmi, 2023), confronts the challenge of developing educational strategies that are both practically relevant and theoretically robust. The existing literature on RME, while diverse, often lacks a unified framework for systematic classification and assessment (Nonet at al., 2016), hindering the effective design and evaluation of RME programmes by educational institutions and policymakers. The AFT framework, with its proven success in Entrepreneurship Education as detailed by Fayolle and Gailly (2008) and its potential adaptability to RME emerges as a suitable tool, offering a structured approach to navigate these uncertainties. It categorises education into three dimensions: ‘For’ emphasises practical skills, ‘About’ focuses on theoretical knowledge, and ‘Through’ involves experiential learning and personal development. Reviewing the current state of RME underscores the need for a structured framework that captures the multidisciplinary nature of responsible management. The AFT framework’s versatility lies in encompassing RME’s diverse facets, including ethical decision-making, sustainability, corporate social responsibility, and stakeholder engagement. In this regard, the ‘About’ dimension is foundational, offering a deep understanding of theories related to responsible management. The ‘For’ dimension translates this knowledge into competencies for responsible management practices. The ‘Through’ dimension, perhaps the most innovative, emphasises transformative learning via methods like service-learning and community engagement, aligning with the conference theme by fostering a future-oriented approach in management education. This paper asserts that this tripartite framework can serve as a valuable tool for educators and institutions in designing, implementing, and evaluating RME initiatives. It aids in identifying current programme strengths and weaknesses and provides guidance for future development. Moreover, it fosters a nuanced understanding of integrating RME across different educational levels, in line with broader sustainability and ethical leadership goals in business education as emphasised in the United Nations Principles for Responsible Management Education (PRME) initiative. This adaptation of the AFT framework promises significant contributions to RME’s evolution, providing a coherent, adaptable, and impactful structure for educators and policymakers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines, as outlined in Moher et al.’s (2010) “Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses: The PRISMA Statement.” PRISMA’s structured approach ensures a transparent, replicable research process, essential for synthesising existing research comprehensively. The systematic literature search is conducted across multiple academic databases, including Web of Science, Scopus, and Google Scholar, covering publications from 2014 to 2024. Keywords include “Responsible Management Education,” “Sustainability in Management Education,” “Ethical Leadership Education,” and “About/For/Through Framework.” Inclusion criteria are articles centred on RME, studies discussing integrating sustainability and ethics in management education, and research exploring educational frameworks, especially the AFT model. PRISMA’s standardised approach is pivotal in capturing the diverse and interdisciplinary nature of RME. This methodical review is vital for identifying common themes, gaps, and potential applications of the ‘AFT’ framework in RME. It lays a foundation for meta-analysis, standardising data extraction, quality assessment, and synthesis processes, enabling effective comparison and consolidation of findings. This methodology will enhance the credibility and academic rigor of the paper, ensuring robust conclusions that contribute both meaningfully and responsibly to RME in an age of uncertainty. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Employing the PRISMA guidelines to review literature on RME and its potential alignment with the AFT framework from Entrepreneurship Education, this study anticipates four key outcomes that would significantly contribute to business education’s evolving landscape in these uncertain times. Firstly, the systematic review is expected to offer a comprehensive overview of RME’s current state, highlighting how sustainability, ethics, and corporate responsibility are integrated into management education. This includes identifying strengths, weaknesses, and variations in existing approaches. Secondly, a major anticipated outcome is that the AFT framework is adaptable and relevant for RME, providing a novel perspective for (re)viewing RME. This framework emphasises theoretical (‘About’) and practical (‘For’) aspects and transformative learning experiences (‘Through’), crucial in shaping future-oriented responsible leaders. Thirdly, the paper aims to identify innovative RME approaches and best practices for each of the AFT component, offering valuable insights for educators and administrators. Fourthly, the outcomes include guidelines for effectively integrating the AFT framework into RME curricula, thus aligning RME with future-focused educational goals. More broadly, the paper expects to conclude that the adapted framework offers a nuanced understanding of RME’s impact, shaping attitudes towards responsible management and competence in sustainable practices, pivotal in an age of uncertainty. The findings will have significant implications for educational institutions and policymakers, guiding the development and evaluation of comprehensive, effective RME programmes. References Fayolle, A., & Gailly, B. (2008). From craft to science: Teaching models and learning processes in entrepreneurship education. Journal of European industrial training, 32(7), 569-593. Laasch, O., & Conaway, R. N. (2015). Principles of responsible management: glocal sustainability, responsibility, ethics. Cengage. Lozano, R., Lukman, R., Lozano, F. J., Huisingh, D., & Lambrechts, W. (2013). Declarations for sustainability in higher education: becoming better leaders, through addressing the university system. Journal of cleaner production, 48, 10-19. Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & Prisma Group. (2010). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. International journal of surgery, 8(5), 336-341. Nonet, G., Kassel, K., & Meijs, L. (2016). Understanding responsible management: Emerging themes and variations from European business school programs. Journal of business ethics, 139, 717-736. O’Connor, A. (2013). A conceptual framework for entrepreneurship education policy: Meeting government and economic purposes. Journal of business venturing, 28(4), 546-563. Tahmassebi, H., & Najmi, M. (2023). Developing a comprehensive assessment tool for responsible management education in business schools. The International Journal of Management Education, 21(3), 100874. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 B: Perceptions about Teaching and Learning Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Julien-Pooya Weihs Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper “This Is How You Learn Best, when You're Active Instead of a Passive Participant”: HE Student Engagement and Motivation. University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Recent technological advancements have significantly impacted higher education, expanded access, and created new learning opportunities. This transformation is reflected in the changing demographics of university students, as seen in the consistently rising enrolment numbers and the emergence of more diverse student groups (EUROSTUDENT, 2018; Ólafsdóttir & Jónasson, 2017). In conjunction with the Ladder, the MUSIC model of motivation identifies five key elements—eMpowerment, Usefulness, Success, Interest, and Caring—that collectively contribute to a motivational learning experience. Thus, by incorporating these elements into course design and teaching practices, educators can enhance student motivation (Jones, 2009; 2018; 2019). Addressing these aspects of curriculum design and implementation calls for teachers’ continuous development of academic knowledge and teaching skills. The Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) ideology integrates teaching and research, providing a framework to cultivate these competencies (Gurung and Swartz, 2013). Thus, SoTL assists higher education teachers in meeting the increasing demands of teaching quality for diverse student groups (Ólafsdóttir & Geirsdóttir, 2022). SoTL encompasses concepts, research, and knowledge defining professional teaching, involving theoretical framework development, reflective practices, and dialogues with colleagues and students about teaching and learning (Boyer, 1990; Groccia, 2023; Potter & Kustra, 2011). The study aligns with international trends in research on learning and teaching development in higher education, emphasizing the active involvement of students in the curriculum design process. It contributes to the understanding of how collaboration between students and teachers positively impacts the quality of education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a case study design, focusing on three courses within a teacher education program which focuses on the digitalization of education. Participants: The study involved students enrolled in the three courses, with varying attendance levels—some attended all three, others two, and some only one course. The researchers were responsible for designing the study program, managing the courses, and teaching most of the study material. This collaborative effort also engaged the students in the process. Data Collection and Implementation: In the first course, data were collected using a rating scale for online and mixed courses. The scale assessed various components, including teaching practices, learning assessment, innovation, digital technology use, individual contribution, and feedback. The second course utilized focus group interviews at its conclusion, employing a semi-structured question framework to best capture students' perspectives on their course experiences. In the final course, students wrote a reflection journal throughout the period, following Gibb's model of reflection, which encompasses elements such as description, feelings, evaluation, analysis, conclusion, and action plan. Additionally, the researchers themselves had regular reflection meetings where they discussed the students' experiences and implications for further development. Data Analysis: The datasets from the three courses were analyzed using the MUSIC model of motivation as analytical tool. The model comprises five key components: eMpowerment (students' sense of control over the learning process), Usefulness (understanding the study's benefits in both short-term and long-term goals), Success (strategies fostering belief in students' ability to succeed with effort), Interest (methods promoting student participation and long-term interest in the subject), and Caring (emphasizing students' role in a professional learning community, both in teacher-student and student-student communication). Ethical Issues: Prior informed consent was obtained from the students. Ethical precautions included safeguarding participant identities and assigning an external interviewer to conduct focus group interviews, as to minimize potential researcher-induced bias in students' openness during the interview process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the data revealed that the adopted approach to the design and implementation of the courses appeared to have a positive impact on the five key components outlined in the MUSIC model. The primary findings indicate that students felt a sense of empowerment (eMpowerment), attributing it to active participation in the courses’ projects. Their ability to choose and influence the learning process contributed to feelings of control and ownership. Students conveyed that they found the courses highly useful (Usefulness). The freedom to shape tasks and program sessions was seen as beneficial, providing practical and applicable skills. Students appeared to believe in their ability to succeed (Success), crediting the active participation encouraged by the teacher in this context. Positive attitudes towards fellow students and the impact of shared learning experiences contributed to their sense of success. The courses seemed to foster a high level of interest (Interest) among students, who appreciated the diverse group dynamics and peer teaching. Students perceived care (Caring) in interactions with both teachers and peers. Support and encouragement, with an emphasis on the importance of experienced students helping newer ones, and the teachers addressing individual needs as well as fostering a sense of community among students, were evident in their responses. In conclusion, the findings indicate that including students as co-creators in designing and implementing the curriculum for the examined courses had a positive effect on their motivation, participation, activity, and overall learning experiences. Additionally, it can be inferred that the MUSIC model, although solely employed as analytical tool for the data in this study, has proved its value for educators in identifying strategies to enhance student motivation and engagement in learning, hence suggesting its potential as a valuable resource in the context of professional development in higher education. References Bovill, C. & Woolmer, C. (2019). How conceptualisations of curriculum in higher education influence student-staff co-creation in and of the curriculum. Higher Education, 78, 407–422. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0349-8 Boyer, E. L. (1990). Scholarship reconsidered: Priorities of the professoriate. The Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching. Cook-Sather, A., Bovill, C. & Felten, P. (2014). Engaging students as partners in learning and teaching: A guide for faculty. Jossey Bass. EUROSTUDENT. (2018). EUROSTUDENT VI Database (Data Reporting Module). http://database.eurostudent.eu/ Groccia, J. E. (2023). The similarities and difference between scholarly teaching and the scholarship of teaching and learning. Estonian Journal of Education, 11(2), 23−39. https://doi.org/10.12697/eha.2023.11.2.02b Gurung, R. A. R. & Schwartz, B. M. (2013). Optimizing teaching and learning: Practicing pedagogical research. Wiley-Blackwell. Jones, B.D. (2009). Motivating students to engage in learning: The MUSIC Model of Academic Motivation. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 21(2), 272–285. The MUSIC®Model of Motivation. http://www.theMUSICmodel.com Jones, B. D. (2018). Motivating students by design: Practical strategies for professors (2nd ed.). CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform. Jones, B. D. (2019). Testing the MUSIC model of motivation theory: Relationships between students’ perceptions, engagement, and overall ratings. The Canadian Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 10(3). https://doi.org/10.5206/cjsotl-rcacea.2019.3.9471 Ólafsdóttir, A. & Geirsdóttir, G. (2022). „Þetta getur opnað dyr“: Reynsla háskólakennara sem rannsakenda eigin kennslu. [“This can open up doors”: University teachers’ experiences of Scholarship of Teaching and Learning]. Netla − Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun [Netla – Journal of pedagogy and education]. https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2022.88 Ólafsdóttir, A. & Jónasson, J. T. (2017). Quality assurance in a small HE system: Is the Icelandic system in some ways special? In S. Georgios, K. M. Joshi & S. Paivandi (Eds.), Quality assurance in higher education: A global perspective (pp. 203–226). Studera Press. Potter, M. K. & Kustra, E. K. (2011). The relationship between scholarly teaching and SoTL: Models, distinctions, and clarifications. International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 5(1). https://doi.org/10.20429/ijsotl.2011.050123 Thijs, A. & van den Akker, J. (Eds.). (2009). Curriculum in development. Netherlands Institute for Curriculum Development (SLO). 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Mentor Perceptions on Role and Practice in a Professional Development Program Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Higher education institutions are increasingly developing professional development (PD) programs for university academics as part of an increased international focus on teaching and learning (Hundey et al., 2020). In this regard, research has called for approaches addressing theories of social learning, experiential learning and collaborative learning for professional growth (Laksov, 2022). In the same manner Mentorship in PD is equally gaining attention (Ince, 2017, Cree-Green et al., 2020). Despite recognition of its benefits, the literature has not conclusively defined the theoretical foundations, duration, or approaches and outcomes of optimal mentorship in PD (Hallman et al., 2020). While several studies have discussed mentorship for early career academics (ECAs), few have been embedded in a context of institutionalized approaches focusing on pedagogical development, and most studies are based on small sample sizes or conducted with no subsequent empirical analysis (Hundey et al., 2020; Pleschova & McAlpine, 2015). Recent literature has thus called for further research to explore mentorship using diverse methodologies, larger samples, and longer-term studies (Pleschova & McAlpine, 2015). In the higher education literature, several terms such as mentoring, coaching, tutoring, facilitating, and supervising refer to a similar goal of supporting inexperienced educators. Rather than trying to distinguish between these concepts, we find that they all share a common set of imbedded beliefs and practices. Thus, this study adopts the operationalized definition of mentoring used in Pleschova and McAlpine (2015), which emphasises long-term cooperation between teachers and colleagues with more teaching experience and expertise with the aim of educational development and the enhancement of teachers’ pedagogic practice. The study took place at a Danish University, that provides an institutionalized long-term (12 month) PD program for ECAs. The program is multi-tiered, based on social constructivist theories of adult learning, and follows principles of problem and project-based learning. It comprises participant-centred workshops, collaborative teamwork, individual project work, and mentorship. Uniquely, it employs a collaborative approach to mentorship through a two-mentor setup: a subject mentor from the mentees’ close environment, and a pedagogical mentor from the Centre for Teaching and Learning. While the pedagogical mentor supports the ECA by providing generic pedagogical knowledge, the subject mentor provides support regarding discipline-related teaching and interaction within the immediate work environment (the study program or department). Considering the unique structure of mentorship, this study explores how both mentors perceive their roles by drawing on their experiences, guided by the research question: What are the views of mentors—both subject-focused and pedagogy-focused—on their role of supporting ECAs in a long-term academic development program? Conceptual framework Recent literature calls for a systems-thinking approach to supporting academics’ professional learning (Arnesson & Albinsson, 2017; Hundey et al., 2020; Hallman et al., 2020; Ince, 2017). On this basis, this study conceptualizes the mentor’s role as a situated, contextualized, erratic, enacted, and practiced along three interrelated dimensions: the mentor’s individual characteristics, dynamic relations through collaboration, and contextual interaction. The individual characteristics dimension describes the congruence between values and practices (Ince 2017). The relational dimension focus on how mentors engage with relationship dynamics in groups. Relationship-oriented mentoring is increasingly being reported as an effective PD approach, underlining mutual respect and reciprocal learning (Arnesson & Albinsson, 2017). The contextual dimension involves mentors’ constant interactions with their environment. Mentorship is recognized as a sustainable resource for ECAs with mentors coordinating organizational activities and supporting community building, facilitating a common language, and building cultures of trust (Laksov 2022). The proposed framework serves as a conceptual foundation driving the research design and the process of exploring mentors’ subjective views. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used With institutional ethical approval, 17 pedagogy and 32 subject mentors (N=49) participated in the study. The participants, 25 females and 22 males, served in various disciplines, including humanities, social sciences, engineering, natural sciences, and health and medicine, and had between one and 35 years of mentorship experience. Q-methodology (henceforth Q) was adopted. This approach aims to capture and contrast individual and collective subjectivity (Brown, 2019). Q enables researchers to explore subjective beliefs, perceptions, and viewpoints before identifying shared perspectives within participant groups. Using abductive inquiry, Q integrates qualitative and quantitative techniques to systematically explore the complexity of subjectivity (Watts and Stenner, 2012), revealing insights less accessible through other methods (Watts and Stenner, 2012). Following Watts and Stenner (2012) and in line with the suggestions of Lundberg et al. (2020), our Q-procedures comprised three steps: Step 1: Developing the Q sample through concourse construction and condensation. - Through several rounds of piloting and discussion, the research team condensed the initial concourse of 79 statements to a final Q sample comprising 33 statements. Step 2: Q sorting and post-sorting activities for participants. - The Q sorting activity was administered face-to-face as an individual reflection activity with the research team members. Participants reflected on their experiences while considering the sorting question: Based on your own experience, what do you believe to be the most useful aspects regarding your role as a supervisor in the University Pedagogical program (UP) for assistant professors in 2019-2022? They were then asked to rank 32 statement cards on a grid ranging from ‘most useful’ to ‘least useful’. Step 3: Q factor analysis and interpretation. - A principal component analysis provided an initial overview of extracted factors with eigenvalues above 1.00 and identified “the point at which the line changes slope” (Watts and Stenner, 2012: 108). Centroid factor analysis was used for formal data analysis to recompute and compare the judgmental rotation screen and varimax rotation, with both the factor loading data and a scatter plot of the two factors displayed as rotated (Brown, 1980). Subsequently, the research team compared different factor solutions through several rounds of calculating and discussing the Q sorts, following principles widely employed as statistical criteria (Brown, 1980; Watts and Stenner, 2012). A three-factor solution was chosen, with no significant factor inter-correlations identified. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study explored mentors’ views on their roles in a PD program. Q methodology identified three significantly distinguishing collective interpretations on what constitutes good mentorship: 1. Providing advice based on one’s own teaching experience 2. Promoting mentee self-reflection and self-regulation 3. Co-creating and mediating. While the study identified a few statistically supported consensuses mentors also reported opposing perspectives. In particular, subject mentors promoted a pedagogical strategy of providing direct advice based on their own experience and academic status (Kamyounias et al., 2008; Mathias, 2005). We argue that there is a risk that PD activities based on this pedagogical strategy becomes stagnant and reproductive since ECAs are encouraged to “do the same as their mentors”. A mechanism which could be one of the reasons behind the fact that universities are quite resistant to pedagogical change (Goffe & Kauper, 2014). The findings open for a debate on the types of mentorship knowledge needed to become an effective mentor within PD (Ince, 2017). This may be particularly salient for those without prior experience in PD, such as subject mentors, who struggle in their roles and may risk taking contradictory strategies and approaches (Mathias, 2005). The results also reflect concerns about identifying and choosing mentors, a topic debated in the literature (Bean et al., 2014). Based on the study the following conclusions are drawn: - The combination of subject and pedagogical mentors represents a holistic approach to PD, as mentors provide distinct different kinds of feedback. - Subject mentors should not defer to providing advice solely based on own experiences but should act as organizational connectors treating mentorship as a peer-learning opportunity - creating room for personal growth and organizational change. - Mentors need to be educated to secure effective and holistic PD in mentor driven programs. References Arnesson, K., & Albinsson, G. (2017). Mentorship: A pedagogical method for integration of theory and practice in higher education. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(3), 202–217. Bean, N. M., Lucas, L., & Hyers, L. L. (2014). Mentoring in higher education should be the norm to assure success: Lessons learned from the faculty mentoring program, West Chester University, 2008-2011. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 22(1), 56–73. Bickerstaff, S., & Cormier, M.S. (2015). Examining faculty questions to facilitate instructional improvement in higher education. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 46, 74-80 Brown SR (2019) Subjectivity in the human sciences. Psychological Record 69: 565–579. Cree-Green, M., Carreau, A. M., Davis, S. M., Frohnert, B. I., Kaar, J. L., Ma, N. S., ... & Nadeau, K. J. (2020). Peer mentoring for professional and personal growth in academic medicine. Journal of Investigative Medicine, 68(6), 1128-1134. Goffe, W. L., and Kauper, D., (2014). A survey of principles instructors: Why lecture prevails. Journal of Economic Education, 45 (4), 360-375. Hallman, S., Massoud, L., & Tomiuk, D. (2020). An integrating model for excellence: Mentorship to enrich the three pillars of education. Journal of e-Learning and Higher Education, 1–8. Hundey, B., Anstey, L., Cruickshank, H., & Watson, G. P. (2020). Mentoring faculty online: a literature review and recommendations for web-based programs. International Journal for Academic Development, 25(3), 232-246. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360144X.2020.1731815 Ince, A. 2017. Managing Risk in Complex Adult Professional Learning: The Facilitator’s Role. Professional Development in Education 43 (2): 194–211. Kamyounias, P., McGrath‐Champ, S., & Yip, J. (2008). ‘Gifts’ in mentoring: Mentees’ reflections on an academic development program. International Journal for Academic Development, 13(1), 17–25. Laksov, K.B,, Elmberger, A.., Liljedahl, M. & Björck, E. (2022). Shifting to team-based faculty development: a programme designed to facilitate change in medical education. Higher Education Research & Development, 41(2), 269-283. Lundberg, A., de Leeuw , R., & Aliani, R. (2020). Using Q methodology: Sorting out subjectivity in educational research. Educational Research Review, 31, Article 100361. Mathias, H. (2005). Mentoring on a programme for new university teachers: A partnership in revitalizing and empowering collegiality. International Journal for Academic Development, 10(2), 95-106. Pleschová, G., & McAlpine, L. (2015). Enhancing university teaching and learning through mentoring: A systematic review of the literature. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 4(2), 107-125. Watts S and Stenner P (2012) Doing Q Methodology: Theory, Method and Interpretation. London: Sage. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Global Competence Integration: Teaching Strategies in SDG-Aligned University Courses 1Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, China, People's Republic of; 2University of Strasbourg, France Presenting Author:Introduction Global competence is essential for equipping future citizens to effectively participate in sustainable development activities and contribute to achieving the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) (OECD, 2019). Recognizing the importance of fostering responsible action towards sustainable development, modern higher education institutions are increasingly incorporating it into their educational agendas(Auld & Morris, 2019). Traditionally, higher institutions have focused on providing specialized,professionally-oriented majors meet the professional skill demands of students (Huang & Chen, 2013). However, developing courses oriented towards fostering students’ global competence, which demand interdisciplinary approaches and embrace diversity, poses a significant challenge (Mossman, 2018). While there is extensive literature on developing global competence among university students, most of it is based on Western contexts, with limited research and practice reflecting an oriental perspective. This gap highlights the need for a more inclusive and diverse exploration that incorporates Eastern educational contexts and practices, offering a broader, more balanced insights into how to foster undergraduates’ global competence effectively. Research objective This paper introduced an exploratory action research study focused on identifying university-level course design strategies that could substantially elevate the global competence of students from diverse cultural backgrounds. The objective of this research is to explore the pedagogical ways in which the student learning goal of developing global competence can be diffused effectively into the SDG-focused courses. By doing this, this study hopes to offer both theoretical and practical insights into the understanding on the instructional design of university courses, which with a specific focus on addressing undergraduates’ learning needs on global competence. Theoretical framework: Global competence emerged as a concept in the context of globalization to address the needs of international cooperation. At the end of the 20th century, the concept of global competence was first introduced from the perspective of enhancing international understanding (CIEE, 2014). Since then, academic discourse on global competence has intensified, with scholars proposing theoretical frameworks to elucidate it. For instance,Olson and Kroeger (Olson & Kroeger, 2001) divided global competence into three dimensions: knowledge, attitudes, and skills.Subsequently, Asia Society suggested adding a dimension of behavioral capability to these three dimensions. Later, the OECD proposed a framework for assessing students’ global competence in its 2018 Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA).It defines global competence as a multidimensional lifelong learning goal, encompassing an individual’s capacity to examine local, global, and intercultural issues; to understand and appreciate different perspectives and worldviews; to respect others and interact effectively; and to take responsible action for collective well-being.
The 'Integrated Course Design' model, is a globally recognized framework in the field of instructional design, and widely adopted by educators (Fink, 2005; Branch & Dousay, 2015). This model encompasses three key design elements: (1) Learning Goals, which are the expected student learning outcomes; (2) Teaching and Learning Activities; and (3) Feedback/Assessment. The latter involves both students and teachers using appropriate evaluation methods to ascertain whether the anticipated learning objectives have been met. This includes teachers gathering feedback on student learning outcomes, as well as students receiving feedback based on the teacher's feedback. These elements create a closed loop and establish a mutually supportive relationship. This study references the conceptualization of global competence as proposed by the OECD and employed the 'Integrated Course Design' model as a focused theoretical framework to guide the instructional design in this study. global competence is adopted as one of the learning objectives, integrated with subject-specific goals within the framework of course designs. The design of teaching activities is meticulously structured around the the four dimensions of global competence. Throughout the instructional process, formative assessments are utilized as the evidences for evaluating the course design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Guided by the action research paradigm, this study follows a systematic research process that includes identifying problems, implementing actions, evaluating the results, and then undertaking subsequent actions for continuous improvement. Three lecturers at XXX University, tasked with the instruction of the 'Gender in Development and Education' course, which is pertinent to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), engaged in comprehensive pre-course dialogues. These discussions culminated in the development of a refined instructional model. This model serves as a guiding framework for the meticulous planning of learning objectives, the structuring of teaching activities, and the formulation of student assessment strategies. Prior to starting the course, the researchers administered an online survey to assess the global competence levels of 57 students in the class. Students participating in this course come from 10 different countries. Adopted from the international competence scale for postgraduate students (Hu,2017), the researchers developed the “Self-assessment Questionnaire for International Competence Development Experiences” as a tool to survey students' international experiences prior to commencing the course. Midway through the course, the researchers gathered student feedback using an online open-ended questionnaire to identify the course's strengths and pinpoint areas needing enhancement. Following the completion of the course, the researcher recruited 15 students for an in-depth semi-structured interviews. The interview prompt was designed based on the conceptualization of the global competence. The aim was to investigate students' learning experiences and to evaluate their global competence following the completion of the course. By triangulating the data gathered from various strands, the researchers sought to more precisely uncover the specific pathways by which the course contributed to enhancing the students' global competence levels. Both mid-term and post-course qualitative data were analyzed using thematic analysis, following these steps: familiarization with the data, initial coding, identifying themes, adjusting and refining themes, defining and naming themes, and finally, writing the report, as outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that before the course, students’ levels of global competence were relatively low. Graduate students scored significantly higher than undergraduates on the items related to academic exchanges with foreign scholars and students (p<0.05). This may be attributed to the fact that some graduate programs mandate oral presentations at high-level conferences. Furthermore, students from overseas universities scored significantly higher on all items compared to students attending local universities (p<0.05). References The findings suggest that prior to the course, students' levels of global competence were comparatively low.sinor students scored significantly higher than freshmen and sophomores on the items related to international exchanges with foreign teachers and peers (p<0.05). This may be attributed to the fact that senior students had more opportunities and time to participate in international exchange activities.Furthermore, students from overseas universities scored significantly higher on all items compared to students attending Chinese mainland universities (p<0.05). By synthesizing the mid-term feedback with the results from the post-course interviews, the researchers identified that this course, incorporating SDGs, primarily enhanced students’ levels of global competence through the following pathways: 1. Integrating a project-based assignment focused on actual Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) challenges significantly bolstered students' capabilities in comprehending global issues and initiating action. This approach facilitated the development of their skills in critical analysis, problem-solving, and strategic planning. 2. The course content, featuring lectures from project leaders from international organizations, substantially enriched students' knowledge about both global and local issues. 3. By encouraging students to share challenges, practices, and other issues related to Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) within their communities, the course helped mitigate initial unease and inactivity in group discussions. Furthermore, this strategy enabled students to embrace a range of perspectives and appreciate the diversity of individuals from various cultural backgrounds. This study also identified two challenges that require further attention: 1. Developing students' global competence requires teachers to adopt diverse, inclusive, and participatory teaching formats (Richter&Kjellgren, 2023). The single online model in this study limited the opportunities for students from diverse backgrounds to further communicate and collaborate, negatively impacting their global competence. 2. Some Chinese students expressed opposition to group discussions, citing the challenge of articulating divergent opinions as a key concern.This may be related to the traditional culture norms,which encourage remaining silent as a means to avoid potential awkwardness or conflict with others (Harumi,2011). 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Unpacking the link between Service-Learning and the Sustainable Development Goals in Higher Education: A systematic review of literature 1University Pablo de Olavide; 2Jaén University; 3Castilla-La Mancha University Presenting Author:From a perspective of social responsibility, Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) cannot remain on the sidelines of the profound changes which are taking place on the planet, such as poverty, inequality, climate change and environmental degradation, among others. Consequently, HEIs have a pivotal role in promoting The United Nation’s 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and Social Transformation (UN, 2019) with its 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) as universities have the ethical duty to train committed citizens, with social awareness and capacity for critical analysis to make appropriate decisions and clearly provide pathways to achieve a better future (Rodríguez-Izquierdo and Lorenzo Moledo, 2023). In this sense, Service Learning (SL) is anchored in the strategic projects of many universities internationally, committed to enhance students’ academic learning, social responsibility, and citizenship skills, while developing community capacity through service (Rodríguez-Izquierdo, 2021). It is specifically this experiential learning and its ethic and civic dimensions that render SL as a suitable approach to work in the same direction as the SDGs (Rodríguez-Izquierdo, 2023; Ruiz-Corbella and García-Gutiérrez, 2023; Sotelino-Losada et al. 2023). It is worth noting that the SL approach seems to go against the present neoliberal, performative, market driven culture of HE based on other types of indicators such as the labour market and the ranking systems. This paper seeks to identify and examine the scientific literature (2015–2023) on the interconnectedness between SL and the SDGs in HEIs, to provide knowledge of the state of the art and the advances that have been made in this field. The specific questions that guided the study were defined as follows: How interest in this topic has evolved? What is being researched about SL and SDGs? How do researchers approach the topic? What are the contributions of SL towards the development of SDGs in HEIs? Further, the study will expand the existing literature in sustainability education and provide insights into the impact on the expansion of SDGs through the implementation of SL courses in HE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these questions, a systematic literature review was developed, understood as the systematic process of developing and extending theory through the review and analysis of relevant sources in a given field of knowledge (Newman and Gough, 2020). The procedure performed in the systematic literature review was based on the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) statement (Page et al., 2021). Following Alexander (2020) guidelines the present study was organized in four phases: 1) The research questions were defined. 2) The search for the selected terms was carried out in the fields "article title, abstract and keywords” according to the terms defined by the searches and focusing exclusively on articles published in peer-reviewed journals. In this review, we cross-searched ‘higher education’ terms with ‘service learning’ OR ‘service-learning’ AND ‘sustainable development goals’. 3) The searches were conducted in November and December 2023 using the main databases in social sciences: Web of Science (WOS) and SCOPUS both in English and Spanish. 4) The search procedure focused on review articles, published from 2015 to 2023. It is worth emphasizing that the starting date corresponds to the intersection between the SDGs and the former Millennium Development Goals, an alignment already identified and anticipated at the Conference on Sustainable Development held previously in Rio (United Nations, 2012). The first search yielded 107 possible articles (WOS (n=15); SCOPUS (n=92)). Before processing the data, we removed duplicates reaching a total of nearly one hundred journal papers (n = 87). The articles were again assessed through the application of the selection criteria searching for relevance, thus records retrieved were screened through the reading of the abstract, thus the articles that either did not focus on SDGs or did not consider the link with SL in HEIs were also eliminated. After refining the results of the search, the study finally included 31 articles. The selected documents were analysed from a qualitative perspective of thematic analysis using the software Nvivo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The publication dates of the articles identified indicate that the subject has been active throughout the period examined. However, research on the subject is not evenly distributed by country. The interest in this subject is highly noticeable in papers published in Spanish-by-Spanish authors who seem to produce the most academic literature on this topic (Sotelino-Losada et al., 2021) followed by USA and UK. Regarding the types of studies and research methods used, the vast majority are qualitative (74% of the works analysed), compared with only 17% quantitative and 11% that used a mixed design with a predominance of assessment of programs and results. The latter examines the influence of SL on the development of the SDGs with several papers pointing at SL as a tool to develop competencies related to the challenge of sustainability allied with the SDGs. These papers claimed SL as a useful tool to align instructional methods with the SDGs to transform awareness into commitment as SL seems to be an optimal methodology that questions the structural causes of impoverishment, inequality, or various forms of domination. However, authors described factors and barriers that impede the development of both SL and SDGs in HEIs. Finally, the studies reviewed show several limitations. Their findings are not generalizable as they are very local and mainly qualitative. Further, there is a predominant number of studies done in courses taught at teacher education leaving other degrees unexplored. However, given the increasing attention being paid to SDGs within HEIs it was an appropriate time to contribute to the debate of connecting HEIs instructional methods with SDGs. We also see this review as potentially initiating a wider conversation about sustainability and responsible pedagogies in HE and call for serious attention to the teaching strategies used. References Alexander, P. (2020). Methodological guidance paper: The art and science of quality systematic reviews. Review of Educational Research, 90(1), 6-23. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319854352 Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives and application. Systematic reviews in educational research, 3-22. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. International Journal of Surgery, 88, 105906. Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R. M. (2021). Does service learning affect the development of intercultural sensitivity? A study comparing students’ progress in two different methodologies. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 82, 99-108. Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R. M. (2023). Aprendizaje-Servicio (Aps) como metodología catalizadora para la consecución de los Objetivos de Desarrollo Sostenible en Educación Superior. Organización y Gestión de Instituciones Educativas en Momentos de Cambio: Avances y Desafíos, 47. Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R. M. & Lorenzo Moledo, M. (2023). El giro comunitario en el aprendizaje-servicio universitario: inclusión y sostenibilidad. Octaedro. Ruiz-Corbella, M., & García-Gutiérrez, J. (Eds.) (2023). Aprendizaje-Servicio. Escenarios de aprendizajes éticos y cívicos. Narcea. Sotelino-Losada, A., Arbués-Radigales, E., García-Docampo, L., & González-Geraldo, J. L. (2021). Service-learning in Europe. Dimensions and understanding from academic publication, Frontiers in Education, 6, 604825. Sotelino-Losada, A., Sáez-Gambín, D. & Lorenzo Moledo, M. (2023). El aprendizaje-servicio y los objetivos de desarrollo sostenible: un binomio de transformación social. Edited by R. M. Rodríguez-Izquierdo & M. Lorenzo Moledo (coord.), El giro comunitario en el aprendizaje-servicio universitario: inclusión y sostenibilidad, 49-66. Octaedro. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO. United Nations (2012). Future We Want. UN. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 C: Rethinking Internationalization Issues Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jarkko Impola Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Rethinking Academic Curriculum through Embedded Mobility. A Structural Approach University of Bucharest, Romania Presenting Author:The freedom of learning and the possibility for students to access a much wider educational offer are key elements for reshaping the European higher education landscape. Students are more mobile than ever, and new formats for teaching and learning readdress the need to rethink how academic curriculum is designed and developed. New tendencies and innovative approaches to education, such as micro-credentials, embedded mobility, digital credentialing, and flexible learning pathways open the way for true ‘universities without walls’ (EUA, 2021) across Europe. The global academic community is constantly changing; cooperation among universities grew in the past 20 years, facing a significant increase in student mobility, in Europe mainly due to Erasmus+ funding and mobility schemes and other Bologna Process tools (de Wit & Hunter, 2015, p. 1). Moreover, European universities intensified cooperation not only with partners from other European countries, but at an international level also, with partner from other continents (Claeys-Kulik, 2020, p. 10). In such a global educational context, universities and policy makers can ask whether the increase in mobility can represent a tool for designing new curricular models, creating new educational programmes in which mobility and cultural exchanges become functional components and in which all graduates become international students. Such an approach could be done through academic degrees and programmes where mobility is embedded in the curriculum, in the shape of small mobility windows (up to one semester), taking advantage of new mobility schemes such as the Blended Intensive Programmes (European Commission, 2022, p. 49) or modular approaches, such as the ones proposed by some European Universities Alliances (Iucu et al., 2022, p. 26), based on a `micro-credentials philosophy`. While setting up such a process can require significant changes in legislation, funding, pedagogical design, and administrative practices, the real impact of these changes need to be addressed to the potential beneficiaries, the students. In fact, the importance and relevance of physical mobility has been several times mentioned by students, stating the “physical mobility should be accessible to all students, and should not exclude certain groups” (ESU, 2020, p. 2), emphasising that reaching the 50% mobile students need to remain a constant desiderate of higher education policies across Europe. In this regard, our research aims at understanding what is the students’ perception on embedded mobility in higher education programmes. The research proposes an exploratory analysis on how students view mobility as part of their educational pathway and possible downsides of transforming mobility as an opportunity to mobility as a necessary experience. Motivations for studying abroad by European exchange students have been addressed in a range of studies (Bryntesson et al., 2018; European Commission, 2017; Hovdhaugen & Wiers-Jenssen, 2021; Krzaklewska, 2008; Lesjak et al., 2015; Maiworm & Teichler, 2002; Murphy-Lejeune, 2002), the present research aiming to see, on top of motivational aspects, if differences appear when changing the scope of mobility and its relation with the degree. Different types of students will be included in the research, both junior students prior any mobility experience during their academic studies, as well as students who already participated in different mobility opportunities during their studies. Also, the research will focus on understanding what students value most in a mobility experience, to understand what aspects need to be intensified further in developing new mobility models and opportunities for higher education students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The dependent variable of the analyses will be a 20-30 item survey battery, starting from a similar version had been used in a previous study (Wiers-Jenssen, 2003), with items ranging from `very important` (4) to `not important` (1). The model will not be a Likert scale, but a scale measuring the importance of a particular item, in relation with personal perceptions of the respondents. The data collected will be used in descriptive analyses and analyses of average scores. Other variables will be collected thorough the survey, such as the students’ gender, level of study, field of study, parents’ level of education (highest graduated level), foreign language proficiency, and mobility capital (differentiating from students with previous foreign travel / living experience and those with none). For data analysis, three statistical methods will be used: factor analysis or correlations between items to explore latent variables influencing motivation for studying abroad, t-tests to investigate statistical significance between group means on summative indexes based on the factor analysis, and linear regression analysis on the factors extracted from the factor analysis, to investigate the influence of several background variables at the same time. For in-depth qualitative information on the students’ perception on embedded mobility, several focus-groups will be conducted with several students that responded to the survey. For organising the focus-groups, students will be asked to mention if they are open to take part in further discussions on the topic and accept to be contacted by the research team after filling the survey. The focus-groups will consist of 10-12 participants which will be guided in discussions based on a set of 5-7 open questions. The meetings will be recorded, and the data will be coded, and the information will be corroborated with the results of the survey. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Considering the novelty of mobility embeddedness in academic curricula and the mobility gap caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, it is difficult to foresee what will the students’ perceptions will be, as well as what are the motivations for students’ participation to learning mobilities and new educational experiences. Whereas the academic mobility numbers constantly increased before the pandemic, we are now witnessing a new start, in which students’ expectations and needs are changing, and new models for designing mobility opportunities appear. The present research will provide a valuable input in the discussions on reshaping academic curricula through embedded mobility, bringing the perspectives of potential beneficiaries, the students, and a clearer image on what is expected and needed from their side. Such information is valuable for any decision-maker and any decision in this direction must be built to respond to the needs of students and society at its whole. References Bryntesson, A., Börjesson, M., & Haru, A. (2018). From Sweden with ERASMUS+: The experiences, practices and preferences of outgoing exchange students (UHR Report Series 13). Swedish Council of Higher Education. http://uu.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2%3A1297943&dswid=6655 Claeys-Kulik, A-L., Jorgensen, T., & Stöber, H. (2020). International strategic institutional partnerships and the European Universities Initiative. Results of the EUA survey. European University Association. https://eua.eu/resources/publications/925:international-strategic-institutional-partnerships-and-the-european-universities-initiative.html de Wit, H., & Hunter, F. (2015). The Future of Internationalization of Higher Education in Europe. International Higher Education, 83, 2-3. https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.2015.83.9073 ESU. (2020). New European Universities and the old challenges. European Students’ Union. https://esu-online.org/?policy=new-european-universities-and-the-old-challenges European Commission. (2022). Erasmus+ Programme Guide. Version 2 (2023). Publications Office of the European Union. https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-01/ErasmusplusProgramme-Guide2023-v2_en.pdf European Commission. (2017). The Erasmus impact study: effects of mobility on the skills and employability of students and the internationalisation of higher education institutions. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/75468 EUA. (2021). Universities without walls: A vision for 2030. European University Association. https://eua.eu/resources/publications/957:universities-without-walls-%E2%80%93-eua%E2%80%99s-vision-for-europe%E2%80%99s-universities-in-2030.htm Hovdhaugen, E., & Wiers-Jenssen, J. (2021). Motivation for full degree mobility: analysing sociodemographic factors, mobility capital and field of study. Educational Review. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1912712 Iucu, R., Ciolan, L., Nedelcu, A., Zus, R., Dumitrache, A., Carțiș, A., Vennarini, L., Fernández de Pinedo, N., & Pericică, A. (2022). Digitally enhanced mobility. CIVIS Handbook on Virtual Mobility. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6090251 Krzaklewska, E. (2008). Why study abroad? – An analysis of Erasmus students’ motivations. In M. Bryam & F. Dervin (Eds.), Students, staff and academic mobility in higher education (pp. 82-98). Cambridge Scholars Press. Lesjak, M., Juvan, E., Inteson, E. M., Yap, M. T. H., & Axelsson, E. P. (2015). Erasmus student motivation; Why and where to go. Higher Education, 70(5), 845-865. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-015-9871-0 Maiworm, F., & Teichler, U. (2002). The students’ experience. In U. Teichler (Ed.), Erasmus in the Socrates programme (pp. 83–116). Lemmens. Murphy-Lejeune, E. (2002). Student mobility and narrative in Europe. Routledge. Wiers-Jenssen, J. (2003). Norwegian Students Abroad: Experiences of students from a linguistically and geographically peripheral European country. Studies in Higher Education, 28(4), 391-411. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0307507032000122251 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper An Evaluation Model Building for Internationalization of Higher Education Institutions 1Department of Educational Studies, Ghent University, Belgium; 2Institute of Education, National Sun Yat-sen University, Taiwan; 3National Academy for Educational Research, Taiwan Presenting Author:In the context of globalization, the concept of "internationalization of higher education" is a broad and evolving phenomenon with diverse interpretations (De Wit & Altbach, 2021). At the institutional level, it involves integrating international, cross-cultural, or global dimensions into the purposes, functions, and implementation processes of higher education. This integration aims to enhance the quality of student education and the research output of academic staff, serving as a strategic approach and practice for academic systems, institutions, and individuals in the globalized academic environment worldwide, including in the European educational context (Altbach & Knight, 2007; De Wit, Hunter, Howard, & Egron-Polak, 2015; Knight, 2003; Knight & De Wit, 2018). Moreover, internationalization also helps institutions improve efficiency and aids government, stakeholders, and higher education units in understanding institutional performance (Mandinach & Gummer, 2013). On a personal level, internationalization contributes to cultivating the global competitiveness and employability of local students, providing opportunities for cross-cultural communication and a global perspective. The International Association of Universities (IAU) (2006) defines the internationalization of higher education as a process that combines transnational and cross-cultural perspectives, atmospheres, and functions within higher education. This involves internal and external changes within universities, encompassing the implementation of policies through bottom-up and top-down approaches and shifts in institutional policy orientations. Over the past 25 years, internationalization is considered a strategic response to the inevitable impact of globalization on higher education, transforming from a marginal micro-level element into a mainstream global factor (Knight & De Wit, 2018). This evolution has shifted the concept from national-level international, cross-cultural, and global dimensions to factors within higher education, such as the diversity of educators and students' nationalities, research quality, and the quality of student education. Internationally renowned university rankings, such as THE (Times Higher Education) and QS (Quacquarelli Symonds), also include "internationalization" as one of the evaluation criteria. This makes internationalization a crucial part of the development of higher education institutions. Current institutional research in Taiwan covers academic, student, and administrative aspects. In the main educational data bases, “(Higher Education) Course Information website (CIW)”, “Information Platform for College and University Institute Research (IPCUIR)”, “Academic Statistics Database of Ministry of Science and Technology (ASDMST)”, and “Scopus”, the wide-ranging scope of institutional research topics, including student admission, performance during the study period, post-graduation performance, and related administrative or university environmental aspects is evident. However, the previous research has touched upon international exchange aspects, yet there has been a lack of an investigation for the link between domestic education databases and internationalization indicators, and the exploration into the internationalization models of higher education applying existing national-level education database resources. Hence, the present research aims to consolidate diverse dimensions and manifestations of internationalization from existing research, to integrate data from different cross-institutional databases and explore relevant variables in internationalization of higher education institutes, and to establish a broader evaluation model for internationalization. Based on above, the research questions are: 1. Through the integration of cross-platform database indicators and linking with relevant internationalization indicators from sources like THE and QS, what variables are pertinent to internationalization of higher education institutes? 2. What are including in the evaluation model for internationalization constructed based on the cross-platform database? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study aims to enhance the objectivity and comprehensiveness of the model related to the internationalization of higher education institutions by utilizing various local higher education-related public databases. 1. Data collection The databases include the “(Higher Education) Course Information website (CIW)”, “Information Platform for College and University Institute Research (IPCUIR)”, “Academic Statistics Database of Ministry of Science and Technology (ASDMST)”, and “Scopus” in Taiwan. In the meanwhile, the research also analyzes the results of higher education internationalization evaluations by comparing them with widely recognized international higher education ranking institutions such as QS World University Rankings and THE World University Rankings. 2. Sample Description Due to variations in weighting based on different school backgrounds in the QS World University Rankings, reflecting diverse levels of internationalization, this study classifies institutions by their establishment type (public and private). 3. Variables Description Following Knight's (2006) definition, "Internationalization Abroad" encompasses all forms of cross-border education, including subsidies for students and faculty to go abroad. In this study, applications for the Ministry of Science and Technology's projects, such as "Subsidies for Ph.D. and Postdoctoral Researchers to Conduct Research Abroad," "Domestic Graduate Students Attending International Academic Conferences," and others, are considered as part of internationalization abroad. The former two pertain to student internationalization, while the latter four are related to faculty internationalization. Additionally, indicators include the Scopus database's "Proportion of Internationally Co-authored Papers" and "Impact of Internationally Co-authored Papers." For "Local Internationalization," indicators include "Proportion of International Teachers," "Proportion of International Students," "Proportion of Courses Taught in English," "Hosting International Academic Conferences in the Country," and "Inviting Technological Professionals for Short-term Visits." 4. Analysis This study initially employs descriptive statistics to explore the distribution and range of different indicators, deleting inappropriate variables based on their characteristics. Subsequently, a correlation analysis, specifically the Pearson correlation coefficient, is conducted to examine the correlation between various variables. Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) is then applied to understand the structure of internationalization preliminarily. Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) is utilized to validate the model structure of these indicators, providing evidence for the construct validity of internationalization measurement. Additionally, factor scores are computed and compared with the indicators' scores in world university rankings. Considering the limited number of Taiwanese universities participating in global rankings, a non-parametric Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test is used to test the difference between the domestic ranking and the university's ranking in the internationalization model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research distinguishes itself from previous research by pioneering the integration of cross-platform higher education-related databases. It delves into a more thorough exploration of an international evaluation model to comprehend the current state of internationalization of higher education institutions. The integration of multiple databases yields a prototype framework for international and comprehensive model for university internationalization: a model with four indicators (“university internationalization environment construction (domestic) ”, “internationalization of academic environment (domestic)”, “international academic exchange (abroad)”, and “international academic cooperation and exchange”) to help explore the status quo of internationalization, and a preliminary probe on the internationalization of domestic higher education institutions. This endeavor seeks to render more robust evaluation models along with adequate information required for decision making in higher education institutions with reference to internationalization. Based on the study's findings, it is recommended that academic researchers and decision-makers in higher education institutions avoid solely relying on university ranking survey indicators. Instead, they should broaden their scope by extensively collecting information from various sources, defining specific internationalization indicators, and validating them with multiple stakeholders. This approach ensures a nuanced understanding of the internationalization in higher education. Therefore, when addressing university affairs-related issues and making decisions, supplementing World University Rankings indicators with data from diverse databases can help formulate a more comprehensive view of the higher education institutes' international profile, establishing relevant internationalization indicators. The findings will be the considerable value for reference for EU countries which attach the importance to higher education policies in the context of internationalization. References Altbach, P. G., & Knight, J. (2007). The internationalization of higher education: Motivations and realities. Journal of studies in international education, 11(3-4), 290-305. doi:org/10.1177/1028315307303542 De Wit, H., Hunter, F., Howard, L., & Egron-Polak, E. (2015). Directorate-General for Internal Policies, Policy Department B: Structural and Cohesion Policies: Culture and Education. Internationalisation of Higher Education. Retrieved from http://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2015/540370/IPOL_STU(2015)540370_EN.pdf De Wit, H., & Altbach, P. G. (2021). Internationalization in higher education: global trends and recommendations for its future. Policy Reviews in Higher Education, 5 (1), 28-46. DOI: 10.1080/23322969.2020.1820898 International Association of Universities (2006). Towards a century of cooperation: Internationalization of higher education IAU statement. Retrieved form http://www.unesco.org/iau/tfi_statement.html Knight, J. (2003). Updated definition of internationalization. International higher education, 33, 2-3. doi:10.6017/ihe.2003.33.7391 Knight, J., & De Wit, H. (2018). Internationalization of higher education: Past and future. International Higher Education, 95, 2-4. doi:10.6017/ihe.2018.95.10715 Kovács, I. V., & Tarrósy, I. (2017). The Internationalisation of Higher Education in a Global World. In R. Egetenmeyer, P. Guimaraes & B. Németh (Eds.), Joint Modules and Internationalisation in Higher Education (pp. 39-52). Frankfurt am Main, Germany: Peter Lang. Mandinach, E. B. & Gummer, E. S. (2013). A systemic view of implementing data literacy in educator preparation. Educational Researcher, 42(1), 30-37. doi:10.3102/0013189X12459803 Quacquarelli Symonds (2020). QS World University Rankings: Methodology. Retrieved from https://www.topuniversities.com/qs-world-university-rankings/methodology Times Higher Education (2020). THE World University Rankings 2020: Methodology. Retrieved from https://www.timeshighereducation.com/world-university-rankings/world-university-rankings-2020-methodology Tóth, J. & Tarrósy, I. (2002). Co-operation between science and economy in Hungary: The place and role of universities. Der Donauraum, 42(4), 62-72. doi:10.7767/dnrm.2002.42.4.62 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Migrant Students in European Higher Education: An Anti-genealogy of the Im/Possible Students and the Present/Future University University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This paper maps and questions the discursive limits of current debates about student migration in postcolonial global context and the challenges this poses on the definition and self-fashioning of the university as autonomous, inclusive and open to new kinds of students (Derrida, 2002). The standpoint for the mapping and questioning of discourses and the genealogical critique of the institution of the university is from the positionality of those whose lives have been mostly affected by intersecting axes of migration and race, namely, migrant students’ precarious lives. It is argued that despite their seeming discontinuity, the discourse of unconditional endorsement of global student mobility, on the one hand, and the harsh critique on institutional/educational policies and practices, on the other hand, both participate and interlock in rendering invisible or inconsequential the kinds of racialization and securitization they produce or reproduce (Stein & Andreotti, 2017) Student mobility across state borders is not a new phenomenon. What transforms, and not just increases, student mobility is large-scale processes that invested in the attractiveness of European higher education and repositioned it within, (a) the global economy of educational and psychic life of power (Butler, 1997) in a precarious world, and (b) the globalization of scapes of (post)modernity (Appadurai, 1990) within and across which student migration takes place. Attracting the most talented foreign students has been perceived by receiving countries as beneficial for both the governments and educational institutions. However, beneficial aspects have not been accepted without cautioning voices. The scholarly conversation about the risks involved in the growing numbers of migrant students is usually bound by concerns about the commodification of higher education and the decline and compromise of the quality of the education provided. On the one hand, those against the entrepreneurial character of higher education express their concerns about the weakening role of higher education as a public good and the undermining of its democratic character (Brown, 2015; Giroux, 2003). On the other hand, even those who, despite and beyond market rationalities, acknowledge the positive effects of student mobility and higher education internationalization for students, institutions and societies, they stressed from early on that this would backfire and warned of “unintended consequences” and “worrisome trends” (Knight, 2012). Cautionary discourse revolves around “diploma mills” and “sham students”. Diploma mills, as a by-product of the growing demand for university degrees and implicitly associated with less privileged and mostly migrant students, are considered a threat that needs to be combated. What is at risk is not only the quality of education but also the excellence and earned entitlement of those “who have worked hard for years to obtain their degrees” (Odou & Ogar, 2022). This seeming deregulation of quality and equality (among the excellent) is alleviated through new lines and borders, such as the line between highly appreciated ‘genuine’ students, and unwelcomed ‘bogus’ students. The latter are perceived to abuse student visa in order to secure entrance to and residency in the country of studies, sidestepping the reach of immigration policies and compromising the very integrity of the universities (Brooks, 2018). As argued in the paper, academic discourse on migrant students, despite its discontinuities and even fundamentally opposing views on the marketization of higher education, reenacts the colonial zero-point perspective to the world (Mignolo, 2010) and reproduces an elitist conception of the institution of the university. Failing to consider the racialization and precarization of migrant students through migration control apparatuses, but also the politics and epistemologies of resilience migrant students develop, we fail to grasp the complexities and the im/possibilities embedded in the ways migrant students navigate through and transform the landscapes of European higher education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper uses critical discourse analysis to bring in juxtaposition the discourses of academic articles and the narratives of migrant students. The qualitative data analyzed and discussed in the paper were collected through interviews with migrant students in higher education institutions in Cyprus. The migrant students who participated in the research come from Nigeria, Uganda, Nepal and India, and they study in either public or private higher education institutions. The paper adopts a decolonial methodological framework that is complicit with the recognition that racial and colonial violence provided the material and conceptual conditions of possibility for modern higher education institutions and the need to disrupt the epistemological, structural and normative colonial legacies (Andreotti, Stein, Ahenakew, & Hunt, 2015). The analysis is also informed methodologically by Foucault’s critical problematization, a method of critical inquiry that evades high theory and turns to specificities and complexities rather than totalities and universalities (Koopman, 2018). This is of particular importance as it enables a way of thinking that does not slip into the impasses of predetermined dichotomies and inevitable contradictions (e.g., ‘bogus’ Vs. ‘genuine’ student). Instead, it offers a view ‘from below” (Haraway, 1988), from “all the in-between spaces” (Halberstam, 2011) that leave space for alternative possibilities of living, being and knowing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis highlights the limits of academic discourses around global student mobilities. It is suggested that a view from below, from the marginalized, from those who are a priori considered “bogus” until they prove otherwise, but they still remain attached to life and to their object of desire (Berlant, 2011), could provide different frames from which we would be able to attend to the University as a place of vulnerability but also as a place of hope and potentiality. References Andreotti, V. d. O., Stein, S., Ahenakew, C., & Hunt, D. (2015). Mapping Interpretations of Decolonization in the Context of Higher Education. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society, 4(1), 21-40. Appadurai, A. (1990). Disjuncture and Difference in the Global Economy. Theory, Culture & Society, 7, 295-310. Berlant, L. (2011). Cruel Optimism. Durham: Duke University Press. Brooks, R. (2018). Higher Education Mobilities: A Cross-National European Comparison. Geoforum, 93, 87-96. Brown, W. (2015). Undoing the Demos: Neoliberalism's Stealth Revolution. Zone Books. Butler, J. (1997). The Psychic Life of Power: Theories in Subjection. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Derrida, J. (2002). The University Without Condition. In P. Kamuf (Ed.), Without Alibi (pp. 202-237). Stanford: Stanford University Press. Giroux, H. (2003). Selling Out Higher Education. Policy Futures in Education, 1(1), 179-200. Halberstam, J. (2011). The Queer Art of Failure. New York: Duke University Press. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575-599. Knight, J. (2012). Student Mobility and Internationalization: Trends and Tribulations. Research in Comparative and International Education, 7(1), 20-33. Koopman, C. (2018). Problematization in Foucault's Genealogy and Deleuze's Symptomatology: Or, How to Study Sexuality Without Invoking Oppositions. Journal of the Theoretical Humanities, 23(2), 187-204. Mignolo, D. W. (2010). Introduction: Coloniality of Power and De-colonial Thinking. In D. W. Mignolo, & A. Escobar (Eds.), Globalization and the Decolonial Option (pp. 1-11). London: Routledge. Odou, R. S. M., & Ogar, J. O. (2022). Degree Mills and the Question of Educational Quality. Management of Higher Education Systems (pp. 405-415). University of Calabar Press. Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. d. O. (2017). Higher Education and the Modern/Colonial Global Imaginary. Cultural Studies, 17(3), 173-181. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 D: Discussing Curriculum and Skills Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Magdalena Fellner Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Knowledge and Knowers in Higher Music Education Curriculum 1Uniarts Helsinki, Finland; 2Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines university teachers’ notions of knowledge and knowers in higher classical music education during a curriculum renewal process in a Finnish higher education context. Knowledge in music has been distinguished between theory and technique already from Greek philosophers such as Aristotle (McPhail, 2022). This divide is still visible in music education. It is also claimed that higher music education has been based on the conceptions of craftsmanship and artistic skill (Moberg & Georgii-Hemming, 2019). More recently, the process of academization has raised the question of knowledge and knowledge practices in higher music education especially in the European context (Johansson & Georgii-Hemming, 2021). It is argued the traditional knowledge of music is not enough in the future society (Gaunt & Westerlund, 2021; López-Íñiguez & Bennett, 2020), the future of classical musicians is unclear and employment conditions are changing (Moberg & Georgii-Hemming, 2019). Higher music education institutions are asked to redefine their work and consider “how they engage with students in changing societies” (Gaunt & Westerlund, 2021). Knowledge of craft in classical music is traditionally taught and learnt in master-apprentice relationship that is a hierarchical relationship between a master and student (Angelo et al., 2019; Gaunt, 2011). In this process, a student acquires some of the master’s knowledge and skills and becomes part of the musical community (Angelo et al., 2019). It is argued the tradition is based on imitation and reproduction as ideals (Georgii-Hemming et al., 2020). Consequently, the individuals involved in the learning process, both the ‘master’ and the student, hold a distinct significance in the acquisition of knowledge practices within the realm of arts. In arts education students are deeply engaged with the context where the knowledge is processed (Shay & Stayn, 2015). It is described that knowledge in the arts exists in individuals, communities, networks, bodies, objects (Orr & Shreeve, 2018) and in tools and materials (Addison, 2014; Sennett, 2008). In this study, we approach curriculum renewal as a process where knowledge practices are negotiated in the academic community (see e.g., Annala, 2022; Bovill & Woolmer, 2019). This context enables us to explore the underlying conceptions of knowledge and knowers in the contemporary higher music education. The research questions are: What is viewed as legitimate educational knowledge in higher music education? How the relationships between knowledge and knowers are depicted? The theoretical and methodological framework in the study is based on Karl Maton’s (2014) Legitimate Code Theory (LCT). Maton continued Bernstein’s (1996) theory of knowledge structures. It describes a way of developing and producing knowledge. In the humanities and arts, the knowledge structure is said to be horizontal. Knowledge is described as a series of parallel but strongly delimited approaches. Knowledge develops by adding a new approach alongside existing ones. However, according to McPhail (2022), knowledge in music theory is hierarchical which means the concepts must be obtained in successive order, but, on the other hand, approaches to composition and performance in music are more horizontal. Maton (2014) claims that focusing only on knowledge and the knowledge structure may simplify and overlook the strengths of some fields. Attention should also be paid to knowers and knower structure. Although knowledge structure is horizontal in the arts, knower structure is claimed to be hierarchical. Hierarchically structured knowers are organized in relation to the ideal knower. Therefore, in this study we build on the so-called Specialization code in the LCT theory (Maton 2014), which includes both knowledge and knower structures as analytical perspectives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The context of the research is a Finnish higher arts education institution where the fields of music, performance arts and fine arts meet in three academies. There are nearly 2000 students and 81 programs (bachelor’s, master’s, doctoral) of which 52 are in the music academy. Curriculum renewal was conducted at the university in 2020-2023 and the new curricula will be implemented in August 2024. It was the first joint curriculum process of the academies. It meant they renewed their curricula simultaneously, and they followed the same guidance approved by the university management. The first author collected data from all academies during the renewal process as part of her doctoral thesis. This presentation focuses only on music education. Data consists of ten semi-structured interviews (n = 2 professors, n = 5 lecturers, and n = 3 program leaders) and documents (curriculum guidelines, written curricula). All interviewees were active participants in the curriculum renewal process, and they represented five programs in the music academy. The interview data was collected between June 2022 and May 2023. The interviews lasted 57–95 minutes and they included three themes: core content analysis in the program level, curriculum renewal process and students and studies on the program. The interviews were recorded, transcribed and the data were encoded using the Atlas.ti software. Maton’s (2014) specialization code was applied as an analytical tool. In the analysis, we aimed to distinguish between epistemic relations (ER) to knowledge structures and social relations (SR) to knower structures. These relations may be more strongly or weakly bounded and controlled. Two continua, epistemic relations (ER±) and social relations (SR±), generate specialization codes. They reveal if the legitimacy in the field is based on specialized knowledge or knower attributes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results and conclusions are preliminary since the analysis is still in process. However, the results and conclusions are expected to be ready by the summer 2024. Seemingly the academization of higher music education and the generic working life demands challenge the traditional knowledge structures that appear hierarchical. References Addison, N. (2014). Doubting Learning Outcomes in Higher Education Contexts: From Performativity towards Emergence and Negotiation. The international journal of art & design education, 33(3), 313-325. https://doi.org/10.1111/jade.12063 Angelo, E., Varkøy, Ø. and Georgii-Hemming, E. (2019). Notions of Mandate, Knowledge and Research in Norwegian Classical Music Performance Studies. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education, 3(1), 78-100. https://doi.org/10.23865/jased.v3.1284 Annala, J. (2022). Disciplinary knowledge practices and powerful knowledge: a study on knowledge and curriculum structures in regions. Teaching in Higher Education. 27(8), 1084-1102. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2022.2114340 Bernstein, B. (1996). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: theory, research, critique. Taylor & Francis. Bovill, C. & Woolmer, C. (2019). How conceptualisations of curriculum in higher education influence student-staff co-creation in and of the curriculum. Higher Education 78, 407–422. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0349-8 Gaunt, H. (2011). Understanding the one-to-one relationship in instrumental/vocal tuition in Higher Education: comparing student and teacher perceptions. British Journal of Music Education, 28(2), 159-179. Georgii-Hemming, E.; Johansson, K. & Moberg, N. (2020). Reflection in higher music education: what, why, wherefore? Music Education Research, 22:3, 245-256, https://doi-org.libproxy.tuni.fi/10.1080/14613808.2020.1766006 López-Íñiguez, G. & Bennett, D. (2020). A lifespan perspective on multi-professional musicians: does music education prepare classical musicians for their careers? Music Education Research, 22:1, 1-14, https://doi-org.libproxy.tuni.fi/10.1080/14613808.2019.1703925 Johansson, K., & Georgii-Hemming, E. (2021). Processes of academisation in higher music education: the case of Sweden. British Journal of Music Education, 38(2), 173–186. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0265051720000339 McPhail, G. (2022). A discipline in search of episteme. pp. 48-62. In Graham McPhail (2022). Knowledge and Music Education: A social realist account. Routledge. Maton, K. (2014). Knowledge and knowers: towards a realist sociology of education. Routledge. Moberg, N. & Georgii-Hemming, E. (2019). Musicianship – Discursive constructions of autonomy and independence within music performance programs. In S. Gies and H. Sætre (eds.), Becoming Musicians – Student Involvement and Teacher Collaboration in Higher Music Education (pp. 67–88). The Norwegian Academy of Music. Sennett, R. (2008). The craftsman. Yale University Press. Orr, S. a., & Shreeve, A. (2017). Art and design pedagogy in higher education: Knowledge, values and ambiguity in the creative curriculum. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315415130 Westerlund, H., & Gaunt, H. (2021). Expanding professionalism in music and higher music education: A changing game. Routledge. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Investigating Learning Gains of Generic Skills among Finnish and American Higher Education Students 1Council for Aid to Education, United States of America; 2University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 3University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Perspective(s) or theoretical framework Research on generic skills has been taking on increased importance in higher education over the last decade (Tuononen et al., 2022; Van Damme & Zahner, 2022). Generic skills refer to universal expert skills applied across different disciplines and contexts of jobs (Tuononen et al., 2022). These skills together with domain-specific knowledge enable students to draw on their field-specific knowledge in a variety of situations (Ursin et al., 2021). There is no one definitive list of generic skills; instead, this is a unifying term under which sets of skills belong. While remarkable variation in concepts and operationalization of generic skills have been found (Braun et al., 2012; El Soufi & See, 2019; Tuononen et al., 2022), researchers have acknowledged the importance of learning generic skills in the context of higher education. For example, there is evidence that generic skills are related to adjustment and adaptation to higher education (Kleemola et al., 2022; Van der Zanden et al., 2019) and progress in studies and study success (Tuononen & Parpala, 2021). Additionally, earlier research has suggested that a student’s background—both educational and socioeconomic—has a strong influence on the level of generic skills (Arum & Roksa, 2011; Kleemola et al., 2022; Ursin et al., 2021). Since generic skills research is mainly conducted using self-assessments, the research field has stressed the need for more performance-based research (Tuononen et al., 2022). Performance-based assessment aims to evoke authentic performance, covering aspects of generic skills through situations that resemble the real world (Hyytinen et al., 2023; Van Damme & Zahner, 2022). Previous research on performance-based assessment has shown that test-taking effort and engagement have a substantial impact on test performance (Hyytinen et al., 2023; Liu et al., 2016). Objectives Generic skills of higher education students have been assessed through the CLA+ (Collegiate Learning Assessment) in a number of countries, including the United States (where it is used extensively) and Finland. CLA+ is a performance-based assessment of generic skills such as critical thinking and written communication, directed particularly to higher education students. The assessment is accompanied by a survey of students’ demographic background, attitudes, and fields of studies. Comparisons of the assessment results of entering and exiting higher education students in Finland and the US have shown that while students from both countries exhibited learning gains in generic skills (i.e., there was a significant difference in the overall gain of these skills between entering and exiting students), this overall gain was clearly larger among the American students (Ursin et al., 2021). The purpose of this study is to further investigate a reason behind this finding. We consider variables measuring students’ effort and engagement in the CLA+ as well as sociodemographic variables such as students’ gender and parental level of education, and whether students’ primary home language is the same as the instructional language of the institution. This research attempts to answer two questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Measures The CLA+ is a 90-minute performance-based assessment of critical-thinking and written-communication skills comprising a 60-minute performance task (PT) and a 30-minute set of 25 selected-response questions (SRQs). The PT measures performance in three areas: Analysis and Problem Solving (making a logical decision and supporting it by analyzing, evaluating, and synthesizing the appropriate information); Writing Effectiveness (constructing an organized and cohesive essay with support for positions); and Writing Mechanics (demonstrating command of Standard Written English). The SRQ section is aligned to the same construct as the analysis and problem-solving subscore of the PT. Ten items measure Data Literacy (e.g., making an inference); ten measure Critical Reading and Evaluation (e.g., identifying assumptions); and five measure Critiquing Arguments (e.g., detecting logical fallacies). Both the PT and SRQ sections are document based. The supporting documents include a range of information sources, such as letters, memos, photographs, charts, and newspaper articles. After completing the CLA+, the students answer a questionnaire pertaining to their background. Sample Since the participating Finnish institutions were all research universities, a subset of only competitive (Schmitt, 2009) higher education institutions were selected for this study in the United States. For this study, approximately 51,000 students across 185 institutions of higher education in the United States were included in the analyses. Similar to the US, 18 participating higher education institutions from Finland tested entering first-year students in the fall semester and exiting third-year students in the spring semester. The Finnish sample consisted of 2,384 students (1,524 entering and 860 exiting students) from the 2019–2020 academic year. Two translated and adapted versions of the CLA+, one in Finnish and the other in Finland Swedish, were used for the Finnish students. Data sources The data presented in the results section are from 29,187 entering and 22,109 exiting American students, and 1,524 entering and 860 exiting Finnish students. All analyses were performed on the scaled and equated CLA+ Total score, which is a composite of the PT and SRQ subscores. The data were analyzed with descriptive statistics and two-level regression models. In calculating standard errors and, consequently, significance tests, the clustering of students within institutions was considered by introducing a random institution effect in the models, to avoid overly liberal inference. Measured with intra-cluster correlation (ICC), the homogeneity of students within an institution was considerable: the value of ICC estimate was 0.17 in the Finnish data and 0.23 in the American data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions and Discussion This study investigated entering and exiting higher education students’ performance on the CLA+ in Finland and the United States. Overall, exiting students significantly outperformed entering students, but the overall learning gains were greater for the American students, despite entering Finnish students having a higher average score than their American counterparts. The literature suggests that effort and engagement might be factors that influence performance (e.g., Hyytinen et al., 2023; Liu et al., 2016). However, we found that test-taking effort and engagement did not explain the observed differences in learning gains. Other demographic variables such as gender, primary home language, and parental level of education also did not explain the observed difference. One possible explanation is that the exiting students in the United States are fourth-year students as opposed to third-year students in Finland (Ursin et al., 2021). This could have been further investigated by comparing third-year students to each other. However, one of the limitations of this comparative study is that the model for assessing student learning gains at almost all participating higher education institutions is to compare entering and exiting students, so we do not have a dataset containing any third-year students in the United States. The results of this study are puzzling because individually within country, the variables we investigated such as effort and engagement and the other demographics were predictive and explain the variance in CLA+ performance. However, none can explain why the American students had a larger average difference on CLA+ between entering and exiting students than the Finnish students. A second study, which includes a longitudinal component, is forthcoming. Future studies should assess students in the United States in their third year of studies as well as collect additional common demographic variables. References Arum, R., & Roksa, J. (2011). Academically adrift: Limited learning on college campuses. University of Chicago Press. Braun, E., Woodley, A., Richardson, J. T. E., & Leidner, B. (2012). Self-rated competences questionnaires from a design perspective. Educational Research Review, 7(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2011.11.005 El Soufi, N., & See, B. H. (2019). Does explicit teaching of critical thinking improve critical thinking skills of English language learners in higher education? A critical review of causal evidence. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 60, 140–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2018.12.006 Hyytinen, H., Nissinen, K., Kleemola, K., Ursin, J., & Toom, A. (2023). How do self-regulation and effort in test-taking contribute to undergraduate students’ critical thinking performance? Studies in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2227207 Kleemola, K., Hyytinen, H., & Toom, A. (2022). Critical thinking and writing in transition to higher education in Finland: Do prior academic performance and socioeconomic background matter? European Journal of Higher Education, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2022.2075417 Liu, O. L., Mao, L., Frankel, L., & Xu., J. (2016). Assessing critical thinking in higher education: The HEIghtenTM approach and preliminary validity evidence. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 41(5), 677–694. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2016.1168358 Schmitt, C. M. (2009). Documentation for the restricted-use NCES-Barron's Admissions Competitiveness Index data files: 1972, 1982, 1992, 2004, and 2008. National Center for Education Statistics, Institute for Education Sciences, US Department of Education. Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Kleemola, K., Hailikari, T., Männikkö, I., & Toom, A. (2022). Systematic review of learning generic skills in higher education—Enhancing and impeding factors. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.885917 Tuononen, T., & Parpala, A. (2021). The role of academic competences and learning processes in predicting Bachelor’s and Master’s thesis grades. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 70. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101001 Ursin, J. (2020). Assessment in higher education (Finland). In J. Kauko & J. W. James (Eds.), Bloomsbury Education and Childhood Studies. Bloomsbury Academic. Ursin, J., Hyytinen, H., & Silvennoinen, K. (Eds.). (2021). Assessment of undergraduate students’ generic skills in Finland: Findings of the Kappas! Project (Report No. 2021: 31). Finnish Ministry of Education and Culture. Van Damme, D., & Zahner, D. (Eds.). (2022). Does higher education teach students to think critically. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/cc9fa6aa-en Van der Zanden, P., Denessen, E., Cillessen, A., & Meijer, P. (2019). Patterns of success: First-year student success in multiple domains. Studies in Higher Education, 44(11), 2081–2095. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2018.1493097 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 09 H JS: Three Decades of EERA – Opening up ECER submissions for analysis Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Joint Research Workshop, NW 10, NW 12 & NW 22. Details in 12 SES 09 A JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 09 A: Policy Elites and the Interplay of Global Actors in Education Programs Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Lejf Moos Session Chair: Romuald Normand Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Policy Elites and the Interplay of Global Actors in Education Programs
This symposium will highlight the role of European policy elites (experts, consultants, advisers, etc.) by showing that they wield significant power and legitimacy in shaping educational reforms during last decades at global level, while at the same time its illustrates the social and political features of these reforming groups and networks in national spaces. By charaterising these European elite groups and networks by their positions within the State and/or International Organizations, the symposium will display the circulation of ideas and knowledge, beliefs and assumptions, between individuals and groups, but also their relations of dependence as well as their technocratic and/or ideological connivance that shape a doctrinal puzzle. Often referred to as neo-liberalism versus welfarism, these ideas, discourses, and prescriptions are more a complex combination of personal experience, adoption of scientific and expert statements, formulation of values or principles of justice, but also political expediency in front of public opinion and interest group pressures. Far from considering educational reforms and decision-making as linear, sequential, or incremental processes, the symposium will emphasize authoritarian, sometimes nationalistic stances, but also uncertain dimension of power facing the uncertainty and complexity inherent to policy-making at global scale. It will underly the incoherence and cognitive dissonance of decision-making, the tacit and shared knowledge on which justifications are based, or the story-telling that legitimizes changes in political rhetoric Therefore, the symposium will help to better understand ongoing and endogenous transformations of the educative State, in characterizing interactions within national, European and global elites, but also their resources and capacities for action in framing public action programmes and delivering political discourses, through games of competition and rivalry, according to specific professional, administrative, managerial cultures and ethics. Beyond mapping national, Europaen and global links, which demonstrate also some affinities and proximities between these elites, the symposium also will intent to characterize the more or less structured, more or less formal policy networks that shape the European reformist agenda in education through recommendations and prescriptions leading to lasting and relatively irreversible changes in policy-making. Based on the comparison between several European countries, bringing together different authors specialized in education policies, the symposium will seek to answer the following questions - How do these elites exercise their power, their authority, by mobilising different resources and capacities to influence the decision-making process? - How are these elites structured in networks or groups, epistemic communities or coalition of causes, in relationships that facilitate the sharing of knowledge, ideas, representations and beliefs on educational policies at national and global level? - What is the role of cognition, values, beliefs, representations and the strategy in these alliance games and power relationships? What is the impact of public action instruments and their interpretation (laws, indicators, data, etc.)? - How is it possible to characterize the type of proximity or affinity maintained by these elites within State, in other institutions or networks, or in International Organizations? From a methodological perspective, policy makers will be chosen for their membership in a ministerial cabinet, as heads of a ministerial directorate or as experts/advisers for the Ministry of Education, or for their relationships with global networks and organisations, etc. Whenever possible, their socio-professional career and their various positions in education or elsewhere will be established. Analyses would developed from the study of different expert groups, national conferences, representative institutions, and parliamentary hearings in which this elite has intervened with important effects on implementing reforms. References Anderson, K. T., & Holloway, J. (2020). Discourse analysis as theory, method, and epistemology in studies of education policy. Journal of Education Policy, 35(2), 188-221. Cousin, B., Khan, S., & Mears, A. (2018). Theoretical and methodological pathways for research on elites. Socio-Economic Review, 16(2), 225-249. Genieys, W., & Joana, J. (2015). Bringing the state elites back in?. Gouvernement et action publique, 4(3), 57-80. Genieys, W. (2017). The new custodians of the state: Programmatic elites in French society. London, Routledge. Hodge, E., Childs, J., & Au, W. (2020). Power, brokers, and agendas: New directions for the use of social network analysis in education policy. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28, 117-117. Honig, M. I. (2004). The new middle management: Intermediary organizations in education policy implementation. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 26(1), 65-87. Jones, B. D., Thomas III, H. F., & Wolfe, M. (2014). Policy bubbles. Policy Studies Journal, 42(1), 146-171. Lubienski, C. (2018). The critical challenge: Policy networks and market models for education. Policy Futures in Education, 16(2), 156-168. Ozga, J., Seddon, T., & Popkewitz, T. S. (Eds.). (2013). World yearbook of education 2006: Education, research and policy: Steering the knowledge-based economy. Routledge. Smyrl, M., & Genieys, W. (2016). Elites, ideas, and the evolution of public policy. Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Knowledge Brokers in the Intersections between the OECD and Denmark during the Reign of PISA
The key insight from state-of-the-art literature on global governance in education is that it is necessary to study the interactions and overlaps between international, national, and local contexts and the entanglements of a host of actors to acquire an adequate understanding of education policy (Robertson 2018). From this starting point the paper addresses the following research question: How can we understand the role and significance of the knowledge brokers and infrastructure facilitating movement between global and national policy-making arenas? Using Denmark as an analytical case, it is the purpose of this paper to explore the complex intermeshing and interactions between and among knowledge brokers operating in the infrastructural space between the OECD and the Danish Ministry of Education in the period 2001 when a new right-wing government took office and up until today. More specifically, the paper investigates the formal and informal, institutionalized and not institutionalized connections and channels between the OECD and Denmark in the development of education politics and policy. For instance, since 2017, the OECD has increased its support for strengthening the analytical capacity of National Centres and Ministries of Education more generally, as well as that of municipalities and other education stakeholders at the national level, through its PISA Lead Analysts programme (Auld et al., 2020). A constructive angle to explore in this connection are also the shifting consortia tasked with conducting the PISA surveys which perform the boundary work that goes on between the organizations, the national political arenas, and sometimes even in the public debates and news landscape. Theoretically, the paper conceptualizes knowledge brokers as ‘key intermediaries who facilitate the exchange of knowledge between individuals or organizations (…)’ (Weber & Yanovitzky, 2021, p. 1), but also as motivated agents that are themselves changed by their brokerage activities, at the same time as they seek to change others. Such a framework improves analytical purchase on knowledge brokerage beyond the current research paradigms, revealing the purposeful mobilization by international organizations inside what can best be conceptualized as a multi-level governing complex that changes over time (Ydesen 2019). Empirically, the chapter draws on interviews with knowledge brokers operating in the OECD-Denmark space as well as archival documents harvested in the Danish National Archives and the OECD archive in Paris.
References:
Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Global governance of education: The historical and contemporary entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank. Educational Governance Research Series (Series Eds. S. Carney & L. Moos). Dordrecht: Springer.
Reder, T. J., & Ydesen, C. (2022). Policy Borrowing and Evidence in Danish Education Policy Preparation: The Case of the Public School Reform of 2013. In B. Karseth, K. Sivesind, & G. Steiner-Khamsi (eds.), Evidence and Expertise in Nordic Education Policy (pp. 77–114). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91959-7_4
Weber, M. S., & Yanovitzky (2021). Knowledge brokers, networks, and the policymaking process. In M.S. Weber & I. Yanovitzky (Eds.), Networks, knowledge brokers and the public policymaking process (pp. 1-25). Palgrave.
Ydesen, C. (2021) Globalization and Localization in the Shaping of the Danish Public Education System – Discursive Struggles in Four Historical Educational Reforms, In: Zhao, W. & Tröhler, D. Globalization and Localization: A Euro-Asia Dialogue on 21st-Century Competency-Based Curriculum Reforms, Cham: Springer International Publishing, pp. 85-109,
Ydesen, C., Kauko, J., & Magnúsdóttir, B. R. (2022). The OECD and the Field of Knowledge Brokers in Danish, Finnish, and Icelandic Education Policy. I B. Karseth,
Political-administrative Elites at Work: Politics and Knowledge in the making of a major educational Programme
This presentation examines the intervention of political-administrative elites in the conception and implementation of national education policies and programs. The study addresses the involvement of high-ranking officials from the Ministry of Education, policymakers, and experts from national higher education institutions and international organizations; and the focus is on their participation in developing and implementing a national pilot program that has served as the main instrument for a policy aimed at promoting curricular differentiation in Portuguese schools. The significance of this program, known as the "Project for Curricular Autonomy and Flexibility in Primary and Secondary Education," lies in its consistent implementation and generalization during recent years under the current government.
The pilot program took place in 2017 and 2018 under the auspices of the Directorate-General for Education (DGE), the central organization responsible for implementing policies related to the pedagogical and didactic components of education, as well as providing technical support for policy formulation. Key actors involved in the program include high-ranking officials of the DGE, members of the cabinet of the Secretary of State for Education, a specialized committee (a body of national consultants from the academy with conception and monitoring roles), two national experts on curriculum studies, OECD officers, and members of the Working Group on Schools, which is part of the EU's European Education Area strategic framework.
Therefore, we will present these elites at work, focusing on their interdependencies throughout the creation and implementation of the pilot program. It analyses two dimensions: the social dimension, which captures the actors' social characteristics, status and professional trajectories, their formal roles, and their political strategies, i.e., how they construct their power relations by mobilizing different resources to influence decision-making and implementation processes; and the cognitive dimension, which examines the main categories they use to make sense of the education sector and the role of knowledge and beliefs in shaping educational policies. Main methods include documental analysis and interviews with key actors. Additionally, tacit knowledge from authors generated from involvement in the project or created from experience in central management bodies will be mobilized.
References:
Carvalho, L. M., Costa, E., & Sant’Ovaia, C. (2020). Depicting the faces of results-oriented regulatory processes in Portugal: National testing in policy texts. European Educational Research Journal, 19(2), 125-141.
Carvalho, L. M., & Viseu, S. (2023). New philanthropy in education in Portugal: fabricating social inclusion as policy, knowledge and practice. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 1-13.
Viseu, S., & Carvalho, L. M. (2021). Policy networks, philanthropy, and education governance in Portugal: the raise of intermediary actors. Foro de Educación, 19(1), 81-104.
When External Actors Shape Education Policy: The inclusion of programming in the Swedish curriculum.
Since the mid-2010s, an education policy agenda emerged in curricula across the world projecting the need to teach computer programming in schools. This chapter discusses the insertion of programming into the Swedish compulsory curriculum and argues that this change was shaped and promoted by an assemblage of external actors and their political configurations in municipal, national and international policy spaces. To frame the context of this study, an overview of the Swedish context and the emergence of the programming agenda is going to be presented. Through network ethnography analysis, actors are identified and their interpersonal links are mapped.
This allows for a discussion of how the Swedish programming agenda was governed by a politico-administrative elite which features an assemblage of diverse actors. Programming was promoted by governmental and inter-governmental agencies, national and multinational corporations, as well as for-profit and non-profit organizations. These promotions occurred in schools serving their own aspirations and interests by, among other things, forming alliances, sharing their beliefs via public media and mobilizing a variety of resources. The findings demonstrate both the networks and relationships between the members of the political-administrative elite, as well as the discourses that shaped and justified the formulation of the programming agenda within the context of Sweden. These findings highlight the role of private actors in particular, and their influence in education policymaking processes, while illustrating the positions they hold within the policymaking field.
References:
Ball, S. J. (2015). What is policy? 21 years later: reflections on the possibilities of policy research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(3), 306–313.
Ball, S. J., & Junemann, C. (2012). Networks, new governance and education [Electronic resource]. Policy. Ball, S. J., & Youdell, D. (2008). Hidd
Barnett, M., & Finnemore, M. (2004). Rules for the World: International Organizations in Global Politics. Cornell University Press; JSTOR.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 09 B: Education Governance Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: João Cruz Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Digital Governance of Education: A Systematic Literature Review 1CIIE/FPCEUP, Portugal; 2CIPES/FPCEUP, Portugal; 3CIIE/FPCEUP, Portugal Presenting Author:The discourses on digital transition discourses have a prominent position in the political agendas of both transnational and national governance institutions. For instance, the European Commission and the European Council, emphasise the role of digital transition as a key driver of Europe's social and economic development and essential to ensuring better jobs (European Commission, 2018, 2020; European Council, 2019). The importance, intensity and reach of the digital transition into all sectors of society has led to it being called the fourth Industrial Revolution (Lima, 2021) or technological revolution. According to António Magalhães (2021), education has been incorporating digitalisation into teaching and learning processes and the CoViD-19 pandemic has accentuated the discourse on the need of this, making it urgent. The pandemic has thus served as a catalyst for a political agenda that was already underway, "placing the digitalisation of education and the development of digital skills at the heart of the education policy agenda" (Magalhães, 2021). By digitalisation of education, we mean the "configuration of teaching and learning, their materials and their methods and techniques in digital language" (Magalhães, 2021, p. 6). This configuration has led to changes in education, educational relations and forms of governance of education which, according to Ben Williamson (2016), should currently be understood as the digital governance of education. This is precisely the subject of our work. The purpose of this paper is to present a Systematic Literature Review (SLR) on the digital governance of education, developed as part of an ongoing doctoral project entitled "public education policies in a context of digital transition", which aims to study the mandates addressed to the Portuguese education system, specifically compulsory education, by the digital transition discourses delivered by transnational and national institutions. We identified educational governance as one of the dimensions to be studied when analysing these mandates. The digitalisation of education governance processes accentuates a political grammar of public administration - New Public Management - characterised by the adoption of performance measurement strategies and the promotion of markets to take over the provision of public services. It is an approach to the governance of public services that, , according to Radhika Gorur (2020) or Jenny Ozga (2016),is dominated by the emphasis on numbers.. This perspective of governance, combined with the efficiency and precision of digitalisation, enables the collection and provision of information in the form of data, thereby informing the governance decisions of the state., constituting what Foucault (1991) calls "governmentality". The advance of the digital in the governance of educational systems favours the emergence of a new technological industry that is leading the most significant changes in educational policies and, consequently, in the ways of learning and teaching in the classroom. Geo Saura (2021) argues that, in the continuity of forms of governance marked by the growing influence of transnational actors and the opening up of the state to service providers and the private sector, governance is carried out through political networks of digital governance. These networks are made up of political actors, software, digital technologies and large technology companies, which play an important role in shaping and developing education policies. Despite its increasing prominence, the digital governance of education has been little studied (Williamson, 2016). This SLR aims to report on the scientific literature produced in this field, seeking to systematise knowledge and open up possibilities for discussion in the less studied dimensions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this section, we briefly present how we carried out the Systematic Literature Review (SLR). This is the initial stage of the doctoral project and aims to gather existing knowledge on what has been called digital governance of education in the scientific literature. The first step of the SLR was to formulate a question or guiding theme for the review (Denyer and Tranfield, 2009; Xiao and Watson, 2019). Our question was: what knowledge exists about the influence of digitalisation on educational governance? We then searched, using the Boolean operators (AND, OR, NOT), for the combination of keywords "Digital Governance of Education NOT Higher Education" in four databases: EBSCO, B-on, Web of Science and Scopus. We considered scientific articles, books and book chapters, in Portuguese, English and Spanish, between 2000 and April 2023, when the review began. This first search yielded a total of 257 texts. The next step of the SLR was to analyse these texts by title and abstract, leaving 120. Finally, these 120 texts were fully read and 69 were considered for the SLR. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We now present some of SLR's conclusions, as well as further research suggestions. The first conclusion relates to the importance of different educational contexts, which digital governance of education, according to the studies presented, seems to ignore. Political governance networks operate at a global level, influencing the education agenda that is implemented in schools in different countries. However, this implementation does not take into account the tensions that may exist in different countries and education systems, demonstrating that there is no linearity or universality in the implementation of this agenda (Takayama & Lingard, 2018; Maguire, 2019). The second conclusion concerns the relationship between the digital governance of education and digital capitalism, as well as the emergence of new actors in the field of education. In the most recent forms of public administration, the State has been removed from its central role in the governance of education, opening it up to the influence of transnational actors and the private sector. More recently, technology companies have gained prominence because of the possibility they offer of collecting digital data, which is the product of their business. It follows that these companies are profiting from the education of children and young people at a global level, since they are part of the aforementioned transnational governance networks. It is essential to emphasise this relationship between the various educational actors and their interests in defining educational agendas, to confront the idea that we are talking about an inevitable and neutral path. Finally, the scientific literature on the topic has mostly focused on digital platforms, companies and schools, but less on the discourses of political institutions, which put digitalisation on the agenda for education as a political instrument of governance legitimising it as a project for society. References European Commission (2018). Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions on the Digital Education Action Plan. Brussels. European Comission (2020). Shaping Europe’s Digital Future. Luxembourg. European Council (2019). A New Strategic Agenda 2019-2024. Brussels. Denyer, David & Tranfield, David (2009). Producing a systematic review. In: David Buchanan & Alan Bryman (Ed.) The SAGE handbook of organizational research methods (pp. 671-689). SAGE. Foucault, Michel (1991). Governmentality. In Graham Burchell, Colin Gordon and Peter Miller (orgs.), The Foucault effect, studies in governmentality (pp. 87-104). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Gorur, Radhika (2020). Afterword: embracing numbers? International Studies in Sociology of Education, 29 (1-2), 187-197. DOI: 10.1080/09620214.2020.1720518 Lima, Licínio (2021). Máquinas de administrar a educação: Dominação digital e burocracia aumentada. Educação e Sociedade, 42, 1-16. Magalhães, António M. (2021). Caminhos e Dilemas da Educação Superior na Era Digital. Educação e Sociedade 42, 1-16. Maguire, Laura Høvsgaard (2019). Adapting to the test: performing algorithmic adaptivity in Danish schools. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40 (1), 78-92. DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2018.1549705 Ozga, Jenny (2016). Trust in numbers? Digital Education Governance and the inspection process. European Educational Research Journal, 15(1), 69–81. Saura, Geo (2021). Redes políticas y redes de datos de gubernamentalidad neoliberal en educación. Foro de Educación, 19 (1), 1-10. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.14516/fde.924 Takayama, Keita & Lingard, Bob (2018). Datafication of schooling in Japan: an epistemic critique through the ‘problem of Japanese education’. Journal of Education Policy. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2018.1518542 Williamson, Ben (2016). Digital education governance: An introduction. European Educational Research Journal, 15(1), 3–13. Xiao, Yu & Watson, Maria (2019). Guidance on Conducting a Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 39, 93–112. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Swedish National Professional program: A critical policy analysis 1Dalarna University, Sweden; 2Linnaeus University, Sweden; 3Uppsala University, Sweden; 4Karlstad University, Sweden; 5Jönköping University, Sweden; 6Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:In 2023, the Swedish government submitted a policy proposal for a National Professional Program (NPP) for principals, teachers and preschool teachers. The purpose of the reform was to develop teaching quality, strengthen the attractiveness of these professions and increase equity for students in Swedish education (Prop. 2022/23:54). The NPP follows the international trend of evidence-based practice with policy techniques, such as certification standards for teachers and teacher proficiency (Holloway & Larsen Hedegaard, 2021) which also applies for school leaders (Møller, 2009). Pettersson (2008) points to how new actors, such as transnational institutions and regimes, have come to play a central role in exerting pressure to increase the national reform agenda, and how these affect Swedish national politics. During the 21st century, international organisations such as OECD, have influenced educational systems, and PISA has taken on an increasingly prominent position as an authoritative measurement of knowledge, functioning as a regulatory mechanism (Lingard et al., 2013). The driving role of the OECD is viewed as a consequence of the neoliberal ideology rooted in the 1980s (Baltzer, 2020). Around the globe, a crisis discourse has emerged, which legitimises educational reforms (Nordin, 2014). Based on the declining performance of Swedish students in PISA 2012, the OECD (2015;216) recommended a comprehensive and system-wide national school improvement strategy in Sweden. One aim was to improve the attractiveness of teaching and school leadership, and professionalism was highlighted as a central concept, characteristic of high-performing countries. The OECD (2015) also pointed to insufficient coherence in Sweden’s recent career reform efforts: There is a lack of clarity in responsibilities of education priorities at various levels of administration as well as varying capacity at local level. Further, they draw attention to an imbalance between accountability and local autonomy. OECD’s concrete policy recommendations were to design a career structure including national professional standards. In line with the OECD:s recommendations, the Swedish government suggests introducing a national structure for professional development in Sweden, as well as a national qualification system for teachers and school leaders. This implies a continuous professional development (CPD) of teachers and school leaders, which will increasingly become a state concern (Prop. 2022/23:54, 2022/23:UbU13), contrary to the system from 1991 where local authorities have been responsible. From an international perspective, the Swedish case is an example of transnational policy trends, carried by powerful agents such as OECD, including key elements of what Ball (2003) refers to as policy technologies and performativity. Professionals’ in-service training can be considered as part of state regulation, producing new professional roles and subjectivities. By the NPP, professional performance and excellence, but also the life-long learning discourse, has been put high on the Swedish political agenda, as in many other countries. This can be seen as a part of an accountability regime that keeps a constant gaze on teacher performance, and also the life-long learning discourse (Heffernan, 2016; Rizvi & Lingard, 2009). The aim of the present study is to visualise the discourses underlying the proposed policy. We will critically examine the intentions and the effects of the NPP policy. The study is inspired by Bacchi’s (2009) Foucault-influenced analytic strategy. Drawing on Bacchi’s methodological framework, ‘What’s the problem represented to be?’ (WPR), the following research questions guide our study: - What problem representations can be identified in the policy proposal of a National Professional Program? - What presuppositions or assumptions underpin these problem representations and how have they come about? - What effects for Swedish school leaders are produced by problematizing the policy proposal of a Swedish National Professional Program for principals, teachers and preschool teachers? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on our research questions, the study is designed as a text analysis. A selection of official education policy documents constitutes the empirical data and includes a total of four documents in the policy process that led to the proposal for the NPP. The first document is the 2015 School Commission's report with proposals for a national strategy for knowledge and equality (SOU 2017:35). That proposal led to the appointment of a special investigator to prepare a framework for the professional development of teachers and principals (SOU 2018:17). The proposal culminated in the government's proposal for a national professional program for principals, teachers and preschool teachers (Prop. 2022/23:54). The following parliamentary committee report (2022/23:UbU13) of the bill is also included in the empirical material. To give perspective on the context, another report has been used, however without per se being included in the analysis; on the municipalization of the Swedish school (SOU 2014:5). Following Ringarp and Waldow (2016), we argue that reports by government committees, such as Swedish Government Official Reports (SOU), constitute the indicators for education policy-making discourse. In the analysis, a selection of Bacchi’s WPR-questions have been applied, as part of an integrated analysis (Bacchi, 2015). Bacchi’s Foucault-influenced poststructural analytic strategy makes it possible to open up policy proposals for critical scrutiny. According to Bacchi, policy proposals can be considered as prescriptive texts, setting out practices based on specific problematisations, having governing effects (Bacchi, 2012). By a close analysis of policy documents, the identified problem representations may reveal discourses on what can be talked about ‘as possible or desirable, or as impossible and undesirable’ (Bacchi, 2016, p.1). The problem representations will not only have discursive effects, but also subjectification and material effects (Bacchi, 2009). The preliminary analysis of the documents started with a screening followed by an identification of the problem representations. Thirdly, the underlying discourses and possible effects were analysed. The analysis is in progress and a more in-depth analysis will be presented at the conference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A number of problem representations have been identified in the initial analysis of the documents. The most prominent are the NPP as a governance problem, a profession problem, an equity problem as well as a quality problem. Formulations regarding the profession problem are teacher deficiency, low status of the teaching profession, and difficulty in recruiting teachers. The NPP proposal can be viewed as an answer to rectify previous career reforms that have not been as successful as anticipated, for example the career teacher reform. Various examples claim that the state must take a clearer responsibility pointing to a steering problem. It is argued that there are system weaknesses, including the failing capacity and responsibility of many local governing bodies. Problems associated with students' results and equity are most palpable as narratives of a crisis discourse. The documents highlight that teaching is not of sufficiently high quality in all classrooms, and the quality of education varies within and between preschools and schools. Across the documents, overlapping discourses of neoliberalism, lifelong learning and the equity discourse can be seen underpinning these problem representations. For teachers and principals to be "really successful in their profession, continuous competence development is required throughout their professional life" (SOU 2018:17, p. 22). Through "standards", the professional skills need to be strengthened as well as the status of the profession itself. By increasing the attractiveness of the profession, the student results will improve. Many of the problem representations and underpinnings, found in documents stem from the OECD (2015) recommendations, point to the policy influence by international actors. The effects produced by the NPP proposal for Swedish local school actors are both an undermining of the school leaders’ local decision making regarding professional development, and a responsibilisation of the local actors for what can be perceived as system failures. References Bacchi, C. (2016). Problematizations in health policy: Questioning how “problems” are constituted in policies. Sage Open, 6(2), 1-16. Bacchi, C. (2015). Problematizations in alcohol policy: WHO’s “alcohol problems”. Contemporary Drug Problems, 42(2), 130-147. Bacchi, C. (2012). Why study problematizations? Making politics visible. Open journal of political science, 2(01), 1. Bacchi, C. L. (2009). Analysing Policy: What ́s the problem represented to be? Pearson. Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of education policy, 18(2), 215-228. Baltzer, C. (2020). Lärarlegitimation som facklig professionsstrategi: En analys av den svenska legitimationsreformen som argument för lärares (re)professionalisering. [Doktorsavhandling, Åbo Akademi]. En bättre skola genom mer attraktiva skolprofessioner. (Dir. 2016:76). Regeringskansliet. Holloway, J., & Larsen Hedegaard, M. L. (2021). Democracy and teachers: the im/possibilities for pluralisation in evidence-based practice. Journal of Education Policy, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.2014571 Lingard, B., Martino, W., & Rezai-Rashti, G. (2013). Testing regimes, accountabilities and education policy: Commensurate global and national developments. Journal of Education Policy, 28(5), 539–556. Møller, J. (2009). School leadership in an age of accountability: Tensions between managerial and professional accountability. Journal of Educational change, 10, 37-46. Nordin, A. (2014). Crisis as a discursive legitimation strategy in educational reforms: A critical policy analysis. Education Inquiry, 5(1), 24047. OECD (2015). Improving Schools in Sweden: An OECD Perspective. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/Improving-Schools-in-Sweden.pdf Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2009). Globalizing education policy. Routledge. Med undervisningsskicklighet i centrum – ett ramverk för lärares och rektorers professionella utveckling. Slutbetänkande av Utredningen om en bättre skola genom mer attraktiva skolprofessioner (SOU 2018:17). Utbildningsdepartementet. Prop. 2022/23:54. Nationellt professionsprogram för rektorer, lärare och förskollärare. Utbildningsdepartementet. Pettersson, D. (2008). Internationell kunskapsbedömning som inslag i nationell styrning av skolan. (Uppsala Studies in Education, 120). Doktorsavhandling, Uppsala: Uppsala universitet Ringarp, J., & Waldow, F. (2016). From ‘silent borrowing’ to the international argument–Legitimating Swedish educational policy from 1945 to the present day. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 2016(1), 29583. Schleicher, A. (2016). Teaching excellence through professional learning and policy reform: Lessons from around the world, International summit on the teaching profession, OECD. Staten får inte abdikera - om kommunaliseringen av den svenska skolan. Betänkande av Utredningen om skolans kommunalisering (SOU 2014:5). Utbildningsdepartementet. 2015 års skolkommission (U 2015:03). Utbildningsdepartementet. Utbildningsutskottets betänkande (2022/23:UbU13). Nationellt professionsprogram för rektorer, lärare och förskollärare. Utbildningsdepartementet. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Big problems - Small policies A Comparison of Two Initiatives to Combat Social Inequalities in Education in France and Germany Hertie School & Sciences Po Paris Presenting Author:France and Germany are among the European countries where a pupil's performance at school depends most on his or her social background. According to the 2023 PISA international survey, the difference in performance on mathematics tests between the most socially advantaged and the most socially disadvantaged students was 113 points in France and 111 points in Germany, both well above the OECD average of 93 points(OECD, 2023b, 2023a). Numerous measures have been taken in Germany and France to address the 'big problem' of the strong correlation between social background and educational outcomes. The European Eurydice report on equity in education distinguishes several types of policy aimed at reducing this correlation(Eurydice, 2020).These are: support measures, which grant aid to socially disadvantaged schools and pupils; stratification policies, which modify the structure of the education system by reforming the number of secondary school streams, for example ; and, finally, standardisation policies, which determine the standards set in the school system, such as the level of autonomy of schools and the type of diplomas awarded. I focus on two recent support policies: Schule macht stark (school makes you strong) (SchuMaS) developed in Germany in 2019 and Les contrats locaux d'accompagnement (local support contracts) (CLA) launched in France in 2020. These policies share an experimental format with an implementation in a limited number of schools (with option to be extended) and a limited budget. I am intrigued by the deliberately restricted format of these two policies. I want to explore the relationship that these 'small' policies have with other measures in France and Germany that also tackle the 'big' problem of social inequalities in education. I ask the question: to what extent are SchuMaS and CLA bringing about change in the way social inequalities in education are dealt with in France and Germany? To answer this question, I choose a neo-institutionalist approach(Scott, 2014). The institution I am interested in here is 'addressing social inequalities in education'. In France, the treatment of social inequalities in education is essentially thought of in terms of support policies. For the past forty years, the French have sought to reduce the impact of social origin on school results mostly by granting additional resources to schools with a high proportion of socially disadvantaged pupils (Heurdier, 2023). In Germany, the treatment of social inequalities is essentially thought of in terms of stratification policies. Debates about the advantages of a tiered school system drew the attention of politicians and impacted their approach to tackling social inequalities (Maaz, 2020). The German way of addressing social inequalities in education has traditionally focused on (de-)stratification measures. These two different ways of looking at the same problem inside Europe make the Franco-German comparison particularly relevant. I put forward two hypotheses: H1 (self-reinforcement mechanisms)(Mahoney, 2000): CLA and SchuMaS do not break with the policies that developed before them. They confirm the path dependence of the way social inequalities are tackled in France and Germany. The ‘smallness’ of the policies would be a sign that they are being launched for political reasons, to give the impression that measures are being taken to combat social inequalities in education, but without really changing what was being done before. They would be "small" measures taken on the surface to avoid changing the education system in depth. H2 (layering)(Mahoney & Thelen, 2010): CLA and SchuMaS bring about a gradual institutional change and are deployed alongside or on top of the other measures dealing with social inequalities in France and Germany. The restricted operating mode would make it possible to introduce innovation without making a sudden political break. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I follow a case study research design based on qualitative analysis. My empirical data collection takes place within the temporal framework of these policies. From 2021, the year SchuMaS and CLA were launched in schools, to 2024, when the first phase of both ended. I conducted 34 semi-structured interviews (Rathbun, 2008): 20 in France and 14 in Germany. My interview guides focused on questions about the characteristics of the CLA and SchuMaS and the relationship between these policies and what already existed in terms of the fight against social inequalities in education. I adapted a common questionnaire to the specific institutional features of each country. I also adapted the questionnaire to each interviewee. I interviewed people from the world of politics, such as the Federal Minister for Education, members of ministerial cabinets, and people from the national and regional administrations. I also interviewed trade unions, experts, and researchers from the SchuMaS research consortium. To have a glance of the reception of the policy at the local level, I also interviewed head teachers and teachers. The interviews took place face-to-face or remotely. Before each interview, I sent interviewees a consent form to take part in a research interview. The interviews lasted one hour on average. I transcribed the interviews using Noota software. I made a distinction in the processing of interviews that were conducted with public figures such as the former Federal Ministry of Education in Germany or the three rectors of the three CLA experimentation academies, for example, and interviews whose data could compromise the situation of the interviewees. In the latter case, I have anonymised the content of the interviews. To guarantee this anonymity, I coded my interviews. My analysis is also based on primary sources of various types: content collected from official websites: the French and German Ministry of Education websites, for example, or trade union websites. Also, tweets from politicians or videos of parliamentary sessions. I also used documents, including official, public documents or technical documents given to me personally. In the case of technical documents, I have anonymised certain elements where necessary. I also collected newspaper articles relevant to my analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In Germany, the experimental form of SchuMaS was meant to overcome an institutional constraint: in educational matters, the federal state is limited to funding research. In France, the experimental form of CLA is used as a political tool to gain acceptance for a new way of thinking about support policies in a context of highly influential veto players. The ‘smallness’ was thus in both cases a strategy to deal with a deeply entrenched institution. Albeit with different outcomes. CLA brings a shift from support policies based essentially on social criteria to project-based funding. This change in the orientation of support policies seems to validate hypothesis 2 of an institutional change of the layering type. However, this result needs to be put in perspective, since CLA remains a support policy and reaffirms the traditional way of thinking about the treatment of social inequalities in France (H1). In Germany, SchuMaS is the first support policy launched at federal level to combat social inequalities in education. In this sense, it represents an institutional change of the layering type (H2): moving from stratification measures to support policies. I, thus, show that the apparent 'smallness' of the policies reinforced the institution of treating social inequalities in education in France, but led to institutional change through layering in Germany. Given the economic weight of France and Germany in Europe, how and whether they deal with social inequalities in education will have repercussions for other economies and is likely to influence other states’ practices. Just as the ‘small’ policies can lead to institutional change (as in Germany), these big players in Europe would do well to learn from ‘smaller’ states but that are more successful at dealing with social inequalities in education. My study thus calls for further European comparison. References Becker, R., & Lauterbach, W. (2016). Bildung als Privileg. Erklärungen und Befunde zu den Ursachen der Bildungsungleichheit. 5. Auflage. Springer VS. Eurydice. (2020). Equity in school education in Europe: Structures, policies and student performance. Felouzis, G. (2020). Les inégalités scolaires. Presses Universitaires de France. Frandji, D. (2008). Pour une comparaison des politiques d’éducation prioritaire en Europe. In M. Demeuse, D. Frandji, D. Greger, & J.-Y. Rochex (Eds.), Les politiques d’éducation prioritaire en Europe, Conceptions, mises en oeuvre, débats. Institut national de recherche pédagogique. Heurdier, L. (2023). Regards historiques sur 40 ans de politique d’éducation prioritaire en France (1981-2021). Histoire de l’éducation, 1(159), 9–43. Maaz, K. (2020). Mehrgliedrigkeit versus Eingliedrigkeit – eine unnötige Debatte? Die Problematik der Vielgliedrigkeit der Schulformen in Deutschland im Lichte internationaler Vergleiche der Schulleistungsforschung und Bildungsbenachteiligung. Lehren & Lernen, 46(2), 13–20. Mahoney, J. (2000). Path Dependence in Historical Sociology. Theory and Society, 29(4), 507–548. Mahoney, J., & Thelen, K. (2010). A Theory of Gradual Institutional Change. In J. Mahoney & K. Thelen (Eds.), Explaining Institutional Change, Ambiguity, Agency and Power (pp. 1–38). Cambridge University Press. Miethe, I., Wagner-Diehl, D., & Kleber, B. (2021). Bildungsungleichheit, Von historischen Ursprügen zu aktuellen Debatten. Verlag Barbara Budrich. OECD. (2023a). Country Note, France, Results from PISA 2022. OECD. (2023b). Country Note, Germany, Results from PISA 2022. Rathbun, B. C. (2008). Interviewing and Qualitative Field Methods: Pragmatism and Practicalities. In J. M. Box-Steffensmeier, H. E. Brady, & D. Collier (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Political Methodology (pp. 685–701). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and Organizations. Ideas, Interests, and Identities. 4th Edition. SAGE Publications Inc. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 09 C: Standardisation, Diversity and Decolonisation: Enactment of Global Policies around Teaching Quality in Different Nations Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Dion Rüsselbaek Hansen Session Chair: Dion Rüsselbaek Hansen Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Standardisation, Diversity and Decolonisation: Enactment of Global Policies around Teaching Quality in Different Nations Provide a clear outline of your research question and your theoretical framework. Bear in mind that the European/international dimension is vital to the success of your submission. up to 600 words Topic: Standardisation, Diversity and Decolonisation: Enactment of Global Policies around Teaching Quality in Different Nations. Research Question: How are teacher educators dealing with the tensions between different policy discourses which standardise quality teaching and the uncertainties which arose in struggles to decolonise curricula and pedagogies in universities? Objectives: To develop theoretical and methodological resources to explore the enactment of global policies around quality teaching on teacher education programs and practices. The theoretical resources will include concepts from disciplinary fields such as decolonial studies (Critical Indigenous Studies, Asia as Method, Colonial Matrix of Power), as well as critical policy studies drawing on post-Foucauldian and post-Bernsteinian scholarship. Conceptual Framework: The neoliberal educational scenarios projected by international organisations such as the OECD, World Bank and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) has ‘led to a new way of thinking about how schools, technical colleges, universities and educational systems should be governed’ (Rizvi & Lingard, 2010, p. 117). National governments and the bureaucratic administrative state are no longer the only source of policy authority when it comes to teacher education. Increasingly international organisations, such as the OECD (2005, 2018), with their assemblage of measurement instruments, survey tools, online professional engagement videos, databases, and platforms govern teachers’ work and determine what constitutes ‘quality’ of teachers, teaching, and teacher education programs (Singh et al., 2021). Globalising discourses operate both hierarchically and heterarchically (Ball, 2016). Hierarchically, national governments may take the brunt of negative evaluation arising from publication of comparative test scores. Heterarchical effects mean that school leaders, class teachers and teacher educators can also be attacked directly through various media, including social media platforms. Moreover, the teaching workforce (including teacher educators) are held accountable and responsible for improving student performance outcomes and directed through the bureaucratic arms of the state to reform curriculum and pedagogies accordingly. The purposes of education are reconfigured in narrow instrumentalist terms, and so is the work of teachers and teacher educators, leading to the deprofessionalisation of the teaching workforce (see Robertson & Sorenson, 2018). At the same time, there are fewer people enrolling in teacher education programs and retention of teachers, particularly in schools situated in high poverty, culturally and linguistically diverse contexts is difficult. Moreover, there are increasing calls to decolonise university curriculum, which at a basic performative level, equates to a demand for more diversity in the teacher education workforce and inclusion of research by non-white scholars. In this symposium, each of the papers deals with the contradictory issues of standardisation and decolonisation of teacher education programs. The former aims to create uniform standards or norms, the latter seeks recognition for increasing cultural and linguistic diversity within nation states, and reconciliation for ongoing colonial injustices. References Ball, S. J. (2016). Subjectivity as a site of struggle: refusing neoliberalism? British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(8), 1129-1146. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1044072 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2005). Teachers Matter: Attracting, developing and retaining effective teachers. OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/education/school/34990905.pdf Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2018). Effective Teacher Policies: Insights from PISA. OECD Publishing. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264301603-en Robertson, S. L., & Sorensen, T. (2018). Global transformations of the state, governance and teachers’ labour: Putting Bernstein’s conceptual grammar to work. European Educational Research Journal, 17(4), 470-488. https://doi:10.1177/1474904117724573 Singh, P., Hoyte, F., Heimans, S., & Exley, B. (2021). Teacher Quality and Teacher Education: A Critical Policy Analysis of International and Australian Policies.. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 46(4). http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2021v46n4.1 Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing Educational Policy. Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium Decoloniality as a Counter Discourse. Challenging the Certainty of Standardisation and Quality Policy Agendas
Reforms in initial teacher education in Australia have been driven by several interconnected global trends in education: standardisation, measurement, and processes of accountability. An increasing emphasis on standardisation in the global education reform movement (GERM) has led to the development and enactment of teacher professional standards, benchmark standards for literacy and numeracy, and national curriculum standards (Singh et al., 2021). Standardisation has been coupled with another trend, that of a growing determination to measure outcomes and to create publication league tables based on such measurements. We propose that these global policy trends, initiated by policy agencies such as the OECD, are a continuation of the colonial project of education. In this paper we outline key debates and intellectual trajectories that have shaped the field of decoloniality studies in education for the purposes of synthesising these concepts with the discipline of critical global policy studies. Decoloniality has been linked to the triad modernity /coloniality/decoloniality, which Mignolo and Walsh (2018) describe as the colonial matrix of power (CMP). The CMP commenced with the project of European expansion and imperialism, often described as modernity from the 1500s onwards, and was integrally connected to colonialisation of other lands and peoples. Despite the different trajectories of scholarship within decolonial studies, emanating from different disciplinary fields and geographic spaces, we identify the following key concerns within this corpus: (1) L/land, Lore, and Country and Relationality of Epistemology-Ontology-Axiology (see Tuck & Yang, 2012; Moreton-Robinson, 2020); (2) Situated Strategic Universalisms as Movements of Solidarity (Haraway, 1988; Kapoor & Zalloua, 2022); and (3) Anti-Racism including projects around Racisms/Sexisms against the resurgence of white supremacy (Garba & Sorentino, 2020; Le Grange, 2023). We suggest that a threshold of disciplinary knowledge around the above three concerns is central to any decolonising project in teacher education (Moodie, 2019). Such a project calls for the deconstruction and reconstruction of disciplinary knowledges, and the inclusion of marginalised voices and knowledges from the global South. We ask - what contributions can decoloniality studies make to the critical policy studies literature on quality teaching, standardisation and measurement, all core to the OECD’s policies and part of the global education reform movement? We review literature in decoloniality studies to outline key debates and emergent concepts relating to teacher education. In addition, we illustrate how we have made use of decoloniality concepts in our own teacher education program work in Australia.
References:
Garba, T., & Sorentino, S.-M. (2020). Slavery is a Metaphor: A Critical Commentary on Eve Tuck and K. Wayne Yang’s “Decolonization is Not a Metaphor”. Antipode, 52(3), 764-782
Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575-599. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066
Kapoor, I., & Zalloua, Z. (2022). Universal politics. https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1093/oso/9780197607619.003.0001
Le Grange, L. (2023). Decolonisation and anti-racism: Challenges and opportunities for (teacher) education. The Curriculum Journal, 34, 8–21. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.193
Majavu, M. (2023). Toppling the Racist Anglo-Saxon Politics of Cecil Rhodes. In B.
Mignolo, W., & Walsh, C. (2018). On Decoloniality. Concepts, Analytics, Praxis. Duke University Press.
Moodie, N. (2019). Learning about knowledge: threshold concepts for Indigenous studies in education. The Australian Educational Researcher, 46(5), 735-749. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-019-00309-3
Moreton-Robinson, A. (2020). Incommensurable sovereignties. Indigenous ontology matters. In B. Hokowhitu, A. Moreton-Robinson, L. Tuhiwai-Smith, C. Andersen, & S. Larkin (Eds.), Routledge Handbook of Critical Indigenous Studies (pp. 257-269). Routledge.
Singh, P., Hoyte, F., Heimans, S., & Exley, B. (2021). Teacher Quality and Teacher Education: A Critical Policy Analysis of International and Australian Policies.. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 46(4). http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2021v46n4.1
Tuck, E., & Yang, K. W. (2012). Decolonisation is not a metaphor. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society 1(1), 1-40.
Professional Discretion, Inclusion and Counter-Hegemonic Knowledges
This paper explores the potential to teacher education, of drawing lines between professional discretion, ethics of care and inclusion as a decolonial (indigenous) practice (Gaudry & Lorenz, 2018). In the face of accountability demands, increasing diversity, and teachers expressing powerlessness, professional discretion is challenged. Inclusion understood as decentring of dominant knowledges and world views and prioritizing experiences of marginalised groups may, reveal a potential for, and possibly contribute to, change through disrupting existing power structures.
The context: Norwegian teacher education has been described as existing in a field of tension between policy and research (Brevik & Fosse 2016), and between responsibility and accountability (Smith 2018). A revised national curriculum was issued in 2017, emphasising a research-based foundation and expanding the length to include a masters’ degree. The teaching profession is, despite a comparably soft version of control, similarly described as positioned between accountability and autonomy (Lennert da Silva & Mølstad 2020), and professional ethics as mired in paradox of choice between two ethical positions of which one protests the accountability system but offers no support for action, and the other offers guidance in action whilst accepting the system (Afdal & Afdal 2019).
Teachers’ professional discretion (no: “skjønn”), described as making good choice in the face of uncertainty, is seen as developed in the nexus between theory and experience emphasising the intertwining of differing knowledges and contextual sensitivity (Grimen & Molander 2008), though in practice to a lesser extent found to emphasise value-based reasoning (Suzen 2024). Recent developments in initial teacher training prioritizing scientific knowledge, can be expected to prioritize research to experience and structural demands to ethical reflection.
Through a document analysis of current policy documents on, and a recent evaluation of, teacher education, we uncover the understandings of, and conditions for promoting professional discretion in teacher education in a Norwegian context. Our preliminary results suggest a lack of emphasis on experiences, values, or world views within teachers' education in Norway, and professional competence as based on scientific knowledge. We discuss the findings considering research on decolonial movements in Norwegian teacher education. Building on bell hooks ideas about theory, love and dialogue (hooks 2014) we then explore the potential of a predominant ethics of care (Afdal & Afdal 2019) as a site of resistance, providing an opening to a wider set of epistemologies and counter-hegemonic ideas promoting thinking against the grain.
References:
Afdal, H. W., & Afdal, G. (2019). The making of professional values in the age of accountability. European Educational Research Journal, 18(1), 105-124.
Brevik, L.M., & Fosse, B.O. (2016). Lærerutdanning i det 21. år hundre – Tradisjoner, Utfordringer, Endringer [Teacher education in the 21st century. Traditions, challenges, and changes]. Acta Didactica Norge, 10(2), 1-10.
Gaudry, A., & Lorenz, D. (2018). Indigenization as inclusion, reconciliation, and decolonization: navigating the different visions for indigenizing the Canadian Academy. AlterNative: An International Journal of Indigenous Peoples, 14(3), 218-227.
hooks, b. (2014). Teaching to transgress. Routledge.
Lennert da Silva, A. L., & Mølstad, C. E. (2020). Teacher autonomy and teacher agency: A comparative study in Brazilian and Norwegian lower secondary education. The Curriculum Journal, 31(1), 115-131.
Grimen, H. & Molander, A. (2008). Profesjon og skjønn [Professions and professional discretion]. In: Profesjonsstudier, 179–196. Universitetsforlaget.
Smith, K. (2018). Accountability in Teacher Education in Norway: A Case of Mistrust and Trust. In: Wyatt-Smith, C., Adie, L. (eds) Innovation and Accountability in Teacher Education. Teacher Education, Learning Innovation and Accountability. Springer,
Suzen, E. (2024). Vurdering for å lære - en skjønnsmessig vurdering som gir føringer for lærerprofesjonalitet. [Assesment for learning - a discretionary assessment that provides guidance for teacher professionalism] I: T. Werler og H. Sæverot (red). Pedagogiske handlinger. Fagbokforlaget
Erasmus+ Teachers Academies as a New Transnational Space of Standardisation for ‘Quality Teaching’ in Europe
Quality teaching in school education has increasingly become central policy topic of the European Union (EU) stressing quality and equity in education and training, while it is closely linked to high-quality competences for in service and future teachers (Sarakinioti & Tsatsaroni, 2015). In 2020 (European Commission, 2020), teacher education policy for quality and inclusive, digital and green education was planned to be supported by Erasmus+Teacher Academies. The 27 Teacher Academies competitively funded today offer a range of collaboration, capacity building, network and learning activities, modules and toolkits for teachers and student teachers (Galvin et al., 2024).
The paper problematises the emerging mode of transnational governance of partnerships among schools, teacher education institutions, universities, NGOs, etc in the framework of Erasmus+Teachers Academies, questioning the changes it introduces in the broad field of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in Europe. The analysis adopts a topological genealogy approach that focuses on governing practices unfolding through the spatial/temporal operation of continuity and change, repetition, and difference in the emerging relations of transnational European governance of Erasmus+Teachers Academies and their productive effects for ITE (Martin & Secor, 2014, Decuypere & Lewis, 2023). A starting point of the topological approach is that “the spatiotemporal scales are not considered as being nested in one another (e.g., past-present-future as linearly and chronologically unfolding; micro-meso-macro as differing in size and scope), but rather in ‘the agential enfolding of different scales through one another'” (Barad 2007, 245, in Decuypere & Lewis, 2023, 4). Bernstein’s theoretical idea that social space and time are demarcated by symbolic and material boundaries which, as ‘tacit metaphors’, define the inside/outside, now/then, near/far, us/them regulating the knowledge/ power and control relations in different sites of practice (2000: 206), informs the topological analysis of the 27 Academies.
The analysis conceives of Teacher Academies as governmental space(s) in/ through/ as change for ITE (Decuypere & Lewis, 2023). The paper describes the processes of stabilization of Teacher Academies’ policy/pedagogic interventions- how they “are being produced, enacted, facilitated and sustained” and what kinds of instruments, infrastructures etc, they utilise (“relations in change”). Also, it discusses the productive effects and standardisations of these interventions in/on the field of ITE (“relations through changes”). Finally, it reflects on the entire educational-infrastructural assemblage of Erasmus+Teachers Academies, whether they are becoming a “prototype” in the field of European ITE and about their footprint on teachers/ teacher educators’ work and professionalism (ibid, Robertson & Sorensen, 2018).
References:
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: Theory, research, critique. Revised edition. Rowman & Littlefield.
Decuypere, M. & Lewis, S. (2023) Topological genealogy: a methodology to research transnational digital governance in/through/as change, Journal of Education Policy, 38:1, 23-45, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2021.1995629
European Commission. (2020). COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS on achieving the European Education Area by 2025. COM(2020) 625 final
Galvin, C., Madalinska-Michalak, J. & Revyakina, E. (2024). The European Union Erasmus+ Teacher Academies Action. Complementing and Supplementing European Teacher Education and Teacher Education Research? In V. Symeonidis, (2024) (Ed) Enhancing the Value of Teacher Education Research. Implications for Policy and Practice (170-197). Brill. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
Martin, L. & Secor. A. J. 2014. “Towards a Post-mathematical Topology.” Progress in Human Geography 38 (3): 420–438. doi:10.1177/0309132513508209.
Robertson, S.L., & Sorensen, T. (2018). Global transformations of the state, governance and teachers’ labour: Putting Bernstein’s conceptual grammar to work. European Educational Research Journal, 17(4), 470-488. https://doi:10.1177/1474904117724573
Sarakinioti, A. & Tsatsaroni, A. (2015). European education policy initiatives and teacher education curriculum reforms in Greece. Education Inquiry (EDUI), 6(3): 259-288. http://dx.doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.28421
Difficult Decoloniality: Recontextualising Policy Studies and Sociological Theory in Postcolonial Hong Kong
What does the decolonial turn mean to a postcolonial policy context like Cyprus and Hong Kong? In recent times, there has been a plethora of literature in the English-using scholarly community, on the need to decolonise curriculum, knowledge, and research. This sentiment is prevalent and widely shared amongst scholars, particularly in the West. Decoloniality has intersected with important research themes such as race, gender, climate justice, Indigenous studies, to name just a few common examples. In this paper, I offer a slightly different angle on the decolonial turn and what it might mean and be practised differently, based on a partial perspective from/in Hong Kong. I outline three tasks which constitute what I call difficult decoloniality: 1) the need to problematise existing research discourse about Hong Kong education policy studies published in flagship academic journals in the West; 2) the demand for a language of description to scratch beneath the surface of complex problems underlying politics and policy of education in non-Western context; and 3) a faithful and subversive extension of sociological theory that goes beyond the Western hermeneutical horizons. I draw on a couple of research articles published in Western journals and recent policy changes in relation to teacher professionalism in post-2019 Hong Kong, to illustrate these three points.
While sociological knowledge produced by/in the West such as the ‘classics’ by Durkheim, Marx, and Weber has long been subjected to criticism by decolonial scholars, I focus instead on the fecundity of descriptions that theoretical enterprises and valid concerns expressed by sociologists such as Basil Bernstein, have enabled. More specifically, I turn to recent policy instruments related to teacher quality such as Professional Standards for Teachers of Hong Kong, Guidelines on Teachers’ Professional Conduct, and Guidelines for Handling School Complaints, all of which are connected to the post-2019 political crisis and complex problems such as teacher bashing, doxxing, online abuse, complaints against schoolteachers. Contrary to prevalent literature in the West on terrors of performativity and ambivalence arising from policy enactment, I argue that it is equally important to address what these policy instruments have done and enabled. In other words, two issues arise from the decolonial perspective on an Asian policy context: 1) the importance of historicity and contextuality in which theory produced in the West might speak otherwise; and 2) social and epistemic conditions under which a theory from the West is still rendered valid in the postcolonial context.
References:
Ball, Stephen J., Meg Maguire, and Annette Braun. 2012. How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Oxford: Routledge.
Bernstein, Basil. 2000. Pedagogy, Symbolic Control, and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. Rev. Critical Perspectives on Literacy and Education. New York City, NY: Rowman & Littlefield.
Bhambra, Gurminder K. 2016. “Postcolonial Reflections on Sociology.” Sociology 50 (5): 960–66. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038038516647683.
Carusi, F. Tony, Peter Rawlins, and Karen Ashton. 2018. “The Ontological Politics of Evidence and Policy Enablement.” Journal of Education Policy 33 (3): 343–60. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1376118.
Chen, Kuan-Hsing. 2010. Asia as Method: Toward Deimperialization. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Mignolo, Walter D, and Catherine E Walsh. 2018. On Decoloniality: Concepts, Analytics, Praxis. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Singh, Parlo. 2015. “Performativity and Pedagogising Knowledge: Globalising Educational Policy Formation, Dissemination and Enactment.” Journal of Education Policy 30 (3): 363–84. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2014.961968.
———. 2017. “Pedagogic Governance: Theorising with/after Bernstein.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 38 (2): 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1081052.
Takayama, Keita, Arathi Sriprakash, and Raewyn Connell. 2017. “Toward a Postcolonial Comparative and International Education.” Comparative Education Review 61 (S1): S1–24. https://doi.org/10.1086/690455.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 24 SES 09 A: Integrating AI and Technology in Mathematics Education Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Katarina Mićić Paper Session |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Killing Two Birds with the One GenAI Stone: Using GenAI in PD for Maths Teachers Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Issues in mathematics education are wide-ranging, with the subject often perceived as hard, formulaic, and consisting of a series of unrelated abstract concepts, with a strong focus on assessment (Bray & Tangney, 2017). Historically an over-reliance on skills and procedures has led to a lack of mathematical fluency and conceptual understanding, with problem solving viewed as little more than worded calculations (Schoenfeld, 2016). The main drivers of reforms in mathematics curriculum internationally focus on efforts to address these issues by, at least in part, giving greater considerations to the student at the centre of the learning. Maths students should be supported to develop a positive disposition towards the subject, by highlighting connections between the different mathematical strands (NCCA, 2017) and teaching for robust understanding (Schoenfeld, 2017) to ensure maths becomes more relevant for school and society in general. Recent iterations of maths education reforms continue to show that changing how we teach mathematics is difficult, teachers struggle to find time to engage with reform or create new resources and as a result tend to rely heavily on textbooks (O’Meara & Milinkovic, 2023). Although various technological advances have been heralded as a “silver bullet” that will solve the issues with student engagement with mathematics, take-up and implementation of such resources by teachers has often remained at the periphery (Bennison & Goos, 2010). Many reasons have been cited as barriers to teacher uptake of new technological developments, including systemic issues such as class-size, timetabling and cost (Bray & Tangney, 2017), as well as access and logistical problems. However, another pressing issue, is a need for professional development (PD) for teachers (OECD, 2015). There is consistent evidence indicating that a sustained and experiential approach to PD is essential to support teacher change (Desimone, 2011). It is essential that practitioners are provided with opportunities to develop their own understanding of the value and relevance of any proposed change, as well as to recognise the impact that it might have on their practice and on student outcomes (Kärkkäinen, 2012). The latest technological advancement that is predicted to have a significant impact on our societies and futures is generative AI (GenAI). Many questions have arisen about its potential impact on education, which are speculated to be both positive and negative (Giannini, 2023). While there are ethical concerns about the black box nature around the understanding of the AI processes, and the veracity of the information which it provides (Kaplan-Rakowski et al., 2023), there are also significant fears around cheating and plagiarism. However, when used appropriately, GenAI offers many opportunities, with UNESCO suggesting it can be used for activities ranging from idea generation to a reflection aid (Sabzalieva & Valentini, 2023). Of relevance to this work is the potential for GenAI to support teachers in the generation of, and reflection upon, lesson plans and resources that address the issues in mathematics education highlighted above. Hence the “two birds” reference in title – teachers are learning how to engage with GenAI while creating lessons which aim to meet the goals of curriculum reform. However, in order to support this, appropriate PD must be provided. Constructivism and constructionism are the theoretical frameworks that underpins this research, acknowledging an approach in which both the technology and the user are constructing knowledge (Ackermann E., 2001). As part of a wider PD engagement with schools experiential GenAI workshops are being designed and delivered. The workshops support teachers through an immersive, iterative experience, to create and reflect upon lesson ideas, lesson plans and rich learning experiences, that give context and purpose to their lessons. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is following an action research methodology where an iterative series of workshops will be used to support maths teachers to engage with, and reflect on the potential of, GenAI to assist with the planning of lessons and materials which are contextualised to the needs and interests of their own cohort of students. Versions of the workshops are being rolled out in a number of different contexts including an PD intervention as part of the university’s outreach programme (Presenter, 2024) an Erasmus+ project spanning four countries – Ireland, Czech Republic, Austria, and Sweden – and in TCD teacher training courses. The workshops will initially look at supporting teachers to engage in a collaborative dialogue with GenAI. The GenAI will be used to develop learning experiences by situating questions, tasks, and series of lessons within culturally significant contexts that are likely to interest students. The teachers will then be asked to reflect upon the generated materials to determine how useful they are perceived to be. Using Guskey’s five levels of effective PD evaluations as a framework (Guskey, 2002), participants will be asked to evaluate each workshop’s effectiveness, demonstrate their understanding of the material by beginning a dialogue with the GenAI and reflect on any materials with their colleagues to promote teacher efficacy. Hattie lists collective teacher efficacy as the greatest influence on student attainment (Donohoo et al., 2018), and it is hoped that teacher collaboration and reflection, supported by this intervention, will increase through the collective use of GenAI to develop materials for the classroom. While determining direct student outcomes from this research will not be possible, we aim to generate qualitative and quantitative data to measure teacher’s perceptions of the effects on students, as well as their own self-efficacy in the use of GenAI to plan and create mathematics lessons that are relevant and engaging for their learners. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research is in its early stages and to date only one PD workshop supporting teachers to engage with GenAI has been delivered to a small number of participants (<20). Feedback from the group has been very positive, with a satisfaction rating of 8.5 out of 10, with an obvious appetite for further PD. The workshop materials have also been integrated into an undergraduate mathematics education module for prospective teachers and a postgraduate course in initial teacher education. GenAI has shown to be excellent at linking mathematics to real-life topics and giving multiple explanations in simple language. An example of this was the use of ChatGPT 4 to create questions that frame a series of maths lessons to give meaning and context. It was also used to convert questions into scenarios that might interest different groups of students, changing a question about party planning to one situated in the context of hurling (a popular Irish sport) or Fortnite (a popular computer game) in seconds. There are apparent gender biases evident already from using the technology, the GenAI creates baking and flower examples when asked for a female context, sport and computer games when asked for a male context. This will be highlighted going forward along with any other issues which arise. This is a rapidly changing field both in terms of capability and the range of platforms becoming available which will focus solely on education. Ongoing research will be needed to ensure education stays relevant. References Ackermann E. (2001). Piaget’s constructivism, Papert’s constructionism: What’s the difference. Future of learning group publication, 5(3), 438. Bennison, A., & Goos, M. (2010). Learning to teach mathematics with technology: A survey of professional development needs, experiences and impacts. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 22(1), 31-56. Bray, A., & Tangney, B. (2017). Technology usage in mathematics education research–A systematic review of recent trends. Computers & Education, 114, 255-273. Desimone, L. M. (2011). A primer on effective professional development. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(6), 68-71. Donohoo, J., Hattie, J., & Eells, R. (2018). The power of collective efficacy. Educational leadership, 75(6), 40-44. Giannini, S. (2023). Generative AI and the future of education. ADG; UNESCO: Geneva, Switzerland, 2. Guskey, T. R. (2002). Does it make a difference? Evaluating professional development. Educational leadership, 59(6), 45-51. Kaplan-Rakowski, R., Grotewold, K., Hartwick, P., & Papin, K. (2023). Generative AI and teachers’ perspectives on its implementation in education. Journal of Interactive Learning Research, 34(2), 313-338. Kärkkäinen, K. (2012). Bringing about curriculum innovations. In OECD Education Working Papers, No. 82. OECD Publishing (NJ1). NCCA. (2017). Junior cycle mathematics syllabus. Dublin: Department of Education and Skills O’Meara, N., & Milinkovic, J. (2023). Learning from the past: Case studies of past ‘local’curriculum reforms. In Mathematics Curriculum Reforms Around the World: The 24th ICMI Study (pp. 67-85). Springer International Publishing Cham. OECD. (2015). Students, Computers and Learning. https://doi.org/doi:https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264239555-en Presenter, E. B., Presenter, A. B., Presenter, B. T., Presenter, E. B. (2024, Aug 27-30). Expectancy-Value Theory in professional development for math teachers in areas of low SES European Conference on Educational Research, Nicosia, Cyprus. Sabzalieva, E., & Valentini, A. (2023). ChatGPT and artificial intelligence in higher education: quick start guide. Schoenfeld, A. H. (2016). Learning to think mathematically: Problem solving, metacognition, and sense making in mathematics (Reprint). Journal of education, 196(2), 1-38. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Use of Learning Analytics in K-12 Mathematics Education – Systematic Scoping Review of Impact on Teaching and Learning Linnaeus University, Sweden Presenting Author:The generation and use of digital data and analyses in education comes with promises and opportunities, especially where digital materials allow use of Learning Analytics (LA) as a tool in Data-Based Decision-Making (DBDM). LA implies, analysing educational data to understand and optimise learning and learning environments (Siemens & Baker, 2012). In this paper we discuss LA as “a sophisticated form of data driven decision making” (Mandinach & Abrams, 2022, p. 196) as we explore how LA is used to support mathematics teaching and learning with digital materials in classroom practice. Data driven decision making or DBDM has been defined by Schildkamp and Kuiper (2010) as “systematically analyzing existing data sources within the school, applying outcomes of analyses to innovate teaching, curricula, and school performance, and, implementing (e.g., genuine improvement actions) and evaluating these innovations” (p. 482). DBDM is a key for the interpretation of LA, and can use any form of data, but in this review, the term DBDM is restricted to digital data. Using LA as a tool for DBDM could streamline data, making it more readily interpretable. However, questions remain about how usage can translate into practice (Mandinach & Abrams, 2022). Quality of technology integration is not merely about technology use, but also about pedagogical use (Ottestad & Guðmundsdottir, 2018), about transformation and amplification of teaching as well as learning through use of technology (Consoli, Desiron & Cattaneo, 2023). LA within Digital Learning Material (DLM) can offer learners adaptive functions seamlessly embedded in DLMs or, provide learners (and teachers) compiled student assessments in relation to learning goals extracted from learning activities (Wise, Zhao & Hausknecht, 2014). The role of the teacher in student learning is clearly of central importance (Hattie & Yates, 2013; Yackel & Cobb, 1996), and teachers have a key responsibility to make digital technology a recourse in teaching to support student learning (Scherer, Siddiq & Tondeur, 2019). This paper present findings from an exploratory systematic scoping review which was conducted regarding the use and impact of LA and DBDM in classroom practice to outline aspects related to Digital Learning Material (DLM), teacher usage, and student learning in the context of K-12 mathematics education. A scoping review was deemed most appropriate since it can be performed even if there is limited number of published primary research (Gough, Oliver & Thomas, 2017), fitting new research areas such as LA, as it provides “a technique to ‘map’ relevant literature in the field of interest” (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005, p. 20), as well as combine different kinds of evidence (Gough, et al., 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology used the five-stage framework (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005), identifying the research question, identifying relevant studies, study selection, charting the data, collating, summarizing, and reporting the results. The databases ACM Digital Library, ERIC, PsycINFO, Scopus and Web of Science were chosen as they cover a wide range of topics within both technology and educational science to answer: RQ1: How are analyses of digital data from DLM used in mathematics education? RQ2: How do analyses of digital data from DLM impact teaching and learning? The key elements of the research questions, Participants, Phenomena of Interest, Outcome, Context, Type of Source of Evidence (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005) were used to create the eligibility criteria. Publications that were included reported qualitative and/or quantitative data and were connected to the use of DLM and LA based on digital data involving students (between 6–19 years old) and teachers in mathematics K-12 education. The search was limited to papers published from 2000 up-to-date (March 2023) in English, Swedish or Norwegian. Exclusion criteria were developed to ensure consistency within the selection process. Each record was screened by two reviewers and the relevance were coded according to the inclusion criteria. An independent researcher outside of the review group was consulted to design and validate the results of an inter-rater reliability test. The calculated inter-rater reliability score was 0.822, greater than 0.8, indicating a strong level of agreement (McHugh, 2012). After further screening 57 records were assessed to be eligible. At this stage the review pairs swapped batches and preformed data extraction showing, authors, year, title, location, aim, population, digital technology, method, intervention, outcomes, and key findings was performed for each record. The final selection of 15 articles was made by group discussion and consensus. Discussions mainly centred around four components (use, analysis, learning and teaching). The heterogeneity in our sample demanded a configurative approach to the synthesis to combine different types of evidence (Gough et al., 2017). A thematic summary provided the analysis with a narrative approach to answer RQ1. To explore RQ2 more deeply, a thematic synthesis was performed (Gough et al., 2017). The analysis focused on LA-usage based on digital data for student learning, for teaching, and for teachers’ DBDM. PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMAScR) (Tricco, Lillie, Zarin, O'Brien, Colquhoun, Levac et al., 2018) was used as guidelines for reporting the results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 3653 records were identified whereof 15 studies were included. Results show that LA-research is an emerging field, where LA-applications is used across many contents and curricula standards of K-12 mathematics education. LA were mainly based on continuously collected individual student log data concerning student activity in relation to mathematical content. Eight of the studies included embedded analytics and all 15 studies included extracted analytics, but accessibility varied for students and teachers. Overall, extracted analytics were mainly mentioned as a function for teacher-usage, available as tools for formative assessment, where analytics need to be translated by teachers into some kind of pedagogical action (i.e., into teaching). LA-usage supports a wide variety of teachers’ data use, and while mathematics teachers seemed to have a positive attitude towards LA-usage, some teachers were unsure of how to apply it into their practice. The thematic synthesis yielded two themes regarding teaching, which showed that teaching by DBDM focused on Supervision and Guidance. Results indicate extracted analytics is more commonly used for Supervision than Guidance. Results regarding learning suggest that LA-usage have a positive effect on student learning, where high-performing students benefit most. The included studies examine students’ digital learning behaviour, by describing sequences of actions related to LA, learning outcomes and student feelings. Hereby, through the thematic synthesis, we capture parts of students’ studying-learning process and how it can be affected by LA usage. Finally, we suggest a definition of an additional class of LA, which we introduce as Guiding analytics for learners. Going forward, research on using LA and DBDM is essential to support teachers and school leaders to meet today’s demands of utilising data, to be aware of possible unwanted consequences, and to use technology to enhance active learners and students’ ownership of learning. References Arksey, H., & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19-32. Consoli, T., Desiron, J., & Cattaneo, A. (2023). What is “technology integration” and how is it measured in K-12 education? A systematic review of survey instruments from 2010 to 2021. Computers & Education, 197, Article 104742. Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (red.) (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews. (2nd edition). Los Angeles, Ca.: SAGE. Hattie, J., & Yates, G. (2013). Visible learning and the science of how we learn. Routledge. Mandinach, E. B., & Abrams, L. M. (2022). Data Literacy and Learning Analytics. In Lang, C., Siemens, G., Wise, A. F., Gašević, D. & Merceron, A. (Eds.). Handbook of Learning Analytics (2nd. Ed., pp.196-204). SoLAR, Vancouver, BC. McHugh M. L. (2012). Interrater reliability: the kappa statistic. Biochemia medica, 22(3), 276–282. Ottestad, G., & Guðmundsdóttir, G. B. (2018). Information and communication technology policy in primary and secondary education in Europe. In J. Voogt, G. Knezek, R. Christensen, & K.-W. Lai (Eds.), Handbook of information technology in primary and secondary education (pp. 1–21). Springer. Scherer, R., Siddiq, F., & Tondeur, J. (2019). The technology acceptance model (TAM): A meta-analytic structural equation modeling approach to explaining teachers’ adoption of digital technology in education. Computers & Education 128, 13–35. Schildkamp, K., & Kuiper, W. (2010). Data-informed curriculum reform: Which data, what purposes, and promoting and hindering factors. Teaching and Teacher Education 26(3), 482–496. Siemens, G., & Baker, R. S. J. d. (2012). Learning analytics and educational data mining: towards communication and collaboration. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Learning Analytics and Knowledge (LAK '12). Association for Computing Machinery, New York, NY, USA, 252–254. Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O'Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMAScR): Checklist and Explanation. Ann Intern Med, 169(7), 467–473. Wise, A. F., Zhao, Y., & Hausknecht, S. N. (2014). Learning Analytics for Online Discussions: Embedded and Extracted Approaches. Journal of Learning Analytics, 1(2), 48‐71. Yackel, E., & Cobb, P. (1996). Sociomathematical Norms, Argumentation, and Autonomy in Mathematics. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 27(4), 458–477. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 25 SES 09 A: Transdisciplinarity and Participatory Research: Children as Co-researchers to Research Children’s Rights in Educational Contexts Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sarah Zerika Session Chair: Zoe Moody Symposium |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Symposium Transdisciplinarity and Participatory Research: Children as Co-researchers to Research Children’s Rights in Educational Contexts Rooted in the transdisciplinary approach to research as outlined by Darbellay (2015) that aims to include interested parties’ viewpoints, understandings and knowledge throughout the research process, our symposium draws upon the work of Moody (in press), which foregrounds the significance of children’s participatory roles as co-researchers, recognizing them as agentic and knowledgeable stakeholders in research processes. It emphasizes that children’s participation in research is an ethical choice that acknowledges their agency and rights, thus aligning with the principles of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, particularly articles 12 and 13, which assert children’s rights to be heard and express their opinions freely. A project by Moody et al. (2021) exemplifies how children can enrich research with their expertise, especially regarding their experiences of school journeys. This illustrated the potential of transdisciplinary research to yield original contributions to our understanding of childhood and children’s rights. Their work emphasized the need for research that genuinely reflects the lived experiences of children, viewing them as active social agents. James (2007) highlights issues of representation, authenticity, and the diversity of children’s experiences, stressing that children's voices in research should not merely confirm established views but rather offer fresh, authentic perspectives based on their unique social roles. The model of “children’s research advisory groups” (‘CRAG’) (Lundy et al., 2011) emphasizes how their active involvement in addressing concepts and analyzing data enhances the validity and applicability of research findings. Gillett-Swan (2018) supports this view, arguing that including children’s insights in data analysis processes fortifies the quality of results. Incorporating insights from a recent systematic review of research with and by children (Bakhtiar et al., 2023), our symposium will explore the nuanced roles of children in research, reflecting a shift towards recognizing their agency and expertise. This aligns with Thomas's (2021) arguments, which advocate for the validity and necessity of child-led research within the broader scope of childhood studies. Our symposium proposes to extend the concept of CRAGs by embedding it within a transdisciplinary framework, emphasizing how they can be designed and implemented. While participatory approaches have been a cornerstone of children’s rights research, transdisciplinarity offers a broader, more cohesive strategy, treating participatory methods as a subset of its inclusive philosophy which fosters integration of children’s voices into research and policymaking, ensuring their perspectives are not merely included but are instrumental in shaping outcomes. Our sessions will highlight how children can influence research questions and designs, refining methodological tools and engaging in data analysis, thereby actively participating in the co-creation of knowledge. However, we will not shy away from discussing the challenges, such as power differentials, the complexities of adult facilitation, and achieving genuine participation. We will delve into the roles and ethical elements regarding varied questions like: How can researchers strike a balance between encouraging participation and respecting a child’s choice not to engage, particularly in settings like schools where the concept of voluntariness may be blurred, while being mindful of the different levels of understanding and competence across varying ages? During this symposium, we will also discuss the challenges and opportunities inherent in these approaches, considering the diversity of European contexts through experiences from Switzerland, Germany, and the UK. Each presentation within this symposium will concentrate on methodological aspects of participatory research, from conception to implementation, in educational contexts. By uniting the theoretical and practical dimensions, we aspire to create a transdisciplinary space where children’s voices are not just included but are instrumental in shaping the research paradigm and where specific limitations arise. References Bakhtiar, A., Lang, M., Shelley, B. & West, M. (2023). Research with and by children: A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 11(1). Darbellay, F. (2015). Rethinking inter- and transdisciplinarity: undisciplined knowledge and the emergence of a new thought style. Futures, 65, 163-174. Gillett-Swan, J.K. (2018). Children’s analysis processes when analysing qualitative research data: A missing piece to the qualitative research puzzle. Qualitative Research, 18(3), 290-306. James, A. (2007). Giving Voice to Children’s Voices: Practices and Problems, Pitfalls and Potentials. American Anthropologist, 109(2), 261-272. Lundy, L., McEvoy, L. & Byrne, B. (2011). Working with young children as co-researchers: An approach informed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Early education & development, 22(5), 714-736. Moody, Z. (2023, in press). Children as Co-Researchers. In F. Darbellay (Ed.) Handbook of Interdisciplinarity. Edward Elgar Publishing. Moody, Z., Darbellay, F., Camponovo, S., Berchtold-Sedooka, A. & Jaffé, P. D. (2021). Children as Co-researchers: A Transdisciplinary and Participatory Process. In Ethics and Integrity in Research with Children and Young People (p.151-165). Emerald Publishing Limited. Thomas, N. P. (2021). Child-led research, children’s rights and childhood studies: A defence. Childhood, 28(2), 186-199. Presentations of the Symposium Exploring Children’s Agency and School Climate: A Participatory Approach with Children as Researchers in Alternative Educational Settings
This doctoral study, grounded in the principles of children’s rights in education, investigates the role of children as co-researchers in exploring the school climate within alternative educational settings. Building on Moody’s (2019) emphasis on involving children in rights-respecting educational environments, this study explores alternative schools as examined by Zerika et al. (2022), revealing environments that adapt curricula to the interests of children and incorporate practices like class and/or school councils, reflecting an indirect approach to fostering child agency. These settings prioritize children’s holistic development, intertwining socialization and learning as key elements of educational experience.
The research adopts a case-based, comparative approach across three alternative schools in French-speaking Switzerland, employing multi-informant and multi-method strategies to capture the dynamic nature of school climate, as suggested by Wang & Degol (2016). This includes observations, interviews with teachers, headmasters, and parents, and participatory activities with children (4 to 12). Emphasis is placed on the children’s perspectives on school climate, as elaborated by Cohen et al. (2009), examining how relationships, safety, pedagogical approaches, and the institutional environment contribute to the overall experience of learning and socialization in these schools.
An insightful facet of this study is the active participation of children aged 10-11 as co-researchers. Drawing inspiration from Gillett-Swan’s work (2014, 2018), our research employs not only involves children in the development and analysis of data but also places significant emphasis on their insights.
This participatory research with children highlighted the need to consider practical, organizational, and temporal aspects for child co-researchers. Balancing the power dynamic and ethically navigating the willingness of children and parents to participate were interesting challenges in these classroom and school settings. Reflections from the study underscore the importance of designing activities that accommodate the logistical and temporal realities of children’s lives. Building trust with participants, being prepared to adapt to the unexpected, and continuously reflect on and adjust methods to suit the needs and preferences of child participants were important. One of the main advantages was the authentic engagement with students, fostering a reciprocal learning environment and enriching data through their creative contributions. This involvement not only provided valuable data but also empowered the children as active participants in the research process.
References:
Cohen, J., McCabe, E. M., Michelli, N. M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers college record, 111(1), 180-213.
Gillett-Swan, J. K. (2014). Investigating Tween Children’s Capacity to Conceptualise the Complex Issue of Wellbeing. Global Studies of Childhood, 4(2), 64–76. https://doi.org/10.2304/gsch.2014.4.2.64
Gillett-Swan, J. K. (2018). Children’s analysis processes when analysing qualitative research data: a missing piece to the qualitative research puzzle. Qualitative Research, 18(3), 290–306. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794117718607
Moody, Z. (2019). Droits de l’enfant et école : diversité, participation et transformation sociale. In J. Zermatten & P. D. Jaffé (dir.), 30 ans de droits de l’enfant: un nouvel élan pour l’humanité (p. 174-183). Sion, Suisse : Université de Genève, Centre interfacultaire en droits de l’enfant.
Wang, M.-T., & Degol, J. L. (2016). School Climate: a Review of the Construct, Measurement, and Impact on Student Outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 28(2), 315-352. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-015-9319-1
Zerika, S., Moody, Z., & Darbellay, F. (2022). Les pédagogies « alternatives » au prisme de trois études de cas. Recherches & Éducations. https://journals.openedition.org/rechercheseducations/12353
Children’s Interpretation of Child(hood): A Participatory Research Project
Inscribed in the UN-CRC and in other conceptualisations of children's rights are constructions of children (Storck-Odabaşı & Heinzel, 2019, p. 236). In my dissertation study I am looking at this particular aspect that lies 'underneath' and therefore I want to focus on children's interpretations of child(hood). The UN-CRC, in particular Article 12, also plays a central role in the study design, as my dissertation study is linked to a participatory research project about children’s rights that I am currently conducting with two academic research colleagues and 12 children aged 6-12 in Germany. We all meet once a month from March 2023 after school and sometimes on Saturdays to follow child-led questions. We are also providing workshops addressing children’s rights, research ethics and methods.
In order to approach my question, the participating children posed in self-assembled groups still images and photographed themselves, adapting the impulse on the second day. Following the still images, we had a group discussion about the photos based on photo-voice method (Wang, 1999) and also with an impulse that took up a quote from the children given in a previous meeting. Especially at this point it can be seen how the children co-formed the research design. During the discussions, two children left the situation, saying afterwards that they were bored, which provides an interesting point of discussion for the symposium, as it particularly emphasizes the points of voluntary participation and self-determination in the research situation (Lundy, McEvoy & Byrne, 2011, p.719-720).
For analysis and interpretation of the data I plan to view and discuss central video segments with the children. I want to use elements of concept mapping for visualization and following convergent interviewing techniques to ask for exceptions and explanations (Dick, 2007). By involving the children in this stage of the research process it is taken into account that the data interpretation is a moment directly affecting children (Lundy, McEvoy & Byrne, 2011).
Difficulties and advantages of the study arose specifically from taking place outside school or any other institutional environment, like on the one hand building an intense, voluntary relationship or the possibility to take the time everyone needs for certain steps along the way but on the other hand finding time slots and making sure that the children can attend, which mostly meant, that parents had to drive them and pick them up afterwards.
References:
Dick, B. (2007). What Can Grounded Theorists and Action Researchers Learn from Each Other? In A. Bryant & K. Charmaz (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of grounded theory (pp. 398–416). Sage.
Lundy, L., McEvoy, L., & Byrne, B. (2011). Working With Young Children as Co-Researchers: An Approach Informed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Early Education & Development, 22(5), 714–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2011.596463
Storck-Odabaşı, J., & Heinzel, F. (2019). „Findest du Kinderrechte sind gut und wenn ja, warum?“ Partizipative Methoden der Kindheitsforschung im Kontext von Schulentwicklung zu Kinderrechten. In C. Donie, F. Foerster, M. Obermayr, A. Deckwerth, G. Kammermeyer, G. Lenske, M. Leuchter, & A. Wildemann (Eds.), Grundschulpädagogik zwischen Wissenschaft und Transfer (pp. 233–238). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-26231-0_30
Wang, C. C. (1999). Photovoice: A Participatory Action Research Strategy Applied to Women's Health. Journal of Women's Health, 8(2), 185-192.
Developing a Healthy and Sustainable Food Programme with a Team of Expert Children: the UMAMI Project
Eating habits have social, ecological and health influences, and most of them develop during childhood. As article 24 of the Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC) states, children must receive information on health and nutrition. Schools therefore have a duty to offer all pupils fair access to sustainable food, with a view to transforming the situation and helping to reduce social inequalities. The Swiss curriculum includes this education as a theme, without allocating a specific hour in the timetable for pupils aged 4 to 12 years old. In practice little time is devoted to it, and studies show that parents and teachers have little discussion on the subject (Aydin et al., 2022). Faced with these implementation challenges, the project to develop a food education programme for primary schools emerged at the intersection of several Swiss institutions.
In this context, several partners were mobilised to reflect on these issues. In addition to scientists, teachers and experts on the subject, a class of 9-10 years old pupils was appointed as a team of expert children, enabling the expertise of the main people involved - the pupils - to be taken into account. A participatory, cross-disciplinary methodology was put in place (Camponovo et al., 2020) to gather the pupils' opinions on the entire development of the programme, from the definition of the themes to the development of the monitoring tools, as well as the graphic design and running of the sessions. A range of innovative methodological tools tailored to children (visual methods, diamond ranking, focus groups, etc.) were used to ensure that children's participatory rights were respected across the 4 dimensions of Lundy's model (2007) (voice, space, audience, influence). This consultation phase will take place during the 2023-2024 school year.
This contribution, based on some empirical results gathered during the process, aims to highlight both the advantages and the challenges encountered in our approach. How did the idea of integrating a team of expert children into the project emerge? How was this approach received by the members of the interdisciplinary team working on the project? What conditions and precautions were put in place? In order to draw lessons that can be transferred to another project, we will use field notes taken throughout the process and feedback from team members and children to formulate our thoughts on the effective participation of children in this project.
References:
Aydin, G., Margerison, C., Worsley, A., & Booth, A. (2022). Parents’ communication with teachers about food and nutrition issues of primary school students. Children, 9(4), 510.
Camponovo, S., Moody Z., Darbellay F., Berchtold-Sedooka A., & Jaffé, P.-D. (2020). Une approche transdisciplinaire du chemin de l’école : les enfants comme co-chercheuses et co-chercheurs. Dans I. Côté, K. Lavoie, R.-P. Trottier-Cyr (eds), La recherche centrée sur l’enfant. Défis éthiques et innovations méthodologiques (pp. 247-273). Presses de l’Université Laval.
Lundy, L. (2007). «Voice» is not enough: conceptualising article 12 of the United Nation convention on the rights of the child. British educational research journal, 33(6), 927-942.
Education in ASEAN: A Children’s Rights Analysis of Children’s School Protests
This doctoral research explores the intersection between children's educational rights and their civil and political rights, with a focus on the role of teachers as duty-bearers. The study examines the examples of school protests in Thailand in 2020-2021 as an exercise of civil and political rights in defence of a child's educational rights, as well as other children’s rights under the UNCRC. The original methodology proposed to work alongside a group of Thai secondary school students as co-researchers; however, ethical factors led to the exclusion of children from the research design. Instead, the child rights-based approach (CRBA) developed by Lundy and McEvoy (2012) has been adapted for use with a group of "recent adults" who were in school at the time of the protests but are now over the age of 18.
The CRBA is based on a foundation of children's rights and incorporates the concepts of Article 12 and children's ‘right to be properly researched’ (Ennew & Plateau, 2004). The study recruited a YPRAG (young person's research advisory group) (Lundy, McEvoy & Byrne, 2012) of five young people, who were supposed to collaborate throughout the substantive stages of the research project to explore how best to examine teachers’ roles in the implementation of civil and political rights in schools. The collaboration with the YPRAG was intended to mitigate some of the researcher's European bias, reduce the risk of tokenistic examination of the data, and ensure that the research was culturally appropriate (Datta et al., 2014; Hart, 1992). Despite many mitigations explored, COVID-19 presented a substantial challenge, as participatory research relies on sustaining relationships between the researcher, gatekeepers, and the advisory group (Loveridge et al., 2023). The research faced other challenges as well, such as the flux in young peoples’ lives, making it difficult to maintain consistent participation, and after the research design stages, the YPRAG withdrew before data collection had begun.
The discussant offers reflections and lessons learned from their doctoral study, suggesting that the CRBA is an ideal standard to maintain, but it should not be used in place of stringent and thoroughly considered ethical decision-making. The participation of children in doctoral research should be thoroughly considered, and researchers must be open to exploring other avenues. The study offers advice for researchers in similar sensitive contexts and emphasizes the need to prioritize ethical considerations and adaptability in decision-making.
References:
Datta, R., Khyang, N., Khyang, H., Kheyang, H., Khyang, M. & Chapola, J. (2014). Participatory action research and researcher’s responsibilities: an experience with an Indigenous community. International Journal of Social Research Methodology. 18. 1-19.
Ennew, J. and Plateau, D.P. (2004) How to Research the Physical and Emotional Punishment of Children. Bangkok: Keen Publishing (Thailand) Co., Ltd., International Save the Children Southeast, East Asia and Pacific Region Alliance.
Hart, R. (1992). Children’s Participation: From tokenism to citizenship. UNICEF. International Child Development Centre.
Loveridge, J., Wood, B. E., Davis-Rae, E., & McRae, H. (2023). Ethical challenges in participatory research with children and youth. Qualitative Research. https://doi-org.queens.ezp1.qub.ac.uk/10.1177/14687941221149594
Lundy, L., & McEvoy, L. (2012). Children’s rights and research processes: Assisting children to (in)formed views. Childhood, 19(1), 129-144. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568211409078
Lundy, L., McEvoy, L., & Byrne, B. (2011). Working With Young Children as Co-Researchers: An Approach Informed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Early Education & Development, 22(5), 714–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2011.596463
United Nations (1989). UN Convention on the Rights of the Child.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 09 A: The Role of Inspection and Superintendents in Educational Leadership Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Meng Tian Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Embracing Complexity: Rethinking Education Inspection in England University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In England, the Office for Standards in Education, Children’s Services and Skills (OfSTED) introduced a new Education Inspection Framework in 2019. Consequently, 3000 previously exempt 'Outstanding' schools are re-inspected from 2021 to 2025. In January 2023, Ruth Perry, a primary school headteacher, committed suicide following her school's downgrade from ‘Outstanding’ to ‘Inadequate’. Headteachers’ and teachers’ unions criticised OfSTED's judgments and their detrimental impact on people’s mental health. Eventually, Perry's school was re-inspected and upgraded to 'Good.' An inquest tied Perry's suicide partly to the initial inspection. A Coroner urged OfSTED to provide a detailed response and timetable, outlining the actions taken or planned to prevent future deaths. In response, OfSTED organised emergency training for inspectors to identify signs of stress and anxiety among school staff and leaders, indicating a belated acknowledgement of inspection-induced fear. Amid the ongoing debates about OfSTED’s fitness for purpose and effectiveness, this paper employs complexity theory to examine why OfSTED has evolved into a rigid, powerful regime and how to lead meaningful changes if we envision a more humane, just and reliable inspection system. This paper answers three research questions: (1) What constitutes a complex inspection system in England? (2) How do the underlying power dynamics lock the education inspection system in? (3) How to strategize for a new education inspection system? Through the lens of complexity theory, educational inspection operates as an open system in which various agents—inspectors, schools, parents, teachers’ unions, education policymakers and implementers—exchange information and engage in self-organised interactions, independent of external control (Turner & Baker, 2019). Some interactions adhere to established rules outlined in the Education Act 2005, inspection frameworks and handbooks, while others evolve organically, adapting to the dynamic environment. Over time, the system displays new properties that cannot be derived from its original components. This phenomenon is referred to as emergence (Morrison, 2008; Turner & Baker, 2019). For instance, despite being instructed not to undertake specific preparations, schools have learned to purchase and exchange information about specific inspectors’ personalities and their preferred data collection methods, aiming to appease inspectors and secure favourable inspection results (Author, 2023). This exchange of information and resources among agents has given rise to a new consultancy market selling inspection solutions. Meanwhile, agents use imperfect knowledge to make choices and decisions. They co-evolve with the system, potentially adapting their agendas, beliefs and preferences over time. For example, after researchers discovered that Her/His Majesty’s Inspectors (HMIs) (full-time OfSTED employees) appeared harsher than OfSTED Inspectors (OIs) (freelancing inspectors paid a day rate) in assessing schools, both groups consciously adjusted their judgments in the opposite direction, inadvertently creating new forms of bias (Bokhove et al., 2023; Jerrim et al., 2023a). Another study indicates that schools employing OIs are more likely to receive an ‘Outstanding’ or ‘Good’ rating and significantly less likely to receive an ‘Inadequate’ or ‘Requires improvement’ result (Jerrim et al., 2023b). These findings can influence school recruitment strategies and teachers’ professional development plans. In summary, education inspection in England represents a complex system wherein interdependent agents exchange information and resources in a self-organised manner. These agents learn, adapt and co-evolve with the system, utilising information acquired from and feeding new information into the system (Davis, 2008). Initial conditions, history and the sequence of events have established a path, impacting the future development of the system (Boulton et al., 2015). Given these inherent characteristics, addressing challenges faced by the current inspection system necessitates complexity thinking. Superficial changes—such as removing a few problematic inspectors, altering inspection frameworks or increasing inspector training—will prove inadequate if we leave the underlying power dynamics unexamined (Biesta, 2010). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This theoretical paper employs a critical lens to examine secondary data from the following sources. Firstly, it reviews articles on complexity theory and complexity thinking, applying them to illustrate the constituents of the complex education inspection system. Furthermore, underpinned by the theoretical framework, it explains why OfSTED has grown more powerful over the past three decades and how they employed complexity reduction (Biesta, 2010) and self-revitalisation (Boulton et al., 2015) approaches to lock the system in and block challenges from other agents. Secondly, this paper reviews the most recent research publications on the effectiveness of OfSTED to debunk some long-standing beliefs held by OfSTED and the public. For instance, the 2023 Working in Schools report revealed correlations between inspections and teachers’ reduced involvement in decision-making, less control over working hours, weaker support from line managers and increased difficulty in taking time off (Felstead et al., 2023). Another report highlighted the limited range of subjects assessed during the two-day inspection, casting doubt on OfSTED’s judgment regarding the overall breadth and balance of the curriculum (Walker, 2023b). According to ParentKind’s (2023) survey results, 39.34% of parents do not read schools’ OfSTED reports and 59.04% do not find these reports useful. Additionally, a student-led project on reviewing inspection practices concluded that “OfSTED as an entity does more harm than good” (Shahbaz & Perez, 2023, para. 5). Thirdly, this paper examines and compares inspection frameworks and policies from Scotland (Education Scotland, 2023) and Wales (Estyn, 2023) with those of England, providing valuable lessons and potential pathways for OfSTED. Key differences can be found in the high- or low-stakes nature of inspections, the inspection cycle and sampling approach, the role of school self-evaluation, the relationship between inspectors and school practitioners, the composition of inspection teams, the format of inspection results and the post-inspection follow-up activities. Lastly, after obtaining permission from the survey initiator, the author analysed over 3000 entries about teachers’ OfSTED inspection experiences collected via a Twitter survey. With the protection of anonymity, this survey presents an authentic picture of how school teachers and leaders perceive inspections, contrasting with their performativity during high-stakes inspections. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Complexity theory suggests there are multiple pathways leading to the future. Some agents may prefer a more gradual approach to improving the current inspection system. Other agents who have experienced more adverse effects may advocate for a radical revolution of the system or even its abolition. The value of complexity thinking lies “between finding what works and yet catalysing innovation and change, between intention and responsiveness” (Boulton et al., 2015, p. 167). To lead and strategize for a new inspection system, change agents can consider the following recommendations. Firstly, reducing the high-stakes nature of inspections by replacing the one-word headline grading with an informative report. The grading scale, being a reductionist tool, oversimplifies complex educational activities, thereby distorting the educational progress it aims to monitor (Donaldson, 2018). Secondly, utilising school self-evaluation as a starting point to customise the inspection process, foster professional dialogues and facilitate cross-pollination of ideas. Importantly, both inspectors and school practitioners should unlearn the decades-old practice of using school self-evaluation as a compliance tool. Thirdly, separating schools’ compliance with legal requirements from their improvement capacity. The former requires school leaders’ immediate responses and follow-up checks. In contrast, underperforming schools, often due to inadequate resources and capacity, should be afforded an opportunity to internally address these issues and undergo re-inspection before OfSTED publishes the results to the public. Fourthly, paying switching costs while incentivising early change adopters. Transitioning a complex system into a new era demands considerable switching costs—such as financial, temporal, procedural, cognitive, psychological and relational costs. It is crucial to allocate contingency costs to offset unforeseen risks (Wigmore, 2019). Early change adopters play a pivotal role by sharing successful stories and encouraging others to join the change process. Their engagement should be incentivised through free training, public recognition and early access to resources and networks. References Biesta, G. (2010). Five Theses on Complexity Reduction and its Politics. In Complexity Theory and the Politics of Education (pp. 5–13). Brill. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789460912405_003 Boulton, J., Allen, P. M., & Bowman, C. (2015). Embracing Complexity: Strategic Perspectives for an Age of Turbulence. Oxford University Press. Davis, B. (2008). Complexity and Education: Vital simultaneities. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40(1), 50–65. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00402.x Donaldson, G. (2018). A Learning Inspectorate: Independent review of Estyn. Education Scotland. (2022). Evaluating quality and improvement in Scottish education. https://education.gov.scot/inspection-and-review/what-we-do-and-how-we-do-it/standards-and-evaluation-framework/01-evaluating-quality-and-improvement-in-scottish-education/ Estyn. (2023b). Inspection explained. https://www.estyn.gov.wales/inspection-process/inspection-explained Fazackerley, A. (2023, May 1). Teachers asked to chip in £1 each for legal case against Ofsted. The Guardian. https://www.theguardian.com/education/2023/may/01/teachers-asked-to-chip-in-1-each-for-legal-case-against-ofsted Felstead, A., Green, F., & Huxley, K. (2023). Working in Schools: Job quality of educational professionals before and after the pandemic. National Education Union. https://neu.org.uk/latest/library/working-schools Jerrim, J., Sims, S., & Bokhove, C. (2023a). How do Ofsted inspection judgements vary between OIs and HMIs? IOE Blog. https://blogs.ucl.ac.uk/ioe/2023/02/07/how-do-ofsted-inspection-judgements-vary-between-ois-and-hmis/ Jerrim, J., Sims, S., & Bokhove, C. (2023b, October 20). Do schools that employ an Ofsted inspector get better inspection grades? [FFT Education Datalab]. https://ffteducationdatalab.org.uk/2023/10/do-schools-that-employ-an-ofsted-inspector-get-better-inspection-grades/, https://ffteducationdatalab.org.uk/2023/10/do-schools-that-employ-an-ofsted-inspector-get-better-inspection-grades/ Morrison, K. (2008). Educational Philosophy and the Challenge of Complexity Theory. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40(1), 19–34. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00394.x Ofsted Experiences (Responses). (2023). [dataset]. https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1DaHKr1kGaku5fssX592hp2UW47uXTUQMZ-gc-tlE0Rc/edit?usp=embed_facebook Parentkind. (2023). School inspections Parent poll. Parentkind. https://www.parentkind.org.uk/assets/resources/School-inspections-parent-poll-summary-July-2023.pdf? link_id=1&can_id=06fef4c3c848aa868e8f96fa74f693e3&source=email-beyond-ofsted-update-2&email_referrer=email_2012316&email_subject=beyond-ofsted-latest-update Shahbaz, H., & Perez, G. (2023, June 22). Hungry for change. National Education Union. https://neu.org.uk/latest/blogs/hungry-change Turner, J. R., & Baker, R. M. (2019). Complexity Theory: An Overview with Potential Applications for the Social Sciences. Systems, 7(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.3390/systems7010004 Walker, A. (2023b, July 18). Ofsted reveals most common subjects for deep dives. Schools Week. https://schoolsweek.co.uk/ofsted-reveals-most-common-subjects-for-inspection-deep-dives/ Walker, A. (2023d, December 15). Ofsted: Inside its emergency training for inspectors. Schools Week. https://schoolsweek.co.uk/ofsted-inside-the-emergency-inspector-training/ Wigmore, I. (2019). What is contingency budget (cost contingency)? WhatIs.Com. https://www.techtarget.com/whatis/definition/contingency 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Cooperation Between the Superintendent and the Principal to Improve Principals' Working Situation. 1Centre for Principal Development, Umea University, Umea, Sweden; 2Department of Psychology, Lund University, Lund, Sweden; 3Division of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, Lund University, Lund, Sweden Presenting Author:In Sweden, as in many countries, the work of school principals has become increasingly complex due to both changed political prioritisations and the societal developments in general (e.g., digitalisation, segregation, and changes in the demographical composition of students). Principals often experience conflicts in their role as they are facing strong expectations being accountable for students results, responsible for the staff in combination with extensive administrative tasks. While the Swedish Education Act highlights the autonomy of school principals in matters of school organization, finances, and improvement initiatives, it simultaneously underscores the Local Education Authorities' (LEAs) responsibility for school outcomes and ensuring equity. This duality introduces ambiguity and illustrates the challenges faced by actors within local school organizations (Adolfsson & Alvunger 2020). Initiatives from the LEA and superintendent are experienced as administrative by the principals and perceived as interfering with daily work and contributing to an overload of duties. More communication involving long-term visions, frames and interpretations of directives and research are needed in relation to the local context (Norqvist & Ärlestig 2020) We have in previous epidemiological (Persson, et al., 2021a) and interview studies (Leo et al., 2020) observed that the work conditions of school principals often are overlooked, forgotten, or simply not prioritized by politicians and the superintendents, which are the school principals’ superiors. For example, in a survey that had a nationwide reach, and which entailed more than 2000 school principals and assistant principals, we observed that the principals rated a supportive management as the least supportive factor in comparison with four other factors (i.e., cooperating coworkers, supportive management colleagues, supportive private life and supportive organisational structures) (Persson et al., 2021a). In addition, and when data was broken down further, we observed that only 17% of the school principals and assistant principals agreed with the statements that assessed their trust that superiors had a genuine interest in their job and when needed would help them solving work environment problems for the co-workers (Persson et al., 2021b). Furthermore, when interviewed, the principals explained that the superintendent was the link between the school board (i.e., the political level) and the principals. They also reported that they sometimes experienced opposite expectations from the superintendent and the local school management that caused them to feel that the “gas” and the “break” was applied simultaneously (Leo et al., 2020). There seems to be disconnect between school principals and their superiors that hinders effective cooperation and management. Presumably, dealing with this disconnect will create knowledge that may unlock unused capacity and make the governance of schools more effective and in the end improve student outcomes. Research on the LEA level give insight of the sometimes challenging relationship between superintendents and principals (Honig & Rainey, 2019; Hakansson & Adolfsson, 2022). However, few (if any) studies have adopted a dual perspective by interviewing both school principals and their immediate superiors within the same organisation to capture their unique perspectives on the same issue. Hence, to gain insight and to improve our understanding of this understudied relation, we decided to conduct an interview study that simultaneously addressed both the school principals and the superintendent’s perspective. Thus, the overall objective of the present study was to identify circumstances that were perceived as facilitating the cooperation between school principals and their immediate supervisors. Specifically, we aimed to answer the following research questions: Research questions 1. How do school principals and the school principals’ closest managers (often superintendent) describe their collaboration and work relationship? 2. What opportunities and/or potential pathways for improving their collaboration and work relationship are proposed by school principals and their closest managers (often superintendent)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In total, we examined eight organizations (seven municipalities and one independent school) in which we interviewed eight school principals and their associated superintendents (N=16). The informants comprised nine females (six principals and three superintendents) and seven males (two principals and five superintendents). The eight organizations were situated in both small municipalities (i.e., less than 4000 inhabitants) and large municipalities (i.e., more than 200.000 inhabitants). The organizations and informants came from various geographical regions from all over Sweden and the schools showed a lot of variation as regards both students and their parents’ socio-economic backgrounds. The informants were identified as presumably working in well-functioning organizations that had a focus on the principals’ work environment (i.e., positive examples). The selection of organizations was driven by suggestions from worker unions (six organizations) and by self-referrals (two organizations) that responded to our request for help identifying positive examples during a large national conference. Thus, the organizations and schools were selected by reputation from others, or from having an own understanding as working in a functioning school. The first contact occurred via the superintendent who were asked to select suitable school principals with at least three years of work experience in the same school. The data was collected via individual interviews on zoom and lasted about one hour. There were always two interviewers (one led the interview and the other observed and asked supplementary questions when needed). The sound files were transcribed verbatim and subsequently subject to a content analysis using the Nvivo 14 software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Cooperation between the principal's closest manager and the principal The preliminary analyses suggest that both school principals and their closest managers think that the quality of communication and having a good dialogue is important. The principals want easy and quick access to their superiors to get advice and feedback on urgent matters. The preferred main channel for communication is phone complemented by digital platforms. Only a few of the superintendents visit the schools on a regular basis. The structures for the formal meetings with the superintendent and all principals in the local organization differ a lot from some hours online to one full day a week. It is also common to mix shorter meetings online with information and longer physical meetings when there is a need for discussions concerning educational development, policy, budget etc. Opportunities and potential pathways for improving collaboration Division of responsibilities at the leadership level is a key to reduce role conflicts. In most cases administrative tasks, responsibility for facilities, and physical work environment are delegated to others giving principals more time and energy to focus educational leadership. The support is different in the organisations, however principals talk about a mind shift in HR-, and economic departments in favour of seeing teaching and learning as the core of the organization where feeding data to the HR- and economical systems used to be the main priority. Local support and a direct contact between the principal and an expert at the LEA are seen as success factors. The importance of having colleagues at leadership level as support is crucial. Some of the principals work in leadership teams and the ones who are alone at their school have close relations with colleagues in other schools. References Adolfsson, C.-H. & Alvunger, D. (2020). Power dynamics and policy actions in the changing landscape of local school governance, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, Vol. 6 No. 2, pp. 128-142, doi: 10.1080/20020317.2020.1745621. Honig, M. & Rainey, L. (2019). Supporting principal supervisors: what really matters?, Journal of Educational Administration, Vol. 57 No. 5, pp. 445-462, doi: 10.1108/JEA-05-2019-0089 Leo, U., Persson, R., Arvidsson, I., & Håkansson, C. (2020). External Expectations and Well-Being, Fundamental and Forgotten Perspectives in School Leadership: A Study on New Leadership Roles, Trust and Accountability. In L. Moos, E. Nihlfors, & J. M. Paulsen (Eds.), Re-centering the Critical Potential of Nordic School Leadership Research: Fundamental, but often forgotten perspectives (pp. 209-229). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-55027-1_12 Norqvist, L. & Ärlestig, H. (2021). Systems thinking in school organizations – perspectives from various leadership levels. Journal of educational administration. 59(1), pp.77–93. Persson, R., Leo, U., Arvidsson, I., Nilsson, K., Osterberg, K., & Hakansson, C. (2021a). Supportive and demanding managerial circumstances and associations with excellent workability: a cross-sectional study of Swedish school principals. Bmc Psychology, 9(1). https://doi.org/ARTN 10910.1186/s40359-021-00608-4 Persson, R., Leo, U., Arvidsson, I., Nilsson, K., Österberg, K., Oudin, A., & Håkansson, C. (2021b). Svenska skolledares arbetsmiljö och hälsa: En lägesbeskrivning med förslag på vägar till förbättringar av arbetsmiljön. [Swedish school leaders' work environment and health: A description with suggestions for ways to improve the work environment]. (4). (AMM Rapport 4/2021, Issue. A.-o. M. Syd. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Effect of External Inspection on Headteachers in England UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Accountability and its negative effects on teachers’ working lives and retention is internationally recognised as a problem in education (Buchanan, 2015; Holloway, Sørensen, & Verger, 2017; Teltemann & Jude, 2019), with school evaluation and inspection being a particular issue. Teachers’ working lives are being increasingly affected by the rise in the neo-liberal performativity / accountability culture in schools, as internationally, schools are increasingly preoccupied with policies of achievement, particularly test results. This has led many schools to adopt a results-driven approach, with a plethora of strategies aimed at improving results. This is evidenced by what is commonly referred to as ‘box-ticking’, as teachers’ work is increasingly directed towards assessment, exams, progress measures and preparation for review and inspection, and away from the more individualistic and creative aspects of the job (Perryman 2022). A performative accountability culture can particularly affect the agency of headteachers, as Evans (2001:151) explains: ‘At the same time as heads are being trained for leadership and vision and a mission for the school, they are simultaneously in receipt of education policies that are extremely instrumental and interrupt their own agency as head’. In England, the inspection regime Ofsted is seen as placing a particular pressure on Headteachers. Page (2017:5) writes ‘with Ofsted giving almost no notice of inspection, head teachers commit to continual Ofsted-readiness within their schools, a perpetual state of inspection anxiety that aims for good-or-outstanding practice throughout every day, every week and every year’. Ball et al (2012) found that senior management employed techniques such as ‘learning walks’, training and observation to improve teaching and learning and ensure a state of perpetual inspection-readiness. This shows how inspection creates ‘a marvellous machine’ (Foucault, 1977:202) in the quest for constant improvement. Courtney agrees, particularly with the effects on leadership; ‘Compliance is woven so tightly into the regime’s fabric that head teachers are unaware that performance ‘on the day’ is thereby replaced by a longer-lasting and more deeply affecting fabrication. Thus rather than being controlled and disciplined externally, senior leaders and teachers position themselves in particular ways to change their behaviour and practices in order to ‘fit’ the system, and adapt to changing policy contexts such as changing inspection frameworks’ which is ‘the self working on the self, the self shaping its own conduct’ (Gillies, 2013:79). These studies relate to the effect of Ofsted on Headteacher agency between inspections, but during inspections the pressure intensifies as they are held accountable for the performance of their school and can face dismissal if there is a negative outcome. Leaders of smaller schools, who may be more isolated, are particularly vulnerable and more frequently seek support (Headrest, 2023). In December 2023 a government inquiry concluded that Ofsted had ‘contributed’ to the death of a Headteacher, Ruth Perry, who had committed suicide whilst awaiting publication of an inspection report downgrading her previously ‘outstanding’ school to ‘requires improvement’ (Clarke, 2023). This paper examines data from a recent research project ‘Beyond Ofsted’ (2023). This was an Inquiry commissioned by the National Education Union. The scope of the Inquiry centred around answering the key question of what a better inspection system in England could look like. Underlying this, we wanted to find out what the principles that make a good inspection system are, and how these translate into inspection processes and practice. One of the main themes of the data was the particular impact of inspection on Headteachers, which this paper will explore, with our reserch question being 'What is the effect of inspection on headteachers in England'. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the central questions, the Inquiry needed to understand key changes to school inspection in England over time; strengths and weaknesses of the current approach; how inspection operates at school level; and the impact on the culture and ways of working of a school. To inform an alternative, the Inquiry sought to identify the factors within the inspection system that contribute to its strengths and weaknesses, and the changes needed to address the negative or ‘unintended consequences’ identified. In terms of scope, the Inquiry primarily looked at inspection in primary and secondary schools in England, and the extent to which these differed. It also explored the specific impacts of inspection on schools serving the most disadvantaged pupils. The international literature was explored, to gather evidence on how inspection systems operate in other countries. The review of international systems examined how inspection systems in high performing education nations operate differently from England, the role of accountability and school improvement in these models, and how any positive outcomes from different models could be used to inform an alternative approach to inspection in England. The Inquiry engaged closely with the education profession, asking questions about the principles they think are needed to underpin a better inspection system, and potential solutions they see as being effective in tackling the problems they identify. It also explored how parents/carers and governors interact with the current inspection system; how they feel about, and understand, school inspection; and what they want to see changed. We took a mixed methods approach, involving a large-scale survey of teachers and school leaders, supplemented by focus groups with teachers, parents/carers, governors, and 5 with headteachers. The aim was to gather a wide range of views on both the current system and potential alternatives. The survey had over 6,000 responses and produced both quantitative and qualitative data. Headteachers made up 15% of our sample. Descriptive and inferential analyses of the quantitative data were carried out using Qualtrics inbuilt tool set, utilising the relate function to explore differences between groups. This function performed Chi and ANOVA analyses producing a p value and an effect size. The inclusion of open questions resulted in over 500,000 words of written responses. These were analysed thematically, based on the key aims of the inquiry. The twelve focus groups were analysed in a similar manner. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research conducted for the Inquiry took place in the weeks and months after Ruth Perry’s death and it is perhaps unsurprising that concerns about this issue are foremost in the data and throughout the report. One of questions we asked was if participants thought that their role in school affected how they experienced inspection, and 70% agreed that it did. Headteachers reported they felt under huge amounts of pressure, with comments such as ‘your career hangs in the balance’ and reporting being in tears and even resigning. One summed it up saying ‘The Ofsted inspection was brutal (despite the good overcome), staff were in tears. In 26 years of education this was the worst two days in my career. I felt like giving up the job. It has impacted on my wellbeing and family life’. These effects of inspection should not be tolerated by the profession. As part of the Inquiry we conducted a review of global inspection systems which indicated that alternative systems are possible (Ehren et al 2010, Hwa, 2020, NCEE, 2021, OECD, 2015 Zheng and Thomas, 2022). Seven countries in Europe do not even have any formal external inspection system (European Education Culture Executive Agency et al., 2016). There are a diverse set of inspection regimens in place internationally, ranging from none to those conducted at a distance with limited consequences to those that are intrusive and high stakes, but none more so than in England. (Grek & Lindgren, 2015) This is potentially a time of change for inspection. With a UK election in 2024 it is possible that reform may be on the agenda and it is hoped that this paper will contribute to the discussion on how changes can be made, and contribute to international policy debates on inspection, evaluation and accountability References Ball, S., Braun, A., & Maguire, M. (2012). How Schools Do Policy. London: Routledge. Beyond Ofsted Inquiry Inquiry (2023). Final Report of the Inquiry. https://beyondofsted.org.uk/ Buchanan, R. (2015). Teacher identity and agency in an era of accountability. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 700-719. doi:10.1080/13540602.2015.1044329 Clarke, V. (2023). Ruth Perry: Ofsted must act following head's suicide - coroner. BBC. European Education Culture Executive Agency, Eurydice, De Coster, I., Birch, P., Czort, S., Delhaxhe, A., & Colclough, O. (2016). Assuring quality in education: policies and approaches to school evaluation in Europe: Publications Office. Evans, L. (2001). Developing Teachers in a Performance Culture - is performance pay the answer? In D. Gleeson & C. Husbands (Eds.), The Performing School: Managing Teaching and Learning in a Performance Culture. London: Routledge. Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison (A. Sheridan, Trans.). Harmondsworth: Penguin. Gillies, D. (2013). Educational Leadership and Michel Foucault London: Routledge. Grek, S., & Lindgren, J. (Eds.). (2015). Governing by Inspection. Abingdon: Routledge. Headrest. (2023). Annual Headteacher Wellbeing Report. Retrieved from https://www.headrestuk.co.uk/blog/headteacher-wellbeing-report-2023 Holloway, J., Sørensen, T. B., & Verger, A. (2017). Global perspectives on high-stakes teacher accountability policies: An introduction. education policy analysis archives, 25. doi:10.14507/epaa.25.3325 Hwa, Y.-Y. 2020. Contrasting approaches, comparable approaches? How macro-level trust influences teacher accountability in Finland and Singapore. In: Ehren, M. & Baxter, J. (eds.) Trust, Accountability and Capacity in Education System Reform London: Routledge. OECD 2015. Education at a Glance 2015. Page, D. (2017). The surveillance of teachers and the simulation of teaching. Journal of Education Policy, 32(1), 1-13. doi:10.1080/02680939.2016.1209566 Perryman, J. (2022). Teacher retention in an age of Performative Accountability: Target Culture and the Discourse of Disappointment. London: Routledge Teltemann, J., & Jude, N. (2019). Assessments and accountability in secondary education: International trends. Research in Comparative & International Education, 14, 249-271. Zheng, H. & Thomas, S. 2022. The challenges of school inspection practice in demonstrating and improving education quality: stakeholder perceptions in China. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 34, 391-422. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 09 B: Promoting Aspects of Sustainability in School Leadership Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Irene Lampert Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Implementing ESD in Schools through Leadership: Insights from a Systematic Literature Review Teacher University Zurich, Switzerland Presenting Author:Education is seen as a key instrument for overcoming global challenges and contributing to the sustainable development of society (Ibisch et al. 2018). The United Nations has also recognized the potential of education and emphasizes its relevance with Goal 4 "Quality Education" of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (UNESCO, 2021). However, the number of schools focussing on sustainability - so-called ECO schools or green schools - is only slowly increasing (Hedefalk et al., 2015). Principals are important in achieving sustainability goals and are multipliers of sustainable development (Rieckmann, 2018). ESD is a leadership issue: School management has a key role to play in the comprehensive anchoring of ESD (Müller, Lude, & Hancock, 2020). Müller, Lude, and Hancock (2020) emphasize that despite extensive literature on ESD, the role of school leaders has been neglected to date. Mogaji and Newton (2020) conducted an analysis revealing that school leaders frequently possess a limited comprehension of ESD, typically interpreting it primarily through environmental perspectives (Mogaji & Newton, 2020), and therefore find it difficult to implement ESD in their schools. Accordingly, the authors point out the following research gap: There is a need to investigate what specific knowledge and skills (competencies) school leaders need to implement ESD in their schools (Mogaji & Newton, 2020). The second review on the topic by Laurie, Nonoyama-Tarumi, Mckeown, and Hopkins (2016) also found similar findings. In their review, which consisted of a literature synthesis of studies from 18 countries, they discussed that 1) the implementation of ESD in the school as a whole has a positive effect on teaching, but that teachers need professional support and 2) it requires school management that has an understanding of ESD and competences in the field of sustainability management (Laurie, Nonoyama-Tarumi, Mckeown & Hopkins, 2016). Empirical studies such as the one from Bottery, Wright and James (2012) emphasize the need to rethink the understanding of leadership in educational institutions to integrate ESD. Zala-Mezö, Strauss, and Müller-Kuhn (2020) confirm that schools with distributive leadership strategies experience more effective ESD transformation processes. Leo and Wickenberg (2013), Mogren and Gericke (2019), and Verhelst, Vanhoof, and Van Petegem (2021) emphasize that specific sustainability management skills are crucial for the successful implementation of ESD. Based on the findings of the two literature reviews (Laurie, Nonoyama-Tarumi, Mckeown & Hopkins, 2016; Mogaji and Newton, 2020) and empirical studies (Bottery, Wright & James, 2012; Leo & Wickenberg, 2013; Müller, Lude, & Hancock, 2020; Verhelst, Vanhoof & Van Petegem, 2021), there is a clear research-gap on the question of what competences school leaders need to be able to implement ESD in schools. In this context, Verhelst, Vanhoof and Van Petegem (2021) emphasizes the urgency of further developing school leadership education. Accordingly, this research project examines the role of school leaders in the implementation of ESD in schools as part of a comprehensive systematic literature review: RQ: What sustainability-specific competencies do principals need to implement Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in schools? The hypothesis is that targeted promotion of knowledge and skills on the topic of ESD among school leaders will lead to improved implementation of ESD in schools. The education of school leaders plays a key role in this. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The systematic literature review follows the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) procedure, whereby individual steps are adapted according to the guidelines for a systematic review in the social sciences (Petticrew & Roberts, 2006). The systematic review is conducted using DistillerSR software (DistillerSR, 2023). The most important steps of the systematic literature review according to Page et al. (2021) and Petticrew and Roberts (2006) are summarised below: 1. Formulation of the research question and definition of the review protocol: The research question was developed based on the PRISMA criteria for systematic literature reviews. Furthermore, the PICo framework (Mogaij & Newton 2020) is used to promote an effective search. 2. Definition of inclusion and exclusion criteria: The criteria set the boundaries for the review and determine which studies are included in the analysis and which are not. 3. Search strategy: Relevant databases (e.g., ERIC, Web of Science) were identified, followed by defining key terms in German and English (e.g., "Schulleitungen", "Education for Sustainable Development"). The strategy involves creating and implementing database-specific searches (e.g., school management AND education for sustainable development OR ESD). 4. Selection of relevant studies: The studies found are selected based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria. The selected articles are read independently by the research team and a selection is made, which is justified based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria. In the event of differences of opinion, a consensus is reached through discussion. 5. Data extraction from the selected studies: The data from the studies are extracted and recorded in the data extraction form which contains important information about the study (e.g. study design, information about the sample, results). 6. Assessment of quality, safety, and bias: The assessment of study quality in a systematic literature review is important to avoid bias and to promote the plausibility and accuracy of conclusions. We suspect that the selected studies are not randomized. For this reason, the Critical Appraisal Skills Programme (CASP) (n.d.) can be used to assess the risk of bias in non-randomized studies. 7. Analysing and interpreting the results: The studies are too heterogeneous to be statistically summarised in a meta-analysis. For this reason, a narrative synthesis of the data is made (Petticrew, & Roberts, 2006). The analysis and interpretation process is supported by the Critical Appraisal Skills Programme (CASP) to promote the accuracy and plausibility of conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The systematic literature review conducted to identify the competencies school leaders need for effective implementation of ESD reveals a complex landscape. Primary findings indicate that school leaders often possess a limited understanding of ESD, frequently interpreting it primarily through an environmental lens. However, ESD is a comprehensive educational approach that encompasses a wide range of subjects, including sociology, economics, and cultural studies. ESD aims to empower people with the essential knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed to confront global challenges, extending beyond climate change and biodiversity loss to also address critical issues like poverty and inequality. The results show that the narrow perspective of school leaders regarding the scope of ESD hinders its full integration into school curricula. Empirical studies, such as those by Bottery, Wright and James (2012), Zala-Mezö, Strauss, and Müller-Kuhn (2020) and others, highlight the necessity of rethinking leadership in educational settings to incorporate ESD successfully. The results of this study show that distributive leadership which includes teacher leadership is particularly conducive to ESD implementation. Involving teachers and distributing leadership responsibilities, appear to foster more ESD integration. Furthermore, raising awareness and understanding of sustainability topics is important for the implementation of ESD in schools. The results highlight the necessity for school leaders to be well-informed about ESD, pointing to a shortfall in existing leadership training. It underscores the importance of improved educational programs designed to equip school leaders with the competencies to be able to integrate sustainability. This review highlights the importance of school leadership in ESD implementation and identifies a gap in leaders' understanding and skills. It suggests distributive leadership for better ESD integration and stresses the need for reform in leadership education to include sustainability. Promoting ESD knowledge among leaders is essential for effective implementation, aligning with the SDGs of the United Nations' 2030 Agenda. References - Bottery, M., Wright, N., & James, S. (2012). Personality, moral purpose, and the leadership of an education for sustainable development. Education 3-13, 40(3), 227-241. - Critical Appraisal Skills Programme. (n.d.). CASP Checklisten. Verfügbar unter https://casp-uk.net/casp-tools-checklists/ - DistillerSR. (n.d). DistillerSR [Computer-Software]. Evidence Partners. Verfügbar unter https://www.evidencepartners.com/products/distillersr-systematic-review-software/ - Hedefalk, M., Almqvist, J., & Östman, L. (2015). Education for sustainable development in early childhood education: A review of the research literature. Environmental Education Research, 21(7), 975-990. - Ibisch, P. L., Molitor, H., Conrad, A., Walk, H., Mihotovic, V., & Geyer, J. (2018). Der Mensch im globalen Ökosystem. Eine Einführung in die nachhaltige Entwicklung. München: Oekom Verlag. - Laurie, R., Nonoyama-Tarumi, Y., Mckeown, R., & Hopkins, C. (2016). Contributions of education for sustainable development (ESD) to quality education: A synthesis of research. Journal of Education for Sustainable development, 10(2), 226-242. - Leo, U., & Wickenberg, P. (2013). Professional norms in school leadership: Change efforts in implementation of education for sustainable development. Journal of Educational Change, 14, 403-422. - Mogaji, I. M. & Newton, P. (2020). School leadership for sustainable development: A scoping review. Journal of Sustainable Development, 13(5), 15-30. - Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2019). School leaders’ experiences of implementing education for sustainable development: Anchoring the transformative perspective. Sustainability, 11, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11123343 - Müller, U., Lude, A., & Hancock, D. R. (2020). Leading schools towards sustainability. Fields of action and management strategies for principals. Sustainability, 12(7), 3031. - Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 - Petticrew, M. & Roberts, H. (2006). Systematic reviews in the social sciences: A practical guide. Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishing. - Rieckmann, M. (2018). Learning to transform the world: Key competencies in Education for Sustainable Development. In A. Leicht, J. Heiss, & W. J. Byun (Hrsg.), Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Development. (S. 39-60). Paris: UNESCO. - UNESCO (2021). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. Eine Roadmap. Paris: UNESCO. - Verhelst, D., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2021). School effectiveness for education for sustainable development (ESD): What characterizes an ESD-effective school organization?. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 502-525. - Zala-Mezö, E., Bormann, I., Strauss, N. C., & Müller-Kuhn, D. (2020). Distributed leadership practice in Swiss “eco-schools” and its influence on school improvement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 19(4), 673-695. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Sustainable School Leadership: Researching the Recruitment, Training and Retention of School Leaders in UK 1University of Nottingham, United Kingdom; 2University of Warwick, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Leading schools has become more challenging in recent years as the role of headteacher or principal has evolved and unprecedented challenges have arisen. Research in England, during and after the lockdowns in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, revealed the intensity of the experience for headteachers and the longer-term impact on their well-being and career intentions (Thomson et al., 2023, Greany et al., 2022). The research brought the sustainability of school leadership into sharp focus. This paper draws on early findings from an ongoing, comparative study of sustainable school leadership across the UK, which seeks a deeper understanding of i) how the UK nations recruit, train and retain school leaders, ii) how well these approaches take account of individual, local and systemic needs and sustainability. The focus of this paper is to introduce the conceptual framework for the study. We show how we are exploring leadership sustainability alongside the ideas of identity and place, by highlighting each of these aspects with early findings from the first locality case studies we have conducted in Northern Ireland, Scotland and England. We approach the study recognising that the way leadership and leadership development are defined reflect understandings of what education is ‘for’. We see leadership as culturally situated and context specific (Torrance and Angelle, 2019), distributed, and a process of influence geared towards the achievement of shared goals (Northouse, 2021). Leadership development we understand as a process of individual career-long growth involving the development of knowledge, understanding and abilities as well as shifts in aspirations, beliefs, values and/or identity. We thus see the sustainability of school leadership as multi-dimensional and plans for realising it as reflective of values and ethics (Hargreaves and Fink, 2006). An understanding of supply is required but also consideration of diversity, equity, quality and fitness for the future, reflecting understandings of the purpose of education. Seeing leadership as context-specific means considering place. We take place-related issues – e.g. school catchment, history, staffing and community resources – to mean that every school is unique, and requiring specific leaders/leadership. While the local can be understood as a boundaried place, place is also a site of power, which exists in time/space, through which information, people, things, and discourses flow. Place operates at different scales - national, regional, local – which intersect and interact. Identity is the third aspect of the conceptual framework. While individual identities are important, we also recognise collective identities that can be organisational and/or place-based. We thus understand professional identities as dynamic and changing over time - shaped by individual, school, local, national and global dimensions. Identities are individual and collective, socially constructed, and influenced by multiple factors (biography, history, culture, emotions, and professional norms). Identities are negotiated at micro and macro levels (e.g. school and policy), and bound up with values, power and legitimacy. We illustrate each of these aspects with data from one of the locality case studies we have conducted, providing insights into the current experience of leadership in specific contexts in each country. We conclude by drawing out themes and issues that arise from applying our understanding of sustainable leadership, place and identity to the cases. In so doing we contribute to the conference theme by exploring and characterising current reality and beginning to draw out implications and indications for future development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Case Studies The larger mixed methods study includes seven locality case studies – two each in Northern Ireland and Scotland, and three in England in total. In this paper we will draw on 3 of these, one each from each country. Each locality case study includes: i. documentary and data analysis to develop a picture of the locality based on publicly available sources, ii. local leader interviews with formal system leaders and providers of leadership development to develop an understanding of local succession/development priorities, approaches and issues; iii. employer interviews with individuals involved in recruiting and performance managing heads to understand approaches and issues; iv. serving and potential heads; extended interviews probing leaders’ careers, work, well-being, aspirations, identities and development experiences; v. Where possible, observations of training sessions, recruitment panels, and/or network meetings to build a rich picture of local norms and practices; vi. Where possible, focus groups to explore recruitment, training and retention with a wider sample. This is a comparative study and the approach we take is to consider each case not simply as a pre-defined entity which we describe, compare and contrast, but also to pay attention to ongoing processes. We attend to three ‘axes’ in our comparison (Bartlett and Vavrus, 2017): horizontal (across a case), vertical (levels of influence), and transversal (change over time). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The early findings from this comparative study in the UK nations show the current reality and intense pressure of leadership in an individual school, the way this is manifested differently in the various contexts and the relevance of considering place and identity in an exploration of sustainable leadership. Some common trends are evident, the increased care role of schools for instance and a changing relationship with parents and families. The comparative approach also demonstrates the way different histories, cultures and contexts generate unique manifestations of the trends. References BARTLETT, L. & VAVRUS, F. 2017. Comparative Case Studies: An Innovative Approach. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 1. GREANY, T., THOMSON, P., COUSIN, S. & MARTINDALE, N. 2022. Leading in Lockdown: Final Report. Nottingham: University of Nottingham. HARGREAVES, A. & FINK, D. 2006. Sustainable leadership, San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. NORTHOUSE, P. G. 2021. Leadership: Theory and practice, Sage Publications. THOMSON, P., GREANY, T., COUSIN, S. & MARTINDALE, N. 2023. Vox Poetica: bringing an arts-based research method to school leaders’ lockdown experiences. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 55, 215-230. TORRANCE, D. & ANGELLE, P. S. 2019. The Influence of Global Contexts in the Enactment of Social Justice. In: ANGELLE, P. S. & TORRANCE, D. (eds.) Cultures of Social Justice Leadership: An Intercultural Context of Schools. Cham: Springer International Publishing. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The knowledge of educational leaders on the Sustainable Development Goals University of Alicante, Spain Presenting Author:There is a persistent debate on the meaning of management and leadership, as it is assumed that people in management positions are leaders, but not all managers lead (Bush, 2020). The truth is that management and leadership are distinct but entirely complementary actions. While leadership is concerned with managing change and nurturing shared vision, management deals with complexity and advocates for stability and preserving established routines (Leal-Filho et al., 2020; Mogren et al., 2019) (e.g. it is concerned with organisation and staffing). Leadership for sustainability refers to the processes that leaders, policymakers and academics undertake to implement sustainable development policies and other initiatives within their organisations. It, therefore, encompasses systemic approaches, methods and solutions to solve problems and drive institutional policy towards a more sustainable organisation. In leadership for sustainable development, the aim is to create current and future benefits while improving the lives of stakeholders (Verhelst et al., 2023; Broman et al., 2017). Academia has identified the importance of leadership of management teams in education for successfully implementing the 2030 Agenda (Kuzmina et al., 2020; Mogren & Gericke, 2019; Persaud & Murphy, 2019). Integrating the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in education depends critically on their knowledge and skills (Abidin et al., 2023). It is, therefore, a priority that the people who are part of these teams have a deep understanding of sustainability. However, research on this specific training of school leadership teams has not received much attention. The breadth of the SDGs, their targets and indicators, as well as the lack of specificity and clarity in the definition of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD), continue to deter school leaders from understanding and implementing this pedagogical approach in schools (Hadjichambis et al., 2020; Rieckmann, 2017). Mahat et al. (2016) attribute this lack of interest of these school leaders to their low level of knowledge about the SDGs and ESD. Fullan (2005) also recognised the complexity of being a sustainable leader and identified some attributes needed for sustainable leadership, including persistence, knowledge of sustainability, emotional intelligence, receptiveness to new visions and concepts, commitment to working collaboratively and the ability to transform the school. In addition, Müller et al. (2022) highlight the communication skills, change management, and in-depth knowledge of the staff working at the centre. Abidin et al. (2023) point to the importance of lifelong learning and optimising the use of resources. Against this background, leadership training on the SDGs and ESD should not only be based on educational legislation, as has been the case so far but on how to transform schools and the lives of children and young people. The issues facing Europe and the world today call for more pragmatic, realistic leadership that addresses local and global challenges. Knowing and understanding the training needs of management teams could offer alternatives to effectively manage and implement ESD in the initial training of future teachers and their professional development. Based on this framework, the following research question is posed:
In order to address these questions, the study has the following objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to achieve the objectives set out, a quantitative methodological approach was adopted, and an exploratory-descriptive study was carried out. The sample was configured using non-probabilistic purposive sampling. Specifically, 152 members of the management teams of public pre-schools and primary schools in Alicante (Spain) participated in the study. Of these, 69.7% were women. About age, 81.5% were between 35 and 56, and there were no participants under 24 years of age. Regarding their education, 48% had a Diploma, 25% had a Bachelor's Degree, 15.1% had a Master's Degree, and only four participants (2.6%) had a Doctorate. Regarding years of experience, 41.4% were between 11 and 20 years old, and 40.1% were between 21 and 30. Only 9.9% had between 31 and 40 years of experience and 8.6% between 0 and 10 years. Most of the participants (83.3%) belonged to public schools. The instrument used for data collection was the Questionnaire on Educational Leadership for Sustainable Development (CLEDS). It consisted of 13 questions, which revolved around the following dimensions: 1. Training of management teams for the integration of the SDGs in schools, 2. Training needs and preferences of school leaders about the SDGs, 3. Strategies and actions developed to promote the achievement of the SDGs and 4. Proposals to promote the action of management teams. This study analysed the first dimension (training of school leadership teams). It consisted of (1) an assessment of the degree of knowledge of school leadership teams about the SDGs (eight items), (2) the agents responsible for this training (eight items), and (3) the nature of the training (theoretical, practical or theoretical-practical). Responses were constructed on a Likert scale, from 1=strongly disagree to agree 5=strongly. The research team members initially contacted the schools by telephone to explain the study's objectives to the school management. After obtaining their consent to participate in the study, the questionnaire designed in Google Forms was sent out. The estimated response time was 15-20 minutes. The results were analysed using simple descriptive statistics with the help of SPSS v. 26 software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main findings show that 68.4% of the education leaders knew by when (what date) the SDGs are set to be achieved (X̅=4.43), and 67.1% of them indicated that they knew the meaning of the SDGs (X̅=4.45). On the other hand, 47% said they knew the background of the SDGs (X̅=3.38), and 46.7% indicated that they knew the number of SDGs that exist (X̅=4.01). 39.5% indicated that they were able to recognise the issues that the SDGs are about (X̅=4.02), and the same percentage of participants indicated that they could explain their purpose (X̅=3.94), followed by 38.2% who felt able to propose a definition of the SDGs (X̅=3.63). On the other hand, it is noteworthy that 46.7% stated that they had yet to receive training on the 2030 Agenda and the SDGs. Regarding the type of training received, 66.3% of participants stated that they had taken training courses offered by the Training and Educational Resources Centre of the Valencian Community (Spain), 46.1% stated that they had self-trained using bibliographic material, social networks and the media, and 30.3% stated that they had received peer-to-peer training in their educational institution. Regarding the nature of this training, 61.4% stated that it was theoretical-practical and 33.7% that it was eminently theoretical. Based on the analysis of the findings, the training of management teams is still insufficient, as more than half of the participants in the study had fundamental and scarce knowledge of the SDGs. In addition, a considerable group of academic leaders have yet to have access to in-depth training. Bearing that the lack of specific training is a barrier to implementing Education for Sustainable Development in schools (Abidin et al., 2023), educational administrations and universities must promote training programmes aimed at training management teams to exercise leadership for sustainable development. References Abidin, M. S. Z., Mokhtar, M., & Arsat, M. (2023). School leaders’ challenges in education for sustainable development: A scoping review. International Journal of Academic Research in Progressive Education and Development, 12(1), 401–420. Broman, G., Robèrt, K. H., Collins, T. J., Basile, G., Baumgartner, R. J., Larsson, T., & Huisingh, D. (2017). Science in support of systematic leadership towards sustainability. Journal of Cleaner Production, 140, 1-9. Bush, T. (2020). Theories of educational leadership and management. Sage. Fullan, M. (2005). Leadership and sustainability. Corwin Press. Hadjichambis, A. C., P. Reis, D. Paraskeva-Hadjichambi, J. Činčera, J. Boeve-de Pauw, N. Gericke, & M. C. Knippels (2020). Conceptualizing environmental citizenship for 21st Century Education, 261. Springer Nature. Kuzmina, K., Trimingham, R., & Bhamra, T. (2020). Organisational strategies for implementing education for sustainable development in the UK primary schools: A service innovation perspective. Sustainability, 12(22), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12229549 Leal-Filho, W., Eustachio, J. H., Caldana, A. C., Will, M., Lange-Salvia, A., Rampasso, I. S., ... & Kovaleva, M. (2020). Sustainability leadership in higher education institutions: An overview of challenges. Sustainability, 12(9), 3761. Mahat, H., Saleh, Y., Hashim, M., & Nayan, N. (2016). Model Development on Awareness of Education for Sustainable Schools Development in Malaysia. Indonesian Journal of Geography, 48(1), 39–48. https://doi.org/10.22146/indo.j.geog,12446 Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2017). ESD implementation at the school organization level, part 1—Investigating the quality criteria guiding school leaders’ work at recognized ESD schools. Environmental Education Research, 23, 972–992. Mogren, A., Gericke, N., & Scherp, H. Å. (2019). Whole school approaches to education for sustainable development: A model that links to school improvement. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 508-531. Müller, U., Hancock, D. R., Wang, C., Stricker, T., Cui, T., & Lambert, M. (2022). School leadership, education for sustainable development (ESD), and the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic: Perspectives of principals in China, Germany, and the USA. Education Sciences, 12(12), 853. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12120853 Persaud, A., & Murphy, Y. G. (2019). School leadership and education diplomacy. Childhood Education, 95(2), 20-28. Rieckmann, M. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO Publishing. Verhelst, D., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2023). School effectiveness for education for sustainable development (ESD): What characterizes an ESD-effective school organization?. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 502-525. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 09 C: Mapping Resilience, Interruption, Frustration and Vulnerability in Educational Leadership Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Thomas Blom Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Interruption in Educational Leadership: Subjective Meanings and Sources Tel Aviv University Presenting Author:Workplace interruptions are a pervasive challenge, reducing performance, evoking negative emotions, and impacting relationships (Zide et al., 2017). Definitions of interruptions have evolved from Jett and George’s (2003) definition of interruptions as “any disruptive event that impedes progress toward accomplishing the organizational task.” Brixey et al. (2007) added the dimension of the suspension of goal-directed action. Later, Werner and Holden (2015) considered interruptions through a systems-based lens rather than as a single “event.” Recently, Puranik et al. (2020) added the unexpectedness of its occurrence to the definition of a “work interruption.”. Interruptions interfere with performance by moving the attentional focus from the planned work task (Puranik, 2020) and can engender negative emotional responses (Poirel et al., 2014). Although School principals are “eminently interruptible” (Philips 1991), there is in general a conspicuous lack of specific research on interruptions experienced by educational leaders. Based on the literature regarding interruptions (Jett & George, 2003; Brumby et al., 2019; Puranik et al., 2020), one might presume school principals’ responses to interruptions would be similar to those of other types of managers. Even though interruptions potentially expose educational leaders to short- and long-term deleterious effects, school principals often view interruptions as time invested (Hunter et al., 2019). The goal of this study was to map the patterns and sources of interruptions that school principals face and to explore the typical responses to those interruptions. The study focused on how school principals perceive an interruption in terms of the source of the interruption. The study explores how principals perceive the various sources of an interruption and how their perceptions can influence the interpretation of an unexpected event. Given this aim, the following research questions were proposed. (1) What do principals define as an interruption event in their job? (2) Who are the key stakeholders who are the source of these interruption events? (3) How does the source of the interruption affect the principals' interpretation of the event? (4) What determines whether a stakeholder or event is considered an interruption? Principals are interrupted by various stakeholders (such as students, parents, teachers, and officials from the local municipality). The study shows that these stakeholders can be divided into extrinsic and intrinsic categories. Principals categorize interruptions based on how they align with or contradict their role definition, evaluating the event and the stakeholders based on their affinity to the principals’ core goals. Extrinsic sources not aligned with these core goals are most likely to be considered interruptions. For example, when the Ministry of Education makes an ad hoc request for data it is always considered an interruption as the principals perceived this request as not advancing their goal of concern for student welfare. By contrast, stakeholders aligned with their core goals are mostly considered an intrinsic source. For instance, parents asking for an emergency meeting to unexpectedly help a student would be considered intrinsic stakeholders because of their strong affinity to principals' core goals - such an event would not be considered an interruption. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology was based on constructivist grounded theory, which offered the most significant way to understand principals’ subjective definition of interruptions. The data was collected in semi-structured, in-depth interviews. The study applied a qualitative paradigm selected to gain insight into the principals’ internal attributions (Denzin & Lincoln, 2006), and what constitutes an interruption for them within their specific organizational frameworks. This method facilitated an open-ended dialogue instead of merely attempting to confirm predetermined themes. The study mapped the sources of interruptions defined by school principals with regard to their workday experiences and how they responded to these interruptions. The Specific methodology was as follows: Twelve school principals were carefully identified through criterion sampling, The following criteria were utilized for this study: 1. Currently an elementary, middle, or high school principal. 2. A school principal for at least five consecutive years. 3. Principals from various educational subsystems in Israel. The participants represented the education school system from first grade through 12th grade. Their experience as principals ranged from five to 27 years (an average of 12 years). Due to the multi-cultural nature of Israeli society, schools are divided into three groups within the national system: secular and religious state schools in which the language of instruction is Hebrew and schools for Arab students in Arabic language of instruction. Principals were interviewed from all three types of schools to provide a more comprehensive and diverse perspective on how the school principals perceive the sources of interruptions. The data was collected through semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted in 2021-2022. The structured component of the interview explored how principals view their job description, define their job as a metaphor, define interruptions, their sources, and their reactions to them in different environments. An Iterative protocol was applied: (1) interviews were transcribed and coded in an open coding, including an initial marking of topics, emotions, metaphors, and ideas that recurred within each interview (2) Interview was re-examined in its entirety to identify metaphors, repetitive words as well as similar types of descriptions between interviews and other key themes that emerged from each interview (3) the topics to emerge from the interviews were repeated and re-classified into different categories. All ethical considerations were approved by the ethics committee. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study reveals several insights regarding how school principals interpret the source of an interruption. Principals experience interruptions like other managers as abrupt, unexpected, and extraordinary workflow disruptions with similar cognitive and affective implications to other managers. But Principals consider the source of the interruption in terms of both the interruption event and the stakeholders who generated the event. Stakeholders are evaluated based on their affinity to the principals' core goals. Interruptions by extrinsic stakeholders (not aligned with the core goals) are likely to be considered an interruption. Stakeholders can become differentiated over time; students, teachers, and parents are generally intrinsic stakeholders, whereas the Department of Education is consistently considered an extrinsic stakeholder. At initial perusal, this study seems to follow the same concept, considering stakeholder types as modifiers. However, whereas Puranik views an external interruption source as unchanged, with only the outcome being influenced by the mediator, this study suggests that the interruption event, i.e., the source itself, may be reclassified as not an interruption when there is an alignment between the surprise event and the core goals of the principal. This finding appears to depart from studies that show that events are consistently perceived as interruptions when they have interruption characteristics. The contribution of this study is that it sheds light on how principals evaluate whether an unexpected event is considered an interruption. A principal may not consider an event to be an interruption—even though it has interruption-like characteristics—provided the stakeholder who is the source of the interruption is strongly aligned with the principal’s core goals. References Brixey, J. M., Walji, M., Zhang, J., Johnson, T. R., & Turley, J. P. (2004, June). Proposing a taxonomy and model of interruption. In Proceedings: 6th International Workshop on Enterprise Networking and Computing in Healthcare Industry–Healthcom 2004 (IEEE Cat. No. 04EX842, pp. 184–188). IEEE. Brumby, D. P., Janssen, C. P., & Mark, G. (2019). How do interruptions affect productivity? Rethinking productivity in software engineering, 85-107. Denzin, N. K., Lincoln, Y. S., & Giardina, M. D. (2006). Disciplining qualitative research. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 19(6), 769-782. Hunter, E. M., Clark, M. A., & Carlson, D. S. (2019). Violating work-family boundaries: Reactions to interruptions at work and home. Journal of Management, 45(3), 1284–1308. Jett, Q. R., & George, J. M. (2003). Work interrupted: A closer look at the role of interruptions in organizational life. Academy of Management Review, 28(3), 494–507. Phillipps, D. M. (1991). Interruptibility: A descriptive and analytical study of primary school principals’ administrative performance [Doctoral dissertation, University of New England, (Armidale, New South Wales)]. Poirel, E., & Yvon, F. (2014). School principals' emotional coping process. Canadian Journal of Education/Revue canadienne de l'éducation, 37(3), 1-23 Puranik, H., Koopman, J., & Vough, H. C. (2020). Pardon the interruption: An integrative review and future research agenda for research on work interruptions. Journal of Management, 46(6), 806–842. Werner, N. E., & Holden, R. J. (2015). Interruptions in the wild: Development of a sociotechnical systems model of interruptions in the emergency department through a systematic review. Applied Ergonomics, 51, 244–254. Zide, J. S., Mills, M. J., Shahani-Denning, C., & Sweetapple, C. (2017). Work interruptions resiliency: Toward an improved understanding of employee efficiency. Journal of Organizational Effectiveness: People and Performance, 4(1), 39–58. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Being resilient: Case Studies of School Principals to Thrive at Work in China Zhejiang International Studies, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Based on the findings of the Principals Leadership Behaviour Project in two provinces in China, this paper provides empirical evidence from three school principals that contributes to the understanding of the factors that influence the resilience of school principals in their profession. Resilient leadership is one that is able to sustain an organisation or group's competitive advantage over time through its ability to perform two tasks simultaneously: to adapt and adjust effectively to rapid, turbulent change, and to thrive and prosper successfully against current goals (Dartey-Baah, 2015, Robb, 2000; Masten, 2012; Vera et al.,2020). If educational leaders fail to manage adversity, not only will the leaders themselves suffer psychological disorders, but students and teachers will also suffer as a result of the dysfunctional climate for all concerned.
Resilience research has been around for 50 years, but has been greatly intensified in the last 20 years (Förster & Duchek, 2017). The origins of this field of research lie in developmental psychology in the context of children at risk, suggesting that it is the protective factors with the individual, family and community that allow children at risk in adverse living conditions to thrive in their lives (Werner, 1996; Luthar, 1991). After that, resilience in the context of education is widely applied to children and teachers (Luthar, 2015; Beltman, Mansfield & Price, 2011).
Resilience in the context of education has been studied from a number of approaches to its definition. Firstly, resilience is seen as an important psychological trait associated with optimism, perseverance, adaptability, responsibility, courageous decision-making, personal ethical values, personal efficacy, personal well-being, etc. (Bennis, 2007; Lazaridou, 2020; Olmo-Extremera, Townsend and Segovia, 2022), which help individuals to bounce back from the challenges, disappointments and adversities they face. Secondly, resilience is considered as a socially constructed concept that is relative, developmental and dynamic and influenced by contexts or scenarios (Rutter, 1990; Bernard, 2002; Luthar, Cicchetti, & Becker, 2000; Henderson & Milstein, 2003; Gu & Day, 2007; Day, Johansson & Møller, 2011). In this case, resilience develops over time and is influenced by situational and personal factors and determined by individuals’ capacities to manage context-specific factors (Day, Johansson & Møller, 2011; Sarkar and Fletcher, 2014; Rutter, 2006). Apart from the two understandings mentioned above, there is another approach to explore resilient leadership. It is considered as a kind of transformational capability to demonstrate how to use resources (Dartey-Baah, 2015; Teo, Lee & Lim, 2017). Specifically, the capability perspective believes that resilient leadership is the use of social capital and financial, structural or technological resources to achieve the institution's goal so that it can thrive even in the face of adversity. (Vera et al., 2020).
Although the need and importance of resilient leadership is known, only a limited number of empirical studies have involved school principals. Some studies believe that resilience is static and resilient leadership is related to personality traits (Lazaridou & Beka, 2015; Olmo-Extremera, Townsend & Segovia, 2022), while others argue that resilience is dynamic and resilient leaders are influenced by positive and negative circumstances and are able to manage these context-specific factors (Day, Johansson & Møller, 2011). However, there is little evidence on which relevant factors, the trait variables or the context-specific variables, are more justified in Chinese principals and how such variables relate to success in the principalship.
This paper aims to portrait three resilient principals to demonstrate the range of internal and external protective factors impacting on leaders’ work which, together contribute to exercise leadership that resilience plays in enabling them to thrive, flourish and sustain their effectiveness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Principals Leadership Behaviour Project is an ongoing qualitative study involving 115 principals in two provinces in eastern China. The study was conducted in two phases. In the first phase, a total of 103 principals were interviewed in 11 counties of Fujian Province, including 33 principals whom we visited and interviewed in their schools and 70 principals whom we interviewed in focus groups. The second phase, currently underway, has so far visited 5 schools and interviewed 12 school leaders in three counties in Zhejiang province. The interviews mainly focus on the professional work of principals, including challenges and solutions at work, the role and values of principals, school leadership, etc. During each interview, with the consent of the interviewee, recordings were made and automatically transcribed at the same time. An initial memo and summary were written immediately after each school visit or headteacher interview. Drawing on data from the above-mentioned research project, this paper aims to explore how some school leaders are resilient to thrive in their daily work and profession. 1) Three characteristics of resilient leadership (inner motivation, academic optimism and courage to change) were summarized by reviewing the literature on resilient leadership. 2) The three characteristics are compared with the interview data in an attempt to identify resilient school leaders. Finally, three headteachers are identified, and the details can be found in Table 1. Table 1 profile of three headteachers Principals Gender Working years as a headteacher Teaching subject School location A Male 30 Chinese county B Female 18 English city C Male 5 Art village I then searched for them and their schools online and tried to find more information. I also arranged a second interview based on the following questions. 1) What difficulties or challenges are you facing or have faced and how do you deal with them? 2) What motivates you to make such a contribution? 3) What are your educational values and beliefs? Do you put those values and beliefs into practice? Constant comparative method was used to compare data from two interviews, memos and summaries and online news, and three storylines were emerged after coding and categorising. Finally, three stories were written with the subtitles of "Principal A-a retiring principal: turning days into decades with a vocational calling", "Principal B-a female principal: chasing for high standards of change with a global eye", "Principal C-a rising star: 'methods are always more than difficulties'". Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Resilience plays a key role in helping principals become successful school leaders, and that trait factors contributes more to influencing resilience than contextual ones for three participants. Firstly, intrinsic motivation combined with resilient leadership underpins the steadfastness of them. The three participants consistently responded with one word, 'interesting', when asked about their work motivation as headteachers. In other words, to persevere over a long professional life requires considerable intellectual and emotional commitment (Palmer, 2017). Secondly, self-demand associated with resilient leadership generates the pursuit of excellence and success in school. The high self-demands are illustrated by three participants with different stories. As mentioned by Day (2014), leading at your best over time requires everyday resilience, which includes 'toughness', resolute persistence, hope and commitment. Thirdly, change is accompanied by resilient leadership that puts the headteacher's educational beliefs into practice. The principals made full use of local materials, resources and relationships to specialise their school, and they also combined their professional strengths to revitalise the school environment. The study also found that contextual factors had a limited impact on the resilience of the participants. For example, Principal C, who works in a village primary school, expressed that he sees few difficulties as he believes that there are always solutions as long as one wants to make a difference. The findings differ from those of Gu and Day (2007), who focused on how balance is achieved in personal, situational and professional scenarios. They suggest that the more extreme the context, the more energy an individual needed to cope, and the more likely it was to test their resilience. However, based on the research, headteachers do not simply adapt to their work; instead, they thrive by actualising their beliefs through their positional power, regardless of the context, whether it presents an opportunity or adversity. References Beltman, S., Mansfield, C., & Price, A. (2011). Thriving not just surviving: A review of research on teacher resilience. Educational research review, 6(3), 185-207. Benard, B. (2002). Applications of resilience: Possibilities and promise (pp. 269-277). Springer US. Bennis, W. (2007). The challenges of leadership in the modern world: Introduction to the special issue. American psychologist, 62(1), 2. Dartey-Baah, K. (2015). Resilient leadership: A transformational-transactional leadership mix. Journal of Global Responsibility, 6(1), 99-112. Day, C. (2014). Resilient principals in challenging schools: The courage and costs of conviction. Teachers and Teaching, 20(5), 638-654. Day, C., Johansson, O., & Møller, J. (2011). Sustaining improvements in student learning and achievement: The importance of resilience in leadership. How school principals sustain success over time: International perspectives, 167-181. Förster, C., & Duchek, S. (2017). What makes leaders resilient? An exploratory interview study. German Journal of Human Resource Management, 31(4), 281-306. Gu, Q., & Day, C. (2007). Teachers resilience: A necessary condition for effectiveness. Teaching and Teacher education, 23(8), 1302-1316. Lazaridou, A. (2020). Personality and resilience characteristics of preschool principals: an iterative study. International Journal of Educational Management, 35(1), 29-46. Luthar, S. S. (1991). Vulnerability and resilience: A study of high‐risk adolescents. Child development, 62(3), 600-616. Masten, A. S. (2012). Resilience in individual development: Successful adaptation despite risk and adversity. In Educational resilience in inner-city America (pp. 3-25). Routledge. Olmo-Extremera, M., Townsend, A., & Domingo Segovia, J. (2022). Resilient leadership in principals: case studies of challenged schools in Spain. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1-20. Palmer, P. J. (2017). The courage to teach: Exploring the inner landscape of a teacher's life. John Wiley & Sons. Rutter, M. (1987). Psychosocial resilience and protective mechanisms. American journal of orthopsychiatry, 57(3), 316-331. Sarkar, M., & Fletcher, D. (2014). Ordinary magic, extraordinary performance: Psychological resilience and thriving in high achievers. Sport, Exercise, and Performance Psychology, 3 (1), 46–60. Teo, W. L., Lee, M., & Lim, W. S. (2017). The relational activation of resilience model: How leadership activates resilience in an organizational crisis. Journal of Contingencies and Crisis Management, 25(3), 136-147. Vera, D., Samba, C., Kong, D. T., & Maldonado, T. (2020). Resilience as thriving: The role of positive leadership practices. Organizational dynamics. Werner, E. E. (1996). Vulnerable but invincible: High risk children from birth to adulthood. European child & adolescent psychiatry, 5, 47-51. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Relational Vulnerability and Trust in School Leadership Karlstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:Trust is crucial in many areas and levels of society. School is a place for children and students’ learning that promotes personal development to become active, creative and responsible individuals and citizens. Trust between principals and teachers is important regarding collaboration, professional learning and the quality of teaching. Results from various international studies suggest that the interaction between the principal and teachers and the teachers' trust in the principal is closely connected to a school climate that is favorable to students' learning (Price, 2015; Tschannen-Moran & Gareis, 2015).
Trust is crucial for leadership. It is a part of caring for and loving of others, and the way a leader use experience, imagination and empathy that makes life of the other person as eliberating as possible (Løgstrup, 1994, 2007). To create trust is not only something for the other person, rather trust in a relationship makes it possible for both lives to flourish. This is also the case in a principal-teacher relation. To show trust is to completely open oneself up (Løgstrup, 1994) and contains a willingness to make yourself vulnerable for the other and to take a risk, believing, that the other will meet your needs (Blom, 2022; Hoy & Tschannen-Moran, 2000; Løgstrup, 1994).
Vulnerability has an important role in a trusting relation and to be open in contributing to the life of the other. This natural vulnerability and responsiveness to one another is an important part of leading in schools, for example in collaborations, professional learning and teaching. Relational vulnerability can be understood as the “intrinsic ability of humans to be open to their experiences, reflect upon their physical and mental states of existence, and navigate their lives” (Satama, Garcia-Lorenzo & Seeck, 2023, p. 4).
Vulnerability can be seen as both positive and negative, but is traditionally understood as being related to weakness, dependency, and powerlessness (Gilson, 2014). Positive vulnerability can be seen in the willingness to be honest and open to learning by accepting our not knowing everything and the possibility of being wrong (Mayer, La Fevre & Robinsson, 2017). As Gilson (2014) states “epistemic vulnerability is what makes learning, and thus a reduction of ignorance, possible” (p. 93). Negative vulnerability can for example be the possibility of embarrassment, emotional pain or feelings of powerlessness, which can result in defensive or ineffective behavior (Lasky, 2005). This affects the trusting relationship between a principal and teacher and may cause negative consequences on students learning. Leaders and those who hold positional power need to model the courage it takes to confront and discuss difficult issues, especially if these can evoke emotional reactions (Mayer, La Fevre & Robinsson, 2017). For principals this can be issues regarding the cooperation within the school, professional learning and school development. Thus, this includes that vulnerability is also about being sensitive and responsive towards the other. The notion of vulnerability is important when thinking about how leaders can build more trusting relationships (Mayer et.al., 2017). Previous research focuses on the broader concept of trust and this study aims at examining how school leaders and teachers think about relational vulnerability and how it manifests in their everyday school life.
Purpose The purpose of the study is to examine how principals show vulnerability and responsiveness in their leadership in schools as a part of trust, with a particular focus on the principal-teacher relationship.
Research questions How do principals describe their actions that involve vulnerability and responsiveness to other persons? What are the possible reasons for principals’ willingness to be vulnerable to others? How do teachers experience principals’ actions in regards to vulnerability and responsiveness? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study has a qualitative approach. Principals will be in-depth interviewed about how they show vulnerability and responsiveness in their everyday leadership. From an interpersonal perspective and to gain a greater understanding about principals’ leadership, teachers will also be interviewed. It is necessary to take into account both the actions of the leader and the receptivity of the other. Using qualitative analysis, focus is to explore the meaning in the participants descriptions (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2014). Løgstrup’s (1994) theory of the ethical demand and his view on trust will be used to achieve a deeper analysis. Interviews will be conducted with 5-10 principals and 5-10 teachers. The study will focus on schools with students at the age of approximately 13-15 years old and in small to large schools with a number of 300 – 600 students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research aims to contribute to a greater understanding of vulnerability and the concept of trust in principals’ everyday leadership and to further research. Results will be communicated through publications in peer-reviewed journals and presentations at research conferences. While it is difficult to determine prior to data collection, expected outcomes from the interviews with principals and teachers will hopefully contribute to a deeper understanding of the concept of trust and vulnerability. This will perhaps further give an opportunity to explore what may enable and constrain vulnerability and trust in leadership and what attitude that lays behind the way principals lead. References Blom, T. (2022). Time for trust:Critical moments in principals´everyday work. Karlstad University Studies. https://www.divaportal.org/smash/get/diva2:1653929/FULLTEXT01.pdf Gilson, E. C. 2014. Beyond Bounded Selves and Places: The Relational Making of Vulnerability and Security. Journal of the British Society for Phenomenology 49 (3): 229–242. Hoy, W.K. & Tschannen-Moran, M. (2000). A multidisciplinary analysis of the nature, meaning, and measurement of trust. Review of Educational Research. 70(4) 547-593 Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun (3 uppl.). Studentlitteratur. Lasky, S. (2005). A sociocultural approach to understanding teacher identity, agency and professional vulnerability in a context of secondary school reform. Teaching and Teacher Education 21(8) 899-916, doi: 10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.003. Løgstrup, K. E. (1994). Det etiska kravet. Daidalos. (Original 1956) Løgstrup, K. E. (2007). Beyond the Ethical Demand. University of Notre Dame Press. Meyer, F., Le Fevre, D.M. and Robinson, V.M.J. (2017). How leaders communicate their vulnerability: implications for trust building, International Journal of Educational Management, Vol. 31 No. 2, pp. 221-235. https://doi-org.bibproxy.kau.se/10.1108/IJEM-11-2015-0150 Price, H. E. (2015). Principals’ social interactions with teachers. Journal of Educational Administration, 53(1), 116-139. https://doi.org/10.1108/jea- 02-2014-0023 Satama, S., & Seeck, H., & Garcia-Lorenzo, L. (2023): Embracing relational vulnerabilities at the top: a study of managerial identity work amidst the insecurities of the self, Culture and Organization, DOI: 10.1080/14759551.2023.2291696 Tschannen-Moran, M., & Gareis, C. (2015). Faculty trust in the principal: an essential ingredient in high-performing schools. Journal of Educational Administration, 53(1), 66-92. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-02-2014-0024 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 27 SES 09 A: Connecting with Cypriot Research in Didactics Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Anke Wegner Round Table |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Panel Discussion Round table: Connecting with Cypriot Research in Didactics Universität Trier, Germany Presenting Author:The round table invites everyone to discuss research in didactics with colleagues from the host country. Four papers will be presented: Irene Drymiotou: Promoting Open Schooling: Partnerships Between Schools, Academia, the Community, and Industry for Science Learning Kyriakos Demetriou: Teachers and students co-creating short animation films for the promotion of the values of inclusion Agni Stylianou-Georgiou: XILOMATA: Deconstructing art and reconstructing multimodal spaces for embodied inquiry in an art gallery Agni Stylianou-Georgiou, Maria Hadjianastasi, Maria Vrikki: Fostering social perspective taking through dialogue and ‘radiant reading’ of wordless short animated films. References ... Chair Wegner Anke |
9:30 - 11:00 | 28 SES 09 A: How Can Schooling, Teacher Agency and Inclusion be Reimagined and Operationalised as Hopeful Practices for Plural, Sustainable and Participatory Futures? Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stephen Chatelier Panel Discussion |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Panel Discussion How Can Schooling, Teacher Agency and Inclusion be Reimagined and Operationalised as Hopeful Practices for Plural, Sustainable and Participatory Futures? 1NHL Stenden University of, Netherlands, The; 2University of Sterling, Scotland Presenting Author:This Panel engages the question: How can schooling, teacher agency and inclusion be reimagined and operationalised as hopeful practices for plural, sustainable and participatory futures? Within the field of education, there is growing interest in futures discourses. Issues including the future of the planet, the opportunities and fears presented by technological developments in AI, and rising nationalisms have resulted in speculation on the future of education and its role in global society. A recent example is UNESCO’s “Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education” report (2021). While education does aim to offer responses to societal crises, as a field it is arguably ‘subsumed under a market logic that prioritizes the development of human capital and economic growth’ (Van dermijnsbrugge & Chatelier, 2022, p.3). As such, its orientation towards the future is too often considered to be a ‘known territory to be mapped and conquered and fought over’ (Facer, 2016, p. 70) resulting in little more than perpetuating a crisis-ridden status quo. Through this panel, we wish to (re)orient ourselves, together with others, in relation to the field of education and to society more broadly by offering ways of being, thinking and doing that ‘not only help reveal structures and systems of violence, exploitation and domination’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 85), but also by supporting ‘people’s capacity to imagine and forge paths beyond them’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 85). To this end, we reimagine the concepts of schooling, teacher agency and inclusion, and the practices that underpin them. Through perspectives centered around plurality, participation and sustainability we wish to create ‘a space where an awareness of difference can lead to new ideas, alliances, solidarities and possibilities’ (Haiven & Khasnabish, 2014, p. 244). The first project presents a reimagined perspective on schooling via a research study conducted in 2024 with a group of about 40 educators in various roles, with different levels of experience and located in diverse contexts across the globe. They applied utopia as method, a speculative and imaginative practice that goes beyond critical scholarship and requires ontological inquiry and direct action (see Van dermijnsbrugge & Chatelier, 2022), in order to generate a shared imagination of a genuinely alternative future for schooling that is better equipped to respond to society’s most pressing challenges. The second project focuses on reimagining teacher agency. A recent research project, rooted in Actor-Network-Theory (Latour, 2005), shows how teacher agency is entangled with and often restricted by the agency of things (Oosterhoff et al, 2023). Human agency, decision making and taking action, ‘cannot be realized without an in-depth understanding of education “in its becoming”, as it unfolds and emerges’ as complex more-than-human practices (Gourlay, 2021, p. 165). This study supports educational professionals in gaining insight into the influence of objects in action that shape their profession. Through this insight, they develop a wider sense of response-ability that helps them to critically navigate increasingly complex educational practices. The third project focuses on inclusive educational practices that are driven by a pedagogy of hope, or, in the words of Webb (2019): pedagogical tact for alternative futures. Ten teacher trainers with leadership roles and expertise in pedagogy participated in a phenomenological study (Middendorp, 2015; Van Manen, 2014) wherein they used the mirror letter as a phenomenological method (Middendorp 2015, 2023) to investigate their experiences with and perspectives on hope in inclusive practices. The mirror letter creates awareness of one's (inclusive) actions and helps to make explicit values of individuals and communities. This Panel offers opportunities to discuss educational practices, and propose ways of thinking and doing that help offset dominant powers, whilst embracing complexity and uncertainty. References Facer, K (2016). Using the future in education: creating space for openness, hope and novelty. In Lees, H.E. & Noddings, N. (Eds.), The Palgrave international handbook of alternative education (pp. 63–78). Palgrave. Gourlay, L. 2021. Posthumanism and the Digital University: Texts, Bodies and Materialities. Bloomsbury Academic. Haiven, M. & Khasnabish, A. (2014). The radical imagination. Fernwood Publishing. Latour, B. 2005. Reassembling the Social. An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford University Press. Manen, M. van (2014). Phenomenology of Practice Meaning-Giving Methods. In Phenomenological Research and Writing. Left Coast Press. Middendorp, J. (2015). Relatie voor leer-kracht Pedagogisch tactvol handelen van leerkrachten in het basisonderwijs. De Weijer Uitgeverij. Middendorp, J. (2023). Een hoopvolle toekomst. Hoe dan? (Inaugurele rede) Oosterhoff, A., Thompson, T.L., Oenema-Mostert, I., & Minnaert, A. (2023). En/countering the doings of standards in Early Childhood education. Drawing on Actor-Network Theory to trace enactments of and resistances to emerging sociomaterial assemblages. Journal of Education Policy. DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2022.2161639. UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379707 Van dermijnsbrugge, E. & Chatelier, S. (2022). Utopia as method: A response to education in crisis? Asia Pacific Journal of Education. DOI: 10.1080/02188791.2022.2031870 Webb, D. (2019). Utopian pedagogy: possibilities and limitations Hope, Utopia and creativity in higher education: pedagogical tactics for alternative futures, by Craig Hammond (book review) Pedagogy, Culture, & Society Volume 27, issue 3, p. 481 484. Chair Stephen Chatelier schatelier@unimelb.edu.au University of Melbourne, Australia |
9:30 - 11:00 | 28 SES 09 B: Sociologies of the Future in Everyday Educational Contexts Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Louise Phillips Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Sociology of the Future(s) in Small Schools 1CNR-IRPPS, Italy; 2INDIRE, Italy Presenting Author:Temporality and its conceptions are fundamental to educational discourse, policy, and practices. More specifically, education is often and ubiquitously put about a specific kind of temporality, i.e., the future and ideas about possible and/or (un)desirable futures (e.g., Arendt, 1954). While (the concept of) future is often put in relation to education in rhetorical, tokenistic, or even instrumental ways, there are indeed different aspects of this bond that have been recognized and analyzed from diverse ontological and epistemological perspectives. For instance, we may think about how education will look like in the future, how it concurs in building the future or how it prepares students for the future, on the other hand, we may invert the relationship and ask ourselves how ideas and attitudes towards the future affect educational thinking, practices, and policies today. Here, for instance, ideas about technology and their role in future societal settings – so-called sociotechnical imageries (Jasanoff and Kim, 2013) – inform and define present discourses, practices and policies pertaining to education. This often happens in normative, preparative, or even speculative ways. In fact, as Facer (2021) summarizes, in the educational sector ‘the future’ can be subject to many diverse activities following heterogeneous aims: prediction, imagination, speculation, (adaptive or agentic) preparation, critique, emancipation, suspension, reflection and even repair. These activities, and the effects they induce upon present and future schooling, also depend upon which actors (students, teachers, policymakers, tech companies, financial speculators), interests (pedagogical, economic, political, … ), and generations participate in the construction of specific ideas, attitudes and conceptions of the future, but also upon how near or far the imagined future may be conceived. In this paper, we are interested in discussing and confronting educational futures (and of futures in education) of small and rural schools. Education and educational practices are always embedded within broader territorial systems that define geographically specific needs, desires, constraints and grammar of school. Subsequently, educational conceptions of the future – and their influences and effects on the present – may also vary depending on territorial differences and specificities (Boix et al., 2015). Small and rural schools have specific features, needs, and grammar of school when compared with bigger schools in urban areas, for instance, regarding student numerosity and heterogeneity, classroom organisation or integration with other territorial actors and institutions. In this regard, one of the many questions arising is where, for which areas, and with which consequences educational futures are imagined, perceived, produced, built, or speculated upon. By drawing on the current interest in the future in sociology (see the special issue in Sociological Review, 2016; New Media and Society, 2021; Qualitative Inquiry, 2022; Levitas, 2013; Urry, 2016) and on the ongoing investigation in small schools in Italy resulting from a collaboration between CNR-IRPPS and INDIRE, we will present social imageries of small schools emerging from participatory research with three schools aiming at stimulate bottom-up projects that makes operational the idea of the school as a learning hub. Our idea is to propose to work with the concept of ‘school as learning hub’ as a possible future scenario of the future grammar of the school in well-known OCDE scenarios of schooling to understand: a) how the idea of ‘school as learning hub’ may give a name to their schooling practices, and act as concrete (what could or ought to be), an abstract (core principles to engage critically with the present), or latent future (future in the making, but yet to materialise) (Halford & Southerton, 2023) for the three cases; c) to what extent this exercise of the future may help small schools stimulate their singularity and creativity in a bottom-up way. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Since the pandemic, CNR-IRPPS and INDIRE has started a joint program of research on the school of the future: a) the first investigation concerned the adaptation of Latour’s inventory and led to a report called ‘La scuola che verrà’ (School yet to come) (CNR-IRPPS & INDIRE 2021); b) the second investigation is regarding OCDE’s Scenario of the School Future (202x) in three pilot schools. This presentation focuses on the scenario of ‘School as a Learning Hub, proposed by the OECD, is defined as follows: '...Open school walls, connect schools to their communities, foster ever-changing forms of learning, civic engagement and social innovation'. In a perspective of collaboration with schools and with the actors of the educational community, a research protocol is framed in a participatory pilot research design, in which research activities alternate with educational activities that will involve managers, teachers, students and actors of the context in which the school operates. For this purpose, the small schools included in the path will be called to organise '7 days on the future of small schools'. In seven days, the schools involved will be invited to think, narrate, and rethink, using the idea of the school as a learning hub as a guideline. Leveraging the combination of inventive methods for social research and 'traditional' qualitative techniques (such as semi-structured interviews and focus groups), the seven days on the futures of small schools will create a path of reconnaissance-participatory research and co-codesign. The route includes a) the creation of a school-territory group (teachers, parents, students, outsiders, etc.); b) the involvement of the school and the territory through digital storytelling (or video-participatory); c) the development of projects to give shape to the school as a learning hub. Three cases in the country's North and South have been selected through an open call oriented to schools that could give information on some of the characteristics of the definition of ‘School as Learning Hub.’ The open call circulated in the ‘Movement of Small Schools’ list, a movement supported by INDIRE, including small and rural schools. ‘Small schools’ here regard schools in rural and suburban areas, often at risk of closure or aggregation to bigger schools. In Italy, school policy implicitly considers schools of big cities as the dominant model. Accordingly, small schools are seen as exceptional or peripheral. Nevertheless, there are not a few small schools numerically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research intends to map the practices, experiences and organisational processes that can be approached to the concept of ‘school as a learning hub’ and to intercept their local translations, possibly enriching the concept. Through a phase of creative-participatory research focused on developing video stories developed by the school-territory group, it is intended to encourage small schools to be involved in processes of self-narration and self-reflection oriented to a definition from below of the concept of School as a Learning Hub. Secondly, through the experiences narrated and the reflections, we intend to illustrate how schools live in multiple temporalities that escape the simple and dominant linear past-present-future logic. In that sense, we expect to describe multiple forms of futures at the stake. Finally, we want to illustrate how methods matter in studying educational futures. Deterministic and positivist orientations risk limiting the mapping of future-making activities. Engaging in new methods helps silent or marginal voices to be heard in the public debate. A participatory approach may permit the voices of small schools to be considered and not made peripheral in dominant discourses that reinforce the vision of the school’s future as taken for granted. References Arendt, H. (1954). The crisis in education. Between past and future. Six exercises in political thought. Boix, R., Champollion, P., & Duarte, A. M. (2015). Territorial specificities of teaching and learning. Sisyphus—Journal of Education, 3(2), 7-11. Facer, K. (2021). Futures in education: Towards an ethical practice, UNESCO. Halford, S., & Southerton, D. (2023). What Future for the Sociology of Futures? Visions, Concepts and Methods. Sociology. https://doi.org/10.1177/00380385231157586 Jasanoff, S., & Kim, S. H. (2013). Sociotechnical imaginaries and national energy policies. Science as culture, 22(2), 189-196. Levitas R (2013) Utopia as Method: The Imaginary Reconstitution of Society. London: Palgrave Macmillan Lupton D and Watson A (2022) Research-creations for speculating about digitized automation: Bringing creative writing prompts and vital materialism into the Sociology of futures. Qualitative Inquiry 28(7): 754–766. Markham A (2021) The limits of the imaginary: Challenge to intervening in future speculations of memory, data and algorithms. New Media and Society 23(2): 382–405. Pink S (2022) Methods for researching automated futures. Qualitative Inquiry 28(7): 747–753. Poli R (2017) Introduction to Anticipation Studies. New York, NY: Springer. Urry J (2016) What Is the Future? Cambridge: Polity 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Being Present (Past and Future): The Salience of Time for LGBT Teachers within UK Schools Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Schools in the UK are currently at a disjuncture with regards to LGBT inclusion. In England, ‘LGBT content’ has been added to the curriculum for Relationships and Sex Education (RSE). Within this, government advice is tenuous, with notions of age appropriateness and parental consultations dominating guidance. These polices are also framed within a neoliberal climate, where structural inequalities are masked, and individualised solutions are favoured (Woolley, 2017). The resulting implementation of LGBT practices, and policies has been variable, both within and between schools (Llewellyn & Reynolds 2021). This picture sits alongside a rise in opposition to LGBT inclusion in schools (Nash & Brown, 2021). In light of these contending notions, it is important to be sceptical of universal and linear narratives of progress which permeate modernity (Brown, 2001), education and research (Facer, 2023). However, linear narratives are only one of several possible “temporal framings” (Lazar, 2019) that are experienced. Indeed, education itself is often caught between competing conceptions of progress and conservatism. Both advocate a desired future, but each has a different relationship to the past, the former to discard and the second to preserve (Decuypere & Maarten, 2020). These ideas are adjoined to discourses of the desired child through a projected future (Lesko & Talburt, 2012). Arguably, nowhere are the lines between progress and conservativism more keenly drawn than with regards to LGBT inclusion in schools. Within this, conceptions of the desired child are used to advocate for, and notably against, LGBT inclusion. The moral rhetoric of “let kids be kids” (Bialystok & Wright, 2019) regularly appears in campaigns against LGBT inclusion, which can be seen more globally. One group of people who are at the centre of these contestations are LGBT teachers, who are, to some extent, living their identities, and responding to the presence (or absence) of LGBT within their workplace. Identity formation in general has a relationship to time (du Gay, 2007). For teachers, they operate with the present, yet their work is centred around educational narratives of progress, and of their children’s future. However, teachers have a relationship to schooling through their own experiences, thus there is a recollected past that may impact their practices, perceptions, and identity formation. More broadly, for any individual, a “perception of their past, present and especially their future(s), is inextricably connected to psychological well-being” (Clancy, 2014, p. 36). For LGBT teachers temporalities have even more significance, as often their own schooling has been harmful. UK schools have historically operated a homophobic relationship to LGBT content and people, with particular significance placed upon the legacy of Section 28 - this stated local authorities shall not “intentionally promote homosexuality” (DES, 1988). The impact of Section 28 has arguably led to decades of silence around sexuality in UK schools. Whilst present day schools may be less overtly homophobic, the inclusion of LGBT content, and treatment of LGBT people is variable, with emphasis often placed upon antibullying strategies, which construct a limiting victim narrative (Monk, 2011). Within this, schools are places that overwhelmingly reproduce heteronormativity; therefore, it is possible, LGBT inclusion is largely present through a “discourse of accommodation” (Omercajic and Martino, 2020). Alongside this, ‘LGBT people’ are also bounded by narratives of inevitable progress. This is demonstrated through public discourses such as the “it gets better” campaign, launched in 2010 in the US, and popularised through celebrities and online video content (West et al. 2013). Whilst these videos offer examples of hope and resistance, it is also possible that that they create a singular hero narrative, that streamlines an acceptable LGBT experience. Again, there is a separation into hero and victim. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This article thus asks, what is the work done by dominant narratives of time and progress, when LGBT teachers begin to experience LGBT inclusion in (heteronormative) schools. Furthermore, what does this mean within a neoliberal education system where there is expectation upon the entrepreneurial self, and structural inequalities are concealed (Woolley, 2017). This discursive study aligns to feminist standpoint theory, where personal experiences are foregrounded and positioned as “the starting point in the production of knowledge about the structures that perpetuate privilege” (Neary, 2013, p. 587). Hence, to explore these ideas, the article draws from data with 50 LGBT teachers past and present, who conducted individual online interviews during July and August of 2020. Teachers were recruited via social networks, through a combination of targeted, snowball, and respondent-driven sampling, which is commonplace in critical LGBT research (Bell, 1997). The online interview topics were broad in scope, but purposefully active (Holstein & Gubrium, 2004). Hence, there was some attempt to disrupt any asymmetrical interview relationship. Interviews lasted on average for 67 minutes. Intended topic areas included: being out or not; inclusion; the participants role; school curriculums and change. Further topics that arose included: being a parent; Section 28 and intersectionality. All interviews were audio recorded and transcribed. Conceptions of time was not a specific question, but instead a salient theme that arose from the analysis. This analysis was conducted through multiple readings and immersion in the data. Moreover, there was a movement between codes and interviews, thus avoiding fragmentation of the data (Hollway & Jefferson). A further level of reflexivity was employed as, to some extent, I was an insider within the project, being both LGBT and a former schoolteacher. Each participant was given consent forms, privacy notices and information sheets – they were informed of their rights to withdraw from the project at any stage, The research was also given ethical approval by my institution. The 50 participants varied in age experience, gender, phase, and teaching role. The majority taught in English schools, six in Scottish schools, three had experience of teaching in Wales and two had experience in Northern Ireland. The majority identified as homosexual (gay/lesbian) with some preferring queer, with a small number as bi/pansexual; four identified as non-binary and/or trans. The vast majority were white British or Irish, whilst a small number identified themselves with further intersectional categories, such as disability, ethnicity, and religion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, I demonstrate that notions of linear and singular time, and an inevitable progress, are vital to the present neoliberal project of LGBT inclusion – however they are also problematic, regulating and restricting. Specifically, for LGBT teachers it is the relationship to the past and future that drives and justifies their conception of inclusion. Namely, that their work on LGBT inclusion is able to fix their harmful pasts and simultaneously project a more hopeful future for their students. However, these past experiences are not readily acknowledged within school communities or institutions. Instead, the LGBT teacher is expected to use their knowledge and wisdom yet be neutral. This can lead to uneven practices and expectations in schools, where the LGBT teacher is often the “gay tsar” yet also experiences added emotional labour (Llewellyn, 2023). Throughout this, expectations of the professional neoliberal teacher are embedded. These findings reflect that “temporal frames that disconnect narratives of the future from stories of the past are a prime source of conflict around the world” (Facer, 2020, p. 61). The highlighting of LGBT teachers (and LGBT content) is novel within research concerning temporalities. Moreover, these findings are important as for LGBT inclusion in schools to succeed, there needs to be a reconsideration of the relationships with time, and with the allure of an ‘inevitable’ progress. Furthermore, that neither time nor teachers are neutral in their practices, and this has consequences for all, including schools and LGBT practices. There are particular consequences for LGBT teachers who are caught within projects of temporalities, and within expectations of the neoliberal self. References Bialystok, L., & Wright, J. (2019). ‘Just say no’: Public dissent over sexuality education and the Canadian national imaginary. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(3), 343–357. Bell, D. (1997). Sex lives and audiotape: Geography, sexuality and undergraduate dissertations. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 21(3), 411–417. Brown, W. (2001). Politics out of history. Princeton. Clancy, C. (2014). The Politics of Temporality: Autonomy, Temporal Spaces and Resoluteness. Time & Society, 23(1), 28–48 Decuypere, M. & Maarten, S. (2020). Pasts and futures that keep the possible alive: Reflections on time, space, education and governing, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 640-652, Du Gay, P. 2007. Organizing identity: Persons and organizations after theory. Sage. Facer, K. (2023). Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society, 1(1-2), 60-66 Hollway, W., & Jefferson, T. (2000). Doing qualitative research differently: Free association, narrative and the interview method. Sage. Holstein, J., & Gubrium, J. F. (2003). Active interviewing. In J. Holstein & J. F. Gubrium (Eds.), Postmodern Interviewing (pp. 67-80). Sage. Lazar, N. C. (2019). Out of joint: Power, crisis, and the rhetoric of time. Yale. Lesko, N., & Talburt, S. (2012). Enchantment. In N. Lesko & S. Talburt (Eds.), Keywords in youth studies: Tracing affects, movements, knowledges (pp. 279–289). Routledge. Llewellyn, A. & Reynolds, K. (2021). Within and between heteronormativity and diversity: Narratives of LGB teachers and coming and being out in schools. Sex Education, 21(1), 13-26. Llewellyn, A. (2023). “Because I live it.”: LGB teacher identities, as professional, personal, and political. Frontiers in Education. 8, 1-12 Monk, D. (2011). Challenging homophobic bullying in schools: The politics of progress. International Journal of Law in Context, 7, 181–207. Nash, C. J. & Browne, K. (2021). Resisting the mainstreaming of LGBT equalities in Canadian and British Schools: Sex education and trans school friends. EPC: Politics and Space, 39(1), 74-93. Neary, A. (2013). Lesbian and gay teachers’ experiences of ‘coming out’ in Irish schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(4), 583-602. Omercjic, K., & Martino, W. (2020). Supporting transgender inclusion and gender diversity in schools: A critical policy analysis. Frontiers in Sociology, 5, 27. West, I., Frischherz M., Panther, A., & Brophy, R. (2013). Queer worldmaking in the “It Gets Better” campaign. QED: a journal in GLBTQ worldmaking 1, 49-86 Woolley, S. W. (2017). Contesting silence, claiming space: Gender and sexuality in the neo-liberal public high school. Gender and Education, 29(1), 84-99. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 29 SES 09 A JS: JS NW29 & NW30. Arts and environment in educational research Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Judit Onsès Joint Paper Session NW 29 and NW 30. Full details in 29 SES 09 A JS |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Imagination Agents: Pedagogy for Imagination, Metacognition and Agency, driven by Environmental Concern 1University of Dundee, United Kingdom; 2Queen Margaret University, United Kingdom; 3Newcastle University; 4Glasgow University Presenting Author:This paper explores the implementation of and findings from Imagination Agents, a mixed-methods case-study, funded by a Royal Society of Arts Catalyst grant. This took place in an inner-city, Glasgow secondary school, with young people aged 12-13. The approach taken was intended to be ‘grassroots’ in addressing local, environmental degradation and issues relating to young people’s sense of agency. The project was co-created by researchers, parents, artists, artist-researchers, teachers and to a lesser extent, by the young people themselves. The conceptual foundation for the project was grounded in a flexible hypothesis that imagination enables the necessary originality for creativity, enabling learners to construct personal understandings of their own learning which equate to metacognition, with this enabling the self-awareness and confidence for personal and in turn, social/democratic agency. We propose that, life in a posthuman (Braidotti, 2013) world where we are living with a ‘convergent crisis’ of complex issues, necessitates the creation of new understandings, which can be produced through the application of imagination and agency, towards the conceptualisation and facilitation of positive change. Such change is more likely to be sustained if it emerges from and is meaningful within its relevant communities. Supporting learners to develop imagination and understand it metacognitively can result in personal agency which better-equips them as participants within and activators of healthy environments.
While highly regarded in arts education contexts, imagination is often perceived to be some kind of magical force, implying that it is unlearnable and unteachable. Based on Burns’ (2022) models of cognitive/metacognitive imagination and on Atkinson’s (2017) notion of ‘the force of art’ as enabling possibilities for new worlds, we investigated how to support young people’s imagination and agency in relation to their local environment. Artists and researchers, some of whom were also parents of young people within the school, developed conceptual models of imagination (Burns 2022) and agency (Priestly et al. 2015) into highly visual, self-completion ‘handbooks’ which acted as ‘catalytic tools’ (Baumfield et. al., 2009) in simultaneously supporting pedagogy and data production. Pedagogically, they provided an artistic space which complemented artist-led activities to encourage metacognition of imagination and agency. In terms of research, the handbooks enabled the visualisation of participant’s often tacit, reflective understandings of imagination and agency in relation to artist-led activities, allowing researchers to gain process-insights into participant’s developing imaginative, cognitive and metacognitive capacities. The application of the models within axial, visual, evaluation tools, enabled a quantitative reporting of impact which is less-usual in art-based projects and could be considered as a means of measuring imagination. We discuss the potential relevance and ethical implications of this within neoliberal contexts for art education. By combining young people’s self-reports with teacher, artist and researcher journal entries, this paper also reflects on how and to what extent the project was successful in supporting imagination and agency. The authors conclude that there was a positive impact but that this was hindered by multiple challenges inherent within the school environment. We go on to ask whether this school and by extension, others, are currently equipped, philosophically and practically, to support imagination and agency, discussing the implications of this for positive, social and environmental transformation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Action Research resulted in the production of a mixed methods, case study. Findings emerging from the perspectives of ten young people, two teachers, two artists and four researchers, was triangulated and cohered through a thematic analysis. Teachers, artist educators and researchers produced reflective journals, shared by email as data. This was used to generate the pedagogic content of subsequent research cycles, along with young people’s responses captured within visual research tools. The research incorporated artist-produced research tools, constructed in collaboration with teachers, embedded within the pedagogy and aligned with the artistic focus of the project, along with the collective journal, practitioner diaries, researcher observation, photographic and video documentation of the action research cycles. Research tools were often ‘catalytic’ and pedagogical, engaging learners in self-reflective processes which helped them to develop their understanding of their own learning while simultaneously providing data. Research tools for capturing the development of imagination were based on cognitive and metacognitive, theoretical models of imagination, produced by Burns (2022). In part, the project aimed to develop and trial these tools, designed to provide insight, for researchers and participants, into young people’s metacognition, particularly in relation to their developing imagination and agency. We intended, by working in this way with these ‘catalytic tools’ (Baumfield et al. 2009) and using art-based pedagogies which are designed to nurture autonomy, to blur the edges of where the research begins and ends and the distinctions between researcher and the ‘researched’, in a pedagogic setting which attempted to remove the hierarchical role of adults as ‘experts’ and encouraged the democratic and collaborative pursuit of emergent learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Rather than seeing the art- based pedagogy as a ‘product’, ready for transfer to other schools and areas, we sought to understand what made the work successful and sustainable. We will attempt to identify factors which enable, or hinder, high quality, grass-roots development which has art and environmental regeneration as a subject focus but seeks to develop imagination, agency and democratic participation within a grand vision of sustainability and positive transformation. This learning should provide transferable knowledge which will enable us to develop relationships with further schools, in different areas, to undertake related projects which are relevant to their specific, self-identified needs. Ultimately, we aspire to enabling a network of schools, engaged in grass-roots activities which enable students to transform themselves and influence their local environments. Currently at the stage of data analysis, we are able to speculate that many/most of the young people developed imagination, agency, metacognitive understanding and metacognitive strategies for applying these, to some extent. We hope to be able to isolate aspects of the pedagogy which were effective in developing these cognitive and metacognitive capacities and to be able to grow our understanding of the relationships between the capacities, in relation to art experience. We seek to be able to elaborate on or question our hypothetical model that imagination enables creativity, which enables metacognition, which enables agency. We often presume that art experience is good for our imagination but with this research, we hope to deepen knowledge of exactly how it helps us to become more imaginative and in turn, more empowered. With this established, we can turn to comparing the value of art experience to other kinds of educational experience and develop understanding of best practice for supporting capacities which are vital for learners to thrive in a challenging world. References Atkinson, D. (2017) Without Criteria: Art and Learning and the Adventure of Pedagogy, International Journal of Art and Design Education, 36:2, p.141-152 Baumfield, V., Hall, E., Wall, K. (2013) Action Research in Education, Sage Biesta, G. and Burbules, N. (2003) Pragmatism and Educational Research, Rowman and Littlefield Braidotti, R. (2013) The Posthuman. Polity Burns, H. (2022) Imagining Imagination: Towards cognitive and metacognitive models. Pedagogy, Culture and Society. Priestly, M., Biesta, G., Robinson, S. (2015) Teacher Agency: an ecological approach. Bloomsbury 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Documentary Theatre Practice Contribution to Teachers Transition Institut Agro, France Presenting Author:First, we would like to consider this action-research in the post-Covid pandemic time, during which relations within or out of schools have suffered (Franck & Haesebaert, 2023) and the climate change time which both stimulate us to think of where we want to land ! (Latour 2017). The specific aim of this proposal is to consider the documentary theatre practice experienced through a workshop on the aim of Agro-Ecological Transition (AET). It took place a week in December 2023 in the National Support Disposal in charge of experiencing and educators’ formation. Benefitting from last year experience mixing 2 teachers and 5 students, this experiment has been realized with 8 teachers of the French Agricultural Training System and organised in the Institut Agro (Montpellier, Florac campus). This theatre practice was chosen in order to teach AET differenty (out of traditional sessions) and understand the skills development. Its capacity of embodying the AET through artistic sensitive practices (Covez, 2023, 2018) has been shown. But, the French Agricultural Education encounters some difficulties to transform the written AET priority into reality, as this means not only technical but also professional posture changes. This can be observed when the Otherwise Producing Teaching program n°2 is being reconsidered and evolving into what should be a more efficient plan on transitions. Besides, the Institut Agro has recognized the quality of the documentary theatre practice (ecoanxiety and bifurcation decline, empowerment in transformative actions) and expressed the wish to realize it at a national level towards engineers students. We also notice that the higher education school uses the Socio-Ecological Transition as a major concern which enlarges the approach. Therefore, the evolutions showed on both sides encourage us to take into consideration the transition notion as at the centre of concerns, practices and praxis. The European Green Transition skills and knowledge concepts and Sharon Todd thoughts (2016) helps us move on our action-research. It seems important now to question transition itself in relation to education, formation and transformation. Therefore, we refer to her work on the fragility of transition (if related only to a link between past and future) and rather consider it as a process that relies on the present. Finally, when transition, education and transformation seem so much layered, the documentary theatre practice by teachers represents an educational and pedagogical opportunity to experiment in order to question their relationships. A nationwide project has then been proposed and is waiting for subsidiary to study the documentary theatre practices carried out by teachers on a voluntary basis with their students. As Michèle (one of last year’s workshop teachers) has received a regional creativity prize for her students’ performance on textile transition, this encourages us to consider it on a long term in the reality of the agricultural highschools, where the project is spreading. So: does a documentary theatre practice contribute to teachers’transition? This workshop based on the previous experience is to consider learning it as an emotionally, bodily, individual and collective creating activity put to the service of the understanding and communication of transition. The hypothesis is that it represents a tool for educational change in respect to transition, regarding the educators’ status and professional identity. As, we learnt that the coherent mix way of cognitive and bodily activities brought an improvement in well-being and empowerment, we wish to understand what the impacts of this active pedagogy are, relaunching the arts education value first in aim of teachers. The coherent form that the documentary theatre practice represents, would help teachers move their personal and professional posture spreading the transition education capabilities within the highschools towards other educators and students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ethnographic action-research methodological approach consists in interviews with the 8 adults and the artist Théo actor, dramatist and director, with whom we prepared this renewed project, so as to adapt to the adults participants. The approach is also nourished with participative observation, meetings minutes, field journals, and small filmed interviews. To analyse and better understand the whole process, from exchanging to performing, we also have to take into consideration the artist/trainer partnership. The trainer was participating to activities as any participant and would also intervene in groups so as to bring new ideas, calm down the tension/stress or stimulate the creation. While Théo was concentrating on the artistic forms of creation, legitimizing and assuring the ideas, the research-trainer would help accompanying the sensitive change (Barbier, 1997) demanding change of posture. Both of these positions are valuable to understand the formation process. The research is not finished yet, as the interviews and analysis are going on. On the theatre perspective, it is very important to specify the methodology used by the documentary theatre. Different types exist (Magris & Ali, 2019), and this one is defined by its designer, in Florac, Théo as a récit fictionnel type. This means that creation made of debates from personal experiences and documents, growing shared concepts and problematics leads to the definition and conception of scenes (through mise à plat methodology enriched by theatre and improvisation exercises). Subjects that emerged from reflexions and postures were: patriarchy, symbiotic relationships, traditional farmers, living creatures, hyper-consuming postures and countryside exile in the mountains! The last point is very much assumed by the Institut Agro, as trainees like to come to the mountains of southern France, in the middle of nowhere so as to get some physical and psychological fresh air! Quality research is used so as to get a comprehensive view on the expectations/representations at work from drama, cultural, life skills, psycho-social competencies, to eight core competencies (Robinson & al, 2022) or green transversal competencies (ESCO, 2022). None of the competencies were predefined as the field journals were used to express oneself freely. The formation in the mountains was conceived as a tense and demanding experience (Jeffrey & al, 2004). The interconnected materials intend to embrace the context, process and participants position, and is to be interpreted at best as a living experience in transition education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop lasted 4 days. We saw a strong need for each of the participants to express oneself, on the cognitive, socio-economical, agricultural, but also political point of view in the field of transition. Eco-anxiety emotion was expressed, mostly by the youngest ones. Their participation came from the wish to discover a new way that would be useful to make the complex transition lived by their students (stuck to ecoanxiety or anger and who feel unable to apply this transition in their agricultural context) back to their own highschool. The running analysis shows several turning points : accepting and expressing one’s point of view in front of others; exposing oneself on the scene for exercises and representation; opening and accepting other’s status and concerns (technical/general/intellectual matters); accepting living emotions when coming out of the self; working and agreeing together for the creation (subject and theatre style). To put it into a shell, they had to stick strongly to the necessity of performing which means, not fixing to the self but accepting co-creating in emergency. So they found that situation quite stimulating and quite coherent with the climate society change context. Moreover, this workshop has been lived as a personal transformation as all these dimensions stimulate the self and professional efficiency back to work. As each of the highschool has an agricultural exploitation (pets, livestock farming, landscaping…), it represents an encouraging impact. Transformation was put to the service of transition which is still a non-stable notion for them going from a never ending transition, passing by a cycle, to a paradigmatic change, including feminism. Embodying their imagined story allowed them getting out of a kind of confusion. Feeling reassured, they affirmed that only an active pedagogy, such as the theatre practice, can achieve making living the transition education. References Barbier, R. (1997). L’approche transversale, l’écoute sensible en sciences humaines. Paris : Anthropos. Benhaiem, J-M. (2023). Une nouvelle voie pour guérir. Paris: Odile Jacob. Boal, A. (1996). Théâtre de l’opprimé. Paris: La découverte. Covez, C. (2023), «Documentary Theatre Practice to the Service of Engineers-Students Agro-Ecological Transition Education”. congrès “The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université Glasgow, 21-25 août. Covez, C. (2022),”Theatre Practice Partnership Contribution to Ancrochage”. congrès “Education in a Changing World : the impact of global realities on the prospects and experiences of educational research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Yérevan, 22-26 août. Covez, C. (2018), Des pratiques artistiques vers le développement humain, par le vivre. Actes du colloque «La recherche, la formation, les politiques et les pratiques en éducation, 30 ans d’AFIRSE au Portugal» de l’Association Francophone de Recherche et Sciences de l’Éducation section Portugal, 1 au 3 février. Delcuvellerie, J. (2000). Rwanda 94, une tentative de réparation symbolique envers les morts à l’usage des vivants. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wO06-qa1ffc Franck, N. & Haesebaert, F. (2023). Protéger sa santé mentale après la crise. Paris: Odile Jacob. Jeffrey, B. & Troman, G. (2004). Time for Ethnography. British Educational research Journal, vol. 30, n°4, p.535-548. Latour, B. (2017), Où atterrir? Comment s’orienter en politique. Paris: La découverte. Laurent, E. (2019). Et si la santé guidait le monde? Paris: éditions les liens qui libèrent. Lévy, I., Martin-Moreau, M. & Ménascé, D. (2022). From ecological transition to ecological transformation: consensus and fault lines. The Journal of Field actions https://journals.openedition.org/factsreports/6853 Magris, E. & Picon-Vallin, B. (2019). Les théâtres documentaires. Montpellier : Deuxième époque. Plénard, A. (2023). Construction identitaire et engagement, quel lien? In L’année de la recherche en sciences de l’éducation n°2023. Paris: L’harmattan. Pp111-128. Robinson, K. & Robinson, K. (2022). Imagine if creating a future for us all. London: Penguin books. Rosa, H. (2022). Accélérons la résonance ! Entretien Wallenhorst. Paris: le Pommier/Humensis. Todd, S. (2016). Facing uncertainty in education: Beyond the harmonies of Eurovision education. European Educational Research Journal, 15 (6). pp. 617-627. Centre National du Théâtre (2014). Comment le documentaire devient théâtre.https://theatre-contemporain.net/video/Rencontre-Comment-le-documentaire-devient-theatre European commission(2022) .Green skills and Knowledge Concepts, technical reportESCO: https://esco.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2023-07/Green%20Skills%20and%20Knowledge%20-%20Labelling%20ESCO.pdf Les compétences psychosociales : définition et état des connaissances (2015). https://www.santepubliquefrance.fr/docs/les-competences-psychosociales-definition-et-etat-des-connaissances |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 09 A JS: Joint Session of NW 04 and NW 30 Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Joint Paper Session NW 04 and NW 30. Full informationin 30 SES 09 A JS |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Towards a Decolonised Curriculum: Fostering Inclusivity and Intercultural Understanding for a Sustainable Future University Of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Amid a global shift toward decolonisation in education, this research aims to identify evidence-based strategies for developing a sustainable, inclusive, and culturally responsive curriculum. As universities advocate for inclusivity in curricula, it remains crucial to scrutinise the impact of these strategies on educational spaces. Although educators acknowledge the move towards sustainable intercultural and inclusive education, challenges persist in integrating these practices effectively (Greer, 2020; Stentifod & Koutsouris, 2022). Recent studies highlight the transformative nature of decolonising sustainability in education, challenging dominant narratives, fostering cultural sensitivity, and promoting equity (Hutchinson et al, 2023). Creating an environment that allows learners the freedom to explore innovative and ‘disruptive’ ideas facilitates the development of critical perspectives, encouraging reflection on individual values, attitudes, behaviours and lifestyle choice. Recognising the interconnectedness of social, cultural and environmental dimensions is essential in shaping sustainable solutions (Sorkos & Hajisoteriou, 2020). The Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) Framework emphasises the urgency of instilling sustainability principles across policies, curricula and practices (UNESCO, 2020). However, a critical reflection is needed as ESD tends to be treated as a thematic topic rather than adopting a systemic approach. To address this, the study explores how education can empower the younger generation to make informed decisions for environmental integrity, economic viability, and cultural diversity (Ajmal et al, 2017). In what ways can we shift the global education agenda’s primary focus from solely assessing access and quality through learning outcomes to placing greater emphasis on the educational content’s role in promoting a sense of responsibility towards sustainable practices? This paper delves into these transformative processes, aiming to improve stakeholders’ readiness towards ESD by 2030. This includes empowering students and training staff through a holistic approach, encompassing the whole student lifecycle. Inclusive involvement of all stakeholders, from educational leadership to administrative professionals, and fostering student partnerships is emphasised. Research Questions:
Grounded in critical pedagogy, postcolonial theory, and sustainability education, the research explores cultural biases and historical perspectives that shape sustainability education (Shahjahan et al, 2022). Emphasising an interdisciplinary approach, the research investigates how decolonial thinking can inform the development of inclusive and intercultural sustainability education. The aims and objectives include integrating sustainable development principles into teaching, learning, and curriculum. The research seeks to foster cohesion, enhance understanding on culturally relevant sustainability education, address the intersectionality of social, cultural, and environmental issues, and engage marginalised groups in the development and implementation of sustainability education initiatives. Ultimately, evidence-based recommendations will inform policy changes, initiatives, and strategic developments across educational institutions and communities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper used a mixed method approach, utilising both qualitative and quantitative methods to gather comprehensive data. The qualitative aspect involved in-depth interview and focus group discussion, and document analysis. Participants included students, educators, policymakers, local community stakeholders exploring their perspectives on the integration of cultural diversity and sustainability within education. Additionally, content analysis of sustainability education curricula, policies and materials were conducted. The quantitative component included surveys to assess the impact of educational interventions on students’ attitudes towards cultural diversity, equality, inclusivity and sustainability. This multi-faceted approach aims to capture diverse voices and experiences, ensuring a nuanced understanding of the challenges and possibilities associated with decolonising sustainability in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study aims to offer valuable insights into the development of educational practices that incorporate sustainable principles in teaching, learning and curriculum. Anticipated findings will contribute to the design of curricula that address the evolving needs of a rapidly changing world while promoting values of inclusivity, global citizenship and sustainability. By exploring the perspectives of various stakeholders, the research seeks to identify common challenges and successful strategies for integrating inclusive and intercultural elements into sustainability education. With an emphasis on international dimensions, this study seeks to provide a foundation for cross-cultural comparisons and the identification of best practices that can be implemented globally. The overarching objective is to offer practical, actionable recommendations for transforming educational policies, curricula, and pedagogical practices to better reflect the diverse cultural and historical contexts in which sustainability is taught. The expected outcomes include providing evidence-based strategies wherein students are encouraged to explore ethical dimensions of sustainability challenges and solutions, while academic staff implement teaching methods that foster inclusivity, intercultural dialogue, and critical thinking. Decolonising an inclusive curriculum is an intricate and ongoing process that requires collaboration, openness and a commitment to equity and justice. The ultimate goal is to encourage all students and staff to develop “intercultural competence,” enabling effective interactions across diverse cultures. The aspiration is to create educational environments that empower students to critically engage with the world, appreciate diversity, and actively contribute to positive social change. References Ajmal, M. M., Khan, M., Hussain, M., & Helo, P. (2017). Conceptualizing and Incorporating Social Sustainability in the Business World. International Journal of Sustainable Development and Word Ecology. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504509.2017.1408714 Greer, S. (2020). What does decolonising the curriculum actually mean? https://www.timeshighereducation.com/blog/what-does-decolonising-curriculum-actually-mean Hutchinson, Y., Arturo Cortez Ochoa, A., Paulson, J., & Tikly, L. (2023). Decolonizing Education for Sustainable Futures (1st ed.). Bristol University Press. Shahjahan, R. A., Estera, A. L., Surla, K. L., & Edwards, K. T. (2022). "Decolonizing" Curriculum and Pedagogy: A Comparative Review Across Disciplines and Global Higher Education Contexts. Review of Educational Research, 92(1), 73–113. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543211042423 Stentiford. L, & Koutsouris, G. (2022). Critically considering the ‘inclusive curriculum’ in higher education, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 43(8), 1250-1272. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2022.2122937 Sorkos, G. & Hajisoteriou, C. (2020): Sustainable intercultural and inclusive education: Teachers’ efforts on promoting a combining paradigm, Pedagogy, Culture & Society. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2020.1765193 UNESCO (2020). Education for sustainable development: a roadmap? https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Developing Teacher Education for Inclusion, Social Justice and Sustainability: Situating Relationalities of the Global and Local in Internationalization at Home 1Leibniz University Hannover, Germany; 2Technical University Braunschweig, Germany; 3Purdue University, USA Presenting Author:Reference to the Sustainable Development Goals (UN, 2015), especially SDG 4 on ensuring “inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all”, is more frequent in discourses on inclusive education (Resch et al., 2021). However, Heigl et al. (2022, p. 19) emphasize the need for further research on the intersections of inclusion and sustainability. Based on their situational analysis on these intersections in schools in Austria, teachers are in a central position between the school structure and teacher training, which are interrelated with regard to the curriculum. On the policy level, teachers are positioned as “powerful change agents” with regard to the SDGs (UNESCO, 2017, p. 51). Previous work on teacher agency underlines the need for taking into account the situatedness (e.g. Riveros et al., 2012), for instance, with regard to teachers’ way of negotiating restrictive policies in their daily “on-the-ground decisions” in classrooms (Wessel Powell et al., 2019, p. 171). As with regard to different understandings of inclusive education, their specific situatedness on local levels (Clairborne & Balakrishan, 2020) as well as “backlash against this idea(l)” (Powell, 2023, p. xxii) emphasize the need for „critical reflection and engagement in dialogue about complex social issues that are intertwined between the local and the global“ (Niemczyk, 2019, p. 4). Linking inclusion to the overall aim which is also reflected in the SGDs of “achieving equity and attaining social justice in divergent contexts” (Powell 2023: xxii), we understand inclusive education as “a commitment to critical pedagogy” (Erevelles, 2014, p. x). Drawing on a theoretical framework based on social justice-oriented teaching, critical literacy, diversity and inclusive education (e.g. Everelles, 2014; Ortaçtepe Hart 2023; Vasequez et al., 2019; Zygmont & Clark, 2015), this paper focuses on exploring the intersections of inclusive education, social justice education and sustainability education in teacher education. Situated in specific contexts, developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability needs to consider the global issue of the “lack of diversity within the teaching profession” (Heinz et al., 2022, p. 229). This implies addressing exclusion and (missing) representation while opposing essentialisation by building “critical awareness of teacher education and schools as sites of cultural practice” (Heinz et al., 2022, p. 229-230). This can be linked to Catarci’s (2021) perspective on “an educational approach to sustainability for everyone” which emphasizes the need for critical reflection, especially among those who represent majority positions to “allow them to become aware of the major critical issues of the contemporary world (migratory dynamics, armed conflicts, climate change, etc.) through a perspective of global citizenship” (p. 4-5). This paper aims to explore challenges and possibilities in developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability focusing on relationalities of the global and local or the ‘glocal’ (Luke, 2004) in the field of internationalization at home and digital learning formats. With an increased focus on shifting to digital or hybrid learning formats following the Covid-19 pandemic (Li & Xue, 2023), the relevance of internationalization at home (e.g. Beelen & Jones 2015) is emphasized in terms of sustainability. Focusing on possibilities of internationalization at home in teacher education is important for making international experiences accessible to all teacher candidates, particularly those who often face barriers to participating in a study-related stay abroad based on their financial or care-related situation (Rachbauer & Plank, 2021, p. 125). Based on an interdisciplinary research and teaching collaboration between scholars from midwestern US and German universities in the field of literacy and language education, social studies education, English language teaching and inclusive education, this paper aims to contribute to understanding overall “complexities of ‘situatedness’” (Clarke, 2005, p. xxviii). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on situational analysis (Clarke, 2005; Clarke et al., 2018, 2022) as a ‘starting and connecting point’ (Keller, 2012, p. 13) to explore challenges and possibilities of developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability, particularly focusing on relationalities of the global and local in the field of internationalization at home and digitalization. With regard to the interpretative approach, Clarke et al. (2018, p. 349) claim to move „toward rather than away from differences and complexities” and, therefore, they argue for “tools that enable us to see differences clearly, handle them analytically, and represent them in fathomable ways that can travel”. In accordance with Grounded Theory approaches by Charmaz (2006) as “relentlessly critical and oriented towards social justice” (Clarke et al., 2021, p. 357), situational analysis aims for an enhanced understanding concerning the “varied perspectives” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 20), bringing together different kinds of data. Along these lines, we analyze intersections of inclusion, social justice and sustainability in teacher education with particular focus on internationalization at home and digital learning formats by drawing on policy papers, on global (e.g. UNESCO, 2017) and local level (e.g. for different national contexts: Springob et al., 2023), research papers and papers reporting on curricular or course development in this field. Situational analysis highlights “sustained and enhanced reflexivity of the researcher“ (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 20), by thus, including critical reflections on the researcher’s situatedness and positionality. This focus seems particularly promising with regard to the intersectional, interdisciplinary approach of this paper as well as to the research and development of teacher education, as we are involved not only as scholars researching on the topic ‘teacher education’, but also as teacher educators. For our analysis of complex relationalities of the global and local, this allows us to acknowledge and discuss the situatedness of attempts of developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability, particularly in the field of internationalization at home. The relevance of considering this situatedness becomes evident, for instance, with regard to the use of sustainability as an umbrella term across faculties: While this strengthens transdisciplinary approaches, challenges for critical approaches arise in neoliberal university contexts (e.g. Campbell, 2020) and in the light of current reactionary responses. Therefore, we draw on shared experiences, students’ products and written feedback from a transcultural collaborative online seminar, while situating these experiences in the broader global and local discourses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We present results of our ongoing situational analysis (Clarke et al., 2018, 2022) on developing teacher education for inclusion, social justice and sustainability in the field of internationalization at home and digital learning formats, focusing on discourses based on policy, research and conceptual papers. Discussing relationalities of the global and local (conceptualized as ‘glocal’), we take a closer look at relevant positions (not) taken as well as differences in the situation. Our findings refer to overlaps as well as missing links between policies and initiatives focusing on inclusion and social justice, sustainability, internationalization and digitalization. Concerning internationalization at home, potentials of tackling barriers for students’ international experiences (Rachbauer & Plank, 2021, p. 125), as well as challenges in the context of digital divides and different experiences of digital learning formats (Iwen et al., 2021) arise. Referring to the intersection of inclusion and sustainability, Heigl et al. (2022, p.19) point to the need for further knowledge and development of teacher training, emphasizing “a way that encourages (future) teachers to deal with both topics tailored to their own school structures”. By thus, “(future) teachers will be enabled to see that their action matters” (Heigl et al., 2022, p. 19). In the joint transcultural online seminar, we noticed a discrepancy between an overall awareness of social justice issues and a tendency of ‘reverting’ to a focus on the ‘mechanics’ of teaching. In this case, the situatedness of specific course requirements of teacher education curricula (Pugach et al., 2020) raises further questions for developing teacher education across the continuum and (our) roles as/of teacher educators in strengthening critical pedagogy and reflective practice based on “intersectionality-driven instruction” (Pugach et al. 2021: 237) across disciplines. Following on this perspective, this paper strengthens transdisciplinary perspectives on inclusive, social justice and sustainability education. References Beelen, J. & Jones, E. (2015). Redefining Internationalization at Home. In A. Curaj, L. Matei, R. Pricopie, J. Salmi & P. Scott (Eds.), The European Higher Education Area. (pp. 59–72 ). Campbell, F. K. (2020). The violence of technicism: Ableism as humiliation and degrading treatment. In N. Brown & J. Leigh (Eds.), Ableism in Academia. (pp.202–224). Catarci, M. (2021). Intercultural Education and Sustainable Development. Social Sciences, 10(1), 24. Clarke, A. E., Friese, C. & Washburn, R. S.(2018). Situational analysis. Clarke, A. E., Washburn, R. & Friese, C. (2022). Introducing Situational Analysis.In Eaed. (Eds.), Situational Analysis in Practice (pp.5-36). Erevelles, N. (2014). Forword. In D. Lawrence-Brown & M. Sapon-Shevin (Eds.), Condition Critical. (pp. ix-xi). Heigl, J., Müller, M., Gotling, N. & Proyer, M. (2022). Justice, What a Dream! Mapping Intersections of Sustainability and Inclusion. Sustainability, 14(9), 5636. Heinz, M., Keane, E., & Mc Daid, R. (2022). Charting Pathways towards a More Diverse, Equitable and Inclusive Teaching Profession. In E. Keane, M. Heinz, & R. Mc Daid (Eds.), Diversifying the Teaching Profession (pp.226–240). Iwen, I., Fritsche, K., & Schroth, E. (2022). Digitale Hochschullehre und soziale Ungleichheit. Zeitschrift für Diversitätsforschung und -Management, 7, 77–81. Keller, R. (2012). Vorwort. In Clarke, A. E. (2012). Situationsanalyse. (pp.11–14). Li, J., & Xue, E. (2023). Exploring the Epistemology of Internationalization at Home: A Scoping Review Approach. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 55(3), 356–365. Ortaçtepe Hart, D. (2023). Social Justice and the Language Classroom. Powell, J. W. (2023): Foreword. In B. Amrhein & S. Naraian (Eds.), Reading Inclusion Divergently (pp. xxi–xxiii). Pugach, M. C., Matewos, A. M. & Gomez-Najarro, J. (2021). Disability and the Meaning of Social Justice in Teacher Education Research. Journal of Teacher Education, 72(2), 237–250. Resch, K., Proyer, M., & Schwab, S. (2021). Aktuelle Beiträge zur inklusiven Schule in Österreich, Deutschland und der Schweiz. In K. Resch, K.-T. Lindner, B. Streese, M. Proyer, & S. Schwab (Eds.), Inklusive Schule und Schulentwicklung (11-18). Springob, J. et al. (2023). Sustainability in teacher education around the world. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.22099.45609 UNESCO (2017). Education für Sustainable Development Goals. Learning Objectives. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444 Vasquez, V. M., Janks, H., Comber, B. (2019). Critical Literacy as a Way of Being and Doing.Language Arts 95, 5, 300-311. Wessel Powell, C., Buchholz, B. A. & Brownell, C. J. (2019). Polic(y)ing time and curriculum. English Teaching: Practice & Critique, 18(2), 170–187. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper What Trees Have to Tell us About Hopes and Belongings of Migrant Children Manchester Metropolitan University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The ‘Voices of the Future’ project was jointly funded across environmental science, arts and humanities and social science (NERC NE/V021370/1]. It aimed to explore children’s relation to treescapes with a focus on belonging and hope. It brought together a number of disciplines including the science of tree-measuring, childhood studies and human geography. There was a particular focus on belonging and hope for treescapes in the project, and it is this focus that we will address in this presentation. The future of treescapes belongs to children and young people (CYP). Despite increasing child and youth led environmental activism, CYP voices are still rarely heard in policy and practice. In our project, we worked with school children in a number of schools across the North-West of England, with both primary and secondary age children. Employing an innovative co-production approach, we draw together arts, humanities, social and scientific methods, and knowledge to imagine future treescapes that meet the interdependent needs of humans and the environment. In the contexts where we worked, we were working with a mix of children and young people who had migrated from a number of different countries, including India, China and Pakistan, over a number of years, also, more recently, Afghanistan, Sudan and Somalia. Our team were diverse, and we focused very much on multilingual children and families. The experience of working in schools was a multilingual one, with many languages represented, particularly in central Manchester in the North-West of England. Many of the children were third, fourth or even fifth generation of migrant families who had moved to the North West of England to work in the many factories there in the 1950’s and 1960’s (Werbner 1990). They settled in small-scale terraced housing, often from the Victorian era in the UK, and their community life was close knit and involved many languages, including Urdu, Punjabi, Mandarin and Arabic. Our focus in the presentation will be how trees afford opportunities to migrant children to engage dialogues to negotiate their national identities referencing their biographical and migrating histories (Savage et al 2010). We include stories from “being with trees in the school forest” opening dialogues about trees and children’s relations with the place in a transnational context. Here, we see stories which do not just represent but also make worlds. We see children’s stories as a messy mix of temporalities whereby story layers pile up and create the possibility of turn and return (Hohti and Tammi 2023, p 10). We also discussed the value of creating relational and democratic conditions for children to enable them to engage open dialogues about their belonging (ness) (Nunn 2022) as part of learning about their environments. We see these research encounters as potential space developing an emergent sense of belonging (Nunn 2022) among children. Children in these encounters are enabled to see themselves as co-researchers to document/record encounters of about trees and their environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The talk will cover our work in one semi-rural school, which was located adjacent to a town in the North West of England. Here, we developed, with the children, a project called “Trees n’Us” which was concerned with trees and their role in mitigating climate change. In partnership with Manchester City of Trees, a tree-planting charity and with the support of the year 3 and 4 teachers in the school (children aged 7-8) we worked intensively in the school to support a tree-planting and tree-exploring project. Alongside tree planting, we worked with a trained Forest School teacher, who encouraged the children to encounter trees through free play in a series of Forest school sessions within the school day as part of environmental/outdoor education. We documented these sessions and from these, developed an understanding of a relational sense of belonging which was both multilingual and sensory, experienced through action and experience. This sense of belonging was actively constructed through the interaction with the woodlands. Our team included tree scientists, who were interested in measuring trees, ethnographers and childhood studies academics, as well as tree planting practitioners and a philosopher and an artist. This multi-disciplinary team spent several days in the school, recording and documenting tree planting, tree measuring and the forest school activities. Ipads were given to children to record the activities, and we collected over 300 photographs and films by the children. We also worked with a film-maker, Steve Pool, to develop our thinking with film. We interviewed the forest school practitioner and spent time listening to the stories that the children told us about their experience of the forest school. In this presentation, we focus particularly on two multilingual children’s experience of the forest school. The dialogues between the children started about a tree, its thorny branches, rope with knots and reading places under trees. During these conversations, children talked about their personal relationships with the country of their and their parents’ origin (India). The conversations then led us to trace the complexity and multiplicity in children’s dialogues about their national belonging and (non) belonging (Nunn 2017). In doing so, we also look at the children and their relational agency to negotiate their possible national identities dialogically based on their experiences of living and moving into multiple transnational contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our understandings of the concept of belonging and space are shaped by our encounters with the young people, who inhabited a fluid and complex world of language-ing (Badwan 2020). In this work, we theorise belonging as a fluid and complex space of practice, drawing on Nunn (2022). Seeing belonging as negotiated across nation states and spheres of influence, and dynamically constructed within families as well as across communities enables a more open and porous concept of belonging as both place-based and affectively attuned. We explore tree-planting, and tree-relating as offering possibilities for belonging within spaces that themselves can be co-constructed and developed by children and young people. Treescapes, as complex, living, adaptive landscapes, shedding leaves and branches and offering opportunities for climbing, living within and experiencing, offer complex spaces of belonging for migrant children as co-existing within and amongst them. References Badwan, K. (2020). Language in a globalised world: social justice perspectives on mobility and contact. United Kingdom: Springer Palgrave Macmillan. Nunn, C. (2022). The participatory arts-based research project as an exceptional sphere of belonging. Qualitative Research, 22(2), 251 268. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794120980971 Nunn. C. (2017) Negotiating national (non)belongings: Vietnamese Australians in ethno/multicultural Australia, Identities, 24:2, 216-235, DOI: 10.1080/1070289X.2015.1096273 Hohti, R., & Tammi, T. (2023). Composting Storytelling: An Approach for Critical (Multispecies) Ethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/10778004231176759 Savage, M., Chris, A.C., Atkinson, R., Burrows, R. Méndez, M. L., & Watt, P. (2010) The Politics of Elective Belonging. Housing, Theory and Society, 27:2, 115-161, DOI: 10.1080/14036090903434975 Werbner, p. (1990). The Migration Process: Capital, Gifts, and Offerings Among British Pakistanis. New York: Berg Print |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 09 B Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Paul Vare Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Environmental Literacy Development and the Role of Environmental Elective Elementary School Course: Case of Serbian Education 1University of Belgrade, Faculty of Education, Serbia; 2Institute for Educational Research, Belgrade, Serbia; 3University of Belgrade, Faculty of Chemistry, Serbia Presenting Author:The environmental performance of the Republic of Serbia is unsatisfactory, and the consequences of environmental degradation reflect on the population's health and quality of life. Taking into account that children and young people are future decision-makers, it is necessary to provide them with an opportunity to acquire knowledge, skills, and develop attitudes that will help them to act in environmentally responsible way, both locally and globally. This paper is part of the ELIPS project which aims to investigate environmental literacy (EL) and the environmental identity among the 7th grade students in Serbia. EL is operationalized comprehensively, encompassing four components: (1) knowledge, (2) affect, (3) cognitive skills, and (4) behavior (Marcinkowski, 1991, 2004; McBeth et al., 2008; Wilke, 1995). The testing of EL among elementary school students was conducted in several countries around the world applying an international instrument for determining the level of environmental literacy, the Middle School Environmental Literacy Survey (MSELS) (McBeth et al., 2008). In the USA, EL was tested on a sample of sixth-graders (age 11-12) and the eighth-graders (age 13-14). The total EL score on a total sample was 144.83 (out of 240) (McBeth et al., 2008). As far as separate EL components are concerned, the students from the USA achieved the following results: knowledge – 40.34; affect – 38.05; cognitive skills – 25.56, and 36.84 for behavior. Students from Thessaloniki (Greece), age12-15, had a total score of 123.31 (Nastoulas et al., 2017). The scores for EL components for the students from Thessaloniki were: knowledge – 35.18; affect – 35.43; cognitive skills – 17.2, and 36.5 for behavior. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The researchers applied a survey methodology using the MSELS questionnaire (McBeth et al., 2008). The MSELS measures four EL components, with maximal score 60 per each, which means that the total number of the score points was maximum 240. The instrument contains the basic environmental knowledge items (N=17). The tasks related to cognitive skills (N=17) consist of texts presenting environmental problems in real-life situations. Students are expected to identify and analyze the problems given in the texts and then choose the best ecological strategies as solutions to the problem. The items measuring affect (N=25) refer to environmental sensitivity, students’ verbal commitment, and their intentions to preserve the environment. Pro-environmental behavior was measured in the tasks investigating students’ genuine commitment to protecting the environment in everyday situations (N=12). The instrument also includes the questions related to the socio-demographic characteristics of the students (age, gender, parents' level of education), and the electives the students have attended. The applicability of the MSELS (for the population of the 14-year-old students) in Serbian context was confirmed in a pilot study (Marušić Jablanović et al., 2022). The testing of the EL level of Serbian students was conducted on students of age 13-14 (N=877). The sample is stratified according to the regions and the urbanization level of the settlements in Serbia. The collected data were processed by using descriptive statistical procedures (for measuring students’ achievement on MSELS questionnaire, in total, and per EL component). The scores of students who attended the GN course from grades 1-4 were compared to the scores of students who have attended this course from the 5th grade, using an Independent-samples T test. The same test was applied for comparison of students who have not attended the course and those who have attended it since the 1st grade until now. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that the total average score of students is 147.93. The average scores for EL components are 37.85 for knowledge, 44.11 for affect, 25.97 for cognitive skills, and 40.01 for behavior. The students from Serbia obtained higher scores than American (McBeth et al.) and Greek students (Nastoulas et al., 2017), both in total EL score and in components affect and behavior. The students who attended GN elective subject/optional activity in both educational cycles have a more pronounced affect relative to students who did not attend the course (Sig = .009; df= 370; t= 2.636). The students who attended the course from grades 1-4 performed better on cognitive skills, compared to those attending it from the 5th grade (t=2.026, Sig=.043). Given that in Serbian educational practice teachers influence children’s subject/activity selection (Cvjetićanin et al., 2011), we may assume that GN contributed to students increased interest in nature, their decisiveness to change behavior and become more pro-active. The results speak in favor of the GN course, in terms of attitudes towards the environment, as well as in favor of the practice of teachers teaching grades 1-4. Nonetheless, the fact that students who attended this course did not have higher scores in other EL components raises concern. The results show that there is potential for improving the levels of EL in all domains, especially the cognitive skills domain. Although the elective subject/optional activity GN positively impacts the development of some EL components among children from Serbia, there are still indicators that the implementation of this course needs to be improved. In addition, some possible ways of developing students’ EL include development of teachers’ environmental competencies, enrichment of compulsory subjects with environmental contents and activities, as well as greater support of school for outdoor learning, cooperation with local community. References Cvjetićanin, S., Segedinac, M., & Segedinac, M. (2011). Problems of teachers related to teaching optional science subjects in elementary schools in Serbia. Croatian Journal of Education, 13(2), 184-216. McBeth, B., Hungerford, H., Marcinkowski, T., Volk, T. & Meyers, R. (2008). National Environmental Literacy Assessment Project: Year 1, National Baseline Study of Middle Grades Students Final Research Report (192). National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Retrieved January 10, 2022. from https://www.noaa.gov/sites/default/files/legacy/document/2019/Jun/Final_NELA_minus_MSELS_8-12-08.pdf Marcinkowski, T. (1991). The relationship between environmental literacy and responsible environmental behavior in environmental education. Methods and Techniques for Evaluating Environmental Education. UNESCO. Marcinkowski, T. (2004). Using a Logic Model to Review and Analyze an Environmental Education Program. In Volk, T. (Ed.), NAAEE Monograph Series, Volume 1. NAAEE. Marušić Jablanović, M., Stanišić, J. & Savić, S. (2022). Еnvironmental Literacy of Students in Belgrade Schools: Results of a Pilot Research. Teaching Innovations, 35(4), 28–46. DOI: 10.5937/inovacije2204028M Nastoulas, I., Marini, K. & Skanavis, C. (2017). Middle school students’ environmental literacy assessment in Thessaloniki, Greece. In Anwar, S., El Sergany, M. & Ankit, A. (Eds.). Health and Environment Conference Proceedings (198–209). Dubai: Hamdan Bin Mohammed Smart University. Retrieved January 10, 2022. from https://www.hbmsu.ac.ae/downloads/massmail/2017/august/HBMSU_Innovation_Arabia_Health_and_ Environment_Conference_Proceedings_2017.pdf#page=203 Pravilnik o nastavnom planu i programu za prvi i drugi razred osnovnog obrazovanja i vaspitanja [The Rulebook on the Curriculum for the first and second grades of elementary school] (2004). Službeni glasnik RS - Prosvetni glasnik, br. 10. Pravilnik o dopunama Pravilnika o planu nastave i učenja za prvi ciklus osnovnog obrazovanja i vaspitanja [The Rulebook on amendments to the Rulebook on teaching and learning plan for the first cycle of elementary school] (2018). Službeni glasnik RS - Prosvetni glasnik, br. 15. Pravilnik o planu i programu nastave i učenja za peti i šesti razred osnovnog obrazovanja i vaspitanja [The Rulebook on teaching and learning plan for the fifth and sixth grades of elementary school] (2018). Službeni glasnik RS - Prosvetni glasnik, br. 15. Stevenson, K. T., Peterson, M. N., Bondell, H. D., Mertig, A. G. & Moore, S. E. (2013). Environmental, Institutional, and Demographic Predictors of Environmental Literacy among Middle School Children. PLOS ONE, 8 (3), e59519. Retrieved Jun 22, 2022. from https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0059519 Wilke, R. (Ed.). (1995). Environmental Education Literacy/Needs Assessment Project: Assessing Environmental Literacy of Students and Environmental Education Needs of Teachers; Final Report for 1993–1995 (30–76). (Report to NCEET/University of Michigan under U.S. EPA Grant #NT901935-01-2). University of Wisconsin – Stevens Point. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Ecological Knowledge, Environmental Cognitive Skills and Affect in Predicting Pro-environmental Behavior among 7th Grade Students in Serbia 1Institute for Educational Research, Belgrade, Republic of Serbia; 2Florida Institute of Technology; 3Centre of Excellence in Environmental Chemistry and Engineering, ICTM – University of Belgrade, Republic of Serbia; 4University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Sciences, Novi Sad, Republic of Serbia Presenting Author:According to the Environmental Performance Index that estimates climate change performance, environmental health and ecosystem vitality, Serbia takes rank 79 out of 180 countries (Wolf et al., 2022). Environmentally irresponsible behavior in Serbia is demonstrated both at the individual and institutional level (uncontrolled crops burning, lack of waste water treatment, using low quality coal and oil derivatives for power plants and individual heating systems, unsanitary landfills, massive deforestation etc.) and requests urgent changes of practice and finding solutions. Several authors underline the role of environmental education in raising awareness and changing behavior of young generations (Coyle, 2005). The main goal of environmental education is creating environmentally literate citizens, capable for lifelong learning (Coyle, 2005). “The environmentally literate citizen, let us imagine, will have a blend of ecological sensitivity, moral maturity and informed awareness of natural processes that would make her or him unlikely to contribute to further degradation of natural processes at either individual or corporate levels. This is an ideal, for it would never be expected that all citizens could really attain such competence” (Brennan, 1994: 5). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample (N=877) was stratified according to the regions of the country and the type of the settlement (urban/rural). It consisted of seventh-grade students (aged 13-14), with boys and girls equally represented. The data were collected after obtaining the Ethics Committees approvals, and the consents of the schools' principals, parents and the participants themselves. For the measurement of the Environmental literacy components, the Middle School Students’ Environmental Literacy Survey or MSELS (McBeth & Volk, 2010; Hungerford& Peyton, 1980; Stern, 2000) was applied, which has been utilized in different cultures, after the USA national study (McBeth et al., 2008). The Instrument consists of: (a) questions on demographic characteristics; (b) a multiple choice test of ecological knowledge; (c) two scales, one pertaining to environmental sensitivity (feelings towards and activities in nature) and one to willingness to participate/act, each of which were measured using a 5-pointLikert-type environmental affect scale; (d) a multiple choice test of cognitive skills; and (e) a self-reported behavior scale (referring to saving resources, recycling, communication regarding environment etc) which also was measured using a 5-point Likert-type scale. The cognitive skills tasks include descriptions of real-life situations and demand: the identification of the problems described, the identification of the values contained in the stories of the actors, offering their perspective on the environmental problems, and the identification of the best strategies for solving the problem presented. In order to prevent missing data due to participants’ fatigue, the order of the tasks was changed. The cognitive skills tasks were placed after the knowledge test. The four components of the environmental literacy (knowledge, cognitive skills, affect, behavior) have the same weight, with the maximal value 60. The overall literacy score is obtained by adding the component scores, leading to the maximal environmental literacy score of 240. The instrument was addressed personally by the researchers, and the students needed 60 to 75 minutes to fill in all sections. To identify the extent to which ecological knowledge, environmental affect and cognitive skills were predictive of pro-environmental behavior, a regression analysis was applied. In order to determine if the suspected mediating role of the affect is significant, we have applied the Sobel test. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that ecological knowledge covered by school curricula has a negligible power in predicting affect (0.5%) and statistically insignificant power in predicting behavior. Nevrtheless, these results should be interpreted cautiously, and further study would be needed to determine if, when, and how students make use of their knowledge when preparing for and/or taking specific any action(s) in real-world situations. Cognitive skills were a weak predictor of affect (3% of variance explained) and an insufficient predictor of behavior (1.4%). However, when environmental affect was introduced into the regression model as an independent variable, cognitive skills lose the ability to predict behavior and the complete predictive power (54%) belongs to affect. The mediating role of affect was confirmed using a Sobel test. It can be interpreted that even if certain cognitive skills are developed, a change in the way children feel about nature seems necessary, as this appears to help create a level of affective readiness for environmental learning in and out of school, community engagement, and changes in behavior in private and public settings. Regarding the affect prediction, when both knowledge and cognitive skills are added as predictors, the observed small predictive power (2.9%) belongs to cognitive skills only. The assumed relationship is bidirectional. These results draw attention to curricular goals, which largely emphasize the cognitive dimension of environmental literacy (especially knowledge), and neglect affective dimension, while expecting a change in the behavior in the population of students in school and after they graduate. These results are consistent with those reported in similar studies (e.g., McBeth et al. 2014). We assume that providing opportunities for outdoor learning, research in the surrounding nature, engaging in local environmental activities, planting a school garden and personal contact with damaged nature site could facilitate establishing positive environmental affect and the corresponding pro-environmental behavior. References Brennan, A. (1994). Environmental Literacy and Educational Ideal, Environmental Values, 3 (1) :3-16. Coyle, K. (2005). Environmental Literacy in America. Washington, DC: The National Environmental Education and Training Foundation. Hungerford, H.& Peyton, R. (1980). A paradigm for citizen responsibility: Environmental action. In A. Sacks, et al. (Eds.), Current Issues VI: The Yearbook of Environmental Education and Environmental Studies (pp. 146-154),Columbus, OH: ERIC/SMEAC. Marcinkowski, T.& Reid, A. (2019). Reviews of research on the attitude–behavior relationship and their implications for future environmental education research. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 459-471. McBeth, W., Hungerford, H., Marcinkowski, T., Volk, T., & Meyers, R. (2008). National Environmental Literacy Assessment Project: Year 1, National baseline study of middle grades students. Final report. McBeth, W, Marcinkowski, T, Giannoulis, C., Hungerford, H., Volk, T., and Howell, J. (2014). Secondary analysis of the National Environmental Literacy Assessment: Phase I and II student, teacher, program and school surveys. McBeth, W., & Volk, T. L. (2009). The national environmental literacy project: A baseline study of middle grade students in the United States. The Journal of Environmental Education, 41(1), 55-67. McBride, B, Brewer, C., Berkowitz, A., &Borrie, W. (2013). Environmental literacy, ecological literacy, and ecoliteracy: What do we mean and how did we get here? Ecosphere, 4(5), 1-20. Nastoulas, I., Marini, K. &Skanavis, C. (2017). Middle school students environmental literacy assessment inThessaloniki, Greece. In: Anwar, S., El Sergany, M. & Ankit, A. (Eds.). Health and Environment Conference Proceedings (198–209). Dubai: Hamdan Bin Mohammed Smart University. Negev, M., Sagy, G., Garb, Y., Salzberg, A. & Tal, A. (2008) Evaluating the Environmental Literacy of Israeli Elementary and High School Students, The Journal of Environmental Education,39:2, 3-20. Simmons, D. (1995). Developing a framework for national environmental education standards [Working paper]. In D. Simmons (Ed.), The NAAEE standards project: Papers on the development of environmental education standards (pp. 9–58). Troy, OH: North American Association for Environmental Education. Stern, P. (2000). Toward a coherent theory of environmentally significant behavior. Journal of Social Issues, 56(3), 407-424. Wilke, R. (Ed.). (1995). Environmental Education Literacy/Needs Assessment Project: Assessing environmental literacy of students and environmental education needs of teachers; Final Report for 1993-1995. Stevens Point, WI: University of Wisconsin - Stevens Point. Wolf, M. J., Emerson, J. W., Esty, D. C., de Sherbinin, A., Wendling, Z. A., et al. (2022). 2022 Environmental Performance Index. New Haven, CT: Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy. epi.yale.edu |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 09 C JS: JS NW29 & NW30. Arts and environment in educational research Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Elsa Lee Joint Paper Session NW 29 and NW 30. Full details in 29 SES 09 A JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 31 SES 09 A: NW 31 Network Meeting Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari Network Meeting |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper NW 31 Network Meeting University of Stockholm, Finland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
9:30 - 11:00 | 32 SES 09 A: Un-Certain, Anti-Emancipatory, Deep-X-Conspiracy Times. Meeting up for Research in Counter-Spaces of Democracy? Implications for Research Methodologies. Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Dirk Netter Research Workshop
|
|
32. Organizational Education
Research Workshop Un-Certain, Anti-Emancipatory, Deep-X Conspiracy Times. Meeting up for Research in Counter-Spaces of Democracy? Implications for Research Methodologies Philipps-Universität, Germany Presenting Author:Amidst the challenges of our contemporary crises, there exists a pervasive crisis of trust in collective knowledge, coupled with a seemingly waning faith in democratic principles. This uncertainty has become particularly pronounced as populist solutions no longer remain a peripheral concern in Western industrialized nations; rather, they have become an integral facet of political landscapes (Hiller, 2023, p. 1). The emergence of Post-Truth as the operational modus operandi for far-right political parties (Van Dyk, 2022, p. 30) exacerbates this crisis, casting a shadow over democratic foundations. Within the context of this pervasive uncertainty, the methodological an empirical focus of our workshop is positioned to delve into the ongoing establishment of this deficit in truth. Our objective is to unravel the intricacies of how this loss of trust perpetuates itself and, more crucially, to discern viable solution strategies through the lens of educational research. In navigating this exploration, questions arise regarding the uncertainties embedded in the research process. These concerns extend beyond the immediate considerations of researchers' personal safety to encompass broader uncertainties related to the epistemological and methodological frameworks that underpin our research endeavors. Notably, the explicit normative orientation of this workshop is guided by a compelling impetus—to fortify democratic structures and actively counteract the resurgence of anti-emancipatory and anti-democratic impulses. This normative focus positions our collective inquiry as not merely an academic pursuit but a meaningful contribution to the broader societal discourse on safeguarding democratic values. It calls for a critical examination of the forces that challenge democratic principles and seeks to chart a course towards their fortification. As we grapple with the multifaceted challenges presented by these uncertainties, the workshop aims to cultivate discussions that extend beyond mere acknowledgment. It seeks to illuminate the varied dimensions of this complex landscape—shedding light on the ethical considerations, methodological intricacies, and pragmatic solutions that lie at the heart of our collective pursuit. By actively fostering dialogue around these challenges, we endeavor to pave the way for a comprehensive understanding of the intricacies inherent in organizational education research within uncertain and contested terrains. Looking ahead, our workshop's concluding call resonates with a forward-looking vision. It advocates for the establishment of a collaborative network, uniting like-minded researchers. This envisioned network, dedicated to addressing challenges, sharing methodological insights, and collectively navigating ethical nuances, aims to be a transformative force in the ongoing exploration of hostile and potentially anti-democratic populations. In embracing these challenges, methodologies, and practices, our collective journey into uncertainty positions us not merely as researchers but as advocates for thoughtful, ethical, and democratic organizational education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Strategies & Methodologies & in Post-Truth & Conspiracies Movements Initial impulses introduce exemplary research settings and methodologies in order to discuss common methodologies, practices, and challenges. We explore and compare a conspiracy belief milieu and an extreme right-wing youth organization (the Anastasia-Movement and the 'Junge Alternative') using an integrative ethnographic approach. It aims to capture the complex manifestations of conspiracy beliefs and their intersection with right-wing ideologies across online and offline realities through constructivist grounded theory methodology (Charmaz, 2014). The research focuses on three thematic complexes: 1) the interplay between conspiracy beliefs/right-wing ideologies and identity constructions, 2) the social organization of these groups, and 3) the appropriation and distribution of these stocks of knowledge (Berger & Luckmann, 2016). Unlike most comparable ethnographies, this work emphasizes both individual and organizational learning processes, highlighting their dialectical relationship. A second context refers to problematic of high violence against communal politicians and a third impulse adresses online research methodologies for analyzing hate speech and cyberbullying. Focusing on the investigation of hostile-minded groups, uncertainty in these research projects manifests in manifold forms: 1) The described issues pose risks to modern democracies on their own, 2) these risks significantly impact education itself, where education typically aims to empower individuals to address these problems, and 3) researchers also find themselves in an uncertain situation when studying corresponding anti-democratic populations. In addition to the evident uncertainty surrounding personal safety and well-being, a multitude of unanswered questions arises in the context of the research. How does one successfully obtain access to closed and clandestine groups? What ethical considerations come into play when a researcher's role necessitates undercover investigations? Establishing and maintaining reliable research relationships poses its own set of challenges. Furthermore, how do we effectively address the 'values gap' that may exist between researchers and those being studied? These complex issues underscore the intricate nature of the research process and demand thoughtful consideration and ethical reflection. After entering the field, the question arises regarding the validity and reliability of the data uncovered. How can one trust the data when interviewing individuals who may harbor a general hostility towards science? Ultimately, we ponder the role organizational research can play in safeguarding democratic institutions and how successful knowledge transfer can occur. This research explicitly positions itself in the service of society, aspiring to propose practical solutions to address the crisis of truth and democracy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research workshop concludes , that it seems very necessary to reflect the challenges, methodologies, and practices inherent in our collective pursuit. Driven by the overarching theme of uncertainty, our workshop aims to present, elaborate, and discuss the multifaceted aspects that demand our (methodological) attention. There are numerous obstacles we encounter in examining specific groups, particularly those marked by hostile tendencies. Navigating access to closed and covert communities and addressing the 'values gap' that separates researchers from subjects pose intricate and multifaceted challenges in our endeavors. These hurdles underscore the imperative for thorough consideration and ethical scrutiny throughout the entire research process. Our collaborative efforts will not only highlight challenges but also aim to spark discussions around suitable methodologies. The exploration of (for example) integrative ethnographic approaches, grounded theory methodology, and the careful consideration of epistemological foundations is intended to enrich our methodological focus. The diversity of perspectives presented during the workshop aims to encourage us to embrace a range of paradigmatic claims in addressing uncertainty in organizational education research. As we delve into the complexities of our research, the importance of discussing research ethics becomes necessary. The uncertainties surrounding personal safety, ethical considerations on undercover investigations, and the values inherent in our research relationships demand ethical scrutiny. Our commitment to safeguarding democratic institutions necessitates a thorough exploration of the ethical dimensions entwined in our work. Looking forward, our concluding call is to consider the formation of a network of like-minded researchers. Together, we can collaboratively develop answers to important questions, share insights into effective methodologies, and collectively address the ethical nuances that shape our research on hostile and possible anti-democratic populations. In embracing the challenges, methodologies, and practices, our collective journey into uncertainty positions us not only as researchers but as advocates for thoughtful, ethical, and democratic organizational education. References Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (2016). Die gesellschaftliche Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit: Eine Theorie der Wissenssoziologie (26th ed.). Fischer. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing Grounded Theory (2nd Edition. Revised). SAGE Publications Ltd. Hiller, T. (2023). The rise of right-wing populism and voting power distribution in German state parliaments. Applied Economics, 0(0), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/00036846.2023.2277701 Van Dyk, S. (2022). Post-Truth, the Future of Democracy and the Public Sphere. Theory, Culture & Society, 39(4), 37–50. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276422110351 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 32 SES 09 B: Organizational Learning in Networks and Clusters Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Line Revsbæk Paper Session |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper Managing Uncertainties in Science Teacher Education Networks Through Organizational Routines 1UCSYD & SDU, Denmark; 2UCSYD, Denmark; 3SDU, Denmark Presenting Author:A core focus in Organizational Education is on organizational learning (Göhlich et al., 2018). We believe, that to understand learning in, by and between organizations it is also of significance to understand the dynamics of organizational routines (Becker, 2018; Kallemeyn, 2014). Early conceptualizations of organizational routines have concentrated on members following rules or standard operating procedures allowing organizations to cope with uncertainty and enable effective decision-making. As Elkjær (2018, p. 156) says about this position on learning through routines: “These standardized procedures are a central element in organizational learning, because it is through the search for solutions to problems that the standardized procedures may change and make ways for new routines. It is when organizations are able to rely on their routines without initiating search and learning processes that the organization has learned”. For more than 20 years there has been a development in the research field now described as Routine Dynamics. Many researchers in this tradition build on practice theory and process theory (Feldman et al., 2021; Howard-Grenville & Rerup, 2016). It is still limited how much the insights from Routine Dynamics have been applied in educational research in general and in research on educational organizations more specific, but we find some great potentials here (Merki et al., 2023; Wolthuis et al., 2022). The purpose of our paper is to discuss this potential applied to the understanding of how a national network of science teacher educators between different organizations is emerging and stabilizing. The creation of routines can be viewed as a “quest for certainty” or a way to manage and absorb the uncertainties emerging between organizations. Organizational routines establish expectations and anticipations for future actions (Feldman et al., 2022). Routines are dynamic and ongoing accomplishments. When routines break down or the unexpected happens members of the organization find ways to make sense of the situation in their performances and recreate the routines. We find it especially interesting to understand how this kind of organizing and coordination of such complex educational networks is done in practice. The background of the paper is a 4-year longitudinal study (2023-2026) of an emerging interorganizational network of professional learning communities (PLCs) in the field of science teacher education in Denmark called Naturfagsakademiet (NAFA) (English translation: Danish Academy of Natural Sciences: https://nafa.nu/about-nafa/ ).The main objective of NAFA is to enhance knowledge sharing and knowledge creation among science teaching professionals at different educational levels, both teacher education and primary and lower secondary schools. A central part of this is the organizing of national and local PLCs at all the teacher education institutions on the six university colleges in Denmark. In NAFA a PLC is defined as a committed and systematic inquiring community between a group of educators, who share experiences and knowledge from practice through inquiry and reflective dialogues centered on students’ learning. We will use NAFA as a case to investigate the role of routines in managing uncertainties in network collaboration using concepts from Routine Dynamics as analytical lenses. The research question we want to explore in this paper is: How can the application of concepts from Routine Dynamics contribute to the analysis and understanding of the management of uncertainties between educational organizations? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project is a longitudinal study and consists of an ethnographic part and social network analysis (SNA) part. The ethnographic part is investigating how routines in NAFA are enacted in different settings such as PLC meetings both online and physical (Neale, 2021; Ybema et al., 2009). The SNA part of the study examines the network structure of the PLCs in and between the university colleges. It is informed by both qualitative and quantitative data (Froehlich et al., 2020). Data from surveys are used in the SNA and will focus on observing analytical themes such as centrality, relationships between weak and strong ties, and holes within networks (Borgatti & Halgin, 2011). The SNA will zoom in on the collaboration within the network of PLCs in NAFA. The empirical data we analyze in our presentation on the conference will be in the form of snapshots from this longitudinal study. We have collected different empirical data since the beginning of 2023 focusing, among other things, on the PLC meeting routines. In our presentation we will especially analyze and discuss videorecorded online meetings on the Teams platform to identify communication concerning the management of uncertainty and the negotiations of routines. From a process theoretical perspective we analyze how the members reflect on both the distant past and the distant future in the situated activity of the meeting as part of making sense of the network routines (Hernes & Schultz, 2020). The concepts from Routine Dynamics we will apply in our study for analyzing how members of NAFA are managing uncertainties in the network are part of a broader framework for understanding routines as an interplay between patterning and performing (Feldman et al., 2022). The concept of patterning means the process of reinforcing old and creating new patterns by taking action (p. 4). The way this process is performed will have implications on the expansions or contractions of future possible paths. Using the analytical concepts of repairing routines, expanding routines and striving for change proposed by Feldman (2000) and the corresponding concepts of flexing, stretching and inventing of routines developed by Deken et al. (2016) we show how change and continuity – and the unexpected and the expected – are part of NAFA and the way uncertainties between the participating organizations are managed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some of our preliminary results from our study show the following: In the NAFA network there has been decided to work with core themes in science education in and between the participating university colleges. In the NAFA program six themes are predefined over the whole period. Each year in May a new theme is launched, e.g. evaluation or technological ‘Bildung’. The theme period ends in March, where all PLCs meet on a network meeting and present their different ways of working with the theme. The themes are points of orientation and each PLC should be working with this theme and not others. Uncertainties emerge here in the form of how to finish and continue with elements from one theme in the transition to a new theme. This creates a need for expanding and stretching existing routines. In our analysis we find different forms of artifacts used in the NAFA network to absorb uncertainty. These artifacts influence and represent the different PLC-routines in NAFA. They are circulating between the six university colleges. We find examples of how artifacts – such as reports and documents – are used to repair routines when something breaks down, because these are used as a kind of collective memory to show what has been decided earlier in the distant past. On the other hand, new artifacts are developed in the network in form a written agreements pointing to expectations for actions taking place in the distant future. In such cases artifacts help in the striving for change and the invention of new routines in the network. Artifacts are also paramount for enabling the PLC meetings between the university colleges such as the Microsoft Teams platform that limits uncertainties on where to meet. References Becker, M. C. (2018). Organizational Routines and Organizational Learning. In L. Argote & J. M. Levine (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Group and Organizational Learning (pp. 507-520). Oxford University Press. Borgatti, P. S., & Halgin, S. D. (2011). On Network Theory. Organization Science, 22(5), 1168-1181. Deken, F., Carlile, R. P., Berends, H., & Lauche, K. (2016). Generating Novelty Through Interdependent Routines: A Process Model of Routine Work. Organization Science, 27(3), 659-677. Elkjær, B. (2018). Pragmatist Foundations for Organizational Education. In M. Göhlich, A. Schröer, & S. M. Weber (Eds.), Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (pp. 151-161). Springer. Feldman, M. S., Pentland, B. T., D'Adderio, L., Dittrich, K., Rerup, C., & Seidl, D. (Eds.). (2021). Cambridge Handbook of Routine Dynamics. Cambridge University Press. Feldman, M. S., Worline, M., Baker, N., & Bredow, V. L. (2022). Continuity as patterning: A process perspective on continuity. Strategic Organization, 20(1). Feldman, S. M. (2000). Organizational Routines as a Source of Continuous Change. Organization Science, 11(6), 611-629. Froehlich, E. D., Waes, V. S., & Schäfer, H. (2020). Linking Quantitative and Qualitative Network Approaches: A Review of Mixed Methods Social Network Analysis in Education Research. Review of Research in Education, 44(1), 244-268. Göhlich, M., Novotny, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215. Hernes, T., & Schultz, M. (2020). Translating the Distant into the Present: How actors address distant past and future events through situated activity. Organization Theory, 1(1). Howard-Grenville, J., & Rerup, C. (2016). A Process Perspective on Organizational Routines. In A. Langley & H. Tsoukas (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Process Organization Studies (pp. 323-337). SAGE. Kallemeyn, M. L. (2014). School-level organizational routines for learning: supporting data use. Journal of Educational Administration, 52(4), 529-548. Merki, M. K., Wullschleger, A., & Rechsteiner, B. (2023). Adapting routines in schools when facing challenging situations: Extending previous theories on routines by considering theories on self-regulated and collectively regulated learning. Journal of Educational Change, 24(3), 583-604. Neale, B. (2021). The Craft of Qualitative Longitudinal Research. SAGE. Wolthuis, F., Hubers, M. D., Veen, K. v., & Vries, S. d. (2022). The Concept of Organizational Routines and Its Potential for Investigating Educational Initiatives in Practice: A Systematice Review of the Literature. Review of Educational Research, 92(2), 249-287. Ybema, S., Yanow, D., Wels, H., & Kamsteeg, F. (Eds.). (2009). Organizational Ethnography: Studying the Complexities of Everyday Life. SAGE. 32. Organizational Education
Paper Functioning of Multi-Academy Trusts (MATs) in England: Evidence from the field UCL IOE, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Since 2002 the UK government has pursued a policy of granting ‘academy’ status to state-funded schools in England to become independent and free of local authority (LA) control. The original idea, formulated by the New Labour government elected in 1997, was to improve the quality of schools in deprived urban areas by establishing academies answerable directly to the Secretary of State for Education. Although there had been previous attempts to liberate state-funded schools from local government, notably the establishment of Grant Maintained Schools by the Education Reform Act 1988, LAs remained in control of governance. The notion of an ‘academy’ broke that mould and gave licence for alternative modes of provision and governance.
Academies are established as charitable (not-for-profit) companies, limited by guarantee, with a stated intent to be independent and autonomous. Each academy’ s governance structure included Members (who act in a similar way to the shareholders of a company and invested with the power to change the name of the company or wind it up). It is the role of members to endorse and safeguard the trust’s Memorandum of Association, to have an overview of the governance arrangements, to appoint other members and to add or remove trustees from the trust board. ‘Trustee’ is the name given to a member of the board of directors with responsibility for directing the trust’s affairs, for ensuring that it is solvent, well-run and delivering the expected charitable outcomes. The day-to-day management of an academy was to be conducted by the headteacher and their senior management team.
Despite concerted efforts to promote this policy through three successive Labour governments, there were only 207 academies in England in 2010 at the time a new coalition government was elected. The incoming Secretary of State for Education, Michael Gove, was determined to end the latent power of LAs and sanctioned academisation as a fundamental principle of state-funded schooling. Rapid growth followed and by November 2023 there were 10,553 open academies, a total which included Free Schools, Studio Schools, University Technical Colleges, Special Schools and Pupil Referral Units (DfE, 2023).
The academisation process made a substantive shift during the following years away from single academy trusts to the establishment of multi-academy trusts (MATs) which lead groups of academies. Within MATs one academy trust is responsible for a master funding agreement, typically with a supplemental funding agreement for each academy. MATs have subsequently become a core feature of policy for state-funded school provision in England with governmental ambition still set at full academisation of the school systems, ideally by 2030. By November 2023 there were 1178 MATs, the vast majority of which have over three schools/settings, which manage 89 per cent of all academies.
One consequence of this process is a radical change in the relationships between stakeholders. Academies in MATs no longer have the right a governing body as the legal decision-making forum which is representative of their locality, headteachers are no longer the key actor on individual academy resources and practices and the influence of the local authority has been severely curtailed. Prior to 2002 each state-funded school In England was required to have its own governing body which demonstrated a balance between LEAs, parents and the teacher workforce. Their devolved budget from the local authority at that time included most recurrent expenditure, including staffing. The MAT now has total control over governance, with trustees determining policy and resource allocation. The reality if often not so stark, however, with most MATs having democratic approaches to individual academy provision. Nevertheless, relationships and the roles have been fundamentally changed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The purpose of this research undertaken and reported here is to investigate how MATs function and, in particular, the relationships between those not only prominent in the governance structure (Members, Trustees and employed senior leaders), but also school governors and individual academy staff. Two research questions were developed from previous research by the author (Male, 2017, 2018 & 2019). 1. What operating structures and systems are evident in MATs? 2. How do participants (members, trustees, trust employees and local governing committees) perceive the effectiveness, efficacy and equity of those structures? The data to be reported to this conference comes from the use of a questionnaire developed on Microsoft forms. The process of developing and trialling the survey began with a series of interviews undertaken with stakeholders during March 2023. Nine participants from MAT #1, including a Member, a trustee, two central trust employees, three headteachers and a school governor engaged in a semi-structured interview, conducted via Microsoft Teams, to questions developed through extensive literature reviews and previous author research. Analysis allowed for the development of a questionnaire which was piloted in June 2023 in MAT #2 with a trustee, two central trust employees (including the CEO), three headteachers and a school governor. The pilot questionnaire and subsequent versions employed single answer questions for demographic data and Likert style questions with a standard five-point scale for the agree-disagree continuum (with a neutral point) which explored opinions of MAT operations and communications. After feedback from participants in Trust #2, amendments were made to the questionnaire which was then issued to four further MATs. MAT#1 had 135 total responses; MAT#2 had 126 total responses; MAT#3 had 106 total responses; MAT#4 had 105 total responses. In all four sets it was clear that further amendments were needed as some respondents misunderstood the position of Member. Nevertheless, valid remaining survey responses were analysed and fed back to the four MATs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of this proposal being submitted the revised final survey is now being circulated to multiple MATs across England. The emerging data will be analysed and first reported to the ECER Conference in Nicosia. This will be the first set of independent data which explores the functioning of MATs in England. Until now, the move to academisation (and MATs) has been based on an ‘ideological stance’ and not on secure evidence (Male, 2022: 332). Various, often disputed, claims have been made by the Department for Education about the efficiency, efficacy and equity of MATs, but there has been no independent enquiry. The research to be reported here may bring some light to the situation experienced in practice by stakeholders in MATs. References Department for Education (DfE), 2023 (November). Open academies, free schools, university technical colleges (UTCs) and studio schools and academy projects awaiting approval. Accessed 17 January 2024. Male, T. (2017). Leadership issues in emerging multi-academy trusts (MATs). Paper presented to European Conference for Educational Research, Copenhagen (August). Male, T. (2018). School governance and academisation in England. Paper presented to Commonwealth Council for Educational Administration and Management (CCEAM) conference – Malta, November Male, T. (2019). Governance in multi-academy trusts (MATs) - Evidence from the field. Paper presented at European Conference for Educational Research, Hamburg, September. Male, T. (2022). The rise and rise of academy trusts: Continuing changes to the state-funded school system in England. School Leadership and Management, 42(4), 313-333. Ofsted. (2019). Multi-academy trusts: Benefits, challenges and functions. Accessed 17 January 2024. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 33 SES 09 A: Understanding Gender Stereotypes, Students Self Perceptions and Well Being. Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Johanna F. Ziemes Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper LGBTIQ+ Wellness in Compulsory Schools in Rural Areas University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Schools exert pressure to conform with heterosexual and heteronormative understandings of gender by reinforcing and sustaining categories of gender identity that marginalise students who do not fit into the heterosexual matrix (Allard, 2004; Cushman, 2012; Kjaran, 2017; Pascoe, 2007; Sveinbjörnsdóttir et al., 2010; Woolley, 2017). Schools as regulative institutions thus contribute to the construction of gender and sexuality, often limiting the practices and performances of gender and/or sexuality available to subjects. By performing gender and/or sexuality outside of the intelligible norms, subjects risk becoming unintelligible to the codes of their social system, which then can reduce their expectations of living a liveable life (Butler, 2004). As Butler (1990) has argued, intelligibility is connected to the concept of liveability, which is assigned to those who adopt dominant gender norms and pursue life within the frame of the heterosexual matrix. Excluding the possibility of different sexualities and gender performativities and upholding heteronormative institutional values can lay the foundation for homophobic attitudes and marginalises students who do not align with the gender script.
Schools as highly gendered institutions where the ideology of gender as a binary category is strong and persistent (Bragg et al. 2018), reflect and recreate the gender binary in societies (Jones et al., 2020). Most schools practice binary gender segregation reflected in official documents, gendered school uniforms, and gender-segregated facilities such as toilets and changing rooms (Davies et al., 2019). Students are divided into gendered study groups, spaces are gender divided and various school practices (Kjaran, 2017; Mayeza, 2015; Menzies & Santoro, 2017; Paechter 2007). Non-binary students tend to become invisible beings as they are non-existent in the binary institutions. At the same time, they are visible due to their un-categorisability (Paechter et al., 2021). The binary understanding of gender has been persistent but is being resisted with reference to multiple gender performativities, sexual orientations, gender expressions, and more.
While Nordic countries have been recognized as progressive in promoting legislation and welfare to improve LGBTQI+ rights, there has been some regression with increasing hate speech, prejudice and violence in the school environment. In Iceland increased discussion about the wellbeing of LGBTQI+ students followed findings of a national survey conducted among teenagers, based on GLSEN national school climate survey. Findings suggested that queer youth’s well-being was significantly worse than their non-queer peers (Samtökin 78, 2020). In the spring of 2022, news about trans and non-binary teenagers being cruelly bullied appeared on national television. The teenagers spoke to reporters about their insecurities and how difficult it is to be different in the compulsory school environment (Ragnarsdóttir, 2022). The survey and the experience of teenagers repeatedly under attacks surely calls for schools to be responsible for questioning and troubling the understanding of gender as binary and interfering in prejudice discourses when they appear in schools. Research has shown that a gender binary environment at school results in anxiety among non-binary students, affecting their school attendance and quality of life (Jones et al., 2019). Students should be aided in standing against or questioning the understanding of gender as binary in school regimes, giving them discursive space and insurance to contribute to and transform their environments for the better for all students. In addition, compulsory schools should provide students with gender and sexuality education and thus comply with their duties according to the Icelandic Gender Equality Act. In this paper I ask how teachers experience their school environment regarding the safety and well-being of LGBTQI+ students and how the school environment, school practices and social relations can promote or add to their well-ness and safety. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Following a small survey sent to 19 compulsory schools (6-16y) in rural areas in Iceland interviews were conducted with 12 teachers working in some of these schools. The survey consisted of 30 multiple choice questions with the possibility to write short answers. Questions were about teachers´ school environment, school practices, study material and students´ relations during recess in connection to LGBTQI+ students and issues. The purpose of the interviews was to deepen the knowledge provided by the findings of the survey and ask teachers to reflect on school practices in relation to LGBTQI+ students and discuss possible practices that would promote their well-ness and security. The interviews took place on Teams and in spaces that the teachers preferred to meet with the researcher. Each interview lasted from 50–70 minutes. The interview transcripts were read several times. Notations were written, and texts were coded using an inductive approach. The first coding was open and focused on getting to know the participants’ ideas and experiences. The codes were assembled to identify repeated patterns of meaning across the data (Braun & Clarke, 2013). The teachers’ narratives were continually compared to attain conformation of their accounts and reduce possible limitations of the study in line with social construction of validity (Kvale, 1994). In the presentation, gender is seen as a social construction, as humans are actively performing gender and at the same time schools are seen as vibrant spaces and agents constructed in social relations, space and time and thus always in the process of being made (Massey, 2005). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Main findings from the interview data indicate that schools support heteronormative understanding of sex and gender without applying the recent counter-actions in society in terms of the rights of LGBTQI+ individuals. This results in certain gender roles applied to students within a traditional gender hierarchy and lack of transformative school practices that would increase security and the well-ness of LGBTQI+ children and teenagers. The schools react positively to instances where LGBTQI+ students begin in school and information is provided from NGOs but further specialist guidance to students and their families is lacking in the schools . The findings further indicate that schools are powerful spaces when it comes to supporting gender inequalities and the necessity to prepare teachers and urge schools to provide gender and queer education. References Allard, Andrea C. (2004). Speaking of gender: Teachers’ metaphorical constructs of male and female students. Gender and Education, 16(3), 347–363. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540250042000251489 Braun, Virginia, & Clarke, Victoria. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Sage. Butler, Judith. (1990). Gender trouble: Feminisms and the subversion of identity. Routledge. Butler, Judith. (2004). Undoing gender. Routledge. Bragg, Sara, Renold, Emma, Ringrose, Jessica, & Jackson, Carolyn (2018). ‘More than boy, girl, male, female’: exploring young people’s views on gender diversity within and beyond school contexts. Sex Education, 18(4), 420–434. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2018.1439373 Cushman, Penni. (2012). “You’re not a teacher, you’re a man”: The need for a greater focus on gender studies in teacher education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 16(8), 775–790. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2010.516774 Jones, Bethany, A., Bauman, Walter Pierre, Haycraft, Emma, & Arcelus, Jon. (2019). Mental health and quality of life in non-binary transgender adults: A case control study. International Journal of Transgenderism 20(2–3), 251–262. https://doi.org/10.1080/15532739.2019.1630346 Kjaran, Jón Ingvar. (2017). Constructing sexualities and gendered bodies in school spaces: Nordic insights on queer and transgender students. Palgrave Macmillan. Kvale, Steinar. (1994). Validation as communication and action: On the social construction of validity. Paper presented at meeting of the AERA in New- Orleans Massey, Doreen. 2005. For Space. London: Sage. Mayeza, Emmanuel. (2015). Exclusionary violence and bullying in the playground: Football and gender ‘policing’ at school. Journal of Injury and Violence Prevention, 13(1), 49–70. https://hdl.handle.net/10520/EJC178542 Menzies, Fiona G., & Santoro, Ninetta. (2017). “Doing” gender in a rural Scottish secondary school: An ethnographic study of classroom interactions. Ethnography and Education, 13(4), 428–441. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2017.1351386 Paechter, Carrie, Toft, Alex, & Carlile, Anna. (2021). Non-binary young people and schools: Pedagogical insights from a small-scale interview study. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 29(5), 695–713. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2021.1912160 Pascoe, Cheri Jo. (2007). “Dude, you’re a fag”: Masculinity and sexuality in high school. University of California Press. Ragnarsdóttir, Sólveig Klara. (2022, 25. May). „Segja okkur að hengja okkur og drepa okkur“ [“Tell us to hang us and kill us”]. RÚV. https://www.ruv.is/frettir/innlent/2022-05-25-segja-okkur-ad-hengja-okkur-og- drepa-okkur Samtökin 78 [The National Queer Organisation of Iceland]. (2020). The 2017 Iceland National School Climate Survey Report. The Author. https://k3r6k4a9.rocketcdn.me/wp- content/uploads/2020/08/Skolakonnun_GLSEN_FINAL.pdf Sveinbjörnsdóttir, Sigrún, Bjarnason, Þóroddur, Arnarsson, Ársæll M., & Hjálmsdóttir, Andrea. (2010). The happiness of queer teenagers in 10th grade. The Icelandic Psychological Association Journal 15, 23–36. Woolley, Susan, W. (2017). Contesting silence, claiming space: Gender and sexuality in the neo-liberal public high school. Gender and Education, 29(1), 84–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2016.1197384 33. Gender and Education
Paper Longitudinal Relationships Between Ability Grouping, Subject Liking and Academic Self-concept: An Irish National Study of Primary Schooling 1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2University College London, UK Presenting Author:Children in primary schools in Ireland are often placed in within-class ‘ability’ groups (Sloan et al., 2021), despite well-documented issues with this as a pedagogical approach (Francis et al., 2016). Recent studies have considered the longitudinal impact of ability grouping in UK samples at both primary (e.g., Boliver & Capsada-Munsech, 2021; Papachristou et al., 2022) and secondary levels (e.g., Francis et al., 2020; Hodgen et al., 2023), however similar evidence within the Irish context is lacking. Research with Irish primary school children through in-depth qualitative case studies has documented how ability grouping shaped children’s interactions and peer networks (McGillicuddy, 2021), with children in high ability groups attaining a higher social status. Longitudinal studies within the UK have shown that children placed in lower ability groups at age 7 years are less likely than their peers in high ability groups to enjoy maths at age 7 or 11 years, after controlling for maths ability at age 7, sex and social class (Bolvier & Capsada-Munsech, 2021). Other longitudinal studies, again, set within the UK context, have suggested a causal link between ability grouping and academic self-concept (Campbell, 2021) and emotional and behavioural problems (Papachristou et al., 2022), factors which are also associated with poorer academic outcomes. Taken together, these findings suggests that ability grouping practices may perpetuate social inequalities in education through an impact on a range of outcomes associated with school success. Building on the existing research conducted primarily outside of the Irish context, the current analysis seeks to explore, for the first time, longitudinal associations between ability grouping in reading and maths in an Irish primary school sample. Further, given the mixed empirical findings of evidence of gender differences in misallocation to ability groups (Muijs & Dunne, 2010; Connolly et al., 2019) and gender differences in relation to school engagement, academic self-concept and subject liking, we explored whether gender as a potential moderator in relationships between ability grouping and outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on data collected over two waves of a national, longitudinal cohort study of primary education in Ireland, the Children’s School Lives (CSL) study (Devine et al., 2020). CSL involves approximately 200 schools and follows 4,000 children, their teachers, school principals, and families. This mixed methods study captures data annually using quantitative surveys, classroom observations, and case study qualitative approaches. The study involves two distinct cohorts: Cohort A followed children for 4 annual waves of data collection, from their first year in primary school (Junior Infants class; age 4-5 years) until to 2nd class (age 8-9 years). Cohort B followed children for 5 annual waves of data collection from 2nd class (age 8-9 years) until the final year in primary school, 6th class. The current analysis focuses on ability grouping practices within Cohort B. For both cohorts, the first wave of data collection began in 2019 which means that the 2020 wave of data collection were impacted by Covid-19 school closures. For this reason, the current analysis focuses on two waves of data from Cohort B: wave 3 (Spring 2021) and wave 4 (Spring 2022). Wave 3 involved 99 primary schools, recruited following stratified random sampled from a national database to reflect the school population in relation to school size, designated disadvantaged status, and school gender mix. Teachers reported their use of ability grouping for reading and for maths, and in classes where ability grouping was used, teachers reported whether each child was in a low, middle or high ability group. Other variables were measured using child report through a self-completed questionnaire administered by trained fieldworkers on a whole class basis. Questionnaires consisted of validated measures, selected following a review of the literature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At wave 3, for reading, 10% of the sample were not taught in ability groups, with a similar proportion not taught in ability groups for maths (11%). For reading, 34% of the sample were placed in high ability groups, 37% in middle ability groups, and 19% in low ability groups. The proportions were similar for maths, with 31% in high ability groups, 40% in middle ability groups, and 18% in low ability groups. There was a high level of consistency between ability group placements across subjects, with 72% to 74% of those in the low, middle or high ability group for reading also in the same ability group for maths. Analysis is currently underway using multilevel linear regression to account for the clustered nature of the data (children within schools). These models will assess the relationship between ability group status in wave 3 and change in a number of outcomes over time including: child academic self-concept, school engagement, school belonging, subject interest. Preliminary analysis to date suggests that overall, children in middle and low ability groups for maths at wave 3 have significantly lower interest in maths at wave 4, while for reading, a significant difference was only found for children in low ability groups. After controlling for subject interest at wave 3, this pattern remained for maths, but not for reading. When the models were split by gender, girls in low ability groups had significantly lower liking for reading in wave 4, however there was no difference between boys by ability group status. For math, boys in low ability groups, and girls in both low and middle ability groups, had lower liking in wave 4. References Boliver & Capsada-Munsech, 2021 Does ability grouping affect UK primary school pupils’ enjoyment of Maths and English? Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 76, 100629. Campbell, 2021. In-class ‘ability’-grouping, teacher judgements and children’s mathematics self-concept: evidence from primary-aged girls and boys in the UK Millennium Cohort Study. Cambridge Journal of Education, 51(5). Connolly et al., 2019. The misallocation of students to academic sets in maths: A study of secondary schools in England. British Educational Research Journal, 45(4). 873-897. Francis et al., (2017). Attainment Grouping as self-fulfilling prophesy? A mixed methods exploration of self confidence and set level among Year 7 students. International Journal of Educational Research, 86, 96-108. Francis et al., (2020). The impact of tracking by attainment on pupil self-confidence over time: demonstrating the accumulative impact of self-fulfilling prophecy. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(5). Hodgen et al., (2023). The achievement gap: The impact of between-class attainment grouping on pupil attainment and educational equity over time. British Educational Research Journal, 49(2), 209-230. McGillicuddy, 2021. “They would make you feel stupid” - Ability grouping, Children’s friendships and psychosocial Wellbeing in Irish primary school. Learning and Instruction, 75, 101492. Muijs & Dunne, (2010). Setting by ability – or is it? A quantitative study of determinants of set placement in English secondary schools. Educational Research, 52(4), 391-407. Papachristou et al., (2022). Ability-grouping and problem behavior trajectories in childhood and adolescence: Results from a U.K. population-based sample. Child Development, 93(2), 341-358. Sloan, S., Devine, D., Martinez Sainz, G., Symonds, J. E., Crean, M., Moore, B., Davies, A., Farrell, E., Farrell, J., Blue, T., Tobin, E. & Hogan, J. (2021). Children’s School Lives in Junior Infants, Report No.3. University College Dublin. https://cslstudy.wpenginepowered.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/CSL_Annual-Report-_30.11.21.pdf |
9:30 - 11:00 | 34 SES 09 A: Strengthening Education for Democracy Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Leif Kalev Panel Discussion |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Panel Discussion Strengthening Education for Democracy 1Tallinn University, Estonia; 2University of Barcelona, Spain; 3Foundation for Global Governance and Sustainability, Belgium; 4Tallinn University, Estonia; 5Dublin City University, Ireland; 6University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The panel will discuss new perspectives for strengthening the education for democracy in contemporary European context based on the 1,5 years of work in the Horizon Europe Democrat project. We examine both the conceptual and empirical aspects of education for democracy, with case studies in six EU countries, with a special attention to responsible democratic citizenship and the possibilities to achieve change through educational interventions. Strengthening education for democracy has become an increasingly urgent need due to several recent and ongoing crises in Europe. Challenges such as mediatization, technocratization, disenchantment, radicalization, populism, securitization, digitalization, illiberalism and others (e.g. Hay 2007, Papadopoulos 2013, Guillaume, Huysmans 2013, Moffitt 2016, Bigo, Isin, Ruppert 2019, Keane 2020, Schäfer, Zürn 2021, Sajo, Uitz, Holmes 2021) put pressure on the democratic system and citizens. An autonomous, constructive and effective citizen agency is under threat as citizens increasingly turn to either extreme ideologies or feel alienated and withdraw from civic life. How to better use education in supporting responsible democratic citizenship is nowadays a very relevant question. The discussion will be based on but not limited to the EU Horizon Europe Democrat project that aims to strengthen liberal democracy in the European Union by supporting its embedding and sustainability through participatory redesign and implementation of innovative and context-sensitive Education for Responsible Democratic Citizenship curricula and learning methods. Both content- and process- related aspects can support the development of citizens as reflexive, autonomous and constructive democratic agents and address the challenges outlined above. Contemporary digital tools for learning and participation are taken into account, as are aspects of democracy and responsible democratic citizenship that include the individual’s relation to the natural environment and sustainability in its interconnected environmental, social, economic and governance dimensions, as per the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. The Democrat project includes both conceptual and empirical work, both supported by national and transnational living labs. The conceptual work is based on relevant academic literature and policy documents from Europe and beyond that is used to develop an approach to facilitate responsible democratic citizenship building into education content and pedagogies that respond to today’s requirements. The empirical work includes statistical analysis, targeted research on specific key topics and educational interventions. Statistical analysis focuses on identifying the contextual factors relevant to education for democracy. Targeted research identifies i.a. the educational arrangements, aims, objectives and measures, competences, and the key agents and their discourses on education for responsible democratic citizenship. The educational interventions are designed and implemented, and their results reflected on and discussed in the project network. The living labs offer a key channel for reflection and including the perspectives of key stakeholders in education for democracy and responsible democratic citizenship. Altogether ca. 40 living lab events will be conducted at various stages of the Democrat project. The panelists will discuss key conceptual and empirical aspects based on the first 1,5 years of the work of the Democrat project, including initial results and designs for further work. References Banks, J. A., (2004). Teaching for Social Justice, Diversity, and Citizenship in a Global World, The Educational Forum, 68:4, 296-305, DOI: 10.1080/00131720408984645 Biesta, G., & Lawy, R. (2006). From teaching citizenship to learning democracy: Overcoming individualism in research, policy and practice. Cambridge journal of education, 36(1), 63-79. Biesta, G., Lawy, R., & Kelly, N. (2009). Understanding young people's citizenship learning in everyday life: The role of contexts, relationships and dispositions. Education, citizenship and social justice, 4(1), 5-24. Didier Bigo, Engin Isin, Evelyn Ruppert (2019, eds.). Data Politics: Worlds, Subjects, Rights. London, New York: Routledge. Hay, Colin (2007). Why We Hate Politics? Cambridge, Malden: Polity Press. Janette Hughes, Jennifer A. Robb and Molly Gadanidis (2023). Educating for a Just World: Empowering K-12 Students as Global Democratic Digital Citizens. JD Life & Learning, 3(2): Special Issue - Social Media & Education. Guillaume, Xavier; Huysmans, Jef (2013, Eds.). Citizenship and Security. The Constitution of Political Being. London, New York: Routledge. Jakobson, Mari-Liis; Eisenschmidt, Eve; Kalev, Leif (2019). Democratic citizenship in scarce conditions: educating citizens in neoliberal Estonia. In: Andrea Raiker, Matti Rautiainen, Blerim Saqipi (Ed.). Teacher Education and the Development of Democratic Citizenship in Europe. London: Routledge. John Keane (2020). The New Despotism. Cambridge, MA, London: Harvard University Press. Benjamin Moffitt (2016). The Global Rise of Populism. Performance, Political Style, and Representation. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Papadopoulos, Yannis (2013). Democracy in Crisis? Politics, Governance and Policy. Houndmills, New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Park, E. L., & Choi, B. K. (2014). Transformation of classroom spaces: Traditional versus active learning classroom in colleges. Higher Education, 68(5), 749-771. Quaynor, L. J. (2012). Citizenship education in post-conflict contexts: A review of the literature. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 7(1), 33-57. András Sajó, Renáta Uitz, Stephen Holmes (2021, eds). Routledge Handbook of Illiberalism. New York: Routledge Armin Schäfer, Michael Zürn (2021). Die demokratische Regression. Suhrkampf Verlag. Thornberg, R., & Elvstrand, H. (2012). Children's experiences of democracy, participation, and trust in school. International Journal of Educational Research, 53, 44-54. Westheimer, Joel (2015). What Kind of Citizen? Educating Our Children for the Common Good. New York, London: Teachers College Press. Chair Leif Kalev, leif@tlu.ee, Tallinn University, Estonia |
11:00 - 11:30 | Break 14: ECER Coffee Break |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 A: Keynote Zembylas: Educating for Anti-Complicity in the Era of Global Crises: An Affective Response to Political Violence Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Keynote Session |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Zembylas: Educating for Anti-Complicity in the Era of Global Crises: An Affective Response to Political Violence Open University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This talk addresses the thorny issue of complicity in recent global reckonings of political violence (structural racism; histories of colonialism, slavery and genocide; populism; extremism etc.) and asks: What does it mean to educate students for anti-complicity and resistance, when they are embedded in institutions and practices that engage in political violence, as perpetrators, collaborators or bystanders? What are the risks of a pedagogy and politics that cultivate affective practices of anti-complicity in the classroom? Drawing on recent insights from affect theory and political thought, this talk focuses on affect and its role in facilitating critical and political engagement of students and educators with violence. In particular, it interrogates how thinking about complicity through an affective and political lens can help address past and present instances, practices and structures of political violence. It is argued that the development of an anti-complicity pedagogy and politics provides a nuanced way to teach and learn about political violence and its entanglement with histories of suffering and injustice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 B Stream: Keynote Papastephanou: Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Live Stream from Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1, Mic: Yes ] |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events Live Stream: Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors N.N. Presenting Author:This is a live stream for the keynote "Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors". |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 B: Keynote Papastephanou: Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors Location: Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Keynote Session |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Papastephanou: Education, the “Age of Uncertainty” and the Politics of such Temporal Metaphors University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:The thematic description of this forthcoming ECER conference emphasizes the responsiveness of educational research to societal change and turbulent times across the world. We are invited to acknowledge epochal “challenges and uncertainties” and to rethink prospects for a future of better promise and hope. We are summoned to understand ourselves as inhabitants of a new age. The theme of this conference sets the “age of uncertainty” as the ultimate context of educational theory and practice. This reflects a broader tendency of educational studies in our times to use temporal metaphors that predicate our circumstances as exceptional: “critical times”, “pandemic age”, “precarious times”, “times of shipwreck”, “years of upheaval”, etc. However, most educational research employs such metaphors without exploring the politics of doing so. Lack of meta-theoretical, self-reflective attention to the operations of “the age of uncertainty” rhetoric reproduces the use of this metaphor as a stopgap, a cliché, or a modish slogan with possibly pernicious political effects. This keynote lecture aims to retrieve the neglected educational-philosophical task of disclosing the ambiguous politics of the “age of uncertainty” metaphor. More awareness of, or vigilance about, such politics is needed for: giving historical memory its due; noticing deeper connections of education with diverse causalities of adversities related to “our current realities”; and avoiding some risks that accompany the uncritical overuse of “crisis” and “uncertainty” epochal metaphors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 C Stream: Keynote Padeliadu: Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia Location: Room B204 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events Live Stream: Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia N.N. Presenting Author:This is a live stream for the keynote "Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia". |
11:30 - 12:30 | 00 SES 10 C: Keynote Padeliadu: Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia Location: Room B205 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Eddie Denessen Keynote Session |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Padeliadu: Inclusive Education and Early Identification of Disability: the case of dyslexia Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece Presenting Author:Inclusive education practices have significantly increased in the last three decades and lately, equity and inclusion initiatives have also been gradually adopted. These have become key elements of educational discourse specifically regarding disability. Furthermore, in the broader social context, disability definitions can no longer be conceptualized as synonymous with impairment. By embracing the social model in the dyslexia case, problems experienced by students with dyslexia in education reflect structural inequalities, functioning as disabling barriers. Hence, identification and removal of these disabling barriers is instrumental to ensure inclusive education and progress for students with dyslexia. Within the field of dyslexia and reading disabilities research, serious concerns have been raised globally that the traditional IQ-Achievement discrepancy identification model is a “wait-to-fail” approach, which leads to more barriers for students with dyslexia. Several reasons have led to these concerns: a) there have been psychometric limitations for students coming from minorities or low socio-economic backgrounds b) receiving adequate and appropriate instruction before the diagnosis, is not required c) traditional diagnostic testing does not provide information for the needed instruction and most importantly, d) the mean age at which the students are identified as having dyslexia is over 10 years, after they have experienced significant failure in school. Furthermore, previous early research focusing on the identification of children with dyslexia, revealed a significant relationship between time of diagnosis and socio-economic status; that is, the poorer the students the later the diagnosis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:00 - 13:30 | 90 SES 10.5 Paper Session |
12:30 - 13:45 | 00 SES 10.5: EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper ***CANCELLED*** EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet ESAI Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:The Educational Studies Association of Ireland (ESAI) is a voluntary, non-political body, dedicated to the advancement of educational research in Ireland. This link will bring you to the ESAI website: http://esai.ie/about-esai/ A primary aim of the ESAI is to ensure, as far as possible, that educational discourse in Ireland remains grounded in perspectives which are adequately acquainted with the evidence from the various disciplines of educational research and that educational policy-making at all levels remains similarly informed by arguments which are educationally sound. Irish Educational Studies (IES) is the official international journal of the Educational Studies Association of Ireland, with a current Impact Factor of 1.8. This link will bring you to the IES website page: http://esai.ie/journal/ The ESAI Annual Conference 2025 will be held on April 10th to 12th, inclusive. The call for papers will open in September 2024 until October 31st. See here for an overview of our last annual conference: https://esai.ie/esai-conference-2024-a-review/ The ESAI supports a network of Special Interest Groups listed on this link: http://esai.ie/sigs/ It has a dedicated Early Career Researcher (ECR) strand and an annual award for the best ECR paper at the annual conference. Membership is open to all with a research interest in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . 00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events Spotlight on the ECER 2025: Charting the Way Forward: Education, Research, Potentials and Perspectives University of Belgrade, Serbia Presenting Author:We are excited to announce a promotional event for the upcoming European Conference on Educational Research (ECER) 2025, which will be held in Belgrade, Serbia, from September 8 to 12, 2025. This event will feature engaging discussions with Serbian educational researchers, who will share insights into recent developments in Serbian educational research, the establishment of the National Association of Educational Researchers in Serbia, and offer a preview of ECER 2025. Attendees will also have the opportunity to explore Serbian culture and education through short films, quizzes, and interactions with local researchers. Join us for an informative and engaging preview of ECER 2025 in Belgrade! Hosting EERA Member of ECER 2025: The Educational Research Association of Serbia (ERAS), established in 2013, focuses on building and nurturing the educational research community in Serbia while enhancing its international visibility. The Association brings together experts from diverse fields with a shared interest in educational research. Since its inception, ERAS has concentrated on improving educational practices and advocating for equitable educational policies. Situated at the crossroads of various cultures and historical contexts, the Serbian education system and its research community have long been engaged in exploring the role of education in crises, interpreting significant social events, constructing collective narratives, and bridging diverse perspectives. Researchers within ERAS leverage available resources to address the unique characteristics and limitations of their context. Current research projects within the Association cover a broad spectrum of topics, including collaborative learning, inclusive and multicultural education, early literacy, digital skills, civic competence, and the assessment of social, emotional, and cognitive competencies. References . |
12:30 - 13:45 | Break 15: ECER Lunch Break |
12:45 - 13:30 | 01 SES 10.5 A: NW 01 Network Meeting Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ken Jones Session Chair: Mihaela Mitescu Manea
Network Meeting
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper NW 01 Network Meeting West University of Timisoara, Romania Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 03 SES 10.5 A: NW 03 Network Meeting Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Network Meeting |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper NW 03 Network Meeting Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 06 SES 10.5 A: NW 06 Network Meeting Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Network Meeting |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper NW 06 Network Meeting Zurich University of Teacher Education (PH Zürich), Switzerland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 07 SES 10.5 A: NW 07 Network Meeting Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Network Meeting |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper NW 07 Network Meeting RPTU, Germany Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 08 SES 10.5 A: NW 08 Network Meeting Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Network Meeting |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper NW 08 Network Meeting Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 09 SES 10.5 A: *** Postponed *** NW 09 Network Meeting new time to be confirmed Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Monica Rosén Network Meeting |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper NW 09 Network Meeting University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 10 SES 10.5 A: NW 10 Network Meeting Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Marita Cronqvist Network Meeting |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper NW 10 Network Meeting University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 12 SES 10.5 A: NW 12 Network Meeting: Open Research in Education Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Session Chair: Christian Swertz Network Open Research in Education invites all interested to the topic to join the network meeting and discuss, imagine and realise ideas and furture activities. Current ideas range from establishing a proceedings collection until practice or ERC workshops. |
|
12. Open Research in Education
Paper NW 12 Network Meeting DIPF | Leibniz Institute for...Education, Germany Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 13 SES 10.5 A: NW 13 Network Meeting Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ian Munday Network Meeting |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper NW 13 Network Meeting University of Stirling, Ireland Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 15 SES 10.5 A: NW 15 Network Meeting Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Karen Laing Network Meeting |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper NW 15 Network Meeting Newcastle University, UK Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 19 SES 10.5 A: Ethnography network speed-dating Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Clemens Wieser Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Network Speed-Dating |
|
19. Ethnography
Research Workshop Getting to Know Fellow Educational Ethnographers: A Speed-dating Session in the Ethnography Network 1Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland; 2Danish School of Education, Kopenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:We are using this workshop as an exchange format, drawing on the successful interactive ethnographic speed dating from last year's network meeting in Glasgow. We meet, get to know participants in the network who are also conducting ethnographic research in one form or the other and exchange ideas about the how, why and what of doing ethnography in educational fields. Come and join us! Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used After a short introduction we will meet up in pairs or small groups for exchange. There will be several rounds. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We hope to have fun, learn a lot about different ways of doing ethnography and meet new and interesting people! References - No references |
12:45 - 13:30 | 20 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting NW 20 Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper NW 20 Network Meeting University of Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 21 SES 10.5 A: NW21 Convenors and Co-convenors Meeting Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois Session Chair: Patrick Geffard |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Meetings/ Events NW21 Convenors and Co-convenors Meeting Rouen University, France Presenting Author:This is a meeting for the Link Convenors and Co-convenors of NW 21. |
12:45 - 13:30 | 23 SES 10.5 A: NW 23 Network Meeting Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Xavier Rambla Network Meeting |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper NW 23 Network Meeting Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona (UAB), Spain Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 24 SES 10.5 A: NW 24 Network Meeting Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca Network Meeting |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper NW 24 Network Meeting KIRIKKALE UNIVERSITY, Turkiye Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 26 SES 10.5 A: NW 26 Network Meeting Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Antonios Kafa Network Meeting |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper NW 26 Network Meeting Open University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 27 SES 10.5 A: NW 27 Network Meeting Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Marte Blikstad-Balas Network Meeting |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper NW 27 Network Meeting University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 28 SES 10.5 A: NW 28 Network Meeting Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Eszter Neumann Network meeting |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper NW 28 Network Meeting HUN-REN CSS, Hungary Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 30 SES 10.5 A: NW 30 Network Meeting Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Elsa Lee Network Meeting |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper NW 30 Network Meeting University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
12:45 - 13:30 | 33 SES 10.5 A: NW 33 Network Meeting Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Branislava Baranović Session Chair: Andrea Abbas Network Meeting |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper NW 33 Network Meeting University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 11 A: Professional Learning Research: Fit for Purpose in an Age of Uncertainty? Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ken Jones Session Chair: Ken Jones Symposium |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Professional Learning Research: Fit for Purpose in an Age of Uncertainty? We not only live in an age of uncertainty, but in obviously dangerous times. It is nearly a hundred years since Antonio Gramsci wrote ‘the old is dying and the new cannot be born; in this interregnum a great variety of morbid symptoms appear’ (Gramsci, 1971, p. 276), but these words seem as relevant as ever. It is not a time of crisis, but an age of many crises that often combine and collide in ways that amplify their impact. Educators are at the sharp end of these developments: having to keep abreast of rapid change, manage increasingly complex environments and preparing learners with both the skills and dispositions that will help them navigate these turbulent times. Supporting educators in this work is the task of professional learning and development (PLD), but as the task of the educator becomes more complex, so too must the purposes and forms of PLD adapt. Historically much professional learning has been focused on developing the technical skills required to ‘perform’ the task of teaching, and much PLD research has been concerned with establishing ‘what works’ - where and in what circumstances. If such an approach was ever appropriate, it is clear that it is not appropriate now. Old models and traditional practices appear unable to cope with the world as it is and much professional learning, and professional learning research, appears no longer fit for purpose in an age of crises (Stevenson, 2023). This symposium seeks to explore these issues, with a particular focus on the implications for professional learning research and those engaged in such research. The intention is to ‘look forward’, to reflect on the professional learning of the future and the research that will be required to support it. The approach adopted is to examine critically three recent Special Issues of Professional Development in Education (PDiE). PDiE is now in its 50th year, and for all that time it has provided a focus for research in this important sub-field within the wider Education discipline. As with other scholarly journals, PDiE publishes Special Issues and these publications can be significant for what they say about a field and its future trajectory. Special issues are intended to bring together a range of contributors with a specialised focus to construct new knowledge and deepen collective understanding. As such they perform an important ‘agenda setting’ role by identifying new issues and charting new directions. This symposium will focus on three special issues Leading Professional Learning to Navigate Complexity (vol 49:6), Beyond Reproduction: the Transformative Potential of Professional Learning (vol 49:4) and The Place of Professional Growth and Professional Learning in Leading Socially Just Schools (vol 47:1). Each individual contribution will be presented by a PDiE editorial board member closely involved with the curating of the relevant SI, and presentations will be framed around a set of common questions:
The intention is to use the Special Issues to raise critical questions about current and future trends in professional learning research. The session will be constructed to maximise discussion. Presenters are located in Ireland, the USA and England. The discussant is from Scotland. Articles in the SIs are drawn from a wide range of European and non-European contexts. References Antonio Gramsci (1971) Selections from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci (Q. Hoare & G. Nowell-Smith, Eds.). Lawrence and Wishart. Howard Stevenson (2023) Professional learning and development: fit for purpose in an age of crises?, Professional Development in Education, 49:3, 399-401, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2207332 Presentations of the Symposium The Place of Professional Growth and Professional Learning in Leading Socially Just Schools.
The special issue of Professional Development in Education, guest edited by Deirdre Torrance and Christine Forde (2021) with a Foreword by Associate Editor PDiE Fiona King (2021) sought to explore the perspectives and practices of leaders who advocate for social justice. Against the backdrop of the global Covid-19 pandemic, the expansion of the Black Lives Matter Movement, and the OECD's emphasis on Excellence and Equity, this special issue highlights the notable disparity between privileged and underprivileged communities. It underscores the urgent need to address issues of inequity. School leaders' professional learning and development (PLD) and how they support the PLD of others to build socially just schools was an important question underpinning this special issue.
Torrance and Forde classified the submissions in this special issue into three overarching themes: Leadership development and leading socially just schools; Leading in socially just schools and; teacher development to build practice in socially just schools. The content primarily comprises empirical studies conducted in diverse contexts, complemented by a critical review of the literature and two conceptual papers.
This presentation will explore the conceptualization of social justice in the featured articles. A prominent theme throughout the special issue revolves around the interchangeable use of terms (inclusion, equity, equality, diversity) in research, writing, and the practice of social justice. While acknowledging the absence of a universally agreed-upon definition for these terms, there is a concern about ensuring clarity in meanings to enhance understanding of the associated challenges.
Whilst recognizing the significance of context in shaping these concepts and practices, this paper will make the case for explicitly defining what we mean by social justice within our professional learning environments. It will also contend that critically reflecting on the various factors that shape our beliefs and practices as educators—such as social, economic, political, and personal influences—is equally crucial. Professional learning that fosters such awareness represents only an initial phase, with calls for leaders and teachers to become more political and agentic in their roles. Social justice leadership calls for a reflective, activist and transformative stance, proposing that leadership learning should be integrated into all professional development. Additionally, we are compelled to unite in addressing the voices of those marginalised, aiming to enact positive changes and transform both schools and society.
References:
Christine Forde & Deirdre Torrance (2021) The place of professional growth and professional learning in leading socially just schools, Professional Development in Education, 47:1, 3-6, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1848491
Fiona King (2021) Foreword, Professional Development in Education, 47:1, 12, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1848492
Leading Professional Learning to Navigate Complexity
This special issue, published in December 2023 and edited by Phil Poekert and Fiona King (2023), emanates from a symposium sponsored by the journal and hosted at Dublin City University in June 2022, the latest in a series of biannual symposia. The issue comprises 17 papers and an afterword, and it showcases contributions from authors representing 12 countries across 4 continents, ranging from Italy and Qatar to China and New Zealand.
These contributions include a conceptual meta-model developed by the editors (King et al, 2023), exploring the constructs of Context, Experience, and Outcomes (CEO) as a framework applicable at individual, school, and systems levels. The editors reflect that all research on professional learning and development, including contributions in the special issue, explores the interaction among contextual influences, experiences of teachers and leaders, and outcomes of professional learning on students, educators, schools, and systems. All papers in the special issue also acknowledge the increasing complexities within the implementation of professional learning. Drawing inspiration from Bogotch's (2021) call for shared awareness and actionable plans to achieve socially just schools in another special issue, the issue aims to advance the field from acknowledging complexity to offering actionable guidance on operationalizing complexity in both research and practice.
Collectively, the papers make four key points about the nature of leadership for professional learning. Firstly, they emphasize leadership as a shared practice, transcending traditional roles and positions. Secondly, the leadership of professional learning goes beyond mere management. Thirdly, a deep understanding of complex networks of influence is crucial for effective translation of professional learning into teaching experiences. Finally, they research approaches aiming to optimize the impact of professional learning on student outcomes while ensuring equity in education.
A selection of papers in the special issue focus on conceptual and practical tools for navigating complexity. Examples include a conceptual framework for understanding the role of agency in professional learning, insights into how accomplished teachers navigate challenges, and the importance of fostering a culture that values enquiry as a way of facilitating meaningful professional learning.
The remaining papers showcase examples and illustrations of navigating complexity in professional learning practice and research. From headteachers navigating the pandemic to collaborative inquiry models supporting teacher professional learning, these real-world cases offer insights into advancing professional learning approaches and addressing complex challenges in education.
Together, these papers contribute to ongoing dialogue on navigating uncertainty in education, fostering hope for the future.
References:
Ira Bogotch (2021) Afterword: inserting social justice into professional development, Professional Development in Education, 47:1, 191-196, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1848490
Philip Poekert & Fiona King (2023) Leading professional learning to navigate complexity, Professional Development in Education, 49:6, 953-957, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2277572
Fiona King, Philip Poekert & Takeshia Pierre (2023) A pragmatic meta-model to navigate complexity in teachers’ professional Learning, Professional Development in Education, 49:6, 958-977, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2248478
Beyond Reproduction: the Transformative Potential of Professional Learning
This special issue of Professional Development in Education, edited by Aileen Kennedy and Howard Stevenson (2023) explicitly sought to encourage a critique of much mainstream professional learning and development (PLD), while also offering a more optimistic vision of what genuinely transformative professional learning can, and should, look like.
Several contributions explored the limitations of much current professional learning provision, but the main focus was on the development of the notion of ‘transformation’ at a theoretical level. An interesting feature of the SI is the broad range of conceptual frameworks that contributors drew on, often working with more than one approach and seeking interesting ways to meld different frameworks. Many of the contributors utilised Jack Mezirow’s work (1997), but a range of approaches rooted in critical pedagogy and radical adult education were also evident. The work often highlighted the importance, but also the limitations, of these valuable intellectual traditions.
This presentation will offer an overview of how ‘transformation’ is conceived across all the articles in the Special Issue. While conceptual pluralism can be a value, it can also reflect an element of incoherence when considering what is being ‘transformed’, how and by whom. Such uncertainty can then contribute to the term being denuded of any real meaning, as happens frequently in those contexts where ‘transformation’ appears to denote little more than ‘substantial change’.
This paper will make the case for a deeper theorising of the notion of transformative learning in a PLD context. It is an approach that sees personal transformation as nested within a wider collective transformation and, in turn, offering the prospect of a transformation of social relations (Stevenson 2024). Such an approach is necessary if those who position themselves as engaged in ‘critical professional learning’ (Parkhouse et al, 2023) are able to navigate the unavoidable tensions and contradictions that flow from working simultaneously ‘in and against’ work contexts that are exploitative and unjust (Mayo, 2005). This is a form of professional learning that goes beyond learning for work, or even learning about work, but takes seriously the notion of learning against work.
References:
Aileen Kennedy & Howard Stevenson (2023) Beyond reproduction: the transformative potential of professional learning, Professional Development in Education, 49:4, 581-585, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2226971
Peter Mayo (2005) ‘In and against’ the state: Gramsci, war of position and adult education. www.um.edu.mt/library/oar/bitstream/123456789/1463/1/War_of_Position-Mayo-libre-1.pdf
Jack Mezirow (1997). Transformative learning: Theory to practice. New directions for adult and continuing education, 1997(74), 5-12.
Hillary Parkhouse, Jesse Senechal & Elizabeth Severson-Irby (2023) Laying a foundation for critical professional development through a research–practice partnership, Professional Development in Education, 49:4, 725-738, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2193198
Howard Stevenson (2024) Educational Leadership and Antonio Gramsci: The Organising of Ideas, Routledge.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 11 B: Can Lecturers Talk Themselves Into Better Teaching? Investigating The Impact Of Collegial Critical Reflection In Academic Development Programmes In Universities Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Molly Sutphen Panel Discussion |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Panel Discussion Can Lecturers Talk Themselves Into Better Teaching? Investigating The Impact Of Collegial Critical Reflection In Academic Development Programmes In Universities 1Roskilde University, Denmark; 2University of Oslo, Norway; 3University of Oslo, Norway; 4Zürich University of Teacher Education, Schwitzerland; 5University of Oslo, Norway; 6Roskilde University, Denmark Presenting Author:Background This international research project views critical reflection on teaching practice as a vital capability for university lecturers. Critical reflection supports continuous development of teaching academics as facilitators of learning experiences who manage the constant change and complexity of the teaching profession (Mathisen & Bjørndal, 2016, p. 230). We use the term ‘Collegial Intervision[1]’ to synthesise the practices of peer observation, collegial discussion, and critical reflection that occur within professional development programs for lecturers at the three universities. The terminology emphasises that participants work together to gain clarity and insight into their practice and philosophy of teaching. The aim is to foster horizontal rather than hierarchical relations between peers (Wenger, 2011), where participants are positioned as co-learners who reflect together. Comparisons and continuities – three international cases Our three universities in Denmark, Norway, and Switzerland are connected through offering peer group collegial dialogues as foundations for professional development of university teachers. This study investigates structured dialogues aim to promote critical reflection as a common practice, seeking to elaborate previous research that documents a variety of beneficial outcomes from peer mentoring groups (de Lange and Wittek, 2023; Gardner et al, 2022). The effects may include professional unity and supportive collegiality, which can stimulate reflective discussions around teaching and supervision in addition to participants’ own peer discussions, informed by different peer mentoring frameworks (de Lange and Wittek, 2023, p. 187). Despite the benefits, empirical research evaluating learning and development in structured collegial dialogue in academic development programmes is scarce. In our project we focus on participants’ experiences of change in their daily teaching practice – considering if they experienced any change. We are interested in how they themselves experience the learning and possible change. Our work is guided by the following research questions:
These questions were explored through interviews and focus groups in the three countries. At each of the universities, individual and focus-group interviews have been conducted with participants who attended the programmes one to three years ago. The data analysis is informed by Mezirow’s concepts of critical reflection and thoughtful action with reflection (Mezirow, 1991, p. 109). Currently, we envisage a convergent approach, where data from each country will be interwoven into a nuanced understanding of critically reflective practice.
Proposed panel discussion – untangling unresolved tensions in academic development The concluding discussion aims to focus on some of the key tensions and questions that recur in our research group conversations:
[1] The meaning of Collegial Intervision is directly translated as ‘collegial shared clear sight’ References de Lange, T., Wittek, L. (2023). Experiences from the PeTS Project: What Lessons Have We Learned, and How Should We Proceed?. In: de Lange, T., Wittek, L. (eds) Faculty Peer Group Mentoring in Higher Education. Higher Education Dynamics, vol 61. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-37458-6_10 Gardner, F., Southall, A. & Baxter, L. (2022) Effectively supporting teachers: a peer supervision model using reflective circles, Teachers and Teaching, 28:3, 369-383, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2022.2062727 Mathisen, P., & Bjørndal, C. (2016). Tablets as a digital tool in supervision of student teachers’ practical training. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 11(4), 227–247. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1891-943x-2016-04-02 Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco. Wenger, E. (2011) Social learning capacity: Four essays on innovation and learning in social systems. In A Boddington and J Boys (Eds) Re-shaping learning: A Critical Reader. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers:193-210. Chair Molly Sutphen, Professor, University of Oslo, Norway, m.p.sutphen@iped.uio.no |
13:45 - 15:15 | 01 SES 11 C: Digital Learning (Part 1) Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carolyn Julie Swanson Paper Session Part 1/2, to be continued in 01 SES 12 C |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper A Gap in Teachers' Awareness of the Use of ICT in Classroom Practice at Schools. Kansai University, Japan Presenting Author:This study attempts to clarify how using ICT and educational data in schools have been promoted since 2020 through case reports. From a survey of elementary school teachers in one city, it became evident that there were some differences in teachers' understanding of the relationship between ICT and educational data use. It is argued that this result is a problem, and an issue to be discussed when considering the potential use of ICT in education. We used the database to analyze how elementary and secondary education had been facing COVID-19 since 2020, while using technology. The Education Resources Information Center (ERIC), an online library sponsored by the Institute of Education Sciences of the U.S. Department of Education, was used to search for relevant articles from 2020 that included "COVID-19," "Elementary and Secondary Education," and "Technology Use in Education" in their abstracts. Peer-reviewed articles were surveyed. As a result, 110 articles were retrieved. Among the 110 articles, 57 dealt with distance education, 41 with barriers, 35 with teacher attitudes, 28 with access to computers, 23 with the teaching method, 15 with learner engagement, 14 with equal education, and 11with educational change. For instance, Yanoski et al. (2021) and White et al. (2022) demonstrated how an ICT environment can contribute to the safety and security of students when they have been stopped from learning. They identified what was required of schools, administrators, and teachers, as well as what responses were effective in bridging these regional gaps. Burgin et al. (2022) pointed out the importance of examining student engagement in distance learning and bringing needs and voices into consideration in lesson design. Naff et al. (2022) found that the home environment, socioeconomic status, and previous mental health or disability diagnosis had an impact while addressing the effects of COVID-19 on the mental health of PK-12 students. Administrators should focus on well-being of children and teachers, carefully examine their emotions, and be agile in advancing policies with teachers on how to respond to crisis situations (Kwatubana & Molaodi 2021; Wilson, 2021; Farhadi & Winton 2022). Yıldız and Göçen (2022) examined teachers' opinions on leadership and guidelines for teachers' behavior to survive in turbulent times and attempted to identify what teachers should do in response to the new normal. Thus, the articles published over the past three years confirm that elementary and secondary education, through its response to COVID-19, has become more confronted with the digital divide and the students' mental health care that exists in the region and the importance of the attitude and role of principals and teachers in facing these issues. Through our research with ERIC, we found that since COVID-19 started, the use of ICT in schools has been discussed in detail as a response to various problems, with references to ICT as a tool for guaranteeing learning and close communication. However, we did not find many references to the use of ICT for data application in solving various problems. The research question for this study is: In relation to the use of ICT in schools, do teachers consider the use of ICT in the classroom and the use of educational data as two separate things? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We discuss the results of this research on the current state of ICT use in schools and classrooms, including efforts in 2022, when face-to-face instruction were the norm. The participants in the survey were elementary school teachers from City A. Elementary school teachers have made more progress in using ICT in their classes than secondary school teachers. We selected teachers with three years of experience working for the school because we wanted them to respond to the question about their experience since 2020, when the school environment changed. We decided that it was necessary for the purpose of this study to identify how teachers were using ICT, so we asked elementary school teachers to cooperate. City A is a large city that includes mountainous and urban areas, and we requested their cooperation because we believed that, as a city in Japan, the location of its schools was unbiased and representative. All study participants provided informed consent and the study design was approved by the appropriate ethics review board. Forty teachers in leadership positions and 177 teachers in their third year of service who accepted to participate in the survey were requested to complete the questionnaire in early June 2023. However, only 20 teachers in leadership positions and 80 in their third years of service responded to this deadline. At the end of June, we requested 177 teachers in their third year of employment who had already participated in the survey to self-evaluate their use of ICT. Consequently, 132 teachers responded to the deadline. A survey was conducted on the use of ICT in schools using the following 8 questions among teachers in leadership positions during teacher training and in their third year of employment. Participants were asked to respond to the questions rated on a 5-point scale, with five being very positive and one being very negative. Q1.Teachers' use of ICT in the lessons. Q2.Students' use of ICT in the lessons. Q3.Teachers' use of ICT in school affairs. Q4.Utilizing various survey information on students to understand students. Q5.Utilizing various survey information on students to improve lessons. Q6.Need for teacher training on the use of educational data. Q7.Conducting self-designed surveys to understand how students are doing in order to improve lessons. Q8.Conducting self-designed surveys to understand how students are doing for classroom management. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that teachers in the two positions rated the school in the same way regarding the use of ICT by teachers and students in the classroom in Q1. and Q2. However, in Q4 through Q6, teachers in both positions gave lower ratings to the school's efforts to use educational data than in Q1 and Q2. Teachers in leadership positions were willing to consider the need for training in the use of educational data in schools, but teachers in their third year of service were somewhat reluctant to actively promote such training. There was a difference between the school's efforts and one's own efforts in Q2, " Student's use of ICT," and Q5, "using survey information to improve lessons," and that there was variations in the responses. Looking at the results of Q7 and Q8, it could be identified that the respondents were more negative, on average, to conduct their own surveys to improve their lessons and classroom management than the results of the other question items. The standard deviation was also larger than that of the other questions, so it could be interpreted that there was a tendency for variation in response among teachers. According to the "free answers" of teachers in their third year of employment, it was evident that they tend to consider the "use of ICT in teaching as well as learning activities" and the "use of educational data using ICT" to be two different things. The tendency has become evident that "ICT use in teaching and learning activities" was understood as an initiative that contributes to the improvement of teaching and learning, and "ICT use of educational data" is considered as an initiative to evaluate students. References Brushwood R., C., & Bimm, M.(2021). Children, schooling, and COVID-19: What education can learn from existing research. Journal of Teaching and Learning, 15(2), 3–20. Burgin, X. D., Daniel, M. C., & Wasonga, T. A. (2022). Teachers’ perspectives on teaching and learning during the pandemic in the United States. Educational Process: International Journal, 11(3): 122-140. Farhadi, B., & Winton, S. (2022). Ontario teachers’ policy leadership during the COVID-19 pandemic. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, 200, 49-62. Huck,C., & Zhang,J. (2021). Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic on K-12 Education: A Systematic Literature Review. Educational Research and Development Journal, 24(1), 53–84. Kwatubana, S., & Molaodi, V. (2021). Leadership styles that would enable school leaders to support the wellbeing of teachers during COVID-19. New Challenges to Education: Lessons from Around the World. BCES Conference Books 19, 106-112. Naff, D., Williams, S., Furman-Darby, J., & Yeung, M. (2022). The mental health impacts of COVID-19 on PK–12 students: A systematic review of emerging literature. AERA Open, 8(1), 1–40. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584221084722 White, S., Harmon, H., Johnson, J., & O'Neill, B. (2022). In-the-moment experiences of rural school principals in the COVID-19 pandemic. The Rural Educator, 43(2), 47-59. Wilson, A. (2021). Emotionally Agile Leadership Amid COVID-19. School Leadership Review: 15(2). https://scholarworks.sfasu.edu/slr/vol15/iss2/1 Yanoski, D. C., Gagnon, D., Schoephoerster, M., McCullough, D., Haines, M., & Cherasaro, T. L. (2021). Variations in district strategies for remote learning during the COVID-19 pandemic (REL 2021–118). U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Regional Educational Laboratory Central. Retrieved September 18, 2023, from: http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/edlabs Yıldız Ş., S., & Göçen, A. (2022). Teachers' views on leadership in the new normal. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 17(1), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.5979709 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper An Ethnographic Study of Digital Workplace Learning Through Crowdwork Practices Helmut-Schmidt-University Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:The digital transformation has a profound impact on how we live, learn, and work while information, knowledge, and learning become increasingly important (Castells, 2017). In this context, learning is not only characterised by an acquisition of knowledge but rather by the continuous creation and recreation of knowing and learning in practice (Gherardi, 2008). To meet the associated demands employees often rely on workplace learning, a concept that has attracted practical and scientific attention in recent years. However, there remains a scarcity of empirical evidence in digital contexts (Ifenthaler, 2017). This study explores how learning and knowing are enacted in digital work practices in crowdwork. Crowdwork describes “paid crowdsourced work [mediated through platforms] where the delivery of service occurs entirely online” (Margaryan & Hofmeister, 2021, p. 44). It combines various trends in digital work like flexibilization, marketisation, individualisation, and the dissolution of boundaries (Ashford et al., 2018; Frey et al., 2004; Kleemann et al., 1999; Rump & Eilers, 2017). Learning in the workplace is based on the “holistic nature of performance […] [and] requires several different types of knowledge and skill” (Eraut, 2004, pp. 256–257). Unlike formal education learning in the workplace is often unintentional, contextual, and collaborative. It produces situation-specific explicit and tacit knowing through cognitive and physical activities (Eraut, 2004; Tynjälä, 2008). The separation between performance and learning is much less evident (Billett, 2010). To consider the holistic and complex character of workplace learning, this study builds on a practice-based approach. Summarizing different praxeological perspectives, Schatzki (2001, p. 2) defines practices as “arrays of human activity centrally organized around shared practical understandings”. Most practice theories agree that practices are human mental and physical activities, mediated through artefacts and objects. However, practice theories disagree on the relationship between knowing, learning, and practice (Gherardi, 2008; Schatzki, 2001). Building on the concept of knowing-in-practice by Gherardi (2019), knowing and learning cannot be separated as they are constantly produced and reproduced in practice. This makes knowing and learning part of everyday routines which are socially shared as “something people do together” (Gherardi, 2008, p. 517). These everyday routines are not mindless automatic acts. Rather they combine intentionality, cultural norms, and unpredictability (Billett, 2010; Reckwitz, 2003). A praxeological analysis of workplace learning, therefore, comprises carefully examining working practices and how learning and knowing are enacted (Gherardi, 2010). In 2020, there were more than 500 digital labour platforms in Europe, comprising online crowdwork and offline services (Groen et al., 2021). Crowdworkers mainly work part-time and self-employed (Mrass & Peters, 2017; Piasna et al., 2022). Crowdwork tasks require various skill levels. Microwork asks for low to medium-level skills, online freelancing requires specialised professional skills (Margaryan & Hofmeister, 2021). Findings on learning are ambivalent. On the one hand, opportunities for personal and professional development seem limited, as most tasks can be carried out with low to medium-level skills (Groen et al., 2021) and Altenried (2017, p. 176) even defines crowdwork as “digital taylorism” (Altenried, 2017, p. 176). On the other hand, crowdwork offers informal workplace learning opportunities (Margaryan, 2017) and supports crowdworkers with learning skills for the “new world of work” (Ashford et al., 2018, p. 23). This study aims to contribute to a better understanding of how learning and knowing are enacted in crowdwork practices that reflect digital workplace learning. Therefore, this study’s research question is:
This study will explore the finding’s implications for future educational research and policies in crowdwork and digital workplace settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a Netnographic approach. Netnography describes a methodology which encompasses ethnographic and qualitative research methods and is deployed in online environments (Kozinets, 2020). Going beyond its original use for social media research, Netnography has become an accepted approach to many digital contexts (Kozinets & Gambetti, 2021). Like other ethnographic approaches it implies an iterative research process in which data generation and evaluation alternate and researchers are in close contact with the research field (Breidenstein et al., 2020; Kozinets, 2020). Netnography is characterized by investigative, interactive and immersive data operations, meaning exploration of the research field, interacting with research participants, and keeping a research diary (Kozinets, 2020). It can also encompass autoethnography, in which the researchers “immerse themselves in an interpretive exploration of their own participation”(Howard, 2021, p. 218) in a certain research field. Ethnographic approaches like Netnography are particularly useful for workplace learning studies (Eraut, 2004, p. 248). This study employs qualitative methods to examine the work and learning practices of crowdworkers on two platforms from a holistic, explorative point of view. One platform offers hardware and software testing tasks requiring low to medium level skills and one is a freelancing platform offering more complex tasks. The fieldwork combines three phases. First, an autoethnographic study was conducted from June until August 2022 to gain first-hand insights into crowdwork practices. Then, a diary study comprising 24 crowdworkers was conducted consisting of a pilot and a main study phase. The pilot was carried out from February until April and the main study from Mai until June 2023. Over a period of up to six weeks participants submitted voice messages in which they described crowdwork tasks. Furthermore, they answered questions about learning practices and the recreation of knowing in practice. Following the diary study, they participated in online interviews. Among the 24 participants, 12 were testers and 12 were freelancers who work on the platform between a few weeks and more than eleven years. The crowdworkers have been contacted through the work platforms and voluntarily participated based on the ethical principles of Netnography including informed consent and data protection agreements. The resulting screenshots, documents, transcripts and research diary entries were analysed following the recommendations of Netnography combining coding and interpreting data analysis (Kozinets, 2020). In addition to netnographic principles the coding follows Kuckartz's (2016) qualitative content analysis. The interpretation of data was based on the Bohnsack et al.'s (2013) documentary method. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results suggest that crowdwork practices comprise more than “digital taylorism” (Altenried, 2017, p. 176). Crowdworkers do not only process paid orders. Beyond that, they interpret digitally mediated social indices, integrate tasks into complex work and life arrangements, practice self-guidance, deal with uncertainty, and navigate the digital, market-based sphere. Crowdworkers categorise their digital practices in between work and leisure. The knowing incorporated includes, for instance, an understanding of the digital interconnectedness of the world, the navigation of contradicting life spheres and self-governance. Unlike most work and learning practices in permanent employment, crowdwork practices comprise more self-regulated learning techniques and the use of digital artefacts. Activities typically associated with workplace learning, like interactive activities (Eraut, 2004) are less evident. Crowdworkers often are amateurs who learn even basic skills through practice. Their learning has an implicit and reactive character which can imply the risk of making false assumptions. Despite this risk, some crowdworkers overcome limitations and even manage to pursue personal learning goals. This study shows that digital work contexts, such as crowdwork, are more contextualised and connected to other areas of life than in permanent employment. Altough further research is required, the findings also imply that workplace learning theory could benefit from a more holistic and inclusive perspective on professional learning. This comprises, for instance, targeting people who are not fully trained before engaging in a task and considering their work and life contexts. It also implies educational interventions in crowdwork such as supporting reflection on learning and offering opportunities for social exchange. In the long term, this could facilitate the utilisation of the advantages of the “new world of work” (Ashford et al., 2018, p. 23) and mitigate its disadvantages such as a shortage of skilled labour. References Altenried, M. (2017). Die Plattform als Fabrik. PROKLA. Zeitschrift für kritische Sozialwissenschaft, 47(187), 175–192. https://doi.org/10.32387/prokla.v47i187.140 Ashford, S. J., Caza, B. B., & Reid, E. M. (2018). From surviving to thriving in the gig economy: A research agenda for individuals in the new world of work. Research in Organizational Behavior, 38, 23–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.riob.2018.11.001 Billett, S. (2010). Learning through practice: models, traditions, orientations and approaches. Scholars Portal. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-3939-2 Bohnsack, R., Nentwig-Gesemann, I., & Nohl, A.‑M. (2013). Die Dokumentarische Methode und Ihre Forschungspraxis: Grundlagen Qualitativer Sozialforschung (3., aktualisierte Aufl age). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften GmbH. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-19895-8 Eraut, M. (2004). Informal learning in the workplace. Studies in Continuing Education, 26(2), 247–273. https://doi.org/10.1080/158037042000225245 Gherardi, S. (2008). Situated Knowledge and Situated Action: What do Practice-Based Studies Promise? In D. Barry & H. Hansen (Eds.), SAGE handbook of new approaches in management and organisation (pp. 516–525). SAGE. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781849200394.n89 Gherardi, S. (2019). How to conduct a practice-based study: Problems and methods (Second edition). Edward Elgar E-Book Archive. Edward Elgar Publishing. https://www.elgaronline.com/view/9781788973557/9781788973557.xml https://doi.org/10.4337/9781788973564 Groen, W. P. de, Kilhoffer, Z., Westhoff, L., Postica, D., & Shamsfakhr, F. (2021). Digital labour platforms in the EU: Mapping and business models. European Commission. https://www.ceps.eu/ceps-publications/digital-labour-platforms-in-the-eu/ Howard, L. (2021). Auto-Netnography in Education: Unfettered and Unshackled. In R. V. Kozinets & R. Gambetti (Eds.), Netnography unlimited: Understanding technoculture using qualitative social media research (pp. 217–240). Routledge. Ifenthaler, D. (2017). Digital Workplace Learning: Bridging Formal and Informal Learning with Digital Technologies (1st ed. 2018). Springer International Publishing AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-46215-8 Kozinets, R. V. (2020). Netnography: Redefined (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Kozinets, R. V., & Gambetti, R. (Eds.). (2021). Netnography unlimited: Understanding technoculture using qualitative social media research. Routledge. Kuckartz, U. (2016). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (3., überarbeitete Auflage). Beltz Juventa. Margaryan, A. (2017). Understanding Crowdworkers’ Learning Practices. In Proceedings of 2017 Conference. European Association for Research in Learning and Instruction (EARLI). https://research.cbs.dk/en/publications/understanding-crowdworkers-learning-practices Margaryan, A., & Hofmeister, H. (2021). The Life Course: An interdisciplinary framework for broadening the scope of research on crowdwork. Human Computation, 8(1), 43–75. https://doi.org/10.15346/hc.v8i1.124 Schatzki, T. R. (2001). Introduction: Practice Theory. In T. R. Schatzki, K. Knorr Cetina, & E. von Savigny (Eds.), The practice turn in contemporary theory (pp. 1–14). Routledge. Tynjälä, P. (2008). Perspectives into learning at the workplace. Educational Research Review, 3(2), 130–154. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2007.12.001 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Role of ICT in Teacher Collaboration and Leadership Penn State University, United States of America Presenting Author:Information and computer technology (ICT) is expanding rapidly. Whether in the form of virtual assistants like Alexa (Dousay and Hall 2018), generative artificial intelligence (AI) like ChatGPT (Jeon and Lee 2023) or social robots (LeTendre and Gray 2023), teachers must now contend with multiple new technologies. While educational technology corporations promote the advantages of these technologies as improving student achievement, the actual impact on teachers is unclear. In some cases, teachers may find themselves spending less time on instruction and more time on dealing with failing technology (Serholt, Pareto et al. 2020). We know that inclusion of ICT in teacher education has important effects on teachers’ use of ICT (Davis, Preston et al. 2009, Davis and Loveless 2011). Teacher characteristics also play a critical role in the use of ICT (Gil-Flores, Rodríguez-Santero et al. 2017). However, little research has been conducted on how ICT is related to teacher collaboration or teachers ability to enact leadership in schools via professional learning. Collaboration is crucial to the teaching profession and is linked with teacher’s ability to enact leadership (Woo, LeTendre et al. 2022). Professional cooperation has been identified as a central element in major reviews of teacher leadership. (York-Barr and Duke 2004, Wenner and Campbell 2017, Nguyen, Harris et al. 2018). Does training or professional development in ICT promote teacher collaboration? To address this lack of research, we undertook a study to examine how the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and participation in professional development (PD) for ICT skills for teaching are related to teacher collaboration and cooperation. Using the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2018, we looked at two composite measures of collaboration and cooperation. In TALIS 2018, teacher collaboration was measured with a scale that includes: “teaching jointly as a team in the same class; observing other teachers’ classes and providing feedback; engaging in joint activities across different classes and age groups (e.g. projects); taking part in collaborative professional learning.” On the other hand, teacher cooperation was measured with a scale that includes: ““exchanging teaching materials with colleagues; engaging in discussions about the learning development of specific students; working with other teachers in this school to ensure common standards in evaluations for assessing student progress; and attending team conferences.” Our fixed-effects estimation showed that both the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in formal teacher training and participation in PD for developing ICT skills were significantly and positively associated with teacher collaboration and coordination across a broad range of societies including many European countries (e.g., Austria, Finland, Italy), even after controlling for other variables. In addition, we found that both the inclusion of ICT in formal teacher training and participation in PD were positively associated with professional collaboration in almost all societies only with a few exceptions. Together, our findings suggest that systematic training or access to ongoing PD in ICT appears to be a promising area to improve teacher’s ability to collaborate and cooperate, and thus enhance teacher’s leadership capacities. It is likely that teachers who have access to high quality training and PD are more likely to be aware of the positive aspects of new technologies and better able to navigate their pitfalls. We argue that the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and participation in PD regarding ICT skills for teaching will become even more salient in the future as the explosion of ICT continues. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data and Sample Our data source was the 2018 TALIS administered by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). Beginning in 2008, TALIS has been collecting various information on teachers in mainstream schools in 24 OECD member countries, as well as other partner countries, every five years to assist countries in developing teacher-level policies aimed at promoting high-quality teaching and learning (OECD, 2019). The 2018 TALIS is the most recent survey conducted for this study. The target population includes teachers and school leaders in lower secondary education (OECD, 2019). The intended sample size is 200 schools per country, with 20 teachers and one school leader participating (OECD, 2019). For the 2018 TALIS, 47 economies participated. We excluded regional participants, such as Alberta (Canada), Buenos Aires (Argentina), and Shanghai (China), while including England (UK). Measures Dependent variables. Our dependent variables were (1) teacher collaboration and (2) teacher cooperation. Due to space limitations, a detailed description of the items measuring teacher collaboration and teacher cooperation is provided in Appendix Table 2. For both variables, TALIS generated a composite score with a mean of 10 and a standard deviation of 2. Independent variables. Our independent variables of interest were (1) the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and (2) participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching. The inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education was measured by a dichotomous variable indicating whether the use of ICT for teaching was included in teachers’ formal training. Participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching was also measured by a dichotomous variable indicating whether ICT skills for teaching was included in teachers’ PD activities during the last 12 months. Controls. We controlled for gender, age, educational levels, teaching as the first choice as a career, and full-time employment status when estimating the models predicting teacher collaboration and teacher cooperation. Analytic Strategies We performed descriptive analyses to examine cross-national differences in the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching. We also estimated the fixed-effect model to examine whether the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in teacher education and participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching were related to teacher collaboration and cooperation, controlling for other variables. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis shows that, on average, about 60% of lower secondary school teachers in 41 nations indicated that that ICT was included in their formal training (see Figure 1) or that they participated in ICT-related PD during the past 12 months (see Figure 2). There was considerable cross-national variation with many European countries (e.g. Austria, Czech Republic, Belgium and Denmark) falling in the low end of the distribution. For example, only 37.8% of teachers in Sweden indicated that the use of ICT for teaching was included in their formal training, but the corresponding percentage in Viet Nam was 96.3%. Only 39.4% of teachers in England indicated that they participated in PD for developing ICT skills for teaching during the past 12 months, whereas the corresponding percentage in Viet Nam was 92.8%. Our fixed-effects estimation showed that the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in formal teacher training was significantly and positively associated with teacher collaboration and coordination in many societies, even after controlling for other variables. We found that participation in PD for ICT skills for teaching was positively associated with professional collaboration in all 41 societies. Similarly, we found a positive relationship between the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in formal education and teacher cooperation in 28 out of 41 societies. Given the positive relationships between the inclusion of the use of ICT for teaching in formal education and teacher collaboration in 29 out of 41 societies, countries with low levels of ICT intergration in teacher education and PD should carefully consider the impact this may have on teacher’s collaboration and coordination. Improved access to high quality training in ICT may play a role in promoting the conditions for more active teacher leadership via increased professional collaboration. References Davis, N. and A. Loveless (2011). "Reviewing the landscape of ICT and teacher education over 20 years and looking forward to the future." Technology, Pedagogy and Education 20(3): 247-261. Davis, N., et al. (2009). "ICT Teacher Training: Evidence for Multilevel Evaluation from a National Initiative." British Journal of Educational Technology 40(1): 135-148. Dousay, T. and C. Hall (2018). “Alexa, tell me about using a virtual assistant in the classroom”. EdMedia + Innovate Learning. Amsterdam, NC, Association for the Advancement of Computing in Education (AACE). Gil-Flores, J., et al. (2017). "Factors that explain the use of ICT in secondary-education classrooms: The role of teacher characteristics and school infrastructure." Computers in Human Behavior 68: 441-449. Jeon, J. and S. Lee (2023). "Large language models in education: A focus on the complementary relationship between human teachers and ChatGPT." Education and Information Technologies: 1-20. LeTendre, G. K. and R. Gray (2023). "Social robots in a project‐based learning environment: Adolescent understanding of robot–human interactions." Journal of Computer Assisted Learning. Nguyen, D., et al. (2018). "A review of the empirical research on teacher leadership (2003-2017)." Journal of Educational Administration 58(1): 69-80. OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 results: An international perspective on teaching and learning, TALIS. OECD Publishing. Serholt, S., et al. (2020). "Trouble and Repair in Child–Robot Interaction: A Study of Complex Interactions With a Robot Tutee in a Primary School Classroom." Frontiers in Robotics and AI 7(46). Wenner, J. and T. Campbell (2017). "The Theoretical and Empirical Basis of Teacher Leadership: A Review of the Literature." Review of Educational Research 87(1): 134-171. Woo, H., et al. (2022). "Teacher leadership – Collective actions, decision-making and well-being." International Journal of Teacher Leadership 11(1). York-Barr, J. and K. Duke (2004). "What Do We Know about Teacher Leadership? Findings from Two Decades of Scholarship." Review of Educational Research 74(3): 255-361. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 02 SES 11 A: General Skills in VET Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Henriette Duch Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Pedagogy in Vocational Education with General and Vocational Perspectives – Democracy as an Example VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:Teaching in and with democracy (Stray & Sætra, 2017) can be seen as an example of the balance between theory and practice since it is addressed in some general subjects; it is an educational obligation to educate democratic citizens, and stakeholders expect the future labour force to be able to take part in vocational decisions and discussions (Nylund, Ledman, Rosvall & Rönnlund, 2020). However, there is limited knowledge about how this can be done in VET, but the IEA, International Civic and Citizenship Education Study shows the need to focus on pupils at VET (Bruun & Lieberkind, 2023). Challenges to teaching democracy can be found in the structure of VET as an alternating education (Akkerman & Bakker, 2012), the division into general subjects and vocational subjects, and in the multiple perspectives in the Danish Vocational Education and Training Act (Ministry of Children and education, 2023). Danish VET is a youth education aiming for pupils' “interest in and ability to actively participate in a democratic society”; it must give a “foundation for future working life” and “meet the labour markets needs for vocational and general qualifications”. This research addresses teachers´ pedagogical choices in such balances between general and vocational perspectives teaching democracy based on the quotation from the law. Internationally, some countries have a policy and interpretation of the pedagogical approach to democracy and research tradition (Stray & Sætra, 2017). However, in Denmark, research and discussions about democracy are found in public schools and the gymnasium, but they are still new at VET, and few policy documents are found (Duch & Skov, 2023). Furthermore, the colleges and the training have different approaches to and understanding of democracy (Duch, 2023). The paper aims to contribute to democracy in VET by addressing the pedagogy. The research question is how teachers' pedagogy of democracy is based on the formulations in the law. The theoretical framework is Bernstein's notion of recontextualisation. The pedagogic device has “internal rules which regulate the pedagogic communication which the device makes possible” (Bernstein, 2000, p. 27). Recontextualisation takes place at different levels since “there are an official recontextualising field (ORF) created and dominated by the state and its selected agents and ministries, and a pedagogical extualising field (PRF). The latter consists of pedagogues in schools and colleges, and departments of education” (Bernstein, 2000, p. 33). The PRF can have more or less autonomy. Since there are only weak formulations from the ORF about democracy, the regulations are indirect and related to the structure of VET and the subjects. Hence, it is assumed that the teachers pedagogise democracy based on their understanding of framing and classifications. “Classification refers to what, framing is concerned with how meanings are to be put together, the forms by which they are to be made public, and the nature of the social relationships that go with it” (Bernstein, 2000 p 12). In the analysis Illeris´ (2006) model for learning and working patterns are used to observe and operationalise the framing. Solhaug’s (2021) characteristics of different understandings of democracy are used to operationalise the classification. Furthermore, the division of the general and the vocational aspects of democracy are part of this classification. The findings contribute to didactic discussions at VET (Gessler & Herrera, 2015), democracy from the perspective of other agendas at VET (Nylund, Ledman, Rosvall & Rönnlund, 2020), and teacher training. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research in this presentation is the last part of a project about democracy at VET. The educational context is a social and healthcare college. The project is initiated with dialogues with managers at a college, followed by interviews with 12 pupils (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009). Pupils´ experiences and future expectations in participating in democracy are the focus. Based on results and perspectives from the pupils, the managers at three colleges and three representatives from the training are interviewed. The focus is on democracy-related activities and understanding the educational task mentioned in the law. Then, a group of teachers were followed in 2023 based on action research (Laursen, 2012). Eight teachers, a manager, and the researcher have four meetings in spring. Reflective dialogues are inspired by professional learning (Hargreaves & O´Connor, 2018), and the teachers develop teaching with democracy from an inductive approach. Field notes are taken during the dialogues. Four teachers are observed while they try the chosen approach to democracy. This is done from a complete observer position based on the relation to pupils but more likely an observer-as-participant based on the relation to the teachers (Gold, 1958). The teachers were interviewed immediately following the observations. Field notes and brief transcriptions are taken. In the autumn, the group of teachers changed slightly, with one new teacher and three teachers leaving the group due to other obligations at the college. Four meetings were planned using a more deductive approach. The participants made logbooks twice, and at the end of the action research, four teachers and the manager were interviewed. The interviews lasted 30 to 45 minutes and were transcribed. The analyses are based on the field notes from observations and meetings, the logbooks, and the interviews. In the spring, the analytical approach was inductive and informed the planning of meetings in autumn. However, due to the democratic approach to action research, the plans for the last two meetings changed to a more dialogue-based direction with collegial reflections. The hermeneutic-inspired analysis of the material strives to go across the different kinds of data supported by the questions in the final interviews, stressing the teachers' chosen pedagogical approaches to democracy and the views on the general and vocational aspects at VET. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interviews with pupils in the initial phase of the research show the need for teachers to focus on democracy since some pupils seem at risk of exclusion from participating in discussions at college and in their future working lives, as well as representative democracy. The interviews with managers and representatives from the training show a variation in awareness and understanding of democracy; however, some groups of pupils got a special intention. Hence, there is a need to focus on how teachers pedagogise democracy based on the formulations in the law. The action research shows that the teachers did not know about the obligations to teach with democracy. However, all of them develop and try out new initiatives. The teachers understand democracy differently, but the main approach can be categorised as variations of participatory democracy. There is a tension in the difference between general subjects and vocational subjects. The recontextualisation of democracy in classrooms is mostly explained as important based on VET as a youth education in combination with a vocational perspective. Teachers find a close connection between the two, and the majority argue that starting with experiences with democracy in the college is important to train for participation in democracy in training and working life. The observations show a variation in framing. Teachers chose different ways of introducing democracy and steering in the classroom, giving pupils different roles and responsibilities. This connects to teachers' approach to learning. Some teachers focus on VET perspectives connecting to older people or children; some focus more generally on the pupils' ability to participate and express opinions. To sum up, all teachers recontextualise the formulations of democracy in the law to teaching. However, since there is no official recontextualisation, teachers' beliefs, positions, and context play a crucial role. References Akkerman, S. & Bakker, A. (2012). Crossing Boundaries Between School and Work During Apprenticeships. Vocations and Learning, 5(2), 153–173. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12186-011-9073-6 Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Bruun, J. & Lieberkind, J. (2023). Viden, engagement og demokratisk dannelse i en krisetid - hovedresultater af ICCS 2022. Aarhus Universitet. Duch, H. (2023). Demokrati - Potentialer og udfordringer i en social- og sundhedsuddannelse. Utbilding & Demokrati, 32 (1), 27–45. https://doi.org/10.48059/uod.v32i1.2103 Duch, H., & Kidde Skov, T. (2023). Demokrati på erhvervsuddannelser med afsæt i social- og sundheds-uddannelser: [Democracy at vocational education based on social and health care programmes]. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 13(1), 1–27. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.231311 Gessler, M., & Herrera, L. M. (2015). Vocational didactics: core assumptions and approaches from Denmark, Germany, Norway, Spain and Sweden. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 2(3), 152-160. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:11552 Gold, R. L. (1958). Roles in sociological field observations. Social Forces, 36(3), 217–223. Hargreaves; A. & O´Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative professionalism: when teaching together means learning for all. Corvin Illeris, K. (2006). Læring (2.udgave). Roskilde Universitetsforlag. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interview: Introduktion til et håndværk. Hans Reitzel Laursen, E. (2012). Aktionsforskningens produktion af viden. I G. Duus, M. Husted, K. Kildedal, E. Laursen & D. Tofteng (red.) Aktionsforskning. En grundbog (s. 97-112). Samfundslitteratur. Ministry of children and education (2023). Erhvervsuddannelsesloven [law of vocational education and training). Nylund, M., Ledman, K., Rosvall P.-Å. & Rönnlund, M. (2020). Socialisation and citizenship preparation in vocational education: Pedagogic codes and democratic rights in VET-subjects. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2019.1665498 Solhaug, T. (2012). Demokratibegrepet i skolen. I T. Solhaug (red.). Skolen i demokratiet. Demokratiet i skolen (33-46). Universitetsforlaget. Stray, J. & Sætra, E. (2017). Teaching for democracy: Transformative learning theory mediating policy and practice. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 3(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v3.555 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Integrated and explicit Training of Genre Writing in Vocational Education and Training. Institutt for yrkesfaglær, Norway Presenting Author:Introduction
Both projects test writing templates in specific genres to develop students' skills in writing professional relevant texts. The use of writing templates indicates explicit training in genre writing that through various actions, in the form of action research approaches (Hiim, 2010), is adapted to the specific requirements of texts and to students with inadequate writing skills. The research question for this studyt is: How to develop students' competence in genre writing relevant for learning and working life? Purpose One project (Project 1) deals with log writing specifically aimed at bilingual pupils as an interdisciplinary collaboration between Norwegian subject and vocational subjects/program in technological and mechanical subjects. The goal of this project is to integrate writing instruction into the program subjects, where Norwegian as second language (SNO) is realized as part of the program subjects and to increase students' motivation for writing and develop students' competence in using precise terminology. The teachers have developed a template consisting of various content elements expressed with different key words or headlines relevant to students working tasks. Furthermore, teachers have implemented sentence starters to guide students on relevant writing. This project was carried out in six classes with a total of about 65 students. The second project (Project 2) deals with documentation in the form of report writing in health work, Health and childhood-program. The teachers have developed a template for the health science report, which consists of five content elements, all of which will ensure focused and objective reporting on patients' health status. This template was developed on basis of teachers' own experiences as former nurses. The project was carried out in three multicultural classes with a sample of 12 students in total who participated in the trial. The goal of this project was to increase students' competence in writing health science reports that working life requires with emphasis on patient safety and quality. Objective, conceptual or theoretical framework Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitive study based on two different methodological approaches. One relates to text analysis of the exam report (two in total). The reports are group reports, by respectively two and five vocational teachers. The other source of information is on basis of group interviews of teachers within the two educational programs and their experiences with integrated and explicit genre training (altogehter seven teachers). Analysis of these two sources of information is triangulated by some thematic perspectives: background for integrated and explicit genre writing, experiences with teachers' choices, teaching methods, and teachers' assessments of the impact of integrated and explicit genre writing. Action research as a research approach will be presented and assessed in light of the implementation of the two projects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results are discussed in relation to the theoretical basis related to genre pedagogy (the Sydney School), sociocultural learning theory and functional language learning, with emphasis on the text types descriptive, explanatory and argumentative texts, but also formal and transferable language competence. This project indicates that explicit genre training in form of templates or schemes aimed at professional life do motivate students to write, students write longer texts, and they learn to use precise terminology. But they do not increase their general language writing competence in form of correct spelling and syntax.This is mainly consistent with teachers' intention to have a pragmatic and functional perspective on writing in light of students´ working life in the future. But in a long term, more writing will probably develop students fomal writing skills too. According to the teachers, the use of writing forms made it easier for teachers to teach text writing and to evaluate students' texts. References Barton, D. (2007). Literacy: An Introduction to the Ecology of Written Language (2. utg.). Blackwell Publishing. Berge, K. L. & Ledin, P. (2001). Perspektiv på genre. Rethorica Scandinavica, 18, 4-16. Dahlström, M. & Gannå, L. (2019). En didaktisk modell för integrering av yrkes- och sfi-undervisning inom YFI-projektet. Nationellt centrum för svenska som andraspråk, Stockholms Universitet 1-30. https://www.su.se/polopoly_fs/1.647179.1684318025!/menu/standard/file/En%20didaktisk%20modell%20fo%CC%88r%20integrering%20av%20yrkes-%20och%20sfi-undervisning%20inom%20YFI-rojektet%202018.pdf Eikeland, O. (2012b). Action research and organisational learning—a Norwegian approach to doing action research in complex organisations. Educational Action Research Journal, 20(2), 267–290. DOI: 10.1080/09650792.2012.676303 Freedman, A. (1987). «Learning to Write again: Dicipline-Specific Writing at University» i Charleton Papers in Applied Language Studies IV (1987) (s. 95-115) Giltrow, J. & Valiguette, M. (2007). Genres and Knowledge: Students Writing in the Diciplines. I A. Freedman & P. Medway (Red.), Learning and Teachin Genre (s. 47.63). Boynton/Cook Publishers Halliday, M.A.K (1998). «Språkets funksjoner» og «Registervariasjon» i Berge, K.L., Coppock, P. & Maagerø, E. (red) (1998) Å skape mening med språk. Oslo: Landslaget for norskundervisning (LNU) og Cappelen Akademisk Forlag as (s. 80-118) Harris, K. R. & Graham, S. (2016). Self-Regulated Strategy Development in Writing: Policy Implications of an Evidence-Based Practice. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciencies 3(1), 77-84. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177/2372732215624216 Hedeboe, B & Polias, J. (2008). Genrebyrån: en språkpedagogisk funktionell grammatikk i kontext. Stockholm: Hallgren & Fallgren. Hedeboe, B. (2009). Kan en eksplisitt genrepædeagogisk undervisning udvikle elevers læse- og skriveferdigheter? Tidsskriftet viden om læing, 6, 1-6. Hertzberg, F. (2001). «Tusenbenets vakre dans. Forholdet mellom formkunnskap og sjangerbeherskelse» i Rhetorica Scandinavica. Tidsskrift for norsk retorikforskning18 (2001) (s. 17-26) Hertzberg, F. (2008). Sjangerskriving i ungdomsskolen: Fortelling er ikke nok. I L. Bjar (Red.), Det er språket som bestemmer! - læring og språkutvikling i grunnskolen (Bd. 171). LNUs skriftserie. Hertzberg, F. (2011). «Oppskrift for god skriving» i Bedre Skole nr. 2 (2011) Hentet fra: http://www.uv.uio.no/english/research/groups/SISCO/pdf-files-ofpublications/hertzberg-(2011).-oppskrift-for-god-skriving..pdf (nov. 2016) Hiim, H. & Hippe, E. (2001). Å utdanne profesjonelle yrkesutøvere. Yrkesdidaktikk og yrkeskunnskap [Gyldendal Norsk Forlag Akademisk]. Oslo. Hiim, H. (2010). Pedagogisk aksjonsforskning [Educational action research]. Gyldendal Akademisk. Hoel, T. L. (1997). «Innoverretta og utoverretta skriveforskning og skriveteorier» i Evensen, L.S. & Hoel, T. L. (1997) Skriveteorier og skolepraksis. (s.3-44) Ledin, P. (2001). Genrebegreppet - en forskningsöversikt. Maagerø, E. (1998). «Hallidays funksjonelle grammatikk» i Berge, K.L., Coppock, P. & Maagerø, E. (red) (1998). Å skape mening med språk. Oslo: Landslaget for norskundervisning (LNU) og Cappelen Akademisk Forlag as (s. 33-66) (Dahlström & Gannå, 2019) 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Bridging Gaps in Illicit Drug Addiction VET programmes: insights from the CARE4SUD Project CIIE/FPCE Univeristy of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:Illicit drug addiction stands as a pressing concern affecting millions across the European Union (EU) and worldwide. The European Drug Report 2023 highlights that approximately 83 million adults in the EU, constituting 28.9% of the adult population, have experimented with illicit drugs at least once in their lifetimes. Drug addiction is a sensible issue that demands a comprehensive approach encompassing prevention, treatment, and professional capacity building. The European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA) emphasizes the need to enhance the professionalism of the drug prevention workforce across Europe. This imperative is also underscored in the EU Drugs Action Plan (2021-2025), which aims to mitigate the proliferation of drug use within EU Member States. Nevertheless, numerous challenges persist, including inadequate curricula on addiction medicine and vocational education and training (VET) programmes and a shortage of trained professionals.
While it is widely recognized that VET plays a crucial role in equipping the general workforce with practical skills and knowledge (Brockmann, Clarke & Winch, 2008), its application and effectiveness vary from country to country, and this variability extends to the work developed with individuals with substance use disorder (SUD). Across diverse healthcare systems, there has been a resounding call to enlarge local, non-stigmatizing services to meet better the needs of individuals grappling with substance use disorders (Triliva et al., 2020). This encompasses information dissemination, service organization, staff attitudes, significant others' involvement, and personal disposition (Gilchrist et al., 2014). Several studies have emphasized the imperative of enhancing psychosocial interventions and customizing them to cater to diverse risk groups (Molina et al., 2020; Schäfer et al., 2023), but methodological challenges persist considering the psychosocial treatments for substance misuse (Luty, 2015; Hunt et al., 2019; Sulaman, Hartley & Elvins, 2023). Healthcare workers frequently report feeling ill-equipped to address the complex needs of SUDs, exacerbating the stigma surrounding drug addiction. The World Health Organization (WHO) has identified deficits in global training programmes for SUDs, emphasizing the imperative of building workforce capacity to achieve sustainable development goals related to health and well-being (SDG 3). Moreover, the prevalent stigma associated with drug addiction delays prevention and treatment efforts, hindering access to care for affected individuals. COVID-19 has further exposed vulnerabilities in the EU healthcare system, particularly in addressing the comorbidities of SUDs among patients.
To address these challenges, the CARE4SUD project “Vocational training in illicit drug addiction: equipping health care practitioners with addiction treatment competencies and techniques” (2022-1-LT01-KA220-VET-000086077) emerges as an important initiative. Developed by Klaipėdos Ernesto Galvanausko Profesinio Mokymo Centras (Lithuania) in partnership with Inštitut za raziskave in razvoj Utrip (Slovenia), Sosu Ostjylland (Denmark), University do Porto (CIIE/FPCEUP, Portugal), Direcția de Asistență Socială și Medicală Cluj-Napoca (Romania) and Institute of Social Solidarity and Wellbeing: Social Mind (Greece), this project aims to enhance the professionalism of healthcare practitioners in the field of illicit drug addiction, both nationally and across Europe. The target participants of the CARE4SUD project include healthcare practitioners in the primary health sector, addiction professionals, VET educators, and policymakers. By empowering healthcare practitioners with the essential knowledge and skills, CARE4SUD aims to improve the standard of care provided to individuals with illicit drug addiction by creating a VET programme. Drawing upon evidence-based practices and collaborative partnerships (Mulder, 2017), this programme seeks to bridge existing professional training and service delivery gaps, ultimately striving for improved health outcomes and social well-being within affected communities. Through a holistic approach informed by research, the CARE4SUD project aims to promote a more inclusive and competent healthcare workforce capable of effectively addressing the complexities of illicit drug addiction in contemporary society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Building on the CARE4SUD project - which aims to provide healthcare practitioners an opportunity to enter the addiction field and enhance the knowledge and skills required for their further professional development - and informed by a qualitative approach (Bryman, 2001; Lewin & Glenton, 2018), our research procedures consist, mainly, of conducting interviews (Burton et al., 2014; Cohen et al., 2000) and focus group discussions (Krueger & Casey, 2009). In this sense, and to clarify the lack and requirements in healthcare training connected to illicit drug addiction, we conducted interviews with individuals who have a history of or are currently engaged in illicit drug use. A total of 27 individuals were interviewed, comprising seven women and 20 men aged between 24 and 67 years old, from Portugal (n=4), Greece (n=5), Slovenia (n=5), Lithuania (n=5), Romania (n=5) and Denmark (n=3). These interviews aimed to identify the needs and gaps within the practical context and the prospective skills required for addiction health training across the six participating countries. Furthermore, we conducted focus group discussions comprising ten addictologists and ten healthcare professionals from each partner country, a total of 120 participants. These focus groups included a diverse range of healthcare workers with expertise in the illicit drug addiction field, such as psychiatrists, nurses, general practitioners, psychologists, social workers, and addiction counselors. The overarching aim of these focus groups was to gather insights concerning drug use from several perspectives and identify knowledge gaps in drug prevention and treatment education. We aimed to develop a core set of competencies tailored to address the specific needs of healthcare professionals. The data collected was analyzed through thematic content analysis (Bardin, 2011). In all the cases, participants were above 18, participated voluntarily, and provided informed consent before involvement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis revealed a knowledge gap in illicit drug addiction education and training across the six different countries. Besides the prominent focus of all participants on the importance of promoting health services that are non-stigmatizing, aiming to address better the needs of individuals coping with SUD (Triliva et al., 2020), the data uncovered several needs concerning professional training in this area, namely: (a) the absence of targeted training courses in university studies, with existing ones often outdated; (b) insufficient promotion and adaptation of existing courses to meet the practical needs of people with drug addiction; and (c) the necessity for models of best practice and collaboration among professionals in the field. Proposed areas for inclusion in an illicit drug addiction VET programme include fundamental knowledge of psychopathology, pharmacology, and psychotherapeutic techniques, particularly family therapy in addiction contexts. The curriculum should also cover motivational interviewing, screening tools for addiction assessment, mental health first aid, referrals to primary illicit drug addiction services, enhancement of communication skills, and ethical and legal considerations. To address these challenges and develop a comprehensive VET training program, it is imperative to integrate a thorough examination of the social, psychological, and physiological ramifications of drug addiction, incorporating detailed insights into addiction pharmacology and neurobiology. Collaborative efforts involving key stakeholders—such as healthcare professionals, educators, policymakers, and individuals with lived experiences of addiction—can help to identify potential obstacles and formulate strategies to overcome them, resulting in more impactful and practical training for healthcare professionals working with illicit drug addiction. Including experts with lived experiences in the programme development process is also crucial, as their insights can enrich its effectiveness and offer a deeper understanding of the specifics of addiction and recovery. References Brockmann, M., Clarke, L. & Winch, C. (2008). Knowledge, skills, competence: European divergences in vocational education and training (VET)—the English, German and Dutch cases, Oxford Review of Education, 34:5, 547-567, DOI: 10.1080/03054980701782098 Bryman, A. (2001) Social Research Methods, Oxford: Oxford University Press Gail Gilchrist, Jacek Moskalewicz, Rachel Nutt, John Love, Evi Germeni, Ivana Valkova, Alexander Kantchelov, Tsvetana Stoykova, Michal Bujalski, Tonka Poplas-Susic & Alex Baldacchino (2014). Understanding access to drug and alcohol treatment services in Europe: A multi-country service users’ perspective, Drugs: Education, Prevention and Policy, 21:2, 120-130, DOI: 10.3109/09687637.2013.848841 Hunt GE, Siegfried N, Morley K, Brooke-Sumner C, Cleary M. Psychosocial interventions for people with both severe mental illness and substance misuse. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2019 Dec 12;12(12). doi: 10.1002/14651858 Lewin, S., Glenton, C. (2018). Are we entering a new era for qualitative research? Using qualitative evidence to support guidance and guideline development by the World Health Organization. Int J Equity Health 17, 126 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12939-018-0841-x Luty, J. (2015). Drug and alcohol addiction: Do psychosocial treatments work? BJPsych Advances, 21(2), 132-143. doi:10.1192/apt.bp.114.013177 Molina A, Saiz J, Gil F, Cuenca ML, Goldsby T. Psychosocial Intervention in European Addictive Behaviour Recovery Programmes: A Qualitative Study. Healthcare (Basel). 2020 Aug 13;8(3):268. doi: 10.3390/healthcare8030268. PMID: 32823779; PMCID: PMC7551656. Mulder, M. (2017). Competence-based Vocational and Professional Education. Bridging the Worlds of Work and Education. Springer Cham. Schäfer SK, Kunzler AM, Lindner S, Broll J, Stoll M, Stoffers-Winterling J, Lieb K. Transdiagnostic psychosocial interventions to promote mental health in forcibly displaced persons: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Eur J Psychotraumatol. 2023;14(2):2196762. doi: 10.1080/20008066.2023.2196762. Sulaman, I., Hartley, S. and Elvins, R. (2023). Therapeutic alliance in the treatment of adolescent substance misuse: a systematic review. Child Adolesc Ment Health. https://doi.org/10.1111/camh.12671 Triliva, S., Ntani, S., Giovazolias, T. et al. (2020) Healthcare professionals’ perspectives on mental health service provision: a pilot focus group study in six European countries. Int J Ment Health Syst, 14. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13033-020-00350-1 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 02 SES 11 B: Transitions and trajectories in VET Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Panagiotis Arsenis Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper An Emerging Innovation for Further Specialisation of VET Graduates in the Spanish IVET System: the Case of VET Specialisation Courses 1CaixaBank Dualiza Foundation, Spain; 2Orkestra–Basque Institute of Competitiveness, University of Deusto Presenting Author:The smart specialisation of countries and regions is one of the challenges at Spanish and European levels for their economies to become more competitive and sustainable in a global context. The aim is for regions to ‘be more specialised’ in order to become ‘smarter’, identifying their assets and strengths in terms of innovation and articulating priorities that concentrate their efforts in order to maximise results (REDIDI, 2021; European Commission, 2020; Foray et al., 2018). This concept of specialisation has been introduced in the European framework mainly through the Cohesion Policy (2014-2020), which has evolved into the current programme (2021-2027). In this programme, the role of talent has been strengthened as one of the key elements for the innovative process, not only in the scientific and technological field but also in the business and organisational field. Indeed, one of its specific objectives is to foster capabilities for smart specialisation, industrial transition and entrepreneurship (Fontana et al., 2023). Within this framework of specialisation, the role of the Vocational Education and Training (VET) system in developing skills for absorhing and socialising of technological and organisational innovations is recognized. Thus, it is a catalyst for the acceleration of applied innovation processes in companies (Hazelkorn & Edwards, 2019), especially in Spanish SMEs. It is from a combined approach to innovation that includes both the DUI (learning by doing, using and interacting) and the STI (science and technology-based innovation) approaches (Jensen et al., 2007), that the specialisation of VET professionals becomes increasingly valuable. The role of VET is strengthened because it is a key system for providing professionals to the surrounding enterprises, which can accelerate the transfer of skills needed to implement new technologies and/or systems in SMEs (Navarro & Retegi, 2018; Albizu et al., 2017). To identify how important is the VET system in fostering SMEs innovation process, two contextual factors must be taken into account: On the one hand, Spain has a moderate innovative performance, according to the European Innovation Scoreboard (European Commission et al., 2023), the specialisation of SMEs professionals can be a catalyst for improvement. The hybridisation of professional profiles and the specialisation of curricula and qualifications are key in this respect. On the other hand, more than 99% of the Spanish enterprises are small and medium-sized. The most recent normative developments in Spanish VET, the Organic Law 3/2022, of 31 March, on the organisation and integration of Vocational Training (BOE, 2022) and the Royal Decree 659/2023, of 18 July, which develops the organisation of the Vocational Training System (BOE, 2023), propose different mechanisms for VET specialisation. These are the so-called ‘specialisation courses’, the curricular innovation in the basic provision of the different levels of VET, the development of applied innovation projects, the specialisation of vocational training centres, the creation of integrated centres (providing both IVET and CVET), and the creation of smart specialisation networks, among others. In this paper the novel VET figure of the “specialisation courses” is analysed in the context of smart specialisation from a territorial and business perspective. It is important to point out that specialisation courses are an innovative lifelong learning tool that facilitates the professional development of VET graduates. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this paper is to present a case study of an emerging innovation in the design and format of vocational training curricula in terms of specialisation. The methodology used is both qualitative and quantitative. On the one hand, the figure of specialisation courses is analysed through a review of scientific literature that combines studies of innovation and specialisation in vocational training systems, highlighting the Smart Specialisation approach (Albizu et al., 2017; Hazelkorn & Edwards, 2019; Navarro & Retegi, 2018; Rosenfeld, 1998; Toner & Wolley, 2016). Subsequently, a normative documentary analysis is carried out at the Spanish level around the figure of ’specialisation courses’ in the Spanish strategic and planning framework (BOE, 2023; 2022). On the other hand, a quantitative analysis of the development of specialisation courses and the attraction of professionals is carried out, using data from both the Spanish Ministry of Education and Vocational Training (2023) and the CaixaBank Dualiza VET Observatory (2023). To this end, the enrolment is analysed in terms of occupational fields and other variables such as educational levels, occupational groups, gender and age. It also examines the main competence focuses of the specialisation courses, from the main forms of innovation (STI/DUI) (Jensen et al., 2007). Finally, it is relevant to highlight the novelty of this study, and its initial character, given the lack of data on the efficiency and effectiveness of educational and employment outcomes up to now. Therefore, in the future it is necessary to evaluate the results of the scope of the figure of specialisation courses, and the innovative effect in their immediate environment, mainly in SMEs. It would also be necessary to evaluate the results of specialisation courses in terms of labour market insertion in the short and medium term. Although the scientific literature points out to their positive effect in terms of skills transfer, which accelerates the absorption of new technologies in small and medium-sized enterprises, the promotion of product and process innovation through specialization courses requires a more in-depth analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings - Technologically-based competence sophistication: The analysis shows that the specialisation courses are focused on increasing the level of competence regarding 4.0 Technologies and related digital systems of Intermediate VET graduates and, especially, of those from Higher VET. Therefore, specialisation is taking place primarily in technology-based professional families (STEM) and with a strong industrial component. - Orientation towards applied innovation, mainly procedural innovation: Applied innovation is the main focus of the specialisation courses offered, including both product and process innovation, both of which are highly relevant for Spanish SMEs. - Higher participation in specialisation courses in the moderate innovating Autonomous Regions: Those regions considered as moderate innovators have a higher enrolment in specialisation courses than those territories that are strong or emerging in innovation. - Gender gap: As women are under-represented in the enrolment in occupational groups with a strong technological and industrial component, the same is true for the enrolment in specialisation courses. - Need for balance between training cycles and specialisation courses: The debate on the balance between polyvalence and specialisation of Intermediate and Higher VET Levels, and their convergence with specialisation courses, arises. Moreover, the cross-cutting nature of certain technologies raises the question of whether the creation of hybrid courses could provide balance of versatile and specialised skills in VET training. This is relevant only around 33% of the professional groups have developed specialisation courses. - Need for impact evaluation of specialisation courses: There is a need to evaluate the results of the scope of specialisation courses, and the innovative effect on their immediate environment, mainly SMEs. It would also be necessary to evaluate the results of specialisation courses in terms of job placement in the short and medium term. References Albizu, E., Olazaran, M., Lavía, C., & Otero, B. (2017). Making visible the role of vocational education and training in firm innovation: Evidence from Spanish SMEs, European Planning Studies, 25(11), 2057–20175. doi: 10.1080/09654313.2017.1281231 BOE (2022). Ley Orgánica 3/2022, de 31 de marzo, de ordenación e integración de la Formación Profesional. https://www.boe. es/eli/es/lo/2022/03/31/3/dof/spa/pdf BOE (2023). Real Decreto 659/2023, de 18 de julio, por el que se desarrolla la ordenación del Sistema de Formación Profesional. https://www.boe.es/eli/es/rd/2023/07/18/659 European Commission. (2020). Europe 2020: A European strategy for smart, sustainable and inclusive growth. Publications Office of the European Union. https://ec.europa.eu/eu2020/pdf/COMPLET%20EN%20BARROSO%20%20%20007%20- %20Europe%202020%20-%20EN%20version.pdf European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation. (2023). European Innovation Scoreboard 2023 – Country profile Spain. Publications Office of the European Union. https://ec.europa.eu/assets/rtd/eis/2023/ec_rtd_eis-country-profile-es.pdf European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation., Hollanders, H., & Es-Sadki, N. (2023). Regional Innovation Scoreboard 2023, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/70412 Fontana, S., Bisogni, F. & Renwick, R. (2023). The future of Regional Smart Specialisation Strategies: Sustainable, Inclusive and Resilient. Commission for the European Committee of the Regions. doi: 10.2863/89427 Foray, D., Morgan, K., & Radosevic, S. (2014). The role of Smart Specialisation in the EU research and innovation policy landscape. Regional and Urban Policy, 1–20. https://ec.europa.eu/regional_poli-cy/sources/docgener/brochure/smart/role_smartspecialisation_ri.pdf Hazelkorn, E., & Edwards, J. (2019). Skills and Smart Specialisation; The role of Vocational Education and Training in Smart Specialisation Strategies. Publications Office of the European Union. doi:10.2760/828852 Homs, O. (2022). Cambios en los perfiles profesionales y necesidades de Formación Profesional en España. Perspectiva 2030. CaixaBank Dualiza. https://www.caixabankdualiza.es/recursos/doc/portal/2019/07/08/estudio-publicacion-junio-2022.pdf Jensen, M. B., Johnson. B., Lorenz, E., & Lundvall, B. A. (2007). Forms of knowledge and modes of innovation. Research Policy, 36, 680–693. Moso-Díez, M. (2020). VET and Regional Innovation Strategies in Spain: An analysis of the Public Agenda. In C. Nägele, B. E. Stalder, & N. Kersh (Eds.), Trends in vocational education and training research, Vol. III. Proceedings of the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), Vocational Education and Training Network (VETNET), 220-229. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.4008027 Navarro, M., & Retegi, J. (2018). Los centros de formación profesional ante los retos de las RIS3. El caso de Navarra. Ekonomiaz. Revista Vasca de Economía, 94(2), 56–77. https://www.euskadi.eus/web01-a2reveko/es/k86aEkonomiazWar/ekonomiaz/downloadPDF?R01HNoPortal=true&idpubl=90®istro=7 REDIDI. (2023). Estrategias de Especialización Inteligente en España (2021-2027). Red de Políticas de I+D+I. https://www.redpoliticasidi.es/system/files/repositorio-archivos/Estrategias%20Especializaci%C3%B3n%20Inteligente%20Espa%C3%B1a%202021-2027_Red%20IDI.pdf Rosenfeld, S. (1998). Technical colleges, technology deployment and regional development. OECD. Schwab, Klaus. (2016). The Fourth Industrial Revolution. World Economic Forum. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper University-to-Work Transition and Work Placements: Evidence of Heterogeneous Pay Dynamics 1University of Surrey, United Kingdom; 2National College of Ireland, Ireland Presenting Author:While work placement is widely considered as a popular approach to fostering employability among higher education institutions, surprisingly little is known about the mechanisms through which placements can support students’ transition from university to the labour market. The aim of this study is to provide a dynamic understanding of students’ transition from work placement to the graduate labour market, with a focus on graduate earnings differentials due to heterogeneous job transitions. Using data collected from three waves of economics graduates of a UK university who did a work placement, this study examined three hypotheses: the gain of a pay premium for graduates who remained with their placement employer, also termed `foot-in-the-door' or employer-persistence effect; the persistence of low pay as students transition from work placement to graduate employment, in short, low-pay persistence effect; the pay progression as students transition from low-pay work placement to higher paid graduate employment, in short, low-pay stepping-stone effect. Our empirical investigation is underpinned by a conceptual model that builds on the movement capital framework, a conceptualisation of career mobility that is based on turnover literature. Specifically, we present a model that links the movement capital that students develop while on placement with their internal and external perceived employability. Correspondingly, these two types of perceived employability are linked to internal and external job transitions, which, in our context, translate into working for the placement or a different employer, respectively, upon graduation. Finally, the type of transition graduates make may lead to differential earnings (salaries). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our data set consists of three cohorts (2016/17, 2017/18 and 2018/19) of economics graduates with work placement from a UK university. Students can either enrol in the standard three-year programme or the four-year programme with work placement (also known as ‘sandwich’ degree). Students opting for the work placement programme, typically gain full-time work experience with an organisation for 10-12 months, under a fixed-term and paid employment contract. We collected information on students’ demographic characteristics, academic achievement, participation in the work placement programme, extracurricular achievements and previous job experience (from CVs submitted in the context of the placement programme), and graduate earnings and job characteristics. We utilised two sources to collect these data: the University's administrative records and the annual graduate surveys conducted by the Higher Education Statistics Agency. Our methodology consists of three specifications. We start with a Mincer log-earnings specification, that includes the log of real graduate earnings (salary) as a response variable and a dummy variable indicating whether the student completed a work placement and secured a graduate job with the placement employer or not as key explanatory variable. We also control for a wide set of factors that were outlined above. Next, we employ a quantile model to explore changes in our regressors across different points of the earnings distribution, with a particular interest in the top end (90th percentile) of the distribution, as this includes the most competitive graduate jobs. To study the low-pay persistence and low-pay stepping-stone effects, we first define three salary levels for the graduate earnings distribution as well as the placement earnings distribution. These are low, medium, and high salary level. Next, we use an ordered logit model to estimate the probability that a graduate’s salary is low, medium or high. Finally, we use this model to estimate transitions from the three placement salary levels to the three graduate salary levels, especially focusing on the low-low (low-pay persistence) and low-high combinations (low-pay stepping stone). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We find evidence confirming a foot-in-the-door effect. Graduates who transition to the labour market and remain with their placement employer (instead of transitioning to a different employer) earn on average a salary premium of 10.2%. Moreover, the premium increases to 12.4% at the top 10% of the salary distribution, meaning that the foot-in-the-door effect is stronger among highly paid graduates who remained with their placement employer. We also find evidence that supports the hypotheses of low-pay persistence and low-pay stepping-stone effects. In addition, there is heterogeneity in these effects, favouring those graduates who continued working for their placement employer. References •Cai, L., Mavromaras, K., & Sloane, P. 2018. Low paid employment in Britain: Estimating state-dependence and stepping stone effects. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 80(2): 283-326. •De Vos, A., Jacobs, S., & Verbruggen, M. 2021. Career transitions and employability. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 126, 103475. •Delva, J., Forrier, A., & De Cuyper, N. 2021. Integrating agency and structure in employability: Bourdieu's theory of practice. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 127, 103579. •Harari, M. B., McCombs, K., & Wiernik, M. 2021. Movement Capital, RAW model, or circumstances? A meta-analysis of perceived employability predictors. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 131, 103657. •Fok, Y. K., Scutella, R., & Wilkings, R. 2015. The Low-Pay No-Pay Cycle: Are There Systematic Differences across Demographic Groups? Oxford Bulletin of Economics & Statistics, 77(6): 872-896. •Forrier, A., Sels, L., & Stynen, D. 2009. Career mobility at the intersection between agent and structure: A conceptual model. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 82: 739-759. •Forrier, A., Verbruggen, M., & De Cuyper, N. 2015. Integrating different notions of employability in a dynamic chain: The relationship between job transitions, movement capital and perceived employability. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 89: 56-64. •Fugate, M., Kinicki, A. J., & Ashforth, B.E. 2004. Employability: A psycho-social construct, its dimensions and applications. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 65, 1438. •Inceoglu, I., Selenko, E., McDowall, A., & Schlachter, S. 2019. (How) Do work placement work? Scrutinizing the quantitative evidence for a theory-driven future research agenda. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 110(B): 317-337. •Jackson, D., Riebe, L., & Macau, F. 2022. Determining factors in graduate recruitment and preparing students for success. Education + Training, 64(5): 681-699. •Lindley, J., & McIntosh, S. 2015. Growth in within graduate wage inequality: The role of subjects, cognitive skill dispersion and occupational concentration. Labour Economics, 37: 101-11. •Uhlendorff, A. 2006. From No Pay to Low Pay and Back Again? A Multi-State Model of Low Pay Dynamics. IZA, Discussion Paper No. 2482. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 03 SES 11 A: Curriculum making and teachers' professional practice Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Nienke Nieveen Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The Intellectual Task of Teaching: Engaging with a ‘Reservoir’ of Knowledge-for-Recontextualisation, Navigating Curricula Boundaries and Questioning Practice 1IOE, UCL's Faculty of Education and Society; 2Department of Education, University of Oxford Presenting Author:This research aims to understand how geography teachers recontextualise knowledge for students. In doing so, it addresses two overarching themes: recontextualisation of knowledge, and teachers’ professional practice. Bernstein’s (1990/2003, 1996/2000) pedagogic device provides the theoretical model where the concept of recontextualisation is used to conceptualise the movement of knowledge into school subjects for pedagogic communication. The existing body of research on recontextualisation suggests the value of incorporating other approaches, such as subject didactics, to examine the movement of knowledge from disciplines (or regions) to school subjects (Deng, 2020, 2021; Gericke et al., 2018; Hordern, 2021). However, since these approaches originate from different contexts and traditions of curriculum, they have been judiciously drawn upon in this research. The notion of ‘powerful knowledge’ (Young, 2008) and the heuristic of the ‘three scenarios for the future’ of education (Young & Muller, 2010) offer different approaches to view knowledge within school subjects. As part of a Future 3 curriculum scenario, teachers need capacity to sustain knowledge of the parent discipline to their school subject. However, within Bernstein’s (1990/2003, 1996/2000) pedagogic device, teachers are principally positioned within the field of reproduction. Existing accounts of recontextualisation lack clarity about the actions teachers take to recontextualise knowledge for students and the extent to which teachers can and do draw upon the disciplinary resource. This research explores how teachers’ recontextualise knowledge as a part of their professional practice. The term ‘professional practice’ is used to encompass teachers’ intellectual work within and beyond the classroom (Clandinin & Connelly, 1995), and capture the interconnected nature of educational practices (Schatzki, 2003, 2005; Kemmis et al., 2014). The research themes are brought together in this research to develop an understanding of teacher’s curriculum work through engagement with each teacher’s “doing” of curriculum work (Schwab, 1970, p. 31). Through adopting a case study approach, this research provides capacity to render visible each case teacher’s curricular decision-making as it is contextualised within the site of their professional practice. In the context of a research study that examines the recontextualisation of knowledge, this papers foreground geography teachers’ professional practice, and the professional expertise and knowledge teachers draw upon as they recontextualise knowledge. This is examined through the research question of: what forms of intellectual work are involved in how geography teachers recontextualise knowledge? This paper addresses the ways in which knowledge-for-recontextualisation can be conceived as form of “powerful professional knowledge” (Furlong & Whitty (2017, p. 49) to support teachers’ intellectual work as they recontextualise knowledge for their students. This brings a curricular perspective to how teachers’ education and professional learning influences the intellectual work teachers do. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The overarching aim of the underpinning research was to take a view of recontextualisation that starts from the teacher and foregrounds insights about the nature of the journey that teachers, as knowledge workers, take to recontextualising knowledge for students. To meet this aim, the research questions were designed to start from teachers’ professional practice but take account of the epistemic communities (discipline, teacher, and students) involved in the recontextualisation of the knowledge: 1. How do geography teachers recontextualise knowledge? 2. What ways do geography teachers work with context as they recontextualise knowledge? 3. What forms of intellectual work are involved in how geography teachers recontextualise knowledge? The research design was developed with due consideration for British Educational Research Association (BERA)’s (2018) ethical guidelines and ethical approval was gained from University College London (UCL). The project, an interpretive case study, collected data through a series of lesson observations and interviews, to examine how three geography teachers in England recontextualised knowledge for a specific curricular sequence and class of students. With each teacher, the first interview was used to understand what was being taught within the lesson sequence and who was being taught. The lesson observations provided a basis to explore how knowledge was recontextualised by teachers within a lesson sequence and offered a window into teachers’ classroom practice in action where the subject, teacher and students are present. Discussions within the interviews enabled the teacher to be able to talk though their lesson sequence, so that some of the unobservable parts of their curricular thinking and professional decision making were rendered visible. Video and audio recordings were used to enable teachers to focus their reflections on specific aspects of their classroom practice and reflect on their teaching from a different perspective. The data was analysed thematically, and a hybrid approach combined working deductively (theory-driven) and inductively (data-driven). The analysis was undertaken through use of an analytical framework, which was informed by Bernstein’s (1990/2003, 1996/2000) pedagogic device and Kemmis et al.’s (2014) theory of practice architectures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Cross-case analysis identified the approaches taken as the teachers recontextualised knowledge, practices, and texts from the field of production to (i) support decision-making for curricula design and teaching, and (ii) use as a resource or as a practice with students in the classroom. Building on this, the paper addresses how case teachers make sense of the practice of recontextualisation, illuminating the intellectual task of geography teaching and setting out three ways that the intellectual work of the case teachers is rendered visible as they: (i) engage with a ‘reservoir’ for practice (ii) work with boundaries, and (iii) reflect on and question practice. This paper argues that the case teachers’ intellectual work can be enabled and constrained by the ‘reservoir’ that the teachers have access to; however, they also draw upon this ‘reservoir’ for practice with an understanding of the ways in which they can use their own professional judgement to account for the specificity of their context (Bernstein, 1999). The teachers’ work with boundaries connected to their curricula context and the particularities of geography as discipline and school subject. This illuminates the ways in which teachers develop a ‘repertoire’ and can draw upon a ‘reservoir’ to recontextualise knowledge with intellectual integrity (Bernstein, 1999). As the case teachers’ recontextualising occurs over time and space, teachers’ enactment of recontextualisation is constantly refined in connection to the pedagogical site. This research also indicates the possibilities for developing teachers’ knowledge of the foundation disciplines (Hordern, 2023), in order to broaden and deepen teachers’ ‘reservoir’ of knowledge-for-recontextualisation. References BERA. (2018). Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research. London: BERA. Bernstein, B. (1990). The Structuring of Pedagogic Discourse. London: Routledge. Bernstein, B. (1996). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control, and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. London: Taylor Francis. Bernstein, B. (1999). Vertical and horizontal discourse: An essay. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 20(2), 157-173. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1995). Teachers' Professional Knowledge Landscapes. New York: Teachers College, Columbia University Deng, Z. (2020). Knowledge, content, curriculum and didaktik: Beyond social realism. Abingdon: Routledge. Deng, Z. (2021). Powerful knowledge, transformations and Didaktik/curriculum thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1652-1674. Furlong, J., & Whitty, G. (2017). Knowledge traditions in the study of education. In G. Whitty & J. Furlong (Eds.), Knowledge and the study of education: An international exploration (pp. 13–57). Oxford: Symposium. Gericke, N., Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C., & Stolare, M. (2018). Powerful knowledge, transformations and the need for empirical studies across school subjects. London Review of Education, 16(3), 428-444. Hordern. J. (2021). Recontextualisation and the teaching of subjects. The Curriculum Journal, 32, 592–606. Hordern, J. (2023). Specialized Educational Knowledge and Its Role in Teacher Education. In I. Mentor (Ed.), The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education Research (pp. 299-231). Cham, Switzerland: Springer International Publishing. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. London: Springer Science & Business Media. Schatzki, T. R. (2003). A new societiest social ontology. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 33(2), 174–202. Schatzki, T. R. (2005). The sites of organizations. Organization Studies, 26(3), 465– 484. Schwab, J. J. (1970). The practical: A language for curriculum. Washington: National Education Association Center for the Study of Instruction Young, M. (2008). Bringing Knowledge Back In: From social constructivism to social realism in the sociology of education. London: Routledge. Young, M., & Muller, J. (2010) Three Educational Scenarios for the Future: lessons from the sociology of knowledge. European Journal of Education, 45(1), 11- 26. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Teachers’ Understandings of Transversal Competencies in a Global Context Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Transversal Competencies have been at the center of one of the largest educational policy and curriculum changes of the past 25 years, and most governments in Europe and worldwide now include them in their education policies (Care & Luo, 2016; Kim, Care, & Ditmore, 2017; UNESCO, 2016). These skills – initially called 21st century skills – have long been seen as essential for students’ future success in our rapidly changing world. Originally promoted in part as a response to the then-emerging Knowledge Economy (Drucker, 1969; Powell & Snellman, 2004), they are seen now as even more important in an age of uncertainty. It is argued that understanding transversal competencies and meaningfully integrating them into curricula can provide students with the tools to navigate and thrive in the society and economy of the future. Though no single, definitive list of transversal competencies exists, most frameworks agree on the importance of creativity, critical thinking, collaboration, and communication – the so-called 4Cs. However, these 4Cs have been shown to be less empirically distinct than other transversal competencies (e.g., self-direction and using ICT for learning), indicating that the 4Cs may be difficult concepts to clearly define (Ravitz, 2014). In terms of the barriers to implementing transversal competencies in curricula worldwide, this definitional deficit compounds the operational-systemic (lack of resources and expertise) challenges faced by teachers (Care & Luo, 2016; UNESCO, 2015). From a global equality perspective, it is known that major gaps exist for traditional skills in reading and mathematics between countries with different income levels. It is therefore not surprising that a gap also exists for transversal competencies (World Economic Forum, 2015). Furthermore, there is a gap in the literature as to how teachers in diverse global contexts understand transversal competencies in the first place. Thus, the focus of this research is to explore teachers’ understandings of transversal competencies in diverse global contexts. The theoretical framework adopted is pragmatism, highlighting what really works in the context that teachers find themselves in. This study centers specifically on an explorative case study with teachers from Europe and South Asia. From a methodological perspective, there is a further focus on the use of the “World Café” brainstorming method as a data collection mechanism. Various methods were considered for this research, which undertook the complex task of eliciting and capturing understandings of difficult-to-define concepts. The World Café (Brown, 2002) offers a research activity in which participants can co-construct conceptualizations of amorphous ideas. It also provides a structure which is simple and flexible enough for use in diverse global contexts where cultural differences, language, resources, and access can all prove barriers to generating and collecting data. These advantages align with the theoretical framework of pragmatism, mentioned above, and the World Café matched as a promising method that might really work in the abstract and physical contexts of this research. Thus, the research questions posed are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The work reported on here focuses on qualitative data collection using the World Café method, a group brainstorming activity (Brown, 2002) which produces written artifacts. During each World Café session, teachers work in small groups, writing together on large posters, systematically rotating around the room to different posters. In this way, the groups see and expand on what previous groups have written. In this explorative case study, which is part of a larger piece of research, four posters were used in each of 16 World Café sessions. Teachers wrote down definitions and examples of the 4Cs, thereby co-constructing and capturing a snapshot of their understandings. 212 teachers from Europe (127) and South Asia (85), representing two embedded cases, participated in World Café sessions within the context of a larger continuing professional development workshop. These primary and secondary teachers came from public and private schools in the Czech Republic (43), India (17), Ireland (34), Nepal (68), and Spain (32). This sample is not generalizable, but it is illuminative as a case study, as it provides a diverse range of teachers’ understandings. The resulting artifacts were transcribed and, when necessary, translated to English. The resulting text was subjected to several rounds of directed content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005) coding using NVivo software. The first round focused on deductively matching teachers’ definitions and examples against an existing set of descriptors of transversal competencies (Ravitz, 2014). Anything that did not match these descriptors was subjected to several rounds of inductive coding, where emerging codes were iteratively assigned and reassigned. The results of each embedded case were then analyzed using Excel to identify emerging trends. The World Café method engendered and helped capture fruitful brainstorming, yielding 1014 codes over 16 sessions (~63 codes per session) with European teachers (E) writing about twice as much as South Asian teachers (SA) on the posters. The data analysis revealed several findings: 1) Three key themes for describing the 4Cs emerged: skills for social interaction (SSI), student-centered learning (SCL), and teacher-directed learning (TDL). 2) All teachers strongly associated SCL with creativity (E-90%, SA-91%) and critical thinking (E-87%, SA-85%). 3) All teachers somewhat strongly associated SCL with collaboration (E-70%, SA-67%) and communication (E-51%, SA-66%). 4) SSI was also associated with collaboration (E-29%, SA-35%) and communication (E-42%, SA-18%). 5) TDL was somewhat associated with communication (E-9%, SA-18%). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study seeks 1) to provide insight into how teachers in diverse global contexts understand transversal competencies, and 2) to concurrently explore the World Café method for group brainstorming as a means for eliciting and capturing teachers’ understandings. The findings to date point to several key trends in teachers’ understandings of transversal competencies in diverse global contexts. There is much common ground across the understandings of the teachers who participated, especially in associating student-centered learning with the 4Cs, most strongly for creativity and critical thinking. This common understanding is in spite of fears raised about definitional deficits (UNESCO, 2015). The main exceptions to the broad consensus were that 1) European teachers more strongly associated communication with skills for social interaction, and that 2) South Asian teachers somewhat associated teacher-directed learning with communication. These outliers might reflect cultural and/or socio-economic differences, which might be illuminated with participant validation and further research. Finally, the World Café appears to have been a compelling research method for eliciting and capturing teachers’ understandings of a complex and nebulous concept, in this case transversal competencies. European teachers wrote at a rate double that of their South Asian colleagues, which calls for participant validation to investigate cultural factors. Even so, the activity stimulated a great deal of brainstorming and discussion across the diverse contexts of the case study. References Brown, J. (2002). The World Café: Living knowledge through conversations that matter: Fielding Graduate Institute. Care, E., & Luo, R. (2016). Assessment of Transversal Competences. Policy and Practice in Asia-Pacific Region. Bangkok, UNESCO Bangkok. Drucker, P. F. (1969). In The Age of Discontinuity (pp. iv): Butterworth-Heinemann. Hsieh, H.-F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288. Kim, H., Care, E., & Ditmore, T. (2017). New data on the breadth of skills movement in education. Retrieved from https://www.brookings.edu/blog/education-plus-development/2017/01/24/new-data-on-the-breadth-of-skills-movement-in-education/ Powell, W., & Snellman, K. (2004). The Knowledge Economy. Annual Review of Sociology, 30, 199-220. doi:10.1146/annurev.soc.29.010202.100037 Ravitz, J. (2014). A survey for measuring 21st century teaching and learning: West Virginia 21st Century Teaching and Learning Survey. Charleston, WV UNESCO. (2015). 2013 Asia-Pacific Education Research Institutes Network (ERI-Net) regional study on transversal competencies in education policy and practice (phase 1): regional synthesis report. In: UNESCO Bangkok Pacific Regional Bureau for Education. UNESCO. (2016). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. World Economic Forum. (2015). New Vision for Education: Unlocking the Potential of Technology. Retrieved from https://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEFUSA_NewVisionforEducation_Report2015.pdf 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The making of an “erasmian curriculum”: The “Erasmus” European Program through teachers’ narratives University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:The modern globalized educational context constantly presents challenges and imperatives, which take place simultaneously, locally and internationally, "imposing" new tasks and roles on teachers (Hargreaves, 2000 ∙ Swann et al., 2010 ∙ Evans, 2011). These new professional requirements create new conditions for the teaching profession which produce different teacher subjectivities. This occurs in numerous sites, however a key one is professional development, through which teachers are expected to engage in a continuous effort to acquire additional knowledge and skills in new fields or forms of education that appear in global agendas, leading them to re-evaluate and modify their practices, including the national or school curriculum enacted in schools (e.g. Draper et al., 1997˙ Day, 2002 ˙ Geijsel & Meijers, 2005 in Parmigiani et al., 2023). At the same time, teachers’ professional subjectivity evolves through constant connections between their personal and professional experiences (Parmigiani et al., 2023). One such supra-national policy entangled with schooling has been the European Program "Erasmus," described by the Commission as a program that contributes to the professional development (PD) of teachers through experiences of participation in projects with European partners (2023). In this study “Erasmus” is explored as a case of an educational policy produced at the supra-site of the EU that is recontextualized to the macro-site of the education system in Cyprus, acquiring specific meanings in the process, while at the same time “encouraging” teachers to acquire PD experiences of a specific European character as professionals. I argue that, in turn, this produced new meanings of curriculum as it is being enacted in their schools and classrooms within and beyond their national settings. Drawing on Priestley et al. (2021), curriculum making is understood as a social practice that occurs in supra-, micro- and nano- sites i.e. in international, school and classroom settings respectively. Therefore, the paper investigates through teacher life histories how the curriculum, as intention and as enactment, changes due to/through both students’ and teachers’ participation in "Erasmus" projects. Specifically, the experiences, actions, practices, program themes, activities, and collaborations Greek-cypriot primary school teachers narrate as having developed for and with their students, colleagues and partners in their life histories are investigated, exploring how the supra-national site is recontextualized at the micro and nano-sites of their schools and classrooms. According to Pinar (2004, in Tsafos, 2021), the "curriculum" in its traditional form refers to a predetermined trajectory, the same “subject-matter” for all, a standardized procedure, without acknowledgement of its political, institutional, and biographical assumptions. However, by theorising curriculum as a biographical text through its verb formulation "currere", Pinar and colleagues re-conceptualised it as an active process of all educational/formative experiences throughout life as a complex, dynamic, ongoing process of "conversation" and dialogue inside and beyond schools, emerging in formal both and informal contexts (Doll, 1993∙ Tsafos, 2021) . To conclude, it is not considered merely as an institutional text that includes instructions and procedures to be strictly implemented, but rather as a process, a social practice made through the interactions and actions of the teachers and students between them and other texts and materials in schools and classrooms: how was Erasmus involved in these, is the key question this paper aims to address. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopted a biographical approach and developed the life histories of 8 primary school teachers. In this study teachers were asked to narrate their experiences of the Erasmus program and more specifically the nature of curriculum making it entailed in their schools and classrooms. Teacher life histories, their narrations, the composition of the narrative episodes, and the analysis carried out by the researcher, depending on the context studied can be a tool for investigating the educational experience from within, from the perspective of those involved in the process (Smith, 2013 ˙ Tsafos, 2021). While at the same time of connecting the social construction of this experience with the wider social context (Goodson, 2019). Eight teachers who had multiple experiences of Erasmus project participation as teachers were selected through purposive convenience sampling. Their participation was voluntary, and their informed consent was secured with the assurance of anonymity and confidentiality, following the relevant national bioethics authority procedures. Data collection involved two biographical narrative interviews with each teacher based on semi-structured interview protocols between November 2021–April 2022. During these interviews, teachers narrated their lives before focusing on Erasmus to investigate the reasons they sought these experiences, to narrate them in detail and to describe the nature of curriculum making that emerged for students and other teachers during their participation. The transcribed texts of both interviews were sent to the teachers to make changes or additions to their narratives, since member-checking enhances the trustworthiness of the results (Creswell & Miller, 2000). After participants checked, approved, and returned the data, data analysis followed. A combination of analysis methods was used to analyze the data, specifically thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) and content analysis (Franzosi, 2004). First, the transcripts of the two interviews were read several times to develop familiarity with the data and to conduct an initial coding of teachers’ narrations. Next, salient patterns across the collected data were determined, and initial themes were generated, including those pertaining to curriculum making, before finalization of the coding in Atlas.ti. Finally, the themes and codes were reviewed with sample quotations and interpretations, allowing comparisons between the teachers' narratives for similarities and differences between them with regards to the identified themes and codes. In this paper the emphasis codes were ‘Erasmus and the official curriculum’ and ‘Erasmus and curriculum making in classrooms and schools’ that were used to analyze the data and draw conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The teachers' narratives point to how curriculum was made through participation in ‘Erasmus’ projects. Teachers narrated a number of their own and their students’ experiences which pointed to how the program became a condition for the enriching of the existing official curriculum, while at the same time a condition of ‘new’ curriculum making which would not have otherwise occur. Both these instantiations of curriculum making are viewed as fueling the making of an ‘erasmian curriculum’. A strong pattern in teachers’ narrations was that during these projects they developed contacts/relationships/school policies/curriculum materials, knowledge/skills, which each adopted/applied/modified for their own micro- and nano-sites. Firstly, the ‘erasmian curriculum’ was narrated as curriculum content being made mostly in the subject-areas of Greek Language, Art-Music, Sciences, Life-Education, History-Geography and Physical Education. Secondly, the narrated ‘erasmian curriculum’ included a range of interdisciplinary, thematic emphases beyond the official curriculum that appeared frequently, either singularly or in combination: culture, ecology-environment, technology, sports. The teachers described how they enriched the official curriculum through the actions of each Erasmus project by connecting these emphases with multiple existing subject-areas. Thirdly, teachers narrated Erasmus as providing conditions for changing the pedagogy by implementing examples of good practices used by their European partners (e.g. student evaluation, classroom organization-management, cooperation, integration of technologies); the latter was particularly salient in their narrations, which stressed the greater use of digital tools, such as tablets and digital books. These projects demanded alternative ways of working with students from other countries (e.g. distance or live attendance of lessons by partner-teachers, online connection with students from partner-schools, exchange of opinions). Moreover, teachers narrated their Erasmus activities as cultivating their students’ open-mindedness, cultural horizons, communication and collaboration skills and intercultural awareness. The paper concludes with a discussion of how this emerging ‘erasmian curriculum’ complemented, informed, or challenged the official curriculum. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77– 101. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper (Eds.), APA Handbook of Research Methods in Psychology (pp. 51-77). American Psychological Association. Carlson, D. (2005). The Question Concerning Curriculum Theory. Journal of the American Association for the Advancement of Curriculum Studies, 1, 1-13. Creswell, J. W., & Miller, D. L. (2000). Getting good qualitative data to improve educational practice. Theory into Practice, 39(3), 124-130. Day, C. (2002). School reform and transitions in teacher professionalism and identity. International Journal of Educational Research, 37, 677-692. Draper, J., Fraser, H. & Taylor, W. (1997). Teachers at work: Early experiences of professional development. British Journal of In-Service Education, 23(2), 283-295. Doll, W.E. (1993). A Post-modern Perspective on Curriculum. Teachers College Press. Evans, L. (2011). The “shape” of teacher professionalism in England: Professional standards, performance management, professional development and the changes proposed in the 2010 White Paper. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 851-870. Franzosi, R. (2004). Content Analysis. In Μ. Hardy, & Α. Bryman (Eds.), The Handbook of Data Analysis (pp. 547-565). Sage. Goodson, I. F. (2019). The Policy of the Analytical Program and Education. Investigating the Life and Work of Teachers. (Ed.) M. Ioannidou-Koutselinis, S. Philippou & L. Kleridis). Gutenberg. Hargreaves, A. (2000). Four ages of professionalism and professional learning. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 6(2), 151-182. Hatzigeorgiou, G. (2003). Proposal for a Modern Analytical Program. A holistic – ecological perspective. Atrapos. Parmigiani D., Maragliano, A., Silvaggio, C. & Molinari, A. (2023) Trainee teachers abroad: reflections on personal and professional teaching identity during international mobility. European Journal of Teacher Education, (46)4, 605-620. Pinar, W. F., Reynolds, W. M., Slattery, P., & Taubaum, P. M. (1995). Understanding curriculum: An introduction to the study of historical and contemporary curriculum discourses. Peter Lang. Smith, B. (2013). Currere and Critical Pedagogy. Think Critically about Self-Reflective Methods. Transnational Curriculum Inquiry, 10 (2), 1-16. Swann, M., McIntyre, D., Pell, T., Hargreaves, L. & Cunningham, M. (2010). Teachers’ conceptions of teacher professionalism in England in 2003 and 2006. British Educational Research Journal, 36(4), 549-571. The Erasmus+ Programme Guide (2024). European Commission.https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-11/2024-Erasmus%2BProgramme-Guide_EN.pdf Tsafos, V. (2021). Αφηγήσεις και Βιογραφίες: Οι «φώνες» των εκπαιδευτικών μέσα από τις ιστορίες ζωής τους. Το Αναλυτικό Πρόγραμμα ως Αυτοβιογραφικό Κείμενο.[Narratives and Biographies: The "voices" of teachers through their life stories. The curriculum as an Autobiographical Text] GUTENBERG. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 11 A: Inclusive Practices and Values Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Annalisa Ianniello Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Exploring Inclusive Practice in Practice NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:Despite the widespread recognition of inclusion as a fundamental value in education over the past three decades (UNESCO, 1994), schools worldwide continue to struggle with the practical implementation of this ideal (Keles et al., 2022). In Norway, the introduction of the new Education Act in August 2024 further emphasizes the value of inclusion by highlighting that all students have the right to a safe and positive learning environment that promotes health, inclusion, well-being, and learning (Opplæringslova, 2023). However, a recurring challenge persists in determining whether the broad political support actually translates into tangible outcomes in practice (Ainscow, 2020). Haug (2022) raises the question of whether this lack of impact can be explained by the concept of "frozen ideologies" coined by Liedman (1997), suggesting that ingrained mentalities, regulations, and practices hinder progress. The concept of inclusion can be understood in the light of what Røvik & Pettersen (2014) refer to as a master idea. A characteristic of master ideas is that over time they have gained great legitimacy and spread across sectors and countries. Furthermore, they have the power to trigger a number of reforms and initiatives and being more or less self-justifying. The fact that the ideas are self-justifying can be positive in the sense that one does not need to spend time and effort arguing for inclusion. At the same time, the danger is that a lack of argument leads to skipping important discussions which also identify challenges and dilemmas when translating the idea into educational practice (Øen et al., 2024). Mhairi et al. (2021), therefore call for a new approach to professional learning for inclusion that "takes as its starting point the complex professional dilemmas that educators articulate rather than viewing them as discrete issues that can be addressed separately" (p. 2166). According to Dignath et al. (2022), schools often prioritize structural and organizational changes in their efforts towards inclusion. While these aspects are crucial, organizational change ultimately relies on professionals’ ability to change their own practices. Therefore, schools are advised to consider teachers' individual perceptions of reality when implementing reforms, particularly in the context of inclusive education. This aligns with research suggesting that significant improvements to practice necessitate discussions surrounding the underlying understandings or theories that inform practice (Robinson, 2018). Mhairi et al. (2021) emphasizes the importance of collaborative learning within the professional community as a key factor in developing inclusive practices. The Norwegian Core Curriculum consequently clarifies the significance of schools functioning as professional communities where all employees engage in reflective dialogues about value choices and developmental needs (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2017). The development of inclusive practices involves the engagement of the schools' external support services within the professional community. In this paper, the external support services will be limited to the Educational and psychological counselling service (EPS). This entails collaborating with professional groups who have; varying mandates, perspectives, concept of knowledge, and results in offering alternative solutions (Haug, 2022). Within this dynamic, there exists the potential for the emergence of innovative practices. However, for effective collaboration to take place, curiosity, a willingness to learn, humility, and respect must prevail. Without these qualities, differing mandates, legal bases, and perceptions of reality may hinder productive collaboration (Øen & Mjøs, 2023). This could potentially lead to a situation known as the "Blame Game" (Hood, 2002), where parties attribute problems, solutions, and need for expertise to external sources rather than taking personal responsibility (Mjøs & Øen, 2022). The research question for this paper is: How can a survey contribute to exploring and challenging existing practice and collaboration in terms of developing a more inclusive practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach in this paper is based on research carried out in the SUKIP project (Mjøs & Øen, 2022). Here quantitative surveys were used as a catalyst for qualitative exploratory discussions in the study’s initial phase. The paper reports on a larger collaboration between NLA university college and several municipalities in Norway as part of the national initiative “The competence boost for special needs education and inclusive practice” (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2021). In addition to forming the basis for this paper, the survey therefore also aims to provide the municipalities with a platform of knowledge, or a baseline in their understanding and knowledge of inclusive practices in schools. During the spring of 2024, a total of 20 schools from three different municipalities in western Norway will carry out a survey. This survey aims to examine how schools and the EPS look at their own and each other’s level of knowledge, competence, needs and collaborative culture. We also want to investigate the schools and the EPS's insight and understanding of each other's mandate and everyday work. The survey is digital, consisting of just under 50 statements. These are measured using the Likert-type scale, which has a range from 1 (completely disagree) to 4 (completely agree). It is also possible to answer "don't know" to all the statements. After completion, data is transferred to Excel/SPSS for statistical analyses. Some of the statements are taken from the inclusion handbook (Booth & Ainscow, 2001), whilst others have been adapted from previous studies (Mjøs & Øen, 2022; Øen et al., 2024). In this paper, we have chosen to explore the informants understanding of students who struggle in school, attitudes to inclusion, inclusive practice, and the relationship between general and special needs education. It is important to emphasize that these statements do not seek to map the extent to which the teachers' attitudes are compatible with the ideal of an inclusive practice. They primarily seek to underline different ways of understanding inclusive practice, as well as the dilemmas this entails. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper is based upon data collected in the spring of 2024. It is therefore only possible to highlight at this time, a few areas that are likely to be addressed. Our analysis will focus on the “typical” dilemmas and/or barriers which can arise within/between schools, those occurring between schools and external support services, in addition to differences between municipalities. The paper seeks to illustrate what Mhairi et al. (2021), calls a new approach to professional learning for inclusion where the complex professional dilemmas form the hub of professional collaboration. Recognition of the complexity becomes particularly important in an age of uncertainty where pandemics, migration and economic crises challenge the ideal of inclusion. This raises more dilemmas than ever when translating the ideal into practice. We argue that such an approach is particularly important for identifying local dilemmas and challenges, as schools and municipalities, both nationally and abroad, are affected differently by the uncertain times in which we live. Our research hopes to shed lights on some of the blind spots within inclusion research, as there is a lack of knowledge on how to facilitate the development of inclusive practices locally (Florian, 2014). In facilitating discussions within the professional community, along with identifying and acknowledging the many dilemmas of inclusion, this ultimately gives hope to the school of the future by encouraging inclusive practices which take the real world as a starting point, and not the ideal world. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1). https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2001). Inkluderingshåndboka. Oplandske bokforl. Dignath, C., Rimm-Kaufman, S., van Ewijk, R., & Kunter, M. (2022). Teachers’ Beliefs About Inclusive Education and Insights on What Contributes to Those Beliefs: a Meta-analytical Study. Educational psychology review. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-022-09695-0 Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 286-294. Haug, P. (2022). Ingen kan alt – tverretatleg samarbeid om spesialundervisning og inkluderande praksisar i skulen. In M. H. Olsen & P. Haug (Eds.), Tverretatlig samarbeid. (pp. 11-43). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Hood, C. (2002). The Risk Game and the Blame Game. Gov. & oppos, 37(1), 15-37. https://doi.org/10.1111/1477-7053.00085 Keles, S., ten Braak, D., & Munthe, E. (2022). Inclusion of students with special education needs in Nordic countries: a systematic scoping review. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2022.2148277 Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2017). Overordnet del – verdier og prinsipper Regjeringen]. https://www.regjeringen.no/. Liedman, S.-E. (1997). I skuggan av framtiden. Modernitetens historia. Albert Bonniers Förlag. Mhairi, C. B., Stephanie, T., Sarah, C., Rachel, L., Quinta, K., & Susanne, H. (2021). Conceptualising Teacher Education for Inclusion: Lessons for the Professional Learning of Educators from Transnational and Cross-Sector Perspectives. Sustainability (Basel, Switzerland), 13(4), 2167. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13042167 Mjøs, M., & Øen, K. (2022). En felles spørreundersøkelse skole-PPT som utgangspunkt for samarbeid om inkluderende praksis. Psykologi i kommunen, 4. Opplæringslova. (2023). Lov om grunnskolen og den vidaregåande opplæringa. https://lovdata.no/dokument/LTI/lov/2023-06-09-30 Robinson, V. (2018). Reduce change toincrease improvement. Corwin. Røvik, K. A., & Pettersen, H. M. (2014). Masterideer. In K. A. Røvik, T. V. Eilertsen, & E. M. Furu (Eds.), Reformideer i norsk skole. Cappelen Damm Akademisk. UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Need Education. Paris Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2021). Tilskuddsordning for lokal kompetanseutvikling i barnehage og grunnopplæring. Utdanningsdirektoratet. Retrieved 01.03.22 from https://www.udir.no/kvalitet-og-kompetanse/lokal-kompetanseutvikling/tilskuddsordningene-for-lokal-kompetanseutvikling-i-barnehage-og-grunnopplaring/ Øen, K., Krumsvik, R. J., & Skaar, Ø. O. (2024). Development of inclusive practice – the art of balancing emotional support and constructive feedback [Original Research]. Frontiers in Education, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1281334 Øen, K., & Mjøs, M. (2023). Partnerskap mellom forskere og praktikere som innovasjonsstrategi – et utfordrende mulighetsrom. In M. Mjøs, S. Hillesøy, V. Moen, & S. E. Ohna (Eds.), Kompetanse for inkluderende praksis. Et innovasjonsprosjekt om samarbeid mellom barnehage/skole og PP-tjeneste (pp. 47-69). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.186.ch2 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Lessons Learned from Norway: A Values-Based Formulation of Inclusive Education 1Norwegian University of Science and Technology; 2University of Southern Denmark Presenting Author:In 1994, the UNESCO Salamanca Declaration stated that inclusion should be an issue of concern for all countries, and in 2015, the UN Sustainable Development Goals also marked inclusive and equitable quality education for all children in one of the 18 sustainability goals (goal no. 4 Quality Education) as a prerequisite to realise a sustainable development of the society. Despite political agreements, legislation and great effort in research and practices, the realisation of inclusive education (IE) has continued to prove challenging (Nilholm 2021). Among several explanations, a lack of a unified understanding of IE (ibid.) and a clash between IE values and values aimed at students’ academic achievements (Ainscow & Messiou 2018) are suggested to be two main obstacle. In order to advance the field of IE, researchers have explored inclusion as a multifaceted phenomenon that requires contemporaneous analysis on macro, meso, and micro levels (Schuelka &Engsig 2022, 449). Macro aspects such as ideologies, policy and laws, meso aspects such as school contexts and teachers’ practices and micro aspects such as psychological and learning dimensions must be considered and understood by focusing on their mutual interaction (A. Qvortrup and Qvortrup 2018; Messiou 2006). Qvortrup & Qvortrup (2018) further argue that we should avoid thinking about IE in an either-or-perspective, and they develop ‘…a framework for understanding and working with inclusion in schools that take into account the dynamic relationship between inclusion and exclusion and the fact that inclusive work will never reach a stable state of total inclusion’ (810). The framework relates to the broader trend of viewing the concept of special educational needs (SEN) from a perspective focusing on individual factors (the individual approach) but also focusing on the school’s failure to accommodate human diversity, which in turn necessitates a focus on the school context and its conditions for inclusion (social-contextual approach) (Skidmore, 1996). To meet these requests, holistic approaches have emerged, in which the shortcomings of previous approaches are highlighted, as they ‘[…] share common limitations of reductionism’ (Skidmore 1996, 33). As also suggested in Amartya Sen’s capability approach (2009), attention caused should be placed on both human diversity (we are all different), impairment and disability (as specific variables of human diversity) and barriers and inequalities by the social environment (see e.g. Reindal, 2009). In this way the contradictions and practical dilemmas of IE become visible: While on the one hand, IE involves identifying students’ differences to meet their individual needs, on the other, it is also about maintaining a sense of normality and treating all the same (Norwich 2002). Additionally, an enrichment approach arose, arguing that experiences with human diversity as crucial for students’ understanding and respect for others and themselves. Thus, this approach is about preparing for a future life in heterogeneous society (Befring 1997, 184).
In line with Kiuppis (2014) the development of different and apparently conflicting perspectives in the field of IE reflects ambiguities about the values of inclusion in the Salamanca Declaration (UNESCO 1994). Thus, this paper aims to contribute to the advancement of the field by providing a deeper understanding of the complexities surrounding the implementation of IE from the ideological/political level, to the practical and individual one (inclusionary outcome for the student). The following research question was formulated to guide our study:
How should one understand the phenomenon of IE when analysing the dynamic interaction between the ideological value of IE, inclusive practices, and students’ inclusionary outcomes in schools?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on analyses of the connections between inclusive education, student diversity and the concept of special educational needs, and the current state of the field. Additionally, Norway has been chosen as case, since it has been shown that the so-called ‘PISA-shock’ and the following ‘Knowledge Promotion Reform’ have challenged the realisation of IE (Imsen, Blossing, &Moos 2017). There was a noticeable increase in students who received special education and who were moved to segregated settings during this period (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training 2022-23). In an interview study with 12 special educators, it became clear that they often found themselves isolated with the responsibility for students receiving SE (Uthus 2020). They reported that despite the students’ legal entitlement to receive SE as part of what is called adapted education in regular classrooms, the students were placed in segregated groups alongside peers with widely varying needs. The special educators associated the situation with the growing attention on educational efficacy, economic stresses, and teacher accountability. Additionally, they raised concerns with the principal about the undignified situation of students with SEN. Then they were met with the argument that striving for inclusion meant minimising SE as much as possible, aligned with guidelines rooted in the social-contextual approach and a complementary theory (Bachmann & Haug 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By analysing existing approaches to IE we show how they are not sensitive to the distinction between inclusion as an educational value and inclusion at the practical and individual (inclusionary outcome) level. Schools face the complexity of managing multiple educational values and other codes like law, economics, and ethics, but do not have sufficient concepts to describe this complexity. The Norwegian case exemplifies how the value of IE understood in terms of the social-contextual approach to SEN, undermined students’ legal entitlements to SE. Additionally, when economic considerations in terms of ‘knowledge promotion’ are prioritised over IE, and this is subtly legitimised by the same social-contextual approach, ethical issues are involved as well. At the practice (meso) level and the individual (mikro) level inclusion refers to completely different codes than at the other levels. To provide a deeper understanding of the complexities surrounding the implementation of IE, we delve into inclusion as an educational or ideological value, as articulated in the Salamanca Declaration (UNESCO 1994). We suggest operationalising the three core values of inclusion articulated in the Salamanca Declaration: welcoming communities, combating discriminatory attitudes, and education for all into the following institutional practice principles: participation, human diversity, and differentiation. The values and their alignment with the principles of practice are explored. We discuss the interplay among these values and their corresponding practice principle, emphasising the need for awareness when prioritising one over others. In line with Qvortrup & Qvortrup (2018), we suggest that ‘how do we make inclusion happen’ is a professional task, relying on organisational conditions as well as on teacher-student interactions and student experiences of inclusion/exclusion in local schools with diverse populations (micro level) (Qvortrup &Qvortrup 2018). Without a sufficient concept for the complexity they experience, there is a risk of reductionism and stagnation in the field of IE. References Ainscow, Mel, and Kyriaki Messiou. 2018. "Engaging with the views of students to promote inclusion in education." Journal of Educational Change 19 (1): 1-17. Bachmann, Kari, and Peder Haug. 2006. "Forskning om tilpasset opplæring." Høgskulen i Volda. Befring, Edvard. 1997. "The enrichment perspective: A special educational approach to an inclusive school." Remedial and special education 18 (3): 182-187. Imsen, Gunn, Ulf Blossing, and Lejf Moos. 2017. "Reshaping the Nordic education model in an era of efficiency. Changes in the comprehensive school project in Denmark, Norway, and Sweden since the millennium." Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research 61 (5): 568-583. Kiuppis, Florian. 2014. "Why (not) associate the principle of inclusion with disability? Tracing connections from the start of the ‘Salamanca Process’." International Journal of Inclusive Education 18 (7): 746-761. Luhmann, Niklas. 1995. Social systems. Stanford University Press. Messiou, Kyriaki. 2006. "Understanding marginalisation in education: The voice of children." European Journal of Psychology of Education 21 (3): 305-318.. Nilholm, Claes. 2021. "Research about inclusive education in 2020 – How can we improve our theories in order to change practice?" European Journal of Special Needs education 36 (3): 358-370. Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. 2022-23. GSI statistics. Information from primary and lower secondary school. Norwich, Brahm. 2002. "Education, Inclusion and Individual Differences: Recognising and Resolving Dilemmas." British Journal of Educational Studies 50 (4): 482-502. Qvortrup, Ane, and Lars Qvortrup. 2018. "Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education." International Journal of Inclusive Education 22 (7): 803-817. Reindal, Solveig M. 2009. "Disability, capability, and special education: towards a capability‐based theory." European Journal of Special Needs Education 24 (2): 155-168 Schuelka, Matthew J., and Thomas Thyrring Engsig. 2022. "On the question of educational purpose: complex educational systems analysis for inclusion." International Journal of Inclusive Education 26 (5): 448-465. Sen, Amartya. 2009. "Capability: reach and limits." In Debating global society: Reach and limits of the capability approach, edited by Cortona Colloquium, Enrica Chiappero M. and Amartya Sen, 15-28. Milan: Fondazione Giangiacomo Feltrinelli. Skidmore, David. 1996. "Towards an integrated theoretical framework for research into special educational needs." European Journal of special needs education 11 (1): 33-47. UNESCO. 1994. The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. Paris. Uthus, Marit. 2020. "'Det har sine omkostninger'. Spesialpedagogens trivsel og belastninger i arbeidet i en inkluderende skole: En intervjustudie " Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk 6 (0): 14. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper It’s US! Cultivating Fellowship in a Primary School Classroom. What Role Do the Teacher-Student Interactions Play? University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:The concept of participation in educational research comprises a complex field which involves issues of democracy, children’s rights and inclusion in schools, and it is a field “in search of definition” (Percy-Smith & Thomas, 2010, p. 1). Although there is no unifying definition of children’s participation, most definitions contain the elements of the child as a subject or agent, engaging with others around tasks or issues of concern to them (Malone & Hartung, 2010, p. 27). Drawing on Bae’s (2009) notion of mutual recognition, emphasising that “partners in interactions are of equal worth” (Bae, 2009, p. 397), leads the attention to how to create mutual conditions for everybody’s participation in joint activities. In a Norwegian context, although building a safe learning environment for everybody is not a specific part of a particular subject, it is clearly articulated in the Education Act, (1998, § 9 A-2) and in the overall part of the curriculum (Udir, 2017). Hence, in this study, participation is understood as linked to the three perspectives, the student, interactions with others, and what they do to collaborate in “shared learning experiences” (Booth & Ainscow, 2002, p. 3). Further, in their “framework for participation”, Florian et al. (2017) refer to how students’ participation is linked to the dimensions of access, collaboration, achievements and recognition and acceptance of all students, by students and teachers in a way that fosters a sense of belonging to the class as a learning community (Florian et al., 2017, p. 54). This paper reports on teacher-student interactions’ role in promoting students’ participation in singing as a joint start-up routine in a 5th grade classroom. The main objective is on exploring why and how the students participate in classroom singing when the activity is conducted as a joint start-up routine. The purpose of the article is to gain insight about the role of the students’ and the teacher’s participation in a joint activity. Conducting singing activity as a routine at the beginning of the day may imply that the content and the form of singing promote students’ participation, since routines consist of both “structure and agency” (Feldman & Pentland, 2003, p. 95). In this way, conducting singing as a classroom activity might reinforce relationships (Savage et al., 2021, p. 2) and contribute to shape a learning environment where every student can belong, since “participation is part of belonging” (Lansdown, 2010, p. 11). Further, Savage (2021) argues that human musicality is a coevolved system for social bonding, where the phrase “social bonding refers to the formation, strengthening, and maintenance of affiliative connections” (Savage et al., 2021, p. 2) that brings forth the bonded relationships that underpin prosocial behaviour. As such, musical activities like group singing can enhance students prosocial behaviours towards others as well as their social inclusion in school (Barrett et al., 2019). To investigate the students’ and the teacher’s participation in singing as a start-up routine, the following research questions will be answered: How can the teacher’s and students’ participation in the singing activity be described, and how can the descriptions contribute to increased understanding about the appearance and significance of participation in the joint activity? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The exploration of the students’ and the teacher’s participation in singing as a start-up routine in a primary classroom draws from data within a larger eight-week case study (Stake, 1995) in a 5th grade classroom in a Norwegian school. The data construction is based on observations of 25 lessons, three interviews with the teacher, a focus group interview with students, and a video recording of a lesson in the classroom. The field notes were written each day throughout the entire eight-week case study during the lessons without discussing the experience with anyone else, to avoid diluting memory. The teacher interviews were semi-structured (Brinkmann, 2018, p. 1002), following the three-interview series (Seidman, 2006, p. 16) to get rich and in-depth information regarding the teachers’ view and experiences with participating in the singing activity. The focus group interview used open questions allowing the researcher to take on the role of a moderator. Audio- and video recordings enabled facial expressions and body language to become an integrated part of student interactions and meaning construction. The video recording of the singing activity was viewed several times and led to the construction of a narrative and a point-to-point analysis following a timeline spanning every ten seconds. The field notes and the interviews with the teacher and the students were analysed following a reflective thematic analytical approach (Braun & Clarke, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The significance of participation in the joint activity is connected to the students’ possibilities to suggest songs and to choose how they participate in the activity as well as the teachers’ support and recognition of their contributions. When the students engage in the singing activity as a start-up routine, they are encouraged to participate in ways that they are comfortable with. Most students listen and follow the lyrics on the screen while some of them sing along, others follow the rhythm nodding their head, waving their feet, or they beat the rhythm with their fingers or hands on their desk. All the different ways of participation is recognised as legitimate by the teacher and the peers, and yet, when the teacher stands still and sings along with the students, more students sing along, as if her participation promotes the students participation as well. Further, during the focus group interview, the students suddenly started to sing together, interpreted as an expression of them feeling safe, trusting each other, and that the song had become a part of their shared repertoire within the culture of the class. Conducting the singing activity as a joint start-up routine may be understood as a familiar space for the teacher and the students, participating together with a shared focus of what the teacher calls “a sense of being US”. In this way, the teachers’ support in recognising and promoting the students different ways of participating in singing as a start-up routine may be understood as an approach that supports cultivating fellowship. References Bae, B. (2009). Children’s right to participate – challenges in everyday interactions. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 17(3), 391–406. https://doi.org/10.1080/13502930903101594 Barrett, M. S., Flynn, L. M., Brown, J. E., & Welch, G. F. (2019). Beliefs and Values About Music in Early Childhood Education and Care: Perspectives From Practitioners. Frontiers in Psychology, 10. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00724 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Brinkmann, S. (2018). The Interview. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (Fifth edition, pp. 997–1038). SAGE. Danbolt, I., Hagen, L. A., Balsnes, A. H., Haukenes, S., Knigge, J., & Bergesen Schei, T. (2022). ‘Det finnes en sang for alt!’ Ansattes begrunnelser for sang i barnehage og skole—En empirisk studie. In Samsang gjennom livsløpet (pp. 29–65). CAPPELEN DAMM AKADEMISK N. Feldman, M. S., & Pentland, B. T. (2003). Reconceptualizing Organizational Routines as a Source of Flexibility and Change. Administrative Science Quarterly, 48(1), 94–118. https://doi.org/10.2307/3556620 Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), Article 5. Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five Misunderstandings About Case-Study Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 12(2), 219–245. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800405284363 Graham, L. J. (2016). Reconceptualising inclusion as participation: Neoliberal buck-passing or strategic by-passing? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 37(4), 563–581. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2015.1073021 Lamont, A., Daubney, A., & Spruce, G. (2012). Singing in primary schools: Case studies of good practice in whole class vocal tuition. British Journal of Music Education, 29(2), 251–268. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0265051712000083 Lansdown, G. (2010). The realisation of children’s participation rights. In B. Percy-Smith & N. Thomas (Eds.), A handbook of children and young people’s participation: Perspectives from theory and practice (pp. 11–23). Routledge. LK20. (2020). Tverrfaglige temaer—Læreplan i musikk (MUS01-02). https://www.udir.no/lk20/mus01-02/om-faget/tverrfaglige-temaer?lang=nob Percy-Smith, B., & Malone, K. (2001). Making children’s participation in neighbourhood settings relevant to the everyday lives of young people. PLA Notes, 42, 18–22. Savage, P. E., Loui, P., Tarr, B., Schachner, A., Glowacki, L., Mithen, S., & Fitch, W. T. (2021). Music as a coevolved system for social bonding. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 44, e59. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0140525X20000333 Seidman, I. (2006). Interviewing as qualitative research: A guide for researchers in education and the social sciences (3rd ed). Teachers College Press. Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. Sage Publications. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 11 B: Examining Parental Views About Education of Their Child with a Disability: a Global Cross Comparison Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Umesh Sharma Session Chair: Stuart Woodcock Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Examining Parental Views About Education of Their Child with a Disability: a Global Cross Comparison There is an international trend towards increased placement of students with disabilities in regular schools. Research has shown that students educated in inclusive classrooms tend to perform better academically and socially when compared to students who are educated in specialist settings (Hehir et, al, 2016). This research has largely focussed on students with students who have low support needs. A large majority of students with disabilities who have high support needs continue to be educated in specialist settings. Researchers, inclusion advocates and policymakers have emphasised the need to include all learners irrespective of the level of needs of students with disabilities. Surprisingly the voices of parents and students who have high support needs are missing from this debate. There is also hardly any research that has made cross-country comparisons. This current research was being undertaken to examine why parents/carers choose to enrol their child(ren) in regular and/or special schools. The study will also explore factors that influence their decisions to move their child, if they do move them, from one setting to another. We are keen to identify factors that influence parents'/families' decisions about choosing a placement option (inclusive VS special) for their child. Theoretical Framework This research is about exploring parental motivation to send their children to either special or inclusive settings. We plan to use the “Theories of Motivation in Education: an Integrative Framework” by Urhahne and Wijnia (2023) to provide a conceptual foundation for the project. The theoretical framework helps us understand the motivation of a person about important decisions. Parents/families may make placement decisions considering many factors (e.g. parental self-efficacy, Matthews, et.al, 2022; satisfaction with the placement option, Sharma, et.al, 2022). The framework would allow us to examine parental motivations across different country contexts. It may allow us to extend Urhahne & Wijnia's framework as it is not applied across multiple country contexts in the inclusive/special education field. The data for this study is being collected from Australia, Switzerland, Canada, Italy, Greece, Germany, and the UK (and other countries). Our group is conducting a longitudinal study using quantitative and qualitative data with the aim to understand why and how parents decide to enrol their children in one or the other setting. In this symposium, we will present cross-country comparisons and individual country data from some of the participating countries about parental perspectives and factors that influenced their decisions. The first paper will report parental data from a study conducted in Plymouth, UK, the second paper will report data from Norway which examined the relationship between parental perceptions about inclusion with their demographic variables, and the final presentation will examine parental perspectives about the quality of their child's education in Italy. The research will have significant implications for researchers, policymakers, educators, and families and carers of students with a disability who are keen to learn about how best the schools and systems be reformed to provide high-quality education to all children
References Hehir, T., Pascucci, S., & Pascucci, C. (2016). A summary of the evidence on inclusive education. Retrieved from http://alana.org.br/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/A_Summary_of_the_evidence_on_inclusive_education.pdf. Matthews, J., Millward, C., Hayes, L., & Wade, C. (2022). Development and validation of a short-form parenting self-efficacy scale: me as a parent scale (Maaps-SF). Journal of Child and Family Studies, 31(8), 2292-2302. Sharma, U., Woodcock, S., May, F. & Subban, P. (2022). Examining Parental Perception of Inclusive Education Climate. Front. Educ. 7:907742. DOI: 10.3389/feduc.2022.907742 Urhahne, D., Wijnia, L. Theories of Motivation in Education: an Integrative Framework. Educ Psychol Rev 35, 45 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09767-9 Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Loreman, T. (2018). Are we included? Secondary students' perception of inclusion climate in their schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 31-39. Presentations of the Symposium Are We Included? Parents responses to a place-based research project on Inclusion in the southwest of England 2021-2023
This paper presents research findings from a cross-sector study: Are We Included? This project began in 2021 in the city of Plymouth, UK. It is the 2nd largest city in the southwest of England with a population of approximately 265,000.
A primary objective of this research was to understand parental perspectives about the inclusion of their child in Plymouth. Research on this topic in the UK and globally is limited (Blandford, et.al, 2023; DfE, 2022; Holland & Pell, 2017) Plymouth is an area of considerable deprivation impacting on student, parent and carer participation in mainstream education compounded by the 2020 – 2022 pandemic. At this time, national policy aimed at improving outcomes for all students had created system-led changes - increased Academisation, the bringing together of Alternative Provision and Special Education Needs, emphasis on English and maths, a one-size fits all behaviour model, and increased powers for Ofsted. This nationally funded levelling-up project aimed to both determine and improve inclusion in all 19 city secondary schools– as reflected by stats on student attendance, participation, and attainment.
The data was collected using a series of questionnaires and interviews with students, teachers, and parents. This research will only report on the findings of the survey from parents. A total of 398 parents responded to the survey that examined their Perceptions about inclusion (Sharma et.al, 2022). The interview question examined their responses to these three questions.
1- How do you define or what do you understand by effective inclusive education for your children in this city?
2- What are the challenges you and your children have faced when accessing inclusive practice in schools?
3- How and/or in what way do you as key stakeholders in the delivery of inclusive education to your children, think these challenges can be addressed?
Data were analysed using descriptive statistics and thematic analysis. We discovered the majority of parents felt teachers were doing their best to include all children in school but thought more could be done to establish better relationships and communications with families. Many felt their school had a preference for defaulting children with behavioural and/or SEND needs to the school SEND hub, rather than supporting them to continue attending their classes. There was also much concern expressed about the systems’ overreliance on referring children with behavioural needs to the city’s already overstretched Pupil Referral Unit (PRU), rather than providing behavioural support in-house.
References:
Blandford, S., Casson, W., Gibson, S., Munn, G., and Shute, J. (2023). Schools Collaborate To Make Inclusion Work. Teaching Times. Available at: https://www.teachingtimes.com/schools-collaborate-to-make-inclusion-work/
DfE (2022), SEND Review: Right support. Right place. Right time. Department for Education London: HM Stationery Office.
Holland, J. & Pell, G. (2017) Parental perceptions of the 2014 SEND legislation, Pastoral Care in Education, 35:4, 293-311, DOI: 10.1080/02643944.2017.1392587
Sharma, U., Woodcock, S., May, F., & Subban, P. (2022, July). Examining Parental Perception of Inclusive Education Climate. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 7, p. 907742). Frontiers.
Parental Perception on Well-being of Students with Disabilities in Regular and Special Schools
Inclusion is a complex concept that ranges from placing students in mainstream classrooms to changing entire educational systems. While inclusive education is often simplified as the place where students are educated, it is much more than just the mere placement. In inclusive classrooms, all students irrespective of diversities are welcomed and schools make adjustments to ensure that the needs of all students are met. Research has shown a positive impact of inclusive practices on all students including those who have additional needs (Artiles et al. 2006). There has been some debate that inclusion mandates across most countries are driven by policymakers, and researchers and the voices of parents/carers and students with disabilities and their siblings are not given due attention. The perspectives of those who are the actual recipients of inclusion policies and how they experience them should not be overlooked. In Norway, the basic principle of special education is that the student should be taught in mainstream schools (also referred to as inclusive schools), still 9% of students are educated in permanent special education units (NDET, 2023).
The current project investigated the potential relationship between the type of placement of students with additional needs with the perception of students' well-being. In this context, relevant factors in measuring the quality of the inclusion climate in schools are students' social participation and acceptance among friends, happiness, and belonging in the school community (Schwab et al., 2018; Sharma et al., 2022).
Objective
The objective of this paper is to investigate parental reports about the well-being of students receiving special education in regular schools, special schools and special education groups.
Method and preliminary findings
Through an internet-based survey, we collected data about parental perspectives about inclusion [Parental Perception of Inclusion Climate Scale (Sharma et al., 2022)] and compared it between parents of children who were attending regular schools and special schools/groups as dichotomous independent variables. We used individual items and three sub-factor scores on the Parental scale (Sharma et al., 2022)] related as dependent variables. The findings of the study will be discussed with possible implications for the special and inclusive education sectors in Norway and other countries.
References:
Artiles, A. J., Kozleski, E. B., Dorn, S., & Christensen, C. (2006). Chapter 3: Learning in inclusive education research: Re-mediating theory and methods with a transformative agenda. Review of research in education.
McConachie, H., Mason, D., Parr, J. R., Garland, D., Wilson, C., & Rodgers, J. (2018). Enhancing the Validity of a Quality of Life Measure for Autistic People. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 48(5), 1596–1611. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3402-z
Nordahl-Hansen, A., Fletcher-Watson, S., McConachie, H., & Kaale, A. (2016). Relations between specific and global outcome measures in a social-communication intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder. Research in Autism Disorders, 30, 19–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rasd.2016.05.005
Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training (NDET).2023. “Fakta om grunnskolen 2023-2024” https://www.udir.no/tall-og-forskning/statistikk/statistikk-grunnskole/analyser/2023/fakta-om-grunnskolen-20232024/spesialundervisning/
Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Loreman, T. (2018). Are we included? Secondary students' perception of inclusion climate in their schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 31-39.
Sharma, U., Woodcock, S., May, F., & Subban, P. (2022, July). Examining Parental Perception of Inclusive Education Climate. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 7, p. 907742). Frontiers.
Parents and Caregivers’ Perceptions regarding the Quality of Inclusive Practices in Schools
Despite widespread recognition in recent global educational policy agendas (UNESCO, 2015) that inclusive and equitable education is pivotal for ensuring quality education, a contentious debate persists regarding the effectiveness of truly inclusive learning and social contexts (Ainscow, 2020; Hehir, Pascucci, & Pascucci, 2016; Stephenson & Ganguly, 2021). This has lately been particularly pronounced in Italy in a newspaper article which asserted that notwithstanding the country's 50-year history of promoting integration and, subsequently, inclusion since the early 2000s, the system is purportedly failing. Naturally, this has sparked diverse reactions among academics, journalists, teachers and other stakeholders. However, scant attention has been given to the voices of parents and caregivers who, along with their children, directly experience inclusive practices and policies in Italy. Taking into account that in Italy the vast majority of students with disability attend mainstream/inclusive schools, the overarching aim of the research being presented is to provide parents with an opportunity to make their voices heard regarding their preferences towards mainstream/inclusive schools and special schools. This is especially important when considering that research on parents’ perceptions is still not that copious (Sharma et al., 2022; Zanobini et al., 2018). Specifically, this work addresses the question: “Which variables predict positive or negative perceptions towards inclusive education?” The initial data related to the Italian context that will be presented as part of an international study in nine different countries exploring the perceptions of parents and caregivers regarding school provision for students with special educational needs. The data collection tool comprises the “Parental Perception of Inclusive Climate Scale” (Sharma, et al. 2022), the “Me as a Parent Scale” (Short Version) (Matthews et al., 2022), and four open-ended questions. These findings will contribute to the ongoing discourse on global educational policies and the practical implementation of inclusive education strategies, filling a crucial gap in understanding parental perspectives.
References:
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7-16, DOI:10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587.
Hehir, T., Pascucci, S., & Pascucci, C. (2016). A summary of the evidence on inclusive education. Retrieved from http://alana.org.br/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/A_Summary_of_the_evidence_on_inclusive_education.pdf.
Matthews, J., Millward, C., Hayes, L., & Wade, C. (2022). Development and validation of a short-form parenting self-efficacy scale: me as a parent scale (Maaps-SF). Journal of Child and Family Studies, 31(8), 2292-2302.
Sharma, U., Woodcock, S., May, F. & Subban, P. (2022). Examining Parental Perception of Inclusive Education Climate. Front. Educ. 7:907742. DOI: 10.3389/feduc.2022.907742
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 11 C: Inclusive Curricula and Policies Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Tobias Buchner Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Is This an Inclusive Curriculum? The Cautionary Case of 35 Years Curriculum Policy Development in Cyprus and Australia 1The University of Sydney, Australia; 2University of Cyprus Presenting Author:This presentation is a conceptual and empirical examination of the tensions that inform the development of curriculum policy for students with disability. The role of the curriculum in the education of children with disabilities has been an area of interest for scholars operating within the theoretical framework of Inclusive Education and Disability Studies (Erevelles, 2005; Duke et al., 2016), who have identified a number of issues that need to be considered. A recurring dilemma countries face is the decision to develop a common curriculum for all children that will be part of inclusive education policies, or maintain a parallel curriculum for children with disabilities, usually referred to as special curriculum. Although special curricula have been criticized for acting as ‘diet curricula’ for children with disabilities and informing Individual Education Plans (IEPs) that act as another form of curriculum that excludes children instead of including them (Eilers, 2023), special curricula are in place in many countries. At the same time, countries following a common curriculum do not necessarily safeguard equal opportunities for all children (Graham et al., 2020). In addition, countries are recipients of external forces suggesting the need for inclusive education and common curricula, and internal forces that consider this path difficult or even impossible to follow. European and international bodies call for inclusive education for all children and for children with disabilities in particular (e.g. Article 24 of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, UN, 2006 and SDG 4 on inclusive and equitable education, UN, 2015). Countries are expected to provide equal opportunities and quality education for all, while at the same time special education systems run parallel to mainstream systems for years. Developing common curricula that truly serve all children may be extremely difficult in such contexts. The colonial mindset, which is prevalent in some countries, acts as a barrier for the development of curricula that include. These countries tend to seek advice from other countries which they consider more developed, without considering the critique of their systems which is recorded in the literature (Duke et al., 2016). It has been argued that ableist thinking guides policy developments in different areas (Campbell 2001). Ableist thinking guides curricula that aim to serve primarily children without disabilities because they are considered essential for the national economy. In this context, there is a shared understanding that the role of education is to prepare children for high-stakes exams, which at the same time act as pillars of evaluation of the education system that is in place. Children with disabilities and children who belong in other vulnerable groups are often judged as incompetent and therefore, eligible for other ‘less demanding’ curricula. Ableist thinking also influences the content of the curriculum and the process of its implementation. Many countries establish a rigid link between children’s age and content. In such curricula, differentiation can be a stated national priority, but cannot be implemented. Children with disabilities are then characterised as ‘unable to follow the curriculum’ and they are excluded to receive specialist support in special settings. Last but not least, decisions around the implementation of the curriculum are taken by special education professionals and this is justified by the prevalent view that general teachers do not have the knowledge and skills to educate children with disabilities (Florian, 2015) In light of these tensions, our study was concerned with the ways curriculum policies in Australia and Cyprus disables children with disabilities despite the proclamations of inclusion. Using a comparative analysis, this presentation maps these tensions in the curriculum policy documents and proposes a critical understanding of what constitutes inclusive curriculum. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilises comparative analysis to identify how similar tensions between competing objectives inform curriculum policy. We are interested in the diachronic analysis of the historical development of these tensions and the changes in the emphasis of the objectives evident in policy. Such analysis identifies the uniqueness of each context, the influence and interpretation of international developments within each context, and the way that policy addresses tensions in the documents under examination. The methodology is informed by a comparative case study approach (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2016) using the horizontal (multiple case studies of policy implementation), vertical (micro, meso and macro levels), and transversal (time and space) axes for comparative data collection and analysis. For each country, Cyprus and Australia, key documents were identified covering the period 1990-2023. While the broad categories were the same, there are differences in the type of documents to account for the differences in the system organisation, curriculum models, and levels of actors involved. Documents include a) policy, legislation and procedures documents related to the curriculum with references to students with disability, b) curriculum documents, and c) reports and reviews or other policy-related documents that inform policy. In addition, international policy and documents produced by international organisations related to students with disability and curriculum supplemented the analysis. While we agree with Fulcher’s (1989) perception that all educational encounters produce policy, we focus only on document analysis in this study. The analysis firstly involved the identification of key drivers, competing objectives and tensions within each context separately. Then, these were mapped in terms of the tensions identified in the documents, the way that they are prioritised and justified, and those that were omitted. This mapping was done for each document allowing for a diachronic analysis of continuity and change. The mapping exercise was initially conducted separately for each context, followed by a comparative analysis across the two contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis has identified that despite the historical, cultural and sociopolitical differences of Cyprus and Australia, similar competing objectives and tensions are evident. Anxieties around national identity, performance in international testing regimes and economic competitiveness dominate discussions of excellence and equity in the documents under analysis, reducing inclusion to a buzzword or a special concern for specific students. Over time in both contexts there is an increased rhetorical emphasis on a common curriculum for all students. Nevertheless, the design principles of a unified curriculum do not translate to an inclusive curriculum that is accessible by all students, and calls demanding the (re)introduction of special curricula are persistent. In terms of the common curriculum, there is a clear tension in what is taught and how it is taught and who makes decisions about them. Control and autonomy at all levels of the educational systems impact on the ability of teachers, students and their families to imagine, let alone realise an inclusive pedagogy, which is perceived as subordinate to what is taught (content) of the curriculum. The possibility for an inclusive pedagogy is furthered curtained by an emphasis on individualised provision, within a special education administration system, with adaptations and goals set for students with disability separately from the rest of the students. As it is argued in this presentation, while the analysis identifies how these tensions limit the inclusive potential of the curriculum, it is an opportunity to conceptualise the conditions that can expand this potential. References Bartlett, L., and Vavrus, F. 2016. Rethinking case study research: A comparative approach. Taylor & Francis. Campbell, F. K. 2001. “Inciting legal fictions – disability’s date with ontology and the ableist body of the law.” Griffith Law Review 10 (1): 42–62. https://research-repository.griffith.edu.au/handle/10072/3714 Duke, J., H. Pillay, M. Tones, J. Nickerson, S. Carrington, and A. Loelu. 2016. “A case for rethinking inclusive education policy creation in developing countries.” Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education 46 (6): 906–928. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2016.1204226 Eilers, N. 2023. “Individualized education program development in early childhood education: a disabled children’s childhood studies perspective.” European Early Childhood Education Research Journal 31 (1): 22–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2022.2147974 Erevelles, N. 2005. “Understanding curriculum as normalizing text: disability studies meet curriculum theory.” Journal of Curriculum Studies 37 (4): 421–439. https://doi.org/10.1080/0022027032000276970 Florian, F. 2015. “Inclusive pedagogy: A transformative approach to individual differences.” Scottish Educational Review 47 (1): 5–14. https://www.research.ed.ac.uk/en/publications/inclusive-pedagogy-a-transformative-approach-to-individual-differ Fulcher, G. 1989. Disabling policies? A comparative approach to educational policy and disability. The Falmer Press. Graham, L., M. Medhurst, H. Tancredi, I. Spandagou, and E. Walton. 2020. Fundamental concepts of inclusive education. In Inclusive Education for the 21st Century. Theory, Policy and Practice, edited by L. Graham, 27–54. London and New York: Routledge. UN. 2006. Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. New York: UN. UN. 2015. Sustainable Development Goals. New York: UN. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Space, Ability and Education Policies: Exploring the Ableist Territories of Curricula 1University of Education Upper Austria, Austria; 2Universität Tübingen Presenting Author:The New Middle School-Reform can be considered as the most ambitioned education policy in the last decade in Austria. In order to dissolve the institutionalized sorting of students between the upper track of Austrian secondary education, manifesting in grammar schools (‘Allgemeine Höhere Schulen’), and the lower track, the modern general school (‘Hauptschule’), this policy aimed to create a new school type; the new middle school. Thus, former modern general schools were thought to be transformed in new middle schools (NMS) – but grammar schools remained as choice, including an own curriculum. However, new middle schools as "new school for all" (BZLS, 2015, p. 22; authors’ translation) were supposed to cater for all students, regardless to their levels of academic abilities. Thus, NMS were thought to become a space of education in which all students are educated ‘under one roof’ (BMUKK, 2011, p. 3) - in an individualized, differentiated way (BMUKK, 2011). Accordingly, the newly introduced New Middle School Curriculum frequently referred to the principles of flexible differentiation, individualization and inclusion (BMUKK, 2012). Furthermore, this new curriculum foresaw teachers to reduce learning barriers to participation by teaching students with certified special educational needs (SEN) according to the didactic objectives of the NMS curriculum. In our paper, we combine space theory with an ableism-critical perspective. In particular, we refer to a relational understanding of space, as it was developed by various authors of spatial sociology (e.g. Massey, 2005; Löw, 2001). The term ‘relational’ refers to the interrelatedness of materiality and sociality in the production of space. Accordingly, space is socially constituted and constructed by subjects - in relation to material conditions (Löw 2006). Studies of ableism focus on the significance of ability for social orders - as well as the associated processes of inclusion and exclusion (Campbell, 2009; Wolbring, 2012). For example, notions of normality are linked to specific expectations of ability, which go hand in hand with practices of belonging, participation, the distribution of resources and other forms of de/privileging (Campbell, 2009). In specific, these notions of ability-based normalcy create the dichotomy dis/ability and the associated 'great divide' (Campbell, 2003). Next to this binary structure, ableist orders are characterized by a fundamental hierarchy by which subjects are categorised and sorted (Buchner, 2022). In our presentation we employ this theoretical framework for what has been termed a ‘small scale policy analysis’ (Thomson et al., 2010) – in relation to the Austrian New Middle School Policy and Inclusion. Doing so, we ask to what extent teaching practices produce educational spaces that enable all students in an individualized way - or whether rather traditional practices of ‘doing ability’ continue to shape the educational spaces under the surface of the new school form NMS. As we argue, educational practices always go hand in hand with an ability-related placing and synthesizing, producing what has been termed as ‘ability-space-regimes’ (Buchner, 2021). Following this line of thoughts, it can be reconstructed who is placed where on the basis of which ability expectation(s) and what qualities the specific arrangements of subjects, things and educational practices exhibit. Do such practices create spaces of a more just ablement or of exclusion? Consequently, teaching settings can be interrogated concerning to what extent ability grouping and the homogenizing placements that go with it, are avoided – as aimed for by the NMS-policy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our analysis, we refer to data produced during the IBIRUZ-project. The project aimed to reconstruct the interplay of space, difference and inclusive education in a longitudinal perspective. In the course of this explorative research, the initially broad focus condensed and the analysis of spatialised practices in relation to ability moved into the center of interest. An ethnographic multi-case-study design was chosen for analysis (Bollig et al., 2017), with cases representing differing ability-space-regimes (cf. Buchner, 2021). Thus, we refer to an ethnographic approach understood as a ‘methodological plural contextual research strategy’ (Breidenstein et al., 2013) that helps to discover new and unknown things ‘about society’ (Breidenstein, 2006, p. 21). This meant for our research to explore the spatial constructions in relation to ability that take place during lessons in NMS. In the first phase of research, comprehensive ethnographic lesson observations were conducted over a period of 6-8 weeks in spring 2018 at so-called integration classes of NMS in Vienna. Five classes from three NMS were studied during this period of fieldwork. Participant observation stood at the core of the empirical analysis. In addition, problem-centered interviews with teachers and students were conducted. In total, 279 observation lesson protocols were produced, as well as 73 interviews with students and 22 interviews with teachers were facilitated. As mentioned, by this design of research, diverse data material that was generated and analyzed in an ongoing process. Hypotheses were developed in a reflexive interplay of theory and empiricism, deepened and, if necessary, discarded or adapted in the course of data collection. In the process - in the sense of theoretical sampling (Glaser & Strauss, 2010). - focal points were set that were deemed meaningful, e.g. the spatial constructions in certain school subjects or also ability-oriented practices in specific instructional settings. In this way, different readings of the meanings of ability for space and vice versa were generated. Doing so, we followed the aim to give validity to the different perspectives inscribed in the data material, in order to relate data to each other and to link interpretations. With regard to the multi-case-study design pursued in IBIRUZ, this meant deepening the developing analytical concepts on a case-by-case basis and, at the same time, systematically contrasting them successively with other cases (Bollig & Kelle, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our paper, we reconstruct what we consider as ability space-regime of a so-called ‘inclusion class’ at a NMS. As we will show, lessons in main subjects are structured by strict placings that are related to ability and curriculum. In this way, the ability-based placings of students and the specific addressing as well as educational practices create spaces of curricula, which are characterized by specific atmospheres and ability expectations. Thus, the ostensibly ‘inclusive’ teaching, taking place under the ‘surface’ of a NMS, is permeated by spatialized, ability-based hierarchies. Indeed, four curricular spaces are constructed during mathematics lessons: the spaces of the curriculum of the grammar school, for modern secondary education school, for students with high support needs and the so called general special school – all seem to co-exist under the umbrella of the NMS. These local implementation of the reform ultimately points to the path dependency and the interlinked persistence of the ableist grammar of Austrian schooling. Hence, the historically grown structures of the Austrian three-part education system have a strong influence on the formation of educational spaces of the NMS. The marking of students as 'not normal' via the classification as having SEN, which has not been left untouched by the NMS-reform, and the associated co-existence of old and new curricula, ultimately manifests itself in corresponding ability-based, spatialised arrangements in the mainstream school. As we will discuss, our heuristic approach of relating spatial theory with an ableism-critical perspective proves to be a productive matrix for research on teaching and education policies - especially in relation to the (re)production of social inequality. Furthermore, this approach can help to empirically realise the claim formulated in the literature of disability studies to use Ableism as a profitable theoretical concept that goes beyond the investigation of the construction of dis/ability (e.g. Wolbring, 2012). References Buchner, T. (2021). On “integration rooms”, tough territories, and “places to be”: The ability-space-regimes of three educational settings at Austrian secondary schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1950975 Campbell, F. K. (2003). The great divide: Ableism and technologies of disability production [Doctoral dissertation, Queensland University of Technology]. Campbell, F. K. (2009). Contours of ableism: The production of disability and abledness. Palgrave Macmillan. Löw, M. (2006). The social construction of space and gender. European Journal of Women’s Studies, 13(2), 119–133. Massey, D. (2005). For space. SAGE. Wolbring, G. (2008). The politics of ableism. Development, 51(2), 252–258. Wolbring, G. (2012). Expanding ableism: Taking down the ghettoization of impact of disability studies scholars. Societies, 2(4), 75–83. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Policy Variance in the Four Home Nations of UK: the Case of Pupils with Additional Needs 1University Of Exeter, United Kingdom; 2Ulster University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:“In many areas of public life—including education—the UK [is] a federal state and in key respects had been for many years” (Furlong and Lunt, 2016, p.251). This paper sets out to demonstrate the differing policy approaches taken to the education and schooling practices of children with additional needs in the four home nations of the United Kingdom (UK). This is particularly timely given the upcoming UK general election. Each of the four home nations of the UK – England, Northern Ireland, Scotland, and Wales - have devolved power over education policy. There are, and have been, even prior to devolution, differences in policy in all aspects of education in the four nations (Booth, 1996; Furlong and Lunt, 2016; Knight et al. 2023). Examples of policy divergence include: the prevalence of grammar schools in Northern Ireland; the lack of publication of school performance data in Wales; different qualifications in Scotland; approaches to school autonomy in England. The concept of and policy around additional needs is of a particular interest as two of the home nations have policies to encompass “additional learning needs” (Wales) and “additional support needs” (Scotland). In this paper the term “pupils with Additional Needs” is used, in recognition of the different policy approaches to certain pupils taken in each of the home nations, but also to move discussion beyond a focus on children with special educational needs (SEN). “Additional needs” was used in the 2005 ‘Every Child Matters’ initiative in England (DSCF, 2009) to cover those who are protected by statutory education/care services and those on the edge of these services; this overlaps with the Scottish term “additional support needs” and Welsh term “additional learning needs”, and, in NI only, the term “additional educational needs”, used for those who may face additional barriers to education and learning, beyond SEN. This paper’s definition – pupils in each of the four nations of the UK who have educational needs beyond that of “normal/typical” children, which means additional educational provision is made for them. This paper will set out differences and similarities in policy, examining the legislation and statutory guidance of the different policies. It will report on a pilot which seeks to present how concepts such as “disability”; “additional needs”; “special educational needs” and “vulnerable children” are framed in the different parties manifestoes produced and publicised for the upcoming UK general election (expected by end of 2024). It will also describe a project under development to make use of data collection in each of the four home nations to describe the characteristics of this group of children and patterns in who they are and where they go to school. The first stage of the project will be to map what data are collected and collated by the departments of education in each of the jurisdictions. This will result in a comparison of the different policies and data and the impact these might have on the numbers of children labelled as having additional needs. Such analysis will afford unique opportunities to compare and contrast the impact of different policies on the inclusion and education of children with additional needs, beyond SEN. It will draw attention to the need to recognise (and critique) the assumption that English policy is synonymous with UK policy (Furlong and Lunt, 2016; Raffe et al 1999), and will help reposition the other home nations to a more central role in policy debate and research (Power, 2016). It will also be a model for ways of exploring other federal policy variation in international contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper will set out the background of a developing study, laying out the context of the study, and outlining its proposed methods. It will present the results of a pilot study which involves documentary analysis of UK political parties’ manifestoes (pending announcement of date of the UKs upcoming general election/publication of manifestoes.) The study under development aims to: • Compare and contrast policy documentation in each of the four home nations of the UK with regards to children with Additional Needs. • Map what data are collected with regards pupils with additional needs by departments responsible for education in each of the four home nations. A discussion of the proposed methods will be presented. These include: Documentary analysis of legislation and briefing papers in each context, building on work of Knight et al (2023) who undertook a critical policy analysis of how the four UK nations articulate and portray their inclusive education policies. The focus of our study will be on pupils with additional needs (rather than inclusion). The documentary analysis will include: identifying and analysing national legislation, policy documents and associated resources (Eg. National Assembly for Wales (2015) Research paper Special Educational Needs/ Additional Learning Needs; DfE (2015). SEND Code of Practice). A key word search for terms associated with additional needs – eg, needs, vulnerable, looked after children. The process is expected to be iterative – as polices are engaged with it is expected different groups of pupils with additional needs will be alluded to and named/examples given, which will in turn be searched for in other documents. This approach will be piloted on manifestoes published by political parties in the run up to 2024 general election – the process and findings of this will be presented at ECER if such documents are available at the time of conference. Desk-based exploration of the publicly available data in the four home nations. A mapping exercise will take place to understand what data is currently available online with regards children with additional needs. Interview conversations with representatives in the departments responsible for education/any data-gathering bodies in the 4 home nations, for example the Administrative Data Research Centre - Northern Ireland. These interviews will have two main foci – i/to explore the participants’ conceptualisations of pupils with additional needs; ii/to understand what data collected on such pupils. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper will be focused on giving the context and describing the methods of the proposed study, and will not be reporting on empirical data (unless the pilot study has been carried out). It will raise attention of the different policy contexts and approaches to education, and to pupils with additional needs taken in each of the home nations of the UK, establishing that education policy is not the same across the UK. It will highlight the need for exploration of educational issues at a level between country and region, particularly in similar federal systems. It may also form the basis for future comparative studies with regards children with additional needs. The study could also be the starting point for relational analysis (Power, 2016), helping establish “processes of interdependence and mutual influence” (p. 19) between the different nations. Discussion may also occur around the limitations of future comparative studies (Power, 2016), for example differences in scale which make simple comparisons unsound (to compare a country with a population of nearly 55 million with one of 3 million). Another limitation is the political context of each home nation and issues such as pressure on public services, including special schools. A brief report on the pilot study may be made, presenting how concepts such as “disability”; “additional needs”; “special educational needs” and “vulnerable children” are framed in the different parties’ manifestoes produced and publicised for the upcoming UK general election (expected by end of 2024). It is hoped it will lead to broader theoretical understandings of the inclusion/exclusion of children who may benefit from support, beyond the deficit lens adopted by some policy definitions of special educational needs (Knight et al., 2023). References •Booth, T.(1996).A perspective on inclusion from England. Cambridge Journal of Education,26(1),87-99. •DfE/DoH (2015). Special Educational Needs and Disability Code of Practice. DfE. •Furlong, J., & Lunt, I. (2016). Education in a Federal UK. Oxford Review of Education, 42(3), 249-252. •Knight, C., Conn, C., Crick, T., & Brooks, S. (2023). Divergences in the framing of inclusive education across the UK: a four nations critical policy analysis. Educational Review, 1-17. •National Assembly for Wales (2015) Research paper Special Educational Needs (SEN)/ Additional Learning Needs (ALN)). National Assembly for Wales •Power, S. (2016). The politics of education and the misrecognition of Wales. Oxford Review of Education, 42(3), 285-298. •Raffe, D., Brannen, K., Croxford, L., & Martin, C. (1999). Comparing England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland: the case for 'home internationals' in comparative research. Comparative Education, 35(1), 9-25. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 04 SES 11 E: Exploring Inclusive Data & Cases Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marcela Pozas Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Exploring Distinctive Dimensions of PAX Good Behavior Game Program Implementation: A Qualitative Cross-Case Analysis within the Estonian Educational Context Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Evidence suggests that school-based Social-Emotional Learning (SEL) programs have a positive impact on both children's academic and social-emotional skills (Corcoran et al., 2011; Durlak et al., 2011; Cipriano et al. 2023). These programs, particularly, prove highly beneficial for students at risk of educational setbacks (Jones et al., 2011), and have proven an effective tool for inclusive education (Mitchell & Sutherland, 2020). Notably, the impact of these programs is intrinsically tied to the quality of their implementation by educators (i.e. program implementation fidelity, Durlak & Dupre, 2008; Humphrey et al., 2018). Despite extensive research identifying teacher and school context-related factors that influence the quality of SEL program implementation (Domitrovich et al., 2008; Durlak & Dupre, 2008; Kam et al., 2003), a consensus on which contextual factors are most pivotal or warrant the greatest emphasis remains elusive. Achieving such clarity is essential for addressing these factors with a concerted and informed approach, thus creating a more supportive context for implementing SEL programs effectively within schools and today’s inclusive reality. In 2023, Ulla and Poom-Valickis (2023) published a systematic review and identified four categories of contextual factors that can influence implementation quality: program support, school, teacher, and student level factors. Their analysis focused on the relative importance of these factors and found that the most frequent statistically significant factors included modeling activities during coaching and teacher-coach working relationship. The PAX Good Behavior Game (PAX GBG, Embry et al.., 2003) is an evidence-based prevention program implemented by teachers on the classroom level, which has been recognized by the Wallace Foundation as one of 33 leading SEL programs (Jones et al., 2021). PAX GBG is an SEL program implemented worldwide (Australia, Estonia, Ireland, Sweden, United States). The current study takes on a qualitative approach and focuses on two distinct groups of teachers, categorized by the level of implementation quality (fidelity) of PAX GBG as assessed through an observer-rated checklist over the course of the school year in Estonia. The cases under examination consist of teachers with high fidelity and low fidelity in implementing the PAX Good Behavior Game. Those cases were selected to investigate the conditions and experiences that shape a context, determining varying degrees of positive impact on children within an inclusive classroom setting. Given that previous research exploring contextual factors influencing the quality implementation of evidence-based SEL programs has predominantly been quantitative in nature (Ulla & Poom-Valickis, 2023), the qualitative cross-case study aims to elucidate, validate, or challenge the theoretical assumptions advanced in prior research, to determine the relevant conditions for carrying out inclusion through this classroom level toolkit that is utilized worldwide. The study thus seeks to add to the discussion about the relevance and conceptualization of SEL program implementation quality (Berkel et al., 2011; Dane & Schneider, 1998; Durlak, 2016) and the teacher and school related factors that may contribute to that (Domitrovich et al., 2008; Durlak & DuPre, 2008).
Research questions: RQ1: What are the characteristics of high and low fidelity cases? RQ2: In what ways do the high and low fidelity cases differ in terms of their implementation experience (including contextual factors), and how do these differences contribute to variations in the quality of implementation of the PAX Good Behavior Game program? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sampling and data collection: In the academic year 2022/2023, all teachers participating in the PAX Good Behavior Game implementation cohort in Estonia were extended an invitation to partake in this study. The invitation requested their consent for the research team to access their implementation quality (fidelity) observation data, resulting in a potential sample of 129 eligible teachers. Remarkably, 28 teachers (constituting 22% of the population) consented to participate. To establish a selection criterion, all 129 teachers were quantitatively ranked based on their fidelity scores, derived from the observational scoring sheets, from highest (score=6.00) to lowest fidelity (score=-4,45). Subsequently, a final sample of 7 teachers was chosen, representing the top 33.33 percentile of implementation quality ranking, with scores ranging from 4.51 to 5.85. Additionally, 7 teachers were selected from the lower 20 percentile of implementation fidelity, where scores ranged from -1.00 to -2.1. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with all 14 teachers to capture their perspectives and insights on their implementation experiences. The interviews are analyzed using Qualitative Cross-Case analysis method (Miles & Huberman, 1994), as it allows to examine the similarities and differences across cases to reinforce validity, support generalizability, and promote theoretical predictions. The analysis is currently ongoing and will be finished by the time of the presentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings will either validate or refute the hypotheses derived at through previous quantitative studies (Ulla & Poom-Valickis, 2023), namely that certain contextual characteristics, such as teacher-coach alliance or modeling of program activities are related to higher quality program implementation. As Proctor et al (2011) have stated: "Qualitative data, reflecting language used by various stakeholders as they think and talk about implementation processes, is important for validating implementation outcome constructs." The results of the current study may, thus, elucidate teachers' professional development choices or personal values that may predict a high or low fidelity program implementation process. Such factors may have not been previously operationalized or hypothesized in the quantitative study designs prevalent in the current literature. The results should offer a more profound understanding of teachers' SEL program implementation experiences that could lead to more quality inclusion of students in the classroom. References Cipriano, C., et al. (2023). The state of evidence for social and emotional learning: A contemporary meta-analysis of universal school-based SEL interventions. Child Development, 94(5), 1181-1204. Corcoran, R.P., Cheung, A.C.K., Kim, E., & Xie, C. (2017). Effective universal school-based social and emotional learning programs for improving academic achievement: A systematic review and meta-analysis of 50 years of research. Educational Research Review, 56-72. Domitrovich, C. E., et al. (2008). Maximizing the implementation quality of evidence-based preventive interventions in schools: A conceptual framework. Advances in School Mental Health Promotion, 1(3), 6–28. Embry, D., Staatemeier, G., Richardson, C., Lauger, K., & Mitich, J. (2003). The PAX good behavior game (1st edn). Center City, MN: Hazelden. Durlak, J.A., Dupre , E.P. (2008). Implementation Matters: A Review of Research on the Influence of Implementation on Program Outcomes and the Factors Affecting Implementation. American Journal of Community Psychology, 31, 327-350. Durlak, J.A., et al. (2011). The impact of enhancing students’ social and emotional learning: A meta-analysis of school-based universal interventions. Child Development, 82, 405-432. Humphrey, N., Barlow, A., & Lendrum, A. (2018). Quality Matters: Implementation Moderates Student Outcomes in the PATHS Curriculum. Prevention Science, 19, 197-208. Jones, S.M., Brown, J.L., & Aber, J.L. (2011). Two-Year Impacts of a Universal School-Based Social-Emotional and Literacy Intervention: An Experiment in Translational Developmental Research. Child Development 28(2), 533-554. Jones, S.M., et al. (2021). Navigating SEL from the Inside Out. Looking Inside and Across 33 Leading SEL Programs: A Practical Resource for Schools and OST Providers. Preschool & Elementary Focus. Revised & Expanded Second Edition. Kam, C-M., Greenberg, M., & Walls, C.T. (2003). Examining the Role of Implementation Quality in School-Based Prevention Using the PATHS Curriculum. Prevention Science, 4(1), 55-63. Miles, M.B., & Huberman, A.M. (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis. Second Edition. SAGE publications. Mitchell, D., & Sutherland, D. (2020) What Really Works in Special and Inclusive Education : Using Evidence-Based Teaching Strategies. Third Edition. Taylor & Francis Group. Proctor, E., et al. (2011). Outcomes for implementation research: Conceptual distinctions, measurement challenges, and reserch agenda. Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research, 38, 65–76. Ulla, T. & Poom-Valickis, K. (2023a). Program support matters: A systematic review on teacher- and school related contextual factors facilitating the implementation of social-emotional learning programs. Frontiers in Education. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teachers’ Use of Learning Management Systems to Differentiate Instruction: A Mixed-Methods Study Humboldt-Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:The presumed uncertainty in current education derives from a variety of recent changes and challenges in the educational sector. Therefore, it seems necessary to address these challenges in combination rather than viewing them as separate topics. Two of the current issues contributing to complexity arise from (1) a growing heterogeneity of students and (2) the increasing digitalization of the education system. The aim of this research is to combine these fields by analyzing teachers’ use of learning management systems to differentiate instruction through a mixed methods approach. With the increasingly diverse student population in schools, the establishment of inclusive classrooms has become a top international policy priority, emphasizing “concepts of efficiency, effectiveness, equity, and inclusion as a means of ensuring quality education for all” (Watkins, 2017, p. 1). In the sense of a broader understanding of inclusion that celebrates the diversity of all learners (ibid.), schools must become “more responsive to children with a diverse range of abilities, cultures, gender, religions, and other situations and issues that present in the classroom” (Loreman, 2017, p. 2). Differentiated instruction (DI) is considered as vehicle to achieve inclusive education that aims to meet students’ individual learning needs by maximizing learning opportunities. DI is defined as the intentional, systematically planned and reflected practices that enable teachers to meet the needs of all learners in heterogeneous classrooms (Letzel et al., 2020). Teachers can implement DI through a variety of instructional activities or didactical strategies such as, tiered assignments, student grouping, tutoring systems, staggered nonverbal material learning aids such as checklists, mastery learning and forms of open education like station-based work, interest-based centers, project-based learning, or portfolios. Digital technologies, such as learning management systems (LMS), have the potential to improve, facilitate and support teachers in differentiating their instruction to the various learning needs of students (Cha & Ahn, 2014; Edmunds & Hartnett, 2014). LMS serve as digital communication platforms supporting processes of teaching and learning by providing and organizing learning material, offering direct and indirect forms of online communication, allowing for data-based diagnostics and assessment as well as personalized and cooperative learning (Brägger & Koch, 2021). LMS, if used sensibly, can foster an inclusive, effective learning environments and fuel processes of school and classroom. LMS, as a basic educational infrastructure, have a long history and thus a more prevalent use in universities than schools. However, literature on the application of digital technologies and resources for DI in general education settings appear to be on the rise. Considering the potential that LMS can have to support the differentiating of teaching, there has been multiple literature outputs that serve as guidelines or practical examples for teachers (Cha & Ahn, 2014; Palahicky, 2015). Furthermore, empirical studies have also been undertaken to explore how LMS fosters the establishment of student-centered learning environment (Edmunds & Hartnett, 2014) and support the differentiation of instruction (Vargas-Parra et al., 2018). Despite this body of scientific literature, there is still little research that focuses on investigating the specific differentiation practices that teachers use within online learning environments such as LMS (Beck & Beasley, 2021). Against this background, the present study tackles this research gap and aims to examine how distinct DI practices are applied using LMS. The research question guiding this study is: Which DI practices do teachers apply within LMS and how often? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the purpose of the study, a mixed-methods concurrent single-phase design, where both quantitative and qualitative data were simultaneously collected, was implemented (Creswell & Zhang, 2009). A total of 223 primary and secondary school teachers (62% female; mean age = 47.46 years; mean teaching experience = 17.10 years) participated in the study. The participants completed a voluntary online survey, which took approximately 15 to 20 minutes. Data were collected from February till April 2023. To quantitatively measure teachers’ differentiated practice using LMS, a questionnaire was developed based on the DI taxonomy by Pozas & Schneider (2019): tiered assignments, intentional composition of student groups, tutoring systems, staggered nonverbal learning aids, mastery learning and open education. The items could be responded by teachers using a 4-point Likert scale (1 = rarely to 4 = frequently). Qualitative data was collected through the following open-ended question: Could you please provide examples of how you have implemented differentiated instruction through the use of LMS? Quantitative data was analyzed using SPSS 27, whereas teachers’ (open) responses were analyzed using MAXQDA and following qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz (2018). The tests of within-subject effects showed significant variations within the single use of DI practices in LMS, F(6.84,1217.07) = 14.95, p < 0.001, partial η2 = 0.08. In detail, teachers use LMS to differentiate their instruction predominantly using open education, tiered assignments (according to the difficulty of complexity level and differences in the task representation) as well as student grouping (e.g. cooperative learning). In contrast, teachers hardly differentiate their instruction by means of tutoring systems within LMS. However, when observing the overall means of the single DI practices, it becomes evident that teachers rarely differentiate their instruction in LMS. Qualitative data analysis was performed by using a category system following a deductive approach based on the six DI categories (Pozas & Schneider, 2019) as well as an inductive approach through data material. A total of 113 content units were coded from the material. After coding 25% by three individual researchers and reflecting upon the categories together, an inter-rater agreement of .88 (Cohen’s Kappa) was achieved. For the category of open education, a total of 72 codes segments were revealed. This category is followed by tiered assignments with 25 codes segments. For the case of tutoring systems, no segments were revealed for this category. Thus, the results from the qualitative analyses appear to confirm the quantitative results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Evidence from both studies reveal a similar trend, teachers use LMS to mainly differentiate their instruction using open education, tiered assignments and cooperative learning. In detail, the qualitative data shows that through the use of LMS teachers are able to open their instruction by establishing project-based learning, station learning, weekly plans and foster students’ autonomy. Moreover, through LMS, teachers can provide additional material and activities to students or design tasks with different complexity level. However, it is also clear that both studies in combination reveal that teachers hold a rather low variance of DI practices and rarely make use of LMS for differentiation purposes. This becomes even more interesting given the fact that teachers report that LMS provides more flexibilization of teaching and design in a differentiated manner. Results are further consistent with previous research that show that teachers mainly differentiate their instruction by means of tiered assignments (Smit & Humpert, 2012) and open education (Letzel & Otto, 2019) and have a low implementation of DI (Pozas et al., 2020). However, compared to studies were DI is implemented in an analog manner, it is clear there is a big room for improvement in digital learning environments. Given that DI is already a complex teaching task (Van Geel et al., 2019), it could be possible that teachers consider differentiating using LMS as even more challenging (Pozas et al., 2022). Thus, the results from this study not only serve as a basis for understanding teachers’ use of LMS for DI, but it also provides insights into the specific needs for professional development of teachers. In order for digital technologies and resources such as LMS to be able to support the academic outcomes of all students, it is imperative that teachers are able to use it effectively. References Beck, D. & Beasley, J. (2021). Identifying the differentiation practices of virtual school teachers. Education and Information Technologies, 26, 2191–2205. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-020-10332-y Brägger, G. & Koch, F. (2021). Potenziale von Lern- und Arbeitsplattformen für die Unterrichtsentwicklung [Potentials of learning and working platforms for teaching development]. In G. Brägger & H.-G. Rolff (Eds.), Pädagogik. Handbuch Lernen mit digitalen Medien [Pedagogy. Handbook on Learning with Digital Media] (p. 130–164). Beltz. Cha, H. J., & Ahn, M. L. (2014). Development of design guidelines for tools to promote differentiated instruction in classroom teaching. Asia Pacific Education Review, 15, 511-523. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-014-9337-6 Creswell, J. & Zhang, W. (2009). The application of Mixed Methods Designs to trauma research. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22(6), 612-621. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.20479 Edmunds, B., & Hartnett, M. (2014). Using a learning management system to personalise learning for primary school students. Journal of Open, Flexible and Distance Learning, 18(1), 11-29. Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Auflage). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Letzel, V., & Otto, J. (2019). Differentiated instruction and its concrete implementation in school practice—a qualitative study. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 9, 375-393. Loreman, T. (2017). Pedagogy for Inclusive Education. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Palahicky, S. (2015). Utilizing learning management system (LMS) tools to achieve differentiated instruction. In Models for improving and optimizing online and blended learning in higher education (pp. 12-33). IGI Global. Pozas, M., Letzel, V., & Schneider, C. (2020). Teachers and differentiated instruction: exploring differentiation practices to address student diversity. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 20(3), 217-230. Pozas, M., Letzel-Alt, V. & Schwab, S. (2022). The effects of differentiated instruction on teachers' stress and job satisfaction. Teaching and Teacher Education, 122. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103962 Pozas, M. & Schneider, C. (2019). Shedding light into the convoluted terrain of differentiated instruction (DI): Proposal of a taxonomy of differentiated instruction in the heterogeneous classroom. Open Education Studies, (1), p. 73-90. https://doi.org/10.1515/edu-2019-0005 Smit, R., & Humpert, W. (2012). Differentiated instruction in small schools. Teaching and teacher education, 28(8), 1152-1162. van Geel, M., Keuning, T., Frèrejean, J., Dolmans, D., van Merriënboer, J., & Visscher, A. J. (2019). Capturing the complexity of differentiated instruction. School effectiveness and school improvement, 30(1), 51-67. Vargas-Parra, M. A., Rodríguez-Orejuela, J. A., & Herrera-Mosquera, L. (2018). Promotion of differentiated instruction through a virtual learning environment. Folios, (47), 165-177. Watkins, A. (2017). Inclusive Education and European Educational Policy. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Retrieved 9 Dec. 2021, from https://oxfordre.com/education/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.001.0001/acrefore-9780190264093-e-153. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Infra-Data: Exploring the Untapped Educational Evidence from the Global South 1University of Glasgow; 2Taleemabad Presenting Author:As we gear our collective efforts towards achieving the Sustainable Development Goals, the notion of 'missing data' in education recurs throughout, especially in the context of the Global South. We are often unaware of the learning situation in many resource-constrained settings even as global data regimes continue to proliferate. In response, this paper introduces the concept of 'infra-data', based on our practice in Pakistan, to identify the often-overlooked wealth of educational evidence that lies beneath the surface of traditional metrics for education. Drawing from theoretical frameworks like James C. Scott's 'hidden transcripts' and Aníbal Quijano's 'coloniality of knowledge', this study illuminates infra-data as a window into the 'unseen' yet impactful educational practices that emerge from localized knowledge, pedagogies, and ways of thinking. Infra-data would allow us to explore the epistemic frames in which these practices are encoded. Utilizing Shaffer’s quantitative ethnography, we dive into infra-data, providing a window into diverse pedagogical approaches across the Global South. In this research, we delve into the case of Siyani Sahelian Program by Idara-e-Taleem-o-Aagahi, a second chance education program on accelerated learning reaching 50 thousand out-of-school adolescent girls across Punjab, Pakistan. By analyzing secondary data from Siyani Sahelian program, we aim to shed light on the definition, measurement, and integration of learning impact from the learner communities. This approach not only offers insights specific to the Pakistani context but also contributes to a broader understanding by providing a comparative perspective on localized vs global mainstream education narratives and perspectives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach for this research is anchored in Shaffer's quantitative ethnography, which allows for a rich, data-driven understanding of educational contexts. We will apply this methodology to identify and analyze infra-data from a sample of 20,000 learners within the Siyani Sahelian program. This infra-data is not a mere collection of numbers; it is a rich tapestry that weaves together various educational elements into a holistic narrative directly from the learner communities. Within the scope of the Siyani Sahelian program, our analysis will delve into a diverse range of infra-data components. This includes: • Demographic Information Recognizing the heterogeneity of learner populations, our methodology incorporates a detailed examination of Demographic Information. This aspect of infra-data collection encompasses an array of variables, including age, gender, socio-economic status, language, cultural background, and geographical location. The customization of education based on demographic insights ensures that interventions are not only contextually relevant but also equitable and inclusive, thereby contributing to the overarching goal of educational equality. • Student Learning Outcomes Our infra-data framework emphasizes the critical importance of Student Learning Outcomes, expanding beyond the limitations of standardized testing to encompass a spectrum of qualitative and quantitative data. This includes, but is not limited to, classroom-based assessments, project-based learning evaluations, and progressive, informal feedback mechanisms that capture the evolving academic and practical skill mastery of students. • Perceptions and Attitudes Perceptions and Attitudes form a qualitative component of infra-data that captures the subjective experiences and levels of satisfaction among students, educators, and parents. Through tools such as surveys, structured interviews, and focus group discussions, this data illuminates stakeholders' views on the educational interventions they experience • Enrollment Data Enrollment Data provides quantitative measures of student engagement with educational interventions, functioning as a proxy for the relevance and effectiveness of these initiatives. This encompasses attendance records, participation in educational activities, interactions with digital content, and completion rates of courses or assignments. • Practice Data The infra-data component of Practice Data entails a comprehensive documentation of the implementation of educational interventions, detailing the pedagogical strategies, curriculum adaptations, instructional materials, teacher training, and the integration of technology in the teaching and learning processes. This exhaustive record provides an overarching view of the educational landscape, offering insights into the efficacy of different teaching approaches and the contextual factors that contribute to or hinder the success of educational initiatives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, we intend to explore the critical role of infra-data in enabling sustainable and meaningful education systems in the Global South. Infra-data stands as a vital resource in addressing specific challenges such as high out-of-school rates, gender disparities, and resource constraints prevalent in these regions. By embedding this data, deeply rooted in local contexts and practices, into educational policymaking, we can develop strategies that are not only informed by empirical evidence but also attuned to cultural and contextual nuances. This approach aligns closely with the aspirations of Sustainable Development Goal 4, emphasizing inclusive and equitable quality education. The integration of infra-data into educational planning and implementation promises to enrich the conceptual understanding of education in the Global South, leading to policies and practices that are truly inclusive and equitable. References UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS). (2020). The World Needs Almost 69 Million New Teachers to Reach the 2030 Education Goals. Scott, J. C. (1990). Domination and the Arts of Resistance: Hidden Transcripts. Yale University Press. Shaffer, D. W. (2017). Quantitative Ethnography. Cathcart Press. Quijano, A. (2000). Coloniality of Power and Eurocentrism in Latin America. International Sociology, 15(2), 215-232. https://doi.org/10.1177/0268580900015002005 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 06 SES 11 A: Adult Education and Open Learning Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jelena Joksimovic Paper Session |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Media Perceptions of Adult Education Practitioners – a Closer Look at a Neglected Framework for Professionalization Processes 1University of Paderborn, Germany; 2University of Cologne, Germany; 3Euro-FH University of Applied Sciences Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:Media and in particular digital media play an important role within the discussion unfold around the professionalization of practitioners in adult education as a heterogeneous target group (e.g. Rohs & Bolten 2017; Breitschwerdt et al. 2022). On one hand the focus of this debate is the identification of different necessary skills and knowledge resources adult educators have to develop in order to deal with the challenges and opportunities of a digital world. On the other hand, the research interest lies in the analysis of formal, but especially informal and non-formal learning processes in order to develop these skills and knowledge resources (ibid.). Looking at the documents of current EU education initiatives in this context (e.g. Council of the European Union 2021; European Commission 2020), digitalization is stylized as a turbulent, dark, and opaque sea in which adult education actors are called upon to navigate the European society as a global competitive player (Bellinger & Dehmel forthcoming – 2024). Consequently, adult education is an extremely heterogeneous field whose stakeholders can hardly be reduced to a common denominator, while at the same time European education policy attaches enormous strategic importance to it. Against this background, the associated professionalization processes of adult educators to acquire (digital) media related skills and knowledge resources become a very complex and simultaneously crucial element in order to ensure a successful “education in an age of uncertainty” in European society. While the discussion about the necessary media related skills has now progressed very far and has produced a variety of knowledge based on empirical research (e.g. Schmidt-Hertha et al. 2020), there is surprisingly still an important gap in the question of what “media” actually are from the perspective of adult educators. Of course, most – if not all! – studies on media related professionalization define a concrete concept of media from media theory on which the analysis is based on. However, this is always a procedure that is naturally made by researchers with a view on adult education practice and practitioners. As far as we know, there have been no studies yet that explicitly deal with the latent ideas and associations that practitioners in adult education themselves have towards the question what media can be. This question seems to be particularly important because these ideas and associations frame their specific efforts of media related professionalization and an in-depth analysis will help to understand them better. Our submission aims to fill this gap and will analyze excerpts from interviews with various planning and teaching adult education staff as further explained in the methods section. We deliberately base our study on a heterogeneous sample in order to do justice to the diversity of adult education. First, we will examine which latent perceptions and associations of the interviewed practitioners regarding the concept of media are concealed in the qualitative data material. Secondly, we reflect on our research results against the background of educational media theory. In doing so, we focus on theoretical deliberations that suggest a broader view on media beyond technologies as entities that decisively shape the way we perceive the world and how we relate to the world (Bettinger 2021). In the third step, we relate our media theoretical findings back to the discourse on media related professionalization in adult education and consider what significance they have with regard to a successful “education in an age of uncertainty” in perspective of EU adult education policy (e.g. Council of the European Union 2021; European Commission 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Against the background of this conceptual approach, we re-analyze a sample of 15 interviews with teaching and planning adult education staff from different institutions located in Germany. These interviews were conducted in the context of various studies on media related professionalization in general adult and continuing education as well as further vocational training contexts. The sample was selected in a way that it contains as different individual cases as possible and a maximum contrast within the data set is ensured. In an initial walk-through analysis, we describe these interviews and our first approximate insights towards the media term within. In a second in depth analysis step, we identify the most important segments related to our research interest and interpret them with the help of Objective Hermeneutics (Wernet 2013). In connection to this empirical approach, we understand the analyzed interviews as an expression of a specific social practice in which the adult education staff members reflect on their professional activities in and with (digital) media. In this view these documents become empirically accessible for our investigation (ibid.). We assume that there are certain latent orders and social attributions in the interviews concerning the conceptualization of media and their pre-structuring function for media related professionalization processes which are figured out in our analysis. Afterwards, we compare our findings on all interview analysis with each other and come to a final conclusion. As already mentioned, our submission reflects these outcomes with reference towards a broad media understanding from educational media theory (Bettinger 2021) and will relate them towards the imaginations of a media related EU adult education policy perspective (e.g. Council of the European Union 2021; European Commission 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our first look at the data material shows a focus on digital media among adult educators. Media perceptions are conceptualized as technical actors mostly, which at first seems to be reductive against the background of educational media theory (Bettinger 2021). However, a closer look reveals that media are described as a technically conceptualized space of opportunities that reorganizes human experiences. With focus on adult educational practices, it changes the relationships between teachers and learners and between learners and leaning objects. On a latent level of meaning, media in a sense of digital technologies are thus ascribed their own agency within adult educational practices by the interviewees. This perspective corresponds with the approaches of educational media theory (ibid.). At the same time, the interviews show attitudes that conceptualize digital technologies as a threat towards established teaching routines and reveal a negative and dismissive view. With reference to the perspective of EU adult educational policy on media related professionalization (Council of the European Union 2021; European Commission 2020; Redecker & Punie 2017) our findings show that media concepts have to be thought in a much broader way. It is not sufficient to understand them as neutral techniques in adult educational contexts for which operating skills and knowledge resources must be acquired. Our findings will show that it is important to include approaches to media education in the discourse unfold around media related professionalization that refer to a changing human mode in relating to a mediatized world (e.g. Bettinger 2021). This approach is a significant and at the same time necessary expansion of the economically orientated and functionalistic EU perspective. As our findings suggest, such a broader view is important to achieve a successful and sustainable adult "education in an age of uncertainty" – especially considering the fast development of digital media. References Bellinger, F., & Dehmel, L. (forthcoming – 2024). Europäische Bildungsinitiativen als Rahmen medienpädagogischer Professionalisierung. Rekonstruktive Analysen zum Medien(bildungs)begriff. In Bellinger, F., Thon, C., & Wischmann, A. (Eds.), Bildung in Europa. Perspektiven außerschulischer Bildung in, aus und durch Europa. Münster: Waxmann. Bettinger, P. (2021). Educational Perspectives on Mediality and Subjectivation. Introduction. In: Bettinger, P. (Eds.): Educational Perspectives on Mediality and Subjectivation. Discourse, Power and Analysis. Palgrave Macmillan, 1-19. Breitschwerdt, L., Beu, V., Egetenmeyer, R. & Grafe, S. (2022). Digital Media in Adult and Continuing Education in Germany. Excellence And Innovation In Learning And Teaching, 7(2), 5-22. Council of the European Union (2021). New European Agenda for Adult Learning 2021-2030. Online: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32021G1214%2801%29 [January 26, 2024]. European Commission (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027. Verfügbar unter: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52020DC0624 [January 26, 2024]. Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators. DigCompEdu. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the EU. Online: https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC107466 [January 26, 2024]. Rohs, M., & Bolten, R. (2017). Professionalization of adult educators for a digital world. An European perspective. European Journal of Education Studies, 3(4), 298-318. Schmidt-Hertha, B., Rott, K. J., Bolten, R. & Rohs, M. (2020). Messung medienpädagogischer Kompetenz von Lehrenden in der Weiterbildung. ZfW 43, 313–329. Wernet, A. (2013). Hermeneutics and Objective Hermeneutics. In: Flick, U. (Eds.): The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Data Analysis. London: SAGE Publications, 234-246. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Navigating Careers in a Virtual Realm: The Application of Virtual Reality in Guiding Adult Refugees University of Education Weingarten, Germany Presenting Author:The educational landscape has undergone fundamental changes in recent years due to the rapid development of digital technologies. One innovative technology gaining increasing importance in this context is Virtual Reality (VR) technology. With the capability to immerse learners in interactive learning environments, VR technology offers unique opportunities to expand and enrich traditional learning approaches (eg. Burdea & Coiffet, 2003; Butt, Kardong-Edgren & Ellertson, 2018; Herrington & Tacy, 2020). In the realm of career orientation, the study conducted by Spangenberger and Freytag (2020) suggests that the utilization of Virtual Reality (VR) technology can serve as a valuable complement, enhancing various facets of the career orientation process. This technology facilitates immersive and authentic experiences, offering participants profound insights into diverse professional domains. Moreover, VR technology establishes a secure environment for the evaluation of intricate tasks and scenarios, enabling individuals to assess their aptitude for technical and manual professions, as well as explore diverse career pathways. This is particularly beneficial for refugees who are not yet familiar with the German job market and available options. While the use of VR in educational and professional contexts has been extensively researched, the application of VR technology in literacy courses with a focus on career orientation has not been specifically addressed. In 2023, within the framework of the "Educational Year for Adult Refugees with Limited or No Language and Literacy Skills" (BEF Alpha) project, VR technology was introduced into the context of career orientation at two selected educational institutions. This implementation underwent scientific monitoring, and some of the findings will be presented in the upcoming session. BEF Alpha courses are designed to provide adult refugees in Germany, who have limited language skills, with the means to attain a solid understanding of the German language and acquire a foundational education necessary for successful integration into the society. This initiative is funded by BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education and Research) and involves a collaboration between the federal government and the state, and the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports of Baden-Wuerttemberg. The target group of BEF Alpha courses are refugees between the ages of 20 and 35. About half of the participants are either people who have not previously attended school, or they are only literate in their native language. BEF Alpha aims to provide the refugee participants with sustainable competencies to manage their integration into society and their entry into the workforce. In 35 weeks (28 lessons per week), participants receive literacy and language training, basic digital education, as well as everyday life skills and basic civics education, and career orientation (Koppel, 2020). The presentation centers on the domain of career orientation facilitated by Virtual Reality (VR) technology within the BEF Alpha program. The primary inquiry is framed as follows: "What success factors and design principles contribute to the proficient implementation of VR technology in adult career orientation, with a specific emphasis on literacy and basic education?" To address this query comprehensively, the presentation will commence with theoretical perspectives, followed by an exploration of practical insights derived from the 2023 implementation of VR technology within the BEF Alpha program. Specifically contextualizing within the realm of career orientation and emphasizing literacy and basic education, the presentation aims to identify and discuss key success conditions and design principles emerging from the utilization of VR technology. These insights are intended to shed light on how VR technology enhances engagement and effectiveness in the career orientation process for adult learners. Furthermore, the findings will offer valuable guidance for educators, policymakers, and practitioners seeking to integrate VR technology into similar educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of the presentation is to explore the success factors and design principles contributing to the effective implementation of Virtual Reality (VR) technology in adult career orientation, with a specific emphasis on literacy and basic education within the "Educational Year for Adult Refugees with Limited or No Language and Literacy Skills" (BEF Alpha) program. To achieve this, we employed a triangulation approach, combining course observations, interviews with instructors, and focus group sessions with course participants. The methodology involved a systematic combination of qualitative data methods to enhance the reliability and validity of our findings (Flick, 2018; Santos, Ribeiro, Queiroga, Silva & Ferreira, 2020; Carter, Bryant-Lukosius, DiCenso, Blythe & Neville, 2014). Course observations (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2017) provided insights into the practical application of VR technology in the classroom setting. Concurrently, problem-centered expert interviews (Döringer, 2021) with course instructors offered valuable perspectives on the planning, execution, and challenges encountered during the integration of VR into the curriculum. Exploring the learner experience, we conducted in-depth discussions through focus group sessions (Stewart & Shamdasani, 2015) with course participants, allowing us to gather nuanced insights into the impact of VR technology on their engagement and learning outcomes. The data analysis employed qualitative content analysis following the methodology outlined by Kuckartz and Rädiker (2023), assisted by Maxqda software (Rädiker & Kuckartz, 2020; Loxton, 2021). This systematic approach facilitated a comprehensive exploration of themes, patterns, and key insights derived from the triangulation of course observations, instructor interviews, and participant focus group sessions. By employing qualitative content analysis, our aim was to uncover nuanced perspectives, identify emerging themes, and draw meaningful conclusions regarding the success conditions and design principles influencing the effective use of VR technology in adult career orientation, specifically within the context of literacy and basic education in the BEF Alpha program. This triangulation of data sources contributed to a holistic understanding of the implementation of VR technology in adult education, providing a well-rounded perspective that enhances the robustness of our findings and recommendations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, this presentation delves into the transformative potential of Virtual Reality (VR)-supported career orientation within the "Educational Year for Adult Refugees with Limited or No Language and Literacy Skills" (BEF Alpha) program, guided by the research question: "What are the success factors and design principles contributing to the effective implementation of VR technology in adult career orientation, with an emphasis on literacy and basic education?" The study highlights the profound assistance VR technology offers participants in their orientation process but emphasizes the necessity of a nuanced, multifaceted approach for successful implementation. Conducive conditions, including financial allocations for high-quality VR headsets and tailored software addressing linguistic and content-related needs, are crucial for effective VR-supported career guidance. Advocating for structured and accessible VR application formats to support instructor preparation, the presentation underscores the pivotal role of educational institutions. It emphasizes the need for targeted training extending beyond technical skills to encompass pedagogical concepts for meaningful integration into career orientation instruction. Continuous monitoring and feedback collection emerge as paramount, offering dynamic mechanisms for identifying strengths and weaknesses, facilitating ongoing improvements, and fostering a lively exchange of innovative ideas, experiences, and desires among stakeholders. In summary, the research provides substantial insights into challenges, opportunities, and success conditions related to VR technology integration in BEF Alpha courses. By considering these conditions, educational institutions and instructors can enhance the efficacy of this innovative teaching method. The incorporation of VR headsets in literacy and basic education courses not only transforms knowledge transfer but also signals a forward-looking approach, enabling personalized career orientation in the digital age. References Burdea, G. C. & Coiffet, P. (2003). Virtual Reality Technology. (2. ed.). Wiley. Butt, A. L., Kardong-Edgren, S. & Ellertson, A. (2018). Using Game-Based Virtual Reality with Haptics for Skill Acquisition. Clinical Simulation in Nursing, 16, 25–32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecns.2017.09.010. Carter, N., Bryant-Lukosius, D., DiCenso, A., Blythe, J. & Neville, A. J. (2014). The use of triangulation in qualitative research. Oncol Nurs Forum. 2014 Sep;41(5):545-7. doi: 10.1188/14.ONF.545-547. PMID: 25158659. Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2017). Observation. In Research methods in education (pp. 542-562). Routledge. Döringer, S. (2021). ‘The problem-centred expert interview’. Combining qualitative interviewing approaches for investigating implicit expert knowledge. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 24(3), 265-278. Flick, U. (2018). Triangulation in data collection. The SAGE handbook of qualitative data collection, 527-544. Herrington, A. & Tacy, J. (2020). Crossing the Power Line: Using Virtual Simulation to Pre-pare the First Responders of Utility Linemen. Informatics, 7(3), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.3390/informatics7030026. Koppel, I. (2020). Global citizenship education in adult learning and education. Addressing learning needs of migrants: Lessons from the BEF Alpha Scheme (Germany). Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software. SAGE. Loxton, M. H. (2021). Analyzing focus groups with MAXQDA. MAXQDA Press. Rädiker, S. & Kuckartz, U. (2020). Focused analysis of qualitative interviews with MAXQDA: Step by step. https://www.maxqda-press.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/978-3-948768072.pdf. Santos, K. D. S., Ribeiro, M. C., Queiroga, D. E. U. D., Silva, I. A. P. D. & Ferreira, S. M. S. (2020). The use of multiple triangulations as a validation strategy in a qualitative study. Ciencia & saude coletiva, 25, 655-664. https://doi.org/10.1590/1413-81232020252.12302018. Spangenberger, P. & Freytag, S. C. (2020). Career Choice of Adolescents: Can occupational VR 360-degree Videos Facilitate Job Interest? In CSEDU (1) (pp. 552-558). Stewart, D. W. & Shamdasani, P. N. (2015). Focus groups: Theory and practice. Sage publications. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Implementing an Open Learning Center for All. A Case-Study Focussing Challenges for Professionals in Adult Education. Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany Presenting Author:As researchers in the field of media education and adult education, we were invited to support the implementation process of a local open learning centre for all - called DoLE. The aim was to support the implementation process actively with our educational expertise in self-directed learning (Faulstich & Grell 2005) and to gain reliable insights through evaluation. Therefore, we followed an action research approach. The local "Volkshochschule" (a traditional, non-commercial adult education organisation providing adult education in all regions of Germany) was in charge of the process; three academic staff members were part of the board and our core group. The board engaged ten new learning coaches paid on an honorarium for the work with the learning community. The qualification plan and process for the learning coaches to support open learning Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participatory action research, case study Data collection: Field observation, notes and memos of all meetings with the board, 3-hour workshop including group discussion and creative expressions (Grell 2013) with learning coaches Data analysis/interpretation: thematic analysis (Brau & Clarke 2019, 2021) The "case workshop" used for data collection in the DOLE project is a variation of the "research-based learning workshop" (Grell 2005, 2013), which was developed as a participatory research instrument for educational research in the "Self-directed learning and social milieus" project (Faulstich/Grell 2005). This form of participatory data collection uses visual stimuli (picture cards, collages) in addition to various forms of verbal expression (oral language and writing) in order to depict the most complex structural relationships and decision-making processes possible. The research-based learning workshop consists of: 1. opening phase and work agreement, 2. picture card round for thematic introduction, 3. group discussion, 4. metaplan cards for situation analysis, 5. collage creation in groups and guided discussion of the collages in the whole group, 6. final agreement and data release. The workshop is recorded (audio or video), the objects created are analysed together in the workshop and systematically evaluated afterwards. Adjustments were made in particular with regard to the intended target group (learning guides) and the time frame (shortened workshop duration: three hours). To contrast the findings, the identified "themes" from the case workshop, the minutes and memos from the project meetings were also evaluated in terms of content using the "thematic analysis". Seven 60- to 90-minute project meetings were held with the project team, in which current challenges of the project were discussed with the scientific support team. The minutes document the challenges mentioned by the team in each case. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We were able to bundle the results of the case workshop with the learning coaches into six key "themes": Theme 1: Positive (self-)image, Theme 2: Tenacity, Theme 3: Reactivity, Theme 4: Project not tangible, - Theme 5: Individual interaction, Theme 6: Communication and negotiation. The theme "tenacity" summarises statements in which the project or individual processes in the project are described as laborious, lengthy or initiated but not completed. It is mentioned in passing that a lack of feedback on completed work assignments also contributes to this issue. "Having this patience also pushed me to my limits at times." (FW, item 103) Confronting the results of the analysis of the learning coaches' perspective with the board's perspectives leads to further insights in this case study. The themes of "tenacity" and "intangible" are cross-cutting issues that extend beyond all level. Factors outside have an impact. In this respect, the tenacity of implementation was not the responsibility of just one group of actors. However, there was the expectation that the tenacity could be overcome through (better) interventions. The findings available in adult education on the discussion about the "change in learning culture" (Arnold/Schüßler 1998, Schüßler/Thurnes 2005) and the question of how framework conditions can be created that can support the design of regional transformation processes (Schüßler 2016, Dörner et al. 2016) can provide good impulses for understanding this. To clarify the theme of "non-tangible," the discourses of adult education on learning culture change can be fruitful. There was a constant desire from multipliers to be told what they or learners could "do" in the centre. The desire for transparent offer formats conveys the need to overcome the open situation's vagueness and uncertainty. References Arnold, R./Schüßler, I. (1998): Wandel der Lernkulturen. Ideen und Bausteine für ein lebendiges Lernen. Darmstadt. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern‐based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and Psychotherapy Research, 21(1), 37–47. https://doi.org/10.1002/capr.12360 Dresing, T., & Pehl, T. (2013). Praxisbuch interview, Transkription & Analyse. Anleitungen und Regelsysteme für qualitativ Forschende, 5, 813-829 Dyrna, J., Riedel, J., Schulze-Achatz, S., & Köhler, T. (Hrsg.). (2021). Selbstgesteuertes Lernen in der beruflichen Weiterbildung. Ein Handbuch für Theorie und Praxis. Waxmann Verlag GmbH. Faulstich, P., & Grell, P. (2005). Die „Forschende Lernwerkstatt“. Zum Umgang mit Lernwiderständen. In S. Dietrich & M. Herr (Hrsg.), Support für neue Lehr- und Lernkulturen. (S. 115–132). W. Bertelsmann Grell, P. (2013). Forschende Lernwerkstatt. In B. Friebertshäuser & A. Prengel (Hrsg.), Handbuch qualitative Forschungsmethoden in der Erziehungswissenschaft (4. Aufl., S. 887–896). München: Juventa Schüßler, Ingeborg (2016) Lernkulturen in Transformationsgesellschaften. Paradoxien, Herausforderungen und Gestaltungsoptionen. In: Dörner, Olaf; Iller, Carola; Pätzold, Henning; Roback, Steffi (Hrsg.): Differente Lernkulturen – regional, national, transnational. Opladen, S. 15-26. Schüßler, Ingeborg; Thurnes, Christian M.(2005): Lernkulturen in der Weiterbildung |
13:45 - 15:15 | 07 SES 11 A: In/exclusion, Migration and Sustainability (Joint Special Call NW 04, 07, 30) Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Evaluation of a Mentoring Programme to Prevent Early School Leaving 1Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary; 2University of Pécs, Hungary Presenting Author:The European Commission (2020a) and the Council of the European Union (2021) recommend that promoting quality and inclusive education and combating early school leaving will remain a priority in education and training in the coming years and decades. The new strategic framework calls for reducing the early school leaving rate to below 9% at EU level by 2030. According to Eurostat data (2023), the average rate in the EU in 2022 was 9.6%, compared to 12.4% in Hungary. However, the average rate varies significantly by region and ethnicity, almost doubling in rural areas of the country and with the rate of early school leavers among Roma youth being several times higher than in the majority population. According to research (Bocsi et al.), the early school leaving rate among Roma youth is 65%, which is worse than the European average. In the EU, 44% of Roma pupils are in segregated education. 28% of Roma young people have completed upper secondary education, compared to 83.5% in the majority population (European Commission 2020b). Education, the attainment of at least upper secondary education, has an impact on life chances, with a number of studies showing a link between employment and health and well-being and early school leaving (Gitschthaler & Nairz-Wirth, 2018). Hungarian research (Paksi et al. 2023) describes the causes of early school leaving in harmony with international studies. In Hungary school factors play only a minor role in preventing early school leaving, with individual characteristics and family background factors being the most important determinants of early school leaving. Hungary is consistently among the countries with the highest explanatory power of the SES index in student performance (OECD 2019). Success in entering and progressing to secondary school, and thus preventing early school leaving, depends on informed career choices, which are often lacking for young people of lower social status and Roma youth (Bereményi, 2022). Intersectionality is a perpetual situation in which multiple categories of inequality interacting with each other manifest as a new social category, in which the causes of oppression cannot be separated (Asumah-Nagel, 2014). It is characterised by being situated, with factors of social division interacting continuously and their significance strongly dependent on context (place and time) (Yuval-Davis, 2015). According to Howard and Vajda (2017), the most persistent forms of group-based disadvantage are linked to identities of origin (minority), with one form of inequality promoting or deepening another. The devaluation of cultural identity is more likely to be associated with economic and territorial disadvantage, resulting in persistent intergenerational poverty. In Hungary too, social disadvantage and its complexity (school exclusion, settlement disadvantage), as well as belonging to the Roma community and the negative social prejudice associated with it, are the most frequently intertwined categories (Forray-Pálmainé Orsós, 2010). Our development programme was designed to increase the impact of school factors in preventing early school leaving, for the reasons outlined above. The focus of the four-year programme is to foster an inclusive learning environment (Varga, 2015) through targeted career guidance and close family contact with teachers and peer mentoring. The three main content dimensions of the programme are to develop the student's self-awareness and self-image, to foster parental involvement, and to learn about careers and related further education pathways. The mentoring programme targets one class in each of ten primary schools with a majority of Roma pupils and supports pupils from 6th grade for three years until they enter secondary school. The presentation will report on the first results of a research component accompanying the evaluation of the mentoring programme, the longitudinal student questionnaire. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Four student questionnaires will be carried out during the development. The questionnaires are comprehensive, i.e., they are completed by all students participating in the development. To ensure traceability, the questionnaires are provided with a student ID. The first data collection took place in September 2022 and the second in May 2023. A total of 130 pupils participated in these data collections. The presentation will analyse the results of these two questionnaires. In line with the objectives of the programme, the questionnaire-based student data collection is based on previous data collection (HBSC, ISCWeB, PISA, UNICEF) and measurement tools (Rosenberg Self-Assessment Scale, 10-point Connor-Davidson Resilience Scale, Cantril Ladder) and examines 6 dimensions and themes: 1. family, family support (family structure, number of siblings, parents' education and labour market status); 2. School well-being, school-classroom environment (climate, teacher support, bullying); 3. Student well-being, self-image, self-awareness, resilience; 4. Academic engagement, academic effort; 5. Vision, career orientation, further education; 6. Individual and family background characteristics (family financial situation, student's nationality, health status). Starting with the second data collection, we also measure satisfaction with development. The ethnicity of the students was measured in two ways, one based on the students' self-report and the other based on the teacher mentor's assessment. The student questionnaire data were combined with the student's semester and end-of-year grades by subject, as well as their grade point average. The research has an institutional research ethics licence, which details the information and rights of participants. All participants are involved in the development and research process with parental consent. The data was collected in a face-to-face format, with the assistance of the university's Roma students. The research questions are the following: How did students' self-concept change as a result of the intervention and how are these related to individual, family and school background factors? How did the intervention change students' goals for further education and how are these related to individual, family and school background factors? How did the intervention change the students' vision of their future and how are these related to individual, family and school background factors? Descriptive and multi-variable (correlation and regression) statistical methods were used to analyse the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Among the results, it can be highlighted that the students' goals for further education have changed significantly between the two measurements, and these are fully in line with parents' opinions and expectations. Compared to the first data collection, the proportion of those who were uncertain about their career goals decreased significantly, i.e., the majority of pupils are more aware of their further education. Among the possible learning paths, the proportion of those who chose a training leading to a secondary school leaving certificate has increased significantly. This is an important benefit for the programme, as the target group concerned tends to underestimate themselves and this is also a feature of teachers' attitudes towards them. As regards future work, students' perceptions of what is most important is that they love what they do, and perceptions of this changed significantly between the two study dates. It is important to highlight that students' perceptions of their future success were significantly lower in the second data collection, which needs further explanation. The result is intended to be explored through qualitative research. The hypothesis is that this may be due to a more realistic perception of their situation, which may also help them to set more realistic goals. The results so far have identified several (sub-)areas (teacher support, school climate, bullying, academic engagement, further learning, self-evaluation, resilience) that need improvement and support. Further analysis of the results of the second data collection will provide an opportunity to evaluate the development programme, monitor the development focus and adjust it where necessary. References Asumah, S. N.& Nagel, M. (2014). Preface, In: Asumah, S. N. Nagel, M. (szerk.). Diversity, Social Justice, and Inclusive Excellence – Transdisciplinary and Global Perspectives, New York, USA: State University of New York Press, Albany, 9-13. Bereményi, B. Á. (2022). Between choices and “going with the flow”. Career guidance and Roma young people in Hungary. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10775-022-09536-0 Bocsi V, Varga A, Fehérvári A. Chances of Early School Leaving—With Special Regard to the Impact of Roma Identity. Education Sciences. 2023; 13(5):483. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13050483 Cerna, L., Mezzanotte, C., Rutigliano, A., Brussino, O., Santiago, P., Borgonovi, F., Guthrie., C. (2021). “Promoting inclusive education for diverse societies: A conceptual framework”. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 260, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/94ab68c6-en Council of the European Union (2021). Council Recommendation of 12 March 2021 on Roma equality, inclusion and participation 2021/C 93/01 Eurostat (2023). https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Early_leavers_from_education_and_training European Commision (2020a). Europe 2020. A European strategy for smart, sustainable and inclusive growth https://ec.europa.eu/eu2020/pdf/COMPLET%20EN%20BARROSO%20%20%20007%20-%20Europe%202020%20-%20EN%20version.pdf European Commission (2020b). EU Roma strategic framework for equality, inclusion and participation for 2020 – 2030 https://commission.europa.eu/system/files/2021-01/eu_roma_strategic_framework_for_equality_inclusion_and_participation_for_2020_-_2030_0.pdf Forray, R. K., & Pálmainé Orsós, A. (2010). Hátrányos helyzetű vagy kulturális kisebbség–cigány programok. Educatio, 19(1), 75-87. Gitschthaler, M. & Nairz-Wirth, E. (2018). The individual and economic costs of early school leaving. In: Van Praag, L., Nouwen, W., Van Caudenberg, R., Clycq, N. & Timmerman, C. (szerk). Comparative Perspectives on Early School Leaving in the European Union. London: Routledge. 59-73. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315170404-5 Howard, J. – Vajda, V. (2017). Navigating Power and Intersectionality to Address Inequality. IDS Working Paper, 504. OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed, Paris: OECD Paksi B, Széll K, Fehérvári A. (2023). Empirical Testing of a Multidimensional Model of School Dropout Risk. Social Sciences, 12(2): 50. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci12020050 Varga, A. (2015). The theory and practice of inclusion. Pécs, Magyarország : Pécsi Tudományegyetem Bölcsészet- és Társadalomtudományi Kar Neveléstudományi Intézet (2015) , 209 p. Yuval-Davis, N. (2015). Situated Intersectionality and Social Inequality. Raisons politiques, 58, 91–100. https://doi.org/10.3917/rai.058.0091 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper How do Student Teachers Perceive Education for Sustainable Development and Intercultural Education? Initial Findings from a Survey Conducted in Germany RPTU Rheinland-Pfälzische, Germany Presenting Author:Sustainable development and societal approaches to migration-related diversity are crucial for shaping our future. Various education policy documents at the international and national level address this challenge, including those of the UNESCO (2006, 2020), KMK/BMZ (2016) and KMK (2013). Additionally, several pedagogical concepts have emerged within the context of education for sustainable development (ESD) and intercultural education that are based on different societal views and goals. Approaches to intercultural education in German-speaking countries range from "assimilation/foreigner pedagogy" to "classical intercultural pedagogy", and more recent approaches include migration pedagogy, intercultural pedagogy of belonging and intersectional post-migration and postcolonial approaches (Nohl 2014; Allemann-Ghionda 2009). In the context of the environment and sustainability, ESD has replaced traditional environmental education and includes key aspects of global learning (Gräsel 2018). However, the understanding of sustainability (strong and weak sustainability) and the concept of ESD varies (Sinakou/Boeve-de Pauw/Van Petegem 2019; Vare/Scott 2007). As teachers are regarded as “change agents” for developing awareness of sustainability, intercultural aspects and racism in schools in pluralistic societies (Koskela/Kärkkäinen 2021; Leeman/van Koeven 2019), teacher training increasingly emphasizes ESD and intercultural education. However, although sustainability and migration-related diversity are seen as central cross-cutting issues within the German school system (KMK/BMZ 2016; KMK 2013), they are rarely discussed together. The few discussions on both issues focus on social sustainability (Garcia-Arias/Corbetta/Baronnet 2023; Lasonen 2009), which ignores the interplay between social, economic and ecological sustainability, as conceptualised under "weak" and "strong" sustainability. This is not only the case in Germany, but also internationally (Catarci 2021; Pusch 2023a). Consequently, it is not surprising that these two future-oriented educational focuses are seldom considered together and linked in teacher education. This paper explores the perspectives of student teachers at the University of Kaiserslautern-Landau (RPTU) on sustainable development and ESD, migration and intercultural education. The presentation is divided into six sections, beginning with a brief introduction, followed by an outline of the relevant ESD concepts (Section 1) and approaches to intercultural education (Section 2) in the German discourse. Section 3 summarises the current state of research on ESD and intercultural education in teacher education in Germany and relates it to findings from international comparative studies. In this context, the paper highlights the lack of consideration of these two cross-cutting issues together. Building upon this background, Section 4 presents the research question, outlines the study design and explains the methodology. Section 5 presents the preliminary research findings, which form the main body of the proposed paper. Finally, Section 6 provides a brief summary and outlook. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of the proposed paper is based on an online survey conducted with student teachers at the University of Kaiserslautern-Landau. The survey is part of a larger study called "Towards an intercultural ESD: Approaches for future-oriented teacher training". The first sub-project, which is the focus of the presentation, consists of an online survey investigating the knowledge and perspectives of student teachers on ESD and intercultural education. The survey will consist of 32 open and closed questions/items and will be conducted at the beginning of the summer semester in 2024 using the web application SoSci Survey. All student teachers (around 5,000) in the 96 teacher education programmes at the University of Kaiserslautern-Landau will receive an invitation to participate via the university's internal mailing list. With an anticipated participation rate of 20 to 30 percent, we will gain insights into the attitudes of 1,000 to 1,500 students with regard to ESD and intercultural education as well as the meeting point where ESD and IC intersect. The questionnaire is divided into four thematic blocks: (1) personal information and field of study, (2) student teachers' understanding of sustainable development and ESD, (3) student teachers' attitudes towards migration-related diversity and intercultural education and (4) student teachers' knowledge and attitudes related to ESD and intercultural education. The questions in Blocks 1 to 3 are based on previous quantitative studies, namely Grund/Brock 2018, 2022; Brock/Grund 2018; Merten/Yildirim/Keller 2014; and Funk 2017. The questions in Block 4 are based on the preliminary research results of two qualitative pilot studies (Pusch 2021, 2023a) and a small survey on ESD in extracurricular education programmes (Pusch 2023 b). The collected data will be analysed using descriptive statistics, specifically frequencies and cross-tabulations with the IBM SPSS Statistics software platform. Group discussions with student teachers will provide the empirical foundation for the second sub-project, which aims to reconstruct the interconnected realms of student teachers’ experience related to ESD and the migration society using the documentary method (Bohnsack 2021). Drawing on the empirical findings from the first two sub-projects, the aim of the third sub-project is to develop potential areas for future-oriented teacher training related to ESD and the migration society. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The online survey aims to provide new insights into the nexus of ESD, intercultural education and teacher education, an area that has not been extensively explored yet. We hope to gain a statistical overview of the attitudes and knowledge of student teachers related to ESD and intercultural education. With these findings, we aim to contribute to the development of multidimensional and forward-looking teacher education in the light of the climate crisis and of the growing intercultural challenges in pluralistic societies arising from increasing migration-related diversity. References Allemann-Ghionda, C. (2009): From intercultural education to the inclusion of diversity: Theories and policies in Europe. In: J. A. Banks (eds.), The Routledge International Companion to Multicultural Education. Routledge: 134-145. Bohnsack, R. (2021): Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung. Budrich. Brock, A./Grund, J.(2018): Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in Lehr-Lernsettings-Quantitative Studie des nationalen Monitorings-Befragung von LehrerInnen. https://www.ewi-psy.fu-berlin.de/erziehungswissenschaft/arbeitsbereiche/institut-futur/aktuelles/dateien/executive_summary_lehrerinnen.pdf Catarci, M. (2021). Intercultural Education and Sustainable Development. Social Sciences (10/24). https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci10010024 Funk, B. (2017): Migrationssensible Lehrkräfteausbildung durch Praxiselemente an der Universität Bremen. https://media.suub.uni-bremen.de/bitstream/elib/4491/1/FUNCK_Migrationssensible_Lehramtsausbildung_durch_Praxisprojekte_Evaluation_Uni_Bremen_Mai_2017bb.pdf Garcia-Arias, J./Corbetta, S./Baronnet, B. (2023): Decolonizing education in Latin America: critical environmental and intercultural education as an indigenous pluriversal alternative: British Journal of Sociology of Education, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2023.2234088 Grund, J./Brock, A. (2018): Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in Lehr-Lernsettings – Quantitative Studie des nationalen Monitorings – Befragung junger Menschen. https://www.bne-portal.de/bne/shareddocs/downloads/files/nationales-monitoring_quantitative-studie_lehrerinnen.pdf?__blob=publicationFile&v=1 Grund, J./Brock, A. (2022): Formale Bildung in Zeiten von Krisen – die Rolle von Nachhaltigkeit in Schule, Ausbildung und Hochschule. http://dx.doi.org/10.17169/refubium-36890 Gräsel, C. (2018). Umweltbildung. In: R. Tippelt/B. Schmidt-Hertha (eds.), Handbuch Bildungsforschung (S. 1093–1109). Springer VS. Koskela, T./ Kärkkäinen, S. (2021): Student Teachers’ Change Agency in Education for Sustainable Development. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability (23/1): 84-98. Lasonen, J. (2009): Intercultural Education: Promoting Sustainability in Education and Training. In: Fien, J. et al. (eds.), Work, Learning and Sustainable Development. Springer: 186-202. Leeman, Y. /van Koeven, E. (2019): New immigrants. An incentive for intercultural education?. Education Inquiry (10/3): 189-207, DOI: 10.1080/20004508.2018.1541675 Merten, M./Yildirim, D./Keller, C. (2014): Einstellungen zu Heterogenität und Unterrichtskriterien bei Lehramtsstudierenden. https://kobra.uni-kassel.de/handle/123456789/12588 Nohl, A.-M. (2014): Konzepte interkultureller Pädagogik. Klinkhardt. Pusch, B. (2021). Pädagogische Ansatzpunkte in der Umweltbildung für Zuwanderer/-innen. Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik (44/2), 17-26. https://www.pedocs.de/volltexte/2021/23728/pdf/ZEP_2_2021_Pusch_Paedagogische_Ansatzpunkte.pdf. Pusch, B. (2023a): Umwelt- und Nachhaltigkeitsorientierungen von Wiener Jugendlichen mit Migrationshintergrund? Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung (13): 87–107. Pusch, B. (2023b): Zusammenfassung der Online-Umfrage „BNE in der Migrationsgesellschaft“. https://zenodo.org/uploads/10254906. Sinakou, E./Boeve-de Pauw, J./Van Petegem, P. (2019). Exploring the concept of sustainable development within education for sustainable development. Environ Dev Sustain (21): 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10668-017-0032-8 Ständige Konferenz der Kultusminister der Länder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland/ Bundesministerium für wirtschaftliche Zusammenarbeit und Entwicklung (KMK/BMZ) (2016): Orientierungsrahmen für den Lernbereich Globale Entwicklung. Bonn: Engagement Global. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/Dateien/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2015/2015_06_00-Orientierungsrahmen-Globale-Entwicklung.pdf Ständige Konferenz der Kultusminister der Länder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (KMK) (2013): Interkulturelle Bildung und Erziehung in der Schule https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/1996/1996_10_25-Interkulturelle-Bildung.pdf UNESCO (2020). Education for sustainable development: a roadmap? https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802 UNESCO. 2006. UNESCO Guidelines on Intercultural Education. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000147878 Vare, P./Scott, W. (2007): Learning for a Change. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development (1/2): 191–198. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Designing an Innovative Professionalization Program for Social Justice Education: Exploring the Needs of Teachers AP University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Belgium Presenting Author:The notion persists that children are too young to notice diversity en consequently, causing adults to hold back in engaging in conversations about identity, diversity and social justice (Beneke & Cheatham, 2019; Husband, 2012). Contrary to these expectations, babies as young as 6-9 months old perceive ethnic-racial differences (Kelly et al., 2005), still showing a preference for the ethnic-racial characteristics of their primary caregiver (Kelly et al., 2007). However, preferences start to shift as young children begin to associate socialized value judgments with specific ethnic-racial features. From the age of three years old, children use racial and gender categories to include or exclude peers (Raabe & Beelman, 2011; Van Ausdale & Feagin, 2001). Three- to five-year olds also show a preference for thinner individuals and manifest negative attitudes towards individuals with a larger body size (Birbeck & Drummond, 2005; Su & Aurelia, 2012). These evolvements have a (negative) impact on both self image (‘how should I look’ or ‘where do I fit in’) as on children’s perspectives on (super)diversity (‘what is ‘normal?’). Hence, (early) childhood appears to be a crucial period to support positive intergroup attitudes and lay foundations for a strong self image (Birtel et al., 2019). Social justice education Research indicates that (Flemish) teachers encounter difficulties in comprehending and addressing diversity and social justice within their classrooms (Agirdag et al., 2012; Slot et al., 2019; Banjeree & Luckner, 2014; Dierickx, Luyckx, & Ben Sliman-Ghomari, 2023). Educators frequently hesitate to engage in conversations about equality, values, and diversity due to a lack of confidence, personal beliefs or knowledge, often exacerbated by limited available resources (Beneke & Cheatham, 2019; Boutte et al., 2011 ; Husband, 2012). When educators avoid discussions of identity, difference or (in)justice, this can be called a ‘diversity silence approach’ (Dierickx et al., 2023), thereby (unconsciously) creating an atmosphere in which the unique histories, cultures, values, and experiences of minoritized groups are overlooked or disregarded (Schofield, 2007). Supporting teachers in social justice education through video coaching To promote a confident self-image, an open and respectful worldview, it is important to prioritize supporting teachers’ general and pedagogical diversity knowledge and skills (Dursun, Claes, & Agirdag, 2021; Sheridan et al., 2009). Previous professional development initiatives focus mostly on knowledge development and personal beliefs. However, changes in teachers' belief systems do not always result in an improved teaching practice (Romijn, Slot, & Leseman, 2021). For this purpose, we are co-constructing a professional development program that enhances in-practice learning and reflection through videocoaching. This innovative method for professional development deepens the understanding of (implicit) beliefs, offers schoolteams a methodology to strengthen a culture of reflection (Verschaeve et al., 2020) and supports sustainable professionalization within an embedded and contextual approach (Merchie et al, 2016; Romijn et al., 2021). Research goals The main goal is to investigate the effects of the videocoaching program on the competencies of early childhood teachers and primary education teachers in social justice education. As this program will be designed starting from research as well as opportunities and needs of the field of practice, a subgoal –and focus of this paper- is to have an overview of the current opportunities and needs for professionalization within social justice education in Flanders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The videocoaching program is developed following the framework of Educational Design research (EDR, McKenney & Reeves, 2018). EDR focuses on dissemination throughout the whole process and incorporates an iterative process, consisting of three phases: analysis-exploration, design-construction and evaluation-reflection. In the analysis and exploration phase, we gathered data to gain insight into current educational practices, exposing opportunities and needs of teachers that need to be addressed in the program. First, we conducted literature research on anti-racism education, social justice education, anti-bias education and about professional development programs and videocoaching. Second, to explore Flemish teachers’ needs, attitudes and competences on social justice education, we conducted a widespread survey, focusing especially on: anti-racism, body positivity, gender sensitivity and antiableism. Third, as the questionnaire only provides insights into perceived competences and needs, the data were completed with in-classroom observations and interviews. 10 early childhood teachers and 6 elementary school teachers participated through informed consent. A classroom activity was observed, in which they engaged in conversations about identity, diversity and social justice, related to one of the four main topics within social justice education. To increase reliability, each lesson was observed separately by two researchers. After the lesson observation, an interview took place where learning opportunities, doubts and difficulties were discussed in more detail. Finally, a focus group also took place, in which six teacher-experts offered good practices about social justice education and identified educational needs. A qualitative thematic analysis on all data was conducted; the survey was statistically analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that teachers are willing to broaden their diversity specific knowledge, critically examine their own social positions and strengthen their didactic competences in social justice education. However, they seem insecure to critically engage in conversations with pupils about diversity and social justice, thereby mainly starting from a ‘diversity silence approach’ and finding it difficult to adequately address these topics. Based on these results, design principles for a professionalization program focusing on social justice education and implementing videocoaching are: (a) a focus on diversity pedagogical and diversity content knowledge (Dursun et al., X) (b) focusing on skills (c) providing resources (d) ensuring a community of learners (e) the central position of guided critical reflection (f) taking into account the conditions of school policy and vision. The results are integrated in the aforementioned phases of the EDR cycle, making sure the professionalization program fills the current research needs as well as practice-oriented needs in Flanders. References Agirdag, O., Loobuyck, P., & Van Houtte, M. (2012). Determinants of attitudes toward Muslim students among Flemish teachers: A research note. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 51(2), 368–376. Banerjee, R., & Luckner, J. (2014). Training needs of early childhood professionals who work with children and families who are culturally and linguistically diverse. Infants & Young Children, 27(1), 43-59. Birbeck, D., & Drummond, M. (2005). Interviewing, and listening to the voices of, very young children on body image and perceptions of self. Early Child Development and Care, 175(6), 579-596. Birtel, M. D., Di Bernardo, G. A., Stathi, S., Crisp, R. J., & Cadamuro, A.,(2019). Imagining contact reduces prejudice in preschool children. Social Development, 28(4), 1054–1073. Dierickx, E., Luyckx, K., & Windzak, Z. (2023). Sssst... dat mag je niet zeggen. Hoe we jonge zonder vooroordelen kunnen opvoeden en waarom dat dringend nodig is. Borgerhoff & Lamberigts. Dursun, H., Claes, E., & Agirdag, O. (2021). Diversity pedagogical content knowledge: a new conceptual framework and assessment across different teacher education programmes. Multicultural Education Review, 13(4), 303-322. Feagin, J. R., & Van Ausdale, D. (2001). The first R: How children learn race and racism. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. New York: Routledge. Kelly, D. J., Quinn, P. C., Slater, A. M., Lee, K., Ge, L., & Pascalis, O. (2007). The other-race effect develops during infancy: Evidence of perceptual narrowing. Psychological science, 18(12), 1084–1089. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Merchie, E., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2016). Hoe kan je de impact van professionalisering voor leraren in kaart brengen?. Departement Onderwijs en Vorming. Raabe, T., & Beelmann, A. (2011). Development of ethnic, racial, and national prejudice in childhood and adolescence: A multinational meta‐analysis of age differences. Child development, 82(6), 1715-1737. Romijn, B. R., Slot, P. L., & Leseman, P. P. (2021). Increasing teachers’ intercultural competences in teacher preparation programs and through professional development: A review. Teaching Education, 98, 103236. Su, W., & Aurelia, D. S. (2012). Preschool children’s perceptions of overweight peers. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 10(1), 19-31. Verschaeve, S., De Mets, J., Van Avermaet, P., Ślusarczyk, M., Rościszewska-Woźniak, M., Majerska, U., & Furieri, L. (2020). Toolbox: outlines for using video analysis and video coaching as a tool for professionalizing ECEC workforce and training future ECEC professionals: outcome of the TRACKs project. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 07 SES 11 B: Multicultural and Socially Equitable Learning Environments: Ethos, trust and social mobility Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ghazala Bhatti Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Opportunities for Social Mobility of Pupils in the Private Pedagogical Theories of Early Childhood Education Teachers University of Lower Silesia, Poland Presenting Author:The objective of this presentation is to discuss the results of a research project on early childhood education teachers’ awareness of social classes and its consequences for their views on education, and in particular on the possibilities for pupils to change their social position. Although there are attempts to talk about the death of classes (Mikiewicz, 2014: 43), the topic of class inequality is still relevant and debated, and educational inequalities are not decreasing (Blandford, 2017; Eribon, 2019; Kulz, 2017; McGarvey, 2017; Reay, 2017). Bourdieu and Passeron's theory of socio-cultural reproduction speaks of the reproduction of the social class by the school system. Related to this is the division into inheritors, i.e. children from the upper classes who possess the qualities that the school system values, and les miracules, children from the lower classes who, despite objectively difficult conditions, experience social mobility (Kłoskowska, 2006: 25). This division is related to two modes of cultural acquisition: total learning and methodological learning. Total learning begins with primary socialisation and is followed up within schooling; in other words, it is early and imperceptible to the child. Methodological learning takes place as part of secondary socialisation and schooling. It is characteristic of pupils with a low-class background and is associated with uncertainty and difficulties in acquiring cultural competence, among other things required by teachers. In addition, pupils with a lower-class background have to deculturate, which is, de facto class eradication or liberation from what has been acquired during primary socialisation and is considered inappropriate by the school system (Bourdieu, 1984: 66-68). Pupils entering school have different inherited capitals, yet the school does not seem to take this into account and treats pupils as if they all had the same starting position. As a result, children's knowledge and experiences other than those desired by the school are excluded (Grochalska, 2009: 63). According to Szkudlarek, pupils who have undergone total learning find it easier to find their way around the school requirements and use what they have already been equipped with at home (Szkudlarek, 2007: 35). The different class backgrounds of pupils, and the different ways of acquiring culture, while promoting the culture of the privileged classes and excluding what is incompatible with it within the school system, leads to the differentiation of an individual's educational and life chances already at the earliest stages of education. By making the educational establishment culturally unfamiliar and inaccessible to pupils of low-class backgrounds, the school system, of which teachers are a part, contributes to the self-exclusion of pupils from the path leading to a change in life trajectory. At the same time, the neoliberal narrative seems to overlook the objective difficulties faced by pupils from underprivileged classes. Instead, it speaks of poverty of aspiration, laziness, and parental responsibility for the (poor) choices of educational institutions for their children (Hursh, 2014). My aim was to explore early childhood education teachers’ openness to the pupils’ social mobility, their awareness of class differences and social inequalities, and ideas for overcoming them. Teachers, along with pupils' resistance (Giroux, 2018), academic resilience (Smulczyk, 2019), and happy coincidences (Mikiewicz, Sadownik, 2014), are the factor that has a major impact on potential changes to pupils’ life situations. In my presentation, I will provide a preliminary typology of teachers' pedagogical convictions that contribute to either social reproduction or changes to pupils' social position. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material that this presentation draws on comes from a research project in which I explored whether ECE teachers are aware of the existence of class divisions and whether this (un)awareness is visible in their work with pupils. 14 ECE teachers of varying seniority working in the Polish education system took part in the study. The teachers differed in terms of the geographical location of their schools (eight of them worked in large cities, two – in small towns, and four – in rural areas) and their experience with working in a class-diverse environment. Among those in large cities, teachers worked: in a school in a neighbourhood with a bad reputation (1); perceived to be affluent (4); in a socially diverse environment (2); both in a neighbourhood with a so-called bad reputation and also in a private school in a neighbourhood with an affluent location (1). Interviewees from small towns and villages had worked in areas with high economic deprivation (1), in a place that formed an enclave by being a private institution for parents with high economic capital (1) and in places that were so-called urban bedroom communities (2). Two did not define the location of their schools in social terms. I used the grounded theory methodology (Charmaz, 2009) and a bricolage of interpretive approaches in the research project (Kvale, 2012). The narrative and semi-structured interviews were used to collect data. The opening question during the narrative interview was about family relationships, especially from childhood and educational experiences up to the time the interviewee entered university. The semi-structured interview questions focused on four areas: the teacher's workplace, the teacher's vision of the child, the perception of pupils' educational opportunities, and social inequalities. Most of the interviews were conducted in two sessions, one for the narrative part, and the other for semi-structured. They lasted from 45 minutes to 2 hours. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. The responses were coded inductively; the analysis itself was divided into two stages: the identification of teachers' awareness of social class and the analysis of teachers' private pedagogical theories, resulting in a middle-range theory of a preliminary typology of teachers' private pedagogical theories of the possibilities for pupils to change their social trajectories. The research was carried out in line with the principles of ethical research conduct, with consent obtained from all participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I aimed to establish whether ECE teachers identify the social inequalities experienced by pupils, caused by their families’ insufficient economic capital as well as the low level of cultural capital. My second aim was to analyze whether the social (un)awareness of social classes affects teachers’ attitudes towards their pupils. First of all, most of my interviews had an intuitive perception of the social class concept, but the class narrative was very limited. Based on the data collected, I distinguished two types of private pedagogical theories of the teachers who participated in my research. The first has emancipatory potential, while the second has adaptive character. Within the types of identified theories, I also distinguished a number of subtypes. Only two teachers’ narratives demonstrated the potential to change the social position of students, and among these, one theory was action-oriented, and the other one was reflection-oriented. Twelve teachers’ narratives had adaptive character. Among those, I distinguished six subtypes: of colonising helplessness character (4), soaking into the structure of the institution (2), upholding the social order (2), escaping the system (2), being in the service of the neoliberal narrative (1) and making educational change without social change (1). I distinguish one more private pedagogical theory, one which has critical potential but has not emerged during my research. This theory is present in literature (Blandford, 2017; McLaren, 2015; Reay, 2017). The results indicate that there might be little or no opportunity for pupils with low-class backgrounds to change their educational and social trajectories. While being one of the factors that can support pupils in making such change, the teachers in my research emerge as the guards of the social order with its social structure. References Blandford, S. (2017). Born to fail? Social mobility: A working class view. John Catt Educational Ltd. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction. A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. Harvard University Press. Charmaz, K. (2009). Teoria ugruntowana. Praktyczny przewodnik po analizie jakościowej. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Eribon, D. (2019). Powrót do Reims. Karakter Giroux, H. A. (2018). Reprodukcja. Opór i akomodacja. In: H. A. Giroux, L. Witkowski (ed.), Edukacja i sfera publiczna. Idee i doświadczenia pedagogiki radykalnej (p. 111–147). Impuls. Grochalska, M. (2009). Między pożądaną równością a nieuniknioną różnicą. In: A. Męczkowska-Christiansen, P. Mikiewicz (ed.), Idee—Diagnozy—Nadzieje. Szkoła polska a idee równości (p. 61–80). Wydawnictwo Naukowe Dolnośląskiej Szkoły Wyższej. Hursh, D. (2014). Market Ideologies and the Undermining of Democracy, Education, and Equality. In: J. Hall (ed.), Underprivileged School Children and the Assault on Dignity (p. 97– 109). Routledge. Kłoskowska, A. (2006). Teoria socjologiczna Pierre’a Bourdieu. Wstęp do wydania polskiego. In: P. Bourdieu, J.-C. Passeron, Reprodukcja. Elementy teorii systemu nauczania (p. 11–52). Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Kulz, C. (2017). Factories for learning. Making race, class and inequality in the neoliberal academy. Manchester University Press. Kvale, S. (2012). Prowadzenie wywiadów. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. McGarvey, D. (2017). Poverty safari: Understanding the anger of Britain’s underclass. Luath Press Limited. McLaren, P. (2015). Życie w szkołach. Wprowadzenie do pedagogiki krytycznej. Wydawnictwo Naukowe Dolnośląskiej Szkoły Wyższej. Mikiewicz, P. (2014). Kapitał społeczny i edukacja. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN. Mikiewicz, P., Sadownik, A. (2014). Szczęśliwy traf. Edukacja w procesie adaptacji migrantów z Polski w Wielkiej Brytanii. Wydawnictwo Naukowe Dolnośląskiej Szkoły Wyższej. Reay, D. (2017). Miseducation. Inequality, education and the working classes. Policy Press. Smulczyk, M. (2019). Przezwyciężenie statusowej determinacji karier szkolnych. Wydawnictwa Uniwersytetu Warszawskiego. Szkudlarek, T. (2007). Edukacja i konstruowanie społecznych nierówności. In: J. Klebaniuk (ed.), Fenomen nierówności społecznych. Nierówności społeczne w refleksji humanistycznej (p. 31–52). ENETEIA Wydawnictwo Psychologii i Kultury. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Let’s Talk About the Elephant in the Room: Good Intentions! Niagara University, Canada Presenting Author:Benevolence is driven by an innate human behaviour giving hope to others. People respond to many tragedies with compassion, often stepping up to help others in different ways—assisting others, donating funds, or giving their time. Over the past decade, global charity, and humanitarian efforts to help others have been staggering. According to the Charities Aid Foundation, World Giving Index (2024), in 2022, Americans, the leading global donors, gave $499.3 billion to charity. These statistics, however, exclude unregistered, not-for-profit, or non-profit organizations and the small-scale charitable acts performed by individuals or groups. Despite the substantial financial resources and good intentions, increasing evidence suggests that advancement for individuals experiencing severe financial instability has yet to show consistent progress. Lupton (2011, 2015) argues that while people are very generous in charitable giving, much of their money is wasted or harms the people it is targeted to help. While the intention behind charitable giving and acts of kindness seems noble, its impact on broader societal improvement still needs to be investigated. Furthermore, there is a risk of perpetuating adverse outcomes, inadvertently turning good intentions into bad. Chang (2008) refers to these well-meaning but potentially harmful groups as "bad Samaritans" (p.19) who unconsciously support neo-liberal colonizer/colonizing dichotomies and are more generally defined as "helping behaviours from developed countries" (Pinazo et at., 2010, p. 393). This study was grounded in Niehaus's (2020) theory of good intentions, stating that "altruists' effectiveness often falls short of their intentions" (p.1). This research tested this theory based on the above arguments and the researcher's extensive work in a developing country that receives much small-scale charity. This research explored the behaviours, motivations, and initiatives of these good-intentioned, small-scale individuals and groups, assessing the perceived impact of their endeavours. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A case study research method was chosen because of the qualitative methods of combining extensive personal experience with investigating individuals and groups of people in a localized area. (Yin, 2018). The terms unauthorized non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and charity groups were deliberately chosen to represent smaller-scale altruistic entities, distinct from the more prominent, authorized NGOs like the United Nations or Red Cross. Participant selection initially targeted a few known individuals and then employed the snowball technique. Criteria for participation included: i) involvement in charitable actions within the area over the past decade (2013-2023) and ii) not being affiliated with an NGO or registered charity group. Ten participants were interviewed, conducted both virtually and face-to-face in three months. The interview questions were designed to target participant demographics, how and why they started their charitable work in the area, the motivations behind their actions, the nature of their charitable acts, and their perceived impact. Following Yin's approach (2018) to data analysis, the data was examined and categorized. The primary focus was identifying recurring themes from participants' reflections and personal insights to offer empirically grounded conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this case study confirmed Niehaus's (2020) theory of good intentions, highlighting the frequent failure to achieve the intended goal of assisting others, often resulting in the giver feeling more fulfilled than the receiver. Additionally, the responses of most participants aligned with similar studies, indicating that well-intentioned individuals and their actions supported neoliberal helping imperatives (O'Sullivan & Smaller, 2023) and perpetuated dominant colonial ideologies. While these acts may offer short-term hope, they have unintended consequences. Reflecting on these findings and my work with marginalized people striving for a better future, I concluded that many well-intentioned efforts require more intentional purpose and direction for positive effectiveness and more sustainable and decolonizing change. Also, they are often driven by individuals unknowingly supporting dominant neoliberal agendas. Overall, good intentions lack sustainability and the development of the receivers' human skills to advance the betterment of their lives, often causing more harm than good. Rather than fostering economically self-reliant citizens and societies, these actions foster reliance on external aid, perpetuating colonization. The culmination of these findings underscores the urgent need for action: a call for all individuals engaging in well-intentioned behaviours to critically reflect on their beliefs, values, and actions to support shifts of consciousness (Gorski, 2008) and develop the capacity to identify any colonizing implications of their good intentions. This approach aligns with the principles of transformative learning (Mezirow, 2000, 2006) and transformative leadership (Shields, 2013). Extending this approach beyond educational boundaries is critical because of the growing global population of small-scale, well-intentioned charity groups and individuals. References Chang, H. J. (2008). Bad Samaritans: The guilty secrets of rich nations and the threat to global prosperity. Random House. Charities Aid Foundation. (2022). World giving index: A global view of giving trends. https://www.cafonline.org/docs/default-source/about-us-research/caf_world_giving_index_2022_210922-final.pdf Gorski. P. G. (2008) Good intentions are not enough: a decolonizing intercultural education, Intercultural Education, 19:6, 515-525, DOI:10.1080/14675980802568319 Lupton, R. D. (2011). Toxic charity: How churches and charities hurt those they help (and how to reverse it). HarperOne. Lupton, R. D. (2015). Charity detox: What charity would look like if we cared about results (First edition.). HarperOne. Mezirow, J. (2000). Learning as transformation: Critical perspectives on a theory in progress. Jossey Bass. Mezirow, J. (2006) An overview of transformative learning. In P. Sutherland & J. Crowther (Eds.), Lifelong learning: Concepts and contexts (pp. 24–38). Routledge. Niehaus, P. (2014). A theory of good intentions. San Diego, CA: University of California and Cambridge, MA: NBER, 111. Pinazo, D., Peris, R., & Gámez, M.-J. (2010). Lay beliefs about developing countries in relation to helping behaviors. The Journal of Social Psychology, 150(4), 393–415. https://doi.org/10.1080/00224540903366685 Shields, C. M. (2013). Transformative leadership in education: Equitable change in an uncertain and complex world. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: design and methods (Sixth edition.). SAGE. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 08 SES 11 A: Supporting Teacher Wellbeing, Emotional and Trauma-Informed Competencies Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Venka Simovska Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Co-Design as a Trauma Informed Process for the Design of Trauma Informed Practices in Schools Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Childhood trauma is pervasive and can have devastating consequences for the health and wellbeing across the lifespan (Felitti et al., 1998; Felitti and Anda, 2009). Hence, there is growing interest in the adoption of trauma-informed practice to help ameliorate the impacts of trauma (O’Toole, 2021). However, the embedding of trauma-informed practice in schools is not a simple, standard, or linear process. If we are to embed trauma-informed practices in schools, the means by which we do so, must also adhere to trauma-informed principles such as those proposed by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Association (2014) - (1) safety, (2) trustworthiness and transparency, (3) peer support, (4) collaboration and mutuality, (5) empowerment, voice and choice, and (6) cultural, historical and gender issues (SAMHSA 2014). It is not sufficient to develop a programme for schools to follow without taking into consideration the context of the school, as well as, the needs, experience, expertise and expectations of the staff and students in the school. Co-design has been used in many different arenas, from business to architecture. Co-design in trauma-informed care is a process that considers the impact of trauma and the negative operation of power, while prioritising building safe, trusting and collaborative relationships, thus addressing many of the principles of trauma informed care. It is a person-centred method which foregrounds the experiences of people who are centrally involved in or impacted by a situation. In this research project, the people involved are the staff and students working in two specific schools, at a particular point in time. Co-design is a method that can be placed under the rubric of participatory action research or community-based research, both of which are related. One of the tenets of participatory or community-based research is “no research about us, without us!”, and co-design addresses that by either working directly with the people involved or handing the power over to the people so that they develop their own solutions to the issue at hand” (McTaggart, 1997).
Co-design is not possible without building relationships with those others involved in the co-design process. As steps are taken the researcher must always question whether the actions taken, are inclusive and facilitate power sharing and capacity building. The process therefore necessitates deep and sustained reflective practice on behalf of the researcher to ensure the inclusion in decision making of those who may be coming in from the margins. Unless attention is paid to building strong relationships based on trust their involvement may remain tokenistic. Thus, those with more power should create the conditions of safety and hospitality to make it possible for people with less power to speak and to be heard. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Taking a case study approach, this paper describes the co-design process underway in two urban primary schools that are working to become trauma-informed. The process included the creation of core teams, one in each school, consisting of a cross section of staff in varied roles in the schools. The core teams were formed by seeking volunteers from the whole school staff and were first convened in October 2022. Each team met with the researcher and discussed local issues in their school as well as looking at the existing frameworks available for use to develop as a trauma informed school. Each core team worked closely in a research-practice partnership (Penuel and Gallagher, 2017) with the researcher to develop a bespoke programme of Continuing Professional Development (CPD) for their school, taking their local issues into consideration. Both schools developed a programme of eight sessions of CPD with some overlap and some differences in the courses. The delivery of the eight modules was dictated by the schedule of time available in each school, with the core team determining the order in which sessions would be delivered and providing feedback to the researcher after every session. Such feedback informed the development of the next, and further, sessions so that the programme that was envisaged at the beginning of the work was not necessarily exactly as predicted by the end. This programme of CPD has now been delivered in both schools. At the time of writing, the core teams are continuing their work with the researcher to develop their schools as settings that adhere to trauma informed principles. Both core teams meet regularly to review policy documents as well as discuss strategies that are in use throughout the school. In addition, both schools have indicated that they wish to share what they have learned during the process with other schools. To that end, both core teams are engaging with the researcher to write a short handbook for school staff that will reflect the content of their CPD modules, with a view to publication online. The research project has thus empowered these two groups of school staff to develop a resource that may be useful to other schools in similar situations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that the co-design process fosters staff engagement, collaboration and the sharing of ideas and good practice suggestions. However, it can be time consuming and requires a high level of flexibility as well as a willingness to relinquish control. The programmes of CPD have been well received in the two schools, with staff reporting that they see the programme as being relevant to their setting. Staff have reported that they have experienced barriers to in-class implementation of some of the strategies proposed as part of the programme of CPD, and this feedback has been taken on board with strategies modified accordingly. Staff appear to feel a level of ownership of the programme and an eagerness to impart information to their colleagues in other local schools. This project commenced in two schools in October 2022 and is ongoing with an upcoming process evaluation focus group, which will consist of staff who have not been involved in the core team, so as to minimise bias. In addition, an arts-based activity, using Photovoice (Wang and Burris, 1997) will be undertaken with a small group of students in each school investigating what they like/dislike about school. Concurrently, data is being collected annually to determine whether the introduction of trauma informed principles and practices in the schools has any impact on staff and student wellbeing and their relationships. Overall, the preliminary data from this research project suggests that despite the challenges, co-design helps develop a better understanding of local context, ensuring that initiatives are tailored to the specific needs of students, teachers and local community. It also allows for greater innovation and fosters a sense of ownership, which can lead to improved engagement and sustainability in the long-term. Ultimately the study highlights the importance of co-design in health and wellbeing interventions in schools. References Felitti, V.J., Anda, R.F., Nordenberg, D., Williamson, D.F. Spitz, A.M., Edwards, V., Koss, M. P., and Marks, J.S. (1998) Relationship of Childhood Abuse and Household Dysfunction to Many of the Leading Causes of Death in Adults. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 14 (4), 245-258. Felitti, V.J., and Anda, R.F., (2009) ”The Relationship of Adverse Childhood Experiences to Adult Medical Disease, Psychiatric Disorders and Sexual Behaviour: Implications for Health Care” in Lanius, R. and Vermetten, E., Eds. (2009) The Hidden Epidemic: the impact of early life trauma on health and disease. Cambridge University Press, UK. McTaggart, R. (1997) “Guiding Principles for Participatory Action Research” in McTaggart, R., ed. (1997) Participatory Action Research: International Contexts and Consequences. SUNY, Albany. Penuel, W. R. and Gallagher, D.J. (2017) Creating research-practice partnerships in education. Harvard Education Press, Cambridge, MA. O’Toole, C. (2021) Why Schools Need Resources to Support Traumatised Children. Retrieved from https://www.rte.ie/brainstorm/2021/0309/1202896-childhood-trauma-adversity-schools-covid-19-ireland/ SAMHSA (Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration) (2014), SAMHSA’s Concept of Trauma and Guidance for a Trauma Informed Approach. Retrieved from https://ncsacw.samhsa.gov/userfiles/files/SAMHSA_Trauma.pdf 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Design Thinking, a Method to Help Create Wellness Practices for Early Career Principals 1Université du Québec en Outaouais, Canada; 2HEP- Vaud- Suisse; 3Université de Montréal, Canada; 4Université Laval, Canada Presenting Author:A healthy, positive school culture is created by passionate and committed school principals who are emotionally stable and have a positive sense of well-being (SWB). While the primary responsibility of school principals is to ensure the health of students and staff, it is essential that they consider their own WB in order to cope with the changes and stresses that disrupt their daily tasks, relationships with the school team and priorities (Woo and Steiner, 2022). For Seligman (2011), an individual's well-being is associated with positive emotions, commitment, interpersonal relationships, achievements and meaning in life. People with high levels of well-being more often experience pleasant emotions (Diener, 2000), easily form relationships with others and use their skills in the service of their professional environment (Kutsyuruba et al., 2019). In the studies by Drago-Severson (2012) and Hadchiti et al. (2021), school principals indicated the need to take care of their well-being by devoting more time to personal and emotional care and developing positive relationships with their team. For Poirel and Yvon (2014), principals’ well-being is threatened by changing working conditions, including a greater variety of roles and tasks. In this sense, the presence of principals in poor psychological health increases the risk of all school staff feeling the same way. In addition, they are more likely to leave their jobs, which can have significant organizational consequences like burn out or intention to quit (Dodge et al., 2012). The threat to their well-being is also likely to have wider pedagogical consequences in terms of teaching effectiveness and student learning (Poirel & Yvon, 2014). School principals have long been shown to be one of the key elements contributing to teacher success and, consequently, student achievement (Leithwood et al., 2000). According to the literature, existing research has mainly focused on the elements that interfere with school principals' well-being (unhappiness and its negative effects) (Boyland, 2011; Silbaugh et al., 2021) or the link between well-being, productivity and sense of self-efficacy (Kansky & Diener, 2017; Zessin et al., 2015). Conversely, few studies have examined the strategies and practices favoring school principals' well-being (Eloma et al. 2021; Lyubomirsky & Layous, 2013; Wang, Pollock & Hauseman, 2018), and even fewer in a Francophone context. It is therefore important to examine the strategies and practices that could be put in place to support the basic needs of school principals in terms of well-being. Closely related to action research, design thinking is a qualitative method that allows for a process of reflection and the search for innovative solutions by participants (Braun and Clarke, 2022). Through this methodology, the researchers intend to co-create and develop well-being practices in the workplace with school principals. This paper presents the design thinking methodology applied to educational sciences in a school administration context. It will be illustrated by preliminary results obtained during the first stages of design thinking. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As this is an exploratory study, the non-probability sampling method will be used, specifically voluntary sampling. The project will therefore involve the joint work of researchers and participants (approx. 30 school principals). This research method requires an empirical inquiry that is part of a qualitative, reflexive and creative approach based on the design thinking method, and calls on researchers and practitioners to work together with the aim of bringing about change (Catroux, 2002). Closely linked to action research and practice change, this method will enable participants to create solutions themselves from the knowledge gained from research (Jonas, 2018). The design thinking method will be applied by the researcher and practitioners according to Ambrose & Harris’ (2010) seven steps: 1) problem definition, 2) solution research, 3) brainstorming, 4) prototyping, 5) selection, 6) implementation and 7) learning. These seven steps rely on continuous feedback, thinking and the ability to find solutions based on the needs of stakeholders in the field (Platner et al., 2015). The project includes three three-hour meetings per year between the participants and the researcher to co-develop the tool (the well-being practices). A preparatory and a final meetings are also planned, for a total of five meetings per year. These meetings will take the form of focus groups to collect specific data, drawn from the participants' personal experiences and interactions. Between each meeting, participants will also be given specific tasks designed to nurture their well-being practices and help them achieve the project's objectives. In this way, participants create their own well-being practices while referring to phases of scientific research and systematic inquiry (Jonas, 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are, however, a number of limitations may emerge that merit close examination. Firstly, one of the main constraints is the small size of the study population. When the number of participants is small, it becomes difficult to extrapolate results to the entire population of school principals. This limitation compromises the generalizability of the conclusions and may lead to overly specific interpretations. Secondly, another major challenge in the present research on the well-being of school principals lies in the potential presence of biases such as the exclusive composition of the study population. For these preliminary steps, all participants were women. This restriction may limit the representativeness of the results, as men's experiences and perspectives could differ significantly. Gender diversity is crucial for obtaining a complete and nuanced picture of school principals' wellness practices. The absence of male participants could result in a partial view of reality and restrict the scope of the findings. This study offers points for consideration on practices that can be put in place to promote the well-being of school principals. If the goal is to have healthy, positively productive schools, the well-being of school principals needs to be addressed. An effective school starts with committed and passionate leaders who have a positive sense of their well-being enabling them to meet the demands of everyday life in their workplace and have an impact on the success of the whole school team. References Ambrose, G., Harris, P., & Ambrose, X. (2010). Design thinking. AVA Academia. Avolio, B. J., & Gardner, W. L. (2005). Authentic leadership development: Getting to the root of positive forms of leadership. The Leadership Quarterly, 16(3), 315-338. Biétry, F., & Creusier, J. (2013). Proposition d’une échelle de mesure positive du bien-être au travail (EPBET). Revue de gestion des ressources humaines, 87(1), 23-41. Boyland, L. G. (2011). Job stress and coping strategies of elementary principals: A statewide study. Current Issues in Education, 14(3), 1-11. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative Psychology, 9(1), 3. Campbell, S. M. (2016). The concept of well-being. The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy of Well-Being. Routledge. Dodge, R., Daly, A. P., Huyton, J., & Sanders, L. D. (2012). The challenge of defining wellbeing. International Journal of Wellbeing, 2(3), 222-235. Drago-Severson, E. (2012). The need for principal renewal: The promise of sustaining principals through principal-to-principal reflective practice. Teachers College Record, 114(12), 1-56. Diener, E., Wirtz, D., Tov, W., Kim-Prieto, C., Choi, D. W., Oishi, S., & Biswas-Diener, R. (2010). New well-being measures: Short scales to assess flourishing and positive and negative feelings. Social Indicators Research, 97(2), 143-156. Hadchiti, R., Frenette, E., Dussault, M., Deschênes, A. A., & Poirel, E. (2021). Processus d’élaboration et de validation d’un questionnaire portant sur le développement des compétences émotionnelles lors du mentorat. European Review of Applied Psychology, 71(4), 100651. Jonas, W. (2018). Systems Design Thinking: Theoretical, Methodological, and Methodical Considerations. A German Narrative. In Systemic Design (pp. 89-117). Springer. Kutsyuruba, B., & Godden, L. (2019). The role of mentoring and coaching as a means of supporting the well-being of educators and students. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 8(4), 229-234. Liedtka, J. (2015). Perspective: Linking design thinking with innovation outcomes through cognitive bias reduction. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 32(6), 925-938. Poirel, E., & Yvon, F. (2014). School principals' emotional coping process. Canadian Journal of Education/Revue canadienne de l'éducation, 37(3), 1-23. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Contextual Support for Social and Emotional Competencies and Diversity Awareness as a Predictor of Teachers' Emotional Self-Efficacy and Burnout Pedagoški inštitut, Slovenia Presenting Author:Teachers across Europe face a multitude of challenges associated with the characteristics of their profession, e.g., new skills requirements and rapid technological developments, and challenges associated with their teaching and classroom interactions, e.g., discipline and increasing social and cultural diversity.The challenges faced by teachers are adding to the frequency and intensity of their emotional problems and increased levels of stress that are potentially leading to burnout. One mechanism for supporting teachers lies in promoting their social and emotional competencies as well as diversity awareness (SEDA). Possessing and developing teachers’ SEDA has proved to be important, both for the teachers themselves and for those with whom they are in close contact (e.g., students, colleagues, parents). The support for SEDA is especially important as SEDA competencies and teacher well-being have been recognised as a critical factor affecting teachers’ work motivation and the quality of their teaching (Odak et al., 2023), as well as a key element of the whole-school approach to the promotion of mental health (Cavioni et al., 2020). As shown in research (Roeser, 2016), emotional competencies lead to stress reduction via a) lowered stress reactivity by cultivating self-regulatory processes and coping mechanisms; and b) non-judgement and compassion in stressful situations. In recent years, several policy documents have been accepted on the EU level that focussed on teachers’ competencies and professional development. The Council Conclusions on European Teachers and Trainers for the Future (Council of the EU, 2020) stresses that the nature of teachers’ work may lead to physical and emotional exhaustion, stress and burnout, affecting their mental and physical health. On the highest political level, the Council Resolution on a Strategic Framework for European Cooperation in Education and Training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021–2030) (Council of the EU, 2021) establishes Enhancing competencies and motivation of the education profession as one of the five strategic goals. It exposes that attention needs to be paid to the well-being of teachers, trainers and educational staff more than ever. The Council of the EU (2021) locates teacher well-being as one of 12 priority areas in the field of teachers and trainers in the period 2021–2025, referring to the need for “developing measures and establishing mechanisms to improve working conditions and to address occupational stress, in order to foster the well-being of teachers, trainers and pedagogical and education staff”.The teachers’ perception of policy and social support has been recognised as an important factor of their well-being (e.g., Casely-Hayford et al., 2022). The contextual (policy and social) support for SEDA development is therefore the focus of our attention. In the current study, we will, using structural equation modeling, analyse the path leading from contextual support (operationalised as perceived support for SEDA competencies from a) initial teacher education, b) continuous teacher training, c) school policies, and d) national policies) for the teachers’ emotional self-efficacy and their well-being (operationalised as burnout). The results of the study will be comprehensively contextualized with data on the Slovenian national policy, and cultural and educational context, considering different factors, that scientific discussions already identified as indicative of teacher support for emotional competencies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods Participants The data from the Slovene sample of the “HAND IN HAND: Empowering teachers across Europe to deal with social, emotional and diversity-related career challenges (HAND:ET)” project (N = 264; 253 females; 207 teachers, 20 principals, 29 other school staff, 8 trainers) is used. On average, they were 41,98 years old (SD = 7,67) and had 15.27 years of experience teaching (SD = 8.91). Instruments The teachers involved in the project were provided with a battery of measurement tools focusing on their social, emotional and diversity awareness competencies. In this paper, we will use the data from: Emotional Self-Efficacy Scale (Muris, 2001) was used as a measure of self-management. The scale is a part of the self-efficacy questionnaire for children (SEQ-C) and consists of 8 items evaluating the ability to regulate unpleasant emotions. Participants answered how well they were coping with the given situations during the pandemic (1 = not at all to 5 = very well). The reliability and validity of the instrument have been well documented for children and adolescents (i.e., Tan & Chellappan, 2018), and it has been previously used with adults (Vieluf et al., 2020). Cronbach's α in our study was 0.90. Shirom-Melamed Burnout Questionnaire (SMBQ) (Melamed, et al., 1992) is composed of 14 items and measures three dimensions of burnout: physical fatigue, cognitive weariness, and emotional exhaustion on a scale from 1 = never or almost never to 7 always or almost always. Cronbach's α in our study was 0.93. Contextual SEDA Support (Štremfel, 2024). For the HAND:ET project 4 questions were developed asking teachers how much they agree with the statements that SEDA are important part of a) initial teacher education, b) continuous teacher training, c) school policies, and d) national policies (1 = strongly disagree to 4 = strongly agree). Cronbach's α in our study was 0.68. Procedure This study is a part of the “HAND IN HAND: Empowering teachers across Europe to deal with social, emotional and diversity-related career challenges (HAND:ET)” project which included field trials in five EU countries (Croatia, Slovenia, Portugal, Austria and Sweden). In September 2022, teachers completed a battery of questionnaires tapping into social, emotional, diversity awareness, and demographic information using online tools. Informed consents were gathered beforehand. For this study, we only present data from Slovenia for the selected measures. The original scales were translated into Slovenian using a committee approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that 69% of teachers in Slovenia responded to the statement “The development of teachers’ SEDA competencies is an important part of education policies in my country” by strongly agreeing or agreeing. Most teachers in Slovenia, 80 %, also agree with the statement “The development of teachers’ SEDA competencies is an important part of the policy of my school”. In response to the statement, “I had an opportunity to develop SEDA competencies in my initial teacher education”, only 20% of teachers agree or strongly agree with the statement. As regards continuing professional development, 86% of teachers in Slovenia, agree or strongly agree with the statement “I have an opportunity to develop SEDA competencies in programmes of continuing professional development”. Further on we investigated the role perceived support play in emotional competencies and the level of teacher burnout. The final SEM model fit the data adequately: χ2(194) = 425.363, p < .001, CFI = .995, RMSEA = .043, 90% CI [.034, .052], SRMR = .040. The findings show a significant positive path leading from contextual support to emotional self-efficacy and a significant negative path leading from emotional self-efficacy to all three dimensions of burnout. The findings support the important role of contextual support for emotional competencies and the prevention of teachers' burnout. The increase in reported emotional difficulties reflected in increased levels of stress and burnout in teachers across Europe adds to the importance of co conceptual understanding of the underlying processes as well as support mechanisms for teachers’ well-being. And, as the results show the contextual support especially needed in Slovenia is support for SEDA competencies in teachers’ initial education. References Casely-Hayford, J., Björklund, C., Bergström, G., Lindqvist, P., & Kwak, L. (2022). What makes teachers stay? A cross-sectional exploration of the individual and contextual factors associated with teacher retention in Sweden. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 103664. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103664 Cavioni, V., Grazzani, I., & Ornaghi, V. (2020). Mental health promotion in schools: A comprehensive theoretical framework. International Journal of Emotional Education, 12(1), 65–82. https://www.um.edu.mt/library/oar/handle/123456789/55039 Council of the EU (2020). Council conclusions on European teachers and trainers for the future. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=uriserv:OJ.C_.2020.193.01.0011.01.ENG Council of the EU (2021). Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32021G0226(01) Hair, J. F., Jr., Anderson, R. E., Tatham, R. L., & Black, W. C. (1998). Multivariate data analysis. Fifth Edition. Prentice-Hall Hu, L., & Bentler, P. M. (1999). Cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: Conventional criteria versus new alternatives. Structural Equation Modeling, 6(1), 1–55. doi:10.1080/10705519909540118 Muris, P. (2001). A brief questionnaire for measuring self-efficacy in children with affective problems. Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioural Assessment, 23(3), 145–149. doi:10.1023/A:1010961119608 Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (1998-2017). Mplus User’s Guide. Eighth Edition. Muthen and Muthen. Odak, I., Marušić, I., Matić Bojić, J., Puzić, S., Bakić, H., Eliasson, N., Gasteiger Klicpera, B., Gøtzsche, K., Kozina, A., Perković, I., Roczen, N., Tomé, G., & Veldin, M. (2023). Teachers’ social and emotional competencies: A lever for social and emotional learning in schools. Sociologija i prostor, 61(1), 105–122. https://doi.org/10.5673/sip.61.1.5 Štremfel, U. (2024). Teachers Social, Emotional, and Diversity Awareness Competencies: from Policy Experimentation to Policy Recommendations. In A. Kozina (Ed), Empowering Teachers: The Role of Social and Emotional Competencies and Diversity Awareness in European Context (Volume 1 Experimentation Perspectives). Waxmann. Tabachnick, B. G., & Fidell, L. S. (2006). Using multivariate statistics. Fifth Edition. Pearson. Tan, S. K., & Chellappan, K. (2018). Assessing the validity and reliability of the Self-Efficacy Questionnaire for Children (SEQ–C) among Malaysian adolescents: Rasch model analysis. Measurement and Evaluation in Counseling and Development, 51(3), 179–192. doi:10.1080/07481756.2018.1435192 Vieluf, S., Rožman, M., & Roczen, N. (2020). The HAND in HAND Programme Evaluation Report. Retrieved from http://handinhand.si/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/EVALUATION_REPORT_final_version.pdf ... |
13:45 - 15:15 | 09 SES 11 A: Bridging Gaps and Improving the Future: Transforming Challenges into Opportunities through Large-Scale Assessments Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Monica Rosén Network Keynote |
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 11 A: Symposium: Making the Implicit Explicit Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Tanja Sturm Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Making the Implicit Explicit. The Documentary Method in Research on and in Schools School actors, especially teachers and pupils, are faced with the challenge of meeting different demands associated with various functions that a school as an institution fulfills (Fend, 2006). This does not always work smoothly. Teachers have to deal with structural tensions and constantly make decisions, such as in which situations they are more likely to follow a subject logic or turn to the needs of the pupils (Helsper, 2021). Pupils must find a way to deal with the demands they are confronted with while they go through processes of identity development, learning and Bildung, in which peer milieus have an effect (Breidenstein & Jergus, 2008). Neither teachers nor pupils are determined how they will deal with such tensions. However, they have to make decisions and thereby have to deal with uncertainty, or, in Luhmann’s term, with double contingency (Vanderstraeten, 2002). Uncertainty is a central feature of communication and interaction in the classroom. On the one hand, when teaching contents and skills, teachers cannot predict with certainty what consequences their actions will have for their pupils. On the other hand, dealing with topics and requirements that are new to them includes the potential for uncertainty for pupils and they must learn to deal with the freedom of choice they are given. Research shows that teachers and pupils develop routines and habits that enable them to deal with uncertainty and contingency (Hinzke, 2018). Routines are characterised by the fact that no decisions have to be made. Instead, established solutions to problems are used, which is often based on implicit, habitualised knowledge (Kramer & Pallesen, 2019). At the same time, it is a requirement of the professionalism of teachers to constantly reflect on routines for their appropriateness. Routines are also evident in the classroom when a stable social practice is formed through repeated procedures and a more or less fixed organisational framework. The Documentary Method is a research method allowing to analyse empirically this mixture of uncertainty on the one hand and routines and habitus on the other. This method is based on the Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge (Bohnsack, 2018) – a methodology that goes back to Karl Mannheim's Sociology of Knowledge but is also based on Harold Garfinkel’s Ethnomethodology, Pierre Bourdieu's concept of habitus and theorems of System Theory of Niklas Luhmann. Against this background, the Documentary Method distinguishes between communicative and conjunctive knowledge. While the former can be explicated, e.g. by teachers, conjunctive knowledge cannot be explicated so easily. This knowledge is implicit, has partly sunk into the body and structures the thoughts and actions of school actors. The Documentary Method makes it possible to reconstruct implicit knowledge via the interpretation steps of formulating and reflecting interpretation (Bohnsack et al., 2010). In the context of school research, one of the questions of interest is which implicit knowledge underlies the perception of uncertainty and how school actors and prospective teachers deal with it. The aim of the symposium is to present the Documentary Method and the Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge, as it has been increasingly developed for school research in recent years, especially in German-speaking countries (Hinzke et al., 2023), to a European audience, to demonstrate the opportunities and limitations of the method using exemplary research projects in the field of school research and to discuss connections to other (qualitative) research strategies used in Europe. To this end, a basic introduction to the methodology and method of the Documentary Method will be given before three current research projects demonstrate the results that the method can produce in the field of school research. The discussant opens a transnational conversation. References Bohnsack, R. (2018). Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge and Documentary Method. In D. Kettler & V. Meja (eds.), The Anthem Companion to Karl Mannheim (p. 199-220). Anthem Press. Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (eds.) (2010). Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research. Budrich. Breidenstein, G., & Jergus, K. (2008). Doing Pupil among Peers. In H.-H. Krüger et al. (eds.), Family, School, Youth Culture (p. 115-132). Lang. Fend, H. (2006). Neue Theorie der Schule. VS. Helsper, W. (2021). Professionalität und Professionalisierung pädagogischen Handelns. Budrich/UTB. Hinzke, J.-H. (2018). Lehrerkrisen im Berufsalltag. Springer VS. Hinzke, J.-H., Gevorgyan, Z., & Matthes, D. (2023). Study Review on the Use of the Documentary Method in the Field of Research on and in Schools in English-speaking Scientific Contexts. In J.-H. Hinzke, T. Bauer, A. Damm, M. Kowalski & D. Matthes (eds.), Dokumentarische Schulforschung. Schwerpunkte: Schulentwicklung – Schulkultur – Schule als Organisation (p. 213-231). Klinkhardt. Kramer, R.-T., & Pallesen, H. (2019). Der Lehrerhabitus zwischen sozialer Herkunft, Schule als Handlungsfeld und der Idee der Professionalisierung. In R.-T. Kramer & H. Pallesen (eds.), Lehrerhabitus (p. 73-100). Klinkhardt. Vanderstraeten, R. (2002). Parsons, Luhmann and the Theorem of Double Contingency. Journal of Classical Sociology, 2(1), 77-92. Presentations of the Symposium Originating the Dialogic Teaching: Documentary Interpretation of the Narratives of Teachers Participating in the Wroclaw Tutoring Programme
Dialogic teaching is more than talk; it embodies a unique dialogic approach to knowledge, learning, social relationships, and education (Alexander, 2020). In this line, Wegerif (2016) argues that educational theory should transcend the dictionary and epistemological level of dialogue analysis and expose the ontological status of the dialogue as a mutual transformation of the person and the world. Nevertheless, the reconstruction of dialogic teaching is still dominated by the analysis of classroom talks and interactions (Calcagni et al., 2023; Hennessy et al., 2021).
The presented reconstruction of dialogic teaching exceeds the analysis of situationally separated and interactively explicit dialogues. The documentary reconstruction of teachers' praxeological knowledge (Bohnsack, 2017; Bohnsack et al., 2010; Krzychała, 2019) made visible the dialogical structure of pedagogical performance extending over a long-time process of teacher-student interaction. The dialogical structure arises primarily from the sociogenesis of the interplay of teaching and learning processes rather than the mere fact of conducting a discussion.
The study included narratives (12 group discussions and 54 individual in-depth interviews) collected in an already completed research that addressed the implementation of the Wroclaw Tutoring Programme between 2008 and 2016 (Krzychała, 2020). Dialogical teaching was not the subject of the study, but in the reflecting interpretation of the interviews, the initially latent polyphonic structure of pedagogical activity became explicitly evident. Two categories of descriptions of tutor-tutee interactions can be distinguished in the data: (1) interactions in the short term, related to working on a specific problem or goal set by the student; (2) relationships developed in the long term, covering the entire school period.
In all cases, as will be shown in the presentation, dialogicity is not readymade from the beginning, even when teachers and students are already talking and interacting. A germ form of dialogic teaching emerges when educators experience a tension between their own professional perspective and the revealing perspective of their tutees. The teachers remain aware of the separateness and insufficiency of these perspectives and create space for a new transformative experience: "The dialogic relation of holding two or more perspectives together in tension at the same time always opens up an unbounded space of potential perspectives" (Wegerif, 2007, p. 26).
In the 2023/2024 school year, the results of this analysis are tested in a pilot study by two physics and mathematics teachers for designing and evaluating classes.
References:
Alexander, R. (2020). The dialogic teaching companion. London: Routledge.
Bohnsack, R. (2017). Praxeological sociology of knowledge and documentary method. In D. Kettler & V. Meja (eds.), The Anthem Companion to Karl Mannheim (199–220). Anthem Press.
Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (ed.) (2010). Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research. Budrich.
Calcagni, E., Ahmed, F., Trigo-Clapés, A. L., Kershner, R., & Hennessy, S. (2023). Developing dialogic classroom practices through supporting professional agency. Teaching and Teacher Education, 126, 104067.
Hennessy, S., Kershner, R., Calcagni, E., & Ahmed, F. (2021). Supporting practitioner‐led inquiry into classroom dialogue with a research‐informed professional learning resource. Review of Education, 9(3), 85.
Krzychała, S. (2019). Professional Praxis Community in a Dialogical Perspective: Towards the Application of Bakhtinian Categories in the Documentary Method. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 20(1), Art. 17.
Krzychała, S. (2020). Teacher Responses to New Pedagogical Practices: A Praxeological Model for the Study of Teacher-Driven School Development. American Educational Research Journal, 57(3), 979-1013.
Wegerif, R. (2007). Dialogic Education and Technology: Expanding the Space of Learning. Springer.
Wegerif, R. (2016). Dialogic Education. In R. Wegerif (ed.), Oxford research encyclopedias. Oxford University Press.
Professional Cooperation in the Field of Tension: Reconstructive Case Comparisons in Swiss Primary Schools
As Luhmann (2002, p. 149 [transl. KP]) points out, pedagogical practice contours as an unspecific "mediating role" which centers around an intended transformation through learning – "from uneducated to educated". Against the background of a lack of direct intervention, this takes place under conditions of uncertainty. In consequence, the knowledge of the professions consists less in rules than in the availability of a sufficiently large number of complex routines (ibid.). It is precisely that underdetermination which characterises professional practice and which creates the space for appropriate actions with a view to the pupils’ (learning) needs. Herein the interaction system of teaching gains its complexity.
As Bohnsack (2020, p. 38 [transl. KP]) exposes, this interactive practice is contoured in difference to its environment with its norms. On the other hand, however, these norms are brought back into the interactive system – as an "orientation framework in the broader sense". While the handling of the tension between norm and interactive practice, between propositional logic and performative logic, is a characteristic of every situation, this is exacerbated in areas with the claim of professionalised pedagogical action, since here – in addition to the general norms and expectations – the programs codified by school as well as the identity and role expectations processed therein must also be dealt with (ibid., p. 39). Further intensification arises when teaching practices are organised in the co-presence of two or more professionals. For this case, Bohnsack (2020, p. 21 [transl. KP]) highlights the challenge that "in cooperation in the area of professional acting with its compulsion to decide, there can ultimately only be one joint practice that routinely 'enforces' junctions".
The present contribution uses the empirical data collected within the Swiss National Science Foundation (SNF) supported project "Primary Schools Caught between Inclusion and Educational Standards” (“Primarschulen im Spannungsfeld von Inklusion und Bildungsstandards”) (2020-2024) to analyse how this (cooperative) practice takes shape. Based on classroom video recordings, which are being analysed as part of a dissertation project (Papke, 2021) and using the Documentary Method (Bohnsack, Pfaff & Weller, 2010; Sturm, Wagener & Wagner-Willi, 2024), the aim is to examine how (regular) teachers, special needs teachers and social pedagogues jointly deal with the above-mentioned tension in situ. This will be pursued against the background of the programs of educational standardisation and inclusion/integration implemented in the area of Northwestern Switzerland (Köpfer, Wagner-Willi & Papke, 2021; Papke & Wagner-Willi, 2024).
References:
Bohnsack, R. (2020). Professionalisierung in praxeologischer Perspektive. Zur Eigenlogik der Praxis in Lehramt, Sozialer Arbeit und Frühpädagogik. UTB.
Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N., & Weller, W. (eds.) (2010). Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research. Budrich.
Köpfer, A., Wagner-Willi, M., & Papke, K. (2021). Dokumentarische Methode und inklusive Schulentwicklung. In E. Zala-Mezö, J. Häbig & N. Bremm (eds.), Die Dokumentarische Methode in der Schulentwicklungsforschung (p. 77-96). Waxmann.
Luhmann, N. (2002). Das Erziehungssystem der Gesellschaft. Suhrkamp.
Papke, K. (2021). ‚Organisierte Inklusion?‘ Description of the dissertation project. Available under https://bildungswissenschaften.unibas.ch/de/phd/doktorierende/katharina-papke/
Papke, K., & Wagner-Willi, M. (2024). Professionalisierte Unterrichtsmilieus. Zur Herstellung und Bearbeitung einer konstituierenden Rahmung in unterrichtlichen Kooperationen. In R. Bohnsack, T. Sturm & B. Wagener (eds.), Konstituierende Rahmung und professionelle Praxis. Pädagogische Organisationen und darüber hinaus (p. 135-162). Budrich.
Sturm, T., Wagener, B., & Wagner-Willi, M. (2024). Inclusion and Exclusion in Classroom Practices: Empirical Analyses of Conjunctive Spaces of Experience in Secondary Schools. In G. Rissler, A. Köpfer & T. Buchner (eds.), Space, education, and inclusion. Interdisciplinary approaches (p. 142-160). Routledge, Taylor & Francis.
WITHDRAWN The Development of an Inquiring Attitude among Student Teachers: Reconstructions in the Context of German Teacher Education
Teachers in Europe are faced with a variety of tasks: migration and flight of refugees, multilingualism, digitalisation and education for sustainable development are some of the current challenges that require a change in teaching. One condition for being able to tackle the new and the uncertain in a productive way is the development of an inquiring attitude among teachers.
Inquiry-based learning is a didactic concept that is increasingly being implemented in university teacher training programmes in Germany and internationally (Pedaste et al., 2015). At its core, it is about "learners (co-)designing, experiencing and reflecting on the process of a research project [...] in its essential phases" (Huber, 2009, p. 11 [transl. JHH]). Various goals are associated with inquiry-based learning, including the development of an inquiring attitude. Such an attitude can be summarised as a critical questioning stance, which represents a disposition that must be acquired and is effective in the long term (Huber & Reinmann, 2019). There are connections to the structural theory of professionalism, in which an inquiring attitude is associated with a scientifically reflective habitus. Such a habitus is part of the professional habitus and refers to the systematic acquisition of knowledge and reflection on professional practice (Helsper, 2008).
Previous research produced ambivalent findings. Several studies indicate that some student teachers show aspects of an inquiring attitude, others not (e.g. Feindt, 2007; Artmann, 2020; Paseka et al., 2023; internationally Smith, 2005; Han et al., 2017). However, there is a lack of studies analysing the development of an inquiring attitude in a longitudinal way by comparing different university locations. Such studies would provide a better understanding of the conditions under which an inquiring attitude develops.
Against this background, the results of a study will be presented that examines the extent to which an inquiring attitude develops throughout inquiry-based learning courses. The study is based on the ReLieF study, funded by the German Research Foundation, in which 15 group discussions were conducted at the universities of Hamburg and Bielefeld at two points in time.
The results, generated by using the Documentary Method (Bohnsack et al., 2010), revealed three orientations at the beginning of the courses and two orientations at the end of the courses in terms of how the student groups negotiate research and inquiry-based learning. The types exhibit different relationships to an inquiring attitude, which can be defined in more detail by, among others, forms of reflection.
References:
Artmann, M. (2020). Forschen lernen im Forschenden Lernen. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 15(2), 69-88.
Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N. & Weller, W. (eds.) (2010). Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research. Budrich.
Feindt, A. (2007). Studentische Forschung im Lehramtsstudium. Budrich.
Han, S., Blank, J. & Berson, I. R. (2017). To Transform or to Reproduce: Critical Examination of Teacher Inquiry within Early Childhood Teacher Preparation. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 38(4), 304-321.
Helsper, W. (2008). Ungewissheit und pädagogische Professionalität. In Bielefelder Arbeitsgruppe 8 (eds.), Soziale Arbeit in Gesellschaft (p. 162-168). VS.
Huber, L. (2009). Warum Forschendes Lernen nötig und möglich ist. In L. Huber, J. Hellmer & F. Schneider (eds.), Forschendes Lernen im Studium (p. 9-35). UVW.
Huber, L. & Reinmann, G. (2019). Vom forschungsnahen zum forschenden Lernen an Hochschulen. Springer VS.
Paseka, A., Hinzke, J.-H. & Boldt, V.-P. (2023). Learning through Perplexities in Inquiry-Based Learning Settings in Teacher Education. Teachers and Teaching.
Pedaste, M. et al. (2015). Phases of inquiry-based learning: Definitions and the inquiry cycle. Educational Research Review, 14, 47-61.
Smith, M. S. (2005). Helping Preservice Teachers Develop Habits of Inquiry: Can It Be Done? Reading Research and Instruction, 45(1), 39-68.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 11 B: Teachers' Views, Sensemaking and Tolerance Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Dion Rüsselbaek Hansen Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Dealing with Sensemaking in the Classroom. Theory and Practicalities of History Teaching 1Unit of Research in Education, Romania; 2University of Bucharest Presenting Author:The current presentation is following an initial research phase in which the perceptions of two groups of History teachers (experienced versus teachers in induction phase) concerning sense making (SM) in their activity was analysed. The topic of SM is relevant for many countries (Fitzgerald, M. S., Palincsar, A. S., 2019; Sakki, I., Pirttilä-Backman A.-M., 2019), considering the debate over the relation between contents and skills. Both commonalities and differences between the two groups of teachers were identified. One of the common points was that SM is important when designing teaching activities focused on the student learning. The topic is of interest in the Romanian setting also because the National Curriculum is supporting classroom applications of its provisions by promoting a new format for designing learning activities for students. The format is focused on identifying the steps taken by students when training for the development of the competences formulated in the National Curriculum. Following the previous research, teachers were asked to design learning activities that are relevant for the development of SM (e.g., explaining technical terms, learning a procedure or technique). Research question The focus of our research is the degree to which sensemaking is part of Romanian teachers’ rationale when reflecting on their own teaching practice. That is, if and how sensemaking – as a concept – becomes a tool for organising students’ learning experiences (in terms of selecting relevant historical content, teaching approaches, and assessment instruments). The second research question was to try to identify whether sensemaking in the teachers’ practice is dealt with in isolation or is linked with other concepts that act as a criterion for the selection of contents and teaching approaches. This approach follows the analysis proposed by Ketelaar and colleagues when analysing teacher professional experiences in relation to ownership, sensemaking, and agency (Ketelaar et alii, 2014). Theoretical background The first theoretical pillar is Shulman’s analysis of the various types of knowledge that are part of the teachers’ qualification (1986, 1987). The model was upgraded over time to include elements related to SM (e.g., as in Van Boxtel & Van Drie, 2008). The increase in the amount and diversity of knowledge that students, and teachers, have to cope with is among the significant factors that influence teaching. Moreover, teaching is always situated. Material conditions, cultural patterns, educational ethos, the way in which a subject is expected to be taught, all these have an influence on the way in which the teacher reflects on his/her classroom practice. The second theoretical pillar is Weick, Sutcliffe & Obstfeld (2005: 409) and the process of making a discipline meaningful ‘sense-making’. Sensemaking involves the ongoing retrospective development of plausible images that rationalize what people are doing. Viewed as a significant process of organizing knowledge, SM becomes crucial in History teaching. More than creating representations and ordering them in an explanatory sequence, sensemaking implies also that it enables the creation of links between pieces of information, and that these connections inform future action (to anticipate and act effectively). The problem seems to be both practical and theoretical – to what degree competences (which are aimed much more at educational results that transcend individual school subjects) influence subject-related elements, such as understanding the processes of enquiry and historical concepts and whether this is more meaningful as parts (nodes) in a network of concepts or learned in isolation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research is based mainly on qualitative instruments (learning activities projects, students’ learning products, interviews). Given the relatively small number of participating teachers (11), a statistical approach was considered to be less than relevant. However, statistical data was used when analysing students’ learning products. Documentary research included the analysis of the National Curriculum, and the textbooks used by teachers participating in the research. Data was collected from a number of teachers (experienced and in the induction phase) concerning their methods in designing learning activities, and the way in which they reflect on the efficiency of the proposed activities. The data include the analysis of the proposed learning activities (designed for 20-30 minutes of classroom teaching), the analysis of the results of the students’ activity, individual interviews with the teachers to explore the way in which they reflect on the experience and how they evaluate if the proposed activities have attained their intended outcome. For each category of information, a protocol of procedure was developed (including checklist for the design of the learning activities; quality criteria for students’ learning products; the transcript, coding, and analysis of the interviews with the teachers). The data was analysed in accordance with the two groups of teachers, and commonalities and differences were identified. The results were compared with international data available, and with the theoretical models developed over time concerning SM (e.g., from Van Drie & Van Boxtel, 2008 to Ketelaar et alii, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers seemed interested in the use of sensemaking as a tool for organising learning experiences for their students. Sensemaking is also considered to be useful when selecting primary sources, using digital media, and when establishing links with the present, but also when combining different categories of knowledge during their teaching. In fact, the latter (sensemaking as a designing instrument) seems to be in the forefront of teachers’ considerations concerning the concept. We consider that this situation is also the result of the teachers balancing their beliefs about History as a field of knowledge and History as a school subject. Clear statements about their beliefs are in the background. Another interesting spin-off is that SM in isolation seems to loose its epistemic value. Interviews seem to indicate that teachers – at least History teachers – are more attuned to another important concept, that of powerful knowledge. One of the conclusions is that instead of focusing on individual concepts, teachers view their epistemic position as a network of concepts that organize their practice at epistemic level. References Fitzgerald, M. S., Palincsar, A. S. (2019). Teaching Practicies That Support Student Sensemaking Across Grades and Disciplines: A conceptual review. Review of Research in Education, 43(1) Feucht, F. C., Brownlee, J. L. & Schraw, G. (2017). Moving Beyond Reflection: Reflexivity and Epistemic Cognition in Teaching and Teacher Education. Educational Psychologist, 52 (4), 234-241 Gericke, N., Hudson, B., Olin-Scheller, C. & Stolare, M. (2018). Powerful knowledge, transformations, and the need for empirical studies across school subjects. London Review of Education, 16(3), 428–444 Ketelaar, E., Koopman, M., Den Brok, P. J., Beijaard, D. & Boshuizen, P. A. (2014). Teachers’ learning experiences in relation to their ownership, sense-making and agency. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 20(3), 314-337 Klein, G., Moon, B. & Hoffman, R. R. (2006). Making Sense of Sensemaking 1: Alternative Perspectives. IEEE Intelligent Systems, 21(4), 70-73. IEEE. 21. 70 - 73. 10.1109/MIS.2006.75 Sakki, I., Pirttilä-Backman A.-M. (2019). Aims in teaching history and their epistemic correlates: a study of history teachers in ten countries. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 27(1), 65-85 Shulman, L. (1986). Those Who Understand: Knowledge Growth in Teaching. Educational Researcher, 15 (2), 4-14. Shulman, L. (1987). Knowledge and Teaching: Foundations of the New Reform. In Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-21 Van Drie, J., van Boxtel, C. (2008). Historical Reasoning: Towards a Framework for Analyzing Students’ Reasoning about the Past. Educational Psychology Review, 20, 87–110. van de Oudeweetering, K., Voogt, J. (2018). Teachers’ conceptualization and enactment of twenty-first century competences: exploring dimensions for new curricula. The Curriculum Journal, 29(1), 116-133, Vansledright, B. A., Hauver James, J. (2015). Constructing ideas about history in the classroom: The influence of competing forces on pedagogical decision making. Social Constructivist Teaching: Affordances and Constraints, 263-298 Weick, K., Sutcliffe, K. & Obstfeld, D. (2005). Organizing and the Process of Sensemaking. Organization Science, 16, 409-421 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Researching in Uncertain Times: Exploring the Potential of Actor-Network Theory in Teacher Education Research York St John university, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This theoretical paper explores the potential of actor-network theory and its later form as [NET] (in Latour's AIME project) in teacher education research. The political, environmental and economic uncertainty of our current time has implications for teacher education that are yet to be fully grasped. Perhaps as an effort to harness teacher education in the service of social stability, many national governments increasingly seek to define and standardise the work of teacher educators — their professionalism, knowledge, practices, behaviours and beliefs— through policy. These attempts are often challenged by research which offers a more holistic, dynamic and contextually divergent view of (teacher) education, inviting us to view the work of teachers and teacher educators as necessarily uncertain (Stronach et al., 2002), rooted in dynamism and difference through its relational formation within the cultures, societies and physical worlds of different collectives (Braun et al., 2011; Nespor 1994). Moreover, against a backdrop of normative universality effected by political globalisation rooted in capitalist ideals, an argument has been made for research contributing to negative universality based in social antagonism (Kapoor and Zalloua, 2022): for researching teacher education from the perspective of the (uncertain, fluid) spaces outside of strong normative (policy and social) discourses (Rüsselbæk Hansen et al., forthcoming). Building on the latter discourse, this paper sets out from the perspective of teacher education as a social construct and education as a discernible, yet fluid, mode of existence (Tummons, 2021). From this perspective is argued the value of ANT in its AIME form [NET] in teacher education research, as a way of coming to know education through description of all actors- normative and divergent- in its ongoing establishment, and the networked activity that holds them temporarily together. [NET] and AIME are explored in terms of the ontological and epistemological tenets by which they are characterised and the potential (and challenges) of these to the researcher of teacher education. The concept of reality as existing in a state of continuous performance and establishment offers researchers in uncertain times an approach that can encompass teacher education as a temporarily stabilised construct, explorable in terms of dynamism, fluidity and situationally dominant/ silenced/ co-opted differences (Unsworth, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Theoretical paper: towards an applied sensibility to data in teacher education research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings If we can a view the relational and discursive creation of situated iterations of teacher education, constituent actors and the interplay(s) between them, we can comprehend its creation and inform discussion of its future in a rapidly changing, uncertain world. As a relatively underused approach to the study of teacher education, ANT and AIME offer an alternative view of teacher education, in which the human and non-human hold equal importance and in which can be encompassed dynamism, fluidity and the ‘otherness’ which comes to light more frequently in times of increased social uncertainty. References Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse, 32(4), 585–596. Rüsselbæk Hansen, D., Heck, D., Sharpling, E., and McFlynn, P. (forthcoming) ' Resisting positive universal views of the OECD politics of teacher education: From the perspective of ‘negative’ universality'. In Eds. Magnussen, G., Phelan, A., Heimans, S., and Unsworth, R: Teacher Education and its Discontents: Politics, Knowledge and Ethics. Routledge. Kapoor, I., & Zalloua, Z. (2022). Universal Politics. Oxford University Press. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor-network-theory. Oxford university press. Latour, B. (2013). An inquiry into modes of existence. Harvard University Press. Nespor, J. (1994). Knowledge in motion - Space, time and curriculum in undergraduate physics and management Stronach, I., Corbin, B., McNamara, O., Stark, S., & Warne, T. (2002). Towards an uncertain politics of professionalism: teacher and nurse identities in flux. Journal of education policy, 17(1), 109-138. Tummons, J. (2021). Ontological pluralism, modes of existence, and actor-network theory: Upgrading Latour with Latour. Social Epistemology, 35(1), 1-11. Unsworth, R. (2023). A new mode of control: an actor–network theory account of effects of power and agency in establishing education policy. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 1-15. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper To Promote Tolerance of Ambiguity in Sustainability Education 1PH Wien, Austria; 2KPH Wien, Austria; 3HAUP Wien, Austria; 4HAUP Wien, Austria Presenting Author:Sustainable education requires cognitive processes in which learners, as constructors of their learning reality, relate implicit ideas of facts to the knowledge of others. Kattmann (2005, p. 60) describes this process as "conceptual reconstruction", which causes changes to previous cognitive concepts through a "reflexive abstraction" (Weinberger, 2017, p.10). In this context, Schneidewind (2018) speaks of the development of a "transformative literacy", to be understood as the development of skills in order to capture the dimensions and context of change dynamics and to implement them in contributions to sustainable development. With this theoretical background, teachers are faced with the challenge of dealing with transformations, uncertainties and unmanageable ambiguities in the teaching and learning processes. It requires the development of resilient controllability for challenging and unforeseeable circumstances and the ability to adapt flexibly in order not to counteract unexpected situations with devaluation or rejection. Dealing with ambiguity therefore requires self-reflection as a core skill, which makes it possible to become aware of unpredictable and ambiguous experiences and develop them further. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The theoretical considerations presented initiated a research project at three teacher-training colleges in Austria (period 2020-2024).The aim of the project is the development of a valid measuring instrument for surveying the personality construct of ambiguity tolerance in student teachers. This is seen as a basic dispositional dimension for teachers of sustainability education. Ambiguity tolerance is understood as a tendency to perceive contradictions, inconsistencies or ambiguous information in all its complexity and to evaluate it positively (e.g. Reis, 1996; Müller-Christ & Weßling, 2007; Radant & Dalbert, 2006). The areas of ambiguity are extracted quantitatively from existing concepts and also collected in more detail in a qualitative process based on a cross-case analysis according to Creswell (2007). Various multidimensional scales can be used to develop an empirical measuring instrument for assessing the degree of ambiguity tolerance. Reis (1996): Inventory for measuring tolerance to ambiguity (IMA), Radant & Dalbert (2006), Schlink & Walther (2007): German short scale for assessing the need for cognitive closure (NCC). A text vignette is used as a qualitative element to capture facets of the respondents' tolerance for ambiguity. This describes a problem situation from everyday school life that is intended to provoke insecurity and stress. When constructing the text, we ensured that the situation is compact, realistic, and concrete, but not too specific, that it can be grasped quickly even by first-year students, that several behavioral variants are permitted, and that the answers formulated can be compared (Paseka & Hinzke, 2014, p. 52). The pretest took place in March 2021 with students from the participating universities of teacher education and the University of Vienna (N = 149). The questionnaire was then factor-analytically evaluated using SPSS and comprised 80 items for the pretest, the statements of which were assessed in six-level answer categories (from “does not apply at all” to “applies very much”). The statement that applies to the test person is to be ticked for each item. Five areas of ambiguity (subscales for certain areas of life) are differentiated. The questionnaire is evaluated in several steps. After repeated analysis, some items were deleted; the final measurement instrument consists of sociodemographic data and five consistent scales for a total of 59 items, with reliabilities being satisfactory. The computer-assisted evaluation of the qualitative data (vignette) using MAXQDA was carried out inductively in the sense of a paraphrasing and summarizing qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some results of the pretest are presented below. This was mainly used for scale formation, but there were also some interesting results here as well. The four dimensions of ambiguity can be established very satisfactorily with reference to factor analysis. The validity of the measuring instrument for the construct ambiguity tolerance is given and the scales can be used accordingly in the main test. After the first review of the answers to the vignette, obvious peculiarities, passages that appeared essential and ideas for evaluation were recorded and transformed. After generalization and bundling, four categories were formed across all cases. By evaluating this casevignette, rough distinctions can be made regarding ambiguity. However, the four dimensions of ambiguity, which emerged from the factor analysis of the quantitative survey, cannot be explicitly and sufficiently contrasted. Therefore, for the main test, four specified case vignettes were constructed covering the categories of openness, social security, problem awareness and dealing with routine. These vignettes should be checked deductively on a case-by-case basis. The open questions challenge the respondents to write down hypothetical subsequent actions. Thus, each dimension can be recorded in its form (Paseka & Hinzke, 2014, p. 60). Results will be presented at the conference. The aim of this project is to develop a valid, reliable, and objective measuring instrument for the assessment of the personal characteristic of ambiguity tolerance, which can be used in the training of student teachers as a basis for self-reflection. The results of the main survey (2021/22) are intended to provide a basis for critical awareness-raising and further methodological and didactic considerations beyond green pedagogy. Dealing with ambiguity is an opportunity for teacher education to stimulate personal development and professionalization. Learners can be encouraged to question attitudes and behaviour by self-reflectively examining concepts from divergent perspectives and provoking friction surfaces. References Arnold, R., Schüßler, I. (2003) (Hrsg.). Ermöglichungsdidaktik. Erwachsenenpädagogische Grundlagen und Erfahrungen. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider. Creswell, J. (2007). Qualitative inquiry & research design. Choosing among five traditions (2nd Edition). Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications. Forstner-Ebhart, A., Linder, W. (2020). Changing the mindset – Anforderungen an Lernsettings für berufsbildende Schulen. (S. 237 – 247). In C. Sippl, E. Rauscher & M. Scheuch (Hrsg.), Das Anthropozän lernen und lehren. Innsbruck: Studienverlag. Forstner-Ebhart, A., Katschnig, T., Poterpin, E. & Schroll, C. (2022). Zur Förderung von Ambiguitätstoleranz in der Nachhaltigkeitsbildung. R&E-Source, Sonderausgabe 22. Verfügbar unter https://doi.org/10.53349/resource.2022.iS22.a1039. [9.8.2023]. Forstner-Ebhart, A., Katschnig, T., Poterpin, E. & Schroll, C. (2024). Zum unerfüllbaren Wunsch nach Eindeutigkeit - Ambiguitätstoleranz in der Lehrer*innenbildung. Zeitschrift Erziehung & Unterricht 1-2/2024 ,18-26. Frenkel-Brunswik, E. (1949). Intolerance of Ambiguity as an Emotional and Perceptual Personality Variable: Interrelationships Between Perception and Personality: a Symposium, Pt. 1. Inst. of Child Welfare. Kuckartz, U. (2016). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (3., überarbeitete Auflage). Weinheim Basel: Beltz Juventa. Leppert K., Koch B., Brähler E., Strauß B. (2008). Die Resilienzskala (RS) – Überprüfung der Langform RS-25 und einer Kurzform RS-13. In Klinische Diagnostik und Evaluation 2, 226–243. Müller-Christ, G. & Weßling, G. (2007). Widerspruchsbewältigung, Ambivalenz- und Ambiguitätstoleranz. Eine modellhafte Verknüpfung. In: G. Müller-Christ, L. Arndt & Ehnert, I. (Hrsg.), Nachhaltigkeit und Widersprüche. Eine Managementperspektive (S. 179–198). Hamburg: Lit-Verlag. Paseka, A., Hinzke, J-H. (2014). Fallvignetten, Dilemmainterviews und dokumentarische Methode: Chancen und Grenzen für die Erfassung von Lehrerprofessionalität. In Lehrerbildung auf dem Prüfstand 7(1), 46–63. Paseka, A., Keller-Schneider, M., Combe, A. (2018). Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Radant, M., Dalbert, C. (2006). Dimensionen der Komplexitätstoleranz: Ergebnisse einer Synopse von Persönlichkeitskonstrukten. Vortrag gehalten auf dem 45. Kongress der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Psychologie, Nürnberg. Reis, J. (1996). Inventar zur Messung der Ambiguitätstoleranz (IMA). Manual. Heidelberg: Asanger. Rosenzweig, S. (1938). Frustration as an experimental problem. VI. General outline of frustration. Character & Personality; A Quarterly for Psychodiagnostic & Allied Studies. , 7, 151–160. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6494.1938.tb02285.x. Schlink, S., Walther, E. (2007). Kurz und gut: Eine deutsche Kurzskala zur Erfassung des Bedürfnisses nach kognitiver Geschlossenheit. In Zeitschrift für Sozialpsychologie (38)3, 153–161. Schneidewind, U, (2018). Die große Transformation. Eine Einführung in die Kunst gesellschaftlichen Wandels. Frankfurt am Main: Fischer. Schratz, M., Schrittesser, I. (2012). Kompetenzorientierung in der Lehrerbildung. In F. Sauerland, F. Uhl (Hrsg.), Selbständige Schule: Hintergrundwissen und Empfehlungen für die eigenverantwortliche Schule und Lehrerbildung (S. 107–122). Köln: Wolters Kluwer. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 11 C: Restructuring Teacher Education Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ainat Guberman Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Towards Curriculum Coherence in Secondary Teacher Education: A Leadership Perspective Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:Curriculum coherence as a process Internationally, there is a movement toward more stringent accountability demands concerning the quality of teacher education (Hökkä et al., 2019; Murray et al., 2019), which is one of the reasons teacher education programs need useful frameworks to examine the quality of the learning experiences they provide (Hammerness & Klette, 2015). One way to approach the quality of teacher education programs is through the concept of curriculum coherence, which refers to the extent to which the various components within the teacher education curriculum are aligned (Hammerness, 2006). Herein, the curriculum is not reduced to the list of program courses. It includes the full range of aims, content, activities, and organizational aspects that are embedded within the educational program (Walker & Soltis, 1997). A term that is very closely related to coherence is ‘alignment’. Derived from the definition of Canrinus and colleagues (2017), teacher education programs should address three types of alignment to be considered coherent: (1) alignment between courses and the program’s vision, (2) mutual alignment between courses, and (3) alignment between courses and field experiences of student-teachers. These types of alignment should not be regarded as ‘a fixed end-stage of curriculum development’, as curriculum coherence should be approached as a complex process of collaboration, compromise, and intense social interaction between faculty members (Cavanna et al., 2021; Richmond et al., 2019). This interpretation implies that alignment is not a finite process, but instead an ongoing one that requires consistent maintenance and sustained efforts from the team of teacher educators. The potential role of program leaders Together with a focus on the process-oriented and social nature of coherence in teacher education, there is an increasing recognition of the potential role of program leaders in striving for more curriculum coherence (Cavanna et al., 2021). This is not surprising, given that coherence seems to be situated in processes of collaboration and interaction and previous research has already demonstrated the importance of leadership in fostering these processes (e.g., Branson et al., 2016). Berdrow (2010), for example, states that developing and maintaining productive information flow and relationships between people in the department is one of the requisite skills of department chairs. Branson and colleagues (2016) even consider the pursuit of a deeper sense of relational connection and interdependence throughout the organization to be the most important leadership skill. A closer examination of the literature regarding leadership in higher education reveals further connections with literature concerning coherence in teacher education. For example, Bryman (2007) found that having a ‘clear sense of direction/strategic vision’ has consistently been found to be an effective leadership quality in higher education. Interestingly, having a ‘clear vision of teaching and learning’ and ‘explicitly aiming for curriculum coherence’ are considered to be important for fostering curriculum coherence (Canrinus et al., 2019; Hammerness & Klette, 2015). In total, Bryman (2007) identified 13 forms of effective leadership behavior in higher education and at least four of these are conceptually connected to coherence in teacher education: (1) having a clear sense of direction/strategic vision, (2) preparing department arrangements to facilitate the direction set, (3) communicating well about the direction the department is going, and (4) creating a positive/collegial work atmosphere in the department (Cavanna et al., 2021; Hermansen, 2020). Despite the recognition of the potential importance of leadership for curriculum coherence in teacher education, little is known about how program leaders aim to address curriculum coherence in practice (Cavanna et al., 2021; Hermansen, 2020). Therefore, this study considers the following research question: ‘How do program leaders in (secondary) teacher education foster curriculum coherence?’ Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this multiple case study, six secondary teacher education programs were examined in depth through thematic analysis of interviews and complementary documents. These teacher education programs are based in Flanders and are classified at levels 6 (Bachelor) and 7 (Master) of the European Qualifications Framework (EQF; Ministry of Education and Training, n.d.). They are provided in two types of higher education institutions: universities of applied sciences and universities. Teacher education programs must consider some government guidelines when developing their curricula (e.g., ‘framework of teacher competencies’, Nusche et al., 2015), but overall, they are granted a relatively high degree of curricular autonomy. Data collection The data collection took place from January to June 2023. Semi-structured interviews were conducted in six teacher education programs for secondary education in six different higher education institutions; three universities (focus on academic education; EQF level 7) and three universities of applied sciences (focus on professional education; EQF level 6). This choice was made to ensure variation in program visions. For each program, interviews were conducted with program leaders and teacher educators in all curricular components: general education courses, subject didactics courses, field experiences, and the research component. In addition, documents were collected regarding the program's vision, quality assurance system, curriculum, and organizational structure. Data analysis The interviews and documents were coded in NVivo and analyzed using the thematic analysis method of Braun and Clarke (2006). This method consists of six steps: (1) becoming familiar with the data, (2) generating codes, (3) generating themes, (4) reviewing themes, (5) defining and naming themes, and (6) locating exemplars. The initial coding process was followed by the compilation of a case summary for each of the six programs. These summaries or ‘conceptually ordered displays’ provide a thematic overview of the data (Miles & Huberman, 1994). Each summary includes information about the program’s institutional context (e.g., the institution’s educational vision), the program’s vision, the program’s curriculum, practices aimed at fostering curriculum coherence, and influential contextual factors. Further analyses resulted in the identification of seven leadership practices aimed at enhancing curriculum coherence. The validity and reliability of the data and research findings were strengthened through triangulation. In each case, we included the perspectives of multiple participants: program leader(s) and teacher educators within various curricular components (data triangulation). In addition, we analyzed both interviews and documents to substantiate findings from various sources (method triangulation). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses confirm the role of program leaders in promoting curriculum coherence in teacher education programs. Across the six programs, program heads had a substantive role in the development and implementation of a coherent curriculum. Despite varying approaches, program visions, curriculum emphases, and institutional contexts, similar coherence-enhancing practices were identified. Program leaders employed the following practices to foster curriculum coherence: (1) establishing a clear and supported program vision, (2) leveraging the program vision, (3) investing in networks of partner schools, (4) facilitating curriculum-related communication and collaboration among teacher educators, (5) prioritizing a coherent curriculum design, (6) managing human resources to enhance curriculum coherence, and (7) involving students in promoting and evaluating curriculum coherence. These findings show that focusing on curriculum coherence does not only involve the initial development of a coherent curriculum structure and a clear program vision but also the work carried out by the program leader – and by extension also the team of teacher educators – once the initial development phase has passed. Managing human resources, involving students, leveraging the program vision, investing in networks, and facilitating communication and collaboration are all practices that require continuous attention. In other words, a coherent curriculum design and a clear program vision are a favorable foundation for a coherent curriculum, but a considerable portion of the effort lies in the continuous attention to coherence in daily curriculum implementation. Finally, it is interesting that various program leaders referred to the influence of contextual factors on their efforts to enhance curriculum coherence. For example, various program leaders indicated that the culture of autonomy among educators made a focus on curriculum coherence challenging. Future research could examine how the institutional context influences curriculum coherence and how program leaders could address this. References Berdrow, I. (2010). King among Kings: Understanding the Role and Responsibilities of the Department Chair in Higher Education. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(4), 499-514. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143210368146 Branson, C. M., Franken, M., & Penney, D. (2016). Middle leadership in higher education: A relational analysis. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(1), 128-145. https://doi.org/10.1177/174114321455857 Bryman, A. (2007). Effective leadership in higher education: A literature review. Studies in Higher Education, 32(6), 693-710. Canrinus, E. T., Bergem, O. K., Klette, K., & Hammerness, K. (2017). Coherent teacher education programmes: taking a student perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(3), 313–333. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2015.1124145 Cavanna, J. M., Molloy Elreda, L., Youngs, P., & Pippin, J. (2021). How Methods Instructors and Program Administrators Promote Teacher Education Program Coherence. Journal of Teacher Education, 72(1), 27–41. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487119897005 Hammerness, K. (2006). From coherence in theory to coherence in practice. Teachers College Record, 108(7), 1241–1265. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00692.x Hammerness, K., & Klette, K. (2015). Indicators of quality in teacher education: Looking at features of teacher education from an international perspective. In G. K. LeTendre & A. W. Wiseman (Eds.), International Perspectives on Education and Society (Vol. 27, pp. 239-277). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-367920140000027013 Hermansen, H. (2020). In Pursuit of Coherence: Aligning Program Development in Teacher Education with Institutional Practices. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(6), 936–952. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2019.1639815 Hökkä; P., Rautiainen, M., Silander, T., & Eteläpelto, A. (2019). Collective Agency-Promoting Leadership in Finnish Teacher Education. In J. Murray, A. Swennen & C. Kosnik (Eds.), International Research, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education (pp. 15-21). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-01612-8 Ministry of Education and Training. (n.d.). Level of qualifications | What is the FQF? | The Flemish Qualifications Framework. Retrieved January 25, 2024, from https://vlaamsekwalificatiestructuur.be/en/what-is-fqf/levels-of-qualifications/ Murray, J., Swennen, A., & Kosnik, C. (2019). How lay theories (or mindsets) shape the confrontation of prejudice. In J. Murray, A. Swennen & C. Kosnik (Eds.), International Research, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education (pp. 1-13). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-01612-8 Nusche, D., Miron, G., Santiago, P., & Teese, R. (2015). OECD Reviews of School Resources: Flemish Community of Belgium. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264247598 Richmond, G., Bartell, T., Carter Andrews, D. J., & Neville, M. L. (2019). Reexamining Coherence in Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 70(3), 188–191. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487119838230 Walker, D. F., & Soltis, J. F. (1997). Curriculum and aims. Teachers College Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Strong Beginnings for ITE Students Through Quality Teaching University of Newcastle, Australia Presenting Author:Globally, teachers have increasingly been recognised as the most important in-school influence on student outcomes (Hattie & Yates, 2014; Rockoff, 2004). Correspondingly, governments worldwide have made concerted efforts to ensure the quality of teachers, with a particular focus on initial teacher education (ITE) (Mayer, 2021). Mirroring changes to ITE in UK, reforms in Australia focus primarily on regulation and standardisation rather than pursuing innovations or interventions to enhance the quality of ITE programs. These efforts have included greater prescription of course content, new teacher accreditation schemes, new minimum literacy and numeracy standards, and new ‘classroom readiness’ assessments for graduating teachers (Rowe & Skourdoumbis, 2019). ITE curricula are now more crowded and fragmented than ever before, making it hard for students to integrate theory with practice (Dyment et al., 2015). Indeed, some of the greatest challenges in ITE include program coherence, student confidence to enter the workforce, and feeling prepared to enter the classroom (Willis et al., 2022). Within this context, there is an opportunity to improve ITE through interventions that support and empower students as they transition into early career teaching. One such intervention is the Quality Teaching (QT) model (NSW Department of Education, 2003). This model of pedagogy has been used in Australia for the past 20 years, however has not been systematically applied in ITE. Derived from the work of Authentic Pedagogy (Newmann et al., 1996) and Productive Pedagogies (Lingard et al., 2003), the model has the potential to support, empower and build the confidence of ITE students as they transition into the teaching workforce. The QT Model provides a shared language and set of concepts that teacher educators can use to underpin and articulate what constitutes quality teaching for their students. Linking theory to practice, the QT Model provides a means to connect theoretical content and the rigorous practical needs of teaching. It is applicable across multiple disciplines and has the adaptability to accommodate diverse teaching situations. The model highlights three dimensions of pedagogy:
Teaching that aligns with this model has consistently been linked to improved outcomes for teachers and students (Gore et al., 2017, 2021). Used in Quality Teaching Rounds (QTR) professional development (Bowe & Gore, 2017), the model has demonstrably empowered and built the confidence and efficacy of beginning teachers (Gore & Bowe, 2015). We hypothesised that it could help build the confidence of ITE students in ways that positively impact completion rates and the quality of graduates. In this paper, we explore a potential missed opportunity amid the plethora of ITE reforms – an intervention that has the ability to enhance the quality and coherence of ITE programs while providing students with the confidence to transition into early career teaching. To explore the impact of such an approach, we conducted a pilot study designed to increase final year ITE students’ understanding of quality teaching and address its impact on their classroom practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The purpose of the pilot study was to investigate impact of a QT workshop for ITE students on their experience of entering the teaching profession. The intervention consisted of a two-day tailored workshop for ITE students focused on the QT Model as it relates to both classroom and assessment practice and on the processes of QTR. Workshops were held online and face to face, involving a combination of facilitator-led sessions, independent work, and collaborative work in groups or breakout rooms. ITE students from one Australian university were recruited to participate in 2022 (n=33) and 2023 (n=23), with insights gleaned through a mixed-methods research design consisting of surveys and interviews. Surveys were completed at four time points (immediately before the two-day QT workshop, immediately after the workshop, immediately after the students’ 10-week internship, and 12 months after completion of their internship). Survey items focused on teacher efficacy, confidence, stress and intentions to continue in the profession. Interviews were conducted after the two-day workshop, after the 10-week internship, and again at the completion of the first year of teaching. Interview discussions focused on teacher preparedness, perceptions of QT and ITE, reflections on internship and the first year of teaching. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistics. Qualitative data, including open-ended survey responses, were analysed using standard protocols for inductive and deductive coding (Fereday & Muir-Cochrane, 2006) to identify key themes derived from the perspectives of participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings More than 3,000 classroom teachers have participated in QTR professional development to date; however, the approach has not yet been applied systematically in the ITE environment. The data from this pilot study sheds light on how participation in the QT workshop impacted students in their first year of teaching. We found that: 1) participants felt overwhelmingly positive about participating in the QT workshop; 2) the QT Model helped them understand important links between theory and practice that were previously missing; and 3) participation in the workshop produced a measurable increase in their confidence for undertaking their internship and during their first year of teaching. We argue that the QT Model provides a shared language and set of concepts that helps ITE students to understand, articulate and practise quality teaching. Linking theory with practice, the QT Model provides a bridge between the vast theoretical material and demanding practical requirements of teacher education programs while building program quality and coherence. Although a relatively small-scale study, the results presented in this paper establish the workshop as impactful for the ITE student experience. This innovative approach applies a highly evidenced, efficient, and targeted intervention to ITE programs, offering an alternative to current approaches which focus on regulation and standardisation. Our pilot study provides a solid foundation for undertaking larger-scale studies and for more fully integrating QT into ITE to improve beginning teacher practice, confidence and retention. References Bowe, J., & Gore, J. M. (2017). Reassembling teacher professional development: the case for Quality Teaching Rounds. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 23(3), 352–366. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2016.1206522 Dyment, J. E., Hill, A., & Dyment, J. E. (2015). You mean I have to teach sustainability too? Initial teacher education students’ perspectives on the sustainability cross-curriculum priority Recommended Citation. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 40. https://doi.org/10.3316/INFORMIT.072057830271190 Fereday, J., & Muir-Cochrane, E. (2006). Demonstrating rigor using thematic analysis: A hybrid approach of inductive and deductive coding and theme development. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(1), 80-92. Gore, J. M., & Bowe, J. M. (2015). Interrupting attrition? Re-shaping the transition from preservice to in-service teaching through Quality Teaching Rounds. International Journal of Educational Research, 73, 77–88. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2015.05.006 Gore, J. M., Lloyd, A., Smith, M., Bowe, J., Ellis, H., & Lubans, D. (2017). Effects of professional development on the quality of teaching: Results from a randomised controlled trial of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 68, 99–113. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.08.007 Gore, J. M., Miller, A., Fray, L., Harris, J., & Prieto, E. (2021). Improving student achievement through professional development: Results from a randomised controlled trial of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, 103297. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103297 Hattie, J., & Yates, G. C. R. (2014). Visible Learning and the Science of How We Learn (1st ed.). Routledge. Lingard, B., Hayes, D., & Mills, M. (2003). Teachers and productive pedagogies: Contextualising, conceptualising, utilising. Pedagogy, Culture and Society, 11(3), 399–424. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681360300200181 Mayer, D. (2021). Teacher Education Policy and Research. Global Perspectives (D. Mayer, Ed.). Springer Link. Newmann, F. M., Marks, H. M., & Gamoran, A. (1996). Authentic pedagogy and student performance. American Journal of Education, 104(4), 280–312. https://doi.org/10.1086/444136 NSW Department of Education. (2003). Quality Teaching Model. https://education.nsw.gov.au/teaching-and-learning/professional-learning/quality-teaching-rounds Rockoff, J. E. (2004). The Impact of Individual Teachers on Student Achievement: Evidence from Panel Data. The American Economic Review, 94(2), 247–252. http://econwpa.wustl.edu:8089/ Rowe, E. E., & Skourdoumbis, A. (2019). Calling for ‘urgent national action to improve the quality of initial teacher education’: the reification of evidence and accountability in reform agendas. Journal of Education Policy, 34(1), 44–60. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1410577 Willis, L. D., Shaukat, S., & Low-Choy, S. (2022). Preservice teacher perceptions of preparedness for teaching: Insights from survey research exploring the links between teacher professional standards and agency. British Educational Research Journal, 48(2), 228–252. https://doi.org/10.1002/BERJ.3761 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Collaborative Networks in Education: Opening Spaces for another Training and Another School Universidad de Málaga, Spain Presenting Author:If we metaphorically think of the school as a social and political hologram, the educational space can be seen as a reconstruction of society through the information that each school agent embodies, knows and generates (Dewey, 1938, Garcés, 2013). This idea warns us that we cannot continue to develop educational processes that do not take into account what happens outside the educational space and in turn indicates that the classroom can be a space to promote the construction of individual and collective meanings to contribute to a critical and inclusive society (Hargreaves and O'Connor, 2020). Accordingly, the focus of this communication is on the collaborative networks that are generated between schools and universities as centres of teacher education. The project is based on an assumption legitimised by different research (Penuel, et,al.,2020, Martín Barbero, 2003; Rivas, Márquez, Calvo and Martagón, 2022; Novoa, 2019) which states that the creation and development of collaborative work networks between school and university are facilitators of processes in which training, research and transfer are articulated, while at the same time allowing for the development of transformative educational actions. In the search for connections between school, society and university, we have been developing different collaborative projects (Leite, Márquez and Rivas, 2018; Rivas Leite and Cortés, Garcia; 2015; Márquez, Kirsch and Leite, 2020) that seek to advance in other teacher training and in the generation of links, relationships and co-productions between them. From the University we have the responsibility, as teachers and researchers, to explore and promote other training models that include dialogical and collaborative practices in which fragmentation is not the dominant line. Instead, we propose that knowledge can be generated from a collaborative process. From these previous experiences we present the first advances of a research project called "Collaborative networks in education. Critical teaching for an inclusive society (ReDoC)" awarded by the Ministry of Science and Innovation of the Government of Spain (PID2022-138882OB-100). This project aims to recognise, analyse, strengthen and create collaborative networks between school and university. We are interested in transformative projects linked to critical teaching for the development of an inclusive society. In this sense, we analyse initiatives that articulate the dialogue of disciplinary, practical and experiential knowledge between professionals in schools (infant, primary, secondary and adult), entities and associations that collaborate with schools, research professionals, teachers in training and all those experiences that configure spaces, collaborative networks around training and school. It also analyses the experiences of different groups that contribute to education in urban and rural contexts. The project is deployed in different universities in Spain (Granada, Cantabria, Extremadura, Valladolid and Malaga). The idea is to contribute, through analysis and reflection, to teacher training and the promotion of inclusive projects in educational centres with the support of the community . Service learning programmes, learning communities, pedagogical laboratories, observatories, etc., are some of the proposals that are being worked on and which will be further developed (Gao, 2015; Korthagen, 2017; Rivas, Márquez and Leite, 2021) We understand that these projects offer trainee teachers a real experience in inclusive education by interacting with teachers, students, families and the community in general (Yurén, 2013; Rivas, Leite and Cortés, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is based on an interpretative, situated, contextualised and collaborative approach in relation to a plurality of experiences-cases that occur in different educational contexts (formal education, early childhood education, primary, secondary, adult education and non-formal education). Therefore, the research design is planned as a multi-case study (Stake, 2005). Each case is understood as a community of practice (Wenger, 2002) in which a series of interactions take place, learning and knowledge are exchanged, and relationships and links are established through collaborative work. Likewise, the cases are approached from a biographical-narrative perspective (Rivas Flores, 2007; Cortés, et al., 2020) based on the stories, accounts, cartographies, conversations and debates between participants. Emphasis is therefore placed on the investigation of experiences in their educational, socio-cultural and political environments. The research team brings together 26 researchers from various Spanish universities who have already taken part in joint research projects in the past. This confluence of experiences and knowledge from different sites, scenarios and disciplinary fields (music, physical education, education) constitutes a collaborative dimension within the project itself that we want to highlight. The project is configured in three phases that will be assembled according to the process followed in the different cases: Phase I: Biographical-documentary cartographies. The aim is to identify the different experiences, both those with which we have already participated, as well as other emerging ones. It also generates spaces for research on the state of the art of collaborative networks in education. Phase II: Analysis of the cases. Work will be carried out on the previously defined cases. It is planned to analyse 10 cases of collaborative experiences taking into account some dimensions: scope of application (educational centres, universities), geographical area (rural, urban), participating population (teachers, students, families, neighbours, entities, etc.) and types of projects in terms of their promoters (universities, educational centres, subjects, groups, associations). In all cases we will work with public schools and universities. Some structuring axes of the cases are: community collaboration, gender identities, citizenship training, inter-institutional networks, etc. Phase III: Transfer and Dissemination. This phase runs through the entire project and refers to the public discussion of the progress made, through open forums, networks, assemblies or other participatory channels. Finally, and within the framework of the biographical-narrative perspective, voices and shared dialogue will be the basis of all the strategies developed: interviews, focus groups and discussion groups, analysis of documentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project is in the first phase in which relationships and synergies are being established between the five participating research groups. The previous experience in collaborative research processes of most of the researchers has allowed for a debate on the referential, theoretical, epistemological, methodological and ethical frameworks of the project. At the same time, the experiences-cases that will constitute the objects of study have been identified. At the moment there are three work scenarios in which progress is being made: -A scenario centred on experiences of collaboration between the University and educational centres at all levels in order to learn about the collaboration processes underway and to systematise those dimensions and effects that intervene in the development of such practices. -A scenario centred on experiences of collaboration with teaching collectives on problems that affect teaching work and that allow us to know the support matrices to generate collaborative proposals (teacher discomfort, coexistence). -A scenario centred on networks of collectives that are born inside and outside educational environments and that address somewhat marginal issues (such as gender diversity issues) but that are fundamental for breaking away from linear and standardised conceptions of educational organisation, curriculum, learning and training in order to transform current school and academic contexts. The results of the work in the aforementioned scenarios will be disseminated in different citizen forums, created for this project and debated with the entire educational community. The creation of collaborative research networks with educational centres, working groups and repositories will also be encouraged. References Cortés, P., Leite, A.E, Prados, M.E. y González, B. (2020). Trayectorias y prospectivas metodológicas para la investigación narrativa y biográfica en el ámbito social y educativo. En J. Sancho, F. Hernández, L. Montero, J. De Pablos, J. Rivas, & A. Ocaña (coords.), Caminos y derivas para otra investigación educativa y social. Octaedro. Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and education. MacMillan. Gao, X. (2015). Promoting experiential learning in preservice teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 41(4), 435-438. Garcés, M. (2013). Un mundo común. Ediciones Bellaterra. Hargreaves, A., y O´Connor, M. T. (2020). Profesionalismo colaborativo. Cuando enseñar juntos supone el aprendizaje de todos. Morata. Korthagen, F. (2017). Inconvenient truths about teacher learning: towards professional development 3.0. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 23(4), 387–405. Leite, A. E., Márquez, M. J., y Rivas, J. I. (2018). Aprendizajes emergentes y transformación social. Transformando la Universidad desde las Comunidades de Aprendizaje. En J. B. Martinez y E. Fernández (comps.), Ecologías de Aprendizaje: educación expandida en contextos múltiples, 209-228. Morata. Márquez, M.J., Kirsch, W., y Leite, A. (2020). Learning and collaboration in pre-service teacher education: Narrative analysis in a service-learning experience at Andalusian public school. Teaching and Teacher Education, 96, 1-10. Martín-Barbero, J. (2003) Saberes hoy: diseminaciones, competencias y transversalidades.Revista Iberoamericana de Educación, 32, 17-34 Rivas, J. I., Márquez, M. J., Calvo, P. y Martagón, V. (2022). Relación comunidad y escuela una propuesta contrahegemónica desde la universidad. Revista Izquierdas, 51. Penuel, W. R., Riedy, R., Barber, M. S., Peurach, D. J., LeBouef, W. A., y Clark, T. (2020). Principles of Collaborative Education Research with Stakeholders: Toward Requirements for a New Research and Development Infrastructure. Review of Educational Research, 90(5), 627-674. Rivas, J. I., Leite, A., y Cortés, P. (2015). La escuela como contexto de la formación inicial del profesorado: aprendiendo desde la colaboración. Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 19(1), 228-242. Rivas-Flores, J. I., Márquez-García M. J., y Leite-Méndez A. (2021). Una mirada política en la relación escuela y comunidad. Temas de educación 24(1), 35-52. Rivas-Flores, J.I.; Márquez-Garcia, Mª J.; Calvo-León, P.; Martagón Vázquez, V. (2022). Relación comunidad y escuela: una propuesta contrahegemónica desde la universidad. Revista Izquierdas, 51, 1-12 Rivas, J.I. (2007) Vida, experiencia y educación: la biografía como estrategia de conocimiento, en I. Sverdlick, (ed.) La investigación educativa. Una herramienta de conocimiento y de acción. Noveduc. 111-145 Yurén, T. (2013). Ciudadanía y Educación. Ideales, dilemas y posibilidades de la formación ético-Política. Juan Pablos Editor. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 10 SES 11 D: Engagement, Reflection and Emotional Labour Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Anne Phelan Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Learn to Acting: Emotional Labor of Student Teachers in Teaching Practicum in China Faculty of Education, East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The purpose of this study is to investigate the emotional experience of student teachers in teaching practicum by means of qualitative research, to construct a theoretical model of student teachers' emotional labor during educational practicum by applying grounded theory, to clarify the motivation, process, influencing factors, and main effects of student teachers' emotional labor during educational practicum, to explore the significance of emotional labor for student teachers' career choices, and to put forward suggestions to promote the professional development of student teachers. This study responds to four main questions: (1) What are the motivations for student teachers’ emotional labor in teaching practicum? (2) What are the manifestations and strategies of student teachers’ emotional labor in teaching practicum? (3) What are the influencing factors of student teachers’ emotional labor in teaching practicum? (4) How to enhance the professional development of student teachers in their emotional ability? Objective This study aims to constructs a theorical model, and provides a theoretical framework of student teachers in teaching practicum. To propose suggestions for student teachers to use emotional labor and improve their emotional regulation ability; To explore the emotional factors of student teachers’ sense of efficacy and promote their professional development. Perspectives or theoretical framework Emotional labor is a “third kind of labor” that is different from mental and physical labor, which requires one to induce or suppress feeling in order to sustain the outward countenance that produces the proper state of mind in others. And it is defined by Hochschild as the management of feeling to create a publicly observable facial and bodily display. Teachers have frequent interpersonal interactions with students, colleagues, parents, etc., and need to manage their feelings in order to display emotions that are consistent with public expectations and the educational system. In China, student teachers, as future teachers, are required to take part in a three-month teaching practicum before they can be certified as teachers. Student teachers learn how to be a teacher through teaching practicum, of which emotional labor is a significant part. In the sociological perspective, the general mechanism of emotional labor tends to extend Hochschild's argument for emotional labor. Grandey argues that the general mechanism of emotional labor is a model that encompasses the situational cues, the emotional regulation process, and the long-term consequences, and it is one of the theoretical frameworks that is currently being widely used. This study combines Hochschild's classification of the characteristics of emotional laborers and Grandey's proposed framework of general mechanisms of emotional labor, with the overall framework consisting of three parts: motivation, process, and consequence. In the motivation part, Grandey's proposed model of emotional labor in which the motivation of emotional labor is considered to be composed of many emotional events with various emotional rules, is the situational cues of emotional labor. This study believes that emotional adjustment is a dynamic process. According to Hochschild's classification, there are three types of teachers' emotions: the emotion of need, the emotion of feeling, and the emotion of performance. The motivation of emotional labor comes from the conflict between the three types of emotions. This study divides the emotion regulation process into two parts: performance and strategy. In terms of the performance, Hochschild argues that there are two main ways of performing emotional labor: surface acting and deep acting. According to Grandey, the strategies were divided into antecedent-focused emotion regulation and response-focused emotion regulation according to the time of emotion occurrence. In terms of consequence, the short-term effects were explored because the short duration of the teaching practicum made it difficult to obtain long-term consequence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology or Methods The empirical material reported on here is drawn from a study into student teachers in China, engaged 8 student teachers in formal and informal interviews and included field observation. The present article represents this empirical material, comprising interviews undertaken in a school in east China. Specifically, the interest was in emotional experience of student teachers. The interviews lasted between 45 minutes and 2 hours. The objectives of each interview were to explore the emotional labor of student teachers, whether as articulated by the student teachers themselves or as seen by another. The author, a former student teacher, has participated in the whole process of teaching practicum and conducted observation as an insider. In the teaching practicum, the student teachers’ behavior in interacting with different subjects such as teachers and students was observed. In terms of research ethics, the researcher ensured that all subjects were aware of the intention and form of the study, and that the process of carrying out and recording was carried out in which the subjects were always aware of the researcher’s working methods. Meanwhile, the lesson is an important context for the emotional labor of the student teachers, and it was difficult for them to describe in detail the behavior and body language verbally in the interviews. Therefore, this study collected lessons’ videos recorded by student teachers. Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on in-depth interviews, this study obtained first-hand information. Based on grounded theory, NVivo 12 was used to analyzed the empirical material in the sequence of Opening coding, Axial coding and Selective coding. Pre-interviews were first conducted with two student teachers, and the outline of the interviews was further refined in accordance with the interviews. Then, a further seven student teachers were interviewed, and at the end of coding, two more student teachers were interviewed to verify theoretical saturation. For field observation and video analysis, an observation outline was developed, which was categorized into five sections: teacher discourse, facial expressions, body languages, student feedback, and observer conjecture. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion 1 (in response to question 1): The motivation is the fluctuation caused by the imbalance of the emotion of need, feeling, and performance. The discrepancy between the emotion of feeling and need is emotional dissonance, which is caused by the gap between inside and outside; the discrepancy between the emotion of feeling and performance is emotional disguise, which is teaching strategy; and the discrepancy between the emotion of performance and need is emotional deviation, which is displaying emotions that do not meet the requirements. Conclusion 2 (in response to question 2): The performance of student teachers’ emotional labor is surface acting, deep acting, and natural behaviors. The strategies of emotional labor of student teachers were able to be consistent with the motivations. The strategies were categorized into antecedent-focused emotion regulation strategies and response-focused emotion regulation. Antecedent-focused emotion regulation strategy is a pre-judgement of the situation, and is a reflection of the accumulation of experience by the student teachers; Response-focused emotion regulation strategy is a common way of reacting promptly to emotional fluctuations. Conclusion 3 (in response to questions 3 and 4): The influencing factors of student teachers emotional labor mainly include individual, organizational, and socio-cultural factors. Fei Xiaotong believes that the micro network relationship between people is full of egoistic spirit of “self” as the center of “the differential mode of association”, like a stone dropped into the water to launch the ripples, the more you push the thinner. The Chinese context emphasizes that society is a flat network of relationships. Student teachers are learning how to deal with the “relationships” in the educational field, and how to play the “teacher's role” as defined by social norms. Student teachers’ emotional labor is shaped by their exploration of relationships, in which they exercise subjectivity to create and grasp relationships. References Hochschild A R.. The Managed Heart: Commercialization of Human Feeling[M]. Berkely, CA: University of California Press,1983:6-7. Grandey A A.. Emotion regulation in the workplace: a new way to conceptualize emotional labor.[J]. Journal of occupational health psychology, 2000, 5(1) : 95-110. Grandey A A. & Melloy R C.. The state of the heart: Emotional labor as emotion regulation reviewed and revised.[J]. Journal of occupational health psychology, 2017, 22(3) : 407-422. Fei Xiaotong. Native soil, The Foundations of Chinese Society [M]. Beijing: Peking University Press,2016:37-45. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Pre-service Teachers' Reflections in Practice Placement: Balancing Pedagogy and Subject Didactic OsloMet, Norway Presenting Author:This study examines the characteristics of pre-service teachers’ (PST) reflection logs throughout practice placement (PP) in year one and four of their initial teacher education. More specifically, we investigate the themes, topics, knowledge, and skills that PST focus on in their logs, and what language is used to describe these elements. The reflection logs are written at the end of each week of PP and contain PST’s reflections on their own development during that week, as well as areas to focus on during the following week(s). The focus points for reflection are given by the PST’s practice teacher, and are addressed in guidance sessions during PP. The following research questions guide our investigation. 1) What language do pre-service teachers use to reflect over learning and development in practice placement? 2) What themes, topics, knowledge and skills do pre-service teachers focus on in their reflection logs?
3) What are the similarities and differences between reflections at years one and four?
The Norwegian initial teacher education system for primary and lower secondary teacher education (compulsive education) promotes a holistic teaching and learning approach. This comprehensive system is structured into two distinct five-year master's programs, preparing teachers for either grades 1-7 (pupils’ ages 6-12) or grades 5-10 (pupils’ ages 10-16). Both study programs encompass a blend of subject knowledge, pedagogical skills, subject didactics, research literacy, and professional ethics. Our study focusses on the grade 5-10 training program. Teachers in this program are typically subject specialists, as the complexity of subjects increases at these grades. They are expected to possess a deeper understanding of a smaller selection of subjects (Skagen & Elstad, 2023).
An integral part of these programs is in-school PP under the supervision of experienced practice teachers, providing PSTs with practical experience (110 days divided into 5-6 weeks per year in the first 4 years of studies). The aim of such integration is to link in-school PP and campus-based learning, bridging the gap between theory and practice (Allen & Wright, 2014). PSTs write reflective logs during their practice placement, documenting their experiences, reflections and learning process. These logs, used by practice teachers for feedback, are also potential research resources. They provide insights into individual PSTs' growth, challenges, teaching methods, and the application of theoretical knowledge. Comparing logs across PSTs can identify patterns and differences in experiences and reflections and the development of their teacher identity and professional competencies. The theoretical framework for analysing PST logs includes Teacher Cognition, Teacher Professional Knowledge, and Aristotle's phronesis, techne, and episteme:
The reflective logs provide a rich source of data for exploring these dimensions. This comprehensive approach allows for a deep understanding of the processes involved in becoming a teacher. The reflective logs can reveal how PSTs are applying their professional knowledge in real-world teaching situations, and how this knowledge evolves over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is a two-pronged document analysis of PST reflection logs consisting of a content analysis and a collocation analysis. Participants and data sets The participants are PSTs in years one and four of their five-year teacher training. The first-year PSTs (estimated N=20) all have English as a second language as their subject, while the fourth-year PSTs (estimated N=50) have 14 different subjects. In addition, all PSTs have pedagogy as a subject. Each PST writes one reflection log per week, giving an estimated data set of up to 800 logs (5 logs per PST in first year and 6 in fourth). Analytical approaches First, we conduct a collocation analysis where various word combinations are extracted from the reflection logs, including clusters, N-grams and collocations based on Mutual Information, t-score and Log-Likelihood, using the AntConc software (Anthony, n.d.). The purpose of this analysis is to identify recurring, similar formulations in the texts. Combining measures that include statistical significance (Log-Likelihood and t-score) and effect size (MI-score) ensures that we extract both frequent word combinations and rarer ones that may nevertheless be strong predictors of central text features. Second, the collocation analysis is used as a starting point for a content analysis (Krippendorff, 2004) which allows us to study the meanings of a text and its relation to the context in which it is written (Gheyle & Jacobs, 2017). The purpose is to identify the themes, topics, knowledge, and skills that are prominent in the logs. The unit of analysis is the entire log, where words/word clusters are thematised and categorised according to their focus area (pedagogy, subject, subject didactics etc.). Our content analysis is mainly qualitative, seeking to identify what the PSTs focus on and how they relate this to their professional development in the context of PP. Thus, this two-pronged approach allows for a seamless combination of qualitative and quantitative analyses. Anonymity/ethics The study complies with data protection legislation as assessed by the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research. No sensitive data is gathered, and the texts are anonymised after collection. References to the material and the analysis of the data is conducted without referencing any identifiable informant information. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This is a planned study, as data collection is carried out March- April 2024, thus the following is a description of expected outcomes. The combination of the content analysis and collocation analysis will give us insight into the characteristics and thematic content of the texts. Furthermore, they will provide opportunities to understand the context of PP. First, we expect to be able to pinpoint if and how the logs’ content balances between pedagogy and subject didactics, i.e., do the PST focus on both pedagogical skills such as classroom management, teacher-student relationship, planning etc, and subject didactics such as choice of teaching materials, subject content, learning aims, subject-specific assessment etc. As both pedagogy and subject didactics are equally central in the study program, the expectation is that they will feature equally in PP reflections. At the same time, research shows (Amdal & Willbergh, 2020) that newly-educated teachers find the non-subject related aspects of the profession, such as classroom management and teacher-student relationships, more challenging, which would suggest that they would take up more space in their PP reflections. Second, the analysis will give insight into how PSTs and their practice teachers connect theory (campus curriculum) and practice. These findings will further our understanding as teacher educators of the link between campus and school learning arenas. Such connections are vital for the PSTs professional development and learning during their teacher education (Allen & Wright, 2014). Fragmentation and lack of coherence across sites of learning and forms of knowledge has long been pointed out in research on teacher education in Norway (Hammerness, 2006; Hermansen, 2020). Together these findings will serve to give valuable knowledge about how to improve coherence in teacher education with a focus on a specific tool used in PP, the reflection log. References Allen, J. M., & Wright, S. E. (2014). Integrating theory and practice in the pre-service teacher education practicum. Teachers and teaching, 20(2), 136-151. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2013.848568 Amdal, I. I., & Willbergh, I. (2020). Det produktive praksissjokket: Nyutdannede læreres fortellinger om lærer-elev-forholdet i overgangen fra lærerutdanning til lærerarbeid [The productive transition into teaching: Novice teachers’ narratives of the teacher-pupil relationship]. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(3). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.8421 Anthony, L. (n.d.). AntConc software. https://www.laurenceanthony.net/software/antconc/ Borg, S. (2003). Teacher cognition in language teaching: A review of research on what language teachers think, know, believe, and do. Language teaching, 36(2), 81-109. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444803001903 Gess-Newsome, J. (2015). A model of teacher professional knowledge and skill including PCK: Results of the thinking from the PCK summit. In A. Berry, P. Friedrichsen, & J. Loughran (Eds.), Re-examining pedagogical content knowledge in science education (pp. 28-42). Routledge Press. Gheyle, N., & Jacobs, T. (2017). Content Analysis: a short overview. Internal research note, 10. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.33689.31841 Hammerness, K. (2006). From coherence in theory to coherence in practice. Teachers College Record, 108(7), 1241-1265. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9620.2006.00692.x Hermansen, H. (2020). Knowledge discourses and coherence in professional education. Professions and Professionalism, 10(2), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.7577/pp.3713 Krippendorff, K. (2019). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781071878781 Lea, K. (2021). Hva må en kyndig lærer kunne? [What makes a competent teacher?] In L. T. Hilt & L. P. S. Torjussen (Eds.), Grunnspørsmål i pedagogikken [Core issues in pedagogy]. (1. utgave. ed., pp. 319-341). Fagbokforlaget. Skagen, K., & Elstad, E. (2023). Teacher Education in Norway. In E. Elstad (Ed.), Teacher Education in the Nordic Region: Challenges and Opportunities (pp. 175-193). Springer International Publishing Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-26051-3 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Thinking with a Bookcase – Diffracting Student Teachers’ Reflections 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:In this study, we think with theory and adopt a diffractive lens in engaging with student teachers' reflections. The focus is on exploring glowing moments in student teachers' reflective texts, recognising becoming as an ongoing, dynamic process that goes beyond static definition (Massumi, 1992; Rubin, 2022). By asking what might be produced if student teachers embrace the material dimension, particularly a bookcase and children's literature, the research seeks to reimagine teacher education as relational, material, and affective. The following questions took shape during the study: What can thinking-with diffraction and student teachers’ reflections on the bookcase produce and enable in teacher education? What difference did the literature make for the students’ teacher-becoming? The empirical material for this study comprises reflections from early childhood education student teachers enrolled in the blended course "Children’s Literature and Drama" at a university in Finland. We approach the empirical material as diffractive engagements in practice (Murris, 2021) presented as companions for thinking, seeing, and feeling with rather than as representational examples (Vintimilla et al., 2021). The study employs non-representational and postqualitative methodologies to explore the transformative potential of reflections and relationality in teacher training. By approaching reflections diffractively, we discuss the impact of the course on students' reflective practices and explore speculative avenues such as diffractive didactics in teacher education. The study delves into what might be produced when student teachers reflect on literature, including the theoretical course literature and children’s literature, and practice during a course. We became intrigued by how student teachers engaged with an assignment analysing children's books in the early childhood education centres where they worked. These reflections were part of a blended course designed to accommodate students working full or part-time as early childhood education teachers. As the student teachers interacted with the bookcase, they diffracted their previous professional experiences, highlighting elements in the course that influenced their becoming as teachers, such as literature and spaces for reading. The inquiry began with a focus on the empirical material—student course reflections. We identified events that made a difference by actively prompting student teachers to consider changes in their practice. Often rooted in humanist assumptions, reflections are commonplace in teacher education, offering students opportunities to engage with personal and professional experiences. However, we argue that such reflections frequently neglect or underestimate the impact of material-discursive dimensions. Further, this research calls for re-evaluating teacher education practices by incorporating diffractive perspectives and emphasising the material-discursive dimensions that significantly influence the transformative learning experiences of student teachers. The study encourages educators to consider the broader implications of diffractive didactics and to explore the potential of embracing material relations and entanglements in teacher education alongside human relations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a post-qualitative and non-representational approach, aligning with the principles of thinking-with research materials, theories, and collaborative discussions to reimagine teacher education (Jackson & Mazzei, 2013; Murris, 2021; Vannini, 2015). Thinking with the concept of diffraction, we study the transformative potential of student teachers' reflections. Here, diffraction allows us to pay attention to delicate details and differences that matter rather than focusing on coding, categorising, or comparing (Jackson & Mazzei, 2013; Murris & Bozalek, 2019). Diffraction, an optical metaphor introduced by Donna Haraway and developed by Karen Barad (Geerts, 2019), serves as the theoretical framework. For Haraway, diffraction is about making a (material) difference in the world by paying attention to how differences and power materialize. Barad further situated the researcher and research materials in an intimate co-existence by suggesting they are created through one another. To Geerts (2019) diffraction offers ways to reimagine higher education without falling back on either nostalgic humanist assumptions that exclude Otherness and ignore the material realities of students or neoliberal discourses that instrumentalise education and make students actors on a global market, profit-focused, ready to self-develop and forever deemed to prove their worth. Similarly, Taylor (2019) sees diffraction as respecting the relationality of humans and non-humans by offering a holistic approach to the purpose of higher education, fostering creative and meaningful engagements with the knowledge that makes a difference to students. Diffraction invites materialities into the discussion about the purpose of higher education, specifically teacher education. In that sense, diffraction is an approach that constantly moves between ontological, epistemological, and ethico-political implications of humans and non-humans co-existing side by side and together, creating differences that matter (Geerts, 2019). We carefully read the reflective texts multiple times, attending to words, ideas, and thoughts that 'glow' (MacLure, 2013). We also embraced the notion that our ideas about and orientations towards research were inevitably present alongside—and with—us in this process. The non-representational methodology creates opportunities to encounter empirical material as dynamic, fragmented and entangled in unexpected and remarkable ways (Barad, 2007; Hultman & Lenz Taguchi, 2010). By thinking through and engaging with glowing moments, the focus is on the relational and material becoming rather than separate pieces of data (Sheridan et al., 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this study of students' reflections, we embraced a diffractive lens to understand the dynamic, ongoing process of becoming teachers. We aim to reimagine teacher education as a relational, material, and affective endeavour, focusing on the glowing moments in reflective texts and the influence of literature on the teacher-becoming process. The diffractive engagements and glowing moments discussed in the study offer a potentially novel perspective for thinking, seeing, and feeling with the empirical material rather than relying on representational and prescriptive examples. This shift in perspective allowed us to explore the transformative potential of reflections and delve into speculative realms, contemplating diffractive didactics in teacher education. The study's empirical material, drawn from reflections of early childhood education student teachers, provides insights into the impact of literature on their development as teachers. Here, we emphasise the empirical material's dynamic, fragmented, performative, and entangled nature (Vannini,2015). The assignment involving the analysis of children's books in early childhood education became a diffractive lens through which students could reconsider their previous professional experiences and imagine new ways of reading-with the children rather than to the children. For example, the student teachers sometimes created new relational and material teaching practices involving book-talks, drama (puppets, role-playing, props, scenery) and dramatic effects (sounds, visual prompts, music) connected to the children’s embodied sensations and affects. The bookcase assignment inspired the students to reimagine the spaces for reading-with children and they considered different places indoors (floors, tents, sleeping bags) and outdoors (hammocks, the forest) and unscheduled reading-with sessions that followed the children’s sense of time and spatial choices. By attending to delicate details and differences that matter, the study encourages educators to consider the creative and transformative potential of reflective practices. Through the student teachers' reflections, the bookcase, literature, children, and teachers become reimagined differently through multiple material-discursive entwinements. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke university Press. Geerts, E. (2019). Re-vitalizing the American feminist-philosophical classroom: Transformative academic experimentations with diffractive pedagogies. Posthumanism and higher education: Reimagining pedagogy, practice and research, 123-140. Hultman, K., & Lenz Taguchi, H. (2010). Challenging anthropocentric analysis of visual data: A relational materialist methodological approach to educational research. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 23(5), 525-542. Jackson, A. & Mazzei, L. (2013). Plugging one text into another: Thinking with theory in qualitative research. Qualitative Inquiry 19(4): 261–271. MacLure, M. (2013). The wonder of data. Cultural Studies? Critical Methodologies, 13(4), 228-232. Massumi, B. (1992). A User's Guide To Capitalism and Schizophrenia: Deviations from Deleuze and Guattari. Cambridge: MIT Press. Murris, K. (ed.) (2021). Navigating the Postqualitative, New Materialist and Critical Posthumanist Terrain across Disciplines: An Introductory Guide. New York: Routledge. 2021. Murris, K. & Bozalek, V. (2019). Diffracting diffractive readings of texts as methodology: Some propositions. Educational Philosophy and Theory 51(14): 1504–1517. Rubin, J. C. (2022). “We felt that electricity”: writing-as-becoming in a high school writing class. Literacy, https://doi.org/10.1111/lit.12306. Sheridan, M. P., Lemieux, A., Do Nascimento, A., & Arnseth, H. C. (2020). Intra‐active entanglements: What posthuman and new materialist frameworks can offer the learning sciences. British journal of educational technology, 51(4), 1277-1291. Taylor, C. A. (2019). Diffracting the curriculum: Putting “new” material feminism to work to reconfigure knowledge-making practices in undergraduate higher education. In Theory and method in higher education research (pp. 37-52). Emerald Publishing Limited. Vannini, P. (Ed.). (2015). Non-representational methodologies: Re-envisioning research. Routledge. Vintimilla, CD, Pacini-Ketchabaw, V., & Land, N. (2021). Manifesting living knowledges: A pedagogists’ working manifesto. Journal of Curriculum and Pedagogy: 1–10. Epub ahead of print. https://doi.org/10.1080/15505170.2021.1955051. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 100 SES 11: Reserved Working EERA Treasurer Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Working Meeting |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Reserved Working EERA Treasurer University of Fribourg, Switzerland Presenting Author:. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 11 SES 11 A: Higher Education: Student Needs and Skill Development Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Daiga Kalniņa Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Revolutionizing Learning with The Next-Gen LMS (Scrole) Turiba University, Latvia Presenting Author:In the 21st century where educational organizations are harnessing their skill sets with the help of information and technology, the Knowledge transfer from pedagogy to information and communication technology (ICT) plays a vital role (Reding, 2003). Therefore, in real-life situations, it's crucial to pay attention to what stakeholders of learning organizations need even before we create a product or service. We can make better decisions by understanding their needs and comparing them with what we can offer (Madzík.et.al, 2019). The Kano Model of Satisfaction (1984) is extensively employed by numerous educational and training institutions to assess the impact of individual service components on overall student satisfaction within broader service domains, particularly concerning academic advising or the intended digital learning outcomes (IDLO) of stakeholders in Higher Education Institutions (HEIs). (Mcdowall, 2016) In digital learning, ICT is an important medium. Therefore, designing an LMS to satisfy the needs of stakeholders of HEIs is one of the crucial factors. This study prominently incorporates the theory of attractive quality (Kano model) to analyze the needs of stakeholders for digital learning tools. Kano analysis can offer a better understanding of how stakeholders of HEIs evaluate a product and assist the development of new LMS by focusing on the most important attributes that need to be improved. (Hsu.et.al, 2019) 81 The newly designed LMS will offer 22 new functional factors namely from F1 to F22. These factors comprise various LMS attributes such as ease of use, interactivity index, interconnectivity, design, and layout, (Application Programming Interfaces) API integration, compatibility with various mobile devices, monitoring learners’ performances as well as Human Resource and Accounts Modules integrated. This paper highlights the Kano Method research findings and analysis for the Ph.D. research paper of the author. The 21st century today demands an educational structure that caters to the demands and skills of the new generation in this digital age (OECD, 2019). As per Ferri and colleagues (Ferri.et.al, 2020, pp. 2-3) it is mentioned that a digital learning system implemented properly acts as a very crucial support structure for the delivery of modern constructive coaching. 58 Even though LMS’s have been popular and are widely adopted for their vast offerings that aid digital learning & education. Several authors Umar & colleagues (Umar.et.al, 2017) Brandford (2017) & Naufal (2017) have argued that LMS’s still have limitations that cannot be overlooked. Umar & colleagues highlighted some of the drawbacks of the LMS’s and one of the major factors is that they figured out the primary acceptance and endorsement of the stakeholders that means (teachers/ trainers/ educators/ students/ course designers/ administrative & management personnel as well as owners and managers of the educational institutions or organizations). As per Anderson & Dron (Anderson & Dron, 2017) majority of LMSs are restricted to authorized users deliberately so that the higher authorities of the educational organizations can govern them. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To measure the satisfaction level, of the stakeholders with the newly planned LMS named “Scrole” the author has used Kano analysis for this purpose. The analysis is based on the feedback received by the stakeholders of HEIs in Latvia according to the questionnaire prepared and distributed randomly. The survey Google form was drafted to suffice the Kano principles such as functional and dysfunctional ones accordingly. Moreover, self-importance ratings were also taken for the particular product feature codes that comprise 22 features. Analysis was done both continuously and discretely, and results were summarized accordingly. The Technology Pedagogy Content Knowledge (TPACK) (Mishra.et.al, 2017) and Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), (Ros.et.al, 2015) were the main models and frameworks used in framing qualitative and quantitative question sets. It substantiated that those various aspects of the criteria demand the incorporation of various paradigms. Survey analysis highlights almost all 20 out of the 22 features of the “Scrole” are accepted by the stakeholders of HEIs in Latvia. That is except Feature (F12 & 16) yield a value of (P) in the category which according to Kano rules means Positive. It is not always the same and however, things can even change whilst the product is in the pilot testing stage as it is observed that people’s needs, wants and minds change according to the product's versatility and changing trends. (Rust, 2020) Research question: Will the newly designed LMS model fulfill the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) criteria? Research methods: 1) data collection – stakeholders’ survey (closed-ended questions with functional & dysfunctional and urgency of importance attributes for Kano analysis), stakeholders’ structured observation done by 5 structured Interviews from stakeholders of HEIs from Latvia. Among the Interviewees were three professors from the International College of Cosmetology, the head of the Department of Tourism of Turiba University, and a lecturer of the English Language at the University of Latvia. Mixed-methods data analysis strategies – data interpretation and comparison. For qualitative data analysis, content analysis was applied – the basic analytic method of interpretivism. For quantitative data – descriptive analysis and frequency calculations were carried out. Research process: Stakeholders’ who participated in the "Scrole" survey were specifically targeted according to the HEIs in Latvia. Respondents answered questions that highlighted limitations with LMS, preference factors, daily struggle, inclusion of artificial intelligence for digital learning, and connection of a personal touch with digital modes of learning. Research period: November 2021 – December 2023. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Stakeholders consider specially designed software Like Moodle in HEIs, is not easy! Teachers find limitations in terms of time management for training, special software is staggeringly complicated to understand as most teachers don’t have IT backgrounds. The major issue with special digital LMS tools is stakeholders need to depend upon the technical or IT administrator to troubleshoot the problems causing valuable time loss. Other issues highlighted by the stakeholders are generation trends & characteristics, stakeholders have a common opinion that technology should not be the starting point but pedagogy should be, and to practice or implement any new LMS the involvement of all the stakeholders is a must. The biggest concern stakeholders of HEIs raised was about data security. The Attractive Value (A): - When it comes to product attractiveness the value field (A) in discrete analysis gives some of the feature’s percentages below 10% in terms of attractiveness and those are the points the product needs to be worked upon to make it more attractive amongst the stakeholders of HEIs. To overcome the reverse value (R) value for “Scrole” it is important to see what features are being rejected, in this case, it is (F12&F16) that integration with social media and other platforms is not welcomed by the stakeholders of HEIs. The discrete analysis gives a broader overview of every feature accepted or rejected by the stakeholders of HEIs. The Performance Value (P) field shows that all the 22 features of "Scrole" have gained above 50% in terms of Performance features, except F12 & F16, which means that is highly desirable and will be widely accepted by the stakeholders of HEIs in Latvia once developed and launched. "Scrole" LMS has good possible strengths to attract stakeholders to achieve their intended digital learning outcome (IDLO). References Anderson, & Dron. (2017. gada 15. December). Integrating learning management and social networking systems. Integrating learning management and social networking, 25, 5-19. doi:10.17471/2499-4324/950 Ferri.et.al, F. (2020. gada August). Online Learning and Emergency Remote Teaching Opportunities and Challenges in Emergency Situations. MDPI Journals, 10(4), 1-18. doi:10.3390/soc10040086 Hsu.et.al, J.-Y. (2019). Discover Users’ Needs in e-Learning by Kano Analysis and Decision Trees. IEEE 6th International Conference on Industrial Engineering and Applications (ICIEA). Tokyo, Japan: EEE. doi:10.1109/IEA.2019.8714873 Madzík.et.al, P. (2019. gada 28. January ). Application of the Kano Model for a Better Understanding of Customer Requirements in Higher Education—A Pilot Study. MDPI Journal, 1-18. doi:10.3390/admsci9010011 Mcdowall, M. P. (2016). Applying The Kano Model To Higher Education: Moving Beyond Measuring Student Satisfaction. University of North Dakota UND Scholarly Commons. North Dakota : University of North Dakota. Ielādēts 2023. gada 5. Nov no https://commons.und.edu/theses/1931 Mishra.et.al, P. (2017. gada 4. December ). What is Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK)? Journal of Education, Computer Science, Engineering, 193(3). Ielādēts 2023. gada 18. Jan no https://doi.org/10.1177/002205741319300303 OECD. (2019. gada Oct). Educating 21st Century Children. Emotional Well-being in the Digital Age(Educational Research and Innovation), 7081-7092. Riga, Latvia: OECD. doi:http://www.oecd.org/education/educating-21st-century-children-b7f33425-en.htm Rahman.et.al, M. (25. gada 25. Novemeber). Learning Management System (LMS) in Teaching and Learning. International Journal of Academic Research in Business & Social Sciences, 9(11), 1529-1535. doi:10.6007/IJARBSS/v9-i11/6717 Reding, V. (2003). e-learning for Europe. European Council, Education & Culture. Brussels: Publications.eu.int. Ielādēts no http://europa.eu.int Ros.et.al, S. (2015). On the use of extended TAM to assess students' acceptance and intent to use third-generation learning management systems. British Journal of Education & Technology, 46(6), 1250-1271. Ielādēts no https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12199 Rust, R. T. (2020. gada 5. March). The future of marketing. International Journal of Research in Marketing, 37(1), 15-26. Ielādēts 2023. gada 2. Dec no https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijresmar.2019.08.002 Umar.et.al, I. N. (2017. gada 18. August). A Decade of LMS Acceptance and Adoption Research in Sub-Sahara African Higher Education: A Systematic Review of Models, Methodologies, Milestones and Main Challenges. EURASIA Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 7270-7286. doi:1305-8223 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Competence-based Approach for Educational Improvement of Biology I Programme: the Case of Latvia University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:Competence-based education (CBE) was broadened at the beginning of the 21st century in the context of discussions on the challenges and ways of modernising education, emphasising that it is innovative education: not only a new way of teaching, but also a new way of thinking (Makulova et al., 2015).CBE impacts Europeanisation on national curriculum reforms. The curriculum as a content concept has a continental European tradition and specific Anglo-American roots. It includes a detailed description of the curriculum content that teachers should transmit to students when teaching (Nordin & Sundberg, 2016). At the same time, it can be considered that CBE is a systems-change approach intended to re-shape traditional understandings of what, when, where, an d how students learn and demonstrate academic knowledge and skills (Evans, et al., 2020). This means that developing CBE must simultaneously focus on curriculum, teaching and learning. Nowadays, CBE is being integrated into more and more schools every year It essentially focuses on the development of a student's skills, knowledge (cognitive component), attitudes (affective component) and behaviour (behavioural component) (Cuyacot, E. & Cuyacot, M., 2022). Important elements of competence education are personalized learning, higher student engagement, clear learning objectives, flexibility, adaptation to diverse learners needs, strategies to ensure equity, real-world skills, and continual assessment (Levine & Patrick, 2019; Lorente, 2023). In general, CBE can be considered to be characterised by 5 dimensions: 1) learners progress after demonstrating mastery; 2) there are clear, measurable and achievable outcomes; 3) assessment is meaningful and provides positive learning experiences for learners; 4) learners receive timely, differentiated support based on their individual learning needs; and 5) learning outcomes emphasise competences that involve applying and creating knowledge as well as developing important skills and dispositions (Evans et al., 2019). However, there are also problems in the implementation of CBE, which are related to (1) a lack of standardization - difficult to assess and compare the performance of students across different schools or regions; 2) narrow focus on specific skills or competencies, potentially overlooking the broader development of students in areas such as critical thinking, creativity, and problem-solving; 3) too much emphasis on standardized testing to measure specific competencies; 4) inflexibility not always accommodate individual differences among students; and 5) reduced emphasis on content knowledge (Boritz & Carnaghan, 2003; Lassnigg, 2015; Edwards, 2016; Bowden, 2000; Hodge, et al., 2020). This is particularly true for STEM education (UNESCO, 2019). According to Chalmers et al. (2017) schools face practical difficulties in integrating STEM disciplines in the implementation of Big Ideas (Harlen, 2015). This is attributed to timing, teacher skills, differing curriculum requirements and assessment criteria, and the fact that some STEM disciplines are optional. In general education an improved competence-based education content was fully introduced by 2023. Curriculum reform in Latvia will require a change in teaching and pedagogical approaches (OECD, 2020). The big ideas is central themes or key concepts that guide the teaching and learning of biology, aiming to ensure that students achieve specific learning outcomes related to understanding and engaging with the subject (Skola2030, 2019). The reform of biology content in Latvian schools aims to modernize and enhance the teaching of biology in Latvian schools. It involves changes in the curriculum, teaching methods, and assessment practices to ensure that students gain a deeper understanding of biological concepts and develop critical thinking skills. The aim of the article is to find out how the implementation of CBE approach in Latvian schools improve the learning of biology. To do this, the research question was stated: What are the opinions of biology teachers on the implementation of the Biology I curriculum developed by Skola2030? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In 2023 the Faculty of Biology of the University of Latvia implemented the sub-project "Digital Authoring Solutions for the Development of Learning Strategies for STEM Content Acquisition to Mitigate the Impact of Pandemic Biology I" (Identification No VISC 2023/2) of the project "Support for the Development of Individual Competences of Learners" (No 8.3.2.2/16/I/001) financed by the European Social Fund of the Ministry of Education. The aim of the project was to develop a curriculum and 105 interactive lessons for the optimal level of the core course Biology I. In order to achieve the project objectives, a pilot-survey of Latvian secondary school biology teachers was carried out to find out about the implementation of the previous Biology I programme developed by Skola 2030. The survey contained 6 demographic items, 40 Likert-style items with a 5-point scale (1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree), and 3 open-response items. It was structured in 3 parts. The first part identified the respondent's profile (gender, age, type of school, length of service and subject taught). The second part was an evaluation of the Biology I Curriculum in the context of the competence approach, focusing on the relevance of the content to the core principles of the competence approach. The third part of the study focused on the institutional, professional and personal factors influencing teacher performance. The questionnaire was placed on the QuestionPro e-platform and the snowball sampling method was used to collect respondents. 67 secondary school biology teachers participated in the pilot study (by seniority 1/2 year to 10 years - 8; 11-20 years - 14; 21-30 years - 20; 31-45 years - 25), of whom 12% were male and 88% female, predominantly aged 48% 51-65 years. As this is a pilot study and the number of respondents to the survey will increase, only descriptive statistics are offered in the data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Content of Biology I Curriculum. Teachers consistently rate the relevance of the programme's learning outcomes (M=3.45, SD=0.80) and the use of recommended teaching methods (M=3.33, SD=0.98). Science literacy achieved (M=3.17, SD=1.10), all Big Ideas are included (M=3.14, SD=1.24) in the content of the programme. The logical sequence of biology topics and subtopics are rated average (M=2.55-2.76, SD=1.22-1.13), but below average - the total number of teaching hours is not sufficient to flexibly adapt the curriculum to students' individual needs and that the number of teaching hours is not sufficient (M=2.19, SD=1.09) for students to acquire research skills. Institutional factors. The school has a wide range of ICT facilities (M=3.55, SD=0.95), facilities for laboratory work (M=3.38, SD=1.00) and facilities for microscopy laboratory (M=3.32, SD=1.08). The distribution of responses shows that not all schools have such facilities, which is also reflected in the question on the use of sensors and computers (M=2.97, SD=1.12).There is a need for improvement of resources and materials in order to achieve all the program's results. Professional factors. Teachers lack time to develop lessons (M=2.45, SD=1.03) because they have to look for a lot of additional information (M=4.35, SD=0.72). Teachers have no problems with ensuring classroom discipline (M=4.09, SD=0.72) and they regularly conducts formative assessments (M=4.01, SD=0.76) and provides effective feedback (M=3.57, SD=0.79). Personal factors. A teacher's well-being is determined by the conditions in which they work. They receive support from the school administration and from their colleagues, both in collaborating with other teachers on cross-curricular topics, in observing their own lessons and in observing the lessons of other colleagues. Conclussion. Study confirms that teachers are successfully implementing the competence approach in Biology I, but there is a need to improve the content of Biology I curriculum and provide teachers with teaching materials and resources. References Boritz, J. E., & Carnaghan, C. A. (2003). Competency‐based education and assessment for the accounting profession: A critical review. Canadian Accounting Perspectives, 2(1), 7-42. Bowden, J. A. (2000). Competency-based education–neither a panacea nor a pariah. In Technological Education and National Development conference. Chalmers, C., Carter, M., Cooper, T., & Nason, R. (2017). Implementing “big ideas” to advance the teaching and learning of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM). International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 15, 25-43. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-017-9799-1 Cuyacot, E. P., & Cuyacot, M. T. (2022). Competency-based education: Learner’s new process for success. International Journal of Research, 11(4), 89-101. Edwards, R. (2016). Competence-based education and the limitations of critique, International Journal of Training Research, 14:3, 244-255, DOI:10.1080/14480220.2016.1254366 European Council. (2024). European Education Area. https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/policies/education-area/ Evans, C. M., Graham, S. E., & Lefebvre, M. L. (2019). Exploring K-12 competency-based education implementation in the Northeast States. NASSP Bulletin, 103(4), 300-329. https://doi.org/10.1177/01926365198774 Evans, C. M., Landl, E., & Thompson, J. (2020). Making sense of K‐12 competency‐based education: A systematic literature review of implementation and outcomes research from 2000 to 2019. The Journal of Competency‐Based Education, 5(4), e01228. Harlen, W. (2015). Towards big ideas of science education. School Science Review, 97(359), 97-107. Hodge, S., Mavin, T., & Kearns, S. (2020). Hermeneutic dimensions of competency-based education and training. Vocations and Learning, 13, 27-46. Lassnigg, L. (2015). Competence-based education and educational effectiveness. A critical review of the research literature on outcome-oriented policy making in education. HS Sociological Series. Working Paper 111 Levine, E. & Patrick, S. (2019). What is competency-based education? An updated definition. Vienna, VA: Aurora Institute Lorente, L. M. (2023). Competency-Based Curriculum As A Strategy For STEM Education In The 21st Century. Journal of Namibian Studies: History Politics Culture, 36, 1310-1328. Makulova, A. T., Alimzhanova, G. M., Bekturganova, Z. M., Umirzakova, Z. A., Makulova, L. T., & Karymbayeva, K. M. (2015). Theory and practice of competency-based approach in education. International Education Studies, 8(8), 183-192. Nordin, A., & Sundberg, D. (2016). Travelling concepts in national curriculum policy-making: The example of competencies. European Educational Research Journal, 15(3), 314-328. OECD (2020), OECD Skills Strategy Implementation Guidance for Latvia: Developing Latvia’s Education Development Guidelines 2021-2027, OECD Skills Studies, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ebc98a53-en. Skola2030 [School 2030]. (2019). Retrieved from https://www.skola2030.lv/lv (in Latvian) UNESCO (2019). Exploring STEM competences for the 21st century. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Social skills of University Students according to Labor Market Needs: Results of a Survey 1Suranaree University of Technology, Thailand; 2Latvian Academy of Sports Education, Latvia; 3Surindra Rajabhat University, Thailand Presenting Author:In contemporary workplaces, employers increasingly value soft skills such as effective communication, teamwork, and adaptability, making it imperative to explore and understand the social skills cultivated during university education (Sa-Nguanmanasak & Khampirat, 2019; Poláková et al., 2023). Social skills, identified as pivotal employability skills for graduates, extend beyond the confines of academic knowledge, playing an instrumental role in shaping successful trajectories (Owusu et al., 2022; Thomas et al., 2023).
Recognizing their significance, higher education institutions (HEIs) have adopted a holistic approach, emphasizing the concurrent development of social skills alongside academic skills (Arhuis-Inca & Ipanaqué-Zapata, 2023; Khampirat, 2021). This strategic emphasis aligns with the multifaceted nature of success, not only in the labor market but also in personal life and future careers, as asserted by García-Álvarez et al. (2022). Within the sphere of employability, the essence of social skills lies in their transformative impact on graduates' ability to navigate a rapidly evolving professional landscape. The capacity to motivate others, a key facet of these skills, translates into effective team collaboration and leadership (Ćurlin et al., 2020; Garrote & Moser, 2021). The ability to build and maintain relationships, as highlighted by Ćurlin et al. (2020) and Garrote & Moser (2021), serves as a cornerstone for networking and collaborative endeavors. As the labor market continues to demand a workforce equipped with a diverse skill set, the trajectory of higher education is marked by an imperative to produce well-rounded individuals. Social skills, therefore, emerge as catalysts for success, influencing personal and professional growth (Shen & Wang, 2023). This comprehensive skill set becomes a hallmark of graduates prepared not only with academic proficiency but also with the interpersonal acumen and adaptability necessary for a dynamic world (Lee et al., 2024; Narimani et al., 2023; Poláková et al., 2023). The evolving landscape of work and career trajectories underscores the enduring relevance of social skills, positioning them as a linchpin in the paradigm of contemporary education and employability (Aliu & Aigbavboa, 2023). Therefore, the objective of this research proposal is to assess social skills in alignment with the requirements of the labor market. To address this objective, the study formulates the following research questions:
Q1: Which social skills align with the demands of contemporary labor markets? Q2: What is the proficiency level of social skills among Thai students? Q3: Is there a difference in social skill levels between students who have experienced internships and those who have not? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study's design was meticulously developed, grounded in the background, problems, and objectives. It initiated from preliminary work and progressed through the five crucial stages of Social Skills Scale (SOSS) development and analysis. These stages encompassed the creation of a new scale, sample recruitment, item reduction, data collection, and the assessment of reliability and validation. An additional facet involved scrutinizing mean differences across variables such as gender, family average income, types of internships or work experiences, and duration. In Stage I, focused on items generation and selection, the primary objective was to craft a tool for assessing social skills. This phase was firmly grounded in the study's theoretical framework, an extensive literature review, and prior instruments. Utilizing insights from existing studies covering a broad spectrum of competencies, the research constructed 59 initial positive-question items. To ensure suitability for measuring SOSS for labor market needs, existing items from previous studies were selectively chosen. Stage II involved expert reviewing and a pilot study. Seven experts evaluated the initial 59-item SOSS, bringing significant workplace assessment experience. They assessed each item's quality and provided feedback to enhance appropriateness and clarity. Content validity, as judged by experts, was analyzed using the index of item-objective congruence (IOC). The final iteration of the SOSS comprised 59 items rated on a 5-point Likert scale (1 = strongly disagree, 5 = strongly agree), available in both English and Thai. The research included 955 participants from 15 universities across Thailand, presenting a diverse demographic profile. 20% were males and 80% were females. Their ages ranged mostly from 19-22 years. Ethical approval was obtained from the Ethics Committee at the University. Data collection was conducted anonymously through the use of Google Forms. Descriptive statistics were employed to understand central tendencies and variabilities in the responses, and exploratory and confirmatory factor analyses were conducted to establish construct validity. Additionally, an independent t-test was utilized to examine differences in social skills across internship experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conclusion, the research systematically addressed three pivotal inquiries, offering invaluable insights into the social skills landscape among Thai students and their alignment with contemporary labor markets. Firstly, the study meticulously identified a comprehensive set of social skills crucial for success in today's dynamic work environments through an extensive literature review and scale development process. Secondly, by surveying 955 participants from 15 universities in Thailand, the research not only illuminated the current state of social skills but also contributed to the ongoing discourse on the role of education in fostering these competencies. Thirdly, the study investigated the impact of internships on social skill levels, revealing whether practical experiences significantly contribute to students' social skill development—a crucial aspect for educational institutions and employers alike. The expected outcomes include a detailed understanding of demanded social skills, serving as a roadmap for curriculum development, proficiency level benchmarking, and insights into the impact of internships. Importantly, the research is beyond the Thai context, with implications applicable to other countries, including European nations. Recognizing the universal value of social skills in the global job market, the identified competencies resonate across diverse cultural and economic contexts. The findings provide guidance for international educational institutions and policymakers to tailor curricula and strategies to match the social skill requirements of their respective labor markets, with specific insights into the impact of internships. References Arhuis-Inca, W., & Ipanaqué-Zapata, M. (2023). The Relationship Between Social Skills, Psychological Well-Being, and Academic Performance in University Students in Chimbote, Peru. Revista Electrónica Educare, 27(2), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.15359/ree.27-2.15848 Aliu, J., & Aigbavboa, C. (2023). Key generic skills for employability of built environment graduates. International Journal of Construction Management, 23(3), 542-552. https://doi.org/10.1080/15623599.2021.1894633 Ćurlin, T., Pejic Bach, M., & Miloloža, I. (2020). Presentation skills of business and economics students: Cluster analysis. Croatian Review of Economic, Business and Social Statistics, 6, 27-42. https://doi.org/10.2478/crebss-2020-0009 García-Álvarez, J., Vázquez-Rodríguez, A., Quiroga-Carrillo, A., & Priegue Caamaño, D. (2022). Transversal competencies for employability in university graduates: A systematic review from the employers’ perspective. Education Sciences, 12(3), 204. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12030204 Garrote, H. A., & Moser, O. E. (2021). The social relationships of students with intellectual disabilities in inclusive classrooms. Empirische Sonderpädagogik 13(3), 201-215. https://doi.org/10.5167/uzh-209713 Khampirat, B. (2020). The relationship between paternal education, self-esteem, resilience, future orientation, and career aspirations. PLoS One, 15(12), e0243283. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0243283 Khampirat, B. (2021). The impact of work-integrated learning and learning strategies on engineering students’ learning outcomes in Thailand: A multiple mediation model of learning experiences and psychological factors. IEEE Access, 9, 111390-111406. https://doi.org/10.1109/ACCESS.2021.3055620 Lee, Y. A., Park, H. G., Cheon, J. E., Rice, K. G., & Kim, Y.-H. (2024). Mediating role of social skills in the longitudinal relationship between intrapersonal perfectionism and psychological well-being of preadolescents. Journal of School Psychology, 102, 101257. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2023.101257 Narimani, M., Sahebgharan fard, M., & Nokhostin Goldoost, A. (2023). Comparing the effectiveness of the model based on progress motivation and social skills training on academic self-efficacy in students with learning disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 12(3), 91-81. https://doi.org/10.22098/jld.2023.12901.2095 Owusu, J., Hayat, N., Oppong, P. K., & Owusu-Ansah, W. (2022). Achieving entrepreneurial intention through entrepreneurial orientation, social network ties, and market intelligence generation perspectives. International Journal of Research in Business and Social Science, 11(6), 86-97. https://doi.org/10.20525/ijrbs.v11i6.1901 Pagnoccolo, J., & Bertone, S. (2021). The apprentice experience: The role of interpersonal attributes and people-related generic skills. Education + Training, 63(2), 313-327. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-05-2020-0116 Peng, R., Abdul Razak, R., & Hajar Halili, S. (2023). Factors influencing in-service teachers' technology integration model: Innovative strategies for educational technology. PLoS One, 18(8), e0286112. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0286112 Shen, H., & Wang, M. (2023). Effects of social skills on lexical alignment in human-human interaction and human-computer interaction. Computers in Human Behavior, 143, 107718. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2023.107718 Thomas, S., Kågström, A., Eichas, K., Inam, A., Ferrer-Wreder, L., & Eninger, L. (2023). Children’s social emotional competence in Pakistan and Sweden: Factor structure and measurement invariance of the Social Competence Scale (teacher edition). Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 1020963. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 12 SES 11 A: OER, Transfer and Openness Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Paper Session |
|
12. Open Research in Education
Paper Modelising Scientific Mediation Processes: a Key to Facilitate Knowledge Brokering in Educational Practices and Policies? Institut français de l'Éducation - ENS DE LYON, France Presenting Author:Knowledge produced by research has a social value. Much of it can serve as a guide to more effective behaviours and practices for users whether practicing professionals or decision-makers. Furthermore, the use of research to improve educational practices has become a lively political and scientific debate since the concepts of evidence-based education or evidence-informed education were developed in Europe and the United States, then within international organizations (Gaussel, et al., 2017). Thus, for the past twenty years, the IFÉ (Institut français de l’Éducation) has been developing a mediation activity between research and educational practices. In this context, IFÉ’s Veille et Analyses team has been focusing its work on the role of intermediaries in the transfer of research knowledge through a mediation or transformation process (Gaussel, 2014). In this presentation, we propose to explore a conceptual framework for a mediation process for knowledge to be disseminated in the field of educational research and address some specific issues raised in the research literature on the matter: - RQ1: What does characterize a mediation process? - RQ2: processed in perspective, what implications could emerge for intermediaries and mediators in terms of brokering competencies?
Theoretical framework: In Europe and other parts of the world, it has long been accepted that educational research can be very useful in improving educational policy and practice (Farley-Ripple, 2018; Godfrey & Brown, 2018; Weiss, 1979) ; at the same time, educational research is criticized for not being sufficiently in tune with practice (Malin & Brown, 2019; Cooper & Shewchuk, 2015), while teachers show great resistance in implementing research findings (Draelant & Revaz, 2022). The gap between research and practice has many causes, and at its root lie deep social, cultural and structural fractures, particularly when research dissemination is perceived as linear, unidirectional and potentially disempowering for practitioners – asking researchers to better disseminate work or teachers to better engage with research has not been particularly successful to date (Rycroft-Smith, 2022) –and therefore ineffective (Farley-Ripple & Grajeda, 2019; Malin & Brown, 2019). Previous work on knowledge transfer – an interdisciplinary concern about how to disseminate knowledge created by research – has indeed shown that the development of a scientific mediation process between research producers and users (whether field actors or policy-makers) could be relevant to bridging the gap between these two communities (Cooper & Shewchuk, 2015; Hering, 2016; Turnhout, et al., 2013; Ward, 2017) and reinforce the usability of scientific knowledge. However, knowledge transfer goes through a mediation process that goes beyond a simple push towards those concerned (from researchers to decision-makers, from researchers to practitioners, from researchers to the general public). A mediation process actually involves a number of tasks that complement each other. It is a composite interface that includes searching for information, evaluating that information, cross-referencing and interpreting the results, identifying emerging issues or, on the contrary, blind spots related to the studied subject; It means making knowledge appropriable, exploitable and usable (Meyer, 2010). This idea is echoed by many researchers, for whom mediation contexts play a key role: it is not enough for teachers to be aware of research that has proved its value, the conditions must be provided for them to change their practices as well (Gaussel, et al., 2017). The requirement to develop a simple and effective means of promoting research knowledge is reinforced by the need to find a way of translating scientific results and, consequently, to strengthen the operational links between education professionals and research producers through a mediation process, one of which is knowledge brokering. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing from previous work (Gaussel 2014, 2017, 2020), we used key words such as knowledge transfer, knowledge mobilization, brokering process, mediation context, research transformation, etc. to find key publications. We also took into account the scientific authority of the authors on the subject which included various academic fields – ranging from medical sciences to communication sciences, educational sciences and political sciences. We gathered about 150 articles from the English-speaking literature as a foundation for our research. Fueled by reflections from scientific seminars on brokering processes (the seminars consist of a series of joint workshops led by the IFÉ’s Veille & Analyses team members since 2022, the aim of which is to establish the team’s mediation productions on a solid theoretical and methodological foundation), we then selected and evaluated, through a content analysis method, three conceptual frameworks identified in literature – the ‘use triangle’ (Levin, 2013), ‘connections between research and practice’ (Farley-Ripple, et al., 2018) and ‘knowledge mobilization at the interface of research, practice and policy’ (Cooper, et al., 2017) to work on a model of a mediation process. Those seminars enabled us to problematize the issue from two different yet linked angles. The first one regards knowledge transfer through the mediation process (independently of the contents) and the second one leads, in perspectives, to the issue of the required competencies of brokers in a social context and more specifically in an educational context (Gaussel et al., 2017). Based on those observations, we were able to modelise – if still a work in progress – a mediation process designed to facilitate the transfer of scientific knowledge in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In analysing the impact of knowledge transfer through mediation in education, we found that open research cannot be a mediation process in itself – making science available doesn’t just mean making knowledge available (Rycroft-Smith, 2022). This knowledge must be reconstructed and mobilized in the specific context of use. We also note that science mediation does not yet seem to be an essential factor for most researchers (in the sense that they don’t always factor the importance of mediation in their work). Nevertheless, some see it as an crucial task (Malin & Brown, 2019), and the activities and roles of knowledge brokers are being more and more closely studied to promote the use of research in education (Shewchuk & Farley-Ripple, 2022). These results open up the possibility of working further on a modelised mediation process based on these findings as part of our seminars. In response to RQ1, we found that what characterized a mediation process was the necessity to: - apprehend mediation as a process for transforming/translating research; - set clear objectives regarding the benefits for the intended users; - emphasize the dynamic, relational, contextual and interactive dimension of mediation; - qualify the nature of the various mediation productions. Regarding RQ2: different observations linked to mediation processes emerged as for what kind of competencies should brokers develop (whether an individual or a dedicated infrastructure such as ours) based on what we found: - knowledge is brokered to develop solutions to practical problems, to change practices and behaviours, to improve professional skills; - brokers assume a vast variety of identities and activities; - brokers should be able to identify research that can be mobilized to respond to the holistic nature of an educational situation; - brokers should be able to produce synthetic reviews or research knowledge to provoke engagement with research on the users ’side. References - Cooper, A. (2017). How are Educational Researchers Interacting with End-users to Increase Impact? Engaged Scholar Journal: Community-Engaged Research, Teaching, and Learning, 3(2), 99-122. - Draelants, H. et Revaz, S. (2022). L’évidence des faits : la politique des preuves en éducation. PUF - Farley-Ripple, E., Grajeda, S. (2019). Avenues of influence: An exploration of school-based practitioners as knowledge brokers and mobilizers. In The role of knowledge brokers in education: Connecting the dots between research and practice (pp. 65-90). Routledge. - Farley-Ripple, E., May, H., Karpyn, A., Tilley, K. and McDonough, K. (2018). Rethinking Connections Between Research and Practice in Education: A Conceptual Framework. Educational Researcher, 47(4), 235-245. - Gaussel, M. (2014). Production et valorisation des savoirs scientifiques sur l’éducation. Dossier de veille de l’IFÉ, n° 97, décembre. ENS de Lyon - Gaussel, M., Gibert, A.-F., Joubaire, C. et Rey, O. (2017). Quelles définitions du passeur en éducation ? Revue française de pédagogie, n° 201(4), 35-39. - Gaussel, M. (2020). Les pratiques enseignantes face aux recherches. Dossier de veille de l’IFÉ, n°132, février. ENS de Lyon. - Hering, J. G. (2016). Do we need “more research” or better implementation through knowledge brokering? Sustainability Science, 11(2), 363 369. - Levin, B. (2013). To know is not enough: research knowledge and its use. Review of Education, 1(1), 231. - Malin, J. et Brown, C. (2019). The Role of Knowledge Brokers in Education: Connecting the Dots Between Research and Practice. Routledge. - Rycroft-Smith, L. (2022). Knowledge brokering to bridge the research-practice gap in education: Where are we now? Review of Education, 10(1), e3341. - Shewchuk, S. et Cooper, A. (2015). Knowledge brokers in education: How intermediary organizations are bridging the gap between research, policy and practice internationally. education policy analysis archives, 23(0), 118. - Shewchuk, S. et Farley-Ripple, E. (2022). Understanding Brokerage in Education: Backward Tracking from Practice to Research. Center For Research Use in Education CRUE), University of Delaware. - Turnhout, E., Stuiver, M., Klostermann, J., Harms, B. et Leeuwis, C. (2013). New roles of science in society: Different repertoires of knowledge brokering. Science and Public Policy, 40(3), 354-365. - Ward, V. (2017). Why, whose, what and how? A framework for knowledge mobilisers. Evidence and Policy, 13(3), 477‑497. - Ward, V. L., House, A. O. et Hamer, S. (2009). Knowledge brokering: exploring the process of transferring knowledge into action. BMC Health Services Research, 9, 12. - Weiss, C. H. (1979). The Many Meanings of Research Utilization. Public Administration Review, 39(5), 426. 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Educational Information Systems: Intermediaries for Knowledge Transfer DIPF, Germany Presenting Author:The importance of sharing knowledge research, practice and policy in education is well recognized. Still, a notable gap among these areas in the field of education has been observed (Rycroft-Smith 2022, Levin 2013). Researchers and decision makers addressing this situation, are faced with a complex problem that spans from agreeing on a mutual understanding of knowledge and its application, to navigating the boundaries between diverse domains, and includes the identification, implementation, and evaluation of effective transfer methods (Levin 2013, McMahon, Legget & Carroll 2022). Intermediaries such as individuals, teams, organizations and initiatives have been identified as crucial in facilitating knowledge transfer by connecting researchers, practitioners and decision makers (Malin & Brown 2020, MacKillop, Quarmby & Downe 2020). Digital platforms can also act as intermediaries by creating a centralized space where different communities are brought together. Their basic function in the transfer process is to provide access to knowledge, structuring knowledge and interlinking it (Bernhard-Skala, Sonnenmoser & Tombeil 2023). Furthermore, they have the potential to offer new communication channels and complementary mediated types of transmission, enabling alternate access to knowledge (Bernhard-Skala, Sonnenmoser & Tombeil 2023). Their function in the transfer process is at the same time limited to the features they provide for their users thus setting boundaries to the production, dissemination and use of knowledge (Hartong & Decupere 2023).In our research, we tap into the intermediary role of a specific set of digital platforms in Europe in the context of knowledge transfer. We focus on infrastructures that disseminate information on education that is open and freely accessible to all. We consider this openness a prerequisite for their role as intermediaries - in contrast for example to digital learning platforms which are typically available only to a selected group of users, thereby establishing an initial barrier to knowledge transfer. Our investigation concentrates on ducation servers which we define as state-initiated platforms with a national scope. They were established to collect, produce, organize and distribute educationally relevant information, making it available to a broad public (Kühnlenz et al. 2012, Ramsayer & Lorenz 2001/02). Over time they have expanded their services to include specific portals, e.g. for learning materials, for training or for specific educational formats as well as incorporating new communication formats and channels, enhancing their intermediary capabilities. The German Education server is an example of such an approach. It primarily curates web resources in the field of education and instructional materials created by different agents. Educational research is presented in terms of interviews, podcasts and blog entries as well as curated lists of links including research publications. All of these information objects are open and freely accessible to scholars, educational professionals, educators, students, and the general public. Thus, the portal primarily forges connections between different communities via the presentation of information objects. In its function as a referatory and repository, the portal is a boundary object in itself. Boundary objects enable individuals from diverse backgrounds to utilize or draw from the collective resource pool for their own purposes thus connecting different communities (Monod-Ansaldi, Vincent & Aldon, Wenger 1998, Star & Griesemer 1998). By analyzing education servers and other information portals that act as intermediaries, we seek to understand how the European information landscape adapts to the growing demand for knowledge transfer. Our investigation will shed light on the practices of digital platforms that connect educational communities in Europe, underlining the potential and the limitations of these platforms as promoters of knowledge transfer in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study is rooted in online content analysis. Following this approach, websites are treated as documents but structural specifications such as vastness, links, multimedia content, and elements for user interaction are taken into consideration in the analysis (Herring 2009). We limit our data collection to the education servers in Switzerland, Germany, and France since we estimated their contribution to be significant for deriving concepts and patterns for knowledge transfer in European information systems on education due to their tradition. After having established the core portal for each country (Germany: www.bildungsserver.de, France: www.reseau-canope.fr, and Switzerland: https://www.zebis.ch) we added their connected (sub-)portals to the list of data. In the case of Switzerland, we had to search the internet for governmental information systems since there exists no longer a centralized education server. In reference to the principles of theoretical sampling (Glaser & Strauss 1967), we expected to add more portals to the data collection until saturation for our concepts was achieved, however the over 30 portals connected to the education servers were sufficient. We developed a preliminary model of analytical categories based on information transfer frameworks. We therefore drew on the 17 activities of knowledge mobilization that Rycoff-Smith (2022) identified from research literature in a narrative literature synthesis of knowledge brokering, Cooper’s functions of knowledge brokering (2014), and Wards’ framework for knowledge mobilisers (2017). We were challenged by the setup of analytical units. Analysing the entire content of the portals was not possible due to their vastness. The German Education Server for example refers to roughly 65,000 resources. We focused on larger analytical units instead. First, we analysed the homepage, then the main subpages, and thirdly we conducted an exemplary thematic search on all portals and analysed the first page of results. We validated this data with specific searches for the knowledge transfer categories that did not yield any results when analysing the websites. After analysing the first data set, some additional categories emerged inductively and were included in the model. For example, the preliminary model did not account for aspects of open access. Two coders then examined the collected data using a code manual to ensure consistency. We limit the interpretation of our findings to emerging functions of knowledge transfer in the educational information portals as well as to differences between the various subportals and countries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis shows that education servers shape a vast information landscape in education. Although Germany, France and Switzerland still have national education servers in a narrow sense, defined as portals disseminating information on many different aspects of education, their offers go far beyond and fulfil a wide set of transfer functions. Besides offering information, they provide learning material, trainings and workshops, or develop specific tools for users. The portals are mainly open access focussing on referencing and storing resources that are accessible to everyone without login or payment. Their main function is to provide selected good quality content, created by a variety of stakeholders, thus generating a pool of diverse knowledge types. A main focus is placed on practice and instructional knowledge. Research in education is also presented, mostly transformed into syntheses or podcasts. Knowledge transfer functionalities with a social component such as facilitating the discussion of knowledge or building capacity for collaboration take place in the form of trainings online and present. They are often incorporated into infrastructural projects such as subportals and special features. The issue with the project status is that its longevity and sustainability is not guaranteed. Portal-based solutions for that type of transfer, such as moderated discussion forums or collaborative work environments, have been developped by the Swiss portal but may also be taken on by other education servers. We intend to transfer the data we have collected to a database, a web dossier or similar formats on the German Education Server, thus transforming our research, since we too want to facilitate knowledge transfer with our study by presenting best practice examples across countries and by pointing different educational communities to portals for transfer in their respective countries. References Bernhard-Skala, C., Sonnenmoser, A., & Tombeil, A.-S. (2024). Digitale Plattformen als Enabler für hybriden Wissenstransfer: Das Entwicklungsprojekt Connect & Collect als Beispiel aus der Arbeitsforschung. In J. Schuster (Hrsg.), J. Hugo, N. Bremm, N. Kolleck, & E. Zala-Mezö (Hrsg.), Wissensproduktion, Wissensmobilisierung und Wissenstransfer: Chancen und Grenzen der Entwicklung von Wissenschaft und Praxis (S. 176). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:28302 Cooper, A. (2014). Knowledge mobilisation in education across Canada: a cross-case analysis of 44 research brokering organisations. Evidence & Policy, 10(1), 29-59. Retrieved Jan 25, 2024, from https://doi.org/10.1332/174426413X662806 Glaser, B., & Strauss, A. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research. Sociology Press. Hartong, S., & Decuypere, M. (2023). Platformed professional(itie)s and the ongoing digital transformation of education. Tertium Comparationis, 29(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.31244/tc.2023.01.01 Herring, S.C. (2009). Web Content Analysis: Expanding the Paradigm. In J. Hunsinger, L. Klastrup, & M. Allen (Eds.), International Handbook of Internet Research (pp. 233-249). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-9789-8_14 Kühnlenz, A., Martini, R., Ophoven, B., & Bambey, D. (2012). Der Deutsche Bildungsserver – Internet-Ressourcen für Bildungspraxis, Bildungsverwaltung und Bildungsforschung. Erziehungswissenschaft, 23(44), 23-31. URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-opus-54199. DOI: 10.25656/01:5419 Levin, B. (2013). To know is not enough: research knowledge and its use. Review of Education, 1(1), 2–31. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3001 ] MacMahon, S., Leggett, J., & Carroll, A. (2022). Partnering to learn: A collaborative approach to research translation for educators and researchers. Mind, Brain, and Education, 16(2), 79–88. https://doi.org/10.1111/mbe.12317 Malin, J. R., Brown, C., & Șt. Trubceac, A. (2020). Educational brokerage and knowledge mobilization in the United States: Who, what, why, how? In J. R. Malin & C. Brown (Eds.), The role of knowledge brokers in education: Connecting the dots between research and practice (pp. 13-26). Routledge. Monod-Ansaldi, R., Vincent, C., & Aldon, G. (2019). Objets frontières et brokering dans les négociations en recherche orientée par la conception. Educationdidactique, 13(2), 61–84. https://doi.org/10.4000/educationdidactique.4074 Ramseyer, L., & Romagna, M. (2000/2002). www.educa.ch: Der Schweizerische Bildungsserver. Bündner Schulblatt, 6-7. Rycroft‐Smith, L. (2022). Knowledge brokering to bridge the research‐practice gap in education: Where are we now? Review of Education, 10(1), Artikel e3341. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3341 Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional Ecology, “Translations” and Boundary Objects: Amateurs and Professionals in Berkeley’s Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907-39. Social Studies of Science, 19(3), 387–420. http://www.jstor.org/stable/285080 Ward, V. (2017). Why, whose, what and how? A framework for knowledge mobilisers. Evidence and Policy, 13(3), 477-497. Retrieved Jan 25, 2024, from https://doi.org/10.1332/174426416X14634763278725 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803932 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Conception and Initial Results of a Systematic Mapping of OER Stakeholders in German Education DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Germany Presenting Author:This paper presents the theoretical and methodological approach of a stakeholder mapping study in the field of open educational resources (OER) in Germany. The study is a component of the OERinfo project, which is funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research as the central information office for OER in Germany (www.o-e-r.de). The objective of the mapping study is to identify new actors and communities in diverse educational domains that have limited prior engagement with OER. These groups are later to be introduced to the discussion and communities surrounding OER and Open Educational Practices (OEP) through information and advisory services by OERinfo its partners. Overall, this approach aims to promote the mainstreaming of OER and OEP across all educational sectors. OER are essentially defined as openly available and reusable, mainly digital learning, teaching and research materials (UNESCO, 2019; Zawacki-Richter et al., 2023), while OEP are defined „as practices which support the (re)use and production of OER through institutional policies, promote innovative pedagogical models, and respect and empower learners as co-producers on their lifelong learning path“ (Ehlers, 2011, p. 6). The assumed benefits of OER are that the improved accessibility, adoption and adaptability of learning materials increase the quality and efficiency of education (Janssen et al., 2023). Learning settings and educational programs can thus be better adapted to the needs of different learners, collaboration between and within institutions is promoted, and educational innovation is encouraged (Janssen et al., 2023). On the level of educational processes, OER stand for an ecosystem-focused approach in which the learner's learning environment is given special consideration (Janssen et al., 2023). It is also assumed that OER help to develop collaborative and participatory learning arrangements (Otto, 2020). On a global level, OER are seen as an important prerequisite for building inclusive knowledge societies and achieving UNESCO Sustainable Development Goal 4, which aims to "ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all" (UNESCO, 2019, p. 4). Despite these expectations, and despite the boost of digitalization in education in many countries caused by the COVID 19-pandemic, OER have not yet spread in education systems and educational practice to the extent hoped for – both globally (Janssen et al., 2023), but especially in Germany (Orr et al., 2018). The following reasons are cited as the main obstacles: Users being overwhelmed by legal issues (Otto, 2019), lack of appropriate OER policies, funding problems, lacking knowledge and skills about using, developing and publishing OER, worries about additional time investment (Janssen et al., 2023), and uncertainty over the quality and appropriateness of the content (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2023). The OERinfo project attempts to help break down these barriers with its information and advisory measures. However, in order to reach the right target groups, the mapping of OER stakeholders presented here is planned. There are already various mapping and overview studies on the status of the adoption and use of OER by educational stakeholders in Germany (Ebner et al., 2015; Orr et al., 2018) as well as a comprehensive collection of people, projects, organizations and offers in the field of OER through the OER World Map (Neumann & Muuß-Merholz, 2017; Mollenhauer & Grimm, 2023). However, these studies and sources concentrate primarily on presenting active players and existing offers in the OER sector, so that they provide only few clues for the identification of specific desiderata groups. Since such groups are not explicitly visible through activities, projects or publications in connection with OER, a comprehensive and up-to-date view on educational institutions and actors in Germany is necessary. This is what the presented mapping study aims to achieve. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of the systematic mapping is to provide a structured representation of the field of educational institutions, organizations and stakeholders in Germany based on their connection to the topic of OER. The methodological approach of the study is based on methods of stakeholder analysis and stakeholder mapping, using specific approaches aligned to the areas of digitalization and OER (Benjamin & Levinson, 1993; Wang & Wang, 2018). First step of the analysis is an examination of individual stakeholders with regard to factors like influence on the respective professional community, specific interest in OER, potential benefits through OER, field-specific challenges, and existing activities related to OER (Wang & Wang, 2018). The next step is to cluster the stakeholders into communities, taking into account the analyzed characteristics, and to identify key stakeholders of the desiderate groups for the subsequent placement of information and advisory measures by the OERinfo information office. In order to obtain a systematic overview of the relevant educational institutions and stakeholders, the database for the analysis is compiled from data from the German Education Server, the OER World Map, data sets from cooperation partners and supplementary research. At the time of submission, the mapping study is in the preparatory phase, which includes the conception of the framework and the compilation of the database. The next step is to finalize the analysis criteria and test them on the data, in order to start implementing the analysis and mapping process from mid-2024. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Purpose of the presented stakeholder mapping study in the field of Open Educational Resources (OER) is to identify desiderate groups with regard to OER in various areas of education in Germany, and to address them with information and advisory services in a subsequent step. The overarching aim of the study and the subsequent measures is to promote OER in all areas of education. The result of the mapping study should therefore be a comprehensive and systematically generated overview of professional communities in the field of education on a national level, that indicate potentials and needs regarding the utilization and production of OER. In addition, the results and the generated data set can provide a basis for other mapping studies with comparable objectives in other regions and with different specific questions. At the conference, the aims of the study, the theoretical and methodological design and initial interim results will be presented and discussed. References Benjamin, R. I. & Levinson, E. (1993). A framework for managing IT-enabled change. MIT Sloan Management Review, 34(4), 23-33. Ebner, M., Köpf, E., Muuß-Merholz, J., Schön, M., Schön, S., & Weichert, N. (2015). Mapping OER. Ist-Analyse zu freien Bildungsmaterialien (OER). Die Situation von freien Bildungsmaterialien (OER) in Deutschland in den Bildungsbereichen Schule, Hochschule, berufliche Bildung und Weiterbildung im Juni 2015. Wikimedia Deutschland e.V. Ehlers, U.-D. (2011). Extending the territory: From open educational resources to open educational practices. Journal of Open, Flexible and Distance Learning, 15(2), 1–10. Janssen, B., Schuwer, R., & Orr, D. (2023). Key Policy Issues in Open Educational Resources. Paper commissioned for the 2023 Global Education Monitoring Report, Technology in Education. UNESCO. Mollenhauer, L. & Grimm, S. (2023, October 16–18). From Grassroot to Government: The Case of OER Policy in Germany and the Re-Emergence of the OER World Map [Conference presentation]. Open Education Global Conference, Edmonton, Canada. Neumann, J. & Muuß-Merholz, J. (2017). OER Atlas 2017 Open Educational Resources – Deutschsprachige Angebote und Projekte im Überblick. Hochschulbibliothekszentrum des Landes Nordrhein-Westfalen (hbz)/Zentralstelle für Lernen und Lehren im 21 . Jahrhundert e. V. Orr, D., Neumann, J., & Muuß-Merholz, J. (2018). OER in Deutschland: Praxis und Politik. Bottom-Up-Aktivitäten und Top-Down-Initiativen. UNESCO/hbz. Otto, D. (2019). Adoption and diffusion of open educational resources (OER) in education: A meta-analysis of 25 OER-projects. International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 20(5), 122–140. https://doi.org/10.19173/irrodl.v20i5.4472 Otto, D. (2020). Grosse Erwartungen: Die Rolle von Einstellungen bei der Nutzung und Verbreitung von Open Educational Resources. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 2020 (Occasional papers), 21–43. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/00/2020.02.26.X. UNESCO (2019). Recommendation on Open Educational Resources (OER). https://www.unesco.org/en/legal-affairs/recommendation-open-educational-resources-oer Wang, S. & Wang, H. (2018). Sustainable open educational re-sources (OER) in higher education: A stakeholder analysis approach. Journal of Teaching and Education, 8(2), 119–128. Zawacki-Richter, O., Müskens, W., & Marín, V. I. (2023). Quality Assurance of Open Educational Resources. In O. Zawacki-Richter & I. Jung (Eds.), Handbook of Open, Distance and Digital Education (pp. 1–19). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-0351-9_43-1 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 13 SES 11 A: Resilience, Supportive Environments and the Art of Governing Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marie Hållander Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper ‘Good enough’ Supportive Classroom Environments: Mood and Affect in Education for Sustainable Development Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:The importance of sustaining an open and supportive classroom environment for students' academic achievements and socio-emotional development is well documented in educational research. Relying on ecological and metrological metaphors, classroom environment is generally defined as the climate, atmosphere, ambiance, or prevailing mood that is experienced directly and intuitively when we are in a classroom. Much like the natural environment of the planet, the pedagogical and socio-emotional environment of the classroom is characterized as perceptible, lingering, and as affecting ‘everyone within its influence’ (Evans et al., 2009, 4).
As most teachers known, however, cultivating an environment that is both open and supportive when addressing difficult ethical and existential issues in the classroom is not an easy task. One of the most difficult issues to address in education today is the climate crisis and the planetarian situation we are in. Since the climate crisis is also an existential crisis, education for sustainable development (ESD) inevitably includes questions of loss and nonexistence, such as the uninhabitability of the planet, the potential extinction of humanity, the loss of biodiversity, the abandonment of our current ways of living (in the wealthier parts of the world), and the loss of hopes and dreams in face of an uncertain future. Moreover, research studies indicate that worry is one of the main emotions related to climate change, and that negative feelings of pessimism and hopelessness are common, especially among children and young people. At the same time, there seems to be a growing indifference to sustainability issues in the public sphere. While a language of crisis and emergency is used to emphasize the seriousness of the situation, the public concern of climate change has been declining in many countries, including the European ones (Stoknes). Hence, far from being a neutral educational space, the ESD-classroom is a dynamic pedagogical environment that accommodates different and conflicting emotions, ideas, and imaginaries about our present situation. As educational researchers, we can ignore or try to overcome this dissonance, but we cannot deny its influence on educational practice.
Against this background, the overall aim of the paper is to offer a way of analyzing the 'relational landscape' that constitutes the microcosmos of the pedagogical and socio-emotional environment of the ESD-classroom. Drawing on feminist theory of embodiment and the growing field of sensory-phenomenological studies (Todd), the more precise purpose of the paper is to offer an educational language about open and supportive classroom environments that takes the existential, affective, and embodied (rather than psychological, emotional, and cognitive) dimensions of education for sustainable development seriously. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To this end, the paper unfolds as a philosophical argument in two parts. In the first part, I am reading Bonnie Honig’s political notion of ‘holding environments’ as a pedagogical notion, taking my micro-ethnographic studies of lessons in ESD in a Swedish high school classroom as an empirical example. Inspired by Donald Winnicott’s theory of holding environments as the process by which children grow favorably under the support of ‘good enough’ caregivers, Honig argues for the need of creating supportive environments in the public sphere in democratically troubling times. Such environments have two functions: they ‘hold’ citizens together in consent and contestation around common issues, and they collectively transform feelings of loss and anxiety into a mode of curation and repair. When moved to the context of the ESD-classroom, I suggest, the pedagogical notion of holding environments has similar potential: such environments can hold teachers and students together in consent and contestation around common sustainability issues, and they can offer ‘good enough’ support for collectively transforming climate anxiety or indifference into a mode of curation and repair. Drawing on the work of Rita Felski and Martin Heidegger, in the second part of the paper I am introducing the notion of ‘educational mood’ (German Pädagogische Stimmung) as a way of analyzing the ‘good enough’ supportive aspect of educational holding environments. In underscoring the existential and affective dimensions of classroom life, educational mood is here defined as the collective process of being affectively and sensory attuned to the subject matter. However, since attunement through moods implies an ontological openness between self and the world, I argue, mood is not a personal feeling about the world but feeling with the world, not an affect among others but a shared state of affectedness. Returning to the empirical ESD-classroom, I show how educational moods are detectable in small things, such as in the air of the lesson, the tone of the teacher, the atmosphere in the room, or in the rhetorical pitch of the curriculum. Moreover, the ontological openness of educational moods implies that students may be affected and transformed by sustainability issues (here: subject matter) in ways they cannot always imagine or anticipate beforehand (Biesta). Hence, I argue, while embodied and perceptible, there is no certain way of knowing how the educational moods of holding environments will turn out in teaching – it may affect and touch some students, while leaving others indifferent and untouched. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By way of conclusion, I sum up my argument, returning to the main contributions of the paper. In finding the right pitch between the mundane everydayness of classroom life and the state of exception of the climate crisis, I suggest, there are classroom arrangements that can resonate with the mood of educational holding environments– that is, ‘good enough’ supportive environments that can accommodate the dissensus and existential anxiety or numbness of climate change while, at the same time, leaving room for the students’ own questions, hopes, and dreams in a mode of curation and repair. Such classroom arrangements, moreover, can allow students in the ESD-classroom to become affectively attuned – or differently attuned – to sustainability issues that once left them feeling anxious or indifferent, so they may experience new things or see familiar things with new eyes. In this sense, I suggest, education for sustainable development is not just about knowledge acquisition and the development of competences, but also about world-disclosure, about shaking up preferences, and about finding once’s place in the exceptional planetarian situation that we are all in. References Bergdahl, L. & Langmann, E. (2022). Pedagogical publics: Creating sustainable educational environments in times of climate change. European educational research journal EERJ, 21 (3): 405-418. Biesta, G. J. J. (2022). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present. London/New York: Routledge. Evans; I. M., et. al. (2009). Differentiating classroom climate concepts: Academic, management, and emotional environments, Kōtuitui: New Zealand Journal of Social Sciences 4(2):131-146. Felski, R. (2020). Hooked. Art and Attunement. Chicago: Chicago University Press. Freeman, L . (2014). Toward a Phenomenology of Mood. The Southern Journal of Philosophy 52(4): 445-476. Heidegger, M. (1993/1927). Being and time. Trans. John Macquarrie and Edward Robinson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Honig, B. (2017). Public Things: Democracy in Disrepair. New York: Fordham University Press. Huang, Y. & Chuin, H. (2023). Promoting adolescent subjective well‑being: a classroom environment approach. Learning Environments Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-023-09488-4 Nussbaum, M. C. (2006). Winnicott on the Surprise of the Self. The Massachusetts Review, 47(2): 375-393. Stoknes, P. E. (2014). Rethinking climate communications and the ‘psychological climate paradox’. Energy research & social science, 1(1): 161-170 Todd. S. (2023). The Touch of the Present: Educational Encounters, Aesthetics, and the Politics of the Senses. New York: SUNY Press. Vlieghe J. & Zamojski P. (2020). Teacherly gestures as an ontological dimension of politics: On the need of commonising in an age of pervasive privatization. Revista de Educación (Madrid) December 2021. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Education as Fostering Partners and Adversaries in the Art of Governing: A Foucauldian Challenge to Dewey's Robust Trustees Institute for Educaton, Malta Presenting Author:In this presentation I examine the possibilities that Foucault’s notion of parrēsia offers to educational theory in addressing the tension between individuation and enculturation. The presentation starts by offering a Foucauldian critique of the enduringly valuable liberal aims of education, particularly as developed by John Dewey in Democracy and Education. Through the use and application of Foucault’s often misapprehended illiberal lens,1 I aim to demonstrate how overtly liberal frameworks, such as those proposed by Dewey, lack a theory of power. This deficiency inadvertently grants concessions to the social body to impose its unwarranted architectonic principles of being in the world over subjects, diagramming the way they are to experience and interact with the world they have at hand. Subsequently I will turn to Foucault's later works,234 in which he presents us with a more pronounced, yet consistently cautiously liberal stance. I will argue that the notion of parrēsia which he develops therein could offer valuable insights for educational theory, addressing the limitation inherent in Dewey’s idealist framework, and providing a more nuanced approach to cultivating critical subjects who are socially responsible citizens.
Dewey conceives the human being as inherently social. In an almost poetic manner, he depicts the interdependence between the development of a community over time and that of the individual members. These individuals engage in its growth by absorbing what society would have presented them with and subsequently contributing to its development by critically and/or creatively using that knowledge to progress its evolution, simultaneously growing in their own right. Dewey is of the opinion that democracy, by which he means a genuine openness for every member to contribute critically and creatively to the communal knowledge of the group under the scrutiny of its fellow members, is key for the continuous growth of that very group, and that schooling institutions ought to be areas for such democratic processes. While Dewey accurately recognises the social nature of human beings, he errs in rendering the social evolution akin to biological evolution, and the subsequent reverence to an idealistic democracy that is meant to protect this trajectory. This error blindsides Dewey from acknowledging that unlike Darwinian evolution, the evolutionary trajectory of the social body of knowledge, and the logic it makes possible, is affected by power pressures that derail its evolution to territories of its own dictates.5 From this lens, Dewey’s call to become “robust trustees”6 of the “achievements” of the group which in turn provide us with a guide as to how we experience the world, becomes naïve at best, or outright dangerous at worst.
While the critique above which draws heavily from Foucault may be suggestive of fatalism as well as epistemological relativism, in his later works, Foucault draws up the concept of parrēsia which offers a path to creative, critical, and agentic selves who can challenge the power structures that his earlier works sought to expose. Interestingly, this sense of agency which Foucault deems possible precisely through a practice that runs counter to the handmaiden of relativism and that is the practice of rhetoric, and this counter practice is frank speech. In this context, agency however is not inherent in our very existence but something that we must actively pursue and develop, thus rather that “robust trustees” agency would require us to be “both […] partner[s] and adversar[ies] of the arts of governing.”7 In this presentation I contend that the notion of parrēsia can help transform the theory and practice of schooling education into a tool that fosters healthier individual-society interaction that can better address social, political, and economic uncertainties than liberal frameworks like that of Dewey’s ever could. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation is being proposed for the Philosophy of Education network, drawing on Michel Foucault's middle works, to critically examine the assumptions and limitations of liberal education as articulated in John Dewey's Democracy and Education. Through a close reading of Dewey’s text, his arguments concerning individualism, knowledge transmission, and democratic citizenship will be deconstructed. Subsequently drawing on Foucault's later work, particularly his focus on parrēsia, I will develop a counter-discourse that suggests alternative ways of conceptualizing and practising education within a democratic framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By employing Foucault's notion of parrēsia, I argue that educational theory could navigate the tension between individuation and enculturation by fostering critical, agentic subjects who through engaging in “frank speech” can challenge power structures, ultimately contributing to stronger democracies. References 1. Foucault, M. (1991). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. London: Penguin Books. 2. Foucault, M. (1988). Technologies of the Self. In L. H. Martin, H. Gutman, & P. H. Hutton, Technologies of the Self: A seminar with Michel Foucault (pp. 16-49). Amherst: University of Massachusets Press. 3. Foucault, M. (2019a). Parrēsia. Lecture at the University of Grenoble May 18, 1982. In H. P. Fruchaud, & D. Lorenzini, "Discourse and Truth" & "Parrēsia" (pp. 1-38). Chicago: University of Chicago. 4. Foucault, M. (2019b). Discourse and Truth: Lectures at the University of California at Berkeley, 1983. In H. P. Fruchaud, & D. Lorenzini, "Discourse and Truth" & "Parrēsia" (pp. 39-228). Chicago: University of Chicago. 5. Biesta, G. (2010). ‘This is My Truth, Tell Me Yours’. Deconstructive Pragmatism as a Philosophy for Education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 42(7), 710-727. 6. Dewey, J. (2018). Democracy and Education. Gorham: Myers Education Press. 7. Foucault, M. (2024). What is Critique? In H. P. Fruchaud, D. Lorenzini, & A. I. Davidson, “What Is Critique?” and “The Culture of the Self” (pp. 19-61). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 14 SES 11 A: Communities and Rural Schools. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Clare Brooks Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Using Visual Narratives to Explore Community Participation and ‘Cynefin' Within the Curriculum Swansea University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Based upon a belief that sharing narratives and histories can help people feel ‘known’ (Evangelou et al, 2009) and engender a community of practice. This paper will present the initial stages of a research project wherein the lived experience and narrative histories of school staff are used to create a ‘provocation’ (Malaguzzi, 1993) to co-construct opportunities to embed child and family ‘stories’ into the curriculum. Focused in Welsh curricula developments but drawing on International School practice, wherein high levels of diversity are the norm, this research aims to develop a research network between an international and Welsh school to explore the potential for community participation in the curriculum. Welsh education has recently undergone significant educational reform with the development of the new Curriculum for Wales (Welsh Government, 2022a). The Curriculum for Wales, (CfW) is designed to be a responsive and flexible curriculum based around a broad framework centered on the ‘Four Purposes’, six ‘Areas of Learning and Experience’ and the ‘Cross Curricular Skills’. Within the parameters of this framework, schools are encouraged to co-construct their own curriculum according to the needs of their community, engaging with, listening to and acting upon the voice of the community within its development. Thus, the CfW has community involvement and participation at its very heart. Central to this aim is the concept of ‘Cynefin’. This concept has been noted by many authors as difficult to define (Adams & Beauchamp, 2022; Chapman et al, 2023) but it is closely related to the concept of place and belonging. Within the Curriculum for Wales (CfW), it is defined as “Though often translated as ‘habitat’, cynefin is not just a place in a physical or geographical sense: it is the historic, cultural and social place which has shaped and continues to shape the community which inhabits it” (Welsh Government, 2022). Each school is encouraged to embrace and respond to their unique ‘cynefin’, both within the co-construction of their curriculum. Consequently, when considered in conjunction a long-standing commitment to children’s rights by the Welsh Government (2021), the development of the Curriculum for Wales (CfW) (2022) may be a perfect opportunity for Wales to embed participative rights and community involvement in education. Nevertheless, this aim may be dependent on a deep understanding of each community and the recognition that participation depends on giving children and communities Space, Voice, Audience and Influence (Lundy, 2007). There is a possibility that a school’s interpretation of ‘cynefin’ could be dictated by dominant views of what it means to be Welsh, based on only a certain number of ‘histories’. However, this is not the agenda of the Welsh Government, which wants to emphasise the diverse histories within Welsh communities (Welsh Government 2022b, Williams, 2020). Furthermore, it necessitates an open mind to how children and communities view ‘cynefin’, which can be unexpected (Chapman et al, 2023) Finally, it requires a commitment to reflection, responsiveness and ongoing curricula change. Previous teaching experience indicates that the exploration of children’s and family narratives may satisfy only three out of Lundy’s four categories, in that, children may be given space, voice and an audience with their stories, but the potential to influence pedagogy may not be fully embedded within curricula design, a point supported by (Murphy et al, 2022). As an essential element of CfW, embedding responsiveness within the curricula is crucial, but may require additional scaffolding for it to become a reality. Following a successful pilot study, wherein visual timelines were used to engender a shared ‘cynefin’ within the teaching staff of a climbing gym, the paper will explore the extension of this project into school settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Influenced by Hedegaard’s (2012) supposition that an individual’s ‘motives and competencies’ (p.130) may provoke change in the specific plane of interaction, this research uses a participatory action research approach (Genat, 2009). The researcher will collaborate with educational practitioners to explore possibilities for engaging with, and responding to, the lived experience of children and their families. The methodology draws on previous experience of developing successful networks to enhance practice within international schools, wherein community diversity is high (Hayden, 2006). Using case study approach (Denscombe, 2021) two primary schools- a British International school and a Welsh Primary School, will take part in the study. Within Phase 1, each school will engage with the research separately. After Phase 1 is complete, the schools will work together within a shared research community to share good practice. This project will be developed over multiple phases across several years. The first phase will be presented within this paper. Based upon a social constructivist approach to meaning making (Wells 1986, Wertsch, 1985), the intention is to explore with practitioners their own concepts of cynefin and community, prior to investigating potential methods for use with children, families and communities. The approach is based on using an adult led (in this case, researcher led) ‘provocation’ (Magaluzzi, 1993) as a catalyst for further thought. Within Phase 1, the researcher will use a visual and narrative method - that of an individually created timeline - to explore with staff their personal journeys into the education and this particular school. By responding to participants unique narratives, the potential for a shared narrative and sense of cynefin and community will be explored. The sharing of personal narratives takes place in three distinct, carefully scaffolded stages, which maximise the potential for sustained shared thinking (Siraj-Blatchford et al, 2008) with the aim of enhancing relationships and creating a shared sense of cynefin. At the end of the ‘provocation’, participants will reflect on the process and its impact on relationships within the school community through a semi structured interview. This will be analysed using Reflective Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) and will form the basis for reflecting on the ‘theory’s adequacy’ (Cole, 1996). Once this phase is complete, further participatory action research will be undertaken with practitioners, to co-construct opportunities to embed child and family ‘stories’ into the curriculum. This stage will be the basis of further papers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Final conclusions will be presented at the conference. However, as the research is ongoing, at the point of abstract submission initial expectations will be outlined. Within the pilot study, three stages were used to share narrative timelines with the teaching staff of a climbing gym. First, visual timelines outlining each individual journey into teaching climbing were produced. These were then shared with other members of staff before a final community timeline was produced, highlighting shared values and experiences drawn from each individual story. Initial findings from this pilot study indicated the potential of this process to enhance participant understanding of their own values and history in relation to the community, increase their feeling of being ‘known’ (Evangelou et al, 2009), build relationships with others within that community and create a shared sense of ‘cynefin’. These findings are cautious due to the small sample size within the pilot study but supported the initial motivation, that an individual’s ‘motives and competencies’ (Hedegaard, 2012, p.130) may provoke change in the specific plane of interaction and prompted the desire to expand the research into school settings. It is hoped that expanding the research will enhance and refine the researcher’s and participant’s understanding of engaging with and responding to the multiplicity of narratives within any community and, through dialogue and co-construction between Welsh and International School educators, provoke further thought on methodologies with which to do so. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. A practical guide. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Chapman, S., Ellis, R.,Beauchamp,G., Sheriff,L., Stacey,D., Waters-Davies,J., Lewis,A., Jones, C., Griffiths, M., Chapman, S., Wallis,R., Sheen, E., Crick, T., Lewis, H., French, G. & Atherton, S. (2023) ‘My picture is not in Wales’: pupils’ perceptions of cynefin (Belonging) in primary school curriculum development in Wales, Education 3-13, 51:8, 1214-1228, DOI: 10.1080/03004279.2023.2229861 Cole, M., 1996. Cultural psychology: a once and future discipline. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Belknap/Harvard University Press. Genat, B., 2009. Building emergent situated knowledges in participatory action research. Action Research, 7(1), pp.101–115. Denscombe, M. (2021). The good research guide: For small-scale social research projects. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). Evangelou, M.; Sylva K.; Kyriacou, M.; Wild, M. and Glenny, G., 2009. Early years learning and development literature review. London: DCSF (Research Report DCSFRR176). Hayden, M., 2006. Introduction to international education. London: Sage. Hedegaard, M. (2012) Analysing children's learning and development in everyday settings from a cultural-historical wholeness approach. Mind, Culture and Activity, 19(2), pp.127- 138. Lundy, L. (2007) ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal 33(6): 927-942. Malaguzzi, L., (1993) The Hundred Languages of children, Norwood, NJ: Albex. Murphy, A., Tyrie, J., Waters-Davies, J., Chicken, S., & Clement, J. (2022). Foundation Phase teachers' understandings and enactment of participation in school settings in Wales. Inclusive Pedagogies for Early Childhood Education: Respecting and Responding to Differences in Learning, 111. Siraj-Blatchford, I.; Taggart, B.; Sylva, K.; Sammons, P. and Melhuish, E., 2008. Towards the transformation of practice in early childhood education: the effective provision of pre-school education (EPPE) project. Cambridge Journal of Education, 38, pp.23-36. Wells, G. (1986). The meaning makers; children learning language and using language to learn. London: Hodder and Stoughton. Welsh Government (2021) Raising Awareness of Childrens Rights: Your rights, your voice, your Wales Children’s Rights Wales https://www.gov.wales/sites/default/files/publications/2021-11/raising-awareness-of-childrens-rights.pdf Welsh Government (2022,a), Curriculum for Wales Education Wales https://hwb.gov.wales/curriculum-for-wales Welsh Government (2022,b) Annual report on implementation of the recommendations from the Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic Communities, Contributions and Cynefin in the New Curriculum Working Group report. Welsh Government https://www.gov.wales/sites/default/files/pdf-versions/2022/6/3/1655886053/annual-report-implementation-recommendations-black-asian-and-minority-ethnic-communities.pdf Wertsch, J. (1985) Vygotsky and the social formation of mind. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Social Educational Contract and Community Educational Pacts: Formats and Impact Indicators in the Context of Italian Schools INDIRE, Italy Presenting Author:
UNESCO (2021) advocates for the need for a new educational contract that calls on civil society to become capital serving the school, as an indispensable tool to counter educational poverty and school dropout. Already in 1972, the UNESCO report Learning to be: the world of education today and tomorrow, identified in the concepts of lifelong education (éducation permanente) and educational city (cité éducative) (Aglieri and Locatelli, 2022; Cannella and Mangione, 2023) the basis of a new pedagogy of the contract whose intention was to collaborate all the parties involved in order to facilitate a responsible and autonomous appropriation of knowledge. This new social contract must strengthen education as a public commitment and common good, therefore make use of “pedagogical approaches that also cultivate the values and principles of interdependence and solidarity” and that connect “the assumptions of students” with wider systems, processes, and experiences, beyond their personal experiences" (UNESCO, 2021, pg. 54). In Italy, the social contract takes the form of “Community or territorial education Pacts” tools to realize the social contract and to establish proximity alliances between the school and its community. The alliances between school and territory are “privileged” mechanisms to address social and educational fragility and inequalities (Nast and Blokland, 2013; Valli et al., 2018) and can be attributed to different Constructs: Construct 1. School as a stronghold of “social justice and cultural identity” also defined in terms of “reconciliation”. The school is understood as a “social glue”, as a space for the participation of the local community, as a consolidation of identity to promote actions that strengthen belonging to a community. Construct 2. School as an expanded training system in which the territory is a “social artifact” in which to graft the space of educational experience (De Bartolomeis, 2018; Cerini, 2020). Construct 3. School as an amplifier of “Societal Challenges” (Vranken, 2015), single actions oriented towards the generation of value that become participated territorial pacts and, generative of community (Equitable, Ethical, Sustainable) Construct 4. School as a “regenerator of the territory” outpost for maintenance strategies in view of a community school. The evolutionary scenarios shift attention from the building heritage to the areas of relevance, to the spaces of proximity and context (Chipa et al, 2023) Construct 5. School that feeds the “pedagogy of common action” (Puig, 2022) and overcoming its own isolation, multiplies educational experiences making them sustainable through attention to the partnership of a new “local educational ecosystem”. INDIRE, through the realization of the National Observatory on Educational Pacts, has been analyzing this strategic tool for over a year and promotes moments of training and information to support schools and communities (Bartolini et al., 2022). In this contribution, through a pilot case in the territory of the city of Verona, the constituent elements of an educational pact will be presented, and some experiences will be re-read in the light of impact indicators built starting from the dimensions considered priority for a school that opens up and takes care of its community. The proposed case has the peculiarity of being born from the clear awareness on the part of the administration of the Municipality of Verona that the territorial problems concern the entire community and must be addressed in a synergistic way to try to find adequate and effective solutions. Thus, an alliance is structured at several levels: between the Municipality and other institutional actors (territorial pact); between the school institutes of the city of Verona and the institutions of the neighborhoods to which each belongs. The community educational pact is part of a systemic action on a large scale that embraces an entire territory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The need to investigate and describe the proximity alliances built through Educational Pacts led the INDIRE research group to identify a pilot context and define an interpretive qualitative research path aimed at understanding the forms that the pacts take in the territories. In a first phase, the researchers prepared a project format of the Pact to be compiled by the involved school realities: 12 Comprehensive Institutes, 80 teachers, and 12 school managers have benefited from a training course as a guide to the drafting of Pacts for proximity alliances. The collected data are subjected to content analysis, identifying a series of essential categories for the constitution of the pacts: educational visions of a community ecosystem (Teneggi, 2020); needs and objectives that the pact aims to satisfy; actors and roles within the pacts with attention to the interprofessionalism provided by the alliance (Cannella, Mangione 2023); types of educational spaces used (classrooms extended to the territory, unconventional indoor and outdoor spaces, etc.) and teaching situations provided therein. Subsequently, to the drafting and sharing of the Pacts, it is proposed to the schools and the staff in training the monthly compilation of a documentation notebook (logbook) to return, from an educational point of view, the experiences put into practice. The logbooks are analyzed through a coding process based on categories considered as priorities for the territory by the same actors signatories of the pact: students who participate in the expansion of training activities; families who participate in training activities; opening of schools in the afternoon; spaces used in the afternoon. The further development of categories and subcategories is developed deductively, selecting in the texts significant units of description (Mortari, 2010, p. 50): the resulting system of categories and subcategories is a codebook that guides the reading of the texts. Only by way of example, regarding the analysis of the Pacts, the subcategories of the ‘educational vision’ category will be developed directly based on the data, combining the development of categories deductively (without data) and inductively (with empirical data). For content analysis, the QCAmap software will be used, an open-access web application for systematic text analysis in scientific projects based on qualitative content analysis techniques (Mayring, 2022). These instruments allow collecting information about educational design through the Pact and understanding the impact with respect to some priority dimensions for the community, guiding its future developments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Educational Pact can be the tool used by educating communities to create equitable and inclusive education systems that are participatory and the result of social responsibility. The research conducted both nationally and in the context of intervention in the Veneto region aims to validate the Educational Pacts as a reification of a social educational contract (UNESCO, 2023) that allows for a new vision of a school capable of reading the needs of the educating community. In particular, the research will allow understanding the level of complexity of the Pacts constituted in the proximity alliances of the schools of the Municipality of Verona and how the realized Educational Pacts will be able to respond to the identified priorities: increase in the number of students who participate in the expansion of training activities; increase in the number of families participating in training activities; increase in the number of school opening hours in the afternoon; 4) increase in the number of spaces used. The reading made through the result indicators will allow monitoring the implementation of the Proximity Pacts and understanding through longitudinal research the impacts in the medium and long term. The study will also allow us to return different forms of “network management” between the school and the actors of the proximal alliance. The interpretive research on the pilot case will not only allow validating an “experimental model” of a community educational pact to be promoted on a large scale through coordinated training and information actions within the National Observatory on Educational Pacts but also dialogue with UNESCO proposing the ways in which Italy is able to realize forms of social educational contract for community schools. References Bartolini R., De Santis F., Tancredi A. (2020), Analisi del contesto italiano. Piccole scuole: dimensioni e tipologie. In: Mangione G.R.J, Cannella G., Parigi L., Bartolini R. (a cura di) Comunità di memoria, comunità di futuro. Il valore della piccola scuola. Roma: Carocci. 77-93. Cannella, G., Chipa, S., & Mangione, G. R. J. (2021). Il Valore del Patto educativo di Comunità. Una ricerca interpretativa nei territori delle piccole scuole. GRJ Mangione, G. Cannella e F. De Santis (a cura di), Piccole scuole, scuole di prossimità. Dimensioni, Strumenti e Percorsi emergenti. I Quaderni della Ricerca, (59), 23-47. Chipa S., Mangione G. R. J., Greco, S., Orlandini, L., Rosa A. (a cura di), 2022, La scuola di prossimità. Dimensioni, geografie e strumenti di un rinnovato scenario educativo, Brescia: Schole' – Morcelliana. ISBN 978-88-284-0513-9 De Bartolomeis, F. (2018), Fare scuola fuori della scuola. Roma: Aracne Editrice. Labsus-INDIRE, Le scuole da beni pubblici a beni comuni. Rapporto Labsus 2022 sull'amministazione condivisa dell'educazione, Labsus, ISBN 979-12-210-3123-2 (https://www.labsus.org/rapportolabsus-2022/) Locatelli, R. (2023). Renewing the social contract for education: Governing education as a common good. PROSPECTS: Comparative Journal of Curriculum, Learning, and Assessment.Springer, 1-7. Mangione, G.R.J., Cannella, G., Chipa, S. (2022), Il ruolo dei terzi spazi culturali nei patti educativi territoriali. Verso una pedagogia della riconciliazione nei territori delle piccole scuole. Milano: Franco Angeli, in press Mayring, P. (2022). Evidenztriangulation und Mixed Methods in der Gesundheitsforschung. In Gesundheitswissenschaften (pp. 137-145). Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg. Teneggi, G. (2020), Cooperazione. In: Cersosimo D., Donzelli C. (a cura di) Manifesto per riabitare l’Italia. Roma: Donzelli Editore. 103-107. Toukan, E. (2023). A new social contract for education: Advancing a paradigm of relational interconnectedness. Education Research and Foresight Working Paper 31. UNESCO. UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. Report from the International Commission on the Futures of Education. Paris, UNESCO. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 14 SES 11 B: Parental Decision and Schooling. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Beatriz Rodriguez Ruiz Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Roles of Shadow Education in Parental Responses to Their Dissatisfaction with Schooling Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Private tutoring for students in academic school subjects, known as shadow education (SE), is on the rise globally and in Europe (Bray, 2021). Recent evidence shows its growth even in countries where it was previously rare, such as Scandinavian countries (Cristensen & Zhang, 2021), and it is most prevalent in southern and eastern Europe. In post-socialist European countries, studies indicate significant parts of lower-secondary student cohorts have direct experience with private tutoring, exceeding 50% in Slovakia, Poland, Croatia, or Ukraine (Silova, 2010). In the Czech Republic, the focus of this study, 47% of lower-secondary students indicated taking private lessons or courses during their studies (Šťastný, 2023). These figures indicate that shadow education is a major phenomenon in many European countries. Research on this phenomenon unveiled its potential negative implications for educational inequalities, as it poses a financial burden to families, and pointed to corruption risks and unethical practices when provided by teachers to their own students (Bray, 2021). Drivers of the demand for shadow education include factors related to pupils, parents, schools, education policy, and/or society. Parents, who typically pay for the service, play a crucial role in the decision to arrange private tutoring (Kazimzade & Jokić, 2013). An important parent-related factor is their (dis)satisfaction with schooling and the perceived quality of school instruction. For example, Bregvadze’s (2012) study of Georgian parents found that lower perceived quality of mainstream education was related to a higher probability of procuring private tutoring for their children. However, in China, Liu and Bray (2017, p. 214) found no correlation between satisfaction about schoolteacher and the use of private tutoring. Liu and Bray concluded that “without deeper understanding of teacher’s behaviour and students’ and/or parents’ decision-making processes about seeking tutoring, the relationship between students’ satisfaction with school teacher and the demand for tutoring is difficult to identify” and suggested that it “remains a question for further study, especially through qualitative research.” A study from the Czech Republic found that the worse students perceive the school quality of instruction in Mathematics or national language, the more likely they are to take private tutoring, but there is no such association in English (Šťastný & Chvál, 2023). The quantitative data could not satisfactorily explain the identified relationship, therefore, the present study addresses this research gap and aims to scrutinize the relationship between shadow education and parental (dis)satisfaction with schooling leading to their decision to buy shadow education. The overall aim of the study is to identify different roles shadow education plays in parental responses to dissatisfaction with schooling. Two research questions guide the study: RQ1: What are the reasons for parental dissatisfaction leading them to employ private tutoring for their child? RQ2: What roles does private tutoring play for parents who voice concerns, wish to exit, or remain loyal despite their dissatisfaction with their child's schooling? The study adopts Hirschmann’s (1970) theory of Exit, Voice, and Loyalty that explains individual and collective responses to dissatisfaction within an organization or system. Exit refers to individuals leaving the organization or system in response to dissatisfaction, seeking alternatives elsewhere (school choice and transferring the child to another school). Voice involves expressing concerns, grievances, or suggestions to bring about positive change from within the organization (the child's school). Loyalty is the inclination of individuals to remain committed to the organization (the school) despite dissatisfaction, often in the hope that issues will be addressed over time. The study contributes to shadow education literature by offering a nuanced view of how parents who are dissatisfied with the school education employ shadow education in situations when they choose to exit, voice or remain loyal. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a part of a larger research project whose main aim was to analyze the views, attitudes, and opinions of parents in relation to arranging private tutoring for their children, to scrutinize the processes of their decision-making and their dynamics, and to identify key factors affecting these decisions (e.g., types, modes, subjects or providers of private tutoring etc.). Sampling and data collection The present study draws on qualitative data collected through semi-structured interviews from 65 parents from February 2022 to December 2023 in the Czech Republic. A maximum variation sampling strategy was employed to gain insights from different types of parents of lower secondary pupils who intended to procure or already procured shadow education for their child. These parents found themselves in various life contexts, including those living in urban and rural areas, living solo or in full family, with lower as well as higher incomes and education levels, to achieve theoretical saturation of the sample. Interviews were conducted both in person and using online tools. After each interview, a quick survey was administered to collect more systematic data about the families’ socio-economic, educational, and cultural background. With 25 parents, follow up interviews were conducted several months after the original interview to capture how the situation evolved. Interview structure corresponded with overall project’s research questions and thematic foci and included sections about parents’ motivation to procure private tutoring, choices about private tutoring attributes, and evaluation of private tutoring impacts. Data analysis Every audio recording was transcribed and then analyzed using NVivo 12 software. The coding and subsequent analysis proceeded in several steps. First, open coding, inspired by grounded theory approach (Corbin & Strauss, 2015) was conducted inductively on the interview transcripts. At the same time, deductive codes (Braun & Clarke, 2006) were applied to segments that corresponded with a predefined coding frame derived from the thematic sections of the interview protocol. Further, theoretically driven coding was applied after the identification of a suitable theoretical framework to account for themes in data segments related to the Exit, Voice and Loyalty behavior of parents. The coded materials were then analyzed, with a usage of analytical memos and matrices as a support, and general patterns in the dataset were identified to produce the research report (Gerson & Damaske, 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Shadow education plays different roles in parents’ responses to their dissatisfaction with the current schooling experience of their child. First, shadow education is a supportive measure that facilitates the parental attempts for exit from the current school, when the transfer to new desired school is conditioned by entrance examinations. For example, in the dataset, a group of parents was unsatisfied with the student composition of the classroom in the regular track, and sought their children to switch to a parallel academic track school that required success in entrance examinations. Second, dissatisfied parents also voiced their concerns when they felt the school could or should be able to address them and when they felt that their voice would not have negative consequences for their child. In such case, shadow education assumes a role of a supportive argument when voicing parental dissatisfaction. In communication with schools, parents were mentioning the private tutoring costs incurred “involuntarily” to them due to the inability of school to provide high quality education and satisfy their child’s educational needs. One parent even complained at the school inspectorate and used materials from private tutoring of her child to support her cause. Third, parents remained loyal despite their dissatisfaction with the school, hoped for the improvement of the situation, but at the same time did not voice their concerns for various reasons. Shadow education played a supplementary role compensating for the shortcomings at school, and was a price to pay for the loyalty of dissatisfied parents. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Bray, M. (2021). Shadow education in Europe: Growing prevalence, underlying forces, and policy implications. ECNU Review of education, 4(3), 442–475. Bregvadze, T. (2012). Analysing the shadows: Private tutoring as a descriptor of the education system in Georgia. International Education Studies, 5(6), 80–89. Christensen, S., & Zhang, W. (2021). Shadow education in the Nordic countries: An emerging phenomenon in comparative perspective. ECNU Review of Education, 4(3), 431–441. Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research. 4th edition. Sage. Gerson, K., & Damaske, S. (2020). The science and art of interviewing. Oxford University Press. Hirschman, A. O. (1972). Exit, voice, and loyalty: Responses to decline in firms, organizations, and states. Harvard university press. Kazimzade, E., & Jokić, B. (2013). The roles of parents in the decision concerning the use of private tutoring services. In B. Jokić (Ed.), Emerging from the shadow: A Comparative Qualitative Exploration of Private Tutoring in Eurasia (pp. 209–238). Network of Education Policy Centers (NEPC), Zagreb. Silova, I. (2010). Private tutoring in Eastern Europe and Central Asia: Policy choices and implications. Compare, 40(3), 327–344. Šťastný, V. (2023). Shadow education in the context of early tracking: between-track differences in the Czech Republic. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 53(3), 380–398. Šťastný, V., & Chvál, M. (2023). Different subjects, different incentives: Private tutoring and perceived instructional quality in Czech lower-secondary schools. International Journal of Educational Development, 98, 102737. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Fathers’ Sense of Competence for Positive Parenting University of Oviedo, Spain Presenting Author:Children are socially perceived with need of protection and support (UNICEF, 2022). Parents as reference figures try to provide them with opportunities and resources to develop their full personal potential. However, their parenting role is conditioned by many factors, as parenting competences. According to Masten & Curtis (2000), these competences can be understood as skills, abilities and attitudes to educate their children according to their needs and developmental stage, as well as family circumstances. Parenting competences make it easier for adults to organize family life, develop positive educational styles and promote the full development of their children (Ponzetti, 2016). However, performing the parenting role may generate some extend of uncertainty amongst parents (Martínez-González et al, 2016), as evidenced when they look for advice to school or social services and other entities. In this way, the Council of Europe Recommendation 2006/19 on policies to promote positive parenting in Europe suggest that European Union states support parents for upbringing and educating their children. Álvarez et al. (2020) analyze how positive parenting is linked to the attachment theory, parental parenting practices of self-regulation, sense of parental competence, family stress and social support, all of these being key factors for parenting and socialization during childhood. These are key issues to promote positive family relationships through assertive communication, coherent norms and limits to children's behavior, positive strategies for conflict resolution, thus avoiding any kind of violence and children maltreatment. These skills should be expected in both parents to be put into practice since the early childhood developmental stage of their children. Previous theoretical and empirical studies show that mothers are traditionally more involved in the upbringing and education of their children (Nunes & Ayala-Nunes, 2017). Research conducted by Martínez-González et al. (2021) indicate that mothers tend to show greater communication competence than fathers when interacting with children and in fostering their self-esteem. On the other hand, the maternal sense of competence is an important predictor of mothers’ abilities to provide an adaptive, stimulating, and nurturing child-rearing environment (Locke & Prinz, 2002). This sense of parenting competence should be also expected on the part of the fathers as well (Petch & Halford, 2008). According to Schoppe-Sullivan et al., 2008), fathers’ sense of parenting competences is related with their involvement in children rearing practices. Fathers who perceive themselves as competent in their role are likely to be more effective in the care of their children (Gilmore & Cuskelly, 2008). According to these ideas, this study focuses on analyzing emotional and social parenting competences of fathers with 6-12 years old children considering educational and contextual factors which could influence them. These competences being Self-regulation, Self-esteem, Communication and Non-imposition taking into account previous studies conducted by the authors (Martínez-González et al., 2021). The specific research questions addressed were: Does the fathers' educational level influence their parenting skills, and do these skills differ according to their children's school level and the family rural or urban background? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research sample was composed of 760 Spanish fathers with children between 6 to 12 years old who lived in urban (73%) and rural areas (27%). Compulsory, high school and higher education levels were considered regarding their literacy standards. The distribution of these categories in the sample was: 32.4% higher education; 41.1% high school; and 26.6% compulsory education. According to the children's school level, 36.6% attended the first or second year of primary education (Primary I), 30.1% attended the third or fourth year (Primary II), and 33.3% attended the fifth or sixth year (Primary III). An exploratory study was carried out collecting information with the Scale of Emotional and Social Parenting Competences for Parents of Adolescents (ECOPES-P) (Martínez-González et al., unpublished) to analyze 4 factors: Emotional Self-Control, Self-Esteem, Imposition, and Communication. Questions were followed by a Likert type scale of four categories: 1-never to 4-always. Skewness and kurtosis [−1; +1] were calculated to check variables normality (DeCarlo, 1997). The average and the standard deviation were calculated. Socio-demographic variables on children' school level, father' educational background and rural/urban context were considered to identify potential statistical differences in the four factors of the scale. To identify significant statistical differences on fathers' parenting skills according to their literacy level (Compulsory, High School and Higher Education) and according to children’ school level, ANOVA analysis was performed, as well as post-hoc pairwise comparisons through Scheffe's (p<.05). To check contextual (rural and urban) significant statistical differences on parenting skills Students' t (p<.05) was calculated. The analyses were performed with SPSS 27.0. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate a medium-high level of parenting sense of competence of the fathers in the sample. This being higher regarding their self-esteem. Children's school level made significant differences in three items of the scale: "I know how to relax and control my emotions in front of my children" (Selg-Regulation) (p = .005), "When my children disobey me, I impose to solve the situation" (Imposition) (p = .042) and "On a daily basis I usually tell my children the positive things I see in them" (Communication) (p = .29), showing that these behaviors are more frequent among fathers of younger children (Primary I). The fathers´ educational level also showed significant differences in Imposition (p = .000). Fathers with lower levels of education (Compulsory Education) were more likely to use imposition parental styles with their children. Regarding the background (rural or urban) no significant differences were observed in any factors or in any of the items of the scale. The results suggest that the fathers in the sample tend to perceive themselves with self-confidence in their parenting competences. However, those with less academic background and older children might need to reinforce them as protective factors for children’s upbring. Thus, it seems necessary to support fathers in promoting their skills to gain better quality in fathers-children’s relations. This could be addressed through positive parenting programs and taking into account a gender approach. References Álvarez, M., Byrne, S., & Rodrigo, M. J. (2020). Patterns of individual change and program satisfaction in a positive parenting program for parents at psychosocial risk. Child & Family Social Work, 25(2), 230–239. https://doi.org/10.1111/.cfs.12678 DeCarlo, L. T. (1997). On the meaning and use of kurtosis. Psychological Methods, 2(3), 292–307. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989X.2.3.292 European Council (2006). Recommendation Rec(2006)19 of the Committee of Ministers to member states on policy to support positive parenting. Explanatory Report. European Council. Gilmore, L., & Cuskelly, M. (2009). Factor structure of the parenting sense of competence scale using a normative sample. Child: care, health and development, 35(1), 48-55. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2214.2008.00867.x Locke, L. M., & Prinz, R. J. (2002). Measurement of parental discipline and nurturance. Clinical Psychology Review, 22, 895–929. Martínez González, R. A., Rodríguez Ruiz, B., & Iglesias García, M. T. (2021). Comparación de competencias parentales en padres y en madres con hijos e hijas adolescentes. Aula Abierta, 50(4), 777-786. https://doi.org/10.17811/rifie.50.4.2021.777-786 Martínez-González, R. A., Rodríguez-Ruiz, B., Álvarez-Blanco, L., & Becedóniz-Vázquez, C. (2016). Evidence in promoting positive parenting through the Program-Guide to Develop Emotional Competences. Psychosocial intervention, 25(2), 111-117. Masten, A. S., & Curtis, W. J. (2000). Integrating competence and psychopathology: Pathways toward a comprehensive science of adaption in development. Development and Psychopathology, 12, 529-550. Nunes, C., & Ayala-Nunes, L. (2017). Parenting sense of competence in at psychosocial risk families and child well-being. Bordon. Revista de Pedagogía, 69(1), 155-168. https://doi.org/10.13042/Bordon.2016.48589 Petch, J., & Halford, W. K. (2008). Psycho-education to enhance couples' transition to parenthood. Clinical Psychology Review, 28(7), 1125-1137. Ponzetti, J. J. (2016). Evidence-based parenting education: A global perspective. Routledge. Schoppe-Sullivan, S. J., Brown, G. L., Cannon, E. A., Mangelsdorf, S. C., & Sokolowski, M. S. (2008). Maternal gatekeeping, coparenting quality, and fathering behavior in families with infants. Journal of Family Psychology, 22(3), 389–398. https://doi.org/10.1037/0893-3200.22.3.389 UNICEF (2022). Derecho a la participación de niños, niñas y adolescente. UNICEF. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 15 SES 11 A: Partnership research and SDGs Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Franz Rauch Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper The Role of Open Schooling in Community Efforts to Tackle the Silent Pandemic of Antimicrobial Resistance University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Globally, in the past two decades, societies have grappled with intricate societal challenges, such as the threats to public health and the repercussions of climate change, prompting an urgent need for citizens to actively pursue sustainability (UNESCO, 2020). Recent findings from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD] (2021) underscore that, in navigating a post-truth era, individuals require not only cognitive skills but also transversal skills and attitudes acquired through lifelong learning to thrive. Addressing these pressing issues necessitates the cultivation of scientifically literate citizens capable of participating in public discourse, employing evidence-based reasoning, and making informed decisions to enhance the overall quality of life. Scientific thinking is identified as a means to develop these skills within the context of science education (Hazelkorn et al., 2015). However, a persistent global concern revolves around the declined interest in science among students, with repercussions extending to the percentage of graduates in STEM education (26%), notably in Europe (OECD, 2019). Prior research (Drymiotou et al., 2021a) suggests that fostering students' interest in science and encouraging the pursuit of STEM careers can be achieved through active engagement in scientific practices with experts, establishing connections between STEM careers and curriculum topics, and contextualizing science concepts in real-life, personally relevant scenarios. Consequently, educational institutions play a pivotal role in providing such opportunities to students, nurturing them into responsible citizens. To explore avenues for enhancing students’ interest in science, the present study focuses on investigating the potential of Open Schooling as part of the MULTIPLIERS project (https://multipliers-project.org/). Open Schooling, as conceptualized in this project, involves schools opening up to society through bidirectional collaboration with various stakeholders. This collaboration aims to (a) improve community well-being by raising awareness and co-creating solutions to both personal and socially relevant problems; (b) engage in inquiry processes, knowledge construction, creative action, and dissemination at local and global levels; and (c) enrich school curricula and pedagogical approaches while promoting meaningful learning and competence development (Constantinou & Papadouris, 2012). This conceptualization is based on a systematic review of good practices, including EU Open Schooling Calls, EU-funded projects, initiatives in partner countries, and relevant articles, coupled with a needs analysis conducted through focus group interviews with 45 stakeholders. Guided by this theoretically and empirically rooted conceptualization, the study developed a framework for an Open Schooling Teaching-Learning Sequence (TLS) (Papadouris & Constantinou, 2016, 2017). Consequently, the study aims to investigate the potential of open-schooling educational actions in enhancing students’ interest in science and their understanding of science careers. The research question guiding this investigation is: Do open schooling educational actions influence: (a) students' interest in science? (b) students' career awareness? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Situated within the 'Design-Based Research' (DBR) paradigm (Brown, 1992), the study adopts a design-driven and intervention-focused approach. Collaboration among researchers, teachers, STEM experts, and civil society organizations is integral to the study, operating within the classroom environment and extending to the broader community. The research unfolds based on the open-schooling Teaching-Learning Sequence (TLS) framework, centering on the socio-scientific issue of Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) within the teaching unit of 'Microbes and Disease' (Drymiotou & Constantinou, 2023). AMR poses a significant threat to health around the globe, placing lives at risk. Compelling evidence indicates that the escalating use of antibiotics, over-prescription, and overconsumption contribute to the rise of resistant bugs (European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control [ECDC], 2022). In the specific context of Cyprus, where this study is situated, the country ranks among the EU/EEA nations with the highest antibiotic consumption (ECDC, 2022). Education and informed action are crucial steps in addressing this critical issue. In this study, we present the implementation of the TLS which was collaboratively developed by researchers, teachers, and biology experts in classroom settings. The implementation involves 20 sessions, each lasting 50 minutes, excluding after-school hours, conducted in a secondary school in Cyprus with a group of 74 8th graders (13-14 years old) and two science teachers. To explore the impact of open schooling on students' interest and career awareness, a mixed-methods approach was employed, encompassing both quantitative and qualitative data collection methods. Quantitative data were gathered using a modified version of the Scenario Evaluation with Relevance and Interest (SERI) instrument developed by Kang et al. (2021). Complementary qualitative insights were obtained through semi-structured interviews with students after the intervention, focusing on the perceived value of their experience with the open schooling Teaching-Learning Sequence (TLS) in terms of enhancing their interest in science and their awareness of science careers. These student interviews were conducted post-intervention. Quantitative data were analysed using a pre- and post-data comparison to provide an overall indication of students’ interest in science and awareness about science careers. Qualitative data from the interviews with the students were analysed using open coding concerning the features that seemed to enhance interest and career awareness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this research indicate that open schooling educational initiatives when compared to traditional school science, contribute to students' perception of genuine science as more enjoyable, interesting, relevant, and informative, particularly when these initiatives emphasise novelty, knowledge, and social connections. This preliminary study highlighted specific characteristics that heightened students' interest in science and awareness of potential careers, aligning with prior research (Drymiotou et al., 2021b). These include: (a) organising open schooling events in the broader community; (b) engaging with experts in an authentic setting; (c) participating in scientific practices; (d) promoting and disseminating knowledge, both in general and concerning societal challenges; and (e) encouraging group work and social interaction. These findings carry significant implications, offering valuable insights to: (a) shape the design of teaching and learning activities within open schooling; (b) advance the open schooling Teaching-Learning Sequence (TLS) framework; and (c) offer practical recommendations for curriculum design and classroom practices, aiming to enhance school science curricula and pedagogical approaches for increased student interest in science and awareness of science careers. It can be contended that these activities served as a gateway for students into authentic scientific experiences, establishing meaningful connections between theoretical knowledge and practical application. References Constantinou, C. P. & Papadouris, N. (2012) Teaching and Learning about Energy in Middle School: An Argument for an Epistemic Approach. Studies in Science Education, 48(2), 161-186. Drymiotou, I. & Constantinou, C. P. (2023). Antimicrobial Resistance Toolkit. MULTIPIERS project. Nicosia. Accessed in https://multipliers-project.org/resources/. Drymiotou, I., Constantinou, C. P., & Avraamidou, L. (2021a). Enhancing students’ interest in science and understandings of STEM careers: the role of career-based scenarios. International Journal of Science Education, 43(5), 717-736. Drymiotou, I., Constantinou, C. P., & Avraamidou, L. (2021b). Career-based scenarios as a mechanism, for fostering students’ interest in science and understandings of STEM careers. International Journal of Designs for Learning, 12(3), 118–128. Brown, A. L. (1992). Design experiments: Theoretical and methodological challenges in creating complex interventions in classroom settings. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2), 141–178. European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control [ECDC] (2022). Antimicrobial Resistance in the EU/EEA - A One Health response. Solna, Sweden: ECDC. Kang, J., Keinonen, T., Simon, S., Rannikmäe, M., Soobard, R., & Direito, I. (2019). Scenario evaluation with relevance and interest (SERI): Development and validation of a scenario measurement tool for context-based learning. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 17(7), 1317–1338.https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-018-9930-y Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (2021), OECD Skills Outlook 2021: Learning for Life, OECD Publishing, Paris. doi. 10.1787/0ae365b4-en Papadouris, N. & Constantinou, C. P. (2017) Integrating the epistemic and ontological aspects of content knowledge in science teaching and learning. International Journal of Science Education, 39(6), 663-682. DOI: 10.1080/09500693.2017.1299950. Papadouris, N. & Constantinou, C. P. (2016) Investigating middle school students' ability to develop energy as a framework for analyzing simple physical phenomena. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 53(1), 119–145. DOI: 10.1002/tea.21248 UNESCO (2020). Education for Sustainable Development - A Roadmap, ESD for 2030; UNESCO Publishing: Paris, France. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Science_Link - a Research Co-operation that Forms Partnerships in Education 1Carinthian University of Applied Sciences, Austria; 2UNESCO Biosphere Reserve Carinthian Nockberge, Austria; 3University of Klagenfurt, Austria; 4E.C.O. Institute of Ecology, Austria Presenting Author:Partnerships in education are essential in order to achieve certain educational goals, especially, when it comes to linking the two aspects of education and practice. The UN Sustainable Development Goals 2030 (UN, 2015) emphasise the central importance of partnerships in achieving the global sustainability goals. After all, the current challenges globally, regionally and locally require the joint efforts of all. It is important that partnerships take place on an equal level, as this gives everyone involved the opportunity to learn from each other. UNESCO biosphere reserves are one setting in which these partnerships between education and practice are realised and further developed. As model and future regions for sustainable development, UNESCO biosphere reserves also strive to work in partnerships to make the region more sustainable. Education plays an important role as the context of a more complex and globalised world places new demands on educational theory and practice. An understanding of education that goes beyond the mere transfer of knowledge should therefore be established. An essential task of education is to enable people to develop an awareness of global, regional and local interrelations. Critical reflection on these interrelations plays a central role as well. In this context, it is essential to interpret economic, social, political and cultural processes as developments that can be shaped in order to enable individuals to recognise the opportunities for social participation, co-creation and co-responsibility in society (Wintersteiner et al., 2014). This paper focuses on a biosphere reserve that not only imparts knowledge, but also fulfils an educational and research mission (Zollner et al., 2015). The Carinthian part of the UNESCO Biosphere Reserve Salzburger Lungau & Carinthian Nockberge launched the research co-operation SCiENCE_LINKnockberge in 2013. As part of this co-operation, the Nockberge Biosphere Reserve puts its research and educational mission into practice by working together with the University of Klagenfurt and the Carinthian University of Applied Sciences. The private Institute of Ecology (E.C.O.) co-ordinates the partnership SCiENCE_LINKNockberge. As part of the research cooperation, students from the two educational institutions mentioned are given the opportunity to carry out applied research in the context of a scientific thesis on Bachelor- Master- and Doctoral levels. In this way, science is realised cooperatively in a region of experimentation, learning and research. Through these learning processes, the students involved investigate issues in the biosphere reserve region in diverse areas like nature conservation, tourism, education, law, technical innovations, regional and economical development. The participating universities can offer students current and applied topics for qualification theses. In the international landscape, SCiENCE_LINKnockberge is one of the very few structured and contractually organised partnerships between a biosphere reserve and universities in the sense of co-operative research work and partnership-based knowledge transfer (Falkner & Rauch, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Over the past ten years, the results of the research collaboration are evaluated continuously. This includes documenting the student work completed to date (Gruber et al., 2022) and conducting guided interviews with stakeholders. Actors involved in the SCiENCE_LINKnockberge research collaboration are interviewed. Guided interviews targeted members of the management team of the Nockberge Biosphere Reserve, including the manager and managing director, along with the head of the Institute E.C.O. Additionally, three participating students were interviewed to capture diverse perspectives. The interview guidelines played a crucial role in structuring the interviews, ensuring a focus on research-relevant questions and incorporating the valuable knowledge of the interviewees (Helfferich, 2009). The introductory question aimed to elicit descriptions of the Nockberge Biosphere Reserve as a model region for sustainable development from the respondents. Overarching key questions delved into milestones, obstacles, and personal experiences. The interviews were transcribed and subjected to content analysis using the approach outlined by Mayring (2022). Throughout the research process, a commitment to maintaining openness to phenomena found in the research field was upheld. This approach ensured a nuanced understanding of the collaborative efforts within the biosphere reserve and highlighted both achievements and challenges encountered in the pursuit of sustainable development goals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Main outcomes of the development and research process are as follows. While biosphere reserve management applies practice-orientated concepts, the culture at universities are more theory-led (Egner et al., 2017). Strong regional anchoring, practicality, usefulness, implementation and action-orientation are the central development parameters in the Biosphere Reserve. The culture at a university, on contrast, is based on academic research and teaching. Additionally, the institutions involved have a different time rhythm, i.e. annual operation and seasonal reference at the biosphere reserve versus semester operation at the universities. The predominant motivation for participating in the SCiENCE_LINKnockberge collaboration among the students interviewed was the intention to be able to reflect and apply the knowledge they got at the university programs into practice. When asked about learning and knowledge gained participation in SCiENCE_LINKnockberge the students mention learning through experience, a creative, open atmosphere, the relevance of informal exchange opportunities and the joint search for solutions. The interviewees see well-founded research experience at an international level as well as multidisciplinary research approaches and perspectives as a strength of the universities. Curiosity, mutual respect and appreciation as well as the courage to try out new things were seen as supporting factors for the collaboration by all partners involved. The research cooperation produced some helpful tools, like a catalogue of research questions and an online database (NockoThek), in which scientific literature relating to biosphere reserves and completed theses are collected. Since the start of SCiENCE_LINKnockberge, a total of 26 student theses have been successfully completed, published in the newsletter of the Biosphere Region and many of them are incorporated into the practice of the Nockberge Biosphere Reserve. Plans for more in-depth research and evaluation projects are underway to explore current developments, including the integration of digital technology into biosphere reserve management. References Egner, H., Falkner, J., Jungmeier, M., & Zollner, D. (2017). Institutionalizing cooperation between biosphere reserves and universities – the example of Science_Linknockberge. eco.mont, 9(2), 77–80. Falkner, J. & Rauch, F. (2020). SCIENCE_LINKnockberge – kooperativ Forschen, Lehren und Lernen. In A. Borsdorf, M. Jungmeier, V. Braun & K. Heinrich (Hrsg.), Biosphäre 4.0 - UNESCO Biosphere Reserves als Modellregionen einer nachhaltigen Entwicklung (S.161-170). Dortrecht: Springer. Gruber, V., Macheiner, G., Schaflechner, M., Mayer, H., Rossmann, D., Wolf, L., Schäfer, I., Köstl, T., Piiroja, R., & Huber, M. (2022). Evaluierungsbericht 2012-2022 UNESCO Biosphärenpark Salzburger Lungau und Kärntner Nockberge. Biosphärenpark Salzburger Lungau und Biosphärenparkverwaltung Nockberge, Mauterndorf und Ebene Reichenau. Helfferich, C. (2009). Die Qualität qualitativer Daten: Manual für die Durchführung qualitativer Interviews (3., überarbeitete Auflage). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. (13. Aufl.). Beltz. United Nations. 2015. Transforming our world: the 2030 agenda for sustainable development. https://sdgs.un.org/goals Wintersteiner, W., Grobbauer, H., Diendorfer, G., & Reitmair-Juarez, S. (2014). Global Citizenship Education: Politische Bildung für die Weltgesellschaft. Österreichische UNESCO-Kommission: Wien. Zollner, D., Huber, M., Jungmeier, M., Rossmann, D., & Mayer, H. (2015). Managementplan 2015–2025. Biosphärenpark Salzburger Lungau & Kärntner Nockberge – Teil Kärntner Nockberge. 61 p. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Transference and Transformation: Agricultural Industry Partnerships for Educational Development and Professional Learning for Teachers Southern Cross University, Australia Presenting Author:Abstract This research explores the co-design, co-development and implementation of a Regenerative Agriculture Mentoring Program (RAMP) that was co-produced in consultation with the agricultural industry and delivered to farmers. The program was highly successful in applying robust educational theory and practice into the agricultural industry in Australia to enhance farmers’ knowledge about approaches to agriculture that encourage greater resilience of the land given the current pressures of climate change. In addition, the program was then used to create a professional learning program for teachers to upskills in regenerative agriculture principles and practices to improve their teaching and learning in the classroom.
Research question How can industry-based projects be used in educational contexts to enhance teacher knowledge and practice?
Objectives or purposes
Perspective(s) or theoretical framework
There is a rapidly growing body of research that is demonstrating an urgent and "fundamental transformation in agriculture is needed" (Gosnell, Gill & Voyer, 2019, p. 2); primarily because the industry contributes an estimated 15 - 30% of greenhouse gases (GHG) (IPCC, 2019; OECD, 2016). It is projected that this could become 50% by mid-century without a targeted effort towards reducing the impact of agricultural practices. Key recommendations from extensive research, point to regenerative agriculture to address these issues for the future resilience of the planet (Gosnell, Gill & Voyer, 2019; Lal, 2020; Massy, 2020; Toensmeier, 2016). Regenerative agriculture is earmarked to effectively adapt to and mitigate the impacts of climate change. It adopts a systems framework to farming that extends beyond "minimising and reducing negative impacts" (Massey, 2020, p.10) to focus on "restoring, improving and enhancing the biological vitality, carry capacity and ecosystem services" (Electris et al., 2019) of the land, and our regions.
Principally in line with Sustainable Development Goals number 2: Zero Hunger and number 13: Climate Action, this paper accepts that "Australian farmers produce enough food to feed 80 million people, including 93 per cent of food consumed in Australia" (Stimpson et al., 2019, p.69). As a significant pillar of the national economy, the agricultural sector also makes a heavy footprint on the natural environment; from changing land and water practices to enhancing the impacts of climate change (OECD, n.d.). Agricultural contributions to climate change are estimated at approximately 25 per cent climbing to a forecasted 50 per cent by mid-century unless urgent and immediate action is taken (OECD, 2019). Furthermore, conventional agricultural practices have been found to be responsible for devastating, large scale global environmental problems and degradation including land use changes resulting in soil erosion, desertification, and climate change. "Transitions to more climate-friendly forms of agriculture [such as regenerative agriculture] have the potential to support ecosystem based adaptation to climate change as well as mitigation through soil carbon sequestration" (Gosnell, Gill & Voyer, 2019, p. 3; see also NGS, 2020; OECD, 2019). Further research affirms that, "global agriculture is already producing enough food to feed 10 billion people. However, about 30% of all food produced is wasted. It is thus important to break the vicious circle of produce, waste, degrade, pollute, and produce more. Therefore, the goal of RA [regenerative agriculture] is to apply the concept of more from less" (Lal, 2020, p.1A). Regenerative agriculture offers an alternative to traditional farming practices which addresses many of the environmental impacts described here. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological approach and research design To align with the regenerative agriculture theory underpinning this paper, a participatory action research (PAR) approach has been adopted. PAR is grounded in collaboration approaches to undertaking research where participants are involved in experiential and transformative practice to address a known problem or issue (Conish et al., 2023). In this study, Australian farmers from two states were invited through email and social media networks to be involved in a program designed to enhance their knowledge of principles and on-farm practices in regenerative agriculture. The application and registration process included a consent form and a 5-point Likert scale questionnaire (Luke et al., 2021) to determine the baseline data of farmers current principles and practices across a range of different topics such as ground cover, rotational grazing, species diversity and soil structure. Participants who completed the survey were grouped into region-based groups of approximately 6 mentees (participants) and allocated a local and highly qualified and experienced mentor. The program was founded on the educational practice of mentoring; where group mentoring was enacted following a 6 or 12 month education-based outline. The program was co-designed and co-developed with education academics and experienced, well-known experts in regenerative agriculture and holistic management. Depending on the length of the program (6 or 12 months), mentoring groups met fortnightly or monthly on Zoom to discuss the topic presented in a purposefully created workbook. In addition, the program facilitated a number of expert webinar sessions and supported on-farm field days in collaboration with local government services such as local councils and land services. On completion of the program, participants were invited to complete the same questionnaire to find out how their thinking had changed around the principles and on-farm practices had changed as a result of the program. This was determined to be the measure of the transformational changes. The questionnaire had additional evaluative questions to determine the success of the education-based model too. The program was then used to create a professional learning program for teachers in regenerative agriculture – a topic yet to be covered in the national or state curriculum, but one that teachers are highly interested in. The program attracted 120 teachers registered and approximately 60 teachers completing the 6-week online program. The professional learning program did not form part of the formal research, but the evaluative data demonstrated the highly successful nature of the program. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings The data from the RAMP program was qualitatively analysed using thematic analysis. Six themes emerged from the data which demonstrated the success of the program in effectively and positively facilitating transformative change for farmers in regenerative agriculture principles and practices. In addition, the RAMP model of co-design and co-development with industry resulted in a successful approach for transferring the program into educational contexts for professional learning for teachers. The six emergent themes from the RAMP were: Regenerative Agriculture overall The results of knowledge change, represented as the percentage of participants with sound or very sound knowledge of the topic before and after the program, show significant improvements. Confidence Participants expressed confidence in making changes towards regenerative agricultural practices and principles. Practice change The program successfully influenced participants to embrace regenerative and sustainable agricultural practices, particularly in the realms of soil health and land management. These substantial shifts underscore a growing awareness among participants of the importance of environmentally conscious farming practices and a resolute commitment to long-term sustainability. Knowledge change The program has significantly enriched participants’ knowledge across various facets of regenerative agriculture, emphasizing the importance of biodiversity, grazing management, natural cycles, soil health, and ecological sustainability. Principles The results indicated participants’ average ratings on various regenerative agriculture principles before and after the program. Some principles saw a slight decreases in average ratings, suggesting participants’ perceptions may have shifted slightly in these areas. Program enjoyment Participants in the project found enjoyment and value in a combination of factors, including their interactions with peers, access to knowledgeable mentors, diverse learning opportunities, and the ability to apply regenerative agriculture principles to their unique contexts. The program’s supportive environment and practical approach were instrumental in promoting learning and instigating positive changes in participants’ farming practices. References References Cornish, F., Breton, N., Moreno-Tabarez, U. et al. Participatory action research. Nat Rev Methods Primers 3, 34 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1038/s43586-023-00214-1 Electris, C., Humphreys, J., Land, K., LeZaks, D., and Silverstein, J. 2019. Soil Wealth: Investing in regenerative agriculture across asset classes. Croatan Institute, Delta Institute, The Organic Agriculture Revitalization Strategy. General Mills. 2020. Regenerative agriculture. Accessed from: https://www.generalmills.com/en/Responsibility/ Sustainability/Regenerative-agriculture Gordon, L. & Gordon, E. (2020). What are the principles of regenerative agriculture? The Land. Retrieved from: https://www.theland.com.au/story/6912797/what-are-the-principles-of-regenerative-agriculture/ Gosnell, H., Gill, N., & Voyer, M. (2019). Transformational adaptation on the farm: Processes of change and persistence in transitions to ‘climate-smart’regenerative agriculture. Global Environmental Change, 59, 101965. Kughur, Gyanden & Audu, O. (2015). Effects of Intensive Agricultural Production on the Environment in Benue State, Nigeria. CAB Reviews Perspectives in Agriculture Veterinary Science Nutrition and Natural Resources. 8. 7-11. 10.9790/2380-08810711. Lal, R. (2020). Regenerative agriculture for food and climate. Journal of Soil and Water Conservation, 75(5), 123A-124A. Luke, H., Baker, C., Allan, C., McDonald, S., & Alexanderson, M. (2021). Agriculture in the northern wheatbelt: Rural landholder social benchmarking report 2021. Southern Cross University. https://soilcrc.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Northern-Wheatbelt-Social-Benchmarking-Report_16_05.pdf Massy, T. (2020). Blueprint for Impact: Regenerating agriculture across the Great Barrier Reef catchments. Report commissed by Sustainable Table. Mózner, Z., Tabi, A., & Csutora, M. (2012). Modifying the yield factor based on more efficient use of fertilizer—The environmental impacts of intensive and extensive agricultural practices. Ecological Indicators, 16, 58-66. Rhodes, C. J. (2017). The imperative for regenerative agriculture. Science Progress, 100(1), 80-129. Rogers, Everett M. (2003). Diffusion of Innovations (5th ed.). New York, NY: Free Press. pp. xv–xxi. Stimpson, K., Luke, H., & Lloyd, D. (2019). Understanding grower demographics, motivations and management practices to improve engagement, extension and industry resilience: a case study of the macadamia industry in the Northern Rivers, Australia. Australian Geographer, 50(1), 69-90. Toensmeier, E. (2016). The carbon farming solution: a global toolkit of perennial crops and regenerative agriculture practices for climate change mitigation and food security. Chelsea Green Publishing |
13:45 - 15:15 | 16 SES 11 A: NW 16 Network Meeting Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ruth Wood Network Meeting |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper NW 16 Network Meeting Kingston University, UK Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
13:45 - 15:15 | 17 SES 11 A: Avenues Opening/Closing: Histories of Educational Thought and Experiment Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Pieter Verstraete Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Just Memories or Hopes for the Future? A Comparative Study on Receptions and Discussions of Makarenko's Pedagogy 1University of Kaiserslautern-Landau; 2Poltava V.G. Korolenko National Pedagogical University Presenting Author:In 1988 UNESCO ranked Anton Semenovich Makarenko (1888 – 1939) as one of four educators who most significantly determined the world's pedagogical thinking in the 20th century. This is not only because his concept of Collective Education was the official educational theory of socialist countries, but also because numerous educators in non-socialist countries were inspired by his ideas. Attitudes towards Makarenko’s works in each context, however, range from a derogatory rejection of his ideas to a glorified appreciation of his pedagogical work. The rise and fall of scientific and pedagogical interest in Makarenko were not only influenced by the ideological battles of the Cold War, but also other pedagogical conflicts such as between theory and practice, traditions and innovations, and romantic idealism and pragmatism. After the collapse of the U.S.S.R., the number of research papers on Makarenko generally decreased while in many “Western” countries Makarenko's ideas, especially the socialist education methods, seem to have lost their relevance and been relegated to the past. Nonetheless, research on Makarenko continued, albeit with different research focuses. It was carried on not only by researchers in the post-Soviet states such as Frolov (2006), Dichek (2018), Oksa and Karpenchuk (2008), but also in countries like Germany and Japan (e.g. Mannschatz 2002; Schubert 2019; Dreier-Horning 2022). While the above-mentioned research mainly focuses on discussions in the former U.S.S.R., our research project highlights the comparative aspects. Although Makarenko's concepts circulated transnationally and were received, (re)interpreted and implemented in different contexts, there are only a few works (e.g. Frolov 2006) that examine the transnational aspect of Makarenko's ideas across the Iron Curtain. Thus, in this project, we aim to investiage how Makarenko was remembered (or forgotten) in three countries – namely, in Ukraine, where Makarenko was born and worked; in East Germany (and Germany after the reunification), where Makaranko’s pedagogy was once regarded as the official educational principle; and in Japan, which is one of the capitalist countries strongly influenced by Makarenko's ideas (Fujii 1988). Our research focuses on the time frame from the late 20th Century to the beginning of the 21st Century, especially around 1988 since in this year, shortly before the collapse of the U.S.S.R, the 100th Anniversary of Makarenko was celebrated internationally. In our comparison and analysis we utilize secondary literature, pedagogical journals, and reports on educational conferences in three countries. The starting point of this research project is a manuscript of the book, Basics of Modern Makarenko Studies (ОсновиСучасного Макаренкознавства), written by the second author of this proposal and his colleagues. The main audience of the book are Ukrainian students in teacher-training. The manuscript was almost ready for publication; however, due to the Russian invasion, it has not yet been possible to publish the book. Furthermore, in this new age of uncertainty the authors are now forced to rethink the question of whether and how Makarenko's pedagogy, which itself emerged in an age of uncertainty in the middle of post-WW1 Ukraine, should or can be remembered. We also seek to answer the question of whether his pedagogy has any significance for education in the future, not only in Ukraine, but also in other parts of the world. This research is still in its early stages and we would like to present our first outcome and discuss it with other participants to further develop our research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer our research question of how and whether Makarenko has been remembered, we analyze secondary literature, pedagogical journals, and reports on educational conferences in three countries published around 1988. We adopt the method of qualitative content analysis (a.o. Mayring 2010) and examine how Makarenko was discussed in the sources. Based on our literature analysis, we developed three analytical categories for this process - namely, A) Representation/Symbol of values; B) Pedagogical technology; and C) Teacher-training. Analysis category A is applied to articles and documents in which Makarenko’s name represents a certain value. Depending on the context, Makarenko's name symbolizes a wide range of values and concepts, such as self-sacrifice, discipline, pedagogical optimism, productive work, rehabilitation of criminal adolescents, Stalinist ideology, authoritarian pedagogy, masculinity, proletariat, etc (Schubert 2012). Category B is applied to articles and documents which attempt to put pedagogical techniques suggested by Makarenko into practice, such as industrial labor and children's self-government. Category C is applied to articles and documents related to teacher-training. Since the early 1980s, a new teacher-training program based on Makarenko’s pedagogy, which focuses on the formation of teachers’ personalities, had been actively implemented in the former U.S.S.R. This program was developed at the Poltava V. G. Korolenko National Pedagogical University and had been used widely both in Ukraine and the USSR (Zyazyun, Kramushchenko, Krivonos, Myroshnyk, Semichenko, & Tarasevych, 2008). Documents from the program will be included this category. The main sources for this research are following pedagogical journals and newspapers, as well as archived documents in the following archives. <<Journals>> „Die Unterstufe: Zeitschrift für sozialistische Bildung und Erziehung in den ersten vier Schuljahren“ (1954-1991) „Pädagogik. Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der sozialistischen Erziehung“ (1956 - 1990). „Deutsche Lehrerzeitung“ (1954-1990) „Polytechnische Bildung und Erziehung“ (1959 – 1990) „Seikatsushidō (Educational Guidance)“ (1959-) „Gendai Kyōiku Kagaku (Modern Educational Science)“ (1958-2011) <<Archives>> The Makarenko-Archive / the Poltava V. G. Korolenko National Pedagogical University Research Library for the History of Education in Berlin (BBF) The Library of Japanese Teachers’ Union, Tokyo Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through our comparative analysis we present how Makarenko has been discussed and remembered since the late 20th Century. Even after the collapse of the U.S.S.R., the legacy of Makarenko has been discussed in different contexts. In some cases, Makarenko’s pedagogical ideas and Makarenko as a person were criticized or admired as a symbol of certain values. In other cases, certain aspects of Makarenko’s pedagogy have been reinterpreted and survived the age of uncertainty after the collapse of the U.S.S.R.. We also argue that Makarenko’s pedagogy, which emerged in the age of uncertainty following the First World War and the collapse of the Russian Empire, should be remembered, has relevance in teacher-training, and should be critically discussed in the future, both on the theoretical and practical level. Furthermore, we highlight the possibility and the need for further transnational dialogue and research. On one hand, it enables us gain new insights into the history of Ukrainian education within the European and the global context. On the other hand, a transnational perspective (Roldán Vera & Fuchs, 2019) that considers the plurality of contexts in which Makarenko’s pedagogy was received, (re-)interpreted and applied in practice, can open fresh perspectives both on questions of Makarenko's legacy and on fundamental pedagogical issues. References 1.Dreier-Horning, A. (2022). Wie Anton S. Makarenko ein Klassiker der Pädagogik wurde. Zum Stand der Makarenkoforschung in Deutschland. Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag. 2.Frolov A. (2006), А. С. Макаренко в СССР, России и мире: историография освоения и разработки его наследия. 1939–2005 гг., критический анализ (А. S. Makarenko in the USSR, Russia and the World: Historiography of the Development of his Legacy. 1939-2005, Critical Analysis). Volga-Vyatka Academy Press. 3.Fujii, T. (1988). 「世界のマカレンコ研究の動向とマカレンコ教育学の評価の問題 (The Trend in International Makarenko Research and the Problem of Assessing Makarenko's Pedagogy) 」. In: Makarenko, Anton S., Fujii, T. & Iwasaki, S. (Translation). 『科学的訓育論の基礎 (Basics of Educational Science) 』. Meiji. 4.Hillig, G. (1994) (ed.) Stand und Perspektiven der Makarenko-Forschung. Minerva. 5.Dichek N. (2005). А. Макаренко і світ: аналіз англомовних студій (A. Makarenko and the World: An Analysis of English-Language Studies). Naukoviy svіt. 6.Dichek N. (2018) "Нове-старе в сучасній зарубіжній макаренкіані (New-Old in Modern Foreign Makarenko Studies)." Pedagogical sciences: theory, history, innovative technologies, 2 (76). p. 221-235. 7.Mannschatz, E. (2002). Gemeinsame Aufgabenbewältigung als Medium sozialpädagogischer Tätigkeit. Denkanstöße für die Wiedergewinnung des Pädagogischen aus der Makarenko-Rezeption. Trafo. 8.Mayring, P. (2010). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. Beltz Juventa. 9.Oksa M. & Karpenchuk S. (2008), Макаренкознавство в Україні: аспекти історії, теорії, практики (Makarenko studies in Ukraine: aspects of history, theory, practice). RSU. 10.Roldán Vera, E. & Fuchs, E. (2019). “Introduction: The Transnational in the History of Education”. In: Fuchs, E. and Roldán Vera, E. (ed.). The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and perspectives. Palgrave. p.1-37. 11.Schubert, V. (2012). Männliche Erziehung bei Makarenko?. In: Baader, M.S., Bilstein, J., Tholen, T. (ed.) Erziehung, Bildung und Geschlecht. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. 12.Schubert, V. (2019). Der Pädagoge als Ingenieur. Erziehungswissenschaft bei Bernfeld, Makarenko und Dewey, Beltz Juventa. 13.Zyazyun I.A., Kramushchenko L.B., Krivonos I. F., Myroshnyk O.H., Semichenko В. А., & Tarasevych Н. М. (2008). Pedagogical Skills: A Textbook K ( Педагогічна майстерність: підручник. К. SPD Bogdanova A. M. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Building Hope Through Education. Peace, Nonviolence, and Anti-authoritarianism in the Thought of Lamberto Borghi. 1University of Urbino "Carlo Bo", Italy; 2University of Urbino "Carlo Bo", Italy Presenting Author:With this contribution, we aim to investigate the thought of Lamberto Borghi to show how, in his works, he emphasises a strong conviction that through education, it is possible to cultivate hope in building a future of peace.
Antonio Borghi (1907-2000) was one of Italy's most influential 20th-century pedagogists. He graduated in philosophy, specialised in German literature and taught for several years in various Italian high schools. In 1938, following the promulgation of the fascist racial laws, he was dismissed and left the country for the United States. Attending universities and intellectual circles, he came into close contact with leading figures on the international cultural scene, including Salvemini, Cassirer and Dewey. Returning to Italy as a full professor of Pedagogy at the University of Florence, he became one of the main disseminators of Dewey's thought. In his work, he establish a 'secular' paradigm of pedagogical investigation with a strong civil and political commitment.
With this study, we aim to investigate, in particular, the themes of peace, non-violence and anti-authoritarianism. These aspects, which we will highlight, are present in many of his most prominent works. This contribution will emphasise how the author tried to keep these values alive, even in his everyday life. Through unpublished correspondence kept, in part, at the INDIRE (National Institute for Documentation, Innovation and Educational Research) archive in Florence, we will try to introduce the reader to a more private side of the author, showing how his commitment to these values led him to maintain contacts and relations not only with the academic world but also with non-violent activist groups. We will particularly emphasise the author's relationship with anarchist and non-violent groups operating in Italy at that time, contributing to the commitment and dissemination of those values that he supported from a theoretical point of view. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The hermeneutic approach we will use for reading and interpreting the texts is historical-critical. We will read the facts and data emerging from the texts and documents in their historical context, trying, as far as possible, to authentically bring out the author's thought, his relationship with the intellectuals of the time and the issues he wanted to raise with his writings. In particular, we will use unpublished materials and writings preserved in the INDIRE (National Institute for Documentation, Innovation and Educational Research) archives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With this contribution, we expect to highlight the importance Borghi reserved for education as a living source of hope for the possibility of building a better future for all. In particular, we expect to show how the importance of peace, non-violence and anti-authoritarianism were not only theoretical nuclei that he examined and linked to pedagogical thought but also something that he strove to live out on a daily basis. We expect to show how Borghi was not only a teacher but also a witness of these values in daily life, maintaining personal, as well as professional, contacts with different worlds that may seem contradictory. From the Marxist and secular world to the Catholic world, Borghi succeeded, through his dialectical criticism, in constructing a pedagogical synthesis that was not only abstract but which he strove to live, giving shape to that hope for the emancipation of women and men to which education can give form. References C. Allemann-Ghionda, Dewey in Postwar-Italy: the Case of Re-Education. Studies in Philosophy & Education, 19(1/2), 53-67, 2000. L. Borghi, Educazione alla sopravvivenza, in «Scuola e città», 1984/3. L. Borghi, Educazione e Autorità nell’Italia Moderna, Bergamo, Junior 2021 (1950). L. Borghi, Educazione e sviluppo sociale, Firenze, La Nuova Italia, 1962. L. Borghi, Il presente e il futuro della nonviolenza, in «20 Anni di azione nonviolenta», gennaio 1984. L. Borghi, Personalità e pensiero di Aldo Capitini, in «Annali della Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa», Serie III, vol. V, 1975. L. Borghi, Scritti e fogli inediti dall’archivio INDIRE, Firenze. F. Cambi, La scuola di Firenze, Napoli, Liguori, 1982. F. Cambi, P. Orefice (edd.), Educazione, libertà, democrazia. Il pensiero pedagogico di Lamberto Borghi, Napoli, Liguori, 2005. F. Cambi, John Dewey in Italy. The Operation of the New Italian Publishing: Including Translation, Interpretation and Interpretation and Dissemination, in «Espacio, Tiempo y Educación», 2016, 3 (2), 89-99,. C. Cardelli, G. Cives, F. Codello, G. Fogi, In memoria di Lamberto Borghi, in «La Domenica della nonviolenza», 2007, n. 119. T. Pironi, Lamberto Borghi e Danilo Dolci. Spunti di indagine su una feconda interazione, in F. Cambi, P. Orefice (a cura di), Educazione, libertà, democrazia. Il pensiero pedagogico di Lamberto Borghi, Napoli, Liguori Editore, 2005. F. Susi, École et démocratie en Italie: de l’unité à la fin du XXème siècle. XXX: Editions L’Harmattan, 2015. G. Tassinari (ed.), La pedagogia italiana nel secondo dopoguerra: atti del Convegno in onore di Lamberto Borghi, Firenze, Le Monnier, 1987. M. Venuti, Antiautoritarismo e non violenza nella riflessione filosofico-pedagogica di Lamberto Borghi, in F. Cambi, P. Orefice (edd.), Educazione, libertà, democrazia. Il pensiero pedagogico di Lamberto Borghi, Napoli, Liguori Editore, 2005. 17. Histories of Education
Paper “Stepping into the Unknown:” Vkhutemas as an Experimental Educational Laboratory for Mass Creativity UIDEF, Institute of Education, University of Lisbon, Portugal Presenting Author:Since the establishment of the first state-supported art academies in the second half of the sixteenth century, the elaborate and schematic pedagogical principles set forth by the founding Mannerist artists were subsequently assimilated by the French Academy and instilled across Europe as a dominant model of art education. This traditional academic, pedagogical doctrine “has determined the character and the destiny of academies of art down to the twentieth century” (Pevsner, 1973, p. 66). In the nineteenth century, reinforced by the Romantic narratives of genius, the paramount view on artistic creation was still a reflection of the Kantian position that “beautiful Art is only possible as a product of Genius” (1790/2000, para. 46). The author of a work of art, “does not himself know how he has come by his Ideas;” thus the artist has no power “to communicate it to others in precepts that will enable them to produce similar products” (1790/2000, para. 46). On the one hand, art, as a property of genius, cannot be taught. On the other, the founding principle legitimising the existence of art academies lies precisely in the belief that artistic genius must be educated. Progressive early twentieth-century art and design schools resolved the aporia of nineteenth-century traditional art academies. Design education proposed a radical solution – a unity between art and technology, producing thus not only the possibility of teaching art but a new paradigm of education – in which everyone can learn to be creative. The argument of this presentation is that modernist and vanguard art trends, together with the foundation of design schools such as Bauhaus and Vkhutemas, evidence the departure from the traditional academic model of art education and introduce a fundamentally different approach to teaching creative skills as something that anyone can acquire. To examine this premise, I will discuss the pedagogies of some of the most progressive art schools of the early twentieth century – Svomas (1918-1920) and Vkhutemas-Vkhutein (1920-1930). These institutions were a result of the first reform of art education in Soviet Russia, carried out after the October Revolution. The traditional system of art academies was abolished – all artistic schools in the country (Academies of Fine and Applied Arts) were dissolved and converted into Free State Art Workshops (Svomas) (Khan-Magomedov, 1995). This new organisation was not only a complete break from the previous conservative model – for the first time, art education in Russia became organised on principles of freedom (Adaskina, 1992). Students had a right to elect a master of the workshop of their liking and even to enrol to a workshop without any supervisor. Moreover, admission to Svomas required no exams, no previous diplomas of completing other courses or secondary education and was free of charge. In 1920, a second reform was carried out – merging the First and Second Svomas in Moscow and resulting in the creation of Vkhutemas (Higher Artistic-Technical Workshops). The establishment of Vkhutemas coincided with the time when vanguard artistic movements in Russia gained momentum - the most progressive leftist artists were given the task of creating their studios within Vkhutemas as well as defining the foundational course (so-called propaedeutics) obligatory for all students. The new system was conceived to open possibilities of artistic education to hitherto marginalised groups – youths from rural and working-class family backgrounds. Vkhutemas was an institution of mass education – in 1922, there were 2,222 students enrolled (in contrast to 119 students at the Bauhaus) (Bokov, 2020). The most urgent pedagogical difficulty to overcome was how to train students en masse, many without any previous contact or training in art. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a selection of sources which could be divided into three categories: i) texts written by artists teaching at Vkhutemas, which include memoirs, journal publications, reviews and reports; ii) a selection of documents from the Ministry of Education (Narkompros and IZO Narkompros) – decrees, instructions, statutes and reports – written by the ministry officials (such as its Commissar Anatoly Lunacharsky or the head of its Arts Department David Shterenberg); iii) institutional publications – catalogues of students work and schools self-advertising publications. Additionally, it is supplemented by materials contained in monographs and studies on the institution by Russian (Khan-Magomedov, 1995; Adaskina, 1992, 1997) and international scholars (Fitzpatrick, 1970; Bokov, 2020; Lima & Jallageas, 2020) – which reflect the most recent renewed interest in Vkhutemas and its pioneering pedagogies. This presentation is not a tentative of another study of the institution – in this analysis, I propose to examine the school within the scope of a broader argument – the universalisation of creativity and art education and the role of design schools in this process. To this end, a history of the present approach (Foucault, 1991, p. 178) is adopted insofar as it aims to discuss how revolutionary and controversial these new pedagogies were in the early twentieth century (ultimately leading to the dissolution of Vkhutmeas and the return to the traditional system of art education) and how the same ideas are promoted and accepted as natural in the present day discourse on art education and education in general. Vkhutemas focus on mass education and the intense reflection produced by the leading vanguard artists on possible experimental pedagogies led to the adoption of methods whose main objective was de-mystification of creativity – in the words of one the pedagogues the goal was “to raise the mysterious veil of ‘creativity’” (Bokov, 2020, p. 276). In doing so, these pedagogues were hoping to teach large numbers of students from different artistic disciplines in a unified but interdisciplinary way – and with satisfying outcomes. Therefore, the selection criteria for sources described above are based on a theoretical framework that allows identifying narratives that promote the universalisation of creativity and naturalise creative processes. By mobilising the past-present gaze, it becomes possible to look at the history of Vkhutemas as a rich source of insight and a fertile ground of reference in the present-day debate on education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This proposal is a result of an ongoing study – the aim is to analyse and discuss available sources in order to understand how the shift from the conservative and elitist system of Art Academies to the universal model of education in an institution like Vkhutemas facilitated the naturalisation of creativity and artistic talent. This argument is based on the confluence of several factors: i) the early twentieth century was a moment of rapid and dynamic appearance of modernist and vanguard art theories and currents; ii) the foundation of progressive art schools, which set in practice the heterodox ideas proposed by the leading artists of these movements; iii) constitution of a new discipline in art education – modern graphic and product design, which consequently demanded and proposed novel pedagogical methodologies; iv) in the post-Revolutionary context of Soviet Russia, the necessity of mass education. In the short history of Vkhutemas, all of the above circumstances converge or overlap. The arising pedagogical challenges resulted in a quest for the so-called objective method, in the conviction that everyone can learn artistic disciplines. During the decade of Vkutemas functioning, its artists-turned-pedagogues (many of whom had never taught before) responded with a variety of novel procedures in teaching art – for instance, Ladovsky’s “psychoanalytical” method or Rodchenko’s rigorous Constructivist approach. It was an unprecedented educational experiment – “stepping into the unknown” (Krinsky, 1975, p. 125) as one of the pedagogues described it – which allowed for the trying out and implementation of an array of different pedagogies, which are, at present, considered mainstream. References Adaskina, N. (1992). The Place of Vkhutemas in the Russian Avant-Garde. In J. Bobko & S. Dzhafarova (Eds.), The Great Utopia: The Russian and Soviet Avant-Garde (1915-1932) (pp. 282-293). Guggenheim Museum. Adaskina, N. (1997). RAKhN, VKhUTEMAS, And The Graphic Arts. Experiment, 3(1), 76-124. Bokov, A. (2020). Avant-Garde as Method: Vkhutemas and the Pedagogy of Space, 1920–1930. Park. Fitzpatrick, S. (1970). The Commissariat of Enlightenment: Soviet Organization of Education and the Arts under Lunacharsky. Cambridge University Press. Foucault, M. (1991). The Body of the Condemned. In P. Rabinow (Ed.), The Foucault Reader. Pantheon. Kant, I. (2000). Critique of the Power of Judgment. Cambridge University Press. Khan-Magomedov, S. O. (1995). VkHUTEMAS (Vol 1). Ladia. Krinsky, V. (1975). Iz Doklada “Novoye V Obuchenii Kompozitsii” [From the Report “New In Composition Teaching”]. In M.G. Barkhin, et al. (Eds.), Mastera Sovetskoy Srkhitektury Ob Arkhitekture [Masters of Soviet Architecture On Architecture] (Vol. 2). Iskusstvo. Lima, C., & Jallageas, N. (2020). Vkhutemas: Desenho de uma Revolução. Kinoruss. Pevsner, N. (1973). Academies of Art, Past and Present. Cambridge University Press. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 18 SES 11 A: Marginalised Youth and Sport Clubs (Part 1) Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Oliver Hooper Paper Session Part 1/2, to be continued in 18 SES 12 A |
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Examining Sport Clubs as 'Missing Spaces' for Care-Experienced Young People in England 1Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 2Leeds Beckett University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Internationally, there has been growing interest in the lives of care-experienced youth and literature has highlighted the more significant needs and vulnerabilities of this population (Mannay et al., 2017). Care-experienced youth are routinely identified as among the most disadvantaged within society and ‘at risk’ of negative outcomes (e.g. relating to health, education, and life chances). Research shows that care-experienced young people are likely to have been exposed to greater incidents of adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) – including physical and sexual abuse, and neglect – and that those who have experienced such trauma can suffer poorer physical and mental health (Denton et al., 2016; Dye, 2018). Such concerns are exacerbated by the fact that the number of young people being placed in the care of the state is increasing internationally (UNICEF, 2023). Concerns regarding the challenges care-experienced youth face have also led to a growing interest in activities that can better support their positive development, including sport/PA. However, there remain concerns about the piecemeal nature of such opportunities for care-experienced youth at a local level and, notably, their capacity to access formal, organised sport activities (Sandford et al., 2020). This paper presents early findings from an ongoing study that seeks to examine care-experienced young people’s engagements with sport clubs. The Right to Be Active ‘Clubs and Coaches’ project (also referred to as R2BA2), builds on a previous study – the Right to Be Active project (R2BA) - which focused more broadly on the sport and physical activity (PA) experiences of care-experienced young people (see Sandford et al., 2021). Findings from the first R2BA project highlighted the complex social landscapes that care-experienced youth navigate on a day-to-day basis and noted the significance of people, places, and activities in shaping these engagements (Sandford et al., 2020; Sandford et al., 2021). For care-experienced youth to have ‘good’ experiences of sport/PA there needed to be an intersection of these key factors. However, the complex structure of the care context in England resulted, often, in a shifting landscape where opportunity and access to activities were problematic (Sandford et al., 2021). Consequently, some ‘missing spaces’ were evident for many care-experienced young people – with a notable example being sport clubs. Indeed, it was apparent that for many individuals the transient nature of their lives meant that it was difficult to both access and maintain connections with these more formal sporting contexts. However, those who were able to successfully engage with them often noted positive outcomes, such as personal growth, skill development and the acquisition of social capital. Thus, there is significant support for sport clubs to potentially aid positive youth development (e.g. Holt, 2016; Morgan et al., 2019) but these benefits are only available if young people can access these spaces. Sport clubs are key spaces that are well placed to provide care-experienced youth with a sense of stability that is often absent from their lives and to facilitate valuable opportunities for developing positive relationships with peers and trusted adults, such as coaches (Quarmby et al., 2022). However, while there is a growing evidence base to draw on in relation to care-experienced youths’ engagements with sport/PA and physical education (O’Donnell et al., 2020; Sandford et al., 2021), there is currently a dearth of literature focusing on sport clubs and/or the role of coaches in supporting potential development. In focusing on sports clubs and the policies that shape practice within these, as well as the knowledge, perspectives and experiences of both coaches and care-experienced young people, it is intended that the R2BA2 ‘Clubs and Coaches’ project can help to address some of these gaps in knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of the R2BA2 (Clubs and Coaches) project is to explore sport clubs as ‘missing spaces’ for care-experienced youth. This is considered to be important given the developmental potential of sport clubs and the difficulties reported by care-experienced youth in accessing and maintaining connections to these contexts. To this end, the project seeks to address the following questions: 1. What can we learn from the limited existing research about care-experienced young people’s engagements with sport clubs?; 2. What do sport clubs/coaches both know and need to know about care-experienced young people in order to shape positive sport/PA experiences?; and 3. What can we learn from care-experienced youth about their engagements with sport clubs that could shape future practice within these contexts? To address these questions, a mixed methods approach comprising a scoping review of relevant policy documents, online surveys, interviews/focus groups and interactive workshops has been designed. This presentation will present data only from the first phase of the project, which was the scoping review of policy documents relating to provision for care-experienced young people’s engagements with sports clubs. Drawing on information from Sport England (a non-departmental public body with responsibility for encouraging and supporting participation in sport), a database was generated of recognised sport National Governing Bodies (NGBs) responsible for delivery within England (n=200). The website for each NGB was accessed and searched for relevant policy documents that might inform practice with care-experienced youth, focusing, in particular, on issues of equality, diversity and inclusion, safeguarding and welfare. These documents then underwent a qualitative content analysis (Flick, 2009), aided by utilising keywords for searching such as ‘care-experienced’, ‘children in care’, ‘looked-after children’ (a legislative term often used to identify care-experienced young people in England), ‘trauma’ and ‘duty of care’. Documents containing these terms were then read for contextual detail, with relevant information being transferred to the Excel spreadsheet detailing all entries. A further analysis of data within this spreadsheet was then undertaken to draw out key themes and ideas of relevance to the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings suggest that the vast majority of NGB policies (n=162, 82%) have no overt reference to provision for care-experienced young people, with only 9 (4.5%) NGBs specifically making reference to this youth population. Instead, care-experienced young people are more likely to be visible as part of a broader efforts to recognise marginalised groups, address known disadvantage and ensure the inclusion of those with protected characteristics. Where this is the case, most references to care-experienced youth come via safeguarding policies and speak to the ‘duty of care’ that organisations have for those young people that they work with. Within these, there is some (limited) reference to recognising trauma and understanding the potential impact of this on young people, though this is largely framed within reporting structures. This scoping review raises some interesting points for further consideration. Firstly, it is notable that where NGBs specifically refer to care-experienced young people, these are often sports that would not be considered ‘mainstream’ or those typically accessed by/accessible to care-experienced youth (e.g., motorsports, aquathlon, fencing and skiing). Secondly, it is evident that few NGBs have bespoke policies but rather that there is some sharing of generic policy (e.g., around safeguarding and inclusion), which perhaps contributes to the lack of specific recognition of populations - such as care-experienced young people – with specific needs (e.g., related to the impact of trauma). Finally, the identification of protected characteristics as a key factor influencing efforts towards inclusion is interesting. While some local authorities in England have moved towards identifying care status as a protected characteristic (see MacAlister, 2022), this is not yet a standardised approach – though the analysis would suggest that it could help to facilitate care-experienced young people’s access to sports clubs. These points of interest will help to inform further phases of the study. References Denton, R., Frogley, C., Jackson, S., John, M. & D. Querstret. (2016). “The assessment of developmental trauma in children and adolescents: a systematic review”. Child Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry. 2: 1-28. doi:1359104516631607. Dye, H. 2018. “The impact and long-term effects of childhood trauma”. Journal of Human Behaviour in the Social Environment, 28 (3): 381-392, doi:10.1080/10911359.2018.1435328 Flick, U. (2009). An introduction to qualitative research (4th ed.). Sage Holt, N. (2016) Positive Youth Development through Sport (second edition). London, Routledge. Morgan, H., Parker, A., Meek, R. & Cryer, J. (2019) Participation in sport as a mechanism to transform the lives of young people within the criminal justice system: an academic exploration of a theory of change, Sport, Education and Society, DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2019.1674274 Mannay, D., Evans, R., Staples, E., Hallett, S., Roberts, L., Rees, A. and Andrews, D. (2017). The consequences of being labelled ‘looked-after’: Exploring the educational experiences of looked-after children and young people in Wales, British Educational Research Journal, 43(4): 683-699. MacAlister, J., (2022). The independent review of children’s social care. The independent review of children's social care. Available at https://hubble-live-assets.s3.amazonaws.com/birth-companions/file_asset/file/491/The-independent-review-of-childrens-social-care-Final-report.pdf Accessed 31.01.24 O’Donnell, C., Sandford, R. and Parker, A., (2020). Physical education, school sport and looked-after-children: Health, wellbeing and educational engagement. Sport, Education and Society, 25(6), pp.605-617. Quarmby, T., Sandford, R., & Hooper, O. (2022). Coaching care-experienced children and young people in sport. In Toms, M. & Jeanes, R. (Eds.), Routledge Handbook of Coaching Children in Sport. (pp 204 – 212). London: Routledge Sandford, R., Quarmby, T., Hooper, O., & Duncombe, R. (2020). Right to be active: Final project report (Adult/Youth versions). Loughborough/Leeds: Loughborough University/Leeds Beckett University. Sandford, R., Quarmby, T., Hooper, O. & Duncombe, R. (2021) Navigating complex social landscapes: Examining care experienced young people’s engagements with sport and physical activity, Sport, Education and Society, 26(1) 15-28. UNICEF (2023) Children in Alternative Care. Available at https://data.unicef.org/topic/child-protection/children-alternative-care/. Accessed 31/01/24. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Coaching for "Fitting In": Coaches, Soccer, and Education in Professional Sports Clubs in Low-SES Towns in Israel 1Ono Academic Collage, Israel; 2Haifa University, Israel Presenting Author:One of the strongest cultural ideals in many Western countries is that education is the great equalizer, a panacea that can resolve socioeconomic and personal ills caused by structural inequality. At the same time, considerable evidence underpins the durability of inequality (Tilly, 1998). These include reports about the persistence of disparities between rich and poor, the increase in the Gini Index in many democratic countries, low socioeconomic (SES) mobility rates (Rivera & Tilcsik, 2016), and differences in the academic achievements of groups from different ethnic, racial, and socioeconomic backgrounds (Lareau, 2015). In the context of this decline in the plausibility of the neoliberal assumptions about equal educational opportunity, educational anthropologists and sociologists have addressed at length the question of how to reconcile the promise of formal equity in schools with the stubbornness of class inequality. In this context, many education studies have shown how formal education in schools has a central role in the transmission of social inequality and privilege through practices such as specific discourses, structural practices (such as tracking), pedagogies, and student-teacher relations (Calarco, 2018; Tyson, 2011). Only few studies have examined how these stratificational dynamics are manifest in informal spaces (Friedman, 2013). For example, some studies have described how enrichment programs, competitive after-school activities, and organized sports are closely associated with children's and parents' SES backgrounds (Andersen & Bakken, 2019). The current study proposes examining the linkage between SES and informal education through in-depth interviews with professional soccer coaches who coach high school students living in underprivileged urban neighborhoods in Israel. Two main questions are explored in this paper: How do coaches who work in professional soccer clubs with low-SES youth perceive their role, their values, relations with the youths' parents, and the imagined future of the youth? Do the coaches' perceptions of their roles operate to perpetuate social inequality, and if so, how? The findings revealed five primary themes reflecting the coaches' descriptions and explanatory accounts: a description of the youth athletes' life spaces, the coaches' perceptions of their own roles, the core values to which the coaches subscribe, the relationships between the coaches and the youth athletes' parents, and a description of the youth athletes' future orientation. These findings contribute to a discussion of the linkage between education, sport and SES or the implications of SES in informal education spaces. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 15 male soccer coaches from low SES localities were interviewed. All the coaches attended official training institutions for trainers and coaches in Israel and, at minimum, held a certificate of soccer counselor (the first level of coaching certification in Israel), which enables the certificate holder to coach children and youth. Half of the coaches held a coaching certificate (the second level in Israel), which authorizes them to coach youth and adult teams up to the amateur leagues level. Most of the coaches were not employed as full-time soccer coaches, working in at least one additional job during the workday for their primary source of income. They coached soccer as a part-time job in the afternoon and evening. The participants were chosen through purposeful sampling (Patton, 2002). The primary criterion was their being coaches in competitive clubs and coaching teams of players aged 12–16. Appropriate interviewees were located through acquaintances at various clubs (team managers, coaches, directors). The first author had been a soccer player and now works as a field activity manager for a sports-related educational organization. These connections helped greatly in cultivating conversations with the coaches by utilizing concepts from their world, thereby gaining their trust. The research method adopted for this qualitative study was semi-structured interviews. The interviews, lasting about an hour, consisted of several parts: coaches' background details; main values; parents’ expectations; working in various life spaces; and future orientation. All the interviews were analyzed through grounded theory methodologies (Strauss & Corbin, 1998). First, transcripts were read openly to identify various themes freely mentioned by the coaches, independent of the research questions. For the next stage, focused reading was conducted per the research questions: the perception of the coach’s role; the primary values the coaches transmit to the players through coaching and play; parents’ expectations; and the youths’ future orientation. For the final stage, the transcripts were read to examine whether the coaches addressed various themes and issues other than those identified in the previous readings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a linkage between position and disposition, highlighting that sports activities (or extracurricular education) are part and parcel of the endurance of inequality and intergenerational class replication (Bourdieu, 1978). The findings describe how the coaches expressed their role based on family-oriented metaphors, such as “father figure,” “father substitute,” and viewed themselves as providing their charges with a proper education not imparted to the youth by their parents. The coaches also emphasized the "parental" aspects of their work, (“to raise them”). Moreover, the coaches frequently applied the perspective of deficit (Atkins, 2010), which is based on the numerous deficits and hardships affecting their youth (“economic poverty,” “cultural poverty”). They view their charges as “at-risk youth” who should be thwarted from “getting into trouble” and “engagement in criminal activity” by guiding them to take “the straight path”. The future the coach-educators imagined for their students expressed a pedagogy of low expectations (“only few of them will succeed”). The coaches described the “regular” future path awaiting their students, including military service (compulsory in Israel for Jewish citizens), work, and family. Consistent with studies of the linkage between education and class (Calarco, 2018; Lareau, 2015; Tyson, 2011), these findings have consequences for the maintenance of educational stratification, and how class operates in informal educational spaces. The coaches’ engagement with instilling discipline and obedience to the ideal norms, a product of specific social construction, comprises a hidden curriculum (Perry-Hazan & Birnhack, 2018). we assert that the soccer coaches, who work with high school students at professional soccer clubs in low-SES towns in Israel, view their professional identity as characterized by good intentions, benevolence, and caring. However, this identity is prone to perpetuate social inequality. References Andersen, P. L., & Bakken, A. (2019). Social class differences in youths’ participation in organized sports: What are the mechanisms? International Review for the Sociology of Sport 54(8), 921–937. Atkins L. (2010). Opportunity and aspiration, or the great deception?” The case of 14-19 vocational education. Power and Education, 2 (3), 253–265. Bourdieu, P. (1978) Sport and social class. Social Science Information, 17(6), 819-840 Calarco, J. M. (2018). Negotiating opportunities: How the middle class secures advantages in school. Oxford University Press. Friedman, H. L. (2013. Playing to win: Raising children in a competitive culture. University of California Press. Lareau, A. (2015). Cultural knowledge and social inequality. American Sociological Review, 80(1), 1–27. Patton, M. Q. (2002) Two decades of developments in qualitative inquiry: A personal, experiential perspective. Qualitative Social Work, 1(3), 261-283. Perry-Hazan, L., & Birnhack, M. (2018). The hidden human rights curriculum of surveillance cameras in schools: Due process, privacy, and trust. Cambridge Journal of Education, 48(1), 47–64. Rivera, L. A., & Tilcsik, A. (2016). Class advantage, commitment penalty: The gendered effect of social class signals in an elite labor market. American Sociological Review 81(6), 1097–1131. Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research techniques. Sage. Tilly, C. (1998). Durable inequality. University of California Press. Tyson, K. (2011). Integration interrupted: Tracking, black students, and acting White after Brown. Oxford University Press. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 19 SES 11 A: Network Meeting for NW19 Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Clemens Wieser Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Network Meeting |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper NW 19 Network Meeting 1Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland; 2Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
13:45 - 15:15 | 21 SES 11 A: Research Workshop 2: Giving Voice: the Group as a Way of Coping with Imbalance and Uncertainty Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sandrine Jullien Villemont Research Workshop |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Research Workshop Giving Voice: the Group as a Way of Coping with Imbalance and Uncertainty Inspé-UPEC, France Presenting Author:My proposal deals with the issue of uncertainty not in terms of its societal aspect, heightened by the socio-political contexts to which subjects are submitted, but as the precariousness inherent in the subject's perpetual psychological task of keeping the internal and external worlds in continuous motion. So it's more a question of 'dealing with' uncertainty, of working on the ability to accept doubt, surprise and the unforeseen despite the challenge it can represent for narcissism. In fact, the over-emotional injunctions that teachers may be subjected to in a professional situation sometimes weaken the very structure of their narcissism - based on "a certain image that the subject acquires of himself on the model of others" and which founds the ego as a "psychic unity" (Laplanche and Pontalis, 1981). This feeling of perpetual imbalance, which the clinical position based on a psychoanalytical orientation may seem to maintain for the subject-teacher, would paradoxically be a source of reassurance and construction of a certain internal security ensured by the work of psychic elaboration in the work of thought that uncertainty imposes. Keeping thought moving requires doubt, uncertainty and imbalance, so that thought is creative and not inward-looking. Janine Puget said: « tenemos que aprender a vivir en un desequilibrio permanente » (Puget, 2020). In the field of secondary education, the observation of practice analysis groups conducted in group settings in which writing and reading aloud are used, leads me to conceive that making sense, based on the linking of experiences and secondarised thoughts, is made possible by the 'containing function' (Bion, 1962) provided by the members of the group in their psychological and physical dimensions. The psychic support provided by the group seems to offer the teachers who take part in these schemes an affirmation of their subjectivity as well as a legitimisation of their pedagogical action through the ability to welcome the unexpected and to 'remain open' within their class. It is by becoming aware of the unconscious movements and transfers that drive them within the class groups that this work of elaboration can be established, and also by the stability that the group of teachers brings to each of its members. "Lo vincular", the "psychoanalysis of the link" - as conceptualised by Puget and Berenstein - makes it possible to observe what "is between" and to think of groups as psychic spaces that provide the subject with possible stability. Jeanine Puget explains: "Parto de la idea de que lo común, que nos hace miembros momentáneos de una situación, se crea y recrea sin cesar, pero los sujetos suelen tener la ilusión de que la pertenencia conlleva un para siempre que les aseguraría un lugar en el mundo en cuanto sujetos sociales. (...) La ilusión es la de construir conjuntos duraderos, basados en contratos inamovibles y en la armoniosa conjunción de las diferencias" (Puget, 2015). For the teachers, these practice analysis groups are breathing spaces - where they can look back on experiences that are often enigmatic, sometimes painful - and they are times for elaboration, where the group becomes a psychic support that underpins, in that it connects the subjects while providing this function of "illusion de pertenencia" that facilitates the expression of subjectivity. This is built on the sharing of stories, metaphors and words, which often reflect the experiences of the group with the pupils, which resonate in the experience within the group of teachers: the "between" - which the group generates - generates a creative potential that invites us to move forward with others, inhabiting different spaces at the same time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As a foreign language teacher, I attach a great deal of importance to words, their symbolic dimension and the imaginary associations they convey. The uncertainty therefore lies in the language itself, and group work based on the written word is what would be put to work and observed as part of a workshop. Although language enables us to communicate and connect with others, it often remains opaque because of its polysemic nature and its ability to express the ambivalence that inhabits every subject. Producing free writing (narrative, poetic, philosophical, etc.) in a group situation could be an opportunity to have an "exploratory clinical experience" based on what has been shared during the conference. Producing a free text would provide an opportunity to move away from conventional communication and reconnect with the evocative power of language: the world of sound, polyphony, polysemy and the imaginary. Together, we could observe the effects that writing in the presence of other bodies and giving voice to personal texts can produce within the group, and perhaps perceive how reading aloud through sensitive experience not only highlights the resonance of bodies and psyches, superimposing different times for each member of the group. The workshop has not yet been fully defined : it could be based on an initial period of sharing words in different languages (one word in English and one in another language of the group's choice), a period of free writing (narrative, argumentative text, poetic form, tract, manifesto, dialogue, etc.) in which English would be used as the main language. A time for reading aloud by the author, immediately followed by writing down key words or exchanging on what was felt, thought or associated at the end of each reading, then a time for group discussion to observe what is common or not, what has been circulated and on what elements these movements have been built. We could observe how the imaginary images conjured up meet or are transformed and combine common experiences in the present of the conference and in the past of each of the members of the group. The reworking will then be carried out in English in order to facilitate exchanges between the various members around the associations and mental images conjured up in the listeners, even if the writing of the texts will be multilingual due to the make-up of the group. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Beyond the concept of the construction of subjectivity based on the observation of intrapsychic life, we could, thanks to the contributions of Argentinian psychoanalysis, essentially Berenstein and Puget, observe how the "psychoanalysis of the link" in the observation of group dynamics is based in particular on the signifiers that circulate in the present situation between the psyches of each person. In the sharing of words and personal texts, symbolic representations are conveyed. They are open to the imaginary and each member of the group can grasp them in the here and now through the voice that reads and can generate sensory sensations, emotions and physical movements when receiving the texts. The expression of poetic subjectivity within the group might make it possible to perceive and think about the extent to which the logic of the "between" goes beyond the logic of the "One", as proposed by Puget with his concept of a subjectivity that is constructed in different superimposed spaces (Puget, 1982). References Bion, W. R. (2014). The Complete Works of W. R. Bion. Volume I. London : Karnac Books. Berenstein, I. & Puget, J. (1997). Lo vincular. Buenos Aires: Paidós. Bréant, F. (2014). Écrire en atelier, Pour une clinique poétique de la reconnaissance. Paris : L’Harmattan. Cadoux B. (2003). « Le groupécriture : une petite fabrique de subjectivité », Revue de psychothérapie psychanalytique de groupe, 2003/2 no 41, p. 139-150. DOI : 10.3917/rppg.041.0139 Geffard, P., & Dubois, A. (2013, août 1). Monographies et approche clinique d’orientation psychanalytique en sciences de l’éducation. Congrès de l’Actualité de la recherche en Éducation et Formation (AREF – AECSE), Montpellier. Kaës, R. (2004). Le groupe et le sujet du groupe. Éléments pour une théorie psychanalytique des groupes. (1993). Paris: Dunod. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.-B. (1981). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris: PUF. Puget, J. (1987). En la busqueda de una hipotesis. El contexto social. XXXV Congreso IPA. Montréal. Puget, J. (2015). Subjetivación discontínua y psicoanálisis. Incertidumbre y certezas. - 1a ed. - Ciudad Autónoma de Buenos Aires : Lugar Editorial, 2015. Puget, J. (2020). Aprendiendo a vivir en desequilibrio permanente. Fronteras. 33º Congreso Latinoamericano de Psicoanálisis. Primer Congreso virtual FEPAL 2020. Puget J., Wender L. (1982), Analista y paciente en mundos superpuestos, Psicoanalisis, vol. IV, no 3, p. 502-532, « El Mundo Superpuesto entre paciente y analista revisitado al cabo de los años », Revista Asociación Escuela Argentina de Psicoterapia para Graduados, 30, 2005-2006, Buenos Aires, août 2007, 69-90. Schlemminger, G. & Boulouh, F. (2019), « Entrer en écriture dans une autre langue: la voie poétique », Horizonte — Neue Serie • Nuova Serie [En ligne], http://hdl.handle.net/21.11108/0000-0007-DA55-4. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 11 A: Distance Education and Inclusion Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Chris Kubiak Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Impacts of Class Size on Students’ Learning Outcomes in College Online Courses 1Peking University, China, People's Republic of; 2Central University of Finance and Economics Presenting Author:Synchronous online courses gained popularity during the pandemic and have since become the predominant course delivery format for online courses due to their ability to reduce educational cost while preserving real-time communication and immediate feedback (Bailenson, 2021). The rapid growth of synchronous course prompts questions about improving the quality of online courses at scale (Bettinger et al., 2017; Lowenthal et al., 2019; Russell & Curtis, 2013; Xu & Xu, 2020).. One area of intense debate in this context is the role of class size in online courses. However, limited research has quantitatively examined the effects of class size on student learning outcomes in college synchronous online courses. Assessing these effects is a pertinent issue: If increasing class size in synchronous online courses does not compromise student learning outcomes, it opens up the possibility for departments to consider offering larger synchronous online classes. This approach could help reduce educational costs and enhance accessibility without sacrificing student engagement. This study addresses this gap by answering three main research questions. First, what is the impact of class size on students’ academic performance and course satisfaction? Second, what are the mechanisms through which class size effects operate? Third, how do class size effects vary along the distribution of class sizes (Non-linear effects)? We analyzed data from an anonymous research university (ARU hereafter) in China. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, all courses in the spring semester of 2020 in ARU were delivered online synchronously, with approximately 82% delivered via ClassIn, which was a popular platform for online course delivery in China at the time. This study focused on undergraduate students enrolled in synchronous online courses for the duration of the semester. Furthermore, this study examined courses categorized as “lecture” sections, excluding physical education and lab courses. As a result, our sample comprised 6,603 undergraduate students enrolled in one of the 638 synchronous online classes offered by 30 departments. We obtained data from two sources: (1) administrative data, which includes students’ and instructors’ demographic characteristics, class enrollment size, students’ academic performance, and instructors’ teaching evaluation, etc., and (2) clickstream data generated by the ClassIn platform, which captured information such as the length of time students were assigned to interact with their peers and instructors, as well as their time spent in the virtual classroom. We began by estimating the effects of class size on students’ academic outcomes and course satisfaction. Our analyses indicate that class sizes negatively affect course grades and course satisfaction in synchronous online courses. Drawing on the rich clickstream information generated by the online platform, we examined two channels through which class size effects may operate: (i) students’ course attendance and (iii) course interaction opportunities. Our findings suggest that reduced course interaction opportunity is the most robust channel through which larger classes negatively affect students’ academic outcomes and course satisfaction. In addition, we explore non-linearities in the class size effect and heterogeneity by students’ academic preparation, grade level, and course credits. Our findings indicate a consistent negative effect across the entire spectrum of class sizes, with larger class sizes exhibiting increasingly detrimental effects. We also found that the negative relationship between class size and student outcomes is highly robust across different types of students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We analyzed the effects of class size on students’ outcomes, using within-student variation in class sizes: yicm= αi + βm + γCScm + δXcm + θPcm + φTcm + εicm (1) where yicm is an outcome, such as course grade for student i in class c in department m. αi represents student fixed effect, which allows for comparisons among different classes taken by the same student, thereby mitigating bias associated with students’ self-section into different classes. βm represents department fixed effects, enabling comparisons among different classes within the same field of study. CScm captures the class size in class c of department m, defined by the number of students enrolled in the classes and the average number of students presenting in the class over the semester. Xcm represents control variables on class c in department m, such as course credits and course classifications. To account for the peer group composition within a class, we controlled for Pcm, including the share of male students, the proportion of students with average grade points in the lowest quartile, and the proportion of seniors. Tcm captures the characteristics of teachers in a course, such as their gender, job title, age, educational attainment, etc. However, considering that more than one faculty member can teach a class, the term Tcm represents the faculty composition of class c. This term includes the number of faculty involved in teaching the particular class, the proportion of male faculty, the proportion of professors, the ratio of overseas returning faculty, the average age of teachers, and the average teacher evaluation score. Finally, the error term εicm was clustered by course to capture common unobservable shocks to students’ outcome variables. We further calculated the implied effect size. The measure estimates the proportion of the within-student standard deviation in outcome variables that can be explained by a one standard deviation increase from the mean class size. We then examined whether there were any nonlinear class size effects using Equation (2). To do so, we categorized students into four quantiles based on the distributions of both class enrollment sizes and actual class sizes. yicm= αi + βm + ∑ γqCSqcm + δXcm + θPcm + φTcm + εicm (2) where CSqcm equals to one if the class size is in the qth quantile of class size distribution, and zero otherwise. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There is robust evidence of a negative class size effect on students’ academic achievement. Our study also revealed evidence of nonlinear class size effects on course grades in synchronous online courses. Specifically, we observed a negative impact between the first two quantiles and the last two quantiles. The results indicate that there were beneficial effects when moving both from mid-sized to smaller classes and from the very large to large classes. Our analysis also sheds light on the negative impact of class sizes on student course satisfaction. Unlike the nonlinear effects observed on course grades, the impact on course satisfaction showed a distinct pattern. It became more significant when moving from the first to the second quantile (class sizes ranging from 2 to 15 students and 16 to 24 students). However, there seems to be no further detrimental effect when moving from the second to the third quantile or from the third to the fourth quantile. Therefore, it appears that the class size range of 16 to 24 students was where the negative class size effect on course satisfaction reached its highest magnitude. In terms of the mechanisms, our findings suggest that, on average, class size did not have a significant association with class attendance. However, we did observe nonlinear effects where the course attendance rate began to decline when class sizes exceeded 24 students. Additionally, we consistently observed notable negative correlations between class size and student course interaction opportunities. In conclusion, our study highlighted the importance of considering class size as a factor influencing student attendance and course interaction opportunities. References Bettinger, E. P., Fox, L., Loeb, S., & Taylor, E. S. (2017). Virtual Classrooms: How Online College Courses Affect Student Success. American Economic Review, 107(9), 2855–2875. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.20151193 Lowenthal, P. R., Nyland, R., Jung, E., Dunlap, J. C., & Kepka, J. (2019). Does class size matter?: An exploration into faculty perceptions of teaching high-enrollment online courses. American Journal of Distance Education, 33(3), 152–168. https://doi.org/10.1080/08923647.2019.1610262 Russell, V., & Curtis, W. (2013). Comparing a large- and small-scale online language course: An examination of teacher and learner perceptions. The Internet and Higher Education, 16, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2012.07.002 Xu, D., & Xu, Y. (2020). The ambivalence about distance learning in higher education: Challenges, opportunities, and policy implications. In L. W. Perna (Ed.), Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research (Vol. 35, pp. 351–401). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-31365-4_10 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Metaphorical Conceptualizations of Undergraduate Students during Uncertain Times: Insights from an International Higher Education Institution Middle East Technical University Northern Cyprus Campus Presenting Author:Although much has been written on emergency remote teaching occasioned by the circulation of the COVID-19 virus around the world, existing studies tend to hold a somewhat single-dimensional perspective by paying attention solemnly in the initial stages of the pandemic or the post-pandemic period when education started to “normalize”. Moreover, directing more attention towards the unprecedented factor of the situation, existing studies seem to overlook the extent to which students were prepared for education during unexpected pandemics, wars, natural disasters, such as earthquakes, or navigating ethical concerns raised by generative AI, creating blind spots where higher education institutions are not critically evaluated. Departing from this premise, our paper puts a spotlight on the problematic nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and its implications for higher education as a vantage point.
To gain an in-depth understanding of how COVID-19 affected instruction so far and what it brought with it, we believe there is a need to consider both periods (switching to ERT and reverting to face-to-face) simultaneously. Considering the current wars and the possible outbreak of a similar pandemic where education has and might be disrupted again, it becomes much more important to conduct research in this area utilizing metaphorical images that students use to conceptualize themselves during online teaching and face to face teaching. Metaphors are useful in gaining a nuanced understanding of students’ experiences as they offer insight into the process participants go through by providing a conceptual framework through which we can perceive and interpret their experiences in relation to other familiar concepts or ideas (Saban, 2010). Moreover, metaphors can be used for reflection (e.g. Lynch & Fisher-Ari, 2017) as they are a powerful means to reify previous experiences (Zhao, Coombs & Zhou, 2010) or to explore participants' cognition, including identities (e.g. Thomas & Beauchamp, 2011) beliefs (Ulusoy, 2022), as well as experiences (e.g. Craig, 2018) because they not only add a new perspective, generate a discussion of a certain topic (Saban, 2010), also “tease out connections which might not be made use of by direct questions” (Leavy, McSorley, & Bote, 2007, p. 1220).
In this study, we captured undergraduate students’ metaphorical conceptualizations of themselves during COVID-19 not only during online teaching but also in times of face-to-face teaching periods while the pandemic was ongoing. By exerting attention towards understanding university students' cognitive constructs through the use of metaphors, it is hoped that the study will help university students situate their learning context, in this case, ERT, and switch back face-to-face into their own reality. In this sense, it will also guide educators and teacher trainers in designing programs to support university students' learning process and help them be ready for similar scenarios. The findings from this study will also build upon the growing literature on ERT within an international higher education English Medium University (EMI) context and thus shed light on perceptions and needs of undergraduate students particularly during uncertain times and new steps to be taken in designing effective educational programs.With this in the background, the following research questions were developed according to Saban’s (2010) metaphor research question structure:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We collected the data using two metaphor-generation method prompts. We developed the prompts in English using Saban, Kocbeker, and Saban’s (2007) metaphor-generation method. We then revised and modified the writing prompts based on expert opinion from three faculty members. Our prompts were: An undergraduate student during the COVID-19 online teaching period is like…because… An undergraduate student during the COVID-19 face-to-face teaching period is like...because… We conducted our study on the North Cyprus campus of an internationally recognized English-medium university located in Turkey. We sent an invitation email to all undergraduate students in the university. The email included information about our study and a link to the Google form we developed to collect the data. The form included three parts: (a) an informed consent form approved by the University’s Ethics committee, (b) demographic questions (i.e., gender, age, major, class level, and nationality, as well as accommodation status while attending online classes during ERT) and (c) the metaphor prompts. Undergraduate students who agreed to participate in the study responded to the questions anonymously. The data collection lasted around three weeks. We ended up with 114 well-formed metaphors from undergraduate students from different year groups (76 male 37 female and 1 non-binary) enrolled in different programs, including Economics and Administrative Sciences, Education and Humanities, and Engineering programs. 87 participants were Turkish and Turkish Cypriots and 27 were international students. International students were from Azerbaijan (n=3), Kenya (n=4), Bangladesh (n=1), Egypt (n=2), India (n=1), Kazakhstan (n=2), Nigeria (n=4), Pakistan (n=5), RW (n=1), United Arab Emirates (n=1), Saudi Arabia (n=1), and Syria (n=1). One participant did not prefer to share citizenship information. Participants’ ages ranged between 17 and 28 years. Data was exposed to inductive content analysis. We coded the participants' metaphorical images in their responses for each metaphor prompt (e.g., fish in an aquarium, prisoner). We eliminated the student responses that included a metaphorical image without metaphorical reasoning as recommended by Saban (2010), and that did not include a metaphor but general views about students or education during the pandemic (e.g., An undergraduate student during the Covid-19 online teaching period is depressed and hopeless because it was awful not to know when we will go to the campus). We double-coded the data to categorize the codes under the themes and eliminate overlapping and redundant codes (Creswell, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results revealed three major themes regarding students’ conceptualizations of themselves during the COVID-19 online teaching period: (a) students as absolute complaints (among some representative metaphorical images were a prisoner, being trapped in an untidy room, fish in an aquarium, wings of a hummingbird trapped in a slow dream); (b) students as controllers of their own learning (among some representative metaphorical images were someone in heaven, a time controller, and an artist in an album zone); and (c) students as overwhelmed beings (among some representative metaphorical images were torture, fish out of the pond, punching a wall, and fitting everything in a room). The results revealed three major themes regarding students’ conceptualizations of students during the COVID-19 face-to-face teaching period: (a) Students enjoying a long-awaited reunion (among some representative metaphorical images were having undergone a beautiful struggle, watching a slow-moving river, drinking cold water in a hot summer); (b) students experiencing discomfort (among some representative metaphorical images were a beast in a struggle, nightmare, a teenager navigating high school, and torture); and (c) students with mixed experiences (among some representative metaphorical images were astronaut returning to earth from space, and being a stranger). Our results showed that students’ major, class level, and where they lived while attending online classes may have influenced their metaphorical images during COVID-19 online and face-to-face instruction. Although conducted with a small sample size, this study has important implications for fostering student resilience and sustainability of education during uncertain times. Our results suggest that undergraduate students need their voices to be heard. In occasions such as emergencies where new policies need to be implemented, it is necessary to include undergraduate students in the decision-making process. Educators need to revisit their teaching practices and adapt them according to students’ current needs particularly during emergent times. References Craig, C. J. (2018). Metaphors of knowing, doing and being: Capturing experience in teaching and teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 300-311.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.09.011 Creswell, J. W. (2011). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Pearson Education. Leavy, A. M., McSorley, F. A., & Boté, L. A. (2007). An examination of what metaphor construction reveals about the evolution of preservice teachers’ beliefs about teaching and learning. Teaching and teacher education, 23(7), 1217-1233.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.07.016 Lynch, H. L., & Fisher-Ari, T. R. (2017). Metaphor as pedagogy in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 66, 195-203.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.03.021 Saban, A., Kocbeker, B. N., & Saban, A. (2007). Prospective teachers' conceptions of teaching and learning revealed through metaphor analysis, Learning and Instruction, 17(2), 123-139. doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2007.01.003 Saban, A. (2010). Prospective teachers' metaphorical conceptualizations of learner. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26 (2), 290-305. doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.03.017 Thomas, L., & Beauchamp, C. (2011). Understanding new teachers’ professional identities through metaphor. Teaching and teacher Education, 27(4), 762-769.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.12.007 Ulusoy, M. (2022). A metaphorical journey from pre-service to in-service years: A longitudinal study of the concepts of the student and the teacher. Teaching and Teacher Education, 115, 103726. doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103726 Zhao, H., Coombs, S., & Zhou, X. (2010). Developing professional knowledge about teachers through metaphor research: Facilitating a process of change. Teacher Development, 14(3), 381-395.doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2010.504024 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 11 B: Changes in Academic Profession Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Christine Teelken Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Personal cost: Reduction in Research Output of Program and Department Heads in Academia Following uncertain times TEL HAI ACADEMIC COLLEGE, Israel Presenting Author:Academic Programs and Department Heads The position of a Program or Department Head is among the most crucial and challenging roles in the higher education systems (Buller, 2012; Tietjen-Smith et al., 2020). However, it is also often characterized by its lack of clear definition and ambiguity (Aitken & O’Carroll, 2020; Maddock, 2023). These heads act as key middle managers, essential for the smooth operation of academic institutions. Despite their importance, there has been relatively little research conducted on the wide range of their duties and their effectiveness (Gmelch et al., 2017; Reznik & Sazykina, 2017; Wald & Golding 2022). Department heads guide their academic units, overseeing daily operations, setting strategic objectives, and ensuring efficiency. They manage budgets, allocate resources, and make key program decisions (Machovcova et al., 2023; Maddok, 2023). Heads are pivotal in shaping and updating the curriculum, designing new courses, revising existing ones, and aligning them with institutional goals and diverse student needs (Bobe & Kober, 2015). They are involved in recruiting, hiring, and evaluating faculty, promoting their professional growth, and participating in tenure and promotion decisions (Buller, 2012; Wald & Golding, 2020). They collaborate with internal and external stakeholders to enhance interdisciplinary studies and research partnerships (Aitken & O’Carroll, 2020; Freeman et al., 2020). Heads advise students on academic planning and course selection, address related concerns, and innovate to meet student needs. They are responsible for maintaining academic standards, and they ensure programs comply with accreditation and reflect current educational practices (Erkkilä & Piironen, 2020; Maddock, 2023). They represent their departments, and they secure resources and funding within their limited authority (Kruse, 2022).
The Heads’ academic outputs Heads of academic departments play a pivotal role in shaping the efficiency and effectiveness of educational institutions (Maddock, 2023; Lizier, 2023). Their expected outputs, influenced by their institutions` mission, encompass various aspects. In leadership and administration, they manage operations, strategic planning, and resource allocation, as Kekäle (1999) noted. They're instrumental in curriculum development, aligning it with institutional goals and student needs (Bobe & Kober, 2015). Their management role extends to staff recruitment, hiring, and evaluation, ensuring academic quality and standards (Buller,2012; Wald & Goldring, 2020; Saunders & Sin, 2015). Heads also advise and support students, and engage in vital collaboration and networking, as described by Erkkilä & Piironen (2020). Despite limited institutional authority (Kruse, 2022), they handle conflict resolution (Lizier, 2023; Taggart, 2015) and balance administrative duties with research (Wald & Goldring, 2022; Machovcova et al., 2023). Research success relies on institutional support and personal motivation, and a conducive research environment (Hoang & Dang, 2022). They navigate institutional policies and are influenced by institutional prestige (Way et al., 2016). Balancing research and administrative tasks (Reznik & Sazykina, 2017) is crucial, especially in challenging times. In many academic settings, department heads often serve temporarily in managerial roles, usually returning to their primary roles as researchers and lecturers after a set period. Their main career focus is consistently publishing research while handling administrative duties, as research is a key part of their professional identity. These leaders are expected to keep producing and publishing research to progress in their academic careers. Their research output often measures their performance (Reznik & Sazykina, 2017). Even on regular days, middle-level academic leaders face the challenge of balancing their scholarly work with their leadership roles, often finding little time for research (Aitken & O’Carroll, 2020; Machovcova et al, 2023). Understanding how they manage their research activities, especially during prolonged crises, is vital and discussed in this research. Research question: how do academic program and department leaders manage their research during an extended crisis?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study, conducted from July 2021 to January 2022, consisted of two parts: Study-1, with 27 semi-structured interviews, and Study-2, involving a targeted quantitative survey with 113 participants, all of whom were academic Heads. For Study-1, the interviews were conducted via Zoom. Each session ranged from 45 minutes to 1.5 hours. The interview questions focused on the nature of research during the pandemic, topics explored, and personal research influences. Participants included 27 Heads from 21 Israeli colleges and universities, with a majority in social sciences (59%), followed by humanities (15%), natural sciences and medicine (15%), and exact sciences and engineering (11%). The gender distribution was 56% female and 44% male, ages 35 to 80 (Mean = 53.2, SD = 8.55). These interviews informed a 37-question survey for Study-2, aiming to understand how Heads managed the crisis and its impact on their research, examining links to rank and gender. The survey sampled 113 different Heads, 46% female and 54% male, ages 30 to 80 (Mean = 57.35, SD = 9.23). Their academic ranks varied: 5% lecturers, 45% senior lecturers, 24% associate professors, and 26% full professors. They oversaw faculties ranging from 5 to 200 members (Mean = 27.41, SD = 28.12), covering social sciences (51%), exact sciences and engineering (14%), humanities (13%), life sciences and medicine (9%), and other disciplines (13%). The interviews were analyzed using Marshall and Rossman's (2014) framework, involving data organization, categorization, theme identification, hypothesis exploration, and category comparisons. The survey, structured based on Greene, Caracelli, and Graham’s (1989) protocol, aimed to validate, enhance, and expand upon the qualitative findings. It sought to uncover contradictions and broaden the investigation scope. Quantitative analysis of the Heads' self-reports prompted questions about measuring publication volume pre- and post-crisis. However, this approach might need to pay more attention to quality variations and timing issues, as articles published during the study period could have been submitted earlier. Additionally, assessing publications years after the crisis could lead to loss of contextual accuracy and recall difficulties. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study underscores the central challenge faced by academic leaders, particularly pronounced during extended crises: the delicate balance between their administrative roles and ongoing research responsibilities. This equilibrium is pivotal to their professional identity and is gauged by their research output. The research has revealed three primary themes. The first highlights obstacles that have curtailed the research output of both heads and doctoral students under their guidance. The second delves into factors hindering research productivity, including heavy student-related workloads, administrative duties, family responsibilities, and limited research facility access. The third theme contrasts this by spotlighting academic heads who, despite these challenges, have innovatively maintained or even increased their research output. Research is integral to the professional lives of academic heads who must manage institutional expectations for research production amidst limited resources, inadequate training, and leadership skills. The COVID-19 crisis exacerbated these challenges. Professors were more active in publishing during the crisis compared to junior academics due to established publishing skills, extensive networks, and job security through tenure, allowing them to prioritize research. Academic heads excelling in research productivity during the crisis did so by effective task allocation, smoothly transitioning between administrative and research roles, and benefiting from reduced travel. Their adaptability significantly boosted their output. The prolonged crisis left academic leaders to their own devices, although research remains an essential output for their professional progression, and their academic institutions require it for prestige and attracting students and skilled research staff. In conclusion, crises can jeopardize academic leaders' research efforts. Recognizing their pivotal role in research and providing support, particularly for non-professors, is crucial for sustaining an institution's research output and reputation. Proactive support and investment in fostering a resilient research environment yield long-term benefits for academic institutions. References Aitken, G., & O’Carroll, S. (2020). Academic identity and crossing boundaries: The role of the programme director in postgraduate taught programmes. Higher Education Research & Development, 39(7), 1410–1424. Bobe, B. J., & Kober, R. (2015). Measuring organisational capabilities in the higher education sector. Education & Training, 57(3), 322-342. Buller, J. L. (2012). The essential department chair: A comprehensive desk reference (Part of Jossey-Banks Resources for Department Heads, 6 books). John Wiley & Sons. Erkkilä, T., & Piironen, O. (2020). Trapped in university rankings: bridging global competitiveness and local innovation. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 29(1-2), 38-60. Freeman, S., Karkouti, I. M., & Ward, K. (2020). Thriving in the midst of liminality: Perspectives from department-chairs in the USA. Higher Education, 80, 895-911. Gmelch, W. H., Roberts, D., Ward, K., & Hirsch, S. (2017). A retrospective view of department chairs: Lessons learned. The Department Chair, 28(1), 1-4. Hoang, C. H., & Dang, T. T. D. (2022). A Sociocultural Perspective on Scholars Developing Research Skills via Research Communities in Vietnam. Minerva, 60(1), 81-104. Kekäle, J. (1999). Preferred’ patterns of academic leadership in different disciplinary (sub)cultures. Higher Education, 37(3), 217–238. Kruse, S. D. (2022). Department chair leadership: Exploring the role’s demands and tensions. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(5), 739-757. Lizier, A. L. (2023). Middle leaders in higher education: the role of social-political arrangements in prefiguring practices of middle leading. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 1-17. Maddock, L. C. (2023). Academic middle leaders, middle leading and middle leadership of university learning and teaching: A systematic review of the higher education literature. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 1-36. Machovcova, K., Kovats, G., Mudrak, J., Cidlinska, K., & Zabrodska, K. (2023). (Dis)continuities in academic middle management career trajectories: a longitudinal qualitative study. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management. 1-18. Reznik, S. D., & Sazykina, O. A. (2017). Head of a university-department: Competence and new activity priorities. European Journal of Contemporary Education, 6(1), 126-137. Tietjen-Smith, T., Hersman, B., & Block, B. A. (2020). Planning for succession: Preparing faculty for the kinesiology-department head role. Quest, 72(4), 383-394. Wald, N., & Golding, C. (2020). Why be a head of department? Exploring the positive aspects and benefits. Studies in Higher Education, 45(11), 2121-2131. Way, S. F., Morgan, A. C., Larremore, D. B., & Clauset, A. (2019). Productivity, prominence, and the effects of academic environment. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(22), 10729-10733. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Narrated International Academic Identity: How do International Academics position themselves University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In an age of increased mobility, there are increasing numbers of university teaching and research staff working in countries other than their birthplace, i.e., International Academics (IAs). These academics have been identified as one of the main players in the internationalisation of HE (Tekeen, 2006; Trahar and Hyland, 2011). Yet, the specific experiences and roles in Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) has only recently started to receive focused attention in internationalisation research. Current research suggests a potential gap between the idealised role of IAs in HE and their actual experiences. The mobility of IAs from the Global South to the Global North raises the issues of inequities and inclusion (Morley et al., 2018), for instance. In the context of the UK, the role of IAs is particularly significant. Universities UK’s argument for the importance of internationalisation is supported by data showing a considerable presence of non-UK academics, with 74,070 international staff recorded in the academic year 2021-2022 (Universities UK, 2023). Despite this significant number, research exploring how IAs contribute to internationalisation within UK higher education institutions, beyond what is apparent, is limited (Minocha et al., 2018). This paper explores how IAs position themselves in their personal narratives focusing on their storylines at a Russell group University in the UK. The study aims to answer two main research questions: (1) What are the narrativised experiences of IAs at a UK Russell Group University? and (2) How do IAs position themselves in their narrations? The One specific institutional context was selected aligning to the understanding that internationalisation processes of HEIs vary widely, influencing the contexts in which IAs operate (Lomer et al., 2023). The study explores the construction of narrated international academic identities through the interplay of self-positioning and external positioning by others. In doing so, the study aims to voice individual experiences, reflecting the diverse personal and social reality of IAs, rather than generalisation of findings to all IAs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The starting point of this study was the narrativised experiences of IAs in the UK. Narrative interviews were conducted with eight non-UK academics, five from EU and three Non-EU countries. The participants were from a variety of disciplines, including STEM, business and social sciences in different career stages, all teaching and/or researching in a UK university. Most interviews, except one, were conducted online on zoom due to Covid-19 lockdown. The interviews were transcribed verbatim, and the data was analysed in two layers: narrative content (Lieblich et al., 1998) and positioning analysis (Harre et al., 2009; Kayi-Aydar, 2018). Narrative content analysis was used to understand IAs experiences and what meanings they ascribe to them. Lieblich et al’s holistic approach to content analysis was utilised to see the story as a whole considering the context and voice of the narrator. Through narrative content analysis, each IA's storylines were identified. Categorical content analysis was then used to identify the broad themes or categories in each storyline. Finally, the positioning triad- storylines, narrations and positions- were employed to identify the positionings of IAs. Narratives and positioning served as an analytical lens for understanding how IAs construct their identities, involving a process where they position themselves and are positioned by others, intentionally or unintentionally, in relation to self and the other, e.g. colleagues and the institution. Positions, as opposed to roles, are dynamic and emerge during narration. This positioning entails beliefs about themselves and others, often contradictory as they shift their way of thinking (Harre & van Langenhove, 1999). In the analysis, conflicts and contradictions helped the researcher to understand and interpret the narrations of IAs. Contradictions have been understood as IA’s way of constructing their narrated identities through negotiation of their positions. Through negotiation, IAs constructed their narrated identities by subtly or overtly resisting or conforming different narratives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initial findings offer a discussion, for instance, where an academic can overtly reject their international positioning by the institution and reposition themself as an IA to construct their narrated IA identity. These findings contribute to the discussion around envisioned internationalisation of institutions and the reality of those involved in the process. This study also contributes to the evolving discourse by acknowledging IAs not as part of significant statistics, but as individuals with unique and rich narratives. It echoes the ongoing efforts in the field that voices behind the numbers are heard, and nuanced realities are explored enriching the understanding of internationalisation in HE. References References Harré, R., & Van Langenhove, L. (1999). Positioning Theory: Moral Contexts of Intentional Action (R. Harré & L. van Langenhove, Eds.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishers Ltd. Harré, R., Moghaddam, F. M., Cairnie, T. P., Rothbart, D., & Sabat, S. R. (2009). Recent Advances in Positioning Theory. Theory and Psychology, 19(1), 5–31. Kayi-Aydar, H., & Miller, E. R. (2018). Positioning in classroom discourse studies: a state-of-the-art review. Classroom Discourse, 9(2), 79–94. Lieblich, A., Tuval-Mashiach, R. & Zilber, T., 1998. Narrative research: Reading, analysis, and interpretation (Vol. 47). Sage. Lomer, S., Mittelmeier, J. & Courtney, S., 2023. Typologising internationalisation in UK university strategies: reputation, mission and attitude. Higher Education Research & Development, 42(5), pp.1042-1056. Minocha, S., Shiel, C., & Hristov, D. (2018). International academic staff in UK higher education: campus internationalisation and innovation in academic practice. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 43(7), 942-958. Morley, L., Alexiadou, N., Garaz, S., González-Monteagudo, J. & Taba, M., 2018. Internationalisation and migrant academics: the hidden narratives of mobility. Higher Education, 76, pp.537-554. Teekens, H., 2006. Internationalization at home: A background paper. Internationalization at Home: a Global Perspective. The Hague: Nuffic, pp.7-18. Trahar, S. & Hyland, F., 2011. Experiences and perceptions of internationalisation in higher education in the UK. Higher Education Research & Development, 30(5), pp.623-633. Universities UK. 2023. International Facts and Figures. [Online] Available at https://www.universitiesuk.ac.uk/universities-uk-international/insights-and-publications/uuki-publications/international-facts-and-figures-2023 [Accessed Jan 15, 2023] |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 11 C: Collaboration in Interdisciplinary Education - Challenges and Opportunities Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ragnhild Sandvoll Panel Discussion |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Panel Discussion Collaboration in Interdisciplinary Education - Challenges and Opportunities 1UiT The Arctic University, Norway; 2Ørebro University; 3University College Dublin; 4University of Oslo Presenting Author:Background The world is grappling with complex and multi-dimensional challenges on an unparalleled scale (Markauskaite et al., 2023). These significant societal issues are characterized by their vague boundaries and their intricate often contradictory and evolving nature, making them difficult to resolve. Rittel and Webber (1973) have described these types of issues as “wicked problems.” There is mounting pressure on higher education institutions to equip students with the skills necessary to navigate and address these problems (Cantor et al., 2015; McCune et al., 2023). Given that wicked problems have no clear-cut solutions and involve multiple stakeholders, interdisciplinary education is increasingly promoted as a generative means of surmounting these problems (McCune et al., 2023). The last fifty years have therefore seen an increasing number of national and international policy-makers champion interdisciplinarity. However, productive, ongoing interdisciplinary collaboration is easier said than done (Chandramohan & Fallows 2009; Lyall et al. 2015). Yet universities must prepare their graduates well for it (Lindvig et al. 2019), and educational leaders, teachers, students and administrators need to find ways to work interdisciplinarily in education. Interdisciplinary education involves harnessing and integrating insights from various disciplines to form a more holistic understanding (Newell, 2013). The aim is often to create insights that are integrative or synthetic, rather than merely additive (McCune et al., 2023). This complexity necessitates a need to negotiate and reconcile the often implicit and conflicting epistemological positions, values, and practices inherent to different disciplines (Di Giulio and Defila, 2017; Ripley et al., 2023). There is often a struggle to overcome both structural and cultural obstacles to interdisciplinary collaboration. Even though many academic leaders signal the importance of interdisciplinary education in their university’s strategic plans, they are silent on how to support it (Stensaker et al., 2019; Sutphen et al., 2019). So how then can we do interdisciplinary education that works? Is it even possible? Three cases In this panel, researchers from Norway, Sweden and Ireland will present empirical cases that look at collaboration in interdisciplinary education. The cases presented have come out of the international research project Academic Hospitality in Interdisciplinary Education (AHIE), led by Molly Sutphen at the University of Oslo, who is also the proposed chair for this panel. The presentations will also draw on the extensive literature review coming out of the AHIE project. At each of the three universities, focus-group interviews have been carried out with different stakeholders involved in interdisciplinary education. The presentation of preliminary results will lead into a discussion of challenges to collaboration in interdisciplinary education and how to overcome these. The international perspective will contribute to a fuller contextual understanding of the findings. Discussion The concluding discussion will focus on ways of addressing challenges to collaboration in interdisciplinary education. Here, we would like to discuss and receive feedback on some of the central ideas in the AHIE project, not least the potential of what Phipps and Barnett (2007) have termed academic hospitality. Phipps and Barnett (2007) argue that working within different disciplines requires a hospitable academic practice, adapting to the evolving dynamics and demands of academic life. The concept of academic hospitality involves demonstrating generosity towards peers, students and other university staff in daily academic interactions. Phipps and Barnett delineate four distinct types of academic hospitality – epistemic, linguistic, material and touristic – which we would like to discuss with colleagues attending the panel in relation to their research or experiences and to the cases presented by the panel. We also draw on concepts of affective hospitality (Imperiale et al., 2021; Zembylas, 2019) as a means for understanding hospitality as a relational, embodied and entangled mode of being. References Cantor, A., DeLauer, V., Martin, D. & Rogan, J. (2015). Training interdisciplinary “wicked problem” solvers: applying lessons from HERO in community-based research experiences for undergraduates. Journal of Geography in Higher Education 39(3): 407–419. Chandramohan, B. & Fallows, S. (2009). Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: Theory and Practice. London: Routledge. Di Giulio, A., and R. Defila. 2017. Enabling University Educators to Equip Students with Inter- and Transdisciplinary Competencies. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education 18(5): 630–647. Lindvig, K., Lyall, C. & Meagher, L. R. (2019). Creating interdisciplinary education within monodisciplinary structures: the art of managing interstitiality. Studies in Higher Education 44(2): 347–360. Imperiale, M. G., Phipps, A., & Fassetta, G. (2021). On Online Practices of Hospitality in Higher Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education 40(6): 629–648. Lyall, C., Meagher, L., Bandola-Gill, J. & Kettle, A. (2015). Interdisciplinary provision in higher education. Higher Education Academy: Current and future challenges. Markauskaite, L., Goodyear, P., Wrigley, C., Swist, T., and Mosely, G. (2023). Consultation paper: Developing teachers’ interdisciplinary expertise. Sydney: The University of Sydney and the University of Queensland. McCune, V., Tauritz, R., Boyd, S., Cross, A., Higgins, P., & Scoles, J. (2023): Teaching wicked problems in higher education: ways of thinking and practicing, Teaching in Higher Education 28(7): 1518–1533. Newell, W. H. (2013). The state of the field: Interdisciplinary theory. Issues in Interdisciplinary Studies 31: 22–43. Phipps, A., & Barnett, R. (2007). Academic Hospitality. Arts and Humanities in Higher Education 6(3): 237–254. Stensaker, B. et al. (2019). Stratified University Strategies: The Shaping of Institutional Legitimacy in a Global Perspective. Journal of Higher Education 90(4): 539–562. Sutphen, M., Solbrekke, T. D. & Sugrue, C. (2019). Toward articulating an academic praxis by interrogating university strategic plans. Studies in Higher Education 44(8): 1400–1412. Ripley, D., Markauskaite, L., & Goodyear, P. (2023). A phenomenographic exploration of course leaders’ understandings of interdisciplinarity. Studies in Higher Education, https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2023.2293932 Rittel, H. W., & Webber, M. M. (1973). Dilemmas in a general theory of planning. Policy Sciences 4(2): 155–169. Zembylas, M. (2020). From the ethic of hospitality to affective hospitality: Ethical, political and pedagogical implications of the lens of affect theory. Studies in Philosophy and Education 39(1): 37–50. Chair Mary Preston Sutphen, m.p.sutphen@iped.uio.no, University of Oslo |
13:45 - 15:15 | 22 SES 11 D: Passion or Pain? How Have the Academics Experienced Themselves at the University? Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Larissa Jõgi Research Workshop |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Research Workshop Passion or Pain? How Have the Academics Experienced Themselves at the University? 1Tallinn University, Estonia; 2Tampere University, Finland; 3Malta University, Malta Presenting Author:The focus of this workshop is to analyse the experience of academic staff, and the impact of the changes taking place at the university on their teaching practices, professional identity, well-being and career paths in three different European universities. This workshop is based on the findings from an international research project “Pathways of academics in the context of educational innovations and institutional changes. Exploring professional lives, identities, experiences and well-being” (2021-2023). This project is the result of the international research collaboration with researchers from Malta University and two research groups: ÕPPES TECH-METH (Tallinn University) https://eduspace.tlu.ee/en/learn/ and Higher Education in Transition (HET) research group https://research.tuni.fi/het/ from Tampere University. Higher education institutions across Europe have been the subject of continuous transformation. Many higher education reforms, institutional innovations, and revised institutional focus have produced profound changes to academic roles and work (Deem & Lucas 2007). Higher education institutions and academic staff are being continuously challenged due to these kinds of changes to re-define their roles, practices and identities. The socio-cultural paradigm (James and Biesta 2007) explains the development of identity and experience concerning environments and relations between people and groups. Contextual factors may strengthen or constrain academic development possibilities. For example, Lankveld et al. (2017) have identified various levels of contextual effects in their review, ranging from students, the direct work environment, and staff development activities, to the wider context of higher education. Adapting to these changes and new roles always involves re-considering and re-constructing professional identities. What it is to be an academic is at risk in a changing environment when there is no automatic respect for academic values, especially when they have not been articulated clearly (Blackmore 2009, 3). The changes taking place at universities are affecting the well-being of academic staff, entrenching existing professional identities and thus teaching and learning cultures and practices. At the same time, identities are variable and evolve in parallel with teaching practices. Teaching practices are mainly formed through experience and are part of both the professional identity of the university teachers and the institutional culture of learning and teaching in the university. The professional identity influences how academic teachers teach and support student learning. Academic staff need to meet high standards of academic excellence and professionalism, to understand how to support student learning, be able to do this in real teaching practices, and use novel educational and technological approaches. The theoretical-conceptual framework of our study is based on neo-institutional (Scott 2008) and socio-cultural approaches (James et al. 2007), learning culture theory (James & Biesta 2007), and the cognitive model of change (Spillane et al 2002). Forming the identity means becoming aware of what matters most in their professional practice and what experience, values, relations, and interests shape the development of identities (Trede, Macklin & Bridges 2012). There is tension between personal identities and the university environment surrounding it. The significance of the identity of academic staff is related to how their identity may contribute to their teaching and research practice, and how they experience the university environment, relations and well-being. The interplay between the identity, teaching-researching practice and the university environment has not been much explored in an international context (Jõgi et al 2020). As researchers, we are interested in the comparative aspect of this problem. Therefore, the purpose of this workshop is to critically reflect on the interplay between the experience, identity and teaching-researching practice of university teachers and the university environment in the context of three European universities: Tallinn University, Estonia; Tampere University, Finland and Malta University, Malta. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically we are based on a phenomenological understanding of experience, highlighting the participant’s interpretations of the lived experiences (Webb & Welsh 2019). Phenomenology is a methodological starting point of research, which is used to study the essence of human experience (Adams & van Manen 2008). From the point of view of interpretations, the interplay between identity, experiences and teaching-researching practice became central in the studied diverse university contexts. The guiding research questions were: How did academic teachers experience themselves at the university? How did they experience changes in the university environment, teaching and research activities, relations, and well-being? What were the future selves and how did they construct their future perspectives? The sample group consisted of 40 academic staff from different disciplines, career stages, and fields of studies. Altogether, 20 academic teachers from Tallinn University and 10 teachers from Tampere and Malta universities were in the sample group. Data was collected through in-depth semi-structured interviews with narrative and thematic questions to understand the personal meanings and perceptions regarding the experience of the academic work at three European universities. The data collected through the interviews was analyzed using the thematic content analysis (Braun & Clark 2006) by each national research team. In the later stages, the major themes were compared reflecting similarities and differences in becoming and being an academic and negotiating one's identity in different institutional contexts and changing forces of higher education in different countries. Organisation of the workshop The workshop will be structured in three parts, which will be facilitated in interactive and dialogical ways: I. Introduction. We will start with an introduction to the topic of the workshop and give an overview of the major findings of the research project. II. Discussion. We welcome participants to discuss their professional and academic work experiences using the learning cafe approach which allows dialogues, sharing experiences, listening to others, and reflecting on the joint experiences. III. Reflection. We will share the main highlights from the study, and discuss with the participants of this workshop the ethical issues of such type of research. Finally, we pose the questions for future research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Universities are unique and complex places of change. Adaption to the change requires a system for supporting the professional development of academic staff (Barnett 2003, 179) and active support for innovation from the management level (Ümarik & Jõgi, 2021). Three European universities that were a basis for the empirical data collection are dynamic and modern higher education institutions with different environments and focuses in their missions and visions. But there are some common meanings that we found in the findings. The findings highlight that the beginning of the academic career is inspirational, but also demanding, related to the academic environment, to the formation of academic roles and identity. In the process of adaptation and formation of identity, academic staff have to cope with the contradictions, and uncertainties of dual roles, and the high workload. Identity construction is a complicated, never-ending, sense-making process in a personal and social context. The constant need to negotiate identities can bring frustration, resistance, peaceful reconciliation, and quiet quitting. Academics are looking for a balance in terms of personal and professional life; between different work roles, and required meaningful tasks. University environment and academic requirements, dual roles and personal experiences create emotional and social tensions and identity traps. Research and teaching activities require a greater focus on renewing and developing teaching practices, and thus on self-analysis and professional identity. References Adams, C., & van Manen, M. (2008). Phenomenology. In L. M. Given (Ed.), The Sage Encyclopedia of Qualitative Research Methods (Vol. 2) (pp. 614-619). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781412963909.n317 Barnett, R. (2003). Beyond all reason: living with ideology in the university. Society for Research into Higher Education and Open University Press. Billot, J. (2010). The imagined and the real: Identifying the tensions for academic identity. Higher Education Research & Development, 29(6), 709–721. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, Nt. 2, 77–101. Blackmore, P. (2009). Framing Research Community For Academic Future. Academic Future: Inquiries into Higher Education and Pedagogy, 1–14. Cambridge Scholars Publishing. Deem, R. & Lucas, L. (2007). Research and teaching cultures in two contrasting UK policy contexts: Academic life in Education Departments in fice English and Scottish universities. Higher Education, 54, 115-133. James, D. & Biesta, G. (2007). Improving learning cultures in Further Education. London: Routledge. Jõgi, L., Ümarik, M., Pata, K. (2020). University as a space for educational innovations, changes in teaching and learning. Teaching and learning at the University. Practices, developments, transformations (9-16). Cambridge Scholar Publishing. Lankveld, T., Schoonenboom, J., Volman, M., Croiset, G,, & Beishuizen, J. (2017). Developing a teacher identity in the university context: A systematic review of the literature. Higher Education Research and Development, 36 (2), 325–342. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2016.1208154 Scott, R.. (2008). Institutions and Organizations: Ideas and Interests, 3rd edition. Los Angeles, London, New Delhi, Singapore: Sage Publications. Shams, F. (2019). Managing academic identity tensions in a Canadian public university: The role of identity work in coping with managerialism. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 41(6), 619–632. Spillane, J. P., Reiser, B.J., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy implementation and cognition: reframing and refocusing implementation research. Review of Educational Research 72(3), 387–431. Trede, F., Macklin, R. & Bridges, D. (2012) Professional identity development: a review of the higher education literature. Studies in Higher Education, 37:3, 365-384, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2010.521237 Webb, A. S., & Welsh, A. J. (2019). Phenomenology as a methodology for scholarship of teaching and learning research. Teaching & Learning Inquiry, 7(1), 168-181. Yang, S., Shu, D. & Yin, H. (2021). Teaching, my passion. Publishing, my pain: unpacking academics’ professional identity tensions through the lens of emotional resilience. Higher Education, 84, 235–254. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-021-00765-w |
13:45 - 15:15 | 23 SES 11 A: The Global School-Autonomy-with-Accountability Reform and Its National Encounters (Part 1) Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Gita Steiner-Khamsi Session Chair: Glenn Savage Symposium Part 1/2, to be continued in 23 SES 14 A |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium The Global School-Autonomy-with-Accountability Reform and Its National Encounters (part I) The two-part symposium presents conceptual, comparative as well as single-country studies that examine the neoliberal reform wave which most governments bought into over the past thirty years. In concert with Verger, Fontdevila and Parcerisa (2019), we refer to this reform package as School-Autonomy-with-Accountability (SAWA). The objective of the studies presented is to move beyond the simple documentation that neoliberalism spread worldwide and instead examine who the political coalitions were that bought into, or resisted, respectively the reform wave, what features of the reform resonated and why they held appeal, what features were repealed and how national policy actors translated key policies into the varied national contexts. These type of research questions are prototypical for research interchangeably labeled policy borrowing, policy transfer, policy mobility, or policy circulation research (Steiner-Khamsi, 2021). The panel attempts to advance both policy transfer research as well as comparative public policy studies by inserting a transnational lens into the analysis of policy processes.
The unit of analysis of all presentations is the SAWA reform. We consider SAWA to be a coherent, pervasive, and controversial reform package that (i) claimed to ensure quality improvement, (ii) advocated for (or at least aligned with) policies to set in motion competition among schools and differentiation in the school offer, such as school-based management and school choice (iii) instated a bundle of policies that strengthened school autonomy under the condition of pervasive accountability, and (iv) advanced a set of preferred policy instruments to trigger and sustain organizational change such as continuous standardized testing and other forms of external supervision. The panelists use this quadruple differentiation of fundamental reforms—their mission, mechanisms of change, bundle of policies, and policy instruments—to reflect the vernacularization or translation of the reform package, that is, what exactly was adopted by which political actors and in which particular political context, and why some features of the reform packaged resonated more than others.
In this panel, the presenters draw on the policy instrument approach which has triggered a lively debate within public policy studies more broadly (Lascoumes and Le Galès 2007; Béland et al. 2018; Capano and Howlett 2020) as well as more narrowly in policy studies related to the education sector (Verger et al. 2019). Several aspects of that approach are appealing for policy transfer research, notably, the insight that the choice of policy instrument is deeply political and has repercussions in who is empowered and who disempowered. Drawing on that approach, we differentiate between the reform goal, reform elements, and the instruments to achieve the goal.
References Béland, D., M. Howlett, and I. Mukherjee. “Instrument Constituencies and Public Policy-making: An Introduction.” Policy and Society 37, no. 1 (2018): 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2017.1375249. Capano, G., and M. Howlett. “The Knowns and Unknowns of Policy Instrument Analysis: Policy Tools and the Current Research Agenda on Policy Mixes.” SAGE Open 10, no. 1 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244019900568. Lascoumes, P., and P. Le Galès. “Understanding Public Policy through Its Instruments. Special Issue.” Governance 20, no. 1 (2007): 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0491.2007,00342.x. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2021). Externalisation and structural coupling: Applications in comparative policy studies in education. European Educational Research Journal, 20(6), 806–820. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120988394 Verger, A., C. Fontdevila, and L. Parcerisa. “Reforming Governance through Policy Instruments: How and to What Extent Standards, Tests and Accountability in Education Spread Worldwide.” Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education 40, no. 2 (2019): 248-270. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2019.1569882. Presentations of the Symposium As Time Goes By: A Comparative Analysis of International Trends in Assessment Policy
Since the turn of the century, the number of countries conducting large-scale learning assessments (LSAs) has been rising steadily - to the point that today LSAs are perceived as a fixture of modern education systems. This trend has been extensively analyzed with a focus on the uptake of LSAs across countries, and the drivers behind the globalization of such policy instruments (Benavot & Koseleci, 2015; Furuta, 2022).
The seemingly unstoppable entrenchment of LSAs within education systems should not lead us to assume that such policies have remained fixed entities or that they unfold predictably. LSAs in many countries are continuously adjusted and recalibrated, and even put at the service of policy agendas different from those that motivated their adoption. On occasion, LSAs have evolved following a ‘bottom-up’ pattern through unexpected uses by local actors, the emergence of instrument constituencies interested in LSAs survival, or the mix of LSAs with other policies (Sewering et al., 2022; Simons & Voß, 2018).
It follows from the above that, far from linear, the policy trajectories experimented by LSAs are complex and vary significantly across countries. Yet the evolution of LSAs has not been systematically examined from a cross-country perspective, with much research focusing on the origins of assessment systems but leaving unaddressed their renegotiation over time. The limited empirical engagement with the evolving nature of LSAs may lead to an unproductive reification of this policy instrument.
In light of this, this paper aims to map the recent evolution of LSAs - including their design (frequency, scope, coverage, etc) but also their uses (i.e. the purposes and stakes associated with them and their combined use with other policy instruments), as well as to examine the drivers and enablers of such changes. Drawing on the analysis of policy documents, we rely on recent advances in policy feedback theory to make sense of the change and continuity in the instrumentation of LSAs (Sewerin et al., 2020). Specifically, we pay attention both to self-reinforcing mechanisms leading to the perpetuation of LSA policies, and self-undermining mechanisms behind the revision or even termination of some features (Jacobs & Weaver, 2015), and identify those social, political and educational conditions conducive to their activation. In so doing, our paper contributes to a refined understanding of the diverging trajectories of the LSA program, and sheds light on the potential of those analytical perspectives going beyond early logics of instrument choice, and engaging with policy development over time.
References:
Benavot, A, & Koseleci, N. (2015). Seeking quality in education: The growth of national learning assessments, 1990-2013. Background paper prepared for the Education for All Global 2015.
Furuta, J. (2022). The Rationalization of “Education for All”: The Worldwide Rise of National Assessments, 1960–2011. Comparative Education Review, 66(2), 228-252.
Jacobs, A. M., & Weaver, R. K. (2015). When policies undo themselves: Self‐undermining feedback as a source of policy change. Governance, 28(4), 441-457.
Sewerin, S., Béland, D., & Cashore, B. (2020). Designing policy for the long term: agency, policy feedback and policy change. Policy Sciences, 53(2), 243-252.
Sewerin, S., Cashore, B., & Howlett, M. (2022). New pathways to paradigm change in public policy: combining insights from policy design, mix and feedback. Policy & Politics, 50(3), 442-459.
Simons, A., & Voß, J. P. (2018). The concept of instrument constituencies: Accounting for dynamics and practices of knowing governance. Policy and Society, 37(1), 14-35.
Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: A political sociology of global education reforms. Educational Review, 71(1), 5-30.
Producing Accountability with Autonomy: A Comparative Analysis of Quality Assurance and Inspection in the Educational Assemblages of Denmark and England
School accountability with autonomy (SAWA) reforms have developed in diverse forms in Northern Europe. Indeed, Denmark and England have both legislated SAWA reforms in various configurations and at different stages over the past thirty years. Following processes of educational decentralization to the municipalities, and the implementation of free school choice and per capita funding, municipal quality assurance reports became key to the test-based accountability agendas of education policymakers in Denmark (Dovemark et al., 2018; Moos 2006). By contrast, in England, as a result of decentralization to the school level (Gewirtz et al., 1992; Rayner et al., 2018), and a significantly reduced role for local authorities, school accountability for educational standards has been increasingly tied to two regulatory instruments: performance league tables and inspection (Ydesen et al., 2022). While changes to the development and enactment of these accountability systems over time mean that SAWA reforms in these two contexts could be described as a moving target, research suggests that social systems often exhibit active resistance to radical transformation (Milner et al., 2021). Assemblage theorists tend to explain this phenomenon through the conceptual lenses of deterritorialization and reterritorialization. However, certain scholars argue that the postmodernist emphasis on fluidity neglects sufficient treatment of the stability of structures and have therefore attempted to combine assemblage theory (Deleuze and Guattari, 1972/1983, 1980/1987) with critical realism (Bhaskar, 1975; Archer, 1995; Collier 1999; Sayer, 2000). Inspired by this theoretical development, we employ a hybrid framework created by Martyn and Galvin (2022) to analyze the ‘production stories’ of quality assurance reports and inspection in Denmark and England. Drawing on data from an international comparative research project, and more recent policy analyses, we examine the arrangement of social entities that led to the development of these specific forms of accountability within these particular educational assemblages. With concern for the stability of structures, we explore the underlying logics to these assemblages and the latitude of teachers and school leaders to challenge them. We argue that pauses to the development enactment of accountability mechanisms are the result of distinct arrangements of social entities at distinct times within the social system. Additionally, the possibility for ‘rupture’ is limited by the resilience of underlying market and managerial logics supported by discourses of quality in education which appeal to key actors – government policymakers and parents.
References:
Archer, M. (1995). Realist social theory. The morphogenetic approach. Cambridge University Press.
Collier, A. (1999). Being and worth. Routledge.
Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1980/1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizo- phrenia. Translated by Brian Massumi. University of Minnesota.
Dovemark, M., Kosunen, S., Kauko, J., Magnúsdóttir, B., Hansen, P., & Rasmussen, P. (2018). Deregulation, privatisation and marketisation of Nordic comprehensive education: Social changes reflected in schooling. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 122–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2018.1429768
Gewirtz, S., Whitty, G., and Edwards, T. (1992). City technology colleges: Schooling for the Thatcher generation? British Journal of Educational Studies, 40(3), 207-217.
Milner, A.L, Mattei, P., and Ydesen, C. (2021). Governing education in times of crisis: State interventions and school accountabilities during the COVID-19 pandemic. European Educational Research Journal, 20(4), 520-539.
Rayner, S.M., Courtney, S.J., and Gunter, H.M. (2018). Theorising systemic change: learning from the academization project in England. Journal of Education Policy, 33(1), 143-62.
Ydesen, C., Milner, A.L., Aderet-German, T., Gomez Caride, E., and Ruan, Y. (2022). Educational assessment and inclusive education. Palgrave Macmillan.
From Studying the Timing of Policy Adoption to Examining the Lifespan of SAWA Policies: A Multilevel Analysis
In Switzerland, the neoliberal reform package was selectively adopted in two waves: a general New Public Management (NPM) reform and a few years later the SAWA reform. The two reform waves were inextricably linked and in fact advanced by the same politicians (Appius & Nägeli, 2017). The study consists of a multilevel analysis of one canton in Switzerland (Zürich) and investigates two aspects: changes in the governance structure as a result of the reform and the temporal dimension of policy enactment. The authors also reflect on the reform outcomes, which SAWA elements were actually implemented, and which were discarded in the political process.
Similar to other countries, (i) school-based management was introduced, (ii) the decision-making authority of the local governance level was strengthened, and the (iii) central level (in Switzerland: the cantonal level) was charged with standard-setting and quality control by means of external school evaluation and standardized testing of students. Strikingly, one of the signposts of Swiss direct democracy - involvement of laypersons into quality assurance of public institutions at the district level - was, abolished to shorten the accountability route between the local and central level. In terms of the temporal dimension, the study shows that focusing on the timing of policy adoption may be misleading because in some cases policy enactment was—due to resistance, lack of financial resources, capacity shortcomings—short-lived or “hollowed out” over time (Zahariadis, 2003 & 2007; Pierson, 2004; Rüb, 2009; Morais de Sá e Silva & Porto de Oliveira, 2023).
The study draws on empirical research carried out by Appius and Nägeli in three cantons (Lucerne, St. Gallen, Zürich) in which over 1,200 relevant policy documents were analyzed and interviews were conducted with policy actors and practitioners at different governance level within the three cantons. The empirical study was revisited in 2023 and reframed in terms of the new interpretive framework that draws attention to the complexity of a reform wave, explained in the introductory section of this panel, and takes into the consideration a multi-dimensional definition of time. The main findings of the recent study were published in 2024 (Steiner-Khamsi, Appius, Nägeli, forthcoming).
References:
Appius, S. and Nägeli, A. (2017). Schulreformen im Mehrebenensystem. Eine mehrdimensionale Analyse von Bildungspolitik. Wiesbaden: Springer, 2017.
Morais de Sá e Silva, M., and O. Porto de Oliveira. “Incorporating Time into Policy Transfer
Studies: A Comparative Analysis of the Transnational Policy Process of Conditional Cash Transfer and Participatory Budgeting.” Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and Practice 25, no. 4 (2023): 418-438. https://doi.org/10.1080/13876988.2023.2193961.
Pierson, P. (2004). Politics in time: History, institutions, and social analysis. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Rüb, F. W. (2009). Multiple-Streams-Ansatz: Grundlagen, Probleme und Kritik. In K. Schubert & N. C. Bandelow (Hrsg.), Lehrbuch der Politikfeldanalyse 2.0 (2. Aufl.) (S. 348-376). München: Oldenbourg.
Steiner-Khamsi, G., Appius, S., and Nägeli, A. forthcoming). School-autonomy-with-accountability: Comparing two transfer spaces against the global script.
Zahariadis, N. (2003). Ambiguity and choice in public policy: Political decision making in modern democracies. Washington, D.C: Georgetown University Press.
Zahariadis, N. (2007). The Multiple Streams Framework. In P. A. Sabatier (Hrsg.), Theories of the Policy Process (S. 65-92). Boulder: Westview Press.
China’s Compulsory Education Reform Phases: An Empirical Investigation of Reform Frequency and Reform Content, 1978 - 2023
The study draws inspiration from the World Education Reform Database (WERD) and utilizes the same research questions, notably the investigation reform activity and reform content, over a longer period of time. In addition, it draws on Chinese scholarship that specified reform waves or phases, respectively in the Chinese context. What is more, the presentation presents a typology of the different types of legislative documents at the level of the State Council as well at the level of line ministries, notably the Ministry of Education. A corpus of over 10,000 policy documents were identified, of which the study narrowed the number by focusing on laws, regulations, and normative directives both at the level of the State Council and the Ministry of Education. The findings suggest that there was no School-Autonomy-with-Accountability reform wave in China. Instead, the data compiled suggests that China had its own trajectory of reform phases, informed by themes that were crucial at this stage of China educational development: expansion of compulsory education, national language issues, and private sector involvement in the education; just to name a few topics that emerged over the period 1978-2023. In conclusion, the presentation emphasizes the importance to make a differentiation between policy place and policy space. Different from OECD countries or countries dependent on the Washington Consensus and other donors, China’s reform trajectory reflects economic, political, and social developments in the country itself rather than international developments.
References:
Broomley, et al. 2021. World Education Reform Database (WERD)
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 23 SES 11 B: Philanthropy Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Sofia Viseu Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Philanthropy Enactment in Portuguese Public Schools: An Empirical Study on a Digital Education Program Promoted by a Private Foundation Universidade de Lisboa Presenting Author:This presentation aims to explore how interventions by non-state actors are received, adopted, and ultimately enacted in public schools. Specifically, the paper presents an empirical study focused on the perceptions of school actors in public schools in Portugal regarding a digital education program promoted by a private foundation. According to previous literature, there has been a growing emphasis on the involvement of private political actors, such as philanthropists, think tanks, and edu-businesses, in education governance worldwide and in Portugal (Lubienski et al., 2022; Viseu & Carvalho, 2021). These actors have been active in using new strategies, including networking and knowledge brokerage to influence education policies (Avelar, 2021; Fontdevila et al., 2019; Viseu, 2022). However, the study of the actions and effects of private political actors within schools continues to be an underexplored field. To address this gap, this study use “policy enactment” (Ball et al., 2012) as a starting point to capture the different positions of school actors in “doing school” (Maguire et al., 2015). With this theoretical approach, we seek to highlight the non-deterministic nature of interventions by private political actors in public schools, focusing on the different translations, interpretations, and recontextualizations by school actors. To this end, the study focuses on the enactment by public Portuguese public schools to DigitALL program from the Vodafone Portugal Foundation. This program started in 2020 and so far evolved 7,000 students and 1,300 teachers. After applying for the program, the selected schools benefit from a comprehensive package that includes a digital platform, digital curriculum, student kits containing electronic circuits and motherboards, in-person teacher training, and weekly 50-minute classes guided by trained monitors. DigitALL program design confirms the argument of Spreen and Kamat (2018), in which non-state actors “are not only beginning to control curriculum content and testing in countries, they also make decisions about who teaches and under what conditions” (p. 111). The government, as a privileged ally of the new philanthropy, endorsed the institutional partnership established with the Vodafone Portugal Foundation, as the DigitALL program aims to develop digital and social skills; provides teacher training and “quality scientific and pedagogical digital educational resources” (Director of Directorate-General for Education available at Fundação Vodafone Portugal, 2022b). In this scenario, we aim to contribute to discuss the interventions made by non-state actors in public schools as signs of privatization (Ball, 2007; Quilabert & Moschetti, 2022). Furthermore, we seek to identify how these initiatives align with an educational reform agenda that emphasizes performance policies, assessments, platformization and public-private partnerships (Verger et al., 2022; Williamson, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows a qualitative, exploratory and descriptive approach to understand the representations of individuals involved in the interpretation, translation and recontextualization of DigitALL in participating schools. To this end, data collection involved documentary scrutiny, and interviews. Among the 12 school clusters participating in the DigitALL program between 2022-2023, 9 agreed to collaborate with the research. The school clusters selected the interviewees who would best contribute to our research objectives. Consequently, each interview session had the participation of different actors, including the school principal or vice-principal, the program coordinator or ICT teacher and other teachers directly involved in the program, totaling 15 interviewees. The interviews focused on the reasons for enrolling the program and the initial expectations that justify adherence to the DigitALL program and the perceived effects resulting from the program intervention (translation and recontextualization). The semi-structured interviews followed this script in a flexible and informal way, allowing interviewees to address issues they considered most relevant or introduce new topics. With the consent of the participants, the interviews were recorded, transcribed, and sent to the interviewees for verification. The names of interviewees and school groups were kept confidential. We also conducted an interview with the manager of the Portugal Vodafone Foundation. This interview aimed to explore various aspects of the program, including its structure, operationalization, relationships with schools and other partners, expected results and future perspectives, helping to understand the documents we gathered in the previous phase. The documentary analysis centered on primary sources involved the ‘Action Plan for School Digital Development’ and the ‘Educational Project’ of the 9 participating school clusters and the main reports, websites, and social media of the program in Portugal and its equivalents in Europe. We also analyzed the ‘Curriculum programs’ planned for the 6 years of the DigitALL program. Data analysis was carried out using different approaches. Initially, we examined data relating to the characteristics of schools and the institution’s infrastructure. Subsequently, we systematically organized the data according to the research objectives. This method allowed us to gain a comprehensive understanding of relevant information related to program enactment in schools. Simultaneously, we carried out a sequential analysis of the interviews, preserving the school contexts and seeking to identify unique ways of appropriating and reinterpreting the program within and in relation to school environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The ongoing study indicates that there are comprehensive aspects that explain the processes of reception (and receptivity) of DigitALL in schools, as well as the processes of translation and interpretation of the program in its most operational dimensions. However, the data also showed that there are different translation and interpretation processes, especially regarding schools’ representations of the meaning of interventions by non-state actors in school life and management. The analysis revealed that schools adhered to the DigitALL program to improve the provision of public education, considering local needs and resources, and aligning teaching with the digital era. Thus, most interviewees view positively the involvement of non-state actors (including their focus on performance, sustainability, and outsourcing) in education. However, although the program is seen as a way of guaranteeing the provision of public education, the interviewees presented different conceptualizations (institutional elaborations) about the role of philanthropic intervention in their schools. For some, these interventions seem to be understood mainly as a way for the school to acquire more human and material resources; for others, implementing the program at school seems to be perceived more in terms of the potential to improve their competitive position in their territory. The study of the DigitALL program in Portugal reveals both the promise and complexity of incorporating philanthropic digital education initiatives into public schools. Although the program is viewed positively, its uniform design encounters diverse local interpretations and enactments. To date, this research highlights the importance of understanding the intricate dynamics of policy enactment in education, particularly as it relates to the role of private actors in the public domain. References Avelar, M. (2021). Disrupting education policy: How new philanthropy works to change education. Peter Lang. Ball, S. (2007). Education plc: Understanding private sector participation in public sector education. Routledge. Ball, S., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Fontdevila, C., Verger, A., & Avelar, M. (2019). The business of policy: A review of the corporate sector’s emerging strategies in the promotion of education reform. Critical Studies in Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2019.1573749 Lubienski, C., Yemini, M., Maxwell, C., & Steiner-Khamsi, G. (Orgs.). (2022). The rise of external actors in education: Shifting boundaries globally and locally. Policy Press. Maguire, M., Braun, A., & Ball, S. (2015). ‘Where you stand depends on where you sit’: The social construction of policy enactments in the (English) secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(4), 485–499. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2014.977022 Quilabert, E., & Moschetti, M. C. (2022). ‘Most Likely You Go Your Way (and I’ll Go Mine)’: School-level enactment of an educational innovation policy in Barcelona. European Educational Research Journal, 147490412211214. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221121477 Spreen, C. A., & Kamat, S. (2018). From billionaires to the bottom billion: Who’s making education policy for the poor in emerging economies? Em A. Draxler & G. Steiner-Khamsi (Orgs.), The state, business and education: Public-private partnerships revisited. Edward Elgar Publishing. Verger, A., Maroy, C., & Grek, S. (2022). World yearbook of education 2021 accountability and datafication in the governance of education (First edition). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Viseu, S. (2022). New philanthropy and policy networks in global education governance: The case of OECD’s netFWD. International Journal of Educational Research, 114, 102001. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.102001 Viseu, S., & Carvalho, L. M. (2021). Policy Networks, Philanthropy, and Education Governance in Portugal: The Raise of Intermediary Actors. Foro de Educación, 19(1), 81–104. Williamson, B. (2019). Policy networks, performance metrics and platform markets: Charting the expanding data infrastructure of higher education. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(6), 2794–2809. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12849 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Practices of New Philanthropy: Reconfiguring Power and Legitimacy in Educational Governance 1University of Copenhagen, Denmark; 2Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Corporate private foundations with vast financial resources are taking on an increasingly proactive and influential role in shaping educational aims, practices, and institutions around the world (Srivastava & Oh, 2010; Ball and Olmedo, 2011; Lubienski et al. 2022; Parreira de Amaral et al. 2019). While the concrete involvement of foundations reflects the historical specificities of different contexts, the increasing entanglement of private foundations in public education and state schooling has been interpreted as reflecting a broad shift in the work of foundations toward new forms of “hands-on” or “new” philanthropy in which foundations move from a contributory to a disruptive role (Horvath & Powell, 2016; Wilson, 2014). Framed in terms of educational governance and politics, this shift places major pressure on the conceptual and practical boundaries of conventional democratic control, delegations of responsibility, and framings of legitimacy. The shifting grounds for articulating and enacting democratic control and legitimacy is especially salient in the context of European education and the region’s historical forms of welfare governance. While private foundations in the US and other contexts are, by now, an established (if controversial) part of educational governance, recent scholarship emerging across Europe points to important problematics regarding the effects of current philanthropic practices on the conventional divisions of power and democratic practices of accountability characteristic of European welfare states (Rasmussen, 2022; Avelar & Ball, 2019). Such effects pose a significant challenge to the notion of legitimacy as grounded in a chain of delegation, accountability, and trust, where voters authorize politicians to make decisions – on the priorities of public education, for example – and politicians then delegate the responsibility for implementing policies to civil servants (Strøm 2000). This is obviously different when it comes to private foundations: While foundations are legal actors attributed a status as charitable organizations by the political system, they do not themselves hold a role in the processes that make up the political system. In this paper, we set out to explore empirical changes and reconfigurations of power and legitimacy in educational governance as corporate private foundations take on a proactive label of “change-makers” in public education. Situating our work within the historical context of the Danish welfare state, we set out to explore how legitimacy in public education is (re)constructed and altered through the practices of “new philanthropy” as a set of practices marked by increasing amounts of money, extended public-private partnerships, and new forms of educational knowledge production. We ask: How do corporate private foundations describe their responsibility for the change they aim at? And through what kind of practices are their investments in systematic change articulated and implemented? In the paper, we respond to these questions through a case-based analyses focused on situating the practices of the two largest Danish foundations currently involved in the education sector: The Lego Foundation and the Novo Nordisk Foundation. Drawing on theoretical approaches that can help approach reconfigurations of power and control in educational practices (Alaimo & Hekman, 2008; Brøgger, 2018; Deleuze, 1992; Foucault, 1977; Powell & Menendian, 2011), we are interested in extrapolating the broader historical and governmental dynamics at play in how foundations shape ideas of legitimacy by actively transgressing conventional governance arrangements and hierarchies. Theoretically, this includes perspectives that open to discuss the soft power of seduction and affectivity (Dernikos et al., 2020) as important factors when it comes to understanding new philanthropic practices. Through in-depth case analyses, the paper highlights the performative effects of enacting new philanthropy in relation to three interrelated practices: 1) new constructions of actors, 2) emerging forms of affective control, and 3) new forms of knowledge production. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper we address the practices of private foundations in the field of school and education. With a particular interest in questions of governance and legitimization in European contexts shaped by a strong tradition for welfare governance and public educational values, we build our problematization on a selective case study of two recent projects launched within the Danish educational field by private foundations. These are, respectively, the Playful Learning initiative by the Lego Foundation and the LIFE project developed by the Novo Nordisk Foundation. Through an extrapolative reading of the two projects, the paper aims to hypothesize novel tendencies and provocations in the practices of private foundations that point to radical changes in the established order of how educational governance and pedagogical development are to take form. Concretely, the paper builds on a gathering of empirical material generated through 2023 and Spring 2024 involving interviews, observations, website data, promotional material, and a survey of actors engaged in or affected by the increasingly large and long partnerships that characterize the two foundations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper’s findings highlight three interrelated practices emerging through our analyses of new philanthropy in Denmark with implications for the European educational research field. First, we show how foundations are involved in new constructions of actors, i.e. how they connect with, create expectations for, and partner with actors (Brunsson & Sahlin 2000). Building on examples from the LEGO Foundation and Novo Nordisk Foundation, we question how different actors and their conditions of possibility are themselves performatively configured through the discursive-material work of foundations. This involves for instance appointing and connecting with relevant partners, naming and appointing ambassadors, creating career paths for professional teacher. Second, we explore emerging forms of control found in the increasingly proactive and affective practices of foundations. Drawing on different theorizations of power and control in contemporary forms of governance (Deleuze 1992; Dernikos 2020; Rose & Miller, 2010; Foucault, 1991; Thorup, 2013), we question how the current practices of the two foundations indicate a move away from practices of goal-setting, evaluation, and institutionalised discipline toward a broad valuation of innovation and potentiality that transgress the established national-political frameworks of education policy. This shift, we suggest, opens possibilities for both scaling up through conceptual control and scaling down through new forms of modularization. Third, we examine how the two foundations draw on different sources of legitimacy in their positioning as changemakers that seek to look further and deeper than conventional forms of educational governance. By comparing the work of the Lego and Novo Nordisk foundations with other foundations involved in shaping public education, we discuss the implications of the two foundations’ practices as knowledge producers and brokers that seek to generate futures and solutions rather than situate their contributions within or as compensations for established political goals. References Alaimo, S., & Hekman, S. (Eds.). (2008). Material Feminisms. Indiana University Press. Avelar, M., & Ball, S. (2019). Mapping new philanthropy and the heterarchical state: The Mobilization for the National Learning Standards in Brazil. International Journal of Educational Development, 64, 65–73. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2017.09.007 Brunsson, N., & Sahlin-Andersson, K. (2000). Constructing organizations: The example of public sector reform. Organization studies, 21(4), 721-746. Brøgger, K. (2018). The performative power of (non)human agency assemblages of soft governance. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 31(5), 353–366. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2018.1449985 Deleuze, G. (1992). Postscript on the Societies of Control. October, 59(Winter, 1992), 3–7. https://www.jstor.org/stable/778828 Dernikos, B. P., Lesko, N., Mccall, S. D., & Niccolini, A. D. (2020). Feeling Education. In B. P. Dernikos, N. Lesko, S. D. Mccall, & A. D. Niccolini (Eds.), Mapping the Affective Turn in Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003004219 Foucault, M. (1977). The confession of the flesh. In C. Gordon (Ed.), Power/Knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings, 1972-1977 (pp. 194–240). Pantheon Books. Horvath, A., & Powell, W. W. (2016). Contributory or Disruptive: Do New Forms of Philanthropy Erode Democracy? In R. Reich, C. Cordelli, & L. Bernholz (Eds.), Philanthropy in Democratic Societies: History, Institutions, Values (pp. 325–239). University of Chicago Press. Powell, J. A., & Menendian, S. (2011). Beyond Public/Private: Understanding Corporate Power. Poverty & Race, 20(6), 5–8. http://search.proquest.com.libproxy.edmc.edu/docview/910930192?accountid=34899 Rasmussen, P. (2022). Educational research – public responsibility, private funding? Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8(1), 65-74, DOI: 10.1080/20020317.2021.2018786 Rose, N., & Miller, P. (2010). Political power beyond the State: Problematics of government. British Journal of Sociology, 61(SUPPL. 1), 271–303. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-4446.2009.01247.x Strøm, K. (2000). Delegation and accountability in parliamentary democracies. European Journal of Political Research, 37, 261–290. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1007064803327 Wilson, J. (2014). Fantasy Machine: Philanthrocapitalism as an Ideological Formation. Third World Quarterly, 35(7), 1144–1161. https://doi.org/10.1080/01436597.2014.926102 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Non-State Actors' Self-Imaging in Educational Governance: Philanthropy Building a Public Image Through Media in Portugal IE-ULisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:This presentation focuses on the participation of new non-state actors in educational governance in Portugal, seeking a new analytical perspective: how these actors build their public image through the media. This focus stems from the interest in education policy studies in non-state actors over recent decades, recognizing their expanding role in reshaping education governance (Ball, 2012; 2016; Lubienski et al, 2022). These include firmly established global political actors such as the UN, OECD, UNESCO, the European Union, the International Monetary Fund, and the World Bank, as well as governmental cooperation organizations, non-profit organizations, edu-businesses, think tanks and philanthropic foundations (Brent Edwards et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows a qualitative approach, using document analysis and focusing on two actors: EPIS - Entrepreneurs for Social Inclusion, a corporate philanthropy established in 2006, positioning itself as a pivotal figure in fostering social inclusion and academic success in Portugal; and EDULOG, a self-title think tank, operating since 2015 within the philanthropic endeavours of a private foundation, with the mission of contributing to the improvement of education policies. These actors were chosen because a) earlier empirical-based research already showed how they perform as intermediary actors in education governance in Portugal (Viseu & Carvalho, 2021), which led us to the expectation that the way these actors construct their public image through the media would have differentiated contours justified by the nature of their intervention, as data subsequently demonstrated; b) both provide on their websites an area that includes the "copy of an article about an organization or company that has appeared in the media," i.e., the clipping (Heath, ed. 2013). Therefore, the documentary corpus consists of clippings disclosed on the websites until 2022, corresponding to 206 news articles. For content analysis purposes, we followed a deductive and inductive strategy where the following categories were considered: frame, issue, solution, who we are/what we do/evoked relationships and knowledge mobilization. For the categorization and analysis of data, investigator triangulation was employed (Archibald, 2016; Bans-Akutey & Tiimub, 2021). This methodology was suitable for two main reasons: 1) through triangulation, we compared the information to determine its validation and corroboration; in other words, it is a qualitative cross-validation process involving the three investigators (Wiersma 2000); 2) validation provides the elimination of biases that might skew the research results (Onwuegbuzie, 2000). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The empirical work is still ongoing, but we will discuss this media presence as one of the intervention strategies that these actors activate to legitimize their presence in the public sphere (alongside networking, knowledge brokerage, etc.), assuming that their ability to intervene -and ultimately their existence- is dependent on constructing a public image. So far, data pointed to three main results. First, since their creation, EPIS and EDULOG had a regular presence in the press over the years, more regarding EPIS (173) than EDULOG (33). Second, there are differences in how both present themselves in the media, regarding the: a) status and scope of the media (national and leading press vs. local and alternative press); b) nature of these actors' intervention (more oriented towards problem construction and diagnostics vs. orientation towards practice and problem-solving). Thus, these data confirm that for these actors to exist in the public scene, they need to be in the media, and their presence in the media constructs and reinforces the image they want to be known for: in the case of EDULOG as a "diagnostics maker" on education; in the case of EPIS as a "solution maker", leading by example; c) clipping appears to be a good place to analyze how these actors strategically want to be recognized, influencing the public perceptions constructed about them, asserting themselves as political actors who can contribute to solving the problems in schools and the crisis in the education system. References Anderson, G. L. (2007). Media’s Impact on Educational Policies and Practices: Political Spectacle and Social Control. Peabody Journal of Education, 82(1), 103–120. Archibald, M. M. (2016). Investigator Triangulation: A Collaborative Strategy With Potential for Mixed Methods Research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 10(3), 228–250. Bans-Akutey, A., & Tiimub, B. M. (2021). Identifying Research Gaps in Schorlarly Work. Academia Letters. Baroutsis, A., & Lingard, B. (2017). Counting and comparing school performance: An analysis of media coverage of PISA in Australia, 2000–2014. Journal of Education Policy, 32(4), 432–449. Baroutsis, A., & Lingard, B. (2023). Exploring Education Policy Through Newspapers and Social Media: The Politics of Mediatisation. Taylor & Francis. Blach-Ørsten, Mark & Kristensen, Nete Nørgaard. (2016) Think tanks in Denmark – Media visibility and Network Relations, Politik Nummer 1 Årgang 19, 21-42. Blackmore, J., & Thorpe, S. (2003). Media/ting change: The print media’s role in mediating education policy in a period of radical reform in Victoria, Australia. Journal of Education Policy, 18(6), 577–595. Dixon, R., C. Arndt, M. Mullers, J. Vakkuri, K. Engblom-Pelkkala, and C. Hood. (2013). A evel for Improvement or a Magnet for Blame? Press and Political Responses to International Educational Rankings in Four EU Countries. Public Administration 91 (2): 484–505. Gautreaux, M., & Delgado, S. (2016). Portrait of a Teach for All (TFA) teacher: Media narratives of the universal TFA teacher in 12 countries. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 24, 110. Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2000). Framework for Internal and External Validity. AAER, 62. Santos, Í., Carvalho, L. M., & Melo, B. P. (2022). The media’s role in shaping the public opinion on education: A thematic and frame analysis of externalisation to world situations in the Portuguese media. Research in Comparative and International Education, 17 (1), 29-50. Viseu, S. & Carvalho, L. M. (2021). Policy Networks, Philanthropy, and Education Governance in Portugal: The Raise of Intermediary Actors. Foro de Educación, 19(1), 81-104. https://www.doi.org/10.14516/fde Wiersma, W. (2000). Research methods in education: An introduction. Allyn and Bacon. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 23 SES 11 C: European Adult Learning Systems in Context Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Jan Kalenda Panel Discussion |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Panel Discussion European Adult Learning Systems in Context 1Tomas Bata University in Zlin, Czech Republic; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 3German Institute for Adult Education – Leibniz Centre for Lifelong Learning (DIE) Presenting Author:Adult Learning Systems (ALS) represent a mass of organised learning opportunities available to adults along with their underlying structures and stakeholders that shape their organisation and governance (Desjardins, 2017, 2023; Desjardins & Ioannidou, 2020). This analytical framework includes not only participants (demand side) and providers (supply side) of adult education and training but also institutions and stakeholders, e.g., states, trade unions, professional associations and firms, as well as policy measures more or less aiming to regulate interactions between them. Finally, the framework contains fundamental coordination problems and constraints connected to adults’ access to organised learning opportunities that are responsible for efficacy, efficiency and inequality inside these systems. Well-developed, open and flexible ALS able to solve coordination problems are considered a precondition for wide and equal participation of adults in organised forms of learning (Lee & Desjardins, 2021), which is a key policy aim of many international organisations (e.g., EC, 2020, OECD, 2019; UNESCO, 2022) and national governments. While the subject of ALS has garnered growing scholarly interest in the past decade (Boeren, 2019; Desjardins, 2017, 2023; Desjardins & Ioannidou, 2020; Rees, 2013; Saar et al., 2013; Schemman et al., 2020; Verdier, 2018), there is a gap in the literature regarding a comprehensive examination of the current, post-COVID-19 status and historical development of ALS in Europe since the 1990s. In other words, how are they responding to current societal challenges? Relatively little theoretical and empirical work has been done on the diachronic/historical perspective of ALS (Saar et al., 2013; Schemman et al., 2020; Verdier, 2018), specific institutional patterns of these systems and their recent development during the 2010s and the early 2020s. Although the period of the “Eurozone crisis” after 2010, and the recent COVID-19 pandemic have brought new societal challenges, like austerity measures, disruption of job markets and new directions within political economies of European states (Garritzmann et al., 2022; Hall, 2022), we have limited knowledge of how they have affected the institutional setting of ALS. Following this research gap, this discussion panel propose a presentation and discussion of the key institutional changes and current developments in three European ALS: (1) the United Kingdom, (2) Germany and (3) the Czech Republic. These three countries are considered paradigmatic representatives of three different models of ALS: (a) liberal, market-oriented (UK), (b) continental/Christian-democratic, stakeholder-oriented (Germany) and (3) post-socialist, mix-model (Czechia). The panel discussion will provide an overview of the evolution of these three diverse ALSs throughout the last three decades (the 1990s to the early 2020s), showing their unique paths of institutional building and how they face current societal challenges. References Boeren, E. (2019). Being an Adult Learner in Europe and the UK: Persisting Inequalities and the Role of the Welfare State. In E. Boeren. & N. James. (Eds.). Being an Adult Learner in Austere Times. Exploring the Contexts of Higher. Further and Community Education (pp. 21–45). London: Palgrave Macmillan. Desjardins, R. (2017). Political economy of adult learning systems. Comparative study of strategies, policies, and constraints. Bloomsbury. Desjardins, R. (2023). Lifelong Learning Systems. In: K. Evans, J. Markowitsch, W. O. Lee & M. Zukas, M. (Eds.), Third International Handbook of Lifelong Learning. Springer International Handbooks of Education (pp. 353–374). Cham: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-67930-9_18-1 Desjardins. R, & Ioannidou. A. (2020). The political economy of adult learning systems - some institutional features that promote adult learning participation. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschungm, 43(1), 143–168. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-020-00159-y European Commission. (2020). European skills agenda for sustainable competitiveness, social fairness and resilience. Brussels: European Commission. Garritzmann, J. L., Häusermann, S., Kurer, T., Palier B. & Pinggera, M. (2022). The Emergence of Knowledge Economies In J. L. Garritzmann, S. Häusermann & B. Palier (Eds.), The World Politics of Social Investment (Volume I) (pp. 251–281) Oxford: Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780197585245.003.0008 Hall, P. A. (2022). How Growth Strategies Evolve in the Developed Democracies. In: A. Hassel and B. Palier (Eds.), Growth and Welfare in the Global Economy: How Growth Regimes Evolve. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Available at: https://scholar.harvard.edu/sites/scholar.harvard.edu/files/hall/files/hall2020_growthstrategies.pdf Lee, J. & Desjardins, R. (2021). Changes to adult learning and education (ALE) policy environment in Finland, Korea and the United States: implications for addressing inequality in ALE participation, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 51(2), 221–239, http://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2019.1610356 OECD (2019). Getting Skills Right: Engaging low-skilled adults in learning. Paris: OECD Publishing Rees, G. (2013). Comparing Adult Learning Systems: an emerging political economy. European Journal of Education, 48(2), 200–212. Saar, E., Ure, O. B., & Holford, J. (2013). Lifelong Learning in Europe. National Patterns and Challenges. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. Schemmann, M., Herbrechter, D. & Engels, M. (2020). Researching the political economy of adult learning systems. Theoretical amendments and empirical findings. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 43(2), 259–273. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-020-00163-2 UNESCO (2022). 5th Global Report on Adult Learning and Education. Citizenship education: Empowering adults for change. Hamburg: UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning. Verdier, E. (2018). Europe: Comparing Lifelong Learning Systems. In M. Milana et al. (Eds.), The Palgrave International Handbook on Adult and Lifelong Education and Learning (pp. 461-483). Palgrave Macmillan. Chair Jan Kalenda, kalenda@utb.cz, Tomas Bata University in Zlin, Czech Republic |
13:45 - 15:15 | 24 SES 11 B JS: A Didactic Framework for Crosscurricular Education Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Mårten Björkgren Session Chair: Ramsey Affifi Joint Symposium, NW 24 and NW 27. Details in 27 SES 11 A JS |
13:45 - 15:15 | 25 SES 11 A: Methods and research tools in children's rights research Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lotem Perry-Hazan Paper Session |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Exploring Teacher Attitudes Regarding Student Voice and Pupil Participation in Primary Education Saxion UAS, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:It has been 35 years since the Convention on the Rights of the Child was ratified (CRC; United Nations, 1989). This convention protects the rights of children. Article 12 addresses specifically students' voices and participation: “Children have the right to be listened to and taken seriously in matters affecting their daily lives and that the child’s view is given due weight to the evolving capacities of the child”. Under the terms of the CRC, governments must ensure that all children are actively included and listened to when decisions are made that affect the daily lives of children (United Nations, 1989). Schools are part of the daily lives of children and therefore, according to the CRC, teachers and school staff should also actively involve children in the decision-making process (Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth, 2021; Thompson, 2011). The daily school lives of children include what pupils will learn and how things are organized at school. Article 12 states that “the child’s view is given due weight to the pupils’ age and capacity” (United Nations, 1989). This is mostly interpreted as age-appropriate activities to facilitate student voice and teachers, in the educational context, decide which suggestions are rejected and acted upon (Bron & Veugelers, 2014; Lundy, 2007). Providing guidelines to support the interpretation of age-appropriate or “given due weight” in decisions is challenging. There are significant developmental variations among children (Bron & Veugelers, 2014). Children’s capacities are not merely determined by development but also by life- and social experiences (Thomson, 2011). However, there are multiple theoretical frameworks (e.g. Hart, 1992; Lundy, 2007; Shier, 2001) which support researchers, practitioners and school staff in the understanding of what student voice and pupil participation entail and how this could translate to educational practices (de Leeuw et al., 2020; Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth, 2021). An implementation report on the CRC shows that the level of implementation, regarding student voice and pupil participation, varies per country (UNICEF, 2012). Notwithstanding, the enactment of student voice and pupil participation also depends on determinants such as teachers' beliefs and attitudes (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021; Huić, 2022; Zorec, 2015) and teachers’ perceptions regarding which capacity and agency a pupil encompasses (Gillet-Swan & Sargeant, 2019; Huić, 2022). Research on teacher-related determinants and the enactment of student voice and pupil participation in specific is scarce. Existing materials regarding teacher attitudes and beliefs focus on general child rights. Research indicates that there is a discrepancy between positive teachers’ attitudes towards student voice and pupil participation and the enactment in the classroom (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021; Huić, 2022). Explanations for this discrepancy are that teachers’ responses on questionnaires are socially desirable (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021). Another explanation, which is provided in the literature, is that teachers lack the skills to implement student voice and pupil participation activities, which match their pedagogical and didactical visions (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021; Huić, 2022; Zorec, 2015). The question is if and how student voice and pupil participation are realized at primary schools. To explore these questions and establish if there are relations and mediating effects between teacher determinants, attitudes and enactment, a reliable and valid instrument is critical. The aim of our study is threefold: first, to develop and assess the reliability of a newly designed questionnaire which assesses teacher determinants concerning student voice and pupil participation in primary education, second, to explore what teacher attitudes are and if these attitudes differ from pupil age, and third to map and analyze how student voice and pupil participation are translated and enacted upon in Dutch primary education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 90 primary school teachers participated voluntarily in this pilot study, data was collected from March to November 2023. A convenience sample technique was applied. Participants were contacted via pre-service teachers conducting an internship. All participants gave active consent to participate in our study. Instrument Development A scoping review of related literature was conducted. Via content analysis, items were selected from existing teacher attitude questionnaires (Banko-Bal & Guler-Yildiz, 2021; Bron et al., 2018; Huić, A., 2022; Karaman-Kepenekci, 2006; Ozturk & Doganay, 2017; Zorec, 2015). Most scales were focused on children’s rights education regarding the CRC in general and not specifically focusing on student voice and pupil participation (CRC, 1989). The selected items were rephrased and translated into Dutch. Questionnaire The Teacher Attitudes Questionnaire on Student Voice and Pupil Participation is a self-reporting digital questionnaire and consists of three components. The first component commences with active informed consent and questions about participants' backgrounds. The second part of the questionnaire contains 16 statements assessing teachers' attitudes towards students' voices and whether pupils are capable of voicing their needs and wishes regarding educational and curriculum decisions. Example item: “Pupils are competent to actively think about suited learning activities”. Each statement is rated with a 5-point Likert scale, per level (in Dutch bouw): “early level” (kindergarten; age range 4 to 5 years), “middle level” (grade 1-3; age range 6 to 9 years) and “upper level” (grade 4-6; age range 9-12 years). These levels represent the three stages of primary education, which are commonly used in the Dutch primary education system to cluster grades. The third part contains two components. The first component consists of 13 statements evaluating pupils' frequency of sharing their voices and participating in educational decisions. Each statement is rated per level with a 5-point Likert scale. The second component is a semi-structured inventory, collecting examples of student voice and pupil participation. Participants list which forms of pupil participation are implemented and specify per implementation which pupils participate, who the audience is, and enactment on the input. The reliability of the questionnaire was assessed by calculating Cronbach’s reliability per level. Analyses Descriptive statistics will be calculated from the teacher attitude scale and one-way within-subjects ANOVA will be conducted to assess if teachers' attitudes differ per level. The open responses in the third part of the questionnaire will be analyzed using content analysis to map forms of pupil participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings of the analysis, regarding the reliability of the newly developed questionnaire, indicate that the Teacher Attitudes Questionnaire on Student Voice and Pupil Participation is reliable with Cronbach’s Alpha values ranging between .73 and .89 (values above .70 are considered sufficient). In addition, the preliminary analysis of the mean scores per level shows an increase towards the capabilities of pupils: early level M= 3.20, SD= .57, middle level M= 3.95, SD= .45 and upper level M= 4.26, SD= .49. This indicates that teachers’ attitudes are influenced by pupils' age and that the enactment of student voice and pupil participation will differ throughout grades. These findings are in line with empirical findings (Huić, 2022; Lansdown, 2005). The preliminary findings request further analysis of the data and explore if there are correlations between teacher determinants and teacher attitudes concerning student voice and pupil participation in primary education. In addition, the psychometric properties of the questionnaire need to be further evaluated. Because the data is not yet fully analysed, it is not possible to report findings regarding the forms of pupil participation in Dutch primary schools. We intend to present and discuss the results of the pilot study and the validation data at the ECER 2024 because the next data collection is planned for February to June 2024. References Banko-Bal, C., & Guler-Yildiz, T. (2021). An investigation of early childhood education teachers’ attitudes, behaviours, and views regarding the rights of the child. International Journal of Child Care and Education Policy, 15(1), 1-26. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40723-021-00083-9 Bron, J., & Veugelers, W. (2014). Why we need to involve our students in curriculum design: Five arguments for student voice. Curriculum and Teaching Dialogue, 16(1), 125-139. Bron J., Emerson N, & Kákonyi, L. (2018). Diverse student voice approaches across Europe. European Journal of Education, (53), 310–324. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12285 de Leeuw, R.R., Little, C., & Rix, J. (2020). Something needs to be said. Some thoughts on the possibilities and limitations of ‘voice’. International Journal of Educational Research, 104, 101694. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101694 Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth. (2021). Participation Framework: National Framework for Children and Young People’s Participation in Decision-making. Government of Ireland. Gillett-Swan, J.K., & Sargeant, J. (2019). Perils of perspective: Identifying adult confidence in the child’s capacity, autonomy, power and agency (CAPA) in readiness for voice-inclusive practice. Journal of Educational Change, 20(3), 399–421. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09344-4 Hart, R.A. (1992). Children’s participation: From tokenism to citizenship. Innocenti Essays no. 4. International Child Development Centre. Huić, A. (2022). Children’s participation rights in schools—teachers’ beliefs and practices. Criminology & Social Integration, 30(2), 145-166. https://doi.org/10.31299/ksi.30.2.1 Karaman-Kepenekci, Y. (2006). A study of university students' attitudes towards children's rights in Turkey. The International Journal of Children's Rights, 14(3), 307-318. http://dx.doi.org/10.1163/157181806778458095 Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927-942. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701657033 Lundy, L. (2019). A lexicon for research on international children’s rights in troubled times. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 27(4), 595–601. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02704013 Ozturk, A., Doganay, A. (2017). Development of a Scale for the Attitude Towards Children’s Rights Education. Educational Process: International Journal, 6(3), 26-41. http://dx.doi.org/10.22521/edupij.2017.63.3 Shier, H. (2001). Pathways to participation: Openings, opportunities and obligations. Children & Society, 15(2), 107-117. http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/chi.617 United Nations. (1989). Convention of the rights of the child. United Nations, Treaty series. UNICEF (2012). The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child: A Study of Legal Implementation in 12 Countries. United Kingdom. Thomson, P. (2011). Coming to terms with ‘voice’. In G. Czerniawski, & W. Kidd (Eds.), Student voice handbook: Bridging the academic/practitioner divide, 19–30. Emerald Group Publishing. Zorec, M.B. (2015). Children’s Participation in Slovene Preschools: The Teachers’ Viewpoints and Practice. European Education, 47(2), 154-168, http://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2015.1039878 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Ethical Reflections on Interviews with Children as a Balancing Act - Implications for Children's Rights in Research and Professional Development 1Alice Salomon University of Applied Science, Germany; 2Cath. University of Applied Science NRW, Germany Presenting Author:When examining the participation of children in educational institutions, it is widely accepted that the children themselves should be included in the research, at least in a consultative manner. This is justified by children's rights and various considerations on how these rights can be implemented and acknowledged both in educational institutions and schools, as well as in the research itself (Lansdown & O'Kane, 2014; Lundy & McEvoy, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The contribution is based on a re-analysis of selected sequences of interviews from two previous studies, each examining children's perspectives on the degrees of freedom afforded to them in terms of participation in institutional contexts (Höke, 2020; Velten, 2021). The first study, conducted in June and July 2016, involved seven interviews with 11 first graders following Fuhs´ (2012) Lifeworld Interview framework, as part of a school accompanying research project at a German participatory primary school (Höke, 2020). The interviews were conducted as a school tour, with the children tasked to show the interviewer the "places that are significant from their perspective." The relatively open research design allowed children to choose whether to participate alone, in pairs, or collectively, as well as the order in which different school locations would be visited. The interviews were videotaped and later transcribed based on the spoken content. In the second study, conducted from March to November 2013 in German Kindergarten and primary schools, interviews with 22 five- to seven-year-old children were conducted using Fuhs' (2012) approach and the Mosaic Approach (Clark and Moss, 2011). These interviews took place approximately four months before and after starting school (Velten, 2021). At both data collection times, children were asked to take photos in advance of “actions or situations where they felt participating and competent”. The photos then formed the focal point of the interviews. All interviews were recorded on video to capture not only verbal but also facial, gestural, and body language expressions of the children. Interview transcripts were primarily based on spoken words, with additions regarding facial expressions, gestures, and body language enclosed in square brackets. Both previous studies were based on the research ethics considerations (Alderson & Morrow, 2020). Using a sequential analysis following Schütz et al. (2012), interview sequences were re-analysed under the described focus on the balancing act of professional researchers. Situations were selected which were previously marked as conflicting or unusable in terms of research questions, due to perceived unsuccessful communicative processes and were thus either not considered or not fully considered. This included sequences where, for example, non-response to interview questions, introduction and ignoring of topics, or refusal and (threatening) termination of the interview became visible. In total, 10 interviews were identified, each containing critical sequences. These sequences were re-analysed. Interpretive bias of the re-analysis was addressed through independent coding by the two authors and joint moderation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The re-analysis of selected interview sequences has revealed a spectrum of ad hoc practices, intricately tied to the perpetual balancing act undertaken by professional researchers (and children) during interviews. Interviewers employ diverse ad hoc practices to shape negotiations around topics, duration, and the pathways to engagement available, or not, to the interlocutors. These practices, categorized as either 'affirmation practices', 'ordering and structuring practices' or ‘practices around actual or threatened abandonment of the interview’, extend beyond mere interactional strategies intended to navigate the delicate equilibrium among the three emphasized key motifs in research with children; they, in themselves, generate or perpetuate assumptions of positions or roles between the interviewer and interviewee (Velten & Höke, 2023). Upon reflection on the interview sequences, it becomes apparent that the seemingly perplexing actions of professional researchers gain clarity within the delicate balancing act among the three key motifs. The reflection highlights how complex the requirements for "appropriate" actions can be for researchers in a specific research situation. What we have sequentially analysed afterwards the original research projects unfolds simultaneously in the ad hoc research scenario, demanding ad hoc actions while concurrently balancing the three key motifs of research with children that we have pointed out. Based on these findings, we propose a reflective tool to offer guidance in comprehending both research designs and the actions of a professional researcher, as well as the decisions made in specific research situations (Velten et al., 2024). In this way, appropriateness in research practice can be regarded as a phenomenon situationally constructed in the balancing act between different guiding principles. Furthermore, this re-analytical perspective on interactions between professional researchers and children provides points of reference for examining interactions in educational contexts. References References Alderson, P., & Morrow, V. (2020). The ethics of research with children and young people: A practical handbook (2. ed. // Second edition). SAGE. Clark, A., & Moss, P. (2011). Listening to young children: The mosaic approach (Second edition). ncb. Fuhs, B. (2012). Kinder im qualitativen Interview: Zur Erforschung subjektiver kindlicher Lebenswelten. In F. Heinzel (Ed.), Kindheiten. Methoden der Kindheitsforschung: Ein Überblick über Forschungszugänge zur kindlichen Perspektive (2., überarbeitete Auflage, pp. 80–103). Beltz Juventa. Höke, J. (2020). "Und die Kinderkonferenz, die haben wir abgeschafft" - Möglichkeiten kindlicher Beteiligung im Zusammenspiel von Handlungsstrategien der Erwachsenen und Kinderperspektiven einer partizipativ arbeitenden Grundschule. Die Deutsche Schule, 112(2), 229–244. Lansdown, G. (2018). Conceptual Framework for Measuring Outcomes of Adolescent Participation. https://www.unicef.org/media/59006/file Lansdown, G., & O'Kane, C. (2014). A Toolkit for Monitoring and Evaluating Children’s Participation: A 10-step guide to monitoring and evaluating children’s participation. https://resourcecentre.savethechildren.net/pdf/me_toolkit_booklet_4_low_res1.pdf/ Lundy, L., & McEvoy, L. (2012). Children’s rights and research processes: Assisting children to (in)formed views. Childhood, 19(1), 129–144. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568211409078 Mayne, F., Howitt, C., & Rennie, L. (2016). Meaningful informed consent with young children: looking forward through an interactive narrative approach. Early Child Development and Care, 186(5), 673–687. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1051975 Schütz, A., Breuer, A., & Reh, S. (2012). Sequenzanalysen von Kinder-Interaktionen: Zu den Möglichkeiten einer sozialwissenschaftlichen Hermeneutik. In F. Heinzel (Ed.), Kindheiten. Methoden der Kindheitsforschung: Ein Überblick über Forschungszugänge zur kindlichen Perspektive (2., überarbeitete Auflage, pp. 190–204). Beltz Juventa. Spriggs, M., & Gillam, L. (2017). Ethical complexities in child co-research. Research Ethics(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1177/1747016117750207 Strübing, J., Hirschauer, S., Ayaß, R., Krähnke, U., & Scheffer, T. (2018). Gütekriterien qualitativer Sozialforschung. Ein Diskussionsanstoß. Zeitschrift Für Soziologie, 47(2), 83–100. https://doi.org/10.1515/zfsoz-2018-1006 Velten, K. (2021). Self-efficacy experiences in day care and primary school from the children’s perspective: A starting point for the reflection of didactic and methodological competences of adult educators. Journal of Early Childhood Research. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476718X211051192 Velten, K., & Höke, J. (2023). Adults’ ad hoc practices in interviews with children - Ethical considerations in the context of adultness and generational ordering. Childhood, 30(1), 86-103. https://doi.org/10.1177/09075682221149615 Velten, K., Höke, J., & Walther, B. (2024). What the Hell is „Angemessenheit“ in der Forschung mit Kindern? Eine Annäherung an einen strapazierten Begriff. In A. Flügel, I. Landrock, J. Lange, B. Müller-Naendrup, J. Wiesemann, P. Büker, & A. Rank (Eds.), Grundschulforschung meets Kindheitsforschung. Reloaded. Jahrbuch Grundschulforschung (Vol. 1). Klinkhardt. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Using Digital Technologies to reveal Student Views of Outdoor School Space: Methodological and Ethical Possibilities and Uncertainties Newcastle University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Although there is agreement on the contribution that students make to the totality of the school environment (e.g. Gislason, 2010), user evaluations of school space often centre on teacher experiences (Frelin & Grannas, 2022). Further, outdoor spaces in schools are used much more by students than by teachers (Woolner et al., 2010) and, while assumptions are made about positive impacts on wellbeing and health, it is less clear how students actually feel about and use these spaces. Responding to such an oversight, this exploratory project, collaborating with England’s Department for Education (DfE), investigated the use of digital technology to understand how outdoor space is being perceived and used by students in a sample of secondary schools (students aged 11-16 or 11-18).
Digital approaches were developed to reveal student use and views. Three tools, which could be used in any combination, were trialled: Tool 1: Online questionnaire The aim was to collect views on specific outdoor locations but also to enable respondents to express ideas about other places. The questionnaire’s five outdoor locations included the entrance area, a sports area and three circulation/social spaces. Photographs of these locations were supplied by the schools and a series of questions were replicated for each location. The questionnaires were designed to be completed independently by students and were accessible for all ages. Tool 2: PosterVote PosterVote is a low-cost electronic voting system for communities and activists (Vlachokyriakos et al., 2014). The approach allows questions to be asked through a poster at a specific location. The system collects votes for each answer electronically, and the results can be downloaded using a mobile phone. Posters were designed in collaboration with the schools. The final structure of the poster was the same in each location and at each school. Tool 3: QR codes QR codes can be used to collect views at specific locations, but also enable more discursive commentary about the place. Codes were placed in the locations and scanned by students using their mobile phones. This directed them to a website which collected open text responses. The pupil could leave comments about the location and respond to previous comments linked to that location.
In this paper, we present our experiences of developing digital approaches, including a participatory approach with students in two schools, then trialling and evaluating these three tools across four schools. Our particular concern is to problematize the optimism of assumptions about student participation and to contribute to ongoing discussions of power in schools. We consider whether revealing more about student experiences enables ‘student voice’ in school decision-making, so empowering students (Coelho et al., 2022), or if instead this increased visibility of outdoor spaces, where students have traditionally had more agency (Holt, 2004), is extending the surveillance of schooling (Gulson and Symes, 2007) and is therefore disempowering.
We use our experiences with the students and school leaders when planning the digital approaches, the data we collected through the digital tools, and the tendency for the students to subvert our intentions. In common with other researchers (Gallagher, 2008; Holt, 2004) dealing with the practical reality of researching in schools, we recognise the complexity of power and discuss our positioning within the system: seeking to empower the students through offering communication tools while being beholden to school leaders for access and cooperation. The student responses can be seen as contributing, on the one hand, to increased understanding of their experiences, which could be beneficial for them if their views are acted on, but also demonstrating some resistance to heightened visibility and a desire to keep some privacy within the surveillance of schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We worked with the DfE to establish four partner schools: two in northeast England (NE1 and NE2) and two in Birmingham (BM1 and BM2). Data were collected from headteachers, and school staff (including teachers, IT support and site management staff) through interviews and observations (during site visits and via video conferencing and email). Focus groups were conducted with students before and during trialling. Initial inquiry To investigate what approaches to collecting student views appeared viable for schools, we met headteachers and education and technology experts across all four schools. Three student focus groups were held at NE1 and NE2 in December 2022, focused on identifying questions about outdoor spaces and ideas on use of digital technology. These were run separately with students from Years 7-8, 9-11 and 12-13 (aged 11-13, 13-16 and 16-18) using site plans, visual prompts and, in the case of Years 7-8, a poster design session. The focus groups had three parts: (i) outdoor locations (dis)likes; (ii) digital technology use and options to gather opinions; (iii) development of poster designs. Focus groups are useful in generating rich understandings of participants’ experiences (Gill et al, 2008: 293) and visual methods can be helpful (Woolner et al., 2010). Care was taken to conduct the focus groups in an art classroom known to most of the participants, with a known art teacher in the room. Data gathered through the focus groups (audio recordings of discussions; observer fieldnotes; annotated plans; poster designs) were analysed and the findings were used to inform development of the tools. The two northern schools were more actively involved in this, through the student focus groups and staff offering suggestions on the poster design and wording of the online questionnaire. All the schools provided photographs of locations for the questionnaire, and supplied additional information such as how it would be distributed. Trialling tools (Feb – April 2022) All four schools opted to trial the online survey and the posters, but only one school (BM2) chose to use the QR codes. The tools were mainly rolled out in stages to schools due to development issues and school requirements. An online link to their questionnaire was provided to each school, while the posters were either delivered in person or posted, and the QR codes were emailed to the school trialling these. In all schools, the questionnaires were made available at around the same time as the posters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This project demonstrates the basic viability of using digital tools to generate data about student use and views of school outdoor spaces, therefore developing understanding of student experiences. Yet, the tools in use and the data they collected also reveal some methodological and ethical uncertainties. They confirm the importance of outdoor space to young people, and the possibilities for students to ‘express their social and cultural worlds within schools’ (Holt, 2004: 22), while simultaneously threatening to make these more private spaces of school more visible to staff. Some of the ways that students subverted our intentions (voting low on the poster stars; failing to finish the questionnaire or adding joke answers; mainly ignoring the QR codes), are reassuring to ethical concerns about intrusion, suggesting that students still have agency to block our prying and resist ‘the spectre of unrelenting inspection and surveillance’ (Gulson and Symes, 2007: 105). Other researchers have noted these apparently limited resistances by students in school settings (Ralph and Levinson, 2019) and the challenges they can produce for researchers (Gallagher, 2008). Herein lies the accompanying concern for our digital tools as their subversion results in methodological uncertainty: apparent threats to the validity of the data produced and the meaning that can be developed. Clearly this is problematic to a narrow view of ‘collecting’ views, but if the tools are understood more as ways to start conversations (Vlachokyriakos et al., 2014) than as producing pure data, then they have promise. However, to function in this way, the wider ecology of the school must be open to student collaboration and distributions of power. Our own experiences as researchers dealing with the partner schools revealed limits to power-sharing, but that need not mean that using the digital tools to include students in understanding outdoor spaces is always impossible. References Coelho, C.; Cordeiro, A.; Alcoforado, L.; Moniz, G.C. (2022) Survey on Student SchoolSpaces: An Inclusive Design Tool for a Better School. Buildings, 12, 392 Frelin, A. & Grannäs, J. (2022). Teachers’ pre-occupancy evaluation of affordances in a multi-zone flexible learning environment: – introducing an analytical model. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30:2, 243-259. Gallagher, M. (2008) ‘Power is not an evil’: rethinking power in participatory methods, Children's Geographies, 6:2, 137-150 Gill, P., Stewart, K., Treasure, E. Chadwick, B. (2008) Methods of data collection in qualitative research: interviews and focus groups. British Dental Journal 204, 291–295 Gislason, N. (2010) Architectural design and the learning environment: A framework for school design research, Learning Environment Research, 13:127–145 Gulson, K.N. & Symes, C. (2007) Knowing one's place: space, theory, education, Critical Studies in Education, 48:1, 97-110 Holt, L. (2004). The ‘voices’ of children: de‐centring empowering research relations. Children's Geographies, 2:1, 13–27 Ralph, T. & Levinson, M. (2019) Survival in the badlands: anexploration of disaffected students’ uses of space in a UK secondary school, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 40:8, 1188-1203 Vlachokyriakos, V., Comber, R., Ladha, K., Taylor, N., Dunphy, P., McCorry, P., Olivier, P. (2014) 'PosterVote: Expanding the Action Repertoire for Local Political Activism,' DIS 2014, June 21–25, 2014, Vancouver, BC, Canada Woolner, P., Hall, E., Clark, J., Tiplady, L., Thomas, U. and Wall, K. (2010). Pictures are necessary but not sufficient: using a range of visual methods to engage users about school design Learning Environments Research 13(1) 1-22. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 26 SES 11 A: Supportive School Leadership in Enhancing Teacher Workplace and Professional Support (Part 3) Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Helen Goode Paper Session Part 3/3, continued from 26 SES 06 B |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Fostering Pre-service Teachers’ Educational Leadership through Storytelling: A Pedagogical Approach Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China Presenting Author:Introduction
Effective leadership is an important factor in teacher development. In recent years, teacher leadership has become the centre of educational research on improving educational practices (Beycioğlu & Aslan, 2010; Kilinç, 2014). Teacher leaders serve a variety of roles such as discovering their potential to influence student learning, improving teaching ability, influencing peer teachers and impacting policy decisions (Berg et al., 2014; Wenner & Campbell, 2017). In today’s information age, the advent of generative artificial intelligence has affected education profoundly (Hui, 2020). The challenges of the times call for teachers to cultivate teacher leadership, facilitating professional development and collaborative efforts to collectively confront digital challenges.
Storytelling is a novel educational method that facilitates knowledge obtaining (Scott et al., 2013). Storytelling has potential for enhancing teacher education, including as a means for exploring moral commitments and beliefs and for generating theories about teaching and learning (Bullough, 2010). Storytelling can encouraged novice teachers to think more like experts, to recognize an instructional event as an instance of a known category of problems. However, there are still relatively few studies that are set out from the pre-service teachers’ perspective and explore how storytelling can cultivate their teacher leadership.
Review of the teacher leadership literature shows that little is known about how teacher leadership manifests itself in action, especially in pre-service teachers (Muijs & Harris, 2006; Lai & Cheung, 2015). This gap leads to the focus of this study, which sets out to examine how to utilize storytelling to cultivate teacher leadership among pre-service teachers. To do this, this study built on the model of “the four Dempsey images” and uses grounded theory as an empowerment approach, to encourage teacher educators to design educational storytelling activities to foster pre-service teachers’ leadership. This study provides an instructional investigation into fostering pre-service teachers’ educational leadership through university-based teacher training. By using storytelling as the pedagogical method, this study demonstrates how to integrate the objective of building pre-service teacher leadership into the teacher education practices through pedagogical innovation. It is hoped that this case study can provoke theoretical discussions on how to harness the instructional pedagogy of educational storytelling as a meaningful practice in fostering pre-service teacher leadership.
Theoretical Framework
Dempsey (1992) offers a conceptual framework concerning teacher leadership, which consists of four images. In this study, Dempsey’s framework is also used to support the pre-service teachers’ leadership course design and as a data analysis tool for interpreting results. Image 1: Teacher as Fully Functioning Person suggests that teacher leaders must possess the ability to adapt, change, and grow. They must be fully committed to education while also continuing to strengthen their beliefs. Image 2: Teacher as Reflective Practitioner suggests that teacher leaders need to be reflective practitioners in order to foster substantial change when needed. Image 3: Teacher as Scholar notes that teacher leaders must be continual and flexible learners who apply knowledge both inside and outside of the classroom. Image 4: Teacher as Partner in Learning implies that teacher leaders take up the challenge of making collaborative communities of learning where not only students learn, but also where teachers, administrators, and parents learn.
Pre-service teachers need the ability to learn and adapt to new ways to teach their content. They need to enhance their skills to support the development of students’ learning needs. Meanwhile, they must collaborate with colleagues and parents to improve teaching practices. The four Dempsey images with adaptations to pre-service teachers served as the model of this research: pre-service teacher as fully functioning person, pre-service teacher as reflective practitioner, pre-service teacher as scholar, and pre-service teacher as learning partner. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design stems from a university curriculum named “Ethics of Education and Social Responsibility”, which aims to develop pre-service teachers’ leadership. A teacher educator from Shanghai Jiao Tong University participated in the design of this course programme. The teacher educator and one master student also worked as researcher and participated in the data collection and data analysis in this study. The participating pre-service teachers in this study are master students in a national degree named “Educational Professional Master”, which is the mainstream track to prepare students to enter the teaching profession in China. In total, 50 pre-service teachers participated in this programme. In this program, pre-service teachers engaged in a comprehensive project-based learning activity that spanned the entire course duration. They were tasked with conducting interviews with an educator whom they considered to have a model effect on their development, aiming to capture and share impactful educational stories from a uniquely personal perspective. This task not only provided them with practical teaching experience but also encouraged a profound exploration of the teaching philosophies employed by exceptional educators. The interviews and written materials presented by pre-service teachers during their reports were systematically collected. In addition, semi-structured interviews were conducted with eight students teachers to collect information concerning their reflections on enhancing teacher leadership through storytelling in the course. To complement the data above, this study also collected the artefacts that the teacher educator and pre-service teachers have produced throughout this course programme. Artefacts can convey many messages in which the cultural and contextual dynamics are manifested (Schein, 1992). These artefacts include the training materials that teacher educator designed on her own; the personal reflective writings provided by pre-service teachers; the textual feedback and exchanges among the participating teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this paper are summarized into three strands. Firstly, the paper shows that by integrating the theoretical framework of teacher leadership, educational storytelling is an effective approach for pre-service teachers to support the cultivation of these multifaceted leadership qualities. The art of crafting educational stories serves as a dynamic tool in addressing the diverse roles expected of teacher leaders. Through storytelling, pre-service teachers absorb theoretical knowledge, engage in reflective practices, adapt to the changing educational situations as well as forging dynamic partnerships for collective learning. In this way, they are able to establish a relatable framework for effectively grappling with complex educational scenarios in the future, which is a significant aspect of effective teacher leadership. Secondly, this paper reveals that the impact of educational storytelling extends beyond conventional instructional methods by creating a more immersive and engaging learning experience. The narrative format captivates the attention of pre-service teachers and allows them to connect emotionally with the interviewed teachers, making it more likely for them to internalize essential educational concepts, apply the acquired knowledge in practical teaching situations and strengthen their educational beliefs. With this emotional resonance, pre-service teachers are better equipped to foster a deeper understanding of their roles and responsibilities as future teacher leaders. Thirdly, this paper observed that the collaborative learning in storytelling contributes to the professional development, which aligns with the multifaceted nature of teacher leadership. By analyzing and sharing stories from excellent teachers, pre-service teachers engage in a collective exploration of educational strategies and philosophies. This collaborative aspect enhances their capacity to lead by example, influence their peers positively, and contribute collectively to the improvement of teaching practices. References Beycioglu, K., & Aslan, B. (2010). Öğretmen liderliği ölçeği: Geçerlik ve güvenirlik çalışması. İlköğretim Online, 9(2), 2-13. Kilinç, A. Ç. (2014). Examining the Relationship between Teacher Leadership and School Climate. Educational Sciences: Theory and Practice, 14(5), 1729-1742. Berg, J. H., Carver, C. L., & Mangin, M. M. (2014). Teacher leader model standards: implications for preparation, policy, and practice. Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 9(2), 195–217. Wenner, J. A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher leadership: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134–171. Luan, H., Geczy, P., Lai, H., Gobert, J., Yang, S. J., Ogata, H., ... & Tsai, C. C. (2020). Challenges and future directions of big data and artificial intelligence in education. Frontiers in psychology, 11, 580820. Scott, S.D., Brett-MacLean, P., Archibald, M., Hartling, L., 2013. Protocol for a systematic review of the use of narrative storytelling and visual-arts-based approaches as knowledge translation tools in healthcare. Syst. Rev. 2 (1), 1–7. Bullough, R. V. (2010). Parables, Storytelling, and Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 153-160. Muijs D and Harris A (2006) Teacher led school improvement: Teacher leadership in the UK. Teaching and Teacher Education 22(8): 961–972. Lai, E., & Cheung, D. (2015). Enacting teacher leadership: The role of teachers in bringing about change. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(5), 673-692. Dempsey, R. (1992). Teachers as leaders: towards a conceptual framework. Teaching Education, 5(1), 113–120. Schein, E. (1992). Organizational culture and leadership. San francisco: CA: Jossey-Bass. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Exploring the Leadership Demands on Early-Career Teachers: Securing Hope for the Future University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Schools are increasingly complex organisations and research on leadership in schools is capturing this complexity (Harris & Jones, 2017, 2022). Whilst leadership from principals remains important and continues to be studied (Grissom, et al. 2021research on teacher and middle leadership has accelerated in recent years (Arar & Oplatka, 2022;De Nobile, 2021 ; Harris & Jones, 2017; Lipscombe et al. 2023; Schott et al., 2020). Whilst there is considerable research about the work of early career teachers (Watt & Richardson, 2023), and teacher preparation programs are beginning to include leadership training (Acquaro, 2019), there is almost no empirical research focussed on the leadership work of early career teachers. Given the current Australian, and now global, growing teacher and principal shortages, is timely to consider the leadership work and expectations, as well as the leadership demands on early career teachers.
This study sought to explore and answer the following research questions: Main research question:
Sub-questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study sought to understand the leadership demands new teachers face through their first four years of their teaching career through exploring what these educators are asked to do, and actually do, in terms of leadership practices, and any influence this may have on their career aspirations. This study employed a qualitative methodology where data were collected through semi-structured individual interviews of 20 recent graduates of teacher education programs from one Australian university in Melbourne. Individual interviews lasting 45-60 minutes were conducted online, transcribed and later coded to build thematic understandings. Early-career teachers were chosen through purposeful selection, with the conditions being that they were in their first to fourth year of their teaching career and currently employed in a school. Participants represented a diverse range of attributes such as sex, age, years in the profession, school system, school type, employment status and whether they held a leadership role in the school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from the study highlight three important external antecedents that play in early-career teachers’ interest towards leadership roles, namely: previous leadership experience, personal characteristics and any educational leadership studies as part of their initial teacher training. Once employed in schools, if and how they take on leadership roles appears to be directly affected by a number of demands associated to their roles, such as the type of leadership demands imposed by the school, the level of support they receive together with the culture and climate of the school. There also seem to be a strong relationship between the leadership demands and teachers’ employment status (e.g., permanent or fixed-term). Consequently, the way in which these demands converged with the external antecedents determined to an extent their job satisfaction and their personal outlook towards remaining in the profession and their likelihood to seek leadership roles in the future. Finally, findings also revealed that by the time early-career teachers (ECTs) were in their third or fourth year, they had already been asked to apply for a formal leadership role, or were already acting in one. As a result of fragile work security in the sector, those ECTs who had been or were on contracts described how they accepted leadership roles in the hope that this would lead to more secure and permanent work. The study has also captured the leadership work that ECTs self-initiated as part of their desire to support students and their schools. A new model has been designed to understand the leadership demands on early-career teachers. References Acquaro, D. (2019). Preparing the next generation of educational leaders: Initiating a leadership discourse in initial teacher education. International Studies in Educational Administration, 47(2), 107-124. Arar, K. & Oplatka, I. (2022). Advanced Theories of Educational Leadership, Springer. De Nobile, J. (2021). Researching middle leadership in schools: The state of the art, International Studies in Educational Administration, 49(2), 3-27. Grissom, J. A., Egalite, A. J. & Lindsay, C. A. (2021). How Principals Affect Students and Schools. A Systematic Synthesis of Two Decades of Research. The Wallace Foundation. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2017). Middle leaders matter: Reflections, recognition, and renaissance. School Leadership and Management, 37(3), 213-216. Harris, A. & Jones, M. (2022). Leading during a pandemic - What the evidence tells us. School Leadership and Management, 42(2), 105-109. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management, Administration and Leadership, 51(2), 270–288. Schott, C., van Roekel, H. & Tummers, L. G (2020). Teacher leadership: A systematic review, methodological quality assessment and conceptual framework, Educational Research Review, 31, 24. Watt, H.M.G., & Richardson, P.W. (2023), Supportive school workplaces for beginning teachers' motivations and career satisfaction. In, T. Urdan &. E.N. Gonida (Eds) Remembering the Life, Work, and Influence of Stuart A. Karabenick (Advances in Motivation and Achievement, Vol. 22) (Leeds: Emerald), pp. 115-138. Wenner, J. A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher leadership: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134-171. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Impact of School Leadership on Teacher Retention: Where Teachers Stay and How They Thrive 1University College London, United Kingdom; 2University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:The important role of a high-quality teaching profession in raising standards, reducing achievement inequalities, and transforming educational outcomes cannot be better emphasised in research papers. This four-year longitudinal research – upon which this paper is based – investigates the effects of the Early Career Framework (ECF) programme, within the context of school-related and individual factors, upon teacher retention decisions. The purpose is to fill an important evidence gap on the impact of related programme-level and school-level factors on the professional dispositions, perceived effectiveness, and retention decisions of early career teachers. In this paper we report results of the structural equation modelling (SEM) analysis of the Year 1 teacher survey which explored the impact of school leadership on the learning and retention decisions of early career teachers. Context Investing in teachers’ career-long professional learning and development has been regarded by policy makers, researchers and thinktanks as a cost-effective approach to retaining committed and capable teachers for the profession (Department for Education (DfE), 2019; EPI, 2020, 2021a and 2021b; RAND, 2021; PBE, 2022; Perry et al., 2022). It remains the case, however, for diverse and complex socio-economic and political reasons, that retaining committed and effective teachers is a real challenge. Conceptual framing The framing of the conceptual framework is informed by the social ecological theory of human development and other research about employee turnover and persistence (e.g., March & Simon, 1958; Peterson & Seligman, 2004; Porter & Steers, 1973) and variation in teacher turnover (e.g., T. D. Nguyen & Springer, 2023). The socio-ecological interpretation of human development provides a useful lens for investigating how multilevel contexts of the environments in which teachers work impact on their learning, growth and development over the course of their professional lives. This theoretical underpinning emerged from Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) ground-breaking work on human development which is, in essence, concerned with the interconnectedness and interactions between multilevel systems and the ways they shape the course of human development throughout the life span.
Within this socio-ecological interpretation of human development, we have encompassed ideas from Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT), especially the work of Lent and his colleagues (e.g., Lent et al., 2002). Exemplifying many of the features of positive psychology (Seligman, 2002), SCCT is rooted in constructivist assumptions encompassed in Bandura’s general social cognitive theory (1986) about the agency of individuals in shaping their own behaviour. According to such theory, a considerable proportion of human behaviour can be explained by an array of beliefs about oneself, influenced by the contexts in which one finds oneself.
Taken together, such conceptual framing places the focus of our investigation on the reciprocal interaction between the capability development of the individual teacher and the quality of multiple reciprocating systems in which their careers are located. Personal goals and outcomes are therefore seen as nurtured by the environments in which they work.
Research questions RQ.1: What have been the impact of early career teachers’ learning on the Early Career Framework (ECF) (induction) programme on their learning and retention decisions? RQ.2: What are the main factors leading to teachers’ decision to stay? RQ.3: How does school leadership impact – if at all – on early career teachers’ learning on the ECF programme and retention?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and procedure Survey invitations were sent to all early career teachers (ECTs) in their first year of the ECF programme between June and October 2023. A total of 904 ECTs responded representing 15% response rate. Demographics of our sample appear to be broadly representative of national figures for ECTs regarding gender, ethnicity, and contract types (e.g. full time permanent), as well as school phase. Thus, we are confident about the external validity of the research findings in that they are highly relevant to the experiences of the ECT population nationally. Instruments The survey comprised 96 questions plus demographic data. School context data was added to include national school inspection judgement outcomes, percentage of pupils eligible for Free School Meals (a key indicator for school socioeconomic disadvantage), and region (Department for Education, 2022). Responses were rated on a Likert scale of 1-6, with 1 the least positive response and 6 the most positive response. The survey assessed programme satisfaction, mastery and implementation of learning, leadership practices, school culture, professional growth opportunities, teacher self-efficacy, resilience, job satisfaction, wellbeing. The outcome variable was teacher destinations (recoded into 1=staying, 2=moving, 3=leaving teaching). Data analysis Survey scales were tested for construct validity using confirmatory factor analysis. Scales were adjusted and factor scores were created from remaining items and tested for correlation with teacher destination. Missing categorical outcome data (n=6) were deleted list-wise, leaving a final sample of n=898 for analysis. Factors significantly associated with destination were analysed using a structural equation model (SEM) in R Studio (Rstudio Team, 2020) using the lavaan package (Rosseel, 2012). All variables significantly associated with the outcome were included in the initial structural model. Non-significant or confounding pathways were trimmed. The final SEM model was applied separately to each imputed data set in R Studio and parameter estimates pooled using Rubin’s rules (Rubin, 1976). Model fit indices were considered separately for each imputed dataset using established cut-off values, with the caveat that cut-off values are frequently based upon ML estimation and not well established for DWLS estimation (Xia & Yang, 2019), thus cut-offs are treated with some caution. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results We used a structural equation model to test the effects of programme-related factors (programme satisfaction, mastery of learning, implementation of learning), school-related factors (successful leadership practices, professional growth opportunities, collaborative culture) and personal dispositions (self-efficacy, resilience, satisfaction and engagement in teaching, job satisfaction in school, wellbeing in teaching, and wellbeing in school), upon teacher destinations. Model fit was assessed as good across twenty imputed data sets, with the range of model fit indices: CFI (.97-.98), TLI (.97-.98), RMSEA (.044-.049) and SRMR (.068 -.072). Three key takeaway messages are as follows: Message 1: ECTs’ satisfaction with the ECF programme is closely associated with leadership practices in their school. The statistically significant iterative association between programme satisfaction and leadership practices indicates close connections between ECTs’ learning experiences on ECF and the influence of in-school leadership practices. Message 2: ECTs’ satisfaction with their learning experiences on the ECF programme impact directly on their mastery of the programme content and use of the learning in their teaching practice (i.e. ‘implementation’). It is the use of learning in context that improves ECTs’ ‘self-efficacy’ and subsequently enhances their ‘resilience’, ‘satisfaction and engagement’ and ‘wellbeing in teaching’. Message 3: Professional growth opportunities – created by leadership practices – are a necessary in-school condition that enables ECTs to use their learning from the ECF programme to improve their self-efficacy, resilience, engagement and wellbeing in teaching. As importantly, ECTs’ experience of professional growth opportunities provided by their schools also has a significant and direct impact on their decisions about retention. Scholarly significance Evidence suggests that by focussing narrowly on building individual teachers’ learning entitlements, knowledge and skills, many UK-wide teacher development initiatives have largely ignored the integral role of the school organisation in enabling (or constraining) teacher learning and thus failed to bring about the desired results. References Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Prentice-Hall, Inc. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Department for Education. (2019). Teacher Recruitment and Retention Strategy. Department for Education. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/786856/DFE_Teacher_Retention_Strategy_Report.pdf Department for Education. (2022). Get Information about Schools—GOV.UK. https://get-information-schools.service.gov.uk/Establishments/Search/PrepareDownload?SelectedTab=Establishments&SearchType=EstablishmentAll&SearchType=EstablishmentAll&OpenOnly=true&TextSearchModel.AutoSuggestValue=&f=true&b=1&b=4 Education Policy Institute. (2020). The effects of high-quality professional development on teachers and students: A rapid review and meta-analysis. London: Education Policy Institute. Education Policy Institute. (2021a). Policy analysis: Teacher recruitment and retention in the eye of the pandemic. London: Education Policy Institute. https://epi.org.uk/publications-and-research/recruitment-and-retention-in-the-eye-of-the-pandemic/ Education Policy Institute. (2021b). The cost of high-quality professional development for teachers in England. London: Education Policy Institute. Lent, R. W., & Brown, S. D. (2002). Social cognitive career theory and adult career development. In S.G. Niles (Ed.), Adult career development: Concepts, issues and practices (pp. 76–97). National Career Development Association. March, J. G., & Simon, H. A. (1958). Organizations. Wiley. Nguyen, T., & Springer, M. (2021). A conceptual framework of teacher turnover: a systematic review of the empirical international literature and insights from the employee turnover literature. Educational Review, 75(5), 993-1028. Perry, E., Halliday, J., Higginson, J., & Patel, S. (2022). Meeting the Challenge of Providing High-quality Continuing Professional Development for Teachers. London: Wellcome. Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Character strengths and virtues: A handbook and classification. Oxford University Press; American Psychological Association. Porter, L. W., & Steers, R.M. (1973). Organizational, Work, and Personal Factors in Employee Turnover and Absenteeism. Psychological Bulletin, 80, 151-176. Pro Bono Economics (PBE) (2022). Learning to Save: Teacher CPD as a Cost-Effective Approach to Improving Retention. London: Pro Bono Economics. RAND (2021). Understanding Teacher Retention: Using a Discrete Choice Experiment to measure Teacher Retention in England. Cambridge: Office for Manpower Economics. RStudio Team. (2020). RStudio: Integrated Development Environment for R. RStudio, PBC. http://www.rstudio.com/ Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. Rubin, D. B. (1976). Inference and Missing Data. Biometrika, 63(3), 581–592. JSTOR. Seligman, M. E. P. (2002). Authentic happiness: Using the new positive psychology to realize your potential for lasting fulfilment. New York: Free Press. Xia, Y., & Yang, Y. (2019). RMSEA, CFI, and TLI in structural equation modeling with ordered categorical data: The story they tell depends on the estimation methods. Behavior Research Methods, 51(1), 409–428. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper What Keeps Teachers in Teaching? Evidence from a Systematic Review of Research Reviews 1University College London, United Kingdom; 2University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:Introduction This paper presents a systematic review of research reviews on teacher retention. The purpose is to identify knowledge claims about why teachers stay in teaching and through this, establish a nuanced conceptual account of how school systems improve teacher retention. Although the literature associated with teacher retention has been investigated and mapped in various ways in existing research reviews, as our analysis in this paper shows, most previous attempts have focussed on exploring effects of discrete factors despite many factors exercise interconnected effects on teachers’ decision to stay or leave the profession.
Context Improving teacher retention is a priority in many countries across the globe as it has direct and indirect effects on student learning. Investing in teachers’ development has been seen by researchers, thinktanks and policy makers as a cost-effective approach to improving retention (e.g., Burge et al., 2021; Fletcher-Wood & Zuccollo, 2020; Pro Bono Economics (PBE), 2022; Van den Brande & Zuccollo, 2021). However, despite extensive investment in teachers’ human capital, it remains the case, for diverse and complex personal, socio-economic and political reasons, that retaining and developing committed, resilient and effective teachers is a real challenge. In the world of high-income countries, such as the USA, the UK and many European countries, shortage of teacher supply tends to be a particularly pressing problem for core subject areas such as maths, modern foreign languages and science (European Commission, 2012; Katsarova, 2020) and for schools serving socio-economically deprived and marginalised communities (Allen & McInerney, 2019; Boyd et al., 2008; Guarino et al., 2006; Ingersoll, 2001).
New conceptual framing to understand teacher retention The framing of the conceptual framework is informed by the social ecological theory of human development and other research about employee turnover and persistence (e.g., March & Simon, 1958; Peterson & Seligman, 2004; Porter & Steers, 1973) and variation in teacher turnover (e.g., T. D. Nguyen & Springer, 2023). The socio-ecological interpretation of human development provides a useful lens for investigating how multilevel contexts of the environments in which teachers work impact on their learning, growth and development over the course of their professional lives. This theoretical underpinning emerged from Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) ground-breaking work on human development which is, in essence, concerned with the interconnectedness and interactions between multilevel systems and the ways they shape the course of human development throughout the life span.
Within this socio-ecological interpretation of human development, we have encompassed ideas from Social Cognitive Career Theory (SCCT), especially the work of Lent and his colleagues (e.g., Lent et al., 2002). Exemplifying many of the features of positive psychology (Seligman, 2002), SCCT is rooted in constructivist assumptions encompassed in Bandura’s general social cognitive theory (1986) about the agency of individuals in shaping their own behaviour. According to such theory, a considerable proportion of human behaviour can be explained by an array of beliefs about oneself, influenced by the contexts in which one finds oneself.
Taken together, such conceptual framing places the focus of our investigation on the reciprocal interaction between the capability development of the individual teacher and the quality of multiple reciprocating systems in which their careers are located. Personal goals and outcomes are therefore seen as nurtured by the environments in which they work.
Research questions The following research questions were used to guide our review: RQ.1: What are the most significant school-related factors positively influencing teacher retention? RQ.2: How do those factors, individually and in combination, influence teacher retention? RQ.3: How best can we conceptualise existing evidence about factors that influence teacher retention?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Search strategy We reviewed existing reviews conducted from 2013 to 2023, which cover the topic of teacher retention. To identify those reviews, we searched the databases Scopus, EBSCOhost, ProQuest and Web of Science using the following set of keywords: “teacher retention” or “teacher attrition” or “teacher turnover” or “teacher supply” or “teacher shortage” or “teacher leav*” or “teacher stay*” or “teacher mov*” or “teacher mobility” or “teacher quit*” or “teacher dropout” and literature review or research review or systematic review or meta-analysis. We searched within the document title, abstract and keywords in August 2023. We have also conducted a manual search in key journals publishing reviews as well as a manual search in the Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews. For a study to be included in our analysis, it had to meet the following criteria: • Review of empirical research (any type of research – quantitative, qualitative and/or mixed), • Published in English language, • Published between 2013 and 2023 to cover reviews published during the last 10 years, • Peer-reviewed journal article, • Teachers in schools as a population of interest, • Focus on factors influencing teacher retention and attrition, • Description of a search strategy (e.g., keywords) and inclusion criteria for the evidence reviewed. Screening A two-step screening was conducted to identify the relevant reviews to answer our research questions. After the removal of duplicates, we first screened papers based on their title and abstract and then based on full text. A total of 17 reviews were deemed relevant and therefore included in our review. Quality assurance We used the type of publication (i.e., peer-reviewed journal articles) for quality assurance purposes. In addition to that, the quality of the included papers was taken as face value and the different quality assurance/appraisal approaches adopted by the papers were reviewed. Analytical approach To map existing evidence, we first coded the 17 reviews based on the following descriptive characteristics: type of destinations, population of interest, review aim(s), review period, review sample size, sources of evidence, types of evidence, and quality assessment. To identify factors that influence teacher retention and attrition, we coded the evidence presented as part of the results of the reviews, often organised in conceptual frameworks/models. Coding of factors was guided by our conceptual framework. Based on the quality assurance/appraisal approaches adopted by the papers, we conducted coding of the influential factors using 9 reviews out of the 17. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Taken together the reviews cover a considerable time frame from 1980 to 2022. Teachers in schools were the target population of the reviews, with some cases focusing on more specific groups of teachers, e.g., special educators, career-changers, and teachers in rural schools. Regarding the types of departures (i.e., leaving a school, leaving the profession) examined in the studies, it was found that eight reviews focussed on both types of “leavings” without making a distinction between them in the presentation of their results. Leaving the profession was the focus of eight reviews, while leaving a school was the focus of one review. A total of 103 factors were identified across the 9 review papers analysed. Informed by the existing research on school leadership and educational improvement, the identified factors were grouped into categories, or conceptual building blocks, based on a more nuanced conceptualisation of the connection between these factors as presented in our conceptual framework. The following six conceptual categories describe the identified factors – external policy context, school leadership, teacher working conditions, school characteristics, personal dispositions, and teacher personal characteristics; and using the ecological conceptual framing, the interconnections between the categories show how they influence each other in educational settings to impact teacher retention. Scholarly significance Many existing reviews present retention factors in a list-like manner, without making conceptual connections between those factors. Although some review papers have produced their own conceptual frameworks, they address only part of the conceptual framing that we have produced. An important contribution of our paper is the development of a research-informed, more nuanced approach to understanding how leadership and the school organisation improve teacher retention. References Allen, B., & McInerney, L. (2019). The Recruitment Gap: Attracting Teachers to Schools Serving Disadvantaged Communities. In Sutton Trust. Sutton Trust. https://www.suttontrust.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/The-Recruitment-Gap.pdf Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Prentice-Hall, Inc. Boyd, D., Grossman, P., Lankford, H., Loeb, S., & Wyckoff, J. (2008). Who Leaves? Teacher Attrition and Student Achievement [Working Paper]. National Bureau of Economic Research. https://doi.org/10.3386/w14022 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design. Harvard University Press. Burge, P., Lu, H., & Phillips, W.D. (2021). Understanding Teaching Retention: Using a discrete choice experiment to measure teacher retention in England. RAND Corporation. https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RRA181-1.html European Commission. (2012). Key data on education in Europe 2012. Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/documents/3217494/5741409/978-92-9201-242-7-EN.PDF.pdf/d0dcb0da-5c52-4b33-becb-027f05e1651f?t=1414776824000 Fletcher-Wood, H., & Zuccollo, J. (2020). The effects of high-quality professional development on teachers and students: A rapid review and meta-analysis. Education Policy Institute. https://epi.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/EPI-Wellcome_CPD-Review__2020.pdf Guarino, C.M., Santibañez, L., & Daley, G.A. (2006). Teacher Recruitment and Retention: A Review of the Recent Empirical Literature. Review of Educational Research, 76(2), 173–208. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543076002173 Ingersoll, R.M. (2001). Teacher Turnover and Teacher Shortages: An Organizational Analysis. American Educational Research Journal, 38(3), 499–534. Katsarova, I. (2020). Teaching careers in the EU: Why boys do not want to be teachers. European Parliamentary Research Service. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/BRIE/2019/642220/EPRS_BRI(2019)642220_EN.pdf Lent, R.W., Brown, S.D., & Hackett, G. (2002). Social Cognitive Career Theory. In D. Brown (Ed.), Career Choice and Development (4th ed., pp. 255–311). Wiley. March, J.G., & Simon, H.A. (1958). Organizations. Wiley. Nguyen, T.D., & Springer, M.G. (2023). A conceptual framework of teacher turnover: A systematic review of the empirical international literature and insights from the employee turnover literature. Educational Review, 75(5), 993–1028. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1940103 Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. (2004). Character Strengths and Virtues: A Handbook and Classification. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association; New York: Oxford University Press. Porter, L.W., & Steers, R.M. (1973). Organizational, work, and personal factors in employee turnover and absenteeism. Psychological Bulletin, 80(2), 151–176. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0034829 Pro Bono Economics (PBE). (2022). Learning to save: Teacher CPD as a cost-effective approach to improving retention. Pro Bono Economics. https://www.probonoeconomics.com/Handlers/Download.ashx?IDMF=3d3c088c-8804-46fe-a04d-e67f0d4ae76f Seligman, M.E.P. (2002). Authentic Happiness: Using the New Positive Psychology to Realize Your Potential for Lasting Fulfillment. Simon and Schuster. Van den Brande, J., & Zuccollo, J. (2021). The cost of high-quality professional development for teachers in England. Education Policy Institute. https://epi.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/2021-Cost-of-quality-teacher-cpd_EPI.pdf |
13:45 - 15:15 | 26 SES 11 B: Enhancing School Improvement in Underperforming Schools/Schools Facing Challenging Circumstances through Effective Leadership and Interventions Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Stephan Huber Session Chair: Stephan Huber Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Enhancing School Improvement in Underperforming Schools/Schools Facing Challenging Circumstances through Effective Leadership and Interventions This symposium aims to explore the contemporary evidence and insights surrounding the improvement of underperforming schools and those facing challenging circumstances, with a particular focus on the critical role of leadership and the effectiveness of interventions. Underperforming schools and those facing challenging circumstances often require local or national interventions due to difficulties in meeting acceptable performance levels, managing school development processes and facing scrutiny. Due to their location and the composition of the student body, schools in challenging circumstances face more difficult conditions and are particularly challenged. Serving a high proportion of students from non-privileged family situations (usually measured by the educational attainment and financial circumstances of the parents), these poorer socio-economic circumstances are often associated with special compensatory services provided by the school. In addition, schools in challenging circumstances have different organizational quality characteristics (e.g., Author, 2020). When quality characteristics differ, schools need external support. To be able to face these different problem and stress constellations of particularly challenged schools, it is therefore necessary to take a differentiated view of the stress characteristics as well as different school development and support approaches, which are based on the specific needs of the schools (e.g., Author, 2017). The necessary additional support from the system can be provided within the framework of professionalization and advisory services. The range of support measures can vary, including leadership development through training and further education, process consulting and coaching offers, and providing additional resources in the form of time, equipment, and funding. The symposium addresses this complex issue through four papers from the UK, the USA and Germany. The first paper examines the importance of school leadership in the turnaround process of underperforming schools and explores its influence on school improvement through a review of evidence from 2010-2020. The paper provides insights on current research and generates seven key themes based on the selected evidence, that related specifically to the leadership in the improvement of underperforming schools. The second paper examines school improvement planning in the context of underperforming schools in the United States. It investigates the mechanisms and effectiveness of the University Leadership Development Program (ULDP) which is an in-service program that partners with school districts to provide both district-level leaders and school principals of underperforming schools with joint professional learning services. The third paper investigates the development and implementation of leadership pipelines in the United States which operate to identify and prepare candidates for school leadership positions to address shortages in the education profession, especially hard to staff schools. The mixed methods study provides insights on the effectiveness and the relevancy of leadership pipelines. The fourth paper presents a mixed methods longitudinal study assessing the quality and benefits of a support program for schools facing challenging circumstances. The study assesses the impact of interventions on school leadership, development, and overall quality and highlights the importance of coherent and persistent interventions which also consider the school context for successful changes in the school quality. The symposium will discuss the role of leadership for school turnaround, the effectiveness of school development programs, necessary conditions for successful implementation, and practical implications with the plenary. Overall, this symposium seeks to contribute valuable insights into enhancing school improvement efforts in underperforming schools and those facing challenging circumstances. By focusing on effective leadership and evidence-based interventions, attendees will gain a deeper understanding of the strategies and approaches necessary to drive positive change and foster educational success in challenging contexts. References Author. (2017). Author. (2020). Presentations of the Symposium Leading the Improvement of Underperforming Schools: Reviewing the Contemporary Evidence
The international evidence base concerning the improvement of schools considered to be underperforming is diverse and wide-ranging. Schools that fail to meet acceptable levels of performance, often measured in standardised ways, regularly fall under scrutiny and frequently are in receipt of local or national interventions (Brown & Malin, 2022). This paper reviews the contemporary evidence (2010-2020) to ascertain how far leadership remains a critical factor in the turnaround process. This paper draws upon a selected evidence base to explore the influence of leadership on the improvement of underperforming schools. The review process involved identifying, screening, and selecting 19 articles, 16 books, and 10 reports related to the topic. The findings emphasise the critical role of leadership in addressing the complex issues faced by underperforming schools as the key resource for improvement. The paper offers a current lens on leading the improvement of underperforming schools and adds to the knowledge base by providing seven new themes based on the evidence considered. Collectively, these seven themes reflect the way that leadership is understood and enacted within schools that are underperforming. Based on the evidence, implications for policy, research, and leadership practice are derived and discussed.
References:
Brown, C., & Malin, J. R. (Eds.). (2022). The Emerald Handbook of Evidence-Informed Practice in Education: Learning from International Contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited.
Lessons Learned from the Joint Work of District Leaders and School Principals on School Improvement Planning
School turnaround and related policy in the United States have emphasized school improvement planning as a key mechanism for the leaders of underperforming schools to radically improve their organizations and increase student performance (Mintrop et al., 2001). Principals have developed school improvement plans (SIPs), however, mostly to comply with federal and local policy (Author, 2022), resulting in satisficing behaviors (Simon, 1957) in which they do enough to meet reporting expectations but not to engage in authentic efforts to change (Author, 2019). The University Leadership Development Program (ULDP) is an in-service program that partners with school districts to provide both district-level leaders and school principals of underperforming schools with joint professional learning services spanning approximately 2.5 years. Despite evidence of impact on student achievement (Herman et al., 2019; Player & Katz, 2016), the mechanisms of ULDP remain understudied. Combining multiple strands of research on ULDP, I draw on more than 300 SIPs, 50 interviews, and 100 hours of observations of district leaders and school principals to report on how successfully partnering district and school leaders effectively leverage SIPs together to build cohesion across levels; strategically identify, garner, and leverage resources and supports for underperforming schools; and incorporate leader coaching and guidance through a shared focus on achieving SIP goals. I conclude that for SIPs to be a lever to improve underperforming schools, district leaders and school principals must intentionally and collaboratively develop SIPs and maintain focused, ongoing coaching relationships centred on completing them and making necessary, ongoing adjustments to them.
References:
Author. (2019).
Author. (2022).
Herman R., Gates, S. M., Arifkhanova, A., et al. (2019). School leadership interventions under the every student succeeds act: Evidence review. https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1550-3.html
Mintrop, H., MacLellan, A. M., & Quintero, M. F. (2001). School improvement plans in schools on probation: a comparative content analysis across three accountability systems. Educational Administration Quarterly, 37(2), 197-218.
https://doi.org/10.1177/00131610121969299
Player, D., & Katz, V. (2016). Assessing school turnaround: Evidence from Ohio. The Elementary School Journal, 116(4), 675–698. https://doi.org/10.1086/686467
Simon, H.A. (1957), Models of man, Wiley.
Pathways to the Principalship: Principal Pipelines in the Face of Teacher Shortages
Teacher shortages, exacerbated and heightened by the pandemic, not only impact classrooms but have implications for the future of school leadership as well. Leadership pipelines operate to systematically identify and prepare candidates who are equipped to step into the principalship (Gates, et al, 2019). The objective of this paper is to examine the development and implementation of leadership pipelines to address shortages in the education profession, especially hard to staff schools. Leadership pipelines typically work towards alignment among seven domains: leader standards, high quality pre-service principal preparation, selective hiring and placement, on the job evaluation and support, principal supervision, leader tracking data systems, and systems and capacity to support and sustain principal pipelines.
The paper is rooted in the literature on distract capacity for complex change that articulates the capacity for ongoing learning in central office settings, staffing expertise, and strategic leadership (Russell & Sabina, 2014, Farrell & Coburn, 2017; Honig, 2018).
Mixed methods are used to analyze the development of leadership pipelines in a sample 60 districts across the United States who participated in an initiative to plan, develop and implement principal pipelines. We collected and analyzed survey data from 376 central office and interview data from 86 central office leaders.
Findings suggest that district leaders viewed pipelines as critical for school effectiveness and school improvement, providing districts with multiple avenues to identify, hire, develop, and support future leaders. Pipelines not only included pathways for future principals, but assistant principals, teacher leaders, and others. Second, we found that many district leaders noted the importance of using pipelines as a strategy to address equity and diversity, through the recruitment and retention of leaders of color. Third, we found that a range of factors inhibited or supported the development and sustainability of leadership pipelines, such as superintendent support and stability, central office culture and structures, communication and collaboration across departments, and the larger context of a district.
References:
Farrell, C. C., Coburn, C. E., & Chong, S. (2019). Under what conditions do school districts learn from external partners? The role of absorptive capacity. American Educational Research Journal, 56(3), 955–994.
Gates, S. M., Baird, M. D., Master, B. K., & Chavez-Herrerias, E. R. (2019). Principal pipelines: A feasible, affordable, and effective way for districts to improve schools. (RR-2666-WF). ERIC.
Honig, M. I., & Hatch, T. C. (2004). Crafting coherence: How schools strategically manage multiple, external demands. Educational Researcher, 33(8), 16–30.
Russell, J. L., & Sabina, L. L. (2014). Planning for principal succession: A conceptual framework for research and practice. Journal of School Leadership, 24(4), 599-639.
Interventions for School Quality Improvement: The Quality, Benefits, and Effects
This paper examines the quality and benefits of a support program for schools offering various interventions and their impact on school leadership, school development and school quality in schools in challenging circumstances.
This five-year longitudinal mixed methods study is based on a sample of around 150 schools in North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany. Over a period of three years, half of the schools experienced further measures to professionalize school leadership (e.g., coaching of school leaders, continuous professional development program) and support school development (additional financial resources, school development consultancy).
The analyses are built on two different surveys of staff and school leaders on the work situation and on the interventions assessed each program year. In addition to a descriptive evaluation of the quality assessments of staff and school leaders, regression analyses are conducted to examine the impact of specific program components on selected school quality characteristics during the program period. Since the program was implemented at the school level, the analyses were conducted accordingly. Using a comparison group design, it is possible to compare the changes in project schools and comparison schools and relate them to the program components. To capture changes in schools based on questionnaire data, the effect size Cohen's d (Cohen, 1988) was calculated, which relates to the practical relevance of the results.
The results of the study show the very positive assessment of the program’s quality and benefits and its positive consequences on the organization’s quality. The regression analyses demonstrate that positively perceived outcome qualities of the interventions are associated with improvements in numerous dimensions of school quality, such as cooperative leadership. For example: The school members’ positive perception of the benefits (β = .26**) and achieved goals (β = .28**) as well as their perception of an increase in competence development (β = .25**), behavioral (β = .27**) and organizational (β = .15*) change through the school’s work with a process consultancy for school development is associated with an improved coordination of action of the steering group as perceived by the employees. Furthermore, the effect sizes indicate that most schools involved in the program showed better development over time than the comparison schools.
Overall, the findings provide evidence for the effectiveness of school development programs on school leadership and school improvement. Based on these results, the interventions will be discussed in terms of their effects and the necessary conditions for successful implementation, along with their practical implications.
References:
Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical Power Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203771587
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 26 SES 11 C: Innovative Learning and Educational Environments, and Shared Leadership Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Helma Oolbekkink-Marchand Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Shared Leadership - the Assistant Principal´s Role in Swedish Schools University of Umeå, Sweden Presenting Author:The task of principals in schools and preschools is complex and far reaching and thus hard to handle by one single person. Yet, in Sweden the law states that the principle is solely responsible for leading and coordinating the activities at schools and preschools (SFS 2010:800). However, to strengthen the school leadership and support the principal many Swedish schools have hired assistant principals. In fact, the number of assistant principals in Swedish schools have increased fourfold in the last ten years (skolverket 2022). These developments can be understood through the developing research field of shared leadership (Döös & Wilhelmson, 2021). In shared leadership research the understanding of leadership practice goes beyond traditional, singular ways of organising leadership functions. Instead, leadership is seen as a collective endeavour including multiple individuals with different forms and functions. In the international literature there is an expanding acknowledgement that issues surrounding schools and education in general is becoming increasingly complex (Yada & Jäppinen, 2022). This, in turn, have spurred the question of whether principals can, or should, tackle diverse organisational problems alone (Leithwood & Mascall, 2008). Indeed, many researchers suggest that school leadership is better understood as a shared phenomenon that requires collective actions to address and manage issues at hand (Hallinger & Heck, 2011; Harris, 2003). In this study, I take my point of departure in shared leadership research and apply it to the Swedish case. I find the Swedish case of particular interest to investigate shared leadership for two reasons. First, the increase of assistant principals in recent years indicate an increased focus on shared leadership in Sweden. Second, the mission of the principal is clearly elaborated in the education act and other relevant steering documents, but the mission of the assistant principal is less defined. This means that the role and function of the assistant principal can differ greatly between school contexts. In addition, the role of the assistant principal as well as the relationship between the principal and the assistant principal is contested and up for negotiation since the Swedish education act and other steering documents provide none or limited guidance to these issues. To further investigate how leadership in schools work, other leader functions than primary leaders such as principals needs to be investigated. In this paper assistant principals in the Swedish school system are investigated to further develop the understandings of how shared leadership can be understood in a Swedish context. The questions for this study are; What perceptions do assistant principals have about their role and responsibility in the cross-municipal management organization? What perceptions do assistant principals have about their role and responsibility in the school-specific management organization? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The selection in this study was six assistant principals who participated in the principal training program in Sweden. The assistant principals who participated in the study work at schools located in five different municipalities in different parts of Sweden. The size of the municipalities varied greatly in both area and number of inhabitants. All of the schools are public schools and consist of leisure center, preschool classes, grades 1-9 and compulsory school for pupils with intellectual disabilities. All of the participants had before becoming assistant principals’ a background in school as licensed teachers and had participated in various management functions such as first teachers, work team leaders, process leaders or other special development assignments. For two of the assistant principals in this study, this was their second assistant principal job, for the other four assistant principals’ it was the first time they had the role of assistant principal. One of the participants in the study has acted as an assistant principal for 11 years, but the majority of the participants in the study have acted as assistant principals for 4-6 years. For 5 of the schools, the number of students and staff was similar, from 340 students to 470 students, and the schools have about 70 employees. One of the schools is significantly larger and has 660 students and 80 employees. The respondents in the study are a relatively homogeneous group based on professional background, number of years as assistant principal, and size of school. Six assistant principals were interviewed from the end of January to the beginning of February 2022. The material was analyzed using thematic analysis because the purpose of the study was to make visible the assistant principals' perceptions of roles and responsibilities (Bryman 2018). The material was categorized based on Döös, Wilhelmsson, and Backström's (2013) three perspectives on shared leadership: organisational structure, task and responsibilities and manager´s experience. In the organisational perspective, the question is answered about what perceptions assistant principals have about their roles and responsibilities in the cross-municipal management organization. In the perspective task and responsibility, the question is answered about what perceptions assistant principals have about their roles and responsibilities in the school-specific management organization. The perspective manager´s experience includes the important components that assistant principals believe should be present for good collaboration in the school's management group are described. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All the participants in the study were introduced to their new job as assistant principals by the administration. The administration didn´t take into account the needs of the respective school’s management organization or the context in which the schools’ management organizations are located. The study also shows that most assistant principals have an unclear role in both the cross-municipal management organization and the school-specific management organization. In the cross-municipal management organization, the assistant principal is not included and their competence in the operational work is not utilized. Decisions are made in the cross-municipal management group on operational issues without the assistant principal having the opportunity to contribute with their operational competence. This leads to frustration among the assistant principals. The work as an assistant principle at different schools can include widely different assignments, ranging from shared leadership to working with delegated individual tasks. The roles were unclear for the participants in the management groups at most schools, which leads to a high workload because several people can be involved in the same matter without knowing about each other. The success factors that can be seen in the study are the local management organizations where the assistant principal’s role complements the principal. They can utilize that there is a good mix of experiences where often the principal stands for long experience and the assistant principal has good operational competence. The assistant principal can work closely with the teachers and support them in their teaching-related work. For this to be possible, the principal needs to take responsibility for clarifying the roles of the principal and assistant principal. Cross-municipal delegation orders and job descriptions exist for assistant principals, which are not used school-specifically as they do not reflect what the assistant principal does in practice. References Bryman, A. (2018) Samhällsvetenskapliga metoder [Social science methods] (3:e uppl.). Malmö: Liber Döös, M., Wilhelmsson, L., Backström, T. (2013). Delat ledarskap. Om chefer i samarbete [Shared leadership. Managers in collaboration] (2 rev.uppl.). Stockholm: Liber Döös, M., & Wilhelmson, L. (2021). Fifty-five years of managerial shared leadership research: A review of an empirical field. Leadership, 17(6), 715–746. Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. H. (2011). Collaborative Leadership and School Improvement: Understanding the Impact on School Capacity and Student Learning. I T. Townsend & J. MacBeath (Red.), International Handbook of Leadership for Learning (s. 469–485). Springer Netherlands. Harris, A. (2003). Teacher Leadership as Distributed Leadership: Heresy, fantasy or possibility? School Leadership & Management, 23(3), 313–324. Leithwood, K., & Mascall, B. (2008). Collective leadership effects on student achievement. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(4), 529–561. SFS 2010:800. The education act Skolverket (2022). https://www.skolverket.se/skolutveckling/statistik. (20221003) Yada, T., & Jäppinen, A.-K. (2022). Principals’ perceptions about collective competences in shared leadership contexts. Teaching and Teacher Education: Leadership and Professional Development, 1, 100012. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Construction of Collective Agency in the Implementation of educational Innovations: A Case Study in Different Innovative Contexts 1HAN, University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The; 2Department of Learning and Instructional Sciences, Faculty of Education, University of Haifa, Israel; 3Beit Berel College, Israel Presenting Author:Objective and Research Question In this paper we explore the construction of collective agency in the context of educational innovations employing a dual case study approach. Specifically our research question was: How is collective agency constructed when implementing top-down and bottom-up educational innovations in schools? We build on the literature regarding agency and construction of agency as a theoretical foundation for our study.
Theoretical framework Agency refers to teachers’ conscious ability to influence their work through their actions (Imants & Van der Wal, 2020), resulting in impact on both the school context and/or their professional identity (Etelapelto et al., 2013). Teacher agency is increasingly recognized as a crucial capacity in the context of educational innovations and educational quality (Vähäsantanen, 2015). Educational innovations are integral to every school and thus a part of teachers’ professional lives. Society and policymakers require schools to address aspects such as equal opportunities for students and educational quality by introducing innovations that improve their practices. Although the significance of teacher agency in the context of educational innovations is acknowledged, it concurrently faces threats from policies emphasizing school and teacher accountability, resulting in the perceived lack of space and perceived agency (Oolbekkink-Marchand et al., 2017). This pressure of policies can lead to weak or bounded teacher agency (Vahasantanen, 2015; Oolbekkink et al. 2022). In such instances, teachers perceive themselves as passive rather than active subjects, lacking influence on their work conditions in schools and in the policy decisions being made. To foster a strong or extensive sense of agency among teachers and enable them to utilize this agency in the context of innovations, a stimulating interplay of personal and social resources is essential. Support from a school leader and a strong commitment to their work can empower teachers to experience a robust sense of agency and drive changes in their professional practice (Oolbekkink et al., 2022). In the context of schoolwide educational innovations, the need for not only individual agency but also collective agency becomes paramount, Collective agency “is manifested when a group of people share and pursue a common interest in order to improve their own lives and to affect larger contexts, for example by transforming structures and cultures” (Hökkä et al. 2019). Collective agency can be manifested when a group of teachers collaboratively develops new professional practices, or reaches a shared understanding of what is important in school and their classes, defining who they want to be as teachers in this context. Despite this importance, little is known about the construction of collective agency in the professional practice of teachers and school leaders in the context of educational innovations. We assume that the ‘type of innovation’ (top-down or bottom-up) may influence the construction of collective agency in schools. Top-down innovation is initiated by school leaders sometimes in response to districts or nationwide policies, while bottom-up innovation originates from teachers often in response to perceived needs in classrooms or their subject matter department. The literature indicates that neither top-down nor bottom-up innovations are inherently superior; however, fostering interaction between bottom-up and top-down processes is crucial. This requires actors and activities that integrate these processes to establish collective agency for collaborative educational innovations aimed at improving educational quality (Fullan, 1994; Saari et al., 2015). This study focuses on examining top-down and bottom-up educational innovations in school practice and the construction of collective agency in these cases.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore the construction of collective agency in the context of educational innovations, we utilized a multiple case study approach involving two cases: one in the Netherlands where school-based innovations originated from teacher agency (bottom-up), and the other in Israel where school-based innovation was initiated by the school-leader's agency (top-down). This methodology involves in-depth examination of multiple cases, providing a multifaceted perspective. Case study analytic techniques facilitate pattern identification and explanation building. It requires examining data both within each case and across cases for comparative purposes (Yin, 2014). Participants, data collection and analysis In the Netherlands, participants included 20 teachers and their school-leaders from different schools implementing diverse bottom-up innovations. Data collection methods involved semi-structured interviews for teachers and their school-leaders, with storylines as the basis for teacher interviews focusing on developing agency in the context of educational innovations. In Israel, participants included 24 teachers and one school-leader implementing a Project-Based Learning initiative (PBL) at a public middle school. The PBL was initiated top-down by the school-leader. Data collection methods included two focus group conversations with 6 teachers each, addressing teachers’ experiences and attitudes toward PBL implementation, and a reflective questionnaire distributed to 24 teachers exploring their implementation and attitudes towards PBL. Within-case and cross-case analysis We employed a case study approach to conduct within-case and cross-case analyses (Yin, 2014). Within-case analyses facilitated a detailed examination of collective agency construction within each case, revealing processes and challenges in implementing school innovation. The cross-case analysis compared the two cases and aimed to integrate findings from individual cases and draw conclusions. In the initial stage, we generated case summaries for each case. Adopting an inductive qualitative content analysis methodology (Hsieh & Shannon, 2015), we conducted open coding for the data of each case separately. To ensure trustworthiness, two researchers independently abstracted categories. Comparing notes, discussing disparities, and revising the coding scheme led to an agreement on the categorization scheme, with each researcher providing examples from the data to support it. This process facilitated the creation of categories illustrating how collective agency is constructed in the implementation of both top-down and bottom-up educational innovations in schools. In the second stage, for the cross-case analysis, we used the categories abstracted from the within-case analysis as starting points for further analysis. This allowed us to compare and construct the cases, leading to conclusions regarding the construction of collective agency in the context of educational innovation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results from both within and cross-case analyses reveal similarities and differences in the ways collective agency is constructed in the two cases. In the top-down case in Israel, the school leader experienced individual agency in introducing the innovation to the school but faced challenges in building collective agency. There appeared to be a deficiency in shared dialogue, and the top-down structure of the innovation overlooked aspects related to teacher autonomy. Teachers involved in the implementation reported inadequate collaborative learning structures, and felt that the innovation was imposed on them, resulting in a lack of ownership and motivation to pursue innovative goals for school development. In the bottom up case individual teachers experienced individual agency but faced challenges in building collective agency, particularly due to their informal role within the school. The struggle to construct collective agency among fellow teachers was evident. While there was some shared dialogue, it was not always sufficient in order to promote ownership and motivation to collaboratively pursue innovative goals and promote school development. Furthermore, there was a high dependency on support from the school leader, such as appreciation and facilitations of the innovations in schools. In some cases circumstances for teachers changed when school leaders departed and new school leaders arrived with sometimes a different perspective on the innovation. Overall, these two case studies underscore the significance of constructing collective agency and highlights the challenges faced by both teachers and school-leaders in establishing shared dialogue for collaborative ownership of the innovations. It is possible that there is a deficiency in competencies on the part of both parties to effectively engage in and facilitate this dialogue, suggesting a need for professional development. Implications for the construction of collective agency in future research and in school practice will be discussed. References Fullan, M. (1994). Coordinating top-down and bottom-up strategies for educational reform. Systemic reform: Perspectives on personalizing education, 7-24. Hökkä, P., Rautiainen, M., Silander, T., & Eteläpelto, A. (2019). Collective agency-promoting leadership in Finnish teacher education. International research, policy and practice in teacher education: Insider perspectives, 15-29. Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288. Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. W., Hadar, L. L., Smith, K., Helleve, I., & Ulvik, M. (2017). Teachers' perceived professional space and their agency. Teaching and teacher education, 62, 37-46. Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., van der Want, A., Schaap, H., Louws, M., & Meijer, P. (2022). Achieving professional agency for school development in the context of having a PhD scholarship: An intricate interplay. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 103684. Saari, E., Lehtonen, M., & Toivonen, M. (2015). Making bottom-up and top-down processes meet in public innovation. The Service Industries Journal, 35(6), 325-344. Vähäsantanen, K. (2015). Professional agency in the stream of change: Understanding educational change and teachers' professional identities. Teaching and teacher education, 47, 1-12. Yin, R.K., (2014). Case Study Research Design and Methods . Canadian Journal of Program Evaluation, 30(1), 108-110. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 27 SES 11 A JS: A Didactic Framework for Crosscurricular Education Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Mårten Björkgren Session Chair: Ramsey Affifi Joint Symposium, NW 24 and NW 27. Details in 27 SES 11 A JS |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium A Didactic Framework for Crosscurricular Education Education in an age of uncertainty cannot be confined to individual school subjects. To prepare for the future and respond to the current environmental and societal crises, teaching must move across and beyond the subjects, highlighting relationships between different topics and fostering students’ ability and readiness to act (cf. Savage, 2011). Yet despite a widespread recognition of this on a policy level, there is a profound lack of theoretical foundations and practical guidelines for cross- and transcurricular teaching. The newly published anthology Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects (Routledge, 2023) attempts to fill this gap, based on a contemporary version of the Bildung tradition. The symposium presents key contributions to the book, covering both the general didactic principles and particularly important topics like education for democratic citizenship, the integration of bodily movement in education across the curriculum, and how to unfold the potential for Bildung and crosscurricular teaching of the often-neglected subject of craft. Acknowledging that crosscurricular teaching might be challenging and controversial, the symposium will also facilitate an open discussion about which didactics is most appropriate for crosscurricular teaching in this age of uncertainty and how to handle the practical challenges it gives rise to. References Goodlad, J. I., Klein, M. F. & Tye, K. A. (1979). The domains of curriculum and their study. In J. I. Goodlad (Ed.), Curriculum inquiry. The story of curriculum practice (pp. 43–76). McGraw-Hill. Huovila, R., & Rautio, R. (2008). Käsiksi käsityönopetukseen – nelikenttä käsityönopettajan ja opettajankouluttajan työvälineenä [Grasp craft teaching – the four-fielder as a teacher's and teacher-educator's tool]. In P. Kaikkonen (Ed.), Työ haastaa tutkimaan opettajien arkihavainnoista kokonaisuuksien ymmärtämiseen (125–140). Jyväskylän yliopisto. Klausen, S. H. & Mård, N. (Eds.), (2023). Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching. Routledge Research in Education. Krogh, E., Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. T. (Eds.), (2021). Didaktik and curriculum in ongoing dialogue. Routledge. Lindström, L. (2012). Aesthetic learning about, in, with and through the arts: A curriculum study. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 31, 166–179. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1476-8070.2012.01737.x Romar, J-E., et al., (2020). Preservice secondary subject teachers incorporating movement integration into classroom practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 94, August 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103119. Savage, J. (2011). Cross-curricular teaching and learning in the secondary school. Routledge. Young, M. (2014). What is a curriculum and what can it do? The Curriculum Journal, 25(1), 7–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2014.902526. Presentations of the Symposium Rationale, Aims, and Conceptualization of Crosscurricular Teaching and Learning
This presentation outlines the theoretical basis for an inclusive and flexible approach to crosscurricular teaching. It demonstrates how the classical conception of Bildung and its more recent developments can support a wide range of aims and goals of teaching and show them to be interrelated. Specifically, it argues that the concern for fostering competences, meeting societal needs, and answering societal challenges is compatible with ideals of self-cultivation and critical and non-conformist thinking. It uses the idea of Bildung to strike a balance between the need to relate to students’ personal interests and lifeworld and the importance of observing transpersonal constraints grounded in disciplinary knowledge and societal norms and challenges.
Grounded on the idea of crossing curricular boundaries to enhance the overall cultivation of students, and being sensitive to the conditions of schools and teachers, we suggest the terms crosscurricular and transcurricular as a conceptual framework for education across and beyond school subjects. The commonly used concepts multi-, inter-, and transdisciplinarity, are problematized as being more related to disciplinary collaboration than school teaching. Since our framework is based on the tradition of Bildung-centred Didaktik, we use the term curriculum in a broad and neutral sense (cf. the tradition of curriculum studies). We use it to refer to the totality of school subjects – for example, mathematics, history, English, foreign languages, music, arts, and social studies – in a given institutional context. Hence the terms crosscurricular and transcurricular designate different ways of teaching across or beyond the institutionalized or traditional school subjects. This is not only in line with a common usage of the term curriculum (Goodlad et al., 1979; Young, 2014), but also reflects recent developments within educational research and practice (Krogh et al., 2021).
References:
Goodlad, J. I., Klein, M. F. & Tye, K. A. (1979). The domains of curriculum and their study. In J. I. Goodlad (Ed.), Curriculum inquiry. The story of curriculum practice (pp. 43–76). McGraw-Hill.
Klausen, S. H. & Mård, N. (2023). Rationale and aims of crosscurricular teaching and learning: For life, knowledge, and work. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 19-32). Routledge Research in Education.
Krogh, E., Qvortrup, A. & Graf, S. T. (Eds.), (2021). Didaktik and curriculum in ongoing dialogue. Routledge.
Mård, N. & Klausen, S. H. (2023). Speaking and thinking about crosscurricular teaching: terms, concepts, and conceptions. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 7-18). Routledge Research in Education.
Young, M. (2014). What is a curriculum and what can it do? The Curriculum Journal, 25(1), 7–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2014.902526
Crosscurricular work and Bildung – Empowering the students
This presentation examines the prerequisites for Bildung-oriented and crosscurricular, taking the experiences from Denmark over the past 20 years as the starting point. What didactical challenges do these experiences point to, and how can they be understood from a theoretical perspective? To answer these questions, the intentions behind the 2005-reform of the Danish Upper Secondary School-system is presented. Then three cases are presented and analyzed and discussed based on a theoretical reflection on Bildung-oriented and crosscurricular teaching. It is argued that Bildung-oriented teaching must be crosscurricular, that it must be nonaffirmative, and that it must position students as actors who construct knowledge about epochal key problems. This type of teaching will enable students to empower themselves and be authoritative citizens in a democratic society.
References:
Hobel, P. (2023). Crosscurricular work and Bildung: Empowering the students. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 33-46). Routledge Research in Education.
Mathematics Beyond and Across the Curriculum
We address the issue of cross-curricular teaching and learning in mathematics education from different viewpoints and base our discussion on both theoretical perspectives and empirical evidence. A pivotal question is why school mathematics is frequently conceived as difficult to integrate with other subjects, sometimes even consciously left out when teachers plan for cross-curricular activities. We argue that the marginal position of mathematics within cross-curricular teaching and learning can be explained by the dominance of an instrumental view on mathematics and its learning. If mathematics education is instead viewed from a complementary perspective, from a relational view, we argue that a cross-curricular educational context could provide a meaningful, realistic setting in which to engage in doing mathematics and making learners’ mathematical knowledge less inert.
References:
Braskén, M, Hemmi, K., Kurtén, B. (2019). Implementing a multidisciplinary curriculum in a Finnish lower secondary school – The perspective of science and mathematics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(4), 1–17.
Doig, B., & Jobling, W. (2019). Inter-disciplinary mathematics: Old wine in new bottles? In B.
Doig, J. Williams, D. Swanson, R. Borromeo Ferri & D. Drake (Eds.), Interdisciplinary mathematics education, (pp. 245–255). Springer.
Doig, B., Williams, J., Swanson, D., Borromeo Ferri, R., & Drake, D. (Eds.). (2019). Interdisciplinary mathematics education. Springer.
McPhail, G. (2018). Curriculum integration in the senior secondary school: A case study in a national assessment context. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(1), 56–76.
Meier, S. L., Cobbs, G., & Nicol, M. (1998). Potential benefits and barriers to integration. School Science and Mathematics, 98(8), 438–445.
Röj-Lindberg, A-S., Braskén, M. & Berts, K-E. (2023). Mathematics across and beyond the curriculum. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 106-118). Routledge Research in Education.
Analyzing Domains of Learning for Crosscurricular Teaching —Educational Crafts in Focus
This presentation explores how craft as a school subject can contribute to learning in a broader sense. The artifact sometimes overshadows the more abstract learning of the process (Borg, 2009). In the general discussion, it is often the practical benefits that are discussed, while craft teachers and researchers have a broader view of the subject’s learning potential. Different models and terminology have been developed to capture the breadth of learning, such as material and intangible learning, practical benefit and general knowledge, along with a focus on product and/or process. We present two models for learning, one for aesthetic subjects (Lindström, 2012) and one for crafts in teacher education (Huovila & Rautio, 2008). By analyzing the similarities and differences between the two models, a developed model for analyzing domains of learning for crosscurricular teaching takes shape. The new model is discussed with the help of a craft case. The aim of the model is to give the individual teacher and teaching team that works with crosscurricular teaching a tool helping them systematically analyze and make visible how learning in crafts, both on its own and in crosscurricular teaching, can contribute to Bildung.
References:
Hartvik, J. & Porko-Hudd, M. (2023). Analyzing domains of learning for crosscurricular teaching —Educational crafts in focus. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects: Cross- and transcurricular teaching (pp. 144-160). Routledge Research in Education.
Huovila, R., & Rautio, R. (2008). Käsiksi käsityönopetukseen – nelikenttä käsityönopettajan ja opettajankouluttajan työvälineenä [Grasp craft teaching – the four-fielder as a teacher's and teacher-educator's tool]. In P. Kaikkonen (Ed.), Työ haastaa tutkimaan opettajien arkihavainnoista kokonaisuuksien ymmärtämiseen (125–140). Jyväskylän yliopisto.
Lindström, L. (2012). Aesthetic learning about, in, with and through the arts: A curriculum study. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 31, 166–179. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1476-8070.2012.01737.x
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 27 SES 11 B: Promoting Reading Competence Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Anke Wegner Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper The Impact of Some Critical Reading Strategies on Upper-intermediate Students' Comprehension of Expository Texts Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Aktau Presenting Author:Reading is an essential skill for foreign and native speakers that enables their professional development (Wallace, 2006). This is in line with the submission of Habermas and Nielsen (1990), that reading ability is requisite to participate in and interpret the complex discussion of texts. Subsequently, developing students’ reading skills is essential for their future career success, as the modern job market and employers are looking for professionals who can read, understand, and interpret texts. Critical reading (CR) is the way students and teachers interact in the classroom to practice a higher form of comprehension. Combs (1992) emphasized that CR is an interactive process that uses multiple levels of thought simultaneously. In discussing and interpreting data, students practice critical thinking. This is also reinforced by Salisbury College (2008), which states that in reading comprehension, students not only absorb the knowledge of the passages they read, but also assess and evaluate the author’s arguments, tone, and bias.
According to some experts (Sweet, 1993; Wallace, 2003;) CR means the ability to read between the lines, i.e. to find the hidden meaning of texts and to read beyond the lines by using their analytical and evaluative skills that require higher order thinking. Arici (2012) refers to CR as “ideal reading” and states that it is the only way to help retain knowledge in the long term. Sweet (1993) and Wallace (2003) agree to some extent, referring to critical readers as "living readers" who can evaluate, question, interpret, recognize, and analyze evidence. As it helps students retain knowledge in the long term, it could even be useful in tests and exams. Although this is one of the skills that students need to acquire in this study, the compulsory and assessed internal and external examination tasks do not reflect the tasks that require critical thinking skills. However, the observational exams, i.e. the ungraded exams held to determine students' strengths and weaknesses, have tasks that require the use of critical thinking. The two aforementioned exams are common in High School Educational programs in Kazakhstan. Nonetheless, the structural difference in tasks puts additional pressure on teachers’ shoulders who struggle to juggle the preparations for two exams.
Nevertheless, Özdemir(2007) emphasizes that CR can be conducted by “intellectual students”, which could indicate that this could only be beneficial to students whose level of English proficiency is high.
Although it is not required in assessed examinations, the aim of this research is to develop student’s reading skills on expository texts through critical reading strategies so as to prepare them for further studies in higher institutions. According to Lwai (2007), expository texts are written to convey, describe, or explain non-fictional information. Ozensoy (2021) had previously studied the effect of cultivating critical reading skills on students' academic progress in social studies courses. He reported that there was a noticeable difference in learners’ academic achievement who trained CRS compared with another class who did not. The current study therefore aims to investigate the impact of some critical reading strategies on upper- intermediate students’ comprehension of expository texts. For quantitative analysis, pre and post-tests (derived from Critical reading test in English classes and from National exam tests in Kazakh) four science/industry and four nature related texts (ESL Brain, Critical Reading club) were covered during the study. Researchers conducted a survey and semi-structured interviews for qualitative analysis to study the learners’ perception according to the practiced strategies. This study was carried out in one of the intellectual schools of Kazakhstan. The participants were tenth grade students of class A, experimental and F, control groups. The study lasted 10 weeks. After taking pretest, teachers presented
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used CR strategies such as annotating/questioning/charting/inferencing/summarizing and evaluating of texts as it is used at Salisbury University (SU, 2009) in experimental group. Both groups are familiar with previewing and predicting. In every lesson, teachers provided a more explicit guidance for a specific strategy or a combination of two or more, showed demonstration, and extended whole class discussion using the chosen texts. Students use the previously practiced strategies in the ongoing texts with a new strategy together. In pre- and reading stages, students annotate the text by circling the title and identifying the author, the source, and other basic details. In subsequent lessons, learners practice marking the text, underlining the thesis, highlighting if it has parallel structure, rhetorical question(s), or repetition(s). It is advised to underline cue words such as cause/effect’, ‘comparison/contrast’ and ‘issue/decision’ as the given texts have one or combination of these elements. For context, when students previewed their first reaction to the author’s opinion that a nuclear power plant will be built in their country, they confidently expressed their responses by giving a two-way point of view. Some students expressed through emotions indicated the reason for their fear of a previous catastrophic historical fact in the country, and the students who supported the construction of the power plant attributed the reason for job opportunities, development of safety technology. When they read the experts’ viewpoints on the possible nuclear power plant construction in local area, compared previous tragic accidents, stated cadre deficiency as a reason and counterargument not to build nuclear plants. A few supported the author’s idea of a nuclear station construction to save natural resources connecting it with their real lives. Learners visualized ideas, drew images of those thoughts to clarify unfair concepts asking what the writer wants the readers to understand. Some scholars (Collins, Brown, & Larkin, (1980), Hilton (1990), suggest that generating questions is crucial in mental process that operates at profound theoretical levels like reading for comprehension. Moreover, Salisbury University posited that learners would comprehend the material quicker and restore it longer if they write a question for every paragraph. Learners practice how to clarify ideas by rereading; analyzing statements and asking questions about the meaning of words and why this idea is vital in this case. Then learners responded to the writer’s claims with provocative and emotional arguments. While reading ‘Clean air or Clean hair?’, student questioned why writer starts the text with ‘shower’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Arguments about ‘palm oil producers burning the forests instead of cutting’ was also made, which further helps students to understand the texts explicitly. Anderson-Medius (1990) and Biano McCormick (1989) argue that being able to outline a text is a high degree of ability to notice the connection relate to real life. While charting the text, readers distinguished what the author says and does in each paragraph. Learners tried to relate texts to their own lives and other texts. Findings For English class, students did a pre and post-test from 501 Critical Reading Questions for the same test. Chapter Seven contains material on science and nature, which is appropriate for unit’s theme. It contains three short and six longer reading passages. In pre-test, only 3 students could cover 65 percent of the task, 11 students managed only 35-40% of the task responding to 20-22 questions. The remaining part (3) could answer only 13-15 questions out of 56, though excepting 2 students usually cover FCE tasks for B and A levels. After 10 weeks, high-level readers achieved between 87 and 92 %, and more students were able to almost double their scores by mastering deducing hidden meaning, summarizing, relating texts to real life, identifying the authors’ tone, purpose well. However, they wrote in their learning log that sometimes it was harder to recognize words related to science than nature and figuring out the main idea. For Kazakh class, as it was their native language, after all training for CRS, teacher takes the national test for reasoning which consists of 30 questions. 78 % of students outperformed the task getting A level. interview and learning log revealed, the urgency of using annotation in their long expository texts. They emphasized divergent questions that ask students to preview, interpret, redesign, solve an issue, or create a product. References . In English class interviews, students accentuated the value of summary/paragraph writing, it assisted in determining needed thoughts and consolidating vital elements. They added that summary enables to focus on main ideas that are worth remembering and present a more straightforward explanation. They distinguished the role of convergent questions that ask to describe, express differently, state connections, compare/contrast, resolve a challenge. Analysis of results showed that there is a significant difference in the performance of students’ post-intervention, suggesting that the strategies employed in this study were effective, particularly for English class. Quantitatively, the difference between pre- and post-intervention in Kazakh class is small. However, documented reflections from students showed that there was an increase in their level of critical thinking and ability to annotate and summarize long texts. The disparity between the two group could be explained by the fact that students in Kazakh class were being exposed to such reading strategies for the first time, even though they might have used them for their native texts.. Following the statistical analysis, it was discovered that there was no significant difference between pre-test control group and pre-test experiment group of English class. Similarly, no significant difference was observed between post-test control group and post-test experimental group. However, a significant difference was observed post-intervention in the experimental group, validating that CR strategies were effective. Significant improvement of 21% was observed in results of English class experimental group’s pre-test and post-test, while Kazakh class demonstrated average improvement of about 7 % data from pre and post tests comparison. Habermas J, Nielsen T, Habermas (1990) Society and Ethics – an Interview with Nielsen, Torben, HVIID, pp. 93-114. Wallace C Critical reading in language education, 1st edn. (Palgrave Macmillan, New York, 2006), 217 p. . Collins, A., Brown,J.S. & Larkin, K.M. (1980). Inference in text understanding. In R. J. Spiro, B. C. Bruce, & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension (pp. 385-407). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum Handayani, Fitriyanti Agil, et al. “The Effect of Critical Reading Strategy on Students’ Reading Ability in Comprehending Expository Text.” Jadila: Journal of Development and Innovation in Language and Literature Education, vol. 2, no. 2, 15 Nov. 2021, pp. 170–179, https://doi.org/10.52690/jadila.v2i2.194. Anderson-Medius, L. (1990). Cognitive mapping as a ―bridge‖ activity. Paper at the Annual Meeting of the International Reading Association (35th, Atlanta, GA, May 6-11, 1990) (ERIC Document Reproduction 11.Salisbury University (2009). 7 Critical Reading Strategies. Retrieved from: http://www.salisbury.edu/counseling/new/7_critical_reading_strategies.html 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Effects of a Subject-Integrated Reading Training on the Reading Performance of Third Graders in Austria PPH Augustinum, Austria Presenting Author:There is no doubt that the ability to read is a fundamental skill without which participation in today's society seems almost impossible. This is precisely why numerous studies point to the key role of reading skills acquired in primary school (Maitz et al., 2018) for later educational and career opportunities (Bachinger et al., 2021).Additionally, the results of the latest Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) show that the acquisition of the readingskill is often not crowned with success: In Austria, 20% of the primary school pupils read at literacy level 1 or below and are therefore at risk (Schmich et al., 2023). However, in order to show a long-term improvement in reading, preventative measures and consistent reading promotion based on evidence are required. This refers in empirical educational research to the proof and legitimization of the effectiveness of a specific measure. Moreover, according to the National Reading Panel (2000), reading fluency is one of the key factors in effective reading promotion. The development of this skill is generally regarded as a central task of German lessons. However, the results of more recent research (Michalak & Feigenspan, 2022) indicate that fluency and subject-related learning are closely linked. Accordingly, reading promotion and reading comprehension must be seen, conceived and implemented as a task for all subjects. It should not be the isolated focus of German lessons at primary school as a subject-specific vocabulary requires basic interpersonal communication skills. Thus, reading promotion measures are needed that focus on and support subject-specific reading in addition to general reading comprehension. For this reason, the FLEDI Project (Subject-integrated Reading Promotion in Mathematics, German and Subject teaching) focuses on promoting reading skills at primary school level. The term subject-integrated reading promotion focuses on reading measures that are not detached from their problem contexts, but rather imply a mental networking of what has been read in subject lessons. In this context, non-fiction texts play a central role in subject lessons, as pupils use them to deal with certain topics and facts on the one hand and to learn new content on the other. Ultimately, it is always about a lesson design that is not primarily constituted by the subject areas, but is based on the promotion of reading, in which subject matter plays an essential role. In addition, non-fiction texts meet children's need to understand the world and, according to the Erfurt-study, are among the most popular types of text for primary school children of both genders (Richter, 2003). Despite these studies, however, Križan (2014) criticizes the lack of reliable findings, particularly in German-speaking countries, as to which support approaches are fruitful under which conditions. The FLEDI-Project attempts to address this criticism from the third grade onwards by using a longitudinal design to investigate the development of reading fluency in reading comprehension, taking particular account of pupil-related background characteristics (special educational needs, family migration background, ethnicity). The aim is to find out whether the FLEDI-Reading intervention is particularly beneficial for a specific level group of children. The developments of four different level groups are considered separately. These levels result from the initial reading fluency skills. Based on the children's performance in the Salzburger Reading Screening 2-9 (SLS) at the first test time, they were divided into four level groups one based on the quartiles of the overall sample. Accordingly, the research question is: How do the basic reading skills and reading comprehension of pupils with different reading performance levels develop in the context of subject-integrated reading promotion? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present quantitative study is based on a quasi-experimental design, i.e., a non-randomized two-group plan with pre-test, treatment and post-test. Rost (2006) also refers to this procedure as a non-equivalent comparison group design. The first group represents the intervention group who trained with FLEDI for six weeks, the second group forms the comparison group, who received conventional reading lessons during the same period. In order to measure the effects of subject-integrated reading training on reading skills, the children's reading skills were assessed in a longitudinal design before the start (April 2023) and after the end of the intervention (June 2023) in a test window of two weeks each. The Salzburg Reading Screening (2-9) (Mayringer & Wimmer, 2014) was used to measure basal reading skills, while the Progressive Diagnostic of Sense Comprehension Reading (VSL) (Walter, 2013) intended to measure reading comprehension. Personal data on the children (e.g., gender, L1, L2, etc.), in this case special educational needs, were filled in by the teachers using class lists. As the socio-economic status of the parental home is a predictor of educational success, this was also assessed by asking the children to rate their parents' more income holdings (Bos, Lankes, Prenzel, Schwippert, Walther et al, 2003; OECD, 2017). The sample of this study consists (N=821) 659 pupils from the Upper Styria West educational region (intervention group) and 161 children from the educational region of Eastern Styria (comparison group), who received conventional reading lessons served. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial results of a repeated measures ANCOVA on basal reading skills showed a significant main effect for time (F(1,688)=19.69, p<.01, ƞ2=.030). Accordingly, significant changes in basal reading skills in favour of the intervention group can be determined. An ANCOVA with repeated measures for reading comprehension also revealed a significant main effect over time (F(1,670)=16.18, p<.01, ƞ2=.024), which can be interpreted as a significant change in reading comprehension between the intervention group and the comparison group. Calculations are still pending to check whether the FLEDI-Reading Training particularly promotes or supports a specific level group of children. The developments of four different level groups are considered separately. These levels result from the initial abilities in reading fluency. According to the performance that the children showed in the SLS at the first test time, they are divided into level groups 1 (lowest quartile) to 4 (highest quartile) based on the quartiles of the overall sample aiming to find out for which group of children the training is most effective. By introducing the recommended subject-integrated reading promotion, there is, on the one hand, the opportunity to offer reading promotion measures in the classroom in accordance with the current state of German didactics and on the other hand to create specific world access to different subjects. In addition, the great potential of non-fiction texts as a starting point for reading promotion should be clarified. This results added value for all subjects, so that pupils recognize that reading forms a basis for all subject areas. This gives rise to the well-founded hope that reading can be experienced as a key competence in the classroom and in society, thus creating the basis for learning in all subjects. References Bachinger, A., Bruneforth, M., & Schmich, J. (2021). Lesekompetenz und Leseunterricht in Österreich – Ergebnisse, Entwicklungen und Forschungsinteressen aus fachdidaktischer und aus bildungspolitischer Perspektive. In Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 (S. 532). Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. http://doi.org/10.17888/nbb2021 Bos, W., Lankes, E.-M., Prenzel, M., Schwippert, K., Walther, G. & Valtin, R. (2003). Erste Ergebnisse aus IGLU. Schülerleistung am Ende der vierten Jahrgangsstufe im internationalen Vergleich. Waxmann. Križan, A. (2014). Evidenzbasierte Leseförderung in der Grundschule. Vergleich der Wirksamkeit eines Phonics- und eines Leseflüssigkeitstrainings in der zweiten und vierten Grundschulklasse. Verfügbar unter http://geb.uni-giessen.de/geb/volltexte/2014/10863/pdf/KrizanAna_2014_04_28.pdf [15.01.2024]. Maitz, K., Paleczek, L., Seifert, S., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2018). Zusammenhang der Leseverständnisleistungen mit sozialen Herkunftsfaktoren bei SchülerInnen der dritten Schulstufe. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung, 11(1), 147–160. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-018-0012-6 Mayringer, H., & Wimmer, H. (2014). Das Salzburger Lesescreening 2-9 (SLS 2-9). Hogrefe. National Reading Panel (2000). Teaching children to read: An evidence-based assessment of the scientific research literature on reading and its implications for reading instruction: Reports of the subgroups (NIH Publication No. 00-4754). DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Michalak, M., Feigenspan, K. (2022). Zum Zusammenspiel von fachbezogenem und sprachlichem Lernen. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung 16, 95–111 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-022-00163-w. OECD (2000). Literacy in the information age: Final report of the international adult literacy survey. Paris: OECD Richter, K. (2003). Die Entwicklung von Lesemotivation und der Literaturunterricht in der Grundschule. In: B. Hurrelmann & S. Becker (Hrsg.), Kindermedien nutzen (S. 115-132). Juventa Verlag. Rost, D.H. (2006). Handwörterbuch Pädagogische Psychologie (3. überarbeitete und erweiterte Aufl.). Beltz PVU. Schmich, J., Illetschko, M., & Wallner-Paschon, C. (2023). PIRLS 2021—Die Lesekompetenz am Ende der Volksschule—Erste Ergebnisse (S. 154). Institut des Bundes für Qualitätssicherung im österreichischen Schulwesen. http://doi.org/10.17888/pirls2021-eb.2 Tippelt, R. & Reich-Claassen, J. (2010). Stichwort: Evidenzbasierung. DIE Zeitschrift für Erwachsenenbildung. Abgerufen 17.01.2014, von www.diezeitschrift.de/42010/tippelt1001.pdf Walter, J. (2013). VSL. Verlaufsdiagnostik sinnerfassenden Lesens (1. Aufl.). Hogrefe. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 28 SES 11 A: Social Imaginaries of Crisis and Uncertainity Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Julie Lüpkes Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Crisis and Engaged Scholarship in Education Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:We live in a fractured world—a time of 'polycrisis' (Tooze, 2021). A sense of anxiety, instability, and rupture marks a crisis. Fassin (2021) defines crisis as 'dramatic ruptures into the normal course of things that […] call for urgent solution' (p.265). The present perpetual crisis has many faces. Recurring shocks contribute to heightened economic uncertainty—the surging prices of food and energy have substantially elevated the overall cost of living. War has engulfed millions. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic linger. Ecological breakdown threatens life on the earth. With the rise of extreme nationalism, democracy is in trouble. Advances in artificial intelligence have pushed us all into a moment of disjuncture.
In the context of education, crises can manifest as significant disruptions or challenges that impact the normal functioning of educational systems. In education systems, crises may stem from natural disasters, public health emergencies, economic downturns, or political instability and affect the regular teaching and learning process. The COVID-induced school lockdowns have had profound implications for learning loss, particularly among disadvantaged communities. Limited access to technology, a lack of a conducive learning environment, and a lack of resources exacerbated existing educational inequities. Extended school closure has exacerbated educational disadvantage, as reflected in the evidence of 'learning deficits' in Europe (De Witte & François, 2023) and 'learning loss' internationally (World Bank, UNESCO & UNICEF, 2021).
Crisis marks a crucial decision point (Molla & Cuthbert, 2023; Molla et al., 2023). It erodes confidence in the status quo, resulting in the urgency to return to regularity and making drastic reforms possible and difficult decisions acceptable. However, as Prudham (2005) notes, 'there is no crisis without someone to call it one [and] how it is named will influence how it is addressed' (p.21). Without persistent and timely advocacy, governments often adhere to the status quo. We need advocacy efforts grounded in evidence to prompt policymakers to tackle the adverse outcomes of crises, such as the widening achievement gap due to school closures. The following research question guides this paper:
How can engaged scholars capitalise on crisis to cause the right change in education?
To answer this question, I draw on a range of theoretical resources, including Bourdieu's (2003) idea of 'scholarship with commitment', Taylor's (2004) concept of 'social imaginaries', and Sen's (2009) call for 'public reasoning'. For Bourdieu (2003), scholarship with commitment entails intervening in "the political field" while adhering to the "rules that govern the scientific field" (p.24). Those who have evidence of the effects of the crisis in society should not shy away from being political—they should raise difficult questions and provide alternative policy ideas. Becoming political means being committed to raising difficult questions and contributing to public reasoning, which combines 'participatory discussions with public decision-making' (Sen, 2009). The desire to make contributions to public reasoning is guided by the assumption that public-facing scholarly engagement can create and shape collective narratives, which entail shared stories, beliefs, and perspectives that form a shared understanding within society. Collective narratives, thus formed, wield considerable influence, extending their impact to the realm of social imaginaries and public policies. Here, social imaginaries encompass the ways individuals envision their social existence—how they perceive their connections with others—and the underlying normative notions and images that shape these expectations at a profound level (Taylor, 2004). Imaginaries take roots through narratives (e.g. causal analysis and moral claims) that anchor shared concerns and framing devices (e.g. metaphors and catchphrases) that represent desired futures and orient actions.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a multifaceted methodology, combining a theoretical synthesis drawing on the works of Bourdieu, Taylor, and Sen with reflective insights derived from personal experiences in public-facing scholarly engagement. The convergence of these approaches offers a comprehensive exploration of how engaged scholars strategically leverage crises to advocate for transformative change in society. The literature review serves a dual purpose: firstly, to establish a comprehensive understanding of the key concepts and debates within each theoretical framework, and secondly, to identify gaps and nuances that warrant further exploration. Drawing on Bourdieu's insights into the dynamics of engaged scholarship, Taylor's exploration of social imaginaries, and Sen's examination of public reasoning, this study establishes a theoretical scaffold to comprehend the intricate ways engaged scholars navigate crises as opportune moments for advocating meaningful societal change. The synthesis of these theoretical perspectives allows for a holistic understanding of the intellectual, cultural, and ethical dimensions of strategically using crises for advocacy. I drew on reflexive engagement to complement the theoretical underpinning. I specifically reflect on how I used the findings of my equity studies to advocate for improved refugee education. In Australia, educational disadvantage—as assessed in terms of who gets access to what kind of education and with what experiences and outcomes—is a significant factor of social inequality among refugee-background African communities. Using this insight, I write newspaper articles, participate in community radio discussions, pen blog commentaries, prepare policy submissions, and serve on government advisory committees. My experiences in public-facing scholarly engagement in the space of refugee education bring a real-world dimension to the theoretical exploration. The personal narratives serve as illustrative examples of the instruments and challenges of engaged scholarship. The reflexive component enriches the study by grounding it in the practical realities of engaged scholarship. The synthesis of theoretical literature and empirical accounts aims to provide a nuanced understanding of the intersection between crisis and engaged scholarship. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Engaged scholarship is transformative in intent. In this paper, I argue that engaged scholars, by leveraging their collaborative, critical, and imaginative capacities, can contribute significantly to addressing societal challenges, including persisting educational disadvantage. The paper set out to answer one central question: How can engaged scholars capitalise on crisis to cause the right change in education? I posit that engaged educational scholars can capitalise on moments of crisis to help build more equitable education systems by critiquing the status quo, creating new social imaginaries, and contributing to public reasoning. Let me briefly discuss each of these points in turn. 1. Problematising the status quo to unveil structural forces underpinning unjust inequality in education. By delving into the complexities of societal structures during times of crisis, scholars can identify and expose systemic flaws that perpetuate educational inequalities in society. For instance, our recent study (Molla et al. 2023) revealed how the digital divide in Australia contributed to the widening achievement gaps during the COVID-19 school lockdowns. 2. Cultivating new social imaginaries that influence policy. A profound critique of the status quo should contribute to envisioning alternative futures. The collective construction of aspirational narratives that transcend existing paradigms benefits from widely shared new knowledge and narratives (Taylor, 2004). By actively conceptualising these alternatives, engaged scholars become architects of change, influencing the foundations upon which future policies are built. 3. Contributing to public reasoning. One way to create new social imaginaries is by directly engaging in public conversations. Active participation in the media and community services can be ideal for contributing to public reasoning (Sen, 2009). By effectively communicating research findings to the public, engaged scholars contribute to democratic dialogue and informed discourse. The assumption is that participatory debates and informed decisions pave the way for societal progress. References Bourdieu, P. (2003). Firing back: Against the tyranny of the market. New York: Verso. De Witte, K. and François, M. (2023). 'Covid-19 learning deficits in Europe: analysis and practical recommendations', EENEE Analytical report. doi: 10.2766/881143. Fassin, D. (2021). Crisis. In V. Das & D. Fassin (Eds.), Words and worlds: A lexicon for dark times (pp.261-276). Duke University Press. Molla, T., Cuthbert, D. (2023). Crisis and policy imaginaries: higher education reform during a pandemic. Higher Education, 86, 45–63. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00899-5 Molla, T., Zaini, A., Shokouhi, H., & Arber, R. (2023). 'It's out of my hands': Migrant parents' challenging experiences of home-schooling during the COVID-19 lockdowns. Australian Journal of Education. DIO: https://doi.org/10.1177/00049441231220101 Prudham, S. (2005). Knock on wood. Routledge. Sen, A. (2009). The idea of justice. Harvard University Press. Taylor, C. (2004). Modern social imaginaries. Durham Tooze, A. (2021). Shutdown: How COVID shook the world's economy. Viking World Bank, UNESCO and UNICEF (2021). The State of the Global Education Crisis: A Path to Recovery. Washington D.C., Paris, New York: The World Bank, UNESCO, and UNICEF World Bank. (2020). Education in Times of Crisis: Evidence and Policy Lessons from the COVID-19 Pandemic. Author. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Identifying Greek Primary Education Students’ Transferability of Knowledge to Action in Disastrous Events University of Thessaly, Greece Presenting Author:In September 2023 the region of Thessaly in Greece was struck by two different floods within 20 days. Both floods had a sever effect on infrastructures, social life and schooling. Drawing from a disaster education (Preston, 2012) theoretical framework, this research focuses on the effects of disaster education regarding preparedness to Greek primary education students. In particular, it explores the role of acquired knowledge on preparedness in addition to the role of information as coefficients for action during a disastrous event. According to (Clausen, Conlon, Jager, and Metreveli, 1978 cited in Preston, 2012, p. 3) ‘whether human or anthropogenic in origin the designation of ‘threat’ or ‘disaster’ implies a discontinuity with previous social relations’ and the notion of ‘disaster’ is perceived predominately as a social category. Within this framework disaster education can be ‘delivered’ via diverse pedagogies (Preston, 2012, p. 3). Recently it is observed the increase of a set of diverse natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes, extensive fires etc. Based on this the United Nations (UN) (United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction, 2023) intensified its efforts aiming to raise public awareness of natural disasters and to increase and improve information and education. Within context Prevention and early warning systems were strengthened, as were emergency response, damage recovery and reconstruction procedures (Yusuf et al., 2022). In terms of education, previous research has indicated that children who have been taught about the phenomenon of disasters and how to react to these situations have been shown to be able to respond promptly and appropriately to the specific disaster context, to be able to warn others and to protect themselves in times of emergency (Shaw et al., 2011, Torani et al., 2019). Even though in 2006 the UN launched a campaign promoting disaster education in school curricula (UN/ISDR, 2006) in Greece disaster education is mainly focused to earthquakes. In Thessaly prior to the two flooding events in September 2023, the region also faced an extensive fire that lasted four days and led to the explosion of military ammunition. All three instances affected and destroyed infrastructures, family homes and cultivations, farms and businesses. All events led to invacuations, and during the floods a large amount of population was left without drinking water, electricity and access to communications (internet and land line telephone). The population was largely unprepared, and both adults and children had to respond to unknown circumstances. Social life was interrupted and the schools year in the area begun with a two-week delay than the rest of the country. These events led to the exploration of possibilities of disaster education for diverse events within primary education starting with the exploration of knowledge and understandings of the students in affected and non-affected areas. The aim is to identify disaster education pedagogies (Preston 2012, Kitagawa, 2021) that are locally targeted and specific event orieneted as the means to enhance students and schools prepardness. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this research follows an ethnographic approach utilising Focus group interviews with Greek primary education students in school years four and six and individual interviews with their teachers. The data collection is conducted in schools in two different regions Thessaly and Achaia. The selection of areas is based on the diversity in the experiences of disastrous events. In Thessaly, the schooling population has experienced floods though Achaia is one of the most earthquake affected areas in Greek mainland. Both areas have experiences of fire events. The data collection is taking place in four primary schools in Thessaly and two schools in Patras, aiming to identify possible differences in students understanding of disaster events and their preparedness based on their prior skills developed through the national curriculum. The research instrument is focused on a) key words used during the disastrous event and b) students’ actions and reactions to those key words. It aims to identify knowledge and understandings but also to explore the skills to set that knowledge into action during a critical event. This research has been approved and follows the ethical guidelines of the University of Thessaly Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Even though the research is currently ongoing, initial findings point to fact that knowledge about disasters is not easily, or not at all, transferred to everyday life context and it is not translated into action. Children may theoretically know what is appropriate to do before and during a critical event and they act accordingly while being at the school classroom, they do employ that knowledge and skills outside the classroom. Further to this, the data present that primary school students may know a specific term used in a critical event, such as ‘evacuation’, in terms of their meaning however when they are asked regarding specific guidelines for evacuations e.g. the text message: you need to evacuate, they are not clear as to what they have to do or how are expected to act. Finally, school and other social parties offer to students’ different approaches to specific critical events leading to confusion regarding their appropriate reaction. References Kitagawa, K. (2021). Conceptualising ‘disaster education.’ Education Sciences, 11(5). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11050233 Preston, J. (2012) Disaster Education. Race, Equity and Pedagogy. Chapter 1: What Is Disaster Education? Sense Publishers, Netherlands. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-873-5 Shaw, R., & Kobayashi, M. (2004). The role of schools in creating an earthquake-safer environment. Educational Facilities and Risk Management: Natural Disasters, 9789264028, 41–48. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264028340-en Shaw, R., Takeuchi, Y., Gwee, Q. R., & Shiwaku, K. (2011). DISASTER EDUCATION: AN INTRODUCTION. Community, Environment and Disaster Risk Management, 7, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1108/S2040-7262(2011)0000007007 Torani, S., Majd, P., Maroufi, S., Dowlati, M., & Sheikhi, R. (2019). The importance of education on disasters and emergencies: A review article. In Journal of Education and Health Promotion (Vol. 8, Issue 1). Wolters Kluwer Medknow Publications. https://doi.org/10.4103/jehp.jehp_262_18 Yusuf, R., Razali, Sanusi, Maimun, Fajri, I., & Gani, S. A. (2022). Disaster education in disaster-prone schools: A systematic review. IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science, 1041(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1755-1315/1041/1/012034 UN General Assembly, Resolution 44/236, International Decade for Natural Disaster Reduction, A/Res/44/236 (March 1990), https://digitallibrary.un.org/record/82536. UN/ISDR. (2006). World disaster reduction campaign. Disaster risk reduction begins at school. Available at http://www.unisdr.org/eng/public_aware/world_camp/2006-2007/pdf/ WDRC-2006-2007-English-fullversion.pdf United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction, 2023, https://www.undrr.org/publication/undrr-work-programme-2022-2023 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 28 SES 11 B: Commons, Community, Philantrophy Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ábel Bereményi Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Hoping for Community in a Technologically Decelerated World 1University of Vechta, Germany; 2Universität Oldenburg, Deutschland; 3Universität Göttingen, Deutschland; 4Universität Kiel, Deutschland Presenting Author:Each phase of accelerated growth within a society also brings with it desires for deceleration. In view of technology-driven social transformations such as digitalisation, datafication or platformisation, critical perspectives on the role of technologies in society have been gaining traction, with the desire for a more just, humane and less technology-centred degrowth society becoming more widespread (e.g. Guenot & Vetter, 2019). These perspectives interweave critique of contemporary, technology-driven social transformation, with an interest in futures and futurity (e.g. Appadurai, 2021). Against the backdrop of the Covid-19 pandemic, austerity, right-wing populism and technological acceleration, there is increased uncertainty today about many things in everyday life that could previously be taken for granted. Against this backdrop, this paper addresses how grassroots educational practitioners’ hopes for the future articulate a critique of the present and construe (im)possible futures. The paper is contextualised in recent work on futures-making (e.g. Knox et al., 2020; Selwyn, 2021; Swist & Gulson, 2023). This research, sometimes based in empirical research, other times as social science fiction, critically reflects on the impact of technological change on society, creating versions of utopias and dystopias. Informed by the notion that a “historical retrospective” is necessary for the formulation of futures (Zierer, 2021, p. 13f), these studies engage with the (im)possible futures of education against the background of technological change. Drawing on the past to shape the future can, however, also restrict thought and practice (Macgilchrist et al., 2024). During the Covid-19 pandemic, this became apparent when, for example, key stakeholders took recourse to long-cherished concepts for how schooling should be transformed, rather than going beyond the already-known and well-rehearsed arguments for, e.g., more personalisation, better technology in schools or more effective leadership (Burgos et al., 2021; Zepeda & Lanoue, 2021). Drawing on Bloch's "principle of hope" (1995), Appadurai's "traces of future" (2021) and Levitas’ "utopia as method" (2013), we utilize a critical utopian approach inspired by Muñoz (2009). The contribution adds insights to what Levitas refers to as “political pragmatism” which “prioritises short-term fixes for problems within the current system” while placing “questions of the viability or justice of that system itself, and certainly radical alternatives […] outside legitimate political debate” (Levitas, 2013, p. 132). Drawing on well-known, pragmatic concepts and approaches can inadvertently render the future smaller and less possible, rather than expanding future possibilities. As Appadurai (2021) argues, the more we think of technological futures, the less space is there for non-technological futures. Based on interviews with school principals, teachers, (school) social workers and other educational professionals who worked with young people in school and out-of-school settings during the pandemic, this contribution explores which futures they consider desirable. The aim is to illustrate hopes for more socially just, sometimes utopian, futures using concrete, current examples from the reflection of educational practice. After (i) presenting the theoretical-methodological framework and (ii) discussing the central findings, the paper (iii) reflects on the interviewees' wishes for more solidarity with one another in relation to research on convivial technologies in degrowth societies, debates on technological acceleration and deceleration and contemporary thinking about small revolutions and radical actions in everyday life. The contribution (iv) concludes with methodological reflections for future studies. Overall, the findings provide, we suggest, traces of futures otherwise as they are articulated in the present. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Building on three sets of inspiration from future studies (e.g. Danaher, 2021; Leahy et al., 2019; Facer & Sandford, 2010, Sardar, 2010), this paper draws on interviewees' situated articulations of the present and their hopes for alternative futures. With Bloch (1995) and Appadurai (2013), we thus aim to study hopes as traces into futures. In total, we spoke with 65 school social workers, teachers, school administrators, education policy makers and other people from institutions that provide formal and informal education for children and young adults in Germany. We conducted the semi-structured interviews during and after the pandemic school closures from May 2020 to April 2022. The interviews comprised three sections: first, interviewees’ narratives about their experiences of technology use and social inequality during the school closures; second, their accounts of how they met the challenges they experienced during the pandemic lockdown; third, their reflections on how they imagine a future otherwise. What would society look like if it were in a "utopian enclave" (Jameson, 2007) where the social inequalities they had mentioned had been alleviated? The interviews, which lasted about one hour, were transcribed and rich points identified, i.e., moments that use the interviewer as a research instrument and follow the traces of what seems confusing, unclear, unusual or otherwise requiring explanation and in-depth exploration (Agar, 2006). For this paper, the interview responses to the third section of the interview, i.e., the questions about futures and hopes for society in a utopian enclave, were coded thematically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The contribution identifies three contemporary themes articulating our interviewees’ hopes for technologically decelerated futures: 1) participation in decision-making, which is linked to the wish for more visibility for young people in the future; 2) mutual care, which is interwoven with the wish for support in the young people’s lives to be more reliable; 3) appreciation for other groups, opinions and ways of life, which is linked to the wish for more future interpersonal understanding. Together they point to the overall yearning for solidarity in community which needs time, occasions, role models and spaces of encounter. Community and solidarity are well-known desires and aims in activism and critical theory. Drawing on recent political theory (e.g. von Redecker, 2023), we will, however, argue that these are radical acts in educational practice that constitute tiny revolutions in contemporary (Global North) societies. While educational policy throughout the pandemic and in the post-pandemic ‘new normal’ has continued to prioritise modernist technological acceleration, these interviews articulate a longing for deceleration. They create visions of the future without a focus on high tech use. If we assume that educational research needs to move "beyond the school to the community, home and workplace" (Facer & Sandford, 2010, p. 74) then, these findings suggest, future research and interventions need to bring together actors from these educationally relevant domains to shape futures otherwise that may or may not elaborate further on enacting solidarity in community. References Agar, M. (2006). An Ethnography By Any Other Name ... Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, Vol 7, No 4 (2006): Qualitative Research in Ibero America-. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-7.4.177. Appadurai, A., Marco, A., Neresini, F., & Sassatelli, R. (2013). The future as cultural fact: Essays on the global condition. Rassegna Italiana Di Sociologia, 54, 651–673. Bloch, E. (1995). The principle of hope. MIT Press. Burgos, D., Tlili, A., & Tabacco, A. (Eds.). (2021). Radical Solutions for Education in a Crisis Context: COVID-19 as an Opportunity for Global Learning. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-7869-4 Danaher, J. (2021). Axiological futurism: The systematic study of the future of values. Futures, 132, 102780. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2021.102780 Facer, K., & Sandford, R. (2010). The next 25 years?: Future scenarios and future directions for education and technology. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 26(1), 74–93. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.2009.00337.x Guenot, N., & Vetter, A. (2019). Digital Konvivial. Digitale Technologien für eine Postwachstumsgesellschaft. In A. Höfner & V. Frick (Eds.), Was Bits und Bäume verbindet: Digitalisierung nachhaltig gestalten (pp. 100–106). oekom verlag. Jameson, F. (2007). Archaeologies of the future: The desire called utopia and other science fictions. Verso. Knox, J., Williamson, B., & Bayne, S. (2020). Machine behaviourism: Future visions of ‘learnification’ and ‘datafication’ across humans and digital technologies. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(1), 31–45. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1623251 Leahy, S. M., Holland, C., & Ward, F. (2019). The digital frontier: Envisioning future technologies impact on the classroom. Futures, 113, 102422. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2019.04.009 Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as method: The imaginary reconstruction of society. Palgrave Macmillan. Macgilchrist, F., Jarke, J., Allert, H., & Cerratto Pargman, T. (2024). Design Beyond Design Thinking: Designing Postdigital Futures when Weaving Worlds with Others. Postdigital Science and Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-023-00447-z Muñoz, J. E. (2009). Cruising utopia: The then and there of queer futurity. New York University Press. Redecker, E. von. (2023). Revolution für das Leben: Philosophie der neuen Protestformen. FISCHER Taschenbuch. Sardar, Z. (2010). The Namesake: Futures; futures studies; futurology; futuristic; foresight—What’s in a name? Futures, 42(3), 177–184. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2009.11.001 Selwyn, N. (2021). Critical data futures. 225522 Bytes. https://doi.org/10.26180/15122448.V1 Swist, T., & Gulson, K. N. (2023). Instituting socio-technical education futures: encounters with/through technical democracy, data justice, and imaginaries. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(2), 181-186. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2023.2205225 Zepeda, S. J., & Lanoue, P. D. (2021). A leadership guide to navigating the unknown in education: New narratives amid COVID-19. Routledge. Zierer, K. (2021). Ein Jahr zum Vergessen: Wie wir die drohende Bildungskatastrophe nach Corona verhindern. Herder. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Educational Commons and the State. Lessons from a Popular Education Experience in the City of Buenos Aires Universidad Autonoma de Madrid, Spain Presenting Author:Bachilleratos Populares (BPs) are popular education (Freire, 1970/2005) experiences for young and adults created by grassroots social organizations in the context of the social uprisings of 2001 in Argentina. Guided by a utopian and anticapitalist view, organized horizontally, assembly-led, and autonomous from the state, they constitute an example of educational commons. Since their creation, the number of BPs has continued to grow to reach the number of 86 BPs in 2015 (GEMSEP, 2016). Drawing upon the neo-Marxist approach on the commons (De Angelis, 2017; Federici, 2019; Laval & Dardot, 2005), we consider the BPs a main example of commons in the field of education. The notion of the commons designates the setting up of horizontal, assembly-based, and anti-capitalist social initiatives organized by civil society —chiefly social movements— to respond to the social needs of communities and to resist the dynamics of enclosure (privatization) promoted by the capital-state alliance, especially in the neoliberal phase of capitalism. In coherence, these initiatives vindicate their autonomy, distancing themselves from the notion of ‘the public’, understood as ‘what is owned, managed, controlled, and regulated by and for the state’ (Federici, 2019, p. 96). However, the BPs do not understand their autonomy as just a withdrawal from the state, which according to Hardt and Negri (2012) seems to be the defining strategy of the common. In response to the need for an educational diploma expressed by their students, the first BPs decided to take on the form of a secondary school and initiate a process of dispute before the state (Moñino, 2021) for symbolic resources (official recognition to issue degrees) and material resources (such as scholarships and teacher salaries) that the state accumulates. In this way, the BPs unfold as a contradictory experience marked by a tense relationship with the state. On the one hand, state resources have enabled their sustainability and growth. On the other hand, obtaining these resources comes into tension with their declared autonomy (Wahren, 2020). These tensions are the result of a radical contradiction in the foundation of the BPs, between the stabilizing rationale of state policies (that grant their recognition and material resources) and the destabilizing rationale of their autonomous politics, typical of the commons (Gutiérrez Aguilar, 2017, p. 59). This work reconstructs the experience of the BPs in the City of Buenos Aires from an institutionalist and strategic perspective through two types of qualitative materials: 42 comprehensive interviews with BPs’ teachers and state managers, and a set of policy documents that have granted official recognition to 29 BPs in the city of Buenos Aires. Our analysis of this material is based on the works of Bob Jessop (2016) and Erik Olin Wright (2010). Wright’s work lays the ground for studying radical democratic and egalitarian institutional designs or ‘real utopias’, i.e., experiences of social power led by emancipatory movements, such as is the case of the BPs. While Wright turns his attention to the key role social movements, Jessop’s strategic-relational approach (SRA) provides a plural set of tools for unravelling the complexity of relations with and within state institutions. Our analysis gives response to two main tasks proposed by Wright to address real utopias: (1) to explore their enabling or facilitating conditions, and (2) to delve into their contradictions, limits, and dilemmas. In this way, this work seeks to contribute to the debates on non-state-centric educational experiences promoted by social movements. This paper is part of the research project EduCommon. This project has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie grant agreement No 101027465. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution examines the main features of the institutional arrangement of the BPs in the city of Buenos Aires, lurking in that interplay of policies —state interventions that have granted recognition to BPs— and politics of the commons that found the BPs. We do so by taking a strategic and institutionalist approach committed to the Marxist-based works of Erik Olin Wright (2010) and Bob Jessop (2016). Wright’s work lays the ground for studying radical democratic and egalitarian institutional designs or ‘real utopias’, i.e., experiences of social power led by emancipatory movements, such as is the case of the BPs. While Wright turns his attention to the key role social movements, Jessop’s strategic-relational approach (SRA) provides a plural set of tools for unravelling the complexity of relations with and within state institutions. Thus, our analysis delves into the conditions that enabled or facilitated BPs state recognition, and the ensuing set of contradictions, limits, and dilemmas that make the BPs an example of radical institutional arrangement inevitably marked by instability. This work draws chiefly on two types of source materials: (1) 42 comprehensive interviews (Kaufmann, 2020) held with teachers in the BPs and 4 state managers (politicians and officers) from the CABA Ministry of Education; (2) a set of public policy documents that grant recognition to the BPs in CABA. Considering that the interviews do not provide access to ‘the truth’, but allow us to access the native sense of the people interviewed (Guber, 2011), we trace in the interviews the discursive-ideological stances and strategic rationale of BPs’ activists. This way, their voices let us distill the ideological and strategic reflexivity of the actors comprising this institutional arrangement, that is, ‘agents' capacity to engage in learning and to reflect on institutional context’ (Jessop, 2001, p. 1230). Furthermore, the analysis of these materials has been enriched by the active involvement of the author of this work as a committed teacher at a BP in the south of the city of Buenos Aires since March 2023. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings. Two main elements made possible or facilitated the BPs’ official recognition in the city Buenos Aires in 2008: (1) their pressure actions before the Ministry (marches, pickets, street closures, public classes), and (2) the pedagogic background of some state managers, including the then minister, that allowed them to assess positively BP’s activity. This second element reveals the key role of the ‘withinputs’ (Jessop, 2016, p. 61) of the state. We have identified a set of ‘contradictions, limits and dilemmas’ (Wright, 2010, p. 151). Firstly, BPs are forged in a radical contradiction between the stabilizing rationale of the state policies that grant their recognition and the desestabilizing rationale of their autonomous politics, typical of the commons, and rooted in their horizontal and assembly-based format. From this radical contradiction, the relationship between state institutions and the BPs is marked by contradiction and conflict. Secondly, the liberal governmentality (Foucault, 2008), which is at the foundation of the modern state, is the main limit to recognise the particularities of the BPs, as educational commons. Liberal governmentality classifies the social world according to the dichotomy ‘public’ (state) versus ‘private’ (civil society, including the market). From this dichotomy, the state cannot recognise the emancipatory and desestabilizing rationale of the BPs, which cannot just be assimilated to the private sphere, nor to the public-state sphere. Thirdly, these tensions pose a dilemma for the BPs, which seek to obtain state resources without risking their autonomy. Thus, within the BPs, we identify a plurality of responses to this dilemma, which translates into separations within the movement of BPs. References De Angelis, M. (2017). Omnia Sunt Communia. Principles for the Transition to Postcapitalism. Zed Books. Federici, S. (2019). Re-enchanging the world. Feminism and the Politics of the Commons. PM Press. Freire, P. (1970/2005). Pedagogy of Oppressed. Continuum. Foucault, M. (2008). The Birth of Biopolitics. Palgrave MacMillan. GEMSEP. (2016). Relevamiento Nacional de Bachilleratos Populares de Jóvenes y Adultos. Informe 2015. Obtained in: https://www.academia.edu/40720491/Relevamiento_Nacional_de_Bachilleratos_Populares_de_J%C3%B3venes_y_Adultos Gluz, N. (2013). Las luchas populares por el derecho a la educación: experiencias educativas de movimientos sociales. CLACSO. Guber, R. (2011). La etnografía. Método, campo y reflexividad. Siglo XXI. Gutiérrez Aguilar, R. (2017). Horizontes comunitario-populares. Producción de lo común más allá de las políticas estado-céntricas. Traficantes de Sueños. Hardt, M., & Negri, A. (2000). Empire. Harvard Univesity Press. Jessop, B. (2001). Institutional re(turns) and the strategic-relational approach. Environment and Planning A, 33(7), 1213-1235. https://doi.org/10.1068/a32183 Jessop, B. (2016). The State: past, present, future. Polity Press. Kaufmann, J.-C. (2020). La entrevista comprensiva. Dado Ediciones. Laval, C., & Dardot, P. (2015). Común. Ensayo para la revolución en el siglo XXI. Gedisa. Moñino, I. (2022). El movimiento de los bachilleratos populares y su interpelación en la EDJA: logros, actualidad y perspectivas. Encuentro de saberes, 10, 36-53. Wahren, J. (2020). Bachilleratos populares en Argentina: educación desde movimientos sociales. Revista de Ciencias Sociales, 33(47), 89-109. Wright, E. O. (2010). Envisioning Real Utopias. Verso. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Emerging New Philanthropic Actors in the European Education Policy-scape University of Strasbourg, France Presenting Author:In these last few years, we have seen the emergence of private actors in the field of education. International advisory firms, non-profit organizations, Corporate Social Responsibility divisions of commercial enterprises, individual consultants and a growing number of philanthropic foundations entered the field of education that was almost exclusively government domain. At the same time, we are observing a shift in education philanthropy. Hence, as philanthropic investment in education is on the rise, increasingly critical questions are being asked about the impact of the activities of private actors on educational systems. New corporate donors have entered the scene, using large amounts of financial resources and employing new and ambitious approaches even as their commitments to educational philanthropy raise critical questions of accountability and legitimacy. According to Ball (2016), some trans-national policy actors in the field of global education policy are well researched, such as the OECD, the World Bank and the European Union. Educational businesses, Ed-Tech companies and philanthropies compared have received much less attention from researchers, despite their significant impact on the reshaping of teaching and learning and on the conceptualization of education policy and governance within and across national jurisdictions (Hogan, 2015). This presentation seeks to expand a body of research within policy sociology dealing with changes in the policy process and new methods of governing society (Ball, 2008), and to contribute to the conceptualization of policy networks in the field of education. The term “network” is used here as a theoretical device to represent a set of changes in the forms of governance of education, both nationally and globally, and as a method and an analytic technique for looking at policy communities and their social relationships (Ball, 2012,). The popularity of the concept of “network” is an adequate methodological response to the change in governance and forms of the state. That is, the network as a device for both researching and representing policy allows policy researchers to shape their methods and analytic practices in relation to the global shift from government to governance (Rhodes, 1995, Ball & Youdell, 2008, Cone & Brøgger, 2020), or what is sometimes called “network governance”. This shift involves a move away from the administrative, bureaucratic, and hierarchical forms of state organization and the emergence of new “reflexive, self-regulatory and horizontal” spaces of governance: the heterarchies. The heterogeneous range of organizations and practices that constitute these heterarchies contributes to, reflects, enable, and require the semiotic and technical re-articulation of education and educational governance (Ball et al., 2017). In the presentation, drawn from my doctoral research, I will introduce the reasoning behind the empirical investigation that allowed me to answer the research question on how new philanthropic organizations promote social investment in European education by mobilizing their resources and present the policy-scape” in which such organizations carry out their strategies of social investment. Therefore, understanding how these actors operate in education governance fits in wider efforts of understanding European trends of education policy towards education advocacy. Moreover, network analysis responds to the need for new methods and new research sensibilities to better understand the new organizations, forms of participation and relationships engaging in education policy and, more generally, in the expansion of neoliberal ideas (Ball, 2012). Network analysis is appropriate here both as a method for the analysis of educational governance, and as a representation of the actual social relations and sites of activity within which the work of governing is done (Ball & Thawer, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used According to Marcus (1995), in “following” as a research method, researchers are not just to follow people, but also things, metaphors, stories, and conflicts as mobile research objects. Whether working “forward” from where a policy originates or “backwards” from where it has arrived, this approach consists of tracing the places a policy has travelled through and questioning how the policy has changed or transformed along the way (McCann & Ward, 2012). My research is interested in how networks work (Ball et al., 2017). The methodological approach of network ethnography is best suited to the attempt of my study to specify the exchanges and transitions between participants in global education policy networks, and the resources of the different actors involved (Ball, 2012; Ball & Junemann 2012). As Ball et al. (2017) put it, while there is a constant reference to the role of money in education policy literature, both at the national level and in relation to the investment strategies from private donors at the international one, these are usually passing reference, to illustrate a wider issue or problem, but the actual focus of such studies is not on money itself. Therefore, the aim of this contribution is to bring money to the forefront. Given this context, I have sought to bring ethnographic sensibilities to bear on the study of the global education policy networks, which has meant a direct engagement with network participants and activities, but also adaptability and flexibility (Ball, 2017). In particular, the different methods carried out in the various stages of the research will be introduced in the presentation. Network ethnography involves mapping, visiting, questioning and following, that is following people, conflicts and money through four main activities (Ball and Junemann, 2012): internet searches, interviews, field observation and graph building. First, extensive internet searches around the primary actors of the studied network. Second, interviews conducted with individuals and institutions identified as highly connected, or influential. Third, participative observation of events conducted at key sites of network continuation, involving Internet visiting and meeting attending (Ball et al., 2017). Throughout the three activities, network graphs are built as tools to identify relevant individuals, institutions and relationships in relation to specific networks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although my study covered a research question focused on how new philanthropic organizations promote social investment in education by mobilizing their resources, the most important findings concerned the democratization of education through social investment. Indeed, new philanthropic organizations, that seemed to offer the most potential to positively shape the future of education governance, provided opportunities for students to engage with education in new ways, including improving access to educational services, supporting youth action and promoting their involvement in decision-making. The empirical analysis was important to understand the mechanisms that encourage collaboration between public, private and non-profit actors and that help transform educational systems to enrich students’ learning experience. At the same time, it contributed to the understanding of the ways in which social investment strategies can drive change in education and can thus be useful for regional and local policy-makers and practitioners to explore new ways to foster cooperation between different actors from various social and economic spheres in education governance. Different network graphs will be shown in the presentation in relation to topological dimensions highlighting the different roles of these organizations inside networks of social investment in education. Moreover, the empirical analysis will be presented to illustrate the fundamental activities of boundary actors, linking peripheral entities to central nodes in social investment networks in education. Several advocacy strategies implemented through the promotion of social investment in education classified in four categories will also be illustrated in the framework of the European and Italian legislation in the field of social investment in education. Finally, particular attention will be paid to the financial resources used by new philanthropic organizations to carry out social investment strategies in education by introducing some examples of projects and the resources assigned to them in the form of grants, subsides or non-refundable donations. References Ball, S. J. (2012). Global education inc: New policy networks and the neo-liberal imaginary. Routledge. Ball, S. J. (2016) Following policy: networks, network ethnography and education policy mobilities. Journal of Education Policy. Vol. 31(5), pp. 549-566, https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2015.1122232. Ball, S. J. & Junemann, C. (2012) Networks, New Governance and Education. The Policy Press. Ball, S. J., Junemann, C. & Santori, D. (2017) Edu.net. Globalisation and education policy mobility. Routledge. Ball, S. J., & Youdell, D. (2008) Hidden Privatisation in Public Education. Education International, https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930802419474. Ball, S. J., Junemann, C. & Santori, D. (2017) Edu.net. Globalisation and education policy mobility. Routledge. Ball, S. J. & Thawer, S. (2019) Nodes, Pipelines, and Policy Mobility. The Assembling of an Education Shadow State in India. In Edited by Saltman, K. J.& and Means, A. J. (eds) The Wiley Handbook of Global Educational Reform. Wiley Blackwell. Cone, L., & Brøgger, K. (2020) Soft privatisation: mapping an emerging field of European education governance. Globalisation, Societies and Education. Vol. 18(4), pp. 374-390, https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2020.1732194 Hogan, A. (2015) The role of edu-business in new global education policy networks. School of Education. University of Queensland. PhD. Marcus, G. E. (1995) Ethnography in/of the world system: the emergence of multi-sited ethnography. Annual Review of Anthropology. Vol. 24(1), pp. 95–117. McCann, E., & Ward, K. (2012) Assembling urbanism: following policies and “studying through” the sites and situations of policy making. Environment and Planning A. Vol. 44(1), pp. 42–51. Rhodes, A. W. R. (1995) The new governance: Governing without government, in Osborne, S., Public Management. Critical Perspectives. Routledge. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 29 SES 11 A: Special Call: Care in Arts-Education Research Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Judit Onsès Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Culturally Responsive and Care-Based Methods Incorporating 21st Century Digital Tools in the Theoretical Teaching of Dance University Students Hungarian Dance University, Hungary Presenting Author:The earlier low level of scholarly attention on care in higher education (Walker & Gleaves, 2016) has seen a recent rise in the era of uncertainty due to wars, environmental threats and pandemics, as we are re-formulating the concept of knowing and living in the „Anthropocene” (Malone & Young, 2023). In light of the growing diversity among university students in terms of culture, social background, and language, there is a demand for transformative pedagogies (Lopez & Olan, 2018). These pedagogies require educators who establish compassionate relationships, fostering learner well-being. In this respect, we are viewing compassion in a positive light, as it has always been seen by non-Western cultures (White, 2017). This approach aligns with the novel methods in intercultural education (Kawalilak & Lock, 2018; Tongori, 2023) as well as the pedagogy of care. Both emphasize mutual respect and fostering genuine dialogue (Barek, 2023) along with „making kin”, which translates as experimenting within a shared student-teacher environment with a more “symbiotic” relationship (Duraiappah, 2018, p. 1; Malone & Young, 2023). Caring, and being culturally responsive [as well as interculturally competent] as an educator could also be regarded as identical approaches in that teaching builds on ethnically diverse students’ own cultural experiences to avoid inflicting on them a cultural dominance with unfavourable or even debilitating effects (Gay, 2018). Incorporating the principles of culturally responsive pedagogy and the pedagogy of care, the objective of the activities to be introduced was to create educational spaces where learners feel seen as individuals and cared for, fostering reciprocal care for others. The integration of indispensable 21st-century digital and AI-powered tools provided avenues for creativity and developing critical thinking. The aim of the presentation is to reflect on the care-based practices proposed. In addressing the need for transformative pedagogies, the research questions formulated are as follows: Is it possible to achieve the development of student engagement, collaboration, research skills, critical thinking, and creativity through cultural information exchange in a caring environment? Additionally, do care-based, culturally responsive methods contribute to the well-being of the dance university students involved? These questions aim to explore the effectiveness of the implemented pedagogical approaches. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Care could take various forms, from course design to ways of offering help during the teaching-learning process, to the manner of interacting with students, to what extent and how regularly interest in their well-being is expressed (Bali, 2020). The presentation explores activities conducted with a diverse multinational group of students attending the practical courses for training 'ballet artist' and 'dancer and coach' students, however, also taking theoretical courses relating to host country culture and the dance culture of students’ country of origin as well as English as a Foreign Language (EFL) classes. The students were encouraged to make their own choices in their research, enjoying the benefits of a supportive environment, including the teacher and the student body. Cultural immersion in the classes did not only serve to acquaint them with the host country's culture but also fostered a shared environment, promoting equality, homeliness, and a sense of belonging. This shared foundation also facilitated the exchange of their respective cultural heritages through digital products, characterized by mutual interest, appreciation, and respect. In EFL classes, eliciting the subtopics from students to match their cultural interests and providing culturally appropriate materials to make students feel comfortable and base their own learning experiences on were the key elements of culturally responsive pedagogy. The project methodology comprised several steps within the 90-minute time frame. The structure of a class was dependent on the nature of the course (culture- or language-related). However, project-like activities had the following steps: (1) initial instruction and demonstration of basic knowledge and skills by the teacher; (2) independent research by students using their digital devices; (3) creation of a product using various digital tools; (4) presentation and communication of the product; and (5) assessment of products by peers and the teacher. The pre-teaching step involved introducing the new topic, demonstrating the use of suggested digital platforms or tools, and presenting a sample product. During subsequent sessions, students showcased their products, ranging from storyboards to slide-show-supported presentations, from virtual museums to posters and videos to peers and the teacher. Evaluation followed a pre-agreed criterion-referenced assessment rubric (also fostering student well-being), rating categories such as content accuracy, content depth, organization, and style on a 1-5 point scale. Learner feedback was also invited in the form of digital sticky notes to allow the students to reflect on the processes and what they took away with them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Looking back at our research questions, taking into account the teaching-learning processes studied based on the literature discussed as well as student feedback, we can make the following observations: The outcomes observed from the flexible exchange of conventional teacher-student roles to collegial and interdependent ones resulted in heightened student engagement and the fostering of collaboration. By incorporating digital and/or Ai-powered tools, enhancement of research skills, stimulation of critical thinking and creativity also took place, together with the practical application of skills through the exchange of cultural information. Based on student feedback and teacher observation, the classes made the participants feel engaged, relaxed and cared for. References Anderson, V., Rabello, R. C. C., Wass, R., Golding, C., Rangi, A., Eteuati, E., Bristowe, Z., & Waller, A. (2019). Good teaching as care in higher education. Higher Education, 79(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-019-00392-6 Bali, M. (2020, May 29). Pedagogy of Care: COVID-19 Edition. Reflecting Allowed. https://blog.mahabali.me/educational-technology-2/pedagogy-of-care-covid-19-edition/ Barek, H. (2023, August). Pedagogies of Care in Precarity — SAGE Research Methods Community. Sage Research Methods Community. https://researchmethodscommunity.sagepub.com/blog/pedagogies-of-care-in-precarity Duraiappah, A. K. (2018). Artificial Intelligence and the Future of Education. The Blue Dot, 9(18), 1. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000366389.locale=en Gay, G. (2018). Culturally Responsive Teaching: Theory, Research, and Practice (3rd ed.). Teachers College Press. Tongori, A. (2023). Ki a mester és ki a tanítvány? / Who is the Master and Who is the Student?: Interkulturális szerepcsere a nemzetközi táncos hallgatók “elméleti” képzésében / International Role Reversal in the “Theoretical” Training of International Dance Students. In D. E. Szente (Ed.), IX. Nemzetközi Tánctudományi Konferencia - Műfajok, módszerek, mesterek a táncművészetben - Programok és Absztraktok / 9th International Conference on Dance Science - Genres, Methods, Masters in Dance - Programme and Abstracts. Magyar Táncművészeti Egyetem. https://mte.eu/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Absztraktkotet.pdf White, R. (2017). Compassion in Philosophy and Education. In P. Gibbs (Ed.), The Pedagogy of Compassion at the Heart of Higher Education (Vol. 1, pp. 19–31). Springer. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Compassionate Inquiry: Digital Storytelling and the Ethics of Care in Higher Education Durham University Presenting Author:This paper reports on the use of Digital Storytelling (DS) as a mode of pedagogy in a year one Education Studies undergraduate module. Building on Bozalek et al’s (2016) research into how an ethics of care may be used to analyse the dialogic aspects of feedback, we consider how DS, as summative assessment, may foreground care ethics such as ‘attentiveness, responsibility, competence, responsiveness and trust’ (826). Our interest in this topic stems from concerns shared by the authors over the impact on staff and students of the massification of higher education, defined as the rapid increase in student enrolment from the end of the twentieth century onwards (Hornsby & Osman, 2014). Although the expansion of higher education (HE) has been broadly welcomed, international research on the massification of HE has noted numerous concerns including changes to the content and delivery of courses that negatively affect course outcomes (Monks & Schmidt, 2011); the diminishment of interaction between staff and students (Wang & Calvano, 2022); a reduction in the variety of teaching and assessment methods (Msiza, Ndhlovu & Raseroka, 2020), and an increase in ‘work-related stress, burnout, and mental health difficulties’ amongst staff (Brewster et al, 2022, 549). Research indicates that overworked staff often provide generic and superficial feedback to students who are ‘fixated on grades’ (Jones et al, 2021, 446) and who sometimes resort to plagiarism ‘to find the shortest and least stressful way to complete their coursework or program requirements’ (Fatima et al, 2020, 35). Massification presents several challenges to the ethics of care. First, exponents of the ethics of care reject the utilitarian tendency to think of the ‘moral good in terms of acts that produce the greatest good for the greatest number’ (Noddings, 2013, 154). Second, exponents of the ethics of care reject traditional theories about ethics that place justice as the foundation of morality (Gilligan, 1982), arguing instead that care should be the foundation of ethics, with justice as the superstructure (Noddings, 2013). This approach requires us to establish a ‘sensible, receptive, and responsive’ relationship with individuals (Noddings, 2013, 42) rather than ‘abstract away from the concrete situation those elements that allow a formulation of deductive argument’ (42) about the optimal way to interact with them. Under massification, ‘engrossment, or “feeling with”’ (Diller, 2018, 327) students is often difficult for staff, as it is seemingly impossible for a large cohort of students to fill our ‘field of attention’ (327) in the same way that a smaller group might. Arguably, the widespread use of student satisfaction surveys exemplifies the shift towards the formulation of deductive arguments about the optimalisation of staff-student interactions under massification (see for example Winstone et al, 2022). Third, if diligent teaching staff attempt to implement an ethics of care on massified programmes they may compound their ‘work-related stress, burnout, and mental health difficulties’ (Brewster et al, 2022, 549) by going “above and beyond” already unrealistic performance expectations. Mindful of these concerns, this study asks if DS has the potential to facilitate compassionate enquiry grounded in the ethics of care in the context of a large, international cohort of first year undergraduate students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Digital Storytelling (DS) is an educational practice informed by the belief that ‘narrative is one of the fundamental sense-making operations of the mind’ (Lodge, 1990, 4). For DS, this sense-making has two salient dimensions: (i) by telling stories about our lives, we become aware of the dynamic forces that shape our values, behaviours, and motivations (Ward, Mazzoli Smith & Dragas, 2023); (ii) by combining these stories with digital media such as images, audio, and video, we create multimodal vignettes that help other people “walk in our shoes”. At the end of the Education Studies module, students attended three lectures on the purpose and method of DS and two seminars in which they (i) viewed and discussed examples of DS; (ii) shared their stories about a learning experience that was of value to them. As part of their summative assessment, the students were asked to (i) combine their personal narrative with voice recording, text, and music to create a DS that could be uploaded to the online assessment portal; (ii) write a 500–1000-word Reflection on their DS, exploring connections between their personal experience and theories/theorists encountered on the module. Our analysis of the students’ work was informed by Noddings’ (2013, 186) rejection of the deification of abstract goals such as ‘“critical thinking, “and “critical reading,” and “critical reasoning”’, which often feature as intended learning outcomes on undergraduate modules. In asking students to create a DS and reflect on it, our aim was to help them think deeply about educational theory, and to care about it, through dialogue that enabled them to ‘come into contact with ideas and to understand, to meet the other and to care’ (Noddings, 2013, 186). This approach required us to acknowledge that whenever we describe ourselves or our actions to others, we are creating a story about ourselves (Parry, 1997). A reflection on how we came to create a DS is, then, a story about a story, so instead of asking if the students’ Reflections were authentic accounts of their storytelling process, we assessed their ability to articulate how a real-world experience (e.g., exam anxiety) finds expression in/is explained by educational theory, and why we should care about this. To discover how the classroom helped this process, we held a teaching-team focus group to share our experiences of working with the students as they developed their personal narratives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The images used in the DS ranged from bleak to humorous: some students created animations or still images to convey their emotions, and many of the students used their Reflection to articulate alignment between their DS’s audio-visual content and the module content. Many of the students’ personal narratives invoked experiences of constraint and release, and collectively the DS and Reflections tell a story of oppressive educational practices that young people are subjected to internationally. As noted by Sykes and Gachago (2018, 95), we are always ‘entangled in each other and in the world’, and the students used their storytelling to respond to this entanglement with compassion, often thanking people who had helped them at school or college and promising to help others. We began our focus group discussion with our most pressing concern, which was the lack of continuity with seminar attendance that made it difficult for seminar leaders and students to build rapport. Although some of our students seemed unable or reluctant to engage consistently with their designated seminar group, they were willing to ‘become a witness to the other’ and to themselves (Ellis, 2017, 439) in their DS seminars. Personal storytelling seems, therefore, to help overcome some of the issues around massification identified in this paper. Educators who care for many students risk becoming exhausted (Brewster et al, 2022), and the wellbeing of our teaching team on this module is an important consideration. However, in our focus group we agreed that the use of DS was not onerous, and that it afforded us pleasure to view and read the students’ work. Arguably, the DS and Reflections helped our students to discover how their lived experiences fuse with educational theory and helped them to find community in the classroom. References Bozalek, V., Mitchell, V., Dison, A., & Alperstein, Mgg. (2016). A diffractive reading of dialogical feedback through the political ethics of care. Teaching in Higher Education, 21(7), 825-838. Brewster, L., Jones, E., Priestley, M., Wilbraham, S. J., Spanner, L., & Hughes, G. (2022). ‘Look after the staff and they would look after the students’ cultures of wellbeing and mental health in the university setting. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 46(4), 548-560. Diller, A. (2018). The ethics of care and education: A new paradigm, its critics, and its educational significance. In The gender question in education. Abingdon: Routledge, pp. 89-104. Ellis, C. (2017). Compassionate Research: Interviewing and storytelling from a relational ethics of care. In: Goodson, I. (Ed.) The Routledge International Handbook on Narrative and Life History. Abingdon: Routledge, 431-445. Gilligan, C. (1982). In A Different Voice: Psychological Theory and Women's Development. Harvard: Harvard University Press. Hornsby, D. J., & Osman, R. (2014). Massification in higher education: Large classes and student learning. Higher education, 67, 711-719. Jones, E., Priestley, M., Brewster, L., Wilbraham, S. J., Hughes, G., & Spanner, L. (2021). Student wellbeing and assessment in higher education: The balancing act. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 46(3), 438-450. Lodge, D. (1990). Narration with words. In: H. Barlow, C. Blakemore & M. Weston-Smith (Eds.) Images and Understanding. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A Relational Approach to Ethics and Moral Education. Second Edition, Updated. London: University of California Press, Ltd. Parry, A. (1997). Why We Tell Stories: The Narrative Construction of Reality, Transactional Analysis Journal, 27:2, 118-127. Sykes, P., & Gachago, D. (2018). Creating “safe-ish” learning spaces‒Attempts to practice an ethics of care. South African Journal of Higher Education, 32(6), 83-98. Ward, S., Mazzoli Smith, L. and Dragas, T. (2023). Discovering your philosophy of education through Digital Storytelling. In: Pulsford, M., Morris, R. & Purves, R. (eds.) Understanding Education Studies: critical issues and new directions. Abingdon: Routledge. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper The Art of Coexistence: Towards Pedagogies of Care and Solidarity in times of uncertainty Graz University, Austria Presenting Author:In this contribution I try to explore pedagogies that support the creation of a collective imagination of interdependence based on care and solidarity. With the art of coexistence, I mean a collective co-creation of new narratives and values that are based on the interbeing of all life. We are always involved, embedded and in interaction and therefore we need a new understanding of being, knowing and community. These are not moral imperatives but rather a relational understanding of subjectivity that is based on the experience of belonging and being part of this world. An ethic of care starts from the understanding that all beings need care. It is the realization that all life is related and connected (Bozalek, Zembylas & Tronto, 2021; Barad, 2007; Braidotti, 2006). How can we understand the world as relational and entangled instead of focusing on the dominant reductionism of life? I argue that we are currently experiencing a crisis that is characterized by the worldmaking practices of Western modernity that are based on exploitation and separation including modes of knowing and being that cause violence (e.g. Escobar, 2007; Quijano, 2007; Hall, 1992; Mignolo, 2011; Maldonado-Torres, 2008; Zembylas, 2017). The imperial mode of living pervades our institutions and understanding of education. These hierarchical and separating modes of being are not life-sustaining for the world and future generations (Andreotti, 2021; Akomolafe, 2017; Brand & Wissen, 2017). Given the complex social and ecological challenges as well as the uncertainties that we currently face, we need new and varied ways to engage with the world and tap into our collective creativity. Interdependence as a process of reconnecting to self, others and the world, cannot be done just sporadically or on a purely intellectual level. Rather, instead the practice and awareness of the interconnectedness of all life are part of a continuous process of remembering. Such reconnection relies on tapping into the intelligence that lies beyond our thinking minds and includes the wholeness of human experience. I argue that arts-based approaches are crucial to disrupt habitual linear and rational ways and engage with embodied and sensory experiences to open up new ways of seeing, being, doing, and knowing? (Bishop & Etmanski, 2021, p. 133; Adams & Owens, 2021). The aim of this contribution is to recognize the transformative potential of arts-based approaches as a practice to reimagine, interrupt, insist and resist as we engage collectively to better understand societal issues (Adams & Owens, 2021). I will provide examples, photo voice and zining/collage for perspective change, care and solidarity from a higher education class I facilitated. These approaches were particularly effective at opening up new ways of being, knowing and doing as well as perspective change, realizing plural realities, and multiple systems of knowing and being. Learners move from individual to collective meaning-making and start connecting inner worlds with outer realities. The students created photos on their understanding of peace and showed them to the class, promting various perspectves from the group and afterwards the phototaker provides his/her perspective on it. We live in a century that is full of images, but we do not really see them. To create a caring coexistence, it is crucial to see things from a deeper perspective and with a deeper awareness. Another form to express oneself beyond text is zining. Historically, zines have been a form of expression for marginalized communities to share their stories and organise (French & Curd, 2022). I will give examples from zining as collage work to highlight the possibility to express political thoughts about solidarity with nature via zines. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this contribution I will firstly reflect theoretically on the onto-epistemological premises of modernity and coloniality, considering them through the lens of postcolonial and decolonial theory (e.g. Said, 1978; Quijano, 2000; Hall, 1992; Mignolo, 2011; Maldonado-Torres, 2008) as well as a feminist/posthumanist approach (e.g. Bozalek, Zembylas & Tronto, 2021; Haraway, 1988; Barad, 2007; Braidotti, 2006) to highlight relational and caring understandings of the word. Further, I will look at pedagogical approaches to reflecting on and transforming the violences of modernity (e.g. Andreotti, 2011; Zembylas, 2018; Castro Varela, 2007) and highlight especially the potential of arts-based methods towards a co-existence of solidarity and care. I introduce art-based teaching methods (Photovoice and Zining/ Collage Woork) and give examples of the students art and their experiences. Photovoice is a participatory community method to create social change. Wang and Burris (1997) describe Photovoice as a method by which people can identify, represent, and enhance their community through photography. Theoretically it draws on feminist theory (Collins, 1990) and critical pedagogy (Freire, 1990) and the call for the co-creation of knowledge and community-based social action. Members of the community create visual material on a socially relevant topic that impacts the community and policy-makers (Liebenberg, 2018). Similarly, to photo voice, zines can be used for participatory community work to create social change. I will show zines as collage work from students that show art as advocacy for solidarity and ecological awareness (French & Curd, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With this contribution I tried to formulate an arts-based teaching and learning approach that enhances learners’ ability to think, feel and act interdependently, allowing for the coexistence of different worlds and realities. This means to re-envision strategies for education that encourage relational ways of knowing and being in a more-than-human world, and thus open up the collective imagination to interdependence beyond a dualistic and separatist ontology that is based on dominance and suppression. The arts-based approaches photo voice and zine/collage work were particularly effective at opening up new ways of being, knowing and doing as well as perspective change, realizing plural realities, and multiple systems of knowing and being. Students realized that universally prevalent narratives about peace and a good life for all are always imperfect, contradictory and uncertain, but we do need new narratives about care and solidarity. The students experienced collective meaning-making and the potential of imagination for a peaceful coexistence. References Adams, J. & Owens, A. (2021). Beyond Text. Learning through Arts-Based Research. Intellect. Andreotti, V.d. O. (2021). Hospicing Modernity: Facing Humanity's Wrongs and the Implications for Social Activism. North Atlantic Books. Andreotti, V.d. O. (2011). Actionable Postcolonial Theory in Education. Palgrave Macmillan. Akomolafe, B. (2017). These wilds beyond our fences. Letters to my daughter on humanity’s search for home. North Atlantic Books. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway. Duke University Press. Bishop, K. & Etmanski, C. (2021). Down the rabbit hole: Creating a transformative learning environment. Studies in the Education of Adults, 53(2), 133–145. Bozalek, V., Zembylas, M. & Tronto, J.C. (2021). Posthuman and Political Care Ethics for Reconfiguring Higher Education Pedagogies. Routledge. Braidotti, R. (2006). Transpositions: On nomadic ethics. Polity Press. Brand, U. & Wissen, M. (2017). Imperiale Lebensweise. Zur Ausbeutung von Mensch und Natur im globalen Kapitalismus. Oekom. Castro Varela, M. d. M. (2007). Verlernen und Strategie des unsichtbaren Ausbesserns. Bildung und Postkoloniale Kritik. Bildpunkt. Zeitschrift der IG Bildende Kunst, 4–12. Collins P. H. (1990). Black feminist thought: Knowledge, consciousness and the politics of empowerment. Unwin Hyman Escobar, A. (2007). Worlds and Knowledges Otherwise, Cultural Studies, 21(2-3), 179–210. Freire, P. (1990). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum Press. French, J. & Curd, E. (2022). Zining as artful method: Facilitating zines as participatory action research within art museums. Action research, 20(1) 77–95 Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges. The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective, Feminist Studies 14(3), 575–599. Hall, S. (1992). The West and the Rest. Discourse and Power. In S. Hall & B. Gieben (Eds.), Formations of Modernity (pp. 275–321). Polity Press. Liebenberg, L. (2018). Thinking Critically About Photovoice: Achieving Empowerment and Social Change. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 17(1). Maldonado-Torres, N. (2008). Against War. Views from the Underside of Modernity. Duke University Press. Mignolo, W. D. (2011). The darker side of Western modernity: Global futures, decolonial options. Duke University Press. Quijano, A. (2007). COLONIALITY AND MODERNITY/RATIONALITY, Cultural Studies, 21(2-3), 168–178. Said, E. W. (1994). Culture and imperialism.Vintage Books. Wang, C. & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, Methodology, and Use for Participatory Needs Assessment, Health Education & Behavior, 24(3), 369–387 Zembylas, M. (2017). The quest for cognitive justice: towards a pluriversal human rights education, Globalisation, Societies and Education, 15(4), 397–409. Zembylas, M. (2018). Con-/divergences between postcolonial and critical peace education: towards pedagogies of decolonization in peace education, Journal of Peace Education, 15(1), 1–23. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Recording what’s out there: Video Documentary as an Arts Educative Practice in Youth Work University College Leuven Limb, Belgium Presenting Author:Context Rationale Goals and research questions Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this project, we have chosen to adopt a flexible methodology to pragmatically accommodate the operational differences among various organizations. More importantly, we view this project as an explorative and foundational study on the significance of ethnographic documentary in youth work, where specific results and recommendations were unknown at the project's inception. From the outset, our clear decision was to focus on ethnography as a broad direction for the documentaries. Similar to ethnographic or ethno-fictive writing, ethnographic documentary making possesses the unique ability not only to provide a voice for the author/documentary makers but also to highlight this voice (or voices) within the local environment. The makers, in this case, the youngsters, are featured on camera as they move and interact within their community. Consequently, documentary making becomes more than just a creative practice; it becomes a visual representation of the connections between the artistic medium (video documentary) and the context, environment, and day-to-day activities in which it unfolds. In the first phase of this project, we sought to emphasise experimentation and learning through doing. Youngsters were sent outside to make short video fragments without any clear instructions on filming technique, duration, subject, etc. It all started with the question to simply record what is out there, as short, fragmented diaries. These initial experiments serve as inspiration for the production of more comprehensive documentaries in the subsequent phase. A total of six documentaries will be created and showcased in the three participating countries. Following the presentation of these documentaries, we will develop a qualitative guide that delves into the various challenges and opportunities inherent in such a documentary project. Consequently, the activities and documentary work undertaken by the different partners serve as test case studies, mapping and analysing both the practical and artistic elements of documentary making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our presentation at ECER 2023 , which marked the halfway point of this project, we hypothesised that the medium of documentary making could act as an in-between instrument in which both forms of creativity and forms of reflection, and both forms of expression and forms of experience, could be integrated. As we are reaching the end of the project, we find that especially in the latter, in the reflective outward-looking element of documentary making, there is a great arts educative potential. It is the directness of videography, similar to photography, that affords an attitude of adaptiveness and sensitivity to the surroundings and the material that can be translated to other art forms as well. Moreover, there was great value in the collaborative aspect of making a documentary together, giving agency to the youngsters as groups with mixing roles. References Adams, T.E., Holman Jones, S., & Ellis, C. (Eds.). (2021). Handbook of Autoethnography (2nd ed.). Routledge. Barbash, I., & Taylor, L. (1997). Cross-cultural filmmaking: A handbook for making documentary and ethnographic films and videos. University of California Press. Causey, A. (2017). Drawn to see: Drawing as an ethnographic method. University of Toronto Press. Kelly, P. (2016). Creativity and autoethnography: Representing the self in documentary practice. Screen Thought: A journal of image, sonic, and media humanities, 1(1), 1-9. Lee-Wright, P. (2009). The documentary handbook. Routledge. Lin, C. C., & Polaniecki, S. (2009). From Media Consumption to MediaProduction: Applications of YouTube™ in an Eighth-Grade Video Documentary Project. Journal of Visual Literacy, 28(1), 92-107. Pyles, D. G. (2016). Rural media literacy: Youth documentary videomaking as a rural literacy practice. Journal of Research in Rural Education (Online), 31(7), 1. Sancho-Gil, J. M., & Hernández-Hernández, F. (Eds.). (2020). Becoming an educational ethnographer: The challenges and opportunities of undertaking research. Routledge. Trivelli, C., & Morel, J. (2021). Rural youth inclusion, empowerment, and participation. The Journal of Development Studies, 57(4), 635-649. VanSlyke-Briggs, K. (2009). Consider ethnofiction. Ethnography and Education, 4(3), 335-345. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 30 SES 11 A: Citizenship and Values in ESE in Schools Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Karen Jordan Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The EDUCLIMAD Project: School Climate Assemblies to Foster Sustainability Competences amongst Youngsters Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain Presenting Author:France and the United Kingdom pioneered the organisation of citizens' climate assemblies to involve a broad representation of citizens in proposing measures and recommendations to address climate change at the national level (Climate Assembly UK, 2020). The EDUCLIMAD project aims to explore the innovative potential of climate assemblies, by contextualising and adapting it to the school context. Thus, this investigation presents school climate assemblies, conceived as an innovative educational tool for the co-creation of climate change and sustainability solutions within educational institutions and communities. An intervention research project has been designed and piloted in 24 Primary and High Education Schools in the region of Tarragona (Spain). This study is situated in a qualitative-interpretative research paradigm (Bisquerra, 2019) and is an Intervention Based Research (Tricket et al, 1996), which consists of designing and carrying out interventions to study the effects of the implementation of school climate assemblies. The study emphasizes the potential of co-creation methods in the educational context and underscores the critical role of education in fostering sustainability citizens and empowering students to become active change agents in their local community. The main objectives of EDUCLIMAD are: 1) Design, validate and pilot an instrument to assess the sustainability competences of primary and secondary school students, 2) Assess the influence of school climate assemblies on environmental awareness on the development of sustainability competences in primary and secondary school students, and 3) Design, test and develop a methodological framework and recommendations for conducting school climate assemblies. The activities foreseen in this project are organized in 3 phases: A first preparatory and design phase of educational and methodological materials and resources, including the design of an assessment instrument aligned with European competence framework on sustainability Greencomp (Bianchi et al, 2022). This instrument is adapted to primary and secondary education and consists of a questionnaire related to sustainability knowledge, attitudes and behaviors, with 4 Likert-type response possibilities and 4 contextualised situations, following the pre-test and post-test design with the aim of measuring the level of competence among the students before and after implementing the school climatic assemblies. The second phase of the project involves the organization and development of school climate assemblies in 24 schools and the elaboration of an action plan and policy recommendations by the participating educational communities, and the third phase consists of evaluation and dissemination of the results, the educational resources derived from the project will be disseminated to agents of the territory, including political representatives and other educational centers in the area. The organization of a fair is foreseen in which the proposals can be presented to the different educational agents, entities of the territory and policy makers. The results suggest policy implications for integrating co-creation approaches into school curricula, aiming to empower students and drive sustainable action. This project is considered of scientific relevance because it presents the methodological conceptualisation for implementing climate assemblies in schools and the results of a pilot with primary and secondary school students, establishing a framework that can be replicated in different contexts and educational levels, which makes it adaptable and scalable.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In Europe, citizens' climate assemblies have been organised in different countries such as Finland, Ireland, Scotland, Denmark, Germany, Austria and Spain (Stack & Griessler, 2022). Based on these existing experiences of citizen climate assemblies, the school climate assemblies adopt a three-phase process related to their design and implementation and guided by facilitators (Grewin, 2018; Ferejohn, 2008). The first phase is preparatory and material design, including the design of an assessment instrument aligned with the European Commission's GreenComp sustainability competency framework (Bianchi et al, 2022). This instrument is adapted to both educational stages and consists of a questionnaire related to sustainability knowledge, attitudes and behaviors, with 4 Likert-type response possibilities and 4 contextualised situations, each of them related to one of the competence areas that structure the European GreenComp framework (Bianchi et al, 2022). Also, this instrument is applied following the pre-test and post-test design with the aim of measuring the level of competence among the students before and after implementing the school climatic assemblies. As for the post-test, the students have to qualitatively evaluate the process of the assemblies including its positive and negative aspects. The second phase consists of the organization of school climate assemblies in Primary and High schools and the elaboration of an action plan and policy recommendations. The last phase contemplates the dissemination of the project results and the educational resources designed. The specific phases of the school climate assemblies were carried out in the following steps: in the first step, students share their different perspectives related to a topic related to climate change proposing its challenges, positive and negative aspects in a conceptual map. Afterwards, 10 actions that are favorable to climate change are discussed and agreed upon collectively and written down in a decalogue. Then, each group presents its actions to the rest of the group and students must vote for the actions they prioritize according to their interests and needs. Once these decalogues are rigorously categorized by the team of technicians, the students are given feedback on the most voted actions so that they can reach a broader consensus with other members of the assembly in a critical manner to produce action plans, with the help of the team of facilitators. Finally, students will present their chosen policy recommendations at a fair where the educational community, families and political representatives will be invited to listen to their proposals and give feedback to the students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected impacts of EDUCLIMAD project respond to real social and scientific challenges, which recognise the importance of promoting the active participation of citizens in climate action and sustainability, which include: increasing environmental awareness and development of GreenComp sustainability competences in primary and secondary school students through the school climate assemblies; design, implementation and validation of a GreenComp competencies assessment instrument that can be replicated in other schools and contexts; the co-creation of climate change adaptation and mitigation measures at local and regional level through the development of action plans and policy recommendations, and last but not least, the dissemination of the school climate assemblies through different communication channels like the project website, social networks and media aimed to interested audiences such as the educational community, social and political agents of the territory, and open publication of all materials and results in 3 languages (Catalan, Spanish and English). School climate assemblies can contribute to the development of sustainability competencies in students, associated with interpersonal competence and collective action and competencies related to values-thinking, future-thinking and collective action, which focuses on acting for change in collaboration with others and promoting learners’ ability and will to engage in democratic processes to achieve more sustainable societies. All this information is collected through the pre and post design instrument that is applied before and after implementing the school climate assemblies. For this reason there is a need to operationalise sustainability competencies at different educational levels through the design, validation and implementation of competency assessment instruments in order to assess and measure these kinds of competences. This approach has also the potential to inform and influence policy-making through the identification of actionable priorities and indicators where community learning and action can make a significant contribution and drive meaningful action to address climate change and sustainability challenges. References Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U. and Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2022). GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework, Punie, Y. and Bacigalupo, M. editor(s), EUR 30955 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022, ISBN 978-92-76-46485-3, doi:10.2760/13286, JRC128040. Bisquerra (2019). Metodología de la Investigación Educativa (6a edición). Madrid: Arco-La Muralla. Grewin, M. (2018). Citizens’ assemblies. Guide to democracy that works. Kraków: Open Plan Foundation. Cebrián, G., Boqué, A., Camarero, M., Junyent, M., Moraleda, A., Olano, JX & Renta, AI (2023). Las asambleas escolares por el clima: una herramienta para empoderar a la comunidad educativa en la acción climática, en M. Sánchez-Moreno & J. López-Yáñez (eds) Construir comunidades en la escuela. ISBN 978-84-277-3098-4 Climate Assembly UK (2020). The path to net zero. Climate Assembly UK. Full report. Ferejohn, J. (2008). The Citizens’ Assembly Model. En M. Warren y H. Pearce (Eds.), Designing Deliberative Democracy (pp. 192-213). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Leicht, A., Heiss, J., y Byun, W.J. (2018). Issues and Trends in Education for Sustainable Development. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000261445 Shared Future (2020). Climate Assemblies and Juries: A people powered response to the climate emergency. Stack, S., & Griessler, E. (2022). From a "half full or half empty glass" to "definitely a success": Explorative comparison of impacts of climate assemblies in Ireland, France, Germany and Scotland. (IHS Working Paper, 39). Wien: Institut für Höhere Studien (IHS). https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-78385-6 Trickett, Edison., (1996). Elavorating Developmental Contextualism in Adolescent Research and Intervention: Paradigm contributions from Community Psychology. Journal of Research on Adolescence 6 (3), 245-269. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Citizen Science in Schools: the development of eco-citizenship capabilities. 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Stirling Presenting Author:Introduction Young people are taking increasingly public and overtly political action in response to environmental concerns. There is a need for schools to support young people in navigating current environmental challenges, however, the capacity for schools to do this is inconsistent and often inadequate. Research is needed to understand how we can better support schools and young people in confidently responding to contemporary and evolving environmental issues. This presentation explores how environmental citizen science can contribute to lived eco-citizenship in young people while they are in formal schooling. A major finding is that environmental citizen science experiences offer opportunities to connect pupils with scientific research practices in a way that offers authentic citizenship opportunities not ordinarily available in schools. The research took a qualitative, in-depth, multi-method, case study approach, exploring the experiences of school-based participants (n=74, pupils, teachers and scientists) across three different school-based citizen science projects, and a small number of pupils who had no citizen science experience in schools as comparison. Theoretical Framing The capability approach (Nussbaum, 2011, Sen, 1993, Robeyns, 2017) offers an alternative to considering ‘environmental action’ as a key end goal. Instead, taking a processual approach to the identification of a suite of eco-citizenship ‘capabilities’ that can be brought into being as ‘functionings’ should the pupils involved feel compelled to do so. Robeyns (2017) describes three ‘conversion factors’, or “the factors which determine the degree to which a person can transform a resource into a functioning” (ibid. P.45), ‘personal’ or internal to the person, ‘social’ or stemming from the society, and ‘environmental’, the physical or built environment. In this analysis, the ways in which the citizen science experience can be considered to provide the different types of ‘conversion factor’ will be identified and the opportunities and constraints of these explored. Hayward (2012) suggests that young people have different experiences of environmental citizenship than adults. Emphasising the everyday experiences that young people may have, at home, in school or with their friends, rather than ‘adult’ experiences like voting or environmentally conscious consumerism, offers a way of realistically understanding eco-citizenship in young people. Kallio, Wood and Hakli (2020) describe lived citizenship in a way that explores the reality of citizenship in everyday situations rather than relying on the formal, legal status of citizenship. This analysis draws upon that conception, placing the embodied experiences and acts of eco-citizenship in the daily life of young people at its core. The concept of lived citizenship (Kallio, Wood and Hakli (2020) offers an approach to considering the citizenship related experiences of young people as part of the mundane, everyday experience of formal schooling. Situating the citizen science experience within this conception also acknowledges the non-voluntary nature of the young people’s participation in the experience. Findings Across the responses from participants in citizen science projects (and non) in this research, for these pupils who all participate in environmental or scientific subjects through their formal school experience, the nature of the citizen science experience did not inspire a radical change for them. Environmental, social and personal conversion factors were, however, recognised and reported in my observations of the pupils engaged in the citizen science activities, and in their reflections and responses. These include, physical and sensory encounters, working with others, and caring for the environment. While the short-term, single encounter with citizen science, as experienced here, could not be shown to move the pupils towards more public actions such as campaigning and protest, the nurturing of eco-citizenship capabilities can begin with relational, sensory and affective experiences. Environmental citizen science affords young people opportunities that offer a springboard towards authentic eco-citizenship actions and dispositions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Pupil participants in different citizen science projects over the duration of this research, and two additional classes of pupils who had not participated in any citizen science in school (n=74), were asked to respond to five statements selected from the Cornell Lab of Ornithology Evaluation Research, ‘Self-Efficacy for environmental action’ evaluation tool. The Cornell Lab of Ornithology Evaluation Research survey instruments were selected as they were designed specifically for use with citizen science experiences rather than environmental education more broadly. Selection of the self-efficacy survey related to its explicit definition as “a person’s beliefs about his/her capabilities” (Phillips et al, 2018), which builds a picture of the confidence that the young people in this study may have to actually enact eco-citizenship capabilities. Furthermore, self-efficacy is seen (by Berkowitz et al, 2005) as an essential component of environmental citizenship, the authors define self-efficacy as “having the capacity to learn and act with respect to personal values and interests in the environment” (ibid. p. 230). The surveys were completed after the citizen science fieldwork day, typically around 2/3 weeks, and in the case of the non-citizen science participants, as part of Advanced Higher Biology/Geography classes (it is expected that these pupils would have some environmental awareness as part of their course of study). It is acknowledged that there are many factors that contribute to the self-efficacy of young people throughout their school experience, as such it is not assumed that any differences in the self-efficacy responses are solely related to the citizen science experience, or lack thereof. The responses were collated in Microsoft Excel, and changed into a percentage to mitigate for the differing participants numbers in each category (MICCI = 19, OPAL = 21, SFL = 9, NONE = 25). The self-efficacy tool (Phillips et al, 2018) was used to generate an overall ‘score’ for each individual or group involved, however for this research it is also useful to look at the responses to each statement in relation to the development of eco-citizenship capabilities. In addition to the survey responses, situational maps (Clarke et al, 2018) generated by participant observation, fieldnotes and pupil focus groups of the citizen science partipants were considered in relation to the four dimensions of lived citizenship (Kallio, Wood and Hakli, 2020). These maps enabled the experiential responses of pupils during and after the citizen science experience to be analysed alongside their survey responses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the four dimensions described in Kallio, Wood and Hakli’s (2020) conception of lived citizenship, the spatial, the intersubjective, the performed and the affective, findings will be presented in relation to the experiences of the young people involved: In the spatial dimension, the environmental conversion factors identified for pupils were: physical and sensory experiences, authentic practices in place, and opportunities to reflect and situate themselves as active response-makers to global and local environmental concerns. In the intersubjective dimension, the social conversion factors identified for pupils were: peer interaction and communication, and intergenerational relationships, providing a relational context for young people to explore environmental concerns. In the performed dimension, personal and social conversion factors were identified for pupils: • The personal conversion factors were: making a contribution, and personal environmental actions. The adults expressed greater value in relation to the ‘contribution’ component of the citizen science experience than the pupils. For pupils, participation in their respective projects resulted in an increased awareness of citizen science as a way to take positive action for the environment. • A social conversion factor of involvement in public actions, such as campaigning and protest, was also identified. My participants described a general reluctance to engage in overtly political acts, this suggests that their environmental citizen science experiences did not directly support this type of eco-citizenship action. In the affective dimension, the personal conversion factors identified for pupils were: actively caring for a place, and alleviating environmental concerns or anxieties through participation in collective action. These led to feelings of hope and empowerment in relation to environmental issues for the pupils involved. This research suggests that schools can provide a vital context for young people to encounter and engage with citizen science practices and that these experiences can lead to the development of important eco-citizenship capabilities. References Clarke, A., Friese, C. and Washburn, R. (2018) Situational Analysis Grounded Theory After the Interpretive Turn 2nd ed. California: Sage. Hayward, B. (2012) Children, citizenship and environment: Nurturing a democratic imagination in a changing world. Routledge. Kallio, K.P., Wood, B.E. and Häkli, J. (2020) Lived citizenship: Conceptualising an emerging field. Citizenship Studies, 24 (6), pp. 713-729. Phillips, T., Porticella, N., Constas, M. and Bonney, R. (2018) A Framework for Articulating and Measuring Individual Learning Outcomes from Participation in Citizen Science. Citizen Science: Theory and Practice, 3 (2), pp. 1-19. Robeyns, I. (2017) Wellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice: The Capability Approach Re-Examined. Cambridge, UK: Open Book Publishers. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Bleeding Water. Introducing Role Play in Science Teacher Education for Valuing Sustainability University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:This paper presents a small exploratory study of how introducing role play as a learning activity in a science education class for student teachers can provide them with a powerful instruction tool in their future teaching. The role play is used for involving students in multiple emotionally charged perspectives together with cognitive challenges of attempting to resolve an ecological problem. The narrative of the role play is based on a true story involving published pieces of marine research in a sustainability context. The role play offers a setting for further deliberation of central issues of sustainability, helping the student teachers contemplate the place of sustainability in science education. Though emotional and ethical aspects are part of socio-scientific issues, many student teachers are insecure of how to deal with them in learning science. Fortus etal. (2022) highlights why the affective domain is important to develop scientific literacy. Toonders, etal. (2016) declares that drama is a relatively unexplored tool in academic science education, and addresses how the use of drama may allow science students to deepen their understanding of science innovations and the ethical dimensions of them. One of many challenges for environmental and sustainability education is to engage students in realistic transdisciplinary issues where they can use and develop their agency and emotional reactions for dealing with sustainability dilemmas. With this proposal, the discussion is raised of how role play and other drama activities can contribute to student teachers’ involvement in sustainability. By first engaging in a personal role play the participants gain empathic and embodied understandings of different perspectives of the issue in mind. In the following reflective discussion, the level of discourse may be lifted from the individual to the collective and eventually to a global level through a lens of empathy and embodiment. This study’s research question is: How do student science teachers experience role play as a learning activity for reflecting on values in sustainability and preparing students for future citizenship? There are trends in education for sustainability, sustainable citizenship and scientific literacy that points towards transformative learning (Unesco, 2018; Biesta, 2006; Van Poeck & Vandenabeele, 2013; Granados-Sanchez, 2023; Valladares, 2021), and that the perspective shifts from acquiring competences to the democratic nature of educational spaces and practices (Van Poeck & Vandenabeele, 2013). By using sustainable citizenship as a theoretical frame the role play is studied as an educational space for exploring an ecological problem in a complex environment where the participants in role “respond to each other’s divergent and mutually exclusive concerns, a space in which things are made public” (Van Poeck & Vandenabeele, 2013, p.6). In the post-role play reflecting dialogue the discussion offers links to matters of global sustainability and citizenship which refers to “a sense of belonging to the global community and a common sense of humanity” and “collective responsibility at the global level” (UNESCO, 2017 p.2).
This study leans on a framework of drama for sustainability issues (Author, 2017, 2023), based on Leinweaver’s (2015) sustainable storytelling. The Bleeding Water role play is characterized as a Little drama that is conducted on a personal level involving a story connected to individuals and how they explore their lives and make their choices based on values and facts (Author, 2001). The dramatic action is personal, exploring personal expressions (Neelands, 2000). Middle dramas, may explore conflicts on an interpersonal and sociocultural level. They have focus of explaining power relationships, organization of society and how culture shapes our collective senses. Big, symbolic dramas help people make sense of the mystery of life and the wonder of being. (Author, 2023). All three levels connect to sustainable citizenship. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a small qualitative study based on observations of teaching activities followed by group interviews. The participants are student teachers in science education from three different teacher education courses at the same institution. The role play has five roles, therefor five students from each course were recruited in order to include students with different educational experiences. The courses are; the bachelor level of the Master’s programme in teacher education; the full-time Teacher Education Programme for students with a master’s degree in Natural Sciences, and the part-time Teacher Education Programme. Det data material consists of video observations and audio-taped interviews (semi-structured). The empirical data is analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2006). The role play is conducted with the use of personal role cards. A small group of five students played out a situation of a family dinner where the nearby river turns out to be invaded by poisonous algae that indecently colors the water red. The plot is inspired by the novel “And the Waters turned to Blood” by Rodney Barker (1998), which is based on a true story. The context affects the family members in different ways. One gets sick after bathing, one has his trade as a pig farmer threatened, one is studying the algae in her master’s degree, the local tourist guide is afraid of the lack of visitors and a fisherman fears for the fish. After the role play, the students reflected on what happened in the play and why, trying to analyse the situation in the local context, and eventually the discussion was guided into a more global perspective. The following group interview focused on the student teachers’ own experience with the role play and their reflections on the role play as a tool of instruction for exploring sustainability issues. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analyses of student teachers’ role play dialogues, reflections and future expectations will be discussed in a local and global sustainable citizenship perspective. The analyses are still preliminary, but other similar studies of secondary students may provide valuable ideas of expected outcomes. Using the same role play with secondary science students, Kristoffersen (2021) revealed that the complexity in the situation initiates high order argumentation using both scientific facts and ethical considerations, critical thinking and socio scientific reasoning. Other studies have explored how role play can provide inclusive contexts for socio-environmental controversial issues, where students’ different voices enrich the learning activity, and students deal with decision-making and conflict. Role play offers situations where students practice negotiating values and making decisions at personal, interpersonal and global levels (Author, 2001, 2003; Colucci-Gray, 2007). Drama and role play enable teachers to bring real-life situations into the classroom and generate incidences where students can rehearse bringing together factual knowledge, values and norms in order to explore how to change existing practices (Boal, 1985; Jackson & Vine, 2013). Simultaneously, in the encounter, they jointly reflect on and perhaps build new transdisciplinary knowledge about sustainability issues. Being students-in-role forces them to also consider personal values and ethical concerns (Author, 2023). The participating student teachers experienced a transition from holding traditional discussions about environmental science issues to practicing the act of living through an environmental issue by behaving and talking in context, and further touching upon thoughts of collective responsibility at the global level. Hopefully they will use and develop role play as a creative and powerful tool in their own teaching. References Author, (2001) Author, (2003) Author, (2017) Author, (2023) Biesta, G. (2006). What's the point of lifelong learning if lifelong learning has no point? On the democratic deficit of policies for lifelong learning. European educational research journal, 5(3-4), 169-180. Boal, A. (1985) Theatre of the Oppressed. New York: Theatre Communications Group. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Colucci-Gray, L. (2007). An inquiry into role-play as a tool to deal with complex socio-environmental issues and conflict. Open University (United Kingdom). Fortus, D., Lin, J., Neumann, K., & Sadler, T. D. (2022). The role of affect in science literacy for all. International Journal of Science Education, 44(4), 535-555. Granados-Sánchez, J. (2023). Sustainable Global Citizenship: A Critical Realist Approach. Social Sciences, 12(3), 171. Jackson, A. & Vine, C. (2013) Learning Through Theatre: The Changing Face of Theatre in Education. New York: Routledge Kristoffersen, K. D. (2021) Rollespel i naturfag. Eit reiskap for utdanning for medborgarskap? [Role play in Science, A tool for educating citizenship?] Master thesis. Oslo: University of Oslo. Leinweaver, J. (2015) Storytelling for Sustainability. Deepening the Case for Change. Oxford: Dõ Sustainability. Neelands, J. (2000). Drama i praksis: teori, ideer og metoder. Gråsten: Drama. Toonders, W., Verhoeff, R. P., & Zwart, H. (2016). Performing the future: on the use of drama in philosophy courses for science students. Science & Education, 25, 869-895. UNESCO (2017) Education for Sustainable Development Goals Learning Objectives. Retrieved January 2024: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444 Valladares, L. (2021). Scientific literacy and social transformation: Critical perspectives about science participation and emancipation. Science & Education, 30(3), 557-587. Van Poeck, K., & Vandenabeele, J. (2013). Sustainable citizenship as practice. Lifelong Learning in Europe, 2013(2). |
13:45 - 15:15 | 30 SES 11 B: Elements of significance in ESE in Schools Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Maarten Deleye Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Developing School Organization Guidelines for Education for Sustainable Development - A Large-Scale Study Including School Leaders, Teachers, and Students 1Karlstad university, Sweden; 2Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:This is an empirical design study on Education for sustainable development (ESD) that will be presented in an early stage with preliminary result at the ECER conference 2024.
School leaders and teachers play a central role in ensuring that all students acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote a sustainable society (Hargreaves & Shirley, 2020). Education for sustainable development (ESD) is a complex and transdisciplinary task for schools and can therefore not be treated as a separate subject but more likely is called for to integrate into all education activities (Holst 2022). In this very urgent task, school leaders and teachers are often left alone without systematic organizational structures and guidelines for implementing ESD. More knowledge and support to both practice and policy decision making is needed.
There is a growing amount of research on ESD implementation. Most studies are small-scale studies where single levels, subjects, or functions in education have been studied to identify their support functions in implementing ESD effectively at schools (Verhelst 2021). Although it is known that the school organization is vital in supporting daily teaching practice in general (Jarl et al., 2021), there is a lack of studies of how a school organization can support the implementation of ESD (see however Forssten Seiser et al., 2022; Mogren 2019), and how multiple actors in a school organization (e.g., leaders, teachers, and students) covary in this implementation. Especially holistic large-scale studies that enable generalizations are missing (Verhelst, 2021).
We have, based on knowledge from previous small-scale studies about ESD at individual and organizational levels and a school improvement project in one Swedish municipality, designed a large-scale national ESD study, including school leaders, teachers, and students. Organizational support, structures, and visions for school leaders will be related to visions, work, and needs related to ESD expressed by teachers and reflections from the students. An already existing national database that is unique in its size for ESD will form the basis for the study. Throughout the project we will build on and further develop the concept of a whole school approach in ESD (Wals & Mathie, 2022). The whole school approach to ESD is a concept that is used to study ESD implementation through a lens of general school improvement as part of daily practice. It aims to reveal how the school organization can support ESD implementation, structurally and coherently.
The aim of our project is to develop systematic and generalized guidelines for how the school organization can support the implementation of ESD. We will study how school leaders organize education and how teachers and students are framed by their local school organizations in their work with ESD. Our first research question is:
How do Swedish school leaders and teachers from preschool, compulsory and secondary school describe their visions, current work, and needs related to ESD, both individual and in relation to their school leaders and their school organizations?
This research question is the start of an iterative research process where factors on school leader level that are supportive for the teachers’ work will be investigated. Further student descriptions of ESD related to school leaders and teachers understanding of ESD will be investigated. Generated knowledge will contribute to how a concept of a whole school approach to ESD, including school leaders, teachers, and students can be further developed to better describe the effects of the school organization for the implementation of ESD in schools?
Nationally, this large-scale holistic project will support policy decisions for a wide national implementation of ESD. Theoretically, the project will contribute to further conceptualization and development of the whole school approach in ESD. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological approach of this project is a mixed methods design. The choice of this approach is to acknowledge the power and benefits of both quantitative and qualitative methods (Tashakkori & Creswell, 2007). We seek to overcome the dualistic view of studying dynamic and static qualities of ESD implementation by either quantitative or qualitative methods, and instead use the different methods to complement each other in a pragmatic sense to investigate our research question in a diverse and complementary way (Biesta, 2010). We intend to investigate both the static quality of ESD, where a system is striving to achieve defined standards, and dynamic quality that represents what a system needs when ESD implementation proceeds in uncertainty where previously formed standards do not apply (Breiting and Mayer 2015). Method design therefore illustrate how initiative or process are producing specific, criteria or standards, which have both productive and restraining effects (McKenzie et al., 2015). Furthermore, since this project is situated on a school organization level it is suggested to combine quantitative data by school leader´s and teacher ´s providing an overview with qualitative data that additionally include students for concrete examples (Denzin & Lincoln, 2008). We have chosen to structure our mixed methods design as an explanatory sequential design in four steps. The first step consists of a large-scale questionnaire and is thus of quantitative character. Existing register data; school leaders (n > 100) and teachers (n > 2000) are collected by the educational resource The global school (administrated by the Swedish Council for Higher Education 2019-2022 and the Swedish International Development Authority, from 2023 and onward). In this first step we aim to answer our first research questions. In the following steps, the analyses of the questionnaire will provide information for the design of a qualitative follow-up study and thus not only information for the quantitative analysis. We aim to bridge results from the analysis of the questionnaire (both Likert type items and open questions) to qualitative data sampling, in case studies. Adding case studies to quantitative data include focus group interviews. We will, based on the results from the questionnaire, select ten schools representing a variation in emphasis of current work with ESD for more in-depth investigation and analyses. Finally, a comprehensive analysis of both quantitative and qualitative data will be made to answer the fourth research question on creating new models of understanding ESD as a whole school approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Previous results important for this project stem from a local school improvement program aiming to scale up the work with ESD in all educational practices within a Swedish municipality. This program serves as an important pilot study for our project. The comprehensive questionnaire used in this study was developed and distributed to all teachers and school leaders. Results from the questionnaires have provided an informative overview of the current ESD work in the specific municipality. In this project we continue the work started in the municipality and expand it to a national level. Experience and results from the local project is vital when scaling up. In ECER 2024 preliminary results on this first scaling of data on a national level will be presented and discussed. Preliminary results for the whole design study building onto the first step is the combination of national quantitative data and case studies in several municipalities that allows for a quantitative validation of a model of whole school approaches of ESD; Scherp school organization model (Mogren 2019). It provides systematic support and guidelines on a general level for implementing education for sustainable development in the whole school organization. The conception of a whole school approach (WSA) to ESD that was previously operationalized in a qualitative manner (Mogren 2019) will here be developed quantitatively to gain theoretical knowledge of school leaders’ and teachers’ views on applying WSA in an ESD context. Furthermore, in this project we will involve students and include their views on school improvement. This is important especially in the context of ESD, where a democratic and participatory approach is emphasized. Previous work with students on ESD has shown what content and methods students prefer (Manni &Knekta 2020) which is why we expect to gain new knowledge here as well. References Breiting, S., Mayer, M. (2015). Quality Criteria for ESD Schools: Engaging Whole Schools in Education for Sustainable Development. In: Jucker, R., Mathar, R. (eds) Schooling for Sustainable Development in Europe. Schooling for Sustainable Development, vol 6. Springer, Cham. Denzin, N. K., Lincoln, Y. S., & Smith, L. T. (Eds.). (2008). Handbook of critical and indigenous methodologies. Sage. Forssten Seiser, A., Mogren, A., Gericke, N., Berglund, T., & Olsson, D. (2022). Developing school leading guidelines facilitating a whole school approach to education for sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 1-23. Hargreaves, A., & Shirley, D. (2020). Leading from the middle: its nature, origins and importance. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 5(1), 92-114. Holst, J. (2022). Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 1-16. Jarl, M., Andersson, K., & Blossing, U. (2021). Organizational characteristics of successful and failing schools: A theoretical framework for explaining variation in student achievement. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(3), 448-464. McKenzie, M., Bieler, A., & McNeil, R. (2015). Education policy mobility: reimagining sustainability in neoliberal times. Environmental Education Research, 21(3), 319-337. Manni, A., & Knekta, E. (2020). A Little Less Conversation, a Little More Action Please: Examining Students’ Voices on Education, Transgression, and Societal Change. Sustainability,12(15), 6231. Mogren, A. (2019). Guiding principles of transformative education for sustainable development in local school organisations: Investigating whole school approaches through a school improvement lens (Doctoral dissertation, Karlstads universitet). Tashakkori A and Creswell JW (2007) Editorial: The new era of mixed methods. Journal of Mixed Methods Research 1(1): 3–7. Verhelst, D. (2021). Sustainable Schools for Sustainable Education: Characteristics of an ESD effective School (Doctoral dissertation, University of Antwerp). Wals, A.E.J., & Mathie, R.G. (2022). Whole school responses to climate urgency and related sustainability challenges. In: M. A., Peters.R.,Heraud,(eds) Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation. Singapore.: Springer. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Integration of Holistic and Sustainable Pedagogy in Chemistry Classrooms: A Survey of Kazakhstan High School Chemistry Teachers NIS Uralsk, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Climate change continues to be a priority on the international agenda. However, stakeholders in the education sector in Kazakhstan have an inadequate understanding of education's part in the climate change initiative and what addressing climate change through education entails. This study investigates the integration of sustainable and holistic pedagogy in Chemistry classrooms. The proposed research design for this study is the convergent mixed-method design, and the participants (n=40) will be Chemistry teachers from Nazarbayev Intellectual School. The expected outcome is that Chemistry teachers are unfamiliar with Green Chemistry principles. The implications of the findings provide a foundation for educationalists to improve curriculum development toward environmental protection. Kazakhstan faces many environmental issues because of the increase in the volume of waste, natural disasters, land degradation (water, wind), deficiency of water resources, air pollution, greenhouse gases, and technological innovations. It necessitates immediate and pragmatic approaches in Chemistry education. According to the United Nations (2022), education is an indispensable resource in the campaign against climate change. It inspires individuals to change their behaviours and attitudes and make informed decisions crucial in the fight against climate change and related environmental problems (Moseley et al., 2019). Leal and Hemstock (2019) also noted that education as a process helps young people better understand and address the effects of global warming. It also fosters better behaviours and attitudes to support the initiatives towards the fight against climate change and embracing a changing environment. Stakeholders in the education sector in Kazakhstan have an inadequate understanding of education's part in the climate change initiative and what addressing climate change through education entails (Mochizuki & Bryan, 2015). Embracing sustainable Chemistry education is proposed as a viable solution to involve education in the fight against climate change actively. This study focuses on Green Chemistry, a form of sustainable Chemistry education that embraces the need to prepare students for environment-friendly knowledge critical to solving societal problems while protecting the environment. Therefore, there is a need to provide adequate knowledge of Green Chemistry for every Chemistry teacher in Kazakhstan. Even though education's role in addressing climate change challenges is increasingly acknowledged, the education system remains underutilised as a strategic tool to adapt and mitigate climate change. Educationalists in most countries globally, including Kazakhstan, are yet to formulate a coherent model for climate change education (Mochizuki & Bryan, 2015). It raises the need to research the integration of sustainable and holistic pedagogy in Chemistry classrooms to develop responsible citizens who apply Green Chemistry principles to solve persistent environmental issues. Integrating environmental education has improved our understanding of handling impurities and their effects. Nevertheless, the extent of incorporation in the science curriculum is not widely known in Kazakhstan (Suyundikova, 2019). Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) aims to introduce a Sustainable Curriculum to close this gap by investigating the integration of holistic and sustainable pedagogy in Chemistry classrooms (Suyundikova, 2019). This study investigates the integration of sustainable and holistic pedagogy in Chemistry classrooms. It will address the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design: The proposed research design for this study is the convergent mixed-method design. The researcher will combine qualitative and quantitative research designs. Data analysis will integrate both forms of data to establish if the data confirms or disconfirms each other. Participants: The participants will be Chemistry teachers from Nazarbayev Intellectual School. Sampling: The researcher proposes using simple random sampling (SRS) in this study. It implies that each sampling unit of the respondents has an equal chance of getting selected (Peregrine, 2018). The researcher will hand-pick a sample from the target population based on the principle of randomisation, for instance, random chance or selection. The target sample size is (n=40). Research Instruments: Regarding quantitative data collection and analysis, this study will adopt a descriptive survey research design using the Perception and Attitude of Chemistry Teachers towards Integrating Green Chemistry Principles Questionnaire (PACTIGCPQ). High School Test Questionnaire will also be used to evaluate respondents' Green Chemistry knowledge. A survey questionnaire will be used to establish the perception of the significance of Green Chemistry and rated on a 3-point Likert scale. The study will use mean, T-test statistical tools, simple percentages, and standard deviation to evaluate this data. In regards to qualitative data collection and analysis, qualitative data will be collected and analysed independently yet simultaneously with the quantitative research. A semi-structured, open-ended instrument and physical interviews will be done. The interviews will last for at least 30 minutes. The six-phase Thematic Analysis will be used to evaluate the collected data. Data Analysis: A convergent data analysis approach will be used. The researcher will evaluate findings from qualitative and quantitative phases to establish complementarity, convergence, or contradictions. Sources of Information: The primary sources of information will include legal and historical documents, audio and video recording from interviews, and statistical data. Secondary sources will include scholarly articles, books, edited works, course textbooks, and review research works. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings provide a foundation for educationalists to improve curriculum development toward environmental protection. The research findings' significance is that they guide education institutions on the approaches they need to make curriculum reforms to integrate sustainability and green chemistry principles into the teaching of chemistry. Additionally, the study aims to enhance teachers' knowledge and awareness of green chemistry principles, fostering a positive attitude towards sustainable chemistry education. By understanding the perceptions and knowledge of high school chemistry teachers in Kazakhstan regarding green chemistry education, this research aims to address several expected outcomes. These outcomes include: 1) Identifying the current level of knowledge and understanding of green chemistry principles among high school chemistry teachers in Kazakhstan; 2) Exploring the challenges and barriers faced by high school chemistry teachers in implementing green chemistry education in their classrooms; 3) Examining the perceptions of high school chemistry teachers on the importance and relevance of green chemistry education in the context of sustainable development; and 4) Assessing the available resources and support for high school chemistry teachers in Kazakhstan to incorporate green chemistry principles into their teaching. By analyzing the data collected from surveys and interviews, the study aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of the perceptions, knowledge, and challenges of high school chemistry teachers in Kazakhstan related to green chemistry education. References Carangue, D., Geverola, I. J., Jovero, M., Lopez, E. N., Pizaña, A., Salmo, J., Silvosa, J., & Picardal, J. (2021). Green Chemistry education among senior high school chemistry teachers: Knowledge, perceptions, and level of integration. Recoletos Multidisciplinary Research Journal, 9(2), 15–33. https://doi.org/10.32871/rmrj2109.02.04 Coşkun Yaşar, G., & Aslan, B. (2021). Curriculum theory: A review study. Uluslararası Eğitim Programları Ve Öğretim Çalışmaları Dergisi, 11(2), 237–260. https://doi.org/10.31704/ijocis.2021.012 Hussei, A.A., & Ahmed, S. D. (2021). Awareness of the principles of green chemistry among middle school teachers. Turkish Journal of Computer and Mathematics Education, 12(7), 475-483. https://doi.org/10.17762/turcomat.v12i7.2607 Leal, W., & Hemstock, S. L. (Eds.). (2019). Climate change and the role of education. Cham: Springer. ISBN: 978-3-030-32898-6 Mochizuki, Y., & Bryan, A. (2015). Climate change education in the context of education for sustainable development: Rationale and principles. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 9(1), 4-26. doi:10.1177/0973408215569109 Moseley, C., Summerford, H., Paschke, M., Parks, C., & Utley, J. (2020). Road to collaboration: Experiential learning theory as a framework for environmental education program development. Applied Environmental Education & Communication, 19(3), 238-258. https://doi.org/10.1080/1533015X.2019.1582375 Peregrine, P. N. (2018). Sampling theory. The Encyclopedia of Archaeological Sciences, 1-3. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119188230.saseas0516 Popov, N., Wolhuter, C., de Beer, L., Hilton, G., Ogunleye, J., Achinewhu-Nworgu, E., & Niemczyk, E. (2021). New Challenges to Education: Lessons from around the World. BCES Conference Books, Volume 19. Bulgarian Comparative Education Society. ISBN 978-619-7326-11-6 Raymond, I.J., & Raymond, C.M. (2019). Positive psychology perspectives on social values and their application to intentionally delivered sustainability interventions. Sustainability Science, 14, 1381–1393. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-019-00705-9 Suyundikova, G. (2019). Teachers' attitudes towards implementation of the upgraded curriculum in a secondary school in Aktau, city of Mangystau Province, Kazakhstan. (dissertation). Nazarbayev University Library, Astana, Kazakhstan. https://nur.nu.edu.kz/bitstream/handle/123456789/4325/Gulden%20Suyundikova%20Thesis+Author%20Agreement.pdf?isAllowed=y&sequence=1 United Nations. (2022). Education is key to addressing climate change. https://www.un.org/en/climatechange/climate-solutions/education-key-addressing-climate-change 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Mediating Role of Environmental Attitudes Between Gender and Pro-environmental Behaviours Among Hungarian Students 1ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 2ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Doctoral School of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 3ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of People-Environment Transaction, Budapest, Hungary; 4Pázmány Péter Catholic University, Institute of Sociology, Budapest, Hungary; 5Alapértékek Nonprofit Ltd., Budapest, Hungary; 6Department of Sociology and Communication, Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Budapest, Hungary Presenting Author:One of the main aims of environmental education is to support people in realising pro-environmental behaviours (PEB). Previous literature has revealed that gender and environmental attitudes are important factors concerning people's pro-environmental behaviours. In our presentation, recent findings from a representative sample of Hungarian high school students' data regarding the relationship between environmental attitudes, gender and pro-environmental behaviours are presented. Environmental attitudes represent individuals' value judgments concerning the natural environment (Hawcroft & Milfort, 2010). Environmental attitudes can be categorised into two main paradigms: the Dominant Social Paradigm (DSP), which suggests that the environment should be subordinate to human needs, and the New Ecological Paradigm (NEP), which emphasises environmental protection against human activities (Dunlap et al., 2000). Dunlap and colleagues’ (2000) revised NEP scale for measuring environmental attitudes has been criticised extensively recently for its psychometry and content (Hawcroft & Milfort, 2010; Berze et al., 2022). Gender differences in environmental attitudes and environmentally conscious behaviours are widely studied (De Leeuw et al., 2014). Several studies indicate that women and girls have higher environmental attitudes and engage in more environmentally conscious actions, although conflicting results exist. The conceptual framework of our presentation is built upon the basis of two important models explaining environmentally conscious behaviour. The Value-Belief-Norm model (Stern & Dietz, 1994; Klöckner, 2013) and the Theory of Planned Behaviour (Ajzen, 1991) both propose that the antecedents of pro-environmental behaviour - among other factors - are environmental attitudes. The causes of these differences are theorised to lie mainly in socialisation and living conditions. For example, significant differences are found for environmental actions in the private sphere but not for public actions (Handler & Haller, 2011; Xiao & Dunlap, 2007) - a difference that can be explained in several ways. Regarding accessibility, there may also be an indirect effect of women spending more time running the household and thus being faced with more choices to act in an environmentally responsible way (Molina, 2018). Socialisation differences are closely related to this, as society tries to impart different values to girls and boys through upbringing. The former are raised to be supportive and caring. In contrast, boys are raised with a greater emphasis on responsible and rational behaviour. They are more encouraged to be proactive (Blocker & Eckberg, 1997) - which may lead them to interpret differently the social circumstances, losses and gains that proactive actions can potentially provide - and therefore, proactive actions in the public sphere are stereotyped as being more likely to be attributed to men (Dietz et al., 1998; Molina, 2018). Our research objectives: 1) Exploring the direction and strength of the relationship between students' gender and pro-environmental behaviours. 2) Exploring the direction and strength of the relationship between students' environmental attitudes and pro-environmental behaviours and whether these attitudes mediate the gender-PEB relationship . 3) Comparing our used version of the NEP and an alternative version of the 2-MEV scales by their direct effects on pro-environmental behaviour in our model. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In Hungary, the nationwide Sustainability Thematic Week (STW) has been announced by the Ministry responsible for education yearly since 2016, with a linked research program since 2020. In 2022, PontVelem Ltd., the organiser of the STW, initiated international research to investigate environmental awareness based on representative samples in three central European countries (Czech Republic, Hungary, and Slovakia). A total of (n=) 3434 responses of Hungarian students of this representative sample were included in the presented analysis. The average of their age was (M=) 16.89 years (SD=0.64; Med=17). The gender ratio was unbalanced, with boys in the majority (boys: 52.6%; girls: 47.4%). The research program in 2023 was organised under the ethical permission (2023/379) of the Research Ethics Committee of ELTE University Faculty of Pedagogy and Psychology. The data were collected using the questionnaire software of Forsense Institute and analysed with SPSS 28.0 statistic software and the PROCESS macro v4.2 of Hayes (2013). The following scales were included in the analyses: NEP (New Environmental Paradigm scale, Berze et al., 2022) – The NEP is one of the most used scales (Hawcroft & Milfort, 2010) to measure environmental attitudes. Our used version is based on the revised NEP's Scale for Children (Manoli et al., 2007), which has been translated into Hungarian and used on multiple occasions. During our exploratory factor analysis, we found the scale to consist of three factors – the same factor structure found by Berze and his colleagues (2022). We also used their established factor names: Rights of Nature, Eco-Crisis, and Questioning of Human Intervention. 2-MEV (Two Main Environmental Values Scale, Bogner and Wiseman, 1999) – the 2-MEV is also a prominent and widely used measurement of environmental attitudes, while also psychometrically better than the NEP. A version based on a Czech adaptation of the scale (Činčera et al., 2022) was applied, which has not been examined by exploratory factor analysis yet, thus, our results are the first in this context. We found satisfactory psychometric metrics and three factors: Utilisation, Preservation and Enjoyment of Nature. PEB (Pro-Environmental Behaviour Scale) – this measurement is an amalgamation of items from different scales made by expert researchers of environmentalism. Our methodology of analysis was a mediated linear regression model. Gender as the independent variable, the PEB score as the dependent variable, and the factors of the NEP and 2-MEV as mediators were included in the model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The complete interpretation of our findings is still in process. However, our preliminary findings are the following. A significant direct association was found between students' gender (boys were coded as „1" and girls as „2") and their pro-environmental behaviour (β= -0.18, p<0.001). Since a significant total indirect (β=0.26, [95% CI: 0.212, 0.311]) and total association (β=0.08, p=0.02), both with opposite signs compared to the direct effect, were also found between gender and PEB, the mediation in our model is partial and inconsistent. This means, that environmental attitudes partially mediate the effect of gender on pro-environmental behaviour, i.e., other factors also have a role in the gender-PEB relationship besides the attitudes. Considering the opposite signs of direct and indirect effects in our mediation model, it might be argued that if their environmental attitudes are controlled, girls behave less pro-environmentally than boys and it is associated with the factor(s) not revealed, i.e., girls' stronger environmental attitudes outweigh this/these factor(s) resulting in more pro-environmental behaviour by them compared to boys. We found significant direct effects between two out of three NEP factors (Rights of the Nature: β=0.02, p=0.34; Eco-Crisis: β=0.07, p<0.001; Questioning of Human Intervention: β=-0.06, p<0.001) three out of three 2-MEV factors (Preservation: β=0.45, p<0.001; Utilisation: β=0.10, p<0.001; Enjoyment of Nature: β=0.19, p<0.001) and the dependent variable. Stronger associations of PEB were found with the 2-MEV Scale than the NEP Scale. It could allude to the possibility that using 2-MEV to measure environmental attitudes might lay results that can be better integrated into the overarching models of pro-environmental behaviours. References Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organisational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179–211. https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-t Berze, I. Z., Varga, A., Mónus, F., Néder, K., & Dúll, A. (2022). Measuring Environmental Worldviews: Investigating the dimensionality of the new environmental paradigm scale for children in a large central European sample. Sustainability, 14(8), 4595. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14084595 Bogner, F. X., & Wiseman, M. (1999). Toward measuring adolescent environmental perception. European Psychologist, 4(3), 139–151. https://doi.org/10.1027/1016-9040.4.3.139 Činčera, J., Kroufek, R., & Bogner, F. X. (2022). The perceived effect of environmental and sustainability education on environmental literacy of Czech teenagers. Environmental Education Research, 29(9), 1276–1293. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2107618 De Leeuw, A., Valois, P., Morin, A. J. S., & Schmidt, P. (2014). Gender differences in psychosocial determinants of university students' intentions to buy fair trade products. Journal of Consumer Policy, 37(4), 485–505. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10603-014-9262-4 Dunlap, R. E., Van Liere, K. D., Mertig, A. G., & Jones, R. E. (2000). New Trends in Measuring Environmental Attitudes: Measuring endorsement of the new ecological paradigm: a revised NEP scale. Journal of Social Issues, 56(3), 425–442. https://doi.org/10.1111/0022-4537.00176 Hadler, M., & Haller, M. (2011). Global activism and nationally driven recycling: The influence of world society and national contexts on public and private environmental behaviour. International Sociology, 26(3), 315–345. https://doi.org/10.1177/0268580910392258 Hawcroft, L. J., & Milfont, T. L. (2010). The use (and abuse) of the new environmental paradigm scale over the last 30 years: A meta-analysis. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 30(2), 143–158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2009.10.003 Hayes, A. F. (2013). Introduction to mediation, moderation, and conditional process analysis: A regression-based approach. Guilford Press. Klöckner, C. A. (2013). A comprehensive model of the psychology of environmental behaviour—A meta-analysis. Global Environmental Change, 23(5), 1028–1038. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2013.05.014 Manoli, C. C., Johnson, B., & Dunlap, R. E. (2007). Assessing Children's Environmental Worldviews: Modifying and validating the new ecological paradigm scale for use with children. The Journal of Environmental Education, 38(4), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.3200/joee.38.4.3-13 Stern, P. C., & Dietz, T. (1994). The value basis of environmental concern. Journal of Social Issues, 50(3), 65–84. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4560.1994.tb02420.x Xiao, C., & Dunlap, R. E. (2007). Validating a Comprehensive Model of Environmental Concern Cross-Nationally: A U.S.-Canadian comparison. Social Science Quarterly, 88(2), 471–493. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6237.2007.00467.x |
13:45 - 15:15 | 31 SES 11 A: Family Languages and Multilingualism Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jonas Yassin Iversen Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Sweden Finnish Family Language Policies and Practices in Cases of Successful Language Maintenance 1University of Eastern Finland; 2Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:Minority language maintenance or shift occurs at the individual, family, and societal levels through the interplay of psychological and social factors in the community in which the language minority members are situated (Spolsky 2004; Curdt-Christiansen & Huang 2020; Vuorsola 2022a). A range of factors influence language maintenance in diverse ways in different contexts; thus, it is impossible to formulate a single universally accepted theory that predicts whether language transmission will occur in any bilingual environment (Aalberse, et al., 2019). In recent years, the family has become the focus of attention in sociolinguistic studies on minority languages in the field of Language Policy (Curdt-Cristiansen & Huang 2020; Schwartz 2020). In this study, we use Curdt-Christiansen’s and Huang’s (2020) Family Language Policy Model as our theoretical background. In this model, family language policies are influenced by external and internal factors: External factors are 1) socio-economic, 2) socio-political, 3) socio-cultural, and 4) socio-linguistic factors, and the internal factors are 1) emotional, 2) identity and 3) cultural factors, 4) parental impact beliefs and 5) child agency (Curdt-Cristiansen & Huang, 2020). However, the scope the current study does not allow for implementation of the entire FLP model and thus, we focus on the internal factors. Although the sociolinguistic situation of Sweden’s national minority languages, Finnish, Meänkieli, Sami, Yiddish and Romany Chib, has improved slightly since Sweden ratified the Council of Europe’s European Charter for Regional or Minority Languages and the Framework Convention for the Protection of National Minorities in 2000 (SOU 2017:91), they are still under serious threat, partly due to the fact that teaching in these languages has not been organized sufficiently. Moreover, there has been a long-standing process of forced language shift and Swedishisation, which has led to a steady decline in the number of speakers of these languages (SOU 2017:91). Thus, in their daily lives, minority language families in Sweden often face the consequences of lack of adequate language policies in schools (SOU 2017:91) and negative attitudes towards minority languages in society in general (Vuorsola 2022b). Consequently, family language policy, family’s ability to resist external pressures to speak majority language with their children, and language practices and attitudes of family members are crucial factors in maintenance of heritage language. Although Sweden is committed to the preservation and revitalisation of minority languages in its minority policy and legislation, there are major shortcomings, particularly in the field of education, which has drawn criticism by the supervisory authorities of the Council of Europe (SOU 2017:91). Therefore, the families’ language policies still seem to determine the maintenance of minority languages in Sweden (King et al., 2008). Sweden Finns are the largest national minority group in Sweden, and the number of those with a Finnish background is estimated to be around 800 000 (Salö & Milani 2023: 30). Although family language policies in different minority language groups and contexts have been studied in recent decades, there are only a few studies on the factors influencing the language policies of Sweden Finnish families over the past decade (see Lainio & Pesonen 2021). In this study, we examine Sweden Finnish heritage language policies and language practices through semi-structured interviews in 10 Sweden Finnish families where the Finnish language has been successfully passed on to the subsequent generation(s). The research question is: How do the parents describe their language policies and how emotional, identity and cultural factors, as well as parental impact beliefs and child agency have influenced language practices in the Sweden Finnish families where the Finnish language has transmitted to the next generation(s)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data have been collected through individual semi-structured interviews in 2022–2024 in different parts of Sweden. The entire data set includes interviews with hundred Sweden Finns and Tornedalians as part of the project One hundred Swedish Finns and Tornedalian linguistic biographies, but this presentation only reports on interviews with family members of 10 families which were selected for this study on the basis that the Finnish language has been passed from parents to children (and in few cases also to grandchildren). The interview questions included questions about the family's language use and factors that they considered have influenced the language choices of the family and individual family members. The data collection, storing and processing follows the ethical principles outlined in the Ethical review in human sciences for research involving human participants drawn up by The Finnish National Board on Research Integrity (TENK, 2023) and by the Swedish Research Council (2017), as well as those of the participating universities. In addition, the processing of personal data in the research complies with the EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU 2016/679) as well as the Finnish Data Protection Act (1050/2018). The participants, for example, gave their consent both orally and in writing to be part of the study. The data were analysed with the theory-driven content analysis (Krippendorff, 1980). To begin the qualitative content analysis the first author read the transcriptions of the interviews to gain an initial understanding of the data and to start to code the data based on Curdt-Christiansen’s and Huang’s (2020) Family Language Policy Model’s internal factors: 1) emotional, 2) identity and 3) cultural factors, 4) parental impact beliefs and 5) child agency. The suggested coding was then discussed among the three authors. If coded cases were unclear, the coding was negotiated and revised. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results show that Finnish has been transmitted to the second and third generation through parents’ heritage language use and investment in the child's language learning, but also through child’s own agency. However, there can be remarkable differences between siblings in a family. Emotional aspect for maintaining Finnish language was strong in the narratives of the families, and they used strong descriptive language when describing decisions behind their language practices. Identity was also strongly included in the decisions concerning language maintenance, as families strongly identified themselves as Finnish speakers. Cultural factors were reflected e.g. in dedication to read Finnish literature. Parental impact beliefs were strongly present in the narratives: Parents had made a conscious and firm decision to systematically use only Finnish with their children, and they believed that the children would learn Swedish later at school, and that mixing languages at home would not be beneficial for their children’s language learning. Furthermore, the parents reported various ways of investing in their children’s Finnish language learning. Concerning child agency, children often shared their parents' desire to keep Finnish and Swedish separate from each other, but noted that siblings, friends and changing life situations remarkably affected their language practices. The results indicate that Finnish language had maintained its status as the home language due to more or less conscious family language policy planning. Moreover, the family language policies seemed to depend on the parents’ linguistic backgrounds and their beliefs and attitudes, but also on children’s own agency. The findings of this study are relevant in the European context since many heritage languages struggle in staying alive, and revitalisation of minority languages is needed in many countries (SOU 2017:91). Thus, awareness of aspects affecting maintaining heritage languages is essential. References Aalberse, S., Backus, A. & Muysken, P. (2019). Heritage Languages. A Language Contact Approach. John Benjamins. Curdt-Cristiansen, X. L. & Huang, J. (2020). Factors influencing family language policy. In Andrea C. Shalley & Susana A. Eisenchlas (eds.), Handbook of social and affective factors in home language maintenance and development (pp. 174–193). Mouton de Gruyter. King, K. A. & Fogle, L. W. (2017). Family Language Policy. In: McCarty, T., May, S. (eds.). Language Policy and Political Issues in Education. Encyclopedia of Language and Education. (pp 315–327). Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02344-1_25 Krippendorff, K. (1980). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage. Lainio, J. & Pesonen S. (2021). »Önskar att jag hade fått hjälp att lära min son finska.»: Finskans öden i skenet av 2000-talets utbildnings- och minoritetspolitiska utveckling i Sverige. (’Wish I had got some help to teach my son Finnish”: the fate of Finnish in the shadow of minority language and education policies in Sweden during the 2000s’). Språk och stil 31 (1), pp. 44–74. Salö, L. & Tommaso M. (2023). Minoritetsspråkspolitik och sociolingvistiska verkligheter. In: M. Tommaso & L. Salö. Sveriges Nationella minoritetsspråk. Nya språkpolitiska perspektiv. Studentlitteratur. Schwartz, M. (2020). Strategies and practices of home language maintenance. In A. C. Shalley & S. A. Eisenchlas (eds.), Handbook of social and affective factors in home language maintenance and development (pp. 194–217). Mouton de Gruyter. SOU (2017:91). Statens offentliga utredningar. Betänkande av Utredningen förbättrade möjligheter för elever att utveckla sitt nationella minoritetsspråk. (’State public inquiries. Report of the inquiry into improved opportunities for pupils to develop their national minority language’). Spolsky, B. (2004). Language Policy. Cambridge University Press. Vuorsola, L. (2022a). Peer interaction practices as part of a Sweden Finnish spatial repertoire. Linguistics and Education, 67, p.101014. Vuorsola, L. (2022b). “Speak your own language”. On tensions regarding Finnish in Sweden. Doctoral thesis in Finnish at Stockholm University. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Gender-Based Inequalities in Linguistic Communicative Competence in Basque Bilingual Elementary Schools Univ. of the Basque Count, Spain Presenting Author:The aim of the research is to determine to what extent elementary schools in the Basque Autonomous Community can reduce gender differences in learning the Basque and Spanish language. This study seeks to characterize the most equitable Elementary schools in terms of performance in the Basque and Spanish language obtained by the students. The discourse of the professionals working in these schools are studied.
Even though one of the important purposes of the European Union is to promote gender equity in educational institutions (European Institute for gender equality. EIGE, 2023), there are still gender differences in performance, individual motivations, or professional aspirations (Kollmayer et al., 2018). Likewise, the existing research on the study of gender differences within the educational context is increasing, intending to respond to the need to create educational responses to narrow such differences (Quenzel & Hurrelmannb, 2013; Cervini et al., 2015; Van Hek et al., 2016). Horizontal segregation theory explains the differences that still exist in vocational options and choice of specialist subjects, with girls continuing to opt more for qualifications linked to caring for others, which enjoy a lower level of professional prestige (EIGE, 2019).
The factors that promote gender inequity in the education system are multifaceted. These factors involve the interaction of institutional environments, the social climate, motivation patterns, orientations regarding gender roles, family resources, parental decisions, school structure, and teacher evaluations and decisions (Hadjar et al. 2014). This indicates that, in addition to individual factors or contextual circumstances in education, these factors may be relevant to a person's educational achievement (Van Hek et al., 2016). School culture, teaching practices, and home and social environment can promote differences in students regarding educational achievement (Mensah & Kiernan, 2010).
Research seems to agree that one of the most prominent gender gaps is found in literacy and language, favoring girls over boys (Gustavsen, 2017; Quinn, 2018; Soto et al., 2019) also in PISA (Quenzel and Hurrelmannb, 2013; Manu et al. 2021) and in terms of attitude and motivation to reading (Artola et al., 2017). But it is necessary to identify if this trend also takes place in bilingual contexts such as BAC, , in a diglossia situation; 14.13% of the population speak Basque at home (Eustat, 2016). Other studies found that girls have a higher level of Linguistic Communicative Competence (LCC) in Basque than boys (Basque Government, ISEI-IVEI, & Soziolinguistika Klusterra, 2019), whereas boys have a marginally higher level of LCC in Spanish (Intxausti et al., 2023). That might indicate a feminization of the Basque language or the construction of masculinity through Spanish language (Altuna, 2023). Altuna (2017) argues that boys associate the minority language with the formal domain, such as the school context, with one way of challenging formal school rules being to speak in Spanish (Altuna & Hernadez, 2018). Other studies on minority language context as Wales have observed a trend among young males to use the more prestigious language (Price & Tamburelli, 2016) in informal social domains. Therefore, a deeper approach to the gender gap in LCC is required, taking the cultural-social and linguistic context into account, since, although studies have generally found that girls score higher in LCC than boys, this finding may not apply to bilingual contexts. This study covers a research gap on the efficiency of elementary schools in relation to the outcomes in linguistic competence in intersection with gender in specific bilingual scenario. It is important to investigate if schools are successful in achieving fair results in bilingual context regardless of the gender of the students in order to understand better language learning and its intersection with issues of gender disparity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is exploratory and descriptive with a mixed methodology. For the quantitative study, data was gathered from the census sample, on average, students in the 4th grade of 529 Elementary Schools participated. The Basque Institute for Educational Evaluation and Research (ISEI-IVEI) carries out Diagnostic Evaluations (D.E.), a standardized test similar to PISA that aims to assess the mathematical and linguistic competence in Spanish and Basque which includes five different dimensions (Basque Government, 2008): oral comprehension, written comprehension, oral expression, written expression and oral interaction. The database used in this study was the D.E. carried out in 2015, 2017, and 2019. Statistical analyses were conducted with the SPSS 26 program. This study analyzes the concept of school effectiveness in terms of gender equity. Equitable elementary schools were identified using multilevel regression modeling techniques (Lizasoain, 2020). That enables contextual variables to be controlled for families' economic, social and cultural status (ESCS), the family language, and the percentage of immigrant students since it is widely accepted that contextual variables strongly influence the academic results obtained by schools. These contextual variables were controlled to calculate residual values. Two residual values are considered in this study to identify gender equity index: 1) female student: the difference between the score obtained by the female students of each educational school in the D.E. with respect to the score expected for them considering their context. 2) male student: the difference between the score obtained by male students of each educational school in the D.E. with respect to the score expected for them considering their context. The gender equality index is obtained from the difference between the residual values of girls and boys. The centers that obtain or are close to the value 0 are those identified as equitable centers. 65 elementary schools met the equitable criterion in Basque competence and 89 schools in Spanish competence. Among those equitable centers, 10 schools obtaining equitable results in the Basque language and 9 schools in Spanish gave their consent to continue in the study. For the qualitative study, interviews were conducted with 22 members of the management and teachers of those equitable schools. In these interviews, students' results about gender equity in the Basque and Spanish language were presented, and their perceptions in this regard were analyzed. A common protocol was established for the interviewers. Instrument was designed about five different areas. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The multilevel regression analysis shows that very few schools in the B.A.C. are gender equitable, that is, a few schools obtain better results than expected for both, girls and boys. 65 out of 529 centers in the entire B.A.C., that is, 12.3%, manage to achieve equitable academic results in Basque competence and 89 schools (16,8%) in Spanish competence. As in other studies students’ performance in Basque differ more between boys and girls than in Spanish (Intxausti et al. 2023), this study confirms that they also continue to do when contextual factors are controlled. That is, the equity index is slightly higher in Spanish than in Basque competence, so that requires more studies on language learning in intersection with gender issues. The discourses of the schools' professionals identified as equitable vary in some dimensions studied. The results of the interviews show that the schools have not reflected on the importance of educating in equality in the dimension of LCC. Although it has seen that they have implemented coeducational plans (Basque Government, 2019b) and actions to promote gender equity, they have not initiated a reflection on the importance of reducing the gender gap in LCC. That makes it difficult to break with the sexual division in the choices of high school modalities, future university degrees and future jobs (EIGE, 2019; Emakunde, 2017). However, the equitable results were explained by the methodologies applied specially for learning Basque. These methodologies begin in the infant stage and are carried out with teachers trained for this purpose. Although the methodologies differ (cooperative learning, dialogic learning, phonological awareness), collaborative work among students and the use of heterogeneous groups can be observed. Some schools justify their equitable results with their work in coexistence and individualized tutoring and consider it crucial to address each student's academic and emotional needs. References Altuna, J. (2023). Hizkuntzaren funanbulistak. Hizkuntza sozializazioa kirol eremuan adin eta generoak ardaztuta [Tightrope walker of language. Language socialization in sport domain focused on age and gender]. Doctoral Thesis. http://hdl.handle.net/10810/62640 Artola, T., Sastre, S., & Barraca, J. (2017). Diferencias de género en actitudes e intereses lectores. Una investigación con alumnos españoles de Primaria [Gender differences in regards to reading attitudes and interests: a research based on spanish primary school pupils]. Bordon, 69(1), 11–26. https://doi.org/10.13042/Bordon.2016.37925 Basque Government. (2008). La Evaluación Diagnóstica en Euskadi. Propuesta para su desarrollo y aplicación [Diagnostic Evaluation in Euskadi. Proposal for its development and application]. Departamento de Educación, Universidades e Investigación. https://hdl.handle.net/11162/206655 European Institute for gender equality. EIGE (2023). Gender equality index. Publications office of the European Union. Intxausti, N., Rodriguez, S. Aierbe, A. (2023). Do more effective school succeed in reducing the gender gap in linguistic communicative competence in bilingual context? Culture and education, 35(3), 699-734. https://doi.org/10.1080/11356405.2022.2154560 Kollmayer, M., Schober, B., & Spiel, C. (2018). Gender Stereotypes in Education: Development, Consequences, and Interventions. European Journal of Developmental Psycholy, 15(4), 361–377. http://doi.org/ 10.1080/17405629.2016.1193483 Lizasoain, L. (2020). Criterios y modelos estadísticos de eficacia escolar [Criteria and statistical models of school effectiveness]. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 38(2), 311–327. https://doi.org/10.6018/rie.417881 Manu, M., Torppa, M., Eklund, K., Poikkeus, A., Lerkkanen, M., & Niemi, P. (2021). Kindergarten pre-reading skills predict Grade 9 reading comprehension (PISA Reading) but fail to explain gender difference. Reading and Writing, 34, 753–771. https://doi.org/10.1007/s1114502010090 Mensah, F.K. & Kiernan, K.E. (2010) Gender differences in educational attainment: influences of the family environment. British Educational Research Journal, 36(2), 239-260, DOI: 10.1080/01411920902802198 Price, A. R., & Tamburelli, M. (2016). Minority language abandonment in Welsh-medium educated L2 male adolescents: Classroom, not chatroom. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 29(2), 189–206. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2015.1136323Basque Government, 2008 Quinn, J. M. (2018). Diferential identification of females and males with reading difculties: A metaanalysis. Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 31,(5), 1039–1061. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-018-9827-8 Soto, J., Cordero, M. E., & Jaraíz, F. J. (2019). Estudio de casos sobre el hábito de lectura entre los niños de 0 a 12 años en Extremadura. Didáctica, 31, 147–170. https://doi.org/10.5209/dida.65946 Van Hek, M., Kraaykamp, G., & Wolbers, M. H. J. (2016). Comparing the gender gap in educational attainment: The impact of emancipatory contexts in 33 cohorts across 33 countries. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22, 260–282. http://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2016.1256222 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Syrian and Iraqi Refugee Children‘s Language Learning and Multilingualism at Home and at School University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:This paper presents preliminary findings from the research project, A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI). The project generally aims to critically explore the education and social inclusion of Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth at pre-, compulsory and upper secondary levels and the structures created for their learning and wellbeing in their social and educational settings. Groups of socalled quota refugees from Syria and Iraq arrived in Iceland from 2015 onwards, invited to the country in collaboration with the UNHCR. These refugees settled in eleven different municipalities as part of state agreements with those municipalities. Findings of previous research in Iceland have revealed multiple challenges that refugee children face in Icelandic schools and society, but also educational and social success (Hama, 2020; Hariri et al., 2020; Ragnarsdóttir &Hama, 2018). While there has been some research with refugee groups in Iceland, ESRCI is the first extensive research with these refugee groups. The project is directed by the overarching research question: How do the education system and socio-cultural environments in Iceland contribute to the education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth? The project is divided into four pillars, the second of which is Language learning and multilingualism at home and at school. Drawing on data related to the theme in this pillar, the paper aims to explore the refugee children’s and youth’s language use, language learning and multilingualism. 1: What is the nature of refugee children’s and youth’s language use and language learning (Icelandic and heritage language/s) in school and at home? This paper draws on theoretical approaches within fields such as second language learning, multilingualism, and heritage languages. Burns (2008) argues that language proficiency may well be regarded as a proxy indicator for inclusion. Schools as sites of language teaching and learning therefore become key facilitators in the inclusion of refugee children. The work of Nusche (2009) provides helpful insights into some of the most important elements required to properly address the language learning needs of migrant and refugee children. Many of these are addressed at the level of school policies and include early language assistance, for example in preschool education and care, individual monitoring of language development and systematic support for language learning throughout school and teachers trained in second language teaching. In recent years, the benefits of bi- and multilingualism for individuals and societies have been explored and discussed by many scholars (Chumak-Horbatsch, 2012; Cummins, 2004; Ragnarsdóttir & Schmidt, 2014). However, the multiple resources which ethnic minority students, immigrants and refugees bring to schools tend to be overlooked and ignored. Cummins (2004) has addressed the need for investing in practices affecting social justice in a positive way in educational communities and gaining understanding of how school policy and teachers’ attitudes, beliefs and exclude some children while welcoming others. According to Cummins, in order to create learning spaces that respond to the needs of linguistically and culturally diverse groups of children and families, schools need to consider how to implement socially just and inclusive practices that welcome diverse backgrounds and identities. Additionally, to develop inclusive and linguistically appropriate practices (Chumak-Horbatsch, 2012; Cummins, 2004; Gay, 2010) it is important to build on children’s prior experiences and knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative ESRCI research project involves Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth of different genders and their parents who have diverse educational and socio-economic backgrounds, altogether 40 families with children in schools at one or more levels (pre-, compulsory and upper secondary) in eleven municipalities in Iceland, as well as the children’s teachers, principals and where relevant, school counsellors in the children’s schools, municipality persons, social services and NGOs. The eleven municipalities are located in different parts of Iceland: Southwest (Capital area), Northwest, West Fjords, Northeast, East and South Iceland. Purposive sampling was used to select the families and information on the participants obtained from authorities (Stjórnarráð Íslands, n.d.). Multiple case studies are conducted with quota refugee children and youth in altogether 40 families in eleven municipalities in urban and rural contexts in Iceland. Each of the 40 families is considered to be one case. According to Stake (2005), a case study is frequently chosen as it draws attention to what in particular can be learned from a particular case. Semi-structured in-depth and focus group interviews (Morgan, 1997) are used for data collection, using interview guides developed by the research team. Emphasis is put on exploring the children’s voices, including child friendly, emancipatory approaches in addition to semi-structured in-depth interviews with children (age 12-18). To ensure children’s participation and agency, data is also collected through active instruments such as participatory place-based methods, child led tour “walk-along” interviews and short diaries and narratives (Dennis, et al, 2009). The analytical process takes place concurrently throughout the research period. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper presents preliminary findings from data collected in the eleven municipalities. The findings reveal various challenges that the children and families experience in maintaining their heritage language as well as learning Icelandic. Their language negotiations and language identities and general well-being at school are dependent on many different factors, including teaching practices, level of participation and inclusion, communication with peer groups, as well as cultural issues. The children who experience exclusion or other obstacles at school are often less motivated to learn the new language. However, some of the children have progressed in their studies and are active participants in social activities at school. References Burns, T. (2008). Education and migration background research synthesis. Paris: OECD. Retrieved from http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/37/53/40636545.pdf Chumak-Horbatsch, R. (2012). Linguistically appropriate practice. A guide for working with young immigrant children. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Cummins, J. (2004). Language, power and pedagogy: Bilingual cildren in the crossfire (3rd edition). London: Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Gay, G. (2010). Classroom practices for teaching diversity: An example from Washington State (United States). In Educating teachers for diversity: Meeting the challenge (pp. 257–279). París: OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/educating-teachers-for-diversity_9789264079731-en Hama, S. R. (2020). Experiences and expectations of successful immigrant and refugee students while in upper secondary schools in Iceland [Doctoral dissertation, University of Iceland]. Opin vísindi. https://hdl.handle.net/20.500.11815/2182 Hariri, K. E., Gunnþórsdóttir, H. & Meckl, M. (2020). Syrian students at the Arctic circle in Iceland. In N. Yeasmin, W. Hasanat, J. Brzozowski & S. Kirchner (Eds.), Immigration in the circumpolar north: integration and resilience. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429344275 Nusche, D. (2009). What works in migrant education? A review of evidence and policy options. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 22. Paris: OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/227131784531 Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Hama, S. R. (2018). Refugee children in Icelandic schools: Experiences of families and schools. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & S. Lefever (Eds.), Icelandic studies on diversity and social justice in education (pp. 82–104). Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars Press. Ragnarsdóttir, H. & Schmidt, C. (2014). Introduction. In H. Ragnarsdóttir & C. Schmidt (Eds.), Learning spaces for social justice: International perspectives on exemplary practices from preschool to secondary school (pp. 1–8). London: A Trentham Book. Institute of Education Press. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 32 SES 11 A: Care as Theory, Methodology and Ethics for Organizational Education Research in the Times of Uncertainty Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Session Chair: Julia Elven Symposium |
|
32. Organizational Education
Symposium Care as Theory, Methodology, and Ethics for Organizational Education Research in the Times of Uncertainty Amid troubled times marked by conflicts, escalating climate changes, and social inequity, it becomes imperative to contemplate how acts of care—to oneself, specific others, strangers, the environment, and the world we share—can serve as valuable tools in navigating the uncertainty that currently envelops us. The symposium positions care as a crucial theoretical and practical tool within the organizational education perspective. Presentations delve into the transformative power of care in organizational dynamics, especially in the post-pandemic context. The focus is on fostering democratic values and inclusive practices in organizational learning within, by, and between organizations (Göhlich et al., 2018). The concept of care, once confined to dyadic relationships within the feminine and domestic sphere (Noddings, 1984; Tronto, 1993), has evolved into a multifaceted force extending across education, society (Noddings, 1992), politics (Tronto, 1993), and human-nonhuman interdependency (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012). This interconnectedness, spanning intimate and planetary scales, necessitates immediate acknowledgment (Hooks, 2001). The symposium explores this expansive understanding of care, offering nuanced perspectives that challenge conventional norms and prompt a reimagining of organizational ways, structures, and practices. The symposium presents three papers that, collectively, address the transformative potential of care in organizational settings.The first presentation positions care as an organizational principle, examining its transformative potential and democratic possibilities. By exploring care through the lens of feminist methodology and drawing from post-humanist perspectives, this paper invites us to consider how 'caring-with' can catalyze a quiet yet profound reimagining of democracy in practice, fostering an environment where shared resources and relationships are nurtured. The second paper discusses the infusion of care ethics in reshaping organizational structures in disability-led organizations, challenging neoliberal-capitalist narratives and weaves in Puar's (2017) critique of the ability/disability binary, revealing the nuanced interplay of debility, capacity, and care in post-pandemic organizing and advocating for democratic and 'care-full' inclusion. The third paper investigates the influence of care in guiding responses to uncertainty in organizational learning, integrating Dewey's insights on uncertainty and societal democratization (Dewey, 1916; 1949) with feminist care ethics perspectives that highlight its role in fostering inclusive and adaptive environments amid uncertainties. The fourth paper seeks to delve into and scrutinize the conceptual frameworks and underlying theories influencing the assessment of care work quality, with an emphasis on striving for better harmony with ever-evolving sociocultural dynamics inherent in these practices. These papers collectively advocate for a care ethics framework that goes beyond traditional boundaries, promoting attentiveness, responsiveness, and response-ability. They urge a reconceptualization of care as a catalyst for fostering inclusive organizational learning, decision-making, and a commitment to the well-being of individuals and communities. By integrating care ethics into organizational culture, the papers propose a model encouraging open communication, collaboration, discussions on care management, and a willingness to learn from uncertainties. In doing so, they provide a comprehensive narrative emphasizing the significance of recognizing and integrating acts of care, both ephemeral and sustained, within organizational structures and educational practices. This symposium encourages thoughtful engagement with its themes, guided by the following questions shaping its structure:
References Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. In J. A. Boydston (Ed.), The middle works, 1899 - 1924, Volume: 9 (1980th ed.). Southern Illinois University Press. Dewey, J. & Bentley, A. F. (1949). Knowing and the known. Beacon Press. Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215. Hooks, B. (2000). All about love: new visions. Harper Collins Publishers. Puar, J. K. (2017). The right to maim: Debility, capacity, disability. Duke University Press. Puig de la Bellacasa, M. (2012). ‘Nothing comes without its world’: thinking with care. The sociological review, 60(2), 197-216. Tronto, J. (1993). Moral Boundaries: A Political Argument for an Ethic of Care (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003070672 Presentations of the Symposium Organizing Care Towards Transformation? - Exploring Democratic Possibilities for Organizing
Research Objective and Theoretical Framework
Care, essential in our lives, is the focus of this study, embodying efforts to maintain, continue, and enhance our world for improved living, as argued by Fisher and Tronto (1990, p.40). The paper aims to refine the conceptualization of care in organizing, shedding light on its potential for collective transformation in understanding and interactions within the world. With a focus on organizational education, the study investigates the concept of care within the context of organizational learning and democratic transformation, addressing current challenges in times of uncertainty.
Examining care's interplay through discussions around the cycle of care formulation (Fisher & Tronto, 1990; Tronto, 2013; 2017), encompassing (a) caring about, (b) taking care of, (c) caregiving, (d) care receiving, and, with a specific contribution from Tronto (2013, 2017), (e) caring with. The primary aim is to explore democratic transformation during uncertainty from an organizational education standpoint, guided by the research question, "To what extent does organizing care foster democracy-as-becoming in times of uncertainty?" Theoretical perspectives include analyses of feminist capitalist systems (Federici, 2019), feminist critiques on social reproduction crises (Winker, 2015; Habermann, 2009; 2016), post-anthropocentric considerations (Barad 2003, p. 810), and new ethical possibilities. Care is presented as a practical philosophy in post-humanist theory (Gravett, Taylor, & Fairchild, 2021), contributing uniquely to understanding care within democratic transformation.
Method and Methodology
This study employs integrated methodologies and insights from various perspectives, including feminist critiques, post-humanist considerations, and meta-feminist insights, to reevaluate the conventional cycles of care proposed by Tronto (2013; 2017). The method involves critical examination and synthesis of diverse approaches within feminist scholarship. Through a thorough literature review, this research aims to deconstruct prevailing notions of care and reconstruct a broader conceptualization. By doing so, the study provides a nuanced understanding of care in the context of democratic transformation.
Conclusions and Expected Outcomes
In this paper, the aim is to rethink and explore democratic possibilities for organizing care, with relevance to organizational learning within, by, and between organizations (Göhlich et al., 2018). Toward democracy, the goal is to cultivate contributions from emerging organizing potentials and foster transformations through 'quiet, gentle, slow-cook, everyday' practices in organizing, as well as 'caring for the relationships that exist around the production of shared resources' (Pottinger, 2017; Moore, 2018, p.16). This will open up more discussions and prompt further questions about the conceptualizing and theorizing of care.
References:
Barad, K. (2003). Posthumanist Performativity: Toward an Understanding of How Matter Comes to Matter. Journal of Women in Culture and Society 28(3)
Federici, S. (2019). Re-enchanting the world: feminism and the politics of the commons. PM Press.
Fisher, B. & Tronto, J. (1990). Towards a Feminist Theory of Care. E. E. Abel, & M. Nelson (Eds.), Circles of Care. Albany, N.Y.: State University of New York Press.
Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215.
Gravett, K. Taylor, C. A. & Fairchild, N. (2021) Pedagogies of mattering: reconceptualising relational pedagogies in higher education, Teaching in Higher Education.
Habermann, F. (2009): Halbinseln gegen den Strom: Anders Leben und Wirtschaften im Alltag. Ulrike Helmer Verlag.
Habermann, F. (2016): Ecommony. UmCARE zum Miteinander, Ulrike Helmer Verlag.
Tronto, J. (2017). There is an alternative: homines curans and the limits of neoliberalism. International Journal of care and caring, 1(1), 27-43.
Tronto, J. C. (2013). Caring democracy: Markets, equality, and justice. NVU Press.
Winker, G. (2015): Care Revolution. Schritte in eine solidarische Gesellschaft.
Re-imagining Care-Full Inclusion: Care Ethics in Post-Pandemic Organizing
Research Objective and Theoretical Framework
This paper investigates the pivotal role of care-infused ethics and practices in redefining organizational structures in post-pandemic times, focusing on reciprocity and caring-with in disability-led and inclusive organizations. Challenging the reduction of organizational inclusion to governance technologies within neoliberal-capitalist market dynamics (Mitchel & Snyder, 2015; Ahmed, 2012), the paper critiques existing power imbalances and precarious forms of recognition (Dobusch, 2021). Utilizing Jasbir Puar's (2017) framework, it deconstructs the ability/disability binary, examining how intersections of capitalism, racialization, and care create complex assemblages of disability into a triangulation of debility and capacity. Additionally, it incorporates Tronto's (2013) perspective on the democracy and care deficit, arguing for the incompatibility of ideal inclusion with neoliberalism and highlighting the interconnection between democratic organizing and care-full inclusion. The paper underscores the value of disability-led organizations in transforming organizational practices.
Methods
The methodology involves a diffractive re-reading (Barad, 2014; Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017) of qualitative case-study material from two disability-led organizations, part of the broader care and advocacy sectors. This analysis stems from the 'Cov_Enable: Reimagining Vulnerability in Times of Crisis' project, funded by the Austrian Science Fund (Stand-Alone Project P 34641). The project employs a qualitative, longitudinal, participatory research design to explore evolving vulnerability perceptions during a global crisis, examining the shifts across macro, meso, and micro levels and their implications for inclusive education and supported living.
Conclusions, Outcome, Results
In re-reading the data and the varying responses to crisis-enactment by two disability-led organizations (Koenig & Barberi, 2023) the findings reveal two intra-related phenomena essential for understanding organizational inclusion. Firstly, it highlights how an ethos of caring practices and reciprocity (Tronto, 2017) not only facilitated a stable and effective organizational navigation through times of uncertainty and turbulence but also reinvigorated the ideological and political motivations of advocacy and service organizations, leading to tangible policy changes. Secondly, it explores a training and counseling organization formed to address structural violence in disability services. The pandemic provided a socio-temporal space free from meritocratic constraints, that facilitated the cultivation of essential skills within the unique temporal rhythms of disabled individuals—often referred to as crip time (Kafer, 2013)—and the fostering of sustained collective care-webs (Piepzna-Samarasinha, 2018) that extended to non-disabled colleagues. In conclusion, the paper calls for recognizing these often overlooked acts of affordance creation (Dokumaci, 2023) and suggests that incorporating care ethics can lead to more resilient, adaptable organizational models in uncertain times.
References:
Ahmed, S. (2012). On being included: Racism and diversity in institutional life. Duke University Press.
Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart. Parallax 20 (3): 168–87. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623.
Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2017). Diffraction or Reflection? Sketching the Contours of Two Methodologies in Educational Research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education 30(2): 111–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2016.1201166.
Dokumaci, A. (2023). Activist Affordances: How Disabled People Improvise More Habitable Worlds. Duke University Press.
Dobusch, L. (2021). The inclusivity of inclusion approaches: A relational perspective on inclusion and exclusion in organizations. Gender, Work & Organization, 28(1), 379-396.
Kafer, A. (2013). Feminist, queer, crip. Indiana University Press.
Koenig, O., & Barberi, A. (2023). Unterstützungssysteme für Menschen mit Behinderungen »Enacting crisis« zwischen Aktionsspielraum und Hierarchie im Rahmen der COVID-19-Pandemie. SWS-Rundschau 63(4), 329–346.
Mitchell, D. T. & Snyder, S. L. (2015). The biopolitics of disability: Neoliberalism, ablenationalism, and peripheral embodiment. University of Michigan Press.
Piepzna-Samarasinha, L. L. (2018). Care work: Dreaming disability justice. Arsenal pulp press.
Tronto, J. (2017). There is an alternative: homines curans and the limits of neoliberalism. International Journal of care and caring, 1(1), 27-43.
Caring for the Uncertainty - Care Ethics in Organizational Learning
Research objective and theoretical framework
This presentation explores how care can guide responses to uncertainties in organizational settings, emphasizing its relevance in organizational learning amid uncertainty. Care is seen as foundational in human and nonhuman relational interdependency, urging a care ethical lens to address organizational learning complexities.
The presentation establishes connections between John Dewey's pragmatic philosophy and feminist care ethicists (Nel Noddings, Joan Tronto, Maria Puig de la Bellacasa), enriching the understanding of care in organizational learning. Dewey's insights on doubt, uncertainty, transactional learning, and societal democratization (1916; 1949) align with care ethics principles rooted in relational interdependency; Noddings' moral obligations to the specific other (1984), Tronto's political embeddedness of care (1993), and Puig de la Bellacasa's posthuman perspective on interdependency (2012).
Methods
The study, rooted in Dewey's philosophy, employs shadowing (McDonald & Simpson, 2014) as an ethnographic method in a participatory doctoral study on elderly care work and education, immersing in the experiences of professionals in nursing homes and a vocational education school in Denmark. Analytic workshops involving stakeholders from diverse roles facilitated collaborative inquiry. Examining shared situations revealed the intricate link between uncertainty, learning, and care principles. The study’s analysis focused on a narrative representing uncertainty, learning, and caring, selected for its aesthetic qualities (Dewey, 1934; Møller, 2022). Integrating Nel Noddings' care ethics enriched the pragmatic framework, offering insights into interdependence, vulnerability, and power dynamics. The paper aims to expand the care ethic analysis by including Tronto and Puig de la Bellacasa's perspectives, constructing a theoretical framework that synthesizes Dewey's philosophy with feminist care ethics, emphasizing their relevance in organizational learning amid uncertainty.
Conclusions, outcome, results
Exploring the link between care and uncertainty identifies care as a catalyst for inclusive organizational learning, guiding decision-making amid uncertainty, and fostering an environment where diverse perspectives contribute to meaningful outcomes for our shared environments. Care ethics, emphasizing attentiveness, responsiveness, and responsibility, serve as constructs for understanding how organizations navigate uncertainty and foster learning. Reciprocity exists between learning and caring, where learning requires a sense of caring, and caring relies on continuous learning. Cultivation a sense of care requires learning about the diverse perspectives and specific situations of others. Genuine care motivates seeking knowledge, enhancing capabilities, and fostering commitment to well-being of individuals, organizations, and worlds we live in. A caring organizational culture encourages open communication, collaboration, and a willingness to experiment and learn from uncertainties.
References:
Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. In J. A. Boydston (Ed.), The middle works, 1899 - 1924, Volume: 9 (1980th ed.). Southern Illinois University Press.
Dewey, J. (1934). Art as experience (1980th ed.). The Berkeley Publishing Group.
Dewey, J. & Bentley, A. F. (1949). Knowing and the known. Beacon Press.
McDonald, S., & Simpson, B. (2014). Shadowing research in organizations: The methodological debates. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management: An International Journal, 9(1), 3–20. https://doi.org/10.1108/QROM-02-2014-1204
Møller, B. (2022). Care practice as aesthetic co-creation: A somaesthetic perspective on care work. Journal of Somaesthetics, 8(1), 45–58. https://journals.aau.dk/index.php/JOS/article/view/7380/6274
Noddings, N. (1984). Caring: A feminine approach to ethics and moral education. University of California Press
Puig de la Bellacasa, M. (2012). ‘Nothing comes without its world’: thinking with care. The sociological review, 60(2), 197-216.
Tronto, J. (1993). Moral Boundaries: A Political Argument for an Ethic of Care (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003070672
Rethinking Care Management – Lifeworld as Quality Logic
Research Objective and Theoretical Framework
Social work organizations face uncertainties around available resources, intervention effectiveness, and the individual and social value of investing in care resources and work. In Germany, the "New Public Management" reforms over the last two decades aimed to cut welfare state costs by reducing resources for care work with uncertain outcomes. These reforms also forced organizations to reduce outcome uncertainty through quality management. However, expressing the individual and social value of care within a quantitative paradigm remains highly controversial.
Method and Methodology
As the problem complexity arises mainly from an economic theorization of care value, the objective of this paper is to propose a novel approach to quality logic in care work that is more closely aligned with the actual socio-cultural structure of care. The aim is to increase the justifiability of care investments before decision-makers who primarily focus on economic concerns. To achieve this, the study analyzes the gaps between the management rationality of the German adaptation of New Public Management and the field logic of care work, using literature from the sociology of economics, social management, and social work from the German discourse on social state economization. The study employs discourse analytical tools to demonstrate the dispositif, in which uncertainty poses a particular challenge for care work organization and justification.
Conclusions and Expected Outcomes
A field- and subject-related quality logic suggests a phenomenologically reflected social management that integrates the addressees' lifeworld (Lebenswelt), the (social) environment, and society at large as essential points of reference. By readjusting the theory and methodology of care work management, the unquantifiable or difficult-to-quantify value of care work can become part of its state organization and open up ways for organizational learning to reduce and appropriately deal with uncertainty in institutionalized care.
References:
Literature
Foucault, Michel (1995). Archäologie des Wissens. 7. Aufl. Frankfurt am Main, Suhrkamp.
Fricker, Miranda (2023). Epistemische Ungerechtigkeit. Macht und die Ethik des Wissens. München, C.H. Beck.
Keller, Reiner (2013). Wissenssoziologische Diskursforschung. Hg. von Ekkehard Felder. Augsburg/Berlin u.a., Universität Augsburg; de Gruyter.
Knorr-Cetina, Karin (2009). Wissenskulturen. Ein Vergleich naturwissenschaftlicher Wissensformen. Konstanz, Bibliothek der Universität Konstanz.
Laclau, Ernesto/Mouffe, Chantal (2000). Hegemonie und radikale Demokratie. Zur Dekonstruktion des Marxismus. Wien, Passagen Verlag.
Merchel, Joachim (2017). Management ist nur dann gut, wenn es mit dem Gegenstand "Soziale Arbeit" verknüpft ist - Das Spezifische an Organisationen der Sozialen Arbeit und seine Bedeutung für das Management. In: Sozialmanagement - eine Zwischenbilanz. Wiesbaden, Springer VS, 2017.
Schellberg, K. (2017). Ökonomisierung – was sonst?. In: Wöhrle, A., Fritze, A., Prinz, T., Schwarz, G. (eds) Sozialmanagement – Eine Zwischenbilanz. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. S. 263-277.
Winker, G. (2015): Care Revolution. Schritte in eine solidarische Gesellschaft. P.l.: transcript Verlag (X-Texte zu Kultur und Gesellschaft).
Winker, G. (2020). Aufbau einer solidarischen und nachhaltigen Care Ökonomie. Ein Plädoyer in Zeiten von Corona. In M. Volkmer & K. Werner (Eds.) Die CoronaGesellschaft, Analysen zur Lage und Perspektiven für die Zukunft. Bielefeld transcript
Wöhrle, Armin et al. (Hrsg.) (2017). Sozialmanagement - Eine Zwischenbilanz. Springer.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 32 SES 11 B: Organizational Learning – Strategies in Times of Uncertainty Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Nicolas Engel Paper Session |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper Organizational Learning in the Light of Critical Realism and Third Generation SystemsTtheory - some possible practical implications Inland Norway University, Norway Presenting Author:Organizational learning is understood, studied and practiced from different theoretical perspectives, as Elkjaer (2022), among others, shows many examples of. When we as researchers work with collective competence and development processes, for example in schools and kindergartens and across municipal service areas, our theoretical perspectives and basic understandings of organizational learning will have an impact on how we work in practice. We always have some presuppositions when we work with research (and development) (Bateson, 2002, Bhaskar & Danermark, 2006). In a time of great uncertainty, combined with a high degree of complexity in the organizations where collective competence development is to take place, it is also an important ethical question how we as researchers contribute to development processes. How do we handle the uncertainty and complexity? Are we able, as Elkjaer (2022, p. 598) points out, to contribute to what is best for society and act responsibly and openly? And do we contribute to learning becoming a method for developing and maintaining critical thinking? Elkjaer argues for a learning theory of organizational learning inspired by pragmatism. In the study that this paper deals with, we will follow Elkjaer's suggestions for what is important for organizational learning in the future, but we will not pursue pragmatism, but rather go to critical realism, which incidentally has a kinship with pragmatism (Zotzmann et. al., 2022), and we will also connect critical realist insights within systems theory, what Price (2023) refers to as third generation systems theory. Like pragmatism, critical realism is a meta-theoretical position (Bhaskar, 2016), and meta-theory specifies ontological, epistemological and methodological presuppositions in scientific practice (Bhaskar & Danermark, 2006). These assumptions can often be less explicit in research and development work, while it can be very enlightening both for researchers themselves and also for the organizational participants involved in collective competence development if they are made explicit and clear, and preferably understandable - because this should be possible and desirable if the researcher is to act responsibly. There are two intertwined research questions that are discussed in this paper: What is central to a theoretical basis for organizational learning from critical realist meta-theory and third generation systems theory? And what could be important practical implications in light of these theories, for collective competence development in schools and kindergartens, and for the good of society? The aim of the study is to contribute to a theoretical basis for organizational learning related to collective competence development that both addresses uncertainty and complexity, and at the same time provides the most "simple" possible directions for competence and practice development. This contribution is intended for both researchers and organizational participants who are involved in concrete, practical development processes, and who seek basic understandings that can contribute to more sustainable development processes than has often been the case in, for example, school development. The theoretical frameworks that will be addressed and applied in this study are organizational learning, based on Elkjaer's article (2022) and other relevant publications in this field. Furthermore, critical realism is the most central framework in the study, which also underpins the third theoretical perspective, namely third-generation systems theory, as presented by Leigh Price (2023). Critical realism is a comprehensive meta-theory with a large international literature, and in order to extract some of the main points, I particularly use Bhaskar's 2016 book Enlightened Common Sense, which also points in the direction of emphasizing common sense and simplicity, while maintaining an understanding of the complex and avoiding reductionism. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological work in this study consists of theoretical work in the form of reading and presenting critical realist meta-theory, including third-generation systems theory and relating this to organizational learning, and placed in a practical context that deals with collective competence development in schools, kindergartens and associated municipal service areas, based on a Norwegian context. As part of this, a literature study of international articles addressing the link between organizational learning and critical realism will be conducted. The purpose of the literature study is to highlight both coinciding and possibly divergent theoretical perspectives, and to make an independent summary and reflection on what may be particularly important theoretical contributions to organizational learning and to practical work with collective competence development. A preliminary search in google scholar for "organizational learning and critical realism" after 2020 shows more than 17,000 results, and it will be an important methodological task to make this literature study manageable within the framework of this paper, and at the same time sufficiently comprehensive and solid that the study can become a useful reference for further development work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected results of the study are that important theoretical perspectives related to organizational learning will be highlighted, and that these will also provide guidance for practical work with competence development. References Bateson, G. (2002). Mind and nature: a necessary unity. Cresskill, N.J.: Hampton Press. Bhaskar, R. (2016). Enlightened Common Sense (1st ed.). Routledge. Bhaskar, R., & Danermark, B. (2006). Metatheory, interdisciplinarity and disability research: a critical realist perspective. Scandinavian journal of disability research, 8(4), 278- 297. Elkjaer, B. (2022). Taking stock of “Organizational Learning”: Looking back and moving forward. Management Learning. Vol. 53(3) 582-604 Zotzmann, K., Barman, E., Porpora, D. V., Carrigan, M. & Elder-Vass, D. (2022). Round table: is the common ground between pragmatism and critical realism more important than the differences?, Journal of Critical Realism, 21:3, 352-364, DOI: 10.1080/14767430.2022.2073674 32. Organizational Education
Paper Recruiting Participants – Strategies in Times of Uncertainty. Looking at Adult and Continuing Education. A Scoping Review. German Institute for Adult Education Presenting Author:In the field of adult and continuing education curricula are less regulated than in other areas of education and participation is usually voluntary (Schrader, 2019). Thus, participation in continuing education is a complex phenomenon which depends on various factors (Rubenson & Desjardins, 2009). Boeren (2016), for example, explains participation in continuing education by a multilevel model, which illustrates the interrelationships between factors at different levels. Within this model, organizations and providers of adult and continuing education are recognized as a factor to participation at the meso-level. The field of continuing education is characterized by dynamic change. Particularly when it comes to program planning, the challenge is to keep pace with social changes and address current needs. Program planning in continuing education has to mediate between the three instances of social needs, addressees, and pedagogical mission (von Hippel et al., 2008). Thereby, it has the task to react on foreseen future problems and awaken new educational needs (Siebert, 2014). Constantly changing socially relevant developments can be understood as uncertainty in the sense of this network’s call. Against the background of current developments such as differentiation of the continuing education market, competitive pressure, and digitalization, reaching and addressing new or changing target groups is becoming increasingly important (Echarti et al., 2023; Kraft, 2018). The recruitment of participants as an organizational process is therefore a central challenge for continuing education staff (Caffarella & Daffron, 2013; Käpplinger et al., 2017). Course design is one relevant factor in order to attract participants. Without curricular regulations, it is important to constantly adapt the program to current topics, individual needs and interests, as well as to external changes. Futhermore, the relevance of participant recruitment is underlined when taking into account the “matthew effect” (Boeren, 2016, S. 24), which refers to the actuality that the majority of people who take part in continuing education are those who already have a higher formal qualification, or as it says in Matthews’s Bible story: Those who already have receive more (Boeren, 2016; Rubenson, 1998). In order to promote educational equality, it is particularly important to make efforts to reach the educationally disadvantaged groups (Boeren, 2016). For the German discourse, Mania, Ernst and Wagner (2022) point out that there is no established form or category under which participant recruitment is discussed. In their systematic review, they developed and systemized an overview of the current state of German discussion and research on that topic. Accordingly, participant recruitment is merely treated as a subtopic, viewed from different angles, such as the institutional, organizational, and professional perspective, as well as from the perspective of target group research. Against this background, our intention is to focus on the international state of discussion and research. Up to now there exists no empirical based systematic overviews systematizing the international state of discussion and research on this topic. Our contribution therefore aims to take stock of and systematize the topic of participant recruitment and outreach strategies in adult and continuing education in the international (research) discourse. Our review will focus on the perspective(s) from which the topic is captured and discussed, and on strategies and concepts for addressing participants that can be identified in the sector of adult and continuing education. Our specific interest is the area of literacy and basic education, this due to its particular importance (to reach educationally disadvantaged) and specifics of the recruitment process (e.g., must go beyond written offers). The conceptual framework of our approach is informed by the procedure of conducting a scoping review (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to condense the international current state of research strands on participant recruitment in adult and continuing education, we conducted a scoping review (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005). Scoping reviews are especially suitable for outlining the current breadth of existing literature on a given topic, and thereby identifying key concepts as well as research gaps (Levac et al., 2010; Munn et al., 2018). Our approach is based on the five-stage methodological framework by Arksey and O’Malley (2005), comprising: 1. identifying the research question, 2. identifying relevant studies, 3. study selection, 4. charting the data and 5. collating, summarising, and reporting the results. 1. Against the background of the findings of Mania, Ernst, and Wagner (2022) for the German discourse, our research questions are: How is recruitment of participants in adult and continuing education discussed and researched in the international discourse? Which terms are used to address the topic and target group(s)? Which recruitment strategies are being discussed? What kind of texts are published in the discourse? 2. The specific challenge of present review is to find suitable search terms for compiling the current international discourse Up to now, there are no established or empirical based terms or categories to refer to. Thus, a comprehensive retrieval strategy was needed. After initial tests, we finally developed a combination compiling four retrieval strands with a total of 13 search words. This gave us 96 possible combinations and resulted in 12,867 hits in three databases (ERIC, FIS Bildung and Web of Science) applied to ‘abstract’. After removing the duplicates 2,199 texts remained. To ensure that also texts with no or short abstracts were not excluded, a second search run was conducted along only two search strands and applied to ‘title’. In total and after removing the duplicates 2,396 texts remained, with which we continued our review procedure. 3. In order to select relevant texts, we screened the abstracts of all 2,396 texts, and applied inclusion and exclusion criteria: subject area, theme, language. Finally, the literature corpus of our scoping review included 128 texts. 4. We charted information from the 128 included texts in an analytical framework using the program Microsoft Excel. Thereby we recorded information on each of the included texts regarding the main categories general information, empiric foundation, (conceptual) positioning of the text and given recruitment approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our paper aims at a structures overview of the thematic strands and concrete concepts found in international literature, regarding participant recruitment in adult and continuing education. The analysis shows that the topic of participant recruitment in adult and continuing education has hardly been discussed internationally in the last 20 years, or at best as a subtopic. This is shown, for example, by the fact that the topic is mostly discussed under the term recruitment, often in the combination with the term retention. In addition, recruitment of participants is also considered under the aspects of outreach, marketing, and access. Moreover, it can be said that the discourse is in major parts fuelled by e.g., policy papers, and project reports, whereas empirical studies are rare. This marks a clear research gap. Looking at the strategies mentioned, a variety of approaches are introduced in the discourse, some of which are given here as examples: Besides written communication via brochures, flyers, and program booklets, also recruitment campaigns are discussed that contain door-to-door canvassing, media spots, and forming community networks. Furthermore, the strategy of establishing a professional or voluntary recruiter position emerges from the international discourse. This position is set up to recruit potential participants to adult and continuing education courses. This strategy is not evident from the German findings and is therefore new to the German discourse. Finally, we show that recruitment strategies are particularly discussed with regard to vulnerable target groups as, for example (educationally) disadvantaged adults, illiterate adults, or un(der)-employed adults. References Arksey, H. & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Boeren, E. (2016). Lifelong Learning Participation in a Changing Policy Context: An Interdisciplinary Theory. Palgrave Macmillan. Caffarella, R. S. & Daffron, S. R. (2013). Planning Programs For Adult Learners: A Practical Guide (3. Aufl.). Jossey-Bass. Echarti, N., Koscheck, S., Martin, A. & Ohly, H. (2023). Weiterbildungsmarkt im Wandel: Ergebnisse der wbmonitor-Umfrage 2022. https://www.bibb.de/dienst/publikationen/de/19365 Käpplinger, B., Robak, S., Fleige, M., von Hippel, A. & Gieseke, W. (Hrsg.). (2017). Cultures of Program Planning in Adult Education: Concepts, Research Results and Archives. Peter Lang. Kraft, S. (2018). Berufsfeld Weiterbildung. In R. Tippelt & A. von Hippel (Hrsg.), Handbuch Erwachsenenbildung/Weiterbildung (6., überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage, S. 1109–1128). Springer VS. Levac, D., Colquhoun, H. & O'Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: advancing the methodology. Implementation Science, 5(1), Artikel 69. https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-5-69 Mania, E., Ernst, S. J. & Wagner, F. (2022). Teilnehmendengewinnung in der Weiterbildung und spezifische Ansprachestrategien in der Alphabetisierung und Grundbildung – ein systematisches Literaturreview. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 45(1), 171–190. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-022-00206-w Munn, Z., Peters, M. D. J., Stern, C., Tufanaru, C., McArthur, A. & Aromataris, E. (2018). Systematic review or scoping review? Guidance for authors when choosing between a systematic or scoping review approach. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 18(1), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12874-018-0611-x Rubenson, K. (1998). Adults' readiness to learn: Questionig lifelong learning for all. Adult Education Research Conference. https://newprairiepress.org/aerc/1998/papers/45 Rubenson, K. & Desjardins, R. (2009). The Impact of Welfare State Regimes on Barriers to Participation in Adult Education. Adult Education Quarterly, 59(3), 187–207. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741713609331548 Schrader, J. (2019). Institutionelle Rahmenbedingungen, Anbieter, Angebote und Lehr-Lernprozesse der Erwachsenen- und Weiterbildung. In O. Köller, M. Hasselhorn, F. H. Hesse, K. Maaz, J. Schrader, H. Solda, K. Spieß & K. Zimmer (Hrsg.), Uni-Taschenbücher: Bd. 4785. Das Bildungswesen in Deutschland: Bestand und Potenziale. (S. 701–729). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Siebert, H. (2014). Didaktisches Handeln in der Erwachsenenbildung: Didaktik aus konstruktivistischer Sicht. Ziel Verlag. von Hippel, A., Fuchs, S. & Tippelt, R. (2008). Weiterbildungsorganisationen und Nachfrageorientierung – neo-institutionalistische Perspektiven. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 54(5), 663–678. |
13:45 - 15:15 | 33 SES 11 A: Gender Bias, Gender Gaps and Attainment Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper School Effectiveness and Gender Gap in Bilingual Context: the Case of Basque Middle Schools Univ. of the Basque Count, Spain Presenting Author:This research focuses on gender inequities in language achievement in the field of school effectiveness and improvement. The main objective of this research is to analyze school effectiveness with a gender perspective in a context of bilingual education in order to identify if the highly effective middle schools manage to reduce the gender gap in both official languages. At the same time, the most equitable middle schools are examined based on the discourse of the professionals who work in these schools. The research questions that the research project aims to address are the following: Is school effectiveness linked to gender equity? Are the effective middle schools more equitable than non-effective schools in terms of gender? Do highly effective schools manage to reduce the gender gap in both languages? The Basque Autonomous Community (B.A.C.) is located in Spain. It has been a bilingual community since 1982 (Law 10/1982) with two official languages, Spanish and the Basque, in a diglossia situation; 14.13% of the population speak Basque at home, and 10.22% use both Euskara and Spanish at home (Eustat, 2016). The education system is bilingual with three linguistic teaching models (Decree 138/1983) in which 77.88% of the Basque students are enrolled in model D, which is taught entirely in Basque with Spanish as a subject (Basque Government, 2019a). However, only 18.6% of the secondary students acquire advanced knowledge, 65.9% acquire intermediate knowledge and 15.5% the initial one (ISEI-IVEI, 2023), far from what the law requires, that is, B2 level at the end of secondary schools. In recent years, inequalities in educational performance, based on the sex of the student, continue to be the subject of interest in educational research, trying to identify to what extent schools affect the educational performance of girls and boys (Van Hek et al., 2016). Most of the research on school effectiveness and improvement has measured school effectiveness based on the average results of all students (Nachbauer & Kyriakides, 2020). However, it is essential to emphasize the need to address the dimension of equity, studying the differential effects on the effectiveness of schools according to ethnicity, gender, economic level, and social class (Gray et al., 2004; Kyriakides et al ., 2019). The existing gender studies at school indicate some inconsistencies. Some found that there are no differential effects in schools concerning gender (Kyriakides et al., 2019; Strand, 2016), so effective schools managed to be effective for boys and girls. Others found a significant but modest variation in the gender effect across schools (Thomas et al., 1997). A review of international studies that analyze differences between boys and girls in linguistic competence shows that, in general, girls obtain better results than boys, for example, in terms of reading competence (Reilly et al., 2019; VanHek et al., 2018). Kollmayer et al. (2018) and Retelsdorf et al. (2015) found that teacher gender stereotypes related to reading can benefit girls and negatively affect boys' reading competence perception.
However, few studies have focused on the analysis of the gender gap in minority language proficiency (Olmedo et al. 2020) and less from the perspective of school effectiveness and improvement (Intxausti et al. 2023). Studies in the B.A.C. indicate that the linguistic competence of Basque obtained by girls in Elementary Education is higher than that of boys (Gobierno Vasco et al., 2019) as well as with respect to motivation and attitude (Artola et al., 2017).
Given the specific bilingual situation of the B.A.C., this study fills an existing gap in terms of the effectiveness of Middle schools related to the results obtained in linguistic competence and its intersection with issues of gender disparity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This exploratory descriptive study uses a mixed methodology. For the quantitative analysis, the data was collected from the census sample of educational centers in the B.A.C, a total of 340 middle schools. Every two years, Diagnostic Evaluations (D.E.) are performed at schools by the Basque Institute for Educational Evaluation and Research (ISEI-IVEI). The DE is a standardized exam, like PISA, that evaluates students in the 8th grade of the middle school on their competence in Spanish and Basque language. In the BAC, Linguistic Communicative Competence (LCC) is viewed as having five different dimensions (Basque Government, 2008): oral comprehension, written comprehension, oral expression, written expression and oral interaction. The D.E. conducted in 2015, 2017, and 2019 served as the study’s database. The SPSS 26 program was used to conduct the statistical analysis. This study examines the idea of quality education and gender equity in schools. Multilevel regression modeling methods were used to determine gender equitable middle schools (Lizasoain, 2020). Given that it is widely acknowledged that contextual factors have a significant impact on the academic outcomes achieved by schools, this analysis makes it possible to control the contextual variables such as families’ economic, social, and cultural status (ESCS), the family language, and the percentage of immigrant students. The difference between the score obtained by the school in the D.E. with respect to the expected score, compared to the score obtained by other schools with very similar contexts, was used to calculate three residual values: school effectiveness (quality index), female student effectiveness, and male student effectiveness. The distinction in residual values between girls and boys yields the gender equality index. Equitable schools are those that achieve or come close to having the value 0. 36 schools met the equitable criterion in Basque competency and 48 schools in Spanish. 18 agreed to continue the project, and 3 of those centers achieved equitable outcomes in the Basque language and Spanish, 5 of them in Basque and 10 of those in Spanish. For the qualitative study, semi-structured interviews have been held with managers of those equitable Basque and Spanish-language schools. 34 professionals participated in total. A common protocol was established for the interviewers: school students’ findings regarding gender equity in Basque/Spanish language were presented to participants, and the professionals’ opinions regarding it were analyzed. Instrument was designed with the aim of collecting data about five different areas. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicate that only 36 schools, that is, 10.6% achieve equitable results in the Basque language competence and 48 schools (14.1%) achieve it in Spanish. Moreover, those considered effective are not always equitable since only 13 schools of those 36 equitable ones are effective in Basque competence and 24 schools in Spanish. The results do not confirm that the gender balance among students from effective schools is more equal in terms of linguistic competence as it is found in other studies (Kyriakide et al., 2019). Greater confluence of school effectiveness and gender equality implies specific proposals to improve the outcomes of all students, regardless of their gender. There is a greater equity in the results of Spanish competence than in Basque, which obtains much better results in girls than in boys. A trend among young males from bilingual context to use the more prestigious language in informal social domains might explain it (Altuna, 2017; Price & Tamburelli, 2020). Altuna (2023) observed that boys find it hard to speak in Basque when joking around and in situations of anger or provocation, and that they associate the minority language with the school context, with one way of challenging formal school rules being to speak in Spanish. The qualitative study have shown that professional have not carried out an exhaustive analysis of gender-based inequalities in students’ performance at schools. In general, the gender equity plan is a priority objective within the schools’ educational projects but the scope of the actions focuses on attitudes and gender stereotypes, and not linguistic competences. Thus, few schools systematically introduce the gender perspective in the curriculum but not in intersection with language competence. The obstacles to improving school equity are the lack of training, awareness, and support for this cause, the job rotation among professionals, and school size. References Altuna, J. (2023). Hizkuntzaren funanbulistak. Hizkuntza sozializazioa kirol eremuan adin eta generoak ardaztuta [Tightrope walker of language. Language socialization in sport domain focused on age and gender]. Doctoral Thesis. http://hdl.handle.net/10810/62640 Artola, T., Sastre, S., & Barraca, J. (2017). Diferencias de género en actitudes e intereses lectores. Una investigación con alumnos españoles de Primaria. Bordon, 69(1), 11–26. https://doi.org/10.13042/Bordon.2016.37925 Basque Government (2019a). Estadísticas del sistema educativo [Statistics of the educational system]. https://www.euskadi.eus/matricula-2019-2020/web01-a2hestat/es/ Basque Government, ISEI-IVEI, & Soziolinguistika Klusterra. (2019). Proyecto Arrue: uso del euskera por el alumnado en el entorno escolar de la C.A.P.V. 2011-2017 [Arrue Project: use of the Basque language by students in the school environment]. Departamento de educación, Política Lingüística y Cultura. ISEI-IVEI (2023). Evaluación diagnóstica. Informe ejecutivo al final de la etapa [Diagnostic evaluation. Ejecutive report.]. Basque Government. Kollmayer, M., Schober, B., & Spiel, C. (2018). Gender Stereotypes in Education: Development, Consequences, and Interventions. European Journal of Developmental Psycholy, 15(4), 361–377. http://doi.org/ 10.1080/17405629.2016.1193483 Kyriakides, L., Creemers, B.P.M. & Charalambous, E. (2019). Searching for differential teacher and school effectiveness in terms of student socioeconomic status and geneder: implications for promoting equity. School Effectiviness and School improvement, 30(3), 286-308. http://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2018.1511603 Lizasoain, L. (2020). Criterios y modelos estadísticos de eficacia escolar [Criteria and statistical models of school effectiveness]. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 38(2), 311–327. https://doi.org/10.6018/rie.417881 Nachbauer, M. & Kyriakides, L. (2020). A review and evaluation of approaches to measure equity in educational outcomes. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 31(2), 306-331. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2019.1672757 Price, A. R., & Tamburelli, M. (2020). Welsh-language prestige in adolescents: Attitudes in the heartlands. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 30(2), 195–213. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12274 Reilly, D., Neumann, D.L., & Andrews, G. (2019). Gender Differences in Reading and Writing Achievement: Evidence from the National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP). American Psychologist, 74(4), 445–458. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000356 Strand, S. (2016). Do some schools narrow the gap? Differential school effectiveness revisites. Review of Education, 4(2), 107-144. http://doi.org/10.1080/09243451003732651 Van Hek, M., Kraaykamp, G., & Pelzer, B. (2018) Do schools affect girls’ and boys’ reading performance differently? A multilevel study on the gendered effects of school resources and school practices. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 29(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2017.1382540 Van Hek, M., Kraaykamp, G., & Wolbers, M. H. J. (2016). Comparing the gender gap in educational attainment: The impact of emancipatory contexts in 33 cohorts across 33 countries. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22, 260–282. http://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2016.1256222 33. Gender and Education
Paper Tracing the Origins of Gender Bias in Teacher Grading University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper uses new administrative records to assess the role of general ability in explaining gender gaps in teacher-assigned grades across ten “university-preferred” STEM and non-STEM subject areas. The evidence comes from England, where A-level students apply to university using teacher predictions rather than exam results. We find that, conditional on exam grades, boys receive less favourable predictions from their teachers. However, this differential grading is substantially reduced when accounting for gender differences in general ability. In STEM, the gap is rather reversed, with a grade penalty identified against girls with similar general ability and achieved grades at A-level. Our findings provide evidence that teachers are not neutral to students’ attributes captured in our measure of general ability, underscoring the serious implications of relying on predicted grades for university applications instead of exam results. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis is based on newly linked administrative data that include all university applicants, providing comprehensive details on their applications, exam results, and key socio-demographic characteristics. Our empirical strategy follows two main steps. First, we investigate whether there are systematic differences between predicted grades and exam results by student gender across fields of study. Second, we examine whether these differences can be explained by variations in boys' and girls' general ability, extending beyond subject-specific proficiency. To gain a deeper understanding of what drives these disparities, we investigate a range of factors potentially linked to general ability, as well as the predicted-achieved grade gap, including individual student characteristics and aspects of the application process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We find substantial gender gaps in predicted grades, conditional on achieved grades. Consistent with previous research, these gaps favour girls and are evident across all levels of the achieved grade distribution. Similar to Lavy (2023), we observe more pronounced gender differences in non-STEM subjects, with less pronounced gaps in STEM. The results remain consistent across alternative specifications and robust against a range of potential issues, including measurement error in exam scores, statistical discrimination, and sample selection biases. After adjusting for gender differences in general ability, the gender gap in predicted grades against boys is substantially reduced in non-STEM. In STEM, the gap is rather reversed, in favour of boys. References Lavy, V. (2008). Do gender stereotypes reduce girls’ or boys’ human capital outcomes? Evidence from a natural experiment. Journal of Public Economics, 92(10):2083–2105. Lavy, V. and Sand, E. (2018). On the origins of gender human capital gaps: Short and long term consequences of teachers’ stereotypical biases. Journal of Public Economics. Lavy, V. and Megalokonomou, R., 2023. The Short-and the Long-Run Impact of Gender-Biased Teachers. American Economic Journal: Applied Economics Breda, T., Ly, S.T., (2015). “Professors in core science fields are not always biased against women: Evidence from France.” American Economic Journal: Applied Economics 7 (4), 53 75 Burgess, S., & Greaves, E. (2013). Test scores, subjective assessment, and stereotyping of ethnic minorities. Journal of Labor Economics, 31(3), 535–576. Carlana, Michela. (2019). “Implicit Stereotypes: Evidence from Teachers’ Gender Bias.” The Quarterly Journal of Economics 134(3): 1163–1224. Cavaglia, C., Machin, S., McNally, S., & Ruiz-Valenzuela, J. (2020). “Gender, Achievement and Subject Choice in English Education, Paper” Prepared for Oxford Review of Economic Policy issue on Gender 33. Gender and Education
Paper Is Technology for Boys Only? Stereotypical Perceptions of Gender among Preservice Teachers: An Experimental Mixed-methods Study 1VIA University College, Denmark; 2University of Aarhus, Denmark Presenting Author:Research documents significant differences in the representation of women in various STEM fields (Cheryan, Ziegler, Montoya & Jiang, 2017; Faber et al. 2020). Women are well-represented in fields such as medicine and biology, while extraordinarily few women pursue mathematics and technology-intensive programs, such as computer science and engineering programs (Bøe, Henriksen, Lyons & Schreiner, 2011; Faber et al., 2020; McNally, 2020). Research indicates that teachers often rely on stereotypes in assessing students, particularly in STEM. Notably, pervasive stereotypes perpetuate the notion that girls lack interest in mathematics, while boys excel in science and technology (Riegle-Crumb & Humphries, 2012; Steffens & Jelenec, 2011). The far-reaching consequences of such stereotypes are evident in teachers' expectations (Muntoni & Retelsdorf, 2018), interactions with students (Lavy, 2008), and students' achievements, confidence, and educational choices (Carlana, 2019; Retelsdorf, Schwarts and Asbrock, 2015). The purpose of this paper is to investigate pre-service teachers' gender stereotypical beliefs and whether these beliefs result in bias in the recommendation of technological study tracks for elementary school students. The study also explores the causal mechanisms behind gender stereotypes and biases, considering the influence of teachers' background characteristics. We focus on pre-service teachers rather than practicing teachers for three reasons. Firstly, pre-service teachers are more accessible than experienced educators, providing an opportunity to ensure higher data quality, such as achieving a higher response rate. Secondly, research indicates that pre-service teachers also hold stereotypical beliefs about students, and these beliefs exist even before they begin on their teaching careers (Holder & Kessels, 2017). Thirdly, pre-service teachers serve as crucial norm-setters for new generations of children and adolescents. Examining gender stereotypes among pre-service teachers creates an opportunity to integrate the knowledge generated by the project into elements of teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To this aim, we employ an embedded experimental mixed methods design using vignettes. The content of the vignettes is varied to discern the influence of gender on pre-service teachers' assessments of young students' educational choices. The quantitative part of the study incorporates a factorial survey (FS), a common method in research on discrimination and social judgments (Jasso, 2006; Wallander, 2009). Respondents are presented with a series of vignettes describing a hypothetical elementary school student with variations in gender, ethnicity, parents' occupations, favorite subjects, grades in Danish and mathematics, belief in their own abilities in mathematics, and social profile. The characteristics of the vignettes are experimentally varied, allowing for an examination of the significance of different attributes on the respondents' evaluations (Auspurg & Hinz, 2015). Based on the information presented, respondents are asked to recommend a study track for the student, choosing from natural science, technology, linguistics, or social science. A total of 441 students completed the questionnaire, resulting in 1764 vignette responses. The qualitative part of the study consists of a qualitative vignette experiment embedded in semi-structured interviews. This approach retains interpretative elements while introducing a quantitative, experimental logic using vignettes. Thus, participants are presented with identical vignettes that only vary on the independent variable (gender). This allows for both the introduction of controlled variation in information about the independent variable and in-depth interpretation of how this information is received and interpreted by the interviewees (Harrits & Møller, 2020). A total of 30 students have been interviewed. The data is analyzed using multinomial logistic regression models to estimate the effect of gender on pre-service teachers’ track recommendation as well as qualitative content analysis of interviews to shed light on the causal mechanisms underlying gender stereotypes in technology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results show a notable gender difference in the recommendation of study tracks in general, particularly in technology. Results from the multinomial logit model reveal a 9.7 percentage point lower probability for girls to be recommended a technological study track compared to boys. Simultaneously, the study identifies an inverse gender difference in recommending a natural science study track, where girls have a 4.6 percentage point higher probability than boys. While various student characteristics influence the recommendation of study tracks—such as parents' occupations, favorite subjects, grades, confidence in mathematics, and social profile—these characteristics only marginally reduce gender differences and thus fail to provide a comprehensive explanation of the gender gap. The qualitative analyses offer deeper insights into the reasons behind these gender biases. Technology is strongly associated with boys, computers, and gaming, leading to automatic exclusion of recommending a technological study track for girls who are not perceived as interested in technology. Furthermore, the qualitative analyses underscore the presence of socially conditioned gender considerations, particularly among female students who caution against choosing a technological study track due to perceived challenges in integrating into the male-dominated social community. In conclusion, this research unveils gender bias in pre-service teachers' assessments, contributing valuable insights for addressing and mitigating gender stereotypes in educational settings. Awareness of these biases is crucial for addressing gender inequality in educational settings and fostering an environment that encourages all students to pursue STEM fields based on their interests and capabilities. References Auspurg, K., & Hinz, T. (2015). Series: Quantitative Applications in the Social Sciences. Thousand Oakes, CA: Sage. Bøe, M. V., Henriksen, E. K., Lyons, T., & Schreiner, C. (2011). Participation in science and technology: young people’s achievement‐related choices in late‐modern societies. Studies in Science Education, 47(1), 37-72. Carlana, M. (2019). Implicit stereotypes: Evidence from teachers’ gender bias. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 134(3), 1163-1224. Cheryan, S., Ziegler, S. A., Montoya, A. K., & Jiang, L. (2017). Why are some STEM fields more gender balanced than others?. Psychological bulletin, 143(1), 1. Faber, S. T., Nissen, A., & Orvik, A. E. (2020). Rekruttering og fastholdelse af kvinder inden for STEM: Indsatser og erfaringer på universiteterne. Aalborg Universitet. Harrits, G. S., & Møller, M. Ø. (2020). Qualitative Vignette Experiments: A Mixed Methods Design. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1558689820977607. Holder, K., & Kessels, U. (2017). Gender and ethnic stereotypes in student teachers’ judgments: A new look from a shifting standards perspective. Social Psychology of Education, 20(3), 471-490. Jacobs, J. E., & Eccles, J. S. (1992). The impact of mothers' gender-role stereotypic beliefs on mothers' and children's ability perceptions. Journal of personality and social psychology, 63(6), 932. Jasso, G. (2006). Factorial survey methods for studying beliefs and judgments. Sociological Methods & Research, 34(3), 334-423. Lavy, V. (2008). Do gender stereotypes reduce girls' or boys' human capital outcomes? Evidence from a natural experiment. Journal of public Economics, 92(10-11), 2083-2105. McNally, S. (2020). Gender Differences in Tertiary Education: What Explains STEM Participation? CEP Discussion Paper No. 1721. Centre for Economic Performance. Muntoni, F., & Retelsdorf, J. (2018). Gender-specific teacher expectations in reading—The role of teachers’ gender stereotypes. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 54, 212-220. Retelsdorf, J., Schwartz, K., & Asbrock, F. (2015). “Michael can’t read!” Teachers’ gender stereotypes and boys’ reading self-concept. Journal of Educational Psychology, 107(1), 186. Riegle-Crumb, C., & Humphries, M. (2012). Exploring bias in math teachers’ perceptions of students’ ability by gender and race/ethnicity. Gender & Society, 26(2), 290-322. Steffens, M. C., & Jelenec, P. (2011). Separating implicit gender stereotypes regarding math and language: Implicit ability stereotypes are self-serving for boys and men, but not for girls and women. Sex Roles, 64(5-6), 324-335. Wallander, L. (2009). 25 years of factorial surveys in sociology: A review. Social Science Research, 38(3), 505–52 |
13:45 - 15:15 | 34 SES 11 A: Critical ChangeLab – Democracy Health of European Educational Institutions, Perspective of Youth on Democracy and New Model of Democratic Pedagogy Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Boris Jokic Session Chair: Olja Jovanović Milanović Symposium |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Symposium CRITICAL CHANGELAB–Democracy Health of European Educational Institutions, Perspective of Youth on Democracy and New Model of Democratic Pedagogy Symposium will offer first insights into the empirical results of the HORIZON EUROPE project ‘Democracy meets arts: critical change labs for building democratic cultures through creative and narrative practices - CRITICAL CHANGELAB’ which is currently being conducted in 10 European countries. Among others, project’s main goals relevant are to:
Symposium consists of three papers from Croatia, Spain and Ireland. First paper focuses on a presentation of the development of an instrument for assessing the state of democracy in formal and non-formal education institutions in 10 European countries. The Democracy Health Questionnaire (DHQ) measured the state of democratic practices in educational programmes in more than 1500 educational institutions across Europe. The DHQ was designed in such a manner that its concepts provide a foundation for the development of the Democracy Health Index (DHI). Paper presents results of the quantitative analysis in which schools’ and organisations providing non-formal educational programs are compared. Psychometric analytical procedures allow for a discussion on the nature of indexes probing democratic health. In the future, this instrument will serve as a self-assessment tool for various learning environments – both formal and non-formal. Using qualitative methodology, second paper deals with in depth perspective through the exploration of the youth perspectives on everyday democracy. Ten case studies on groups of young people that are growing up in challenging contexts for the development and practice of everyday democracy were conducted. Some of the groups that were covered in this phase of the project were immigrants, refugees and migrants, ethnic minorities (Roma youth…), LGBT youth, those living in remote areas, girls and young people living in less privileged socioeconomic environments. In each of ten countries an in-depth case study consisting of semi-structured interviews, focus groups and ethnographic accounts were conducted. Each case study will consist of focus groups with youth (n=7-9 participants per case study), series of semi-structured interviews with educators, pedagogical coordinators, civil society organisations living and working in the selected contexts (n=5 interviews per case study) and ethnographic accounts of the contexts that include secondary historic analyses. In the paper the Spanish case from Barcelona will be presented. Finally third paper offers perspectives on development of a conceptual and methodological framework for developing critical literacies for democracy using creative and narrative practices. The framework articulates the Critical ChangeLab Model of Democratic Pedagogy. The development of the framework considered national curricula and pedagogical frameworks on citizenship education, as well as existing competence frameworks for democracy education, such as the Council of Europe’s competences for democratic culture development. Furthermore, creative and narrative practices for supporting cultural and critical literacies, with special consideration to those informed by critical pedagogy, critical historical learning, theatre of the oppressed, critical and speculative design, and futures thinking methodologies, were used as benchmarks in the development of the framework. Using interdisciplinary methodologies and approaches, these methods were linked with a variety of digital technologies, such as social media and gaming platforms, and prototypes that enable its deployment in various settings (face-to-face, hybrid, and virtual) using transmedia approaches. Third paper presents development of this model in Ireland. References Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for inclusion: developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE). Bernstein, Richard J. “Creative Democracy: The Task Still Before Us”. American Journal of Theology & Philosophy, 21, no. 3, September 2000, pp. 215-228. Carratalà Puertas, L., & Frances Garcia, F. J. (2017). Youth and expectations on democracy in Spain: The role of individual human values structure of young people in dimension of democracy. Partecipazione e Conflitto, 9(3), 777-798. Grassi, E. F. G., Portos, M., & Felicetti, A. (2023). Young People's Attitudes towards Democracy and Political Participation: Evidence from a Cross-European Study. Government and Opposition, 1-23. Johnson, L., & Morris, P. (2010). Towards a framework for critical citizenship education. The curriculum journal, 21(1), 77-96. Pandya, Jessica Zacher, Raul Alberto Mora, Jennifer Helen Alford, Noah Asher Golden, Robert Santiago de Roock (eds.). The Handbook of Critical Literacies. Routledge: London, 2022. Skidmore, P., & Bound, K. (2008). Everyday Democracy Index. London: Demos. Presentations of the Symposium Democracy Health Index: Assessing education institutions' democracy health across ten EU countries
This paper aims to describe the development of an original instrument for the assessment of the current status of democracy within educational institutions. Existing instruments (e.g. Booth & Ainscow, 2002; Köhler, Weber, Brese, Schulz & Carstens, 2018; Scheerens, 2011; Skidmore & Bound, 2008) did not encompass the concept of institutional democracy holistically and were limited to certain aspects of democratic functioning and specific types of educational setting. Within Critical ChangeLab project, we developed Democracy Health Questionnaire (DHQ) and Democracy Health Index (DHI) to assess the democracy health of both schools and institutions providing non-formal educational programmes. DHQ is envisaged as a self-assessment tool that educational institutions can use to estimate the current state of their democracy and plan future activities to improve this important organisational characteristic. Democracy health is conceptualised through two broad areas that indicate the democratic culture of the institution: democratic values and democratic practices. The DHQ measures four democratic values: Participation, Accountability and transparency, Equality, diversity and inclusion, and Eco-social responsibility, and 26 practices that are organised in four domains representing the life-cycle of educational programmes: Development, Access, Delivery, and Outcomes and Impact of educational programmes. DHQ is designed to address the existing diversity of educational institutions, educational programmes, and various European contexts. It is developed in two parallel versions, one for schools and one for institutions providing non-formal educational services. In DHQ the participants are asked to estimate each of the democratic values and practices in their respective institutions on three dimensions: Importance, Current level, and Expectation in five years, using a scale from 0% (not at all) to 100% (very much).
In the process of development of the instrument, the DHQ was applied in year 2023/24 across ten EU countries. In total, more than 1500 participants (school directors and individuals in charge of educational programmes within institutions providing a wide range of non-formal educational programmes to youth aged 11 to 18) completed the questionnaire through the online research platform Alchemer. Based on their responses, three indicators of DHI will be calculated: DHI Total and DHI Domain (indicating the current level of institutional democracy weighted by the estimated importance of corresponding items), and DHI profile, indicating democracy health gap between the current state and expectations in five years. In this paper we discuss the usability and validity of DHQ and DHI in measuring and comparing the levels of democracy within educational institutions.
References:
Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for inclusion: developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE).
Köhler, H., Weber, S., Brese, F., Schulz, W., & Carstens, R. (2018). ICCS 2016 User Guide for the International Database. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016. IAEEA
Scheerens, J. (2011). Indicators on informal learning for active citizenship at school. Educational assessment, evaluation and accountability, 23, 201-222.
Skidmore, P., & Bound, K. (2008). Everyday Democracy Index. London: Demos.
Youth Perceptions of Everyday Democracy: a Case Study with Early School-leavers in Barcelona, Spain
This paper builds on the European project Critical ChangeLab («Democracy Meets Arts: Critical Change Labs for Building Democratic Cultures through Creative and Narrative Practices»). The main aim of the project is to revitalise the relationship between young people and democracy at a time when polarisation, deep political divisions and declining trust in democracy are spreading across the continent. To this end, the project examines the current state of democracy in learning environments across Europe, generating a strong evidence base for participatory democratic curriculum design. As part of this research goal, the project includes 10 case studies developed in 10 European countries, aimed at exploring young people’s perceptions of everyday democracy in challenging contexts.
In this communication, we will report on the design and outcomes of the case study that took place in a public training and placement program (so called PFI) in Barcelona, Spain. The program is designed for young people aged between 16 and 21 who have not completed compulsory secondary education. The main aim of this program is to offer these students basic training to access the labour market and, eventually, help them in returning to the regulated education system.
The case study comprises: 1) a focus group with 10 participants aged between 16 and 18; 2) 5 interviews with teachers and educators involved in the program; and 3) a short ethnographic analysis through researchers’ diaries. Both the focus group and the interviews were guided by semi-structured prompts, focusing on participants' experiences and reflections regarding their perceptions of being young, their relations with the institutions, their experiences about democracy and participation and their perspectives regarding their future.
The outcome of the study contributes to the existing literature by offering insights into the lived experiences and perspectives of marginalised young individuals regarding democracy in their everyday lives. Furthermore, by entering in dialogue with the case studies carried out with other groups of youth in Critical ChangeLab, it helps to construct a landscape of voices who are often at the margin of decision-making and democratic practices.
References:
Cammaerts, B., Bruter, M., Banaji, S., Harrison, S., & Anstead, N. (2014). The myth of youth apathy: Young Europeans’ critical attitudes toward democratic life. American Behavioral Scientist, 58(5), 645-664.
Carratalà Puertas, L., & Frances Garcia, F. J. (2017). Youth and expectations on democracy in Spain: The role of individual human values structure of young people in dimension of democracy. Partecipazione e Conflitto, 9(3), 777-798.
Grassi, E. F. G., Portos, M., & Felicetti, A. (2023). Young People's Attitudes towards Democracy and Political Participation: Evidence from a Cross-European Study. Government and Opposition, 1-23.
Johnson, L., & Morris, P. (2010). Towards a framework for critical citizenship education. The curriculum journal, 21(1), 77-96.
Simó-Gil, N., & Gelis, J. F. (2018). Ampliar la participación democrática del alumnado en los centros educativos¿ Es posible?. Voces de la Educación, 3-10.
Expansive Learning in Action: Critical Literacies in Ireland’s Critical ChangeLab
This paper discusses the application of the framework of critical literacies developed by the research partners on the EU-funded ‘Critical ChangeLab: Democracy Meets Arts’ project (hereafter ‘Critical ChangeLab’) in educational settings in Ireland. Critical ChangeLabs respond to calls to reinvent and reinvigorate creative democracy in the everyday lives of young people (Dewey, 1939; Bernstein, 2000). They are a scalable model of democratic pedagogy for use in formal and non-formal learning environments, which use transdisciplinary arts and science practices (Mejias et al., 2021) to engage youth (11-18 years) with issues across human and more-than-human relationships. Using the first iteration of Critical ChangeLabs in Ireland as a case study, the paper will examine the iways that critical literacies can facilitate transformative learning processes that support individuals' civic engagement across a range of settings. The framework of critical literacies defines dimensions of learning required to develop these critical literacies in participants. It was created following a systematic literature review of critical literacies frameworks developed and used in educational settings with young people. At a time when post-truth paradigms influence the ways in which education is understood and enacted critical literacies are more important and relevant than ever (Pandya et al., 2022). The first iteration of the Critical ChangeLab in Ireland took place in an informal education (youth work) setting with young people (11-18 years) experiencing disadvantage. The Critical ChangeLab used participatory, creative and critical approaches to facilitate exploration of ideas about community and identity. This was particularly pertinent as the young people live in an urban area undergrowing rapid demographic expansion and change. The Critical ChangeLab incorporated historical and cultural perspectives, and the young people created artistic interventions around concepts of inclusion and belonging. Our paper will discuss how the application of the framework of critical literacies in a Critical ChangeLab setting strengthens democratic society through the promotion of the competences identified in the Council of Europe Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture (2016). Our analysis underscores the significant potential of applying our critical literacies framework in Critical ChangeLab settings to foster transformative agency, encourage youth ownership of everyday democracy, and imagining alternative futures. As the Critical ChangeLab is a scalable model, application of the framework has the potential to strengthen democracy education on issues of global significance and democratic process in any formal or non-formal learning environments.
References:
Bernstein, Richard J. “Creative Democracy: The Task Still Before Us”. American Journal of Theology & Philosophy, 21, no. 3, September 2000, pp. 215-228. DOI: 27944123.
Dewey, John (1939). “Creative Democracy: The Task Before Us”. John Dewey and the Promise of America, Progressive Education Booklet, no. 14, 1939, American Education Press.
Mejias, Sam, Naomi Thompson, Raul Mishael, Mark Rosin, Elisabeth Soep, Kylie Peppler, Joseph Roche, Jen Wong, Mairéad Hurley, Philip Bell, Bronwyn Bevan. “The trouble with STEAM and why we use it anyway”. Science Education, 105, no. 2, March 2021, pp. 209-231. DOI: 10.1002/sce.21605.
Pandya, Jessica Zacher, Raul Alberto Mora, Jennifer Helen Alford, Noah Asher Golden, Robert Santiago de Roock (eds.). The Handbook of Critical Literacies. Routledge: London, 2022.
Reference Framework for Competences of Democratic Culture”. Council of Europe, 2016.
|
13:45 - 15:15 | 90 SES 11 Paper Session |
15:15 - 15:45 | Break 12: ECER Coffee Break |
15:15 - 15:45 | Break 16: ECER Coffee Break |
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 12 A: Hope on the Horizon? Scaling up Professional Development in Diverse Cultural Contexts Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Charalambos Charalambous Session Chair: Charalambos Charalambous Symposium |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Hope on the Horizon? Scaling up Professional Development in Diverse Cultural Contexts Tackling uncertainty with genuine hope for the future relies, in part, on quality education. Indeed, hope and education are inextricably linked, with both rooted in ideas of the future, of formation, of becoming. However, delivering on education’s potential requires more than stating goals or hoping for a better future. Beyond rhetoric, we need to find paths of action teachers and leaders in education can take that make a positive difference and create genuine hope (Gore, 2022). Efforts to develop, test and scale meaningful approaches to educational improvement are all the more urgent in the context of the PISA 2022 results (OECD, 2023) which showed an overall downward trend in student achievement and highlighted enduring gross inequities – students from disadvantaged backgrounds fared worse than their advantaged counterparts across all countries and economies represented. A nation’s overall prosperity and collective welfare is critically reliant on the quality of the schooling it offers, yet most education systems struggle to significantly and measurably increase quality. This situation is highlighted in the United Nations’ declaration that the world is falling drastically behind in achieving SDG4 Quality Education and the estimate that by 2030, 300 million students will lack basic literacy and numeracy skills worldwide (UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs, n.d.). In attempts to improve the quality of education globally, billions of dollars are spent each year on teacher professional development (PD). These learning opportunities for teachers promise much, but often fail to deliver lasting change. Arguably, sustainable, genuine improvement to education requires robust evidence and the alignment of research, policy, and practice. Borko (2004) describes three phases of PD research: 1) research of a single PD program offered at one site; 2) scaling up a single PD program and examining how it plays out in different contexts; and 3) comparisons of different PD programs. Most research on teacher PD falls into the first category, although there are signs of more phase 2 studies (Sztajn et al., 2017). Still, relatively little is known about how contextual factors influence the scaling up of PD, particularly when examining the same PD program in different countries. There are of course exceptions (see for example Maas & Engeln, 2018). In this symposium, we explore the challenge of scaling teacher PD in three different countries – Albania, Australia, and Sweden – all of which engaged with the PD program known as Quality Teaching Rounds (QTR). Developed in Australia, with compelling evidence of statistically significant positive effects on mathematics and reading outcomes, including slightly stronger effects for students from disadvantaged backgrounds, (Gore et al., 2021, 2023), we consider the viability of scaling QTR as a way to address pressing global issues of quality education (Ritchie et al., 2023). The papers explore the application of QTR across these diverse national contexts as a specific case of scaling PD. In so doing, we demonstrate how genuine hope for positive educational change in uncertain times might be generated. References Borko, H. (2004). Professional development and teacher learning: Mapping the terrain. Educational Researcher, 33(8), 3-15. Gore, J. (2022). The William Walker Oration 2022: Inspiring hope through evidence-based pedagogy. ACEL National conference, Sydney. Gore, J. M., Miller, A., Fray, L., Harris, J., & Prieto, E. (2021). Improving student achievement through professional development: Results from a randomised controlled trial of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, 103297. Gore, J., Miller, A., Fray, L., & Patfield, S. (2023). Building capacity for quality teaching in Australian schools 2018-2023. University of Newcastle. Maass, K., & Engeln, K. (2018). Impact of professional development involving modelling on teachers and their teaching. ZDM, 50(1-2), 273-285. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD. Ritchie, H., Samborska, V., Ahuja, N., Ortiz-Ospina, E., & Roser, M. (2023, November 4). Global Education. Our World in Data. Sztajn, P., Borko, H., & Smith, T. M. (2017). Research on mathematics professional development. In J. Cai. (Ed.), Compendium for Research in Mathematics Education (pp. 793-823). National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs. (n.d.). Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. Presentations of the Symposium Research on Pedagogy-Focused Professional Development: Demonstrable Improvements in Teacher and Student Outcomes
Despite massive global investment in professional development (PD), goals to improve student outcomes, including greater equity, are often unmet. In this paper, we report on a program of research, conducted over the past 20 years, which shows positive effects for both teachers and students of Quality Teaching Rounds (QTR) PD. The research, which includes randomised controlled trials, replication studies, and independent evaluation and traverses conceptual, qualitative, and quantitative analyses, highlights three components of the PD that were critical to establishing its potential for scaling in other nations.
First, QTR puts pedagogy at the centre of PD. We argue that pedagogy has been widely misunderstood and overlooked in school improvement efforts. By centring pedagogy, we question the emerging consensus on “effective PD” as needing to be content-focused and argue for additional theoretical and empirical work on what is effective (Gore et al., 2023). The focus on pedagogy means QTR applies to teachers across grades, subjects, and at all career stages (Gore & Rosser, 2020) which contributes to the scalability of the approach, including in the resource-constrained environments facing many nations.
Second, QTR attends carefully to the power dynamics – based on experience, seniority, and positional authority – which often get in the way of critical analytical work among teachers (Bowe & Gore, 2017). Underpinned by a Foucauldian understanding of power as productive and circulating (Foucault, 1988), QTR deliberately flattens school power hierarchies, creating multiple opportunities for all teachers to be heard and building trusting professional relationships. These processes empower teachers to drive the PD with minimal external input – a feature which adds to its scalability, sustainability, and impact.
Third, QTR is backed by rigorous research, including four separate RCTs that collectively demonstrate (statistically significant) positive effects of the approach on the quality of teaching, teacher morale, teacher efficacy and student achievement/ attainment (Gore et al., 2017, 2021). At a time when schools and teachers are under enormous pressure, exacerbated by the pandemic and dire teacher shortages (Fray et al., 2023), we argue that investment in PD with demonstrated impact is critical and urgent. Efforts to scale QTR PD, especially across international borders as reported in the remaining papers, would not have happened without such strong evidence.
References:
Bowe, J. M., & Gore, J. M. (2017). Reassembling teacher professional development: The case for Quality Teaching Rounds. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 23, 352–366.
Foucault, M. (1988). Power/Knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings 1972–1977 (C. Gordon, Ed.). Knopf US.
Fray, L., Jaremus, F., Gore, J., Miller, A., & Harris, J. (2023). Under pressure and overlooked: The impact of COVID-19 on teachers in NSW public schools. The Australian Educational Researcher, 50, 701 – 727.
Gore, J., Lloyd, A., Smith, M., Bowe, J., Ellis, H., & Lubans, D. (2017). Effects of Professional Development on the quality of teaching: Results from an RCT of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 68, 99–113.
Gore, J., Miller, A., Fray, L., Harris, J., & Prieto-Rodriguez, E. (2021). Improving student achievement through Professional Development: Results from an RCT of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, Article 103297.
Gore, J., Patfield, S., & Fray, L. (2023). Questioning the consensus on effective Professional Development. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Erkican. (Eds.), International encyclopedia of education (Volume 5). Elsevier (pp.511–517).
Gore, J., & Rosser, B. (2020). Beyond content-focused PD: Powerful professional learning across grades and subjects. PD in Education, 48(2), 218–232.
Towards Achieving Quality Pedagogy in Albanian Classrooms: Bridging the Policy-practice Gap with Quality Teaching
In December 1990, the Albanian government was thrust into the democratic world as a result of the fall of communism. Since then, Albanian education continues to be subjected to global pressures in an attempt to ‘catch-up’ with the west (Gardinier, et al., 2010; Sota, 2014). However, efforts to improve the education system and in particular teaching practice, largely through policy initiatives, have produced minimal change in the classroom (Council of Ministers, 2016). Today, students are faced with predominantly direct textbook-led instruction and basic knowledge recall, with little deep understanding or application, resulting in poor outcomes (UNESCO, 2017). PISA 2022 scores demonstrate a downturn on previous scores (OECD, 2023). Even when accounting for various factors that potentially contributed to this slide, previous results have been consistently lower than the OECD mean.
In one attempt to achieve the goal of improved educational provision and outcomes, Albania has addressed aspects of initial teacher education. However, research indicates the most recent graduates are unable to move far from the confines of the traditional teacher-led practices they experienced during their teacher training (Zaçellari, 2019). Therefore, improving the quality of initial teacher education remains a key national priority (Maghnouj, et al., 2020).
Addressing this key priority from a transactional-realist perspective, I explored the potential impact and value of the QT Model, at the core of QTR PD, for Albanian teacher training. Participants were drawn from three levels of initial teacher education, Master of Teaching students, teacher-interns, and teacher educators. Through workshops, the QT Model, a highly refined and widely tested conceptualisation of what constitutes quality teaching, was introduced to participants as a tool for developing their capacity to continually improve the quality of their practice. These QT workshops enabled practical engagement with the Model and the process of lesson ‘coding,’ while real-world insight into its value was gleaned from those on internship who were able to experiment with the Model and coding process in their classrooms.
Does QT offer cause for hope? It appears so. Initial results from pre and post intervention observations and interviews demonstrate a positive response to the Model and coding, providing clear potential for direct impact on classroom practice. This paper represents the first intervention-based study to provide practical support for Albanian pre-service teachers to recognise and develop high-quality teaching practice. The study has important implications for the wider application of the QT Model in future Albanian teacher education, and beyond.
References:
Council of Ministers. (2016). National strategy for development and integration 2015-2020. Republic of Albania Council of Ministers. https://ips.gov.al/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/NSDI-eng.pdf
Gardinier, M. P., & Anderson Worden, E. (2010). The semblance of progress amidst the absence of change: Educating for an imagined Europe in Moldova and Albania. In I. Silova (Ed.), International Perspectives on Education and Society (pp. 183–211). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-3679(2010)0000014010
Maghnouj, S., Fordham, E., Guthrie, C., Henderson, K., & Trujillo, D. (2020). OECD reviews of evaluation and assessment in education: Albania. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/d267dc93-en
OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results: Factsheets—Albania. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/publication/pisa-2022-results/country-notes/
Sota, J. (2014). Educational phenomena in Albania in the years of communist dictatorship and the reformation efforts after [the] nineties. European Scientific Journal, ESJ, 11(0). https://doi.org/10.19044/esj.2011.v11n0p%p
UNESCO. (2017). Albania: Education policy review; issues and recommendations, extended report (p. 220). http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0025/002592/259245e.pdf
Zaçellari, M. (2019). Teaching practice in the Albanian context: Student-teachers’ perceptions regarding their experience in teaching. In M. Kowalczuk-Walêdziak, A. Korzeniecka-Bondar, W. Danilewicz, & G. Lauwers (Eds.), Rethinking teacher education for the 21st century (1st ed., pp. 168–183). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvpb3xhh.15
Examining Relations Between Teachers' Instructional Vision, Collegial Cooperation and Change in Instructional Practice: The Case of QTR in Sweden
It is becoming widely accepted that teachers’ professional development (PD) is key when it comes to the development of instructional quality and student achievement. At the same time, results show slightly negative effects of the PD that teachers usually participate in (Kirsten et al., 2023). Considering the need to support teacher professionalization, frameworks of critical features of effective PD have been proposed, for example that the PD should include multiple sessions spread over a longer period of time (duration) during which teachers, together with their colleagues (collective participation), actively engage in activities such as planning and revising their instructional practices (active learning, e.g., Desimone, 2009). However, even PD programs designed according to these frameworks have difficulty demonstrating positive effects, especially if implemented on a larger scale (e.g., Jacob et al., 2017).
The above issue is also evident in Sweden, where several national scale PD programs, corresponding to the core critical features frameworks, have been implemented during the past decade with effects that can be questioned (e.g., Lindvall et al., 2022). In particular, the collegial meetings in these programs seem to hold little potential for learning. The discussions during teacher meetings tend to focus on student characteristics and lesson design (e.g., group work or individual work) instead of critical discussions regarding instructional practices and teachers’ classroom actions (e.g., Kaufmann & Ryve, 2022). In order to support teachers to engage in constructive discussions about instructional practices with the aim of developing instructional quality, we have recently engaged in a combined research and developmental project, where we collaborate with four schools to try out and adapt QTR to a Swedish context.
Based on data from surveys, interviews, and videotaped lessons pre and post teachers’ PD participation, we present results regarding how QTR has affected teachers' instructional practices and collegial collaboration, as well as how these effects are mediated by teachers' visions of instructional quality. The concept of instructional vision is of particular interest, given recent studies have shown that even though aspects such as teachers' education and subject knowledge can be important for the changes that are implemented in teaching, it is visions of high quality instruction that are of greatest importance (Munter & Wilhelm, 2020). Also, implicit national instructional visions in Sweden (in particular regarding the role of the teacher) can affect PD implementation (Kaufmann & Ryve, 2022; Ryve & Hemmi, 2019).
References:
Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 181–199
Kaufmann, O. T., & Ryve, A. (2022). Teachers’ framing of students’ difficulties in mathematics learning in collegial discussions. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-17.
Kirsten, N., Lindvall, J., Ryve, A., & Gustafsson, J. E. (2023). How effective is the professional development in which teachers typically participate? Quasi-experimental analyses of effects on student achievement based on TIMSS 2003–2019. Teaching and Teacher Education, 132, 1-10.
Jacob, R., Hill, H., & Corey, D. (2017). The impact of a professional development program on teachers' mathematical knowledge for teaching, instruction, and student achievement. Journal of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 10(2), 379-407.
Lindvall, J., Helenius, O., Eriksson, K., & Ryve, A. (2022). Impact and design of a national-scale professional development program for mathematics teachers. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 744-759.
Munter, C., & Wilhelm, A.G. (2021). Mathematics teachers’ knowledge, networks, practice, and change in instructional visions. Journal of Teacher Education, 72(3), 342-354.
Ryve, A., & Hemmi, K. (2019). Educational policy to improve mathematics instruction at scale: Conceptualizing contextual factors. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 102(3), 379-394
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 12 B: Professional Learning Research: Looking Back, Looking Across and Looking Forward Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sue Swaffield Panel Discussion |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Panel Discussion Professional Learning Research: Looking Back, Looking Across and Looking Forward 1University of Glasgow, Scotland; 2Independent Academic, Wales; 3UniTreEdu, Italy Presenting Author:Research into teacher professional learning is a sub-field of education research that has been growing steadily over many decades but has shown an exponential increase in recent years. This is illustrated by the growing number of articles in peer-reviewed academic journals (Halinger and Kulophas, 2020), the growth of professional enquiry to generate research-based practice (Clayton and Kilbane, 2016), and the change in terminology from INSET through to professional development to professional learning, as indicated in recent discussions within Network 1 of EERA (EERA, 2019). This panel discussion will take as its stimulus the 50th anniversary of the establishment of the journal Professional Development in Education (PDiE). PDiE was established in 1974 in recognition of the fact that the continuing professional learning of qualified teachers needed to be considered more seriously in the academic world. The panel discussion will provide stimulus for discussion about the state of research in the area by tracing back the early development of research in teacher professional learning, considering how professional learning has evolved across a range of European countries and anticipating where research in this area might go next. Three presentations will be offered as a stimulus for discussion:
Participants will be invited to discuss the extent to which research on teacher professional learning in and beyond Europe has served us well to-date, and to work together to identify a future research agenda that will offer us greater power to theorise professional learning in ways that can contribute to enhancing practice. References Asterhan, C.S.C. & Lefstein, A. (2024). The search for evidence-based features of effective teacher professional development: a critical analysis of the literature. Professional Development in Education, 50(1) (page numbers to be inserted after typesetting). 11-23. doi:10.1080/19415257.2023.2283437 Clayton, C. and Kilbane, J. (2016). Learning in tandem: professional development for teachers and students as inquirers. Professional Development in Education, 42(3), 458–481. doi:10.1080/19415257.2014.997397. EERA (2019). Interview with Link Convenors. https://eera-ecer.de/networks/1-professional-learning-and-development accessed 23 January 2024 Hallinger, P. & Kulophas, D. (2020). The evolving knowledge base on leadership and teacher professional learning: a bibliometric analysis of the literature, 1960-2018. Professional Development in Education, 46(4), 521-540. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2019.1623287 Jones, K. & O’Brien J. (2024). From INSET to professional learning: 50 years of change as seen through the pages of Professional Development in Education. Professional Development in Education, 50(1), 1-10. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2024.2296231 Jones, K., Ostinelli, G. & Crecentini, A. (2024). Innovation in teacher professional learning in Europe: Research, policy and practice. Routledge. Kennedy, A., & Stevenson, H. (2023). Beyond reproduction: The transformative potential of professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 49(4), 581–585. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2226971 Lee, M. (1997). The development of in-service education and training as seen through the pages of the British journal of in-service education. Journal of In-Service Education, 23(1), 9–22. doi:10. 1080/13674589700200008 Ostinelli, G. & Crescentini, A. (2021). Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis. Professional Development in Education, 50(1), 74-90, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2021.1883719 Torrance, D., Mifsud, D., Niesche, R. & Fertig, M. (2023). Headteachers and the pandemic: themes from a review of literature on leadership for professional learning in complex times. Professional Development in Education, 49(6), 1103–1116. doi:10.1080/19415257.2023.2229333 Chair Dr Sue Swaffield, ses42@cam.ac.uk, University of Cambridge, England |
15:45 - 17:15 | 01 SES 12 C: Digital Learning (Part 2) Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kristýna Šejnohová Paper Session Part 2/2, continued from 01 SES 11 C |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Job Crafting and AI Resources - Introducing Sustainable Job Crafting Model University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The increasing importance of workplace learning is evident as we continually encounter situations lacking predefined models, guidelines, interpretations, tools, or solutions. These complex scenarios demand immediate resolution within the workplace context (Harteis, 2022). However, constant changes and accelerating pace may induce stress and challenge mental well-being (Blomgren & Perhoniemi, 2022) if not addressed with appropriate tools and strategies (Hobfoll, 1989). The growing pressures on learning and skill development necessitate a re-evaluation of learning methods, practices, and techniques (Nissinen et al., 2022; 2023). The workplace is thus challenged to embrace flexible thinking and develop innovative tools for work transformation (Markauskaite & Goodyear, 2017). It is not just about surviving at work, but being able to feel a healthy enthusiasm and work engagement. The most recent variable, Artificial Intelligence (AI), brings demands for rapid and flexible renewal in the work context (Halonen et. al., 2023). However, people may not have enough energy and resources for learning new things if they are constantly in a state of overburden (Knight et al., 2021). Additionally, the ways job crafting is done, can become burdensome and even threaten well-being at work (Nissinen et al., 2023). AI stands out from earlier technologies due to its capacity for (semi-)independent action (Maedche et al., 2019; Rieder et al., 2020; Scherer, 2016). Recent advancements in generative AI, notably the advancing sophistication of Large Language Models (LLMs), are enhancing the significance and adoption of AI-driven technologies in organizational contexts (Dwivedi et al., 2023; Markus and Rowe, 2023) The role of artificial and supportive intelligences in workplace learning can be examined through system-theoretical lenses. Artificial Intelligence (AI) can be perceived as an integral system component, coexisting with human actors, essential for the collaborative creation of new knowledge. Consequently, AI can reshape the system (practices) and introduce novel inputs into discussions, which individuals or teams could not generate without technology (Halonen et al., 2023). In job crafting interventions, the rapid evolution of technology is seen as a driving force for the continual acceleration of workplace learning (Van Wingerden et al., 2017). We use Job Demands-Resources Theory (Demerouti et al., 2001) in developing a sustainable job crafting model, where AI is utilized as a systemic resource to reshape and craft work practices. Our goal is to interrupt possible burdensome cycles at work and introduce a model which aims to decrease workload, increase job crafting, work engagement, well-being and professional networks. Our model combines job crafting strategies, AI and network crafting, and leverages research on job crafting intervention models (Knight et al., 2021; Roczniewska et al., 2023), particularly from the perspective of sustainable work practices. We recognize the agentic role of AI technologies which radically changes the flow of information and interactions. Our perspective of AI extends beyond merely accelerating tasks and supplying pre-formulated solutions. We envision it as a catalyst for novel types of network intelligence, stimulating collective engagement and provoking epistemic emotions that cultivate creativity, dedication, and elements of higher-level learning (problem solving, critical thinking, creativity) which are also crucial at workplace learning. We presented the issue at a National School Principal Conference in Helsinki, Finland in November 2023. Twenty of the conference participants informed us that they were interested in participating in the pilot of the sustainable job crafting model. We aim to gather max. 50 participants in this study.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To test the hypotheses we will conduct two repeated self-evaluative measurements and multivariate analyses of covariance (MANCOVA). In measurements we utilize the job Crafting Scale to measure job crafting (Tims et al., 2012) and UWES-9 to measure work engagement (Schaufeli et al., 2006). We will also measure workload (van Veldhoven & Meijman, 1994) and we adopt measurement from Wang et al. (2024) to investigate network behavior. Pre-test and post-test also include semi-structured qualitative methods which strengthen the quantitative data, particularly in the use of AI. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes: We hypothesize that 1) participants´ job crafting behavior increase via sustainable job crafting, 2) participants´ workload decrease via sustainable job crafting, 3) participants´ job engagement increase via sustainable job crafting, 4) participants increase their conscious use of AI in their own job and in collaborative processes, and 5) participants´ increase their network size and network diversity through the mediation of tailored network crafting actions (i.e. using existing contacts, establishing new contacts, maintaining professional contacts). References Anthony, C., Bechky, B. A., & Fayard, A. L. (2023). “Collaborating” with AI: Taking a system view to explore the future of work. Organization Science. Demerouti, E., Bakker, A. B., Nachreiner, F., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2001). The job demands-resources model of burnout. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(3), 499-512. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/0021-9010.86.3.499 Halonen, N., Ståhle, P., Juuti, K., Paavola, S., & Lonka, K. (2023, September). Catalyst for co-construction: the role of AI-directed speech recognition technology in the self-organization of knowledge. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 8, p. 1232423). Frontiers. Knight, C., Tims, M., Gawke, J., & Parker, S. K. (2021). When do job crafting interventions work? The moderating roles of workload, intervention intensity, and participation. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 124, 103522. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2020.103522 Markauskaite, L., & Goodyear, P. (2017). Epistemic fluency and professional education. Springer, Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-4369-4 ISBN 978-94-007-4369-4 (eBook) Nissinen, T. S., Maksniemi, E. I., Rothmann, S., & Lonka, K. M. (2022). Balancing work life: job crafting, work engagement, and workaholism in the finnish public sector. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 817008. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.817008 Nissinen, T. S., Upadyaya, K., Lammassaari, H., & Lonka, K. (2023). How Do Job Crafting Profiles Manifest Employees’ Work Engagement, Workaholism, and Epistemic Approach?. Vocations and Learning, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-023-09334-x Roczniewska, M., Rogala, A., Marszałek, M., Hasson, H., Bakker, A. B., & von Thiele Schwarz, U. (2023). Job crafting interventions: what works, for whom, why, and in which contexts? Research protocol for a systematic review with coincidence analysis. Systematic reviews, 12(1), 10. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-023-02170-z Schaufeli, W. B., Bakker, A. B., & Salanova, M. (2006). The measurement of work engagement with a short questionnaire: A cross-national study. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 66(4), 701–716. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164405282471 Tims, M., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2012). Development and validation of the job crafting scale. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 80(1), 173–186. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2011.05.009 van Veldhoven, M. J. P. M., & Meijman, T. F. (1994). The measurement of psychosocial job demands with a questionnaire (VBBA). Amsterdam: NIA. Wang, H., Demerouti, E., Rispens, S., & van Gool, P. (2023). Crafting networks: A self-training intervention. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 103956.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2023.103956 van Wingerden, J., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2017). The longitudinal impact of a job crafting intervention. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 26(1), 107-119. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359432X.2016.1224233 van Wingerden, J., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2017). Fostering employee well-being via a job crafting intervention. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 100, 164-174. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2017.03.008 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Knowledge Domains in Blended Practice Teaching Settings: Grounding Theory in Practice 1University of Haifa; 2Levinsky-Wingate Academic College; 3Weizmann Institute of Science Presenting Author:Objective and Theoretical Background This multiple-layer, mixed methods research and development study set to identify the domains of knowledge that preservice students, their practice teachers and pedagogical advisors perceived as crucial for online teaching. This based the development and piloting of an evidence-based mentoring model of online teacher learning in practice. Contemporary professional education (PE) in the digital era carries significant implications for rethinking course design and curricula in teacher education. However, there are evident divergences between the content and teaching methods promoted in preservice programs and the demands of actual teaching (Reisoğlu & Çebi, 2020). Hence, the need to develop teacher education curricula with a focus on professional, context-based, contemporary, knowledge construction (Bradbury et al., 2015; Wang & Orland-Barak, 2020), based on relevant practice in virtual spaces (Yuan, 2018). While the reality is that online teaching and learning has developed into an alternative for face-to-face teaching and learning, there is evidence regarding faculty beliefs, stating that online learning outcomes may be poorer compared to face-to-face settings (Ward & Benson, 2010). This may be due to the lack of balance in content and pedagogical practices, which may create an overload in both teaching and learning (James et al., 2021). Moreover, faculty beliefs are not taken into account, while- according to studies-they are indeed factors that affect utilization of technology in learning in general and in online learning in particular. When referring to online teaching and learning, technology has a remarkable influence which may have either positive or negative impact on learners’ experiences and outcomes (Panigrahi et al., 2018). These experiences are unique, allowing learning processes that may be impossible to achieve otherwise. Placing technology alongside pedagogy and content reflects the complexities of online learning and creates an effective prism for examining the needs of online teaching (Eichelberger & Leong, 2019). Due to the increasing usage of online modes of teaching in higher education, implementing them in teacher education programs may be a lever for innovative teaching and learning, especially with the expanding tendencies of online education worldwide, as a result of contemporary events, and despite its complexities (Isaias et al., 2020; Martin et al., 2020). However, while digital competencies are growingly incorporated in preservice teachers’ curricula, there seem to be complexities supporting this tendency (Tømte et al., 2015), either due to a lack of self-efficacy (Ding & Hong, 2023) and digital competencies (Marais, 2023), or the slow process of transforming teacher educators’ curriculum so they themselves integrate technology (Voithofer, 2021), to name a few. We address the challenge of shifting to blended teaching and teacher education in an attempt to link preservice teacher practice to developing trends in teaching and learning. Moreover, we acknowledge the vagueness and insecurity of teacher educators, who are in fact mediating professional knowledge of the “old world” of teaching, and may not be proficient in training preservice teachers, as experienced in times of emergency remote teaching (Trust & Whalen, 2020). The current study tackles this incongruence by identifying and applying domains of knowledge needed for quality online teaching. Research question: What domains of knowledge characterize the digital teacher learning space? and how can these be translated into a model for mentoring in the blended teacher learning space? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods This mixed-methods study draws on qualitative and quantitative methodologies, applied in a sequencial manner according to which each stage was built on previous stages: 1. We constructed focus groups (N=7) of a total of 14 interviewees, including (separately) preservice teachers, mentor teachers, teacher educators, policymakers, position holders in teacher training programs and researchers in the field of technology in education. Content analysis which combined emic and etic perspectives was applied to the transcribed interviews. This constituted the basis for developing and piloting an evidence-based professional development mentoring model for preservice teachers geared to improving their online teaching skills. 2. Content analyis resulted in the consolidation of five 5 knowledge domains which were translated into 5 operative questions, representing what is required for best online teaching: 1. How to engage students towards learning; 2. How to monitor students’ learning; 3. How to create interactions and communication for learning; 4. How to retool content; 5. How to develop digital literacy of students. These based the construction of an online model for practice of preservice teachers in online settings 3. For each question (representing a domain) we developed a module based on examples from the interviews which assisted in phrasing authentic teaching vignettes. The modules included: an abstract, theoretical perspectives, references, objectives, teaching scenarios, followed by activities and reflective tasks. The modules were constructed in an open, modular manner, to allow flexibility, new ideas and activities gained from participants ‘in-situ’ experiences. These will be presented. 4. Through design-based methodology we conducted a pilot study with teacher educators (N=19). We created a laboratory for examining, applying the modules in their preservice teaching, and refining these modules for online learning. Participants freely registered and gave feedback according to their training experience with preservice teachers. 5. The quantitative component of the research included a pre- (N=19) and post (N=12) questionnaire that was validated and distributed to teacher educators regarding their practical and perceived experience with the bodies of knowledge they were exposed to in the laboratory and as a result of applying the modules. A similar questionaire adapted to preservice teachers was also distributed (n=94 for the research group that were taught by the teacher educators participating in the laboratory, and n=67 for the control group that experienced standard training). Analysis was conducted using descriptive and inferential statistics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 6. Findings and Conclusions 1) Same domains-different concerns The knowledge domains characterizing the digital teaching space were reinforced in our questionnaire results, both by teacher educators and preservice teachers. They could also be associated , to a large extent, with the knowledge domains that characterize face-to-face teaching, except for monitoring and developing digital literacies, which was seen as vital to applying best online practices. Although similar, however, participants reported on different kinds of concerns around these knowledge domains when teaching on-line. These discrepancies will be elaborated and illustrated in the paper presentation. 2) The laboratory as a platform for curriculum and teacher development The laboratory, which focused on participants’ development of the constructed modules was found to enable deep collaborative contemplation into online teaching through theorizing, reconstructing and transforming teaching practices in their online teaching and learning settings. We also learned that its structure should be flexible in terms of time, pre-planning, adaptable to participants’ practical needs. Our study suggests that utilizing the modules impacted teacher educators, their preservice teachers and the students in their practical training, foregrounding major challenges of teacher education practices that had until now been backgrounded. For example, while we assume that preservice teachers are already better accustomed to the digital era, they are not yet skilled in online teaching, and much of the teaching online expertise requires re-evaluation of familiar knowledge domains , e.g., how to communicate using multiple channels or how to monitor student engagement. Furthermore, even when addressing digital literacy, the usual “how to” is of less concern to educators than, for example, emergent ethical issues related to working online. References References Bradbury, H., Kilminster, S., O'Rourke, R., & Zukas, M. (2015). Professionalism and practice: critical understandings of professional learning and education. Studies in Continuing Education, 37(2), 125-130. Ding, L., & Hong, Z. (2023). On the relationship between pre-service teachers’ sense of self-efficacy and emotions in the integration of technology in their teacher developmental programs. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-023-00758-6 Eichelberger, A., & Leong, P. (2019). Using TPACK as a framework to study the influence of college faculty’s beliefs on online teaching. Educational Media International, 56(2), 116-133. Isaias, P., Sampson, D.G., & Ifenthaler, D. (Eds.). (2020). Online teaching and learning in higher education. Springer International Publishing. James, T.L., Zhang, J., Li, H., Ziegelmayer, J.L., & Villacis-Calderon, E.D. (2021). The moderating effect of technology overload on the ability of online learning to meet students' basic psychological needs. Information Technology & People, 35(4), 1364-1382. Marais, E. (2023). The Development of Digital Competencies in Pre-Service Teachers. Research in Social Sciences and Technology, 8(3), 134-154. Martin, F., Sun, T., & Westine, C. D. (2020). A systematic review of research on online teaching and learning from 2009 to 2018. Computers & education, 159. Orland-Barak, L., & Wang, J. (2020). Teacher mentoring in service of preservice teachers’ learning to teach: Conceptual bases, characteristics, and challenges for teacher education reform. Journal of Teacher Education, 35(6), 42-55. Panigrahi, R., Srivastava, P.R., & Sharma, D. (2018). Online learning: Adoption, continuance, and learning outcome—A review of literature. International Journal of Information Management, 43. Reisoğlu, İ., & Çebi, A. (2020). How can the digital competences of pre-service teachers be developed? Examining a case study through the lens of DigComp and DigCompEdu. Computers & Education, 156. Tømte, C., Enochsson, A.B., Buskqvist, U., & Kårstein, A. (2015). Educating online student teachers to master professional digital competence: The TPACK-framework goes online. Computers & Education, 84, 26-35. Trust, T., & Whalen, J. (2020). Should Teachers Be Trained in Emergency Remote Teaching? Lessons Learned from the COVID-19 Pandemic. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 28(2), 189–199. Voithofer, R., & Nelson, M.J. (2021). Teacher educator technology integration preparation practices around TPACK in the United States. Journal of teacher education, 72(3), 314-328. Ward, C.L., & Benson, S.K. (2010). Developing new schemas for online teaching and learning: TPACK. MERLOT Journal of Online Learning and Teaching, 6(2), 482-490. Yuan, H. (2018). Preparing teachers for diversity: A literature review and implications from community-based teacher education. Higher Education Studies, 8(1), 9-17. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 02 SES 12 A: Research Approaches and Themes in VET Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Thomas Ruoss Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper VET System Formation as Condition for Educational Expansion: Using Historical Statistics to Explain the Case of Switzerland 1University of Zurich, Switzerland; 2Swiss Federal University of Vocational Education and Training, Switzerland Presenting Author:Previous research on the so called “educational expansion” has focused primarily on the expansion of general and higher education from the 1960s onwards. This development is associated with an increase in skilled workers and greater equality of opportunity in access to higher education (Hadjar & Becker 2006; Criblez 2001). Our (historical) perception of this “educational expansion” is thus based relatively one-sidedly on the development of the general education part of the education system. While an “expansive phase” of vocational education and training (VET) has been identified in the sense of an institutional differentiation also from the 1960s onwards (see, Gonon & Hägi 2019; Lundgreen & Schneunemann 2008), this raises the question of the role of VET in the overall picture of educational expansion, which is particularly important for education systems that have historically made a strong distinction between general and vocational education, as is the case of Germany, Switzerland and others. From a sociological perspective, the focus on VET lies in its possible “distraction effect” from higher education through the relative importance of VET in an overall education system context (Becker & Zangger 2013, p. 428). VET is therefore not described as an enabling factor for general educational expansion, but rather as a limiting or even a hindering one. This recognises that VET and general education have influenced each other in their development – through mutual competition for high-achieving students, through system differentiation-induced growth, and through the expansion of higher professional education (Criblez 2002). In our presentation, we argue that “educational expansion” was preceded by an expansion of VET, which created the conditions for the expansion of general education. We elaborate on this by focusing on the case of Switzerland, where a comprehensive dual VET system has been established within the period under study. Using quantitative data from the Swiss federal government's apprenticeship contract statistics, which have been systematically produced since the late interwar period, this presentation focuses on the role of the expansion of dual VET since the 1940s. This development of VET has hardly been taken into account so far. The data allow a description of the growth of VET in a differentiated manner, especially in terms of reginal, sectoral and gender-specific variations. In particular, we look at the development of participation in VET as well as the growth and composition of the supply of apprenticeship occupations. Within the framework of this development, not only the foundations for the establishment of a strong VET system in Switzerland, but also the adaptability and changeability of VET in a context of a shortage of skilled workers are reflected in this study. Research question: How can the educational expansion be described as a consequence of the establishment and consolidation of a VET system? By using this approach, we will show, that the VET system in Switzerland has initially developed as a reaction to social, economic, or technical challenges since the 1930s. Because of this development, not only the foundations for the establishment of a strong VET system in Switzerland were laid, which is characterized by a systemic adaptability in a context of a shortage of skilled workers until today. It also made the development of general education possible in the first place, which is still equated with educational expansion today. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study evaluates the apprenticeship contract statistics of the Federal Office for Industry, Trade and Labour (FOITL) for the period between 1935 and 1969. The production of such apprenticeship contract statistics already represents a significant step towards system formation in VET. The production of data requires a certain degree of institutionalization – and at the same time this data supports further system formation. Therefore, this paper takes a look at the conditions of origin, the production and use of these data. These data were previously only partially accessible and in variously aggregated form via the FOITL's annual statistical reports. The data set used for the following analysis is based on a comprehensive inventory and reconstruction of the original statistical data collection forms for the period 1935 to 1969. The data is available in full each year for the following characteristics: (1) number of candidates taking final apprenticeship examinations, (2) number of certificates of competence issued, (3) number of newly concluded apprenticeship contracts, (3b) distribution of these apprenticeship contracts in relation to prospective apprenticeship leavers over the next four years and (4) total number of apprenticeship contracts. With stratification options according to training occupation, gender, occupational group or economic sector, canton and training form, detailed trends in dual VET can be shown and various questions answered. In addition to describing changes in the production of such data, growth processes in the education system can be traced in particular on the basis of changes in the relative participation of certain groups in certain segments of the education system. By calculating relative attendance or participation rates, demographic trends can be differentiated from the relative growth of individual school types (Köhler 1984). We first focus on the development of participation in dual VET throughout Switzerland and then look at economic sector differentiations. Particular attention is paid to gender-specific growth trends. This allows a description of the growth of VET in a differentiated manner. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a first, general result from analysing the statistical data provided, it can be stated that VET has experienced a real boom since the very enactment of the first Federal VET Act in the early 1930s due to a coherent training regulation policy. While many apprenticeships were initially still based on cantonal law, a shift towards federally regulated apprenticeships as the dominant form can be observed. Since the 1940s, an increasing proportion of school-leavers were enrolled in initial VET programmes. The FOITL thus already calculated apprenticeship attendance rates during this period based on estimates of the Federal Statistical Office for the 15-17 age group. Reconstructing these estimates over the entire period under study reveals an overall increase in the enrolment of school-leavers in VET, adjusted for demographic factors, from 30% in 1940 to over 50% in 1969. While the strongest increase relative to population growth in the corresponding age group occurred in the 1940s, the 1950s and 1960s were still characterised by slighter but more steady growth. For boys, the overall growth occurred earlier and at a higher level than for girls, for whom the growth rate levelled off at the beginning of the 1960s. We can further show that the growth occurred not only in absolute numbers, but also in quality, that is the duration of the apprenticeship: Among girls, the three-year apprenticeship replaced the two-year apprenticeship as the dominant form of VET programme in the mid-1950s. This thus indicates that dual education determined a large part of the pathways into post-compulsory education already before the expansion of higher general education, thus setting the stage for higher education's often-described strong growth from the 1960s onwards. References Becker, R., & Zangger, C. (2013). Die Bildungsexpansion in der Schweiz und ihre Folgen. Eine empirische Analyse des Wandels der Bildungsbeteiligung und Bildungsungleichheiten mit den Daten der Schweizer Volkszählungen 1970, 1980, 1990 und 2000. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 65(3), 423–449. Criblez, L. (2001). Bildungsexpansion durch Systemdifferenzierung—Am Beispiel der Sekundarstufe II in den 1960er- und 1970er Jahren. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 23, 95–118. Criblez, L. (2002). Gymnasium und Berufsschule: Zur Dynamisierung des Verhältnisses durch die Bildungsexpansion seit 1950. Traverse, 2, 29–40. Gonon, Ph. & Hägi, L. (2019). Expansion und Differenzierung der Berufsbildung in der Schweiz (1960-2010). bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik - online, 36. Hadjar, A., & Becker, R. (2006). Bildungsexpansion: Erwartete und unerwartete Folgen. In A. Hadjar & R. Becker (Hrsg.), Die Bildungsexpansion (S. 11–24). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Köhler, H. (1984). Schulbesuch, relativer, in: Martin Baethge u. Knut Nevermann (Hg.), Enzyklopädie Erziehungswissenschaft, Bd. Organisation, Recht und Ökonomie des Bildungswesens, Stuttgart (Handbuch und Lexikon der Erziehung 5). Lundgreen, P. & Scheunemann, J. (2008). Berufliche Schulen und Hochschulen; Helmut Köhler u. Peter Lundgreen, Allgemein bildende Schulen in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. 1949-2010, Göttingen (Datenhandbuch zur deutschen Bildungsgeschichte, Bd. 8). 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Bildung of Apprentice Chefs in Professional Kitchen Settings VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:Based on data collected during six months of anthropological fieldwork, primarily in two professional restaurant kitchens, this presentation seeks to explore the notions of bildung and some forms of social aspects of education and personal development among apprentice chefs in a professional kitchen, as they undertake professional chef’s training. The presentation is a part of the publication strategy in the two-year Frascati-funded research project titled "Heard that, Chef!" conducted at the VIA Research Centre for Pedagogy and Education at VIA University College, Denmark through the years 2022-2023. Throughout this project, I engaged in anthropological fieldwork as an engaged, at times full participating anthropologist, while also undertaking the role of a novice apprentice chef, fulfilling the duties and responsibilities expected of a newcomer to the culinary apprenticeship context. My dual roles were of course announced and fully beknown to everyone I was with during the fieldwork. An earlier publication from the project (Frostholm, 2023), shows that as well as the practical craftmanship behind doing chef’s work, the newcomer apprentice chefs in the kitchens must also be socialised into the social fields of a professional kitchen. Or as John, a highly experienced and awarded chef at the culinary schools puts it: “Apprenticeship training is about passing on a culture. It can be rather frustrating for some students. Here they go from being boys to becoming adults, as they arrive at school Monday morning. It’s all about: how are you a chef?” To me, the talk of passing on a culture, and this seeming transition, from boyhood towards adulthood more than hints at a series of analyses on the notions of bildung, that seems at both times highly present and unspoken of within the everyday practices of the young apprentice chefs. With this presentation, I aim to shed some light on exactly that, through close-up registrations and thoroughly written through observations from the empirical data set of the project. The overall research question is: How do notions of Bildung appear within in the everyday practice of apprentice chefs in professional kitchen settings? Theoretical framework: The main theoretical inspiration of the idea of bildung, I find within the works of Danish scholar Lene Tanggaard, as she claims that, bildung impacts us in ways that imprint upon our existence – hence, it pertains to the entirety of an individual, as it encapsulates what holds significance to us throughout our lives. By grounding schools and educational systems in the principles of bildung, students are afforded the chance to mold the world autonomously (Tanggaard, 2021). To me, the impact of bildung that Tanggaard speaks abouts, is what comes of being exposed and influenced to all kinds of cultural and social interventions – as for example being undertaking professional training or partaking in educational practices. It the notions, belief-systems, ideas and thoughts – apparent as somewhat hidden from the individual itself, that will form the very thinking and the very actions of the person. As Tanggaard puts it: Bildung can be seen as a spark, and when it occurs, it ignites our thinking, our language, our body, our life, and ascribes meaning to it (Tanggaard, 2021). In that way bildung encompasses the entirety of an individual, involving self-awareness within the context of others and a larger framework. The concept of bildung arises from the unique experiences that shape our being. Bildung involves the discovery of the unknown and the realization of its significance. Certain interactions with more experienced chefs towards novice apprentices will undoubtedly resonate and hold to values, which I, with inspiration from Tanggaard, claim could be called bildung (Tanggaard, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods/methodology: For this project, I built an empirical object centered on two high-end Danish restaurants and a technical college's chef training program in Aarhus, Denmark. This is how fieldwork geography sometimes needs to be constructed, almost laboriously as, the anthropologist must immerse themselves in the world they are studying to enter it (Hastrup, 2003, p. 10-15; Hastrup, 2010, p. 57)). Using participant observation and full participation as methodological tools, I sought to become an engaged anthropologist, greatly influenced by Danish anthropologists Charlotte Baarts (2004) and Cathrine Hasse (2014). As a learning individual and anthropologist in the world being explored, I therefore took on the role of an apprentice chef as far as possible, during my time in the restaurants (Hasse, 2015). Diverging from conventional anthropological methodologies, my approach emphasised immersion, interaction, and active participation in the culinary environment, drawing from the principles of autoethnography where the distinction between participant and observer is often blurred or disregarded (Méndez, 2013). Furthermore, the project is underpinned by clear inductive and phenomenological influences within its theoretical framework (Hastrup, 2010). Phenomenology is characterized as both a philosophical orientation and a methodological approach, encompassing a style of inquiry and a mode of thought applicable across diverse domains, ranging from artistic endeavours to scientific disciplines. Within an anthropological frame phenomenology has accompanied and acted as scientific theoretical and philosophical inspiration and catalyst for decades (Atkinson & Hammersley, 2007: 2). In this project, adopting a phenomenological approach involves approaching fieldwork with a specific mindset and attitude aimed at understanding the perceptions of apprentice chefs. This entails a dedicated focus on attentive listening, temporarily setting aside preconceived assumptions, theories, and reflections commonly associated with apprenticeship learning or the culinary profession in general (Jacobsen, Tanggaard, & Brinkmann, 2015, 218). Here, the intersection of phenomenological philosophical principles and anthropological practice becomes apparent. My primary objective is thus to provide a descriptive account of observed phenomena, detailing the context in which actions occur, elucidating how individuals involved perceive and discuss their own actions as well as those of others, and examining the outcomes thereof (Atkinson & Hammersley, 2007: 7). Through this interpretivist practice, I acknowledge that the social world cannot be understood in terms of simple causal relationships or by bringing social events under the purview of general law. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Among the expected outcomes from these analyses, I aim to gain valuable insight into specific aspects or elements of bildung, that are prominent in the daily activities and interactions of apprentice chefs. To that my research aims to uncover how engagement with bildung influences the personal and professional development of apprentice chefs, including their attitudes, values, and skills. Through my empirical focus on everyday practices, the research may shed light on the social dynamics within professional kitchens and how notions of bildung shape relationships, hierarchies, and collaboration among experienced chefs and apprentices. In broader view I hope my findings may have some implications for culinary education programs, offering insights into how bildung can be integrated into curriculum design, teaching methodologies, and experiential learning opportunities for apprentice chefs. To that I wish to add that my research may contribute to broader discussions within bildung scholarship by providing empirical evidence of its relevance and application in contemporary vocational settings. Lastly I hope to add some methodological reflections on how to research bildung in a practice setting, as I wonder: How can one empirically study the concept of bildung? Firstly, I must reflect; does bildung exist, as something tangible and real? And how does one capture this phenomenon? Indeed, bildung exists both as a theoretical concept and as something tangible in various settings such as schools, educational institutions, and universities. Bildung does not seem immediately measurable as data; rather, it requires investigation into how it manifests, both theoretically and empirically (Wiberg, 2016, 69-70). Danish scholar, Grue Sørensen points out: "The critical criteria for determining the presence of bildung are uncertain and subject to significant debate" (Wiberg, 2016, 71). However, most interpretations of the concept revolve around the development of human personality. References Atkinson, P. & Hammersley, M., (2007). Ethnography: Principles in Practice. Taylor & Francis Ltd. Baarts, C. (2004). Viden og kunnen: En antropologisk analyse af sikkerhed på en byggeplads. København: Institut for Antropologi. Jacobsen, L, Tanggaard, L & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Fænomenologi. I: Kvalitative metoder : en grundbog (2. udgave.). Hans Reitzel. Frostholm, P. H. (2023). The practical craftmanship and social practices of apprentice chefs in a professional kitchen setting. Education in the North, 30(1), 3-18. Artikel 1. https://doi.org/10.26203/b42z-qx61 Hasse, C. (2014). Introducing the Engaged Anthropologist. In An Anthropology of Learning (pp. 1–27). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-9606-4_1 Hastrup, K., (2003). Ind i verden: En grundbog i antropologisk metode. København: Hans Reitzels Forlag. Hastrup, K., (2010). Feltarbejde. In: S. Brinkmann and L. Tanggaard (ed.), Kvalitative metoder: En grundbog. København: Hans Reitzels Forlag. Méndez, M., (2013). Autoethnography as a research method: Advantages, limitations, and criticisms. Colomb. Appl. Linguist. J. [online]. 2013, vol.15, n.2. pp.279-287. <http://www.scielo.org.co/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S0123-46412013000200010&lng=en&nrm=iso>. ISSN 0123-4641. Tanggaard, L (2021) Dannelse former os som hele mennesker. In. Brinkmann, S., Rømer, T. A. & Tanggaard, L. (2021). Sidste chance: nye perspektiver på dannelse (1. udgave). Klim. Wiberg, M. (2016). Dannelsesbegrebets rolle som regulativ ide i teoretisk pædagogik – Dannelsesbegrebet og den pædagogiske forskning. Studier i pædagogisk filosofi 5(1). ojs.statsbiblioteket.dk/index.php/spf/article/view/23242/21749. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster Use of Senses and Tacit Knowledge in Vocational Education and Training OsloMet, Norway Presenting Author:Each vocation has a set of tools that are needed in performing the work. Some of the tools are physical, like wrenches, drills, and hammers in the technical vocations, and whisks, knives, and various kitchen utensils within the hotel, restaurant and catering vocations. All vocations use machines and tools of different kinds, and a skilled worker knows how to handle and use them, how and where to keep them, and what kind of service they need and when (Lindberg, 2003). Some tools are physical and other tools are non-physical and the use of the senses is a knowledge that is relevant in several professions. While the chef must be able to taste, it is required that other senses are used in other professions. In several professions, the sense of smell is central, for example when healthcare workers assess the state of health or the need for care. How students develop vocational knowledge is a rather under-researched topic in the context of vocational education and training. Vocational knowledge is perceived as the kind of knowledge required to perform in occupational practice (Heusdens, Baartman & Bruijn, 2019). The use of senses as a part of vocational knowledge has received little attention in previous research. In this study, we investigate how students, apprentices and newly qualified professionals identify current senses they use in their profession and their experiences of how such senses have been developed. The aim is to identify some of the tacit knowledge that can contribute to improving vocational training with a more proven focus on sensory development. The informants represent the cooking profession, the skin care profession and the healthcare profession and have been observed and interviewed about their own development of the profession-specific senses. We have particularly looked at the use of taste and smell in the cooking profession, the use of massage pressure and the aesthetic look in the skin care profession and the development of the clinical gaze (smell, look and touch) in the health worker profession. Sensing, through taste, smell, touch, sound, are all different forms of perception, and they all represent an embodied knowledge experienced through sensations. This is a tacit form of knowledge (Kollbotn, 2007). This study's theoretical grounding is based on Polanyi's (1983) perspective, where tacit knowledge implies that humans know more than what can be communicated verbally. “Tacit knowledge is knowledge that is not explicated” (Collins, 2010, p. 1). The fact that the knowledge is tacit does not mean that the knowledge cannot be explained or expressed linguistically. Tacit knowledge is not impossible to learn or communicate (Polanyi, 1983). Polanyi (1983) describes that there is knowledge that when it is embodied in a person, and when this embodiment has taken place, then the knowledge is silent. Sight, sound, touch, smell, taste are embodied practices used in different vocational practices. The research question for this project is therefore “How do young workers use their senses in professional practice and how do they experience the development of senses as a vocational knowledge?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this is a qualitative study. By choosing a qualitative research design we seek to explore descriptions and perceptions of the participants' experiences and their perspective. The approach in this study is phenomenological hermeneutic (Bryman, 2016). We wanted to gain access to the participants personal understanding, seen from their inside view. In this way, we try to interpret experiences, behavior and action. The experience is based on interviews and observations of young students, apprentices and newly qualified professionals in the cookery, skin care and health professions in Norway. The inclusion criteria were that the participants were in practical work within their (future) profession, and thus had newly acquired experience with the development of senses in their work. The background for this criterion was that we wanted to investigate their experiences in order to incorporate this into their vocational education and training. The standard model for vocational education in Norway at upper secondary level follows a four-year model where the first two years are completed at school. The last two years are spent as an apprentice in an approved apprenticeship company. Over four weeks 12 second-year students in the cookery subject were observed in practical work in kitchen workshops. Four students and two newly qualified chefs were interviewed following the observations. The interviews lasted approximately one hour. 12 apprentices / newly qualified healthcare workers were interviewed individually, and each interview lasted up to 1 hour. In addition, three healthcare worker apprentices have been observed for some working days in home nursing. In the skin care subject, 12 skin care students have been observed treating clients in the skin care clinic at school. A focusgroup interview was also conducted with six newly qualified skin care professionals. In all interview situations, a semi-structured interview is the basis. A typical feature of humans is that they understand the world based on their own preconceptions (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2018). Preconceptions are implicit in all experience and cognition (Gadamer, 1975). The researchers in this study are all vocational teachers and are thus familiar with the field through their own teaching. In interviews and in observations, we understood the argumentation because it was a well-known terminology, and we thus spoke the "same language" as the participants. Our preconceptions animated the entire research process, from interview guide to analysis and conclusion, while at the same time we were aware of this possibility of influence and sought new perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results show that the students in the three different professions studied coordinate their use of the senses in different ways. In all subjects, it turns out that the senses, as a professional exercise, must be adapted to users by using their hearing to listen to their wishes and needs in order to satisfy customers, patients and clients. Participants express that the involvement of users feedback is of great importance for both understanding of, and development of, the senses in all three subjects / professions mentioned. In the skincare profession, it is of great importance that an evaluation form is used after treatment, where the clients express their experiences of pressure, flow and the desired result of the treatment. In the culinary profession, guests provide continuous feedback on taste and experience. Apprentices in the healthcare profession experience learning a lot from the patients they visit, and they use different senses to see the whole person and their state of health. The practical knowledge is bodily, and it is embedded in bodily skills that are practiced in a familiarity with the environment, in this case guests, clients and patients. The study contributes to a research contribution that shows the experiences of students, apprentices and newly qualified professionals in a silent but embodied professional competence. Tacit and embodied professional competence should receive increased attention both in vocational training and in professional education. Our preliminary results show that feedback from guests, clients and patients in particular can be important contributors to training and developing the senses as part of an overall professional vocational knowledge. References Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods (5. utg.). Oxford University Press. Collins, H. M. (2010). Tacit and Explicit knowledge. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Gadamer, H. G. (1975). Truth and method. Seabury Press. Heusdens, W., Baartman, L. & de Bruijn, E. (2019). Know Your Onions: An Exploration of How Students Develop Vocational Knowledge During Professional Performance. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 63(6), 839-852. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1452291 Kollbotn, O. (2007). Kva er taus kunnskap: Ei teoretisk drøfting (Notat (Høgskulen i Sogn og Fjordane: online), Vol. 2/06.). Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2018). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju (3. utg.). Gyldendal akademisk. Lindberg, V. (2003). Vocational knowing and the content in vocational education. International Journal of Training Research, 1(2), 40-61. https://doi.org/10.5172/ijtr.1.2.40 Polanyi, M. (1983). The tacit dimension. Peter Smith. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 02 SES 12 B: Vocational Teacher Education Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Martina Wyszynska Johansson Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Practical Teacher Education And Relevant Teacher Education OsloMet–Oslo Metropolitan University Norway Presenting Author:In Norwegian teacher education a new reform was initiated in 2017 aiming at developing what is called “Teacher Education Schools” (The Ministry of Knowledge, 2017). The aim is to develop professionally relevant teacher educations by strengthening the quality of student teachers’ placement periods and teaching practice in schools. Another aim is to stimulate cooperation on research and development, and to strengthen the professional relevance and quality of teacher education and the institutions. Both previous experiences and methodological and epistemological arguments have long pointed towards a shift in this direction (Darling-Hammond, 2006; Eikeland, 2012a). The regional education authorities in Oslo and Akershus and a group of researchers in the Department of vocational teacher education at the OsloMet University developed the Action research project LUSY (teacher education schools in vocational teacher education), aimed at developing vocational teacher education schools with three vocational upper secondary schools (VET), with funding from the Norwegian Research Council. The main aim for the project is to develop a binding and lasting cooperation between the schools and OsloMet to create the best possible vocational teacher education and VET. The intention is to form binding and lasting cooperative structures between VET and OsloMet University. The purpose of this paper is to highlight and discuss what education practical teachers need in order to strengthen the quality and professional relevance of teacher education. The background is empirical examples from the action research project LUSY. Practical teachers (teacher trainer/supervisor) are teachers who guide teacher students in their pedagogical practice in schools.
The research questions are about the practical teacher's competence - what their work tasks need to be, what content is identified as necessary for the education of practical teachers, how the education is organized and how practical teacher education (supervisor training of practical teachers) can contribute to strengthening the connection between the educational institution and the field of practice in teacher education. The empirical results are based on experiences from planning, implementation, and assessment of a school-based practical teacher education (course) for schools and practical teachers who are participating in the LUSY-project.
A professionally relevant education can be defined as being characterized by a close coherence between content and tasks in the profession and the educational content. Such education is largely in accordance with the competence demands of the profession (Hiim, 2017; Sylte 2020). There’s a multitude of research indicating that insufficient professional relevance is a challenge in teacher education as well as in professional education in other areas. One of the reasons seems to be that collaboration between educational institutions and professional workplaces is not sufficiently developed (Canrinus et al., 2015; Heggen & Smedby, 2015; Hiim, 2013; Sylte, 2020; Young, 2004).
The project is based on a holistic, multi-dimensional understanding of knowledge where professional knowledge have many forms. Much research on VET is based on a concept of competence that is frequently defined as a holistic set of knowledge, skills and attitudes applied to solve specific tasks (Koenen et al., 2015; White Paper 28, 2015-2016). However, the use of the concept of competence in VET is often unclear and varies (Lester & Religa, 2017). A main aim in the project is to show how professional knowledge is constituted, and how the organization of collaboration between educational institutions and fields of practice can be strengthened through the projects first innovation, the school-based practical teacher education.
Epistemological analyses of professional knowledge based on pragmatic approaches pose the theoretical framework of the project (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1987; Schön, 1983; Sennett, 2008). Connections between theories of professional knowledge, organizational learning, and professional didactics will be investigated (Eikeland, 2012a; Hiim, 2017; Sylte, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project will mainly be carried out as action research, led by the authors of this paper. Action research means that research and development are integrated in social, organizational, or educational “experiments” or development projects (McNiff & Whitehead, 2006). The approaches to action research that will be used in this project are built on pragmatic and partly critical epistemology (Eikeland, 2012b; Hiim, 2010). Action research implies that knowledge is developed through collaborative and systematically documented processes of planning, carrying out, reflection and evaluation between teacher education institution, schools and companies. Action research requires voluntary participation by all people concerned in different phases of work. The research in the project as a whole is about developing practice-based knowledge about how cooperation between teacher education institutions and VET-schools can be organized to achieve a holistic, professionally-based education of vocational teachers, and what obstacles and opportunities are faced. An important goal is to develop and test an organizational and didactic strategy for cooperation between educational institutions and fields of practice more generally (Eikeland, 2012b). The aim of the project's first innovation, which this paper is about, is to develop knowledge about the organization and content of a school-based practical teacher education (course) that qualifies them and the school as a whole to contribute to strengthening professional relevance and holistic competence in teacher education. At the same time, the course should function as a meeting place where practical teachers and teacher educators can learn from each other's experiences and knowledge. The schools and the university were to work together to plan, implement, assess and further develop the course for both vocational teachers and general subject teachers who teach in vocational education in secondary school (VET). The course was organized with five sessions at one of the participating schools. Common understanding was to be developed and regular meeting places established for the practical teachers at the school, and teacher educators. The participants in the LUSY-project are the project management group consisting of two teacher educators/professors/authors and 12 teacher educator colleagues at the university. Around 140 teachers and managers from one of the participating schools are participating in the project's first innovation, which this paper focuses on. The project is organized in sequences with systematic planning, execution, evaluation, data collection and documentation. Documentation from the sequences (plans, logs, reports, students’ tasks etc.) will be the documentation basis in this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Concerning development results, we expect new and more structured forms of collaboration between our vocational teacher education institution and VET-schools. The structures may concern collaboration between teacher educators and practice teachers. More structured cooperation is needed on placement periods in schools. The same goes for contents in vocational teacher education and VET. By development of these collaborative structures through the school-based course, our tentative results point to relevant knowledge of what the practical teachers` work tasks need to be, what content is identified as necessary for the education of practical teachers, how the education should be organized and how practical teacher education can contribute to strengthening the connection between the educational institution and the field of practice in teacher education. Our tentative results point to the necessity of a school-based course (15+15 ECTS) for practical teachers that focuses on guidance related to the development of comprehensive vocational teacher competence. This implies that the practical teacher facilitates the students gain experience with planning, implementing, and assessing teaching, and handling the challenges it entails. In addition, students need to learn what comprehensive vocational teacher competence involves, such as colleague collaboration, and school development through colleague guidance. This highlights the necessity of the teacher education school as a learning organization with qualified practice teachers where the school as a whole is responsible for the students' pedagogical practice together with the practice teachers. Collaborative structures for research and development projects are also necessary. The development- and research processes in the project as a whole and in this innovation will result in new practical results and documented knowledge on possibilities and challenges concerning collaborative structures and content between institutions of vocational teacher education and VET-schools. References Canrinus, E. T., Bergem, O. K., Klette, K. & Hammerness, K. (2015). Coherent teacher education programmes: Taking a student perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2015.1124145 Darling-Hammond, L. (Ed.). (2006). Professional development schools—schools for developing a profession. Teacher’s College Press. Dreyfus, H. L. & Dreyfus, S. E. (1986). Mind over Machine: The Power of human intuition and expertice in the era of the computer. Free press. Eikeland, O. (2012a). Symbiotic Learning Systems: Reorganizing and Integrating Learning Efforts and Responsibilities Between Higher Educational Institutions (HEIs) and Work Places. Journal of the Knowledge Economy. Springer. DOI 10.1007/s13132-012-0123-6 Eikeland, O. (2012b). Action research and organisational learning—a Norwegian approach to doing action research in complex organisations. Educational Action Research Journal, 20(2), 267–290. DOI: 10.1080/09650792.2012.676303 Heggen, K., Smeby J.-C. & Vågan, A. (2015). Coherence: A longitudinal approach. In J.-C.Smedby & M. Suthpen (Ed.), From Vocational to professional Education (s. 70–88). Routledge. Hiim, H. (2010). Pedagogisk aksjonsforskning [Educational action research]. Gyldendal Akademisk. Hiim, H. (2013). Praksisbasert yrkesutdanning [Practice based vocational education]. Gyldendal Akademisk. Hiim, H. (2017). Ensuring Curriculum Relevance in Vocational Education and Training: Epistemological Perspectives in a Curriculum Research Project aimed at Improving the Relevance of the Norwegian VET. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training (IJRVET). Vol. 4 no.1 pp. 1-19. http://dx.doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.4.1.1 Koenen, A.-K., Dochy, F. & Berghmans, I. (2015). A phenomenographic analysis of the implementation of competence-based education in higher education. Teaching and Teacher Education. Vol. 50 pp. 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.04.001 Lester, S. & Religa, J. (2017). Competence` and occupational standards: observation from six European countries. Education and Training. Vol. 59 (2), pp. 201-214. DOI: 10.1108/ET-01-2018-0024 McNiff, J. & Whitehead, J. (2006). All you need to know about Action Research. Sage Publications. Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books. Sennet, R. (2008). The Craftsman. Penguin Books. Sylte, A. L. (2020). Predicting the Future Competence Needs in Working Life: Didactical Implications for VET. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(2), 167–192. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.7.2.3 The Ministry of Knowledge (2017). Kunnskapsløftet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-28-20152016/id2483955/ The Ministry of Knowledge (2017). Lærerutdanning 2025 [Teacher Education 2025]. White paper nr. 28 (2015-2016). Fag – Fordypning – Forståelse — En fornyelse av Kunnskapsløftet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-28-20152016/id2483955/ Young, M. (2004). Conceptualizing vocational knowledge. Some theoretical considerations. In H. Rainbird, A. Fuller & A. Munro (Ed.), Workplace learning in context (pp. 186-200). Routledge. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Close-to-practice Research on Vocational Didactics: An Example of Researcher/Teacher Collaboration 1University West, Sweden; 2Kunskapsförbundet Väst, Sweden Presenting Author:Close-to-practice research in educational contexts such as a Swedish upper-secondary school vocational education and training (VET) involves a collaboration between researchers and VET teachers. Here, an example of research collaboration between a building and construction teacher and a researcher is presented. In the Swedish context, close-to-practice research has been recently advocated as a means to strengthen the scientific base of teacher education (cf Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). Therefore, the Swedish government has piloted a national programme to fund and stimulate the growth and trial of collaboration models between academia and the school called in short ULF. ULF stands for Utbildning (Education), Lärande (Learning) and Forskning (Research). Common projects often involve interventions to improve different aspects of education, e.g., teaching and instruction activities. Sometimes there is a close connection to a school’s quality assurance work. However, the explicit goal is to facilitate collaboration between academia and schools on an equal footing. Eplicitly, the need for creating symmetrical relations between the researchers and teachers prcatitioners are emphasized along with the presumed and sought for complementarity of each part’s contributions. Close-to-practice research presents however considerable challenges due to the tensions surrounding different interpretations of teacher knowledge as professional and academic. According to the Education Act, both scientific grounds and proven experience are two stipulated bases for education in Sweden. In particular, the relation between these two, cognizant of theory/practice division, may influence the collaboration practices (Bergmark & Erixon, 2020). To sum up, close-to-practice research presents challenges regarding the variety of knowledge contributions as well as the level of engagement on the part of teachers practitioners (Anderhag et al., 2023; Magnusson & Malmström, 2022). Swedish VET is mainly school-based and integrated with upper-secondary education. The vocational teacher works in a Building and Construction Programme, one of the 12 vocational programmes. Vocational teachers are responsible for assessment of student performance in school and in workplaces, e.g., building sites. That is why a close co-operation with the appointed supervisors is required for students’ vocational learning. Previous research on learning to become a building constructor shows traces of apprenticeship traditions still present. As a result, students may encounter a strong division between theory learnt in school and practice at building sites (Berglund, 2009: Fjellström, 2015). The aim of the article is twofold, to illuminate 1) how a vocational teacher and a researcher develop knowledge of teaching practice regarding vocational didactics, and 2) to develop a methodology for researcher-practitioner collaboration. The focus for the collaboraton is on the integration of vocational knowledge across school- and work-based parts of education as a central and generic issue in vocational education and training. The research questions are as follows: What characterizes a collaboration between a vocational teacher and a researcher in close-to-practice research? How does the process of collaborative researcher-vocational teacher knowledge development in student work-integrated learning emerge? Self-study is used as a theoretical approach (Cooper & Curtis, 2021; Kitchen et al., 2020; Vanassche & Kelchtermans, 2015) in line with the study’s main interest in the theory/practice interface in vocational didactics generated from self-understanding of experience. The intention driving the study is to reflect the researcher-teacher practices within the institutional framework of upper-secondary VET (Craig & Curtis, 2020; Ergas & Ritter, 2020). The main interest for the collaboration is to investigate the events that the teacher stages to help the students connect their learning experiences in workplace-, and school-based parts of education. When the teachers and researchers make meaning of actitivities they stage together the collaboration can contribute to self-understanding of various facets of collective me-as-a-teacher, which is formed through and in social relations in teacher communities (Mokuria & Chhikara, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a part of an ULF project called Conceptualising vocational knowing in learning communities at University West. Following upon her earlier semi-structured interview with the teacher that was the initial part of the ULF project, the researcher was also granted access to the vocational teacher’s classroom, workshop and to some extent workplaces. The starting point for the collaboration was therefore an invitation to come and see rather than the need for change or improvement. Thus, she followed the teacher’s group of six students during approximately one term of their third final grade. Together with a colleague she used field notes, transcribed interviews and recordings of lessons and study visits at workplaces. Martina run a journal to collect material for so called interim texts that she shared with the teacher (Cooper & Curtis, 2021). The texts summarized running observations, their interpretations and preliminary hypotheses, all of which was free for Emil to share with his colleagues and the headmaster, which he did. The teacher kept commenting these short texts throughout and they served as a basis for recurrent discussions also recorded and transcribed. The data generation and data analysis went on therefore iteratively. As a method, a narrative, open-ended inquiry is used to study collaboration between the teacher and the researcher (Cooper & Curtis, 2021; Mokuria & Chhikara, 2022). A starting point was broadly about the teacher’s ways to connect and integrate the students’ learning in a system of exchange between two days of school instruction and three days of workplace-based training in a week. This shared research interest served as an entry point for the collaboration as relational, ongoing and unfinished work (Pinnegar et al., 2020). Accordingly, the narrative weavs together the result about the teacher’s work with vocational didactics (as displayed in a choice of activities that bind together vocational knowing and learning across settings) with a model for collaboration as relation-building between the teacher and researcher in close-to-practice research in VET. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study’s contribution is two-fold. Apart from presenting an empirical example of vocational didactics, it also presents a model for collaboration between the vocational teacher and the researcher that builds on ongoing shifting in positioning as the two parts build their relationship of trust. The collaboration enables and is enabled by constant shifts between different me-as-a teacher positions that evolve and interact with each other. In the dialogue, me-as-a-teacher-educator, me-as-a-researcher interact with me-as-a-vocational-teacher and me-as-a-vocational teacher-of-another-kind. With the help of self-study as a methodology for collaboration, the teacher’s specific method is deconstructed by a joined effort (Cooper & Curtis, 2021). The teacher’s method is a strongly bounded and recurrent round of questions or prompts to systematically interrogate the students’ experience of workplace-based learning. This method’s reconstruction, which is performed in collaboration points to the method’s contingencies such as 1) the teacher’s presence in workplaces and his strategic involvement in the production that goes on in building sites 2) parallel, that is, the teacher’s and the students’ learning of new methods and innovations. The vocational didactics example shows how a particular work tasks in the production at a building site can be integrated in VET instruction. In contrast to Berglund (2009) and Fjellström (2015), work tasks in running production can be used in classroom instruction to support the students’ opportunities to develop multidimensional vocational knowing. The collaboration featured initial open inquiry; collective narrowing of a study object, that is, a specific vocational didactics method, collective data production and analysis through putting forth hypotheses by the teacher and the researcher, activating different ”teacher selves” and work division between the teacher and the researcher. The findings show how the instruction can be organized to encompass student experience of work-integrated learning to create a meaningful whole for the students and the teacher. References Anderhag, P., Andrée, M., Björnhammer, S., & Gåfvels, C. (2023). Den praktiknära forskningens bidrag till läraryrkets kunskapsbas: en analys av kunskapsprodukter från kollaborativ didaktisk forskning. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige. Berglund, I. (2009). Byggarbetsplatsen som skola-eller skolan som byggarbetsplats?: En studie av byggnadsarbetares yrkesutbildning [Doctoral dissertation, Institutionen för didaktik och pedagogiskt arbete, Stockholms universitet]. https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2%3A235820&dswid=7640 Bergmark, U., & Erixon, P.-O. (2020). Professional and academic knowledge in teachers’ research: An empowering oscillation. European Educational Research Journal, 19(6), 587-608. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904119890158 Cooper, J. M., & Curtis, G. A. (2021). Employing self-study research across the curriculum: Theory, practice, and exemplars. In S. W. Watson, S. Austin, & J. Bell (Eds.), Conceptual analyses of curriculum inquiry methodologies (s. 155–181). IGI Global. Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2009). Teacher research as stance. The Sage Handbook of Educational Action Research. London: Sage, 39-49. Craig, C. J., & Curtis, G. A. (2020). Theoretical roots of self-study research. In J. Kitchen, A. Berry, S. M. Bullock, A. R. Crowe, M. Taylor, H. Guðjónsdóttir, & L. Thomas (Eds.), International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (2nd ed., pp. 57–96). Springer. Ergas, O., & Ritter, J. K. (2020). Introduction: Why explore self in teaching, teacher education, and practitioner research. In Exploring Self Toward Expanding Teaching, Teacher Education and Practitioner Research (Vol. 34, pp. 1–16). Emerald Publishing Limited. Fjellström, M. (2015). Project-based vocational education and training: Opportunities for teacher guidance in a Swedish upper secondary school. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 67(2), 187–202. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2014.983957 Kitchen, J., Berry, A., Bullock, S. M., Crowe, A. R., Taylor, M., Guðjónsdóttir, H., & Thomas, L. (Eds.). (2020). International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices. Springer. Magnusson, Petra, & Malmström, Martin (2022). Practice-near school research in Sweden: tendencies and teachers’ roles. Education Inquiry, 14(3), 367–388. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2022.2028440 Mokuria, V. G., & Chhikara, A. (2022). Narrative inquiry as a relational methodology. In S. White, S. Autin, & J. Bell (Eds.), Conceptual analyses of curriculum inquiry methodologies (s. 1–27). IGI Global. Pinnegar, S., Hutchinson, D. A., & Hamilton, M. L. (2020). Role of positioning, identity, and stance in becoming S-STTEP researchers. International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices, 97-133. Vanassche, E., & Kelchtermans, G. (2015). The state of the art in self-study of teacher education practices: A systematic literature review. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(4), 508–528. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.995712 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 03 SES 12 A: Curriculum and Pedagogy in Third Level Education Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Finding Hope & Meaning in Self-Discovery: Fostering Inclusion Through Creative Expression Royal Holloway, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Business schools around the world are facing growing impetus to nurture inclusion and equity, and to confront long-standing attainment gaps for minority students (OfS, 2022). Traditional curricula often fail to support diverse identities and cultures creating feelings of alienation leading to potential isolation and drop-out. This paper introduces the integration of structured creative activities as vehicles for self-discovery to cultivate safe, inclusive environments in business and management education where all students can thrive. Cultivating “identity safety” through positive representations together with a creative and non-judgmental environment help to improve belonging (Lowe, 2020). Furthermore, facilitating students’ discovery and expression of their authentic self promotes the autonomy and competence that fosters motivation according to self-determination theory (Iftode et al., 2023; Deci & Ryan, 2008) . Specifically, detail of a workshop entitled “Portrait of Your Future Self” held for a group of marginalised students at a UK Business School is provided. The four-hour session led student participants through introspective creation of personal artwork envisioning their desired future selves and goals. Following models of self-authorship from a liberal arts tradition, the activity emphasised openly exploring identity apart from external expectations. Detailed qualitative analysis reveals workshop themes of connection with one’s inner authentic self, relaxation through decompression and flow, hopefulness for the future, and non-judgment. Interview data found the activity deeply impactful for fostering wellbeing and for envisioning deeper purpose (Sharma & Yukhymenko-Lescroart, 2018). Themes suggest the creative process allowed discovering and articulating students’ “true self” aside from daily pressures and constraints. In addition, sharing future self-portraits organically built empathy and community. Largely, the workshop activated the process of flow and through this a sense of inclusion by valuing participant’s inner lives and fostering optimism (Csikszentmihalyi, 1997). Overall, this arts-based approach is positioned as exemplifying a conscious pedagogy – a pedagogy where experiences are intentionally designed to meet neurobiological needs such as safety, belonging, love and joy which serve as prerequisites to growth and learning. I argue a conscious pedagogy integrates critical and constructive paradigms with the potential for equity and repairing exclusion respectively (Macdonald & MacLeod, 2018). Wider integration of self-authorship work may accelerate cultural shifts towards belonging for marginalised students and as such one must consider the scalability implications and limitations of the study. In addition, one can argue that brief interventions have limited impact without wider ecosystem cultivation. Creative sessions allow glimpses of alternate modes of learning but require support through resourcing, formal structures, and leadership messaging. Future research would involve longitudinal studies measuring identity safety and attainment after experiencing workshop interventions.
The paper poses the question: how may creative expression foster inclusion? It proposes a conceptual framework which positions the connection between the main emergent themes and how they mutually reinforce each other in a positive, virtuous cycle. Starting with a non-judgmental creative space, this enables connecting with one's authentic self. By reflecting on identity and values, individuals gained self-awareness. This self-knowledge then gives hope and agency allowing envisioning of desired future states, fulfilling the third theme of feeling hopeful about the future. Achieving this hopeful view subsequently leads to outcomes depicted in the first theme - feeling relaxed and able to decompress. With optimism about goals and a clearer sense of identity, stress is reduced. Finally, the lower stress and appreciation of the creative activity makes it more likely for participants to access and connect with their authentic self once more closing the reinforcing loop. This paper proposes therefore that intentional use of emotive, imaginative pedagogies could help satisfy and motivate those discouraged and alienated by cognitive-heavy business curricula thus helping universities to address the attainment gap. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This exploratory qualitative study examined student experiences creating future self-portraits in a workshop and their reflections in focus groups afterwards. The workshop titled “Portraits of Your Future Self” was held in Spring 2022 within a UK business school involving 15 undergraduate student participants from marginalised communities. Students represented diverse ethnic, cultural and socioeconomic backgrounds. The 4-hour creative session was led by a professional artist who guided students through introspectively visualising their desired lives. The brief was: to imagine your future self and to create an artwork of your future self. The artwork brief was very much left open to their interpretation, and this was important so as not to dictate a response. After discussing self-concept influences and envisioning ideal future states, participants used art materials such as paint, fabrics, and magazines to craft representations of their future self-portraits. Open-ended self-expression was encouraged without evaluation. Students worked on their portraits for 2 hours and created them using the materials provided, afterwards they were provided with a frame so they could frame their work and take it home. In the week following the workshop, 3 focus groups were conducted, each with 5 students, to explore their learning experience. Semi-structured interviews with traditional qualitative probing lasted from 40-60 minutes. Discussions explored participants’ decision-making, the emergent meaning of visual choices, emotional reactions to the activity, and any new self-insights. Focus groups were facilitated by the author and a research assistant. Each session was recorded and fully transcribed. The purpose of these focus groups was to gain insights about students’ experiences and to gain insights into participants’ feelings and emotions and actions. Adhering to the guidelines of the thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006), the data was inductively analysed. The dataset from the focus groups transcripts were the focal point of the analysis. These transcripts were read, coded, and then re-read to identify conceptual categories emerging from the data (Miles & Huberman, 1984; Strauss and Corbin 1998). The coding process allowed the theoretical properties of the subcategories to be generated, which in turn, enabled the discovery of the ‘core categories’ (Glaser & Strauss, 2017) that underpin the proposed framework. Through this process, a good fit between empirical observations and the conceptual categories they indicate was guaranteed (Locke, 2000). This process enabled substantive theory to form. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research explored integrating creative self-portraiture into business education as a pathway towards empowering and including marginalised student voices (Taylor & Robinson, 2009). Analysis of the future self-portrait workshop and focus groups reveals affirming psychological impacts across multiple themes. Students described the activity as restorative and motivating, helping visualise desired goals whilst at the same time appreciating peers’ uniqueness. The premise outlined in the proposed conceptual model reflect the outcomes - providing non-judgmental spaces for self-discovery assist activating students’ authentic identities and inherent motivations according to self-determination theory. Further, envisioning ideal future selves fosters hope and agency fuelling engagement (Schoem et al. 2023). By valuing often obscured student perspectives, traditionally alienating curricula can become springboards for realisation (Luckett & Shay, 2020). While this initial four-hour intervention showed promising results, longer-term immersive programmes may profoundly shift the culture towards equitable belonging and reconciliation (Jagers et al., 2019). Results here align with a liberal arts approach to leveraging creativity for purpose and meaning-making. Ongoing exposure across business courses could help satisfy psychosocial needs enabling academic success. However, mere exposure has limits without root-cause removal of systemic threats that undermine marginalised students. Creative sessions provide temporary respite from hierarchical dynamics endemic in higher education (Lee, 2022). Sustaining safe containers where all identities feel valued requires dismantling existing biases. In this light, consciousness-raising self-portraiture serves as a starting point for inclusion, not an endpoint. Representational workshops can introduce radical paradigm shifts that must contribute to new figurations of learning ecology. By spotlighting diverse self-concepts, this study takes some small steps towards equity. This offers hope that the future of business education can nurture success and growth for all, not just the majority. References Braun, V. and Clarke, V., 2006. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), pp.77-101. Csikszentmihalyi, M., 1997. Flow and the psychology of discovery and invention. Harper Perennial, New York, 39, pp.1-16. Deci, E.L. and Ryan, R.M., 2008. Self-determination theory: A macro theory of human motivation, development, and health. Canadian psychology/Psychologie canadienne, 49(3), p.182. Glaser, B. and Strauss, A., 2017. Discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Routledge. Iftode, C., Zorilă, A., Vică, C. and Leuenberger, M., 2023. ‘A Life of Our Own’: Why Authenticity is More Than a Condition for Autonomy. The Journal of Value Inquiry, pp.1-26. Jagers, R.J., Rivas-Drake, D. and Williams, B., 2019. Transformative social and emotional learning (SEL): Toward SEL in service of educational equity and excellence. Educational Psychologist, 54(3), pp.162-184. Lee, A., 2022. Toward a conceptual model of hierarchical microaggression in higher education settings: A literature review. Educational Review, 74(2), pp.321-352. Locke, K., 2000. Grounded theory in management research. Grounded Theory in Management Research, pp.1-160. Lowe, A.N., 2020. Identity safety and its importance for academic success. Handbook on promoting social justice in education, pp.1849-1881. Luckett, K. and Shay, S., 2020. Reframing the curriculum: A transformative approach. Critical Studies in Education, 61(1), pp.50-65. Macdonald, I. and MacLeod, M., 2018. Design education without borders: How students can engage with a socially conscious pedagogy as global citizens. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 37(2), pp.312-324. Miles, M.B. and Huberman, A.M., 1994. Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook. Sage. OfS, 2022. Schools, attainment, and the role of higher education. Available at: https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/publications/schools-attainment-and-the-role-of-higher-education/ (Accessed: 14 January 2024). Schoem, D., Modey, C. and John, E.P.S. eds., 2023. Teaching the whole student: Engaged learning with heart, mind, and spirit. Taylor & Francis. Sharma, G. and Yukhymenko-Lescroart, M., 2018. The relationship between college students' sense of purpose and degree commitment. Journal of College Student Development, 59(4), pp.486-491. Strauss, A. and Corbin, J., 1998. Basics of qualitative research techniques. Taylor, C. and Robinson, C., 2009. Student voice: Theorising power and participation. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 17(2), pp.161-175. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Looking Back, Moving Forward - Exploring Graduates’ Reflections of Group Assessment to Develop a Theory of Student Collegiality in Higher Education Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:With enhanced student mobility opportunities through the European Credit Transfer & Accumulation System (ECTS), increased internationalisation, and greater diversity and inclusion of non-traditional learners, current student profiles of European Higher Education Institutions hold significant potential to be truly transformative learning environments. The curricular focus of formal programmes of study and informal learning of the hidden curriculum shape these environments within which student engagement and relationship development are critical. This doctoral research examines collegiality perceptions and experiences of third-level graduates and questions how student collegiality as a peer-to-peer engagement process can be supported throughout undergraduate business degree programmes. Commitment to inclusive practices in higher education are increasingly associated with systemic change, for example with the development of the university for all (Fleming et al., 2023) and critique of learning strategies to engage diverse student groups (Sanger, 2020, Thomas, 2016, Trees, 2013). A curricular context emerges that prioritises the relational nature of learning and recognises the connectedness between pedagogy and assessment. Social cognitive theory consequently informs the theoretical framework underpinning this research aimed at extending a plurality perspective of higher education that matches the diversity of the student body. Curriculum is thus conceptualised as encounter, largely influenced by the seminal contributions of Maxine Greene’s expansive orientation for curriculum with a call to give voice to those silenced, to expand and deepen shared beliefs (Greene, 1993), to broaden perspectives to seize new meanings (Greene, 1977) and particularly her theorising of curriculum as always emerging “out of an interplay among conceptions of knowledge, conceptions of human beings, and conceptions of social order” (Greene, 1993: 216).
This interplay is as relevant in Europe today, where the contextuality of time and place where encounters occur is one of the complicating factors, as is the individuality, prior knowledge, and interest or disinterest, of those involved. This complexity and the consequent reimagining of curriculum as “lived experience” instead of planned programmes, is the underlying rationale for Pinar’s preference for the verb currere, to reflect the active running of the programme where curriculum is “experienced, enacted and reconstructed” (Pinar, 2011: 1). Curriculum as encounter includes individuals and groups or bodies, essentially all social actors, and extends to interaction between multiple players at the five sites of curriculum making identified by Priestley et al. (2021). Curriculum making is therefore, integrated and complex, occurring through constant interaction between these multiple sites with their inherent power dynamics, and in context-specific ways to produce unique social practices (Priestley and Philippou, 2018). While recognising the interplay of all five sites, for the purpose of this research the focus on collegiality will primarily be at the nano level (between student peers) embedded within one micro context (one academic department) to highlight the interconnected dynamics and importance of encounter between knowledge, human beings, and social order in curriculum enactment.
Collegiality as a concept holds significant potential to elucidate agentic relationships in curricular encounters in higher education. While collegiality has been studied primarily from a faculty perspective (Burnes et al., 2014, Elton, 2008, Macfarlane, 2016), this research seeks to examine perceptions of student collegiality amongst graduates to ascertain if collegiality can be supported. The work of Fielding (1999) in conceptualising a more inclusive radical collegiality points in this direction as does the work of Brown (2021) distinguishing four typologies of professional, intellectual, social, and emotional collegiality amongst doctoral students. Furthermore, the use of group assessment as the context for examining student collegiality contributes to the necessary problematisation and naivety of the assumption that successful completion of a group project or task can be equated to successfully working collectively as a group (Channon et al., 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This interpretivist research recognises that there is no universal reality in answering this exploratory research question while the underlying constructivist epistemology, where knowledge is jointly and socially constructed between researcher and participants (Merriam and Tisdell, 2016), ensures that the research is participant-led and serves to continuously challenge and question the assumptions of the researcher as an insider (i.e. a lecturer who uses group assessment extensively). A single case study methodology of one academic department within the Technological University of the Shannon (TUS) in Ireland included current students and graduates of three Level 8 undergraduate programmes with yearly variances from 4% to 48% of total ECTS credits examined through group assessment. This paper focuses solely on the graduate participant cohort and their reflections on student collegiality over the duration of their business programme. Data collection included a graduate survey using the CollegialityComp Scale (Koskenranta et al., 2022) developed to measure collegiality amongst social and healthcare educators which was adapted to measure collegiality amongst student peers. This adapted research instrument includes a 36-item, five-point psychometric scale, in addition to eight open-ended questions. Comparative findings from the three programmes’ graduate responses (n=60) including statistical analyses and reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2021) of open answers are presented and critically analysed. Furthermore, follow-up phenomenological interviews were conducted with ten recent graduates, as embedded cases, with inclusion criteria based on their responses to the graduate survey. Graduate interviewees’ perceptions and experiences of collegiality in completing group assessments during a four-year programme and their relevance to postgraduate study or career path provided a basis for more detailed theory development. Interpretative phenomenological analysis of graduates’ reflections of the collegial values of respect, reciprocity, and shared responsibility enabled an in-depth exploration of meaning, structure, and essence of the lived experience of collegiality by graduates. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Collegiality is assumed though not formally addressed, implicitly valued though not explicitly understood in higher education. This research aims to address this gap and explores the concept of collegiality to develop an extended theory that includes students. Theoretically, this research positively contributes to the conceptualisation of student collegiality through curriculum encounter. Practically, this research aims to build a framework of supports for collegiality over four-year undergraduate business programmes. Initial analyses of graduates’ responses show evidence that collegiality resonates with students as much as with faculty with high agreement levels throughout all CollegialityComp scale items. In particular, respondents recognise collegiality as a key differentiator between study in second-level and higher-level education contexts, while collegiality values of respect, reciprocity and shared responsibility are recognised as being significantly important to postgraduate career development. The need to scaffold student collegiality throughout undergraduate programmes is evident as is the potential that a more focused, concerted, and systematic approach holds. While there are significant benefits for the individual and their personal development, the true reward for enhancing student collegiality for higher education institutions may be in its potential to expand inclusivity, to foster diversity, to develop and deepen shared experiences and beliefs. Such an educational philosophy was recognised by Greene (1993: 213) as “never reaching a final conclusion, always incomplete, but richer and more densely woven, even as it moves through time”. While challenging, it seems clear that if collegiality can be supported in such refocused, open, communicative, and deliberative learning institutions, students may have a more enriching university experience and be better equipped to contribute more positively to a multicultural and intersectional world after graduation. References BRAUN, V. & CLARKE, V. 2021. Thematic analysis: a practical guide, SAGE PUBLICATIONS. BURNES, B., WEND, P. & BY, R. T. 2014. The changing face of English universities: reinventing collegiality for the twenty-first century. Studies in higher education (Dorchester-on-Thames), 39, 905-926. CHANNON, S. B., DAVIS, R. C., GOODE, N. T. & MAY, S. A. 2017. What makes a ‘good group’? Exploring the characteristics and performance of undergraduate student groups. Advances in health sciences education : theory and practice, 22, 17-41. ELTON, L. 2008. Collegiality and complexity: Humboldt's relevance to British universities today. Higher education quarterly, 62, 224-236. FLEMING, B., KELLY, A. M. & PADDEN, L. 2023. Making Inclusive Higher Education a Reality: Creating a University for All, Taylor and Francis. GREENE, M. 1977. The Artistic-Aesthetic and Curriculum. Curriculum inquiry, 6, 283-296. GREENE, M. 1993. Diversity and Inclusion: Toward a Curriculum for Human Beings. Teachers College Record, 95, 211-221. KOSKENRANTA, M., KUIVILA, H., PRAMILA-SAVUKOSKI, S., MÄNNISTÖ, M. & MIKKONEN, K. 2022. Development and testing of an instrument to measure the collegiality competence of social and health care educators. Nurse Education Today, 113, 105388. MACFARLANE, B. 2016. Collegiality and performativity in a competitive academic culture. Higher Education Review, 48. MERRIAM, S. B. & TISDELL, E. J. 2016. Qualitative research: a guide to design and implementation, San Francisco, CA, Jossey-Bass, a Wiley Brand. PINAR, W. F. 2011. Introduction. In: PINAR, W. F. (ed.) The Character of Curriculum Studies: Bildung, Currere, and the Recurring Question of the Subject. New York: Palgrave Macmillan US. PRIESTLEY, M., ALVUNGER, D., PHILIPPOU, S. & SOINI, T. (eds.) 2021. Curriculum making in Europe : policy and practice within and across diverse contexts, Bingley, UK: Emerald Publishing Limited. PRIESTLEY, M. & PHILIPPOU, S. 2018. Editorial: Curriculum making as social practice: Complex webs of enactment. The Curriculum Journal, 29, 151-158. SANGER, C. S. 2020. Diversity and Inclusion in Global Higher Education: Lessons from Across Asia, Singapore, Springer Nature. THOMAS, L. 2016. Chapter 9 - Developing Inclusive Learning to Improve the Engagement, Belonging, Retention, and Success of Students from Diverse Groups. In: SHAH, M., BENNETT, A. & SOUTHGATE, E. (eds.) Widening Higher Education Participation. Chandos Publishing. TREES, K. 2013. Effectively teaching diverse student groups : a reflection on teaching and learning strategies. Australian journal of adult learning, 53, 234-252. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Rewilding Curriculum: An International Curricular Discourse on Integrated and Outdoor Curriculum 1Augsburg University, United States of America; 2Frederick University, Cyprus Presenting Author:
This paper is the result of international conversation and collaboration regarding outside learning, teacher preparation, and innovative curricular design in out of school learning environments. This paper explores ways in which two curriculum scholars are “rewilding” curriculum through two distinct projects that critique existing curricular and school based patterns, and present viable alternatives to the restrictive environments often experienced by students in traditional classrooms. Rewilding, an idea in land conservation that restores an area to its natural and uncultivated state, is viewed here as a curricular concept – focusing on the innate learning that happens within experience, with minimal “management” from educators.
Rewilding is a progressive approach to conservation. It's about letting nature take care of itself, enabling natural processes to shape land and sea, repair damaged ecosystems and restore degraded landscapes (Rewilding Europe, 2022). This serves as both a substantive concept addressed in the Boundary Waters Teacher Institute, as well as a metaphor examined through a curricular lens. What might it look like to “rewild” our curricular practices? How is curricular practice in school damaged? How has teacher curricular practice been degraded in American schools? How might we draw upon curricular orientations that nurture the innate curiosity of the learner (problem based, integrated, embodied) in schools?
The first project is a Cyprus based forest school, research and resource center that gives the opportunity to children to experience a nature-based curriculum, in a serene environment, amongst trees, hills, and ponds. The soil, stones, branches, leaves, wood, and the sky are part of their classroom and their learning material. Observation, exploration, inquiry, building, crafting, trying out possibilities, risk-taking, playing, are part of their experiential learning journey. The forest school also gives the opportunity to teachers to explore ways to create a rich, natural learning environment for the children to unleash their potential through natural installations and set up of the environment in a multitude of ways. The second project is a teacher professional development program in the United States that takes place in the Boundary Waters Canoe and Wilderness Area (BWCA) in northern Minnesota. The program presents a developing theoretical conceptualization of curriculum that may provide insight towards 1) reclaiming the innate spirit of wonder and learning found through experience and 2) embracing an approach that serves ecological mindedness by seeking an interdependence of knowledges. The weeklong wilderness program takes place in the Boundary Waters Canoe and Wilderness Area (BWCA) in northern Minnesota, an area that includes over one million acres of undeveloped and ‘wild’ land. This serves as a meaningful backdrop in which to ponder the meaning of ecological and justice oriented curriculum, as well as the limits of protection absent a meaningful land ethic to guide human action and human systems. Most importantly, the experience affords practicing teachers to meaningfully reflect on what it means to integrate relevant knowledges through an experience.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We are using narrative methods to narrate our experiences in building the curriculum and then implementing it in ways that are responsive to our specific audiences. Interviews with participants, as well as reflections and artifacts from activities conducted in both sites provide subjects for analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Enhanced by student and participant reflections and reactions to both the Forest School and the Boundary Waters Teacher Institute, this paper presents a theoretical argument for nurturing an ecologically minded curricular approach that centers the innate and “wild” learning of students in outdoor learning environments. It is commonly accepted that we are in the midst of a climate catastrophe, brought on by human destructive behaviors and dominant institutions and ideologies that function in opposition to conservation aligned ethics and epistemologies that see humans as integrated with environments and ecosystems. Educational systems and concepts (curriculum, schooling, institutions, etc.) have been ill-prepared to support the epistemological orientations necessary to challenging systemic degradation of ecological systems. But rewilding curriculum should not be limited to the subject area of ecological sustainability. The authors have found rewilding to be both substantive and metaphorical in its ability to describe the meaningful experiences had by participants in both programs on opposite sides of the globe. Of particular importance is the international nature of this work. This paper explores various international contexts and both synergies and differences regarding curricular experimentation and the reception of learning outdoors. References Hopkins, L.T. (1954). The emerging self in school and home. NY: Harper. Schubert, W. (1981). Knowledge about the out of school curriculum. Educational Forum, 45(2), 185-198. Sitka-Sage, M.D., Kopnina, H., et. al. (2017). Rewilding education in troubling times; or, getting back to the wrong post-nature. Visions for sustainability, 8:00-00. Westall & Walmsley (2017). Forest school adventure: Outdoor skills and play for children. UK: GMC Publication. Cree & Robb (2021). The essential guide to forest school and nature pedagogy. NY: Routledge. Rewilding Europe (2024, January 31). What is rewilding. https://rewildingeurope.com/what-is-rewilding/ |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 A: Experiencing Inclusion - Teacher and Student Perceptions Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marina Vasileiadou Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Gain and Pain: Teacher Reflections on Listening to Student Experiences of Inclusion NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:Since the 1994 UNESCO conference in Salamanca (1994), inclusive education has been high on the international education agenda. Research in the field has largely focused on theoretical aspects and top-down studies with inclusion defined in advance through state or municipal programs (Chapman & Ainscow, 2021). Because of this, exploring inclusive practices from the bottom up in local contexts is a potentially valuable approach (Chapman & Ainscow, 2021). This kind of school-based research, particularly including the voices of students themselves (Messiou, 2019a), holds promise for development of inclusive practices (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015; Messiou, 2019b). If teachers should systematically and consistently support every child’s right to express themselves and have their views given due weight in all matters affecting them (United Nations, 1989), then teachers must facilitate students’ opportunities to express their voice, have the skills to actively listen to the students, and then act appropriately, according to the students’ views (Lundy, 2007). Messiou (2006) explains that dialogues between teachers and their students are a manifestation of being inclusive, defining such dialogues as ‘reciprocal interactions between participants that lead to authentic engagement with each other’s views, creating new meanings and further questions’ (Messiou, 2019c). Studies involving the views of students have been largely absent from the literature (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015). Students’ voices can be an important element if teachers are to reflect on how they can be more responsive to learner diversity and improve their inclusive practice (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015; Messiou, 2019b). For this is to be realised, teachers need to develop their ability to and skills for facilitating students expressing their voices, and it must be possible for them to act on the basis of student views (Lundy, 2007). This is not necessarily a straightforward process—according to the theory of ‘cognitive dissonance’ (Festinger, 1957), for instances, teachers might experience discomfort due to a discrepancy between their ideal practices and what they achieve or fail to achieve in their work. According to Treacy and Leavy (2023), however, this is merely an inevitable step in the process of positive teacher change. In this paper we present a study conducted in a Norwegian public primary school characterised by student diversity in terms of ethnicity, religion, culture, language, family background, and learning needs. The aim of the study was to gain new understanding of teacher experiences with listening to students’ voices regarding inclusion. The participating teachers, together with the researchers, developed a framework for the school’s formal one-on-one teacher-student conversations in which the students were asked to share their experiences of inclusion and exclusion in everyday school life. Data in this study consist of teacher reflections on these conversations. The research question was formulated as follows: What reflective response do three teachers have about their role and practices after engaging in conversations with students about their experiences of inclusion? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The idea for the study arose from a larger project at the participating school, in which all staff were asked to write about what inclusion meant to them. Analyses showed that the staff emphasised inclusion as a psychological experience (a ‘sense of belonging’) which was further divided into dimensions of 1) a sense of relatedness to peers and teachers, 2) a sense of mastering learning activities, 3) a sense of mattering, and 4) a sense of agency (Uthus & Sivertsen, 2023). Based on this, the researchers and staff together developed a framework for the school’s formal teacher-student conversation (TSC)* consisting of open-ended questions according to the four dimensions. Three teachers and 15 students in 3rd and 7th grade were voluntarily recruited from the participating school. After carrying out and recording five TSCs each, the teachers were asked to listen to the recordings and freely select sequences that supported their recall of their reflections in the situation, additionally inspiring shared reflections on the situation. The teachers then met to reflect, with one researcher attending (three meetings; six hours altogether). To treat the teachers as experts on their own reflections and encourage their development of a shared language (Huberman, 1993), they were asked to freely comment both during and after the listening sequences. The researcher posed open questions or asked for clarifications when needed and offered reflections when any teacher asked for them. Data in this study are transcripts of audio recordings from these meetings. To analyse the transcriptions, we chose a collective and inductive approach. Firstly, the researchers individually went through the transcripts to identify preliminary themes, then met to share notes with each other. During the analysis of key themes and underlying codes and categories, we kept working individually and met on several occasions to sort and discuss emerging results. (* In Norway teachers are required by the Education Act (1998, § 3.7) to conduct formal one-on-one teacher-student conversations twice each year, focusing on the student’s well-being and learning in school. Exactly what the conversation should contain is up to each school or municipality to decide.) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analyses resulted in the following categories: 1) Inclusion experiences in student meetings, 2) Barriers of time and capacity, and 3) Costs of discovering that one’s own practices aren’t in the students' best interests. The first category highlights the teachers’ reflections on the value their active listening and acknowledging of students' personal experiences have for students, and the teachers’ reflections on how inclusion occurred in the conversations. The second category regards the teachers’ reflections on how increased awareness about the value of such conversations paradoxically burdens them, given the limited time and capacity they have, for listening to their students, addressing students’ challenges, and following up on students’ concerns and wishes. The third category illustrates how the teachers, through the conversations, are confronted with discrepancies between their ideal practices and actual actions. This was often related to the teachers’ accountability to a school system emphasizing academic achievement. Student voices appears to be a valuable starting point for creating more inclusive practices (Messiou, 2006), encouraging teachers to reflect on how to be more responsive to learner diversity and improve their inclusive practice (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015; Messiou, 2019b). However, the results of this study indicate that listening to students voices also implies challenges essential for teachers to acknowledge and address. The participating teachers experienced the conversations as valuable both for themselves and the students, but also as painful because they gained insights into how practices—both their own as well as the school’s—could potentially harm the students. Some of these insights were within the teachers’ power to act upon; others were not. Our findings illustrate how experiences of inclusion are intertwined not only with teachers' commitments and practices, but also local school conditions, political influences, and broader educational values. References Chapman, C., & Ainscow, M. (2021). Educational Equity: Pathways to Success. Routledge. Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford University Press. Huberman, M. (1993). The model of the independent artisan in teachers' professional relationships.In J. W. Little, & M. W. McLaughlin (Eds.), Teachers' Work: Individuals, colleagues and contexts. Teachers College Press. Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British educational research journal, 33(6), 927-942. Messiou, K. (2006). Understanding marginalisation in education: The voice of children. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 21(3), 305-318 Messiou, K. (2019a). Collaborative action research: facilitating inclusion in schools. Educational Action Research, 27(2), 197-209. Messiou, K. (2019b). The missing voices: students as a catalyst for promoting inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 768-781. Messiou, K. (2019c). Understanding marginalisation through dialogue: a strategy for promoting the inclusion of all students in schools. Educational Review, 71(3), 306-317. Messiou, K., & Ainscow, M. (2015). Responding to learner diversity: Student views as a catalyst for powerful teacher development? Teaching and teacher education, 51, 246-255. Treacy, M., & Leavy, A. (2023). Student voice and its role in creating dissonance: the neglected narrative in teacher professional development. Professional Development in Education, 49(3), 458-477. UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. United Nations (1989). The UN convention on the rights of the child. UN. Uthus, M., & Sivertsen, K. I. (2023). Samskapt kunnskapsutvikling om inkludering i en mangfoldig skole – med eleven i sentrum. [Co created knowledge development on inclusion in a heterogeneous school - with the student in the center.] I A. B. Emstad (Ed.), Samskapt kunnskapsutvikling i skole og lærerutdanning. Der praksis og forskning møtes [ Co created knowledge development i schools and teacher education. Where practice and research meet.] (pp. 180—199). Universitetsforlaget. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Children’s Understanding of Disability and People with Disabilities After the Implementation of Anti-Oppressive Pedagogies University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Anti-oppressive pedagogies emerged through the discussion of how the field of education, and primarily the curriculum (Armstrong, 1999; Erevelles, 2005) normalizes the oppression of some children, that, based on certain characteristics (e.g. gender, lower socioeconomic status, with minority background, disability) portray the Other in schools (Kumashiro, 2000; Beckett & Buckner, 2012; Beckett, 2015; Symeonidou & Chrysostomou, 2019). Three pedagogical practices (or four, according to the original presentation by Kumashiro, 2000) constitute the anti-oppressive pedagogies. Firstly, education about the other, involves ‘studying the Other and celebrating difference’ (Beckett, 2015, pp.79). Secondly, education that is critical of privileging and othering aims to highlight oppressive practices, while the third pedagogy, education that changes students and society concerns the education where oppresion can be challenged (Beckett, 2015, Symeonidou &; Chrysostomou, 2019). However, even though sexism and racism are acknowldeged as the underlying cause of oppression against people of different race, social status and/or gender, and efforts are made to minimize them (e.g. Mulvay et al, 2020, Sutton et al, 2023), disablism is far from being realized as a fundamentaly oppressive way of thinking and acting against people with disabilities (Vlachou, 2023) for key holders in schools. Teachers, themselves, report their ignorance on how their practice can oppress people with disabilities (Symeonidou & Chrysostomou, 2019). Thus, the concept of disability in schools continues to be constructed in a negative manner. People with disabilities are presented as tragic persons and passive recipients of charity (Shakespeare, 2007, Skar, 2010). In the rare case that a children’s book on disability is used in school, it usually presents children with disabilities as odd, tragic persons, persons who are marginalized because of their impairment, or as persons that need to be super humans to be accepted (Beckett, Ellison, Barrett & Shah, 2010, Monoyiou & Symeonidou, 2016). To add to this, people with disabilities are deliberately silenced since their narratives and work are absent from the national curriculum and school textbooks. It has been proposed (Favazza et al, 2022), and documented longidudinally through research, though, that informed teachers applying anti-oppressive pedagogies in their school practice, focusing on people with disabilities as the Other, may change the disabling narrative and promote positive attitudes. For example Ostrosky et al, (2013) and Vasileiadou (2022) utilized children’s literature to make disability positively present in the classroom and minimize stereotypes towards people with disabilities with encouraging results. Further researh is needed, though, in order to understand how the practice of implementing anti-oppressive pedagogies may affect children’s understanding and attitudes towards disability. Hence, the aim of this study is to explore how the organization of teaching practice based on anti-oppressive pedagogies can influence how children interprete disabilty and/or react towards people with disabilities. Specifically, my research question was: (a) How children’s understanding of disability and people with disabiities changes, if it does, after in the implementation of anti-oppressive pedagogies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A convenience sample was chosen from a public early childhood setting in Cyprus, in which I had easy access. Twenty-three children (4 to 6 years old) from the same class participated in the study. Both the children and their parents were informed about the purpose of the study, the process of data collection, and provided their consent to the study. The children’s anonymity was ensured and their right to withdraw from the study any time they wished was explained. Employing a qualitative approach, I used focus groups, children’s work, and classroom observations to gather qualitative data. The data collection will be completed in three phases. During the first phase, at the beginning of the school year, children, in groups of four, participated in focus groups to gain insight on how they understand disability and how they view people that are disabled. Children were given pictures portraying human diversity (including disability) and were left alone to interact and observe the material. Then, based on a pre-defined set of questions, I asked children to describe what they saw and what their thoughts were after seeing these pictures. During the last part of the focus groups, children were asked to draw or explain what comes to mind when they hear the word ‘disability’. During focus groups children were video recorded. The same procedure will be replicated during the third phase of the project, at the end of the school year using a different set of pictures. For the second phase (ongoing) whole class activities are organized, based on the education about the other pedagogical practice. Disability is positively presented and/or discussed in the classroom either directly (e.g. watch a children’s story “narrated” by a sign language user), or indirectly (e.g. reading of children’s books where a child with a disability is included, carefully chosen not to promote negative and/or stereotypical representations). Whole class activities are also video recorded. The transcript from the focus groups and the whole class activities will be analyzed through constant comparative method (Maykut & Morehouse, 1994) in order to make meaning and examine how children understood disability in the absence of anti-oppressive practice and whether and how children changed their views on disability through time in its presence. Children’s work will be compared through time, vertically (for each child) and horizontally (among children). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to finish in May. Based on a preliminary analysis of the focus group data, though, it seems that there is an inconsistency between children’s understanding of the term ‘disability’ and their views on people with disabilities. Children, in their vast majority reported that they had never heard the term ‘disability’ before. Consequently, when asked to explain or draw what comes to their mind when they hear this term no coherent pattern emerged. Rather children used typical children’s drawings like hearts, children playing, trees, flowers etc. Nonetheless, their narrative, when presented with a picture portraying a person with a disability tended to be disabling (e.g. narrative of helplessness, narrative of pity and charity towards people with disabilities).Moreover, in accordance with previous research (Vasileiadou, 2022) and some initial examination of the data from the whole class activities organized during the first trimester it is expected that, longitudinally, a positive change will occur. It is expected that children’s targeted participation in practices stemming from anti-oppressive pedagogies, will have a positive impact on how they understand, talk, and react towards disability and people with disabilities. The findings are expected to add to the discussion on how schools and specifically early childhood education settings can become more inclusive and less oppressive towards people with disabilities. This in return will have implications for curriculum design and teacher education. References Armstrong, F. (1999). Inclusion, curriculum and the struggle for space in school. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 3(1), 75-87. doi:10.1080/136031199285200 Beckett, A. E. (2015). Anti-oppressive pedagogy and disability: possibilities and challenges. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 17(1), 76-94. doi:10.1080/15017419.2013.835278 Beckett, A. & Buckner, L. (2012) Promoting Positive Attitudes Towards Disabled People: Definition of, Rationale and Prospects for Anti – Disablist Education, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 33 (6), 873 – 891. Erevelles, N. (2005). Understanding curriculum as normalizing test: Disability studies meet curriculum theory. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 37(4), 421-439. doi:10.1080/0022027032000276970 Favazza, P., Ostrosky, M., de Boer, A., & Rademaker, F. (2022). How do we support the peer acceptance of children with disabilities? In M. H. Jones (Ed.), Peer Relationships in Classroom Management: Evidence and Interventions for Teaching (pp. 77-94). Routledge Kumashiro, K. K. (2000). Toward a theory of anti-oppressive education. Review of educational research, 70(1), 25-53. Retrieved from http://www.jstor.org/stable/1170593 Maykut, P., & Morehouse , R. (1994). Beginning Qualitative Research: A Philosophical and Practical Guide. London: The Falmer Press. Monoyiou, E. & Symeonidou, S. (2016). The Wonderful World of Children’s Books? Negotiating Diversity Through Children’s Literature. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20(6), 588-603. Mulvey, K. L., Miedema, S. T., Stribing, A., Gilbert, E., & Brian, A. (2020). SKIPing together: A motor competence intervention promotes gender-integrated friendships for young children. Sex Roles, 82, 550-557. doi:10.1007/s11199-019-01079-z Ostrosky, M.M., Mouzourou, C. & Dorsey, E.A. (2013) Pick a book, any book: Using children’s books to support positive attitudes toward peers with disabilities, Young Exceptional Children, 8(1), 30-43. Shakespeare, T. (2007). Cultural representation of disabled people: Dustbin for disavowal? Disability and Society, 9(3), 283-299. Skar, L. (2010) Children’s conceptions of the word “Disabled”: A phenomenographical study, Disability and Society, 25(2), 177-189. Sutton, D. Kearney, A. & Ashton, K. (2023) Improving educational inclusion for refugee-background learners through appreciation of diversity, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 27:6, 671-688, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2020.1867377 Symeonidou, S., & Chrysostomou, M. (2019). 'I got to see the other side of the coin': Teachers' understandings of disability-focused oppressive and anti-oppressive pedagogies. International Journal of Educational Research, 98, 356-365. doi:10.1016/j.ijer.2019.09.012 Vasileiadou, M. (2022) The contribution of inclusive education on children’s friendships in early childhood education [PhD Thesis, University of Cyprus]. Vlachou, A. (2023) (in greek) Introductory note: Issues of inclusive education, In Graham, L. J. (ed.) Inclusive education for the 21st century. Theory, policy and practice, Athens: Pedio. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Adolescent Students’ Perceptions of Emotional Support: The Role of Teacher Emotional Support and Student At-Risk 1Norwegian Centre for Learning Environment and Behavioural Research in Education, University of Stavanger, Stavanger, Norway; 2Department of Teacher Education, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Student’s perceptions of teaching quality are important for understanding teaching effectiveness, setting research agendas, and fostering positive teacher-student interactions (Kikas & Magi, 2017; Wallace et al., 2016). Despite recognizing the importance of students' perceptions, a significant gap exists in the literature concerning how adolescents, specifically those at-risk perceive teacher emotional support, particularly in both academic and vocational tracks. Given the heightened sensitivity of students at-risk, there is a critical need to investigate how students at-risk status and teacher emotional support influences their perceptions in these educational contexts (Murray & Greenberg, 2001; O’Connor, 2010; Roorda et al., 2011, 2017). This study aims to fill this gap by investigating adolescent students’ perceptions of teacher emotional support and examining the impact of teacher emotional support and students at-risk in both academic and vocational groups. The study employs the theoretical underpinnings of both the bioecological model of human development and the process-person-context-time model (PPCT), which emphasize the interconnectedness of various systems (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 1979, 2006). Delving into the educational context, the Teaching through Interactions framework (Hamre et al., 2013; Hofkens & Pianta, 2022) adapts these principles as it underscores the significance of the classroom as a context where proximal processes, such as teacher-student interactions unfold. Furthermore, the microsystem of the classroom is conceptualized, highlighting that the characteristics of both teacher (i.e., teacher emotional support), and students’ (i.e., at-risk status) play a pivotal role in shaping the quality of teacher-student interactions and students’ perceptions of these interactions (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006; Pianta et al., 2003). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilized data from the initial time-point (T1) of a mixed-methods cluster randomized controlled trial (RCT) in upper secondary schools, known as "INTERACT" which examines the impact of a video-based coaching intervention on teacher-student interactions (Ertesvåg et al., 2022). The sample included 1341 students and 98 teachers in Norway from both vocational and academic tracks. Teachers, participating in a web-based survey before randomization of the intervention reported on emotional support provided to students without specific student details. Students, recruited through their respective teachers at the start of the school year, participated in a web-based survey assessing their perceptions of emotional support from their designated "INTERACT" teacher during a regular class lesson. Student recruitment and consent were conducted ethically, approved by the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research with reference number 210803. Student-perceived emotional support was measured using a revised scale capturing trust, respect, and interest in the teacher-student relationship (Bru et al., 2022; Tvedt et al., in progress). At-risk status was identified through a comprehensive approach involving students reporting an Individualized Education Plan (IEP) during lower secondary school and an achievement score below a 2.6 grade point average (Hoen et al., 2019). Gender was obtained from registered data (0=Male, 1=Female), while SES was measured using parents' highest education levels (1=Compulsory school; 2=Upper secondary education; 3=College or university). Both were used as control variables. Teacher-reported emotional support was measured through a scale assessing individual perceptions of emotional support (Ertesvåg et al., 2011). Teachers' work experience (1-5, 6-10, 11-14, 15+ years) and educational qualification (1-5) were used as control variables. Given the hierarchical nature of the data, where individual students were nested within classrooms, and the research focus was to investigate differences or similarities between vocational and academic groups, a doubly latent multigroup multilevel structural equation modelling was applied to evaluate the measurement and structural model hypothesizing a positive association between teacher emotional support and student-perceived emotional support, controlling for teacher-related variables at the classroom level, and a negative association between at-risk and student-perceived emotional support, controlling for student-related variables across both academic and vocational groups (Marsh et al., 2009, 2012). Descriptive analyses used IBM SPSS Statistics (Version 29), while Mplus 8.10 (Muthén and Muthén, 1998-2023) was employed for other analyses. Model fit was assessed using various criteria, with cutoff values indicating good fit Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses using intraclass coefficient (ICC) to assess the impact of grouping students into vocational or academic tracks on student perceived teacher emotional support showed revealed significant differences between the two groups, underscoring the role of group membership and justification for multilevel modelling (Hox, 2013). Furthermore, preliminary analyses of the measurement model invariance testing indicated that students’ perceptions of teacher emotional support are consistent both within and between classrooms, and across academic and vocational tracks. The optimal fitting model was the configural model, which was freely estimated, ensuring valid comparisons between the two groups (Marsh et al., 2012). Additionally, all standardized factor loadings were statistically significant at p < .001). Finally, preliminary analyses for the structural model revealed that in both vocational and academic groups, students at-risk perceived lower levels of emotional support from their teaching. In the vocatonal group, teacher emotional support did not align with how students perceived their teachers as being emotionally supportive. However, in the academic group, teacher emotional support did align with student perceived emotional support. In conclusion, the study contributes valuable insights into the complex dynamics of teacher-student interactions, with a particular focus on students at-risk in different educational tracks. The findings have implications for educational practices and policy. References Hamre, B. K., R. C. Pianta, J. T. Downer, J. DeCoster, A. J. Mashburn, S. M. Jones, J. L. Brown, E. Cappella, M. Atkins, and S. E. Rivers. 2013. “Teaching Through Interactions: Testing a Developmental Framework of Teacher Effectiveness in Over 4,000 Classrooms.” The Elementary School Journal 113 (4): 461–487. https://doi.org/10.1086/669616. Hofkens, T. L., and R. C. Pianta. 2022. “Teacher–Student Relationships, Engagement in School, and Student Outcomes.” In Handbook of Research on Student Engagement, 431–449. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-07853-820 . Ertesvåg, S. K., G. S. Vaaland, and M. K. Lerkkanen. 2022. “Enhancing Upper Secondary students’ Engagement and Learning Through the INTERACT Online, Video-Based Teacher Coaching Intervention: Protocol for a Mixed-Methods Cluster Randomized Controlled Trial and Process Evaluation.” International Journal of Educational Research 114: 102013. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. ijer.2022.102013 . Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development. In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Series Eds.) & R. M. Lerner (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (6th ed., pp. 793–828). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley & Sons. Roorda, D. L., H. M. Y. Koomen, J. L. Spilt, and F. J. Oort. 2011. “The Influence of Affective Teacher– Student Relationships on Students’ School Engagement and Achievement: A Meta-Analytic Approach.” Review of Educational Research 81 (4): 493–529. https://doi.org/10.3102/ 0034654311421793 . Pianta, R. C., B. K. Hamre, and J. P. Allen. 2012. “Teacher-Student Relationships and Engagement: Conceptualizing, Measuring, and Improving the Capacity of Classroom Interactions.” In Handbook of Research on Student Engagement, 365–386. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-2018-717 . |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 B: Understanding Inclusive Contexts and Situations Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Xinqian Jiang Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Special Education or Mainstream Schooling?: Decoding Parental Choices in the Chinese Setting 1Wenzhou-Kean University, China, People's Republic of; 2Zhejiang Normal University Presenting Author:In the evolving landscape of Chinese education, the 'Learning in Regular Classroom' (LRC) framework has evolved into a cornerstone of inclusive practices, specifically tailored to provide support for students with identified disabilities (Xu et al., 2017). In 1988, the National People’s Congress (NPC) of China initiated discussions on integrating students with special needs into mainstream schools, marking the genesis of inclusive education in China (McCabe, 2003; Zhang & Miao, 2022). Since then, China has witnessed the emergence of a few nationwide legal instruments related to public education for students with disabilities under the Learning in Regular Classroom (LRC) model. These encompass two laws overseen by the NPC standing committee, one statute from the State Council, and two normative documents from the Ministry of Education. While these laws mandate free education for students with disabilities and obligate schools to provide opportunities, none were specifically designed for the LRC model, which synthesizes these legislative actions (Zhang & Arya, 2023). It is evident that the LRC model, prevailing for decades, serves as a proposed solution for implementing compulsory education for children with disabilities, forming the core model for inclusive education in China. However, a comprehensive exploration is essential to understand stakeholders' perspectives, particularly those of parents with children with disabilities.
To address this need, the current study was conducted to identify the factors influencing the decision-making process of parents when faced with the choice between regular and special schools, with a specific focus on the prevailing legal framework underpinning the LRC model. Furthermore, a crucial aspect of the investigation involved assessing the extent to which parents, acknowledged as central figures in the educational process, are granted recognition as equitable partners in pivotal decision-making processes, especially concerning the educational journey of their children with disabilities.
Parents who participated in this mixed method study reported that school principals play a decisive role as decision-makers in determining whether their children could gain admission to regular schools. When enrolling their children with disabilities in mainstream schools, parents' comments emphasized their recognition that, in contrast to regulatory frameworks, the ultimate determination of whether their children can attend these schools lies with the approval of the school principal. Despite the legal mandates of the 'Learning in Regular Classroom' (LRC) model and nine-year compulsory education, which prohibit schools from rejecting children based on their special needs, parents highlighted that schools could still find justifiable grounds to suspend their children if perceived as burdensome. According to parental perspectives, inclusive education appeared to be viewed by school principals more as a personal favor or act of kindness than a legally binding obligation for public schools.
The study also unveiled that, when confronted with the absence of a formal mechanism to address conflicts related to inclusive education, parents experienced vulnerability when their children with disabilities faced rejection or encountered unfair treatment in school. Confronted with this void, parents turned to informal avenues, including transferring their children to another school or committing additional financial or psychological resources, in a bid to ensure an uninterrupted educational journey for their children with disabilities.
Moving beyond individual choices, the research found that the broader challenges facing the implementation of inclusive education in China. These challenges encompass limited teacher training, insufficient resources, attitudinal barriers, and infrastructural limitations. Attitudinal barriers among teachers, students, and parents can hinder the successful implementation of inclusive education. Negative attitudes or stereotypes about students with disabilities may lead to exclusion rather than inclusion (Zhao et al., 2022). Empowering parents with knowledge emerge as a requirement, necessitating comprehensive initiatives to bridge the awareness gap around inclusive education principles (Zhang & Chen, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a sequential mixed-methods approach, commencing with a quantitative research phase, followed by qualitative inquiry, to comprehensively investigate the intricate landscape of parental choices in the Chinese educational setting. The initial quantitative phase involved administering a structured survey to a diverse sample of parents across various regions in China. The survey aimed to quantify the prevalence of specific factors influencing school choices, assess overall parental knowledge about inclusive education, and gauge trust in schools and teachers. Building upon the quantitative findings, the subsequent qualitative phase featured in-depth interviews with parents or caregivers whose children are enrolled in either regular or special schools. These interviews delved into the factors influencing their decisions, perceptions of inclusive education, and experiences with the existing legal framework. The qualitative data revealed a pervasive lack of trust in the inclusive model, concerns about schools' capability, and frustration with the inadequacy of legal enforcement. The combination of quantitative and qualitative data allowed for a comprehensive understanding of the factors shaping parental decisions in the Chinese educational context. The survey results confirmed the prevalence of trust deficits, concerns about schools' capability, and the perceived need for enhanced legal enforceability. Furthermore, statistical analysis provided a broader perspective on the prevalent factors identified through the qualitative phase, offering a more nuanced insight into the complexities of parental decision-making in the realm of Chinese education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this research shed light on the multifaceted nature of parental choices in the Chinese educational landscape, revealing intricate dynamics influenced by legal frameworks, parental trust, and perceptions of inclusive education. The qualitative phase unravels rich narratives, capturing the lived experiences of parents navigating the complexities of school choices. Concurrently, the quantitative survey provides a quantitative lens, offering statistical insights into the prevalence and impact of specific factors. As the research unfolds, it becomes increasingly evident that fostering parental trust and knowledge emerges as a linchpin for successful inclusive education implementation. The study advocates for a recalibration of the existing legal framework, recognizing parents as integral partners in the educational journey and empowering them with the knowledge needed to make informed choices aligned with their children's unique needs. Ultimately, these insights contribute to a more nuanced understanding of parental choices, laying a foundation for policy recommendations aimed at enhancing inclusive education practices in China. References McCabe, H. (2003). The beginnings of inclusion in the People’s Republic of China. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 28(1), 16–22. https://doi.org/10.2511/rpsd.28.1.16 Xu, S., Cooper, P., & Sin, K. (2017). The “learning in regular classrooms” initiative for inclusive education in China. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1(22), 54–73. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1348547 Zhang, C., & Miao, X. (2022). Systematic review on Chinese special education and inclusive education: China’s solution in globalization. ECNU Review of Education, ,1–28. https://doi.org/10.1177/20965311221147310 Zhang, H. & Arya, D. (2023). Tracing textual silences and ideological tensions in adopted inclusive education legislation in China. Linguistics and Education, 78. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2023.101245 Zhang, H., & Chen, C. (2023). “They Just Want Us to Exist as a Trash Can”: Parents of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Their Perspectives to School-Based Bullying Victimization. Contemporary School Psychology, 27, 8–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40688-021-00392-3 Zhao, M., Cheng, L., Fu, W., Ma, X., & Chen, X. (2022). Measuring parents’ perceptions of inclusive school quality in China: the development of the PISQ scale. International Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 66(6). https://doi.org/10.1080/20473869.2021.1895696 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Embracing the Future. Giving the Floor to Families of Adults People with Disability between hope and social issues 1Università Cattolica S.Cuore, Italy; 2Università Cattolica S.Cuore, Italy; 3Università Cattolica S.Cuore, Italy Presenting Author:The culture of rights and the inclusive processes that promote the participation of people with disabilities in the community context has grown significantly in recent years, partly as a result of changes in demographic development at the national and international level. The progressive ageing of the population and the increased life expectancy represent a very significant challenge for both people with disabilities and their families. This is a social and cultural challenge we have to face not only to guarantee inclusion and participation rights, but also to implement organizational and managerial practices and processes that make them possible. It is therefore increasingly necessary to promote reflections, to develop project ideas and practical experiments aimed at building the adult identity of people with disabilities. The creation of an adult identity is the most important prerequisite for being able to relate to and to perceive oneself as such. On the basis of these considerations, the Centro Studi e Ricerche per la Disabilità e la Marginalità (CeDisMa), in order to face the request of some educational services, in Northern Italy, carried out a research project aimed at investigating, identifying and defining the main aspects - pedagogical, architectural, organizational and managerial - of a scientifically grounded, innovative and sustainable design of daytime services for disabled adults. Specifically, this study was developed within two epistemic macro-areas, each structured into different work phases and related purposes: first macro-area - the state of the art and second macro-area - in-depth study. Through a structured methodological framework, the survey, carried out between May 2021- March 2022, identified and defined important elements for the design of these services. The emerging aspects highlight many points of interest on the pedagogical, managerial and structural level that can guide debates and actions in this field and open up further research areas. The role of the family experiencing the disability of one of its members has gained increasing recognition. Understanding functions, needs and possible contributions that the family can offer means going beyond a care perspective, highlighting instead its qualities and skills, sometimes not immediately visible and that require to be enhanced. On the basis of these considerations, the families of adults with disabilities attending day care centers in the analyzed area, were also involved in the research project through the administration of a questionnaire. The aim was to offer them opportunities to intervene and share their needs, expectations and requirements. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to achieve the general aims of the project and the specific purposes for each work phase, the methodology of the research design was conceived in relation, on one hand, to the complexity of the object of investigation and, on the other, to the need to acquire the many elements considered fundamental for structuring innovative proposals, carefully adapted to the specificities and needs of the territory. In this sense, the structural structure of the research represents a methodological device of great relevance and effectiveness, on a scientific and operational level, due to the possibility of combining two necessarily interconnected dimensions: that of the investigation, which provides the essential cognitive support to act and modify the present reality; and that of the intervention, according to a logic of implementation and/or improvement, on the basis of the elements acquired, of the present reality. The research focused on all the details necessary to clarify the state of the art regarding the current and future scenarios in the field of care for adults with disability, with particular attention to a specific territorial reality in northern Italy. The areas investigated are related to three key points: • the planning of services for adult disability, which is still too often guided by emergency logics instead of educational ones; • the planning of activities aimed at users; • the individual profile of professionals and the definition of their identity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The theme of the promotion of the adulthood of persons with disabilities, especially in the presence of particularly complex conditions, represents, also in the light of the socio-cultural transformations taking place and of the emergence of new demographic scenarios, a priority in the sphere of research, in its various disciplinary declinations, and in the agendas of national and international policies. What clearly emerges, in fact, is the need to initiate concrete actions of analysis and rethinking of the interventions and proposals made by these services, through the implementation of innovative tools for the planning, verification and evaluation of activities. Specifically, the survey conducted and presented in this work has made it possible to focus on all the details necessary to obtain a snapshot of the state of the art regarding the current scenarios of the structures and realities in question, with particular attention, specifically, to the reality of the Cantù territorial ambit. The areas investigated concern, in detail, three crucial nodes • the planning of services for adult disability, which still appears too often oriented by instances more of an emergency nature than educational in the strict sense of the term • the planning of activities aimed at users; • the profile of individual operators and the definition of their professional identity. At the end of the process, it now seems appropriate to outline the most significant elements that have emerged, on the basis of which we can hypothesise interventions and future work perspectives. References Coyle, C.E., Kramer, J. & Mutchler, J.E. (2014). Aging together: Sibling carers of adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities, 11(4), 302-312 Cottini L., Fedeli D. & Zorzi S. (2016). Qualità di vita nella disabilità adulta. Trento: Erickson Cottini L. (2016). L’autodeterminazione nelle persone con disabilità. Percorsi educativa per svilupparla. Trento: Erickson Dolan, E., Lane, J., Hillis, G. & Delanty, N. (2021). Changing trends in life expectancy in intellectual disability over time. Irish Medical, 112(9), 1006 Galluzzo, L., Gandin, C., Ghirini, S. & Scafato, E. (2012) L’invecchiamento della popolazione: Opportunità o sfida. Notiziario Istituto Superiore della Sanità, 25 Giaconi, C., Socci, C., Fidanza, B., Del Bianco, N., d'Angelo, I. & Capellini, S. A. (2020). Il Dopo di Noi: nuove alleanze tra pedagogia speciale ed economia per nuovi spazi di Qualità di Vita, MeTis-Mondi educativi. Temi indagini suggestioni, 10(2), 274-291. Gjermestad, A., Luteberget, L., Midjo, T., & Witsø, A. E. (2017). Everyday life of persons with intellectual disability living in residential settings: a systematic review of qualitative studies. Disability & Society, 32(2), 213-232. Goussot, A. (2013). Autismo e competenze dei genitori: metodi e percorsi di empowerment. Rimini: Maggioli Editore. Goussot, A. Il disabile adulto. Rimini: Maggioli Editore. Peck S. (1978) The road less travelled Verdugo, M., Navas, P., Gòmez, L. & Schalock, R. (2014). The concept of quality of life and its role in enhancing human rights in the field of intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 56 (11), 1036-1045 Verga M., Il Dopo di noi e il durante noi: brevi riflessioni a cinque anni dall’approvazione della Legge 112/2016, in Sociologia del Diritto, 2, 2021 Vivaldi E., L’assistenza alle persone con disabilità (grave) prive del sostegno familiare, in Forum dei Quaderni Costituzionali, 1, 2021, pp. 563-575. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Schalock, R.L. (2001). Self-determination and quality of life: Implications for special education services and supports. Focus on Exceptional Children, 33, 8, 1-15 World Health Organization (2002). Active Ageing. A Policy Framework World Health Organization (2016). Growing up unequal https://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0003/303438/HSBC-No.7-Growing-up-unequal-Full-Report.pdf 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Insights from the Austrian Summer School. Can the intervention ensure school participation? 1University of Innsbruck, Austria; 2University of Teacher Education, Vorarlberg Presenting Author:UNICEF estimates that 616 million pupils worldwide have been excluded from regular schooling as a consequence of the coronavirus. As a result, many countries have put in place processes and structures, such as remedial education programmes, to address growing educational inequalities and promote school participation (Groß Ophoff et al. 2023). Such measures include summer-schools. They are typically used to reduce educational inequalities, in particular the socially disparate summer gap effect (Helbing et al. 2021). According to the faucet theory, pupils with low socio-economic status are disproportionately affected by summer learning loss (Alexander et al. 2001). The explanation for this phenomenon is that disadvantaged pupils have structurally less or no access to institutional and non-formal educational settings during holidays. With regard to effects of summer-schools, there is evidence that they can have positive effects on pupils' literacy or numeracy skills, confidence and self-regulation (Cooper et al., 2000; Quinn et al. 2014; Lynch et al. 2023). However, the overall effect is expected to be rather small, at d=.23 (Hattie 2020). In addition, effect sizes are higher for middle class children than for low SES children. In addition, effect sizes are higher for middle class children than for low SES children. Successful programmes are characterised by the use of professional (trained) educational staff, meaningful preintervention assessment of performance and needs, parental involvement and the use of individualised support approaches (Zierer 2021). The Austrian Ministry of Education (BMBWF) has introduced a ten-day summer-school at the end of the summer holidays in 2020. It aims to reduce the risk of learning loss for pupils with a non-german mother tongue and/or low academic achievement by providing individualised and linguistically adapted instruction during the summer holidays. In 2021, the programme was opened to all interested pupils and extended to other subjects (including Maths and English). The programme is now open to all pupils with different learning needs (repetition and consolidation of learning content, targeted support to compensate for deficits, preparation for the next school year and support for the transition to a new school form). Teaching should take place in small groups, across classes and school levels, and be project-oriented and language-sensitive. Student teachers and official teachers are responsible for the implementation of the programme (BMBWF 2023). To date, there are only a few studies that provide insights into the summer school intervention. The main focus has been on the student teachers teaching in the summer school and their competence and professional development (Kart et al. 2022; Groß Ophoff et al. 2023; Lenz et al. 2023; Pham Xuan et al. under review). There is no evidence on the impact of the Austrian programme at pupil level. This study therefore focuses on the pupils who participated in the summer school. The research project aims to answer the following research questions: - What experiences and perceptions do the students report after their participation in the summer school with regard to the objectives of the BMBWF? - How are these reports to be interpreted in the light of the Faucet Theory? To answer these questions, four group interviews were conducted with lower-achieving pupils (from less privileged backgrounds). The interviews provided an in-depth insight into the support programme and shed new light on the participants' experiences. The data were analysed using structured qualitative content analysis. The results will be discussed in the light of the international literature on the impact and conditions for success of summer-schools. Finally, the suitability of summer schools as an intervention to ensure school participation, as implied in the title, is addressed. The paper concludes with a discussion of conceptual considerations for the further development of summer-schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative study design of group interviews was chosen for several reasons. Firstly, group interviews allow researchers to capture the opinions and experiences of multiple participants simultaneously, which can increase the efficiency of data collection (Nentwig-Gesemann & Gerstenberg 2014). Secondly, group interviews provide an opportunity to observe and analyse social dynamics and interactions within the group, and break up traditional interview settings with relatively unequal power relations between interviewer and interviewee (Vogl 2019). Therefore, the interview questions focused on the pupils' experiences with the objectives set by the Ministry of Education (BMBWF) and their personal assessment of the teaching and learning environment. Other topics included expectations regarding participation, personal achievement development and relationships with staff in the summer school programme. A total of 18 pupils participated voluntarily. 10 children were female and 8 were male. 11 of the pupils interviewed had a history of international migration. The average age of the pupils was 11.7 years. The average length of the interview was 32 minutes. Participants were selected in consultation with the organisers at the school site (selection criteria: previous academic performance and family background). The four group interviews took place in different schools in Tyrol. During the interviews, care was taken to create a sensitive and protective atmosphere for the children. The audio files of the interviews were pre-transcribed using AI software (fx4), and then final transcribed in two rounds by the research team. The interview data were processed and analysed using structured qualitative content analysis (Mayring 2022). The structured data analysis was conducted using MAXQDA 26 software for qualitative data. As part of the structured qualitative content analysis, a theory-based deductive category system was first developed. This was then applied to the text corpus (Mayring 2022). On the one hand, it is based on the literature on the characteristics of effective summer school interventions (teaching in small groups, performance diagnostics before the intervention, individualised support concepts, supervision by professional educational staff, etc.). The second thematic area was derived from the administrative objectives of the BMBWF. All theoretically based deductive categories were reflected in terms of the research interest of the summer school as a structure for school participation. During the coding process, text passages containing judgements, evaluations and experiences were categorised according to their deductive content. In addition, further themes and categories were identified inductively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the pupils were positive about the programme. They stated that they felt the summer-school was an enjoyable opportunity to repeat learning. The relationship with the teachers was particularly emphasised. The lessons were described as frontal teaching with elements of individual support. With regard to the requirements of the BMBWF, there is no evidence of project-oriented, language-sensitive or highly individualised teaching. The results point more towards conventional one-to-one tuition. The small group sizes and the quiet in the classroom were positively evaluated. The resource of the multilingualism of migrant pupils was not taken into account. Individual assessment was not mentioned by the pupils (BMBWF 2023). In the context of the Faucet Theory, the pupils' perceptions can to some extent be seen as an advantage, as they were at least able to have a positive experience of institutionalised education during the summer holidays (Alexander et al. 2001). However, it must also be pointed out that the absence of some of the announced design features of the lessons and known effective features of the summer-schools points to possible development potential (differentiation and individualisation of learning as well as performance diagnostics). In this context, the group of trainee teachers who were largely responsible for organising and delivering the lessons should be mentioned again. If student teachers are to be used, it could be beneficial to give them more support in organising and running the summer school. Student teachers should therefore be given more support through mentoring programmes. This would presumably also benefit the quality of teaching and thus the educational experience of the participating pupils. In summary, the proposed presentation is intended to contribute to the inclusion discourse, which refers to in-depth insights and experiences of disadvantaged students with institutionalised educational settings during out-of-school times in order to ensure school participation. References Alexander, K. L., Entwisle, D. R., & Olson, L. S. (2001). Schools, achievement, and inequality: A seasonal perspective. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 23(2), 171–191. BMBWF, (2023). Sommerschule 2023. Stand 2. Mai. 2023, https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/Themen/schule/zrp/sommerschule/sommerschule2023.html Cooper, H., Charlton, K., Valentine, J. C., Muhlenbruck, L., & Borman, G. D. (2000). Making the Most of Summer School: A Meta-Analytic and Narrative Review. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 65(1). Groß Ophoff, J., Helm, C., Bremm, N., & Reintjes, C. (2023). Aufholen in und nach Krisenzeiten. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung. Hattie, J. (2020). Lernen sichtbar machen. In J. Hattie, W. Beywl & K. Zierer (Hrsg.), Lernen sichtbar machen. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider Verlag Hohengehren. Helbig, M., Edelstein, B., Fickermann, D., Zink, C., & Himmelrath, A. (2022). Aufholen nach Corona? Maßnahmen der Länder im Kontext des Aktionsprogramms von Bund und Ländern. DDS - Die Deutsche Schule. Herzog-Punzenberger, B., & Kart, A. (2021). Sommerschulen und andere Aufholprogramme – internationale Einblicke. SchulVerwaltung, 9(4), 106–109. Kart, A., Groß Ophoff, J., & Pham Xuan, R. (2023). Pre-service teachers’ attitudes about teaching and learning in multilingual classrooms. Insights from the Austrian-wide summer school programme in 2021. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 36(3), 276-292. Lenz, S., Gamsjäger, M., Severa, M., Kladnik, C., Prammer Semmler, E., & Plaimauer, C. (2023). „… und dann sagten sie plötzlich Frau Lehrerin zu mir!“ Die Sommerschule als Lernfeld für Lehramtsstudierende. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 13(2), 237-257. Lynch, K., An, L., & Mancenido, Z. (2023). The impact of summer programs on student mathematics achievement: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 93(2), 275-315. Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse (13. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz. Nentwig-Gesemann, I., & Gerstenberg, F. (2014). Gruppeninterviews. Handbuch Kinder und Medien, 273-285. Pham Xuan, R., Groß Ophoff, J. (under Review). How is summer school actually delivered? A latent class analysis of student self-reports from 2020-2022. Frontiers Education. Quinn, D. M., Lynch, K., & Kim, J. S. (2014). Replicating the Moderating Role of Income Status on Summer School Effects across Subject Areas: A Meta-Analysis. Society for Research on Educational Effectiveness. UNICEF. (2022). COVID:19 Scale of education loss ‘nearly insurmountable’, warns UNICEF. Vogl, S. (2019). Gruppendiskussion. In: Baur, N., Blasius, J. (eds) Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21308-4_46 Zierer, K. (2021). Ein Jahr zum Vergessen: Wie wir die Bildungskatastrophe nach Corona verhindern. Verlag Herder GmbH. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 C: Inclusion - Critique & Theory Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Christoforos Mamas Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Lived Experience of Rehabilitation: A Practice-Based Theory of Life-Changes and Learning University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:For some people, life goes on without much happening, while for others, major life-changing events occur during their lifetime. Having an extensive visual impairment or becoming blind as an adult is an example of an event that often changes the fundamentals of life. Based on lifeworld phenomenological theory and philosophy, this new life situation can be said to mean that the world changes if the body changes, since the world is experienced via our lived body (Merleau-Ponty, 2012). Visual perception is central to our perceptual relationship with the world and it is essential to develop in-depth knowledge of how other senses can come into play. This is also about learning to deal with a new life situation. The question is therefore central to educational theory. The purpose of this study is to use lifeworld phenomenological theory to understand what it means to have a severe visual impairment or become blind and how people learn to deal with this new life-situation. In addition, the study aims to develop a practice-based theory of changed life-situation and learning. It is about fundamentally understanding the existential situation of experiencing and learning to live in a changed lifeworld. The empirical material on which the theory development is based consists of an empirical study where the aim was to study and clarify pedagogical processes with a focus on the learning of people with visual impairment. The theoretical work is also based on a previously conducted study (Berndtsson, 2001). As a theoretical basis, lifeworld phenomenological theory is used, focusing on human existence. The concept of lifeworld as developed by Heidegger (2013), Merleau-Ponty (2012) and Schutz (1962) is central as it offers an openness to the fact that the world can be experienced differently for different people and differently from time to time. The lifeworld here offers an openness to studying changes in life and thereby focusing on central pedagogical issues. As the study concerns changing relationships between life and the world, the lived body (Merleau-Ponty, 1912) is also a central starting point, not least because of how perception links the body and the world. Other theoretical starting points are lived space and lived time, intersubjectivity and social world, and horizon as both openness and limitation (van Peursen, 1977). The main focus of the study is the everyday lifeworld (Schütz, 1962), a world where people, through their actions and behaviors, shape a world together with others. Everyday activities are also central as the body, according to Schütz, can be seen as the tool that changes the world. In vision rehabilitation, other tools also come into play, such as the white cane, which needs to be learned to be used in order to get around in the new, changed world, which in itself includes existence, identity and the social world (Berndtsson, 2018). The study has also developed its own concepts such as existential body, perceptual body, social body and the body of activity. The focus of this presentation is the developed practice-based theory. The starting point is the lifeworld changed by visual impairment and how this situation appears to the participants in the study. In many cases, the change can be described as a break in life as it is no longer possible to engage and act in the world in the same way as before. In accordance with the philosophy of Merleau-Ponty (2012), the break can also be seen as a gap between life and the world. In this context, learning is seen as that which through experience and action is able to reconnect life and the world in its different dimensions (Bengtsson & Berndtsson, 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A lifeworld phenomenological approach (Bengtsson, 2005, 2013a) was the guiding principle for the empirical study. It was conducted at a rehabilitation unit where six people who were in need of rehabilitation participated. The group consisted of three women and three men aged 30-63 years. Through participant observation (Taylor & Bogdan, 1998), the subjects were followed as they learned to use a long cane, orient themselves in environments, etc. (45 observations in total). Notes were taken during the training sessions and later developed on a computer. Regular interviews were conducted in the form of conversations and stories (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009) to capture the participants' lived experiences and reflect together on what was observed (6-7 interviews with each participant). Using a combination of participant observation and interviews has been very useful in capturing lived experience. Participating in the orientation and mobility (O&M) classes provided the opportunity to study how the participants' living bodies related to different environments or spaces. Existential and social aspects were also noted during the training sessions. The interviews have been characterized by trust and interaction. The fact that visits were also made to the participants' homes provided an additional source of how their visual impairment appears in their everyday world. All material was recorded and transcribed. Hermeneutics as a process of interpretation has primarily been used (Ödman, 2007). Here it has been a matter of approaching the meanings of the texts through repeated readings and trying to identify different parts that could be put together into larger wholes. The lifeworld phenomenological theory has been important in that the interpretations have been related to the theoretical basis. For example, the theory of the living body has been given concrete significance in the development of various possible interpretations. The development of the theory has taken place as a further development of the developed interpretations by putting them together in a larger whole. In this last step, the concrete lifeworld has been left behind in favor of a more theoretical presentation of the learning processes in an existential and lifeworld phenomenological perspective. Theory development can also be compared to an abductive process where empirical data and theory are woven together with an openness to both emotional and bodily aspects in the research process and knowledge formation (Berndtsson & Vikner Stafberg, 2023). It can be said to be about putting words to the elusive life that has not yet been expressed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Central to understanding the changed life situation is that the starting point is human existence and the individual's experience of the world. Initially, visual impairment or blindness can be said to constitute a limited life where habitual life has broken down. This can also be understood as a break in life that creates a gap between life and the world. The body is often experienced as an object and not always as the subject that usually forms the basis for being and acting in the world. In this gap, life sometimes comes to a standstill. Starting to perform activity can be said to bring me back to the world via my lived body, which I may not initially be ready for. The starting point for learning to deal with the new world is the gap identified between the body and the world. To take possession of the new world, a number of horizons need to be conquered. The time horizon needs to be opened up and widened so that the psyche is no longer stuck in the present. This also means recognizing the body as it is right now. The perceptual body needs to learn to relate anew to space as it is now experienced, often with the help of other senses, such as touch and hearing. The horizon of possibilities needs to be expanded, which is often done by experiencing that others with a similar body can do different things, which is also related to identity. Overall, it is a matter of learning a new way of performing activities with your living experiencing body (Bengtsson, 2013b), of actively grasping the new world. In the practice-based theory, this is described as a pedagogy of in-between spaces consisting of a multitude of intertwinings of different dimensions in relation to a world. References Bengtsson, J. (2005) En livsvärldsansats för pedagogisk forskning [A lifeworld approach for research in education]. In J. Bengtsson (Ed.), Med livsvärlden som grund [With the lifeworld as ground] (pp. 9-58). Studentlitteratur. Bengtsson, J. (2013a) With the lifeworld as ground. A research approach for empirical research in education: the Gothenburg tradition. Indo-Pacific Journal of Phenomenology, 13(Special Edition September), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.2989/IPJP.2013.13.2.4.1178 Bengtsson, J. (2013b) Embodied experience in educational practice and research. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 32(1), 39-53. DOI 10.1007/s11217-012-9328-1. Bengtsson, J., & Berndtsson, I. C. (2015) Students and teachers learning in school - lifeworld phenomenological basis. In J. Bengtsson & I. C. Berndtsson (Eds.), Learning from a lifeworld perspective (pp. 15-34). Gleerups. Berndtsson, I. (2001) Shifting horizons. Livsförändring och lärande i samband med synnedsättning eller blindhet [Shifting horizons. Life changes and learning related to visual impairment or blindness] (Gothenburg Studies in Educational Sciences, 159) [Doctoral dissertation, University of Gothenburg]. Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis. http://hdl.handle.net/2077/15271 Berndtsson, I. C. (2018) Considering the concepts of the lived body and the lifeworld as tools for better understanding the meaning of assistive technology in everyday life. ALTER, European Journal of Disability Research, 12, 140-152. https://doi-org.ezproxy.ub.gu.se/10.1016/j.alter.2018.01.001 Berndtsson, I. C. & Vikner Stafberg, M. (2022). The contribution of lifeworld phenomenology to abduction within pedagogical research: The example of becoming a teacher. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 27(4), 62-82. https://doi.org/10.15626/pfs27.04.04. Heidegger, M. (2013). Being and time [Varat och tiden] (Trans. J. Jakobsson). Daidalos (originally published 1927). Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun [The qualitative research interview] (2nd ed.). Studentlitteratur. Merleau-Ponty, M. (2012). Phenomenology of perception (Trans. D. A. Landes). Routledge (originally published 1945) van Peursen, C. A. (1977). The horizon. In. F. A. Elliston & P. Mc Cormick (Eds.), Husserl: Expositions and appraisals (pp. 182-201). University of Notre Dame Press. Schutz, A. (1962). The problem of social reality (Collected Papers I). Martinus Nijhoff. Taylor, S. J., & Bogdan, R. (1998) Introduction to qualitative research methods (3rd Ed.) John Wiley & Sons. Ödman, P-J. (2007). Interpretation, understanding, knowing. Hermeneutics in theory and practice. [Interpretation, understanding, knowledge. Hermeneutics in theory and practice]. Norstedts. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusion as critique Humboldt Universty Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:This presentation discusses the potential of inclusion from a theoretical perspective of collective processes of Bildung, with a focus on its transformative and ideology-critical aspects. It is reflected upon the findings of the doctoral dissertation, which investigated nine group discussions in the founding initiatives of inclusive schools. The presentation aims to answer the question of how a common vision of inclusion is created. Given that we are all involved in hegemonic relations, it is important to consider how these relations intersect with hegemonic ideas, both implicitly and explicitly. Throughout the research, the concept of critique, particularly in relation to ideology, became a central focus. Therefore, the criticism is not only directed towards the inadequate implementation of inclusion but also towards the norm itself, without completely rejecting it. Inclusion is an increasingly popular term, but it remains a code without a concrete meaning (Boger et al. 2021). Even the CRPD only describes its purpose and objectives, rather than offering a definition. A first common basis can be the understanding of Inclusion as an active process of anti- or non-discrimination, which entails a broad understanding of inclusion as unifying sexism, racism, ableism and classism-critical theory (Boger 2017; Calloni 2005). This already hints at the intimate and contradictory interweaving of the concept of inclusion (or anti-discrimination) with its counter-concept of exclusion (or discrimination) (ibid; Lanwer 2015; Wocken 2021). The concepts form a dialectical unity of opposites that denote relationships, dependent on and interwoven with social practice, in its past and present, in which social actors can act and realize what is possible in opposition. The issue of social inclusion and exclusion is closely tied to social power relations. Therefore, the practice of critique is crucial. Exclusion criteria can reveal how societies are organized, the ideologies they pursue, and the power structures that individuals ultimately navigate (Moser, 2018, p. 8). Inclusion cannot be seen as an achievable moral – and therefore harmless – demand that can be incorporated into the current hegemony. That would be a 'passive revolution' (Gramsci 2012), a restoration of fragile power relations in order to stabilize them. Instead, more interesting are the challenges to established knowledge systems and power structures that are specific to inclusion. Based on the thesis that building social consensus does not work as a top-down-strategy (Moser/Egger 2017: 15), this study focuses on group practices of creating visions of inclusion. By using the German concept of Bildung it is possible to research and explain the inconclusive, open, and teleologically indeterminate processes of individual transformations in perspectives and attitudes (Buttigieg, Calleja 2021, S. 3; Koller 2018 & 2020). The text proposes an approach to collective processes of Bildung regarding inclusion/exclusion by linking it to the philosophy of praxis (Gramsci 2012) and a critical theory of ideology. The aim is to present collective Bildung or changes to inclusion as a radical questioning rather than a harmonious process (as Bildung was for Humboldt). I aim to examine the potential of these processes for ideology-critique in an analytical and transgressive sense. This involves targeting the inner (self-) contradictions without directly opposing the new, as it arises from criticisms (Jaeggi 2019; Gramsci 2012; Rehmann 2020). It is essential to comprehend inclusion as a political project that aims to change social practice towards decolonization and overcome social exclusion (Jantzen 2019). The objective of this presentation is to offer an understanding of inclusion as a theoretical and practical dialectic, which will serve as an emancipatory and transformative critique. Although the contradiction and dialectic of the terms may never be resolved, their relationship can change, as can their effectiveness and meaning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As previously argued, the research project has an ideology-critical orientation and employs the documentary method to reconstruct the action practices of the founding initiatives. Both methods used are contradictory and cannot be reconciled. However, they can still engage in a productive debate, as argued in this text, and enhance the value of the research. The documentary method originates from the meta-theoretical aspects of Mannheim's sociology of knowledge and the reconstructive method developed within it (Bohnsack 2017, p. 62). Mannheim's (1929; [1926] 1964) work is considered pioneering as he distinguished between two levels of knowledge: communicative/explicit and conjunctive/implicit and identified a discrepancy between them. This approach allows for the reconstruction of thinking styles based on their constitution. However, the task of the sociology of knowledge – its metatheory – is limited to reconstruction. It employs an all-encompassing concept of knowledge, which omits the critical concept of ideology and the distinction between valid and invalid knowledge. Consequently, it advocates for the whole and accepts it instead of criticizing it. Therefore, it becomes an affirmative social theory (Heeren 1971; Weyand 2021, pp. 70-71). Gramsci's main focus is transformation, which makes his thoughts and subsequent critique of ideology relevant to critical inclusion theory and research. An ideology-critical approach to inclusion aims to delegitimize inequality relations, address the risks of exclusion, and overcome barriers in society. Jaeggi (2019, p. 270) argues that the critique of domination involves critiquing self-sufficiency and decoding these mechanisms as forms of domination. It is therefore reconstructed how the group fills inclusion with meaning, to what extent a common understanding of inclusion is created, which guiding orientations can be reconstructed in this process and how they deal with the limits of their own horizons of meaning - all of these are questions for empiricism. The question of whether the empirically reconstructed understanding of inclusion contains transformational potential is central to the subsequent ideology-critical discussion. This involves examining the extent to which collective processes of Bildung can be reconstructed and how inclusion oscillates between power-stabilizing, reproducing projects and transformative, ideology-critical projects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Using an iterative and cyclical research process, the subject area was defined broadly, followed by immersion in empirical research. The theoretical work was then carried out, narrowing the research focus and question, before returning to empirical research and so on. Accordingly, this presentation should not be viewed solely as a theoretical or empirical work, but rather as the outcome of an abductive approach. This approach requires a creative and divergent analysis of empirical data and theories (Roth 2015, pp. 166-168). The process involves critical reflection to avoid bias and subjectivity. The focus was on empirical evidence, theories, and interpretative discussions, in order to establish a clear position within the terrain of hegemonic patterns of meaning and explanation. As previously stated, the notion of critique, specifically ideology critique, has become more prominent in research. It serves as the typology that organizes and structures the three reconstructed types of production practices that reflect group-internal consensuses of inclusion. These types are referred to as inclusion as generalizing, inclusion as discursivity, and inclusion as being the other. The presentation will focus on the typology that combines critical discussion of ideologies with a focus on the third type, which highlights global issues such as languages, migration, pandemics and being the other. References Calloni, Marina (2005): Paradoxes of democracy: the dialectic of inclusion and exclusion. In: Jørgen Goul Andersen, Anne-Marie Guillemard, Per H. Jensen und Birgit Pfau-Effinger (pub.): The changing face of welfare: Policy Press, S. 93–112. Boger, Mai-Anh; Bühler, Patrick; Vogt, Michaela (pub.) (2021): Inklusion als Chiffre? Bildungshistorische Analysen und Reflexionen. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt (Historische Bildungsforschung). Boger, Mai-Anh (2017): Theorien der Inklusion – eine Übersicht. In: bidok Deutschland e.V. Zeitschrift für Inklusion. Frankfurt am Main. Online: https:// www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/413 [Last downloaded on 10.01.2024]. Gramsci, Antonio; Bochmann, Klaus (pub.) (2012): Gefängnishefte. 1. Aufl. Hamburg: Argument Verl. Heeren, John (1971): Karl Mannheim and the Intellectual Elite. In: The British Journal of Sociology 22 (1), S. 1. Jantzen, Wolfgang (2019): Behindertenpädagogik als synthetische Humanwissenschaft. Sozialwissenschaftliche und methodologische Erkundungen. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag (Dialektik der Be-Hinderung). Jaeggi, Rahel (2019): Was ist Ideologiekritik. In: Rahel Jaeggi und Tilo Wesche (pub.): Was ist Kritik? 5. Aufl. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp (Suhrkamp-Taschenbuch Wissenschaft, 1885), S. 266–298. Koller, Hans-Christoph (2018): Bildung anders denken. Einführung in die Theorie transforma-torischer Bildungsprozesse. 2., aktualisierte Auflage. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer Verlag. Lanwer, Willehad (2015): Exklusion und Inklusion. Anmerkungen zu einer gegensätzlichen Einheit. In: Jahrbuch für Pädagogik 2015 (1), S. 159–173. Mannheim, Karl ([1926] 1964): Ideologische und soziologische Interpretationen der geistigen Gebilde (1926). In: Karl Mannheim: Wissenssoziologie. Auswahl aus dem Werk. In: Heinz Maus und Friedrich Fürstenberg. Berlin: Luchterhand (Soziologische Texte, 28), S. 388–407. Mannheim, Karl (1929): Ideologie und Utopie. (Schriften zur Philosophie und Soziologie, 3). Bonn: Cohen. Online: https://www.ssoar.info/ssoar/handle/document/50776, last downloaded on 05.06.2020. Moser, Vera; Bauer, Lena (pub.) (2018): Behindertenpädagogik als Synthetische Humanwissenschaft. Eine Einführung in das Werk Wolfgang Jantzens. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Moser, Vera; Egger, Marina (pub.) (2017): Inklusion und Schulentwicklung. Konzepte, Instrumente, Befunde. 1. Auflage. Stuttgart: Verlag W. Kohlhammer. Rehmann, Jan (2020): Ernst Bloch as a Philosopher of Praxis. In: Praktyka Teoretyczna, 2020-03, Vol.35 (1). Roth, Wolff-Michael (2015): Rigorous Data Analysis. A Beyond ""Anything Goes"". Leiden, Boston: Brill. Wocken, Hans (pub.); Cowlan, Gabriele; Hinz, Andreas; Kron, Maria; Papke, Birgit; Reiser, Helmut (2021): Dialektik der Inklusion. Inklusion als Balance. 1. Auflage. Ed. v. Hans Wocken. Hamburg: Feldhaus Edition Hamburger Buchwerkstatt (Lebenswelten und Behinderung, Band 24). 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Ethics of Care: A Theoretical Underpinning for Relational Inclusivity 1UC San Diego, Cyprus; 2University of Lleida, Spain Presenting Author:In this conceptual paper, we argue that the Ethics of Care (EoC) is a compelling theoretical framework that could serve as a powerful underpinning for fostering Relational Inclusivity (RI), shaping educational environments that prioritize empathy, mutual support, and a genuine concern for the well-being of all individual students involved. The EoC has been defined as a philosophical framework that shifts contemporary moral and ethical narratives around the concept of care (Gilligan, 1982). EoC asserts that humans depend on each other for positive liberty, highlighting our inherent interdependence. Dependency, viewed negatively in modern societies, is resized as an inherent aspect of being alive. Rather than viewing humans as independent individuals, EoC sees them as relational entities shaped by each one's networks of care, whether they involve living beings or structural conditions (Camps, 2021). From this standpoint, care becomes central and is defined as a proactive activity encompassing everything we do to sustain, continue, and repair our "world" – our bodies, identities, and environment – to sustain life optimally (Tronto, 1993). Care becomes a transformative element in relationships, shaping how we perceive the world and understand our commitment and responsibility to others. In EoC relationships take center stage, and caring emerges as the preferred way to relate to each other. A robust caring network, encompassing relationships and structural conditions, becomes crucial for navigating dependencies and ensuring well-being. Consequently, care becomes a fundamental principle that should guide education, emphasizing the importance of fostering supportive and empathetic caring networks (Vázquez-Verdera, 2009). In the context of education, the EoC challenges the traditional rational decision-making approach based on rules and laws, and proposes a subjective and particular decision-making perspective that encompasses the specific affective relationship and the unique situation of the person. In the former, rights and responsibilities are defined by others; in the latter, it is a matter of taking responsibility for oneself in the relationship with others. It involves changing the view of "something has to be done" to "I have to do something" (Busquets-Surribas, 2019; Vázquez-Verdera, 2009). Relational inclusivity (RI), within the context of the EoC, refers to the idea that education should extend beyond individual student-centered purposes to encompass the quality of relationships and the interconnectedness of students within a community or society (Mamas et al., 2024; Mamas & Trautman, 2023). Therefore, RI, as informed by the EoC, transcends the mere acknowledgment of diversity. It goes beyond surface-level inclusivity efforts and delves into the cultivation of meaningful connections and relationships of care within the educational community. This involves acknowledging, recognizing and valuing the diverse backgrounds, experiences, and perspectives of students, educators and stakeholders, nurturing positive and supportive connections while actively working to create an environment where everyone feels seen, heard, and understood. RI involves both "caring for," which is a direct and personal response based on the caregiver's relationship, and "caring about," a more indirect response related to broader and abstract concepts or distant situations. The EoC education framework emphasizes both but prioritizes "caring for" over "caring about", recognizing the centrality of subjective experiences and moving away from purely theoretical perspectives (Noddings, 2001). RI extends beyond the traditional EoC focus on the teacher-student relationship, particularly influenced by Nel Noddings. Instead, RI innovatively promotes primarily fostering "caring for" dynamics among peers.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The theoretical underpinning for RI in the EoC is grounded in several key principles (Vázquez-Verdera, 2009): Interdependence: Emphasizes the importance of mutual care and support within relationships from a positive liberty and social network perspective. Empathy and Responsiveness: Education must enhance people's sensibility to the necessities of others by listening and giving agency to diverse voices, acknowledging different experiences, and responding empathetically to the needs of all students. Contextual Understanding: RI and EoC shift decision-making to a subjective and particular approach, acknowledging the significance of context in education and considering cultural, social, and personal contexts when designing and applying pedagogical strategies Attentiveness to Power Dynamics and Recognition of Marginalized Voices: RI and EoC involve actively working to address and rectify imbalances, promoting the recognition and inclusion of marginalized voices and perspectives to foster an equitable education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, this paper argues that EoC provides a theoretical underpinning for RI. This approach challenges traditional ethical theories by placing care and relationships at the forefront of a transformative education. Educators are encouraged to develop a heightened awareness of the emotional and relational aspects of learning and their teaching practices (Noddings, 2001). This may involve creating space for open communication, actively listening to students' concerns, and demonstrating a genuine commitment to their caring networks. Additionally, educators are prompted to recognize and challenge systemic inequities that may exist within educational institutions, advocating for policies and practices that promote equity and justice. By fostering a sense of shared responsibility and interdependence, the EoC contributes to the creation of an inclusive educational community where each member cares actively for others. References References: Busquets, M. (2019). Discovering the importance of ethics of care. Folia humanística, 12. Camps, M. (2021). Time for care: another way of being in the world. Barcelona: Arpa editores. Gilligan, C. (1982) In a different voice: psychological theory and women's development. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Mamas, C., Cohen, S.R., & Holtzman, C. (2024). Relational Inclusivity in the Elementary Classroom: A Teacher’s Guide to Supporting Student Friendships and Building Nurturing Communities (1st ed.). Routledge. Mamas, C. & Trautman, D. (2023). Leading Towards Relational Inclusivity for Students Identified as Having Special Educational Needs and Disabilities. In Daly, A.J., Liou, Y.H. (Eds.), The Relational Leader: Catalyzing Social Networks for Educational Change. Bloomsbury. Noddings, N.. (2001) Care and coercion in school reform. Journal of Educational Change 2, 35-43. Tronto, J. (1993). Moral boundaries. A political argument of and Ethic of Care. London: Routledge. Vázquez-Verdera, V. (2009). Education and the ethics of care in the thought of Nel Noddings. [Doctoral dissertation, University of Valencia]. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 D: Developments in Inclusive Education Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anette Bagger Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Scaling the New Inclusive Education Policies: the Obligation and Right to be Assessed 1Dalarna University, Sweden; 2Mälardalen University, Sweden; 3Kristianstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:Compulsory School for Students with Intellectual Disabilities (CSSID) in Sweden is undergoing extensive policy change with the overall argument of promoting inclusive education. Core is a guarantee regarding support measures to enable achievement, which is in turn connected to increased national assessment and the implementation of a revised curriculum. In this change, increased equity and quality have been stated as motives. At the same time, equity and quality has shown to be challenged in the Nordic education systems (Frønes et al., 2020). The political will and enhancement of assessment in education is a phenomenon troughout Europe, often with the incentive to reform education deriving from international comparisons of knowledge, as PISA for example. Through the shifting governing of CSSID, towards assessment, discourses of normality and of assessment joins forces and pushes ACS toward the discourse on learning, knowledge and assessment of the mainstream compulsory school (Andersson et al, 2023).). This is an example on how neoliberal values are embedded in today’s schooling and inclusion, equity, and quality are often approached as being promoted by comparison and competition (Blossing et al., 2014; Harvey, 2005; Smith, 2018; Yang Hansen and Gustafsson, 2016). This phenomenon has also appeared in other contexts and has been criticized by researchers who emphasize that quality of life, equity and self-determination need to be focused to a greater extent. Something that can be achieved by considering inclusion as an ethical responsibility that school and society have, rather than reducing inclusion to neoliberal values that include knowledge assessment, competition, comparison, and freedom of choice (Brossard Børhaug & Reindal, 2018). In relation to this, Waitoller (2020) discusses the force of accumulation, which refers to the identification and sorting of students as able or not. Furthermore, learners’ identity is within the realm of assessment often linked to the ideal of the neoliberal human being. Whenever this ideal is not met, due to individuals having deficits, it is seen as a threat to economic progress (Ball, 2013). We claim that these circumstances especially impact students ASC and is reinforced during assessment. The purpose of the study is to contribute knowledge on national assessment for compulsory students with Intellectual Disabilities (ID) in Sweden. For the current paper, we have developed the method for selection and analysis and have focused on two governmental investigations to do so. Furthermore, we will put the results in relation to global and traveling discourses on assessment of knowledge and students with ID and discuss the outcome in relation to New Public Management and how policy mediates meaning (see Ball, 2013; 2017). In prolongation, we will analyze policy as well as the national assessment material itself and how these together constructs students’ knowledge, the student with ID as a learner and the assessment itself. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on Popkewitz (2014), Hacking (1999), and Foucault (1994), we understand "fabrication" as the simultaneous making up of and making sense of reality by attributing characteristics, hopes and prerequisites to students, their knowledge and assessment. Policies are then understood to inscribe meaning and condition the students with ID and their knowledge, thus fabricating certain types of students, knowledges, and assessment. This brings forth possibilities and limitations regarding who and what kind of students and knowledge can and should be in(ex)cluded, but also what assessment means in the context of national assessment in ACS. The Open data archive of the Swedish Parliament database (OpAL ) has been advocated to select governmental investigations connected to national assessment for students with ID. In addition, and at a later state, the national assessment material for the early schoolyears in mathematics, will also be analysed. For the study at hand, a discursive reading and analysis of how the student with ID and his/her knowledge is fabricated is performed alongside with the fabrication of national assessment. Two governmental investigations which lies in the heart of this was selected. These concern the evaluation of goal and targets in school (SOU 2007:28) and grading and assessment for representing students’ knowledge in CSSID (SOU 2020:43). The analysis was performed in a two step procedure and builds on a previous study on how policy document fabricated inclusion for students with ID (Andersson et al., 2023). Sections of texts that concerned assessment of knowledge and the student with ID in these two policy documents was selected. Thereafter, an exploratory and quantitative thematic analysis was performed and in which statements on the student, the student’s knowledge, and assessment, were collected into three themes (Creswell, 2007). The corpus of data was thereafter analyzed out from how inclusions, exclusions, categories, and labelling constructed and fabricated meaning on the students, the student’s knowledge, and assessment. This was explored and thereafter formulated in terms of what kind of students, knowledge and assessment was fabricated. Hence, we have systematically explored characteristics, hopes and prerequisites attributed to students, their knowledge and assessment and their interrelatedness (see Hacking 1999; Popkewitz 2012; Valero 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The two governmental investigations are proceeding the current policy change to make national assessment mandatory in CSSID. The 13 years between them point towards policy traveling in a certain direction. In the investigation Goal and targets for learning in compulsory school, suggestion to new national assessment system (SOU 2007:28), the child was fabricated as not challenged and as recipient of care, as someone special and hard for schools to teach and finally, as challenged in meeting standards. In connection to this fabrication of the student, the students’ knowledge was fabricated as important to normalize as far as possible, as relative to students’ prerequisites and as absent in terms of possible goals to reach in the curricula. How then to assess the students’ knowledge and the meaning inscribed into assessment for these students was fabricated as voluntary, crucially absent, and also highly needed. When turning to the later governmental investigation Build, assess, grade - grades that better correspond to the students' knowledge (SOU 2020:43), this lack of assessment and need to normalise and make students’ knowledge visible has been enhanced. The student is then fabricated as having a right to documentation of their knowledge, but also being deprived this. Paradoxically enough, the student with ID is also fabricated as not having use of an exam or grading and fabricated as not talented enough. Furthermore, knowledge is in connection to this fabricated as needed to be situated in close perimeter to society and what goes on in the real world. The assessment of knowledge is fabricated as an exception or needing exceptions to work, as less important to these students and as making students disadvantaged, in the case of grading. Assessment is fabricated as not systematised, so even if it is done, it is not considered as valuable to collect nationally. References Andersson, A.-L., Bagger, A., & Lillvist, A. (2023). Looking through the kaleidoscope of inclusion in policy on students with intellectual disabilities. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 1–14. Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault, power, and education. Routledge. Ball S. J. (2017). The Education Debate. third ed. The Policy Press. Blossing, U. & Söderström, Å. (2014). A school for every child in Sweden. In U. Blossing, G. Imsen, & L. Moss (Eds.), The Nordic Education Model. A school for all encounters neoliberal policy (pp. 17-34). Springer. Brossard Børhaug, F & Reindal, S.M (2018). Hvordan forstå inkludering som allmenpedagogisk prinsipp i en transhumanistisk (fram)tid? Utbildning & Demokrati, 27(1), 81 Popkewitz, T. (2012). Numbers in grids of intelligibility: making sense of how educational truth is told. In H. Lauder, M. Young, H. Daniels, M. Balarin & J. Lowe, (Eds), Educating for the Knowledge Economy? Critical Perspectives (pp. 169-191). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. Foucault, Michel. (1994). The Essential Works of Foucault 1954-1984, 3, Power. London: Penguin. Frønes, S, T., Pettersen, A., Radišić, J., & Buchholtz, N. (2020). Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education (1st ed. 2020.). Springer International Publishing. Hacking, I. (1999). The social construction of what? Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Harvey, D. (2005). A brief history of neoliberalism. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Popkewitz, T. (2014). Social Epistemology, the Reason of ‘Reason’ and the Curriculum Studies. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 22: 1–18. Smith, W. C. (2018). The Banality of Numbers., edited by B. Hamre, A. Morin, C. Ydesen (Eds.), Testing and Inclusive Schooling: International Challenges and Opportunities (pp. 89–104). Routledge Valero, P. (2017). Mathematics for All, Economic Growth, and the Making of the Citizen-Worker. In T. Popkewitz, J. Diaz, & C. Kirchgasler (Eds.), A Political Sociology of Educational Knowledge: Studies of Exclusions and Difference (pp. 117–132). Routledge. Waitoller, F. R. (2020). Why are we not more inclusive? An analysis of neoliberal inclusionism. In C. Boyle, J. Anderson, A. Page, & S. Mavropoulou (Eds.), Inclusive Education: Global Issues & Controversies (pp. 89-107). Sense Publishers. Yang Hansen, K., & J-E, Gustafsson. (2016). Causes of educational segregation in Sweden - school choice or residential segregation. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(1-2), 23–44. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The new Norwegian Education Act as Arrangements for inclusive education practices: The vanishing concept of the Nordic Model? Nord University Presenting Author:Contribution Like other Nordic countries, Norway has a culture and history of promoting politics that emphasise social equalisation and equal access to education for all (Keles et al., 2022). Education for all aims to support respect and acceptance for diversity and to promote learning in inclusive settings as well as learning from one another, thus creating spaces for social relations to enrich the understanding of what it means to be part of a democratic society (Hausstätter & Vik, 2021). The Nordic countries’ similarities and shared aims for education are defined as the ‘Nordic model’ of education (Frønes et al., 2020), which has traditionally further promoted the policy of inclusion through legal and legislative documents as well as principles for inclusive educational practices (Haug, 2017; Keles et al., 2022). The situation seems to have hit a dead end, however, as the Nordic model concept is threatened by the forces of marketisation, efficiency, individualism and competition, challenging the traditional welfare values of education for all (Hanssen et al., 2021). This is particularly observed in Norway, where there is a persistent gap between national legal and legislative documents and the practices of inclusive education for students with special educational needs (SEN). This gap is linked to an increase in segregated educational spaces and a lack of special education expertise (Olsen, 2021), which may restrict learning and social participation for this group of students. Such barriers for inclusion can emerge in any context but especially in settings where legal and legislative documents lack a common understanding of the concept of inclusion and offer vague guidelines for promoting inclusive education practices (Olsen & Hanssen, 2021). The current paper follows Kemmis et al.’s (2014) definition of practice as a socially established cooperative activity involving utterance and forms of understanding (sayings), modes of action and activity (doings) and the ways in which people relate to one another and the world (relatings). Inclusive education practices for students with SEN are thus understood as the varied ways in which teachers include students with SEN in education (doings), how they express themselves in words and language to describe what is going on in their teaching (sayings) and how they relate to students, colleagues and other partners (relatings) (Mahon et al., 2017). Inclusive education practices are ‘held in place’ by external structures or arrangements (cultural-discursive, material-economic and sociopolitical circumstances. Against this background, the present study investigates the following research question: How can the new Norwegian Education Act constrain and enable inclusive education practices for students with SEN in primary and secondary schools? The research question is explored by analysing the forthcoming Education Act and its preparatory documents. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The documents were analysed by qualitative content analysis (QCA) with a deductive approach (Elo & Kyngös, 2008). The main concepts of the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014), including cultural-discursive, material-economic and sociopolitical arrangements, constituted the frames of categorisation. Kemmis et al. (2014) claim that participants in communities encounter one another in intersubjective spaces, which are arranged in particular ways and structure social life. They conceptualise this as a ‘practice architecture’ comprising three kinds of interwoven arrangements. Cultural-discursive arrangements enable or constrain how shared discourses are expressed in the social medium of language, for example, determining how concepts in legal documents may contribute to establishing a shared language in inclusive education practices. Material-economic arrangements enable and constrain how things can be done in the medium of work and activity. This may embrace how concepts in legal documents give directions for how inclusive education is organised and implemented. Sociopolitical arrangements exist in the dimension of social space, influencing how people connect to one another in the social medium of power and solidarity, dealing with relations to political entities. In our context, these may embrace the nature of the relationships between the Education Act and the practices of inclusive education and how the Education Act affect the formation of relationships in the practice. The three arrangements are densely interwoven, with each informing the other (Mahon et al., 2017), so that they emerge and develop in relation to one another and continually change through the dynamic interplay between arrangements and practices. These arrangements give practices a characteristic form, which shapes and prefigures practice, enabling or constraining new interaction (Mahon et al., 2017). In the first phase of the analysis, the data were coded according to the predefined categories. First, concepts and formulations in the documents that help to shape or are shaped by the language, discourses and knowledge related to inclusive practices were categorised into cultural-discursive arrangements. Next, formulations that offer guidelines for the organisation of inclusive practices were categorised into material-economic arrangements. Finally, findings that create frameworks for relationships were categorised into sociopolitical arrangements. In this phase, we also assessed similarities and differences in the use of terms in the documents. In the final phase of the analysis, we considered how the findings could influence the practice architecture and practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that the new legislation’s strengthening of students’ right to participate has the potential to enhance participation and co-determination, including for students with SEN. However, the Education Act vaguely and inconsistently employ concepts regarding inclusive education for students with SEN, and they become ambiguous due to the use of broad, general terms. The analysis also points out that the documents’ terminology is weakly connected and does not communicate well with educational institutions. Based on the results, the present paper discusses how the arrangements given by the Education Law and the preparatory document, could constrain and enable inclusive education practices for students with SEN. We also discuss the findings in relation to the current challenges for inclusion in Norway and the ideals of the Nordic model of education. This study deepens knowledge and increases understanding of how policy documents influence inclusive education practices for students with SEN. The paper provides input to the discussion of how concepts related to inclusion and inclusive education should be formulated and treated through policy documents to provide a clear direction for the development of inclusive education. Finally, this paper reflects the Norwegian context, but there is reason to believe that our findings may apply to a broader international context. The development of inclusion and inclusive education is high on the international policy agenda, and our paper illustrates the power of using the findings and discussion of a specific context to help readers reconsider policy and practice in their own context. This may make challenges and possibilities clearer and provide a catalyst for new scrutiny and innovation. References References Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007. 04569. Frønes, T. S., Pettersen, A., Radišić, J., & Buchholtz, N. (2020). Equity, equality and diversity in the Nordic model of education. Springer Nature. Hanssen, N. B., Hansén, S.-E., & Ström, K. (Eds.) (2021). Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the development of inclusion : Theoretical and practical perspectives. Routledge Haug, P. (2017). Understanding inclusive education: Ideals and reality. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 19, 206–217. Hausstätter, R., & Vik, S. (2021). Inclusion and special needs education: A theoretical framework of an overall perspective of inclusive special education. In N. Hanssen, S. E. Hansén, &. K. Ström (Eds.), Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the development of inclusion: Theoretical and practical perspectives (pp. 83–98). Routledge. Keles, S., Braak, D., & Elaine Munthe, E. (2022). Inclusion of students with special education needs in Nordic countries: A systematic scoping review. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-16. doi: 10.1080/00313831.2022.2148277 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, C., Edwards-Groves, I., Grootenboer, H. P., & Bristol, L. (2014).Changing practices, changing education. Springer. Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Kemmis, S. (Eds.). (2017). Exploring education and professional practice. Springer. Olsen, K., & Hanssen, N. B. (2021). Praksisarkitekturen til spesialpedagogiske undervisningspraksiser i barnehagelærerutdanningen. In J. Aspfors, R. Jakhelln, & E. Sjølie (Eds.), Å utvikle og å analysere praksis—teorien om praksisarkitekturer. Universitetsforlaget. Olsen, M. (2021). A practical-theoretical perspective on the inclusive school in Norway. In N. B. Hanssen, S. Hansén, & K. Ström (Eds.), Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the development of inclusion: Theoretical and practical perspectives. Routledge. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Justice-Sensitive Approach to Indigenous Education for All: An Exploration of Indigenous Peoples’ Perspectives and Aspirations in Taiwan National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan Presenting Author:In the pursuit of promoting transitional justice education for reconciliation in post-colonial societies, it is important not to ignore the issues of historical justice and educational justice for indigenous peoples. In recent years, many countries have actively incorporated Indigenous knowledge, perspectives and historical narratives into the promotion of transitional justice education. Not only increasing emphases have placed on “justice-sensitive pedagogy for social justice” as a vital theme in curriculum change and in teacher education (Cochran-Smith, 2010; Davis, 2017; Parkinson & Jones, 2018); but also increasing efforts have given to promote diversity, equity and inclusion in education (OECD, 2023; UNESCO, 2017). Since education is a human right and the foundation for more equitable, inclusive and cohesive societies (Vitello & Mithaug, 1998), it is imperative to provide education that acknowledges the value of diversity and respect for human dignity to enable all learners (with different gender, ethnicity, indigenous status, etc.) to thrive, to understand their realities, and to work for a more just society (UNESCO, 2017). In Taiwan, since the lifting of the martial law in 1987 there have been various transitional justice initiatives and mechanisms advocated by the civic society which have accumulated many remarkable democratic achievements. Over the past decades, Taiwan government has also developed a powerful policy and legal framework to protect and support Indigenous rights and development, culminating in the establishment of the Historical Justice and Transitional Justice Committee, however, Indigenous peoples are still the most disadvantaged, marginalized, and vulnerable group in the country, and in education, Indigenous peoples continue to have significantly lower academic achievements and outcomes compared to their Han Chinese peers (Nesterova, 2023). In view of the fact that although the newly reformed National Curriculum Guidelines has included the diverse historical and cultural perspectives of indigenous peoples, the content and supporting mechanisms are not quite relevant, and the goal of promoting transitional justice for Indigenous peoples has not been fully understood and implemented. According to Couch et al. (2023), in Taiwan, although there have been some regulations and policies to deal with the learning disadvantages of Indigenous students and the loss of Indigenous culture and language, the education provided in schools has always been limited to Han Chinese culture, and the institutional structure has not changed to respond to the learning needs of Indigenous students. It is necessary to rethink education for Indigenous peoples from the perspectives of cultural diversity and cognitive justice (Makoelle, 2014). Schools must recognize the coexistence of different forms of knowledge and cognitive forms, and need to incorporate indigenous knowledge systems into school curricula and take into account the cognitive justice of students from different cultural background (Muchenje, 2017). In this way, students can interact with familiar concepts in different cultural contexts to generate meaningful learning. As researchers point out, equitable and inclusive education provides better learning opportunities, processes and results for all learners that can promote psychological and social adjustment, not only improve their academic achievement, but also foster their socio-emotional growth, self-esteem and peer acceptance which may consequently enhance trust for social cohesion to be built (Mezzanotte, 2022; Nishina, et al., 2019). Therefore, this study aims to explore feasible approaches and practicable inclusive education for all that can be historically, culturally, and cognitively sensitive to the perspectives and aspirations of Indigenous peoples. Based on this, the main research purposes of this study include: (1) to understand the perspectives of Indigenous education leaders regarding the issues of historical justice and educational justice for Indigenous peoples to explore the aspirations of Indigenous education promoters and practitioners for the construction of justice-sensitive curriculum and pedagogy for Inclusive Indigenous Education Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on the research purposes, this study was designed to conducted focus group interviews and individual in-depth interviews with Indigenous educators, leaders and academics. The total number of participants will be around 20 Indigenous education leaders, promoters and practitioners from different parts of Taiwan. (Up to now two focus group interviews has been conducted already; 5 Indigenous leaders/academics with extensive experience in Indigenous rights, affairs, and education and 3 experienced high school teachers were interviewed.) The questions during the first phase of the study aimed to answer include: Based on your experience or academic research expertise in positions related to Indigenous peoples’ transitional justice, what are your views on the promotion of transitional justice education? What do you think is the gap in understanding/misunderstanding and expectation among various sectors in Taiwan regarding transitional justice education for Indigenous peoples? What are your personal interpretations and expectations for transitional justice education (such as history, reconciliation, etc.) related to Indigenous peoples? How do you think justice-sensitive education for Indigenous peoples should/can be constructed? What implementation methods do you think should/can be adopted to promote justice-sensitive education related to Indigenous peoples in Taiwan? What topics/Indigenous knowledge systems should be included? What are the possible practical challenges and dilemmas in the construction and implementation of justice-sensitive inclusive Indigenous education? How should we respond to challenges and overcome difficulties? What are your expectations and suggestions for incorporating justice-sensitive inclusive education related to Indigenous peoples’ knowledge systems into school education? Each interview lasted from one hour to two hours and a half. The interviews were conducted in Chinese and the interviews were audio-recorded with written consent of the participants. Each interview was transcribed verbatim in English. Grounded theory approach was used in data analysis of this study. While deductive coding and theme development were used, the data analysis was largely inductive with themes emerging from the data. After each interview was transcribed and analyzed, the preliminary analysis will send to the participants for member check and the responses collected for amendment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings: Indigenous education leaders and scholars pointed out although the newly reformed Curriculum Guidelines highlights the need to include Indigenous historical perspectives, the narratives in the textbooks are like a rehash of old dishes but just simply lay out the information still. Therefore, promoting justice-sensitive education for Indigenous peoples must be linked to thinking on issues related to educational justice for Indigenous peoples. It is important to actively construct a more just knowledge system of Indigenous peoples by reflecting on how the images and historical views of Indigenous peoples have been constructed and how to keep the intellectual sovereignty of Indigenous peoples. Indigenous scholars and teachers suggested that the research results of Indigenous knowledge construction projects and funded educational resources cannot only be targeted at Indigenous students and implemented in schools in Indigenous communities. They must be further transformed and integrated into school curricula to allow all students, both indigenous and non-indigenous students can learn the knowledge and viewpoints of Indigenous peoples, and both indigenous and non-indigenous students can also learn with the cognitive approaches they are good at. Only then can we truly achieve the so-called Indigenous education for ALL. They all point out that it is important to develop inclusive education aimed at incorporating Indigenous cultural content and perspectives in Taiwan that can be beneficial for mutual understanding and better relations between indigenous and non-indigenous teachers and students, best serve the needs of Indigenous students as well as non-Indigenous students. It is hoped that an increased sense of participation and an innovative, culturally sensitive pedagogical practices would happen in various regions, local indigenous communities, which can be reproduced in schools across Taiwan. Further, the restoration of pride and self-worth of indigenes can be a model for other minority ethnic groups, in Taiwan and in other countries. References Barnhardt, R. & Kawagley, A. O. (2005). Indigenous knowledge systems and Alaska native ways of knowing. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 36(1), 8-23. Cochran-Smith, M. (2010). Toward a theory of teacher education for social Justice. In Hargreaves A., Lieberman A., Fullan M. & Hoplins D. (eds.). Second International Handbook of Educational Change. Springer International Handbooks of Education 23, 445-467. http://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-2660-_27 Davies, L. (2017). Justice-sensitive education: the implications of transitional justice mechanisms for teaching and learning. Comparative Education, 53(3). 333-350. http://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2017.1317999 Makoelle, T. (2014). Cognitive justice: A road map for equitable inclusive learning environments. International Journal of Education and Research, 2(7), 505-518. Mezzanotte, C. (2022), “The social and economic rationale of inclusive education: An overview of the outcomes in education for diverse groups of students”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 263, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/bff7a85d-en. Muchenje, F. (2017). Cognitive justice and indigenous knowledge systems in the postcolonial classroom. In Shizha, E. & Makuvaza, N. (Eds.). Re-thinking postcolonial education in Sub-Saharan Africa in the 21st century: Post-millennium development goals. (pp. 69-84). Netherlands: Sense Publishers Nesterova, Y. (2023). Colonial legacies and the barriers to educational justice for Indigenous peoples in Taiwan. Comparative Education, published on line. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2023.2185355 Nishina, A. et al. (2019), “Ethnic Diversity and Inclusive School Environments”, Educational Psychologist, Vol. 54/4, pp. 306-321, https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2019.1633923. OECD (2023). Equity and inclusion in education: Finding strength through diversity (abridged version). https://www.oecd.org/education/strength-through-diversity/Equity-and-Inclusion-in-Education-abridged-version.pdf Parkinson, C. & Jones, T. (2018). Aboriginal people’s aspirations and the Australian curriculum: A critical analysis. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 18, 75-97. UNESCO (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000248254 Vitello, S. J. and Mithaug, D. E. (eds). (1998). Inclusive Schooling: National and International Perspectives. Mahwah, NJ, Lawrence Erlbaum. postcolonial classroom. In E. Shizha & N. Makuvaza (Eds.). Re-thinking postcolonial education in Sub-Saharan Africa in the 21st century: Post-millennium development goals. (pp. 69-84). Netherlands: Sense Publishers Nesterova, Y. (2023). Colonial legacies and the barriers to educational justice for Indigenous peoples in Taiwan. Comparative Education, DOI: 10.1080/03050068.2023.2185355 Parkinson, C. & Jones, T. (2019). Aboriginal people’s aspirations and the Australian Curriculum: a critical analysis. Educational Research for Policy and Practice. 18(1), 75–97. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 04 SES 12 E: Enabling Inclusive Education Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Mechthild Richter Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Unveiling Perspectives: Exploring Variations in School Inclusion Perceptions among Romanian Teachers and Principals West University of Timisoara, Romania, Education Sciences Department Presenting Author:Inclusive education, in the year we celebrate 30 years since the Salamanca Declaration (UNESCO, 1994), is still an issue that needs more convincing solutions, both from research and practice. Research has shown that inclusive education has academic and social benefits for the entire school community and is considered a step towards a more inclusive and equitable society (Antoninis et al., 2020). In the current conceptualization, diversity and interindividual differences (including those based on race, ethnicity, sexuality, culture, or disability) are regarded as inherent characteristics of any system or school. Full educational inclusion is understood as providing equal learning opportunities for all spectrums of diverse students, not just those with disabilities. Despite various efforts to conceptualise and implement this understanding of inclusive education, one cannot yet speak of qualitative full inclusion in Romania (Vrășmaș & Vrășmaș, 2021). That`s why this research aims to determine the characteristics and specificity of school inclusion in Romania in terms of inclusive culture, practices, and policies, from the teachers` perspective. The specificity is measured using the Index for Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2016), a widely used instrument internationally. Effective school management, particularly embodied by school principals, plays a pivotal role in the successful implementation of school inclusion initiatives (Khaleel et al., 2021). School principals serve as key orchestrators, influencing the overall organizational climate, policies, and practices within an educational institution (Lian, 2020). In the context of inclusion, they bear the responsibility of fostering an environment that embraces diversity, equity, and accessibility for all students (Theoharis & Scanlan, 2020). Principals contribute significantly to the development and execution of inclusive policies, ensuring that they are aligned with the school's mission and vision (Villa, 2016). Their leadership is instrumental in creating a supportive and inclusive culture that goes beyond mere compliance with regulations. Moreover, principals act as advocates for inclusive practices, fostering collaboration among educators, parents, and the community to create an environment where every student, regardless of diverse abilities or backgrounds, can thrive academically and socially (Cobb, 2014). In essence, school principals' effective management is crucial for the successful integration of inclusive practices, which in turn shapes a learning environment that respects and accommodates the individual needs of every student. Given the significance of school management in the implementation of inclusion at school level, we aimed to identify the differences in the perception of school inclusion between managerial levels (principals) and teachers. Developing inclusive cultures, policies, and practices, the three dimensions on which the Index for Inclusion is structured, can contribute to improving a more inclusive school environment. The Index for Inclusion refers to the whole process of giving equal access to education for all children and young people, according to the concept of "schools for all" (Booth & Ainscow, 2016), a concept we embrace as a vision for the schools of tomorrow, paraphrasing the title of the ECER conference. The Index for Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2002), in its fourth revision (Booth & Ainscow, 2016), served as a distinctive tool to measure the effectiveness of inclusion in our research. Assessing inclusive policies, practices, and cultures, the Index acts both diagnostically and as a basis for concrete measures in institutional development (Nes, 2009). Schools across various countries engaging in activities based on the Index for Inclusion reported an enhanced understanding of inclusion and observed improvements in school development (Nes, 2009). This study aims to delineate, based on the Inclusion Index, the characteristics and specificity of school inclusion in Romania from the perspectives of teachers and principals. The emerging conclusions, grounded in empirical evidence, will serve as a foundational point for proposing measures to foster institutional development and cultivate a more inclusive school community. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Two research questions were formulated: 1. What are the characteristics of school inclusion in Romania in terms of inclusive culture, practices, and policies? 2. What are the differences in the perception of school inclusion between managerial levels (principals) and teachers? We asserted the following assumptions: 1. There are differences in the perception of school inclusion between school principals and teachers (H1). 2. There are differences in the predictive factors of school inclusion for principals and for teachers (H2). To address the research purpose and answer these research questions, a quantitative, non-experimental comparative, and correlational design was employed. Teachers in Romania, with and without management responsibilities, received the Index of Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2016) through convenient recruitment and snowballing techniques. A total of 125 teachers holding managerial positions (such as inspectors and school principals) and 964 teachers with diverse specializations participated in responding to the Index of Inclusion. The Index of Inclusion demonstrated its validity as a quantitative measure for assessing school inclusion in the Romanian context. The validity indices for the Romanian version, including χ2=9156.274, CFI=.99, IFI=.99, RMSEA=.064, and SRMR=.035, support its reliability. The results underwent statistical analysis to determine variations in the perceptions of school inclusion between principals and teachers. A one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was employed for this purpose. Additionally, to assess differences in the factors predicting perceptions of school inclusion for principals and teachers, standard multiple regression analyses were conducted. The results showed that principals, in comparison to teachers, have a higher perception of the school's inclusivity across all three dimensions—policies, practices, and inclusive culture. There is a clear correlation between the three factors that make up inclusivity: the school's policies and practices both have a positive impact on the school's inclusive culture. No significant differences were identified between principals and teachers concerning the factors predicting inclusive perceptions. For both groups (directors and teachers), the three dimensions emerged as the most influential predictors. As a result, it is recommended that principals be more involved in the implementation of inclusive policies at the school level, promoting their implementation, which can contribute to the advancement of an inclusive culture and, consequently, enhance overall school inclusion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results confirm the first hypothesis, indicating that principals perceive the school as more inclusive than teachers across policies, practices, and inclusive culture. Principals' heightened perception is attributed to their pivotal role in advocating and implementing inclusive policies, resulting in a higher level of responsibility compared to teachers. The tendency to give socially acceptable responses may influence a positively skewed perception as a result of this increased responsibility. In contrast, teachers dealing directly with inclusive classrooms have a more realistic and less optimistic perspective due to the daily challenges. Further exploration of qualitative research is recommended to comprehensively understand this nuanced phenomenon. The results do not support the second hypothesis because there were no significant differences between principals and teachers in predicting inclusive education factors. Both school policies and practices positively influence the establishment of an inclusive culture, indicating a strong correlation among the three dimensions of inclusivity (Barrero Fernández et al., 2023). This suggests that developing and implementing inclusive policies and practices positively impacts the creation of an inclusive culture in the school (Yan & Sin, 2014; Ainscow, 2020). For both directors and teachers, the three dimensions emerged as the most influential predictors, emphasizing the crucial role of inclusive policies, practices, and cultural aspects in shaping perceptions of inclusion. The study recommends increased involvement of principals in implementing inclusive policies for enhanced overall school inclusion. In what ways can principals actively participate in fostering an inclusive culture? This question prompts the need for the extension of the study through qualitative research methods, including focus groups or in-depth interviews with both principals and teachers. Employing these methods has the potential to yield practical insights and solutions aimed at enhancing school inclusiveness. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusion and equity in education: Making sense of global challenges. Prospects 49, 123–134. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09506-w Antoninis, M., April, D., Barakat, B. et al. (2020). All means all: An introduction to the 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report on Inclusion. Prospects 49, 103–109. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09505-x Barrero Fernández, B., Guerrero, M.J.L., Fernández-Martín, F.F., Tirado, J.L. & Arrebola, R.M. (2023). What do school management teams do to make their schools inclusive?. School Leadership & Management, 43(1), 50-69. DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2022.2144201 Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for Inclusion: Developing Learning and Participation in Schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education, United Kingdom. Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2016). The Index for Inclusion: a guide to school development led by inclusive values. Index for Inclusion Network. Cobb, C. (2014). Principals play many parts: a review of the research on school principals as special education leaders 2001–2011. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(3), 213–234. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.916354 Khaleel, N., Alhosani, M., & Duyar, I. (2021). The Role of School Principals in Promoting Inclusive Schools: A Teachers’ Perspective. Frontiers in Education, 6. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.603241 Lian, B. (2020). The Influence of Principal Supervision and Organizational Climate toward Teacher’s Performance. Electronic Research Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, 2(2), 172-187. https://doi.org/10.31219/osf.io/4u6jh Nes, K. (2009). The Role of the Index for Inclusion in Supporting School Development in Norway: A Comparative Perspective. Research in Comparative and International Education, 4(3), 305–320. https://doi.org/10.2304/rcie.2009.4.3.305 Theoharis, G., & Scanlan, M. (2020). Leadership for Increasingly Diverse Schools. Routledge. UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. Paris: UNESCO. Villa, R. A. (2016). Leading an Inclusive School. ASCD. Vrăsmaș, T. & Vrăsmaș, E. (Eds.). (2021). Pe drumul către educația incluzivă în România. Contributia retelei RENINCO [On the road to inclusive education in Romania. Contribution of the RENINCO network.]. Editura Universitara. https://doi.org/10.5682/9786062813697 Yan, Z. & Sin, K. (2014). Inclusive education: teachers’ intentions and behaviour analysed from the viewpoint of the theory of planned behavior. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 18(1), 72-85. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Increasing Inclusive Education through Flexibility MLU Halle-Wittenberg, Germany Presenting Author:In an increasingly globalized and interconnected world, education systems are constantly confronted with new situations to which they have to respond. Besides political, economic, environmental and other changes, global education developments such as the transformation of many education systems towards inclusive education, the problem of teacher shortage, the difficulties to provide education in difficult to reach rural areas etc. further require schools to respond flexibly to changing circumstances. They must therefore be flexible. But what is a flexible school system? How can it become flexible? And is flexibility really a solution to global educational challenges? Students who are at risk to drop-out of or to be excluded from school often belong to vulnerable and marginalized groups (e.g. affected by poverty, disability, refugee experience, etc.) (Graham et al., 2019). Studies from higher education research indicate that vulnerable individuals in challenging life situations are more likely to enroll in open or distance education programs because of the inherent flexibility in terms of place, time and pace and other dimensions of flexibility (Collis & Moonen, 2001). I argue that flexibility could also have a positive impact on school enrolment and participation of primary and secondary school students at risk of not being in school. This idea of flexibility would – according to (Veletsianos & Houlden, 2020) – aim at “increas[ing] the student-centered and empowering aspects of education, thereby improving not just access, but also equity, diversity, inclusion, retention, completion, and satisfaction” (p. 851). Despite this very positive view on the potentials of flexibility in education, it should be considered that flexibility is a concept of much controversy (cf. Bauman, 2009; Bouzarovski, 2009; Buzar, 2008; Furåker et al., 2007). Whereas Naidu (2017, p. 2) sees flexibility in higher education as a value principle "much like we see diversity, equity or equality in education and society more broadly", different scholars in the social sciences link flexibility to uncertainty, insecurity and unrest (Bauman, 2009; Reckwitz, 2018; Rosa, 2005). Flexibility can concurrently mean positive potential for one side and instability or uncertainty for the other side (Jonsson, 2007). The discourses on flexible learning in higher education, mainly from the Netherlands and Australia, later from Canada and the UK, offer interesting ideas for flexibility in the primary and secondary school context. Veletsianos and Houlden (2020) suggest the approach of “radical flexibility” to address questions of inequality, injustice and exclusion in (higher) education, that could be relevant for other educational contexts, too. In order to use this open and holistic approach focusing on the positive potentials of flexibility in education, it still seems necessary to consider and examine the negative traits and find a way to outrule them. Collis & Moonen (2001) present a systematic overview on flexibility dimensions in higher education: flexibility related to 1) time, 2) content, 3) entry requirements, 4) instructional approach and resources, and 5) delivery and logistics. To what extent these dimensions taken from higher education can be relevant for primary and secondary schooling is going to be discussed in the presentation. A conceptualization of flexibility dimensions for the school context is the ground work for empirical work on school attendance issues. The second part of the presentation focuses on the question of how the theoretical considerations on flexibility can be transferred to a research methodology to answer questions such as: Which flexible approaches are already existing in specific schools/school systems and beyond? How can flexibility enable school education for students who are not in school/at risk of not being in school? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As an “ambigious concept” (Furåker et al., 2007, p. 5) flexibility is difficult to capture in research, but the theoretical work presented above provides points of reference for field work. A field work in different educational settings would aim to understand if and how education systems/settings provide flexibility to prevent or deal with school exclusions. The literature review shows that students not attending school often belong to marginalized groups in unstable living situations. Education systems that are disproportionately frequented by students from different marginalized groups could be picked as contrasting cases. Education systems that are confronted by a higher level of uncertainty through e.g. climate conditions (natural catastrophies), economic instability (poverty, hunger), migration etc., which also have impact on school attendance, are more challenged to provide flexibility – or already have established strategies. A case study aims at an in-depth understanding of a case in its real-world context “especially when the boundaries between phenomenon and context are not clearly evident” (Yin, 2009, p. 4 In: Yin, 2012). For each case a multi-level analysis seems necessary in order to consider both the societal context (global, national, if applicable), the community and organizational level as well as the individual level (Bray & Thomas, 1995; Nohl, 2019). Different data types are imaginable and advisable. Especially for in-depth case studies a triangulation of different types of data (such as existing statistical data, school visit protocols, official texts, interview data etc.) can be very promising. To address the macro-level a policy analysis seems a useful starting point as other research projects on school exclusion (e.g. Excluded Lives) have shown. At the meso-level and micro-level qualitative content analyses of text documents such as school programs or interview data could condense and organize the rich information. If applicable, statistical data may be used to complement the qualitative datasets. This work in progress is offered for discussion at the conference. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation is divided in two parts. The first part puts its focus on the conceptualization of flexibility and the second on its use to develop international and comparative studies methodologically. Since the theoretical framework is taken from higher education research and applied to primary and secondary education research, it is necessary to carefully analyze if it captures the challenges faced by students at risk of not being at school. In order to do so, flexibility discourses from other scientific disciplines such as economics, social sciences and geography are additionally consulted. On the one hand they provide ideas how to use flexibility constructively to deal with uncertainty, on the other hand they critically underline the risk of flexibility to actually lead to uncertainty. The theoretical considerations aim to resolve this tension, flexibility being solution and problem at the same time, without ignoring its complexity. This is the basis in order to prepare suitable empirical field work on school attendance issues in challenging situations. The second part of the presentation concerns the methodology, which is still worked on. The abstracts presents first rough ideas, that still require more intensive discussion. References Bauman, Z. (2009). Education in the Liquid-Modern Setting. Power and Education, 1(2), 157–166. https://doi.org/10.2304/power.2009.1.2.157 Bouzarovski, S. (2009). Landscapes of flexibility: Negotiating the everyday; an introduction. GeoJournal, 74(6), 503–506. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10708-008-9242-9 Bray, M., & Thomas, M. R. (1995). Levels of Comparison in Educational Studies: Different Insights from Different Literatures and the Value of Multilevel Analyses. Harvard Educational Review, 65(3), 472–490. Buzar, S. (2008). Towards a Critical Geography of Flexibility: Facets of Adaptability in Society and Space: Facets of flexibility in society and space. Geography Compass, 2(4), 1075–1094. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-8198.2008.00130.x Collis, B., & Moonen, J. (2001). Flexible Learning in a Digital World: Experiences and Expectations. Routledge. Furåker, B., Håkansson, K., & Karlsson, J. Ch. (2007). Reclaiming the Concept of Flexibility. In B. Furåker, K. Håkansson, & J. Ch. Karlsson (Eds.), Flexibility and Stability in Working Life (pp. 1–17). Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230235380_1 Graham, B., White, C., Edwards, A., Potter, S., & Street, C. (2019). School exclusion: A literature review on the continued disproportionate exclusion of certain children. Department of Education. Jonsson, D. (2007). Chapter 3. Flexibility, stability and related concepts. In Flexibility and Stability in Working Life (pp. 30–41). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230235380_3 Naidu, S. (2017). Openness and flexibility are the norm, but what are the challenges? Distance Education, 38(1), 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1080/01587919.2017.1297185 Nohl, A.-M. (2019). Country Comparison and Multi-Level Analysis in Qualitative Research – Methodological Problems and Practical Solutions. Child Indicators Research, 12(2), 409–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-017-9497-0 Reckwitz, A. (2018). Die Gesellschaft der Singularitäten—Zum Strukturwandel der Moderne (Sonderausgabe für die Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung, Vol. 10213). Suhrkamp Verlag. Rosa, H. (2005). Beschleuningung: Die Veränderung der Zeitstrukturen in der Moderne. Suhrkamp. Veletsianos, G., & Houlden, S. (2020). Radical Flexibility and Relationality as Responses to Education in Times of Crisis. Postdigital Science and Education, 2(3), 849–862. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-020-00196-3 Yin, R. K. (2012). Applications of Case Study Research (3.). SAGE. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 05 SES 12 A: Voice, Youth Care Work and Alternative Schools Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Michael Jopling Paper Session |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Young People’s Perspectives on Learning Outcomes: A Comparison Between Declining Regions in Finland and Bulgaria 1University of Turku, Finland; 2University of Plovdiv, Bulgaria Presenting Author:Educational achievement is considered central to economic development and social inclusion, which makes measuring and analysing learning outcomes central to education policy and research in Europe and beyond. Against the dominating views of learning outcomes as a phenomenon that can be made easily visible and objectively measured, the starting point of this study is that learning outcomes are constructed through complex processes influenced by manifold intersecting factors and actors. Thus, this study approaches learning outcomes as a dynamic, context-sensitive, and interactional phenomenon, which take various shapes, forms, and meanings for different people. The objective of this study is to analyse and compare how young people perceive, cope with and relate learning outcomes to their life courses and biographies in the context of differing opportunity structures in Finland and Bulgaria. The study analyses the subjective meanings young people give to learning outcomes as part of their life projects in their particular contexts (c.f., Kovacheva & Rambla, 2022). The focus is on young adults who live in socio-demographically declining regions, who are or have previously been in vulnerable or multi-disadvantaged life situations, and who have faced disruptions on their educational pathways. In this study, young people are addressed as experts of their own life courses and biographies. Theoretically the study draws from life course research and theorizations of opportunity structures (Roberts, 2009) together with the perspective of spatial justice (Soja, 2013). Life course research places young people’s life courses at the centre of the examination and considers how individual lives are embedded in institutional and socio-historical frames (Heinz et al., 2009). As part of individual life courses, also learning outcomes are constructed in the particular socio-historical contexts and socioeconomic conditions that form the structures of opportunities (Cefalo et al., 2020; Cefalo et al., 2024; Scandurra et al., 2020). Individuals are not seen as being imbued by social forces, order, and institutions, but also as active agents who respond and act to change them (e.g., Mortimer & Shanahan, 2003). That is, individuals exercise their agency within the limits of opportunity structures (Roberts, 2009). In other words, life courses of young people are constructed in a reciprocal and dynamic interaction of political, social, economic, cultural, and spatial conditions, welfare state regulations and provisions, and biographical decisions and strategies. In this frame, agency is understood as an intentional action within a given context, which is influenced but not determined by societal structures and socioeconomic conditions (Evans, 2007). The viewpoint of spatial justice emphasises both the significance of space as an active force shaping human life, and the intersection of space and power in the distribution of socially valued resources and opportunities to use them (Soja, 2013; Williams, 2013). The spatial justice perspective is crucial when conducting in-depth comparative analyses in differing spatial contexts. In the field of education, spatial justice may be referred to the uneven distribution of resources and learning opportunities among regions, cities, neighbourhoods, and schools, along different divides and related to different factors. Spatial justice also helps to conceptualise learning outcomes as spatially conditioned phenomena. Furthermore, the spatial justice approach draws attention to the interaction of space and power and enables studying the spatial distribution of resources and opportunities of young people and their impact on the quality of learning outcomes. The spatial justice approach also re-interprets the analytical perspective on the agency of young people and their ability to shape their learning environments and navigate their life courses. Regarding young people in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged positions, it helps to view them in light of the spatialised forms of exclusion and discrimination, which open or close their possibilities and opportunity structures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data originate from a European research project Constructing Learning Outcomes in Europe: A multi-level analysis of (under)achievement in the life course (CLEAR). The data consist of 20 narrative biographical interviews of young adults (18–29-year-olds; 10 Finnish and 10 Bulgarian) carried out in early 2024. The national samples represent both young people in vulnerable or multi-disadvantaged life situations and young people who have been able to move on from those situations and found their pathways into education or the labour market. In both countries, the data is collected from a socio-demographically declining region. The biographical interviews focus on the educational and learning experiences, current life situations, and future expectations of the Finnish and Bulgarian young adults, but also cover the perceived effects of regional conditions on their educational pathways and the realization of their own aspirations. Regarding the comparative dimension of the study, Finland (a Nordic welfare state) and Bulgaria (a post-socialist country) represent an interesting European pair for comparisons particularly due to the countries facing some similar challenges (e.g., concerns about the declining educational performance of young people) but displaying different (policy) understandings of their solutions (Benasso et al., 2022; Parreira do Amaral et al., 2019; see also Roberts et al., 2023). While the two regions have more limited opportunity structures accessible for young people than the countries’ more affluent regions, there are clear differences between the compared regions in the in the availability and subjective relevance of the regional opportunity structures and in the realisation of spatial justice. In Bulgaria, Gabrovo is a mountainous area experiencing population decrease due to population ageing and high outmigration, deindustrialisation and economic decline. Young people in particular face the challenges of high risks of poverty or social exclusion and low youth employment rate. In Finland, Kainuu is a mostly rural area in the northeast. The key issues facing Kainuu are acquiring skilled workforce, decreasing population – which is partly due to the limited educational opportunities – and higher levels of (youth) unemployment and dependency ratio than in the country on average. The data are analysed with qualitative content analysis to describe patterns or regularities in the data and identify shared meanings. This approach was chosen particularly for its usefulness in addressing both manifest content and the themes and core ideas found in the biographical interviews, which includes also contextual information and latent content (Drisko & Maschi, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Firstly, the results of this study will illustrate the subjective meanings Finnish and Bulgarian young adults from socio-demographically declining regions give to learning outcomes within their own life courses in the contexts of the surrounding opportunity structures. Secondly, the comparison of young people’s views and experiences from differing national and local opportunity structures in the two European countries will reveal the different ways in which space interacts with the agency of young people and their ability to shape their learning environments and navigate their life courses. Particularly as the interviewees are young people currently or previously in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged life situations, the results will shed light on the spatialised forms of exclusion and discrimination, which open or close possibilities and opportunity structures for young people. Lastly, the study will also focus on the factors and actors that young people have experienced as significant sources of support in their efforts to find an exit from situations of structural limitations. Thus, the study will strive to underline the policies that work to open new opportunities which are meaningful for young people constructing their life projects. References Benasso, S., Bouillet, D., Neves, T., & Parreira do Amaral, M. (Eds.) (2022). Landscapes of Lifelong Learning Policies across Europe: Comparative Case Studies. Springer. Cefalo, R., Scandurra, R. & Kazepov, Y. (2020). Youth labor market integration in European regions. Sustainability 12(9), Article 3813. Cefalo, R., Scandurra, R., & Kazepov, Y. (2024). Territorial Configurations of School‐to‐Work Outcomes in Europe. Politics and Governance, 12, Article 7441. Drisko, J. W., & Maschi, T. (2015). Content analysis. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Evans, K. (2007) Concepts of bounded agency in education, work and personal lives of young adults. International Journal of Psychology 42 (2), 85‒93. Heinz, W.R., Huinink, J. Swader, C.S. & Weymann, A. (2009). General introduction. In W.R. Heinz, A. Weymann & J. Huinink (Eds.) The Life Course Reader: Individuals and Societies across Time (pp. 15‒30). Chicago University Press. Kovacheva, S., & Rambla, X. (2022). Special Issue. Youth Transitions from Education Perspective. Societies, 12(4). Mortimer, J.T. & Shanahan, M.J. (2003). Preface. In J.T. Mortimer & M.J. Shanahan (Eds.) Handbook of the Life Course (pp. xi‒xvi). Parreira do Amaral, M., Kovacheva, S., & Rambla, X. (Eds.) (2019). Lifelong Learning Policies for Young Adults in Europe: Navigating between Knowledge and Economy. Policy Press. Roberts, K. (2009). Opportunity structures then and now. Journal of Education and Work, 22(5), 355‒368. Roberts, K., Pantea, M-C., & Dabija, D-C. (2023). Education-to-Work Transitions in Former Communist Countries after 30-Plus Years of Transformation. Social Sciences, 13(1), 1–13. Scandurra, R. & Cefalo, R., & Kazepov, Y. (2020). School to work outcomes during the Great Recession, is the regional scale relevant for young people’s life chances? Journal of Youth Studies 24(4), 441‒465. Soja, E.W. (2013). Seeking Spatial Justice. University of Minnesota Press. Williams, J. (2013, March 28). Toward a Theory of Spatial Justice. (Paper Presentation). Western Political Science Association Annual Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, United States. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Youth Care Workers and Teachers Together in the Classroom Fontys Hogescholen, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Optimizing the developmental opportunities for all pupils is a major social concern. More collaboration between educational and youth care professionals in schools, as a preventive approach to prevent more serious problems, is recommended. This is important because of the difficulties teachers experience in handling students’ difficult behavior. In the Netherlands many students make use of youth aid and/or attend special education schools, due to their behavioral problems. However, interprofessional collaboration is difficult to realize. A systemic change, called ‘Passend onderwijs’ (a change towards inclusive education) was introduced in 2014 in the Netherlands, and evaluated in 2020. The evaluation shows that collaboration between education and youth services can create alignment issues (Ledoux & Waslander, 2020). It requires professionals to step beyond the boundaries of their own profession, and to implement daily educational practices, based on shared responsibility and shared expertise (Van Swet, 2017). Collaboration is "working with others to do things that you cannot do by yourself" (Sennett, 2012). Although teachers generally feel competent in dealing with problematic student behavior, dealing with externalizing behavior evokes feelings of inadequacy (De Boer, 2020). Youth care professionals are insufficiently involved in questions regarding preventing problem behavior, encouraging positive behavior, and promoting well-being in the classroom. Research shows that working together on prevention strategies contributes to student well-being (Splett et al., 2020). In our study we developed several prevention strategies as tools for schools to make youth services accessible to all students. Providing a safe school environment and promoting wellbeing is important for all students to prevent behavioral problems (Lester & Cross, 2015). In this research project it is examined how to support students’ social emotional learning by providing an integrated preventive approach which was developed by both teachers and youth workers, and implemented in the classroom. Teachers and youth workers collaborated in the classroom, they actually worked together. The participating schools in this project are special education schools, regular primary and secondary schools, with their respective youth care partners. This gives us three school types: Special education (SP), regular primary education (PE), and regular secondary education (SE). We present the findings of our questionnaire study among students and teachers (see Table 1) who filled in a questionnaire at the beginning of the project (2019), and after two years of implementation (2021). The research questions are: 1) What is the contribution of the intervention to students' social-emotional learning? 2) In what ways and to what extent is the cooperation between education and youth welfare services strengthened during the project? 3) What competencies do teachers develop through the collaboration with youth care providers? The findings suggest that the interventions in each school practice foster students’ social emotional learning and lead to an increased sense of wellbeing. Also, teachers learn to better manage complex behavioral situations in the classroom by collaborating with youth care professionals. Finally, the teachers and youth care workers work better together, due to an increased interdependency and flexibility. They need each other to achieve goals, and they learn to explore the boundaries of their own profession. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was positioned in the aforementioned three practices (school types). Researchers and education and youth care professionals formed multidisciplinary research teams. The study examined if, and how students’ social emotional learning is supported through the provision of a preventive approach at classroom level. This paper presentation presents the results of the evaluation line. The evaluation line examined the effects of the jointly designed and implemented interventions. These included effects 1) on students' well-being, 2) on teachers' pedagogical competencies, and 3) on professionals' interdisciplinary collaboration. For this purpose, a questionnaire survey was conducted among all students and teachers who participated in the study. Instruments: The standardized COOL questionnaire (Peetsma et al.,2001) was used to measure students’ social-emotional learning. The Interprofessional Team Collaboration in Expanded School Mental Health scale (Mellin, et al., 2013), which is based on Bronstein's collaboration model, was used to measure collaboration between teachers and youth care professionals. We developed a self-assessment instrument to measure teacher competencies, based on teachers’ pedagogical competence standards (Onderwijscoöperatie, 2016) and youth care professionals’ 'interprofessional collaboration' standards (Van Alten, et al., 2017). Three primary schools (with groups of students aged 8 - 11 years, n =520 ), two secondary and vocational schools (with groups of students aged 12 - 18 years, n= 321),and two special schools (with groups of students aged 8 -16 years, n = 124), participated in the study. The first measurement of the questionnaire study was conducted in spring 2019, in the summer of 2021. A few respondents from each group filled in the questionnaires in 2019 and 2021 (See Table 1 “both 2019 and 2021”). We used these data, and post hoc tests and ANOVA to calculate the significant differences between school types and groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research project was conducted between 2019 and 2021, partly during the Covid-19 period. A comparison between the results of the questionnaire study in 2019 and 2021, shows an increase in students' well-being with teachers and with their classmates, and an increased cognitive self-confidence compared with the situation in 2019. This effect is particularly evident in elementary education. In special and secondary education, scores are generally stable. Still, these findings are interesting, considering that student well-being during the corona crisis tend to show a negative trend (Achterberg et al., 2021). Also, elementary school teachers improved their pedagogical competencies, after a period of more intensive collaboration. Teachers learn to better manage complex behavioral situations in the classroom by collaborating with youth care professionals. Finally, the teachers and youth care workers work better together, due to an increased interdependency and flexibility. They need each other to achieve goals, and they learn to explore the boundaries of their own profession (Haasen et al., 2022). This study confirms previous research: when there is actual collaboration, professionals learn a lot from each other and show a more positive attitude towards interprofessional collaboration (Doornenbal, 2017; Doornenbal et al., 2017; Alhanachi et al., 2021). Overall, we found few changes in teachers' competencies between 2019 and 2021. From the start of the study, teachers considered themselves as quite competent already in dealing with students. Collaboration between teachers and youth care workers in the classroom has a positive impact on their wellbeing and collaboration competences, and on students' wellbeing. References Achterberg, M., Dobbelaar, S., Boer, O. D., & Crone, E. A. (2021). Perceived stress as mediator for longitudinal effects of the COVID-19 lockdown on wellbeing of parents and children. Scientific Reports 11(1), 1-14. Alhanachi, S., de Meijer, L., & Severiens, S. (2021). Improving culturally responsive teaching through professional learning communities: A qualitative study in Dutch pre-vocational schools. International Journal of Educational Research, 105, p. 1-11 De Boer, A., (2020) Evaluatie passend onderwijs. NRO gefinancierde onderzoeksprogramma Evaluatie Passend Onderwijs (2014-2020). NRO-projectnummer: 405-15-750 Doornenbal, J. (2017). A place for every child: inclusion as a community school's task. In Harris, A. & Jones, M.J. (Eds.) The Dutch Way. Teach, learn and lead the Dutch way. (p 69-82). Onderwijs maak je samen/ de Brink Foundation. Doornenbal, J., Fukkink, R., Van Yperen, T., Balledux, M., Spoelstra, J., & Van Verseveld, M. (2017). Inclusie door interprofessionele samenwerking: resultaten van de proeftuinen van PACT. PACT/Kinderopvangfonds. Geraadpleegd op http://www.pedagogischpact.nl Haasen, M., Leenders, H., Diemel, K., Delsing, M., & Van den Bergh, L. (2022). Jeugdhulpverlening in de school: Samen praten en vooral samen doen. Eindrapportage NRO onderzoek 2018-2022, Maart 2022. Ledoux, G. & Waslander, S. (2020). Evaluatie passend onderwijs. Eindrapport Mei 2020.Kohnstamm Instituut. Lester, L., Cross, D. (2015). The Relationship Between School Climate and Mental and Emotional Wellbeing Over the Transition from Primary to Secondary School. Psychology of Wellbeing 5:9. P. 1-15. Mellin, E.A., Taylor, L., & Weist, M.D. (2013). The expanded School Mental Health Collaboration Instrument [School Version]: Development and Initial Psychometrics. School Mental Health. A multidisciplinary Research and practice Journal. Peetsma, T. T. D., Wagenaar, E., & Kat, E. de (2001). School motivation, future time perspective and well-being of high school students in segregated and integrated schools in the Netherlands and the role of ethnic self-description. In J. K. Koppen & I. Lunt & C. Wulf (Eds.). Education in Europe, cultures, values, institutions in transition (Vol. 14, pp. 54-74). Münster, New York: Waxmann. Sennet, R. (2012). Together. The rituals, pleasures and politics of cooperation. New Haven: Yale University Press. Splett, J. W., Perales, K., Al-Khatib, A. M., Raborn, A., & Weist, M. D. (2020). Preliminary development and validation of the Interconnected Systems Framework-Implementation Inventory (ISF-II). School Psychology, 35(4), 255–266. Van Alten, J., Berger, M., Derksen, K., & Rondeel, M. (2017). Competentieprofiel hbo jeugd- en gezinsprofessional. Utrecht: BPSW. Van Swet, J. & Den Otter, M. (red.) (2017). Vier jaar Leerkracht in Samenwerken. Fontys OSO. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper Mapping Alternative Schools and Interventions in Italy Milano-Bicocca University, Italy Presenting Author:School drop-out is a multifaceted phenomenon, concerning in Italy all those underage students who, at different school stages (up to the age of 16) or training (up to the age of 18), manifest difficulties of different kinds, from dropping out of compulsory education without obtaining a qualification to repeated interruptions up to repetition rates and absenteeism. From the 1980s to the 2000s and beyond there is a progressive attenuation of the socio-economic model towards a multifactorial reading; but there are still few studies that directly question school components. The European Commission noted the importance of learning on this phenomenon through approaches capable to integrate large-scale quantitative surveys with qualitative analyses. Currently there is a gap in qualitative data, especially in research that seeks to explore the effectiveness of interventions to contrast school drop-out. So, the research within which this contribution is embedded aims to study the effectiveness of some interventions designed to contrast school drop-out, which are still little studied in Italy. A privileged point of observation and field of intervention are those schools which propose alternative models of teaching and learning to the traditional school system, such as the popular and second-chance schools, which are a bulwark against drop-out. There is little scientific literature on second-chance in Italy and almost none on alternative education (with the exception of “method” schools, to which in Italy the concept of “alternative” is linked). The larger project aims to fill the gap starting to survey alternative education interventions and exploring some models of popular and second-chance experiences, in an inter-institutional perspective and connection between school and territory. So, the first research question is: How widespread is alternative education in Lombardy? The larger project also asks: What are the main characteristics of these schools and interventions? What is their effectiveness in terms of well-being and school results? This contribution presents the results of the first step of the research project, dedicated to mapping: a questionnaire will be distributed to all schools and some social realities in Lombardy – and selected schools in Italy – to map the presence of alternative schools/interventions in the region. This emerges as a very delicate phase in achieving the final output of the project, which is to set up a recognisable network of the schools and social realities dealing with alternative education in Lombardy, also with the collaboration of stakeholders and policymakers. This work will allow new experiences to be added to the roster of those already known: the second-chance schools “Sicomoro I Care” of the Foundation “Sicomoro per l’Istruzione” in Milan and Lodi; the alternative school “Scuola Bottega” in Milan; and the popular school of the Social Enterprise “Il Carro” in Monza. This phase will open to a two-phase exploratory design (mixed methods methodology) and to a professional development action-research addressed to teachers and educators working in alternative education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The larger project adopts a mixed methods methodology, culminating in an action-research focusing on the professional development of educational practitioners. A sequential model was chosen: after mapping existing schools and interventions in the field of alternative education, the research design involves a qualitative phase followed by a quantitative one, after which an experimental professional development action-research intervention will be carried out on the basis of the findings obtained. Regarding the mixed methods phase (qual+quan), the design envisages integrating a sequential model with an embedded one: in the quantitative part, qualitative inserts can be entered to further investigate certain characteristics. In particular, regarding the mapping phase that is the subject of this contribution, through the Google Forms platform a questionnaire will be distributed to all schools in Lombardy and also some schools in the rest of Italy to map the presence of alternative schools or interventions. Distribution will take place also thanks to the support of the Milan Territorial School Office (UST) and Lombardy Regional School Office (USRL), who have already given their availability to take part in the research. Other social realities outside school system (such as cooperatives, cultural associations or committees) can also be questioned. The schools and other realities to be questioned outside the Lombardy region will be identified with the support of INDIRE and on the basis of existing literature and the indicators of “Futura” Plan of the PNRR (“National Recovery and Resilience Plan”). This mapping phase involves 3 main tasks: 1. co-design with UST and USRL of the questionnaire for mapping; 2. distribution of the questionnaire in Lombardy and consultation with INDIRE in order to plan the distribution to some other school and social realities in Italy; 3. distribution of the questionnaire in some other school and social realities in Italy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Currently the research team is in the questionnaire construction phase, which will end at the end of February 2024. Then, the months of March, April and May will be dedicated to the distribution of the questionnaire in the province of Milan. Between June and August, data will be analyzed and a map will be built from the findings that emerged. The main expected outcome is a recognisable network of the schools and social realities dealing with alternative education in Italy and especially, in this phase, in the province of Milan, which can interface with alternative education and second-chance networks already active at the European level. References AGIA - Autorità Garante per l’Infanzia e l’Adolescenza (2022). La dispersione scolastica in Italia: un’analisi multifattoriale. Documento di studio e di proposta. Agrusti, G. & Dodman, M. (2021). Valutare l’impatto della Ricerca-Formazione sullo sviluppo professionale dell’insegnante. Questioni metodologiche e modelli operativi. RicercAzione, 13(2), 75-84. Asquini, G. (2018). La Ricerca-Formazione. Temi, esperienze, prospettive. FrancoAngeli. Barrientos Soto et al. (2021). Alternative education and second chance schools: Global and Latin American perspectives on its history and outlook. CADMO, 2, 7-20. Benvenuto, G. (2011). Dimensioni e indicatori della scuola “diseguale”. In Id. (Ed.), La scuola diseguale. Dispersione ed equità nel sistema di istruzione e formazione (pp. 45-98), Anicia. Brighenti, E. & Bertazzoni, C. (2009). Le scuole di seconda occasione. Erickson, 2 voll. Charmaz, K. (20142). Constructing Grounded Theory. SAGE. Creswell, J.W. (2009). Qualitative, quantitative and Mixed-Method approaches. SAGE. Creswell, J. & Plano Clark, V. (2007). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. SAGE. European Commission (2013, November). Reducing early school leaving: Key messages and policy support. Final report of the thematic working group on early school leaving. Brussels. European Commission (Cresson, É, Flynn, P., & Bangemann, M.) (1995). Teaching and learning: Towards the learning society (White paper on education and training). Brussels. Farrelly, S.G. & Daniels, E. (2014). Understanding Alternative Education: A mixed methods examination of student experiences. NCPEA Education Leadership Review of Doctoral Research, 1(1), 1-17. Guarnieri, M.C. (2008). La scuola che ha scelto di cambiare: l’esperienza delle Scuole di Seconda Opportunità in Italia. Ricerche di Pedagogia e Didattica, 3, 1-27. Kim, J. & Taylor, K.A. (2008). Rethinking alternative education to break the cycle of educational inequality and inequity. Journal of Educational Research, 101(4), 207-219. Lehr, C.A., Tan, C.S., & Ysseldyke, J. (2009). Alternative Schools. A synthesis of state-level policy and research. Remedial and Special Education, 30(1), 19-32. MIUR (2018, January). Una politica nazionale di contrasto del fallimento formativo e della povertà educativa. Cabina di regia per la lotta alla dispersione scolastica e alla povertà educativa. Secci, C. (2017). La scuola popolare: esperienza peculiare dell’educazione degli adulti in Italia. Significati storici e prospettive future. Educazione Aperta, 1, 143-158. Trinchero, R. & Robasto, D. (2019). I mixed methods nella ricerca educativa. Mondadori. Tusini, S. (2006). La ricerca come relazione. L’intervista nelle scienze sociali. FrancoAngeli. Vitale, G. (2015). Una seconda occasione di partecipare: i percorsi di re-engagement formativo degli Early School Leavers in Italia tra agency e vulnerabilità. Formazione & Insegnamento, 13(2), 149-156. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 06 SES 12 A: Open Learning: Building Democratic Educational Environments Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lizana Oberholzer Joint Paper Session with Network 34: Research on Citizenship Education |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Child Protection in a Context of Educational Digitalisation: an Approach from the Regulatory Framework 1Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 2Universidad de Castilla y la Mancha; 3Universidad de Valencia Presenting Author:Currently, the Spanish public education system relies heavily on digital educational platforms of technology corporations, in a global context of digitization of education accelerated by the Covid-19 pandemic. This process is characterised both globally and locally by the monopolisation and outsourcing of the provision of educational technologies and by a great lack of knowledge about the consequences of their use for schoolchildren. In this context, despite their potential reluctance, families are forced to authorise the use of corporate digital platforms in the school (Livingstone & Blum-Ross, 2020) to prevent their children from being excluded from access to a resource increasingly used in schools and, therefore, from the very right to education. In legal terms, advances are identified such as the right to personal data protection in the European legislation and the imposition of sanctions for breaches of the General Data Protection Regulation in the EU are identified (Voigt & Von dem Bussche, 2017). However, despite the obligation of governments to protect their population from potential abuses regarding the improper use of personal data, Amnesty International claims that private suppliers of digital services have been left to be "virtually self-regulated" (2019). In addition, the European Court of Justice declared the transatlantic Privacy Shield agreement invalid, finding that there is no guarantee that data leakage and commercialization between the EU and the United States can be prevented. In this global scenario, the data of the educational community become the commodity of exchange for the corporations that provide digital services to the education systems. UNICEF demonstrates that children are more susceptible to digital marketing techniques, more likely to become consumers and dependent users of these technologies, and therefore, more manipulable (Williamson, 2017; Cobo & Rivera-Vargas, 2022). Hence, children are much more vulnerable to "surveillance capitalism" (Zuboff, 2019) because they are more exposed to the violation of rights of privacy, protection and personal information and reputation. This is in addition to the reproduction of gender inequalities and the intersectionalities of apps associated with these corporations that, for example, make girls and boys who use them receive advertising or see sexist and racist roles reproduced in their search engines. It also affects their right to education, as the public system is commodified and the public administration loses control of the pedagogical methodology and educational content on these digital platforms. Evidence shows that this dependence on transnationals is undermining pedagogical and digital sovereignty at the global level, allowing these corporations to develop their commercial objectives in an educational and public space, imposing their ideologies, for example through the increased use of social networks linked to "gamification" in education, where technology holdings link their other platforms and digital resources (Sancho-Gil, Rivera-Vargas & Miño-Puigcercós, 2020). In this context, the project "Digital platforms and datification in primary education in Spain: child protection in a context of educational digitalization" arises (MICIN, PID2022-137033NA-I00), whose main objective is to explore and analyse the socio-educational effects of the use of digital platforms and data storage and management on child protection in primary education in Spain. From there, it is expected to provide evidence that will contribute to the advancement of scientific knowledge and social debate around the platformisation and datification of primary education. Digiproted is organised into four phases. This paper will present the preliminary results of the first of them, where normative and political texts related to the protection of children in digital contexts at international, European, national, and regional levels are being analysed.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project’s research work includes designing and developing a mixed methodology. In this first phase, on the one hand, a documentary analysis is being carried out, linked to the review of legal and political documents referring to the protection of children in digital contexts at different levels. On the other hand, 10 semi-structured interviews will be conducted with experts in the field of education and digital technology in education. The selection of these people will be intentional and will seek to capture the positions and visions of different professionals on the phenomenon of the platforming of education and the processes of digitalisation concerning child protection. It is expected that at least two interviews will be conducted for each profile proposed (academic, policy, activist, business, stakeholder). These interviews will be recorded, transcribed, and analysed using software specialised in textual data analysis (Atlas.ti, University of Barcelona licence). They will make it possible to relate the results of the analysis of the discourses inscribed in the normative and political documents and to know the interpretations made of them from an expert point of view. By means of discourse analysis (Wetherell & Potter, 1998) will seek to relate the main discourses of regulations and public policies present in the documents, and the voices of the experts interviewed. The analysis of all the evidence generated in this phase will inform the development of the subsequent phases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this first phase are expected to identify the main elements that can enhance the protection of children in the digital society in the Spanish context. At the same time, they will allow the recognition of difficulties in the enactment of the regulatory framework. In general terms, the results of this research are intended to generate an awareness plan for the entire educational community, public administrations with educational competence, universities, and social actors at national and international levels on the consequences of the use of digital educational platforms of technological corporations and their impact on the protection of children rights. In this way, it aims to create critical local and global awareness about the potential consequences of the promotion of digital educational environments controlled by technological corporations and to promote critical citizenship committed to children's human rights to build a fairer society also in the field of educational digitalization. References Amnesty International. (2019). Surveillance giants: How the business model of Google and Facebook threatens human rights. Amnesty International. Retrieved from: https://www.amnesty.org/en/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/POL3014042019ENGLISH.pdf Cobo-Romani, C., & Rivera-Vargas, P. (2022). Turn off your camera and turn on your privacy: A case study about Zoom and digital education in South American countries. In L. Pangrazio & J. Sefton-green. Learning to Live with Datafication Educational Case Studies and Initiatives from Across the World. (In press). Routledge. Livingstone, S., & Blum-Ross, A. (2020). Parenting for a digital future: How hopes and fears about technology shape children's lives. Oxford University Press, USA. Sancho-Gil, J. M., Rivera-Vargas, P., & Miño-Puigcercós, R. (2020). Moving beyond the predictable failure of Ed-Tech initiatives. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(1), 61-75. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1666873 Selwyn, N. (2016). Is technology good for education? John Wiley & Sons. Voigt, P., & Von dem Bussche, A. (2017). The EU general data protection regulation (gdpr). A Practical Guide, 1st Ed., Cham: Springer International Publishing, 10, 3152676. Williamson, B. (2017) Big Data in Education: The Digital Future of Learning, Policy and Practice. London: Sage X-Net (2020). Privacidad, Protección de Datos vs Abusos Institucionalizados. X-Net. Retrieved from: https://xnet-x.net/es/datos-por-liebre-xnet-abusos-reforma-ley-proteccion-datos/ 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Digital Platforms in Families: Regulatory Framework, Civil Society Organisations and Scientific Knowledge 1Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 2Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 3Universidad de Girona, España; 4Universidad de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:In the post-COVID 19 pandemic context, important debates arise about the current and future cultural, political and economic impact of the use of digital platforms on the protection and privacy of children and young people (Morozov, 2018; Snowden, 2019; Zuboff, 2019). . In this sense, national and regional public administrations in Spain have approved laws that directly address the protection of minors in the digital environment, as well as the guarantee of their digital rights. These documents recognize the fundamental role of the family in promoting the responsible use of technology. In addition, digital education programs have been developed for children, adolescents and their families. Along the same lines, foundations, NGOs and observatories promote different initiatives to protect children and adolescents in the digital context and raise awareness about the responsible use of technology. In the academic field, a body of scientific literature seems to be growing focused on the digital socialization of young people from an intergenerational perspective, as well as research groups aimed at studying the relationship between families and technologies. In this framework, the research project "PlatFAMs: Platforming Families - tracing digital transformations in everyday life across generations" (CHANSE Cofund 2021 PCI2022-135025-2) aims to explore the integration of digital platforms into routines and daily dynamics of contemporary families in five European countries (Norway, Estonia, United Kingdom, Romania and Spain). Within the framework of the development of the first phases of this project, all participating countries carried out research on the use and regulation of digital platforms in families. This article offers the results of this work in the Spanish case from an intergenerational perspective, addressing the actions developed by national and regional public administrations, as well as the initiatives promoted by foundations, NGOs and observatories. It also examines the contributions of academia in this context. A content analysis of 24 documents including regulations and digital reports is carried out to identify concepts related to the use and regulation of digital platforms. This review provides detailed information on the measures adopted to promote the digital rights of children, adolescents and families, highlighting the diversity of approaches and resources deployed by the different actors in Spanish society. From the approval of laws to investment in the modernization of the educational system, efforts and tensions are observed to address the challenges and opportunities presented by digital development in the country. According to this framework, the objective of communication is to relate the views of the regulatory framework, scientific knowledge and civil society organizations on digital platforms in families. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A content analysis (Krippendorff, 2018) has been conducted, which involves the systematic and objective examination of the content of documents to identify patterns, themes, and trends within the content, allowing for a better understanding of the meaning, intent, and context of the information analysed. Content analysis in this instance involves closely examining 24 documents across regulations and digital reports to identify concepts related to the use and regulation of digital platforms. This process includes the identification of specific legal aspects, actions carried out by the public administration at national and regional levels, as well as initiatives promoted by foundations, NGOs, observatories and academia. This approach allows for a deeper understanding of current regulation, practices in the use of digital platforms and ongoing initiatives to address various aspects related to these platforms in Spain. Regulatory framework The level of the autonomous public administration (Generalitat de Catalunya) is framed within state legislation and other initiatives related to the protection of minors in the digital environment and the promotion of a safe use of technology. At the state level, Organic Law 3/2018 (2018) on the Protection of Personal Data and Guarantee of Digital Rights recognises and safeguards the digital rights of citizens, including the specific rights of children in the digital environment. In addition, the Government of Catalonia has implemented its own measures, such as the repository "Content and resources for families" of the Audiovisual Council of Catalonia (2022) and the Digital Education Plan of Catalonia 2020/23 (2021), aimed at improving the digital competence of pupils and teachers in the region. Civil Society Organisations NGOs and foundations such as IPROC, Fundación Telefónica and Fundación Pantallas Amigas also contribute to the protection of minors online. IPROC (2022) analyses family dynamics in relation to device use during confinement, while Fundación Pantallas Amigas' "TikTok Guide for Parents" helps parents to monitor and support their teenagers online. Scientific Knowledge Scientific research in Spain on digital literacy in the family and school focuses on understanding adolescents' use of the Internet and social networks, addressing possible risk behaviours. Fernández and González (2017) explore the perception of the social and educational environment on digital culture. On the other hand, Smahel et al. (2020) examine the internet access and online behaviour of European children aged 9-16 years. These studies relate to the state government's National Digital Skills Plan (2021), which aims to close digital divides and promote technology literacy at the national level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the Spanish and Catalan context, various actions have been implemented to regulate the impact of digital development on citizens, especially in the use of digital platforms and other technological devices. At the state level, laws have been passed that address the protection of minors online and the guarantee of their digital rights, with an important focus on the role of the family. In addition, digital education programmes for children, adolescents and their families have been promoted, as well as a digital education plan to strengthen the use of technology in education. The Spanish government has plans to invest in the modernisation and digitalisation of the education system, as part of the recovery, transformation and resilience plan (Next Generation funds). Concern for the protection of children and adolescents in the digital environment is also addressed by social entities such as foundations, NGOs and observatories, with reports aimed both at the young population in general and at family contexts at risk of social exclusion. In addition, a lack of evidence has been identified on the role of grandparents in the digital literacy of their grandchildren (and viceversa), pointing to the need for more action in this area. In the Spanish academic environment, the existence of scientific literature focusing on the digital socialisation of young people from an intergenerational perspective has been recognised, as well as the emergence of research groups focused on the study of the relationship between families and technologies. References Consejo Audiovisual de Cataluña. (2022). Contenidos y recursos para las familias [PDF]. Recuperado de [https://www.educac.cat/families/continguts-i-recursos-les-familie] Departamento de Educación. (2020). Plan de Educación Digital de Cataluña 2020/23. [PDF]. Recuperado de [https://educacio.gencat.cat/web/.content/home/departament/publicacions/colleccions/pla-educacio-digital/pla-educacio-digital-catalunya/pla-educacio-digital.pdf] Fernández, A., & González, B. (2017). El entorno del niño en la cultura digital desde la perspectiva intergeneracional. http://www.redalyc.org/articulo.oa?id=495953509001 Fundación Pantallas Amigas. (s.f.). Guía de TikTok para padres y madres [PDF]. Recuperado de [https://sf16-sg.tiktokcdn.com/obj/eden-sg/tweh7hpqhpqps/Guia_TikTok_Pantallasamigas.pdf] Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage publications. IPROC. (2022). El impacto de las pantallas en la vida familiar. Familias y adolescentes tras el confinamiento: retos educativos y oportunidades [PDF]. Recuperado de [https://publiadmin.fundaciontelefonica.com/index.php/publicaciones/add_descargas?tipo_fichero=pdf&idioma_fichero=es_es&pais=Espa%C3%B1a&title=Sociedad+Digital+en+Espa%C3%B1a+2022&code=760&lang=es&file=Sociedad_Digital_en_Espa%C3%B1a_2022.pdf] Ley Orgánica 3/2018. (2018) de Protección de Datos Personales y Garantía de los Derechos Digitales. (2018). Recuperado de [https://www.boe.es/eli/es/lo/2018/12/05/3] Ley Orgánica 8/2021. (2021). Recuperado de [https://boe.es/buscar/pdf/2021/BOE-A-2021-9347-consolidado.pdf] Morozov, E. (2018). Capitalismo Big Tech: ¿Welfare o neofeudalismo digital? Smahel, D., et al. (2020). EU Kids Online 2020: Survey results from 19 countries. EU Kids Online. Recuperado de [https://www.eukidsonline.ch/files/Eu-kids-online-2020-international-report.pdf] Plan Nacional de Competencias Digitales. (2021). Recuperado de [https://portal.mineco.gob.es/RecursosArticulo/mineco/ministerio/ficheros/210127_plan_nacional_de_competencias_digitales.pdf] 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper "Us, Digital Citizens: an Action Research to Increase Digital Citizenship Skills, Enhance Classroom Climate and Build Democratic Environments at School" University of Bari "Aldo Moro", Italy Presenting Author:Educational systems are the product of analogical and virtual relationships between several actors, interacting with each other in different contexts and at different levels. With the digital age and after the COVID-19 situation, the relationships among the different components of the school – starting from peers and teachers – need to be intentionally aligned and designed to achieve citizenship outcomes (Khan & Obiakor, 2020): political engagement, in fact, is changing with the pervasiveness of information flows through digital technologies, creating new opportunities for political participation (ICCS, 2023). This project aims to explore, according to a qualitative-quantitative approach, citizenship education in school contexts, reflecting on the possible link between digital skills and relational aspects within the classroom environment. The investigation starts from the reflections on the network society (Castells, 2004), the categorization of students and teachers according to the meanings of digital natives or immigrants (Prensky, 2001) and visitors or residents (White, Le Cornu, 2011), and the relative upgrade to the concept of citizenship, based on the definition postulated by Ribble (2011). The pedagogical framework recovers the thought of the democratic school of Dewey (1915), who defines the school as a place of democratic action stressing how this environment must lead the young generations to share values, behaviors and ways of being through experience. In a world inhabited by avatars, the educational system must also recover the idea of citizenship as a concrete action aimed at the well-being of the community (Maritain, 1947); this reflection linked the training of the student and the education of the citizen, assuming the class group as a space of social belonging, guided by values such as altruism, cooperation and solidarity. These two pedagogical reflections blend in the phenomenological perspective of Bertolini (2003) and his link between schools and political education; the principal task of the school is to educate students thinking about them primarily in their civic role (today both analogical and digital), focusing on the promotion of helpful tips that can be used in classroom as well as in society. Over the years, the legislative directions has been enriched with numerous documents about citizenship education in school (Eurydice Report, 2017; European Council Recommendation on Key Competences for Lifelong Learning, 2019). The last European Framework (DigComp 2.2, 2022) specifies the citizenship competence as “the ability to act as responsible citizens and to fully participate in civic and social life” (p. 2) and specifies the interconnection between real and virtual world, highlighting knowledge,skills and attitudes for both of these living environments. In particular, the Area 2 (Communication and Collaboration) outlines “the ability to have a critical understanding of and interact with both traditional and new forms of media and understand the role and functions of media in democratic societies” (p. 3). The project is in line with the interest for civic education in Italy, returned thanks to Law 92/2019 which establishes the reintroduction of Civic Education as a cross-disciplinary subject, unfortunately still lacking clear references for teachers and headmasters. The interest is twofold: to understand how the school context is dealing with the training of students and teachers as digital citizens and to value if digital citizenship programs can have positive effects on classroom climate. The classroom climate is the result of the creation of a significant relational network, composed of emotional and motivational elements, as well as the co-construction of objectives (Polito, 2000). Starting from these considerations, the work assumes that education have to think about a new idea of digital citizenship education, which lies at the interconnection between digital skills and relational competences and can also prevent bullying and cyberbullying events. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used These premises materialize into a participatory action-research (A-R) project (Pourtois, 1981; Baldacci, 2001, 2017) carried out into three secondary schools in Bari and Andria (Italy). The project runs from autumn 2021 to spring 2023, involving over 250 students and 40 teachers. At the same time, mixed methods approach has been used to control the assumption, using in a synergistic way qualitative and quantitative instruments. The hypothesis is that the co-building of research pathways would increase individual citizenship skills and can positively influence school relations and classroom climate. Learning environments and digital citizenship skills were investigated through preliminary surveys (Pizzolorusso, 2021, 2022). The training course (four meetings) was conducted to examine teachers’ representations about the citizenship skills of students, the importance of adults in their promotion, the idea of classroom climate and the role of the teacher in climate structuring. The other three planning meetings were useful to organize the project proposal defining themes and instruments of the work. The starting point for the planning of the activities was the “Manifesto della Comunicazione Non Ostile”, promoted by Parole O_Stili. This association is addressed to all citizens aware of the fact that the virtual world is real, and that hostility on the Net has concrete, serious, and permanent consequences in people's lives. A further Parole O_Stili objective is to promote a widespread awareness of individual responsibilities between real and digital. The shared design has created a path of eight meetings in classrooms; the events (based on Area 2 of DigComp 2.2 and coordinated by the researcher and different teachers) focused on aspects such as identity building, the importance of offline relationships and digital detox, stereotypes and prejudices, positive communication strategies, cooperation and respect of the rules in order to promote, on the web as well as in the classroom, inclusive environments. To collect their impressions during the meetings, teachers used a diary (Kenmis & McTaggart, 1982). Classroom Social Climate questionnaire (Pérez, Ramos & López, 2010), adapted in Italian language, was used to collect the quantitative data related to classroom climate. The questionnaire consists in 44 items and is organized around specific sub-dimensions (interest and personal satisfaction, relationship with classmates and teachers, levels of competitiveness, communication, cooperation, system of rules, group cohesion and physical organization of the classroom), allowing a system of responses through a 4-step Likert scale, from 1 (Not at all) to 4 (Always). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project build an educational proposal able to respond to the digital transformation through the citizenship education, identifying human and relational dimensions at the origin of the technological question. The quantitative and qualitative outcomes (Ponce & Pagàn-Maldonado, 2015) confirm the initial hypothesis, underlining the existence of a positive association between citizenship education paths, the exercise of digital skills, and the improvement of the classroom climate. In particular, the results confirmed a statistically significant enhancement in the classroom climate within the groups involved; at the same time, the qualitative analysis of the focus groups with teachers and circle time with students highlight how the reflections about classroom climate have led the teachers to enhance the dynamics of coexistence, giving value to the digital experiences of students. The conclusions opens spaces for reflection about citizenship education in school contexts as a tool to improve relations between peers and with teachers; as the project demonstrated, thanks to the development of collaborative activities between real and digital environments, students had the opportunity to increase their knowledge about the onlife reality, acquiring behaviors and values to be exercised starting from the classroom environment. Moreover, the outcomes suggest the promotion of specific teacher training paths, in order to link digital themes with relational dynamics at school; to educate the citizen even before the student, learning environments have to build a shared language between young people and adults, linking the reflection about digital life to issues such as awareness, responsibility and participation. Through specific training paths, teachers must consider the role of technologies, studying their purposes and their effects on students. This means emphasizing their responsibility to gain awareness of the importance of students' virtual life and initiating classroom discussions about the critical, conscious and collaborative use of digital tools, not only for didactic goals. References Baldacci, M. (2001). Metodologia della ricerca pedagogica. Milano: Mondadori. Bertolini, P. (2003). Educazione e politica. Milano: Raffaello Cortina. Castells, M. (2004). The Network Society: A Cross-Cultural Perspective. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Pub. Dewey, J. (1915). The School and Society. Chicago: University Press. EACEA (2017). Citizenship Education at School in Europe. Luxembourg: European Union. European Commission (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning, Luxembourg: European Union. Lewin, K. (1936). Principles of topological psychology. New York: McGraw. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R. (1982). The Action Research Planner. Deakin: University Press. Khan, M., Obiakor, T. (2020). Education in crisis. Background paper prepared for the Save Our Future, https://saveourfuture.world/white-paper/. Maritain, J. (1947). La personne et le bien commun. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer. Moos, R.H. (1974). The social climate scales: An overview. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press. Pérez, A., Ramos, G., López, E. (2010). Clima social aula: percepción diferenciada de los alumnos de educación secundaria obligatoria. Cultura y Educación, 22(3), 259-281. Pizzolorusso F. (2021). Educare alla cittadinanza digitale a partire dall’emergenza Covid-19. Un’indagine online rivolta ai docenti italiani. Il Nodo. Per una pedagogia della persona, XXV, 51, 251-263. Pizzolorusso, F. (2022). Educare alla cittadinanza digitale per costruire comunità democratiche. Un’online survey sulle competenze degli studenti di scuola secondaria di primo grado in Puglia. Pedagogia e Vita, 3(sezione online), 171-177. Polito, M. (2000). Attivare le risorse del gruppo classe. Nuove strategie per l’apprendimento reciproco e la crescita personale. Trento: Erickson. Ponce, O., & Pagàn-Maldonado, N.P. (2015). Mixed methods research in education: capturing the complexity of profession. International Journal of Education Excellence, 1(1), 111-135. Pourtois, J. (1981). Some essential characteristics of research action in education, Revue De L Institut De Sociologie, 3, 555-572. Prensky, M. (2001). Digital natives, digital immigrants, part 2: Do they really think differently?. On the Horizon, 9(5), 1-6. Ribble, M. (2011). Digital Citizenship in School. Second Edition. Washington: ISTE. Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA ICCS - International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022. Cham: Springer. Tuomi, I., Cachia, R., Villar-Onrubia, D. (2023). On the Futures of Technology in Education: Emerging Trends and Policy Implications. Luxembourg: European Union. Vuorikari R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens-With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. Luxembourg: European Union. White, D., & Le Cornu, A. (2011). Visitors and Residents: A new typology for online engagement. First Monday, 16(9), https://doi.org/10.5210/fm.v16i9.3171. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 07 SES 12 A: In/exclusion, Migration and Sustainability (Joint Special Call NW 04, 07, 30) Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Impact of the Pandemic on Education of Children and Youth from Refugee and Asylum-seeking Backgrounds in Four Nordic Countries 1Inland Norway University, Norway; 2Dalarna University, Sweden; 3Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Education plays a crucial role in shaping the lives of children and youth, providing them with a meaningful, integrative and productive foundation that positively impacts their social engagement, health and overall well-being. However, the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic disrupted this essential aspect of development as schools closed and transitioned to digitally-based homeschooling. While this situation affected all students, it posed additional challenges for many children and youth from refugee and asylum-seeking backgrounds (CYRAS) (Fazel et al., 2012). Throughout the pandemic, people from forced migration backgrounds were specially labeled as ‘hard to reach’ by health authorities, and they were more severely affected by the virus compared to other groups (Diaz, 2021; Orderud et al., 2021). Despite these challenges, there is a lack of studies or evidence examining whether special educational interventions were implemented for CYRAS or how the pandemic impacted their education in the Nordic countries (Baker et al. 2018). Therefore, it is crucial to investigate whether official strategies were in place and how the Nordic countries addressed the educational needs of CYRAS during and after the pandemic. Our study aims to describe and compare official strategies, including policy documents, guidelines, and prescriptions at national and regional levels for disseminating information and implementing measures targeting children, youth, and families during and after the pandemic, across the participating countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws inspiration from trace ethnography. This design involves tracking the implementation of timelines and life cycles of policies and guidelines, reports and evaluations. Documents will be identified through searches on government and regional authorities’ web pages. We will include reports, evaluations, guidelines and policy documents pertaining to information dissemination for CYRAS and the impact of the pandemic on their education and psychosocial well-being. An essential aspect is to identify the timeline of policy and guidelines implementation and dissemination. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect the study to deepen our knowledge and understanding of 1) How the different Nordic countries have implemented and disseminated information about the pandemic for the CYRAS; 2) the presence or absence of policies and guidelines specially for CYRAS; 3) Possible differences in the pandemic’s impact between various groups of CYRAS; and 4) Possible contextual differences in the four Nordic countries. In addition, based on the study findings, we expect the study to contribute to the literature on how diverse approaches can potentially address the education and overall well-being of CYRAS in the face of future pandemics and crises. References Baker, S., Ramsay, G., Irwin, E., & Miles, L. (2018). ‘Hot,’ ‘Cold’ and ‘Warm’ supports towards theorising where refugee students go for assistance at university. Teaching in Higher Education, 23(1), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2017.1332028 Diaz, E. (2021). Covid-19, vaksiner og innvandrere. Tidsskrift for Den norske legeforening 2, doi: 10.4045/tidsskr.21.0879 Fazel, M., Reed, R. V., Panter-Brick, C., & Stein, A. (2012). Mental health of displaced and refugee children resettled in high-income countries: risk and protective factors. The Lancet, 379(9812), 266-282. Orderud, G. I., Ruud, M. E., Wiig, H., & Tronstad, K. R. (2021). Covid-19: informasjon, etterlevelse og vaksinasjon blant innvandrere–en kunnskapsoppsummering. OsloMet. https://oda.oslomet.no/oda-xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/276180 9/2021-11.pdf? sequence=1&isAllowed=y 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Collaborative Competence Groups: Co-creating with Stakeholders in Developing New Strategies to Social Inclusion of Pupils 1University of South Eastern Norway, Department of Health Social and Welfare Studies; 2University of Warsaw, Faculty of Education Presenting Author:The project Erasmus+ KAIII “Co-created Education through Social Inclusion” (COSI.ed) is carried out from 2021 to 2024 in five European countries: Norway, Denmark, Poland, Spain and Portugal. COSI.ed aims to develop a comprehensive model and a political strategy for social inclusion of pupils at risk of social exclusion and dropout throughout Europe (https://cosied.eu/). The model builds on the understanding that educational staff and the students co-create as part of a community of practice. A central component of the COSI.ed project is the Collaborative Competence Groups (CCG), which follow the project and provide input throughout the whole project. Each country has established a national CCG consisting of 2-3 pupils, 1 higher education student, 1 policy maker, 1 teacher, 1 researcher and 1 CCG facilitator. The aim of these groups is to work synergistically with all group members in contribution to running, developing, implementing, and evaluating the project. The group members are representatives of relevant stakeholders in the project. The CCG members are working together building on individual experience and competence, to raise the experiential knowledge in the project. The CCG meets three times a year during a four-year period. The national CCGs contribute in identifying needs and planning of the upscaling of the COSI. ed model. They provide feedback on the model, make suggestions for the revision of the model and make recommendations for the final model. Moreover, the group contributes to discussions and policy recommendations. The national CCG contributes to the COSI.ed model being developed in line with the national context. COSI.ed also includes an overarching international CCG including representatives from the national CCGs. These meetings with pupils, teachers, policy makers, researchers, higher education students, and researchers from Denmark, Poland , Spain , Portugal and Norway have participated in these online meetings. The goal of these meetings is to have an international exchange of experiences within the project. Moreover, these international meetings contribute to discussion and recommendations to the international aspects of the project.
COSI.ed has a collaborative and co-creational design with stakeholders’ participation in the development and implementation of a model for inclusion and policy development. COSI.ed is the first project to use CCGs on such a large scale. CCGs have been used as a research tool in other studies mainly within mental health- and school research (Klevan, 2017 and Krane, 2016). This approach is inspired by a participatory research tradition (Borg, Karlsson, Kim, & McCormack, 2012). Co-creation involves all stakeholders in collaborative processes, embedded in the participants’ everyday life and collaboration with people in this context (Borg, Karlsson, Kim, & McCormack, 2012). Thus, the research tradition is placed within a social constructivist paradigm. In line with this paradigm knowledge is developed and negotiated in discourses between people in the social world, social relations, and practices (Krane, Klevan & Sommer, 2021). In this tradition knowledge is regarded as something that is created and developed in contexts rather than being “one truth” that we could grasp or discover. Active youth involvement is central in this research approach (Krane et al, 2021). At an organisational level, changes in power dynamics between care providers and children have been reported when youth are involved in such processes. At a community level, youth involvement has been found to promote intergenerational dialogues between children / youth and adults (Shamrowa & Cummings, 2017). The power relations between the participants in collaborative research is also central in a collaborative approach. A pitfall in such approaches is that there is no redistribution of power, and the so-called youth involvement becomes tokenism (Hart,1992). Both opportunities and these challenges will be discussed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on the 3 year experiences of CCGs in 5 different European countries we will present different ways of running CCGs with reflection upon the facilitator's role, required arrangements, challenges faced and opportunities emerging with this approach. To discuss reflection upon the processes of running collaborative competence groups in five different national contexts within the COSI.ed project implemented in Denmark, Norway, Poland, Spain and Portugal, we found action research (Lewin, 1946) a useful approach. In this approach researcher's reflexivity is understood not only as a way of an intersubjective validation of the data, but also insight to areas not accessible in traditional research. Action research knowledge is connected to practice (Noffke & Somekh, 2009) and aims to improve the practice by its understanding (Carr & Kemmis, 1986; Kemmis, 2009). The Reflection will focus around 3 main questions (What are the opportunities in running competence groups? What are the challenges in involving young people and other stakeholders in competence groups? What aspects need to be considered to run competence groups?) answered by five CCG facilitators who are key informants from the COSI.ed project. These informants have participated in semi-structured focus-group discussions. We have also done a critical analysis of documents gathered during the COSI.ed projects implementation (2021-2024). Inspired by a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022), data analysis was carried out in several stages: identification of key issues during coding, in vivo coding to obtain complementary categories, discussions and reframing of categories and preparation of higher-level analysis categories essential to the presentation of findings. Based on this analysis we were able to draw conclusions and recommendations for ongoing and upcoming CCGs, including challenges and opportunities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this presentation we will share our conclusions and recommendations resulting from our analysis of three years of CCG work in five different national contexts. We will demonstrate and discuss experiences and solutions undertaken by the facilitators to enable greater use of proven practices of CCGs. The composition and recruitment of these groups will be presented and discussed. We will discuss the importance of a positive climate and atmosphere in the meetings, in terms of making everybody comfortable and safe in the meetings. We will present experiences in both in-person and online meetings and discuss their pros and cons. We will discuss the frequency of the meetings, communication process and how the group should be created and run in general. The aim of this presentation is also to discuss the challenges. One of the main challenges in the CCG is the power imbalance between the group members. There is an obvious imbalance between the adult and experienced group members and the young people (pupils). This will be address in the presentation, building on the experience of the national CCG facilitators . After 3 years’ experience of conducting CCGs in 5 different European countries we have experienced that CCGs can contribute to contextualize and improve the project and make recommendations more practical. Moreover, the groups have contributed to reflexivity and a deeper understanding of the topic of the project. We find that CCG is a valuable tool in collaborative research and policy development, which allows other perspectives to be brought into the project. However, it requires training of facilitators that are able to conduct and lead the meetings, address and handle the power imbalance in the group. References Borg, M., Karlsson, B., Kim, H.S. og McCormack, B. (2012). Opening up for Many Voices in Knowledge Construction. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 13(1). http://dx.doi.org/10.17169/fqs-13.1.1793 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. American Psychological Association. Carr, W., & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming critical: Education, knowledge, and action research. London, UK: Routledge. Welcome to COSI.ed project website Co-created Education through Social Inclusion retrieved from: (https://cosied.eu/) Hart, R. A. (1992). Children's participation: From tokenism to citizenship. Kemmis, S. (2009). Action research as a practice‐based practice. Educational Action Research, 17(3), 463-474Krane, V., Ness, O., Holter-Sorensen, N., Karlsson, B., & Binder, P. E. (2017).Klevan, T. G. (2017). The importance of helpful help in mental health crises: experiences, stories, and contexts–a qualitative exploration. ‘You notice that there is something positive about going to school’: how teachers’ kindness can promote positive teacher–student relationships in upper secondary school. International Journal of adolescence and Youth, 22(4), 377-389..Krane, V., Klevan, T., & Sommer, M. (2021). Youth involvement in research: participation, contribution and dynamic processes. Involving methods in youth research: Reflections on participation and power, 47-71 Lewin, K. (1946). Action research and minority problems. Journal of Social Issues, 2(4), 34- 46. Noffke, S. E., & Somekh, B. (Eds.). (2009). The Sage handbook of educational action research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Shamrova, D. P., & Cummings, C. E. (2017). Participatory action research (PAR) with children and youth: An integrative review of methodology and PAR outcomes for participants, organizations, and communities. Children and Youth Services Review, 81, 400-412. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2017.08.022 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Intercultural Awareness in the EFL Classroom at a Saudi University: An Investigation into Teachers’ perspectives and practices Victoria University, Australia Presenting Author:This study explores the adoption of an intercultural approach to the practice of English language teaching within the context of the public policy of Saudi Vision 2030 (SV30). Recognising the growing role of English as a global language and its place and influence on the growth and advancement of Saudi Arabia’s economy through education (Al-Seghayer, 2011), the Saudi government has recently launched a strategic development plan called Saudi Vision 2030 (SV30). Within this public policy, the Human Capability Development Program of SV30 focuses explicitly on developing the ‘values of global citizenship’ while highlighting the need for globally competitive citizens (HCDP, 2020). The idea of global citizenship introduced in the Program (HCDP, 2020) aligns with the Global Citizenship Education (GCED) concept of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development presented at the United Nations Sustainable Development Summit in September 2015. Related to GCED are concepts encompassing education for peace, democracy, human rights, and a commitment to social justice, emphasising critical thinking and responsible participation (Osler & Vincent, 2002, p. 2). The role of English teachers thus becomes crucial in developing their students’ sense of global citizenship, given the dominant position of the language they teach. Furthermore, recognising that language teaching inherently involves cultural integration, there have been international recommendations advocating for the infusion of the intercultural dimension into second/foreign language classrooms (Brown, 2007). Since grasping specific cultural aspects and traits is essential to language proficiency (Kramsch, 1993), if teachers fail to adopt an intercultural approach, they effectively hinder their students’ future opportunities. In the current globalised context, to foster a more comprehensive intercultural approach, scholars propose shifting from a narrow ‘national’ paradigm, where only the target culture is considered and contrasted against the home culture, to a broader perspective. It follows that an intercultural approach to language teaching aligns with the overarching goal of cultivating globally competent students. This study utilises Baker’s three levels of Intercultural Awareness [ICA] (Baker, 2015, p. 163) to examine the extent to which an intercultural approach is adopted in classroom practice. It investigates how teachers develop their perceptions of ICA and whether this affects their teaching. The following research questions were addressed: To establish whether the practices and perspectives of EFL teachers in Saudi Arabia have moved beyond this paradigm, this study adopts Baker’s three levels of ICA (2015b). According to Baker (2015, p. 163), the concept of ICA can be delineated by considering the 12 elements grouped into three levels illustrated in Figure 1. These elements follow a progression, starting with a fundamental comprehension of cultural contexts in communication (Level 1: Basic Cultural Awareness), which then advances to a more complex understanding of language and culture (Level 2: Advanced Cultural Awareness), concluding with a nuanced, hybrid, and evolving understanding of cultures and languages in intercultural communication, essential for ELT in global contexts (Level 3: Intercultural Awareness). Significantly, ICA holds direct relevance for English users in global contexts, particularly in expanding circles such as Saudi Arabia. At Level 3, national cultures are just one of many orientations and resources that individuals interacting may draw upon and construct in communication (Baker 2012, p. 63). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study explores teachers’ perspectives and practices in incorporating intercultural awareness in the Saudi tertiary context. This is investigated through the experiences of five female teachers teaching English for General Purposes (EGP) and English for Specific Purposes (ESP) in the Preparatory Year Program (PYP) at a female-only English Language Centre in a Saudi Arabian university. Their beliefs and classroom practices were investigated via interviews, audio-lessons, and learning and teaching artefacts. Prior to data collection, ethics approval was obtained (HRE19-099) and Information to Participants Involved in Research forwarded to all potential participants for their consideration. After agreeing to participate in the research, written Informed Consent was sought. Data collected were analysed following a six-step Thematic Analysis [TA] (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data collected were analysed following a six-step Thematic Analysis [TA] (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Key findings reveal a discrepancy between the importance assigned by teachers to intercultural awareness and its practical implementation. Further conceptualisation and more explicit guidance in implementing an intercultural approach to English language teaching at a tertiary level is needed to realise the goals of global citizenship outlined in SV30. References Alqahtani, M. (2011). An investigation into the language needs of Saudi students studying in British postgraduate programmes and the cultural differences impacting on them University of Southampton. Al-Seghayer, K. (2011). English teaching in Saudi Arabia: Status, issues, and challenges. Hala. Baker, W. (2012). From cultural awareness to intercultural awareness: Culture in ELT. ELT journal, 66(1), 62-70. Baker, W. (2015). Culture and complexity through English as a lingua franca: Rethinking competences and pedagogy in ELT. Journal of English as a Lingua Franca, 4(1), 9-30. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101 Brown, H. D. (2007). Principles of Language Learning and Teaching. Pearson Education. HCDP. (2020). Human capability development program 2020-2025. https://www.vision2030.gov.sa/media/kljd5wha/2021-2025-human-capability-development-program-delivery-plan-en.pdf Kramsch, C. (1993). Context and culture in language teaching. Oxford University press. Osler, A., & Vincent, K. (2002). Citizenship and the challenge of global education. Trentham. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 07 SES 12 C: Educators' and Peer Mentors' Perspectives on the Pursuit of Social Justice in their Educational Practice Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sofia Santos Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Video In Search of Social Justice: Creating Intercultural Relationships with Blackfoot Indigenous Community, Speaking Truth and Naming It University of Calgary, Canada Presenting Author:The objective of this research stems from many visits to the Kainai Nation, part of the Blackfoot Confederacy located in the southern part of Alberta (a Province in Western Canada). The researcher spent over three years visiting the Reserve, an area where the Blackfoot people were forced to live...barren, windy prairies, forced from their homes in the beautiful and abundant Canadian Rocky Mountains. The research emerged from my visits to the Nation in a desire to create relationships with the teachers, administrators, and students at the three schools based on the Reserve. I intended to observe and write about the education system on the Blackfoot land. However, after beginning my visits, observing and asking questions, I realized that I was not there to create a profile of the Canadian Indigenous tribe, but as a friend, I was there to listen to their stories, their anger, their hopes, and their tragedies. My intent to "observe" the schools was quickly discarded and I continued to visit the community as a friend. The relationships I made were authentic with both sides of the relationship. We discussed our lives, ate together, worked with students together, we created artistic relics of the work we continued to do and the months quickly turned to years as I drove 400 km each way to visit the Reserve. Instead of the research being my end goal, I realized that the relationships that we had created together deserved my ears and eyes. We often discussed Social Justice and the First Nations people gave strong opinions about the phrase and how shallow it was. Listening became essential in our discussions, I heard stories from the children, the youth, the teachers, and the tribal Elders. As much as I felt I was ready for engaging with the relationships that grew out of our visits, my own heart felt heavy and my feelings for the community deepened. It was in the second year that the students and teachers began to discuss how they felt being "put" on a Reserve, dragged from their tribal lands with water, moose, deer, elk, fish, birds, trees: food, shelter, and a fullness of life. Like many of North American Indigenous peoples, they were displaced and forced to live in uncomfortable and unknown areas. By the 1900s, many became addicted to whiskey, and their communities were patroled by police: the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, and their souls were forced into Catholic, Mormon, and Angelican ways of being. After the second year of my community engagement with my Blackfoot friends, I began filming in the community, the residents were thrilled that I wanted to film them and to hear their stories. While filming them was basically for my own archival memories, I realized that there were two people I wanted to film and share with my own white colonial people. I had become close to an Elder and his granddaughter, and asked them if I could film them. I wanted to film their stories. The Elder was a product of residential schools and was forced to live with Angelican priests for 12 years. His granddaughter was a student at Kainai High School and a leader in her circles. Both of them defied all the horrendous names and stereotypes that white Canadians had associated them with. The film was a poignant 23 minute film and I was given a blessing by the Elder and his granddaughter to share the product, allowing white people to see who they really were. I discuss importance of intercultural relationships and ways a simple research project became lifelong relationships and corrections to stereotypes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used When first meeting the Blackfoot people, I offered tobacco and handshake, there was no contract or document used.The first part of the "research" was not intended to be research, it was an act of community engagement. However, after spending time with the tribal members, they encouraged me to make the film in order to tell their story. Consequently, ethnographic interviews turned into short prompts and 1 hour turned into long story telling and explanations. The stories of both grandfather and daughter emerged by my listening and watching. The film became a testament to how intercultural relations emerge. While I learned and valued much of the Blackfoot ways of life, my friends learned much about my life and my ways. They were particularly interested in me being Jewish as they had been inundated by religious groups as they were colonized. I must note that this is the first time I have submitted this story and film to a conference, and I made sure that it was acceptable to the tribal members. They want their truths to be told and as I had become part of their family, I could tell the truths. See conclusion below for more depth. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I concluded that intercultural relationships are not just a way to achieve research or a paper, but they must be authentic and observations discussed and shared without hesitation or secrecy in this type of community engagement. I use that phrase a lot as it allows readers to know that these are not subjects but individual people who have welcomed me into their lives. It is essential to note (as it is in the film) that Abraham Maslow spent a great deal of time with the Blackfoot Confederacy Indigenous Peoples and took from them his model shaped like a tipi for hierarchy of needs. The Blackfoot accused him of coming into their communities and lying to them and were disgusted with his publication which did not acknowledge them. This is why I consider this presentation as sharing my story and my observations, but not as doing "research on." I consider my friends my equals and carry with me, their trust. References McDiarmid, J.(2019). "Highway of Tears." Toronto: Anchor Canada Publishing. Lowen-Trudeau, G. (2015). "From Bricolage to Metissage." New York: Peter Lang Publishing. Ross, Rupert. (2014). "Indigenous Healing." Penguin Books. Good, Michelle. (2023). "Truth Telling: Seven Conversations about Indigenous Life in Canada." HarperCollins. Kovach, Margaret. (2009). " Indigenous Methodologies." University of Toronto Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Peer Mentors „For Educational Opportunities” 1University of Pécs, Hungary; 2Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary Presenting Author:The presentation focuses on the prevention of early school leaving (European Comission, 2015; Gonzáles-Rodrigez, 2019; Paksi et al, 2023), and the analysis presents a preventive intervention for groups of pupils at risk of dropping out. The research was carried out in Hungary, which has an early school leaving rate of 12.4% in 2022, compared to the EU average of 9.6%. The SES index for Hungary measures a high number of students' performance (OECD 2019). Students with low social status are more likely to live in deprived areas and small towns, and Roma students are over-represented among them. International research on Roma has found that the most persistent forms of group-based disadvantage are linked to identities of origin (minority), with one form of inequality promoting or deepening another (Howard and Vajda 2017). Another problem is the limited access to educational services, which is caused by the frequent segregated education in addition to the settlement disadvantage (Kende, 2021).The educational attainment of disadvantaged and Roma youth is significantly lower than that of their higher social peers, and they are more likely to have failed schooling and to drop out early (Kende-Szalai, 2018; Bocsi, Varga & Fehérvári, 2023). These are described to lack career guidance, which if present, is characterized by “randomness” in elementary school (Bereményi, 2020, p. 19.). According to a Hungarian study (Kisfalusi, 2023), Roma students are less likely to apply for a secondary school career that requires a longer learning path. This is due to the lower socio-economic status of Roma students, cost-benefit expectations and their lower self-esteem. Lack of information and lower career offers from teachers may also play a role. Studies show that mentor programme reduce the gap in career guidance; besides it is understood to prevent early-school leaving (Fehérvári & Varga, 2023). The research investigates an ongoing mentoring programme in 1-1 classes in 10 schools, supporting the successful progress of disadvantaged and Roma students (N 130). The aim of this programme is to connect services and resources in the student's environment and strengthen career guidance to help prevent early school leaving. The key actors in the programme are mentor teachers, who work along a career-focused mentoring plan tailored to their institution and supported by horizontal learning. In their work, cooperation with families and institutions that provide peer support in secondary school or university courses for pupils is important. The presentation inquires peer mentors (secondary school students), who, based on the literature also benefit from participating in such mentor programs (Beltman, Herker & Fischer, 2019). Elementary school pupils’ primary socialization (as they are from disadvantaged background and/or of Roma minority) differs from the institutional secondary school socialization sphere; due to this, they undergo bicultural socialization (LaFromboise, Coleman & Gerton, 1993; Nguyen & Benet-Martínez, 2013). In the programme peer mentors are attributed by similar socialization patterns as pupils (mentees), meaning they have undergone or are undergoing same or similar difficulties as their younger peers. This presentation focuses on the role of peer support in career guidance by introducing students who participate in the programme as mentors. Twenty students from Gandhi Roma High School joined one of the 10 schools in the framework of the School Community Service (and/or volunteering). The criteria for joining were that they should preferably be "alumni" of the school and/or from a surrounding locality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To explore peer mentors’ perceptions about the benefits and difficulties of their mentoring role prior to their personal experiences, interview format research was carried out. Data collection has followed the research ethical guidelines and the headmaster of the institution has given permission for involving students in the interviewing process. Research participants have contributed to recording the interviews. Transcript were made of the recordings and data of participants have been anonymized using codes. Data collection has been carried out between December 2023 and January 2024. Interviews were collected by two members of the research group. Those students from the High School were invited to the research who were peer mentors in the program, all of them accepted participation (N=20; n=20). Semi-structured interviews were used to explore their views on the mentoring role at the beginning of their work. The semi-structured interview consisted of a total of 21 items of which 1 item was an associative, open-ended task; 13 items were semi-structured, open-ended discussion topics; and 7 items were closed-ended demographic data. Demographic data introduces the sample via descriptive statistics, analysing age, grade, gender, socioeconomic status (parents education level), minority, place of habitat. Open-ended discussion topics revealed the “mentoring past” of participants meaning their history of being mentored and being a mentor, that contributes to the analysis of the results. Open-ended items were coded with content analysis, applying the grounded theory (Glaser and Strauss, 2017), via the help of the Atlas.ti software. Two independent coders – research group members – have coded the interviews, creating a consensus on the final coded results. Results were analysed with descriptive statistics, presenting the frequency and distribution of answers. Quotations from the participants are also used to illustrate categories and to further nuance the results. In the presentation the focus is on a few results that are connected to peer mentors’ self-reflection about their self-efficacy and presumed difficulties, obstructions in their work. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the research peer mentors were asked about their roles as mentors and self-evaluation of their work – in most of their cases, data collection has taken place at the beginning of the mentoring process. The results highlighted that peer mentors have joined the programme because of intrinsic motivation: most of them undergone difficulties when choosing secondary school, because of that they aimed to support their younger peers. Choosing a school from the 10 institutions was mostly based on redescription of the research group (students were “alumni” pupils) and/or social motivation (other peer mentors joining). As peer mentors who begun their work, assumptions about the characteristics of a “good” mentor and mentee were recorded. Their plans as mentors and presumed difficulties highlight the areas in which programme developers can scaffold mentoring – thus providing a positive mentoring experience. Peer mentors are committed to their work, and the introduction of supervision, which they have requested, can help them to overcome the obstacles that many of them have encountered. Further research is planned to monitor the mentoring process in the end of the semester (Spring semester of 2023/2024) in which experience of mentors is to be revealed. Process-monitoring should also involve the perception of mentees and document analysis of mentoring outcomes/products. References Beltman, S., Helker, K. & Fischer, S. (2019). ’I really enjoy it’: Emotional Engagement of University Peer Mentors. International Journal of Emotional Education, 11(2), 50-70. Bereményi, Á. (2020). Career guidance inequalities in the context of labour shortage. The case of Roma young people in Hungary. Working Paper Series, 2020(5). Central European University Bocsi, V., Varga, A., & Fehérvári, A. (2023). Chances of Early School Leaving—With Special Regard to the Impact of Roma Identity. EDUCATION SCIENCES, 13(5). http://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13050483 European Commission (2015). A whole school approach to tackling early school leaving. European Union. Fehérvári, A., & Varga, A. (2023). Mentoring as prevention of early school leaving: a qualitative systematic literature review. FRONTIERS IN EDUCATION, 8. http://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1156725 Glaser, B. G., and Strauss, A. L. (2017). The discovery of grounded theory. Strategies for qualitative research. New York, USA: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group González-Rodríguez, D., Vieira, M. J., Vidal, J. (2019). Factors that influence early school leaving: a comprehensive model. Educational Research, 61(2), 214–230. Howard, J. – Vajda, V. (2017). Navigating Power and Intersectionality to Address Inequality. IDS Working Paper, 504. Kende, A. (2021). Comparative overview of the capacity of the education systems of the CEE countries to provide inclusive education for Roma pupils. Working Papers Series, 2021/3. Budapest: CEU. Kende, A. – Szalai, J. (2018). Pathway to early school leaving in Hungary. In Van Praag, L., Nouwen, W., Van Caudenberg, R., Clycq, N., Timmerman, C. (eds.). Comparative Perspectives on Early School Leaving in the European Union (pp. 33–46). London, UK: Routledge. Kisfalusi, D. (2023). Roma students' academic self-assessment and educational aspirations in Hungarian primary schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2023.2206003 LaFromboise, T., Coleman, H. L. K., & Gerton, J. (1993). ‘Psychological impact of biculturalism: evidence and theory’ Psychology Bulletin, 114(3), 395-412. Nguyen, A. M. D., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2013). ‘Biculturalism and adjustment: Ametaanalysis’ Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 44(1), 122-159. OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed, Paris: OECD Paksi B, Széll K, Fehérvári A. (2023). Empirical Testing of a Multidimensional Model of School Dropout Risk. Social Sciences, 12(2): 50. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci12020050 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Educating for Living Diversity: ‘Migrant’ Identities, Belonging and Community-Centred Pedagogies for Social Justice University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Learning to live peacefully and with meaningful connections to others in a diverse society is arguably an educational imperative for children and young people living in a rapidly diversifying Europe, and for those tasked with educating them. This imperative speaks not only to attempts to secure the long-term flourishing of European societies but also to immediate educational challenges and practicalities. In many parts of Europe, as well as the wider Global North, these challenges manifest as chronic educational inequities and inequalities affecting racial, ethnic, and religious minorities, such as low attainment, disproportionate exclusions, and teacher and peer racism (e.g. Archer and Francis 2007; Bochaca 2006; Gilliam 2023; Wallace and Joseph-Salisbury 2022). They also relate to the well-documented issue of de facto segregation inside many classrooms (e.g. BBC 2017). These problems persist despite decades of dedicated policymaking aimed at tackling them. This paper addresses two reasons why the challenges of conviviality and educational inequity continue to exist. Firstly, we argue that following the fraught history of dealing with difference in education, ideas and practices of intercultural education have ended up as somewhat detached from the social and political realities of living and schooling in diverse contexts. That is, they do not sufficiently address the unequal effects of policymaking or indeed the politics of education. Secondly, we draw attention to a sort of ‘museumification’ of diversity, not least in educational settings, and argue that ‘diversity’ has come to be reified as an object (of celebration, of critique, of attainment, of teaching and learning). In these conditions, there is often an expectation that racial and religious minority people perform ‘their diversity’; that they represent a static, often ‘exotic’, and essentially different culture in ‘high fidelity’. We aim to demonstrate that such curated and performed diversity is at quite some distance from the empirical reality of diverse lives in towns and cities across Europe. Based on empirical research in Birmingham, UK, one of Europe’s most diverse cities, we call for a move towards educating for ‘living diversity’, which comprises the complex, entangled, competing and ongoing currents of diverse people’s lives. Diversity, thus, is not an object or discipline; it is a lived and living reality that is constantly in play, including at the intimate levels of individual and familial life. We thus intend for the idea of living diversity to both challenge dominant approaches conceptually and operationalize an alternative educational model. As we aim to demonstrate, such an educational turn depends in part upon strong collaborations between multiple stakeholders dedicated to social justice, and artistic practice is one of its central components. Furthermore, it depends upon adopting a more sophisticated understanding of identity, reflexivity, and agency – both individual and communal. Drawing on the work of Stuart Hall (1990) and Margaret Archer (2012), we argue that educational attempts to ‘pin down’ identities or discover their ‘historical essence’ are doomed to fail. Instead, educators should pay attention to the ‘points of suture’, often straddling numerous places and times, which constantly animate people’s sense of self, other, and belonging, and which individuals use as definite positions of reflection, analysis, and action.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is derived from a research project which was funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) and started in 2020 just before the Coronavirus pandemic. Its aim was to co-construct educational knowledge and practice with diverse social and educational actors in Birmingham, UK. The project’s methodology can be described as multi-stakeholder participatory research (MSPR), as it involved several partners (educational and community stakeholders) including artists, activists, non-formal educators, Third sector actors, local state-funded schools, local policymakers, and academics, who worked collaboratively to promote a process of ‘co-learning and capacity building among partners’ (Israel et al. 2008: 52), with the aspiration to problematize dominant discourses of migration, belonging and diversity within local schools. One of the key advantages of MSPR is that it is, per se, an educative space and process, through which partners learn to work together, developing professional intercultural sensitivity. This means recognizing the differences among partners’ priorities and aims and finding ways to constructively negotiate them to achieve meaningful collaboration. Each organization can be thought of as a loosely defined cultural unit, as people working there probably share broadly similar aims, philosophies, and methods of practice. However, as the initiators of the project and responsible for its funds, we emphasized the concept of social justice as a basis for collaboration, a sort of common denominator to which all partners should be committed, and which would ultimately guarantee the project’s coherence of trajectory and outcomes. Between October and November 2021, severely challenged by Covid-19 restrictions, we conducted a series of face-to-face semi-structured interviews and photography sessions with Birmingham denizens who either had refugee status or would describe themselves or their families as settled immigrants. The participants were recruited via a network previously established with a leading migrant-led organization that is both active locally and nationally. Furthermore, the fieldwork was organized in collaboration with Vanley Burke, a renowned British-Jamaican photographer. In a series of intimate and generative sessions, Burke took portraits of the participants while we collected in-depth stories from them about their lives, especially how they came to be ‘Brummies’ (someone from Birmingham). A total of seventeen people were photographed, and among those, thirteen agreed to be interviewed. Interviewees were from diverse racial/ethnic backgrounds, including white Eastern Europeans. The interviews were voice-recorded, transcribed, and then thematically analysed using NVivo. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants clearly articulated the complexities of diversity and belonging during the interviews, challenging the hegemonic reproduction of static and passive depictions of their identities. Given our findings, a central aim of our collaboration was to develop a model for co-constructive education that could be readily adopted by schools across Europe and beyond. Following a series of successful exhibitions of Burke’s portraits, we worked with our partners to produce educational activity packs for primary and secondary schooling featuring the portraits and some of the stories shared by our participants. The packs provide authentic learning materials for teachers and children to discuss and problematize issues around migration, belonging and diversity through artistic engagement – i.e., both by ‘decoding’ the images and bringing their analyses to bear on important questions of diversity and by engaging in their own artmaking to articulate their questions and experiences and communicate these with their peers. Our approach assumes that the arts are valuable not just for introducing children to critical enquiry but also enabling them to explore or ‘excavate’ (Gholami 2017) aspects of selfhood/otherness that may not be readily accessible via logocentric educational interactions. Gonçalves (2016:18) argues that in the field of intercultural communication and dialogue, arts ‘add to the learning process a way for learners to combine emotions and feelings with intellectual insights in a form of expression that is at the same time safe and powerful’. Our educational packs are permanently available as a free download on the website of one of our partners, the internationally respected Ikon Gallery. A first round of trialling/evaluating the packs took place between February and March 2023 with seven schools in Birmingham, involving 320 children ranging from Year 2 to Year 7, and their teachers. The results, which we will discuss in the paper, are highly encouraging. References Archer, L. & Francis, B. (2007). Understanding Minority Ethnic Achievement: Race, Gender, Class and ‘Success’. Routledge. Archer, M. S. (2012). The Reflexive Imperative in Late Modernity. Cambridge University Press. Bochaca, J. G. (2006). Ethnic minorities and the Spanish and Catalan educational systems: from exclusion to intercultural education, International Journal of Intercultural Relations 30: 261-279. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2005.11.006 BBC News (2017). Warning over segregation in England's schools https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/education-39344973# (retrieved 21/12/2023) Gholami, R. (2017) “The Art of Self-Making: Identity and Citizenship Education in Late-Modernity,” British Journal of Sociology of Education 38 (6), pp. 798-811 DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1182006 Gilliam, L. (2022). Being Muslim “without a fuss”: relaxed religiosity and conditional inclusion in Danish schools and society. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 45(6), 1096-1114. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2021.1971733 Gonçalves, S. (2016). We and They: Art as a Medium for Intercultural Dialogue. In Comparative and international education: A diversity of voices, edited by Gonçalves, S. and Majhanovich, S. (2016). Sense Publisher: Netherlands. Hall, S. (1990). Cultural identity and diaspora. In: Rutherford, J. (Ed.) Identity: Community, Culture, Difference (pp. 222-237). Lawrence and Wishart. Israel, B. A., Schulz, A. J., Parker, E. A., Becker, A. B., Allen, A. J., & Guzman, J. R. (2008). Critical Issues in Developing and Following Community-Based Participatory Research Principles. In M. Minkler & N. Wallerstein (Eds.), Community-Based Participatory Research for Health: From Process to Outcomes (2nd ed., pp. 47-62). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Wallace, D. & Joseph-Salisbury, R. (2022). How, still, is the Black Caribbean child made educationally subnormal in the English school system? Ethnic and Racial Studies, 45:8, 1426-1452, DOI: 10.1080/01419870.2021.1981969 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Evaluating staffs undergraduate teaching experiences in the Department of Entrepreneurial Studies and Management, Durban University of Technology, South Africa Durban University of Technolog, South Africa Presenting Author:The aim of the study was to evaluate staff experiences and interventions in teaching and learning research methodology in the Department of Entrepreneurship and Management Studies. However, the majority of staff and students belong to the previously disadvantaged communities where the latter continue to experience poor education infrastructure and quality of secondary education. Many previously disadvantaged communities still have limited access to information and communications technology (ICT) in addition to poor road networks, inadequate school infrastructure, lack of electricity, and a low economic status (Hlalele 2012). For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, higher education institutions had to immediately revert to on-line teaching and learning which further disadvantaged students from townships and rural areas from the non-white communities. Overall, eliminating the apartheid policies of dispossession still remains a challenge for the South African government to transform education (Department of Education 2005). According to Pirthiraj (2017) and Langtree et al.(2015), student performance is linked to social, psychological, economic, environmental, and personal factors. While Hobden and Hobden (2015) highlighted that access to higher education is a matter of economic and social fairness, this being the case in South Africa. A further analysis of education history and quality shows that South Africa faces challenges in the accessibility and affordability for students who qualify to study at universities. As the majority of students registered at Durban University of Technology are derived from previously disadvantaged communities with poor school and educational infrastructure, low economic capabilities and complex social issues, their level of preparedness for university life and overall academic performance is compromised (Pirthiraj 2017). Lombard and Kloppers (2015) comments that while there is considerable international interest in promoting research skills at postgraduate level ,research methods in the context of undergraduate studies has little attention as there are few systematic discussions about curriculum design and teaching research methods experiences. Students perceive research methods courses to be complex and demanding, which leads to poor performance in research methods and, as a result, a negative attitude toward the field of educational research as a whole. Acton and McCreight (2014) also found that students who struggled with basic arithmetic showed less interest in research methodology studies. This scenario is relevant as the majority of students registering at DUT originate from previously disadvantaged communities. The aim of social justice is to guide societies on transforming different aspects for instance curriculum, historical injustices and cultural values, and to mitigate disparity (Albertus 2019). In education, social justice relates to the extent of social fairness and equality within the schooling system. Social injustice occurs when circumstances such as wealth, gender, and/or race determine a person's educational opportunities. Hence students who do not acquire an education compared with more privileged students are provided with a poor foundation for the rest of their lives. In a socially just approach, the curriculum is chosen to help the learners extend their students’ worldview by exposing them to diverse concepts, opinions and challenging beliefs (Francis and Le Roux 2011). Schools that are committed to a socially just education give careful consideration to the selection of their curriculum and how it can be used to broaden the learners’ perspectives (Wassell, Wesely and Glynn 2019). In this regard, students who come from schools that are socially unjust often have a narrow worldview which will inherently affects their learning curve as they are inadequately prepared for the level of social and cultural diversity at the university and the world at large (Uleanya and Rugbeer 2020) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research is defined as a scientific approach of answering a research question, solving a problem, generating new knowledge through a systematic and orderly collection, organization, and analysis of information with an ultimate goal of making the research useful in decision-making (Kabir 2016: 2). According to Ahmed and Shifraw (2019) there has been a significant increase in research conducted in the fields of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics. Despite this progress, Africa still lacks the research capacity to adequately address the continent's problems in food, security, energy, transportation, and health (Ahmed and Shifraw 2019). This is reflected in Africa's insignificant contribution to the global share of researchers, which has remained constant over time. Africa needs to urgently develop highly skilled student, academic and professional researchers. The qualitative research method was used to collect data which focused on staff experiences and intervention strategies used in teaching and learning research methodology in the Department of Entrepreneurship Studies and Management. A self-completed questionnaire with open ended questions was administered and thematic analysis was used to analyze data which is being presented by the paper. Cilliers, Davis and Bezuidenhout (2014) assert that the depth of human experience and arbitrary interpretations associated with a particular incident are of interest to qualitative research. Thus teaching experiences and the intervention could be discovered through the use of a qualitative approach. The participants were the 12 staff in the Department of Entrepreneurial Studies and Management in the Faculty of Management Sciences at Durban University of Technology. Nine questionnaires were completed, thus providing a 75% response rate. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Majority of the students registering at Durban University of Technology come from previously disadvantaged communities challenged by poor educational and communications infrastructure. This is due to the fact that curricular improvements are primarily influenced by technological advances, which are available in urban areas long before they reach township and rural settings (Landa, Zhou and Marongwe 2021). The consequences of the above is that affordability and access to education has become a challenge to the already disadvantaged students who have been exposed to poor quality education in secondary schools. This study revealed that both student and staff development in research methodology needs further institutional support and from the Department of Entrepreneurial Studies and Management. Staff expressed a concern on the lack of preparedness of students to undertake research tasks to successfully complete their assessments. To overcome these challenges, staff implemented a number of interventions to ensure students acquire the necessary research skills and competencies. In the interest of ensuring ongoing professional development staff requested additional workshops and seminars to capacitate them on statistics, data analysis and software packages. Students enter the university underprepared for campus and academic life and leave as graduates underprepared for the world of work. It is clear from the above discussion the education sector has not yet fully transformed and students continue to operate in a socially unjust education system. The study recommends that decolonization and the quality of the program offerings be reviewed to include research methodology course at all undergraduate levels. This change could further empower students through a more socially just education system to provide better stakeholder engagement and increase their employability when they graduate. In the absence of a socially just education system, the previously underprivileged students, continue to experience greater inequalities in the workplace. References Acton, C. and McCreight, B. 2014. Engaging students in quantitative research methods: An evaluation of Assessment for Learning strategies on an undergraduate social research methods module. Available: https://s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/assets.creode.advancehe-document- (Accessed 6 Janauary 2024). Ahmed, I. and Shifraw, T. 2019. Challenges of being a researcher in Africa:A narrative synthesis of literature. Ethopian Journal of Health Development, 33 (4): 230-238. Albertus, R.W. 2019. Decolonisation of institutional structures in South African universities: A critical perspective. Cogent Social Sciences, 5(1), p.1620403. Cilliers, F., Davis, C. and Bezuidenhout, R. M. 2014. Research matters. Cape Town: Juta and Company. Department of Education. 2005. Reflections on rural education in South Africa. Pretoria: Government Printers. Francis, D. and Le Roux, A. 2011. Teaching for social justice education: the intersection between identity, critical agency, and social justice education. South African Journal of Education, 31(3), pp.299-311. Hlalele, D. 2012. Social justice and rural education in SA. Perspectives in Education, 30 (1): 111-118. Hobden, S and Hobden,T. 2015. A study of the transition pathways of school level scholarship recipients into work and tertiary education. South African Journal of Education, 35(3):1054. Kabir, S. M.S. 2016. Methods of Data Collection. In Basic Guidelines for Research: An Introductory Approach for all disciplines, Chapter 9, 201-275. Landa, N., Zhou, S. and Marongwe, N. 2021. Education in emergencies: Lessons from COVID-19 in South Africa. International Review of Education, 67: 167-183. Langtree, E., M, Razak, A. and Haffejee, F. 2018. Factors causing stress among first-year students attending a nursing college in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. African Journal of Health Professions Education, 10 (2): 90-95. Lombard, B, J, J and Kloppers, M. 2015. Undergraduate student teachers’ views and experiences of a compulsory course in research methods South African Journal of Education, 35 (1): 1-14. Pirthiraj, A. 2017. Factors Affecting The Motivation Of First-Year Students In The Department Of Construction Management And Quantity Surveying At The Durban University Of Technology. Master’s Degree, Durban University of Technology. Scott, I., Yeld, N. and Hendry, J. A. 2007. A Case for Improving Teaching and Learning in South African Higher Education. In: Proceedings of. Uleanya, C. and Rugbeer, Y. 2020. Investigation of First-year Learning Experiences in a Rural University in South Africa. Journal of Student Affairs in Africa, 8 (1): 29-46. Wassell, B.A., Wesely, P. and Glynn, C., 2019. Agents of change: Reimagining curriculum and instruction in world language classrooms through social justice education. Journal of Curriculum and Pedagogy, 16(3), pp.263-284. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 08 SES 12 A: Perspectives on Health Information, Immunisation, and Wellbeing and Sustainability Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Is Health Information Equally Available for Adolescents in Europe? A Cross-Country Analysis of Health Literacy in 11 Countries (HBSC) University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Access to information is a general human right. A set of capabilities to find, compare and assess the trustworthiness of information on health (referred here as HL-Info) is needed to secure equity in access to information, and to avoid being misinformed or uninformed. Recent PISA findings showed that only 7.2% of students can differentiate “between fact and opinion as applied to complex or abstract statements” (OECD, 2023). The proportion of adolescents who self-report finding it easy to differentiate whether online information is true or false is much bigger, 59 % in Europe (Smahel et al., 2020). Nevertheless, both figures show that there is a big proportion of those students who lack these central skills. Deprivations and disparities in capabilities to access health information present challenges on their own. However, they matter even more in terms of hampering opportunities to adopting health promoting behaviours (e.g. following physical activity (PA) recommendations) and pursuing good health (e.g. self-rated health, SRH). Co-occurrence of extensive amounts of misinformation, limited capabilities to access valid information, and disparities in health is a clear public health challenge, also among adolescents. Health literacy (HL) has been recognized as an independent, important and modifiable determinant of health and health behaviour across the lifespan (e.g. Lim et al., 2021; Paakkari et al., 2019), and an important outcome of school health education (World Health Organization, 2021). Among adolescents, good general HL has been associated with various positive health indicators such as PA (Fleary et al., 2021) and good SRH (Paakkari et al., 2020). Also, HL has proven to act as a moderator between individual factors and health (incl., health behaviour), and in such a way that it promotes better health outcomes, especially among those in vulnerable situations (Lahti et al., 2024). Country differences in general HL have been noticed (Paakkari et al., 2020). To assess if health information is equally available for adolescents in Europe (via HL-Info) and to inform education/public health police and practice, we need further research on low level of HL-Info in different European countries, and if different individual and familial factors place some adolescents in more vulnerable situations in terms of low HL-Info and thereby poorer health. To address these gaps in understanding, we examined (i) if there are country differences in low HL-Info (in its distributions and correlators), and (ii) if low HL-Info serves as a correlator of SRH and PA across countries?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Cross-sectional self-report 2021/22 Health Behaviour in School-aged Children study survey data were used. Data were collected through a stratified cluster sampling method using the school as the primary sampling unit. Ethical approvals and consent from the students and their guardians were collected. Participation was voluntary and anonymous. This paper reports findings from 11 countries (Belgium (fl.), Bulgaria, Czechia, Germany, Finland, France, Croatia, Kazakhstan, Malta, Poland and Slovakia) and 45,994 (N = 22939 girls, X = 22746 boys) 13- and 15-year-old adolescents in total. Measures. (1) HL-Info: The Health Literacy for School-Aged Children (HLSAC; Paakkari O et al., 2019) instrument. To describe HL-Info, four out of ten items were used: having good knowledge on health, an ability to find information one understands, an ability to compare information from different sources and an ability to assess the trustworthiness of the information. In the analysis, HL-Info was used as a categorical (low-moderate-high; two lowest response options were combined to describe “low HL-Info”); (2) Individual factors: self-report (a) gender (girl, boy) and (b) age (13-years old, 15-years old); (3) Family affluence, measured with Family affluence scale (FAS; Torsheim et al., 2016); (4) Parental support (Zimet et al., 1988); (5) SRH (Kaplan & Camacho, 1983), used as a categorical variable; (6) PA (Persons meeting the PA guidelines; Moderate-to Vigorous-Physical-Activity (MVPA) Prochaska et al., 2001). Data analysis involved cross-tabulation of 4 health literacy (HL) items for each country and age group, corrected for study design. Mean calculations for the HL scale, ANOVA testing, and Spearman correlations with mentioned variables were calculated. Linear mixed-effect models were used to predict HL with individual and familial factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings showed that, via HL-Info, health information is not equally available for adolescents in Europe. Disparities in access relate to both individual factors as well as familial and country environmental factors. The proportions of those with 'low HL-Info' varied between countries: having information from 4.3% (Finland) to 27.1% (Kazakhstan), finding information one understands from to 7.9% (Finland) to 29.4% (Bulgaria), in comparing information from different sources from 10.5% (Finland) to 38.2% (Bulgaria), and in assessing the trustworthiness of information from 11.2% (Finland) to 36.1% (Bulgaria). Across the countries, low HL-Info was associated with all measured background variables except gender. Low HL-Info was statistically significantly more prevalent among 13 year olds (than 15 year olds), lower affluent (compared to more affluent) families, and those with low support (compared to moderate or high support) from parents. Country specific analysis revealed gender differences only in one country (Belgium), age differences in three countries (Belgium, Poland, Kazakhstan), and family affluence differences in seven countries (Belgium, Czechia, Germany, Finland, Poland, Slovakia, France). Low HL-Info was associated with parental support in all measured countries. Low HL-Info was associated with SRH (poor/fair SRH more common) among all countries and following PA recommendations (not following more common) in seven countries. To foster equity in access to valid health information and in health calls for educational and public health policies and practices targeted proportionally at population needs. References Humprecht, E., et al.. (2020). Resilience to online disinformation: A framework for cross-national comparative research. The International Journal of Press/Politics, 25(3), 493-516. Kaplan, G. A., & Camacho, T. (1983). Perceived health and mortality: a nine-year follow-up of the human population laboratory cohort. American Journal of Epidemiology, 117(3), 292-304. Lahti, H., et al. (2024). What Counteracts Problematic Social Media Use in Adolescence? A Cross-National Observational Study. Journal of Adolescent Health, 74(1), 98-112. Lim, M. L., et al. (2021). Association between health literacy and physical activity in older people: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Health Promotion International, 36(5), 1482-1497. Paakkari, L., et al., (2019). Does health literacy explain the link between structural stratifiers and adolescent health?. European journal of public health, 29(5), 919-924. Paakkari, L., et al. (2019). Does health literacy explain the link between structural stratifiers and adolescent health? European Journal of Public Health, 29(5), 919-924. Paakkari, L., et al. (2020). A comparative study on adolescents’ health literacy in Europe: findings from the HBSC study. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(10), 3543. Prochaska, J. J., et al. (2001). A physical activity screening measure for use with adolescents in primary care. Archives of pediatrics & adolescent medicine, 155(5), 554-559. OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA. Paris: OECD Publishing. Smahel, D., et al. (2020). EU Kids Online 2020: Survey results from 19 countries. Torsheim, T., et al. (2016). Psychometric validation of the revised family affluence scale: a latent variable approach. Child Indicators Research, 9, 771-784. World Health Organization (2021). Health literacy in the context of health, well-being and learning outcomes the case of children and adolescents in schools: the case of children and adolescents in schools. Copenhagen: Regional Office for Europe. Zimet, G. D., Dahlem, N. W., Zimet, S. G., & Farley, G. K. (1988). The multidimensional scale of perceived social support. Journal of personality assessment, 52(1), 30-41. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper How is the relation between Wellbeing and Sustainability Challenges addressed and linked to Education and Learning in Schools? Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Global environmental changes in conjunction with substantial social justice issues are impacting the wellbeing of us all, raising significant concerns related to how education can address these challenges (Andreotti 2018). As pointed out in UNs 2022 sustainability development goals report, and research addressing health and sustainability challenges (Franzolin et al. 2022; Malqvist and Powell 2022), the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing global environmental and climate change have deepened the global learning crisis, highlighting the interconnectedness of wellbeing challenges and broader sustainability challenges related to the degradation of nature, and environmental and/or climate change. This accentuates the need for creating a greater awareness of the potentials in linking wellbeing and sustainability in educational research and practice. Broad explorations of perspectives on how the relation between wellbeing and sustainability challenges is addressed and linked to education and learning in schools have been largely absent within research. The paper aims to address this gap, drawing on perspectives identified in a literature review within the research areas of wellbeing and sustainability education. Wellbeing and sustainability are often described as ‘wicked’ or complex problems and challenges, founded in issues of resource justice and inequalities in access to welfare resources, and research addressing these challenges points to the need for a shift towards focusing on the potential benefits of supporting relationality, social cohesion, solidarity, interdependence, and care in schools (Block et al. 2018; Spratt 2017). The conceptual framework that informs and inspires the analysis is drawing on notions of education as a common good and social sustainability, as well as perspectives on the relation between wellbeing, sustainability, and learning. Notions of education as a common good has gained momentum in policy in recent decades, connoting a form of shared wellbeing that is chosen and achieved together (see e.g. UNESCO 2015; 2021). In a discussion of these notions, the purpose of education in schools is described as “being and becoming in the world through engagement in individual and collective actions to take care of shared resources, ways of being, and systems in the interests of social justice and ecological care” (Lotz-Sisitka 2017, p. 65). This emphasizes that taking care of resources is at the core of social justice and that resources must be shared more equitably by all if we understand these resources as a common good. The sharing and (re)distribution of resources is central in notions of social sustainability, defined as a matter of resource distribution – hereunder of opportunities for education, health, wellbeing, and social care, and as distribution between people of opportunities to have, create and experience belonging in social relationships in everyday life (Duff and Hill 2021; Krøjer 2020; Vallance 2011). Spratt (2017) is in her analysis of discursive relationships between learning and wellbeing in wellbeing policy distinguishing between two discourses, wellbeing seen as for learning, and learning seen as for wellbeing. In the first discourse, wellbeing is seen as the servant of learning outcomes, which shows how it may be appropriated to develop a manipulative type of ‘care’ to foster the types of learning that focus solely on the characteristics of human capital favored in the job market. In the second discourse, learning is seen as the bedrock of human flourishing, and as valuable when individual personal development takes place in the context of a democratic learning community, which seeks to ensure all learning is personally fulfilling and meaningful. A similar understanding of the relationship between sustainability and learning is identified in analyses of sustainability policy, emphasizing a political interest in education continuing efforts aimed at economic growth at the expense of social and ecological considerations (see e.g. Jickling and Sterling 2017; McKenzie 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is drawing on research within the areas of wellbeing and sustainability education identified in a literature review on perspectives on social justice, equity, and agency when schools address health, wellbeing, and sustainability challenges (Carlsson, in review). First understandings of wellbeing and sustainability challenges within the research area of wellbeing and sustainability education are discussed. Thereafter the analysis of perspectives on how the relation between wellbeing and sustainability challenges is addressed in schools is presented, drawing on perspectives identified in the literature review. The literature review is based on systematic search of research articles published in journals conducted in the PsycInfo and ERIC databases, including journal articles published in English between January 2013 and December 2022, peer reviewed, target population aged 7–15 (primary, middle and lower secondary school). Search terms were: (Health* OR Wellbeing*) AND (Children* OR "young people*" OR youth*) AND School AND Education AND ("social justice*" OR Equity) AND sustainability. Using a search string combining all search terms identified 2423 records in the two databases. Citations from the search were imported to the Covidence systematic review system, where a screening and selection process took place in two steps: first title and abstract, then full texts were screened to select articles for inclusion in the analysis. Removing duplicates left 1917 records whose title and abstract were screened in the Covidence systematic review program. Following this screening process, 52 articles were retrieved and assessed for eligibility. An additional 12 articles were identified as potentially relevant by searching reference lists, of which 8 were retrieved. A total of 60 articles were thoroughly assessed. After excluding articles that did not meet the inclusion criteria described above, 23 articles were eventually included in the analysis processes. In this paper I have returned to these articles, identifying, categorizing, and discussing examples of perspectives on how the relation between wellbeing and sustainability challenges is addressed and linked to education and learning in schools. The analytical approach is narrative (interpretative), based on descriptive qualitative content analysis, and informed and inspired by the conceptual framework presented above. The paper concludes with a discussion of potentials and challenges in linking wellbeing and sustainability in educational research and practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the presentation I will share results from the analysis, focusing on examples of perspectives underpinned by conceptions of 1) resource justice and equal sharing of resources, 2) the natural environment as a common good, 3) relations between people and the more-than-human. 1) This perspective highlights cultural and structural barriers in relation to a more equal sharing of resources, pointing out that socioeconomically deprived areas have significantly less high quality public green spaces and children living in these areas are thus less likely to have access to green spaces. This unequal access means that children who are already at risk of poor health have the least opportunity to reap the health benefits of green spaces and face educational inequalities. 2) Drawing on notions of the natural environment as a common good, framing environmental issues as social justice issues, this perspective is emphasizing the intimate links between health, wellbeing, and the stewardship of the commons - the natural environment - shared by people in a local community. Potentials in students developing a sense of connection to and an awareness of their interdependence with other living things and their responsibilities in relation to the larger whole of the environmental commons are underlined. 3) Within the perspective focusing on relations between people and the more-than-human it is argued that human–nature connectedness has a restorative effect on children’s wellbeing and that giving them a sense of being able to make a difference and care for nature, can lead to children developing an awareness of interconnections between environmental and human health. References Andreotti, V. et al. (2018). Mobilising Different Conversations about Global Justice in Education: Toward Alternative Futures in Uncertain Times, Policy and Practice: A Development Education Review, Vol. 26, 9-41. Block, T., Goeminne, G., & Van Poeck, K. (2018). Balancing the urgency and wickedness of sustainability challenges: three maxims for post-normal education. Environmental Education Research, 24(9), 1424–1439. Routledge. Carlsson, M. (in review). Schools addressing health, wellbeing, and sustainability challenges: a literature review of perspectives on social justice, equity, and agency. (Paper submitted to Health Education January 2024). Duff, C. & Hill, N. (2022). Wellbeing as social care: On assemblages and the ‘commons’. Wellbeing, Space and Society 3. Franzolin, F., Carvalho, G.S., Santana, C.M.B., Calegari, A.d.S., Almeida, E.A.E., Soares, J.P.R., Jorge, J., Neves, F.D. and Lemos, E.R.S. (2022), Students’ Interests in Biodiversity: Links with Health and Sustainability, Sustainability, 13, 13767. Jickling, B., & Sterling, S. (2017). Post-Sustainability and Environmental Education. In B. J. S. Sterling (Ed.), Post-Sustainability and Environmental Education, 1-11. Palgrave. Krøjer, J. (2020). Social sustainability in the welfare state and welfare institutional care. Langegaard, L.L. and Dupret, K. (eds.) Social sustainability – concept, field and critique, 81-102, Frydenlund Academic. Lotz-Sisitka, H. (2017). Education and the common good, in B. Jickling & S. Sterling (Eds.) Post-sustainability and environmental education, 63–78. Palgrave Mc Millan. Malqvist M. and Powell N. (2022). Health, sustainability and transformation: a new narrative for global health, BMJ Global Health 2022;7:e010969, 1-3. McKenzie, M., Bieler, A., & McNeil, R. (2015). Education policy mobility: Reimagining sustainability in neoliberal times. Environmental Education Research, 221(3), 319–337. Spratt, J. (2017). Wellbeing, Equity and Education. A Critical Analysis of Policy Discourses of Wellbeing in Schools, 57-68, Springer. UN (2022). Sustainable Development Goals Report 2022. https://www.un.org/development/desa/dspd/2022/07/sdgs-report UNESCO (2015). Rethinking Education: Towards a global common good? Retrieved 3 Nov. 2023, https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232555. UNESCO (2021). Reimagining Our Futures Together: A New Social Contract for Education, Retrieved 3 Nov. 2023, https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381. Vallence, S. (2011). What is social sustainability? A clarification of concepts. Geoforum 42, 342-348. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 09 SES 12 A: Examining Leadership, Student Outcomes, and Academic Trajectories Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gasper Cankar Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Predicting school failure in Sweden: A longitudinal approach 1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2Umeå University Presenting Author:Previous research has identified that cognitive ability and socioeconomic status (SES) indicated by parental education, occupation, or income (Marks, 2013) are the strongest predictors of school outcomes. Cognitive ability is the strongest predictor of school achievement, with correlations around .60-.70 (Gustafsson & Balke, 1993), while SES typically correlates around .30-.40 with school achievement (Sirin, 2005). Longitudinal investigations of the strength of the associations concluded that the influence of SES is declining (Marks, 2013). However, in Sweden the strength of the association between SES and achievement has increased during the last decades (Gustafsson & Yang Hansen, 2018), suggesting that equity of schooling outcomes has deteriorated. Another important factor influencing school outcomes is gender. Girls tend to outperform boys in terms of grades internationally (Dwyer & Johnson, 1997), and this is true for Swedish students as well. Even more concerningly, boys are more at risk of dropping out of school in Sweden (World Bank, 2024). In Sweden, compulsory education ends in the school year 9, while in the optional upper secondary school, there are 18 regular national programs of three years to choose from, six of which are preparatory for higher education such as university, and twelve of which are vocational. While entrance requirements vary between programs, all of them demand students to have passing grades in Swedish/Swedish as a second language, English, an d mathematics from their final year of compulsory schooling. The main question, which can be investigated for all birth cohorts between 1948 and 2004, is the relative importance of cognitive ability, social background, cultural background, and gender as determinants of school failure and general school achievement, and how this varies as a function of school characteristics and societal factors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We define four levels of school failure: premature failure, i.e., no grades or low grades in year 6; early failure, i.e., no grades in year 9; midway failure, i.e., not eligible for upper secondary school, and late failure, i.e., no final grades/exam within three years of finishing upper secondary school. Starting with a basic model including grade point average (GPA) from compulsory school, along with cognitive abilities from grade 6 and background variables, predicting school failure. The differentiation of students into different programs will be dealt with through a dummy variable approach and/or through fitting separate models for different programs or groups of programs. As for the compulsory school model, explanatory variables will be added in the next step, using the same sources of information. Longitudinal data from two sources are used; the GOLD and the UGU databases which partially overlap in that the UGU participants in the seven birth cohorts 1972, 1977, 1982, 1987, 1992, 1998, and 2004 also are included in GOLD. The data allow a large number of cohort comparisons, focusing on curricular and organizational aspects, and on societal changes such as increasing economic inequity and school segregation. Both comprehensive school and upper secondary school will be investigated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The empirical results will be discussed in light of the educational research and political discourse that preceded the reforms, in which both gender and cognitive ability were considered to be of key importance. Along with descriptions of the changes in the school organization and school curricula, this study will contribute to an understanding of the three levels of curriculum (the intended, the implemented, and the achieved curriculum which in interplay with social and home background factors determine children’s opportunity to learn (McDonnell, 1995); and to the changes in the school system that followed with school reforms. References Dwyer, C. A., & Johnson, L. M. (1997). Grades, accomplishments, and correlates. In Gender and fair assessment (pp. 127–156). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Gustafsson, J.-E., & Balke, G. (1993). General and specific abilities as predictors of school achievement. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 28(4), 407–434. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327906mbr2804_2 Gustafsson, J.-E., & Yang Hansen, K. (2018). Changes in the impact of family education on student educational achievement in Sweden 1988-2014. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(5), 719–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2017.1306799 Marks, G. N. (2013). Education, social background and cognitive ability: The decline of the social. Routledge. https://www.routledge.com/Education-Social-Background-and-Cognitive-Ability-The-decline-of-the-social/Marks/p/book/9781138923225 McDonnell, L. M. (1995). Opportunity to learn as a research concept and a policy instrument. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 17(3), 305–322. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737017003305 Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453. World Bank. (2024). Education statistics—All indicators. https://databank.worldbank.org/source/education-statistics-%5e-all-indicators 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Determinants of School Failure in Sweden 1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Previous research has identified two main individual-level determinants of school outcomes: cognitive ability and socioeconomic status (SES) indicated by parental education, occupation, or income (Marks, 2013). Cognitive ability is the strongest predictor of school achievement, with correlations around .60-.70 (Gustafsson & Balke, 1993), while SES typically correlates around .30-.40 with school achievement (Sirin, 2005). However, there are substantial country differences in these relationships, and longitudinal investigations of the strength of the associations have also been observed, and Marks (2013) concluded that the influence of SES is declining. On the contrary, for Sweden an increase in the strength of the association between SES and achievement has been observed during the last decades (Gustafsson & Yang Hansen, 2018), suggesting that equity of schooling outcomes has deteriorated. Moreover, gender differences have been observed in Sweden in terms of grades in line with international trends (Dwyer & Johnson, 1997), and boys are more at risk of dropping out of school in Sweden (World Bank, 2024). Recently, much attention has been devoted to personality characteristics as determinants of success and failure in school, such as conscientiousness (Almlund et al., 2011), grit (Duckworth et al., 2007), and growth mindset (Dweck, 2008). Other individual characteristics too have been shown to contribute to school achievement. Prominent examples are self-efficacy (Bandura, 1997), self-concept(Bong & Skaalvik, 2003), and intrinsic and extrinsic motivation (Ryan & Deci, 2000). In Sweden, compulsory education involves school years 1 to 9, while in the optional upper secondary school, there are eighteen regular national programs of three years to choose from, six of which are preparatory for higher education such as university, and twelve of which are vocational. While entrance requirements vary between programs, all of them demand students to have passing grades in Swedish/Swedish as a second language, English, and mathematics from their final year of compulsory schooling. The main aim of this study is to investigate individual and social determinants in the development of school failure using a longitudinal approach for two birth cohorts that have followed the same curriculum, born in 1998 and 2004. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We define four levels of school failure: premature failure, i.e., no grades or low grades in year 6; early failure, i.e., no grades in year 9; midway failure, i.e., not eligible for upper secondary school, and late failure, i.e., no final grades/exam within three years of finishing upper secondary school. Information about gender and SES will be used to explain individual variation in cognitive abilities in school year 6. This model will be extended with results on national tests and will be used to predict achievement and school failure in school year 9. Next, explanatory variables derived from the student questionnaires (e.g., self-concept/self-efficacy, achievement goal preferences, motivation, coping, self-reported mental health) and registers (e.g., school relocations, participation in special needs education, mental health problems) will be added to the model to investigate to what extent they affect the risk for school failure. For upper secondary school, a similar approach will be taken, starting with a basic model including grade point average (GPA) from compulsory school, along with cognitive abilities from school year 6 and background variables, predicting school failure in the form of dropout or low grades. The differentiation of students into different programs will be dealt with through a dummy variable approach and/or through fitting separate models for different programs or groups of programs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In combination, the results from the models for compulsory and upper secondary school will provide good coverage of individual and social determinants of school failure. References Almlund, M., Duckworth, A. L., Heckman, J., & Kautz, T. (2011). Personality psychology and economics. In Handbook of the economics of education: Vol. 4 (pp. 1–181). Elsevier. https://econpapers.repec.org/bookchap/eeeeduchp/4-1.htm Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W.H. Freeman. Bong, M., & Skaalvik, E. M. (2003). Academic self-concept and self-efficacy: How different are they really? Educational Psychology Review, 15(1), 1–40. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1021302408382 Duckworth, A. L., Peterson, C., Matthews, M. D., & Kelly, D. R. (2007). Grit: Perseverance and passion for long-term goals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 92(6), 1087–1101. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.92.6.1087 Dweck, C. S. (2008). Mindset: The new psychology of success (Ballantine Books trade pbk. ed.). Ballantine Books. Dwyer, C. A., & Johnson, L. M. (1997). Grades, accomplishments, and correlates. In Gender and fair assessment (pp. 127–156). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Gustafsson, J.-E., & Balke, G. (1993). General and specific abilities as predictors of school achievement. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 28(4), 407–434. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327906mbr2804_2 Gustafsson, J.-E., & Yang Hansen, K. (2018). Changes in the impact of family education on student educational achievement in Sweden 1988-2014. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(5), 719–736. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2017.1306799 Marks, G. N. (2013). Education, social background and cognitive ability: The decline of the social. Routledge. https://www.routledge.com/Education-Social-Background-and-Cognitive-Ability-The-decline-of-the-social/Marks/p/book/9781138923225 Ryan & Deci. (2000). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations: Classic definitions and new directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 54–67. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1020 Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453. World Bank. (2024). Education statistics—All indicators. https://databank.worldbank.org/source/education-statistics-%5e-all-indicators 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Do They Achieve What They Aimed For? Trajectories and Achieved School-leaving Certificates of Retained Students. 1Ludwig Maximilian University Munich; 2TU Dortmund / IFS Presenting Author:Nationally and internationally, grade retention is a highly controversial measure to homogenise students with different competence levels. In Germany, some federal states (e.g., Hamburg and Berlin) have already abolished grade retention. In Bavaria and Bremen, however, grade retention rates are above the national average (2.3%, see Statistisches Bundesamt, 2018). In an international comparison, the rate of German pupils who have been retained at least once in the course of their educational career is above the OECD-average (Germany: 19.6%, OECD: 12.2 %; ꭓ² = 29558.56, df=1, p<.001; own calculations). Empirical evidence on the effectiveness of grade retention is still insufficient. International studies (Goos et al., 2021) showed that there are short-term improvements in performance after being retained, but they decrease in the medium and long term. Especially in highly hierarchically structured education systems such as Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands or Switzerland, grade retention is least effective (ibid.). In Germany, only a few reliable studies allow concrete statements about the effectiveness of grade retention: Positive effects of grade retention on students’ performance development were not proven (Ehmke et al., 2017; Fabian, 2020). Beyond this, Fabian (2020) also showed that there was no significant improvement in school grades of retained students. Marsh et al. (2017), however, found an increase in retained students’ math performance after repetition. With regard to the achieved school-leaving qualification, Bellenberg (1999) showed that grade retention is very often associated with school dropout and/or downward change of school track, thus reducing the probability of achieving higher school-leaving qualifications for repeating students. Demski and Liegmann (2014) reported only minor differences between repeaters and promoted students. Given the theoretical assumptions of credentialism (Bills, 2003), DiPrete et al.'s (2017) findings from an international comparison are noteworthy: In Germany, school-leaving certificates are particularly important for future success on the training and labour market. At the same time, objective competencies and obtained certificates are often incongruent (Brändle & Pohlmann, 2021). Empirical findings showed that particularly students with low qualifications successfully enter the training market if they have good grades and high educational aspirations – regardless of their cognitive and social skills (Holtmann et al., 2017). Due to the strong correlation between school-leaving qualifications and success on the training and labour market, the present study investigates whether grade retention has advantages or disadvantages for retained students. Previous research findings suggest that being retained might lead to lower school-leaving qualifications. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data basis for the present analyses was the German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS, starting cohort 3; Blossfeld et al., 2011). The sample was initially representative of Grade 5 students in Germany and consisted of n = 6,491 students. For the present analyses, we excluded students in school tracks where different school-leaving certificates can be obtained (i.e., students from tracks with several educational programmes, comprehensive tracks). Students for whom no information on the attended school track was available were also excluded from analysis. This resulted in an analysis sample of n = 4,371 students, 118 of whom were retained in Grade 7 (2.5%). We treated missing values using multiple imputation (m = 55 ) in R 4.2.2 (R Core Team, 2023) via the package mice (van Buuren & Groothuis-Oudshoorn, 2011), accounting for the clustered data structure and the frequently non-normal data distribution. Based on this analysis sample, we calculated propensity scores using the Rubin Causal Model (Rubin, 1974) and conducted propensity score matching (Rosenbaum & Rubin, 1983) based on objective competencies in reading and math before grade retention as well as information based on key background characteristics provided by students and parents. Grade repeaters were then matched with non-repeaters (full matching, caliper = .10). This allowed us to compare retained students with similar students regarding key background characteristics, but who were regularly promoted. The highest achieved school-leaving certificate, operationalised by CASMIN (König et al, 1988), was then analysed visually. In addition, we created dichotomous dummy variables for (a) a qualification lower than the usual qualification in the respective school type, (b) a qualification appropriate to the school type (i.e., Certificate of Secondary Education at lower tracks [Hauptschule], General Certificate of Secondary Education [GCSE] at intermediate tracks [Realschule], A-level [Abitur] at academic tracks [Gymnasium]) and (c) a qualification higher than the usual qualification at the respective track (i.e., GCSE at lower tracks or A-level after being retained in intermediate tracks). We conducted logistic regressions to analyse the effect of grade repetition on the adequacy of the school-leaving certificate. Results show that a grade retention seems to reduce the chance of achieving a track-equivalent qualification (OR_fit = .92, p = .089). Grade retention had no influence on the chance of achieving a higher qualification than usual in the respective school track. However, grade repetition increased the chance of obtaining a lower qualification (OR_lower = 1.12, p < .001). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, we found that students who were retained in Grade 7 were less likely to achieve a school-leaving certificate that is appropriate to their attended school track. Also – in line with findings from Bellenberg (1999) – the risk of achieving a lower school-leaving certificate increased when students were retained. Since there is some evidence that grade retentions do not lead to better grades (Fabian, 2020) – which is one of the most important goals of grade retention – the findings of Holtmann et al. (2017) become even more important: Even with low qualifications, but good grades and high educational aspirations, young adolescents’ successful transition to the training and labour market is more likely. In that regard, as can be assumed based on the findings of the present study, grade retention fails its goal to help students strengthen their academic outcomes and their chances of obtaining a track-adequate school-leaving certificate. Thus, further investigation is needed to analyse whether students with lower school-leaving qualifications than appropriate to the respective attended school track reach this lower qualification at least with better grades. The reason why previous studies (e.g., Demski & Liegmann, 2014) did not find differences in educational attainment for repeaters and non-repeaters might be that in the past decades, “irregular” – i.e., non-linear – trajectories became more common. Thus, the achievement gap between repeaters and non-repeaters after compulsory education might be narrowed by further training. In their study, Demski and Liegmann (2014) used retrospective information of participants, so the effect of further training could be accounted for. However, we could not address these effects with the data of the present study, yet it will hopefully be possible with the ongoing studies of the NEPS in the future. References Bellenberg, G. (1999). Individuelle Schullaufbahnen: eine empirische Untersuchung über Bildungsverläufe von der Einschulung bis zum Abschluss. Weinheim: Juventa. Bills, D. B. (2003). Credentials, signals, and screens: Explaining the relationship between schooling and job assignment. Review of Educational Research, 73(4), 441-469. Blossfeld, H. P., & Von Maurice, J. (2019). Education as a lifelong process (pp. 17-33). Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien. Brändle, T., & Pohlmann, B. (2021). Alles nur eine Frage der Kompetenz? Leistungs- und Chancengerechtigkeit bei der Vergabe von Schulabschlüssen und Abschlussnoten. Zeitschrift für Soziologie, 50(1), 58-77. Demski, D., & Liegmann, A. B. (2014). Klassenwiederholungen im Kontext von Schul- und Berufsbiographien. In: A. B. Liegmann, I. Mammes & K. Racherbäumer (eds.). (2014). Facetten von Übergängen im Bildungssystem. Nationale und internationale Ergebnisse empirischer Forschung (pp. 173-189). Münster: Waxmann (2014) DiPrete, T. A., Eller, C. C., Bol, T., & Van de Werfhorst, H. G. (2017). School-to-work linkages in the United States, Germany, and France. American Journal of Sociology, 122(6), 1869-1938. Ehmke, T., Sälzer, C., Pietsch, M., Drechsel, B., & Müller, K. (2017). Kompetenzentwicklung im Schuljahr nach PISA 2012: Effekte von Klassenwiederholungen. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 2(20), 99-124. Fabian, P. (2020). Leistungskonsolidierung, Leistungssteigerung-oder etwas ganz anderes? Die Effekte einer Klassenwiederholung auf die Leistungsentwicklung. Münster: Waxmann. Goos, M., Pipa, J., & Peixoto, F. (2021). Effectiveness of grade retention: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 34, 100401. Holtmann, A. C., Menze, L., & Solga, H. (2017). Persistent disadvantages or new opportunities? The role of agency and structural constraints for low-achieving adolescents’ school-to-work transitions. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 46, 2091-2113. König, W., Lüttinger, P., & Müller, W. (1988). A comparative analysis of the development and structure of educational systems: Methodological foundations and the construction of a comparative educational scale. Mannheim: Universität Mannheim, Institut für Sozialwissenschaften. Marsh, H. W., Pekrun, R., Parker, P. D., Murayama, K., Guo, J., Dicke, T., & Lichtenfeld, S. (2017). Long-term positive effects of repeating a year in school: Six-year longitudinal study of self-beliefs, anxiety, social relations, school grades, and test scores. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(3), 425-438. R Core Team (2023). R: A language and environment for statistical computing. Vienna: R Foundation for Statistical Computing. Rosenbaum, P. R., & Rubin, D. B. (1983). The central role of the propensity score in observational studies for causal effects. Biometrika, 70(1), 41-55. Rubin, D. B. (1974). Estimating causal effects of treatments in randomized and nonrandomized studies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 66(5), 688-701. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 09 SES 12 B: Reimagining Assessment Practices and Teacher Autonomy Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ana María Mejía-Rodríguez Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Do teachers prefer to be free? Teachers’ Appreciation of Autonomy in students' assessment as a Personal Interpretation of Professional Reality 1Beit Ber Academic College, Israel; 2University of Haifa Presenting Author:Our aim in this study was to learn about teachers’ understanding and appreciation of their autonomy in the context of student's assessment. The study’s context was a reform in Israel’s national matriculation exams (declared in 2022), that involved transitioning from external state-governed examinations into school-based assessment. The reform triggered discussions and re-evaluation of teachers’ professional autonomy, and of assessment policy. In this context we explored teachers' perceptions of the effect of assessment on professional autonomy. Furthermore, we broadened the scope of our study beyond the confines of the local reform, utilizing this specific case to draw more general insights regarding how teachers attribute significance to the professional conditions within which they work and how these conditions effect their sense of autonomy. We looked at the relation between autonomy in assessment, and autonomy in other aspects of teachers work. Furthermore, we studied the role of autonomy in the teachers' professional identity. Our main research questions were: Which factors do the teachers acknowledge as contributing to their sense and preferences of autonomy? What are teachers' perceptions of the effect of assessment on their professional autonomy? The theoretical framework of the study includes several types of literature. First, we draw on a philosophical analysis of teachers’ freedom and responsibility, based on Existential philosophy of Jean-Paul Sartre (1946/ 2017). Teachers’ professional identity has been recognized as an extreme case of human destiny portrayed by Sartre (Author 1, 2022). While practicing the art of teaching (Schwab, 1983), teachers have a constant need to make choices in class, interpreting system’s regulations, practicing an inevitable autonomy, and exerting professional responsibility. Secondly, we looked at current studies, and learned that teacher autonomy research mirrors trends in national and global education. Several studies indicate the favorable effects of teacher autonomy on teachers' perceived self-efficacy, work satisfaction, and empowerment, and on creating a positive work climate. They also show constraints on autonomy correlate with teacher turnover and the risk of emotional exhaustion, and burnout (Skaalvik & Skaalvik,2014). Despite the recognition of the importance of teacher autonomy for job satisfaction (Juntunen, 2017), successful schools, and professional development (Wermke et al., 2019), there is less consensus on its definition (Pearson & Moomaw 2005). Autonomous teachers have a high control over daily practice issues (Wermke et al., 2019). Friedman’s scale for teacher-work autonomy (TWA 1999) includes four functioning areas pertinent to teachers’ sense of autonomy: class teaching, school operating, staff development, and curriculum development. In a re-evaluation of Friedman's scale (Strong & Yoshida, 2014), the number of autonomy areas grew to six and included assessment. In this paper we adopt Lennert-Da Silva’s (2022) definition which relates to the decision-making scope and control teachers have in relation to the national educational policy. Thirdly, we read studies that look at autonomy in the context of student assessment and examine it as part of the larger theme of accountability. In the context of marketization, schools’ decentralization places school leaders within a framework including bureaucratic regulations, discourses of competitive enterprise, and external public accountability measures, that are spreading worldwide (Hammersley-Fletcher et al., 2021; Verger et al., 2019). External assessment is a central factor in accountability (Ben-Peretz, 2012). High-stakes accountability casts a shadow on teachers' professional practice (Clarke, 2012; Mausethagen & Granlund, 2012), and their everyday practice is constrained by external testing.(Ball, 2003, 2008a, 2008b). Focusing on assessment as one expression of accountability, studies discuss the tension between external testing and autonomy. State-controlled assessment is viewed as a shift away from teacher professionalism towards the adoption of teaching methods that erode teacher autonomy in9 curriculum development and instructional decision-making (Day & Smethem, 2009). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on existential philosophy and empirical literature on the connection between student assessment and teacher autonomy, we adopted a qualitative approach, and we conducted in-depth interviews with 12 teachers, who were selected from four diverse schools, to ensure a broad representation of student populations. For our data collection We employed a semi-structured interview format that began with general questions, giving the teachers an opportunity to freely express their perspectives on their autonomy. We aimed to ascertain whether teachers would refer to assessment processes and to the reform, as aspects of autonomy and factors in their general work experience before we asked them specifically about these topics. We asked: Do you like your work? What aspects contribute to your enjoyment in teaching? What factors disturb you or minimize your satisfaction? Do you feel free at work? The subsequent phase of the interview centered on the matriculation reform, exploring whether teachers had perceived alterations to their level of autonomy. We used questions like: How do you usually evaluate your students? What is your opinion about the reform in the matriculation examinations? The interviews lasted one and a half hours, on average. They were conducted face to face, recorded, and later transcribed. To analyze our data, we utilized inductive qualitative content analysis methodology (Cho & Lee 2014), We conducted open coding of the data, asking questions such as: What do the teachers' responses reveal about their views about the ‘is’ and the ‘ought’ of their professional autonomy? Do they see a difference between internal assessment (INA) and external assessment (EXA) as factors influencing their autonomy? This procedure resulted in preliminary categories. Next, we explored the data to identify commonalities, disparities, complementarities, and interconnections among the teachers, while also considering their individual characteristics. To ensure trustworthiness, the categories obtained from this procedure were abstracted by each researcher individually. We then compared notes and agreed on the final categorization scheme. The overarching categories addressing the two research questions relate to professional circumstances: the national education system and the school in which each teacher works. As informed by inductive data analysis methodology, the analysis process also revealed professional qualities that influence teachers' view of autonomy. These were specifically identified by the teachers in the interviews and included professional confidence and a sense of purpose. The final categorial scheme is concerned not only with the individual categories but more significantly with their arrangement and interplay. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, our analysis shows that teachers' sense and preference of autonomy, as expressed in their response to the matriculation reform, stemmed from personal subjective interpretation of the objective circumstances of their professional environment. Despite diverse attitudes, the majority of teachers express a preference for autonomy, especially in assessment. Given the global teacher shortage and challenges in retaining high-quality teachers (García et al., 2022; Guthery & Bailes, 2022), recognizing that external assessments constrain teachers' experienced autonomy has significant implications for policymakers deciding on state assessments. The teachers highlighted the significance of two elements shaping their professional experience, and determining the degree of autonomy they have: the national education system and the school. They referred to assessment as a clear example of the complex interplay between those two elements; However, the teachers emphasized a holistic approach to autonomy, in which assessment cannot stand alone. For them, autonomy included curricular planning and assessment design together. Moreover, teachers’ appreciation of their autonomy is inspired by two professional qualities: confidence and a sense of purpose. This conclusion, regarding the relationship between teachers’ confidence, sense of purpose, and their views about autonomy, bares important conclusion for teacher professional learning and development, as well as for teacher education. We recognize the need for further elaboration of this conclusion, designing ways to enhance and promote these professional qualities as part of the shaping of professional identity of novice teachers, as well as that of experienced teachers . References Ball, S. (2008b). Performativity, privatisation, professionals and the state. In B. Cunningham (Ed.), Exploring professionalism (pp. 50–72). Institute of Education Day, C., & Smethem, L. (2009). The effects of reform: Have teachers really lost their sense of professionalism? Journal of Educational Change, 10, 141–157. Ben-Peretz, M. (2012). Accountability vs. teacher autonomy: An issue of balance. In The Routledge international handbook of teacher and school development (pp. 83-92). Routledge. Cho, J. Y., & Lee, E. H. (2014). Reducing confusion about grounded theory and qualitative content analysis: Similarities and differences. Qualitative report, 19(32), 1-20. Friedman, I. A. (1999). Teacher-perceived work autonomy: The concept and its measurement. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 59(1), 58-76. García, E., Han, E., & Weiss, E. (2022). Determinants of teacher attrition: Evidence from district-teacher matched data. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 30(25), n25. Guthery, S., & Bailes, L. P. (2022). Building experience and retention: the influence of principal tenure on teacher retention rates. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(4), 439-455. Hammersley-Fletcher, L., Kılıçoğlu, D., & Kılıçoğlu, G. (2021). Does autonomy exist? Comparing the autonomy of teachers and senior leaders in England and Turkey. Oxford Review of Education, 47(2), 189-206. Juntunen, M. L. (2017). National assessment meets teacher autonomy: national assessment of learning outcomes in music in Finnish basic education. Music Education Research, 19(1), 1-16. Lennert Da Silva, A. L. (2022). Comparing teacher autonomy in different models of educational governance. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8(2), 103-118. Pearson, L. C., & Moomaw, W. (2005). The relationship between teacher autonomy and stress, work satisfaction, empowerment, and professionalism. Educational Research Quarterly, 29(1), 38-54. Sartre, J. P. (1946 / 2017). Existentialism is a humanism (C. Macomber, Trans.). Yale University Press. Schwab, J. J. (1973). The practical 3: Translation into curriculum. The School Review, 81(4), 501-522. Schwab, J. J. (1983). The practical 4: Something for curriculum professors to do. Curriculum Inquiry, 13(3), 239-265. Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2014). Teacher self-efficacy and perceived autonomy: Wermke, W., Olason Rick, S., & Salokangas, M. (2019). Decision-making and control: Perceived autonomy of teachers in Germany and Sweden. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(3), 306-325. Strong, L. E., & Yoshida, R. K. (2014). Teachers’ autonomy in today's educational climate: Current perceptions from an acceptable instrument. Educational Studies, 50(2), 123-145. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper How Well Can AI Identify Effective Teachers? 1Texas Tech University, United States of America; 2Gargani & Co Inc Presenting Author:We report ongoing research that assesses how well AI can evaluate teaching, which we define as “effective” to the degree it helps students learn. Our current research builds on a body of prior work in which we assessed how well human judges performed the same task. Under varying conditions (length of instructional sample; instruction documented as video, audio, and transcript; and judgments based on intuition alone, high-inference rubrics, and low-inference rubrics) human judges demonstrate significant limitations. Experts and nonexperts did no better than chance when they relied solely on their intuitive judgment. Experts fared no better when using high-inference rubrics. However, experts and nonexperts were more accurate than chance when they used low-inference rubrics, and just as accurate using transcripts of instruction compared to video. Machines are very good at performing low-inference tasks, and AI in particular is very good at “understanding” written text, such as transcripts. Is AI better at judging teaching effectiveness from transcripts than humans? If so, should human judges be replaced by machines? We provide data that may help answer these questions, and engage our audience in a discussion of the moral dilemmas it poses. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We investigate two types of evaluative judgments—unstructured and structured. Unstructured judgments were investigated by asking subjects to “use what they know” to classify classroom instruction of known quality as being of either high or low effectiveness. Structured judgments were investigated by asking subjects to count the occurrences of six concrete teaching behaviors using the RATE rubric. The performance of two groups of subjects are compared—human judges and AI. The tasks with human subjects are replications of experiments we previously conducted and published (Strong et al, 2011; Gargani & Strong, 2104; 2015). We are, therefore, able to compare the performance of AI and humans on the same tasks at the same time, as well as to human judges in previous studies. A contribution of our work concerns the difficult problem of developing prompts for AI that instruct it to complete the evaluation tasks. Our protocol is iterative—we developed and piloted prompts, revised them, piloted again, and so on until satisfied that any failure to complete a task well would not be attributable to weaknesses in the prompts. We developed our own criteria for prompts, which we will share. One hundred human subjects were recruited to act as a benchmark for the AI, and they use an online platform to complete the tasks. Comparisons of accuracy and reliability will be made across groups and tasks, providing a basis for judging the relative success of AI and human judges. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We hypothesize that the use of lesson transcripts versus video or audio only will reduce the sources of bias such that humans will be able to more accurately distinguish between above-average and below-average teachers. We further hypothesize that AI will be more accurate than humans, and can be successfully trained to produce reliable evaluations using a formal observation system. References Raudenbush, S. W., & Bryk, A. S. (2002). Hierarchical linear models: Applications and data analysis methods (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Shrout, P. E., & Fleiss, J. L. (1979). Intraclass correlations: Uses in assessing rater reliability. Psychological Bulletin, 86(2), 470-428. Strong, M. (2011). The highly qualified teacher: What is teacher quality and how do we measure it? New York: Teachers College Press. Strong,M., Gargani, J., & Hacifazlioğlu, Ö. (2011). Do we know a successful teacher when we see one? Experiments in the identification of effective teachers. Journal of Teacher Education, 20(10), 1-16. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper The Evaluation of Online Content. Development and Empirical Evaluation of a Measurement Instrument for Primary School Children University of Wuerzburg, Germany Presenting Author:Children today are growing up in a digitally connected world which sets them apart from previous generations. For example, 42% of 5- to 7-year-olds have their own tablet and 93% of 8- to 11-year-olds spend an average of 13.5 hours online (Ofcom 2022). Digital media provides opportunities for easier access to information and communication with peers. However, it also presents a range of risks, especially for children who are particularly vulnerable due to their young age. This becomes clear when they are confronted with violent, sexual, advertising, or judgmental content in the digital space (Livingstone et al. 2015). Other challenges in digital communication and information channels include fake news, propaganda and deepfakes. With regard to the aforementioned aspects, it is necessary to possess skills that enable a critical examination of information. For this reason, information evaluation is considered an important subskill for social participation and learning inside and outside of school. When examining the internet preferences of children and young people, it becomes apparent that they are primarily interested in extracurricular activities rather than child-friendly services commonly discussed in school settings, such as children's search engines. The top four internet activities include WhatsApp, watching films and videos, and using YouTube and search engines (Feierabend et al., 2023). In this respect, WhatsApp, YouTube, and TikTok are the most popular (social media) platforms (Reppert-Bismarck et al. 2019). The evaluation of content is not limited to online research alone. It can also occur in different scenarios, such as browsing the internet for entertainment or out of boredom). In this regard, the strategies for evaluating content vary depending on the purpose of the discussion (Weisberg et al. 2023), allowing the assessment of information, data, and content from different angles. One approach to evaluate content is to verify its credibility. In research literature, credibility encompasses multiple aspects. This includes assessing the trustworthiness of content, such as recognizing intention, or the expertise of the author. However, studies show that young people tend to lack critical evaluation skills when it comes to the credibility of online content (Kiili et al. 2018) and are also insufficiently prepared to verify the truthfulness of information (Hasebrink et al. 2019). In the context of social media in particular, the question of the realism of the shared content (e.g., factuality or plausibility) arises. Recipients are faced with the challenge of multiplicity resulting from the different ‘realities’ on social media. These realities are shaped by different motivations, attitudes, and political or social contexts which can blur boundaries (Cho et al. 2022). Overall, the evaluation process of online content is influenced by various factors. For instance, research suggests that reading competence affects the evaluation process. Furthermore, the socioeconomic status has been found to influence the digitalization-related skills of young people (see ICILS results). Another important aspect to consider is the influence of platform-specific knowledge, such as understanding the YouTube algorithm, and topic-specific knowledge on content evaluation, such as the subject of a news video. In addition, the design of both the platform and the content can also have an impact. This includes factors such as image-to-text ratio, layout, effects, and the focus of the central message. To which extent the presented assumptions apply to primary school children is unclear, as most empirical results relate to adults or adolescents. Therefore, the overarching goal of the project is to develop a standardized measurement instrument for primary school children in order to assess to which extent they are able to evaluate internet content. The creation of a standardized measurement instrument involves several substeps which are outlined below. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Model The development of a measurement instrument requires a theoretical and empirical foundation. We believe there is a limited number of models that specifically address the evaluation of online content in primary school children. Therefore, we examined constructs related to the subcompetence of 'evaluation' to develop a theory- and empirically-based measurement model. For this purpose, we used normatively formulated standards, theoretical models and empirical studies that systematize, assess, or discuss information, media, digital, internet and social media skills. The analysis of these constructs can yield various criteria for evaluating online content, such as credibility or realism. For instance, context is crucial when evaluating content (e.g., advertising content; Purington Drake et al., 2023). As most of the analysis is not related to primary schools, all German curricula (e.g., based on DigComp, Ferrari 2013) were examined for relevant subcompetencies and content areas. The aim is to compare the research results with normative requirements in the primary school sector to ensure that competence targets are not set unrealistically high. Assessment instrument Based on the measurement model, we developed a digital performance test with 20 multiple-choice tasks. To increase content validity, the instrument includes multimodal test items from the age group's most popular platforms (e.g., YouTube). The operationalization includes phenomena that are platform-specific (e.g., clickbait). Assessment criteria were derived for each content area and subcompetency and adapted to the specific platform content, such as a promotional video with child influencers. Expert interviews in the online children's sector additionally contributed to the development of age-appropriate content and evaluation criteria (Brückner et al. 2020). Validation steps/procedures To validate the 20 test items, a qualitative comprehensibility analysis was conducted in small group discussions with school and university experts (n=12). Following that, five children were accompanied by the thinking aloud method while they solved the test items (Brandt and Moosbrugger 2020). Both validation steps led to linguistic and content-related adjustments. Pilot study An initial test of the measurement instrument was conducted with 81 pupils (56.8% female) in Grade 3/4 (M=10.4, SD=0.64). 57 children were given parental permission to provide information on their socioeconomic status (HISEI=47.44, SD=16.42). 51.9% predominantly speak another language at home. The aim of the pilot study was to perform an initial descriptive item analysis to determine task difficulty, variance, and selectivity. The calculation of an overall score requires item homogeneity, wherein high selectivity indices serve as an initial indication (Kelava and Moosbrugger 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the piloting showed that 15 out of 20 test items had a task difficulty of 45≤Pi≤78. Five items had a higher difficulty (25≤Pi≤39). These items primarily dealt with phishing, clickbait, the use of third-party data, and bots. The correlative relationships calculation showed an inconsistent picture for the respective tasks which resulted in low selectivity indices (rit<.3) in some cases. Due to the small sample size, it was not possible to definitely determine whether the data had a unidimensional or multidimensional structure (principal component analysis/varimax rotation). As a result, the selectivity was not further interpreted (Kelava and Moosbrugger 2020). It is not surprising that students struggled with test tasks involving deception and personality interference, as even adults find phenomena like bots to be challenging (Wineburg et al. 2019). This raises the question of whether this content is appropriate for primary schools despite its real-world relevance. Methodological challenges in investigating such phenomena and implications for school support are discussed in the main study. As a result of the pilot study, the five most challenging tasks were adjusted in terms of difficulty without altering the core content (e.g., linguistic adaptations of questions/answers, replacement of videos). To obtain precise information on unidimensionality, IRT models were utilized for data analysis in the main study (Kelava and Moosbrugger 2020). The data collection was completed in December 2023 (n=672) and aims to gain more precise insights into item and test quality. The quality results of the measurement instrument will be reported at the conference with a focus on the area of deception. This study raises the question of whether primary school children are able to evaluate deceptive content and what methodological challenges this poses for measurement. This study will investigate whether individual variables (socioeconomic status, migration history) influence the evaluation of deceptive content. References Brandt, Holger; Moosbrugger, Helfried (2020): Planungsaspekte und Konstruktionsphasen von Tests und Fragebogen. In: Helfried Moosbrugger und Augustin Kelava (Hg.): Testtheorie und Fragebogenkonstruktion. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg, S. 41–66. Brückner, Sebastian; Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, Olga; Pant, Hans Anand (2020): Standards für pädagogisches Testen. In: Helfried Moosbrugger und Augustin Kelava (Hg.): Testtheorie und Fragebogenkonstruktion. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg, S. 217–248. Cho, Hyunyi; Cannon, Julie; Lopez, Rachel; Li, Wenbo (2022): Social media literacy: A conceptual framework. In: New Media & Society, 146144482110685. DOI: 10.1177/14614448211068530. Feierabend, Sabine; Rathgeb, Thomas; Kheredmand, Hediye; Glöckler, Stephan (2023): KIM-Studie 2022 Kindheit, Internet, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 6-bis 13-Jähriger. Hg. v. Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest (mpfs). Online verfügbar unter https://www.mpfs.de/studien/kim-studie/2022/. Ferrari, Anusca (2013): DIGCOMP: A Framework for Developing and Understanding Digital Competence in Europe. Eurpean Commission Joint Research Center. Online verfügbar unter https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC83167, zuletzt geprüft am 16.05.2023. Hasebrink, Uwe; Lampert, Claudia; Thiel, Kira (2019): Online-Erfahrungen von 9- bis 17-Jährigen. Ergebnisse der EU Kids Online-Befragung in Deutschland 2019. 2. überarb. Auflage. Hamburg: Verlag Hans-Bredow. Kelava, Augustin; Moosbrugger, Helfried (2020): Deskriptivstatistische Itemanalyse und Testwertbestimmung. In: Helfried Moosbrugger und Augustin Kelava (Hg.): Testtheorie und Fragebogenkonstruktion. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg, S. 143–158. Kiili, Carita; Leu, Donald J.; Utriainen, Jukka; Coiro, Julie; Kanniainen, Laura; Tolvanen, Asko et al. (2018): Reading to Learn From Online Information: Modeling the Factor Structure. In: Journal of Literacy Research 50 (3), S. 304–334. DOI: 10.1177/1086296X18784640. Livingstone, S.; Mascheroni, G.; Staksrud, E. (2015): Developing a framework for researching children’s online risks and opportunities in Europe. EU Kids Online. Online verfügbar unter https://eprints.lse.ac.uk/64470/1/__lse.ac.uk_storage_LIBRARY_Secondary_libfile_shared_repository_Content_EU%20Kids%20Online_EU%20Kids%20Online_Developing%20framework%20for%20researching_2015.pdf, zuletzt geprüft am 11.01.2024. Ofcom (2022): Children and parents: media use and attitudes report. Online verfügbar unter https://www.ofcom.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0024/234609/childrens-media-use-and-attitudes-report-2022.pdf. Purington Drake, Amanda; Masur, Philipp K.; Bazarova, Natalie N.; Zou, Wenting; Whitlock, Janis (2023): The youth social media literacy inventory: development and validation using item response theory in the US. In: Journal of Children and Media, S. 1–21. DOI: 10.1080/17482798.2023.2230493. Reppert-Bismarck; Dombrowski, Tim; Prager, Thomas (2019): Tackling Disinformation Face to Face: Journalists' Findings From the Classroom. In: Lie Directors. Weisberg, Lauren; Wan, Xiaoman; Wusylko, Christine; Kohnen, Angela M. (2023): Critical Online Information Evaluation (COIE): A comprehensive model for curriculum and assessment design. In: JMLE 15 (1), S. 14–30. DOI: 10.23860/JMLE-2023-15-1-2. Wineburg, Sam; Breakstone, Joel; Smith, Mark; McGrew, Sarah; Ortega, Teresa (2019): Civic Online Reasoning: Curriculum Evaluation (working paper 2019-A2, Stanford History Education Group, Stanford University). Online verfügbar unter https://stacks.stanford.edu/file/druid:xr124mv4805/COR%20Curriculum%20Evaluation.pdf, zuletzt geprüft am 29.06.2023. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper A Multilevel Meta-Analysis of the Validity of Student Rating Scales in Teaching Evaluation. Which Psychometric Characteristics Matter Most? 1West University of Timisoara, Romania; 2University of Bucharest, Romania Presenting Author:Student Teaching Evaluation (STE) is the procedure by which teaching performance is measured and assessed through questionnaires administered to students. Typically, these questionnaires or scales refer to the teaching practices of academic staff and are conducted in one of the last meetings of the semester. Generally, and from a practical standpoint, the primary purpose of implementing this procedure is the necessity of universities to report STE results to quality assurance agencies. Another main objective of STE procedures, and certainly the most important from a pedagogical perspective, is to provide feedback to teachers about their teaching practices. Previous studies on the highlighted topic present arguments both for and against the validity and utility of STE. On one hand, there are studies suggesting that STE results are influenced by other external variables, such as the teacher's gender or ethnicity (e.g., Boring, 2017), lenient grading (e.g., Griffin, 2004), or even the teacher's personality (e.g., Clayson & Sheffet, 2006). On the other hand, there are published works showing that STE scales are valid and useful (e.g., Hammonds et al., 2017; Wright & Jenkins, 2012). Furthermore, when STE scales are rigorously developed and validated, as is the case with SEEQ (Marsh, 1982, 2009), there is a consistent level of agreement and evidence suggesting that STE scale scores are multidimensional, precise, valid, and relatively unaffected by other external variables (Marsh, 2007; Richardson, 2005; Spooren et al., 2013). Even though this debate was very active in the 1970s and the evidence leaned more in favor of STE validity (Richardson, 2005; Marsh, 2007), a recent meta-analysis (Uttl et al., 2017) presented evidence that seriously threatens the validity of STE results. They suggest that there is no relationship between STE results and student performance levels. The existence of this relationship is vital for the debate on STE validity, starting from the premise that if STE results accurately reflect good or efficient teaching, then teachers identified as more performant should facilitate a higher level of performance among their students. In light of all the above and referring to the results of the meta-analysis conducted by Uttl et al. (2017), the present study aims to investigate whether the relationship between STE results and student learning/performance is stronger when the STE scale used is more rigorously developed and validated. For this purpose, a multilevel meta-analysis was conducted, allowing us to consider multiple effect sizes for each study included in the analysis. The results of this study can be useful in nuancing the picture of the validity of STE scales, in the sense that they can show us whether scales developed and validated in accordance with field standards can measure the quality of teaching more correctly and precisely. Additionally, this research can help outline a picture of which psychometric characteristics of STE scales contribute to a better measurement of teaching efficiency/effectiveness. Therefore, the research questions guiding the present study are as follows:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study is a multilevel meta-analysis on the relationship between STE (Student Teaching Evaluation) results and student performance in multi-section STE studies, and on the moderating effect of this relationship, of different psychometric characteristics (level and type of validity evidence of the STE scales, the content of dimensions, and the level of observability/clarity of the items) of the STE scales used in these studies. To be included in this meta-analysis, a study had to meet the following inclusion criteria: 1. Present correlational results between STE results and student performance. 2. Analyze the relationship between STE results and student performance in multiple sections of the same discipline (“multi-section STE studies”). 3. Students completed the same STE scale and the same performance assessment tests. 4. Student performance was measured through objective assessments focusing on actual learning, not students' perceptions of it. 5. The correlation between STE results and student performance was estimated using aggregate data at the section level, not at the individual student level. The search for studies in the specialized literature was conducted through three procedures: 1) analysis of the reference list of similar meta-analyses; 2) examination of all articles citing Uttl (2017); 3) use of a search algorithm in the Academic Search Complete, Scopus, PsycINFO, and ERIC databases. After analyzing the abstracts and reading the full text of promising studies, 43 studies were identified and extracted that met the inclusion criteria. For coding the level of validity evidence of the STE measures used, we adapted a specific framework of psychometric evaluation criteria, proposed by Hunsley & Mash (2008). In adapting the previously mentioned evaluation framework, the recommendations put forth by Onwuegbuzie (2009) and the recommendations of AERA, APA & NCME (2014) were also considered. For coding the level of observability/clarity of the items that make up the STE scales used in the analyzed studies, we created a coding grid based on Murray (2007), which presents and explains the importance of using items with a high degree of measurability to reduce the subjectivity of the students responding to these items. The data were analyzed in R (metafor package) using the multilevel meta-analysis technique because most of the included studies report multiple effect sizes, usually one for each dimension of the STE scale. This type of analysis helps to better calculate average effects, starting from the original structure of the data presented in the primary studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The obtained results suggest that: 1) STE (Student Teaching Evaluation) scales with more validity evidence tend to measure teaching effectiveness better; 2) there is a set of dimensions that are more suitable than others for correctly measuring teaching effectiveness (for example, clarity of presentation, instructor enthusiasm, interaction with students, and availability for support had the strongest relationships with performance); and 3) the degree of observability of the items that make up the STE scales is a major factor regarding the ability of these scales to accurately measure teaching effectiveness. Regarding the level of observability of the items contained in the STE scales, they were divided into 3 categories (low/medium/high observability) and the relationship between STE results and student performance was comparatively analyzed for each category. As expected, the moderating effect is significant, meaning that there are significant differences between the correlations obtained within each category of studies. The strongest relationships exist in the case of items with a high degree of observability, and as this degree of observability decreases, the intensity of the correlation between STE results and student performance also significantly decreases. These results can help nuance the picture of the validity of STE scales, suggesting that STE scales developed and validated in accordance with the standards of the field can measure the quality of teaching more correctly and precisely. It can also be said that the proposed dimensionality and the level of observability of the items are of major importance in the development of any STE scale. These recommendations can be useful in any process of development or adaptation of an STE scale for use in the process of ensuring the quality of teaching in the university environment. References American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, & National Council on Measurement in Education. (2014). Standards for educational and psychological testing. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association. Boring, A. (2017). Gender biases in student evaluations of teaching. Journal of public economics, 145, 27-41. Clayson, D. E., & Sheffet, M. J. (2006). Personality and the student evaluation of teaching. Journal of Marketing Education, 28, 149–160. Griffin, B. W. (2004). Grading leniency, grade discrepancy, and student ratings of instruction. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 29, 410–425. Hammonds, F., Mariano, G. J., Ammons, G., & Chambers, S. (2017). Student evaluations of teaching: improving teaching quality in higher education. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 21(1), 26-33. Hunsley, J., & Mash, E. J. (2008). Developing criteria for evidence-based assessment: An introduction to assessments that work. A guide to assessments that work, 2008, 3-14. Marsh, H. W. (2007). Students’ evaluations of university teaching: Dimensionality, reliability, validity, potential biases and usefulness. In P.R., Pintrich & A. Zusho (Coord.), The scholarship of teaching and learning in higher education: An evidence-based perspective (pp. 319-383). Springer, Dordrecht. McPherson, M. A., Todd Jewell, R., & Kim, M. (2009). What determines student evaluation scores? A random effects analysis of undergraduate economics classes. Eastern Economic Journal, 35, 37–51. Onwuegbuzie, A. J., Daniel, L. G., & Collins, K. M. (2009). A meta-validation model for assessing the score-validity of student teaching evaluations. Quality & Quantity, 43(2), 197-209. Richardson, J. T. (2005). Instruments for obtaining student feedback: A review of the literature. Assessment & evaluation in higher education, 30(4), 387-415. Spooren, P., Brockx, B., & Mortelmans, D. (2013). On the validity of student evaluation of teaching: The state of the art. Review of Educational Research, 83(4), 598-642. Spooren, P., Vandermoere, F., Vanderstraeten, R., & Pepermans, K. (2017). Exploring high impact scholarship in research on student's evaluation of teaching (SET). Educational Research Review, 22, 129-141. Uttl, B., White, C. A., & Gonzalez, D. W. (2017). Meta-analysis of faculty's teaching effectiveness: Student evaluation of teaching ratings and student learning are not related. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 54, 22-42. Wright, S. L., & Jenkins-Guarnieri, M. A. (2012). Student evaluations of teaching: Combining the meta-analyses and demonstrating further evidence for effective use. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 37(6), 683-699. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 12 A: Symposium: Effects of Internationalization in Teacher Education Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jonas Scharfenberg Session Chair: Michael Schlauch Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Effects of Internationalization in Teacher Education In recent decades, internationalization has become considerably more important for universities in general and for teacher education in particular. In Europe, bilingual and multilingual regions, the integration of labor markets and the increasing mobility of citizens require the inclusion of an international perspective at different levels in education systems. For students, the Erasmus program has served as a hub for international exchanges among higher education students across Europe since 1987. From 1995 to 2020, the Comenius program supported student, student teacher and teacher exchange. Since 2021, Erasmus+ has merged both program lines, providing future teachers the opportunity to study at international universities. The EU’s (2018) study on the effects of exchange programs highlighted that, at the student level, positive changes occur in terms of their personal development, social engagement, professional perspectives and intercultural openness. However, no explicit remarks are made on student teachers. The overviews by the German Academic Exchange Service (DAAD 2020), also do not separately list the student teacher cohort. Thus, our understanding of this cohort is limited. Beyond these physical mobility programs, concepts of "internationalization@home" hold potential to make international experiences accessible to those students whose financial and/or time constraints, or other life circumstances, hinder them from pursuing study-related stays abroad – without intending to replace them. This describes a perspective on internationalization that goes back to the Swedish scientist Bengt Nilsson and considers, among other things, the implementation of an international university campus with corresponding language-related offers, the internationalization of curricula and of courses (e.g., digitally enabled joint courses) (cf. ibid., 1999). Nilsson hoped that this form of internationalization would promote transnational, or cultural, sensitivity and competence. Internationalization at Home can foster broader discourse about target dimensions and associated prerequisites for the internationalization of higher education institutions, moving beyond the administrative level (Nilsson, 1999). However, research on the potential of such ideas for the professionalization of teachers is still rare. Accordingly, the symposium will cover a wide range of topics relating to internationalisation and mobility in teacher training. Firstly, the level of education policy and the practices of recognising qualifications and certificates for the international mobility of teachers will be presented. Against the background of three teacher education systems in Canada, Iceland and Germany, challenges and conditions for success are presented. This is followed by considerations on partnerships between universities for the exchange of students: What conditions must be met to enable an exchange between students? The organisation of exchanges between international and culturally diverse partners in higher education in South Africa and Germany will be examined as an example. The organisation of an international exchange is associated with the expectation that students will not only benefit personally, but also acquire specific skills that are essential for their future careers. The last two contributions will therefore focus on student perspectives. Contribution three presents the initial results of a longitudinal study on exchange programmes in Bachelor's degree courses, looking at motives and hurdles for studying abroad and on how students can be addressed effectively. The last contribution describes a trilateral approach on internationalisation of teacher education based on an exchange and research program. This program offers bi- and trilateral exchanges for students in Germany, North Carolina an Ghana, which will be highlighted in specific case studies and discussed against a common developed research framework. In conclusion, the symposium aims to present and critically discuss key aspects of internationalisation in teacher training. References DAAD & DZHW (2020). Wissenschaft weltoffen 2020. Daten und Fakten zur Internationalisierung von Studium und Forschung in Deutschland und weltweit [Science Open-minded 2020. Data and Facts on the Internationality of Studies and Research in Germany and Worldwide]. Bielefeld: wbv Media. https://doi.org/10.3278/7004002sw European Union (2018). Erasmus + Higher Education Impact Study. Final Report, Luxembourg: Publications Office European Union. DOI: 10.2766/162060 Nilsson, B. (1999). Internationalisation at Home – Theory and Praxis. EAIE Forum, 12. Spring 1999. Presentations of the Symposium Discourses on Internationalisation of Teacher Education and Recertification of Internationally Trained Teachers in Canada, Iceland and Germany
The internationalisation of teacher education has been increasingly investigated within the context of internationalisation of higher education and in connection with the preparation of teachers for global awareness and global citizenship education, including the challenges of the strong framing of teacher education by the requirements of national school systems (e.g. Koh et al. 2022). Another relevant strand in the research into the teaching profession is dedicated to international teacher migration and the diversification of the teacher workforce, encompassing the recruitment of migrant teachers (Caravatti et al., 2024; Terhart & Rosen, 2022). These developments are also closely associated with the expectation of enhancing teachers’ competencies in addressing the needs of culturally, linguistically, and racially diverse pupils (Marom et al., 2021). However, the discourses on the internationalization of teacher education and international teacher migration seem hardly interconnected in research so far, even though there are common issues and challenges related to differences in the structures and content of teacher education, recognition of academic achievements earned abroad, languages of instruction, and the development of teacher professionalism and identity (Rakhkochkine & Flötotto, 2020; Rakhkochkine, 2024, in prep). The presentation addresses the question of how the internationalization of teacher education influences the policies and practices of recertification of internationally trained teachers (ITTs). The authors answer this question from a comparative perspective. They explore the policies and practices concerning ITTs in Canada, Germany, and Iceland, and examine their connections to the national and international discourses on internationalisation of teacher education. The presentation is based on the analysis of research and policy documents related to the recertification of internationally trained teachers and internationalisation of teacher education in the respective countries and on the (secondary) analysis of qualitative interviews from author’s research projects. Through this examination, the authors contribute to the development of a more comprehensive theoretical framework for measuring the effects of internationalization programs including long-standing effects on the notion of the teaching profession.
References:
Caravatti, M.-L., McLeod Lederer, S., Lupico, A., & Van Meter, N. (2014). Getting teacher migration and mobility right. Education International. https://www.eiie.org/en/item/25652:getting-teacher-migration-and-mobility-right
Koh, A. Karen Pashby, K. Tarc, P. & Yemini, M. (2022). Editorial: Internationalisation in teacher education: discourses, policies, practices. Teachers and Teaching, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2022.2119381
Marom, L., Locher-Lo, C., Martin-Ko, A., Shank Lauwo, M., Sun, Z., & Yaro, K. (2021). Conclusion: Teaching and teacher education in an era of superdiversity: Challenges and opportunities. In G. Li, J. Anderson, J. Hare, & M. McTavish (eds.), Superdiversity and teacher education: Supporting teachers in working with culturally, linguistically, and racially diverse students, families, and communities (1st ed., pp. 299–316). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003038887
Rakhkochkine, A. & Flötotto, M. (2020). International Conference „Internationalisierung der Lehrerbildung und internationale Lehrermigration/ Internationalisation of Teacher Education and International Teacher Migration“. https://www.interedu.phil.fau.eu/2020/05/08/international-teacher-education-and-migration/
Rakhkochkine, A. (2024). Internationalisation of Teacher Education and International Teacher Migration from the Perspective of Comparative Education. In. Rakhkochkine, A., & Flötotto, M. (eds.). (in prep.). Internationalisierung der Lehrerbildung und internationale Lehrermigration. FAU University Press.
Terhart, H., & Rosen, L. (2022). Editorial: The diversification of the teaching profession in Europe and beyond. Ambivalences of recognition in the context of (forced) migration. European Educational Research Journal, 1–12.
Developing an International Partnership in Teacher Education: Lessons from a complex collaborative process
Against the backdrop of worldwide social, political and economic transformations internationalization represents a substantial requirement in higher education according to Maassen et al. (2023). This is particularly important in teacher education where such processes can provide global competencies and agency which can broaden the notions of being a global citizen in an age of uncertainty. To integrate an international perspective in the structures of (initial) teacher education in a meaningful, inclusive and sustainable way, resilient collaborative partnerships are required. In this presentation we highlight lessons learnt from a collaborative process between two institutions within the context of global north and global south.
Such partnerships are important and successful if they are based on corresponding cultures, understandings and goals (Meyer et al 2007, Coombe 2015). However, there is a paucity of research dealing with the advancement and achieving of this kind of partnership process.
We address the question of how a collaborative interaction, embedded in the context of an international inter-institutional partnership was developed. We employed collaborative auto-ethnography (Campbell 2016) as research method and methodology to document and understand our personal experiences and used complexity theory (Clarke & Collins 2007) to interpret the data. Key findings indicate that partnership development operates as a complex system that needs time and complex interactions to produce meaningful and successful partnerships.
References:
Campbell, E. (2016): Exploring autoethnography as a method and methodology in legal education research. Asian Journal of Legal Education, 3(1), 95-105.
Clarke, A./ Collins, S. (2007): Complexity science and student teacher supervision. Teaching and Teacher Euducation, 23 (2), 16-172.
Clarke, A./ Collins, S. (2007): Complexity science and student teacher supervision. Teaching and Teacher Euducation, 23 (2), 16-172.
Coombe, L. (2015): Models of interuniversity collaboration in higher education - How do their features act as barrieres and enablers to sustainability? Tertiary Education and Management, 21 (4): 328-348, DOI: 10.1080/13583883.2015.1104379.
Maassen, P./ Jungblut, J./ Stensaker, B./ Griffith R./ Rosso, A. (2023): Navigation competition and collaboration - The way forward for universities [online] https://koerber-stiftung.de/site/assets/files/28887/navigating_competition_and_collaboration_complete_study_maassen_et_al__2023_web.pdf [11.10.23]
Meyer, J. W./ Ramirez, F. O./ Frank, D. J. & Schofer, E. (2007): Higher Education as an Institution, In: Gumport, P. J. (Ed.): Sociology of Higher Education. Contributions and their Contexts. Baltimore, 187-222.
Tricontinental Teacher Training (TTT): Experiences of uncertainty and alienation and its reflection
Tricontinental Teacher Training (TTT) is an exchange and research program at the faculty of education, Universität Hamburg, funded for five years by the DAAD.
Structure: TTT offers bi-& trilateral exchanges for students from three partnering universities in Germany, North Carolina (USA), and Ghana, and entails intensive coursework. The exchange program is framed with preparatory seminars at the participating universities and an integrated buddy program in which all participating students are involved. In Germany a continuing seminar and a reflection seminar follow after the first part of exchange. The other partners developed different post sojourn concepts. After the prep seminar (winter semester 1) 10 students travel for mentored and supervised internships to Ghana and 10 to North Carolina, combined with reflection seminars at the University of Education, Winneba respectively at the University of North Carolina. During the German continuation seminar (summer semester) a study camp with all involved students takes place at the UHH, again consisting of internships and reflection seminars. Excursions at all three locations with different topics like commemoration complement the exchanges. For the German students the program ends in the following winter semester 2 with a research workshop.
Content: The students navigate new cultural spaces and education systems and thus deal with uncertainty and alienation. To prepare for and reflect on these experiences and their awareness two main content dimensions were developed:
• uncertainty as a dimension of pedagogical action based on the sociology of knowledge approach and
• post- and neo colonialism and transcultural sensitivity
These approaches are introduced in the preparatory seminar. Oriented on the research method of autoethnography personal experiences during the exchange reflection takes place based on these main content dimensions too.
Research: The main research perspective focusses the impact of a trilateral internationalization project for the participants. We collect qualitative data in pre-, continuation- and post-interviews as well as reflective journals.
By using reconstructive methods and analysis, we ask about their learning outcome, the personal means for the participants and their suggestions of the impact for their future careers as educators.
References:
Andreas Bonnet, Uwe Hericks (2019). Professionalität und Professionalisierung als
biographische Bearbeitung der Spannungen zwischen Norm und Habitus. In: Kramer, Rolf-Thorsten & Pallesen, Hilke (Hrsg.). Lehrerhabitus. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt, 101-126.
Chwialkowska, Agnieszka (2020). Maximizing Cross-Cultural Learning From Exchange Study Abroad Programs: Transformative Learning Theory. In: Journal of Studies in International Education, 102831532090616. DOI: 10.1177/1028315320906163.
Evers, Henrike (2016). Bildung durch interkulturelle Begegnung. Eine empirische Studie zum Kontakt von Austauschstudierenden mit deutschen Familien. Bremen: Springer VS.
Wilken, Anja & Bonnet, Andreas (2022). Transformative Learning and Professionalization through Uncertainty? A Case Study of Pre-Service Language Teachers During a STIE. In: G. Barkhuizen (Ed.). Language Teachers Studing Abroad: Identities, Emotions and Diruptions. Multilingual Matters (PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE LEARNING AND TEACHING: 17).
Yilmaz, Sezen Merve & Iwers, Telse (2021). Entwicklung eines reflexionsorientierten Umgangs mit heterogenitätsbedingter Ungewissheit. Zeitschrift: Gruppe. Interaktion. Organisation. Zeitschrift für Angewandte Organisationspsychologie (GIO). 52 (4). S. 659-669. DOI: 10.1007/s11612-021-00597-3
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 12 B: Students' and Faculty's Views on Teacher Education in Higher Education Institutions Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gal Ben-Yehudah Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Pedagogical Model of Education Studies at the University of Málaga 1University of Malaga, Spain; 2University of Almería, Spain Presenting Author:This paper sets out to analyse and understand the training processes of education professionals that are taking place at the University of Malaga and what pedagogical models are being implemented and their relationship with the possibilities for change in the education system. In this faculty, teachers of pre-school and primary education, pedagogues and social educators are trained. The training of educators in Spain is heavily regulated by the central government, therefore, this study is presented as a case study of a more global reality. The training of education professionals is always in the spotlight of educational policies as well as biased ideological debates. Most of the time these debates are conducted according to one's own ideologies and the beliefs and assumptions about education that they imply, but they are rarely contrasted with rigorous research or critical diagnosis. We are dragging behind us traditions based on established ways of doing, and professional models that assume pedagogical models based on institutional cultures and not on educational knowledge (Kincheloe, 1998). For their part, documents from international organisations involved in education, such as UNESCO (2015), insist on the role of teachers and educational agents in the processes of change and transformation of education, as one of the necessary factors for the improvement of society and the achievement of the democratic principles and values of justice, freedom, equity, solidarity and diversity. The document states that "we must therefore rethink the content and objectives of pedagogy and teacher training" (p. 58). The challenges facing teachers nowadays make new demands on their training, which are not always present: diversity, the climate crisis, interculturality, as well as situations arising from new learning scenarios and social relations, through the mediations of the digital world (Martínez & Fernández, 2018; Freire, 2012; Cobo & Moravec, 2011). How are current pedagogical models in faculties of education addressing these emerging situations, both from the point of view of content and practices? This project, promoted by the Research Institute for the training of education professionals, brings together 15 teachers from different areas of knowledge in an interdisciplinary, open and complex proposal. We start from the idea that current training processes assume an established framework, from institutional traditions, and their epistemological, ontological and ethical frameworks in which the institution's training actions are framed, as well as the regulatory framework that establishes the conditions for their development, both at macro, meso and micro levels (Leite, et al. 2017; Márquez et al. 2022). This also involves taking into consideration the university institution and its educational, political, social and cultural characteristics. To this end, as specific objectives, we set out to analyse the point of view of the various state about the educational processes that are being developed: Training processes, structure of teaching work, personal trajectories, professional representations, etc. (Korthagen, et al., 2006). An epistemological study is also proposed on the design of university studies, in the light of current training proposals from educational theories and research; to assess the professional development of the faculty's graduates and their assessment of their strengths and weaknesses, as a result of their professional practice; to generate a diverse, complex and democratic discussion forum among the groups involved; to create a forum for discussion among the groups involved in the process; and to promote the development of the faculty's teaching staff and their professional development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We propose qualitative research with a biographical-narrative perspective. The methodological strategies are proposed in three phases: Phase O. Elaboration of a personal narrative by each member of the research team about their training experience, as a student and as a teacher. The framework of understanding shared by the research team is sought. Phase 1. Approach to the field. - Semi-open interviews with representatives of the different levels of the faculty: students (12, 3 per specialty), teaching staff (12, 3 per specialty) and, as far as possible, graduates (8, 2 per specialty). They will be taken from levels and degrees: first and final term students, from the 4 degrees of the faculty and, where appropriate, from the different mentions or specialties; teaching staff from the different departments and areas, different teaching categories, and with different lengths of service at the centre. - Interviews with academic responsibles for the centre in their different areas of responsibility: Dean's office, department directorships, coordinators of the different areas ..... Phase 2. Discussion. - Inter-school focus groups for the analysis, assessment and interpretation of the results of the interviews. Four focus are proposed: access, didactic models, learning contents, practicum. - Discussion group with agents external to the faculty, such as: educational administration, professional and trade union organizations, management, inspectorate, etc. Phase 3. Document Analysis. - Analysis of the content of the official documents and regulations of the Faculty of Educational Sciences, to understand the educational and training model that takes shape in them. In this sense, at least documents covering the three levels of normative concretion will be reviewed: Faculty, University, State. With a view to the final report, it is of interest that it be openly debated both in the faculty itself and in Malaga society, and therefore dissemination strategies based on discussion, debate, public presentation, etc. will be designed. In addition to the conventional academic means of disseminating research advances. It is therefore proposed that the results be presented at a seminar for reflection with interested parties, to discuss the results obtained and venture possibilities for future action to improve the training model of the faculty. This seminar will be attended by faculty members, in service teachers, education professionals from different fields, representatives of the schools and academic authorities of the province with responsibilities in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results that are initially emerging can be differentiated in terms of students and teachers: STUDENTS - The students' professional expectations are linked to their biographical trajectories linked to family patterns and previous experiences with teachers. They also focus the teaching profession on a welfare, service and care function. - Students do not question the established training model. They maintain a very structured view of education. In this sense, they question the practices of collaborative work and co-evaluation, even though they recognize their educational potential. - Perception of competitiveness linked to the obsession with qualifications, as opposed to learning. This leads to a strong pragmatism in their own training and an over-emphasis on the practical dimension. This implies a lack of theoretical and conceptual solidity, although there is some frustration at not having learned enough. - Good assessment of the atmosphere and human relations in the faculty, with a good assessment of the teaching staff, especially in terms of their human qualities. TEACHING STAFF - They have very different backgrounds, but show a strong motivation for education, often linked to social and political commitments. The university as a profession is not usually the first professional choice. Sometimes this choice is linked to experience with some teachers when they were students. - They hold the profession in high esteem in intellectual terms, but their training orientation is biased towards a technical approach. Focused on the transmission of knowledge with models that they know do not work, although they recognize that there is also social and citizenship training. - Feeling of strong personal involvement: I am a teacher 24/7. This is also related to the obligation to do research to be able to develop a university teaching career. - Questioning of students for their lack of commitment and motivation. References Cobo, C. & Moravec, J. (2011). El aprendizaje invisible: Hacia una nueva ecología de la educación. Barcelona: Universidad de Barcelona. De Lissovoy, N.; Means, A., & Saltman, K. (2015). Toward a New Common School Movement. Blulder, Colorado: Paradigm Publishers. Fullan, M. (2001). Leading in a culture of change. San Francisco: Jossey- Bass. Freire, J. (2012). Educación Expandida y nuevas instituciones: ¿Es posible la transformación? En R. Díaz (coord..), Educación expandida (págs. 67-84). Sevilla: Zemos98. XXI.Fricker, M. (2017). Injusticia epistémica. Herder Editorial. Furlong, John. (2013). Education–An anatomy of the discipline: Rescuing the university project? Abingdon: Routledge Martínez, J. B. & Fernández, E. (2018). Ecologías del aprendizaje: Educación expandida en contextos múltiples. Madrid: Morata. KINCHELOE, J. Knowledge and critical pedagogy: An introduction. Dordrecht: Springer, 1998 Korthagen, F. A. J., Loughran, J., y Russell, T. (2006). Developing fundamental principles for teacher education programs and practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 22 (8), 1020-1041. Kumashiro, K. (2020). Surrendered: Why progressives are losing the biggest battles ineducation. Teachers College Press LEITE, A.E.; CORTES, P.; RIVAS, J.I (2017) Narrativa y creatividad en la universidad. ¿Es posible transitar otros caminosen la enseñanza y el aprendizaje? En CORTES, P.; MARQUEZ, M.J. Creatividad, comunicación y educación: Más allá de las fronteras del saber establecido (p. 151-164). Uma Editorial. MARQUEZ, M.J.; LEITE, A. E.; KIRSCH, W. (2022) Novel metaphors for a novel school: Narratives, voicesand experiences from pre-service teachers engaged in service learning in Spain. In Teaching and TeacherEducation, 119. Novoa, A. M. (2019). Tres tesis para una tercera visión. Repensando la formación docente.Profesorado. Revista de Currículum y Formación de Profesorado, 23(3), 211-222. Rivas, J.I. (2018). Descolonizando la formación del profesorado: buscando sentido a la transformación social. Espacios en blanco, 28(1), 13-32 RIVAS, J.I. (2019) Ethnographic Inquiry in Teacher Education. En E. Oxford Research Encyclopedia, Oxford ResearchEncyclopedia, Education. New York: Oxford University Press, p. 1-19, UNESCO (2015). Replantear la educación ¿Hacia un bien común mundial?. creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/igo/ Walsh, C. (2013). Pedagogías decoloniales. Prácticas insurgentes de resistir, (re)exisitir y (re)vivir. Abya-Yala. Wenger, E. (2001). Comunidades de práctica. Aprendizaje, significado e identidad. Paidós. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Personal Relevance of Course Content in Inquiry Based Learning Arrangements in Online Higher Education Teaching Private University of Education, Diocese Linz, Austria Presenting Author:In recent years, the urgent discussion about teaching at colleges and universities online has triggered a rapid redesign of courses using modern media. In the summer semester 2021, and 2023 respectively, the pedagogical-didactic goal was to enable three groups of students of an online-course on social science research methods to acquire practice-oriented knowledge about working methods in social science research with a participatory, research-based teaching approach and to involve them cognitively and affective-emotionally. They should implement these working methods in a research project of their own choice. In addition, a data-based evaluation was carried out on the quality of the online course with regard to the personal relevance (Balwant, 2017) of the content, the development of the criteria of research-based learning (Reitinger, 2016), as well as their social science competencies. Studies by Eccles and Wigfield (2020, p. 59) have shown that student performance depends on positive emotions of those students. These emotions, in turn, are largely based on perceived control within courses, as well as the perceived value of the course content. Loderer, Pekrun and Lester (2020) as well as Pekrun and Linnenbrink-Garcia (2012) were also able to show for the tertiary education sector how the perceived control of learning arrangements and the ascribed value correlate with the cognitive and motivational engagement as well as the cognitively and emotionally conditioned behavior of students. Value and control remain the precursors of learning emotions online (Loderer, Pekrun & Lester, 2020, p. 2), whereby in the online situation, external factors, such as dependence on the internet connection or technical possibilities, or disturbing environmental influences can have a negative effect on the control factor. On the other hand, benefits such as dislocated learning, time saving, etc. can have a positive impact on learners' perceived control. Due to the possibility of individualisation and self-determination (Reitinger, 2016), inquiry-based learning seemed to be a suitable concept for the design of personally relevant teaching. Having a choice (Reeve, 2004), exploring authentically, hypothetising, and discussing ideas, processes, or results are crucial to inquiry based learning. At the same time, these are elements of self-determined learning that take into account the interests and concerns of the learners. In this way, inquiry based learning can provide valuable learning opportunities that allow the learner a great deal of control over the learning process. The challenge was to implement this in the online situation. Accordingly, three research questions emerged: To what extent do students experience a participatory, research-based learning process in online lessons? To what extent do students experience the course content in online lessons as personally relevant? Does this practice-oriented social science project also provide students with theoretical knowledge of social sciences´ research principles? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this quantitative empirical study, a questionnaire was filled out by the students at the end of the course (n=56). It contained three parts: Personal Involvement (PII), Inquiry based learning (CILI), and course specific knowledge concerning research methods in social sciences. The Personal Involvement Inventory (PII) is based on Zaichkowsky's concept of involvement (1994) in terms of personal relevance. Zaichkowsky's understanding of involvement focuses on the affective and cognitive relationship between the person and his or her activity. This view of involvement finds parallels in the study of emotions in the educational context (Pekrun et al., 2009). The personal relevance of courses was tested by 5 items of 2 categories based on the valid PII from the advertising industry: (1) Affective factors: engaging, exciting, stimulating, interesting, intriguing (2) Cognitive factors: significant, relevant, important, valuable, useful The questionnaire CILI, Criteria based Inquiry learning inventory (Reitinger, 2016), was used to test whether the online lessons gave students opportunities for research-based learning. It is based on 4 criteria which emerge, when inquiry learning takes. This inventory was used to test, whether the students experienced situations that allowed for these criteria to emerge. Finally, 10 items of the questionnaire aimed at the knowledge of the participants regarding methods in social sciences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The PII was used to measure the personal relevance of the course content for the students. All values of all five cognitive and five affective items are above the statistical standard. The course had a high value and benefit for the students. In addition, the affective items show that the positive emotions relevant to the learning process strongly predominated. The CILI questionnaire (Reitinger, 2016) contains 12 items, i.e. 3 items for each of the four criteria of research-based learning. The results show that all criteria of research-based learning were developed. During the course, the criteria of hypothetizing and critical discourse were particularly pronounced, followed by the opportunity to explore authentically in a self-determined way. The data also show that the course objective, namely the teaching of methodological skills in social science research, has been achieved. Factors of success were defined by the students themselves: these were the work in small groups by means of break-out sessions, independence and self-determination and the relatively free management of time. All these are factors that confirm the high level of control students have over their own learning process. The study shows, that positive emotions relevant for learning and personal involvement can be triggered successfully by inquiry based learning arrangements in online higher education teaching. References Artino, A. R. Jr. (2012). Emotions in online learning environments: Introduction to the special issue. Internet and Higher Education, 15, 137 – 140. Balwant, P. T. (2017). The meaning of student engagement and disengagement in Ryan, R.M. & Deci, the classroom context: Lessons from organisational behaviour. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 41, 389-401. http://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2017.1281887. Deci, E.L. (2000). Self-Determination Theory and the Facilitation of Intrinsic Motivation, Social Development, and Well-Being. American Psychologist 55(1):68-78. DOI:10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 Daniels, L.M. & Stupnisky, R.H. (2012). Not that different in theory: Discussing the control-value theory of emotions in online learning environments. Internet and Higher Education, 15, 222 – 226 Eccles, J.S. & Wigfield, A. (2020). From Expectancy-Value Theory to Situated Expectancy-Value Theory: A Developmental, Social Cognitive, and Sociocultural Perspective on Motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101859 Loderer, K., Pekrun, R. & Lester, J.C. (2020). Beyond cold technology: A systematic review and meta-analysis on emotions in technology-based learning environments. Learning and Instruction, 70, 101-162. Pekrun, R. & Linnenbrink-Garcia, L. (2012). Academic Emotions and Student Engagement. In S. Christenson, A. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Student Engagement. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614- 2018-7_12 Reich, K. (2006). Konstruktivistische Didaktik. Neuwied: Luchterhand. Reitinger, J. (2016). On the Nature and Empirical Accessibility of Inquiry Learning: The Criteria of Inquiry Learning Inventory (CILI). In J. Reitinger, C. Haberfellner, E. Brewster & M. Kramer (Eds.), Theory of inquiry learning arrangements. Research, reflection, and implementation (pp. 39-59). Kassel University Press. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 12 C: Teachers' Needs, Impact and Agency Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Erika Marie Pace Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Expression of Basic Psychological Needs in Students’ Metaphors about School and Learning Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:This research investigates the manifestation of basic psychological needs in student metaphors related to school and learning. The study is grounded in Self-Determination Theory (SDT), which identifies autonomy, competence, and relatedness as essential for psychological development and well-being (Deci & Ryan, 2000). The satisfaction of these needs forms the basis of how students sense their well-being in the school environment and learning and correspondingly, what their school experience is going to be like (Buzzai et al., 2021). Student well-being is a strategic goal in the Estonian educational policy (Estonian Ministry of Education and Research, 2020) and different state-wide student surveys are carried out. However, student school experience and making sense of it, is much more complex than state-wide surveys reveal. In order to better understand student school experiences and satisfaction in the school environment, it is necessary to understand how students see school and learning. One possibility in researching student attitude towards school and learning is to analyze student metaphors about school and learning. Often, student attitude toward school are studied explicitly by asking questions about school satisfaction (Lutsoja, 2022). However, student attitude on the thinking level might be automated and subconscious, which means that their understanding about school and learning might not be revealed through explicit questioning, but student implicit attitude must be studied as well (Tian et al., 2010). Metaphors can provide a viable solution for this purpose. As wording a metaphor requires a student to really think about the different concepts, the metaphor itself might reveal a deeper understanding of the topic. Metaphors are used more and more in studying student attitudes (Radmard et al., 2022; Demir, 2007; Lahelma, 2002). The study's significance lies in its novel approach to understanding students' school experiences and well-being by analyzing metaphors. Previous studies have demonstrated the efficacy of metaphor analysis in understanding beliefs and meanings in education (Lakoff & Johnson, 2011). However, the exploration of student metaphors about school and learning, particularly in the context of psychological basic needs satisfaction, remains largely unexamined. This research aims to fill this gap by determining if and how the analysis of metaphors can give an understanding to students' psychological basic needs satisfaction or frustration. The study addresses two primary research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data was collected by 94 students who participated in a BA level university course. They had a subject-specific learning task, which was to collect metaphors characterizing school and learning experience from three students. The sentence completion method was used (Holaday et al., 2000). Respondents had to answer two questions. First, they were given the beginning of a sentence: “School is like” by choosing the ending from a given set of words: a family, a prison, a factory/factory, a race arena, a garden, a team, a circus, an amusement park, a zoo. Respondents were also asked to justify their choice. For the second question, the students were not given any options from which to choose a metaphor. Students were asked to complete the following sentence: "Learning is like...", with their own metaphor. The students were asked to justify the sentence they had said. A total of 247 metaphors were collected from students across grades 1 to 12 through an open-ended questionnaire via convenience sampling. All grades of general education were represented in the sample. By grade, students were distributed as follows: 45 respondents from grades 1-3 I, 56 from grades 4-6, 68 from grades 7-9 and 79 from upper secondary school. Metaphors were then analyzed through the deductive content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008), Each metaphor was examined for its content and underlying implications, specifically focusing on how it related to these psychological needs. The metaphors were categorized based on whether they related to the need for autonomy, competence, or relatedness, and whether they indicated satisfaction, thwarting, or neutrality regarding these needs. This categorization process involved a detailed examination of the content and underlying implications of each metaphor. This study's methodology acknowledges the inherent subjectivity and complexity of metaphor interpretation. To address these challenges, the analysis was conducted by a team of researchers, allowing for multiple perspectives and reducing individual bias. Furthermore, the study employed a rigorous process of triangulation, cross-referencing findings with existing literature on psychological needs and student experiences in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings reveal that all three basic psychological needs - autonomy, competence and relatedness - are evident in students metaphors about school and learning. However, the satisfaction of these needs varied. The need for autonomy was most thwarted in both school and learning metaphors. In contrast, relatedness was mostly supported in school metaphors but thwarted in learning metaphors. The need for competence showed a mix of support and thwarting across different contexts. Retrieved from the metaphors, the students chose the prison metaphor the most, which was explained by the freedom or restriction of leisure time and having to do forced activities at school. In addition to the loss of freedom in time and space, the respondents pointed out that they do not have a choice of learning content, which may be indicative of teacher-centred learning. The research also identified differences across school levels. Primary school students' metaphors indicated support for autonomy, while secondary school students' metaphors reflected its thwarting, especially in grades 7-9. High school students' metaphors predominantly showed satisfaction of the need for relatedness. These findings suggest that metaphors can be a useful tool in understanding students' psychological basic needs satisfaction in educational settings. They provide a nuanced view of students' experiences and perceptions that goes beyond traditional surveys and questionnaires. The metaphors offer insights into the emotional and psychological aspects of students' school experiences, highlighting areas where their basic needs are being met or neglected. References Buzzai, C., Sorrenti, L., Costa, S., Toffle, M. E., & Filippello, P. (2021). The relationship between school-basic psychological need satisfaction and frustration, academic engagement and academic achievement. School Psychology International, 014303432110171. https://doi.org/10.1177/01430343211017170 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The "what" and "why" of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227– 268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Demir, C. E. (2007). Metaphors as a reflection of middle school students’ perceptions of school: A cross-cultural analysis. Educational Research and Evaluation, 13(2), 89– 107. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803610701204099 Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of advanced nursing, 62(1), 107-115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Haridus- ja Teadusministeerium. (2020). Education Strategy 2021-2035. https://www.hm.ee/sites/default/files/haridusvaldkonna_arengukava_2035_2810_0. Holaday, M., Smith, D. A., & Sherry, A. (2000). Sentence Completion Tests: A Review of the Literature and Results of a Survey of Members of the Society for Personality Assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 74(3), 371–383. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327752jpa7403_3 Lahelma, E. (2002). School is for Meeting Friends: Secondary school as lived and remembered. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 23(3), 367–381. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142569022000015418 Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (2008). Metaphors we live by. University of Chicago press. Lutsoja, K., Matina, J., Rebane, M. (2022). Results of the 2021 general education satisfaction survey. Report. https://harno.ee/sites/default/files/documents/2022-01/%C3%9Cldhariduskoolide%20rahulolu-%20ja%20koolikeskkonna%20k%C3%BCsitluste%20riiklik%20aruanne%202021.pdf Radmard, S., Soysal, Y., & Dag, Ş. (2022). A Large-Scale Examination of Elementary and Secondary School Students Metaphors Pertaining School Phenomenon. Hacettepe University Journal of Education, 37(3), 1–24. https:/doi.org/10.16986/huje.2021073564 Tian, L. li, Liu, W., & Gilman, R. (2010). Explicit and implicit school satisfaction. Social Behavior and Personality: An International Journal, 38(10), 1345–1353. https://doi.org/10.2224/sbp.2010.38.10.1345 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper 1. Democracy's Guardians: Decoding Populism's Impact on Teachers in Europe 1Dublin City University, Ireland; 2University of Huddersfield; 3Ss. Cyril and Methodius University of Skopje, MKD; 4University of Patras, GR Presenting Author:This proposal presents the results of a three-year European comparative research project focussing on the rise, influence, and impact of populism on young people in Europe. The research explored intricate relationships between populism and education in four countries in Europe: the Republic of North Macedonia, the United Kingdom, Greece, and Ireland. The study, was conducted as part of the CitEdEv (Citizenship Education in the Context of European Values) research initiative supported by the EU’s Erasmus+ Jean Monet Network. The research aimed to investigate the complex and multifaceted nature of populism and its impact on educational landscapes, societal dynamics, and democratic values across European nations, both within and outside of the European Union. The research project sought to make EU citizenship education relevant to a context in which many children and young people are increasingly anxious and concerned about their futures in the face of populism, xenophobia, divisive nationalism, discrimination, fake news and misinformation, and the rise of right-wing politics in Europe, as well as the challenge of radicalisation. The research anticipates highlighting the adaptability of populist narratives to diverse value systems, the challenges faced by educators in navigating complex landscapes, and the necessity for ongoing investigation and research. Additionally, the study will produce a casebook for educators which emphasises the pivotal role of education in addressing populist challenges, urging more explicit incorporation of populist themes into the curriculum (both formal and informal) to equip students with critical thinking skills, digital literacy, and skills required to interrogate knowledge and facts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employs a qualitative case study approach to comprehensively investigate the nuances of populism and its intersection with education. Mudde and Kaltwasser's (2017) definition of populism serves as a conceptual framework for interviews and focus groups conducted with educators, students, and relevant stakeholders in each country. The contextual factors, historical backgrounds, and societal influences are considered, providing a rich understanding of the complexities associated with populism in diverse European settings. The data will be triangulated with secondary analysis of literature, expert interviews, and case studies. Purposive sampling was applied to the target population, ensuring a range of experiences, genders, school-type and governance. During the interviews, teachers were asked about their understanding of the term populism, if and how it featured in the formal and informal activities of the school, what resources teachers might need to teach about this idea and how education systems might respond to the threats and challenges posed by populism to EU values and to previously accepted notions of knowledge-formation, understanding and expertise. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The collective findings from the four case studies shed light on common threads and emerging patterns, contributing to a broader understanding of populism's evolving nature. Emerging from the data was the concept of the differences between education institutions, the formal curriculum, and the wider political/social culture, particularly in these fast-changing times where political national and European events can determine societal and individual responses. The data also revealed that there are significant differences in scope and opinion depending on the educational discipline of the teacher. The analysis of the findings may help to enable teachers to respond skilfully and quickly to a wider populist political culture in their home countries. In North Macedonia, the struggle against populism is shaped by historical, societal, and economic contexts, with educators facing the challenge of instilling critical thinking, democratic values, and media literacy. The United Kingdom undergoes a transformation as populist governance challenges democratic foundations, prompting a call for educators to defend democratic values and foster citizenship education. In Greece, populism emerges as a mobilising force during economic hardships, affecting various aspects of society, including education, media, and social relationships. Ireland presents a multifaceted portrait of populism challenging democratic values propelled by anti-immigrant populist sentiment, with education emerging as a crucial battleground. The findings underscore the need for continued scrutiny and understanding of populism's impact on education and society at large. As part of the Jean Monet network this research contributes to the European dimension by operationalising of the Paris Declaration of March 17 2015 (Eurydice, 2016) agreed upon by EU Education Ministers and Commissioner Navracsics promoting citizenship and common values through education, which identified the ‘urgent need to cooperate and coordinate, to exchange experiences, and to ensure that the best ideas and practices can be shared throughout the European Union. References Mudde, C., & Kaltwasser, C. R. (2017). Populism: A very short introduction. Oxford University Press. Mudde, C. (2007). Populist radical right parties in Europe. Cambridge University Press. Kenny, M. (2017). The Politics of Migration and Immigration in Europe. SAGE Publications. Estelle, M., & Castellvi, J. (2020). Understanding Populism through Education. In Populism, Media, and Education (pp. 1-19). Springer. Renaud Camus. (2011). The Great Replacement. Éditions de l'Œuvre. JR: 25-01-2024 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Interplay of Team Teaching Practices and Perceptions on Student Teachers’ Professional Identity University of Antwerp, Belgium Presenting Author:Abstract Team teaching at the workplace holds promise for (re)creating strong professional identities among student teachers in teacher education. The current study explores the mediating impact of both the advantages and disadvantages of (team) teaching on crucial components of student teachers’ professional identity, specifically those previously identified as influenced or significantly impacted by team teaching in empirical research: learning and regulation activities, reflective thinking, and motivation. A cohort of 464 student teachers was randomly assigned to one of three student teaching formats: team teaching (A1 intervention), team teaching with support (A2 intervention), and traditional teaching (Control intervention). Results of Bayesian structural equation modeling show that certain dimensions of these components were indirectly influenced or significantly impacted by interventions, mainly through the disadvantages and exceptionally through the advantages of (team) teaching. This finding highlights the intricate interplay between team teaching practices and perceptions in the (re)creation of student teachers’ professional identity. Introduction Creating strong professional identities in student teachers is a crucial aspect of teacher education (Beauchamp & Thomas, 2010). A solid teacher identity not only supports them during their education, but also sustains them in their future profession (Timoštšuk & Ugate, 2010). Professional identity, defined as dynamic and multidimensional, encompasses the perceptions, meanings, images, and self-knowledge that student teachers have of themselves (Rodrigues & Mogarro, 2019). It is socially (re)created through interactions with education professionals, such as teacher educators, peers, and mentors (Dikiltas & Bahrami, 2022). Moreover, team teaching (with a mentor) as a collaborative student teaching format may facilitate this social process in (re)creating a professional identity (Aliakbari & Valizadeh, 2023; De Backer et al., 2023b). The findings presented by De Backer et al. (2023b) emphasize the significant impact of team teaching, especially when complemented with extended support, on key components of student teachers’ professional identity, particularly observed in learning and regulation activities (Endedijk et al., 2020), reflective thinking (Kember et al., 2000), and motivation (Vansteenkiste et al., 2009). While team teaching holds promise for learning to teach, acknowledging both its advantages and disadvantages from the perspective of participating student teachers is important (Baeten and Simons, 2014; De Backer et al., 2021). It is prevalent that student teachers hold different personal beliefs, resulting in varying perceptions regarding team teaching (De Backer et al. 2023a). These perceptions might influence student teachers’ outcomes and thus the overall effectiveness of team teaching (Ronfeldt et al., 2015; Saunders et al., 2009). The central research question guiding this study is: To what extent does team teaching or team teaching with support indirectly impact student teachers’ professional identity related to their learning and regulation activities (RQa), reflective thinking (RQb), and motivation (RQc) through the advantages or disadvantages of (team) teaching? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The current study was conducted at a Flemish College of Education as part of a three-year teacher education program designed for students pursuing bachelor's degrees in either preschool or primary education. This program offers four education paths, including standard (i.e., day classes) and flexible (i.e., evening classes) tracks for preschool or primary education. A randomized complete block design was adopted, with 464 student teachers within each education path randomly assigned to one of three student teaching formats: team teaching (A1 intervention, n = 128), team teaching with support (A2 intervention, n = 129), or traditional teaching (Control intervention, n = 207). The latter category also included student teachers who lacked permanent mentors due to a teacher shortage. The instrument used in this study was a composite questionnaire that incorporated various validated scales found in existing literature. To explore the interplay between (team) teaching practices and perceptions on student teachers’ professional identity, a Bayesian structural equation modeling (SEM) method was implemented using R (version 4.2.2) and Stan (version 2.26.1). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results The results of Bayesian structural equation modeling show that the advantages of teaching demonstrated a mediating influence on the motivation of student teachers in the intervention traditional teaching, particularly for the dimension of introjected regulation. In a related finding, the disadvantages of (team) teaching were identified as having a mediating influence on learning and regulation activities, specifically in the dimension of proactive and broad use of the mentor for student teachers in both traditional teaching and team teaching, as compared to traditional teaching. This pattern held true for reflective thinking in the dimension of reflection as well. This nuanced understanding underscores the importance of team teaching practices and perceptions on student teachers’ professional identity and offers valuable insights for teacher educators and institutions aiming to optimize learning to teach. Conclusion In conclusion, unraveling the interplay between team teaching practices and perceptions on student teachers' professional identity reveals that negative perceptions about team teaching exert a greater impact than positive ones. Consequently, there is a need to proactively address and mitigate negative perceptions about team teaching in the (re)creation of student teachers’ professional identity. This insight contributes valuable perspectives to the ongoing discourse of team teaching as a student teaching format in teacher education, providing teacher educators and policymakers with tools to optimize the effectiveness of team teaching, especially when accompanied by support. References Aliakbari, M., & Valizadeh, P. (2023). Exploring identity construction in team teaching: The case of Iranian student-teachers. Cogent Education, 10(1), 2168934. Baeten, M., & Simons, M. (2014). Student teachers' team teaching: Models, effects, and conditions for implementation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 41, 92-110. Beauchamp, C., & Thomas, L. (2010). Reflecting on an ideal: Student teachers envision a future identity. Reflective Practice, 11(5), 631-643. De Backer, L., Simons, M., Schelfhout, W., & Vandervieren, E. (2021). Let's team up! Measuring student teachers' perceptions of team teaching experiences. Teacher education: new perspectives, Intechopen, pp. 1-22. De Backer, L., Schelfhout, W., Simons, M., & Vandervieren, E. (2023a). Student teachers’ peer team teaching experiences from a quantitative perspective: Perceptions, profiles and transition probabilities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 135, 104361. De Backer, L., Schelfhout, W., Simons, M., Vandervieren, E., & Rivera Espejo, J. (2023b). Impact of Team Teaching on Student Teachers’ Professional Identity: A Bayesian Approach. Education Sciences, 13(11), 1087. Dikilitaş, K., & Bahrami, V. (2022). Teacher identity (re)construction in collaborative bilingual education: The emergence of dyadic identity. TESOL Quarterly. Endedijk, M. D., Van Daal, T., Donche, V., & Oosterheert, I. E. (2020). The revised inventory learning to teach process: Development of a questionnaire measuring how student teachers learn. Pedagogische Studien, 97(6), 378-402. Kember, D., Leung, D. Y., Jones, A., Loke, A. Y., McKay, J., Sinclair, K., ... & Yeung, E. (2000). Development of a questionnaire to measure the level of reflective thinking. Assessment & evaluation in higher education, 25(4), 381-395. Rodrigues, F., & Mogarro, M. J. (2019). Student teachers’ professional identity: A review of research contributions. Educational research review, 28, 100286. Ronfeldt, M., Farmer, S. O., McQueen, K., & Grissom, J. A. (2015). Teacher Collaboration in Instructional Teams and Student Achievement (Vol. 52). Saunders, W. M., Goldenberg, C. N., & Gallimore, R. (2009). Increasing Achievement by Focusing Grade-Level Teams on Improving Classroom Learning: A Prospective, Quasi-Experimental Study of Title I Schools. American Educational Research Journal, 46(4), 1006-1033. Timoštšuk, I., & Ugaste, A. (2010). Student teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and teacher education, 26(8), 1563-1570. Vansteenkiste, M., Sierens, E., Soenens, B., Luyckx, K., & Lens, W. (2009). Motivational profiles from a self-determination perspective: The quality of motivation matters. Journal of educational psychology, 101(3), 671. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 10 SES 12 D: Student Teachers and Teacher Educators Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sverker Lindblad Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Is There a Difference Between How School Children with and Without Special Needs Enjoy and Experience Inclusion in Physical Education? 1University College South; 2University College Absalon; 3University College North Presenting Author:In European nations, the approaches to incorporating children with special needs into educational settings differ. Several countries, including Denmark, have adopted inclusive education to different extents. In this context, children with special needs participate in mainstream primary schools alongside their peers without similar requirements. Denmark stands out as a country where public schools accommodate children with special needs, and the option of attending a special school is reserved for situations demanding substantial support. Consequently, a considerable number of students with special needs are integrated into the mainstream environment of Danish public schools. Nearly one in 10 students in Danish primary schools have special needs, which may manifest as autism, ADHD, depression, OCD, or anxiety (Children's Aid Foundation, 2022). Further, the proportion of students with psychiatric diagnoses has increased by 42% over the last 10 years (Kleding, 2023). Many students with special needs require extra care or attention and participate less in physical education than their peers (Bentholm, 2017). Moreover, many physical education teachers report feeling that they lack the competencies needed to include these students in their classes (Andreasen et al., 2022). One-third of all students with special needs are exempt from one or more subjects in Danish school, and the subject most exempted is physical education (Disabled People’s Organisations Denmark, 2019). This is concerning, as research has also found that children on the autism spectrum are less physically active in school and leisure compared to children without diagnoses (Pan et al., 2016; Pilgaard et al., 2022). Additionally, children with special needs may face challenges with motor skills, attention, and social interaction, which could contribute to their lower levels of physical activity (Guthold et al., 2019; Pan et al., 2016). On the other hand, research also indicates that being physically active in school can contribute to strengthening students' self-esteem and well-being (Huang & Brittain, 2006). The school is an ideal setting to work on strengthening and building students' relationships and communities through physical activities (Holt & Christiansen, 2017; Molbæk et al., 2015; Petersen, 2014). Furthermore, teachers in Danish primary schools are obligated to organize and conduct lessons where all students have the opportunity to thrive and develop within the social and academic communities of the school (Ministry of Children and Education, 2012). The purpose of the present study is, to explore students' and physical education teachers' experiences in including students with special needs in physical education. Pupils experiencing various degrees of disabilities or impairments (mental, social, or behavioral challenges), which pose a challenge for them in terms of participating in physical education on equal terms with their peers, are referred to as children with special needs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses mixed methods, where both the quantitative and qualitative methods were applied in both data collection and data analysis (Johnson, Onwuegbuzie & Turner, 2007). The study captures the perspectives of students' and teachers/social educators teaching physical education in Danish public school (children aged six to 16) (referred to as “PE teachers” in the study) The quantitative data were collected by sending an electronic questionnaire to six public schools in Denmark, disseminated through our network, by social media, two podcast episodes targeting PE teachers, and through a conference targeting PE teachers. In total, 428 of 498 students completed the questionnaire. Data were analyzed using IBM SPSS statistics. Informants for interviews were recruited through the questionnaire survey, where all informants were asked if they wished to participate in an interview; our networks, and through the before mentioned conference. All interviews were conducted online. The interview study is based on interviews with 16 PE teachers and were conducted through group interviews. The interview guide included both open-ended questions and questions based on the results from the questionnaire survey. Data was analyzed using "framework analysis" (Ritchie & Spencer, 1994), coding was conducted within the framework of the interview guide, and the analytical findings were discussed and validated within the author group. Nvivo was used to facilitate the process of data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show that while the majority of pupils in general enjoy physical education, children with special needs have less enjoyment of physical education that children without special needs. Furthermore, in general, most children experience to be included in physical education class. However, for all six questions regarding inclusion in physical education class, fewer pupils with special needs than pupils without special needs agreed with the proposed questions. However, only responses to two of six questions were statistically significant. Most teachers have experience teaching students with psychological, social, or behavioral difficulties in physical education, and this group of students is the predominant focus in the interviews. Teachers explained how students with autism, Asperger's syndrome, and ADHD face challenges in ignoring and interpreting sensory impressions in physical education. These students struggle to decode social rules and need predictability, clear guidelines, and adult support in physical education. Further, teachers regularly face students who require various special considerations, which they actively take into account in their teaching. Many teachers in the upper grades experience that a significant number of teenage students struggle with having physical contact with each other, for example, during apparatus activities. Thus, our findings indicate that many teachers encounter students with psychological, social, or behavioral difficulties, as well as mild or severe motor difficulties, or visual and hearing impairments in physical education. We also observe indications that some teachers: may not find it possible to include these students in physical education; lack the necessary skills and teaching materials and experience a lack of sufficient resources. To successfully include students with special needs in physical education, it may require both local prioritization within schools and a consideration of structural aspects at the political level, such as responsibility distribution, organization, and resource allocation within the physical education domain. References Andreasen, A.G., Rangvid, B.S. & Lindeberg, N. H. (2022). Støtte, støttebehov og elevresultater - Delrapport 1. Inkluderende læringsmiljøer og specialpædagogisk bistand VIVE. The Danish Center for Social Science Research. Bentholm, A. (2017). Du må ikke løbe uden for banen. En processociologisk undersøgelse af inklusion af elever med autisme og ADHD i skoleidrætten. University of Copenhagen. Ministry of Children and Education (2012). Regler om inklusion. Tilgået 12. maj 2023: Children's Aid Foundation. (2022). Børn med særlige behov trives dårligere i skolen end deres klassekammerater. Accessed January 29th 2024. Disabled People’s Organisations Denmark (2020). Undersøgelse om inklusion i grundskolen. Accessed January 29th 2024. Guldager, J.D., Andersen, M.F., Christensen, A.B., Bertelsen, K. & Christiansen, L.B. (2023). Status på IdrætsFaget 2022. Idrætsundervisernes oplevelse af idrætsfaget og udviklingen af faget gennem årene. Research and Implementation Centre for Human Movement and Learning (FIIBL). Guthold, R., Stevens, G.A., Riley, L.M. & Bull, F.C. (2019). Global trends in insufficient physical activity among adolescents: A pooled analysis of 298 population-based surveys with 1.6 million participants. The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health. 4(1), 23–35 Holt, A-D. & Christiansen, L. B. (2017). Inklusion og eksklusion i skolens bevægelsesfællesskaber. MOV:E special edition 2017. Research and Implementation Centre for Human Movement and Learning (FIIBL). Huang, C. & Brittain, I. (2006). Negotiating identities through Disability Sport. Sociology of Sport Journal. 23(4), 352-375. Johnson R.B., Onwuegbuzie, A.J. & Turner, L.A. (2007). Toward a Definition of Mixed Methods Research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research. 1(2)112-133. Kleding, E. (2023). Stigningen fortsætter: Flere og flere elever ender i specialtilbud. Momentum. 03, 15. årgang, KL. Molbæk, M., Quvang, C. & Sørensen, H. L. (2015). Deltagelse og forskellighed - en grundbog om inklusion og specialpædagogik i lærerpraksis. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Pan, C-Y, Tsai, C-L, Chu, C-H, Sung, M-C, Ma, W-Y, Huang, C-Y. (2016). Objectively Measured Physical Activity and Health-Related Physical Fitness in Secondary School-Aged Male Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders. Physical Therapy. 96(4), 511-520. Petersen, K. R. (2014). Inklusion: En guide til inkluderende praksis i skolen. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Pilgaard, M., Elmose-Østerlund, K., Engell, Z., Bilberg, L. & Toftgård, N. A. (2022). Idræt for mennesker for funktionsnedsættelse i Danmark. Litteraturreview og analyser fra Danmark i Bevægelse. Idrættens Analyseinstitut. Ritchie, J & Spencer, L. (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis for Applied Policy Research. In: B. Bryman & R. Burgess (red.), Analyzing qualitative data (p. 173–194). Routledge. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Transforming Professional Identities in Uncertain Contexts - Using Manipulatives as Methodological Tools to Explore the Professional Development of Kazakh Teacher Educators 1University of Sussex, United Kingdom; 2Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Over the last ten years there has been increasing global interest in the evolution and re-conceptualisation of the role of teacher educators (Ben Peretz, 2012; Tatto and Menter, 2019; Mayer et al, 2021), although little has been captured on their developing role in Kazakhstan . This paper will present the use of an innovative research tool, the use of Lego Serious Play as a manipulative, to capture and represent the professional development experiences of teacher educators in a women's pedagogic university in Kazakhstan. Much established research on teacher educators emphasises the complexity of the work and multiple skills needed, but equally also identifies a range of issues and tensions faced by teacher educators. For example the dual transition that teacher educators make into university life and lack of induction into new roles. Often teacher educators move into universities after teaching in schools, so they have to make the transition from school to university and a further transition from a predominantly teaching role to a wider academic role which includes research. Swennen et al. (2010) identify four main roles or sub-identities which teacher educators adopt: schoolteacher, teacher in higher education, teacher of teachers and researcher. They argue that, in many cases, teacher educators have to transform themselves in order to take on certain identities, especially the researcher role. Such transformations and landmarks undertaken by teacher educators are the focus of this study. Research questions and objectives This research builds on an earlier study in the UK (Griffiths and Thompson, 2010) which investigated the transition of early career teacher educators into higher education and research. This research investigates similar themes but in the context of Kazakh teacher preparation and examines a cohort of early to mid-career teacher educators using Lego Serious Play as a methdologial tool to stimulate reflection, discussion and exploration. Research questions included:
The objectives of the study were to analyse and compare the career experiences of teacher educators; in particular, to identify stages of development, landmark events and critical incidents and contextual factors affecting professional learning and academic identities. Theoretical framework The overarching theoretical framework used in the study is socio-cultural learning, in recognition that the specific context in which teacher educators work and their relationships within this are of vital importance in the process of learning (Lave & Wenger, 1991). Eraut’s (2007) research on contextual and learning factors in the workplace is used to identify key factors affecting teacher educators’ professional learning and any differences between the contexts. Lave and Wenger's (1991) model of legitimate peripheral participation was useful for studying teacher educators' induction and development over time. Whilst emerging studies on the use of Lego Serious Play (James 2013; Mc Cusker, 2020) as a research tool provide the foundation for its methodological use in this work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research methods Creative research methods are a rapidly developing area of social enquiry and are informing an evolving visual culture in research (Deaney & Wilson, 2011, Kara, 2021) ).The use of Lego Serious Play (Roos and Victor, 2018) as a research method alongside qualitative interviews was adapted from a teaching and learning strategy often used in business contexts. Models were created by participants (6 teacher educators) using prompt questions and specially selected Lego bricks to explore critical incidents, aspirations, challenges and contexts. An embedded case study approach (Cohen et al., 2007; Yin, 2002) was used with purposive sampling to identify six early and mid-career teacher educators . Participants were asked to explore their professional biographies, academic and research landmarks and barriers and successes using the Lego sets. These were then used as a basis for discussion and exploration in the interviews. Participants were asked to reflect on the use of manipulative as a research tool. Confidentiality was assured and all names have been removed from examples and interview extracts to protect anonymity and, where used, photographs of models do not include the identity of the participant. . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research findings Significant and transformational landmarks have been initially identified after the first set of workshops with Lego Serious Play, with development in teaching seen as largely positive, while research development (and associated identities) as much more varied. Teacher educators who were further on in their careers saw research development as transformative personally as well as academically. In analysing findings, we continue to draw particularly on Swennen et al.’s (2010) identification of teacher educators’ sub-identities. Lego Serious Play is found to be a rich data source to identify and explore landmarks, positive features and barriers to development. Enhanced verbal input resulted from using manipulatives to represent highs and lows of experience, including the visual representation of emotion and challenge. Questions have arisen about the most effective use of the models. This is a useful research tool and we argue that it is particularly suitable for researching teacher educators’ identities, but it needs further clarification and earlier guidelines for use. The findings make a strong contribution to the growing body of European research on teacher educators’ professional development both in general and in the specific case of those working in pedagogical contexts in Kazakhstan. References Bagnoli, A (2009) Beyond the standard interview: the use of graphic elicitation and arts-based methods. Qualitative Research, 9(5) 547-540 Ben-Peretez, M (2012), Teacher Educators as Members of an Evolving Profession, P & L Education Griffiths, V., Thompson, S. and Hyrniewicz, L. (2014) Living Graphs As A Methodological Tool: Representing Landmarks In The Professional Development Of Teacher Educators, Teacher Education Advancement Network Journal, (6:1) James, A. (2013) “Lego Serious Play: a three-dimensional approach to learning development.” Journal of Learning Development in Higher Education, 6. Kara H, (2021), Creative Research Methods in Education: Principles and Practices, Policy Press Lave,J. & Wenger,E. (1991) Situated learning: legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Mayer, D., Goodwin, A. L., & Mockler, N. (2021). Teacher education policy: Future research, teaching in contexts of super-diversity and early career teaching. In D. Mayer (Ed.), Teacher education policy and research: Global perspectives (pp. 209–223). Springer McCusker, Sean (2020) Everybody’s monkey is important: LEGO® Serious Play® as a methodology for enabling equality of voice within diverse groups. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 43 (2). Swennen, A., Jones,K. & Volman,M. (2010) Teacher educators, their identities, sub-identities and implications for professional development. Professional Development in Education 36(1-2) Tatto, M and I Menter, (2019), Knowledge, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education, A Cross-National Study, Bloomsbury Academic 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Affordances, Constraints and Tensions Experienced by Teachers in Chile When Mentoring Pre Service Teachers Pontificia Universidad Ca, Chile Presenting Author:Across many jurisdictions, educational policies have intensified the practicum component of initial teacher education (ITE), and school teachers are called to work with preservice teachers (PST) in a mentoring capacity. In that capacity, classroom teachers are asked to become teacher educators as they engage in institutionalized interactions with preservice teachers to contribute to their professional learning (Nesje and Lejonberg, 2022). The objective of this study is to examine the work of teachers in Chile who mentor preservice teachers (PST) who are placed in their classrooms as part of a practicum course. Using the conceptual framework describing seven domains of quality mentoring developed by Ellis and collaborators (2020), qualitative data analysis seeks to identify affordances, constraints, and tensions in mentoring work identified by 62 mentor elementary and secondary teachers distributed in 11 schools. In Chile, accreditation requirements specify that initial teacher education (ITE) programs must develop partnerships with schools to implement a sequence of early and progressive practicum courses. A university-based faculty assigned to the practicum course is typically responsible for monitoring and supporting PSTs and their mentor teachers (Barahona, 2019). This faculty is expected to act as a boundary broker, introducing elements of the ITE program and the specific practicum requirements into the work of mentor teachers and their classrooms (Author, 2015). Ellis et al. (2020) proposed a 7-domain typology of high-quality mentoring and mentors of preservice teachers. This typology was developed based on a literature review including 70 articles examining mentoring relationships. Domain 1 refers to the characteristics of a productive collaboration between the university and mentor teachers. Domain 2 refers to the motivational factors that mobilize mentor teachers' interactions with PSTs and their preparation and experiences to enact the role flexibly. Domain 3 refers to the relational dimension of mentoring that allows for reflective conversations. Domain 4 addresses the instrumental aspects or tools through which mentors support PSTs’ learning, such as providing feedback on lesson plans or observing PSTs delivering a lesson. Domain 5 involves modeling effective teaching, helping PSTs connect theory and practice, and developing a shared language and expectations by framing practice in the context of professional standards. Domain 6 relates to maintaining a welcoming socio-professional context and providing emotional support to PSTs. Mentors help PSTs negotiate conflicts and establish professional relations with other school personnel, supporting organizational socialization. Domain 7 refers to adopting a progressive mindset and mentor’s openness to new ideas concerning curricula, instruction, and assessment practices that PST might want to try out in the classroom.
The tasks of mentoring represent demands, and mentor teachers (as well as PST) recognize and respond to them by using “cultural (e.g., ideas, values, beliefs), structural (e.g., relationships, roles, power, trust), or material (e.g., resources, physical environment) conditions” (Schaap et al., 2019, p. 815). These affordances affect classroom teachers’ participation in mentoring activities as they perceive, interpret, and actively shape such affordances. When negotiating demands and constraints, tensions may arise due to unclear expectations, incomplete information, or conflicting roles and values. According to Schaap et al., these tensions are usually associated with negative emotions.
Research questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design Data used to answer the research questions were drawn from the second stage of a more extensive study examining how school practitioners understood and participated in the practicum component of initial teacher preparation in Chile. The larger study involved a sequential mixed-method design. In the first stage, a survey was distributed to 91 schools serving as practicum sites, and in the second stage, group interviews were conducted with teachers in 11 of these schools. Participants A total of 62 mentor teachers participated in group interviews, 15 of whom were males. Slightly less than half (n=29) were taught in a public municipal school, 23 in a private school financed through a state voucher, and 10 in a private school fully funded by parents. They averaged ten years of teaching experience, ranging from three to 33 years. Over the last two years, they had mentored four PSTs on average. Among participants, 28 taught in secondary grades, and the remaining in elementary classrooms. Instruments and procedures A flexible interview protocol was developed to address the following topics and questions: • Experiences with their mentor teacher when completing their ITE program. • What is the main idea you want to convey to PSTs? • Why do you want to convey that idea? • Factors that facilitate or create obstacles to mentoring • Mechanisms for coordination and alignment with the university Group size ranged from three to eight teachers. Audio-taped interviews were conducted at the school and lasted about 90 minutes. All participants signed an informed consent approved by the researchers´ institutional ethics review board and were offered an incentive of a $5 gift certificate. Data analysis A thematic analysis of the transcripts was conducted following the steps proposed by Braun and Clarke (2006). A priori, theory-driven codes were defined addressing elements of the seven domains proposed by Ellis et al. (2020).Within each domain, these codes were grouped to address the themes of the research questions: (a) affordances, (b) constraints, and (c) tensions in mentoring. In the full paper, interview excerpts will be provided to illustrate these domains and themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Mentor teachers worked with pre-service teachers from different universities and completing different courses in the practicum component of ITE programs. They identified three main affordances. First, their teaching experiences and motivation to contribute to preparing the next generation of teachers. Second, engaging in joint work with the university-based practicum instructor was an essential support for the work entailed in mentoring. Learning from PST motivated mentors’ engagement. The lack of collaboration and coordination with the university was a key constraint. Participants repeatedly provided examples expressing concerns and frustration about the absence of the university supervisor in their classrooms, restricted opportunities for joint work, and an absence of preparation that would inform them about their role and how to support PSTs’ learning to teach. Mentors noted a distance between the theories learned at the university and the practices that worked well with their pupils. Tensions emerged when mentors had to negotiate their double responsibilities toward pupils’ and PSTs’ learning; which was most often resolved by prioritizing their teacher role over their mentor role (Jasper et al., 2014). Tensions also emerged when the feedback they provided to PST was ignored by the university and PST and when it was not received constructively by the PST, generating negative feelings. Results highlight the importance of strengthening these affordances through support groups where mentors, PSTs, and university supervisors reflect, encourage, and guide each other‘s practices (Stanulis and Russell, 2000). Joint work can also strengthen mentor teachers’ development of a teacher-educator identity (Andreasen et al., 2019). References Andreasen, J.K., Bjørndal, C.R.P., and Kovač, V.B. (2019). Being a teacher and teacher educator: The antecedents of teacher educator identity among mentor teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 281 -291. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.05.011 Author, 2015. Barahona, M. (2019). What matters to supervisors and is this reflected in what they do? Analysing the work of university supervisors of the practicum. Journal of Education for Teaching, 45:3, 262–276. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3:2, 77–101. Ellis, N. J., Alonzo, D., y Nguyen, H. T. M. (2020). Elements of a quality pre-service teacher mentor: A literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 92, 103072. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103072 Jaspers, W. M., Meijer, P. C., Prins, F., & Wubbels, T. (2014). Mentor teachers: Their perceived possibilities and challenges as mentor and teacher. Teaching and Teacher Education, 44, 106–116. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.08.005 Nesje, K., & Lejonberg, E. (2022). Tools for the school-based mentoring of pre-service teachers: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 111, 103609. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103609 Schaap, H., Louws, M., Meirink, J., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., Van Der Want, A., Zuiker, I., Zwart, R., & Meijer, P. (2019). Tensions experienced by teachers when participating in a professional learning community. Professional Development in Education, 45(5), 814–831. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1547781 Stanulis, R. N., and Russell, D. (2000). “Jumping in’: Trust and communication in mentoring student teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education 16:1, 65–80. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 100 SES 12: Reserved Working meeting future locs Paper Session |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Reserved Working Meeting Future LOCS EERA Office Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 100 SES 12: 15.30 onwards Working Meeting Marit Hoveid Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis Working meeting |
15:45 - 17:15 | 11 SES 12 A: NW 11 Network Meeting Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ineta Luka Network Meeting |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper NW 11 Network Meeting Turiba University, Latvia Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
15:45 - 17:15 | 13 SES 12 A: Education in Times of Crisis Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Piotr Zamojski Session Chair: Alison Brady Symposium |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium Education in Times of Crisis In recent years we live under “social and historical conditions of permanent crisis” (Hage 2009), so much so that Walter Benjamin’s famous claim that the “emergency” which we face has become the rule rather than the exception, seems truer than ever (Benjamin 2003). From wars to pandemics to recurring financial crises to rise in authoritarian regimes to the seemingly unstoppable climate change – any sense of the stability in the present and trust in the promise of the future seem to decline or even vanish altogether. The future is viewed as a series of crises and calamities bound to happen, each more dangerous than its predecessor. From an analytical perspective, the concept of crisis is also challenging as it introduces many ambiguities and unclarities. It is often perceived as extreme hardship yet it is seen as an opportunity for change or growth; it is considered both as a distinct event and but also as part of historical continuity; it brings up fears of catastrophe, often identified as such, but it also inspires revolutionary hopes. To add to the concept’s lack of clarity, ‘crisis’ is used both literally and metaphorically, with no clear distinction between them. Originated as a medical term which delineates a dangerous imbalance that calls for a life-or-death decision, the use of crisis has now spread to many other fields – psychology, economics, politics and more (Koselleck 2006). How should educators and educational policymakers think of crisis and act in such times of turbulence? As an activity often perceived as incremental and steadily progressive, education in times of crisis is challenged when faced with ruptures, breaks, and radical changes. Moreover, education’s strong connection to the concept of development – individual and social alike – puts it at odds with a reality shaped by sudden and non-linear changes. When teachers face crisis, the common educational impetus is to treat it as a problem in need of a solution; as hardship that must be endured and overcome. Thus, the teacher is expected to cultivate their students’ resilience. A somewhat similar approach sees crisis as a necessary and valuable part of life and emphasizes its role in development (eg. teenage crisis). In this case, the crisis’ resolution is connected to successful maturing and growth. In the proposed panel, we examine various alternative ways to educationally confront crisis. Among the questions the presenters will ask are:
References Benjamin, W. 2003. On the Concept of History. In Selected Writings, vol. 4, edited by Howard Eiland and Michael W. Jennings, translated by Harry Zohn, 389–400. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Hage, G. (2009). Waiting Out the Crisis: On Stuckedness and Governmentality. In Waiting, Ghassn Hage (ed.). Melborne University Press: 97-106. Koselleck, R. 2006. Crisis. Journal of the history of ideas, 67:2. 357-400 Presentations of the Symposium Navigating Educational Crises through Complexity Theory: Insights and Strategies
This presentation will examine educational crises and the response to them through the lens of complexity theory. Initially developed in the natural sciences to address phenomena beyond the scope of traditional scientific approaches, complexity theory offers a unique perspective on crises. Central to our discussion is the work of French philosopher Edgar Morin (1976) and his "Crisiologie" concept, which provides a foundational framework for understanding crisis within complex systems.
Building on complexity theory, crisis is defined here as having three distinct conditions: Firstly, it involves the disruption of systems, hindering them from achieving their objectives. In complexity terms, crises often lead systems to abandon their usual 'attractors' (Gilstrap 2005) Secondly, these disruptions are beyond the control of existing principles or methods (Nsonsissa 2011). Thirdly, they bear significant consequences, impacting the system at a fundamental level (Novalia & Malekpour 2020). Additionally, the presentation differentiate between crises stemming from external elements versus those arising internally, emphasizing the role of antagonistic elements in line with Morin's theories (Morin 1976).
Focusing on the education, it is argued that crises in it are predominantly externally induced, stemming from political, economic, or other exterior influences. These crises typically prompt responses aimed at minimizing deviations through negative feedback, viewing the crisis as a threat to be neutralized (Folke 2006). This defensive posture, while aimed at preserving the system, ironically diminishes its capacity to handle future crises and adapt to change. It curtails the productive potential of the system, which is essential for fostering positive changes and necessary transformations (Novalia & Malekpour 2020).
To counteract this trend, a divergent approach is advanced. It is maintained that by diversifying and strengthening the active powers within educational systems, we can enhance their resilience and adaptability in the face of crises. To substantiate this argument, the historical responses of educational systems to economic crises will be examined, highlighting the detrimental effects of conventional approaches and underscoring the need for a paradigm shift inspired by complexity theory. This presentation aims to start and dissect the nature of educational crises and chart a forward-thinking path for educational systems to thrive amidst continual change and challenges.
References:
Folke, C. 2006. Resilience: The emergence of a perspective for social–ecological systems analyses. Global environmental change, 16(3), 253-267.
Gilstrap, D. L. 2005. Strange attractors and human interaction: Leading complex organizations through the use of metaphors. Complicity: An International Journal of Complexity and Education, 2(1), 55-69.
Morin, E. 1976. Pour une crisologie. Communications, 25(1), 149-163.
Novalia, W., & Malekpour, S. 2020. Theorising the role of crisis for transformative adaptation. Environmental science & policy, 112, 361-370.
Nsonsissa, A. 2011. Pour une «crisologie» 1. Hermès(2), 139-144.
Theory of Education Blown by Catastrophe: Angelus Novus in Temporal Drag
Evaluation comments for last semester’s Theory of Education class were not disheartening. They were disavowing (me). My past--my teaching and the philosophical tradition that nurtured it, cycles of endeavors to reenchant student engagement with theory and its history--was aborting me. Palinodes of neoliberalism’s takeover of the university could help understand what was happening. Lyotard could explain how my teaching’s language games failed performativity; Schulman could explain the gentrification of the mind; Brown could explain what else has been happening beyond and besides the regimes of metrics and competences: the economization of political affect was expanding to the psychic life of learning. Yet this was not just discomfort with aporia; this was the undoing of temporalization. Students opted for self-presencing of meaning, without oblique [dis]orientation, without past, without me.
“The art of losing’s not too hard to master”, writes Bishop, “though it may look like (Write it!) disaster”. Exergue to Halberstam’s Queer Art of Failure, Bishop’s verse both anticipates and defies success’s alignment with heteronormative performativity. This paper does not argue for navigating between ‘cynical resignation’ and ‘naive optimism’. Bishop’s ‘Write it!’ does not induce hope; it animates Benjamin’s Angelus Novus. The storm irresistibly propels me into the future to which my back is turned because I refuse to subscribe to a hope that growth will eventually come from the future (Benjamin recited). While cast into dismay by the storm ‘we call progress’, I choose to hold into the pile of debris before me, without hope.
This reading of Benjamin’s Angelus Novus attempts to theorize the state of being alienated from one’s intellectual genealogy and relegated, without redemption but also without remorse, to an unmarked grave of a-sociality and a-temporality. This reading holds onto the pause before catastrophe without holding onto leftist melancholia against ‘quietism’. Blown by the storm of progress is theorized as a queer temporality of backwardness (Love 2009) whereas the ruins, i.e., uncongested, aborted, trivialized and overpassed ‘pieces’ of teaching are picked up: “unclear examples”, confusing bind[ing]s of concepts, images and excerpts from texts deemed inappropriate or superfluous, anything that defied and defiled possession. The debris is collected and rearticulated as fragments of mythology (Benjamin). In parallel, the collected are recollected towards queer disidentification and sociality with texts and authors we love (but failed to teach efficiently) through what Elizabeth Freeman calls “temporal drag”.
References:
Ahmed, S. 2006. Queer phenomenology: Orientations, objects, others. Duke University Press.
Benjamin, W. 2010. Theses on the Philosophy of History. In Critical Theory and Society, ed. S. E. Bronner and D. M. Kellner, Routledge.
Brown, W. 2015. Undoing the Demos: Neoliberlism’s Stealth Revolution. Zone Books.
Brown, W. 2003. Resisting Left Melancholy, in Loss: The Politics of Mourning, ed. David L. Eng and David Kazanjian. University of California Press.
Freccero, C. 2006. Queer/Early/Modern. Duke University Press.
Freeman, E. 2010. Time binds: Queer temporalities, queer histories. Duke University Press.
Giroux, H. 2011. Neoliberalism and the death of the social state: remembering Walter Benjamin's Angel of History. Social Identities 17.4: 587-601.
Halberstam, J. 2020. The queer art of failure. Duke University Press.
Love, H. 2009. Feeling backward: Loss and the politics of queer history. Harvard University Press.
Lyotard, J. F. 1994. The postmodern condition. Cambridge University Press.
Teaching in Crisis: Beyond Successful Resolution
This presentation is concerned with teaching students in times of external crisis and with the corresponding internal crisis in the practice of teaching itself under such conditions. The first question is how educational goals change, or should change, when external reality moves from a state of normalcy to a state of crisis, and the second question is how an incremental and largely progressive endeavor such as education can be reframed to suit crisis’ notable characteristics of nonlinearity and rupture. Critiquing the depoliticization of crisis, and education’s common compliance with it, I argue that crisis should be recognized educationally as such, instead of ignored, “solved” or normalized, and that when recognized, it allows for new emancipatory possibilities.
The definition of crisis is notoriously ambiguous as the concept experienced several significant changes in the last 200 years, and is often imprecisely overused. Therefore, I first briefly present the historical development of the concept while focusing on its temporal and political implications (Freeden 2017; Holton 1987; Koselleck 2006). I then discuss crisis as a phenomenon that lacks the capacity to be “confirmed by unambiguous observational evidence” (Lukton 1974), especially when it is no longer a rare exception but an almost regularly recurring event. I also critique the problem-solving approach – educational and otherwise, in which crisis is viewed negatively as merely an obstacle to endure or overcome. Reading in Walter Benjamin’s early work on both crisis and on education, I show that such a view misses the uniqueness of crisis and the learning opportunity it presents by being an occurrence that, by its very essence, “tears away facades and obliterates prejudices” (Arendt 2006). Finally, I argue that in order to teach students to recognize crisis and understand it as an open-ended (possibly emancipatory) phenomenon, teaching itself should change and embrace unexpectedness and nonlinearity.
References:
Arendt, H. 2006. ‘The Crisis in Education’, in Between Past and Future. London: Penguin
Benjamin, W. 2003. ‘On the Concept of History.’ In Selected Writings IV: 1938-1940. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Benjamin, W. 2004. Selected Writings I: 1913-1926. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Freeden, M. 2017. Crisis? How Is That a Crisis?! Contributions to the History of Concepts 12, 12-28
Koselleck, R. 2006. Crisis. Journal of the history of ideas, 67:2. 357-400
Lukton, R. 1974. Crisis Theory: Review and Critique, Social Service Review 48:3, 384-402
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 14 SES 12 A: Collaboration, Community and Schooling. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Giuseppina Cannella Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Partnering for the Future: Decolonizing Education through the Integration of Indigenous Pedagogies in Community-Based Participatory Research University of Calgary, Canada Presenting Author:Given the historical context of assimilation and the enduring impact of Residential Schooling in Canada, Indigenous families and communities continue to approach educational systems with a degree of uncertainty and distrust. Globally, education has been a significant tool for suppressing cultural differences and perpetuating dominant cultural norms and perspectives (Gaudry & Lorenz, 2018). In a time when Canadians are being called to action in addressing the goals outlined by the Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC) of Canada (2015), education also holds the power to “shift cultural privilege” (Government of Canada, 2018, p. 88) and foster a sense of belonging among marginalized groups. Chief Commissioner of the TRC, Senator Murray Sinclair posits, “Education got us into this mess and education will get us out” (CBC, 2015). This statement speaks to the importance of school environments to reflect the cultural values, identities, and practices of the specific Indigenous communities they serve (Donald, 2012). Going forward, it is imperative to adopt educational approaches that prioritize trust, inclusivity, respect, and collaboration with Indigenous peoples. These advancements in Indigenous education reflect a renewed effort for Indigenous peoples to take control of their knowledge production, confront colonial structures, and prioritize their sovereignty and nationalism (Andersen, 2014; Simpson, 2014). In our commitment to advance the educational goals of Indigenous peoples, we actively work towards reshaping the research relationship. Our current collaborative project with Indigenous students, families, communities, and leaders of the Fort Vermillion School Division in Northern Alberta, Canada, seeks to identify and implement educational experiences that reflect and reinforce Indigenous (Beaver, Métis, Cree, Dene) youths’ cultural identities, well-being, and future goals. Through the feedback we receive from the youth themselves, we examine how best to partner with the school division and local Indigenous communities to bring Indigenous knowledge and distinctive histories into the youths’ desired curriculum. Following the youths’ suggestions for language revitalization, cultural knowledge and career preparedness, we adopt educational structures that embody holistic approaches that are aligned with Indigenous ways of learning. We create a teaching workforce composed of Indigenous educators and teachers working in collaboration with local Indigenous community members. Our primary goal is to ensure that Indigenous youths’ learning experiences aid in the development of a robust self-image and a deep sense of pride and belonging. Embracing a strengths-based and community-engaged perspective, our approach is grounded in the principles of social justice and ethical Indigenous research practices. By adopting decolonizing methodologies, we are intentionally shifting power dynamics, dismantling privilege, and amplifying Indigenous voices as we honour their knowledge and traditions. Our research team practices "ethical relationality" as articulated by Dwayne Donald (2012). Ethical relationality seeks a transformative and respectful collaboration that acknowledges and upholds the inherent value of Indigenous perspectives. These concepts can also be applied outside of the borders of North America and outside of Indigenous communities. Youth around the globe face many challenges in education – often due to systemic inequalities and continued discriminatory practices. Access to quality and meaningful education remains a persistent issue, with economic disparities, geographic location, and cultural biases often standing in the way of marginalized youth from obtaining equitable learning opportunities. Community-based practices can aid educators in dismantling systemic barriers, promote inclusivity, and ensure that educational systems around the globe prioritize equity and diversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used There has been increasing attention and engagement with Indigenous Research Methodologies (IRM), which are conceptualized as moving towards building ethical research partnerships with Indigenous people and communities (Kovach, 2009; Smith, 2012; Starblanket, 2018; Wilson, 2008). Kovach (2009) outlines the foundational elements of IRM, which she argues is about affirming Indigenous perspectives and knowledges on their own terms by adhering to four broad ethical commitments: “(a) that the research methodology is in line with Indigenous values; (b) that there is some form of community accountability; (c) that the research gives back to and benefits the community in some manner, and (d) that the researcher is an ally and will not do harm” (p. 48). Knowing the history of unethical research and mistreatment of Indigenous Peoples within systems of education leads us to our commitment to earning trust and maintaining ethical research relationships (Archibald, 2008; Kirkness & Barnhardt, 2001; Kovach, 2009; Smith, 2012; Wilson, 2008). We use Indigenous, emancipatory, and participatory research methods tailored to the relational nature and evolving directions of our work. We also bring a keen interest in the holistic well-being of youth and know that education needs to reflect the interests, identities, and communities of the students. A commitment to collaboration, respect, and reciprocity between researchers and the community characterizes community-based methods in Indigenous research. Emphasizing equal partnerships, Community-Based Participatory Research (CBPR) ensures that community members are active participants in shaping the research agenda, interpretation of findings, and the application of results (Wallerstein et al., 2017). Using interviews, circles of knowledge, ethnographic approaches, and storywork principles, we learn what is important to the youth within the Fort Vermilion School Division. Through partnerships with Indigenous community leaders, the school division, and the research team, we work together to make Indigenous youths’ goals and dreams a reality. Community-led approaches, such as these, preserve culture, maintain a balance between different ways of knowing, and contribute to more ethical and inclusive research practices within Indigenous communities (Wilson, 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our team will present the current outcomes of our ongoing research and the steps that have been taken as we move together in partnership with Indigenous communities in Northern Alberta. This paper demonstrates the strength of community-based relationships and partnerships as we go forward in this work. We will outline several core principles taken from Indigenous methodologies to apply to global community-based models. Additionally, many of the youths' desires have been put into action including cultural connection with Elders, language revitalization, career readiness, access to sports and development, and extra-curricular options. We will discuss how some of these imagined programs have come into reality. References Andersen, C. (2014). "Métis": Race, recognition and the struggle for Indigenous peoplehood. Vancouver: UBC Press. Archibald, J. A. (2008). Indigenous storywork: Educating the heart, body, mind, and spirit. UBC Press. Gaudry, A., & Lorenz, D. (2018). Indigenization as inclusion, reconciliation, and decolonization: Navigating the different visions for indigenizing the Canadian Academy. AlterNative: An International Journal of Indigenous Peoples, 14(3), 218-227. Kirkness, V. J. & R. Barnhardt (2001). First Nations and higher education: The four R's - respect, relevance, reciprocity, responsibility. In R. Hayoe & J. Pan (Eds.), Knowledge across cultures: A contribution to dialogue among civilizations (pp. 1-18). The University of Hong Kong. Kovach, M. (2009). Indigenous methodologies. Characteristics, conversations and contexts. Toronto/Buffalo. In: London: University of Toronto Press. Smith, L. T. (2012). Decolonizing methodologies : Research and Indigenous peoples (2 ed.). Zed Books. Simpson, A. (2014). Mohawk interruptus: Political life across the borders of settler states. Durham: Duke University Press. Starblanket, G. (2018). Complex Accountabilities: Deconstructing “the Community” and Engaging Indigenous Feminist Research Methods. American Indian Culture and Research Journal, 42(4),1-20. Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada (TRC). (2015). Calls to action. https://ehprnh2mwo3.exactdn.com/wpcontent/uploads/2021/01/Calls_to_Action_English2.pdf. Wallerstein, N., Duran, B., Oetzel, J.G., & Minkler, M. (2017). Community-based participatory research for health: Advancing social and health equity. John Wiley & Sons. Wilson, S. (2008). Research is ceremony: Indigenous research methods. Fernwood. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Inter-Professional Collaboration for the Community Engagement INDIRE, Italy Presenting Author:Small and rural schools often experience what is commonly perceived as inequality school curriculum towards urban schools due to bad connectivity and poor technological equipment, high teachers’ turnover or inadequate teacher training in the use of new technologies for innovative teaching, risking increasing levels of non-attendance in remote areas of our country (Mangione & Cannella, 2021). As De Bartolomeis (2018) has noted, the school is to be regarded as a learning system that needs to shift from an “integrated learning system” to an “extended learning system”. In current practice, learning in relationships with external settings is very modest and marginal. Not research but outings or visits, not observation with instruments prepared in advance and modified in the field but a superficial gaze, not interviews conducted as part of encounters but a few questions, not documentation but a few notes that are difficult to organize. The research activity carried out by INDIRE on the forms of diffused and extended schooling (Chipa, Mangione, 2022; Mangione, Chipa, Cannella, 2022; Mangione, Cannella, Chipa, 2021) has made it possible to deepen those experiences that make use of third-party spaces to build a “community ecosystem” (Teneggi, 2020). During the pandemic the learning experience of lower secondary schools in Reggio Emilia as “extended school in third spaces” has been financially supported by the local administration and carried out to extend the classrooms out of the school walls to guarantee the continuity of the educational offer. It involved 11 comprehensive schools of the city and 19 spaces outside the school starting from the 2020-2021 school year. The model has been observed and monitored to be transferred and small and rural school context. This experience of the “extended school in third spaces” which went on up to nowadays, involved teachers of the schools, experts working for the different cultural spaces and non-teacher educators to renew the educational contract, to create around the teacher a necessary support for the realisation of an extended educational system and provide to the students a situated learning experience on a daily basis in order to avoid situation of cultural and social exclusion due to a poor curriculum experience. The collaboration among teachers, non-teacher educators and experts defined in term of interprofessional collaboration opened new opportunity for learning to the students, redefined a new alliance between school and the local community and started a new social contract for teachers to professional learning. The schools opened the school walls, re-organise timetable and curriculum content to connect to their communities, foster ever-changing forms of learning, civic and social engagement (LABSUS, 2023). This experience offers the opportunity for analysing forms of inter-professional collaboration working in which children and families work with frequently changing combinations of professionals (Edwards, 2012). The conceptual framework that underpins the interprofessional collaboration is the activity theory, which offer object-orientated analyses of complex, radically distributed work settings from diverse expertise over extended periods of time. The interprofessional collaboration have been observed and monitored to three primary schools out of 11 involved in the extended school in Reggio Emilia, in three different learning environments (a school in cultural spaces, a school in outdoor spaces and a school in exploration spaces). Interprofessional collaboration between teachers and non-teachers educator could be approached as a drivers to promote renewed school-community relationship, to start a new alliance between the different expertise to improve the quality of the curriculum and could be applied to all those learning environment that suffer social isolation.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research, of a phenomenological type, aims to investigate the elements characterizing the widespread school (Black, Lemon & Walsh, 2010) with attention to inter professional collaboration enhanced by the use of third spaces redesigned as permanent laboratory classrooms. A reasoned sampling allowed the researchers to identify three realities in the Italian context, housed in different types of decentralized classrooms - outdoors (farm holidays), in cultural spaces (civic museums) and in maker spaces (ateliers). These cases of widespread school have been the object of indirect observation through a device of a narrative nature. The learning story allowed a first investigative analysis on the didactic planning with attention to the educational situations set up in the decentralized classrooms, safeguarding the fluidity of the planned actions (Mortari, 2010). In a second phase, the research assumes a more evaluative character of interprofessional collaboration using a set of tools already used in UK context (Cheminais, 2009) to monitor and evaluate any interprofessional collaboration in a school context. The application of the tools to observe the multiagency activities between teachers and experts in the different decentralized classrooms makes it possible to relate the professional action of the teacher with the opportunities offered by the extension of the educational classroom and to understand its limits and evolutions. The approach is based on the use of tools “the ladder of participation”, a “Diamond Ranking” to evaluate the level of cohesion among the member of the group and a “Force Field Analysis” to help the mixed group of teacher and experts to reflect on their collaboration activities and identify weak and strong side of their work. The use of the abovementioned tools was accompanied by qualitative tools such as interviews with teachers, experts and local administration, allowed the group to intercept the component of interprofessional collaboration and how trigger a transformative process that is still ongoing by involving all the school's stakeholders. The transformative horizon was aimed at designing and implementing a model of a 'proximity school' in which an educational proposal based on a common vision - among the various stakeholders of the school and the territory - aimed at creating circular processes, was accompanied by the idea of an 'immersive' curriculum in the design and hybridisation of which different subjects participated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings How can community engagement in education be redefined during a period of uncertainty? Interprofessional collaboration could be the answer to the question. It should shape the extension of the profile of those who can be an active part of the teaching process. Collected evidence refers that working with a network of professionals can help to compensate the shortage of teachers the to improve the quality of curriculum offer (e.g. in remote areas, or non-standard schools more generally). A further motivation concerns the possibility of hybridising the curriculum thanks to the presence of local expertise. In this way it will be possible not only to expand the educational offer but also to build new common languages between different professional fields to generate that holistic approach to the education of the individual so much desired in different fields of knowledge. Effective interprofessional practice requires adaptation on the part of the teachers involved and that the effectiveness of interprofessional processes lies in the interpersonal relationship between teachers and experts as “co-teachers”. From the collection of evidence therefore emerges a “collaborative partnership model” as an inter-professional practice. In the context of professional collaboration for social inclusion, collaborative partnership demands a capacity to recognise and access expertise distributed across the local community and to negotiate the boundaries of responsible professional action with other professionals and with family. From the cases it emerges that frequent communication, documentation, and systematic exchange of information may be elements that support effective collaborative processes, but they are still immature and not very systemic tools even if they are supported by the great collaboration between institutions that move with the same objective. References Cannella G., Mangione G.R.J (2022), La multi-agency nel nuovo contratto educativo per la scuola di comunità, in S. Chipa, S. Greco, G.R.J. Mangione, L. Orlandini, A. Rosa (a cura di), La scuola di prossimità. Le dimensioni che cambiano in una scuola aperta al territorio, p. 399-462, Scholé, Brescia. Cannella G., Chipa S., Mangione G.R.J. (2021), Il Valore del Patto educativo di Comunità. Una ricerca interpretativa nei territori delle piccole scuole, in G.R.J Mangione, G. Cannella e F. De Santis (a cura di), Piccole scuole, scuole di prossimità. Dimensioni, Strumenti e Percorsi emergenti, I Quaderni della Ricerca n. 59, Loescher, Torino, pp. 23-47. Cheminais R. (2009), Effective multi-agency partnerships: Putting every child matters into practice, Sage. Edwards A. (2012), The role of common knowledge in achieving collaboration across practices, in Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 1(1), 22-32. Engeström Yrjö, Developmental Work Research. Expanding Activity Theory In Practice, ICHS, Berlino 2005 Labsus. Scuole da beni pubblici a beni comuni. Rapporto Labsus 2022 sull’amministrazione condivisa 2022. INDIRE Mangione G.R.J, Chipa S., Cannella G. (2022), Il ruolo dei terzi spazi culturali nei patti educativi territoriali. Verso una pedagogia della riconciliazione nei territori delle piccole scuole, in A. Di Pace, A. Fornasari, M. De Angelis (a cura di), Il Post Digitale. Società, Culture, Didattica, Franco Angeli, Milano, pp.171-205. Maulini O., Perrenoud P. (2005), La forme scolaire de l’éducation de base: tensions internes et évolutions, in O. Maulini, C. Montandon (eds.), Les Formes de l’éducation: variété et variations, De Boeck, Bruxelles, pp. 147–168. Mortari L. (2010), Dire la pratica. La cultura del fare scuola, Mondadori, Milano. Teneggi G. (2020), Cooperazione, in D. Cersosimo, C. Donzelli (a cura di), Manifesto per riabitare l’Italia, Donzelli, Roma. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 14 SES 12 B: Parental Engagement and Pre-School/Kindergarten and Primary. Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Ruth Hudson Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Importance of Kindergarten Choice and Early Foreign Language Learning Among Parents and Kindergarten Teachers University of Debrecen, Hungary Presenting Author:In the 21st century, knowing a foreign language is almost essential requirement, because we need to use it in countless places in our everyday lives. The National Curriculum stipulates that pupils learn a foreign language(s) from the fourth grade of primary school, but many pupils also learn a foreign language earlier (even in a specialised course). Pupils must have a school-leaving certificate in one of the languages, and in higher education a state-accredited language examination is required for graduation (Sominé 2011, Kovács-Czachesz 2021). As of 2015, kindergarten education is compulsory for children between the ages of three and six/seven in Hungary (Act CXC of 2011 on National Public Education). All kindergartens must have their own or adapted pedagogical programme, with the main focus on Hungarian culture and traditions, and mother tongue education. (Kovács& Czachesz 2021). It has become extremely important for parents to ensure that their children receive the best from pre-school onwards, so there is also a big struggle to get into the best institution. Education plays a crucial role in the acquisition of cultural goods, and parents are well aware of this. Parents have become more aware and more determined to meet children's needs as best as possible. A study by Golnhofer and Szabolcs (2005) shows that children's schooling is taking place earlier and earlier as the years go by (Golnhofer& Szabolcs 2005). Choosing kindergarten is an important issue for parents, because the proper development of their child is the most essential thing for them. That is why they want to opt for a kindergarten that is suitable to give their child the best, but in smaller settlements parents do not have much choice (Fűrész-Mayernik, 2018, Teszenyi & Hevey, 2015, Kampichler, 2018).In the European Union, the importance of quality pre-primary education has been a priority for years, as it is essential to ensure that children start school well prepared. Not only has more emphasis been placed on quality pre-school education, but also on introducing children to a foreign language at this stage of life (United Nations 2015). In a study by Kovács and Czachesz, researchers show that early foreign language learning has become more important in OECD countries over the years. According to a 2011 survey, 5% of these countries put more emphasis on the 'development' of a foreign language in pre-school, but four years later, in 2015, this figure had risen to 40% (OECD 2017). Early childhood is a crucial period in a child's life, as half of cognitive development is completed by the age of four, another 30% between four and eight and a fifth between eight and 17 (Poyraz& Dere, 2001, Heckman 2011). The quality and quantity of stimuli in early life is also essential, and it is therefore more likely that early childhood is a critical period (Yilmaz et al. 2022). Views on early language acquisition vary widely, so it is not possible to state unequivocally whether early language learning has a positive or negative effect on the child (Vildomec, 1963, Babinszky 1983, Navracsics 1999, Bialystok & Poarch 2014) In our research, we want to explore the factors that help parents decide which kindergarten to choose for their children. Based on our literature review, we formulate the hypotheses we want to test in this research. 1. Urban parents are more careful in choosing a nursery school for their child, taking into account a number of factors. 2. Parents with a higher level of education are more likely to choose a foreign language activity/foreign language kindergarten for their child. 3. Family and friends' opinions are a determining factor in the choice of nursery school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During our research, data were collected in three different counties of Hungary (Hajdú-Bihar, Borsod-Abaúj-Zemplén, Szabolcs-Szatmár-Bereg). The Borsod-Abaúj-Zemplén county is located in the North-Hungarian region, with 675,000 inhabitants, 60% of the population living in cities. It has a high level of income poverty, a high number of disadvantaged children and low social mobility. Hajdú-Bihar county is located in the Northern Great Plain region of Hungary, with a population of about half a million, 80% of them living in cities. It has a lower number of disadvantaged children than Borsod-Abaúj-Zemplén. Szabolcs-Szatmár-Bereg county, also in the Northern Great Plain region, is experiencing a population decline. This county also has a very high proportion of disadvantaged children. Our questionnaire survey was carried out with the participation of kindergarten teachers and parents. The data collection process took place both online and on paper, resulting in a total of 336 pre-school teachers and 1,004 parents' responses. The questionnaire mainly included questions on children's foreign language learning and parents' motivations for choosing kindergarten. Our extensive sample was representative of the types of municipalities, providers and counties. This allows our results to provide a comprehensive picture of the study areas and the kindergarten environment in these areas. We used the statistical software SPSS to analyse the data and used various statistical methods, including ANOVA and cross-tabulation analysis. This allowed us to identify correlations and differences between different variables that contribute to answering the aims and questions of our research. Based on the statistical results, we hope to provide new and valuable information to increase our knowledge about kindergarten choice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the analysis, a K-means cluster analysis was performed, where three groups of parents were separated according to the information on the relevance of the factors influencing their choice of kindergarten. This resulted in a cluster of parents who were most interested in the most important factors, such as the educational programme, the possibility of extra activities or the kindergarten facilities. A cluster of parents who also care about most of the factors but have a much more moderate interest (thinkers) emerged, and finally a cluster of parents who do not care about most of the factors (uninterested cluster). In the following, we have examined how people are distributed between the three cluster analysis groups according to their educational attainment and place of residence. The results were obtained by cross tabulation. The analysis concluded that people with a higher level of education are more careful in choosing a kindergarten for their children, thus confirming our second hypothesis. As far as place of residence is concerned, our hypothesis also seems to be confirmed, as the results show that people living in towns or in county seats take more into account when choosing a kindergarten, but it is important to point out that people living in villages may not have as many options as their parents living in towns. We also assumed that the opinion of family and friends may be relevant when choosing a kindergarten. This hypothesis was also confirmed, as the results showed that the highest values were observed for these influencing factors. In conclusion, our hypotheses have been confirmed, but further analysis is needed to get a more comprehensive picture of the motivations that drive parents to choose the right kindergarten for their child. References Babinszky, P. (1983). Az idegennyelv-tanulás és az életkor kapcsolatáról. Módszertani közlemények, 5(23) pp. 295–299. Bialystok, E.& Poarch, G. J. (2014). Language experience changes language and cognitive ability. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 17(3) pp. 433–446. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-014-0491-8 Fűrész-Mayernik, M. (2018). Angolozik a család – Kétnyelvű nevelés a gyakorlatban. Alto Nyomda Kft. Mór. Golnhofer, E.& Szabolcs, É. (2005). Gyermekkor: nézőpontok, narratívák. Eötvös József Könyvkiadó, Budapest Heckman, J. J. (2011). The economics of inequality: The value of early childhood education. American Educator, 35(1), 31. Kampichler, M., Dvořáčková, J., & Jarkovská, L. (2018). Choosing the right kindergarten: parents’ reasoning about their ECEC choices in the context of the diversification of ECEC programs. Journal of Pedagogy, 9(2), 9-32. DOI: 10.2478/jped-2018-0009 Kovács, I. J., & Czachesz, E. (2021). Mit szeretnének a szülők? Korai nyelvtanulás az óvodában. Iskolakultúra, 31(10), 16–37. https://doi.org/10.14232/ISKKULT.2021.10.16 Navracsics, J. (1999). A kétnyelvű gyermek. Corvina. Budapest. OECD (2017). Starting Strong 2017. Key OECD Indicators on Early Childhood Education and Care. Starting Strong, OECD Publishing. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264276116-en Poyraz, H.& Hale, D. (2001). Principles and Methods in Preschool Education (2nd Edition). Ankara: Anı Publications Sominé, H. O. (2011). Az anyanyelv-elsajátítás és az idegennyelvtanulás összefüggéseinek megközelítései – egy közös értelmezési keret lehetősége. Magyar Pedagógia, 111(1): pp. 53–77. Teszenyi, E., & Hevey, D. (2015). Age group, location or pedagogue: Factors affecting parental choice of kindergartens in Hungary. Early Child Development and Care, 185(11-12), 1961-1977. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1028391 United Nations General Assembly (2015). Trans-forming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1. Resolution adopted by the General Assembly on 25 September 2015. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda Letöltés dátuma: 2022.11.16. Vildomec, V. (1963). Multilingualism. General Linguistics and Psychology of Speech. Leyden. Sythoff. Yilmaz, R. M., Topu, F. B., & Takkaç Tulgar, A. (2022). An examination of the studies on foreign language teaching in pre-school education: A bibliometric mapping analysis. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 35(3), 270-293. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Evaluation Impact in Four European Countries Co-creating Processes and Training for Effective School/parent Engagement in Primary Schools and Kindergartens Staffordshire University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The DIGItal innovative Strategies for PArental and Civic Engagement (DIGI-S.PA.C.E) was a three-year (August 2019-August 2022) Erasmus+ funded project involving partners in the United Kingdom (UK), Portugal, Italy and Lithuania. The project (Grant Agreement Number: 2019-1-UK01-KA201-061451) developed innovative ways to engage parents in the education life of their child/children with the general objectives of preventing early school leaving, social exclusion and poor learning outcomes through proactive parental engagement. Four Intellectual Outputs (IOs) were delivered by the partners as follows:
Research surrounding parental engagement, also referred to as parental involvement, parental participation and parent-teacher partnerships, has gained increased interest worldwide (e.g. Garvis et al. 2022; Phillipson and Garvis, 2019) and how best this activity can be nurtured to improve children’s educational outcomes. It is generally acknowledged that teacher-parent collaboration has a positive influence on children’s learning (Stroetinga et al., 2019). Fulltime teachers in the 2018 TALIS survey reported 2.9% of their time was spent communicating with parents and guardians and 36.3% of teachers considered addressing parent or guardians as a source of ‘quite a bit’ or ‘a lot’ of stress (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021:143). Reasons contributing towards the lack of monitoring and strategy towards parental/carer participation includes a lack of clarity into how to conceptually define parental involvement and engagement. Goodall and Montgomery (2014) propose and develop a continuum between parental involvement with schools, at one end, and parental engagement with children’s learning at the other. Research undertaken by Harris and Goodall (2008) and Sime and Sheridan (2014) suggests parents’ engagement in their child’s education is significant in terms of their learning and levels of attainment. The debates are ongoing into what constitutes parental/carer participation and whether it is being undertaken to improve scholarly outcomes or a child’s overall experience of school life (Education Endowment Foundation, 2022). The experiences of staff and parents/carers involved in parent/carer co-creation participation initiatives is not so widely reported. Using Goodall and Montgomery’s (2014) concepts of involvement as “the act of taking part in an activity or event, or situation” (ibid., p399) and engagement as “the feeling of being involved in a particular activity or a formal arrangement to meet someone or to do something, especially as part of your public duties” (ibid. p400), DIGI S.P.A.C.E piloted co-creation as a process to re-imagine how parents/carers, school staff and communities could work together to co-create both training, strategy and parental/ carer participation projects. A Parent Support Advisor (PSA) was identified as part of the project (IO1) in each school/kindergarten to facilitate more effective engagement between parents, teachers, and the wider community. A training kit (IO3), designed by teacher participants, resulted in 9 training modules. The PSA and participating teachers were trained using 4 of the modules to facilitate further training in their respective schools/kindergartens. Drawing upon the experiences of teachers and education professionals participating in the DIGI S.P.A.C.E Parental/ Carer Participation project, this presentation evaluates the value and impact of co-creating processes and training to support the development of effective parental/carer engagement in schools one year on after project completion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using a Participatory Action Research (PAR) approach, the project involved each country developing an area of parental participation which was identified as a specific need in each partner primary school or kindergarten, and which was developed through a process of co-creation within their own school community and their families but also with educators from partner countries. Creating new approaches through the lens of an action research project (Tossavainen, 2017), mobilised DIGI S.P.A.C.E partners to reconsider the training and supervision needs of those involved. Ethical approval for the research was gained from Staffordshire University, UK, in 2019. The research which was underpinned by BERA’s (2018) ethical principles and adhered to by all participating countries. An initial needs analysis was carried out in 2019 with schoolteachers, parents and stakeholders in the four countries. This informed the protocol for parental engagement and development of the training modules based on parent, teacher and school needs (Pugh et al. 2020). Thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2022) of the needs analysis data led to the project design of a series of training modules, 9 in total, for parents and teachers. The Kirkpatrick model of evaluation (Kirkpatrick and Kayser- Kirkpatrick 2014) was modified for the analysis of the training modules and the impact of the training modules on teachers and parents. Level descriptors used in the model were; Reaction, Learning, Behaviour, and Results to determine participant reactions, knowledge, individual enrichment, and impact on the organisation. The focus of these levels centred around participant self-assessment of learning and experiences. Data were collated in a focus group using a semi-structured interview for the focus group was designed to give an opportunity to elaborate on individual and collective experiences (Kara, 2015). Questionnaires were conducted one year after the project formal completion to garner additional reflections associated with the ongoing impact of the project in each country. Additional ethical approval was sought and granted in 2023 for the follow up questionnaires. Qualitative data from the focus group and questionnaire a year later were analysed using Braun and Clarke (2022) thematic framework to draw together themes of interest across all countries. It was also used to highlight areas of individual country difference to celebrate and respect cultural identities, and how collectively schools and communities came together to enhance education for primary aged children. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from the teacher focus group interviews revealed that by having an opportunity to learn more about the principles of co-creation and participation, partner schools began to appreciate the civic value in parental participation activities and began to identify the wider community benefits of such approaches. Teachers and PSAs also reported that increased awareness of the range of parental participation activities around Europe and hearing about the experiences first-hand from an educator’s perspective made them more aware of the need for bespoke training and support for school staff working in this field. The follow-up study a year later revealed how well established some schools had become in implementing training for parents and teachers utilising the PSA relationship. A communication channel between the school, teachers and parents was established through the PSA and has been successful in reducing barriers to parental engagement. This was noted through reflection from teachers and parents on how a greater understanding and respect for each other and the roles they held facilitated closer working relationships and a greater collaboration for the child’s learning and educational progress. The DIGI- S.PA.CE project’s findings are of interest to those involved in teacher training and teacher Continuing Professional Development (CPD). However, they also show how primary schools/kindergartens could benefit from learning more about family involvement and engagement in other sectors and how parent/ carer participation projects should be identified as part of community-wide civic engagement strategies. References •Arnstein, S.R. (1969) A Ladder of Citizen Participation, Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35:4, 216-224, DOI: 10.1080/01944366908977225 •BERA (2018) Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research, (4th Edn.). London: British Educational Research Association. •Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide, London: Sage •Education Endowment Foundation (2022) Moving forwards, making a difference. [Online] Available at: https://educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk/support-for-schools/school-planning-support accessed 10.11.22 •European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, (2021) Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. •Garvis, S., Phillipson, S., Harju-Luukkainen, H., and Sadownik, A.R (Eds.) (2022) Parental Engagement and Early Childhood Education Around the World. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge. •Goodall, J. and Montgomery, C. (2014) Parental involvement to parental engagement: a continuum, Educational Review, 66(4), 399-410. •Harris, A. and Goodall, J. (2008) Do parents know they matter? Engaging all parents in learning, Educational Review, 50(3), 277-89. •Kara, H. (2015) Creative Research Methods in the Social Sciences. A Practical Guide. Bristol: Policy Press. •Kirkpatrick, J. and Kayser-Kirkpatrick, W. (2014) The Kirkpatrick Four Levels: A Fresh Look after 55 years. Ocean City: Kirkpatrick Partners. •Phillipson, S. and Garvis, S. (Eds) (2019) Teachers' and Families' Perspectives in Early Childhood Education and Care: Early Childhood Education in the 21st Century Vol. II. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge •Pugh, J., Forrester, G. and Hudson, R. A. (2020) DIGI-S.PA.C.E. Needs Analysis Research Report, April. Staffordshire University, UK. •Sime, D. and Sheridan, M. (2014) ‘You want the best for your kids’: improving educational outcomes for children living in poverty through parental engagement, Educational Research, 56(3), 327-342. •Stroetinga, M., Leeman, Y. and Veugelers, W. (2019) Primary school teachers’ collaboration with parents on upbringing: a review of the empirical literature, Educational Review, 71(5), 650-667. DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2018.1459478 •Tossavainen, P.J. (2017) Co-create with stakeholders: Action research approach in service development. Action Research, 15(3), 276-293. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 15 SES 12 A: Partnership research and SDGs Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Thomas Blom Paper Session |
15:45 - 17:15 | 16 SES 12 A: ICT in Primary Schools Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Heike Schaumburg Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Examining the Viability of Immersive Learning Environments (ILEs) for Fostering Early Years Education in an Era of Uncertainty University of Northampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:As a PhD student, this presentation seeks to elucidate the results from the data obtained from phases 1 and 2 of the research project. The central focus of the research project is the utilisation of Immersive Learning Environments (ILEs) and their impact on promoting learning in early childhood. The motivation for this study stems from my first-hand experiences as a Primary Teacher and Senior Lecturer in Education, observing the evolution of digital resources within the everchanging educational landscape. Notably, my recent role spearheading the development of the Early Years Virtual Learning Environment (EYVE) aimed to create an immersive games-based learning experience for trainee professionals, offering insights into how ILEs can effectively promote learning among higher education learners. This experience prompted a critical examination of whether the lessons learned in higher education contexts could be applied to early childhood education. The international landscape of early years education is evolving with the integration of digital technology, notably through ILEs. These virtual platforms enhance traditional teaching methods, fostering critical thinking and offering personalised learning experiences for young minds (Vidal-Hall et al., 2020). The shift extends beyond classrooms as a plethora of research has shown that digital technology has become a major part of children’s lives with digital fluency being shown across family households (Edwards et al., 2017; Palaiologou, 2016; Plowman, 2015). However, challenges such as concerns over screen time, privacy, and ensuring equitable access to technology have emerged (Rose et al., 2019; Yuen et al., 2020). Perez (2016) contends that such immersion merely entertains, impeding the potential establishment of vital connections between the digital and real worlds crucial for supporting learning and development. Striking a balance between the benefits and challenges is crucial, emphasising the need for thoughtful integration to harness the full potential of digital tools in early childhood education. In England, a child from birth to five years is recognised within the statutory guidance known as the Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS) (DfE, 2021). More recently, the EYFS has undergone changes to remove technology as a specific aspect within the framework. Within the EYFS reforms (DfE, 2020: p9-14) it was noted that there ‘was a concern that technology is missing’ and ‘the removal of technology … would be a negative step’; despite this consultation the technology strand was later removed in September 2021. It could be suggested that this created conflicting views of the value technology has within early years and arguably question how children can gain skills or knowledge of how to use technology effectively and safely without focus placed within the EYFS (Faulder, 2021). In an age of uncertainty, Karabon (2021) agrees that the design of the curriculum should focus on the child at the centre, suggesting that the curriculum and learning space should be led by the child and for the child, recognising the importance of supporting practitioners to integrate technology within everyday practice. Ethridge et al. (2022) echo this, highlighting the pivotal role of technology in fostering play-based learning, particularly evident during virtual teaching experiences prompted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, the OECD (2022) examines the possible trends affecting the future of education from early childhood to lifelong learning, emphasising the indispensability of digital skills and competencies in navigating the challenges of the 21st century.
Navigating the uncertainties of education, this study delves into the relationship between digital learning and societal changes, drawing on Bronfenbrenner's ecological systems theory (1992). By unravelling these intricacies, the research contributes to the development of robust educational environments within settings and within the home that encapsulate memory and foster a sense of optimism for the future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation will focus on an instrumental case study methodology. The research study in question was an area which I had recognised that required a range of evidence to identify whether learning could be potentially promoted using ILEs, therefore according to Gillham (2000; p.1), this would align to ‘the here and now’ which aimed to ‘seek a range of different kinds of evidence’ to support in answering the research questions. Yin (2018, p.17) supports this by stating that a case study ‘can cover multiple cases and then draw a single set of “cross-case” conclusions’. Simons (2009, p.4) discusses that ‘the case could be a person, a classroom, an institution, a programme, a policy or a system’, given that this research project was focused on the setting and home environment as well as observing children this meant that the case was varied throughout the project. This study aims to investigate the feasibility of Immersive Learning Environments (ILEs) in the promotion of learning within Early Years. The objectives of the study are: 1. To identify parents’/carers’ and practitioners’ perspectives on defining features of an ILE in the field of early childhood in England. 2. To establish whether ILEs have an impact on the promotion of learning for children within the home and the setting context. 3. To synthesise definitions to design ILEs that promote learning in early childhood education. The current intention of the project is to conduct a three-phase approach when applying the methods. For the purpose of this presentation, the results from phase 1 and 2 will be discussed. 1. Phase 1 will use semi-structured interviews to gather both educators and parents’ perspectives of ILEs and learning within early childhood. 2. Phase 2 will then comprise an observation and implementation stage which will apply a range of ILEs using Extended Reality (XR) within both home and setting contexts. 3. Phase 3 will develop a framework to establish whether ILEs can promote learning across the setting and home context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By implementing a three-phase approach in this research, the aim is to contemplate the varied perspectives of parents, practitioners, and children regarding ILEs. This presentation will delve into phases 1 and 2, highlighting key findings obtained from data collection, encompassing insights into both perceptions and interactions within ILEs. Konca (2021, p1097) highlights that children live ‘in digitally rich home environments… with parents playing a key role in children’s interaction with digital technologies’. This echoes the need for this research to identify the importance of home and setting contexts to understand how ILEs can potentially be used to promote both the learning and development of young children. In the realm of research, the exploration of digital play in early education is still in its early stages leaving uncertainty in its limited exploration. Practitioners remain sceptical about its incorporation, highlighting a disconnect between the utilization of digital technology and teacher proficiency as a significant obstacle (Vidal-Hall et al., 2020; Mertala, 2019; Hatzigianni and Kalaizidis 2018; Moss, 2015). The data gathered from phases 1 and 2 complements the literature, indicating a deficiency in teacher knowledge. This lack of understanding hinders their ability to effectively integrate new technology into the learning environment, the observations also suggest that ILEs enable learners to apply knowledge interactively. Parents have also highlighted the disparity between what is utilized in educational settings and what is familiar in the home context, with incomplete knowledge transfer. As the researcher, I recognize the importance of addressing this challenge in my research journey, to aid both educators and parents in comprehending the potential of Interactive Learning Environments (ILEs) as tools for facilitating learning. As I move into phase 3 of the research project, this data becomes crucial for developing a research framework that supports the implementation of ILEs by both practitioners and parents/carers. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1992). Ecological systems theory. In R. Vasta (Ed.), Six theories of child development: Revised formulations and current issues (pp. 187–249). Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Department for Education (2020). Early Years Foundation Stage Reforms Government consultation response. [online]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/896872/EYFS_reforms_consultation_-_government_response.pdf [9 January 2024]. Department for Education (2021). Statutory framework for the early years foundation stage. London: DfE Ethridge, P., Gray, C., McPherson, A. and Janus, M. (2022) ‘Fostering play through virtual teaching: challenges, barriers, and strategies’, Early Childhood Education Journal, 50(1), pp. 1-10. Faulder, M. (2021) Curriculum- In focus… Technology. [online] Available from: https://www.nurseryworld.co.uk/features/article/curriculum-in-focus-technology [29 January 2024] Gillham, B. (2000) Case Study Research Methods. London: Continuum. Hatzigianni, M. Kalaitzidis, I. (2018) Early childhood educators’ attitudes and beliefs around the use of touchscreen technologies by children under three years of age. British Journal of Educational Technology. 49 (5), pp.883-895. Karabon, A. (2021) Examining how early childhood preservice teacher funds of knowledge shapes pedagogical decision making. Teaching and teacher education. 106 (1), pp.1-10. Konca, A. (2021) Digital Technology Usage of Young Children: Screen Time and Families. Early Childhood Education Journal. 50 (0), pp.1097-1108. Mertala, P. (2019). Teachers’ beliefs about technology integration in early childhood education: A meta-ethnographical synthesis of qualitative research. Computers in Human Behavior. 101, pp.334-349. Moss, P. (2015) There are alternatives! Contestation and hope in early childhood education. Global Studies of Childhood. 5 (3), pp.226-238. OECD (2022) OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030. Paris: OECD Publishing Perez, S (2016). Hands-on with Play-Doh Touch, the app that brings kids’ creations to life. [online] TechCrunch. Available at: https://techcrunch.com/2016/11/18/hands-on-with-play-doh-touch-the-app-that-brings-kids-creations-to-life/ [9 January 2024] Simons, H. (2009). Case Study Research in Practice. London: SAGE. Vidal-Hall, C. Flewitt, R. Wyse, D. (2020) Early Childhood practitioner beliefs about digital media: integrating technology into a child-centred classroom environment. Early Childhood Education Research Journal. 28 (2), pp. 167-181. Yin, R. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications- Designs and Methods. London: SAGE. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Investigating the Impact of Blended Learning on the Learning Environment of Elementary School Students University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Rapid social changes have shaped the demands and challenges that education is called upon to address in recent years. With digital transformation being one of the priorities of the EU, the integration of technology in education in its various forms, such as Blended Learning (BL), is more necessary than ever. BL is the learning approach that combines face-to-face teaching in the classroom in the presence of educators and online teaching in a space outside the school. This research studies the learning environment during the implementation of BL in elementary education for fourth-grade students (aged 9-10) in a public school in an urban area of Cyprus and examines how the learning environment evolved during the COVID-19 pandemic. The research question was: How did blended learning affect the learning environment of fourth-grade students in elementary schools during the Covid-19 pandemic? The existence of a research gap in investigating the impact of BL within learning environments in Cypriot primary education makes this research significant and necessary. The findings of the research have both practical and theoretical importance, offering guidelines for the successful implementation of BL in primary schools and contributing to clarifying research gaps and understanding the application of BL. The literature review examined theoretical approaches that recognize the social dimension of learning, such as theories on learning environments, social practices within Communities of Practice, and the climate and culture of the classroom. In these approaches, the unique learning environment of each class significantly affects the quality of students' learning and the achievement of their learning goals. The classroom community functions as a learning community where the participation and interaction of its members are crucial for learning. Similarly, the degree of engagement in classroom practices corresponds to the different social positions a student constructs, along with the associated influences and privileges. Thus, these approaches identify common perceptions about the learning environment of the class. Specifically, the learning environment is influenced: (a) firstly, by the opportunities for interaction among its members, (b) secondly, by the opportunities for personal improvement and development given to students, and (c) thirdly, by the opportunities that create a climate of collectivity within the classroom community. In the present research, qualitative methods were applied for the collection and analysis of data following an emergent research design. Data were collected from observations and analysis units from posts in the digital tools used, in order to achieve a deeper understanding and interpretation of how BL influenced the children's learning environment. Through the thematic analysis approach, themes were identified and analyzed from the data. The emerging themes were connected with existing theories, advancing the construction of an interpretive and theoretical framework that provides answers to the research question. The results of the research reflect specific temporal circumstances and may not apply to different conditions, even for students with similar characteristics to the sample, although they align with the findings of other studies on the educational impacts of the pandemic. However, they do provide a representative picture of the response to the crisis brought about by the spread of the virus, which disrupted many aspects of the daily lives of educators and students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An action research was conducted in three cycles, with each cycle being revised based on the previous one. The starting point was the existing problematic situation, which concerned the forced adoption of BL as a teaching method due to the pandemic. The researcher was a female educator with experience in integrating technology into teaching but not in remote online education. A total of 63 students from three fourth-grade classes of an elementary school participated in the study. These were three different classes for which the educator was responsible over three consecutive years. For the collection of data analyzed using qualitative techniques, material was gathered from the "educator's diary," in which the educator recorded observations, reflective comments, and significant events. Additionally, material was collected from the digital tools used. Regarding the digital tools, the ClassDojo application was used for communication between educator and parents. In the first cycle, students used the school's computers and touch screens in small groups mainly for practice. During the online phase of the first cycle, students used personal devices and digital exercise tools (e.g., Forms, Kahoot, and Learning Apps). In the second cycle, face-to-face teaching included the use of Android touch screens in 1:1 conditions and even more exercise tools (e.g., wordwall, Quizizz, Liveworksheets, Pixton). During the online phase, the Microsoft Teams was used. In the third cycle, Google Classroom was used for face-to-face teaching as a learning management system, along with tools such as Google Docs, Jamboard, and Scratch. Online teaching for individual students was facilitated through Padlet, with instructions and material corresponding to classroom activities. As for the research processes, the study included three research cycles, starting with face-to-face teaching but following different paths thereafter. During the first cycle, the school year began without an emergency plan, and with the pandemic, teaching continued online through asynchronous remote education. Enriched Virtual and Self-Blend models were used. In the second cycle, the year began with face-to-face teaching and continued online using Teams and Enriched Virtual model. There was preparation to meet the learning demands of online learning. In the third cycle, online learning was individualized. Self-blend model was applied. For the analysis of the data, qualitative techniques were applied, focusing on how BL influenced the learning environment, as well as on the analysis of the educator's teaching practice based on the recorded data in the educator's diary and the posts on the digital platforms used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings During the three cycles, different learning environments were observed, influenced by the health protocols due to the pandemic. These environments offered varied opportunities for interaction, personal development, and a sense of collectivity. In the first phase of the first cycle before the pandemic, there was a positive learning environment during face-to-face teaching (e.g., using various teaching techniques and student-centered approaches), where students had the opportunity for interaction, a sense of collectivity, and personal development. However, the unpreparedness for the transition to online teaching from face-to-face teaching caused disorganization, and the learning environment did not offer suitable opportunities for all students. In the online teaching of the second cycle, proper preparation and training led to effective online learning. The transition from traditional to online teaching was smooth, following criteria of quality implementation and effectiveness. In the face-to-face teaching with restrictive health protocols and social distancing, limited interaction was observed, and teacher-centered methods limited opportunities for personal development and collectivity. In the face-to-face teaching of the third cycle, the use of a learning management system and the integration of technology based on learning theories improved interaction among students through digital collaborative activities, "overcoming" social distances. This learning environment was shaped through the experiences and training of the previous school years. In conclusion, the success of Blended Learning depends on both effective face-to-face teaching and online learning, as they are interconnected. Therefore, to maximize the positive aspects of each phase of BL, it is necessary: - Face-to-face teaching in a learning environment that provides opportunities for interactions, personal development, and enhancement of creating a sense of collectivity. - Online teaching using learning management systems and reliable standards. - Integration of technology in all phases based on learning theories. References Casimir, O. A., Blake, S. C., Klosky, J. V., & Gazmararian, J. A. (2023). Adaptations to the Learning Environment for Elementary School Children in Georgia during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 1-14. Christensen, C. M., Horn, M. B., & Staker, H. (2013). Is K-12 Blended Learning Disruptive? An Introduction to the Theory of Hybrids. Clayton Christensen Institute for Disruptive Innovation. Li, S., & Wang, W. (2022). Effect of blended learning on student performance in K-12 settings: A meta-analysis. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 38(5), 1254–1272. Moos, R. H. (1973). Conceptualizations of human environments. American Psychologist, 28(8), 652–665. Pittman, J., Severino, L., DeCarlo-Tecce, M. J., & Kiosoglous, C. (2021). An action research case study: Digital equity and educational inclusion during an emergent COVID-19 divide. Journal for Multicultural Education, 15(1), 68-84. Quality Matters. (n.d.). Course Design Rubric Standards. Retrieved from: https://www.qualitymatters.org/sites/default/files/PDFs/StandardsfromtheK-12RubricFifthEdition.pdf Rachmadtullah, R., Marianus Subandowo, R., Humaira, M. A., Aliyyah, R. R., Samsudin, A., & Nurtanto, M. (2020). Use of blended learning with moodle: Study effectiveness in elementary school teacher education students during the COVID-19 pandemic. International journal of advanced science and technology, 29(7), 3272-3277. Rasheed, R. A., Kamsin, A., & Abdullah, N. A. (2020). Challenges in the online component of blended learning: A systematic review. Computers & Education, 144, 103701. Rusticus, S. A., Pashootan, T., & Mah, A. (2023). What are the key elements of a positive learning environment? Perspectives from students and faculty. Learning Environments Research, 26(1), 161-175. Singh, J., Steele, K., & Singh, L. (2021). Combining the best of online and face-to-face learning: Hybrid and blended learning approach for COVID-19, post vaccine, & post-pandemic world. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 50(2), 140-171. Staker, H., & Horn, M. B. (2012). Classifying K–12 blended learning. Retrieved from http://www.christenseninstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/Classifying-K-12-blended-learning.pdf Van Laer, S., & Elen, J. (2017). In search of attributes that support self-regulation in blended learning environments. Education and Information Technologies, 22, 1395-1454. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Digital Education Action Plan: Technology Integration in Greek Primary Schools 1National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece; 2University of Thessaly, Greece Presenting Author:This century is characterised as an era of rapid technological changes (Judy & D’ Amico, 1997). There are great opportunities offered by the Internet and communication technologies. However, the need for training and education of the citizens to be competent in the use of these technologies also emerged (Mannila et al., 2018). At the European Union, citizens acknowledge the importance of training for digital skills and consider it among the top five digital priorities in their countries (European Commission, 2023a). The European Commission introduced a scheme to support the European citizens and to prepare them for this digital era. The Digital Decade policy programme 2030 aims to transform public services, businesses, skills, and infrastructures in Europe by 2030 in order to achieve the objectives and targets for the Europe’s digital transformation (European Commission, 2023b). Education will be the main pilar in order to address this need for developing digital skills and to support this transformative process. Digital education is the systematic use of digital technologies in teaching and learning in formal and in non-formal education within a community, and the essential technological equipment required to support this educational process (Lynn et al., 2022). Early in 2018, EU introduced the Digital Education Action Plan (DEAP) 2018 – 2020. In September 2020, the new DEAP 2021 – 2027 was introduced by the European Commission as an initiative for this digital era. DEAP includes a vision of inclusive and accessible digital education and has two strategic priorities: fostering a high performing digital education ecosystem and developing digital skills and competences for the European citizens (European Commission, 2023c). Even though the European Union does not interfere in the national education system of its member states, it can affect their policies through initiatives and collective targets (Staude, 2011). The purpose of this study is to track the process of achieving digital education and to offer suggestions for its progress. This study uses technology integration as an indicator to investigate to what extent teachers use technology for their teaching and their students’ learning. Integration of digital technologies in education systems refers to the embedding of technology to enhance teaching and learning (Conrads et al., 2017). On average less than 40% of educators across the EU feel ready to use digital technologies in teaching, with divergences between EU Member States (OECD, 2018, as quoted in European Commission, 2023c). This study focuses specifically on the case of Greece. However, it offers recommendations for any European country that aims to enact their digital policies in accordance with the DEAP. Taking into account the great importance of the technological integration for digital education policies and the need of tracking the process of enactment of these policies, this study aims to examine the progress of the technological integration in the Greek state-funded schools. The research questions are: 1) To what extent do primary school teachers in state-funded schools in Greece currently integrate technology in their lessons? 2) Which factors predict technology integration in state-funded primary schools in Greece? 3) When pre-specified key factors are controlled, is technology integration explained by between-group effects or within-group effects? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a policy enactment framework and explores this with empirical data. Previous work on context and factor related policy enactment, such as that of Perryman et al. (2017) and Keddie (2019) have utilized a ‘fourfold heuristic’ (Keddie, 2019, p. 7) constituted by ‘situated, material, professional and external dimensions’ (Braun et al., 2011, p. 585). In Keddie’s (2019, p. 11) work, the factors for policy enactment are presented in a more elaborated mode: • Material factors (such as staffing, infrastructure, and school budget) • Situated factors (such as school setting, history, and intake) • Professional factors (such as teacher values and commitments) • External factors (such as local and national policy and systemic support, expectations, and pressures) Survey data of 205 class teachers in 32 state-funded primary schools in Greece are used to explore the policy enactment in relation to these factors. Convenience sampling was used. However, the schools were located across the country. In the sample, there were urban, semi-urban and rural schools. The analysis of the data was multi-level. The model discussed was a fully nested model since all the classroom teachers were located within one school. The analysis was done with the R programming language in the R Studio. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper will present the findings for the policy enactment in relation to the four aforementioned factors. One of the key findings is that the Greek educational system is not yet ready to succeed in technology integration. The Greek state-funded schools do not have the necessary technological equipment. Furthermore, not every school has the same access to technological equipment and digital integration and the rural schools lack significant equipment compared to the semi-urban and urban ones. Furthermore, technology integration is mainly explained by teacher-level factors and not school-level factors. Currently, the policy in Greece adopts a top-down approach. This study suggests a bottom-up policy approach. The policy makers should collaborate with teachers and other stakeholders to ensure sustainable and scalable systemic change to achieve digital education. To conclude, although the European Commission aims through initiatives and funding to improve the factors, which are statistically significant predictors of technology integration and are linked to capacity building, there should be more support to have the desirable outcome. To achieve digital education and technology integration, it is imperative that more and higher quality professional development courses are offered to teachers. References Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585-596. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601555 Conrads, J., Rasmussen, M., Winters, N., Geniets, A., & Langer, L. (2017). Digital education policies in Europe and beyond: Key design principles for more effective policies. Joint Research Centre, European Commission. European Commission. (2023a). 2030 Digital Decade: report on the state of the Digital Decade 2023, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2759/318547 European Commission. (2023b). The Digital Decade policy programme 2030 [Infographic]. Retrieved May 27, 2023, from https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/policy-programme-path-digital-decade-factsheet?fbclid=IwAR2B_bnZ16SlJ4Sk82nFA79qAaHfh7AmxJHOlSAj6hNKZUhFRDcVGBToj8g European Commission. (2023c). Digital Education Action Plan (2021-2027). Retrieved May 13, 2023, from https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital-education/action-plan Judy, R. W., & D' Amico, C. (1997). Workforce 2020: Work and workers in the 21st century. (Report No ISBN-1-55813-061-6). Hudson Institute, Herman Kahn Center, Indianapolis. Keddie, Α. (2019). Context matters: primary schools and academies reform in England. Journal of Education Policy, 34(1), 6-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1402959 Lynn, T., Rosati, P., Conway, E., Curran, D., Fox, G., & O’Gorman, C. (2022). Digital education. In Digital Towns: Accelerating and Measuring the Digital Transformation of Rural Societies and Economies (pp. 133-150). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Mannila, L., Nordén, L. Å., & Pears, A. (2018, August). Digital competence, teacher self-efficacy and training needs. In Proceedings of the 2018 ACM Conference on International Computing Education Research (pp. 78-85). Perryman, J., Ball, S. J., Braun, A., & Maguire, M. (2017). Translating policy: governmentality and the reflective teacher. Journal of Education Policy, 32(6), 745-756. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1309072 Staude, E. (2011). National Education Systems in the European Union. [Master’s thesis, Washington University]. Washington University Open Scholarship Institutional Repository. https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1457&context=etd |
15:45 - 17:15 | 16 SES 12 B: ICT in the Classroom Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ana Luísa Rodrigues Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper The Use of Interactive Displays in the Classroom 1Klebelsberg Központ; 2Eszterházy Károly Catholic University, Hungary Presenting Author:The focus of our presentation is the use of smart boards in the classroom. The research was done in the frame of the programme called EFOP-3.2.4. „Development of digital competences” which is the antecedent of an RRF-1.2.1. programme called „Providing equal accessibility to digital education to students and teachers”. These two programmes are originated from recognizing the latest international trends and the needs of educational institutions as for the latest digital technology is concerned. The research problem is to track changes indicated by central governmental development in the convergent regions of Hungary focusing on supplying them with interactive displays. Our purpose was to identify changes in Hungary compared to international trends as far as the number of interactive displays is concerned, identify possible changes in teachers’ classroom practice due to professional development trainings completed in the frame of the programme. The research questions are:
The importance of digital literacy in our everyday life and in the labour market is unquestionable (Ala-Mutka 2011, Area & Pessoa 2012). The notion of digital transformation has been defined in almost every field of life. Education is also an area of digital transformation, consequently the need of change in pedagogical perspectives has become a highly important issue (European Commission 2019a, b). A great number of researches has dealt with the role of digital tools including interactive white boards and interactive displays in education and tackling challenges related to them. A meta-analysis taking and pooling research results between 2002-2011 identified seven problem areas (Shi et al, 2012). From the aspect of our research, the issue of spreading and concentration of technology takes priority. The most important question is how availability of digital tools (interactive displays) is changing due to central governmental interventions. The target populations of the researches were teachers and students whose attitudes, behaviours, expectations, feelings and other mental activities towards interactive displays were analysed. In some cases, the procurement has been accompanied by researches, which can be identified as a continuation of researches related to the use of interactive white boards, since their introduction and spread, and professional experiences, assessment of their use are essential to professional knowledge related to interactive displays. Consequently, the need of change in professional beliefs and concepts has become apparent. The most recent studies have investigated the advantages and disadvantages of interactive displays from the students’ and teachers’ perspectives (İpek & Sözcü, 2016; Schmid & Schimmack, 2010; Sad & Ozhan, 2012; Yıldız & Tüfekçi, 2012; Yang, Yorgancı, & Terzioğlu, 2013; Warwick, Hennessy & Mercer, 2011), the internal and external factors of integrating the use of interactive displays into teaching practice (Drayton, Falk, Stroud, Hobbs & Hammerman, 2010; Stroud et al., 2014), their role in making learning more efficient (Saltan & Arslan, 2013; Saltan, 2019; Türel & Johnson, 2012; Akar, 2020). Our research fills a gap and is unparalleled with its big sample because of the lack of researches related to interactive displays. It is based on the series of governmental actions, including procurement, installation of 3000 interactive displays, organizing professional training for teachers in the convergent regions of Hungary in 2019. Thus, we intended to contribute to the support of teachers’ conceptual change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design: Our results are based on two big-sampled quantitative studies carried out in 2020 and 2021. During the research, we used an excavating-descriptive strategy, in which the data was collected in a two-step process. The purpose of the studies was to explore the changes after procurement of interactive displays and professional training specialised on their use. Sampling: The data collection took place in Hungary in two stages, in the spring of 2020 (N1=12657) and 2021 (N2=9754) in both cases during the period of classroom education. In the research, the so-called teachers working in school district-maintained institutions of the convergence region participated. Regarding the age of the respondents, the youngest respondent was 22 years old and the oldest was 79 years old at the time of the survey. The sample matched to the data of the national average, thus, it can be said to be representative of gender and age distribution. The most significant part of the responding teachers (34%) teach humanities or real subjects (28%) in the highest number of hours. The proportion of teachers who teach arts, foreign languages and sports in the highest number of hours is approximately the same (12%, 10%, 9%). 7% of the respondents have the highest number of individual sessions. Research method: Both measurements were done using an online questionnaire, mainly in the framework of questions containing single-choice, multiple-choice, ranking, attitude and frequency scales. The questionnaires had four parts: general questions, questions inquiring about the frequency of the use of interactive displays. Questions referring to the qualitative use of interactive displays (What are their most and least beneficial functions? Which of their functions do you prefer using? What didactic goals do you consider when using interactive displays?) The last group of questions was about trainings referring to the use of interactive displays focusing on different levels of trainings. Data analyzation: During the data analysis, descriptive (mean, median, mode) and mathematical statistical tests (correlation and difference tests) were used. Independents variables were the grade of students and the subjects taught, and teachers’ participation in professional trainings organized within the frame of the program. With the help of analysing the role of independent variables, we could draw a wider picture of the use of digital tools, the teachers’ methods applied during teaching and we could identify some problematic areas of development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As 3000 interactive displays were distributed among schools in the convergence regions, the position of Hungary in the European Union regarding the portion of interactive displays has strengthened. Comparing the results of the two measurements, it can be said that the frequency of using the interactive display in the classroom has increased significantly over a year. Our results give a deeper dimension to the former results (İpek & Sözcü, 2016; Schmid & Schimmack, 2010; Sad & Ozhan, 2012; Yıldız & Tüfekçi, 2012; Yang, Yorgancı, & Terzioğlu, 2013; Warwick, Hennessy & Mercer, 2011) describing the advantages and disadvantages of interactive displays pointing out new benefits and drawbacks in teachers’ point of view. Moreover, we could identify special patterns of their use. The patterns have changed depending on the grades and subjects taught by the teachers during the preiod of research. It shows how teachers try to integrate their use into everyday practice (Drayton, Falk, Stroud, Hobbs & Hammerman, 2010; Stroud et al., 2014). Furthermore, the teachers’ ICT qualification significantly influences the frequency of use and the range of functions showing the qualitative aspects of interactive display use. Among the didactic goals illustration, introduction of new teaching material, direct motivation and frontal work keep their leading position. Comparing the results of two measurements in 2020 and 2021, we can identify manly quantitative changes in the use of interactive displays. It means that we cannot expect revulsion as a result of bigger number of available interactive displays and trainings enhancing their use. We should accept that smaller scale; mainly quantitative changes can be identified due to governmental interventions. References Akar, H. (2020). The effect of smart board use on academic achievement: A meta-analytical and thematic study. IJE in Mathematics, Science and Technology (IJEMST), 8(3), 261-273. Ala-Mutka, K. (2011). Mapping Digital Competence: Towards a Conceptual Understanding, Publications Office of the European Union. Area, M. & Pessoa, T. (2012). From solid to liquid: New literacies to the cultural changes of Web 2.0 Communicar. 38, 13-20. Drayton, B., Falk, J., Stroud, R., Hobbs, K., & Hammerman, J. (2010). After installation: Ubiquitous computing and high school science in three experienced high-technology schools. The Journal of Technology, Learning, and Assessment, 9, 1-57. European Commission (2019a). 2nd Survey of Schools: ICT in Education – Objective 1: Benchmark progress in ICT in schools. Luxembourg European Commission (2019b). 2nd Survey of Schools: ICT in Education – Objective 2: Model for a ‘highly equipped and connected classroom’. Luxembourg Mercer, S. N. Hennessy & P. Warwick (2010). “Using interactive whiteboards to orchestrate classroom dialogue,” Technology, Pedagogy and Education, vol. 19, no. 2, pp. 195–209. İpek, İ., & Sözcü, Ö. F. (2016). Preferences and Attitudes for Using Interactive Whiteboards in Different Courses and Learning. European Journal of Contemporary Education, 15(1), 173-184. Paksi, B. & Schmidt, A. (2017). Pedagógusok új infokommunikációs technológiák használatával kapcsolatos tapasztalatai és vélekedései. EDUCATIO, 26(2), 196-215. Şad, S. N., Özhan, U. (2012). Honeymoon with IWBs: A qualitative insight in primary students’ views on instruction with interactive whiteboard. Computers & Education, 59(4), 1184–1191. Saltan, F. (2019). The New Generation of Interactive Whiteboards: How Students Perceive and Conceptualize? PER Vol. 6(2), pp. 93-102 Saltan, F., & Arslan, K. (2013). Teachers’ Perception of Interactive White Boards: A Case Study. Mersin University Journal of the Faculty of Education, 9(2), 353-365. Schmid, E.C., & Schimmack, E. (2010). First Steps toward a Model of Interactive Whiteboard Training for Language Teachers. IGI Global, USA Shi, Y., Yang, Z., Yang, H. H. & Liu, S. (2012). The Impact of Interactive Whiteboards on Education. ICIMCS’12, China. Stroud, R., Drayton, B. K. & Falk, J. (2014). Interactive Whiteboard Use in High-Tech Science Classrooms: Patterns of Integration. IJET, 9(9), pp. 41–49. Türel, Y. K., & Johnson, T. E. (2012). Teachers' Belief and Use of Interactive Whiteboards for Teaching and Learning. Educational Technology & Society, 15(1), 381–394. Warwick, P., Hennessy, S., & Mercer, N. (2011). Promoting teacher and school development through co-enquiry: Developing interactive whiteboard use in a ‘dialogic classroom’. Teachers and Teaching, 17(3), 303–324. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Classroom Disruptions in Digital Settings 1Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Germany; 2University of Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:The average classroom is disrupted every 42 seconds (Wettstein & Scherzinger, 2018). Over the time of an entire day at school, teachers and students are facing up to hundreds of minor and major disruptions. Since a well-structured lesson and a less disturbed classroom are key aspects for students’ academic success (Adeyemo, 2012; Marquez et al., 2016; Talebi et al., 2015), there is an urgent need for educators worldwide to address this issue. This is especially true when facing the consequences of permanent disruptions as stress for teachers: (mental and physical) health issues (Kokkinos, 2007; Wettstein et al., 2021). Additional to this already important matter the educational systems around the world have to deal with more and more digitization (Meinokat & Wagner, 2022). This transforms educational systems worldwide (European Union, 2020; Wohlfart & Wagner, 2023) and affects all areas of teaching in classes. Classroom Management, as “the actions teachers take to create an environment that supports and facilitates both academic and social-emotional learning” (Evertson & Weinstein, 2006, p. 4) is therefore affected as well. Dealing with disruptions, so “behavior[s] that seriously interferes with the teaching process, and/or seriously upsets the normal running of the classroom” (Infantino & Little, 2005, p. 493), is part of classroom management, but research so far is missing the impact of the digital changes on this topic. The pandemic has shown that teaching already and in future might benefit from and in digital settings (Meinokat & Wagner, submitted). Digital settings can occur in different forms: digital enhanced face-to-face learning, online learning, or blended learning (Meinokat & Wagner, 2022). All forms can be found interdisciplinary across various subjects at schools. Research in this area so far is lacking an explicit look at the topic of classroom disruptions, rather focusing on classroom management generally, and is mostly teacher focused (Meinokat & Wagner, 2022). To generate a more complete understanding of this important research area, teaching must be investigated from different perspectives. This cumulative PhD Project is therefore addressing classroom disruptions in digital settings from multiple views and regarding various subjects, answering the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This cumulative PhD Project is using a mixed method approach, adapting the used approach according to earlier gathered insights and suitability. Every research design is producing a unique scientific journal article. At the beginning, a systematic literature review according to the PRISMA statement (Moher et al., 2009) is developed to construct an overview of already existing research in this area, find further gaps in the literature and prepare future research. Research in this area so far is teacher focused but missing the digital aspects of teaching. Therefore, a qualitative, semi-structured guideline-based interview study with expert teachers is conducted. The interviews are analyzed via qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2014). The differences between subjects, school forms and age groups of students ask for further investigation, leading to further interview studies with dedicated focus to vocational education and physical education. To address the issue of teacher centered research, the project will then conduct research on students. The higher number of students compared to available teachers in schools makes it possible to address quantitative research, resulting in a quantitative survey with students in various agents. To address the interdisciplinary character of this project and make the findings comparable amongst the students, this part of the project focuses on the subject of mathematics. This generates a view on the research are from multiple angles and with an interdisciplinary character while having, for the first time in research, the aspect of digitization as the focus for the look at classroom disruptions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review (Meinokat & Wagner, 2022) shows that the terms of digital settings and classroom disruptions are not defined uniformly. Creating and systemizing definitions for these topics, international research is very teacher oriented. Expert interviews with teachers about their teaching during the pandemic in multiple subjects (Meinokat & Wagner, submitted), their teaching at (digital) learning factories in vocational schools (Meinokat & Wagner, under review), and their teaching of physical education facing the problem of refusal behavior show (Meinokat et al., submitted), that teachers are already utilizing digital media given. To address issues on various levels, teachers use their already existing behavior strategies and enhance their skillset as well as improve their strategies using the benefits of digitization in schools. With the gathered information it is possible to generate systemizations for disruptions and behavior strategies for teachers to utilize during their reflection and their own teaching. The students’ point of view, gathered through quantitative research will answer questions about different understandings of disruptions between teachers and students, will show the impact of these (mis-)understandings on the students directly, and will lay a foundation for future researcher to dwell deeper into this area. Already practicing teachers and students during teacher education will benefit from these findings, making it easier in future to understand the impact of classroom disruptions on multiple stakeholders in class and use the digital media appropriately to enhance their teaching, creating better learning outcomes for students while saving their own health. References Adeyemo, S. A. (2012). The relationship between effective classroom management and students’ academic achievement. European Journal of Educational Studies, 4(3), 367–381. European Union. (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027. In Resetting education and training for the digital age. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital-education/digital-education-action-plan Evertson, C. M., & Weinstein, C. S. (2006). Classroom Management as a Field of Inquiry. In C. M. Evertson & C. S. Weinstein (Eds.), Handbook of classroom management. Research, practice, and contemporary issues (pp. 3–15). Routledge. Infantino, J., & Little, E. (2005). Students’ Perceptions of Classroom Behaviour Problems and the Effectiveness of Different Disciplinary Methods. Educational Psychology, 25(5), 491–508. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410500046549 Kokkinos, C. M. (2007). Job stressors, personality and burnout in primary school teachers. The British Journal of Educational Psychology, 77(Pt 1), 229–243. https://doi.org/10.1348/000709905X90344 Marquez, B., Vincent, C., Marquez, J., Pennefather, J., Smolkowski, K., & Sprague, J. (2016). Opportunities and Challenges in Training Elementary School Teachers in Classroom Management: Initial Results from Classroom Management in Action, an Online Professional Development Program. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 24(1), 87–109. Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative Content Analysis. Beltz. Meinokat, P., Gerstmaier, K., & Wagner, I. (submitted). Refusal in physical education – teachers’ strategies and utilization of digital tools. German Journal of Exercise and Sport Research. Meinokat, P., & Wagner, I. (2022). Causes, prevention, and interventions regarding classroom disruptions in digital teaching: A systematic review. Education and Information Technologies, 27(4), 4657–4684. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-021-10795-7 Meinokat, P., & Wagner, I. (under review). Classroom Disruptions and Classroom Management in Learning Factory Settings at Vocational Schools. Vocations and Learning. Meinokat, P., & Wagner, I. (submitted). Classroom Disruptions in Digital Teaching during the Pandemic—An interview study. Frontiers in Education. Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & The PRISMA Group. (2009). Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses: The PRISMA Statement. PLoS Med, 6(7), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097.g001 Talebi, S., Davodi, S., & Khoshroo, A. (2015). Investigating the Effective Component of Classroom Management in Predicting Academic Achievement among English Language Students. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 205, 591–596. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.09.085 Wettstein, A., & Scherzinger, M. (2018). Störungen im Unterricht wirksam begegnen. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 24(5–6), 26–32. Wettstein, A., Schneider, S., Grosse Holtforth, M., & La Marca, R. (2021). Teacher Stress: A Psychobiological Approach to Stressful Interactions in the Classroom. Frontiers in Education, 6, 681258. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.681258 Wohlfart, O., & Wagner, I. (2023). Teachers’ role in digitalizing education: An umbrella review. Educational Technology Research and Development, 71(2), 339–365. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-022-10166-0 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Adaptive Learning to Maximize Gifted Education: Teacher Perceptions, Practices, and Experiences. 1NIS in Astana, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study aims to explore teachers’ experiences using adaptive learning (AL) approaches in gifted education in Kazakhstan schools. This study employs a qualitative case study methodology to illustrate the phenomenon under examination and includes eight purposefully selected teacher participants who have worked and/or are working on an ALpilot project in gifted education. The results from this study may aid policymakers and school administrators in evaluating and enhancing teachers' experiences in gifted education. Promoting equity and excellence at all levels of education is a top priority for all educational systems to ensure that all children have opportunities for success. Equity, connected to the concept of fairness, means that personal or socio-economic conditions such as ability, gender, ethnic origin, or family origin do not hinder the success of education. Fostering excellence, on the other hand, implies striving to provide quality education tailored to the different talents and needs of all students, striving to enаble each of them to reach their potential (Brusoni et al., 2014; Peters & Engerrand, 2016; Reis, Renzulli & Renzulli, 2021). Both principles are desirable, possible, and compatible (Schleicher, 2014). However, only a few education systems around are capable of achieving both objectives simultaneously to satisfactory levels (Peters & Engerrand, 2016). As a result, the number of students who fully benefit from compulsory education is limited. This is especially true for gifted and talented students, whose clаssroom experiences are usually focused on topics they have already mastered (Letina, 2021; Pfeiffer, 2012) and too often do not have access to quality opportunities to mаximize their learning (Little, 2012; Reis, Renzulli & Renzulli, 2021). The advancement of technology, such as Google clаssroom, Renzulli Learning, and AL systems (e.g., ALEKS, CogBooks, CANVAS) in the 21st century created various opportunities to ensure gifted learners' personalized learning, particularly through the study of pupils' learning to better serve individualized growth. Rather than additional learning material, these personalized approaches to learning promote a range of learning experiences addressing student learning needs. This incorporation of technology into personаlized learning environments has produced a new development path: technology-enabled personalized learning (Peng et al., 2019; Shemshack & Spector, 2020). AL is considered a strаtegy for delivering personalized learning in order to provide each student with efficient, effective, engaging, and individualized learning routes (Harati et al., 2021). The benefit of AL is that the system provides the student with tailored learning opportunities аdjusted to their performance in the previous session. This approach allows the learners to skip information if they are already acquainted with it, and judge it as too simple or too difficult, which positively impacts the individual's educational trajectory (Ordov et al., 2019). The purpose of this study is to examine and describe Kazakhstani teachers’ experiences with AL approaches in gifted education. Drawing on empirical data and associated literature, this study intends to examine how Kazakhstani teachers conceptualize AL, what their experience with the approach has been, and how they go about implementing it. By exаmining teachers' experiences, we aim to discover the obstacles they confront, the teaching strategies they find effective, the opportunities adaptive learning systems offer, as well as the limitations of AL. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a multiple case study research design to explore teachers' perceptions of AL in gifted education. Case study research is an appropriate method for this study as it allows for an in-depth examination of a specific phenomenon, in this case, teachers' perceptions of AL in gifted education, within its real-life context (Yin, 2018). Multiple case study design was chosen for this study due to its capacity to portray a single occurrence inside or apart from a wider phenomenon while fostering comprehension. This research does not qualify as a single-case study since it involves interviews with educators from various regions of the country on their experience in implementing AL in gifted education, in one network of schools. The study focuses on teachers using AL in gifted education in Kazakhstani schools, specifically four special schools for gifted students in different regions of Kazakhstan. Participants, eight teachers with AL experience in teaching gifted students, were recruited through email invitations from school principals. The sample included four male and four female participants, comprising four chemistry and four physics teachers. Their teaching experience ranged from four to 27 years, with an average of 12 years. Inclusion criteria required that participants are teachers who had experience using AL and were willing to participate in a one-hour-long interview. Each participant provided informed consent before data collection, participated of their own will and was free to leave the study with no penalty. To address the study questions, the researcher classified themes that emerged from interview data. In addition, the data from the eight participants were collated in tables to illustrate the frequency of identified themes in accordance with the aim of the research. Following the presentation of the data for each sub-research question is a chapter summary. In addition to the researcher, the interview, which consisted of open-ended questions, was an essential component of this study. Yin (2003) states that case studies may gather data using a variety of methods, including questionnaires, interviews, observations, and written reports from the individuals. The purpose of using in-depth interviews in this study was to get a vivid picture of the participant's opinion on the study issue (Milena, Dinora & Alin, 2008). Further, semi-structured interviews allowed us to obtain a clear image of teachers’ AL experiences in gifted education while allowing for follow-up and investigative inquiries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The primary finding of this study is that teachers think that teachers believe that AL is a beneficial tool for all kids, not just the gifted ones. Teachers have different meanings of AL, but most of them concur that it can improve personalized learning, student-centered learning, learning experience and progress, engagement, and motivation, and learning simplification and metacognition. However, there are other issues that must be resolved, such as technological, educational, managerial, and psychological difficulties. Teachers must use a variety of strategies, including organizational, pedagogical, class administration, curriculum, instruction, and technology strategies, to maximize the possibilities of AL. The results of this research show that AL has the potential to enhance student learning outcomes and assist teachers in their instructional strategies. There are worries that artificial intelligence (AL) may replace human contact and that ties between students and teachers must be maintained. Inadequate teacher training and scarce technology resources are two obstacles to the successful deployment of AL. Overall, teachers view AL as beneficial and would encourage other educators to adopt the technology. References References Brusoni, M., Damian, R., Sauri, J. G., Jackson, S., Kömürcügil, H., Malmedy, M. A. R. I. E., ... & Zobel, L. (2014). The concept of excellence in higher education. Retrieved on March, 18, 2016. Harati, H., Sujo-Montes, L., Tu, C. H., Armfield, S. J., & Yen, C. J. (2021). Assessment and Learning in Knowledge Spaces (ALEKS) Adaptive System Impact on Students’ Perception and Self-Regulated Learning Skills. Education Sciences, 11(10), 603. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11100603 Letina, A. (2021). Using Differentiation Strategies for Gifted Pupils in Primary School Science Classes. Revija za Elementarno Izobrazevanje, 14(3), 281-301. https://doi.org/10.18690/rei.14.3.281-301.2021 Little, C. A. (2012). Curriculum as motivation for gifted students. Psychology in the Schools, 49(7), 695-705. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.21621 Milena, Z. R., Dainora, G., & Alin, S. (2008). Qualitative research methods: A comparison between focus-group and in-depth interview. Analele Universităţii din Oradea, 1274. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. (2020). "Annual report of the Autonomous Organization of Education "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools", the official website of the organization. https://www.nis.edu.kz/Diana/Годовой_отчетАОО2020_1часть_ENG.pdf Ordov, K., Madiyarova, A., Ermilov, V., Tovma, N., & Murzagulova, M. (2019). New trends in education as the aspect of digital technologies. International journal of mechanical engineering and technology, 10(2), 1319-1330. Peng, H., Ma, S., & Spector, J. M. (2019). Personalized adaptive learning: an emerging pedagogical approach enabled by a smart learning environment. Smart Learning Environments, 6(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40561-019-0089-y Peters, S. J., & Engerrand, K. G. (2016). Equity and excellence: Proactive efforts in the identification of underrepresented students for gifted and talented services. Gifted Child Quarterly, 60(3), 159-171. https://doi.org/10.1177/0016986216643165 Pfeiffer, S. I. (2012). Serving the gifted: Evidence-based clinical and psychoeducational practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203883587-8 Reis, S. M., Renzulli, S. J., & Renzulli, J. S. (2021). Enrichment and gifted education pedagogy to develop talents, gifts, and creative productivity. Education Sciences, 11(10), 615. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11100615 Schleicher, A. (2014). Equity, excellence and inclusiveness in education. International Summit on the Teaching Profession, Wellington, New Zealand, March, 28. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264214033-en Shemshack, A., & Spector, J. M. (2020). A systematic literature review of personalized learning terms. Smart Learning Environments, 7(1), 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40561-020- 00140-9 Yin, R. K. (2003). Case study research: Design and methods. Thousands Oaks. Sage. Young, LC and Wilkinson, IR (1989). The role of trust and co-operation in marketing channels: a preliminary study. European Journal of Marketing, 23(2), 109-122. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods. Sage. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 17 SES 12 A: Local Knowledges and International Networks Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christian Ydesen Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper The Shape(s) of Knowledge: Pyramids, Ladders, Trees and other Visual Representations of Bloom’s Taxonomy University of Gävle, Sweden Presenting Author:What image comes to your mind when you hear ‘Blooms Taxonomy’? Most likely it is a pyramid with several different colored levels of knowledge from ‘remember’ to ‘create’, with implied or explicit arrows pointing upward. In fact, this visualization of taxonomy is one of the most popular. Yet, its origin remains a mystery: it was not part of Bloom’s et al (1956) original framework or the later revision (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001). On the one hand, pyramids and triangles are a common way of visualizing theoretical models in the social and educational sciences: think of the didactic triangle, Maslow’s hierarchy of needs (1943), or Dale’s cone of experience (1946). However, while these models have largely retained their original pyramidal representations over time, Bloom’s taxonomy has evolved into various visual metaphors such as ladders, trees, circles, and flowers. What ideas about knowledge do these visualizations convey? Developed in the 1950s, Bloom’s Taxonomy was designed to provide a wide range of educational professionals with a simple theoretical model that could be used to address curriculum and evaluation problems (Bloom et al, 1956, p. 1). Essentially a product of behaviorism, Bloom’s taxonomy emphasizes observable students’ behaviors resulting from instructions. Moreover, the very word “taxonomy” represents an attempt to apply models from the natural sciences, particularly biology, to the field of education. In biology, taxonomy refers to the classification of organisms into a hierarchical structure based on shared characteristics. By borrowing this concept from the natural sciences, Bloom’s Taxonomy sought to bring a similar order and ‘scientific’ rigor to educational objectives. A taxonomy, according to Bloom, unlike a simple classification system, must follow structural rules and reflect a “real” order among the phenomena it organizes (Bloom et al, 1956, p. 18). It is a method of ordering phenomena that should reveal their essential properties as well as significant relationships among them (p. 17). Recognizing the difference between classifying phenomena in the natural sciences and more abstract educational phenomena, Bloom noted that educational objectives, when expressed in behavioral terms, could indeed be observed, described, and thus classified. Bloom’s Taxonomy has not only survived the decline of behaviorism but is still widely used in educational planning and evaluation in different parts of the world, including Europe (Anderson & Sosniak, 1994). Moreover, a new revision, known as Bloom’s Digital Taxonomy, was recently developed by Churches (2008) to account for the skills required in the digital age. Such persistence of the taxonomy can be attributed to several factors. First, its structured approach provides a practical and easy-to-use framework for educators and curriculum designers. Second, its adaptability to different visual metaphors may also contribute to its enduring appeal (see Mitchell, 2005). Third, most research on taxonomy tends to focus on its interpretations, misinterpretations and application in educational practice but ignores its historical origins, theoretical underpinnings, and visualizations. This study explores the confluence of ideas and practices through which a hierarchy of knowledge is produced and disseminated as scientific facts. Specifically, it examines the assumptions and beliefs about knowledge implicit in the Bloom’s Taxonomy and its different visual representations. In doing so, the study brings together and extends the insights from a growing body of literature on how pictorial and graphic displays of conceptual models, methods or data transform ‘invisible’ phenomena into visible facts (Baigrie, 1996; Coopmans et al, 2014; Jones & Galison, 1998; Latour, 1993, 2017; Lynch, 1981; Pauwels, 2005; Rogers et al, 2021). This means that we regard pictures as an important part of discourses that establish ‘regimes of truth’ (Foucault, 2014) and promote certain ways of thinking, knowing, seeing, and acting in the world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study consists of two parts for which we collected and analysed different types of sources. First, to place Bloom’s Taxonomy in its historical and epistemological context, we analysed Bloom’s original work and its revision, collected and consulted the references to which Bloom and his colleagues refer – especially with regard to the choice of taxonomy as a theoretical model – and briefly reviewed the literature on the philosophical and epistemological underpinnings of taxonomies as a classification model in the natural sciences. Second, the search term ‘Bloom Taxonomy’ was entered into Google Images, from which the first 100 relevant images were selected, excluding duplicates, word clouds, PowerPoint slides, and images that did not contain the taxonomy itself (mainly photographs, book covers, etc.). To ‘fix’ the dataset and prevent it from changing we took screenshots of the results pages. This dataset was considered large enough to provide a wide range of images. As noted above, we consider images – or visuality more broadly – to be part and parcel of discourses that shape the ways the world is understood. In other words, we adopt a broad understanding of discourse that includes both verbal, visual and material elements. From this perspective, discourses are articulated through both visual and verbal, images and texts – or what Mitchell (1994) calls “imagetexts” – as well as through the practices by which these imagetexts are produced, circulated, and displayed. Accordingly, in analyzing the collected images, we employed multimodal discourse analysis (Rose, 2016), which involves the examination of the visual content and its context. This approach means looking beyond the surface level to uncover the symbolic meanings, cultural references, and underlying ontologies and epistemologies embedded in the images. We began by cataloging each image’s type and place of publication (institution webpage, media, social media, private blogs, etc.) as well as its visual attributes, such as iconography, layout, design and color schemes, etc. This allowed us to identify patterns and variations in the representation of Bloom’ taxonomy. Subsequent analysis focused on interpreting the meaning conveyed and the assumptions and beliefs implicit in different visualizations of the same theoretical model. We sought to understand how these visualizations function as scientific or pedagogical tools that contribute to particular regimes of truth about education, teaching, and learning. This involved a critical examination of the images within their broader educational and epistemological contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As suggested above and as our analysis shows, the most common visualization of Bloom’s Taxonomy is a pyramid with labels such as ‘knowledge’ or ‘remember’ at the bottom and ‘evaluation’ or ‘create’ at the top. This visualization has become popular, perhaps due to its simplicity and the intuitive way it represents a progression from basic to advanced forms of knowledge. However, Bloom’s et al (1956) original arrangement of six basic educational behaviors into a taxonomy was based on the idea that “a particular simple behavior may become integrated with other equally simple behaviors to form a more complex behavior” (p. 18). In the meantime, the spatial arrangement of the levels of knowledge within the pyramid does not capture this idea. On the contrary, the pyramid’s structure suggests that the simplest level of knowledge as the widest, and the most complex as the narrowest. The problem of different level sizes is somewhat alleviated when the taxonomy is depicted as a ladder or a tree, which both are typical visual metaphors for ordering knowledge. Indeed, they are also commonly used for representing evolution and biological order. In biology, the ‘ladder’ metaphor, stemming from Aristotelian thought, implies a hierarchy in the natural world, with humans at the top. It suggests a linear progression and a static order. In contrast, Darwin’s ‘tree’ metaphor represents the interconnectedness and branching diversity of life, suggesting an evolutionary process without a predetermined hierarchy (Archibald, 2014). Overall, our preliminary findings suggest that when the taxonomy is represented in pictures, it takes on different meanings and suggests other relationships between different kinds of knowledge than Bloom and his colleagues envisioned. References Anderson, L. W., Krathwohl, D. R., Airasian, P. W., & Bloom, B. Samuel. (2001). A taxonomy for learning, teaching, and assessing: a revision of Bloom’s taxonomy of educational objectives. Longman. Anderson, L. W., & Sosniak, L. A. (1994). Bloom’s taxonomy: a forty-year retrospective. Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education, 93. Part 2. University of Chicago Press. Baigrie, B. S. (Ed.). (1996). Picturing knowledge: historical and philosophical problems concerning the use of art in science. University of Toronto Press. Bloom, B. S. (1956). Taxonomy of educational objectives: the classification of educational goals. Handbook 1, Cognitive domain. David McKay. Churches, A. (2008). Bloom’s digital taxonomy. http://burtonslifelearning.pbworks.com/w/file/fetch/26327358/BloomDigitalTaxonomy2001.pdf Coopmans, C. (Ed.). (2014). Representation in scientific practice revisited. MIT Press. Daston, L., & Galison, P. (2010). Objectivity. Zone Books. Foucault, M. (2014). On the government of the living: lectures at the Collège de France, 1979-1980. Palgrave Macmillan. Jones, C. A., & Galison, P. (1998). Picturing science, producing art. Routledge. Latour, B. (1993). The pasteurization of France (A. Sheridan & J. Law, Trans.). Harvard University Press. Latour, B. (2017). Visualization and Cognition: Drawing things Together. Logos, 27(2), 95–151. https://doi.org/10.22394/0869-5377-2017-2-95-151 Lynch, M. (1991). Pictures of Nothing? Visual Construals in Social Theory. Sociological Theory, 9(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.2307/201870 Mitchell, W. J. T. (1994). Picture theory: Essays on verbal and visual representation. University of Chicago Press. Mitchell, W. J. T. (2005). What do pictures want?: The lives and loves of images. University of Chicago Press. Pauwels, L. (Ed.). (2005). Visual cultures of science: Rethinking representational practices in knowledge building and science communication. University Press of New England. Rogers, H. S., Halpern, M. K., Hannah, D., de Riddeer-Vignone, K. (Eds.). (2021). Routledge handbook of art, science, and technology studies. Routledge. Rose, G. (2016). Visual methodologies: an introduction to researching with visual materials (4th edition). Sage. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Cosmopolitan Education on the Exhibition Ground?: The Paris International Assembly of 1900 EdUHK, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:The Exposition universelle held in Paris in 1900 was by far the largest and most popular of the pre-WWI international exhibitions. This presentation centres on the Paris International Assembly (in French: Ecole internationale de l’Exposition) as a hitherto neglected educational aspect of this exhibition. The Ecole internationale de l’Exposition was a multi-stream lecture series whose particularity lay in the fact that it was coordinated by an international team of organisers for an international audience. The Ecole internationale de l’Exposition addressed visitors from all backgrounds, although the educated middle classes were the main target group. The events aimed at informing about the branches of knowledge represented at the exhibition in a “synthetic and concrete” way and at spreading the spirit of fraternity among peoples. This presentation is based on a variety of published sources as well as a selection of archival documents left from the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition. Firstly, it will show how the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition grew out of activities organised at previous world exhibitions (special lectures for instructors, workers, students who were delegated to the exhibitions), further developing and internationalising them. Secondly, the presentation will reveal the organisational mechanics of the undertaking. An International Association for the Advancement of Science, Art and Education was founded as an organising body. While prominent French education administrators served as general managers, activities were run by distinct French, British, American, Belgian, Swiss, German, Russian and Canadian groups. Although this arrangement provided the project with a genuine international character, it allowed the French to set the agenda and to use it as a tool of cultural diplomacy. Thirdly, the presentation will connect the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition to pedagogies that were prominent around 1900. In particular, the enthusiasm for popular and social education, in France and elsewhere, tried to spread scientific knowledge beyond the confines of academia. It also connected to the French doctrine of solidarisme. By focusing on the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition as an instance of practical internationalism rooted in a specific place at a specific time, this presentation contributes to research on educational internationalism during the long nineteenth century. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a historical research project. It is based on the interpretation of text documents. These primary sources are on the one hand published sources. These include publications by the organisers of the Paris International Assembly, that is the International Association for the Advancement of Science, Art and Education and its French Group. They published, among others, conceptual pamphlets, programme booklets and retrospective reports. There was also an extensive reporting in newspapers and specialised periodicals, such as the Revue pédagogique. The presentation is also based on selected unpublished sources that have been retrieved in the Archives nationales de France and the Geheimes Staatsarchiv Preußischer Kulturbesitz. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation on the Ecole internationale de l’Exposition/Paris International Assembly constitutes one episode of my book manuscript on education at nineteenth-century world exhibitions. It spotlight one particular instance of international cooperation on education at world exhibitions. I hope to introduce and sharpen the concept of “practical internationalism” through the lens of the studies Paris 1900 event. References CHARLE, Christophe, “1900. La France accueille le monde”, in: BOUCHERON, Patrick (ed.), Histoire mondiale de la France, Paris, Seuil, 2017, p. 740-745. CHARLE, Christophe, “Paris: National, International, Cultural Capital City? (19th-20th Century)”, in: MIDDELL, Matthias (ed.), The Practice of Global History: European Perspectives, London, Bloomsbury, 2019, p. 45-79. CHOUBLIER, Max, DELVOLVE, Jean, Ecole internationale de l’Exposition. Les Travaux du groupe français à l’Exposition de 1900, Paris, Rousseau, 1901. CHOUBLIER, Max, DELVOLVE, Jean (eds), Exposition universelle de 1900. Conférences du groupe français de l’Ecole internationale, Paris, Rousseau, 1901. DELVOLVE, Jean, “L’enseignement à l’Ecole internationale de l’Exposition”, in: Revue pédagogique, 40, 1, 1902, p. 145-153. GOOD, Katie Day, Bring the World to the Child: Technologies of Global Citizenship in American Education, Cambridge, MIT Press, 2020. MENDE, Silke, Ordnung durch Sprache. Francophonie zwischen Nationalstaat, Imperium und internationaler Politik, 1860-1960, Berlin, De Gruyter Oldenbourg, 2020. The Paris International Assembly of 1900, London, International Association for the Advancement of Science, Art and Education, 1900. RASMUSSEN, Anne, “Les congrès internationaux liés aux expositions universelles de Paris, 1867-1900”, in: Mil neuf cent, 7, 1989, p. 23-44. RODGERS, Daniel T., Atlantic Crossings: Social Politics in a Progressive Age, Cambridge, Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1998, 634 p. SCHLEICH, Marlis, Geschichte des internationalen Schülerbriefwechsels. Entstehung und Entwicklung im historischen Kontext von den Anfängen bis zum Ersten Weltkrieg, Münster, Waxmann, 2015. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 18 SES 12 A: Marginalised Youth and Sport Clubs (Part 2) Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Rachel Sandford Paper Session Part 2/2, continued from 18 SES 11 A |
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper From struggle to strength: A Grounded Theory Analysis of Group Sport's Contribution to enhancing capabilities for people affected by poverty University Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:The intertwining of unemployment and poverty, as highlighted by Eurostat (2020), creates a cascade effect, impacting both material and non-material aspects of life and fostering a cycle of exclusion. Kronauer's (1998) delineation of six dimensions of social exclusion reveals the complexity of these dynamics, resulting in intricate and precarious life situations. Individuals facing unemployment often grapple with health challenges, both physical and mental (e.g., Gallie et al., 2003; Virgolino et al., 2022), and experience a shrinkage of social networks (Rözer et al., 2020). Stigmatization and limited access to societal activities due to financial constraints exacerbate these effects. These consequences can perpetuate the cycle of social exclusion over time, leading to a downward spiral with significant impact on the lives of those affected, often ultimately manifesting in long-term unemployment and old age poverty. Participation in sports programs enables access to a variety of positive effects (e.g. Appelqvist-Schmidlechner et al. 2023; Coalter 2007). Therefore, non-profit organizations like beneFit e.V. provide access to voluntary sport for individuals in vulnerable situations. Through participation in sport, participants may strengthen their mental, physical and social resources. Access is facilitated by dismantling key barriers, including cost-free participation, minimal performance prerequisites, and a protected setting (Oettle, under review). Yet, so far, little is known about how individuals affected by unemployment and poverty utilize the effects of sports participation for their own lives. This is partly because addressing poverty and social exclusion requires a comprehensive strategy, extending beyond a narrow focus on income or financial means. Accordingly, Sen (2000) posits poverty as a deprivation of fundamental capabilities, distinct from a mere lack of income, acknowledging the multifaceted repercussions of poverty and social exclusion. In Sen's view, capabilities denote an individual's abilities to do or be something (Robeyns, 2017), emphasizing the importance of empowering people to pursue various aspects of a fulfilling life beyond economic considerations. Well-being, according to Sen, is achieved when individuals have access to a certain level of individual potential and material resources. Drawing upon Sen´s (2000) Capability Approach (CA) as a theoretical framework, this study aims to develop a domain-specific theory using Grounded Theory methodology. The CA framework enables a holistic examination of different life circumstances, providing a comprehensive lens to understand the potential outcomes of sport interventions. Therefore, the main research questions is: What contribution does participation in sports make in achieving goals in the lives of people affected by poverty? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Located in Freiburg, Southern Germany, beneFit's development is informed by current insights into exclusion processes in sports for individuals facing poverty. The program design aligns with the community development approach, considering the diverse precarious situations of the target group (Spaaij et al. 2014). Data collection employed narrative interviews, where participants initially shared their biographies and personal life goals. Subsequently, they reflected on their individual development processes within beneFit's sports programs and the personal insights gained. Participants were also asked about perceived changes in themselves and their life situations, exploring their perspectives on the factors contributing to these changes. For data analysis, we adopted the Grounded Theory by Corbin and Strauss (2015) as methodological framework. This qualitative method allows for the derivation of patterns and categories from collected data without predefined hypotheses or theories. The flexibility and iterative nature of Grounded Theory facilitate the organic development of theories directly from the data, ensuring high validity and relevance within the context of this study. In the study, sixteen interviews have been conducted and analyzed, with the overall sample evolving through the theoretical sampling principle (Przyborski & Wohlrab-Sahr, 2014) during empirical analysis. The collection will be completed until end of august 2024. Participants in these interviews are individuals affected by poverty and social exclusion (e.g., long-term unemployed individuals, people unable to work due to illness, or those experiencing old-age poverty), engaging regularly in the sports programs offered by the beneFit organization for a minimum of six months. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The current findings of the study show how important participation in sport is for shaping the lives of individuals who are faced with various challenges (such as poverty). Two key categories emerged from the data analysis: Stability and the realization of personal goals. (In-)Stability: Participants identified problematic life situations characterized by perceived stress, dissatisfaction, and a sense of loss of control or uncertainty. Personal factors such as illnesses and disabilities, whether reversible (e.g., depression) or irreversible (e.g., mobility impairments), contributed to these challenges. External factors such as issues related to work, family, housing, and material poverty were also prevalent. These problems often interwove, creating a complex web of difficulties outside the individual's control. The sports program participation served as a source of joy, acted as a vent for life's challenges, and provided a platform for mutual support among participants. Furthermore, it offered structure to daily routines and fostered proactive behavior. Development of personal goals: The intrinsic meaning of the sports activity itself was crucial. Various goals were identified, ranging from improving specific movements to enhancing fitness levels or achieving weight loss. The breadth, frequency, and quality of the sports program played a central role. Participants emphasized the importance of competent coaches for a high-quality experience. Participants strategically utilized the sports program to realize their perspectives and goals. For example, some used kickboxing as a means of coping with past experiences, while others engaged in dance activities due to personal passion. In summary, the anticipated findings of this study highlight the dual impact of sports participation within the exemplary sports program by beneFit: It provides stability amid life-related challenges and serves as an avenue for individuals to pursue and achieve their personal goals, positively influencing their overall well-being and life trajectories. References Appelqvist-Schmidlechner, K., Haavanlammi, M., & Kekkonen, M. (2023). ‘Benefits and Underlying Mechanisms of Organized Sport Participation on Mental Health among Socially Vulnerable Boys. A Qualitative Study on Parents’ Perspective in the Sport-Based Icehearts Programme’. Sport in Society 26 (2): 245–262. doi:10.1080/17430437.2021.1996348. Coalter, F. (2007). Sports Clubs, Social Capital and Social Regeneration: ‘Ill-defined interventions with hard to follow outcomes’? Sport in Society, 10(4), 537–559. https://doi.org/10.1080/17430430701388723 Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (Fourth edition). SAGE. Eurostat. (2020). At risk of poverty or social exclusion in the EU.https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/infographs/PovertyDay/PovertyDay_2020/index.html Gallie, D., Paugam, S., & Jacobs, S. (2003). Unemployment, poverty and social isolation: Is there a vicious circle of social exclusion? European Societies, 5(1), 1–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1461669032000057668 Kronauer, M. (1998). ‘´Social exclusion´ and ´underclass´ – new concepts for the analysis of poverty’ In: H.-J. Andress (ed.), Empirical Poverty Research in a Comparative Perspective. Aldershot, Hants, England; Brookfield, Vt: Ashgate. Oettle, L. (under review). Social exclusion in sports clubs and approaches for overcoming barriers for poor and unemployed people: “This is a certain clientele I fit into, and that gave me the courage to sign up there.” European Journal for Sport and Society. Pohlan, L. (2019). ‘Unemployment and Social Exclusion’. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization 164 (August): 273–299. doi:10.1016/j.jebo.2019.06.006. Przyborski, A., & Wohlrab-Sahr, M. (2014). Qualitative Sozialforschung: Ein Arbeitsbuch (4., erweiterte Auflage). Oldenbourg Verlag. Robeyns, I. (2005). The Capability Approach: A theoretical survey. Journal of Human Development, 6(1), 93–117. https://doi.org/10.1080/146498805200034266 Rözer, J. J., Hofstra, B., Brashears, M. E., & Volker, B. (2020). Does unemployment lead to isolation? The consequences of unemployment for social networks. Social Networks, 63, 100–111. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socnet.2020.06.002 Sen, A. (2000). Development as freedom (1. Anchor Books ed). Anchor Books. Virgolino, A., Costa, J., Santos, O., Pereira, M. E., Antunes, R., Ambrósio, S., Heitor, M. J., & Vaz Carneiro, A. (2022). Lost in transition: A systematic review of the association between unemployment and mental health. Journal of Mental Health, 31(3), 432–444. https://doi.org/10.1080/09638237.2021.2022615 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Icehearts Europe: An EU4Health Project 1University College Cork, Ireland; 2International Sport and Culture Organisation; 3National Center for Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Italian National Institute of Health, Italy; 4Icehearts, Finland Presenting Author:Introduction Led by the International Sport and Culture Association, the multi-million-euro EU4Health funded Icehearts Europe is a trisectoral, multistakeholder, multi-country project which aims to improve mental health and well-being of disadvantaged children and youth in Europe through a pan-European initiative. Icehearts Europe is inspired by the Finnish Icehearts model, which has been designated as a model of best practice by the European Commission (2016, 2021). For over 25 years, the Icehearts Finland has successfully targeted disadvantaged children and youth across Europe who suffer from poor mental health. This has been achieved through support and counselling facilitated by trained Icehearts’ mentors using sport/physical activity as a powerful medium in schools and communities. The strategic objectives of Icehearts Europe are fourfold: to build a model and tools for European implementation of Icehearts; to build capacity in partner and stakeholder organisations to deploy Icehearts; to pilot and implement the developed Icehearts model in five European countries; and to enhance European awareness about Icehearts and engage more countries and organisations in deployment and scale-out. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method In Icehearts Europe, there are five pilot implementation countries (DGI in Denmark, SPIN in Estonia, Fútbol Más Espana in Spain, UISP (Italian Sport for All Association) in Italy and SUS (Sport Union of Slovenia) in Slovenia). Informed by (a) a detailed Situational Analysis and Needs Analysis (SANA) of the five pilot countries and the organisations (2023) and (b) a study visit to Icehearts Finland (2023), the UCC team used a range of design thinking (Brown, 2008) pedagogies (including LEGO® SERIOUS PLAY®) to co-design and prototype: (i) an online Icehearts mentor training programme (in 2024) (in five languages – Danish, English, Italian, Slovenian and Spanish) and (ii) an onboarding education and training tool for organisations (2024) in the same five languages. Online training course development employed the ADDIE model (Forest, 2014) to ensure a robust course design. The ADDIE model is an instructional systems design framework - (Analysis, Design, Development, Implementation and Evaluation) The courses were further underpinned by connectivist (Siemens, 2005) and constructivist (Vygotsky) approaches to scaffold learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Using insights from the SANA, the five pilot country organisations iterated and helped to fine-tune both the Icehearts mentor education and training and, organisation onboarding through a series of site visits. There were a number of key design disruptors, which were tackled through the use of the universal design for learning model. Conclusions Mentor training and organisation onboarding must be bespoke to the organisation and to the context (local and national) in which it is enacted. A one-size fits all approach is not ideal. It will be important to take these insights into account when the project is scaled to the fourteen associate partners (Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, France, Germany, Iceland, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania and The Netherlands). This EU4Health funded project shows how networks of strong researchers together for civil society can truly embrace new models of education in an Age of Uncertainty, providing hope and agency for citizens as the world wrestles with a maelstrom of pandemics (war, climate change, Covid19, economic turbulence). References Brown, T. (2008). “Design thinking”. Harvard Business Review, 86(6), 84-92. Forest, E. (2014) The ADDIE Model: Instructional Design. Educational Technology. Siemens, G. (2005, January). Connectivism: A learning theory for the digital Age. International Journal of Instructional Technology & Distance Learning, 2. Retrieved on 6th May 2018 from: http://www.itdl.org/Journal/Jan_05/article01.htm. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 19 SES 12 A: Dealing with Uncertainty in Ethnography Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Panel Discussion |
|
19. Ethnography
Panel Discussion Dealing with Uncertainty in Ethnography: A Conversation About How We Are Leaving the Methodological Safe Zone 1Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2Danish School of Education, Denmark; 3University of Zaragoza, Spain; 4Queens University, Belfast, Northern Ireland; 5University of Education, Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:Ethnography is traditionally seen as an approach to gaining knowledge of and about uncertain situations, as apparent in ethnographies of war, postwar or violence (Ellison 2021), illness (Jenkins et al. 2005), or migration (Fitzgerald 2006). Consequently, ethnography has developed strategies for methodic openness and for maintaining an explorative point of view to attend to uncertainties, grey zones, and ambiguity (Atkinson 2015). Similarly, education is inherently risky (Biesta, 2020), as all education is an open process of negotiating intentions and meaning that cannot be performed out of technical rationality. In this sense, the riskiness of education and ethnographic approaches to navigating uncertainty seems to be a good match. However, the methodological strength of ethnography to deal with uncertainty comes with some dangers, as it results in ethnographies taking quite different forms (Hammersley 2017). This panel discussion provides a space to enter a conversation about these different forms, and how they enable us to leave the methodological safe zone and embark on the uncertainties of educational ethnography. As ethnographers have dealt with uncertainties for some time, we meet diverse local practices of dealing with uncertainty in ethnography, as well as a good number of ethnographic textbooks that provide us with frameworks for dealing with not-exactly-knowing-how. As Hammersley and Atkinson (2019) point out, reflexivity is one of these fundamental frameworks. Without reflecting upon the personal theoretical grounds on which we settle as researchers and our positionality in the field, our practical and methodical practices are prone to disable our “participant listening” (Forsey, 2010), flawing our awareness of the perspectives that we can meet in the field. Despite the healthy body of ethnographic literature on which we rely for our methodological choices, we can only find limited refuge in these when embarking on ethnographic adventures. These adventures themselves often lead us away from safe, established forms of doing ethnography, and into the “darkness” (Barker, 2020) of uncertainty in which we have to start finding our way. In times of change and uncertainty, the flexible and adaptable strategies of ethnography to develop situated awareness offer a lot to work with. This panel discussion is dedicated to reflecting on our ways of meeting and addressing uncertainties in ethnography, starting with some reflections from the network convenors, but ultimately aiming to give voice to your experiences to enable a conversation amongst all network participants. Entering a conversation with all participants in the session, we want to exchange experiences of dealing with uncertainty and reflect on how it is enabled through the different ethnographic approaches that we are using: Ethnographies that engage in getting lost, in different types of communities, auto-ethnography, more-than-human ethnography, or new materialist ethnography. Ethnographies that engage with time, emotions, life histories, particular spaces, difficult knowledge, or with creating change. Together with you, we want to reflect on the different approaches to ethnography and how they enable us to deal with uncertainty. We want to invite everyone in the ethnography network to join this conversation and share your thoughts about dealing with uncertainty, aiming to foster exchange between everyone participating in the network, and providing an opportunity to get into conversation with colleagues. References •Atkinson, Paul. 2015. For Ethnography. Thousand Oaks: Sage. •Barker, N. (2020). An Ethnographer Lured into Darkness. In C. Wieser & A. Pilch Ortega (Eds.), Ethnography in Higher Education (pp. 157–175). Springer. •Biesta, Gert. 2020. Risking Ourselves in Education: Qualification, Socialization, and Subjectification Revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89–104. •Ellison, Susan Helen. 2021. Ethnography in Uncertain Times, Geopolitics, 26:1, 45-69. •Fitzgerald, David. 2006. Towards a Theoretical Ethnography of Migration. Qualitative Sociology (29), 1-24. •Forsey, M. (2010). Ethnography as participant listening. Ethnography, 11(4), 558–572. •Hammersley, Martyn. 2017. What Is Ethnography? Can It Survive? Should It? Ethnography and Education, 13(1), 1–17. •Hammersley, Martyn & Paul Atkinson. 2019. Ethnography: Principles in Practice. London: Routledge. •Jenkins, Richard, Hanne Jessen, und Vibeke Steffen. 2005. Managing uncertainty: ethnographic studies of illness, risk, and the struggle for control. Critical anthropology. Copenhagen: Museum Tusculanum Press. Chair Gisela Unterweger, gisela.unterweger@phzh.ch, Zurich University of Teacher Education; Clemens Wieser, wie@edu.au.dk, Danish School of Education. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 20 SES 12 A: Migrant adolescents perspectives on integration and sustainability Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Dolly Eliyahu-Levi Paper Session |
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Unaccompanied Minors Integration System: A Comparative Study in Greece and Cyprus Ministry of Migration and Asylum Presenting Author:Children are one of the most vulnerable groups, especially those children who cross borders forcibly or voluntarily – whether they are migrants, refugees or asylum seekers. Children who cross borders without being accompanied by parents, relatives or adults responsible for their care by law or custom are known as "unaccompanied minors" or "unaccompanied children". These children are particularly exposed to risks such as exploitation and violence at various stages of their journey. Unaccompanied minor asylum seekers are a particularly vulnerable category of refugees who need the legal protection and care of the state. Research shows that this is a group at high risk of developing mental health problems and that unaccompanied children present significant rates of anxiety, depression and post-traumatic stress. However, several scholars point to the mental resilience demonstrated by immigrant children and that most adapt effectively to new living conditions. According to UNHCR data, it is estimated that more than 28,000 refugee children were in Greece at the end of 2021, of which 2,225 were unaccompanied. While, from 2016 until March June 2023, 3,072 unaccompanied children, from war-torn areas and African countries, took the refugee path to Cyprus. Today, just over 1,100 unaccompanied minors are under the care of Social Welfare Services. They are hosted in the various programs/structures for unaccompanied minors throughout Cyprus. The largest percentage of them (42%) are placed in semi-independent living programs, which are either run by agencies subsidized and inspected by the Social Welfare Services, or by arrangements of the services with relatives of the minors. At the same time, 31% are placed in institutions/other accommodation and 11% in foster families. Despite the fact that almost all countries - including Greece and Cyprus - have signed the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC 1989) more than 30 years ago - thus recognizing the importance of recognizing and promoting the rights of the child child – significant action has only been taken in the last two decades. However, very little is known about what works in host countries for children on the move, and whether professionals and policy makers support children's real needs or what is judged to be in their best interests, according to existing political and legal frameworks. Increased arrivals of asylum seekers in Greece and Cyprus in 2015 and 2016, combined with additional political developments such as border closures by Balkan countries and the EU-Turkey deal in spring 2016, resulted in thousands of asylum seekers being stranded. and immigrants – among them many unaccompanied children – who had no choice but to seek asylum in Greece and Cyprus, turning these two countries into host countries. Professionals working with unaccompanied minors need to provide a safe environment to support minors with their process of adjustment and integration. Moreover, the professionals would need to manage the vulnerability and trauma of minors, resulting from their refugee journey, to overcome uncertainty and facilitate acclimatization to the new reality. Additionally, workers in the field need to handle many issues stemming from legal, administrative, operational and funding transitions.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this research is to provide an overview of the existing systems of reception and integration of unaccompanied minors residing in Shelters in Greece and Cyprus. Also, through qualitative research on professionals who work either in organizations related to unaccompanied minors, or by professionals who work in accommodation structures for unaccompanied minors. As we all know qualitative research is very important in educational research as it addresses the “how” and “why” research questions and enables deeper understanding of experiences, phenomena and context. Qualitative research allows you to ask questions that cannot be easily put into numbers to understand human experience. Getting at the everyday realities of some social phenomenon and studying important questions as they are really practiced helps extend knowledge and understanding. To do so, you need to understand the philosophical stance of qualitative research and work from this to develop the research question, study design, data collection methods and data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Children are among of the most vulnerable members of our society and it is our shared responsibility to protect, nurture and care for them. Children separated from their caregivers are particularly susceptible to exploitation, abuse and neglect. Our collective duty of protection towards all children, especially those unaccompanied by an adult parent or guardian is recognized in various international and European legal instruments. It should be emphasized however that both the UN Convention on Rights of the Child, signed by every Member State of the European Union (EU), and the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the EU provide children with specific inalienable rights. It is our obligation to ensure that these rights are fully respected. When dealing with the reception of unaccompanied minors, it is vital to keep in mind that they represent one of the most vulnerable categories of migrants and that, therefore, they require special care and special services to have their rights and needs protected and fulfilled. Although numerous conventions and directives exist that impose certain standards, the situation can be very different in practice. At the root of this are not only problems of an economic nature and the lack of available funds, but the lack of political will to deal with this phenomenon; this could be due to the lack of strategic interest in the topic or to the fact that an emergency approach is more impactful in the eyes of the population and voters than a reception approach that is truly structured around paths of integration on the ground and in local society. Given the thousands of children involved and impacted by the discussed deficiencies, these issues, however, should be subject to much greater attention. References Calchi Novati, A. (2022) The reception system of unaccompanied minors in Greece. Retrieved 30/01/2024 from https://pathforeurope.eu/the-reception-system-of-unaccompanied-minors-in-greece/#_ftnref1 Cochliou, D. Spaneas, S. (2019). Guardianship Experiences of Unaccompanied Children in Cyprus International Journal of Social Science and Humanities Research Vol. 7, Issue 1, pp: 323-334 Ecclestone, K. & Brunila, K. (2015). Governing Emotionally Vulnerable Subjects and Therapisation of Social Justice, Pedagogy Culture and Society, 23 (4): 485 – 506. EASO, (2021). Annual Report on the Situation of Asylum in the European Union, Valletta: EASO. Retrieved 15/01/2023 from, https://euaa.europa.eu/sites/default/files/EASO-Asylum-Report-2021.pdf Georgiadis, D. (2021). Unaccompanied Minors in Greece: An Empirical Research, The Migration Conference, London, UK. Georgiadis, D. (2023). Human Rights, Racism and Migration: A philosophical approach Interdisciplinary Research in Counseling, Ethics and Philosophy, vol. 3, issue 7, 2023: pages. 1-12. ISSN: 2783-9435 © IRCEP. Georgiadis, D. (2023). The European Management of Immigrants in the mediterranean: The Case of Italy, Athens: Jean Monnet European Centre of Excellence, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. http://dx.doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.22077.03041 Koursoumba, L., Commissioner for the Protection of Children‟s Rights in Cyprus (2010). UNHCR Seminars on Unaccompanied Children Seeking Asylum 15-16 December 2010, Nicosia, Cyprus. Accessed at www.childcom. org.cy on 9 November 2018 OECD (2018). Indicators of Migrant Integration, Brussels: OECD Riekkinen, M., & Hanssen, N. (2023). Substantive Equality of Refugee Children in Education Acts in Finland and Norway. Retrieved 30/01/2024 from https://research.abo.fi/en/publications/substantive-equality-of-refugee-children-in-education-acts-of-fin Rosenblum, M. Tichenor, D. (2018). The Politics of International Migration, Oxford University Press. Themistokleous, S., Vrasidas, C., and Zempylas, M., (2012). “Immigration and Integration Policies in Cyprus”, chapter in the edited book “Opening the Door?: Immigration and Integration in the European Union”, by Novotny V. for the Centre for European Studies UNESCO, (2023). Refugee children are five times more likely to be out of school than others Retrieved 10/12/2023 from https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/refugee-children-are-five-times-more-likely-be-out-school-others Metadrasi, (2021). METAdrasi – Action for Migration & Development: Annual Report. Retieved 26/01/2024 from https://metadrasi.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/METAdrasi_Annual_Report_2021.pdf 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Belarusian Adolescents with a Migration Background's Perspectives on School Sustainability Policies and Practices in the European Union (EU) and Belarus Vechta University, Germany Presenting Author:Context Theoretical framework Inquiries for investigation What are the differences in the perspectives of sustainability and civic practices among Belarusian teenagers from a migrant background when comparing their experiences in EU schools (in Germany, Lithuania, and Poland) to educational institutions in Belarus? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods The research design incorporates semi-structured interviews and focus groups, allowing for a comprehensive exploration of participants' perspectives. The semi-structured nature of the interviews allows for in-depth exploration of individual experiences, while focus groups facilitate the identification of shared themes and divergent viewpoints. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results This research allowed through the lens of young people 14-18 years old first to examine some aspects of the Belarusian school practices of the recent years (which are featured with an increased ideological indoctrination in the school system) and second to show a perspective of a migrant group with a shared cultural background on sustainability practices in European (Polish, Lithuanian and German) schools. The findings of the interviews with individuals and focus groups revealed what in the European school practices which promote sustainable lifestyle and active citizenship could be seen as effective and attractive from the perspective of young migrants from an Eastern European country and which school policies encourage them (or not) for active participation. On the other hand, at the distance, the participants were able to evaluate the experiences from Belarusian schools and even formulate their suggestions what could be done there better from their present perspectives. References Angelis, de R. (2021). Global Education and Migration in a Changing European Union. Policy and Practice: A Development Education Review, Vol. 32, Spring, pp. 55–78. Hamel, N. (2022). Social Participation of Students With a Migration Background—A Comparative Analysis of the Beginning and End of a School Year in German Primary Schools. Frontiers in Education, Vol. 7, https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.764514 Griga, D., & Hadjar, A. (2014). Migrant Background and Higher Education Participation in Europe: The Effect of the Educational Systems.European Sociological Review,30(3), 275–286. Taylor et. al. (2019). Education for Sustainability in the Secondary Sector – a Review. Sage publications, 2019 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/ 333581680_Education_for_Sustainability_in_the_Secondary_Sector-A_Review Berglund, T., Gericke, N., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., & Chang, T. C. (2020). A cross-cultural comparative study of sustainability consciousness between students in Taiwan and Sweden. Environment, Development and Sustainability, 22, 6287-6313. Deutsche UNESCO-Kommission, 2022. Praxisimpulse zur nachhaltigen Schulentwicklung. Beiträge der UNESCO-Projektschulen, Deutsche UNESCO-Kommission, Bonn. (https://www.unesco.de/sites/ default/files/2022-03/Praxisimpulse_zur_nachhaltigen_Schulentwicklung_A4_Doppelseiten_webfinal_ 0.pdf Haan, G. de (2006). The BLK ‘21’programme in Germany: a ‘Gestaltungskompetenz’‐based model for Education for Sustainable Development. Environmental Education Research, 12(1), 19-32. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Self-realization of the Members of Free Age University in Life-long Learning Environment 1Mariampole Higher Education Institution, Lithuania; 2Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 3Kaunas Free Age University, Lithuania; 4Lithuanian Educational Research Association (LERA) Board, Lithuania Presenting Author:Self-realization of the Members of Free Age University in Life-long Learning Environment Self-realization can be defined as a person becoming healthy and mature, developing all the necessary parts (dimensions) of the personality, discovering and realizing vocations and special talents, finally becoming what a person can become by developing self-esteem based on spirituality (Ryan & Deci, 2000). According Maslow self-actualization as an episode of self-realization, is based on human forces and concentrated in a particularly effective and purposeful way, where a person becomes more integrated and less distracted, more open to experiences, more special, more witty, more independent of lower needs. It is generally accepted that relationships with people, lifelong learning and self-esteem are important to a person and even determine that person's self-realization and perception and sense of life (Marjan, 2012). Thanks to meaningful relationships with other people based on mutual understanding and respect, a person can raise his self-esteem and live happily in his environment. Since seniors have free time, they have a special opportunity to participate in the process of lifelong learning. This is a great opportunity for seniors to realize their inner potential and develop opportunities for self-esteem development, precisely the main idea of Free Age universities is to construct possibilities for older people to realize their uniqueness, express their cultural variety of professional experience and intercultural dialogue, and pursue an active social life (Helwig & Ruprecht, 2017). The activity of the Free Age universities is considered as the main means of education for the elderly in the scope of Lithuanian adult education policy. By participating in the lifelong learning process, older people develop cognitive and motor skills and preserve and strengthen their self-esteem (National Program of the 2012 European Year of Older People's Activity and Intergenerational Solidarity). As we are talking about self-esteem is needed to confirm that self-esteem is presented as a person's generalized opinion about himself/herself and how valuable he/she is. The aim of this report is to reveal the possibilities to buildout self-esteem of the members of Free Age university when developing self-realization in lifelong learning environment. The objectives are as follows: a) to discuss the construction of seniors self-esteem based on the self-realization; b) to describe the cultural variety of professional experience of the members of Free Age university, highlighting possibilities for development of self-esteem based on the self-realization; c) to identify the directions of educational research that the experience of the Free Age university learning environment implies the process of self-realization. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the report is based on the preconception that agreements on a common vision, aim, knowledge, experience, and values determine the successful operation of the members of Free Age university in the different study circles groups as well as intercultural cooperation and dialogue, to develop culture of a unity environment for of self-realization. The report is based on the results, conclusions and reflection of a longitudinal study (2020 - 2023) conducted by researchers of education science at Marijampole Higher Education Institution and on practical work experience at Kaunas Free Age university, which highlighted the importance of self-realization in a Free Age university as a non-governmental organization. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interpretation of the results of the study has revealed that self-realization is a way of preserving and strengthening self-esteem. The study reviews variety of professional and cultural experiences of the members of the Free Age university, highlighting the possibilities of developing self-esteem based on self-realization. The Free Age university becomes one of the significant institutions that provide the opportunity for older people to participate in lifelong learning and realize themselves by social participation. Reflection on the process of this study identified the directions of educational research that the activity of the Free Age university implies the process of self-realization in life long learning environment, and gives a meaning to values, knowledge and experience of personality. References Marjan, L. (2012). Benefits of lifelong learning. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences. 46/4268-4272. Helwig, N. E., & Ruprecht, M. R. (2017). Age, gender, and self-esteem: A sociocultural look through a nonparametric lens. Archives of Scientific Psychology, 5(1), 19-31. Maslow A. H. (1987). Motivation and Personality. New York: Harper & Row. National Program of the 2012 European Year of Older People's Activity and Intergenerational Solidarity, 2012. Ryan R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78. Bruneviciute, R., Veckiene, N. P. (2022). Expression of the culture of a unity environment in Free Age university activities. ECER 2022 “Education in a Changing World: The impact of global realities on the prospects and experiences of educational research“. 22-25 August 2022, Yerevan. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 21 SES 12 A: Paper Session 6 Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Wilfried Datler Paper Session |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Early Childhood Teachers in Situations of Uncertainty. Considerations on Practice-governing Moments and their Meaning on Professional Work University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:When asking early childhood teachers to describe specific work situations with children in kindergarten, they often talk about situations, where they have to deal with different aspects of uncertainty. They talk for example about everyday microtransitions like going outside into the garden with 25 3-three-year-olds – having the task to help all of them getting into their shoes and jackets quickly. Other early childhood teachers describe for example situations when the whole group of children sits together to sing a song. And suddenly a child starts getting quite wild and aggressive, boxing other children and taking their toys away. Or one can think of settling-in-processes – when the little ones start attending kindergarten for the first time and all the emotions that go along with this experience. One cannot predict how an individual child or a group of children will act or react in such complex and dynamic situations. How can kindergarten teachers deal with such everyday working situations – highly characterized by aspects of uncertainty?
Against this background we want to pick up on considerations formulated in the Network 21 special call that every pedagogical encounter remains unpredictable and one has to deal with the lack of certainty. This in mind, it becomes clear that all our knowledge can hardly help us avoid experiencing uncertainty and accompanying feelings like anxiety, frustration, maybe even anger and shame (Puget 2020). In our paper we will focus on early childhood teachers, how they experience situations of uncertainty in their everyday work and how such experiences affect their professional work. Therefor, we want to discuss the following research question: Which practice-governing moments on part of early childhood teachers are decisive for shaping their relationships with small children in situations of uncertainty?
Practice-governing moments are understood as those inner-psychic conditions that are decisive for the way a person acts in a certain situation. Focused on the context of the work of early childhood teachers, practice-governing moments are understood as those inner psychic conditions that are decisive for how early childhood teachers act and shape relationships in specific situations in which they are faced with the task of acting professionally (Datler, Trunkenpolz, 2009).
With reference to psychoanalytical theories, it is assumed that the formation of practice-governing moments is based on a complex interplay of sensory perceptions, affects and cognitive processes that permanently cause people to make decisions in a conscious and unconscious manner under the aspect of affect regulation. In this context “emotional processes are particularly important because people strive to bring about, stabilize or increase pleasant emotional states in the best possible way and to eliminate, alleviate or prevent the occurrence of unpleasant emotional states” (Datler, Wininger, 2019, 359). These basic psychoanalytical assumptions underline that not only aspects of experience, that can be verbalized, guide professional work. Similar considerations are also taken up in works on implicit knowledge. Neuweg (2020, 299) understands implicit knowledge as a type of knowledge that is rather expressed in behavior in the broadest sense, without the person acting being able to express this knowledge fully and adequately in words. Actions based on implicit knowledge have an intuitive character and a high degree of flexibility, in which the execution of a task comes to the fore and explicit, verbally formalized thinking about it loses importance. In the work context, this enables a sensitive response to specific situations with increasing professional experience, while planned, rule-based action gradually diminishes. In contrast to the concept of implicit knowledge, the desire for affect regulation is given central importance in connection with the concept of practice-governing moments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Regarding to the research question and the psychoanalytically-orientated idea of practice-governing moments, a methodological approach is required to gradually come closer to inner psychic conditions that guide the actions of early childhood teachers. As part of an ongoing research seminar in the Master's degree program in Elementary Education at the University of Graz stimulated recall interviews are discussed in this context. The stimulated recall interview is a research method to gain access to pre-actional innerpsychic processes (Messmer, 2015). The use of this method is suitable if the research interest is aimed at reconstructing thoughts and beliefs, wishes and desires, phantasies and emotions that are decisive for a person's actions (Dempsey, 2010; Trunkenpolz, 2018). This interview form is characterized by the fact that interviewees are invited to report on a specific, recent work situation. With reference to this situation, the interviewees are then asked to reflect on what guided their actions in this specific situation. This enables the interviewee together with the interviewer to gradually come closer to pre-actional, action-guiding innerpsychic processes (Messmer, 2015). In the just above mentioned Master-course a group of students conducts stimulated-recall inter-views with early childhood teachers. The focus of these interviews is on the professionals’ description of a specific work situation that has just occurred. Based on this situation, the early childhood teachers are invited to think about what made them act in this specific way in this situation and what was going on inside them. The aim of these interviews is to reflect on a specific work situation to gain insights into the individual cognitive and emotional processes of the early childhood teachers that guide their actions, particularly in situations characterised by uncertainty. In a first step the interviews will be worked through using content analysis. So patterns of practice-governing moments in work situations of uncertainty can be identified (Flick 2000). Understanding practice-governing moments as presented above, in a second step the questions will be discussed, to what extent early childhood teachers are able to refer to the specific situation and/or the specific child in the description and reflection of their actions, and to what extent they include their own feelings as practice-governing (Rappich, 2010, 50). First results on this analysis of the material will be presented in the paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research design presented so far is primarily aimed at gaining access to those practice-governing moments that can be put into words. First impressions of the interviews suggest that early childhood teachers find it unusual, but also enriching, to be given space to think about themselves and their own professional work including emotional dimensions. This may indicate that, due to the specific way in which the interviews are conducted, reflection processes are gradually set in motion, which make it possible to verbalize practice-governing moments that were initially not-conscious. These preliminary results open up at least two further questions for discussion: 1) Limitations of the research design: The research design presented so far comes to its limits when thinking about rather unconscious aspects of practice-governing moments. Currently, it is discussed to interpret the interview material using deep hermeneutic analysis (tiefenhermeneutische Textanalyse) in order to gain insight in rather latent contents of the interviews. In this context further work is required with regard to the combination of different analysis methods. 2) Questions on vocational training: Although various models and approaches are developed internationally for preparing future kindergarten teachers for their work, few authors have addressed the manifold aspects of uncertainty when working with small children. The preliminary results mentioned above give reason for discussing how competencies of reflecting emotional experiences and their influence on professional relationships can be supported in vocational training of early childhood teachers (Rustin et al., 2008; Hover-Reisner et al. 2018). References Datler, W. & Wininger, M. (2019). Psychoanalytische Zugänge zur frühen Kindheit. In L. Ahnert (Hrsg.), Theorien in der Entwicklungspsychologie. Springer. Datler, W. & Trunkenpolz, K. (2009). Praxisleitende Momente – eine Arbeitsdefinition. Unpubl. Projektmaterial Dempsey, N. P. (2010). Stimulated Recall Interviews in Ethnography. Qual Sociol, 33, 349-367. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11133-010-9157-x Flick, U. (2000). Qualitative Forschung. Theorie, Methoden, Anwendung in Psychologie und Sozial-wissenschaften (5. Aufl.). Rowohlt. Hover-Reisner, N., Fürstaller, M. & Wininger, A. (2018). ‚Holding mind in mind‘: the use of work discussion in facilitating early childcare (kindergarten) teachers’ capacity to mentalise. Infant Observation. The International Journal of Infant Observation and Its Applications, 21 (1), 98–110. Messmer, R. (2015). Stimulated Recall as a Focused Approach to Action and Thought Processes of Teachers. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 16(1), https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-16.1.2051 Neuweg, H.G. (2020). Könnerschaft und implizites Wissen: Zur lehr-lerntheoretischen Bedeutung der Erkenntnis- und Wissenstheorie Michael Polanyis. Waxmann. Puget, J. (2020). How difficult it is to think about uncertainty and perplexity. The International Jour-nal of Psychoanalysis, 101, 1236-1247. Rappich, J.(2010). Praxisleitende Momente in Wiener Pflegeheimen. Eine empirische Untersuchung zur Erfassung praxisleitender Momente des Pflegepersonals in zwei Wiener Pflegeheimen. Univ. Wien Rustin, M. , Bradley, J. (2008): Work Discussion. Learning from reflective practice in work with chil-dren and families. Karnac: London. Trunkenpolz, K. (2018). Lebensqualität von Pflegeheimbewohnern mit Demenz. Eine psychoanalyt-isch-orientierte Einzelfallstudie. Budrich. Diss Trunkenpolz, K. & Reisenhofer, C. (in press). Übergänge in der frühen Kindheit. Zur Ausbildung des pädagogischen Takts im Kontext von Work Discussion Seminaren. In M. Doerr & B. Neudeck-er (Hrsg), Psychoanalytisch-pädagogische Blicke auf pädagogische Praxis. Psychosozial. 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper Mentalize the Crocodile: On the Use of Educational Films in Mentalization Training with Teacher 1University of Klagenfurt, Austria; 2University of Education Luzern, Switzerland; 3University College London, UK; 4University of Education Ludwigsburg, Germany; 5University of Teacher Education in Special Needs Zürich, Switzerland; 6University of Applied Sciences Darmstadt, Germany Presenting Author:Mentalization, understood as a human ability, plays a decisive role in the regulation of impulses and emotions, the promotion of the ability to reflect and social learning (Kirsch et al., 2024). This ability develops from childhood onwards through relationship experiences over the entire lifespan. An understanding of psychological processes arises when pedagogues perceive a child as an individual subject with their own intentions, feelings and motivations, i.e. mentalize them. Severe or prolonged stress in childhood can temporarily or permanently impair the ability to mentalize. The connection between mentalization and insecurity is outlined theoretically at the beginning. Mentalizing relationship experiences can improve people's ability to mentalize and support the maintenance of mental health, cognitive and socio-emotional learning and social interaction. This is why mentalization also plays an important role in curative education (Schwarzer et al., 2023). Mentalization-based pedagogy is an innovative research approach whose basic assumption is that successful processes and interactions in the interaction between learners and teachers can be understood in terms of mentalization. This means that emotions, understanding, socio-cognitive learning and pedagogical relationships take centre stage and that dealing with uncertainty can be practised. Competence-oriented (Baumert & Kunter, 2006) and professional biographicalunderstandings of professionalism emphasise the importance of individual characteristics of the teacher as adecisive prerequisite for successful pedagogical action. In particular, the teacher'sability to form relationships with the pupils seems to play a central role with regardto learning gains and development processes (Hamre & Pianta, 2001; Hattie, 2008). Mentalization theory (Fonagy, Gergely,Jurist & Target, 2002) is a relationship-based theory of developmental psychology, which in turn can provide important impetus for shaping relationships in childhood and adolescence. Mentalization describes the attachment dyad as a training and experiential space in which the ability to perceive and consider the psychological constitution in oneself andothers is developed (Taubner, 2015). The Mentalizing approach is of keyimportance for the shaping of interpersonal relationships in childhood, adolescence and adulthood - and this prove to be relevant for the pedagogical context in which educators shape relationships with children and adolescents on a daily basis.(Schwarzer, Link, Behringer & Turner, 2023). The DFG research network MentEd aimed to apply this clinical approach to pedagogy and, after funding from 2016 to January 2020, established partnerships and collaboration with UCL. ERASMUS+ Strategic Partnership is currently facilitating practical-level transfer and training of educational specialists, impacting the professionalization of pedagogy. The MentEd.ch project, funded by Movetia, adapts mentalization-based pedagogy in Swiss special needs education. Supported by an established network, the University of Teacher Education integrates it into the curriculum. Following successful funding phases, the project contributes to the quality and innovation of the Swiss education system. The transnational knowledge transfer focuses on professionalizing multipliers, ensuring sustainable dissemination of teaching materials, implementation options, and evaluation results beyond the funding period. This paper discusses the current state of research based on empirical study results on the teaching of mentalization skills and the development, implementation and evaluation of a model curriculum for mentalization training for educational professionals. The structure with learning units, supervision, teaching materials, educational films and evaluation facilitates integration into university teaching. In this paper, we focus on the following research question: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The focus is on the educational films/training films and the mentalization training. An educational film is used and presented as a source. In addition, a selection of the empirical quantitative-qualitative and theoretical/theory-building results will be presented so that a common basis or common denominator can be prepared for questions and discussion. As part of the mentalization training and curriculum developed for pedagogical professionalisation, educational films are visioned together with trainees. First, the educational film is watched together in full length and we discuss what was seen in it, what thoughts and feelings the film triggers and what what what was experienced and seen has to do with mentalization theory. In a second run-through, the film is watched again and each participant says "stop" if they have recognised something or want to discuss it. The film is then paused and a group discussion is initiated. The session is moderated by one or two instructors, who moderate the group discussion in a mentalizing position according to the research questions. This group discussion on the educational film was recorded during the training in Zurich, transcribed and analysed using depth hermeneutics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results of the research project from different stages of the research process are summarised and presented. This paper discusses the current state of research based on empirical study results on the teaching of mentalization skills and the development, implementation and evaluation of a model curriculum for mentalization training for educational professionals. The six-month curriculum serves as a model for training and further education courses designed to promote mentalization. The structure with learning units, supervision, teaching materials, educational films and evaluation facilitates integration into university teaching. Initial preliminary results of a pre-post study show changes with small to medium effect sizes in the desired directions. The presentation will focus on the presentation and discussion of the findings from the group discussions on the educational films. The research questions will be addressed and key findings will be presented using examples from the discussions and a short film sequence. References Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2006). Stichwort: Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 9, 469–520. doi.org/10.1007/s11618-006-0165-2 Fonagy, P., Gergely, G., Jurist, E. & Target, M. (2002). Affect regulation, mentalization, and the developmentof the self. London, UK: Karnac Books. Hamre, B. K., & Pianta, R. C. (2001). Early teacher–child relationships and the trajectory of children's schooloutcomes through eighth grade. Child Development, 72 (2), 625–638. doi.org/10.1111/1467-8624.00301 Hattie, J. (2008). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Abingdon, GB: Routeledge. Kirsch, H., Link, P.-C., Schwarzer, N.-H., & Gingelmaier, S. (2024). «Nicht zu weit weg und nicht zu nah am Feuer». Mentalisieren und Emotionsregulation. Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik (ZfH), 37–43. Link, P.-C., Behringer, N., Maier, L., Gingelmaier, S., Kirsch, H., Nolte, T., Turner, A., Müller, X., & Schwarzer, N.-H. (2023). »Wer mentalisiert, versteht den anderen besser« - Mentalisieren als entwicklungsorientierte Professionalisierungsstrategie. In W. Burk, & C. Stalder (Hrsg.), Entwicklungsorientierte Bildung in der Praxis (S. 49–66). Weinheim: Beltz. Mikulincer, M., & Shaver, P. (2016). Attachment in adulthood. Structure, dynamics, and change. New York: Guilford. Schwarzer, N.-H., Link, P.-C., Behringer, N. & Turner, A. (2023). Theme issue: Attachment and Mentalizing as Aspects of Effective Pedagogical Skills and Relationship Competence. Call for Papers Empirische Pädagogik. Schwarzer, N.-H., Dietrich, L., Gingelmaier, S., Nolte, T., Bolz, T. & Fonagy, P. (2023). Mentalizing partially mediates the associationbetween attachment insecurity and globalstress in preservice teachers.Front. Psychol. 14:1204666 Taubner, S. (2015). Konzept Mentalisieren. Eine Einführung in Forschung und Praxis. Gießen: Psychosozial.Terhart, E., Czerwenka, K., Erich, K., Jordan, F. & Schmidt, H. J. (1994). Berufsbiographien von Lehrern und Lehrerinnen. Frankfurt a. M.: Peter Lang. Taubner, S., Sharp, C. (2023). Mentale Flexibilität durch implizites soziales Lernen- Metamodell für Veränderungsprozesse in der Psychotherapie. Psychotherapie Turner, A. (2018). Mentalisieren in der schulpädagogischen Praxis: Work Discussion als Methode für mentaliserungsbasierte Pädagogik? In S. Gingelmaier, S. Taubner, & A. Ramberg (Hrsg.), Handbuch mentalisierungsbasierte Pädagogik (S. 188 - 199). Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. 21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper A Clinic of Coming Links 1UMR LEGS, Paris 8, France; 2University Paris 8, CIRCEFT, France Presenting Author:We propose to reflect on the temporal dimension of the teaching experience, taking as our starting point the apparent paradox of a form of teaching that common sense leads us to consider as future-oriented ; in a context where our political commitments and a certain realism about the state of the world, from its tendencies towards fascization to its ongoing ecological destruction, place us in a difficult if not impossible projection towards a locked future. In this sense, educational spaces can echo the retrospectively premonitory slogan "no future" (Guesde, 2022). We will question some of the “self-evident” aspects of pedagogy as a means of "transmission". One of those “self-evident” aspects is the idea that the classroom confronts: the past (the transmitted knowledge) ; the present (where pedagogy is a transformative time, more than an area of coexistences and becomings, (Deleuze and Guattari, 1980)) ; and the future (where the commitment to teaching is based on kinds of bets and debts, where knowledge is transmitted as a potential in the future of a student which we are trying to influence). Revisiting Freud's quote in the Network 21 special call: '[...] education has to find its way between the Scylla of non-interference and the Charybdis of frustration.' (Freud, 1933), we will question the Scylla of non-interference by asking whether the latter should be interpreted as an absence of deliberate intervention or as a non-encounter. Indeed, if all encounters are interferences, Freud's quote seems to indicate a particular danger in education, if it "does not interfere", the center of this statement being the child as an object on which education does or does not interfere (Scylla), which is frustrated (Charybdis) or not. Now, from a more reciprocal perspective of education, we will be asking what reciprocal effects the encounter between students and teachers can have, when pedagogical devices undermine (without ever totally eradicating) the centrality of the teacher figure and his authority. As we develop our pedagogical practices at university in France, with students in educational sciences, gender studies, future or current social workers, caregivers (some of whom are resuming their training), future teachers and educational team supervisors, we are also part of a pedagogical tradition that we might call "libertarian” (i.e. anti-authoritarian and cooperative), or at least one that questions power dynamics within the teaching situation, without excluding the unconscious dimension at play for each person involved (with reference, also, to institutional pedagogy). Based on this reflexively analyzed "radical" position, we will try to imagine a “clinic of multiple links”, that could escape, at least partially, the canons of the educational bond. This epistemological openness to theories of multiplicity could open up a further subversive breach, following that made by works that recognize the unconscious dimension of pedagogy, as stricken with ambivalence, uncertainty and non-control. This multiplicity is not programmatic, nor a rehash of an inherited past, but actualized in a moment and space, through an encounter. Taking from queer feminist theories of multiplicity and interconnected modes of existence (Haraway, 2016), and their thoughts on non-filial and mutual temporalities and connexions, we will attempt to question what can be generated in pedagogical space when we move from certain normative readings of the students' projective failure or narrative non-affiliation (of a non-reiteration interpreted as non-affiliation). Rather than adopting a moral reading of the breakdown of meaning or of intergenerational ruptures, could we not question the "no future" that may resonate in educational spaces as a challenge to traditional narratives combining an overhanging past and an ideology of progress (Benjamin, 1940, 2023), leading us to consider other ways of investing temporalities, and therefore, narratives? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our proposal is based on our reflexive dialogue around teaching situations experienced at university (with the previously mentioned audiences). We will present extracts from 3 "monographs", inspired by the method of institutional pedagogy (Dubois, 2019). In this way, pedagogical situations become research and analysis material for the authors. The idea is to take into account the unconscious dynamics at work in the situations, but also in the movement of their analysis. The monographs are the result of a process of group elaboration, in the aftermath of situations, which allows both a narrative of practices, and a process of resonance and association between the researcher-practitioners. In this sense, the materials presented derive from a posture of observation of what happens in pedagogical situations, assuming an element of uncertainty (i.e.: not knowing what we are doing at the time we are doing it). To a certain extent, this way of working with materials prolongs a refusal to think of pedagogy in terms of progress and technicality, favoring instead, sneakily, the creation of multiple bonding, in the context of institutional injunctions of efficiency and professionalization (which run through French, and beyond, European educational institutions). Our theoretical references are rooted in a psychoanalytically oriented clinical approach in educational sciences (Blanchard-Laville et al., 2005), and we also work with feminist and queer theories (Dorlin, 2021). Finally, we will take into account our different involvements, namely that we don't occupy the same institutional positions, and that we have previously shared certain teaching spaces. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The place given to newness and creativity in teaching spaces will be examined in the light of our reflections on temporality (past-present-future) and the power relationships it induces: for example, what can be new when a course is "repeated"? How can we consider the sometimes old (or ancient) texts offered to students for reading, without conceiving them according to the logic of transmission? How much of a risk are we, as teachers, prepared to take in order to depose ourselves from the position of Master, regardless of our students’ perceived resistance ? (Rancière, 1987). The issue of the context, identified in our introduction by certain specificities (climatic and political issues), does not seem to us to be detached from the challenges of temporality, of sequencing and of past-present-future articulation: more than a " background" to our reflections, and without pretending to be doing a historian's analysis, we take into account the fact that this very contextualization is part of a situated regime of historicity (Hartog, 2012). Last but not least, our use of psychoanalysis also contributes to our recognition of a non-linear, non-uniform temporality. It is therefore by admitting a displacement of the usual coordinates of transmission that we could imagine, even speculate (in the sense of Haraway and science fiction), also, new conceptions of the clinic of links and bonding. References Benjamin, W. (1940, 2023). Sur le concept d’histoire. Klincksieck. Blanchard-Laville, C., Chaussecourte P., Hatchuel F., et B. Pechberty. (2005) Recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique dans le champ de l’éducation et de la formation. Revue française de pédagogie, 151, pp. 111-162. Deleuze, G. et Guattari, F. (1980). Mille Plateaux. Capitalisme et Schizophrénie. Editions de Minuit. Dorlin, E. (2021). Sexe, genre et sexualités. Introduction à la philosophie féministe. Presses Universitaires de France. Dubois, A. (2019). Histoires de la pédagogie institutionnelle: Les monographies. Champ social. Dubois, A., Geffard, P., Schlemminger, G. (2023). Une pédagogie pour le XXIe siècle: Pratiquer la pédagogie institutionnelle dans l'enseignement supérieur. Champ social. Freud, S. (1933). Lecture XXXIV. Explanations, Applications and Orientations. In New Introductory Lectures on Psycho-Analysis (p. 135-157). The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud. Hogarth Press. Guesde, C. (2022). Penser avec le punk. Presses Universitaires de France. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the Trouble : Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Hartog, F. (2012). Régimes d’historicité. Présentisme et expériences du temps. Seuil. Rancière, J. (1987). Le Maître ignorant. Fayard. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 22 SES 12 A: NETWORK MEETING Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves Network Meeting |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper NW 22 Network Meeting UIDEF - IE - ULisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
15:45 - 17:15 | 23 SES 12 A: The Politicization of the Elite and its Influence in Education Reforms Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Lejf Moos Session Chair: Luís Miguel Carvalho Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium The Politicization of the Elite and its Influence in Education Reforms This symposium will highlight the role of European policy elites (experts, consultants, advisers, etc.) by showing that they wield significant power and legitimacy in shaping educational reforms during last decades at global level, while at the same time its illustrates the social and political features of these reforming groups and networks in national spaces. By charaterising these European elite groups and networks by their positions within the State and/or International Organizations, the symposium will display the circulation of ideas and knowledge, beliefs and assumptions, between individuals and groups, but also their relations of dependence as well as their technocratic and/or ideological connivance that shape a doctrinal puzzle. Often referred to as neo-liberalism versus welfarism, these ideas, discourses, and prescriptions are more a complex combination of personal experience, adoption of scientific and expert statements, formulation of values or principles of justice, but also political expediency in front of public opinion and interest group pressures. Far from considering educational reforms and decision-making as linear, sequential, or incremental processes, the symposium will emphasize authoritarian, sometimes nationalistic stances, but also uncertain dimension of power facing the uncertainty and complexity inherent to policy-making at global scale. It will underly the incoherence and cognitive dissonance of decision-making, the tacit and shared knowledge on which justifications are based, or the story-telling that legitimizes changes in political rhetoric Therefore, the symposium will help to better understand ongoing and endogenous transformations of the educative State, in characterizing interactions within national, European and global elites, but also their resources and capacities for action in framing public action programmes and delivering political discourses, through games of competition and rivalry, according to specific professional, administrative, managerial cultures and ethics. Beyond mapping national, Europaen and global links, which demonstrate also some affinities and proximities between these elites, the symposium also will intent to characterize the more or less structured, more or less formal policy networks that shape the European reformist agenda in education through recommendations and prescriptions leading to lasting and relatively irreversible changes in policy-making. Based on the comparison between several European countries, bringing together different authors specialized in education policies, the symposium will seek to answer the following questions - How do these elites exercise their power, their authority, by mobilising different resources and capacities to influence the decision-making process? - How are these elites structured in networks or groups, epistemic communities or coalition of causes, in relationships that facilitate the sharing of knowledge, ideas, representations and beliefs on educational policies at national and global level? - What is the role of cognition, values, beliefs, representations and the strategy in these alliance games and power relationships? What is the impact of public action instruments and their interpretation (laws, indicators, data, etc.)? - How is it possible to characterize the type of proximity or affinity maintained by these elites within State, in other institutions or networks, or in International Organizations? From a methodological perspective, policy makers will be chosen for their membership in a ministerial cabinet, as heads of a ministerial directorate or as experts/advisers for the Ministry of Education, or for their relationships with global networks and organisations, etc. Whenever possible, their socio-professional career and their various positions in education or elsewhere will be established. Analyses would developed from the study of different expert groups, national conferences, representative institutions, and parliamentary hearings in which this elite has intervened with important effects on implementing reforms. References Anderson, K. T., & Holloway, J. (2020). Discourse analysis as theory, method, and epistemology in studies of education policy. Journal of Education Policy, 35(2), 188-221. Cousin, B., Khan, S., & Mears, A. (2018). Theoretical and methodological pathways for research on elites. Socio-Economic Review, 16(2), 225-249. Genieys, W., & Joana, J. (2015). Bringing the state elites back in?. Gouvernement et action publique, 4(3), 57-80. Genieys, W. (2017). The new custodians of the state: Programmatic elites in French society. London, Routledge. Hodge, E., Childs, J., & Au, W. (2020). Power, brokers, and agendas: New directions for the use of social network analysis in education policy. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28, 117-117. Honig, M. I. (2004). The new middle management: Intermediary organizations in education policy implementation. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 26(1), 65-87. Jones, B. D., Thomas III, H. F., & Wolfe, M. (2014). Policy bubbles. Policy Studies Journal, 42(1), 146-171. Lubienski, C. (2018). The critical challenge: Policy networks and market models for education. Policy Futures in Education, 16(2), 156-168. Ozga, J., Seddon, T., & Popkewitz, T. S. (Eds.). (2013). World yearbook of education 2006: Education, research and policy: Steering the knowledge-based economy. Routledge. Smyrl, M., & Genieys, W. (2016). Elites, ideas, and the evolution of public policy. Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Engaged Disengagement: Infrastructure, Rationality and Consecration of Normative Elite in the Czech Educational Reforms
This communication will demonstrate how the formal group of responsible officials in the Czech Republic ceased to be decision elite in the normative course of educational reforms and was replaced by a fluid group of elite normative actors who operate on different logic and through different spatial forms (Wirthová, 2021). They publish many normative papers and recommendations and held public debates influencing publicly state officials, politicians, and other decision-makers to change education system. It is argued that the prior horizontal division is accompanied in effect by hierarchisation, that through practices of “co-invitation” (to a debate or an expertise) produce consecration that provides pride and elevation above ordinary matter, and provide the possibility of evading both subordinate relations to formal institution officially responsible for the educational reform (MOE) and responsible relations to the audience (those affected by these reforms as schools, teachers and parents). This new normative elite is a mix of various jurisdictions, some state officials among them, but these loyalties are less important than the spatial practices that enable both to intervene and to construct moral and expert identity to its members by moralising quantitative data as something inherently Good. Therefore, this elite is not based predominantly on economic advantages, although partnership with wealthy actors (banks) is involved, but on the ability to spatially evade limits and secure the channels for intervention. The discourse emerging elite normative infrastructure produce mobilises both the neoliberal vocabulary of effectivity, auditing, measuring quality and moral of “doing good” (Wirthová, 2022). This reproduces the division among those to be measured and improved in quality (the matter) and those who do not come under this measurement (individual-knowledgeable-expert actors who pursue the common good for everyone and therefore are incontestable).
References:
Wirthová, J. (2022). Patterns of actorship in legitimation of educational changes: The role of transnational and local knowledge. European Educational Research Journal, 21(4), 658 –679.Wirthová, J. (2021). Anti-state populism in Czech educational governance: Relations among state, expertise, and civil society. In J. Herkman, E. Palonen, V. Salojärvi, & M. Vulovic (Eds.), The Second Helsinki Conference on Emotions, Populism, and Polarisation. University of Helsinki.
Is there an Epistemic Elite that leads Reforms in Education in Slovenia?
As regards the actors that govern the education policy and educational reforms in Slovenia during the last three decades, it is evident that the high political elite (ministers) and politico-administrative elite (e.g. heads of a ministerial directorate) have been very rapidly changing. Since already nineteenth minister responsible for education was appointed in 2023, it is hard to identify the stable politico-administrative elite. On the other hand, the relatively small network of experts has been actively involved in all three “big” education reforms as authors of their conceptual backgrounds, members of advisory groups etc. During the periods between the reforms in the last three decades, they act as university professors and members of various national expert committees (the technostructure of the ministry).
Taking into consideration both facts (changing politico-administrative elite and stable epistemic elite), the presentation focuses on the following main research question: “Is there an epistemic elite that leads reforms in education in Slovenia”? and tries to address several subsequent sub-questions of how such a network of experts, has been able to survive in changing political environment, what are experts’ characteristics and activities, and whether and how their network can (not) be perceived as epistemic elite. The presentation is based on the following theoretical-conceptual backgrounds: a) The development of post-socialist education systems in which politicization is tainted and the role of expert knowledge is favoured as well as compliance with Western values prioritized (e.g. Chankseliani & Silova, 2018; Halász, 2015); b) The characteristics of epistemic communities/elites, including their personal, relational, organizational, institutional and cultural backgrounds, authority and legitimacy (Haas, 1992); c) The role of epistemic communities/elites in policy-learning (e.g. Dunlop & Radaelli, 2013) and policy-making (e.g. Gaber, 2007; Kodelja, 2007; Radaelli, 1995); d) The critical examination of the role of the epistemic elite in contemporary educational reforms and/or education policy-making (e.g. Cross, 2013; Dunlop, 2016).
References:
Chankseliani, M., & Silova, I. (Eds.). (2018). Comparing Post-Socialist Transformations purposes, policies, and practices in education. Symposium Books.
Cross, M. (2013). Rethinking epistemic communities twenty years later. Review of International Studies, 39(1), 137–160.
Dunlop, C. (2016). Knowledge, epistemic communities and agenda-setting. In Z. Zahariadis (ed.), Routledge Handbook of Agenda-Setting (pp. 273–294). Routledge.Dunlop, C., & Radaelli, C. M. (2013). Systematising policy learning. From monolith to dimensions. Political Studies, 61(3), 599–619.
Gaber, S. (2007). Spoprijem za hegemonijo ali vaje iz praktične teorije? [A struggle for hegemony or a drill in practical theory?]. Sodobna pedagogika, 58(102), 62–80.
Haas, M. P. (1992). Introduction: Epistemic Communities and International Policy Coordination. International Organisation, 46(1), 1–35.Halász, G. (2015). Education and Social Transformation in Central and Eastern Europe. European Journal of Education, 50(3), 350–371.
Kodelja, Z. (2007). Reforme, stroka in šolska politika [Reforms, science and school policies]. Sodobna Pedagogika, 58(2), 34–48.
Radaelli, M. C. (1995). The role of knowledge in the policy process. Journal of European Public Policy, 2(2), 159–183.
The Reformist Elite in the Field of French education: Networks, Power and Technocracy
This presentation tries to characterize a set of elite actors structured around a programme of educational reform legitimizing the PISA survey in France. These actors hold positions of power or influence that enable them to participate directly in decision-making within reformist networks. In this way, they define general guidelines based on shared values in order to make public action in education more effective. They formulate problems and draw up diagnoses through studies, reports and statements in the public arena and the media. They develop arguments and reasoning while advocating the adoption of reformist measures, and they participate in various high councils and expert groups. They have sufficient cognitive and symbolic resources to guide and legitimise policy-making or to challenge it. They mobilise situational capital (they occupy high positions in the civil service or in the academia), intellectual capital (they have expert knowledge) and symbolic capital (they enjoy a high level of notoriety and recognition). They are also players engaged in a power struggle in the field of education policy between the Left and the Right. They act as mediators while setting the reform agenda, either as experts, ideologues or intellectuals, brokers or translators, moral entrepreneurs, technocrats or researchers. They are part of a dynamic of social and cognitive learning that leads them to formulate public problems in education but also to produce ignorance of some other problems. Historically involved at the core of the State, these elite actors are increasingly involved in think tanks and circles of reflection outside the State sphere. From a methodological perspective, our study aims to gather sociographic data to characterise these elite actors (social origin, education, status, professional trajectory, positions held in their careers, etc.) and to use network analysis to show their relationships within the state technostructure, demonstrating certain links of dependence and affiliation as well as games of influence and power that determine reformist policy-making. We will also use our tacit knowledge of this field of power and some documentary resources (papers, reports, legislative and regulatory texts, the press, social networks) to study different epistemic and political positions within the state technocracy.
References:
Normand, R. (2022). PISA as epistemic governance within the European political arithmetic of inequalities: A sociological perspective illustrating the French case. In Critical perspectives on PISA as a means of global governance (pp. 48-69). Routledge.
Normand, R. (2023). French Education Policies and the PISA Paradigm: The Strong Republican State Absorbing External Influences. In School Policy Reform in Europe: Exploring Transnational Alignments, National Particularities and Contestations (pp. 117-137). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 23 SES 12 B: Politics And Knowledge Shaping Educational Reform: Case Studies From Around The Globe Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Colleen McLaughlin Session Chair: Stavroula Philippou Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Politics And Knowledge Shaping Educational Reform: Case Studies From Around The Globe
In 2021 Colleen McLaughlin and Alan Ruby published a first look at global case studies of attempts to reform whole education systems or elements of them. They chose case studies written by authors who had been actors in some capacity to show the human process that it is. the book focused upon the implementation of policy or its elements to show how hard it is. it was hoped that it would help policymakers and practitioners to learn from the successes and failure of others. As Stenhouse said, ‘…. improvement is possible if we are secure enough to face and study the nature of our failures. The central problem of evidence-informed practice is the gap between our ideas and our aspirations and our attempts to operationalise them’ (Stenhouse, 1975, 2-3). We also realised that our case studies were partial, and it is this desire to represent all and all attempts that has driven this second book, which this synposium focuses upon. This work holds to the aims of the first book but represents attempts to implement reform in countries where there may be limited resources in terms of civic development, or what has been called weak states. The case studies in the second book are here that are more representative of the globe and the societies who share it. In the summary of the first book, we emphasised five important features or necessary considerations to facilitate successful reform implementation (McLaughlin and Ruby, 2021). The first of which was the importance of the historical and political context of reform. This is the factor that has stood out in this current stories of reform. The historical and political contexts in our world are more complex, more volatile and more challenging than even two years ago. They are presenting new problems for educational policy makers and many that are familiar. What is clear is that they demonstrate more profoundly than ever the need to educate our young people well and for policy makers and actors in change to engage in learning about how to implement policy or make things happen. This symposium presents two of the case studies of reform - Scotland and Kazakhstan as well as the overall obervations of all ten countries. References McLaughlin, C. and Ruby, A. (2024) Politics And Knowledge Shaping Educational Reform: Case Studies From Around The Globe. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, McLaughlin and Ruby, A. (2021) Implementing Education Reform: Cases and Challenges. Cambridge, UK, Cambridge University Press Stenhouse, L. (1975) An Introduction to Curriculum Research and Development. London: Heinemann Presentations of the Symposium Introduction: Until the Miracle Arrives, We Can Learn from Others.
This paper is an introduction to the field and to the case studies past and present. It describes the ten cases from parts of the world, notably Africa and Latin America, that constitute the overall work.We present cases that help us understand the realities of implementing reforms. Looking across the literature about education reforms over the last forty years we do not see a lot of material that addresses how education reform is enacted at the system level. We do see a lot of attention paid to the motivations driving reforms and the ideologies shaping the way reforms are presented.There was little attention paid to motivating professionals to adopt different practices or to afford some activities more time and importance in schools. Nor was there much attention paid to what social support measures were needed to ensure that students were ready to learn and that schools could focus primarily on student learning. Our aim is to avoid offering “magic bullets” like instructional alignment (Cohen, 1987), school choice (Chubb & Moe, 1990) competency-based education (Musiimenta,2023) or any piece of technology just released. As many have pointed out, like Larry Cuban (2010), ready-made, quick solutions do not sit well with the realities of schools where there are multiple actors, multiple purposes and long-time horizons.
The Paradox of Rationality and Responsiveness is discussed as a major themes. Collectively the cases here and in the earlier volume point to the virtues and shortcomings of the wonderfully linear and stable models of policy formulation that shaped school reform ideas and strategies for the last forty years or more.
References:
Barber, M. (2015). How to run a government : so that citizens benefit and taxpayers don't go crazy. UK: Allen Lane, .
Boswell, J, (2023). Magical Thinking in Public Policy: Why Naïve Ideals about Better Policymaking Persist in Cynical Times
Cohen, S.A., (1987). Instructional Alignment: Searching for a Magic Bullet Educational Researcher. 16 (8) pp16-20.
Desimone, L. (2002). How can comprehensive school reform models be successfully implemented? Review of educational research, 72(3), 433-479.
Elmore, Richard F. 1979. “Backward Mapping: Implementation Research and Policy Decisions.” Political Science Quarterly 94 (4): 601–16. v
Liu, Y., (2023). Implementing educational reform—cases and challenges, Comparative Education, 59:1, 141-143,
Murnane, R. J., & Levy, F. (1996). What General Motors can teach U.S. schools about the proper role of markets in education reform. Phi Delta Kappan, 78(2), 108.
Nilsen, P., (2015). Making sense of implementation theories, models and frameworks. Implementation Sci 10, 53. .
Sen, A., (2004). How Does Culture Matter? In Rao, V. & Walton, M., (Eds) Culture and Public Affairs, World Bank. Washington, D.C., pp37-59.
Shulman, L.S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57, 1- 22.
7 Educational Reform in Scotland: Policy, Governance and Professional Culture
Educational reforms – their origins, intentions, development, impediments, implementation and evaluation – have been a major focus of investigation for several decades (e.g., Ball, 1994; Chapman & Gunter, 2009; McLaughlin & Ruby, 2021). The Scottish experience serves not only to illustrate the scale of the challenge but also to point to some of the ways in which progress can be made. Scotland has developed ambitious and aspirational goals for its education system (OECD, 2021). At the heart of reform in Scottish education has been the Curriculum for Excellence programme, covering the age range 3-18 (Scottish Executive, 2004). In this paper we first provide a brief overview of the Scottish context, before highlighting four related issues which are central to the reform process.
• the tension between the broad curricular intentions of Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) and the narrow evaluative assessment practices used for National Qualifications and CfE levels;
• the role of internal and external actors in shaping the Scottish Government’s management of change;
• the extent to which governance reform (i.e., reconfiguring the roles and responsibilities of national organisations) is capable of enabling sustained cultural change;
• the best means of encouraging teachers to develop a sense of agency, in which they become ‘curriculum makers’, not simply the implementers of policy devised by external ‘experts’.
We conclude by reflecting on the challenges that have faced Scottish educational reform, including presentational and communication issues, a top-down culture that has been difficult to shift, extended timelines for reform, the absence of systematic review processes, and a tendency in Scottish education to overstate achievements while playing down areas of weakness. These issues have presented considerable challenges to the reform process, limiting its impact and even acting counter to aspirational policy goals (e.g., see Shapira et al., 2023).
References:
Chapman, C. & Gunter, H., eds., (2009) Radical Reforms: Perspectives on an Era of Educational Change. London: Routledge.
McLaughlin, C. & Ruby, A. (2021) Implementing Educational Reform: Cases and Challenges. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Transforming Teacher Profession in Kazakhstan: A Missed Opportunity Amid Rising Wages
This paper presents the transformation of the teacher remuneration system in Kazakhstan, particularly in the context of the government's decision to double teacher salaries between 2020 and 2023. The primary research question explores how this salary increase impacts the quality of teaching, the recruitment of skilled teachers, and the overall educational outcomes.
This research is grounded in the hypothesis that significant changes in teacher compensation can lead to improvements in educational quality and outcomes. It examines the assumption that teacher salaries, if not comparable to the average salary in the economy, hamper the recruitment and retention of high-quality teachers. The authors scrutinize various aspects of the new remuneration system, including its reflection of teacher quality, student outcomes, specific working conditions, coverage for teacher absences, and recognition of extra-lesson work.
The study provides a comparative analysis of the new remuneration system against the traditional Stavka System, incorporating a review of international experiences in transforming teacher compensation.
The methodology is primarily qualitative, involving a detailed analysis of policy documents, salary tables, and first-hand narratives obtained through interviews. Forty interviews were conducted with a diverse group of participants, including teachers, school administrators, and regional and national education officials in Kazakhstan. These interviews aimed to gather insights into the personal experiences, perceptions, and impacts of the new salary system on teaching practice and educational outcomes.
The authors also conducted a thorough review of existing literature and policy documents related to teacher remuneration systems both in Kazakhstan and internationally. This comparative analysis allowed for an understanding of the unique features of the Kazakhstani approach and its positioning within the global context.
The research revealed several key outcomes of the new teacher remuneration system in Kazakhstan. Firstly, the increase in salaries has positively impacted the profession's prestige, evidenced by an increased interest among school graduates in teaching careers and heightened competition for teaching positions, especially in rural areas.
However, the new system has also faced challenges. It has not adequately incentivized non-teaching responsibilities or extra-lesson activities, which are crucial for comprehensive education. Additionally, there remains a lack of financial motivation for teachers to engage with underperforming or exceptionally talented students.
The study found that the new system has not significantly altered teachers' workload, and in some cases, has led to an increase in classroom hours to boost income, raising concerns about teacher burnout and the sustainability of high-quality teaching under such conditions.
References:
Ball, S. J. (2021). The education debate. Bristol, Policy Press.
Berman, G., + Fox, A. (2023). Gradual: The case for incremental change in a radical age. New York, OUP.
Baltodano, M. (2012) ‘Neoliberalism and the demise of public education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 25:4, 487-507,
Edelman, M. (1988). Constructing the political spectacle. University Chicago Press.
Foa, R.S. et al (2022). The Great Reset: Public Opinion, Populism, and the Pandemic. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Centre for the Future of Democracy.
Gewirtz, S., et al (2021) What’s wrong with ‘deliverology’? Performance measurement, accountability and quality improvement in English secondary education, Journal of Education Policy, 36:4, 504-529,
Marteau, T. (2021) ‘Evidence neglect: addressing a barrier to health and climate policy ambitions.’ Science and Public Policy. 2023, 00, 1-7
McLaughlin, C, and Ruby, A. (2021). Implementing Educational Reform: Cases and Challenges. Cambridge, England: cUP..
Sahlberg, P. (2023).’ Trends in global education reform since the 1990s: Looking for the right way’. International Journal of Educational Development, 98 (2023)
Schedler, A. (2023). ‘Rethinking political polarization.’ Political Science Quarterly. Vol.00, no 00, 1-25.
Viennet, R. and Pont, B. (2017). Education policy implementation: A literature review and proposed framework. OECD Education Working Papers No. 162.
Global and National Shifts in Implementing Educational Reform: Learning across the cases
This final paper takes an overall view of the ten case studies examining the different types and approaches taken to reform as well as the outcomes. We conclude that evidence is not enough that there has got be a use of knowledge to inform implementation. The managerialist reform models, like ‘deliverology’, skate over the historical and cultural factors which shape participants’ responses to proposals which aim to change core processes like pedagogy and assessment. We examine the different features and demands of reform in the different contexts. Our conclusions compare these cases to those written about in 2012 and we conclude there are strong variations and new elements. The model of reform needs to be changed and the popular model has serious side effects and distortions. A more consensual approach is needed
The more populist models and approaches have become more in vogue and dominant. Some may see this prognosis as pessimistic, but what is clear is that education reform is now an overtly political process, sometimes symbolic, sometimes democratic, and always shaped by culture, heritage and individual interests and voices. Consensus building approaches are important in this climate if generations of learners are to be spared repeated waves of ill-conceived reforms.
References:
Ball, S. J. (2021). The education debate. Bristol, Policy Press.
Berman, G., + Fox, A. (2023). Gradual: The case for incremental change in a radical age. New York, OUP.
Baltodano, M. (2012) ‘Neoliberalism and the demise of public education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 25:4, 487-507,
Edelman, M. (1988). Constructing the political spectacle. University Chicago Press.
Foa, R.S. et al (2022). The Great Reset: Public Opinion, Populism, and the Pandemic. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Centre for the Future of Democracy.
Gewirtz, S., et al (2021) What’s wrong with ‘deliverology’? Performance measurement, accountability and quality improvement in English secondary education, Journal of Education Policy, 36:4, 504-529,
Marteau, T. (2021) ‘Evidence neglect: addressing a barrier to health and climate policy ambitions.’ Science and Public Policy. 2023, 00, 1-7
McLaughlin, C, and Ruby, A. (2021). Implementing Educational Reform: Cases and Challenges. Cambridge, England: cUP..
Sahlberg, P. (2023).’ Trends in global education reform since the 1990s: Looking for the right way’. International Journal of Educational Development, 98 (2023)
Schedler, A. (2023). ‘Rethinking political polarization.’ Political Science Quarterly. Vol.00, no 00, 1-25.
Viennet, R. and Pont, B. (2017). Education policy implementation: A literature review and proposed framework. OECD Education Working Papers No. 162.
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 23 SES 12 C: School Leaders’ Negotiation of Uncertain Times: Playing the Game or Leaving the Field Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Steven Courtney Session Chair: Ruth McGinity Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium School Leaders’ Negotiation of Uncertain Times: Playing the Game or Leaving the Field Societies globally are increasingly characterised by uncertainty and upheaval, including continuing concerns about inequity and access to quality public education that meets the needs of young people today (Riddle et al., 2023). This symposium takes a nuanced approach to considering uncertainty in education politics and policy by closely examining the national and local policy environments in which schools are operating; recognising that they are set against a wider, turbulent, background. The symposium brings diverse theoretical and methodological approaches to the question of uncertainty. It illuminates and instantiates the ways in which leaders might respond to uncertainty by trying to “play the game” required by differing, and often competing sets of rules. Theoretical lenses include Bourdieu and Foucault’s concepts, as well as taking a Social Network Analysis approach towards understanding the practices and experiences occurring in public education within different contexts. Further, the symposium explores the politics and policy of public schooling in England and Chile. This deliberately international focus highlights the global trends that exist in contemporary education policy while recognising the nuanced implications of local enactment of global policy trends. The symposium explores the various ways school leaders navigate uncertainty. Two of the papers in this symposium suggest that leaders might ‘play the game’ as a method of navigating the complex political realities of schooling today in both England and Chile. In doing so, they show the ways school leaders might try to bring some certainty to frequently shifting ground – they might focus on developing relationships or on cultivating networks as a means of solidifying or renegotiating their positions within increasingly uncertain hierarchies or positions within public education. The final paper brings an alternative viewpoint through its research with former school leaders in England who, rather than playing the game, were removed from the field entirely (either by choice, or by force). The concept of post-panopticism (Courtney, 2016) enables a nuanced analysis of the effects of school inspections in their current form, which are characterised by uncertainty from preparation all the way through to the sometimes-unintended effects of external inspection. The symposium offers lessons about school leadership and governance, and how individual leaders as well as their school communities have navigated socially and politically turbulent periods. Their negotiation of uncertain policy environments highlights the inequities that persist in public schooling whether it be through ‘disadvantaged’ schools facing heavier scrutiny in school inspections; experiencing differential parental engagement depending on a school community’s socio-economic circumstances; or through the new ways schools are required to navigate and build relationships and networks to survive in an uncertain policy landscape. References Courtney, S. J. (2016). Post-panopticism and school inspection in England. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(4), 623–642. doi:10.1080/01425692.2014.965806 Riddle, S., Mills, M. & McGregor, G. (2023). Curricular justice and contemporary schooling: Towards a rich, common curriculum for all students. Curriculum Perspectives, 43, 137–144. doi:10.1007/s41297-023-00186-y Presentations of the Symposium Educational Leadership and the Corporatisation of Parental Engagement in Pursuit of Certainty in the Game: Thinking with Bourdieu’s Field Theory
The purpose of this paper is to present data and analysis to theorise how the corporatisation of educational leadership and governance for schools has reframed parental engagement in disadvantaged communities. By thinking with Bourdieu’s field theory (Bourdieu, 1977; 1990; 1998) I examine how corporatised educational leadership secures parental engagement as a corporate activity to acquire, regulate and naturalise parents in a corporatised field, strengthening the position of the multi-academy trusts, their schools and those leading and governing in the MAT. The corporatisation of the field (Saltman, 2010; Courtney, 2015; Enright et al., 2020) has seen a change in the stance and position of those responsible for the governance and leadership of schools. I present a model to conceptualise how corporatisation has rewritten the rules of the game, with parental engagement operationalised as corporate activity.
This study is an ethno-graphically informed case study located in three MATs in England. Generated data from twenty-one interviews with leaders was analysed to understand how educational leadership secured the illusio of the game through parental engagement. Thinking with Bourdieu’s field theory I analysed the generated data to explore how the fields symbolic order and doxic relations are secured through parental engagement.
This study reveals the drive to acquire parents, through a corporate framing of parental engagement, seeks those parents who are willing participants in the illusio (Bourdieu, 1998) of the game. However, this study extends Bourdieu’s field theory as it revealed that corporate actors deployed parental engagement as a strategy to acquire parents who do not recognise the illusio of the game. The acquisition of these parents acknowledges corporate actors as experts. However, to legitimate this recognition, they are required to regulate and naturalise these parents into the dispositions and practices of the field.
This analysis is significant as it contributes a model that extends Bourdieu’s field theory. This model illuminates how parent engagement in a corporatised field of educational leadership aims to acquire, regulate and naturalise parents into the field. Underpinning the extension of Bourdieu’s field theory is my argument that parental engagement has been purposed as a corporate activity to secure acquisitions and the dynamic of power between actors. Furthermore, I contribute empirically to the field by providing a model to analyse the parental engagement activities within the field of educational leadership to understand the purposing of such activities in relation to the fields forces and doxic relations.
References:
Bourdieu, P. (1977) Outline of a Theory of Practice. Translated by R. Nice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1990b) Logic of Practice. Translated by R. Nice. Standford, CA: Standford University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1998) Practical Reason. Translated by R. Nice. Cambridge: Policy Press.
Courtney, S.J. (2015) ‘Corporatised leadership in English schools.’, Journal of Educational Administration and History, 47(3): 214–231.
Enright, E., Hogan, A. and Rossi, T. (2020) The commercial school heterarchy, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 41:2: 187-205,
Saltman, K. J. (2010) The Gift of Education: Public Education and Venture Philanthropy. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Navigating and Making Sense of a New Policy Landscape through Inter-Organisational Relationships
The New Public Education reform (NPE) is meant to enhance the depressed Chilean public school system via new middle-tier governing bodies administrating and supporting public schools (Anderson et al., 2023). As part of this reform, thematic networks and a networking policy approach have been promoted within new school districts. This paper reports on the use of networks by school leaders to engage in and make sense of the broader social space schools are part of. This study is part of a larger research project on collaboration and support between schools in a recently established school district. The district is composed of public schools that were previously administrated by three adjacent urban municipalities in Santiago, Chile.
From a Social Network Analysis approach (SNA) (Freeman, 2004; Marin and Wellman 2011), this research delves into the declared inter-organisational networks and ties reported by school headteachers from sixteen primary schools. Primary data comes from interviews where participants were encouraged to name and map other schools they have a relationship with, and reflect on the content, history and value of those ties.
Declared partners range between 4 and 50 and the vast majority are other public schools from their school district. Although many of these are relationships taking place within – and thanks to – district-based mandated networks, others are ties that schools and school leaders have built and maintained on their own. This paper sets itself in the mismatch between policy-led networks and those declared by headteachers and provides insights into the reasons and purposes that formal and informal networks play in both managing and leading schools, and inhabiting the new policy landscape schools are part of.
This paper unveils the importance of inter-organisational ties and the engagement of school leaders with the broader surrounding social space they are part of. It is argued in this paper that connecting with others beyond schools is key in order to make sense of, navigate, and overcome the uncertainty that comes with the settlement of a new policy landscape amidst a persisting crisis in the Chilean public education system.
References:
Anderson, S., Uribe, M., & Valenzuela, J. P. (2023). Reforming public education in Chile: The creation of local education services. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 481-501.
Freeman, L. (2004). The development of social network analysis. A Study in the Sociology of Science, 1(687), 159-167.
Marin, A., & Wellman, B. (2011). Social network analysis: An introduction. The SAGE handbook of social network analysis, 11-25.
Uncertainty and School Leadership in England: Unintended Consequences of Education Policy
This paper explores uncertainty in school leaders’ work, with a focus on high-stakes school inspections in England. We explore the ways inspections cause uncertainty for school leaders navigating the politics of post-panoptic education policy (Courtney, 2016). The paper takes up the network call to explore the unintended consequences of education policy in a time of uncertainty. In doing so, the paper analyses concepts of surveillance; the role not making sense to those within it; and leaders' work in filling gaps they experienced in support that would have enabled them to navigate uncertainty more confidently.
Post-panopticism (Courtney, 2016) provides the lens for our analysis of uncertainty for school leaders who are navigating the politics of school inspection. The features of post-panopticism lead to uncertainty for leaders in how they might prepare for school inspection as well as to the unintended consequences of school inspection policy enactment. These characteristics include total visibility for the school and leader, norms that are characterised as fixed but in reality are in flux, and that disrupt the ways leaders have constructed themselves within these policy environments. Importantly, the effects of post-panoptic school inspections are experienced differentially depending on local context. This paper analyses stories of leaders in ‘disadvantaged’ schools who experienced school inspections in ways that were more uncertain than those who were more advantaged within the current system.
Comprising loosely structured interviews (Alvesson, 2011) with 14 former headteachers of public schools in England, we undertook a collaborative analysis exploring uncertainty and the unintended consequences of school inspection policies in three areas:
1. The embodied effects of surveillance in a post-panoptic policy environment. We explore the consequences for leaders’ health and wellbeing, and intention or ability to remain within the profession.
2. The ways leaders attempt to make sense of the unintended consequences of school inspections and the surrounding apparatus.
3. The ways leaders who leave the profession undertake work that fills gaps they identified, including professional support, care work, development and mentoring.
The final point underscores that former leaders are addressing inadequacies in systemic support for their colleagues. It also shows that they were not necessarily unwilling to continue in education, but that the work of a school leader in its current form is unsustainable. This holds consequences for long-term workforce planning, and greater attention needs to be paid to the stories of former leaders so we can learn from their experiences.
References:
Alvesson, M. (2011). Interpreting Interviews. SAGE Publications.
Courtney, S.J. (2016). Post-panopticism and school inspection in England. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(4), 623-642. doi:10.1080/01425692.2014.965806
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 24 SES 12 A: Mathematics Education in Challenging Contexts Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca Paper Session |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Supporting Mathematics Teachers in Areas of Educational Disadvantage: Initial Findings from a Systematic Literature Review 1Trinity College Dublin, The University of Dublin, Ireland; 2Dalarna University, Sweden Presenting Author:There are disparities in achievement and opportunity across the board in areas of socio-economic disadvantage. The gaps in mathematics are particularly stark and this has significant negative implications for student choice in post-secondary education and subsequent access to further education and occupations, particularly within STEM-fields. This study uses Bronfenbrenner and Morris’s (2007) Process-Person-Context-Time (PPCT) as a theoretical framework to present a snapshot of some of the influential factors at play, and then to examine the initial results of a systematic literature review (SLR) that explores empirical attempts that have been made to address these issues. The importance of education in relation to future earnings, health and wellbeing is well understood, and, according to the Salamanca Statement and Framework outlined by UNESCO (1994), it behoves governments and other stakeholders around the world to implement strategies that will improve the educational opportunities for disadvantaged children. However, in order to do so, it is essential to firstly ask what factors might influence these outcomes, and secondly, how can we best address them. In this introductory section the PPCT theoretical framework is used to present some of the myriad factors at play specifically within the field of mathematics education, providing a holistic base upon with to consider any strategies to address them. Using PPCT as a lens, the following key points have emerged: Process: According to Ekmekci, Corkin, and Fan (2019), while students from socio-economically disadvantaged backgrounds are particularly in need of effective pedagogy, they are more likely to “receive less effective instruction on average compared to their higher income peers” p. 58. Within such contexts, teacher’s pedagogic approaches tend to focus more on controlling behaviours (Megowan-Romanowicz, Middleton, Ganesh, & Joanou, 2013). These are examples of intrinsic didactical exclusion which reproduce structural disadvantage in societies, through mathematics. Person: As noted by Ní Shuilleabhain, Cronin, and Prendergast (2020), students’ attitudes towards mathematics tend to be more negative in schools in areas of low Socio-Economic Status (SES), and pupils in such schools tend to have higher levels of mathematical anxiety and lower self-concept in mathematics. Context: Low SES Neighbourhoods are often recognised as being less conducive to educational achievement, with less access to social capital via mentors or role models, and fewer resources (Dietrichson, Bøg, Filges, & Klint Jørgensen, 2017). Dotson and Foley (2016) highlight the challenges in hiring and retaining high quality mathematics teachers to schools in low SES areas, citing the “inherent difficulty” of working in such contexts. This can lead to a cycle of low expectations for students, and, given that “the development of student motivation flows at least partially through teacher motivations and motivation related behaviors” (Megowan-Romanowicz et al., 2013, p. 53), the influence of such low expectations can be damaging. Time: The initial years in post-primary are understood as crucial for a student’s mathematical journey, with performance at this stage acting as a gatekeeper to higher-level mathematics courses and beyond that to STEM courses and careers. Unfortunately, it is precisely at this juncture that achievement gaps tend to widen for students from lower SES backgrounds (McKenna, Muething, Flower, Bryant, & Bryant, 2015). This section has highlighted a few of the many reasons why achievement in mathematics is stratified along socio-economic lines. This study uses a SLR methodology to attempt to address the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The goal of this study is to review empirical research reporting on interventions that aim to address issues in mathematics education associated with low SES, with a particular focus on the post-primary education sector. Where possible, emphasis will be placed on the 11 – 15 age group, reflecting the impact of the Time component of the PPCT model as highlighted above. Having identified relevant studies, this research aims to explore and build on what can be learned from such an analysis. The search procedure drew on six relevant databases: ERIC (EBSCOhost), British Education Index, Academic Search Complete, SCOPUS, Web of Science, and APA PsycArticles. Concatenated (using the AND operator) search terms in each database related to subject (mathematics), education level (post primary), educational disadvantage (low SES), and interventions (empirical). In each database, the searches were conducted across title and abstract (using the OR operator) and the subject thesaurus where available. Once duplicates were removed, a total of 528 studies remained for title and abstract screening. Inclusion and exclusion criteria relating to the population, intervention, outcome, and study characteristics (PICOS) were used to support the identification of relevant articles. Three of the four authors have been involved in the screening process and all of the titles/abstracts were screened by at least two researchers. There was approximately 90% agreement between the researchers, with any conflicts resolved by a third reviewer. Of the articles screened, 449 studies were deemed irrelevant, leaving 79 for full-text review. At this point the full review has not been completed, but some very interesting initial findings have emerged, with possible implications for practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At this early stage of analysis, the interventions identified in the literature fall under the two broad categories of teacher professional development (PD), and diverse pedagogic approaches implemented directly with students. Both fall under the category of Process within the PPCT framework, with the pedagogically focused interventions impacting on the Person at the centre of the model (the student) and the professional development on the Context and the teachers’ influence therein. Given the significant extant research highlighting the fact that teacher’ self-efficacy and beliefs can have a substantial impact on student outcomes (Archambault, Janosz, & Chouinard, 2012), it stands to reason that initiatives that aim to support students from low SES backgrounds should also focus on PD in these areas. Promoting a positive classroom climate provides scope to improve student-teacher relationships and to potentially enhance student motivation and achievement. The work of Valerio (2021) points to the importance of structuring PD in a sustained way that supports collaboration between teachers, and an iterative approach to planning. Regarding pedagogy that supports student engagement, results indicate that more focus should be placed on mastery rather than performance goals, emphasising active learning approaches (Megowan-Romanowicz et al., 2013). Mirza and Hussain (2014) highlight that it is important to take the time to ensure deep understanding using “rich” tasks. And Cervantes, Hemmer, and Kouzekanani (2015) note the positive impact of problem- and project-based learning on students from minority backgrounds Results from the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) show that the strength of the relationship between test scores and socio-economic status (SES) varies markedly between countries (OECD, 2010, 2013), indicating that with the right supports, it can be possible to overcome a disadvantaged background (Dietrichson et al., 2017). The results of this research may go some way to providing a roadmap to achieving this. References Archambault, I., Janosz, M., & Chouinard, R. (2012). Teacher Beliefs as Predictors of Adolescents' Cognitive Engagement and Achievement in Mathematics. Journal of Educational Research, 105(5), 319-328. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2011.629694 Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2007). The bioecological model of human development. Handbook of child psychology, 1. Cervantes, B., Hemmer, L., & Kouzekanani, K. (2015). The impact of project-based learning on minority student achievement: implications for school redesign. Education Leadership Review of Doctoral Research, 2(2), 50-66. Dietrichson, J., Bøg, M., Filges, T., & Klint Jørgensen, A.-M. (2017). Academic interventions for elementary and middle school students with low socioeconomic status: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Review of educational research, 87(2), 243-282. doi:10.3102/0034654316687036 Dotson, L., & Foley, V. (2016). Middle Grades Student Achievement and Poverty Levels: Implications for Teacher Preparation. Journal of Learning in Higher Education, 12(2), 33-44. Ekmekci, A., Corkin, D. M., & Fan, W. (2019). A multilevel analysis of the impact of teachers' beliefs and mathematical knowledge for teaching on students' mathematics achievement. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 44(12), 57-80. McKenna, J. W., Muething, C., Flower, A., Bryant, D. P., & Bryant, B. (2015). Use and Relationships among Effective Practices in Co-Taught Inclusive High School Classrooms. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(1), 53-70. Megowan-Romanowicz, M. C., Middleton, J. A., Ganesh, T., & Joanou, J. (2013). Norms for participation in a middle school mathematics classroom and its effect on student motivation. Middle Grades Research Journal, 8(1), 51. Mirza, A., & Hussain, N. (2014). Motivating Learning in Mathematics through Collaborative Problem Solving: A Focus on Using Rich Tasks. Journal of Education and Educational Development, 1(1), 26-39. Ní Shuilleabhain, A., Cronin, A., & Prendergast, M. (2020). Maths Sparks engagement programme: investigating the impact on under-privileged pupils’ attitudes towards mathematics. Teaching Mathematics and Its Applications: International Journal of the IMA, 40(1), 133-153. OECD. (2010). PISA 2009 Results: Overcoming Social Background. OECD. (2013). PISA 2012 results: excellence through equity: giving every student the chance to succeed (volume II) (9789264201125 (print)). Retrieved from Paris: http://www.oecd.org/pisa/keyfindings/pisa-2012-results-volume-ii.htm UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for action on special needs education: Adopted by the World Conference on Special Needs Education; Access and Quality: UNESCO. Valerio, J. (2021). Tracing take-up across practice-based professional development and collaborative lesson design. Paper presented at the Proceedings of the 43rd Annual Meeting of the North American Chapter of the International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Expectancy Value Theory in Professional Development for Math Teachers in Areas of Low Socio-Economic Status Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:Despite attempts to address the well-documented issues in mathematics education with curriculum reform and associated professional development (PD) programmes, significant challenges remain in relation to the teaching and learning of mathematics in schools, particularly in areas of low socio-economic status (SES). In relation to recent curriculum reform in Ireland, research has highlighted teachers’ frustration with the new curriculum specification, a lack of faith in the teaching methodologies being promoted, and a demand for additional PD and support (Byrne & Prendergast, 2020). This lack of faith can mean that teachers often select, a la carte, the approaches they feel address their own concerns or align most with their own beliefs, leading to at best a hybridized version of practice (Cavanagh, 2006). A wealth of research highlights the prevalence of what Corkin et al. (2015) refer to as “pedagogy of poverty”, noting that students from low SES backgrounds are at an increased risk of rigid, teacher-centric, formulaic pedagogical approaches, focusing on punctuality, and maintaining control. Factors influencing the approaches used include low teacher perception of student ability, which can often be related to, low teacher self-efficacy, out-of-field or inexperienced teachers, or lack of buy-in to reform practices, (Byrne & Prendergast, 2020; Ni Shuilleabhain et al., 2021; Yanisko, 2016). Given the domain-specific challenges of mathematics, and the additional challenge associated with educational disadvantage, there is a need for targeted intervention with schools that serve underrepresented cohorts. PD is obviously central to such an intervention, but for it to be effective, the literature suggests that it must be a sustained, long running programme that acknowledges the iterative and reflective nature of development of teaching practices, and is deeply rooted in the context of the school (Desimone, 2011; Lieberman, 1995). It should jointly focus on a hands-on element and a co-creative, collaborative planning element within a community of practice. These separate but complimentary factors facilitate the iterative shift between knowledge building and practice through the reflective process (Valerio, 2021). This paper describes a project that involves working with mathematics teachers in low SES schools in an effort to support them to make the most of curriculum reform and to ultimately help improve student engagement and attainment in the subject at lower secondary (ages ~12 – 15). The theoretical framework underpinning this is expectancy-value theory (EVT), which posits that both one’s expectation for success (expectancy) and how one values a task (a combined measure of intrinsic, attainment, utility values and cost) directly influence the decision to undertake, and the level of persistence towards, the task (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000). The “task” in the context of this research, is conceptualised as faithful engagement with the new curriculum specification. Based on the principals of EVT and the features of effective PD described by Desimone (2011) a series of PD interventions were co-planned and co-created, by the research team and participating teachers, with the aim of increasing task value and supporting growth in expectancy beliefs of the teachers. This was achieved by:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The intervention is taking the form of a longitudinal mixed methods study involving teachers from five Irish schools in areas that serve underrepresented populations. A combination of convenience and voluntary sampling methods were used to recruit school partners. The researchers put out a call for expressions of interest to ~20 schools already involved in the university’s widening participation programme, the Trinity Access Programme (TAP), whose mission is aimed at increasing the number of students from low SES backgrounds applying to higher education. It does this though a suite of activities for students, teachers and schools (Bray et al., 2022). Of the 20 schools, five were selected and engagement began in 2022-23 academic year. An annual survey is administered to participating mathematics teachers in each of the five schools, generating quantitative data. Comparative data is generated by mathematics teachers in the wider group of twenty schools, facilitating comparison with non-participants working in similar contexts. The first survey was administered at the start of the project with an aim of collecting baseline data relating to teacher beliefs, self-efficacy, confidence, and current practice. Teachers were also asked about the culture in their schools, their levels of collaboration with peers, and their perceived level of support from management. Questions used in the survey draw from the PISA 2022 survey – allowing for additional international comparison, along with more explicit questions in the areas listed. The quantitative data generated will be analysed using SPSS. Additional qualitative data will be collected via interviews and focus groups of participating teachers. Transcripts of interviews will then be imported into NVivo for thematic analysis. Codes will be generated inductively through repeated readings and assigned and reassigned iteratively. These codes will then be analysed for commonalities and allocated into broad themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings from the baseline survey (N=28) show that “chalk and talk” style methods and “use of textbook for guiding lessons” both rank highly in terms of usage (81% and 50% respectively stating often/always) and levels of comfort (41% and 28% respectively ranking most comfortable). However, respondents acknowledged that neither align well with the goals of the reformed curriculum, with over 60% ranking both as moderately to poorly aligned. Finally, the highest factors influencing methodologies used in class were “comfort and experience” and “facilities and resources available”, with 44% ranking facilities and resources as most influential. While not explicitly mentioned in the survey, it suggests that access to additional resources, e.g., planned lesson activities, and increased experience using them may result in increased usage of the recommended practices. At this preliminary stage of implementation of the PD sessions, initial findings from ad-hoc interviews and feedback reports highlight: self-reported increased willingness to adopt reform practices; perceived increase in student engagement; and self-reported implementation of planning practices across other departments, which may be indicative of increased levels of self-efficacy; higher feelings of attainment value; and reduced feelings of cost, respectively. Targeted and prolonged PD that addresses the struggles felt in both planning and applying reform practices is required to embed these practices in classrooms, with teachers in Ireland generally feeling unsupported with curriculum change and wanting further access to PD to support this (Byrne & Prendergast, 2020). The cyclical and reflective nature of embedding practices necessitates the prolonged, frequent, and bespoke nature of this PD. Furthermore, as evidenced by the literature the need for this PD is especially felt in schools which serve low SES cohorts, to improve expected outcomes for students (Corkin et al., 2015) and reduce the perceived workload and emotional exhaustion felt by teachers (Van Eycken et al., 2024). References Bray, A., Hannon, C., & Tangney, B. (2022). Large-scale, design-based research facilitating iterative change in Irish schools - the Trinity Access approach. Byrne, C., & Prendergast, M. (2020). Investigating the concerns of secondary school teachers towards curriculum reform. 52(2), 286-306. Cavanagh, M. (2006). Mathematics teachers and working mathematically: Responses to curriculum change. Identities, cultures and learning spaces, 115-122. Corkin, D. M., Ekmekci, A., & Papakonstantinou, A. (2015). Antecedents of teachers' educational beliefs about mathematics and mathematical knowledge for teaching among in-service teachers in high poverty urban schools. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 40(9), 31-62. Desimone, L. M. (2011). A Primer on Effective Professional Development. 92(6), 68. Lieberman, A. (1995). Practices That Support Teacher Development: Transforming Conceptions of Professional Learning. 76(8), 591. Ni Shuilleabhain, A., Cronin, A., & Prendergast, M. (2021). Maths Sparks Engagement Programme: Investigating the Impact on Under-Privileged Pupils' Attitudes towards Mathematics. 40(2), 133. Valerio, J. (2021). Tracing Take-Up across Practice-Based Professional Development and Collaborative Lesson Design. 14. Van Eycken, L., Amitai, A., & Van Houtte, M. (2024). Be true to your school? Teachers' turnover intentions: the role of socioeconomic composition, teachability perceptions, emotional exhaustion and teacher efficacy. 39(1), 24-49. Wigfield, A., & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy-value theory of achievement motivation. 25(1), 68-81. Yanisko, E. J. (2016). Negotiating Perceptions of Tracked Students: Novice Teachers Facilitating High-Quality Mathematics Instruction. 9(2), 153. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 25 SES 12 A: Perspectives on students' participation, young children's access to rights and parent-teacher conferences Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gabriela Martinez Sainz Paper Session |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Dimensions for a Critical Analysis of Student Participation Rights University of Haifa, Israel Presenting Author:Objectives This study outlines dimensions for a critical analysis of student participation rights. It seeks to provide a complex and nuanced understanding of these rights by shedding light on their potentially negative ramifications and offering an analytical framework for identifying and exploring these ramifications. The study draws on data from democratic schools’ participatory disciplinary procedures. Democratic schools exemplify an organizational ethos that sanctifies student participation. This ethos is manifested in a whole-school approach, encompassing the entire school and integrating participation in all school practices (see Gawlicz & Millei, 2022; Korkmaz & Erden, 2014; Wilson, 2015). Given the centrality of student participation to the whole-school ethos of democratic schools, this context facilitates an inquiry into the ramifications of participation rights. The focus on participation in school discipline was chosen to manifest the interrelations of collective and individual participation rights. Democratic schools’ disciplinary systems are based on committees encompassing both students and teachers. Any conflict or breaching of school rules is submitted to those committees whose members conduct a trial and reach a verdict (Greenberg, 1991; Hecht, 2010). Whereas the analysis presented in the paper draws on a specific context, it carries broad relevance to various participatory practices in educational settings.
Theoretical framework Studies about children’s participation rights tend to promote and justify children's participation. Scholars have argued in this regard that critical voices about participation have been muted as the promotion of participation has become a “moral crusade” (Lewis, 2010, p. 15) or a taken-for-granted “mantra” (Tisdall & Punch, 2012, pp. 251, 254). Scholars have also criticized the prevalent monolithic perceptions of participation rights (e.g., Author 2 & Other, 2023; Blaisdell et al., 2021). Some scholars have highlighted the need for more critical thinking regarding the potential ramifications of high participation levels in various contexts (Author 2, 2021; Kim, 2016; Tisdall & Punch, 2012), but empirical studies examining those ramifications are scarce (Authors, 2023a, 2023b). Several explanations can be suggested for this gap in the research. Scholars who study children’s rights are typically supportive of human rights as a value, thus tending to advocate participation rather than criticize it (Quennerstedt, 2013). Moreover, children’s rights and children’s participation are relatively novel concepts. From an historical point of view, the desire to raise the profile of such research may have compelled the researchers to close ranks so that their avant-garde ideas would be accepted (James, 2007). Initial criticism concerning children's participation has begun to emerge in regard to participation in research. Some scholars introduced critical questions regarding the practice of research “by” children in which children act as “primary investigators” or “co-researchers” (e.g., Hammersley, 2017; Kim, 2016; Thomas, 2021; Tisdall, 2012). For example, Tisdall (2012) questioned whether children’s expertise in their own lives necessarily makes them experts in other children’s lives (p. 187). Others have doubted the assumption that children are sufficiently competent to perform research (Hammersley, 2017; Kim, 2016). Another path of criticism has emerged with regard to the unequal implications of participation rights. For example, studies have shown that privileged children may maneuver their participation toward their own interests (Wyness, 2009). Studies have also shown that participatory practices could lead to favored treatment by the participating youth, with youth participation implemented as a tool to reinforce institutional power relations and engender compliance (Drew, 2019; Finneran et al., 2023; Gawlicz & Millei, 2022). None of these studies offered a comprehensive critical analysis of participation rights. This study aims to address this gap in the literature.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was conducted in three democratic schools in Israel. We chose schools that represent different democratic school models and operate their participatory disciplinary procedures in different ways. All three schools had instituted disciplinary committees where students serve as adjudicators in semi-trial procedures. In School A, the committee members are elected. In School B, the committee is open to all students, and there are no organized elections. School C’s disciplinary system comprises three levels of “courts” responsible for “judging” different types of violations of school rules. School C’s trials are more systematic and less dialogical than those in Schools A and B. The study used qualitative methods. The participants in the three schools were 37 children aged 8–19, 16 teachers, 13 parents, and two school principals. All adults and 16 of the 37 children participated in an individual semi-structured interview. The remaining 21 children participated in focus groups comprising 2–3 children each. The interviews were conducted during 2019-2020. Most participants (N=53) were interviewed in person, whereas the remainder were interviewed via Zoom when the schools were closed due to the COVID-19 crisis (N=17). The interview protocols included questions about the school's disciplinary system, the participants' opinions about this system, and the participants' experiences with the system. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. In addition, relevant documents were collected and analyzed (school rules, relevant forms, and documents delineating the committees' duties and ideology). The data were analyzed using a grounded theory approach. The current study is part of a broader project that explored conflicts between rights in the participatory disciplinary committees (Authors, 2023a), compared models of participation in the three schools (Authors, 2023b), and characterized adults’ role in facilitating, delimiting, and guiding participation (Authors, under review). The codes for the current study were formulated upon the completion of previous parts of the project, which provided a broad understanding of the ramifications of participation rights within a whole-school organizational ethos. Some of the codes emerged from previous sets of data analysis, and new codes were added at this stage. Relevant codes were organized into five subthemes, reflecting different dimensions for a critical analysis of student participation rights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The conclusions offer several crucial dimensions for a critical analysis of student participation rights: (1) Participation should be examined from a holistic human rights perspective that considers other related rights and interests. The findings showed how students collective participation rights conflicted with children’s right to privacy and protection and with their best interest. (2) Different types of participation rights should be analyzed discretely. Specifically, the study illuminates critical differences between individual participation rights, referring to the individual child’s right to participate in decisions that affect their life, and collective participation rights, which refer to the rights of groups of children. (3) Participation rights should not be perceived as an obligation. The right not to participate means that while adults are required to facilitate participation, children who freely choose not to participate should be able to do so. The findings indicated that obligatory participation can be embarrassing or stressful and even create social difficulties, as the adjudicators’ decisions directly affect their peers. (4) Participation rights should be understood as relational rights, which can affect and be affected by different people and social structures. The findings emphasized how the collective participation of some children can influence their peers as well as the critical roles of adults in the participation process. (5) Participation rights should be contextualized and consider local circumstances and culture. Whereas this contention regarding the significance of the context may be evident in most educational settings, it might not be taken for granted in organizations where participation is at the heart of their ethos, such as democratic schools. The findings revealed substantial distinctions between different models of participatory committees, which underscore that even comparable participatory practices may be implemented differently in different organizational cultures and have entirely different implications for students’ rights and education. References Author 2. (2021). Author 2 & Other (2023). Authors. (2023a). Authors. (2023b). Authors. (under review). Blaisdell, C., Kustatscher, M., Zhu, Y., & Tisdall, E. K. M. (2021). The emotional relations of children’s participation rights in diverse social and spatial contexts: Advancing the field. Emotion, Space and Society, 40, 100816. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2021.100816 Drew, C. (2019). Problematising ‘student choice’ in classrooms. British Journal of Educational Studies, 67(4), 541–555. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2018.1535646 Finneran, R., Mayes, E., & Black, R. (2023). Student voice, inequalities, and class. In G. W. Noblit (Ed.), Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1902 Gawlicz, K., & Millei, Z. (2022). Critiquing the use of children’s voice as a means of forging the community in a Polish democratic school. Ethnography and Education, 17(1), 33–48. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2021.1990100 Greenberg, D. (1991). Free at last: The Sudbury Valley School. The Sudbury Valley Press. Hammersley, M. (2017). Childhood Studies: A sustainable paradigm? Childhood, 24(1), 113–127. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568216631399 Hecht, Y. (2010). Democratic education: A beginning of a story. Alternative Education Resource Organization. James, A. (2007). Giving voice to children’s voices: Practices and problems, pitfalls and potentials. American Anthropologist, 109(2), 261–272. https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.2007.109.2.261 Kim, C. Y. (2016). Why research “by” children? Rethinking the assumptions underlying the facilitation of children as researchers. Children & Society, 30(3), 230–240. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12133 Korkmaz, H. E., & Erden, M. (2014). A Delphi study: The characteristics of democratic schools. Journal of Educational Research, 107(5), 365–373. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2013.823365 Lewis, A. (2010). Silence in the context of “child voice.” Children & Society, 24(1), 14–23. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1099-0860.2008.00200.x Quennerstedt, A. (2013). Children’s rights research moving into the future: Challenges on the way forward. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 21(2), 233–247. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02102006 Thomas, N. P. (2021). Child-led research, children’s rights and childhood studies: A defence. Childhood, 28(2), 186–199. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568221996743 Tisdall, E. K. M. (2012). The challenge and challenging of childhood studies? Learning from disability studies and research with disabled children. Children & Society, 26(3), 181–191. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1099-0860.2012.00431.x Tisdall, E. K. M., & Punch, S. (2012). Not so “new”? Looking critically at childhood studies. Children’s Geographies, 10(3), 249–264. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2012.693376 Wilson, M. A. F. (2015). Radical democratic schooling on the ground: Pedagogical ideals and realities in a Sudbury school. Ethnography and Education, 10(2), 121–136. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2014.959978 Wyness, M. (2009). Children representing children: Participation and the problem of diversity in UK youth councils. Childhood, 16(4), 535–552. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568209344274 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Educators' perspectives of Young Children’s Rights from Socio-economic Deprived Areas in England and Wales 1University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 2Swansea University; 3University of West England Presenting Author:The 21st Century has seen multiple socioeconomic and geopolitical changes and crises that have impacted children’s lives. A global pandemic (COVID-19), wars and climate changes have led to increased disruption, displacement, exploitation (e.g., digital threats to privacy and safety online), violence and poverty (Eisenstadt et al., 2019). These issues affect all children, especially those from socioeconomically deprived backgrounds (SDBs) (UNICEF 2021, Loopstra et al., 2019) and are an ongoing violation of their human rights. Since 1998, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) has driven implementation of children’s rights worldwide, leading to researchers and policymakers examining how children can access their rights. To date research examining children’s rights (e.g., Michell, Lundy & Hill, 2023), has either focused on older children (seven+) (Tyrie and Beachamp 2018) or on participation within school decision making related to Article 12 in particular. Less attention has been paid to children’s perspectives on broader rights. Furthermore, research on the experiences and accessibility to rights of children under five years is limited (Correia et al, 2019, Urbina-Garcia et al. 2022) and it is this gap that this research project seeks to address for three- to five-year-olds. Moreover, public opinion, policies and laws in England and Wales are converging in support of assuring self-determination rights for children to validate their person status. To do so responsibly an appropriate balance between protection and self-determination rights must be achieved for children at every point in their development, no matter their socio-economic background. To determine and support this balance will require the existence of (a) empirical evidence of need and readiness for various protection and self-determination opportunities throughout the developmental period, (b) a broadly supported positive ideology of the child and (c) the active involvement of children in establishing their needs and rights. However, this involvement is problematic in disadvantaged socio-economic areas across UK. The rights of children within educational settings are well acknowledged within the literature (e.g. Quennerstedt, 2016), and in the last 20 years much work has been undertaken in Human Rights Education (e.g. Robinson at al. 2020). Limited research focuses on the convergence between younger children’s rights (within education and in their everyday lives), however, and their experiences of socioeconomically deprivation. This research focuses, therefore, on the intersectionality between the two marginalised characteristics; younger children (3–5-year-olds) and socio-economic deprivation and seeks to evaluate how these impact access to rights. As discussed below, this is a three-year project that aims to:
This presentation is focusing on the first two research questions being examined in Year 1 and reports data from educators in two urban regions in England and Wales that are affected by socio-economic deprivation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This project is driven by rights-based principles (rooted in UNCRC), has a conceptual framework of ‘child agency’ (James and Prout, 1997) and draws on Ecocultural Theory (Bernheimer et al., 1990). ‘Ecocultural Theory’ focuses on social phenomena within participants’ cultural settings and how families and communities construct meaning(s) of their circumstances. ‘[I]n ecocultural theory a critical unit of analysis is daily routines (or active settings) that are created and sustained by ecocultural focus’ (Bernheimer et al., 1990, p.221). Such lenses provide a framework that will enable us to understand how educators think, feel and act in certain ways, rather than homogenise voice(s). This theoretical framework enables us to understand the complexities of voice(s) of SDBs children and their families, as well as the multilayered meanings of their values and beliefs within their social spaces. This project is developed over multiple stages across three years: Stage 1: Exploring Educators’ perceptions (2024): This stage employs qualitative methodology and uses semi-structured interviews with educators in early childhood education, addressing research RQs 1 and 2 (see above). Currently, this stage is work in progress as we collect data from the educators. In the initial research stage (2024) the approach is a Case Study (Denscombe 2021) with two case study sites, one in Swansea (Wales) and one in Bristol (England). The sample population is educators from early childhood education in each city who are accessed via opportunity sample and approx. 10 educators (on going data collection at the time the abstract submitted) will take part, divided equally between the two case study sites. Stage 2: Understanding children’s perspectives (2025) Address RQs 3 and 4. Stage 3: Making change (2026) Address RQ 5. Stages 2 and 3 employ a combination of Participatory Action Research (PAR), case study and mixed methods research strategies (Denscombe 2021). During this period, we aim to work together with the children, caregivers and practitioner participants to examine children’s rights and to, where identified by participants, empower and support changes to rights access. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We consider this research is important both in the UK context and for other nations as in the last five years young children have grown and developed in a world of extraordinary change. This includes a global pandemic and a cost of living crisis, with evidence that 72 per cent of households go with without essentials and 58 per cent reporting not having enough money for food (UK Poverty 2024). Recent research has shown an exacerbation of social and educational inequalities for less privileged children and families (Baker and Bakopoulou, 2021). Thus, it is important to examine the educator’s perspectives and find out their perspectives on how young children from SDBs access their rights. As we are collecting data, final conclusions cannot yet be drawn, however expected themes are outline below: • Educators will unpick both their own understanding of rights for the children in their care, but also provide an insight into children’s experiences of rights (from their adult perspectives – the second stage of the research will explore the children’s perspective). • The data will draw out educators’ perceptions of the impact of socio-economic deprivation on children’s access to their rights. • We will examine educator’s views on how best to engage and research with 3–5-year-olds in their settings, to support the next steps of the research in 2025. References Bernheimer LP, Gallimore R and Weisner TS (1990) Ecocultural theory as a context for the individual family service plan. Journal of Early Intervention 14(3): 219–233. Baker W, and Bakopoulou I (2021) ‘Examining the impact of COVID-19 on children’s centres in Bristol’. British Educational Research Association, Report Series: Education and COVID-19. Retrieved from: https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/examining-the-impact-of-covid-19-on-childrens-centres-in-bristol-lessons-for-policy-practice-promoting-life-chances-in-the-early-years. 30 January 2024. Correia, N., Camilo, C., Aguiar, C., & Amaro, F. (2019). Children's right to participate in early childhood education settings: A systematic review. Children and Youth Services Review, 100, 76-88. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0190740918309770 Eisenstadt, N. and Oppenheim, C. (2019) 'Parents, poverty and the state: 20 years of evolving family policy', Bristol: Policy Press. James, A., and Prout, A., (1997) Constructing and reconstructing childhood: Contemporary Issues in the Sociological Study of childhood, London: Routledge. Loopstra, R., Reeves, A., and Tarasuk, V. (2019) 'The rise of hunger among low-income households: an analysis of the risks of food insecurity between 2004 and 2016 in a population-based study of UK adults', Journal Epidemiology and Community Health, 73(7): 668–73. Mitchell, M., Lundy, L., and Hill., L., (2023) Children’s human rights to “Participation” and “Protection”: Rethinking the relationship using Barnahus as a case example. Child Abuse Review, vol. 32 (6), pp. 1-7. Quennerstedt, A. (2016). Young children's enactments of human rights in early childhood education. International Journal of Early Years Education, 24(1), 5-18. Street , M., (2022) Eliciting young children’s ‘voice’ in low-income areas in England: Recognising their mutuality of being, European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30:1, 96-107. Tyrie, J., and Beauchamp, G. (2018) 'Children’s perceptions of their access to rights in Wales: The relevance of gender and age', The International Journal of Children's Rights, 26(4), pp. 781–807. UNICEF (2021) 'The state of the world’s children: On my mind: Promoting, protecting and caring for children’s mental health', The State of the World's Children 2021 | UNICEF. Urbina-Garcia, A., Jindal-Snape, D., Lindsay, A., Boath, L., Hannah, E. F. S., Barrable, A., & Touloumakos, A. K. (2022). Voices of young children aged 3–7 years in educational research: An international systematic literature review. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30(1), 8–31. Robinson, C., Phillips, L., & Quennerstedt, A. (2020). Human rights education: Developing a theoretical understanding of teachers’ responsibilities. Educational Review, 72(2), 220-241. Denscombe, M. (2021). The good research guide: For small-scale social research projects. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Liberating Voices: Exploring Parent-Teacher Conferences from a Rights Perspective. University College Absalon, Denmark Presenting Author:The intention of this paper is to give rise to reflections about the purpose of parent-teacher conferences in the light of children's rights to freely express their views on matters affecting their lives, as outlined in Article 12 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. This will set the stage for a discussion of the obstacles that hinder students' rights and their authentic engagement as valuable contributors to their own school lives. The project is based on an empirical study of student’s participation in parent-teacher conferences within the context of the Danish education system. However, the study has international relevance for all countries in which parent-teacher conferences is part of their school system. In recent decades, there has been a growing market orientation in the education sector (Ball, 2003; Biesta, 2009; Helms, 2017/2020; Steensen, 2023), alongside with an increased focus on optimizing both schools' and students' performance which has resulted in a heightened demand for individual achievement. Alongside the shift towards enhanced evaluation practices in the school system in general, including the parent-teacher conferences (Helms & Steensen 2023), there has been limited attention to students' right to be heard, have their opinions respected, and participate in decisions related to their own lives cf. Article 12. International research (Förster 2016; Kotthoff 2015; Hofvendahl 2006; Lendrum et al. 2015; Tholander, 2011) as well as Danish studies on parent-teacher conferences (Helms & Steensen 2023; Helms 2017, 2020; Knudsen 2010; Kryger 2012; Kryger and Ravn 2007) have consistently shown that students are not provided with genuine opportunities to contribute with their own voices and perspectives in the parent-teacher conferences. The communication is generally observed as predominantly one-way with teachers addressing students and parents, resulting in student reluctance due to the expectation of being assessed. Taking these aspects into account our main research question is: What dynamics emerge in the parent-teacher conference regarding the involvement of students' voices and how can we develop practices in school where students' right to express their viewpoints about their own lives is given space and taken seriously? Drawing from the theoretical framework by Gert Biesta, we seek to illustrate how involving students primarily as objects of external demands displaces participation as subjectification. Subjectification, in this context, refers to the opportunity for students to exercise their freedom, bring their voices into play and be acknowledged as subjects of their own lives. Subjectification also involves becoming a democratic person. Biesta encourages reflections on the opportunities for democratic action and "learning-in-action" we create within the school. What schools can do—or at least should try to do—is to make democratic action possible (Biesta, 2007). If our objective is to foster democratic citizens or students capable of making informed decisions and taking action in an uncertain world, the school must provide students with the opportunity to realize that they possess a voice, and that this voice holds significance in the world. Furthermore, drawing on the theory of Hartmut Rosa, particularly the concepts of alienation and resonance, we explore students' subjective experiences of participation in parent-teacher conferences as both zones of potential alienation and spaces of resonance within the school environment (Rosa 2021). In addition to Biesta's and Rosa's perspectives, we integrate theoretical viewpoints that directly address children's rights. Harry Shier (2017) contributes with the perspective of children's active agency and emphasizes the importance of recognizing children as vital contributors to discussions about their education and well-being, rather than passive recipients. This viewpoint aligns with Laura Lundy's work, which enriches the discussion by underscoring the necessity for authentic engagement and the inclusion of students' voices in shaping their educational experiences (Lundy, 2007). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our methodological framework, we adopt a theoretical perspective informed by practice theory (Schatzki 1996, Kemmis et al. 2014) and draw inspiration from Lindblad & Sahlström's depiction of classroom research (1998). Lindblad & Sahlström emphasize that classroom research aligns with a specific form of ethnography, namely ethnographic classroom research. This approach is driven by the aspiration to generate knowledge 'from below,' focusing on specific interactions, negotiations, and strategies in everyday life (Lindblad & Sahlström, 1998, p. 226). The analysis is based on a study conducted in 2021-2022, with a particular focus on students' perspectives on parent-teacher conferences. The empirical data encompasses observations from 71 parent-teacher conferences in the 8th and 9th grades, followed by interviews involving students, teachers and parents at five distinct schools. Three of these schools are located in a middle-class area within a medium-sized Danish town, while the remaining two are situated in areas facing socio-economic disadvantages. The interview data includes four focus group interviews involving a total of 22 students, five interviews with parents, and five interviews with one teacher from each school. The choice of focus group interviews was made with the intention of reducing the asymmetrical power dynamic between children and adults in the interview situation (Warming, 2011). The intention was that the students, in interaction with their peers, would express themselves more freely and engage in mutual meaning-making discussions (Halkier, 2010). We observed a high level of participation and discussion in the interviews, both through students’ building on each other’s responses and through disagreements about whether the parent-teacher conference was perceived as predominantly positive or negative. The research project primarily focuses on illuminating the practice of parent-teacher conferences for students in underprivileged situations. Consequently, the analyses predominantly delve into the conferences and interviews of these specific students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Building upon Rosa's resonance perspective and incorporating insights from Biesta, our study highlights that when students perceive parent-teacher conferences as assessments of their performance, it creates an unsafe environment for those who already struggle to conform to the school's demands and expectations. Our analyses further emphasize that reducing students to objects evaluated by external criteria denies them the chance to voice their perspectives on the school life they are expected to engage in. Simultaneously, in our observations of parent-teacher conferences, we gain insight into teachers' efforts to incorporate students' perspectives in the conversation. The emergence of a more experimental practice forms an interesting foundation for a forward-looking discussion on creating a less anxiety-inducing framework for parent-teacher conferences, allowing space for students' voices and promoting a democratic practice. In light of these findings, our goal is to collaborate with students, teachers, and parents to improve the content and structure of parent-teacher conferences. The aim is to transform the conferences into supportive and motivating experiences, fostering the development and well-being of all students. To achieve this, we propose implementing action research methods, where researchers closely collaborate with stakeholders to design and test initiatives. The objective is to counteract tendencies toward objectification and the overemphasis of students' responsibility, ultimately increasing opportunities for students' active democratic participation and rights to freely express their views on matters affecting their lives. References Ball, J. S. (2003) The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy 18: 215–28. Biesta, G. (2007) Education and the Democratic Person: Towards a Political Conception of Democratic Education. Teachers College Record 109(3):740-769 Biesta, G. (2009) Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose of education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability 21: 33–46. Förster, R. (2016) When boundaries become permeable: Conversations at parent-teacher conferences and their meaning for constitution of an institution. Journal of Applied Linguistic and Professional Practice 10: 23. Helms, S. (2020) Inddragelse, modstand og forhandling i skole-hjem-samtalen. Studier i Læreruddannelse og -Profession 5: 31–51, Helms, S. & Steensen, C. (2023) Skole-hjem-samtaler som fremmedgørelseszoner og resonansrum. Dansk Pædagogisk Tidsskrift 1: 78–94. Hofvendahl, J. (2006) ‘Noa har inga fel’: Om bristfokus i skolans utvecklingssamtal [‘Noa has no mistakes’: On the deficiency focus of parent–teacher–student conferences]. Utbildning & Demokrati 15: 61–81. Kemmis, S., Wilkingson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014) Changing practices, Changing education. Springer. Knudsen, H. (2010) Har vi en aftale? – magt og ansvar i mødet mellem folkeskole og familie. Nyt fra Samfundsvidenskaberne. Kotthoff, H. (2015) Narrative constructions of school-oriented parenthood during parent-teacher-conferences. Linguistics and Education 31: 286–303 Kryger, N. (2012) Ungdomsidentitet—Mellem skole og hjem. In: Hvem sagde samarbejde? Et hverdagslivsstudie af skole-hjem-relationer. Edited by Karen Ida Dannesboe, Niels Kryger, Charlotte Palludan and Birte Ravn. Aarhus Universitetsforlag, pp. 89–130. Lendrum, A., Barlow, A. & Humphrey, N. (2015) Developing positive school–home relationships through structured conversations with parents of learners with special educational needs and disabilities. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs 15: 87–96. Lindblad, S. & Sahlström, F. (1998) Klasserumsforskning: en oversigt med fokus på interaktion og elever. In: Bjerg, J. (edt.) (2003) Pædagogik - en grundbog til et fag. Hans Reitzels Forlag. Lundy, L. (2007) ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927-942. Rosa, H. (2021) Resonance, a Sociology of the Relationship to the World. Cambridge: Polity Press. Schatzki, T. (1996) Social Practices. Cambridge University Press. Shier, H. (2017) Children´s rights to participation in decision-making: A professional challenge in an international and Nordic perspective. Metropol. Tholander, M. (2011) Student-led conferencing as democratic practice. CHILDREN & SOCIETY, vol. 25, (2011) pp. 239–250. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 26 SES 12 A: Constructing New Research Possibilities amidst Uncertainty: An International Study of Principal Success with Academics, Equity, and Wellness (Part 1) Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Qing Gu Session Chair: Christopher Day Symposium Part 1/2, to be continued in 26 SES 14 A |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Constructing New Research Possibilities amidst Uncertainty: An International Study of Principal Success with Academics, Equity, and Wellness (Part A) Overview Contemporary principals lead schools amidst rapidly changing and complex contexts, many of which have long histories of persisting systemic and structural racial, economic, and social inequities. Research by members of the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) from 20+ countries over the last two decades has found that, regardless of differences in contexts and conditions, successful principals’ work is predicated upon educational purposes that entail but transcend the functional, founded on principles of social justice, equity, and inclusion.
In ISSPP research, schools are considered as adaptive social systems that sit at the nexus of policy, communities, and society. Researching school leadership amidst a complex and rapidly changing society requires conceptualisations and methodologies to be sufficiently robust and dynamic to capture the nuances of the ways that multi-layered influences in society, communities, and schools shape, and are shaped by, what successful principals do. Drawing upon evidence from a sample of selected member countries, this symposium synthesizes ISSPP research findings over time and discusses how the newly developed ISSPP theoretical conceptualization and comparative methodologies enables the research to consider leadership as a multi-level phenomenon and capture the ways in which principals navigate within and between complex systems levels over time to grow and sustain success.
Research Questions RQ1: How appropriate is complexity theory to furthering understandings of successful school leadership, and how will such understandings advance the application of complexity theory in social and comparative research in education? RQ2: To what extent, and in what ways, do diverse socioeconomic, cultural, political systems, and professional contexts at different levels of the education system influence how schools operate to bring about valued educational outcomes, especially those serving high need communities? RQ3: To what extent, and in what ways, is ‘success’ in schools perceived and measured similarly and/or differently within and across different countries? RQ4: What are the key enablers and constraints for achieving school ‘success’ in different contexts within and across different countries? RQ5: How do different key stakeholders within and outside the school community and at different levels of the education system define successful school leadership practices? What similarities and differences can be identified within and across different countries? RQ6: What similarities and differences can be identified in the values, beliefs, and behaviors of successful school principals across different schools in the same country, and across national cultures and policy contexts?
In seeking to answer the urgent issues of defining how success is achieved and sustained in all schools, and especially those serving high need communities, the ISSPP research examines school leadership through the lens of ecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) which theorizes individual practices and development within the context of various dynamically interacting layers of social and ecological systems and uses the complexity theory (e.g., Byrne & Callaghan, 2013) to capture the processes and actions in which school organizations operate, develop, and thrive in an increasingly unpredictable, globalized world.
Methodology The ISSPP utilizes a comparative, mixed methods design with a variety of data sources to bring multiple perspectives to bear in the inquiry. Sampling features principals who lead successful schools in their communities. Data sources within each case study include semi-structured qualitative interviews with the district/municipality, governors, principal, teachers, parents, and students, and a whole-school teacher survey. The comparative analysis of these data sources within and across different schools and countries enables trustworthiness and enhances rigor.
Session Structure Part A of the symposium will begin with an overview followed by four paper presentations and audience discussion. It concludes with a discussion and an introduction to Part B of the symposium. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press. Byrne, D. & Callaghan, G. (2013). Complexity Theory and the Social Sciences. London: Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium Theoretical Positionings, Analytical Framework, and Comparative Mixed Methods Research Methodology for the New Phase of ISSPP
The introductory paper provides an overview that explains the new conceptual and methodological directions of ISSPP research, including how we rethink the knowledge and research contributions from ISSPP to the educational leadership field; why we reconceptualise the field with new theoretical positionings and framing of successful leadership research and how we research with new methodological directions that capture the dynamics of context and leadership (e.g. mixed methods approach, comparative perspectives within and/or across countries).
In so doing, the paper provides a rationale for the use of ecological systems theory in research on successful school leadership, as they lead and manage the complex interactions within and between micro, meso, macro, exon and chrono level systems (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). The paper then unpacks the comparative design and multi-perspective, multi-level approach to conducting research that enables multiple causalities, multiple perspectives, and multiple effects to be charted.
The new ISSPP comparative methodology is grounded in four conceptual and methodological considerations. First, context in education is multidimensional and fluid – encompassing not only multi-layered social ecological systems of education, but also how such systems influence each other to bring about change in values and behaviour over time. Second, how context matters and finds its scholarly roots in educational researchers’ intellectual, disciplinary, and professional insights, as well as their positionality and reflexivity from sociocultural and sociopolitical insider/outsider perspectives. Third, assessing the comparability of educational systems, practices, processes, and outcomes both within and across countries matters. Fourth, our approach not only recognizes differences in world views, forms of knowledge and practices between different cultures but also recognizes the reality that there are also important similarities in how children are motivated to learn, how committed and enthusiastic teachers teach, and how successful leaders create and sustain the contextually relevant conditions and cultures for the learning and growth of all children and adults in their schools.
The comparative analytical process, theoretical positioning, and comparative mixed methods provide a coherent but contextually sensitive data analysis approach. In so doing, the ISSPP project goes beyond the mainstream “models” to theorize educational leadership in contexts with complexities and multiple layers of dynamic influences and to inform comparative research methodology in the educational leadership field of the future.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Global Insights into Successful School Leadership: A Meta-Synthesis of Two Decades of International Successful School Principalship Case Studies
Purpose This paper is a meta-synthesis of 20 years evidence about successful school leadership practices across nine countries. Specifically, this study answers the following four questions:
• How was success defined in different contexts?
• What were the successful principalship practices (SPPs) in relation to contexts?
• How did national and local external and school contexts influence SPPs?
• How did the above-mentioned phenomena vary over the years?
Theoretical Perspectives This review began with the framework used by Leithwood and Day in their 2007 review of ISSPP publications, along with a coding scheme developed from that framework. The coding scheme has evolved as new findings emerged. These findings suggest the need for a more complex framework to illustrate the results, hence the adoption of Bronfenbrenner's ecological system theory (1979) and complexity theory (Morrison, 2010) as the theoretical perspectives.
Methods Evidence for the review was provided by eighty-five articles and twenty-three chapters emanating from the International Successful School Principal Project (ISSPP) reporting 95 successful school cases from Australia, Cyprus, Israel, New Zealand, Norway, Sweden, Spain, the UK, and the USA. The study attempts to unpack the complexity in principal’s leadership and adds to our knowledge of how principals achieve and sustain student success in different national, local, and school contexts and over time by examining high-quality case study evidence from the largest, longest-running international research project in this field. We adopted the meta-ethnography technique (Noblit & Hare, 1988; Major & Savin-Baden, 2011) for this review.
Findings Successful principals across all jurisdictions share common sets of core educational values, qualities, and practices, but enact these in different ways and over different time periods during their tenure according to context sensitive, context responsive judgements they make. Their efforts build academic culture, disciplinary climate, collective instructional capacity, collective leadership capacity, positive emotions, and ecological resilience of the school.
Significance There has been a lack of robust reporting from qualitative studies on the relationship between contexts and school leadership. This paper aims to address this gap by reporting the patterns of how successful principals implement common leadership practices in different contexts, external and international contexts influence on them, and the strategies they use over time and in different phases. These findings provide guidance for practitioners and policy makers about professional development for principals focused on developing successful principalship practices common across many contexts and varied practices in response to different contexts and status of schools.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
Noblit, W. G. & Hare, D. R. (1988), Meta-ethnography: Synthesizing qualitative studies. SAGE.
Savin-Baden, M., & Major, C. H. (2007). Using interpretative meta-ethnography to explore the relationship between innovative approaches to learning and their influence on faculty understanding of teaching. Higher Education, 54(6), 833–852.
How Values and Trust is perceived and experienced by Multiple Actors in Four Cases in Norway
Purpose. The purpose of the paper is to contribute to insights about successful school principalship in a Norwegian context. The paper draws specific attention to the role of values and trust. Norway has a strong ideological tradition based on ideas of inclusivity and democratic values, and trust in professionals. The Norwegian school context is also characterized by local freedom by awarding greater autonomy to lower levels of governing, such as municipalities and local authorities. However, emerging accountability and quality assessment practices have characterized processes of change in the last two decades, and attention is increasingly being directed toward trusting what can be measured by results. The aim of this paper has been to examine how successful school principalship with a specific attention to values and trust is perceived and experienced by multiple actors in four case schools, identifying key socio-cultural, economic, and policy enabling and constraining factors.
Theoretical framework. The ecological system theory of Bronfenbrenner (1979), and complexity theory (Morrison, 2010) serve as analytic framework, supplied with theory on leadership as practice (Wilkins & Kemmis, 2015) paying attention to the diverse arrangements which educational leaders are organizing through sayings, relatings, and doings for the benefits of student learning and wellbeing.
Methods, Sampling, Data Sources, and Analysis. The study is multiple perspective and builds on the voices of principals, assistant principals, middle leaders, and students from four primary and secondary schools in Norway. The content analysis has been supplemented by a discourse analytical approach.
Findings. The findings suggest that combined with trust in the profession, the values of students’ wellbeing connected with student learning and results are central factors in all the four cases. The involvement of multiple actors in school principalship seem to be an enabling factor, as well as designing well-functioning organizational structures. Constraining factors seem to be related to loose coupling in the school organization, especially in large upper secondary schools.
Significance. The study is significant because it draws on data from Norwegian context. Norway has introduced of a new common curriculum in Norway which strengthens the consideration to values in education.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
Wilkins, J. & Kemmis, S. (2015). Practice theory: viewing leadership as leading. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 47 (4): 342-58.
New ISSPP Cases in United States
Purpose. The purpose of this paper is to contribute to theory and research about successful school principalship amidst contemporary complexities and uncertainties in the United States and beyond. The United States has recently experienced internal demographic shifts and global population migrations contributing to increased student diversity at tension with shifts toward increased commonality in curriculum and externalized evaluations. U.S. schools are also situated within a complex interplay among federal and state policies as well as a range of school and district contexts.
Theoretical Framework. Ecological system theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) with complexity theory (Haggis, 2008, Morrison, 2010) serves as the theoretical underpinning for U.S. cases. Further, in light of the school and community contexts featured in the U.S. cases, data analysis is also informed by concepts from Bourdieu, namely habitus and cultural capital, and educational philosophy (e.g., Navajo indigenous philosophy).
Methods The U.S. case studies in this paper utilize the ISSPP research methodology which was recently revised to include a comparative mixed methods approach to construct mixed methods case studies of schools in diverse cultural regions of the U.S, including Alabama, Arizona, Massachusetts, and Texas. Some research teams focus on public schools while others include religious schools; some schools are situated in districts that have tighter coupling with support within accountability mandates and district systems while others have more loose coupling whereby schools seek out programs and innovations on their own initiative. Data sources include semi-structured qualitative interviews with the district leaders, principal, teachers, parents, and students and school surveys in order to provide a more elaborated understanding of the phenomena i.e., school success and the principal’s leadership contribution to that success.
Findings. Preliminary findings indicate the importance of values in students’ cultures, quality of life or wellbeing, and student growth and learning are common to the seven cases. Further, both principals developed teacher leadership capacity and collaborative structures to foster pedagogical changes, student learning, and academic outcomes. At the same time, the principals navigated and mediated rapid changes and tensions in demographics and policies at district, state, and federal levels. The principals’ personal and educational backgrounds contributed to the ways in which they balanced and mediated multiple influences and changes. The paper concludes with implications for research and leadership development.
Significance. The study is significant because it features the U.S. context with its historical and contemporary complexities related to historical and contemporary inequities and compares to other national contexts.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Haggis, T. (2008). ‘Knowledge Must Be Contextual’: Some possible implications of complexity and dynamic systems theories for educational research. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40 (1), 158-176.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 26 SES 12 B: Insights into Educational Leadership: Shadowing Principals, Historical Perspectives, and Assessment Practices Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Carolyn Shields Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper History and Hope: Learning from the Canvas of History Wayne State University, United States of America Presenting Author:The world is replete with racism, xenophobia, divisions, tensions, and hate as evidence by the wars being waged in many countries over power, land, riches, as well as religious and ethnic rights. Moreover, the world of education is not immune, but reflects the strains and pressure of our wider societies. In the United States, three Muslim students on their way to dinner were shot by a stranger because they were wearing a traditional shawl or keffiyeh. In the last three months of 2023, approximately 75% of Jewish students reported incidents of anti-semitism; Black and brown students consistently report excessive and harsher disciplinary measures than their white peers. Educational leaders need to understand the persistence of these and similar incidents as well as how to address them. In 1991, examining what they call the “period of confusion” of education, Quantz et al., argued that “traditional leadership theories are inadequate for meeting the challenge” and indicated that “only the concept of transformative leadership appears to provide an appropriate direction” (p. 96). Although transformative leadership comprises two major principles and eight tenets, it is the second tenet that seems relevant here, as it asserts the need to “deconstruct knowledge frameworks that perpetuate inequity and to reconstruct them in equitable ways” (Shields, 2018). And this is true whether the frameworks relate to ethnicity, sexuality, religions, ability, gender and so on. Johnson (2008) found that “what separates successful leaders from unsuccessful ones is their mental models or meaning structures, not their knowledge, information, training, or experience per se” (p. 85). In other words, the knowledge frameworks of leaders as well as of society will need to be addressed in order to create schools that are able to ensure inclusive and equitable education for all students.
Moreover, if we wish to deconstruct unacceptable knowledge frameworks, it is essential to identify and then understand them, their history, and their trajectory. This is particularly salient in that this year’s conference theme asserts the need to understand the history of the challenges we are living through in order to address them. And this is particularly relevant for this conference because of the centuries of history represented in Cyprus and because many current challenges have their roots in the European history of the Middle Ages. If one looks to the Crusades, beginning in the 11th century, one finds that the desire to rid Holy lands of Muslims, often then called “infidels” was the overriding motivation. Later, the Christian Church (first Roman Catholic and then others) sanctioned wars against both Jewish and Muslim rule, as well as the acquisition of lands and the condemnation of their inhabitants to perpetual enslavement in order to convert them to the “use and profit” of the Church. This history is nevertheless not straight forward in that it has been marked by alternate perspectives, tensions and contestation from the outset. Nevertheless, colonization, justified in part by the Doctrines of Discovery, has not only affected Australia, New Zealand, Canada, and US, but many countries in Africa and South America.
Although Pope Francis finally repudiated the Doctrines of Discovery in March 2023, there can be little doubt that centuries of entrenched discrimination in which peoples were villainized, believed to be animals, savage, or sub-human, must be understood in order to be eradicated. Further, this is true whether one is considering societal change or the transformation of our schools to be inclusive of and successful with, all students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Plato argued that “the life which is unexamined is not worth living” as others (see Southgate, 2003) would argue about history. Khalifa (2020) argues that to address the gaps in our education systems, we must “understand something of the origins and nature of oppression.” Further, Oakes and Rogers (2006) argue that “technical knowledge is insufficient to bring about equitable education, even when attention is paid to changing the school’s professional culture … [and that] equity reforms must engage issues of power by extending beyond the school” (p. 31). Thus, this paper is conceptual, aimed at promoting understanding through historic and document analysis’ it draws inspiration from the numerous commentators who assert the need to understand history in order not to replicate its results (Khalifa, 2020; Tosh, 2015). It argues the need to transform education by extending beyond school, and it suggests educators need to develop beyond memory to knowledge of history, go beyond knowing facts, and understand their current impact. Thus, scholars like van Drie and van Boxel (2003) argue that one needs to go beyond historical facts to make meaning of them. Limon (2002) also points out that historical facts are ill-defined, i.e., they have a different meaning over time. Knowing, for example, about the events of the Crusades and reflecting on how they still might influence our thinking about Muslims are different. We need to ask evaluative questions about the past and its current impact. It is important to note, however, that most theorists view “interpretation as the very soul of historiography” (White, 1973, p. 283) and yet acknowledge that interpretation itself is not objective and is guided by the epistemology and ontology of the interpreter. McCullagh (2000) asserted that bias may occur when only some of the facts are presented. However, he also insists that “the form of a history is indeed constrained by the events it describes.” (p. 59), and hence that one could not describe the death of Kennedy (or I would maintain the crusades and the papal bulls) as a comedy. Thus, although I assert that there are multiple interpretations of history and each person enjoys the right to interpret history for themselves, my position is that the data I present support the argument of this paper that prejudice has been deeply entrenched in our societies and institutions and that to overcome it, requires a critical and thoughtful approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A biased history excludes some of the reasons for something to have happened, but omits others. Here I do not purport to explain, for example, all of the causes of exploration and settlement of foreign lands, which include, of course, local disruption, economics and so on. However, what I am arguing here is that when people are disregarded, or considered in undesirable ways, or explained with harmful epithets or assumptions, then long-standing negative impacts may be felt. For example, one 1244 letter from Pope Innocent IV to King Louis IX of France, described Jewish people as “a flock of pagan sheep” and as a “perfidious race” –a term that remained in the Roman Catholic liturgy until 1962 (McDermott, 2022). My argument is that when such concepts are repeated, enshrined in formal tradition, ceremony, speech, or policy, they become normalized and generally accepted “truth.” Hence, we must take measures to counteract each of these occurrences. It is not enough to decry antisemitism, for example, but to counteract it, we must examine the role of the Christian Church as well as of policymakers throughout history. We must acknowledge that antisemitism did not begin with the Holocaust, but was a major contributing factor, just as anti-Blackness did not begin with slavery, but from long before. Nevertheless, we must look to these origins to help explain world events like considering Australia “Terra Nullius” (land owned by no-one), or South African Apartheid, or more current events. Thus, the fact that a group of Black high school students in the United States were labelled “monkeys” in a facebook post, cannot be considered an isolated event, but must be addressed in context. This paper is intended to provoke debate and reflection and in so doing help educators learn to fully address the persistent discrimination in today’s schools. References Johnson, H. H. (2008). Mental models and transformative learning: The key to leadership development? Human Resource Development Quarterly, 19(1), 85-89 Khalifa, M. (2020), Culturally responsive school leadership, Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press. Limon, M. (2002). Conceptual Change in History. In M. Limon & L. Mason (Eds.), Reconsidering Conceptual Change: Issues in Theory and Practice (pp. 259-289). McCullagh, C. B. (2000), Bias in Historical Description, Interpretation, and Explanation, History and Theory, Vol. 39, No. 1 (Feb., 2000), pp. 39-66 (28 pages) https://www.jstor.org/stable/2677997 McDermott, J. (2022), The Gospel of John has been used to justify anti-Semitism, America, The Jesuit Review, accessed December 2023 at https://www.americanmagazine.org/faith/2022/04/14/good-Friday-gospel-john-jews-242822 Oakes, J., & Rogers, J. (2006). Learning power: Organizing for education and justice. New York: Teachers College Press. Papal Bull, retrieved September, 2023, at https:en.wikipedia.org/wiki/papal_bull Quantz, R. A., Rogers, J. & Dantley, M. (1991). Rethinking transformative leadership: Toward democratic reform of schools. Journal of Education, 173(3), 96-118. Shields, C. M. (2018), Transformative leadership in education, New York: Routledge. Southgate, B. C. (2003), History, what and why? ancient, modern, and postmodern perspectives, New York: Routledge Tosh, J. (2015). The pursuit of history: Aims, methods and new directions in the study of history. Routledge. Van Boxtel, C., & Van Drie, J. (2004). Historical reasoning: A comparison of how experts and novices contextualise historical sources. International Journal of Historical Learning, Teaching and Research, 4(2), 89-97 White, H. (1973), Interpretation in history, New Literary History, 4(2), pp. 281-314 , https://www.jstor.org/stable/468478 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership and Assessment: Insights from Principals of Basic and Secondary schools University of Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:Educational leadership plays a crucial role in the operation and effectiveness of educational institutions. At the core of this approach, educational leaders such as school principals stand out, whose decisions and practices have direct implications on the quality of students' learning and academic success (Day, Gu, & Sammons, 2016; Machado et al., 2022; Pereira et al., 2021). The concept of the principals’ effect has surfaced as a key factor in improving student outcomes. This is particularly linked to perspectives on successful leadership (see, for instance, Leithwood et al., 2006), underscoring the idea that leadership plays a pivotal role (Eberts & Stone, 1988; Hallinger & Huber, 2012) in the development of collaborative organizational learning, structures, cultures and communities in creating a positive school environment and enhancing teaching quality (Hallinger, 2010). The literature in this field reiterates the need to investigate how leadership policies and practices are implemented in schools and their influence on learning and student results (Leithwood et al., 2006; Witziers et al., 2003). A study carried out by Flores (2022) shows that it is difficult to reconcile a culture of leadership oriented towards pedagogical issues and improving student results - which presupposes the assumption of flexibility, diversity and differentiation, both from an organizational, curricular and pedagogical point of view - with structures that are still rigid and uniform, showing the persistence of a school culture with traces of the tradition of bureaucratic centralism. Other studies conclude that in schools where principals' leadership practices are situated in the instructional and transformational perspective, there has been a positive evolution in student results (Day et al., 2011). The results of an international project on successful school principals also point to the importance of leadership values, qualities and strategies in explaining the variation found in student results (Day & Leithwood, 2007; Moos et al., 2012). Thus, this study is part of a larger research project “Assessment in Basic and Secondary Education: teachers´ practices and conceptions of internal and external assessment in Portuguese schools” funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology (CEECIND/03157/2018) that has a strong empirical component in order to get to know the teachers’ conceptions and practices of assessment in Basic and Secondary Education and to understand to what extent the external and internal assessment influences the quality of learning and how they relate to each other. In particular, the present study aims to explore school principals' perspectives on both internal and external assessment, to understand how school principals' implement the assessment process in their schools/school clusters and to analyse the principal's perceptions of the impact of educational policies on student outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The main goal of this study is to analyse the school principals’ perceptions regarding assessment process in 16 schools/school clusters. Among these 16 schools, 4 are ranked among the 7 best public secondary schools in Portugal and 4 are ranked among the 7 secondary schools with the lowest academic results. Furthermore, the other 4 schools are classified among the 7 best basic schools in Portugal, while the remaining 4 are classified as basic schools with lower academic results. Data was collected through exploratory semi-structured interviews with 16 principals of school clusters/ schools. The interview covers six discussion topics, namely regarding the school, the leadership, conceptions of assessment, students results, educational policies, and assessment practices. The selected schools were contacted and permission was sought from the principals to conduct the interviews. The research project was approved by the Ethics Committee for Research in Social Sciences and Humanities of the University of Minho (CEICSH 134/2022) as well as authorization from the DGE to carry out the study in a school environment (Ref.ª 0803500001). Aspects related to the objectives of the study, as well as ethical issues, were clarified by the researcher before the interview took place. To analyse the data, content analysis was used in order to analyse the content of messages (Bardin, 1977), allowing to make inferences by systematically and objectively identifying the specific characteristics of a message (Esteves, 2006). Thus, analysis and coding were carried out based on the interpretation of messages through a comparison between the previous reference framework and the empirical material collected, including categories that emerged from the data. An individual analysis of each interview was carried out, followed by a cross-analysis to find response patterns and recurring themes (Huberman & Miles, 1994). For the purposes of intersubjective validation, the strategy of "checking" (Creswell, 1998) was used between the researchers involved in the analysis process to systematize the data and its interpretation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most principals assert that their leadership is collaborative, cultivating strong connections with key staff, teachers, and students. Concerning assessment, there is a prevailing belief among principals that it should primarily be formative, emphasizing continuous feedback. However, despite holding this perspective, principals acknowledge challenges in consistently aligning their practices with these ideals due to the pressure to achieve positive results in external evaluations. They mention working towards the preparation for end-of-cycle exams and national exams that facilitate access to higher education. Regarding external tests, a significant number of principals do not attribute much importance to them, as they are considered external assessments but lack a formal grading system. These benchmark tests are viewed as tools solely for monitoring the learning process within continuous assessment rather than providing a graded evaluation. This discourse is particularly pronounced among principals leading schools that consistently rank high, whether they are secondary or elementary institutions. In terms of educational policies, we inquired about the recent implementation of policies that have introduced more autonomy and curricular flexibility in the last five years. Principals admit they lack effective autonomy to promote increased curricular flexibility. From the principals' perspective, these changes are perceived as cosmetic and superficial, without bringing substantial benefits or alterations to the assessment process. Nevertheless, some principals have indicated having more autonomy to manage the learning and assessment process, particularly concerning the organization of time, areas of curricular autonomy, and articulation between different levels and subjects. However, principals believe that teachers are the ones who have the most influence on students' academic outcomes, in addition to their leadership practices. References Bardin, L. (1977). Análise de conteúdo. Edições 70. Creswell, J. (1998). Qualitative inquiry and research design: choosing among five traditions. Sage Publications. Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Ins¬tructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly 52(2), 221-258. Day, C., & Leithwood, K. (Eds.). (2007). Successful school principalship in times of change: An international perspective. Springer. Day, C., Sammons, P., Leithwood, K. H., Hopkins, D., Gu, Q., Brown, E, & Ahtaridou, E. (2011). Successful School Leadership: Linking with Learning. Open University Press. Eberts, R. W. and Stone, J. A. (1988). Student achievement in public schools: Do principals make a difference? Economics of Education Review, 7(3), 291-299. Esteves, M. (2006). Análise de conteúdo. In L. Lima & A. Pacheco (Orgs.), Fazer investigação. Contributos para a elaboração de dissertações e teses (pp. 105-126). Porto Editora. Flores, M. A. (2022). Investigando os efeitos das lideranças escolares nos resultados dos alunos. De Facto. Hallinger, P. (2010). Leadership for Learning: What We Have Learned from 30 Years of Empirical Research? Paper presented at the Hong Kong School Principals’ Conference. The Hong Kong Institute of Education. Hallinger, P., & Huber, S. (2012). School leadership that makes a difference: inter¬national perspectives, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 23(4), 359-367. Huberman, A., & Miles, M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis. Sage Publications. Leithwood, K., Day, C., Sammons, P., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2006). Sucessful school leadership: what i tis and how it influences pupil learning. DfES Publications. Machado, E. A., Flores, M. A., Pereira, D., Fernandes, E., & Costa, L. (2022). Políticas e práticas de avaliação externa dos alunos na perspetiva dos diretores: o caso das provas de aferição. Revista Portuguesa de Investigação Educacional, 23, 1-26. Moos, L., Johannson, O., & Day, C., (Eds.). (2012). How school principals sustain success over time: International perspectives. Springer. Pereira, D.., Flores, M. A., & Machado, E. (2021). Autonomia e flexibilidade curricular na perspetiva dos diretores: entre o ceticismo e a adesão. Indagatio Didactica, 13(2), 57-76. Witziers, B., Bosker, R., & Krueger, m. (2003). Educational leadership and students achievement: the elusive search for an association. Educational Administration Quarterly, 39(3), 398-425. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 26 SES 12 C: Enhancing School Leadership through Continuous Professional Development Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ruth Jensen Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper To Make a Difference at Work – Continuous Professional Development Offered to and Valued by Principals University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Living in a changing world we are constantly faced with new challenges which require new knowledge and capacity building. Consequently, principals’ continuous professional development (CPD) has become a central concern of educational actors in many countries (Grissom & Harrington, 2010; Gurr & Drysdale, 2012). Still, research about principals’ CPD is limited although growing. As most of the research is conducted within Anglo-Saxion countries, more knowledge of principals’ CPD practices, especially from outside of North America is needed (Huber, 2011; 2013). So far, research results have recommended a mix of strategies and methods, being embedded in practice and adjusted to local needs (Newmann, et al., 2000). However, if CPD is to challenge prevailing understanding and practices, it needs to provide opportunities for collegial inquiry and systematic learning (Goldring et al., 2012). In addition, Campbell et al. (2017) stress the importance of external support and mentoring for leaders at different stages in their career trajectory. As principals are lonely in their position, an important element of high-quality CPD is group coaching and networking with other principals who could stimulate critical reflection and help identify gaps in knowledge and skills (Aas & Varvik, 2015; Nicolaidou et al., 2016).
In Sweden, central regulation prescribes that local education authorities (LEAs), i.e., the 290 municipalities and the many independent school providers (business companies and non-profit organizations), must ensure principals with CPD. However, due to decentralised implementation, each LEA is free to choose direction and design. To support LEAs, the National Agency of Education offers a variety of voluntary courses and seminaries, individually or in cooperation with universities. In addition, CPD for principals is also offered by companies and organized by LEAs themselves. Swedish research about principal CPD is, in line with international research, limited and primarily restricted to single case studies (e.g. Liljenberg, 2021; Sahlin 2023). Consequently, the aim of this study is to contribute to the research field by capturing a broader picture of principals’ CPD in Sweden. We do so by addressing the following research question: What characterize the CPD offered to and valued by principals?
The theoretical point of departure for the study is taken in Wenger’s (1998) and Wenger Trayner and Wenger Trayner’s (2020) perspective on social learning and social learning spaces. In their view, a CPD initiative could be termed a constellation and understood as a designed social learning space. Constellations define relations of locality, proximity, and distance, not necessarily congruent with physical proximity, institutional affiliations, or even interactions. Hence, learning in social spaces of CPD reconfigure relations of proximity and distance. Even as principals can participate in global improvement initiatives of any kind, they can only engage locally. Engagement in the local while participating in the global are thus to be seen as related levels of participation, always coexisting and shaping each other (Wenger, 1998, p. 131). Learning can also be viewed as value-creation through experiencing meaning in life (Wenger Trayner & Wenger Trayner, 2020 p. 48). Learning to make a difference goes through practice where social learning reveals the value it creates through action. In this sense caring to make a difference is an investment in uncertainty but also in identity, it involves being in tension between caring to make a difference but not yet knowing how to get there, actualising the need to pay attention to responses in the learning process. This means, the ECER 2024 theme ‘education in an age of uncertainty: memory and hope for the future’ is inherent in the approach taken in this study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study builds on two qualitative datasets. The first set of data emanates from a multiple case study of six Swedish municipalities. To receive maximal variation, the municipalities were strategically selected (Flyvbjerg 2011) based on municipality classification, number of inhabitants and geographic location. Data includes 60 semi-structured individual interviews with principals. Each interview lasted 60–75 minutes, was audio-recorded and then transcribed verbatim. The second set of data emanates from a two-day seminar with 24 principals representing additional eight municipalities. These principals have taken part in a one-year university course given in collaboration with the National Agency of Education to support principals’ CPD within improvement work and pedagogical leadership. The course is corresponding to 7.5 higher education credits at the advanced level. The principals participated in the seminar to collectively learn and share experiences of managing improvement work based on knowledge gained in the course. During the seminar, audio-recorded data from group conversations was collected. Each conversation took part in smaller groups (n=6) of four principals from different course cohorts and lasted for about 60 minutes. Recorded data was later transcribed by the researchers for further analysis. These group conversations can be classified as mini focus group discussions (Kamberelis & Dimitriadis, 2005) and are preferably used when the potential pool of participants is small but where everyone has a high level of expertise in the topics to be discussed. Written informed consent was obtained from all participants prior to data collection. Broadly, the analysis was conducted in the following way: Firstly, the two dataset was approached using the theoretical construct of value-creation (Wenger Trayner & Wenger Trayner, 2020). Analytically, the focus was set on ‘a principal’s direction in terms of their will and ability to make a difference at work’ to find out what characterizes the CPD offered to and valued high or low by principals in terms of the dual concepts of local and global as well as individual and social. Secondly, the second dataset was further approached by focusing on the shared experiences of the CPD course and inherent improvement work in terms of value-creation operationalised as meaning making and categorised as strategic, enabling, orienting or transformative, and coded as immediate, potential, applied or realized value. That means value can take a mundane and practical form but still be made sense of analytically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results show that CPD offered by LEAs are highly valued when based on external support from university lecturers or coaches. However, more often CPD was valued low by principals due to individual learning, short term and too general. Even when the CPD involved collegial exchange of experience, it was valued low due to being too local, sometimes combined with being too global in terms of lectures, conferences or book reading shaping a distance, thus difficult to translate into practice. To a lesser extent, principals engage in CPD’s offered by LEAs that are collegial, inquiry and research based and fairly global through organizational exchange. However, these are not always adapted to local schools’ needs. One group of principals distance themselves from university courses. The principals that participate in and value CPD university courses high are divided into two sub-groups. Both groups feel a strong care to make a difference at work by improving education. They experience courses as promoters of leadership actions, identifying and meeting the needs of their organisation, connecting global participation and local engagement. They value university courses high even when participation require additional working hours and rarely guarantee any pre-given benefits. For the first sub-group, supported by their superintendents, value-creation became a common strategic interest. Participation is experienced as enabling and transformative being applied and realized locally. For the second sub-group, less supported by superintendents, value-creation was strategic while gaining support not offered elsewhere; however, their outcome was orienting, being of immediate and potential value. In all, the CPD most valued are characterized by linking global and local features and making individual concerns social and collective. The results indicate principal CPD can contribute to strengthen school-capacity, but responsibility falls heavily on the individual principals’ shoulders. References Aas, M. & Vavik, M. (2015). Group coaching: a new way of constructing leadership identity? School Leadership and Management, 35(3), 251-265. Campbell, C., Osmond-Johnson, P., Faubert, B., Zeichner, K. & Hobbs-Johnson, A. (with Brown, S., DaCosta, P., Hales, A., Kuehn, L., Sohn, J. and Steffensen, K.). (2017). The state of educators’ professional learning in Canada: Final research report. Learning Forward, Oxford, OH. Flyvbjerg, B. (2011). Case study. In N. K. Denzin and Y. S. Lincoln (Ed.). The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research, (pp. 301-316). Sage. Goldring, E. B., Preston, C. & Huff, J. (2012). Conceptualizing and evaluating professional development for school leaders. Planning and Changing, 43(3-4), 223-242. Grissom, J. A. & Harrington, J. R. (2010). Investing in administrator efficacy: an examination of professional development as a tool for enhancing principal effectiveness. American Journal of Education, 116(4), 583-612. Gurr, D. & Drysdale, L. (2012). Tensions and dilemmas in leading Australia’s schools. School Leadership & Management, 32(5), 403-420. Huber, S. G. (2011). The impact of professional development: a theoretical model for empirical research, evaluation, planning and conducting training and development programmes. Professional Development in Education, 37(5), 837–853. Huber, S. G. (2013). Multiple learning approaches in the professional development of school leaders – theoretical perspectives and empirical findings on self-assessment and feedback. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(4), 527-540. Kamberelis, G., & Dimitriadis, G. (2005). Focus groups: Strategic articulations of pedagogy, politics, and inquiry. In N. K. Denzin, & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research, 3rd ed. (pp. 887–907). Sage Publications Inc. Liljenberg, M. (2021). A professional development practice to enhance principals’ instructional leadership – enabling and constraining arrangements. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 6(4), 354-366. Newmann, F. M., King, M. B. & Youngs, P. (2000). Professional development that addresses school capacity: lessons from Urban Elementary Schools. American Journal of Education, 108(4), 259-299. Nicolaidou, M., Karagiorgi, Y. & Petridou, A. (2016). Feedback-based coaching towards school leaders’ professional development: Reflections from the PROFLEC project in Cyprus. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 5(1), 20-36. Sahlin, S. (2023). Professional development of school principals – how do experienced school leaders make sense of their professional learning? Educational Management, Administration & Leadership. Online print. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Wenger-Trayner, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2020). Learning to make a difference: Value creation in social learning spaces. Cambridge University Press. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Professional Development for School Leaders and Schools – Combining Persistent and Coherent Interventions 1Johannes Kepler University, Austria; 2IEA Hamburg Presenting Author:This paper examines a professional development program for school leadership and school development combining multiple interventions and their quality and benefits. The longitudinal mixed methods study analyses the effect on school leadership, school development and school quality in schools in challenging circumstances. It is based on data from an accompanying study of a program aimed at supporting schools in disadvantaged areas, providing school principals from schools in low socio-economic environments with various interventions to aid in the further development of their schools. The study builds on research on school effectiveness and school improvement, especially regarding schools in challenging circumstances in terms of school turnaround and the role of school leadership. Due to their location and the composition of the student body, schools in challenging circumstances face more difficult conditions. These schools typically have a high proportion of students from underprivileged family backgrounds, often measured by their parents' education levels and financial circumstances. These poorer socio-economic conditions are frequently associated with the need for special compensatory efforts by the school. However, characterizing a school as a being in a disadvantaged area does not automatically imply diminished school quality (Racherbäumer & van Ackeren, 2015). Some schools may face greater challenges for various reasons, including lower graduation rates or poorer academic performance (Holtappels et al., 2017). Moreover, there can be a cumulative effect of dysfunctional organizational characteristics (composition effect), which can lead to significantly lower school quality and/or more difficult school development processes. In other words, stressors not only affect the current quality of the school but also hinder its progress and improvement (Author, 2018, 2020). As a result, quality characteristics can differ. These schools need external support. The necessary additional support from the system can be provided within the framework of professionalization and advisory services. The range of support measures can vary, including leadership development through training and further education, process consulting and coaching offers, and providing additional resources in the form of time, equipment, and funding. School leadership also plays an important role not only in school development and building school development capacities but also in accessing external resources and moderating and mediating external interventions. The importance of school leadership for school effectiveness (see, among others, Fend 1987, 1998; Rutter et al. 1979; Sammons et al. 1995) and school improvement, aimed at continuous enhancement of schools (see, among others, Fullan 1988, 1991, 1992; Leithwood & Montgomery 1986; Schratz 1998), has been well-established since the 1980s (Author 1997, 1999a,b,c, 2010a,b, 2011a, 2012, 2016a,b). Consequently, the question of effective and successful actions by educational leaders, especially school principals, has become one of the central topics in educational discussions. There is now broad agreement on the necessity and significance of corresponding professionalization and qualification opportunities. In this sense, leadership development is closely related to the development of the quality of schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This five-year longitudinal sequential explanative mixed methods study is based on a sample of around 150 schools in challenging circumstances from a German state. Over a three-year period, half of the schools experienced additional measures to professionalize school leadership (e.g., coaching of school leaders, continuous professional development program) and support for school development (additional financial resources, process consultancy for school development activities). The qualitative analysis includes school documents (e.g., school strategy documents), semi-structured interviews with different actors in the schools (at baseline, after three years), and protocols of coaches and school development consultants. Qualitative data are analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2015). For the quantitative analysis, six questionnaires with staff and school administrators are conducted - three on the work situation, three on the various interventions. Statistical data from government agencies and student achievement data are also analyzed. In addition to a descriptive evaluation of the quality assessments of staff and school leaders, regression analyses are conducted to examine the impact of specific program components on selected school quality characteristics during the program period. As the program was implemented at the school level, the analyses were conducted accordingly. Through a comparison group design, it is possible to compare the changes in project and comparison schools and to relate them to the program interventions. To measure the changes in the schools using questionnaire data of the survey on the work situation, the effect size Cohen's d (Cohen, 1988) was calculated, which refers to the practical relevance of the results. The paper focuses on the support measures, examining both the processes and the outcomes. Therefore, the paper investigates the quality of the program components in terms of the assessment of the involved actors and provides an overview on the topics, objectives, processes, and impact particularly of school leadership coaching and school development consultancy on school quality and its changes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show the very positive assessment of the program’s quality and benefits and its positive consequences on the school’s quality. The regression analyses demonstrate that positively perceived outcome qualities of the interventions are associated with improvements in numerous dimensions of school quality (e.g., cooperative leadership). Effect sizes show that most schools involved in the program developed better over time than the comparison schools. The analyses of interviews and protocols on school leadership coaching and school development consultancy reveal numerous benefits of their activities in organizational, personnel, and instructional development. For example: Coaching primarily addresses aspects of self and personnel management and aids in self-management by allowing leaders to reflect on challenging situations, develop problem-solving strategies, and gain a better understanding of their values and role. Successful implementation of coaching and school development consultancy shares several common features. The expertise and competence of the coach and the consultant play a vital role in the effectiveness of the coaching and consultation process. Equally important is the design of the framework conditions surrounding the measures and adequate structural resources. Additionally, ensuring a good fit between the coach/consultant and the coachee/school is of importance to ensure a successful process. Overall, the findings provide evidence for the effectiveness of school development programs on school leadership and school improvement. The results indicate that intervention strategies should be tailored to the individual school's circumstances, needs, and challenges, ensuring they fit precisely into the school's specific context. For project initiators and decision-makers, this means providing a framework that is individually adapted by each participating school to its unique context. This is a prerequisite for sustainable and effective transfer of knowledge into school development processes. The interventions will be discussed in terms of their effects and the necessary conditions for successful implementation, along with their practical implications. References Author 1997, 1999a,b,c, 2010a,b, 2011a, 2012, 2016a,b, 2018, 2020 Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical Power Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203771587 Fend, H. (1987). „Gute Schulen – schlechte Schulen“ – Die einzelne Schule als pädagogische Handlungseinheit. In U. Steffens & T. Bargel (Hrsg.), Erkundungen zur Wirksamkeit und Qualität von Schule (Beiträge aus dem Arbeitskreis Qualität von Schule, Heft 1 (S. 55 – 80). Hessisches Institut für Bildungsplanung und Schulentwicklung. Fend, H. (1998). Qualität im Bildungswesen. Schulforschung zu Systembedingungen, Schulprofilen und Lehrerleistung. Weinheim: Juventa. Fullan, M. (1988). What’s worth fighting for in the principalship. Ontario Public School Teachers’ Federation. Fullan, M. (1991). The new meaning of educational change. Cassell. Fullan, M. (1992). Successful school improvement. Open University Press. Holtappels, H. G., Webs, T., Kamarianakis, E., & Ackeren, I. van (2017). Schulen in herausfordernden Problemlagen–Typologien, Forschungsstand und Schulentwicklungsstrategien. In V. Manitius & P. Dobbelstein (Ed./Hrsg.), Schulentwicklungsarbeit in herausfordernden Lagen (S. 17 – 35). Waxmann. Leithwood, K. A., & Montgomery, D. J. (1986). Improving Principal Effectiveness: The principal profile. Toronto: OISE Press. Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. Weinheim: Beltz. Racherbäumer, K., & Ackeren, I. van (2015). Was ist eine (gute) Schule in schwieriger Lage? Befunde einer Studie im kontrastiven Fallstudiendesign an Schulen in der Metropolregion Rhein-Ruhr. In L. Fölker, T. Hertel & N. Pfaff (Hrsg.), Brennpunkt(-) Schule. Zum Verhältnis von Schule, Bildung und urbaner Segregation (S. 189 – 20). Verlag Barbara Budrich. Rutter, M., Maughan, B., Mortimore, P., & Ouston, J. (1979). Fifteen thousand hours. London: Open Books. Sammons, P., Hillman, J., A., & Mortimore, P. (1995). Key Characteristics of Effective Schools: A Review of School Effectiveness Research. Institute of Education, University of London, and Office for Standards in Education. Schratz, M. (1998). Schulleitung als change agent: Vom Verwalten zum Gestalten von Schule. In H. Altrichter, W. Schley & M. Schratz (Hrsg.), Handbuch zur Schulentwicklung. StudienVerlag, S. 160-189. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper School Leadership Workshops as an Arena for Research-Practice Partnership 1University of Oslo, Norway; 2Oslo Metropolian University Presenting Author:
There is an international consensus that the professionalization of school leaders through education is necessary due to the increased complexity of governance expectations and needs of change (Crow et al., 2008; Spillane et al. 2002). In a complex world people and organizations are expected to learn something that is not stable or understood ahead of time (Engeström, 2001, p. 138). Consequently, there is a need of professional learning in ongoing work activities. During years, school leaders have had the opportunity to participate in various arrangements of school leadership development such as networks across schools and partnership with researchers. Developing partnerships between researchers and practitioners is a common strategy for supporting school improvement and professional development (Coburn & Penuel, 2016). It may involve interventional approaches, such as action research, design-based research, and formative interventions (Engeström, 2011) which is the strategy being used in the present study. In the present study, we are inspired by the Finnish version of formative intervention. This mode of intervention is building on cultural historical activity theory and on the principles of double stimulation and ascending from abstract to the concrete to mediate agency in and between workplaces (Sannino et al, 2016). The point of departure is ‘a problematic and contradictory object, embedded in the participants´ workplace (Engeström, 2015, p. xxxi). It can be manifested as a problem space riddled with conflicting motives and dilemmas (Engeström & Sannino, 2011; 2017). We have explored the method of ChangeLaboratory (CL) in leadership teams in upper secondary schools in Norway. A central feature of CL is that the researchers intervene with specific triggers such as theoretical models and “mirrors” generated from data being collected from workplace to trigger explorative work with a problem statement based on the practitioners needs and future visions. Formative interventions have been conducted in a range of fields over the past three decades, such as in court reforms, farming, health care, small-firms and industries, media companies, medical care, and to a limited degree in vocational teacher education and in teacher teams (Engeström & Sannino, 2010). Some studies have been conducted within the field of teacher education (Jakhelln & Postholm, 2022) but to a limited degree in leadership teams in schools. As such, we organized several workshops in leadership teams in three upper secondary schools. The purpose of the paper is to contribute with empirical knowledge about school leadership workshops as an arena for formative interventions in partnership with a specific attention to the tools, the processes, and the experiences. The research questions are as follows:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a longitudinal study with cases from three schools. We have collected video data from eight workshops in each case (2h) and materials being explicitly introduced and used when working on selected problem spaces. The data were collected over a two-year period of time and have been subject to content and interaction analysis. The transcripts from the video data have been organized into episodes, which makes it possible to trace the objects being worked on over time. We have also collected interview data from the participants. The interview data and the materials have been subject to content analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Video data revealed that a myriad of artefacts was introduced in the leadership workshops. In addition, several artefacts such as models, charts, plans, and visions were being introduced by the school leaders. In the interactions, ideas flourished in the workshops. Over time, it became visible that some of the ideas were used or transformed to better handle the problematic situation under scrutiny. The artefacts were used for different purposes. Questions about the past, the present and the future were pervasive. Interview data showed this type of questions often triggered negotiations, elaborations, and clarifications about the leadership practices, and not at least agency to solve and handle existing problems and dilemmas. A premise seemed to be that the questions were open-ended rather than being closed questions. The video and interview data showed the object of the leadership workshops where rather ill-defined in the beginning. Several search actions among the participants and the researchers emerged in the workshops where the researchers used a variety of artefacts to make the purpose of the workshop explicit. It became visible in the video data that the concept of leadership workshops seemed to be rather abstract in the beginning. A turning point become visible when the researchers began to present mirrors based on observations and videos; an object seemed to emerge, which met their needs as leaders of professional work. In all three cases, the interview data indicated the issues being discussed seemed to have relevance to their practices, not at least since the conversations revealed that a horizon of possible actions became visible. Because the study built on longitudinal data from video recordings, it has been possible to trace how some episodes became conducive to transformative agency and substantial and incremental changes in how to lead the professional community of teachers. References Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–practice partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational researcher, 45(1), 48-54. Crow, G., Lumby, J., & Pashiardis, P. (2008). Introduction: Why an international handbook on the preparation and development of school leaders? In J. Lumby, G. Crow & P. Pashiardis (Eds.), International handbook on the preparation and development of school leaders (pp. 1–17). New York: Routledge. Engeström, Y. (2011). From design experiments to formative interventions. Theory & psychology, 21(5), 598-628 Engeström, Y. (2015). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Cambridge. Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of education and work, 14(1), 133-156. Engeström, Y. (2011). From design experiments to formative interventions. Theory & psychology, 21(5), 598-628. Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2017). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findingsand future challenges. Introduction to Vygotsky, 100-146. Jakhelln, R., & Postholm, M. B. (2022). University–school collaboration as an arena for community-building in teacher education. Educational Research, 64(4), 457-472. Sannino, A., Engeström, Y., & Lemos, M. (2016). Formative interventions for expansive learning and transformative agency. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 25(4), 599-633.Sannino, A., Engeström, Y., & Lemos, M. (2016). Formative interventions for expansive learning and transformative agency. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 25(4), 599-633. Spillane, J. P., Diamond, J. B., Burch, P., Hallett, T., Jita, L., & Zoltners, J. (2002). Managing in the middle: School leaders and the enactment of accountability policy. Educational Policy, 16(5), 731-762. Virkkunen, J. & Newnham, D.S. (2013). The change laboratory: A tool for collaborative development of work and education. Sense Publications. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 27 SES 12 A: Breaking out of Silos: Using Classroom Videos for Cross-disciplinary and Cross-methodological Examinations of Teaching (Part 1) Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Mark White Session Chair: Michael Tengberg Symposium Part 1/2, to be continued in 27 SES 13 A |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Breaking out of Silos: Using Classroom Videos for Cross-disciplinary and Cross-methodological Examinations of Teaching (part 1) Great advances have been made in how we conceptualize, operationalize and measure aspects of teaching quality (Charalambous et al., 2021). However, this field of research is fragmented. Scholars work in silos, drawing on their own specific framework despite what are often strong commonalities in ambition, terminology, and structural features across frameworks. We argue that classroom video provides an avenue to work across these silos, allowing multiple frameworks to be applied to the same videos. This provides a common ground for discussions across frameworks, facilitating communication and potentially the integration of different frameworks for understanding teaching. This symposium uses classroom videos as a common ground to break out of our silos through analyzing the same videos with a broad range of frameworks. This symposium consists of 3 papers (with three additional papers in a linked symposium) that use unique frameworks to investigate teaching quality. The frameworks in this symposia stem from different traditions and are at different stages of development. The three quantitatively-oriented frameworks are International Comparative Analysis of Learning and Teaching (ICALT; van de Grift et al., 2007), Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO; Grossman, 2015), and the Teacher Education and Development Study-Instruct framework (TEDS-Instruct; Schlesinger & Jentsch, 2016). The two qualitatively driven frameworks are the Model for analysing Teaching Quality derived from the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD-MTQ; Sensevy, 2014; Ligozat & Buyck, accepted), the praxeological documentary video analysis (DVA; Martens & Asbrand, 2022). Part 1 of the double symposium (this part) focuses on PLATO, JAD-MTQ, and a lens model comparison of the two frameworks. The quantitatively oriented frameworks pre-determine definitions of teaching quality based on rubric dimensions and performance categories. The qualitative approaches understand teaching as a situated practice developing within a dynamic system of social, material, and semiotic interactions. This symposium’s ambition is to have participants reflect on how one’s framework shapes how one constructs an understanding of teaching and the limitations and benefits of each framework through comparing the decompositions of the focal lessons across frameworks. Through this, we hope to build common understandings across frameworks and break out of our silos. To this end, we have asked each individual paper to attend to three research questions:
The contributors provide an overview of their respective frameworks based on the following categories: purpose and the theoretical grounding of the observation framework, facets of teaching captured, specific focus, grain size (e.g., unit of analysis on time scales), and empirical evidence and use. Then, contributors analyze the same four videos of lower secondary mathematics and language arts lessons from Nordic classrooms. Each contributor presents patterns of findings derived and afforded by their respective framework. To that end, we especially discuss patterns of teaching quality and how differences in the above-mentioned categories might shape the construction of findings as well as limitations and affordances across frameworks. The inclusion of both mathematics and language arts, as well as both quantitatively and qualitatively oriented frameworks, sets this work apart from past important efforts in this area (e.g., Charalambous & Praetorius, 2018) References Charalambous, C. Y., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2018). Studying mathematics instruction through different lenses: Setting the ground for understanding instructional quality more comprehensively. ZDM, 50(3), 355–366. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0914-8 Charalambous, C. Y., Praetorius, A.-K., Sammons, P., Walkowiak, T., Jentsch, A., & Kyriakides, L. (2021). Working more collaboratively to better understand teaching and its quality: Challenges faced and possible solutions. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 71, 101092. Grossman, P. (2015). Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observations (PLATO 5.0). Palo Alto: Stanford University. Martens, M., & Asbrand, B. (2022). Documentary Classroom Research. Theory and Methodology. In M. Martens, B. Asbrand, T. Buchborn, & J. Menthe (Eds.), Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung in den Fachdidaktiken: Theoretische Grundlagen und Forschungspraxis (pp. 19-38). Springer. Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics: An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5). Schlesinger, L., & Jentsch, A. (2016). Theoretical and methodological challenges in measuring instructional quality in mathematics education using classroom observations. ZDM: The International Journal on Mathematics Education, 48(1-2), 29-40. van de Grift, W. J. C. M. (2007). Quality of teaching in four European countries: a review of the literature and application of an assessment instrument. Educational Research 49(2): 127–152. Presentations of the Symposium The PLATO Observation System as a Lens to Teaching Quality
In this paper we use the observation system Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO; Grossman, 2015) as a lens into teaching quality in Norwegian lessons from two different subjects, mathematics and language arts. PLATO was developed at Stanford University in the USA and was originally a tool for studies aiming to link English Language Arts (ELA) instruction to student learning outcomes. Since then, it has been used for different research purposes and in different subjects (e.g., Cohen, 2018) and has been the main tool to describe teaching quality in several publications from the Nordic context (Klette et al., 2017; Tengberg et al., 2022). In this paper we demonstrate PLATO’s way of constructing patterns of teaching quality by focusing on aspects such as theoretical grounding, grain size, and discuss what type of information regarding teaching quality that PLATO may offer and for what purposes that might be useful.
PLATO conceptualizes teaching quality in four domains (Instructional Scaffolding, Disciplinary Demand, Representation and Use of Content, and Classroom environment) that together consist of an ensemble of specific teacher practices (e.g., elements), all considered relevant for student learning. These practices are reflected in PLATO’s 12 elements and sub-elements, which are all independently rated on a 1-4 scale for every 15 minutes of a lesson. Together, the 12 elements provide a detailed and rich view of teaching patterns by pointing to whether the specific practices are present as well as the degree of quality of these practices.
The findings reveal that the mathematics lessons receive consistently high scores on all PLATO while the patterns in the language arts lessons are more mixed of high and low scores fluctuating across different parts of the lessons. Grounded in this analysis of key patterns using PLATO’s lens of teaching quality, we present benefits and challenges with PLATO. Benefits include a detailed view of how different practices have different foci within and across lessons, while challenges include the way PLATO privileges some instructional formats above others and how to deal with arbitrary cut-off points. Finally, we discuss provoking questions such as whether everything we observe is equally important, and whether we can really determine normatively what patterns of high-quality teaching looks like across different lessons and tasks.
References:
Cohen, J. (2018). Practices that cross disciplines?: Revisiting explicit instruction in elementary mathematics and English language arts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 324–335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.10.021
Grossman, P. (2015). Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observations (PLATO 5.0). Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University
Klette, K., Blikstad-Balas, M., & Roe, A. (2017). Linking instruction and student achievement: Research design for a new generation of classroom studies. Acta didactica, 11(3), 11-19
Tengberg, M., van Bommel, J., Nilsberth, M., Walkert, M., & Nissen, A. (2022). The Quality of Instruction in Swedish Lower Secondary Language Arts and Mathematics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 760–777. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2021.1910564
Teaching Quality About and Beyond Subject Specificity. Perspectives from the JAD-MTQ Model
This paper presents a model (JAD-MTQ) for observing and analyzing classroom practices based on the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD; Sensevy, 2014; Sensevy & Mercier, 2007). This model aims at contributing to international debates on the conceptualization of teaching quality. In the French-speaking research, classroom qualitative studies carried out with the JAD framework typically investigate what and how knowledge contents develop in the teacher and students’ classroom interactions. Over the years, JAD has proved its capacity to analyze classroom practices in various subjects (mathematics, sciences, physical education, French language, etc.; e.g., Amade-Escot & Venturini, 2015; Ligozat et al., 2018). However the use of concepts from JAD is still open to different interpretations, depending on the research objectives pursued.
The Model for analysing Teaching Quality based on JAD (JAD-MTQ) presented in this paper systematizes classroom observations according to three dimensions: selection of knowledge contents and tasks, structuration of learning situations and organisation of teacher and students’ interactions (Ligozat & Buyck, accepted). Each dimension is explored at a specific level of analysis, featured by a grain-size and a timescale of teaching unit (Tiberghien & Sensevy, 2012) and decomposed into a set of criteria, allowing to reduce the level of inference to be made from classroom video and transcripts.
Similarly with findings from other frameworks presented in this symposium, JAD-MTQ rates the three dimensions of the mathematics lessons as high while the dimensions of the language arts lessons range from medium to very low. However these findings may be grounded in different rationales. In this paper, we highlight JAD-MTQ’s way of constructing patterns of teaching quality as relying upon the dual generic/specific nature of its criteria: they reflect certain aspects of teaching that are found in most classrooms (goals, instructional tasks, group works, classroom discussions, uptakes, etc,) but these criteria are also content-specific because to say something about them it is necessary to analyse the epistemic characteristics of instructional tasks. We argue that JAD-MTQ provides a content-based analysis of teaching quality with a set of dimensions and criteria that are not subject-specific. From this perspective, JAD-MTQ offers a didactic approach to teaching quality, in exploring systemically (according to the relations featuring the didactic system; Chevallard, 1985/1991; also see Schoenfeld, 2012) the power to learn certain specific knowledge contents afforded to the students in the classroom.
References:
Amade-Escot, C., & Venturini, P. (2015). Joint Action in Didactics and Classroom Ecology : Comparing Theories using a Case Study in Physical Education. Interchange, 46(4), 413 437.
Chevallard, Y. (1985/1991). La transposition didactique : Du savoir savant au savoir enseigné. La Pensée Sauvage, Ed.
Ligozat, F., & Buyck, Y. (accepted). Comparative Didactics. Towards a « didactic » framework for analysing teaching quality. European Educational Research Journal.
Ligozat, F., Lundqvist, E., & Amade-Escot, C. (2018). Analysing the continuity of teaching and learning in classroom actions : When the joint action framework in didactics meets the pragmatist approach to classroom discourses. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 147 169. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117701923
Schoenfeld, A. H. (2012). Problematizing the didactic triangle. ZDM, 44(5), 587 599. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-012-0395-0
Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics : An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5), 577 610. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.931466
Sensevy, G., & Mercier, A. (Éds.). (2007). Agir Ensemble : L’action didactique conjointe du professeur et des élèves. Presses universitaires de Rennes.
Tiberghien, A., & Sensevy, G. (2012). The Nature of Video Studies in Science Education. In D. Jorde & J. Dillon (Éds.), Science Education Research and Practice in Europe : Retrospective and Prospecctive. SensePublishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-900-8_7
A Lens Model for Comparing Frameworks Through Decomposition of Teaching
The growing interest in observationally assessing classroom instruction has lead to the proliferation of observation frameworks. In order to organize and synthesize results from studies using different observational frameworks, there is a need to understand how different frameworks decompose instruction. This paper adopts a lens model (Brunswik, 1952) to compare such frameworks. The lens model breaks down how frameworks decompose observable features of teaching into scores that are meant to characterize that instruction. Namely, each framework directs raters’ attention to specific pieces of evidence (and away from other evidence) while providing guidance on interpreting evidence and assembling evidence into overall scores. This highlights three specific areas where observation frameworks can be compared: (1) what specific pieces of evidence are identified?; (2) how is each piece of evidence interpreted?; and (3) how is evidence aggregated to create summary scores?
The paper uses the lens model to compare how the Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO; Grossman, 2015) and the Model for analysing Teaching Quality derived from the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD-MTQ; Sensevy, 2014; Ligozat & Buyck, accepted) make sense of one mathematics and one language arts lesson from Nordic lower secondary classrooms. This analysis shows how the two frameworks uniquely decompose teaching while acting as a model for comparisons of other frameworks. Overall, the two frameworks identify similar pieces of evidence and make similar interpretations of that evidence. In this way, the two frameworks are quite aligned, providing coherent understandings of instructional practice. However, the frameworks differ in scope and grain size. For example, PLATO considers only whether a teachers’ statement does or does not count as uptake while JAD-MTQ codes teacher statements within several different uptake categories. The largest difference between the frameworks, however, is in how they aggregate evidence to generate overall scores. Like other formalized frameworks, PLATO summary scores are based largely on the frequency and quality of the evidence for a category while JAD-MTQ interprets specific evidence in light of the broader instructional contexts in which that evidence occurs (i.e., meso- and macro-levels).
Through demonstrating the lens model, this paper seeks to contribute a novel comparison of the PLATO and JAD-MTQ frameworks while also introducing a novel and fine-grained way to compare how observation frameworks decompose teaching. This can make an important contribution to harmonizing understandings of teaching quality across the many frameworks used in the European context. (Charalambous & Praetorius, 2020).
References:
Brunswik, E. (1952). The Conceptual Framework of Psychology. University of Chicago Press.
Charalambous, C. Y., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2020). Creating a forum for researching teaching and its quality more synergistically. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 67, 8. https://doi.org/10/gwsf
Grossman, P. (2015). Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observations (PLATO 5.0). Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University
Cohen, J. (2018). Practices that cross disciplines?: Revisiting explicit instruction in elementary mathematics and English language arts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 324–335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.10.021
Klette, K., Blikstad-Balas, M., & Roe, A. (2017). Linking instruction and student achievement: Research design for a new generation of classroom studies. Acta didactica, 11(3), 11-19
Ligozat, F. & Buyck, Y. (accepted). Comparative Didactics. Towards a Didactic Model for Analyzing the Quality of Teaching. European Educational Research Journal.
Tengberg, M., van Bommel, J., Nilsberth, M., Walkert, M., & Nissen, A. (2022). The Quality of Instruction in Swedish Lower Secondary Language Arts and Mathematics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 760–777. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2021.1910564
Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics: An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5).
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 27 SES 12 B: Digitally Supported Teaching and Learning Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Eva Lundqvist Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper A Principled Approach to Introductory Videos for Use in Flipped Classrooms University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:Creating introductory videos is a popular approach to implementing a flipped classroom approach in teaching. However, creating new videos is time consuming (Hew, Bai, Dawson, & Lo, 2021; O'Flaherty & Phillips, 2015). It is also not clear what introductory videos should contain or how they should be structured (Pi, Zhang, Liu, Zhou, & Yang, 2023). I introduce an approach to making introductory videos where the content is based on domain principles and the structure is based on learning principles. Each video was based on a single principle or definition, a set of questions intended to stimulate elaborative encoding (Gjerde, Holst, & Kolstø, 2021), and one concrete example. The videos were structured with (1) a short introduction, (2) a pretest, (3) the lecturers’ answers to the questions, (4) a posttest, and (5) retrieval of the principle from memory. The introductory videos are intended to prepare the students for lectures. Therefore, they are probably the students’ first exposure to principles and concepts. The most important learning strategy for learning new content is elaborative encoding, which is to create meaningful associations within and between new and old knowledge components (Anderson & Reder, 1979; Gjerde et al., 2021; Stein, Littlefield, Bransford, & Persampieri, 1984). It is particularly important to stimulate elaborative encoding in students who are less interested and have less prior knowledge, as they do less spontaneous elaboration (Ozgungor & Guthrie, 2004). Pretesting has been shown to consistently increase the learning of new information (Carpenter & Toftness, 2017; Hausman & Rhodes, 2018), with effects comparable with posttesting (Pan & Sana, 2021). Pretesting on information the students has not yet learned mainly influences the encoding of new information, while posttesting on information the students have already been exposed to mainly affects the consolidation of that information (Pan & Carpenter, 2023; Pan & Sana, 2021). Hence, the effects of pretesting and posttesting should be additive. Each video lasted from 5 to 15 minutes. The videos were used in an introductory physics course at a large university in Norway and were intended to be their first meeting with new content and to be their main preparation for lectures. In this research, I wanted to investigate the students’ experiences and reflections regarding the use of the videos. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To investigate the students’ experiences and reflections regarding the use of the introductory videos, I conducted interviews and collected survey responses from two cohorts. The participants were students from an introductory physics class at a large university in Norway. Participation was voluntary. The study was approved by the Norwegian Centre for Research Data and all participants provided informed consent. The interviews were conducted in 2022 by me and were based on a semi-structured interview guide. Thirteen students agreed to participate towards the end of the semester. The interview data was transcribed and then analyzed in the software Nvivo. I used a variant of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to identify themes in the data. The survey responses were collected from the 2022 (n = 50) and 2023 (n = 43) cohorts. The results were statistically analyzed in the software R. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most of the students in the sample used the videos in their studying, but to a varying extent. As much as 73 % of the survey respondents reported that they would be very disappointed if they lost access to the videos. This underscores their perceived importance in the students’ study habits and can be contrasted with the finding that only 9 % would be very disappointed if they lost access to the course textbook. There was large variation in how they used the structured features of the videos—i.e., pretest and posttest—both within and between students. On average, the students felt strongly that the videos helped them in learning the course content and to get an overview. This feeling correlated strongly with how much they engaged with the videos and with the extent to which they used the structured features. The students reported in interviews that they noticed a large difference in how much they learned from lectures when they had watched the videos beforehand versus not. Several students were gradually convinced to use the videos to a greater extent due to the experienced benefits. We believe that our framework makes it easier and quicker to create introductory videos for use in flipped classrooms. It ensures more effective, active learning processes and helps the lecturer to avoid re-creating traditional lectures, which already exist in large quantities, and which are of dubious effectiveness. A large problem in a flipped classroom is the difficulty involved in getting students to prepare (Akçayır & Akçayır, 2018). Preparedness is also essential for the effectiveness of active teaching methods, e.g., through improving the quality of discussions (Lim & Park, 2023). We found that many of our students use the videos for preparation, and that the benefits gradually convince them to keep or increase their use. References Akçayır, G., & Akçayır, M. (2018). The flipped classroom: A review of its advantages and challenges. Computers & Education, 126, 334-345. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2018.07.021 Anderson, J., & Reder, L. (1979). An elaborative processing explanation of depth processing. L.S. Cermak & F.I.M. Craik. (Eds.), Levels of Processing in Human Memory. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Carpenter, S. K., & Toftness, A. R. (2017). The effect of prequestions on learning from video presentations. Journal of Applied Research in Memory and Cognition, 6(1), 104-109. doi:10.1016/j.jarmac.2016.07.014 Gjerde, V., Holst, B., & Kolstø, S. D. (2021). Integrating effective learning strategies in basic physics lectures: A thematic analysis. Physical Review Physics Education Research, 17(1), 010124. doi:10.1103/PhysRevPhysEducRes.17.010124 Hausman, H., & Rhodes, M. G. (2018). When pretesting fails to enhance learning concepts from reading texts. Journal of Experimental Psychology-Applied, 24(3), 331-346. doi:10.1037/xap0000160 Hew, K. F., Bai, S., Dawson, P., & Lo, C. K. (2021). Meta-analyses of flipped classroom studies: A review of methodology. Educational Research Review, 33, 100393. doi:10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100393 Lim, J., & Park, J. (2023). Self-study enhances the learning effect of discussions. Journal of the Learning Sciences. doi:10.1080/10508406.2023.2185148 O'Flaherty, J., & Phillips, C. (2015). The use of flipped classrooms in higher education: A scoping review. The Internet and Higher Education, 25, 85-95. doi:10.1016/j.iheduc.2015.02.002 Ozgungor, S., & Guthrie, J. T. (2004). Interactions among elaborative interrogation, knowledge, and interest in the process of constructing knowledge from text. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96(3), 437-443. doi:10.1037/0022-0663.96.3.437 Pan, S. C., & Carpenter, S. (2023). Prequestioning and pretesting effects: A review of empirical research, theoretical perspectives, and applications. doi:10.31234/osf.io/9rqpm Pan, S. C., & Sana, F. (2021). Pretesting versus posttesting: Comparing the pedagogical benefits of errorful generation and retrieval practice. Journal of Experimental Psychology-Applied, 27(2), 237-257. doi:10.1037/xap0000345 Pi, Z. L., Zhang, Y., Liu, C. X., Zhou, W. C., & Yang, J. M. (2023). Generative learning supports learning from video lectures: evidence from an EEG study. Instructional Science, 51(2), 231-249. doi:10.1007/s11251-022-09602-8 Stein, B. S., Littlefield, J., Bransford, J. D., & Persampieri, M. (1984). Elaboration and knowledge acquisition. Memory & Cognition, 12(5), 522-529. doi:10.3758/Bf03198315 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Digitally Supported Learning: Are there Differences in the Emotional Experiences between Subjects? University of Bamberg, Germany Presenting Author:The emotional experience of learners has a pedagogical relevance, as the affective learning experience is linked to motivation. Certain emotional states can motivate or demotivate learners to engage in further activities in the learning process. Recording the emotional state of students can therefore provide information about the individual learning process. Research has demonstrated that experiencing negative emotions can for example impede the learning process and lead to performance difficulties (Linnenbrink 2007). Positive-activating emotions, on the other hand, support students’ cognitive engagement and hence better learning outcomes (Pekrun, Lichtenfeld, Marsh, Murayama & Goetz, 2017). It can be assumed that lessons in school can be characterised as a special situation in which students are expected to perform. Emotions that occur specifically in achievement and academic contexts can be defined as achievement emotions. The emotions related to achievement that arise from learning, classroom instruction, or dealing with difficult tasks can include for example enjoyment, boredom, frustration, and anger (Pekrun 2006). Since the contextual factors, such as the action performed or the environment, have a major influence on the emotional experience, it can be assumed that the characteristics of instruction also have an influence (Aelling, 2004; Lazarides & Raufelder 2021). Previous empirical studies reveal that there is indeed a linkage between achievement emotions and dimensions of instructional design, such as cognitive activation (Krapp 2007) or structuredness of instruction (Maulana, Opdenakker & Bosker 2016). Most of the studies analysed in this research focus on a specific subject, such as mathematics, and do not address the extent to which achievement emotions differ across various school subjects. However, there are also studies with a cross-curricular focus that support the assumption that emotions experienced during the learning process should be categorised as domain-specific. The causes of domain-specificity of emotional experiences in the context of learning have not been clearly identified until now. The attempts to characterize different subjects and therefore define the characteristics of the domains can be assessed by students’ and teachers’ perceptions towards the school subjects, such as “everyday usefulness” or “level of difficulty” (Collier 2011). There are different approaches to explaining and categorising emotional experiences during lessons. These approaches may include assignment to a specific domain, subject, or instructional design features. The present study attempts to analyse the relationship between the emotional experience of learners and specific instructional design features of certain lessons. The study focuses on digitally supported teaching and examines possible differences in the use of digital technologies in the classroom and emotional well-being. The relationship between the integration of technology in the classroom and emotional experience has not been sufficiently analysed. Rather, previous studies have focused on the effects on students' motivation and learning (Cheng 2021; Fütterer, Scheiter, Cheng & Stürmer 2022). As described above, emotions can be categorised as predictors of motivation. It is therefore of interest to establish a possible relationship between emotional experience and instructional parameters, such as the integration of digital technologies in the learning process or the teaching methods used. The central research questions for gaining a deeper understanding of the issues described are therefore the following: Are there differences in the emotional experience of learning situations depending on the subject taught? To what extent can instructional design features explain the differences in emotional experience between different subjects? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research method of the study is based on the Experience Sampling Method. This research approach is designed to capture real-time experiences, behaviours, and subjective states of individuals in their natural environments (Csikszentmihalyi, Larson & Prescott 1977). The study employed continuous state sampling to gather insights into the learning emotions of students. This makes it possible to collect data just at the point of experience, i.e. in the various phases of the lesson. The survey uses short scales by Schallberger (2005), which comprise ten bi-polar items that depict the scales of positive and negative activation as well as valence. Positive activation (e.g. full of energy - lacking energy) and negative activation (e.g. stressed – relaxed) refer directly to the students' experience of lessons. Valence (e.g. satisfied - dissatisfied) refers to the students' general state of mind. A total of 14 classes at 12 vocational schools in Germany took part in the study. The assessment of emotional well-being was carried out during different teaching sequences. Seven classes were surveyed in mathematics, three classes took part in English, one class in German and two classes in vocational subjects. The pupils were asked about their emotional state every 15 minutes during lessons. Capturing emotional experiences has a key advantage. In contrast to single-point surveys, which tend to focus on the respondent's recollection of a specific experience, process analyses can provide more adequate measures of situational emotional experience. By averaging at the individual level, state emotions can then be cumulated into trait emotions with higher content validity (Goetz, Hall, Frenzel & Pekrun 2006). In order to be able to relate the different emotional traits to the design features of the teaching units, a document analysis of the teaching materials was also carried out. The materials were analysed for certain categories, such as collaborative learning methods or the quality of technology integration. A total of 12 sequences of 3-6 lessons each were analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that there are no differences between the subjects, in which the situation-dependent emotional states were measured. However, statistically significant differences were found between the different sequences. For instance, a teaching sequence in English that was particularly well-received showed highly significant differences when compared to another teaching sequence in English. Our results imply that the disparities observed are not inherently tied to the subject matter itself but rather stem from other influential factors, such as the instructional design employed in the lessons. The lessons that exhibited high positive activation and low negative activation were designed with specific parameters. These parameters encompassed a strategic emphasis on the vocational or lifeworld relevance of the teaching topic and associated tasks. Furthermore, the instructional approach featured interactive segments fostering creative autonomy and a profound integration of digital technologies. This underscores the pivotal role played by instructional design in shaping emotional responses during the learning process, transcending subject-specific distinctions. References Aellig, S. (2004). Über den Sinn des Unsinns. Flow-Erleben und Wohlbefinden als Anreize für autotelische Tätigkeiten. Eine Untersuchung mit der Experience Sampling Method (ESM) am Beispiel des Felskletterns. (Internationale Hochschulschriften, Bd. 431). Münster: Waxmann. Cheng, X. (2021). ICT-Based Instruction for Secondary School Students: The Interplay of Individual Learning Prerequisites, Use of Technology, and Student Involvement in Learning Processes. URL: https://publikationen.uni-tuebingen.de/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10900/112218/Dissertation_Vero%cc%88ffentlichung_Cheng.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y, Last access: 24.01.2024. Collier, Antonie P. M. (2011). Domain Specificity of Achievement Emotions. URL: https://kops.uni-konstanz.de/entities/publication/851a480b-9adb-42ff-98af-c17baee85cd6, Last access: 29.01.2024. Csikszentmihalyi, M., Larson, R. & Prescott, S. (1977). The ecology of adolescent activity and experience. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 6, 281-294. Fütterer, T., Scheiter, K., Cheng, X., & Stürmer, K. (2022). Quality beats frequency? Investigating students’ effort in learning when introducing technology in classrooms. Contemorary Educational Psychology, Vol. 69. Goetz, T., Hall, N. C., Frenzel, A. C., & Pekrun, R. (2006). A hierarchical conceptualization of enjoyment in students. Learning and Instruction, 16, 323-338. Krapp, A. (2007). An educational–psychological conceptualisation of interest. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance, 7(1), 5–21. Lazarides, R. & Raufelder, D. (2021). Control-value theory in the context of teaching: does teaching quality moderate relations between academic self-concept and achievement emotions? British Journal of Educational Psychology, 91(1), 127-147. Linnenbrink, E. (2007).The Role of Affect in Student Learning: A multi-dimensional approach to considering the interaction of affect, motivation, and engagement. In P. A. Schutz & R. Pekrun, Emotion in Education (p. 107-124). Amsterdam: Elsevier. Maulana, R., Opdenakker, M.-C., & Bosker, R. (2016). Teachers’ instructional behaviors as important predictors of academic motivation: Changes and links across the school year. Learning and Individual Differences, 50, 147–156. Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315–341. Pekrun, R., Lichtenfeld, S., Marsh, H. W., Murayama, K., & Goetz, T. (2017). Achievement emotions and academic performance: Longitudinal models of reciprocal effects. Child Development, 88(5), 1653–1670. Schallberger, U. (2005). Kurzskalen zur Erfassung der Positiven Aktivierung, Negativen Aktivierung und Valenz in Experience Sampling Studien (PANAVA-KS). Theoretische und methodische Grundlagen, Konstruktvalidität und psychometrische Eigenschaften bei der Beschreibung intra- und interindividueller Unterschiede. (Forschungsberichte aus dem Projekt: „Qualität des Erlebens in Arbeit und Freizeit“, Nr. 6.) Zürich: Fachrichtung Angewandte Psychologie des Psychologischen Instituts der Universität. URL: http://www.psychologie.uzh.ch/institut/angehoerige/emeriti/schallberger/schallbergerpub/PANAVA_05.pdf 10.9.2011, Last access: 24.01.2024. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 28 SES 12 A: Ed-tech Imaginaries and Educational Futures Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Cristina Costa Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Problem of Researching Human-machine Accounts in the Sociology of Education University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:The recent interest in the spaces and times of networked governance that emerged under the broad umbrella notion of topology is an exciting development in the sociology of education. As stated in the NW 28 Special Call for this conference, topology represents a robust conceptual framework for the study of social constructions of time and the future. The key problem at the heart of the call is the need to identify alternative ways to think about the future, to challenge the regimes of algorithmic prediction and automation that are shaping the educational imaginary. This problem, however, requires a self-reflective discussion about the analytical scope made possible by topological thinking, which is to say, rather pithily, that the conceptualisation of alternative future narratives must be warranted by a solid empirical foundation. In this regard, a key issue is that of “topological morphology” (Decuypere et al., 2022; Decuypere & Vanden Broeck, 2020), understood as a conceptual category that can direct research efforts. Morphology, in this context, refers to spatial-temporal forms that are observable and can be subjected to empirical scrutiny, and which can be held up as either problematic (the forms we don’t want) or progressive - maybe even “hopeful” (the forms we want). In this conceptual paper, I wish to contribute to this self-reflective discussion. One of the key theses of topology is that relations among people and sociotechnical infrastructures of digitisation are ontologically constitutive (Lury et al., 2012), leading to continuities and discontinuities which may be dynamic and flowing across borders, but are nonetheless visible and researchable. These topological morphologies mostly emerge in two ways: a) firstly, they operate as practical enactments, observable in the “generative” dynamism that occurs across spaces, times and within assemblages of people and infrastructures (Lewis & Decuypere, 2023); b) secondly, they operate as part of a political-economic discourse connected to the logic of value creation, creating topological forms by projecting into the future imagined gains, benefits and sometimes risks (Williamson & Komljenovic, 2023). As these promissory anchor points are placed in the rarefied space-time of the future, they hold the present in place, steering policy and investment strategies and creating regimes of understanding and governance. Moving tentatively across the terrain defined by these constitutive relations is the researcher, not a neutral and detached observer but a partial cartographer drawing - sometimes creatively – the shifting boundaries of emerging morphologies. The researcher is therefore framed as an agent and a “methodological bricoleur”, self-reflectively navigating the complexities of interpretative analysis to assemble critical accounts of bordering and debordering (Decuypere, 2021). A central methodological problem in this framework is that of the account: who or what produces the empirical accounts of topological forms? There are a few possible answers to this question, but I wish to focus on one for obvious reasons of scope. This answer posits that researchable accounts of education governance are, or will soon, emerge from the hybridisation of machine logic and human cognition (Gulson & Sellar, 2024; Gulson et al., 2022). The temporal horizon of this hybridisation of cognition is left deliberately vague. As humans and machines conjoin (or will soon do) in multiple ways, they provide (or will soon do) “synthetic” accounts of themselves and of novel topological morphologies. This conceptual and methodological argument is gaining interest in the study of education governance, and it is without doubt a valuable attempt to bridge policy sociology with recent innovations in the cultural and philosophical study of algorithms (Amoore, 2020; Parisi, 2019), which explored the risks but also the possibility of novel ethico-political opportunities arising from human-machine cognitive architectures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper’s main contention is that an undue emphasis on the “cognitive” character of these human-machine accounts might create a methodological impasse, taking us further away from the situatedness of practice. The notion of a conjoined human-machine empirical account – understood as something visible and researchable - is framed in the work cited previously as a key moment of social construction where networks, alliances and the border politics of contemporary education governance are brought into being through a mixture of computational mathesis, sociological structuration and subjectivity. The partiality and ambiguity of these accounts are not threats to empirical scrutiny but are instead evidence of “infrastructural latencies” (Amoore, 2018): malleable and fluid affordances that arise unpredictably from the very nature of algorithmic logics and which, under unclear circumstances, may bring about innovation in policy and practice. I wish to propose a different argument: the accounts that people-plus-algorithms give of themselves are not evidence of cognitive complexity but of what could be better described as pseudo-cognition or “performed” cognition: the result of a sociotechnical-interactionist dynamic. The notion of sociotechnical interactionism is therefore put forward here as a conceptual and methodological alternative to the psychologism of “cognitive architecture”. Sociotechnical interactionism brings to the discussion several relational concepts derived from empirical sociology. For example, it affords a Goffmanian reading of topological accounts; one that does not inadvertently eulogise the (unwarranted) more-than-human character of the phenomena under scrutiny but examines instead the relationships between actors and algorithmic infrastructures as an ethnomethodological interplay of presentational and situational micropolitics (Goffman, 1964; Marres, 2020). The accounts that constitute empirical material for a topological sociology are thus reframed: not a conjoining of human and machine logics but a collection of situational encounters with ritualistic elements inherited from computational cultures as well as from established and ossified policy praxis. Therefore, the “policy situation”, with its repetitive aspects and interactional scripts, comes back into empirical focus. My contention is that this refocusing enables analyses more nuanced than what is offered by a cognitive focus of “joint rationalities” with all its implicit (and deterministic) assumptions about psychologised agency and machinic augmentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The topological character of contemporary networked governance and its entanglement with technologies of prediction and automation is not being contested here. What’s being contested is the empirical apparatus being assembled for its study. The sharing of cognitive functions between humans and machines - and the accounts they produce and which go on to become objects of empirical analysis - should be reframed as the outcomes of situational encounters between actors/entities, whose goals and agendas are momentarily aligned and may shift depending on the flow of the emerging topological morphology. In conclusion, we don’t need new ontological categories that allude to post-human cognitive hybridisation to make sense of topological morphologies. It might be sufficient to reconsider the role of autonomous or semi-autonomous agents - to be understood as composite, distributed and indeed “infrastructural” rather as individuated entities. These infrastructural actors are now increasingly implicated in the micro-political dynamics of education governance. The notion of sociotechnical interactionism that I propose here also brings into view the political interplay between empirical accounts: those provided by people, those provided by machines, and those provided by humans who have become momentarily entangled – rather than cybernetically fused - with machines. Of course, several methodological challenges arise from this conclusion - chief among them the need to move beyond description in the analysis of the situational politics that bring humans into contact with digital infrastructures. As noted by Marres (Marres, 2020), this move should involve active curatorial work from the researcher: a deliberate effort to tease out empirically interesting situations from computational arrangements which are opaque, black-boxed, biased and where participation is distributed, patchy and constantly shifting. References Amoore, L. (2018). Cloud geographies: Computing, data, sovereignty. Progress in Human Geography, 42(1), 4-24. Amoore, L. (2020). Cloud ethics: Algorithms and the attributes of ourselves and others. Duke University Press. Decuypere, M. (2021). The topologies of data practices: A methodological introduction. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 10(1), 67-84 , ISSN = 2254-7339. Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & van de Oudeweetering, K. (2022). Introduction―Space-and time-making in education: Towards a topological lens. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 871-882. Decuypere, M., & Vanden Broeck, P. (2020). Time and educational (re-) forms—Inquiring the temporal dimension of education. In (Vol. 52, pp. 602-612): Taylor & Francis. Goffman, E. (1964). The neglected situation. American anthropologist, 66(6_PART2), 133-136 , ISSN = 0002-7294. Gulson, K. N., & Sellar, S. (2024). Anticipating disruption: artificial intelligence and minor experiments in education policy. Journal of Education Policy, 1-16. Gulson, K. N., Sellar, S., & Webb, P. T. (2022). Algorithms of Education: How Datafication and Artificial Intelligence Shape Policy. University of Minnesota Press. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.5749/j.ctv2fzkpxp Lewis, S., & Decuypere, M. (2023). ‘Out of time’: Constructing teacher professionality as a perpetual project on the eTwinning digital platform. Tertium Comparationis, 29(1), 22-47. Lury, C., Parisi, L., & Terranova, T. (2012). Introduction: The becoming topological of culture. Theory, Culture & Society, 29(4-5), 3-35 , ISSN = 0263-2764. Marres, N. (2020). For a situational analytics: An interpretative methodology for the study of situations in computational settings. Big Data & Society, 7(2), 2053951720949571. Parisi, L. (2019). Critical computation: Digital automata and general artificial thinking. Theory, Culture & Society, 36(2), 89-121. Williamson, B., & Komljenovic, J. (2023). Investing in imagined digital futures: the techno-financial ‘futuring’ of edtech investors in higher education. Critical Studies in Education, 64(3), 234-249. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2022.2081587 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Educational Robotics imaginary: the EdTech industry and the production of Educational Timescapes University of Naples Federico II, Italy Presenting Author:In contemporary public debates, AI and robotics are presented as technologies that will revolutionise the future of education. Promoted by an increasingly powerful industry, iterative cycles of hypes and hopes are boosting the creation of an imaginary (Beer, 2019; Taylor, 2004) that makes their introduction into the field of education a ‘desirable necessity’. AI and robotics innovations, often referred to as “disruptive”, are presented as a way to improve (the future of) teaching and learning. This presentation deals with the analysis of this imaginary with the aim of understanding the different educational timescapes enacted through it (Kitchin, 2023). Our analysis will focus, in particular, on the envisioning of AI-based educational robotics within that industry (Beer, 2019). Recently, scholars have focused on the investment made by the EdTech industry in imagining digital educational futures (Williamson & Komljenovic, 2022) and, within that, on the social production of temporality (Decuypere & Vanden Broeck, 2020). This literature highlights the complexities of the relationship between technology and socio-technical imaginaries, the contingency of time-making (and space-making) and how specific forms of technological innovation in education can be related to shifting experiencing and understandings of time (Decuypere & Simons, 2020; Vanden Broeck, 2020). In line with wider debates on temporality (Kitchin, 2023), speed, acceleration, real-timing, personalisation, and efficiency are key issues (Rosa, 2003; Beer, 2019) to understand the traits of imagined educational temporalities. Likewise, the interplay between three different temporal regimes is widely discussed, an immediate, archival and predictive time (Barassi, 2020). Within those debates that mainly deal with datafication and platformisation, there is also a specific focus on processes of imagined anticipation, that look to the future not as a resource to progress towards but as a resource to be drawn into the present (Decuypere & Vanden Broeck, 2020), using anticipated outcomes to rethink current practices and identify desirable futures (Amsler & Facer, 2017). The distinctive contribution of our presentation is to project those debates on the social production of educational temporalities on the educational robotics imaginary, a relatively unexplored field (for an example see Tafdrup, 2020). Our analysis will, in particular, focus on the social production of temporalities enacted in the Educational robotics imaginary (Beer, 2019). We will explore how the EdTech industry envisions educational robotics innovation and how this envisioning has to do with the social production of a distinct set of technologically-mediated educational temporalities. Theoretically, we draw on David Beer’s (2019) analysis of imaginary, defined as how “people imagine [something] and its existence, as well as how it is imagined to fit with norms, expectations, social processes, transformations and ordering” (p. 18). In this perspective, the imaginary is profoundly material as it shapes practices, and in turn, practices shape the imaginary through the forging of ideals and norms (Taylor, 2004). In our presentation, we will mobilise Beer’s theoretical and analytical toolbox to explore the AI-based educational robotics imaginary and the related temporalities. Additionally, we anchor to Rob Kitchin’s analysis of digital timescapes (2023), providing us a conceptual grid to analyse the emerging forms of robotically-mediated educational temporalities. If temporality denotes the diverse set of temporal relations, processes, and forms that are embodied, materialised and experiential, and if robotic technologies have profoundly transformed these relational processes, the educational robotics timescapes could be analysed by mapping out the fluctuations in pace, tempo, rhythm and synchronicity. Consistently, the research questions that we will explore are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological innovation is another distinctive trait of our contribution. To address our research questions, we analyse EdTech companies’ work of envisioning through a quantitative and qualitative composite methodology, to map and understand the social making of temporalities imbued with the emerging imaginary. We combine the use of Network Text Analysis (NTA), to extract semantic networks/galaxies (Hunter, 2014) and identify the influential pathways for the production of meaning within texts (Paranyushkin, 2011), with a qualitative interpretation of these networks through the time-conceptual grid inspired by Kitchin’s work on digital timescapes. Our first step was to select a corpus of EdTech companies providing AI-based robotics services. The sample was created by searching three combinations of terms on Google: Artificial Intelligence and Educational Robotics companies, Artificial Intelligence and Robotics solutions for education, and Artificial Intelligence and Robotics for schooling. Two approaches were used to create a sample of AI and robotics organisations. The first involved generating lists of results. The first search term developed six lists of companies related to AI and robotics. We visited their websites and selected those offering educational solutions. The second approach focused on the top results for the other two search terms. This search resulted in a sample of 40 AI and robotics organisations, ranging from consultancy to AI artefact providers. After establishing the sample, we proceeded to examine the materials on the public websites of each organisation. Our investigation focused on two things. First, we looked at the types of services and solutions offered to explore the different types of AI and robotics solutions for education presented and to see the kinds of problems or opportunities these solutions were said to address. Second, we focused on the promises, hopes, and expectations linked to introducing AI-based robotics artefacts in a classroom. Data were extracted using the T-LAB software. The textual material was normalised, and the dictionary was built through lemmatisation and disambiguation of words. The corpus obtained was imported into Gephi software, which organises the lemmas in an adjacency matrix, and the network structure of lemmas is formalised as a 1-mode network. NTA and, specifically, a community detection algorithm based on the Louvain method (Fortunato, 2010) mapped distinct clusters. Through this procedure, we investigated particular semantic networks and the centrality of different time-conceptual cores. These cores are then qualitatively analysed to gain a comprehensive understanding of the forms of pace, tempo, rhythm, and synchronicity contingent on each one. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation discusses five heterogenous traits of an envisioned robotically-mediated educational temporality that are enacted in the educational robotics imaginary. We relate them to the relentless work of the EdTech industry and the envisioning of a future of education co-inhabited by AI-based robotic artefacts. Specifically, the NTA allowed us to identify the centrality of five temporal concepts in the emerging educational robotics imaginary, such as potentiality, adaptiveness, automation, improvement, and efficiency and a set of related semantic networks. We will show how each of these semantic networks, combined with a qualitative interpretation of texts, allows us to discuss in detail the rhythms of such an envisaged temporality (e.g. cyclical in the case of adaptiveness), the forms of calculation of time (e.g. mechanically standardized in the case of efficiency), the temporal relations that are designed (e.g. optimizing in the case of potentiality) and the enacted modalities that establish a particular relation between the present, the past and the future (e.g. prophetic in the case of automation). In concluding the analysis, we discuss how the various and multiple forms of temporalities linked to the educational robotics imaginary are paradoxical and have significant cultural implications for how educational time is mediated, embodied, placed and experienced by teachers and students. We also reflect on how this work of temporal envisioning can be related to similarly paradoxical educational problematisations, promises, solutions, and goals. References Amsler, S., & Facer, K. (2017). Contesting anticipatory regimes in education: Exploring alternative educational orientations to the future. Futures, 94, 6–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2017.01.001 Barassi, V. (2020). Datafied times: Surveillance capitalism, data technologies and the social construction of time in family life. New Media & Society, 22(9), 1545-1560. Beer, D. (2019). The data gaze: Capitalism, power and perception. Sage publications. Decuypere, M., & Vanden Broeck, P. (2020). Time and educational (re-) forms—Inquiring the temporal dimension of education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 602-612. Decuypere, Mathias & Maarten Simons. (2020). Pasts and futures that keep the possible alive: Reflections on time, space, education and governing, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 640-652. Fortunato, S. (2010). Community detection in graphs. Physics reports, 486(3-5), 75-174. Hunter, S. (2014). A novel method of network text analysis. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics, 4(02), 350. Kitchin, R. (2023). Digital Timescape: Technology, Temporalities and Society. Polity. Paranyushkin, D. (2011). Identifying the pathways for meaning circulation using text network analysis. Nodus Labs, 26, 1-26. Rosa, H. (2003) Social acceleration: Ethical and political consequences of a desynchronized high-speed society. Constellations, 10(1): 3–33. Tafdrup, O. (2020). Mediating Imaginaries: Educational robots and collective visions of the future. Nordic Journal of Science and Technology Studies, 8(2), 33-46. Taylor, C. (2004). Modern social imaginaries. Duke University Press. Williamson, B. & Komljenovic, T. (2023) Investing in imagined digital futures: the techno-financial ‘futuring’ of edtech investors in higher education, Critical Studies in Education, 64:3, 234-249, DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2022.2081587 Vanden Broeck, P. (2020). The problem of the present: On simultaneity, synchronisation and transnational education projects. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 664. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Uncovering the EdTech Startup Ecosystem’s Discourses of (Un)certainties as a One-dimensional Contemporary Folktale 1Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich; 2University of Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:EdTech startups are being touted as steady purveyors of innovations designed to revolutionize the education system (e.g. European Schoolnet 2023; Jacobs Foundation; European EdTech Alliance 2024). In our contribution, we aim to explore the discourse produced by EdTech startups themselves and related actors, such as accelerators and investors, and it's possible implications for the development of educational technologies. These actors in the EdTech space seem to thrive on the notion that “education is broken”, and an “oncoming educational apocalypse” (Weller 2022, 83−84) by creating a cornucopia of digital solutions, and with it, ways to translate didactic and pedagogical concepts (e.g., Schiefner-Rohs, Hofhues & Breiter 2023; Jarke & Macgilchrist 2021) or managerial needs around school environments (Hartong & Breiter 2021) into algorithmic systems. Over the past years, there has been a growing body of international research from various perspectives, such as in-depth analyses of specific products. Beyond the field of education, startups have been investigated, for instance, in terms of their organizational culture and gender (Pöllänen 2021); their global startup culture and its domestication (Koskinen 2021); the sociality of networking of young tech-entrepreneurs (Pfeilstetter 2017); the rise of startup entrepreneurship as a cultural phenomenon (Hyrkäs 2016); the exploitative tendencies of startup economy (Hill 2017); or as affordance networks, symbolic form and cultural practice (Werning 2019). Most of the existing international studies related to the EdTech startup space focus on individual stakeholder groups, like investors (Venture Capital, business angels, e.g. Ball 2019), accelerators (e.g. Ester 2017; Ramiel 2021; Nivanaho et al. 2023), and “Big EdTech” (e.g. Williamson 2022; Komljenovic et al. 2023). EdTech startups themselves and their realities present an intriguing object of sociological education research, since startups are the actors who in practice develop educational technology, seek investment possibilities, and cater to and/or deploy a specific vision of education. Their discourses and practical working conditions are the realties in which EdTech products emerge – they are an important executive agency, made of individuals able to criticize practical contradictions and act accordingly (as considered in pragmatic sociology, see e.g. Barthe et al. 2013, 186). To this end, we draw on empirical material from our work at a European EdTech conference, analyzing presentations from EdTech startups, investors and policy makers given at a public conference in central Europe and shedding light on the many intricate practices EdTech startups adopt to persist within the “ecosystem” (itself a powerful biological life/agent metaphor, Weller 2022, 9; see e.g. Founders Foundation 2024). In our analysis, we show how the seemingly underlying motive of a broken education, the conspicuous references to the otherworldly and heroic individuals overcoming hardship isolates the real-life actor ‘startup’ from its complex interrelationships with the actual world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We will present results from our field study at a European EdTech startup conference held in 2022. The conference catered specifically to EdTech entrepreneurs, investors, and policy makers. Our data consists of fieldnotes made 1) as participants of the summit, 2) specifically during 5 selected presentations of approx. 1 hour each given by announced speakers, 3) on-site pictures, 4) related press releases, and 5) corresponding social media content from the platform LinkedIn. We approached the whole corpus with a discourse analysis based on the sociology of knowledge approach, the aim of which is to work out patterns of interpretation in the material (Keller 2005). By several loops of coding, focusing on meaning making within the presentations and discussions we observed, some discourse patterns and metaphors of a mythological, tale-like storytelling (see e.g., Jarke & Macgilchrist 2021; Macgilchrist 2019) jumped out at us. Hence, we decided to introduce the characteristics of the European folk tale (Lüthi 1986) as a productive lens to capture these discursive particularities. Especially the European corpus and convincing methodology of this study, the depth of the overarching phenomena described, and its prominence in European narratology, made us choose Max Lüthi’s work over other theories such as Joseph Campbell’s hero journey (which suffers from a selection bias) or Vladimir Propp´s morphology of fairytales (which concentrates on plot structure and characters). According to Lüthi’s framework, a folktale is “a world-encompassing adventure story told in a swift, sublimating style. With unrealistic ease, it isolates its figures and knits them together” and refuses “to explain its operative interrelationships in dogmatic terms.” (Lüthi 1986, 82). The folktale also envisions a world in contrast to “the uncertain, confusing, unclear, and threatening world of reality” giving us “clear lines and solid unwavering figures […] in purposeful motion” (Lüthi 1986, 85−86). Interestingly, folktale characters are not irritated by the encounter of an otherworldly being or an “alien dimension” – unrealistic beings and propositions and reality coalesce. It is in this sense that Lüthi identifies a “one-dimensionality” of the folktale (ibid., 10). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on Lüthi, we observed the construction of a contemporary folktale by EdTech startups, investors, and policy makers through elements of 1) an underlying one-dimensionality 2), otherworldly metaphors, and 3) heroic tales of entrepreneurship. Firstly, we noted a one-dimensionality in how actors in the EdTech space speak about techno-solved futures of education and revoking a problem-ridden education system – mostly in absence of educational practitioners, researchers, let alone students or parents. Most of the speakers seem isolated from a tangible reality of and interrelationships with these groups, which does not appear to create any perplexity for the involved actors. Even for so-called impact investors, the operationalisation of the actual impact of the EdTech they fund remains intangible, uncertain, and abstract. The isolated nature of discourses produced at EdTech startup conferences creates a detachment from educational realities by establishing one-dimensional narratives. Second, the interwoven symbolism and materiality of the mystical metaphors the actors use (e.g., a mechanical rodeo unicorn) − talking of ‘unicorns’ (i.e., a startup evaluated at 1 B$ or more), ‘centaurs’ (evaluation of 100 M$), or advising ‘business angels’ etc. seem normalised in their discourses and interactions. These otherworldly characters, denominating real life (human) evaluation and businesses, are a sign of the latent (probably intended) uncertainty of entrepreneurship. Third, the extraordinary nature of a selected founders’ own entrepreneurial journey reminds us of a heroic tale (Blank & Dorf 2020, xxi), following a certain scheme of hard work at a very young age (indicating an innate drive), making the right choices, engaging with the right people, and having a large amount of luck. The story establishes at once un/certainty, bypassing startups’ own working realities and interrelationships. These narratives collide with educational settings in schools, universities, and other educational institutions. References Ball, S. J. (2019). Serial Entrepreneurs, Angel Investors, and Capex Light Edu-Business Startups in India. In M. Parreira Do Amaral, G. Steiner-Khamsi, & C. Thompson (Eds.), Researching the Global Education Industry (23–46). Springer. Barthe, Y. et al. (2013). Sociologie Pragmatique: Mode d’emploi. Politix 26:103, 175–204. Blank, S., & Dorf, B. (2020) The Startup Owner’s Manual. John Wiley & Sons. Ester, P. (2017). Accelerators in Silicon Valley. Amsterdam University Press. European Schoolnet (2023). Is Europe close to its first EdTech unicorn? http://www.eun.org/news/detail?articleId=10119286 (18.1.24). European EdTech Alliance. 2024. ‘Connecting the European EdTech Ecosystem’. https://www.edtecheurope.org (30.01.2024). Founders Foundation (2024). Founders Foundation. https://foundersfoundation.de/en/ (18.1.2024). Hartong, S., & Breiter, A. (2021). Between fairness optimization and ‘inequalities of dataveillance’. In: S. Grek, C. Maroy, & A. Verger (Eds.), World Yearbook of Education 2021 (76–93). Routledge. Hill, S. (2017). Die Start-up-Illusion. Knaur. Hyrkäs, A. (2016) ‘Startup Complexity. Tracing the Conceptual Shift Behind the Spectacle.’ Dissertation, University of Helsinki. Jacobs Foundation. ‘Learning EdTech Impact Funds (LEIF)’. https://jacobsfoundation.org/activity/leif-learning-edtech-impact-funds/ (18.1.2024). Jarke, J., & Macgilchrist, F. (2021). Dashboard stories. Big Data & Society, 8:1. Keller, R. (2005). Wissenssoziologische Diskursanalyse. VS Verlag. Komljenovic, J., Williamson, B., Eynon, R., & Davies, H. C. (2023). When public policy ‘fails’ and venture capital ‘saves’ education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 1–16. Koskinen, H. (2021) ‘Domesticating Startup Culture in Finland’. European Journal of Cultural and Political Sociology 8: 2, 175–96. Lüthi, M. (1986) The European Folktale. Indiana University Press. Macgilchrist, F. (2019). Cruel optimism in edtech. Learning, Media and Technology, 44:1, 77–86. Nivanaho, N., Lempinen, S., and Seppänen, P. (2023) ‘Education as a Co-Developed Commodity in Finland?’. Learning, Media and Technology (29 August 2023): 1–15. Pfeilstetter, R. (2017) ‘Startup Communities: Notes on the Sociality of Tech-Entrepreneurs in Manchester’. Startup Communities 8:1, 15. Pöllänen, K. (2021)‘Organizational Culture and Masculinities in a Startup Company in Finland’. Nordic Journal of Working Life Studies 11:4, 117–35. Ramiel, H. (2021). Edtech Disruption Logic and Policy Work. Learning, Media and Technology, 46:1, 20–32. Schiefner-Rohs, M., Hofhues, S., & Breiter, A. (2023). Datafizierung (in) der Bildung. Transcript. Weller, M. (2022). Metaphors of Ed Tech. AU Press. Werning, S. (2019). ‘Start-up Ecosystems Between Affordance Networks, Symbolic Form, and Cultural Practice’. In: M. Prenger & M. Deuze (Eds.), Making Media (207–219). Amsterdam University Press. Williamson, B. (2022) ‘Big EdTech’. Learning, Media and Technology 47:2, 157–62. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 28 SES 12 B: Productive Subjectivities, Nurturing Pedagogies Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Seán Gleasure Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Types of Student Work and Religiosity among Higher Education Students in Central and Eastern Europe 1University of Debrecen, Hungary; 2MTA-DE-PARTNERS Research Group Presenting Author:The relationship between religiosity and work has been a key area of interest in the sociology of religion. The content of both religiosity and work has been transformed. However, the relationship between religiosity and students’ motivation for work is rarely studied, even though volunteering and paid student jobs are increasingly common. Previous research has shown that the largest group of volunteers is composed of university students and secondary school students (Tokhtarova 2014). In this study, we examine paid work of student as well as voluntary work. We seek to answer the question as to how the voluntary or paid work clusters are related to religiosity. According to the literature (Handy et al. 2010), a volunteer is a person who does work that is not compulsory, driven by some intrinsic motive, and without any financial reward. Volunteering can be intrinsically and/or extrinsically motivated. Following the turn of the millennium, a new type of volunteering has emerged, which is not necessarily based on solidarity but instead reflects career considerations (Hoskins et al. 2020). This career volunteering is no longer motivated by altruism, but rather it is based on purposeful preparation for later employment. Volunteering is thus motivated by different reasons, which may include incentives by the state or the school, volunteering for career development purposes, or volunteering as an introductory phase to paid employment, which in turn leads to the hybridisation of the concept of volunteering (Handy et al. 2010; Bazan 2021). Immediately after the political transformation in CEE, non-governmental organisations based on voluntary participation and non-profit activities existed mainly in church-related environments. In this church-related setting, social patterns of volunteering, which were destroyed in the middle of the 20th century, also returned (Máté-Tóth & Szilágyi 2020). Over the last decade, our results on students’ civic participation have shown that members of sports and church associations make up the majority of civic participants, as other organisations are not seen as attractive. This partly explains the association between volunteering and religiosity observed in Hungary and the cross border area (Fényes et al.2021; Fényes & Pusztai 2012). At the same time, in the period of pressure on societies during the COVID-19 crisis and the war in Ukraine, much of the voluntary work was organised through existing social networks. During the war, young people played a crucial role (Carlsen et al. 2020, Pallay et al. 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data was collected from a large sample of students (N=2,199) during the academic year of 2018/19. Students were surveyed at higher education institutions located in the Eastern region of Hungary and four other neighbouring countries (SK, RO, UA, SE). Specifically, the survey was conducted in higher education institutions located in the territories of these countries with significant Hungarian minority. It is important to note that the findings of this study only apply to Hungarian minority institutions in these territories and are not representative of the entire countries. In Hungary, quota sampling was carried out (N=1,034), designed to be representative with respect to faculties, field of education (arts and social sciences, economics, sciences, IT, engineering, teacher education) and form of funding. Probability sampling was used in the institutions in other countries, whereby groups of students were surveyed in full during university or college classes (N=1,154). The sample consisted of full-time second-year bachelor’s students and second or third-year master’s students. The sample represented all fields of study. We explored religiosity through religious self-declaration, individual religious practice and the frequency of church attendance. To measure students’ work motivations, we used a Likert scale assessing how the participants rated six items for paid work and eight items for voluntary work. For voluntary work, we reduced the motivation question block used by Clary et al. (1998) to eight items due to scope limitations. The motivational factors of paid and voluntary work were further examined by cluster analysis. Four motivational clusters were formed based on what motivated young people to work. The analysis applied k-means clustering, retaining the following four clusters: self-fulfilment-oriented, independence-oriented, career-oriented worker types, and materialists. We use bivariate analyses to investigate differences in background factors across cluster groups. Students’ gender, age, place of residence, and their parents’ educational attainment did not correlate with motivations for work, but the respondents of the country, relative financial situation of students’ family and students’ subjective self-assessed financial situation showed a significant correlation with work motivation clusters. We examine the factors affecting each cluster group through binary logistic regressions. Dependent variables were the four cluster groups and explanatory variables were those listed above. We hypothesise that paid and voluntary work are simultaneously observed for a certain group of students. We hypothesise that religiosity varies across clusters based on work orientations, with religiosity related to the emergence of a motivational type which includes both altruistic and utilitarian traits. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We identified four types of students by work motivation. Self-fulfilment-oriented workers had a strong motivation to help and displayed a drive to develop skills and relationships, while also seeking fulfilment. Independence-oriented workers had financial independence as their most specific goal, while carrier-oriented workers focussed on gaining knowledge and experience for future employment. Materialist workers had remuneration as their primary purpose. Religiosity had a significant effect for clusters with self-fulfilment and materialist orientation. While the development of self-fulfilment orientation was supported by individual religious practice, the probability of materialist orientation was reduced by community religious practice. Religiosity did not play a role for independence-oriented and career-oriented groups. From the perspective of religiosity, it is noteworthy the self-fulfilment-oriented workers placed an equal emphasis on altruism and utilitarianism, which clearly shows the hybridisation of motivations for voluntary and paid work, while also highlighting the novel post-materialist link between work and religiosity in the examined region. As Inglehart & Oyserman (2004) points out, the acquisition of material values is less and less a life goal for the younger generation, so work is not just a means of earning, but a meaningful activity in which individuals can learn about themselves and develop their own way of life based on enrichment of wellbeing and self-expression. While in the previous period religiousness was associated with altruistically motivated voluntary work and non-religiousness with the pursuit of individual career goals, today's modern religiousness is creating a new attitude towards the employment of youth. Consequently, voluntary work and paid work are not alternatives, but can be a group-building factor if work is also seen as a fulfillment. For this reason, for a certain group of young people who see their lives as a search for meaning, both religiosity and voluntary or paid work can be an essential and determining factor. References Bazan, D., Nowicki, M. & Rzymski, R. (2021). Medical Students as the Volunteer Workforce during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Polish experience. International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction 55: 102109. Carlsen, H.B., Toubøl J., & Brincker, B. (2020). On Solidarity and Volunteering During the COVID-19 Crisis in Denmark: The Impact of Social Networks and Social Media Groups on the Distribution of Support. European Societies 1–19. Clary, G. et al. (1998). Understanding Assessing the Motivations of Volunteers: A Functional Approach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 74 (6): 1516–30. Fényes, H., & Pusztai, G. (2012). Religiosity and Volunteering among Higher Education Students in the Partium Region. In Students in a Cross-Border Region. Higher Education for Regional Social Cohesion, edited by Z. Györgyi & Z. Nagy, 147–67. University of Oradea Press. Fényes, H., Markos, V., & Mohácsi, M. (2021). Volunteering among Higher Education Students as Part of Individual Career Management. Corvinus Journal of Sociology and Social Policy 12 (2): 3–22. Handy, F., et al. (2010). A Cross-Cultural Examination of Student Volunteering: Is It All About Résumé Building. Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly 39 (3): 498–523. Hoskins, B., Leonard, P., & Wilde, R. (2020). How Effective is Youth Volunteering as an Employment Strategy? A Mixed Methods Study of England. Sociology 54 (4): 763–81.https://doi.org/10.1177/0038038520914840 Inglehart, R. & Oyserman, D. (2004). Individualism, Autonomy, Self-expression: The Human Development Syndrome. In Comparing Cultures, edited by H. Vinken, J. Soeters, & P. Ester, 74–96. Brill. Masevičiūtė, K., Šaukeckienė, V., & Ozolinčiūtė, E. (2018). Combining Studies and Paid Jobs. UAB Araneum. Máté-Tóth, A., & Szilágyi, T. (2020). Faith Based Organizations in Hungary: Struggling with Goals and Autonomy. In Faith-Based Organizations and Social Welfare: Associational Life and Religion in Contemporary Eastern Europe, edited by M. Glatzer & P. C. Maniel, 177–96. Palgrave Macmillan Cham. OECD. 2015. Social, Employment and Migration Working Papers No. 169. Working and learning: Adiversity of patterns. Glenda Quintini. Pallay, K. Markos, V., & Fényes, H. (2022). Kárpátaljai fiatalok önkéntes tevékenysége a 2022-es orosz-ukrán háború idején. Önkéntes Szemle 2 (4): 3–26. Тохтарова, Ільміра Меметівна (2014). “Волонтерський рух в Україні: шляхдо розвитку громадянського суспільства як сфери соціальних відносин” Теорія та практика державного управління і місцевого самоврядування, 2 (5). Wood, N. et al. (2019). Qualitative Exploration of the Impact of Employment and Volunteering upon the Health and Wellbeing of African Refugees Settled in Regional Australia: A refugee Perspective. BMC Public Health 19: 1–15. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper A Typology of Nurturing Pedagogies in Schools Serving Low-Income Communities 1University College Dublin; 2Maynooth University Presenting Author:Encompassing obligations to children’s welfare and well-being, it is accepted that all schools possess a ‘duty of care’ towards their students. This duty of care plays out in schools through the practice of ‘nurturing pedagogies’ (Gleasure et al., 2024). Drawing on the work of Noddings (2013), such nurturing pedagogies can be conceptualised as the ‘caring actions’ of teachers and other school personnel which arise from their attentiveness to the ‘expressed needs’ of the children under their care.
Although universal, the duty of care falls unevenly across schools, with research highlighting that it is often necessary for teachers in schools serving low-income communities to respond to the material and psychological effects of poverty as a priority (Crean et al., 2023; Moss et al., 2020). Against this backdrop, it has been argued that such schools play a dual role, not only as an education provider, but also as a frontline service for children living in poverty (Crean et al., 2023).
This dual role aligns with a body of research which suggests two corresponding domains of nurturing in schools serving low-income communities (Tichnor-Wagner & Allen, 2016; Valenzuela, 1999): a domain of ‘academic nurturing,’ centred on children’s academic progression and success, and a domain of ‘affective nurturing,’ related to children’s welfare and well-being. Research also indicates, however, that teachers in such schools often perceive these forms of nurturing as competing areas of interest, leading them to prioritise one over the other (Antrop-González & De Jesús, 2006; Martin & Amin, 2020).
Others challenge such binarism, arguing that teachers should uphold the dual role of schools serving low-income communities by simultaneously engaging in both academic nurturing and affective nurturing (Crean et al., 2023; Devine & McGillicuddy, 2016). We build on that argument, characterising such practices as ‘critical nurturing.’ Importantly, critical nurturing is distinct from ‘instrumental’ forms of caring, where affective nurturing practices serve a performative end in children’s academic achievement (Dadvand & Cuervo, 2020; Walls, 2022). Such instrumental practices are especially salient in the context of the increasing emphasis on children’s performance in standardised assessments arising from neo-liberal accountability measures in education systems globally (Devine, 2013).
Our focus on nurturing pedagogies in schools serving low-income communities is particularly relevant in light of the EU Youth Strategy 2019-2027 (European Commission, 2018) which underscores the need to pay attention to the risks of socioeconomic exclusion in children’s lives. The Strategy identifies a number ‘European Youth Goals’ which correspond to the nurturing pedagogies within our typology, including mental health and well-being, quality learning, and quality employment for all.
Here, we present findings from two strands from our research on nurturing pedagogies in primary schools serving low-income communities. First, we consider the nurturing pedagogies evident during Covid-19 school closures, a period during which socioeconomic inequalities in education became particularly pronounced (Crean et al., 2023). The following research questions frame our analysis:
Second, we examine primary school children’s perspectives on their experience of nurturing pedagogies, recognising their agency as active co-researchers of their own lives (Donegan et al., 2023; Samanova et al., 2022). Again, our investigation is framed by the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research draws on data from Ireland’s national longitudinal study of primary schooling, Children’s School Lives (CSL; www.cslstudy.ie). The study employs a mixed-methods longitudinal cohort design, tracing the experiences of a nationally representative cohort of about 4,000 children in almost 200 schools from 2019 to 2024, along with their parents, grandparents, teachers, principals, and other school personnel. The study also incorporates a sub-sample of thirteen schools in which in-depth ethnographic case studies are conducted each year. In this paper, we draw on data from three such case study schools, purposively selected due to their designated disadvantaged status by the Irish Department of Education. At the time of data collection, two of the selected schools were single-sex, with one serving girls only and the other serving boys only. The third school was co-educational. The study followed appropriate ethical guidelines and was approved by the University ethics committee. The first strand of this paper presents findings from the period of Covid-19 school closures in 2020. During this time, virtual interviews were conducted with 13 adult stakeholders across the three selected case study schools on their experiences of the pandemic and remote learning, as well as their perspectives on children’s engagement and well-being. Stakeholders included teachers, principals, parents, and grandparents. Interview transcripts were inductively coded using MAXQDA software and thematically analysed. The second strand explores children’s perspectives on nurturing pedagogies in the three case study schools using a photovoice methodology, encouraging children’s active participation and agency in the research process. In self-selected ‘friendship groups,’ 49 Second Class children (aged 8 to 9 years) across the three schools were invited to take photographs of places in which they did/did not experience care at school. These photographs served as the basis for subsequent focus group discussions with each friendship group. As before, focus group transcripts were inductively coded using MAXQDA software and thematically analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from both strands of this paper offer important insights for our understanding of nurturing pedagogies in schools serving low-income communities. Our findings indicate that, during the period of Covid-19 closures, universal concern existed across the three case study schools for academic nurturing. This was evidenced in teachers’ encouragement of children and their families to participate in remote learning, the creation of a curriculum hierarchy focused on the ‘core’ subjects, and families’ expressed value for the routine created by remote learning. Such universal concern for academic nurturing challenges perceptions of a pedagogic deficit in schools serving low-income communities. By contrast, our findings reveal differing emphasis on affective nurturing across the three case study schools during this period. Only our co-educational school, with its strong culture of affective nurturing promoted by school leadership, demonstrated practices reflective of critical nurturing as described above. Findings from our photovoice research indicate that children across the three schools perceived their experience of care, as well as the absence thereof, in terms of academic and affective nurturing to varying degrees. In addition, children expressed a clear understanding of the difficulties experienced by their teachers in fulfilling both forms of nurturing simultaneously (what we describe as critical nurturing), with particular emphasis on the time pressures associated with doing so. Finally, children emphasised the importance of the care they experience from their classmates at school, highlighting particular behaviours such as sharing materials and protecting each other from harm. References Antrop-González, R., & De Jesús, A. (2006). Toward a theory of critical care in urban small school reform: Examining structures and pedagogies of caring in two Latino community-based schools. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 19(4), 409–433. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518390600773148 Crean, M., Devine, D., Moore, B., Martínez Sainz, G., Symonds, J., Sloan, S., & Farrell, E. (2023). Social class, COVID-19 and care: Schools on the front line in Ireland during the COVID-19 pandemic. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2023.2174077 Dadvand, B., & Cuervo, H. (2020). Pedagogies of care in performative schools. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 41(1), 139-152. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2018.1486806 Devine, D. (2013). ‘Value’ing children differently? Migrant children in education. Children and Society, 27, 282-294. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12034 Devine, D., & McGillicuddy, D. (2016). Positioning pedagogy—a matter of children’s rights. Oxford Review of Education, 42(4), 424-443. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2016.1197111 Donegan, A., Devine, D., Martinez‐Sainz, G., Symonds, J., & Sloan, S. (2023). Children as co‐researchers in pandemic times: Power and participation in the use of digital dialogues with children during the COVID‐19 lockdown. Children & Society, 37(1), 235-253. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12665 European Commission (2018). European Union Youth Strategy 2019-2027. European Commission. Gleasure, S., Devine, D., Martinez Sainz, G., Sloan, S., Crean, M., Moore, B., & Symonds, J. (2024, forthcoming). “This is where the care can step up”: A typology of nurturing pedagogies in primary schools serving low-income communities during COVID-19 closures. Early Childhood Education Journal. Martin, M., & Amin, N. (2020). Teacher care work in situations of severe deprivation. Pastoral Care in Education, 38(2), 156-173. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643944.2020.1725906 Moss, G., Allen, R., Bradbury, A., Duncan, S., Harmey, S., & Levy, R. (2020). Primary teachers' experience of the COVID-19 lockdown–Eight key messages for policymakers going forward. UCL Institute of Education. Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A relational approach to ethics and moral education. University of California Press. Samonova, E., Devine, D., & Luttrell, W. (2022). Under the mango Tree: Photovoice with primary school children in rural Sierra Leone. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211053106 Tichnor-Wagner, A., & Allen, D. (2016). Accountable for care: Cultivating caring school communities in urban high schools. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15(4), 406- 447. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2016.1181185 Valenzuela, A. (1999). Subtractive schooling: Issues of caring in education of US-Mexican youth. State University of New York Press. Walls, J. (2022). Performativity and caring in education: Toward an ethic of reimagination. Journal of School Leadership, 32(3), 289-314. https://doi.org/10.1177/1052684620972065 |
15:45 - 17:15 | 29 SES 12 A: Workshop. Engaging Networks and Communities in Arts and Education Research from an Ethics of Care Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Judit Onsès Research Workshop |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Research Workshop Engaging Networks and Communities in Arts and Education Research from an Ethics of Care 1University of Girona, Spain; 2Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:In research, it is important to mind the human dimension, that is, not only our thoughts, ideas, and brains, but also our corporeality, our presence, and our affects. Research is done by persons, who usually work in relation to others. So we as researchers are subjects-in-relation. This calls for taking into account the ethics of care. According to Joan Tronto (2009, para. 5), An ethic of care is an approach to personal, social, moral, and political life that starts from the reality that all human beings need and receive care and give care to others. The care relationships among humans are part of what marks us as human beings. This means that although being aware that power relations exist in any collaborative work, researchers and participants are responsible for working in a good work environment, by paying attention to one’s and others’ needs, and mind each participant’s experience and reflections (Pettersen, 2011) in order to establish more horizontal and caring relationships. An ethics of care is constructed across the places and spaces and throughout all co-creative processes. This entails an affective response and an ethical response-ability. That is, having the ability to respond (response-ability) to the emotional-social needs in a way that predisposes us to learning in the best possible way for the entire educational community involved. Taking Haraway's conception of situated and relational knowledge, Maria Puig de la Bellacasa (2012) comments that knowing practices require care. Care is relational (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012, p. 198). Starting from the ontology of becoming, or an ontology that is made (in the making), Puig de la Bellacasa speaks of becoming-with and thinking-with (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012, p. 200). This invites us to move away from a culture of individuality and “seek common reasons for hope in concrete forms of situated “praxis”” (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012, p. 203). Practicing the pedagogy of care means becoming aware - and responsible - about who we are (in relationship) and how we do things (Puig de la Bellacasa, 2012). If we think of reality as relational, we enter into ecologies of being and knowing where our actions are constantly affecting not only our reality but a reality that is being co-created by all human and non-human entities that are in a concrete space-time-matterings. According to Andrew S. Larsen citing Gordon, Benner and Noddings (1996), pedagogies of care “consists of a set of relationship practices that foster mutual recognition and fulfilment, development, growth, protection, empowerment, human community, culture and possibility” (Larsen, 2015, p. 17). From this theoretical framework, two researchers wanted to explore ways to ‘create community’ in a network of researchers in arts education through approaching politics of care. The question that guided the research was: How to engage pedagogies and ethics of care in a research network? The aims were:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To do so, we proposed to a network of more than 200 researchers in arts education to send us once a month a picture and an inspiring phrase showing something about their daily lives. This could be related to their job, their work, their lives, etc. Once we receive the images and the text, we upload and stick them on a digital whiteboard. After uploading the creations, we shared with the community the visual mosaic. The idea was to intertwine researchers’ lives with academic context to create a space of care and trust. Know who is behind the network. Which bodies with their lives inhabit the network. What are their interests, their styles, their senses (of humour, of friendship, of joyfulness, of connection with the job, nature, bodies…). The proposal ran for 4 months. The participation was completely voluntary. First month participated 21 researchers. Second month 12 researchers. Third month 11 researchers. Fourth month 9 researchers. The workshop to be presented in ECER 2024, seeks to work with these images and phrases and invite participants to create new connections among them, intervene them and reflect about ethics, pedagogies of care in creating community, a sense of belonging, sympathising with others researchers and think about how we relate with our colleagues in research contexts. The idea and expected outcomes of this workshop is to invite researchers to take the next step of this ongoing open and experimental research from a playful intention and through arts. Take the unknown as a routemap to create new forms of caring and supporting collaborative contexts. Connecting democracy in research and construct more democratic ways of collaborating. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This proposal is an ongoing research that looks for other pedagogical relationships among researchers and their communities or networks. It is part of an experimental neverending process in which researchers are invited to invent transnational collaborative models for research. The ontology of becoming proposes a relational, changing and contextual reality that invites us to think about a different subjectivity. According to Inna Semetsky (2006, p. 3), “the production of subjectivity is not based on any prescribed code, but is creative and artistic.” . . human experience itself must be considered as a condition of possibility. . . of becoming another, that is, different from the current self.” This places research practice in a relational process where each person must take their part of responsibility by being aware of their power to transform and affect the pedagogical-research encounter. And although we find ourselves in a situation with many not-knowings, precisely the importance of learning lies in recognizing and understanding them not as an obstacle that generates frustration, impotence, and blockage, but precisely as that which is not-yet-known (Atkinson, 2018), that is, as potentialities of knowledge-to-know. So that we can create ecologies of imagination from care, a performative ethic mediating the arts that allows us to visualize, project and create worlds that are yet-to-arrive (Atkinson, 2018). However, the materialization of new ways of being/living by researchers is not an easy task, since it requires not only “an ethical, epistemological, ontological and political process”, but also “an aesthetic process, a process of creativity and invention” (Atkinson, 2018, p. 33). References Atkinson, D. (2018). Art, Disobedience and Ethics. The Adventure of Pedagogy. Palgrave. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-62639-0 Larsen, A. S. (2015). Who Cares? Developing a Pedagogy of Caring in Higher Education. [Tesis doctoral]. Utah State University. https://digitalcommons.usu.edu/etd/4287 Pettersen, T. (2011). The Ethics of Care: Normative Structures and Empirical Implications. Health Care Anal, 19, 51-64. Accessed 17 March 2022: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3037474/pdf/10728_2010_Article_163.pdf Puig de Bellacasa, M. (2012). Nothing Comes Without its World’: thinking with care. The Sociological Review, 60(2), 197–216. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-954X.2012.02070.x Semetsky, I. (2006). Deleuze, Education and Becoming. Sense Publishers. Tronto, J. (2009). Joan Tronto. Interview on August 4th, 2009. Ethics of Care. Sharing Views on Good Care. Accessed 17 March 2022: https://ethicsofcare.org/joan-tronto/ |
15:45 - 17:15 | 30 SES 12 A: Attitudes and Competencies in ESE across different geopolitical locations Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Katrien Van Poeck Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Empowering Youth in Rural Areas for Future Challenges – A Qualitive Study on Sustainability Awareness and Competencies University of Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:Young people are pivotal in driving the (future) implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and fostering successful sustainable transformation both globally and regionally. To achieve this, they need engaging learning opportunities and effective support to acquire essential sustainability competencies. By establishing this foundation, the young generation will be empowered to assume responsibility and actively contribute to shaping a sustainable future.
However, the challenge lies in designing learning settings that effectively engage, motivate and cater to diverse groups of young people, enabling them to collaborate on solutions for future challenges. Understanding the sustainability awareness and competencies of young individuals is crucial for developing tailored learning interventions. In Germany, numerous well-established-surveys routinely gather data on the daily lives, attitudes, and opinions of young people [1-5]. At the European level, the #ClimateofChange project conducted one of the latest surveys across 23 European countries, primarily exploring young people’s perception and knowledge regarding the interplay between climate change and migration [6]. While shedding light on motivations for sustainable living, the study also unveils variations based on gender, residence in urban or rural areas, and educational background. However, the existing German studies lack the specificity to scrutinize data at a regional level, such as our focus on the northwest part of Lower Saxony, characterized mainly by rural regions.
Additionally, our emphasis is on embracing the diversity of young individuals, taking into account their social backgrounds, interests, and needs to cater to all segments of society. Many existing studies exhibit a pre-existing bias towards groups with a heightened affinity for sustainability, as these individuals are more likely to participate in interviews on this topic. Consequently, we conducted focus group discussions, engaging with diverse groups of young people from various contexts, to gain deeper insights into their awareness of sustainability and their proficiency in sustainability competencies. These findings serve as the foundation for crafting a novel learning intervention rooted in the principles of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) [7] and ‘learning workshops’ [“Lernwerkstaetten”], a concept originating in German-speaking countries in the 1990s [8]. The innovative format is built upon action-oriented and transformative pedagogy, prioritizing learner-centric approaches, reflection loops, active participation, and exploratory, interconnected learning as main pedagogical principles [9 and 10]. Furthermore, the design of the learning environment is pivotal in realizing these pedagogical objectives. Leveraging the 'learning workshops' concept provides a valuable framework, particularly in shaping an environment that fosters diverse ways of learning and cultivates an atmosphere of astonishment, irritation, exploration, invention, and inspiration [11]. The amalgamation of prior experiences with these concepts and the insights gleaned from the focus groups will enable us to formulate a novel approach aimed at effectively empowering young people to actively engage in sustainable transformation. To foster a comprehensive understanding of both cross-regional dynamics and regional nuances, engaging in European-level exchanges proves invaluable. While our initial focus is on a regional level, targeting specific groups of young people, our findings and newly developed concepts can contribute to an international discourse on empowering youth for the globally essential sustainable transformation. Thus, a crucial aspect involves comprehending the intricacies of the addressed groups, a goal our study aims to advance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Vital data was acquired through nine focus group discussions [12] with groups from various contexts; involving participants aged 14 to 25. Typical interview groups comprised 4-8 individuals. To ensure a comfortable environment, we worked with groups where young people actively chose to participate voluntarily and had pre-existing familiarity with one another. These groups encompassed a variety of contexts, including Fridays For Future activists, nature/environment protection groups, church groups, sport teams, and groups from youth clubs. Our goal was to include young people from diverse educational backgrounds and social milieus. The focus group discussions explored the following aspects: recent global and local issues, the significance of various Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), self-assessment of personal sustainability competencies, engagement for sustainability, and learning habits and preferences. All discussions were recorded, and the transcripts underwent qualitative content analysis [13]. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides insights into the sustainability awareness and competencies of diverse groups of young people residing in the northwest part of Lower Saxony, Germany. It enhances our understanding of effective outreach strategies for young individuals and informs the design of ESD learning environments, optimizing engagement in these learning processes. The study yields crucial findings both verbally and pedagogically, forming a relevant foundation for the development of new learning interventions. While the spatial focus is on northwest Lower Saxony, the results can serve as an example for rural areas. Comparisons with awareness and competencies of young people in other European rural areas will be insightful. In addition, identifying similarities or key differences compared to urban areas contributes to understanding how to provide effective learning opportunities for the young generation in the context of local and global sustainable transformations. Thus, an international perspective supports the actual development of innovative learning interventions. References [1] Albert, Hurrelmann, and Quenzel (2019). 18. Shell Jugendstudie 2019: Eine Generation meldet sich zu Wort. Publ. by Deutsche Shell Holding GmbH [2] Calmbach et al. (2020). Wie ticken Jugendliche? 2020 – Lebenswelten von Jugendlichen im Alter von 14 bis 17 Jahren in Deutschland. A study of the SINUS institute on behalf of (among others) the German Federal Agency for Civic Eduaction [3] Grund and Brock (2018). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in Lehr-Lernsettings. Quantitative Studie des nationalen Monitorings. Befragung junger Menschen. Executive Summary. Berlin. [4] Kress (2021). Greenpeace Nachhaltigkeitsbarometer 2021 – Wir sind bereit und wollen endlich eine nachhaltige Zukunft!, Executive Summary. Publ. by Greenpeace e.V. [5] Thio and Göll (2011). Einblick in die Jugendkultur: Das Thema Nachhaltigkeit bei der jungen Generation anschlussfähig machen. Publ. by Federal Environment Agency [6] Dunne, A. and Bijwaard, D. (2021). Pan-European Survey: Main multi-country report. Publ. by #ClimateOfChange project. Ipsos. Leuven. [7] United Nations (2005). UNECE strategy for education for sustainable development. High-Level meeting of Environment and Education Ministries. Vilnius. [8] Kottmann, B. (2020). Lernwerkstätten. In: Bollweg, P., Buchna, J., Coelen, T., Otto, HU. (eds) Handbuch Ganztagsbildung. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. pp. 997-1008. [9] Rieckmann, M. (2018): Chapter 2 - Learning to transform the world: key competencies in ESD. In: Leicht, A. / Heiss, J. / Byun, W. J. (eds.): Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Development. UNESCO, Paris, http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0026/002614/261445E.pdf, pp. 39-59. [10] Lozano, R., Barreiro-Gen, M. (2022). Connections Between Sustainable Development Competences and Pedagogical Approaches. In: Vare, P., Lausselet, N., Rieckmann, M. (eds) Competences in Education for Sustainable Development. Sustainable Development Goals Series. Springer, Cham. [11] Gabriel et al. (2009). Positionspapier zu Qualitätsmerkmalen von Lernwerkstätten und Lernwerkstattarbeit. Publ. by the Association of the European „Learning workshops“ [Verband europäischer Lernwerkstätten e.V.] [12] Kitzinger (1995). Introducing focus groups. In: BMJ; 311: 299-302. [13] Kuckartz (2019). Qualitative Text Analysis: A Systematic Approach. In: Kaiser, G., Presmeg, N. (eds) Compendium for Early Career Researchers in Mathematics Education. ICME-13 Monographs. Springer, Cham. pp. 181-197. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper A Quality Climate Education in Australian Secondary Schools? A Cross-case Comparison of Pre-university Subjects Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:INTRODUCTION Our paper analyses the affordances of a selection of pre-university subjects for climate-related learning, focusing on Victoria and extending this to other Australian states and territories. Internationally, the K-12 education sector has seen a range of responses that illustrate shallow to deeper forms of engagement with the climate crisis (e.g., NRC, 2012; Bonnett, 2013; Henderson & Drewes, 2020; Dunlop et al. 2021; Finnegan, 2023). On the one hand, studies show curriculum is designed and enacted in particular subject areas in ways that can foster forms of denialism, disavowal and negation,directly and indirectly (see Eaton & Day, 2020; Höhle & Bengtsson, 2023; Perrin, 2023; Säfström & Östman, 2020; Tannock, 2020, and most recently, PragerU and climate denial education in Florida). On the other, there are a range of initiatives in curricular, co-curricular or extra-curricular spaces may propose fostering variousdimensions of ‘climate literacy’ to combat this, as well as reframe contemporary educational priorities (see Huopenen, 2023; Kwauk & Wyss, 2023; Mayes & Center, 2023; Ruiz-Mallén et al., 2022; Cook et al., 2023). In Victoria, like the affordances in other Australian states and territories, current state-level education policy has created two main clusters for learning about climate within Victorian Certificate of Education (VCE) subjects: STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics) and HASS (Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences). Our study illustrates how both clusters offer core and optional areas for provision of quality climate-related learning—i.e. that might engender hope and action—for 16-19 year olds, even as they present diverse opportunities for advancing learning and competence development in cognitive, socio-emotional and behavioural domains. Extending Dawson et al.’s (2022) recent international comparative study of middle years climate-related curriculum, we offer an examination of the the breadth, depth and quality of learning affordances in the current and next generation versions of VCEs, and present an analysis of patterns of possible learning within and across subjects. Findings for Victoria suggest continued fragmentation within some study designs, innovation and depth in others, and significant differences in emphasis and approach across each cluster. We then extend this analysis to the equivalent provision in the other current state and territory senior secondary school certificates. Dawson et al. (2022) documented the inadequacies in climate change education provision in Australian Foundation to Year 10 (F-10, 4-16 years old) curriculum, a curriculum policy that sets the foundations for each of Australia’s state and territory curriculum authorities. While the term ‘climate change’ appears in the policy, it is barely mentioned. Most often it appears at Years 9 or 10 (15-16 years old) and when it does, it is presented as a context or example rather than a core or mandated aspect or discrete topic and knowledge. For the previous version of the Australian curriculum, Dawson et al. (2022) concluded “although there are implicit opportunities for a teacher to choose to teach climate change it is not explicit or mandated” (p.1387). Now, Version 9.0 of the science curriculum for Year 10 mentions, “Describe trends in patterns of global climate change and identify causal factors”, but this is the only entry, and it is unlikely to offer what NOAA regards as ‘climate literacy’ (or climate science literacy for that matter). For students too, it ill affords sufficient preparation to select pre-university courses that round out their knowledge and competences, or know how to address the shortcomings in current provision by choosing subjects or finding teachers that can correct this (Beasy et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In brief, our research focuses on the ways learning and teaching about CC are represented in the 37 VCE studies within the Victorian senior secondary curriculum, and equivalents in other current state and territory senior secondary school certificates. Our benchmark is Eilam et al.’s (2020) analysis of VCE curriculum. In mapping CC within the VCE, Eilam et al. (2020) identified eight key CC content themes that ranged from science-based to humanity-based (socio-economic-political structures, networks, ethics and conduct) aspects. They also found that in analysing curriculum policy documents in 2019 when CC was included in VCE Study Designs, it was typically in a reduced form with students learning CC as an outcome, cause, or technological or managerial problem. In other words, unlike the headlines of the IPCC reports the remit of the Paris Agreement, or the call for climate literacy from NOAA, to date, CC has tended not to be communicated as the most pressing crisis of our time in pre-university subjects, nor as posing unprecedented challenges to humanity, requiring learning and teaching for senior secondary students that could offer positive change and hope (Reid, 2021). In the full paper, we identify changes since the last round of renewal of study designs for senior secondary school certificates, including whether, for example, addressing an emergency situation or the terms of the Paris Agreement are now reflected in the study designs. We address two main research questions: Where can we find affordances for CC education in the study design? How has this situation changed with the latest renewal of the study design? We have followed the principles of a descriptive qualitative research methodology (Creswell & Creswell 2018) analysing primary sources, such as for Victoria, VCE Study Designs (formal published curriculum policy documents) issued by VCAA (2023). We limited the document analysis to the published VCE Study Designs. Additional published resources to support the VCE study design were not searched, but will in later phases of this particular project. Such resources are typically posted much latter than the publication of the study design, and were unavailable to authors and publishers of resources and other curriculum-brokers (those involved in the production of guidance, resources and communication at a level beyond the school, Priestley et al., 2021) on the eve of enacting a new study design—a common frustration for teachers in Australia (see, for example, Marangio & Heyting, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings add to ongoing debates as to whether pre-university courses provide sufficient scaffolds and affordances for learners to develop their understandings, skills and values within a ‘quality climate education’ that fosters ‘climate literacy’. As noted elsewhere (Reid, 2019), a simple set of distinctions can help unpack such a range of options in scaffolding and directing educational provision, be that a focus on the ‘climate science’, a ‘climate justice education’ emphasising the drivers and effects on people more than the planet, a ‘climate emergency education’ associated in the public imagination with the schools strikes for climate, or a ‘climate resilience education’ that emphasises adaptation over mitigation in the face of potential, attributable and actual climate-related disasters (see, for example, McGregor & Christie, 2021; Monroe et al., 2019; Olsson, 2022; Skilbeck, 2020; Verlie, & Flynn, 2022). The affordances inherent in pursuing structured and intended curriculum options then, present both opportunities and obstacles to learning about climate change. For the purposes of this paper, these options must be assessed carefully if we are to make sense of how learners might participate in climate-related teaching and learning activities for specific purposes as part of their mainstream education in Australia. Thus, a shift of focus to the affordances of curriculum statements draws attention to how different tools, aims and goals of school subject areas mediate the enactment of a school disciplines’ values, norms and procedures (Tryggvason et al., 2023), alongside what shapes the mobilisation of learner’s own personal history, agency, intentionality, preferences, norms and habits (Watson, 2007; Brown, 2015; Baldwin et al., 2023) when engaging with climate-related education provision. References Bonnett, M. (2013). Normalizing catastrophe: sustainability and scientism. Environmental Education Research [EER], 19(2), 187-197. Clark, H., et al. (2020). Teachers’ uptake of problematic assumptions of climate change in the NGSS. EER, 26(8), 1177-1192. Dawson, V., et al. (2022). A cross-country comparison of climate change in middle school science and geography curricula. International Journal of Science Education, 44(9), 1379-1398. Dunlop, L. et al. (2021). The role of schools and teachers in nurturing and responding to climate crisis activism. Children's Geographies, 19(3), 291–299 Eilam, E., et al. (2020). Climate change education: Mapping the nature of climate change, the content knowledge and examination of enactment in upper secondary Victorian curriculum. Sustainability, 12(2), 591. Finnegan, W. (2023). Educating for hope and action competence: a study of secondary school students and teachers in England. EER, 29(11), 1617-1636. Henderson, J., & Drewes, A. (Eds.) (2020). Teaching Climate Change in the United States. Routledge. Höhle, J.V., & Bengtsson, S.L. (2023). A didactic toolkit for climate change educators: lessons from constructive journalism for emotionally sensitive and democratic content design. EER, 29(11), 1659-1677. Huoponen, A. (2023). From concern to behavior: barriers and enablers of adolescents’ pro-environmental behavior in a school context, EER, 29. Kagawa, F., & Selby, D. (Eds.). (2010). Education and Climate Change: Living and Learning in Interesting Times. Routledge. Kwauk, C.T., & Wyss, N. (2023). Gender equality and climate justice programming for youth in low- and middle-income countries: an analysis of gaps and opportunities. EER, 29(11), 1573-1596. Monroe, M.C., et al. (2019). Identifying Effective Climate Change Education Strategies: A Systematic Review of the Research. EER, 25(6), 791–812. National Research Council (2012). Climate Change Education in Formal Settings, K-14: A Workshop Summary. The National Academies Press. Perrin, E. (2023). Climate change, a challenging topic in the French curriculum (in 7th grade). EER, 29(8), 1118-1131. Reid, A. (2019). Climate change education and research: possibilities and potentials versus problems and perils? EER, 25(6), 767-790. Ruiz-Mallén, I., et al. (2022). Community climate resilience and environmental education: Opportunities and challenges for transformative learning. EER, 28(7), 1088-1107. Säfström, C.A., & Östman, L. (2020). Transactive Teaching in a Time of Climate Crisis. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 989-1002. Tannock, S. (2020). The oil industry in our schools: from Petro Pete to science capital in the age of climate crisis. EER, 26(4), 474-490. Whitehouse, H., & Larri, L. J. (2019). Ever wondered what our curriculum teaches kids about climate change? The Conversation. https://theconversation.com/ever-wondered-what-our-curriculum-teaches-kids-about-climate-change-the-answer-is-not-much-123272 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Hungarian Teenagers’ Attitude Toward Biodiversity 1ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of People-Environment Transaction, Budapest, Hungary; 2ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 3ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Doctoral School of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 4Pázmány Péter Catholic University, Institute of Sociology, Budapest, Hungary; 5Alapértékek Nonprofit Ltd., Budapest, Hungary; 6University of Technology and Economics, Department of Sociology and Communication, Budapest, Hungary Presenting Author:Biodiversity, i.e., the variety of life on Earth, plays a crucial role in sustaining human life directly by providing ecosystem services like feeding humanity or producing oxygen and indirectly by increasing the resiliency of biosystems toward global changes like climate change. Unfortunately, the growing human activity on Earth has led to a rapidly increasing loss of biodiversity. Given the uttermost importance of biodiversity, it should be very alarming that according to scientific estimates, the rate of biodiversity loss is not just one of the areas of planetary boundaries in which humankind has reached the planet's limits but it is the area where the boundary transgression is the greatest (Rockstörm, 2009). The rate of human-driven biodiversity loss is so high that it is classified as the sixth major extinction event in the geological history of life (Chapin et al., 2000). Despite the above-mentioned dangerous trend of biodiversity loss, even current global educational overviews declare that there is a common lack of awareness of the importance of biodiversity. In many cases, biodiversity is still perceived as a mere resource for exploitation (UNESCO, 2022). Fortunately, there are data available that contradict these conclusions. According to the analyses of the European Commission, Europeans' knowledge about biodiversity had increased between 2013 and 2018, and almost two-thirds of the Europeans are aware that human life is based upon biodiversity (European Commission, n.d.).
In light of the importance of biodiversity as a topic and the inconsistencies in the data on public thinking about biodiversity, there is surprisingly little comprehensive research on students' attitudes towards biodiversity. Much of the research on biodiversity among students has not so much focused on attitudes towards biodiversity but on students' knowledge systems and gaps in their knowledge of biodiversity (e.g. Bermudez & Lindemann-Matthies, 2020). Teenagers are at a crucial stage of personal development where their values and attitudes are shaped. Harnessing their enthusiasm and curiosity for the natural world can have a lasting impact on their environmental consciousness. By instilling a sense of responsibility and appreciation for biodiversity, teenagers can become conservation advocates, influencing current and future generations. The importance of integrating biodiversity education into the curriculum cannot be overstated. Schools play a pivotal role in shaping teenagers' attitudes toward the environment. Practical field trips, interactive learning modules, and engaging classroom discussions can provide a holistic understanding of biodiversity. These experiences enhance scientific knowledge and instil a deep appreciation for the interconnectedness of all living organisms. Therefore, the main objective of the presented research is to give an insight into the attitude of Hungarian teenagers toward biodiversity and reveal if participation in a national sustainability education program correlates with more positive attitudes toward biodiversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The Sustainability Thematic Week (STW) is a national education for sustainable development (ESD) program available for all Hungarian-speaking students in the Carpathian basin, and it has been annually organised since 2016. STW is announced by the ministry responsible for public education with topics related to the different Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) each year. In order to support the schools' ESD work, the organiser of Thematic Week (PontVelem Nonprofit Ltd.) provides lesson plans and projects to schools and invites them to collaborate with organisations and participate in national environmental actions and competitions. The presented research is part of the series of research linked to the STW and aimed to assess school students' and teachers' views on sustainability, targeting Hungarian-speaking students aged 10-21 years old living in the Carpathian Basin. Primary and secondary school students completed an anonymous online questionnaire. The questionnaire was open to every Hungarian-speaking student, and the Educational Authority asked the school to help with the research by encouraging students to fill it out. The questionnaire was also promoted during the Sustainability Thematic Week 2023. In total (n=) 7138 responses from students were included in the analysis. The respondents were in the 10-21 age group, the average of their age (M=) was 14.47 years (SD=2.27 Med=14). The gender ratio was unbalanced, with girls in the majority (boys: 48.5%; girls: 51.5%). The research program 2023 was organised under the ethical permission (2023/264) of the Research Ethics Committee of ELTE Eötvös Loránd University Faculty of Pedagogy and Psychology. The data were collected using the questionnaire software of Forsense Institute and analysed using the SPSS 28.0 statistic software. To explore students' attitudes towards biodiversity, the following scales were part of the online questionnaire: Attitudes Towards River Works (ATRW) Scale based on House and Fordham (1997) measures the perceived importance of the presence of various natural and artificial elements of environmental and amenity aspects near rivers for respondents to enjoy their time spent at or near those waterside locations. The Plant Attitude Questionnaire (PAQ, Fančovičová and Prokop, 2010) assesses respondents' attitudes towards plants. The Attitudes Towards Animals Scale, based on Driscoll's (1995) questionnaire, measures how likeable students consider eight animals (four mammals and four insects). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results reveal a positive general picture of Hungarian students' attitudes towards biodiversity. Rivers are perceived by the respondents rather as plant and animal habitats and as idyllic places of peace and quiet, less as a place of human leisure. There is a significant difference between the mean of natural (M=49.8, SD=10.1, N=6812) and artificial elements (M=31.57, SD=13.74, N=6812) subscales of the ATRW scale (t(6811)=89.07, p<0.001, Cohen d=1.079) There is also a positive general attitude towards plants. The general mean score of attitude toward plants (M=34.99, SD=8.65) is above the neutral level of 30 points (t(7072)=45.50, p<0.001, Cohen d=0.577). Students also have a generally positive attitude towards animals. They like mammals (M=30.16 SD=8.99) more than insects, but even the attitudes scores for insects (M=25.54 SD=9.50) is significantly higher than the neutral level of 20 points (t(6794)=48.05, p<0.001, Cohen d=0.58). From an educational perspective, the most exciting result of our research is, in contradiction to our previous results (Varga et al., 2021), where we found a correlation between STW participation and different aspects of environmental awareness, we did not identify a clear correlation between the participation of STW and attitudes toward biodiversity. The uncertainty in the results is in line with the results of the most comprehensive research on the topic published so far in Hungary, which shows that public education regulations and teaching aids do not allow or support the development of basic biodiversity competence by the time of graduation (Könczey, 2020). In summary, we could state that Hungarian teenagers have positive attitudes toward biodiversity, but these attitudes do not significantly correlate with public education activities. References Please list the most important references for your abstract Length: up to 400 words Bermudez, G. M., & Lindemann-Matthies, P. (2020). “What matters is species richness”—high school students’ understanding of the components of biodiversity. Research in Science Education, 50(6), 2159-2187. Chapin Iii, F. S., Zavaleta, E. S., Eviner, V. T., Naylor, R. L., Vitousek, P. M., Reynolds, H. L., ... & Díaz, S. (2000). Consequences of changing biodiversity. Nature, 405(6783), 234–242. Driscoll, J. W. (1995). Attitudes toward animals: Species ratings. Society & Animals, 3(2), 139–150. European Commission (2020). Attitudes toward biodiversity https://europa.eu/eurobarometer/surveys/detail/2194. (last download: 01.27. 2024) Fančovičová, J., & Prokop, P. (2010). Development and initial psychometric assessment of the plant attitude questionnaire. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 19, 415–421. Könczey, R. (2020). A kiemelt európai jelentőségű természeti értékek jelenléte a köznevelésben és a környezeti nevelésben, illetve kapcsolódásuk a biodiverzitás tanításához., (The presence of natural values of key European interest in public education and environmental education and their links to biodiversity education,) PhD dissertation, Eszterházy Károly Catholic University Doctoral School of Education Supervisor: Ilona Dr. Pajtókné Dr. habil. Tari http://disszertacio.unieszterhazy.hu/78/6/Disszertacio_Konczey.pdf (last download: 01.27. 2024) House, M., & Fordham, M. (1997). Public perceptions of river corridors and attitudes towards river works, Landscape Research, 22:1, 25–44, DOI: 10.1080/01426399708706499) Rockström, J., Steffen, W., Noone, K., Persson, Å., Chapin III, F. S., Lambin, E., ... & Foley, J. (2009). Planetary boundaries: exploring the safe operating space for humanity. Ecology and society, 14(2). UNESCO (2022): Education and awareness. https://www.unesco.org/en/biodiversity/education (last download: 01.27. 2024) Varga A; Néder K; Berze I.Zs; Dúll, A. Successes and Pitfalls in a National Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) Program: The Case of the Sustainability Thematic Week in Hungary In ECER 2021: Education and Society: expectations, prescriptions, reconciliations (2021) Paper: 346 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Sustainability competencies and employability: Revisiting the scholarly debate from a Kenyan Perspective Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:This paper revisits the scholarly debate about Sustainability Competencences (SCs) concerning graduate employability from a Kenyan Perspective. UN Policy documents state that Higher Education for Sustainable Development (HESD) is instrumental in realising Agenda 2030 for Sustainable Development (SD) by producing competent graduates who become future leaders, thinkers, and decision-makers able to solve complex issues (IAU, 2012). Moreover, sustainability competencies (SCs) are expected to align with transitions to a green economy (GE) contributing to millions of new jobs (UNECE, 2012; ILO, 2022). While 71 million youth were unemployed globally in 2016, in 2023 out of 192 million overall global unemployment (UN, 2023) 13.3% were youth (ILO, 2024). It is estimated that GE could account for 100 million new jobs by 2030, which requires specific skills and training (ILO, 2022). Although Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is assumed to foster employability values, skills, and practices, necessary for green transitions, only a fraction of this potential is being tapped (Nishimura M. and Rowe, D. 2021; ILO, 2022). Researchers have argued that education ought to work towards achieving a sustainable world and acknowledge that students’ SCs are correlated to their employability competencies (Gora et al., 2019) to create sustainable societies (Stables & Scott, 2002). Therefore, authors have argued for mainstreaming ESD into all university curricula (Rieckmann, 2012; Mochizuki & Fadeeva, 2010). Others, however, have criticised a narrow, instrumental focus on facilitating competence development (Van Poeck & Vandenabeele, 2012; Deleye et al., 2019; Vare, 2022) and the acquisition of SCs for employability (Weinert, 2001) as it disregards transformational and emancipatory aspects of education (Wals 2011, 2015; de Haan, 2006).
We revisit the debate about SCs and employability by discussing the contextual relevance (Vare et al. 2022) of the arguments used and exploring the case of Kenya. While, in the global North, instrumental approaches to education and ESD are often criticised, Mbithi et al. (2021) posit that Africa's needs are unique compared to developed economies and therefore argue for the acquisition of skills that are relevant to the emerging economies while paying attention to SD. This position is confirmed by Lotz-Sisitka and Raven (2009) in the light of post-apartheid South Africa. Also, Kenyan universities see ESD integration as an opportunity to enhance employability aligned with SDG 4 on Quality Education and SDG 8 on Decent Work for graduates (UNESCO, 2016). Kenya’s ESD strategy is guided by three strategic objectives: Enhance the role of education and learning for equitable, efficient, and sustainable utilization of the country’s resources; promote quality education through diverse learning and public awareness for improved quality of life and productive livelihoods; and promote teaching and learning that inculcates appropriate values, behaviours, and lifestyles for good governance and sustainability (Imbuga, 2010). Nyatuka (2020) argues that SCs should be fully integrated into the newly introduced competency-based curriculum (CBC) in Kenya.
It is problematic that scientific literature on sustainability in higher education, including on SCs which can be considered a game changer in the employability of graduates, is dominated by contributions from the global North with less knowledge about the African, Asian, and Latin-American contexts (Adomßent et al., 2013). With this contribution, we aim to respond to the need to conduct more research in underrepresented regions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We address the following questions: 1. What are the arguments (pro and con) used in the scholarly debate about competencies and employability in ESD? 2. To what extent are these arguments relevant in a Kenyan context? 3. Considering the Kenyan context, which alternative or additional arguments should be considered in the debate about competencies and employability in ESD? In the search for answers, we combine literature review, content analysis of documents, and focus groups. Because of the exploratory character of our research, we conduct a scoping review to map the arguments used in the scholarly literature about competencies and employability in ESD. To find the relevant literature, a databases search is conducted via Web of Science using the following keywords: (‘higher education’ OR ‘universit*’ OR ‘college*’) AND ‘sustainab*’ AND ‘competenc*’ AND ‘employability’ and a subsequent search in ERIC database using the search words 'sustainability competenc and employ' . The search is limited to the title, abstract and keywords of publications in the databases. Subsequently, the resulting collection of publications is screened to exclude irrelevant records. This is done in three steps: by title, by abstract, and by reviewing the articles in full. To be included in the review, the articles need to address the topics of SCs and employability. The analytical lens for reviewing the content of the selected articles is informed by research question 1. We assess whether the authors argue in favour or against a focus on SCs and employability and, if so, which arguments pro and con are formulated. To address research questions 2 and 3, we first conduct a content analysis of documents to grasp the specificity of the Kenyan context in terms of the higher education sector, graduate employability, labour market, employment situation, and green economy. We focus on policy documents and available datasets from national authorities as well as intergovernmental or international actors like the World Bank, International Labour Organisation (ILO) and United Nations bodies. Next, we organise two focus groups: one with ESD researchers who have specialised expertise in SCs and/or employability and/or ESD in African contexts, and a second one with key stakeholders in the Kenyan education and labour sector. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review results in a detailed mapping of the arguments used in the international academic literature on competencies and employability in ESD. The content analysis describes relevant characteristics of higher education, the green economy, and the employment/labour market in Kenya. Both are brought into dialogue with each other. During the focus groups, the international ESD researchers and Kenyan key stakeholders reflect on the scholarly debate about – and deployed arguments pro and con – a focus on SCs and employability. Thus, we investigate to what extent arguments used in the international scholarly debate can be considered valid in the context of the Kenyan situation. Relevant arguments are enriched and specified from a Kenyan perspective, potential biases in the currently available literature are described, and alternative or additional arguments that should be considered in the debate about competencies and employability are indicated. Based on these findings, prospects for future research on the topic are discussed. References Adomßent et al. (2014): Emerging Areas in Research on Higher Education for Sustainable Development – Management Education, Sustainable Consumption and Perspectives from Central and Eastern Europe, Journal of Cleaner Production, pp. 1-7 Deleye et al. (2019). Lock-ins and opportunities for sustainability transition: A multi-level analysis of the Flemish higher education system. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, pp. 1109-1124. IAU (2012). Annual Report. International Association of Universities: Paris. Imbuga (2010). Education for sustainable development policy. JKUAT: Nairobi. Mari Nishimura and Rowe (2021). Global Guidance for Education on Green Jobs Connecting Higher Education and Green Opportunities for Planetary Health. UNEP: Nairobi. Mbithi et al. (2021). Higher Education and Skills Development in Africa: An Analytical Paper on the Role of Higher Learning Institutions on Sustainable Development. Journal of Sustainability, Environment and Peace, pp. 58-73. Ministry of Education (2006). Sessional Paper No. 1 of 2005 on A Policy Framework for Education, Training and Research: Meeting the Challenges of Education, Training and Research in the 21st Century. Nairobi: MOE Publications. UNESCO (2016). Global Education Monitoring Report. UNESCO Publications: Paris. Lotz-Sisitka and Raven (2009). “South Africa: applied competence as the guiding framework for environmental and sustainability education”, in Fien et al. (Eds), Work, Learning and Sustainable Development: Opportunities and Challenges, Springer, Heidelberg, pp. 308-18. ILO (2023). How to work in the green economy? Guide for young people, job seekers and those who support them. ILO: Geneva. ILO (2024). World Employment and Social Outlook Trends 2024. ILO: Geneva. Mochizuki and Fadeeva (2010), "Competences for sustainable development and sustainability…, International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, pp. 391-403. Nyatuka (2020). Education for Sustainable Development in Kenya: Rhetoric and Reality in Basic Education. in the Global Journal of Transformative Education. Global Journal of Transformative Education, pp. 86-98. UNECE (2012). Learning for the future: Competences in Education for Sustainable Development: Geneva. Vare et al. (2022). Competences in education for sustainable development: Critical perspectives. Springer: New York. UN(2023). Decent work and economic growth. UN: New York. Rieckmann (2012). The global perspective of education for sustainable development: a European‐Latin American study about key competencies for thinking and acting in the world society. Environmental Education Research, pp. 257–258 Van Poeck and Vandenabeele (2012). Learning from sustainable development: education in the light of public issues, Environmental Education Research, pp. 541-552 Weinert (2001), “Concept of Competence: A Conceptual Clarification”, , International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, pp. 380- 90. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 30 SES 12 B: *** CANCELLED *** Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Paper Session |
15:45 - 17:15 | 31 SES 12 A: Narrowing the Gap Between Students from Different Linguistic Backgrounds: Insights into Teachers' Perspectives and Practices on Linguistic Diversity in Schools Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Flora Woltran Session Chair: Rachel Garver Symposium |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Narrowing the Gap Between Students from Different Linguistic Backgrounds: Insights into Teachers' Perspectives and Practices on Linguistic Diversity in Schools To establish sustainable and inclusive education (IE), it is imperative to “overcome barriers limiting the presence, participation and achievement of learners” (UNESCO, 2017, p. 7). Realization of this objective requires a concerted effort from education policy and practice stakeholders to identify and address barriers that impede students’ access to quality education and opportunities (Alexiadou & Essex, 2016). Given the proliferation of migration and refugee movements worldwide, there has been a notable increase in linguistic diversity (European Commission/Eacea/Eurydice, 2019). As a result, the need for school inclusion of students with migration biography and refugee experience has been identified as a crucial objective of educational policy and practice (European Commission/Eacea/Eurydice, 2019). While the presence of linguistic diversity in schools is not a new phenomenon and has been extensively documented for many years (UNHCR, 2023), numerous countries in Europe and beyond continue to adhere to a monolingual approach by separating students based on their language proficiency (Herzog-Punzenberger et al. 2020). Specifically, according to a report by the European Commission, EACEA, and Eurydice (2019), in 24 of the 27 countries within the European Union, students who have recently arrived in a new country and do not yet speak the language of instruction are temporarily placed in pull-out language support or preparatory classes. This separation of students with beginning or emergent skills in the language of instruction, which follows the structured immersion approach, is often presented as a means of promoting their overall academic and linguistic growth. However, international comparative studies have consistently revealed significant disparities in achievement between students with and without migration biography or refugee experience (OECD, 2018). Moreover, research suggests that the conventional approach of segregating students based on their language proficiency levels does not align with the most effective language support practices employed by skilled teachers during mainstream classes (Erling et al., 2022). Despite ongoing challenges in achieving educational equity caused by the continued use of segregated language support in various European nations, this symposium aims to provide a transnational perspective on current approaches and practices related to addressing linguistic diversity. It will feature insights from those closely engaged in the task of professional language instruction. The symposium reveals a common thread among the three represented countries - they all implement some form of a segregated approach when integrating newly arrived children and young people (European Commission/Eacea/Eurydice, 2019). Furthermore, each contribution emphasizes unique aspects pertinent to addressing linguistic diversity in educational institutions. Specifically, contribution one examines the language ideologies of educators in Austria, contribution two analyzes the practical application of inclusive teaching methods for newly arrived immigrant students in Germany, and contribution three explores the creation of strategies to assist teachers in instructing linguistically diverse classrooms in Finland. The first contribution provides a thorough examination of the elements that Austrian educators deem beneficial to their students' linguistic growth in the language of instruction. It delves into the significance that teachers place on their students' linguistic repertoire and investigates how they incorporate it into their daily teaching practices. The second contribution intends to analyze the inclusive approaches that educators in Germany adopt to address the diverse requirements of students who have fled from Ukraine. Finally, the third contribution utilizes information gathered from Finnish teachers in preparatory and mainstream classrooms, focusing on their approaches to multilingualism in the classroom. Based on this data, an educational game has been developed to assist teachers in recognizing and meeting the needs of all students, regardless of their linguistic prerequisites. Overall, the results presented in this symposium contribute to the expansion of knowledge in the field of language sensitive instruction. References Alexiadou, N., & Essex, J. (2016). Teacher education for inclusive practice - responding to policy. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(1), 5–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2015.1031338 Erling, E. J., Gitschthaler, M., & Schwab, S. (2022). Is segregated language support fit for purpose? Insights from German language support classes in Austria. European Journal of Educational Research, 11(1), 573–586. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.11.1.573 European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2019). Integrating students from migrant backgrounds into schools in Europe: National policies and measures. Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union. Herzog-Punzenberger, B., Altrichter, H., Brown, M., Burns, D., Nortvedt, G. A., Skedsmo, G., Wiese, E., Nayir, F., Fellner, M., McNamara, G., & O’Hara, J. (2020). Teachers responding to cultural diversity: Case studies on assessment practices, challenges and experiences In secondary schools in Austria, Ireland, Norway and Turkey. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 32(3), 395–424. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-020-09330-y United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. UNESCO. http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002482/248254e.pdf United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) (2023). Global trends. Forced displacement in 2022. UNHCR. https://www.unhcr.org/refugee-statistics Presentations of the Symposium Attitudes of Austrian Teachers Towards Language Learning of Multilingual Students
Despite the multilingual reality in classrooms, the Austrian school system follows a monolingual orientation (Erling et al., 2022), which perceives the linguistic repertoire of students from a deficit-oriented perspective and focuses on changing learners’ educational requirements rather than on educational offers (Prinsloo & Krause, 2019). Accordingly, German language learners are “pulled out” of the mainstream classes and are taught in so-called German language support classes (GLSC) (BMBWF 2019). GLSC are heavily criticised by education and language experts because they do not consider the students’ linguistic repertoire (Erling et al. 2023). Furthermore, they do not correspond to examples of 'best pedagogical practices' such as translanguaging and adaptive teaching that can effectively support multilingual students (García & Otheguy, 2021). Similarly, serious obstacles have been identified for multilingual students when it comes to learning the language of instruction or teachers’ attitudes towards students’ linguistic repertoires (Haukås et al., 2022). Building on this, the aim of the present study was to examine which factors teachers consider to be conducive to students’ linguistic development in German (RQ1), and what value teachers place on students’ linguistic repertoire and how, if at all, they integrate it into lessons (RQ2). To this end, 19 semi-structured guideline interviews were conducted with GLSC teachers in 12 primary and 3 secondary schools in Vienna were conducted and analyzed using Mayring’s (2022) summarizing qualitative content analysis. Findings for RQ1 indicate that teachers perceive German language role models, parental encouragement, and knowledge of first language as favourable factors for students to learn German. However, the teachers’ perceptions of students’ linguistic repertoire (RQ2) were either positive, auxiliary, or hesitant. While some indicated that the students’ language repertoire was beneficial and that other languages were actively included in the lessons, others stated that students’ linguistic repertoire was a necessary tool to improve their German language skills. Moreover, some teachers stated that a focus on students’ linguistic repertoire is associated with less time available for practising German. In this context, a hierarchisation of languages was analysed, with Turkish and Chechen being rated unfavourably by teachers. Hence, some of the participating teachers were in favor of the monolingual orientation of the Austrian school system which is contradictory to the linguistic diversity in Austrian schools. This study emphasizes the need to adapt the legal requirements of GLSC to linguistic diversity and to educate teachers to employ translanguaging and adaptive teaching to support students with a broad linguistic repertoire.
References:
BMBWF. (2019). Deutschförderklassen und Deutschförderkurse. Leitfaden für Schulleiterinnen und Schulleiter. Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/dam/jcr:f0e708af-3e17-4bf3-9281-1fe7098a4b23/deutschfoerderklassen.pdf
Duarte, J. (2020). Translanguaging in the context of mainstream multilingual education. International Journal of Multilingualism, 17(2), 232–247. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2018.1512607
Erling, E. J., Gitschthaler, M., & Schwab, S. (2022). Is Segregated Language Support Fit for Purpose? Insights From German Language Support Classes in Austria. European Journal of Educational Research, 11(1), 573–586. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.11.1.573
Erling, E. J., Radinger, S., & Foltz, A. (2023). Understanding low outcomes in English language education in Austrian middle schools: The role of teachers’ beliefs and practices. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 44(5), 412–428. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2020.1829630
García, O., & Otheguy, R. (2021). Conceptualizing Translanguaging Theory/Practice Juntos. In CUNY-New York State Initiative on Emergent Bilinguals (Ed.), Translanguaging and transformative teaching for emergent bilingual students: Lessons from the CUNY-NYSIEB Project (pp. 3–24). Routledge.
Haukås, Å., Mercer, S., & Svalberg, A. M.-L. (2022). School Teachers’ Perceptions of Similarities and Differences between Teaching English and a Non-Language Subject. TESOL Quarterly, 56(2), 474–498. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.3062
Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Content Analysis: A Step-by-Step Guide (1st ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd.
Statistik Austria. (2023). Bildung in Zahlen 2021/22. Tabellenband. Verlag Österreich GmbH.
Inclusive Education for Refugee Students from Ukraine - An Exploration of Differentiated Instruction in German Schools
Currently, refugee Ukrainian students attend German mainstream schools, leading to growing heterogeneity in learning groups. More than 90,000 Ukrainian students admitted to Germany since the start of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine through May 2022 need to be swiftly integrated (Deutschlandfunk Kultur, 2022). A topical concern for education policymakers and school practices is the problem of how best to integrate them into the German school system, with the objective of having them transition successfully into mainstream classes. Successful integration largely depends on how quickly refugee students can learn the German language and participate in the education system’s normal offerings (Freudenberg-Findeisen et al., 2021). Systematic research data on the school integration or inclusion of refugees is scarce (Preuß, 2018), but has already shown that social and ethnic segregation of students with migration backgrounds and refugee biographies works to the educational disadvantage of this vulnerable group (Baur & Gröpler, 2020). Refugee students are further disadvantaged among other things by the lack of appropriate pedagogical approaches (Schwaiger & Neumann, 2014) and by teachers feeling inadequately prepared for dealing with refugee students in the classroom (Schuelka, 2018). To help shrink the gap between the right to inclusive education and the potential educational disadvantage of refugee students, schools and teachers are encouraged to provide inclusive teaching offerings (UNESCO, 2023), for example, by employing a range of differentiation models and practices. Against this background, the aim of the present study was to examine which inclusive practices teachers implement to cater the needs of Ukrainian students and what limits the inclusion of Ukrainian students.
To explore the research question, eight semi-structured guided interviews with (four) elementary and (four) advanced secondary school teachers were conducted and analyzed (intercoder reliability coefficient of .87 [Holsti, 1969]) using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2014). Findings reveal that teachers employ certain differentiated practices such as tiered assignments and tutoring systems. In contrast, differentiated practices such as mastery learning or open education, are seldomly implemented. Additionally, teachers reported a manifold of difficulties ultimately limiting the implementation of differentiated practices. The main difficulty teachers mention is the language barrier. These results, practical implications as well as future lines of research are discussed.
References:
Deutschlandfunk Kultur. (2022). Mehr als 90.000 Schülerinnen und Schüler aus der Ukraine an deutschen Schulen. Körperschaft des öffentlichen Rechts. https://www.deutschlandfunkkultur.de/mehr-als-90-000-schuelerinnen-und-schueler-aus-der-ukraine-an-deutschen-schulen-100.html#:~:text=Seit%20Beginn%20der%20russischen%20Invasion,Watzinger%20d er%20%E2%80%9ERheinischen%20Post%E2%80%9C.
Freudenberg-Findeisen, R.; Harsch, C.; Middeke, A. (2021). Zur sprachlichen und gesellschaftlichen Integration neu zugewanderter Menschen. Eine Bilanz. Universitätsverlag Göttingen.
Holsti, O. R. (1969). Content Analysis for the Social Sciences and Humanities. Addison- Wesley.
Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative Content Analysis: Theoretical Foundation, Basic Procedures and Software Solution. Basic Procedures and Software Solution. https://nbn- resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar395173
Preuß, B. (2018). Inklusive Bildung im schulischen Mehrebenensystem: Behinderung, Flüchtlinge, Migration und Begabung. Research. Springer VS. http://www.springer.com/
Schuelka, M. (2018) Implementing Inclusive Education. Helpdesk Report. https://opendocs.ids.ac.uk/opendocs/bitstream/handle/20.500.12413/14230/374_Impl ementing_Inclusive_Education.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y
Schwaiger, M. & Neumann, U. (2014). Junge Flüchtlinge im allgemeinbildenden Schulsystem und die Anforderungen an Schule, Unterricht und Lehrkräfte. In M. Gag & F. Voges (Hrsg.), Bildung in Umbruchsgesellschaften: Bd. 10. Inklusion auf Raten: Zur Teilhabe von Flüchtlingen an Ausbildung und Arbeit (Bd. 10, S. 60–79). Waxmann.
UNESCO (2023). Inclusion in Education. https://www.unesco.org/en/inclusion-education UN-Generalversammlung. (1966). Internationaler Pakt über wirtschaftliche, soziale und kulturelle Rechte (ICESCR). https://www.institut-fuer- menschenrechte.de/menschenrechtsschutz/deutschland-im- menschenrechtsschutzsystem/vereinte-nationen/vereinte-nationen- menschenrechtsabkommen/sozialpakt-icescr
Educator’s Perspective on Educating Newly Arrived Immigrant Students in Finland
In the last decade, Finland has seen a wave of immigrants that it is struggling to integrate (Rovamo et al., 2023). However, between the political and economic discussions on the subject, school teachers’ voices continue to call for assistance (Sinkkonen & Kyttälä, 2014; Taylor, Wingren, et al., 2023). They speak of problematic language programs, leading to inequitable outcomes (Helakorpi et al., 2023). Our research sheds light on the issues they face and a means of support (Acquah & Katz, 2020; Taylor, 2024; Taylor, Acquah, et al., 2023; Taylor, Wingren, et al., 2023). For example, results from a thematic analysis highlighted a lack of support regarding materials, training, or cooperation with a system that views immigrants as workers, not students (Taylor et al., 2023). Further classroom observations confirmed teachers’ statements, shedding further light on practices not aligned with Finnish bildung or research (Taylor, 2024). However, research into digital resources gave direction for student-centered designs but highlighted the need for material to be teacher-oriented (Acquah & Katz, 2020; Taylor, Acquah, et al., 2023).
The current study examines Finnish educator’s perspective on teaching newly arrived immigrants. Our ongoing research involves three data types focused on teacher’s perspectives. The first is a continuance and then a re-evaluation of interviews with immigrant preparatory and mainstream subject teachers. These interviews will aid content development. We will combine this with data from a Swedish-speaking teacher focus group in a Finnish municipality with high immigrant numbers. This data provides further insight into teachers’ current situation as they support student integration. Lastly, re-evaluating the observational data collected from teachers across Finland in light of these themes will help create a practical design for classroom environments.
Unable to change the economic forces driving immigration, we focus instead on modernizing education via technology. We aim to create a language-learning game called Sprok, which is meant to act as a digital workbook for teachers and a role-playing game for students. By analyzing municipal curricula, the current materials used in language learning, and understanding classroom teachers’ needs, we are designing practical support material for teachers based on their perspectives. This, in conjunction with the resultant thematic analysis, will provide insight into what features are required for students to receive educational content in a way that benefits not only them but teachers as well.
References:
Acquah, E. O., & Katz, H. T. (2020). Digital game-based L2 learning outcomes for primary through high-school students: A systematic literature review. Computers & Education, 143, N.PAG-N.PAG. a9h. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2019.103667
Helakorpi, J., Holm, G., & Liu, X. (2023). Education of Pupils with Migrant Backgrounds: A Systemic Failure in the Finnish System? Finland’s Famous Education System: Unvarnished Insights into Finnish Schooling (pp. 319–333). Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5_20
Rovamo, H., Pettersson, K., & Sakki, I. (2023). Who’s to blame for failed integration of immigrants? Blame attributions as an affectively polarizing force in lay discussions of immigration in Finland. Political Psychology, n/a(n/a). https://doi.org/10.1111/pops.12917
Sinkkonen, H.-M., & Kyttälä, M. (2014). Experiences of Finnish teachers working with immigrant students. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(2), 167–183.
Taylor, B. B. (2024). Policy Effects on Immigrant Integration Education in Finland-Swedish Schools [Manuscript submitted in preparation].
Taylor, B. B., Acquah, E. O., & Hilli, C. (2023). Interactivity and Digital Learning Resources: A Scoping Review [Manuscript submitted for publication].
Taylor, B. B., Wingren, M., Bengs, A., Katz, H., & Acquah, E. (2023). Educators’ perspectives related to preparatory education and integration training for immigrants in Finland. Teaching and Teacher Education, 128, 104129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104129
|
15:45 - 17:15 | 31 SES 12 B: AI and Social Media Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Ana Sofia Pinho Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Exploring the Application of Artificial Intelligence in Foreign Language Education within School Settings: A Systematic Literature Review 1Iakob Gogebashvili Telavi State University; 2Radboud University Presenting Author:Artificial Intelligence in a foreign language education (AIFLED) has been gaining special attention globally. The emergence of Intelligent Tutoring Systems, AI conversational agents, ChatGPT, robots and other AI tools in foreign language learning has prompted a surge in research and recommendations. The previous systematic literature reviews include a focus on the integration and impact of advanced technologies, with an emphasis on Artificial Intelligence in Language Education and a broader examination of new technologies (Liang et al., 2021; Zhang & Zou 2020; Tobing et al. 2023). Pedagogical applications, such as mobile learning, multimedia tools, and digital game elements, are highlighted as effective tools for enhancing language learning experiences and motivation. Furthermore, cognitive aspects in language education has received specific attention. Positive outcomes, including improved language skills and increased learner motivation, have been consistently reported. The studies also recognize challenges and limitations related to technology integration, emphasizing the need for ongoing research to address issues like short intervention periods and the effectiveness of emerging technologies. The swift technological progress in the field of AI raises a multitude of inquiries and challenges related to utilization of AI in schools, encompassing its impact on language acquisition, affective or psychological states, or assessment methods. There have been several systematic literature reviews on AI in foreign language teaching, human-computer collaboration in language education, and technology-enhanced language learning; however, the research objects are mainly university or college levels and higher education learners (Ji et al., 2022; Zhang & Zou, 2020; Liang et al., 2021; Sharadgah & Sadi, 2022; Tobing et al., 2023). This study aims to add to the current research by focusing on studies in schools settings (K-12). The objective of this systematic literature review is to investigate and synthesize the applications of AIFLED within school settings. The review aims to provide an understanding of the current state of research and identify emerging trends and gaps in the literature during the period between 2019 and 2023. The following research questions guided our study:
The conceptual framework for this review is grounded in the intersection of three main pillars: - Pedagogical Integration: Examining how AI tools are integrated into pedagogical practices in FL teaching. This includes exploring theoretical framework, instructional design and the adaptability of AI tools. - Learning Outcomes: Evaluating the impact of AI tools on language learning outcomes, including but not limited to linguistic proficiency, cultural understanding, student engagement and perceptions of AI. - Challenges and Opportunities: Investigating the challenges faced and opportunities presented by the integration of AI tools in FL education. This involves exploring issues such as student acceptance, ethical considerations, and potential enhancements in language learning experiences. The conceptual framework will guide the systematic analysis of literature, providing a structured approach to understanding application of AI tools in FL teaching in schools from 2019 to 2023. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The systematic literature review adhered to PRISMA (2020) guidelines, encompassing three phases: Identification of papers, screening, and inclusion. The criteria for article eligibility included language (English), relevance to foreign language learning, utilization of AI tools, school setting context, empirical data inclusion (qualitative, quantitative, or mixed), publication within the last five years (2019-2023), and publication in scientific papers through peer-reviewed journals. Exclusion criteria comprised other educational settings like college/university, various types of studies/theoretical descriptions (e.g., descriptive papers, conference papers). Studies related to first language, sign language, or computer language learning were excluded, along with those solely involving teachers and teacher education, as well as studies focused on development, or description of AI tools. Databases Scopus, Google Scholar, and Web of Science were systematically searched between October and December 2023. Keywords and search strings included terms such as "Foreign language," "Artificial Intelligence," "AI tools," "Machine learning," "Deep learning," "Chatbots," "Speech recognition," "Secondary education," and "Primary/Elementary/Middle/High Schools." Initially retrieving 16,800 papers on Google Scholar, 13,783 on Web of Science, and 85 on Scopus, the search was refined using keywords and filters, yielding 344 references. These were uploaded to Rayyan.ai and subjected to screening based on titles and abstracts. 280 papers were excluded at this stage; 206 papers were on AI tools at the university/college level, 17 on AI application in translation or linguistics, and 15 offering theoretical reviews of AI tools. Further examination of full texts of 42 papers revealed only 16 empirical studies describing AI tool applications in foreign language classes within a school context. Data extraction process consisted of specific information extracted from each included study: publication year, school level, study participants, target foreign language, language level, utilized AI tool, procedure, research methods, key findings, and challenges which will be elaborated in our presentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research findings across various studies underscore the transformative impact of integrating AI, particularly through the utilization of chatbots and virtual agents, into FL educational settings. A recurring theme across these studies is the substantial improvement in FL learning outcomes. The incorporation of AI has demonstrated notable enhancements in oral English proficiency, vocabulary acquisition, pronunciation, fluency, and language use. Furthermore, AI-supported activities, such as chatbot-assisted dynamic assessment and virtual interactions, have positively influenced speaking competence, listening comprehension, and overall language acquisition. A significant aspect of AI's role in foreign language education revolves around personalized learning and adaptability. AI tools, particularly chatbots, have been instrumental in providing tailored learning experiences that adapt to individual proficiency levels. The incorporation of adaptive learning paths, facilitated by tailored chatbot features, has been recognized as valuable for refining teaching methods and fostering adaptive learning environments that cater to diverse learner needs. The studies consistently report positive learner experiences, with participants expressing sustained interest, motivation, and enjoyment when engaging with AI technologies. Additionally, AI chatbots has been associated with a reduction in foreign language anxiety among students. The creation of a supportive and non-critical practice environment by AI has contributed to increased confidence in language use. However, challenges such as technical issues, the need for human supervision, and potential biases in algorithms are also acknowledged. Common limitations include small-scale designs, variability in experiences, and perceived scenario relevance. Recommendations focus on enhancing realism, addressing technical issues, personalizing learning, providing more feedback, and aligning with national curricula. Future research should explore individual factors, conduct efficacy studies across proficiency levels, implement user suggestions, consider long-term impacts, incorporate diverse participants, explore proficiency-related preferences, and address cognitive load. Implications emphasize the positive impact of AI chatbots on foreign language learning, but variability in experiences calls for continuous improvement. References Athanassopoulos, S., Manoli, P., Gouvi, M., Lavidas, K., & Komis, V. (2023). The use of ChatGPT as a learning tool to improve foreign language writing in a multilingual and multicultural classroom. Advances in Mobile Learning Educational Research, 3, 818–824. https://doi.org/10.25082/AMLER.2023.02.009 Chen Hsieh, J., & Lee, J. S. (2023). Digital storytelling outcomes, emotions, grit, and perceptions among EFL middle school learners: robot-assisted versus PowerPoint-assisted presentations. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 36(5–6), 1088–1115. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2021.1969410 Ericsson, E., Sofkova Hashemi, S., & Lundin, J. (2023). Fun and frustrating: Students’ perspectives on practising speaking English with virtual humans. Cogent Education, 10(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2170088 Han, D.-E. (2020). The Effects of Voice-based AI Chatbots on Korean EFL Middle School Students’ Speaking Competence and Affective Domains. Asia-Pacific Journal of Convergent Research Interchange, 6(7), 71–80. https://doi.org/10.47116/apjcri.2020.07.07 Ji, H., Han, I., & Ko, Y. (2022). A systematic review of conversational AI in language education: focusing on the collaboration with human teachers, Journal of Research on Technology in Education. DOI:10.1080/15391523.2022.2142873 Jeon, J. (2023). Chatbot-assisted dynamic assessment (CA-DA) for L2 vocabulary learning and diagnosis. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 36(7), 1338–1364. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2021.1987272 Lee, S., & Jeon, J. (2022). Visualizing a disembodied agent: young EFL learners’ perceptions of voice-controlled conversational agents as language partners. Computer Assisted Language Learning. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2022.2067182 Liang, J., Hwang, G., Chen, M. A., & Darmawansah, D. (2021): Roles and research foci of artificial intelligence in language education: an integrated bibliographic analysis and systematic review approach, Interactive Learning Environments, DOI: 10.1080/10494820.2021.1958348 Sharadgah, T. A., & Sa’di, R. A. (2022). A systematic review of research on the use of artificial intelli-gence in English language teaching and learning (2015-2021): What are the current effects? Journal of Information Technology Education: Research, 21, 337-377. https://doi.org/10.28945/4999 Tai, T. Y., & Chen, H. H. J. (2020). The impact of Google Assistant on adolescent EFL learners’ willingness to communicate. Interactive Learning Environments. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2020.1841801 Wang, X., Pang, H., Wallace, M. P., Wang, Q., & Chen, W. (2022). Learners’ perceived AI presences in AI-supported language learning: a study of AI as a humanized agent from community of inquiry. Computer Assisted Language Learning. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2022.2056203 Yang, H., Kim, H., Lee, J. H., & Shin, D. (2022). Implementation of an AI chatbot as an English conversation partner in EFL speaking classes. ReCALL, 34(3), 327–343. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0958344022000039 Zhang, R., & Zou, D. (2020). Types, purposes, and effectiveness of state of-the-art technologies for second and foreign language learning. Computer Assisted Language Learning, DOI: 10.1080/09588221.2020.1744666 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Social Media, Linguistic diversity and Language Learning: Bridging Activity at University Level 1University of Aveiro, Portugal; 2University of Malaga, Spain Presenting Author:In line with the conference theme “Education in an Age of Uncertainty,” our study explores the concept of “rewilding language education” as proposed by Thorne et al. (2021). This concept emphasizes integrating students’ digital and offline language experiences into classroom learning environments. Our research specifically focuses on the utilization of social media and streaming platforms in fostering autonomous language learning and valorisation of linguistic diversity. This aligns with the Council of Europe's agenda, which focuses on viewing learners as social agents promoting their learning autonomy and engagement (Council of Europe, 2018). In our study, we introduce a bridging activity in Russian and Spanish language courses at a Portuguese university, tailored for future educators, translators, and linguists. Briging activity is a pedagogical design that aims to seamlessly integrate students’ extracurricular and academic language experiences, enhancing their informal language use (Thorne & Reinhardt, 2008). Previous research on bridging activities with a similar focus on social media showed positive results including target culture awareness development (Miller et al., 2019; Yeh & Mitric, 2021) and socio-pragmatic awareness development (Reinhardt & Ryu, 2013). Most of these studies are focused on text-based social interaction, so there is a gap in research regarding video consumption. Our bridging activity focuses on video consumption, exploring informal language use on social media and streaming platforms, and autonomous learning development. The bridging activity aims to achieve several objectives: 1. Enhancing language and cultural awareness: By involving students in classroom discussions on language learning through videos and maintaining auto-ethnographic diaries of their video consumption in various languages, the activity encourages the exploration of plurilingual digital landscapes. This approach is supported by studies indicating the effectiveness of similar activities in fostering cultural and socio-pragmatic awareness (Miller et al., 2019; Yeh & Mitric, 2021; Reinhardt & Ryu, 2013). 2. Promoting self-directed learning: The activity is structured to bolster self-directed learning by valuing sharing their learning experiences with their specific strategies and techniques for language learning and foreign language video consumption. This aims to empower students to actively integrate their digital media experiences into their language learning journey. 3. Developing algorithmic and critical awareness: A crucial aspect of our study is to develop students’ critical awareness regarding the dominance of the English language in digital media and the influence of algorithms on content exposure (Jones, 2021). This objective addresses the gap in existing research concerning video-based social interactions and their impact on language learning. The pedagogical objectives of this bridging activity go hand and hand with our research questions including: 1. What are the benefits and pitfalls of the implemented bridging activity? 2. What are the students’ perceptions of the development of language, cultural and algorithmic awarenesses? 3. What are the students' perceptions on the promotion of self-directed learning? Overall, our study advocates for a plurilingual stance, valuing learners’ agency and cultural awareness in language education (Marshall & Moore, 2016). This perspective is integral to fostering a more inclusive and diverse linguistic environment in the classroom. The following methods allow us to collect relevant data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a design-based methodology (McKenney & Reeves, 2014), focusing on theoretical knowledge inquiry and practical application through a specifically tailored bridging activity Multilingualism and diversity in new media. It was implemented in four university language courses (3 Russian, 1 Spanish) with 26 participants in the Spring semester of 2023 at a level of a Bachelor degree of Language and Cultures faculty. The courses were from different levels: 1-Beginner (Russian); 2-Intermediate (Russian) and 3-Advanced (Russian and Spanish). The activity was extra-curricular and was implemented by the first author of the study. The activity comprised three parts: 1) Introducing the project in the classroom, discussing digital landscapes, and reflecting on multilingual video content (2-hour classroom); 2) An auto-ethnographic homework assignment where students documented and analyzed their online video consumption; 3) A follow-up classroom session for discussing the insights gained and creating visual maps reflecting their learning (2-hour classroom). The classes were given in the target language of the participants mixed with Portuguese and English for comprehension purposes. Objectives of the pedagogical activity were aligned with the research ones including enhancing language awareness, promoting self-directed learning and developing algorithmic and critical awareness. Data were collected from various sources, including 9 autoethnographic diaries, 10 visual maps, teacher observations (950 words), and 26 student questionnaires. Qualitative content analysis was applied to the diaries, maps, and teacher observations (Schreier, 2012), while the questionnaires were analyzed using descriptive statistics. Qualitative analysis categories were constructed by the first author of the study and validated by the co-authors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results indicate that according to the questionnaires the students perceived the proposed tasks as successful in developing strategies of autonomous language learning and also in enhancing their learning awareness by noticing out-of-the-classroom language improvements. Also, similar to the previous studies which were successful in developing the target culture awareness (Miller et al., 2019; Yeh & Mitric, 2021), in this bridging activity, the students mentioned that social media helped them to become aware of getting to know different linguistic varieties of their target languages, noticing cultural differences and peculiarities, and being more open to learning new languages. The teacher observations and students’ auto-ethnographic diaries indicated that almost all of the students used English in their social media before the activity, with very limited exposure to other languages. Due to questionnaires and visual maps, after the activity students tended to value the development of algorithmic awareness, and to diversify language exposure on social media (Jones, 2021). Interestingly, due to the teacher’s observations, beginner languages courses showed more enthusiasm in integrating these strategies into their learning, suggesting a potential area for further research. This contrasts with typical beginner language courses that focus on comprehensible input (Patrick, 2019). In summary, this study provides insights for curriculum development in higher education language courses suggesting transferable and transdisciplinary tasks for autonomous learning development. As a practical output, we will present a handbook of comprehensive materials from the bridging activity for language educators, contributing to knowledge transfer within the community of language educators. References Council of Europe. (2018). Common European framework of reference for languages: Learning, teaching, assessment. Companion volume with new descriptors. https://rm. Coe. int/cefr-companion-volume-with-new-descriptors-2018/1680787989 Jones, R. (2021). The text is reading you: Teaching language in the age of the algorithm. Linguistics and Education (62), 1-7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2019.100750 Marshall, S., & Moore, D. (2016). Plurilingualism amid the panoply of lingualisms: Addressing critiques and misconceptions in education. International Journal of Multilingualism, 15(1), 19−34, https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2016.1253699 McKenney, S. E., & Reeves, T. C. (2013). Educational design research. In J. M. Spector, M. D. Merrill, J. Elan, & M. J. Bishop (Eds.), The handbook of research on educational and communications technology (131-140). Springer. Miller, A. M., Morgan, W. J., & Koronkiewicz, B. (2019). Like or tweet: Analysis of the use of Facebook and Twitter in the language classroom. TechTrends, 63, 550−558. Patrick, R. (2019). Comprehensible Input and Krashen's theory. Journal of Classics Teaching, 20(39), 37-44. Reinhardt, J., & Ryu, J. (2013). Using social network-mediated bridging activities to develop socio-pragmatic awareness in elementary Korean. International Journal of Computer-Assisted Language Learning and Teaching (IJCALLT), 3(3), 18−33. https://doi.org/10.4018/ijcallt.2013070102 Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage Publications Ltd. Thorne, S. L., Hellermann, J., and Jakonen, T. (2021). Rewilding language education: Emergent assemblages and entangled actions. The Modern Language Journal, 105(1), 106-125. Thorne, S. L., & Reinhardt, J. (2008). “Bridging activities,” new media literacies, and advanced foreign language proficiency. CALICO Journal, 25, 558–572. https://doi.org/10.1558/cj.v25i3.558-572 Yeh, E., & Mitric, S. (2021). Social media and learners-as-ethnographers approach: increasing target-language participation through community engagement. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2021.2005630 Zhang, L. T., and Vazquez-Calvo, B. (2022). “¿Triste estás? I don’t know nan molla” Multilingual pop song fandubs by@ miree_music. ITL-International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 173(2), 197-227. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper (Re-)Production of Linguicism through AI-based NLP Technology in Higher Education in Austria and Germany Universität Flensburg, Germany Presenting Author:ducation is of central relevance for social and system integration in multilingual European migration societies such as Austria and Germany (Hadjar & Becker 2019). In Austria and Germany, educational inequality can be observed for immigrant students at all stages of education, in correlation with disadvantaged socio-economic status and multilingualism (Dobutowitsch 2020, Döll & Knappik 2015, Ebert & Heublein 2017, Hinz & Thielemann 2013, OECD 2023, Unger et al. 2019). It seems logical to pick up on recent developments in the field of artificial intelligence (AI) and discuss the potential of assistive AI technology such as natural language processing (NLP) tools for reducing language-based discrimination. AI-based NLP tools have already found their way into educational institutions worldwide: They are used for assessment and evaluation (e.g. feedback), management of learning processes (e.g. learning analytics), as assistants (e.g. for making contact), in the form of intelligent tutor systems and for the design of quasi-authentic meaning-focused tasks (Crompton & Burke 2023), and students use NLP tools to search for articles, translate, structure and edit texts (Garrel & Mayer 2023). It is widely recognized that AI has the potential to increase educational equality, but also carries the risk of making equal participation more difficult (GI 2023). At present, discrimination through AI is mainly discussed in terms of disadvantages due to various forms of algorithmic bias (Baker & Hawn 2021). From a power-critical anti-racist perspective, the question arises as to what extent the institutional regulation of access to assistive AI-supported NLP tools (re)produces inclusion and exclusion in education: Who is allowed to use AI-assisted NLP tools and in which situations? How are restrictions argued? In recent years, in official German-speaking countries the term linguicism became established to describe language-related discrimination in the context of migration and multilingualism (Skutnabb-Kangas 2015). The term describes "ideologies, structures and practices which are used to legitimate, effectuate, regulate and reproduce an unequal division of power and resources (both material and immaterial) between groups which are defined on the basis of language" (Skutnabb-Kangas 1988: p. 13). Linguicism is therefore more likely to be understood as structural discrimination, which can have effects on the macro, meso and micro levels of education systems. According to Skutnabb-Kangas (2015), if the education policy of a multilingual migration society prioritizes a monolingual education system, this is linguicism at the macro level. At the meso and micro level, linguicism can occur in various forms of direct and indirect institutional discrimination (Dovidio et al. 2010, Gomolla 2023), e.g. by banning specific languages on campus or when lecturers also take linguistic aspects such as accents, sociolects or the fact of a multilingual biography into account when assessing academic performance (Döll & Knappik 2015, Dobutowitsch 2020). Following the understanding of linguicism as a social structure, it has to be assumed that students will be allowed to use AI-supported generative NLP technology to improve the production and reception of texts to varying degrees depending on their and their family’s migration and language biography. For multilingual students from immigrant families, the strongest restrictions tend to be expected, especially in nation-state contexts such as Germany and Austria, which are characterized by neo-assimilationism (Nieke 2006, Döll 2019). At a time when universities around the world are discussing how to deal with AI, we will use the example of two universities from Austria and Germany to examine the extent to which linguicist tendencies are emerging in the discourses on AI-supported generative NLP technology at the meso and micro level of higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to reconstruct the processes of (re)production of linguicism in connection with AI-based generative NLP technology, in an exploratory and open-ended qualitative research project based on grounded theory (Charmaz 2006) data has been continuously collected on an occasional basis since spring 2023. The open multi-method approach makes it possible to capture the dynamic discourses and developments on the topic. So far, participant observations have been carried out in five courses for lecturers at the two universities with a focus on the thematization of language-related discrimination. The field notes taken were first analyzed in terms of content and then specific situations were examined using key incident analysis, which reveals practices of a social group without applying a complete ethnography (Erickson 1986). In addition, the policy papers and information on AI-based generative NLP technology in university teaching for university lecturers and students are analyzed using critical discourse analysis (CDA, Wodak & Meyer 2016). In order to be able to describe the lecturers' ways of approaching AI-based generative NLP tools, including the implementation of the universities' guidelines, in their courses and examinations with descriptive statistics, a quantitative survey by means of an online questionnaire for students is prepared for spring term 2024. If beneficial to our research project, in-depth interviews or group discussions will be conducted in the autumn term to clarify the statistical results. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the moment, we assume that we will be able to present the results of the CDA of the guidelines and the key incident analysis as well as the initial results of the quantitative survey. In line with the mechanisms of structural discrimination in democratic states, we assume that there won’t be linguicist inequality between monolingual and multilingual or native and immigrant students in connection with AI-based generative NLP tools in the meso-level guidelines, as this would contradict the democratic principle of equal treatment. However, the interim results of the analyses of the field notes from the participant observations indicate a limited awareness of the potential for discrimination of AI-based generative NLP tools among both university lecturers and further education lecturers, so that we assume that linguicist speech and actions are experienced at the micro level, i.e. in the interaction between students and lecturers. Due to the similar migration histories and migration discourses in Austria and Germany, we do not expect any national differences at present, but this assumption still needs to be checked with the data. In any case, our work, which is located at the intersection of educational science, linguistics and the sociology of technology, offers initial findings on the question of whether linguicist routines are becoming established in higher education institutions in connection with AI-based generative NLP tools and raises new research questions in this field. References Baker, R. S., & Hawn, A. (2021). Algorithmic Bias in Education. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education 32, 1052-1092. Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. London. Crompton, H., & Burke, D. (2023). Artificial intelligence in higher education: the state of the field. Int J Educ Technol High Educ 20, 22. Dobutowitsch, F. (2020). Lebensweltliche Mehrsprachigkeit an der Hochschule. Münster. Döll, M., & Knappik, M. (2015) Institutional mechanisms of inclusion and exclusion in Austrian pre-service teacher education. Tertium comparationis 21 (2015) 2, 185-204. Döll, M. (2019). Sprachassimilativer Habitus in Bildungsforschung, Bildungspolitik und Bildungspraxis. ÖDaF, 1+2/2019, 191-206. Dovidio, J. F. et al. (2010). Prejudice, stereotyping and discrimination: Theoretical and empirical overview. In J. F. Dovidio et al. (Ed.), The Sage handbook of prejudce, streotyping and discrimination (pp 3–28). Los Angeles. Ebert, J., & Heublein, U. (2017). Studienabbruch bei Studierenden mit Migrationshintergrund. Hannover. Erickson, F. (1986). Qualitative methods in research on teaching. In M. C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching (pp 119—161). New York. Garrel, J., & Mayer, J. (2023). Artificial Intelligence in studies—use of ChatGPT and AI-based tools among students in Germany. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 10(1), 1-9. Gesellschaft für Informatik (GI) (2023). Künstliche Intelligenz in der Bildung. Positionspapier. https://gi.de/fileadmin/GI/Hauptseite/Service/Publikationen/GI_Positionspapier_KI_in_der_Bildung_2023-07-12.pdf Gomolla, M. (2023). Direkte und indirekte, institutionelle und strukturelle Diskriminierung. In A. Scherr et al. (Ed.), Handbuch Diskriminierung (2nd edn, pp 171-194). Wiesbaden. Hinz, T., & Thielemann, T. (2013). Studieren mit Migrationshintergrund an einer deutschen Universität. Soziale Welt, 64(4), 381–399. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA. Paris. Nieke, W. (2006). Anerkennung von Diversität als Alternative zwischen Multikulturalismus und Neo-Assimilationismus? In H.-U. Otto & M. Schrödter (Ed.), Soziale Arbeit in der Migrationsgesellschaft (pp 40-48). Lahnstein. Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (1988). Multilingualism and the Education of Minority Children. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas & J. Cummins (Ed.), Minority education: from shame to struggle (pp 7-44). Clevedon. Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2015). Linguicism. The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Malden, MA. Unger, M. et al. (2019). Studierenden-Sozialerhebung 2019. Wien. Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (Ed.) (2016). Methods of critical discourse studies (3rd edn). London. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 32 SES 12 A: BARCAMP Organizing Uncertainty Towards Positive Futures. Organizational Education Research Perspective, Methodologies, and Practices. Organizational Education 10th Anniversary Event. Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jörg Schwarz Session Chair: Line Revsbæk Research Workshop |
|
32. Organizational Education
Research Workshop BarCamp Organizing Uncertainty Towards Positive Futures Organizational Education Research Perspectives, Methodologies, and Practices Organizational Education 10th Anniversary Event 1Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany; 2Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Our 10th anniversary BarCamp within Network 32: Organizational Education will start looking from the presence and into the future: After reflecting on the roots and sources of organizational education in the first step we reflect on current and future challenges and perspectives for organizational education. The BarCamp explores how research in the field of organizational education can relate to and shape uncertain futures. The BarCamp research workshop introduces core topics through initial short cut impulses that contribute to open up the session for a collective collection of issues and ideas to be discussed in smaller breakout spaces.
What might be topics to address? The so-called VUCA world (Bennett & Lemoine 2014) has been identified as a challenge for organizations – not least for organizations in the education sector. On the other hand, educational organizations, in particular, should help to tackle the challenges and uncertainties of our time – from sustainable development to digitalization and the defence of our democracies. This is why educational science-based organizational research, as it has been conducted in Network 32: Organizational Education for ten years now, is of inestimable importance in the debate about the increasingly uncertain social futures and the educational organizations that deal with and co-produce them. However, this approach places high demands on the reflection of the future readiness of research perspectives, methods, and practices.
We want to address this demand at ECER 2024 in the form of a BarCamp in which we will discuss organizational education research perspectives (1), methodological approaches to organizational education research (2), and concrete research practices in organizational education (3) about the challenges and potentials of uncertain futures:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop is structured as a BarCamp. Firstly, there will be three short initial impulses of 5 minutes each, each relating to the three thematic complexes of research perspectives, methodologies, and research practices. The short intros focus on the organizational educational perspective, provide a very brief introduction to the topics, and open up the horizon of the future of organizational education research. In a second step, participants bring in their thematic interests to refer to these topics and go beyond them. Self-organized interest groups may sign up according to their expertise and interest. The theme-giver and thematic host will facilitate each reflection and discussion team. Each self-organized reflection and discussion group will identify and outline the most relevant future potentials in their respective subject area. Secondly, they will discuss possible approaches to address these potentials through further theory building, methodological developments, or research infrastructures. In addition, the participants may wish to go into the next steps of network development and to organize further work on the identified approaches and topics. In the final third step of the research workshop, the results from self-organized small group discussion teams will be systematically summarized. Space will be created for short one-minute presentations of achieved results and conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research workshop proposed here is intended to conclude the 10th-anniversary thematic events by focusing on the future of organizational education research. Since highly uncertain futures and the already foreseeable transformation requirements in the area of, for example, digitalization, sustainability transformation and the preservation of democracy, are giving rise to a variety of new challenges for empirical research in organizational education, these are to be discussed prospectively and elaborated as a basis for reflective research practice. The methodological format of the BarCamp proposed here will ensure that the global dimensions of future issues are taken into account in the international exchange of Network 32. This workshop, which is aimed at participation, networking, and the international expansion of the network, transforms researchers in organizational education from those affected by uncertainty into participants in its reflexive processing. Reflecting on potentials for further development of organizational education, we might move such discussions forward – interested co-creating groups may wish to contribute to the 10th-anniversary book. Signing in to contribute with a five pager to the book, the reflections will enter into the 10th anniversary book of organizational education. By this, we will support the documentation of the reflections for future research. References Bennett, Nathan; Lemoine, G. James (2014): What VUCA Really Means for You. Harvard Business Review. Nr. 92, 1/2 Dewey, J. (1927). The Public and Its Problems: An Essay in Political Inquiry. Edited and with an Introduction by Melvin L. Rogers. (2012). Published by: Penn State University Press. https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.5325/j.ctt7v1gh. Dewey, J. (1929): The Quest for Certainty. A Study of the Relation of Knowledge and Action (Gifford Lectures 1929) New York. Putnam. Elkjaer, Bente (2018): Pragmatist Foundations for Organizational Education. In: Göhlich et al (ed.): Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Wiesbaden. Springer. pp. 151-162 Elkjaer, B. (2022). Taking stock of “Organizational Learning”: Looking back and moving forward. Management Learning, 53(3), 582-604. https://doi.org/10.1177/13505076211049599 Follett, M. P. (1924/2013). Creative experience. Longmans, Green and company. Follett, M. P. (1925/2013). The Giving of Orders, in Metcalf, H. C., & Urwick, L. (2004). Dynamic Administration: The Collected Papers of Mary Parker Follett. Routledge, pp. 50-70. Göhlich, M. et al (2016): Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205–215. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/330957539_Research_Memorandum_Organizational_Education Simpson, B., & den Hond, F. (2022). The contemporary resonances of classical pragmatism for studying organization and organizing. Organization Studies, 43(1), 127-146. Weick, K. E., & Sutcliffe, K. M. (2001). Managing the unexpected: Assuring high performance in an age of complexity. Jossey-Bass. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 33 SES 12 A: Sex Education and Caring Pedagogies in Diverse International Contexts Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Esther Berner Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper ”Less off Everything Else, More of What Sex Is!” Sexuality Education in Swedish Secondary School Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:“Less of everything else, more of what sex is!”, Hilda stated frankly in an interview discussing their past sexuality education unit. Although the interview also revealed students to find teaching interesting, something was clearly missing. They expected more and different from what they had experienced in school sexuality education. This study is part of a four year long research project exploring Swedish school-based sexuality education in five secondary schools. In this paper we focus on teaching in one of the participating schools where teachers decided to address the 15 year old students’ questions about what sex might be. The aim of the study is to explore how the teaching of sex might be enacted in Swedish secondary sexuality education.
Today, emphasis is placed in various documents about sexuality education, on the need to balance between risk and healthy perspectives (SKOLFS 2021:9, The Swedish Schools Inspectorate 2018). Knowledge about condom use and dental dam can lead to a healthy perspective is perhaps given, but if a healthy perspective only becomes an unspoken possibility, the area can instead remain in the risk perspective about possible diseases. The Swedish Schools Inspectorates survey (2018) shows that schools tend to leave out the healthy perspective in sexuality education. Research pinpoints the need of sexuality education that addresses also subject areas such as physical pleasure and lust (McGreeney & Kehily 2016; Helbekkmo et al 2021) and sensuality (Allen 2020). Louisa Allen (2020) claims that instead of what we call the healthy perspective, sexuality education is characterised by a mechanical and instrumental view of the content, with a focus on risks. The tone in the media and partly also in curriculum is that if schools cannot provide alternatives, students’ source to learn how to have sex will be with the help of pornography online, which is regarded as a dangerous way. Accordingly, the risk perspective is once again overwhelming. Meanwhile there is a pronounced demand in Sweden to involve students’ views in teaching (Swedish National Agency for Education 2022). International research has also concluded that young people’s realities and challenges need to be met in sexuality education (Cense 2018). Nevertheless, Katheleen Quinlivan (2018) who has worked a long time in focus groups with students means that the possibility of sex education to become otherwise is pedagogically challenging. Teaching at schools is filled with expectations. According to Sharon Todd (2016) school is enmeshed in the language of learning. She means that learning is a concept connected to “efficiency, behaviour and management”, insinuating that things we are to learn are already defined and with a specific purpose (2016 p. 621). Todd (2016, p. 622) further argues for a shift towards seeing education as engagement with uncertainty rather than “as a vehicle for skills management and training” in giving answers defined elsewhere than in educational situations. In Todd’s (2016, p. 623) account uncertainty is seen “as a valuable feature” for students’ unpredictable experiences of becoming, and not only becoming in the flesh but also in the unknown becoming of the future. Hence, learning is not about acquiring particular skills, but rather “a response to uncertainty is to face uncertainty meaningfully”. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a four-year practice-based research project on sexuality education including in total five secondary schools. Data was generated in creative meetings, so called research circles, consisting of interdisciplinary teacher teams and five researchers. One purpose of the meetings was to critically and creatively explore how sexuality education could be enacted at the school in question. In each school the teacher team included between 5–13 teachers with a variety of subject competencies. This study builds on a collaboration with one of the schools. Data consists of notes and audio recordings produced during research circles, participatory classroom observations and interviews with students and teachers. Participating teachers and students have further given their permissions to be part of the research project. All legal guardians were informed about the project and those with a child under the age of 15 years also had to approve their involvement. The analysis builds on socio-material work of Annemarie Mol (2002; 2010) describing coexisting realities, where the practice shapes and simultaneously is shaped by collaborations, by a myriad of vibrant materialities. Mol (2002, p. 104) further engages in tensions, described as “ways to enact the reality”. This means we will tell local stories about the teaching of sexual practices in secondary school. We create patches engaging in different tensions that Mol means are inevitable in the world we are obliged to share (Mol 2002). Paying attention to tensions in data might further bring alive unexpected and uncertain events (Todd 2016), in this study resident in the paradox of how to teach secondary students about sex. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our initial patchwork (Mol 2002) we have addressed aspects of tensions and so far brought to the fore different tensions in teaching. For example, students’ expectations of correct answers, teaching balancing between student curiosity and a lack of interest and how to feel comfortable teaching this content as a teacher. It also includes questions on how to plan a lesson ahead but still be open to explore unexpected questions, what’s manageable for both teachers and students to talk about and how to organise student work. What the analysis has also brought to fore is that when students’ realities are made part of teaching (Cense 2018, Swedish Schools Inspectorate 2018), it opens up unexpected possibilities. The work among students in the classroom—filling post-it notes and discussions—opened up for topics where the students brought up lust perspectives such as, love, pleasure, satisfaction, how to have sex, where, with whom and excitement (McGreeney & Kehily 2016; Helbekkmo et al 2021; Allen 2020) but also reproduction. Hence, the student discussions show a tension in whether sex is for reproduction or pleasure? Sexuality education is stated to often be about reproductive bodies (Allen 2021), a teaching practice that in this classroom is challenged. Here, the teachers have the sexual body in focus and the students have the possibility to acknowledge sex to be a mixture of love, pleasure and reproduction. The discussions also show that the students have identified the norm to be heterosexual and between two people, mostly a boy and a girl, where both hopefully are aroused and satisfied at the end. Here, the students both affirm the norm and criticise it at the same time. To conclude, how the teaching of sex might be enacted in Swedish secondary sexuality education is still work in progress. References Allen, L. (2020). Breathing Life into Sexuality Education: Becoming Sexual Subjects. Philosophical Inquiry in Education, 27(1), 1–13. Allen, Louisa (2020). Breathing Life into Sexuality Education: Becoming Sexual Subjects. Philosophical Inquiry in Education, 27(1). https://doi.org/10.7202/1070274ar Cense, M. (2019). Navigating a bumpy road. Developing sexuality education that supports young people’s sexual agency. Sex education, 19(3), 263–275. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2018.1537910 Helbekkmo, E. Trengereid Tempero, H. Sollesnes, R & Langeland, E (2021). ‘We expected more about sex in the sex week’-A qualitative study about students’ experiences with a sexual health education programme, from a health-promotion perspective. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-being, 16(1), 1963035. https://doi.org/10.1080/17482631.2021.1963035 Quinlivan, K. (2018). Exploring contemporary issues in sexuality education with young people: Theories in practice. Springer. McGeeney, E. & Kehily, M (2016). Editorial Introduction: Young people and sexual pleasure – where are we now? Sex Education, 16(3), 235–239. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2016.1147149 Mol, A. (2002). The body multiple: Ontology in medical practice. Duke University Press. Mol, A. (2010). Actor-Network Theory: sensitive terms and enduring tensions. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie. Sonderheft, 50, 253–269. https://hdl.handle.net/11245/1.330874 SKOLFS 2021:9. Förordning om ändring i förordningen (SKOLFS 2011:144) om läroplan för gymnasieskolan. [Proclamations on the changes in regulation on curriculum for upper secondary school, own translation]. Utbildningsdepartementet [Department of Education]. Swedish National Agency for Education (2022). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet (Lgr 22). [Curriculum for the compulsory school system, the preschool class and the school-age educare, own translation]. Skolverket [the Swedish National Agency for Education] https://www.skolverket.se/getFile?file=9718 The Swedish Schools Inspectorate (2018). Sex- och samlevnadsundervisning. Tematisk kvalitetsgranskning. [Sex Education. Thematic Quality Review, our translation] (400-2016:11445). https://www.skolinspektionen.se/beslut-rapporter-statistik/publikationer/kvalitetsgranskning/2018/sex--och-samlevnadsundervisning/ Todd, S. (2016). Facing uncertainty in education: Beyond the harmonies of Eurovision education. European Educational Research Journal 15(6), 619–627. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116669731 33. Gender and Education
Paper Gender, Sex, Taboo. Insights from Armenian Sex Education HU Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Sexuality education is known by different names, including healthy lifestyle education, family life education, and relationship education. In the Republic of Armenia, the "Healthy Lifestyle" (HL) program is the only curricular program at public schools that covers reproductive health and gender-related topics. This paper critically investigates how classroom participants in Armenia discuss gender-related topics during sexuality education lessons, and how this knowledge is constructed. As the socio-cultural context with regard to gender (i.e., societal and familial gender roles) common to the mainstream population in Armenia is in conflict with the definition of gender-related concepts such as gender equality portrayed in the HL curriculum, the focus is on the construction of gendered knowledge considering this incongruity. Despite Armenia’s progressive stance on gender equality laws, evidenced by the enactment of the law on Equal Rights and Equal Opportunities for Women and Men in 2013 and the development of gender mainstreaming frameworks for specific periods to address gender equality goals, the country’s deeply rooted patriarchal political system poses stark contrasts. Different studies and international reports highlight the persistent challenges of gender inequality and gender-based violence within the country (Khachatryan et al. 2015; Ziemer 2020). Among a few sex education programs piloted in Armenian schools, the HL program has been distinguished with a nationwide mandatory status since 2008. As of 2023, it is taught to pupils from the 8th to 11th grade, covering topics such as reproductive health, family formation, gender inequality, unintended pregnancy, and gender-based violence. Apart from a few reports, the literature on the examination of the implementation of the HL program, particularly the pedagogical challenges and curricular topics has largely been neglected by academic analysis. This work addresses the academic gap by exploring how this gender-related knowledge is constructed. In doing so, it aims to offer insights into potential improvements for gender-related sexuality education in Armenia and beyond. Gender is not merely a social institution; it is, along with categories such as race, ethnicity, and class, a central aspect of daily social interactions and power relations (Lorber, 1994). For instance, masculinities and femininities are not static attributes but vary from place to place and are continuously constructed and reconstructed through interactions (West and Zimmerman, 1987; Connell, 1991). This work’s conceptualization of gender-related terminology relies on the sociological categorization of ’sex,’ ’sex category,’ and ’gender’ as applied by West and Zimmerman in “Doing Gender” (1987). Doing gender is one explanation of how people construct and do gender. It is rooted in ethnomethodology and social constructionist traditions and is central to understanding the nuances of gender construction. Gender, as a part of the social order and division, permeates all societal institutions and influences the construction of knowledge. Given that schools are identified as the primary setting for imparting sexual health information (Seiler-Ramadas et al., 2020), it becomes essential for pedagogues to receive adequate training to become aware of gender issues and to apply this knowledge in their teaching practices. However, teachers worldwide have reported receiving inadequate training for delivering sexuality education effectively (Eisenberg et al., 2010). To answer the main research questions posed in the study of what knowledge is produced in the classroom and how is the knowledge of gender constructed in the classroom a qualitative study was conducted, described in more detail in the next section on methodology. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative methodology, which allowed effective immersion into the target population’s culture and facilitated in-depth analysis of their discussions and practices. Participant observations were conducted during January and February 2018 when the HL program was being taught. The research encompassed two educational settings: one site was a secondary, while another was a high school. In the secondary school, the HL curriculum targeted 8th-9th graders, while in the high school, it was designed for 10th-11th graders. This phase of the research consisted of both classroom observations and informal interviews with physical educators, who were teaching the HL program. This eight-week period of observing lessons in these schools was crucial for collecting primary, first-hand data. To analyze classroom discussions, the Documentary method – a well-established tool in the field of school research and practical empirical enquiry - was used (Bohnsack, 2014). The study involved recordings of lessons, which were first transcribed in Armenian, then translated into English, and subsequently analyzed using the specific steps of the Documentary method. This process facilitated topical structuring and brought to light the central themes of the discussions. The reconstruction was achieved by following the interpretation steps of 1. formulating (thematic) interpretation, 2. reflecting (documentary) interpretation, 3. case description, and 4. sense-genetic typification, with case comparison continuing until types were formed. A key feature of this method is its systematic comparative analysis, which facilitates the reconstruction of data by distancing myself and adhering to an empirical analytical path. This approach enabled the reconstruction of underlying implicit beliefs and a shared understanding of gender-related topics. The analytic stance matches that of this study because both approaches lend credence to constructionism and are in line with Mannheim’s interpretation method and sociogenetics. Moreover, ethnomethodology and the sociology of knowledge were the underlying theories for the development of the Documentary method (Asbrand and Martens, 2018, p.12). While the social-constructionist framework provides explanations for gender as socially arranged everyday practices, the Documentary method enables the reconstruction of conjunctive experience based on the common practice of participants. The following paper is part of my upcoming book, “Gender, Sex, Taboo: Insights from Armenian Sex Education,” based on my doctoral research (Gevorgyan, 2024). In the next section, the central findings are presented by focusing on the construction of gendered knowledge during sexuality education classroom discussions around gender topics. The paper aims to contribute to the areas of sexuality education, gender, and education studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The empirical findings indicated that participants shared a conjunctive understanding regarding moralization and essentialization of gendered knowledge, which manifested in both argumentative and implicit modes. Data reconstruction revealed a common tendency to moralize various situations, behaviours, and actions within an appraisal mode. Notably, the classroom participants consistently demonstrated a shared knowledge of putting emphasized focus on women’s actions and a conforming to a collective understanding of appropriate behaviour and actions. This moralization extended to topics such as sexual intercourse and pregnancy, often associated with the implicit approval of marriage between partners. Expecting a pregnancy after marriage and putting highlighted responsibility and blame on a female if this does not occur was a shared horizon among all cases analyzed. In discussing these topics, the emphasis on abstinence, particularly for women, was central in participants’ commentaries, often conveyed through personal stories and film sequences instead of presenting medically accurate and reliable sources of information. Even in situations involving females affected by sexual violence the emphasis on abstinence remained central in participants’ commentaries. The results showed that teachers played a dominant role in all classroom discussions, often guiding the conversation and giving long monologues. This approach led to the construction of gender knowledge based on a binary framework, including when addressing pupils and when presenting options for different situations based on the pupil’s sex. The findings also highlighted frequent deviation from original statements, both the teacher’s personal statements and those of the pupils, as well as shifts in the nature of questions and pupils’ answers. These deviations were characterized by the use of evaluative language for answers, situations, and behaviors; occasional exertion of authority; leading and loaded questions; prescriptive and descriptive modes; and frequent generalization of opinions. References Asbrand, B. and Martens, M. (2018). Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung. Springer. Bohnsack, R. (2014). Documentary method. In Flick, U., editor, The SAGE handbook of qualitative data analysis, SAGE handbook of qualitative data analysis, pages 217–233. SAGE Publications, Inc, 55 City Road, London. Connell, R. W. (1991). Gender and power: Society, the person and sexual politics. Soc. Forces, 69(3):953. Eisenberg, M. E., Madsen, N., Oliphant, J. A., Sieving, R. E., and Resnick, M. (2010). “am I qualified? how do I know?” a qualitative study of sexuality educators’ training experiences. Am. J. Health Educ., 41(6):337–344. Gevorgyan, Z. (2024).Gender, sex, taboo: Insights from Armenian Sex Education. Psychosozial-Verlag. Khachatryan, K., Dreber, A., von Essen, E., and Ranehill, E. (2015). Gender and preferences at a young age: Evidence from Armenia. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, 118(C):318–332. Lorber, J. (1994). Night to his day”: The social construction of gender. Paradoxes of gender, 1:1–8. Seiler-Ramadas, R., Grabovac, I., Niederkrotenthaler, T., and Dorner, T. E. (2020). Adolescents’ perspective on their sexual knowledge and the role of school in addressing emotions in sex education: An exploratory analysis of two school types in Austria. J. Sex Res., 57(9):1180–1188. West, C. and Zimmerman, D. H. (1987). Doing gender. Gender and Society, 1(2):125–151. Ziemer, U. (2020). Women against authoritarianism: Agency and political protest in Armenia. In Women’s Everyday Lives in War and Peace in the South Caucasus, pages 71–100.Springer International Publishing, Cham. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Healing, Care, Connection: The Value of Feminist Pedagogy in a Refugee Education Context in Greece Trinity College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:The present paper aims to explore the potential benefits of implementing feminist pedagogy in a refugee education setting in Greece through a feminist, intersectional approach. More specifically, it seeks to explore how feminist pedagogy can be of use in a forced migration education context, in which trauma is often a major concern, as students have usually experienced or are continuing to experience traumatic situations due to displacement. I argue that feminist pedagogy, a liberatory pedagogy grounded in feminist thought and theory (Bostow et al., 2015; Crabtree et al., 2009; Weiler, 1991), aligns with many of the aims of refugee education and education in times of crises, such as that of helping teachers deal with trauma in the classroom, and of assisting students to develop resilience and overcome trauma. The presentation draws on the author’s doctoral study, which examined the obstacles and opportunities of implementing a feminist pedagogy approach in the refugee education context, as well as its reception by teachers and students. The study focuses on the Greek border-island of Leros, where data collection took place at a school for children of refugee background. The research project arose from the need to explore a more culturally and linguistically sensitive pedagogy for teaching students of refugee background, one which would take into account the vital factors of gender, ethnicity, religion, and their intersection in the classroom. The main over-arching question which I sought out to investigate was the following: Is the ground ready for a feminist pedagogy approach in refugee education in the Greek context? Drawing from this, three subsidiary questions arose:
This presentation will focus on one of the opportunities for feminist pedagogy to be of benefit in a refugee education setting, that of its potential to help teachers and students deal with trauma and develop resilience. I suggest that feminist pedagogy’s attentiveness to the emotions and lived experiences of students (Boler, 1999; Bostow et al., 2015; Fisher, 1987; Hooks, 2003; Paechter, 1998), its focus on teaching as a practice of love, care, and connection (Hooks, 2003; McArthur & Lane, 2019; Morley, 1998), as well as its deconstruction of traditional power dynamics in the classroom (Morley, 1998), are all factors which complement the aim of refugee education to help students heal from trauma, foster resilience, and generate hope. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project followed a feminist qualitative research methodology and was informed by feminist research epistemology (Hesse-Biber & Leavy, 2007). Feminist epistemology and methodology provide an explicit attention to reflexivity and awareness of positionality (Harding, 2004; Hesse-Biber & Leavy, 2007; Yoshihara, 2017), which enabled me to navigate complex methodological and ethical dilemmas throughout my twofold role as teacher and researcher, and to address issues of power and positionality which arose while doing research in a forced migration context. The data collection took place during an eight-month stay on the island of Leros, Greece, where I worked as an English language teacher at a school for refugee students aged 6-16 and integrated the practice and praxis of feminist pedagogy in my own lessons. The following tools of data collection were employed i) semi-structured interviews with eight educators and two managers working in refugee education, ii) classroom discussions with two students attending the school on Leros (based on selected lesson plans informed by feminist pedagogy), as well as iii) the keeping of my own researcher diary. The data was analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2021) reflexive thematic analysis framework, and produced the three over-arching themes of “Gender as a difficult and complex construct”, “Trauma as present, but not defining” and “Culture/language as barriers”. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation will focus on exploring the theme of “Trauma as present, but not defining”, drawing more particularly on some of its subthemes, titled “There is a fine line”, “The healing aspect of education” and “Connection”. While the interviews with the educators and managers demonstrated their fear around trauma and emotions and the sensitivity of navigating trauma in the classroom, as indicated in subtheme “There is a fine line”, the analysis of the data also pointed to the existence of multiple opportunities for feminist pedagogy to assist educators in handling trauma and emotions in the classroom. Firstly, the educator and managers’ belief that education should assume a healing role, as explored in subtheme “The healing aspect of education”, ties in with feminist pedagogy’s attention to emotions and their integration in the classroom. Secondly, the emphasis that the staff place on human connection and on developing trust with the students, as discussed in subtheme “Connection”, is also linked to feminist pedagogy’s view of education as an act of love and care and its attention to the concept of “community”. Finally, acknowledging that teachers do not need to know all the “right” answers and that through active listening they can help students in their healing process is related to feminist pedagogy’s view that the role of the teacher is not that of an all-knowing authority. The study’s findings therefore point to the immense value that a feminist pedagogy based on love and care, which integrates emotions, lived experiences and relationships can have in contexts of education in crisis, such as that of forced migration. While trauma is indeed present in these contexts and cannot be ignored, feminist pedagogy provides hope for the future through its commitment to fostering the students’ resilience. References Boler, M. (1999). Feeling Power: Emotions and Education. Routledge. Bostow, R., Brewer, S., Chick, N., Galina, B., McGrath, A., Mendoza, K., Navarro, K., & Valle-Ruiz, L. (2015). A Guide to Feminist Pedagogy: The Role of Experience and Emotions. Vanderbilt Center for Teaching. https://my.vanderbilt.edu/femped/habits-of-head/the-role-of-experience-emotions/ Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE. Crabtree, R. D., Sapp, D. A., & Licona, A. C. (2009). Introduction: The Passion and Praxis of Feminist Pedagogy. In Feminist Pedagogy: Looking Back to Move Forward (pp. 1–22). The Johns Hopkins University Press. Fisher, B. (1987). The heart has its reasons: Feeling, thinking and community-building in feminist education. Women’s Studies Quarterly, 15(3/4), 47–58. Harding, S. (Ed.). (2004). The Feminist Standpoint Theory Reader: Intellectual and Political Controversies. Routledge. Hesse-Biber, S. N., & Leavy, P. L. (2007). Feminist Research Practice. SAGE Publications. hooks, B. (2003). Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203957769 McArthur, S. A., & Lane, M. (2019). Schoolin’ Black Girls: Politicized Caring and Healing as Pedagogical Love. Urban Review, 51(1), 65–80. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11256-018-0487-4 Morley, L. (1998). All you need is love: feminist pedagogy for empowerment and emotional labour in the academy. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 2(1), 15–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360311980020102 Paechter, C. (1998). Educating the Other: Gender, Power and Schooling. Falmer Press. Weiler, K. (1991). Freire and a Feminist Pedagogy of Difference. Harvard Educational Review, 61(4), 449–475. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.61.4.a102265jl68rju84 Yoshihara, R. (2017). The Socially Responsible Feminist EFL Classroom: A Japanese Perspective on Identities, Beliefs and Practices [VitalSource Bookshelf version]. Multilingual Matters. |
15:45 - 17:15 | 34 SES 12 A: Citizenship Education Curriculum and Practices Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Johanna F. Ziemes Paper Session |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Which Teaching Practices Promote Students’ Democracy Learning? A systematic review 1Swedish Institute for Educational Research; 2Stockholm University; 3University of Gothenburg Presenting Author:The purpose of this systematic review was to provide an overview of research on the question: Which teaching practices promote students' democracy learning? We utilized a rigorous approach to thoroughly survey the literature and report research findings. The studies chosen focused on teaching practices with the explicit goal of enhancing students' democracy learning in school. Our review encompasses both intervention studies, which investigate the hypothesized causal relationship between specific teaching methods and students’ democracy learning, and correlational studies, which examine the connection between the classroom environment and students’ democracy learning. The studies indicate that teaching methods involving a high degree of student participation, such as discussions, group work, role-playing simulations, and student involvement in decision-making, effectively foster democracy learning. Furthermore, the studies suggest that an open and positive classroom environment, and teacher engagement, leadership and attitudes, are crucial factors in promoting students’ democracy learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The information search was carried out in the following databases: Education Source – Education, ERIC – Education, APA PsycInfo – Psychology and Scopus – Interdisciplinary. The database searches were performed by first identifying relevant keywords in the three categories of (1) teaching, (2) students and children, and (3) democracy. The keywords in the three categories were gathered and formulated into search strings that were combined to find studies that included at least one keyword from all categories. The literature searches generated 7,771 unique hits that were entered into Rayyan QCRI software for screening. The team reviewed all titles and abstracts of the studies identified in the literature search. The studies that did not match the established criteria were excluded. The final part of the screening process was carried out by the three authors of this study, that independently of each other through a blinded procedure read the articles and judged whether they met with the criteria or not Studies that at least one of the persons judged to meet the criteria was passed on to the next step that included a joint quality appraisal. 139 studies remained for further screening in full text. The full text reading was also carried out by the authors, independently of each other. In this step the person who, after reading the full text, judged that a publication should be excluded was also required to indicate the reasons for this in accordance with the selection criteria and quality concerns. After the full text review, 54 studies remained, and after further discussions about remaining issues 21 studies that met the criteria remained. Based on the results, a citation search was performed to find studies that had cited the remaining studies, as well as a chain search to find studies in the remaining studies’ reference lists. A total of 29 studies were included in the review. After that we carried out a systematic result extraction. Data and result extraction involves extracting relevant information from the studies included in the review. The aim was to describe the studies in terms of the research methods used, the results, and the conclusions. The work involved reviewing each study and noting the research question, research method, participants, teaching situation, materials, and tools used in teaching, as well as the researchers' interpretations and conclusions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Several conclusions can be drawn from this review. For upper secondary students, there are indications that it may be beneficial for teachers to combine teaching practices and include tasks and approaches that allow students to engage in discussions characterized by openness. For students in lower grades, there are signs that in certain contexts, it may be negative for teachers to use many different teaching methods to promote students’ democracy learning. The overall results of the review support the idea that teaching that involves students is beneficial for promoting their democracy learning, both in terms of knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values. Teaching for students’ democracy learning is about developing values and attitudes, which to some extent requires that the student is at the center of her or his learning process. Overall, the studies in this review show that there are different aspects of democracy learning that can be promoted through different teaching practices. The research field, we argue, would benefit from a more systematic way of studying the outcomes of various teaching methods and teaching interventions in the subject teaching and in different school years, such as in lower school years where research is particularly meagre. We hope that this research review can inspire researchers to develop such a systematic research agenda that, in turn, could provide a more comprehensive picture of what the most productive ways of teaching to promote democracy are and can be. References Campbell, D. E. (2008). Voice in the classroom: How an open classroom climate fosters political engagement among adolescents. Political Behavior, 30(4), 437–454. Ekman, J., & Amnå, E. (2012). Political participation and civic engagement: Towards a new typology. Human Affairs, 22(3), 283–300. Gainous, J., & Martens, A. M. (2012). The Effectiveness of Civic Education: Are “Good” Teachers Actually Good for “All” Students? American Politics Research, 40(2), 232–266. Persson, M. (2015). Classroom Climate and Political Learning: Findings from a Swedish Panel Study and Comparative Data. Political Psychology, 36(5), 587–601. Teegelbeckers, J. Y., Nieuwelink, H., & Oostdam, R. J. (2023). School-based teaching for democracy: A systematic review of teaching methods in quantitative intervention studies. Educational Research Review, 39, 100511. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Seeking Traces of Agonism: An Expert-Informed Analysis of Citizenship Education in Lithuania Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:As democracy is born anew with each generation (Dewey, 1916), an ongoing debate revolves around the type of citizens we aspire to create through education—whether they be reproducers of societal norms, future voters, responsible community members, or active participants in democratic processes. Within education systems of many countries, there exists a lack of consensus, leading to the coexistence of different and at times conflicting discourses on citizenship (Bickmore, 2014). Over the past decade, discussions within education have particularly reflected the tension between deliberative and agonistic democracy, with representatives advocating for different visions (Hanson & Howe; 2011; Ruitenberg, 2009; Tryggvason, 2018;). Agonistic democracy, proposed by Chantal Mouffe in 2000, stands out as an alternative that recognizes conflict as a typical and potentially beneficial aspect of democratic life. In response to global polarization and in deliberate contrast to deliberative democracy, agonistic democracy views conflict not as a threat but as a dynamic force propelling democracy forward. This approach is especially important in the contemporary landscape marked by widespread alienation and disconnection from democratic processes, emphasizing the pressing need to confront political challenges, particularly the surge in populist rhetoric (Tryggvason, 2018).Embracing a perspective that considers conflicts as opportunities for cultivating democratic citizenship within schools has the potential to bring about transformative changes in student participation and the learning process (Ruitenberg, 2009). In Lithuania, the curriculum for democratic citizenship education was established three decades ago, following the country's regaining of independence after nearly half a century under totalitarian rule. From a study conducted by the Civil Society Institute a decade ago (Žiliukaitė, Stonkuvienė, Šupa, Petronytė, 2012), which argued that there is a need for a change in the approach to civic education (that it is not only about knowledge, but more about values, relationships, way of thinking, and the relationship between the educator and the student), we can assume (since no other studies have been done on this approach to civic education), that in the practice of education in Lithuania, the processes are moving slower than the global tendencies (Haste, Chopra, 2020). Given the absence of a robust tradition of democratic education, the post-independence era saw the implementation of foreign practices from older, more mature democracies without meticulous consideration. The educational system did not necessarily adopt a singular approach or democratic theory for integration into school life (NVO Švietimo tinklas, 2017). Therefore, this study will seek to find out how democratic citizenship education in Lithuania relates to the agonistic democracy approach. Despite limited research into citizenship education in Lithuania, available insights suggest a notable shift, especially around 2004 during the country's accession to the European Union. In the present landscape influenced by the conflict in Ukraine, themes of patriotic education and military training gain prominence in public citizenship education. The crucial inquiry centers on the current state of democratic citizenship in Lithuania, seeking to discern inklings of agonistic democracy within the nation's citizenship education policies and practices. This study, by analyzing the democratic citizenship education landscape in Lithuania through the prism of agonism, aspires to offer a fresh outlook and unveil previously overlooked opportunities for enhancing democratic citizenship education in this country. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this research, a qualitative approach was employed, utilizing semi-structured interviews to delve into the historical trajectory and features of citizenship education in Lithuania. Eight experts (representatives of different stakeholders: politicians, oficials, representatives of formal education and the NGO sector) within the field of Lithuanian citizenship education were deliberately chosen, each bringing diverse perspectives that enriched the overall depth and breadth of the comprehensive exploration undertaken in this research (Van Audenhove & Donders, 2019). The research instrument, comprising interview questions, was meticulously crafted from the theoretical analysis of agonistic pedagogy (Koutsouris et al., 2022; Sant, 2019). Through interviews, the experts provided nuanced insights, shedding light on the presence or absence of agonistic features within the country's education system. For content analysis of the interview data, a structured coding and categorization process was employed to systematically identify and quantify specific elements, particularly focusing on uncovering hints of agonistic pedagogy within the discourse surrounding democratic citizenship education. Ethical considerations were paramount, ensuring informed consent, participant confidentiality, and the respectful handling of sensitive information. This research adhered to ethical guidelines, allowing participants the option to withdraw at any point. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The anticipated outcomes of this research aim for a comprehensive understanding of the state of democratic citizenship education in Lithuania, delving into its historical trajectory and contemporary features. The study endeavors to unveil nuances in how the educational system either aligns with or deviates from the principles of agonistic democracy. From the analysis, it became apparent that democratic citizenship education in Lithuania is perceived differently by experts, indicating its multifaceted nature with diverse theories, perspective and the tensions that arise from the different goals of citizenship education, especially in the context of today's wars. While the mention of agonistic democracy was absent, subtle traces of agonistic principles were detected both in formal education practices and the broader discourse on the topic in Lithuania. This discovery signifies an opportunity to introduce and strengthen agonistic pedagogy within the educational landscape. In conclusion, this study yields valuable insights into the nuanced landscape of Lithuanian citizenship education, contributing to the broader discourse on democratic education. By utilizing the agonistic democracy framework, the research not only deepens our understanding of citizenship education in Lithuania but also establishes a foundation for future research endeavors and potential policy considerations, particularly in enhancing democratic citizenship education within the country. References Bickmore, K. (2014). Citizenship education in Canada: ‘Democratic’ engagement with differences, conflicts and equity issues? Citizenship Teaching & Learning Vol. 9, Nr. 3. Dewey, J. (1916/2013). Demokratija ir ugdymas. Įvadas į ugdymo filosofiją. Klaipėda: Baltic printing House Haste, H., Chopra V. (2020). The futures of education for participation in 2050: educating for managing uncertainty and ambiguity. Background paper for the Futures of Education initiative. Hanson, J., & Howe, K. (2011). The Potential for Deliberative Democratic Civic Education. Democracy and Education, 19(2). https://democracyeducationjournal.org/home/vol19/iss2/3 Koutsouris, G., Stentiford, L., Benham-Clarke, S., & Hall, D. (2022). Agonism in education: A systematic scoping review and discussion of its educational potential. Educational Review, 74(5), 1029–1054. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1889983 Mouffe, C. (2000). The Democratic Paradox. Verso. Mouffe, C. (2013). Agonistics: Thinking The World Politically (1st edition). Verso. NVO švietimo tinklas (2017). Pilietiškumo studija. Ruitenberg, C. W. (2009). Educating Political Adversaries: Chantal Mouffe and Radical Democratic Citizenship Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 28(3), 269–281. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-008-9122-2 Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655–696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493 Tryggvason, Á. (2018). Democratic Education and Agonism: Exploring the Critique from Deliberative Theory. Democracy & Education, 26(1), 1–9. Van Audenhove, L., & Donders, K. (2019). Talking to People III: Expert Interviews and Elite Interviews. In H. Van den Bulck, M. Puppis, K. Donders, & L. Van Audenhove (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Methods for Media Policy Research (pp. 179–197). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-16065-4_10 Žiliukaitė, R., Stonkuvienė, I., Šupa, M., Petronytė, I. (2012). Pilietiškumo ugdymo būklės kokybinis tyrimas: Tyrimo ataskaita. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Citizenship Education with Chinese Characteristics: The Theory and Practice of Core Socialist Values and Ideological-Political Education in Chinese Universities Faculty of Education, Shenzhen University Presenting Author:The focus of this study is on a mandatory course in Chinese higher education – ideological-political education (IPE) – and the widespread political slogans known as the Core Socialist Values (CSVs), promoted by the Chinese authorities (Gow, 2017; MoE, 2018). This study of IPE in Chinese higher education explores how CSVs are introduced in this mandatory course. It draws on the literature of democratic citizenship education and applies Gramscian concepts to the Chinese context (Adamson, 2014; Gramsci, 1971). While previous Chinese literature has extensively suggested the successful implementation of CSVs in IPE classes, there is a lack of comprehensive empirical studies in English (Vickers & Zeng, 2017). This investigation of CSVs in IPE includes analysing policy documents, and official textbooks, observing IPE classes in four universities, and conducting interviews with 40 IPE students and lecturers. The collected data is analysed to reveal the ways in which the Chinese authorities employ political indoctrination and political socialisation (Greenstein, 1970; Merry, 2005) to develop hegemonic common-sense understandings within Chinese civil society.
The study provides substantial evidence of the implementation of commitment to CSVs. It investigates the top-level design of policies from the governmental perspective, and how CSVs and official requests are enacted in IPE classrooms in detail. It also includes specific evaluations and assessments from IPE lecturers and students. The study reveals that the authorities are eager to establish a new form of common sense, leading people to believe that CSVs are essential values for the Chinese people. This fosters a cultural hegemony that reinforces the power of the authorities’ integral state (Gramsci, 1971). To fulfil official requests, lecturers also employ various distinctive strategies in terms of introducing and promoting CSVs, which can be categorised into three types of teaching approaches: 1) Confirmist, 2) Compromiser, and 3) Innovator. Additionally, both lecturers and students recognise the functions and aims of CSVs in education, but they also express reservations and offer suggestions for improvement in various perspectives, including policy-making, teaching practices, and assessment. Notably, these perspectives are often considered abstract, ambiguous, and lacking specificity.
IPE promotes CSVs as the standards that ensure the political and social stability necessary for China’s economic development and social evolution. This reinforces the ruling party’s perceived legitimacy and justifies civil society's compliance with political control. This educational model is distinctively Chinese and contrasts with more liberal models prevalent elsewhere in the world for building cultural hegemony. IPE was an important agent created by the authorities within political society, intended to consolidate the authorities’ dominance through training and education within civil society. The evolution of the IPE curriculum consistently reflects crucial socio-political changes within Chinese authorities since 1949. In a broader sense, IPE was established and modified for political purposes within political society, with its detailed curriculum and practices specifically reflecting this form of education within civil society. Changes to IPE might encompass pedagogical goals like citizenship awareness and moral education, but it is primarily oriented towards the ideological and political purposes of political society. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on data collected by the author as part of his doctoral research. During the PhD study, the author employed qualitative approaches, including document analysis, semi-structured interviews, and class observation. The author analyzed current education policy and the official curriculum for IPE (Interprofessional Education) and CSVs (Core Social Values), exploring how authority establishes expectations and regulations for IPE and CSVs. Additionally, the author observed over 60 IPE sessions with 14 lecturers in four Chinese higher education institutes, investigating how IPE lecturers introduce and discuss CSVs in their teaching practice through specific approaches. Finally, the author conducted semi-structured interviews with almost 40 lecturers and students. This analysis delves into how lecturers understand CSVs and how students evaluate lecturers' teaching practices in order to assess their alignment with official values. In conclusion, three sources of data can triangulate and facilitate further discussion on policy-making, curriculum formation, teaching practices, and student evaluations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Therefore, in terms of both content and process, there was central control. The authorities' requirements were intended to promote CSV through IPE, and the expectation was that this was to be carried out in an indoctrinatory fashion, serving as the first step to create common sense. At the same time, the CSV condenses official ideology into a set of explicitly stated values. In so doing, it makes it easier for students to memorise and reproduce these, and so encouraged a dominant position for the authorities. Generally, the government in political society prescribed CSV for education practice and performance in civil society. In this general process, civil society did not have the further autonomy to alter or refuse but only to accept and implement what the political society offered. IPE builds up “common sense” as Gramsci proposed and, in so doing, establishes a cultural “common sense” in the minds of young people. However, even among those who were compliant or positive, many actively decided for themselves which particular CSV they valued the most. Then there were the rare 'dissenters' who questioned the notion of IPE and CSV. Even some of the students who had critical comments about the CSV, still acknowledged in their reflections that CSV is a good sense for social change. Even this mildly critical viewpoint contributes to cultural hegemony in Chinese society. The final result is that common sense vis-a-vis CSV has been established in young people's minds, and this builds up cultural common sense led by the authorities and enables the party to strengthen its social evolution over Chinese society. References Adamson, W. L. (2014). Hegemony and Revolution: A Study of Antonio Gramsci’s Political and Cultural Theory. Echo Point Books & Media. Gow, M. (2017). The Core Socialist Values of the Chinese Dream: Towards a Chinese Integral State. Critical Asian Studies, 49(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1080/14672715.2016.1263803 Gramsci, A. (1971). Selections from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci. International Publishers. Greenstein, F. (1970). Socialisation: Political Socialisation. In N. J. Smelser (Ed.), Review of the International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences (pp. 969–978). University of Chicago Press. Merry, M. S. (2005). Indoctrination, Moral Instruction, and Nonrational Beliefs: A Place for Autonomy? Educational Theory, 55(4), Article 4. MoE. (2018). Use IPE Textbooks and Arm Students’ Brains through Socialism with Chinese Characteristics (用好讲好高校思政理论课教材 用中国特色社会主义最新理论成果武装大学生头脑) [Gov]. Ministry of Education of PRC. https://www.eeafj.cn/syzhxx/20180517/8158.html Vickers, E., & Zeng, X. (2017). Education and Society in Post-Mao China. Taylor & Francis. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper "We” vs. “Them": Systematic analysis of History Textbooks in Post-War Bosnia and Herzegovina. University of Agder, No, Norway Presenting Author:Although the war in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH) officially ended in 1995 with the Dayton Peace Agreement, it is fair to say that the post-war era is still characterized by various forms of divisions in political, economic, and public life. This profound division in BiH is also clearly visible at all levels of education in the country, with three independent educational systems containing several additional sub-systems in different geographical areas (i.e., cantons). These three educational programs roughly correspond to existing ethnic divisions that dominate the political, economic, and social situation in BiH (i.e. Croatian, Serbian, and Bosnjak ethnicity). There currently exists extensive literature describing various dilemmas associated with history narration in BiH, ranging from traditional educational textbooks (Šimic, 2020), empirical analysis (Pilvi, 2007), to various cinematic representations of the war (Abazovic, 2014). The nearly unanimous agreement in contemporary literature is that the content of these textbooks provides grounds for inappropriate educational practices that might negatively influence free thinking and the construction of a healthy, functional society. Thus, educational programs in BiH are consistently evaluated as being instrumental in the creation of strong and uniform ethnic nationalism and ethnic politics (Pilvi, 2007; Baranovic, 2001). Considering the widely accepted idea that education represents one of the most important building blocks of a functional society and civic behavior (Pilvi, 2009), a comprehensive analysis of textbooks in BiH would be of paramount importance if one aims to induce political and cultural changes supporting progress, stability, and development. Furthermore, the existence of different historical narratives might represent a challenge to peace-making processes in the country and have a negative impact on the development of democratic attitudes in young people who are expected to participate in decision-making processes in the future (Pilvi, 2009). However, the conclusions in the previous research, with some exceptions (e.g., Pilvi, 2007), are predominantly based on sheer theoretical reasoning and, more importantly, on relatively narrow data material concerning the content of the history books used as a curriculum on various levels of youth education in BiH. As such, there is very little work that makes the connection between concrete, broad, and transparent empirical material on one side and the conclusions reached on the presented material on the other. Thus, the majority of the previous research on this topic fails to (1) nuance the differences between the three ethnically based educational programs, (2) include multiple educational levels (i.e. both elementary and secondary education), and, more importantly, (3) offer transparent data to support the claims. Based on previous research (Pilvi, 2007), it is expected that all books contain the two main categories, namely “us” vs. “them.” However, there presently exists very little knowledge concerning the nuances between these two categories, the tools used to achieve such separation, and the discursive tone used to promote the idea of ethnic division. With this knowledge gap in mind, the aim of the present study is to examine the content of a relatively large quantity of various textbooks used in BiH, ranging from the 8th and 9th grades of elementary school up to the 4th grade of high school, including all three educational programs. The empirical point of departure in this paper is based on exploratory content analysis and the search for dominant and common codes that, in an aggregated manner, tend to form central themes in these books. Thus, the main aim is to identify and analyze the central themes that underlie “us” versus “them” divisions and consequently make recommendations for future history textbooks that increase the chance of shared perspectives among young future generations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data Material A total of 36 textbooks were included in the analysis (11 Bosniak, 16 Croatian, and 9 Serbian). All educational levels, from the 8th and 9th grade of elementary school up to the 4th grade of high school in all three educational programs, are represented. The majority of the reviewed texts are written in the Latin alphabet, with a few exceptions of the Serbian and Bosnjak textbooks that contain sections in the Cyrillic alphabet. Croatian textbooks are authored by 20 different persons, Bosnjak books by 13, and Serbian by 12. Analysis The present study is based on exploratory content analysis with the aim of "making replicable and valid inferences from texts to the contexts of their use" (Krippendorff, 2013, p.24). Thus, the intention is that extracted categories and the consequent conclusions are possible to replicate, using the same procedures (Drisko & Maschi, 2016). In the method section, the position and the background of the researcher team are discussed. The first step of the analysis consisted of identifying the sections that are relevant for the purposes of the present study. These sections regard the descriptions of the "local" history of BiH, without connections to the historical movements in Europe and the world in general. Second, all sections of relevance were examined to gain an overview of the material. Third, multiple repeating codes were marked and colored. Fourth, identified codes of interest were merged into larger themes with the aim of detecting the main categories. At this point, the well-known "back and forth" process that is characteristic of qualitative analysis took place in the pursuit of the latent messages hidden in the text. The final stage was to select the themes that nuance the division between "us" vs. "them". All analyzed textbooks share a common variance when it comes to the description of the main historical events but drastically differ in terms of (1) focus, (2) terminology, and (3) interpretations when it comes to descriptions of "us" vs. "them". The main categories are (1) discursive tools of separation, historical markers defining "us" vs. "them", and the role of religion in defining "us". It should be noted that the wording "we" vs. "them" could not be replaced by "we" vs. "others," meaning that separation is specifically directed toward the two other competing ethnic groups in the country. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings George Orwell (1960, p. 34) famously stated, "Who controls the past controls the future; who controls the present controls the past." It is easy to relate these words to the present schooling situation in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH) and the current data material. The overall conclusion is that the analyzed books represent an obstacle to a shared future that promotes socially responsible civic actions, as well as democratic, pluralistic, and tolerant attitudes. The shortcomings of these books are not situated within one specific sentence but are rather associated with the general tone, the nature of discourse, and all implicit and explicit literary tools that reinforce ethnicism by using strategic narrative to promote their own ethnic group and devalue others. All three educational programs are sending the same message about who "our" people are and who the "others" are, only varying in the choice of narration. They all use polemical representations of others (Moscovici, 1988) and demographic numbers and maps to promote their ethnic arguments. The problem is not in the accuracy of numbers or maps but rather in the selective choices that serve given ethnic positions. However, the narration differs, with Croatian textbooks tending to use distancing (BiH is "that country" or "this country," indicating foreign territory), Serbian dominating (BiH is established on the territories where Serbs historically populated or was, in fact, a part of Serbia), and Bosniak denying strategy (the ethnicity of Croatians and Serbs in BiH is the result of propaganda from neighboring states and is thus a relatively novel category). The findings in the present study are detailed with quotes and references from various textbooks but are not reported here due to the limited word count. Implications for future research are also discussed, including recommendations for textbooks that promote the development of civic actions. References Abazović, D. (2014): Reconciliation, ethnopolitics and religion in Bosnia-Herzegovina. In: D. Abazović & M. Velikonja (eds.): Post-Yugoslavia. New Cultural and Political Perspectives (pp. 35-56). London: Springer. Baranovic, B. (2001). History textbooks in post-war Bosnia and Herzegovina. Intercultural Education, 12(1), 13-26. Drisko, J. W., & Maschi, T. (2016). Content analysis: pocket guides to social work research methods. New York: Oxford University Press. Krippendorff K. (2013). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Moscovici, S. (1988). Notes towards a description of social representations. European journal of social psychology, 18(3), 211-250. Orwell G. (1960) Nineteen Eighty-Four. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Torsti, P. (2007). How to deal with a difficult past? History textbooks supporting enemy images in post‐war Bosnia and Herzegovina. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 39(1), 77-96. Torsti, P. (2009). Segregated education and texts: A challenge to peace in Bosnia and Herzegovina. International Journal on World Peace, 26(2),65–82. Šimić, G. (2020). To believe or not to believe: Current history textbooks in Bosnia and Herzegovina. In G. Ognjenović & J. Jozelić (Eds.), Nationhood and politicization of history in school textbooks. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. |
17:15 - 17:30 | Break 17: ECER Break |
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 13 A: Teacher professional learning and Development (PLD) in Finland, Switzerland and Denmark Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli Symposium |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Teacher professional learning and development (PLD) in schools in Finland, Switzerland, Denmark and England Teacher professional learning and development (PLD) happens inside a wide and evolving environment. From the perspective of teacher lifelong learning, this stage follows initial education and induction, and should be a constant factor in the development of professionality (Hoyle, 1974) during the whole career of teachers. Since the emergence of new phenomena and issues in school systems is steadily increasing, PLD’s importance has grown during recent years. From a systemic standpoint, the aspects interacting in the process leading to teacher PLD can take place at three main levels: macro/whole school system; meso/individual school and micro/classroom (Ostinelli, 2023). During these last years a number of symposia at the EERA-ECER conferences contributed to the publishing of a volume on teacher PLD in Europe (Innovation in Teacher Professional Learning in Europe, 2023). The focus was on the different approaches to teacher professional learning in Europe, considered from the whole system perspective. Actually, the book provided the reader with an extended view of this issue. However, due to the complexity of school systems, it is important to extend the analysis to other systemic levels. Following a path ideally leading from macro to micro (that is, from whole system to classroom level), it is important to increase the knowledge of what practiced at the meso level, investigating innovative practices and projects involving individual schools. The idea is therefore to illustrate a number of different approaches to teacher PLD in the field, focusing the attention on innovative experiences involving individual schools. The presentations included in the symposium deal with different themes. The first one, in times where digitalization and Artificial Intelligence (AI) are affecting heavily school systems and at large the global educational domain, is about the development - starting from actual teacher skills - of new competencies, in the context of innovative and more dynamic relationships between these technologies and pedagogy. For instance, the ethical aspects in using these information-based approaches are paramount (Unesco, 2023). A second theme is the match between continuous teacher education and teachers’ and principals’ needs (Ryan and Deci, 2020; Zhang, Admiraal and Saab, 2021). In fact, teachers have various needs concerning situations and processes happening in the classroom, and their fulfilment is important in building a motivation for change, relative to teaching and class management innovation. A third issue is about how to develop teacher agency in Professional learning communities, holding into account that the context where they act is more complex than what hypothesized by various models. In fact, very often rational, linear cause-effects interventions fail to achieve the desired results because of their limited perspective. Finally, yet importantly, sustainability is, like in other domains, a key factor also in teacher PLD. Interactions between schools, children, families to create sustainable improvement from specific professional learning and development using a facilitated action research framework are an important object of study in the context of the development of teacher professional expertise. References Ryan, R., Deci, E. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101860. Hoyle, E. (1974) ‘Professionality, professionalism and control in teaching’ London Educational Review 3(2), 13–19 Ostinelli, G. (2023) A Framework for Analysing Teacher Professional Development. In Jones, K., Ostinelli, G. and Crescentini, A. (Eds.) Innovation in Teacher Professional Learning in Europe. London: Routledge. UNESCO (2023) Guidance for generative AI in education and research. Paris: UNESCO Zhang, X., Admiraal, W., Saab, N. (2021). Teachers’ motivation to participate in continuous professional development: relationship with factors at the personal and school level. Journal of Education for Teaching, 47(5), 714-731. Presentations of the Symposium Implementing City Level Digi-startegy through School Level Development Projects
In the study an implementation of a collaboratively constructed city level digi-strategy is analysed. The implementation of the strategy through co-designing the use of digi-tools in teaching and learning was considered as teachers’ professional learning. Consequently, the study covers three levels: city, school and individual teacher. The strategy was decided to be implemented through school level development projects and these projects were supported by researchers at the University of Helsinki. Each school decided their own project and they typically focused to the use of digital tools in teaching and learning, design of school learning environments and inclusive education. The participation of students to the implementation of the strategy contextualizes teachers’ professional learning and help teachers to focus to students and the development of their digital competence (Fernández-Batanero et al. 2020). The co-development project connects teachers’ individual learning to the teachers' common practices, practices in the classroom and teacher community (Maier and Schmidt 2015). The implementation and teachers’ professional learning was analysed based on a questionnaire and interview data collected from teachers, participating to different development projects. According to data, the use of basic digi-tools increased as well as teachers’ competences to use digi-tools, especially in blended learning. Collaborative nature of the projects and contextual learning in real classroom and teacher community situations supported teachers’ professional learning. Challenges were related to the leadership of the project.
References:
Fernández-Batanero, J. M., et al., 2020. Digital competences for teacher professional development. Systematic review. European Journal of Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1827389
Maier, R. and Schmidt, A., 2015. Explaining organizational knowledge creation with a knowledge maturing model. Knowledge Management Research & Practice, 13(4), 361–381. https://doi.org/10.1057/kmrp.2013.56
How to develop teacher agency in Professional Learning Communities
In the context of teacher PLD, in Denmark for approximately ten years there has been a focus on professional learning development concerning competences in managing teacher collaboration within PLC, Professional Learning Communities. In agreement with widespread leadership theories (e.g. Yukl & Gardner III, 2020), the implicit assumption has been that teachers work with a high level of rationality: What is the intended learning outcome? What teaching methods should be chosen in order to reach the goals? (e.g. Dufour & Marzano, 2011).
However, recent studies have shown that often teachers don't work according to a rational ends-means scheme (Thorborg, 2024). Rather, they work under the conditions of bounded rationality (Qvortrup, 2003. Simon, 1997 [1945]. Simon, 2019 [1996]). In many cases, teachers have to manage situations in which the complexity of the situation (teaching students in a classroom) is bigger than the capacity of the teacher (e.g. Lortie, 2002). This realization is based partly on theories of complexity and professional judgement, partly on interviews with and observations of teachers (Thorborg, 2024. Qvortrup, forthcoming). The implication is that teacher collaboration and professional learning must support much more explorative practices based on a strong professional sense-making culture rather than on rational ends-means practices (e.g. Hargreaves & O’Connor, 2018). This challenges the conception of teachers’ professional judgment practice (Qvortrup, 2017). The implications for teacher professional learning and development (PLD) in schools will be elaborated.
References:
Dufour, R. & Marzano, R. J. (2011): Leaders of Learning. Bloomington, IN: Solution Tree.
Hargreaves, A. & O’Connor, M. T. (2018): Collaborative Professionalism. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin.
Lortie, D. C. (2002): Schoolteacher. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Qvortrup, L. (2003): The Hypercomplex Society. New York: Peter Lang.
Qvortrup, L. (2017): Undervisning er udøvelse af dømmekraft [Teaching is the exercise of judgment]. In: Holm, C. & Thingholm, H. B. (eds.): Evidens og dømmekraft [Evidence and judgment]. Frederikshavn: Dafolo.
Qvortrup, L. (forthcoming): Professionel dømmekraft [Professional Judgment]. Copenhagen: Samfundslitteratur.
Simon, H. A. (1997 [1945]): Administrative Behavior. New York, NY: The Free Press.
Simon, H. (2019 [1996]): The Sciences of the Artificial. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
Thorborg, M. (2024): Et begivenhedsbaseret perspektiv på lærerkollegial aktivitet i den danske folkeskole [An event-based perspective on teacher collegial activity in the Danish primary school]. Aarhus: Aarhus University Press.
Yukl, G. & Gardner III, W. L. (2020): Leadership in Organizations. Harlow: Pearson.
Sub-paper withdrawn
.
References:
.
The Development of Psychological Capital in Ticino (Switzerland) Schools
In teacher education there is a well-established agreement on the beneficial effects of conducting positive psychology interventions (Allen et al., 2022) during the stages of initial education, induction and professional development. A prime example is the development in teachers of constructs such as hope (Snyder, 2000), optimism (Seligman, 1998), self-efficacy (Parker, 1998), and resilience (Wagnild & Young, 1993). These constructs, identified by Luthans (2007), constitute what is defined as “Psychological Capital” (PsyCap). They are by their definition measurable, open to development within a short timeframe and linked to well-being and work performance. Specific survey instruments have been developed over the years for each construct. In the case of teachers, working on personal potential has also proven to be linked to the quality of teaching and the ability to motivate pupils (Vink et al, 2011) for school activities and for orienting themselves towards study. Psychological capital-related training interventions implemented in initial and continuous teacher education in the canton of Ticino (Switzerland) are based on this principle. The courses proposed were developed taking into account institutional and individual needs. The learning of classroom teaching practices was combined with individual development paths. Each course lasted one school year. During this time span, each participant was supported in designing a self-development plan containing objectives, deadlines, activities to be undertaken and tools for evaluating the obtained results. Participants were able to measure their Psychological Capital at the beginning and end of the course and become aware of the changes that had taken place. The presentation will be focused on the description of coaching activities (both individual and collective), conducted with teachers and principals, and on the qualitative and quantitative results obtained using this kind of approach.
References:
Allen, K. A., Furlong, M. J., Vella-Brodrick, D., & Suldo, S. M. (Eds.). (2022). Handbook of positive psychology in schools: Supporting process and practice. Routledge.
Luthans, F., Avolio, B. J., Avey, J. B., & Norman, S. M. (2007). Positive psychological capital: Measurement and relationship with performance and satisfaction. Personnel Psychology, 60, 541-572.
Parker, S. (1998). Enhancing role-breadth self efficacy: The roles of job enrichment and other organizational interventions. Journal of Applied Psychology, 83(6), 835-852. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.83.6.835
Seligman, M. E. P. (1998). Learned optimism. Pocket Books.
Snyder, C. R. (2000). Handbook of Hope: Theory, Measures, and Applications. London: Academic Press.
Vink, J., Ouweneel, E., & Le Blanc, P. (2011). Psychological resources for engaged employees: Psychological capital in the job demands-resources model. Gedrag & Organisatie, 24(2), 101–120.
Wagnild, G. M., & Young, H. M. (1993). Development and psychometric evaluation of the resiliency scale. Journal of Nursing Management, 1, 165-178.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 13 B: Teachers understanding practice Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Larissa Jõgi Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teachers‘ Use of Informal Learning Opportunities: Frequencies and their Correlations with Individual Characteristics in Germany 1University of Tübingen, Germany; 2University College of Teacher Education Vorarlberg Presenting Author:In teachers’ lifelong professionalization, informal learning represents a core aspect of continuous professional development in addition to organized in-service training. Informal learning opportunities that are usually initiated and controlled by the teachers themselves include, among other things, obtaining teaching-related feedback from students and colleagues, which is considered to be extremely effective for teachers’ learning (e.g., Hattie & Clarke, 2019; Ridge und Lavigne, 2020). In contrast to surveying the frequency of participation in continuing education and training courses, it has been difficult so far to measure the use of informal learning opportunities as comprehensively as possible, since many survey instruments list activities that are considered to be conducive to learning in a more or less random manner (Dobischat & Gnahs, 2008). For the teaching profession, Kwakman (2003) identified a variety of informal learning opportunities in a qualitative interview study, which in a multi-step process finally led to the development and validation of the Teachers’ Professional Development at Work (TPD) survey instrument (Evers et al., 2016) with the dimensions ‘Experimenting’, ‘Collaborating for School Development’, ‘Collaborating for Lessen Development’, ‘Keeping Up-to-date: Reading’, and ‘Reflecting and Asking for Feedback’. This study tests a German adaptation of this originally Dutch instrument and examines the relationships between the informal learning opportunity dimensions and exemplary demographic, dispositional, and job-related characteristics that are highly relevant for the use of learning opportunities (Cerasoli et al., 2018; Richter et al., 2011). The following research questions are addressed: RQ1: Can the dimensions of the use of informal learning opportunities identified in Evers et al. (2016) be confirmed in a German translation of the instrument? RQ2: How often do teachers in Germany use different dimensions of informal learning opportunities? RQ3: To what extent do age, gender, the lack of a qualification for the teaching profession, general self-efficacy, and the takeover of tasks in the extended school leadership show effects on the frequency of using informal learning opportunities? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions, we used a quantitative online questionnaire survey. A representative sample with regard to age, gender and school type of N = 405 teachers from Germany was surveyed in fall 2019 by a German survey service provider. The online questionnaire was based on a German adaptation of the TPD (21 items, response scale 1 = never to 5 = always), supplemented by individual items to capture demographic and job-related characteristics. General self-efficacy expectancy was assessed by a scale from Schwarzer and Jerusalem (1999; 10 items, ω=.886). Regarding RQ1, we used confirmatory factor analyses, following the usual cut-off values for the fit statistics (CFI ≥ .95, SRMR ≤ .08, RMSEA ≤ .05; Kline, 2016). To address the second research question, we calculated scale means and standard deviations. Finally, to answer RQ3, we estimated a structural equation model in which the frequencies of use are predicted by the individual characteristics of the teachers, controlling for school characteristics. We conducted structural equation analyses using the R package lavaan. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Confirmatory analysis of the factor structure of the TPD indicated the necessity for modification of the dimensions found in Evers et al. (2016) (Χ2(179)=431.8, p<.001, RMSEA=.064, SRMR=.064, CFI=.892). Based on an analysis regarding model misspecification (Saris et al., 2009), three double-loading items were removed, and the reading-related dimension was split regarding print media and Internet information. The final model with the dimensions ‘reflection and feedback’ (M=3.45, SD=0.64), ‘informing online’ (M=3.40, SD=0.77), ‘cooperation for lesson development’ (M=3.16, SD=0.77), ‘innovating and testing’ (M=3.01, SD=0.62), ‘cooperation for school development’ (M=3.00, SD=0.72) and ‘reading print media’ (M=2.91, SD=0.85) shows a good fit (Χ2(118)=212.7, p<.001, RMSEA=.048, SRMR=.046, CFI=.951). Regression analysis revealed positive gender effects (gender: female) on the dimensions of innovating/testing (β=.17**), reflecting/feedback (β=.26***), and the forms of cooperation (school development: β=.15*; instructional development: β=.23***). In terms of age, there was a quadratic pattern for reading print media, indicating more frequent reception up to about age 50 with a subsequent decline (β=-.14*). Higher general self-efficacy expectancy exhibits positive effects on innovating (β=.21**) and school development-related cooperation (β=.19***). Our findings show that a translation of the TPD can be applied in German-speaking countries with some adaptations. In particular, the use of online information sources seems to be moving away from the items relating to paper-based information sources in the previously used reading dimension. Using a representative sample, the study provides an insight into the frequency of use of informal learning opportunities in Germany, according to which teachers often seem to reflect on their teaching, seek feedback, and prefer online resources. Teachers' age only appears relevant for reading print media. Female teachers seem to use most informal learning opportunities slightly more frequently than male. In the presentation, we will discuss the comparability with findings from other countries and practical implications. References Cerasoli, C. P., Alliger, G. M., Donsbach, J. S., Mathieu, J. E., Tannenbaum, S. I. & Orvis, K. A. (2018). Antecedents and Outcomes of Informal Learning Behaviors: a Meta-Analysis. Journal of Business and Psychology, 33(2), 203–230. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10869-017-9492-y Dobischat, R. & Gnahs, D. (2008). Methodische Reflexionen und Verbesserungsansätze zum BSW-AES. In Weiterbildungsverhalten in Deutschland. Band 2: Berichtskonzepte auf dem Prüfstand (pp. 219–229). Bielefeld: Deutsches Institut für Erwachsenenbildung. Evers, A. T., Kreijns, K. & van der Heijden, B. I. (2016). The design and validation of an instrument to measure teachers’ professional development at work. Studies in Continuing Education, 38(2), 162–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037x.2015.1055465 Hattie, J., & Clarke, S. (2019). Visible learning: Feedback. Routledge. Kline, R. B. (2016). Principles and practice of structural equation modeling. Methodology in the social sciences. Guilford Press. Kwakman, K. (2003). Factors affecting teachers’ participation in professional learning activities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 19(2), 149–170. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00101-4 Richter, D., Kunter, M., Klusmann, U., Lüdtke, O. & Baumert, J. (2011). Professional development across the teaching career: Teachers’ uptake of formal and informal learning opportunities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 116–126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.07.008 Ridge, B. L., & Lavigne, A. L. (2020). Improving instructional practice through peer observation and feedback: A review of the literature. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28, 61. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.5023 Saris, W. E., Satorra, A. & van der Veld, W. M. (2009). Testing Structural Equation Models or Detection of Misspecifications? Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 16(4), 561–582. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510903203433 Schwarzer, R. & Jerusalem, M. (1999). Skalen zur Erfassung von Lehrer- und Schülermerkmalen: Dokumentation der psychometrischen Verfahren im Rahmen der wissenschaftlichen Begleitung des Modellversuchs Selbstwirksame Schulen. Freie Universität Berlin. http://userpage.fu-berlin.de/%7Ehealth/self/skalendoku_selbstwirksame_schulen.pdf 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Flourishing or Floundering? Exploring Ukrainian Elementary School Teacher Understandings of Their Professional Experience University of Glasgow Presenting Author:Brief Abstract Main Research Question and Sub-Questions Theoretical Considerations Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology The structure of this empirical investigation (Hedges, 2017) was the following: qualitative approach (Creswell, 2017; Cleland, 2015; Denzin & Lincoln, 2005; Gay & Airasian, 2003), interpretivist/constructivist paradigm (Scauso, 2020; Hay, 2011; Bevir & Rhodes, 2003), subjectivist stance (Moon & Blackman, 2017; Ratner, 2002; Lincoln & Guba, 2000), narrative inquiry (Barkhuizen 2016; Stanley & Temple, 2008; Clandinin & Connelly, 2000), and template analysis (King 2004, 1998). Data was collected by means of the ZOOM online meeting platform using a combination of semi-structured focused discussions (Munday, 2006; Warr, 2005; Bromley & Fishcher, 2000), visual data instruments (“River of Experience” (Cabaroglu & Denicolo, 2008; Richardson, 2003; Pope & Denicolo, 1990) and auto-photography (Bailey & Harken, 2014; Pain, 2012; Colier & Collier, 1986)), and semi-structured individual interviews (Price & Jewitt; King, 2004; Mischler, 1991). Data collection began several days after the Russian invasion of Ukraine in 2022 and lasted four months. Data collection was conducted within the ethical context of crisis zone research, which recognizes that, although victims of humanitarian crises are a vulnerable group and therefore are worthy of added protection, such protection should not be to the extent that they are prevented from participating in research in which they have volunteered to be involved (Mazurana et al., 2013; Helbardt et al., 2010; Mfutso-Bengo et al., 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In answer to the main research question—what does it mean to flourish professionally for Ukrainian elementary school teachers? —the data indicated a blend of elements, namely, • To persevere – that is, as an individual, to guard self-respect and foster capaciousness when faced with upheaval at any level, personally or professionally, recognizing and addressing ‘the ironies of policy and the ironies of practice’ (Hoyle & Wallace 2007, p. 9) by ‘keeping things vital’ (Cammarano & Stutelberg, 2020, 5), that is, continuing to move forward. The teachers studied demonstrated that a stoic disposition, sustained heutagogical approaches (self-determined learning), and concerted efforts (or an outward stance) formed a synergistic defense against uncertainty, unexpected shifts, and even danger. Collectively, they appeared to subscribe to the view that fear is a bad advisor, and that courage is not a heroic personality trait limited to the few. • To innovate – that is, to master the roles of leader and coordinator of the educational process, engage in ‘principled infidelity’ (Hoyle & Wallace 2007, p. 9) when veering away from traditional curricula, methods, established philosophies, and policies in order to embrace new ones; to brave change agency as an expression of decentralization politics; and to act as early adopters of Education 4.0 technologies through entangled pedagogies. • To cultivate identity – that is, to reflect on the continuum of national education history continuously and critically in order to envision a path forward for learners that does not sacrifice cultural identity in the name of Europeanization and globalization; to seek and develop diverse forms of professional community where professional identity can safely be interrogated, adjusted, adapted, and finessed for the benefit of self and society; and to model democratic principles in teaching and learning inside and outside the classroom. References Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1996). Teachers' professional knowledge landscapes: Teacher stories. stories of teachers. school stories. stories of schools. Educational Researcher, 25(3), 24-30. https://doi.org/10.2307/1176665 Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2005). The discipline and practice of qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin and Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 1-31). Fimyar, O. (2010). Policy why(s): Policy rationalities and the changing logic of educational reform in postcommunist Ukraine. In I. Silova (Ed.), Post-socialism is not dead: (Re)reading the global in comparative education (International Perspectives on Education and Society, 14, pp. 61-91). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-3679(2010)0000014006 Hoyle, E., & Wallace, M. (2007). Educational reform: An ironic perspective. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership, 35(1), 9-25. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143207071383 King, N. (2004). Using templates in the thematic analysis of text. In C. Cassell & G. Symon (Eds.), Essential guide to qualitative methods in organizational research, (pp. 256-270). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://www.doi.org/10.4135/9781446280119.n21 Mfutso-Bengo, J., Masiye, F., & Muula, A. (2008). Ethical challenges in conducting research in humanitarian crisis situations. Malawi Medical Journal, 20(2), 46-49. https://doi.org/10.4314/mmj.v20i2.10956 Nussbaum, M. C. (2006). Education and democratic citizenship: Capabilities and quality education. Journal of Human Development, 7(3), 385-395. https://doi.org/10.1080/14649880600815974 Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating Capabilities. The Human Development Approach. Harvard University Press. 10.4159/harvard.9780674061200 Olssen, M., & Peters, M. A. (2005). Neoliberalism, higher education and the knowledge economy. From the free market to knowledge capitalism. Journal of Education Policy, 20(3), 313-345. doi:10.1080/02680930500108718 Pope, M., & Denicolo, P. (1990). Adults learning – Teachers thinking. In C. Day, M. Pope, & P. Denicolo (Eds.), Insights into teachers’ thinking and practice. Routledge. http://bit.ly/39FQBrp Rizvi, F. (2007). Postcolonialism and globalization in education. Cultural Studies, Critical Methodologies, 7(3), 256-263. https://doi.org/10.1177/1532708607303606 Sen, A. (1993). Capability and well‐being. In M. Nussbaum & A. Sen (Eds.), The quality of life (Oxford, online edition), (pp. 30-53). Oxford Academic. https://doi-org.ezproxy.lib.gla.ac.uk/10.1093/0198287976.003.0003 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Knowledge brokering Østfold University College, Norway Presenting Author:Knowledge brokering’ illustrates how knowledge can move between research communities and contexts outside of academia (Olejniczak, 2017; Ward et al., 2009). The term is also present in governmental documents in Norway, most recently in National Strategy for Research on Education 2020-2024 (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2020) and the state budget for 2023 (Finansdepartementet, 2022). In the strategy, the Norwegian Ministry of education states that “[…] all activities that promote the use of research can be labelled knowledge brokering” (p. 15, our translation). Based on this, it is hard to see how the concept of knowledge brokering differs from terms like knowledge transition (Kumar & Ganesh, 2009; Lavis et al., 2003), knowledge mediation (Montalt-Resurrecció & Shuttleworth, 2012), and knowledge transaction (Patsarika & Townsend, 2022). To understand what knowledge brokering entails, it becomes necessary to study the term conceptually. The ability to apply knowledge in contexts outside of its domain of origin is an epistemological challenge (Leppälä, 2012). Still, this is required in professional school and kindergarden development and projects driven by research-based decisions. We will focus on knowledge brokering between academic institutions and primary schools, considering school development. Conceptual framework When it comes to development in the educational sector, it is not possible to point our finger at something as the result of the process, as we work with immaterial objects. These objects must be constructed socially. Through situated learning (Lave & Wenger, 1991) and sociocultural approaches (Säljö, 2007), it becomes apparent that language plays a definite role in meaning-making and is understood as a medium by which we construct the objects we work on. Statement of the problem What can ‘knowledge brokering’ entail in the relationship between academia and primary schools, regarding professional development in both sectors? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We will apply discourse analysis to examine how ‘knowledge brokering’ is used in various documents and discuss its possible content. We will use Wartofsky’s (1979) perspective on 'model’ as an analytic taxonomy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Significance of the Research As the potential for collaborative development between academia and primary schools seem to be unfulfilled, this research will contribute to seeing this relationship in new ways. Our view on ‘knowledge brokering’ is highly optimistic. We argue that this field has the potential to advance the way we understand the application of knowledge in the social sciences. References Finansdepartementet. (2022). Meld. St. 1. Nasjonalbudsjettet 2023. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-1-20222023/id2931224/ Kumar, J. A. & Ganesh, L. S. (2009). Research on knowledge transfer in organizations: a morphology. Journal of Knowledge Management, 13(4), 161–174. https://doi.org/10.1108/13673270910971905 Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2020). Forskning, kunnskaps megling og bruk. Strategi for utdanningsforskning 2020–2024. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/8b5e5ebb145540f581c9996ef164acfb/kd_strategi-for-utdanningsforskning-2020-2024.pdf Lave, J. & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511815355 Lavis, J. N., Robertson, D., Woodside, J. M., McLeod, C. B., Abelson, J. & Group, K. T. S. (2003). How Can Research Organizations More Effectively Transfer Research Knowledge to Decision Makers? The Milbank Quarterly, 81(2), 221–248. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0009.t01-1-00052 Leppälä, S. (2012). An Epistemological Perspective on Knowledge Transfers: From Tacitness to Capability and Reliability. Industry and Innovation, 19(8), 631–647. https://doi.org/10.1080/13662716.2012.739759 Montalt-Resurrecció, V. & Shuttleworth, M. (2012). Research in translation and knowledge mediation in medical and healthcare settings. Linguistica Antverpiensia, New Series–Themes in Translation Studies, 11. Olejniczak, K. (2017). The Game of Knowledge Brokering. American Journal of Evaluation, 38(4), 554–576. https://doi.org/10.1177/1098214017716326 Patsarika, M. & Townsend, S. (2022). Interdisciplinary Service Learning as a Critical Knowledge Transaction Space in University-Community Engagement. The Educational Forum, 86(2), 185–198. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131725.2020.1859661 Säljö, R. (2007). Læring i praksis. Et sosiokulturelt perspektiv. Cappelen Damm akademisk. Ward, V. L., House, A. O. & Hamer, S. (2009). Knowledge brokering: Exploring the process of transferring knowledge into action. BMC Health Services Research, 9(1), 12. https://doi.org/10.1186/1472-6963-9-12 Wartofsky, M. W. (1979). Models. Representation and the Scientific Understanding. (R. S. Cohen, Ed.). Springer. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-009-9357-0 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 01 SES 13 C: Agency Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Maarja Tinn Paper Session |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Exploring the Multifaceted Nature of Teacher Agency: Contextual Influences and Manifestations Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Teacher agency, a key focus in recent educational research, receives considerable attention due to its vital role in teachers' professional development. This attention stems from the understanding that agency is intricately linked to various factors, including past professional milestones, personal beliefs, and contextual influences (Priestley et al., 2015; Tinn & Ümarik, 2021). Recognizing that agency is not inherent in every action, this research emphasizes the need to explore and understand the diverse expressions of teacher agency within the work process. The goal is to identify and recognize teacher agency as a habitual or intentional action reflecting genuine professional agency. Teacher agency encompasses influential factors such as the general context, including social and educational changes, identity, and professional knowledge leading to different discourses. Specific impacts of various aspects can be investigated using Piestley and Robinson's three-dimensional model, connecting iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative dimensions (Piestley & Robinson, 2015). There is a growing body of research on what influences the emergence and development of agency and how to sustain and support its growth (Eteläpelto & Vähäsantanen, 2008). However, with the diversity of influencing factors, it can be assumed that agency may not always come into action in the same manner. This paper focuses on the different expression possibilities of agency – agency in action – and the factors that impact these expressions. While numerous articles discuss what influences the emergence and development of agency and how to support it, this paper examines how agency is specifically expressed, in what ways, and how uniform its realization is in a teacher's lived educational actuality. We observe that educational changes are a significant influencer of agency (Tinn & Ümarik, 2021). This empirical study aims to understand how different conditional factors are related to enabling or disabling agency, moving on to examine the specific forms that agency in action takes. Selected teachers, whose careers began in the 60s-70s, yielded limited insights into the Soviet era during life history interviews. The scarcity of material is evident in the resulting typology and narrative portrayals. Rich data emerged primarily in the late 80s, amidst significant societal upheaval leading to the dissolution of the Soviet Union and Estonia's independence restoration in 1991. These transformative times profoundly impacted society, with the education sector at the forefront of conscious change. The analysis reflects these historical dynamics, and life history interviews from the past 30 years provide a robust foundation for the study. At the core of teacher agency is the ability to imagine alternatives, capturing the possibility of different alternative ways of acting. This is precisely why agency manifests itself in different ways, as different paths are inherent. How agency in action can take different forms and find alternative paths, while essentially sprouting from the same basis, is mapped in detail in the typology and described in four portrayals to unlock these types for a reader. The typology is based on the theory-based analysis of the ecological model of agency (Priestley et al., 2015), which has three dimensions: iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative. In the analysis process, we also considered an addition suggested by Leijen et al. (2019) to add a feature of personal long-term purpose-making to the model. The main themes from the analysis were accountability, efficiency, knowledge base, professional identity, perceived autonomy, short-term goals, long-term purposes, and school culture. All these themes were more or less influenced by another factor that surfaced in the analysis process – teacher nostalgia. Likewise, it was found that agency can also manifest as a toxic agency – a phenomenon whose connections with certain types of nostalgia were particularly strong. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Thirteen social science teachers from Estonian general education schools participated in life history interviews, with at least two interviews conducted with ten of them. The sample was intentionally diverse, encompassing teachers from different age groups, genders, and various schools and regions across Estonia. The interviews ranged in duration from 74 minutes to 2.5 hours. Narrative life history interviews (Goodson, 2014) were employed to gain a profound understanding of individuals' lives—both personal and professional—as well as the intersections between the two, making this approach well-suited for the ecological model of agency. The interviews were transcribed and anonymized, and the portrayal method (Goodson, 2013, p. 41; Sadam, Jõgi, Goodson, 2019) was utilized for analysis. This method involves the researcher interpreting life narratives in a socio-historical context. Creating Narrative Portrayals: The initial stage involved conducting interviews with open-ended questions and essential follow-up inquiries to gather comprehensive and in-depth data. (Goodson and Sikes, 2001, pp. 57-74; Kalekin-Fishman, 2017; Sadam et al., 2019; Tripp, 2012, pp. 97-98) Transcribing interviews was not just a preparatory step but an integral part of the analysis phase, involving the identification of themes for subsequent interviews. (Gibbs, 2007) The open coding process identified and marked significant themes recurring throughout interviews, guided by the theoretical framework or emerging organically until saturation was achieved. (Goodson, 2013, p. 40) This stage involved contextualizing identified themes within a socio-historical framework and creating narratives to understand broader meanings. (Goodson, 2014, p. 41) Narrative Portrayals and Documentation: Creating narrative portrayals involves generating written representations to deepen understanding of an individual's experience within a specific socio-historical context. These portrayals were presented as a result of the analysis. (Goodson, 2013, p. 41) The rationale for writing narrative portrayals in the analysis results is that interviewees might not always be as aware of the socio-cultural context as the researcher. The researcher can always inquire further about this context (Antikainen et al., 2009, 240; Goodson and Gill, 2011, 40). Each interview was analyzed individually, while simultaneously creating both individual and collective concept maps highlighting key themes. These themes formed the basis for constructing a typology of teacher agency. The portrayals were sent to interviewees for review and clarification. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study affirms the pivotal role of context, emphasizing that teacher agency is deeply embedded in the surrounding social, educational, and historical context. The emergence and expression of agency are intricately tied to external factors such as social and educational changes, shaping the teacher's ability to navigate professional challenges. Agency can manifest through actions, refraining from action, or a combination of both. By delving into the empirical study, the research sheds light on the conditional factors that either enable or disable teacher agency. This understanding provides a nuanced perspective on the intricate interplay between contextual elements and the realization of agency in action. The temporal dimension, especially the historical moment of the late 80s, emerges as a critical factor in understanding teacher agency. Life history interviews provided rich and dense descriptions, serving as a foundational source for analysis. It highlights the importance of historical context in unraveling the complexities of teacher agency. The application of the ecological model of agency, enriched by the addition of personal long-term purpose-making, proves instrumental in analyzing and categorizing teacher agency. The typology developed based on this model delineates dimensions such as iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative, offering a comprehensive framework for understanding diverse expressions of agency. Teacher nostalgia emerges as a significant factor influencing various aspects of teacher agency. It impacts themes such as accountability, efficiency, knowledge base, professional identity, perceived autonomy, short-term goals, long-term purposes, and school culture. Furthermore, it was found that agency can also manifest as a toxic agency—a phenomenon strongly associated with certain types of nostalgia. In essence, this study contributes to the ongoing discourse on teacher agency by offering a nuanced understanding of its manifestations, contextual influences, and the complex interplay of factors shaping teachers' professional development. References Eteläpelto, A., & Vähäsantanen, K. (2008). Research on teacher agency: An overview. European Educational Research Journal, 7(3), 324–339. Goodson, I. F. (2013). Developing narrative theory: Life histories and personal representation. Routledge. Goodson, I. F. (2014). Developing life narrative research. Routledge. Goodson, I. F., & Gill, S. (2011). Narrative pedagogy: Life history and learning. Peter Lang. Goodson, I. F., & Sikes, P. J. (2001). Life history research in educational settings: Learning from lives. Open University Press. Gibbs, G. (2007). Analyzing qualitative data. Sage. Kalekin-Fishman, D. (2017). Human agency and the meaning of work: A psychosociological approach. Springer. Leijen, Ä., Lam, T. H., Holbrook, J., & Tillema, H. H. (2019). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Educational Research Review, 27, 52–62. Piestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). Student teachers' agency in the context of national educational priorities: A comparative analysis of Finland and Scotland. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(3), 304–318. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Routledge. Sadam, T., Jõgi, A. L., & Goodson, I. F. (2019). Reinventing teachers' work. Routledge. Tinn, Maarja & Ümarik, Meril. (2021). LOOKING THROUGH TEACHERS’ EYES – INVESTIGATING TEACHER AGENCY. British Journal of Educational Studies. 70. 1-17. 10.1080/00071005.2021.1960268. Tripp, D. (2012). Critical incidents in teaching: Developing professional judgement. Routledge. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Relationship between Teachers' Self-efficacy for Classroom Management and their Empowerment HEP Vaud, Switzerland Presenting Author:In Switzerland, almost one teacher out of five leaves the profession within the first five years (OFS, 2022). One of the factors behind this phenomenon is the difficulties encountered by teachers in dealing with difficult pupils’ behaviour (Høigaard et al., 2012; Montague & Kwok, 2022). Thus, the development of good classroom management skills, particularly the ability to deal with difficult pupils’ behaviour in an educational manner, is an issue in teacher training (Gaudreau et al., 2012). However, this ability is linked to teachers' self-efficacy for classroom management (Gaudreau et al., 2015). Teacher effectiveness is notably impacted by empowerment, of which self-efficacy is one of the dimensions (Hemric et al., 2010). However, there seems to be little systematic research on the relations between the concepts of self-efficacy for classroom management and empowerment among trainee teachers. Thus, the problem lies in the lack of knowledge of the relation between self-efficacy in classroom management among student teachers and their empowerment. Empowerment can be defined as "[a] process by which a person or a community frees itself from a state of subjection, acquires the ability to use its full rights, and frees itself from a social, moral or intellectual dependency" (Maury & Hedjerassi, 2020, p.3). In relation to the educational sciences, it appears that teacher empowerment has a positive influence on their decision-making capacity, their professional learning and their impact on pupils’ success. Empowerment is also central to improve teaching (Veisi et al., 2015). Moreover, self-efficacy appears to be one of the constituent dimensions of empowerment that proves to be one of the most reliable predictors of a teacher's professional commitment (Bogler & Somech, 2004). Bandura (2007) defines self-efficacy as the individual's belief in his or her ability to organise and carry out the course of action required to produce desired results. Thus, teachers’ self-efficacy is their belief in their own ability to play a key role in the success of their pupils. It is also their belief that they can bring their students along with them in their teaching project (Brown et al., 2015). Studies show that teachers with a high self-efficacy are more involved in the running of their institution, more open to pedagogical developments and more pugnacious when faced with difficult situations (Veisi et al., 2015). With regard to classroom management, teachers who can rely on a strong self-efficacy to face difficult pupils’ behaviour are more inclined to develop educational practices tailored to pupils' aspirations. As a result, pupils develop more positive attitudes to learning and development. This has a positive impact on their school experience and success (Gaudreau et al., 2015). Empowerment is thus considered by Bandura (1997) to be generated by the development of self-efficacy. However, from a systemic perspective, it seems appropriate to question the interaction between these two concepts in the development of teachers' skills, particularly in regard to classroom management (Nazari et al., 2021). The literature suggests that self-efficacy for classroom management may be related to empowerment. Indeed, some studies indicate statistically significant relationships between self-efficacy and empowerment (Hemric et al., 2010; Veisi et al., 2015). The aim of this study was therefore to verify the existence of a relation between these two concepts. The results of this study show relations between certain dimensions of self-efficacy for classroom management and certain dimensions of empowerment. These results are discussed in light of Gaudreau’ (2017) self-efficacy for classroom management and Maury and Hedjerassi’ (2020) empowerment process theories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this research is to measure the relation between trainee teachers' self-efficacy for classroom management and their empowerment. The design is prescriptive and correlational. The chosen sampling method is non-probabilistic. The teachers in training were invited online to complete a survey consisting of, among other things, a general information sheet to profile the respondents on one side, the Gaudreau et al.'s (2015) self-efficacy for classroom management scale on the other side, and finally the Boudreault's empowerment scale (1999, adapted from Tymon, 1988). Two hundred and forty-five (245) questionnaires were completed. The sample was thus made up of 147 (59.8%) pre-school and primary bachelor teachers, 5 (2%) secondary I bachelor teachers, 75 (28.5%) secondary I and/or II master teachers and 19 (7.7%) special education master teachers. One hundred and eighty-five (185) women and 58 men completed the survey. Three (3) individuals identified themselves as belonging to the other category. In regard to the quality of the measurement instruments, the Gaudreau et al. (2015) self-efficacy for classroom management scale has a total internal consistency index (Cronbach's alpha) of 0.97. In regard to the dimensions, the internal consistency index are 0.83 for the dimension managing resources, 0.88 for the dimension establishing clear expectations, 0.88 for the dimension capturing and maintaining pupils’ attention and commitment to the task, 0.88 for the dimension developing positive relationships and 0.93 for the dimension managing difficult behaviour. As for Boudreault's empowerment scale (1999, adapted from Tymon, 1988), the total internal consistency index was 0.97. In regard to the dimensions, the internal consistency index are 0.93 for the significance dimension, 0.95 for the impact dimension, 0.87 for the competence dimension and 0.92 for the choice dimension. The data analysis plan consists of data reduction and descriptive and confirmatory analyses. Data reduction is used to generate the measurement indicators. The descriptive analyses consisted of the means, standard deviations, kurtosis (asymmetry) and flattening of the respondents' results for each of the two instruments used, as well as a portrait of the respondents. Confirmatory analyses were carried out by calculating Pearson correlation coefficients. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research indicates that certain dimensions of self-efficacy are related to certain dimensions of empowerment. However, the relations as a whole are not significant. Nevertheless, it seems justified to state that this research validates that a certain number of interactions exist between self-efficacy for classroom management and the empowerment of trainee teachers. However, these results are hampered by a number of limitations. First, the lack of previous studies linking the two variables under study in the same population is a limitation of this study. In fact, to our knowledge, no study has examined the relations between teachers' self-efficacy for classroom management and their empowerment. Also, the correlational method was favoured in this research because of the absence of studies on the subject and because of the nature of the variables, which are difficult to manipulate in humans for feasibility and ethical reasons. However, this choice has limitations when it comes to interpreting the results, as it does not allow us to draw any conclusions about cause and effect. This research can only indicate the degree and nature of the relations between the variables studied (Robert, 1988a). Finally, the chosen sampling method is non-probabilistic by reasoned choice. Unfortunately, despite the advantages of this method, it does not allow us to specify the sampling error (Fortin, 2010). This type of sampling is therefore a limitation when it comes to generalise results, since the sampling cannot be as precise and representative as a probability sample (Fortin, 2010; Gauthier & Beaud, 2009). Other limitations will be explained during the presentation. Despite the limitations encountered, these results provide added value in terms of the importance of teacher training through a university program that reinforces the development of self-efficacy for classroom management, but also the empowerment of trainee teachers. References Bandura, A. (2007). Auto-efficacité : le sentiment d’efficacité personnelle (2nd ed.). De Boeck. Bass, B. & Avolio, B. J. (1990). Developing transformational leadership: 1992 and beyond. Journal of European industrial training, 14(4), 468‑478. Bass, B. & Bass, R. (2009). The Bass handbook of leadership: Theory, research, and managerial applications. Free Press. Cattonar, B., Lessard, C., Blais, J.-G., Larose, F., Riopel, M.-C., Tardif, M., … Wright, A. (2007). Les directeurs et les directrices d’école au Canada: contexte, profil et travail. Enquêtes pancanadiennes auprès des directions et des enseignants d’écoles primaires et secondaires (2005-2006). Chaire de recherche du Canada sur le personnel et les métiers de l’Éducation. Cherniss, C. (1993). Role of professional self-efficacy in the etiology and amelioration of burnout. In T. Schaufeli, W. B., Maslach, C., & Marek (Eds.), Professionnal Burnout: Recent developments in theory ans research (pp. 135‑143). Taylor et Francis Group. Conseil supérieur de l’éducation. (1999). Diriger une école secondaire: un nouveau contexte, de nouveaux défis. Conseil supérieur de l’éducation. Daly, A. J., Der-Martirosian, C., Ong-Dean, C., Park, V., & Wishard-Guerra, A. (2011). Leading under sanction: Principals’ perceptions of threat rigidity, efficacy, and leadership in underperforming Schools. Leadership & Policy in Schools, 10(2), 171‑206. Dussault, M., Frenette, É., & Fernet, C. (2013). Leadership: Validation of a self-report scale. Psychological Reports, 112(2), 419‑436. Fernet, C., Austin, S., & Dussault, M. (2009). L’importance de la spécificité des rôles professionnels lors de l’évaluation de la perception d’efficacité personnelle des directions d’école. Paper presented at 31 Colloque de l’ADMEE. Québec. Gouvernement du Québec. (2024). Loi sur l’instruction publique. Recueil des lois et des règlements du Québec. Leithwood, K. Harris, A. et Hopkins, D. (2008). Seven strong claims about sucessful school leadership. School Leadership and Management, 28(1), 27-42 Marín, J. R. (2013). The relationship between ethnicity, self-efficacy, and beliefs about diversity to instructional and transformational leadership practices of urban school principals. (Doctoral dissertation). University of Southern California. Marzano, R. J., Waters, T., & McNulty, B. A. (2005). School leadership that works: From research to results. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. McCormick, M. J., Tanguma, J., & Lopez-Forment, A. S. (2002). Extending self-efficacy theory to leadership: A review and empirical test. Journal of Leadership Education, 1(2), 34‑49. Sergiovanni, T. J. (2001). The principalship : A reflective practice perspective (4th ed.). Allyn and Bacon. Tschannen‐Moran, M. & Gareis, C. R. (2004). Principals’ sense of efficacy. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(5), 573‑585. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Perceived Teacher Work Ability: The Roles of Self-efficacy, Burnout, and Self-rated Health Masaryk Univesirty, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The work ability (WA) construct was proposed to identify whether individuals are able to continue to meet the physical and psychosocial requirements of their profession. Perceived teacher work ability (PWA) refers to the teachers’s subjective assessment of their individual physical and mental capacity to perform the required job tasks and successfully cope with the physical, emotional, and organizational demands associated with the current teacher roles (Hlaďo et al., 2020; McGonagle et al., 2022). The role of self-rated health in the relationship between burnout and perceived teacher work ability In light of previous research, the teaching profession is widely acknowledged as one characterized by substantial stress levels. Teacher stress primarily emanates from the high job demands and the demanding work conditions inherent to the teaching profession. The JD-R model and previous research findings showed that ineffectively managing job demands and persistent work-related stress may result in teacher burnout (Schaufeli & Taris, 2014; Hakanen et al., 2006). For instance, Hlaďo et al. (2020) among aging upper secondary school teachers found that burnout is a significant predictor of WA with a strong negative effect. More frequently than other occupational groups, teachers suffer from diseases that develop from mental and emotional stress (Freude et al., 2005). Relying on the JD-R model, it can be concluded that burnout may lead to adverse outcomes for the individual, including impaired employee health (Schaufeli & Taris, 2014). On the other side, physical and mental health affects an individual’s capacity to perform job demands, and health conditions can be considered an antecedent of PWA. However, limited research has examined the relationships between burnout, health status, and WA in teachers simultaneously. In the JD-R model, physical and mental health is harmed by burnout (Taris et al., 2017), and impaired health can be regarded as contributing to reduced WA among teachers (Cadiz et al., 2019). Thus, physical and mental health may intensify the adverse effect of burnout on WA. Thus, we hypothesize: - H1: Self-rated physical health and self-rated mental health serve as mediators for the relationship between burnout and PWA among lower secondary school teachers. The role of burnout in the relationship between self-efficacy and perceived teacher work ability Previous research has shown a positive relationship between self-efficacy and WA in different occupational groups. Among primary and middle school Italian teachers, Guidetti et al. (2018) found that teachers’ self-efficacy significantly and positively influences PWA. In their systematic review, Mijakoski et al. (2022) identified low teacher self-efficacy as a detrimental determinant of teacher exhaustion. The research findings suggest that teacher burnout is reduced or mitigated when teachers positively perceive their self‐efficacy. The revised JD-R model (Taris et al., 2017) posits a mediating role of burnout in the link between personal resources and work outcomes. Drawing on the research findings outlined above, we can infer that higher self-efficacy among teachers may result in lower levels of burnout and, consequently, a higher level of WA. As stated above, teachers with high self-efficacy demonstrate lower burnout since self-efficacy is associated with more effective coping strategies, allowing teachers to focus on finding solutions to the problems. Thus, higher self-efficacy prevents teacher burnout, and lower burnout levels promote higher WA. However, to our knowledge, no study has explored the mediating effects of burnout in the relationship between self-efficacy and WA. Therefore, we hypothesize: - H2: Burnout acts as a mediator between self-efficacy and PWA among lower secondary school teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this cross-sectional research, we engaged lower secondary school teachers in the Czech Republic. The data collection took place from May to June 2023 using an online questionnaire. The participants in this study were 821 lower secondary teachers (83.3% females). Their ages ranged from 20 to 76 years, with a mean age of 45.6 years (SD = 10.8). On average, participants spent 17.5 years (SD = 11.7) in the teaching profession. The participants represent various subjects, such as biology, chemistry, languages, mathematics, physics, and PE. Instruments: Perceived teacher work ability was evaluated using the Teacher work ability score (TWAS; Hlaďo et al., [not published]). TWAS is a 29-item inventory. The TWAS items are measured on a 7-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (low) to 7 (high). Burnout was measured by the Czech version of the Shirom-Melamed Burnout Questionnaire (SMBQ; Ptáček et al., 2017). The SMBQ is a 14-item inventory consisting of three subscales that measure physical exhaustion, cognitive weariness, and emotional exhaustion. The SMBQ items are measured on a 7-point Likert-type scale with response options ranging from 1 – never or almost never to 7 – always or almost always. Teacher self-efficacy was measured using the Czech version of the Teachers’ Sense of Self-Efficacy Scale (TSES; Klassen et al., 2009). The TSES is a 12-item self-reported tool with four items in each of three factors: TSE for instructional strategies (e.g., “How much can you do to provide an alternate explanation when students are confused?”), TSE for student engagement (“How much can you do to motivate students who show low interest in school work?”), and TSE for classroom management (“How much can you do to get children to follow classroom rules?”). The items are rated on a 9-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (nothing) to 9 (a great deal). Self-rated health was assessed using two items: "How is your physical health?“ and "How is your mental health?“ The participants rated their general, physical, and mental health on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (very bad) to 5 (very good). The mediation analysis started with calculating the descriptive statistics and correlation analyses to explore the bivariate relations among the core variables. Subsequently, all partial models necessary for the parallel multiple mediator models were calculated along with indirect effects. All analyses were carried out in the R statistical environment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results of the statistical models partially supported hypothesis 1. Only self-rated mental health mediated the relationship between burnout and PWA of teachers. Hypothesis 2 was also supported only partially. The mediating variables in the relationship between teacher self-efficacy and PWA were physical and emotional exhaustion but not cognitive weariness. Detailed statistical results will be provided in the conference presentation. In addition to enriching the JD-R theory, our findings might have some practical implications for the maintenance and promotion of teachers’ work ability. Based on our findings, we will provide recommendations to support work ability and, thus, indirectly to the career development of teachers. Recommendations will be directed not only to teachers but also to school management. References Cadiz, D. M., Brady, G., Rineer, J. R., & Truxillo, D. M. (2019). A review and synthesis of work ability literature. Work, Aging and Retirement, 5(1), 114–138. Freude, G., Seibt, R., Pech, E., & Ullsperger, P. (2005). Assessment of work ability and vitality—a study of teachers of different age groups. International Congress Series, 1280, 270-274. Guidetti, G., Viotti, S., Bruno, A., & Converso, D. (2018). Teachers’ work ability: A study of relationships between collective efficacy and self-efficacy beliefs. Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 11, 197–206. Hakanen, J. J., Bakker, A. B., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2006). Burnout and work engagement among teachers. Journal of School Psychology, 43(6), 495–513. Hlaďo, P., Dosedlová, J., Harvánková, K., Novotný, P., Gottfried, J., Rečka, K., Petrovová, M., Pokorný, B., & Štorová, I. (2020). Work ability among upper-secondary school teachers: examining the role of burnout, sense of coherence, and work-related and lifestyle factors. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(24), 9185. Klassen, B. M., Bong, M., Usher, E. L., Chong, W. H., Huan, V. S., Wong, I. Y. F., & Georgiou, T. (2009). Exploring the validity of a teachers’ self-efficacy scale in five countries. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 34(1), 67-76. McGonagle, A. K., Bardwell, T., Flinchum, J., & Kavanagh, K. (2022). Perceived work ability: A constant comparative analysis of workers´ perspectives. Occupational Health Science, 6, 207–246. Mijakoski, D., Cheptea, D., Marca, S. C., Shoman, Y., Caglayan, C., Bugge, M. D., Gnesi, M.,et al. (2022). Determinants of Burnout among Teachers: A Systematic Review of Longitudinal Studies. International journal of environmental research and public health, 19(9), 5776. Ptáček, R., Raboch, J., Kebza, V., Šolcová, I., Vňuková, M., Hlinka, J., Košťál, J., Harsa, P., & Strakatý, Š. (2017). Czech version of the Shirom Melamed Burnout Measure. Československá Psychologie, 61(6), 536–545. Schaufeli, W. B., & Taris, T. W. (2014). A critical review of the job demands-resources model: Implications for improving work and health. In G. F. Bauer & O. Hämmig (Eds.), Bridging occupational, organizational and public health: A transdisciplinary approach (pp. 43–68). Springer Science + Business Media. Taris, T. W., Leisink, P. L., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2017). Applying occupational health theories to educator stress: Contribution of the job demands-resources model. In T. M. McIntyre, S. E. McIntyre, & D. J. Francis (Eds.), Educator stress: An occupational health perspective (pp. 237–259). Springer. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 02 SES 13 A: Navigating Choices and Careers Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sarah McAteer Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Navigating Choices and Expectations - Subjective Experiences of ITE Graduates of Becoming Adults 1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2Nanyang Technological University, National Institute of Education, Singapore Presenting Author:Singapore has been recognised as a high performing education system that other countries are very keen to learn from. However, scholars have noted how meritocracy measured by academic achievement has become the main key to (material) success in the Singaporean society which has traditionally valued efficiency, quantifiable performance (appraisals) and productivity (e.g. Chong 2014). This leaves a narrow space for individuals to negotiate their individual sense of becoming successful adults. There are attempts to broaden the conceptions of success. In August 2021, Singapore’s Education Minister Chan Chun Sing exhorted Singapore educators and parents to broaden their definition of success beyond academic goals (Low, 2021; Wong, 2021). He also commented on the need to take care of segments of the population that may not be involved in high-growth sectors. Earlier in May 2021, now Deputy Prime Minister Heng Swee Keat noted that the traditional 5Cs of the Singapore dream - cash, car, credit card, condominium, and country club membership - no longer resonate with the youth of today, suggesting a shift in cultural values and aspirations (Lai, 2021) Yet, the education pathways are to a good extent still determined by educational success and exam results as early as after primary school with the Primary School Leaving Examination results (PSLE). The academic/vocational divide in Singapore also remains with the strong hierarchy of knowledge and skills unchallenged. In this paper, we will examine the nuances of the education agenda for vocational youths as they transited from school to work and into adulthood. These youths were graduates of the Institute of Technical Education (ITE), the post-secondary vocational institution in Singapore, that is often not seen as a school of choice given its relative positioning in the Singapore education system. With most of them in their mid careers, investigating the narratives of their life trajectory, looking at their sense-making over their aspirations, choices and challenges, would shed light on the meanings they accord to success as they navigate the educational system, work and stigma. Drawing on the constructivist paradigm, this study aims to respond to the following guiding questions: What are their subjective experiences of education, work and transitioning into adulthood? What life lessons do they hold dear and meaningful navigating their subjectivity? Class, status and politics of recognition assign privilege or injury depending on the economic structure and the cultural status order prevailing in society (see Fraser, 2007). In Singapore, academic knowledge has power, yet, as this study showcases, knowledge of power becomes visible for those with less status but who might build wisdom through experiences and struggles. The data was collected through a modified Biographical Narrative Interpretive Method (BNIM). Focusing on those who have graduated between 1993 to 2005, we further explored the meaning of knowledge and wisdom as constructed through their experiences of navigating choices and expectations. This study has implications for redefining the purpose of education, and rethinking the role of vocational pathways and education success in Singapore. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a life-course approach to investigate participants’ life trajectories and school-to-work transitions situating them within the broader socio-historical context in connection to structural and institutional developments. Policy implementation concerning youths works best when their interpretations and negotiations with opportunity structures are considered. Qualitative research studies have been increasingly recognised to contribute substantially to policy-making, particularly in the area of understanding life and career transitions (Barabasch, 2018). The European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (Cedefop) found qualitative research, particularly narrative research, helpful for understanding individual circumstances and coping mechanisms. This qualitative study thus employed an adapted form of the biographical narrative interview method (BNIM) to capture the narratives of vocational youths in Singapore. BNIM has an orientation to the exploration of life histories, lived situations and personal meanings in their socio-historical context, with attention to the complexity and specificity of lived experience and to “historically situated subjectivity” (Gunaratnam, 2011; Wengraf, 2001). The data consist of 20 interviews from the participants who have graduated between 1993-2005. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The transformation of ITE over the years has provided a positive experience for its students with many testifying to benefiting from its culture of care and improved curricular offerings. However, the school-to-work transitions of ITE students cannot be divorced from the academic/vocational hierarchical divide that exists in Singapore. It is heartening that there are current efforts to reduce the wage discrepancy between ITE and graduates of other higher education institutions. However, to fundamentally enhance the school-to-work transitions of ITE students requires systems-level effort -the divide needs to be narrowed both in school and in the broader society. To enable this change to happen, school-to-work transitions cannot be merely viewed through a human capital development framework where the emphasis is on training workers for manpower needs but also through the lens of equity where the individual’s aspirations and choices are respected and potential given the opportunity to flourish. References Chong, T. (2014). Vocational education in Singapore: meritocracy and hidden narratives. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. 35(5), pp. 637-648, DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2014.927165 Fraser, N. (2007). Re-framing justice in a globalizing world. In T. Lovell (Ed.), (Mis)recognition, social inequality and social justice: Nancy Fraser and Pierre Bourdieu (pp. 17–35). Abingdon: Routledge. Lai, L. (2021, May 20). 5Cs? It’s 3 new Cs such as caring for the environment that resonate with young Singaporeans: Heng Swee Keat. The Straits Times. Retrieved from https://www.straitstimes.com/singapore/5cs-its-3-new-cs-like-charting-the-way-forward-that-resonate-with-young-sporeans-today Low, Y.J. (2021, Aug 16). Society must broaden ‘definition of success’ beyond academic goals to reduce stress on students: Chan Chun Sing. Today Online. Retrieved from https://www.todayonline.com/singapore/society-must-broaden-definition-success-beyond-academic-goals-reduce-stress-students-chan Wong, S.Y. (2021, Dec 11). Reduce emphasis on academics as measure of success: Chan Chun Sing. The Straits Times. Retrieved from https://www.straitstimes.com/singapore/parenting-education/reduce-emphasis-on-academics-as-measure-of-success-chan-chun-sing Institute of Education (2012). Reliving ITE’s Transformation. Institute of Education. ISBN 978-981-07-1795-7 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Student's Reflection in Career Planning and the Role of Teachers University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland Presenting Author:Reflection plays a crucial role in career planning by helping to integrate and change different perspectives. We refer to the theory of transformative learning (TL) (Mezirow, 2009). TL aims to develop alternative realities based on an individual examination of the social environment. This allows people to design their career perspective (Savickas et al., 2009). Whether we can support reflection and TL in career planning with digital tools on the lower secondary level in a school context is an open question we address in our project www.digibe.ch. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In a longitudinal study (2021 – 2025), students were asked to reflect on their career planning regularly with the help of a digital tool. Teachers play an important role as they steer learning processes in classes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We see that in the Swiss context, many teachers adapted to the role of career counsellors by focusing on finding a follow-up education in vocational or general education for their students. In this process, reflection often falls short or has the focus on finding an immediate follow-up solution. We also find that some students resist reflection on their career planning. We will present and discuss these findings and probable explanations. References Guichard, J. (2022). Support for the design of active life at a turning point. Studia Poradoznawcze/Journal of Counsellogy, 11, 133–146. https://doi.org/10.34862/sp.2022.1 Mezirow, J. (2009). An overview on transformative learning. In K. Illeris (Hrsg.), Contemporary theories of learning: Learning theorists ... In their own words (S. 90–105). Routledge. Savickas, M. L., Nota, L., Rossier, J., Dauwalder, J.-P., Duarte, M. E., Guichard, J., Soresi, S., Van Esbroeck, R., & van Vianen, A. E. M. (2009). Life designing: A paradigm for career construction in the 21st century. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 75(3), 239–250. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2009.04.004 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Examination of Parental Influences on the Career Expectations of Adolescents in Pre- and Post-pandemic Ireland Educational Research Centre Ireland Presenting Author:Adolescence is a period in which students can make decisions about their career paths that may have a long-term impact on their futures (Mann et al, 2020). Students’ expectations of their intended career can have an influence on both the subjects’ they choose to study, and how they view their progression in education (Givord et al, 2020). Parental influences have long been acknowledged as being instrumental in shaping adolescents’ view of themselves, and what they wish to do for a future career (Oliveira et al, 2020). Therefore, examining the impact of parental factors is of key importance for informing career development programmes within education systems. International large-scale assessments such as the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) study, enable researchers to examine both the career expectations of students in Ireland, and the potential effects that parental factors on these expectations at a national level. This is of particular importance considering the Covid-19 pandemic. Students were not only exposed to remote/at home learning (with their parent’s support) for a large duration of their schooling, but they were also able to see the strains that the pandemic had on several career sectors e.g. in the health sector and in education. Due to the cyclical nature of the PISA assessments, which are administered every three years (2015, 2018 and 2022), the most recent cycles provide a key opportunity to examine how the career expectations of 15- and 16-year-olds in Ireland have changed in recent years. This research will also examine if students intended career level matches that of their parents or potentially exceeds it, and whether parents own education, and occupations, have any effect on how pupils envision their own careers. Finally, the analysis will examine the level of support provided at home by parents, by career choice, and note if the level of support differs by students’ career choice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This analysis uses data from three cycles of the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) study. The study assesses the skills and knowledge of 15- and 16-year-olds in three areas, reading literacy, science, and mathematics (OECD, 2016; OECD 2019; OECD, 2023). Each cycle contains a representative sample of students for the year the study was conducted, with 5,741 students taking part in 2015, 5,577 students in 2018, and 5,569 students in 2022. Context questionnaires were completed by participating students and their parents/guardians which focused on demographic and attitudinal questions. As part of the student questionnaire, students were asked what occupation they expected to have by the time they were 30 years old. Their answers were classified and coded according to the International Standard Classification of Occupations 2008 (ISCO). Students career codes were then mapped onto the international socio-economic index of occupational status (ISEI) to create the ‘Students Expected Occupational Status’ index for each PISA cycle. Higher scores on this index indicated higher levels of students expected occupational status. The ISCO career codes were also categorised in to 10 major career groups. In Ireland the most popular major career group was identified as Professionals, which was the case for all three cycles, and was selected for further investigation. The Professionals group was categorised further into subgroups which were used in the analysis, and consisted of: Science & Engineering, Health, Teaching, Business & Administration, ICT, and Legal, Social & Cultural Professionals. Both the Students Expected Occupational Status index and all six careers within the Professionals group were used as the student career variables. These career variables were examined in relation to parental variables’ such as the parents’ occupational status, the highest education level of parents’, current parental support for learning in the home, and the economic, social and cultural status index (ESCS). Firstly, the analysis consisted of comparing the six professional careers across cycles to highlight any changes, while mean scores of the Students Expected Occupational Status index were also compared. Secondly, correlational relationships between the Students Expected Occupational Status index and parental indices (parents’ highest level of education, highest occupational status, and current parental support, ESCS) were compiled and compared across cycles. Finally, a logistic regression analysis was administered for each of the six professional career variables and parental factors for each cycle to compare the impact on career choice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From initial findings there appears to be a shift in regards the intended careers of 15- and 16-year-olds in Ireland, from before and after the Covid-19 pandemic. For career expectations of students in Ireland overall, there was found to be a steady increase in pupils who intended to be a Science and Engineering professional, with an increase of 5% from 2015 to 2022. Although there was a significant increase in students expecting to be a Health professional from 2015 to 2018 (+4%), this has decreased by 2% in 2022, as has the percentage of students intending to have a career as a Teaching professional. In fact, there has been a consistent decline in the percentage of students expecting to be a teaching professional across all three cycles of PISA, with an overall 8% decrease from 2015 to 2022. Parents occupational status continued to have a significant positive relationship the students intended career; however, the strength of this relationship was found to decrease slightly across cycles. Overall, there was a consistent change in some professional careers post pandemic. There was also a slight decline the relationship between parental factors and students expected occupational status. Such relationships will be examined further with the completion of the regression analysis phase of the paper. References Givord, P. (2020), "Are students’ career expectations aligned with their skills?", PISA in Focus, No. 104, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ed790c76-en. ILO (2012), International Standard Classification of Occupations: ISCO-08. International Labour Office, Geneva. Mann, A., Denis, V., Schleicher, A., Ekhtiari, H., Forsyth, T., Liu, Elvin., and Chambers, N. (2020). Dream Jobs? Teenagers’ career aspirations and the future of work. OECD Publishing, Paris OECD (2016), PISA 2015 Results (Volume I): Excellence and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264266490-en OECD (2019), PISA 2018 Results (Volume I): What Students Know and Can Do, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/5f07c754-en OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Oliveira, I.M., Porgeli, E.J., do Ceu Taviera, M., and Lee, B. (2020). Children’s Career Expectations and Parents’ Jobs: Intergenerational (Dis)continuities. The Career Development Quarterly, 68 (1), pg. 63-77. https://doi.org/10.1002/cdq.12213 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 02 SES 13 B: ***CANCELLED*** VET and Migrant Integration Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lázaro Moreno Herrera Session Chair: Andrea Laczik Symposium |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium The Changing Role of Vocational Education and Employers' Involvement in Migrants' Integration – the Case of Germany, Sweden and Poland Vocational education and training (VET) can play a crucial role in the socio-economic integration of migrants and refugees (Nilsson, 2010). This role can be understood and articulated through various dimensions, such as skill development (Guo, 2011), recognition of prior learning and qualifications, and cultural integration via social networks and support systems (Brücker et al., 2021). However, the relationship between VET provisions and the inclusion of immigrants in the labour market and society has received little research attention, and even if so, they mostly have an Anglophone focus and setting, see Rosvall et al. (2019) and Jørgensen et al. (2021). The proposed symposium aims to explore how vocational education and training systems (VET), in conjunction with employers, contribute to the socio-economic integration of migrants and refugees, with a focus on Germany, Sweden, and Poland. Germany and Sweden have a rich immigration history and have been among the top destinations for migrants in Europe, thanks to their strong economies and social protection regulations. These countries have also received a significant number of asylum seekers and refugees. Poland, traditionally, has been an emigrant-sending country. However, in recent years there has been a significant shift, with Poland becoming a destination for migrants, particularly from neighbouring Eastern European countries, mostly Ukraine and Belarus. The analysed countries vary in terms of VET organisation. Germany has a dual VET system, combining employer-based apprenticeships with vocational schooling. Sweden has transformed its VET from a non-integrated, semi-dual model to an integrated, state-regulated model. Poland's VET system can be regarded as a statist VET regime, which obtains high commitment to VET from the public sector but implies relatively low employer involvement. The symposium aims to maintain a historical perspective, recognising that the approaches to vocational training and migrant integration in the three countries are deeply rooted in their respective historical, cultural, and economic contexts (Broberg, 2016). This perspective will allow us to understand the current and past strategies of decision-makers and employers in a broader temporal frame, highlighting the evolution of VET systems in response to changing industry demands, particularly due to technological changes and globalisation as well as changing migration patterns. In this context, the current migration crisis, spurred by the war in Ukraine, presents new challenges and opportunities for VET systems in the three countries. The symposium also aims to analyse the impact of the European education policy tools mostly related to qualifications frameworks, targeted to lifelong learning and transparency of qualifications that can foster migrant integration into European Union labour markets. References Broberg, Ĺ. (2016). Negotiating the value of school and work – a historical perspective on pedagogical development in VET. In Gonon, P. & Berner E. (eds.) History of VET: Concepts, Cases, Challenges. Bern: Peter Lang. Brücker, H., Glitz, A., Lerche, A. & Romiti, A. (2021). Integration von Migrantinnen und Migranten in Deutschland: Anerkennung ausländischer Berufsabschlüsse hat positive Arbeitsmarkteffekte. IAB-Kurzbericht, 2/2021. Guo, S. (2011). The changing face of work and learning in the context of immigration: The Canadian experience. Journal of Education and Work, 26(2), 162-186. Jørgensen, C. H., Hautz, H., & Li, J. (2021). The role of vocational education and training in the integration of refugees in Austria, Denmark and Germany. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 8(3), 276-299. Nilsson, A. (2010). Vocational education and training – an engine for economic growth and a vehicle for social inclusion? International Journal of Training and Development 14:4, pp. 251-272 Rosvall, P. Å., Ledman, K., Nylund, M., & Rönnlund, M. (2018). Construction of ethnicity, immigration and associated concepts in Swedish vocational education and training. Journal of Education and Work, 31(7-8), 645-659. Sert, D. S. (2016). From skill translation to devaluation: the de-qualification of migrants in Turkey. New Perspectives on Turkey, 54, 97-177. Presentations of the Symposium Work Migration in Germany: Historical Strategies and Experiences, their Long-Term Consequences and Current Developments.
In view of an increasing number of job vacancies and demographic trends in Germany, bottlenecks in the training and labour market will continue to worsen (Kubis, 2023). Politically controlled labour migration from third countries therefore opens up opportunities to meet the future demand for skilled workers (SVR, 2022). Such challenges do not appear to be new; foreign labour was already being recruited in Germany in the 1960s (Oltmer, 2012). This article focuses on the topics of migration, labour market integration and the role of VET in this context. It aims to systematically analyse two central "immigration phases" in Germany, their political control and the associated effects on the labour market and the VET system.
In the first phase of immigration, around 14 million labour migrants came to Germany between 1955 and 1973. Bilateral agreements formed the central basis, regulating the conditions for recruitment, temporary employment relationships and the return of so-called guest workers to their home country. Politically, the aim was not to achieve permanent labour market migration and social integration. The lack of an integration strategy and the failure to promote vocational training for guest workers led in the long term to the emergence of an underclass that was economically, culturally and linguistically segregated (Höhne et al., 2014). A total of 3 million immigrants remained in Germany permanently with their families.
In comparison, the second immigration phase, during the period of the refugee crisis from 2015 to 2019, was not characterised by any significant long-term recruitment of skilled workers. Labour market integration remained largely unrealised, not least due to a lack of skills relevant to the labour market and asylum law conditions (Brücker et al., 2015). Both educational and labour market policy measures as well as civil society integration concepts were primarily aimed at refugee children and young people as well as adults with the prospect of staying (Baethge & Seeber, 2016; Krings, 2020).
With regard to these phases, a restrictive migration policy can be assumed. With respect to the current challenges on the labour market, there is now a noticeable trend towards the employment of workers from the EU and the easing of immigration criteria for highly qualified skilled workers from third countries. At the same time, vocational training and accompanying integration policy measures are increasingly being implemented (Werding & Lembcke, 2023). This article presents these in more detail and discusses them against the background of historical experience.
References:
Baethge, M., & Seeber, S. (2016). Herausforderungen der Flüchtlingsmigration für die Strukturen beruflicher Bildung in Deutschland. Expertise im Auftrag des Sachverständigenrats deutscher Stiftungen für Integration und Migration für das Jahresgutachten 2017, Göttingen.
Brücker, H., Hauptmann, A., & Vallizadeh, E. (2015). Flüchtlinge und andere Migranten am deutschen Arbeitsmarkt: Der Stand im September 2015. Aktuelle Berichte, 14/2015.
Höhne, J., Linden, B., Seils, E. & Wiebel, A. (2014). Die Gastarbeiter: Geschichte und aktuelle soziale Lage. WSI Report, 16.
Krings, T. (2020). Arbeitsmarkt und Migration. In A. Röder & D. Zifonun (Hrsg.), Handbuch Migrationssoziologie (p. 1–22). Springer VS.
Kubis, A. (2023). IAB-Stellenerhebung 4/2022: Neuer Rekord mit 1,98 Millionen offenen Stellen, In: IAB-Forum 9. März 2023, https://www.iab-forum.de/iab-stellenerhebung-4-2022-neuer-rekord-mit-198-millionen-offenen-stellen/, Call date: 30. January 2024.
Oltmer, J. (2012). Einführung: Migrationsverhältnisse und Migrationsregime nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg. In: J. Oltmer, A. Kreienbrink & C. Sanz Díaz (Hrsg.), Das "Gastarbeiter"-System. Arbeitsmigration und ihre Folgen in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland und Westeuropa (p. 9–21). Oldenbourg Verlag.
SVR – Sachverständigenrat zur Begutachtung der gesamtwirtschaftlichen Entwicklung (2022). Energiekrise solidarisch bewältigen, neue Realität gestalten, Jahresgutachten 2022/23, SVR, Wiesbaden.
Werding, M., & Lembcke, F. K. (2023). Erwerbsmigration nach Deutschland: Chancen durch gesteuerte Zuwanderung. ifo Schnelldienst, 76(5), 42–46.
Transformation of Vocational Education and Training in Poland and its Role in the Integration of Migrants and War Refugees
The aim of the article is to present the evolution of vocational education policies and changes in the approaches of employers in Poland in response to labour market and migration challenges and European integration. As in other countries of the Eastern bloc, Poland’s VET regressed with the transition from a centrally planned to a market economy after 1989, and Poland’s school system entered a path of ‘de-vocationalisation’. This situation has changed only in recent years. Decreasing unemployment rates, strong economic growth and increasing demand for skilled labour alongside negative demographic trends, migration outflows and persistent skill shortages resulted in a reemphasis on vocational and adult education, which were additionally impelled by European policies such as the promotion of qualifications frameworks and the development of dual VET (Markowitsch, & Dębowski, 2022). Also, the attitudes of employers changed. Reegård and Dębowski (2020) noted increased activity by employers at central and VET school levels. The heightened focus on VET from the policy and employers coincided with the massive influx of migrants since 2014. The outbreak of war in February 2022 caused an influx of war migrants on a scale unprecedented since World War II. It is estimated that in mid-2022, about 1.5 million war refugees from Ukraine were in Poland, and considering 1.35 million Ukrainians who lived in Poland before the war, the number of migrants from Ukraine totalled 2.9 million people. As Duszczyk and Kaczmarczyk (2022) note, the scale and pace of migration is the fastest in modern European history. What is striking is the economic activity of migrants and war refuges - 95 percent of migrants before the war were professionally active and among forced migrants, a third were working while more than 55 per cent did not have a job but intended to find employment Kubiciel–Lodzińska et al. (2023). The article aims to answer the following research questions: a) to what extent VET reforms introduced in the last 10 years are sufficient to integrate migrants and war refugees into the labour market in Poland; b) what are the gaps and potential areas of improvement in the VET policy in terms of migrant integration; c) what were the employer's responses and contribution to VET and migrant integration. The article will draw on policy documents and literature analysis as well as 14 interviews conducted with policymakers, representatives of trade unions, employers’ associations and VET school principals.
References:
Duszczyk, M., & Kaczmarczyk, P. (2022). The war in Ukraine and migration to Poland: Outlook and challenges. Intereconomics, 57(3), 164-170.
Kubiciel–Lodzińska, S., Golebiowska, K., Pachocka, M., & Dąbrowska, A. (2023). Comparing pre‐war and forced Ukrainian migrants in Poland: Challenges for the labour market and prospects for integration. International Migration.
Markowitsch, J., Dębowski, H. (2022). Education systems and qualifications frameworks, [in:] Tutlys, V., Markowitsch, J., Pavlin, S., Winterton, J. (eds.). Skill Formation in Central and Eastern Europe, Berlin, Germany: Peter Lang Verla. DOI: 10.3726/b19799
Reegård, K., & Debowski, H. (2020). Exit, voice or loyalty? VET stakeholders’ response to large scale skilled emigration from Poland. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 7(3), 325-343.
Integration of Migrant Labour – the Case of the Automotive Industry
The changing role of vocational education and training and employers’ involvement in migrant integration in Sweden will be discussed in the context of the automotive industry. The automotive industry has a significant role not only in global and national economies but also in the formation of the labour force by (re)training workers. While historically the automobile industry has attracted mostly low-skilled migrants for the assembly lines, in the present times, an additional need for high-skilled and often STEM-educated migrant workers is noted. By performing a systematic literature review, the present study explored the relationships between migrant labour and the car industry sector outlined in the research literature. The study followed a thematic analysis and reached findings that were summarised in four themes. Firstly, two profiles of the migrant worker were identified, corresponding to what is often discussed as low- and high-skilled workers. Secondly, the working conditions for the migrant labour force were prominent in the literature, while they varied based on the profile of the migrant worker. Thirdly, from a historical perspective, strikes were shown to affect migrants´ working conditions and rights, while fourthly, the business practice of offshoring was shown to influence migrant workforce conditions and status. In conclusion, the complexity of the issue under research, the scarcity of research and the contextuality of the cases presented limited this literature review.
References:
Akhtar, S. (2015). Immigrant Island cities in Industrial Detroit. Journal of Urban History, 41(2), 175–192. https://doi.org/10.1177/0096144214563509
Broberg, Å., Herrera, L.M. (2024). Education for Access to the Swedish Labour Market and Society: A Historical Comparison of Practices for the Integration of Immigrants in the 1960s and Early 2000s. In: Teräs, M., Osman, A., Eliasson, E. (eds) Migration, Education and Employment. Education, Equity, Economy, vol 10. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-41919-5_6
Gay, V. (2014). Lutter pour partir ou pour rester? Travail et Emploi, (137), 37–50. https://doi.org/10.4000/travailemploi.6193
Gay, V. (2015). Grèves Saintes ou grèves ouvrières? Genèses, n° 98(1), 110–130. https://doi.org/10.3917/gen.098.0110
Jenkins, R. (2004). Social identity. Routledge.
International Labour Organization (ILO). (2020). The future of work in the automotive industry: The need to invest in people’s capabilities and decent and sustainable work. Issues paper for the Technical Meeting on the Future of Work in the Automotive Industry (Geneva, 15–19 February 2021). International Labour Office, Sectoral Policies Department, Geneva.
Koskela, K. (2019). Intersecting experiences: Class, gender, ethnicity and race in the lives of highly skilled migrants in Finland. Nordic Journal of Migration Research, 9(3), 311–328. https://doi.org/10.2478/njmr-2019- 0024
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 03 SES 13 A: *** CANCELLED *** Rewilding the curriculum in science education Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper WITDHRAWN Contemporary Physics in the Science Curriculum University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:The science education literature in recent decades has included many and varied discussions about what should be included within the science curriculum (Fensham, 2022; Millar & Osborne, 1998). Often driven by concerns with decreased participation in science and the need for the science curriculum to remain relevant for students today and into the future, science curriculum discussions have proposed incorporating more relevant science, the nature of science, and shift in curriculum content from well-established consensus science towards more recent science discoveries (Dagher & Erduran, 2016; Hansson et al, 2019; Stuckey et al., 2013). Within this context, this paper takes up the discussion about greater inclusion of contemporary science ideas in the science curriculum with a focus on contemporary physics in the curriculum. This paper will examine reasons for including contemporary physics in the physics curriculum alongside the tensions that arise from the historical and epistemological structure of physics as well as discourse about science curriculum change that hinder the introduction of contemporary physics. It does so through a critical examination of how the physics curriculum emerged, how current curriculum documents reveal convergent/divergent interpretations of physics curricula internationally, and how the incorporation of contemporary physics can be imagined and enacted. Physics is considered a hierarchical discipline and subject (Bernstein, 1996). It aims to develop universal laws that form a common knowledge base and understanding upon which the discipline is built. Over time, physics has been shaped into a “coherent canon” (Simon, 2016, p. 394), which combined with its hierarchical nature, resulted in a curriculum premised on building knowledge over years of formal education via increasingly complex understandings of the same topics (Yates et al, 2016). For these epistemological and historical reasons, modern and contemporary physics ideas are largely absent from the curriculum until late- secondary or university level education. In this paper, we will differentiate between modern and contemporary physics: contemporary physics is new and emerging physics research and issues, whereas as modern physics is physics developed largely in the 20th century. Modern physics topics such as special relativity and quantum physics are increasingly taught at the secondary school level and are already the subject of research about how they are taught and included in the curriculum (Treagust, 2022). The inclusion of contemporary physics pushes the boundaries of curriculum further by moving from newer yet firmly established physics ideas to emerging ideas in physics. Arguments for including contemporary physics in the physics curriculum include providing students with access to cutting edge research that provides insight into the nature of how science is developed and fosters interest and motivation in these topics (Hansson et al., 2019). This paper will also explore how the introduction of contemporary science contributes to the aesthetics of physics education (Wickman, 2006; Girod, 2007; Toscano & Quay, 2021) and considers whether and in what ways aesthetic experiences in contemporary physics align or contrast with those of physics education. This paper seeks to answer the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To consider the traditional structure of the physics discipline and curriculum, Basil Bernstein’s work on the ‘pedagogic device’ will be utilised. Bernstein (1990a, 1996) identified three hierarchical fields of the pedagogic device; the fields of production, recontextualisation and reproduction. This paper is concerned with the fields of production and recontextualization. It is in the field of knowledge production that new knowledge is produced. Within the field of recontextualisation, knowledge from the field of production is purposefully chosen and repositioned to become educational knowledge. This is where knowledge is selected from the disciplines and transformed into curriculum. The hierarchical structure of physics has led to the physics curriculum taking a similar structure but also resulted in it having changed little over many decades (Yates et al, 2016). This paper This paper will draw upon recent developments and debates in the aesthetics of science to provide a conceptual and philosophical justification for the introduction of contemporary physics into mainstream education. In particular, it will expand upon recent proposals for phenomenological approaches to science education (e.g. Kersting et al., 2023; Kersting, Haglund, & Steier, 2021; Toscano and Quay, 2021) and combine these with the aesthetic theory of James McAllister (McAllister, 1996, 2002; Montano, 2013), which offers an historical and empirical account of the aesthetic basis for developments and revolutions in science. Taken together, these approaches offer both a robust way to distinguish between the aesthetics of contemporary and modern physics, but also show how such differences help justify the educational value of including emerging, unsettled or speculative science in school curricula. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Physics has long been regarded as a discipline that has a great deal of stability and unity around what knowledge is seen as legitimate in the curriculum (Bernstein, 1996). It is also a discipline that has faced a decline in student numbers and has been criticised for struggling to convey its broader utility value (Sharma et al, 2009). Yet alongside this, the discipline itself has drawn a lot of public attention through its contemporary science discoveries such as that of the Higgs Boson and gravitational waves. This paper adds to the discussion of what should be included within the physics curriculum through an understanding of the epistemological and historical structures that have resulted in a physics curriculum that is difficult to change and through a discussion of how the inclusion of contemporary physics within the curriculum is beneficial for aesthetic reasons that have not been considered to date. It also demonstrates how the careful inclusion of contemporary physics is not at odds with the underlying epistemological structure of the discipline and instead has the possibility of benefitting students experience and learning in the subject. References Bernstein, B. (1996). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: Theory, research and critique. London: Taylor and Francis. Biglan, A. (1973a). The characteristics of subject matter in different academic areas. Journal of Applied Psychology, 57(3), 195–203 Dagher, Z. R., & Erduran, S. (2016). Reconceptualizing the nature of science for science education: Why does it matter? Science & Education, 25, 147-164. Fensham, P. J. (2022). The future curriculum for school science: What can be learnt from the past?. Research in Science Education, 1-22. Girod, M. (2007). A conceptual overview of the role of beauty and aesthetics in science and science education. Hansson, L., Leden, L., & Pendrill, A. M. (2019). Contemporary science as context for teaching nature of science: Teachers’ development of popular science articles as a teaching resource. Physics Education, 54(5), 055008. Kersting, M., Haglund, J., & Steier, R. (2021). A growing body of knowledge: On four different senses of embodiment in science education. Science & Education, 30(5), 1183-1210. Kersting, M., Amin, T. G., Euler, E., Gregorcic, B., Haglund, J., Hardahl, L. K., & Steier, R. (2023). What is the role of the body in science education? A conversation between traditions. Science & Education, 1-40. McAllister, J. W. (2002). Recent work on aesthetics of science. International Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 16(1), 7-11. McAllister, J. (1996). Beauty and revolution in science. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. Millar, R., & Osborne, J. F. (1998). Beyond 2000: Science education for the future. King's College London. Montano, U. (2013). Beauty in science: A new model of the role of aesthetic evaluations in science. European Journal for Philosophy of Science, 3(2), 133-156. Simon, J. (2016). Writing the Discipline: Ganot’s Textbook Science and the “Invention” of Physics. Historical Studies in the Natural Sciences, 46(3), 392–427. Stuckey, M., Hofstein, A., Mamlok-Naaman, R., & Eilks, I. (2013). The meaning of ‘relevance’ in science education and its implications for the science curriculum. Studies in Science Education, 49(1), 1-34. Treagust, D. F. (2022). Time for changing paradigms in science and education. In Kersting, M. and Blair, D. (Eds). Teaching Einsteinian physics in schools: An essential guide for teachers in training and practice. Routledge. London. Toscano, M., & Quay, J. (2021). Beyond a pragmatic account of the aesthetic in science education. Science & Education, 30(1), 147-163. Wickman, P. O. (2006). Aesthetic experience in science education: Learning and meaning-making as situated talk and action. Routledge. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 03 SES 13 B: Curriculum and leadership in the community Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Audrey Doyle Paper Session |
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Rearticulating Open Schooling: A Multidimensional Model of School Openness Beit Berl College, Israel Presenting Author:‘Open schooling’ has become in recent years a burgeoning theme in the discourse on how to rethink education for the 21st century and transform schools into better, more relevant, and adaptable organizations (EC, 2015; OECD, 2020). The rearticulation of ‘open schooling’ has been spearheaded by recent reports by the OECD (2006, 2020), such as the OECD scenarios for the future of schooling and the European Commission’s (EC, 2015), Science Education for Responsible Citizenship, which underscore the merits of transforming schools into ‘hubs of learning’ by opening school walls, fostering collaborations with the community, and engaging in innovative research. Opening schools to the community and engaging in Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) is claimed to offer students (and society at large) the necessary knowledge, skills and values they need in order to successfully perform in 21st century societies, and to act as responsibly engaged citizens who are motivated to address a wide range of burning social issues (Sotiriou et al, 2017). This transformative shift in the aims of school organization and curriculum requires a root-and-branch, system-wide, reform (Sotiriou et al, 2021). Open schooling is, therefore, regarded as a sea change reform, a reschooling vision, that is aimed at rearticulating the central mission, goals and curriculum of schools, transforming schools into ‘core social centers’ and learning organizations (OECD, 2020). The idea that schools need to connect to the community certainly did not originate with the concept of open schooling and can be traced back, at least, to John Dewey. Various recent approaches have highlighted the ethical significance and effectiveness of learning with and for the community for promoting democratic principles and more just schools (e.g., Ishimaru, 2019). The Community Schools literature is an important case in point (e.g. Dryfoos, 2000, Heers et al, 2016), as is the more general school-community partnerships literature (Furman, 2002; Valli et al, 2016). Furman (2002), for instance, highlighted the need to bridge the artificial gap between the school-as-community strand and the school-community-connection strand toward the formulation of a more robust ecological perspective. While developments have been made recently to articulate what ‘open schooling’ means and entails, especially in EC-funded projects, current articulations of open schooling, nevertheless, remain theoretically underdeveloped. Given that systematic discussions on ‘open schooling’ are largely absent from peer-reviewed academic journals and publications, a gap can be identified between recent reform efforts expressed in international policies and reports and rigorous theoretical discourse. This paper attempts to bridge this gap by engaging in the theoretical development of ‘open schooling’ and the conceptual analysis of the different forms of openness that open schooling entails. If reform efforts are to realize the beneficial impacts expected of them, such efforts must be met with appropriate theoretical rigor. Given the community-based approach to open schooling that is currently advocated by the EC and OECD, the paper proposes to connect the articulation and theorizing of what open schooling means to Furman’s ecological model of school-as-community (Furman, 2002) and to Schwartz’s circular model of universal values (1992). The multidimensional model of school openness that is presented here further expands and conceptually organizes the understanding of what openness means and entails and as a consequence also offers beneficial insights for the implementation and research of open schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The model presented in this paper, including the various dimensions it incorporates, has been developed mainly through literary analysis, interpretation, and integration of three main theoretical sources: The current open-schooling literature (EC, 2015; Sotiriou et al, 2017, 2021), Furman’s (2002) School-as-community ecological model and Shalom Schwartz’s (1992) circular model of universal values. The school-as-community discourse conceptually expands the meaning of openness and provides additional dimensions for theoretical consideration. Schwartz’s model of universal values offers methodological insights regarding organization and visualization of the model – specifically, an organization that accounts for the intricate relations among the dimensions and their higher-order categorization. Each openness dimension is considered as a distinctive element that connects to various literatures that enrich the model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings An open schooling approach applies the following dictum: school as, with and for the community. This dictum is manifested in a multidimensional model, composed of eight dimensions of openness. These include fostering partnerships and collaborations with community stakeholders (‘community collaborations’), ‘parental involvement’, and ‘social engagement’ (understood here primarily from the standpoint of addressing social issues and needs for promoting the wellbeing of the community). From Furman’s ecological model (2002) we include ‘shared governance’ as a central element conceived from the perspective of leadership theory for school community (Furman, 2002). ‘Open curriculum’ underscores the importance of diversifying knowledge and allowing flexibility in the contents of learning, thus allowing adaptation of learning that reflects a collaborative engagement with the needs and concerns of the community. ‘Inner school communities’ is expanded beyond ‘professional learning communities’ to include various other forms, such as student councils and other associations within the school. Finally, ‘learning communities’ concerns the pedagogies applied to teach-learn school subjects specifically with respect to community-based approaches to pedagogy: ‘community of practice’ (Wenger, 1998) and ‘Fostering a Community of Learners’ pedagogy (Brown & Campione, 1996). Whereas current focus is on inquiry-based instruction, it is important to frame open schooling pedagogy as community-based. It is possible not only to specify eight distinct dimensions of openness, but also to organize these dimensions under three basic types: organization, pedagogy, and community-relations. Organisation includes ‘shared governance’, ‘curriculum’ and ‘inner-school communities’; pedagogy includes ‘learning communities’ (conceived here as the basic pedagogy of open schooling) and ‘student participation’; and community-relations includes ‘parent involvement’, ‘social engagement’, and ‘community collaboration’. Each dimension constitutes a continuum ranging from inward to outward. Moving outward in each dimension assumes a movement toward greater openness, and the more dimensions are characterized by outward movement the greater the school is moving in terms of its openness. References Brown, A. L. & Campione, J. C. (1996) Psychological theory and the design of innovative learning environments: on procedures, principles, and systems. In L. Schauble and R. Glaser (eds), Innovations in Learning: New Environments for Education (pp. 289–325). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. EC (2015). Science Education for Responsible Citizenship. Luxembourg: Publ. Office of the European Union Dryfoos, J. G. (2000). Evaluation of Community Schools: Findings to Date. Furman, G. (Ed.). (2002). School as community: From promise to practice. SUNY Press. Heers, M., Van Klaveren, C., Groot, W., & Maassen van den Brink, H. (2016). Community Schools: What We Know and What We Need to Know. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1016-1051. Ishimaru, A. M. (2019). Just schools: Building equitable collaborations with families and communities. Teachers College Press. OECD (2006). Schooling for Tomorrow, Think Scenarios. Paris: Rethink Education. OECD OECD (2020). Back to the Future of Education: Four OECD Scenarios for Schooling, Educational Research and Innovation. Paris: OECD Publishing. doi:10.1787/178ef527-en Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical tests in 20 countries. Advances in experimental social psychology, 25, pp. 1-65 Sotiriou, M., Sotiriou, S., & Bogner, F. X. (2021). Developing a self-reflection tool to assess schools’ openness. Frontiers in Education, 6. Accessed: https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.714227. Sotiriou, S., Cherouvis, S., Zygouritsas, N., Giannakopoulou, A., Milopoulos, G., Mauer, M., et al. (2017). Open Schooling Roadmap: A Guide for School Leaders and Innovative Teachers. Pallini: Publisher. Valli, L., Stefanski, A., & Jacobson, R. (2018). School-community partnership models: implications for leadership. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 21(1), 31-49. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning and identity. Cambridge University Press. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The Role of the Deputy Principal in Leading Curriculum Making in Schools. 1Maynooth University; 2Maynooth University; 3Maynooth University Presenting Author:Middle leadership is a topic of interest across education systems with a push to find the relationship between leadership and student outcomes (Bento et al 2023: Lipscombe et al., 2023). In Ireland the Department of Education (DE, 2022a, p.10) policy sees ‘leadership and management as inseparable’ and as serving teaching and learning. School leaders are charged with promoting ‘a culture of reflection, improvement, collaboration, innovation and creativity in learning, teaching and assessment, managing the planning and implementation of the school curriculum, fostering teacher professional learning that enriches teachers’ practice and students’ learning and fostering a commitment to inclusion, equality of opportunity and the holistic development of each student’ (2022a, p.15). These are the four standards that are judged to be ‘effective’ or ‘highly effective’ in school inspections.
This paper is focused on the role of the deputy principal in Irish primary and post-primary schools with a particular emphasis on leading within the curriculum space. Deputy principals have been described as leaders of learning or instructional leaders (see for example, Lochmiller and Cunningham, 2019; Shaked, 2023), however, in this paper we focus on leading curriculum making in schools. We did not focus on the measurable impact of leadership on learning or teaching rather how deputy leaders described their role in each of these. Most leadership research focuses on the role of the principal with the empirical research on middle leadership less developed (Tahir et al, 2023; Lipscombe et al., 2023). There is very little research on the range of responsibilities of deputies (Leaf and Odhiambo, 2017) or the critical skills needed for the role (Kumalo and Van der Vyer, 2020).
In this paper we explore the role of the deputy principal in relation to the dynamic processes of curriculum making within the theoretical framework of the ‘multilayered and rich ecologies of education systems’ where ‘layers, activities and actors are intertwined’ (Alvunger et al, 2021, p.275). In the topology proposed by Alvunger and colleagues (2021) the deputy principal is found within the micro layer of the sites, actors and activities. This pivotal layer between the macro (policy makers, agencies including curriculum and politicians) and the nano layer (students, parents, community) merits further empirical exploration. This research explores how the deputy principal acts as an intermediary between the curriculum, principal, parents, students, teachers and community through connecting, translating and at times brokering. Curriculum making is taken to mean ‘a highly dynamic and transactional process of interpretation, mediation, negotiation and translation’ within the complex everyday work of leading a school (Priestley et al, 2021, p.273).
Middle leaders have been described as being pivotal to the successful running of a school (Flemming, 2019) and as impacting directly and indirectly teacher practice and curriculum (Lipscombe et al., 2023). The deputy principal is involved in curriculum making through their work on for example, interpreting curriculum policy, timetabling, teacher allocation to areas of the curriculum, student allocation, leading professional development at school level, managing assessment and feedback for students, communicating with parents/ guardians and advocating for students who need additional supports. They often act an intermediary between the principal and the teachers. Recent discourse on school leadership has emphasised the value of greater collaboration in schools, including ‘distributed leadership’ (e.g. DE, 2022a, 2022b; Hargreaves and O’Connor, 2018). This is evident in the Irish school system with an enhanced middle leadership structure, pointing to the need for this research at this time to inform policy on the role of the deputy principal as a hidden asset in schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopted an exploratory case study methodology (Yin, 2018) within an interpretivist paradigm (Burke and Dempsey, 2022). It is exploratory in design as it sought to explore the hidden potential within the role of Deputy Principal. It is interpretivist in that we contend that the reality of one’s situation is constructed by individuals and that there are as many realities as there are individuals (Scotland, 2012), therefore, knowledge is culturally derived and historically situated (Creswell and Poth, 2016). Culture and environment are very relevant to the complexity of leadership roles and responsibilities (Bento et al., 2023; Barth, 2001). Forde and colleagues (2008) contend that a cultural understanding of local meaning is necessary when thinking about leadership. The local is important but the other layers of influence cannot be neglected in the complex intertwined ways in which actors human and non-human (in the form of policy imperatives) exert influence on action and in-action in the curriculum space. The framework for analysis employed in this research involved that of curriculum making (Priestley et al., 2022) and the complex ecology of schools (Alvunger et al., 2021) coupled with school culture (Barth, 2001) and literature on identity (Ford et al., 2008). Within the case study we employed a mixed methods design where questionnaires were sent to a wide population of Deputy Principals through networks, social media and school emails. 121 responses (49 primary and 72 post-primary) were analysed inductively and deductively (Braun and Clarke, 2021). This analysis was used to generate questions for semi-structured interviews with n=5 primary and n=5 post-primary participants. These interviews were coded and themes developed from the data. Respondents report satisfaction deriving from their role as deputy principal as well as tensions, frustrations and even contradictions arising from expectations, overload of tasks, time management, occasionally limited responsibilities, mediation and conflict resolution, and particular school contexts. Within the extensive lists of tasks associated with the role, ‘timetabling’ features in many lists; at post-primary level, involvement with students, particularly in relation to their behaviour, discipline, wellbeing and pastoral needs is also seen as central to the role by many. Leading on curriculum developments was characterised in different ways by participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Evidence from participants in the research points to a strong desire for deputy principals to be more centrally involved in the leadership of the school community. The relationship between principals and deputy principals are pivotal to nurturing a culture of collaboration throughout a school in relation to curriculum. Obstacles to realising this include structures and policies that restrict deputies to tasks that are primarily administrative or allow insufficient time for meaningful leadership. The current teacher shortage is having a negative impact on the work of leaders. A notable feature of the research is that many deputy principals at primary level act as special education needs co-ordinators (SENCOs) with responsibility for the administration, management and leadership of all aspects of the schooling of the most vulnerable children in addition to many other tasks. The respondents who described themselves as coping with their work load tended to develop a healthy balance between leadership, management and administration. However, all mentioned the tensions involved in balancing the different aspects of the role. An important finding was how all the respondents identified themselves as teachers and talked about moving from subject expert and role model to curriculum leader as being very satisfying. This teacher identity gave them enhanced credibility when they were leading curriculum activities. We raise an important concern around the complexity of the role of the Deputy Principal. Our participants are happy in the role and cite the variety of relationships, the challenge to problem solve and the link to students and teachers as most satisfying aspects of the role. The similarities and differences of the role in each setting, primary and post-primary are presented with some early conclusions and recommendations for future policy proffered. References Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestely, M. (2021) Patterns and Trends in Curriculum Making in Europe. In Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (Eds.) (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Emerald Publishing. Barth, R. (2001) Learning by Heart, San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Bento, F., Adenusi, T., & Khanal, P. (2023) Middle level leadership in schools: a scoping review of literature informed by a complex system perspective, International Journal of Leadership in Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2023.2234329 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021) Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. London: Sage Creswell, J., & Poth, C.N. (2018) Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design. Fourth Edition. London: Sage. Department of Education (2022a) Looking at Our School, A quality framework for Primary Schools and Special Schools. Dublin: Department of Education Fleming, P. (2019) Successful Middle Leadership in Secondary Schools. Routledge Forde, J., Harding, N., & Learmonth, M. (2008) Leadership as Identity. Constructions and Deconstructions. Palgrave Macmillan. Hargreaves, A. & O’Connor, M. (2018) Collaborative Professionalism: When Teaching Together Means Learning for All. Thousand Oaks, California: Corwin Press. Khumalo, Jan B., & Van der Vyver, C.P.. (2020) Critical skills for deputy principals in South African secondary schools. South African Journal of Education, 40(3), 1-10 Leaf, A., & Odhiambo, G. (2017) The Deputy Principal Instructional Leadership Role and Professional Learning: Perceptions of Secondary Principals, Deputies and Teachers. Journal of Educational Administration, 55(1) 33-48. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023) School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. Lochmiller, CR., Cunningham, KMW., (2019) Leading learning in content areas A systematic review of leadership practices used in mathematics and science instruction. International Journal of Educational Management. 33(6), 1219-1234 Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (Eds.) (2021) Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. London: Emerald Publishing. Scotland, J. (2012). Exploring the Philosophical Underpinnings of Research: Relating Ontology and Epistemology to the Methodology and Methods of the Scientific, Interpretive, and Critical Research Paradigms. English Language Teaching; 5,(9), 10-16 Shaked, H. (2023) Instructional leadership in school middle leaders. International Journal of Educational Management. Early access. Tahir, LM., Musah, MB., Hassan, R., & Ali, MF. (2023) Published Articles on Deputy Principals From 1980 to 2020: A Systematic Literature Review. Sage Open.13(4) Yin, R.K. (2018) Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods. 6th Edition. London: Sage. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Home Economics and Health Education Curricula in Primary Teachers’ Life Histories in Cyprus (mid-1950s to mid-2010s): Tracing (In)disciplinarity University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:In this paper, we trace the enactment of Home Economics and Health Education (HE/HE) curricula as narrated in the life histories of Greek-Cypriot primary teachers across six cohorts that correspond to different periods of recent history in Cyprus (late 1950s-2010s), to explore it as emerging amidst sociopolitical and historicized contexts, where both constancy and change are possible. By tracing changes and constants, we highlight how this subject-area has been simultaneously connected to an institutional context as well as broader sociopolitical and economic conditions, which remained constant in envisioning particular types of (elementary) schooling and of teachers as professionals, although of changing modalities.
In its local reiterations and in connection to broader institutional contexts, HE/HE relates to how the spread of mandatory public schooling -- through which curricula were mobilized as a mechanism of modernist governance of populations by nation-states, especially in urban centres -- have been entangled with public health policies (e.g. Ball, 2013) and gendered constructions of the teaching profession (e.g. Llewellyn, 2012). In such contexts of administration and governance, ‘curriculum’ has largely been conceptualized as institutionalized text. These constitute what Doyle names ‘programmatic curriculum’, locating it between its ‘societal’, and ‘classroom/instructional’ representations of curriculum (1992a; 1992b) or between Deng, Gopinathan and Lee’s (2013) ‘policy’ and ‘classroom curriculum making’ because it ‘translates the ideals and expectations embodied in the policy curriculum into programmes, school subjects, and curricular frameworks’ (p. 7).
‘Home Economics’ and ‘Life/Health Education’ have long both been part of the programmatic curriculum in Greek-Cypriot education, as labels used in official policy, curriculum texts, and timetables denoting a specific subject-area (Persianis & Polyviou, 1992). However, the shift in terminology from the former to the latter during the most recent educational reform (which included a curriculum review, evaluation and restructuring in 2010/2015), along with the expansion of the timetables from the last two grades to all grades of public elementary schooling, was designed to mark a shift in its content and approach (Ioannou et el., 2015). Life/Health Education became a subject-area where citizenship content was largely relocated and which gradually, in the context of this most recent educational reform, became the primary curricular space for constructing the ideal citizen, embodied in the notion of the ‘democratic socially responsible citizen’. Construing the concepts of ‘citizenship’ and ‘health’ as inextricably linked, the official texts were found to gravitate towards notions of health, safety, and responsibility, marking a shift from national/ethnocentric (as social or political contents of) citizenship. This was a culmination of sedimented health discourses (intersecting with European and Intercultural Education discourses), infusing relevant curriculum documents over the preceding forty years and enabling the formation of a particular type of ideal citizen: an individual responsible over personal health, work, and consumption, hence also contributing to local and/or supranational labour markets (Philippou & Theodorou, 2018; 2019).
It is the enactment of this programmatic curriculum in classrooms that we sought to trace by focusing, in teachers’ life histories, on their narrations of everyday practices in schools and classrooms during their career overall but also in subject-areas, including HE/HE. In this paper, we illustrate how the school curriculum, through and as pertaining to HE/HE, remained distinct, centrally prescribed and recognizable over the last 60 years, although of changing narrated enactments, marking shifting teacher professionalisms and conceptions of elementary schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper combines data from two studies that draw on biographical research and life history interviewing to develop a history ‘from below’ of teacher professionalism and of disciplinary knowledge in given subject-areas (Language Arts, History, Geography, and HE/HE) over six decades in the Republic of Cyprus (mid-1950s to mid-2010s). Central in these inquiries are the life histories of 30 Greek-Cypriot elementary teachers who studied in local public institutions and fall into six cohorts roughly corresponding to each of the six decades of interest. Participating teachers had varied characteristics in terms of their gendered identities, academic credentials, place of residence, and types of schools where they served, while each cohort shared experiences in terms of their higher education and credentials (from teacher college and pedagogical academy diplomas in the former cohorts to university degrees and postgraduate education in the latter ones) and the profession’s attractiveness and social status. Following a biographic research approach, we collected data through multiple, semi-structured life history interviews with each of the participants, following a three-step process which, as described by Goodson (2008), involves the conducting, transcription and sharing of in-depth interviews whereby participants are provided opportunities to narrate, amend, and expand their life histories. Interviews were complemented with the collection of personal artifacts and official documents circulated around significant time periods, as those emerged in the participants’ hi/stories. Individual teachers’ life histories were thematically analyzed, followed by the cross-analysis of life hi/stories within and across cohorts. For the purposes of this paper, thematic and cross-analysis of teachers’ life hi/stories was based on axial coding of emic codes that adhered to teachers’ narrations of curriculum enactment at different points of their professional careers and, especially, at times of curriculum change and educational reform but also in relation to key sociopolitical events. We accounted for teachers’ verbatim use of HE/HE when describing its enactment (through materials, policies, ingredients, practices, etc.), but also traced more subtle or broad meanings of this subject-area’s curriculum, as it traversed other subject-area, school, community and social activities. Doing so, we were interested in tracing the ways in which it was materialized within a changing landscape of elementary schooling and the teaching profession over time, while remaining a recognizable and distinct area of the curriculum. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In teachers' narrations, the HE/HE curriculum appeared to have an important place, albeit for changing reasons. The nature of the curriculum made in schools for HE/HE was narrated over time as gradually shifting from a strictly “female” endeavor with its emphases on cleanliness, cooking, clothes-mending or making/embroidery for older female students taught by female teachers, in the first/older cohorts, to include content (also addressed to boys and for all grades) on health, diet, exercise, mental and emotional well-being, conflict resolution, consumption and citizenship in later cohorts. This expanding scope of narrated content troubled caring for the home/family as a gendered mission but also facilitated the traversion of Health Education disciplinary boundaries with other subject-areas (particularly Language Arts), making it preferable to homeroom teachers. Despite shifts, in all teachers’ cohorts, HE was constantly entangled with school/local activities as well as broader sociopolitical agendas (including preparing children for their socially-assigned roles), instantiating both the social embeddedness of schooling and how societies kept being schooled. Another constant was how it was narrated through pedagogical-progressive rhetoric as a subject-area ‘popular’ to children because of being closer to ‘their’ questions, concerns, problems, and everyday life, but also because of its practical/hands-on methodology. For the more recent cohorts, Health Education classrooms were their primary field of action working with children as individuals on mainly health-related concerns (e.g. obesity, diversity, bullying), in ways perplexing the aspirations of ‘empowerment’ envisioned by the current programmatic curriculum. The paper discusses these findings’ implications for debates on the governance of public health (due to the recent pandemic, but also other public health concerns in Europe and around the world) as an instantiation of a sedimented historicity, reminding us how schooling is always-already entangled with public health/hygiene policies, as traced strongly in these teachers’ narrations of HE/HE curriculum enactments during their career. References Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault, power and education. Routledge. Deng, Z., Gopinathan, S., & Lee, C. K. E. (Eds.) (2013). Globalization and the Singapore curriculum: From policy to classroom. Springer. Doyle, W. (1992a). Curriculum and pedagogy. In P. W. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of research on curriculum (pp. 486–516). Macmillan. Doyle, W. (1992b). Constructing curriculum in the classroom. In F. K. Oser, A. Dick, & J. Patry (Eds.), Effective and responsible teaching: The new syntheses (pp. 66–79). Jossey-Bass. Goodson, I. (2008). Investigating the teacher’s life and work. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Ioannou, S., Kouta, C. & Andreou, A. (2015). Cyprus Health Education Curriculum from “victim blaming to empowerment”. Health Education, 115(3/4), 392 – 404. Llewellyn, K. R. (2012). Democracy’s angels; the work of women teachers. McGill-Queen’s University Press. Persianis, P. & Polyviou, P. (1992). Ιστορία της εκπαίδευσης στην Κύπρο, κείμενα και πηγές [History of education in Cyprus, texts and sources]. Pedagogical Institute. Philippou, S. & Theodorou, E. (2019). Collapsing the supranational and the national: from citizenship to health education in the Republic of Cyprus. In A. Rapoport (Ed.), Competing Frameworks: Global and National in Citizenship Education (pp. 95-114). Information Age. Philippou, S. & Theodorou, E. (2018). Re-forming curriculum towards a ‘democratic socially responsible citizen’ in Greek-Cypriot Education: At the nexus of European, Intercultural, and Health Education discourses. In N. Palaiologou & M. Zembylas (Eds.), Human Rights Education and Citizenship Education: Intercultural Perspectives within an international context (pp. 200-223). Cambridge Scholars Publishing. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 A: Self- and Collective-efficacy, Intent, and Challenges Towards Collective Inclusive Practices: An International Perspective Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Stuart Woodcock Session Chair: Jahirul Mullick Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Self- and Collective-efficacy, Intent, and Challenges Towards Collective Inclusive Practices: An International Perspective Internationally, inclusion has become a fundamental principle of modern education systems (Ainscow, 2020). While policies and legislation are necessary to begin the process of inclusion, they do not necessarily provide sufficient guidance about how inclusive education can be achieved (Woodcock & Hardy, 2022). Our research and that of our colleagues has found that in order for inclusive education to be successful, it is dependent on school educators’ collective attitudes, commitment, and intention to teach learners with diverse abilities, and the availability of support for educators to include all learners (Leyser et al., 2011; Sharma et al., 2012; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007). We believe that an individual teacher’s attitude, efficacy, and the availability of support to the teacher may not fully predict how likely it is that the school will implement inclusive practices. The school’s overall collective efficacy to include learners with diverse abilities may also be equally critical. Surprisingly, not much research has examined how the combination of factors i.e. individual educator’s intentions, individual teacher’s efficacy, and a school’s collective efficacy for inclusive education can have impact upon the school’s implementation of inclusive practices. While it may be difficult to measure the effectiveness and use of inclusive practices, teachers’ intentions to teach inclusively may be a basis to predict the inclusive practices (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016). Awareness of these factors that relate to the effectiveness and use of inclusive practices, including teachers’ intentions to include all students, can allow policy makers to understand where the resources and supports need to be applied to in order to make schools and classrooms more inclusive, and what types of resources and supports those should be. For example, if the majority of teachers in a school have lower sense of teaching efficacy to teach in inclusive classrooms, not much progress can be made unless all educators are adequately prepared to teach all learners through well designed professional learning programs. On the other hand, if a school lacks collective efficacy to include all learners, intervention will be needed by the leadership team to enhance a school’s overall commitment and confidence to include all learners (Wilson et al., 2020). Research of this nature can also move our theoretical and conceptual understanding of important aspects that relate directly to employment of effective inclusive practices. This symposium consists of three presentations. The first presentation acknowledges the importance of parents’ involvement in their child’s education. It focuses on school leaders of highly inclusive schools and examines the ways in which they engage with parents towards making the school highly inclusive. The second presentation highlights the importance of the challenges that teachers face in being inclusive as well as support mechanisms that are in place for them. It also focuses on teachers’ intentions towards inclusive education and how these relate to the challenges and supports that teachers experience. The third presentation examines the relationships between teachers’ self-efficacy and collective efficacy with regard to inclusive practices and their attitudes towards inclusion. It argues the importance of the interrelations between them in working towards more inclusive schools. The aim of this symposium is to bring together important elements of inclusive practices to support policymakers, school leaders, educators, and parents. We will share these findings from a global perspective. References Hardy, I., & Woodcock, S. (2015). Inclusive education policies: discourses of difference, diversity and deficit. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(2), 141-164. Leyser, Y., Zeiger, T., & Romi, S. (2011). Changes in self-efficacy of prospective special and general education teachers: Implication for inclusive education. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 58, 241–255. Sharma, U., & Jacobs, K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators' intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching & Teacher Education, 55, 13-23. Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, C. (2012). Measuring teacher efficacy to implement inclusive practices. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 12(1), 12–21. Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 611–625. Wilson, C., L. Marks Woolfson, and K. Durkin. 2020. “School Environment and Mastery Experience as Predictors of teachers’ Self-Efficacy Beliefs Towards Inclusive Teaching.” International Journal of Inclusive Education 24 (2): 218–234. doi:10.1080/13603116.2018.1455901. Woodcock, S., & Hardy, I. (2022). ‘You’re probably going to catch me out here’: principals’ understandings of inclusion policy in complex times. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 3, 211-226. Presentations of the Symposium A View from the Top: School Leader Reflections on Parental Involvement in Inclusive Schools
Inclusive education remains a contested concept (Woodcock & Hardy, 2022), despite being driven by a strong social justice agenda. In this context, school leaders play a critical role in the support and direction of the school’s inclusive practices (Subban et al., 2022). Research reveals the significance of both teachers’ and school leaders’ perceptions to facilitate inclusive practices (Woodcock & Woolfson, 2019), however collaboration with parents is increasingly regarded as a vital component to supporting inclusion, and successful outcomes for students with disabilities (Wilson, 2016). This study examined approaches that leaders of highly inclusive schools utilised to engage parents into the daily functioning and operations of their school. As an exploratory qualitative study, it drew on collective data from 12 highly ranked inclusive schools from Italy, Switzerland, Australia, and Greece. The schools were acknowledged in each country as being highly inclusive within the school community. Schools varied across a number of characteristics including size (ranging from 100-750), socio-economic status and cultural context. Semi-structured focus group discussions and interviews were conducted each lasting approximately 60 minutes. Group discussions and interviews were conducted with school leaders specifically, with these then recorded, transcribed, and professionally translated. Subsequent to data cleaning, Miles, Huberman, and Saldana’s (2019) thematic analysis approach, involving multiple cycles of data coding, reflecting on connections and identifying themes within the data was applied to probe the data set. Three predominant findings emerged from the data. Firstly, the interviewed leaders explicitly acknowledged parents as integral stakeholders to be drawn into decision-making regarding inclusive practices for students with disabilities. Secondly, they noted that while schools maintained an open-door policy regarding parental involvement, they found that parental engagement may often be limited to advocacy with many parents, delegating weighty decisions to school staff and leaders. Thirdly, leaders recognised that concerted programs, which embedded parental input more intentionally, were likely to contribute more authentically to successful inclusion. The study reiterated the need for collaboration between schools and parents to drive inclusive practices, inviting all stakeholders to occupy active roles to support the success of students with additional learning needs.
References:
Subban, P., Woodcock, S., Sharma, U., & May, F. (2022). How can school leaders create an inclusive culture and commitment? Monash Education Teach Space, Accessed from: https://www.monash.edu/education/teachspace/articles/how-can-school-leaders-create-an-inclusive-culture-and-commitment.
Wilson, J. (2016). Reimagining Disability and Inclusive Education Through Universal Design for Learning. Disability Studies Quarterly (DSQ), 37.
Woodcock, S., & Hardy, I. (2022). 'You're probably going to catch me out here': principals' understandings of inclusion policy in complex times. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(3), 211-226. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1645891
Woodcock, S., & Woolfson, L. M. (2019). Are leaders leading the way with inclusion? Teachers’ perceptions of systemic support and barriers towards inclusion. International journal of educational research, 93, 232-242. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2018.11.004
Teachers’ Intentions to Teach Inclusively: Supports and Hinderances
Inclusion has become a fundamental principle of modern education systems around the world. Inclusive education is built on a premise of the right to an education for every student, where systems and schools are responsible for educating all young people within their communities (Nilholm, 2021). While inclusive education has been around for several decades, there are still challenges occurring with the way in which it should be employed. For inclusive education to be effective the need for a collective engagement is critical (Subban et al., 2023). Policy makers, school leaders, educators, and parents/carers, are some of the key stakeholders in engaging with effective inclusive practices for all students. Teachers’ beliefs in inclusive education, their capability to teach inclusively, and their intention to teach inclusively are some important aspects of their engagement in employing inclusive practices within their classrooms (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016; Woodcock et al., 2022). However, without support, teachers may face challenges that they are not able to overcome in order to engage effectively with inclusion (Woodcock & Woolfson, 2019). This study examined the relationship between teachers’ intentions to teach inclusively and the support and challenges that they experience. In-service teachers (n=869) across Switzerland, Canada, and Italy were surveyed. In each country teachers with the highest and lowest intentions to teach inclusively were identified through the ‘Intention to Teach in Inclusive Classroom’ scale (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016). Thematic analysis was employed to examine and probe teachers’ supports and challenges.
Findings reveal that across all countries and levels of intention to teach in inclusive classrooms teachers identified professional development, and classroom practices as key supports. However, across all countries teachers who hold a lower level of intention to teach in inclusive classrooms had support experiences of education assistants (e.g., teacher aide), and collaboration as key supports, whereas teachers with a high intention to teach in inclusive classrooms had support experiences of teacher autonomy and social and emotional wellbeing. Across all countries teachers who hold a lower level of intention to teach in inclusive classrooms had challenging experiences lacking parent involvement and expectation, whereas teachers with a high intention to teach in inclusive classrooms faced challenging experiences towards other teachers’ resistance and attitudes towards teaching inclusively. Studies have shown the importance of teachers’ intention to teach inclusively. Teachers have different intentions to teach inclusively and face various challenges and support needs in order to effectively teach inclusively. Further investigation is needed.
References:
Nilholm, C. (2021). Research about inclusive education in 2020–How can we improve our theories in order to change practice?, European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36 (3), 358-369.
Sharma, U., & Jacobs, K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators' intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching & Teacher Education, 55, 13-23.
Subban, P., Bradford, B., Sharma, U., Loreman, T., Avramidis, E., Kullmann, H., Sahli-Lozano, C., Romano, A., & Woodcock, S. (2023). Does it really take a village to raise a child? Reflections on the need for collective responsibility in inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 38(2), 291-302.
Woodcock, S., Sharma, U., Subban, P., & Hitches, E. (2022). Teacher self-efficacy and inclusive education practices: Rethinking teachers’ engagement with inclusive practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 117, 103802.
Woodcock, S., & Woolfson, L. M. (2019). Are leaders leading the way with inclusion? Teachers’ perceptions of systemic support and barriers towards inclusion. International journal of educational research, 93, 232-242. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2018.11.004
Teachers’ Individual and Collective Efficacy in Relation to their Attitudes Towards Inclusion: A Global Analysis
To address the diverse needs of students effectively, teachers’ individual competences as well as their collective performance are indispensable (Sharma et al., 2023). This also includes collective efficacy, which is defined as “a group’s shared belief in its conjoint capability to organize and execute the courses of action required to produce given levels of attainment” (Bandura, 1997, p. 477). Individualized teaching adapted to cater to students’ diversity requires well-functioning teams of teachers. To reach this objective, shared goals are essential. According to Goddard et al. (2000), they can be regarded as normative expectations for individual teachers, influencing their beliefs about teaching and learning as well as their performance in the classroom. Accordingly, self-efficacy and collective efficacy are interconnected (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007), and teachers’ collective efficacy is known for being linked to their attitudes towards inclusion and their intentions to teach (e.g., Leyser et al., 2011; Sharma et al., 2012). International comparisons are of particular interest for each country or school system, respectively, as they can help to identify alternative approaches and possibilities for inclusive school development (e.g., Sharma et al., 2023).
Against this background, this paper examines the relationships between teachers’ self-efficacy and collective efficacy with regard to inclusive practices and their attitudes towards inclusion in a global context. A total of N=897 preschool, primary, and secondary school teachers from Canada, Germany and Switzerland were surveyed about their individual self-efficacy (TEIP; Sharma et al., 2012) and their collective self-efficacy (CTEIP; Sharma et al., 2023) with regard to inclusive practices as well as their attitudes towards inclusion (AIS; Sharma & Jacobs, 2016).
The results indicate that Canadian teachers have higher levels of individual and collective efficacy than German and Swiss teachers. Teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion are significantly lower in Germany and Switzerland compared to Canada. However, the correlations between AIS, TEIP, and CTEIP are not significantly different within the three countries. The results indicate that while both, individual as well as collective efficacy are significantly related to attitudes, the correlation between TEIP and AIS is much stronger compared to CTEIP vs. AIS. Directional interrelations between the three aspects of teacher professionalism together with country-specific interpretations will be presented and discussed.
References:
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W.H. Freeman and Company.
Goddard, R. D., Hoy, W. K., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2000). Collective teacher efficacy: Its meaning, measure, and effect on student achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 37, 479–507.
Leyser, Y., Zeiger, T., & Romi, S. (2011). Changes in self-efficacy of prospective special and general education teachers: Implication for inclusive education. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 58, 241–255.
Sharma, U., & Jacobs, D. K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators’ intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching and Teacher Education, 55, 13–23.
Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, C. (2012). Measuring teacher efficacy to implement inclusive practices. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 12(1), 12–21.
Sharma, U., Loreman, T., May, F., Romano, A., Sahli Lozano, C., Avramidis, E., Woodcock, S., Subban, P., & Kullmann, H. (2023). Measuring collective efficacy for inclusion in a global context. European Journal of Inclusive Education. doi:10.1080/08856257.2023.2195075
Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 611–625.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 B: Exploring Inclusive Education - Methods and Research Practices Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Felicitas Kruschick Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Observing Teaching Quality Differentially? Individual Cognitive Activation through Digital Storytelling in Inclusive Primary School Classes University of Wuerzburg, Germany Presenting Author:„Structural and social inequality“ (Zengilowski et al., 2023, S. 1) as well as „mechanisms that reproduce injustice and inequality“ (MacKenzie, Chiang & Thurston, 2022, S. 1) shape schools and teaching. Concurrently, there is a normative demand for a culture of education and teaching that is sensitive towards heterogeneity and inclusion, which has been legally established throughout Europe since the ratification of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. The goal is to achieve collaborative learning and equal participation of all children, regardless of their learning conditions, in general mainstream education and the mainstream school system. The project focuses on inclusive primary school education, in which students with and without intellectual disabilities learn together. Consequently, a wide heterogeneity of individual learning conditions can be assumed (Ratz & Selmayr, 2021). The design of such inclusive instruction situation attributes potential to digital media because various opportunities for participation can be made accessible for a heterogenous student body through and with them (Kamin, 2020). Digital media and the associated digitalization of all areas of live have, especially since the pandemic, shaped society and, consequently, school and education as whole. Generally, there is a consensus that the task of school education is to prepare all students for active engagement with and use of media, as well as reflection on media. Digital Storytelling presents an exemplary concept for designing inclusive digital teaching. Within the framework of Digital Storytelling, a literary story can be read and narrated using not only convention means (images, text) but also expanded ones (photo, video, audio). Due to the diverse, multimodal expressive possibilities, all children with heterogenous learning conditions can work on a common subject at different performance levels (Warmdt, Frisch, Ratz & Pohlmann-Rother, 2023). Normatively, there is a demand to design such digitally inclusive instruction, like Digital Storytelling, with high quality. When looking at the current research discourse in German-speaking countries, it can be observed that publications on inclusive instruction (Bohl, 2017) and on instruction with digital media (Quast, Rubach & Lazarides, 2021) reference classical research on teaching quality and, consequently, cognitive activation. In cognitively activating instruction, the goal is to stimulate all learners according to their individual learning conditions to engage with challenging tasks that promote understanding and inference (Groß-Mlynek, Graf, Harring, Gabriel-Busse & Feldhoff, 2022, S. 1). In recent years, numerous German-language research projects on cognitive activation can be found, while in the international discourse, closely related concepts are often explored (e.g. „deeper learning“ by Meyer, Imhof, Coyle und Banerjee in 2018). When looking at the (subject-specific) operationalization and the mechanisms of action for cognitive activation, the research works exhibit a divergent and inconsistent picture (Groß-Mlynek et al., 2022, S. 3). One reason for this may be that the effects of cognitive activation in the studies are examined across the entire class rather than focusing on individual children (Begrich et al., 2023; Rieser & Decristan, 2023). Previous studies have often focused on the question of which an instructional approach leads to what effort or outcome however, individual influencing factors are mostly disregarded (Kunter & Ewald, 2016, S. 20). The individual and differential perspective in teaching quality research is the focus of the project. This is done using the example of individual cognitive activation in inclusive primary school instruction attended by students with and without intellectual disabilities, addressing the following two questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To analyze individual cognitive activation at the instructional process level, a project week on Digital Storytelling was designed (a). It was conducted and videotaped in eight inclusive first and second-grade classes (b). The collected video data was then processed (c) and analyzed (d). The following sections will elaborate on these four methodological steps. a) Design of the Project Week: In an iterative process, a project spanning five days on “Digital Storytelling mit Hund Milo” (Digital Storytelling with Dog Milo) (Warmdt & Frisch, 2023) was developed. Students were introduced to the multimodal storytelling features of the Book Creator app, which they then used on iPads to continue the story. On the last day of the project, students presented their multimodal work results. b) Classroom Videography and Collection of Background Information: The study’s sample consists of eight inclusive first and second-grade classes in the state of Bavaria, Germany, with students, both those with and without intellectual disabilities. Teachers and students were videotaped from three different perspectives: inclusive small-group work, screencast on the iPad, and overall classroom activities. In addition, background information on students (e.g. literacy learning conditions) and teachers (e.g. beliefs about the use of digital media) were collected through a questionnaire. c) Preparation and Transcription of Video Data: The data collection resulted in videos of 18 inclusive small groups, showcasing the interactions among the 38 first and second-grade students and their interactions with teachers while working on Digital Storytelling. The video data were processed using DaVinci Resolve software (cropping, anonymizing, synchronizing, etc.) and transcribed verbally and subsequently evaluated using the Interact software. d) Inductive-Deductive Analysis of Video Data: The focus of the analysis is on an instructional phase on the fourth day of the project, where students digitally continue the story. The analysis was conducted with a content-structuring approach using qualitative content analysis, leading to the deductive-inductive development of a category system for individual cognitive activation. Each category was specified (through consensus coding) with descriptions, anchor examples, coding rules, and delimitation rules. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the inclusive small-group work on Digital Storytelling, a total of 1927 codings for individual cognitive activation were identified for the 38 students. Eight different main categories for individual cognitive activation were observed, some of which were further differentiated down to the fourth sub-level: the development of one's own idea, activation of knowledge, content verification, reasoning, discussion of content, problem-solving, literary elaboration of an own literary idea, and linking different forms of representation or modalities (see Research Question 1). Regarding the frequency distributions for each main category, a divergent picture emerges. For example, students activate literary, media, or (written) language knowledge a total of 641 times during the small-group work phase, while they discuss the content of their ideas (N = 26) or provide reasoning for it (N = 32) much less frequently. In addition to the divergent frequency distributions for each main category, there are also clear differences in the number and type of codings for each individual student regarding the stigma of intellectual disability (see Research Question 2). The analysis reveals that, on average, almost twice as many codings are assigned for elementary students without intellectual disabilities compared to children with intellectual disabilities. All main categories, except for the development of one's own idea and linking different forms of representation or modalities, are more frequently coded for elementary students without intellectual disabilities than for children with intellectual disabilities. The differences in the number and type of codings for individual cognitive activation due to the stigma of intellectual disability underscore the necessity of taking a differentiated approach to each individual student in teaching quality research in inclusive education focused on Digital Storytelling. References Begrich, L., Praetorius, A.-K., Decristan, J., Fauth, B., Göllner, R., Herrmann, C. et al. (2023). Was tun? Perspektiven für eine Unterrichtsqualitätsforschung der Zukunft. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 51(1), 63–97. Bohl, T. (2017). Umgang mit Heterogenität im Unterricht. In T. Bohl, J. Budde & M. Rieger-Ladich (Hrsg.), Umgang mit Heterogenität in Schule und Unterricht. Grundlagentheoretische Beiträge, empirische Befunde und didaktische Reflexionen (S. 257–273). Julius Klinkhardt. Groß-Mlynek, L., Graf, T., Harring, M., Gabriel-Busse, K. & Feldhoff, T. (2022). Cognitive Activation in a Close-Up View: Triggers of High Cognitive Activity in Students During Group Work Phases. Frontiers in Education, 7, 1–12. Kamin, A.-M. (2020). Digitale Bildung unter der Perspektive von Inklusion. Inklusive Medienbildung. Friedrich Jahresheft, (38), 90–92. Kunter, M. & Ewald, S. (2016). Bedingungen und Effekte von Unterricht: Aktuelle Forschungsperspektiven aus der pädagogischen Psychologie. In N. McElvany, W. Bos, H.-G. Holtappels, M. M. Gebauer & F. Schwabe (Hrsg.), Bedingungen und Effekte guten Unterrichts (S. 9–32). Waxmann. MacKenzie, A., Chiang, T.-H. & Thurston, A. (2022). New insights on the persistence and reproduction of educational inequality and injustice: Towards a synthesis of Nussbaum's capabilities approach and Bourdieu's theories. International Journal of Educational Research, 115. Meyer, O., Imhof, M., Coyle, D. & Banerjee, M. (2018). Positive Learning and Pluriliteracies. In O. Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, G. Wittum & A. Dengel (Hrsg.), Positive Learning in the Age of Information. A Blessing or a Curse? (S. 235–265). Springer VS. Quast, J., Rubach, C. & Lazarides, R. (2021). Lehrkräfteeinschätzungen zu Unterrichtsqualität mit digitalen Medien: Zusammenhänge zur wahrgenommenen technischen Schulausstattung, Medienunterstützung, digitalen Kompetenzselbsteinschätzungen und Wertüberzeugungen. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, (11), 309–341. Ratz, C. & Selmayr, A. (2021). Schriftsprachliche Kompetenzen. In D. Baumann, W. Dworschak, M. Kroschewski, C. Ratz & A. Selmayr (Hrsg.), Schülerschaft mit dem Förderschwerpunkt geistige Entwicklung II (SFGE II) (117-134). Athena wbv media. Rieser, S. & Decristan, J. (2023). Kognitive Aktivierung in Befragungen von Schülerinnen und Schülern. Unterscheidung zwischen dem Potential zur kognitiven Aktivierung und der individuellen kognitiven Aktivierung. Zeitschrift für pädagogische Psychologie, (0), 1–15. Warmdt, J. & Frisch, H. (2023). Digital Storytelling mit Hund Milo. Eine Geschichte im inklusiven Anfangsunterricht am iPad lesen und weitererzählen. Opus. Warmdt, J., Frisch, H., Ratz, C. & Pohlmann-Rother, S. (2023). Digital lesen und erzählen. Eine Projektwoche für den inklusiven Anfangsunterricht. Fördermagazin Grundschule, (3), 19–23. Zengilowski, A., Maqbool, I., Deka, S., Niebaum, J., Placido, Diego et al. (2023). Overemphasizing individual differences and overlooking systemic factors reinforces educational inequality. Science of learning, 8(13), 1–13. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Using Video Observation to Investigate the Opportunities offered by Dance for Personal Development and Inclusion of Children Experiencing Complex Needs. University of Northampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This PhD study explores how dance provides opportunities for personal development of Children Experiencing Complex Needs (CECN), leveraging video observation to delve into the challenges and opportunities for inclusion. Video observation is integral to the methodology of this study involving pupils, parents and teachers associated with different special educational needs schools in England. Complex needs encompass a spectrum of conditions, including physical and sensory disabilities, intellectual and developmental delays, and other medical challenges that may impede societal participation. The premise of the study is that dance supports inclusion, empowering CECN to develop crucial personal skills essential for effective social interaction. By enhancing social inclusion, these personal skills enable CECN to build relationships, engage in activities, and access support systems, leading to significant improvements in overall well-being, sense of belonging, and personal growth. Participant observation originated in anthropology as a way for researchers to study the customs and practices of remote communities by immersing themselves and observing while participating in the community (Iacono, Brown and Holtham, 2011). Observation as a research method is particularly suitable for studying dance, a multisensory activity that needs to be experienced by the senses and observed as it happens, allowing direct insight into various interactions in different settings (Fox, 1998). It enables a natural way of recording data to study dance and how it affects the behaviour of the participants thus aiding in understanding interactions between people in various situations (Cohen, Manion, & Morrison, 2007). Challenges of participant observation In this study, the researcher became a participant observer by teaching dance to students who were participants of the study. This helps to gather data about the behaviour of the participants and provides an in-depth understanding of the behaviour of the participants that would otherwise be inaccessible (DeWalt and DeWalt, 2011). However, involvement in the process can also be a distraction to the participants, affecting the quality of the data collected (Johnson, Douglas, Bigby, and Iacono, 2011). To address this challenge, the researcher used videos to collect data which involves recording the activity or behaviour being studied using a video camera, thus providing a less intrusive way of gathering data. The process of selecting a group of participating students was time-consuming and required continuous negotiation and coordination with school staff. One of the students expressed concerns and reservations about the use of a video camera. To address this, the researcher made a conscious effort to build trust gradually and ensure that the presence of the video camera became a natural aspect of the session over time. Video recording can be a distraction and may prove challenging to maintain focus on the specific subject being studied, particularly in a fluid activity such as dance (Cohen, Manion, & Morrison, 2007) which was the case in certain phases of this study. The process of setting up the camera equipment, making sure it is running properly, and adjusting settings took away from the focus on the dance lesson on a few occasions. Additionally, the presence of a teaching assistant was not sufficient to alleviate the distractions caused by the video camera as well as the music system. This was particularly true during the beginning of lessons, as the researcher had to spend time getting the equipment set up and functioning. The teaching assistant’s role was mainly to monitor the participating pupils rather than assist with video recording. Non-availability of a space for lessons on occasions, continuous negotiations with gatekeepers, lack of response from parents, and delays in receiving signed consent forms from parents were some of the other issues faced which is not uncommon in school-based research (Alibali and Nathan, 2010).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an interpretivist perspective, drawing on constructivism as theorised by Gray (2009). Interpretivism provides the overarching perspective, and constructivism informs the analysis of the data collected through observations and interviews. Interpretivism seeks to understand the world through subjective experiences (Aikenhead, 1997), while constructivism asserts that knowledge is socially constructed through interaction. Combining these perspectives enriches the researcher's understanding of the social phenomenon studied (Gray, 2009). The analysis, based on video observations and interviews, applies constructivist principles to interpret the data. Thematic analysis can be used in different types of research to fit the needs of the research (Braun and Clarke, 2006; Kiger and Varpio, 2020). Joffe (2011) believed it works well in constructivist research, as it helps understand how social constructions are formed and looks for deeper themes in the data to understand the multiple perspectives that make up a social construction. Thematic analysis was used to analyse the dance videos as advised by Laurier (2010) who suggested that providing an attentive description of what was happening in the video without drawing premature conclusions is the first stage of video analysis. The goal was to understand what was happening in the dance sessions by closely examining a limited set of instances. The footage was coded to uncover meaningful insights and observations were noted in an observation sheet. A thematic analysis of observation sheet data, video recording data, and observation notes was conducted. The process involved organising and categorising the data by watching each video multiple times, and coding sections of the data into codes. This was done iteratively until all the data was coded. The codes were then reviewed and reorganised into larger categories. Themes were identified based on the activities observed in the recordings and related to the research questions. Finally, a report was written that summarises the findings by describing the themes that emerged from the videos. Thematic data analysis found five key themes relevant to the underlying principle: ‘making friends’, ‘encouraging inclusion’, ‘developing social skills’, ‘providing enjoyment’, and ‘providing opportunity’. Findings support the use of dance for CECN to enhance social inclusion and personal development skills, emphasising the need for further research and integration into education programs. The findings signify the ability of dance to create change in the lives of CECN through action or activity within a specific context, which can be observed at both the local community and individual level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The utilisation of video observation as a data collection method in school settings posed numerous challenges throughout the research process. Ensuring ethical considerations and respecting participants' autonomy were crucial aspects of informing the study participants. Establishing a rapport and fostering trust with participants, particularly those with disabilities, was imperative for their active engagement in the research process (Johnson et al., 2011). However, obtaining consent from both students and parents proved to be a time and energy-consuming task. A notable challenge emerged from a student expressing concerns about the presence of a video camera, frequently questioning its purpose at the beginning of lessons. While this curiosity gradually waned over a six-month period, the researcher acknowledged the student's right to inquire about the camera's use in the school environment, respecting their autonomy. Similar challenges were encountered when working with another group of students in a different school. Time constraints were a significant hurdle demanding careful coordination of observation schedules, suitable locations, and identification of key individuals to work with. Another complication surfaced as only a few students demonstrated an understanding of the ongoing research process, as evidenced by conversations during dance sessions. This research acknowledges the intricacies of employing video observation in school settings and emphasises the importance of ethical considerations, participant engagement, and establishing trust. Despite the challenges encountered, the study underscores the benefits of participant observation in generating nuanced data which provide opportunities for comparison and interpretation. In conclusion, this research aims to resonate with both international and European audiences, offering insights that go beyond national boundaries and contribute to broader conversations on inclusive education and the transformative power of dance. Regardless of cultural differences, the commonality of issues faced by children worldwide emphasises the need for research to prove effective interventions, bridging cultural differences and addressing their collective needs. References Alibali, M., & Nathan, M. (2010) Conducting research in schools: a practical guide. Journal of Cognition and Development, 11(4), 397-407. Basil, M. (2011) Use of photography and video in observational research. Qualitative Market Research: An International Journal 14(3): 246–257. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2013). Research methods in education. Routledge. Creswell, J. W. (2011) Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th edition). 4th ed. Boston, MA: Addison Wesley DeWalt, K.M. and DeWalt, B. R. (2010) Participant Observation: A Guide for Fieldworkers, 2nd ed., no. Book, Whole. AltaMira Press. Fox, N. (1998) Trent Focus for Research and Development in Primary Health Care: How to Use Observations in a Research Project. Trent Focus. Guest, G., Namey, E. E., & Mitchell, M. L. (2013). Participant observation. Collecting qualitative data: A field manual for applied research, 75-112. Iacono, J., Brown, A., & Holtham, C. (2009). Research methods—A case example of participant observation. Electronic journal of business research methods, 7(1), pp 39-46. Johnson, H., Douglas, J., Bigby, C., & Iacono, T. (2011). The challenges and benefits of using participant observation to understand the social interaction of adults with intellectual disabilities. Augmentative and Alternative Communication, 27(4), 267-278. Joffe H. 2011. Thematic analysis. In: Harper D, Thompson AR, editors. Qualitative methods in mental health and psychotherapy: a guide for students and practitioners. Chichester (UK): John Wiley & Sons; p. 209–224. Kawulich, B.B. (2005), Participant observation as data collection method, Qualitative social research, 6, 2, pp 43. Kiger, M. E., & Varpio, L. (2020). Thematic analysis of qualitative data: AMEE Guide No. 131. Medical teacher, 42(8), 846-854. Overby, L. Y., & Bradley, K. (2007). Better practice in dance education. Building effective teaching through educational research. Maryland State Department of Education. Petty, N. J., Thomson, O. P. & Stew, G. (2012) Ready for a paradigm shift? Part 1: Introducing the philosophy of qualitative research. Manual Therapy, 17(4), 267-274. Rankin, J., & Regan, S. (2004) Meeting complex needs: The future of social care. London: Institute for Public Policy Research. Sharman, C., Cross, W., and Vennis, D. (2007). Observing children and young people. Continuum. Uldam, J., & McCurdy, P. (2013). Studying social movements: Challenges and opportunities for participant observation. Sociology Compass, 7(11), 941-951. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Comparison - Analysis and Reflection Through the 'Productivity of Difference' (Parreira do Amaral, 2015) in Postcolonial, Ethnographic Inclusion Research Leibniz Universität Hanno, Germany Presenting Author:As part of my dissertation project 'Inclusive Education in Rural Ghana - an ethnographic study in postcolonial relations', I seek to pursue a theoretical and methodological interest, using comparison as a methodology to address the complex problem of doing ethnographic research on inclusive education in postcolonial relations. Disability and inclusive education are being constructed as an unequal international phenomenon by both academic research (Singal, 2013) and major organizations such as the World Health Organization (World Healt Organization, n.d. 10 facts on disability) or UNESCO (n.d. Global education monitoring report 2020). This leads to developments that describe inclusive education as an 'international movement' (Artiles & Dyson, 2005) and a 'development issue' (Chataika, 2019), highlighting the impact of disability and inclusive education solutions as important for human rights and sustainable development. This constructive basis is highly problematic when contextualized in postcolonial relations, as these tend to reproduce colonial patterns in terms of 'stereotypical dualism' (Andrien & Hulme, 1993). Singal and Muthukrishna (2014) refer to persons with disabilities and note that the discourse describes them as "backward, victims of society, neglected or hidden" (p. 294) with the aim of liberation and emancipation through the "'enlightened', 'civilising' work of Northern scholars and agencies." (ibid.) This is even more problematic as the concept of inclusive education needs to be contextualized due to different understandings of inclusion (Dyson, 1999), disability (Singal, 2013) and education (Singal, 2013) from context to context. The lack of universality thus opens up a space to connect with colonial continuities. It is therefore of theoretical interest to gain insights into the understanding of these phenomena in postcolonial relations, and thus to be able to describe understandings of inclusive education. I have chosen Ghana as my research site for practical research reasons. In addition to the theoretical research interest, which again focuses on inclusive educational practice in rural Ghana, the methodological research interest asks how the perspective on this is constructed, as this is of high interest due to the critique of inclusive education "from the West to the rest" (Grech, 2011). Thus, the relationship between the object of research (what?) and construction of positionality or perspectivity (how do I look and how is the perspective constructed?) is central. The research design, which tends to follow orientations, narratives and discourses that can be located in the Global North (Werning et al., 2016) or the West (Grech, 2011), thus becomes itself the object of critical inquiry. The research design itself is thus understood as fragile and fluid, in order to rethink questions of postcolonial relations, understood as powerful, exclusive and hierarchical, towards an inclusive and open scientific negotiation. The methodology of comparison offers orientation to this theoretical-methodological problem. The ‘productivity of difference’ (2015, p. 108), according to Parreira do Amaral, not only enables the perception of what is one's own or what is different by distancing oneself from the familiar. This productivity also opens up spaces for reflection in which the relational construction of self and other (Othering: Said, 1978) can be critically examined and discussed. (ibid.) The presentation aims first to outline the research design and the inherent problems, and then to take a closer look at the methodological possibilities of the ‘productivity of difference’ (Parreira do Amaral 2015, 108) by asking the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Situating myself within the ethnographic paradigm, I conducted ethnographic fieldwork in rural Ghana twice, each lasting approximately two months, in 2017 and 2019. After establishing access through continuous presence, I encountered Paul (pseudonymized), introduced by villagers as a mentally and physically disabled boy. Subsequently, I accompanied Paul to school, attended lessons, engaged with teachers, and explored various forms of schooling and activities. Insights were gained through participant observation, observational participation, and ethnographic interviews. (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019) The ethnographic paradigm, inherently constructive, involves observations based on the researcher's perceptions and the translation of observed phenomena into field notes. Considering inclusive education as relational, I grappled with the theoretical and methodological challenges of ethnographic research in this context. The postcolonial setting, my positionality as a white researcher from the global North, and the non-transferable nature of inclusive education theory led me to question how ethnographic knowledge production can be conducted. I therefore decided to view subjectivity necessarily as an epistemic value as ethnography itself has been described as “hauntingly personal” (Van Maanen, 2011, p. xiii). While ethnographic discourse emphasizes participant observation as a method for knowledge production, it lacks methodological guidance or description on how this process constructs and produces knowledge. This gap presents an opportunity to introduce comparison as a methodological frame in comparative international educational research, a tool for analysis and reflection through the ‘productivity of difference’ (Parreira do Amaral, 2015). The personal style in writing ethnographic field notes, expressing subjectivity (Emerson et al., 2011), is analyzed by detaching from normal and familiar circumstances to question them (Parreira do Amaral, 2015). This involves examining irritations, questions, or strong emotions in the data to understand their sources. By employing this analysis, I situate myself and my perspective in the analysis process, using it as a point of comparison. In summary, empirical material is analyzed using Grounded Theory Methodology (Charmaz, 2006) at two levels: the practice of inclusive education and how observations and experiences affect me as a researcher and person. This analysis aims to challenge the exclusive "from West to the rest" (Grech, 2011) inclusion discourse. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I. Comparison offers a starting point for reflecting and analyzing one's own and the other's as well as the common third party, the so-called tertium comparisonis. (Adick, 2008) Reflecting and analyzing the constructed domination of difference is particularly important in postcolonial relations. The tertium comparisonis also opens up different possibilities of comparison that are detached from so-called methodological nationalism and thus aim at objects of comparison (comparata) other than those of the nation-state. (Chernilo, 2011) Comparison is used as a (complex) method of systematization with the aim of gaining knowledge (Hofstadter & Sander, 2013). II. The focus on the idiographic (the particular) (Noah et al., 1998) draws attention to inclusive educational practice, which runs counter to the “from the West to the rest” (Grech 2011) understanding of ethnographic researchers and theory. Against the background of the 'productivity of difference' (Parreira do Amaral 2015), the focus on irritations in the data material is used as a door opener for reflection and analysis that address questions of positionality, representation and the construction and interpretation of difference. The approach aims at a postcolonial informed description of inclusive education, with its constitutive feature - participation - serving as the tertium comparationis (Adick, 2008). III. The comparative foils are based on the object theory of inclusive education as a "from the West to the rest" (Grech 2011) dynamic, as well as the ethnographic researcher's inherent assumptions associated with it. These are fundamentally oriented towards an understanding of inclusive education gained from reforms and developments in the Global North (Werning et al. 2016.) or, as described by Muthukrishna and Engelbrecht (2018), in " resource-rich model[s; editor's note] of support provision in high income countries for learners" (p. 1). Without a critical-reflective analysis of the knowledge-generating comparative practice, a self-legitimizing knowledge cycle is (re)produced. References Adick, Christel. (2008). Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft. Eine Einführung. Kohlhammer Verlag. https://www.pedocs.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=25150 Andrien, K. J., & Hulme, P. (1993). Colonial Encounters: Europe and the Native Caribbean, 1492-1787. Sixteenth Century Journal, 24(4), 922. https://doi.org/10.2307/2541613 Artiles, A., & Dyson, A. (2005). Inclusive Education in the Globalization Age: The Promise of Comparative Cultural-Historical Analysis. In D. Mitchell (Hrsg.), Contextualising Inclusive Education: Evaluating old and new international perspectives (S. 37–62). Routledge. http://www.hundochkatter.se/special/ArtilesDyson_5-3-04.pdf Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. Sage Publications. Chataika, T. (Hrsg.). (2019). The Routledge handbook of disability in Southern Africa. Routledge, Taylor and Francis Group. Chernilo, D. (2011). The critique of methodological nationalism: Theory and history. Thesis Eleven, 106(1), 98–117. https://doi.org/10.1177/0725513611415789 Dyson, A. (1999). Inclusion and inclusions: Theories and discourses in inclusive education. In H. Daniels (Hrsg.), Inclusive education (1. publ, S. 36–53). Kogan Page. Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes (2nd ed). The University of Chicago Press. Grech, S. (2011). Recolonising debates or perpetuated coloniality? Decentring the spaces of disability, development and community in the global South. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 15(1), 87–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2010.496198 Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: Principles in practice (4 Edition). Routledge. Hofstadter, D. R., & Sander, E. (2013). Surfaces and essences: Analogy as the fuel and fire of thinking. Basic Books. Muthukrishna, N., & Engelbrecht, P. (2018). Decolonising inclusive education in lower income, Southern African educational contexts. South African Journal of Education, 38(4), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.15700/saje.v38n4a1701 Noah, H. J., Eckstein, M. A., & Foster, P. J. (1998). Doing comparative education: Three decades of collaboration. Comparative Education Research Centre (CERC) ; University of Hong Kong. Parreira do Amaral, M. (2015). Methodologie und Methode in der International Vergleichenden Erziehungswissenschaft. In M. Parreira do Amaral & S. K. Amos (Hrsg.), Internationale und vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft: Geschichte, Theorie, Methode und Forschungsfelder (S. 106–130). Waxmann. Said, E. (1978). Orientalism. Singal, N. (2013). Disability, poverty and education. Routledge. Singal, N., & Muthukrishna, N. (2014). Education, childhood and disability in countries of the South – Re-positioning the debates. Childhood, 21(3), 293–307. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568214529600 UNESCO. (o. J.). 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report. 2020 GEM Report. Retrieved 7. Dezember 2023, von https://gem-report-2020.unesco.org/ Van Maanen, J. (2011). Tales of the field: On writing ethnography (Second edition). University of Chicago press. Werning R., Artiles, Alfredo J., Engelbrecht P., Hummel M., Caballeros M. & Rothe A. (Hrsg.). (2016). Keeping the promise? Contextualizing inclusive education in developing countries. Julius Klinkhardt. https://www.pedocs.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=12353 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 C: Challenging Ideas of Vulnerability and Risk Through Attunement to Agency, Context and Lived Experience Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Liz Todd Session Chair: Gillean McCluskey Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Challenging Ideas of Vulnerability and Risk Through Attunement to Agency, Context and Lived Experience In this symposium we further the use of an agential realism perspective to critically examine how prevailing research perspectives might inadvertently perpetuate stereotypical representations of individuals (both children and adults) that are conceptualised as disadvantaged or marginalised in a range of ways such those with disabilities, as passive and tragic figures and invertedly create and cement new subjectifying discourses (e.g. the fallen behind generation). We shed light on potential shifts in the perception of vulnerabilities and their impact on institutionalised education and care from the perspective of those who may have been, remain, or have become (even more) vulnerable. Rather than affixing the label of "vulnerability" to a particular subpopulation or seeing vulnerability (solely) as an inherent characteristic in individuals, we follow Luna (2019), who proposes a contextual understanding of vulnerability. She develops an understanding that the vulnerabilities might be subject to change if situational contexts change, such as that an individual is no longer or even more susceptible to vulnerability. Crises, as in our case, the COVID-19 crisis, can serve as an excellent example of unravelling the multilayeredness and potential cascading effects of vulnerability itself and the diversity among those being perceived as vulnerable. As indicated in this symposium's umbrella text, individual dispositions of becoming vulnerable have to be seen in relation to contextual factors. We also look at the importance of research methods and how co-research with people about their own experiences of life can challenge narrow definitions of identity. In the symposium we take a comparative perspective by investigating the situation in three Eurpoean countries (Austria, Germany and the UK) as well as Canada and Australia. The first paper brings ideas from the Austrian project "Cov_Enable: Reimagining Vulnerabilities in times of crisis" (FWF Project P 34641) that is disentangling how (new) discourses and practice (formations) in the contexts of (inclusive) education and (supported) living are impacting children, youth, and adults labeled as vulnerable. They show how disabled persons are revealed be consistently engaged in “acts of world-building” or “performative affordances” within their daily lives. The second paper the project "Impediments and enablers to schooling of non/privileged students during the COVID-19 pandemic – a comparison between Canada and Germany", funded by the German government, we compare how students from non/privileged milieus experienced school and out-of-school (including family) life during the different phases of the pandemic, as well as the school and classroom ways of dealing with them. This paper shows the importance of context on a nuanced understanding of vulnerability. The third paper looks at the ways that children whether or not from marginalised groups such as SEND (special educational needs and disability) are cast as vulnerable and at risk when it comes to their perceived increasing use of social media. We suggest methodology matters. Our co-research activity-based method that aims to recruit children as co-researchers into their digital lives finds that children use apps in balanced and sophisticated ways. Our papers together suggest that a shift in perspective taking would enable us to better address the interplay within the child/dis/ability-vulnerability nexus, with the chance of offering more nuanced and empowering narratives.
References Luna, F. (2019). Identifying and evaluating layers of vulnerability–a way forward. developing world bioethics, 19(2), 86-95. Presentations of the Symposium Beyond Tragedy: Reframing Dis/ability through Agential Realism and Activist Affordances
Over the past decade, discourses on disabled and marginalized groups have been intertwined in a complex manner and contradictory. These groups are portrayed as lacking agency amid global crises like pandemics, climate change, economic instability, and conflict (Ito, 2014; Bressanelli & Natali, 2023; Jørgensen et al, 2023; Henig & Knight, 2023). Concurrently, they're sometimes seen as straining welfare systems. In the project "Cov_Enable: Reimagining Vulnerabilities in times of crisis" (FWF Project P 34641), we focus on the traveling nature of the concept of vulnerability within the life course domains of inclusive education and supported housing in context of dis/ability (Koenig, Mandl & Reisenbauer, under review). This study highlights the critical role of perspective in shaping narratives and the implicit choices in research.
Previously, we examined vulnerability as a complex, layered phenomenon (Luna, 2019), challenging traditional views of inherent vulnerability as individual traits residing in individuals. This presentation aims to discuss two transformative perspectives that have altered our methodological approach. Firstly, we explore agential realism and Posthumanist perspectives (Naraian & Amrhein, 2022), enriching our understanding of vulnerability. These concepts, particularly 'agential cuts' and the apparatus of knowing in agential realism (Barad, 2014), are well suited to explore how our research perspectives potentially reaffirm stereotypical representations of individuals with disabilities as passive and tragic figures. Secondly, and as a countering perspective we draw upon the work of Dokumaci (2023), whose research portrays people with disabilities neither as victims nor as drains on resources but rather as active participants in their own lives. Engaged in “activist affordances,” which extend beyond “activism in the traditional sense,” disabled persons are revealed be consistently engaged in “acts of world-building” or “performative affordances” within their daily lives as they negotiate and overcome barriers (Dokumanci, 2023, p. 5).
These perspectives, as argued and demonstrated through case study analysis from our project, offer a nuanced, interconnected view of vulnerability. They pave the way for research approaches that are responsive, ethical, and attuned to the realities and agencies of individuals with disabilities. This approach underscores the concept of 'response-ability' in research, highlighting the need to respect and acknowledge the complexities of the subjects and contexts studied whilst emphasizing our duty as researchers to acknowledge and respect the complexities of the subjects and contexts we study. Such a perspective aligns with the conference's theme by recognizing the role of memory and hope in shaping future educational landscapes (Sharpe, 2013).
References:
Barad, Karen. 2014. ‘Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart’. Parallax 20 (3): 168–87. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623.
Dokumaci, A. (2023). Activist Affordances: How Disabled People Improvise More Habitable Worlds. Duke University Press.
Ito, A. (2014). Disability, natural disasters, conflict, humanitarian emergencies: The work of the United Nations. In Crises, conflict and disability (pp. 19-24). Routledge.
Bressanelli, E. and Natali, D. (2023) Tested by the Polycrisis: Reforming or Transforming the EU? Politics and Governance, 11(4), 246–251.
Jørgensen, S. P. et al. (2023) Evolution of the polycrisis: Anthropocene traps that challenge global sustainability. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. B 379.
Henig, D. and Knight. D.M. (2023) Polycrisis Prompts for an emerging worldview, Anthropology Today, 39(2), 3-6.
Koenig, O., Mandl, S. and Reisenbauer, S. (2024) Reconfiguring Vulnerability and Dis/ability: An Agential Realist Exploration to Disentangle Vulnerability Effects in Covid-19 Response. Submitted to Disability & Society
Luna, F. (2019). Identifying and evaluating layers of vulnerability–a way forward. developing world bioethics, 19(2), 86-95.
Naraian, Srikala, and Bettina Amrhein. 2022. ‘Learning to Read “Inclusion” Divergently: Enacting a Transnational Approach to Inclusive Education’. International Journal of Inclusive Education 26 (14): 1327–46. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1807624.
Sharpe, B. (2013) Three Horizones. The Patterning of Hope. Triarchy Press
Students and Teachers Experiencing Education During COVID-19: a Comparison of Schools Within Non-privileged Areas of Canada and Germany
This paper investigates the experiences students and teachers during the COVID-19 pandemic in non-privileged areas of Canada and Germany. While the group of students, who experienced the pandemic during their transition from childhood to young adolescent, which is a vulnerable phase, their teachers were confronted with students with these ‘new experiences’ and not able to rely on their teaching and schooling routines and cultures to deal with these. In the project “Impediments and enablers to schooling of non-/privileged students during the COVID-19 pandemic – a comparison between Canada and Germany”, funded by the German government, we compare how students from non-/privileged milieus experienced school and out-of-school (including family) life during the different phases of the pandemic, as well as the school and classroom ways of dealing with them. Additionally their teachers’ experiences and their efforts to reach and accommodate their students will be investigated in.
The context of schooling differs between Germany and Canada – not only during the pandemic (for example Sturm 2019). While Germany has tracked school systems, that distinguish vocational and academic tracks, Canadas provinces have only one track. The pandemic context also differs, since schools in Germany were closed for almost a year while Canadian schools only closed for two months.
In the paper two comparisons will be focused: the experiences of non-privileged students on schooling who live in Canada and Germany and the students’ experiences in relation to the one of their teachers. This will be done based on group interviews that were conducted with four students in their schools and interviews with their teachers. The comparison shows that non-privileged students from Germany were experiencing exclusion from educational resources much more than their peers in Canada. They were not included in day-to-day options in remote exchange with teachers and peers, due to the lack of devices and internet access. In contrast to their Canadian peers the German students were offered less support, like reducing academic expectations and offering personal support in working on tasks. The Canadian teachers were provided with digital technology to stay in touch with their students, while this was not provided in all school settings in Germany. Where it was not provided, teachers had a hard time to stay in touch with their students.
References:
Sturm, T. (2019). Constructing and addressing differences in inclusive schooling–comparing cases from Germany, Norway and the United States. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(6), 656-669.
Co-researching Children’s Digital Engagement: Challenging Narrow Ideas of Vulnerability.
Debates about children’s digital engagement is dominated by dichotomous discourses of digital risk, focusing on dangers to children particularly the most vulnerable (El Asam and Katz, 2018) and digital promise, which views digital technology as a force for positive change. Children are rarely directly consulted about how they use digital tools and what they see as the value of their digital experiences (Livingstone, 2014).
This rigorous UK study took place with 34 Y5/10yr pupils in two schools in North East England (one rural, one urban multi-ethnic) and included a number of children with SEND (special educational needs and disabilities). Children were invited to take part as co-researchers in an individual activity-oriented interview. The activity involved placing a set of cards (apps, people, and emotions) on a game board representing their networks and interactions. Open-ended conversations explored children’s practices, purposes, experiences, contexts and values in relation to digitally mediated interactions. This research explored the following questions:
• What do children value in their digital lives?
• How do gender, dis/ability, cultural and social identities, and contexts, impact on children’s digital experiences?
A mixed-methods approach was adopted with data collected of the activity in three ways: a video-recording children’s hands and conversation; still images taken of completed relational diagrams; and recorded conversations were transcribed.
This research builds upon the Australian Research Council funded ‘How Do You Connect’ project investigates children’s digital lives to better understand and evidence how young children’s digital skills and how they build their social media networks (Neumann et al 2022).
Discussions with the children evidenced how they use apps to stay connected with family and friends, locally and globally, often sharing fun and laughter; how gaming allows them to immerse themselves in, and create their own, digital worlds; how they use apps to direct their learning in hobbies and interests and how they ‘do school’ and ‘do family’. Children’s self-regulation and knowledge how to keep safe (Livingstone, 2014), and the relationship between their online and offline activity, was also evident.
This research challenges a narrow conceptualisation of children including those with SEND as vulnerable, and a digital risk/digital promise binary. We find multi-layered ecologies (McHale et al 2009) in which children are embedded such that they are active in their own lives and the creation of their own identities. We discuss the importance of methods with children as co-researchers into their own lives rather than objects of study.
References:
El Asam, A, and Katz, A. (2018). Vulnerable Young People and Their Experience of Online Risks. Human-Computer Interaction. 33. 1-24. 10.1080
Livingstone, S. (2014). Developing social media literacy: How children learn to interpret risky opportunities on social network sites. Communications, 39, 283-303.
Mchale, S. M., Dotterer, A. & Kim, J.-Y. (2009). An ecological perspective on the media and youth development. American Behavioral Scientist, 52, 1186-1203.
Neumann, M., Park, E., Soong,H, Nichols, S. and Selim, N. (2022) Exploring the social media networks of primary school children Education 3-13 International Journal of Primary, Elementary and Early Years Education
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 D: Radical Special Education – Enabling us to Reimagine Special Education (RiSE) Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jonathan Rix Panel Discussion |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion Radical Special Education – Enabling us to Reimagine Special Education (RiSE) 1Inland Norway University, Norway; 2University of Sydney; 3University of Belgrade; 4University of Almería; 5Open University, UK Presenting Author:This Panel Discussion builds upon a double seminar that took place at ECER 2023, which led to a Special Issue call in the European Journal of Inclusive Education. Despite the global drive for the development of inclusion within schools, special education has maintained its role across the world in various guises (Slee, 2018; Rix, 2015; Hausstatter & Jahnukainen, 2015). For example, in Finland, 9% of children in 2020 were identified for special support with over 40% receiving all education in a special education setting (Statistics Finland, 2021); in Ireland, special schools numbers have continued to grow to over 140 and nearly 25% of the school population have been identified with special educational needs (Kenny et al, 2020); in the Czech republic 33% of those identified with Special educational needs spend their school days in special settings (EASNIE, 2020), whilst in England special school numbers have grown by over 20% since 2011 (Selfe & Richmond, 2020). Similarly, in Spain there are over 500 special schools (Cermi 2023) and in some parts of the country 40% of children with special needs education, high abilities and specific learning disabilities attend special schools, with 60% in integration classes with variable periods in mainstream schools (Junta de Andalucia, 2022). Even if efforts are made to accept the historical value of special education and to shift the focus onto a singular inclusive pedagogy (Florian, 2013), it is clearly not happening in ways that transforms the dominant marginalising processes of the education system. As suggested by Richardson and Powell (2011), the historical and cultural development of both general and special education has led to a mutual dependency, which has created a complexity that inclusive education is not able to solve. Special education may function as a mechanism for regulating educational systems, however it also exemplifies the limits of hope and despair (Ball, 2020) about the potential of education. In last year’s seminar, Ilektra Spandagou suggested that a possible solution was to shift the focus to radical special education. In this Panel Discussion we will explore the possible nature of such an approach. Ilektra Spandagou, Olja Jovanović, Rune Hausstatter, Anabel Granados and Jonathan Rix (acting as chair) will present ideas that speak to three underlying issues that emerged from the seminar in 2023 and the subsequent submissions to the special issue:
These presentations will be informed by a mix of data from classrooms, reviews of the literature, theoretical analysis and personal reflection. They will examine the extensive challenges of enabling meaningful voice, responsive administration and participatory governance. They will consider how special education can shift its focus from the quantitative understanding of difference to qualitative understandings, from structures framed by certainty to ones that embrace uncertainty. They will explore how teacher education can shift a focus to collective action, and from issues of therapy to matters of teaching and learning. The discussion which follows will evaluate the challenges and opportunities raised by the speakers in relation to reimagining special education so that it supports the transformative potential of inclusion. In addition, it will seek to raise future possibilities for research, publication and collaboration. A valued output from this session will be the further development of a network of interested researchers from across a range of nations. Please join us. References Ball, S.J. (2020). The errors of redemptive sociology or giving up on hope and despair, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(6), 870-880. CERMI (2023) 07.04. Número de centros de educación especial en el territorio. http://www.estadisticasocial.es/indicador.php?id=69 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Eduction (EASNIE) (2020) Czech Republic Datahttps://www.european-agency.org/data/czech-republic/datatable-overview#tab-official_decision_on_sen_v3 Florian, L. (2013). Reimagining special education. Sage handbook of special education, 9-22. Hausstätter, R. & Jahnukainen, M. (2015) ‘From integration to inclusion and the role of special education’, in F. Kiuppis and R. Hausstätter (eds) Inclusive Education Twenty Years after Salamanca. New York: Peter Lang. Junta de Andalucia (2022)Educacion informe OIAA- 2022. Estado de la infancia y de la adolescencia de Andalucia. Cuaderno n 3. Kenny, N., McCoy, S., & Mihut, G. (2020). Special education reforms in Ireland. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1-20. Richardson J. G. and Powell J.J.W. (2011), Comparing Special Education: Origins to contemporary Paradoxes. Stanford University Press Rix, J. (2015). Must Inclusion be Special? Routledge. Selfe, L., & Richmond, R. (2020). A review of policy in the field of special needs and inclusive education since the 1990s. SEN Policy Forum, Department for Education. Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive education isn’t dead, it just smells funny. Routledge. Statistics Finland (2021) https://www.stat.fi/til/erop/2020/erop_2020_2021-06-08_tie_001_en.html Chair jonathan.rix@inn.no |
17:30 - 19:00 | 04 SES 13 E: Approaches and Topics of Teaching in Inclusive Settings Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Rafaella Miltiadous Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Use of iPhone-Based Picture Activity Schedule to Teach Self-checkout Skills of Students with Autism 1Southwest University, China, People's Republic of China; 2Southwest University,China, People's Republic of China Presenting Author:Students with autism have deficits in daily living skills which may seriously limit their participation in domestic and personal routines, which may, in turn, reduce their overall life quality and satisfaction ( Flynn & Healy 2012). For special education teachers and researchers, one major purpose of instruction and research is to help these students develop functional skills in community-based environments (Rowe et al., 2021). Therefore, there is a vital need to establish and evaluate teaching strategies that improve independent living skills of children with autism. Among a set of living skills, purchasing skills are critical in daily life for middle school students with autism as they are making the transition to real world. Generally speaking, students with autism have poor performance in daily communication (Steinbrenner et al., 2020), However, for regular checkouts, the procedure involves conversation between a cashier and a shopper (greeting, asking payment method, etc.), which may be difficult for students with autism who have limited communication skills to complete. While by using self-checkout machine, they may forego communication opportunities and directly check out items by themselves. In addition, individuals with autism are commonly characterized with having difficulties understanding, recalling and using verbal information (Touchett, M. 2023). Evidence showed that students with autism are able to process visual supports more easily than auditory stimuli (Thérien et al., 2023). Picture activity schedule which utilizes a series of pictures to depict different steps of a task helped students with autism perform tasks independently. This teaching method was successfully used to teach a set of living skills for students with disabilities including students with autism such as game playing skills (Brodhead et al., 2014), shopping skills (Burckley et al., 2015), tooth brushing skills (Moran et al., 2022), ipad use (Chan et al., 2014), transition skills(Matsushita & Sonoyama, 2013) and has been demonstrated to improve generalization (Pierce & Schreibman, 1994). Picture activity schedules eliminate reliance on adult prompting and allow for independence, and therefore may be useful for improving independent purchasing skills for students with autism. Within the field of special education, research on independent purchasing skills has primarily focused on teaching essential money skills. That is, students are provided with cash to make independent purchases.With the development of mobile technology, mobile payment is becoming a common and convenient way for people to pay when make purchases. In addition, a self-checkouts system is becoming more prominent in the retail industry, especially in supermarkets, but there is few research focusing on using mobile payment to make purchases through self-checkout system for students with disabilities, not mention to students with autism. Given little research on teaching purchasing skills for using mobile payment through self-checkout system to middle school students with autism, the charateristics of students with autism, and the evidence of the benefits of picture activity schedule for students with autism, the purpose of the current study is to investigate the use of picture schedule delivered by an iPhone to teach self-checkout skills in the community-based grocery store to three middle school students with autism. Maintenance and generalization were also assessed for this study. The study's two research questions are as follows: (a) What are the effects of the iPhone-based picture activity schedule on participating students' self-checkout purchasing performance as measured by a purchasing task analysis? (b) Will participating students maintain the acquired self-checkout skills following the termination of the intervention? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Experimental Design A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the functional relationship between the intervention and participants’ self-checkout performance. Participants Three students who have diagnosed with autism between the ages of 13 and 15 participated in the study. Participants were selected in accordance with the prerequisite skills(McClannahan & Krantz, 2010) for activity schedules. Materials and Settings The iPhone-based activity schedule was created through the application “Book Creator” and was used to provide cues for each step of the task analysis. Data were collected in a local supermarket “Yonghui” which is a chain supermarket in China. All sessions were video-taped. Dependent Measure is the percentage of steps in the purchasing task analysis independently completed without any prompts. Measurement After each session, the researcher scored each participant’s independence level of self-checkout. Students needed to follow the sequence of the task table. If a student does not respond correctly, the researcher would provide physical prompt 5 seconds after the previously completed step. Only unprompted correct responses were marked as correct. Procedures Preference assessment. Before baseline, the researcher conducted a survey regarding the items participants’ parents would like them to buy. Baseline. Students were required to select one item to checkout. No prompts or instruction were provided to participants. Schedule probe was to measure whether participants would follow the picture schedules without additional instruction.The iPhone-based activity schedule was available, but no prompts were provided. Intervention. The study used graduated guidance to teach the appropriate sequence of the independent purchasing behaviors. Physical and vocal promoting were used to teach the skills. The researcher opened the activity schedule and said “Let’s check out this item”. Then, a participant held the iPhone by himself and the researcher physically and vocally prompt the participant to complete each step. The session ended when each participant turned to the final page. As the participant learned the correct responses, the researcher carefully reduced the physical and vocal prompts. If the participant does not respond the schedule within 5s or make an error, the researcher used error correction procedure to return to the previous prompting procedure with full, hand-over-hand physical guidance. No-schedule probe. This phase was identical to the baseline. The purpose was to measure responding in the absence of the activity schedules. This phase was served as a reversal within the design. Generalization phase was to see if students could generate the obtained skills to a new Supermarket. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A visual analysis was conducted to evaluate the quantitative information of the graph focusing on the trend, variability, level, consistence of data patterns, the immediacy of effect and the overlap. The percentage of non-overlapping data (PND) was used to calculate the effect size of intervention. A functional relationship was found between participants’ intervention and performance on self-checkout tasks. For all participants, appropriate self-checkout behavior did not occur during baselines or schedule sessions as they scored below 10% correct. Instead, participants engaged in off-task behaviors. For example, one participant kept staring at the red light through the item scanner, while another two participants randomly tapped the screen of the checkout machine. However, with the introduction of the iPhone-based activity schedule and the graduated guidance and vocal prompting, all participants’ performance immediately increased from 0%-10% correct during baseline to 60%-70% correct during the initial testing session of the intervention. Over the following sessions of the intervention, all students’ correct responses increased gradually and eventually achieved 100% correct on the fifth or sixth sessions. The PND was 100% for all participants and the mean correct responses were above 85% during the intervention. During the post-intervention, participants achieved 100%, 90%, 80% correct respectively. For the novel location phase, median correct response was 90% for all participants. The second observer scored 30% of the videotaped sessions independently. The interrater reliability for the study was 100% and the overall treatment fidelity was 99%. The study extends the research on activity schedules by demonstrating that it could be integrated with a mobile phone to promote self-checkout purchasing skills for students with autism. With the development of technology, phone-based activity schedule could be considered as a type of permanent support for students with autism in the community to improve their independent living skills and the quality of life. References Brodhead, M. T., Higbee, T. S., Pollard, J. S., Akers, J. S., & Gerencser, K. R. (2014). The use of linked activity schedules to teach children with autism to play hide‐and‐seek. Journal of applied behavior analysis, 47(3), 645-650. Burckley, E., Tincani, M., & Fisher, A. G. (2015). An iPad™-based picture and video activity schedule increases community shopping skills of a young adult with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability.Developmental Neurorehabilitation,18(2),131-136. Chamak, B., & Bonniau, B. (2016). Trajectories, Long-Term Outcomes and Family Experiences of 76 Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder.Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders,46(3), 1084–1095. Chan, J. M., Lambdin, L., Graham, K., Fragale, C., & Davis, T. (2014). A picture-based activity schedule intervention to teach adults with mild intellectual disability to use an iPad during a leisure activity.Journal of BehavioralEducation,23(2),247-257. Flynn, L., & Healy, O. (2012). A review of treatments for deficits in social skills and self-help skills in autism spectrum disorder.Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 6, 431–441. Frolli, A., Ricci, M. C., Bosco, A., Lombardi, A., Cavallaro, A., Operto, F. F., & Rega, A. (2020). Video Modeling and Social Skills Learning in ASD-HF.Children (Basel, Switzerland),7(12). Horner, R. H., Carr, E. G., Halle, J. McGee, G., Odom, S., & Wolery, M. (2005). The use of single-subject research to identify evidence-based practice in special education. Council for Exceptional Children, 71(2). 165-179. Jung, S., Ousley, C. L., Mcnaughton, D., and Wolfe, P. S. (2021). The effects of technology supports on community grocery shopping skills for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities: a meta-analysis. J. Spec. Educ. 37, 351–362. doi: 10.1177/0162643421989970 McClannahan, L. E., & Krantz, P. J. (1999). Activity schedules for children with autism. Bethesda, MD: Woodbine House Moran, K., Reeve, S. A., Reeve, K. F., DeBar, R. M., & Somers, K. (2022). Using a picture activity schedule treatment package to teach toothbrushing to children with autism spectrum disorder.Education & Treatment of Children,45(2), 145-156. Pfeiffer, D., Holingue, C., Dillon, E., Kalb, L., Reetzke, R., & Landa, R. (2021). Parental concerns of children with ASD by age: A qualitative analysis.Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders,86, 101817. Simoni, M., Talaptatra, D., Roberts, G., & Abdollahi, H. (2023). Let’s go shopping: Virtual reality as a tier‐3 intervention for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities.Psychology in the Schools, 1 04. Inclusive Education
Paper The mathematics is MInE, a model to facilitate Moments of Inclusion and Equity 1Dalarna University; 2Malmö University Presenting Author:The pursuit of inclusion and equity in mathematics education is a multifaceted and complex endeavor fraught with intricate processes and a multilayered challenge (Kollosche et al., 2019). The strive towards inclusion and equity is highly present in policy and practice in many national educational curricula. At the same time, this goal is beset with dilemmas that permeate the mission of mathematics education to ensure equity and inclusion for all learners (Tan et al., 2019). Fundamental questions concerning the opportunities provided by teaching to access learning, is at the heart of this matter (Au, 2008; Peters & Oliver, 2009). This teaching deals with instantaneous moments where complex processes and multitudinous challenges appear (Kollosche et al., 2019). When being able to adress these challenges in the fluent, lived, and contextual teaching moments of inclusion and equity are facilitated (Roos & Bagger, 2021). Hence, the purpose of this paper is to elaborate on a theoretical model to facilitate inclusion and equity in the mathematics classroom. For this reason, the following research question have guided the work: What composes moments of inclusion and equity in the mathematics teaching in a diversity of classrooms and schools? Hence, the outcome of this paper is a model, which also is a first step into trying the model out by schools in the proceeding of the project. Equity and inclusion in mathematics teaching Teachers, schools, and school systems are grappling with how to secure inclusion of all students in learning and to stop the decrease in equity in mathematics between groups of learners. This decrease has been recorded in international and national evaluations, as for example PISA and TIMSS, and in Sweden, through national evaluations of school’s accountability in terms of learners results and equity. Due to this, inclusion and equity are core notions in teacher education and educational practice and there is abundance of research on inclusion and equity in the education and mathematics education research field (e.g., Zevenbergen et. al, 2002). Though, mathematics education research speaking of these core values often do it on a theoretical and philosophical level, leaving a gap in research on how to realize inclusion and equity (Roos, 2019). Common between these studies, which stem from very different perspectives and theoretical assumptions, is that it is crucial to improve the situation at hand, but also that it is not easily solved (e.g., Tan et al., 2022). This is put at the fore even more when looking at students in need of special support for their learning, which can be illustrated by the risk portfolios generated by research from several research fields. In the cognitive sciences, mathematics education and special education, mathematical learning difficulties are in itself constructed as a risk (Niemenen et al., 2023). At the same time, national evaluations contribute with illustrations of the crucial and troublesome state of inclusion and equity. Nevertheless, these are not able to provide a consistent answer on how this lack of equity and inclusion can be resolved in the lived classroom (Bagger, 2017). In the Nordic school systems, equity and inclusion in education is and has been a challenge (Frønes et al. 2020). In this, mathematics education has a special role due to the subjects governing dispositive, which label and marginalize students (Björklund, 2017). This is even more the case regarding students in need of special support, students with foreign background and boys in the Swedish setting, since on a group level these students do not reach goals. In the case regarding students in need of special support signs of structuralised marginalisation is apparent in reports from school agencies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on data from a two-year long and ethically approved field study with two participating compulsory schools in Sweden, the Mathematics is MInE (Mathematics education for Inclusion and Equity) project. The overall goal of the MInE project was to generate knowledge on, and develop principles for, supporting mathematics education in primary schools which facilitate equity and inclusion. We have defined inclusion and equity in mathematics teaching as: “teaching that contributes to student empowerment, and their ability and agency to learn through striving for every student’s opportunity to participate” (Bagger & Roos, 2023, p. 1). Hence, the study aims at levelling societal aspects of injustice through mathematics teaching, which represents a combination of societal and educational aspects which is largely lacking in research and education. In the MInE project, teaching regarding inclusion and equity has been systematically investigated and developed in close collaboration with teachers. The project builds on Ainscows (2020) framework for inclusion and equity in education systems. This means that school development lies at the core of analysis and that inclusion and equity are considered as principles promoting participation for all students. The principles are understood as overarching principles which governs administration, school development and community involvement (Ainscow, 2020). Also, this model relies on the use of evidence to work with development on these three areas in the organisation of education. We advocated the Inclusion Inquiry Approach (IAA) in the data collection (Messieu & Ainscow, 2021). Therefore, data consists of teachers’ experiences from moments of inclusion and equity in their teaching out from three aspects: reflections on teaching, learning from difference and the development of teaching. This was reflected on during focus group interviews, and the analysis was thematic and anchored in the theoretical framework. Earlier findings in the project display that teachers’ professional judgment and ethical dilemmas is the core in facilitating moments of equity and inclusion, and that these are highly interrelated. Above all, moments of inclusion and equity has been shown to hold tensions on three aspects. These aspects represent common dilemmas and teachers’ professional judgement to resolve these in order to facilitate inclusion and equity in their teaching: 1) The quandaries of managing diversity and dispensing justice. 2) The challenges of resource allocation and ensuring fairness. And 3) The complexities of upholding values while recognizing and embracing diversity (Roos & Bagger, in press). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers’ experiences of moments of inclusion in their teaching overlapped with moments of equity, during which the focus shifted towards the teacher’s capacity or opportunity, in terms of organizational and administrative or communal routines and restrictions, to grant students access to learning. Teachers emphasized that to facilitate inclusion and equity, an attitude perquisite was to value diverse forms of knowledge and learners. Inclusion was trough this portrayed not only as a value and goal for education and schooling, but also as a practical endeavor. Both inclusion and equity relied on teachers: insights into each students’ individuality and learning needs and capacity to build trust and fostering relationships (see Bagger & Roos, 2023; Roos and Bagger, 2021; Roos & Bagger, in press). These earlier findings are seen in the light of Ainscows (2020) framework and have been elaborated on. We right now have developed a tentative model which will be further developed in close collaboration with teachers and schools. The core elements in this model, common dilemmas and professional judgement are to be understood as complex and interrelated. To facilitate inclusion or equity, both need to be considered and explored out from the various aspects in the model. In addition, there is a need to see how for example the diversified classroom (inclusion) relates to managing diversity and the dispense of justice. The professional judgment and ethical dilemmas being in center for school development and inclusion and equity in the teaching, has been elevated into a model for exploring and better understanding how inclusion and equity works at a classroom and school level. Core aspects of professional judgement are then closely intertwined with aspects of a differentiated classroom, visions and values, and an overall teaching approach to tailor teaching to students and a learning path that suits them. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7-16. Au, W. W. (2007). Devising inequality: a Bernsteinian analysis of high-stakes testing and social reproduction in education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 29(6), 639-651. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690802423312 Bagger, A. (2017). Quality and Equity in the Era of National Testing. The case of Sweden. In J. Allan & A. Artiles (Eds.), The Routledge Yearbook of Education 2017, Assessment Inequalities, (pp. 68–88). London: Routledge. Bagger, A. & Roos, H. (2023). Moments of Inclusion and Equity in the Mathematics Classroom. Abstract presented at ECER 2023 in Glasgow. Björklund, L. B. (2017). Assessment in mathematics education: A gatekeeping dispositive. In H. Straehler-Pohl, N. Bohlmann & A. Pais (Eds.), The disorder of mathematics education. Challenging the sociopolitical dimensions of research (pp. 209-230). Springer. DOI 10.1007/978-3-319-34006-7_13 Frønes, Pettersen, A., Radisić, J., & Buchholtz, N. (2020). Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education. Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61648-9 Kolloshe, D., Marcone, R., Knigge, M., Gody Penteado, M., & Skovsmose, O. (2019). Inclusive mathematics education. State-of-the-art research from Brazil and Germany. Cham: Springer. Messiou, & Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusive Inquiry: Student–teacher dialogue as a means of promoting inclusion in schools. British Educational Research Journal, 46(3), 670– 687. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3602 Nieminen, J., Bagger, A. & Allan, J. (2023). Discourses of risk and hope in research on mathematical learning difficulties. Educational Studies in Mathematics. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-022-10204-x Peters, S. & Oliver, L. A. (2009). Achieving Quality and Equity through Inclusive Education in an Era of High- Stakes Testing. Prospects: Quarterly Review of Comparative Education, 39(3), 265-279. 10.1007/s11125-009-9116-z Roos, H. (2019). Inclusion in mathematics education: An ideology, a way of teaching, or both? Educational Studies in Mathematics Education, 100(1), 25–41. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-018-9854-z Roos, H. & Bagger, A. (in press). Ethical dilemmas and professional judgment as a pathway to inclusion and equity in mathematics teaching. ZDM Roos, H. & Bagger, A. (2021). Developing mathematics education promoting equity and inclusion: Is it possible? In: David Kolloshe (Ed.), Exploring new ways to connect: Proceedings of the Eleventh International Mathematics Education and Society Conference Volumes 1-3 (pp. 223-226). Tan, P., Lambert, R., Padilla, A., & Wieman, R. (2019). A disability studies in mathematics education review of intellectual disabilities: Directions for future inquiry and practice. The Journal of Mathematical Behavior 54 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmathb.2018.09.001 Zevenbergen, R., & Ortiz-Franco, L. (2002). Equity and mathematics education. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 14(3), 151-153. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Breaking Barriers: A Study on Integrating Disability Art into Art Education in Cyprus University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This study aimed to understand how art education teachers and fine arts students based in the Republic of Cyprus (hereafter Cyprus) think about disability issues and whether they can conceptualise disability as a complex issue that is constructed by the society and personal experience. Situated within the theoretical underpinnings of Inclusive Education, the study draws inspiration from scholarly perspectives such as Disability Studies and Disability Studies in Art Education (DSAE) and Disability Arts Movement also contributed in the conceptualization of the study. Utilizing the social model within Disability Studies,our objective is to scrutinize and critique prevalent ableist paradigms of thought. Additionally, a primary focus is directed towards the appreciation and validation of personal experiences of disability, a perspective inherently shaped by feminist approach (Morris, 1991; Oliver, 2013). DSAE converge Disability Studies in exploring disability, prioritizing perspectives and fostering social justice; DSAE rejects the medical model and emphasizes inclusion, while Art Education centrally concerns itself with respectful integration of people with disabilities in the curriculum (Wexler, 2009). The Disability Art Movement actively promotes the recognition and celebration of disabled artists, challenging societal norms and fostering inclusion. These components provide a solid framework for comprehending, questioning, and transforming perspectives of disability within academic and artistic realms (Swain & French, 2008).
It is widely acknowledged that Cypriot society tends to perceive disability through an individualized lens, resulting in the marginalization and disregard of research findings related to disability due to prevailing stereotypes (Phtiaka, 1997). These stereotypes, coupled with the stigmatization of individuals with disabilities, have become deeply ingrained societal perceptions, perpetuated by ignorance and a lack of comprehensive knowledge about disability issues.
The National Curriculum (NC) in Cyprus is a critical domain influencing understanding of disability issues. Most national curricula inadequately addresses disability, overlooking or misrepresenting key facets (Barnes, Oliver, and Barton, 2014; Symeonidou, 2018). Notably, it disregards the identities and experiences of students with disabilities (Erevelles, 2005; Ware, 2008) and inadvertently endorses pedagogical practices that perpetuate social discrimination across multiple strata (Apple, 2008; Damianidou & Phtiaka, 2018).
A significant challenge lies in the absence of Disability Studies in Art Education within the framework of the National Curriculum, consequently omitting the integration of works and experiences of artists with disabilities into the educational milieu, alongside societal stereotypes. To address this issue, there is a pressing need for the inclusion of Disability Studies in Art Education in the curriculum (Wexler, 2009; Yi, 2018). This integration would provide students, educators, and the broader social context with a nuanced understanding of the concept and personal dimensions of disability, primarily through the contributions of artists actively promoting positive disability identities through their artistic endeavors (Yi, 2018).
A noteworthy deficiency within the educational system is the lack of professional development for Art Education teachers in Disability Studies in Art Education, which would prove beneficial in the context of Visual Arts. Such professional development activities would facilitate the integration of experiences of artists with disabilities into the curriculum, which would contribute in challenging stereotypes and misconceptions about disability. Such an approach would convey essential messages to children regarding equal rights, irrespective of sexuality, race, gender, and disability, thus elevating these issues within the Cypriot context (Goodley et al., 2019).
Within this context, the research questions of the study was: How do Art Education teachers and Fine Arts students think about disability? How can a professional development program based on Disability Studies in Art Education shape their understanding of disability? In this paper, the findings for the second research question will be presented. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A case study was designed to explore the experiences of art education teachers and fine arts students in Cyprus, encompassing a diverse cohort, inclusive of individuals with and without disabilities. Informed consent from all participants and transparent disclosure of data storage and handling protocols (Braun, & Clarke, 2006; Saldana, 2013). The research design was rooted in a nuanced acknowledgment of the inherent intersectionality within human identities, showcasing a keen awareness of the multifaceted nature of participants' diverse identities. Primary data collection methods centered on carefully conducted audio-taped discussions within focus groups. These sessions were meticulously structured to explore various artistic expressions, incorporating artworks, biographies, interviews, and videos portraying the personal experiences of artists with disabilities presented as vignettes. The focus group themes were strategically crafted to foster discourse on personal experiences related to disability and teaching, the formation of identity, social barriers, engagement with the Disability Art Movement, ableism/disablism, and prevailing stereotypes and stigmatization within the Cypriot societal context. In addition to the focus groups, the research integrated audio-taped semi-structured interviews conducted both before and after the focus group sessions. These interviews, along with the researcher's diary/sketchbook and artifacts co-created during the focus group discussions, collectively formed a rich dataset for comprehensive analysis. Α content analysis approach was followed, utilizing a preliminary open coding procedure in strict adherence to methodological guidelines (Saldana, 2013; Αdu, 2019). This method began by establishing an overarching understanding of the data content, systematically enumerating salient points. Subsequent stages involved iterative readings of the data to refine and finalize the coding scheme, addressing key issues related to the Didactics of Art, initial teacher education, teaching methodologies, conceptualizations of disability, and opinions concerning the approaches advocated by the national curriculum. To ensure analysis reliability, 10% of the data underwent independent review by two researchers to ascertain inter-coder consistency (Braun, & Clarke, 2006; Saldana, 2013; Αdu, 2019). The use of ATLAS.ti software facilitated a systematic and comprehensive exploration of emergent themes and patterns. Eventually, the identification of nuanced insights into participants' perspectives on art education, disability, and societal perceptions within the specific context of Cyprus was achieved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study has significantly shaped participants' perceptions through the lenses of Disability Studies and Disability Studies in Art Education, using artworks by artists with disabilities to stimulate transformative dialogue. The theoretical, practical, political, and methodological implications highlight the profound impact on advancing the discourse surrounding disability identity in Greek Cypriot society. The findings support the argument that inclusive education can be understood and implemented through the lens of personal experiences of disability depicted in disability arts. Contemporary art practices, particularly the works of artists like Yayoi Kusama, played a crucial role in education by fostering positive identities that challenge societal stereotypes. Participants approached disability from a social model perspective, recognizing the significance of personal experiences in understanding disability (Kusama 2011, 2015). For example, the exploration of Kusama's 'Infinity Mirrored Room' prompted discussions that deepened art teachers' and fine art students' understanding of disability art produced by artists with mental health problems. The presentation will include more examples of how particular works of art and artists’ biographies informed the participants’ perceptions about disability and art education. The implications of these findings are significant for international teacher education and curriculum development. In teacher education, there is a compelling need to enrich the Didactics of Art Education with disability art, examining it not only from an artistic perspective but also through the lens of personal experiences of disability. This approach contributes to a focus on people with disabilities, emphasizing their personal experiences. Regarding the national curriculum, it is imperative to integrate disability art alongside other artworks, avoiding fragmentation and ensuring it is woven into the Didactics of various subjects, including Art Education. The goal is to engage children in disability-related issues and experiences, moving away from portraying people with disabilities solely as admirable figures for their achievements, as commonly seen in existing practices. References Apple, M. W. (2008). Is deliberative democracy enough in teacher education? In Cochran-Smith M., Feiman-Nemser S., Mclntyre D. J. (Eds.), Handbook of research on teacher education. Third Edition (pp. 104-110).NY: Routledge. Adu, P. (2019). A step-by-step guide to qualitative data coding. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge. Barnes, C., Oliver, M. & Barton, L. (2014). Disability Studies Today. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Polity Publisher. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Oxfordshire: Routledge. Damianidou, E., & Phtiaka, H. (2018). Implementing inclusion in disabling settings: The role of teachers’ attitudes and practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(10), 1078-1092. Erevelles, N. (2005). Understanding curriculum as normalizing text: disability studies meet curriculum theory, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 37(4), 421-439, DOI: 10.1080/0022027032000276970 Goodley, D., Lawthom, R., Liddiard, K., & Runswick-Cole, K. (2019). Provocations for Critical Disability Studies. Disability & Society, 34(6), 972-997. doi: 10.1080/09687599.2019.1566889 Kusama, Y. (2011) Infinity Net. Tate Publishing. Kusama, Y. (2015) Yayoi Kusama - Give Me Love. David Zwirner. Morris, J. (1991). Pride against prejudice: Transforming attitudes to disability. New Society. Oliver, M. (2013). The social model of disability: Thirty years on. Disability & Society, 28(7), 1024-1026. Phtiaka, H. (1997) Special kids for special treatment? How special do you need to be to find yourself in a special school? London: Falmer Press Saldaña, J. (2013). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (2nd ed). SAGE: Los Angeles. Symeonidou, S. (2018) Disability, the Arts and the Curriculum: Is There Common Ground? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 34(1): 50–65. Doi:10.1080/08856257.2018.1435012. Swain, J., & French, S. (2008). Disability on equal terms. Los Angeles, Sage Publications. Ware, L. (2008). Worlds remade: inclusion through engagement with disability art, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 12 (5-6), 563-583, DOI: 10.1080/13603110802377615 Wexler, A. J. (2009). Art and disability: The social and political struggles facing education. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan. Yi, C. (2018). Res(crip)ting art therapy: Disability culture and art as a social justice intervention. In S. Talwar (Ed.), Art therapy for social justice: Radical intersections (pp. 161–177). Routledge. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 06 SES 13 A JS: Digital Wellbeing in Educational Contexts - A Research Workshop Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: J Ola Lindberg Joint Research Workshop, NW 06 and NW 08. Full details in NW 06, 06 SES 13 A JS |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Research Workshop Digital Wellbeing in Educational Contexts - A Research Workshop 1Umeå University, Sweden; 2University of Gävle, Sweden Presenting Author:The achievement of Agenda 2030 for sustainable development with its 17 interrelated goals is strongly related to the development of social and individual health and wellbeing. In the WHO Global Framework for Well-Being and Health Promotion it is expressed as “… positive vision of health that integrates physical, mental, psychological, emotional, spiritual and social well-beings” (WHO 2022:5). A key factor for sustainable development is the promotion of children’s and young persons’ wellbeing conceived as a “…dynamic state in which children and young people are able to develop their potential, learn and play creatively and productively, build positive relationships with others, and belong to and contribute to their community” (Cefai et al. 2021:21) Despite political awareness of how digital transformation relates to mental health and wellbeing, negative use of digital technology still risks having long-lasting negative effects on children’s academic achievement and mental health (WHO 2022, Schleicher 2022) In order to take advantage of the positive consequences of this digital transformation as well as to prevent and combat its negative risks in children’s and young people’s well-being, it is necessary to developed pedagogical measures “to ensure learners’ physical, psychological and social well-being while using digital technologies.” (DigCompEdu 2022 ) . This is an area where research has increased, and different conceptions of digital well-being has emerged (Dennis, 2021; Gudka et al, 2023; Gui et al, 2017; Smits et al, 2022; Roffarello et al, 2023). Reseach into digital well-being in an educational context is scarce (cf. Cao & Li, 2023) and evidence-based measures to enhance digital well-being is limited. In the light of this context, this research workshop aims to discuss scientific knowledge on digital wellbeing with a focus on educational research, policies and school practices for developing frameworks and strategies to address digital wellbeing in school contexts. This discussion will concern the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research workshop depart from a socioecological framework (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). It makes possible to understand the interconnection of different systems influencing human development: The microsystem, which relates to the immediate environment. The mesosystem, which relates to the interconnections between different parts of the microsystems. The exosystem, which relates to external environment that only indirectly affects an individual. The macrosystem, which relates to broader cultural and societal values. The discussion will concern two substudies: Substudy 1 focuses on how digital wellbeing is described in educational research and policy between 2010 to 2025. The timeframe relates to the widespread adoption of social media applications from 2010 onward amongst youth and young people (Smahel et al, 2020). · A selection of national and international peer-reviewed journals, books, and anthologies within the field of education addressing discourses of digital wellbeing are analysed (from 2010-2025). · A review of policy documents (in-between2010-2025) on two levels a) European Union Level: involves an examination of pertinent educational policy documents related to youth and pupils' digital wellbeing, digital citizenship, and digital competence. b) National Level: centres on the national context, with an analysis of policy documents including national strategies, curriculums, and relevant Acts related to digital wellbeing, digital citizenship, and digital competence. Substudy 2 aims to give tools to operationalize the concept of digital wellbeing from students’ experiences on bullying, harassment and discrimination as well as to analyse and discuss conditions, barriers and strategies to develop digital wellbeing at school and home. · An analysis of students’ voices through a re-analysis of student’s voices collected in a municipal survey concerning all students in a municipal compulsory school with a high response rate. The selected period is 2018-2024, a period which makes possible an analysis of students’ voices registered before, during, and after the Covid pandemic. · An analysis of school staff and student’s parents/caregivers’ conceptions on digital wellbeing through focus interviews with school staff and parents/caregivers in 3 schools in the selected municipalities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Scientific research has showed that in the 21st century, education policys and practices should contribute not only to good academic results but even to the health and well-being of children and young people. Evidence based research and meta-analyses of studies nevertheless shows that educational strategies to promote students’ mental health and well-being are more likely to be effective and sustainable over time if they are organised as part of a systemic, whole-school approach (Cefai et alt2021). Even though digital well-being has been a concept in use for more than a decade (cf Nansen et al, 2012), and despite the existence of research reviews in various fields such as engineering (Dennis, 2021), health (Smits, et al, 2022), hospitality marketing (Filep et al, 2023), psychology (Gudka et al, 2023), sociology (Gui et al, 2017), technology (Roffarello et al, 2023), only a few research reviews to be found are concerned with childrens use (cf Cao & Li, 2023), and even fewer (none that we know of) in stems from the general research area of education. Some recent studies (cf. Mourlam, et al 2020) and some recent research reviews point to the importance of further research within the use of technology among a younger generation (Gennari et al, 2023). In this perspective, the kind of knowledge discussed in this research workshop will further research front in several areas. The discussed research furthers research in how young people use technology in and out of school related to their sense of wellbeing and potentially develop frameworks and strategies to address it within school contexts. Based on social ecological framework it provides new knowledge on digital wellbeing based on interrelated voices of research, policy, student’s, staff, and caregivers. References Bronfenbrenner, U., 1979. The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press. Cao, S. and Li, H., 2023. A Scoping Review of Digital Well-Being in Early Childhood: Definitions, Measurements, Contributors, and Interventions. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 20(4), p.3510. Cefai, C., Simões, C. and Caravita, S. (2021) ‘A systemic, whole-school approach to mental health and wellbeingin schools in the EU’ NESET report, Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. doi:10.2766/50546. Dennis, M.J., 2021. Towards a theory of digital well-being: Reimagining online life after lockdown. Science and Engineering Ethics, 27(3), p.32. DiGiCompEdu (2024) Digital Competence framework for educators Retrieved from https://joint-research-centre.ec.europa.eu/digcompedu/digcompedu-framework_en Filep, S., Kondja, A., Wong, C.C.K., Weber, K., Moyle, B.D. and Skavronskaya, L., 2023. The role of technology in users’ wellbeing: Conceptualizing digital wellbeing in hospitality and future research directions. Journal of Hospitality Marketing & Management, pp.1-19. Gennari, R., Matera, M., Morra, D., Melonio, A. and Rizvi, M., 2023. Design for social digital well-being with young generations: Engage them and make them reflect. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 173, p.103006. Gudka, M., Gardiner, K.L. and Lomas, T., 2023. Towards a framework for flourishing through social media: a systematic review of 118 research studies. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 18(1), pp.86-105. Gui, M., Fasoli, M. and Carradore, R., 2017. Digital well-being. Developing a new theoretical tool for media literacy research. Italian Journal of Sociology of Education, 9(1), pp.155-173. Mourlam, D.J., DeCino, D.A., Newland, L.A. and Strouse, G.A., 2020. “It's fun!” using students' voices to understand the impact of school digital technology integration on their well-being. Computers & Education, 159, p.104003. Nansen, B., Chakraborty, K., Gibbs, L., MacDougall, C. and Vetere, F., 2012. Children and Digital Wellbeing in Australia: Online regulation, conduct and competence. Journal Children and Media, 6(2), pp.237-254. Roffarello, A.M., De Russis, L., Lottridge, D. and Cecchinato, M.E., 2023. Understanding digital wellbeing within complex technological contexts. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, p.103034. Scheleicher A. (2023) PISA 2022. Insights and Interpretations. OECD https://www.oecd.org/pisa/PISA%202022%20Insights%20and%20Interpretations.pdf Smahel, D., Wright, M.F. and Cernikova, M., 2015. The impact of digital media on health: children’s perspectives. International journal of public health, 60, pp.131-137. Smits, M., Kim, C.M., van Goor, H. and Ludden, G.D., 2022. From digital health to digital well-being: systematic scoping review. Journal of medical Internet research, 24(4), p.e33787. WHO 2022 Achieving well-being A global framework for integrating well-being into publicHealth utilizing a health promotion approach. Retrieved from https://cdn.who.int/media/docs/default-source/health-promotion/framework4wellbeing_16dec22.pdf?sfvrsn=32a0e228_5&download=true |
17:30 - 19:00 | 07 SES 13 A: In/exclusion, Migration and Sustainability (Joint Special Call NW 04, 07, 30) Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ghazala Bhatti Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Building Capacities for Discomfort in Australian Initial Teacher Education on First Nations University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Amidst Australia's colonial history and the national call for truth-telling about colonial violence against First Nations peoples, educators play a crucial role in cultivating student understanding, even when facing uncomfortable content. While discomfort-based pedagogies have been well theorized (see for example Boler and Zembylas, 2003), this research uniquely addresses the development of 'capacity for discomfort' within teacher identity to assist Initial Teacher Education (ITE) students in navigating such content – both in their teaching degrees and their future teaching profession.
Discomforts often emerge in educative encounters that engage with difficult forms of knowledge, materialised through discussion topics including racism, stereotypes and biases, and truth-telling (Britzman, 1998; Zembylas, 2015). Literature defines ‘pedagogy of discomfort’ relates the intentional ways that educators and students examine their experiences of uncomfortable emotions when encountering knowledge that challenges dominant beliefs, attitudes, and social norms (Zembylas, 2015; Zembylas & McGlynn, 2012). This research is guided by Indigenous ethics rooted in the place and histories of Australia, specifically emphasizing 'relationality and reciprocity' (Bishop, Vass & Thompson, 2019), ‘mutuality and collectivity’ (Grande, This research seeks to identify the capacities that need to be developed for discomfort to be truly transformative.
Exploring the building of capacity for discomfort and the explicit teaching of this skill emerges as a crucial frontier in contemporary educational research. Acknowledging discomfort, particularly in educational settings that confront challenging topics such as racism, biases, and historical truths, is essential for cultivating critical thinking, relationality and empathy. The explicit teaching of discomfort as a capacity holds promise in reshaping educational practices and fostering resilience in the face of discomfort. This research seeks to understand how intentionally building capacity for discomfort can not only enhance learning outcomes but also contribute to the broader societal goals of truth-telling and reconciliation. Examining this intersection provides an opportunity to reevaluate pedagogical approaches, redefine educational objectives, and contribute valuable insights to the ongoing discourse on transformative and inclusive education.
This presentation shares preliminary data from a pilot project integrating ‘discomfort education’ at the start of an Initial Teacher Education (ITE) subject focused on traumatic colonial histories in education.
This study contributes to the ongoing discourse on truth-telling and reconciliation by exploring innovative approaches to prepare educators who can navigate discomfort and contribute to a more inclusive and empathetic educational landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Employing a mixed-methodology approach, this work is grounded in an extensive literature review and data analysis and the trialling of a ‘discomfort education’ module which seeks to build student literacy around the discomforts they may experience while learning about coloniality in the education system. This module encompasses various elements, such as identifying discomfort triggers, distinguishing between a trigger and general discomfort, and exploring personal motivations and strengths-based narratives. The qualitative data will be collected through participant engagement with the Discomfort Module. On the quantitative front, the study includes the design and implementation of a 'Discomfort Dispositions' metric utilizing Qualtrics. This metric aims to quantitatively assess participants' attitudes and responses to discomfort within the academic context. By combining both qualitative and quantitative methods, the research seeks to provide a comprehensive understanding of students' experiences with and strategies for coping with discomfort in their academic journey, ensuring a more holistic and nuanced perspective. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project aims to improve student comprehension of discomfort in learning, fostering skills to manage and embrace it throughout their educational experience. The subsequent study will explore the impact of explicitly teaching discomfort on learning and engagement within the subject. References Bishop, M., Vass, G. & Thompson, K. (2021), Decolonising schooling practices through relationality and reciprocity: embedding local Aboriginal perspectives in the classroom, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 29:2, 193-211, DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2019.1704844 Boler, M & Zembylas, M. (2003). Discomforting truths: The emotional terrain of understanding differences. Pedagogies of Difference: Rethinking Education for Social Justice. 1. 110-136. Britzman, D. P. (1998). Lost subjects, contested objects: Toward a psychoanalytic inquiry of learning. State University of New York Press. Grande, Sandy. (2018). Refusing the University. In Toward What Justice? : Describing Diverse Dreams of Justice in Education, edited by Eve Tuck, and K. Wayne Yang, Routledge, 2018. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/tamucs/detail.action?docID=5257621. Zembylas, M., & McGlynn, C. 2012. “Discomforting Pedagogies: Emotional Tensions, Ethical Dilemmas and Transformative Possibilities.” British Educational Research Journal 38 (1): 41-59. Zembylas, M. 2015. “‘Pedagogy of Discomfort’ and its Ethical Implications: The Tensions of Ethical Violence in Social Justice Education.” Ethics and Education 10 (2): 163-174. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Silence about Children with Special Needs Department of Education, University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper explores the experiences of families with children who have special educational needs by problematizng the idea of educational provision for children and families who are facing extra challenges in UK. This is particularly the case for parents of vulnerable children from migrant and refugee backgrounds. Teachers and other support workers are not aware of the broad cultural framework within which parents and families of these vulnerable children operate. Parents have an enduring interest in their children’s well being, while teachers are under pressure to focus on academic matters. These two categories of adults do not see the educational provision in identical ways. There is a lack of understanding about school processes, and therefore mistrust on parents’ part. Equally, there is misunderstanding and lack of information for teachers. Children are the ones who have live with the consequences of adults’ misconceptions and decisions. What kind of social justice is denied? What sort of intercultural dialogue could ease children’s journeys through school? This paper will explore some of these issues with a view to attempting to address the situation adequately and more holistically. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Theoretical framework: Bronfenbrenner’s ecological model Method: in-depth interviews of parents, professionals and Special Educational Needs Coordinators Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper will focus on the under-researched and mostly hidden experiences of migrant and refugee families who have children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND). It looks at the challenges migrant parents face when trying to make sense of the schools their children attend. Parents do not always understand the practices prevalent at the schools, nor some of the decisions the schools take. Although the research was conducted in England in 2021/22, the issues raised here also have implications for some children and their families in other parts of Europe. The first purpose of this chapter is to present research with education professionals on the challenges that the current education system in the UK creates for migrant children with SEND. While policy documents regarding migrant students refer to inclusion in general, few address the specific context of disabled children from migrant and refugee groups. Despite policy directives, what ‘inclusion’ looks like in practice is open to question and debate. A second purpose of this chapter is to shed light on different perspectives, considering not only the views of education professionals but also those of parents of children with SEND, who are trying to make sense of the educational and social situations in which they and their children find themselves. These comprise of remarkably diverse groups, including children with a range of needs, as well as asylum seekers and refugees in the UK from many backgrounds. What can easily pass unnoticed are the rich and diverse cultural positions held within different communities in relation to disability. Exploring these perspectives will highlight the complexity of what inclusion entails, and provide a nuanced and deeper understanding of the various challenges facing parents, children and school professionals. References Al-Hassan, S. & Gardner, R. (2002). Involving immigrant parents of students with disabilities in educational process. Teaching Exceptional Children, 34 (5), 58. Ball, S., Macrae, S., & Maguire, M. (2013) Choice, Pathways and Transitions Post- 16: new youth new economies in the global city. London: Routledge. Blackledge, A., & Creese, A. (2010). Multilingualism: A critical perspective. London: Bloomsbury. Caldin, R. (2014) inclusive social networks and inclusive schools for disabled children of migrant families. ALTER-European Journal of Disability Research, 8, 105-117. Caldin, R., & Cinotti, A. (2018) Migrant families with disabilities. Social participation, school and inclusion. Interdisciplinary Journal of Family Studies 23. Habib, S. (2018) Fundamental British Values: moving towards anti-racist and multicultural education? In A. Johnson, R. Joseph-Salisbury & B. Kamunge. (Eds.) The Fire Now: Anti racist scholarship in Times of Explicit Racial Violence. Zed Books 209-222. HM Government (2018) Integrated Communities Strategy Green Paper. Building stronger, more united communities. Hooley, N., & Levinson, M.P. (2013) Investigating networks of culture and knowledge: a critical discourse between UK Roma Gypsies, Indigenous Australians and Education. Australian Educational Researcher, 41(2) 139-153. Jorgensen, C., Dobson, G.,& Perry, T. (2021) Migrant children with special educational needs. British Academy funded report: University of Birmingham. Lander, V. (2016) Introduction to Fundamental British Values. Journal of Education for Teachers, 42(3), 274-279. Manzoni, C., & Rolfe, H. (2019) How Schools are integrating new migrant pupils and their families. National Institute of Economic and Social Research. McEachron, G., & Bhatti, G. (2015) Teaching English as an additional language in the global classroom; a transnational study in the US and UK, Global Education Review, 2(2) 59-83. Migliarini, V. (2018) Colour-evasiveness’ and racism without race: the disablement of asylum-seeking children at the edge of fortress Europe. Race, Ethnicity and Education 21: 438-457. Mirza, H., & Meeto, V. (2012) Respecting Difference: Race, Faith and Culture for Teacher Educator. London: Institute of Education. Osler, A., &Solhaug, T. (2018) Children’s human rights and diversity in schools: framing and meaning. Research in Comparative and International Education, 13 (2) Paniagua A. (2017) The intersection of cultural diversity and special education in Catalonia. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 48 (141-158). Panjwani, F. (2016) Towards an overlapping consensus: Muslim Teachers’ views on Fundamental British Values. Journal of Education for Teaching 42(3) 329-340. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper An Embodied Learning Educational Project for Women’s Self-Determination and Community Building to Help Navigate the Uncertainties of Migration Journeys University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:Women’s relationships with and experiences in diaspora are remarkedly varied and complex (Spivak, 1996). To fully understand their diverse experiences, it is necessary to consider the interaction of gender, class, race, and ethnicity alongside nationalism, colonialism, and imperialism (Banerji et al., 2010). Around the world, migrant women are often siphoned into gendered and racialized jobs, contributing to the increasing feminization of migration (Castles & Miller, 2009). The phenomenon of increasing female migrants for employment is accompanied by the contentious deskilling process of immigrant women in traditional education models, leading to questions about power, education, and the economy (Gunduz et al., 2013; Mojab, 2000). The resourcefulness and agency of diasporic women in foreign contexts is often overlooked, and research on migrant workers can perpetuate victimhood narratives and discourses of victimization from diasporic experiences (Maitra, 2015; Mansuri & Tittensor, 2017). In order to support migrants in lifelong learning and decolonize transnational migration contexts, a shift towards strengths-based holistic pedagogies is required (Maitra & Guo, 2019). The focus of this paper is to examine how embodied learning pedagogies can assist women in diaspora in establishing social relationships and community connections to navigate and overcome the stress, uncertainties and isolation of migration experiences. This will be accomplished through the use of findings from a community-engaged educational research project that brought together diasporic women to connect in peer-learning and knowledge co-creation activities designed to build situated solidarities and strengthen their social connections and relationships through an embodied whole-person learning curriculum. The research objective of this project was to develop and evaluate a model for newcomer education that took a strengths-based curriculum approach and shifted away from colonial deficit logics. This paper will answer the following research questions: 1) What opportunities does employing embodied learning and education methods that consider the whole person in learning create to assist diasporic women in addressing their current and future needs and challenges? 2) How might this learning support and foster more positive migration journeys and outcomes? The research project utilized theories of embodied learning, situated solidarities, and transnational feminisms. Embodied learning is a learning concept that affords multiple ways of knowing and being in the world by connecting the mind, body, emotions, and spirit in learning. This concept and approach to learning emphasizes and explores the body’s involvement and significance in generating knowledge (Stoltz, 2015; Wong & Batacharya, 2018). Situated solidarities promote the co-creation of knowledge across borders and “multiple divides… without reinscribing the interests of the privileged” (Nagar, 2014, p. 82). In theory, this includes distributing power, questioning knowledge hierarchies, and examining the politics of place (Routledge & Derrickson, 2015) Social networks are “central to the process of migration and the formation of transnational identities and communities” (Monkman, 1999, p. 348) and impact nonformal and informal learning which is exceedingly valuable to navigating migration trajectories. Educators can gain a deeper understanding of transnational learning and living by studying social network relations which can result in improved learning opportunities for migrants. The use of embodied learning and practices to support migration journeys and experiences (Biglin, 2020). This paper contributes to advancing this area of research by sharing novel approaches for education and community building with diasporic women which is needed given the rising levels of transnational migration. The research has important implications for educationalists and education researchers and offers hope for re-imagining educational objectives and curricula through a social justice lens. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative research project discussed in this paper employed a feminist decolonial research methodology (Mohanty, 2003; Tuhiwai Smith, 2021). A curriculum of twelve workshop sessions was created and workshops were facilitated by the project’s principal investigator. Participants attended two sessions per week for six weeks. Each session involved an embodied movement practice followed by group discussion, self-reflection, and time for participant journaling. Data collection followed a multi-modal strategy which included verbal data, via one-on-one individual semi-structured interviews and non-verbal data from embodied ethnographic methods (Pink, 2015). The first source of data comes from the individual in-depth semi-structured participant interviews. To gain insight into participant’s learning experiences, two interviews were conducted. The first interview took place before the workshops began. The second interview took place within one month of the final workshop. The second source of data comes from the embodied ethnographic field notes and the researcher’s reflective practice on the experience of facilitating the workshops and being part of the sessions (Pink, 2015; Spencer, 2011). The third source of data comes from the participant journals. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2021) was the method used to analyze this data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Empirical evidence from the data gathered through this research project indicates that including embodied learning improves individual learning, strengthens community support, and enhances resilience to the inevitable challenges encountered as part of migration. The educational approach delivered through the workshops proved to be effective at supporting diasporic women in navigating the loneliness and uncertainty of their migration trajectories. Significant enhancements in bodily confidence and self-acceptance were reported by participants during post-project interviews, positively impacting their ability to navigate life in Canada and fostering improved relationships and their sense of belonging. This demonstrates how a whole person strengths-based learning approach can produce positive transformations in how learners think and feel about themselves. The educational project led to a greater appreciation for different cultures and increased respect between individuals from diverse cultural backgrounds. This shows the potential of embodied learning to enhance intercultural communication and learning. This finding was attributed to the impacts and effectiveness of situated-solidarity building. The significance of embodied learning research for educationalists lies in its potential to disrupt colonial systems and challenge dominant discourses, fostering greater equity and diversity in learning. The implementation of this approach can support migrant learning, foster community development, and cultivate stronger relationships between students and instructors, all of which are crucial for driving societal change for supporting more positive migration experiences. References Bannerji, H., Mojab, S., & Whitehead, J. (2010). Of property and propriety: the role of gender and class in imperialism and nationalism: a decade later. Comparative Studies of South Asia, Africa and the Middle East, 30(2), 262-271. Biglin, J. (2020) Embodied and sensory experiences of therapeutic space: Refugee place-making within an urban allotment. Health & Place, 62, 102309. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.healthplace.2020.102309. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Castles S., & Miller, M.J. (2009). The age of migration: International population movements in the modern world (4th edition). Palgrave MacMillan. Gunduz, Z. Y. (2013). The feminization of migration: Care and the new emotional imperialism. Monthly Review (New York. 1949), 65(7), 32–42. https://doi.org/10.14452/MR-065-07-2013-11_3 Maitra, S. (2015). Between conformity and contestation: South Asian immigrant women negotiating soft-skill training in Canada. Canadian Journal for the Study of Adult Education, 27(2), 64–78. Maitra, S., & Guo, S. (2019). Theorising decolonisation in the context of lifelong learning and transnational migration: anti-colonial and anti-racist perspectives. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 38(1), 5–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2018.1561533 Mansouri, F., & Tittensor, D. (2017). Introducing and contextualising feminised migration. The Politics of Women and Migration in the Global South, 1-10. Mohanty, C. T. (2003). Feminism without borders: Decolonizing theory, practicing solidarity. Duke University Press. Mojab, S. (2000). The power of economic globalization: Deskilling immigrant women through training. Power in practice: Adult education and struggle for knowledge and power in society, 23-41. Monkman, K. (1999). Transnational migration and learning processes of Mexican adults constructing lives in California, International Journal of Educational Development, 19, 367-382. Nagar, R. (2014). Reflexivity, positionality, and languages of collaboration in feminist fieldwork. In Muddying the Waters: Co-authoring Feminisms Across Scholarship and Activism (pp. 81- 104). University of Illinois Press Pink, S. (2015). Doing sensory ethnography (2nd ed.). Sage. Routledge, P., & Derickson, K.D. (2015). Situated solidarities and the practice of scholar-activism. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 33, 391 – 407. Spencer, D.C. (2011). Ultimate fighting and embodiment: Violence, gender and mixed martial arts. Routledge. Spivak, G.C. (1996) Diasporas old and new: Women in the transnational world, Textual Practice, 10(2), 245-269, 10.1080/09502369608582246 Stolz, S.A. (2015) Embodied Learning. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 47(5), 474-487. 10.1080/00131857.2013.879694 Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2021). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples. Zed Books Ltd. Wong, R., & Batacharya, S. (2018). Sharing breath : embodied learning and decolonization. Athabasca University Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Challenges faced by Disabled Students to Pursue Their Education a critical study in Bangladesh. 1Bangladesh, National University; 2Hongkong Baptist university; 3University of Chittagong, Department of Education Research; 4Government Teachers' Training college,Dhaka; 5Govt. TTC Dhaka; 6Department of Management , Rabindra University, Bangladesh Presenting Author:This study seeks to answer the following research questions:
v To explore the disabled students social challenges v To explore the disabled students Economics challenges v To explore the disabled students Institutional challenges v To explore the disabled students friends and family Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 3. Research Methodology 3.1 Research Design This study will employ a mixed-methods research design, combining both quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis methods will be used to get a comprehensive picture of disabled student’s education challenges in Bangladesh. 3.2 Data Collection Quantitative Data: Conduct surveys among disabled students in various educational institutions across Bangladesh to gather quantitative data regarding the challenges they face and their impact on academic performance and well-being. Qualitative Data: Semi-structured interviews will be conducted with disabled students, teachers, parents, educational administrators, and relevant policymakers. These interviews will provide in-depth insights into the experiences, perceptions, and recommendations regarding the challenges faced by disabled students in the educational context and potential solutions. Study area: The study will be conducted proportionately in different public, private and national university of Bangladesh. Study population: The study populations will be the different types of disabled university level students in Bangladesh to get a comprehensive idea of disabled student’s education challenges in Bangladesh. Sampling Technique: A convenient sampling technique will be used to reach the target sample. Selection of Sample: All targeted respondents will be covered as sample (100 Disabled students) under the total questionnaire survey in face to face interviews. However, if requires online survey will also be to collect data. 3.3 Data Analysis After checking and cross-checking of the collected data, all the questionnaires will be coded and entered into the SPSS data base .Quantitative data will be analyzed using statistical software spss and qualitative data will be analyzed thematically. Triangulation Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 4. Expected outcomes This research aims to make several contributions: • Provide a comprehensive understanding of the challenges faced by disabled students in Bangladesh when pursuing education. • Highlight the factors contributing to these challenges, including socio-cultural, economic, and policy-related factors. • Offer insights into the impact of these challenges on academic performance, mental health, and overall well-being. • Propose evidence-based strategies and interventions to promote inclusive education in Bangladesh. References 7. References Ahmmed, M., Sharma, U., & Deppeler, J. (2014). Variables affecting teachers’ intentions to include students with disabilities in regular primary schools in Bangladesh. Disability and Society, 29(2), 317–331. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2013.796878 Malak, M. S., Begum, H. A., Habib, A., Shaila, M., & Moninoor, M. (2013). Inclusive Education in Bangladesh : Policy and Practice. AARE Annual Conference, Adelaide, 1–15. Šiška, J., & Habib, A. (2013). Attitudes towards disability and inclusion in Bangladesh: From theory to practice. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(4), 393–405. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2011.651820 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 07 SES 13 B: Multilingualism in Education Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eunice Macedo Paper Session |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Religious Language, Secular Language?: Tracing Intersections, Exclusions, and Uncertainties in Diverse Language Learning Contexts in Luxembourg University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:It is widely accepted within anthropology, education, sociolinguistics and beyond, that language learning as a process happens across contexts, as students participate in multiple complex learning systems and make connections through and across these. Ignoring these connections has consequences for pedagogy, classroom experience, and learning outcomes. A wide range of powerful research examines language learning across home, school, and other contexts and highlights what is lost when teachers overlook students’ language and literacy learning experiences in different contexts (cf. Bronkhorst & Akkerman 2016). However, there remains a dearth of research detailing the specific ways secular and religious language and literacy learning processes intersect. Some emerging research examines the learning of a single language (Avni 2014; Rosowsky 2016), while other work illustrates multiple language learning processes within highly observant communities wherein religion frames all language learning (cf. Fader 2009). Yet studies of language learning complexities, challenges, and exclusions experienced by religiously minoritized students attending both secular schools and religious afterschool programs (as the majority do in many traditions, cf. Pomson 2010) remain rare (Meyer 2016; Badder 2022 are some exceptions). I suggest that uncertainty about the place of religion in our contemporary, conflict-laden moment, narrow understandings of secularism, and misunderstandings of the value, use, and meaning of religious language and literacy have led scholars to silo religious language to religious spaces and to view any appearance of religious language practices outside of those spaces as a problem, if not a direct threat, to secular education (cf. Dallavis 2011; Sarroub 2002). In the process, as Skerrett (2013) powerfully argues, myriad continuities and opportunities for effective and meaningful learning are being missed, to the detriment of students and scholarship. Indeed, in ‘secular’ spaces, religious understandings and viewpoints get articulated, very often in ways that do not align with or directly contradict their manifestations in the lives of religious communities (Badder 2024). My research aims to investigate the intersections of literacy ideologies and language learning experiences encountered by religious students enrolled in secular schools in Europe across the contexts of their everyday lives. Specifically, I zoom in on a Jewish community in Luxembourg, where French and Biblical Hebrew language and literacy are brought into contact and conversation in complex ways that subvert expectations for religious and secular language use and boundaries. This cohort presents an interesting case for three reasons. First, the Luxembourgish state has recently been working to secularize, including detaching itself from connections with religious communities and removing religion from the public realm. Second, French holds an awkward space in Luxembourg. Historically a language of prestige, it is tightly interwoven with ideologies of laicité and rationality and echoes of colonial memories. French is also the last official language taught in the state school curriculum and graduates from the Luxembourgish system often report feeling less competent in French. Additionally, existing research shows that teachers cite having French (or another Romance language) as a reason that students are unable to access the university education track (Horner & Weber 2008). Third, the Jewish community at the heart of this research has simultaneously experienced its own rapid internal changes. As members grapple with these changes and their implications, they are experiencing new forms of uncertainty about their community, its history and future. In response, French has emerged as a point around which they seek to cohere as a community. This paper therefore explores how students in a Luxembourgish Jewish congregational school program make sense of the ways French and Hebrew overlap, zooming in on how such connections shape student understandings and experiences of Hebrew, themselves as Hebrew users, as Jews, and as students in secular schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The questions I am asking and the theoretical frames on which I draw in my research have certain implications for my methods and methodology. First, I am interested in processes; second, my questions involve the details, actions, and interactions of everyday life; and third, in order to address these issues, I need to have access to these interactions as they unfold and as people work to make sense of those unfoldings. To this end, my work is primarily ethnographic. Ethnography and its methods, including participant observation, enable me to get beyond universals and consider the specificity of people’s everyday experiences while calling attention to “the political stakes that make up the ordinary” (Biehl 2013: 574). The inspiration for my current project emerged in 2017 during a separate course of research. In 2022, I returned to this project and began new focused fieldwork, which is ongoing. In that time, I have been attending organized events at or organized by the synagogue community with whom I am working, such as services, lectures, memorials, etc. Importantly, I have also been sitting in on the classes of this synagogue’s congregational school. I have also been able to spend time with people in more informal settings, such as dinners at home and social gatherings. In the coming months, I plan to continue this fieldwork, including conducting a series of interviews with families in the congregational school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on my fieldwork to date, I am working through several big questions. What does it mean that French, an apparently universalistic and ‘secular’ language with its own cultural imperatives and imperial histories is being taken up by and tracked onto this Jewish community in Luxembourg? What does it mean that not only is French being taken up, but also framed in very similar ways to religious Hebrew? What does it mean that the ways in which French is valued and the roles and import associated with it very clearly diverge from the ways it is valued and its import in secular spaces, especially schools? And relatedly, what does it mean that there is a clear language policy operating in the congregational school classroom that creates hierarchies that are the inverse of those outside that classroom? By way of conclusion, I can tentatively offer the following: the students in this congregational school are keenly aware of the de facto language policies, hierarchies, and exclusions in their congregational and secular state schools and in many ways reinforce those through their discursive actions. At the same time, however, they also find ways to undermine those policies and hierarchies through playful language use, translanguaging, making new linguistic connections, and reflecting thoughtfully about whether and how French and Hebrew are related. Though the future remains uncertain for many of these students – indeed, some have already left Luxembourg for reasons attributed to issues of language and identity – they nonetheless continue to carve out novel and creative means through which to think through and value their linguistic capacities and identities. References Avni, Sharon. 2014. Hebrew education in the United States: historical perspectives and future directions. Journal of Jewish Education 80 (3): 256-286. Badder, Anastasia. 2024. When a yarmulke stands for all Jews: Navigating shifting signs from synagogue to school in Luxembourg. Contemporary Jewry. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12397-023-09524-8 Badder, Anastasia. 2022. ‘I just want you to get into the flow of reading’: Reframing Hebrew proficiency as an enactment of liberal Jewishness. Language & Communication 87: 221-230. Biehl, João. 2013. Ethnography in the way of theory. Cultural Anthropology 28 (4): 573-597. Bronkhorst, Larike H & Sanne F. Akkerman. 2015. At the boundary of school: Continuity and discontinuity in learning across contexts. Educational Research Review 19: 18-35. Dallavis, Christian. 2011. “Because that’s who I am”: Extending theories of culturally responsive pedagogy to consider religious identity, belief, and practice. Multicultural Perspectives 13 ( 3): 138-144 . Fader, Ayala. 2009. Mitzvah Girls: Bringing up the Next Generation of Hasidic Jews in Brooklyn. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Horner, Kristine & Jean-Jacques Weber. 2008. The language situation in Luxembourg. Current Issues in Language Planning 9 (1): 69-128. Myers, Jo-Ann. 2016. Hebrew, the Living Breath of Jewish Existence: The Teaching and Learning of Biblical and Modern Hebrew. DProf Thesis, Middlesex University. Pomson, Alex. 2010. Context, Context, Context—The Special Challenges and Opportunities in Congregational Education for Practitioners and Researchers. Journal of Jewish Education 76 (4): 285-288. Rosowsky, Andrey. 2016. Heavenly Entextualisations: the acquisition and performance of classical religious texts. In Navigating Languages, Literacies and Identities: Religion in Young Lives, edited by V. Lytra, D. Volk, E. Gregory, 110-125. New York: Routledge. Sarroub, Loukia K. 2002. In-betweenness: Religion and conflicting visions of literacy. Reading Research Quarterly 37: 130-148. Skerrett, Allison. 2013. Religious Llteracies in a secular literacy classroom. Reading Research Quarterly 49 (2): 233-250. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Educator Perspectives on Openness and Interconnectedness: Orientations for Creating a Positive Climate for Diversity with Multilingual Students and Beyond 1University of Nebraska, United States of America; 2University of Turku, Finland; 3Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 4Leuphana University, Germany; 5Indiana University Purdue University Indianapolis, USA Presenting Author:Building off of the work of Viesca et al. (2019), that important teacher knowledge and skills for working with multilingual learners fall into three major categories—context, orientations, and pedagogy—a multinational team of researchers has embarked on further exploring the orientations necessary for quality teaching and learning to occur with multilingual students. In Viesca et al. (forthcoming), this team operationalized five orientations, drawing from the empirical and theoretical research suggesting the orientations necessary for positive school and classroom climates for diversity. Since diversity in every possible aspect (e.g., language, race, class, gender, sexual orientation, religion, etc.) is a major feature of multilingual populations, embracing diversity and elevating it to create community and a sense of belonging is critical for the work of teaching multilingual students. In 2022, the team conducted an exploratory qualitative study, holding interviews and focus groups with teachers in Finland, Norway, Germany, England, and the US to discuss orientations and how they can create a positive climate for diversity. We also asked for specific feedback on the orientations we had identified and defined (Viesca et al., forthcoming). We sought insights from myriad practitioners working in varied contexts (e.g., grade level, content area, country, etc.) to understand the perspectives different practitioners held to these orientations. In this study, we examine the interview data (n = 22) to reveal the perspectives and ideas shared by our research participants regarding the orientations of interconnectedness and openness. We conceptualize interconnectedness as humanizing teaching and learning that produces belonging (Viesca et al., forthcoming). We view humanizing connections from one person to another, connecting the individual to the collective, as essential for co-constructing a positive diversity climate and creating great learning opportunities for multilingual learners. For this to be possible, relationships and practices must be purposeful for the community’s inherent diversity to be positively productive and thus capable of generating widespread, authentic belonging. To accomplish this, teaching/learning spaces must be deliberately developed to ensure individual self-actualization occurs in reciprocity and with accountability (Hayes & Kaba, 2023; Simpson, 2017). This way, personal self-actualization (grounded in self-determination and agency) ensures collective self-actualization through reciprocity and shared accountability. With interconnectedness, all forms of diversity can come into a relationship in positive and productive ways while co-creating authentic love and belonging at the individual and collective levels. We operationalize openness as teaching and learning that embraces multiple knowledges with grace. To counter issues of power that are deeply entrenched in our society and communities, we propose a commitment to epistemic humility, or openness, which is necessary to co-construct a positive diversity climate. Such openness is grounded in an ongoing acknowledgment and investment in what one can and cannot know. This kind of openness also recognizes that there are multiple ways of knowing, and thus, no universal epistemology or ontology should be privileged over all others. Such humility counters various issues of supremacy that impact teaching and learning practices, policies, and spaces. It is also the openness necessary to adopt new ways of thinking upon receiving additional information. Educators practice openness in teaching/learning through critical self-reflection and an ongoing commitment to rethink and disrupt various messages, biases, and social norms we accept without question. Finally, the kind of openness necessary to co-construct a positive diversity climate is the openness that embraces and operates around a clear understanding of humans as flawed (Hayes & Kaba, 2023). This openness in application accepts and expects all human beings to exist and operate in imperfection, thus offering grace, acceptance, and understanding to both others and self in the face of conflicts, mistakes, and problems, as well as successes and celebrations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we ask: • How do practitioners discuss and contextualize the orientations of interconnectedness and openness in their practices? • What opportunities and challenges do participants identify to putting the orientations of interconnectedness and openness into practice? We collected qualitative data from five nations (Finland, Norway, Germany, England, and the US) with practicing teachers (n = 22): 3 Finnish, 4 Norwegian, 7 German, 6 English, and 2 American educators. In this study we conducted problem-centered interviews (Witzel & Reiter, 2012) that have been employed to facilitate discursive-dialogic knowledge production between the interviewer and interviewees. The lead author was present at each of the data collection events as was 1-2 additional research team members. We recorded the interviews for later transcription and collected background information using a short questionnaire. The transcriptions were created focused on the words spoken in the interviews and focus group exchanges. Each conversation was held in English except the focus group in Germany, which was held in German. The interviews took in general around 60-90 minutes. We analyzed the data using the Gioia method (Gioia, Corley, & Hamilton, 2013). This approach combines open (first order) coding with theory-centric (second order) coding, based on grounded theory principles. We engaged in these analysis processes collaboratively with the lead author engaged in all conversations and data analysis efforts in collaboration with both team members present for data collection and at least 1-2 members who were not present. Therefore, the coding decisions and data analysis efforts were deeply collaborative and dialogic including all members of the research team as well as a consistent perspective offered by the lead author. As an exploratory study, participants were largely found through snowball sampling and local relationships. We sought to recruit teachers to the study who could represent a variety of perspectives and life experiences. The teachers we talked to range from being relatively new to teaching (in their first few years) to highly experienced (in their last few years before retirement). We also talked with teachers from racially minoritized backgrounds in their local contexts, teachers who had moved to teach in their local context from another country, teachers who were monolingual in the local language, and those who were multilingual for various reasons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results suggest a relationship between the two orientations of openness and interconnectedness. In our coding, instances of interconnectedness rarely occur without instances of openness and vice versa. Additionally, participants discuss these orientations as essential for creating classroom and school climates where diversity is positive and productive for all students, especially multilingual students. However, participants also noted myriad barriers to the widespread implementation of the orientations of interconnectedness and openness. Specifically, issues in the larger sociopolitical context were invoked, like the impacts of social media, different policies impacting schools, teachers, and students, as well as the inability of school systems and structures to nimbly adjust to the rapidly changing student populations and world (like the changes experienced during the Covid-19 pandemic). These contextual aspects are particularly interesting since the study was conducted across multiple European countries and the US, thus offering important perspectives across varying national contexts. Participants also discussed challenges within schools like parental involvement and administrative support. Finally, participants noted the tensions and paradoxes they experience seeking to orient their work around interconnectedness and openness, particularly concerning the extensive standardization of educational outcomes in the context of widespread diversity, inequitable supports, and narratives about 21st-century learning and differentiated instructional approaches. Participants articulated an ongoing tension of not being able to do the work of orienting themselves and their students towards interconnectedness and openness due to restraints created outside and inside of school, leading to frustration and considerations of leaving the profession. A small subgroup of teachers had experience working in spaces where they could orient their practice towards interconnectedness and openness and reported the value of working in such spaces for themselves and for students and their families. In such spaces, participants overwhelmingly noted the use of democratic practices for decision-making at both the classroom and school levels. References Gioia, D. A., Corley, K. G., & Hamilton, A. L. (2013). Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Inductive Research: Notes on the Gioia Methodology. Hayes, K. & Kaba, M. (2023). Let this radicalize you: Organizing and the revolution of reciprocal care. Haymarket Books. Simpson, L. B. (2017). As we have always done: Indigenous freedom through radical resistance. University of Minnesota Press. Viesca, K. M., Alisaari, J., Flynn, N., Hammer, S., Lemmrich, S., Routarinne, S., & Teemant, A. (In Press). Orientations for co-constructing a positive climate for diversity in teaching and learning. In Teacher Education in (Post-) Pandemic Times: International Perspectives on Intercultural Learning, Diversity and Equity. Peter Lang. Viesca, K.M., Strom, K., Hammer, S., Masterson, J., Linzell C.H., Mitchell-McCollough, J., & Flynn, N. (2019). Developing a complex portrait of content teaching for multilingual learners via nonlinear theoretical understandings. Review of Research in Education, 43, 304-335. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X18820910 Witzel, A., & Reiter, H. (2012). The Problem-Centered Interview. SAGE Publications. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Maintaining the Ukrainian Language amidst Conflict: Evidence from Greek-Ukrainian Families 1Democritus University of Thrace, Greece; 2University of Crete, Greece Presenting Author:In the past ten years, there has been a noticeable rise in studies investigating family language policies in immigrant groups and transnational, mixed-marriage families in Greece (e.g. Chatzidaki & Maligkoudi, 2013; Gogonas & Maligkoudi, 2020; Maligkoudi, 2019). This paper reports on a small-scale study focusing on family language policies in Greek-Ukrainian families living in the city of Thessaloniki, in Northern Greece. The participants in our study are six Ukrainian mothers married to Greek citizens who have been living in Greece for five to 14 years; among them they have eight children between the ages of 5 to 14 which were born in Greece (with one exception). All mothers are highly-educated, multilingual individuals most of whom have occupations which exploit their ethnic and linguistic background. They have raised their children in two or three languages (Greek, Ukrainian and/or Russian), and are strong supporters of the maintenance and transmission of the Ukrainian language. They have also been actively involved in supporting the Ukrainian cause since the beginning of the war with Russia. Our study is framed within a Family Language Policy (henceforth FLP) framework drawing from earlier (e.g. Curdt-Christiansen, 2009; King, Fogle & Logan-Terry, 2008; Spolsky, 2004; 2012) and more recent conceptualizations of the field which focus on meaning-making, experiences, agency, and identity constructions in transnational families (e.g. Curdt-Christiansen, 2018; Curdt-Christiansen & Lanza 2018; Fogle & King, 2013; King & Lanza, 2019; Smith-Christmas, 2019). In particular, the aim of the study was to investigate the families’ language policies as revealed through an examination of the parents’ language practices and language ideologies and measures falling under the language management aspect of FLP (Spolsky, 2004; 2012). Following Curdt-Christiansen (2009; 2020), we deemed it important to take into consideration not only the language ideologies and patterns of communication among family members, but also factors such as the mothers’ educational background, personal language learning experiences, migrant profile, and the financial resources of the family. Moreover, we wished to investigate how broader sociolinguistic issues impact these mothers’ choices, and, in particular, the stance our informants take with regard to the hotly debated issue of abandoning Russian as an everyday language in Ukraine. After Ukraine became an independent nation in 1991, a process of Ukrainisation was established, which entailed measures in favour of the Ukrainian language as a means to construct a new national identity (Seals & Beliaeva, 2023). However, a large segment of the population continued to use Russian instead of Ukrainian irrespective of their allegiance; apparently, for many Russian-speaking Ukrainians the Ukrainian language is not necessarily a token of nationhood and is not intricately linked to the Ukrainian identity (Bilaniuk, 2016; Kulyk 2016; 2018). However, in the aftermath of the political developments of the past ten years (the Euromaidan and the Revolution of Dignity in late 2013–2014, the annexation of Crimea by the Russians, the strife at the eastern border, and finally, the Russian invasion in 2022) there seems to be a rise in the number of people who call for the abandonment of the Russian language and the adoption of Ukrainian instead (Harrison, 2021; Seals & Beliaeva, 2023), a phenomenon some authors refer to as ‘linguistic conversion’ (Bilaniuk, 2020). In this context, we wished to examine how the six participants negotiate the ongoing changes in language ideologies and attitudes in Ukraine and the impact this may have had on their language policies with regard to the two languages. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The population we intended to study included mothers of Ukrainian origin who at the time of the study had been living in Greece for at least five years. The first author gained access to the community through her acquaintance with a mother to whom she had previously taught Greek. Using a ‘snowball’ approach, five more mothers were approached and agreed to take part in the study, after assurances of anonymity were given (pseudonyms are used and information about their studies or occupation is presented in as general terms as possible). The six participants were among a group of parents who, in the past few years, organized weekly meetings in order for their children to socialize with other Ukrainian speakers and be immersed in the Ukrainian language and culture through art and play. Since September 2022, this informal ‘club’ was transformed into a small community school for Greek-Ukrainian children operating at the weekend. The school is supported by an NGO (which offers their premises for the courses) while the staff offers their services on a voluntary basis. Children have the opportunity to take Ukrainian language courses and to experience the Ukrainian culture through playful and creative activities. The first author, who is also a member of an association promoting bilingualism among transnational families was invited to visit the school in this capacity and observe its functioning. This also facilitated the participants’ recruitment, as it fostered a certain degree of familiarity with and involvement in their community, Data collection was based on semi-structured interviews which took place in spring 2023 at the community school’s premises. The interview protocol comprised questions which dealt, first, with the mother’s educational background and current occupation and the family’s length of residence in Greece. Another set of questions referred to patterns of multilingualism in the family: who can speak which languages, which languages are used by whom to whom. There was a question regarding the child’s experiences at the Ukrainian school, and finally, a question which referred to probable changes in the mother’s linguistic behaviour in the aftermath of the recent political strife in Ukraine. The data is being analysed following ‘thematic analysis’ (Braun & Clarke, 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some preliminary findings include the following: With regard to practices aimed at supporting Ukrainian language development in their children, we found that, in most families, the parents followed a strict OPOL policy and provided plenty of meaningful input in Ukrainian, via exposure to print and media, and ensuring frequent contact with Ukrainian speakers. Two cases stand out, though, and prove the complexity of the situation; in one family the Greek father uses Russian with the children instead of Greek, while in another, the child was born in an Asian country and grew up speaking English, Russian and Greek, until the age of seven when the mother decided to switch to Ukrainian and stopped using Russian with her daughter. With regard to language ideologies, all mothers agree on the importance of their children speaking Ukrainian as an integral part of their identity and heritage. They also seem to agree on viewing the mastery of many languages as an asset, drawing on their own educational and professional experiences. However, the most interesting findings are those which emerge with regard to the linguistic conversion. The six participants seem to represent various positions on a continuum which range between the uninhibited, continued use of Russian at home to taking distance from using this language. Some of the mothers link this stance to feelings of patriotism, even expressing feelings of guilt or shame for previously using the Russian language, while others seem to downplay the importance of rejecting the language, despite their feelings of loyalty to the Ukrainian nation. References Bilaniuk, L. (2020). Linguistic conversions: Nation-building on the self. Journal of Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics and Society, 6 (1), 59-82. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297–298. Chatzidaki, A., & Maligkoudi, C. (2013). Family language policies among Albanian immigrants in Greece. Ιnternational Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 16(6), 675-689. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2012.709817 (first published online 2012) Curdt-Christiansen, X.L. (2009). Invisible and visible language planning: ideological factors in the family language policy of Chinese immigrant families in Quebec. Language Policy, 8, 351–375. Curdt-Christiansen, X.L. (2018). Family language policy. In J. Tollefson & M. Perez-Millans (Eds.), The Ox-ford handbook of language policy and planning (pp. 420-441). Oxford University Press. Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. & Lanza, E. (2018). Language management in multilingual families: Efforts, measures and challenges. Multilingua, 37 (2), 123-130. Curdt-Christiansen, X.L. (2020). Educating migrant children in England: language and educational practices in home and school environments. International Multilingual Research Journal, 14 (2), 163-180. Fogle, L.W., & King, K. A. (2013). Child Agency and Language Policy in Transnational Families. Issues in Applied Linguistics, 19, 1-25. https://doi.org/10.5070/L4190005288 Gogonas, N. & Maligkoudi, C. (2020): ‘Mothers have the power!’: Czech mothers’ language ideologies and management practices in the context of a Czech complementary school in Greece, International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, DOI: 10.1080/13670050.2020.1799324 Harrison K. (2021). ‘In Ukrainian, Please!’: Language Ideologies in a Ukrainian Complementary School. Languages, 6(4), 179. King, K., Fogle, L. & Logan-Terry, A. (2008). Family Language Policy. Language and Linguistics Compass, 2(5), 907-922. King, K., & Lanza, E. (2019). Ideology, agency, and imagination in multilingual families: An introduction. International Journal of Bilingualism, 23(3), 717-723. Kulyk, V. (2018). Shedding Russianness, Recasting Ukrainianness: The Post-Euromaidan Dynamics of Ethnonational Identifications in Ukraine. Post-Soviet Affairs, 34, 119–38. Μaligkoudi, C. (2019). Issues of Language Socialization and Language Acquisition Among Italians in Greece. Εducation Sciences, 2019(2), 149–165. https://doi.org/10.26248/.v2019i2.596 [in Greek] Seals, C. & Beliaeva, N. (2023). Aspirational family language policy. Language Policy 22, 501–521. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10993-023-09674-3 Smith-Christmas, C. (2019). When X doesn’t mark the spot: the intersection of language shift, identity and family language policy. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 255, 133-158. Spolsky, B. (2004). Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Spolsky, B. (2012). What Is Language Policy? In B. Spolsky (Ed.), The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy (pp. 3-15). Cambridge University Press. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 08 SES 13 A: Sexuality Education, Safeguarding, and Teacher Emotional Regulation Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Paleczek Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Un-covered Areas of Sexuality Education in Adults' Narratives Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:There is a lot of evidence supporting the effectiveness of sex education (SE) in addressing various personal, relational, and societal issues. It enhances self-worth, reduces sexual risk-taking, promotes sexual and reproductive health, fosters a positive socio-emotional atmosphere in schools, diminishes LGBTI+ bullying, and contributes to the physical and physiological well-being of different groups or students. However, adults often fall short in engaging in these crucial discussions. They lack confidence in their own competencies and capabilities to discuss sexual matters, are burdened by cultural anxieties related to providing too much information too early, and fear disrupting children's innocence by presenting challenging knowledge or inadvertently encouraging premature sexual activity. Meanwhile, numerous studies indicate that children and adolescents are willing to initiate discussions earlier, engage in more routine conversations, and explore a broader spectrum of themes. The discourse of sex education is marked by a multitude of contradictions and paradoxes, which I explore by using insights from posthumanism authors such as Rosi Braidotti and Nathan Snaza, and their colleagues. Their perspectives illuminate the imperative to reevaluate our conception of a 'just' human, liberating it from the constraints of entrenched humanistic traditions. Posthumanism advocates for a shift away from viewing humans as isolated, dominating entities superior to other organic and non-organic subjects. Instead, it encourages recognizing humanity as intricately entwined in constant interaction and perpetual transformation within the intricate web of meanings. In this study a non-binary approach to the concept of gender, examined through the lens of posthumanism, takes on particular significance. Delving into the nexus between a child and sexuality, I draw upon the insights of scholars Kerry H. Robinson and Kathryn Bond Stockton, who delve into the construct of childhood. Their work becomes a valuable resource in comprehending the relationship between a child, sexuality, and the child's entitlement to knowledge about it. Additionally, the perspectives presented by authors Barry McCarthy and Emily McCarthy, who explore inhibiting and nurturing aspects of sexual development, carry significant weight. Given the centrality of relationships in sex education field, not only romantic but also those between parents and children and more broadly among adults and children, I delve into the ideas of sociologist Anthony Giddens. Giddens' examination of the transformation of the intimacy sphere sheds light on its profound impact on emotional and physical relationships. Finally, considering the historical perspective of sex education is integral to this study. In this regard, the work of Jonathan Zimmermann, providing a global overview of the history of sex education, proves to be a valuable resource. Finally, in this study sexuality education is framed as ‘wicked problem’. In the field of sex education research, the focus has primarily been on understanding adult perspectives and values, with minimal exploration of their experiences in sex education discussions with young people or among adults. Thus, the aim of this study is to explore the necessity of SE and emphasize the complexity of this field. To analyse the narratives of adults regarding their experiences in discussing topics of sexuality with young people and among themselves, and based on this, consider assumptions necessary for improving the quality of the organization and implementation of sexuality education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To garner insights about adults’ experiences in conversations about sexuality, a Dialogical Narrative Analysis (DNA) has been conducted. I formulated methodological insights about DNA based on the theoretical perspectives of Catherine K. Riessman and Arthur W. Frank. However, in narrative research, it is recommended to blend the boundaries of different methods and approaches, guided by previous examples and existing guidelines, without treating them as a set of rules. Therefore, while the leading methodology in this work was DNA, during the analysis, I applied qualitative content analysis features. From May 3, 2023, to June 20, 2023, a total of 23 interviews were conducted with 24 participants (one interview involved a couple of caregivers). I invited individuals who raise school-age children or teach them to participate in the interviews. After the narrative interviews were transcribed, I read the transcripts multiple times and identified narratives in line with Labov's concept of narrative. Then in order to organize the data, I registered narratives in an "Excel" program. I created six broad thematic categories and filled them with sub-themes. In dialogic narrative analysis, it is appropriate to implement interviews even without a clear and detailed plan of what will be done with the obtained data. Researchers do not know what will be told, therefore, "the analysis of chosen stories happens while trying to write" (Frank, 2012, p. 43). The collected and selected stories determine the focus and direction of analytical work. Decisions about what and how to include in the analysis and how the reconstructed story should be told are constantly made while writing. The conventional understanding of sexuality education discourse as polarized between abstinence promotion and comprehensive sexuality education oversimplifies the complexity of experiences, approaches, and attitudes in people's lives. Adopting the DNA methodology provided a platform to listen to diverse and nuanced stories that hold significance for the storyteller. Narrative research enabled the fusion of private and public discourses, revealing how narratives shape individuals' choices. This approach allowed for an investigation into which narratives could facilitate different choices in navigating SE matters. This data was useful for considering the support adults need to enhance their understanding and competencies in sexuality related discussions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 6 conceptual areas of importance emerged: (1) Menstruation as the master narrative about sexuality for all young people despite gender. Adults feel the need to discuss menstruation topic with girls and often this is considered as sexuality education itself. It leaves young people with the notion that sexuality education is girls’ subject and sexuality equals reproduction. (2) “You are (not) gay” as epidemic informal sexuality education. “You are gay” name calling is so prevailing that adults stop noticing it and in the context of extremely scarce SE directed at boys – the name calling and the underlying message of it becomes SE of young people and especially boys. (3) Disruption of dichotomous roles (gender, age, function in the family) in the conversation about sexuality. Adults feel the pressure of “adult role” in the discussion about sexuality with minors. Also as mothers are most often responsible for sexuality topics at home, with their sons they feel tension of differing gender which leaves boys excluded from the reflexive communication. (4) Non-verbal talking of young people and in-ability to hear it. As young people lack the vocabulary and the skills to discuss sexuality, adults often interpret their behaviour as simply provocative and do not see it as creating an opportunity for dialogue. (5) Between fear of saying (too much) and delegating responsibility for the conversation to a child. Adults tend to wait for minors to “ask a question” and without the question they fear of causing harm to young people with saying too much. (6) Gap in conversations with young people – silence among adults. While adults feel the imperative to talk to young people, they do not find it important to elaborate the discussion about sexuality among themselves. References Braidotti, R. (2013). The Posthuman. Polity Press Frank, A. (2012). Practicing dialogical narrative analysis. Varieties of Narrative Analysis, 33–52. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781506335117.n3 Giddens, A. (1993). The transformation of intimacy. Polity Press. Goldfarb, E. S., & Lieberman, L. D. (2021). Three decades of research: The case for comprehensive sex education. Journal of Adolescent Health, 68(1), 13–27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2020.07.036 Grossman, J. M., & Richer, A. M. (2021). Parents’ perspectives on talk with their adolescent and emerging adult children about sex: A longitudinal analysis. Sexuality Research and Social Policy, 20(1), 216–229. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13178-021-00656-w Kar, S., Choudhury, A., & Singh, A. (2015). Understanding normal development of adolescent sexuality: A bumpy ride. Journal of Human Reproductive Sciences, 8(2), 70-74. Kramer, A. S. (2019). Framing the debate: The status of US sex education policy and the dual narratives of abstinence-only versus comprehensive sex education policy. American Journal of Sexuality Education, 14(4), 490–513. https://doi.org/10.1080/15546128.2019.1600447 McCarthy, B. W., & McCarthy, E. (2021). Contemporary male sexuality: Confronting myths and promoting change. Routledge. Moshman, D. (2014). Sexuality Development in Adolescence and Beyond. Human Development, 57(5), 287–291. Noorman, M. A. J., den Daas, C., & de Wit, J. B. F. (2022). How parents’ ideals are offset by uncertainty and fears: A systematic review of the experiences of European parents regarding the sexual education of their children. The Journal of Sex Research, 60(7), 1034–1044. https://doi.org/10.1080/00224499.2022.2064414 Pesch, U., & Vermaas, P. E. (2020). The wickedness of Rittel and Webber’s dilemmas. Administration & Society, 52(6), 960–979. https://doi.org/10.1177/0095399720934010 Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage. Robinson, K. H. (2013). Innocence, knowledge and the construction of childhood: The contradictory nature of sexuality and censorship in children's contemporary lives. Routledge. Snaza, N., Appelbaum, P., Bayne, S., Morris, M., Rotas, N., Sandlin, J., Wallin, J., Carlson, D., & Weaver, J. (2014). Toward a posthumanist education. Journal of Curriculum Theorizing. Retrieved November 16, 2022, from http://journal.jctonline.org/index.php/jct/article/view/501 Stockton, K. B. (2009). The queer child, or growing sideways in the twentieth century. Duke University Press. Tolman, D. L., & McClelland, S. I. (2011). Normative sexuality development in adolescence: A Decade in Review, 2000-2009. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 21(1), 242–255. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1532-7795.2010.00726.x UNESCO. (2018). International technical guidance on sexuality education an evidence-informed approach. Zimmerman, J. (2015) Too Hot to Handle. A Global History of Sex Education. Princeton University Press. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper A Mixed-Methods Evaluation of a Mandatory Child Safeguarding Education Programme for Children with Special Educational Needs Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:This study is focused on the role of schools in child safeguarding - specifically how teachers accessibilise a state-mandated child safeguarding education programme (CSEP), for children with special educational needs (SEN). Research across Europe and beyond indicates that children with SEN are more likely to be victims of child abuse (Putnam, 2003; Davies and Jones, 2013), with some evidence indicating that the likelihood is three-to-four times that of their typically-developing peers (Sullivan and Knutson, 2000). This increased susceptibility amplifies the significance of CSEPs in supporting and protecting their overall wellbeing (Miller and Raymond, 2008). In Ireland, the Stay Safe programme (MacIntyre and Lawlor, 2016) is rendered as the mandatory CSEP for all primary schools (Government of Ireland, 2023). This incorporates special schools which presents many challenges given the standard nature of the programme and questions over the extent to which it can be adapted, given the national policy mandate (Morrissey, 2021). Like CSEPs across the continent, Stay Safe incorporates key areas that have been deemed essential in developing personal safety and abuse prevention skills in children (Brasard and Fiorvanti, 2015). These areas inform the Stay Safe conceptual framework which is based around five key topics and which underpins this research study:
It is advised that topics be taught in their ‘entirety…consecutively, beginning with Topic 1 and working through to Topic 5…in one block’ (MacIntyre and Lawlor 2016, p.7). Each topic is developmentally structured over four age-levels, with each level aimed at what the neurotypical child is assumed to be able to cognitively assimilate at that age:
The rigidity of this structure presents challenges for children with SEN, as many of these children may not have the cognition required to access the key messages of the core programme, at the different levels. The objective of this research is to probe how teachers deal with this reality at a practical level, for each of the five topics. The main research question is:
To define and categorise the approaches used for each topic, Shawer’s (2010) theoretical framework for curriculum enactment is relied upon. This framework is based on the notion that teachers can adopt three approaches to curriculum enactment:
Although rooted in Ireland, this paper will interest scholars in other European jurisdictions in both the health and wellbeing domain and the special education domain, given the widespread use of CSEPs in many jurisdictions across the continent (Topping and Barron, 2009; Walsh et al., 2018) and the dearth of data on their enactment with children with SEN. That the CSEP under examination in this study, is state-mandated, regardless of child ability, adds to the novelty of this paper and speaks to a trend emerging across Europe of teachers being subjected to greater regulation in curriculum enactment (see for example, Priestley et al., 2021) - even in the health and wellbeing sphere. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A two-phase, explanatory sequential mixed-methods research apparatus was designed to address the research question. Phase 1 was quantitative in nature and consisted of a questionnaire distributed online, via Qualtrics, to the principal of every special school in Ireland. The distribution list was composed of all special schools (n=133) identified on a publicly available database from Ireland's Department of Education, from the 2019-2020 academic year. The purpose of the questionnaire was to generate descriptive statistics and identify areas that needed further exploration in Phase 2. The questionnaire’s valid response rate was 32%. Phase 2 was qualitative in nature, and took the form of a three-site embedded case-study. The principals of all designated special schools were invited to nominate their school for participation via a recruitment notice sent with the questionnaire during Phase 1. When the expressions of interest were collated, three schools were selected on the basis of non-probability, purposive sampling: - One school for learners with Mild General Learning Disabilities; - One school for learners with Moderate General Learning Disabilities; - One school for learners with Severe-Profound (SP) General Learning Disabilities. There were four units within each Phase 2 case: - Documentary analysis of the school’s curricular policy in the area under investigation; - Interview with principal teacher; - Interview with the curriculum coordinator, responsible for leading the mandatory CSEP under examination; - Focus group of three or four teachers. Moseholm and Fetters’ (2017, p.8) explanatory bidirectional framework was used to integrate data from both phases of this research because it facilitated an ‘iterative approach’ to data analysis. Phase 1 findings were analysed first and priori codes developed from this analysis were used to inform Phase 2. The findings from the second phase were then analysed and the emerging themes were used ‘to look for corroborative data from the quantitative dataset’ (Moseholm and Fetters 2017, 8). Greene’s (2007, 188) marble technique was employed for presenting findings because it allowed both phases of research to be reported together, ‘not-layered or offered separately’, so that the research objective could be addressed ‘in one chorus’. Both phases of research were piloted before data-gathering commenced. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this research illustrate the complexity of teaching a mandatory CSEP to children with SEN. While the overwhelming majority of special schools indicate that they complete the CSEP under investigation, half of those surveyed only use it ‘as a guide’. The results show that teachers engage in extensive adaptation in all five topics - and even at that, the extent to which children can access the key messages is questionable. Teachers prioritise potential child learning over programme fidelity, rejecting key design tenets in order to increase accessibility. That teachers are pressed into making self-determined prioritisations, which may theoretically conflict with the policy position in relation to their obligations to implement the programme, has validated some concerns that meaningful child safeguarding may have become ‘subservient’ to procedural considerations (Morrissey, 2021, p.12). These findings have implications for the design of CSEPs across Europe. CSEPs that are conceptualised from a universal design perspective and promote teacher agency to tailor content to child need and capacity, will be better disposed to address a broader gamut of learners. However, determining the level of tailoring poses a dilemma - namely, too much tailoring could jeopardise the theoretical basis on which a CSEP is founded or at the very least undermine programme fidelity; too little tailoring could render the programme ineffective for some learners with SEN. This study’s unique contribution is that it showcases the potential of progression continua for individual CSEP topics, with a view to changing the approach for enacting CSEPs for learners with learning difficulties. The study will be of interest to teachers, teacher-educators and researchers from across Europe, due to the important insights on and possible directions for addressing a complex area of educational provision for a vulnerable population, in the health and wellbeing domain. References Brassard, M.R. and Fiorvanti, C.M. (2015) ‘School-based child abuse prevention programs’, Psychology in the Schools, 52(1), pp. 40–60. Davies, E. and Jones, A. (2013) ‘Risk factors in child sexual abuse’, Journal of Forensic and Legal Medicine, 20(3), pp. 146–150. Government of Ireland (2023) Child Protection Procedures for Primary and Post-Primary Schools. Dublin: Government Publications. Greene, J. (2007) Mixed Methods in Social Inquiry. San Francisco: John Wiley and Sons Inc. MacIntyre, D. and Lawlor, M. (2016) The Stay Safe Programme (Revised). Dublin: Child Abuse Prevention Programme. Miller, D. and Raymond, A. (2008) ‘Safeguarding Disabled Children’, in Baginsky, M. (ed.) Safeguarding Children and Schools. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers, pp. 68–84. Morrissey, B. (2021) ‘A critical policy analysis of Ireland’s Child Protection Procedures for schools: emerging policy considerations’, Irish Journal of Applied Social Studies, 21(1), pp. 1–16. Moseholm, E. and Fetters, M. (2017) ‘Conceptual models to guide integration during analysis in convergent mixed methods studies’, Methodological Innovations, 10(2), pp. 1–11. Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. and Soini, T. (2021) Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Bingley: Emerald Publishing. Putnam, F. (2003) ‘Ten-year research update review: child sexual abuse’, Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 42(3), pp. 269–278. Sullivan, P. and Knutson, J. (2000) ‘Maltreatment and disabilities: a population-based epidemiological study’, Child Abuse & Neglect, 24(10), pp. 1257–1273. Shawer, S. (2010) ‘Classroom-level curriculum development: EFL teachers as curriculum-developers, curriculum-makers and curriculum-transmitters’, Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(2), pp. 173–184. Topping, K. and Barron, I. (2009) ‘School-based child sexual abuse prevention programs: a review of effectiveness’, Review of Educational Research, 79(1), pp. 431–463. Walsh, K., Zwi, K., Woolfenden, S. and Shlonsky, A. (2018) ‘School-based education programs for the prevention of child sexual abuse: a Cochrane Systematic Review and meta-analysis’, Research on Social Work Practice, 28(1), pp. 33–55. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 08 SES 13 B JS: Digital Wellbeing in Educational Contexts - A Research Workshop Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: J Ola Lindberg Joint Research Workshop, NW 06 and NW 08. Full details in NW 06, 06 SES 13 A JS |
17:30 - 19:00 | 09 SES 13 A: Exploring Innovative Approaches to Assessment and Feedback Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Tracy Whatmore Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper One Attempt to Measure Collaboration Between Students During Group Work 1University of Belgrade, Faculty of Philosophy, Serbia; 2Institute for Educational Research, Belgrade Presenting Author:Collaborative problem-solving (CPS) skills have become an inevitable part of workforce readiness in contemporary society (Graesser et al., 2018). Numerous studies have shown that CPS is a powerful learning tool that could lead to more creative, efficient and comprehensive solutions than other approaches (Fiore, 2008). Sometimes it is the only possible way to solve complex problems. That is not surprising that the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD, 2019) includes the development of collaboration skills in the education development agenda for 2030. A lot of attempts were made to introduce CPS in everyday educational practice. However, the benefits of the CPS often fail to be achieved (Le et al., 2018). Collaborative problem-solving is usually defined as working together toward a common goal (Hesse et al., 2015). It includes interdependency between group members in joint activity and shared responsibility for the group results. Despite many contributions, there is a lack of instruments for measuring student-specific versions of collaborative processes during group work (Wang et al., 2009). The focus is often on the effect of this type of learning assessed through achievement data (Jansen, 2010) while the quality of the collaborative process is beyond research aims. Usually, self-assessment tools were used for this purpose accompanied by methodological limitation of subjective assessments. In these attempts, students' perceptions and experience with CPS are not distinguished from the quality of collaboration present during group work. Also, collaboration is assessed as an individual skill separate from its nature as a joint activity. This study aims to construct an instrument for assessing the quality of collaboration between students while trying to solve a complex problem. This study is part of the larger project PEERSovers with a focus on designing an evidence-based training program for enhancing high-school students' collaborative skills. The theoretical background for constructing the instrument involves a qualitative systematic literature review of 160 articles published between 2021 and 2022 that investigated differences between productive and unproductive peer collaboration (Baucal et al., 2023). Four aspects of peer interaction were identified as a result of this analysis. The first covers cognitive exchange between group members. Research shows that productive CPS includes argumentative dialogue between team members and constructive evaluation of ideas. Also, the effort is made to move from the personal opinion toward a shared understanding of the problem. Well-known Mercer studies (for example, Mercer et al., 2019; Mercer & Dawes, 2014) pointed out that exploratory talk during group work enhances the co-construction of joint cognitive activity, fosters critical thinking skills and contributes to the overall learning experience in educational settings. The second aspect refers to the emotional aspect of group work manifested through group atmosphere, presence of conflicts and tension, group cohesion, members' sense of belonging, mutual tolerance and empathy. In unproductive groups, members are disrespected and prevented from fully participating. Often the inequality in power is present during group work. Some members dominate in the dialogue space and prevent others from contributing. The third and fourth aspects are dedicated to two domains of group regulation: task activity regulation (time management, coordination of the activity, planning group activity, task-focus approach) and relationship regulation (group norms, sharing responsibility, dividing the assignment, efficient conflict management etc.). An unproductive group is often characterised by lots of off-task behaviour. Usually, few or only one participant takes overall responsibility for group work. We tried to operationalize these four aspects as dimensions of the instrument used for evaluating a CPS.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample: Participants were selected from 12 secondary schools in Belgrade (6 vocational and 6 general/gymnasium schools). School counsellors, guided by the students’ preferences, formed triads of male or female students from the same class. The sample included 64 groups of three students (192 participants), of which 37 were girls and 27 were men. All students involved in the research had formal parental consent and their assent. Procedure: Students’ triads participate in CPS sessions trying to solve a single but complex real-life problem. Problem tasks used in this study were related to four community-relevant themes: (1) ecology (2) teen behaviour, (3) media, and (4) education. The assigned task for each group involved generating a written solution to the presented problem, subsequently assessed for its quality. The entire interaction during the CPS process was video-recorded video for subsequent analysis. CPS sessions were conducted on school premises during the regular school day. The average duration of a CPS session was 97 minutes (SD = 30; range = 19-167). Instruments: CPS observational grid (CPS-OG). The quality of collaboration was assessed based on video recordings of CPS sessions. Each session was rated by two independent reviewers using a 22-item observational grid. The grid was designed to capture four dimensions of productive CPS: socio-cognitive (SC - 9 items, 2 reverse-scored; e.g., Group members sought and/or provided explanations for presented ideas and suggestions); socio-emotional (SE - 4 items, 1 reverse-scored; e.g., Group members worked together, as a team); task management (TM - 5 items, 1 reverse-scored; e.g., The group planned its approach to solving the task); relationship management (RM - 5 items, 2 reverse-scored; e.g., Throughout the work, group members purposefully coordinated group and individual activities). Each item is scored on a 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 0 (not at all) to 4 (to a large extent). Data Analyses: Analyses were performed to examine the structural and reliability properties of measures designed specifically for this study. The unidimensionality of CPS-OG subscales was inspected via Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) and Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA). Internal consistency for CPS-OG dimensions was determined by calculating Cronbch’s alpha coefficient. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results confirmed good psychometric characteristics of the CPS observational grid. Exploratory factor analysis (Principal component analysis with Oblimin rotation) resulted in four factors explaining 76% of the total variance. Correlations between factors were moderate with a maximum value of 0.44. The first factor (50% of the variances) mainly included SC variables. The second factor (15 % of the variances) corresponds to the TM dimension. The third (6%) factor represents a mix of the SE and RM variables. It includes statements about negative relationships in the group (present tension, conflicts and isolation of the members). Finally, the fourth factor (5% of the variance) covers the absence of an authoritative leader and good conflict management as aspects of the RM dimension. The correlations between the first factor and the other three are moderate (from -0.33 to 0.44). The correlations between the other factors are low. Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) confirmed a single-factor solution for all dimensions, except the TM. Item-level intraclass correlation (ICC) for CPS observational grid (CPS-OG) indexes reached excellent values (Cicchetti, 1994), ranging from .75 to .95. Dimension-level ICC values were also excellent: .94 for SC, .90 for SE, .93 for TM, .85 for RM. Internal consistency (Cronbach's alpha) ranges from good to excellent (.921 for SC, .914 for SE, .856 for TM, .791 for RM.) The next research step will include the external validation of the instrument. We will examine the association between the dimensions of the CPS observational grid and the quality of the proposed group solution. The quality of the solution will cover several dimensions: whether the solution is realistic; an assessment of the proposal's creativity; an assessment of the degree to which the proposal is well-argued with various perspectives. References Baucal, A., Jošić, S., Ilić, I. S., Videnović, M., Ivanović, J., & Krstić, K. (2023). What makes peer collaborative problem solving productive or unproductive: A qualitative systematic review. Educational Research Review, 100567. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2023.100567 Fiore, S. M., Graesser, A., & Greiff, S. (2018). Collaborative problem solving education for the 21st century workforce. Nature: Human Behavior, 2(6), 367–369. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-018-0363-y Graesser, A. C., Fiore, S. M., Greiff, S., Andrews-Todd, J., Foltz, P. W., & Hesse, F. W. (2018). Advancing the science of collaborative problem solving. Psychological science in the public interest, 19(2), 59-92. https://doi.org/10.1177/1529100618808244 Hesse, F., Care, E., Buder, J., Sassenberg, K., & Griffin, P. (2015). A framework for teachable collaborative problem solving skills. Assessment and teaching of 21st-century skills: Methods and approach, 37-56. DOI: 10.1007/978-94-017-9395-7_2 Le, H., Janssen, J., & Wubbels, T. (2018). Collaborative learning practices: teacher and student perceived obstacles to effective student collaboration. Cambridge Journal of Education, 48(1), 103-122. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2016.1259389 Mercer, N. & Dawes, L (2014). The study of talk between teachers and students, from the 1970s until the 2010s. Oxford Review of Education, 40 (4) (2014), pp. 430-445. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2014.934087 Mercer, N., Hennessy, S., & Warwick, P. (2019). Dialogue, thinking together and digital technology in the classroom: Some educational implications of a continuing line of inquiry. International Journal of Educational Research, 97, 187–199. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.08.007 OECD. (2019). An OECD Learning Framework 2030 (pp. 23-35). Springer International Publishing. Wang, L., MacCann, C., Zhuang, X., Liu, O. L., & Roberts, R. D. (2009). Assessing teamwork and collaboration in high school students: A multimethod approach. Canadian Journal of School Psychology, 24(2), 108-124. DOI: 10.1177/0829573509335470 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper An Exploration of Constructive Verbal Feedback in Secondary School Classrooms NIS Aktobe, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Verbal feedback is the oral communication between teachers and students that aims to provide constructive guidance on students’ progress, strengths, and areas for improvement, according to numerous educational scholars (Black & Wiliam, 2009; Hattie & Timperley, 2007; Shute, 2008). In secondary school settings providing effective feedback is a key component of a good education. The effectiveness of feedback in education is a widely studied and acknowledged aspect of the learning process (Black & Wiliam, 1998; Hattie, 2009; Karaman, 2021; Wisniewski et al., 2020). As teachers continually work to improve the learning outcomes for their students, the role of feedback, especially verbal feedback that takes place in classrooms everyday, becomes increasingly important. The “Feed Up, Feed Back, Feed Forward” model, introduced by John Hattie and Helen Timperley in their influential 2007 paper, “The Power of Feedback,” presents a cyclical approach comprising three essential stages of effective feedback. These stages encompass setting clear objectives or “feed up,” delivering feedback on present performance, and proposing strategies for enhancement or “feed forward.” This implies that teachers should provide constructive feedback that is descriptive and focused on providing specific, actionable information aimed at helping the recipient improve or enhance their performance, skills, or understanding. Many studies on verbal feedback have been conducted in the field of foreign or second language learning, exploring different types and functions of corrective feedback and their effects on language proficiency (Lyster & Saito, 2010). These studies have shown that providing oral corrective feedback not only helps students improve their accuracy and fluency in speaking, but also enhances their overall language proficiency. Although teachers might have experience or undergo professional development courses, their formative assessment practices could not be always effective. According to certain research findings, teachers’ attitudes about the usage of various forms of oral corrective feedback in the classroom do not necessarily align with their actual practices (Kim & Mostafa, 2021). Further comprehensive research on corrective feedback is necessary to investigate the alignment between teachers’ actual practices and their underlying ideas about feedback (Karimi & Asadnia, 2015). Therefore, this study focuses on the following research question: “To what extent do secondary school teachers provide constructive verbal feedback in classroom?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study has taken place at Nazarbayev Intellectual school in Aktobe, Kazakhstan, and employed a quantitative research design. The sampling for lesson analysis consisted of 17 teachers representing different subjects, grade levels and teaching experience (from several months to more than ten years). The data was collected through recording videos of the 17 lessons and online survey among participants to understand their attitude on constructive verbal feedback. Ethical considerations have been considered during data collection. All teachers took part in the study voluntarily and agreed their lessons to be recorded. The confidentiality and anonymity of the participants have been ensured. The link to the survey was sent to the corporate emails. 46 teachers participated in an anonymous online survey. The analysis of video recordings was completed according to observation protocol for constructive verbal feedback influenced by observation protocols for formative assessment dimensions by Cisterna and Gotwals (2018). Our protocol consisted of four different levels of constructive feedback practice (1 being the lowest and 4 being the highest). Level 1 indicated the absence of teacher’s verbal feedback, while level 2 implied evaluative feedback where teachers had used very general and ambiguous comments like “Good job”, “Correct” or “That’s not the right answer”. Level 3 verbal feedback was mainly descriptive, focusing on the task completion, however, being not completely constructive and stimulating. The highest level of verbal feedback practice (level 4) was described as purely descriptive and specific with elaborated comments that stimulates students’ learning. Each level received respective score (1-4). Three researchers independently analysed the videos using the lesson observation protocol and the means of their scores was used to evaluate teachers’ overall oral feedback practice. The observation protocol has been designed in cooperation and discussed by all researchers before the lesson analyses to ensure validity and reliability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of video recordings has revealed that the mean score for teachers’ overall oral feedback practice was 2.6, which indicates that feedback there is room for improvement in providing more detailed and constructive feedback to students. Teachers usually gave more evaluative feedback compared to descriptive one. When giving feedback, they mostly responded with the words “Good”, “good job”, and “correct” as well as conveyed it through gestures. This observation suggests that teachers should focus on enhancing their oral feedback practices by providing more specific and elaborated feedback that would help students understand about the ways to improve their learning. Findings from the survey demonstrate that more than half of the respondents agree that constructive feedback is time-consuming to conduct effectively. The majority of the teachers admitted that they did not take notes of the student’s progress. 43% of the teachers acknowledged that they lacked knowledge of effective feedback providing techniques, whereas the half believed in having sufficient constructive feedback skills. References Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7-74. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969595980050102 Cisterna, D., & Gotwals, A. W. (2018). Enactment of ongoing formative assessment: Challenges and opportunities for professional development and practice. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 29(3), 200-222. Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning: A Synthesis of 800+ Meta-Analyses on Achievement. London: Routledge Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81-112. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487 Karaman, P. (2021). The Effect of Formative Assessment Practices on Student Learning: A Meta-Analysis Study. International Journal of Assessment Tools in Education, 8(4), 801-817. https://doi.org/10.21449/ijate.870300 Karimi, M. N., & Asadnia, F. (2015). EFL Teacher’s Beliefs About Oral Corrective Feedback and their Feedback-providing Practices Across Learners’ Proficiency Levels. Teaching English as a Second Language Quarterly (Formerly Journal of Teaching Language Skills), 34(2), 39-68. Kim, Y., & Mostafa, T. (2021). Teachers’ and Students’ Beliefs and Perspectives about Corrective Feedback. In H. Nassaji & E. Kartchava (Eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Corrective Feedback in Second Language Learning and Teaching (pp. 561–580). chapter, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Lyster, R., & Saito, K. (2010). Oral feedback in classroom SLA: A meta-analysis. Studies in second language acquisition, 32(2), 265-302. Wisniewski, B., Zierer, K., & Hattie, J. (2020). The power of feedback revisited: A meta-analysis of educational feedback research. Frontiers in psychology, 10, 3087. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Unpacking Assessment and Feedback: International Student’s experience during postgraduate study 1University of Birmingham, United Kingdom; 2University of Northampton, United Kingdom; 3University of Wolverhampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Assessment and feedback are fundamental aspects of student experience in higher education as a measure of progress and achievement, and a central tenant of learning and engagement. Assessment and feedback play a pivotal role in increasing student knowledge and understanding, developing key skills, and promoting motivation and academic advancement. The ever-increasing number of international students in higher education, representing a significant percentage student body, necessitates focused consideration of their experience of assessment and feedback. The research-based paper provides evidence based on the investigation of international students, and presents their voices in relation to the lived experience of assessment and feedback. The research focussed on elements of student experiences with regard to assessment and feedback, addressing the following Research Questions: RQ 1- What do students currently encounter in terms of assessment and feedback? RQ 2- How can we evolve assessment and feedback strategies to enhance the experience for international students? The research utilised an interpretivist paradigm, concentrating on the perspectives of the respondents to develop knowledge of their experience and interpretation of this. Unlike research paradigms which primarily aim to universalise results, interpretivist research focuses on understanding the viewpoints of participants within their specific settings. It acknowledges that these viewpoints and behaviours are dynamic, altering based on temporal and situational factors. This facilitates the contrasting of outcomes across different time frames or locales (Cohen et al., 2017). Higher Education needs to be ever responsive to technological innovation, pedagogical shifts, and the increasing diversity of the student body. The role of assessment and feedback within higher education remains central, acting as both a measure and a driver of student learning and engagement. Dr Katherine Hack, principal adviser in teaching and learning at the Higher Education Academy (HEA), stated that assessments and feedback are two of the most influential tools teachers have to direct and support learning (Advance HE, 2022). Indeed, assessment and feedback are an inherent and significant part of a student’s experience, and the prominence of this is captured annually in surveys such as the National Student Survey (NSS) for undergraduates (NSS) and the Postgraduate Taught Experience Survey (PTES). As such, continually re-evaluating and refining assessment and feedback, to align with the changing educational environment, is essential to keep practices contemporary and responsive to the student body and experience. International students account for a notable percentage of postgraduate students across Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) worldwide, and represent a wide array of cultural and educational backgrounds. The difficulties for students needing to navigate an unfamiliar culture are well documented (Haider, 2018; Xie et al, 2019). Simultaneously, international students must also navigate new assessment and feedback practices as part of the transitional journey to Higher Education Institutions (HEIs), often in a different country. This presents a unique set of challenges, academic and cultural, adding an additional layer of complexity to an already nuanced landscape. HEIs are faced with the task of ensuring that their assessment and feedback practices are inclusive and equitable catering to a diverse student body. The Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) began embedding equality, diversity, and inclusion (EDI) in its subject benchmarks in 2021, in the UK. This was part of a wider commitment to promoting EDI across HEIs, and to ensure that all students have an equal opportunity to succeed. This requires a continued commitment to academic rigour while adapting to the evolving needs and expectations of a diverse student body. This requirement can be applied globally, as HEIs seek to ensure that EDI is integrated within assessment and feedback. The paper seeks to investigate how this can be achieved.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed methods approach was utilised, and two research instruments were devised for the investigation: 1- Online questionnaire 2- Face to face focus groups An online questionnaire served as the initial tool for gathering qualitative data, with the aim of enabling a detailed examination of individual perspectives and an assessment of collective viewpoints within the sample (Clark et al., 2021). Countering the prevalent misconception that qualitative research lacks numerical components, Sandelowski (2001) argued that numeric data can play various roles affecting both the structure of the research and its ultimate categorisation. On this basis some numerical data was drawn upon to contextualise and inform the findings and analysis, and as an indicator of the respondent's experiences. The questionnaire consisted of both fixed-response and open-response items. Fixed-response questions enabled respondents to select options that best suited their specific circumstances, whereas open-response questions offered the opportunity for more detailed personal reflections. The specific questions were informed by preliminary dialogues with international students on postgraduate courses. The questions were aligned with the Research Questions, but also sought to identify and provide opportunities for respondents to include details of their lived experiences. 101 students, undertaking postgraduate study in three universities, responded to the detailed questionnaire, and the data was systematically analysed and key themes identified. Following on from the questionnaire, face-to-face focus groups were then undertaken to gather qualitative data, aimed at a nuanced exploration of individual viewpoints, as well as the aggregated opinions of the participants (Kamberelis and Dimitriadis, 2013). The framework for the focus groups included both pre-defined discussion themes and open-ended questions, allowing respondents to elaborate on their unique perspectives and experiences. Thematic analysis of the focus group transcripts was carried out. The themes were subsequently examined, and cross-referenced against pertinent statistical data and research based findings. The individual viewpoints, perceptions and experiences of the respondents are included in the paper, to ensure that their distinct 'voices' are captured and highlighted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research-based paper aims to contribute to a growing body of knowledge on assessment and feedback in Higher Education, with a specific focus on international students. Utilising a qualitative approach that incorporates data collected via questionnaire and focus group, the research provides a range of insights regarding how international students experience and perceive assessment and feedback during their postgraduate courses. The research contributes to academic discourse, and offers practical insights for HEIs and academics moving forwards in providing effective provision for an increasingly diverse and global student population. The research contributes to narrowing the research gap identified, and the need for a nuanced understanding of assessment and feedback practices in higher education settings for international students. By offering a multi-faceted view that considers transitional experiences, individual preferences and challenges, and emotional impacts, the research provides a richer, more complex understanding of assessment and feedback. It underscores the need for higher education institutions to adopt a more adaptive, personalised, and emotionally intelligent approach to enhance the student experience of assessment and feedback. The research adds depth and breadth to the existing literature by highlighting key considerations that need to be addressed when working with international students, and places the international student at the forefront. This provides a student voice and perspective that emphasises their particular needs, concerns and challenges. The research provides recommendations and a six phased template that could be utilised in the design and implementation of higher educational assessment and feedback provision for international students, across global HEIs. References Arthur, N. (2017) Supporting international students through strengthening their social resources. Studies in Higher Education, 42(5), 887–894. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2017.1293876 Baughan, P. (2021) Assessment and Feedback in a Post-Pandemic Era: A Time for Learning and Inclusion. Advance HE. Cook, D.A., and Artino, A.R. (2016) Motivation to learn: an overview of contemporary theories. Medical Education. 50(10), 997–1014. Chew, E. (2014) “To listen or to read?” Audio or written assessment feedback for international students in the UK. On the Horizon. 22(2), 127–135. Dawadi, S., Shrestha, S., and Giri, R. A. (2021) Mixed-Methods Research: A Discussion on its Types, Challenges, and Criticisms. Journal of Practical Studies in Education, 2(2), 25-36 DOI: https://doi.org/10.46809/jpse.v2i2.20 Grainger, P. (2020) How do pre-service teacher education students respond to assessment feedback? Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education. 45(7), 913–925. Haider, M. (2018) Double Consciousness: How Pakistani Graduate Students Navigate Their Contested Identities in American Universities. In Y. Ma & M. A. Garcia-Murillo, eds. Cham: Springer International Publishing, pp. 107–125. Henderson, M., Ryan, T and Phillips, M (2019) The challenges of feedback in higher education, Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 44:8, 1237-1252, DOI: 10.1080/02602938.2019.1599815 Koo, K., and Mathies, C. (2022) New Voices from Intersecting Identities Among International Students Around the World: Transcending Single Stories of Coming and Leaving. Journal of International Students. 12(S2), 1–12. Lomer, S., and Mittelmeier, J. (2023) Mapping the research on pedagogies with international students in the UK: a systematic literature review. Teaching in Higher Education. 28(6), 1243–1263. McCarthy, J. (2015) Evaluating written, audio and video feedback in higher education summative assessment tasks. Issues in Educational Research, 25(2), 153-169. http://www.iier.org.au/iier25/mccarthy.html Oldfield, A., Broadfoot, P., Sutherland, R and Timmis, S (nd) Assessment in a Digital Age. University of Bristol, Graduate School. https://www.bristol.ac.uk/media-library/sites/education/documents/researchreview.pdf Schillings, M., Roebertsen, H., Savelberg, H., Whittingham, J., Dolmans, D. (2020) Peer-to-peer dialogue about teachers’ written feedback enhances students’ understanding on how to improve writing skills. Educational Studies. 46(6), 693–707. Winstone, N.E., Nash, R.A., Parker, M., and Rowntree, J. (2017) Supporting Learners’ Agentic Engagement With Feedback: A Systematic Review and a Taxonomy of Recipient Processes. Educational Psychologist. 52(1), 17–37. Xie, M., Liu, S., Duan, Y., Qin, D.B. (2019) “I Can Feel That People Living Here Don’t Like Chinese Students”: Perceived Discrimination and Chinese International Student Adaptation H. E. Fitzgerald, D. J. Johnson, D. B. Qin, F. A. Villarruel, & J. Norder, eds. , 597–614. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 10 SES 13 A: Symposium: Principles Travel. Context Matters. Collaboration Transforms. Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Maria Assunção Flores Session Chair: Maria Assunção Flores Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Principles Travel. Context Matters. Collaboration Transforms. National governments and international organizations have made expanding access to well-prepared, effective teachers a central focus in national educational reforms (Akiba 2013). The U.N Sustainable Development Goal #4 makes providing students with access to highly-trained, professional teachers a global priority. Teacher education is now often scrutinized by national policy makers who often look to other nations for models that can be replicated e.g. (Sahlberg 2011). Yet, in the end, such policy borrowing often fails to achieve the goal of profound change in teacher education. Reform efforts are typically stymied by deeply institutionalized national differences in national public school organization, university structure, or cultures of instructional practice (Baker and LeTendre 2005; Tahirsylaj, Brezicha et al. 2015) In addition, the politicized nature of teacher educational reform (Tatto and Menter 2019), and the complex forces that affect teacher education policy debates (Wang, Odell et al. 2010; Earley, Imig et al. 2011) often means that the reforms must be sufficiently robust to survive contentious and rapidly changing political environments. In this session scholars from Norway, Sweden and Hungary will present papers that document changes in teacher education in that originated from collaboration with the iSTEP (Inquiry into the Stanford Teacher Education Program) Institute. They will show how the iSTEP Institute served as a reform catalyst that embedded and transformed key institutional components (universities, classrooms and school governance) of teacher education in each nation. The analysis from these three nations provides a new approach to transforming educational institutions in order to reform and improve teacher education. Each of the three national case studies demonstrates the diversity of national educational environments in which the iSTEP Institute network has spread. They show how local actors used the network to transform heterogenous sets of institutions and allowed the core principles to be effectively instantiated in teacher preparation and professional development. Within each national case study, the authors address key points regarding the restructuring of teacher education, the influence of national political contexts around teacher reform, and the unintended issues that arose in adapting the program. In addition to the three national case studies, one paper will provide background on how the iSTEP Institute was designed. This includes a foundation of key principles of powerful and effective teacher preparation developed over several decades by scholars such as Darling-Hammond (Darling-Hammond 1997; Darling-Hammond 2012; Shulman 1986) and others (Ladson-Billings 1995; Oakes, Lipton et al. 2018). During meetings and workshops of the iSTEP Institute participants explored the knowledge base of effective teacher preparation in their nations, including the key design features, while simultaneously utilizing the in-situ practices of the Stanford Teacher Education Participants were encouraged to consider the application of the fundamental theory- and research-based propositions to their own local, regional, and national contexts. For the teams from Norway, Sweden and Hungary, this inquiry and collaborative reflection resulted in the development of a set of norms and processes for transforming teacher preparation in their home institutions. They identified organizational linkages in anticipation of the need for local accommodations, while preserving core processes of change based on a shared value orientation around educational equity. This unique functioning of the iSTEP Institute stimulated us to refine the theory of a reform catalyst. Theory-driven transformation in teacher education is not new (see McLaughlin and Mitra 2001) but a true catalysts imbeds and transforms. Rather than requiring fidelity to the diffusing innovation (see (Rogers 1995), the network supports ongoing research that allows the innovation to evolve and to produce the kinds of visible improvements so critical to engaging teachers in change efforts (Hattie 2012). References Åstrand, B. (2017). Swedish teacher education and the issue of fragmentation: Conditions for the struggle over academic rigour and professional relevance. In Hudson, B. (Ed.), Overcoming fragmentation in Teacher Education Policy and Practice (pp. 101-152). Cambridge University Press. Presentations of the Symposium Understanding iSTEP as a Reform Catalyst
This paper locates the iSTEP institute within the broad literature on global educational reform (e.g., Baker & LeTendre, 2005; (Darling-Hammond 2010) and teacher education (Tatto and Menter 2019). The transnational diffusion of the of the iSTEP Institute follows a collaborative, “grass-root” pattern, and the success of this diffusion suggests that efforts to reform teacher education need to be centered on key principles that are identified by both research and practice and are then elevated to a central theoretical status, leaving room for practical variation based on local conditions, national policies, and other contextual factors. We document that engagement of local practitioners as active researchers is critical to successful change efforts. As Kim, 2019 wrote: “In many ways, however, the ubiquitous challenge of bridging the divide between a controlled efficacy trial and a real-world effectiveness trial compels scholars to rethink the role of practitioners in experimental research.” However, this alone is not a sufficient condition for diffusion. The explicit focus on equitable access to learning for all students provides a unifying vision as well as a central metric to assess implementation success.
The genesis of the iSTEP Institute and its founding principles focused participants on key pedagogical choices and decisions which they then applied to their own national context. Members began to connect with teacher educators around the world, and the evolution of a loose network of participant collaborators further opened up insights about how to adapt and apply the principles in differing national contexts. This ongoing, trans-national interaction sparked the realization that there is, in fact, a foundational set of principles of powerful teacher education (PTE) that draw from a substantial (yet evolving) body of research that can be applied globally. But that the instantiation of the core principles in practice requires a set of processes in order to adapt material and address differences in culture and the organization of schools as well as professional learning in different local and national contexts. This paper distinguishes between principles, processes, and practices and the relevance and influence of context, providing examples of how the broader project dealt with conflict or concerns about changes wrought by local adaptation.
References:
Baker, D. and G. LeTendre (2005). National Differences, Global Similarities: World Culture and the Future of Schooling. Stanford, CA, Stanford University Press.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2010). The Flat World and Education. New York, Teachers College Press.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2012). Powerful Teacher Education: Lessons from Exemplary Programs. San Francisco, CA, Jossey-Bass.
Hattie, J. (2012). Visible Learning for Teachers. New York, Routledge.
Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). "Toward a Theory of Culturally Relevant Pedagogy." American Educational Research Journal September.
Sahlberg, P. (2011). Finnish Lessons. New York, Teachers College.
Shulman, L. (1986). "Those Who Understand: Knowledge Growth in Teaching." Educational Researcher February 4-14.
Tahirsylaj, A., et al. (2015). Unpacking Teacher Differences in Didaktik and Curriculum Traditions: Trends from TIMSS 2003, 2007, and 2011. Promoting and Sustaining a Quality Teacher Workforce. G. LeTendre and A. Wiseman. New York, Emeral: 147-195.
Tatto, M. and I. Menter, Eds. (2019). Knowledge, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education. New York, Bloomsbury Academic.
Wang, J., et al. (2010). "Understanding Teacher Education Reform." Journal of Teacher Education 61: 395-402.
Reform in teacher education in Norway: iSTEP
Several national evaluations have pointed to severe challenges in Norwegian teacher education, particularly regarding fragmentation and disconnect to practice (Norgesnettrådet 2002, Norwegian Agency for Quality Assurance in Education [NOKUT] 2006, Lid 2013, Finne, Mordal et al. 2014, Advisory Panel for Teacher Education [APT] 2020). To meet these concerns, in addition to the restructuring reforms referred above, during the last years, several reforms have been implemented in Norwegian teacher education. At present, there are four main pathways to become a teacher in Norway. All pathways have a designated national curriculum, but common for all Norwegian teacher education is the emphasis on programs that are “integrated and relevant for the profession, and research- and practice-based” (i.e., national curriculum for 5-year integrated secondary master’s program (KD 2013).
In this paper, we will focus on the University of Oslo which provides two of the national pathways to teaching in Norway, the 5-year integrated lower and upper secondary master’s program, as well as the one-year add-on program. In the time leading up to the reform, the programs at the University of Oslo met substantial critique from its candidates, echoing national and international critique on teacher education, and arguing it was too fragmented and disconnected to the profession. The critique was uttered in internal seminars and evaluations, but culminated in 2010, with several pamphlets in public university newspapers.
Faculty at the teacher education program at the University of Oslo had been considering reforming the program, and a visit to iSTEP in 2010 provided the catalyst needed to begin the reform work. In the years leading up to reform, and through the reform implementation, faculty worked to redesign their overall program and its constituent parts. This included developing an international comparative research project looking at coherence and linkage to practice in teacher education. The group who attended iSTEP included faculty from pedagogy and subject didactics, teacher candidates, and school partners who jointly developed a pilot model for teacher education which was implemented in the fall of 2012. This process also served as a starting point for professionalizing teacher education. As a result of the iSTEP process, faculty developed the CATE study (Coherence and Assignments in Teacher Education) which was funded by the Norwegian Research Council in 2012-2017 and investigated eight teacher education programs around the world.
References:
Advisory Panel for Teacher Education [APT] (2020). Transforming Norwegian Teacher Education: The Final Report for the International Advisory Panel for Primary and Lower Secondary Teacher Education, NOKUT.
Finne, H., et al. (2014). Oppfatninger av studiekvalitet i lærerutdanningene 2013 [Perceived study quality in teacher education 2013]. Trondheim, Norway, SINTEF.
KD (2013). Forskrift om rammeplan for PPU for trinn 8-13.
Norgesnettrådet (2002). Evaluering av allmennlærerutdanningen ved fem norske institusjoner. Rapport fra ekstern komité. Norgesnettrådets rapporter.
Norwegian Agency for Quality Assurance in Education [NOKUT] (2006). "Evaluering av allmennlærerutdanningen i Norge 2006. Del 1: Hovedrapport [Evaluation of general teacher education in Norway 2006. Part 1: Main report]." from http://www.nokut.no/Documents/NOKUT/Artikkelbibliotek/Norsk_utdanning/Evaluering/alueva/ALUEVA_Hovedrapport.pdf.
Renewing teacher education in Hungary
The reform context in Hungary was affected by the Hungarian government movement to reduce the number of early school leavers to less than 10 percent by 2020. The University of Miskolc took part in the Project EFOP-3.1.2-16-2016-00001, entitled “Methodological renewal of public education to reduce early school leaving” project that supported the measures to reduce early school leaving. This project focused on renewing the content of teacher training and in-service training to facilitate a change in pedagogical approach. Within this project, researchers focused on “methodological training of teachers to prevent early school leaving without qualification.” One major professional development aspect was Complex Instruction (CI).
Complex Instruction sought to implement the specific professional content of interventions according to the needs of institutions. Complex Instruction supports the prevention of school leaving via a rich set of professional tools and services. Complex Instruction helped to improve the organizational culture of schools and, on the other hand, to increase the student retention capacity of schools by expanding the methodological repertoire of teachers. This led to the initial connection with the iSTEP program.
Hungary provides an example of how the iSTEP Institute worked as a catalyst in a country characterized by a fractious political environment and contentious debates about university curriculum. It provided commitment to embedding the principles into a program context. The iSTEP Institute provided a new focus on practice-based teacher education that served as a catalyst for advancing practice-based teacher education throughout Hungary. Despite the challenging socio-political context, the focus on equity -- derived from the foundational Complex Instruction Program -- was retained. Faculty began working to establish strong relationships with schools – a novelty in the Hungarian context and indicative of the power of the network to transform existing institutional arrangements. The Institute also served to elevate a norm for high-quality PD for teacher mentors and strengthen coherence between the university curriculum and teaching practices in schools.
References:
Project EFOP-3.1.2-16-2016-00001
Tightening Coursework and Clinical work: A Math, Science and Technology Teacher Education Program in Sweden
In Sweden, university-based teacher education programs have been the dominant path to teaching since the late 1970s. In 1977, a period of higher education reform transferred teacher education from teacher education colleges to higher education institutions (Furuhagen et al., 2019). In January 2020, teacher education programs were offered by 27 out of a total of approximately 50 higher education institutions (HEIs) in Sweden. The majority of HEIs are public authorities. There have been frequent teacher education reforms in Sweden—program structure and curriculum were reformed in 1988, 2001, and 2011 (Åstrand, 2017). The reforms are founded on different ideas on “the contents and aims of teacher education” (Furuhagen et al., 2019, p. 795). The 2001 reform was based on an ideal of a general teacher while the 2011 reform resulted in separate programs and degrees for class (grades 1-3 or 4-6) and subject teachers (grades 7-9 and upper-secondary schools). Sweden faces a shortage of certified teachers and there is a demand for alternative routes to teacher certification.
Within this reform context, the University of Gothenburg began by establishing an innovative teacher education program with the neighboring municipality, the City of Gothenburg. A key element of success was the establishment of a joint commitment to integrating the work of schools and the university. Representatives from municipal government became involved in facilitating connections between the university and schools where teacher education candidates were placed. The partners evinced a depth of commitment to subject matter pedagogy and to the continued evolution of teacher education policy and reform in Sweden. In reflection, iSTEP catalyzed a promotion of the principles of powerful teacher education and helped to integrate these into policies and practices in the Swedish context.
The collaborative project documented in this chapter was designed to build a teacher education program guided by the core principles of a program vision, coherence and opportunities to enact practice. It is our understanding that these principles, as elaborated by Klette and Hammerness (2016), mainly refers to conceptual coherence as defined by Hammerness (2006). A basic assumption in our work is that collaborative institutional arrangements—structural coherence—facilitate conceptual coherence, i.e. support the establishment of a program in which faculty, teachers and principals have a common understanding of good teaching and learning and where students’ opportunities to enact practice are strong and lively.
References:
Åstrand, B. (2017). Swedish teacher education and the issue of fragmentation: Conditions for the struggle over academic rigour and professional relevance. In Hudson, B. (Ed.), Overcoming fragmentation in Teacher Education Policy and Practice (pp. 101-152). Cambridge University Press.
Furuhagen, B., Holmén, J. & Säntti, J. (2019). The Ideal Teacher: Orientations of Teacher Education in Sweden and Finland after the Second World War. History of Education, 48(6), 784–805.
Klette, K. & Hammerness, K. (2016). Conceptual Framework for Analyzing Qualities in Teacher Education: Looking at Features of Teacher Education from an International Perspective. Acta Didactica Norge, 10(2), 26–52
Hammerness, K. (2006). From Coherence in Theory to Coherence in Practice. Teachers College Record, 108(7), 1241–1265.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 10 SES 13 B: Teacher Education for the "Real World" Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Kristina Kocyba Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Identifying Challenges to Sexuality Teacher Education: Mapping 'Relationships, Sex and Health Education' Initial Teacher Training in England University of Lincoln, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Sexuality education can have a range of positive impacts when delivered by competent and trained teachers in ways that are responsive to the contextual factors shaping young people’s needs (Pound et. al., 2017). However, a common problem across European contexts and beyond is lack of adequate pre-service preparation and continuing professional development for teaching sexuality education in the classroom (O’Brien 2021). In their study of the WHO European region, Ketting et. al. (2021) found that it is only in Estonia, Finland and Sweden that most or all pre-service teachers receive sexuality teacher education. Studies based in the USA (Costello et. al., 2022), Canada (Almanssori, 2022) and Australia have examined in greater detail the consequences of lack of teacher preparation, including low knowledge and self-efficacy. In several European studies, including Austria (2018), Spain (Martinez, 2012) and Ireland (Lodge et. al, 2022), similar shortcomings in sexuality teacher education were found. However, international evidence also highlights the positive impact that high-quality teacher education and CPD can have on student’s experiences of sexuality education (Ezer et. al., 2022; Brodeur et. al, 2023).
Many patterns observable across the European teacher education landscape are present in the English context, such as the pressure to impose a more uniform, standardised and centralised control in the name of accountability, measurement and standards (Livingston & Flores, 2017). Echoing other European studies, the 2 most relevant English studies of sexuality teacher education (Dewhurst, Pickett & Speller et. al. 2014; Byrne, Shepherd & Dewhirst et. al. 2015) found that teacher educators ascribed high levels of importance to preparation for pre-service teachers, but also significant limitations in the range of topics covered, and that sex and relationships-related areas were deprioritised amidst other health and wellbeing topics.
There are several factors that make England a distinctive case within the European context of sexuality teacher education. In 2019, ‘Relationships, Sex and Health Education’ (RSHE) became statutory in English primary and secondary schools, in theory creating a higher status and priority for sexuality education within teacher education. However, in 2021, a ‘Market Review’ of teacher education called for a transition from ‘initial teacher education’ to ‘initial teacher training’ (ITT) and established a standardised ‘Core Content Framework’ for ITT, leaving little room for subject areas that typically sit on the margins of the curriculum like sexuality education (Hordern & Brooks, 2023).
The ‘’Mapping RSHE ITT” study responds to these changes, capitalising on a period of transition to highlight current barriers and places where ITT-delivering institutions are adapting and innovating. The primary aim of the study is to map how ITT-providing institutions in England are preparing pre-service primary and secondary school teachers to deliver RSHE, using a national survey, follow-up interviews and observations of teaching on RSHE delivered to trainee teachers on the programmes (further methodological details below). The study also aims to utilise England as a national ‘case’ within the wider European context to identify convergences and divergences with wider patterns of change in teacher education/sexuality education policy and practice across Europe. The study explores and makes visible effective practice while illuminating the numerous barriers faced by teacher education leaders. The Research Questions for the project are:
This paper will report on findings of the study, with data currently undergoing analysis at time of writing (for methodological details see below). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on and extends the mixed-methods approach taken by Byrne, Shepherd & Dewhirst et. al., including a national questionnaire, follow-up interviews and observations of teaching. The study utilizes an explanatory sequential design (Creswell & Plano Cark, 2011), in which quantitative data and results provide a general picture, which is then refined, extended or explained through qualitative data analysis (Subedi, 2016). A questionnaire was designed and refined in dialogue with a steering committee comprised of key local and national stakeholders and policy makers, including the Department for Education and the Sex Education Forum. A key named contact was acquired from the UK government’s published list of 188 accredited ITT providers (reduced to 170 providers after applying relevance criteria). These named contacts were emailed to establish who the most appropriate individual to complete the questionnaire within their organisation would be. This required some negotiation given the wide range of ways oversight of RSHE is structured within the ITT sector. 40 respondents in total completed the questionnaire (23% response rate). Findings were informally analysed in order to refine the semi-structured interview schedule. 11 45-minute semi-structured interviews were conducted with survey respondents. Interviews were recorded, transcribed and pseudonymised. All interview participants were given the option to have an element of their provision observed. 3 observation sessions of ITT teaching were recorded. Each type of data was analysed separately as part of the explanatory sequential design. Analysis was carried out step-by-step, following the sequence of the data collection procedure (surveys, interviews, observations). Each type of data was analysed independently and then synthesized. Survey data was analysed using standard descriptive statistics (i.e. counts and percentages). Interview transcripts were analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021) to identify themes using open coding and constant comparison. Fieldnotes from observations were analysed using principles from Phillip & Lauderdale’s (2017) ‘sketch note’ guides for using observational field notes in mixed methods studies. A synthesis of quantitative and qualitative data is currently being undertaken following Fetters, Curry & Creswell’s (2013) framework of ‘data integration’, mapping the ‘confirmation’, ‘expansion’ and ‘discordance’ of different sources of data. This involves separate analysis being carried out by the PI and a Research Assistant then refining analyses together. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of writing, data analysis is still being completed. Expected conclusions to be drawn from the data analysis will include: • A map of the consistency, quality and extent of provision of RSHE ITT in England. • Comparisons with other European contexts. • A deeper understanding of the challenges facing the sector. • Fine-grained picture of initial teacher educator’s perceptions of their programmes. • Examples of best practice and innovation. • Strategies for adapting to changes in policy environment, including intensification of time constraints. • Accounting for where the greatest needs for support are for teacher educators. • Potentialities for change in policy and practice, both in England and beyond. • Identification of further research needs. Overall, the study aims to provide an evidence base that can support a range of possible changes to enrich and expand sexuality education teacher training where needed, with the potential for adaption and application in other national contexts and identify ways that this evidence base could be improved going forward. References Almanssori, S. (2022). A feminist inquiry into Canadian pre-service teacher narratives on sex education and sexual violence prevention. Gender and Education, 34(8), 1009–1024. Brodeur, G., Fernet, M., & Hébert, M. (2023). Training needs in dating violence prevention among school staff in Québec, Canada. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1129391. Byrne, J., Shepherd, J., Dewhirst, S., Pickett, K., Speller, V., Roderick, P., Grace, M., & Almond, P. (2015). Pre-service teacher training in health and well-being in England: The state of the nation. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(2), 217–233. Creswell, J. W., & Clark, V. L. P. (2011). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. SAGE. Depauli, C., & Plaute, W. (2018). Parents’ and teachers’ attitudes, objections and expectations towards sexuality education in primary schools in Austria. Sex Education, 18(5), 511–526. Dewhirst, S., Pickett, K., Speller, V., Shepherd, J., Byrne, J., Almond, P., Grace, M., Hartwell, D., & Roderick, P. (2014). Are trainee teachers being adequately prepared to promote the health and well-being of school children? A survey of current practice. Journal of Public Health, 36(3), 467–475. Ellis, V. (Ed.). (2024). Teacher Education in Crisis: The State, the Market and the Universities in England. London: Bloomsbury. Ezer, P., Fisher, C. M., Jones, T., & Power, J. (2022). Changes in Sexuality Education Teacher Training Since the Release of the Australian Curriculum. Sexuality Research and Social Policy, 19(1), 12–21. Fetters, M. D., Curry, L. A., & Creswell, J. W. (2013). Achieving Integration in Mixed Methods Designs—Principles and Practices. Health Services Research, 48(6pt2), 2134–2156. Hordern, J., & Brooks, C. (2023). The core content framework and the ‘new science’ of educational research. Oxford Review of Education, 49(6), 800–818. Korolczuk, E., & Graff, A. (2018). Gender as “ebola from Brussels”: The anticolonial frame and the rise of illiberal populism. Signs, 43(4), 797–821 Livingston, K., & Flores, M. A. (2017). Trends in teacher education: A review of papers published in the European journal of teacher education over 40 years. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(5), 551–560. Martínez, J. L., Carcedo, R. J., Fuertes, A., Vicario-Molina, I., Fernández-Fuertes, A. A., & Orgaz, B. (2012). Sex education in Spain: Teachers’ views of obstacles. Sex Education, 12(4), 425–436. O’Brien, H., Hendriks, J., & Burns, S. (2021). Teacher training organisations and their preparation of the pre-service teacher to deliver comprehensive sexuality education in the school setting: A systematic literature review. Sex Education, 21(3), 284–303. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper “RIoNI”: a Research-Training to Enhance Outdoor Education in Early Childhood Post Pandemic" University of Bari, "Aldo Moro" Italy Presenting Author:The post-pandemic scenario has led the world of education and instruction, including early childhood services, to adopt strong preventive measures to limit the spread of the SARS-cov-2 virus, including, first of all, interpersonal distancing (Porcarelli, Sardella, 2021). A possible response to the challenges of education in the complexity of the presented scenario has been recognized in the outdoor educational model, capable of combining education and attention to physical, psychological and relational well-being. Although this model has spread to the countries of Northern Europe in the first decades after the Second World War, it has only recently established itself in Italy. Taking up the scientific literature, it has emerged that outdoor education offers benefits compared to physical, emotional and cognitive development (Pezzano, 2016); improves the quality of life (Zelenski & Nisbet, 2014); stimulates ecological awareness and identity (Bardulla, 2006); reduces stress and promotes concentration (Bowler, Buyung-Ali, Knight & Pullin, 2010); and helps developing a sense of belonging to the world (Kaplan, 1995). The outdoor model, in the view of the beneficial effects presented, has become more and more innovative, making the most of the opportunities offered by being outdoors and identifying the external environment as a place of training (Farnè, 2015). This educational approach also requires the active participation of the subjects through the body and its movement, has brought back to the center of the development and learning processes the dimension of corporeality, adhering to recent ministerial documents (MIUR 2018; MIUR 2021) that have recognized in the body a vehicle of communication and knowledge. According to the same documents, the territory has taken a particular importance in the learning processes, being recognized as a place to exercise skills and expand educational experiences. Therefore, the outdoor educational model seems to respond both to what is required by ministerial documents and to the new needs dictated by the epidemiological emergency. Living in the society of complexity and uncertainty (Bauman, 2008; Morin, 2012) requires the early childhood professionals not to stop at their basic training, but to keep on training in the light of constant changes in order to be able to learn about new educational and training strategies and to implement their social and technical skills. The article examines the results of a research-training conducted in the kindergartens of the territory of Bari on the theme of outdoor education, in order to observe and improve the applicability/feasibility of this model to early post-pandemic education. The project, entitled "The Indispensable Proximity: Reorganize the Kindergartens in Safety" (RIoNI) was carried out with the aim of enhancing the outdoor educational model, especially following the healthcare emergency, that brought the need to enhance infection preventive measures in kindergartens through interpersonal distancing and the use of "bubbles", ie sections of a few children without the possibility of intergroup exchange. According to the findings, the RIoNI project aims to train educators and inform parents about the outdoor educational model, explaining the benefits of outdoor activities on emotional regulation, cognitive, physical and relational development of children. The project, moreover, in the light of the importance of the physical internal and external environment of the school on the learning processes and on the psychophysical and relational well-being (Plotka, 2016), aimed to rethink the organization of the available spaces (indoor and outdoor), for a better applicability of the proposed educational strategy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology chosen for the project RIoNI was the Research-Training (R-F) (Asquini, 2018); originally developed by CRESPI (Educational Research Centre on the Professionalism of Teachers), it is aimed in particular at schools and teachers and is oriented towards the training/transformation of educational and didactic action and the promotion of teacher reflexivity. R-F is an empirical research methodology that requires the joint participation of teachers/educators and experienced researchers. In this regard, already Dewey (1899), supporting the model of the Inquiry approach and the school-laboratory, placed at the center of educational research the collaboration between researchers and teachers (Magnoler & Sorzio, 2012). The project, therefore, has seen the collaboration between the researchers of the University of Bari "Aldo Moro" and professional figures (educators and coordinators) operating in municipal kindergartens in the Bari area. Among the tools that have made possible the research in its different phases, we remember, the scale SVANI, scale for the assessment of the kindergarten (Harmes, Cryere & Clifford., 1990), the Italian vesion of ITER-S (Bassa Poropat & Chicco 2003), used to evaluate the quality of each kindergarten involved and compare the quality indicators of the target kindergartens and control; questionnaires to collect socio-demographic data; Maternal Sensitivity Scalem, used to detect the sensitivity of educators to the distress signals sent by children (Ainsworth, Bell, & Stayton, 1974); Bayley III rating scales: Socio-Emotional Scale + 4 areas (Communication, Play, Self-control, Social Behavior) of the Adaptive Behavior Scale, compiled by parents (Bayley, 2006); and the self-report Parenting Stress Index-Short Form (PSI-SF), aimed at investigating the stress in the relationship between child-educator and child-parent, following the pandemic (Abidin, 1995; Richard & Abidin, 1998). Specifically, the researchers of the University of Bari organized for the training of educators and information of parents with respect to OE, a series of distance learning meetings, in which they explained the educational model in nature, proposed a plurality of outdoor activities that can be experienced both at the kindergarten and at home, and illustrated the benefits of OE. Both educators and parents were also able to participate in training sessions run by medical staff, on the benefits of being outdoors with children for physical and mental health, followed by the periodic sending of "information pills" in-depth micro-videos on paediatric information to support participation in the project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study led to reflect and evaluate the applicability of the outdoor educational model through experimentation of the research-training project in early childhood services. Overall, the results of statistical analysis and feedback from kindergarten educators were encouraging, both in terms of the applicability of the outdoor experience model, than in terms of the benefits produced on children’s attentive skills and their skills of expression and behavior regulation in social interaction. The results of the research show that the kindergartens that have adopted this model have found significant benefits, suggesting that this strategy should be promoted and encouraged. The research also highlighted the need to support the training of professionals working in the world of education to enable them to implement pedagogical-educational and social skills needed to rethink and reorganize spaces and routines, for the integral development of children. The training of educators, in the field of design, has allowed, in fact, to investigate the previous knowledge of professionals with respect to the subject, overcome initial resistance and acquire skills, tools and methods of application of OE. In line with pedagogical literature, the outdoor educational model has proven to be an effective approach to learning and developing children, since it offers opportunities for movement, Social exploration and interaction that are critical for the healthy growth and development of children (Bento & Dias, 2017). In addition, outdoor learning can promote physical and mental health, reduce stress, and increase motivation (Kellert, 2005). References Abidin, R.R. (1995). Parenting Stress Index (3rd ed.). Odessa: Psychological Assessment Resources. Ainsworth, M. D. S., Bell, S. M., & Stayton, D. J. (1974). L’attaccamento madre-bambino e lo sviluppo sociale: la socializzazione come prodotto delle reciproche risposte ai segnali. In M.D.S. Aisworth (a cura di), Modelli di attaccamento e sviluppo della personalità. Milano: Raffaello Cortina. Asquini, G. (2018). La Ricerca-Formazione. Temi, esperienze, prospettive. Milano: FrancoAngeli. Bardulla, E. (2006). Pedagogia, ambiente, società sostenibile. Roma: Anicia. Bassa Poropat, M.T., & Chicco, L. (2003). Percorsi formativi nella valutazione della qualità. Bergamo: Junior. Bauman, Z. (2008). Vite di corsa. Bologna: Il Mulino. Bayley, N. (2006). Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development Third Edition. San Antonio, TX: Harcourt Assessment. Journal of Psychoeducational Evaluation, 25(2), 180-190. Bento, G., & Dias, G. (2017). The importance of outdoor play for young children's healthy development, Porto biomedical journal, 2(5), 157-160. Bowler, D.E., Buyung-Ali, L.M., Knight, T.M., & Pullin, A.S. (2010). A systematic review of evidence for the added benefits to health of exposure to natural environments, BMC Public Health, 10, 456, https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-10-456. Decreto Ministeriale, 2 febbraio 2018, Indicazioni Nazionali e Nuovi Scenari, https://www.miur.gov.it/-/indicazioni-nazionali-di-infanzia-e-primo-ciclo-piu-attenzione-alle-competenze-di-cittadinanza Decreto Ministeriale, 22 novembre 2021, n. 334, Linee pedagogiche per il sistema integrato zerosei, https://www.miur.gov.it/-/linee-pedagogiche-per-il-sistema-integrato-zerosei Farnè, R. (2015). Outdoor education. Zoom, 8(122), 84-87. Harmes T., Cryere D., & Clifford R.M. (1990). Scala per la Valutazione dell’Asilo Nido. Milano: FrancoAngeli. Kaplan, S. (1995). The restorative benefits of nature: toward an integrative framework. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 15(3), 169-182. Kellert, S. R. (2005). Nature and Childhood Development. In Kellert, S.R., Building for Life: Designing and Understanding the Human-Nature Connection (pp. 63–89). Washington: Island Press. Magnoler, P., & Sorzio, P. (2012). Didattica e competenze. Pratiche per una nuova alleanza tra ricercatori e insegnanti. Macerata: EUM. Morin E. (2012). La via. Per l’avvenire dell’umanità. Milano: Cortina. Pezzano T. (2016). Il paradigma pragmatista del giovane Dewey. In M. Baldacci, E. Colicchi (eds.), Teoria e prassi in pedagogia. Questioni epistemologiche. Roma: Carocci. Plotka, E. (2016). Better Spaces for Learning. London: RIBA. Porcarelli A., Sardella M. (2021). Esperienza, casi di studio, riflessioni critiche, proposte. Dirigenti Scuola, 40, 136-156. Richard, R., Abidin, R.R. (2008). PSI-Parenting Stress Index. Firenze: Giunti O.S. Zelenski, J.M., & Nisbet, E.K. (2014). Happiness and feeling connected. The distinct role of nature relatedness. Environment and Behavior, 46(1), 3-23. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Financial Education Coaches: An Initiative for the Joint Advancement of Teaching, Research, and Third Mission WU Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:Finance is a vital part of everybody’s life and dealing effectively with a wide range of financial challenges requires a level of financial literacy that many people lack. The OECD defines financial literacy to be a combination of financial ‘knowledge, awareness, skills, attitudes, and behaviour in order to make effective decisions across a range of financial contexts, to improve the financial well-being of individuals and society, and to enable participation in economic life’ (OECD 2014, 33). A high level of financial literacy contributes to a person’s financial stability, independence and well-being. People with a higher level of financial literacy know comparatively more financial products, use more sources of information for their financial decisions and have a nest egg set aside for a rainy day. They are less inclined to take out loans for short-lived purposes such as current bills, spontaneous purchases, gifts or a holiday (Silgoner et al. 2015, Stolper and Walter 2017, Lusardi 2019). Consequently, improving financial education at schools is at the heart of most national strategies all around the world. However, considering the high diversity of students, there is little empirical evidence on the didactic adequacy and effectiveness of financial education initiatives. In order to provide a tailored financial education program that really meets the needs of the respective audiences, an innovative initiative of training students of business education to become financial education coaches at schools has been developed at Vienna University of Economics and Business (WU). As coaches, they offer to teach financial education workshops at schools, customised to the needs of the students while taking the teaching conditions at the respective school into account. Teachers at secondary schools may request workshops within the framework of the initiative on the website of the Institute for Business Education. In addition to their contact details, school and class, the teachers provide information on the desired topic, the desired length and the desired time period of the workshop. Accordingly, coaches develop an individual workshop for each request from a school or teacher. The program has proven to be attractive not only for WU students who wish to enhance their financial knowledge and skills as well as their teaching abilities, but also for schools and teachers alike that aim to foster the level of financial education of their students. In creating a tangible impact in schools and society at large, the initiative contributes to a well-blended mix of third mission initiatives of a university. Yet, the program not only provides effective financial education for schools under consideration of the prevailing teaching conditions, but has also been evaluated from the very beginning of its implementation in order to closely examine the acceptance and effectiveness of the initiative. The actual effectiveness of the program has been assessed by means of an evaluation study that analyses the impact of the initiative on financial education coaches, teachers and students at schools while also analysing its recognition by society. Subsequently, this contribution presents the initiative, its theoretical framework and the evaluation results on the didactic adequacy and the effectiveness of the program, in particular its impact on research and teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The principles of the triangulation method were applied to evaluate the financial education initiative from various perspectives. Triangulation as a research method refers to the combination of different data, methods, theoretical perspectives and/or researchers (Döring/Bortz 2016). In this case, the evaluation study used data and methodological triangulation to evaluate the initiative of the financial education coaches at WU from the perspectives of all participants by applying different methods of empirical research (Denzin 1973, Cohen et al. 2017). Following the principles of method triangulation, a combination of qualitative and quantitative survey methods was selected in order to be able to infer results from the data that can be used for the further development of the initiative (Flick 2011, Döring/Bortz 2016). Therefore, the students were surveyed quantitatively by means of evaluation questionnaires, while guided interviews were conducted with the teachers and the financial education coaches. This mixed method approach allowed a combination of different methods and different types of data as well as the evaluation of different perspectives for a comprehensive and in-depth evaluation. The content structure was comparable across all the survey instruments. First, the participants were asked to express their assessments of financial education topics in general, which fostered the identification of general results on the importance and relevance of financial education. After this introduction, the workshops were evaluated, first by looking at the overall perception and at organizational aspects. Subsequently, the content and the relevance of the workshops for the students' future life were assessed in more detail. The sample comprised 360 pupils who participated in 20 workshops that took place at 13 different Viennese schools. For conducting interviews with the teachers of these students, all teachers who had requested the workshops were contacted. While 13 teachers were asked for interviews, unfortunately only three of them were willing to give an interview, even after repeated requests. In addition, all financial education coaches who held at least one workshop between November 2022 and January 2023 were interviewed. In total, 18 financial education coaches were interviewed, 14 of whom are female and four male. For the teachers and students, the evaluation was carried out verbally-interpretatively within the framework of qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz (2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the study show that the overall objective of the initiative is achieved: Students, teachers and financial education coaches give high ratings to the initiative and signal that they profit from it. The three perspectives overlap on experiencing financial education to be important and interesting. The three groups also share the belief that financial education should already be taught in school and, thus, anchored in the curriculum. The students feel that financial education is very relevant for their private everyday life, but they highlight that they receive too little financial education in school in order to become a responsible citizen. Teachers largely feel unable to teach financial education topics themselves and, therefore, willingly turn to the financial education coaches' initiative at WU. As far as the didactic approach is concerned, the study results show that lessons in a workshop format with short theory elements and longer application and exercise phases achieve the highest learning outcome of the students. Creative and complex methods with interactive and playful elements on financial education topics help students to recognize the relevance of the topics in their everyday lives and motivate them to participate in the workshops with high interest. Consequently, the initiative contributes to the positive development of society and, thus, to the third mission of WU by promoting financial education among students and teachers. At the same time, students of business education profit from the enrichment of their studies by boosting their own financial literacy and gaining more experience in teaching at schools. In addition, the initiative helps to collect data on financial literacy in Austria and to learn more about the levels of financial literacy among the young. In this way, the initiative has a threefold positive impact on teaching, research and the university’s third mission. References Cohen, Louis, Manion, Lawrence, and Keith Morrison. 2017. Research Methods in Education. London: Routledge. Denzin, Norman K. 1973. The Research Act: A Theoretical Introduction to Sociological Methods. New Jersey: Transaction Publishers. Döring, Nicola, and Jürgen Bortz. 2016. Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Sozial- und Humanwissenschaften. Berlin. Heidelberg: Springer Verlag. Flick, Uwe. 2011. Triangulation. Eine Einführung. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Kuckartz, Udo. 2012. Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Weinheim / Basel: Beltz Juventa Verlag. Lusardi, Annamaria. 2019. “Financial literacy and the need for financial education: evidence and implications.” Swiss Journal of Economics and Statistics 155/1: 1–8. OECD. 2014. “PISA 2012 Results: Students and Money: Financial Literacy Skills for the 21st Century (Volume VI)”, OECD Publishing. Silgoner, Maria, Greimel-Fuhrmann, Bettina, and Rosa Weber. 2015. “Financial literacy gaps of the Austrian population.” Monetary Policy & The Economy Q2/15: 35–51. Stolper, Oscar A., and Andreas Walter. 2017. “Financial literacy, financial advice, and financial behavior.” Journal of Business Economics. DOI 10.1007/s11573-017-0853-9 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 10 SES 13 C: Needs, Perceptions and Preparation of Teachers Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Stephen Heimans Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teaching as a Social Elevator? The Case of Germany and South Africa 1University of Passau, Germany; 2Stellenbosch University, South Africa Presenting Author:Historically, teaching has been regarded as a social elevator, offering upward mobility for individuals from non-academic households (e.g., for Sweden, Calander et al., 2003). Among ongoing arguments whether teaching may still hold such potential, there is limited knowledge regarding the relationship between academic background and other personal factors of future teachers, such as their career choice motives. This connection holds significance on several levels. Many countries face teacher shortages, so understanding the motivation of first-generation students is crucial for increasing the number of future teachers. On an individual level, career choices are decisions made under uncertainty, particularly when exploring options distinct from those personally known, e.g. due to parents’ occupations (Gottfredson, 2005). This uncertainty, coupled with the aspirations tied to upward mobility, may be more pronounced for first-generation students, hence the importance to acknowledge and explore their distinct motivational patterns. The potential of teaching for upward mobility can be linked to a number of factors. First, teaching is a visible academic career: Gottfredson (2005) argues that to choose a career, one has to have this specific occupation within their cognitive map of occupations. For most occupations, this depends on the context a person lives in, but teaching is an profession that can be found on nearly everybody’s occupational map. The second factor is accessibility. Historically, teachers did not need to study at an expensive university – at least for elementary school teachers – as teacher training could be done at less expensive teacher’s colleges (for Switzerland e.g. Schohaus, 1954). Similarly, the social valuation is not seen as prohibitively high. High status might make a profession seem “too difficult for [students] to enter with reasonable effort or […] pose too high a risk of failure if they try” (Gottfredson, 2005, p. 79). Whether the potential for upward mobility can be used is dependent on personal factors. In a study of educational trajectories of German students whose parents have low educational degrees, Legewie (2021) identifies four personal network factors leading to upward mobility or non-mobility: support with academic efforts, encouragement, support with solving problems, and role models. The career choice of teachers can be assessed using FIT-Choice, an internationally established framework that assesses perceptions about the teaching profession (e.g. social status and salary of teachers) and motives for choosing the profession (e.g. intrinsic motivation, subject centered motivation, Richardson & Watt, 2006, 2016). Career choice motives are known to differ between countries (Richardson & Watt, 2016) as structural conditions influencing career choice, While a FIT-Choice study has already been conducted in Germany (König & Rothland, 2012), data on South Africa is limited (du Preez, 2018). Thus, both career choice and social mobility might look different in a developing country like South Africa which can also be compared to a industrialised Western society which produce most of the literature about teacher’s career choice. This imbalance calls for collaborative, comparative studies that include countries from the Global South. For South Africa, for example, social mobility seems to depend heavily on parents’ educational background (OECD, 2018). Therefore, this research paper utilizes data from an international project for a comparative analysis of students from Germany and South Africa with respect to the occupational backgrounds of their parents. The study aims to address three main questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used [The project] is an international project coordinated by [partner], Germany, with participants from five countries. Participation was anonymous and voluntary. The project used an online version of the FIT-Choice questionnaire (Richardson & Watt, 2016). Data was collected during lectures so researchers could assist should questions arise. The South African questionnaire was handed out in English, but interpreters for Africaans were present to translate. In Germany, the questionnaire was administered in German. FIT-Choice consists of items concerning career choice motives (n=37) and beliefs regarding the teaching profession (n=13). The model was tested across all five countries using confirmatory factor analysis with robust estimators (R Core Team, 2020; Rosseel, 2012) with acceptable results (career choice motives: RMSEA = 0.035, SRMR = 0.060, χ2/df = 2,28; beliefs: RMSEA = 0.048, SRMR = 0.055, χ2/df = 3,67; construct reliability of scales = 0.63 – 0.92; all factor loadings significant with p < 0.001; see Schermelleh-Engel, Moosbrugger, & Müller, 2003). The educational background of parents was measured by a scale based on an expanded version of the UNESCO ISCED-2011 scale (Unesco, 2012), ranging from 1 (“no schooling completed”) to 11 (“doctorate degree”) for both mother and father. A level of seven indicated at least a college degree or a degree from a university of applied sciences; all higher levels indicated university-related degrees. Students were put into three groups: A) 48% had no parents with an education level of 7 or above on our scale (meaning they are the first-generation students) B) 27% had one parent with a level of 7 or above (meaning they come from a family with mixed educational backgrounds) C) 24% had both parents with a level of 7 and above (meaning they come from a family where higher education is common). The data was analyzed using quantitative method (t-tests, χ2-tests, ANOVAs). All analyses were conducted in R and SPSS. Levene tests were used to test for variance homogeneity and robust estimators were used when necessary. The data used for this analysis included the datasets from South Africa (n = 142) and Germany (n = 211) that were taken from a larger sample of n = 1157 cases. The average year of birth was 1998 for German and 1999 for South African students (t(322.009) = -5.791, p < 0.001). In total, 88.4% of the participants were female, with no significant differences between the countries. Participants were within their first terms of teacher training. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There were no significant variances between the educational background of participants from both countries, nor regarding gender or age. Regarding their motives, all groups followed a specific trend, so variation stayed limited. The perceptions social status and teacher morale and the salary were assessed higher by group A while the motives shape future of children/adolescents, make social contribution and subject specific motivation were highest among group C, leading to a more extrinsic pattern in group A compared to C. Variance between Germany and South Africa was more pronounced. Eight out of twelve motives were different, as were two of the four perceptions. South African participants scored higher for all motives except time for family and scored higher on expert career, while Germans valued salary higher. This is in line with previous research and reflects the country's favorable socioeconomic conditions for teachers (Author 2020). With 48% first generation students, the study indicates that in both countries, teaching can still serve as a social elevator. First-generation students consistently rating teachers' social status and salary higher than other students illustrates that those are rated in comparison with other occupational options: As group A’s occupational landscapes presumable hold less other academic, well-paying, high-status professions, teaching is comparatively rated higher. The role of extrinsic motives is disputed. They may negatively affect intrinsic motivation (Deci, Koester & Ryan, 1999) and indeed, higher perceptions of salary and social status among first generation students were accompanied by lower intrinsic values. Nevertheless, they still exhibited high absolute values on intrinsic motives, indicating they possess intrinsic motivations as well (Author, 2020). Furthermore, the importance of extrinisic factors for students from less well-off backgrounds can’t be disputed. Thus, amid teacher shortages, emphasizing both intrinsic and extrinsic benefits of the occupation could be a way to expand the teacher workforce. References Author (2020). Author et al. (2022). Calander, F., Jonsson, C., Lindblad, S., Steensen, J., & Wikström, H. (2003). Nybörjare på Lärarprogrammet. Vilka är de? Vad vill de? Vad tycker de? [Beginners in the Teacher Education Program. Who are they? What do they want? What do they think?]. Uppsala: Pedagogiska Institutionen. Deci, E. L., Koestner, R., & Ryan, R. M. (1999). A meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 125(6), 627–668. du Preez, M. (2018). The factors influencing Mathematics students to choose teaching as a career. South African Journal of Education, 38(2). DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.15700/saje.v38n2a1465 Gottfredson, L. S. (2005). Applying Gottfredson's Theory of Circumscription and Compromise in Career Guidance and Counseling. In S. D. Brown & R. W. Lent (Hrsg.), Career development and counseling. Putting theory and research to work (pp. 71–100). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley. König, J. & Rothland, M. (2012). Motivations for choosing teaching as a career: effects on general pedagogical knowledge during initial teacher education. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 289–315. DOI: 10.1080/1359866X.2012.700045 Legewie, N. (2021). Upward Mobility in Education: The Role of Personal Networks Across the Life Course. Social Inclusion, 9(4), 81–91. DOI:https://doi.org/10.17645/si.v9i4.4612 OECD (2018): A broken social elevator? How to promote social mobility. URL: https://read.oecd.org/10.1787/9789264301085-en R Core Team. (2020). R: A language and environment for statistical computing. R Foundation for Statistical Computing. Retrieved from https://www.R-project.org/ Richardson, P., & Watt, H. (2006). Who Chooses Teaching and Why? Profiling Characteristics and Motivations Across Three Australian Universities. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 34(1), 27–56. Richardson, P., & Watt, H. (2016). Factors Influencing Teaching Choice: Why Do Future Teachers Choose the Career? Volume 2. In J. Loughran & M. L. Hamilton (Eds.), International Handbook of Teacher Education (pp. 275–304). Singapore: Springer Singapore. Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling: Version 0.5-21. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. Schermelleh-Engel, K., Moosbrugger, H., & Müller, H. (2003). Evaluating the fit of structural equation models: Tests of significance and descriptive goodness-of-fit measures. Methods of Psychological Research-Online, 8(2), 23–74. Schohaus, W. (1954). Seele und Beruf des Lehrers [The soul and the profession of teachers]. Frauenfeld: Huber & Co. UNESCO (2012): International Standard Classification of Education 2011. URL: https://uis.unesco.org/sites/default/files/documents/international-standard-classification-of-education-isced-2011-en.pdf 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Uncovering Relationships Between Formal and Informal Learning: Unveiling the Mediating Role of Basic Need Satisfaction and Challenge Seeking Behaviour 1The Education University of Hong Kong; 2The University of Hong Kong; 3The Chinese University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Existing studies have demonstrated the critical roles of either formal or informal learning in bolstering teachers’ professional performance, personal welfare, and the resultant student outcomes (Kyndt et al., 2016). However, most current studies address these two constructs separately, rendering the relationship between them ambiguous, which has caused a biased understanding of workplace learning (Kyndt et al., 2016). To bridge this gap, we integrated self-determination theory (SDT) and job redesign theory to explore the influencing mechanisms of formal learning on informal learning. Teachers’ formal learning refers to experiences derived from school-organized/endorsed or institutionally sponsored learning programs aimed at fostering their professional development (Feiman-Nemser, 2012). Their informal learning means teachers’ self-initiated learning behavior aimed at addressing their professional development needs (Kyndt et al., 2016) or resolving work-related issues (Hoekstra and Korthagen, 2011). Informal learning activities can be categorized into five types consisting of four types of interactive learning activities, including learning through media, colleague interaction, stakeholder interaction, and student interaction, and the fifth type is reflecting on practice (Huang et al., 2020). The overall impact of formal learning on informal learning has been theoretically and empirically confirmed (Choi and Jacobs, 2011). Individuals with more formal education and training experience have been found to devote more time to self-directed learning activities and engage in more informal learning activities (Rowden, 2002). Therefore, we postulated that teacher perceived formal learning would positively influence teachers’ five types of informal learning activity. The critical role of basic need satisfaction to informal learning is firstly supported by the self-determination theory (SDT). SDT posits that there are three basic psychological needs: autonomy, competence, and relatedness. SDT asserts that individuals with basic need satisfaction will exhibit a high level of autonomous motivation and initiate more learning activities (Deci et al., 2017). SDT also proposes that the workplace context, including provided formal learning opportunities, is pivotal in influencing individuals' basic need satisfaction (Deci et al., 2017). While few studies have directly explored the relationship between teachers' formal learning and basic need satisfaction, indirect evidence suggests that teacher-perceived formal learning opportunities can fulfill their three basic needs by augmenting teachers' knowledge, skills (Richter et al., 2014), autonomy (Castle, 2004), and perceived relatedness (Barrable and Lakin, 2020). we posit that teachers’ basic need satisfaction mediates the impact of perceived formal learning on different types of informal learning activity. The job redesign theory has emphasised the crucial role of individuals’ job redesign behaviour, especially challenge seeking behaviour, in their learning behaviour and working performance (Zhang and Parker, 2019). Individuals who are seeking challenges such as new skills acquisition or innovative practice generation will have a high level of informal learning motivation and engage in different types of informal learning activity (Lazazzara et al., 2020). Moreover, formal learning can enhance individuals’ self-efficacy and augment their professional knowledge and skills (Richter et al., 2014). Consequently, individuals with boosted confidence and perceived control of working are more inclined to seek additional challenges, such as undertaking more tasks or responsibilities. Drawing from the literature, we believe that teachers’ challenge seeking behaviour mediates the impact of teacher-perceived formal learning on their different types of informal learning activity. Given that individuals’ challenge seeking behaviour largely depends on their autonomous motivation (Lazazzara et al., 2020), we posited that teachers’ challenge seeking behaviour serves as a sequential mediator between their formal and informal learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our sample consisted of 1,886 primary and secondary school teachers from Gansu and Yunnan provinces in southwest China. Each participant received a WeChat link to a consent form and an online questionnaire from their school principal. A 7-item professional learning opportunity subscale of the 2020 North Carolina Teacher Working Conditions Survey (North Carolina Department of Public Instruction, 2020) were used to assess the perceived formal learning opportunity. These items were scored ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree). All other variables were scored on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (never) to 5 (always). Teachers’ basic need satisfaction. The 16-item Work-related Basic Need Satisfaction Scale developed by Van den Broeck and colleagues (2010) was used to assess the teachers’ basic need satisfaction. Challenge seeking behavior. The 5-item subscale of increasing job demands behavior developed by Tims et al. (2012) was used to examine teachers’ challenge seeking behavior. Informal learning activity. Teachers' informal learning activity was evaluated using the Informal Teacher Learning Scale (Huang et al., 2022). The 19-item scale has 5 dimensions. To test the construct validity of the studied variables, we first conducted confirmatory factor analysis (CFA). Following the CMV test, descriptive statistical analysis was used to determine the means and standard deviations of the variables investigated, as well as their Spearman’s correlations. Then, a measurement model encompassing all eight variables was built. To test the hypothesis model, structural equation modelling (SEM) was used with maximum likelihood (ML) as the estimator. As the CFI and TLI values were greater than .90 and the RMSEA and SRMR were less than .08, the model fit was regarded as acceptable. Bootstrapping procedures with 2,000 samples were performed to verify the mediation effect. Mplus 8.3 software was used to conduct all of the analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our study generates two main findings: 1. Teachers perceived formal learning opportunity functions in various ways to promote different informal learning activities. Formal learning was found to directly promote teachers’ interactive informal learning activity. Given that interaction with colleagues, stakeholders, and students is the most common content involved in formal learning, these activities may easily permeate and influence teachers’ daily learning activity. However, regarding learning through media and reflection, the impact of formal learning was only through basic need satisfaction and challenge seeking behaviour. 2. Both teachers’ basic need satisfaction and challenge seeking behaviour were found to be critical mediators, with the latter having a stronger relationship with teachers’ informal learning. We found that formal learning can boost teachers’ challenge seeking behaviour. By accessing cutting-edge theories and alternative pedagogy through formal learning, teachers are inclined to take on more challenges or implement teaching experiments. Further, the strength of the associations between challenge seeking behaviour and most informal learning was very high except for learning through colleagues. This may because colleague interaction resides in a school’s culture as well as individual teachers’ motivation and initiation (Grosemans et al., 2015). Regarding the mediating role of basic need satisfaction, our results indicate that it only mediated one-third of the effect of perceived formal learning opportunity on challenge seeking behaviour. This finding is noteworthy given recent research suggesting that motivation is the core mediator of the impact of job resources on individuals’ job redesign behaviour (Zhang & Parker, 2019), with basic need satisfaction potentially explaining this relationship (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). However, our study reveals that teachers’ challenge seeking behaviour may be significantly influenced by their interaction with supportive conditions, such as available resources and engaging research projects, rather than being predominantly dependent on teachers’ basic need satisfaction. References References (abridged) Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands–resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. Castle, K. (2004). The meaning of autonomy in early childhood teacher education. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 25(1), 3–10. Choi, W., & Jacobs, R. L. (2011). Influences of formal learning, personal learning orientation, and supportive learning environment on informal learning. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 22(3), 239–257. Deci, E. L., Olafsen, A. H., & Ryan, R. M. (2017). Self-determination theory in work organizations: The state of a science. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 4(1), 19–43. Feiman-Nemser, S. (2012). Teachers as learners. Harvard Education Press. Grosemans, I., Boon, A., Verclairen, C., Dochy, F., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Informal learning of primary school teachers: Considering the role of teaching experience and school culture. Teaching and Teacher Education. Hoekstra, A., & Korthagen, F. (2011). Teacher learning in a context of educational change: Informal learning versus systematically supported learning. Journal of Teacher Education, 62(1), 76–92. Huang, X., Lee, J. C. K., & Frenzel, A. C. (2020). Striving to become a better teacher: linking teacher emotions with informal teacher learning across the teaching career. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 1067. Huang, X., Lin, C. H., Sun, M., et al. (2022). Metacognitive skills and self- regulated learning and teaching among primary school teachers: The mediating effect of enthusiasm. Metacognition Learning, 17, 897–919. Kyndt, E., Gijbels, D., Grosemans, I., & Donche, V. (2016). Teachers’ everyday professional development: Mapping informal learning activities, antecedents, and learning outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1111–1150. Lazazzara, A., Tims, M., & de Gennaro, D. (2020). The process of reinventing a job: A meta–synthesis of qualitative job crafting research. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 116, 103267. North Carolina Department of Public Instruction. (2020). North Carolina teacher working conditions survey. Retrieved from https://nctwcs.org Richter, D., Kunter, M., Klusmann, U., Lüdtke, O., & Baumert, J. (2014). Professional development across the teaching career: Teachers’ uptake of formal and informal learning opportunities. In Teachers’ professional development (pp. 97-121). Brill. Rowden, R. (2002). The relationship between workplace learning and job satisfaction in US small to midsize businesses. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 13, 407–425. Tims, M., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2012). Development and validation of the job crafting scale. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 80(1), 173-186. Zhang, F. F., & Parker, S. K. (2019). Reorienting job crafting research: A hierarchical structure of job crafting concepts and integrative review. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 40(2), 126–146. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 11 SES 13 A: School Education: Various Approaches to Students' Skill Development Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Daiga Kalniņa Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Effectiveness of Ways of Working With Text Types to Increase Students' Functional Literacy NIS, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:One of the most urgent problems observed in the educational process is the low functional literacy of students. Developing functional literacy in young people is one of the planned steps in the education system in the age of modern education and technology. This is because the main indicator in the educational system is the performance of tasks based on reading literacy, which is analyzed, summarized, and evaluated at a comparative level around the world. In this regard, it is important that students can sort the knowledge and information they have acquired and apply it to their needs in life. That is why every teacher needs to form skills with professional, public, and scientific information to increase reading literacy by working with students' functional literacy tasks in their subject. Our research aims to create a person who, paying attention to the environment, not only understands the changes in the environment but also decides based on them. We sorted and interpreted the surrounding information, selected information, and considered ways to implement it. Expected result: - Pupils will be able to determine the purpose of the text and distinguish its form; - Know the basic sequence of working with text; - Make logical connections using their knowledge and ideas; - Learn to critically reflect and formulate; - Learn to evaluate the ability to use skills in life situations; - Read information selectively and think logically; - Quickly overcome difficulties and obstacles encountered in life; - Know how to solve problems and communicate in the implementation of their ideas. Functional literacy is the knowledge and skills formed by a person adapting to the social environment as a result of connecting school education and the multidisciplinary activities of a person in everyday life. The main feature of functional literacy is the ability to solve life problems based on applied knowledge in various areas of a changing society [1]. Functional literacy is considered to be the main factor contributing to lifelong learning, which overcomes the obstacles faced by people in the cultural, political, social, and economic spheres and finds solutions through creative ideas. That is why functional literacy shows the highest potential in society. This is to prevent our society from getting out of the social crisis in some directions. In the PISA program, texts on personal (30%), social (30%), educational (25%), professional (15%) topics must be selected to form public opinion in accordance with their needs in life. As PISA coordinator, Andreas Schleicher strongly supports this approach, emphasizing the importance of Pisa in providing a comprehensive assessment of how well education systems are preparing students for real challenges[6]. Another aspect to consider when developing a task should be in a system that emphasizes the search, selection, integration and interpretation of Information, Analysis and evaluation. Together with our colleagues, we discussed the topic: "how to improve the reading literacy of students?"we will discuss the issue""." We were looking for an answer to the question and conducted an informal professional conversation. During a professional conversation, we decided that the problem can be solved by changing from the level of understanding and knowledge to the level of analysis, discussion, decision-making. A series of lessons on general topics:" biodiversity"," nature protection " was developed. We planned to use graphic and mobile texts during the lesson. Why were graphic texts chosen? This is because, through a collaborative approach, it is concluded that it will be more effective to work with graphic and moving text to develop reading skills, increasing reading literacy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used According to the feedback received from the students, there were a lot of graphic and moving texts in the last tests, and due to their lack of skills in their execution, they did not have enough time, so the development of their digital literacy skills was taken into account. Working with whole and non-whole texts and counting time were our main goals. In this regard, effective ways of working with non-complete, mixed, and complex texts, such as working with a graphic text or searching for an answer from a second text using a hyperlink, were considered for the students. And how do we achieve this? Of course, in order to achieve the results, we have chosen the methods, tasks, and resources to be performed in the process of the research lesson in order to obtain social and professional information so that they are available for our research purpose. Our goal is to form a relationship with the environment, to choose a future profession, to be ready for environmental and economic conditions, and it is based on the development of a self-directed person. The main goal of reading literacy is to interpret the information received by these students and apply it according to their needs in life. Linda Darling-Hammond echoes this sentiment, advocating for education systems that prioritize equity and learning for all students, ensuring a broad range of skills and knowledge are assessed and valued, much in line with the objectives of PISA [5]. The tasks aim to identify and evaluate the information provided in the text. In most cases, the advantages and disadvantages of the problem are compared. According to the study "Critical Reading Strategies" by Professor Vincent R. Ruggiero of the State University of New York, "before reading any text and relying on the information contained in it, everyone should use a four-step critical reading strategy: review, analyze, read, and evaluate." It is recommended to use this reading strategy in order to understand the information in the text in general. We determined the influence of the students' functional literacy development on the skills of analysis, collection, and interpretation of the information obtained by the "FILA", "GROW", "FISHBONE", "SWOT" methods. And we were also considering providing space for the thinking process by making a complete analysis of the information by describing the numerical information seen by the students and the collected information by speaking with graphic texts and pictures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings On the other hand, it is possible to get used to turning information from a whole text into a non-whole text by focusing on creative thinking such as "put it in a table, give a graph, convey the main idea with a picture". Entering the second text through a hyperlink, we integrated texts about the weather forecast with information about the environment or endangered animals into the task of searching for the answer to the question, and we worked with the moving text "find the answer to the question by visiting the link." In this regard, the grouping of geographical and biological knowledge was taken into account. We did not forget that the tasks aimed at execution by means of hyperlinks are often based on increasing the application of the knowledge gained in many other subjects in life, and the ability to search for information in accordance with the times is formed. The goal is that students should be able to use the time effectively to access the hyperlink and find the answer to the highlighted question. In tasks aimed at analyzing information in mixed texts, read and draw conclusions from different points of view and dual opinions. He can stop and compare the information he needs. This is the problem that we take into account when creating the main task and when creating open questions and interpretation and comparison questions. In order to create conditions for that, it is necessary to appropriately use questions at the level of constant analysis, application, and evaluation of the thinking process [4]. If the human world is functionally literate in the period of rapid development of technology in modern life, a person who is inclined to live and who can effectively use the acquired knowledge will be formed. References 1. International program PISA 2000, M.: Center for Quality Assessment of Education, IGSE RAE, 2003, p. 8 2. Methodological guide for the formation of reading literacy among students Nur Sultan-2020 3. Rozhdestvenskaya L., Logvinova I. Formation of functional reading skills. Teacher's manual. [Electronic resource]. URL: https://slovesnic.ru/attachments/article/303/frrozhdest.pdf 4. PISA Test Questions/URL: http://www.oecd.org/pisa/pisaproducts/pisa-test-questions.html 5. Darling-Hammond, Linda. "The Flat World and Education: How America's Commitment to Equity Will Determine Our Future," Teachers College Press, 2010. 6. Schleicher, Andreas. "PISA 2018: Insights and Interpretations," OECD, 2019. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Predictors of Schoolchildren's Agency: a Multilevel Model Higher School of Economic, Russian Federation Presenting Author:The contemporary "Age of Uncertainty” requires the ability to respond effectively to global challenges, such as climate change, economic instability and inequality, human rights violations, military-political conflicts, and pandemics, and others. In this context, the task of the formation of agency, that is, the ability to act and transform the surrounding reality, to make decisions and take initiative in various contexts and spheres of public and personal life without external control or support is becoming increasingly important for education systems (Manyukhina, 2022; Sorokin & Froumin, 2022). Agency is defined as the ability of an individual to act, exercising control over his/her life, the ability to set and achieve goals (Cavazzoni et al., 2021), proactively influence the environment, including the transformation of existing and the creation of new forms of interaction in various spheres of public life (Udehn, 2002). Agency is expressed in the ability to be an active participant, guiding and shaping one's life path (Schoon & Cook, 2021). It also implies the optimization of resources, overcoming or transforming constraints on the way to achieve self-set goals (Zimmerman & Ceary, 2006), both in individual subjective reality and in objective social reality. The variety of approaches to the definition of agency and the difficulties in unifying the methodology for measuring this construct are primarily due to its multidimensional (umbrella) character (Schoon & Cook, 2021; Schoon & Неckhausen, 2019). Education is extremely important from the point of view of the agency formation. The construct of agency is based on two components (Cavazzoni et al., 2021; Abebe, 2019; Veronese et al., 2019): personal characteristics ("self-efficacy", "personal autonomy", "optimism”, “self-esteem”, "internal locus of control"), and structural capabilities (socio-economic conditions, the territory of residence, the role of family, and the formal requirements of the institutions). This idea helps to understand the role of education in the formation of appropriate qualities and skills of schoolchildren in the learning process (Manyukhina, 2022). It is noted that institutional and pedagogical practices can contribute either to the expansion or limitation of the manifestation of agency (Ruscoe et al., 2018; Sirkko et al., 2019; Kirby, 2019). At the same time, educational practices that are implemented outside strictly formal school education, including the participation of schoolchildren in extracurricular activities and private lessons, can acquire special importance from the point of view of the formation of proactive behavior. A number of studies have shown that extracurricular activities make a significant contribution to the formation of such qualities as perseverance, independence, self-confidence, creativity, and social activity (Baker, 2008; Durlak, Weissberg, Pachan, 2010; Baharom et al., 2017). The students who study privately tend to practice longer, "smarter," and more efficiently as they establish practice objectives, maximize time and concentration through shorter but generally more productive practice segments (Hamann, Frost, 2000). At present, literature lacks tools for assessing agency of children and adolescents comprehensively, in various spheres of manifestation (Sorokin, Froumin, 2022; Cavazzoni, 2021). Also, there are no general models allowing to correlate different types and levels of children’s agency with individual and structural factors, including educational practices. The purpose of this study was to search for predictors of schoolchildren’s agency at the individual and school levels. Research questions: - What are the individual characteristics of students (gender, age, socioeconomic status, parental level of education, participation in private lessons, and extracurricular activities) are significant predictors of the agency level? - What significant predictors of agency level can be found at the school level (number of students, number of young teachers, proportion of students with low/high socioeconomic status, and others)? - How does the significance of these predictors change when they interact with each other? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data were obtained as a result of the survey of students in grades 4 to 8 (N = 4,603; Mage = 12.4, SD = 1.46; 49.7% female) conducted in 2022 in Yaroslavl, Russia. The population of Yaroslavl is about 600,000 people. The sample is representative of urban schools: a random stratified selection of schools was carried out, taking into account their size as a characteristic of the socio-economic status of an educational organization. A total of 31 schools were selected for the study. Among the study participants, 48.6% noted that the mother or stepmother has tertiary education, and 31.26% of the respondents have both parents with tertiary education. Next, 37.8% of the respondents have a father or stepfather with tertiary education. At the same time, 0.8% of the respondents noted that they do not have "this parent – mother or stepmother," and 5.8% of the respondents – "there is no parent – father or stepfather." Thus, it can be argued that the vast majority of the study participants live in full families, and 48.8% of the respondents live with a brother or sister. More than half of the respondents (65%) attend some extracurricular activities. Slightly more than a quarter of schoolchildren (28.7%) take private lessons. The questionnaires had special section aimed at assessing proactive behavior (agency). In particular, the respondents were asked whether their parents participated in choosing of extracurricular activities (or the decision was made solely by a child him- or herself), whether they tend to take the initiative and make decisions about everyday activities in the company of peers, how the decisions are made about joint activities with parents, and where from they obtain most of the money for their personal expenses (for instance, do they have a paid working experience). The respondents' responses for each category were ranked and as a result, a total integral indicator (agency index) was calculated, i.e., the level of agency for each respondent. Finally, the linear mixed regression model predicting the agency Index was built. The model encompassed both individual and school-level predictors and their interactions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the individual level, several predictors were found to be significant. Age positively predicted the Agency Index (B = 0.11, SE = 0.01, p < .001), meaning that as the age of the participants increased, their agency index scores also tended to be higher. Parents’ educational level, particularly the mother’s, was also a significant predictor of the Agency Index (B = 0.08, SE = 0.04, p = .033). Participation in private lessons (PL) and extracurricular activities (PEA) both were associated with a higher Agency Index (PL: B = 0.38, SE = 0.05, p < .001; PEA: B = 0.79, SE = 0.04, p < .001). However the students who took private lessons and also participated in extracurricular activities had a slightly lower Agency Index compared to those who only participated in extracurricular activities. At the school level, the number of young teachers was a significant predictor (B = 0.04, SE = 0.01, p < .001), suggesting that schools with more young teachers tend to have students with higher agency index scores. Other school-level predictors were not statistically significant. Cross-level interaction effects revealed a significant interaction between participation in extracurricular activities and the number of young teachers (PEA × Number of young teachers: B = -0.05, SE = 0.01, p < .001), indicating that the positive effect of extracurricular activities on the Agency Index decreased as the number of young teachers in a school increased. That is, schools with more young teachers had a reduced benefit of extracurricular activities for the Agency Index, whereas those with fewer young teachers had a more pronounced benefit. However, the Agency Index appears to be mainly an individual-level phenomenon, with only a minor portion of its variance being explained by differences between schools. In more detail the results will be presented on the Conference. References Baharom M. N., Sharfuddin M., Iqbal J. (2017) A Systematic Review on the Deviant Workplace Behavior. Review of Public Administration and Management, 5(3), 1–8. Baker C. N. (2008) Under-Represented College Students and Extracurricular Involvement: The Effects of Various Student Organizations on Academic Performance. Social Psychology of Education, 11(3), 273-298. Cavazzoni, F., Fiorini, A., & Veronese, G. (2021). How Do We Assess How Agentic We Are? A Literature Review of Existing Instruments to Evaluate and Measure Individuals' Agency. Social Indicators Research, 159(3), 1125-1153. Durlak J. A., Weissberg R. P., Pachan M. (2010) A Meta-Analysis of After-School Programs that Seek to Promote Personal and Social Skills in Children and Adolescents. American Journal of Community Psychology, 45(3). P. 294-309. Hamann D.L., & Frost, R.S. (2000). The Effect of Private Lesson Study on the Practice Habits and Attitudes Towards Practicing of Middle School and High School String Students. Contributions to Music Education, 27(2), 71–93. Kirby, P. (2019). Children’s agency in the modern primary classroom. Children & Society, 34(1), 17–30. Manyukhina, Y. (2022). Children’s agency in the National Curriculum for England: a critical discourse analysis. Education 3-13, 50, 506–520. Ruscoe, A., L. Barblett, and C. Parrath-Pugh. (2018). Sharing power with children: repositioning children as agentic learners. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 43(3), 63–71. Schoon, I., & Cook, R. (2021). Can individual agency compensate for background disadvantage? Predicting tertiary educational attainment among males and females. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 50(3), 408–422. Schoon, I., & Heckhausen, J. (2019). Conceptualizing individual agency in the transition from school to work: a socio-ecological developmental perspective. Adolescent Research Review, 4(4), 135–148. Sirkko, R., Kyrönlampi, T., and Puroila, A. M. 2019. Children’s agency: opportunities and constraints. International Journal of Early Childhood, 51(3), 283–300. Sorokin P. S., Froumin I. D. (2022) Education As a Source for Transformative Agency: Theoretical and Practical Issues. Voprosy Obrazovaniya / Educational Studies Moscow, 1, 116-137. Udehn L. (2002) The Changing Face of Methodological Individualism. Annual Review of Sociology, 28(1), 479–507. Veronese, G., Pepe, A., Cavazzoni, F., Obaid, H., & Perez, J. (2019). Agency via life satisfaction as a protective factor from cumulative trauma and emotional distress among bedouin children in Palestine. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 1674. Zimmerman, B. J., & Cleary, T. J. (2006). Adolescents’ development of personal agency. In F. Pajares, & T. Urdan (Eds.), Adolescence and Education (Vol. 5): Self-Efficacy Beliefs of Adolescents, 45-69. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 13 SES 13 A: Education and Everyday Utopias: A Quest for Educational Imaginaries Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Alison Brady Session Chair: Stefano Oliverio Symposium |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium Education and Everyday Utopias: A Quest for Educational Imaginaries Davina Cooper (2013, p. 3) describes an everyday utopia as a ‘form of attunement, a way of engaging with spaces, objects, and practices that is oriented to the hope, desire, and belief in the possibility of other, better worlds’. Departing from the conventional understandings of utopia as an abstract ideal yet to be attained, or a compensatory fantasy that makes the unideal present ‘liveable’, an everyday utopia can be understood as an orientation or a method (e.g. Bennett, 2001; Bloch, 200), enacted through experiments with new ways of living together that ‘stay with the trouble’ (e.g. Haraway, 2016). In this sense, everyday utopias must be thought of in terms of the concrete, embedded possibilities that reach towards an emergent future, as that which sits within a particular tension of latency and tendency, the imagined and the actualised. Crucially, everyday utopias are practical. They do not serve to deny or escape from the present but put into practice a set of values underpinned by commitments to organising – and routinising – new ways of living. Everyday utopias can be axiomatic in nature, insofar as these commitments may be regarded as fictional, nonexistent or impossible, but that nevertheless lend themselves to new imaginaries for living. Take the work of Jacques Rancière (1991) as an example, particularly his idea of acting on an axiom of equality. Rancière advises us to act as if people were equal in order to let what seems impossible appear in the here and now. Although the axiom itself is “theoretical” (in the conventional sense), it is also “practical”, insofar as it requires practical decisions and arrangements that confirm it, instead of some lofty, purely future-oriented declarations. Affirmation of a so-called “fictional” axiom involves more than simply a critical awareness of the impossible. Although critique is implicit in everyday utopias (e.g. they can reveal/contest prevailing social norms, unsettling commonsense appropriation of concepts), they also move us beyond any vague assurances of ‘future emancipation’. Rather, “everyday utopias might contribute to a transformative politics by sustaining what is’ (Cooper, 2013, p. 15). Naturally, this would not mean simply conserving the status quo, but might instead refer to (im)possible trajectories of the present invented and explored in the practices of speculative fiction (e.g. Stengers, 2015). Or it might involve sustaining what is, an affirmation of which requires an attitude of care and responsibility for our world, for protecting what is still worthwhile within it. In the case of education, everyday utopias therefore point towards a post-critical rather than critical orientations – a way to discern and preserve particular practices and to explore their future (im)possibilities, rather than an approach that exhausts itself in the debunking critique of the present. In this symposium, three papers converge to explore the existence and/or the possibility of everyday utopias in education. The first paper serves as an introduction to utopianism in educational theory and turns to the concept of performative utopias as connected to utopias in the everyday sense. The second paper asks what a renewed attunement to the present might mean for education, connecting this to Heidegger’s notion of “poetic dwelling” and the possibility of transformative politics in “making oddkin” on a damaged earth (Haraway, 2016). The third paper turns to the concept of “slow spaces” as an example of an everyday utopia that is possible (and yet threatened) in the modern university. References Bennett, J. (2001) The enchantment of modern life: attachments, crossings and ethics, Princeton, USA: Princeton University Press. Bloch, E. (2000). The spirit of utopia, A. A. Nasser (trans.), Standford: Standford University Press. Cooper, D. (2013). Everyday utopias: the conceptual life of promising spaces, USA: Duke University Press. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham: Duke University Press. Rancière, J. (1991). The Ignorant Schoolmaster (Kristin Ross, Trans.). Stanford (CA): Stanford University Press. Stengers, I. (2015) In catastrophic times, London: Open Humanities Press. Presentations of the Symposium Education After Critique: The Difficult Task of Practicing Impossible Futures
In this contribution, I examine the various ways that utopian thinking can reinvigorate educational practices following their radical critique. Departing from the meaning that debunking has for our ability to imagine and theorise possible forms of the social world other than the status quo, I contend that the more critique reveals fundamental structures of oppression, the more difficult it seems to oppose them, i.e. the more unimaginable resistance becomes. In other words, radical critique leads to the 'secondary naturalisation of the world' (Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2020) which eventually results in cynicism (Sloterdijk, 1987).
For that reason, radical critique is usually paired with utopia – especially in educational theory – as the hope-giving instance. I will refer to the work of Henry A. Giroux (1983; 2011) to make this case. Subsequently, from within this example, I will argue that working in the conditions “after critique” always relate to at least four ways of forming utopias (i.e. of forming our hope). Two of them ('totalitarian' and 'escapist' utopias) represent the reasons utopian thinking was itself an object of critique in the 20th Century. In order to reconstruct these, I refer to the arguments Hans Jonas (1984) laid out against Ernst Bloch (1995).
What Giroux proposes is a different kind of utopian thinking, however, which I refer to as 'debunked' utopia. Debunked critique pertains to utopias as regulative ideas for political struggle, insofar as they are aware of the injustices, inequalities, and oppression, and therefore function as an ontological expression of a gut-scream for justice, equality, and freedom. Given that these are so attached to the critique of the existing status quo, I argue that they are “utopias of the possible”, representing desires of the negative (desires for what’s not) rather than an alternative one would be able to affirm.
With Jacques Ranciere (1991), I reconstruct a fourth option of utopias that can be practised – namely, 'performative' utopias - where actors make what seems impossible (from the point of view of our critical knowledge about the world) happen here and now. In such cases, they act not against the existing status quo, but in spite of its existence, forming, in such a way, a particular breach in the existing order of things, a sphere of exception. I argue this understanding of utopia is crucial for theorising education today, examples of which can be found in “everyday utopias” explored in the subsequent papers.
References:
Bloch, E. (1995) The Principle of Hope. N. Plaice, St. Plaice, P. Knight transl. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press
Giroux, H.A. (1983). Theory and Resistance in Education. A Pedagogy for the Opposition. Massachusetts: Bergin & Garvey.
Giroux, H.A. (2011). On Critical Pedagogy. New York – London: Continuum.
Jonas, H. (1984). The Imperative of Responsibility. In Search of an Ethics for the Technological Age. Transl. H. Jonas, D. Herr, Chicago – London: The University of Chicago Press.
Rancière, J. (1991). The Ignorant Schoolmaster (Kristin Ross, Trans.). Stanford (CA): Stanford University Press.
Sloterdijk, P. (1987), Critique of Cynical Reason, transl. M. Eldred, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press
Vlieghe, J., Zamojski, P. (2020) Towards an immanent ontology of teaching. Leonard Bernstein as a case-study, “Ethics and Education” vol. 15 no. 1, s. 1-17, https://doi.org/10.1080/17449642.2019.1700444
Dwelling as Utopian Practice
Cooper’s (2013) everyday utopias can be taken as a call to reorient educational theory and practice towards a renewed engagement with the present. But how can attunement to the present be cultivated in and through education? How can the required openness to the unforeseen be conceptualised given the nature of education as a perpetual departure from ‘what is’ that requires normative direction?
To reflect on these questions, drawing mainly from Heidegger and Haraway, I connect Cooper’s idea of everyday utopia with the concept of ‘dwelling’. ‘Dwelling’ resonates with everyday utopias as practical attempts to not only think differently but to be in the world differently. For Heidegger, dwelling is attained through building for dwelling’s sake, which includes both cultivating (tending to and preserving our surroundings) and constructing (“raising up edifices” (Heidegger 1971, 145)). An education oriented towards ‘dwelling’ is not about creating a particular future, but about truly inhabiting the present moment with care, openness, responsiveness and responsibility; an engagement with the world that is educationally meaningful.
Keeping with the spirit of Cooper’s everyday utopias, ‘dwelling’ is not about the idea of ‘future emancipation’, but about authentic being and participation as means for present emancipation. Primordially connected to being, building that contributes to dwelling “corresponds to the character” (Heidegger 1971, 156) of things, responding to the inherent potentiality of Dasein. Heidegger uses the term ‘poetic’ to further elucidate the nature of ‘dwelling’ as authentic ‘presencing’ – both of the self and others. The poetic, following Heidegger, is about “the saying of the unconcealedness of what is” (71). As such, ‘dwelling’ is inherently utopian: it opens present avenues for transformation “by sustaining what is.” (Cooper 2013, 15)
Heidegger’s notion of ‘poetic dwelling’ resonates with Haraway’s call in 'Staying With The Trouble' (2016) for the need to be present in, with and “on a damaged earth” (2016, 2). This “requires learning to be truly present […] as mortal critters entwined in myriad unfinished configurations of places, times, matters, meanings” (1); it “requires making oddkin [through] unexpected collaborations and combinations” (5). Haraway allows us to conceptualise co-construction outside an anthropocentric idea of continuous progress through rational discourse. The commitment to ‘staying with the trouble’ is itself utopian (114). Haraway draws an arc between the educational (practical and theoretical), ethical and political aspects of dwelling (Stengel 2019), and connects to Cooper’s vision of everyday utopia as a form of transformative politics.
References:
Cooper, D. (2013). Everyday Utopias: The Conceptual Life of Promising Spaces. Durham: Duke University Press.
Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham: Duke University Press.
Heidegger, M. (1971). Poetry, Language, Thought. New York: Harper Colophon Books.
Stengel, B. S. (2019). Com-Posting Experimental futures: Pragmatists Making (Odd)Kin with New Materialists. Studies in Philosophy and Education 38(7), 7-29.
Utopias in Practice: Cultivating Slowness in the Modern University
Attenuating the modern logic of efficiency, several international “slow movements” have spawned. The most famous is perhaps the “slow food movement” (Petrini, 2005), but they also appear in tourism, art and cinema, urban design – and, indeed, in education (Berg and Seeber, 2016). For those advocating slowness, the growth of the so-called “edgeless city” is intimately connected to the thoughtlessness that characterises modern forms of consumption, where our capacity to dwell in such spaces is limited, and where we are left with a sense of dislocatedness and disenchantment. Slow movements are examples of what Cooper (2013) calls ‘everyday utopias’: they seek not merely to critique, but to put into practice a set of concrete actions underpinned by commitments that make possible alternative forms of living, alternative ways of engaging with worthwhile activities.
Lamenting the so-called “reading crisis” in modern society, Waters (2007) argues this relates not only to our failures to address structural inequalities but also the sense in which we no longer find time to engage in contemplative – or slow - forms of reading. Where reading is taught, it is in the form of “speed reading”, resulting in the reduction of literature to "graphs and charts". Waters asks: what happens if we go inside a book - becoming still, slow? These time-consuming practices produce a "deeply profound quiet that can overwhelm your soul, [in which] you can lose yourself for an immeasurable moment of time". To read literature is, indeed, "…to mess with time, to establish… its own rhythm.”
Waters’ (2007) argument might easily slip into a neo-Luddite critique of modern technology, particularly considering recent concerns around students’ use of AI tools/speed-reading apps. Although originally a critique of the accelerating forces of modernisation, the value of slowness in this paper points to existing contemplative practices in the university that enable heightened aesthetic or sensory experiences through which the possibility of fully immersing ourselves is allowed. It calls for the protection of these spaces - both physical study spaces threatened by the logic of efficiency with increased student numbers, the growth of digital resources etc. (e.g. Carnell, 2017; Mathews and Walton, 2014), as well as conceptual spaces that include ‘slow ways of thinking’. Slowness is also made possible through what Sedgwick (2002) calls reparative reading – an orientation that seeks to preserve rather than deconstruct the text, that instead requires radical receptivity, and that represents an example of a particular "utopia-in-practice”.
References:
Berg, M. and Seeber, B. K. (2016). The slow professor: challenging the culture of speed in the academy, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Carnell, B. (2017). Connecting university spaces with research-based education, Journal of Learning Spaces, 6 (2).
Cooper, D. (2013). Everyday utopias: the conceptual life of promising spaces, USA: Duke University Press.
Matthews, G. and Walton, G. (2014). Strategic development of university library space: widening the influence, New Library World, 115 (6/7), pp. 237-249).
Petrini, C. (2004). Slow food: the case for taste, USA: Columbia University Press.
Sedgwick, E. K. (2002), Touching Feeling, Durham, USAL Duke University Press, Durham.
Waters, L. (2007). Time for reading, The Chronicle of Higher Education, 53 (23).
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 14 SES 13 A: The Power of Belonging, Reimagining Landscapes of Uncertainty: Place, Space and Democratic Decision-making. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Deborah Ralls Session Chair: Carolina Coelho Symposium |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Symposium The Power of Belonging, Reimagining Landscapes of Uncertainty: Place, Space and Democratic Decision-making Facing an uncertain future, there are many reasons to embrace, and indeed develop, participatory approaches to planning and decision-making. In this symposium, we present three papers from separate projects, addressing different local concerns in a range of countries and contexts, but all support the participation of people who might otherwise be overlooked in understanding and developing educational settings. Moving from a focus on the classroom, to the school and then the city itself, we share an understanding of these spaces as undeniably physical and material, but with these more tangible aspects intertwined with, and made meaningful through, their social and cultural features.
The papers present methods and approaches that have succeeded in including children and young people, teachers and other school staff in place-based and spatial decisions. We demonstrate how, through these processes, people develop relationships that reduce feelings of uncertainty and build a greater sense of communal belonging and empowerment. The results of these initiatives include not only tangible changes to space and places, but also enhanced understandings of the contribution community-members of all ages, backgrounds and roles can make. Such collaborative approaches have the potential to create landscapes of collaborative democratic decision making, turning spaces of learning within and beyond the school into welcoming, inclusive places of belonging, caring and community.
Yet, in this symposium, we intend to look beyond immediate or local successes. We question what these experiences reveal about the relationship between such participatory approaches and the wider landscape of democracy, which itself appears under threat in these uncertain times. In the examples we present, local participation and wider democracy appear productively entwined (Percy-Smith, 2015), each contributing positively to the development of the other. We return to Arnstein (1969) and Hart’s Ladders of Participation to interrogate our own experiences.
Arnstein (1969) and Hart (1992) show how low levels of participation can reveal an absence of democracy. A Ladder of Participation model helps expose situations where those involved are fed a story of involvement while subject to ‘manipulation’ (Arnstein, 1969: 217). However, our research shows how we must also consider what is happening at the higher levels of participation in these models, and why it is happening.
Our findings illustrate how more equitable participatory processes seem sometimes to depend on the pre-existence of more democratic approaches in areas such as governance, pedagogy and curriculum. Yet, on other occasions, the participatory activity itself impacts positively on the development of democratic processes and places. Our research thus highlights the importance of focusing on the process of participatory decision-making, as well as the outcomes (Harris and Goodall, 2007). Reciprocal learning between professionals and those often excluded from place and space based decision making processes is a powerful tool in the development of place-making as a more relational, collaborative endeavour.
Thus, even when higher levels of participation in particular projects are achieved, perhaps supported by local democratic systems, there is a need to recognise the larger eco-systems at play and how these policies and practices may disempower not only the participants but also the organisers of the participatory activities.
Many researchers and practitioners working with educational systems will have experienced such issues, where our interests in research or engagement must be balanced, and may be in tension with, other expectations and intentions based on ‘thin consumer driven and overly individualistic forms’ of democracy (Apple, 2013, p.49) rather than “thick” collective forms of democracy based on consensus and community. We will draw on the diverse experiences presented in our paper to explore the challenges presented by such contested conceptualisations of democracy (Foner, 1998) and participation, and how these might be navigated. References Apple, M. W. (2013) Creating democratic education in neoliberal and neoconservative times, Praxis Educativa, XVII (2), 48-55. Arnstein, S. R. (1969). A ladder of citizen participation. Journal of the American Institute of planners, 35(4), 216-224. Foner, E. (1998). The story of American freedom, New York: Norton. Harris, A. and Goodall, J., (2007) Engaging parents in raising achievement – do parents know they matter? Department for Children, Schools and Families Research Brief. Hart, R. (1992) Children’s Participation: From Tokenism To Citizenship. Florence: UNICEF. Percy-Smith, B. (2015). negotiating active citizenship: Young people’s participation in everyday spaces. In: Kallio, K. P., and Mills, S. (eds.) ‘Geographies of Politics, Citizenship and Rights’. London: Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Engaging and Caring Spaces for Teachers and Children. Mediated Intertwinements of Pedagogy, Physical Space and IEQ
The importance of good indoor environmental qualities (IEQ) for wellbeing and learning in schools is well-researched, though mostly framed, measured, and treated technically (e.g., Haverinen‐Shaughnessy et al., 2011; Minelli et al., 2022). Less explored is the relation between pedagogical practices, physical school spaces, and IEQ and how these are intertwined and potentially improved through teacher training and collaboration (Bøjer & Rasmussen, 2024).
In this paper, we do a close examination of a small but exemplary project, where a recreation centre teacher, through minor physical and pedagogical interventions developed in collaboration with colleagues, transforms a malfunctioning computer space with bad acoustics and air quality into an engaging, inclusive, and caring space for both teachers and students.
The analysis will draw on socio-spatial perspectives of space and educational practice for an analysis of how aspects of IEQ (acoustics and air flow) and materiality (computers, walls, and chairs on wheels) entangle with the pedagogical practices and organisations of the room (Carvalho & Yeoman, 2018; Lai et al. 2020; Mulcahy et al., 2015). Moreover, it is framed by a literature review conducted in the research project (Bøjer & Rasmussen, 2024).
The analysis will exemplify how IEQ may be considered and supported pedagogically through teacher training, which would offer a more collaborative and participatory alternative to the dominant technical approach to IEQ in schools.
The paper is grounded in a Danish action research project connected to a new supplementary teacher training program aiming to educate teachers in matters of pedagogy, space, and IEQ and their interrelations. The paper will be based on qualitative data including visual and written material from presentations and reports about the teacher projects, observations and interviews with teachers, and quantitative IEQ measurement.
The project demonstrates the interrelated link between pedagogy, space, and IEQ and how thinking about and working with this interplay as collaborative, interwoven and interdependent can empower the teachers and thus create better and more democratic learning environments. Today, IEQ is mainly controlled by the school’s technical personnel, thus being unapproachable by teachers and students. Enhanced spatial competencies provides the teacher with more agency to (re)think space and IEQ pedagogically and make the required changes to secure a more aligned and democratic learning environment.
References:
Bøjer, B. & Rasmussen, L. R. (2024). The interplay between pedagogical practices, physical spaces, and indoor environmental quality in schools: A scoping study. (Manuscript submitted for publication).
Carvalho, L. & Yeoman, P. (2018) Framing learning entanglement in innovative learning spaces: Connecting theory, design and practice. British educational research journal 44(6), p.1120-1137 DOI: 10.1002/berj.3483
Haverinen‐Shaughnessy, U., Moschandreas, D., & Shaughnessy, R. (2011). Association between substandard classroom ventilation rates and students’ academic achievement. Indoor Air, 21(2), 121-131.
Lai, C., Huang, Y. X., & Lam, T. (2020). Teachers' socio-spatial practice in innovative learning environments. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(4), 521-538. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2020.1736003
Minelli, G., Puglisi, G. E., & Astolfi, A. (2022). Acoustical parameters for learning in classroom: A review. Building and environment, 208. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.buildenv.2021.108582
Mulcahy, D., Cleveland, B., & Aberton, H. (2015). Learning spaces and pedagogic change: Envisioned, enacted and experienced. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 23(4), 575–595. DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2015.1055128
Creative Methods to Make Experiences Visible and Develop Shared Ideas about Educational Spaces
The life of a school involves complex interactions of a diversity of people, acting sometimes as individuals and sometimes as groups, within a physical space. The connection between physical school settings and the activities that take place is not simple (Blackmore et al., 2011; Duthilleul et al., 2021), with the totality of the educational environment depending on organisational and social aspects, as well as physical and material resources, and the relationships and interactions these all support (Gislason, 2010; Woolner et al., 2022).
This is why collaborative investigation of school space, its use and design, can be beneficial. By raising awareness of the physical environment and sharing experiences of their activities within it, school communities can develop shared understandings that can improve cohesion and contribute to ideas for the future (Parnell, 2015). Using shared experiences of physical spaces to generate ideas is clearly suitable, drawing as it does on the practice of site visits in architecture, but research and practice also demonstrates the success of desk-based visual-spatial methods, using plans and images of school space (Woolner et al., 2010).
In this paper I will present methods developed through the CoReD project (project ref.: 2019-1-UK01-KA201-061954, 2019-22, https://www.ncl.ac.uk/cored/ ) to support such participatory approaches to understanding and developing school spaces. These activities, moving within spaces or discussing images, enable experiences to be shared and support the development of knowledge of the setting, perhaps opening minds to the potential of the specific site. Through considering the use of the methods (Bøjer and Woolner, 2024; Coelho, 2022; Sigurðardóttir et al., 2021), in a range of educational contexts, I will explore how the methods facilitate progress from initial recognition and articulation of experiences to the development of shared ideas.
I will then begin to consider the external circumstances that are needed to support the participatory design process through these stages. A key issue is what, if anything, in the material and social setting changes as a result of the collaborative approach. In relation to outcomes, it is notable that these processes occur within the constraints of existing structures, cultures and funding within the school and across the wider society.
References:
Blackmore, J.et al.(2011) Research into the Connection between Built Learning Spaces and Student Outcomes, Melbourne, Victoria.
Bøjer,B and Woolner, P.(2024) Creating ‘perfect’ new learning spaces: collaboration to align design and use In: AR. Costa and R. Cooper (Ed) Design for Education.
Coelho,C.et al.(2022). Survey on Student School Spaces: An Inclusive Design Tool for a Better School. Buildings, 12, 392.
Duthilleul, Y: Woolner,P: Whelan, A.(2021) Constructing Education: An Opportunity Not to Be Missed. Paris: Council of Europe Development Bank, Thematic Reviews Series.
Gislason, N.(2010). Architectural design and the learning environment: A framework for school design research. Learning Environments Research, 13, 127–145.
Parnell, R.(2015) Co-creative Adventures in School Design. In P. Woolner (Ed) School Design Together, London: Routledge
Sigurðardóttir,A.K.; Hjartarson,T.; Snorrason, A.(2021) Pedagogical Walks through Open and Sheltered Spaces: A Post-Occupancy Evaluation of an Innovative Learning Environment. Buildings, 11, 503
Woolner, P., Hall,E., Clark,J., Tiplady,L., Thomas,U. and Wall,K.(2010). Pictures are necessary but not sufficient: using a range of visual methods to engage users about school design Learning Environments Research 13(1) 1-22.
Woolner, P., Thomas,U. and Charteris,J.(2022). The risks of standardised school building design: Beyond aligning the parts of a learning environment, European Education Research Journal, 21(4): 627–644
Place-making Matters and Citizens of Now
Following the global pandemic, there has been increasing recognition of the levels of uncertainty facing children and young people and the urgent need for our national and local governments to become more responsive to the interests of the young, as demonstrated by initiatives such as the EU Strategy on the Rights of the Child (2021).
Drawing on findings from a 45-month international comparative research study, funded by the Leverhulme Trust, this paper suggests that although it is children and young people’s fundamental right to participate in matters that affect them (UN, 1989) this is often overlooked. The study indicates that policy making with children and young people at local and national level require the creation of spaces and places of belonging and collaborative, democratic decision making for our youngest citizens in their schools and local communities and shows how a Relational Toolkit can help.
The research took place across four case studies; learning spaces from Barcelona, Berlin, New York and Rio de Janeiro. The case studies come from diverse spaces and places, yet all their approaches clearly illustrate the belief that education is place making and vice versa, with a deliberate blurring of the boundaries between formal spaces of education and the students’ daily lives and experiences in their wider community. Their approaches show the potential for children and young people as expert decision makers and collaborators for fairer places.
The study uses relational theory (Holland et al, 1998, Warren et al, 2009) to better understand participant identities and the associated notions of power and positionality that emerge in times of uncertainty in urban education contexts. This paper highlights how socio-educational relationships can generate the type of ‘relational goods’ (interpersonal trust, emotional support, care and social influence) (Cordelli, 2015) required for more reciprocal relationships between policymakers, communities and children and young people.
One of the key findings of the research was the need to develop decision making spaces and places where children and young people have a feeling of “communal being-ness” (Studdert, 2005, p.5) now in the places where they live. As a result, the Relational Toolkit was developed. Using evaluation activities based on identifying relational outcomes, and a Ladder of Engagement adapted from the work of Arnstein (1969) and Hart (1992), the Toolkit deliberately challenges traditional conceptualisations of children and young people as future citizens and instead repositions them as power-full (Ralls et al, 2022) Citizens of Now.
References:
Arnstein, S., (1969) A ladder of citizen participation. Journal of the American Institute of Planners, 35, 216–24
Cordelli, C. (2015), Justice as Fairness and Relational Resources. J Polit Philos, 23: 86–110
European Commission (2021) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: EU strategy on the rights of the child Brussels, 24.3.2021 COM(2021) 142.
Hart, R. (1992) Children’s Participation: From Tokenism To Citizenship. Florence: UNICEF
Holland D., Lachicotte W. Jr., Skinner D., & Cain C. (1998). Identity and agency in cultural Worlds. Cambridge:H.U.P.
Ralls D, Lahana L, Towers B, Johnson L. (2022) Reimagining Education in a Pandemic: Children and Young People as Powerful Educators. In: Turok-Squire R, ed. COVID-19 and Education in the Global North: Storytelling and Alternative Pedagogies. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 1-35
Studdert, D. (2005) Conceptualising community; beyond the state and the individual,
London: Palgrave Macmillan
United Nations Children’s Fund UK. (1989). The United Nations convention on the rights of the child
Warren, M. R., Hong, S., Rubin, C. H., and Uy, P. S. (2009). Beyond the bake sale: A community-based, relational approach to parent engagement in schools. Teachers College Record, 111(9), 2209-2254
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 16 SES 13 B: Developing Students' Thinking Skills in Geography Lessons Through Educational Scenarios in a Digital Environment Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Irina Kliziene Research Workshop |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Research Workshop Developing Students' Thinking Skills in Geography Lessons Through Educational Scenarios in a Digital Environment Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania Presenting Author:Developing higher thinking skills in geography is very relevant in today's realities, so it is essential to improve and develop them and look for new ways of developing them in the best and most effective way. The annual national tests of pupils' achievements provide an opportunity to obtain feedback on pupils' knowledge and its application and on developing higher-order thinking skills in geography. Using the insights from the results of these tests, it is the higher-order thinking tasks where pupils struggle the most and perform the worst. The updated general curriculum also emphasizes the importance of higher thinking skills. The curricula contain seven competencies, of which cognitive competence is linked to the development of higher thinking skills. The General Education Standards for Geography state that students should be able to recognise and understand the overall geographical context based on sound factual knowledge, judgment and problem-solving skills (Wuttke, 2005), to educate students to become responsible citizens, and to provide them with the opportunity to engage in social discourse. Developing competencies is one of the most critical objectives in the Geography curriculum. In the scientific area, digital environments are proposed to develop these processes, as they offer more opportunities for creating effective feedback, and searching for information, multimedia content creates even more possibilities for analysing problems, and the possibility of working independently or collaboratively. Developing critical thinking is proposed through virtual reality and various smart technologies, thus increasing students' engagement in problem-solving, achieving better understanding and awareness, and bringing a new dimension to their learning approach. Therefore, it is essential to explore the possibilities of using intelligent tools and to develop educational scenarios that include an educational environment, a model of action where social and digital environments interact. Such educational scenarios could be used by educators teaching the subject of geography to develop higher thinking skills. Failure to develop higher thinking skills or inadequate development of higher thinking skills, results in poorer student learning outcomes, narrowing education to the teaching of knowledge, and a lack of development of thinking skills (Palavan, 2020). Educators' discretionary choice of methods and tools to develop higher thinking skills produces ineffective results. As a result, it is challenging to develop these skills, and pupils do not set themselves higher learning goals or improve. The study aims to improve students' higher thinking skills in geography through educational scenarios in a digital environment. 1. to analyse the possibilities of developing pupils' higher thinking skills in geography lessons by applying educational scenarios in a digital environment; 2. to identify students' higher thinking skills in geography lessons through the use of eye-tracking methodology and think-aloud protocols. The idea behind this research includes the following questions: how to you choose and apply an appropriate conative, metacognitive or other learning strategy? We will explore digital scenarios in the subject of geography by focusing on the problem-solving process, the development of higher thinking skills (Rosiyanti et al., 2021; Nurkaeti, 2018), for which we will apply a eye-tracking approach for a deeper analysis (Strohmair et al., 2020; Schindler et al., 2019). The think-aloud method will be applied for a more in-depth uncovering of the decision process (Rosenzweig et al., 2011; Ericsson, 2006; Shwerdtfeger and Budke, 2021). To formulate arguments in geography lessons, students must engage with the geography problem and use classroom materials to gather data to support their views. A special feature of geography lessons is that students can link arguments from natural science (physical geography) and social science (human geography), and factual and normative arguments can also be used (Budke, 2013). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Six educational scenarios have been developed for 2023-2024 in the digital environment (the updated general education curricula focus on developing higher thinking skills in 6 dimensions). This study used an eye-tracking quasi-experiment to quantitatively evaluate the changes in the map-based spatial ability of 9th-grade students by comparing two geography progress monitoring tests (pre-test and post-test). Students coping strategies (higher thinking skills) in geography problems are assessed in geography lessons using the think-aloud methodology applied during the problem-solving process, with only follow-up questions after the problem-solving, and the eye-tracking methodology in the geography problem-solving tasks. Research methods: Eye-tracking is becoming an important research method in geography education and a prerequisite for research-based solutions to improve geography education. This research informs and enables the assessment of cognitive processes in the learner that would not otherwise be observed, or even consciously explained, but are reflected in eye movements, i.e., the observation of geography problem-solving processes, decision-making techniques and strategies, cognitive load and attentional retention is made possible by the tracking and recording of eye movements. Researchers recommend that the relationship between mental representations and eye movements should be monitored while working on the task, not after completion (Hartmann et al., 2016). Therefore, student research is highly relevant and will provide new data for analysing the problem. Thinking aloud protocols, in which pupils are asked to name their thoughts and actions during a task aloud, is a way for the research participant to verbally describe cognitive and metacognitive processes, which are captured by the researcher (by listening, recording and later transcribing) in think-aloud protocols (Ericsson, 2006). This is thought to help construct the students' working processes and identify the problems that emerge in their wording. In addition, this method will aim to understand better students' thinking processes and intermediate stages of writing (Dannecker 2018). The Geography Progress Monitoring Test (GPMT) has been created to respond to all the requirements of the Framework. The tests are designed to cover all domains of activity and the items are evenly distributed across achievement and cognitive ability groups. Data analysis methods: qualitative content analysis will be used to analyse the qualitative data . Sample: twenty 9th-grade students aged 15-16 in the current school year, in their adolescence (based on a study conducted by Schwerdtfeger, Budke, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the pre-test to measure progress in geography, we found the lowest scores were in the higher thinking skills tasks - meaning connections identification, critical evaluation of information, and finding solutions. The results discovered in our study would direct educators to find a reliable way of improving students' spatial ability and enhancing their ability to solve social and environmental problems with spatial thinking. References Budke, A.(2013). Stärkung von Argumentationskompetenzen im eographieunterricht - sinnlos, unnötig und zwecklos? In: M. Becker-Mrotzek, K. Schramm, E. Thürmann, & H. Vollmer (Eds.), Sprache im Fach. Münster, 353-364. Dannecker, W. (2018). Lautes Denken. Leise lesen und laut Denken. Eine Erhebungsmethode zur Rekonstruktion von „Lesespuren“. In: J. Boelmann (Ed.), Erhebungs- und Auswertungsverfahren. Baltmannsweiler, 131-146. Ericsson, K.A. (2006). Protocol analysis and expert thought: concurrent verbalizations of thinking during experts’ performance on representative tasks. In: K.A. Ericsson, N. Charness, P.J. Feltovich, and R.R. Hoffman, eds. The Cambridge handbook of expertise and expert performance. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 223–242. Hartmann, M., & Fischer, M. H. (2016). Exploring the numerical mind by eye-tracking: a special issue. Psychological Research, 80(3), 325–333. Nurkaeti, N. (2018). Polya’s strategy: an analysis of mathematical problem solving difficulty in 5th grade elementary school. Edu Humanities| Journal of Basic Education Cibiru Campus, 10(2), 140. Palavan, O. (2020). The Effect of Critical Thinking Education on the Critical Thinking Skills and the Critical Thinking Dispositions of Preservice Teachers. Educational Research and Reviews,. 15 (10); 606-627. Rosenzweig, C., Krawec, J., & Montague, M. (2011). Metacognitive strategy use of eighth-grade students with and without learning disabilities during mathematical problem solving: A think-aloud analysis. Journal of learning disabilities, 44(6), 508–520. Rosiyanti, H., Ratnaningsih, D. A., & Bahar, H. (2021). Application of Mathematical Problem-Solving Sheets in Polya's Learning Strategy in Social Arithmetic Material. International Journal of Early Childhood Special Education, 13(2), 707–717. Shwerdtfeger, S.,Budke, A. (2021). Reference to Materials in Written Argumentations of Students in Geography Lessons. Journal of Curriculum and Teaching, 10 (3); 20-35. Schindler, M., & Lilienthal, A. J. (2019). Domain-specific interpretation of eye tracking data: towards a refined use of the eye-mind hypothesis for the field of geometry. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 101(1), 123–139. Strohmaier, A. R., MacKay, K. J., Obersteiner, A., & Reiss, K. M. (2020). Eye-tracking methodology in mathematics education research: A systematic literature review. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 104(2), 147–200. Wuttke, E. (2005). Unterrichtskommunikation und Wissenserwerb. Zum Einfluss von Kommunikation auf den Prozess der Wissensgenerierung. Lang. Frankfurt am Main. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 17 SES 13 A: NW 17 Network Meeting Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Geert Thyssen Network Meeting |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper NW 17 Network Meeting Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 19 SES 13 A: 25th Anniversary of Network 19 Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Session Chair: Clemens Wieser Social Event |
|
19. Ethnography
Meetings/ Events 25th Anniversary of Network 19 1Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland; 2Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 21 SES 13 A: Network Meeting Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois Session Chair: Patrick Geffard Network Meeting
This session is open to anyone interested in NW 21 activities.
The meeting will be focused on the conference's achievements and the future outlook, in particularly Network 21's activities. |
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper NW 21 Network Meeting Rouen University, France Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 22 SES 13 B: Action Research in Higher Education: A Way of Bridging the Gap Between Academia and Professional Practice? Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Nanna Ruengkratok Lang Research Workshop |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Research Workshop Action Research in Higher Education: A Way of Bridging the Gap Between Academia and Professional Practice? VIA University College, Denmark Presenting Author:The modern world is in a state of acceleration; continuous development and rapid transformation, as noted by Hartmut Rosa (1). This is also true for the Danish welfare state. Technological innovations, and economic, social, and climate-related challenges, are causing shifts that impose new demands on the welfare professions and their field of practice. Additionally, this also affects the professional education programs at Higher Education Institutions (HEI’s). They must continually adjust and adapt their curricula and formats to incorporate latest research and insights into how the demands of today unfolds in practice, whether for primary school teachers, nurses, or other welfare professionals. Often, research knowledge involves a lengthy journey from production at universities to publication in journals, followed by the integration and transfer of new knowledge into education programs and professional practice. This process entails a relatively long lead time and cross-institutional shifts that can challenge or even hinder the exchange of knowledge between universities, universities of applied sciences, and practical settings. The (missing) link between research, education, and practice has been discussed across Europe and worldwide for many years (2,3). The fact that this discussion is still going on might reflect the level of complexity on this matter. This paper brings the pathways of knowledge exchange between academia and professional practice into question and discusses the potential of action research as an approach to support the link between research, education, and practice. Research question: How can action research in Higher Education contribute to and strengthen the link between educational research, professional education programs, and professional practice? The point of departure for this paper are two ongoing Danish action research projects within the welfare professions. The first project explores pre-professional identity formation in a young professional education, the bachelor’s Degree Programme of Nutrition and Health. The participants in the project are students, educators, and researchers, and later, professional practitioners will also partake. The project runs over the course of three and a half years (the length of the education program). The second project explores how teaching of Natural Sciences and Technology in primary schools can be strengthened through innovative learning labs, and professional identity work. Participants in this project are pre- and in-school teachers, University College consultants, and researchers. The duration of this project is one and a half years. Action research implies an understanding of research as “a participatory process concerned with developing practical knowing” (4) – not on someone but together with. This understanding means that all participants are seen as equal co-thinkers, and co-creators, all contributing to the research process with different, yet equally important knowledge and expertise. This approach allows researchers to closely engage with and accompany practices undergoing rapid and continuous change. In contrast to other research methods, there is no time lag between data collection and the dissemination and application of new knowledge. Action research is action-oriented and offers the potential to gain concrete insights into what is at stake in practice and why (5). At the same time this is also challenging because this processual approach entails that the research process can be both messy and magic (6). This requires openness among researchers, participants, stakeholders, and society. The empirical data in this paper is composed of audio-recordings, transcribed text, and field notes (7) from the two action research processes, and analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (8). It is too early to draw conclusions from the projects, but the preliminary analysis suggests that action research has potential in facilitating a meaningful exchange of knowledge between different arenas, roles, and positions in the field of HEIs. This is also in accordance with international findings (9). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Even though action research is gaining ground on an international level, action research is still rather unknown to many (10). At the same time, action research is characterized by different schools and traditions (11). There are some common features, though, and that is a cyclical approach and an emphasis on action, reflection, and participation. Action research “seeks to bring together action and reflection, theory and practice, in participation with others, in the pursuit of practical solutions to issues of pressing concern to people” (4). This paper is grounded in action research within the Scandinavian tradition, where the researcher actively participates rather than takes an observing position (12,13). The aim is twofold: to contribute to local change and to produce scientific insights in and about the field. Action research was introduced in the 1940s by Kurt Lewin, and in the 1960s it gained ground in Scandinavia. Scandinavian action research is centred around interventional field research, experiments, and projects aiming at renewed insights into the mechanisms and regularities governing our social lives (14). In Denmark, action research has traditionally focused on marginalized groups, educational practices, the institutional system, social experiments, dialogue, communication, and relations (6,14). The knowledge generated through action research depends on several variables, such as the researcher's theoretical stance, the researcher's interaction and dialogue with the field, the nature of interventions, and the field's motivation and openness to letting the researcher get close. This is a matter of researcher objectivity and subjectivity. As described by Lewin, the strength in action research lies in the ability to engage closely with the very practice that one aims to investigate and change. This is also pointed out by Knud Aagaard Nielsen that states that "new knowledge can only truly emerge when the object or research field is set in motion and transformed" (5). At the same time this is a point of criticism regarding validity of the knowledge produced. Doing action research is not uncomplicated and brings with it a multitude of considerations. Being actively involved in the field can take many nuances, and impacts what is created in collaboration with the field. Action research is typically time-consuming, and due to its processual nature, the research protocol can take many forms and require many adjustments. This brings about considerations regarding the objectivity/subjectivity of the researcher, the role and influence of the participants, scientific knowledge, validity, generalizability, as well as ethical matters. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Incorporating action research into HEI’s and the professional education landscape can lead to a greater sense of meaningfulness for both students, professional practitioners, researchers, and stakeholders. It opens for educational institutions to holistically integrate research, education, and practice, aligning the education provided with the evolving demands of the professional field. At the same time, it makes room for students, practitioners, and stakeholders to actively participate in meaningful research processes developing knowledge of relevance to their profession. Yet, there are also dilemmas associated with action research, including its time-consuming nature, a lack of practical guidelines, challenges in measuring and generalizing the processes, and ethical dilemmas that may arise from the close relation between researcher and the field. To qualify action research in HEI’s there is a need to discuss both the potentials and dilemmas of doing action research within this field. In a rapidly evolving landscape as we see it not just in the Danish HEI’s, but across Europe, action research emerges as a potential, powerful and transformative methodology for bridging the gap between academia and professional practice. References 1.Rosa H. Resonance: a sociology of the relationship to the world. Medford, MA: Polity Press; 2019. 2.Anwer M, Reiss M. Linking research and practice in education: the views of expert researchers in the field. J Educ Teach. 2023 Mar 15;49(2):326–40. 3.Vanderlinde R, Van Braak J. The gap between educational research and practice: Views of teachers, school leaders, intermediaries and researchers. Br Educ Res J. 2010 Apr;36(2):299–316. 4.Reason P, Bradbury H. Introduction. In: Reason P, Bradbury H, editors. The SAGE handbook of action research: participative inquiry and practice. 2nd ed. London: SAGE; 2013. p. 1–10. 5.Nielsen KA. Eksperimentelle metoder og aktionsforskning. In: Bransholm Pedersen K, Drewes Nielsen L, editors. Kvalitative metoder: fra metateori til markarbejde. 1. udg. Roskilde: Roskilde universitetsforlag; 2001. p. 127–53. 6.Alrø H, Hansen FT. It’s messy and magic - om dialogisk aktionsforskning. In: Alrø H, Hansen FT, editors. Dialogisk aktionsforskning. Aalborg universitetsforlag; 2017. p. 7–23. 7.Brinkmann S, Tanggaard L. Kvalitative metoder, tilgange og perspektiver: en introduktion. In: Brinkmann S, Tanggaard L, editors. Kvalitative metoder: en grundbog. 2nd ed. Kbh.: Hans Reitzel; 2015. p. 13–24. 8.Braun V, Clarke V, Hayfield N, Terry G. Thematic Analysis. In: Liamputtong P, editor. Handbook of Research Methods in Health Social Sciences [Internet]. Singapore: Springer Singapore; 2018 [cited 2021 Jan 24]. p. 1–18. Available from: http://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-981-10-2779-6_103-1 9.Gibbs P, Cartney P, Wilkinson K, Parkinson J, Cunningham S, James-Reynolds C, et al. Literature review on the use of action research in higher education. Educ Action Res. 2017 Jan;25(1):3–22. 10.Serpa S, Ferreira CM, Santos AI, Teixeira R. Participatory Action Research in Higher Education Training. Int J Soc Sci Stud. 2018 May 18;6(6):1. 11.Burns D, Howard J, Ospina SM, editors. The Sage handbook of participatory research and inquiry. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Inc; 2021. 12.Lang NR. Samskabelse i en dialogisk forskningscirkel - udvikling af kommunikative kvaliteter i en sundhedsfaglig kontekst. In: Winther S, Høgsgaard D, editors. Aktionsforskning i sundhedsvæsenet Idéer til kommunikative og innovative forandringer i en sundhedsfaglig praksis. Aalborg Universitetsforlag; 2020. 13.Madsen C. Projektets Logik - Den Offentlige Sektors Paradoks: Et studie af tværorganisatoriske projektprocesser og samskabelse med frivillige i en nordjysk ungdomsskole. PhD Ser Tech Fac IT Des. 2017;Aalborg University. 14.Nielsen BS, Nielsen. Aktionsforskning. In: Brinkmann S, Tanggaard L, editors. Kvalitative metoder: en grundbog. Kbh.: Hans Reitzel; 2015. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 22 SES 13 C: Exploring Academic Development Initiatives Across Europe: A Multifaceted Perspective Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves Symposium |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Symposium Exploring Academic Development Initiatives Across Europe: A Multifaceted Perspective The ECER 2024 Symposium on Academic Development Initiatives Across Europe invites researchers, academic developers, and practitioners to share insights into diverse academic development initiatives and their impact on the academic community. It consolidates contributions from four distinct research studies, providing a comprehensive view of academic development processes, objectives, methodologies, findings, and future trajectories. The first contribution comes from a six-university partnership within the COALITION Erasmus Plus HighEd project and advocates for sustainable faculty development (FD) processes to enhance Inclusive Student-Centred Pedagogy (ISCP), by focusing on one FD process, that is, peer-observation as a self-regulatory development tool (Tenenberg, 2016). The methodological approach includes comparative analysis of reflective reports by 18 academics and follow-up semi-structured interviews, uncovering insights into academics' engagement and expectations. Discussion presents the findings shaped by developmental peer-observation protocols and the crucial role of FD processes focusing on reflective engagement with Inclusive Student-Centred Pedagogy (ISCP) to promote inclusivity in teaching practice (Hockings, 2010; Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023). The second study, is a bottom-up initiative from the University of Crete, exploring the feasibility of Student Engagement Associate Academic Development schemes with Academics and Students as Equal Partners (Cook-Sather et al., 2014; Obadare et al., 2022). Questionnaires and interviews reveal insights into challenges, steps for successful implementation, and the transformative potential of student perspectives. The findings highlight the importance of collaborative engagement and the need for a cultural shift in academia towards inclusive teaching and innovative pedagogies. The third contribution explores academic development initiatives in Portuguese universities and problematises the mismatch between theory and practice (Almeida, Viana & Alves, 2022). The study maps professional development (PD) initiatives across 14 public universities, using document analysis and exploratory website analysis. The findings reveal a varied landscape of PD visions, emphasizing structured training, induction, continuous training, and recognition initiatives. The study addresses the gap in understanding PD practices in Portuguese universities, contributing valuable insights to the broader conversation on academic development. Finally, the fourth contribution delves into the exploration of academic identities (Djerasimovic & Villani, 2020) in Portuguese public universities. Using a mixed-methods approach, the study analyzes academics' perceptions across disciplinary areas. Findings highlight self-identification, perceptions of transformations, and reactions to the academic environment. The study underscores the importance of recognizing academics' agency in shaping their identities amidst evolving higher education landscapes. In summary, this symposium emphases on sustainable FD processes, bottom-up SEA schemes, PD practices in Portuguese universities, and the nuanced exploration of academic identities. By bridging these diverse perspectives, the symposium aims to contribute to a holistic understanding of the evolving landscape of academic development and its impact on higher education. References Almeida, M., Viana, J., & Alves, M. (2022). Exploring teaching conceptions and practices: a qualitative research with academics in Portugal. Studia Paedagogica, 27(2):35-53 Cook-Sather, A., Bovill, C., & Felten, P. (2014). Engaging students as partners in learning and teaching: A guide for faculty. Wiley Djerasimovic, Sanja, & Villani, Marialuisa (2020). Constructing academic identity in the European higher education space: Experiences of early career educational researchers. European Educational Research Journal, 19(3), 247-268. doi:10.1177/1474904119867186. Hockings, C. (2010). Inclusive Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: A Synthesis of Research. York: Higher Education Academy. Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2023). Coaching Instructors as Learners: Considerations For A Proactively Designed Inclusive Syllabus. Education Centre for Higher Education, Marijampoles Kolegija, Latvia. Obadare, O. et al. (2022). Building equal partnerships: The Student Engagement Associate scheme at the University of Nottingham, International Journal for Students as Partners, 6 (1). Tenenberg, J. (2016). Learning through observing peers in practice, Studies in Higher Education, 41:4, 756-773, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2014.950954 Presentations of the Symposium Reflective Faculty Development Processes: Peer Observation As A Aelf-regulatory Academic Development Tool
This paper proposes a shift towards faculty development (FD) processes emphasizing sustainability, specifically targeting Inclusive Student-Centered Pedagogy (I-ScP). The focus narrows to a key FD practice—peer-observations as a self-regulatory tool—and its impact on enhancing the competencies necessary for effective I-ScP implementation within diverse educational contexts. As a transformative methodology in higher education fostering self-directed learners, I-ScP places students at the core of the learning experience (Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023).
Reflective FD processes like peer-observations as a developmental tool for the observing teachers (Tennenberg, 2016) have been gaining track in academia. Peer-coaching and peer-observation are considered as an effective FD Programs method as it combines collaborative and reciprocal reflective input between teachers (Charteris and Smardon, 2018) in non-intimidating and non-hierarchical systems between peers (Netolicky, 2016). However, there exists a gap in understanding the practical implementation of I-ScP, especially when it comes to reflective FD processes. Building on Hockings' framework (2010), characterising I-ScP as a deliberate and forward-looking approach to teaching and learning, this paper specifically hones in on one aspect of FD—peer-observations—as a self-regulatory tool that fosters teacher reflexivity. The emphasis of peer-observation protocols lies on creating learner-centred opportunities that promote equity, student engagement, self-awareness, self-regulation, and learner autonomy without categorizing specific groups or individuals. In line with Tenneberg’s (2016) model, participants were asked to observe their peers’ teaching once, complete an observation protocol and write a report on the ways and the degree this experience changed their own current practices in terms of I-ScP.
COALITION partners, engaged in a European project involving six universities, address the gap in exploring the pedagogical acumen of academics post FD modes. The study systematically documents academics' reflections and assessments focusing on peer-observations as a developmental tool within the broader scope of I-ScP pedagogies. The methodological approach involves a comparative analysis of reflective reports by 18 academics across six countries, followed by 18 semi-structured interviews to delve deeper into their engagement, challenges, key insights and recommendations for optimising peer-observation as an FD practice for teachers observing others (not being observed).
Findings highlight the transformative potential of peer-observations, emphasising the nuanced understanding of I-ScP in a culture where faculty members are prepared and consistently advancing in their strategies and competencies (Zahedi & Bazargan, 2023).
References:
Charteris, J., & Smardon, D. (2018). “Professional learning on steroids” : Implications for teacher learning through spatialised practice in new generation learning environments. Australian Journal of Teacher Education; v.43 n.12 p.12-29; December 2018, 43(12), 12–29. https://search.informit.org/doi/10.3316/aeipt.221964
Hockings, C. (2010). Inclusive Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: A Synthesis of Research. York: Higher Education Academy.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2023). Coaching Instructors as Learners: Considerations For A Proactively Designed Inclusive Syllabus. Education Centre for Higher Education, Marijampoles Kolegija, Latvia.
Netolicky, D.M. (2016), "Coaching for professional growth in one Australian school: “oil in water”", International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, Vol. 5 No. 2, pp. 66-86. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-09-2015-0025
Tenenberg, J. (2016). Learning through observing peers in practice, Studies in Higher Education, 41:4, 756-773, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2014.950954
Zahedi, S., & Bazargan, A. (2023). Faculty member's opinion regarding faculty development needs and the ways to meet the needs. Research and Planning in Higher Education, 19(1), 69-89.
Towards Student Engagement Associate Schemes for Academic Development
Bottom-up Student Engagement Associate (SEA) schemes allow for the development of both student and staff partners in a unique and collaborative way (Obadare et al., 2022). This academic development (AD) approach is based on the seminal paper by Cook-Sather et al. (2014) on the Scholarship of Students as Equal Partners (SEP) and serves as a viable means of increasing the drive for educational transformation (Dunne & Zandstra, 2011).
Unlike UK and USA universities, bottom-up academic development schemes at the University of Crete started in 2019 with the Training of the trainers (TotT) initiative in which teaching staff and senior faculty collaborated as equal partners in AD schemes. Since then, the very notion of “bottom-up” initiatives evolved including students as co-researchers in the design of a MOOC on “Higher Education Pedagogy: Teaching Methodologies in Tertiary Education” tailored to academics needs (Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts et al., 2023, Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023a,b).
To further increase the drive for transformational teaching and learning, this paper presents a new initiative which aims to explore student and academics’ beliefs regarding the design of SEP schemes and their employability as reliable bottom-up AD Schemes at the University of Crete. Twenty professors and 65 students submitted questionnaires regarding the feasibility, the challenges and the steps to be taken for such a scheme to be successfully employed by university teachers or academics. Following a course whose one of its main priorities was to encourage student engagement in course instructional design and assessment decision making, ten semi-structured student interviews were conducted in order to provide qualitative data towards the aforementioned issues. Ten academics were also interviewed. Data analysis was conducted using grounded theory and thematic analysis of open-ended questions and interview responses (Charmaz, 2008; Tuckett, 2005).
Findings highlighted the main reasons why students and teachers may not be willing to engage in such schemes, how to overcome potential challenges and what steps should be taken before implementing SEA as Academic Development Schemes. The overlap between teachers and students’ initial views was expected due to the established cultural realities underpinning university teaching and learning. Yet, after the course completion, students offered key perspectives regarding inclusive teaching and provided realistic ways of engaging students in SEA developmental and pedagogical innovation schemes. Students’ perspectives can transform teacher beliefs about teaching and assessment provided this process is perceived as “doing with rather than doing to” students so as to ensure equity (O’Shea, 2018, pp 18).
References:
Charmaz, K. (2008). Constructionism and the grounded theory method. In J. A. Holstein, & J. F. Gubrium (Eds.), Handbook of constructionist research (pp. 397 –412). New York: TheGuilfordPress.
Cook-Sather, A., Bovill, C., & Felten, P. (2014). Engaging students as partners in learning and teaching: A guide for faculty. Wiley
Dunne, E., & Zandstra, R. (2011). Students as Change Agents. New Ways of Engaging with Learning and Teaching in Higher Education. Bristol: Escalate.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts K., Katsarou, E., Sipitanos, K. and Vavouraki, G. (2023.) Identifying Faculty competences and needs in a research-intensive university in Europe.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts K. (2023) Critical insights of instructional design of online reflective participatory spaces in an academic development course in Europe.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2023b) (Ed.) University Education: Teaching Methodology in Tertiary Education. Disigma Editions: Thessaloniki. In https://drive.google.com/file/d/1-JagQqQXh2ioOlx8Ymg-XsXmSsyX1Sg8/view
Obadare, O. et al. (2022). Building equal partnerships: The Student Engagement Associate scheme at the University of Nottingham, International Journal for Students as Partners, 6 (1).
O’Shea, S. (2018). Equity and students as partners: The importance of inclusive relationships. International Journal for Students as Partners, 2(2).
Tuckett, A. G. (2005). Applying thematic analysis theory to practice: A researcher’s experience. Contemporary nurse, 19(1-2), 75-87.
Academic development initiatives: exploring practices of Portuguese Universities
Professional development of higher education teachers (PD) has not yet received the desired attention in some countries, particularly in Portugal. Detached from national policies, PD has had little expression in the policies of portuguese higher education institutions (HEI), contrary to what is observed in some countries (Almeida, 2021a). Research has also been addressing this theme (Kuzhabekova, et al, 2015), providing significant contributions to the understanding of PD processes.
With Portugal's integration in the ‘Bolonha Process’, learning and teaching in higher education have gained protagonism (Almeida & Costa, 2020). A fresh professionalism of academics is advocated as essential for pedagogical innovation, and the lack of pedagogical preparation among teachers and the mismatch between declared theory and theory in practice are problematized (Almeida, Viana & Alves, 2022; Trigwell et al, 2008).
The diversity of initiatives and practices implemented by HEI (Day, 2017) and the impact of PD programmes on teachers and organizations (e.g., Hanbury, et al; Parsons et al, 2012) have been widely demonstrated. In Portugal, recent studies highlight the work of pedagogical advisory services (Xavier & Leite, 2019) and initiatives promoted by Polytechnic HEI (Gomes & Alves, 2023) leaving unexplored what is being done in this domain by portuguese universities.
Therefore, this study aims to map the PD initiatives and the associated understanding of PD (Almeida, 2021b) of all portuguese public universities (14), identifying their underlying modalities, and objectives. Using a matrix for document analysis (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2006), a collection containing the Strategic Plans and Activity Plans of all universities was assembled. In a second phase, an exploratory analysis of institutional websites was conducted to i) characterize the measures supporting teacher PD identified in the first phase of the study, and ii) identify other initiatives not found in the previous analysis.
The analysis allowed the characterizition of the PD vision of portuguese universities, where the dominant conception of PD is associated with the idea of structured training and the implementation of initiatives more or less scattered, with varying degrees of consolidation and coverage. Initiatives include i) induction and continuous training; ii) structured short and medium/long-term training; iii) scientific meetings, sharing forums and communities of practice; iv) dissemination of best practices; v) social recognition and financial support. These initiatives derive either from separate measures or from measures integrated into organizational policies.
References:
Almeida, M. (2021a). Fatores mediadores no processo de desenvolvimento profissional de docentes do ensino superior. Educação e Pesquisa, 47, 1-20.
Almeida, M. (2021b). Desenvolvimento profissional docente: anatomia de um conceito. In M.G. Alves, (coord.) (2021). Pedagogia do Ensino Superior - a (in)visibilidade do trabalho docente (p.49- 68). Ebook IE-Ulisboa.
Almeida, M., Viana, J., & Alves, M. (2022). Exploring teaching conceptions and practices: aqualitative research with academics in Portugal. Studia Paedagogica, 27(2):35-53
Almeida, M. & Costa, E. (2020). A arquitetura de uma política transnacional de Ensino Superior para a Europa: o Processo de Bolonha. TMQ – Techniques, Methodologies and Quality, Número Especial, 17-38.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2006). Research methods in education. London: Routledge.
Day, C. (2017). Revisiting the purposes of continuing professional development. In Professional development and institutional needs (pp. 51-77). Routledge.
Gomes, S., & Alves, M. (2023). Estratégias e apoios institucionais ao desenvolvimento profissional docente: o caso dos institutos politécnicos portugueses, Docência Ens. Sup., 13.
Kuzhabekova, A., Hendel, D. D., & Chapman, D. W. (2015). Mapping global research on international higher education. Research in Higher Education, 56(8), 861-882.
Trigwell, K., Postareffa, L., Katajavuoria, N., & Lindblom-Ylännea, S. (2008). Consonance and dissonance in descriptions of teaching of university teachers. Studies in Higher Education, 33 (1), 49–61.
Exploring Academic Identities in the Context of Changes in Higher Education
The landscape of higher education has been shaped by neoliberal influences such as managerialism and market regulation (Djerasimovic and Villani, 2020; Roberts, 2019). These changes have significant implications for the academic profession, including ways of being and doing in academia, well-being, and academic identities (Skea, 2021; Tülübaş and Göktürk, 2020). On one side, academic identities are constantly shaped by social and institutional contexts and external pressures; on the other, individual agency, personal narratives, experiences and beliefs play an important role in shaping them. These factors influence how academics respond to changes in the academic environment and how they perceive their roles within the profession (Fanghanel, 2011; Ybema et al., 2009). The purpose of this research is to analyse academic identities in Portuguese public universities, based on academics' perceptions of their work dimensions. After conducting a systematic literature review, we designed a mixed-methods study involving academics from different disciplines. Four focus groups were conducted, one for each disciplinary area (soft pure, soft applied, hard pure, hard applied). The data was analysed using a content analysis approach guided by abductive inference (Gondim and Bendassolli, 2014). The analysis was based on three dimensions of categorisation: (1) self-identification of the academics, (2) perceptions of the transformations, and (3) reactions to the scenario. The categories 'focus on professional field', 'focus on diversity of functions' and 'focus on teaching/training' emerged in the first dimension. Additionally, we discuss the different roles within the career and note a tendency to balance them, although some academics clearly see them as opposites. We also observe a recognition that the perceived tensions are not felt equally at all stages of the career. The categories of 'positive trends', 'negative trends', 'ambivalent trends' and 'continuity trends' emerged in the dimension of perceptions of change. Although some positive perspectives are presented, the discussion mainly focuses on the negative or ambivalent aspects of these changes. In the third section, we observe reactions of 'adaptation' and 'resistance', with hybrid identities prevailing. These identities both reinforce and resist discourses of change and management. This overview raises questions about the current state of the academic profession and the risk of distancing from its core values. To (re)consider this topic, it is important to recognise the agency of academics in performing their work, rather than simply analysing structural change and the demands of higher education policies.
References:
Djerasimovic, Sanja, & Villani, Marialuisa (2020). Constructing academic identity in the European higher education space: Experiences of early career educational researchers. European Educational Research Journal, 19(3), 247-268. doi:10.1177/1474904119867186.
Fanghanel, Joëlle (2011). Being an Academic. Abingdon: Routledge.
Gondim, S. M. G., & Bendassolli, P. F. (2014). The use of the qualitative content analysis in psychology: a critical review. Psicologia em Estudo, 19, 191-199. doi: 10.1590/1413-737220530002
Roberts, Peter (2019). Performativity, big data and higher education: the death of the professor? Beijing International Review of Education, 1, 73-91. doi:10.1163/25902547-00101008.
Skea, Claire (2021). Emerging Neoliberal Academic Identities: Looking Beyond Homo economicus. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 40(4), 399-414. doi:/10.1007/s11217-021-09768-7.
Tülübaş, Tijen, & Göktürk, Şöheyda (2020). Neoliberal governmentality and performativity culture in higher education: Reflections on academic identity. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 5(1), 198-232. doi:10.30828/real/2020.1.6
Ybema, Sierk, Keenoy, Tom, Oswick, Cliff, Beverungen, Armin, Ellis, Nick, & Sabelis, Ilda (2009). Articulating identities. Human Relations, 62(3), 299-322. doi:10.1177/0018726708101904.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 23 SES 13 A: Education in an Age of Uncertainty Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Hugo González-González Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper "Examining the shift towards Network Governance in Portuguese Education: the case of the Pedagogical Innovation Pilot Project (PIPP)". Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:Since the turn of the century, Portugal has been experiencing the emergence of school administration models emphasizing community participation, accompanied by a shift towards granting greater autonomy to schools. This shift is aligned with the principles of the New Public Management's ‘educational toolkit’ (Verger & Curran, 2014, p.256). As a result of this transformation, diverse programs and practices have been introduced, with a strong emphasis on school-based management and pedagogy. Schools are now empowered to make decisions regarding their curriculum and educational initiatives, tailored to their specific social contexts (ibid). This is demonstrated through a series of policies implemented through reflection, negotiation, and collaboration, such as school external evaluation. These policies have resulted in a gradual reduction of hierarchical control by the State and have paved the way for network governance. One example is the 'Pedagogical Innovation Pilot Project' (PIPP) (2016-2019), an initiative based on school-based management that aims to promote student success and address school dropout rates. PIPP was implemented in six school clusters nationwide, providing participating schools with increased autonomy in organizational, pedagogical, and curricular areas (Costa & Almeida, 2019). It involved approximately 744 teachers and 7,844 students across various grades and locations to enhance the quality of learning and educational outcomes. Additionally, it aimed to tackle the issues of school dropout and failure across all teaching cycles by facilitating the implementation of innovation projects in participating schools (Portugal, 2017). The outcomes of PPIP of reducing school dropout and improving retention rates have been very positive. These achievements have been realized by modifying the rigid pedagogical structure of schools and reshaping the perceptions of school actors regarding how school, curriculum, and student assessment should be delivered. Additionally, PPIP has instigated a recent policy that grants schools the authority to manage more than 25% of the national curriculum, subject to an innovation plan developed by the schools and approved by the Ministry of Education (ME) (Portugal, 2019). This paper builds upon a previous study (Carvalho, Costa & Almeida, 2020) that emphasized the importance of knowledge in policy-politics and the underlying logic of PPIP, where the production, legitimization, and dissemination of knowledge facilitate the coordination and control of actions in the educational field. We aim to examine PIPP as a lens to analyze the shifts in the steering of the education system, specifically through the perspective of network governance. This leads to the research question: How does PIPP exemplify the rise of network-based coordination and control within the education system? To address this question, three objectives were established: (i) to identify and analyze the actors involved in the design and implementation of PIPP, (ii) to examine the instruments and forms of control utilized, and (iii) to analyze the interactions among the involved actors. The study is grounded in the public action approach to public policies (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2007; Hassenteufel, 2008), which emphasizes the involvement of various actors in shaping and interpreting activities within the public sphere of education, extending beyond government intervention (Van Zanten, 2000). To achieve this, we will employ the concept of governance, which considers the relationship between State intervention and societal autonomy, spanning a continuum from public authority to societal self-regulation (Treib, Bähr & Falkner, 2007; Barroso, 2005). Drawing upon Meuleman's (2008) typology of hierarchical, network, and market governance, which can manifest in different combinations, our objective is to comprehend the factors that hinder the shift toward network steering and examine the implications of novel governance approaches, particularly about the coexistence with hierarchical governance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research methodology was used based on an interpretive approach (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2007). Archival research techniques and interviews with key actors (such as school and deputy principals, coordinators, and class directors) were conducted, guided by the assumption that these documents represent tangible outcomes facilitating cooperation among the various actors (Carvalho, 2006, p.42). The analysis of documents encompassed a wide range of materials, including legislation and official internal documents from the ME and the government, monitoring reports, school projects, evaluation reports, as well as agendas of meetings and seminars. The interviews were conducted with 86 key informants and comprised two types: semi-structured and focus group interviews. The semi-structured interviews involved one high official from the ME, six school principals, one deputy principal, and three assistant principals. Additionally, 13 interviews were conducted with PIPP coordinators at the school clusters. Focus group interviews were held with 37 middle managers, including department coordinators, general coordinators, and psychologists, as well as 25-year/class coordinators. The data from the interviews were transcribed and analyzed using the methodology outlined by Bardin (2009). Both the written documents and interviews enabled us to address the research objectives by identifying and analyzing the actors involved in the design and implementation of the PIPP. Additionally, we examined the instruments and types of control used by these actors and explored how they interact with each other. For the analysis of documents and interviews, we utilized the deductive method, employing the categories of analysis "who" (actors) (state/non-state) and "how" (meetings /seminars) of the PIPP. Additionally, we drew inspiration from two specific features of governance based on Meuleman's (2008) dimensions to guide the categories and subcategories of analysis. These features include the types of instruments utilized, such as legislation/compliance (associated with hierarchical governance) or voluntary/contracting instruments that require the actors' adherence (associated with network governance). We also considered the way control was established, namely, through authority processes (hierarchical, top-down) or based on trust (horizontal, networked, resulting from goal consensus). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings PIPP represents a shift in the modes of coordination employed by state authorities, aiming to eliminate or minimize retention and dropout rates through network governance and the engagement of diverse actors. While this intent was successfully achieved, there still existed a dominance of the 'Rule of Law' and Control, a fundamental aspect of public administration accomplished by hierarchy (Hood, 1991). State authorities willingly relinquished some formal authority, entrusting schools to make their own decisions and assume responsibilities. While the relationship between state authorities and schools followed a vertical structure in terms of project design, requiring validation and ongoing monitoring by the Ministry, emphasis was placed on nurturing horizontal relationships. The Ministry of Education (ME) actively engaged schools in meditative and reflective activities, which principals then implemented in their schools. Networking played a crucial role, with events highly valued for facilitating collaborative interaction, a key feature of governance networks (Tenbensel, 2005). The ME played a significant role in managing the network, organizing meetings and seminars, and demonstrating concern for participants' needs. This contributed to the development of routine interaction, which is critical for maintaining and building trust among participants (McEvily & Zaheer, 2004). Trust, unlike hierarchy, is not based on formal control but on dependency and earlier interactions, core features of governance networks (Rousseau, Sitkin, Burt & Camerer, 1998; Klijn, 2010). The coexistence of new governance modes alongside hierarchy presents challenges (Héritier, 2003; Eberlein & Kerwer, 2004), and public policy processes often require different governance styles to accommodate diverse phases (Meuleman, 2011). In the case of PIPP, schools expected the state to remain closely involved and supportive, with the state playing a key brokering role as an intermediary between the national and local levels. References Bardin, L. (2009). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70. Barroso, J. (2005). O Estado, a educação e a regulação das políticas públicas. E&S, 26 (92), pp. 725-751. Carvalho, L. M. (2006). Apontamentos sobre as relações entre conhecimento e política educativa. Administração Educacional (6), pp. 36-45. Carvalho, L.M., Costa, E., & Almeida, M. (2021). Recontextualization of improvement-oriented policies in Portugal: the case of the PPIP (2016-2019). IJER. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2021.101865 Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2007) Research methods in education. London: Routledge. Costa, E., & Almeida, M. (2019). Evaluation Study of the Pedagogical Innovation Pilot Project. Lisboa: IE-ULisboa/MEC/DGE. Eberlein, B., Kerwer, D. (2004) ‘New Governance in the European Union: A Theoretical Perspective’, JCMS 42(1): 121–42. Hassenteufel, P. (2008). Sociologie politique: l’action publique. Paris: AC. Héritier, A. (2003) New Modes of Governance in Europe: Increasing Political Capacity and Policy Effectiveness. The State of the European Union, 6. Oxford: UP. Klijn, E. H. (2010). Trust in Governance Networks: Looking for Conditions for Innovative Solutions and Outcomes. In The new public governance?. NY: Routledge. Lascoumes, P., & Le Galès, P. (2007). Sociologie de l’action publique. Paris: AC. McEvily, B., & Zaheer, A. (2004). Architects of trust: The role of network facilitators in geographical clusters. In Trust and Distrust in Organizations (pp. 189-213). RSF. Meuleman, L. (2008). Public Management and the Metagovernance of Hierarchies, Networks and Markets. Dordrecht: Springer. Meuleman, L. (2011). Metagoverning governance styles–broadening the public manager's action. In Interactive Policymaking, Metagovernance and Democracy (pp. 95–110). HQ, UK: ECPR Press. PORTUGAL (2017). Despacho n.º 3721/2017 - DR n.º 85/2017, Série II de 2017-05-03 https://dre.pt/application/conteudo/106958832 PORTUGAL (2019). Portaria nº 181/2019, DR n.º 111/2019, Série I de 2019-06-11, https://dre.pt/home/-/dre/122541299/details/maximized Rousseau D., Sitkin S. B., Burt R. S., Camerer C. (1998). Not so different after all: A cross discipline view of trust. The AMR, 23, 393-404. Tenbensel, T. (2005) Multiple modes of governance, Public Management Review, 7:2, 267-288, https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/14719030500091566 Treib, O., Bähr, H., & Falkner, G. (2007) Modes of governance: towards a conceptual clarification, Journal European Public Policy, 14:1, 1-20, https://doi.org/10.1080/135017606061071406 Van Zanten, A. (2000). Les Politiques de l’Éducation. Paris: PUF. Verger, A., & Curran, M. (2014). NPM as a global education policy: its adoption and re-contextualization in a Southern European setting, Critical Studies in Education, 55:3, 253-271, https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2014.913531 Windzio, M., Sackmann, R., & Martens, K. (2005). Types of Governance in Education – A Quantitative Analysis. Bremen: Sfb 597 „Staatlichkeit im Wandel“ 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper On Educational Innovation: Uses and Meanings in Academic Literature 1Autonomous University Mad, Spain; 2Complutense University of Madrid Presenting Author:Educational innovation has become considered the keystone for leading the adaptation of education to 21st century societies and economies (Greany, 2016; Hallgarten & Beresford, 2015; Hargreaves, 2003). It has been proposed as a suitable solution to very different school systems and societies’ needs (Lubienski, 2009), and in many contexts has even been advanced by means of large-scale reforms (Fullan, 2009; Glazer & Peurach, 2013; Sotiriou et al., 2016). Despite the widespread policies that have promoted innovation in education, the scarce evidence points out that (1) innovation is an umbrella term that includes many different approaches and meanings (Pedró, 2023); and therefore (2) is being used to promote―and sustain―different agendas and policies such as diversifying the teaching-learning processes, improving students’ academic performance or promoting inclusion within the schools, to name the most explicit (Serdyukov, 2017). One of the main concerns about this is that it might be subtly extending the use of technologies or enhancing the presence and participation of the private actors within the public education systems (Saura et al., 2023). Another concern refers to a false dichotomy built through educational discourses that faces educational innovation against traditional innovation as if both were homogeneous movements (Brailovsky, 2018). The lack of a comprehensive approach to educational innovation leads us to argue for the need of a deeper analysis of (a) the meanings associated to the concept of innovation in education; and (b) the uses of the concept, to what ends is being used and by who. Meanings and uses of educational innovation are the two key research questions that this research aims to give answer to. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Due to the broadness of the research aims, we have carried out a scoping review aiming to capture the different meanings that are being adopted, in academic literature, under the term educational innovation, and the various uses linked to them. The scoping literature review has been conducted of English and Spanish literature including peer-reviewed articles and reviews from Scopus and Web of Science databases since 2000. A necessary refinement of the search syntax, due to the extensive use of the term ‘educational innovation’ outside the education realm, reported 1243 documents. Based on the title and keywords we conducted a first screening that reported 458 results; a second screening focusing on the abstract reported 412 documents. A third screening is being carried out based on the content of the documents. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The greater part of the reviewed literature consists of descriptive empirical studies, what reveals a lack of theoretical discussion on the foundations and implications of innovation in education, as well as analytical or (explicitly) critical studies. Teachers are the key receivers of the educational innovation discourses, but not its makers. Despite an important part of the literature explores their motivations, attitudes or oppositions to the development of educational innovation initiatives, research tend to place them as implementers of externally introduced innovation projects rather than enactors or developers of them. Plus, innovation is quite often not only associated with, but reduced to, technological use, what implies the reduction of the teaching-learning processes to its means, therefore emptying its content. References Brailovsky, D. (2018). Lo nuevo y lo tradicional en educación: una oposición engañosa. Revista Senderos Pedagógicos, 9(1), 161–178. https://doi.org/10.53995/sp.v9i9.963 Fullan, M. (2009). Large-scale reform comes of age. Journal of Educational Change, 10, 101-113. DOI: 10.1007/s10833-009-9108-z Glazer, J.L. & Peurach, D.J. (2012). School Improvement Networks as a Strategy for Large-Scale Education Reform: The Role of Educational Environments. Educational Policy, 27(4), 676-710. Greany, T. (2016). Innovation is possible, it’s just not easy: Improvement, innovation and legitimacy in England’s autonomous and accountable school system. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 1–21. DOI: 10.1177/1741143216659297 Hallgarten, H.V. & Beresford, T. (2015). Creative Public Leadership: How School System Leaders Can Create the Conditions for System-wide Innovation. WISE. Hargreaves, D. (2003). Education Epidemic: Transforming Secondary Schools through Innovation Networks. Demos. Lubienski, C. (2009). Do quasi-markets foster innovation in education? A comparative perspective. OECD Education Working Paper Nº 25. DOI: 10.1787/221583463325 Pedró, F. (2023). Where is the school going? International trends in educational innovation. Handbook of Education Policy, 147. Saura, G., Cancela, E. & Parcerisa, L. (2023). Privatización educativa digital. Profesorado. Revista de Currículum y Formación de Profesorado, 27(1), 11-37. DOI: 10.30827/profesorado.v27i1.27019 Serdyukov, P. (2017). Innovation in education: what works, what doesn’t, and what to do about it? Journal of Research in Innovative Teaching & Learning, 10(1), 4–33. DOI: 10.1108/JRIT-10-2016-0007 Sotiriou, S., Riviou, K., Cherouvis, S., Chelioti, E. & Bogner, F.X. (2016). Introducing Large-Scale Innovation in Schools. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 25, 541–549. DOI: 10.1007/s10956-016-9611-y 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Proposal of a new Educational paradigm Based on Research and Dialogue (EBRD) University of Cordoba, Spain Presenting Author:In the field of education, according to the European Commission (2018), key competences and basic skills are those that every person needs for their personal fulfilment and development and for their employability, social inclusion and active citizenship. On the one hand, the OECD has regularly promoted and assessed the level of development of students' competences globally since 2000 and, in view of the results, which have been demonstrating insufficient performance in reading, mathematics and science for more than two decades, reports and strategies of all kinds have been prepared to correct the situation described (OECD, 2023a). On the other hand, and despite the commitment made by most of the States involved in the assessment of the competence development of their students to reduce early school leaving and promote education that allows them to achieve the objectives of competency-based education, the truth is that school dropout rates remain very high and academic performance remains insufficient in many countries (OECD, 2023b) Thus, in the current context, after more than two decades of discouraging results, in Scotland – a pioneering country in Europe of Competency-Based Education (CBE) – this educational model is being abandoned. One of the main reasons for this is the lack of results to show that CBE has achieved the objectives to which it is supposed to contribute: improving the quality of education, reducing early school leaving and social inequalities. Times of change are coming. Scotland is not the only country in our neighbourhood that has accumulated very poor results for too long in areas as important and of such projection as those already mentioned. Now, the time inverted in getting back on track will harm the most vulnerable: children in pre-school, primary and secondary education. As educators, and in view of these circumstances, it seems imperative to us to carry out a rigorous study and provide a roadmap from a scientific perspective and from a pedagogical and dialogic basis, far from the different ideological biases, which have contributed to shaping the situation in which we find ourselves. In accordance with the objectives pursued by the CBE, it is possible to synthesize the analysis of the results around the three dimensions that constitute the main concerns that motivate dropout with respect to this paradigm: quality, inclusion and early school leaving. Regarding the degree of achievement of the objectives and after the latest publication of PISA results (2023), we have been able to observe in different media how some politicians blame the heterogeneity of the student body for the debacle and, as so many other times, set up commissions of experts who are required to solve - in record time - all the problems. In this regard, beyond the complexity of the problems and the deadlines for work they have, we usually find commissions characterized in their composition, based on trusted profiles, by people known for their ideologies and affiliations. For these reasons, the commissions of experts that are continuously constituted on the basis of political decisions, have been demonstrating for more than two decades a total absence of results, and in no case can they be independent when those who make up these commissions are appointed by those who instrumentalize education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The CBE has posed a number of challenges to which it has repeatedly tried to respond without success. Our research will focus on analysing the degree of achievement of the objectives of the CBE while delving into the selection of criteria and indicators that allow the establishment of a new model focused on increasing the quality of education, reducing early school leaving and promoting inclusive education: 1. The OECD's PISA tests show information about educational quality and academic performance with disappointing results, as indicated above. E.g., in Spain, the average yield is lower than in 2012, slightly below the OECD average, where it has been stagnant since the beginning, more than two decades ago. 2. Organisations such as Save the Children, the OECD and organisations such as the Ministries of Education have produced reports and compile data on early school leaving in Europe. In this regard, although there has been some progress, many countries are far away from the recommended maximun rate of 9%. E.g., Spain has the worst Early Leaving rate in the EU, 13,6%, only surpassed by Romania (OECD, 2023c) 3. Inclusive education: variables such as mental health and those related to all types of vulnerable groups require a holistic, quantitative and qualitative analysis that also includes the dimensions referred above. We can find indicators in many repositories from different institutions and organisations. The World Bank (2015) in its report entitled "Social Inclusion: Key to Prosperity for All" emphasizes the importance of asking why poor outcomes continue to persist for some groups, before designing the instruments to combat exclusion. On the other hand, the Children's Observatory, as well as other reports and a multitude of indicators, show that the goals are far from being achieved (UNICEF, 2023). Our project aims to contribute to solve all these difficulties by analysing them in depth and providing an alternative paradigm. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The possibility of generating a new educational model, the perspective of giving voice to the actors and that they participate in the gestation of a system free of political and "bureaucratizing" interference, in which the protagonists are effectively students and teachers (without forgetting the students' families), forces us to think -more than ever- of the school as a living entity that cannot survive suffocated by the weight of the machinery that has generated the BCE. Partial evidence does not hold up in complex, dynamic systems. For this reason, Education based on research and dialogue (EBRD) must be configured as a new way of addressing the particularity of research in education (through data mining, meta-analysis, structural equation modeling, ...) and the configuration of educational models in which heterogeneity is a constant in movement. References European Comission (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning. Retrieved from https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/ES/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01) OECD (2023a). Education at a Glance. OECD Indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en OECD (2023b), PISA 2022 Assessment and Analytical Framework, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/dfe0bf9c-en. OECD (2023c). Proposals for an action plan to reduce early school leaving in Spain. OECD, No. 71. Paris: OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1787/9bc3285d-es. UNICEF (2023). Division of Data, Analytics, Planning and Monitoring – Data and Analytics Section, Progress on Children’s Well-Being: Centring child rights in the 2030 agenda – For every child, a sustainable future. New York: United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF). World Bank (2015). Inclusion matters: the foundation for shared prosperity. Washington, D.C.: World Bank Group. Retrieved from http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/318331467998794288/Inclusion-social-clave-de-la-prosperidad-para-todos |
17:30 - 19:00 | 23 SES 13 C: Education and the Law Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Ragnhild Meland Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Teachers Dilemma in Grading - a Tension Between Legal Requirements and Pedagogical Expectations 1Uppsala University, Sweden; 2Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:Introduction Swedish schools are facing major challenges. Swedens identity as a pioneering country in education (Tellhaug et al. 2006; Román et al.) has been questioned both nationally and internationally (SvD, 2022; OECD, 2022). The debate on the challenges facing schools covers a number of issues, ranging from poorer results in PISA, lack of access to qualified teachers and, last but not least, an increase in the number of students suffering from mental illness, with school-related factors cited as one of the causes. This situation affects the role of teachers. Additionally, the Swedish school system is a subject to symbolic politics and sensitive to political shifts, leading to a higher frequency of reforms and changes in the legal framework compared to schools in many other countries (Jarl & Rönnberg 2019; Hallsén & Magnússon 2022). Expectations of what teachers should do to address the challenges and what they are empowered to do are not always aligned. External expectations are based both on legally binding rules and more ideological expressions that indirectly influence the role of teachers. These expectations may conflict with each other. A further area of conflict that can arise in relation to these external influences is teachers' internal expectations of themselves and their role. These areas of conflicts and the dilemmas that might follow are accentuated in teachers' grading of students. This is also an area that serves as an example of substantial reforms. In the fall of 2024, a new grading system for upper secondary school, and consequently a new legal framework for teachers' assessments, are implemented. In the directives for the new grading system, the proposals are justified, among other things, by the aim to enhance fair assessment and counteract stress among students (dir 2018:32; dir 2019:66). Aim and theoretical framework We aim to illuminate the role of teachers in today's Swedish upper secondary school in the face of the pressures arising from the challenges in grading. How is the role of teachers influenced when demands and expectations are expressed regarding ensuring a fair assessment, and simultaneously supporting young people’s well-being and combating mental health issues? In particular, our study focuses on teachers as authority practitioners and employees in the public sector navigating the complex intersection between legal and pedagogical expectations and demands on this matter. The study, based on this, have the following research questions:
Theoretically the point of departure for the study is the concept of "policy enactment," employed to shed light on the interplay between national regulations and local practices (Ball, 1993; Ball et al., 2012; Ozga, 2000; Hallsén, 2013; 2021). Within the process referred to as local enactment, governing formulations must undergo translation, interpretation and reconstruction to be practically valid in a local setting (Ball et al., 2012). The study's premise is rooted in the notion that the school constitutes the local context, and various legal regulations may lead to conflicts and dilemmas in their interpretation and application, particularly in the role of teachers as authority practitioners and as employees in the public sector. School action depends on the design and clarity of the legal framework (Enkvist, 2020). The complex nature of the school's function magnifies these conflicts and dilemmas, particularly considering the school's frequent exposure to symbolic politics and the fact that the school is constantly the subject of initiatives for change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology and empirical sources The selection of empirical material aimed to highlight the process between regulation and practice in the policy enactment perspective. This was achieved by selecting both the teachers' statements about their assessment practices and the legal rules that set the framework for these practices. We sought to understand how teachers perceived demands and expectations placed on them regarding legally secure assessment and the protection of students' mental health (both internal and external pressure). Furthermore, we aimed to understand the dilemmas and conflicts that might have arisen in terms of teachers' perceptions and their relation to legal requirements. How did the purpose of the rules relate to other rules that governed teachers, and how did teachers understand and act in the grading situation? To answer the first question, we examined the preparatory work for the rules in question. To answer the second question, we used interviews. The empirical data in the study consisted therefor of two different kinds of data. On the one hand we analyze legal regulations on assessment and well-being and on the other hand we have conducted semi- structured focus group interviews with upper secondary school teachers. An important starting point for all public activities is that they must be supported by law. This means that both the purpose of the legislation, as stated in the preparatory works, and the actual design are important. Another aspect of the concretization of legal rules is that the rules concerning students are compatible with each other. The purpose of analyzing the legal rules was to identify areas of conflict and ambiguity. The interviews aimed at illuminating and deepening the understanding of how the teachers perceived the demands and expectations placed on them in grading regarding ensuring fair assessment and supporting well-being. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Excepted outcomes A first analysis revealed that rules on grading and pupils' health can be difficult to navigate and thus to comply with and that the dilemmas in the situations regarding grading, or in other words, the exercise of authority, is challenging for teachers. The teachers express that they experience difficulties in dealing with the rules regarding legally secure grading, as well as protecting the students' mental health, which they are also obliged to do. The teacher's relationship with students is highlighted as challenging in two different ways. On the one hand, there are cases where teachers have a close and long-term relationship with pupils, which can influence the assessment. On the other hand, the opposite relationship can occur in the grading situation where the teacher considers themselves to have to little knowledge about the student. Both of these situations can contribute to uncertainty in the grading process. The purpose of the change in grading rules, which will enter into force in 2024, is to strengthen legally secure and equal assessment and to counteract stress and mental illness among students. The study sheds new light on the areas of conflict that arise between different legal regulations surrounding teachers' assessment practices. It also gives us an increased understanding of how teachers handle and orient themselves in relation to these dilemmas and their perceptions of the changes in relation to this. References Ball, S. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. In Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 13(2), 10–17. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy. Policy enactments in secondary schools. London: Routledge. dir 2018:32. Betygssystemet ska främja kunskapsutveckling och betygen ska bättre spegla elevers kunskaper. dir 2019:66. Tilläggsdirektiv till Betygsutredningen 2018 Enkvist, V. (2020). Ordningsregler i skolan- ett rättslig figur med många bottnar. I Eklund Lerwall, Lind (red). Vänbok till Sverker Scheutz – Om rätt och att undervisa rätt. Uppsala: Iustus förlag. Hallsén, S. (2013). Lärarutbildning i skolans tjänst? En policyanalys av statliga argument för förändring [Teacher education in the service of the school? A policy analysis of governmental arguments for change]. Uppsala: Uppsala University Press. Hallsén, S. (2021). The Rise of Supplementary Education in Sweden: Arguments, Thought Styles, and Policy Enactment. In ECNU Review of Education, 4(3), 476-493. Hallsén, S., & Magnusson, G. (2021). Att initiera förändring eller iscensätta handlingskraft? Riktade statsbidrag som politisk krishantering i skolans värld. I J. Landahl, D. Sjögren & J. Westberg (red.), Skolans kriser. Historiska perspektiv på utbildningsreformer och skoldebatter (s. 181–202). Nordic Academic Press. Jarl, M; Rönnberg, L (2019). Skolpolitik : från riksdagshus till klassrum. Stockholm: Liber OECD (2022). Policy Dialogues in Focus for Sweden International insights for school funding reform. Ozga, J. (2000). Policy research in educational settings. Buckingham: Open University Press. Román, H., Hallsén, S., Nordin, A. & Ringarp, J.(2015): Who governs the Swedish school? Local schoolpolicy research from a historical and transnational curriculum theory perspective. In NordicJournal of Studies in Educational Policy. 1(1). s. 81- 94. Svenska Dagbladet (2022). Experter: Det är största problemen i skolan. Publiced 2022-09-08. Telhaug, A. O., Mediås, O. A., & Aasen, P. (2006). The Nordic model in education: Education as part of the political system in the last 50 years. In Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(3), 245–283. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Law as an Obligatory Passage Point and the Change of Teacher-Parent Relation Korea Nat'l Univ.of Edu, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) Presenting Author:In Korea, there are more and more laws about education. When school violence became an important social issue, a law was enacted more than 20 years ago that set out specific procedures for dealing with school violence. The law requires that disciplinary actions against students who commit violence be recorded, and the student record can be used for admission to higher education. A decade ago, when child abuse became a serious social problem, a law was enacted to prohibit child abuse in schools. After this law was enforced, parents who were dissatisfied with a teacher's guidance of their students would report the teacher for child abuse. Last year, a teacher committed suicide after receiving malicious complaints from parents. After this incident, laws were enacted to protect the rights of teachers. Not only are the number of laws governing schooling increasing, but they are also becoming more specific. Increasingly, laws regulate what used to be done autonomously within schools. This presentation will use actor network theory(ANT) to analyze how teacher-parent relationships change after laws are enforced. When a problem arises, many people want to utilize the law as a means to solve it. However, laws change relationships between people. In this sense, the law is a non-human actor. Within schools, various people and non-human actors form networks. When a law enters the school, it changes the network. We can call this a 'translation'. The obligatory passage point is important as networks form and change. It is important for one actor to be able to disrupt the existing network and make other actors dependent on it in order to attract them to their network, which is called an obligatory passage point. Both teachers and parents want to use law to enforce their demands, and both want to change the other to be more in line with their demands. In this sense, law is a kind of obligatory passage point. This presentation aims to analyze how relationships in schools, especially between teachers and parents, change after the creation of an obligatory passage point of legislation. In South Korea, the use of legislation as an instrument of education policy is increasing. And laws change schooling. This presentation analyzes the ways in which laws as policy instruments change schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation will utilize actor network theory to analyze how teacher-parent relationships are changing after a law was implemented. Actor network theory(ANT) will be utilized as a framework for analysis. To some extent, I have already analyzed the literature on actor network theory. In particular, I will pay my special attention to the concepts of 'obligatory passage point' and 'translation'. In 2023, a law was enacted to protect teachers' rights, but the law made it difficult for parents to provide feedback to teachers. I have already collected quite a bit of data on the background of the law, the main contents of the law, and the views of teachers and parents on the law. This presentation will report the results of a case study in one elementary school. Conflicts in teacher-parent relationships were more severe in elementary schools than in secondary schools. This is why I chose an elementary school as a research case. The study site will be an elementary school with a recent history of teacher-parent conflict. From March to June 2024, I will visit the school and interview teachers to investigate their perceptions of laws prohibiting child abuse and laws protecting teaching rights. I will also investigate teachers’ view on parents and teacher-parent relationships. I will ask teachers to introduce us to parents, and then will interview parents. The study will examine how parents feel about legislation to protect teachers' rights. In addition to the interviews, I will visit schools to examine how teacher-parent relationships are changing, and analyze how much of that change is related to the law. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings J. Habermas described the phenomenon of an increase in the number of laws, and the resulting change in a living world, as the "colonization of a living world”. When laws are enacted, many of the people involved act in a law-conscious manner. When a problem arises, teachers are more likely to rely on the law or a manual created under the law to make a decision rather than making their own judgment. This is a kind of "colonization of the living world”. Parents will seek to justify their behavior in terms of the law, and if their behavior is challenged as being in violation of the law, they will turn to the courts. It is clear that law has become a mandatory passage point in schooling. Since law is a means of mediating the relationship between opposing parties, it is possible that the law creates an adversarial relationship between teachers and parents rather than fostering a cooperative relationship. However, networks are always changing. If the teacher-parent relationship becomes problematic, other changes may be made. References Fenwick, T. and Edwards, R. 2011. Considerinf Materialirt in Educational Policy: Messt Objects and Multilple Reals. Education Theory, 61(1). Koyama, J. 2015. When Things come undoen: the promise of dissembling education policy. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(4). Koyama, J. and Varenne, H. 2012. Assembling and Dissembling: Policy as Productive Play. Educational Researcher, 41(5). Latour, B. 2005. Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network Theory. Oxford Univ. Press. Law, J. 1999. "After ANT. Complexity, Naming, and Topology" J. Law and J. Hassard (eds.) Actor Network Theory and After. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Juridification of and in Education – The Case Of The Norwegian Curriculum University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:This paper engages with the ongoing discussion on juridification of and in education. The context is the current curriculum reform and the new Education Act in Norway. The paper aims to contribute to the knowledgebase of juridification in and of education in Norway during the last decades (2000-2025) by looking at juridification as a governing mechanism (Rosén et al., 2023). Juridification is studied both as a theoretical concept and an empirical phenomenon. Both epistemological, social, political and educational implications of the (juridical) discourse is studied. Recent research points to the juridification of basic education, which means that processes in areas that were previously treated as pedagogical now are solved with juridical measures and juridical ruling (Andenæs, 2016; Hall, 2019; Ottesen & Møller, 2016; Novak, 2019). As a governance instrument, the curriculum can take different forms and vary from being strictly regulated and detailed on one hand to being broadly governed on the other. Regulation of the curriculum includes both the process of how the curriculum is developed and the outcome, or product, of this process (Mølstad & Hansén, 2013). The national curriculum is a legal document and a mayor educational governance instrument. This paper will be looking at the national curriculum’s function as legal regulation in the interplay between the arena of formulation of policy and the arena of realisation of policy (Lundgren, 1986). Important questions being asked are: What characterises the legal regulation of primary and lower secondary education in Norway? And how does the national curriculum function as a governance instrument in this respect? A critical perspective will be part of the theoretical framework for this paper as there is an intention to ask how the present order came to be and to call present governance mechanisms into question. The paper has a discursive approach. Discourse analysis can be applied in analysis of many different social domains, including organisations and institutions and in societal and cultural developments involving communication. The discursive approach is applied both in policy document analysis and in analysis of practices and talk (interviews). The study has a poststructural and Foucault-inspired approach to policy analysis (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). Policy is understood as discourse (Ball, 1993) and discourse is considered to constitute the social world, meaning also that changes in discourse are a means by which the social world is changed. Lundgren (2002) identify four instruments for political governing of educational systems: the legal system, the economic system, the ideological system (goals and content) and the evaluation system. According to Lundgren, these four governance mechanisms make up the frames for governing of public education/schools. They interact and the balance between them may vary. The concepts in Lundgren’s frame factor theory are used in this paper to analyse governing mechanisms and the relations between the state, society and the educational system. The paper also draw on Habermas’ social theory of how materialised regulation might colonialise the life-world (here: education and schools) (Habermas, 1987). To analyse and discuss findings, the paper activates Blichner & Molander’s (2008) five dimensions of juridifcation. This conseptualisation is used to understand different aspects of juridification of and in education in Norway.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper describes and analyse the national curriculum’s function as legal regulation in the interplay between the arena of formulation and the arena of realisation (Lundgren, 1986). The arena of formulation is studied applying a poststructural and Foucault inspired WPR approach to policy analysis (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). The empirical material is a selection of relevant White and Green Papers and central questions are what characterises the discourse on legal governing through the national curriculum and what deep-seated presuppositions underlie these representations in the documents. The arena of realisation, delineated to national governing bodies in the public education system and regional governing bodies, is studied using empirical data from interviews. A strategic selection of key representatives from the governing bodies will be interviewed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings show that there is a tendency in the discourse to focus on simplification and clarification of the curricula. There is also an emphasis on the need for better coherence between the Education Act and the curricula. A need for more equal practice, quality improvement and to ensure that curricula is met for all students is implied. Underlying goals are to improve the schools’ ability to self-evaluate and to increase students’ legal protection. There is a tendency towards increased individualisation. References Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural Policy Analysis: A Guide to Practice. Palgrave Macmillan US. Ball, S. J. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. The Australian Journal of Education Studies, 13(2), 10-17. Blichner, L. C., & Molander, A. (2008). Mapping Juridification. European Law Journal, 14(1), 36-54. Habermas, J. (1987). The theory of communicative action (Vol. II). Boston: Beacon Press. Hopmann, S. T. (2008). No child, no school, no state left behind. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(4), 417–456. Lundgren, U. P. (2002). Political governing of the education sector: Reflections on change. Studies in Educational Policy and Educational Philosophy, 2002(1), 26781 Novak, J. (2019). Juridification of Educational Spheres: The case of Sweden. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 51(12), 1262-1272. Rosén, M. et al. (2021). A conceptual framework for understanding juridification of and in education. Journal of Education Policy, 36(6), 822-842. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 24 SES 13 A: Mathematics Education in Early Years Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca Paper Session |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper "Exploring Kindergartners’ Thinking in Division: A Case Study" University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:In the past few years, the interest in the mathematical development of preschool children has increased. An important reason for this is the evidence provided by research that children’s competence levels in numeracy before or at the beginning of school are significant predictors of their achievement over the school years (e.g., Watts et al., 2014). Considering also that mathematical literacy is a key component of STEM education, which contributes to the knowledge and skills individuals need to develop to live and grow in our modern societies of information and technology, (early) mathematics education should be regarded as one of the most important constituents of the educational system. Early years mathematics education aims to offer children mathematical experiences and learning opportunities through which the children shall strengthen their mental abilities, to be able to structure mathematical concepts and develop mathematical skills both in the present and in the future.
In recent years several researchers have studied preschool children’s number sense and number-related abilities, including quantitative reasoning, that is, additive reasoning, which refers to addition and subtraction (e.g., Purpura & Lonigan, 2013) and multiplicative reasoning, which refers to multiplication and division (e.g., Nunes et al., 2015; Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen & Elia, 2020). Multiplicative reasoning, which is more complex than additive reasoning (Urlich, 2015), has received less research attention. The present study focuses on the mathematical concept of division. Specifically, the research objective of the study is to gain an in-depth insight into kindergartners’ thinking in division. The research questions that are addressed in the present study are the following: (a) How do kindergartners make sense of division?, (b) What strategies do kindergartners use to solve division problems?, (c) What difficulties do kindergartners encounter in division? A further concern of the study was to identify possible differences in making sense of division by kindergartners of different ages. Division is the process of dividing a quantity or a set into equal parts. Partitive division and quotative division are two major types of division problems (Nunes et al., 2015). In partitive division a group of objects is divided into equal subgroups and the solver has to find the size of each subgroup. In the quotative division, the size of the whole group and the size of each equal subgroup are known and the solver must find out how many equivalent subgroups there are (Van de Walle et al., 2014). From the two types of division, partitive division is the type of division that children develop first (Clements et al., 2004). An informal strategy that is often used by children in partitive division with concrete objects is the distribution of the objects one by one (one-by-one strategy) or two by two (two-by-two strategy) to the recipients (subgroups). The difficulties encountered by the children in division are often caused by the increase of the quantity children are asked to divide among a certain number of recipients and also by the increase of the number of recipients to whom the certain quantity must be divided in partitive division or by the increase of the number of items of each equal subgroup in quotative division (Clements et al., 2004). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study is a case study which explores the mathematical thinking of two kindergartners in the concept of division. Child 1 was six years old (6 years and 4 months) and Child 2 was almost five years old (4 years and 10 months) at the time of the interview. The children did not receive explicit instruction on division before the study. For the data collection clinical semi-structured interviews (Ginsburg, 1997) were used in order to better understand how children think about division and solve problems of division. Before the interviews, which were carried out individually for each child, a common question guide (protocol) was developed for both children, which included six division tasks and questions which aimed to reveal children’s ideas, conceptions and processes when solving each of the tasks. The six tasks involved either partitive or quotative division and were hierarchically ordered based on their difficulty level. During the interviews, for every task, each child had at his disposal relevant material (concrete objects or pictorial representations) which he was encouraged to use to solve the task and demonstrate his thinking. Two of the division problems that were used are the following: (1) John has some biscuits to give to his two dogs. He wants the two dogs to get the same number of biscuits. How can you help John to do this? Each child was asked to solve the task for different quantities of biscuits (n=2,4,6,10,14, or 20) (partitive division); (2) Mrs Rabbit has 7 carrots and she would like to put them into some baskets. She wants each basket to have 2 carrots. Draw the baskets that she will need (quotative division). Open-ended and more focused questions which prompted children to express their thinking were used at various moments throughout the interviews by the researcher, such as: “Can you explain to me how you got this answer”, “How did you do it?”, “Are there any carrots left? How many?”, “Can you draw the amount of carrots left?” The exact questions and their wording varied between the two children, depending on their responses. The interviews were conducted at a quiet place familiar to the children. The interview with Child 1 lasted 29 minutes, and with Child 2 37 minutes. Short breaks were taken when needed. The interviews were videotaped and after they were transcribed, the data analysis was carried out using the method of thematic analysis (Boyatzis, 1998). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both children in the study demonstrated adequate awareness of various aspects of the concept of division. The use of concrete objects or pictures was a major part of both children’s processes of representing, making sense and solving most of the division problems. However, a few constraints were identified in the younger kindergartner’s thinking which were not found in the older kindergartner’s reasoning. Particularly, Child 1 (older) could solve both types of division problems which included quantities up to twenty items, while Child 2 (younger) could better solve partitive division problems with quantities of items up to ten and with up to two subgroups. Child 2 encountered difficulties in solving quotative division tasks mainly because he did not recognize that every group should have a specific size. Interestingly both children solved the incomplete division task successfully. This could be possibly due to the small quantity of the items included in the problem. Both children often used the one-by-one strategy to solve the partitive division problems. Grouping of the items of the whole set was mainly used for the solution of the quotative tasks. The older child was also found to use mental strategies for some partitive and quotative tasks. As this is a case study, these findings cannot be generalized, but they indicate that children can reason in division even prior to receiving any instruction on the specific concept, and this could be considered by teachers before starting the formal teaching of division. This intuitive thinking in division was found to differ between the younger kindergartner and the older one. Further quantitative and qualitative studies could be conducted to specify, to what extent and in what ways, age and other children-related characteristics (e.g., gender, language, home environment) influence children’s performance, their thinking and its development in division at a kindergarten level. References Boyatzis, R. E. (1998). Transforming qualitative information: Thematic analysis and code development. Sage. Clements, D.H., Sarama, J., & DiBiase, A.M. (Eds.) (2004). Engaging young children in mathematics. Standards for early childhood mathematics education. Mahwah, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Ginsburg, H. P. (1997). Entering the child's mind: The clinical interview in psychological research and practice. Cambridge University Press. Nunes, T., Bryant, P., Evans, D., & Barros, R. (2015). Assessing quan- titative reasoning in young children. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 17(2–3), 178–196. Purpura, D. J., & Lonigan, C. J. (2013). Informal numeracy skills: The structure and relations among numbering, relations, and arith- metic operations in preschool. American Educational Research Journal, 50(1), 178–209. Ulrich, C. (2015). Stages in constructing and coordinating units additively and multiplicatively (Part 2). For the Learning of Math- ematics, 36(1), 34–39. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., & Elia, I. (2020). Mapping kindergartners’ quantitative competence. ZDM Mathematics Education, 52(4), 805-819. Van de Walle, J. A., Lovin, L. A. H., Karp, K. H., & Williams, J. M. B. (2014). Teaching Student-Centered Mathematics: Developmentally Appropriate Instruction for Grades Pre K-2 (Vol. 1). Pearson Higher Ed. Watts, T. W., Duncan, G. J., Siegler, R. S., & Davis-Kean, P. E. (2014). What’s past is prologue: Relations between early mathematics knowledge and high school achievement. Educational Researcher, 43(7), 352-360. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Exploring the Possibilities of the Use of Picture Books for Inducing Mathematical Thinking in Early Childhood University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:In recent years, there is a growing interest in early childhood mathematics education research at an international level (Elia et al., 2023). This interest is attributed to a large extent to the increasing emphasis given on preschool education in many countries (e.g., Kagan & Roth, 2017) and to the findings of various studies which provide evidence for the significant role of young children’s early mathematical competences in their mathematics learning and performance later at school (Watts et al., 2014). Based on the above, the need of high-quality mathematics learning experiences from the beginning of children’s education is stressed. A major pedagogical tool that is systematically used in early childhood education is picture books. Picture books are books that convey information either through a combination of images - text, or only through a series of images (Kümmerling – Meibauer et al., 2015). Picture books are used to nurture children’s emotional, social, and intellectual development as well as to develop children in content areas such as mathematics (Cooper et al., 2020). Particularly, picture books can provide a meaningful framework for learning mathematics and provide an informal base of experience with mathematical ideas that can be a starting point for more formal levels of understanding (Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen et al., 2009). Based on the findings of van den Heuvel-Panhuizen et al.’s study (2016), reading picture books should have an important place in the kindergarten curriculum to support children’s mathematical development. Picture book reading in preschool can be done as an informal and spontaneous activity in which children are involved during free play and also as an activity that is organized and guided by the teacher (Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen & Elia, 2013). Considering the latter case, picture books can be used in all phases of the learning process, such as introducing new mathematical concepts, assessing children’s prior knowledge, deepening understanding and revising topics (Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen & Elia, 2012). Educators can make use of picture books by asking questions, posing problems to children, offering opportunities to discuss mathematical ideas and by adding relevant activities to provoke further exploration of the mathematics included in picture books. In previous studies, different types of picture books were used to stimulate children’s mathematical development. With respect to the mathematical content included in the picture books, based on Marston’s (2014) work, a distinction can be made between (a) picture books with explicit mathematical content, which are written with the purpose to teach children mathematics, (b) picture books with embedded mathematical content, which are written primarily to entertain but the mathematics is intentional, and (c) picture books with perceived mathematical content, which tell an appealing story and in which mathematics is unintentional and implicit in the story. According to the recent review on picture book reading in early years mathematics by Op ‘t Eynde et al. (2023), research studies that investigate the interplay between the picture books characteristics and the quality of picture book reading in early mathematics, based on the children’s and/or readers’ utterances, are rare. The present study could be considered as a step towards this research dimension, as it aims to explore the potential of the use of picture books with different characteristics in prompting children’s mathematical thinking. Considering that, even if picture books are not written to teach mathematics, they may offer many opportunities for the exploration of mathematical ideas by young children (e.g., Dunphy, 2020), our study addresses the following research question: What are the possibilities offered by the use of picture books with embedded mathematical content and picture books with perceived mathematical content for inducing mathematical thinking in early childhood? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To provide a deeper insight into the possibilities of using different types of picture books to stimulate mathematical thinking in the early years, we conducted a case study in which a 4-year-old girl participated. The girl has attended nursery and then kindergarten since the age of 4 months. She has not received formal instruction in mathematics or reading. Two picture books were used in the study: “The Very Hungry Caterpillar” (Carle, 2017) and “How to hide a Lion from Grandma” (Stephens, 2014). These picture books are high quality books, which tell appealing stories and are not written to teach children mathematical concepts or skills. However, the book “The Very Hungry Caterpillar” (Book 1) includes mathematical content that is intentional, while in the book “How to hide a Lion from Grandma” (Book 2) the mathematics is unintentional and incidental. Therefore, based on Marston’s (2014) proposed distinction, in Book 1 the mathematical content is embedded, while in Book 2 the mathematics is perceived. The story of Book 1 is about a small caterpillar that comes out of its egg very hungry. So, every day of the week, she eats a different amount of fruit or sweets, starting with one fruit on Monday, two fruits on Tuesday, etc., until it is full and makes her cocoon where she falls asleep. After two weeks it comes out, and from a small caterpillar, it turns into a beautiful butterfly. The story of Book 2 is about a little girl named Elli, who has a secret: she lives with a lion. Elli has to hide the lion so that her grandmother, who will stay with her on the weekend, does not find it. In the end, however, it seems that Elli’s grandmother is also hiding something she brought from home in her bedroom. For the data collection, the researcher (first author of this paper) read each picture book to the child in a separate session. A book reading scenario was used during each session. The reading scenarios were developed for the two books separately, prior to the reading sessions, and included questions and activities related to the mathematical content of the books, aiming at inducing the child’s mathematical thinking during the picture book reading. Both sessions took place in a quiet place in the school and were recorded. Each session lasted 20-30 minutes. The child’s mathematical thinking was examined by analyzing her utterances and her productions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of the study show that using the picture books had the power to elicit the child’s mathematical thinking and activate her cognitively. Based on the child’s utterances, the use of both the book with the embedded mathematical content (Book 1, Caterpillar) and the book with the perceived mathematical content (Book 2, Lion) elicited mathematical thinking related to different mathematical concepts. Specifically, although the embedded mathematical content of Book 1 focuses on numbers and counting, its use evoked thinking not only in numbers, but also in measurement and algebra. The use of Book 2 elicited the child’s spatial reasoning and thinking in measurement and numbers. These possibilities for engaging the child in mathematics were offered by the picture books through their rich environment, but also by the discussions and interactions with the reader/researcher and the additional activities that accompanied the narrative. This finding provides evidence for the important role of the reader in evoking the child’s mathematical thinking. For example, in our study more specific questions were asked to the child by the reader to trigger her mathematical thinking in the pages of the picture books in which mathematical content is not explicit. This occurred to a larger extent with Book 2 in which mathematical concepts are incidental and unintentional. Based on our findings, this variation in how the reader used the picture books during reading seemed to be effective, but additional research is needed to provide further insight into this issue. Finally, based on our findings the pictures of both picture books had a crucial role in stimulating the child’s mathematical thinking, since most of the child’s mathematical utterances were focused on the pictures of the books irrespectively of the way the picture books were used (e.g., dialogic reading or accompanying mathematical activities related to the book). References Carle, E. (2017). Μια κάμπια πολύ πεινασμένη [The very hungry caterpillar]. Kalidoskopio. Cooper, S., Rogers, R. M., Purdum-Cassidy, B., & Nesmith, S. M. (2020). Selecting quality picture books for mathematics instruction: What do preservice teachers look for? Children’s Literature in Education, 51(1), 110-124. Dunphy, L. (2020). A picture book pedagogy for early childhood mathematics education. In A. MacDonald, L. Danaia, & S. Murphy (Eds.), STEM Education across the learning continuum (pp. 67-85). Singapore: Springer. Elia, I., Baccaglini-Frank, A., Levenson, E., Matsuo, N., Feza, N., & Lisarelli, G. (2023). Early childhood mathematics education research: Overview of latest developments and looking ahead. Annales de Didactique et de Sciences Cognitives, 28, 75-129. Kagan, S. L., & Roth, J. L. (2017). Transforming early childhood systems for future generations: Obligations and opportunities. International Journal of Early Childhood, 49, 137-154. Kümmerling-Meibauer, B., Meibauer, J., Nachatigäller, K., & Rohlfing, J. K. (2015). Understanding learning from picturebooks. In B. Kümmerling-Meibauer, J. Meibauer, K. Nachatigäller, & J. K. Rohlfing (Eds.), Learning from Picturebooks: Perspectives from child development and literacy studies (pp. 1-10). New York: Routledge. Marston, J. (2014). Identifying and Using Picture Books with Quality Mathematical Content: Moving beyond" Counting on Frank" and" The Very Hungry Caterpillar". Australian Primary Mathematics Classroom, 19(1), 14-23. Op ‘t Eynde, E., Depaepe, F., Verschaffel, L., & Torbeyns, J. (2023). Shared picture book reading in early mathematics: A systematic literature review. Journal für Mathematik-Didaktik, 44(2), 505-531. Stephens, H. (2014). Πώς να κρύψεις ένα λιοντάρι από τη γιαγιά [How to hide a lion from grandma]. Athens: Ikaros. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., & Elia, I. (2012). Developing a framework for the evaluation of picturebooks that support kindergartners’ learning of mathematics. Research in Mathematics Education, 14(1), 17-47. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., & Elia, I. (2013). The role of picture books in young children’s mathematical learning. In L. English & J. Mulligan (Eds.), Advances in Mathematics Education: Reconceptualizing Early Mathematics Learning (pp. 227-252). New York: Springer. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., Elia, I., & Robitzsch, A. (2016). Effects of reading picture books on kindergartners’ mathematics performance. Educational Psychology, 36(2), 323-346. Van den Heuvel-Panhuizen, M., van den Boogaard, S., & Doig, B. (2009). Picture books stimulate the learning of mathematics. Australian Journal of Early childhood, 34(3), 30-39. Watts, T. W., Duncan, G. J., Siegler, R. S., & Davis-Kean, P. E. (2014). What’s past is prologue: Relations between early mathematics knowledge and high school achievement. Educational Researcher, 43(7), 352-360. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Primary School Students and Prospective Teachers' Perspective Drawing Abilities in Geometry KIRIKKALE UNIVERSITY, Turkiye Presenting Author:In primary education, geometrical drawing abilities hold pivotal importance. The ability to visually represent geometric shapes is a foundational skill that not only introduces students to the world of mathematics but also serves as a precursor to advanced spatial reasoning capabilities (Clements & Battista, 1992). This research aims to assess primary school students' geometrical drawing abilities comprehensively. By employing paper-pencil tests utilizing grid and isometric paper, the objective is to gauge the student's proficiency in visually representing two- and three-dimensional geometric shapes. This endeavor seeks to understand primary school students' current geometrical drawing skills. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants will consist of primary school students in 4th grade from a public school and pre-service primary school teachers from a primary school teacher education program in Kırıkkale province in Türkiye. The data will be collected in the 2024 spring semester by the researcher. The data will be analyzed qualitatively. Paper-pencil tests will be designed for primary school students and pre-service teachers to assess geometrical drawing abilities. Grid paper and isometric paper will be utilized to facilitate the representation of two- and three-dimensional geometric shapes, respectively. The tests will encompass a range of shapes, including squares, rectangles, cubes, and prisms, ensuring a comprehensive evaluation of participants' abilities. Scoring rubrics will be developed to measure accuracy, precision, and creativity in geometric representation, providing a multifaceted assessment of geometrical drawing proficiency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data will be collected in the 2024 spring semester, and the findings will be reported according to the data. Understanding the participant's proficiency levels and identifying the strengths and weaknesses in their abilities are the expected outcomes of this research. References Clements, D. H., & Battista, M. T. (1992). Geometry and spatial reasoning. Handbook of research on mathematics teaching and learning, 420, 464 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 25 SES 13 A: NW 25 Network Meeting Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ann Quennerstedt Network Meeting
All interested in NW 25 are welcome. |
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper NW 25 Network Meeting Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 26 SES 13 A: Successful Principals Navigating Changing Accountability Policies and other Complex Transformations: An International Study Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Rose Ylimaki Session Chair: Christopher Day Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Successful Principals Navigating Changing Accountability Policies and other Complex Transformations: An International Study Objectives and Framework In recent years, many nation states have enacted accountability policies with student learning measured by externalized evaluations. Some nation states (e.g., United States) have state-based education systems with shifts toward centralization; others have a long history of educational centralization (e.g., France); and still others have shifted from centralized systems to more decentralized systems (e.g., Italy). School leaders must, then, navigate accountability policy changes in relation to different transformations and other changes (e.g., student demographics, digitalization).
This symposium presents research from the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP), the longest standing and largest leadership research network with members from 20+ countries. In ISSPP research, schools are considered adaptive social systems that sit at the nexus of policy, communities, and society. Researching school leadership amidst a complex and rapidly changing society requires conceptualisations and methodologies to be sufficiently robust and dynamic to capture the nuances of the ways that multi-layered influences in society, communities, and schools shape, and are shaped by, what successful principals do. This symposium presents new ISSPP research findings using the new conceptual framework and comparative, mixed methods research methodology. Papers in this symposium discuss how the ISSPP conceptualization and methodologies enable the research to capture the ways in which principals navigate within and between systems and layers of influence over time to grow and sustain success.
Research Questions RQ1: How appropriate is complexity theory to furthering understandings of successful school leadership, and how will such understandings advance the application of complexity theory in social and comparative research in education? RQ2: To what extent, and in what ways, do diverse socioeconomic, cultural, political systems, and professional contexts at different levels of the education system influence how schools operate to bring about valued educational outcomes, especially those serving high need communities? RQ3: To what extent, and in what ways, is ‘success’ in schools perceived and measured similarly and/or differently within and across different countries? RQ4: What are the key enablers and constraints for achieving school ‘success’ in different contexts within and across different countries? RQ5: How do different key stakeholders within and outside the school community and at different levels of the education system define successful school leadership practices? What similarities and differences can be identified within and across different countries? RQ6: What similarities and differences can be identified in the values, beliefs, and behaviors of successful school principals across different schools in the same country, and across national cultures and policy contexts? In seeking to answer the urgent issues of defining how success is achieved and sustained in all schools, and especially those serving high need communities amidst the contemporary uncertainties, the ISSPP research examines school leadership through the lens of ecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) which theorizes individual practices and development within the context of various dynamically interacting layers of social and ecological systems to capture the processes and actions in which schools operate, develop, and thrive in an increasingly unpredictable, globalized world.
Methodology The ISSPP utilizes a comparative, mixed methods design with a variety of data sources in order to bring multiple perspectives to bear in the inquiry (Creswell & Creswell, 2017; Patton, 2002). Sampling features principals who lead successful schools in their communities. Data sources within each case study include semi-structured qualitative interviews with the district/municipality, governors, principal, teachers, parents, and students, and a whole-school teacher survey. The comparative analysis of these data sources within and across different schools and countries (Authors, 2021) enables trustworthiness and enhances rigor (Denzin, 2012). Structure of the session This session will begin with an overview from the chair followed by three paper presentations and audience discussion. References Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications. Denzin, N. K. (2012). Triangulation 2.0. Journal of mixed methods research, 6(2), 80-88. Patton, M. Q. (2002). Two decades of developments in qualitative inquiry: A personal, experiential perspective. Qualitative social work, 1(3), 261-283. Presentations of the Symposium Navigating Principalship: Exploring the Dynamics of School Leadership in Italy's Shifting Educational Landscape
Purpose
The purpose of this paper is to contribute to understandings of successful school leadership in Italy in an education system that has undergone significant transformations, transitioning from a highly centralized structure to a more autonomously managed system. Despite some advances, school leaders are faced with ongoing reform and face challenges due to frequent adjustments driven by political decisions, leading to a lack of continuity and resistance to change. This instability creates ongoing disruptions, and school leaders’ capacity to drive innovation and change.
Conceptualisation
The case study is informed by Ecological system theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) with Complexity theory (Haggis, 2008, Morrison, 2010) which serve as the theoretical underpinning. The paper conceptualises successful school leadership, through an analysis of the complex interactions within and between micro, meso, macro, exon and chrono level systems (Bronfenbrenner, 2009).
Methods
The case study has followed the ISSPP’s recently re-modelled research protocols and adopted a mixed method multi-perspective approach. The Case Study focuses on Comprehensive Institute which includes 1 kindergarten, 3 primary schools, and 1 junior secondary school. The data was collected through a staff questionnaire (n = 51), 6 individual face-to-face interviews with the principal, individual interviews with 5 teaching staff, as well as focus group interviews with 6 parents, and 6 students. The Institute’s evaluation documents from 2016 to 2022, including the RAV- Self-Assessment Report - Rapporto di Auto-Valutazione, and PdM- Improvement Plan – Piano di Miglioramento were also utilised.
Findings
The findings suggest that despite the complexities of Italy's bureaucratic education system, the principal embarks on a transformative journey aimed at uplifting the outcomes of underprivileged families within the Institute's community. The principal introduces new ways of working with a focus on ethics and service, the cultivation of relationships across the school and wider community, and a belief in distributed leadership. Anchored in Bronfenbrenner's (1979) ecological system theory and
complexity theory (Haggis, 2008; Morrison, 2010), the case study provides invaluable insights into the nexus of ongoing educational reforms, institutional autonomy, community needs, and the pivotal role of the principal. This leadership transcends boundaries, not only focusing on educational outcomes but also nurturing a values-driven culture that cultivates a positive and inclusive environment. By championing social justice, equity, and inclusion, the principal's vision extends beyond academics, fostering overall positive developmental outcomes for the children across the Institute.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (2009). The ecology of human development: experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press.
Haggis, T. (2008). Knowledge Must Be Contextual: Some Possible Implications of Complexity and Dynamic Systems Theories for Educational Research. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 40 (1), 158-176.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
Successful Schools and Principalship in France. An Explorative Survey in a Deprived School District.
Outlining purpose
Following a 2-year continuing professional development programme on the issues and challenges of school leadership, a team of 50 French executives from a rural and disadvantaged French district were involved in a collaborative and reflective enquiry into successful schools and principalship, under my supervision.
Conceptual framework
The successful principalship was investigated in the international and comparative ISSPP programme (Day, Leithwood, 2007). It revealed invariants in the success factors of schools and principals, irrespective of their social, cultural and institutional context (Day & oth., 2010; Gurr, 2015). These factors relate to three main areas: the definition of a vision, values and purposes; the development of people; and the redefinition of the school organisation. Based on evidence of student achievement, but also other indicators of success, the ISSPP study shows that principals rely on the same repertoires of core practices and that they improve teaching and learning in indirect ways. A small handful of their personal traits account for a large proportion of school success.
Methods
Adopting and translating the ISSPP survey protocol in the French context, and developing the survey in 3 primary schools, 5 middle schools, 3 high schools, 2 vocational schools, the group of 50 executives (composed of principals, inspectors, and pedagogical advisers), structured in teams of 3 to 4 members, conducted interviews over 6 months with principals, teachers and students to identify success factors of each school. These interviews were cross-referenced with indicators such as national assessments, exam results and other data supplied by the Ministry of Education and the local authority.
Findings
The survey results corroborate what has already been observed throughout numerous ISSPP publications concerning common factors shared by successful leaders (Leithwood & al., 2020). However, these results have to be contextualized in the French education system. With their specific republican values and vision, French principals have to share their roles and responsibilities with inspectors, which limits their instructional and transformational leadership with teachers. Their face difficulties to understand and consider professional and organisational learning, and they have a limited autonomy in human resources management. It prevents them from taking full advantage of opportunities for school improvement and teacher professional development. Nevertheless, it is possible to identify some attempts to move away from a bureaucratic organisation governed by planning, rules and hierarchy to promote more distributed and flexible activities and sharing new roles and responsibilities with teachers.
References:
Day, C. and Leithwood, K. (eds.) (2007) Successful school principal leadership in times of change: International perspectives. Dordrecht: Springer.
Day, C., Sammons, P., Leithwood, K., Hopkins, D., Harris, A., Gu, Q. and Brown, E. (2010) Ten strong claims about successful school leadership. Nottingham: NCSL
Gurr, D. (2015) ‘A model of successful school leadership from the International Successful School Principalship Project.’ Societies, 5(1): 136–150.
Leithwood, K., Harris, A. and Hopkins, D. (2020) ‘Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited,’ School Leadership & Management, 40(1): 5–22, DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077
Successful U.S. Principals Navigate Policy Reforms and Changing Demographics
Purpose
U.S. public education has played a critical role in the founding, development, and unification of diverse citizens’ identities, thus reflecting society. In recent years, the U.S. has experienced increased diversity from internal demographic shifts as well as global population migrations (U.S. Census Bureau, 2020). Although U.S. public education is a state-based system, federal policies have recently shifted toward curriculum centralization. Efforts toward curriculum centralization or common core were not successful; however, all states developed similar curricula as well as externalized evaluations holding schools accountable (Loveless, 2021). Additionally, the U.S. history of colonization and slavery has affected many citizens, including children, with lingering trauma. At the same time, in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic, many school members have also experienced a range of health and social emotional effects as well as trends toward digitalization and virtual education. Such new and perennial tensions and complexities have been complicated by an ongoing teacher shortage. The purpose of this paper is to present new ISSPP cases with a specific focus on how successful principals balance and mediate tensions between accountability and the broad human needs of students in hopeful and positive ways. Cases are located in the Northeast, Southeast, Southwest, and Midwest, including public, religious, and reservation community schools that serve traditionally marginalized populations in public schools.
Framework and Methods
Drawing on the ISSPP theoretical framework (Bronfenbrenner, 1979; Morrison, 2010) and revised protocols, teams interviewed the principal, teachers, parents/community members, and students. Additionally, teams administered a survey to all teachers.
Findings and Implications
Preliminary findings indicate that, amidst contemporary complexities and influences, successful principals develop a positive and hopeful school direction for change that meets or exceeds accountability policy requirements for all children. In so doing, principals build teacher leadership capacity, relate increasingly diverse home cultures to curriculum content, promote equity, and support pedagogical quality. Findings indicate that these leadership practices contribute to student academic outcomes and wellness outcomes. In these cases, successful principals also influence and educate district leaders and even state leaders about the effects of accountability policies as well as the cultural wealth of their increasingly diverse communities. While principals must navigate new complexities and influences, they honor historical values and traditions. The paper discuses findings in relation to the ISSPP theoretical frame
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Loveless, T. (2021). Between the State and the Schoolhouse: Understanding the Failure of Common Core. Harvard Education Press. 8 Story Street First Floor, Cambridge, MA 02138.
Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393.
U.S. Census Bureau (2020). Retrieved from https://www.census.gov on January 24, 2024.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 26 SES 13 B: Exploring Leadership Dynamics in Educational Settings: Insights from Varied Perspectives Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Sigríður Margrét Sigurðardóttir Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Decentralizations’ Impact on Municipal Educational Leadership in Iceland: A Study of Changing Roles and Responsibilities University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Over the last 30 years, educational policies and governance at national levels in Europe have been increasingly influenced by global trends such as neoliberalism and New Public Management (Ball, 2017; Moos, 2017). This shift has led to decentralization of educational systems, introducing accountability systems and marketization. This has influenced governance structures within countries and heightened the educational responsibilities at local levels, particularly at district or municipal levels, necessitating a focus on leadership practices (Fullan & Quinn, 2016). Research has drawn to attention the significant role of effective local-level leadership in contributing to professional development and student learning at the school level (Leithwood & McCullough, 2021; Louis, 2015). It is suggested that this leadership should adopt a proactive, distributed, and shared approach, centring on supporting principals and schools to enhance student learning and professional competence (Louis et al., 2010; Hargreaves & Shirley, 2020). Research by Leithwood et al. (2008, 2020) and Louis et al. (2010) indicates that municipal leaders must set directions, develop people, and refine organizational structures. The effectiveness of such leadership is often linked to its ability to foster a supportive environment for principals and teachers (Louis et al., 2010). Conversely, a lack of leadership capacity and understanding at the municipal level has been associated with challenges in sustaining improvements at the school level (Lambert et al., 2016; Louis et al., 2010). In the context of global decentralization trends, Iceland’s transfer of compulsory schooling from state to municipal control in 1996 presents a unique case. This shift resulted in municipalities undertaking new responsibilities, such as setting educational policies and providing school support services, often without substantial state-level guidance (Sigurðardóttir et al., 2020). It has been documented that these changes significantly transformed the roles of municipal councils, school governing boards, and principals (Ásmundsson et al., 2008; Hansen & Lárusdóttir, 2018; Hansen & Jóhannsson, 2010). While the broader impacts of such decentralization shifts and the changing role of the local level have been documented in various European and global contexts (Moos et al., 2016; Leithwood & McCullough, 2021), the specific ramifications for Iceland remained less explored, especially in terms of leadership. This paper seeks to understand how municipalities in Iceland have navigated their educational leadership responsibilities post-decentralization. The primary research question it addresses is: What implications has the decentralization of Iceland's educational system had for municipal educational leadership? Furthermore, what are the features of this leadership and its implication for school practice? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological framework of the study this paper builds on is grounded in social constructionist epistemology, viewing knowledge as constructed through social processes. The research employs an embedded single-case study design, with municipal educational leadership in Iceland as the central case. This approach allows for an in-depth exploration of the specific nuances and complexities of the subject matter within its real-life context. The case study is broken into four research themes or units of analysis, each with sub-questions that feed into the research question in different ways. It applies mixed methods to provide a rich and holistic understanding of the topic. Each method was applied in alignment with the corresponding unit of analysis, providing a layered and comprehensive understanding of the subject. Units 1 and 2 constructed a basic knowledge of educational governance and the policy environment at the municipal level and helped to situate municipal educational leadership within the Icelandic context. In Unit 1, document analysis was applied (Sigurðardóttir et al., 2020), and in Unit 2, content analysis on educational legislation (Sigurðardóttir et al., 2018). In Unit 3, a closer look was taken at the municipal level leadership nationwide, based on survey responses from both municipal and school leaders (Sigurðardóttir et al., 2022). In Unit 4, an attempt was made to deeply understand this leadership by examining seven municipalities in more detail (Sigurðardóttir, 2023). This was done by interviewing superintendents and department heads at school offices and principals and examining the municipalities' websites and policy documents concerning school support services. This paper is based on findings from all the units. The varied data collection ensures a holistic understanding of the topic, capturing the nuances of the changes and characteristics in educational leadership at the municipal level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a significant reshaping of leadership practices at the municipal level in Iceland following the decentralization of compulsory schooling. The study identifies a lack of strategic planning and policy guidance at national and municipal levels, leading to an overdependence on individual leaders' capabilities. This situation has resulted in fragmented educational leadership, impacting the ability of schools to function as professional institutions and provide inclusive education. The research underscores the need for a structured and strategic approach to leadership at the municipal level. It highlights the importance of coherent policy and governance structures that support and guide educational leaders. The findings suggest that strengthening leadership capacity, particularly in remote municipalities, is crucial for improving the quality of education and ensuring equity across the educational system. The study contributes to the discourse on educational leadership and governance in Iceland and globally. It provides valuable insights into how local adaptations to global educational trends can influence the effectiveness of educational systems and local leadership practices. The Icelandic case offers a unique perspective on the challenges and opportunities of developing local educational leadership while decentralizing educational governance, providing lessons for other countries navigating similar reforms. References Ásmundsson, G. Ó., Hansen, B., & Jóhannsson Ó. H. (2008). Stjórnskipulag grunnskóla: Hugmyndir skólanefnda um völd sín og áhrif. Netla – Online Journal on Pedagogy and Education. https://vefsafn.is/is/20201017174451/https:/netla.hi.is/greinar/2008/010/index.htm Ball, S. J. (2017). The education debate (3rd ed.). Policy Press. Fullan, M., & Quinn, J. (2016). Coherence: The right drivers in action for schools, districts, and systems. Corwin. Hansen, B., & Jóhannsson, Ó., H. (2010). Allt í öllu: Hlutverk fræðslustjóra 1975–1996. University of Iceland Press. Hansen, B., & Lárusdóttir, S. H. (2018). Grunnskólar á öndverðri 21. öld: Hlutverk og gildi. Icelandic Journal of Education, 27(2), 111–133. https://doi.org/10.24270/tuuom.2018.27.6 Hargreaves, A., & Shirley, D. (2020). Leading from the middle: Its nature, origins and importance. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 5(1), 92–114. Lambert, L., Zimmerman, D. P., & Gardner, M. E. (2016). Liberating leadership capacity: Pathways to educational wisdom. Teachers Collage Press. Leithwood, K., & McCullough, C. (2021). "Leading School Districts for Improved Student Success". In S. Brown, & P. Duignan (Eds.), Leading Education Systems (pp. 133–156). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-80071-130-320211006 Louis, K. S. (2015). Linking leadership to learning: State, district and local effects, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 2015(3), 6–17. https://doi.org/10.3402/nstep.v1.30321 Moos, L. (2017). Neo-liberal governance leads education and educational leadership astray. In M. Uljens, & R. M. Ylimaki (Eds.), Bridging educational leadership, curriculum theory and didaktik: Non-affirmative theory of education (pp. 151–180). Springer. Moos, L, Nihlfors, E., & Paulsen, J. M. (2016). Nordic superintendents: Agents in a broken chain. Springer. Sigurðardóttir, S. M. (2023). Educational leadership at the municipal level in Iceland: What shapes it, its characteristics and what it means for school practices [Ph.D thesis]. University of Iceland. https://skolathraedir.is/2022/11/17/laesiskennsla-i-byrjendalaesisskolum-og-odrum-skolum/ Sigurðardóttir, S. M., Hansen, B., Sigurðardóttir, A. K., & Geijsel, F. (2020). Challenges in educational governance in Iceland: The establishment and role of the national agency in education. In Helen Ärlestig og Olaf Johansson, Educational authorities and the schools: Organisation and impact in 20 states (bls. 55–73). Springer. Sigurðardóttir, S. M., Sigurðardóttir, A. K., & Hansen, B. (2018). Educational leadership at municipality level: Defined roles and responsibilities in legislation. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 2(2–3), 56–71. http://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.2760 Sigurðardóttir, S. M., Sigurðardóttir, A. K., Hansen, B., Ólafsson, K., & Sigþórsson, R. (2022). Educational leadership regarding municipal school support services in Iceland. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 1–21. http://doi.org/10.1177/17411432221076251 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Reflecting on School Results: Organisational Culture and its Alignment with Planned Changes University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:The publication of PISA results in 2022 revealed that students in Kosovo scored below a baseline level of performance. These results came despite the fact that Kosovo education has gone through several changes in the last two decades. Given that most of these changes were second-order or deep changes, they require an exploration of the underlying values, norms, assumptions, structures, process and culture of its institutions. Cultural theories suggest that understanding organizational culture is essential to identifying the relevant approaches when initiating, shaping and implementing changes in education. In this regard, school leaders play the key role in supporting the organisation to shape its culture and adapt it to its planned change. Therefore, the objective of this research is to identify the dominant organisational culture types in schools and understand how they are they aligned with the planned changes. The two main research questions that will guide the study are what are the dominant organizational culture types in schools and how do the school leaders align dominant organizational culture with the planned changes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research will be conducted in a seven main primary and lower secondary public schools in capital of Prishtina (Kosovo) and will select in cooperation with the Municipality Education Department based on the criteria as best performing schools. The study will adapt a mixed methodology. For the quantitative data, the sample will consist of 300 teachers. The data will be collected using a standardized instrument (The Organizational Culture Assessment Instrument – OCAI) to assess the dominant organisational culture based on four organisational culture types: clan, hierarchy, adhocracy and market. For the qualitative data, semi-structured interviews with seven school directors, document analysis will be used as a technique for collecting data. The quantitative gathered data will be analyzed using SPSS program. The mean and standard deviation will be used to calculate descriptive data. While for analyzing the inferential data, parametric tests will be used: T-test and One-Way Anova. The qualitative data gathered through seven interviews were fully transcribed and coded accordingly. The interview data will be analyzed and compared with the documents analysis as well as with the quantitative data collected through the OCAI questionnaire. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research will identify and assess cultures in the primary and lower secondary schools and also find the difference between existing and desired culture. In addition, it will explore the role of the school director in aligning the organisational culture with the planned changes. It will promote awareness of the school organisational culture and stimulate further discussion that will make school leaders think about it and use it to improve the implementation of changes. Given the fact that the same OCAI instrument for assessing school cultures was also used in other countries, the research will be able to compare the obtained results and find out the discrepancies and challenges that were faced in other contexts. In addition, given the difficulties that Kosovo is facing to improve the school results, this research will also be useful for scholars, policy makers and practitioners in Kosovo and will encourage the discussion about the impact of the organizational culture to the change processes since there are no similar research published so far in Kosovo. References Alvesson, M. (1987). Organizations, Culture, and Ideology. International Studies of Management & Organization, Vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 4-18. Alvesson, M. (2002). Understanding Organizational Culture. London, GB: SAGE Publications Ltd. Anderson, G. & Wenderoth A. (2007) Facilitating change: Reflections on Six Years of Education Development Programming in Challenging Environments. Universalia Management Group, 5252 de Maisonneauve Blvd. W., Suite 310. Montreal, Quebec H4A 2S5 Apple, M. W. (2016). “Challenging the epistemological fog: the roles of the scholar/activist in education“. European Educational Research Journal, 11 May 2016. Brooks, J. S. & Normore A. H. (2015). Qualitative research and educational leadership. International Journal of Educational Management, Vol. 29 Iss 7 pp. 798 – 806. Cameron, K. S. & Quinn R. E. (2011). Diagnosing and changing organizational culture: Based on the Competing Values Framework. Third edition. San Francisko, CA: Jossey – Bass. Cameron, K. S., Quinn R. E., DeGraff, J. & Thakor, A. V. (2006). Competing Values Leadership: Creating values in organisations. Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc. Cardno, C. (2018). Policy document analysis: A practical educational leadership tool and a qualitative research method. Kuram ve Uygulamada Eğitim Yönetimi, 24(4), 623-640. Cooke, R. A, & Szumal, J. L. (2013). Using the Organisational Culture Inventory to Understand the Operating Cultures of Organisations. Handbook of Organisational Culture & Climate. Gay, L. R., Mills, E. and Arasian, M. (2006). Educational research: Competencies for Analysis and Application. Eight edition. Pearson Prentice Hall. Hargreaves, A. & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital, Transforming Teaching in Every School. Teachers College, Columbia University. Jung, T., Scott, T., Davies, H. T. O., Bower, P., Whalley, D., McNally, R., & Mannion, R. (2009). Instruments for exploring organizational culture: A review of the literature. Public Administration Review, 69(6), 1087-1096. Kezar, A. (2014). How Colleges Change: Understanding, Leading and Enacting Change. Routledge 711 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017. Taylor & Francis Lortie, D. C. (2009). School Principal Managing in Public. The University Chicago Press, Ltd., London. Schein, E. H. (1985). Organizational Culture and Leadership. San Francisko: Jossey-Bass. Schein, E. H. (1996). Culture: The missing concept in organization studies. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41(2), 229. Schein, E. H. (2004). Organisational Culture and Leadership. Third Edition. San Francisko: Jossey-Bass. Tierney, W. G. (1988). Organizational Culture in Higher Education: Defining the Essentials. The Journal of Higher Education, 59(1), 2-21. Torres, L. L. (2022). School Organisational Culture and Leadership: Theoretical Trends and New Analytical Proposals. Education Sciences, 12. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Implementing an Improvement Science Approach: Refelcting on three years of Leadership, Improvement, and Professional Learning 1University of Auckland, New Zealand; 2Schooling Improvement Ltd. Presenting Author:School improvement efforts often do not result in sustained change in schools and improvement in equity in outcomes. The implementation and sustained effects of school improvement remain under-researched. This research focuses specifically on school improvement using improvement science approaches. Improvement science has seen a wide uptake in business and public health (e.g., Gawande, 2011; Langley et al., 2009) but also in the education sector (e.g., Bryk et al., 2015; Tichnor-Wagner et al., 2017). An improvement cycle is a systematic approach to achieving continual improvement, emphasising the identification of problem causes, setting goals, and measuring and closely monitoring progress towards goals. Previous studies have documented the initial implementation of improvement science approaches (e.g., Meyers & Hitt, 2018; Tichnor-Wagner et al., 2017). However, studies on sustained implementation and improvement are lacking. Further, some case study research points to general practices supporting improvement efforts using improvement science approaches (e.g., Peterson & Carlile, 2021). However, the specific practices, conditions, and enablers of sustained school improvement remain under-researched. Finally, implementation in schools is often supported through research-practice partnerships, which are time- and cost-intensive. There is no known research examining an online learning approach to support schools. Addressing these gaps, the current study asked school leaders to reflect on three years in which they engaged in an online professional learning programme (PLD) supporting them in their implementation of a school improvement science approach, namely the School Improvement Cycle (SIC). It had three aims: 1) to investigate whether a new improvement science model results in sustained change and improvement; 2) to examine the specific practices, conditions, and enablers of sustained school improvement in schools; and 3) to test an innovative approach to engage with whole school leadership teams via online learning. The PLD served a cluster of ten primary and two secondary schools, and about ten professional staff in South Australia. Data collected included interviews with five principals, seven middle leaders, two professional staff, and the school achievement data. Interviews gathered in-depth data on the implementation and effectiveness of the SIC and PLD. Following a theory of action framework, we investigated changes in leaders’ beliefs, how those translated into changed leadership behaviours, and the impact these changes had on school culture, which means on leaders’ and teachers’ ways of working and student learning. We also inquired into the level of implementation, the transferability of the acquired learning to other areas, and the challenges encountered. Finally, we explored leaders’ views on the delivery and impact of the PLD. Leaders noted a range of changes in their leadership beliefs. They reported greater confidence in leading improvement as they had a clear and rigorous process to follow. This pushed them to formulate and test their theory of improvement, rather than jumping to solutions. They changed their focus changed from a teacher- to a student-centred one. Finally, the roles and responsibilities of middle and senior leaders became clearer, and leadership became more genuinely distributed. Leaders reported changes in their leadership behaviour. They engaged in more data-driven practice, focussed on creating transparency in decisions and processes, and changed the use of meetings to enable more focused work and create more touch points between leaders and between leaders and teachers. This work led to changes in school culture. Leaders saw strong teacher buy-in, a strong sense of accountability and cohesion, more focussed in-school PLD, and a positive impact on student learning and results. Finally, leaders reported positively on the content, structure, and online nature of the PLD. The online nature meant reduced travel time while still sharing learning with schools across the region, and time flexibility in booking follow-up meetings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is a retrospective examination of a PLD programme facilitated online supporting school teams over three years in implementing an improvement science approach. For the first year, the PLD consisted of six 1.5 hours long webinars approximately every six weeks. In the webinars, the facilitator stepped school teams through the SIC. The webinars thus aligned with the steps in the SIC: (1) Defining the problem and the goal, (2) Developing quick wins and measures, (3) Developing the theory for improvement, (4) Implementing strategy: Professional learning, (5) Implementing strategy: Organisational, and (6) Sustaining progress over time. For each webinar, school teams had a pre-reading and a follow-up meeting in the same week to discuss progress and next steps. Webinars also included schools sharing strategies or challenges to implement the approach. In the second year, schools met with the facilitator to assess their progress and needs. A further four webinars were provided designed to address schools’ implementation challenges. In the third year, schools were offered up to six follow-up meetings. Most schools had three to four meetings. Six out of the twelve schools that took part in the PLD consented to the research, four primary and two secondary schools. Five principals, seven middle leaders, and two professional staff took part in a one-hour-long interview. The semi-structured interviews gathered in-depth data on leadership beliefs and practices, the implementation, enablers, and challenges in schools. A sub-set of questions examined participants’ perceptions of the online PLD. Interviews were conducted online via Zoom, audio-recorded, and transcribed. NVIVO was used for thematic analysis (Braun et al., 2018), which was informed by a theory of action framework (Argyris, 1974). Theories of action explain how people’s underlying beliefs, values, and understandings, together with the conditions they find themselves in, impact the actions they take to resolve problems. Theories of action further link these actions to intended or unintended consequences. Thus, the first round of coding focused on leadership beliefs, behaviours (actions), and consequences. Within these themes, we engaged in an inductive analysis. Themes and coding were reviewed twice by both authors in an iterative process to ensure trustworthiness in the analysis. The school cluster provided achievement data from three years prior to when the schools were introduced to the approach (five years in total). The data was analysed to see changes over time for each school as challenges with changes in measures made further statistical analysis unreliable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study constituted an in-depth study of school improvement using a novel approach to school improvement and supporting schools. First, leaders reported changes in beliefs, behaviours and school culture, including student outcomes, as a result of implementing the School Improvement Cycle. Improvement science offers a rigorous process for identifying problems, setting goals, identifying and implementing strategies, and closely monitoring the implementation and effects. Schools saw more cohesion, accountability and buy-in as the approach created clearer structures and resulted in positive outcomes for students. Our research attests to the effectiveness of sustained implementation of improvement science approaches (Meyers & Hitt, 2018; Tichnor-Wagner et al., 2017). It however goes further in highlighting specific leadership practices and conditions for school improvement, providing valuable and detailed insights for schools, leaders, district leaders and professional development providers. Given the constant changes in education and the uncertainty that schools grapple with in today’s world, school improvement science enables schools to focus and reflect on the challenges and barriers pertinent to their students and school communities and trial and implement strategies to address these challenges. While the use of improvement cycles is increasingly lauded as a tool for educators, schools, districts, universities, and communities to work towards sustained and systematic change for improvement, such efforts often benefit or build on partnerships, networked communities, or collaborations with researchers or external facilitators to embed this work (Bryk et al., 2015; Coburn, & Penuel, 2016; Crow et al., 2019). Our research highlights the feasibility of an online PLD approach to supporting this work. The findings will have implications on how improvement science is executed in schools and how this implementation can be supported at scale and for geographically dispersed schools through online learning. References Argyris, C., & Schӧn, D. A. (1974). Theory in practice: Increasing professional effectiveness. Jossey-Bass. Braun, V., Clarke, V., Terry, G., & Hayfield, N. (2018). Thematic analysis. In P. Liamputtong (Ed.), Handbook of Research Methods in Health and Social Sciences (pp. 843–860). Springer. Bryk, A. S., Gomez, L. M., Grunow, A., & LeMahieu, P. G. (2015). Learning to improve: How America's schools can get better at getting better. Harvard Education Press. Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–practice partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48-54. Crow, R., Hinnant-Crawford, B. N., & Spaulding, D. T. (2019). The educational leader’s guide to improvement science: Data, design and cases for reflection. Myers Education Press. Gawande, A. (2011). The Checklist Manifesto: How to get things right. Profile Books Ltd. Langley, G. J., Moen, R. D., Nolan, K. M., Nolan, T. W., Clifford, N. L., & Provost, L. P. (2009). The Improvement Guide: A practical approach to enhancing organizational performance (Second ed.). Jossey-Bass. Meyers, C. V., & Hitt, D. H. (2018). Planning for school turnaround in the United States: an analysis of the quality of principal-developed quick wins. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 29(3), 362-382. Peterson, D. S., & Carlile, S. P. (2021). Improvement science: Promoting equity in schools. Myers Education Press. Tichnor-Wagner, A., Wachen, J., Cannata, M., & Cohen-Vogel, L. (2017). Continuous improvement in the public school context: Understanding how educators respond to plan-do-study-act cycles. Journal of Educational Change, 18, 465-494. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 26 SES 13C: Examining the Substantial Challenges in the Principals' Role: Insights from England, Sweden, Australia and Finland Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jane Wilkinson Session Chair: Izhar Oplatka Symposium |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Examining the Substantial Challenges in the Principals' Role: Insights from England, Sweden, Australia and Finland This symposium examines substantial challenges in the principals’ role that have been further exacerbated by the COVID 19 pandemic, drawing on research into the principalship conducted in England, Sweden, Australia, and Finland. The rationale for this examination is that internationally, schooling systems are facing a principal recruitment and retention crisis (Riley et al., 2021, Heffernan & Pierpoint, 2022). In nations such as Australia, England, and Sweden, stress and burnout, due to increasingly complex social conditions and workload intensification, is leading to an exodus of school leaders and a reluctance from teachers to apply for the principalship. In Sweden, for example, heavy workloads and stress appear to be the main reasons why Swedish principals quit (Thelin & Lund, 2023). In Australia, an annual survey of principals’ occupational health, safety and wellbeing reported 29 per cent of principals were at significant risk of burnout and self-harm - the highest level since the survey commenced in 2011 (See et al., 2022).
Quality educational leadership is instrumental in achieving nations’ aims for fairer, more democratic and socially cohesive societies. The attraction and retention of high-quality educators into the principalship and lower turnover has been shown to accrue significant social benefits: positively impacting teacher retention, school-community engagement and students’ outcomes, particularly for pupils from more marginalised backgrounds (Bartanen et al., 2019; Kelchtermans, 2017). The impact of a principal attraction and retention crisis is significant for students and communities from disadvantaged backgrounds and schools.
Principals’ work historically has been stressful, involving a constant juggle of often-conflicting demands of multiple stakeholders. However, what is new and what this symposium will address are increasing challenges in the role exacerbated by the COVID 19 pandemic. Each paper addresses different aspects of these challenges, drawing on a range of theoretical tools and methods. Papers cover a range of topics: The English study draws on a three-phase research project on school leaders’ work during and after lockdown. This research shows that during the pandemic there were considerable affective costs on school staff, with care leadership roles (pastoral, welfare and safeguarding) extended with increasing poverty, unrecognised, and disproportionately experienced by female members of staff. A Swedish research team is studying how community-context-related particularities and challenges contribute to shaping the leadership of principals in schools in urban low socioeconomic status communities, with a particular focus on aspects concerning the principals’ emotional labour. The study also aims to explain principals’ emotional labour in light of the cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements that frame their leading practices. The Australian research examines the emotional labour of educational leading in socially volatile times. Employing the theory of practice architectures, it draws on critical incident testimonies contributed by Australian principals in 2023-2024 in which they reflected on the incident’s emotional impact and key learnings. The paper aims to build new knowledge about the heightened emotional dynamics shaping principals’ work; the dialectical interactions between these emotional dimensions and the contextual and systemic arrangements that influence principals’ labour. A Finnish research team sheds light on principals’ job crafting, which emerged as a potent strategy helping educators to navigate the contemporary educational terrain marked by increasing uncertainty. Specifically, this study seeks to explore the potential of job crafting in increasing occupational well-being through fostering the development of crucial personal resources, such as curiosity and resilience. In sum, the objective of this symposium is to collectively explore “the challenges, uncertainties and unstable ground that characterises” the principals’ role and bring to light unrecognised and crucial aspects of their roles whilst also examining how such an exploration can “assist us in addressing current and future needs, challenges and opportunities” (ECER 2024 Call).
References Bartanen, B., Grissom, J. A., & Rogers, L. K. (2019). The Impacts of Principal Turnover. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 41(3), 350-374. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373719855044 Heffernan, A., & Pierpoint, A. (2022). Attracting and Retaining Australia’s Principals. Australian Secondary Principals' Association. Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’ Teachers & Teaching, 23(8), 961-977. DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2017.1379793 Riley, P., See, S-M., Marsh, H., & Dicke, T. (2021). The Australian Principal Occupational Health, Safety and Wellbeing Survey 2020 Survey. Sydney: Institute for Positive Psychology and Education, Australian Catholic University. https://www.principalhealth.org/reports/2020_AU_Final_Report.pdf See, S-M, Kidson, P, Marsh, H, & Dicke, T. (2022). The Australian Principal Occupational Health, Safety and Wellbeing Survey, ACU. https://www.healthandwellbeing.org/reports/AU/2022_ACU_Principals_HWB_Final_Report.pdf Thelin, K., & Lund, S. (2023). Rektorers rörlighet i Sverige: en kunskapsöversikt [Principals' mobility in Sweden: a knowledge overview]. Utbildning & Lärande, 17(3), 1–16. Presentations of the Symposium Care-full Leaders, Care-less Policy and Post-pandemic Schooling: An Unsustainable Combination
Demand for care work intensified and extended during the pandemic and continues to the current day.' Care work’ refers to everything that schools do to support children’s emotional, social and physical well-being. Care-full leadership also covers support for staff in safe and professionally generative and rewarding workplaces. We understand care-full leadership, following Tronto (1998, 2015), to be work which combines (1) attentiveness, becoming aware of need; (2) responsibility, being willing to respond and take care of need; (3) competence, having the skills and knowledge to provide effective care; and (4) responsiveness, considering how others see their position and recognising the potential for the responsibilities of caring to be violated (1993).
Our paper draws on a three-phase research project on school leaders’ work during and after lockdown (Greany et al., 2021, 2022, 2023). Our data includes two surveys (n=1491 and n=6057), leader interviews (n=101), stakeholder roundtables (n=9), and analysis of job advertisements. This research shows that during the pandemic there were considerable affective costs on school staff, with care leadership roles (pastoral, welfare and safeguarding) extended and disproportionately experienced by female members of staff.
The situation is now critical. Escalating poverty has meant that care demands on schools serving poor communities have further increased, while a youth mental health crisis coupled with rising numbers of children with special needs places unprecedented demands on all schools. Our current four UK nations study of the sustainability of school leadership (https://sustainableschoolleadership.uk) suggests that the English performative and marketised education policy agenda is “care-less” rather than care-full (see Grummell et al., 2009, Lynch, 2010). Leaders must focus on teaching/learning and support students to excel in tests/exams and their school to excel in inspections. Escalating leader vacancies suggest that the predictions made in pandemic research – up to one in three of serving leaders in our studies – are now reality.
Leaders argue that government needs to trust them and provide support and resources so that they can continue exercising care-full leadership of students, staff and themselves. This would promote well-being and encourage them to stay. We argue this means policymakers adopting Tronto’s four interlinked care practices. Provocatively, we suggest that the system could well learn about care-full leadership from its school leaders.
References:
Greany, T., Thomson, P. & Bernardes, E., 2023. Still leading after lockdown? Recommendations for enhancing how senior school leaders in England are recruited, trained and sustained: University of Nottingham School of Education.
Greany, T., Thomson, P., Cousin, S. & Martindale, N., 2021. Leading in lockdown. Research on school leaders’ work, well-being and career intentions https://schoolleadersworkandwellbeing.files.wordpress.com/2021/12/leading-in-lockdown-final-report.pdf: University of Nottingham School of Education.
Greany, T., Thomson, P., Cousin, S. & Martindale, N., 2022. Leading after lockdown. Research on school leaders’ work. well-being and career intentions. Phase 2 findings https://schoolleadersworkandwellbeing.files.wordpress.com/2022/06/leading-after-lockdown-final-report-2-2.pdf: University of Nottingham School of Education.
Grummell, B., Devine, D. & Lynch, K., 2009. The care‐less manager: gender, care and new managerialism in higher education. Gender and Education, 21, 191-208.
Lynch, K., 2010. Carelessness. Arts and Humanities in Higher Education, 9, 54-67.
Tronto, J., 1993. Moral boundaries. A political argument for an ethic of care London: Routledge.
Tronto, J., 1998. An ethic of care. Generations. Journal of the American Society on Aging, 22, 15-20.
Tronto, J., 2015. Who cares? How to reshape a democratic politics Ithica, NY: Cornell University Press.
Emotional Labour of Swedish Principals in Low Socioeconomic Status Communities
This paper examines principals’ emotional, and often invisible, work (Hochschild, 1983; cf. Wilkinson, 2021). Recent studies undertaken in a long-term network collaboration between school principals in low socioeconomic status Swedish communities and educational researchers, show how leadership is learned and shaped in and by context specific circumstances, entailing several challenges. The most prominent challenges are connected to a) high population mobility, b) comprehensive linguistic and cultural diversity, c) comprehensive knowledge diversity, and d) an intense problem complexity, i.e., a dense flow of extraordinary incidents in and around the schools (Hirsh et al., 2023). Although not explicitly elaborated on in these studies, the results also indicate that emotions are a prominent, albeit often unspoken, part of the principals' work. In this study, we re-analyse the same data that led to the above-mentioned findings, with specific interest directed towards finding discursive manifestations of emotional labour. Additionally, the new analysis is directed towards understanding and explaining principals’ emotional labour through a practice architectures lens. Principals’ leading is explored as a practice that consists of sayings, doings and relatings conditioning and conditioned by site-specific cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements (Kemmis et al., 2014).
The empirical data underlying this study consists of five audio-recorded peer group dialogues between principals (N=20), conducted within the framework of the longitudinal R&D collaboration mentioned above.
Our preliminary results show that some site-specific conditions in particular involve emotional labor: Work intensification, clearly connected to the context-related challenges that the previous study made visible and navigating the local policy context. We suggest that understanding emotional labor as an essential and demanding aspect of principals' work is necessary for the building of support structures around them, which in the long run can counter the impact of work intensification. Preliminary analysis also makes visible how the intertwined site-specific arrangements condition the principals' leading practices, and how they navigate and learn 'how to go on' based in the emotional labor. This suggests that emotional labor can be understood as conditions for educational leading practices, sometimes perceived as a burden for the individual but indeed also as important, site-based practice knowledge that gives principals’ work joy and meaning. Further, the methodological approach in the R&D collaboration, i.e., the peer-dialogues, seem to empower the principals and trigger agentive action in terms of proposing and initiating educational and workplace changes (cf. Hirsh et al, 2023).
References:
Hirsh, Å., Liljenberg, M., Jahnke, A., & Karlsson Perez Å. (2023). Far from the generalised norm: Recognising the interplay between contextual particularities and principals’ leadership in schools in low-socio-economic status communities. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 1-18. DOI: 10.1177/17411432231187349
Hochschild, A. R. (1983). The managed heart: Commercialization of human feeling. University of California Press.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, Changing education. Springer.
Wilkinson, J. (2021). Educational leadership through a practice lens: Practice matters. Springer.
The Emotional Labour of Educational Leading in Socially Volatile Times: Emotions as Sites of Knowing
As an intrinsically caring profession, emotions matter in educating and educational leading. Managing one’s emotions and that of others is a key part of the largely invisible labour of the principalship (Hochschild, 2012). Moreover, educational practices such as caring, disciplining, influencing, administering and managing people and their emotions are crucial sites of knowing in the principalship (Gherardi & Rodeschini, 2016). From a practice theory lens then, emotions as sites of knowing are not the property of individuals. Rather, the emotionality of a practice such as leadership forms part of the collective know how or taken-for-granted understandings of ‘how we do things around here’. Moreover, in relation to practices such as managing, administering and leading a school, this practice-specific emotionality consists of knowing both what to do and how to do it (Gherardi & Rodeschini, 2016; Wilkinson, 2021).
In this paper, we adopt a practice approach – the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014) to examine the practice-specific emotionality (Reckwitz, 2002) of practices of educational leading. In order to render visible this tacit knowledge, we draw on testimonies contributed by Australian principals in 2023-2024 (N=201) in which they narrated a critical incident that had occurred under their leadership and reflected on its emotional impact and key learnings. The data forms part of a three-year, Australian Research Council study examining the emotional labour of Australian principals in socially and politically volatile times (https://www.monash.edu/education/research/projects/school-principals-emotional-labour-in-volatile-times). In keeping with the practice lens adopted in this paper, critical incident as a method was selected for such incidents disrupt ‘normalcy’ to illuminate “underlying trends, motives, and structures that have a more general meaning and indicate something of importance” in the “wider context” of Australian society (Gherardi & Rodeschini, 2016, p. 272).
In analysing these incidents through a practice architectures lens, we ask: What is the work these emotions and practices are doing/performing? What are the broader discursive, material and social arrangements that make certain practices and emotions more or less likely to emerge in this site, rather than that one? What are the implications of this analysis for the broader project and praxis of educational leading? A practice lens thus adds new knowledge about the heightened emotional dynamics shaping principals’ work; the dialectical interactions between these emotional dimensions and principals’ individual demographics; and how emotional labour unfolds over time.
References:
Gherardi, S., & Rodeschini, G. (2016). Caring as a collective, knowledgeable doing: About concern and being concerned. Management Learning, 47(3), 266-284. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507615610030
Hochschild, A. R. (2012). The managed heart: Commercialization of human feeling (3rd ed.). The University of California Press.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, Changing education. Springer.
Reckwitz, A. (2002). Towards a theory of social practices: A development in culturalist theorizing. European Journal of Social Theory, 5(2), 243-263. https://doi.org/10.1177/13684310222225432
Wilkinson, J. (2021). Educational leadership through a practice lens: Practice matters. Springer.
The impact of Job Crafting on Work-related Well-being among School Principals: The Mediating Role of Curiosity and Resilience
The well-being of school principals is paramount, as they play a central role in school operations and education (Beausaert et al., 2023). According to Job Demands-Resources (JD-R) theory (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017), job characteristics (job demands and resources) and employees’ personal characteristics (personal resources) are key determinants of employees’ well-being. Within this framework, job crafting is proposed as an employee-driven job design approach, by which employees proactively seek an optimal equilibrium between job demands and job resources. Through strategies such as increasing structural or social resources, increasing challenging job demands, or decreasing hindering demands, employees can proactively redesign their jobs, potentially resulting in enhanced occupational well-being (Tims et al., 2013).
Research has demonstrated that job crafting indeed changes job characteristics in the intended direction, ultimately leading to improved occupational well-being (Tims et al., 2013). However, less is known about how job crafting affects personal resources, and how it, in turn, influences occupational well-being. Drawing on JD-R theory and Conservation of Resources (COR) theory (Hobfoll et al., 2018), this study argues that job crafting fosters the development of curiosity and resilience (Toyama et al., 2023), which, in turn, predicts positive changes in work-related well-being, such as work engagement, job satisfaction, and burnout, over time.
Longitudinal data from 257 Finnish school principals collected at two time points one year apart (2022 and 2023) were analyzed using structural equation modeling. Results showed that increasing challenging job demands was the only job crafting strategy significantly predicting an increase in curiosity and resilience. No job crafting strategies directly predicted change in work-related well-being. Instead, the change in resilience predicted an increase in work engagement and job satisfaction and a decrease in burnout, and the change in curiosity predicted an increase in work engagement and job satisfaction. Curiosity fully mediated the effect of increasing challenging job demands on a change in work engagement and job satisfaction. Resilience also fully mediated the effect of increasing challenging job demands on a change in work engagement and burnout yet failed to mediate the effect of the job crafting strategy on job satisfaction. These results highlight increasing challenging job demands as a central job crafting strategy in predicting positive changes in work-related well-being through the development of personal resources. Overall, this study advances our understanding of job crafting by providing new insights into the mechanisms by which job crafting affects work-related well-being through personal resources.
References:
Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands–resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000056
Beausaert, S., Froehlich, D. E., Riley, P., & Gallant, A. (2023). What about school principals’ well-being? The role of social capital. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 405-421. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143221991853
Hobfoll, S. E., Halbesleben, J., Neveu, J. -P., & Westman, M. (2018). Conservation of resources in the organizational context: The reality of resources and their consequences. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 5, 103–128. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-032117-104640
Tims, M., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2013). The impact of job crafting on job demands, job resources, and well-being. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 18(2), 230–240. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0032141
Toyama, H., Upadyaya, K., Hietajärvi, L., & Salmela-Aro, K. (2023). Job crafting among school principals before and during COVID-19: Investigating the associations with work-related well-being and personal resources using variable- and person-oriented approaches. European Management Journal, in press. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emj.2023.07.006
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 27 SES 13 A: Breaking out of Silos: Using Classroom Videos for Cross-disciplinary and Cross-methodological Examinations of Teaching (Part 2) Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Armin Jentsch Session Chair: Stefan Ting Graf Symposium Part 2/2, continued from 27 SES 12 A |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Breaking out of Silos: Using Classroom Videos for Cross-disciplinary and Cross-methodological Examinations of Teaching (part 2) Great advances have been made in how we conceptualize, operationalize and measure aspects of teaching quality (Charalambous et al., 2021). However, this field of research is fragmented. Scholars work in silos, drawing on their own specific framework despite what are often strong commonalities in ambition, terminology, and structural features across frameworks. We argue that classroom video provides an avenue to work across these silos, allowing multiple frameworks to be applied to the same videos. This provides a common ground for discussions across frameworks, facilitating communication and potentially the integration of different frameworks for understanding teaching. This symposium uses classroom videos as a common ground to break out of our silos through analyzing the same videos with a broad range of frameworks. This symposium consists of 3 papers (with three additional papers in a linked symposium) that use unique frameworks to investigate teaching quality. The frameworks in this symposia stem from different traditions and are at different stages of development. The three quantitatively-oriented frameworks are International Comparative Analysis of Learning and Teaching (ICALT; van de Grift et al., 2007), Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO; Grossman, 2015), and the Teacher Education and Development Study-Instruct framework (TEDS-Instruct; Schlesinger & Jentsch, 2016). The two qualitatively driven frameworks are the Model for analysing Teaching Quality derived from the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD-MTQ; Sensevy, 2014; Ligozat & Buyck, accepted), the praxeological documentary video analysis (DVA; Martens & Asbrand, 2022). Part 2 of the double symposium (this part) focuses on ICALT, TEDS-Instruct, and DVA. The quantitatively oriented frameworks pre-determine definitions of teaching quality based on rubric dimensions and performance categories. The qualitative approaches understand teaching as a situated practice developing within a dynamic system of social, material, and semiotic interactions. This symposium’s ambition is to have participants reflect on how one’s framework shapes how one constructs an understanding of teaching and the limitations and benefits of each framework through comparing the decompositions of the focal lessons across frameworks. Through this, we hope to build common understandings across frameworks and break out of our silos. To this end, we have asked each individual paper to attend to three research questions:
The contributors provide an overview of their respective frameworks based on the following categories: purpose and the theoretical grounding of the observation framework, facets of teaching captured, specific focus, grain size (e.g., unit of analysis on time scales), and empirical evidence and use. Then, contributors analyze the same four videos of lower secondary mathematics and language arts lessons from Nordic classrooms. Each contributor presents patterns of findings derived and afforded by their respective framework. To that end, we especially discuss patterns of teaching quality and how differences in the above-mentioned categories might shape the construction of findings as well as limitations and affordances across frameworks. The inclusion of both mathematics and language arts, as well as both quantitatively and qualitatively oriented frameworks, sets this work apart from past important efforts in this area (e.g., Charalambous & Praetorius, 2018). References Charalambous, C. Y., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2018). Studying mathematics instruction through different lenses: Setting the ground for understanding instructional quality more comprehensively. ZDM, 50(3), 355–366. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0914-8 Charalambous, C. Y., Praetorius, A.-K., Sammons, P., Walkowiak, T., Jentsch, A., & Kyriakides, L. (2021). Working more collaboratively to better understand teaching and its quality: Challenges faced and possible solutions. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 71, 101092. Grossman, P. (2015). Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observations (PLATO 5.0). Palo Alto: Stanford University. Martens, M., & Asbrand, B. (2022). Documentary Classroom Research. Theory and Methodology. In M. Martens, B. Asbrand, T. Buchborn, & J. Menthe (Eds.), Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung in den Fachdidaktiken: Theoretische Grundlagen und Forschungspraxis (pp. 19-38). Springer. Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics: An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5). Schlesinger, L., & Jentsch, A. (2016). Theoretical and methodological challenges in measuring instructional quality in mathematics education using classroom observations. ZDM: The International Journal on Mathematics Education, 48(1-2), 29-40. van de Grift, W. J. C. M. (2007). Quality of teaching in four European countries: a review of the literature and application of an assessment instrument. Educational Research 49(2): 127–152. Presentations of the Symposium The Value of Assessing Generic Teaching Quality Using ICALT as a Measure of Effective Teaching Behaviour
In the educational effectiveness research tradition, classroom observation has been recognized as a key instrument for uncovering variations in teaching quality in terms of student achievement (Muijs et al., 2018). In general, all existing observation instruments have the common goal for unravelling variations in teaching effectiveness to support teachers with valuable information that can help them develop their teaching skills.
Several classroom factors matter for student attainment, including curriculum quality, the amount of learning time, various teaching skills including the creation of a safe and stimulating learning environment, efficient classroom management, the quality of instruction, teaching students how to learn, monitoring student progress, adapting teaching to student differences, and attention for students at risk of falling behind (eg., Creemers, 1994; Hattie, 2012; Scheerens & Bosker, 1997) Notably, not all behaviours synthesized from the literature are easily observable in classrooms. These factors are best revealed by means of teacher interviews and -surveys, student surveys, and value-added measures (Coe et al., 2014; van de Grift et al., 2014).
The International Comparative Analysis of Learning and Teaching (ICALT, van de Grift, 2007) is a generic, non-subject specific teaching observation instrument, originally developed by the Dutch Inspectorates in cooperation with the Central Inspectorates in several European countries. This generic observation instrument focusses on capturing observable teaching behaviours of the whole lesson using high- (32 item) and low-inference (120 items) indicators. The indicators provided in the instrument are commonly observed in typical classroom practices, but are not all-inclusive. The observer can add good practices to justify his/her feedback. Although the ICALT framework is used as a formative feedback tool in teacher education and induction of early career teachers in the Netherlands, there is no research illustrating this formative potential.
Our results reveal how low inference feedback shapes and provides justification for the overall teaching quality feedback provided by trained observers, which contributes to increasing the objectiveness of ratings. This is revealed by providing a) time indicators alongside illustrative quotes from the lesson, b) examples of (lacking) good practices, c) interaction symbols to increase the clarity of the feedback, following the increasing skill complexity levels inherent in the structure of the instrument.
References:
Coe, R., Aloisi, C., Higgins, S., & Elliott Major, L. (2014). What makes great teaching? A review of the underpinning research. London: The Sutton Trust.
Creemers, B. P. M. (1994). The effective classroom. London: Cassell.
Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing the impact on learning. London: Routledge.
Muijs, D., Reynolds, D., Sammons, P., Kyriakides, L., Creemers, B. P. M., & Teddlie, C. (2018). Assessing individual lessons using a generic teacher observation instrument: how useful is the International System for Teacher Observation and Feedback (ISTOF)? ZDM, 50, 395–406. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0921-9.
Scheerens, J., & Bosker, R. (1997). The foundations of educational effectiveness. Oxford: Pergamon.
van de Grift, W. (2007). Quality of teaching in four European countries: A review of the literature and application of an assessment instrument. Educational Research, 49(2), 127–152. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131880701369651.
van de Grift, W., Helms-Lorenz, M., & Maulana, R. (2014). Teaching skills of student teachers: Calibration of an evaluation instrument and its value in predicting student academic engagement. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 43, 150-159.
Capturing Generic and Subject-Specific Aspects of Teaching Quality with the TEDS-Instruct Observation System
Effective teaching has been extensively researched for decades. Studies have demonstrated the significant influence of teachers' performance on student achievement in various school subjects (Grossman et al., 2014; Hill et al., 2005). Theoretical frameworks and observational systems have been developed to conceptualize and measure teaching quality (e.g., Danielson, 2007; Klieme et al., 2009), often taking either generic or subject-specific perspectives. In this study, we discuss a hybrid observation system that draws on the established generic framework of Three Basic Dimensions but aims to address also subject-specific aspects of teaching quality to better explain student achievement in mathematics classrooms.
The observation system was developed in the context of the Teacher Education and Development Study-Instruct (TEDS-Instruct). It captures four dimensions of teaching quality, two of which are considered generic (classroom management, student support), and two of which are considered subject-specific (cognitive activation, and educational structuring). This means that their operationalization is informed by the norms and concepts of the subject (Charalambous & Praetorius, 2018), and teachers need substantial (pedagogical) content knowledge to perform teaching behavior that reflects high levels of cognitive activation or educational structuring (e.g., posing challenging mathematical problems, changes of representations, being precise regarding mathematical language, providing adequate explanations). In this paper, we analyze generic and subject-specific dimensions across two Norwegian double lessons employing high-inference observer ratings. This means that videotaped lessons are presented to trained observers, and after a certain amount of time (i.e., a segment of a lesson), they provide an informed judgement on teaching behaviors and teacher-student interactions on 4-6 items per dimension (Jentsch et al., 2022).
The results show that important aspects of teaching quality are captured by the observation system. For example, in the mathematics lesson, the items “teachers’ correctness” and “dealing with error” within educational structuring were assigned substantively higher scores than any other items in that dimension. Moreover, we argue that there was much variability in scores across the items assessing educational structuring. In contrast, for classroom management, all the items were assigned high scores. In the language arts lesson, different patterns emerge. There is more variability across items measuring cognitive activation. In addition, the teacher provides a lot of individual support to students but does little to support collaborative learning. A goal for future research on our observation system (and potentially others) could be to explore for which contexts and purposes valid conclusions can be drawn from classroom observation.
References:
Charalambous, C., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2018). Studying instructional quality in mathematics through different lenses: In Search of Common Ground. ZDM Mathematics Education, 50, 535-553.
Danielson, C. (2007). Enhancing professional practice: A framework for teaching. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.
Grossman, P., Cohen, J., Ronfeldt, M., & Brown, L. (2014). The test matters: The relationship between classroom observation scores and teacher value added on multiple types of assessment. Educational Researcher, 43(6), 293-303.
Hill, H. C., Rowan, B., & Ball, D. L. (2005). Effects of teachers’ mathematical knowledge for teaching on student achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 42(2), 371–406.
Jentsch, A., Heinrichs, H., Schlesinger, L., Kaiser, G., König, J. & Blömeke, S. (2022). Multi-group measurement invariance and generalizability analyses for an instructional quality observation instrument. In M. Blikstad-Balas, K. Klette & M. Tengberg (Hrsg.), Ways of analyzing teaching quality. Potentials and pitfalls (pp. 121-139). Scandinavian University Press.
Klieme, E., Pauli, C., & Reusser, K. (2009). The Pythagoras study. In T. Janik, & T. Seidel (eds.), The power of video studies in investigating teaching and learning in the classroom (pp. 137–160). Waxmann.
A Qualitative-Reconstructive Investigation of Teaching Quality through Documentary Video Analysis
This paper examines the role of Documentary Video Analysis (DVA; Martens & Asbrand, 2022) in research on teaching quality. It applies DVA to two different lessons from the Nordic LISA study – one in mathematics and the other in Norwegian language arts (L1). By integrating these cases into an existing typology that emphasizes cognitive activation in classroom interactions (Schreyer, 2024), the study utilizes the qualitative reconstructive capabilities of DVA to examine the intricate dynamics of subject-specific teaching and learning processes.
DVA is characterized by its ability to capture the complexity of classroom interactions and allows for uncovering the multifaceted relationships between the development of knowledge, embodied practices and the deeply rooted habitus of both teachers and students (Bohnsack, 2021; Martens & Asbrand, 2022). This methodological approach highlights the interconnected relationships between different aspects of teaching and contrasts with the more deductive methods used in previous research on teaching quality, which relied heavily on standardized observation manuals (e.g. Bell et al., 2019). This descriptive method aims to assess the quality of teaching following the empirical analysis. For this purpose, opportunity-use models (Vieluf & Klieme, 2023) are used to assess whether and how teaching stimuli are understood and used in a subject-specific context.
Analyzing classroom situations in mathematics and Norwegian language arts through the lens of DVA reveals contrasting aspects of cognitive activation. In mathematics classrooms, the focus is on the teacher's central role in creating an environment that fosters cooperative learning, metacognition, and problem solving through the presentation of challenging tasks. This practice fits seamlessly with the theoretical constructs of cognitive activation (Praetorius et al., 2018). In contrast, the language arts classroom shows a notable divergence from the teacher's pedagogical standards and objectives, especially in student presentations where important literary devices are insufficiently identified and discussed, underscoring a discrepancy between the targeted instructional goals and actual knowledge development.
The study discusses the potential of DVA as a tool for assessing teaching quality and critically examines its limitations in evaluating this. It emphasizes the strength of DVA in providing a descriptive rather than an evaluative analysis and questions the usefulness of the method for a comprehensive understanding of teaching quality through the comparative analysis of two subject-specific lessons.
References:
Bell, C. A., Dobbelaer, M. J., Klette, K., & Visscher, A. (2019). Qualities of classroom observation systems. School effectiveness and school improvement, 30(1), 3-29. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2018.1539014
Bohnsack, R. (2021). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden. (10th ed.). Barbara Budrich.
Martens, M., & Asbrand, B. (2022). Documentary Classroom Research. Theory and Methodology. In M. Martens, B. Asbrand, T. Buchborn, & J. Menthe (Eds.), Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung in den Fachdidaktiken: Theoretische Grundlagen und Forschungspraxis (pp. 19-38). Springer VS.
Praetorius, A.-K., Klieme, E., Herbert, B., & Pinger, P. (2018). Generic dimensions of teaching quality: the German framework of Three Basic Dimensions. ZDM: mathematics education, 50(3), 407-426. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0918-4
Schreyer, P. (2024). Kognitive Aktivierung in der Unterrichtsinteraktion: Eine qualitativ-rekonstruktive Analyse zu Passungsverhältnissen im Mathematikunterricht. Waxmann.
Vieluf, S., & Klieme, E. (2023). Teaching effectiveness revisited through the lens of practice theories. In A.-K. Praetorius & C. Charalambous (Eds.), Theorizing Teaching: Current Status and Open Issues (pp. 57-95). Spinger Nature. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-25613-4_3
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 27 SES 13 B: Active and Self-Regulated Learning Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Eva Lundqvist Symposium |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Enhancing Student Self-Regulated Learning: Project WAY's Quantitative Impact Study on Classroom Self-Regulation through Peer Observation 1Universidade Aberta, Portugal; 2Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação , Universidade do Porto; 3Universidade de Trás os Montes e Alto Douro Presenting Author:One of the most needed competencies for the future is the ability to know how to learn (Kowells, 2018). Self-regulated learning (SRL), as defined by Zimmerman (2000), involves learners autonomously navigating the process of acquiring skills. SRL encompasses crucial metacognitive, motivational, and behavioural facets (Zimmerman, 1998). The Socially Shared Regulated Learning model (SSRL; Järvelä and Hadwin, 2013) emphasises the social aspects that are part of the learning process during collaborative learning. The SSRL model implies that multiple interdependent learners regulate their collaborative work and collective learning process through social interaction and mutual help. Despite the focus on collaborative learning and socially mediated self-regulation in education research, the specific roles of peer observation and feedback in the learning process, particularly in the development of self-regulated learning, remain understudied, even though literature as been pointing on that direction (e.g., Torres et al., 2017). The WAY project - Who sAw You then and who sees you now! – based on the SSRL and Zimmerman’s (2000) multi-level model (in which observation is the first stage for acquiring SRL), aims to deepen knowledge about the development of SRL among secondary school students through their involvement in peer observation and feedback during collaborative learning. On the one hand, peer observation can develop observation, reflection, and self-analysis, promoting SRL; on the other hand, asking them to give feedback to their colleagues about what they have observed creates moments of participation and dialogue centred on the classroom activities, allowing students' voices to be heard (Torres et al., 2017). Furthermore this issue is quite important under the main theme of ECER2024- Education in an Age of Uncertainty. In fact , to learn how to selfregulate learning could be an asset in such difficult times. The present study aimed to evaluate the impact of the project WAY implemented in Portuguese schools on students’ SRL based on a quantitative self-reported measure composed of 15 dimensions. The protocol research was registered at OSF, and the hypotheses are the following: Students who observe how their peers’ approach and perform tasks in the classroom and later give feedback will acquire more cognitive and metacognitive strategies (A1), resource management strategies (A2) and higher levels of motivation (A3) than their peers from the control group. Students in the intervention group who engage in more moments of observation and feedback will acquire more cognitive and metacognitive strategies (B1), resource management strategies (B2) and higher levels of motivation (B3) than their peers who engage in fewer moments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This quasi-experimental study includes students from the 10th grade from three public schools. At the pre-test moment, 343 students participated, aged between 14-17 (M=15.09, SD=0.58), with the majority being Portuguese (n=317, 92.4%). Regarding gender, 171 (49.9%) self-identified as male, 166 (48.4%) as female and 6 (1.7%) preferred not to answer. Measures: A previously validated short version of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (MSLQ-SV) was used (Authors, in review; Pintrich et al., 1993). It included 56 items divided into 15 dimensions that compound three sets: three subscales of motivation (Intrinsic motivation, extrinsic motivation, task value, control of learning beliefs, self-efficacy and anxiety), nine subscales of learning strategies (Rehearsal, Elaboration, Organization, Critical Thinking, Metacognitive Self-Regulation) and resource management strategies (Time and Study Environment, Effort Regulation, Peer Learning, Help-seeking). At the pre-assessment, Cronbach's alpha coefficients ranged between .61 to .85, except for help-seeking, which value was .46, and thuswas .46; thus, this dimension will be excluded from further analysis. Sociodemographic data included the participants’ age, gender, school, school year and nationality. Procedure: This project runs from 2023 to 2025, and this presentation will focus on the quantitative data study that was developed in the 2023/24 school year. Data was collected on September 2023 (before intervention), and will be collected in May 2024 (after intervention). To implement the sessions, teachers of the experimental classes were invited to get involved. After the pre-assessment, two training sessions of one hour and a half were organised at each school. These sessions covered essential topics for implementing the project (e.g., timeline, theoretical models, concepts, aspects of the intervention and pedagogical proposals for systematising the observation and feedback process). The intervention on the project WAY is planned to occur in moments of collaborative work in a learning moment that involves carrying out a specific task assigned by the teacher in groups of three to four elements. In each group, one of the students is prompted to observe and give feedback to the others. Observer-reporter students have the support of a guiding script. Data analysis: In order to answer hypothesis A , three multivariate repeated measures analyses (2 groups * 2 time points) will be employed. To answer hypothesis B , a regression analysis will be performed, considering the variable number of moments of observation and feedback as the independent variable and the variables resulting from the difference between T2 and T1 for each SRL dimension and the dependent variable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is expected that after the intervention, the students in the experimental group will report a higher level of motivation, more cognitive and metacognitive learning strategies and resource management strategies than the students in the control group. Also, it is expected that students in the experimental group involved in more intervention sessions will have higher values in the dimensions assessed. The WAY project follows the trend that the current times demand from the education systems of students who need to be better prepared, active, participative and capable of using metacognitive skills to self-regulate their learning (Kowells, 2018). Promoting these skills requires a shift towards pedagogical practices tailored to the students' needs, as reflected in their feedback (Kowells, 2018). This implies a reorganisation of teaching practices addressed in this project. While schools strive to foster pedagogical practices that cultivate SRL and student engagement, they do not encompass the connection between peer observation and the development of SRL skills, enabling students to participate in the changes in pedagogical practices proposed in WAY. Thus, this study addresses gaps in the literature regarding SRL, peer observation and feedback, and instructional practices, contributing to the global knowledge in this field. Finally, the ability to know how to learn autonomously (SRL) is universally important in an era where continuous learning and adaptability are crucial and recognised by internationally respected organisations (e.g., OECD, UNESCO) as essential for the future, making the findings of this study relevant to be applicable in diverse cultural and educational contexts. References Authors (in review). Validation of the Motivational Strategies for Learning Questionnaire for adolescent students in Portuguese schools. Järvelä, S., and Hadwin, A. F. (2013). New frontiers: regulating learning in CSCL. Educational Psychology, 48, 25–39. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2012.748006 Kowells, L. (2018). The Future of Education and Skills: Education 2030. The Future We Want. Position paper published on 05-04-2018. OECD http://www.oecd.org/education/2030/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf Pintrich, P. R., Smith, D. A. F., Garcia, T., & Mckeachie, W. J. (1993). Reliability and Predictive Validity of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (Mslq). Educational and Psychological Measurement, 53(3), 801–813. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013164493053003024 Torres, A. C., Lopes, A., Valente, J. M. S., & Mouraz, A. (2017) What catches the eye in class observation? Observers’ perspectives in a multidisciplinary peer observation of teaching program. Teaching in Higher Education, 22(7), 822-838. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2017.1301907 Zimmerman, B. J. (1989). A social cognitive view of self-regulated academic learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81(3), 329–339. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.81.3.329 Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Attaining Self-Regulation: A social cognitive perspective. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of Self-Regulation (pp. 13–39). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-012109890-2/50031-7 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Didactics of Practice-Based Teaching and Learning UC Copenhagen, Denmark Presenting Author:In Denmark, the concept of practice-based teaching and learning [praksisfaglighed] was launched in June 2018 to indicate political agreement on "strengthened practice-based teaching and learning in the elementary school" (Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet, 2018). This agreement held high expectations, and the political parties behind it declared that an increase in practice-based teaching and learning in the Danish elementary school aimed to contribute to promoting several different aspects of the individual student's versatile development and education. The parties also agreed that a greater focus on practical skills would make more students aware that vocational education is also an option. Thus, the term practice-based teaching and learning, as used in the political agreement, contained both an educational dimension and a dimension oriented towards career choices. This agreement was optimistic, but also broad and imprecise. The expectations were reiterated in a subsequent preliminary study by the Danish Evaluation Institute (EVA, 2019). Here, it was emphasized that with practice-based teaching and learning by virtue of a "physical and active approach to teaching", the teachers would be able to achieve a wide range of advantages: They would generally be able to strengthen the students' learning; employing a problem-based and application-oriented approach would make it possible to promote students' understanding of theory; having students produce their own products would make it possible to strengthen their motivation; and, finally, it would be possible to "strengthen the students' choice of education", which appeared as a euphemism for encouraging more students to choose a craft-oriented vocational education. As in the political agreement, the concept of practice-based teaching and learning in EVA's preliminary study (2019) and a subsequent mapping (2023) included both an educational and a career-oriented dimension. In addition, several didactic elements were added by the Ministry of Education, including problem-based learning, physicality, and product orientation (Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet, 2021). However, the definition of practice-based knowledge was all-inclusive, and a theoretical framework was missing, not least concerning the clarification and identification of a didactics of practice-based teaching and learning that was practically applicable. At the same time, educational researchers pointed out that there was a need for more knowledge to be able to recognize the concept of practice-based teaching and learning (Tanggaard, 2020). Knudsen & Sattrup agreed on that and called for both more breadth and depth in the understanding of practice-based teaching and learning (Knudsen & Sattrup, 2020). Also, within Danish teacher education, great efforts were made to describe practice-based teaching and learning on the teacher training courses (Vial at al., 2021). However, regardless of the effort, the concept remained unclear. One of the main concerns was the lack of a theoretical foundation. Another was that the theory-practice relationship was repeatedly presented as a dichotomy, where more of one means less of the other. This operational split between theory and practice implies that nothing can belong to both at the same time. If the concepts are used in this way, practice-based knowledge becomes an affirmation of the opposition between theory and practice, rather than a field in which theory and practice mutually fertilize each other (Wistoft & Qvortrup, 2023). This proposal intends to clarify the concept of practice-based teaching and learning considering the conceptual clarification challenges. The general objective is to develop a theoretical framework. Didactics of practice-based teaching and learning is defined as didactic reflections and arguments that support the interaction between the acquisition of knowledge and skills, so that the acquisition of knowledge becomes less abstract and the acquisition of skills more knowledge-reflected. The research question is: How can a theoretical framework be developed for a didactics of practice-based teaching and learning? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method applied in this proposal includes three dimensions: a) a systematic, international literature review of research on didactics of practice-based teaching and learning in elementary school, b) an epistemological analysis combined with c) empirically informed examples from the subject of Home Economics at the Danish teacher training programme and in the Danish elementary school. The literature review intends to identify research literature in the field of practice-based teaching and learning in the Danish elementary school in the period 2014-2024. The epistemological analysis focuses on changing positions regarding the relationship between theory and practice in the ideational history of didactics. The epistemological analysis starts with the founder of Didactics, Johan Amos Comenius. In his Didactica Magna from 1627-1638, the basic principle is: "The beginning of cognition must at all times take its starting point from the senses" (Comenius, 1960 [1628-32]): The student starts out from their sensation, i.e. their practical dealings with a phenomenon. Through the teaching, the student develops a definition of the phenomenon, an explanation of it, and a reflection on it through conversations with the teacher. Thus, from the very beginning of European didactics, the relationship to practice and the reflection of practice plays a prominent role. The German concept of Bildung, as expounded by the German philosopher Immanuel Kant (Kant, 1999 [1784]), became a core concept according to the European ideational history of didactics. Kant’s concept of Bildung focuses on general considerations regarding the aims, content, form, and methods of teaching –considerations that are often operationalized as curricula framing expectations for learning. The epistemological analysis also includes the German sociologist Niklas Luhmann's systems theoretical analyses of the “Problems of reflection in the education system” (Luhmann & Schoor, K.E. (1988 (1979)), particularly focusing on his claim in "Society's education system" that the purpose of the education system goes in two directions: education and career selection (Luhmann, 2002). The theoretical analysis will be informed by and discussed with examples from Home Economics teaching (Damsgaard & Hansen, 2021) and empirically informed research on taste didactics (Christensen & Wistoft, 2022; Leer & Wistoft, 2018; Wistoft & Qvortrup, 2018, 2021). The purpose of Danish Home Economics Education is that the students develop pride and confidence in their own abilities through concrete skills and knowledge, which they can also use to make critically informed food and meal choices in their everyday life (Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The proposal presents a systematic didactics of practice-based teaching and learning, including reflections on the choice of goals, content, form, and methods, as well as the arguments for these choices in terms of the framework conditions: who is to be taught, what are the prerequisites, and what framework is established for participation, i.e., in which physical, social, and cultural setting will the teaching take place? These decisions may take the form of learning objectives and teaching plans that frame the expectations for learning. The learning goal can, for example, be to ensure that the knowledge dimension adds reflective depth to skills, while the skills dimension ensures that the subject does not become abstract and theoretical. This will ensure that the didactics of practice-based teaching and learning reflections are embedded – not as a reduced understanding of the technique and methods or 'practical needs' of the teaching, but as the constitutive importance of the content and extent of the subject's knowledge, skills, and practical applications. The teaching will benefit from being informed by a didactic insight offering students new personal and application-oriented ways of acquiring skills and knowledge (Wistoft & Qvortrup, 2023). The intention is to strengthen the students' practical skills, experiences, choices, and creative expressions in the context of a solid foundation of knowledge. In that sense, the intention is to facilitate a dynamic interaction between practical skills and knowledge. Finally, the shift from focusing on theoretical knowledge to focusing on practically relevant knowledge is marked by a transformation of Kant’s ideal of “Sapere aude” (Kant, 1999 [1784]) into "Artes aude", which is realized when students show what they are capable of and trust what they do – both when they prepare and serve a meal and when they present an analysis of a personal meal story. References Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet [Ministry of Education] (2018). Aftale om styrket praksisfaglighed i folkeskolen [Agreement on strengthened practice-based teaching and learning in the elementary school] https://www.regeringen.dk/media/5650/180612-aftale-om-styrket-praksisfaglighed-i-folkeskolen-ny.pdf Børne- og undervisningsministeriet [Ministry of Education] (2021). Praksisfaglighed [Practice-based teaching and learning]. EMU https://emu.dk/grundskole/praksisfaglighed Børne- og undervisningsministeriet [Ministry of Education] (2022). Fælles mål Madkundskab [Common goals Home Ecnomics]. EMU https://emu.dk/sites/default/files/2020-10/GSK_F%C3%A6llesM%C3%A5l_Madkundskab.pdf Christensen, J. H., & Wistoft, K. (2022). Children’s cookbooks – learning by using recipes, cooking experiments and taste competence. Health Education Journal, 81(4), 375-386. https://doi.org/10.1177/00178969221082387 Comenius, J. A. (1960 [1628-32]). Grosse Didaktik. Leipzig: Verlag Helmut Küpper. Damsgaard, C. & Hansen, T.S. (2021). Eksperimenter I madkundskab [Experiments in Home Economics]. Odense: Meloni (in Danish). EVA [Danish Evaluation Institute] (2019). Praksisfaglighed i skolen. En forundersøgelse [Practice-based teaching and learning in school. A preliminary study]. Copenhagen: EVA (in Danish). EVA [Danish Evaluation Institute] (2023). Kortlægning af folkeskolers arbejde med praksisfaglighed [Mapping primary schools' work with practice-based teaching and learning]. Copenhagen: EVA (in Danish). Kant, I. (1999 [1784]). Was ist Aufklärung? Ausgewählte kleine Schriften. In Brandt, H. D. (ed.). Philosophische Bibliothek. Hamburg: Meiner Verlag (in German). Knudsen, L. E. D., & Sattrup, L. (2020). Bredde og dybde i praksisfaglighed [Breadth and depth in practice-based knowledge]. Unge Pædagoger, Årgang 81(3), 20–27 (in Danish) Leer, J., & Wistoft, K. (2018). Taste in food education: A critical review essay. Food and Foodways, 26(4), 329-349. https://doi.org/10.1080/07409710.2018.1534047 Luhmann, N. (2002). Das Erziehungssystem der Gesellschaft. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag (in German). Luhmann, N., & Schoor, K.E. (1988 (1979)). Reflexionsprobleme im Erziehungssystem. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Verlag (in German). Tanggaard, L. (2020). Når vi ved mere end vi kan fortælle – en indkredsning af praksisfaglighedsbegrebet i teori og praksis [When we know more than we can tell - an identification of the concept of practice-based knowledge in theory and practice]. Unge Pædagoger, Årgang 81(3), 12–19 (in Danish). Vial, M., Jensen, T. R., Bjørnemose Andersen, H., Hedegaard Rasmussen, M., Kremmer Hansen, B., Juellund, Jensen, J., Riisgaard Brænder, B., Tønneskov Hansen, S., Drewsen, H., Olsen, J. S., Christensen, K. E., & Eskildsen, O. (2021). Praksisfaglighed i læreruddannelsen [Practice-based teacher education]. Danske Professionshøjskoler https://www.ucviden.dk/da/publications/praksisfaglighed-i-l%C3%A6reruddannelsen (in Danish) Wistoft, K. & Qvortrup, L. (2019). Teaching taste. Common Ground Research Networks. Food studies https://doi.org/10.18848/978-1-86335-164-5/CGP Wistoft, K. & Qvortrup, L. (2023): Praksisfagdidaktik – med madkundskab som eksempel [Didactics of practice-based teaching and learning – with examples from Home Economics]. In: Rasch-Christensen, A. (red.): Praksisfaglighed i skolen. Frederikshavn: Dafolo, 77-94 (in Danish) 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Beyond Borders: Developing the Core Aspects of Physically Active Learning Enactment (CAPAbLE) model in the third space 1University of Southeastern Norway; 2Western Norway University of Applied Sciences; 3Inland Norway University of Applied Science Presenting Author:While traditional teaching methods remain legitimate, society is changing and continues to demand innovative approaches to pedagogy (LaCroix, 2020). In the field of education, innovative approaches to pedagogy often derive from theoretical discourses to learning, such as psychology and didactics (Davis & Francis, 2021; Watson, 2016). However, an emergent interest in recent years has been in employing broader policies, such as public health and physical activity, as a driver of change in education (GAPPA & ISPAH, 2011). One innovation introducing physical activity into education is physically active learning (PAL), which provides complementary movement and learning opportunities for educational purposes (Bartholomew & Jowers, 2011; Vazou & Skrade, 2017). PAL is commonly defined as "the integration of movement into the delivery of academic content" (Daly-Smith et al., 2022). Despite its many benefits outlined in recent meta-analyses and systematic reviews (Norris et al., 2019), PAL intervention methods and strategies often vary because 1) they are research-driven, 2) they have a one-sided health focus, and 3) they are designed with little attention to its real-world applicability (Vazou et al., 2020; Vazou & Skrade, 2017). The lack of educational perspectives might reflect an assumption in the field that teachers are to deliver predesigned and specific PAL activities rather than allowing them the freedom to enact PAL purposefully in their practice (Mandelid, Thurston, et al., 2023). The increasing body of research that underscores the importance of providing room for teachers' experiences and adaptation of PAL urges a need to develop a practice-oriented fundament that can support the enactment of PAL in teaching for different educational purposes (Daly-Smith et al., 2021). To support teachers in understanding why and how to enact PAL in teaching, this article aimed to explore the real-world applicability and enactment of PAL in education. Furthermore, we have used these insights to co-develop core aspects of PAL that can support the enactment in teaching. The starting point of this article is that researchers and teachers who have sustained PAL in their pedagogical practice have valuable experiences in the applicability and enactment of PAL (Chalkley et al., 2023). For this reason, we applied the third space approach because it aspires to establish less hierarchical collaborations between universities and schools (Bhabha, 1994). Such a methodological approach is relevant as moving beyond conventional borders of research has received growing attention in the PAL field (Mandelid, 2023). In particular, various approaches to co-development have received attention as they allow specific contexts and practices to shape and construct PAL (Chalkley et al., 2023; Madsen et al., 2020). The underlying principle of merging contrasting views is that developing knowledge occurs through hybridity, which involves untangling cultural, social, and epistemological conventions (Bhabha, 1994; Woolf, 2020). Hybridity requires participants to be conscious of their values and beliefs to debate discursive boundaries to create new opportunities (Daza et al., 2021). As there are various ways to employ the third space, we use it to encourage hybridity by being reflexive about our own identities and epistemologies during discussions about PAL. Simultaneously, we strive to foster flexibility in our development of new knowledge that can exceed previous discursive boundaries in PAL research (Daza et al., 2021; Woolf, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In accordance with Zeichner et al. (2015), participants in the third space play a crucial role in the research. Hence, we used purposive sampling to invite schools that had previously participated in two PAL programs. These programs were the municipality-initiated Liv og Røre Telemark (LoRiT) (Bratland-Sanda et al., 2020) and the university-initiated Center for Physically Active Learning (SEFAL) (Mandelid, Dyngeland, et al., 2023). The purposive sampling led to the recruiting of three teachers and one principal from one primary school that participated in LORiT in 2017 and in SEFAL in 2019, ensuring that teachers had years of experience and competence in enacting PAL. In addition, we recruited two of the contributing authors of this manuscript as participants for the third space. All conversations in the third space took place at the project school between March 2022 and March 2023. In line with the tenets of the third space, this meant that none of the six meetings were conducted in a physical space that was neutral to all participants (Bhabha, 1994). Instead, we emphasized the metaphorical space, wherein we discussed the intersections of various values and beliefs about PAL (Bhabha, 1994). To foster such a space, we sought to move beyond the borders of traditional power hierarchies where there may be an imbalance between researchers and teachers (Zeichner, 2010; Zeichner et al., 2015). The third space procedure and analysis was an iterative process of collective discussions about PAL, individual inductive analysis of the transcribed interviews, and then presenting refined themes back to the group. Although the first author led the analysis, all participants discussed the themes and their relevance for enacting PAL. Going back and forth between an individual and collective analysis built a bridge between theoretical and practical perspectives of PAL because refined themes were problematized and supported by researchers and teachers (Daza et al., 2021; Sigurdardottir & Puroila, 2020). This time-consuming iterative cycle of refining and analyzing themes continued until no new ones were identified (Creswell, 2018). The final analysis resulted in four themes and 12 sub-themes. While the four themes illustrate the process of enactment, the 12 sub-themes are considered core aspects of PAL enactment. We present the 12 core aspects in a model that illustrates the process of enactment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We present our findings around four themes describing the Core Aspect of Physically Active Learning Enactment (CAPAbLE) model. In the first theme, we describe the model's principles and purposes. In the following, we present the 12 core aspects of PAL through three themes: planning, organizing and evaluating. Planning includes the aspects of curriculum, movement and subject content, environment, structuring teaching, rules and guidelines. Organizing includes the aspects of communication, creating time and space, encounters, knowledge and skills. Evaluating includes the aspects of relationships, pedagogical responsibility, and assessment. We have given it the acronym the CAPAbLE model, as we intend for teachers to reflect on these aspects in their practice to support capabilities to enact PAL. Our findings support that enacting PAL is a complex and time-consuming process (Chalkley et al., 2022). In agreement with previous research, the key to sustaining PAL was related to teachers being open-minded and trusting the process throughout a try-and-fail process (Daly-Smith et al., 2021). This meant not deviating from intentions by creating reachable standards. Although the CAPAbLE model creates reachable standards by giving 12 aspects, it might be fragile if it is presented as general principles because it requires teachers to reflect on their practice to actualize its potential. It is the coherency of the 12 aspects through the iteration of planning, organizing and evaluating that we intended for teachers to identify and derive pedagogical considerations about the process and purposes of enacting PAL. To conclude, findings may (1) support reflections on why to enact PAL, (2) serve as a starting point to rethink the boundaries of academic and experiential knowledge about PAL, and (3) inform future empirical investigations. Further research is needed to test and evaluate its applicability to educational contexts beyond Norway. References Bhabha, H. (1994). The Location of Culture. Routledge. Bratland-Sanda, S., Schmidt, S. K., Karlsen, M., Brottolfs, M., Grønningsæter, H., & Reinboth, M. S. (2020). Liv og Røre i Telemark sluttrapport (Skriftserien Nr. 61). Chalkley, A., Mandelid, M. B., Singh, A., Resaland, G. K., & Daly-Smith, A. (2023). Reframing physically active learning as movement-centred pedagogy: A European priority action framework. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 20(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-023-01503-4 Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103338 LaCroix, E. (2020). Pedagogical Innovation: New Institutional Theory and the Beyond Borders Experiential Learning Program. Journal for Social Thought, 4(1), 8. Madsen, K., Aggerholm, K., & Jensen, J.-O. (2020). Enactive movement integration: Results from an action research project. Teaching and Teacher Education, 95, 103139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103139 Mandelid, M. B. (2023). Approaching physically active learning as a multi, inter, and transdisciplinary research field. Frontiers in Sports and Active Living, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/fspor.2023.1228340 Mandelid, M. B., Thurston, M., Reinboth, M., Resaland, G. K., & Tjomsland, H. E. (2023). "Just because it's fun, it's not without purpose": Exploring the blurred lines of physically active learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 133, 104297. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104297 Norris, E., Steen, T., Direito, A., & Stamatakis, E. (2019). Physically active lessons in schools: A systematic review and meta-analysis of effects on physical activity, educational, health and cognition outcomes. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 52. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2018-100502 Sigurdardottir, I., & Puroila, A.-M. (2020). Encounters in the third space: Constructing the researcher's role in collaborative action research. Educational Action Research, 28(1), 83–97. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2018.1507832 Vazou, S., & Skrade, M. A. B. (2017). Intervention integrating physical activity with math: Math performance, perceived competence, and need satisfaction. International Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 15(5), 508–522. https://doi.org/10.1080/1612197x.2016.1164226 Vazou, S., Webster, C. A., Stewart, G., Candal, P., Egan, C. A., Pennell, A., & Russ, L. B. (2020). A Systematic Review and Qualitative synthesis resulting in a typology of elementary classroom movement integration interventions. Sports Medicine - Open, 6(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40798-019-0218-8 Woolf, S. B. (2020). Exploring pedagogies to elevate inquiry: Teaching action research in the third space. Educational Action Research, 28(4), 579–596. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2019.1629975 Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the Connections Between Campus Courses and Field Experiences in College- and University-Based Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 89–99. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347671 |
17:30 - 19:00 | 28 SES 13 A: Biographical Perspectives and Temporality Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Paper Session |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Forgotten as Potential for the Future? The Temporality of Education from a Forgetting-sensitive Biographical Perspective 1Brandenburg University of, Germany; 2University Frankfurt, Germany Presenting Author:In hardly any other format is the dimension of the temporalisation of the social and thus also of education as clear as in biography (Alheit & Dausien, 2000; Stasz, 1976; Tileagă, 2011). As a social construction, biographies are created at the interface between the individual and society: they are therefore often described as an amalgamation of the micro and macro levels. The interplay of past, present and future produces an individual story of learning and education (Schulze, 1993). It is this form of temporalisation that promises continuity and reliability beyond all disruptions and uncertainties, especially in the course of social pluralisation, increasing uncertainties and (global) social crises (e.g. consequences of ecological catastrophes and devastation), as described in Society on the Verge of a Nervous Breakdown (Lessenich, 2022). Not only the reference to past and present, but also the future openness of the biography is of central importance here. Therefore, we think it is important to take a closer look at the logic of the biographical and the associated bodies of knowledge, when considering the shaping of the future from an educational perspective. Biographical knowledge is not only individual, but closely linked to social and collective memories (Alheit & Hoerning, 1989). It is ultimately from this reservoir (e.g. surplus meaning of life experience - Alheit, 2022, p. 119) that the potential for shaping the future is drawn. In our contribution, we would like to take a look at this potential and focus on the significance of remembering and forgetting for education and the construction of the future. Our thesis is that the study of forgetting in particular has received too little attention, and that its perspectivisation holds productive potential for research on education and the future. Based on this thesis, we show in our presentation how forgetting in its various forms (e.g. erasure, concealment, silence, overwriting, ignoring, neutralisation, denial and loss) (Assmann, 2016) can open up new perspectives on un/certainty, the future and initiate education. In order to develop our considerations, we proceed as follows: First, we outline the constructed nature of biographies in order to then theoretically sharpen the meaning that forgetting and the forgotten have for education and the future; second, we underpin our considerations with two empirical examples; and finally, we conclude by emphasising the relevance of forgetting for the study of education and the future in uncertain times. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our contribution is based on a theoretical analysis of educational and biographical theory as well as contributions from social science memory research. Using two empirical examples from our own research on biographies in the context of education and social inequality, we show how the individual (forgotten) biographical past and the collective (forgotten) past relate to each other, and the potential implications for education and shaping of the future. The focus is on the German education system. In our analysis, we follow the interpretive paradigm of qualitative social research (Rosenthal, 2018). The case studies were analysed using sociolinguistic process analysis (narrative analysis) (Schütze, 2008), which enables the analysis of biographical processes in the interdependence of social conditions and individual patterns of action and interpretation. Analysing forgetting poses a particular challenge, for which we present some heuristic considerations: e.g. how can biographical pearls be used to track down oblivion in biographical-narrative interviews (Epp, 2023)? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the case studies, we show that what has been forgotten can be (re)remembered and (retrospectively) connected to the biographical "code of experience" (Alheit & Dausien, 2000, p. 276) from the narrative present. Following Assmann's systematisation of forgetting, we illustrate that new associations can be made with what has been forgotten and that it can thus be connected (in a modified way) to present-day experience. We emphasise how forgetting can be a catalyst for education and can be used productively to shape the future and deal with uncertainty. In this way, it can go hand in hand with a changed view of the world and the self, and promote the recovery of agency. We also emphasise the paradoxical structure of forgetting in the context of biographical learning and educational processes. In the context of biographical change processes, for example, emotionally stressful, traumatic and/or hurtful experiences that have already been reflexively processed can be forgotten and productively integrated into the biography. This means that what could not previously be forgotten and was always present in an extraordinarily intrusive and distant way is now 'absorbed' into the biography without continuing to trigger or promote a crisis-like state. Nevertheless, forgetting traumatic, emotionally stressful and/or hurtful experiences can cause crises in the first place, as certain experiences that have been forced into oblivion elude reflexive biographical processing. Ultimately, however, this crisis also holds educational potential (Koller, 2012): Individuals can be challenged to (fundamentally) reorganise previous patterns of action and thought. For example, to remember and (biographically) process what has been forgotten in order to ultimately be able to forget it - without it continuing to have the same effect as before. Furthermore, we discuss the extent to which educational processes initiated by forgetting are accompanied by an un/certainty regarding the processing of the future. References Alheit, P. (2022). The transitional potential of ‘biographicity’. Dyskursy Młodych Andragogów/Adult Education Discourses, (22), 113-123. https://doi.org/10.34768/dma.vi22.590 Alheit, P., & Hoerning, E. M. (1989). Biographie und Erfahrung: Eine Einleitung. In P. Alheit & E. M. Hoerning (Eds.), Biographisches Wissen. Beiträge zu einer Theorie lebensgeschichtlicher Erfahrung (pp. 8-23). Frankfurt am Main: Campus. Alheit, P., & Dausien, B. (2000). Die biographische Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit. Überlegungen zur Biographizität des Sozialen. In E. M. Hoerning (Eds.), Biographische Sozialisation (pp. 257-283). Stuttgart: Lucius & Lucius. Assmann, A. (2016). Formen des Vergessens (Vol. 9). Göttingen: Wallstein Verlag. Epp, A. (2023). Methodische Überlegungen zum Erfassen des biografischen Vergessens im Rahmen biografieorientierter qualitativer Längsschnittforschung. In J. Zirfas, W. Meseth, T. Fuchs & M. Brinkmann (Hrsg.), Vergessen. Erziehungswissenschaftliche Figurationen (S. 53-70). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Koller, H.-C. (2012). Bildung anders denken. Einführung in die Theorie transformatorischer Bildungsprozesse. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. Lessenich, S. (2022). Nicht mehr normal. Gesellschaft am Rande des Nervenzusammenbruchs. Berlin: Hanser Verlag. Rosenthal, G. (2018). Interpretive Social Research. An Introduction. Göttingen: Universitätsverlag Göttingen. Schulze, T. (1993). Lebenslauf und Lebensgeschichte. Zwei unterschiedliche Sichtweisen und Gestaltungsprinzipien biographischer Prozesse. In D. Baacke & T. Schulze (Eds.), Aus Geschichten lernen. Zur Einübung pädagogischen Verstehens. Weinheim, München: Juventa. Schütze, F. (2008). Biography Analysis on the Empirical Base of Autobiographical Narratives: How to Analyse Autobiographical Narrative Interviews. In European Studies in Inequalities and Social Cohesion No. 1/2. S. 153–242, 243–298. No. 3/4. p. 6–77. Stasz, C. (1976). The Social Construction of Biography: The Case of jack London. In Modern Fiction Studies, Vol. 22, No. 1, p. 51-71. Tileagă, C. (2011). (Re)writing biography: Memory, identity, and textually mediated reality in coming to terms with the past. Culture & Psychology, 17(2), 197-215. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Producing Certainty, Regaining Sovereignty? Biographical Future-Making at the Intersection of Race, Gender and Meritocracy 1Frankfurt University, Germany; 2Bremen University, Germany Presenting Author:The world is shaken by multiple crises like accumulating natural disasters, global pandemics and reactive social forces as indicated by the increase of extremist right-wing populism. Not only do they lead to an exacerbation of social inequalities, they also raise attention to the fact that individual and collective futures are constantly at stake. Certainties have become a rare good, especially for those who suffer the most from discriminatory discourse like racism, sexism, nationalism, heteronormativity or classism. Still, schools continue to be a central arena for conveying certainty: They follow the meritocratic principle and thus make subjects believe that they will be successful in education through performance, and can secure long-term social and societal integration (Hadjar & Becker 2016). Subjects fall prey to this neoliberal promise of being able to belong in school and society if you just try hard enough (Davies & Bansel 2007). However, it becomes apparent that sexism and racism thwart the promise of equal opportunities at school and make it more of an illusion than a lived reality (Bourdieu & Passeron 1977; Phoenix 2005, Youdell 2006). Consequently, subjects are thrown back on their social positioning, no matter how meticulously they try to conform with meritocratic principles. In our paper, we use biographies to tackle the question of how subjects in deprivileged social positions negotiate the meritocratic illusion they encounter in school. We assume that biographies can not only demonstrate how students are affected by and suffer from powerful structures, but how they “work” with these, in e.g. resisting, complying, and often contradictory ways. To conceptualize how subjects submit to powerful discourses like meritocracy, but also racism and sexism, we use Judith Butler’s concept of subjectivation (Butler 1997). According to Butler, subjects are not pre-given entities but are constantly produced in and through powerful discourses: Individuals are subjected through discursive interpellations (Althusser 1971) which address them to develop a sense of the self as somebody in the world in relation to others. However, subjects in privileged positions can often perceive themselves as sovereign agents, while subjects that experience racist or sexist interpellations over and over again, as observed in the school context (Chadderton 2018; Youdell 2006), might struggle with the construction of a stable self. Therefore, the possibilities to conceive of oneself as a (more or less) stable, certain, sovereign subject encountering safe and certain spaces within one’s biography are distributed very unequally among individuals and vary widely according to one’s position inside the power relations of society. By the example of two case studies in two different national school contexts (Turkey and Germany), we ask for the production of certainties in biographies of marginalized subjects. Both of them refer to biographies of women with “successful” educational pathways despite the fact that they are marginalized along discourses of race and gender. On the basis of excerpts from two biographical interviews, we seek to show how students engage with the meritocratic principle performed in education to “work” on their belonging to collectives defined along the lines of race and gender. Particularly with regard to experiences of discrimination, it becomes clear how the belief in school performance (in)ability is intertwined with race and gender norms in this affiliation work. We will focus on different ways in which subjects attempt to create certainty of action by adapting to hegemonic norms. By understanding the desire to comply with social norms as a way of future-making, we ask both for the biographical functions as well as for the subjectivating effects of these practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We combine biographical research (Breckner 2015; Dausien 2002; Rosenthal 1993) with the perspective of subjectivation. This enables us to look at past subjectivation processes and to analyse how subject positions are “made” by also considering the interview situation itself as structured by power relations. Hence, we focus in our analysis on how subjects are positioned and negotiate belonging in terms of race and gender and on the interlinkage of these positionings to past, present and (imagined) futures (Anthias 2002; Phoenix 2005; Yuval-Davis 2006). By cultivating a sense of the temporal dimension (Facer 2023) of biographies, this perspective allows us to explore the making and unmaking of certainty within education biographies in its social and temporal complexity (Dausien 2002). “Narrating” a biography as situated practice interlink the past with the present and the future, imagining past experiences and visions of the future from a present perspective (Rosenthal 1993). Thus, biographies can be analysed as a mode for marginalized subjects to anchor themselves in an ever-unstable world as well as uncertain future, which allows them – contrary to their experiences in many every-day contexts – to be the constructors of their own story. The empirical data stem from distinct qualitative projects which have taken place in Turkey and Germany. They rely on biographical interviews (Schütze 1983) with female subjects marginalized along the lines of race inside national society and education in highly politicized and contested contexts. More precisely, we present an interview of a young woman in Istanbul positioning herself as Kurdish and recounting her experiences in the Turkish nationalistic schooling system. We compare this example to an interview with a young woman of color in Germany, who shares her experiences of discrimination as well as her ways of coping with them. We analyze passages in which the narrators speak about their ambitions to be successful students and fulfil norms of schooling performance and the ways they link this to social norms of race and gender. This demonstrates how subjects seek to create an illusionary certainty in school referring to meritocratic norms, and highlight practices of attempted immunization against marginalization. The comparative nature of our analysis allows us to scrutinize practices of negotiation and resistance to powerful social norms as well as to discuss how the biographies refer to hegemonic discourses in the respective national, social and political contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the paper contributes to the debate on how racist and sexist inequalities are reproduced and challenged in different yet comparable social and national contexts as well as to the interplay of biographies, future imaginations and the political play in the production of (un-)certainties. As the two case studies will show in particular, the narrations point to practices of self-optimization, which focus on one's inner and outer self (school performance, good grades, appropriate behaviour, hair and clothing). Despite critique towards discrimination, the women do not necessarily overcome deficient self-images as an effect of experiences of discrimination. The case study comparison points to different modes of establishing certainty, where the illusion of sovereignty over one's own educational path helps to deal with these experiences. In the end, meritocracy will be deconstructed and thereby criticized as a shared belief in education: The subjective efforts to create certainty, predictability and stability in education, is illusory as well as it is functional: It is functional because it contributes to the creation of certainty of action and also to being able to imagine oneself as a subject with a place in the world. It remains illusionary insofar as it is linked to the – mostly disappointed – hope that the attempt to rid oneself of the characteristics that are marked as flaws in racist and sexist discourses is linked to the abolition of the discriminatory structures on which these discourses are based. References Anthias, F. (2002). Where do I belong? Narrating collective identity and translocational positionality. Ethnicities, 2(4), pp. 491–514. Althusser, L. (1971). Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses (Notes towards an investigation). In Althusser, L.: Lenin and Philosophy and other Essays (pp. 127-186). New York, London: Monthly Review Press. Bourdieu, P.; Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. London: Sage Publications. Breckner. R. (2015). Biography and society. In Wright, JD (ed.). International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences, 2nd edn, Vol. 2. Oxford: Elsevier, pp. 637–643. Butler, J. (1997). The Psychic Life of Power. Theories in Subjection. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Chadderton, C. (2018). Judith Butler, race and education. Palgrave Macmillan. Dausien, B. (2002). Sozialisation – Geschlecht – Biographie. Theoretische und methodologische Untersuchung eines Zusammenhangs. Bielefeld: Universität Bielefeld. Davies, B.; Bansel, P. (2007). Neoliberalism and education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 20, pp. 247-259. Facer, K. (2023). Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society, 1, pp. 60-66. Hadjar, A.; Becker, R. (2016). Education systems and meritocracy: social origin, educational and status attainment. In: A. Hadjar & C. Gross (Eds.): Education Systems and Inequalities. International comparisons. (pp. 231-258). Bristol: Policy Press. Phoenix, A. (2005). Remembered racialization: young people and positioning in differential understandings. In K. Murji & J. Solomos (Eds.), Racialization: studies in theory and practice (pp. 103–122). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Rosenthal, G. (1993). Reconstruction of life stories: Principles of selection in generating stories for narrative biographical interviews. In R. Josselson & A. Lieblich (eds). The Narrative Study of Lives. London: SAGE, pp. 5–91. Schütze, F. (1983). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Neue Praxis 13(3), pp. 283–293. Youdell, D. (2006). Subjectivation and performative politics—Butler thinking Althusser and Foucault: intelligibility, agency and the raced–nationed–religioned subjects of education. British Journal of Sociology of Education 27(4), pp. 511–528. Yuval-Davis, N. (2006). Belonging and the politics of belonging. Patterns of Prejudice, 40, pp. 197-214. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper From Time to Time: Considering Temporality in the Doctoral Journey 1Nottingham Trent University, United Kingdom; 2Nottingham Trent University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The doctorate is, by its nature, rich with tensions. Park (2005) articulated an evolving tension between product (thesis) and process (training, development of academic identity, integration into the discipline) in the policy discourse and institutional delivery of doctoral education. Fast-forward two decades and the ‘doctoral experience’ in many national contexts has expanded to incorporate generalist and specialist training and development, mobility, competitions and work-based experiences – alongside the informal ‘hidden curriculum’ (Elliot, Bengsten, Guccione and Kobayashi, 2020) of learning opportunities with which doctoral candidates must engage. The becoming-researcher is expected to do far more than create one discreet project to make a successful transition into an academic career (Clarence and van Heerden, 2023). The time available to postgraduate researchers and supervisors to complete a doctorate has not changed, however. The tension between product and process then manifests, for postgraduate researchers and supervisors, as a persistent struggle for balance: between time for freer thinking, writing and discovery and a timeline in a GANTT chart; between enabling pauses and redirection and setting due dates that focus the production of assessable content. These tensions play out against a societal backdrop marked by rapid change, anxiety (related to conflict, war, economic pressures, climate change), and uncertainty on many fronts. This may mean, in education, greater pressure to create certainty for our students, to manage anxiety and perhaps play down the tensions inherent in any learning process, where not knowing, ambivalence and time to think are crucial parts of the learning journey. This is perhaps most marked at doctoral level, where candidates must become independent, confident and autonomous researchers, ready for an unknown future, and able to create and conduct new research projects and processes. The time implied in the development of a doctoral identity, expert knowledge, and advanced research competencies is not only linear time (i.e., from registration to graduation). Other kinds of time play out in doctoral journeys that are critical to the kinds of learning and becoming doctorates are designed to enable. In particular, what Araujo (2005, 197) calls ‘circular’ time, marked by ‘unpredictable and iterative periods of adaptation, uncertainty, ambivalence and becoming’ (Manathunga 2019, 1230). Circular time in doctoral research implicates another form of time, what Barnett (2015, 121) has termed ‘epistemic time’ - ‘careful time, expansive time, watchful time, listening time’. Linear time implies certainty, about the process and by extension the kinds of development needed to make it happen 'in time'. Circular time, epistemic time, are uncertain by contrast, and need to unfold outside of the linear timestream to enable meaningful knowledge-making as well as meaningful researcher development. These kinds of time enable ‘lines of flight, movement, deterritorialization and destratification’ (Deleuze & Guattari,1988, 3) in thinking, which appear messy, de-centred and distracted. They are, however, necessary to a mode of deep thinking which is fundamental to the quality of the thesis, the contribution to knowledge, and the development of future-facing researchers. But, the carer-candidate, the self-funded candidate, the international candidate remind us that time is not neutral and not equally accessible to all - any form of time involved in the doctorate. The challenge, it seems, is the structure of the PhD itself as a discreet research project, one that can be managed within the linear timestream, results in publishable outputs, and produces a particular kind of researcher. This form of the PhD may belong to the past, and what may be needed is a radical reimagining of the doctorate as a way of producing research outputs and developing researchers. This reimagining must be informed by critical understanding of temporality, and further, of equity, access, and diversity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This conceptual paper is creating groundwork for empirical research, with doctoral candidates, supervisors and other relevant stakeholders (such as industry and community partners) to consider the role of the doctorate moving into the future. We are drawing on the New Mobilities Paradigm and Levfebre's Rhythmanalysis to 'unpack' and re-present the doctoral journey, taking a critical view of time and temporality, and mobility, into account in this analysis. We will be using policy documents that shape doctoral education in the UK and Europe, and where relevant, supplementing these with our own 'practice wisdom' gained from extensive experience, in the UK and South Africa, as doctoral educators, supervisors and administrators of doctoral programmes. We hope to get feedback and insight from the conference attendees on our analysis of the context of doctoral education, and our analysis of temporality in the doctoral journey, that can further inform this paper itself, and further work on the basis of this initial conceptual undertaking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We have demonstrably moved forward in our universities as the world and society around them have changed, and we are looking towards a future that requires more radical, adaptive, contingent forms of thinking and doing, and researchers who are less uncomfortable with uncertainty, ambivalence, and change. Yet, in many contexts, the PhD itself has not changed or is slow to change. This has profound implications for the tools and processes we use to train, educate, supervise and develop doctoral researchers, and how we are preparing them (or not) for imagining an unimaginable future and creating research-led paths into our collective future with creativity and care. We hope to use this paper to pose provocative questions about the doctoral journey, informed by a critical view on time and temporality drawn from complementary frameworks we are using in our work. We hope that the outcome of the paper will be more critical conversations about the doctorate itself, how we imagine the form and role of the doctorate, and how we might reconsider time - and in relation equity, access and inclusion - to ensure that we are future-proofing both the doctorate and, importantly, the doctoral researcher we are developing, educating, training in our universities. References Araújo, E. R. (2005). Understanding the PhD as a Phase in Time. Time & Society, 14(2-3), 191-211. Barnett, R. (2015). Understanding the university: Institution, idea, possibilities. Routledge. Clarence, S., & van Heerden, M. (2023). Doctor who? Developing a translation device for exploring successful doctoral being and becoming. Critical Studies in Teaching and Learning, 11(1), 96-119. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1988). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. Athlone Press. Elliot, D. L., Bengtsen, S. S., & Guccione, K. (Eds.). (2023). Developing Researcher Independence Through the Hidden Curriculum. Springer Nature. Huber, C. (2009). Risks and risk-based regulation in higher education institutions. Tertiary Education and Management, 15(2), 83-95. Hughes, C., & Tight, M. (2013). The metaphors we study by: The doctorate as a journey and/or as work. Higher Education Research & Development, 32(5), 765-775. Kiley, M. and Wisker, G. (2010). Learning to be a researcher: The concepts and crossings. In J. H.F. Meyer, R. Land, and C. Baillie (eds). Threshold concepts and transformational learning. Brill, 399-414. Manathunga, C. (2019). ‘Timescapes’ in doctoral education: The politics of temporal equity in higher education. Higher Education Research & Development, 38(6), 1227-1239. Park, C. (2005). New variant PhD: The changing nature of the doctorate in the UK. Journal of higher education policy and management, 27(2), 189-207. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 29 SES 13 A: Network Meeting NW 29 Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Judit Onsès Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper NW 29 Network Meeting University of Girona, Spain Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 30 SES 13 A: Geography Education and Action Competence Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Nicola Walshe Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Understanding Geography Education’s Indispensable Role in Developing Knowledge, Understanding and Criticality for Action Competence for the Future of the Planet 1Gothenburg University, Sw, Sweden; 2Melbourne University, Vic, Australia Presenting Author:In this theoretical paper we draw on the concepts of powerful knowledge (Muller & Young, 2019; Muller, 2023; Young & Muller, 2013) and powerful pedagogies (Roberts, 2017) to argue that school geography curriculum is a key site to develop structured teaching programmes for students to extend their knowledge and act as citizens for a sustainable future. We argue that Geography education uniquely opens up opportunities for action with its focus on place-based experiences, that centre students’ schools and their communities. We posit that while important, merely identifying powerful knowledge in geography is not enough, teachers must also engage with geographical ‘powerful pedagogies’ (Roberts, 2017; 2023). Geography as a discipline holds a critical role when it comes to sustainability and education for the future as it makes the links between people and the environment clearly visible, opening their eyes to the bigger picture. Yet for Geography to be a discipline that is powerful for students to navigate their current and future life-worlds it must encompasses action through fieldwork and incorporate dialogue between students, teachers, experts and the public that focus on perspectives and possibilities for praxis – action for the good of humankind (Kemmis, 2023; Mahon, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is a conceptual exploration of powerful knowledge within the context of geography education to demonstrate its influence in shaping a more sustainable future. Acknowledging the abstract nature of the subject matter, our methodology explores and synthesises literature of key theoretical constructs of powerful knowledge, powerful pedagogical practices and praxis. The aim is to unravel the intricacies through a (novel) theoretical lens, providing a nuanced understanding that extends beyond empirical evidence. Our approach began with a comprehensive literature review, drawing from seminal works and use the contemporary perspective of the theory of practice architectures (TPA- Kemmis et al, 2014) to offer a new standpoint that connects the constructs. The TPA serves as the foundation for our exploration to offer a fresh theorising about how powerful pedagogical practices can help to induct pupils into characteristic ways of thinking, saying, doing and relating. This methodological choice allows us to transcend the confines of empirical research methods, opening avenues for new lines of enquiry and critical thinking. By engaging with diverse scholarly perspectives, this research aspires to offer a comprehensive and nuanced conceptual understanding that probes the boundaries of empirical scholarship. Our methodology, a collaborative approach based on many professional conversations over the years, incorporates a synthesis of divergent conceptual perspectives with the analytical framework of the TPA. By bringing these together we offer an integrative synthesis that not only contributes to the theoretical discourse but also offers a platform for generating novel insights and hypotheses. This collaborative approach ensures a multifaceted examination of our evolving conceptual framework, enriching our understanding and refining our interpretations. In conclusion, our methodology is firmly non-empirical to navigate the abstract terrain of geography education in the powerful knowledge debate to offer a new synthesis of theories connecting curriculum, practice architectures and praxis/action for the future. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As educators, we must better understand how to empower young people to be able to access and contribute to powerful knowledge that helps explain and understand the natural and social worlds. Further, we want to equip younger generations to be able to recognise misinformation so they can influence debates to foster a better future in a world grappling with climate change, social inequality and devastating conflicts. In this presentation we argue that geography education, when it incorporates both powerful knowledge and powerful pedagogical practices, is well positioned to engage students in thinking and acting for the good of humankind and, importantly, every other living and non-living thing on the planet -and indeed, the planet itself (Authors, 2023). The theory of practice architectures has provided us a framework to bring together the concepts of powerful geographical knowledge and powerful geographical pedagogical practices for a sustainable future, which is evidence of the notion of geography as a fertile ground for critical educational praxis (Mahon et al. 2020). Critical educational praxis is the action that is driven by knowledge and understanding and a commitment to what is good (Authors, 2023). Geography has an indispensable place in school education to develop knowledge, understanding and criticality for action competence for the future of the planet (Authors, 2023). References Authors (2023) Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer Science & Business Media. Mahon, K., Heikkinen, H. L., Huttunen, R., Boyle, T., & Sjølie, E. (2020). What Is Educational Praxis? In Pedagogy, education, and praxis in critical times (pp. 15-38). Springer. Muller, Johan. (2023). Powerful knowledge, disciplinary knowledge, curriculum knowledge: Educational knowledge in question. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education. 32:1, 20-34. https://doi-org.ezproxy.ub.gu.se/10.1080/10382046.2022.2058349 Muller, J., & Young, M. (2019). Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re-visited. The Curriculum Journal, 30(2), 196-214. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2019.1570292 Roberts, M. (2017). Geographical education is powerful if. Teaching geography, 42(1), 6-9. Roberts, M. (2023). Powerful pedagogies for the school geography curriculum. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education, 32(1), 69-84. https://doi.org/10.1080/10382046.2022.2146840 Young, Michael &Johan Muller. 2013. On the powers of powerful knowledge. Review of Education, 1:3, 229–250. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3017 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Powerful Knowledge in Geography Education: towards a critical appraisal 1University of Girona; 2Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:INTRODUCTION The idea of ‘powerful knowledge’ is heavily associated with the scholarship, students and interlocuters of Michael Young (e.g. 2009, 2013a, 2013b). It has generated much debate in recent years in the field of education, including in geography education. While it is an attractive and promising idea, it can also be subject to critique. In this paper we explore the main lines of critique by way of the following questions: 1. What is meant by powerful knowledge for teachers and students? 2. What is powerful geographical knowledge? 3. What might a powerful geography education be? 4. How might we evaluate the claim that it powerful knowledge benefits students of geography in schools? Our full paper is structured into four corresponding sections. Each section presents a synthesis of the debates and contributions that have been made in recent years regarding the meaning of powerful knowledge and its use and development in the field of geography education. (llustrative extracts are included below.) The first section introduces the origin of the concept of ‘powerful knowledge’ and includes the main criticisms raised in debate in recent years (e.g. Beck 2013, Biesta 2014, Young et al. 2015, Muller & Young 2015, Deng 2021, 2022). The next provides a contemporary definition of what the notion of ‘powerful geographical knowledge’ implies (see Béneker & van der Vaart 2020, Bladh 2020, Roberts 2014), including its relevance to companion fields, such as environmental and sustainability education (see Mitchell 2022, Reid 2018). The third focuses on whether and how we can talk about a powerful geography education (drawing on Biddulph et al. 2020, Boehm et al 2018, Maude 2018, Slater et al. 2016). The fourth includes the importance of research on students’ learning and how teaching and curriculum are decisive for concluding that the knowledge they may deploy or acquire is ‘powerful’ (Bouwmans & Béneker 2018, Catling & Martin, 2017, Hordern 2021, Gericke et al. 2018, Virranmäki 2022). ORIGINS AND DEVELOPMENT OF ‘POWERFUL KNOWLEDGE’ For this proposal, we note Young (2009) approached the concept from a curriculum studies perspective in an effort to restore attention to the importance of knowledge in curriculum development and learning, e.g. during 'curriculum making' by practitioners. A key argument revolves around the fundamental role that an agreed curriculum (e.g. national or state), plays in promoting social justice, as well as framing who makes curriculum within particulary parameters, or tries to subvert or repurpose this (Roberts 2014). According to Young, while there are young people who, due to their particular social situation and standing, will have access to knowledge, there are others who will not (see Deng 2022). Therefore, the school has a duty to combat this inequality by offering all students access to the best possible knowledge, in others words, a 'powerful knowledge' that is true, trustworthy, and valuable. Much of the academic debate about powerful knowledge has focused on elucidating what is meant by ‘powerful’, critiquing that and suggesting alternatives. Young (2014, 74), for example, distinguished three characteristics of powerful knowledge: 1) It is different from everyday knowledge, 2) It is produced in specialized scientific communities; and 3) It is systematically categorized into the concepts that are part of the disciplines. For Young (2013b), it is necessary to recover the content of the subjects and teach the most strategic and valuable knowledge of each discipline so that students can gain an idea of how the world works. Muller and Young (2019) state that this knowledge can be found in school subjects since these are taught according to the canons of their reference disciplines, and thus create a 'knowledge-rich curriculum' too. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For geography education, Maude (2016) suggests this should be both grounded and pushed further by focusing attention on the quality of knowledge and whether it is reliable, fallible, and demonstrable. Moreover, in relation to quality, powerful knowledge should be the best knowledge that has been generated so far in each discipline to explain reality that can be comprehended and engaged at school level. A second way to explain powerful knowledge then is through what it allows students who possess it to do in a shared reality – the sphere of social justice. Criticisms of this conception centred around curricular aspects include the lack of specificity (Slater et al 2015); ambiguities in the terms and relations between powerful, systematic and specialised (Hordern 2021); the risk of depersonalising what is learnt by diverse students (Catling & Martin 2017) and downplaying personal knowledge and experience (Roberts 2014). TOWARDS DEFINING A POWERFUL GEOGRAPHY EDUCATION Béneker and Van Der Vaart (2020) affirm that geographical knowledge offers a set of essential “lenses” to look at and interpret the world around us, a theme familiar to the Geocapabilities project (Mitchell 2022). It provides a necessary perspective to understand many of the world's great problems and phenomena. In light of this, Maude (2018) proposes a powerful school geographical education fosters geographical knowledge that: - provides students with new ways of thinking about the world, - allows us to understand, explain and analyse the world in a powerful way, - gives students a certain power over their own knowledge, - allows people to participate in debates on significant problems, at all scales (from local, to national and global), - shows how the world works (e.g. economically, politically, socially and environmentally). In other words, engagement with powerful geographical knowledge makes possible the discovery of new ways of thinking; a better understanding and explanations of how natural systems and society work; and thinking about alternative futures, including what we can do to influence them, having power over what one knows, and being able to participate in important debates that go beyond one's own personal experience, situation and horizons. ... Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Combining this with Virranmäki (2022), we can anticipate classroom and fieldwork activities in geography education designed and structured around outcomes involving creating, applying, analysing, evaluating and understanding. These necessitate engaging students in assessing (i) current and new ways of thinking about the world and their worlds, (ii) tools for explaining how the world works, (iii) the power they have through a geographical education to go beyond what they already know, (iv) the capabilities that have to argue, debate and participate in the resolution of significant issues at all scales. SUBJECT-BASED AND ADJECTIVAL EDUCATIONS As discussed elsewhere, we note these features are also expected in quality environmental and sustainability education (Reid 2018). They are also recommended as features in UNESCO (2021) "Learn for Our Planet. Act for Responsibility. Berlin Declaration on Education for Sustainable Development", and UNESCO's (2017) "Education for Sustainable Development Goals: learning objectives", but neither reference a powerful knowledge framework as a key method, facilitator or priority for curriculum development ... CONCLUSIONS Biesta (2015) proposes the idea that we move from a vision of survival to that of living with meaning when assessing 'why teaching matters'. In this, education could be deemed 'powerful' if students are involved in their learning, but it also requires them to be interested in what they learn, involved in decisions about what they learn, and developing agency in the learning process. In short, what counts as powerful education is the ability to live in a dynamic world as an engaged and engaging global citizen, where connections are created between acquired knowledge and scales of analysis, as well as interconnections between people and spaces. For geography in schools, it is about developing skills and competencies to understand oneself, the places diverse people occupy in society and environments, as well as understanding other people and cultures. ... References Beck, J. (2013) Powerful knowledge, esoteric knowledge, curriculum knowledge, Cambridge Journal of Education, 43(2), 177-193. Béneker, T. & van der Vaart, R. (2020) The knowledge curve: combining types of knowledges leads to powerful thinking, International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education (IRGEE), 29(3), 221-231. Biddulph, M. et al. (2020) Teaching powerful geographical knowledge – a matter of social justice: initial findings from the GeoCapabilities 3 project, IRGEE, 29(3), 260-274. Biesta, G. (2015) What is education for? On good education, teacher judgement, and educational professionalism, European Journal of Education 50(1), 449-461. Bladh, G. (2020) GeoCapabilities, didaktical analysis and curriculum thinking – furthering the dialogue between Didaktik and curriculum, IRGEE, 29(3), 206-220. Boehm, R.G., et al. (2018) The Rise of Powerful Geography, The Social Studies, 109(2), 125-135. Bouwmans, M. & Béneker, T. (2018) Identifying powerful geographical knowledge in integrated curricula in Dutch schools. London Review of Education (LRE), 16(3), 445–459. Catling, S. & Martin, F. (2017) Contesting powerful knowledge: The primary geography curriculum as an articulation between academic and children’s (ethno-) geographies. Curriculum Journal, 22(3), 317-335. Deng, Z. (2021) Powerful knowledge, transformations and didaktik/curriculum thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1652–1674. Deng, Z. (2022) Powerful knowledge, educational potential, and knowledge-rich curriculum: pushing the boundaries. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 54(5), 599-617. Gericke, N., et al. (2018). Powerful knowledge, transformations and the need for empirical studies across school subjects. LRE, 16(3), 428-44. Hordern, J. (2021) Specialized, systematic and powerful knowledge. LRE, 19(1), 1-11. Maude, A. (2018) Geography and powerful knowledge: a contribution to the debate. IRGEE, 27(2), 179-190. Mitchell, D. (2022) GeoCapabilities 3—knowledge and values in education for the Anthropocene. IRGEE, 31(4), 265-281. Muller, J. & Young, M. (2019) Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re-visited. Curriculum Journal, 30(2), 196-214. Reid, A. (ed) (2018) Curriculum and Environmental Education. Routledge. Roberts, M. (2014) Powerful knowledge and geographical education, The Curriculum Journal, 25:2, 187-209. Slater, F., et al. (2016) Editorial. IRGEE 25(3), 189-194. Virranmäki, E. (2022) Geography’s ability to enhance powerful thinking skills and knowledge. Nordia Geographical Publications, 51(1), 1-78. Young, M. (2009) Education, globalisation and the “voice of knowledge. Journal of Education and Work, 22(3), 193-204. Young, M. (2013a) Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory: A knowledge-based approach. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45(2), 101–18. Young, M. (2013b) Powerful knowledge: an analytically useful concept or just a ‘sexy sounding term’? Cambridge Journal of Education, 43(2), 195-198. Young, M., et al. (2015) Knowledge and the Future School. Bloomsbury. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper How Socio-Scientific Inquiry-Based Learning in Communities of Practice Fosters Students’ Science Attitudes and Action Competence For Sustainability 1Utrecht University, Freudenthal Institute; 2Karel de Grote University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Research Center for Future Driven Education; 3University of Southampton, Education School Presenting Author:In the ever-increasing VUCA (volatile, uncertain, complex & ambiguous; Bennet & Lemoine, 2014) reality of societies across Europe and beyond, there is a strong need for scientifically literate citizens who are willing and able to contribute to a more sustainable future. Education is seen by many as one of the key factors that can and should contribute to this goal. SDG4.7 explicitly addresses the need to equip all learners with competences that allow them to be(come) active and responsible citizens. SSIBL (Socio-Scientific Inquiry-Based Learning) is a pedagogy that aims to foster responsible citizenship by connecting inquiry driven by socio-scientific issues (SSI) and taking responsible action (Levinson, 2018). In the Horizon2020 project COSMOS, we aim to support schools in their development towards openness (Sarid et al., 2023) by connecting science education to learners’ real lives and stakeholders beyond school walls. An approach combing SSIBL and Communities of Practice (CoP) is central. SSIBL combines citizenship education, SSI-based education and inquiry-based learning, in an attempt to promote science in, with and for society underpinned by the responsible research and innovation (RRI) principles of social desirability, ethical acceptability, and sustainability (Levison, 2018). SSIBL consists of three concrete didactical stages: (1) ASK: raising authentic questions through salient SSIs that require a solution; (2) FIND OUT: explore and find answers to these questions through social, personal and scientific inquiry; (3) ACT: collectively taking responsible action towards addressing the SSI (Knippels & van Harskamp, 2018). The focus of SSIBL on identifying solutions through personally-relevant inquiries fosters collective work by students and teachers to address issues relevant to them and their communities. A CoP is characterised by joint enterprise, which is agreed and negotiated through collective participation and mutual engagement using a shared repertoire of resources co-created over time (e.g., language, values), created when individuals work together within a certain set of social norms and routines and thus develop a shared way of seeing, doing and being, a shared practice (Wenger, 1999). Using SSIBL to learn and mitigate against local, relevant SSIs and contributing to the community can demonstrate the relevance of science to all participating members, creating common ground for collaboration and shared learning, and thus supporting the development of CoPs within these social settings. The COSMOS project seeks to explore opportunities to include stakeholders in SSIs (teachers, students, families, scientists, companies, science centres) creating CoP (Wenger, 1999) that collaboratively work towards addressing SSIs through implementing SSIBL in their science education. Through this, we aim to empower teachers with the competency to build their students’ learning of science attitudes as well as their action competence in sustainable development (Sass et al., 2020). Engaging students in SSIBL inherently provides a powerful formative educational experience for science learning and for experiencing the relevance of science to the lives of students, their peers and their families. Employing SSIBL also supports the development of students as personally responsible and justice-oriented citizens (Westheimer & Kahne, 2004). The aim for change in students’ attitudes towards science as well as their action competence in sustainable development, enables students to critically engage with local, global and intercultural issues, understand and appreciate different perspectives, interact respectfully with others, and take responsible action towards sustainability and well-being. We hypothesize that SSIBL’s explicit focus on scientific, social and personal inquiry and its orientation towards learners’ deliberate action taking, combined with the real-world and collaborative nature of the CoP approach, are a potent mixture to drive student learning. Our central research question in the current proposal is, therefore: What is the impact of SSIBL-CoP implementation on students’ attitudes towards science and action competence? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research context, data collection. COSMOS aims at supporting open schooling . Teacher teams from primary and secondary schools from the Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Portugal, the UK and Israel are supported to implement SSIBL-CoP into their science education, in two rounds of professional development and implementation in practice. The current proposal works with the student data collected from the first implementation round. In total, 480 students from 12 schools participated in online pre-post surveys, complemented with 27 semi-structured group interviews. Data was collected before and within two weeks after SSIBL-CoP implementations. Most implementations centered around environmental and/or sustainability issues. Surveys. The students’ learning outcomes were assessed by using two commonly applied validated quantitative measurement instruments: the Pupils’ Attitudes Towards Technology/Science (PATT; Ardies et al., 2014), and the Self-Perceived Action Competence Scale (SPACS; Olsson et al., 2020). While the first taps into students’ science career aspirations, interest in science, tediousness of science, gendered science views, relevance and perceived difficulty, the latter taps into students’ self-perceptions of how much they know about contributing to sustainability, their self-effectiveness and willingness to act towards sustainability. Each of these concepts is measured through a minimum of three items on a 5-point Likert-scale. Interviews. The survey data were supported by qualitative data using semi-structured group interviews with three students per project implementation. The group interviews provide extra information on the effect of the SSIBL-CoP-implementation on students, in more particular the experience of the pedagogical processes within the implementation and its influence on their attitudes towards science and action competence. Data analyses. We used personal identifiers of individual students within schools to track the students’ responses to the surveys across time. Given the limited number of schools in the first implementation round, the current data analyses apply repeated measures t-tests to study differences pre-post implementation. By the time of the presentation itself, the second implementation round will have passed, and more advanced data analyses will be possible. For the group interviews, we conducted a synthesis in the form of a deductive thematic analysis. We structured our inquiry using the concepts of the modified version of the PATT (Ardies et al., 2014) and the SPACS (Olsson et al., 2020) as potential themes in our analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings.The current quantitative results show differences pre-post implementation for some of the subscales of the two main learning outcomes targeted. Overall, the current intermediate results after one round of professional development and implementation of SSIBL-CoP , show small to moderate effects (Cohen’s d < 0.5) in terms of the students’ interest in science and perceived relevance of science. No overall effects were observed for the students’ science career aspirations, gendered views of science, perceived tediousness and difficulty of science. In terms of action competence, the intermediate results point out small to moderate effects (Cohen’s d < 0.5) in terms of confidence in their own influence to contribute to a more sustainable world as well as their willingness to act accordingly. No overall effect was observed for the student’s self-perceived knowledge of action possibilities. Analyses of the group interviews are ongoing, and will be included in the presentation at ECER. Conclusions. Across the 12 schools that participated in the first implementation round, students report increased interest in science as well as attributing increased relevance to science. The initial results also show that implementing SSIBL-CoP, in which schools specifically work on real world SSI, apply scientific, social and personal inquiry, and collaborate with stakeholders in that SSI, positively impact students’ confidence in in their own influence and their willingness to act towards sustainability. It is important to stress that these are initial results, and they are aggregated across all the schools in the sample. Differences among schools will exist, e.g. pertaining to the educational level (primary and secondary), the type of education offered at the schools (academic or vocational), and the implementation fidelity of the SSIBL-CoP approach. After the second implementation round, we will be able to address such differences in more detail. References Ardies, J., De Maeyer, D., Gijbels, S., & Van Keulen, H. (2014). Students’ attitudes towards technology. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 25(1), 43-65. Bennet, N., & Lemoine, G.J. (2014). What a difference a world makes: Understanding threats to performance in a VUCA world. Business Horizons, 57(3), 311-317. Knippels, M.C., & Van Harskamp, M., (2018). An educational sequence for implementing socio-scientific inquiry-based learning (SSIBL). School Science Review, 100, 46-52. Levinson, R. (2018). Introducing socio-scientific inquiry-based learning (SSIBL). School Science Review, 100(371), 31-35. Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Boeve-de Pauw, J., (2020). Self-perceived action competence for sustainability: The theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742-760. Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292–305. Wenger, E. (1999). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Westheimer, J., & Kahne, J. (2004). What kind of citizen? The politics of educating for democracy. American Educational Research Journal, 41(2), 237-269. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 30 SES 13 B: Regional and Cross national studies in ESE Research Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Marco Rieckmann Paper Session |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Empowering Participation: Exploring Stakeholder Engagement in ESD Monitoring and Reporting within the UNECE Region 1Unit of Education for the Environment and Sustainable Development,Cyprus Pedagogical Institute, Cyprus; 2University of Gloucestershire Presenting Author:Monitoring and reporting mechanisms are highlighted in many regional and policy documents as critical for demonstrating the progress that has been achieved in education at both national and regional levels. Such reporting provides data and information regarding the gaps and support needed to promote necessary reforms for the improvement of education and training systems (EU 2021, p.4; 2023, par.17). In the field of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) monitoring and reporting provide strategic insights for governments and policymakers to help accelerate progress (Unesco, 2016), target holistic ESD implementation (Holst et al., 2020) and identify successes and challenges for implementing ESD at national and regional levels (Hadjiachilleos & Zachariou, 2022). National and regional policy frameworks, guidelines, and monitoring mechanisms form the ‘spine’ of ESD implementation across diverse educational contexts, assigning responsibility and accountability to relevant stakeholders across different levels of government (Glass and Newig, 2019). Several international efforts have been developed to monitor progress on ESD (Unesco 2015; UNECE 2009); however, these efforts also highlight various challenges and weaknesses in the monitoring and reporting process, primarily connected to the difficulty of ensuring effective stakeholder engagement. Achieving comprehensive monitoring and insightful reporting on ESD is necessary "to break down silos and build cross-sector collaboration that contributes to a shared vision on system-level policy interventions and monitoring" (Unesco 2016, p.16). Various studies on ESD underscore the importance of stakeholder engagement and collaborative partnerships. Such collaboration can increase the identification of existing gaps, support the continual review of implementation and practice, ensure the ongoing relevance and effectiveness of ESD efforts and enhance understanding of ESD progress thereby inspiring and building knowledge among stakeholders at both national and regional levels (Didham and Ofey 2012; Tilbury 2007). Despite extensive discussion, examples of regional reporting mechanisms reveal little attention being given to facilitating collaborative, multi-stakeholder partnerships for co-investigation and knowledge exchange at the research-policy interface (Didham and Ofey Manu, 2020) in relation to monitoring and reporting. The current study focuses on the example of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) ESD Strategy implementation, which is perhaps the most concrete process developed to support countries in developing national plans and policies for integrating ESD across their education systems in a collaborative manner (UNECE, 2005). The UNECE region includes 56 Member States and its ESD Strategy, which is integrated internationally and nationally, serves as a peer learning mechanism. It is the only such strategy that is accompanied by a comprehensive assessment framework based on multi-stakeholder collaboration for reporting. Since the establishment of the Strategy in 2005, it has completed three reporting cycles. These have identified the significant successes and challenges involved in the Strategy’s implementation at the national level and have provided an overview of ESD in the region, capturing ESD holistically. It offers the international community concrete examples of ESD policy, practice and research providing insights on how reporting can fill gaps in policies and vice versa. As a fourth cycle of reporting against the UNECE ESD Strategy concludes, this study explores the following questions: - Which stakeholders need to be engaged in the ESD reporting process, and how are they being identified? - What challenges have emerged in expanding stakeholder engagement in reporting, and how might these be overcome? - What are the roles that different stakeholders play in reporting and might these expand? - Who determines what gets reported and how is this agreed?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is inductive and follows a mixed-method approach based on three research instruments: 1. Quantitative and qualitative data collected through the analysis of the 34 national reports submitted in the fourth reporting cycle of the UNECE ESD Strategy, 2015-2019 (see below) 2. The organization of two online webinars: one with the 56 national focal points and experts responsible for submitting their progress report, and the second conducted with 47 stakeholders from the Member States in the UNECE Region, and 3. Personal interviews conducted with national focal points whose countries' national reports were identified as good examples of stakeholder collaboration and engagement The study coincides with the conclusion of the fourth evaluation report (Item 1) on the progress of the UNECE ESD Strategy. The results of the fourth cycle of progress reporting led to this study because it included a focus on multi-stakeholder collaboration and engagement in the completion of the national ESD reports, which in turn highlighted some of the obstacles and challenges that countries faced. The following workshops with UNECE National Focal Points for ESD (Item 2) helped to surface the strengths, weaknesses, and challenges in the processes of multi-stakeholder engagement in ESD reporting. The follow up interviews (item 3) supplement the other data collection methods and provide a valuable triangulation for the findings from analysis of the national reports and conclusions of the international webinars. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We are still in the process of data analysis with interviews planned for triangulation purpose (to be concluded some months ahead of ECER 2024). According to the findings to date, however, it is clear that the way in which stakeholders are involved in the process of reporting varies by country and is related to national geographical, social, and cultural contexts as well as national emphases on ESD policy issues. At the same time, several National Implementation Reports identify weaknesses and obstacles reflecting challenges in stakeholder collaboration for the purposes of reporting, most commonly related to national education policies, networking issues, practical issues such as time constraints, lack of coordination and/or communication, limited expertise on models and processes for engaging stakeholders in the reporting process, and, most importantly, compartmentalization of ESD. Nonetheless, the findings to date have revealed effective practice in stakeholder engagement, as well as useful collaboration models for ESD reporting, which facilitate participative decision-making and ensure significant contributions from stakeholders in the report. For example, some countries have established stakeholder engagement models based on the Whole Institution Approach and have created platforms for communication, negotiation and discussion on ESD implementation, which are organized in ways to fully capture the spectrum of ESD-related actions and to ensure transdisciplinarity in ESD implementation. Other countries have developed models to assist stakeholders and to increase their capacity to engage in the reporting process, enabling them to determine how and for which indicators they might successfully contribute to the reporting. Guidelines for stakeholder participation, communication, dialogue, consultation, and collaboration are discussed. Additionally, recommendations are made to assist countries in motivating and accelerating stakeholder engagement. Findings will be discussed in the context of the broader literature regarding models of stakeholder engagement in ESD reporting. References Didham, R.J. & Ofei-Manu, P. (2015). The Role of Education in the Sustainable Development Agenda: Empowering a learning society for sustainability through quality education. In Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals: From Agenda to Action. Institute for Global Environmental Strategies, pp. 95–133, Hayama: Japan. Didham, R.J. & Ofei-Manu, P. (2020). Facilitating Collaborative Partnerships in Education Policy Research: A Case of Multi-Stakeholder, Co-Investigation for Monitoring and Evaluation of Education for Sustainable Development. Sustainability, 12(7), pp. 1-15. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/su12072787 European Union (EU) (2021). Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030), 2021/C 66/01. European Union (EU) (2023). Council resolution on The European Education Area: Looking to 2025 and beyond, 2023/C 185/08. Glass, L.-M., and Newig, J. (2019). Governance for Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals: How Important Are Participation, Policy Coherence, Reflexivity, Adaptation and Democratic Institutions?. Earth System Governance, 2 (1), 2019, p. 100031, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.esg.2019.100031 Hadjiachilleos, S. & Zachariou, A. (2022). Implementation of the UNECE Strategy for ESD across the ECE Region (2015-2018). ECE/CEP/196. Geneva: UNECE. Holst, J., Brock, A., Singer-Brodowski, M. & de Haan, G. (2020). Monitoring Progress of Change: Implementation of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) within Documents of the German Education System. Sustainability, 12(10), p. 4306, https://doi.org/10.3390/su12104306 Tilbury, D. (2007). Monitoring and Evaluation during the UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 1, 239-254. https://doi.org/10.1177/097340820700100214 UNECE (2005). Strategy for Education for Sustainable Development. CEP/AC.13/2005/3/Rev.1 UNECE (2009). Learning from each other: The UNECE Strategy for Education for Sustainable Development. ECE/CEP/159. Available at: https://sdgs.un.org/sites/default/files/publications/798ece5.pdf UNECE (2022). Framework for the implementation of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Strategy for Education for Sustainable Development from 2021 to 2030. ECE/CEP/AC.13/2022/3.Available at: https://unece.org/sites/default/files/2022-05/ece_cep_ac.13_2022_3_e.pdf UNECE (2023). Format for reporting on the implementation of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Strategy for Education for Sustainable Development (2021–2025). ECE/CEP/AC.13/2023/4. Available at: https://unece.org/sites/default/files/2023-04/ece_cep_ac.13_2023_4.e.pdf UNESCO (2015). Global Citizenship Education: Topics and Learning Objectives. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232993 UNESCO (2016). Global Education Monitoring Report. Education for People and Planet. Creating Sustainable Futures for All. Paris: UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54676/AXEQ8566 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper One Hundred Years to Form a Centimeter of Soil. How Can Education on Soil Health Become a Success? 1University of Vechta, Germany; 2Wageningen University & Research, The Netherlands Presenting Author:The paper presents a qualitative study on education in Germany in the field of soil health, which includes a focus group discussion and interviews. Soil health can be understood as “the continued capacity of soils to support ecosystem services” (European Commission, undated). Past analyses by Belek et al. (2019) have shown that numerous and diverse events are taking place on the ground in Germany for the communication of soil-related issues. Yet, there is still insufficient awareness of the topic in public perception and in media reporting. Accordingly, the complex topic of soil remains to date not well presented, especially for people who are not soil experts. New approaches for soil science education and awarness raising are necessary (Brevik, 2022). This study complements parallel secondary research and participatory activities that involve experts in a newly established network of a community of practice at country level as well as on an European level. It aims to identify the experiences, training needs and teaching requirements of participants on soil health education by answering the twofold general research question, what the state of soil health awareness education is and what the wishes for future soil health awareness education are. Findings in this qualitative study will be triangulated with findings provided by a desk research on soil health education, focusing on teaching and learning offers, policy documents, scientific literature as well as grey literature and various kinds of media formats. At a later stage, the results of studies in 14 other countries in Europe based on the same research design will be combined and further analyzed in order to further develop educational concepts and materials for the primary, secondary and tertiary sectors, including VET and also addressing the general public, so that the importance of soils can be better understood on a broad scale and their protection can be increased more effectively. Soil is a very basic, vital component of the natural environment. Countless, predominantly microscopic creatures find their habitat in the soil. They influence the composition of the soil and its fertility and keep the global carbon cycle going. Soils store the greenhouse gas CO2 to a greater extent than the world's forests. Through their storage function, they regulate the availability of water and purify it at the same time. Without intact soils, humans lack the basis for their nutrition and health. However, the soil is under enormous threat, and with it the ecosystem services it provides (Baer and Birgé, 2018). The high proportion of sealed surfaces, which has increased year on year, threatens biodiversity. 60% of European soils are considered to be damaged and the harmful effects associated with industrial agriculture continue to exacerbate the situation. Together with global warming, this is the reason why desertification is also taking place in Europe. (Luig, 2024). To draw attention to the need to protect and restore soils and promote sustainable management practices in urban and rural areas, the European Union (2023) has launched the initiative 'A Soil Deal for Europe' (Mission Soil). Its aim is to raise awareness and to help ensure the long-term health and productivity of soils of all types. The mission also promotes the exchange of knowledge with interest groups and the general public. Specifically, the Soil Mission focuses on sustainable practices in the areas of land use planning, soil conservation and agricultural techniques that rely less on the use of chemical inputs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data collection is semi-structured, based on a catalog of questions. From the two interlinked general research questions, subordinate questions were formulated. They cover six analytical dimensions of soil health education, its purpose (for what), important collaborations (with whom), learning spaces (where), processes (how) and activities (in what way) and last but not least paradigms (of which assumptions). The focus groups (n=15) consists of school teachers and university lecturers who have expertise or actively contribute to soil health education and related issues. Interviews (n=10) adress students, teachers, lecturers, representatives of vocational training institutions, policy makers and representatives of NGOs and civil society groups who have expertise or actively contribute to raising awareness on soil health and related aspects. All data collected is recorded and transcribed for coding and further analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The recultivation of degraded soils is considered an important lever for stabilizing several ecosystem services and functions simultaneously (IPCC, 2019). The interview and focus group studies contribute to improving education on soil health across Europe. They are part of the HORIZON project Literacy boost through an Operational Educational Ecosystem of Societal actors on Soil Health (LOESS) funded by the European Union. The aim is to address the problem that the value of soil, which is a scarce and non-renewable resource, is all too often not fully recognized in society (European Commission, 2022). The knowledge gained will be incorporated into new educational approaches to be implemented throughout Europe. These should help to create the understanding within society that is needed to change the human pressures on soil health. References Baer, Sara G.; Birgé, Hannah E. (2018): Soil ecosystem services: an overview. In: D. Reicosky (Hg.): Managing soil health for sustainable Agriculture Fundamentals, Burleigh Dodds Science Publishing. Volume 1. Cambridge, S. 17–38. Beblek, A.; Lahaye, L.; Meiser, M.; Schmidt, K. (2019). Erarbeitung eines Leitfadens für die Kommunikation von bodenbezogenen Themen für Verbraucher und Konsumenten. Umweltbundesamt. https://www.bmuv.de/fileadmin/Daten_BMU/Pools/Forschungsdatenbank/ fkz_3717_71_2810_leitfaden_kommunikation_bodenbezogen_bf.pdf. Brevik, E. C.; Krzic, M.; Muggler, C.; Field, D.; Hannam, J.; Uchida, Y.(2022): Soil science education: A multinational look at current perspectives. In: Natural Sciences Education 51 (1). European Commission (27 June 2022). Foster Soil Education Across Society. https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/HORIZON_HORIZON-MISS-2022-SOIL-01-07; 31.01.2024, 23:01 European Commission (undated). A Soil Deal for Europe. 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030. Implementation Plan. Internal Working Document. https://errin.eu/RI-Policy/missions/soil European Union (2023). EU Missions. Soil Deal for Europe. https://mission-soil-platform.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-10/FS-Soil-Deal-for-Europe_EN_042023_0.pdf. https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/HORIZON_HORIZON-MISS-2022-SOIL-01-07; 31.01.2024, 23:00 IPCC, 2019: Summary for Policymakers. In: Climate Change and Land: an IPCC special report on climate change, desertification, land degradation, sustainable land management, food security, and greenhouse gas fluxes in terrestrial ecosystems [P.R. Shukla, J. Skea, E. Calvo Buendia, V. Masson-Delmotte, H.- O. Pörtner, D. C. Roberts, P. Zhai, R. Slade, S. Connors, R. van Diemen, M. Ferrat, E. Haughey, S. Luz, S. Neogi, M. Pathak, J. Petzold, J. Portugal Pereira, P. Vyas, E. Huntley, K. Kissick, M. Belkacemi, J. Malley, (eds.)]. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009157988.001 Luig, L. (2024): Bodenatlas 2024. In cooperation with I. Dewitz, T. Witte, D. Wannemacher, L. Stiem-Bhatia; J. Weigelt. Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung in colaboration with Bund für Umwelt und Naturschutz Deutschland, TMG – Think Tank for Sustainability, TMG Research gGmbH. Berlin. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Outdoor Learning and Play: A comparison of provision in Scotland and Italy 1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Bologna, Italy; 3University of Stirling, UK Presenting Author:Introduction Outdoor education and outdoor play and learning has a long-standing heritage. Based on a desire to engage learners experientially through structured and unstructured activities, and via reflection on “learning by doing” (Dewey, 1915, p255). Distinctively, the affordances of the outdoor environment are seen to enhance opportunities for learning in ways that are interdisciplinary, authentically felt, ‘hands-on’, ‘place-based’ and connected to local contexts (Beames and Brown, 2016; Lloyd, Truong and Gray, 2018). Of late, concerns around young people’s wellbeing, and the need for an educational response to issues around sustainability, climate change and biodiversity loss, have led to renewed emphasis on provision for outdoor learning. However, internationally, little is known about the durations and locations of this provision, how prepared teachers are to facilitate these, and how countries compare in this regard. Few countries worldwide have much in the way of empirical evidence of the extent of provision of education in outdoor settings at school and pre-school levels. Exceptions include Canada (see Asfeldt et al. 2020), Hungary (Fuz 2018), England (Prince, 2019). In New Zealand, Hill et al (2020) (basing some of their protocols on the survey reported upon herein) revealed ‘education outside the classroom’ was mostly teacher led and focused on curricular enhancement. In Denmark, for example, Barfod et al. (2021) looked back at multiple surveys in Denmark wherein school leaders reported on outdoor schooling across three time points (2007, 2014, 2019) helping them discern the regularity of grassroots udeskole provision.. In Scotland, Beames and Polack (2019) reviewed inspection reports (2011 – 2018) to show that outdoor learning in ‘grounds, local green space or local community during school hours’ appeared in ¾ of primary schools’ inspections providing another way to capture evidence of the extent of provision. Internationally, each survey team have sought to capture evidence on curricular-linked outdoor learning using approaches that mostly differ. These differences make international comparison difficult. This paper will describe research which empirically measured outdoor provision in Scotland and in Rimini, Italy using the same methodological approach. This enables international comparisons to be made and sharing of practice across the two countries. Findings The evidence presented here indicates there is value and need for an approach to surveying outdoor educational provision in a national and international context. The Scottish survey data provide a valuable, evidence-based measure of provision that counters popular opinion and others’ assessment of prevalence of outdoor learning provision in Scotland. Firstly, post-Covid, over half of the teachers in our survey held the perception that provision outdoors had increased compared to pre-pandemic levels. This of course might have been true, adding weight to the possibility of a sustained decline between 2014 and 2022. Secondly, the survey findings also counter the perspective offered by the HMIE report (HMIE, 2022) for the same year which suggested outdoor provision was an increasing feature, and that the pandemic had ‘accelerated the breadth and depth of provision’ (though for their exemplification cases this may have been true). Our survey showed the early years sector did increase provision but our this did not hold true on average for most of our randomly sampled schools. The Italian survey data found that the impact of the pandemic had an even greater perceived impact on outdoor provision, with ¾ of practitioners across Kindergarten and Primary school settings identifying an increase. The ability to compare educators’ perceptions with the reality of provision, across settings and indeed across countries going forward, is an important step in understanding the motivators towards increased outdoor provision. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We report here on a repeated cross-sectional survey to understand changes in outdoor teaching learning and play in Scotland. Our cross-sectional survey approach is internationally distinctive in that it required settings to provide records for location, duration, focus, curriculum area, amongst other aspects. The design of the research is based on the view that practitioners or teachers are well placed to self-report, event-by-event, on formal outdoor provisions. In our survey, for each school/early years setting, a practitioner-researcher was supported with workshops, training and contact points to ensure accurate data were captured. A final methodology evaluation provided an opportunity for staff to report and reflect on data quality. Unlike once-off surveys of teacher opinion, we took the same event-by-event approach over the three surveys: eight weeks for schools and two weeks for early years settings. The three surveys allow us to evidence changes over nearly two decades across a range of measures including duration (minutes per child per week), cost, location, and curricular focus providing a comprehensive view perhaps unparalleled in other jurisdictions. In 2022, this survey was repeated in the Rimini region of Italy. Extensive discussions took place to ensure the methodology was accurately replicated in the Italian context, and that the terminology was translated in a manner that was robust and meaningful across both contexts. In Scotland, 108 educators provided data. These represented 19 early Years settings and 34 primary schools. The participants provided information about 205 outdoor learning sessions across these settings. In Italy, 59 educators provided information about 126 outdoor learning sessions across Kindergarten and Primary school settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the Scottish context, there are many factors that might be influential in the diverging trends seen in the two educational sectors, Primary schooling and Early Years provision. Certainly, in early years settings, free choice play is seen as integral whereas in primary settings, learning is more planned and structured with a teacher leading learning. Comparisons with the Italian experiences suggest that this picture is similar across the two countries, with Kindergarten children spending slightly more time outdoor than Primary school children across the study period. Understanding the educational context across the two countries will help us to understand why this might be the case. Our contribution has enabled us to compare provision across time-periods in the national context, and also to tentatively compare with some other international contexts. However, the quality of this international comparability depends heavily on the approach taken in each local survey. Comparing provision internationally is important but challenging since researchers looking at features such as duration or location will take country-specific or strategically diverse approaches in culturally different contexts. Comparisons are also challenging going forward since research teams seek to re-use past survey approaches in an effort to look at change over time. Differences in survey methodology and sampling, for example, will enable or restrict accurate comparisons. Jucker (2022) (summarising Fiennes et al 2015) highlights that there is not currently a comprehensive survey of outdoor learning provision across all the nations of the UK. However, future surveys for better international comparison could easily build on the approach described herein alongside recent efforts to harmonise understanding such as PLaTO (Lee et al, 2022). As Jucker (2022) suggests “Only with a decent set of baseline data can the sector, funders or government agencies trace (positive or negative) developments” (idib. pg. 129). References Asfeldt, M., Purc-Stephenson, R., Rawleigh, M. & Thackeray, S. (2020). Outdoor education in Canada: a qualitative investigation. Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning, DOI: 10.1080/14729679.2020.1784767 Barfod, K. S. (2023). ‘A good thing about this is probably that there’s been more freedom to try some things out’ - Danish teachers’ experience of teaching outdoors during the COVID-19 pandemic, Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning, 23(4), pp. 541-552. DOI: 10.1080/14729679.2022.2054837 Beames, S. & Brown, M. (2016). Adventurous learning: a pedagogy for a changing world. London: Routledge. Beames, S. & Polack, N. (2019). School inspection reports and the status of outdoor learning, residential experiences and adventurous activities in Scottish schools, University of Edinburgh. [online] Available at: https://beamingsimon.files.wordpress.com/2019/06/carnegie-report_web.pdf Füz, N. (2018). Out-of-school learning in Hungarian primary education: Practice and barriers. Journal of Experiential Education. doi:10.1177/1053825918758342 Jucker, R. (2022). How to Raise the Standards of Outdoor Learning and Its Research. In: Jucker, R., von Au, J. (eds) High-Quality Outdoor Learning. Springer, Cham. Mannion, G., Ramjan, C., McNicol, S., Sowerby, M. & Lambert, P. (2023). Teaching, Learning and Play in the Outdoors: a survey of provision in 2022. NatureScot Research Report 133. [online] Available at < https://www.nature.scot/doc/naturescot-research-report-1313-teaching-learning-and-play-outdoors-survey-provision-scotland-2022 > |
17:30 - 19:00 | 31 SES 13 A: Studying Arabic Teaching in Europe Across Countries and Contexts Through Ethnography Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Jonas Yassin Iversen Session Chair: Tatjana Atanasoska Symposium |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Studying Arabic Teaching in Europe Across Countries and Contexts Through Ethnography As a result of migration from Arabic-majority countries to Europe over the past decades, there is currently a significant Arabic-speaking population in Europe (UNESCO, 2019; Walldoff, 2017). This has important implications for the maintenance of the Arabic language in the European diaspora and, in turn, also for schools across Europe. Currently, Arabic is taught as a ‘mother tongue’ in mainstream schools in several European countries, such as Finland, Germany, and Sweden (Alisaari et al., 2023; Soukah, 2022). In fact, Arabic is the language within so-called mother tongue education in Sweden with the highest number of participants (Walldoff, 2017). Meanwhile, in countries such as Belgium and Norway, Arabic language teaching is relegated to community-based supplementary schools in the evenings and afternoons (Steenwegen et al., 2022; Vedøy & Vassenden, 2020). As such, access to Arabic language teaching varies significantly between countries (ElHawari, 2021). As a response to the limited access to Arabic language education combined with the increased access to digital resources and the COVID-19 pandemic, an increasing number of students are enrolling in online Arabic language education (Hilmi, 2021). Across the diverse provisions for Arabic language learning in the European diaspora, there is significant variation in the instruction’s content, objectives, and organisation. For example, ‘mother tongue teaching’ in Finland and Sweden is regulated by a government-developed and standardised curriculum. Community-based education provided in supplementary schools – either online or onsite – has much greater autonomy to develop the content, objectives, and organisation (Baldridge et al., 2017; Steenwegen et al., 2022). Based on four distinct ethnographic research projects exploring Arabic teaching in different settings, this symposium offers extensive empirical insight into and analyses of Arabic ‘mother tongue teaching’ in Finland and Sweden, supplementary Arabic language teaching in Belgium, and transnational online Arabic language teaching. Based on findings from the four studies, the symposium explores how different forms of organising Arabic teaching shape the teaching of Arabic, students’ and teachers’ experiences and identity formation. Furthermore, we discuss the ethical dimensions of ethnographic research into Arabic teaching in Europe, considering the increasingly politicized environment where research focusing on languages associated with recent migration operates in today’s Europe. References Alisaari, J., Møller Daugaard, L., Dewilde, J., Harju-Autti, R., Heikkola, L. M., Iversen, J. Y., ... & Yli-Jokipii, M. (2023). Mother tongue education in four Nordic countries-problem, right or resource?. Apples: Journal of Applied Language Studies, 17(2), 52-72. Baldridge, B., Beck, N., Medina, J., & Reeves, M. (2017). Toward a new understanding of community-based education: The role of community-based educational spaces in disrupting inequality for minoritized youth. Review of Research in Education, 41, 381-402. ElHawari, R. (2021). Teaching Arabic as a heritage language. Routledge. Soukah, Z. (2022). Der Herkunftssprachliche Unterricht Arabisch in NRW: Lage und Perspektive. Zeitschrift für Interkulturellen Fremsprachenunterricht, 1(27), 415–436. UNESCO. (2019). Global education monitoring report, 2019: Arab States: Migration, displacement and education: building bridges, not walls. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000371320 Vedøy, G., & Vassenden, A. (2020). Innvandrerorganisasjoners og -menigheters bidrag til innvandrerelevers skolepretasjoner. Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift, 104(2), 148–160. Walldoff, A. (2017). Arabic in home language instruction: Language acquisition in a fuzzy linguistic situation. PhD dissertation. Stockholm University. Presentations of the Symposium Community-based Education in Flanders
Community-based educational initiatives (CBEI) serves as an umbrella term to encompass all types of complementary and/or supplementary education, organised by and for various ethnic-cultural minoritized groups. These initiatives are bottom-up learning environments offering not only support for minoritized youth in their mainstream academic studies, but also providing (positive) recognition of their ethno-cultural identity and familial and community heritage (Baldridge et al., 2017; Steenwegen et al., 2022). Existing ethnographic studies have documented the classes organised in these initiatives, which range from homework support (Hall, 2002) and mathematics instruction, to language classes. These last type of classes, mother tongue or heritage language learning (under which we can document Arabic supplementary schooling), serve as an important example of minoritized communities organising their own (supplementary) education specifically to fill in gaps they experience in their children’s education; This is particularly important in contexts where mainstream education often caters to the cultural (religious and linguistic) needs of dominant ethnic majority groups but fail to be as sensitive to similar needs among minoritized communities (Clycq, 2017; Van Praag et al., 2016; Yosso 2005). Some research has been conducted to document both the organisational nature of these CBEI and the motivations of minoritized communities to organise these schools (Steenwegen et al., 2022). Yet, the processes within these initiatives, the resources they provide, and the potential impact on the educational trajectories of minoritized youth, all remain largely unknown. The paper(s) presented as part of this symposium on Arabic schooling offer new insight into the bottom-up, grassroot, educational organising various (Arabic) communities are involved in. The research took place in Flanders, a particularly interesting context to study educational initiatives as this Flemish speaking region of Belgium is notably marked by one of the largest, and quite tenacious, ethnic achievement gaps in education in Europe. Through extensive qualitative observations and interviews conducted with students, teachers, and organisers, across various CBEI, we offer new insight into how these initiatives serve as important networks of support for minoritized youth. We present these CBEI through the lens of the community-cultural wealth framework (Yosso, 2005) and offer an expansion of this framework with resources that contain the transnational nature of many of the CBEI included in this research. We also attempt to showcase the importance and impact of these (third) spaces through centring the words and experiences of minoritized young people attending these Arabic schools.
References:
Baldridge, B., Beck, N., Medina, J., & Reeves, M. (2017). Toward a New Understanding of Community-Based Education: The Role of Community-Based Educational Spaces in Disrupting Inequality for Minoritized Youth. Review of Research in Education, 41, 381-402. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X16688622
Clycq, N. (2017). ‘We value your food but not your language’: Education systems and nation-building processes in Flanders. European Educational Research Journal, 16(4), 407-424. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116668885
Hall, K. A. O., K.: Zulfiqar, M.: Tan, J. E. C. (2002). 'This is our School': provision, purpose and pedagogy of supplementary schooling in Leeds and Oslo. British Educational Research Journal, 28(3), 399-418. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920220137467
Steenwegen, J., Clycq, N., & Vanhoof, J. (2022). How and why minoritised communities self-organise education: a review study. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2021.2022458
Van Praag, L., Stevens, P. A. J., & Van Houtte, M. (2016). ‘No more Turkish music!’ The acculturation strategies of teachers and ethnic minority students in Flemish schools. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 42(8), 1353-1370. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2015.1103171
Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69-91. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006
Translinguistic Pedagogies in Community-based Digital Arabic Heritage Language Education
In countries where heritage language education is not accessible through mainstream education, diaspora communities rely on community-based heritage language education. For example, Arabic-speaking children across Europe attend community-based heritage language education to maintain their heritage language. With the development of communication technologies, the number of heritage language schools offering digital Arabic language education is increasing (Hilmi, 2021). However, there is still a lack of research on community-based digital Arabic heritage language education. Hence, the current paper investigates the following research question: What characterizes the linguistic repertoire of five heritage language learners of Arabic and how does their teacher capitalize and expand on these repertoires in her teaching? This research question was explored through a digital linguistic ethnography over four months in an online Arabic heritage language school. Digital linguistic ethnography is interested in how people use language, interact, and construct communities, knowledge, and identities, through and influenced by digital technologies (Varis & Hou, 2020). The digital linguistic ethnography was conducted through observation, interviews with one teacher and five students, and the collection of identity portraits and other relevant documents. The participating school was located in the USA and offered Arabic lessons both onsite and online with students and teachers participating from different parts of the world. The participant students were participating from different parts of the USA, while the teacher was participating from Italy. In the analysis of the empirical material, we adopted a translinguistic perspective on language, which means that language and bilingualism are considered dynamic and must not be seen as two separate systems and structures (García & Li, 2014). Thus, multilinguals only have one linguistic repertoire from which they strategically draw from to make sense of their multilingual. The analysis shows that the five students had a complex linguistic repertoire, including competence in English, Levantine Arabic, Modern Standard Arabic, and Spanish. Moreover, the analysis shows how the teacher capitalized and expanded on the students’ linguistic repertoires through the use of Modern Standard Arabic, varieties of Levantine Arabic and English. Hence, translanguaging was purposely used as a pedagogical strategy to teach the multiglossic and multidialectal Arabic language. This lead to a teaching characterized by flexible language use, where teacher and students drew on all of their resources to promote language learning and support the students in making sense of their translingual world (Garcia & Wei, 2014).
References:
Garcia, O., & W. Li. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Palgrave Macmillan.
Hilmi, D. (2021). Impact of Arabic online learning in the perspective of how the brain learns. Ijaz Arabi Journal of Arabic Learning, 4, 59-73.
Varis, P. & Hou, M. (2020). Digtial approaches in linguistic ethnography. In K. Tusting (Ed.), The Routledge handbook of linguistic ethnography. Routledge.
Negotiating Translanguaging Space – The Case of Mother Tongue Tuition in Sweden
In this presentation, the concept translanguaging space (Li, 2011; Zhu et al., 2017) is used to study classroom interaction in an Arabic Mother Tongue Instruction (MTI) classroom in Sweden. MTI is an elective school subject with its own syllabus. Students in primary and secondary school have the right to MTI with some restrictions: For example, the students need to already have basic knowledge in the language in question and at least five students have to enrol in MTI in order for the municipality to be required to organize it. The case of MTI in Arabic here makes translanguaging space relevant for the study of classroom interaction in relation to the diglossic situation between Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) and colloquial varieties of Arabic. The aim of this paper is to study classroom interaction in MTI in Arabic as a translanguaging space. The study is part of a larger project on MTI in Sweden which is carried out in the form of action research combined with linguistic ethnography. The material used is from one Arabic MTI teacher and students in grade three and consists of fieldnotes, audio recordings from classroom observations and one teacher interview. The use of the concept translanguaging space, understood as an arena for translanguaging and a space created through translanguaging (Li, 2011), highlights the seamless shuttling between different varieties of Arabic, which is natural and necessary in Arabic MTI classrooms. The diglossic situation in Arabic means that while all students need to learn MSA, the challenges are greater for students with varieties that diverge more from the teacher’s variety. In the current case, the teacher’s Levantine variety was closer to that of some of the students, while other dialects diverged more. The critical and creative aspects inherent in translanguaging space put issues of student engagement and participation in focus. In this case, the teacher was in the centre and students were rather passive, answering questions and performing given tasks. Although the dominance of MSA and Levantine may be interpreted as a monolingual classroom policy, the fact that both Swedish and other dialects were accepted shows that the diglossic situation opened up the classroom as a translanguaging space.
References:
Li Wei (2011). Moment analysis and translanguaging space: Discursive construction of identities by multilingual Chinese youth in Britain. Journal of Pragmatics, 43, 1222–1235. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2010.07.035
Zhu, H., Li, W. & Lyons, A. (2017). Polish shop(ping) as translanguaging space. Social semiotics, 27, 411-433. https://doi.org/10.1080/10350330.2017.1334390
Studying Arabic Mother Tongue Instruction in Finland – Ethical Considerations
Minority mother tongue instruction is a part of the Finnish school system (see Tainio & Kallioniemi 2019) yet there is relatively little participatory research on the subject. When it comes to subjects such as Arabic, traditional disciplinary foci and researchers’ linguistic repertoires partly explain the situation. However, also the ethical frameworks that regulate classroom research play a role: especially for studies that are interested in interactional data, obtaining necessary research permits is cumbersome and embarking on a research project requires considerable resources both time- and funding-wise.
In this presentation, we reflect on our experiences from MIGDIA project, a five-year ethnographic research project with a focus on minority mother tongue instruction in Arabic. We discuss research ethics both in the data collection phase and in connection with publishing research results in terms of everyday ethics and formalised research ethics (cf. Smette 2019). We open up linguistic and cultural challenges of data collection by asking what kind of research projects the current ethical guidelines have been created for and what kind of participant they assume (see Everri et al. 2020). We also ask whether the current regulations and research ethical practices actually contribute to the ethical implementation of research in multilingual and multicultural contexts. The ethical considerations of the research are not limited only to the data collection, but also to the publication of the research results. By this we do not mean just ethical treatment of research participants, but the increasingly politicized environment where educational research on Arabic mother tongue instruction operates for instance in Finland. The increased political influence of far-right parties has brought services provided for linguistic and cultural minorities under scrutiny and criticism (for background, see Petterson 2020). Against this background, we reflect on our research findings. Although optional mother tongue instruction is a part of the mainstream education, in many ways it operates in the fringes of Finnish educational system (see Ylijokipii et al. 2022). With our ethnographic lens, we are in a position of seeing also the linguistically and culturally specific details more clearly. We discuss researcher’s ethical role in knowledge production and identify ethically sustainable practices for research in increasingly polarized societies.
References:
Everri, M., Heitmayer, M., Paulius, Y.-S. & Saadi, L. (2020). Ethical challenges of using video for qualitative research and ethnography. State of the art and guidelines. In T. Lähdesmäki, E. Koskinen-Koivisto, V. L. A. Čeginskas, & A. K. Koistinen (eds.), Challenges and solutions in ethnographic research. Ethnography with a twist, 68–83. London: Routledge.
Pettersson, K. (2020). The discursive denial of racism by Finnish populist radical right politicians accused of anti-muslim hate-speech. In Norocel, O.C., Hellström, A. & Jørgensen, M.B. (eds.) Nostalgia and hope: Intersections between politics of culture, welfare, and migration in Europe, 35–50. IMISCOE Research Series. Springer, Cham.
Smette, I. (2020). Ethics and access when consent must come first. Consequences of formalised research ethics for ethnographic research in schools. In Bushner, H. & Fox, A. (eds.) Implementing ethics in educational ethnography. Regulation and practice, 51–63. London: Routledge.
Tainio. L. & Kallioniemi, A. (eds.) (2019). Koulujen monet kielet ja uskonnot. Selvitys vähemmistöäidinkielten ja -uskontojen sekä suomi ja ruotsi toisena kielenä -opetuksen tilanteesta eri koulutusasteilla. Valtioneuvoston selvitys ja tutkimustoiminnan julkaisusarja 11/2019.
Yli-Jokipii, M., Rissanen, I. & Kuusisto, E. (2022) Oman äidinkielen opettaja osana kouluyhteisöä. Kasvatus, 53(4), 350–363.
|
17:30 - 19:00 | 31 SES 13 B: Writing and Motivation & Multilingual Children and Literacies Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Irina Usanova Paper Session |
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper The Relationship Between Czech Students’ Selected Socioeconomic Characteristics and Their English as a Foreign Language Ought-to Self Motivation The Anchoring Center for Educational Research, Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:Foreign language (FL) learning motivation among students is an important topic in the European context, as the respect for linguistic diversity has been seen as a key principle of the European Union and learning several languages is necessary for many people (Baïdak et al., 2017). This is especially true for the examination of FL learning motivation among students with different socioeconomic status (SES), as notable discrepancies in the achievement of different SES groups of students have been documented in many European countries (e.g., the differences in PISA 2018 average reading scores between advantaged and disadvantaged students were over 100 points in Belgium, Czech Republic, France, Germany, Hungary, Luxembourg, the Slovak Republic, and Switzerland, the OECD average gap being 89 points; OECD, 2019). Recent review of EFL learning motivation research (Vonkova et al., 2021), however, has shown that the majority of research on EFL learning motivation between years 2016 and 2020 has been conducted in Asia, only a few studies focusing on Europe (10 in Spain and 3 in Sweden out of 90 analyzed studies). Also, there is a scarcity of research on the relationship between FL learning motivation and SES (Iwaniec, 2020). So far, only a few studies have studied this relationship among European students, such as Alejo and Piquer-Píriz (2016) in Spain, Iwaniec (2020) in Poland, and Vonkova et al. (2024) in the Czech Republic. Thus, the link between FL learning motivation and SES among students in Europe merits further investigation. Currently, the L2 motivational self-system (L2MSS) is the most commonly used FL learning theory (Vonkova et al., 2021). The theory has originated in the work of Zoltán Dörnyei from Hungary (Dörnyei, 2009), who distinguished three major motivational components: the ideal L2 self, the ought-to L2 self, and L2 learning experience. The ideal L2 self concerns a desirable self image of the kind of L2 user a learner would like to become, the ought-to L2 self refers to the attributes a learner believes he/she ought to possess to meet expectations of others and to avoid possible negative outcomes, and L2 learning experience covers motives related to the immediate learning environment and experiences, such as the influence of the teacher or the peer group (Dörnyei, 2009; You & Dörnyei, 2016). L2MSS theory is a theoretical framework to L2 learning motivation we have adopted in this study. Our study contributes to filling the gap in the current research regarding our understanding of the relationship between SES and foreign language learning motivation. We build on the findings of Vonkova et al. (2024) and aim to further explore individual ought-to L2 self items and their link to selected students’ SES-related variables. Such an analysis can help enhance our understanding of the ought-to L2 self construct and contribute to future research on the link between L2MSS components and SES in European countries. Specifically, our research question is as follows: What is the link between Czech students’ ought-to L2 self, at the level of individual items, and their selected socioeconomic characteristics (school type, and parental education)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We utilize the data set from Vonkova et al. (2024) collected among Czech students finishing their lower secondary studies (ca. 14 to 15 years old). The students attended either a basic school (in Czech základní škola) or a multi-year grammar school (in Czech víceleté gymnázium), which is a selective type of school with a standardized admission exam. The data were collected at 35 basic schools and 30 grammar schools. We analyze data from 664 students who provided responses to all the variables under study. We administered a slightly modified version of an L2MSS questionnaire from Lamb (2012) containing six items targeting ought-to L2 self rated on a four-point scale (1) disagree, (2) somewhat disagree, (3) somewhat agree, (4) agree. The items were (Vonkova et al., 2024): Ought-to1: I need English to avoid failing my exams. Ought-to2: Young Czechs are obliged to learn English well. Ought-to3: I have to study English well to be a good pupil. Ought-to4: Learning English is necessary because people surrounding me expect me to do so. Ought-to5: Adults who can’t use English may be considered ignorant. Ought-to6: If I fail to learn English I’ll be letting other people down. As for socioeconomic characteristics, we have used the information about whether the student is from a selective grammar school (compared to a basic school). Also, we have examined whether at least one of the student’s (step/foster) parents reached ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 6 or a higher level of education according to the ISCED 2011 classification. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis has revealed that being from a selective grammar school (compared to a basic school) is associated with a higher reported agreement with most ought-to L2 self items. Thus, in terms of students’ ought-to L2 self, being from a selective, academically demanding school appears to be a relevant factor. Students from grammar schools, however, seem not to report notably more agreement, for example, with the statement that learning English is necessary because people surrounding them expect them to do so (Ought-to4). Thus, not all parts of ought-to L2 self are related to the school type students’ attend. Having a parent with the educational level ISCED6 or higher is, similarly to attending a grammar school, associated with a higher agreement on most ought-to L2 self items. A large difference seems to be, for example, in the case of item Ought-to5 (Adults who can’t use English may be considered ignorant.). Students with more highly educated parents, however, seem not to report notably more, for example, that they have to study English well to be a good pupil (Ought-to3). Overall, our preliminary findings suggest that ought-to L2 self is related to school type as well as parental education, though these relationships are not consistent across all aspects of ought-to L2 self. A more detailed analysis is required to further explore the patterns of relationship between different aspects of ought-to L2 self and different SES-related characteristics of students. Also, the role of school in the development of FL learning motivation among students with different SES requires further investigation. References Alejo, R., & Piquer-Píriz, A. (2016). Urban vs. rural CLIL: An analysis of input-related variables, motivation and language attainment. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 29(3), 245-262. https://doi.org/10.1080/07908318.2016.1154068 Baïdak, N., Balcon, M. P., & Motiejunaite, A. (2017). Key data on teaching languages at school in Europe. European Education and Culture Executive Agency. https://doi.org/10.2797/828497 Dörnyei, Z. (2009). The L2 motivational self system. In Z. Dörnyei, & E. Ushioda (Eds.), Motivation, language identity and the L2 self (pp. 9-42). Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781847691293-003 Iwaniec, J. (2020). The effects of parental education level and school location on language learning motivation. The Language Learning Journal, 48(4), 427-441, https://doi.org/10.1080/09571736.2017.1422137 Lamb, M. (2012). A self system perspective on young adolescents’ motivation to learn English in urban and rural settings. Language Learning, 62(4), 997-1023. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9922.2012.00719.x OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 technical report. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/2015-technical-report/PISA2015_TechRep_Final.pdf OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 results (Volume II): Where all students can succeed. OECD Publishing. https://read.oecd.org/10.1787/b5fd1b8f-en?format=pdf Vonkova, H., Jones, J., Moore, A., Altinkalp, I., & Selcuk, H. (2021). A review of recent research in EFL motivation: Research trends, emerging methodologies, and diversity of researched populations. System, 103, Article 102622. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2021.102622 Vonkova, H., Papajoanu, O., & Moore, A. (2024). Foreign language learning motivation and the socioeconomic status of Czech lower secondary students: An analysis of mediating factors. International Journal of Educational Research, 124, Article 102302. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2023.102302 You, C., & Dörnyei, Z. (2016). Language learning motivation in China: Results of a large-scale stratified survey. Applied Linguistics, 37(4), 495-519. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amu046 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Early Meaning-Makers: Children and Literacy in Multilingual ECE University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:This paper summarizes the results of my PhD study about young children’s early literacy meaning-making, which I will defend in July 2024. In my work, I adopt a sociocultural framework, that understands literacy as social practice (Barton & Hamilton, 2000). Instead of merely focussing on reading and writing skills, I explore how language and signs are used, which underlying social and cultural norms exist, and how different contexts shape people’s practices. Furthermore, the sociocultural framework highlights the role of language and social interactions in learning (Wells, 2009). When studying young children, this view needs to be extended to include also other semiotic resources, such as embodied modes, or the use of objects (Flewitt, 2005). Hence, early literacy meaning-making can be seen as a process of co-construction, in which participants use language or other semiotic resources, to develop a shared understanding of literacy. For a long time, literacy learning was seen as exclusively reserved to formal school settings. The so-called ‘readiness’ perspective claimed that children have to attend a certain developmental level, before being able to learn about literacy (Whitehurst & Lonigan, 1998). The emergent literacy perspective contrasts this view by acknowledging that children acquire important knowledge and skills about language, reading, and writing before they enter school (Pegorraro Schull et al., 2023). Emergent literacy affirms that children’s learning about literacy begins as early as birth (Clay, 1975) and is driven by their early engagement in literacy activities and their natural interest in learning (Sulzby and Teale,1996). Although this conceptualization has been established in research for many years, the need to develop early literacy practices in educational contexts persists. Studies have shown that children’s early literacy experiences can positively influence their educational outcomes (Sénéchal & LeFevre, 2014). However, rich and meaningful literacy practices in early childhood remain rare (Wells Rowe, 2018; Torr, 2019). While literacy in early childhood has been extensively studied from a cognitive perspective, focusing on emergent literacy skills (Brown, 2014), or in the context of shared reading situations at home (Steiner et al., 2021), only a few studies address early literacy from a sociocultural perspective and in the context of educational institutions. Furthermore, studies rarely focus on multilingual children. My PhD study addresses these research gaps by investigating the literacy practices in non-formal early education in Luxembourg. Furthermore, I explore the ways in which children make meaning in early literacy activities and how they employ different semiotic resources. The context of Luxembourg is particularly interesting to address these questions, as recent statistics have shown that more than 65% of the under-four-year old children grow up with at least two languages at home. Moreover, Luxembourg is one of the first countries to implement a multilingual educational policy for early childhood. This policy, called éducation plurlingue, requires early childhood practitioners to foster language development, collaborate with families, and network with other cultural and educational actors (MENJE & SNJ, 2021). Regarding language and literacy practices, this may involve activities in Luxembourgish and French, the inclusion of children’s home languages, and visits to local libraries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My PhD study is embedded in a larger mixed-method project called COMPARE (Collaboration with Parents and Multiliteracies in Early Childhood Education in Luxembourg). This project is co-funded by the National Research Fund of Luxembourg (FNR), the Ministry of Education (MENJE), and the National Youth Service (SNJ). Ethical approval was received by the Ethics Review Panel of the University of Luxembourg in the beginning of 2020. The project COMPARE investigates collaboration between parents and educators as well as multiliteracies in early childhood and care facilities in Luxembourg. Combining quantitative (e.g. surveys) and qualitative (e.g. fieldwork and interviews) methods. Between September 2020 and June 2021, I collected my data as part of the qualitative fieldwork of COMPARE. The data collection took place in three early childhood settings, that were located in different regions of Luxembourg. Using videography and ethnographic fieldnotes, I documented my observations. In each of the settings, I observed three focus children who were between two and four years old at the time of the data collection. Additionally, I conducted semi-structured member-check interviews with some of the educators. The participating settings represent the variety of Luxembourg’s non-formal early childhood sector, as each of them applied different pedagogical approaches, had different organizational structures, and employed different language practices. Furthermore, the nine focus children had diverse language and family backgrounds, which reflects the diversity of young children in Luxembourg. My analysis combines elements of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), sociocultural discourse analysis (Mercer, 2010), and conversation analysis (Seedhouse, 2005). Based on an iterative and reflective process, I analyzed multimodal transcripts, vignettes, and ethnographic fieldnotes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings My findings illustrate the diversity of children’s early literacy experiences and foster understanding of their learning processes. Firstly, I identified a wide range of early literacy practices that reflect different underlying understandings of literacy and the use of different pedagogical methods and tools. These practices accorded different roles to children and enabled them to express varying degrees of agency. Furthermore, several contextual factors, such as the educators’ view of the child or the organizational structure of the crèche, seemed to influence literacy practices. Secondly, children made meaning of early literacy by using a range of semiotic resources, creatively using literacy tools in play, and through interactions with peers and adults. Children adapted their meaning-making resources according to the situations and the other interlocutors. Finally, the co-construction of meaning involved children and adults making different types of connections between themselves, their surroundings, their funds of knowledge, and literacy. These findings foster our understanding of literacy development in early childhood, by illustrating the complexity of children’s experiences and valorizing their diverse resources. My study contributes to the field of early literacy research by addressing research gaps relating to meaning-making, educational contexts, and the role of multilingualism. Furthermore, my findings indicate implications for policymakers and practitioners. While the multilingual policy for early education in Luxembourg is innovative, its implementation is hindered by a lack of clarity and conciseness. Practitioners need to receive more concrete and theoretically funded guidance in order to develop meaningful and pedagogically relevant early literacy practices. Finally, professional development courses should promote practitioners’ reflective and observational competencies. This could enable them to leverage children’s rich resources to enhance early literacy development. References Barton, D., & Hamilton, M. (2000). Situated Literacies - Reading and Writing in Context. London: Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Brown, C. S. (2014). Language and Literacy Development in the Early Years: Foundational Skills that Support Emergent Readers. The Language and Literacy Spectrum, 24. Clay, M. M. (1975). What Did I Write? Exeter, NH: Heinemann. Flewitt, R. (2005). Is every child's voice heard? Researching the different ways 3‐year‐old children communicate and make meaning at home and in a pre‐school playgroup. Early Years, 25(3), 207-222. doi:10.1080/09575140500251558 MENJE, & SNJ. (2021). Cadre de référence national sur l’éducation non formelle des enfants et des jeunes. Luxembourg Mercer, N. (2010). The analysis of classroom talk: methods and methodologies. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 80(Pt 1), 1-14. doi:10.1348/000709909X479853 Pegorraro Schull, C., La Croix, L., Miller, S. E., Sanders Austin, K., & Kidd, J. K. (2023). Early Childhood Literacy Engaging and Empowering Emergent Readers and Writers - Birth to Age 5: The Virtual Library of Virginia. Seedhouse, P. (2005). Conversation Analysis as Research Methodology. In K. Richards & P. Seedhouse (Eds.), Applying Conversation Analysis. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan. Sénéchal, M., & LeFevre, J.-A. (2014). Continuity and Change in the Home Literacy Environment as Predictors of Growth in Vocabulary and Reading. Child Development, 85(4), 1552-1568. SNJ. (2023). La diversité linguistique des jeunes enfants et les pratiques langagières au sein des familles au Luxembourg. Luxembourg: Repères Communication. Steiner, L. M., Hindin, A., & Rizzuto, K. C. (2021). Developing Children's Literacy Learning Through Skillful Parent–Child Shared Book Readings. Early Childhood Education Journal, 50(4), 539-553. doi:10.1007/s10643-021-01170-9 Sulzby, E., & Teale, W. H. (1996). Emergent Literacy. In P. D. Pearson, R. Barr, M. L. Kamil, & P. Mosenthal (Eds.), Handbook of Reading Research (pp. 121 - 151). New York: Longman. Torr, J. (2019). Infants’ Experiences of Shared Reading with Their Educators in Early Childhood Education and Care Centres: An Observational Study. Early Childhood Education Journal, 47(5), 519-529. doi:10.1007/s10643-019-00948-2 Wells, G. (2009). The Meaning Makers: Learning to Talk and Talking to Learn (2 ed.). Bristol: Multilingual Matters. Wells Rowe, D. (2018). The Unrealized Promise of Emergent Writing: Reimagining the Way Forward for Early Writing Instruction. Language Arts, 95(4), 229 - 241. Whitehurst, G. J., & Lonigan, C. J. (1998). Child Development and Emergent Literacy. Child Development, 69(3), 848 - 872. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Socioeconomic Status and Hope in Writing: Roles of Writing Self-Concept and Teacher Support Lingnan University, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Achievement emotions play a crucial role in students' lives (Marques et al., 2013). These emotions include feelings such as pride, enjoyment, hope, and anxiety that arise from students' academic achievements and failures (Pekrun et al., 2017). Understanding the significance of achievement emotions is essential for educators, parents, and policymakers, as it can lead to the development of effective strategies to enhance students' learning experiences. Not surprisingly, many studies have investigated the association between achievement emotions and students' academic performance, motivation, engagement, and overall well-being (e.g., Luo & Luo, 2022; Mega et al., 2014; Obermeier et al., 2022; Pekrun et al., 2017). However, there has been relatively less attention given to understanding the determinants or antecedents of these emotions. Aligning with the goal of promoting social justice and equity in education, prior research has extensively investigated the role of socioeconomic status (SES) in various student outcomes, including achievement emotions. Due to the limited attention received by achievement emotions in writing compared to reading and mathematics, this study focused specifically on achievement emotions in the context of writing learning and the classroom, recognizing the domain specificity of these emotions (Goetz et al., 2007). To gain a better understanding of the association between SES and achievement emotions, it is crucial to explore the potential mediation mechanisms underlying this relationship. Previous research has indicated positive links between SES and students' self-concept (e.g., Wiederkehr et al., 2015), as well as between self-concept and achievement emotions (e.g., Duggleby et al., 2009). Consequently, it is expected that writing self-concept may serve as a mediator between SES and achievement emotions. However, little is known about whether writing self-concept truly mediates the association between SES and achievement emotions. As certain achievement emotions, such as enjoyment and anxiety, have been extensively studied, this particular investigation focused on the under-researched emotion of hope. Thus, one of the primary objectives of this study is to examine the mediating role of writing self-concept in the relationship between SES and hope in writing. While it is evident that family environment, including SES, influences students' achievement emotions, the strength of this association may vary depending on the school climate and support, such as teacher support. However, little is currently known about the effect of the interaction between SES and teacher support on achievement emotions in writing. Drawing from well-established research demonstrating the relationships between SES and hope (e.g., Raats et al., 2019), as well as between teacher support and hope (e.g., David et al., 2023), it can be hypothesized that teacher support moderates the association between SES and hope in writing. In other words, teacher support may weaken the strength of the association between SES and hope in writing. Given the hypothesis that teacher support moderates the direct association between SES and hope in writing, the question arises as to whether the indirect association, in which the relationship between SES and hope in writing is mediated by writing self-concept, may also vary depending on teacher support. To the best of our knowledge, there have been no studies exploring the moderating role of teacher support in the indirect pathways from SES to hope in writing through writing self-concept. Based on emerging evidence regarding the relationships between SES and self-concept (e.g., Wiederkehr et al., 2015), as well as between teacher support and self-concept (e.g., Mercer et al., 2011), it is possible to hypothesize the existence of a moderation mechanism involved in the indirect association between SES and hope. Therefore, this study aimed to investigate whether teacher support moderates both the direct and indirect associations between SES and hope in writing, mediated by writing self-concept. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study analyzed a total of 1408 students from 52 writing classrooms. Nearly half of the sample consisted of female students (49.6%). The average age of the students was 17.47 years. The variables examined in the study included SES, writing self-concept, teacher support, and hope in writing. All main analyses were conducted using Mplus 8 (Muthen & Muthen, 1998–2018). To address missing data, full-information maximum likelihood estimation (FIML) was utilized, following recommendations by Allison (2012) and Enders (2010). The first part of the analysis focused on investigating the mediating role of writing self-concept in the associations between SES and hope in writing. Initially, the direct effects of SES on students' hope in writing were estimated. Subsequently, writing self-concept was introduced as a mediator to examine the direct effects of SES on hope in writing. The second part of the analysis aimed to explore the moderation effect of teacher support on the relationships between SES, writing self-concept, and hope in writing. A moderated mediation model was estimated, incorporating an interaction term between SES and teacher support. This interaction term was used to examine the effects of SES on hope in writing at different levels of teacher support. If the interaction between SES and teacher support was found to be significant, a simple slope analysis was conducted to assess the conditional direct and indirect effects of SES on students' hope in writing at low (-1 SD) and high (+1 SD) levels of teacher support (Preacher, Curran, & Bauer, 2006). The study calculated 95% confidence intervals (95% CI) for the conditional direct and indirect effects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study employed a moderated mediation model to investigate the mechanisms underlying the relationship between SES and students' hope in writing. The results provided evidence supporting the mediating role of writing self-concept in the association between SES and hope in writing. First, in line with previous research showing a positive link between SES and achievement emotions (e.g., Raats et al., 2019), the present study found that SES significantly contributed to students' hope in writing. Second, the study demonstrated that writing sself-concept partially mediated the association between SES and hope in writing. Third, the current study examined the importance of teacher support in relation to students' writing self-concept and achievement emotions. However, the results revealed that teacher support did not moderate the direct effect of SES on students' hope in writing. Teacher support did not moderate the indirect association between SES and hope in writing through writing self-concept. Based on these findings, education stakeholders should consider implementing interventions that promote writing self-concept among students, particularly those from disadvantaged backgrounds. References Allison, P. D. (2012). Handling missing data by maximum likelihood. SAS Global Forum: Statistics and Data Analysis. David, S. R., Wen, D. J., & Goh, E. C. (2023, November). Identifying the Relationship Between Strength of School Social Support and Level of Hope in Children from Low-Income Families. In Child & Youth Care Forum (pp. 1-21). New York: Springer US. Duggleby, W., Cooper, D., & Penz, K. (2009). Hope, self‐efficacy, spiritual well‐being and job satisfaction. Journal of advanced nursing, 65(11), 2376-2385. Goetz, T., Frenzel, A. C., Pekrun, R., Hall, N. C., & Lüdtke, O. (2007). Between-and within-domain relations of students' academic emotions. Journal of educational psychology, 99(4), 715. Luo, Z., & Luo, W. (2022). Discrete achievement emotions as mediators between achievement goals and academic engagement of Singapore students. Educational Psychology, 42(6), 749-766. Marques, S. C., Lopez, S. J., & Mitchell, J. (2013). The role of hope, spirituality and religious practice in adolescents’ life satisfaction: Longitudinal findings. Journal of Happiness Studies, 14, 251-261. Mega, C., Ronconi, L., & De Beni, R. (2014). What makes a good student? How emotions, self-regulated learning, and motivation contribute to academic achievement. Journal of educational psychology, 106(1), 121-131. Mercer, S. H., Nellis, L. M., Martínez, R. S., & Kirk, M. (2011). Supporting the students most in need: Academic self-efficacy and perceived teacher support in relation to within-year academic growth. Journal of school psychology, 49(3), 323-338. Obermeier, R., Schlesier, J., Meyer, S., & Gläser-Zikuda, M. (2022). Trajectories of scholastic well-being: The effect of achievement emotions and instructional quality in the first year of secondary school (fifth grade). Social Psychology of Education, 25(5), 1051-1070. Pekrun, R., Lichtenfeld, S., Marsh, H. W., Murayama, K., & Goetz, T. (2017). Achievement emotions and academic performance: Longitudinal models of reciprocal effects. Child development, 88(5), 1653-1670. Preacher, K. J., Curran, P. J., & Bauer, D. J. (2006). Computational tools for probing interactions in multiple linear regression, multilevel modeling, and latent curve analysis. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 31(4), 437–448. Raats, C., Adams, S., Savahl, S., Isaacs, S., & Tiliouine, H. (2019). The relationship between hope and life satisfaction among children in low and middle socio-economic status communities in Cape Town, South Africa. Child Indicators Research, 12, 733-746. Wiederkehr, V., Darnon, C., Chazal, S., Guimond, S., & Martinot, D. (2015). From social class to self-efficacy: Internalization of low social status pupils’ school performance. Social Psychology of Education, 18, 769-784. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 32 SES 13 A: NW 32 Network Meeting Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Network Meeting |
|
32. Organizational Education
Paper NW 32 Network Meeting Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
17:30 - 19:00 | 33 SES 13 A: Addressing and Identifying Gender Inequities in STEM Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Ziyin Xiong Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Gender Differences in STEM Field in Higher Education: The Relationship Between Gender, Motivation and Exhaustion Institute for social research, Croatia Presenting Author:According to the Gender Equality Index (2023), European countries will increase the demand for individuals educated in science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM). Despite progress in gender equality, women are still underrepresented in this field across Europe, including Croatia. The gender gap is particularly apparent in the area of information and communication technology education at university level, where there are almost four times more male than female graduates (Eurostat, 2023). In Croatia, 29 % female students and 71% male students study in Engineering field (Croatian Bureau of Statistics, 2023). Since the study fields differ in terms of prestige and economic rewards, this gender differentiation in higher education limits women's opportunities in the labour markets and contributes to the reproduction of gender inequalities. The increased demand for STEM-educated individuals led to the need of encouraging girls to pursue a career and education in this field. This is a problem which has been addressed by policy makers and explored by researchers. Studies point out that there are many factors relevant for explaining why girls and boys differ in their choices of secondary schools and university study fields. They range from studies that explore intersectional structural, cultural and gender effects on girls' and boys' secondary school choices and achievements, gendered support of families, and the institutional structure of secondary and higher education (Reimer and Polack, 2010; Barone, 2011; Reay, 1998). For our research it is important to mention psychological studies that point to motivational variables as significant factors that influence the gendered educational choices and students’ experiences. Of particular importance are studies based on Eccles at al.'s expectancy-value theory (1983; 2020), which emphasizes the effects of motivation situated in the social and cultural context of students, enabling thus a more comprehensive explanation of why girls less likely than boys choose STEM subjects and fields. Croatian studies also confirm gender divide by field of study at both secondary and higher education levels (Baranović, 2011; Jugović, 2015; Košutić et al., 2015). Recent studies focused on exploring the effects of the sociocultural and economic context complemented by Eccles at al.'s expectancy-value theory have highlighted the relevance of examining the role of motivation for the educational choices and achievements of girls in a gender atypical field of study, such as STEM education. (Jugović, 2015; Jugović and Baranović, 2023). Drawing on Eccles at al.'s situated expectancy-value theory (2020), this paper aims at exploring gender differences in study experiences and in motivation of students to study at the faculty in the STEM field. Besides students’ study motivation, we analysed the burnout of the students in relation to students’ gender. Burnout is becoming a prominent topic in the academic context, with serious consequences for students’ mental health and academic achievement (e.g. Madigan & Curran, 2021; Naderi et al., 2021). To understand student burnout symptoms, gender is a key factor, with female students feeling more exhausted than their male peers (Fiorilli et al., 2022). However, there is a scarce evidence on understanding the factors explaining gender differences in burnout experience, especially from motivational perspective. In the framework of job demands and resources theory (Bakker et al., 2023), intrinsic motivation is recognized as a protective factor against burnout (Sabagh et al., 2018). Taking together theoretical framework of situated expectancy value theory (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020) and job demands and resources theory (Bakker et al., 2023), we had two objectives in the study. The first objective was to examine gender differences in different aspects of student motivation for studying in the traditionally male study field. The second objective was to test whether intrinsic motivation for studying explains gender differences in experiencing exhaustion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data was collected using quantitative research methodology, which included the implementation of an online questionnaire filled out by students of one large faculty in the STEM field in Zagreb, Croatia. The research was conducted in December 2023., and the students accessed the questionnaire via email link they received from the faculty staff. A total of 554 students, from all study years, answered the online questionnaire, with gender distribution being 67% male and 32% female students, which is representative of the population regarding gender structure. The questionnaire contained questions about sociodemographic characteristics of the students, their experience of studying and living and working alongside their studies. We measured three motivational subjective task values variables: intrinsic value, utility value and expectancy value. Intrinsic value was measured with three questions related to intrinsic interest for choosing the study programme; utility value was measured with three questions related to external motivation for choosing the study filed, e.g. financial benefits, employment opportunities. Expectancy value was operationalised with one question measuring the expectancy of success in completing the studies. Exhaustion was measured with an eight-question exhaustion subscale from burnout assessment tool (BAT, Schaufeli et al., 2020). Reliability of all scales was adequate, ranging from 0,68 to 0,91. We tested gender differences in intrinsic value, utility value and expectancy value using ANOVA. T-test for dependant samples was used to test differences between before-mentioned types of motivation among subsamples of female and male students, respectively. Additionally, we tested simple mediation model with gender as a predictor, exhaustion as a criterion and intrinsic value as a mediator, using Process in SPSS IBM (Hayes, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Female students had higher utility value (F(2, 362)=4.64, p<0.01) and lower intrinsic value (F(2, 361)=5.00, p<0.01) than male students, but they did not differ in expectancy value (F(2, 364)=1.31, p>0.05). Levels of different types of motivation significantly differed among female students. Utility value was the dominant motivation type (M=4.4), following with intrinsic value (M=3.9), and the lowest levels of expectancy value (M=3.7). On the other hand, male students reported of equally high utility (M=4.19) and intrinsic value (M=4.24), but of significantly lower level of expectancy value (M=3.76). Mediation analysis revealed that the relationship between gender and exhaustion may be explained with intrinsic value (ind=0.05, 95%CI [.009 – 0.112]). Female students were less intrinsically motivated for studying in this field than male students (a=-0.21, p<0.01), which was related with higher levels of exhaustion (b=-0.26, p<0.01). Direct effect of gender on exhaustion was also significant (c=0.39, p<0.01), indicating that there are other factors explaining gender differences in exhaustion, along with intrinsic value. These results are in line with the previous research of gender differences in motivation in the STEM field and burnout. Also, as the results confirm that female students feel more exhausted than their male peers, it is important to encourage girls’ intrinsic motivation for the study as it can ameliorate the risk of experiencing burnout symptoms. In the light of these results, it is important to encourage girls’ intrinsic motivation for choosing education and career in STEM, in order to support their academic and career achievement, as well as their psychological wellbeing. References Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., & Sanz-Vergel, A. (2023). Job Demands-Resources Theory: Ten Years Later. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 10, 25-53. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-120920-053933 Baranović, B. (2015). Development and social dimension of higher education in Croatia. In: B. Baranović (ed.) What Do High School Students Plan to study? – Access To Higher Education and Choice of Study. Zagreb: Institute for Social Research – Zagreb. Barone, C. (2011). Some things never change. Gender segregation in higher education across eight nations and three decades. Sociology of education, 84. (2):157-176. Croatian Bureau of Statistics (2023) Women and Men in Croatia. Zagreb. Eccles, J. S. & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61(4), 101859. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101859. Eurostat (2023). Key figures on Europe 2023 edition. European Union. EIGE, (2023). Gender Equality Index 2023. Towards a green transition in transport and energy, Publications Office of the European Union. Fiorilli, C., Barni, D., Russo, C., Marchetti, V., Angelini, G., & Romano, L. (2022). Students’ Burnout at University: The Role of Gender and Worker Status. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19 (18): 11341. Doi: 10.3390/ijerph191811341. Hayes, A. F. (2022). Introduction to Mediation, Moderation, and Conditional Process Analysis: A Regression-Based Approach (Vol. 3). The Guilford Press. Jugović, I. (2015). Theoretical and empirical overview of explanation of gender differences in educationa choices and achievements. In: B. Baranović (ed.) What Do High School Students Plan to study? – Access To Higher Education and Choice of Study. Zagreb: Institute for Social Research – Zagreb. Madigan, D. J., & Curran, T. (2021). Does Burnout Affect Academic Achievement? A Meta-Analysis of over 100,000 Students. Educational Psychology Review, 33, 387–405. doi: 10.1007/s10648-020-09533-1. Naderi H., Dehghan H., Dehrouyeh S., & Tajik E. (2021). Academic Burnout among Undergraduate Nursing Students: Predicting the Role of Sleep Quality and Healthy Lifestyle. Research and Development in Medical Education, 10, 16. doi: 10.34172/rdme.2021.016. Pikić Jugović, Ivana ; Baranović, Branislava How do Students Choose Their Study Courses? Qualitative Research on Motivational, Gender and Contextual Factors. Sociologija i prostor, 60 (2022), 3; 573-599. Sabagh, Z., Hall, N. C., & Saroyan, A. (2018). Antecedents, correlates and consequences of faculty burnout. Educational Research, 60(2), 131–156. doi:10.1080/00131881.2018.146157 Schaufeli, W.B., De Witte, H. & Desart, S. (2020). Manual Burnout Assessment Tool (BAT) – Version 2.0. KU Leuven, Belgium: Unpublished internal report. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Videos as a Means to Increase Students’ STEM Interest and Utility Value: Does Goal Congruity Matter? Leibniz University Hannover, Germany Presenting Author:The transformative challenges that European societies face through the ongoing energy and digital transition create a substantial demand for STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) professionals (Anger et al., 2022). This general shortage is accompanied by a persistent underrepresentation of women in domains like engineering and computer science (Cimpian et al., 2020). Research grounded in the Expectancy Value Theory (Eccles et al., 1983) has repeatedly highlighted the impact of students’ interest and their domain-specific utility value perception (e.g., Ozulku & Kloser, 2023), the latter of which can be catalysed by videos of STEM professionals (e.g., Pietri et al., 2021). Additionally, Goal Congruity Theory asserts that personal goals must align with the perception of STEM characteristics to develop interest (Diekman et al., 2011). Goal Congruity Theory builds on Bakan’s (1966) distinction between Agency (e.g., dominance and status) and Communion (e.g., caring and cooperation) as fundamental dimensions of human personality. Even if STEM domains are mostly based on communal ideals (e.g., helping society) they are usually linked to and perceived as having agentic characteristics (e.g., working alone). Furthermore, STEM domains are often perceived as preventing the achievement of communal goals, leading people with strong communal goals to lose STEM interest (Diekman et al., 2011). At the same time, research has demonstrated gender differences favouring women compared to men in communal and men in agentic goals (Diekman et al., 2011; Su et al., 2009; Tellhed et al., 2018). Although these results have not been consistently replicated (e.g., Tellhed et al., 2018) it seems plausible that women, develop greater interest in STEM domains when communal (versus agentic) characteristics are emphasised. Analogously, men’s interest should be higher through agentic (versus communal) STEM descriptions. Several experimental studies investigating the influences of STEM framings on students’ attitudes support these predictions. For example, Neuhaus and Borowski (2018) demonstrated that girls were more interested in a coding course when a framing highlighted communal goals, while boys were more interested when the course framing stressed agentic aspects. Diekman et al. (2011) found that a written collaborative (versus an independent) scenario of a typical workday in STEM resulted in a higher positivity toward science careers among women and those with strong communal goals, while both conditions did not affect men’s attitudes. In two preregistered studies (Author & Author, 2023a; Author & Author, 2023b) we aimed to examine the effect of image videos and their framings. Guided by the need to differentiate between STEM domains precisely (McGuire, 2022), we selected two different engineering domains. As a seemingly more communal-connoted domain, we chose Biomedical Engineering (Study 1) which develops technologies that promote human health and healing. As a seemingly more agentic-connoted domain, we chose Geodesy (Study 2) which focuses on technologies that can be used to get accurate spatial data about the earth. Our first goal was to examine the videos’ effects on participants’ interest in the domains and the utility values ascribed to them. Our second goal was to investigate the effect of communal or agentic text framings on interest and utility value. We expected that female students’ interest and utility value would be increased when the domain was described as affording communal (versus agentic or no specific/neutral) characteristics. For male students, we predicted that the agentic (versus a communal or neutral) framing would heighten interest and utility value. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Study Design At the beginning of both Studies, a pretest assessed students' interest in and their utility value perception of Biomedical Engineering (Study 1) or Geodesy (Study 2). Then, students were randomly assigned to one of three conditions in which they watched a video (approx. 3 minutes) about a researcher of the respective domain. The conditions differed in terms of the framing (agentic, communal, and neutral), provided as a written domain introduction directly before the video. The neutral framing included general instructions, while the agentic framing contained additional information about the domain that underscored the importance of agentic characteristics (e.g., independent work). In the communal framing, communal characteristics (e.g., collaborative work) were emphasised. In the posttest, the focal variables, along with a manipulation check and collecting sociodemographic characteristics were rated again. Measurements To capture students’ domain-specific interest in the pre- and posttest, we adapted two items by Jansen et al. (2019). The perceived domain-specific utility value was measured with three adapted items of the subscale Task Value of the Motivation in Science Learning scale by Velayutham et al. (2011). Furthermore, domain-specific prior knowledge was ascertained with one self-developed item. Samples The sample sizes for both studies were calculated with different a priori power analyses. Detailed information on the calculations is provided in our preregistrations (Author & Author, 2023a; Author & Author, 2023b). Data collection took place online via Prolific (www.prolific.com) in 2023 with German-speaking students. Participation was voluntary, anonymous, and paid with £1.65. In Study 1, the sample comprised 292 students with an average age of 24.57 years (SD=4.37). 54.1% of the participants identified as female and 45.9% as male. In Study 2, the sample consisted of 307 students with an average age of 25.19 years (SD=5.28). 57% of the participants were female and 43% male. Data Analyses Data analyses were conducted using SPSS Statistics (Version 28). We performed independent t-tests for paired samples to compare pre- and posttest measures of interest and utility value. To investigate the assumed framing effects, we conducted a 2 (gender) x 3 (framing) ANCOVA with prior knowledge as the covariate and students’ interest or students’ utility value perception as the dependent variable respectively. Post hoc tests were conducted with Bonferroni. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Study 1: Biomedical Engineering The t-tests showed that students’ interest, t(291)=12.39, p<.001, d=0.725, and utility value, t(291)=14.51, p<.001, d=0.849, were significantly higher after watching the video than before. An ANCOVA demonstrated significant effects of the covariate, F(1,285)=61.934, p<.001, η2=0.179, and participants’ gender, F(1,285)=4.456, p=.036, η2=0.015, on students’ interest. Post hoc testing indicated higher interest among women than men. No main effects were observed for the framing or any gender x framing-interaction (all ps n.s.). An ANCOVA showed significant effects of the covariate F(1,285)=6.445, p=.012, η2=0.022, and participants’ gender, F(1,285)=5.607, p=.019, η2=.019, on utility value. Post hoc testing showed higher utility value perceptions of women than men. There was no effect of the framing nor any gender x framing-interaction (all ps n.s.). Study 2: Geodesy Students’ interest, t(306)=10.56, p<.001, d=0.603, and utility value, t(306)=10.515, p<.001, d=0.601, were significantly higher after watching the video than before. An ANCOVA showed significant effects of the covariate, F(1,300)=31.197, p<.001, η2=0.094, and participants’ gender, F(1,300)=8.225, p=.004, η2=0.027, on students’ interest. Post hoc testing revealed higher interest among men than women. There was no main effect of the framing nor any gender x framing-interaction (all ps n.s.). However, pairwise comparisons showed a significant difference favouring men compared to women in the agentic (p=.030), but not in the neutral or communal framing. An ANCOVA indicated no effects of the covariate, participants’ gender, the framing, and the gender x framing-interaction on utility value (all ps n.s.). Conclusion In summary, our results show that videos can effectively influence students’ interest in and utility value of STEM domains. Additionally, we demonstrated gender differences regarding students’ domain-specific interest. Hardly any framing effects were found in both studies. We discuss limitations of our study as well as implications of our findings when aiming to attract male and female students to STEM careers. References Author & Author (2023a). Preregistration Biomedical Engineering. Retrieved from https://osf.io/6xagt/?view_only=27ca93b1b57f4ad9841d3114b7e0bbf0 Author & Author (2023b). Preregistration Geodesy. Retrieved from https://osf.io/bfqar?view_only=a2dfbd0f1c7b41ea981410af2c40024f Anger, C., Betz, J., Kohlisch, E., & Plünnecke, A. (2022). MINT-Herbstreport 2022 [STEM Autumn Report 2022]. Institut der deutschen Wirtschaft Köln e. V. https://www.iwkoeln.de/fileadmin/user_upload/Studien/Gutachten/PDF/2022/MINT-Herbstreport_2022.pdf Bakan, D. (1966). The duality of human existence: An essay on psychology and Religion. Rand McNally. Cimpian, J., Kim, T., & McDermott, Z. (2020). Understanding persistent gender gaps in STEM. Science, 368(6497), 1317–1319. Diekman, A., Clark, E., Johnston, A., Brown, E., & Steinberg, M. (2011). Malleability in communal goals and beliefs influences attraction to STEM careers: Evidence for a goal congruity perspective. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 101(5), 902–918. Eccles, J. S., Adler, T., Futterman, R., Goff, S., Kaczala, C., Meece, J., & Midgley, C. (1983). Expectancies, values, and academic behaviors. In J. T. Spence (Ed.), Achievement and achievement motives. (pp. 75–146). W. H. Freeman and Company. Jansen, M., Schroeders, U., Lüdtke, O., & Marsh, H. (2019). The dimensional structure of students’ self-concept and interest in science depends on course composition. Learning and Instruction, 60, 20–28. McGuire, L., Hoffman, A., Mulvey, K., Hartstone-Rose, A., Winterbottom, M., Joy, A., Law, F., Balkwill, F., Burns, K., Butler, L., Drews, M., Fields, G., Smith, H., & Rutland, A. (2022). Gender stereotypes and peer selection in STEM domains among children and adolescents. Sex Roles, 87, 455–470. Neuhaus, J., & Borowski, A. (2018). Self-to-prototype similarity as a mediator between gender and students’ interest in learning to code. International IJGST, 10(2), 233–252. Ozulku, E., & Kloser, M. (2023). Middle school students’ motivational dispositions and interest in STEM careers. IJSE, 1–21. Pietri, E., Moss-Racusin, C., Dovidio, J., Guha, D., Roussos, G., Brescoll, V., & Handelsman, J. (2017). Using video to increase gender bias literacy toward women in science. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 41(2), 175–196. Su, R., Rounds, J., & Armstrong, P. I. (2009). Men and things, women and people: A meta-analysis of sex differences in interests. Psychological Bulletin, 135(6), 859–884. Tellhed, U., Bäckström, M., & Björklund, F. (2018). The role of ability beliefs and agentic vs. communal career goals in adolescents’ first educational choice. what explains the degree of gender-balance? Journal of Vocational Behavior, 104, 1–13. Velayutham, S., Aldridge, J., & Fraser, B. (2011). Development and validation of an instrument to measure students’ motivation and self‐regulation in science learning. IJSE, 33(15), 2159–2179. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Bridging the STEM (Gender) Gap by Bringing Future Technologies to Rural Schools PPH Augustinum, Austria Presenting Author:The present paper presents an evaluation study accompanying an innovative means to pique primary school pupils’ interest and familiarity with future technologies. Before describing the project itself, a short digression into the scientific foundation of the project shall be undertaken. Different explanations have been discussed what the background to differences in STEM interests in boys and girls are. Cheryan and colleagues (2017) have among other factors argued that fewer exposure of girls in younger years towards computers and technology partially explains the frequently observed gender differences in STEM interests. Also van Meter-Adams and colleagues (2014) could show how important contacts with STEM fields are in order to develop interests, and here especially extracurricular activities play a pivotal role (see Behrendt and Franklin, 2014, for a review on the importance of field trips and Stringer et al., 2020, for the effect on STEM identity and motivation). Similarly, Poor and Vasconcelos (2023) recently showed how important field trips can be to pique elementary school pupils’ interest in STEM fields, which in turn is quintessential for the likelihood that they will pursue a STEM career later on (Unfried et al., 2015). In order to address the problem that elementary school pupils in rural areas are often excluded from STEM related field trips to museums or universities due to the location of their school the missimo project (https://missimo.at/) was conceptualised and brought to life by the Kaiserschild Foundation (https://www.kaiserschild-stiftung.at/) in Austria. The foundation’s mission is the promotion of STEM competences and interests especially in children and young adults with a special focus of increasing girls interest and self-confidence STEAM. The centrepiece of the missimo project is a mobile 2 storey tall truck which encompasses workspaces where primary school pupils can work on six different future technologies (artificial intelligence, bionics, robotics, sensor technology, coding and augmented reality). The missimo truck itself can be booked without additional costs for the school by primary school teachers in rural areas (an elaborate system was created to determine how far schools are distanced from bigger cities where universities, museums or other institutions provide potential access to extracurricular STEM activities). However, as de Witt and Storksdieck (2018) point out, the ‘field trip’ (i.e. visiting the missimo truck) alone is not sufficient for long-term impact. Therefore, the visit is embedded in three online sessions for teachers (one before visiting the truck, two afterwards) where teachers are made acquainted with the technologies and learn how to conduct so-called missions in class with their students and the materials which they receive in the truck and can be taken home by the pupils. The accompanying evaluation of the missimo project started in February 2024 and will provide a first intermediate evaluation report in summer 2024, during pupils’ and teachers’ summer break. As the truck can be visited by two school classes each day, several hundred pupils and their teachers should have provided data by summer 2024. A central aspect of the evaluation is the question in how far the activities in the truck as well as the materials provided for teachers also enable students and teachers with lower previous STEM interest and self-perceived competences (i.e. often female pupils and teachers) to have a positive STEM experience and, therefore, pique their interest in technology, which will continue to gain importance in the future, not only in Austria but worldwide. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The evaluation encompasses multiple aspects and perspectives as well as times of assessment. Apart from teachers’ feedback regarding satisfaction and comprehensibility immediately after the online teachers’ workshop also the digital coaches in the truck provide feedback through an online questionnaire) on factors which might have influenced pupils’ learning experience within the truck itself (size of group, noise, motivation of pupils etc.). All students are encouraged to provide feedback on how much they liked the individual workspaces in the truck (using a 5-point Likert-scale with emoticons and colours on a paper pencil questionnaire). This feedback is analysed separately for girls and boys in order to determine whether any of the workspaces are differently attractive to either sex and – more importantly – whether one of the future skills workspaces does not appeal to either boys or girls and therefore needs to be redone in order to eliminate gender bias. While visiting the truck the workspaces are also evaluated by the teachers who accompany the pupils (using a 9-item online questionnaire) regarding their preferences in workspaces and observed difficulty of the individual workspaces. These data are again assessed using statistical analyses with regard to gender differences between male and female primary school teachers. The major element of this evaluation is, however, a repeated measures design (before and after visiting the truck) assessing various STEM-related variables in pupils as well as their teachers. Due to the data being clustered (a group of students belongs to one teacher, who in turn belongs to a group of teachers from one school) an elaborate code is used to ensure anonymity and at the same time allow the recognition of these data clusters. An online questionnaire asks for self-assessed competence in technology use, interest in technology, acquaintance with technology in both pupils and teachers as well as preferred jobs, parents’ jobs and preferred toys of pupils in order to estimate their level of STEM-affinity. Again, differences between boys and girls as well as male and female teachers will be analysed and discussed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present paper will provide an insight into an innovative way of bringing future technologies to remote areas, allowing pupils, teachers as well as the community of the school to get in contact with these technologies. By providing educational and at the same time child-centred ways of examining these technologies, pupils’ (as well as teachers’) interest in technologies should be piqued, leading to more future contact and as a consequence higher self-esteem in technology-related fields. As developments in this field are enormously fast, it seems quintessential to allow all children (here, especially also girls and children in rural areas) the development of technology-related abilities and provide them with positive mindsets towards their own abilities in dealing with the unknown technological challenges the future will pose. Here, it is especially important to enable girls and female teachers to develop a growth mindset towards using technology by providing them with teaching materials tailored to laypersons in this field rather than “tech-pros”. Data from four months of evaluating the missimo project will show in how far the set goals seem to be reachable within the next few years. As the truck itself is largely non-verbal and mobile, a successful implementation in Austria could provide a useful basis to tackle gender differences in STEM self-concepts and interest in other European countries too. References Behrendt, M. & Franklin, T. (2014). A Review of Research on School Field Trips and Their Value in Education. International Journal of Environmental & Science Education, 9, 235-245. Doi: 10.12973/ijese.2014.213a Cheryan, S., Ziegler, S. A., Montoya, A. K., & Jiang, L. (2017). Why are some STEM fields more gender balanced than others? Psychological Bulletin, 143(1), 1–35. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000052 DeWitt, J. & Storksdieck, M. (2008). A Short Review of School Field Trips: Key Findings from the Past and Implications for the Future. Visitor Studies, 11(2), 181-197, DOI: 10.1080/10645570802355562 Poor, J. & Vasconcelos, L. (2023). Impact of Virtual Field Trips on Elementary Students' Interest in Science and STEM. In C. Martin, B. Miller, & D. Polly (Eds.), Technology Integration and Transformation in STEM Classrooms (pp. 198-222). IGI Global. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-6684-5920-1.ch011 Stringer, K., Mace, K., Clark, T. & Donahue, T. (2020). STEM focused extracurricular programs: who’s in them and do they change STEM identity and motivation? Research in Science & Technological Education, 38:4, 507-522, DOI: 10.1080/02635143.2019.1662388 Unfried, A., Faber, M., Stanhope, D. & Wiebe, E. (2015). The development and validation of a measure of student attitudes toward science, technology, mathematics, and engineering. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment 33(7), 622-639. https://doi.org/10.1177/0734282915571160 Van Meter-Adams, A., Frankenfeld, C., Bases, J., Espina V., & Liotta, L. (2014). Students who demonstrate strong talent and interest in STEM are initially attracted to STEM through extracurricular experiences. CBE Life Sciences Education, 13(4), 687-97. doi: 10.1187/cbe.13-11-0213. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Visualizing Success Using AI-generated Images: Unveiling Challenges and Success Strategies of Undergraduate Women in IT Degrees 1Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan; 2Astana IT University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Information communication technologies (ICT) stands out as one of the rapidly developing and highly paid fields. In response to the increasing demand and interest in ICT education, in recent years, Kazakhstan has substantially increased the allocation of educational grants to this sector. This increase is marked by a fourfold rise, from 2469 grants in the 2020-2021 academic year to 10 103 grants in 2022-2023 (Ministry of Science and Higher Education of Kazakhstan, 2023). However, a pronounced gender gap persists in ICT education in Kazakhstan, consistent with a global pattern emphasized by UNESCO in 2017. According to UNESCO (2017), the representation of women in STEM education, particularly in ICT, remains notably low, with only three percent of women and girls worldwide opting for STEM-related fields of study. This trend is reflected in Kazakhstan, where, based on the data from the Bureau of National Statistics for the 2022-2023 academic year, only a quarter of students enrolled in undergraduate IT programs were females (13 298 out of 49 938 students). Women’s participation in STEM education and employment not only faces low levels, but also experiences a notably high attrition rate, often described as a “leaky pipeline”. Notably, in STEM fields, women tend to "leak out" more than men, creating a sex-based filter that unintentionally contributes to the observed gender imbalance (Blickenstaf, 2005). The imbalance results from a cumulative effect of multiple factors rather than a conscious decision to exclude women from the STEM pipeline (Blickenstaf, 2005). A lot of international research looking at women in IT focuses on female students’ enrollment in computing majors and investigates primary, secondary and high school initiatives and experiences that might influence gender differences in school students' decision-making to pursue a major in IT (Beck et al., 2023; Diethelm et al., 2020; Zdawczyk & Varma, 2023). Interestingly, the further girls are in their school years, the lower self-efficacy in STEM they have (Yu & Jen, 2021). Yet, research addressing the issue of women’s low representation in IT studying the population at higher education started to emerge just recently (Holanda & Silva, 2022). Recent research involving university students in computing majors reported gender differences in distributing roles during group work (Jimenez et al., 2021), the presence of discourses linking masculinity and software development (Tassabehji, 2021) and computer science (Ottemo et al., 2021), and positive influence of informal mentoring and sense of belonging to the program on women’s persistence in computer science majors (Davis, 2022). The underrepresentation of women in IT fields is deemed crucial due to its impact on the effective use of talent, as well as the importance of diversity in maintaining economic competitiveness. Although experiences during school predict female students’ persistence in computer science majors in college (Weston et al., 2019), a closer investigation of young women’s experiences in IT majors in tertiary education might contribute to providing more insight into understanding how women progress through the pipeline. This study aims to explore undergraduate women’s perspectives on the challenges they face and success strategies they use in pursuing their academic degree in IT, and what they see as important factors to successfully navigate through the pipeline. The proposed Research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To ensure a thorough investigation of the viewpoints and experiences of undergraduate women majoring in IT (n = 30), the study utilizes a qualitative research design that incorporates collecting interview data alongside participants’ visualizations of their perspectives using text-to-image generative AI. The utilization of both methodologies allows not only to enrich the depth of the study but also facilitate triangulation, enabling the cross-verification and validation of results (Creswell & Creswell, 2017). The sample for the study is thirty undergraduate women who major in IT in universities in the two main cities in Kazakhstan, Astana and Almaty. The participants are recruited through the universities selected based on the convenience sampling strategy, using a gatekeeper to allow access to the research sites and the potential participants. The data collection process involves two stages. First, the recruited participants are asked to use an AI tool to graphically visualize the desired but possibly “missing ingredients” to successfully pursue their studies and career in IT as a woman. To provide conditions for the participants to actually connect with their identities of future IT specialists, while simultaneously tapping into participants’ creativity and facilitating a more in-depth understanding of the participants' thoughts, feelings, and experiences, the participants are trained to use Microsoft Bing Image Creator powered by OpenAI’s latest image-generating model, DALL-E 3, to create these graphic images. During the second stage of data collection, in-depth semistructured face-to-face follow-up interviews are conducted with each of the participants to probe further into their subjective interpretations of the AI-generated images. Beyond these interpretations, the interview questions elicit information on personal and institutional factors that impact participants’ choices to major in computer science and information technology, continue their education, or possibly leave the field altogether. The AI-generated images are analyzed using social-semiotic analysis that examines how participants construct and interpret meanings and the social contexts where these meanings are formed and understood (Ghazvineh, 2024). The interviews are analyzed in NVivo, computer-assisted qualitative data analysis software, using thematic analysis (Clarke and Braun, 2017). Thematic analysis follows the system of stages developed by Braun and Clarke's (2017): becoming acquainted with the data, creating preliminary codes, identifying themes, reviewing these themes, delineating and assigning names to the themes, and ultimately producing the final report. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Leveraging the capabilities of the text-to-image generator DALLE, the research provides a novel lens through which to examine participants' experiences but also offers a unique avenue for expressing and understanding ideas and emotions that may be challenging to articulate in traditional qualitative research. Using AI that enables individuals with limited or no artistic training to create striking images that embody their experiences (Li & Yang, 2023), the study might uncover the “missing ingredients” in women’s success in pursuing an IT degree that may have been overlooked in previous research, thereby contributing to a more comprehensive and holistic understanding of women’s perspectives. The outcomes of this research will contribute to achieving gender equality and empowerment of women in IT in accordance with the UN’s Sustainable Development Goal 5 (SDG 5), developed in 2015. More specifically, understanding the factors undergraduate women see as important for their success in IT majors will contribute to fostering an environment that supports the empowerment of women and girls, as outlined in SDG 5. Revealing potential challenges of undergraduate women in IT might prompt the integration of support mechanisms within educational practices and policies, promoting a more gender-responsive environment for pursuing an IT degree in Kazakhstan and broader international contexts. References Blickenstaff, J. C. (2005). Women and science careers: leaky pipeline or gender filter? Gender and Education, 17(4), 369-386. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540250500145072 Cheryan, S., Lombard, E. J., Hudson, L., & Louis, K. (2020). Self and Identity Double isolation: Identity expression threat predicts greater gender disparities in computer science. Self and Identity, 19(4), 412–434. https://doi.org/10.1080/15298868.2019.1609576 Davis, H. S. (2022). Identifying Factors that Influence Undergraduate Women to Leave or Remain in Computer Science Majors (Doctoral dissertation, University of Nebraska at Omaha). Ghazvineh, A. (2024). An inter-semiotic analysis of ideational meaning in text-prompted AI-generated images. Language and Semiotic Studies. https://doi.org/10.1515/lass-2023-0030 Jimenez, P. P., Pascual, J., Espinoza, J., San Martin, S., & Guidi, F. (2021, April). Pedagogical innovations with a gender approach to increase computer programming self-efficacy in engineering students. In 2021 IEEE Global Engineering Education Conference (EDUCON) (pp. 322-328). IEEE. Han, S., Kennedy, N. S., Samaroo, D. & Duttagupta, U. (2023). Programmatic Strategies to Engage and Support Undergraduate Women in Applied Mathematics and Computer Science, PRIMUS, DOI: 10.1080/10511970.2023.2241461 Ottemo, A., Gonsalves, A. J. & Danielsson, A. T. (2021). (Dis)embodied masculinity and the meaning of (non)style in physics and computer engineering education, Gender and Education, 33(8), 1017-1032, DOI: 10.1080/09540253.2021.1884197 Salminen, J., Jung, S. G., Kamel, A. M. S., Santos, J. M., & Jansen, B. J. (2022). Using artificially generated pictures in customer-facing systems: an evaluation study with data-driven personas. Behaviour & Information Technology, 41(5), 905-921. Tassabehji, R., Harding, N., Lee, H., & Dominguez-Pery, C. (2021). From female computers to male comput♂rs: Or why there are so few women writing algorithms and developing software. Human Relations, 74(8), 1296-1326. UN. (2015). Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls (SDG 5). https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal5 UNESCO. (2017). Cracking the code: Girls’ and women’s education in science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) (Vol. 253479). Paris, France Weston, Timothy J., Wendy M. Dubow, and Alexis Kaminsky. "Predicting women's persistence in computer science-and technology-related majors from high school to college." ACM Transactions on Computing Education (TOCE) 20.1 (2019): 1-16. Yu, H. P., & Jen, E. (2021). The gender role and career self-efficacy of gifted girls in STEM areas. High Ability Studies, 32(1), 71-87. Zdawczyk, C., & Varma, K. (2022). Engaging girls in computer science: Gender differences in attitudes and beliefs about learning scratch and python. Computer Science Education, 1-21. |
17:30 - 19:00 | 34 SES 13 A: NW 34 Network Meeting Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Valeria Damiani Session Chair: Ralph Carstens Network Meeting. We welcome all interested attendees in ECER2024 to join the first Network 34 meeting! It will be a fruitful occasion to meet and to share some ideas for future activities. We look forward to meeting you |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper NW 34 Network Meeting LUMSA University, Italy Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
Date: Friday, 30/Aug/2024 | |
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 14 A: Understanding Middle Leaders’ Communicative Practices for Supporting Professional Learning: a Practice Perspective on Dialogue, Relationality and Responsivity (Part 1) Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Peter Grootenboer Session Chair: Peter Grootenboer Symposium Part 1/2, to be continued in 01 SES 16 A |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Part 1: Understanding Middle Leaders’ Communicative Practices for Supporting Professional Learning: a Practice Perspective on Dialogue, Relationality and Responsivity This symposium contributes to decades of international research designed to understand and improve leadership practices across educational sites. In times where uncertainty for educational development prevails, the work of a group of educators described as middle leaders, whose remit is largely to support professional learning, brings hope to teaching development. Scholarship shows that the study of educational leadership is predominantly focused on the work, characteristics, and practices of school principals (Gurr & Drysdale, 2013). Yet among the web of leadership practices (Nehez et al., 2022), the leading and development practices of middle leaders are less prominent as a dedicated focus of research (Forde et al., 2019). Across the globe, middle leaders are increasingly recruited to support site-based education development of teachers in primary and secondary schools, preschools, and universities (Grootenboer et al., 2020; Vangrieken et al., 2017). Site-based education development, a term coined by Kemmis et al. (2024), is a central notion for capturing the actual situatedness (needs and circumstances of practitioners) that influence the practices for leading professional learning. This symposium draws together research conducted in Australia, New Zealand and Sweden seeking to redress the more limited body of research focused on middle leadership, particularly as it relates to the productivity of communicative practices employed when middle leaders lead education development in their own settings. Middle leaders are variously defined across different educational jurisdictions and international contexts (Lipscomb et al., 2023); for example, they are known as first teachers or development leaders in Sweden, or instructional leaders, instructional teachers or middle leaders in Australia and New Zealand. Among their designated roles, it is generally understood that a main responsibility is to facilitate professional development and curriculum change initiatives (Rönnerman et al., 2018). In this symposium, presenters consider middle leaders as those educators responsible for leading, teaching, communicating and collaborating with teams of colleagues as they manage and facilitate professional development among their colleagues (Grootenboer et al., 2020). As previous research has shown, as middle leaders lead the learning of others, the framing and focus of their roles and responsibilities shift responsively across their leading practices requiring different relational intensities as they work alongside teaching colleagues and senior leadership (Edwards-Groves et al., 2023). This heightens the research attention needed to illuminate the sociality, so communicative interactional imperatives, of middle leading practices.
Capitalising on the ‘practice turn’ in education (Kemmis et al., 2014), the papers in this symposium utilise practice theories to explore the nature and influence of middle leaders’ communicative practices as they engage in their leading work. Broad questions for the collection of papers consider the relationship between middle leading practices (what actually happens), the sociality (the intersubjective and interpersonal), the situatedness (the site-ontological responsiveness) and the enabling and constraining conditions (or practice architectures) which influence the day-to-day practices of middle leaders. Practice theories attend assiduously to the site in both existential and ontological terms as being sited (in actual places where things happen), not just as a location in an abstract and universal matrix of space-time (Kemmis et al., 2014, pp. 214-215). In this light, the papers aim to show how middle leaders leading the practice development of their colleagues recognise and respond to the local contingencies ‘at work’ in the site. This reciprocally requires a theory of practice that treats middle leading practices as situated, socially, dialogically, ontologically and temporally constituted. This view of practices is important for considering, as the papers in this symposium do, ways the communication practices enacted by middle leaders are comprised of practices that promote and embody dialogue, relationality and responsivity. References Edwards-Groves, C., et al. (2023). Middle leading practices of facilitation, mentoring and coaching for teacher development: A focus on intent and relationality. International Journal of Education Policy and Leadership, 19(1), 1-20. Forde, C., et al. (2019). Evolving policy paradigms of middle leadership in Scottish and Irish education: implications for middle leadership professional development. School Leadership & Management, 39 (3-4), 297-314. Grootenboer, P., Edwards-Groves, C. & Rönnerman, K. (2020). Middle Leadership in Schools: A practical guide for leading learning. Routledge. Gurr, D., & Drysdale, L. (2013). Middle‐level secondary school leaders: Potential, constraints and implications for leadership preparation and development. Journal of Educational Administration, 51(1), 55–71 Kemmis, S., et al. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. Nehez, J., Sülau, V., & Olin, A. (2022). A web of leading for professional learning: Leadership from a decentring perspective. Journal of educational administration and history, 55 (1), 23-38. Rönnerman, K., Edwards-Groves, C., & Grootenboer, P. (2018). Att leda från mitten - lärare driver professionell utveckling [trans: Leading from the middle - Teachers driving professional development]. Lärarförlaget. Vangrieken, L., et al. (2017). Teacher communities as a context for professional development: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 61, 47–59. Presentations of the Symposium Responsiveness in Middle Leaders’ Leading of Professional Learning
Teachers' professional learning is connected to and dependent on different leading practices. In a previous study, we explored such practices and identified how principals’ leading, teacher leaders’ leading and external development leaders’ leading formed a web of leading (Nehez et al. 2022). In this presentation, we take the perspective of a development leader as a middle leader and explore the interplay between development leaders and teacher leaders in a professional development program, where the leading and learning practices of development leaders and teacher leaders meet.
The current study is informed by the theory of practice architectures (TPA) (Kemmis et al. 2014, Mahon et al. 2017) and the theory of ecologies of practices (Kemmis et al. 2014). In line with TPA we regard development leaders’ leading as a site and time specific social practice composed of sayings, doings and relatings hanging together in a distinctive project, which in this study is defined as leading professional learning.
The study is conducted in a Swedish school organization where professional learning for teachers is conducted in cooperation between development leaders at an over-arching organizational level, principals, and teacher leaders. The data is collected from a professional development program where 33 teacher leaders participated. It includes the planning of and reflections on the program. The analysis consists of: 1) identification and categorization of the development leaders’ sayings, doings and relatings when leading the program, 2) documentation of the interplay in narratives, and 3) thematic analysis of the narratives to understand what characterized the development leaders’ leading for professional learning.
The findings show how the development leaders’ leading practice hangs together with the teacher leaders’ learning and leading practices through four types of responsiveness: 1) responsiveness to ideas of successful leading, 2) responsiveness to experiences and observations of leading practices, 3) responsiveness to teacher leaders’ understanding and 4) responsiveness to own leading practices. Through these, a formative aspect of leading unfolds, where the connection between leading and learning appears.
Due to the findings, the web of leading (Nehez et al. 2022) can be further developed. The dimension of learning comes forward as an essential part of the web. To be able to lead responsively, specific arrangements need to be in place. With such arrangements it becomes possible to act responsively and relate to information that is relevant for leading professional learning. Such arrangements form learning leading in the web of leading for professional learning.
References:
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer.
Mahon, K., Kemmis, S., Francisco, S., & Lloyd, A. (2017). Introduction: Practice theory and the theory of practice architectures. In: K. Mahon, S. Francisco, and S. Kemmis, eds. Exploring education and professional practice: Through the lens of practice architectures, (pp.1-30). Springer.
Nehez, J., Sülau, V., and Olin, A., 2022. A web of leading for professional learning: Leadership from a decentring perspective, Journal of educational administration and history, 55 (1), 23-38.
Middle Leading as Dialogic Practice for Professional Learning
This paper presents an examination of ways middle leader’s dialogicality and interaction practices create communicative openings for professional practice development among teachers across school and tertiary contexts. The paper addresses issues concerning how middle leaders support the design and implementation of professional learning that is worthwhile and responsive to the needs and circumstances of site-based development. It pays attention to the ways in which apposite communication approaches to practice development are derived from what we describe as dialogic principles for teacher learning that can be employed to guide the discourses and discursivity that enable development and change (Grootenboer et al., 2020; Edwards-Groves et al., 2023). It addresses the multidimensionality of relational trust as critical in creating democratic communicative spaces for professional dialogue, learning and practice development (Edwards-Groves & Grootenboer, 2021).
The theory of practice architectures guides the thematic analysis revealing the unique cultural-discursive, material-economic and social-political arrangements that influence the possibilities for creating open communicative spaces where teachers are supported by middle leaders to address issues of change (Grootenboer & Edwards-Groves, 2024; Kemmis et al., 2014). As a theory concerned with the site-based 'happeningness' of practices, it offers a lens to delineate the distinctive ways the dialogic practices of middle leaders create conditions that enable teachers to actively participate in their professional learning conversations. This provides opportunities for engaging deeply with the thinking of others, recognising and expanding their own and others’ insights, and by challenging the ideologies, theories and practical propositions they are encountering.
Drawing on empirical cases, the paper will outline ways dialogic approaches to professional learning form a critical pivot point from which middle leading practices support teachers to successfully engage in site-based change (Rönnerman et al., 2018). An empirically-derived, theoretically informed dialogic framework useful for facilitating robust and productive collegial conversations will be introduced. As a fundamental position, dialogue is taken not to be the kind of facilitator talk that simply delivers, lectures or feeds information, but it is a planned-for approach to professional learning that deliberately opens up communicative spaces in democratic ways responsive to individual circumstances and needs, thus maximising teacher engagement in individual and collective learning experiences. Specifically, the presentation demonstrates the value of a dialogic approach to designing and negotiating site-based professional learning, where as a premise, it is considered that it is the dialogues that take place among educators that display the critical position ‘the site’ has for facilitating practice development.
References:
Edwards-Groves, C., & Grootenboer, P. (2021). Conceptualising the five dimensions of relational trust: middle leadership in schools. School Leadership and Management, 41(6),1-24.
Edwards-Groves, C., Grootenboer, P. Attard, C., & Tindall-Ford, S. (2023). Middle leading practices of facilitation, mentoring and coaching for teacher development: A focus on intent and relationality. International Journal of Education Policy and Leadership, 19(1), 1-20.
Grootenboer, P. & Edwards-Groves, C. (2024). The theory of practice architectures: Researching Practices. Springer.
Grootenboer, P., Edwards-Groves, C. & Rönnerman, K. (2015). Leading practice development: voices from the middle, Professional Development in Education, 41(3), 508-526.
Grootenboer, P., Edwards-Groves, C. & Rönnerman, K. (2020). Middle Leadership in Schools: A practical guide for leading learning. Routledge.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer.
Rönnerman, K., Edwards-Groves, C., & Grootenboer, P. (2018). Att leda från mitten - lärare driver professionell utveckling [trans: Leading from the middle - Teachers driving professional development]. Lärarförlaget. ISBN 978-91-88149-33-6
Middle Leaders Facilitating Collaborative Education Practices for Sustainable Development
There is a widespread understanding that schools play a pivotal role in protecting and preserving biological, social, and material resources. However, this requires a certain kind of education practices that support shared responsibility, promote competences in collaboration and facilitate critical and creative thinking. Such practices, denoted in both policy and research as education for sustainable development (ESD), is a response to the need to educate students to cope with the complex challenges associated with sustainable development and future societies.
This paper presents a sub-study as part of a larger project (Forssten Seiser et al., 2023) that took place in a municipality in Sweden. ESD was introduced in 2016, and the school administration supported and managed the work for three years. In the sub-study, the function and conditions of ESD facilitators were explored. ESD facilitators are teachers with a function to lead improvement processes towards ESD. As middle leaders, the ESD facilitators’ responsibility was to facilitate dialogue and communication among teaching staff. The ESD process was directed towards a whole school approach, meaning that ESD is fully integrated in the local curriculum and functions as a pedagogical idea (Mogren & Gericke, 2019). In a middle leading position, the ESD facilitators worked from a position between the school leaders and the teaching staff, focusing on both students’ learning and on leading and organizing colleagues’ professional learning (Edwards-Groves & Rönnerman, 2013; Grootenboer et al., 2015).
In semi-structured interviews seven ESD facilitators describe their goals, relationships and the practice architectures which enabled and constrained their function as middle leaders. Their reported experiences were analysed in relation to a typology of sustainability change agents (Van Poeck et al., 2017) in which their roles can be positioned along the axes of open-ended vs. instrumental approaches to change and learning, and personal involvement vs. personal detachment. Results show how the ESD facilitator function were more open-ended in schools where there was room for dialogue, reflexive discussions, and collaboration. In schools where there was little space for these activities, the facilitator function became more instrumental. The results show how a lack of dialogue and collaboration created challenges to integrating ESD as a holistic pedagogical idea. An individualistic school culture emerged as a plausible explanation for teachers’ resistance to other teachers acting as ESD facilitators and, that contextual factors relating to the organization and culture have significant influence on middle leaders and their ability to fulfil their assignments.
References:
Edwards Groves, C., & Rönnerman, K. (2013). Generating leading practices through professional learning. Professional development in education, 39(1), 122-140.
Forssten Seiser, A., Mogren, A., Gericke, N., Berglund, T., & Olsson, D. (2023). Developing school leading guidelines facilitating a whole school approach to education for sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 29(5), 783-805. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.215198
Grootenboer, P., Edwards-Groves, C., & Rönnerman, K. (2015). Leading practice development: voices from the middle, Professional Development in Education, 41(3), 508-526, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2014.924985
Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2019). School leaders’ experiences of implementing education for sustainable development: Anchoring the transformative perspective. Sustainability, 11(12), 3343.
Van Poeck, K., Læssøe, J., & Block, T. (2017). An exploration of sustainability change agents as facilitators of nonformal learning: Mapping a moving and intertwined landscape. Ecology and Society, 22(2).
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 01 SES 14 B: Agency of Educational Professionals: How to Become a Super Agent? Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Harry Stokhof Research Workshop |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Research Workshop Agency of Educational Professionals: How to Become a Super Agent? Hogeschool Arnhem Nijmege, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The Dutch Educational Network “Sprong Voorwaarts [“Jump Forward”] aims to contribute to knowledge utilization related to future-oriented education. In total, 13 partner organizations participate in the network varying from primary and secondary schools, teacher education institutes, and an academy for community and talent. Within this network teachers, teacher educators, and researchers collaborate in ‘Knowledge Labs’ (KL) to develop knowledge products for daily practice. The network aims at finding possible solutions for future challenges in education related to four overarching themes (1) developing teacher behavior, (2) developing teacher identity, (3) developing leadership and (4) developing organizations. This workshop focuses on the output of the Knowledge Lab: ‘Agency of Educational Professionals’ which is related to the theme of developing teacher behavior in the context of innovations in education. Agency is defined as "the conscious and purposeful exercise of influence, making choices, taking advantage of opportunities or adopting a proactive attitude resulting in changes in the work situation and/or in one's own professional development (Eteläpelto et al., 2013). Agency is seen as an important part of the professionalism of teachers and teacher educators especially in relation to the continuous changes in education (Oolbekkink et al., 2017). Researchers have indicated that teachers’ professional agency is a key capability for advancing student learning, and for their continuing professional development and school development (Toom et al., 2015). Agency is “practiced when teachers exert influence, make informed choices in a way that affects their work within and beyond schools, and/or their professional identities (Eteläpelto et al. 2013, p. 61).” In relation to the role teachers can play in educational innovations they are sometime referred to as change agents. A study by Van der Heijden et al. (2015) indicates characteristics of change agents pertaining to lifelong learning, mastery, entrepreneurship and collaboration. However, how to effectively promote professional agency of teachers is still uncharted territory, especially because knowing what agency is, does not automatically gives professionals the capacity to develop their agency within their professional contexts (Oolbekkink et al., 2017). Research suggests that professionals are more likely to develop professional agency, when they: a) involve themselves in acts of agency fitted to their professional contexts, b) choose acts of agency that are within their zone of proximal development, c) when they discuss together which actions are most suitable in specific contexts for them to develop agency, and d) when they reflect on the impact of these actions on the development of their agency (Van der Heijden et al., 2015). These insights were used to develop a knowledge product for practice: the serious game Super Agent in the Knowledge Lab. The Super Agent game is built around ‘Super Agents’ who all represent a specific quality that supports agency (for example Socrates is the Super Agent that represents “reflection” in the game). All the qualities that are related to change agency characteristics are operationalized in concrete actions that can be undertaken in daily educational practice. After playing this game, the participants are expected to have gained insight in their own agency and they will have taken a next step on their path of lifelong learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the first year of its existence, the members of the Knowledge Lab developed a game for educational professionals which aims to encourage agentic actions and reflection. Using the Design-Based Research methodology (McKenney & Reeves, 2018 ) and Design Thinking (Brown, 2008), researchers explored: What are the most important characteristics of professional agency?, Which persona might represent those characteristics?, Which kind of actions might support agency from the perspective of that specific characteristic? For example, developing the qualities of the Super Agent “the Entrepreneur” is fostered when professionals take actions such as: taking initiatives, persevering on a task, setting goals, monitoring boundaries, etc. In the second year the Knowledge Lab was continued and the first version of the game was tested in different settings. The following version was developed in co-design with educational partners (Sanders & Stappers, 2018) using the prototyping methodology for serious games (Viudes-Carbonell et al., 2021). Prototypes of the game where tested in several rounds of testing and development. Four rounds of play sessions were organized with small (N=8 up to N=12) mixed groups of educational professionals: teacher educators, teachers from higher and secondary education and teacher-students. Every play session was evaluated with the participants, and each time the game mechanics, the super agents, the action cards, and the gaming experience were discussed, leading every time to small or bigger changes in the game design. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The game that was developed received enthusiastic comments from the network partners. A major finding was that the Super Agents were not only appealing to the participants and clarifying what agency was about, but they also made very clear how the specific characteristics of agency could be developed to a maximum. A second important finding was, that although the actions cards needed to be aligned to the Super Agents, they worked best when suggested actions were not too specific. When participants were invited to make a more general suggestion for an action (for example “visit a webinar and share your findings with a colleague”) more specific for their own contexts, this would make the enactment of the action more likely and more beneficial for the player. Finally, a third major finding was, that playing the game made players more aware of the possibilities for developing agency, but organizing a second “return” meeting in which players could exchange whether and how they had implemented the proposed actions and reflect on the reasons why they had or had not succeeded in doing so, was most beneficial for understanding and developing their agency. The preferred outcome of this workshop is to provide participants with a gaming experience with our serious game in order to help them understand how we encourage educational professionals to develop their agency in daily educational practices. After playing this game, the participants will: a) have gained insight in what the agency concept means, b) gained an experience of how to strengthen their own agency, and c) will have acquired deeper knowledge how the game mechanics in a serious game may contribute to the intended goals of the game. References Brown, T. (2008). Design thinking. Harvard business review , 86 (6), 84. Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting educational design research. London, UK: Routledge. Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. W., Hadar, L. L., Smith, K., Helleve, I., & Ulvik, M. (2017). Teachers' perceived professional space and their agency. Teaching and teacher education, 62, 37-46. Sanders, E.B. & Stappers, P.J. (2008). Co-creation and the new landscapes of design, Co-design, 4,(1), 5-18. Toom, A., Pyhältö, K., & Rust, F. O. (2015). Teachers’ professional agency in contradictory times. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 615–623. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044334 Van der Heijden, H. R. M. A., Geldens, J. J., Beijaard, D., & Popeijus, H. L. (2015). Characteristics of teachers as change agents. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 681-699 Viudes-Carbonell, S. J., Gallego-Durán, F. J., Llorens-Largo, F., & Molina-Carmona, R. (2021). Towards an iterative design for serious games. Sustainability, 13(6), 3290. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 02 SES 14 A: Recognition of Prior Learning Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Sonja Engelage Paper Session |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper "Rising Horizons: A Case Study Unveiling FET to HE Progression in the Irish Educational Landscape" Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:In recent decades, the Irish education system has undergone a transformative shift with the emergence of progression pathways from Further Education and Training (FET) to Higher Education (HE). Echoing the conference theme, ‘Education in an Age of Uncertainty: Memory and Hope for the Future’ and fuelled by historical developments in European lifelong learning policy, the permeability between FET and HE plays a crucial role in enhancing accessibility within the tertiary Irish education sector (O’Sullivan, 2021). Additionally, permeable education systems not only facilitate lifelong learning but also heighten the appeal of Vocational Education and Training (VET) programmes (CEDEFOP, 2012). From a European perspective, the intertwining of pathways between VET and HE has been a focal point in policy and legislative development, particularly in countries with well-established VET systems like Germany, France, and Denmark (CEDEFOP, 2019). This paper delves into the evolution of vertical permeability from FET Post Leaving Certificate (PLC) provision to Higher Education undergraduate programmes within the Irish education system. The research explores the impact of increased permeability on the learner experience in the Irish tertiary sector. Additionally, it provides a comparative lens on European trends in VET to Higher Education progression, with specific attention to systems in Sweden and Germany. At the core of facilitating permeable education systems lies the development of the European and National Frameworks of Qualifications (O’Sullivan, 2021; QQI, 2020). Over the past two decades, the European Qualifications Framework (EQF) and the Irish National Framework of Qualifications (NFQ) have offered a structured approach to comparing different learning levels across national and European systems (EC, 2018). This research's parameters explore developments in vertical pathways between NFQ levels 5, 6, and 8 (EQF 4,5 & 6). In Ireland, not all Higher Education programmes provide entry routes for learners with a Post Leaving Certificate qualification (O’Sullivan, 2021). Historically, FET to HE access relied mainly on local agreements and individual course-by-course arrangements (Rami et al., 2016) between FET Programme providers and HE Institutions. Recent advancements, however, have witnessed Higher Education institutions, including Dublin City University, embracing non-program-specific PLC qualifications at (Irish) NFQ levels 5 and 6 (EQF 4 & 5) as the basis for entry into a significant number of undergraduate degree programmes. Legislative changes in Sweden and Germany have significantly increased vertical permeability pathways between VET and Higher Education, allowing learners from both countries to access higher education programmes with post-secondary VET qualifications (CEDEFOP, 2022; CEDEFOP, 2017).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Central to understanding the effectiveness and limitations of vertical permeability is the lived experience of students who have accessed Dublin City University through FET qualification pathways. Employing a case study approach, the research investigates this contemporary phenomenon in depth within its real-world context (Yin, 2018). This research adopts a qualitatively driven mixed-methods lens. Qualitative data, rooted in the assumption that social reality is constructed, is collected through individual student interviews. The interviews delve into the nuanced experiences of students within the Irish system. Quantitative data, derived from an anonymised student database, supplements the qualitative insights by forming hypotheses that inform interview questions. Additionally, to capture the phenomenological impact across different European countries, secondary data, in the form of national databases, reports, and research papers, is utilised. The research team employed a semi-structured interview approach, allowing participants to explore relevant ideas. Visual and word cues are presented to enhance accessibility and clarity during the interviews. Rigorous recruitment planning, comprising active and passive approaches, ensures the trustworthiness and success of the research (Negrin et al., 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate increasing student progression and retention rates from PLC provision to various Dublin City University undergraduate programmes. This positive trend is significant, considering the documented low VET to HE progression rates across Europe (CEDEFOP, 2023). The research aims to identify and examine variables influencing this positive trend, contributing valuable insights to the existing literature. From a societal standpoint, VET and FET face challenges in terms of perceived value compared to general and Higher Education (CEDEFOP, 2023; McGuinness et al., 2014). This research also explores this phenomenon from the student’s perspective and may help inform the development of future FET to HE information resources and campaigns. In the context of Dublin City University, the study aims to enhance the student experience by utilising findings to inform future policies and procedures. In the Irish context of FET to HE vertical permeability, limited research has been conducted on the student experience of this entry pathway. This study contributes to broadening the research in this field and adding to the knowledge base at a European level. References AONTAS (2023) National FET learner forum 2021-2022. Available at: https://www.aontas.com/assets/NFLF_Learner%20report_2021-2022_FINAL.pdf (Accessed: 12 December 2023). Cedefop (2023) The future of vocational education and training in Europe: 50 dimensions of vocational education and training: Cedefop’s analytical framework for comparing VET. Luxemburg: Publications Office. Cedefop research paper, 92. Cedefop (2022) Sweden: increasing attractiveness of secondary VET through access to higher education. National news on VET. Available at: edefop.europa.eu/en/news/sweden-increasing-attractiveness-secondary-vet-through-access-higher-education (Accessed: 2 January 2024). Cedefop (2019) The changing nature and role of vocational education and training in Europe. Volume 7: VET from a lifelong learning perspective: continuing VET concepts, providers and participants in Europe 1995-2015. Available at: https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/3083_en.pdf (Accessed: 18 December 2023). Cedefop (2017) Germany- accessing higher education with vocational qualifications. Available at: https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/news/germany-accessing-higher-education-vocational-qualifications (Accessed: 2 January 2024). Cedefop (2012) Permeable education and training systems: reducing barriers and increasing opportunity. Available at: https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/9072_en.pdf (Accessed: 12 November 2023). European Commission (2018) The European Qualifications Framework: supporting learning, work and cross-border mobility. Available at: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/4e8acf5d-41eb-11e8-b5fe-01aa75ed71a1/language-en (Accessed: 10 December 2023). Kuczera, M. and Jeon, S. (2019) Vocational Education and Training in Sweden, OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training. Paris: OECD Publishing. National Forum for the Enhancement of teaching and learning in Higher education (2016) Transitions from Further Education and Training in Higher education. Available at:https://hub.teachingandlearning.ie/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/NF-2016-Transition-from-Further-Education-and-Training-to-Higher-Education.pdf (Accessed: 16 December 2023). O’Sullivan (2021) ‘The FET to HE pathways, a Tale of Two Certificates, towards equity of competition of year 1 places in higher education’, in Mitchell, P. (ed.) Ireland’s Education Yearbook 2021. Dublin: Education Matters, pp. 109-208. Rami, J.; Kenny, M.; O’Sullivan, R.; Murphy, C.; Duffy, C.; Wafer, A. (2016) Scoping Exercise: Access, transfer and progression from Further Education and Training (FET) to Higher Education (HE). Available at: https://mural.maynoothuniversity.ie/7879/1/FET2HE%20Scoping%20paper%20FINAL%20061016%20.pdf (Accessed: 12 September 2023). Sartori, S. and Bloom, D. (2023) A Community Needs Analysis with Further Education Students: Thoughts about progression from Further Education and Training to Higher Education. Available at: https://collegeconnect.ie/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/A-Community-Needs-Analysis-With-Further-Education-Students-Thoughts-Around-Progression-From-Further-Education-to-Higher-Education.pdf (Accessed: 2 September 2023). 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The Enabling Factors for Promoting Adult Apprenticeships 1Inapp; 2Inapp Presenting Author:For some years now, there have been calls for enlarging the domain of apprenticeships, a device which has been historically aimed at supporting the school-to-work transition of young people, in the direction of raising the age limits for access and include as beneficiaries the entire adult population in working age (Cedefop, 2018). Among the most recent steps, the Council Recommendation of 15 March 2018 on a European framework for effective and quality apprenticeships highlights that they may facilitate adults' professional development and transition to a (new) job and the Recommendation on Quality Apprenticeships, recently approved by the ILO, underlines the importance of promoting skills development opportunities addressed to adults to respond to needs that may arise in relation to the search for a new job and/or the willingness to improve their knowledge and skillset. So far, Italy has taken timid steps in the direction of promoting an expansion of apprenticeships to adults by extending its well-known and most used form of apprenticeship - the so-called “professionalizing” one - to people who have lost their jobs; however, this enlargement has not yet found fertile ground for development and adequate numbers of beneficiaries. Hence, a research question has been formulated on which elements can promote the success of an apprenticeship towards the adult population, which may be also attractive to businesses. With the aim of understanding which elements can be identified as "enabling factors" that support the growth of an apprenticeship scheme for adults, a comparative study was launched in 2023 for analyzing different schemes of European countries’ dual systems allowing access to adults. Building on the study carried out by the ILO (2022), which clustered all countries (in Europe and beyond) where apprenticeship schemes open to the participation of adults are in place into three groups, by differentiating them on the share of the over-25 participants, those to be involved in the comparative analysis have been chosen, picking at least one from each sub-group. Hence, the following countries have been selected for the study: Switzerland, Denmark, England, Finland. In all these countries, apprenticeships allow free access from adults, whether unemployed or employed, regardless of their educational level or already acquired qualifications. And in all these countries the share of adults has been growing in recent years compared to the total number of apprentices. The study takes the start by examining how the different countries have realized the enlargement of beneficiaries of apprenticeships to adults, investigating the regulations, measures and initiatives that support this extension, and then examining the results in terms of participation. The in-depth analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of these schemes, as emerges from the output of the monitoring and evaluation activities carried out at national level, in addition to what is discussed in the relevant scientific literature, allows us to draw useful elements for identifying those that can be defined as the "enabling factors" for promoting the participation of adults to apprenticeships. The study is still ongoing, until the end of the year, and we are pleased to share and discuss the results achieved so far. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given the scope of the study, which requires an investigation of different countries’ experiences of adult apprenticeship, the method considered as the most suitable is a secondary analysis conducted through a desk research. It began with a systematic review of the relevant scientific literature. To this aim, recent articles published in peer-reviewed journals and books have been examined by exploring most common (and reliable) repositories. Other sources used for the study include reports published by government organizations and other bodies in charge for monitoring and evaluating dual systems and/or adult education at country level. These reports, which are usually published periodically according to a specific mandate, constitute the substantial majority of information sources. The reports – and other relevant documents like as press releases, interviews, transcription of speeches, and so on - are usually available for download on governmental websites, and that have been raided to extract needed information. All collected pieces of information have been inserted in single countries reports, according to a common format. Not all the information needed to fully understand and analyze each national adult apprenticeship scheme have been retrieved so far, as the study is still on-going. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings So far, the study has allowed to identify some "enabling factors" to be considered in order to design and implement a policy measure that can be attractive for companies and adults. Some factors refer to the regulatory scheme of the device, focusing on two elements: the regulation of the learning path and the remuneration. With respect to the former, for adult apprentices the formal training path is usually shorter compared to what is required for young people. The shortening is based on the assessment of the prior learning, considering all knowledge and skills already acquired, even in non-formal and informal contexts, so that this assessment become a key step in accessing apprenticeships. However, the main element at the base of the promotion of apprenticeships towards adults - at least in light of the results achieved so far - seems to lie in the reliability of the national education and training system and the qualifications issued in it. In countries where professional qualifications are highly valued by companies, apprenticeships become an attractive and therefore usable tool for re-insertion in the labour market or for the finding a better job or gaining a higher position in the same company, both for the unemployed and those already employed. The "quality" of the qualification system is therefore the main driver for the spread of apprenticeships towards the adult population, and to reach these results an active participation of both institutional representatives at different levels and social partners is necessary. All them are called to collaborate for designing, implementing and improving a quality assurance framework, which has to be grounded on a periodical needs analysis, the definition and periodical updating of the references for the training, to be placed at the foundation of the qualifications system. References CEDEFOP (2019), Apprenticeship for adults: results of an explorative study, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg D’AGOSTINO S., VACCARO S. (2021), Apprendistato in evoluzione. Traiettorie e prospettive dei sistemi duali in Europa e in Italia, Inapp Report n. 20, Inapp, Roma. EVA (2020), Brug af Forberedende voksenundervisning (FVU). En registerundersøgelse af aktivitet, deltagerprofiler og videre uddannelsesforløb, Danmarks Evalueringsinstitut, København. EVA (2021), Fra ufaglært til faglært. Analyse af hvor stor en andel ufaglærte, der er startet på en erhvervsuddannelse i perioden 2015-19, Danmarks Evalueringsinstitut, København. FELLER R., SCHWEGLER C., BOURDIN C., BÜCHEL K. (2023), Projet CII : Promotion des compétences de base – interfaces et qualité, in « La Vie économique. Plateform de politique économique », 19 janvier.. FULLER A., LEONARD P., UNWIN L., DAVEY G. (2015), Does apprenticeship work for adults? The experiences of adult apprentices in England, Project Report, University of Southampton, UCL Institute of Education, London. GIGER S. (2016), Une certification professionnelle sert aussi les adultes, in “La Vie économique”, 10, pp. 22-24. ILO (2022), Adapting apprenticeships for the reskilling and upskilling of adults, The Future of Work and Lifelong Learning, International Labour Organization, Geneve. ILO (2022), Towards lifelong learning and skills for the future of work: Global lessons from innovative apprenticeships, Apprenticeships Development for Universal Lifelong Learning and Training (ADULT), International Labour Organization, Geneve. MEY E., BRÜESCH N., MEIER G., VANINI A., CHIMIENTI M., LUCAS B., MARQUES M. (2022), Schlussbericht Förderung der Qualifizierung Erwachsener: Armutsgefährdete und - betroffene Personen in ihren Lebenswelten erreichen, Forschungsbericht 14/22, Bundesamt für Sozialversicherungen, Bern. OWAL GROUP, GLOBEDU (2021), Selvitys ammatillisen koulutuksen reformin toimeenpanosta [Report on the implementation of the reform in vocational education] PATRIGNANI P., CONLON G., DICKERSON A., MCINTOSH S. (2021), The impact of the Apprenticeship Levy on Apprenticeships and other training outcomes, CVER Discussion Paper Series n.034, London. RUDIN M., HEUSSER C., GAJTA P., STUTZ H. (2022), Coûts directs et indirects de la formation professionnelle initiale pour adultes : inventaire des possibilités et des déficits de financement en Suisse, Bureau d’études de politique du travail et de politique sociale - BASS, Bern. SCHWAB CAMMARANO S., STERN S. (2023), Promotion de la qualification des adultes. Synthèse des études actuelles, Plateforme nationale contre la pauvreté, INFRAS, Zurich SIBIETA L., TAHIR I., WALTMANN B. (2022), Adult education: the past, present and future, IFS Briefing Note BN344, The Institute for Fiscal Studies, London 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Recognition of Prior Learning in Higher Vocational Education and Training - Framework Conditions and Recognition Practices in Switzerland Eidgenössische Hochschule, Switzerland Presenting Author:Orienting vocational education and training (VET) towards lifelong learning and developing procedures for recognising already-acquired skills and competencies (so-called learning outcomes) in formal VET programmes are important objectives of the confederation and the cantons in Switzerland. In line with the Memorandum on Lifelong Learning (Cedefop, EU Commission 2002), non-formally and informally acquired competencies, such as further training and work experience, should also be given greater consideration. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) should facilitate social and economic integration and enable individuals to get higher qualifications. At the same time, RPL should improve the education system and thus alleviate the shortage of skilled workers. It is generally assumed that recognising competencies should be easier to achieve in VET, with its practice-oriented training system, than in the general (higher) education sector. In Switzerland, RPL practices have so far only been established, documented, and researched in basic VET at the upper secondary level (Maurer 2019, SERI, 2018). At the level of higher professional education and training, which is aimed at people who already have professional experience, and in particular at Professional Education Institutions (PEI), the educational organisations have a great deal of room for manoeuvre, with little transparency regarding RPL practices. This article builds on the results of a national study commissioned by the State Secretariat for Education, Research and Innovation SERI, which found that already-acquired learning outcomes are not recognised in around half of the PEI programmes examined (Salzmann et al. 2022). This can be partly explained by the personal pedagogical convictions of so-called gatekeepers, who make RPL decisions and in the underlying didactic concepts of the programmes (Baumeler et al. 2023). This article sheds light on possible explanations at the level of educational organisations, which are not the responsibility of individual actors but have to do with the self-image of the organisations and their willingness to use existing leeway defined by external framework conditions. The study aims to understand better the different RPL practices and justifications of PEIs from the perspective of the organisations to better promote RPL in higher professional education and training. We ask how external framework conditions, such as national minimum requirements, framework curricula and regulations on accessing the occupations, hinder or promote RPL and how much leeway there is for PEIs within an occupational field to recognise students’ learning outcomes. We use a model based on the findings of Damm (2018). With the motif of “boundary work,” he analysed who (potential students) and what (learning outcomes) are allowed through the boundary and which lines of reasoning guide the actions. We analyse four cases of PEI programmes that contrast as much as possible in their framework conditions and RPL practices and show the lines of reasoning from the PEI perspective. We assumed that PEIs recognise learning outcomes only strictly when there is little room for manoeuvre and more generous when there is much leeway. However, there are also counterintuitive cases that deviate from this scheme. These PEIs do not recognise learning outcomes, even though there is room for manoeuvre. Other PEIs recognise learning outcomes, although the possibilities are limited by the framework conditions. This raises the follow-up question of what motivates PEIs to deviate from the scheme, i.e., not to utilise the scope or to maximise it. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use a qualitative comparative case study to understand processes from the participants’ perspective through in-depth analysis (Harrison et al. 2017). We focus on a small and specifically selected sample (Patton 2015) with maximum variation to cover a broad range of perspectives. By contrasting the cases, we identify differences in RPL practices under similar framework conditions and analyse the associated lines of reasoning from the PEI perspective. First, we examined the external framework conditions, such as legal foundations, labour markets and occupational fields. We analysed RPL practices with semi-structured interviews with study programme directors and selected four different study programmes, which presented in as much contrast as possible the external framework conditions and the RPL practices at PEIs: • Advanced Federal Diploma of Higher Education as Pilot • Advanced Federal Diploma of Higher Education in Nursing • Advanced Federal Diploma of Higher Education in Business Administration • Advanced Federal Diploma of Higher Education in Social Work We consider the framework conditions weakly regulated if there are hardly any legal restrictions regarding admission to the study programme and the occupational fields or target labour markets. We consider them highly regulated if legal requirements restrict access to the occupation (e.g., in transport or health). RPL practice at PEIs is considered strict if learning outcomes are not or hardly recognised. It is considered open if PEIs enable RPL, for example by opening their study programmes to certain target groups or if students do not have to complete the full study programme due to their work experience or completed further training. We illustrate two cases which, under the same highly regulated framework conditions, use their room for manoeuvre in RPL practice differently. In the pilot programme, the possibilities for RPL are limited due to strict legal provisions and are not even considered. This contrasts with the nursing programme, which is also highly regulated. Here, however, the RPL practice is much more inclusive, and the study programme is open to extended target groups. Contrasting cases are the social worker and the business administration programmes. Under the same weakly regulated framework conditions, the PEI in the social sector pursues an inclusive RPL practice, and the business administration PEI delimits its programme, although there would be leeway for a generous RPL practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study illustrates the RPL practice at PEIs whose programmes are explicitly aimed at a clientele with work experience that may be relevant for RPL in the sense of lifelong learning. The aim was to show which lines of reasoning PEIs follow in their RPL practices. From the organisations’ perspective, we show to what extent they differentiate themselves from other PEIs by not recognising learning outcomes and how open they are towards RPL, e.g. by opening up courses to new groups of students. We followed a model based on the findings of Damm (2018), which uses the motif of “boundary work” to analyse who (potential students) and what (learning outcomes) are recognised. To change the RPL practice in PEIs, it is important to understand the lines of reasoning according to which educational organisations “think, decide and act” (Schweiger and Kump 2018: 293). In summary, the framework conditions, such as regulation and demand for skilled workers and the labour market, do not determine the PEIs’ RPL practice. The PEIs can position and profile themselves differently within similar framework conditions and follow their respective organisational logic or lines of reasoning. Or to refer to Damm (2018): There is not one concept of RPL. Different RPL practices can be justified in terms of resources and education and training content. In this respect, RPL can take place, but it does not have to. However, this requires clarifying the self-image and the lines of reasoning in educational organisations. If lifelong learning is to be promoted through RPL, more transparency on the part of educational organisations would be desirable to clarify which further training and work experience can be recognised in which contexts and where the boundary is drawn. References Baumeler, C., Engelage, S., Hämmerli, C., & Salzmann, P. (2023). Recognition of Prior Learning in Professional Education from an Organisational Perspective. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 42(2), 208-221. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2023.2177759 Cedefop, European Commission (2020). 2018 European Inventory on Validation of Non-formal and Informal Learning: final synthesis report. Luxembourg: Publications Office. http://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/76420 Damm, C. (2018). Anrechnung von außerhochschulischen Vorleistungen in der wissenschaftlichen Weiterbildung. Ergebnisse einer zweiteiligen empirischen Studie. Magdeburg: Otto-von-Guericke-Universität, Magdeburg. https://doi.org/10.24352/UB.OVGU-2018-093 Harrison, H., Birks, M., Franklin, R., & Mills, J. (2017). Case Study Research: Foundations and Methodological Orientations. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung/Forum Qualitative Social Research, 18(1). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-18.1.2655 Maurer, M. (2019). The challenges of expanding recognition of prior learning (RPL) in a collectively organized skill formation system: the case of Switzerland. Journal of Education and Work, 32(8), 665-677. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2019.1694141 Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods: Integrating Theory and Practice. Sage. Salzmann, P., Engelage, S., Hämmerli, C., Neumann, J., & Baumeler, C. (2022). Anrechnungspraxis von Bildungsleistungen an höheren Fachschulen. Schlussbericht. Zollikofen: Eidgenössische Hochschule für Berufsbildung EHB. SBFI (2018). Leitfaden: Anrechnung von Bildungsleistungen in der beruflichen Grundbildung. Bern: SBFI. Schweiger, C., & Kump, B. (2018). Lerne die Regeln, um sie zu verändern! Die Rolle der Organisationslogik in Veränderungsprozessen. Zeitschrift für angewandte Organisationspsychologie, 49, 289–294. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11612-018-0423-9 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 02 SES 14 B: VET Research Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Christof Nägele Research Workshop |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Research Workshop VET Research Framework - Challenges and Benefits 1Stockholm University, Sweden; 2University of Bremen, Germany; 3University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern, Switzerland; 4Institute for Advanced Studies (IHS), Vienna, Austria; 5University of Teacher Education Bern, Switzerland Presenting Author:Vocational education and training (VET) is a multidisciplinary and multifaceted applied research field. Research is driven by practical, social, political, and scientific interests. The aim of the workshop discussion is to give continuity to earlier discussions aimed to further elaborate an analytical framework on VET research. The framework aims to integrate current VET research, to identify research gaps and to develop a proposal on future research. A first draft of the framework has been discussed during the first VET Skills Week 2016, organized by the European Commission, and further developed at the Crossing Boundaries Conference 2017 in Rostock, and the second VET Skills Week 2017. Likewise, a discussion was also held as part of the sessions of the 2018 and 2019 and 2022 and 2023 ECER conferences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The framework organizes VET research along three analytical levels and three analytical foci. The analytical foci highlight the role and needs of the learners or students, the trainers and teachers and the object or work process. They consider that VET is on education and training and on becoming a subject specific expert and a professional expert in a specific vocational area. The analytical levels highlight the role of individuals (micro-level), schools and enterprises (meso-level), as well as educational policy and society (macro-level). They consider the interdependence of individual, and institutional actors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This model aims at integrating not only different needs expressed by the participants with respect to their region or country, but also different scientific theories and methods. It reflects the country-specific status of VET, as well as it social and cultural embeddedness and historical context. It acknowledges that VET research is always embedded in a socio-political-historical context in a way that one solution cannot fit all needs. References Does not applies |
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 14 A: Same, Same but Different? Heterogeneity in the Classroom and the Impact of Teachers’ Perceptions, Biases and Expectations Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Eddie Denessen Session Chair: Eddie Denessen Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Same, Same but Different? Heterogeneity in the Classroom and the Impact of Teachers’ Perceptions, Biases and Expectations The growing heterogeneity in classrooms is important in order to include all pupils (United Nations, 2006), but may be challenging for teachers: For instance, teachers need to assess the heterogeneous learning prerequisites of their students to make pedagogical and didactic choices, all while monitoring ongoing learning progress in their day-to-day teaching activities (Helmke & Weinert, 2021). Especially when teachers’ motivation and cognitive resources are low, teachers’ biases may come into play more frequently. Research confirms this and shows that teachers tend to use more heuristic judgement processes in these kinds of situations (Krolak-Schwerdt et al., 2013, 2018). However, not all pupils are the same; some pupils are more at risk than others when it comes to teachers’ possible biases. Empirical evidence suggests that pupils with special educational needs and pupils with different ethnicities are often subject to biased teacher judgements (Glock et al., 2020). It is therefore crucial to look especially at those groups of pupils in order to examine possible mechanisms as a first step towards a more equitable and inclusive classroom. Thus, this symposium aims to contribute to the understanding of teachers’ perceptions, biases and expectations from an international perspective. To this end, the various contributions address questions that focus on the content of teacher biases as well as on the effects of these biases on teacher behavior: In the first study from Luxembourg by Pit-ten Cate & Krischler, the focus is on teacher’s warmth and competence expectations and emotions concerning students with special educational needs. It investigates how these expectations and emotions vary based on specific special educational needs characteristics, namely learning difficulties and challenging behaviour. Results show differences between in-service and pre-service teachers when it comes to warmth and competence as well as between different special educational needs when it comes to teachers’ emotions. The second study from Germany by Glock et al. explores the impact of social behaviour information on pre-service teachers' judgments and feelings of resignation. Pre-service teachers were presented with vignettes on pupils’ social behaviour, either positive or negative, and judged these pupils’ academic performance and learning behaviour. Results show that information, especially unusual negative information, biases the judgement. The third study from the United States by Garcia Coppersmith et al. shifts the focus to racial-ethnic biases in teacher’ responses to pupils’ novel ideas in a mathematics lesson. By assessing how teachers react to online scenarios with pupils of different racial and ethnic backgrounds, the study shows that teachers found the same math task to be more difficult for Black and Latinx/e pupils. Furthermore, teachers’ language was biased as a function of the students’ race/ethnicity, for example in the topics the teachers discussed with the student. The fourth study from Germany by Schell et al. adds another layer to the understanding of (future) teachers’ biases by examining stereotypes among pre-service teachers in the context of inclusion. Focusing on autistic pupils and pupils with Down syndrome, the research investigates the relationships between pre-service teachers' stereotypes, diagnostic processes, and decisions using an online simulation. This study aims to uncover how stereotypes may affect the inclusion of students with special educational needs in educational settings. Preliminary results show the existence of stereotypes as well as biased judgements. Collectively, these studies highlight the important role teachers play in shaping pupils’ experiences while looking at the topic from an international angle. The findings highlight the need for strategies to address these found biases that may contribute to educational inequalities. References Glock, S., Kleen, H., Krischler, M., & Pit-ten Cate, I. (2020). Die Einstellungen von Lehrpersonen gegenüber Schüler*innen ethnischer Minoritäten und Schüler*innen mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf: Ein Forschungsüberblick. In S. Glock & H. Kleen (Eds.), Stereotype in der Schule (pp. 225–279). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27275-3_8 Helmke, A., & Weinert, F. E. (2021). Unterrichtsqualität und Lehrerprofessionalität: Diagnose, Evaluation und Verbesserung des Unterrichts (8. Auflage). Klett / Kallmeyer. Krolak-Schwerdt, S., Böhmer, M., & Gräsel, C. (2013). The impact of accountability on teachers’ assessments of student performance: A social cognitive analysis. Social Psychology of Education, 16(2), 215–239. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-013-9215-9 Krolak-Schwerdt, S., Pit-ten Cate, I. M., & Hörstermann, T. (2018). Teachers’ Judgments and Decision-Making: Studies Concerning the Transition from Primary to Secondary Education and Their Implications for Teacher Education. In O. Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, M. Toepper, H. A. Pant, C. Lautenbach, & C. Kuhn (Eds.), Assessment of Learning Outcomes in Higher Education (pp. 73–101). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-74338-7_5 United Nations. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. OHCHR. https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-persons-disabilities Presentations of the Symposium Teacher Expectations and Emotions Concerning Students with Special Educational Needs
The increasing heterogeneity of the student population often poses a challenge for teachers, as they often feel inadequately prepared and therefore less positive about including students with special educational needs (SEN). In this context, research has indicated that a diagnosis or label of SEN affects teachers´ expectations and behaviour. Indeed, stereotype-based expectations of teachers determine their interactions with different students and in turn student outcomes. These expectations are also associated with different feelings, which in turn have an influence on how teachers (re)act in certain teaching situations.
Stereotype based expectations can be triggered by just one salient attribute, whereby stereotype knowledge can reduce complexity and facilitates the effective processing of information. Stereotypes develop according to systematic principles, and people´s perception of others is mainly determined by the dimensions of warmth and competence. The mixed stereotype content model proposes that different warmth-competence combinations may trigger differential behavioural and affective responses (e.g. paternalistic emotions vs. resentment).
The current study aimed to investigate to what extent teacher expectations of students´ warmth and competence and their emotions concerning inclusion of students with SEN varied as a function of specific SEN.
Participants included 25 experienced in-service and 45 pre-service teachers (primary school). Participants were presented with two student descriptions: One student vignette described a student with learning difficulties and another a student with challenging behaviour. After reading each description, teachers were asked to complete scales to rate the student´s warmth and competence and teachers´ emotions were assessed using a semantic differential scale.
Results of a 2×2×2 mixed method ANOVA showed significant main effects of stereotype dimension and teacher status but not SEN. Most interestingly however, there were significant two and three-way interaction effects indicating that in-service teachers´ ratings varied as a function of dimension and SEN whereas preservice teachers´ generally provided higher ratings for warmth than competence regardless of SEN.
Results of a 2×2 mixed method ANOVA showed that teachers emotions varied as a function of student SEN but not teacher status. Teachers felt les secure, more anxious and less optimistic when considering including students with challenging behaviour than a student with learning difficulties.
Results of our study support previous findings concerning the effect of student characteristics on teachers´ expectations and emotions. Given the relationship between teacher expectations and student performance and the associations between expectations, emotions and behaviour, these findings can contribute to understanding factors underlying educational inequalities.
References:
Avramidis, E., Bayliss, P., & Burden, R. (2000). A survey into mainstream teachers´ attitudes towards the inclusion of children with special educational needs in the ordinary school in one Local Education Authority. Educational Psychology : An International Journal of Experimental Educational Psychology, 20, 191–211. https://doi.org/10.1080/713663717
Cuddy, A. J. C., Fiske, S. T., & Glick, P. (2007). The BIAS map: behaviors from intergroup affect and stereotypes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 92(4), 631–648. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.92.4.631
Cuddy, A. J. C., Fiske, S. T., & Glick, P. (2008). Warmth and competence as universal dimensions of social perception: The Stereotype Content Model and the BIAS map. In Advances in Experimental Social Psychology (Vol. 40, pp. 61–149). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0065-2601(07)00002-0
Eagly, A. H., & Chaiken, S. (1993). The psychology of attitudes. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
Fiske, S. T., Cuddy, A. J. C., Glick, P., & Xu, J. (2002). A model of (often mixed) stereotype content: competence and warmth respectively follow from perceived status and competition. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82(6), 878–902. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.82.6.878
İnan-Kaya, G., & Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2022). Teacher classroom interactions and behaviours: Indications of bias. Learning and Instruction, 78(April 2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2021.101516
The Role of Social Behavior Information about a Student for Teacher Biases in Academic Judgments and emotional responses
Social behaviors such as impatience and disrespect can be one important component of different types of SEN such as autism or challenging behavior (McClintock et al., 2003) but can also be associated with gifted students (Preckel et al., 2015). As such, gifted students often are associated with behavioral difficulties and negative social behavior, as are students with SEN. Teachers as well as preservice teachers know about typical social behavior patterns of students and how they are related to stereotypes about a particular student group. Stereotypes as generalized knowledge about the members of a particular social group (Smith, 1998), can color people’s perceptions and bias the judgments of the members of this groups. Many studies have already provided evidence for stereotypes biasing teacher judgments, in the domain of ethnic minority students, students from families with low socio-economic background, or students with special education needs (Glock et al., 2020).1 With this vignette study at hand, we were experimentally investigated whether very rare social information about a student biases teacher judgments.
Among a sample 88 preservice teachers, we investigated the influence of social behavior on their academic achievement judgments and feelings of resignation. We described two students, one showing respect and patience in the interaction with others, while the other student was described as disrespectful and impatient. We asked the preservice teachers to judge the student’s language proficiency and in mathematics ability. Additionally, we asked the participants to judge the student’s learning behavior, general ability, concentration, motivation, and intelligence. The participants judged the concentration, motivation, and learning behavior of the student described with the positive social behavior more positively than of the student with the negative social behavior. Most impressively, the preservice teachers judged the student with the positive social behavior as higher achieving in mathematics than the student with the negative social behavior. The preservice teachers felt more resignation (e.g. “I would feel helpless”) when imagining a confrontation with the student with the negative as compared to the positive social behavior.
Our study shows that simply adding very rare information about the social behavior of a student can bias preservice teachers’ judgments. This implies that students with SEN and also gifted students might at a double risk, because they might cause feelings of resignation and also because teachers might judge them worse even when the remaining information is controlled for.
References:
Glock, S., Kleen, H., Krischler, M., & Pit-ten Cate, I. M. (2020). Die Einstellungen von Lehrpersonen gegenüber Schüler*innen ethnischer Minoritäten und Schüler*innen mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf: Ein Forschungsüberblick [Teachers' attitudes toward students from ethnic minorites and with special education needs]. In S. Glock & H. Kleen (Eds.), Stereotype in der Schule (pp. 225–279). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27275-3_8
McClintock, K., Hall, S., & Oliver, C. (2003). Risk markers associated with challenging behaviours in people with intellectual disabilities: A meta-analytic study. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 47(6), 405–416. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2788.2003.00517.x
Preckel, F., Baudson, T. G., Krolak-Schwerdt, S., & Glock, S. (2015). Gifted and maladjusted? Implicit attitudes and automatic associations related to gifted children. American Educational Research Journal, 52(6), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831215596413
Smith, E. R. (1998). Mental representation and memory. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social cognition (pp. 391–445). McGraw-Hill.
Is it in Their Words? Teachers’ Biased Language
In the U.S., Black and Latinx/e students face educational disadvantages, especially in subjects belonging to the STEM field (Gutiérrez, 2012). Schools have been identified as one source contributing to such disparities (Michelmore & Rich, 2023). Within the school system, teachers and their practices play a critical role. Previous research has shown racial-ethnic biases in classroom instruction (e.g. Tenenbaum & Ruck, 2007). In mathematics, teacher biases can be a result of lower expectations towards pupils from minoritized groups, particularly Black girls (Copur-Gencturk et al., 2019). Whereas teacher biases have been extensively investigated in the domain of academic judgments and disciplinary referrals, to our knowledge, teachers’ natural language in approximations of teaching, particularly in the domain of ambitious math instruction, have not been investigated experimentally. Teachers’ language in their in-the-moment responses to students is a site that may be particularly sensitive to biases, as biases are most salient in non-reflective, automatic processes.
We thus aimed to investigate teachers’ spontaneous spoken responses to students’ mathematical explanations in an experimental setting. Participants were N=271 teachers of record in the U.S. The study had a one-factorial between-persons design in which participants were randomly assigned to one of three conditions: a classroom with predominantly Black, Latinx/e or white students, reflecting the relatively segregated nature of American classrooms. Teachers were presented with six hypothetical fourth grade classroom vignettes. The vignettes showed different mathematics tasks and student explanations of their problem-solving process. After reading the target student explanation, teachers were asked what they would say and do next. Using voice recording software embedded in our survey panel, we captured teachers' spoken responses.
We employ natural language processing methods to decipher topics by cohesion, identifying unique topics ranging from mathematically-focused language (e.g. number line) to process-oriented language (e.g. explain, who thinks). We also apply a sentiment analysis using the BING dictionary. We find significant differences in the topics discussed by experimental condition. Teachers showed, for example, greater likelihood of affirmative but little mathematical language for the Black condition relative to the White condition. Additionally, we find a tendency in sentiment that teachers were positive toward Black students compared to white or Latinx/e students. Finally, we find more words spoken on average in the white classroom condition compared to the Black and Latinx/e conditions.
Our findings have implications for anti-racist teacher education tied to specific instructional domains in ambitious math teaching.
References:
Copur-Gencturk, Y., Cimpian, J. R., Lubienski, S. T., & Thacker, I. (2019). Teachers’ Bias Against the Mathematical Ability of Female, Black, and Hispanic Students: Educational Researcher. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X19890577
Gutiérrez, R. (2012). Context matters: How should we conceptualize equity in mathematics education? In B. Herbel-Eisenmann, J. Choppin, D. Wagner, & D. Pimm (Eds.), Equity in discourse for mathematics education: Theories, practices, and policies (pp. 17–33). Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Springer. doi:10.1007/978-94-007-2813-4_2
Michelmore, K., & Rich, P. (2023). Contextual origins of Black-White educational disparities in the 21st century: Evaluating long-term disadvantage across three domains. Social Forces, 101(4), 1918-1947. https://doi.org/10.1093/sf/soac098
Tenenbaum, H. R., & Ruck, M. D. (2007). Are teachers’ expectations different for racial minority than for European American students? A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99, 253–273. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.99.2.253
The Influence of Pre-Service Teacher’s Stereotypes on The Diagnostic Process in the Context of Inclusion
Inclusion has taken the spotlight in education and teachers and their attitudes play a decisive role in its successful implementation (Markova et al., 2016). Stereotypes are beliefs about the characteristics and behaviour of members of a social group (Hilton & von Hippel, 1996). With regard to inclusion, stereotypes differ depending on the pupils’ needs: Pupils with Down syndrome, for example, are stereotypically perceived as warm but not very competent (Fiske, 2012). Autistic pupils, on the other hand, are often associated with savant abilities (Bennett et al., 2018). However, there is little research on the relationship between teachers’ stereotypes in the context of inclusion and their diagnostic process or diagnostic decisions. The few existing studies show inconsistent results (Glock et al., 2020). We therefore investigate the stereotypes of pre-service teachers, their diagnostic process/ decision as well as the relationship between them. We will focus on autistic pupils and pupils with Down syndrome as two large groups of pupils with special educational needs that are seen as very different (American Psychological Association, 2023) by investigating the following hypotheses:
H1: Pre-service teachers have stereotypes towards autistic pupils and pupils with Down syndrome.
H2: Pre-service teachers’ judgements are biased by the existence of a diagnosis in comparison to no diagnosis.
H3: Pre-service teachers’ stereotypes influence the diagnostic decision so stereotypes lead to a biased decision independent of the actual information.
We investigate this in an online simulation. Data collection is currently still running. An estimated N = 180 pre-service teachers will participate in an online study.
The participants are presented with four pupils and different sources of information. The pupils vary depending on whether they have a diagnosis or not and whether they are described in a stereotypical way or not. With limited time, they are instructed to gather information and make a diagnostic decision. We also assess implicit and explicit stereotypes, prior knowledge and demographic data.
Premilitary results show both- the existence of stereotypes as well as significant differences regarding the diagnostic decision: Considering the Bonferroni adjusted p-value, there was a significant difference between pupils described in the same way but with and without a diagnosis. Final results will be presented at the conference as we are just finishing data collection. We expect pre-service teachers to have stronger implicit than explicit stereotypes regarding autistic pupils and pupils with Down syndrome; leading to strongly biased decisions in which information related to stereotypes is overvalued.
References:
American Psychological Association. (2023). APA Dicitionary of Psychology. https://dictionary.apa.org/
Bennett, M., Webster, A. A., Goodall, E., & Rowland, S. (2018). Understanding the “True” Potential of Autistic People: Debunking the Savant Syndrome Myth. In M. Bennett, A. A. Webster, E. Goodall, & S. Rowland, Life on the Autism Spectrum (S. 103–124). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3359-0_6
Fiske, S. T. (2018). Stereotype Content: Warmth and Competence Endure. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 27(2), 67–73. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721417738825
Glock, S., Kleen, H., Krischler, M., & Pit-ten Cate, I. (2020). Die Einstellungen von Lehrpersonen gegenüber Schüler*innen ethnischer Minoritäten und Schüler*innen mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf: Ein Forschungsüberblick. In S. Glock & H. Kleen (Hrsg.), Stereotype in der Schule (S. 225–279). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27275-3_8
Pit-ten Cate, I. M., & Krischler, M. (2020). Stereotype hinsichtlich Schüler*innen mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf: Lehrkraftüberzeugungen, -erwartungen und -gefühle. In S. Glock & H. Kleen (Hrsg.), Stereotype in der Schule (S. 191–224). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27275-3_7
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 14 B: Teachers Training and Continuing Professional Development for Building Communities’ democratic languages and cultures; informing feedback-loops to policy to dismantle systemic-injustices (Part 1) Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hauwa Imam Session Chair: Hauwa Imam Symposium Part 1 to be continued in 04 SES 16 B |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Teachers Training and Continuing Professional Development for Building Communities’ democratic languages and cultures; informing feedback-loops to policy to dismantle systemic-injustices Both parts of this symposium address the professional challenge rapid new-deregulations of laws and standards, freeing people of human-rights (neoliberalism), have created systemic injustice, and the widest gap between poorest and richest since World War II. Mistrust leads to students, more than willing to work hard, dropping out of school without them or their families knowing how to earn a living. At the limits of poverty they beg and are vulnerable to recruitment into regimes of Violence, Uncertainty, Chaos and Ambiguity. The professional challenge is addressed Symposium Part 2 with perspectives from 1) Albania/Kosovo experiencing youth, the nations' futures, choosing to leave home to be trafficked abroad by boats, 2) US allowing some migrants from Cuba, Haiti, Nicaragua and Venezuela, already in Mexico, to apply to enter the US as refugees, 3.i) Nigeria's urban strategies to improve secondary education to leverage cultural richness and diversity of student populations to cultivate mutual respect, empathy, and active citizenship, and 3.ii) Nigeria's rural strategies to reverse malnutrition and mobilise education to optimise nutritional value of higher yielding crops, whilst attracting youth to stay in Nigeria with hope for sustainable futures. Two themes emerge. 1. Authoritarian hierarchical top-down delivery of PISA driven curriculums in classrooms de-professionalize educators and administrators by removing their autonomy and contribution to policy making (Sahlberg, 2012). Reduced to transmitters of government ideology, teachers are prevented from culturally responsive lesson-planning using students’ baseline-assessments to inform differentiated learning-plans for success. This creates systemic injustice as students with what Bourdieu calls the system's ‘right capital’ succeed and get richer and those without drop out of school to beg, engage with trafficking of illegal goods and people, or fail at school, widening the poverty gap. 2 Capital of disadvantaged students with intersectionalities of discrimination, assessed using deficit models, is found wanting. Students’ marginalised capital remains unrecognised and no differentiated lesson-planning creates pathways to curriculum Intended Learning Outcomes. Rather, they are segregated/streamed to Special Education Needs and Disability/lower ability classrooms with low expectations. This perpetuates patterns of illiteracy and prevents accessing knowledge of community-building to stop neoliberalism and systemic injustice implemented by power of a person, not power of the law. Presenters offer culturally relevant responses to ways their Universities' Education Departments address the following question: 1. How and in what ways can University Schools of Education act as hubs to support a school to build a professional development community of practice. Each presenter addresses the question and themes step-by-step. Step 1 The intricate challenges posed by climate change significantly impact impoverished families, perpetuating social injustice and impeding sustainable development. The symposium partners draw on Dewey's Professional Educators and Administrators Committees for Empowerment (PEACE) to build Participation, Experience, Association, Communication, and Environment. This theoretical foundation employing action research methodology throughout the curriculum design, delves into the multifaceted consequences of the intersectionalities of climate change, war and forced migration. The adverse effects, such as irregular rainfall patterns, prolonged droughts, and heightened temperatures for nationals and new arrivals, directly jeopardise agricultural productivity—the linchpin of rural livelihoods and peaceful communities. Lacking resources and knowledge to navigate these challenges, impoverished families face heightened vulnerability, further exacerbated by limited access to crucial information and technologies. Consequently, children from these families often confront early school dropout, amplifying cycles of poverty and social injustice. Step 2 Adapting ‘A Blueprint for Character Development for Evolution (ABCDE) to offer five stages drawing on social contract theory, to prepare teachers to recognise bias and reverse it. Each partner incorporates diverse perspectives and community building using the frameworks and methodologies above, to reverse local inequality, and mainstream them through powerful Higher Education networks to reverse g/local inequality. References Al-Abdullah, Y. & Papa, R. (2019). Higher Education for Displaced Syrian Refugees: The Case of Lebanon. In K. Arar, J.S. Brooks & I. Bogotch (Eds), Education, Immigration and Migration Emerald. Darling-Hammond, L. (2004). Inequality and the Right to Learn: Access to Qualified Teachers in California’s Public Schools. Teachers College Record, 106(10), 1936–1966. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. MacMillan. European Commission. (2023). EU Soil Strategy for 2030. https://environment.ec.europa.eu/topics/soil-and-land/soil-strategy_en European Commission. (2022). Industry 5.00. https://research-andinnovation. ec.europa.eu/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/industry-50_en Hunter, D. (2022). Do Canadian school principals predict with data? British Educational Leadership, Management and Administration Society Annual Conference, July, Liverpool. Kant, I. (1790). The Science of Right. http://bit.ly/3JcZgnV Leal, F., & Saran, R. (2000). A dialogue on the Socratic dialogue. Ethics and Critical Philosophy Lewin, K. (1946). Action research and minority problems. Journal of Social Issues, 2(4), 34–46. Open Government Partnership. (2023). Global Summit. https://www.opengovpartnership.org Schön, D. (1984). The Reflective Practitioner. How Professionals Think in Action. Basic Books. Smith, A. (1904). An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations 1776. https://bit.ly/3LjvWNo Stenhouse, L. (1983). The relevance of practice to theory. Curriculum Change: Promise and Practice, 22(3), 211-215. United Nations. (2016). Agenda 2030. Sustainable Development Goals https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/?menu=1300 UNESCO. (2022). Marrakech Framework for Action https://www.uil.unesco.org/en/marrakechframework-action USAID. (2021). Higher Education as a Central Actor in Self-Reliant Development: Program Framework. https://bit.ly/45JBkkU Presentations of the Symposium Albania/Kosovo Perspectives: Teacher Training and Continuing Professional Development Building Communities’ democratic languages and cultures informing feedback-loops to policy-makers dismantling systemic-injustices
There are large gaps between the actual results of the students in Albania and Kosovo and even the average PISA results, let alone the top PISA results. Students from Kosovo and Albania are considered functionally illiterate. They are not taught to celebrate their cultural heritage and the memory is lost and their perceptions of the future are without hope. Many young people leave Kosovo and Albania, with high risk of loss of life, to be trafficked to countries where they think they will have a brighter future. They do not realise that even if they are successful in gaining refugee status in another country, they will not have an education that will allow them to be competitive in the labour market.
Curricula problems are a misalignment between what students need to learn and what they are taught, are age inappropriate, and students are demotivated and see themselves as failures without hope for a future. Teacher training is not about addressing this problem, or empowering students with the conceptual frameworks and theoretical frameworks to solve their own problems to become self-reliant and resilient. Rather, educational institutions have a great disconnection with the education departments of the universities which misses opportunities to optimise students' learning. Many students have traumatic and post-traumatic problems, behaviour difficulties and have not developed attachment to their peers, families and communities drawing on Bowlby's Attachment Theory.
School leaders selection is made according to the political investment in the election which is camouflaged with laws and instructions. In order to camouflage this, some criteria have been set by an international agency for school principals to follow, but this does more training on how to work as a teacher than how the head of the school should lead the staff and students in achieving high results. The appointment commissions are fully selected with political investment. Some universities started preparing leading teachers with postgraduate research degrees, but these are not recognised in the appointment of school leaders.
The presentation reveals how following the two steps set out in this symposium abstract; PEACE and ABCDE builds community and empowers teachers, students and families with feedback-loops to policy makers and sightlines to change and hope for the future.
References:
Bowlby, J. (1969) Attachment and loss: Vol 1. Attachment. New York: Basic.
Bowlby, J. (1973) Attachment and loss Vol. 2. Separation. New York: Basic.
Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss. Vol 3. Loss. New York: Basic.
Buchanan, J. (1975). Vol. 7 The Limits of Liberty: Between Anarchy and Leviathan in The Collected Works of James M. Buchanan, Foreword by Harmut Kliemt, 20 vols. (Indianapolis:
Liberty Fund, 1999-2002) Available at http://oll.libertyfund.org/title/1827
Taysum, A., & Hysa, F. (2023). Typology of epistemologies for democratising knowledge and policy benefits for all mainstreamed by doctoral-study. European Journal of Educational Research, 12(2), 623- 637.
Fehérvári, A. (2017) Management of Social Inequalities in Hungarian Education Policy in Italian Journal of Sociology of Education 9 (2).
Freedom House (2022) Freedom of the World Report.
https://freedomhouse.org/report/freedom-world/2020/leaderless-struggle-democracy
Hysa, F. and Taysum, A. (2022) Using A Blueprint for Character Development for Evolution (ABCDE) to Build Relationships Through Talk to Mobilise Attachment Theory to Develop Security Attachment Capital for Good Choices that Regulate Continued Good Lives., in Journal of Groundwork Cases and Faculty of Judgement 1, (2) 187-209.
USAID (2023) Administrator Power travels to Serbia and Kosovo – May 2023.
https://www.usaid.gov/administrator-power-travels-serbia-kosovo
US Perspectives: Teacher Training and Continuing Professional Development Building Communities’ democratic languages and cultures informing feedback-loops to policy-makers dismantling systemic-injustices
According to Hesson (2023) report by the Biden administration will allow some migrants from Cuba, Haiti, Nicaragua and Venezuela who are already in Mexico to apply to enter the United States as refugees. The refugees are expected to apply for asylum and will be eligible for government assistance through the early resettlement process. These refugees are likely to settle in Texas, California, and New York, which have historically received the most refugees. This symposium presentation examines the dynamics of refugees entering the United States from Mexico and explores potential strategies for their shelter, safety, cell phones, employment, and educational access. This presentation identifies communities of practice that are working hard to facilitate community building for social justice. It also highlights the myriad of difficulties and harsh challenges faced by refugees fleeing for their lives and emphasises the role of lifelong learning in promoting higher education opportunities. Undocumented refugees in the US can obtain legal status through the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals program. DACA provides some two year work permits and protection from deportation. Currently, only a small percentage of undocumented college students are on such a program currently. Once documented, leveraging their current knowledge and skills, refugees can build academic capital that can be recognised by accrediting agencies enabling access to inclusion, education, and the workforce legally. The Professional Educators and Administrators Committees for Empowerment (PEACE) can facilitate democratisation of cultures and languages while honouring cultural heritages and memories of their associated literacies, that enable communities to celebrate previous achievements, participation, cooperation and success. Likewise, adapting “A Blueprint for Character Development for Evolution” (ABCDE), drawing on social contract theory, offers five clear steps to prepare teachers and community members to recognise bias and reverse it. Additionally, the presentation discusses how these approaches address the urgent needs for financial, food, and water security by involving collaborative problem-solving efforts. The research question of the symposium and themes are addressed in the evaluation of how realistic future hope is, that adopting these conceptual and theoretical frameworks will progress communities to finding their own solutions towards achieving the goals of the UN 2030 Agenda. The evaluation will have a particular emphasis on sustainability.
References:
Ball, S. (2004). Education policy and social class: The selected works of Stephen J. Ball. Routledge.
Glazer, N. (1987). The emergence of an American ethnic pattern. Ronald Takaki,13-25.
Hesson, T. (2023). US to accept certain non-Mexican migrants in Mexico as refugees. Reuters. https://bit.ly/47W9wtZ.
Maldonado-Maldonado, A., Carlos Aguilar Castillo, J., Cortes-Velasco, C. (2023). Student migration between Mexico and the United States: possibilities and disputes associated with becoming mobile in H., Pinson, N., Bunar., D. Divine. (Eds) Research Handbook on Migration and Education. EE.
Revens, E., Lennin, C., Alvarez, D., Ordonez, S., Benitez, C., Garcia, P., Price, A., Price, R. (2023). The Migrant Experience: A Journey of Hope
A report summarizing data obtained from migrants and those helping migrants at the US/Southern Border and in North Carolina. http://camino.tokdigitalagency.info/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Migrant-Journey-Report-ENG.pdf.
United Nations. (2016). Agenda 2030. Sustainable Development Goals
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/?menu=1300
UNESCO. (2022). Marrakech Framework for Action https://www.uil.unesco.org/en/marrakechframework-
action
USAID. (2021). Higher Education as a Central Actor in Self-Reliant Development: Program
Framework. https://bit.ly/45JBkkU
Will, M. (2019). Deprofessionalisation is killing the soul of teaching Union President Says. Education Week. https://bit.ly/3PyubOQ
Nigerian Perspectives: Teacher Training and Continuing Professional Development Building Communities’ democratic languages and cultures informing feedback-loops to policy-makers dismantling systemic-injustices
In the past two decades, Nigeria has grappled with political violence fuelled by extreme ideologies, banditry, and ethnic militias, posing a threat to national stability. Concurrently, economic downturns and threats to food security further exacerbate the challenges. This paper contends that fostering democratic values in secondary schools is pivotal for Nigeria's stable democracy. However, schools face significant challenges, including a lack of resources and support for teacher professional development initiatives. Institutional barriers and cultural norms impede the creation of inclusive learning environments conducive to democratic thinking. Despite these challenges, unique opportunities exist to foster democratic community building. Leveraging the cultural richness and diversity of the student population can cultivate mutual respect, empathy, and active citizenship. Drawing on Dewey's theory of education for democracy and Taysum's Professional Educators and Administrators Communities for Empowerment (PEACE) agenda, the study advocates a holistic approach to democratise cultures and languages. This entails transitioning from dishonouring to honouring cultural heritages and literacies. Theoretical underpinnings from Dewey and PEACE guide the university's support for secondary school teachers, emphasising the development of knowledge and skills through action research. The literature review underscores the absence of a participatory culture within schools, hindering relationships between teachers, students, and administrators—critical for quality learning and preparing students for active democratic participation in society (Imam, 2020). Imam and Taysum highlight the vital role of education for democracy in empowering young people, fostering inclusive communities, attachment security, and critical thinking. University School of Education Teacher Training and Teacher Professional Development programs play a crucial role in enhancing teachers' understanding of democratic principles (Biamba et al, 2021). The literature emphasises the need for reflection on teaching practices and beliefs, fostering inclusive and participatory learning environments (Bada et al, 2020). Building communities of practice emerges as a central theme, facilitating knowledge sharing between university educators and teachers. By fostering a sense of community and empowering teachers, the study aims to enhance the nurturing of young people in democratic culture within schools. This, in turn, aims to produce effective citizens capable of active participation in democratic processes, thereby demanding responsible leadership in their communities upon leaving school. The study envisions a democratic education system that equips future generations to contribute meaningfully to Nigerian society.
References:
Bada, H A., Ariffin, T F T., & Nordin, H. (2020, August 24). The Effectiveness of Teachers in Nigerian Secondary Schools: The Role of Instructional Leadership of Principals. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1-28. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2020.1811899
Biamba, C., Chidimma, O N., Chinwe, O V., Kelechi, M C., & Chinyere, N A. (2021, January 1). Assessing democratic classroom practices among secondary school civic education teachers in the global south: case study of South East Nigeria. Cogent Education, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186x.2021.1896425
Imam, H. (2020). How teachers of secondary schools describe and understand participation in their educational institution. Italian Journal of Sociology of Education, 12(1), 80-101. doi:10.14658/pupj-ijse-2020-1-6.
Imam, H. & Taysum, A. (2022). Adults and children using A Blueprint for Character Development for Evolution (ABCDE) to facilitate self-reflection through talk to manage emotions and self-regulate for continued good life in post Covid-19 recovery. Journal of Groundwork Cases and Faculty of Judgement, 1 (2), 214. Article 4.
Taysum, A. (2019). Education Policy as a Road Map to the Achieving Sustainable Development Goals. Emerald.
Nigerian Perspective: Universities Training Extension Agents to Build Community to Enhance Farmers' Knowledge to Optimise Crop Yields/Nutrition, Income and lifestyles
Community engagement and social learning skills are pivotal for enhancing farmers' knowledge in agriculture to optimise crop yields/nutrition, farmers accounting skills, incomes and good lifestyles. This study explores the synergies between these elements to empower farming communities. The introduction sets the stage for understanding the significance of community-based approaches and social learning in agricultural knowledge enhancement. Research by Di Falco et al. (2020) reveals that influence in farmers' adoption of climate change adaptation measures, the impact of farmers' social networks on the uptake of climate change mitigation measures, remains largely uncharted. This symposium presentation begins to fill this gap with implications for symposium partners and ECER delegates.
Surveying existing research, the literature review delves into community engagement models and social learning theories within agricultural contexts. It synthesises key findings, identifying gaps and laying the foundation for the study's unique contribution to the field. The theory draws from Borgatti and Ofem's social network theory (2010) and Foster and Rosenzweig's social learning concept (1995). It posits that individual behaviour is shaped by peer interaction, encompassing herd behaviour, spillover, neighbourhood, or peer effects. The central premise is that emerging technologies or practices disseminate through social learning knowledge gained from observing and interacting with peers and neighbours (Šūmane et al., 2018), commonly known as spillover or neighbourhood effects ( Vroege et al., 2020).
The research will be conducted in Nigeria, focusing on utilising focus group discussions to investigate the dynamic relationships among community engagement, social learning skills, and farmers' knowledge acquisition. In this study, community engagement, social learning skills, and farmers' knowledge acquisition will serve as dependent variables, while farmers' demographic features will be treated as independent variables.
Presenting empirical results, this section unveils the data collected from the study. Farmers' responses and observed outcomes are analysed, shedding light on the effectiveness of community engagement and social learning using Professional Educators and Administrators Committees for Empowerment and ABCDE in augmenting agricultural knowledge among participants.
Interpreting the findings, the discussion section explores the implications of community engagement and social learning on farmers' knowledge. It delves into the broader significance of the results, considering implications for agricultural practices, community development, and future research.
Drawing from the study's insights, this section offers practical recommendations for policymakers, agricultural extension services, and community leaders. Suggestions for optimising community engagement programs and fostering social learning skills are outlined to enhance farmers' knowledge and resilience.
References:
Borgatti SP, Ofem B (2010) Social network theory and analysis. Soc net theory and educ change:17–29 51:17–30
Di Falco S, Doku A, Mahajan A (2020) Peer effects and the choice of adaptation strategies. Agric Econ
Foster AD, Rosenzweig MR (1995) Learning by doing and learning from others: human capital and technical change in agriculture. J Polit Econ 103
Šūmane S, Kunda I, Knickel K, Strauss A, Tisenkopfs T, Rios I, Rivera M, Chebach T, Ashkenazy A (2018) Local and farmers’ knowledge matters! How integrating informal and formal knowledge enhances sustainable and resilient agriculture. J Rural Stud 59:232–241.
Taysum, A. (2019) Education Policy as a Road Map to Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals. Emerald.
Vroege W, Meraner M, Polman N, Storm H, Heijman W, Finger R (2020) Beyond the single farm–a spatial econometric analysis of spill-overs in farm diversification in the Netherlands. Land Use Policy 99:105019
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 14 C: Hospital Education as Inclusive Education. Results of Transnational Research Projects in the Field of Hospital Education Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Agnes Turner Session Chair: Jean-Marie Weber Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Hospital Education as Inclusive Education. Results of Transnational Research Projects in the Field of Hospital Education The diagnosis of a serious illness in children and adolescents not only poses great challenges for the patients and their parents, but is also an important issue for schools and educators. Serious and long-term illnesses represent developmental tasks for pupils that deviate from their usual life routine, which - if not successfully overcome - can be accompanied by further emotional and social challenges. There has been a discussion about further training for teaching during illness since the 1970s. There is a consensus that teachers need additional pedagogical and didactic skills in this field, but there is still no curricular or state-recognised training or further education in German-speaking countries. With regard to adequate schooling in the sense of pedagogy during illness, it can therefore be stated that there is a lack of clarification of (political, financial, scientific and pedagogical) responsibilities as well as a lack of systematisation and evaluation of pedagogical action. In addition, there is a lack of interconnection between practical expertise and scientific knowledge in this area, which is all the more problematic as it is of great relevance, especially in stressful situations such as illness, that pupils receive appropriate educational support in a timely manner. The illness-specific educational support requirements lead to special demands on teachers. The focus is on questions of professionalisation in the face of the great heterogeneity of sick pupils and special schools as inclusive places of education. The contribution focusses on vulnerability as a heterogeneity dimension using the example of illness and how to deal with it in terms of inclusive education. This symposium will present findings from projects that deal with pedagogy in the case of illness. One project aims to establish the first international network of Swiss universities in the field of "pedagogy during illness" and "hospital schools" - initially with Germany and Austria - and subsequently with the UK. A sustainable transnational network between universities (science) and hospital schools (practice) has been established in the D-A-CH network (Germany, Austria, Switzerland), in which empirical analyses of the requirements and practical professional goals of hospital schools have been carried out. These empirical analyses will result in the form of a curriculum for a Master's degree course in Hospital School Pedagogy anchored in Switzerland, which will contribute to the professionalisation of teachers at hospital schools and to the further development of pedagogy in the event of illness. In this regard, specific pedagogical aspects that need to be taken into account in pedagogy during illness will be analysed and presented at the symposium. Another project is investigating the use of digital educational technology for children and young people with chronic illnesses. The question of whether and in what way telepresence systems, such as the AV1 avatar, can enable pupils with chronic illnesses to be included in everyday school life and what opportunities but also hurdles need to be taken into account for educators is being investigated. To this end, an interview study was conducted and presented and discussed at the symposium. Overarching, the contributions deal with the question of the professionalisation of how teachers deal with sick pupils both in special schools and in mainstream schools in terms of inclusive education. This research question is addressed methodologically in the individual contributions, both empirically and quantitatively. References Elbracht, S., Langnickel, R., Lieberherr, B., Hoanzl, M. & Gingelmaier, S. (2023). Pädagogik bei Krankheit (PbK) als Handlungsfeld der ESE-Pädagogik? Eine wissenssoziologische Diskursanalyse der Pädagogik bei Krankheit. Emotionale und Soziale Entwicklung (ESE), 5 (5), 50-69. https://doi.org/10.35468/6021-04 Langnickel, R., Markowetz, R., Hövel, D. C., Link, P.-C., Falkenstörfer, S., Hoanzl, M., Elbracht, S., & Gingelmaier, S. (2023). Projektvorstellung "Pädagogik bei Krankheit und Spitalschulpädagogik" (Pb-KuS). Sonderpädagogische Förderung heute., 68 (4), 430–434. https://doi.org/10.3262/SZ2304430 Zillner, C., Turner, A., Rockenbauer, G., Röhsner, M., & Pletschko, T. (2022). Use of Telepresence System to Enhance School Participation in Pediatric Patients with Chronic Illnesses Involving the CNS: Zeitschrift für Neuropsychologie, 33 (4), 227 - 234. https://doi.org/10.1024/1016-264X/a000365 Pletschko, T., Pelzer, C., Röhsner, M., Rockenbauer, G., & Turner, A. (2022). The Use of the Telepresence System Avatar AV1 as a Therapeutic Tool for Social Inclusion in a 10-year-old Girl Treated for a Brain Tumor: Digital Psychology, 3 (1/22), 18 - 23. https://doi.org/10.24989/dp.v3i1.2013 Presentations of the Symposium Discourses of Inclusive Education - On the Potentiated Vulnerability of Children and Adolescents in the Field of Pedagogy in Illness
Remedial schools are conceptualised as inclusive places of education in which, however, pedagogical antinomies with regard to school inclusion cannot be resolved. The antinomies exist, for example, in the temporary school on the one hand and the breakdown of relationships on the other. The character of the sanatorium school as a transitional place, as well as a separative and at the same time inclusive temporary place, is worked out. After inclusion in the hospital school, re-inclusion after a stay in a hospital school can be a major challenge for everyone involved (Tougas et al. 2019). At the centre is the heterogeneity dimension of vulnerability, which is addressed using the example of illness in pupils. Using the hermeneutic approach in educational science, texts on inclusive pedagogy and pedagogy in the case of illness are critically analysed and antinomies in the field of discourse are identified and contrasted. The article is intended as an introduction and framing of the topic and contributions to the symposium.
References:
Piegsda, F .; Link, P . C .; Rossmanith, S .; Kötzel, A . (2020): Eine Schule für besondere Lebenslagen aufZeit . Schulische Zentren für Pädagogik bei Krankheit im Kontext von Transitions- und Inklusionsprozessen . Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 71 (2), S . 58–71
Tougas, A .-M .; Rassy, J .; Frenette-Bergeron, É .; Marcil, K . (2019). «Lost in Transition»: A Systematic Mixed Studies Review of Problems and Needs Associated with School Reintegration After Psychia-tric Hospitalization . School Mental Health, 11(4), S . 629–649 .
Project Presentation and Initial Results of Empirical Inventory and Needs Analysis in Pedagogy for Illness in D-A-CH Region
In terms of inclusive education, teachers of all school types need additional pedagogical-didactic competences in the heterogeneity dimension of illness.
The main aim of the Movetia-funded project is to develop a curriculum for a MAS (Master of Advanced Studies) in Pedagogy in Illness and Hospital School Pedagogy in order to professionalise teachers who work in transition, with chronically ill children and young people and in special schools.
The sub-goals for achieving this are, firstly, an analysis of the current situation in order to systematically analyse existing continuing education programmes in the field of pedagogy in illness. The method of choice here is document analysis due to the heterogeneity of the data material. Secondly, a questionnaire will be used to survey the needs of teachers at special schools and teachers involved in the transition of pupils. Thirdly, on the basis of this data, selected expert interviews are conducted and analysed with regard to conditions for success and needs for action and presented to the practice partners.
This three-step process and the associated triangulation of the document analysis, data from the quantitative and qualitative field survey and the expert interviews are intended to form the scientifically sound basis for the development of the cross-location curriculum for D-A-CH, which has been evaluated by practitioners. This paper will present the research project as a whole and the initial results.
References:
Langnickel, R., Markowetz, R., Hövel, D. C., Link, P.-C., Falkenstörfer, S., Hoanzl, M., Elbracht, S., & Gingelmaier, S. (2023). Projektvorstellung "Pädagogik bei Krankheit und Spitalschulpädagogik" (Pb-KuS). Sonderpädagogische Förderung heute., 68 (4), 430–434. https://doi.org/10.3262/SZ2304430
Potentials and Challenges in the Use of Telepresence Systems for Children with Chronic Health Conditions
In Austria, around 200,000 children and young people suffer from a chronic illness and can only participate in school lessons to a limited extent or not at all due to medical treatment or hospitalisation. The resulting social isolation can have serious and long-lasting consequences for young patients (Kirkpatrick 2020). To counteract this, digital education technologies such as telepresence robots are being used in everyday school life. The small robots enable patients to attend school virtually, meet friends and take part in lessons. This technology acts as a proxy for the patient at school and is controlled by the patient via a tablet. The telepresence systems are intended to help facilitate the social integration of children and adolescents with chronic illnesses so that they can participate in school life despite their illness (Zillner et al., 2022).
As part of a qualitative interview study (n= 28) with affected pupils, parents, teachers and classmates, participation with a telepresence system at school was investigated. The study focussed in particular on factors that promote and hinder social inclusion. The data was analysed using qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz.
In this article, the results of the study are presented and put up for discussion. Categories such as attitude, usage behaviour and interaction in the classroom with a telepresence system are discussed. These aspects are discussed in the context of a sense of belonging and social integration in the school environment. The aim is to identify opportunities and barriers to facilitate teachers' use of telepresence systems and to strengthen social inclusion.
References:
Kirkpatrick, K. (2020). Adolescents With Chronical Medical Conditions and High School Completion: The Importance of Perceived School Belonging. Continuity in Education, 1(1), pp. 50-63.
Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software. SAGE Publications.
Zillner, C., Turner, A., Rockenbauer, G., Röhsner, M., & Pletschko, T. (2022). Use of Telepresence System to Enhance School Participation in Pediatric Patients with Chronic Illnesses Involving the CNS: Zeitschrift für Neuropsychologie, 33 (4), 227 - 234.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 14 D: Interprofessional Collaboration for Inclusive Early Childhood Education and Care Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Stefanija Alisauskiene Session Chair: Stefanija Alisauskiene Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Interprofessional Collaboration for Inclusive Early Childhood Education and Care We aim to present the newly published book, "Interprofessional and Family-Professional Collaboration for Inclusive Early Childhood Education and Care" (https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-031-34023-9), which provides insights from various countries including Finland, Iceland, Lithuania, Norway, Spain, Sweden, Ukraine, and the United Kingdom. The emphasis of this Symposium will be on delving into the dynamics of interprofessional collaboration (IPC) within the context of inclusive ECEC in three European countries, namely Finland, Lithuania, and Norway.Formos viršus Most countries in the world follow the international education priority that is emphasised in UN Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning for all (UN, 2022). European countries have significantly reformulated their ECEC systems with inclusive education in view. Nevertheless, across the countries, there is still an incomplete provision of equal educational opportunities for all, particularly for children with special educational needs (Hanssen et al., 2021). Therefore, a systemic approach to inclusive ECEC services and a strong collaboration between the different sectors, such as education, health and social is being emphasised. To address the main internationally agreed priorities related to ECEC, this anthology focuses on ‘inclusion’ in ECEC (UNESCO-IBE, 2008, p. 18). Across the chapters of the book, it is clear that themes, serving as a ‘red thread’ throughout the volume, are related to collaboration in ECEC in various European countries. Initially, our focus was to examine IPC within the realm of ECEC across diverse social-cultural contexts. In the context of inclusive ECEC, IPC is considered as precondition for the holistic child and family practice, partnership-based professional relations, coordinated services, spread of competences, and innovative activities within teams and organisations (Payler & Georgeson, 2013). IPC is a significant factor for the effective provision of inclusive education especially for children with special educational needs and their families aiming to address challenges when jointly acting with representatives from different professions. Research show that in reality IPC often is a challenge (Hong & Shaffer, 2015). The reasons for this relate to, among other issues, lack of research defining the concept and the structure of IPC, i.e. subjective and different interpretation of the IPC conception, lack of presumptions for success and sufficiency of IPC, issues of professional power, professional identities and relations, and diversity of professional languages and roles (Alisauskiene & Gevorgianiene, 2015). Reflecting on the past experiences, it is evident that the role of a professional was strictly defined by the precise set of functions described in a certain professional code and did not foresee interdisciplinary and interprofessional cooperation nor flexibility in professional roles and functions. The emphasis on professional identity was strengthened by historically developed “niche” of certain professions and their status and prestige in society. In this aspect, the discussion can be based on P. Bourdieu’s conception of habitus, capital (knowledge, linguistic, cultural, etc.), and “practical theory”, which emphasizes virtuous interactions between individuals (King, 2000). The IPC in ECEC might be problematic, when professionals encounter a variety of complex new roles in multi-service settings. Moreover, a common feature is that none of the countries have entirely fulfilled the pledge of strong collaboration between various professionals in ECEC in educational practices (Sundqvist, 2021). Therefore, the countries’ knowledge and experiences can encourage interest in discussions about realising a fruitful interprofessional collaboration within inclusive ECEC. According to Ainscow (2021), learning from what happening on the other places, when we visiting other countries it is like a mirror, it makes us to think about what we do in our context. Insights into diverse approaches adopted by European countries, such as Finland, Lithuania, and Norway, can significantly enhance our comprehension of the distinct collaborations in ECEC. References Ainscow, M. (2021). Foreword. In N. B. Hanssen, S.E. Hansén, & K. Ström (Eds.), Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the Development of Inclusion: Theoretical and practical perspectives (pp. xiii–xxii). Routledge. Alisauskiene, S., & Gevorgianiene, V. (2015). Exploring professional boundaries: a shift to inter-professional early childhood intervention practice in Lithuania. Society. Integration. Education, 3, 15-30. Hanssen, N.B, Hansèn, S-E, & Ström, K. (Eds.) (2021). Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the Development of Inclusion: Theoretical and Practical Perspectives. Routledge. Hong, S.B., & Shaffer L.S. (2015). Inter-Professional Collaboration: Early Childhood Educators and Medical Therapist Working within a Collaboration. Journal of Education and Training Studies, 3 (1), 135-145. King, A. (2000). Thinking with Bourdieu against Bourdieu: A 'Practical' Critique of the Habitus. Sociological Theory, 18 (3), 417– 433. Payler J., & Georgeson, J. (2013). Multiagency Working in the Early Years: Confidence, Competence and Context. Early Years: An International Research Journal, 33 (4), 380-397. Sundqvist, C. (2021). Moving towards inclusive schools: Teacher collaboration as a key aspect of the development of inclusive practices. In N. Bahdanovich Hanssen, S.-E. Hansén, & K. Ström (Eds.), Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the Development of Inclusion: Theoretical and Practical Perspectives (pp. 203-217). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780367810368. Presentations of the Symposium Caught Between Expectations and Ambitions: Finnish Early Childhood Special Education Teachers Experiences of Consultation as Interprofessional Collaboration
The society of today puts great demands on personnel in early childhood education and care (ECEC) since expectations are that personnel can support children with a wide variety of needs. Research indicate that personnel in ECEC lack knowledge regarding children with special educational needs (Hannås & Hanssen, 2016) and furthermore personnel might lack knowledge regarding inclusive practice (Lundqvist et al., 2016). For ensuring that children receive appropriate and inclusive support in regular educational settings collaboration between professionals with different competencies is a necessity. In Finland, a common collaborative approach is that early childhood special education teachers (ECSETs) deliver consultative support to personnel in ECEC (Heiskanen & Viitala, 2019).
The aim of this paper is to gain an understanding of how ECSETs experience their consultative role in ECEC. We have formulated two research questions that guided the study. The research questions are as follows; `How do ECSETs experience the prevailing conditions surrounding the consultative role´ and `How do ECSETS experience the implementation of consultation and the use of consultation strategies´.
For present research, a multiple-case study design was chosen since it is an effective methodology to study multifaceted issues in real-world settings (Yin, 2014). Data is collected through semi structured group interviews and ten respondents from four different municipalities are divided into three interview groups. First, the case analysis was written as a narrative report for each case followed by a cross-case analysis where shared patterns and themes were searched for (Yin, 2014).
The in-depth description of each case is presented as three narratives; (a) frustrated knowledge sharer, (b) adapted and collaborative quick-fixers, and (c) satisfied reflection supporters. By comparing patterns through the lens of theory (Abbott, 1988) and earlier research two themes addressing the research question become visible: poor conditions – weak jurisdiction for conducting the consultative task and balancing between quick fixes and the use of reflection as consultation strategy. The chapter concludes that the prevailing practical conditions and a weak jurisdiction hinder high quality consultations. Furthermore, consultation is not clearly stated or implemented in policy documents or in local work descriptions nor is it clearly communicated in the ambits that ECETS operate in.
References:
Abbott, A. (1988). The System of professions. An essay on the division of expert labor. University of Chicago.
Hannås, B-M, & Bahdanovich Hanssen, N. (2016). Special needs education in light of the inclusion principle: An exploratory study of special needs education practice in Belarusian and Norwegian preschools. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 31:4, 520–534. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2016.1194576
Heiskanen, N., & Viitala, R. (2019). Special educational needs and disabilities in early childhood education (Finland). In J. Kauko & M. Waniganayake (Eds.). Bloomsbury education and childhood studies. Bloomsbury Academic. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350995925.0004
Lundqvist, J., Westling Allodi, M., & Siljehag, E. (2016). Characteristics of Swedish preschools that provide education and care to children with special educational needs. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 3(1), 124–139. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2015.1108041
Yin, R. (2014). Case study research (5th ed.). Sage.
Communication in Interprofessional Teams Meeting Special Educational Needs of Children in Lithuanian Early Childhood Education and Care Settings
Well-trained and motivated professionals play a crucial role in ensuring the delivery of high-quality ECEC to all children and their families (European Commission, 2021). However, the development of an interprofessional team may face challenges stemming from subjective and differently interpreted communication, as well as a lack of presumptions for success and efficient communication within the teams (D’Amour et al., 2005).
This presentation explores the concept of (in)formal communication among professionals as a key component of interprofessional team collaboration in addressing the special educational needs (SEN) of children. Interprofessional collaboration and communication are characterized by active relationships among professionals from various sectors such as educational support, health care, and social support, all working together with the shared goals of joint problem-solving and service provision (Barret & Keeping, 2005; Reeves et al., 2010). In the context of ECEC, interprofessional collaboration is grounded in a holistic approach and is viewed as a prerequisite for fostering equal, partnership-based relationships, along with the complexity and integration of services (Barker, 2009).
In our study, we aimed to identify and interpret communication experiences among professionals collaborating within different types of ECEC teams to address the SEN of children. The research question guiding this study was: What are the main components of interprofessional communication as identified by professionals working in contexts within special and inclusive ECEC?
The research adopts ethnographic case study research design, delving into subjective meanings of participants to elucidate interprofessional communication within two ECEC settings. Specifically, the study examines implementation of communication and explores the meanings manifested in professionals' narratives (Elliot, 2005; Ntinda, 2020). The qualitative methods, including individual and group interviews and observational journals have been employed to collect data. Qualitative thematic analysis has been carried out following the inductive logics of data analysis. The findings move between concrete expressions and descriptive text on meanings of lived experiences (Van Manen, 2016; Sundler et al., 2019). The research findings are presented through group narratives, collaboratively co-constructed by both the researchers and the participants involved in the study.
The findings indicate that professionals in ECEC interprofessional teams highlight the following communication aspects as crucial when addressing children's educational needs: adopting a holistic approach to child development and education; emphasizing informal everyday communication, which involves sharing professional knowledge, experiences, and collaborative problem-solving; recognizing the significance of formal communication during team meetings, encompassing functional goals, the structure of discussions, and the ability to actively participate in team deliberations
References:
Barker, R. (2009). Making Sense of Every Child Matters: Multiprofessional Practice Guidance. The Policy Press.
Barrett, G., & Keeping, C. (2005). The Processes Required for Effective Interprofessional Working. In G. Barret, D. Sellman, & I. Thomas (Eds.), Interprofessional Working in Health and Social Care: Professional Perspectives (pp.19-31). Palgrave Macmillan.
Elliot, J. (2005). Using Narrative in Social Research: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches. Sage.
European Commission (Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture). (2021). Early childhood education and care: how to recruit, train and motivate well-qualified staff: final report. Publications Office, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/489043
D’Amour, D., Ferrada-Videla, M., San Martin Rodriguez, L., & Beaulie, M. D. (2005). The Conceptual Basis for Interprofessional Collaboration: Core Concepts and Theoretical Frameworks. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 1, 116–131.
Ntinda, K., (2020). Narrative Research. In P. Liamputtong (Ed). Handbook of research methods in health social sciences. Springer, pp.1-12.
Sundler, AJ, Lindberg, E., Nilsson, C., Palmér, L. (2019). Qualitative thematic analysis based on descriptive phenomenology. Nurs Open, 6(3), 733-739. doi: 10.1002/nop2.275. PMID: 31367394; PMCID: PMC6650661.
Van Manen, M. (2016). Phenomenology of practice. New York, NY: Routlege. [Google Scholar]
Interprofessional Collaboration in the Norwegian Early Childhood Education and Care Context
Numerous studies have demonstrated that, on the practice level, the interprofessional collaboration (IPC) in Norwegian ECEC is often unsatisfactory and inadequate—in the sense of it being rare—while also apparently weakening the continuity and quality of inclusive ECEC (Hannås & Hanssen, 2016). A weak system of IPC can be explained by the lack of attention on the policy and legislation levels regarding central guidance and the coordination of services (Nordahl et al., 2018). Surprisingly, neither the Kindergarten Act (KA) nor Framework Plan have been able to provide a guide for IPC for how to draft the interprofessional approach, which has led to them being criticised for not being more detailed and specific about the content and design of IPC (KA, 2006; MER, 2017). Indeed, there is a reported lack of concrete measures and follow-ups on the progression of ECEC work with respect to quality and availability (Nordahl et al., 2018).
The aim of this paper is to give an overview of IPC in ECEC at the legal and legislative levels. We have formulated the following question: How is IPC defined and described in Norwegian legal and legislative documents, and what guidelines are laid down for this collaboration?
The empirical basis of the current paper is a document analysis. Three main legal and legislative documents which treats the concept of IPC, were chosen for analysis: Kindergarten Act 2006 (KA, 2006); Framework Plan for the Content and Tasks of ECEC (MER, 2017); Meld. St. 6 (2019–2020) Early intervention and inclusive education in kindergartens, schools and out-of-school-hours care (MER, 2019).
In the current study, the data consisted of texts that were analysed with the help of thematic analysis using an inductive approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006).
The results show that there is a lack of concrete definitions of IPC in legal and legislative documents. Furthermore, the legal and legislative documents provide some guidelines for IPC but on a general level and with an unclear basis. The chapter concludes that the definition of IPC in ECEC should be clarified and explained more clearly and made more apparently related to each other, both in the legal and legislative documents. As practical implications, drawing up a common national strategy plan and common guidelines regarding IPC in ECEC can be an effective move the authorities could use to steer development in the education sector towards more inclusive ECEC, especially for children with special educational needs.
References:
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.
Hannås, B. M., & Hanssen, N. B. (2016). Special needs education in light of the inclusion principle: An exploratory study of special needs education practice in Belarusian and Norwegian preschools.
European Journal of Special Needs Education, 31(4), 520–534. http://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2016.1194576 Kindergarten act (2006). https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/2005- 06-17-64
Ministry of Education and Research [MER]. (2017). Framework plan for the content and tasks of ECECs. https://www.udir.no/globalassets/filer/barnehage/rammeplan/framework-plan-for-ECECs2- 2017.pdf
Ministry of Education and Research [MER]. (2019). Close attention – Early intervention and inclusive community in ECEC, school and after-school care. (Meld. St. 6 (2019–2020)). https://www.regjeringen.no
Nordahl, T., Persson, B., Brørup Dyssegaard, C., Wessel Hennestad, B., Vaage Wang, M., Martinsen, J., & Johnsen, T. (2018). Inclusive community for children and young people. The expert group for children and young people with SEN. Fagbokforlaget.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 04 SES 14 E: You Shall Not Pass!? - On Failing Teacher Diversity and other Apocalyptic Scenarios Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Raphael Zahnd Session Chair: Raphael Zahnd Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium You Shall Not Pass!? - On Failing Teacher Diversity and other Apocalyptic Scenarios It seems like an unruly quest to investigate teacher diversity as the neverending foci are accompanied by even more questions. This symposium takes up the challenge of scrutinising understandings of diversity related to teachers, teacher identity, and the teaching profession across Europe. With a focus on accessibility and “pass-ability” as well as availability, the presentations in the symposium will pick up possible notions of the concepts of “passing as a teacher” (Weber & Mitchell 2002), “to pass to become a teacher (again)”, how notions of passing have (not) changed over time and how practices of dis/abling teacher diversity manifest themselves in different (national) contexts. (Krause et al. 2023). The presentations will discuss how understandings of the academic realm, education policies and notions and practices of equity shape the possibility of getting access to, passing barriers and avoiding obstacles in, and successfully completing study programs. References Krause, S., Proyer, M. & Kremsner, G. (2023). The Making of Teachers in the Age of Migration: Critical Perspectives on the Politics of Education for Refugees, Immigrants and Minorities. Bloomsbury Academic. Weber, S. J., & Mitchell, C. (2002). That's funny you don't look like a teacher!: Interrogating images, identity, and popular culture. Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium How to Train Your Dragon?
Universities are designed to generate academic/scientific knowledge on the one hand and to pass this knowledge on to subsequent students, e.g. future teachers, in an orderly and disciplined manner on the other. Despite all the openness (demanded or hoped for) in research, universities, therefore, are structured spaces that “have to” submit to orders and rules of passing on knowledge. These orders and rules include placing new knowledge in relation to existing knowledges and power structures and, thus, relating to existing academic disciplines. In this respect, universities are always conservative; breaking down disciplinary (scientific) boundaries to generate and value new and/or different knowledges is difficult. (Fleck 1979; Niewoehner 2012) However, universities are not only conservative in terms of knowledge/theorising and scientificity but also in terms of the people who are granted access and those who are allowed to generate new knowledges in research.
Research on the decolonisation of knowledges, the structural analyses of power in/of institutions and organisations, and the emancipations of Queer and Black Studies –to name just recent developments– have shown how narrow the boundaries of admission for diverse students and research on other/alternative knowledge systems at universities still are. (Karenga 1988; Sharpe 2014; Brim 2020) And while we can read the (re-)structuring of study programs in the light of the transmission of disciplinary order, new studies also offer opportunities to tear down the boundaries of universities and re-frame them as inclusive spaces.
Based on the example of the founding of a new faculty of education at a Swiss university, the paper will address the question of diversity and possible otherness in education science (studies). It will briefly historicise the “common understanding” of the university and assumed roles of those (not) present. (Biesta 2010; Stanley 2006) Questions about opening the floor to others and otherness will then be posed using the Swiss example:
- Who is allowed to gain access? Whose voices will be heard? Is it safe to be visibly diverse?
- How can education studies be structured to prepare for uncertain terrains outside the scholarly world?
- How do we train future teachers to deal with the (multiple) unknowns when thinking diversity at universities is still uncharted waters?
- Is the “pluriversity” a strategic exit or another threshold to keep unwanted people out?
References:
Biesta, G. J. J. (2010): Lerner, Student, Speaker: Why it matters how we call those we teach. Educational Philosophy and Theory 42:5-6, 540-552.
Brim, M. (2020). Poor queer studies: Confronting elitism in the university. Duke University Press.
Fleck, L. (1979). Genesis and development of a scientific fact. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press
Karenga, M. (1988). Black studies and the problematic of paradigm: The philosophical dimension. Journal of Black Studies, 18(4), 395-414.
Niewoehner, J. (2012): Von der Wissenschaftstheorie zur Soziologie der Wissenschaft. Science and technology studies: Eine sozialanthropologische Einführung. transcript Verlag, 49-75.
Sharpe, C. (2014): Black Studies. The Black Scholar 44:2, 59-69, DOI:
10.1080/00064246.2014.11413688
Stanley, C. A. (2006): Coloring the Academic Landscape: Faculty of Color Breaking the Silence in Predominantly White Colleges and Universities. American Educational Research Journal 43:4, 701-736.
This Is the (Only) Way - Austrian Policies and Practices of Dis-Enabling Diversity in the Teaching Force
This submission highlights barriers and facilitators towards a diversification of the Austrian teaching force. The early onset of segregation remains one of the main characteristics of the Austrian school system (Buchner & Petrik 2023, Herzog-Punzenberger & Schnell 2019). This manifests itself in disadvantages of specific groups such as people with disabilities and so called migration background to education in general and higher education specifically. Further barriers to entering the teaching force remain in place for the same groups: Entrance tests to teacher colleges for primary school teacher training remain focused on physical fitness (e.g. having to be able to do jump ropes and sing; e.g. https://kphvie.ac.at/studieren/studieninteressierte/aufnahmeverfahren.html) and German language, the latter also holds true for university-led training for secondary teacher training. The legal basis for people with disabilities’ access to the teaching force was created in 2006 (BMSG 2006) only and internationally educated teachers remain second class professionals (Proyer et al. 2022), limited in their access to entering the teaching force as such but also remaining excluded or being othered once in the system. So while there is an ever-growing (contested) discourse on whether increasing diversity in classrooms across Europe should be met by a more diverse teaching force (Massumi 2014) and how this could help amend educational inequalities, Austria remains busy retaining traditional order. These tendencies of limiting access to education are opposed to current strategies of the Austrian government to counteract ongoing teacher shortage with lateral entrants. The initiative “Klasse Job!” (https://klassejob.at/) aims at creating a narrative of teaching being an easy-going, more valuable cause than working in a stressful environment of the private sector. With a few modules of introduction into basic education, these “teachers'' usually access the teaching force at the higher end of the salary spectrum.
This presentation aims to explore the many ways to become a teacher if meeting specific criteria and unravel the one-way-street if not. Different fragments (legal documents, access criteria etc.) will be mapped out and interpretative narratives will be offered.
References:
BMSG (2006): Bundes-Behindertengleichstellungs-Begleitgesetz. https://www.ris.bka.gv.at/eli/bgbl/I/2006/90/20060623
Buchner, T., & Petrik, F. (2023). Evaluating education policies through a spatial lens: Uncovering the ability-space-regimes of Austrian new middle schools. In Space, Education, and Inclusion (pp. 38-56). Routledge.
Herzog-Punzenberger, B., & Schnell, P. (2019). Austria: equity research between family background, educational system and language policies. The Palgrave handbook of race and ethnic inequalities in education, 105-158.
Massumi, M. (2014). Diversität in der Lehrerinnen-und Lehrerbildung–zur Bedeutung von Lehrkräften mit Migrationshintergrund. HiBiFo–Haushalt in Bildung und Forschung, 3(1), 17-18.
Proyer, M., Pellech, C., Obermayr, T., Kremsner, G., & Schmölz, A. (2022). ‘First and foremost, we are teachers, not refugees’: Requalification measures for internationally trained teachers affected by forced migration. European Educational Research Journal, 21(2), 278-292.
Teacher Diversification in Ireland: Lessons to be learned?
Diversifying the teaching profession has come to be of international concern (Abawi and Eizadirad, 2020; Ingersoll et al, 2021). This is a complex phenomenon drawing across a variety of conceptual underpinnings, performances of identities and ranges of local, national and international contexts. This paper reports on an in-depth study of a range of teacher diversification initiatives both from across Europe and under a nationally-funded scheme in Ireland (Keane, Heinz & Mc Daid, 2023). The paper identifies the rationale for teacher diversification, argues that when it comes to teacher identity, representation matters, but also that representation does not go far enough and teacher diversity work must simultaneously encompass system transformation to achieve a diverse, equitable and inclusive teacher profession. Theoretically informed by the double equity work of Childs et al (2011) equity in and through admissions, the paper presents some key findings in relation to the requirements for Higher Education Institutions in taking diversification initiatives seriously in addition to the experiences of a selection of student teachers participating in diversification initiatives, both in their lectures and on school practicum. It presents an analysis of key moments in the student teacher education that cast light on the possibility for those student teachers to be authentically present in their chosen roles. The paper concludes with an overview of seven key principles which will support a more equitable, diverse and inclusive teaching profession. These principles include:
- building awareness and sensitivity among all teachers, school leaders, teacher educators, and policy-makers of the normative nature of school and teacher education cultures as a precondition for meaningful reflection and action to create more equitable and inclusive work environments for all teachers.
- Forging safe spaces in educational settings for authentic, respectful, and impactful dialogue in the pursuit of a diverse, equitable, and inclusive teaching profession.
- creating safe spaces in education for democratic participation and recognition that the development of inclusive schools is the responsibility of all educators, wherein all teachers, irrespective of their socio-demographic positionalities, need to be prepared for and consider it their responsibility to be effective teachers for all students (Ladson-Billings, 2004; Cochran-Smith, 2009) and supportive colleagues for all staff in schools.
References:
Abawi, Z., and Eizadirad, A. (2020) ‘Bias-free or biased hiring? Racialized teachers’ perspectives on educational hiring practices in Ontario, ‘Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, 193, 18-31.
Childs, R., Broad, K., Gallagher-Mackay, K., Sher, Y., Escayg, K.-A., and McGrath, C. (2011) ‘Pursuing equity in and through teacher education program admissions’, Education Policy Analysis Archives, 19(24), 1-22.
Cochran-Smith, M. (2009) ‘Toward a theory of teacher education for social justice’, in Hargreaves, A, Lieberman, A., Fullan, M., and Hopkins, D., eds., Second international handbook of educational change, Springer International Handbooks of Education, Vol 23, New York: Springer, 445–467.
Keane, E., Heinz, M., & Mc Daid, R. (Eds.). (2023). Diversifying the teaching profession: Dimensions, dilemmas and directions for the future, Routledge
Ingersoll, R., Merrill, E., Stuckey, D., Collins, G., and Harrison, B. (2021) ‘The demographic transformation of the teaching force in the United States’, Education Sciences, 11(5), 234, available: https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11050234
Ladson-Billings, G. (2004) ‘New directions in multicultural education: complexities, boundaries, and critical race theory’ in Banks, J. and Banks, C., eds., Handbook of research on multicultural education, 2nd ed., San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass, 50–65.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 05 SES 14 A: Situating and Dynamizing Life Courses: The Analysis of Young People’s Subjectivation Processes in Finland, Germany, and Italy (Panel Discussion) Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Jozef Zelinka Panel Discussion |
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Panel Discussion Situating and Dynamizing Life Courses: The Analysis of Young People’s Subjectivation Processes in Finland, Germany, and Italy 1University of Münster, Germany; 2University of Urbino Carlo Bo, Italy; 3University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:In the panel discussion, we focus on how temporal and spatial structures affect the life courses of young people, especially those in vulnerable and multi-disadvantaged positions, and their learning performances. Young people’s life courses unfold in various local/regional opportunity structures, which “frame the configuration of possibilities and constraints for thought and action” (Benasso et al., 2022, p. 28) and expand or hinder the access to and accessibility of education (Parreira do Amaral et al., 2015). Our aim is to open the debate on how time and space as selected aspects of these opportunity structures interfere with the life courses of young people and, in particular, with the processes of their subjectivation. To proceed with the idea and the organisation of the panel discussion, we first briefly conceptualise our core concepts. With regard to time, we depart from the observation that temporality, i.e., the sequence of life events, can be experienced differently by different groups of young people, e.g., as continuous, linear, but also as disruptive or fragmented reality (Hörschelmann, 2011). More specifically, time is inscribed and materialised in histories of (political, cultural, architectural, etc.) transformations that exercise impact over self-perception and identity of the subjects (Graves & Teulié, 2017) and their ability to imagine future. In reference to Doreen Massey, we conceptualise space as an interactive, heterogeneous, and open-ended construct of social and physical worlds, which can be modified, re-defined, contested and re-arranged in multiple, even, yet unknown ways (Massey, 2005). Finally, with the term subjectivation we refer to Michel Foucault (Foucault, 1988) and, in particular, to the notion of subjectivation as a form of self-conduct initiated and performed by the subjects themselves, rather than imposed on them by discursive structures (Bettinger, 2022). By looking at the interplay of spatial/temporal structures and the processes of subjectivation, we seek to explore how young people’s life courses and subjective biographies unfold within and across European regions. We are well aware that the dialogue between Life Course Research (LCR) and Subjectivation Analysis (SA) has its epistemic limits and pitfalls. For example, while LCR stresses the time-dependent linkage between social structure, institutions, and individual action (Heinz et al., 2009), the process of subjectivation is conceptualised as a discursive effect of unavoidable and constant attempts to define individual self-conduct (Peter et al., 2018), with no specific temporal horizon. Similar differences can be identified in relation to space. Nevertheless, we seek to enable the dialogue between these two research domains specifically in order to account for the less known aspects of young people’s life courses. To this end, in the panel we will present and compare findings from three European countries (Finland, Germany and Italy) using the data consisting of narrative biographical interviews with young people aged 18–29 years. The data were collected within an ongoing European research project Constructing Learning Outcomes in Europe: a multi-level analysis of (under)achievement in the life course (CLEAR) (2022-2025), which explores the factors that affect the quality of learning outcomes across European regions. In accordance with the conference’s theme, our panel contributes to the debates on how young people navigate their life courses through time (and space), especially during crises and modes of uncertainty. More pointedly, we aim to discuss how young Europeans, especially those facing multiple disadvantages, utilise their existing opportunities, how they perceive their learning performances, obtained skills and competencies, but also their ability to imagine their future(s). References Benasso, S., Cefalo, R., & Tikkanen, J. (2022). Landscapes of Lifelong Learning Policies Across Europe: Conceptual Lenses. In S. Benasso, D. Bouillet, T. Neves & M. Parreira do Amaral (Eds.) (2022), Landscapes of Lifelong Learning Policies across Europe. Comparative case studies (pp. 19-39). Palgrave Macmillan. Bettinger, P. (Ed.) (2022). Educational Perspectives on Mediality and Subjectivation. Discourse, Power and Analysis. Palgrave Macmillan. Foucault, M. (1988). Technologies of the self. In P. H. Hutton, H. Gutman & L. H. Martin (Eds.), Technologies of the self: A seminar with Michel Foucault (pp. 16–49). Tavistock. Graves, M., & Teulié, G. (2017). Histories of Space, Spaces of History – Introduction. E-rea, Revue Électronique D’Études sur le Monde Anglophone, 14(2). https://doi.org/10.4000/erea.5875 Heinz, W. R., Huinink, J., Swader, S. S., & Weymann, A. (2009). General Introduction. In W. R. Heinz, J. Huinink & A. Weymann (Eds.), The Life Course Reader. Individuals and Societies Across Time (pp. 15–30). Campus. Hörschelmann, K. (2011). Theorising life transitions: geographical perspectives. Area, 43(4), 378-383. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-4762.2011.01056.x Massey, D. (2005). For space. SAGE. Parreira do Amaral, M., Stauber, B., & Barberis, E. (2015). Access to and Accessibility of Education Throughout the Educational Trajectories of Youth in Europe. European Education, 47(1), S. 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2015.1001251 Peter, T., Alkemeyer, T., & Bröckling, U. (2018). Einführung. In T. Alkemeyer, U. Bröckling & T. Peter (Eds), Jenseits der Person. Zur Subjektivierung von Kollektiven [Beyond the Person. The Subjectivation of Collectives] (pp. 9–13). transcript. Chair Prof. Xavier Rambla, Xavier.Rambla@uab.cat, Autonomous University of Barcelona |
9:30 - 11:00 | 06 SES 14 A JS: Navigating Uncertainty in a (Post)Digital World: Open Learning Cultures and Resources for Teaching Sustainability in European Teacher Education Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Joanna Madalinska-Michalak Session Chair: Maria Kondratjuk Joint Symposium NW 06 and NW 30. Full details in NW 06, 06 SES 14 AJS |
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Symposium Navigating Uncertainty in a (Post)Digital World: Open Learning Cultures and Resources for Teaching Sustainability in European Teacher Education Increasingly rapid and disruptive technological and socio-ecological changes drive contemporary discussion about the uncertainties of our presents and futures, in society and education. In education, policy makers are responding with pedagogical concepts and frameworks. For example, both the OECD (Häggström & Schmidt, 2021; OECD, 2019) and the European Commission's ‘GreenComp’, include futures literacy. (Bianchi et al., 2022). Various megatrends drive uncertainty, e.g. pandemic, war, human catastrophes. Here, we focus on two inter-linked mega-trends, which raise questions of how we want to live in the present and future: 1) sustainable development and education for sustainable development (ESD); and 2) the rapid expansion of digital technologies. The negotiation of past, present and future has always been inscribed in pedagogy (Koller, 2020; Thompson, 2019). A struggle for futures comes to a head in pedagogical contexts such as education for sustainable development and media education, which have similarities in their premises and didactics (Grünberger, 2022; Rau & Rieckmann, 2023; Selwyn, 2023). A further commonality is the question of uncertain futures. This symposium explores aspects of uncertainty in a world characterised by digital technology, with regard to ESD in Europe, drawing on data and experience from Teacher Academy Project-Teaching Sustainability (TAP-TS). Our research and analysis is anchored in a shared theoretical basis in social-constructivism, and in particular critical-constructivist perspectives on social learning with a foundation - in the broadest sense - in critical theory. For this, we draw particularly on Habermas (2021) for insights into the normative foundations of critical theory, Fuchs (2020) for insights into criticality, capitalism and media study, Vienni-Baptista et al (2023) for communication in transdisciplinary work, and Gradinaru’s (2016) revisioning of Anderson on imagined community. The three papers presented here offer distinct and complementary perspectives on digital technology and ESD. The first, "Coping with Uncertainty in Education for Sustainable Development in a Digital World", discusses this question on a general level. PAPER 1 introduces the topic and leads on questions for educational practice and in school. The characteristics of transdisciplinary, open learning communities for strengthening and transforming education in times of uncertainty are analysed in PAPER 2 "Digital media and open learning communities for international sustainability teacher education". Our central focus is the question of how educators’ transdisciplinary relationships across boundaries of academic disciplines, institutions (pre- and in-service teacher education, primary and secondary schools, civil society), and nations, facilitated in part through digital media, have fostered improvements and even transformations in sustainability education. The specifics of "open educational resources'' and “open educational practices” (OPAL, 2011) are examined in PAPER 3. We emphasise in particular the power of critical reflection to prompt agency for sustainability and the status of TAP-TS LTPs as Open Educational Resources (OERs). We also discuss the LTP’s inherent 'beta nature' – all are work-in-progress and are offered as proposals rather than prescribed as ‘solutions’ to teachers and other educators taking part in TAP-TS events and activities. In this way we foreground the TAP-TS aim of enabling learners to participate more fully in a post-digital society. Following the three contributions, the discussant will formulate a critical view and moderate the discussion with symposium participants with a view to furthering analytical insights within and between papers. In the course of the discussion, a collaborative online pinboard will be used to secure the results, allowing all participants to comment. The results will be taken into account in the further development of the TAP-TS project and will help the project to navigate its way towards the planned goals. References Bianchi, G., et. al. (2022). GreenComp The European Sustainability Competence Framework. Grünberger, Nina. 2022. «Didaktische Überlegungen an der Nahtstelle von Nachhaltigkeit und Digitalität». Open Online Journal for Research and Education 2022: Nachhaltig bilden und Häggström, M., & Schmidt, C. (2021). Futures literacy—To belong, participate and act! An Educational perspective. Futures : The Journal of Policy, Planning and Futures Studies, 132, 1. Fuchs, C. (2020). Communication and capitalism: A critical theory (p. 406). University of Westminster Press Koller, H.-C. (2020). Grundbegriffe, Theorien und Methoden der Erziehungswissenschaft: Eine Einführung (9. Aufl.). Leineweber, C. (2022). Paradoxien im Digitalen – Zum Phänomen der Mensch-Maschine-Interaktion aus bildungstheoretischer Perspektive. In S. Gerlek, et al. (Hrsg.), Von Menschen und Maschinen—Mensch-Maschine-Interaktionen in digitalen Kulturen. OECD. (2019). Learning Compass 2030. A series of concept notes. OPAL. (2011). Beyond OER. Shifting Focus to Open Educational Practices. OPAL Report 2011. Rau, F., & Rieckmann, M. (2023). Bildung in einer Kultur der Nachhaltigkeit und Digitalität. In U. Hauck-Thum, et. al.(Hrsg.), Gerecht, digital, nachhaltig! Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven auf Lehr- und Lernprozesse in der digitalen Welt (Bde. 21–46). Schäfer, A. (2018). Kontingenz und Souveränität: Annäherungen an das Pädagogische. Vierteljahrsschrift für wissenschaftliche Pädagogik, 94(1), 113–132. Selwyn, N. (2023). Digital degrowth: Toward radically sustainable education technology. Thompson, C. (2019). Allgemeine Erziehungswissenschaft. Eine Einführung. United Nations. (1987). Our Common Future. Report of the World Commission on Environment and Development. Presentations of the Symposium Coping with Uncertainty in Education for Sustainable Development in a Digital World: a Theoretical Perspective
Much has been said in recent years about living in a world of uncertainty. In addition to wars and growing inequalities, we believe that two trends in particular play a central role for the question of future development and pedagogical approaches to that: firstly, the urgent question of sustainable development in our societies, as is discussed around the SDGs (United Nations, 2015) or the EU GreenComp-Competence Framework (Bianchi et al., 2022). And, secondly, the question of what ethical choices we need to make in the present regarding future digital technological developments (e.g. the development of Artificial Intelligence, Discriminating Data and the question of a global internet coverage) (e.g. Chun, 2021; Crawford, 2021; Weich & Macgilchrist, 2023). In addition to addressing these pressing issues, it is also difficult to adopt a decolonizing perspective that allows these central questions to be discussed from a global perspective (c.f. Moyo, 2018). This challenge is compounded when the issues are discussed with children, who are already involved in these future issues in terms of participation (Grünberger, 2023).
The proposed presentation explores the question of pedagogical guidelines for dealing with uncertainty, conflicts and paradoxes in the context of education for sustainable development and digitality. Central theoretical foundations can be found in the discourses of media education, media studies, political education, education for sustainable development and educational research with a decolonial perspective. The argumentation is based on these discourses. The presentation focuses on the relationship of learners and teachers while coping with uncertain topics. Also the presentation focuses on learning and teaching scenarios and materials in this context. This is not only a central question for media education and ESD but also a question of school development, because the handling of knowledge, time, space and roles in the school context has changed in recent years and continues to develop due to uncertainties. Teachers are no longer the guardians of scientifically legitimized knowledge; they are becoming learning companions and co-learners and co-researchers. Together with the learners, they navigate through divergent knowledge and collaboratively discuss the question of future developments in a digital era.
References:
Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera, M. (2022). GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework. Publications Office of the European Union.
Chun, W. H. K. (2021). Discriminating Data: Correlation, Neighborhoods, and the New Politics of Recognition. The MIT Press.
Crawford, K. (2021). Atlas of AI: Power, politics, and the planetary costs of artificial intelligence. Yale University Press.
Grünberger, N. (2023). Participation as a Key Principle of Education for Sustainable Development in the Postdigital Era. In A. Weich & F. Macgilchrist (Hrsg.), Postdigital Participation in Education (S. 13–34). Springer Nature Switzerland.
Moyo, L. (2018). Rethinking the information society. A decolonial and border gnosis of the digital divide in Africa and the Global South. In M. Ragnedda & G. W. Muschert (Hrsg.), Theorizing digital divides (S. 133–144). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.
United Nations. (2015). Sustainable Development Goals. United Nations Sustainable Development. https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sustainable-development-goals/
Weich, A., & Macgilchrist, F. (2023). Postdigital Participation in Education: An Introduction. In Postdigital Participation in Education: How Contemporary Media Constellations Shape Participation (pp. 1-10). Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland.
Open Learning Cultures? Digital Media and Transdisciplinary Communities of Practice in Sustainability Teacher Education
Sustainability education is vital for the urgent transition to more just and sustainable futures, but also an inherently complex, uncertain and challenging pedagogical proposition. This complexity is apparent in the 17 “integrated and inseparable” Sustainable Development Goals (UN, 2015); and in distinct and diverse narratives around sustainability and sustainability education in political, academic and popular discourses (Tikly, 2023). ‘Universal’ definitions and frameworks must be negotiated in relation to particular socio-ecological contexts (Brockwell et al, 2022). Moreover, as formal education is deeply implicated in socio-ecological crises (Orr, 2004), realising the potential of education for sustainability involves moving beyond ‘improvement’ to transformation of education (UNESCO, 2021).
Transdisciplinarity, which refers to approaches and processes which occur between, across and beyond traditional academic and social boundaries, including academic disciplines, but also professions, cultures, groups, fields of action, social worlds, nations, and media (Kondratjuk, 2023), is necessary for transformation in education (Mittelstraß, 2002). In this paper, we focus on transdisciplinarity in the context of the Erasmus + Teacher Academy Project –Teaching Sustainability (TAP-TS). The TAP-TS Consortium of 11 teacher education organisations, across 7 European countries, includes schools, universities, a government agency, an educational enterprise, and a civil society organisation. The project aims to foster social learning, including transformation, through transdisciplinary engagement across disciplinary, institutional and national boundaries. Digital technologies are both a thematic focus of TAP-TS, through the module ‘Sustainability and Digitality’ and a medium for transdisciplinary learning environments and interactions, for instance in the ‘Climate Crisis Resilience module.
TAP-TS aims to foster European educators’ competences for sustainability education through engagement with educational materials and in online, hybrid and face to face learning events as part of an international community of practice. Community of practice is a model of social learning which recognises the complexity and particularities of distinct pedagogical contexts (Wenger-Trayner et. al., 2020). As such TAP-TS brings educators with a shared commitment to sustainability education together, recognising that educators engage with and apply learning in relation to their contexts of practice (ibid.).
In this presentation, we describe various applications of digital technologies as part of TAP-TS; the extent to which these have enabled and limited social learning as part of our community of practice; and the ‘level of value’ achieved (ibid.). We draw on data from the project’s formative evaluation (KRE, 2023) that includes participant observation, document analysis, focus groups, and surveys.
References:
Brockwell, A.J.,et al. (2022) Designing indicators and assessment tools for SDG Target 4.7: a critique of the current approach and a proposal for an ’Inside-Out’ strategy, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education.
Kondratjuk, M., et., al. (2023) (Eds.). Transdisziplinarität in der Bildungsforschung. Perspektiven und Herausforderungen theoretischer, method(olog)ischer und empirischer Grenzgänge. Reihe Studien zur Schul- und Bildungsforschung (ZSB). Springer VS.
K and R Education (2023) Teacher Academy project Teaching Sustainability: Evaluation of year 1 activities.
Mittelstraß, J. (2002). Transdisciplinarity - New Structures in Science. In Max-Planck-Gesellschaft (ed.), Innovate Structure in Basic Research. (pp. 43-54).
Orr, D.W. (2004) Earth in Mind: On education, environment and the human prospect. Island Press.
Tikly, L. (2023) Decolonizing Education for Sustainable Futures: Some Conceptual Starting Points, in: Hutchinson, Y. et al. (eds) (2023) Decolonizing Education for Sustainable Futures. Bristol Studies in Comparative and International Education. Pp. 19-48.
UNESCO (2021) Reimagining our futures
together: a new social contract for education. International Commission on the Futures of Education
Wenger-Trayner, E. & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2020). Learning to make a difference. Value creation in social learning spaces. Cambridge University Press
Engaging Materials: Fostering Green Values and Sustainable Lifestyle Choices through Open Educational Resources
Educating towards more sustainable ways of living requires a considerable change in what is taught and how teachers are prepared and supported to meet this change. It involves exploring the ways “different values and lifestyle choices are related to sustainable practices” (Ilstedt et al., 2017) and matching emerging understandings to engaging learning materials and appropriate pedagogies.
The TAP-TS project engages substantively with this challenge at a European level. The project centres on designing, assembling, testing and validating Learning & Teaching Packages (LTPs) - sets of novel and innovative OERs that take as their start-points the EU GreenComp framework for teaching and learning for sustainability, and build towards reflective-engagements that foster values, agency, and informed life-choices. These LTPs explore how sustainability can be introduced at different educational levels and which pedagogical approaches, concepts, and educational resources could be appropriate (Rieckmann 2021). At their core is the idea of enhancing teacher agency through critical & agentic reflection (c.f. Leijen et al 2020; Papenfuss et al 2019; Lunt 2020). TAP-TS engagements (co-production, piloting and use of LTPs) rest on a vision of professional learning based in a model that is ‘deeply reflective’ (Cavadas et al 2023; Goodwin et al 2023) and ‘values-led’ (Purdy et al 2023).
This paper presents the TAP-TS experience of designing and building opportunities for this systematic, reflective teacher learning. We describe in detail our work and the centrality of EU GreenComp (Bianchi et al 2022) to fostering agency through critical reflective engagement. We outline the TAP-TS Roadmap for planning deeply reflective learning experiences within project activities (involving resources, materials, and approaches). We also describe the TAP-TS ‘MaRIA’ framework being developed to guide Follow-Up activities that engage critically with TAP-TS LTPs.
In this way, we hope to initiate a conversation among the European teacher education community around values-led, teachers’ reflective learning and how this can be catalysed through criticality regarding educating for sustainability and just transition. The presentation emphasises particularly TAP-TS work to prompt critical agency, and the status of TAP-TS LTPs as Open Educational Resources (OERs) with their inherent 'beta nature' – all are work-in-progress and are offered as proposals for joint explorations rather than as ‘solutions’ to teachers and other educators from across Europe taking part in TAP-TS events. In all this TAP-TS works towards enabling learners and teachers to participate more fully in a post-digital society.
References:
Goodwin, A. L., Madalińska-Michalak, J., & Flores, M. (2023). Rethinking teacher education in/for challenging times: reconciling enduring tensions, imagining new possibilities. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(5) 1-16.
Ilstedt, S., Eriksson, E. & Hesselgren, M.I.A. (2017). Sustainable lifestyles: How values affect sustainable practises. Nordes 2017 (7): DESIGN+POWER
Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., & Lepp, L. (2020). Teacher agency following the ecological model: How it is achieved and how it could be strengthened by different types of reflection. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(3), 295-310.
Lunt, P. (2020). Practicing media—Mediating practice| beyond Bourdieu: The interactionist foundations of media practice theory. International Journal of Communication, 14, 18.
Papenfuss, J., Merritt, E., Manuel-Navarrete, D., Cloutier, S., & Eckard, B. (2019). Interacting pedagogies: A review and framework for sustainability education. Journal of Sustainability Education, 20(4), 1-19.
Purdy, N., Hall, K., Khanolainen, D., & Galvin, C. (2023). Reframing teacher education around inclusion, equity, and social justice: towards an authentically value-centred approach to teacher education in Europe. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(5), 755-771.
Rieckmann, M. (2021). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. Ziele, didaktische Prinzipien und Methoden. In: Demmler, Kathrin/Schorb, Bernd (Hrsg.): Medienbildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. Kopaed-Verlag, S. 12-19.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 07 SES 14 A: In/exclusion, Migration and Sustainability (Joint Special Call NW 04, 07, 30): Co-created Education through Social Inclusion: Upscaling Inclusive Practices and Developing Policies to Promote Social Inclusion and Social Justice in Europe Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Vibeke Krane Session Chair: Vibeke Krane Symposium |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium Co-created Education through Social Inclusion: Upscaling Inclusive Practices and Developing Policies to Promote Social Inclusion and Social Justice in Europe From the perspective of social (in)equalities and social justice in education, forced migration unprecedentedly challenges education systems to pedagogically and politically manage the growing diversity stemming from cultural and social groups' experiences. By bringing together research on inclusive education, this proposal stems from the previous symposium held in Glasgow focusing on the activities of the Erasmus+ KAIII (621365-EPP-1-2020-1-NO-EPPKA3-IPI-SOC-IN) project “Co-created Education through Social Inclusion” (COSI.ed). Considering the different ways of managing marginalised and disadvantaged groups suffering the disproportional impact of negative outcomes, the COSI.ed project sought to develop a co-created education model in which educational staff and students from underprivileged backgrounds collaborate to share their perspectives on learning experiences, develop knowledge and skills, remove learning barriers, and improve educational experiences and pathways. The indirect approach, the equality literacy (Moshuus & Eide; 2016; Stuart et.al 2019) and the co-creation methodologies were incorporated into the model, which was tested and improved in educational settings in Denmark, Norway, Poland, Portugal, and Spain. This proposal of symposium aims thus at discussing the development of policies and practices oriented towards social inclusion based on the upscaling of a co-created model for achieving social inclusion in European countries with diverse contextual characteristics while emphasising the outcomes of the various education professionals' promising practices. To this end, the contributions to this symposium will show how the experiences and results of COSI.ed can be sustained in the future while supporting educational and youth policies at several levels, including local, regional, national, and European. The symposium starts by analysing the process of enacting social inclusion policies and follows by identifying promising practices, and the conditions within which they were developed to explore policy recommendations at regional and European levels. The ambition is to portray a meta-analysis of policy outcomes associated with social justice and intercultural education. The second contribution discusses the impact of current educational policies on the cognitive, emotional, and social development of young people at risk. The presentation aims to highlight the need for collaborative efforts in implementing inclusive education and social inclusion policies while introducing a conceptual, scientific model developed within the Co-created Education through Social Inclusion project, implemented in five European countries. The COSI.ed model maintains continuity in theoretical and methodological approaches, evolving through implementation in diverse contexts. Despite common assumptions from the MAcE project, the model undergoes changes and adaptations in different regions, leading to five regional/national working models and one European COSI.ed model. The co-creation process is refined through desk research, data analysis, national models examination, and interviews with practitioners and young people, with a focus on humanising methodology. The third contribution underscores the pressing need for adaptations in European educational policies to address the challenges faced by institutions in qualifying, developing, and supporting diverse cultural and social groups, often marginalized or from disadvantaged backgrounds. The presentation identifies how in the development of the project promising practices are translated into policy recommendations, involving diverse stakeholders. The paper summarises the collaborative processes, identifies key policy recommendations from the voices of youth and professionals, and discusses their potential transferability to different contexts and regional practices. References Moshuus, G. H., & Eide, K. (2016). The Indirect Approach: How to Discover Context When Studying Marginal Youth. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 15(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406916656193 Stuart, K., Bunting, M., Boyd, P., Cammack, P., Hornbæk Frostholm, P., Thore Graveson, D., Moshuus, G. Walker, S. (2019). Developing an Equalities Literacy for Practitioners Working with Children, Young People and Families through Action Research. Educational Action Research, 28(3), 362-382 Presentations of the Symposium Educational Policies for Social Inclusion: What is in Place and What Contributions from the Co-Created Education through Social Inclusion
The Co-created Education through Social Inclusion (COSI.ed) project, funded by Erasmus+ (621365-EPP-1-2020-1-NO-EPPKA3-IPI-SOC-IN), aimed to change educational practices by developing a co-created education model. This model engaged educational staff and students from underprivileged backgrounds in collaborative efforts to share perspectives, develop knowledge and skills, eliminate learning barriers, and enhance educational pathways. The COSI.ed model, incorporating an indirect approach and co-creation methodologies, underwent testing and refinement in educational settings across Denmark, Norway, Poland, Portugal, and Spain.
This paper emerges from an analysis of how regional education and youth policies align with and diverge from the goals outlined in the Council Recommendation on promoting common values, social inclusion, inclusive education, and the European dimension of the teaching of the Paris Declaration. Adopting the Policy Cycle Approach (Bowe, Ball & Gold, 1992; Ball, 1994), the policy process is seen as a series of interconnected actions occurring within specific interest group-dominated arenas at transnational, national, and local levels. The theoretical-methodological approach, includes the context of influence, the context of text production, and the context of influence, while emphasising micropolitical processes and the role of actors at the local level, including professors, support staff, and school communities. Guided by the research question, "What are the ideas and organizations supporting educational policies for social inclusion?" this paper provides a comprehensive exploration of the dynamic landscape of educational policies for social inclusion, shedding light on the ideas and organisations that shape and influence these policies across different levels of governance.
References:
Ball, S. (1994). Education reform: A critical and post-structural approach. McGraw-Hill Education (UK).
Bowe, R., Ball, S. J., & Gold, A. (1992). Reforming education & changing schools: Case studies in policy sociology. London: Routledge.
COSI.ed Model of Co-created Education through Social Inclusion - Development and Application to the Practice in Diverse Contexts
Current educational policies regarding inclusive approaches have a huge impact on cognitive, emotional and social development, as well as on the social integration of young people at risk (Gordon-Gould & Hornby, 2023). Our study aims to illuminate the emerging need for collaborative working to implement models for a more inclusive perspective on education and social inclusion policy. We demonstrate a conceptual, scientific model, as well as the process of its development, illustrating useful practice in working with young people at risk of social exclusion, created and implemented in five European countries within the Co-created Education through Social Inclusion project.
Among the various ways of acquiring knowledge, models and scientific modelling activities are particularly important (Potochnik, 2017). A scientific model aims to represent empirical objects, physical phenomena, and processes in a logical and objective manner. They “attempt to reduce the world to a fundamental set of elements and laws and on this basis, they hope to better understand and predict key aspects of the world” (Borner et al. 2012, 3). Model is not only a reflection of reality, but also grounds for action, or a stimulus for discussion. Model design usually involves the formulation of a scientific hypothesis or the identification of a particular structure or dynamic. Often the hypothesis is grounded in an analysis of empirical data (Borner et al., 2012). Harré (2004) notes that models can complement theories by providing mechanisms for processes that are left unspecified even though they are responsible for bringing about the described phenomena.
The COSI.ed model is qualitative, inductive and uses verbal and graphical description to represent the findings from the bottom-up approach. This starts from observations followed by the identification of patterns and factors, which leads to the generation of conclusions (Borner et al., 2012).
The COSI.ed model is characterised by a continuity of theoretical and methodological approaches. Despite it was built on the common assumptions and concepts from the MAcE project, in the process of its implementation in different and highly heterogeneous contexts, common assumptions have been subjected to different processes - changes in perception, understanding, re-signification, repositioning of elements and redefining interrelationship. This led to five regional/national working models, based on which one European COSI.ed model was developed. Drawing on desk research, data, national models analysis and interviews with practitioners and young people, we refine the co-creation process by embedding it in the tenets of humanising methodology (Reyes et al. 2021).
References:
Borner, Katy & Boyack, Kevin & Milojevic, Stasa & Morris, Steven. (2012). An Introduction to Modeling Science: Basic Model Types, Key Definitions, and a General Framework for the Comparison of Process Models. 10.1007/978-3-642-23068-4_1.
Downes, S. M. (2020). Models and modeling in the sciences: A philosophical introduction. Routledge.
Gordon-Gould, P., & Hornby, G. (2023). Inclusive education at the crossroads: exploring effective special needs provision in global contexts. Routledge, London.
Harré, R. (2004). Modeling: Gateway to the Unknown (Studies in Multidisciplinarity 1), ed. D. Rothbart, Amsterdam etc.: Elsevier.
Potochnik, A. (2007), “Optimality Modeling and Explanatory Generality”, Philosophy of Science, 74(5): 680–691.
Reyes, C. C., Haines, S. J., & Clark, K. (2021). Humanizing methodologies in educational research: Centering non-dominant communities. Teachers College Press.
Rogers, K. (2023, November 17). Scientific modeling. Encyclopedia Britannica. https://www.britannica.com/science/scientific-modeling
Policy Recommendations for Promising Practices: Translating Voices from the Cosi.ed Project on How to Foster Educational Inclusion for Social Justice
Within the rapidly evolving European landscape, the urgency for adaptations in educational policies is accentuated by the daily challenges faced by educational institutions in facilitating the qualification, development and support of increasingly diverse cultural and social groups, often marginalised or from disadvantaged backgrounds. Despite continuous innovation and modifications in pedagogical practices motivated by the inclusive education movement for social justice, the translation of such principles to educational policies that facilitate the dissemination of successful or promising practices across diverse contexts is frequently disturbed by neoliberal logics and systemic inequalities (e.g. school competition, standardized curricula, managerial control) that underlie educational systems (Mikelatou, & Arvanitis, 2023). Ainscow (2020) highlights how promoting inclusion and equity through educational policies and practices is highly connected with processes of social learning in particular contexts. To achieve this, the author suggests an inquiry framework for inclusive education, which emphasises teacher-student dialogues about teaching and learning, as well as wider discussions about what inclusion and equity mean for different actors.
Dialogue and social learning have been chief aspects of the experience practices in the COSI.ed international project when engaging young people, researchers, teachers and other education professionals, as well as actors from management and policy-making sectors in collaborative practices. The co-creation approaches used in the implemented and monitored practices of the indirect approach (Moshuus, & Eide, 2016), the collaborative competence groups (Krane, & Klevan, 2019) and the equality literacy framework (Stuart et al., 2019), which embody the COSI.ed model (as described in the previous paper) align with the emerging trend towards more collaborative and participatory processes in the design of policy recommendations and policy-making (e.g. Goulart, & Falanga, 2022). Therefore, the project team initiated a collaborative process to translate the identified promising practices into policy recommendations for a wide audience of policymakers and practitioners at different levels. This ensured that the recommendations reflected the diverse voices of the project.
The paper summarises the collaborative processes used to design and upscale promising practices for policy recommendations of co-created education for social inclusion. This paper also identifies the main policy recommendations that emerged during the design process, highlighting the voices of youth and professionals. The recommendations are discussed in terms of their potential transferability to other contexts, as well as their specific regional practices.
References:
Ainscow, Mel (2020) Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7-16, DOI: 10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587
Goulart, P., Falanga, R. Co-production and Voice in Policymaking: Participatory Processes in the European Periphery (2022). The European Journal of Development Research, 34, 1735–1744 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1057/s41287-022-00551-z
Krane, V., & Klevan, T. (2019) There are three of us: parents’ experiences of the importance of teacher-student relationships and parental involvement in upper secondary school, International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, 24:1, 74-84, DOI: 10.1080/02673843.2018.1464482
Mikelatou, A., & Arvanitis, E. (2023) Pluralistic and equitable education in the neoliberal era: paradoxes and contradictions, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 27(14), 1611-1626, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2021.1904018
Moshuus, G. H., & Eide, K. (2016). The Indirect Approach: How to Discover Context When Studying Marginal Youth. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 15(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406916656193
Stuart, K., Bunting, M., Boyd, P., Cammack, P., Hornbæk Frostholm, P., Thore Graveson, D., Moshuus, G. Walker, S. (2019). Developing an Equalities Literacy for Practitioners Working with Children, Young People and Families through Action Research. Educational Action Research, 28(3), 362-382
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 07 SES 14 B: Mapping the Hidden Journey: Hope, Vulnerabilities, and Uncertainties in Participatory (Action) Research Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ines Alves Panel Discussion |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Panel Discussion Mapping the Hidden Journey: Hope, Vulnerabilities, and Uncertainties in Participatory (Action) Research 1Vytautas Magnus University; 2University of Vienna; 3University of Glasgow Presenting Author:The purpose of methodology in social research is to be able to understand research methods and their reasoning. The word method comes from the Greek: meta ta hodos, “to follow a path”. While in empirical social research the path was usually thought out and planned before the start of a journey, Participatory Action Research (PAR) cannot plan this path in advance, because the purpose of PAR is to find ways collectively in the double hope that the path was feasible in terms of the research, but above all that this path can initiate the desired change through the research. While after the years of 1968 the focus of the research communities was on changing the world, the focus was on the word ‘Action’. So questions like, how to change the world as social scientists or what role social scientists play in changing the world. The new uprising of the last decade of the then so called action research (Lewin, 1946) placed the focus on the participation of non-academics in academic research (Lenette, 2022). Questions, like whose knowledge is present at the universities, who has a role in picking or producing knowledge in academia, came up front. The panelists came together in last years ECER events around a shared interest in such questions around PAR and social inequalities and continued to exchange afterwards. This panel is hence a collaborative reflection of different dimensions of participatory research as an articulated need for an alternative way to do research on co-creating a process with groups in participatory research while we manoeuvre academic demands- a part of the research journey which is not usually shown in conferences. We hope to display this juggling of priorities that we do as academics, area experts, teachers and/or students while we navigate societal/ institutional hierarchy, power relations, expectations, and unwritten rules. Through perspectives of different research projects across Europe, all of us are tracing considerations in those processes - not just the conscious decision but also making sense of influences, positionalities, localities, etc. At the same time, we seek that our reflections can resonate with the audience's experience, contributing to unravelling their hidden journey as researchers. Constanza Cárdenas Alarcón will develop the idea of uncertainty and vulnerability as a researcher in her study about inclusive curriculum made by teachers in Chile. How do we comply with the plan before you have a plan? As Lingyi Chu's narrative research on cross-cultural youths’ transitional care leans onto the community as co-researchers, she questions how space, context, and identity play together in shaping her intercorporeality over her status of a shifting “in-out-sider” (Zhao, 2017)”. An ongoing concern: How does the researcher being a visible minority influence multicultural encountering when researching identity and belonging matters in a homogeneous context? As Jacqueline Hackl uses Collective Memory Work (Haug 2000) - a hegemony critical research, education and political method using memory scenes to work on transformatory possibilities in a collective - when researching discrimination experiences in education, she reflects on how her methodological/methodical choices and considerations are linked to her positionality. One question that follows: How can we widen or intervene in what is possible with(in) educational research? Michael Doblmair seeks opportunities for participation of co-researchers in research collaboration in political struggles. As an activist researcher (Ulrich 2019) he addresses the notion ‘Action’ in his PAR. He will focus on grouping processes in Action Research. As in voluntary political activities groups are seldomly consistent, we constantly have to ask: How can we achieve participation, continuity and consens in constantly changing groups? References Haug, F. (2000). Sexualization of the female body. Verso. Lenette, C. (2022). Participatory Action Research. Oxford University Press. Lewin, K. (1946). Action Research and Minority Problems. Journal of Social Issues, 2, 34-46. Ullrich, P. (2019). Protestforschung zwischen allen Stühlen. Ein Versuch über die Sozialfigur des “Protestforschers”. Forschungsjournal Soziale Bewegungen. 32.Jahrgang, Heft 1. 29-40. Zhao, Y. (2017). Doing fieldwork the Chinese way: A returning researcher's insider/outsider status in her home town. Area, 49(2), 185–191. https://doi.org/10.1111/area.12314. Chair Ines Alves, University of Glasgow, Ines.Alves@glasgow.ac.uk |
9:30 - 11:00 | 09 SES 14 A: Exploring Factors Influencing Teaching Quality and Student Learning Outcomes Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Charalambos Charalambous Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Comparing the Predictive Validity of Ratings on Opportunity and Use of Cognitive Activation: Does the Source of Information Matter? University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Teaching quality has been empirically shown to be a key predictor of student learning (Stronge, 2013). In studying teaching quality, teaching effectiveness researchers have for years focused on the opportunities provided to students for learning, as these are crafted through teacher-student and student-student interactions with the content. Yet, following Fend’s (1981) distinction between opportunity and use and more recent work in the German-speaking countries on this issue (cf. Vieluf et al., 2020), teaching effectiveness researchers worldwide have started to more increasingly attend to not only the opportunities created for student learning, but also to how students make use of these opportunities, on the grounds that the former without the latter can only partially explain student learning. Of particular interest in this line of research are the opportunities provided for student cognitive activation, often identified as the potential for cognitive activation, and students’ use of these opportunities, often identified as cognitive activity (Groß-Mlynek et al., 2022; Rieser & Decristan, 2023). This heightened interest in cognitive activation is justified both because of empirical findings corroborating its role for students’ cognitive and affective learning (e.g., Lazarides & Buchholz, 2019), but also due to studies showing cognitively activating teaching to be highly needed worldwide (cf. OECD, 2020). Despite this increased interest, our review of the literature showed that in most extant studies scholarly attention has mostly been directed to the potential for cognitive activation without also exploring students’ cognitive activity. Only three studies concurrently attended to and measured both the opportunity and use for cognitive activation in relation to student learning (Lipowsky et al., 2009; Merk et al., 2021; Rieser & Decristan, 2023). These studies, however, differ not only in reporting mixed findings, but also in their methodological design: whereas the former two employed expert classroom observers’ ratings to capture the potential for cognitive activation and student ratings to capture cognitive activity, the latter utilized student ratings to measure both. Concurrently attending to different sources of information (e.g., expert classroom observers and students) is, however, critical, given scholarly calls (e.g., Fauth et al., 2020) to more systematically examine how the source of information contributes to the predictive validity of the teaching quality measures employed. The scarcity of studies that concurrently attend to the predictive validity of opportunity and use (in cognitive activation); the mixed findings of these studies; and the fact that none of them concurrently used different sources of information to capture the opportunity for cognitive activation—note that the use of opportunities is typically captured only through student ratings—raise two questions: - How does the predictive validity of ratings on the opportunity for cognitive activation compare with that of ratings on the use of cognitive activation? - Does this differ when different sources of information (expert classroom observers vs. students) are employed to capture the opportunity for cognitive activation? Addressing these questions can have important methodological implications for measuring aspects of teaching quality in more optimal ways, but also practical implications for teachers’ formative evaluation. However, to more adequately answer these questions, and especially the second one, attention needs to be paid to ensuring that the measures of the different sources obtained are aligned in the sense of tapping into similar—and if possible identical—aspects of teaching quality. Doing so becomes particularly important, given that our review of the literature showed only a few studies comparing aligned measures of teaching quality from different sources (e.g., van der Scheer et al., 2018)—and even in those cases, not with respect to the issue of their predictive validity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample and measures. A sample of 31 elementary school teachers and their sixth-grade students (n=542) participated in the study. For comparability purposes, all participating teachers were observed teaching the same three algebra lessons. Students’ algebra performance before and after these lessons was measured through a validated mathematics test (Authors, 2019). We measured the potential for cognitive activation in two ways: (a) Expert observer ratings: The 93 lessons were coded by three expert raters trained and certified for this purpose; the raters first rated these lessons individually and then met in pairs to discuss and reconcile their scores. For this study, we utilized the raters’ reconciled scores on the Common Core-Aligned Student Practices of the Mathematical Quality of Instruction (cf. Charalambous & Litke, 2018) framework, which capture the opportunities provided to students for cognitive activation through working on challenging tasks, providing explanations, and engaging in reasoning. (b) Student ratings: Drawing on prior work (e.g., Fauth et al., 2014), we used 8 survey items capturing students’ perceptions of how frequently their teacher gave them opportunities to engage in cognitively activating teaching (e.g., through handling different solutions, providing explanations, or working on complex tasks/new content). Student ratings were aggregated to the classroom level to reflect the class’ overall perception of the opportunities provided. Four items were utilized to measure student cognitive activity, drawing on existing scales (e.g., Merk et al., 2021). Unlike for the potential of cognitive activation, we used student ratings at the individual rather than the classroom level, given that they were taken to reflect students’ individual self-perceptions of how they themselves experienced to be cognitively challenged. We also administered a validated survey (Kyriakides et al., 2019) measuring students’ SES, gender, and ethnicity. Finally, we collected information on teachers’ gender, years or experience, and education credentials. Analyses. Two-level (students nested within teachers) multilevel modeling analysis was utilized with students’ performance at the culmination of algebra teaching as the dependent variable. After controlling for student and teacher background characteristics as well as students initial algebra performance, we introduced observer and student ratings on cognitive activation (first in isolation and then in combinations). We ran these analyses twice, first for the ratings as composites, and then for individual items (those that were aligned in content). In comparing the predictive validity of the examined predictors, we considered both their statistical significance and the percentage of the unexplained variance explained. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For the composites, both the potential for cognitive activity (opportunity) and cognitive activity (use) were predictive of student learning, regardless of how they were measured. When introduced in isolation to the model, each significantly contributed to student learning. For opportunity, classroom expert ratings explained a much higher percentage of the unexplained variance (4.20% total, all at the teacher level, explaining about 70% of the unexplained variance at that level) compared to that explained by student ratings (1% total, all at the teacher level, explaining 16% of the unexplained variance at that level). Compared to student opportunity ratings, student use ratings explained a slightly higher percentage of the total variance (1.5% total, corresponding to about 7% and 5% of the unexplained variance at the teacher and student level, correspondingly). When all three ratings were introduced, student opportunity ratings were no longer significant. Interestingly, the combination of expert ratings on opportunity and student ratings on use explained the highest percentage of the unexplained variance of all the models considered (5.30% total, explaining 70% and 3% of the unexplained variance at teacher and student level correspondingly). When comparing the aligned survey and MQI items (e.g., providing explanations; working on challenging tasks/new content), we noticed that whereas in all cases, the expert observer ratings had a significant contribution to student learning, student ratings did have such a consistent contribution (and also explained a smaller percentage of the unexplained variance). Collectively, these findings underline the value of concurrently attending to both opportunity and use. They also suggest that classroom observer ratings might have more predictive validity than student ratings when it comes to the opportunities provided to students for cognitive activation. Future replication studies with a different student population on a different subject are, however, needed to test the veracity of these arguments. References Authors (2019). [Blinded for peer-review purposes]. Charalambous, C. Y., & Litke, E. (2018). Studying instructional quality by using a content-specific lens: The case of the Mathematical Quality of Instruction framework. ZDM, 50(3), 445–460. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0913-9 Fauth, B., Decristan, J., Rieser, S., Klieme, E., & Büttner, G. (2014). Student ratings of teaching quality in primary school: Dimensions and prediction of student outcomes. Learning and Instruction, 29, 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2013.07.001 Fauth, B., Göllner, R., Lenske, G., Praetorius, A.-K. & Wagner, W. (2020). Who sees what? Conceptual considerations on the measurement of teaching quality from different perspectives. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 66, 63–80. https://doi.org/10.15496/pub likation-41013 Fend, H. (1981). Theorie der schule. Urban & Schwarzenberg. Groß-Mlynek, L., Graf, T., Harring, M., Gabriel-Busse, K., & Feldhoff, T. (2022). Cognitive activation in a close-up view: Triggers of high cognitive activity in students during group work phases. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.873340 Kyriakides, L., Charalambous, E., Creemers, H. P. M. B., & Dimosthenous, A. (2019). Improving quality and equity in schools in socially disadvantaged areas. Educational Research, 61(3), 274–301. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1642121 Lazarides, R., & Buchholz, J. (2019). Student-perceived teaching quality: How is it related to different achievement emotions in mathematics classrooms? Learning and Instruction, 61, 45–59. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2019.01.001 Lipowsky, F., Rakoczy, K., Pauli, C., Drollinger-Vetter, B., Klieme, E., & Reusser, K. (2009). Quality of geometry instruction and its short-term impact on students’ understanding of the pythagorean theorem. Learning and Instruction, 19(6), 527–537. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2008.11.001 Merk, S., Batzel-Kremer, A., Bohl, T., Kleinknecht, M., & Leuders, T. (2021). Nutzung und wirkung eines kognitiv aktivierenden unterrichts bei nicht-gymnasialen schülerinnen und schülern. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 49(3), 467–487. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42010-021-00101-2 OECD. (2020). Global teaching in sights: A video study of teaching. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/20d6f36b-en Rieser, S., & Decristan, J. (2023). Kognitive aktivierung in befragungen von schülerinnen und schülern. Zeitschrift Für Pädagogische Psychologie, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1024/1010-0652/a000359 Stronge, J. (2013). Effective teachers = student achievement: What the research says. Routledge. van der Scheer, E. A., Bijlsma, H. J. E., & Glas, C. A. W. (2018). Validity and reliability of student perceptions of teaching quality in primary education. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 30(1), 30–50. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2018.1539015 Vieluf, S., Praetorius, A., Rakoczy, K., Kleinknecht, M., & Pietsch, M. (2020). Angebots-nutzungs-modelle der wirkweise des unterrichts: Ein kritischer vergleich verschiedener modellvarianten. Z. Pädagog. 66, 63–80. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25864 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Effects of Presentation Order on the Reliability of Classroom Observations of Teaching Quality in Norwegian Mathematics and Science Lessons University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:Teaching quality has been researched extensively in the past years with a high number of empirical studies in educational sciences and psychology. To better understand how learning develops in the classroom, scholars are concerned with the reliable and valid measurement of teaching quality. In doing so, Helmke (2012) considers classroom observation as the “gold standard” amongst other ways of capturing teaching quality (e.g., student ratings in large-scale assessment) because of its direct assessment of teaching practices. However, classroom observation also draws on resources and can be prone to many sources of measurement error. Therefore, when performing classroom observation for any purpose (i.e., research, practical, policy) it is important to consider how to allocate (limited) resources such that high score reliability and valid conclusions about teaching quality are ensured. Studies suggests that changing the presentation order of lesson segments could particularly affect score reliability (e.g., Mashburn et al., 2014). For instance, using the generic CLASS-Secondary observation system (Pianta et al., 2008), Mashburn et al. (2014) found that 20-minute lesson segments presented in a random order to raters achieved the best combination of reliability and predictive validity. In the present study, we used a different, hybrid observation system (i.e., comprising both generic and subject-specific aspects of teaching quality, Charalambous & Praetorius, 2018) that was first developed to capture teaching quality in German secondary mathematics classrooms, and that draws on the Three Basic Dimensions of teaching quality (classroom management, student support, and (potential for) cognitive activation, e.g., Klieme et al., 2009). The three basic dimensions have been shown to positively relate to students’ achievement in mathematics classrooms across several studies and various operationalizations (e.g., Baumert et al., 2010; for an overview see Praetorius et al., 2018). Classroom management refers to teachers’ procedures and strategies that enable efficient use of time (time on task), as well as behavioral management (Kounin, 1970). Student support draws on self-determination theory (Deci & Ryan, 1985) and aims at both motivational and emotional support, as well as individualization and differentiation. Cognitive activation, finally, addresses opportunities for "high-order thinking" from a socio-constructivist perspective on teaching and learning (e.g., problem solving, Mayer, 2004). Empirical evidence suggests that generic and subject-specific measures of teaching quality generate moderately correlated, but still unique information about classrooms (Kane & Staiger, 2012). Evaluating this finding, Charalambous and Praetorius (2018) conclude that subject-specific and generic measures together could explain more variance in student learning in mathematics than generic measures alone. Since subject-specificity might be considered a continuum rather than a binary characteristic, they argue that it could be meaningful for scholars to develop hybrid frameworks of teaching quality, which take both perspectives into account (i.e., generic and subject-specific, see also Charalambous & Praetorius, 2018). The purpose of the present study is twofold: First, we aim at investigating the effect of presentation order on score reliability in two subjects. Second, we explore an optimal design for the implementation of our observation system in terms of score reliability. Towards this end, we assigned four trained raters to rate videotaped Norwegian mathematics and science lessons either in sequential 20-minute segments, or two nonsequential 20-minute segments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data was obtained from schools from the Oslo metropolitan area in Norway, with teachers conveniently participating in the study. In total, 15 classrooms were sampled, and from each classroom one through six lessons are available that were videotaped over the course of several weeks. The length of the lessons varied between 24 and 106 minutes, and they were cut into 20-minute segments for analysis. For the purpose of this study, two segments from every mathematics classroom and two segments from every science classroom were analyzed, and the segments were scored under both study conditions (i.e., sequential and nonsequential). We applied the observation system from the Teacher Education and Development Study–Instruct (TEDS-Instruct, e.g., Schlesinger et al., 2018). Consequently, the framework and corresponding instrument involved four teaching quality dimensions with four to six items each that also used different indicators for mathematics and science classrooms. Raters were trained extensively over the course of one week by studying the rating manual, conducting video observations, and discussing the results with master raters. However, no benchmarks were applied. All raters were student teachers in mathematics and science programs, and they were at least in their fourth year. To analyze the effect of presentation order on score reliability, we designed our study as follows. For each lesson, we randomly assigned one rater to the sequential condition. The rater would then score both segments of this lesson. This condition is referred to as the static condition. At the same time, two different raters were assigned to the nonsequential condition. We had these raters randomly score either the first or the second segment of a lesson. This we refer to as the switching condition. Using this experimental design, raters were balanced across subjects and conditions. Since in this study we only analyzed one lesson for each teacher-subject combination, raters would not score the same teacher or classroom twice within the same condition or subject. However, there was a chance that raters could encounter the same teacher in a different subject. We applied Generalizability theory (GT, Cronbach et al., 1972) to estimate measurement error and reliability in our study. GT was developed specifically for complex measurement situations with many potential sources of error, such as classrooms, lessons, or raters. GT makes use of the linear mixed model to estimate variance components for each measurement facet of interest (G Study). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results show that, overall, presentation order had little impact on score reliability. In more detail, score reliability was high for science lessons in both conditions, and acceptable for two out of four teaching quality dimensions in mathematics with slightly better results for the static condition. A low share of lesson variance and a relatively high share of within-lesson variation was found for cognitive activation. Correlation analysis and mean comparisons revealed no meaningful differences between conditions. Our results could be depended on the fact that we only sampled one lesson per classroom. Other studies show that particularly subject-specific aspects of teaching quality vary severely over time (e.g., Praetorius et al., 2014). However, we did not encounter similar issues in science classrooms, which suggests that (1) teaching quality in science and mathematics lessons varies on different time scales, (2) the observation system functions differently in mathematics and science lessons, or (3) raters have applied the measure differently between subjects. References Baumert, J., Kunter, M., Blum, W., Brunner, M., Voss, T., Jordan, A., . . . Tsai, Y.-M. (2010). Teachers' mathematical knowledge, cognitive activation in the classroom, and sudent progress. American Educational Research Journal, 47(1), 133–180. Charalambous, C., & Praetorius, A.-K. (2018). Studying Instructional Quality in Mathematics through Different Lenses: In Search of Common Ground. ZDM Mathematics Education, 50, 535-553. Cronbach, L. J., Glaser, G. C., Nanda, H., & Rajaratnam, N. (1972). The dependability of behavioral measurements: Theory of generalizability for scores and profiles. John Wiley. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1985). Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. Perspectives in social psychology. Plenum. Helmke, A. (2012). Unterrichtsqualität und Lehrerprofessionalität: Diagnose, Evaluation und Verbesserung des Unterrichts. Klett-Kallmeyer. Kane, T. J., & Staiger, D. O. (2012). Gathering feedback for teaching: Combining high-quality observations with student surveys and achievement gains. Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. Klieme, E., Lipowsky, F., Rakoczy, K., & Ratzka, N. (2006). Qualitätsdimensionen und Wirksamkeit von Mathematikunterricht: Theoretische Grundlagen und ausgewählte Ergebnisse des Projekts "Pythagoras". In M. Prenzel & L. Allolio-Näcke (Eds.), Untersuchungen zur Bildungsqualität von Schule. Abschlussbericht des DFG-Schwerpunktprogramms (pp. 127-146). Waxmann. Kounin, J. S. (1970). Discipline and group management in classrooms. Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Mashburn, A. J., Meyer, J. P., Allen, J. P., & Pianta, R. C. (2014). The effect of observation length and presentation order on the reliability and validity of an observational measure of teaching quality. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 74(3), 400-422. Mayer, R. E. (2004). Should there be a three-strikes rule against pure discovery learning? The case for guided methods of instruction. American Psychologist, 59(1), 14–19. Pianta, R. C., La Paro, K. M., & Hamre, B. K. (2008). Classroom Assessment Scoring System™: Manual K-3. Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co. Praetorius, A.-K., Klieme, E., Herbert, B., & Pinger, P. (2018). Generic dimensions of teaching quality: The German framework of Three Basic Dimensions. ZDM Mathematics Education, 50, 407-426. Schlesinger, L., Jentsch, A., Kaiser, G., König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2018). Subject-specific characteristics of instructional quality in mathematics education. ZDM Mathematics Education, 50, 475-491. Shavelson, R. J., & Webb, N. M. (1991). Generalizability Theory: A Primer. SAGE Publications. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Supporting Teachers to Participate in Lesson Study with Advisors or Facilitators: Searching for Differential Effects on Student Learning Outcomes 1University of Cyprus; 2Cyprus Pedagogical Institute Presenting Author:Lesson Study (LS), a collaborative and inquiry-based model of teacher professional development, has received increased attention in recent years. It involves teachers in small groups identifying an issue in their teaching practice and organising an inquiry to learn more about it. Specifically, teachers jointly plan, teach and reflect on lessons. A rich body of mostly descriptive and qualitative studies suggests that with LS experience teachers may develop pedagogical knowledge, and may be able to identify students’ misconceptions (e.g. Cheung & Wong, 2014; Vrikki, Warwick, Vermunt, Mercer & van Halem, 2017). However, more large-scale controlled studies are needed in order to systematically evaluate the effect of LS (Benedict et al., 2023). In addition, even less evidence exists of the impact of teachers’ participation in LS on their students’ achievements (e.g. Cheung & Wong, 2014; Kager, Mynnott & Vock, 2023). In addition, variations of the LS model include the presence of an external expert (i.e., LS facilitator, knowledgeable other, moderator). The literature identifies many ways that this external expert can support teachers, including enhancing in-depth discussions about students’ thinking, shaping the quality of the teachers’ inquiry, fostering teachers’ discussions by posing questions, encouraging teachers to share their experiences and managing the LS process (e.g. Akiba et al., 2019; Schipper et al., 2017; Bjuland & Helgevold, 2018; De Vrie, Verhoed & Goei, 2016). These responsibilities are not only vaguely described, but their effects have not been studied either. At the same time, research on teacher and school improvement argues for the important role of an advisory and research team that can work closely with teachers and support their attempt to design, implement and evaluate their action plans (e.g., Creemers & Kyriakides, 2012; Scheerens, 2013). This paper addresses both limitations in the literature described above. First, it aims to examine how secondary mathematics teachers’ participation in LS affects their students’ achievement in reasoning. Second, it aims to examine how different types of support offered to LS teacher groups can further enhance students’ achievement. Specifically, it examines the impact of the support of a LS facilitator, who guides teachers through the LS process, fosters their discussions and promotes teacher learning which is expected to affect student learning outcomes. It compares this to the impact on student learning outcomes of the support of an LS advisor who in addition to guiding teachers through the LS process, offers subject advice and his/her own ideas to the teachers. Although having these kinds of support is not uncommon, little is known about the effect of different types of support that teachers may have in implementing LS. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A group randomisation study took place in Cyprus during the school year 2022-2023. A total of 42 lower secondary mathematics teachers, who taught Grades 7 to 10 (students aged 11-14), in 13 secondary schools, were randomly allocated to three groups: two experimental and one control group. Teachers in two experimental groups formed small LS teams (2-3 teachers) and implement a specific variation of the LS model, namely Dudley’s (2019) “Research Lesson Study”. This is a three-cycle model, meaning that to complete one LS teachers had to plan three “research” lessons, one teacher teaching them while the others observed, and then to jointly reflect on the lessons. Each LS team completed two LSs during the school year, that is six research lessons. The difference between the two experimental groups was that teachers in one experimental group were supported by a “LS Facilitator”, who coordinated the discussions and helped teachers through the LS process, while teachers in the second experimental group were supported by a “LS Advisor”, who also provided advice on mathematics pedagogy. Teachers of the control group did not participate in any LS. Two classes per teacher were randomly selected to participate in the study, giving a total of 966 student participants. The students completed mathematical reasoning tests at the beginning and at the end of the school year. Specifically, a total of five tests were developed by a group of mathematics educators and expert teachers to assess students’ cognitive learning outcomes in relation to mathematical reasoning. These tests were used as pre-tests and post-tests across the four grades. Prior to the intervention, the construct validity of the five tests was examined. Data were analysed by using the Rasch model and support to the validity of the tests was provided. Student background data (i.e., students’ socioeconomic background and gender) were also collected via a student questionnaire. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Using one-way ANOVA, it was found that there was no statistically significant differences on student prior achievement among the three groups at the beginning of the intervention. Inferential analysis revealed no statistically significant differences at .05 level in terms of student background characteristics (i.e., SES and gender). To search for the impact of the intervention on student learning outcomes, multilevel analysis of student achievement in mathematical reasoning was conducted for the data collected at the end of the intervention. The empty model revealed that the teacher level rather than the class level should be considered for this analysis. In Model 1 prior achievement in mathematical reasoning was added as an explanatory variable. Prior achievement was found to have a statistically significant effect on final achievement. In Model 2, student background variables including grade were added as explanatory variable. Finally, two dummy variables (with the control group treated as a reference group) were added to model 2. Only the dummy variable concerned with supporting teachers with an advisor to implement LS was found to have a statistically significant effect at .05 level. Thus, the multilevel analysis revealed that students whose teachers participated in the Advisor group had better results in mathematical reasoning than students whose teachers participated in the Facilitator and the Control groups. Implications of findings for research, policy and practice are discussed. The paper argues about the role of advisor which seems to be crucial for promoting student learning outcomes. Policy makers and school leaders, therefore, should consider options for creating the conditions for in-school models of professional development. Further research is needed to test the generalisability of the findings. References Benedict, A. E., Williams, J., Brownell, M.T., Chapman, L. Sweers, A. & Sohn, H. (2023). Using lesson study to change teacher knowledge and practice: The role of knowledge sources in teacher change. Teaching and Teacher Education, 122. Bjuland, R. & Helgevold, N. (2018). Dialogic processes that enable student teachers’ learning about pupil learning in mentoring conversations in a Lesson Study field practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 70, 246-254. Creemers, B.P.M. & Kyriakides, L. (2012). Improving Quality in Education: Dynamic Approaches to School Improvement. Routledge. Cheung, W. M., & Wong,W. Y. (2014). Does lesson study work?: A systematic review on the effects of lesson study and learning study on teachers and students. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 3(2), 137e149. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJLLS-05-2013-0024 De Vries, S., Verhoef, N. & Goei, S. L. (2016). Lesson Study: a practical guide for education. Dudley, P. (2019). Research lesson study: A handbook. https://lessonstudy. co.uk/2015/11/download-a-free-copy-of-the-lesson-study-handbook. Kager, K., Mynott, J. P. & Vock, M. (2023). A conceptual model for teachers’ continuous professional development through lesson study: Capturing inputs, processes, and outcome. International Journal of Educational Research Open. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedro.2023.100272 Scheerens, J. (2013). The use of theory in school effectiveness research revisited. School, Effectiveness and School Improvement, 24, 1–38. Schipper, Τ., Goei, S. L., de Vries, S., & van Veen, K. (2017). Professional growth in adaptive teaching competence as a result of Lesson Study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 68, 289-303. Vrikki, M., Warwick, P., Vermunt, J.D., Mercer, N. & Van Halem, N. (2017). Teacher learning in the context of Lesson Study: A video-based analysis of teacher discussions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 61, 211-224. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Are Teaching Actions as Observed and Experienced by Students Predicting Romanian Students’ Achievement in TIMSS 2019? University of Bucharest, Romania Presenting Author:In the contemporary era, the important advancements in technology are closely connected with the paramount importance of achievements in mathematics and sciences disciplines. The current societal landscape, characterized by technological progress and the prevalence of a data-driven environment, underscores the increasing importance of mathematical and scientific knowledge. Mathematics is acknowledged as the foundational language supporting all STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) disciplines. Numerous stakeholders have underscored the imperative for a nation to enhance the mathematical skills and proficiency of its students (Mujtaba et al., 2014).
In a study analyzing TIMSS 2019 data for Turkey, teacher practices such as relating to daily life and prior knowledge, responding to student needs and encouraging students to participate in the discussion predicted mathematics achievement and explained the one-fifth of the between-schools variance (Sezer & Cakan, 2022). Also, activities such as asking students to complete challenging exercises, which required them to go beyond the instruction, was an important predictor of mathematics achievement and had a positive relationship in 8th-grade (Sezer & Cakan, 2022). In Sweden, an analysis of TIMSS 2019 data showed that teaching activities such as asking to memorize formulas and listening to the teacher were positive predictors of TIMSS 8th-grade mathematics achievement, whereas relating information to daily life was a negative predictor (Eriksson et al., 2019).
The present study aims to investigate the extent to which specific teacher actions rated by students are predicting the Romanian students’ achievement in TIMSS 2019. Results could identify specific actions that could influence student achievement and propose those actions for further research and improvement.
Therefore, the research questions guiding the present study are as follows:
RQ.1 – To what extent do teachers’ actions, as observed and experienced by students, predict 8th-grade Romanian students’ mathematics achievement in TIMSS 2019 after controlling for socio-economic status?
RQ.2 – To what extent do teachers’ actions, as observed and experienced by students, predict 8th-grade Romanian students’ physics achievement in TIMSS 2019 after controlling for socio-economic status?
RQ.3 – To what extent do teachers’ actions, as observed and experienced by students, predict 8th-grade Romanian students’ chemistry achievement in TIMSS 2019 after controlling for socio-economic status?
RQ.4 – To what extent do teachers’ actions, as observed and experienced by students, predict 8th-grade Romanian students’ biology achievement in TIMSS 2019 after controlling for socio-economic status?
RQ.5 – To what extent do teachers’ actions, as observed and experienced by students, predict 8th-grade Romanian students’ earth sciences achievement in TIMSS 2019 after controlling for socio-economic status?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this transversal study we investigated to what extent Romanian students’ achievement in TIMSS 2019 could be predicted by context factors related to teaching actions as perceived by the students. Socio-economic status was also included in the regression model, because it’s a variable known to have a strong positive relationship with students’ mathematics and science achievement in previous TIMSS cycles. The study sample was established following a random probability sampling process. All the schools in Romania that had the eighth grade in their composition were taken into consideration, each school having an equal chance of being chosen. Following this sampling process, a sample consisting of 199 public schools resulted. From these schools, 4,485 students (14-15 years) participated in the study. Most of the schools participating in the study are located in small towns or villages (40.7%), followed by those in the urban area (26.3%), the suburban area (9.8%), respectively the rural area, with difficult access (7.2%). Data collection was carried out through two methods: administering tests to students in mathematics and sciences and the administration of context questionnaires to students. All test booklets and context questionnaires were applied on the same day. Firstly, the test booklets were applied and then the context questionnaires. During the test period, the students were supervised by a teacher who didn’t have classes with the tested students. The study was performed using TIMSS 2019 data from the official website of TIMSS (International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement, 2021). Student achievement test results for Romanian students and the 8th-grade student questionnaire were used as data sources. From the student questionnaire we extracted the following variables to be investigated as predictors: Working on problems on their own (only in math); Conducting experiments (only in sciences); Teaching actions as observed by students - each item from the composition of the Instructional Clarity scale. Frequency of homework. Socio-economic status, which is a composite measure of number of books in the home, number of home study supports and education level of parents was used as a control variable in the regression analyses. The statistical procedures conducted were descriptive analysis (frequencies and percentages) and multiple simple regression for identifying the predictors of Romanian students’ achievement in TIMSS 2019. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The extent in which students work on their own during mathematics classes moderately predicts student achievement in mathematics. Romanian students who work more on their own have on average higher mathematics achievement in TIMSS 2019. At the same time, conducting experiments during science classes is not predicting achievement in any of the science disciplines (i.e., biology, physics, chemistry, earth sciences). From the teaching actions that were rated by students, the level of teachers being supportive in learning is a significant and moderate negative predictor of the students’ achievement in mathematics and biology. Another predictor is the level of teachers linking new lessons to previous acquisitions, predicting student achievement in mathematics, physics and chemistry. The last predictor related to teaching observed by students is the level of teachers being easily understood, which has a significant but relatively low prediction effect on achievement in mathematics, chemistry and biology. The frequency of homework received negatively predicted students’ achievement in biology, chemistry, physics and earth sciences, and did not predict achievement in mathematics at all. For sciences, the more homework they receive for a respective discipline, the lower student achievement in that discipline. TIMSS 2019 results offer a strong basis for decision-making based on scientific evidence to improve educational policies and practices related to teaching and learning mathematics and sciences. Through the proposed research, we hope to come to the aid of teachers with results that will help them to make their teaching methods more efficient in the classroom in order to improve the results of students in mathematics and science, thus making it possible to increase the advanced benchmark. References Eriksson, K., Helenius, O., & Ryve, A. (2019). Using TIMSS items to evaluate the effectiveness of different instructional practices. Instructional Science, 47, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-018-9473-1 Fitzmaurice, O., O’meara, N., & Johnson, P. (2021). Highlighting the Relevance of Mathematics to Secondary School Students – Why and How. European Journal of STEM Education, 6(1). https://doi.org/10.20897/ejsteme/10895 Griffin, P., & Care, E. (2015). Assessment and teaching of 21st century skills: Methods and approach. Springer. Maass, K., Geiger, V., Ariza, M.R. & Goos, M. (2019). The Role of Mathematics in interdisciplinary STEM education. ZDM Mathematics Education, 51, 869–884. https://doi-org.am.e-nformation.ro/10.1007/s11858-019-01100-5 Mujtaba, T., Sheldrake, R., Reiss, M. J., & Simon, S. (2018). Students’ science attitudes, beliefs, and context: associations with science and chemistry aspirations. International Journal of Science Education, 40(6), 644–667. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2018.1433896 Sezer, E., & Cakan, M. (2022). Role of Teacher Quality and Working Conditions in TIMSS 2019 Mathematics Achievement. Journal of Theoretical Educational Science, 15(2), 395–419. https://doi.org/10.30831/akukeg.971286 TIMSS. (2019). Encyclopedia: Education Policy and Curriculum in Mathematics and Science, Romania. https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/encyclopedia/romania.html TIMSS. (2019). Assessment Frameworks. https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/frameworks/ |
9:30 - 11:00 | 09 SES 14 B: Educational Justice in Kosovo Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Heike Wendt Session Chair: Heike Wendt Symposium |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Educational Justice in Kosovo In recent years, Kosovo has implemented a number of measures to improve quality assurance mechanisms in Kosovo. Participation in large-scale international comparative assessments is part of a monitoring strategy to compare the educational performance of Kosovo's primary and secondary school students with that of children and young adults in neighboring countries, the region, the European Union and other parts of the world, and as such has served as a key indicator of educational quality (MEST, 2020). International monitoring reports and the few academic studies that have been published reveal substantial differences in educational achievement at both primary and secondary levels in terms of student background and family indicators, place of residence (urban vs. rural areas) and school type (OECD; 2023; Mullis et al., 2017). However, in Kosovo, the rich sources of data obtained through participation in international large-scale assessments remain underutilized for educational research and monitoring, and thus have little to offer for evidence-based policy making in education. To date, inequalities have only been partially documented for achievement, but not for other important outcomes of schooling (Pavesic et al., 2022). Moreover, the causes of inequality have not been systematically investigated. This symposium aims to bring together different perspectives to provide a more coherent picture of educational equity and quality in Kosovo. It will also broaden the perspective of educational equity, whereas to date, large-scale educational monitoring studies have mainly been used to analyse variations in student performance and equity within and across education systems over time. Other perspectives of educational equity, such as participation and recognition equity, are often neglected. These perspectives do not only take into account achievement levels, variances or minimum competence levels, but also focus on capabilities for social and political participation and on factors such as the quality of social relations, the recognition of individual autonomy and voice, and well-being as an end in itself. On the basis of the four papers, inequality will be examined in terms of a) approaches to teaching, b) the relationship between motivation and achievement, c) explanations of gender differences, and d) comparisons with neighboring countries. The symposium will thus provide a basis for a critical review of the extent to which large-scale studies such as TIMSS and PISA incorporate different foci of educational equity in their concepts, indicators and analytical approaches. The relevance and challenges of including valid and reliable measures of equity concepts in the indicator set of these studies will be illustrated by discussing some secondary analyses of LSA data for Kosovo. References MEST (2022). Assessment Report for 2019 on the Kosovo Education Strategic Plan 2017-2021. Prishtina. Assessment Report for 2019 on the Kosovo Education Strategic Plan 2017-2021 - MASHT (rks-gov.net) Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., Olson, J. F. & Preuschoff, C. (2017). PIRLS 2016 International Results in Reading.: Findings form IEA's trend in international mathematics and science study at the fourth and eighth grades. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center Lynch School of Education Boston College. https://timss.bc.edu/TIMSS2007/mathreport.html OECD. (2023). Programme for International Student Assessment. OECD. PISA - PISA (oecd.org) Pavešic, B., & Koršˇnáková, Paulina, Meinck, Sabine. (2022). Dinaric Perspectives on TIMSS 2019: Teaching and Learning Mathematics and Science in South-Eastern Europe. Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-85802-5 Presentations of the Symposium Student-centered Teaching Practices to enhance Students’ Reading Performance
Teacher instructional practices are considered amongst the main determinants of student achievement (Cordero & Gil-Izquierdo, 2018). Moreover, depending on the practices used, teachers can either weaken or promote student achievement (Caro et al., 2016; Hwang et al., 2018). Since student achievement is positively related to teacher practices, the impact of different instructional practices on student achievement represents a topic of great relevance for educational equity (Le Donné et al., 2016). This study explores the prevalence of different instructional practices in classrooms and their association with students’ reading achievements, focusing on the 2018 PISA results in Kosovo. Drawing on a dataset of 3,906 students, the research employs exploratory factor analysis to identify three latent variables representing student-centered instruction: individualized learning instructional practices (ILIP), research-based instructional practices (RBIP), and feedback-oriented institutional practices (FOIP). The study aims to answer two main research questions: (1) Which teacher instructional practices are prevalent among teachers in Kosovo classrooms? (2) How do students of different reading proficiency levels perceive ILIP and FOIP, and is there a significant difference in reading performance among students exposed to different instructional practices? Results indicate that ILIP is the most prevalent instructional practice, followed by FOIP and RBIP. Students predominantly report occasional or minimal exposure to ILIP and FOIP. The study also reveals a negative correlation between ILIP and RBIP with FOIP, suggesting a potential trade-off between student-centered and teacher-oriented practices. Benchmarking analyses demonstrate an equal distribution of students across FOIP and ILIP categories based on reading scores, indicating that exposure alone does not guarantee higher performance. However, RBIP stands out, showing a positive correlation with better reading scores, even at low exposure levels. This research contributes to the ongoing discourse on educational equity by examining the relationship between teaching practices and student outcomes in Kosovo's education system. The findings underscore the importance of considering various instructional practices in the pursuit of equitable education and inform policy discussions around teacher professional development. The study emphasizes the need for continued efforts to align teaching practices with the goals of the education reform implemented in Kosovo, fostering a student-centered approach to enhance reading performance and reduce achievement gaps.
References:
Caro, D. H., Lenkeit, J., & Kyriakides, L. (2016). Teaching strategies and differential effectiveness across learning contexts: Evidence from PISA 2012. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 49, 30–41.
Cordero, J. M, Gil-Izquierdo, M. (2018). The effect of teaching strategies on student achievement: An analysis using TALIS-PISA-link. Journal of Policy Modeling 40, 1313–1331.
Hwang, J., Choi, K. M., Bae, Y., and Shin, D. H. (2018). Do teachers’ instructional practices moderate equity in mathematical and scientific literacy?: An investigation of the PISA 2012 and 2015. Int J of Sci and Math Educ 16, 25–45.
Le Donné, N., Fraser, P., & Bousquet., G. (2016). Teaching strategies for instructional quality: Insights from the TALIS-PISA link data. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 148, OECD Publishing.
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Kosovan Perspective on Gender Equity
It is not only performance and the skills acquired that are of great importance within school and teaching, but also the students' attitudes towards the respective subjects. Learners' self-concepts, motivation and emotions are fundamental factors in learning, this is also evidenced by the performance of the students (OECD, 2023). In terms of gender, international studies report that girls are better readers than boys, partly due to differences in motivation and contextual effects. In addition, girls tend to have more positive attitudes towards reading and consider themselves to be more literate than boys (Mullis et al., 2017; OECD, 2023). Several studies identified the following characteristics as the cause for the better grade point averages of girls. Girls have higher self-discipline, self-control and self-regulation (Weis et al., 2013) and a higher interest in school in general (Houtte, 2004), they exert themselves more and work more, while disrupting lessons less (Downey & Vogue, 2004) are less avoidant of work, show less problem behaviour and better social behaviour (DiPrete, 2008). Although the additional effort of girls is mentioned here as the cause of the gender differences, the costs borne by girls are hardly taken into account, therefore the focus of this article is the elaboration of gender differences in reading-related self-concept and reading competencies, taking into account the family background of 15-year-old students in Kosovo. For this purpose, data from the PISA 2018 study are analyzed using regression analysis with the IEA IDB Analyzer. Rather than testing factual knowledge, PISA tests students' ability to apply and connect this knowledge. The study is conducted every three years and covers three areas, reading, mathematics and science, with reading being the focus of the assessment in 2018 (OECD, 2023). The results show that although girls perform better in reading and have a higher reading-related self-concept, even taking into account their family background, this is associated with higher costs for these girls, as they also report greater fear of failure.
References:
DiPrete, T. A. & Jennings, J. L. (2012). Social and behavioral skills and the gender gap in early educational achievement. Social Science Research, 41 (1), 1–15.
Downey, D. B. & Vogt Yuan, A. S. (2005). Sex differences in school performance during high school: Puzzling patterns and possible explanations. The Sociological Quarterly, 46 (2), 299–321
Houtte, M. v. (2004). Why boys achieve less at school than girls: The difference between boys’ and girls’ academic culture. Educational Studies, 30 (2), 159–173.
Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., Olson, J. F. & Preuschoff, C. (2017). PIRLS 2016 International Results in Reading.: Findings form IEA's trend in international mathematics and science study at the fourth and eighth grades. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center Lynch School of Education Boston College. https://timss.bc.edu/TIMSS2007/mathreport.html
OECD. (2023). Programme for International Student Assessment. OECD. PISA - PISA (oecd.org)
Weis, M., Heikamp, T. & Trommsdorff, G. (2013). Gender differences in school achieve[1]ment: The role of self-regulation. Frontiers in Psychology, 4 (442), 1–10
Cross cultural validity: Educational Justice in the Balkan region
Empirical educational research has shown that social inequalities influence the student´s educational achievement. Different theoretical frameworks, such as Bourdieu's capital theory refer to how different types of capital can be related to achievement. For several countries, the correlation of socio-economic status and student´s educational achievement has been shown (Wendt et al., 2012). About 23% of people in Kosovo live in poverty and the GDP is a quarter of the European average (UNICEF, 2021), which indicates a high level of social inequalities. The fact that post-conflict countries, such as Kosovo, have less beneficial conditions and are therefore also associated with lower levels of educational achievement is e.g. shown by the results of the TIMSS study (Mullis et al., 2020). However, analyses show that social inequality in Kosovo is quite small (Wendt et al., i.p.). Moreover, this raises the question of whether the operationalization of socio-economic status in post-conflict countries can take place in the same way than in other countries and whether constructs developed in one culture are valid for other cultures (Matsumoto, 2003). In this article we therefore analyze the operationalization of the socio-economic status indicators. As a theoretical framework we used Bourdieu´s theory (2003, 2012) of capital.
Therefore, we conducted secondary analysis of the TIMSS 2019 data of Kosovo at grade 4 to analyze the extent of differences in mathematics and science performance that can be explained by Bourdieu's theory of capital. We use data from the household survey and the student questionnaire, self-reported by parents and students (nstudents= 4496; mean age 9.9). We conducted multivariate regression analysis using the IEA IDB Analyzer.
We found a significant relationship for parental education level and number of books for both math and science The lack of economic resources at home is negatively related to mathematics and science achievement. However, the largest difference in achievement is found among children who come to school hungry, with a difference of 31.5 points in science. The "effect" of language practices on science achievement remains significant when controlling for cultural and economic resources. This can be seen as a first indication that the cultural capital acquired by parents through conflict-related migration makes an independent explanatory contribution to the differences in their children's performance. The overall variability in student performance that this model can explain is limited, explaining only about 13% of the variation in student performance, indicating that other important factors may not be accounted for.
References:
Boudon, R. (1974). Education, Opportunity, and Social Inequality. Changing Prospects in Western Society. Wiley.
Bourdieu, P. (2003). Interventionen, 1961-2001: Sozialwissenschaft und politisches Handeln. Raisons d'agir. VSA-Verlag.
Bourdieu, P. (2012). Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital. In U. Bauer, U. H. Bittlingmayer, & A. Scherr (Eds.), Handbuch Bildungs- und Erziehungssoziologie (pp. 229–242). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-18944-4_15
Matsumoto, D. (2003). Cross‐cultural Research. In S. F. Davis (Ed.), Handbook of Research Methods in Experimental Psychology (pp. 189–208). Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470756973.ch9
UNICEF. (2021). Annual Report. https://www.unicef.org/kosovoprogramme/media/2931/file/English-2022.pdf
Wendt, H., Stubbe, T., & Schwippert, K. (2012). Soziale Herkunft und Lesekompetenzen von Schülerinnen und Schülern. In W. Bos, I. Tarelli, A. Bremerich-Vos, & K. Schwippert (Eds.), IGLU 2011Lesekompetenzen von Grundschulkindern in Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich (pp. 175–190). Waxmann Verlag.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 14 A: Symposium: Learning to Teach for Equity and Diversity Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Eline Vanassche Session Chair: Ainat Guberman Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Learning to Teach for Equity and Diversity: Findings from Four Countries Abstract: At the core of establishing a European Education Area by 2025, lies the need to improve social cohesion and, “experience European identity in all its diversity” (European Commission, 2017, p. 2). To this end, “giving more support to teachers'' becomes a central objective of the European Education Area (ibid, p. 11), as well as ensuring that “Member States take action to support the teacher educator profession” (European Commission, 2013, p. 6) in recognition of their central role in every stage of the teacher’s career. These quotes from key European policy documents underscore the growing awareness at policy levels of teacher education’s crucial role in developing more equitable education systems. This aligns with recent research that emphasises the potential impact of teacher educators in reducing inequalities and leading transformative change (a.o. Forlin, 2010; Ponet et al., 2023). However, caution is warranted, as research identifies a lack of competences among teacher educators in teaching for equity and diversity (Florian & Camedda, 2020), and perceptions that diversity issues are something beyond their professional expertise, and therefore, professional responsibility (Beaton et al., 2021). Many countries also grapple with a demographic and cultural mismatch between teacher candidates and students in schools (Ladson-Billings, 2005), and insufficient attention to “systemic policies that reproduce inequity in the first place” (Cochran-Smith & Stringer Keefe, 2022, p. 9). This session connects with these observations by mapping and evaluating the current state in four European countries (Germany, Flanders, the Netherlands, Portugal) across two key areas: (1) policies and practices in initial teacher education for teaching pre-service teachers to teach for equity and diversity; and (2) policies and practices for upskilling teacher educators’ equity and diversity competencies. The four papers are connected by a cohesive methodological framework, derived from a large-scale EU-funded project. In every country, the policy web around teacher education for diversity was mapped by reviewing and interpreting official documents and policy statements on the national (macro) and institutional (meso) levels. In a second stage, this document analysis was enriched with understandings of what happens ‘on the ground’ (micro-level) via focus group interviews with a sample of programme leaders and pre-service teachers in each country. This systematic and multi-level approach allows for qualitative comparison across countries, hence delivering a unique understanding of cross-national strengths, gaps, and priorities in teacher education for diversity. Objectives: This session aims to map and evaluate the extent to which existing teacher education policies and practices in four European countries address issues of equity and diversity. Specifically, we target three objectives:
Session Overview: The Chair (10 min) starts by contextualising the objectives of the session, and describing the research approach that guided data gathering and analysis across participating countries. Then, presenters from the four countries will deliver focused 10-minute presentations each, offering headline findings related to equity and diversity provision for teacher educators and pre-service teachers. These presentations will include a critical analysis of identified gaps and priorities within their respective contexts. The Discussant will take the analysis beyond the borders of the individual countries and actively engage the diverse experiences and perspectives present in the audience. Attendees will be invited to contribute their insights, amending and refining findings from the research. The goal is to collaboratively shape and co-create an agenda for the professional development of European teacher educators (40 min). References Beaton, M. C., Thomson, S., Cornelius, S., Lofthouse, R., & Kools, Q. (2021). Conceptualising teacher education for inclusion: Lessons for the professional learning of educators from transnational and cross-sector perspectives. Sustainability, 13(4), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13042167 Cochran-Smith, M., & Stringer Keefe, E. (2022). Strong equity: Repositioning teacher education for social change. Teachers College Record, 124(3), 9-41. https://doi.org/10.1177/01614681221087304 European Commission (2013). Supporting teacher educators for better learning outcomes. Last accessed: 27 January 2024, https://www.id-e-berlin.de/files/2017/09/TWG-Text-on-Teacher-Educators.pdf European Commission (2017). Strengthening European identity through education and culture. Last accessed: 27 January 2024, https://ec.europa.eu/commission/sites/beta-political/files/communication-strengthe ning-european-identity-education-culture_en.pdf Florian, L., & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4-8. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1707579 Forlin, C. (2010). Teacher education for inclusion: Changing paradigms and innovative approaches. Routledge. Ladson-Billings, G. J. (2005). Is the team all right? Diversity and teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 56(3), 229-234. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487105275917 Ponet, B., De Clerck, A., Vantieghem, W., Tack, H., & Vanderlinde, R. (2023). Uncovering the role of teacher educators in the reduction of inequalities in education: A critical discourse analysis. Social Psychology of Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09818-7 Presentations of the Symposium Educating for Equity and Diversity: Insights from the Portuguese Case
Portugal’s education system has evolved greatly over the last five decades of democracy (1974-2024). Teacher education has also accompanied such a movement which is visible in research and publications in the field. Amongst other issues, inclusion has been identified as a key feature. In fact, Portugal’s inclusive education framework is among the most comprehensive of OECD countries (OECD, 2022). The same report highlights the programmes, resources and support structures developed in the Portuguese context “to meet the needs of all students and to promote educational equity and inclusion more broadly”. In 2018, following the publication of Profile of the Student at the End of Compulsory Education (12 years), – which identifies the set of principles, values and competencies for curriculum development – two key policy documents were issued: Curriculum Autonomy and Flexibility (Decree-Law nº55) and Inclusive Education (Decree-Law nº54). The former stipulates a set of principles and orientations according to which schools are granted greater autonomy to manage the school curriculum. In turn, the Decree-Law nº54 focuses on Inclusive Education and is based on the notion that all students have learning potential, as long as they receive adequate support. This is achieved through a multilevel approach which includes universal measures, selective measures and additional measures. These policy initiatives are important to promote diversity, equity and inclusion in Portuguese schools. Issues of flexibility, autonomy and collaboration among the stakeholders are key in this context. This comprehensive framework has implications for teacher education for equity and diversity. In fact, a new policy for teacher education was issued in November 2023 (Decree-Law nº112/2023). While the main reason for this restructuring process stems from the need to solve the problem of teacher shortage, the new policy stipulates inclusive education as one of the topics to be covered in teacher education curriculum. Although teacher education for inclusion has been identified internationally, there is room for improvement in this field (e.g. Florian & Camedda, 2020; Alves, 2020).
In this paper, an analysis of the macro-level of the policies in Portugal is explored focusing in particular on teacher education for equity and diversity following the recent publication of the new policy. A look at the meso level is also included in order to explore how institutions are dealing with the new policy taking into consideration the perspective of the stakeholders, namely programme directors and teacher educators. Implications of the findings for teacher educators’ development are discussed.
References:
Alves, I. (2020). Enacting education policy reform in Portugal: The process of change and the role of teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 64-82.
Decree-Law no. 112/2023, Diário da República, 1.ª série, N.º 231, 29th November 2023
Decree-Law no. 54/2018, Diário da República, no. 129/2018, Series I from 2018-07-06, 2918-2928. https://data.dre.pt/eli/dec-lei/54/2018/07/06/p/dre/pt/html
Decree-Law no. 55/2018, Diário da República, no. 129/2018, Series I from 2018-07-06, 2928-2943. https://data.dre.pt/eli/dec-lei/55/2018/07/06/p/dre/pt/html
Florian, L., & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4-8. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1707579
OECD (2022), Review of inclusive education in Portugal, Reviews of National Policies for Education, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/a9c95902-en.
Preparing Pre-service Teachers and their Teacher Educators for Equity and Inclusion: A Flemish Story about Non-commitment
Effectively addressing diversity in education, converting it into enrichment and strength, is a complex challenge. The Flemish educational system, like many others, grapples with this complexity (e.g., Siongers et al., 2020). Recent PISA results highlight ongoing educational inequalities in Flanders linked to students’ socio-economic status (OECD, 2023). Furthermore, the absence of demographic representation among pre- and in-service teachers, signals a deficiency in responses to diversity and inclusion (SERV, 2020; Flemish Government, 2021) and only 17.0% of teachers report feeling prepared to teach in multicultural classrooms (Siongers et al., 2020). While national policies are slowly taking shape, there is a simultaneous emergence of civil society organisations in Flanders (see LEVL vzw, 2022; Teach for Belgium, 2023). These organisations offer professional development to teachers and urge policymakers to keep the change process towards inclusion and equity on the agenda. However, the role of initial teacher education programmes should not be disregarded. To prepare the next generation of teachers capable of shaping an inclusive educational system, these programmes must put equity in the centre of their organisation (Cochran-Smith et al., 2016). Prior research in Flanders already explored how the curriculum (Dursun et al., 2023) and modelling of diversity-responsive practices by all teacher educators can contribute to this objective (Ponet et al., 2023).
This paper extends this exploration by mapping the current provisions in Flemish national policy and teacher education institutions. It aims to enhance the preparation of pre-service teachers for equity and inclusion while stimulating professional development of teacher educators in the matter. This study employs the methodology of the broader EU-project. Preliminary findings confirm the lack of national policy to ensure adequate preparation for equity and inclusion of both pre-service teachers and teacher educators. In the absence of national-level-policies, most programmes develop their own policies and guidance addressing this matter. However, delving deeper into the data reveals that many of these policies are not well translated into concrete actions that foster targeted professionalisation of teacher educators on the one hand, and cohesive curriculum development for pre-service teachers on the other hand. Consequently, many teacher educators are individually sorting out what practises for inclusion and equity they could implement, feeling little support or incentive to do this. To affect change in Flanders, there is an urgent need to address this lack of commitment on both national and institutional fronts, while providing tailored professional development for all teacher educators.
References:
Cochran-Smith, M., Ell, F., Grudnoff, L., Haigh, M., Hill, M., & Ludlow, L. (2016). Initial teacher education: What does it take to put equity at the center? Teaching and Teacher Education, 57, 67-78.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.03.006
Dursun, H., Claes, E., & Ağırdağ, O. (2023). Coursework, field-based teaching practices, and multicultural experiences: Analyzing the determinants of preservice teachers’ ethnocultural diversity knowledge. Teaching and Teacher Education, 126, 104077. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104077
Flemish Government. (2021). Nulmeting herkomst leerkrachten in het Vlaamse onderwijs. Departement Onderwijs en Vorming.
LEVL vzw. (2022). Diversiteit in het onderwijspersoneel. LEVL vzw.
OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I).
Ponet, B., De Clerck, A., Vantieghem, W., Tack, H., & Vanderlinde, R. (2023). Uncovering the role of teacher educators in the reduction of inequalities in education: A critical discourse analysis. Social Psychology of Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09818-7
SERV. (2020). Diversiteit binnen het onderwijzend personeel. Commissie diversiteit.
Siongers, J., Spruyt, B., Van Droogenbroeck, F., Bongaerts, B., & Kavadias, D. (2020). TALIS 2018 Vlaanderen - Verdiepend rapport diversiteit (p. 84). Vrije Universiteit Brussel.
Teach for Belgium (2023, 5 December). Inclusieve leraarskamers: een werk van en voor iedereen. https://teachforbelgium.be/nl/elementor-26562/.
A Mapping of Equity, Diversity and Inclusion Policies in the Teacher Education Landscape of Germany
During the 1980s and 1990s, the first models of collaborative learning for students with and without special educational needs were informally developed in Germany, particularly in Federal States such as Hessen, Bremen, Nordrhein-Westfalen, and Baden-Württemberg (Ainscow, 2021). The legal obligation for Germany to establish an "inclusive education system at all levels" has been mandated by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN CRPD) since 2009 (UN, 2006, Article 24). This convention, aligning with the understanding of disability as a disadvantage faced by marginalised groups, emphasises the consideration of inclusion and exclusion processes in the educational context, recognizing various dimensions of heterogeneity (Ainscow, 2021).
In response to these challenges, the Ministry of Education in Baden-Württemberg has adapted its teacher education program to include competencies required for inclusion, integrating inclusive topics into the curriculum (HRK & KMK, 2015). Initiatives like the "Inclusion and Diversity" module, starting in 2018/2019 as part of a joint Master of Education of Albert-Ludwigs University and University of Education Freiburg (Freiburg Advanced Center of Education, FACE), aim to equip pre-service teachers with the necessary skills and knowledge for dealing competently with diversity in their future professional roles. These changes align with recommendations from expert commissions, emphasising the development of essential skills for inclusion in future teachers (Köpfer & Rosen, 2024; Frohn & Moser, 2021; Liebner & Schmaltz, 2021).
The paper examines the promotion and understanding of equity, diversity, and inclusion in teacher education policies and programs in Germany, with a specific focus on the Federal State of Baden-Württemberg. Policy texts, including national and regional education acts, curriculum frameworks, and teacher standards, are analysed. The research also extends to the meso-level, exploring teacher education programs of 10 teacher education institutions in Baden-Württemberg that address diversity, equity, and inclusion in response to recent policy developments, supported by two focus group interviews with program directors and pre-service student teachers. The paper concludes with a discussion of the implications of the findings for the professional development of teacher educators.
References:
Ainscow, M. (2021). Inclusion and equity in education: Responding to a global challenge. In Köpfer, A., Powell, J. J. W., & Zahnd, R. (Eds.). International handbook of inclusive education (pp. 75–88). Opladen and Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Frohn, J., & Moser, V. (2021). Der Stand der inklusiven Lehrkräftebildung in Deutschland. Zeitschrift für Inklusion-online.net, 1/2021.
Köpfer, A., & Rosen, L. (Eds.). (2024, in print). Inklusion als Querschnittsthema der Lehrer:Innenbildung - (Inter-)nationale Einblicke und Perspektiven. In Rosen, L., Bastian, P., Friedrich, J., Gericke, E., Hopmann, B., Köhler, S.-M., & Köpfer, A. (Eds.). Crossing boundaries: Methodische und methodologische Reflexionen zur Praxis der Inklusionsforschung. Tagungsband der 5. Jahrestagung der AG Inklusionsforschung in der DGfE. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto.
Hochschulrektorenkonferenz (HRK) & Kultusministerkonferenz (KMK). (2015). Lehrerbildung für eine Schule der Vielfalt. Gemeinsame Empfehlung von Hochschulrektorenkonferenz und Kultusministerkonferenz. Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 12.03.2015/Beschluss der Hochschulrektorenkonferenz vom 18.03.2015.
Liebner, S., & Schmaltz, C. (2021). Teacher training for inclusive education in Germany: Status quo and curricular Implementation. Goldan, J., Lambrecht, J., & Loremann, T. (Eds.). Resourcing inclusive education: International perspectives on inclusive education (Vol. 15, pp. 33-146). London: Emerald Publishing Limited.
United Nations (UN). (2006). UN-Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. Available at: http://www.un.org/disabilities/convention/conventionfull.shtml [29.01.2024].
Diverse and (not) Included. How Teacher Education Policies in the Netherlands Neglect Equal Opportunities
Although Dutch society is as diverse in nature as most European countries, this is not automatically translated into systematic attention to diversity, inclusion, and equal opportunities for all, in teacher education. Schools are urged to address educational inequalities, which become apparent in national and international reports (NPO, 2023; OECD, 2023). Policy makers focus on topics such as teacher shortages that add to these inequalities on various levels. For example: teacher shortages are highest in schools that cater for students who are highly diverse on social-economic status, cultural background, or special needs; leading to bigger class sizes or employing non- or underqualified staff. Meanwhile, research points at the importance of addressing diversity and inclusion, and to focus on equal opportunities in all levels of the educational system. Addressing these leads to optimal development of individual students, and to the development of society as a whole, in particular when the stance is that diversity in a class is enriching for all students and, subsequently, that a diverse society is enriching for all citizens.
In this study we report on the policies and practices regarding teacher education in order to see whether and how diversity, equity and inclusion are taken up. We focus on teacher education for the primary and secondary education levels. For the present paper, we analyzed policy texts on the national and local level, such as the National standards for teachers, and for teacher educators (e.g., Rijksoverheid, 2016), and several teacher education programmes. First results point at a lack of systematic attention for all facets of diversity, equity and inclusion in teacher education. It is not part of the national standards for new teachers, and because of the teacher shortages, teacher education programmes are urged to focus on “the bare minimum” of being a starting teacher. Everything else (such as diversity etc.) can be learned “on the job”. However, some teacher educators are advocates for the topic, and find ways to address it. It seems that attention for diversity, inclusion, and equal opportunities in teacher education programmes depends on a small group of dedicated teacher educators, who put a lot of effort in sometimes elective courses to help student teachers in their preparation to a growing diverse pupil population, building on the growing body of research in this area. We see these practices as a good starting point for building the expertise to address this systematically in teacher education.
References:
Rijksoverheid (2016). Bekwaamheidseisen leraren. https://www.rijksoverheid.nl/onderwerpen/werken-in-het-onderwijs/bekwaamheidseisen-leraren
NPO (2023). National Programma Onderwijs: Vierde voortgangsrapportage. The Hague: Ministry of Education.
OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I).
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 14 B: Symposium: Supporting Play for Children’s Learning and Development Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Joe O'Hara Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Supporting Play for Children’s Learning and Development: Challenges and Insights for Teachers’ Play Education One of the key issues of contemporary education is about conditions created for preparing children for the uncertainty and polyphony of positions that prevail in the modern world. Previous studies have shown that it is important to start at the Early Childhood Education level (Sylva et al., 2014). Activities such as pretend play are of particular interest since situations of uncertainty are modeled in the play process (Schulz, 2022) and play has an imperative role in children’s development (Liu et al., 2017; Smith & Roopnarine, 2018). In play, a child can build an imaginary situation, take the initiative in constructing and transforming a plot, and solve challenges that arise in communication (Brėdikytė et al., 2015). Research shows that in mature pretend play, prerequisites arise for developing various functions – executive functions, imagination, and the ability for decentration. According to Vygotsky, pretend play is a leading activity that “represents the ninth wave of child development” (1967). Research on play has highlighted the role of the adult as an important variable for the richness of play. This has been conceptualized in combination with Early Childhood Education Pedagogy. Besides the organization of the setting, one crucial condition for play development is joint play with the mediator of play culture (adult and/or older playful children). In the preschool setting, teachers can create special scaffolding situations and provide indirect and direct play support, creating a special subject-spatial environment that fosters play (Vygotsky, 1967; Wood, Bruner, & Ross, 1976). Recent studies show that preschool teachers in different countries prefer being outsiders instead of playing as partners with children (Devi, Fleer, & LI, 2018; Bredikyte, 2022) which, along with intensive schoolification, has been leading to the disappearance of play from Early Childhood Education centers. The symposium includes empirical studies shedding light both on the power of play for developing children’s learning and on teachers’ perspectives on play, its role in pedagogy, and their play support strategies. The objective of the Symposium is to contribute to a research-based agenda for Early Childhood Education teachers’ play education. The Symposium combines perspectives from 3 countries and creates the space for dialogue between researchers to elaborate on the following research questions: how can teachers support the developmental potential of children's play, its impact on children's readiness to face situations of uncertainty in other contexts, for example, when solving non-standard problems; what strengths and deficits of play support strategies may be considered as specific or universal ones; how teachers’ education and professional development can be organized to make the shift (from didactic and outsider positions in joint play to partner) more sustainable. The most important task of the Symposium is to highlight areas of professional learning that need to be further elaborated so that teachers can become playful, spontaneous, and ready to support children's play. References Brėdikytė M. (2022). Adult participation in the creation of narrative playworlds: challenges and contradictions. International Journal of Early Years Education, 30, 1-15. Brėdikytė, M., Brandišauskienė, A., & Sujetaitė-Volungevičienė, G. (2015). The Dynamics of Pretend Play Development in Early Childhood. Pedagogika / Pedagogy , 118(2), 174–187. Devi A., Fleer M., & Li L. (2018). ‘We set up a small world’: preschool teachers’ involvement in children’s imaginative play. International Journal of Early Years Education, 26(3), 295-311. Liu, C. et al. (2017). Neuroscience and learning through play: A review of the evidence. The LEGO Foundation. Schulz, T.S., Andersen, M. M., & Roepstorff, A. (2022). Play, Reflection, and the Quest for Uncertainty. In. R. A. Beghetto, & G. J. Jaeger (eds.), Uncertainty: A Catalyst for Creativity, Learning and Development. Springer. Smith, P. K., & Roopnarine, J. L. (2018). The Cambridge handbook of play: Developmental and disciplinary perspectives. Cambridge University Press. Sylva, K., et al. (2014). Effective Pre-school, Primary and Secondary Education 3-16 Project (EPPSE 3-16) Students' educational and developmental outcomes at age 16. Institute of Education, University of London. Vygotsky L.S. (1967). Play and Its Role in the Mental Development of the Child, Soviet Psychology, 5(3), 6-18 Wood, D. J., Bruner, J. S. & Ross, G. (1976). The role of tutoring in problem solving. Journal of Child Psychiatry and Psychology,17(2), 89-100. Presentations of the Symposium Pretend Play as the Workshop of Uncertainty: Preschool Teachers’ Perspectives and Play Support Strategies
Pretend play contributes to the development of emotions, self-regulation, and imagination (Singer & DeHaan, 2019), gives children the possibility to follow rules and at the same time – degrees of freedom (Oers, 2014), allows them to merge into the process, challenge themselves, co-construct meanings and meet uncertainty in symbolic space. Replacement of play with structured planned activities, and its exploitation for teaching, leads to the disappearance of play from kindergartens (Loizou & Trawick-Smith, 2022). There is a gap between the declaration of the importance of play and real practice due to the distortion of teachers’ understanding of key features of play and its role in children’s development. The objective is to study how teachers’ perspective on play is related to the strategy of its support. The theoretical framework is a cultural-historical approach to play (Vygotsky, 1967; Pramling et al., 2019; Bredikyte, 2022). This is a mixed-methods study, interpretative paradigm. Participant's consent was obtained. Data were anonymized. The research is conducted according to MCU's ethical code. Semi-structured interviews, including commentary on 2 videos, were conducted with 34 preschool teachers. Thematic analysis of interviews revealed 13 positions of the adult in joint play and 3 subthemes: overvalue the adult's role, undervalue the child; trust children, undervalue the adult; and search of balance. The assessment of the conditions for play development was carried out using the scale "Play Environmental Rating Scale. ECERS-3 Extension" (Shiyan et al., 2024) in 28 preschool classrooms (13 kindergartens). The average total score is 3,35 (sd=1,31; med=3,43), which corresponds to the minimal quality level of conditions for play. Key deficits are the participation of the teacher in joint play with children, and the provision of conditions for multi-age interaction. Significant differences are revealed in the strategy of play support among teachers with a contrasting understanding of the pseudo-play video. Teachers who distinguish between play and pseudo-play and emphasize the developmental value of spontaneous children's play create a multifunctional play environment and more often participate in joint play as partners, supporting more uncertainty in the environment and in the relationship with children. Teachers who do not distinguish between a play and a pseudo-play are more often too didactic or outsiders, they create too realistic play environment and destroy the spontaneity of children’s play by their desire to control and organize the process of play. The results of the study can be used in the elaboration of programs for teacher’s professional development.
References:
Bredikyte, M. (2022) Adult participation in the creation of narrative playworlds: challenges and contradictions. International Journal of Early Years Education, 30, 1-15.
Loizou, E., & Trawick-Smith, J. (Eds.). (2022). Teacher Education and Play Pedagogy: International Perspectives (1st ed.). Routledge.
Oers, B. (2014). Cultural–historical perspectives on play: Central ideas. In. L. Brooker, M. Blaise, & S. Edwards (eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Play and Learning in Early Childhood (pp. 56-66). SAGE.
Pramling, N., Wallerstedt, C., Lagerlöf, P., Björklund, C., Kultti, A., Palmér, H., Magnusson, M., Thulin, S., Jonsson, A., & Pramling Samuelsson, I. (2019). Play-Responsive Teaching in Early Childhood Education. Springer.
Singer E., & De Haan D. (2019). Igrat', udivlyat'sya, uznavat'. Teoriya razvitiya, vospitaniya i obucheniya detei. Publishing MOZAIKA-SINTEZ.
Shiyan, I.B., Iakshina, A.N. et al. (2024). Play Environment Rating Scale (PERS). ECERS-3 extension. Teachers College Press (in press).
Vygotsky, L.S. (1967). Play and Its Role in the Mental Development of the Child, Soviet Psychology, 5:3, 6-18.
Conditions for Supporting Play and Developing Creativity in Russian and Kazakhstani Kindergartens
Playing and creativity are united by the fact that in both cases a person is faced with an open situation of uncertainty. However, in the first case, we are talking about constructing imaginary situations (Kravtsov &Kravtsovа, 2019), and in the second – about solving non-standard problems (Craft, 2007; Veraksa, 2019).
We set out to analyze
• what are the conditions for play development and creativity in preschool classrooms;
• are the quality of the conditions for play and the quality of the conditions for creativity related to each other?
An assessment of educational conditions in 39 preschool classrooms in Russia and Kazakhstan was carried out using ECERS-3 extensions: “Play Environment Rating Scale” and “Creativity Environment Rating Scale”. Both instruments assess quality on a 7-point scale (from unsatisfactory to excellent).
The conditions both for play and creativity are at a level below the minimum: The average score for the conditions for supporting play is 2.62 (with sd = 0.84), minimum score = 1.00, maximum = 4.43; for the development of creative abilities 2.33 (with sd = 1.09), minimum score = 1.00, maximum = 5.50.
Deficiencies in the conditions for supporting play include the rare participation of the teacher in joint play with children, as well as the unavailability of unstructured materials for play.
Deficiencies in the conditions for the development of creative abilities include rare joint discussions of problematic situations related to children's lives, including situations of divergent points of view and contradictive situations, with different development options.
There are no correlations between the conditions for play and the conditions for creativity (the relationship is not significant at both the 0.01 and 0.05 levels; the correlation coefficients are weak (correlation coefficient 0.28, P-value = 0.0826)), which indicates that kindergartens tend to focus on either one or another group of conditions, and these efforts are not systematically coordinated.
The identified deficits allow us to draw a conclusion about the skills that teachers lack: the ability to work in situations of unpredictability and surprises, which is required by both accompanying the play (spontaneity, playfulness, readiness to react sensitively and non-directively joining in the play) (Hännikainen, 2013) and stimulating the resolution of conflicting situations (ability to notice a problem, organize a discussion, support the diversity of children's answers) (Siraj-Blatchford, 2009).
References:
Belolutskaya, A. K., Vorobyova, I. I., Shiyan, O.A., Zadadayev, S.A., & Shiyan, I.B. (2021). Conditions for the development of a child’s creative abilities: results of testing a tool for assessing the quality of education in kindergarten. Modern preschool education, 2, 12–30.
Craft, A., Cremin, T., Burnard, P. & Chappell, K. (2007). Developing creative learning through possibility thinking with children aged 3-7. In. A Craft, T. Cremin, & P. Burnard (Eds.), Creative Learning 3-11 and How We Document It. Trentham.
Singer, E. & van Oers, B. (2013). Promoting Play for a Better Future. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 21(2), 165–171.
Kravtsov, G.G., & Kravtsova, E.E. (2019). Play as a zone of proximal development of preschool children. Psychological and pedagogical research, 11(4), 5–21.
Siraj-Blatchford, I. (2009). Conceptualising progression in the pedagogy of play and sustained shared thinking in early childhood education: a Vygotskian perspective. Education and Child Psychology, 26(2), 77-89.
Veraksa, N.E. (2019). Dialectical thinking: logic and psychology. Cultural-historical psychology, 15(3), 4–12.
Yakshina, A.N., Le-Van, T. N., Zadadayev, S. A., & Shiyan, I. B. (2020). Development and testing of a scale for assessing the conditions for the development of children's play activity in preschool groups. Modern preschool education, 2, 21-31.
Researching Play as a Powerful Context for Learning Complexity in Teacher Education
The relationship between content knowledge and play in Early Childhood Education (ECE) has been complex (Figueiredo, 2022). Acknowledging the relevance of content in ECE requires attention to the pedagogical appropriation of knowledge but also to the view of knowledge itself. When a sociocultural perspective is assumed, it is about using knowledge as a potential tool for transformation that allows the individual to build himself subjectively and intersubjectively (Pramling et al., 2019). Research has also highlighted how teachers’ lack or inadequacy of knowledge of a certain area of the curriculum can harm children's learning by leading to opportunities that are not explored (Siraj-Blatchford, 2010), while feeling security about their knowledge leads to a greater probability of recognition and learning enhancement in children's play experiences (Hedges & Cooper, 2018). ECE teachers tend to undervalue their content knowledge even though they use it to add depth to children’s learning during play and can use pedagogical content knowledge for organizing play environments (Oppermann et al., 2016; Figueiredo, Gomes, & Rodrigues, 2020).
The particular case of introducing algorithmic thinking in ECE contexts in Portugal opened the opportunity to study this connection between play and content knowledge. Computational thinking and algorithmic thinking have been promoted in several educational systems as preparation for the challenges of the future, including uncertainty and openness. Algorithmic thinking, in particular, has long traditions in different scientific areas and can be connected to all curricular areas of ECE in Portugal (Figueiredo et al., 2021). With a focus on problem-solving together with thinking and creativity skills, teachers and curriculum developers are being challenged to foster algorithmic thinking skills starting from the preschool period (Strnad, 2018). Based on a common practitioner research approach, two studies were conducted on Portuguese ECE centers that explored play as a context to develop algorithmic thinking with children from 3 to 6 years old. The practitioners were unfamiliar with the concept and used the research on practice as a learning experience. The reports from those studies were combined with in-depth individual interviews with the teachers to explore how they perceived the relationship between their knowledge and their actions regarding children's play. Results from the content analysis on the combined data set show that a focus on play from a new content area perspective highlighted the role of the adult in supporting play and revealed areas where the adult intervention was relevant.
References:
Figueiredo, M. (2022). Tensions and (re)transformations in the Portuguese ECE curriculum. In S. Almeida, F. Sousa, & M. Figueiredo (Eds.), Curriculum autonomy policies (pp. 45-58). CICS.NOVA.
Figueiredo, M., Gomes, H. & Rodrigues, C. (2020). Mathematical pedagogical content knowledge in ECE: Tales from the ‘great unknown’ in teacher education in Portugal. In B. Perry & O. Thiel (Eds.), Innovative approaches in early childhood mathematics (pp. 535–546). Routledge.
Figueiredo, M., et al. (2021). Play, Algorithmic Thinking and ECE. In 2021 International Symposium on Computers in Education (pp. 1–4). IEEE.
Hedges, H. & Cooper, M. (2018). Relational play-based pedagogy: Theorising a core practice in ECE. Teachers and Teaching, 24(4), 369–383.
Oppermann, E., Anders, Y. & Hachfeld, A. (2016). The influence of preschool teachers’ content knowledge and mathematical ability beliefs on their sensitivity to mathematics in children’s play. Teaching and Teacher Education, 58, 174–184.
Pramling, N., et al. (2019). Play-Responsive Teaching in ECE. Springer.
Siraj-Blatchford, I. (2010). A focus on pedagogy. Case studies of effective practice. In K. Sylva, et al. (Eds.), Early childhood matters. Evidence from the EPPE Project (pp. 149–165). Routledge.
Strnad, B. (2018). Introduction to the World of Algorithmic Thinking. Journal of Electrical Engineering, 6, 57–60.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 10 SES 14 C: Panel Discussion: School Integration of Refugee Pupils from a European Perspective Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Kristina Kocyba Panel Discussion |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Panel Discussion School Integration of Refugee Pupils from a European Perspective: An Exchange between Ukraine, Hungary, Poland, and Germany on Teacher Professionalization 1TU Dresden, Germany; 2Uniwersytet Dolnośląski DSW we Wrocławiu, Poland; 3Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary; 4Ukrainian Catholic University, Ukraine Presenting Author:The integration of refugee children at school is a central task in the context of forced migration. Continuous schooling prevents disruptions in the educational biography of pupils and increases the chances of a self-determined educational and professional path (cf. Herrera & Byndas 2023) but the question of how refugee children should be educated has not yet been answered and is often heatedly debated, often leaving teachers behind feeling overwhelmed or helpless (cf. Mecheril 2008). Solutions must therefore be sought both at the macro level of the education and school system and at the micro level, in the education and training of teachers. There are several reasons for the structural ineptitude, including the respective national education system. Germany, for example, has a comparatively long history of (forced) migration; nevertheless, the educational approaches towards school integration are heterogeneous - not least within the framework of German educational federalism (cf. Mützelburg/Krawatzek 2023). In comparison, the level of experience in Poland and Hungary is lower; socio-political discourses and attitudes towards (forced) migration also vary. Also, the schooling of refugees is often only considered from the national perspective of the host country only, without taking into account interim stays or the option of pupils returning to their home country. In this panel we present the results of our international working group EMCE (Education & Migration in Central Europe) on the design of a transnational course for teachers in practice on the topic of school integration of refugees. The course design aims to equip them with professional knowledge, especially in the areas of subject knowledge, pedagogical and didactic knowledge (cf. Terhart 2011). The modules include, for example, information on legal frameworks or national school systems as well as topics such as multilingualism and language sensitive teaching (cf. Dirim 2018) or trauma and resilience (cf. NHS Scotland, 2023). The overall course design is based on two EU guidelines: lifelong learning and the idea of a Euopean study path (cf. EU council conclusions on European Education Area). Our methodology integrates Desk Research Varia (DRv), In-depth Interviews Varia (IDIv), and Focus Group Discussions Varia (FGDv) with teachers. We analyze migration policies and educational practices, conducting interviews and group discussions to delve into teachers' experiences and perspectives. Data coding allows for systematic analysis and synthesis of findings. Our discoveries lead to the development of pedagogical course foundations, addressing both educational challenges and pedagogical solutions. References Dirim, İ. / Mecheril P. (2018): Heterogenität, Sprache(n), Bildung. Eine differenz- und diskriminierungstheoretische Einführung. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. Herbst, M., & Sitek, M. (2023). Education in exile: Ukrainian refugee students in the schooling system in Poland following the Russian–Ukrainian war. European Journal of Education, 58(4), pp. 575–594. Herrera, L. J. P., & Byndas, O. (2023). “You sway on the waves like a boat in the ocean”: The effects of interrupted education on Ukrainian higher education refugee students in Poland. Cogent Education, 10(2). Koch-Priew, B. / Krüger-Potratz, M. (eds.) (2016): Qualifizierung für sprachliche Bildung. Programme und Projekte zur Professionalisierung von Lehrkräften und pädagogischen Fachkräften. Münster, New York: Waxmann. Mecheril, P. (2008). «Kompetenzlosigkeitskompetenz». Pädagogisches Handeln unter Einwanderungsbedingungen. In G. Auernheimer (Hrsg.), Interkulturelle Kompetenz und pädagogische Professionalität. Wiesbaden: VS, pp. 15-34. Mützelburg, I. / Krawatzek, F. (2023): Education and. Displacement: Ukrainian Families in Germany, ZOiS Report 1 / 2023 NHS Education for Scotland (2023). National Trauma Transformation Program: Roadmap for Creating Trauma-Informed and Responsive Change https://www.nes.scot.nhs.uk/nes-current/roadmap-for-creating-trauma-informed-and-responsive-change/ Terhart, E. (2011): Lehrerberuf und Professionalität. Gewandeltes Begriffsverständnis - neue Herausforderungen. In: Helsper, Werner [eds.]; Tippelt, Rudolf [Hrsg.]: Pädagogische Professionalität. Weinheim: Beltz, pp. S. 202-224. Chair Kristina Kocyba |
9:30 - 11:00 | 11 SES 14 A: Quality Assurance: Improving the Quality of Secondary Schools Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Mudassir Arafat Paper Session |
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper An Exploration of Supporting teachers’ Assessment Literacy in School to School Support Context: A Chinese Case Study 1Beijing Normal University, China; 2Tiangong University, China Presenting Author:Introduction Recent changes in education policy emphasize promoting school-to-school support and school-led improvement to enhance resource sharing and build a professional learning network for high-quality and balanced education (Ainscow et al., 2006; Muijs, 2015; Muijs et al., 2010; Liu, 2018). In China, the government encourages prestigious public schools to support weaker public schools, with supporting teachers sent from prestigious schools to implement improvement missions. Existing studies have focused on the willingness of supporting teachers to rotate to weaker schools and its influencing factors (e.g., Du et al., 2018; Zhang et al., 2023), with limited research on how these teachers undertake the support work (e.g., Zhong et al., 2018; Zhang & Ye, 2023; Qian et al., 2023). The assessment culture differences between supporting and weaker schools greatly influence the process and assessment of school improvement. The supporting schools and teachers often represent a student-centered educational philosophy, in line with the Chinese new curriculum reform, while weaker areas often focus on test and score-oriented education. However, little research exists on how supporting teachers actively engage in assessment reform to promote teaching and learning reform in supported schools. Therefore, this paper aims to explore how supporting teachers employ their assessment literacies to foster teaching and learning reforms in the schools they support and the strategies they use to span across boundaries. Boundary spanning practice and boundary object The concept of 'boundary spanning' arises when individuals venture into unfamiliar territory and must navigate and merge elements from different contexts to create hybrid situations (Engeström et al., 1995). Those who engage in this practice are known as boundary spanners, connecting various communities of practice and facilitating relationships between them (Wenger, 1998). Their activities involve establishing routines that uphold connections between different communities of practice or stakeholders and providing a platform for ongoing engagement in professional activities. To achieve this, leaders may utilize boundary objects (Star and Griesemer, 1989) , which are tangible items or artifacts that exist within multiple communities of practice, serving as a means of translation within multi-site work relations and requirements. The role of individuals as boundary spanners requires the ability to manage and integrate diverse discourses and practices across social boundaries. Additionally, educational infrastructure is essential to foster interactions and networks across schools or communities of practice, support boundary practices, and sustain improvement (Spillane et al., 2016). Teacher assessment literacies framework Assessment is a vital element in education, impacting teaching and learning. Teachers' assessment literacy involves understanding the assessment process, the interaction between assessment and teaching, and the ability to conduct assessments effectively (Stiggins, 1991). The focus has shifted towards "assessment for learning," emphasizing teachers' ability to review students' learning and performance data and develop programs that support student learning. Teacher assessment literacy is a dynamic and context-dependent social practice, involving the articulation and negotiation of classroom and cultural knowledge to achieve student learning goals through assessment (Adie et al., 2020; Ataie-Tabar et al., 2019; Baker & Riches, 2018; Schneider, Deluca, Pozas & Coombs, 2020; Willis et al. 2013). Scholars have redefined the framework of teacher assessment literacy, emphasizing aspects such as selecting appropriate assessment methods, interpreting results, providing student guidance, and using assessments for instructional design and school improvement (Brookhart, 2011). There is also a growing emphasis on the ethical dimensions of teacher assessment, including managing ethical conflicts, upholding fair assessment ethics, and addressing student cheating (Pope et al., 2009; Pastore et al., 2019).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method This paper seeks to understand the supporting teachers' assessment initiatives in recipient schools, employing a qualitative research approach. The Research site The study will based on the educational support of School Z to School X. School Z, located in a the capital city in China, is at the forefront of national and global education reform, with a focus on using assessment to enhance learning and promote core competencies. In contrast, recipient School X, situated in a province that lags behind in national curriculum reform, emphasizes score-oriented teaching and lacks integration of teaching and assessment. The school also faces challenges such as large class sizes, shortage of professional teachers, and limited assessment feedback to guide and motivate learning. The contrasting assessment cultures at School Z and School X represent the two poles of the integration of teaching and assessment in Chinese schools. Studying how supporting teachers from School Z conducts assessment reforms at School X can provide valuable insights into inspiring improvement. Data collection Z School's support for X School began in March 2018, with 12 supporting teachers dispatched in September of the same year. The first author established a partnership with the team from the start and actively participated in and witnessed most of the support work, collecting data through participatory observation, interviews, and material collection. Participatory Observation: The author visited X School on three occasions, observing classroom lessons, participating in teaching research, and taking part in the selection of teaching innovation awards and X School's guidance on promoting teachers' development through subject research. Interviews: Formal and informal interviews were conducted with the support team, the director of local education bureau, the leadership of X School, and teachers at X School who actively responded to the reforms. Materials Collection: Textual materials were collected, including systems and measurement standards developed by the assistance team, updates on the school's WeChat platform, application materials for the school-based Teaching Innovation Award, and project proposal documents. This also includes reports from the assistance team and assisted school teachers on various occasions. Data analysis This study is rich in data. Researchers focused on data closely aligned with the research question, conducting preliminary data selection based on relevant data. Further data selection was carried out around major themes, and the extracted data was then summarized to ensure unique insights into teacher assessment reform in the context of China's assistance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions The study found that supporting teachers at X School conducted the following work to build an assessment for learning culture: Established clear curriculum development objectives to guide students' learning. Expanded teachers' understanding of assessment, diversified assessment methods, and enhanced formative assessment. Fully utilized the educational function of homework. Actively developed students' self-assessment ability. Actively implemented "focus on every student's learning, treat every student fairly and justly" assessment ethics. Led stakeholders to establish a unified assessment philosophy. Built the infrastructure support required for assessment reform. The findings are consistent with international discussions on the teacher assessment framework, emphasizing assessment to enhance learning, the integration of teaching and assessment, core quality and competency-based learning assessment, students' self-assessment, and respect for students. The support team also identified a dimension that has not been mentioned in the international literature. This dimension involves developing the mindset of parents and other education stakeholders towards assessment for learning, with the aim of reforming the local assessment culture. To promote a change in mindset, supportive teachers utilized various boundary objects, such as reallocating and decorating school spaces, developing guidelines for teaching and assessment, and reporting school activities from a student-centered perspective. The study also found that different supporting teachers did not adopt the same strategies for assessment practice. They engaged in collaborative discussions and combined individual exploration with their understanding of their teaching subject, teaching characteristics, and prior educational experiences. This personalized exploration fostered professional learning and development. The study suggests that teacher education should prioritize the development of teachers' skills in promoting learning through assessment. The current implementation of "Assessment to Promote Learning" still requires strong top-down support in the context of the new era. References Brookhart, S. M. (2011). Educational assessment knowledge and skills for teachers. Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 30(1), 3-12. Du, P., Zhang, Y., Ye, J. (2018). Analysis of Teacher's Willingness for Job Rotation Exchange from the Perspective of Push-Pull Theory: A Survey in a District of Beijing. Educational Development Research, 38(04), 37-44. Engeström, Y., Engeström, R. & Kärkkäinen, M. (1995) Polycontextuality and boundary crossing in expert cognition: Learning and problem solving in complex work activities. Learning and Instruction. 5(4), 319-336. Liu, J. (2018) Constructing resource sharing collaboration for quality public education in urban China: Case study of school alliance in Beijing, International Journal of Educational Development, 59, 9-19. Muijs, D., West, M., Ainscow, M. (2010). Why network? Theoretical perspectives on net working. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 21 (1), 5-26. Muijs, D. (2015). Improving schools through collaboration: a mixed methods study of school-to-school partnerships in the primary sector. Oxford Review of Education. 41 (5), 563–586. Pope, N., Green, S., Johnson, R.. & Mitchell, M. (2009). Examining teacher ethical dilemmas in classroom assessment. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25, 778-782. Pastore, S.; Andrade, H. (2019). Teacher assessment literacy: A three-dimensional model. Teaching and Teacher Education, 84, 128-138. Qian, H., Walker, A., Zheng, Y. (2023). Boundary-spanning practices of system leaders in China: Enabling conditions and inherent tensions, Educational Management Administration & Leadership,1-20. Star, S. & Griesemer, J.R. (1989). Institutional ecology, “translations” and bound ary objects: amateurs and professionals in Berkeley’s museum of vertebrate zoology, 1907-39. Social Studies of Science 19(3), 387–420. Spillane, J., Shirrell, M. & Hopkins, M. (2016). Designing and deploying a professional learning community (PLC) organizational routine: bureaucratic and collegial arrangements in tandem. Le Travail Collectif Des Enseignants 35, 97-122. Stiggins, R. (1991). Assessment literacy. Phi Delta Kappan, 72(7), 534-539. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning and Identity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Zhong, Y., Ye, J., & Lo, Nai-kwai. (2018). Learning leadership beliefs, behaviors, and influences of teachers in job rotation exchange: A survey based on District Z in Beijing. Educational Development Research, 38(04), 51-58. Zhang, J., Ye, J., Wang, J. (2023). The Effects and Implementation Mechanism of Teacher Exchange and Rotation: An Empirical Analysis Based on Three Mobility Paths. Journal of Educational Studies, 2, 129-143. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Quality Assurance with Learning Analytics in Secondary Education: A Systematic Literature Review on Affordances and Constraints 1Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium; 2Universidad de Valladolid, Spain; 3INVALSI, Italy; 4Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Quality assurance (QA) in education has become increasingly decentralised in many European countries over the past decades, making schools increasingly responsible for the monitoring, safeguarding and development of their own quality. Although the main concern of quality assurance in schools is to develop the quality of teaching and learning; different, more school-level approaches to QA can be taken, for instance by drawing on a distinction between external and internal evaluation (Eurydice, 2015). Although quality assurance mechanisms are embedded in educational systems’ regulations, several initiatives and evolutions overarch the differences across jurisdictions in Europe. The European Commission’s Education and Training working group, for instance, points towards the need for capacity building in quality assurance processes (European Commission, 2018). This capacity building is linked primarily to the pursuit of evidence-informed quality assurance in schools (Brown & Malin, 2022). As part of their (internal) evaluation procedures and quality development, schools are stimulated to make use of different sources of evidence (Wiseman, 2010) to further develop their quality and inform their decision making. Following the digital transformation in education, huge amounts of digital resources and data have been introduced and proliferated in schools for (re)designing and evaluating education, for instance through the introduction of digital learning management systems and Learning Analytics (LA). LA assess, elicit and analyse static and dynamic information about learners and learning environments for the optimisation of learning processes and environments, as well as for educational decision making in organisations (Ifenthaler & Drachsler, 2020; Rodríguez-Triana, Martínez-Monés, & Villagrá-Sobrino, 2016). Despite its potential, the actual use of LA is still rather scarce in K-12 education compared to the context of higher education (Andresen, 2017; Gander, 2020). Existing literature focused on higher education points to organisational readiness, (Clark et al., 2020), characteristics of data(systems), the ethical issues around the use of LA (Cerratto Pargman & McGrath, 2021; Tzimas & Demetriadis, 2021), and staff readiness (Mandinach & Abrams, 2022) to play an important role in the successful use of LA. In K-12 education, however, LA are currently primarily used at the micro level to identify learners’ needs and tailor instruction to meet these needs (Wise & Jung, 2019). The use of LA by educational professionals, f.i. at the school (management) level, has therefore not yet reached its full potential. This could be due to the fact that K-12 students are mostly minors and even more pressing ethical considerations and caution in the use and processing of learning analytics data are at play. Furthermore, the way secondary schools are organised is very different from higher education. However, the fact remains that schools’ own data regarding learning processes remain largely un(der)explored (Ifenthaler, 2021) due to, i.e., lack of awareness of the vast amount of data available and a lack of capacity to work with these data (Datnow & Hubbard, 2016; O’Brien, McNamara, O’Hara, & Brown, 2019). In this contribution, we present a systematic literature study conducted as part of a larger Erasmus+ KA project titled ‘QUALAS’ (Quality Assurance with Learning Analytics in Schools), which aims to promote capacity building in secondary schools in Flanders (Belgium), Ireland, Italy and Spain to use (different) LA data for quality assurance (QA); according to the key principles for QA put forward by (European Commission, 2018). Our overall aim is to identify and put into practice possibilities for enhancing the capacity of educational professionals in secondary schools to make appropriately use of learning analytics for quality assurance. As a first step, we addressed the following research question: what affordances and constraints does existing literature identify for the use of learning analytics in the context of quality assurance in secondary education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This systematic literature review was conducted as a rapid narrative summary, following the guidelines provided by Amog et al. (2022). It concerns a qualitative review based on the fixed research question mentioned above, which paid no specific attention to the role of theory in the selected studies and made use of purposive sampling. Due to time constraints (as this review presents the first step in the first phase of our overall project), the review concerned a limited number op studies, by: searching by specific years (2011-2023), databases (ScienceDirect, Scopus, Web of Science and EBSCOhost), language (English), and sources (scientific papers). While only one reviewer conducted the title and abstract reviewing, the full text review was conducted jointly by all partners to minimise potential bias (Ganann, Ciliska & Thomas, 2010). Additionally, the review followed the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) protocol by Moher et al., 2020 for developing and conducting the search strategy, selection, analysis synthesis and assessment. The review contained 40 papers that met our criteria for inclusion and exclusion. The criteria for inclusion were: articles written in English within the time span of 2011-2023, and discussing the context of secondary education. Exclusion criteria were: papers only discussing LA in the context of higher education or post-secondary education, papers only mentioning LA as a keyword or descriptor but not studying LA or LA use in or for schools (e.g. by teachers, school leaders, school staff, students, etc.), or studies following (quasi-)experimental designs that only mentioned a form or resource of LA as a means of research data collection without coupling LA to school use by educational professionals or without embedding them in teaching and school practices. The appraisal (coding) of the selected studies was conducted according to the following categories: • Thematic grouping according to: focus on effectiveness or user experiences • Forms or elements of capacity building mentioned • Type of study: empirical, theoretical, review, etc. • Meta data Additionnally, our focus on affordances and constraints for QA was translated to adopting QA as the main coding category for the selected studies. This category included the following themes or sub-categories:- • Function of LA use: accountability, improvement, etc. • Level of LA use: school, team, teacher, students • Type of LA data: descriptive, diagnostic, predictive, prescriptive • Quality of processes, outputs, inputs, or contextual factors Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, our review confirms the observation made by Hernandez-Leal et al.(2021) that the vast majority of studies concerning LA in secondary education are usually focusing on experimentation with specific techniques or methods (flipped learning, serious games, dashboards, etc.) providing specific types of LA applied as research methods for data collection. Moreover, these are often applied in a very restricted manner, e.g. within a specific subject area or discipline (robotics, language learning, programming, etc.). In response to our research question, we identified a large number of both affordances or opportunities, and constraints or challenges linked to the use of learning analytics for quality assurance in secondary schools. Four main categories can be discerned: 1) Teacher and school staff characteristics (perceptions, intentions, behaviour, data literacy and digital competence, technology acceptance, confidence, pedagogical content knowledge, etc.) 2) School culture: quality of communication, decision making, provision of support, school policy-making and governance, reflexivity and assessment practices, social structures, etc. 3) LA characteristics: private vs. public stakeholders, potential for co-design and inquiry, materiality and accessibility, design, human-technology interactions, etc. 4) Concerns: privacy and ethics, student protection, teacher professionalism and educational marketisation Overall, we find little explicit connections between quality assurance and LA. However, the affordances and constraints we identified for the use of LA for QA in secondary schools, largely mirror those identified in the existing literature on LA in higher education. However, privacy and ethical concerns appear to be even more fundamental in the context of the use of LA for QA in secondary schools. Moreover, LA are generally considered a supplement and aid to the teaching processes, professional judgements and decision-making on the part of educational stakeholders and are approached with due caution; whereas their potential as a means of improving the quality of learning processes and outcomes, is generally assumed and promoted. References Amog, K., Pham, B., Courvoisier, M., Mak, M., Booth, A., Godfrey, C., Hwee, J., Straus, S.E. & Tricco, A.C. 52022). The Web-based "Right Review" tool asks reviewers simple questions to suggest methods from 41 Knowledge Synthesis methods. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 147, 42-51 Datnow, A., & Hubbard, L. (2016). Teacher capacity for and beliefs about data-driven decision making: A literature review of international research. Journal of Educational Change, 17(1), 7-28. doi:10.1007/s10833-015-9264-2 European Commission. (2018). Quality assurance for school development. Guiding principles for policy development on quality assurance in school education. Retrieved from Brussels: Eurydice. (2015). Assuring Quality in Education: Policies and Approaches to School Evaluation in Europe. Retrieved from Luxembourgh: Ganann, R., Cilisk, D. & Thomas, H. (2010). Expediting systematic reviews: methods and implications of rapid reviews. Implementation Science, 5(56), 1-10 Hernandez-Leal, E., et al. N. D. Duque-Mendez and C. Cechinel (2021). Unveiling educational patterns at a regional level in Colombia: data from elementary and public high school institutions. Heliyon 7(9), 1-17. Ifenthaler, D. (2021). Learning analytics for school and system management. OECD Digital Education Outlook 2021 Pushing the Frontiers with Artificial Intelligence, Blockchain and Robots: Pushing the Frontiers with Artificial Intelligence, Blockchain and Robots, 161. Ifenthaler, D., & Drachsler, H. (2020). Learning analytics. O’Brien, S., McNamara, G., O’Hara, J., & Brown, M. (2019). Irish teachers, starting on a journey of data use for school self-evaluation. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 60, 1-13. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2018.11.001 Rodríguez-Triana, M. J., Martínez-Monés, A., & Villagrá-Sobrino, S. (2016). Learning Analytics in Small-Scale Teacher-Led Innovations: Ethical and Data Privacy Issues. Journal of Learning Analytics, 3(1), 43-65. Wise, A. F., & Jung, Y. (2019). Teaching with analytics: Towards a situated model of instructional decision-making. Journal of Learning Analytics, 6(2), 53–69-53–69. Wiseman, A. W. (2010). The uses of evidence for educational policymaking: Global contexts and international trends. Review of research in education, 34(1), 1-24. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper The Interaction of Quality, Quality Assurance and Evaluation on School Units in the Field of Educational Leadership: a SEM Approach. University of Aegean, Greece Presenting Author:The aim of this proposal is to explore how quality, quality assurance and evaluation of school units are connected in the field of school leadership More specifically, the intention is to examine the possibility of making a structural model that examines the interaction being developed between these concepts. The implementation of quality assurance systems is one of the cornerstones of any educational system, while at the same time is being understood as a way to improve the quality of school units (Buzdar & Jalal, 2019). More specifically, the quality assurance of school units is a mechanism to ensure the provision of high-quality education, to identify and solve problems in the educational system in order to improve its quality. On the other hand, information is collected about the quality of the education provided (European Commission, 2020; Alaba, 2010). Within the framework of quality assurance of school units, quality should be ensured for the main stakeholders of the educational process. The adoption of quality assurance procedures in school units has many advantages, such as the establishment of high standards, the improvement of educational results, the recognition of the strengths and weaknesses of the educational system (Alaba, 2010). Moreover, improving the quality of education is the first strategic objective set by the Council of the European Union for the period 2021-2030 (2021/C 66/01). As it is concluded from the above the quality assurance of school units is aimed at ensuring that the objectives set are achieved and includes, among other things, evaluation procedures (Onuma & Okpalanze, 2017). Evaluation of school units is a key component of quality assurance (Eurydice, 2004) and these two concepts appear to be directly linked, as evaluation is one of the procedures that can be used to ensure the quality of schools in conjunction with others, such as the monitoring of the educational system or even the evaluation of teachers (Euridice, 2015). The association of school quality assurance with school evaluation has been a major topic for many researchers (Gardezi et al., 2023; Onuma & Okpalanze, 2017), but no model of their interaction has been proposed so far. School leadership is a key factor of quality education in schools as it affects school operations in many ways (Anastasiadou & Anastasiadis, 2019). However, the role of school leadership is also crucial for the quality assurance systems used to support schools (Afriadi et al., 2023). More specifically, school leadership has a positive direct impact on quality assurance (Hartati et al., 2019), whereas there is a direct and indirect effect of leadership on quality (Bellibaş et al., 2020). This intercorrelation can create a dynamic organizational entity with novel opportunities (Shattuck & Olcott, 2022). Last but not least, school leadership has become a critical factor for school evaluation in the effort of making schools more autonomous and more accountable as required in recent years (Pont, Nuche & Moorman, 2008). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present research is part of a broader study, which refers to how greek teachers perceive the concepts of quality assurance as well as quality and evaluation of school units. For the needs of the survey a questionnaire was constructed based on the quality indicators that had been the subject of scientific publications in Greece in the last 20 years. The questionnaire was submitted either direct or through e-mails between the time period of May 2021 and April 2022. The sample of the survey consisted of 1095 teachers from public as well as private schools, where 51.9% of the sample was working in primary education and 48.1% in secondary education. Finally, the 82.6% of the sample was working in public schools and respectively the 17.4% in private schools. In the beginning, Exploratory and Confirmatory factor analysis was applied in order to create the model. More specifically, exploratory factor analysis was applied to investigate the factor structure of the scales, as there was no ready-made theoretical model. Confirmatory factor analysis was performed to test whether the data fit the hypothesized measurement model. Additionally, the Cronbach's index was used as a reliability measure, which in all cases was above 0.70. The adequacy of the sample was examined with the statistical index of the Kaiser-Mayer-Olkin Measure of Sampling Adequacy (KMO) and the index of sphericity (Barlett's test of sphericity). Last but not least, two significant criteria were taken into account for the adaptation or creation of the scales: a. the percentage of the total variance explained and b. the item loadings of each factor. Therefore, the correlation index of each question with the final result was verified. The method used was the Maximum Likelihood Estimate (MLE). The structural model to examine the three concepts was done using the Structural Equation Modeling. Some indicators were used to assess the good adaptation of the metric and the structural model: the statistical criterion x2 (p >.05), the CMIN/DF index (≤ 3), the CFI indicator (≥ 0, 90), the SRMR index (& ≤ 0, 08) and the RMSEA index (< 0, 08). Finally, the excellence of the final model in terms of reliability, convergence validity and discriminant validity was ensured by the values of Composite Reliability (CR), Average Extracted Variance (AVE), and the Maximum Shared Variance (MSV). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The final Structural Model is supported by indicators that indicate excellent fit. The interpretation of the structural model in the field of the school leadership validates scientifically that the quality objectives significantly affect the objectives of quality assurance (b=0.807, p<.001), which in turn affect the evaluation objectives (b=0.690, p <.001). This finding is considered very important, as no corresponding effect has been identified in another survey. An additional important finding of the proposal is that the school unit quality targets appear to have a negligible impact on the level of education of teachers in terms of school unit assessment (b=0.058, p<.01) and on the degree of education for teachers in terms of the quality assurance of school units (b=0.065, p<.05). Accordingly, it is observed that the degree of training of teachers on the evaluation does not seem to have a great influence on the assessment itself (b=0.108, p<.001), while a major, also, finding is that the level of education of teachers on quality assurance significantly affects the degree to which teachers are educated on the issues of evaluation (b=0.791, p<.001). In conclusion, an interaction was found among the objectives for the quality of school units, their quality assurance and their evaluation, as a direct effect was detected between these concepts. In addition, interesting implications emerged, such as the importance of teacher training in quality assurance and the evaluation of school units. References •Afriadi, B., Fatkar, B., Mirza, M., Fitri, F., Nur, M., Sobirov, B., & Colega Oli, M. (2023). Systematic Review of Education Quality Assurance Management in schools method matching. International Education Trend Issues, 1(2), 58–66. https://doi.org/10.56442/ieti.v1i2.146 •Alaba, S. O. (2010). Improving the standard and quality of primary education in Nigeria: A case study of oyo and Osun States. International Journal for Cross-Disciplinary Subjects in Education, 1(3), 156–160. https://doi.org/10.20533/ijcdse.2042.6364.2010.0021 •Anastasiadou, S., & Anastasiadis, L. (2019). Quality Assurance in Education in the Light of the Effectiveness of Transformational School Leadership. In N. Sykianakis, P. Polychronidou, & A. Karasavvoglou (Eds.), Economic and Financial Challenges for Eastern Europe (pp. 323–344). Chapter, Springer. •Bellibaş, M. Ş., Gümüş, S., & Liu, Y. (2020). Does school leadership matter for teachers’ classroom practice? The influence of instructional leadership and distributed leadership on instructional quality. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(3), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2020.1858119 •Buzdar, M. A., & Jalal, H. (2021). Quality enhancement, teaching quality, and students perceived satisfaction: challenges and perspectives in higher education. Research Journal of PNQAHE, 2(2), 1–13. •Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030) 2021/C 66/01. (2021). Official Journal, C 66, 1-21. CELEX: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32021G0226(01)[legislation] •European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, (2020). Supporting school self-evaluation and development through quality assurance policies: key considerations for policy-makers: report by ET2020 Working Group Schools, Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/02550 •Eurydice . (2004). Evaluation of Schools providing Compulsory Education in Europe. Belgium. •Eurydice. (2015). Assuring quality in education – Policies and approaches to school evaluation in Europe. Luxembourg •Gardezi, S., McNamara, G., Brown, M., & O’Hara, J. (2023). School inspections: A rhetoric of quality or reality? Frontiers in Education, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1204642 •Hartati, S., Matin, M. M., & Talib Bon, A. (2019). The Influence of Leadership on Academic Quality Assurance at the Private Nursing Vocational Schools. Proceedings of the International Conference on Industrial Engineering and Operations Management, 23–25. •Onuma, N., & Okpalanze, N. P. (2017). : 10.5829/idosi.mejsr.2017.1695.1714 Assessment of Quality Assurance Practices in Secondary Schools in Enugu State Nigeria. Middle-East Journal of Scientific Research, 25(8), 1695–1714. https://doi.org/10.5829/idosi.mejsr.2017.1695.1714 •Pont, B., Nuche, D., & Moorman, H. (2008). (rep.). Improving School Leadership. Volume 1: Policy and Practice. OECD. •Shattuck, K., & Olcott, D. (2022). The Synergy of Leadership, Quality, Policy, Change: Opportunities and Tensions. American Journal of Distance Education, 36(1), 1–2. https://doi.org/10.1080/08923647.2022.2036550 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 13 SES 14 A: Exemplarity Beyond the Logic of Progress. Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Stefano Oliverio Session Chair: Morten Timmermann Korsgaard Symposium |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium Exemplarity Beyond the Logic of Progress. There can be little doubt that examples and exemplarity are key aspects of any educational practice. Either in the use of examples in teaching, or in the fact that teachers themselves function as exemplars (good or bad ones) while teaching. Yet exemplarity does not seem to feature very prominently in research and theorising on education. Occasioned by the publication of Retuning Education. Bildung and exemplarity beyond the logic of progress (Korsgaard, 2024) this symposium aims to rethink the role of exemplarity in education in order to escape some of the functionalist and conservative tendencies that have been associated with thinking about exemplarity in education. These have been prominent in ideas about a certain canon of examples in for example literature and science and in the emerging ideas around exemplarist ethics and education where a reductive admiration-emulation model is pervasive (see Zagzebski, 2013). These ideas tend to understand the use of examples in functionalist terms with a clear aim or objective in view which subsumes the particular example under a simplistic transactional function, with a specific outcome in mind. What we wish to explore is whether we can think of the function of examples and exemplars in education in a way that escapes such reductive logics (see also Harvey, 2002); a way that keeps the outcome of educational processes radically open, keeping to the Arendtian credo of not determining in advance how students should relate to subject matter, i.e., the examples they are presented with in education (Arendt, 2006). We will focus our attention mainly on the use of examples in teaching, or in the vocabulary of the abovementioned book, didactical exemplarity. Roughly speaking this concerns moments when something functions as an example in education. This is contrasted with educational exemplarity when someone takes up an exemplary function in education (Korsgaard, 2019; 2024). Didactical exemplarity concerns what is to be placed on the table in education and how this is to be presented to the students. One aspect concerns the content [inhalt] of education and the other the substance [gehalt] of education (Klafki, 2007). Choosing the right example or experiment to present the law of gravity to students (e.g. an apple falling from a tree) to students is not enough. It must be arranged and presented in a way that can capture the attention of the students (see Wagenschein 1956; 1977). In this symposium, we wish to explore this pivotal aspect of education in ways that reflect the multifaceted and complex process that lies behind any presentation of subject matter, while attempting to escape the usual reductive and outcome-oriented approaches to these challenges. The three papers and the response circle the issue from different starting points yet attempt to outline new ways to think about the use of examples in education and, given the centrality of this aspect, education itself. References Arendt, H. (2006) Between Past and Future. London: Penguin Books. Harvey, I. (2002). Labyrinths of exemplarity. At the limits of deconstruction. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Klafki, W. (2007) Neue Studien zur Bildungstheorie und Didaktik. 6. Auflage. Weinheim und Basel: Beltz. Korsgaard, M. T. (2019) ‘Exploring the role of exemplarity in education: two dimensions of the teacher’s task’, Ethics and Education, 14:3, 271-284, DOI: 10.1080/17449642.2019.1624466 Korsgaard, Morten, T. (2024) Retuning Education: Bildung and Exemplarity Beyond the Logic of Progress. London: Routledge. Zagzebski, L. (2013) ‘Moral exemplars in theory and practice’ Theory and Research in Education, 11(2): 193–206. Wagenschein, M. (1956) ‘Zum Begriff des exemplarischen Lehrens’ Internet resource (accessed 08.09.2022): http://www.martin-wagenschein.de/en/2/W-128.pdf Wagenschein, M. (1977) ‘Rettet die Phänomene!’ Internet resource (accessed 02.11.2022) http://www.martin-wagenschein.de/2/W-204.pdf Presentations of the Symposium The Singularity of the Example: An Emotional Response
Education is a field that concerns the commonness of the world and teaching can be viewed as a gift given to the young generation. However, the world tackles difficult matters, where injustice and conflicts are present in different ways, in schools and outside it. War, poverty, atrocities and inequality are a part of our common world. In my contribution to the symposium on Korsgaard’s book Retuning education (2024), I will give a response to when that which is put on the table, the example, consists of sentimental narratives of injustice or conflicts (cf. Hållander 2020, Zembylas 2023). I will do so by doing an emotional reading.
We all use examples, within philosophy, teaching and in daily life telling stories that exemplify what is presented. Examples constitute a didactic and ontological singularity, which speaks for itself (Agamben 2009, Hållander 2024). To give an example (in teaching) is a complex act, since “what the example shows is its belonging to a class, but for this very reason the example steps out of its class in the moment it exhibits and delimits it” (Agamben, 2009, s. 18). An example, stands for itself, speaks of itself, but in this singularity, it is also related to that which stands alongside it. This relatedness of the example allows for the possibility to create a knowability (Agamben 2009, Hållander 2024). Education is a matter of placing objects, and ideas in front of the students, so “that they are invited to touch, taste, smell, listen to, think about. Put simply, they are invited to study them” (Korsgaard 2024, p. 5). Teaching examples therefore concerns and creates understandings and knowability. Sometimes this understanding and knowability is emotional.
Scholars in various fields of the humanities and the social sciences have explored the significance of affects and emotions in different educational settings (cf. Zembylas 2023). For example, sentimental narratives are used to invoke empathetic feelings, and create not only feelings but also shape identities and formations of ‘us and them’ (Ahmed 2006). Through emotions we react, and act. Dealing with students’ emotions is a part of teachers’ work, and different examples can evoke different emotions (Zembylas 2023, Hållander 2020). In my contribution to the symposium, I will argue how emotions and affective logics of examples of injustice and atrocities can be addressed pedagogically in critical rather than sentimental ways.
References:
Agamben, Giorgio. (2009) The signature of all things: On method. Zone Books.
Ahmed, Sarah. (2004) The Cultural Politics of Emotion. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh Press.
Hållander, Marie. (2024) Exemplets didaktik: singularitet och subjektivitet i religionsundervisning. Speki. Nordic Philosophy and Education Review.
Hållander, Marie. (2020) The Pedagogical Possibilities of Witnessing and Testimonies Through the Lens of Agamben. Palgrave Macmillan,. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-55525-2_5
Korsgaard, Morten. (2024) Retuning Education: Bildung and Exemplarity Beyond the Logic of Progress. Routledge.
Zembylas, Michalinos. (2023) Challenging sentimental narratives of ‘victims’
and ‘perpetrators’ in postcolonial settings: thinking with and through affective justice in
comparative education, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 53:7,1152-1169, DOI: 10.1080/03057925.2021.2017766
Thing as Entry Point: Wagenschein and Thing-centred Pedagogy
To discuss Korsgaard's (2024) argument, we want to rethink the ideas of Martin Wagenschein (2010) in view of Hannah Arendt’s (1961) conceptualisation of education as the introduction of newcomers to the old world. Wagenschein frames his ideas as didactical and introduces the notion of entry point or Einstieg to criticize the widely acknowledged principle of the learning ladder. We argue that his idea of Einstieg as the starting point into a domain of knowledge is not only fundamental for teaching, but also revolutionary for educational theory as such. The Einstieg serves as an example, but a particular one – we would argue – i.e., it is the thing that a teacher invites her pupils to study together. Therefore, as Wagenschein reminds us, it has to be complex enough to contain a mystery of some kind, an aspect that is unknown, concealed, and therefore, interesting, attractive, if not seductive. The reason for a teacher and her pupils to study this thing is not to acquire some predetermined knowledge, competence, or skills. What is at stake is what is opened by this entry point.
This thing is the path through which pupils enter a particular domain of our common world. Studying it allows them to look around and find other interesting matters to study. Perhaps – with time – they will find this domain (mathematics, chemistry, history, poetry, woodcraft, etc.) their habitat. Teaching focused on the thing studied together with pupils requires therefore to lose time and to lose oneself in it: to “grow roots” and “linger” in a thing. This goes counter to the rush that characterizes curriculum-centred teaching focused on ticking the boxes of subsequent themes being delivered. This also goes counter to the neoliberal personalised learning strategies focused on the most efficient way to install new functionalities in the cognitive apparatus of an individual child. In addition, it differs from the liberal student-centred pedagogies focused on children’s needs and talents. Hence, we will present Wagenschein's exemplarist proposal as a clear case of a thing-centred pedagogy. Our analysis is fully in line with Arendt, for whom education is essentially about responding to the condition of natality, meaning that it concerns the meeting of an old and a new generation. Wagenschein adds to this that teaching also always starts with a thing, and orients itself around the thing, i.e., the entry point to our common world.
References:
Arendt, H. (1961). The Crisis in Education. In Between Past and Future: Eight Exercises in Political Thought. The Viking Press: New York
Korsgaard, Morten. (2024) Retuning Education: Bildung and Exemplarity Beyond the Logic of Progress. Routledge.
Wagenschein, M. (2010) ‘Teaching to Understand: On the Concept of the Exemplary in Teaching’ in Westbury, I., Hopmann, S. & Riquarts, K. eds. Teaching as a Reflective Practice: The German Didaktik Tradition. Mahwah-London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers, pp. 161-175
Educational Resonance: Explorations of the Forgotten Middle
The middle voice denotes a grammatical construction that is virtually absent from English not least because our “somewhat stubborn ordering of subject-verb-object” (Standish 2018, 10) leads to a binary presumption of agency: we act or are acted upon; we are agents or patients; active or passive (Lewin 2011). This grammatical bind forces English thinking and discourse down rather narrow channels. For instance, in the philosophy of technology we schizophrenically leap from asserting our agency (it is up to us how we use machines) to lamenting our impotence before almighty autonomous technology (Lewin 2006). We struggle to express, or even conceive, of a more nuanced interplay between human agency and the ‘agency’ (or as Heidegger put it, ‘das Geschick’) of technology (Heidegger 1977). Similarly, philosophers of religion have tended to assert that an experience of ‘God’ is either a projection of the human subject (in which case false), or a revelation in which the subject is rendered passive - consider William James’ classic definition of religious experience (James 1902). We struggle to conceptualise a harmonisation between the speculations of the religious subject, and the revelations that may thereby occur (Dupré 1998). There is, in short, an insensitivity concerning how experience, thought and language operate in a space between ‘subject’ and ‘object’, between thought and being. That insensitivity risks occluding insights about the nature of technology, religion, or, as I will focus on here, education.
Korsgaard’s book (2024) is sensitised to the possible constructions of thought that language brings forth, to inhabit a middle register: education is described here in terms of (re)tuning and resonance through exemplarity. Resonance isn’t something that an agent does, nor do they only undergo resonance. It is active and passive: naming something that takes place between person and world. For Korsgaard resonance is at the heart of the educational relation precisely because education is relational. Building on this argument, I will show how the concept of attention, also key to education and exemplarity, is not something that agents simply control (either by demanding or paying attention). Rather ‘attention’ names something that takes place in a middle realm (Lewin 2014). Through the evocation of the archaic term ‘behold’ I will show how the relations between the three corners of the educational triangle, educator, student and world (Friesen and Kenklies 2022) are brought to life through a trialectic of beholding in which examplarity plays a key role.
References:
Dupré, L. (1998) Religious Mystery and Rational Reflection. Eerdmans.
Friesen, N and Kenklies, K. (2022) Continental pedagogy & curriculum. In Tierney, Rob and Rizvi, Fazal and Ercikan, Kadriye, eds. International Encyclopedia of Education. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp. 245-255.
Heidegger, M. (1977) The Question Concerning Technology and Other Essays. Harper and Row.
James, W. (1902) The Varieties of Religious Experience. Longmans, Green and Co.
Korsgaard, M. (2024) Retuning Education: Bildung and Exemplarity Beyond the Logic of Progress. Routledge.
Lewin, D. (2006) Freedom and Destiny in the Philosophy of Technology. New Blackfriars, 87(1011), 515–533.
Lewin, D. (2011) The middle voice in Eckhart and modern continental philosophy. Medieval Mystical Theology, 20 (1). pp. 28-46.
Lewin, D. (2014) Behold: silence and attention in education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 48 (3). pp. 355-369.
Standish, P. (2018) Language, translation, and the hegemony of English. Tetsugaku. International Journal of the Philosophical Association of Japan, 2 pp. 1-12.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 14 SES 14 A: NW 14 Network Meeting Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle Network Meeting |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper NW 14 Network Meeting University of St Andrews, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
9:30 - 11:00 | 15 SES 14 A: Partnership research and SDGs Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Niclas Rönnström Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Evaluating Equity in Education: A Collaborative Partnership from Ireland University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:This paper describes the collaborative partnership for the design and implementation of an evaluation study. The partnership consists of three key partners; a) four non-formal education providers addressing educational disadvantage in Ireland, b) researchers from an Irish University who serve as external evaluators, c) an Irish grant-making and social change organisation. The overarching goal of the participating non-formal education providers is to tackle educational disadvantage among vulnerable populations, with a specific focus on young people from Traveller, Roma, and Migrant backgrounds, as well as those experiencing rural disadvantage. The evaluation study, commissioned by the funding organisation and led by the research team, aims to capture the impact of the educational activities delivered by these providers in order to build an evidence base that will inform future initiatives in education practice and policy.
Early school leavers in Ireland are more likely to experience further marginalisation and barriers to accessing and completing higher and further education, with implications for career choices and employment security (CSO, 2019). Given the interplay between social class, ethnicity and nationality (Kennedy and Smith, 2018), students’ ethnic background can contribute to learning barriers and inequality in access to educational resources and provision. It is crucial to take into account the documented stigmatisation and marginalisation faced by the Traveller and Roma communities in Ireland (UNCRC, 2016), Thus, there is a pressing need for rethinking the approaches that address the challenges faced by groups experiencing educational disadvantage in Ireland. This emphasises the significance of adopting strategies in education that are tailored to their specific needs and circumstances.
Within the partnership, the research team aims to deepen our understanding of effective strategies to support educational progression for the identified target groups facing educational disadvantage. The evaluation framework is grounded in a differentiated Theory of Change Model (TOC) co-designed with the non-formal education providers and monitored by the funding body. Against this backdrop, the project systematically analyses the educational outcomes for each of the participating education providers through the lens of SDG4: Quality Education. In this context, SDG4 is regarded as a facilitator for addressing SDG 10: Reduced Inequalities, while educational activities in the programmes include a variety of SDGs (e.g. SDG5: Gender Equality through the involvement of girls in STEM). In this paper we explore the following research question: What are the intricate dynamics of an effective partnership between three types of partners, (academic, funding bodies and charities) in tackling educational disadvantage? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The evaluation involves close collaboration with the funding body and key liaison staff from the participating education providers. More specifically, in the case of education providers addressing youth from the Irish Traveller and Roma community, our approach falls within the qualitative paradigm. For one of them, we are conducting in-depth interviews to delve into the lived experiences of a sample of 15 students, aiming to understand their encounters with exclusion and education. Similarly, education providers focusing on Traveller youths are evaluated through a qualitative methodology, supplemented by interviews with key individuals from local schools to gain insights into the broader community context. A mixed-methods approach is employed for the provider directed at girls in rural or underserved communities, integrating both qualitative and quantitative techniques. This initiative aims to engage participants in workshops exploring various STEM fields, including robotics, technology, and real-world problem-solving. The overarching goal is to foster the development of leadership skills. Finally, the evaluation of a programme targeting early school leavers from various backgrounds across Ireland also adopts a mixed-methods approach to capture a holistic view of the program's effects on students. These methodologies align with each project's unique characteristics, ensuring a comprehensive evaluation that captures the diverse experiences and outcomes of the four educational initiatives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing from our collaborative experience with various stakeholders in evaluating funded non-formal education provider initiatives, we seek to contribute to the discourse on establishing more effective partnerships for the development of a sustainable society. Our examination of partnerships involving academic, non-academic, and NGO contributors aims to provide valuable insights into the role of education in building a more sustainable society. The presentation will provide insights into arising conflicts of interest, ethical considerations and expectations within this partnership, with the overarching goal of contributing to the development of a more sustainable and equitable society. The anticipated outcomes of this paper include gaining an understanding of how the diversity of contributors, each with unique backgrounds, goals, and practices, shapes the effectiveness of these partnerships. Our exploration will identify key factors that either facilitate or pose challenges in sustainable partnerships, aligning with Sustainable Development Goal 17. Additionally, it will draw from a variety of SDGs, such as SDG 4: Quality Education, SDG 10: Reduced Inequalities and SDG5: Gender Equality. Finally, by delving into the dynamics of multifaceted partnerships and their connections to the community, the paper will offer insights into the pivotal role of education in sustainable transitions, while reflecting on how partnerships could become more effective to achieve quality education for all. References Central Statistics Office (2019). Survey on Income and Living Conditions (SILC) 2019: Poverty and deprivation. Dublin: CSO. Available at: https://www.cso.ie/en/releasesandpublications/ep/p-silc/surveyonincomeandlivingconditionssilc2019/povertyanddeprivation/ Kennedy, P. & Smith, K. (2018). ‘The hope of a better life? Exploring the challenges faced by migrant Roma families in Ireland in relation to children’s education’, Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies. DOI:10.1080/1369183X.2018.1471344 UNCRC (2016). ‘Concluding Observations: On the combined third and fourth periodic report of Ireland’. UN Doc CRC/C/IRL/ CO/3-4 UN General Assembly, Transforming our world : the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, 21 October 2015, A/RES/70/1. Available at: https://www.refworld.org/docid/57b6e3e44.html 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Shoulder to Shoulder for an Education Towards a Sustainable Future? Reflections from Academia-NGO Partnerships on Global Education in Poland Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:Partnerships in education are not something new. There has been a significant amount of literature about various types, models and approaches of partnership in education and educational research, its different stakeholders (schools, parents, communities, HEIs, private sector, civil society organisations, governments), and diverse areas of cooperation (e.g. Anderson, Freebody 2014; Claypool, McLaughlin 2015; Otrel-Cass, Laing, Wolf 2022). Quite often, the research paradigms referred to in such literature are engaged and transformative, and do not claim to be neutral. Instead, they explicitly state the positionality of the researcher and other partners. These types of partnership research aim at enacting social change, and promoting equity and social justice (e.g. John 2013). This is the case also in the field of global and sustainability education. UNESCO’s SDG 17 has given them special prominence. The role of NGOs, or in general - civil society organisations, in working toward the embedding of global and sustainability education in the education system has been investigated by several scholars (Bergmueller 2013; Brown 2013; Rudnicki 2016; Tarozzi 2020). However, the aspect of partnership in research or educational activities in the field of global education was quite rarely given attention. The presentation summarises the author’s several years of experience in doing research projects in collaboration and partnership with non-governmental organisations dealing with global education in Poland (see: Kuleta-Hulboj, Gontarska 2015; Kuleta-Hulboj, Kielak 2021; Kuleta-Hulboj 2022, 2023). All of these projects focused on global education in Poland and in the long term aimed to strengthen the position and development of global education in the country. In some of them, the author played the role of a hired researcher or consultant, others were designed as a participatory type of research and engaged not only academics and NGO representatives but also teachers, students and public administration officers (e.g. Kuleta-Hulboj, Kielak 2021). Some of the research projects explored the NGOs' activities in global education in Poland (Kuleta-Hulboj 2016, 2017), while others - the condition of global education in Poland, its strengths and weaknesses (Kuleta-Hulboj 2022, 2023) or the place of global and sustainability education in pre-service and in-service teacher training (Kuleta-Hulboj, Kielak 2021). In general, all of them could be labelled “engaged research”. In the presentation, I would like to focus on the partnership between academia and NGOs aimed at researching, doing and promoting global education in the Polish context. The subject of exploration would be; the nature of the partnership; its strengths and weaknesses, challenges and opportunities; and the roles of different stakeholders. Although the partners from academia and NGOs may have similar interests and goals, they differ in their professional backgrounds, skills and perspectives. They are not the same and their roles differ in the partnership projects. For instance, the NGO partners perform overly advocacy roles while the author as an educational researcher and university teacher is oriented towards educational dimension and knowledge co-production. Concerning this issue, another aspect to be touched upon is the status of the “hybrid” actors and their roles (Andreotti 2006; Green 2017). This category is used to describe people belonging to different 'educational worlds' (simultaneously or consecutively), such as academia, NGOs, schooling etc. Their knowledge and experience emerge from the intersection and overlap of different roles (e.g. academic, sanctioned as the creation of scientific knowledge; non-governmental, associated with activism and practice, e.g. educational; teacher and others). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation is conceptualised around the following research questions: - What are the benefits and challenges of academia-NGO partnership in working for and promoting education towards a sustainable future? - What are the factors that facilitate or hinder successful and genuine partnerships and collaboration in research in the field of global and sustainable education? - What are the roles of each partner in this partnership/endeavour, and how do they transform (or maybe they should not?)? The research methods include (1) critical analysis of the documentation of the projects, (2) reflexivity understood as a method of critical reflection about the author’s practice and as a method of continuous professional learning (Fook 1999), (3) individual in-depth interviews with people holding the status of “hybridity” (academics with former NGO background, former academics now being a global education NGO activist etc.). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcomes and conclusions of the presentation will cover the following aspects: - reflections on challenges and opportunities of the academic-non-governmental partnership in educational research, and how these challenges may be overcome; - identification of the factors facilitating or hindering the successful partnership in research in global and sustainable education; - initial exploration and understanding of the role of “hybrid” individuals in the partnership in educational research and knowledge production. References Anderson, M., Freebody, K. (2014). Partnerships in education research. Creating knowledge that matters. London, New York: Bloomsbury Academic. Andreotti, V. (2006). Theory without practice is idle, practice without theory is blind: the potential contributions of postcolonial theory to development education. The Development Education Journal, 12(3). Bergmueller, C. (2013). Global education and the cooperation of NGOs and schools: A German case study. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning. 7(3). Brown, E. J. (2013). Transformative Learning through Development Education NGOs: A Comparative Study of Britain and Spain. Unpublished PhD Thesis, University of Nottingham. Claypool, M. K., McLaughlin, J. M. (2015). We’re in this together. Public-private partnerships in special and at-risk education. Lanham: Rowman& Littlefield. Fook, J. (1999). Reflexivity as a method. Annual Review of Health Social Science, 9(1). Green, D. (2017). The NGO-Academia Interface: Realising the shared potential. In: Georgalakis, J., Jessani, N., Oronje, R. & Ramalingam, B. (eds.), The Social Realities of Knowledge for Development: Sharing Lessons of Improving Development Processes with Evidence. Brighton: IDS. John, E. P. St. (2013). Research, actionable knowledge, and social change: reclaiming social responsibility through research partnerships. Sterling: Stylus Publishing. Kuleta-Hulboj, M. (2023). Edukacja globalna w Polsce z perspektywy organizacji pozarządowych. Wnioski z badania Grupy Zagranica. In: Polska współpraca rozwojowa. Raport 2023. Warszawa: Grupa Zagranica. Kuleta-Hulboj, M. (2022). Edukacja globalna w Polsce w obliczu nowych wyzwań. In: Polska współpraca rozwojowa. Raport 2022. Warszawa: Grupa Zagranica. Kuleta-Hulboj, M. (2017). Sprawiedliwość i odpowiedzialność w edukacji globalnej (w narracjach przedstawicieli organizacji pozarządowych). Forum Pedagogiczne 7 (2). Kuleta-Hulboj, M. (2016). The global citizen as an agent of change: Ideals of the global citizen in the narratives of Polish NGO employees. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies. 14 (3). Kuleta-Hulboj, M., Gontarska, M. (eds). (2015). Edukacja globalna: polskie konteksty i inspiracje. Wrocław: WN DSW & IGO. Kuleta-Hulboj, Kielak, E. (2021). Zrównoważony rozwój i edukacja globalna w kształceniu i doskonaleniu nauczycieli oraz nauczycielek. Raport z badań. Warszawa: Grupa Zagranica. Otrel-Cass, K., Laing, K., Wolf, J. (2022). On Promises and Perils: Thinking About the Risks and Rewards of Partnerships in Education. In: Partnerships in Education. Cham: Springer. Policy Futures in Education. (2021). 19(5). Special Issue “The activist university and university activism”. https://journals.sagepub.com/toc/pfea/19/5 Rudnicki, P. (2016). Pedagogie małych działań. Krytyczne studium alternatyw edukacyjnych. Wrocław: WN DSW. Tarozzi, M. (2020). Role of NGOs in global citizenship education. In: Bourn, D. (ed.), The Bloomsbury Handbook of Global Education and Learning. London: Bloomsbury Academic. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Multi-level Partnership and Research-based Collaboration Targeting Schools Facing Difficult Challenges – Lessons Learned from Collaboration for Better Schools in Sweden 1Stockholm University, Sweden; 2Dalarna University. Sweden; 3Stockholm University Presenting Author:The Swedish Government reform project Collaboration for Better Schools (CBS) started in 2015 (The Government remit U2015/3357/S) partly triggered by an OECD (2015) review arguing that many Swedish schools needed qualified support, and that the Swedish school system were in need of urgent reform. The review suggested, among other things, nationwide mobilization for and a unified commitment to school improvement among relevant parties within or linked to the school system. Similar to many other nations (Blossing, 2010; Boyd, 2021; Schueler et al, 2021), the CBS is targeting struggling schools, and, particularly, schools lacking capacity to improve their own education practices, such as teaching and learning for all students regardless of their background and capabilities. In this light, the CBS is hardly unique in 21st century education largely shaped by a globally structured agenda for education revolving around quality and results for all without exception (Dale, 2005; Rönnström, 2019).
However, although many nations are addressing similar challenges with regard to struggling schools facing difficult challenges, they differ in the ways they respond to, target, intervene in, or support such schools. In Sweden, more than 500 hundred struggling schools (and their local education authorities (LEA)) have been or are participating in the CBS. The Swedish National Agency of Education (NAE) invites selected schools to three-year long multi-level partnerships and research-based collaboration aiming at capacity building (Rogberg et al, 2021). The CBS is largely about capacity building in schools lacking capacity for quality education and necessary change and improvement. The CBS is challenging for the participating schools because of the challenges they face. However, it is also challenging for all parties involved because of the collaborative innovation and the partner relationships required.
Apart from teachers, first teachers, middle managers, principals, school managers and other key agents among LEA’s, and the specially trained agents from the NAE, more than 150 teachers and researchers from Swedish universities are involved in multi-level partnerships. The CBS requires partnerships between school professionals, NAE agents and researchers depending on one another in all phases of the improvement work, such as problematizing, data-analyzing, focusing and goal setting, mobilization and resourcing, iterative intervention and intelligent implementation, and, following up and adjusting interventions. The multi-level partnership developed refers both to a nationwide collaboration within the Swedish school system, and collaboration between different organizational levels of the participating LEA’s. The CBS requires collaboration based on partnerships (Robertson, 2016), but when it started nearly a decade ago there were no prior experience of such required partnerships among the parties involved. Moreover, the NAE and the partner universities had very limited experience of working together with struggling schools facing difficult challenges, and they were usually drawing their resources from research based on successful schools.
Consequently, the CBS required capacity building among all involved in order to support pre-schools and schools lacking capacity for quality education and school improvement. In hindsight, the implementing the CBS has meant that the partners involved have learned the way forward together through the required partnership they formed (Rogberg, 2021). In this paper we describe, analyze and critically examine the CBS as multi-level partnership and research-based collaboration targeting schools facing difficult challenges. In particular, (1) we describe the emergence of partnerships between the partners involved in the CBS, and the nature of the partnerships developed 2015-2024; (2) we analyze and critically examine to what extent the partnerships developed are experienced as enabling or disabling in school improvement; and, (3) we suggest four ways in which partnership-based collaboration is essential to improving capacity building in schools facing difficult challenges. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is part of a larger research study on partnership-based collaboration for capacity building in schools facing difficult challenges. The present study draws from what Hopkins et al (2014) and Håkansson and Sundberg (2016) refer to as the fourth generation of school improvement (See also Reynolds et al, 2014), theories and research on school and school system capacity building (Rönnström, 2022; Stoll, 2009) and partnership models for building individual and organizational capacity in schools (Robertson, 2016; 2022). This study builds on data collected from partners within the CBS which we have collected in a CBS-database 2016-2024. In this study we analyze data from 50 LEA’s participating in the CBS in terrms of documents and reports written during the three-year long partnership. We analyze reports and documents produced by 5 university research- and development teams 2020 - 2024. We also analyze documents and reports written by the NEA specialist in the course of their CBS work. One type of data is documents that partners produce in the three-year school improvement partnerships in different phases of the process: analysis-goal setting-planning-intervening- follow up and evaluation. Theese are data all partners are required to produce during the three-year long commitment. The second type of data are collected from special seminars in which the partners explicitly work together in order to improve or problem solve their own collaboration and partnerships. We have collected data from 12 seminars in which NAE staff meet with partner universities. Alla data are analyzed with tools drawn from the frameworks above. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings are as follow. We argue that the multi-level partnership and research-based collaboration targeting schools facing difficult challenges developed within the CBS has resulted in a an emerging nation-wide and system-deep school improvement capacity among partners within or linked to the Swedish school system. In the beginning, it was rare for schools, the NAE and universities to collaborate and develop knowledge and strategy together. Collaboration was usually restricted to professional development courses, expert assignments, expert advice, etc. However, the CBS collaboration has developed into partnerships showing reciprocity, dialogue and shared commitments over time, which challenges conventional roles and responsibilities in collaboration, and expectations of what one party can expect from the other. Consequently, partnership-based collaboration with schools facing difficult challenges is rewarding but also truly challenging for all concerned. In order to cope with their new roles as partners, the universities have developed national and local organisation for mutual learning and capacity building as they felt the need for innovation. When we trace the developments of the CBS over time, we can see a shift in the understanding of the problems and dynamics of school improvement on the one hand, and of school improvement approaches and processes on the other linked to the partnerships developed. The four points below can summarize the development of the CBS as a multi-level partnership and research-based collaboration targeting schools facing difficult challenges: from courses and training to locally adapted context sensitive three-year capacity building support; collaboration from linear models and short term commitments towards iterative models and long term commitments; from assuming tame problems and technical problem solving towards mobilization for wicked and collaborative problem solving; and from isolated interventions directed at different organizational levels independent of one another to coordinated and co-dependent interventions at different organizational levels. References Adolfsson, C., Håkansson, J. (2018). Evaluating School Improvement Efforts: Pupils as Silent Result Suppliers, or Audible Improvement Resources? International Journal of Learning, Teaching and Educational Research. 17. 34-50. Dale, R. (2005). Globalization, knowledge economy and comparative education. Comparative Education, 41, 2: 117-149. Håkansson, J., & Sundberg, D. (2016). Utmärkt skolutveckling. Forskning om skolförbättring och måluppfyllelse. Stockholm: Natur & Kultur. Hopkins, David, Stringfield, Sam, Harris, Alma, Stoll, Louise & Mackay, Tony (2014). School and system improvement: A narrative state-of-the-art review. School Effectiveness and Improvement, 25(2), 257-281. OECD (2015) Improving Schools in Sweden: An OECD Perspective. Paris: OECD. Reynolds, David, Sammons, Pam, De Fraine, Bieke, Townsend, Tony, Teddlie, Charles & Stringfield, Sam (2014) Educational effectiveness research (EER): a state-of-the-art review. School Effectiveness and School Improvement 25(2): 197-230. Rönnström, N. (2022) Leadership capacity for change and improvement. In Peters, M. (Ed.) Encyclopedia of Teacher Education. Springer Major Reference Works. Springer Verlag. Schueler, B., Armstrong, C., Larned, K., Mehtora, S. and Pollard, C. (2021) Improving Low-performing schools. AERA Research Journal 59 (5), 975-1000. Swedish Government Resolution 2015/3357/S Uppdrag om samverkan för bästa skola [Mission for Cooperation for Better Schools, in Swedish] Stoll, L. (2009). Capacity building for school improvement or creating capacity for learning? A changing landscape. Journal of Educational Change, 10(2-3), 115-127. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 16 SES 14 A: Online and Blended Learning Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lizana Oberholzer Paper Session |
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Does Anxiety in the Use of Computers of Adult Female Distance Learning Students Hinder Their Academic Self-Efficacy? 1European University Cyprus, Cyprus; 2University of Nicosia, Cyprus Presenting Author:Online pedagogical practices highlight their potential in improving availability and inclusiveness, especially for individuals with atypical needs (Khan et al., 2022). In this respect, adults comprise the largest audience for online distance education, since the latter provides an opportunity for flexible and continuous learning (Moore & Kearsley, 2011). Still, there exists factors challenging them to engage in online educational; female adult learners have been found to be an especially vulnerable subset of this population (Kara et al., 2019). Individual acceptance and usage of new technologies can be studied using the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM; Davies et al., 1989). According to the TAM, the two key factors in determining the users’ attitudes towards an e-learning system, and consequently, the actual system use, are perceived usefulness (PU) and perceived ease of use (PEOU). Perceived Usefulness (PU) is an individual’s view that the use of a specific system can enhance work performance (Liaw & Huang, 2013). Perceived Ease of Use (PEOU) is the extent to which an individual believes the use of a certain technology system will not require so much effort to be achieved. The present study evaluates the validity of TAM in the context of e-learning adoption of adult female postgraduate students in a higher education distance learning course in quantitative research methods. We investigate whether PU and PEOU predict users' overall satisfaction with the system's usage. Furthermore, we explore whether students' Computer Anxiety has an effect on PU and PEOU. Importantly, we test whether students' Academic Self-Efficacy can be explained by the two factors underlying the e-learning adoption, PU and PEOU. In this respect, we propose that, in addition to outcomes related to the user experience, namely, Satisfaction from the use of LMS, affective outcomes, namely Academic Self-Efficacy, may also be explained be external factors using the TAM framework. We investigate the direct effect of Computer Anxiety on learners' Academic Self-Efficacy and the indirect effect through PEOU and PU. Our hypothesis is that the effect of Computer Anxiety on ASE will be fully mediated by the two main factors of TAM, namely PU and PEOU. In our models, we control for the perceived quality of the Technical Support for the use of the LMS. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods Data Sample The present study uses cross-sectional survey data from a sample of 430 first-year postgraduate students at a Distance Learning program of a private university in Cyprus. The data were collected as part of a quantitative methods course, with a focus on survey research. Our sample consisted mainly of women (371, 85.5%), but there was a very small proportion of men, as well (59 men, 13.6%). Given the focus of our analysis, we decided to listwise exclude men from our sample. The mean age of our participants was 30.46 years old (Mean = 30.46,S.D.=7), with the minimum age being 22 years old, and the maximum 54 years of age. The vast majority of our participants came from Greece (423, 97.5%), while only four came from Cyprus (1%), and two (.5%) from elsewhere. Notable, more than half of our sample were working full-time (264 participants, 60.8%), 88 (20.3%) were working part-time, and 82, 18.9% were not working at all. Measures The two key factors that are present in all studies using the TAM model is Perceived Usefulness (PU) and PEOU (Perceived Ease of Use); these were measured by scales proposed by Sanchéz & Hueros (2010), appropriately adopted and translated in the Greek language. Technology Support scale was also taken from the same study. Perceived Satisfaction and Computer Anxiety were taken from Liaw and Huang (2013). Academic Self-Efficacy was assessed using the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (MSLQ; Pintrich et al., 1991). Procedures The data were collected during two consecutive semesters (Fall/Spring) using an online questionnaire that was administered to all students of a graduate distance learning course on designing and contacting survey research. Ethical approval for the conduction of this study was obtained from the Cyprus Bioethical Committee. Statistical Analysis We used Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) and Mplus Statistical package (Muthén & Muthén, 2017) to answer our research questions. Before mapping the causal relationships assumed between our contrasts, we verified the construct validity of the scales using Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA). Treatment of missing data in our sample involved the use of the default approach in Mplus, namely Full Information Maximum Likelihood (FIML; Lee & Shi, 2021). For assessing model fit we used sample size independent fit indices (Marsh et al., 2015): The Tucker-Lewis and Comparative Fit Indices, TLI and CFI respectively, and the Root-Mean-Square Error of Approximation (RMSEA). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results/Conclusions Confirmatory Factor Analysis verified the assumed latent structure of our measures, and, overall our analysis verified the TAM. In extending the TAM framework, we modelled Academic Self-Efficacy (ASE) as another outcome in our model and we considered its relationship with the two main factors underlying TAM and technology adoption, namely Perceived Usefulness and Perceived Ease of Use. Both of them positively predicted ASE; their effects though were substantially smaller than the corresponding effects of Satisfaction. In considering the effect of Computer Anxiety on ASE, we considered both the direct effect and indirect effects through Perceived Usefulness and Perceived Ease of Use. However, the former was not statistically significant (β = .011,SE=.046) and was therefore not kept in the final model. Does Technical Support Compensate for the Negative Effect of Computer Anxiety? In our structural model, we assumed a one-directional relationship between computer anxiety and technical support, modelling a causal path from the former to the latter (Figure 1). Thus, we considered the indirect effects of Computer Anxiety on Perceived Usefulness and Perceived Ease of Use through Technical Support. Estimates were both positive and statistically significant. The total effect of Computer Anxiety on Perceived Ease of Use and Perceived Usefulness is estimated as the sum of direct (β = -.519, SE = .049; β=-.303, SE= .068, respectively) and indirect effects (β = .138, SE =.03; β = .089, SE=.026, respectively). Thus, we conclude that higher perceived quality of Technical Support contributes to the decrease of the negative effect of computer anxiety on the two factors (RH6). In spite of this, it does not lead to the total elimination of this effect. References References Davis, F. D. (1989). Perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. MIS Quarterly, 13(3), 319-340. 10.2307/249008 Kara, M., Erdogdu, F., Kokoç, M. and Cagiltay, K., 2019. Challenges faced by adult learners in online distance education: A literature review. Open Praxis, 11(1), pp.5-22. https://doi.org/10.5944/openpraxis.11.1.929 Khan, S., Kambris, M. E. K., & Alfalahi, H. (2022). Perspectives of University Students and Faculty on remote education experiences during COVID-19- a qualitative study. Education and Information Technologies, 27, 4141-4169. 10.1007/s10639-021-10784-w Liaw, S., & Huang, H. (2013). Perceived satisfaction, perceived usefulness and interactive learning environments as predictors to self-regulation in e-learning environments. Computers & Education, 60(1), 14-24. 10.1016/j.compedu.2012.07.015 Moore, J. L., Dickson-Deane, C., & Galyen, K. (2011). e-Learning, online learning, and distance learning environments: Are they the same? Internet and Higher Education, 14, 129-135. 10.1016/j.iheduc.2010.10.001 Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (2017). Mplus user’s guide (8th ed.). Authors. Pintrich, P.R., Smith, D.A.F., García, T., & McKeachie, W.J. (1991). A manual for the use of the motivated strategies questionnaire (MSLQ). Ann Arbor, MI University of Michigan, National Center for Research to Improve Postsecondary Teaching and Learning. Sánchez, R. A., & Hueros, A. D. (2010). Motivational factors that influence the acceptance of Moodle using TAM. Computers in Human Behavior, 26(6), 1632-1640. 10.1016/j.chb.2010.06.011 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Teaching Practice in Post-Covid Classrooms and the Reconfiguration of Blended Learning Models Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:Originating from higher education institutions, blended learning has increasingly been permeating the K-12 education system in recent years (Picciano et al., 2012). Blended learning refers to the combination of face-to-face (F2F) instruction with online learning. It combines F2F and distance teaching and learning (Hrastinski, 2019). For K-12 education, specific didactic potentials are anticipated in blended learning. These range from enhanced incorporation of students' home learning and other non-school environments to the reinforcement of adaptive, individualized, and project-based learning, as well as the promotion of cross-disciplinary competencies such as self-regulated learning or computer- and information-related skills (Powell et al., 2014). Blended learning is more widespread in education systems in which distance learning has long been established due to structural conditions (e.g. low population density, possibility of home schooling) and the digitalization of schools is advanced, such as Australia, Canada or the U.S. (Graham & Halverson, 2022). In contrast, blended learning was initially not widely adopted in schools in many European countries. It was only with the Covid-19 pandemic, which forced a reorientation during phases of complete or partial school closures, that blended learning approaches were developed and tested. Studies on teaching during the Covid-19 pandemic indicate a significant increase in the use of digital media in some European countries, especially with regard to learning platforms and communication tools, as seen in Germany or Austria (Karpiński et al., 2020). Teachers recognized the potential in blended learning formats and expressed in surveys their intention to continue using newly tested teaching methods even after the end of the pandemic (Nalaskowski, 2023). Studies on implementations, primarily conducted in U.S. K-12 schools, have identified different models of blended learning. Watson (2008) categorizes a total of seven blended learning models on a continuum ranging from traditional face-to-face classroom instruction to instruction that is entirely conducted online and remotely. Staker and Horn (2012) map out a two-dimensional space with the dimensions of location (brick and mortar vs. remote) and course content (offline vs. online), identifying four blended learning models (rotation, flex, self-blend, enriched virtual). This classification has gained widespread recognition and continues to be referenced in numerous studies (e.g., Li & Wang, 2022). However, models like the ones proposed by Staker and Horn (2012) have limited applicability to the European context, specifically in Germany. For example, three of the four models (flex, self-blend, enriched virtual) are based on a configuration where substantial portions of the curriculum are exclusively or predominantly provided online, a situation that was rare in European schools at least until the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic (European Commission, 2022). Also, K-12 educational institutions transitioning from pure online institutions towards face-to-face learning, as described in Staker and Horn’s ‘enriched virtual’ model are relatively uncommon in Europe, rendering this model even less applicable.Finally, early models like the ones of Staker and Horn are criticized for falling short in considering pedagogical aspects (Graham & Halverson, 2022). The goal of this study is thus to investigate blended learning models within a European school context. More specifically, the study analyses, which blended learning models have emerged from experiences with the COVID-19 pandemic and how these models are being implemented into regular F2F school practice. Addressing criticisms of early modeling, the analysis incorporates not only physical aspects, such as the arrangement of space and time and the integration of online and offline learning but also aspects related to the design of learning tasks and learning situations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As part of a pilot project, 18 schools in Berlin, Germany, were given the opportunity to break away from traditional face-to-face instruction and, with digital support, create spatially and temporally flexible learning environments. Legal framework conditions, particularly the mandatory attendance for students, were relaxed to provide schools with extensive freedom to develop innovative teaching concepts. At the end of the first project year, 75 structured interviews were conducted with students, teachers, school administrators, and project coordinators at the participating schools. At the end of the second project year, another brief interview was conducted with teachers or project coordinators at 15 out of the 18 schools to gather information about the current status of the newly developed concepts. The interviews at both measurement points were analyzed using the method of qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2015) in an inductive-deductive manner. Location of learning, temporal structure and methodological-didactic focus emerged as key categories to describe and differentiate blended learning concepts. Characteristics of these three categories were binary coded in the next step and then analyzed using hierarchical cluster analysis (Ward method). Finally, the clusters thus identified were contrasted based on the overall dataset to provide a more comprehensive description of the blended learning concepts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project schools, depending on their existing profiles, digital infrastructure, and educational objectives, took different paths for the implementation of blended learning in their school routines. The following four blended learning models were identified: Digitally supported home learning: This cluster is characterized by regular cycles (weekly, monthly) where at least one full school day is designated for digitally supported home learning. Students receive prepared tasks through a learning platform for individualized, usually asynchronous, completion. Teachers offer whole-class video conferences and digital consultation hours. Project learning at external locations: This cluster also involves regularly occurring days that are used for (partly self-guided) field visits in combination with school-based preparation and follow-up. The didactic concept revolves around project-based learning. Digital media are used for documentation, evaluation, and reflection of learning experiences at non-school learning sites as well as consultation between students and teachers, who are overseeing visits to non-school learning sites from a distance. Digitalization of independent work: In this cluster, blended learning takes place in regularly occurring time slots, which are integrated into the school week. Students usually remain at school and use the time for digitally supported individualized independent learning, working on tasks provided through a school learning platform. Teachers are available on-site as learning advisors. The didactic concept aims at differentiated support and assistance in subject-specific learning. Flexibilization of project work in space and time: In this cluster, students work on complex, sometimes interdisciplinary project tasks for limited time periods. Starting from the school as the place of learning, students are given the opportunity to learn at home or to visit locations out of school. Learning times can be freely chosen. Digital media are used for communication among students and between teachers and students. Furthermore, the results of project work are often documented as digital products. References European Commission (2022). Teaching and learning in schools in Europe during the COVID-19 pandemic. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Graham, C. R., & Halverson, L. R. (2022). Blended Learning Research and Practice. In: Handbook of Open, Distance and Digital Education (pp. 1-20). Singapore: Springer Nature Singapore. Hrastinski, S. (2019). What do we mean by blended learning?. TechTrends, 63(5), 564-569. Karpiński et al. (2020). Digital education action plan 2021-2027. Summary of the open public consultation. Li, S., & Wang, W. (2022). Effect of blended learning on student performance in K‐12 settings: A meta‐analysis. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 38(5), 1254-1272. Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. Beltz. Weinheim, 4, 58. Nalaskowski, F. (2023). Covid-19 Aftermath for Educational System in Europe. The positives. Dialogo, 9(2), 59-67. Picciano, A. G., Seaman, J., Shea, P., & Swan, K. (2012). Examining the extent and nature of online learning in American K-12 education: The research initiatives of the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation. The internet and higher education, 15(2), 127-135. Powell, A., Rabbitt, B., & Kennedy, K. (2014). iNACOL blended learning teacher competency framework. International Association for K-12 Online Learning. Staker, H., & Horn, M. B. (2012). Classifying K-12 blended learning. Innosight Institute. Retrieved from: http://192.248.16.117:8080/research/bitstream/70130/5105/1/BLENDED_LEARNING_AND_FEATURES_OF_THE_USE_OF_THE_RO.pdf Watson, J. (2008). Blended learning: The convergence of online and face-to-face education. Promising Practices in Online Learning. North American Council for Online Learning. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Revisiting Assure Model in the Digital Era 1Seoul Women's College of Nursing (Seoul, South Korea); 2Hanyang Cyber University (Seoul, South Korea) Presenting Author:1. Background of the study 1.1. Problem statements regarding digital technologies for education in digital era With the rapid innovation of digital technology, the digital transformation of education has accelerated, emphasizing the role of digital technologies in teaching and learning more than ever. The use of digital technology (e.g., Kahoot) to enhance interaction in classrooms, employing personalized learning platforms (e.g., ALEKS), and using augmented/virtual reality to enhance the learning presence are no longer exceptional cases but are commonly found in many classes. Thus, digital technology plays a crucial role in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of the teaching and learning environment. However, Daniela (2019) pointed out that the centrifugal effect of technology can fragment various components of education, such as learning materials, environments, and peer interactions. Empirical studies have also reported that digital usage in education can lead to social and affective challenges (Lemay, Bazelais, & Doleck, 2021). These issues arising from digital technology necessitate strengthening pedagogical perspectives and approaches in instructional design (Daniela, 2019). In education, digital technologies are emphasized not only as an environment but also as a competence for learners. The Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027 of the European Commission (2020) highlighted “Enhancing digital skills and competences for the digital transformation” as its second priority. Learner’s digital literacy (Eshet-Alkalai, 2004) significantly impacts learning achievements in technology-based education (Tang & Chaw, 2016). Therefore, in the context of digital education, it is essential to consider digital literacy as a factor influencing learning, and to ensure that the use of technologies in educational processes naturally enhances learners' digital literacy.
1.2. Research idea to address the problem In this research, we aim to address educational problems arising in the era of digital innovation by enhancing traditional instructional design model, ASSURE, based on technology-related theory. The ASSURE model (Heinich, Molenda, Russell, & Smaldino, 1999) is an instructional design model to guide the effective integration of media and learning materials into classrooms. It is a generalized instructional design model like the ADDIE and Dick & Carey models, applicable to various situations and contexts. The model, known for its practicality and effectiveness in enhancing learning achievements, has been widely used so far (Kim & Downey, 2016; Lei, 2023). However, unlike the past when delivery media were predominantly used, recent technologies are characterized by increased complexity and messiness (Ross & Collier, 2016). In this context, inconsiderate adoption of technology without adequately considering learners' readiness or pedagogy can induce techno-stress and may even lead to extraneous cognitive load (Agbu, 2015; Skulmowski & Xu, 2022). Therefore, if the ASSURE model, a widely used instructional design model, is revised to assist in the integration of innovative technologies into education, it is expected to be more beneficial in the digital era. As a theoretical framework to improve ASSURE, Task-Technology Fit (TTF; Goodhue & Thompson, 1995) can be considered. TTF is defined as “the degree to which a technology assists an individual in performing his or her portfolio of tasks” (p. 216). Applying TTF to learning implies that if there is an appropriate fit between the learner’s digital literacy (individual characteristics), learning activities (task characteristics), and digital technology for education (technology characteristics), the effectiveness of learning is expected to increase.
1.3. Study objectives and research Questions Building on the limitations of existing instructional design model in the age of innovative technologies, this study aims to revise ASSURE model based on the TTF model. Research questions are as follow: Q1. Revised ASSURE mode based on the task-technology fit theory (ASSURE-TTF model) is valid? Q2. Instructional design according to revised ASSURE model con contribute to the integration of innovative technologies into classes? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 2. Research design This study conducted a Model Research (Type II), the design and development research methodology of Richey and Klein (2014). Model research allows variations considering the focus of the study: whether it's the development, validation, or evaluation. As this study aims to improve an existing instructional design model, ASSURE model was revised based on the literature review on the ASSURE model and task-technology fit theory in the initial phase of the research process. The revised model was then reviewed for validity by three instructional design experts (Ph.D.). Then, ASSURE-TTF model was modified based on their feedback. To check the usability and feasibility of the model, a cognitive walkthrough with five elementary school teachers will be conducted at the last phase of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 3.1. Findings from the first two phases of the research procedure Based on the literature review, the ASSURE-TTF model was revised as follows. In most of the steps, design activities are added to the original design activities. Step A (learner analysis): An analysis of the learner’s digital literacy was added. This provides information about individual characteristics that affect task-technology fit. Step S (State standards and objectives): The addition of stating standards and objectives for digital literacy was included. Step S (Select methods, media, and materials): Instead of selecting methods and media, task analysis and decision-making regarding technology fit were included. For the task analysis, teachers first choose the instructional methods, and design a learning task which will be used according to the instructional method. After this, the activities are specified and sequenced. For the decision-making about the technology fit, technologies are mapped with the learning activities. Also, The selected technology is examined for its suitability in achieving digital literacy learning objectives. Step U (Utilize): Planning to prevent anticipated digital problems was added. Step R (Require learner participation): This step involves monitoring and solving technical problems and learner problems caused by technology use. Step E (Evaluate and revise): Evaluation of technology integration and task-technology fit was added. Three experts reviewed the validity of the revised model. The researchers of this study are now analyzing the expert review to modify the ASSURE-TTF model. 3.2. Expected outcomes After modifying the ASSURE-TTF model, a lesson plan will be developed by five elementary school teachers according to the instructional design model. Through these cognitive walkthrough methods, the usability of the model will be checked. References Agbu, J. F. (2015). Assessing technostress among open and distance learning practitioners: A comparative study. ASEAN Journal of Open Distance Learning, 7(1), 43-56. Daniela, L. (2019). Didatics of smart pedagogy: Smart pedagogy for technology enhanced learning. Springer. Eshet-Alkalai, Y. (2004). Digital literacy: a conceptual framework for survival skills in the digital era. Journal of Educational Multimedia and Hypermedia, 13(1), 93-106. European Commission (2020). Communication from the commission to the European parliament, the council, the European economic and social committee and the committee of the regions: Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027 Resetting education and training for the digital age. Goodhue, D., & Thompson, R. L. (1995). Task–technology fit and individual performance. MIS Quarterly, 19(2), 213–236. Heinich, R.,Molenda,M., Russell, J. D., & Smaldino, S. (1999). Instructional media and technologies for learning (6th ed.). Merrill/Prentice Hall. Richey, R. C., & Klein, J. D. (2007). Design and development research. Taylor & Francis Group. Skulmowski, A., & Xu, K. M. (2022). Understanding cognitive load in digital and online learning: A new perspective on extraneous cognitive load. Educational Psychology Review, 34(1), 171-196. Kim, D., & Downey, S. (2016). Examining the Use of the ASSURE Model by K–12 Teachers. Computers in the Schools, 33(3), 153-168. Lemay, D. J., Bazelais, P., & Doleck, T. (2021). Transition to online learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Computers in Human Behavior Reports, 4, 100130. Lei, G. (2023). Influence of ASSURE model in enhancing educational technology. Interactive Learning Environments, 1-17. Tang, C. M., & Chaw, L. Y. (2016). Digital Literacy: A Prerequisite for Effective Learning in a Blended Learning Environment?. Electronic Journal of E-learning, 14(1), 54-65. Ross, J., & Collier, A. (2016). Complexity, mess, and not-yetness: Teaching online with emerging technologies. In T. Anderson (Ed). Emergence and innovation in digital learning. (pp. 17-34). George Veletsianos. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 17 SES 14 A: Histories of Vocational and Polytechnic Education Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Klaus Dittrich Paper Session |
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper School, Work, Life - Technocratic Tendencies in the Czechoslovak Educational Discussion on the Example of Polytechnic Education Technical University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:After 1945, not only Czechoslovakia but also Europe found itself in a socio-political "new world". Interwar ideas of social and school reform were in many ways undermined by the catastrophe of war and could no longer help to support the formation of a "new" post-war modernising and more socially sensitive Europe. The political and economic division of Europe by the "Iron Curtain" after 1945/48, the socio-geographical and cultural transformation of Europe due to the "transfers" of population after the Second World War dissolved" the cultural and economic symbiosis of interwar Europe. Its central and south-eastern part was geopolitically in the totalitarian grip of the Soviet Union and in the "experiment" of the communist world order, with all its consequences for political, cultural and social life, not excluding the fields of science and education. In general, Europe has "fallen" into the competition between "East" and "West", with all the tactics of "victory". For this struggle and rivalry it was necessary to offer an ideologically and emotionally charged concept in Czechoslovakia after 1948, transforming or negating the "old" world of education and promising a "new" model of education based on pedagogical science (Kasper 2020). To make the victory "lasting and solid", tasks were defined in the scientific research plans of Czechoslovak educational research institutions and universities. The answer was the concept of polytechnic education, which linked school with life and offered an educational model leading to the "victorious" and successful implementation of the communist economic-social experiment (Mincu 2016). This was similar in other "Soviet satellites" (Tietze 2012). The paper reconstructs the discourses, practices of "discrediting" the interwar view of the concept of generally education in Czechoslovakia in the 1950s from the position of polytechnic education as a model of "new" generally education. In the second part, the paper traces the successes and failures of the promotion of this concept in Czechoslovak educational and scientific policy (the concept of the scientific revolution), in educational theory and in the reform of educational practice in the 1960s in the socio-political 'revival' process of the so-called Prague Spring (Sommer 2017). The third part reconstructs the processes of 'rehabilitation' and practices of the new legitimation of polytechnic educational concepts in overcoming the economic 'weaknesses' and failures of the so-called 'perestroika' in 1980s Czechoslovakia. The theoretical foundations (with reference to Marx's theory of the alienation of man), goals and practical implementation proposals of the "new" educational model and its transformations in different periods will be analysed. The strengths and weaknesses of its implementation in the practice of school and out-of-school education in the different "stages" of time will be reconstructed. The transformations of the concept of general polytechnic education will be contextualized and discussed within the socio-technocratic and rationalizing control efforts of the "new" society (Sommer 2019). The issues of the theoretical definition, practical promotion and implementation of the "new" general education model are viewed within the dynamics of cultural transfer and circulation from the "model" Soviet Union (Behm/Drope/Glaser/Reh 2017). We ask what were the background and specifics of the polytechnic educational concept in Czechoslovakia in the second half of the 20th century? What methods and emotional practices were used in the Czechoslovak debate to justify and advocate the concept of polytechnic education supported by the arguments of the scientific and technological revolution? Why did the concept of polytechnic education in Czechoslovakia not weaken or be completely destabilized after 1868, when in other countries of the socialist bloc its legitimacy was shaken seriously?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We view the topic of polytechnic education in Czechoslovakia as an example of a "past future". In this educational model, there were extraordinary aspirations, desires and hopes for a "new" beginning, which was to finally displace the "failed" model of the interwar educational reform and the "mistakes" of the university pedagogical debate. The concept of polytechnic education in the Czechoslovak debate, on the one hand, used the tradition of the technocratic view of goals and practices in education, building on the interwar rationalisation aspirations in education, using the tradition of the activity school "for life" and, on the other hand, using the discursive practices of the "new" beginning in educational science and practice to facilitate the socio-economic-political reform of society directed by communist ideology. The concept of polytechnic education interests us in the dynamics of continuity and discontinuity of educational discourse (Caruso et all 2013) and as part of the construction of pedagogical knowledge (Oelkers, Tenorth 1991) and its "political instrumentalization" (Gentile 2006). The paper draws on representative texts from both educational policy and pedagogical theory published in the scientific journal Pedagogika, published by the Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, during the time period under review. Other bases for the discursive analysis (Sarasin 2017, Keller/ Hornidge/Schünemann 2018) are published monographs and collective proceedings on the topic of polytechnic education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper reconstructs the pedagogical and socio-political goals of polytechnic education in the Czechoslovak debate of the second half of the 20th century. We point out the practices that were designed to help establish this educational model in the educational discussion of the "revolutionary communist transformation" of Czechoslovak society in the 1950s. We reconstruct the argumentative models that legitimated the polytechnic model of education in the socio-political and educational discussion of the reform of science and socialism during the Prague Spring and the economic and social reconstruction of the so-called perestroika. We highlight potential explanations as to why the concept of polytechnic education did not lose its legitimacy in Czechoslovakia when in neighbouring socialist states its position in educational theory, school practice and wider socio-political debate was significantly weakened. References Behm, B., Drope, T., Glaser, E., & Reh, S. (2017). Wissen machen. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik. Beiheft; 63, 7-15. Caruso, M., Koinzer, T., Mayer, Ch., & Priem, K. (Eds.) (2013). Zirkulation und Transformation. Böhlau. Gentile, E. (2006). Politics as religion. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Kasper, T. (2020). „Alles muss man umschreiben“. In H. Schluss, H. Holzapfel, & H. Ganser, (Eds.) Fall des Eisernen Vorhangs 1989 und die Folgen (s. 99-111). Litt Verlag. Keller, R. Hornidge K.,Schünemann J.W.(2018). The sociology of knowledge approach to discourse. Routledge. Mincu, M. E. (2016). Communist Education as Modernisation Strategy? The Swings of the Globalisation Pendulum in Eastern Europe (1947–1989). History of Education. 45(3), 319–334. Oelkers, J., Tenorth, H.-E. (Hrsg.) (1991). Pädagogisches Wissen (27. Beiheft der Zeitschrift für Pädagogik). Beltz. Sarasin, P. (2017). Diskursanalyse. In M. Sommer, S. Müller-Wille, & C. Reinhardt. Handbuch Wissensgeschichte, 45-55. Metzler Verlag. Sommer, V. (2019). Řídit socialismus jako firmu: Proměny technokratického vládnutí v Československu, 1956–1989. NLN. Sommer, V. (2017). “Are we still behaving as revolutionaries?”: Radovan Richta, theory of revolution and dilemmas of reform communism in Czechoslovakia. Studies in East European Thought, 69 (1), 93–110. Tietze, A. (2012). Die theoretische Aneignung der Produktonsmittel. Peter Lang. 17. Histories of Education
Paper The end of Jugoslavia – Socialism becoming Democracy in Education? The Teachers‘ Perspective. University of Wuppertal, Germany Presenting Author:European Historical research, and also European Educational research, has regions that it sheds more spotlight on, and it has regions that are definitely out of focus. One of the former is for example the „DDR“, one of the latter is the now called country North Macedonia (MK in this abstract). While the one vanished into the BRD after 1989, the other one emerged as a nation state on ist own after the fall of the socialis eastern states. In education, there is only little research emerging from MK, and even less dealing with educational topics in MK. Therefore, in this presentation I want to close this research gap with answering one specific research question at the ECER 2024:
Before the establishment of the University in Skopje in 1946, in the beginning of Yugoslavian times, students from the Macedonian part of Yugoslavia could only pursue teacher education outside of Macedonia, for example in Belgrade or Sarajevo. Up to this day it is only in Skopje that all subjects and school levels are offered for prospective teachers. Until 1991, there were additional teacher education programs for primary education. However, in the last 20 years, these programs were either integrated into universities. While the „Wende“ took place in Germany in 1989, the „Wende“ happend in MK a little bit later, in 1991, when MK stepped out of the remaining part of Yugoslavia (which was mostly Serbia then). As many other countries after the „Wende“, there was the wish for a fast change of the nation to democracy, including the institutions for schooling. Instructions for changing the education system were communicated to schools and teachers through laws, curricula, regulations, etc. (cf. Janík & Porubsky 2020), as today too. However, these legislative changes normally reach schools later than intended. Furthermore, schools do not „simply“ implement the changes, they transform these into their instution. Mensching calls this process (and product) „living practices“ („gelebte Praxis“, Mensching 2018). Those become visible in the local mesosystem of the individual school (for macro-, meso-, micro-system, see Altrichter & Maag Merki 2016). Because of the fast tempo in changes, also changes in government, schools didn’t have sufficient time to implement all the changes before new ones were introduced (cf. Rizova, Bekar & Velkovski 2020, p. 1502). Before 1991, teacher education in Yugoslavia was shaped by socialist state ideology, emphasizing the concept of "socialist unity." This ideology permeated the entire education system, from elementary to higher education. Teachers spoke positively of this socialist unity, referring to it as "brotherhood" and "friendship." Teachers are always part of a school culture and professional community (Helsper 2008), and this is crucial for their professional satisfaction (Rothland 2013). The societal contract in with teachers in Jugoslavia implied trust in their autonomous, professional actions (Hargreaves & Fullan 2012). The absence of trust, the „erosion of trust“ (Bellman & Weiß 2009) particularly after 1991 in MK, resulted not only in the loss of autonomy but also in demoralization among teachers (Peck, Gallucci & Sloane 2010, S. 452). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This publication is based on 16 interviews conducted with teachers in MK. Due to the segregation of the school system into Macedonian- and Albanian-language schools (see Atanasoska 2020), it is essential for me to stress that only teachers from the Macedonian-language school system were considered in this study. Finding teachers who studied during Yugoslav times was a challenge. In the end, seven of 16 teachers began and/or completed their teacher education before 1991, and all of them started working before 2001, before the segregation of the school system. The problem centred interviews (see Mayring 2023) took place between 2019 and 2021, with two conducted online (due to Covid-19) and all others in-person. While nine of the 16 interviewed teachers studied and/or started their work after 2001, these interviews were nevertheless included as the responses provide additional insights into the developments. Of the 16 people, two were male. The age at time of the interview ranged from 38 to about 80; two of them were already in pension. Also, two of the teachers also had experience as being the headmaster at their school, but were teachers (again) in the years before the interview was conducted. All interviews were transcribed in the language of the interview (Macedonian) and analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring 2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In socialist Yugoslavia, teacher education included an intensive study of Marxism and socialism, including criticism of Western capitalism. This naturally changed in the new state of MK, where the new form of government was democracy, and capitalism an integral part of it. For the teachers, this focus on capitalism and capital accumulation is a negative side effect of democratization. The quality of teachers in the Yugoslav teacher education system is emphasized as exceptional and outstanding by the „older“ teachers. University educators at that time had gained extensive practical experience before starting their teaching careers in teacher education. The "new" educators in the new national state are referred to as theorists by the respondents, which carries a negative connotation. The highly competent educators from the Yugoslav era were soon removed from their positions after 1991. Teachers in the former Yugoslav republic were supposed to serve as socialist role models. For the teachers in my interviews, it was clear that they passionately conveyed "socialist patriotism" to their classes. The interviewees experienced in Yugoslavia teachers being "equal," regardless of their party affiliation, and that the socialist idea of "brotherhood and unity" (Calic 2019) was a reality in their lives. The idea of socialism and patriotism towards Yugoslavia naturally disappeared in 1991. Democracy after 1991 is simply "there" and is mentioned in the interviews in a general way, while the socialist unity is positively connotated for the teachers. Nevertheless, no teacher rejects democracy as a form of government, and no interviewee indicates that they long for socialism again. The "Yugonostalgia" in MK is expressed particularly in the positive values of socialism, in contrast to today's "turbo-capitalism" and party nepotism (Popovic, Majsova & Anastasova 2021). Although the teachers do not describe their thoughts as nostalgia, they agree with this statement regarding the zeitgeist in MK. References Altrichter, H. & Maag Merki, K. (2016). Steuerung der Entwicklung des Schulwesens. In H. Altrichter & K. Maag Merki (Hrsg.), Handbuch Neue Steuerung im Schulsystem. pp. 15–40). Wiesbaden: Springer. Atanasoska, T. (2020). ‚DaF-LehrerIn werden in Europa: Ein Vergleich zwischen Schweden und Nordmazedonien‘. Zeitschrift für Interkulturellen Fremdsprachenunterricht 2020(1), pp. 725-755 Bellmann, J. & Weiß, M. (2009). Risiken und Nebenwirkungen Neuer Steuerung im Schulsystem. Theoretische Konzeptualisierung und Erklärungsmodelle. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 55(29, 286-308. Calic, MJ. (2019): A History of Jugoslavia. West Lafayette, Indiana: Purdue University Press. Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital: Transforming Teaching in Every School. Teachers College Press. Helsper, W. (2008). Schulkulturen –die Schule als symbolische Sinnordnung. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 54(1), pp. 63–80. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:4336 Janík, T. & Porubsky, Š. (2020). Curriculum changes in the Visegrad Four countries three decades after the fall of communism. In Janík, T., Porubský, Š., Chrappán, M. & Kuszak, K. (eds.), Curriculum changes in the Visegrad Four: three decades after the fall of communism: studies from Hungary, Poland, the Czech and Slovak Republics. (pp. 15-30). Waxmann. Mayring, P. (2010). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. Beltz. Mayring, P. (2023). Das problemzentrierte Interview. In Mayring, P., Einführung in die qualitative Sozialforschung: eine Anleitung zu qualitativem Denken (pp. 60-64). Beltz. Mensching, A. (2018). Strukturationstheoretische Grundlagen der Organisationspädagogik. In Göhlich, M., Schröer, A. & Weber, S. M. (eds.), Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (pp. 199-210). Springer. Peck, C.A., Gallucci, C., & Sloan, T. (2010). Negotiating implementation of high-stakes performance assessment policies in teacher education: From compliance to inquiry. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(5), pp. 451-463. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109354520 Popovic, M., Majsova, N. & Anastasova, S. (2021). Memory landscapes in (post)Yugoslavia. The case of North Macedonia. The Historical Expertise, (25), pp. 186-208. https://hal.science/hal-03384721 Rizova, E., Bekar, M. & Velkovski, Z. (2020). Educational Challenges of Roma Minorities: The Case of the Republic of North Macedonia. International Journal of Cognitive Research in Science, Engineering and Education, 8(3), pp. 113-122. https://doi.org/10.23947/2334-8496-2020-8-3-113-122 Rothland, M. (2013): Soziale Unterstützung. Bedeutung und Bedingungen im Lehrerberuf. In Rothland, M. (ed.), Belastung und Beanspruchung im Lehrerberuf. Modelle, Befunde, Interventionen. (pp. 231-250). Springer. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 19 SES 14 A: Capturing the (Poly-)Crisis Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Anja Sieber Egger Session Chair: Clemens Wieser Symposium |
|
19. Ethnography
Symposium Capturing the (Poly-)Crisis through Educational Ethnography: Conceptual Considerations, Methodological Potentials, and Empirical Insights The term "poly-crisis" is currently about to become one of the most popular catchphrases used in the "political and social language" (Koselleck & Richter 2006) of our time. It pretends to characterize the current global situation in general and refers to the simultaneous occurrence of multiple crises and challenges in various domains, such as economy, environment, health, politics, and humanitarian issues. The British Historian Adam Tooze describes ‘polycrisis’ as the interaction of multiple crises and heterogenous shocks at once forming a "cascading and converging" set of challenges that have the potential to reshape our world in profound ways (Tooze, 2022). In this interpretation, the term does not merely signify the simultaneous occurrence of a series of singular critical events but rather serves as outstanding characteristic of present times and seemingly a novel phase in history. In this interpretation, it is not least the complexity of the phenomenon termed as ‘polycrisis’ which is particularly striking and generates the everyday experience that the associated events must be effective, but not entirely and immediately graspable. The compelling reference to contemporary phenomena of crises has always been a key argumentative tool for justifying educational programs in history (Dollinger, 2021; Hemetsberger 2022; Wrana, Schmidt & Schreiber 2022). Not surprisingly, this is also evident in recent documents related to current issues of educational agenda setting issued by supranational organizations (see European Commission et al. 2023; OECD 2023; UNICEF Innocenti 2023). The same might be expected for the current development of local curricula in educational institutions. At the moment, there is still limited knowledge about how the situation of ‘polycrisis’ is reflected on the local level of institutionalised education and everyday pedagogical practice (e.g. Ameli 2022). This applies not least to the question of how concrete representations of a world situation regarded as ‘polycritical’ can be investigated from a social science perspective in educational settings, especially in order to go beyond the simple affirmation of crisis diagnoses as dominating in public agenda setting discourses. And finally, the question arises: What is the special contribution of ethnographic research strategies in this context? The symposium addresses these issues by following several perspectives: Firstly, it clarifies from a historical and systematic point of view the interrelation between the justification of educational ambitions, visions or programs and crisis-ridden time diagnosis; secondly, it discusses methodological issues of investigating global phenomena of crises from the perspective of educational ethnography; and thirdly, it focuses on dealing with phenomena of crisis on the local level of educational institutions by referring to insights and findings from two different ethnographic research projects conducted in Germany and Switzerland. This ultimately leads to the overarching questions of the symposium: How can characteristics of the pedagogical processing of crisis phenomena be captured ethnographically? How do these phenomena manifest themselves in local practices and in connection with socio-material arrangements? And are there similarities/differences in the pedagogical processing of crises in different contexts and pedagogical settings, and if so, what are they? References Ameli, K. (2022): Where is Nature? Where is Nature in Nature and Outdoor Learning in Higher Education? An Analysis of Nature-Based Learning in Higher Education Using Multispecies Ethnography. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability, 24, 113 – 128. Dollinger, B. (2021). Krisendiagnosen aus sozialpädagogischer Sicht. Sozial Extra, 45, 275–278. European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Dixson-Declève, S., Renda, A., Schwaag Serger, S. et al. (2023). Transformational education in poly-crisis. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Hemetsberger, B. (2022). Schooling in crisis. Rise and fall of a German-American success story. Berlin: Peter Lang. Koselleck, R. & Richter, M.W. (2006). Crisis. Journal of the History of Ideas, 67, 357–400. OECD (2023). OECD Science, Technology and Innovation Outlook 2023: Enabling Transitions in Times of Disruption. Paris: OECD Publishing. Tooze, A. (2022). Welcome to the world of the polycrisis. Financial Times, 28 October. UNICEF Innocenti (2023). Prospects for Children in the Polycrisis: A 2023 Global Outlook. Florence: UNICEF Office of Research – Innocenti. Wrana, D., Schmidt, M, & Schreiber, J. (2022): Pädagogische Krisendiskurse. Reflexionen auf das konstitutive Verhältnis von Pädagogik und Krise angesichts der Covid19-Pandemie. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 68, 362–380 Presentations of the Symposium Once upon a Polycrisis...Exploring the Pedagogisation of Crises Through Educational Ethnography
Considered as the key characteristic of the current era, the narrative that the world has entered a state of polycrisis represents a crucial aspect of the contemporary public debates. This state is marked by the simultaneous occurrence of multiple individual crises, such as climate change, inflation, increasing social inequality, or migration. These crises overlap in time, amplifying each other and their entanglement seems to challenge human problem-solving abilities in unforeseeable ways (Tooze 2022). Regardless of this specific emphasis, the narrative of the poly-crisis exhibits characteristic features well-known from other forms of diagnosis of the times as it interprets the present in the light of a seemingly ‘predictable’ past and calls for immediate action (Alkemeyer et al. 2019).
From a historical perspective, diagnoses of crisis have often been the basis for thinking about new forms of upbringing and education (e.g. Koenig 2019). This trend can be traced back at least as far as the Age of Enlightenment (Winandy & Hermetsberger 2020). In the context of the Western world, it can be observed that the societal reflection on states of crises regularly has included their pedagogisation (e.g. Dinkelaker 2023). This encompasses not only the use of diagnoses of crisis to justify new pedagogical programmes, but also the promise of being able to overcome the current state of crisis through suitable forms of education, learning and teaching. In other words: In times of crisis always sets the stage for rethinking pedagogy. As a result, the pedagogical discussion all too easily falls into an affirmative relationship with the prevailing crisis diagnoses, which makes a reflexive approach to them at least more difficult, if not impossible.
Against this background, in our programmatically and methodologically oriented presentation we will discuss the narrative of polycrisis as a form of diagnosis of the times by problematising the implications which prepare the ground for subsequent processes of pedagogisation. Then, we will ask which contribution educational ethnography can make when it comes to the question of how to study the manifestations of the current polycrisis and its pedagogisation from an educational science perspective. In doing so, we will focus in particular on the potential of ethnography to analyse a multi-local state of crises at the level of local pedagogical practices. Not least we will address the challenges associated with the fact that scientific research and its institutions may themselves be affected by the impact of the global polycrisis (Morra 2021).
References:
Alkemeyer, Thomas; Buschmann, Nikolaus; Etzemüller, Thomas (2019): Einleitung. Gegenwartsdiagnosen als kulturelle Formen gesellschaftlicher Selbstproblematisierung in der Moderne. In: Thomas Alkemeyer, Nikolaus Buschmann und Thomas Etzemüller (Hg.): Gegenwartsdiagnosen. Kulturelle Formen gesellschaftlicher Selbstproblematisierung in der Moderne. Bielefeld: transcript (Sozialtheorie), pp. 9–20.
Dinkelaker, Jörg (2023): Krise als Schema der Pädagogisierung der ökologischen Frage. In: Malte Ebner von Eschenbach, Bernd Käpplinger, Maria Kondratjuk, Katrin Kraus, Matthias Rohs, Beatrix Niemeyer und Franziska Bellinger (Hg.): Re-Konstruktionen – Krisenthematisierungen in der Erwachsenenbildung. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich, pp. 47–58.
Koenig, Heike (2019): Enabling the Individual: Simmel, Dewey and “The Need for a Philosophy of Education”. In: Simmel Studies 23 (1), pp. 109–146.
Morra, Francesca (2021): Towards an Ethnography of Crisis. The Investigation of Refugees’ Mental Distress. In: Anthropology in Action 28 (2), pp. 36–43.
Tooze, Adam (2022): Welcome to the world of the polycrisis. Today disparate shocks interact so that the whole is worse than the sum of the parts. In: The Financial Times 2022, 28.10.2022. Online available https://www.ft.com/content/498398e7-11b1-494b-9cd3-6d669dc3de33, last ceck 31.01.2024.
Winandy, Jil; Hemetsberger, Bernhard (2021): Ordering the mess: (re-)defining public schooling as a remedy. In: Paedagogica Historica 57 (6), pp. 717–727.
Global Crises, Local Ethnographies - the Grammar of Socio-Material Arrangements in Swiss Kindergarten
Approaches to materiality and "material culture" have a long tradition in ethnography. Systematically tracing theoretical traditions guiding ethnographic research and analysis, Tilley (2001) highlights the significance of "material culture" as an established and highly relevant object of ethnographic analysis. In our contribution, we first take up this systematization and update it with contemporary practice theoretical (Schatzki 2002, 2010), new-materialist (Tsing 2015), and post-humanist (Taylor 2013, Taylor & Pacini-Ketchabaw 2018) approaches. Concomitantly we claim that (a) (global) crisis phenomena can be understood as a component and result of socio-material processes; (b) they are expressed in (local) socio-material arrangements and practices; (c) it is via these arrangements that they can be analyzed.
To do so, we ask how the relationship between global(crisis) phenomena, local socio-material arrangements and practices in kindergarten can be conceptualized and researched based on our ongoing long-term ethnographic research project. With a glimpse in the researched kindergartens, we can see that nature as a theme is a leitmotif guiding through the school year: Easter allows for the engagement with the theme of chicken and eggs, Christmas goes along with small festivities, involving special foods and decoration from nature, a sheep shearing event with the processing of wool etc.
We identify strong socio-material aspects when observing everything related to “nature” in kindergarten. We can distinguish three overall modes in this relatedness: (1) a ‘profound-hypernaturalization’ in a city center kindergarten; (2) a ‘technologization/instrumentalization of nature in nature’ in a countryside kindergarten, and (3) a ‘humanized nature’ in a kindergarten on the outskirts of a city. Regarding these three different modes of integrating ‘nature’, we will reconstruct connections between these socio-material arrangements, practices and global (crisis-)phenomena such as the ecological crisis and its associated discourse. How are these connections shaped, and what do they mean to whom? We can assume two basic (contradictory) ways of relating one to the other: The socio-material arrangements are either used to produce a “wholesome” relation to nature which is discussed as one aspect of a good childhood, and which tends to conceal problematic aspects. Or they are used to raise awareness for the vulnerability of non-human life and ecosystems with the primary aim to protect nature from human action. In our talk, we want to lay out these fields of tension based on empirical insights.
References:
Schatzki, T. R. (2002). The Site of the Social. Penn State University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780271023717
Schatzki, T. R. (2010). Materiality and Social Life. Nature and Culture, 5, 123–149. https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:144844080
Taylor, A. (2013). Reconfiguring the Natures of Childhood. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203582046
Taylor, A., & Pacini-Ketchabaw, V. (2018). The Common Worlds of Children and Animals. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315670010
Tilley, C. (2001). Ethnography and Material Culture. In P. Atkinson, A. Coffey, S. Delamont, J. Lofland, & L. Lofland (Eds.), Handbook of Ethnography (pp. 258–272). SAGE Publications Ltd.
Tsing, A. L. (2015). Mushroom at the End of the World: On the Possibility of Life in Capitalist Ruins. Princeton University Press.
Polycrises and Organisation - between Adaptation and Perseverance using the Example of an Ethnographic Study in Youth Welfare Offices in Germany
In the current age of poly-crisis, the youth welfare office is an institution that is charged with handling individual crises, while simultaneously adapting to external crises, such as pandemics, climate change and war-induced migration. Exploring this ambivalent position, this contribution asks how (pedagogical) organisations, such as the youth welfare office react to external crises and how crisis phenomena potentially affect the youth welfare office’s handling of individual crises?
The handling of individual crises is institutionalized in youth welfare in Germany since the 1920s in the institution of the youth welfare office whose authority is particularly based on dealing with individual crises that can occur in the process of growing up. Throughout its history, it has been questioned whether it is a pedagogical authority but at the very least, however, it arose "from the idea of education" (Vogel 1960). Its invention goes back to the idea that children and young people have a right to education and that they are fundamentally educable (Müller 1994; Rätz 2018). Nowadays, the effectiveness of the youth welfare office as an organisation are additionally under pressure as many German youth welfare offices claim to be "in crisis" due to high staff turnover, cost pressure and outdated administrative methods. This complex demand of handling of individual crises while being in crisis itself is constantly challenged by external crises and calls to effectively adapt to them.
The ethnographic fieldwork of my PhD project, which was carried out in two youth welfare offices during the corona pandemic in Germany, provides astonishing answers and insights. My research revealed which internal and external organisational crisis narratives existed and how they interacted. And my findings demonstrate that despite this context of having to adapt to external crises the existing institutional structures largely persisted as such, with only small measures of adjustment: Help plan meetings were held on greenfield sites, places in care were created in paediatric clinics to maintain day-to-day business.
Therefore, my contribution shows that certain constellations of regulation and "safeguarding" of growing up do not inscribe the handling of external crises into their ‘machine room’ lightly. Instead, my findings indicate that in particular, authorities that are related to pedagogical processes remain persistent through a focus on administration (Biesel und Schrapper 2018, S. 426) and, hence, the dealing with crises is rather based on organizational measures than on pedagogical innovations.
References:
Biesel, Kay; Schrapper, Christian (2018): Das Jugendamt der Zukunft. Zentrale für gelingendes Aufwachsen oder Kinderschutzamt? In: Michael Böwer und Jochem Kotthaus (Hg.): Praxisbuch Kinderschutz. Professionelle Herausforderungen bewältigen. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa, S. 422–448.
Müller, Carl Wolfgang (1994): JugendAmt. Geschichte und Aufgaben einer reformpädagogischen Einrichtung. Weinheim: Beltz (Edition sozial, 2).
Rätz, Regina (2018): Von der Fürsorge zur Dienstleistung. In: Karin Böllert (Hg.): Kompendium Kinder- und Jugendhilfe. Wiesbaden: Springer VS (SpringerLink Bücher), S. 65–92.
Vogel, Martin Rudolf (1960): Das Jugendamt im gesellschaftlichen Wirkungszusammenhang. Ein Forschungsbericht: C. Heymann (Schriften des Deutschen Vereins für Öffentliche und Private Fürsorge, 215).
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 14 A: *** CANCELLED *** Using Abductive and Reflexive Methods to Study Collaboration in Interdisciplinary Education Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Molly Sutphen Research Workshop |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 14 B: Discussing Academic Development Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Jarkko Impola Paper Session |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Evaluation of Discipline Specific Graduate Teaching Assistant Training: Students’ Perspectives and Lessons for HE Pedagogy and Practice University of Surrey, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Relevant pedagogical studies have previously highlighted the need for and importance of providing training and support for new Graduate Teaching Assistants (Sharpe, 2000; Young and Bippus, 2008; Korinek et al, 1999; Park, 2004). GTAs are usually PhD students who take on some teaching responsibilities while completing their doctoral studies. This is a widespread practice in the UK and the US Higher Education contexts, as well as in many European and Australian Universities. Research has shown that even full-time postgraduates aiming to complete their PhD in 3-4 years, regularly teach for 4 or more hours per week (Sharpe, 2000). In the UK, the National Postgraduate Committee of the National Union of Students put forward guidelines as early as in 1991 and 1993 on the use of postgraduates for teaching that include a requirement for proper professional training. Regardless of this recognition by various national and international bodies that PhD students who teach are making a considerable contribution, both to the student learning experience and the smooth operation of Universities, the training provided for teaching assistants often appears to be insufficient or consisting of limited ‘training on the job’ for many. Indeed, the literature has emphasised the many challenges that part time GTAs face and the significant role training and mentoring can have for their future career development. For example, unlike established academic staff, GTAs are seen as both teachers and students (Winstone and Moore, 2017) which can sometimes compromise their authority in the classroom. GTA training and support varies in different Universities and different countries from minimal instruction to more subject-specific preparation and guidance (Young and Bippus, 2008). Given this context, there is a great need to consider training programme frameworks for the development of Graduate Teaching Assistants in a similar way that junior members of staff are often offered professional development and training in the beginning of their academic careers. Furthermore, discipline specific teaching training is of paramount importance for enhancing both the professional development of GTAs and the learning experience of undergraduate students. Given this background, the aim of this paper is to explore preliminary findings of the impact of a pilot GTA training scheme. The ‘Sociology GTA Academy’ was launched in the Department of Sociology at Surrey University in Spring 2022 with the aim to provide extended subject-specific training throughout the semester. In its first pilot run, this included three 3-hour long training sessions covering, among other things: engaging students in seminars; creating interactive activities; marking and feedforward; dealing with sensitive topics and managing disruptive behaviours. This new initiative was supported by Faculty funding and it has been further extended in the last two years, following extensive feedback from the GTAs who undertake the training. A second phase of the project is currently under way and we are gathering information on the Affordances of Discipline specific teaching training for PhD students who teach during their doctoral studies. Based on narrative analysis of the GTAs’ feedback, the paper will consider the learning experience of the GTAs that took part in the training and will highlight recommendations for further subject-specific training and its potential impact for both GTAs as well the UG students who are taught by GTAs.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Adopting an interpretivist sociological perspective (Blumer, 1962; Rock, 1979; Prus, 1997) the current study analyses the intersubjective learning and teaching experiences of PhD students who work as Graduate Teaching Assistants during their doctoral studies. The focus here is on their shared understandings of the situation, the areas they find most challenging when teaching and the areas of the discipline specific training they find most valuable. Combining sociological and pedagogical theoretical understandings provides a more holistic and robust exploration of the ways and processes through which the GTAs in the study shared their experiences of teaching in higher education and receiving specific support and training. Fundamental to this experience was an active, ongoing negotiation of their own PhD (student/teacher) identities and their aspirations for their future academic careers. The project involves narrative analysis of GTA feedback given for this pilot training initiative. Subsequently, the second phase of the project which is currently under way, involves an online survey on aspects of the training that GTAs found most valuable and the ways in which these helped them in their teaching practice and development. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper emphasises the wider need to provide support and robust developmental-based training and further guidance on LT career pathways, while also enhancing the learning experience of UG students. The main outcome is to propose a coherent, developmental framework for discipline specific teaching training of doctoral students who contribute to the teaching activities of their Academic Schools and Departments. References Kim Korinek, Judith A. Howard and George S. Bridges (1999) "Train the Whole Scholar": A Developmentally Based Program for Teaching Assistant Training in Sociology, Teaching Sociology, Vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 343-359 Chris Park (2004) The graduate teaching assistant (GTA): lessons from North American experience, Teaching in Higher Education, 9:3, 349-361, DOI: 10.1080/1356251042000216660 Rhona Sharpe (2000) A framework for training graduate teaching assistants, Teacher Development, 4:1, 131-143, DOI: 10.1080/13664530000200106 Stacy L. Young & Amy M. Bippus (2008) Assessment of Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) Training: A Case Study of a Training Program and Its Impact on GTAs, Communication Teacher, 22:4, 116-129, DOI: 10.1080/1740462080238268 Naomi Winstone & Darren Moore (2017) Sometimes fish, sometimes fowl? Liminality, identity work and identity malleability in graduate teaching assistants, Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 54:5, 494-502, DOI: 10.1080/14703297.2016.1194769 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Teacher Agency in Universities: Exploring Manifestations within an Ecological Approach 1ICLON Leiden University, Netherlands, The; 2Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:Introduction Teacher agency is a concept that underscores the pivotal role teachers play in the educational landscape, emphasizing the importance of granting them autonomy and authority in shaping their teaching practices (Aspbury-Miyanishi, 2022). While most research has traditionally focused on primary and secondary education (Cong-Lem, 2021), recent studies have recognized the significant impact of teacher agency on university teaching (Kusters et al., 2023; Vähäsantanen et al., 2020). This study takes a closer look at teacher agency in the university setting, exploring how lecturers manifest agency and make informed decisions within the framework of an ecological approach. Theoretical Framework Teacher agency, according to Aspbury-Miyanishi (2022), is the ability to perceive and capitalize on different possibilities within specific situations. It involves the capacity to determine the most suitable option aligned with broader educational goals. Crucially, teacher agency is not merely compliance with conventional approaches but necessitates the identification of opportunities for action. Drawing on the ecological approach, teacher agency is multifaceted and constructed through the iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative dimensions. The iterational dimension emphasizes the role of personal and professional experiences in shaping teacher agency. This dimension recognizes that lecturers draw upon their past encounters and reflections to navigate current situations. Lecturers, through iterative processes, accumulate knowledge and insights that contribute to their agency. The projective dimension of teacher agency focuses on forward-looking actions. It involves the ability to envision future possibilities, set goals, and plan for effective teaching practices. Lecturers, within this dimension, go beyond immediate concerns and engage in proactive decision-making that aligns with their pedagogical objectives. The practical-evaluative dimension roots teacher agency in engagement with current practices, encompassing practical evaluations of cultural, structural, and material contexts. This dimension recognizes that teacher agency requires an awareness of the dynamic and context-dependent nature of teaching. Lecturers assess the impact of their actions within the broader educational environment, adapting strategies to suit specific conditions. The ecological model of teacher agency, as proposed by Priestley et al. (2015), captures the interconnectedness of these dimensions. It emphasizes the dynamic and context-dependent nature of teacher agency, illustrating how personal and professional experiences, forward-looking actions, and practical evaluations intersect to shape effective teaching practices. Research Question In conclusion, this theoretical framework provides a comprehensive understanding of teacher agency within an ecological approach, laying the groundwork for the exploration of its manifestations in university teaching. The interconnected dimensions of iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative aspects underscore the complex and context-dependent nature of teacher agency, setting the stage for a detailed investigation into how lecturers achieve agency in diverse teaching scenarios within higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method Participants and data collection 30 academics from various universities participated in this study. Each participant participated in a think-aloud session lasting up to one hour. Using previously developed scenarios based on real teaching experiences (Kusters et al., submitted), participants chose five relevant scenarios in which they could identify themselves. Each scenario ended with "So I knew I had to come up with a solution," promoting multiple and well-informed solutions. An example of a scenario is: "TITLE: Unmotivated students I have been teaching at this university for several years now and have encountered many difficult students, but I had never experienced a class like this one before. Many students seemed uninterested in the material. Some students were sleeping; others were looking at their phones or talking to each other. When I asked who was interested in the subject, only a few hands went up. When I realized that the subject did not interest students at all, I knew I had to come up with a solution." Lecturers shared their thoughts and decision-making processes as they interacted with these scenarios. Analyses Recordings of the sessions were transcribed verbatim to ensure accuracy in capturing participants' voices and nuances. Transcripts were imported into the qualitative data analysis software Atlas.ti for systematic organization and analysis. Thematic content analysis was employed to categorize the considerations associated with each participant's solutions. This method allowed for the identification of recurring themes and patterns within the dataset. The analysis procedure for exploring manifestations of teacher agency was threefold; first, all solutions and accompanying considerations were collected. Second, the considerations were divided into the three dimensions of the ecological model. Finally, narratives were constructed based on participants' solutions and reflections. The purpose of these narratives was to provide a comprehensive understanding of the processes that facilitate or hinder the achievement of agency. The narratives were constructed to highlight the interplay between lecturers’ decision-making processes and the contextual factors that shape their agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results Preliminary results show that most emphasis is placed on manifestations of teacher agency within the practical-evaluative dimension, and that the iterational and projective dimensions are considered contingent for achieving teacher agency. That is, the opportunities to adjust matters lie in the practical matters because that is where the most short-term impact is experienced. Implications For academic purposes, this study is relevant because follow-up research could focus on how the practical-evaluative dimension is related to professional space (Oolbekkink-Marchand et al., 2017) experienced by academics. For practitioners, professional development programs could be designed that rely more on acting on past (iterational) and future goals (projective) to experience influence on practice (practical-evaluative). When lecturers are more aware of how professional space can be shaped and teacher agency achieved, it contributes to the professionalization of the faculty for the purpose of engaged, innovative teaching staff within universities. References References Aspbury-Miyanishi, E. (2022). The affordances beyond what one does: Reconceptualizing teacher agency with Heidegger and Ecological Psychology. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 103662. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103662 Cong-Lem, N. (2021). Teacher agency: A systematic review of international literature. Issues in Educational Research, 31(3), 718-738. doi/10.3316/informit.190851857034060 Kusters, M., De Vetten, A., Admiraal, W. & Van Der Rijst, R. (submitted). Developing Scenarios for Exploring Teacher Agency in Universities: A Multimethod Study. Frontline Learning Research Kusters, M., Van Der Rijst, R., De Vetten, A., & Admiraal, W. (2023). University lecturers as change agents: How do they perceive their professional agency? Teaching and Teacher Education, 127, 104097. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104097 Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. W., Hadar, L. L., Smith, K., Helleve, I., & Ulvik, M. (2017). Teachers' perceived professional space and their agency. Teaching and teacher education, 62, 37-46. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency : An ecological approach. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781474219426 Vähäsantanen, K., Paloniemi, S., Räikkönen, E., & Hökkä, P. (2020). Professional agency in a university context: Academic freedom and fetters. Teaching and Teacher Education, 89, 103000. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.103000 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Dark side of Academia versus the 'Postdocs' Passion' : Personal Stories of the ‘Precarious Postdocs’. 1Vrije Universiteit Amster, Netherlands, The; 2CWTS, Leiden Universiteit, The Netherlands Presenting Author:Introduction Due to the financial organization of academic research, which is for a large share funded on a temporary and project-basis, junior academics find themselves increasingly in precarious situations. In this paper, we are presenting the aggregated experiences of 676 postdoctoral researchers in the Netherlands. Our first analysis (Van der Weijden & Teelken, 2023), based on quantitative analysis, demonstrated high stress levels, and serious mental health problems due to their lack of academic career prospects, the publication and grant pressure, work-life imbalance, and lack of institutional support. The meaningful findings of our first analysis and the substantial data provided, stimulated us to carry out a secondary data analysis, by using a more open and exploratory approach. In this second investigation, we are taken a closer look at the explanations provided by the respondents, which we have analyzed in a qualitative manner. This approach helped us to distinguish the various discourses. Our research provides a more nuanced, but no less alarming picture of the current situation of early career academics in the Netherlands. Research Context: Postdocs trends in the Netherlands Postdocs are employed and have a temporary contract with their university, University Medical Center or research institutes in the Netherlands. A postdoc is not an official position described in the Dutch university collective labour agreement (UFO), but they are part of the group “other academic staff,” including lecturers and other researchers on temporary contracts. (van der Weijden et al, 2016). The number of postdocs employed by Dutch universities was 2,146 fte in 2005. In 2021, this number had grown to 3,810 fte (Rathenau Instituut, 2023a). The proportion of female postdocs rose from 34% in 2005 to 41% in 2021, with the share of non-Dutch postdocs increasing from 46% in 2006 to 67% in 2021 (Rathenau Instituut, 2023a). For a researcher recently awarded a doctorate, a postdoc position provides an opportunity to stay and perhaps to advance in academia. However, the academic job market is highly dynamic. More than one in four leave every year, with only a relatively small proportion (18%) moving to a more senior position in the university (Rathenau Instituut, 2023b).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research methods: We distributed the questionnaire with help of the staff at the department of Human Resources at 9 out of 14 Dutch research-oriented universities, amongst all disciplines. Participation was voluntary and anonymous. A sample of 676 postdocs, 51% male, 48% female and 1% gender neutral, responded to the questionnaire. The average age of the respondents was 34 years, with on average 31 months as postdoc experience. 46% had the Dutch nationality, and 54% were international postdocs from different countries. 32% of the respondents had children. Postdocs worked in different fields: distributed amongst the natural sciences (31%, including agricultural sciences), social sciences & humanities (30%), medical and health sciences (21%), engineering and technology (17%). Nearly all respondents (97%) obtained their PhD between 2009 and 2019. The quantitative findings of the data are already published (Van der Weijden & Teelken, 2023), reporting high stress levels amongst the respondents. In addition to the closed questions, several open questions were part of the survey, and these supplied a lot of material for further analyses. 372 respondents provided 3049 pieces of text al together, some of substantial lengths, up to about 200 words. With help of a research assistant, we transferred the data from SSPS towards Atlas.ti and coded these responses as openly as possible, which, after some rearranging of codes, resulted into 189 codes (e.g. academic work climate, support from supervisor), which were subsequently merged into 6 code groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings In general, we discovered that the employment situation of the postdocs is more diverse than expected. 38 respondents of our sample mentioned that they already have permanent contract, at least parttime or have clear prospect for such a position. 1) The Postdocs’ Passions The postdoc’s satisfaction with their work: these sources involve the content of work, the supportive atmosphere provided by their supervisors and direct colleagues. It is remarkable to see how passionate the postdocs are about their work (mentioned 28 times), they generally love science and love doing research. Several mention that they enjoy working hard (7 times). They state that they feel priviledged to do their curiosity driven work which is ‘interesting and fun’, and they are rewarded with ‘incredible energy and motivation (#297)’ from their work which is often mentally refreshing (#275). Second source of satisfaction involves the supportive atmosphere experienced by the respondents, in terms of good relations with colleagues and supervisors. 2) (Lack of) Work-Life Balance Seventynine of the respondents mentioned explicitly that their personal life is being affected by their work as a postdoc. They feel a direct effect on their personal life, for example would have liked more time for their children, or are unable to buy a house. 3) Dark side of Academia A substantial group of responses (161) involved a (very) negative experience. Major sources of dissatisfaction involved the lack of perspectives, the extensive amount of work pressure, especially the pressure to obtain grants and (high impact) publications is mentioned by 28 respondents. Other categories of difficulties arise from the large variety of tasks postdocs have to perform, the lack of transparency of selection procedures (27 times), nepotism (16 times) and manipulation are also mentioned as features of the academic culture. References References •Rathenau Instituut (2023a). “Postdocs”. Factsheet. Sciences in Figures. https://www.rathenau.nl/en/science-figures/personnel/university-staff/postdocs •Rathenau Instituut (2023b). “Academic careers of researchers”. Factsheet. Science in Figures. https://www.rathenau.nl/en/science-figures/personnel/university-staff/academic-careers-researchers •Teelken, C., and I. van der Weijden. 2018. “The employment situations and career prospects of postdoctoral researchers”. Employee Relations 40 (2): 396-411. doi.org/10.1108/ER-12-2016-0241 •Teelken, C., and I. van der Weijden. 2020. “Precarious careers: postdoctoral researchers in the Netherlands”. EUA Council for Doctoral Education. https://www.eua-cde.org/the-doctoral-debate/159:precarious-careers-postdoctoral-researchers-in-the-netherlands.html •Inge van der Weijden & Christine Teelken (2023) Precarious careers: postdoctoral researchers and wellbeing at work, Studies in Higher Education, 48:10, 1595-1607, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2023.2253833 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 22 SES 14 C: Challenges for First-generation Students in Times of Uncertainty Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Katerina Machovcova Session Chair: Erna Nairz-Wirth Symposium |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Symposium Challenges for First-generation Students in Times of Uncertainty In recent decades, universities across the globe opened their doors to a much broader group of students, a phenomenon not only driven by increasing demographics but also opportunities for those whose previous generations did not have a university education. These students are referred to in many research studies as first-generation students (FGS). Research has shown that, compared to continuing-generation students (CGS), the proportion of FGS in part-time employment and the number of hours they work are higher. FGS repeatedly consider whether studying at university is the right choice for them (Vengřinová, 2023). Moreover, FGS often stem from lower socioeconomic backgrounds, are more likely to live off-campus rather than in student residences, and continue to help out at home in various ways, or to care for their own children, which is why they have less time to focus on their studies (Archer & Leathwood, 2005; Bowl, 2003; Chowdry et al., 2013; Hurst, 2012; Nuñez & Cuccaro-Alamin, 1998; Reay et al., 2005). In sum, it can be argued that students without academic backgrounds experience more significant uncertainties about the various steps involved in studying than CGS. It is assumed that first-generation students face similar challenges across countries; this symposium, therefore, focuses on the specific situation and support structures for first-generation students in four different higher education landscapes: Austria, the Czech Republic, Germany, and the UK, each presenting unique thematic angles: Common characteristics depicting FGS will be presented in the first symposium paper. By putting a specific focus on the German context, it examines the ways in which intersectional disadvantages are taken into account in research and institutional support for FGS. The second paper puts a specific focus on uncertainty during the transition to university from the perspective of emerging adulthood. Qualitative research shows that, in the Czech Republic, FGS have less space to explore and figure out who they are and what they expect from the future. Compared to CGS, the period of emerging adulthood is, therefore, shorter for them. As has been mentioned above, FGS face more severe and diverse problems and challenges during their studies. For example, research shows that FGS may be more vulnerable to mental health problems than their CGS peers (Smith & McLellan, 2023). The third paper presents findings from a mixed methods study comparing mental health problems in FGS and CGS in the UK. Lastly, in the fourth paper, we discuss the intentions of non-traditional students to drop out, with a particular focus on the Austrian situation. References Archer, L., & Leathwood, C. (2005). Identities, inequalities and higher education. In Higher education and social class (pp. 187-204). Routledge. Bowl, M. (2003). Non-Traditional entrants to higher education: ‘They Talk About People Like Me’. Stoke on Trent, UK: Trentham Books. Chowdry, H., Crawford, C., Dearden, L., Goodman, A., & Vignoles, A. (2013). Widening participation in higher education: analysis using linked administrative data. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series A: Statistics in Society, 176(2), 431-457. Hurst, A. L. (2012). College and the working class (Vol. 3). Springer Science & Business Media. Nuñez, A. M. (1998). First-generation students: Undergraduates whose parents never enrolled in postsecondary education. Diane Publishing. Reay, D., David, M. E., & Ball, S. J. (2005). Degrees of choice: Class, race, gender and higher education. Stoke on Trent: Trentham Books. Smith, D., & McLellan, R. (2023). Mental health problems in first‐generation university students: A scoping review. Review of Education, 11(3), e3418. Vengřinová, T. (2023). Akademická integrace do studia: Pohled první generace vysokoškolských studentů na své vyučující. Pedagogická orientace, 32(3), 152–177. Presentations of the Symposium First-generation Students:Research and Institutional Support through an Intersectional Lens
Over the past decades, research on first-generation students (FGS), defined as students who are the first in their families to study at a higher education institution, has steadily increased, resulting in a proliferation of publications (Beattie, 2018). Despite the increasing popularity of this research strand, numerous studies criticize the arbitrary and superfluously use of the term, resulting in an international incommensurability of data, and the lack of differentiation within the group of first-generation students (Ives & Castillo-Montoya, 2020). Not only is there substantial variation among first-generation students, but, compared to continuing-education generations, they are also more likely to be multiply minoritized based upon race, gender, and social class (Chen & Carroll, 2005; Choy, 2001; Toutkoushian, Stollberg & Slaton, 2018). Individuals with multiple marginalized identities are at a heightened risk of facing greater oppression than those with fewer marginalized identities (King & McPherson, 2020; Roscigno et al., 2022). Although it is collectively affirmed that the experiences of students are particularly challenging when the first-generation status intersects with other marginalized identities, such as race, socioeconomic status, gender, and age (Harackiewicz et al., 2016), Ives and Castillo-Montoya (2020) reveal that most scholars frame FGS from a limited number of theories pertinent to dominant “white” identity groups, namely Bourdieu (1986), Tinto (1993), and Bandura (1997). Against this backdrop, employing intersectionality as a theoretical lens is essential to uncover the power structures that shape the experiences of students facing intersecting forms of marginalization (Collins, 2000; Crenshaw, 1989). By aiding in structuring and guiding the data analysis, frameworks play a crucial role in empirical research; yet little is known about the ways in which intersectionality is applied as an analytical framework in research on first-generation students. This contribution attends to this gap by examining over forty empirical studies that analyze first-generation students through an intersectional lens. Through the analysis, key similarities, and differences in their approaches to study FGS as multiple identities are identified.
References:
Beattie, I.(2018). Sociological Perspectives on First-Generation College Students. In Handbook of Sociology of Education in the 21st Century. Cham: Springer, pp. 171–91.
Bandura, A.(1997). Self-efficacy:The exercise of control. Freeman.
Bourdieu, P.(1986). Forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson(Ed.), Handbook of theory of research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–258).Greenwood Press.
Chen,X., & Carroll,C.D.(2005).First-generation students in postsecondary education:A look at their college transcripts.National Center for Education Statistics.
Choy,S.(2001).Students whose parents did not go to college:Postsecondary access, persistence, and attainment: Findings from the condition of education.
Collins,P.H.(2000).Black feminist thought:Knowledge, consciousness, and the politics of empowerment.
Crenshaw,K.(1989).Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex:A Black feminist critique of antidiscrimination doctrine, feminist theory and antiracist politics.University of Chicago Legal Forum,1,139–167.
Ives,J.,& Castillo-Montoya,M.(2020).First-Generation College Students as Academic Learners: A Systematic Review. Review of Educational Research, 90(2),139–178.
Harackiewicz,J.M. et al.(2016).Closing achievement gaps with a utility-value intervention: Disentangling race and social class.Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,111(5),745–765.
King, Colby R., & Sean H. McPherson.(2020).Class beyond the Classroom: Supporting Working-Class and First-Generation Students, Faculty, and Staff.
Tinto, V. (1993). Leaving college: Rethinking the causes and cures of student attrition. University of Chicago Press.
Toutkoushian,R.,Stollberg,R.,&Slaton,K.(2018).Talking ‘bout my generation: defining ‘first-generation college students’ in higher education research. Teachers College Record,120, 1–38.
The Transition of First-generation Students to Higher Education on the Edge of Adulthood
The transition from high school to college is often referred to as a life change, where the student moves from a controlled educational environment to one where self-regulation is emphasised, and the student has responsibility for his or her education (Vengřinová, 2023). A continuous educational pathway characterises the Czech environment, and with the opening of higher education to a wider population, more and more FGS are entering Czech universities (Vengřinová, 2021). Approximately 66.1% of Czech students study at the bachelor level (Hündlová & Šmídová, 2020). Thus, they are the first in their family to experience the university environment, and unlike their parents, they should be able to experience the period of emerging adulthood fully. That means they should experience a safe period of self-identity exploration that takes place during, among other things, the transition to college, specifically between the ages of 18-25 of an individual's life (Arnett, 2004). This paper will focus specifically on the transition period of FGS and their perception of their emerging adulthood among a specific group neglected in the Czech research environment. However, it now represents more than half of the undergraduate student population, which will contribute to filling the current research gap. Results will be presented based on qualitative analysis of 70 semi-structured interviews conducted with 35 novice FGS. The students interviewed perceive a shorter period of emerging adulthood as they often start working while studying for their CGD. At the same time, they feel pressure from their family to be clear in their lives and not to experiment in their decisions. They felt support from their parents in choosing higher education over work, but they felt pressure to graduate or drop out and go to work during their studies. Suppose the student is uncertain about his/her choice. In that case, he/she feels similar uncertainty from his/her parents, leading to different coping strategies, e.g., hardening up and graduating, leaving school, and working. In all types of coping strategies, however, this leads to an earlier acceptance of one's role as an adult, thus shortening the period of emerging adulthood.
References:
Arnett, J. J. (2004). Emerging adulthood: The winding road from the late teens through the twenties. Oxford University Press.
Hündlová, L, Šmídová, M (2020). Netradiční student a studentky vysokých škol: Studie z šetření Eurostudent VII. CSVŠ.
Vengřinova, T. (2021). Akademická a sociální integrace do studia na vysoké škole u první generace vysokoškoláků: přehledová studie. Studia paedagogica, 26(1), 167–184.
Vengřinová, T. (2023). Akademická integrace do studia: Pohled první generace vysokoškolských studentů na své vyučující. Pedagogická orientace, 32(3), 152–177.
WITHDRAWN Mental Health Problems in First Generation University Students: A UK Perspective
First-generation students (FGS; those whose parents did not achieve a university degree) constitute almost half of the UK university population (Office for Students, 2022). The UK University Mental Health Charter (Hughes & Spanner, 2019) recognises that FGS may face greater challenges to their mental health than continuing generation students (CGS; those with at least one parent who achieved a university degree). However, a scoping review of the international literature (Smith & McLellan, 2023) found no published empirical research on the mental health of FGS at UK universities. An online study was carried out to address this gap in the research. Participants were students aged 18 years or older from any UK university and were recruited to the study via advertisements on social media. A sample of 247 university students, comprising both FGS (n = 115) and CGS (n = 128) completed a survey containing demographic questions (gender identity, age, level of study, parental education) and scales to measure mental health problems (depression, eating concerns, substance use, generalised anxiety, frustration/anger, social anxiety, family distress, academic distress and a total distress index). In addition, participants responded to open-ended questions on mental health. In this presentation I will report the findings of this study and discuss the implications for FGS, widening participation and future research in this field. This study makes a significant contribution to knowledge about mental health problems in UK FGS and adds a UK perspective to existing international research.
References:
Hughes, G., & Spanner, L. (2019). The University Mental Health Charter. Student Minds. https://www.studentminds.org.uk/uploads/3/7/8/4/3784584/191208_umhc_artwork.pdf
Office for Students. (2022). Equality, diversity and student characteristics data. https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/publications/equality-diversity-and-student-characteristics-data/
Smith, D., & McLellan, R. (2023). Mental health problems in first-generation university students: A scoping review. Review of Education, 11(3), e3418. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3418
Students' Intentions to Drop Out from University during Times of Uncertainty: Findings from a 2022 Student Survey
This paper examines empirical evidence from higher education research on student dropout intentions. Dropping out from university is associated with high individual and societal costs, a lack of innovation, a shortage of skilled workers, and a loss of competitiveness and diversity (Nairz-Wirth/Feldmann 2018; Thaler/Unger 2014). In addition, one of the European Union's goals is to achieve greater equality of educational opportunity – a goal that depends in part on reducing the number of students who drop out from university (Vossensteyn et al. 2015). With European universities already reporting high dropout rates within their specific systems (Vossensteyn et al. 2015), universities are under increasing pressure to implement measures to prevent student attrition. In this context, dropout intentions can be seen as an early warning indicator and are therefore relevant for empirical research and the design of effective prevention and intervention strategies (Deuer/Wild 2018).
The present analysis combines both psychological-individual and sociological-institutional approaches (Heublein/Wolter 2011), exploring the role of institutional social capital (in terms of peers, university staff, and study group), transitional experiences, and individual resilience in relation to dropout intentions. In addition, different characteristics of non-traditional students are considered (Schuetze/Slowey 2002). Therefore, a survey was conducted in 2022 at an Austrian public university among bachelor students in economics and social sciences (n = 1.000). The results of a hierarchical logistic regression model show that high levels of social capital (in relation to other peers), high individual resilience, and positive experiences with the transition to university can have a preventive effect on dropout intentions. No significant effect was found regarding characteristics of non-traditional students, such as first-generation status. However, an extended duration of study may increase the likelihood of having intentions to drop out.
Building on previous findings in higher education research during times of uncertainty (e.g. Falk 2022; Álvarez-Pérez et al. 2021; Baalmann et al. 2020; Baalmann/Speck 2020; Bano et al. 2019), the results suggest that early preparation for studying, active management of the transition process by the institution, support for building students' resilience, and promotion of social networks at the institution can prevent dropout intentions and contribute to reducing dropout rates among university students. These findings are relevant - not only during times of crisis - but also for the long term.
References:
Álvarez-Pérez,P.R. et al.(2021).Academic Engagement and Dropout Intention Academic Engagement and Dropout Intention in Undergraduate University Students. In: Journal of College Student Retention: Research, Theory & Practice,0(0),1-18.
Baalmann,T. et al.(2020).Multikontextuelle Einflüsse auf den Studienerfolg: Zusammenführung und Ergänzung der bisherigen Ergebnisse.In: M. Feldhaus & K., Speck(Eds.),Herkunftsfamilie,Partnerschaft und Studienerfolg.Baden-Baden, Ergon,281-324.
Baalmann,T. & Speck,K.(2020).Der Einfluss der Studieneingangs- und der Lernmotivation auf den Studienerfolg und die Abbruchneigung von Studierenden.In:Feldhaus, Michael/Speck, Karsten (Hrsg.):Herkunftsfamilie, Partnerschaft und Studienerfolg. Ergon, 81-116.
Deuer, E.& Wild, S.(2018). Validierung eines Instruments zur Erfassung der Studienabbruchsneigung bei dual Studierenden, 4. Auflage.Duale Hochschule Baden-Württemberg.
Falk,S.(2022).Die Auswirkungen der Corona Pandemie auf die geplante Studiendauer internationaler Studierender an deutschen Hochschulen.In:Beiträge zur Hochschulforschung,44(2-3),144-163.
Nairz-Wirth,E. & Feldmann,K.(2018).Hochschulen relational betrachtet. In: AQ Austria (Hrsg.): Durchlässigkeit in der Hochschulbildung. Beiträge zur 5. AQ Austria Jahrestagung 2017.Facultas.,79-94.
Schubert,N. et al. (2020). Studienverläufe – Der Weg durchs Studium:Zusatzbericht der Studierenden-Sozialerhebung 2019.Institut für Höhere Studien (IHS).
Schuetze,H.G. & Slowey,M. (2002).Participation and exclusion: A comparative analysis of non-traditional students and lifelong learners in higher education.In Higher Education,44(3/4),309-327.
Thaler,B. & Unger,M. (2014).Dropouts ≠ Dropouts: Wege nach dem Abgang von der Universität.Institut für Höhere Studien.https://irihs.ihs.ac.at/id/eprint/2259/
Vossensteyn,H. et al. (2015).Dropout and Completion in Higher Education in Europe:Main Report.Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 14 A: The Global School-Autonomy-with-Accountability Reform and Its National Encounters (Part 2) Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Toni Verger Session Chair: Paolo Landri Symposium Part 2/2, continued from 23 SES 11 A |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium The Global School-Autonomy-with-Accountability Reform and Its National Encounters (part II) The two-part symposium presents conceptual, comparative as well as single-country studies that examine the neoliberal reform wave which most governments bought into over the past thirty years. In concert with Verger, Fontdevila and Parcerisa (2019), we refer to this reform package as School-Autonomy-with-Accountability (SAWA). The objective of the studies presented is to move beyond the simple documentation that neoliberalism spread worldwide and instead examine who the political coalitions were that bought into, or resisted, respectively the reform wave, what features of the reform resonated and why they held appeal, what features were repealed and how national policy actors translated key policies into the varied national contexts. These type of research questions are prototypical for research interchangeably labeled policy borrowing, policy transfer, policy mobility, or policy circulation research (Steiner-Khamsi, 2021). The panel attempts to advance both policy transfer research as well as comparative public policy studies by inserting a transnational lens into the analysis of policy processes. The unit of analysis of all presentations is the SAWA reform. We consider SAWA to be a coherent, pervasive, and controversial reform package that (i) claimed to ensure quality improvement, (ii) advocated for (or at least aligned with) policies to set in motion competition among schools and differentiation in the school offer, such as school-based management and school choice (iii) instated a bundle of policies that strengthened school autonomy under the condition of pervasive accountability, and (iv) advanced a set of preferred policy instruments to trigger and sustain organizational change such as continuous standardized testing and other forms of external supervision. The panelists use this quadruple differentiation of fundamental reforms—their mission, mechanisms of change, bundle of policies, and policy instruments—to reflect the vernacularization or translation of the reform package, that is, what exactly was adopted by which political actors and in which particular political context, and why some features of the reform packaged resonated more than others.
In this panel, the presenters draw on the policy instrument approach which has triggered a lively debate within public policy studies more broadly (Lascoumes and Le Galès 2007; Béland et al. 2018; Capano and Howlett 2020) as well as more narrowly in policy studies related to the education sector (Verger et al. 2019). Several aspects of that approach are appealing for policy transfer research, notably, the insight that the choice of policy instrument is deeply political and has repercussions in who is empowered and who disempowered. Drawing on that approach, we differentiate between the reform goal, reform elements, and the instruments to achieve the goal.
References Béland, D., M. Howlett, and I. Mukherjee. “Instrument Constituencies and Public Policy-making: An Introduction.” Policy and Society 37, no. 1 (2018): 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2017.1375249. Capano, G., and M. Howlett. “The Knowns and Unknowns of Policy Instrument Analysis: Policy Tools and the Current Research Agenda on Policy Mixes.” SAGE Open 10, no. 1 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244019900568. Lascoumes, P., and P. Le Galès. “Understanding Public Policy through Its Instruments. Special Issue.” Governance 20, no. 1 (2007): 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0491.2007,00342.x. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2021). Externalisation and structural coupling: Applications in comparative policy studies in education. European Educational Research Journal, 20(6), 806–820. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120988394 Verger, A., C. Fontdevila, and L. Parcerisa. “Reforming Governance through Policy Instruments: How and to What Extent Standards, Tests and Accountability in Education Spread Worldwide.” Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education 40, no. 2 (2019): 248-270. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2019.1569882. Presentations of the Symposium Comparing Contextually: Lessons Learned from Qualitative Studies on SAWA Adoption
The presentation makes a case for contextual, qualitative comparative analysis that takes into consideration the temporal and space dimensions of policy transfer and disaggregates a reform by its policy goal (theory of change), bundle of policies, and policy instruments. The disentanglement helps to specify what exactly has traveled, and why. In an attempt to illustrate the interpretive framework used for contextual comparison, it draws on two recent co-authored publications on the selective borrowing of the school-autonomy-with accountability (SAWA) reform in Switzerland (Steiner-Khamsi, Appius and Nägeli, forthcoming) and Iceland (Steiner-Khamsi, Jóhannesdóttir, and Magnúsdóttir, forthcoming). The two studies provide an opportunity to reflect on methodological lessons learned for advancing scholarship in qualitative comparative policy studies, in particular research on policy transfer. A special focus will be placed on the temporalities of the SAWA reform in the two countries. In addition, it discusses methodological aspects of how to compare national receptions and translations against a global script, here against SAWA. The study compares the three reform waves, identified by Bromley et al, (2023) based on their analyses of the World Education Reform Database (WERD). The presenter chooses to label the three reform waves as (i) (equal opportunity, (ii) school-autonomy-with-accountability, and (iii) student-wellbeing reforms. She discusses how the three reform waves differ in terms of their policy goal but also their bundle of policies and the choice of preferred policy instruments. The WERD database is the most comprehensive database that exists to date on education reforms globally. It contains over 10,000 policy documents from over 180 countries over the period 1970 - 2020. The database has been developed by Patricia Bromley (Stanford University) and Rie Kijima (University of Toronto) and their associates. It is publicly available here: https://werd.stanford.edu/.
References:
Bromley, P., Furuta, J., Kijima, R., Overbey, L., Choi, M. & Santos, H. (2023). Global determinants of education reform, 1960 - 2017. Sociology of Education, 96 (2), 149 - 167.
DOI: 10.1177/00380407221146773
Steiner-Khamsi, G., Appius, S., and Nägeli, A. (forthcoming). School-autonomy-with-accountability: Comparing two transfer spaces against the global script.
Steiner-Khamsi, G., Jóhannesdóttir, K., and Magnúsdóttir, B. R. (forthcoming). The school-autonomy-with-accountability reform in Iceland: Looking back and making.
The Icelandic model of SAWA 1991-2015: The school-autonomy-bypassing-accountability reform
This presentation draws on a forthcoming publication with the same (tentative) title (Steiner-Khamsi, Jóhannesdóttir, Magnúsdóttir, forthcoming). Our study draws on the existing Icelandic scholarship complementing a retrospective analysis of the reform as well as a retroactive interpretation of it. There are three conceptual and methodological features of this study that deserve special mention here: First, we conceive of the NPM reform, also known as the school-autonomy-with-accountability reform as a complex reform with its own (i) theory of change, (ii) a mix of school-autonomy-with-accountability (SAWA) policies, and own (iii) policy instrument to achieve and sustain change. Unbundling the reform package and dissecting its elements affords us to examine why some of the NPM policies resonated at the time with practitioners and policy makers, and others did not. We also show how the selectively borrowed NPM policies were subsequently translated and recontextualized in ways that would address the challenges of upper secondary schools. Second, the study introduces a novel method of inquiry for understanding the fundamental reform in upper secondary schools retroactively: We held several Meaning Making Meetings (MMM) with politicians, policy makers, education experts and policy advisors in Iceland in which we presented our preliminary findings in order to solicit feedback and validation on factual information. Finally, we collectively look back at these MMM to assess which of the NPM/SAWA policies endured, which ones were suspended, and which ones were modified over time, and how and why. In other words, we apply the temporal dimension of policies to examine the lifespan of a policy, that is, we determine when a policy was conceived, when it died, and—not unimportantly—what life it had in between.
References:
Steiner-Khamsi, G., Jóhannesdóttir, K., and Magnúsdóttir, B. R. (forthcoming). The school-autonomy-with-accountability reform in Iceland: Looking back and making sense.
WiTHDRAWN The Rise of Quality Reform Discourse, 1960-2018
Since at least the 1980s, countries all over the world have prioritized the improvement of educational quality. The amount of education reform globally increased dramatically beginning in this decade and continued through 2010 (Bromley et al. 2023). Quality reform discourse around the world increased both in absolute number and as a proportion of all education reforms during the peak decades of this wave of reform. While countries continued to adopt reforms to expand equitable access to education, a defining characteristic of this recent education reform wave is the dramatic increase in reform discourse focused on improving a narrowly defined conception of quality related to learning outcomes and constrained by what can be quantified and measured (Overbey 2023).
What explains the dramatic rise cross-nationally in national education reforms to improve educational quality? To answer this question, this study draws on education reforms from the World Education Reform Database (WERD) adopted in 143 countries between 1960 and 2018. Using negative binomial regression modeling, the study analyzes how factors related to a country’s need or capacity to improve quality, such as the level of economic development, level of democracy, or features of the national education system, may explain variation in the amount of quality reform a country adopts. Alongside country characteristics, the analysis also considers the role of global influences on national quality reform discourse such as a country’s linkages to international civil society and participation in international assessments. The results of the analysis show some positive association between country characteristics and the level of quality reform discourse. Countries with strong democracies with an active domestic civil society are more likely to adopt quality reforms. The results also show that global influences also play an important role. Countries with stronger linkages to world society, as measured by the amount of international non-governmental organization (INGO) memberships and the amount of education related research it produces. Countries that have historically participated in more assessments are also more likely to adopt quality reforms. The results lend support to arguments that the dramatic rise in quality reform discourse is part of the broader global cultural process of rationalization in the approaches to improve education and the scientization of educational problems that underlie the increase in measurement, data, and research observed during the decades of neoliberal education reform (Schofer et al. 2003).
References:
Bromley, Patricia, Jared Furuta, Rie Kijima, Lisa Overbey, Minju Choi, and Heitor Santos. 2023. “Global Determinants of Education Reform, 1960 to 2017.” Sociology of Education 96(2):149–67. doi: 10.1177/00380407221146773.
Overbey, Lisa. 2023. What's in a Wave? The Content of Neoliberal Education Reforms, 1970–2018, Wiseman, A.W. (Ed.) Annual Review of Comparative and International Education 2022 (International Perspectives on Education and Society, Vol. 46A), Emerald Publishing Limited, Leeds, pp. 91-105. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-36792023000046A007
Schofer, Evan, John W. Meyer, Francisco O. Ramirez, and Gili S. Drori. 2003. Science in the Modern World Polity: Institutionalization and Globalization. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
A Global Reform for All? The Divergent Trajectories of SAWA Policies in Argentina and Colombia
Since the 2000s, school-autonomy-with-accountability (SAWA) reforms have circulated globally across diverse education systems. As a global reform package, SAWA’s transferability lies in the malleable nature of its instruments and principles, to which multiple rationales and goals can be attached. However, globalization studies often focus on cases of successful transfer of reform ideas and instruments –with their specific contextual adaptations– but overlook instances where, despite adoption efforts, transfer did not occur (Marsh and Sharman, 2009). Put differently, if conditions for transfer existed and attempts were undertaken, what circumstances led to its failure? Or what aspects were selectively borrowed and which were not? This paper explores this puzzle by examining the different degrees of SAWA adoption in Argentina and Colombia.
Argentina and Colombia shared neoliberal economic recipes during the 1990s, have decentralized education governance with strong teachers’ unions, and tight links with international organizations, such as the OECD. During the 2000s, while different right-wing coalitions governed Colombia, embracing New Public Management reforms, Argentina was led primarily by left-wing Peronist governments, except for a short period (2015-2019). Two decades later, these countries have diverged on what SAWA instruments were adopted and for what purposes, resulting in quite different governance arrangements. Hence, this study follows a comparative and historical approach to understand under what circumstances, for what reasons, and to what extent the different SAWA instruments have been adopted, recontextualized, and recalibrated in Argentina and Colombia. It focuses on the adaptations, functions, and deployment of two main SAWA components: school autonomy and national scale assessments.
Data for this study comes from policy documents’ analysis and interviews (n=68) with decision-makers and key informants in Argentina and Colombia. This presentation concentrates on two government administrations of intense reform activity in each country, the second term of Santos’ presidency in Colombia (2014-2018) and Mauricio Macri’s government in Argentina (2015-2019). Delving on historical institutionalism (Thelen, 1999) and policy borrowing research (Steiner-Khamsi, 2021), the paper unpacks the role of teachers’ unions and political coalitions, the constraints imposed by institutional settings –i.e., federal vs. unitarian government– and the domestic and international political and economic contexts in shaping instruments trajectories. In brief, reform efforts resulted in different policy outcomes in each country, marked by institutional rigidity and political backlash. The study points to the importance of local political and economic contexts behind global reforms and contributes to policy studies research by tracing and comparing cases of successful and failed policy transfers.
References:
Marsh, D., & Sharman, J. C. (2009). Policy diffusion and policy transfer. Policy Studies, 30(3), 269–288. https://doi.org/10.1080/01442870902863851
Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2021). Externalisation and structural coupling: Applications in comparative policy studies in education. European Educational Research Journal, 20(6), 806–820. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120988394
Thelen, K. (1999). Historical Institutionalism in Comparative Politics. Annual Review of Political Science, 2(1), 369–404. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.polisci.2.1.369
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 14 B: The Many Faces of Juridification in Education – four national cases Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Mark Murphy Session Chair: Christian Ydesen Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium The Many Faces of Juridification in Education – four national cases Symposium Aims This symposium brings together researchers from Sweden, Norway, UK and Chile to discuss the relation between juridification and education. The so far available limited research on this issue has mainly been subject-specific, often split between research on the legislation itself, or the enactment of specific forms of juridification. In addition, in critical studies of education the legal system has until recently remained an outlier, and few have tried to understand this phenomenon in relation to different national contexts. The aim of this ECER 2024 symposium is to empirically broaden and theoretically deepen our knowledge on the many faces of juridification in education. The double character of juridification is an important starting point, namely that the use of legal means can both contribute to creating a just, equal and democratic society, at the same time as there is a risk of adverse consequences, such as overregulation and leading to a colonization of the lifeworld. This duality also puts the light on the complexity embedded in the concept of juridification, as it points to the many interconnections between education and other systems, especially politics and law. Moreover, from this follows that juridification can appear both as direct means to govern education, as well as a result of surrounding societal changes. Although juridification has received rather limited attention in the education literature so far, there has yet been discussions in other fields for a longer time, especially by sociological researchers with central names as Jürgen Habermas and Günther Teubner. What relevance does the phenomenon of juridification have for education? What is similar and potentially different, between different countries? How can we methodologically study juridification of and in education, in order to contribute important knowledge? The symposium explore the many faces of juridification. Most importantly, the symposium focuses on the challenges for the stakeholders at both local and state level following new regulations, especially when these are not adequately designed to fit into the educational system. Included in the symposium are papers that provide case studies of 1) law and student rights and 2) the impact on professional discretion, alongside papers that explore 3) the drivers of juridification and 4) the different forms of juridification from a conceptual perspective. The symposium is of high relevance for the ECER conference, first as juridification so far has received limited attention in educational research, and second as this symposium brings together legal and educational researchers to better understand the complex relation between juridification and education.
References Andenæs, K., & Møller, J. (Eds.) (2016). Retten i skolen: mellom pedagogikk, juss og politikk [The law in schools: Between pedagogy, law and politics]. Universitetsforlaget. Blichner, L.C., & Molander, A. (2008). Mapping juridification. European Law Journal, 14(1), 36–54. Habermas, J. (1987). The Theory of Communicative Action. Lifeworld and System: A Critique of Functionalist Reason. Beacon Press. Honneth, A. (2015). Freedom’s Right - the Social Foundations of Democratic Life. Columbia University Press. Karseth, B., & Møller, J. (2020). Legal regulation and professional discretion in schools. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(2), 195–210. Luhmann, N. (1984/1995). Social systems. Stanford University Press. Murphy M. (2022). Taking education to account? The limits of law in institutional and professional practice, Journal of Education Policy, 37(1), 1–16. Rosén, M., Arneback, E. & Bergh, A. (2021). A conceptual framework for understanding juridification of and in education. Journal of Education Policy, 36(6), 822-842. Teubner, G. (1987). Juridification. Concepts, aspects, limits, solutions. In G. Teubner (Ed.), Juridification of social spheres: A comparative analysis in the areas of labor, corporate, antitrust and social welfare law (pp. 3–48). Walter de Gruyter. Teubner, G. (1988). The transformation of law in the welfare state. In G. Teubner (Ed.). Dilemmas of law in the welfare state. Walter de Gruyer. pp. 3-10. Presentations of the Symposium Juridification – Promoting Democracy or Systems of Bureaucratic Complexity
Keywords: juridification, differentiation, welfare state.
Abstract:
This paper is guided by the overriding question: Why juridification of education now – and how? In the context of the welfare state, legal means have traditionally been used to solve social problems with the objective of creating just, equal, and democratic societies. However, the other side of the coin is that there is a risk of overregulation and adverse consequences, which potentially can inhibit democratic progress. The increasingly long arm of the law finds itself entangled with other forms of accountability, creating ever-expanding systems of bureaucratic complexity.
The relation between juridification and education is now of high relevance for Nordic educational research (Bergh & Arneback, 2016; Lindgren et al. 2021; Molander et al, 2012; Ottesen & Møller, 2016) and becoming more so in the UK (Murphy, 2022). This paper is an early step towards further collaboration between researchers from different countries. Against the backdrop of successive developments and changes in the welfare state the aim of the paper aims to analyze how and to what extent juridification appears in two different countries: Sweden and United Kingdom are chosen as illustrative cases as these two countries, apart from many similarities, also represent different cultures and traditions as well as legal systems. Theoretically, we draw on Niklas Luhmann’s (1984/1995) theory of functional differentiation, Gunther Teubner’s (1987) problematization of juridification and Claus Offe’s work (1984) on welfare state contradictions. Empirical examples have been chosen that characteristically illustrate how for example content and authority are differentiated through juridification.
Our preliminary results indicate that juridification of education is closely interwoven with transformations of the welfare state, including general trends towards marketization and the increased emphasis on legally assured human rights. The paper also explores other sources of juridification, including structural changes to systems of bureaucratic governance and institutional differentiation, as well as the increased pressures on legitimation stemming from civil society. To this, our comparative analysis adds further knowledge on the many faces of juridification, with regard to both similarities and differences between countries. For example, in the UK the spread of a litigation culture seems to be more common than in Sweden and the other Nordic countries, while there are similar concerns on pedagogical and educational consequences, such as how increased use of legal means impacts professional discretion.
References:
Bergh, A. & Arneback, E. (2016). Hur villkorar juridifieringen lärarprofessionens arbete med skolans kunskaper och värden? Utbildning & Demokrati 25(1), 11–31.
Lindgren, J., Hult, A., Carlbaum, S., & Segerholm, C. (2021). To see or not to see: Juridification and challenges for teachers in enacting policies on degrading treatment in Sweden. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(6), 1052–1064
Luhmann, N. (1984/1995). Social systems. Stanford University Press.
Molander, A., Grimen, H. & Eriksen, EO. (2012). Professional discretion and accountability in the welfare state. Journal of Applied Philosophy, 29(3), 214–230.
Murphy M. (2022). Taking education to account? The limits of law in institutional and professional practice, Journal of Education Policy, 37(1), 1–16.
Offe, C. (1984). Contradictions of the Welfare State (Edited by John Keane). London: Hutchinson Press.
Ottesen, E. & Møller, J. (2016). Organisational routines – the interplay of legal standards and professional discretion. European Educational Research Journal, 15(4), 428–446.
Teubner, G. (1987). Juridification. Concepts, aspects, limits, solutions. In G. Teubner (Ed.), Juridification of social spheres: A comparative analysis in the areas of labor, corporate, antitrust and social welfare law (pp. 3–48). Walter de Gruyter.
A Decade of the Superintendence of Education in Chile: How has Juridification Affected the Professional Discretion of School principals?
Keywords: juridification, school principals, professionalism.
Abstract:
Juridification in education is a field of study that analyzes the impact of the law on different areas of social policies and services (Rosén, Arneback & Bergh 2021). For instance, in educational systems, the popularization of legal discourse to regulate issues that had traditionally been negotiated and resolved in a non-judicial way has negatively impacted the ability of educators to make decisions based on their professional discretion (Murphy 2022). In Chile, the creation of the Superintendence of Education a decade ago has contributed to juridification of the school system. This institution is part of the National Quality Assurance System (SAC), whose main function is to enforce compliance with regulations in schools that have official state recognition, whether of public, subsidized, or private administration (Law 20,529). Superintendence provides parents and tutors with a formal procedure to present complaints about situations that occur within schools. Most of these complaints are related to issues of school violence (e.g., harassment, physical or psychological abuse, aggressions through social networks, discrimination), but there are also others that point towards issues such as financial resources management, technical-pedagogical decisions, and health and safety protocols.
This paper analyzes the incidence that the Superintendence of Education has had in the work of school principals, especially in relation to their management of the educational service, through an instrumental case study (Yazan 2015) with 8 principals working in schools with different administrations. Results suggest that there is an increasing feeling of stress and overwhelm due to the complexity of procedures to respond to complaints. Parents and tutors wield a new power that weakens the ability to reach agreements with representatives of the school without escalating the problem and issuing a complaint with the Superintendence. Most management processes become over-bureaucratized, which diverts principals’ focus from pedagogical issues. Based on these findings, we analyze the negative implications of juridification for the exercise of the professional discretion of Chilean principals, by incorporating highly bureaucratized processes into their management practices. More broadly, we discuss the intensification of negative effects for school leaders’ professionalism that quality assurance and accountability policies have had in Chile and could have in other systems with similar governance arrangements.
References:
Murphy, Mark. (2022). Taking Education to Account? The Limits of Law in Institutional and Professional Practice. Journal of Education Policy 37(1), 1–16.
Rosén, Maria, Emma Arneback, & Bergh. Andreas (2021). A Conceptual Framework for Understanding Juridification of and in Education. Journal of Education Policy 36(6), 822–842.
Yazan, Bedrettin (2015). The Qualitative Report Three Approaches to Case Study Methods in Education: Yin, Merriam, and Stake. The Qualitative Report 20(2), 134–152.
Juridification of Norwegian Education: the Case of Students’ Right to a Safe and Good School Environment
Keywords: juridification, school environment, students’ rights.
Abstract:
Juridification implies increased focus on the law, and such movement has clear implications on society, also in a school setting. Concurrently, individual rights are more in the limelight than previously, at the expense of collective ideals. Also, schools are increasingly scrutinized according to legal standards and justice (Murphy, 2022). Blichner and Molander (2008) distinguish between five dimensions of juridification; for example, the expansion and differentiation of juridification, and as conflict resolution based on the law. Together, these forms of juridification express emphasis on the legal consequences of decisions made at different levels in public administration, also at local level by school authorities and leaders (Hall, 2019; Andenæs & Møller, 2016). The aim of this paper is to study how amendments in the Education Act may be understood as expressions of juridification and governance of the Norwegian school system.
Drawing on the theoretical perspectives of Teubner (1988) and Blichner and Molander (2008), as well as previous, empirical research in the Nordics (e.g. Hall & Johansson, 2023; Karseth & Møller, 2020; Rosén et al., 2021), this study investigates recent changes in Norwegian legislation, more closely section 9A of the Education Act (1998), which ensures students’ individual right to a safe and good school environment. Through content analysis of section 9A itself, the paper also includes a selection of key documents leading up to the changes in 2017, such as Grey Paper 2015: 2 (Ministry of Education and Research, 2015).
Early findings in the study suggest that this shift has been paramount in challenging school leaders and their professional discretion. For example, we observe a general increase of regulatory procedures, which tests established practices and positions within and across schools (Murphy, 2022). This is supported by recent survey data showing that the demands in this area of the law are experienced as highly stressful to abide by (Baldersheim et al., 2023).
References:
Andenæs, K., & Møller, J. (Eds.) (2016). Retten i skolen: mellom pedagogikk, juss og politikk. Universitetsforlaget.
Baldersheim. H. et al. (2023). Rektors handlingsrom: Er vi styrt eller støttet. Report, Agderforskning.
Blichner, L.C., & Molander, A. (2008). Mapping juridification. European Law Journal, 14(1), 36–54.
Hall, J. B. (2019). Rettslig styring og rettsliggjøring av grunnopplæringen – konsekvenser for skoleledere som juridiske aktører. In R. Jensen et al. (Eds.), Styring og ledelse i grunnopplæringen - spenninger og dynamikker. Cappelen. pp. 39-55.
Hall, J. B., & Johansson. L. (2023). Shifting school environment policies: A Deleuzian problematisation of universal rights in Norwegian education. Policy Futures in Education (Open Access).
Karseth, B., & Møller, J. (2020). Legal regulation and professional discretion in schools. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(2), 195–210.
Murphy, M. (2022). Taking education to account? The limits of law in institutional and professional practice. Journal of Education Policy 37(1), 1-16.
Rosén, M. et al. (2021). A conceptual framework for understanding juridification of and in education. Journal of Education Policy, 36(6), 822-842.
Teubner, G. (1988). The transformation of law in the welfare state. In G. Teubner (Ed.). Dilemmas of law in the welfare state. Walter de Gruyer. pp. 3-10.
Navigating different forms of Juridification in Education
Key words: juridification, education, discrimination, Rights of the Child, conceptualization.
Abstract: The aim of this paper is to contribute to conceptualization of different forms of juridification in education. The text focuses on the enactment of legislation on discrimination (Discrimination Act 2008:567), degrading treatment (Education Act 2010:800) and the Act on the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (2018:1197, CRC) in Sweden.
The theoretical framework is based on research concerning various aspects of juridification focusing on how legislation is enacted in different contexts and involves different dimensions (Blichner & Molander 2008, Rosen et al 2021). This shows that enactment of legislation can lead to both enabling and disabling processes in the society and in education (cf. Habermas 1987, Honneth 2015, Murphy 2022). To methodologically conceptualize different forms of juridification we work in the following steps: 1) Analysing and interpreting the legal sources. 2) Examining how officials at national school authorities enact political, legal, and pedagogical discourse when discussing the CRC legislation, and which dimensions of juridification that are highlighted. 3) Compare the outcomes with previous research on juridification in relation to discrimination and degrading treatment in schools.
The result presents and compare two different forms of juridification in education:
Accountability-oriented juridification: Research on discrimination and degrading treatment is a suitable example of this form of juridification (Arneback, 2012; Refors Legge, 2021; Lindgren et al. 2021; Rosén et al 2021). The results shows that the legislation in combination with different forms of accountability leads to a juridical framing in education that challenges pedagogical practices.
Elusive juridification: Based on data from an ongoing research project the decision to incorporate the CRC into Swedish law illustrate another form of juridification. The law fills a political symbolic function and is understood as a tool for realizing the commitments in the Convention. However, the data reveals uncertainty on how to implement the law and it is unclear in what way the law should be enacted in pedagogical practises.
When comparing accountability-oriented juridification and elusive juridification, differences emerge in how increased legal regulation impacts the education system. The accountability-oriented juridification shows clarity in expectations, but challenges pedagogical practices. Elusive juridification lacks clarity and result in uncertainty on its legal and pedagogical implications. These two examples of juridification highlights the need of navigating different forms of juridification and raises the question on what other forms of juridification that could be identified in the education field.
References:
Arneback, E. (2012). Med kränkningen som måttstock. Om planerade bemötanden av främlingsfientliga uttryck i gymnasieskolan (diss.).
Blichner, L.C. & Molander, A. (2008). Mapping juridification. European Law Journal, 14(1), 36–54.
Habermas, J. (1987). The Theory of Communicative Action. Lifeworld and System: A Critique of Functionalist Reason. Beacon Press.
Honneth, A. (2015). Freedom’s Right - the Social Foundations of Democratic Life. Columbia University Press.
Lindgren, J, A. Hult, S. Carlbaum & Segerholm, C. (2021). To See or Not to See: Juridification and Challenges for Teachers in Enacting Policies on Degrading Treatment in Sweden, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(6,) 1052–1064.
Murphy M. (2022). Taking education to account? The limits of law in institutional and professional practice, Journal of Education Policy, 37(1), 1–16.
Rosén, M, E. Arneback & Bergh, A. (2021) A conceptual framework for understanding juridification of and in education, Journal of Education Policy, 36(6), 822–842.
Refors Legge, M. (2021) Skolans skyldighet att förhindra kränkande behandling av elever. En rättsvetenskaplig studie (diss.)
SFS 2008:567 Diskrimineringslag [Discrimination Act].
SFS 2010:800. Skollag [Education Act].
SFS 2018:1197. Lag om Förenta nationernas konvention om barnets rättigheter [Act on the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child].
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 23 SES 14 C: From Policy to Practice of Second Language Learning: Challenges and Solutions in Implementations Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Flora Woltran Session Chair: Christoforos Mamas Symposium |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium From Policy to Practice of Second Language Learning: Challenges and Solutions in Implementations The Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 10.3 aims to “ensure equal opportunity and reduce inequalities of outcome, including by eliminating discriminatory laws, policies and practices and promoting appropriate legislation, policies and action in this regard” (United Nations, 2015) and SDG 4.5 aims to “(…) ensure equal access to all levels of education and vocational training for the vulnerable, including persons with disabilities, indigenous peoples and children in vulnerable situations” (ibid.). Despite this, language learning policies sometimes follow exclusionary practices, such as segregating students with beginning skills in the language of instruction (LoI), even though they are often referring to aim equal opportunities and inclusive education (Bunar & Juvonen, 2022; Hilt, 2017). These policies are released in the context of education, politics, and ideologies (Cross et al., 2022) and they are intended to be implemented by schools and teachers in the classroom in accordance with legal regulations (Cushing, 2023). However, language learning policies are subject to the interpretation of school leaders and teachers and can be influenced by school resources, ideologies, and other contextual factors (Bunar & Juvonen, 2022; Cushing, 2023). For example, German language support classes for students with beginning skills in the LoI in Austria are implemented in different ways from inclusive to segregated, which deviate to a greater or lesser extent from the current legal requirements (Schwab et al., 2023). In Sweden, teaching newly arrived students is more often based on the school's routines and school-specific solutions than on the student’s individual needs (Nilsson & Bunar, 2016). Therefore, the implementation of language learning policies is not always straightforward. The resources of the school, including personnel and spatial resources, and the interpretation of language learning policies by teachers, based on their ideologies, play a crucial role in ensuring that these policies are implemented effectively (Bunar & Juvonen, 2022; Cross et al., 2022; Cushing, 2023). Noting the dependency of the implementation of language policies on the context and the responsible persons, the symposium aims to provide insights into the challenges and solutions of implementations of language learning policies for students with beginning skills in the LoI from a transnational perspective. Furthermore, the symposium will take into account a multilevel perspective with each contribution focusing on national, regional, and/or individual contexts of the implementation of language learning policies: the first contribution will examine the interaction of context and policy implementation at different organisational levels; the second contribution will emphasize public administrations as an interface between politics and schools and their regional peculiarities; the third contribution will analyse teachers’ different understanding of the implementation of language policies in a specific region. The symposium comprises three contributions that address the issue of second language learning policies in educational research. The first contribution analyses the extent to which contextual factors and language learning policies affect the integration or segregation of students with beginning skills in the LoI in the US. The second contribution investigates the feasibility, effectiveness, and legitimacy of German language support policies for students with beginning skills in the LoI from the perspective of employees in public administrations operating in different Austrian federal states. Finally, the third contribution focuses on how Norwegian teachers estimate the inclusion process of students with beginning skills in the LoI in upper secondary schools framed by educational policies. Overall, the results presented in this symposium will aid in the ongoing discussions about second language learning policies in educational research. References Bunar, N. & Juvonen, P. (2022). ‘Not (yet) ready for the mainstream’ – newly arrived migrant students in a separate educational program. Journal of Education Policy, 37(6), 986-1008. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.1947527 Cross, R., D’warte, J., & Slaughter, Y. (2022). Plurilingualism and language and literacy education. The Australian Journal of Language and Literacy, 45, 341-357. https://doi.org/10.1007/s44020-022-00023-1 Cushing, I. (2023). Policy Mechanisms of the Standard Language Ideology in England’s Education System. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 22(3), 279-293. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2021.1877542 Hilt, L. T. (2017). Education without a shared language: dynamics of inclusion and exclusion in Norwegian introductory classes for newly arrived minority language students, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(6), 585-601. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2016.1223179 Nilsson, J. & Bunar, N. (2016). Educational Responses to Newly Arrived Students in Sweden: Understanding the Structure and Influence of Post-Migration Ecology. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 60(4), 399-416. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2015.1024160 Schwab, S., Resch, K., Gitschthaler, M., Hassani, S., Latzko, D., Peter, A., Walczuch, S., & Erling, E. (2023). From Policy to Practice: How schools implement German language support policy in Austria. Current Issues in Language Planning. https://doi.org/10.1080/14664208.2023.2269726 United Nations (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1. https://www.un.org/en/development/desa/population/migration/generalassembly/docs/globalcompact/A_RES_70_1_E.pdf Presentations of the Symposium Second Language Learner Policy Implementation in the United States: How Contextual Factors Shape the Degree of Segregation Versus Integration
Objectives
Second language learners (SLLs) in the United States--also referred to as multilingual learners (MLs)--benefit from, and are legally entitled to, specialized language instruction (Lau v. Nichols, 1974; Takanishi & Le Menestrel, 2017). Depending on how this instruction is organized, MLs may be either linguistically integrated or segregated. In this paper, we draw from studies conducted across schools in different US regions to explain how policy and contextual factors converge to create conditions for the segregation or integration of MLs.
Theoretical Framework
We bring together organizational and political theories to examine contextual complexities in SLL policy implementation (Burch, 2007; Honig, 2006). Such complexities mean that, while ML integration can occur in segregative policy contexts, segregation can occur in integrative policy contexts, with much variation in between (Freire & Alemán, 2021; Umansky et al., 2020). The extant literature points to four contextual dimensions that help to explain this variation: population demographics, external cultural and political forces, school and staff capacity, and organizational structures and norms (Hopkins et al., 2021; Lowenhaupt & Reeves, 2015).
Methods
We reanalyzed past studies of ML policy implementation conducted in different regions of the US and at different organizational levels (e.g., classroom, school, district, state) and coded for the four contextual dimensions in our theoretical framework. After examining patterns between policy and context in this cross-case analysis, we selected cases that illustrate specific relationships between policy and context and wrote within-case analytical memos (Miles et al., 2014) to better understand the connection to ML segregation and integration.
Results
We present four cases that highlight distinct relationships between policy and context: 1) segregative policy and segregative context, 2) segregative policy and integrative context, 3) integrative policy and integrative context, and 4) integrative policy and integrative context. Though each case is unique, we illustrate how the four dimensions converge in similar ways to create conditions for ML segregation or integration.
Discussion
Our findings show how local context can either exacerbate segregation, as in the case of dual language programs lacking the necessary demographics or local interest, or mitigate segregation, such as when school leaders integrate MLs despite mandates for separate language instruction. These findings have important implications for practice, given that these variations in policy implementation may be obstacles to finding solidarity around SLL policy reform and may contribute to the preservation of policies that are detrimental for MLs.
References:
Burch, P. (2007). Educational policy and practice from the perspective of institutional theory: Crafting a wider lens. Educational Researcher, 36(2), 84-95.
Freire, J.A., & Alemán Jr., E. (2021). “Two schools within a school”: Elitism, divisiveness, and intra-racial gentrification in a dual language strand. Bilingual Research Journal, 44(2), 249-269.
Honig, M.I. (Ed.). (2006). New directions in education policy implementation: Confronting complexity. The State
University of New York Press.
Hopkins, M., Weddle, H., Bjorklund, P., Umansky, I. M., & Blanca Dabach, D. (2021). “It’s created by a community”: Local context mediating districts’ approaches to serving immigrant and refugee newcomers. AERA Open, 7.
Lowenhaupt, R., & Reeves, T. (2015). Toward a theory of school capacity in new immigrant destinations: Instructional and organizational considerations. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 14(3), 308-340.
Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M., & Saldana, J. (2014) Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook. Sage.
Takanishi, R., & Le Menestrel, S. (2017). Promoting the educational success of children and youth learning English: Promising futures. National Academies Press.
Umansky, I.M., Hopkins, M., & Blanca Dabach, D. (2020). Ideals and realities: An examination of the factors shaping newcomer programming in six U.S. school districts. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 19(1), 36-59.
German Language Support in Austria: Feasibility, Effectiveness, and Legitimacy from the Perspective of Public Administration
In response to the growing plurality of student languages, Austrian authorities introduced a novel language support model in the 2018/19 school year (BMBWF, 2019). As part of the language support model, students who do not meet a certain language proficiency level in the language of instruction are mandated to participate in German language support classes (i.e., GLSC). Previous studies with teachers and school principals have shown that GLSC are associated with considerable organizational difficulties, have a negative impact on the educational biography of pupils and that there is a lack of empirical evidence with sound arguments or justifications (e.g. Spiel et al., 2022). To expand current knowledge about the perceived feasibility, effectiveness, and legitimacy of GLSC, this study, building on Bleidick’s (1985) theoretical framework, examines the perspectives of nine public administrators from different Austrian federal states.
Preliminary results of a reflexive thematic analysis according to Braun & Clarke (2022) indicate that participants perceive strong differences in terms of feasibility between urban and rural regions. In particular, the participants report inadequate facilities and an insufficient quantity and quality of staff in rural schools, which is consistent with the findings of Schwab et al. (2023). Concerning urban schools, participants point to difficulties for teachers associated with the high heterogeneity of students in GLSC in terms of age and language proficiency. However, participants were also positive about the feasibility of GLSC, particularly in relation to the curriculum for GLSC students and sufficient support services for GLSC teachers (e.g., support materials). In terms of effectiveness, stakeholders were largely critical of the impact of GLSC on students’ development and socio-emotional aspects, which is in line with the findings of Resch et al. (2023) who point to social exclusion and othering processes perceived by teachers. Interestingly, few participants expressed concerns about the impact of GLSC on students’ language development. Finally, most participants did not criticize the legitimacy of GLSCs in relation to the lack of empirical evidence. This finding could be because the participants themselves take on monitoring tasks and are not involved in the actual implementation of the GLSC.
Overall, the results of the present study indicate that it is particularly important to consider the views of administrative authorities, which play an important role in the implementation of top-down decisions in the education system. The implications derived from the present study point to the need to continuously promote close communication between administrative authorities and schools.
References:
Bleidick, U. (1985). Theorie der Behindertenpädagogik : mit mehreren Tabellen. Marhold.
Bundesministerium Für Bildung, Wissenschaft Und Forschung (BMBWF). (2019). Deutschförderklassen und Deutschförderkurse. Leitfaden für Schulleiterinnen und Schulleiter. Bundesministerium Für Bildung, Wissenschaft Und Forschung. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/dam/jcr:f0e708af-3e17-4bf3-9281-1fe7098a4b23/deutschfoerderklassen.pdf
Braun, V., Clarke, V., Hayfield, N., & Terry, G. (2018). Thematic analysis. In P. Liamputtong (ed.), Handbook of Research Methods in Health Social Sciences (pp. 84–103). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-2779- 6_103-1.
Gitschthaler, M., Kast, J., Corazza, R., & Schwab, S. (2021). Inclusion of multilingual students-teachers' perceptions on language support models. International Journal of Inclusive Education, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.2011439
Resch, K., Gitschthaler, M., & Schwab, S. (2023). Teacher's perceptions of separate language learning models for students with immigrant background in Austrian schools. Intercultural Education (London, England), 34(3), 288–304. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2023.2180487
Schwab, S., Resch, K., Gitschthaler, M., Hassani, S., Latzko, D., Peter, A., & Walczuch, S. (2023). From policy to practice: how schools implement German language support policy in Austria. Current Issues in Language Planning, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/14664208.2023.2269726
Spiel, C., Popper,V., & Holzer, J. (2022). Evaluation der Implementierung des Deutschfördermodells. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/dam/jcr:2ba5ac1e-3be9-4dd2-8d04-c2465169e726/deutschfoerdermodell_eval.pdf
“How should one navigate in that landscape?”. Norwegian Teachers’ Narratives on the Inclusion of Minority Language Students
The inclusion of minority language students (MLSs) has become a significant aim of Norwegian educational reforms since the 1970s (Vislie, 2003). Nevertheless, educational research indicates that recent Norwegian educational policy documents on inclusion still embed unresolved normative tensions and employ “technocratic” – or “efficiency-oriented” – narratives (Rompianesi & Hilt, in review). Not surprisingly, Norwegian teachers appear to have ambiguous representations of inclusion and cultural diversity (Burner et al., 2018) and may employ diverse and not always coherent inclusive practices (Andresen, 2020). Thus, this paper aims to investigate how Norwegian upper secondary school teachers narratively construct the inclusion process of MLSs and to discuss the analytical results within the context of Norwegian inclusion policies.
The theoretical framework of this study is based on Bruner’s socio-constructivist perspective and narrative theory (Bruner, 1996, 2004). In this work, public and life narratives are understood “as a mode of thinking, as a structure for organizing our knowledge” (Bruner, 1996, p. 119), and thus as one of the ways we make sense of reality and our own experiences. Since public and life narratives are formed in a shared symbolic space, where knowledge is constructed through interactions with others, narrative research is an appropriate approach “to capture something of the multiple realities and visions which contribute to the realization and enactment of inclusion” (Lawson et al., 2006, p. 65).
The study employs qualitative research methodology and methods. Semi-structured, in-depth interviews have been conducted with eight Norwegian upper secondary school teachers. The informants, selected through purposive sampling (Cohen et al., 2018), worked in multicultural classrooms and were from three different schools in the same municipality in Norway. In the first phase, the informants’ narratives will be analyzed using narrative content analysis with an inductive approach (Riessman, 2008). In the second phase, the themes and contents of the narratives will be discussed within the context of Norwegian inclusion policy narratives, as investigated by Rompianesi & Hilt (in review), to identify common patterns, differences, and similarities.
The results are expected to provide new insights into how teachers make sense of educational inclusion and how they narratively construct the inclusion process of MLSs. The analysis will also offer new perspectives on how teachers navigate the tensions and paradoxes inherent in policy narratives on inclusion. A deeper understanding of the connections between policy and life narratives on inclusion will contribute to generating new insights valuable for teacher training and policymakers.
References:
Andresen, S. (2020). Being inclusive when talking about diversity: How teachers manage boundaries of Norwegianness in the classroom. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 4(3–4), 26–38. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.3725.
Bruner, J.S. (1996). The Culture of Education. Harvard University Press.
Bruner, J.S. (2004). Life as Narrative. Social Research, 71(3), 691–710.
Burner, T., Nodeland, T.S., & Aamaas, Å. (2018). Critical Perspectives on Perceptions and Practices of Diversity in Education. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 2(1), 3–15. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.2188.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.). Routledge.
Lawson, H., Parker, M., & Sikes, P. (2006). Seeking stories: Reflections on a narrative approach to researching understandings of inclusion. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 21(1), 55–68. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856250500491823.
Riessman, C.K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage Publ.
Rompianesi, T., & Hilt, L.T. (in review). “Heroes”, “Victims”, and “Villains”: Policy Narratives on Inclusion in Norwegian and Italian Educational Documents. Intercultural Education.
Vislie, L. (2003). From integration to inclusion: Focusing global trends and changes in the western European societies. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 18(1), 17–35. https://doi.org/10.1080/0885625082000042294
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 24 SES 14 A: Diverse Approaches to Mathematics Education Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Julien-Pooya Weihs Paper Session |
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Development of Students ' Research Skills through Small Mathematical Research Activities Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Uralsk, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Formation of a model of an inquisitive, intelligent, thoughtful, sociable, consistent, fair, caring, risky, harmonious, reflective student through the organization of research work in mathematics lessons. To show students the importance of organizing research work in mathematics lessons in educating a person with comprehensively developed high moral values, who is ready to apply the acquired knowledge in the process of continuing education in unfamiliar situations. Conducting meaningful research work in mathematics lessons is the basis for developing students ' deeper understanding of the subject and the ability to apply it in real life. The fact that students learn, Act and reflect in a repeated cycle can lead them from academic knowledge to practical insight and the development of its positive attitude to learning, as well as personal and social responsibility. The purpose of the study: to study the logical abilities of students through a problematic learning approach to increase interest in their work, to teach students to work consciously on themselves, as well as to achieve solid knowledge, high learning outcomes through this method of teaching. A mathematical study is a long-term, open-ended study consisting of a set of questions, the answers of which are interconnected and mutually contribute to obtaining a solution. The problems are open-ended, unfinished, because students always come up with new questions based on their observations. Additional characteristics of student research include the following: Influence of mathematical research work on the subject Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used According to the statement of Artemenkova in the article "the role of a differentiated approach in the development of personality", "learning must somehow coincide with the level of development of the child – this is a well-established and repeatedly verified fact that cannot be empirically disputed." on the basis of this opinion, when analyzing with colleagues, we realized that the need to create conditions for learning and development depends on how students perceive information (audial, visual, kinesthetic). According to the work of Lebedeva, in addition to education, it is the acquisition by students of the skills of conducting research activities as a universal way of mastering the world around them. The General task is to find an answer to the question through interaction, cultural information between students, the result of which should be the formation of the worldview of students and the formation of a research position. Based on the foregoing, we aimed to improve the skills of critical thinking, interpretation, research, choosing methods of active teaching and learning that cover the entire class. We organized the work by dividing it into small groups to increase the motivation of students to learn, taking into account the needs of all students. As a result of the Gardner test obtained from students, we were convinced of the need to divide them into groups according to the level of perception of information. In accordance with the evaluation criteria, practical research work and tasks related to real life based on the jigsaw method not only develop students ' research skills, critical thinking skills, but are important for achieving the purpose of the lesson and evaluation criteria. When summarizing the practical work, students were able to compare the data obtained with reference values. To explain to them the reasons for the difference between these data from each other, they compiled a list of evidence, and also analyzed what changes in the technique and equipment of the experiment allowed to obtain a more accurate result. The use of assessment strategies developed students ' skills of preparation for work, skills of working with information, skills of induction (generalization), skills of deduction (transfer), skills of substantiating their point of view, skills of decision-making, the ability to see the benefits of communication in accordance with educational achievements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summarised, mathematical research the student engages in more mathematics, he improves his confidence in the form of mathematical contemplation and enthusiasm. Creativity, risk, decision-making, surprises, and achievements that are part of the study help students answer questions about the meaning of learning mathematics. They learn new techniques to be able to answer their questions. Scientific practice requires the repeated use of technical skills in the process of searching for templates and testing assumptions. In the context of incentives and important issues, it is this repetition trend that leads to a deeper understanding and maintenance of mathematical skills. In the course of the research work, students create a close relationship between the retention of further acquired knowledge and the ideas that increase it. The student will determine which side of the problem he will study and develop his mathematical vision through the skill of making a choice. In the study of students, written mathematics and problem solving occupy a leading place. It fosters the student's unwavering perseverance in achieving the goal and tolerance for perfection, as it is strengthened that they reach their goal by encouraging, encouraging and giving them the opportunity to think again in a few days or weeks. In conclusion, the implementation of research work related to real life in a practical direction develops the ability of students to synthesize, analyze their thinking. This section led to an increase in the research abilities of students with a high concentration of attention. We hope that the organization of research work will be very effective not only for the student, but also for the teacher to master the discipline and find a great application in the future. We are ready to bring up the modern generation and realize the coming changes in education. References 1. Meier and Rishel (1998). Writing in the Teaching and Learning of Mathematics. 2. Sterrett (1990). Using Writing to Teach Mathematics. 3. Barkley E. F., Cross K. P., and Major C.H. (2005).Collaborative Learning Techniques.San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. 4. Artemenkova I.V. (2004). The role of a differentiated approach in personality development. The known about the known. 5. Talyzina N.F. (2020). Development of research skills among students. Yekaterinburg. 6. Lebedeva O.V. (2019). Preparation of a physics teacher for the design and organization of educational and research activities of students. 7. Obukhov A.S. (2015). Development of students' research activities. 2nd edition. Moscow.. 8. Bryzgalova S.I. (2003). Introduction to scientific and pedagogical research. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Math Choice as a Key for Finnish Academic Upper Secondary Students' Study Choices, School Performance, Later Educational Choices, and Well-Being University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The gendered choice and role of mathematics in pre-tertiary education is maybe one of the most pertinent research topics in education literature (e.g., Ellison & Swanson, 2023; Else-Quest et al., 2010; Uerz et al, 2004; Van der Werfhorst et al., 2003). While Finnish girls outperform boys in mathematics in the comprehensive school, it seems that once they have a possibility to make educational choices after the comprehensive school, the interplay of the internal versus external frame of reference for academic self-concept (Marsh & Shavelson, 1985) sets in motion and leads girls away from math (see also Marsh, 1990; Marsh et al., 2015). In Finland, this has been reported in students’ choice both between the two tracks of the Finnish dual model of upper secondary education (academic vs. vocational), among the different vocational programs, and within the relatively open syllabus of academic upper secondary education (Kupiainen & Hotulainen, 2019). In the current presentation, we set to explore the interplay of students’ gender and math choice in the academic upper secondary education, and its relation to students’ later educational choices. In the dual model of Finnish upper secondary education (academic and vocational tracks, 56 % vs. 44 % of the age cohort, respectively), ninth grade students have a right to choose among all programs across the country but entrance to academic track schools is based on students’ ninth grade GPA (grade point average). Reflecting girls’ better achievement, they form a majority among academic track students (56 %). Yet, reflecting a longstanding gender-imbalance in students’ attitude toward mathematics and despite Finnish girls outperforming boys in the OECD PISA study (e.g., Hiltunen et al., 2023) and their better grades in math in the comprehensive school (Kupiainen & Hotulainen, 2022, p. 140), there is a clear gender difference in students’ choice between the Basic and Advanced syllabi in mathematics at the upper secondary level after the comprehensive school where all students follow the same syllabus for all subjects (Kupiainen et al., 2018). The context of the presentation is a recent study of the impact of the Finnish higher education student selection reform of 2018 on academic upper secondary students’ study choices and wellbeing. Despite the long tradition of the Finnish matriculation examination with separate exams for each subject, Finnish tertiary education student admission has traditionally relied on a combination of field-specific entrance examinations and matriculation examination results. In 2018, a reform decreed that half of students in all fields of study shall be accepted based solely on their matriculation examination results and the other half solely on an entrance examination. The main goal of the reform was to speed Finnish students’ slow transit from secondary to tertiary education as due to a backlog of older matriculates vying for a place, two thirds of new matriculates have been yearly left without a place in higher education. The reform was backed by research on the drawbacks of the earlier entrance examination-based student selection (Pekkarinen & Sarvimäki, 2016) and tied the credit awarded for each subject-specific exam to the number of courses covered by the exam. The reform raised vocal criticism, mainly for Advanced Mathematics bringing most credit with its biggest course-load even in fields where it might appear of less value. Yet, the only earlier study on students’ relative success in the matriculation examination showed that on average, students of Advanced Mathematics fared in all exams they included in their examination (average 5,6 exams) better than students sitting for the exam in Basic Mathematics or with no mathematics exam, also allowed in the Finnish system (Kupiainen et al. 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We set for the presentation two research questions: RQ1 How do students who choose Advanced Mathematics differ from students who choose Basic Mathematics? Dimensions to be explored will be a) gender, b) previous school achievement, c) current school achievement, d) choice of and investment in other subjects, d) plans for future education, e) motivational profile, and f) wellbeing/burnout? RQ2 How has the altered importance of matriculation examination results in higher education student admission affected upper secondary students’ choice of the subject-specific exams they choose for their matriculation examination, and how do students sitting for the Advanced vs. Basic Math exam (or not sitting for either) differ in their overall matriculation examination success? The data for the present study come from a wider research project regarding the impact of the higher education student admission reform of 2018, comprising register data for the 204,760 matriculates of 2016–2022, and survey and register data on the 4,620 first, second and third-year upper secondary students who participated in the study in autumn 2022. In the current presentation, we use the matriculation data to investigate the impact of the reform on students’ choices of the exams they include in their matriculation examination, using gender, math choice and overall success as the main references for group comparisons. The survey data and the related register data on the participating students’ study achievement (9th grade GPA and their grades for the study courses passed before the cut point of October 2022) will allow a closer exploration of the way students’ choice between Basic and Advanced Mathematics is related to their interest and commitment to studies in the other subjects, their motivation (goal orientation and agency beliefs), and their wellbeing or lack of it (burn-out). Reflecting the research questions, we will mainly rely on descriptive methods with group-level comparisons using MANOVA with a possible use of structural equation modelling for confirmatory factor analysis and mediation studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While 67 percent of boys choose the Advanced syllabus in mathematics, only 54 percent of girls make the same choice. Students’ choice between Basic and Advanced Mathematics, done after the first, common-to-all course on mathematics of the first period (à 7 weeks) of upper secondary studies was the strongest differentiator in almost all topics covered in the study, including not just students' learning and study success but also their well-being (Kupiainen et al. 2023). Students of Advanced Mathematics entered upper secondary education with a significantly higher GPA than students of Basic Math, and the situation remained almost the same in upper secondary school despite students being able to concentrate on subjects of their choice. The differences were statistically highly significant (p ≤ 0.001), with the choice of mathematics explaining 16-21 percent of the variation in students’ academic performance, varying slightly by duration of study (1st, 2nd and 3rd year students). Math choice also emerged as the clearest source for differences in students' future plans. The difference was most evident in students' intention to continue from upper secondary school to university. Students of Advanced Math presented stronger mastery orientation than students of Basic Math and they reported less burnout (exhaustion, cynicism, reduced efficiency). The latter result is partially explained by gender difference in burnout but even among girls, students of Basic Math reported more burnout than students of Advanced Math. The higher education student selection reform seems to have increased students’ readiness to include a math exam in their matriculation examination, with the growth centering on the exam of Advanced Math for boys and on Basic and Advanced math for girls. Despite the increase, students who sat for the Advanced Math exam outperformed other students in all exams, girls among them outperforming boys in all but Math, English, Physics and Chemistry. References Ellison, G., & Swanson, A. (2023). Dynamics of the gender gap in high math achievement. Journal of Human Resources, 58(5), 1679-1711. Else-Quest, N. M., Hyde, J. S., & Linn, M. C. (2010). Cross-national patterns of gender differences in mathematics: a meta-analysis. Psychological bulletin, 136(1), 103. Kupiainen, S. & Hotulainen R. (2022). Peruskoulun päättäminen ja toisen asteen opintojen aloittaminen. Teoksessa J. Hautamäki & I. Rämä (toim.), Oppimaan oppiminen Helsingissä. Pitkittäistutkimus peruskoulun ensimmäiseltä luokalta toiselle asteelle. Helsingin yliopiston Koulutuksen arviointikeskus HEAn raportit 1/2022, 129–160. Kupiainen, S., Rämä, I., Heiskala, L., & Hotulainen, R. (2023). Valtioneuvoston selvitys- ja tutkimustoiminnan julkaisusarja 2023:44. Marsh, H. W. (1990). The structure of academic self-concept: The Marsh/Shavelson model. Journal of Educational psychology, 82(4), 623. Marsh, H. W., Abduljabbar, A. S., Parker, P. D., Morin, A. J., Abdelfattah, F., Nagengast, B., ... & Abu-Hilal, M. M. (2015). The internal/external frame of reference model of self-concept and achievement relations: Age-cohort and cross-cultural differences. American Educational Research Journal, 52(1), 168-202. Marsh, H. W., & Shavelson, R. (1985). Self-concept: Its multifaceted, hierarchical structure. Educational psychologist, 20(3), 107-123. Uerz, D., Dekkers, H. P. J. M., & Béguin, A. A. (2004). Mathematics and language skills and the choice of science subjects in secondary education. Educational Research and Evaluation, 10(2), 163-182. Van de Werfhorst, H. G., Sullivan, A., & Cheung, S. Y. (2003). Social class, ability and choice of subject in secondary and tertiary education in Britain. British educational research journal, 29(1), 41-62 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 14 A: Constructing New Research Possibilities amidst Uncertainty: An International Study of Principal Success with Academics, Equity, and Wellness (Part 2) Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Rose Ylimaki Session Chair: David Gurr Symposium Part 2/2, continued from 26 SES 12 A |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Constructing New Research Possibilities amidst Uncertainty: An International Study of Principal Success with Academics, Equity, and Wellness (Part B) Contemporary principals lead schools amidst rapidly changing and complex contexts, many of which have long histories of persisting systemic and structural racial, economic, and social inequities. Research by members of the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) from 20+ countries over the last two decades has found that, regardless of differences in contexts and conditions, successful principals’ work is predicated upon educational purposes that entail but transcend the functional, founded on principles of social justice, equity, and inclusion.
In ISSPP research, schools are considered as adaptive social systems that sit at the nexus of policy, communities, and society. Researching school leadership amidst a complex and rapidly changing society requires conceptualisations and methodologies to be sufficiently robust and dynamic to capture the nuances of the ways that multi-layered influences in society, communities, and schools shape, and are shaped by, what successful principals do. In seeking to answer the urgent issues of defining how success is achieved and sustained in all schools and especially those serving high need communities, the ISSPP research examines school leadership through the lens of ecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) which theorizes individual practices and development within the context of various dynamically interacting layers of social and ecological systems and uses the complexity theory (e.g., Byrne & Callaghan, 2013) to capture the processes and actions in which school organizations operate, develop, and thrive in an increasingly unpredictable, globalized world. Drawing upon evidence from a sample of selected member countries, this symposium synthesizes ISSPP research findings over time and discusses how the newly developed ISSPP theoretical conceptualization and comparative methodologies enables the research to consider leadership as a multi-level phenomenon and capture the ways in which principals navigate within and between complex systems levels over time to grow and sustain success.
This symposium continues from the first part, beginning with the overview paper that explains the new conceptual and methodological directions of ISSPP research, including how we rethink the knowledge and research contributions from ISSPP to the educational leadership field; why we reconceptualise the field with new theoretical positionings and framing of successful leadership research and how we research with new methodological directions that capture the dynamics of context and leadership (e.g. mixed methods approach, comparative perspectives within and/or across countries). The next two papers present selected case studies to explain how the theoretical lens and/or methodological approach has been used to inform and make sense of the case study data in culturally and educationally relevant ways. The final paper provides a postscript on how the new conceptualisations and methodologies work to advance knowledge and understanding of the nature, practice, and impact of successful principalship.
The symposium concludes with a discussion and concluding comments/postscript as well as questions from the audience. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press. Byrne, D. & Callaghan, G. (2013). Complexity Theory and the Social Sciences. London: Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium Theoretical Positionings, Analytical Framework, and Comparative Mixed Methods Research Methodology for the New Phase of ISSPP
The introductory paper provides an overview that explains the new conceptual and methodological directions of ISSPP research, including how we rethink the knowledge and research contributions from ISSPP to the educational leadership field; why we reconceptualise the field with new theoretical positionings and framing of successful leadership research and how we research with new methodological directions that capture the dynamics of context and leadership (e.g. mixed methods approach, comparative perspectives within and/or across countries).
In so doing, the paper provides a rationale for the use of ecological systems theory in research on successful school leadership, as they lead and manage the complex interactions within and between micro, meso, macro, exon and chrono level systems (Bronfenbrenner, 2009). The paper then unpacks the comparative design and multi-perspective, multi-level approach to conducting research that enables multiple causalities, multiple perspectives, and multiple effects to be charted (Cohen et. al., 2011).
The new ISSPP comparative methodology is grounded in four conceptual and methodological considerations. First, context in education is multidimensional and fluid – encompassing not only multi-layered social ecological systems of education, but also how such systems influence each other to bring about change in values and behaviour over time. Second, how context matters and finds its scholarly roots in educational researchers’ intellectual, disciplinary, and professional insights, as well as their positionality and reflexivity from sociocultural and sociopolitical insider/outsider perspectives. Third, assessing the comparability of educational systems, practices, processes, and outcomes both within and across countries matters. Fourth, our approach not only recognizes differences in world views, forms of knowledge and practices between different cultures but also recognizes the reality that there are also important similarities in how children are motivated to learn, how committed and enthusiastic teachers teach, and how successful leaders create and sustain the contextually relevant conditions and cultures for the learning and growth of all children and adults in their schools.
The comparative analytical process, theoretical positioning, and comparative mixed methods provide a coherent but contextually sensitive data analysis approach. In so doing, the ISSPP project goes beyond the mainstream “models” to theorize educational leadership in contexts with complexities and multiple layers of dynamic influences and to inform comparative research methodology in the educational leadership field of the future.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Byrne, D. & Callaghan, G. (2013). Complexity Theory and the Social Sciences. London: Routledge.
The Courage to Disrupt Systems and Lead: Research Insights from the Case Study in England
Purpose. This paper proposes a fresh analytical perspective to investigate how a school principal has initiated and sustained the “positive disruption” of the governance and structures of an inner-city primary school over time.
Conceptualisation. The case study is informed by the philosophy of disruption which is deeply concerned with social changes that enhance and transform the practice and experience of everyday life of individuals and their institution (Manu, 2022). The conceptual strengths are twofold.
First, the philosophy of disruption invites us to rethink disruptive change as a flowing, dynamic and organic process. As disruption unfolds to reshape the lives of a school organisation, it disturbs its systems, structures, practices and relationships at different levels, and functions as a catalyst for profound transformation in how individuals and teams envision the difference they want to make and how the organisation creates new cultures and structures upon which they operate to realise the new vision.
Second, the philosophy redefines school leaders as positive disruptors who influence individuals and teams by challenging their current views and practices about education and by reshaping organisational structures, cultures, and opportunities to enable them to thrive.
Methods. The case study has followed the ISSPP’s recently re-modelled research protocols. The team conducted three in-depth interviews with the principal and two in-person interviews with the current principal. We also interviewed three teachers with middle and senior leadership responsibilities, a class teacher, and a lead teaching assistant. Because of the small staff size (n=22), we are unable to present the teacher survey results in this paper.
Findings. Success in this school has been an evolving, dynamic and resilient process of change and improvement. Relational capital, leadership capital, and the courage to disturb norms are essential ingredients of the change process. The portrait of a "positive disruptive" leader reveals the prevalence of the personal over the functional as an act of courage to tell vulnerability and create community.
Over time the principal successfully transformed external accountability into an internally assumed and then collegially shared value. In this process, disruption of school cultures created, at times, uncertainties, not chaos. As we have showed through Christine’s leadership endeavor to turn around her school, when successful principals disrupt dysfunctional cultures, their vision, values and high expectations for the future of the organization set clear directions for the journey of success, and also, are fundamental to the sustainability of success.
References:
Manu, A. (2022). The Philosophy of Disruption. Bingley, Emerald Publishing.
Navigating Challenges And Demands Towards Successful Outcomes - The Swedish Case
Purpose. In turbulent times with societal changes all over the globe, schools and their quality are essential to educate the next generation. Preparing students to meet and understand future challenges and possibilities requires the ability of school leaders to navigate across expectations emanating from national and local policy and culture. Our purpose in this symposium is to understand and explain how various school actors understand and contribute to what they see as good schooling for students in relation to academic results, ethics, and wellness.
Conceptualisation. Earlier findings show that successful principals have more similarities than differences in their toolbox despite various contexts (Leithwood et.al, 2021). Successful principals are able to navigate across local and national contexts and policies in a way that benefits teaching and learning. In this process, they attend to diverse issues simultaneously as they engage others in collective competencies towards mutual objectives. Shared understandings, interaction, and communication are crucial to create supportive prerequisites for student learning (Johansson & Ärlestig, 2022). In order to support student learning, school leaders also need to build agency on various levels in the local school system (Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Bronfenbrenner, 1977).
Method. The findings build upon the new ISSPP protocols. The empirical data derives from two compulsory schools where school leaders have been employed for more than three years and during that time improved the school outcomes. By using the ISSPP protocols it becomes possible to understand what principals, deputy principals, teachers, students, and parents value and find challenging in teaching and learning. It also enables a deeper understanding about actors’ agency, and priorities in combination with collective interactions and understandings as they strive to meet policy objectives and enhance students’ learning and well-being.
Preliminary findings. In this paper we let various actors give their view of contributing factors to school success with regards to structure, culture, and leadership. In focus are the expectations on principals’ and deputy principals’ roles in navigating between existing structures and cultures while simultaneously addressing current and upcoming challenges. Schedules and other structural elements aim to promote a good working environment for everyone involved. How principals and teachers communicate aims and intentions and plan teaching become significant for students’ willingness to accept and contribute to schoolwork. It is also crucial to encourage parents to support teacher- and principal leadership for student learning.
References:
Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2007.11661545
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1977). Toward an experimental ecology of human development. The American Psychologist, 32(7), 513–531. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.32.7.513
Johansson, O., & Ärlestig, H. (2022). Democratic governing ideals and the power of intervening spaces as prerequisite for student learning. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(3), 340–353. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-04-2021-0079
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077
Successful School Leadership In Scotland: A Journey To Sustainable Improvement
Background
The recent systemic reforms in the Scottish education landscape feature a complex agenda, elements of which involve structural and cultural change and addressing the achievement gap. This study builds knowledge of successful school principalship in the context of Scotland and highlights the perceptions and actions of successful principals in their efforts to build a connected school system in which all education agents work together. It considers the opportunities and constant challenges these leaders face, and their response to such challenges by focusing on cultivating personal and professional sense of agency.
Theoretical Framework
This research was guided by a systems-centred approach which investigated the ways in which successful leadership practices contribute to school improvement processes, conditions, and cultures. It considered the ecological systems approach from Bronfenbrenner (1979) a useful theoretical framework for understanding the processes and interactions at multiple levels within and beyond the school system, and that the dynamic, non-linear changes within an educational ecosystem could be effectively understood by applying complexity theory. An ecological model, therefore, examined interactions between the micro-, meso-, macro-, exo-, and chronosystems, and was used to develop context-sensitive accounts of successful leadership in Scottish schools.
Methods of enquiry
Using a combination of multi-perspective data, an online staff survey and documentary information, this mixed methods research provides in-depth and insightful examples of principals’ successful leadership practices and further investigates relevant perspectives of various key stakeholders in their schools. The focus was on their leadership practices and how their leadership influences the structures, cultures, and the standards in performance of the school.
A purposive sample of three schools (two primary, one secondary) was selected as case study sites and was drawn from different geographical regions across the country ensuring a geographical spread. Both qualitative and quantitative data were analysed following an iterative process of inductive and deductive coding (Yin, 2018). This analysis integrated finding and interpreting similarities and differences and acquiring new insights of successful school leadership practices which create structural alignment and ensure coherence and sustainable transformation within schools.
Findings
Findings from this study provide insight on how successful school leaders consider their entire school as a complex system with interconnected parts and build social infrastructures in order to be established as learning ecosystems. The significance of building relationships through a common set of values, beliefs, and expectations of members within a school community has been a fundamental driver for leading successfully.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.
Yin R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 14 B: Navigating Challenge, Uncertainty, Urgency, Tension, and Complexity in School Leadership (Part 3) Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Eva Amundsdotter Paper Session Part 3/3, continued from 26 SES 04 A |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper School leadership for Gender Equality - emotions and resistance in an Age of Uncertainty Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:In a time of uncertainty and tension, a leadership for norms and values about equality and value-based leadership seems more important than ever. At the same time, fear and various expressions of resistance seem to hinder leadership for everyone's equal value. The purpose is to examine principals' narratives about their leadership for gender equality, especially with regards to emotions and resistance, which seems to play a big role. What kind of leadership is needed to support willingness to learn and develop active norms that support values about equality? Schools are here seen as organizations, especially connected to the “doing gender-perspective” with its first references to West and Zimmerman (1987). It includes an understanding that gender is created and meaning of gender is formed in different relational activities in an organization. Previous studies have problematized how gender equality should be understood and what it "is" (Magnusson et al. 2008). Resistance in organizations to gender equality work is common, and expressions of resistance are numerous, as shown by various research studies. However, there is a lack of knowledge about different expressions of resistance in schools from a principal's perspective in the role of responsibility. From one perspective, gender equality work is in many ways similar to any change initiative, as changes within organizations often create tensions and expose power dynamics within them. Change can be perceived as encountering unwillingness, resistance to change, and difficulties in altering established routines and work methods. However, many researchers have argued that gender equality work is a particularly complex development effort that involves conflicts, dilemmas, and various difficulties requiring attention to power, interests, and spaces for action (Cockburn 1991, Pincus 1997, Wahl m.fl. 2011, Linghag et al 2016, Amundsdotter et al 2016,). Several studies stresses the importance of active support from managers and leadership for increased gender equality is emphasized (Acker 2000, Pincus 1997). Joan Ackers (1992) model for processes where gender plays a role and is integrated in other organizational processes, has served as an important contribution to different research and development projects, that aim to work with understanding how gender is affecting people in an organization and how one can work with change processes. The model points out how gender is intertwined with other processes in divisions, symbols, interaction and internal identity work (ibid). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Interactive processes have been carried out with 120 principals each session, attending the National School Leadership Training Program in Sweden. These processes involve individual writings, reflective writing on how gender is addressed in one's own leadership context, individual reflections combined with written group work, organized according to different school forms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some results from the joint work in the prinicpals groups shows that leadership weaknesses and challenges can be multifaceted and involve both a lack of knowledge and awareness. A clear difficulty is their own resistance, where leaders can stand in the way of change due to personal obstacles. It could be fear of pursuing equality issues, a lack of systematic work or difficulties in asking the right questions and problematizing. Understanding and leading an almost single-sex group can also be a challenge, including dealing with any power relations going on in the group. Several women testify to the devaluation of "feminine" characteristics and the use of stereotypical images. A specific challenge is the image of "good girl", which can lead to self-pressure and pressure on other women in the organization. Examples are given where women invest more time and work in administrative systems compared to male colleagues. Men in female-dominated environments reflect on their privileges, where they may perceive that they do not have to contribute as much and do not have to prepare in the same way as female colleagues. Their competence and value are more easily confirmed in interactions. Fear is a common denominator, both fear of threats and aggression from educators as well as from parents. Female leaders may also experience difficulties in being accepted as women and principals, especially in meetings with male parents. References Acker, J (1992). Gendering Organizational Theory, In Mills, Albert & Tancred Peta (Eds.). Gendering Organizational Analysis. London: Sage Publications. Acker, J. (2000) Gendered Contradictions in Organizational Equity Projects. Organization, 7(4):625-32. Amundsdotter, E. (2009). Att framkalla och förändra ordningen – aktionsorienterad genusforskning för jämställda organisationer. [To develop and alter the order – action-orientated gender research for gender equal organizations] Diss. Luleå: Luleå tekniska universitet Andersson, S. & Amundsdotter, E. (2012). Developing Innovative Organisations using Action-oriented Gender Research. In Andersson, S., Berglund, K., Gunnarsson, E. & Sundin, E. (Eds) (2012). Promoting innovations. Policies, Practices and Procedures. Stockholm: VINNOVA. Gherardi, Silvia (1994). The Gender We Think, The Gender We Do in Our Everyday Organizational Lives. Human Relations. Vol. 47 Issue 6:591-610. Magnusson, E, Rönnblom, M & Silius, H (red.) (2008). Critical studies of gender equalities: Nordic dislocations, dilemmas and contradictions. Göteborg: Makadam. Martin, P. Y. (2003). “Said and Done” Versus “Saying and Doing”, Gendering Practices, Practicing Gender. Gender & Society. 17:342-366 West, C, & Zimmerman, D. (1987). Doing gender. Gender & Society 1, pp: 125-51. West, C, & Zimmerman, D. (2009). Accounting for doing gender. Gender & Society. Vol, 23, No. 1. pp. 111-122 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership in Crisis; Exploring the Current Challenges in Educational Leadership, the Unintended Consequences and Opportunity for Leadership Development Through Mentoring. University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:This proposal draws upon findings from a doctoral research study that explores the ways in which leaders within second level education in Ireland are experiencing mentoring and coaching and in how far (and in what ways) it impacts their leadership identities and leadership practice. This research focuses on the increasing complexity of needs as identified by both newly appointed and experienced school principals, the response from national public authorities in providing support and training for principals in Ireland and the opportunities for developing supportive frameworks that include the potential for reimagining school leadership roles and responsibilities. The growing global concern about the recruitment and retention of school leaders with notably fewer people applying for leadership roles (Hancock et al., 2019) have led to an acknowledgment that a crisis exists within education. While leadership training exists for all principal teachers in Ireland ongoing provisions that assist principals by incorporating the necessary practical supports and supportive frameworks in developing fundamental leadership ideologies within their school are frequently lacking (CSL Report, 2015) and often been regarded as ad-hoc, disjointed and lacking any system-wide framework. In an attempt to respond to the current leadership crisis, programmes for the induction of newly appointed principals and a developmental programme for school leadership teams are provided for principals which integrate previous professional learning support services into one body since September 2023. In spite of these developments principals are calling for more diverse supports undoubtedly compounded by the pace of change for school leaders and challenges that include the aftermath of a global pandemic, the cost-of-living crisis, restrained leadership roles, positions and resources, school accountability and self-evaluation, curricular reform, addressing disadvantage, diversity within school communities and child wellbeing and welfare. A growing need for providing educational organisations with a clear progressive educational leadership pathway has, in more recent times, become central in the practical preparation and development of individuals in leadership roles. Findings from this study explore in depth the impact that formal supports such as mentoring and coaching have on bridging the gap for newly appointed school leaders in Ireland to support them in dealing with the complexity and extensive nature of the expectations of their leadership roles. Furthermore, this study seeks to provide insights into the lived experiences of established school principals who have engaged with formal supportive networks and the ways in which these supports have impacted on their professional development while working in the role of principal. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research uses mixed methods in order to corroborate the results from different methods and thus follows Greene et al.’s (1989) five major purposes’ for conducting mixed methods research, namely; triangulation, complementarity, initiation, development and expansion of research findings. Defined as a three phase exploratory sequential mixed methods design (Creswell & Creswell, 2018), this research began with a qualitative phase consisting of interview data and analysis that were further tested in a quantitative phase. The qualitative strand was identified as the most suitable for initial findings as a result of the absence of empirical research conducted in this area specific to the Irish context and post-primary leadership. All interviews were transcribed verbatim and reflective thematic analysis techniques were employed to identify and reflect on key themes (Braun and Clarke, 2021). Themes from the interviews guided questions for an online survey with cross-sectional design for second level principal teachers within Ireland, providing ‘the researcher with a consistent benchmark’ (Bryman, 2012, p.55) for gauging variation. The survey research complied with Bryman’s (2012, pp160-161) eleven-step process of quantitative research and provided greater insights into the current realities and norms of leadership experiences in post primary schools in Ireland and allowed participants a forum to discuss significant issues within their own leadership environments. In keeping with the overarching topic of educational leadership, this research pays special attention to the theme of education in an age of uncertainty with a particular focus on the ways in which formalised supports for school principals are cultivated in order to provide hope for the future undeterred by the current challenges faced within educational leadership. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from this mixed methods study are outlined under the following themes; training and supports for educational leaders, complexity of needs, impact of engagement with formal support structures and calling for change. Many of the described experiences indicate mentoring and coaching relationships as most supportive in responding to the Department of Education run framework “Looking at Our School 2022” (2024) and the four domains outlined; Leading learning and teaching, managing the organisation, leading school development, and building leadership capacity. Productive mentoring relationships described as collaborative were recognised as highly beneficial. They were seen to support the development of positive professional behaviours and directly linked to enhanced leadership effectiveness and identity. Furthermore professional knowledge, management expertise and administrative competencies were largely noted as having improved as a result of engagement with formal supports. Challenges noted administration as the most overbearing aspect to the role of principalship with ‘time’ a significant obstruction to engaging in productive professional networks. The absence of supports within the school community further impeded engagement in programmes such as mentoring thus hindering development of leadership identity, increased feelings of isolation and indicate additional consequences to newly appointed principals willingness to engage in alternative leadership support programmes thereafter. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. London: Sage CSL (2015) A Professional Learning Continuum for School Leadership in the Irish Context: Centre for School Leadership Report. Available at: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1zY8v7ae4KAM_lmjlJ4j2eAGn8uMmRnDx/view (Accessed: 19 June 2019). Department of Education (2024) Looking at our School 2022: ‘A Quality Framework for Post-Primary Schools’. Dublin: Department of Education. Fletcher, S.J., and Mullen, C.A. (2012) The sage handbook of Mentoring and Coaching in Education. Thousand Oaks, C.A.: Sage Publications. Hollingworth, L., Olsen, D., Asikin-Garmager, A. and Winn, K.M. (2018) ‘Initiating conversations and opening doors: How principals establish a positive building culture to sustain school improvement efforts’, Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 46(6), pp.1014-1034. Irby, B.J. (2020) ‘Vision and mission of mentoring and coaching focused on school leaders’, Mentoring and Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 28(2), p.99-103. Lackritz, A.D. (2019) ‘Leadership coaching: a multiple-case study of urban public charter school principal’s experiences’, Mentoring and Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 27(1), p.5-25. Miscenko, D., Guenter, H. and Day, D.V. (2017) ‘Am I a leader? Examining leader identity development over time’, The Leadership Quarterly, 28(5), pp.605-620. McMillan, D.J., McConnell, B. and O’Sullivan, H., (2014) ‘Continuing professional development – why bother? Perceptions and motivations of teachers in Ireland’, Professional Development in Education, 42(1), pp.150-167. Parylo, O., Zepeda, S.J. and Bengtson, E. (2012) ‘The different faces of principal mentorship’, International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 1(2), pp.120-135. Qian, H., Walker, A. and Bryant, D.A. (2017) Global trends and issues in the development of educational leaders. In: Crow MDYGM (ed.) Handbook of Research on the Education of School Leaders. 2nd edn. New York, NY: Routledge. Service, B., Dalgic, G.E. and Thornton, K. (2016) ‘Implications of a shadowing/mentoring programme for aspiring principals’, International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching Education, 5(3), pp.253-271. Silver, M., Lochmiller, C. R., Copland, M. A., & Tripps, A. M. (2009) ‘Supporting new school leaders: Findings from a university-based leadership coaching program for new administrators’, Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 17(3), pp.215-232. Stander, A.S. and Stander, M.W. (2016) ‘Retention of Educators: The Role Of Leadership, Empowerment and Work Engagement’, International Journal of Social Sciences and Humanity Studies, 8(1), pp.1309-8036. Sugrue, C. (2011) ‘Irish teachers’ experience of professional development: performative or transformative learning?’, Professional Development in Education, 37(5) pp.793-815. Wise, D., & Cavazos, B. (2017) ‘Leadership coaching for principals: A national study’. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership In Learning, 25(2), pp.223-245. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 26 SES 14 C: Navigating Educational Leadership: Perspectives on Governance, Juridification, Science, and Diversity Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: James Spillane Paper Session |
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Reconceptualizations of Governance, Management and Leadership in Education Karlstad University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper is part of a larger study exploring local reconceptualizations of school governance and educational leadership through a continuous, annual data collection. It will enable us to study how governance and leadership is interpreted, translated and recontextualized over time and to possibly identify trends and fluctuations in conceptualizations of leadership. It also includes developing a methodological toolbox for participatory research involving master students (Cooper & Karlsson, 2022) inspired by a Nordic tradition of collaborative research (Rönnerman & Salo, 2012).
Research shows that school leadership on different levels have impact on developing and improving schools, teachers’ collaboration, school culture etcetera (Leithwood & Jantzi, 2005; Meyer et.al, 2023; Nehez, et.al, 2022). Context and culture in turn, matter for how leaders are perceived and expectations towards them (Forssten Seiser et.al, 2020; Moreno, 2023). Thus, conceptualisations of leadership are interrelated to context, actions, culture, language and leadership behaviour.
Our systemic approach to context and leaders extends from subgroups (such as teachers in classrooms) within school organisations to international politics and policy-making (Uljens, 2021). Drawing on the work of Stephen Ball (2006) we argue that policy-borrowing on local, national and international levels influence conceptualisations of school leadership on all levels. Similar views are expressed for instance in a study of educational administration and global policies (Sifakakis et.al., 2016) and a study of how leadership practices travel between contexts (Wilkinson et.al., 2013). What is found in one local context can consequently be discursively connected to other local understandings on a national, European and even global scale.
The objective of this particular paper is to critically examine how school governance, management and educational leadership are constructed in local contexts through interviews with educational leaders on different levels. What discourses of governance and leadership are expressed and which subject positions are made available for the leader subject?
The theoretical framework draws on theories consistent with post structuralism, post humanism and discourse analysis. They share a number of ontological and epistemological assumptions that emphasize instability, difference and contingence and regard the social and knowledge as constituted in temporary and contested discourses (Cooper, 2019, 2022). The subject is thus stripped from its hegemonic humanistic position as autonomous, rational and unified and positioned as fragmented and decentered (Foucault, 1972).
Important concepts are: Assemblage - a constellation of diversified element such as social, discursive, material, cultural, psychological, historical and affective, which are temporarily unified and construct meaning and understandings (Deleuze & Guattari, 1987). - Distributive agency – agency shared between humans and other elements in an assemblage. It does not presume humans/the subject as the cause of events (Bennett, 2009; Strom & Martin, 2021) - Intra-action – an assemblage constitutes the social, phenomena, and subjects through intra-action within or between assemblanges (Strom & Martin, 2021) - Subjectivation – drawing on Laclau and Mouffe’s (1986) understanding of Lacanian theorizing, the subject is understood as a constitutive lack based on the notion of the infant’s apprehension of wholeness being confronted with external images of identity. Consistent with the idea of the subject as fragmented and decentered this constitutive lack is the driving force in the subject’s identification (Cooper, 2019).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method used in this study is an interview technique referred to as cognitive maps (Scherp & Scherp, 2007). The development of cognitive maps is based on cognitive constructivism and gestalt psychology where the mapping technique is believed to produce a representation of the informant’s understanding of a phenomenon. The idea of mental representation is in conflict with a more post structural understanding of meaning making. Nevertheless, we deem it possible to use the method strictly as a interview technique as it comprises the characteristics of a qualitative interview (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2014). Each master student carries out two interviews with informants in some kind of leading position within an educational organisation (local schools, regional administration/ authorities or local political level). During the interview the interviewer make comprehensive notes on a large piece of paper that the informant can see. It is also possible to record the conversations. All applicable ethical considerations are taken into account such as informed consent, gathered by the students, confidentiality and scientific rigour. All interviews are transferred into an excel template that allows us to analytically single out different school forms (public, private), levels (preschool, compulsory schools, adult education etcetera) and leadership roles (such as headmaster/ -mistress, school inspector, governing authority, politician, senior teacher). The template also allows for further categorisation in relation to research objectives. Up to date the material consists of approximately 1000 statements about governance, management and leadership in education. The analysis for this paper has not yet started but during the pilot study performed in 2021 (Cooper & Karlsson, 2022) we used different strategies based on Fairclough, Laclau and Mouffe as well as the ‘Whats the problem represented to be’ (WPR)-approach (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). For this paper we will expand our theoretical resources and complement discourse analysis strategies with the use of assemblage as a methodological-analytical framework. In doing so the intent is to approach our empirical material to unpack variety, incoherence and contradictions (Baker & McGuirk, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the findings in the pilot study (here described in terms of discourses) we expect to be able to critically examine reconceptualizations of governance, management and leadership as assemblages with conflicting but co-existing discourse. Our current findings are: - A bureaucratic discourse with political and economic governance, jurisdiction, adaptation and execution of decisions made by others. This indicates a top-down perspective on policy and governance but also shows confidence and trust in the good will of politicians and a belief that decisions must be made at the correct level. - An accountability discourse where the lack of trust is more outspoken. Quality work must be followed up and reported. This is related to the tradition of new public management, performativity and measurement. Regarding leadership we have so far identified some interesting topics that may or may not be verified in this study. It is possible to discuss leadership in terms of collaboration between systems and within the system. Leadership should be distinct, supportive and transparent. There is also an obvious discourse of lack that could indicate what is not wanted from a leader such as lack of external resources (time and money) and psychosocial resources (understanding, communication and delegation). In some ways these two understanding resonates with each other as one indicates the opposite of the other, in line with discourse analytical thinking. In addition, leadership is also about relationships as in not being alone as leader, leadership and employeeship, and distributed leadership. In addition, we have interesting findings concerning the leaders (headmasters) subject positions identifying the leader as educational leader, as builder of relations, the strong leader and also the leaders subjectivation/identification with notions of failure, dislike and being a trash can. References Baker, T., & McGuirk, P. (2017). Assemblage thinking as methodology: commitments and practices for critical policy research. TERRITORY POLITICS GOVERNANCE, 5(4), 425–442. https://doi.org/10.1080/21622671.2016.1231631 Cooper, A. (2019). Skolan som demokratiprojekt : en poststrukturell diskursanalys av demokratiuppdrag och lärarsubjekt. Fakulteten för humaniora och samhällsvetenskap, Pedagogiskt arbete, Karlstads universitet. Cooper, A. & Karlsson, L. (2021, June 1-3). Developing a Participatory Methodological Toolbox for the Study of Local Understandings of School Governance, Management and Leadership. [Paper presentation]. NERA 2022, Reykjavik, Iceland. Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia. University of Minnesota Press. Fairclough, N. (2010). Critical discourse analysis: the critical study of language. Longman. Forssten Seiser, A., Ekholm, M., & Blossing, U. (2020). Differences between Teachers’ and Principals’ Expectations of School Leaders in Simulated Situations. [Paper presentation]. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun [The qualitiative research interview]. (3 uppl.). Studentlitteratur. Laclau, E., & C. Mouffe. (1986/2014). Hegemony and socialist strategy: Towards a radical democratic politics. Verso. Leithwood, K, & Jantzi, D. (2005) A Review of Transformational School Leadership Research 1996–2005, Leadership and Policy in Schools, 4:3, 177-199, DOI: 10.1080/15700760500244769 Meyer, A., Hartung-Beck, V., Gronostaj, A., Krüger, S., & Richter, D. (2023). How can principal leadership practices promote teacher collaboration and organizational change? A longitudinal multiple case study of three school improvement initiatives. Journal of Educational Change, 24(3), 425–455. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-022-09451-9 Moreno, B. (2023). Teachers’ perceptions toward their new principal. School Leadership & Management, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2023.2277174 Nehez, J., Blossing, U., Lander, R., Olin, A., & Gyllander Torkildsen, L. (2022). Middle leaders translating knowledge about improvement: Making change in the school and preschool organisation. Journal of Educational Change, 23(3), 315-341–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09418-2 Olin, A., Lund, T., & Stjernstrøm, E. (2013). Understanding leading as travelling practices, School Leadership & Management, 33:3, 224-239, doi: 10.1080/13632434.2013.773886 Rönnerman, K. & Salo, P. (2012). Collaborative and action research within education: A Nordic perspective. Nordic Studies in Education 32:1. doi:10.18261/ISSN1891-5949-2012-01-01 Scherp, H-Å., & Scherp, G-B. (2007). Lärande och skolutveckling. Ledarskap för demokrati och meningsskapande.: [Learning and school development. Leadership for democracy and meaning making]. Karlstad University. Sifakakis, P., Tsatsaroni, A., Sarakinioti, A., & Kourou, M. (2016). Governance and Knowledge Transformations in Educational Administration: Greek Responses to Global Policies. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 48(1), 35–67. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2015.1040377 Åkerstrøm Andersen, N. (2003). Discursive analytical strategies: understanding Foucault, Koselleck, Laclau, Luhmann. Policy Press. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Juridification of Professional Discretion in Principals Work in schools NLA University College, Norway Presenting Author:For several decades, government authorities and practitioners in many countries, including Norway, have focused strongly on the prevention and restore of bullying (Olweus, 2004; Stephens, 2011). Nevertheless, the number of Norwegian students who report that they have been subjected to offensive words or acts seems to be relatively stable over the years (Wendelberg, 2017). Therefore, Norwegian students’ rights to a safe psychosocial environment, articulated in chapter 9a in the Norwegian Education Act, has been strengthen in 2017. The new law includes descriptions that are more detailed how to redress a safe psychosocial environment. This increases the pressure on principals, who are responsible for implementing measures and restore a safe school environment. On this background, three research questions are formulated: 1. How do principals interpret and translate the new law into school practices in 9a-cases? 2. How do they construct and legitimise their practice? 3. What kind of dilemmas and tensions do they experience when they try to restore a safe psychosocial environment? The theoretical framework is connected to Evetts’ (2009, 2010) distinction between two ideal types of professionalism in knowledge-based work in the public sector: occupational and organisational professionalism. The former denotes professionalism as an occupational value; that is, work is controlled by professionals and based on their discretion. Organisational professionalism, on the other hand, is characterised by standardised work procedures and practices that are closely linked to organisational objectives, external forms of regulation and accountability measures (Evetts, 2009). However, occupational and organisational professionalism need not to be mutually exclusive. While organisational control may affect professional work, exactly how this changes occupational values and the space for professionals’ discretion is an unsettled question after the implementation of the new law, depending on local organisational work contexts and the principals’ perceptions of legal regulations. International studies on changes in professionalism in schools have indicated increased external pressure from national and local governments (Evetts, 2009; Grace, 2014; Ozga, 2000; Sachs, 2001). New public management (NPM) regimes is about public sector becoming more efficient and effective. While management discourses continue to emphasise professionals’ empowerment, autonomy and discretion, professionals in schools are increasingly held accountable for adhering to regulation in law. Earlier studies have explored how institutional regulative pressure impacts work in public schools (see, e.g. Coburn, 2004; Lundström, 2015; Spillane et al., 2011) and demonstrated tensions between external and internal accountability. Discretion is described as a hallmark of professional work. Professional discretion rests on trust in the ability of certain occupational groups to make sound decisions ‘on behalf’ of social authorities. It has been suggested that in Europe, managerialist-influenced policies with increased focus on control and accountability have placed pressure on professional discretion. In welfare states, processes of juridification have been identified, indicating more detailed legal regulation and a tendency to frame emerging problems or conflicts in legal terms (Magnussen and Nilssen, 2013). A recent research in a Norwegian context, called ‘Legal standards and Professional Judgement in Educational Leadership’ have highlighted how rational–legal forms of authority are key aspects in the regulation of education, and how professionals handle legal standards in their practices (Andenæs & Møller, 2016; Ottesen & Møller, 2016; Møller & Karseth, 2016). My project builds on this and wants to understand the interplay between legal standards and professional discretion in schools after implementation of the new law, when students’ rights are strengthened. It is important to unpack the way that legal norms are translated into social practices, how principals legitimise their work in schools and what kind of challenges and dilemmas the new law brings. After recent changes in the law, we know little about how principals’ experiences more juridification in their work as school leader.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on individual in-depth interviews with 18 principals in Norwegian compulsory schools (grades 1-10), the study examines how legal standards are translated into school practices, how principals construct and legitimise their work, and what kind of dilemmas and tensions they experience. The analysis is based on school leaders’ stories of their experiences with cases related to the Education Act chapter 9 A, and how local practices in terms of the interactions among school staff, students, and parents emerge and are constituted within organisational and professional work contexts. The schools are in 7 different counties and 16 different municipalities. The selection of schools was purposive: the principals invited to participate had all been through the National Principal Program and had recent experience with challenging and long-lasting 9 A-cases. To ensure diversity in context and background I invited schools from different geographical regions (east, west and south in Norway), different school size, including schools from both cities and countryside, and principals in different ages. I used a semi-structured interview guide and conducted and audio-recorded all individual interviews in locations chosen by the informants. Most interviews lasted approximately 90 minutes. I had my interviews transcribed, and independently analysed the transcripts aiming to identify emergent themes. I used NVivo software as a tool in this process. The procedure enabled me to combine inductive and deductive approaches for the data analysis (Eisner, 1991). First, I performed an inductive analysis, in which I identified chunks of data where the principals talked about measure to restore the psychosocial environment and organised the data according to emergent categories. In the second step, I identified the principals’ interpretations of the legal regulation as stated in Chapter 9 A of the Education Act. I also analysed how organisational and occupational professionalism emerged as conflicting and/or consonant aspects of their interpretations. This helped me to explore the discretionary space within which professional practice was enacted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected findings are: 1) Similar measures to uncover and investigate degrading treatment; specific focus in observations, surveys by socio-gram, interviews with students. Measures to restore the school environment: "stop-talks" (meetings) with students and their parents, extra supervision in recess, isolating students from the rest of the group and school shift. Still, the study reveals many difficulties in restoring work and cases with large complexity, including a) former victims of bullying, b) students with interaction difficulties, c) anxious/sensitive students, d) students with challenging behaviors, e) students who experience offense by teachers. 2) The principals legitimize their measures with support and advice (from both within and outside the school), by evidence-based theory, earlier experiences, their own values, courage and professional discretion (especially when breaking law). 3) Dilemmas are: a. Balancing the rights of one single student vs the rights for the rest of the students in the class b. When staff cannot identify bullying, but the parents think there is and require detailed actions to specific students or staff members. c. Parents lose confidence in the school and go to the county governor, who impose the school to put certain measures into place, measures the principal must carry out but does not believe in and want according to his/her professional knowledge and belief. d. To support both the teacher accused for offense and the student/parents claiming that infringement has been committed e. The Educational Act emphasizes the individual student’s perspective, but weakens at the same time the teachers-, principal-, and other students’ rights. References Andenæs, K. & Møller, J. (red.)(2016). Retten i skolen - mellom pedagogikk, juss og politikk. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. Coburn, C.E. (2004). Beyond decoupling: Rethinking the relationship between the institutional environment and the classroom. Sociology of Education 77: 211–244. Eisner, E.W. (1991). The Enlightened Eye: Qualitative Inquiry and the Enhancement of Educational Practice. New York, NY: Macmillan Publishing Company. Evetts, J. (2009). New professionalism and new public mangagement: Changes, continuities and consequences. Comparative Sociologi 8(2), 247-266. Evetts, J. (2010). Reconnecting professional occupations with professional organizations: Risks and opportunities. In: L.G. Svensson and J. Evetts (eds). Sociology of Professions. Continental and Anglo-Saxon Traditions, pp. 123–144. Gothenborg: Bokförlaget Daidalos. Grace, G. (2014). Professions, sacred and profane. Reflections upon the changing nature of professionalism. In: M. Young, and J. Muller (eds). Knowledge, Expertise and the Professions. London: Routledge, pp. 18–30. Hood, C. (1991). A public management for all seasons? Public Administration, 69: 3–19. Lundström, U. (2015). Teacher autonomy in the era of New Public Management. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy 1: 73–85. Magnussen, A.-M. and Nilssen, E. (2013). Juridification and the construction of social citizenship. Journal of Law and Society 40: 228–248. Møller, J. & Karseth, B. (2016). Profesjonell skjønnsutøvelse og kravet til tilpasset opplæring. I: K. Andenæs & J. Møller (red.), Retten i skolen – mellom pedagogikk, juss og politikk. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. s. 199–215. Olweus, D. (2004). The Olweus Bullying Prevention Programme: Design and implementation issues and a new national initiative in Norway. In: Smith, P.K., Pepler, D. and Rigby, K. (eds). Bullying in Schools: How Successful Can Interventions Be? Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 13–36. Ottesen, E. & Møller, J. (2016). Organisational routines – the interplay of legal standards and professional discretion. European Educational Research Journal, 15(4), 428–446. Ozga, J. (2000). Policy Research in Educational Settings: Contested Terrain. Buckingham: Open University Press. Sachs, J. (2001). Teacher professional identity: Competing discourses, competing outcomes. Journal of Educational Policy 16: 149–161. Spillane, J.P., Parise, L.M. and Sherer, J.Z. (2011). Organizational routines as coupling mechanisms policy, school administration, and the technical core. American Educational Research Journal 48: 586–619. Stephens, P. (2011). Preventing and confronting school bullying: a comparative study of two national programmes in Norway. British Educational Research Journal 37: 381–404. Wendelberg, C. (2017). Mobbing og arbeidsro i skolen: analyse av Elevundersøkelsen i skoleåret 2016/2017 [Bullying in school: analycing of findings in the pupils’ survey in school year 2016/2017]. Trondheim: NTNU Samfunnsforskning. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Time For Science: Theorizing Time In Educational Leaders’ Sense-making About Leading Primary School Science 1Northwestern University, United States of America; 2University of Michigan, United States of America Presenting Author:Time is a central theme in policymakers’ and educators’ work on curriculum and teaching. It permeates all aspects of policymaking and decision-making from how much time should be allocated for the teaching of school subjects to time for professional learning in education systems. With respect to primary school science, research consistently points to a shortage of teaching time that in turn contribute to inequities in children’s opportunities to learn globally so they can understand the natural world and pursue STEM careers (NASEM, 2022, Tate, 2001). Conceptions of time within the literature on leading improvement in primary school science, however, are undertheorized. Recognizing the importance of time in efforts to improve the quality of elementary science education, we theorize time for primary school science to create a conceptual framework to inform empirical, development, and practical work. In this theory building paper, I examine educational leaders’ (at system and school levels) sense-making about time as they engage in efforts to lead improvement in the teaching of primary school science. To frame our work theoretically, we bring two literatures - sense-making in educational systems and the sociology of time - into conversation with each other. Educational leaders and teachers ongoing sensemaking is central to the implementation of curricular reforms (Coburn, 2001; Spillane, Reiser, & Reimer, 2002). Whereas interpretation assumes an object to be understood (e.g., policy text), a sensemaking perspective takes a broader approach by attending to what individuals notice in their environments and how they frame, interpret, and respond to those cues (Weick, 1995; Weick et al., 2005). Sense-making is triggered by situations where system actors encounter change, ambiguity, uncertainty, surprise, or discrepancy arising from changes in their environment and from interruptions to their ongoing work practice (Weber & Glynn, 2006; Weick et al., 2005). Sociologists of time identify several different conceptions of time including— 1) time as objective, 2) time as political, and 3) organizational time (Gokmenoglu, 2022; Poole, 2004; Zerubavel, 2020). Time as objective refers to how time is sometimes conceived as being a finite commodity. We often talk, for example, of not having enough time, or of saving or wasting time. Time as political refers to its “political” and value-laden nature drawing attention to how time is tied to power dynamics in society and education systems (Gokmenoglu, 2022; Zerubavel, 2020). Organizational time refers to how “people and organizations orient themselves to common externally defined time scales such as calendars, but also experience critical and significant events that interact with the objective temporal scale” (Poole, 2004, p. 22). Motivated and framed by these two literatures my research questions are: How does time figure in education leaders’ efforts to lead improvement in primary school science education? How do educational leaders, at both the system and school levels, make sense of time as they make decisions about leading improvement in primary school science? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I draw on two different data sources to develop my argument in this paper. First, I draw on my work over the past four years advising the Irish Ministry of Education on the development and implementation of a new primary school curriculum (Walsh, 2023). This work involved extensive engagement with educators at the national, regional, and school levels through seminars, workshops, conversations, and documents over an extend period. It also involved in participation in formal events related to the new primary school curriculum. Second, I draw on data from a mixed methods multi-year study of 13 education systems’ efforts (e.g., urban, suburban, rural school districts and charter school networks) across the United States to reform elementary (primary) school science in response to new national standards for teaching science. Using a qualitative comparative case study design (Yin, 2014), we conducted 116, 60-minute, virtual, semi-structured interviews, with 101 leaders, including science coordinators, ELA/math and Title coordinators, data managers, and superintendents in 13 school districts. We used snowball sampling to select education systems by asking science education experts to recommend contacts, who in turn nominated candidate education systems that were doing system building work in elementary science. Though our focus was on leaders’ instructional decision-making about elementary science, interviewing leaders beyond those with exclusive responsibility for science, was necessary to understand the leadership work. The interview protocol was designed for eliciting leader’s practices in reforming primary school science. We asked questions on (1) their roles, responsibilities, and background; (2) state, district, and community context; (3) current priorities and visions for elementary science instruction; (4) infrastructure in place supporting elementary science instruction; (5) plans for continuing elementary science reform; and (6) challenges they were experiencing in this work. We began data analysis by coding the interviews deductively into broad analytic categories in our framework, as well as references to challenges and dilemmas system leaders were facing in system building work for primary school science. Then working inductively as a team, we coded the references within the challenges and dilemmas code to identify key themes and dilemmas across different systems (Saldaña, 2021). Finally, we wrote analytic memos about each education system (Charmaz, 2014). For the purpose of this paper, we examined similarities and differences in themes with respect to time and leading improvement in elementary school science that emerged from the two lines of work as well as the cases within the empirical study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While still preliminary, we describe several emerging findings from our ongoing analysis. First, finite notions about time dominate in educational leaders’ sense-making about leading improvement in primary school science with considerable attention being devoted to ‘finding time’, ‘making time”, ‘sharing time’, and ’flexing time’ These finite perceptions of time cut across levels (e.g., system, school, grade, and classroom) and, from educational leaders’ perspective, feature as one of the most prominent challenges in leading improvement in primary school science. Second, other conceptions of time, especially political and organizational, emerge from closer analysis of educational leaders’ sense-making in ways that often went unnoticed by leaders and contributing to the complexity of the challenges that these leaders grappled with in leading improvement in primary school science. Examining how different notions of time interacted contributed to more complex diagnostic framings of the challenges of time in leading improvement in primary school science. Third, and related, our account shows that understanding the time challenges involved in leading improvement in elementary science education at any one level (e.g., school level, school, system) can only be fully appreciated by careful attention to other levels simultaneously and to the broader institutional environment. The institutional environments that form around particular school subjects, for example, differ overtime contributing to some subjects being ‘more valued’ than others. Hence, a leadership challenge that is understood chiefly in terms of time as finite at one level (e.g., the school level) can only be fully understood when considered from other levels (e.g., system level) where time as political and organizational come into play. In conclusion, we sketch a practical conceptual framework for policymakers, practitioners, and scholars to use in their work related to time for teaching and learning in education systems. References Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing Grounded Theory (2nd ed.). SAGE. Coburn, C. E. (2001). Collective Sensemaking about Reading: How Teachers Mediate Reading Policy in Their Professional Communities. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 23(2), 145–170. Gokmenoglu, B. (2022). Temporality in the social sciences: New directions for a political sociology of time. The British Journal of Sociology, 73(3), 643-653. NASEM. (2022). Science and Engineering in Preschool Through Elementary Grades: The Brilliance of Children and the Strengths of Educators. Poole, M. S., & Van de Ven, A. H. (Eds.). (2004). Handbook of organizational change and innovation. Oxford University Press. Saldana, J. (2021). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers, 1–440. Spillane, J. P., Reiser, B. J., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy implementation and cognition: Reframing and refocusing implementation research. Review of educational research, 72(3), 387-431. Tate, W. (2001). Science education as a civil right: Urban schools and opportunity‐to‐learn considerations. Journal of Research in Science Teaching: The Official Journal of the National Association for Research in Science Teaching, 38(9), 1015-1028. Walsh, T. (2023). Redeveloping the primary school curriculum in Ireland. Weber, K., & Glynn, M. A. (2006). Making Sense with Institutions: Context, Thought and Action in KarlWeick’s Theory. Organization Studies, 27(11), 1639-1660. https://doi.org/10.1177/0170840606068343. Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations (Vol. 3). Sage. Weick, K. E., Sutcliffe, K. M., & Obstfeld, D. (2005). Organizing and the process of sensemaking. Organization science, 16(4), 409-421. Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods (Fifth edition.). SAGE. Zerubavel, E. (2020). The Sociology of Time. Time, Temporality, and History in Process Organization Studies, 44. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 27 SES 14 A: Literature Education Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Michael Tengberg Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Democracy and Attunement in Literature Education Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:In this paper, we shed light on the concept of attunement in literary reading (Felski, 2020) and its role in a school that is focused on becoming. Attunement is an emotional process, in which text and reader become in sync. In education, we are exposed to things that make us rethink, re-experience and remake perceptions. What seemed insignificant, or impervious, might become valuable, and appear transparent. For this reason, we argue that attunement can be understood in scholastic terms. When school is understood as free time (Masschelein & Simons, 2013) – time that a teacher and her students use together to found something new in relation to subject matter – then there is space for attunement. And when attunement occurs, it is in a process of becoming. It is not the sedimentation of preconceived student identities, it is the opportunity to come into being as someone in relation to the literary text. Furthermore, this is a process in which the text has its own agency, and at the same time becomes something new. The aim of the paper is to explore attunement in the teaching of literature, from a democratic angle. The fusion of democratic theory, scholastic theory and theory of literary reading is central to the reasoning, but theory is presented in light of an empirical example. The research questions are firstly, how can attunement be understood in students’ meeting with a text that they are assigned to read in school, and secondly, what is the democratic potential of attunement?
The theoretical underpinning is Chantal Mouffe’s idea of liberal democracy as a tension between two logics – the liberal logic and the democratic logic (Mouffe, 2009). Her critique of the current state in west European and American liberal democracies is that democracy has increasingly come to be identified with liberal values. She identifies the situation as post-democratic. It is insufficient to treat democracy as a set of liberal values, and consequently, to treat democratic education as socialisation into a liberal value system. In a Mouffean, agonistic understanding of democracy, identity formation is central; democratic politics is concerned with the formation of collective identities that fight each other on political issues.
For this reason, we explore a way of approaching democracy in literature education that differs from the liberal arts tradition. We regard the classroom as democratic in its own right (Biesta, 2011), and thus as concerned with collective identity formation. Masschelein and Simons trace school back to its Greek origin scholè, meaning ‘free time,’ that is, time that is free from work, non-productive time. In school, the world is suspended, turned into subject matter and freed for novel use. The teacher presents subject matter, brings it into the present tense. She puts it on the table, without telling students how to react to it. But she does not only suspend the world by transforming it into subject matter, she also suspends ideas of who students are, by bringing them into the present tense. The scholastic ideal is thus that preconceived student identities are not sedimented, but suspended, so that school becomes a place where the students get a chance to become someone. But not only must school be a time and a place for students to become someone, it must also be a time and a place for the future generation to form its own generation, in relation to the subject matter that the teacher presents. We explore this as a democratic process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper, we propose a way to view democratic literature education as a space of becoming someone in relation to the presented text. The theories used are expanded in the section above. The empirical example comes from a collaborative study in which a teacher and researchers worked together to design the teaching. A class of thirty students in their last year of upper secondary school in Sweden read the short story ‘Farangs’ by Rattawut Lapcharoensap. The story centres on a young man in Thailand, whose mother runs a beachside motel, and whose father is a long gone American soldier. Before leaving, the father gave his son a piglet from the food market. The son and the pig are now fully grown and the pig is named Clint Eastwood. The students discussed the story in small groups, with the aim of coming up with a joint interpretation, answering three questions, and they were later to present their interpretations to the rest of the class. In focus here is one of the groups and one of the questions; it is a group of four male students who discuss the question: ‘What does the pig symbolise?’ The group discussion was filmed, as was the whole class discussion, and eleven students, including these four, were interviewed in focus groups a week later. The design of the study was approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority. The concepts of free time and attunement are used to examine a change in the attitude of these four students toward the literary text – from disapproval to appreciation. We view this in light of the scholastic ideal of school as a place for becoming, both as an individual and as a collective. We examine how the question asked offered the students free time with the text, and how this free time provided the opportunity for attunement. We also examine attunement as a collective process, as the students’ joint effort at interpreting the text changes their collective position toward it. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We argue that a literary discussion understood as free, non-productive time, can create a space for students and text to become attuned. Preliminary results show that attunement happens in this student group, when the students are collectively given time with the text, and a question that invites them to spend time with the text. Through their words and through body language (smiling, energetically flipping through pages), they show a transition from disengaged disapproval to appreciation. They start by announcing that the story had a bad ending, and end the discussion by stating, while smiling broadly, that their own interpretation of the ending is ‘not too bad,’ and that it has changed their opinion of the text as a whole. This transition happens as the students are working collectively to interpret the symbolic value of the abovementioned pig. We argue that the democratic potential of literature in education thus becomes dependent on how the literary text is presented by the teacher. School must give students free time, and questions that encourage them to use that free time. In this way, the literature classroom can become democratic in its own right, as it becomes a place where students are allowed to become someone, and become a collective, in relation to the presented text. References Alkestrand, M. (2016). Magiska möjligheter: Harry Potter, Artemis Fowl och Cirkeln i skolans värdegrundsarbete. [Magical possibilities: Teaching fundamental values with Harry Potter, Artemis Fowl and the Circle]. Makadam. Arendt, H. (1961). The Crisis in Education. In Between Past and Future: Six Exercises in Political Thought (pp. 173–196). The Viking Press. Biesta, G. (2011). The Ignorant Citizen: Mouffe, Ranciere, and the Subject of Democratic Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education; Dordrecht, 30(2), 141–153. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11217-011-9220-4 Biesta, G. (2013). The beautiful risk of education. Paradigm Publishers. Borsgård, G. (2021). Litteraturens mått: Politiska implikationer av litteraturundervisning som demokrati- och värdegrundsarbete. [Literary measures: Political implications of literature teaching as democratic and value based education]. Umeå University. Felski, R. (2020). Hooked: Art and attachment. The University of Chicago Press. Höglund, H., & Rørbech, H. (2021). Performative spaces: Negotiations in the literature classroom. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 1–23. https://doi.org/10.17239/L1ESLL-2021.21.02.07 Lapcharoensap, R. (2005). Farangs. In Sightseeing (1st ed, pp. 1–23). Grove Press. Lyngfelt, A., & Nissen, A. (2018). Skönlitteraturbaserad etikundervisning och fiktionalitet. [Literature based ethical education and fictionality]. Utbildning & Demokrati – tidskrift för didaktik och utbildningspolitk, 27(3), 119–137. https://doi.org/10.48059/uod.v27i3.1111 Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In defence of the school: A public issue. E-ducation, culture & Society Publishers. https://cygnus.cc.kuleuven.be/webapps/cmsmain/webui/_xy-11617872_3-t_8iZAq0nv Molloy, G. (2002). Läraren, litteraturen, eleven: En studie om läsning av skönlitteratur på högstadiet. [The teacher, the literature, the student: A study of reading and fiction in lower secondary school]. HLS Förlag. Mouffe, C. (2009). The democratic paradox (Repr). Verso. Mouffe, C. (2013). Agonistics: Thinking the world politically. Verso. Nussbaum, M. C. (2003). Cultivating Humanity: A classical defense of reform in liberal education (7. print). Harvard Univ. Press. Nussbaum, M. C. (2012). Not for profit: Why democracy needs the humanities (16. printing, and 1. paperback printing, with a new afterword). Princeton Univ. Press. Persson, M. (2010). Att läsa Lolita på lärarutbildningen. [Reading Lolita in teacher education]. Tidskrift för litteraturvetenskap, 40(3), 4–15. Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655–696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493 Sjödin, E. S. (2019). Where is the Critical in Literacy?: Tracing performances of literature reading, readers and non-readers in educational practice. Örebro University. Smith, Z. (2012, December 9). Some Notes on Attunement: A Voyage Around Joni Mitchell. The New Yorker. https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2012/12/17/some-notes-on-attunement 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Inquiry Dialogue to Promote Comprehension and Interpretation. Effects of an Intervention to Improve Teacher-led Discussions About Complex Literary Texts. 1Karlstad University, Sweden; 2Linköping University; 3University of Stavanger; 4Norwegian University of Science and Technology; 5City of Karlstad Presenting Author:The quality of teacher-led text-based discussions is essential to students’ reading engagement and comprehension. Qualified implementation of discussion can foster an explorative and cooperative attitude in students that promotes interpretation and analysis of more complex texts (Murphy et al., 2009). However, studies show that such discussions are largely absent from today’s classrooms, partly because many teachers experience that to lead open-ended, probing discussions about complex texts is a challenging task, they distrust their ability to do it, and ask for support in terms of useful discussion models (Fodstad & Gagnat, 2019; Murphy et al., 2016). This study assesses the effects of a year-long intervention designed to improve the quality of teacher-led discussions about complex literary texts in lower secondary school. Through repeated sessions of criteria-based observation and feedback to teachers, the intervention aimed to promote the enactment of a specific type of talk called “Inquiry Dialogue” (ID) (Reznitskaya, 2012; Wilkinson et al., 2017). In ID, teachers facilitate students’ explorations of text-based problems by encouraging peer-cooperation and critical examination of alternative understandings. The study tried to answer the following research questions: 1) What are the effects of the intervention on the quality of teachers’ classroom enactment of literature discussions? 2) What are the effects of the intervention on students’ explorative and interpretive cooperation during literature discussions? 3) What are the effects of the intervention on teachers’ self-efficacy related to classroom enactment of literature discussions? 4) What are the effects of a year-long implementation of ID on students’ reading ability (comprehension and literary interpretation) and reading-related self-efficacy? The intervention was implemented in 25 eighth grade language arts classrooms in Sweden. Teachers taught a selection of short stories and received criteria-based feedback (using RIDL) at four occasions across the school year. Feedback was followed up by team group discussions for debriefing and sharing experiences. To assess effects on quality of discussions, teacher-led literature discussions were videotaped and analyzed before and after the intervention, using a target-specific observation protocol (Rating Inquiry Dialogue about Literature, RIDL). Teachers’ and students’ self-efficacy was measured using questionnaires before and after the intervention. Students’ reading ability was measured before and after the intervention using two different tests (general comprehension and literary interpretation). In addition, complementary data was gathered to provide in-depth explanations of how and why the intervention activities contributed to teachers’ gradual professional development, and what kind of challenges they faced. These data consisted of videotaped teacher-led literature discussions and audiotaped team group discussions between teachers during the intervention, and interviews with teachers after the intervention. Findings from the study indicate overall positive effects of the intervention. There was a statistically significant and medium-sized increase of quality of discussions at both teacher and student level. Teachers’ self-efficacy related to classroom enactment of literature discussions increased significantly, whereas neither students’ reading-related self-efficacy nor their self-efficacy related to participation in discussion changed. Students’ reading ability (general comprehension and literary interpretation) increased significantly, but the increase was not significantly different from students in control classrooms, whose teachers had not participated in the intervention. In previous studies, ID has been shown to engage students in careful and cooperative consideration of text-based arguments, and prepare them to make well-reasoned judgments (Wilkinson et al., 2017). The specific pedagogical objective of this study was to foster students’ ability to meet complexity in literary texts, including both ethical dilemmas and aesthetic challenges, with exploration and cooperation instead of with debate and conflict. Detailed qualitative and quantitative analyses showed that both teachers’ and students’ ability to formulate and explore open-ended problems in the stories improved across the school year. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was designed as a single-group pre-/posttest intervention implemented from Oct through April in 25 eighth grade classrooms. Teachers volunteered to participate, and were invited to comment and help develop details of the intervention (e.g., the discussion model to be implemented). The finalized intervention design contained: i) two start-up days with all teachers; ii) a discussion model (ID); iii) an observation protocol (RIDL) to be used for feedback and analysis of discussion quality; iv) a collection of stories (eight short stories and two picture books) to be read and discussed; and v) a plan for repeated feedback, including four individual feedback sessions with each teacher, followed by team group discussions. Data collection procedures included pretesting and posttesting of discussion quality, self-efficacy, and reading ability. Teacher-led discussions before (two per classroom) and after (two per classroom) the intervention were videotaped and analyzed using RIDL, which captures features of qualities at both teacher and student level. All coding by RIDL was blind to pre/post conditions. Raters were trained and met regularly to calibrate. Approximately 50% of the videos were double coded. Interrater agreement was in the range 60–80% agreement. Three dimensions of teacher self-efficacy was measured through a pretested and validated questionnaire. Similarly, three dimensions of students’ reading-related self-efficacy was measured using a validated questionnaire. The full dataset for measuring intervention effects consisted of 92 videotaped discussions, teacher questionnaire responses from 19 teachers, and self-efficacy and reading ability scores from 597 students (including student data from control classrooms whose teachers did not participate in the intervention). In addition, complementary data was gathered to provide in-depth explanations of how and why the intervention activities contributed to teachers’ gradual professional development, and what kind of challenges they faced. These data consisted of videotaped teacher-led literature discussions (N=30) and audiotaped team group discussions between teachers during the intervention (N=15), and interviews with teachers after the intervention (N=11). Estimation of intervention effects was analyzed using MANCOVA to allow for analysis of effects on subcomponents of both discussion quality and reading ability. Relationships between discussion quality, teacher and student self-efficacy, and student reading ability was analyzed through multilevel analysis (Goldstein, 2003) (two-level model) with reading ability as dependent variable, and student and class as units of analysis on level 1 and 2 respectively. Qualitative interaction analyses and content analyses of discussions and interviews were also conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from the study indicate overall positive effects of the intervention. There was a statistically significant and medium-sized increase of quality of discussions at both teacher and student level. Teachers’ self-efficacy related to classroom enactment of literature discussions increased significantly, whereas neither students’ reading-related self-efficacy nor their self-efficacy related to participation in discussion changed. Students’ reading ability (general comprehension and literary interpretation) increased significantly, but the increase was not significantly different from students in control classrooms, whose teachers had not participated in the intervention. Detailed qualitative and quantitative analyses showed that both teachers’ and students’ ability to formulate and explore open-ended problems in the stories improved across the school year. Many of the teachers had adapted and improved their strategies for sharing responsibility for talk, engaging additional students in the dialogue, linking their ideas together, and for exploring the complexity of text-based problems in whole class. The specific pedagogical objective of this study was to foster students’ ability to meet complexity in literary texts, including both ethical dilemmas and aesthetic challenges, with exploration and cooperation instead of with debate and conflict. In a time of increased polarization between ideas and cultural belief systems, the importance of qualified participation in problem-oriented dialogue has educational potentials well beyond the scope of literacy instruction. The study therefore contributes with unique knowledge about both the prerequisites for developing an explorative and cooperative discussion climate in the classroom, and about the impact of ID on students’ comprehension and interpretation. Knowledge in this area is scarce but significant for improving school-based professional development and teacher education. References Fodstad, L. A. & Gagnat, L. H. (2019). Forestillinger om litterær kompetanse blant norsklærere i videregående skole. Norsklæraren, 17, dec 2019. Goldstein, H. (2003). Multilevel Statistical Models (3. ed.). Arnold. Murphy, P. K., Firetto, C. M., Wei, L., Li, M., & Croninger, R M. V. (2016). What REALLY works: Optimizing classroom discussions to promote comprehension and critical-analytic thinking. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 3(1) 27–35. Murphy, P. K., Wilkinson, I. A. G., Soter, A. O., Hennessey, M. N., & Alexander, J. F. (2009). Examining the effects of classroom discussion on students’ comprehension of text: A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 101(3), 740–764. Reznitskaya, A. (2012). Dialogic teaching: Rethinking language use during literature discussions. The Reading Teacher, 65(7), 446–456. Wilkinson, I. A. G., Reznitskaya, A., Bourdage, K., Oyler,, J., Glina, M. et al. (2017). Toward a more dialogic pedagogy: changing teachers’ beliefs and practices through professional development in language arts classrooms. Language and Education, 31(1), 65–82. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Unleashing Students’ Reading Interests: Integrating Learning Community with Literature Circle in Reading Class Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China Presenting Author:Introduction
Reading literacy becomes particularly significant when we are now in an information age. International organizations such as OECD conduct large-scale assessment of students’ reading literacy. Evidence indicated the reading interests of adolescents can positively predict their reading literacy (OECD, 2019). Exploring effective teaching methods to enhance reading literacy and interests is recognized as an important issue globally (Liu & Jin, 2006; Costa & Luisa, 2018). In line with international trends, the National Chinese Curriculum Standards pointed out the importance of fostering students’ reading interests in order to support their development on core competencies (MOE of the PRC, 2020). However, current reading class reveals deficiencies, including the solidified teaching strategies (Luo, 2021), identical teaching modes (Liu, 2022) and students’ insufficiency of participation (Yang, 2019). More research attention is needed on exploring how to unleash students’ reading interests through effective teaching methods.
Literature circle (LC), recommended by the International Reading Association, is a collaborative learning method for increasing reading literacy. LC has been widely used in the language and literature curriculum in western countries such as the UK (Stien & Beed, 2004; Allan et al., 2005). The benefits of LC is multifaceted, encompassing fostering deep exploration of literature works (Blum et al., 2002), mutual understanding of diverse viewpoints (Ali, 1993), and stimulation of students’ reading interests (Zhu & Liao, 2013). However, the application of LC in teaching native language in China, particularly in high schools, remains under-explored.
This study presents how to design LC activities tailored for Chinese high school students’ needs to stimulate their reading interests. To do this, the research builds on the concept of “Communities of Practice” (CoP) and uses action research as an empowerment approach. This study provides a real-world example of how Chinese high school teachers implement LC model to unleash students’ reading interests in novel reading. This case study is designed with the dual purpose of theoretically refining and optimizing the LC strategy in a manner that more precisely aligns with students’ learning needs; and secondly, to provide native language teachers with practical insights regarding instructional design, specifically tailored to cultivate students’ reading interests.
Theoretical Framework
Harvey Daniels (1994) firstly introduced the concept of “literature circle”. LC integrates various learning strategies, and combines independent learning, collaborative learning, and inquiry-based learning. The key steps of LC are as follows: (1)selecting reading materials (2)forming reading groups (3)assigning student roles (4)establishing group reading rules (5)completing reading tasks (6)facilitating communication and sharing (7)concluding with summarization and evaluation.
“Communities of practice” (Lave & Wenger, 1991) is a social learning system based on the theory of situated learning. Through sharing information, knowledge, and experiences, members of CoP learn from each other and attain advancement. Wenger (1998) identified three requisites for building an effective CoP: (a) mutual engagements (b) shared repertoire of negotiable resources (c) and joint enterprise.
The fundamental principle underpinning both LC and CoP is rooted in cooperative learning. The activities in LC, such as reading and discussion, could be seen as “practical activities”. Reading groups organized around a shared text, and role groups centered on similar reading functions, form two types of “communities”. The knowledge accumulated in LC constitutes the “shared knowledge domain”. Meanwhile, the three structural elements of CoP correspond to the LC learning practices. “Mutual engagements” points to members’ collaborative involvement. “Joint enterprise” is exemplified in students’ collective reading assignments and “shared resources” symbolizes a platform for disseminating outcomes. This study uses CoP as a broad theoretical umbrella to refine and innovate the traditional LC mode. Furthermore, we utilize the modified LC model to guide novel reading practices in native language teaching in Chinese high school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design stems from a school-based curriculum in Shanghai that aims to develop high school students’ reading interests in Chinese language class. A teacher educator and one master student from Shanghai Jiao Tong University, with a Chinese teacher from Jianping high school, participated in the design of this course programme. The master student also worked as the teacher and researcher in the course, participating in the data collection and data analysis. In total, 18 students in senior one from 9 different class participated in this programme. In 2023, the action research project was conducted over a 4-month period, encompassing three distinct rounds. There were three types of literature circles used in different sessions: “same book same roles” “same book different roles” and “different book different roles”. In this research, the teacher investigated students’ situational reading interest, reflected on her own practices and explored the potential ways of building an effective learning community that addresses the dynamic literature circle needs. The work was inspired by the action research spiral, including planning, acting, observing and reflecting. Seven-point Likert scales were conducted with all students in class to collect information on their situational interest in reading longitudinally. Five dimensions of situational interest were used to analyse and describe the qualities of interests of these students, including reading emotion, attention attraction, information acquisition, positive thinking and goal competition. The scale contains 30 items in total, with the first 20 ones positively worded and the last 10 ones negatively worded. There were three sequences of scales from three teaching sessions throughout the entire semester. In addition, semi-structured interviews were conducted with 9 students recruited by purposive sampling before and after this programme. The whole class was divided into three levels according to the Chinese reading level of students: high, middle and low, and 3 students were selected from each level for interview. To complement the interview data, this study also collected the artefacts that the teacher and students have produced throughout this course programme. Artefacts can convey lots of messages in which the cultural and contextual dynamics are manifested (Schein, 1992). These artefacts include the reading materials the teachers used and designed on their own; the group learning resources and outcomes provided by students; the lesson observation notes and personal written reflections produced by the teacher; the textual feedback and exchanges among all the participating students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this paper are summarized into three strands. Firstly, the research showed that Literature Circle under the guidance of CoP can be an effective approach to support senior high students in Chinese class to enhance their interest in reading. LC moves beyond the limitations often experienced with traditional teaching methods, such as method of lecture and mechanical drill. The implementation of LC granted students learning autonomy, thereby enhancing their motivation and fostering enjoyment in the classroom. This approach has been shown to transform students’ attitudes towards reading materials, augment their focus and depth of thought while reading, and facilitate efficient information acquisition. Secondly, this study observed that, adopting the theory of CoP did lead to changes in teaching strategies in LC and improvements in students’ learning outcomes. By combining LC with the concept of CoP, both teachers and students took initiative to explore abundant and innovative reading resources, and tended to develop a more open mind towards reading methods. Meanwhile, in this study, learning community supported the students succeed in reading regardless of reading level or ability, utilize cooperative learning strategies and satisfy their social needs through the entire learning process. Thirdly, this paper revealed that the effectiveness of the learning community in LC is largely dependent on students’ engagement through the action research project. To build an effective learning community in LC, this study argues that it is crucial to design role sheets with specific and explicit learning objectives. This approach ensures that every student gains a clear comprehension of their roles and responsibilities within the community. Meanwhile, it is essential for teachers to provide scaffolding supports in clarifying students’ roles, offering personalized guidance and encouragement during group discussions while implementing the LC. References OECD(2019). PISA 2018 Reading Framework. OECD Publishing, Paris. Liu, M., & Jin, Y. (2006). Literature Circle - The Transformation of Reading Teaching Methods. Language Planning (08), 45-47. (in Chinese) Costa, P., & Araújo, L. (2018). Skilled students and effective schools: Reading achievement in Denmark, Sweden, and France. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(6), 850-864. The Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China.(2020).The National Chinese Curriculum Standards for High Schools. Luo, X. (2021). Difficulties and Coping Strategies in High School Chinese Reading Teaching. Proceedings of the 2021 Summit Forum on Basic Educational Development Research. (in Chinese) Liu, Z. (2022). Current Analysis and Teaching Enlightenment of High School Chinese Reading Teaching - An Empirical Analysis Based on Survey Questionnaires. Chinese Teaching and Research (11), 93-97. (in Chinese) Yang, Q. (2019). Issues and Suggestions of High School Chinese Novel Teaching. Famous Teachers (36), 68-69. (in Chinese) Stien, D., & Beed, P. L. (2004). Bridging the gap between fiction and nonfiction in the literature circle setting. The Reading Teacher, 57(6), 510-518. Allan, J., Ellis, S., & Pearson, C. (2005). Literature circles, gender and reading for enjoyment. Blum, H. T., Lipsett, L. R., & Yocom, D. J. (2002). Literature circle: A tool for self-determination in one middle school inclusive classroom. Remedial and Special Education, (2): 99-108. Ali, S. (1993). The reader-response Approach: An Alternative for Teaching Literature in A Second Language. Journal of reading, 37(4):288-296. Zhu, X., & Liao, X. Enhancing Students’ Reading Literacy Through Theme Reading: Concept, Strategies, and Experimental Exploration. Educational Research, 2013, 34(06): 101-106+157. (in Chinese) Harvey, D. (1994). Literature Circles: Voice and Choice in the Student-Centered Classroom. Lave, J. & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: learning, meaning and identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Schein, E. (1992). Organizational culture and leadership. San Francisco: CA: Jossey-Bass. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Exploring Ethical and Moral Perspectives in Teaching Open and Ambiguous Literary Texts 1University of Stavanger, Norway; 2University of Linkoping, Sweden; 3University of Karlstad, Sweden Presenting Author:This study explores how teachers and students respond to ethical and moral themes in open and ambiguous literary texts. The core of our research lies in understanding the integration of ethical and moral perspectives within the framework of teaching literature, a practice gaining importance in today's complex global context (Nussbaum, 1997). Open and ambiguous texts offer fertile ground for ethical engagement and moral reflection (Lesnick, 2006; Taylor, 2010; Campbell, 2018). This approach to literature education enables students to grapple with the intricacies of texts and life experiences - fostering a deeper level of engagement and understanding (Lesnick, 2006). The significance of such an approach is amplified in the current global landscape, encouraging a cosmopolitan hospitality towards diverse perspectives and cultures (Choo, 2017). Additionally, integrating these perspectives in literature classes facilitates the development of an ethic of care, promoting empathy and understanding among students (Hilder, 2005). However, to include and incorporate ethical and moral discussions in literature classroom is not without challenges. One obstacle could be the presumption that this approach marks a regression to outdated teaching methods (Booth, 1998). Furthermore, the quality and effectiveness of teacher-led discussions on text-based, complex ethical topics are important for student engagement and comprehension (Sønneland & Skaftun, 2017; Johansen, 2022). Qualified implementation of such discussions could foster explorative and dialogic learning environment, enabling students to delve into and tolerate complex layers of meaning, including ethical and value-laden topics. Preliminary research results find a notable absence of these discussions in contemporary classrooms . Many teachers find leading open-ended, probing discussions about complex texts daunting (cf. Tengberg et al., 2023). This apprehension often stems from a lack of confidence in their ability to facilitate such discussions effectively, leading to a call for support in terms of practical discussion models. In response to this educational need, our project titled “Inquiry Dialogue to Promote Comprehension and Interpretation” investigates the effects of a targeted intervention designed to support language arts teachers in leading and facilitating classroom conversations about open and complex literary texts. The intervention focuses on enacting a pedagogical approach known as “Inquiry Dialogue” (ID) (Reznitskaya & Wilkinson, 2017). This method aims to enhance students' comprehension and interpretation skills through guided discussion and inquiry-based learning. Despite the challenges faced, addressing the ethical and moral dimensions in teaching is important, especially considering the varieties of global challenges and results of technological progress (AI) the world is facing. Ethical dimensions are often overlooked in teacher education programs, yet they hold significant value in fostering a well-rounded educational experience (Osguthorpe, 2013). Literature-based moral education, especially in elementary settings, serves as an invaluable tool for teaching values, responsibility, and sound judgment (Lamme, 1992). In our project, teachers facilitated classroom discussions on complex literary texts, adhering to dialogical principles from RIDL (Rating Inquiry Dialogue about Literature) but with the flexibility to tailor each discussion to their classroom dynamics. The texts chosen for this study were selected based on criteria such as compositional complexity, thematic openness, poetic language, contextual distancing, direct shock, and the presence of ethical dilemmas (Tengberg et al., 2023). A comparative analysis of classroom discussions pre- and post-intervention revealed a consistent underrepresentation of value dimensions, despite the rich potential offered by the selected texts for exploring such topics. This study analyzes and explores video sequences where teachers or students address value-related textual topics. We investigate how conversations evolve concerning the ethical aspects raised by events in the text and how these responses are managed. Furthermore, we explore the extent to which the selection of these topics correlates with the opportunities presented by the chosen texts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology employed in this study was meticulously designed to investigate the integration of ethical and moral dimensions in the teaching of open and ambiguous literary texts. We adopted a comprehensive approach to capture the nuances of classroom discussions and teacher-student interactions. Participants and setting: Our study engaged 19 teachers and their 25 eighth-grade classes, encompassing a diverse range of teaching experiences and educational backgrounds. These educators represented eight different schools across seven communities in southern Sweden, with settings varying from small towns to larger cities. The class sizes varied, providing a broad spectrum of educational environments for our analysis. Intervention design: The core of our methodology was a structured intervention aimed at enhancing the quality of teacher-led discussions on complex literary texts. Classroom discussions were video-recorded both before and after the intervention, providing a rich dataset for analysis. The recordings captured the dynamics of the discussions, the levels of involvement from students, and the pedagogical strategies and choices employed by the teachers and the students. Observation protocol: Participating teachers underwent a two-day training module, equipping them with the necessary skills and understanding of the observation protocol. This protocol, pivotal to our research, was based on the Argumentation Rating Tool (ART) by Reznitskaya & Wilkinson (2017), adapted to suit the specific needs of literature discussion analysis. The video recordings were thoroughly coded by five researchers using the Rating Inquiry Dialogue about Literature (RIDL) protocol. RIDL, an adaptation of ART, is divided into four practices and eleven dimensions. This comprehensive protocol allowed for a detailed examination of various aspects of the discussions, focusing specifically on general aspects of discourse and elements unique to literature discussions. Of particular interest were the dimensions related to exploring and critically examining value dimensions in the texts. Text selection: The literary texts chosen for discussion played a crucial role in our study. Six short stories and two picture books were selected based on their complexity, openness, poetic language, contextual distancing, direct shock, and ethical dilemmas. These criteria ensured that the texts were rich in content and conducive to stimulating in-depth discussions about moral and ethical issues. Through this methodological framework, we aimed to provide a thorough understanding of how ethical and moral themes are addressed in classroom settings and the impact of our intervention on these discussions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main preliminary analysis is that both teachers and students might engage in moral judgment and ethical reasoning when discussing complex literary texts. This engagement aligns with the goals of fostering a more nuanced understanding of literature and enhancing ethical awareness among students. However, our analysis also reveals a tendency to avoid moral and ethical discussions, potentially due to a preference for staying within the confines of textual analysis rather than wandering into personal reflections or perhaps sensitive topics. One of the reasons for this avoidance appears to be a fear of deviating from the text and getting caught up in discussions about personal life experiences. This suggests a need for strategies that enable teachers and students to explore ethical dimensions without feeling compelled to disclose personal views or experiences. Despite these challenges, our research indicates that when teachers and students do engage with the moral and ethical aspects of the texts, the discussions are enriched. It is evident that the choice of text is of great importance in facilitating meaningful discussions about ethics and morality. Texts that are rich in ethical dilemmas and moral questions encourage deeper engagement and reflection, but there is a need for teachers and students to undertake the task of exploring such aspects. Our study underscores the importance of carefully selecting literary texts and employing effective discussion strategies to bring ethical and moral dimensions to the forefront of literary education. In addition, it underscores the importance of bringing ethical and moral issues to the surface in teachers’ literary instruction as it may strengthen the bond between literature education and the students’ real life. The findings point towards the need for teacher training programs to include modules on facilitating ethical discussions. References Booth, W. C. (1998). The ethics of teaching literature. College English, 61(1), 41-55. Campbell, C. (2018). Educating openness: Umberto Eco’s poetics of openness as a pedagogical value. Signs and Society, 6(2), 305-331. Choo, S. S. (2017). Globalizing literature pedagogy: Applying cosmopolitan ethical criticism to the teaching of literature. Harvard Educational Review, 87(3), 335-356. Hilder, M. B. (2005). Teaching literature as an ethic of care. Teaching Education, 16(1), 41-50. Johansen, M. B. (2022). Uafgørlighedsdidaktik i litteraturundervisningen. Nordlit, no. 48, 1-12. Lesnick, A. (2006). Forms of engagement: The ethical significance of literacy teaching. Ethics and Education, 1(1), 29-45. Nussbaum, M. C. (1997). Cultivating humanity: A classical defense of reform in liberal education. Harvard University Press. Osguthorpe, R. D. (2013). Attending to Ethical and Moral Dispositions in Teacher Education. Issues in Teacher Education, 22(1), 17-28. Reznitskaya, A., & Wilkinson, I. A. G. (2017). The Most Reasonable Answer. Helping Students Build Better Arguments Together. Harvard Education Press. Sønneland, M., & Skaftun, A. (2017). Teksten som problem i 8A. Affinitet og tiltrekningskraft i samtaler om «Brønnen». Acta Didactica Norge, 11(2), Art. 8, 20, sider. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.4725 Taylor, C. (2011). Literature, moral reflection and ambiguity. Philosophy, 86(1), 75-93. Tengberg, M., Johansson, M., & Sønneland, M. (2023). Dialogue and defamiliarization: The conceptual framing of an intervention for challenging readers and improving the quality of literature discussions. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 23(2), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.21248/l1esll.2023.23.2.566 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 27 SES 14 B: Students' Beliefs, Knowledge and Engagement Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Laura Tamassia Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper The Impact of Inquiry-based Learning on Students’ Epistemic Beliefs and Beliefs in Biological Evolution 1University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 2Cyprus Ministry of Education Presenting Author:Despite the importance of biological evolution as a central and overarching theory in life sciences, it is still poorly understood by students throughout their time in education (Spindler & Doherty, 2009), science teachers, and the public (Authors). This poor understanding has been attributed to diverse cognitive, religious, emotional, and epistemic factors (Rosengren et al., 2012) that evidently biological evolution education is generally not successfully coping with.This investigation explored the impact of inquiry-based learning on biological evolution on high school students' epistemic beliefs towards science and their beliefs in biological evolution. Inquiry-based learning, a student-centered, constructivist pedagogical approach, promotes active student engagement in the learning process, fostering conceptual understanding, higher-order thinking skills, such as critical and creative thinking (Sandoval, 2005), modeling and argumentation skills, communication, and cooperation skills (Minner et al., 2010; Authors). Epistemic beliefs towards science refer to students' beliefs about the nature of knowledge and the process of knowing (Authors; Hofer & Pintrich, 1997, p.88; Muis et al., 2015). There are two overarching theoretical models of epistemic beliefs: those that examine epistemic beliefs from a developmental perspective, and those that explore epistemic beliefs from a multidimensional perspective (Author1). Developmental models focus on explaining the development of epistemic beliefs (Kuhn, Cheney, & Weinstock, 2000), whereas multidimensional perspective models focus primarily on the nature and the characteristics of epistemic beliefs. Various research studies argued that epistemic beliefs should be defined more purely, with dimensions concerning the nature of knowledge (what one believes knowledge is) and dimensions concerning the nature or process of knowing (how one comes to know). Dimensions concerning the nature of knowledge are beliefs about the simplicity (related with the structure of knowledge), certainty (related with the stability of knowledge), and development of knowledge. Dimensions concerning the nature of Knowing are Source of Knowledge, and Justification for Knowing (Conley, Pintrich, Vekiri & Harrisson, 2004; Hofer, 2016; Hofer & Pintrich, 1997; Schommer-Aikins, 2004). Research has indicated that epistemic beliefs are related to students' learning, academic performance, comprehension, perspectives on science, career choices, teaching methodologies, motivation, and self-perception (Authors). On the other hand, students' beliefs in biological evolution pertain to their personal truths and subjective viewpoints on the theory of biological evolution. Research on the effectiveness of inquiry-based learning in shaping students' epistemic beliefs and beliefs in biological evolution remains scarce and inconclusive (Authors; To, Tenenbaum, & Hogh, 2017). This study aims to bridge this research gap by investigating the potential influence of inquiry-based learning on 12th-grade students' epistemic beliefs towards science and their beliefs in biological evolution. Based on previous research, we hypothesised that inquiry-based learning on biological evolution would foster students’ epistemic beliefs (Rutledge, & Warden, 2000; Sandoval, 2005), and beliefs in evolution (Chenf, Adams, & Loehr, 2001). The study involved 70 12th-grade students who underwent inquiry-based learning on biological evolution (The control group consisted of 20 students). Their epistemic beliefs and beliefs in biological evolution were assessed both before and after the intervention, using questionnaires and interviews. The inquiry-based learning intervention incorporated a Cyprus curriculum that employed a series of inquiry-based learning activities, allowing students to engage collaboratively in a guided inquiry approach. This approach empowered students to explore specific concepts and challenges related to biological evolution, deepening their understanding of evolutionary mechanisms and processes while simultaneously developing an epistemic understanding related to various aspects of the history of science, the nature of science, and the nature of knowledge and the process of knowing. The findings indicated a statistically significant improvement in participants' epistemic beliefs following exposure to inquiry-based instruction on biological evolution. However, no statistically significant improvement was observed in participants' beliefs in biological evolution. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 70 12th-grade students participated in the study as part of their biology classes (elective course), taught by their biology schoolteachers. For data collection we used two different questionnaires and semi-structured interviews before and after the inquiry-based learning intervention. The inquiry-based learning intervention spanned five 90-minute class sessions, held twice a week. The learning activities, contextualized using local examples, fostered active student engagement and collaborative learning. They incorporated hands-on experiences, promoting interaction, discussion, and reflection throughout the various tasks. Each activity involved guided questions about the topic, as well as scientific information that students used to formulate hypotheses, make predictions, gather evidence, analyze data, construct arguments, draw conclusions, and communicate their findings. This information was presented in various forms, including text, diagrams, models, infographics, historical reports, biographies, conceptual maps, and geographical maps. To measure students’ epistemicl beliefs, we used the Dimensions of Epistemological Beliefs toward Science (DEBS) Instrument (Author 1), which is based on the multidimensional perspective of epistemic beliefs. DEBS has been validated in the culture in which the research was conducted. The 30-item DEBS Instrument captures five epistemic dimensions: three dimensions related to nature of knowledge (Certainty, Simplicity, and Development of Knowledge), and two dimensions related to nature of knowing (Source and Justification of Knowledge). Each dimension of this instrument consists of six items rated on a four-point Likert-scale with the following scoring options: strongly disagree=1, disagree=2, agree=3 and strongly agree=4. High scores on this measure represent more sophisticated epistemic beliefs, while low scores represent less sophisticated beliefs. To assess beliefs in biological evolution, we used a specific 4-item instrument which were rated on a four-point Likert-scale like epistemic beliefs. This 4-item instrument was designed to assess students’ beliefs in plant, animal, and human evolution, as well as human creation by God. Additionally, semi-structured interviews were conducted with12 students. To investigate whether inquiry-based learning intervention improves 12th-grade students’ epistemological beliefs and beliefs in biological evolution, pre-and post-test scores were compared using paired samples test at 95% confidence. The results indicated that all dimensions of epistemic beliefs were improved after the inquiry-based intervention and were statistically significantly higher than the scores before the intervention. On the other hand, the beliefs in biological evolution were not statistically significant improved after the inquiry-based intervention. However, students’ scores on beliefs in human creation by God were slightly but not significant improved. The semi-structured interviews results indicated a similar pattern as the questionnaires. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study expands on existing research exploring the impact of inquiry-based learning on students' epistemic beliefs and beliefs in biological evolution. Our findings indicated statistically significant improvements in all dimensions of epistemic beliefs (Certainty, Simplicity, Development, Source and Justification of Knowledge) following the inquiry-based intervention. While the current research design does not allow us to identify the exact mechanisms that drove these gains, our evidence suggests that inquiry-based learning activities played a crucial role in shaping students' epistemic beliefs. In contrast, no statistically significant changes were observed in students' beliefs in biological evolution after the intervention. Our findings are in line with previous research, which have highlighted the positive impact of inquiry-based learning in promoting students' engagement with science, fostering an epistemic awareness of scientific processes and how science operates, as well as improving beliefs towards science (Chinn & Malhotra, 2002; Sandoval, 2005; Shi, Ma, & Wang, 2020). Additionally, our findings have important educational implications indicating that teachers should use a well-designed inquiry-based learning activities on biological evolution to promote students’ epistemic beliefs, foster the development of their epistemic awareness of how science operates and set the boundaries on what science can address. Yet, our study contributes to the current body of knowledge and highlights the significance of promoting the understanding that science and religion operate under distinct epistemic frameworks. This distinction underscores that scientific knowledge is fundamentally different from religious and cultural beliefs. These findings underscore the importance of enhacing this understanding among students, teachers, and curriculum developers in the field of education. The main limitations of this study are the following: The small size of our sample, and the fact that all students and teachers came from the same school, the same region and they have the same religion. Further research is required to replicate these findings. References Authors Chinn, C. A., & Malhotra, B. A. (2002). Epistemologically authentic inquiry in schools: A theoretical framework for evaluating inquiry tasks. Science Education, 86(2), 175–218. Chenf, A., Adams, G. & Loehr, J. (2001). What on "Earth" is evolution? The American Biology Teacher, 63(8), 182-188. Conley, M., Pintrich, P., Vekiri, I., & Harrison, D. (2004). Changes in epistemological beliefs in elementary science students. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 29(2), 186-204. Hofer, B. K. (2016). Epistemic cognition as a psychological construct. In J. A. Greene, W. A. Sandoval, & I. Bråten (Eds.), Handbook of epistemic cognition (pp. 19–38). Routledge. Hofer, B. K., Pintrich, P. R. (1997). The development of epistemological-theories: beliefs about knowledge and knowing their relation to learning. Review of educational Research, 67(2), 88-140. Kuhn, D., Cheney, R., & Weinstock, M. (2000). The development of epistemological understanding. Cognitive Development, 15(3), 309–328. Minner, D. D., Levy, A. J., & Century, J. (2010). Inquiry-based science instruction-what is it and does it matter? Results from a research synthesis years 1984 to 2002. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 47(4), 474–496. Rosengren, K. L., Brem, S. K., Evans, E. M. & Sinatra, G. M. (Eds). (2012). Evolution Challenges Integrating Research and Practice in Teaching and Learning about Evolution. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Rutledge, M., & Warden, M. (2000). Evolutionary theory, the nature of science & high school biology teachers: critical relationships. The American Biology Teacher, 62(1), 23-31. Schroeder, C. M., Scott, T. P., Tolson, H., Huang, T.-Y., & Lee, Y. (2007). A meta-analysis of national research: Effects of teaching strategies on student achievement in science in the United States. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 44(10), 1436–1460. Sandoval, W. A. (2005). Understanding students’ practical epistemologies and their influence on learning through inquiry. Science Education, 89(4), 634–656. Schommer-Aikins, M. (2004). Explaining the epistemological belief system: Introducing the embedded systemic model and coordinated research approach. Educational Psychologist, 39(1), 19–29. Shi, W., Ma, L., W., J. (2020) Effects of Inquiry-Based Teaching on Chinese University Students' Epistemologies about Experimental Physics and Learning Performance. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 19(2) 289-297. Spindler, L., & Doherty, J. (2009). Assessment of the teaching of evolution by natural selection through a hands‐on simulation. Teaching Issues and Experiments in Ecology, 6. To, C., Tenenbaum, H., & Hogh, H. (2017). Secondary school students’ reasoning about evolution. Journal of Research in Science Teaching 54(2) 247—273. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Student Conceptions of Forms of Knowledge: An Onto-Epistemological Classification of Knowledge Across Three Subjects in Upper Secondary School 1University of Southern Denmark, Denmark; 2University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA Presenting Author:Epistemic cognition (EC) has been a flourishing field of research in the past two decades (e.g., Sandoval et al., 2016). Even so, a matter of EC that stands unresolved is the degree to which individual conceptions about the nature of knowledge and knowing should be considered domain-general, domain-specific, or even topic-specific constructs (Sandoval et al., 2016). An intuitive way of elucidating this issue is by studying EC across different academic disciplines (e.g., Greene et al., 2010). However, quantitative instruments to measure EC have demonstrated poor psychometric properties (Greene & Yu, 2014), which has been hypothesized to partially be a result of the instruments not accounting for ontological categories of knowledge (Chi, 1992; Slotta et al., 1995), or forms of knowledge such as “a fact”, influencing the psychometric properties of the items. As an example, a question used by Schommer (1990) is “When I study, I look for specific facts”. Within the framework of onto-epistemological categories, as presented in this paper, across disciplines a “fact” could be interpreted as one of many distinct forms of knowledge. Furthermore, it has been argued, that some forms of knowledge are unique to particular academic disciplines, such as “historical empathy” (VanSledright & Maggioni, 2016). Thus, to measure EC quantitatively, there is a need to investigate which categories students verbalize in association with knowledge. This paper intends to add to the current body of EC research by investigating which categories are used by students to describe different forms of knowledge, as well as to distinguish these categories as ontological by drawing on perspectives from EC research and theory. Furthermore, it intends to do so at the upper secondary school (USS) level, a level of educational institutions currently underrepresented in the literature, as well as in a geographical context in which no such systematic investigation has yet been undertaken. Drawing on a sample of Danish USS students interviewed in three distinct subjects, the research question is thus: In First Language Studies, Mathematics, and Social Science, what are the different classifications of knowledge that Danish USS students verbalize and how do those classifications differ ontologically from a lens of epistemic cognition? I draw upon the theoretical frameworks of ontological categorization as proposed by Chi (1992, Slotta et al., 1995), as well as the Apt-AIR framework proposed by Barzilai and Chinn (2018; Chinn et al., 2011). Within Chi’s framework, ontological categories may be distinguished by means of their attributes. Ontological attributes may only be possessed by members of a category. Characteristic attributes are typically possessed by members of a category. Finally, defining attributes must be possessed by all members of a category, but not exclusively by members of that category. Furthermore, the framework allows for categories to be nested within broader categories, allowing for both horizontal and vertical connections. Thus, drawing on an example used by Slotta et al., (1995), all sparrows are birds, but not all birds are sparrows (vertical). In the Apt-AIR framework, aptness is defined as epistemic performance that successfully “…achieves valuable epistemic aims through competence” (Barzilai & Chinn, 2018). This approach allows for a situated approach towards the analysis of EC. The AIR framework consists of epistemic aims and values, epistemic ideals, and reliable processes for achieving epistemic aims (Chinn et al., 2011). Aims and values refer to the epistemic goals an actor may set as well as their perceived importance. Ideals refer to different criteria for evaluating whether a, epistemic goal has been successfully accomplished. Finally, reliable processes are the strategies and procedures used to achieve epistemic aims and create epistemic products (Barzilai & Chinn, 2018). The frameworks are supplemented by inductively generated codes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Registry data was utilized to sample 12 students with different background characteristics from 2 Danish USS’s. Both were of the higher general examination type (STX). Interviews were conducted with one of the three subjects as its primary focus. Data collection was conducted as a qualitative multi-method study (Cresswell, 2019). First, observation was conducted in a lesson in one of the select subjects (80 minutes). During observation, I took detailed field notes (Emerson et al., 1995) about how class was conducted, what themes were discussed, and responding student behavior. The observations allowed me to identify students who were prime candidates for interviewing. Participants were recruited around half-way through the lesson, so that I could focus my attention on that student. Interviews were conducted during the following lesson so that the in-class experiences would still be fresh in memory for the students. A short break between lessons allowed me to structure my notes, so that I could select appropriate recalls to include during the interview. Interviews lasted between 40-88 minutes. In the first phase of the semi-structured interview, students were questioned about their thought on the subject and the recall prompts from the observation notes were used. The interview-guide was designed to probe the Apt-AIR conceptualization of EC (Barzilai & Chinn, 2018). In the second phase, the student was presented with two vignettes (Atzmüller & Steiner, 2010) representing authentic subject-oriented tasks. Students were asked to first explain how they comprehended the task at hand. They were then asked to explain, how they would approach solving the task. After they had provided me with their suggested solution, I interrogated them regarding this solution, inspired by the framework used by Deanne Kuhn (1991), which specifically focuses on having participants provide argumentative reasoning for claims. A codebook was developed to systematize the process of coding the data. For this study, it was important to let the data “speak” as opposed to imposing pre-conceived ideas upon it. As such, constant comparison methods (Charmaz & Thornberg, 2021; Hallberg, 2006) were used to move between theory and data, identifying both theory- and data-driven codes (DeCuir-Gunby et al., 2011). This process continued iteratively until the point of saturation was reached and no new codes were identified in the material. Subsequently, an analysis of different categorized of knowledge verbalized by the students were undertaken, using relevant codes as means of exploring attributes of knowledge that might demarcate forms of knowledge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By drawing on EC theory and research, this paper will demonstrate that it is possible to distinguish onto-epistemological categories, or “forms of knowledge”, via how students verbalize expressions about different school subjects. These forms of knowledge can be distinguished in terms of which epistemic attributes students associate with each form. As demonstrated, such attributions analytically fall in both the ontological, characteristic, and descriptive attribution categories. Thus, it is possible to illustrate not only how the forms of knowledge used by students are distinct, but how they are interrelated in hierarchical families. As a select example, a distinct onto-epistemological category identified is the “Term”. To the participants, these are nested within subjects with the epistemic aim of “understanding” them. Epistemic values regarding their usefulness reveals that they are useful for exam situations, but not in the daily life of the student. To understand a term is laden with the ideal of “correctness”. To fulfil this ideal, one’s understanding and application of a term must conform to the boundaries set by a recognized authority on knowledge, such as the teacher or the textbook. Some of the reliable process associated with achieving the goal of understanding a term includes “testing boundaries for correctness of understanding” and rote learning. While not explicated here, the term as an onto-epistemological category stands in contrast to another identified category, the “opinion”, which is associated with vastly different, subjective, and tentative characteristics. The findings presented in this paper has shown how a sample of Danish USS students use distinct forms of knowledge across three distinct subjects. By drawing on the Apt-AIR framework, it has been exemplified how they distinguish these onto-epistemological categories. References Atzmüller, C., & Steiner, P. M. (2010). Experimental Vignette Studies in Survey Research. Methodology, 6(3), 128-138. Barzilai, S., & Chinn, C. A. (2018). On the Goals of Epistemic Education: Promoting Apt Epistemic Performance. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 27(3), 353-389. Charmaz, K. and R. Thornberg (2021). The pursuit of quality in grounded theory. Qualitative research in psychology, 18(3), 305-327. Chi, M. (1992). Conceptual Change within and across Ontological Categories: Examples from Learning and Discovery in Science. In R. Giere & H. Feigl (Eds.), Cognitive Models of Science (Vol. 15, pp. 129-186). University of Minnesota Press. Chinn, C. A., Buckland, L. A., & Samarapungavan, A. L. A. (2011). Expanding the Dimensions of Epistemic Cognition: Arguments From Philosophy and Psychology. Educational psychologist, 46(3), 141-167. Creswell, J. W. and T. C. Guetterman (2019). Educational research: planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Saddle River, New Jersey, Pearson. DeCuir-Gunby, J. T., Marshall, P. L., & McCulloch, A. W. (2011). Developing and Using a Codebook for the Analysis of Interview Data: An Example from a Professional Development Research Project. Field Methods, 23(2), 136-155. Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (1995). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes. University of Chicago Press. Greene, J. A., Torney-Purta, J., & Azevedo, R. (2010). Empirical Evidence Regarding Relations Among a Model of Epistemic and Ontological Cognition, Academic Performance, and Educational Level. Journal of Educational Psychology, 102(1), 234-255. Greene, J. A., & Yu, S. B. (2014). Modeling and measuring epistemic cognition: A qualitative re-investigation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 39(1), 12-28. Kuhn, D. (1991). The Skills of Argument. In J. E. Adler & L. J. Rips (Eds.), Reasoning: Studies of Human Inference and its Foundations (pp. 678-693). Cambridge University Press. Sandoval, W. A., Greene, J. A., & Bråten, I. (2016). Understanding and Promoting Thinking About Knowledge: Origins, Issues, and Future Directions of Research on Epistemic Cognition. Review of Research in Education, 40(1), 457-496. Schommer, M. (1990). Effects of beliefs about the nature of knowledge on comprehension. Journal of Educational Psychology, 82, 498-504. Slotta, J. D., Chi, M. T. H., & Joram, E. (1995). Assessing Students' Misclassifications of Physics Concepts: An Ontological Basis for Conceptual Change. Cognition and Instruction, 13(3), 373-400. VanSledright, B., & Maggioni, L. (2016). Epistemic cognition in history. In J. A. Greene, W. A. Sandoval, & I. Bråten (Eds.), Handbook of Epistemic Cognition (pp. 128-146). Routledge. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Spontaneous Gestures As ‘Objects’ To Explain With In Science: An Examination Of Learners’ Gestural Engagement In Self-Explanatory Talk. Learning in Science Group, Department of Education, University of Cyprus Presenting Author:Traditionally, research in science education has concentrated on uncovering students' conceptualizations regarding various physical phenomena (Driver, Guesne, Tiberghien, 1985). Unlike earlier methods that overly prioritized verbal explanations, recent studies have encouraged students to express their ideas combining drawings with oral and written language (Tytler, et al., 2020; Tversky et al., 2009). Modern approaches also involve the collection of video-based data, allowing for a more comprehensive exploration of various aspects of student reasoning (Givry, & Delserieys, 2013). This multimodal account of learners’ ideas enables a more accurate understanding and a more effective response to their educational needs compared to previous methods. In this study, we examine the distributive function facilitated by spontaneous gestures of young learners, seen as a lens of an embodied engagement in explanatory talk in science. By spontaneous gestures we refer to body/hand movements performed without learners being asked purposefully to move their hands but do so naturally (and idiosyncratically) during their verbal utterances. These movements co-occur with speech and are not ergotic, physical actions upon manipulatives or conventional emblematic signs. Our interest in spontaneous gestures is induced by documented analyses of gestures during authentic discourse, particularly when externalizing or constructing explanations of scientific phenomena (Mathayas, et al., 2019; Becvar, et al., 2008). Our examination is grounded in the theoretical perspective that views this kind of gestures as 'objects to think with', as artifacts. This consideration is based on the referential and representational function of gestures in the visual-spatial modality and on their capacity to communicate what is known as embodied knowledge (Abrahamson, & Howison, 2010). This work aligns with “4E” perspectives on cognition (Hutchins 1996; Clark, 2012) whereas thinking is seen as embodied, extended (or distributed), enacted and embedded (or situated). Our understanding of the world is inherently embodied, structured within conceptual systems rooted in physical experiences and sensations, and actualized through bodily engagement (Clark, 2012). These notions are appealing in orienting our attention to the possibly embedded/extended cognitive role of gestures. The contemporary view is that gestures are extensions of the mind. The mind uses the body to support internal cognitive processes, providing it with an external physical and visual presence. Gesture studies is an interdisciplinary field, bridging research traditions and motivating the inquiry on the roles that gestures. Extensive research (McNeill, 1992) indicates that co-speech gestures benefits thinking, observed in various situations like describing landscapes, navigating maps, machines, narrating stories, explaining solutions to puzzles or maths problems (e.g., Beattie & Shovelton, 1999). In science education, gesture studies are dispersed, often focusing on higher education and teachers' gestures rather than those of young learners often in specific contexts. Examples include studies on matter properties (Wallon, & Brown, 2019), astronomical phenomena (Crowder, & Newman, 1993), kinematics (Scherr, 2008), and stereochemistry (Ping et al., 2021). Based on our review of the literature, our standpoint is that spontaneous gestures as a form of bodily engagement, has a unique meaning potential with a special signature as part of science language. This empirical study focuses on how learners employ their bodies alongside their words when engaged in explanatory talk. We will present key findings, guided by the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presented study is part of a wider multi-case study which consists of two phases of data collection. Its sample consists of 20 Cypriot middle-school learners within the age-range of 10-13 years. The sampling of the second study includes purposefully selected cases of learners with a special focus on their cognitive profile. The sample of the two interrelated phases is based on the general objective of selecting learner-cases to establish variability in the phenomenon of learners’ gesturing during explanations. The methodological approach builds on the long-standing tradition of using clinical interviews as a main collection tool with no accessible probs. Effective depth cameras are used to capture hand/body movement. Two interview protocols are implemented in two separate interview sessions The protocols include questions that relate to the nature of light and the formation of a mechanical wave. Pilot procedures have been implemented to improve the quality of elicited data and integrate techniques facilitating reflection and promoting explanatory discussion with the interviewee. The questions engage learners in authentic dialogues, prompting students to explain, elaborate, reflect, argue on given statements. In clinical conditions, learners are seen to naturally gesture along with language. The researcher establishes a good relationship with the learner so that the learner can express him/herself freely (minimize the gesture-threshold). This approach is appropriate because it affords a detailed examination of how students convey their ideas. The interview protocols were formatively constructed combining a thorough review of children’s ideas on the corresponding concepts and with the invited feedback comments by two research experts in the Science Education field of matured research experience (15 and 30 years of experience) in the field. Multimodal data include a) verbal transcribed texts of students’ explanations during the interview sessions, b) self-produced drawings on sketchbooks (minimizing load – triangulation), c) video-footages during the interviews d) cognitive-ability test scores. Spontaneous gestures are transcribed from video-episodes of students and are analysed in the context of the accompanying speech using Atlas.ti software. We are using an emerging coding system for identifying patterns and functions of co-speech gestures using a micro-analysis process involving four stages of fine-graining, qualitative analysis of sequences of talk and action, what we call semiotic dialectic (a bundle of meaning). The detailed procedure provides a ground-up development of a typology of gestures. Reliability of the process will be assessed where possible with a second transcriber independently, where agreement on codes will be pursued upon discussion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary analysis has found that all students used gestures spontaneously and integrally in their explanations but with distinct differences, seen as serving their need to convey meaning. Key findings show that the way learners integrate the gestural space in their explanatory talk is linked with the nature of their conceptual ideas. Learners with similarities in their trail of thought regarding abstract concepts, have highlighted common gestural patterns. Our emerging coding scheme, finds common ground with earlier studies on students' explanations (Nathan and Martinez, 2015; Roth and Welzel, 2001; Crowder and Newman, 1993) and reveal that gestures play epistemic roles: (1) connecting phenomenal and conceptual layers of content, (2) indicating the use of mental models and dynamic imagery, (3) distinguishing between descriptions and explanations, (4) guiding students towards generalizations, and (5) representing unseen entities. One of the implications resolving from this work is contributing to an existing conversation around the re-defining of the concept of language by examining its unique relationship with gesture. This work provides empirical support for the unique place of children’s gestures in the process of engaging in exploratory and explanatory talk. We anticipate that the findings not only will show the value of gestures but also offer a few critical thoughts in the forefront. The crucial role of seeing gestures as objects to explain with, finds important links with the core idea of artifacts as tools to scaffold learning. In pedagogical practice, science educators should be able to realize this meaning potential of embodied literacies as special form of communication and for enhancing learning. References Abrahamson,D., & Howison,M. (2010). Embodied artifacts: coordinated action as an object-to think-with. In annual meeting of the American Educational Research Association, Denver,CO. Beattie, G., & Shovelton, H. (1999). Do iconic hand gestures really contribute anything to the semantic information conveyed by speech? An experimental investigation. Semiotica, 123(1-2), 1-30. Becvar, A., Hollan, J., & Hutchins, E. (2008). Representational gestures as cognitive artifacts for developing theories in a scientific laboratory. In Resources, Co-Evolution and Artifacts (pp. 117-143). Springer, London Clark, A. (2012). Embodied, embedded, and extended cognition. The Cambridge handbook of cognitive science, 275-291. Crowder, E. M., & Newman, D. (1993). Telling what they know: The role of gesture and language in children’s science explanations. Pragmatics and Cognition, 1(2), 341-376. Driver, R., Guesne, E., & Tiberghien, A. (1985). Some features of children’s ideas and their implications for teaching. Children’s ideas in science, 193-201. Givry, D., & Delserieys, A. (2013, September). Contributions of talk, gesture and salient elements of the setting to analyse student's ideas in science through video. In E-Book Proceedings of the ESERA 2013 Conference: Science Education Research For Evidence-based Teaching and Coherence in Learning. Part (Vol. 3, pp. 509-518). Mathayas, N., Brown, D. E., Wallon, R. C., & Lindgren, R. (2019). Representational gesturing as an epistemic tool for the development of mechanistic explanatory models. Science Education, 103(4), 1047- 1079. McNeill, D. (1992). Hand and mind: What gestures reveal about thought. University of Chicago press. Nathan, M. J., & Martinez, C. V. (2015). Gesture as model enactment: the role of gesture in mental model construction and inference making when learning from text. Learning: Research and Practice, 1(1), 4-37 Ping,R., Church, R.B., Decatur, M. A., Larson, S. W., Zinchenko, E., & Goldin-Meadow, S. (2021). Unpacking the gestures of chemistry learners: What the hands tell us about correct and incorrect conceptions of stereochemistry. Discourse Processes, 1-20. Roth, W., & Welzel, M. (2001). From activity to gestures and scientific language. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 38(1), 103–136 Scherr, R.E. (2008). Gesture analysis for physics education researchers. Physical Review Special Topics - Physics Education Research, 4(1), 1-9 Tytler,R., Prain,V., Aranda,G., Ferguson,J., & Gorur,R. (2020). Drawing to reason and learn in science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 57(2), 209-231. Wallon,R.C., & Brown,D.E. (2019). Personification of particles in middle school students’ explanations of gas pressure. Physics Teaching and Learning: Challenging the Paradigm, 135. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 27 SES 14 C JS: ***CANCELLED*** Joint Paper Session NW 27 and NW 31 Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Florence Ligozat Joint Paper Session NW 27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 14 B JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 28 SES 14 A: Recovery from Present to Future Europe – Education as a Political Concern, Subject of Digitalization, and Tertium Comparationis Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jitka Wirthová Session Chair: Jitka Wirthová Symposium |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Recovery from Present to Future Europe – Education as a Political Concern, Subject of Digitalization, and Tertium Comparationis The topic of the proposed symposium is the recovery of Europe through education and its digitalization in several CEE and SE countries. The empirical case is the European Commission’s NextGenerationEU plan (NGEU) in the European countries. From 2020 onwards, the European Union intends to rebuild Europe as a political and social region, including national economies, by generous funding for mobilising “all resources available to help member states coordinate their national responses” to Covid and other challenges, to make Europe more digital, greener and more resilient. This broad-scale initiative will influence a decisive amount of people since it aims at the recovery of the “whole of European society”. From a historical view, a planned better future for Europe is not a new idea. From postwar “reconstruction” of Europe, to post 1989 “transformation” of Europe (or other, especially post-socialist countries into Europe), the desired future always combined technological solutionism (technocracy) and humanistic values (democracy). Now, the drive for the “recovery” of Europe and a “new generation” stems from social and economic damages caused by COVID-19 and the new energy crises caused by the Russian war in Ukraine. However, the main means proposed are digitalization interlinked with education, which has a longer tradition (Landri, 2018). Thus, both digitalization of education and education for digitalization is needed for the possibility of recovering our society. Such a complex claim interlinking education with digitalization requires various actors to implement. It combines technical and financial investment into and development of digital and other infrastructures with the normative presupposition about human agency, i.e. citizens, national governments, and the civil sector enthusiastically implement the recovery of and through education. Moreover, since these are the member-state governments that are responsible for the management of these funds, formally visible actors of recovery through the digitalisation of education are actors from these governmental bodies – but in a topological view, other actors are attracted by or reach to NGEU as well. The administrative maps of each country cannot be a decisive optic. Digitalisation will produce various kinds of people (Hacking, 2002; Popkewitz et al., 2016), the question is what and who will be included and who not – for this is needed to scrutinise new categories of “proper actors” (experts, etc.) and new patterns of achieving agency (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998). Therefore, the concrete actors cannot be constructed as comparative objects in advance, since they are research questions This symposium does not ask whether the current planned future is the best form for new content, but what is the meaning of recovery this time, how it is changing in the course of recent events, and what does it mean for its actors, receivers, implementers, and how these kinds of people are established. We will bring new insight into three questions posed by this ambiguous planned and elusive, rational and moral, post-material and financially material initiative: 1) How to approach Europe as an agential region for education and how to study it form a comparative perspective 2) What are the discursive topos of education and digitalization as the present imaginary of the future 3) Actors of recovery - who are those men of recovery? How did they emerge? How did they receive their agential positions, and what kind of people and kinds of action are made possible? This project would address these issues through Central, Eastern, and South European countries case selection. References Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What Is Agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962–1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294 Hacking, I. (2002). Historical Ontology (2nd 2004). Harvard University Press. Landri, P. (2018). Digital Governance of Education: Technology, Standards and Europeanization of Education. Bloomsbury Publishing PLC. Popkewitz, T. S., Diaz, J., & Kirchgasler, C. (2016). Curriculum Studies and Historicizing the Present: The Political and Impracticality of Practical Knowledge. Knowledge Cultures, 4(2), 11–18. Presentations of the Symposium Educationalized Recovery of Europe and Challenges for Comparison: Europe as One Space or Multiple Spaces for Educational action
This presentation will introduce the most recent discussions about Europe as an agential space for education and how to study it from a comparative perspective in the case of NextGenerationEU (NGEU).
National recovery plans (NRP) put us in front of theoretical and methodological problems. Despite the common “addressee” (the European Commission giving money and imposing certain conditions of acceptance) making NRPs comparatively accessible, the temporal and spatial views problematise such accessibility. NGEU changed its legitimisation of why Europe should be recovered in time, from Covid, the energy crisis, to war’s threat to democracy. It changes also its scale in terms of financial means provided. Consequently, also national “answers” to this changing initiative change. As is evident from a pre-study of NRPs involved in this broader project, all have more or less publicly changed in terms again time schedules and scale of implementation.
The advance in Europeanisation studies in education brought to the fore the danger of uncritical acceptance of administrative maps of both the EU and nation-states (Popkewitz, 2023), and decontextualization character of standardised comparisons common in education (Landri, 2018). NGEU seems to provide just the next Europeanised educational normative. However, although we know much about the translation of these normatives in local settings of given countries (Grimaldi & Serpieri, 2012; Kascak, 2017; Neumann, 2011; Sifakakis et al., 2016; Viseu & Carvalho, 2018; Wirthová, 2022) the elusive nature of the current initiative to recover Europe poses significant comparative challenges.
We would like to deal with them through a topological approach, which stresses the possibility of objects being the same while changing the relations among its components. In that sense, both RF and NRP are objects in mutation, not of replication, as they repeat in time and space (Allen, 2016) and we can focus on these changed relations. Helping us with the philosophy of comparison, we acknowledge that the construction of "tertium comparationis" – the third of comparison between cases to be compared (different NRPs) – is actually a conceptual practice and not comparative practice – determining this third is pre-comparative and acknowledges ontological consequences (Weber, 2014). This sensitives us to the politics of education and digitalisation we want to scrutinise, to ways how current nationalism offers a diverse Europeanisation, another spatialisation, and to our own ontological commitments that go with our tertium. Thus, we can compare a recovery effect in a broader richness of its variability than in mainstream numerical and standardised comparisons.
References:
Allen (2016). Topologies of Power. Routledge.
Grimaldi, Serpieri (2012). The transformation of the Education State in Italy: a critical policy historiography from 1944 to 2011. Italian Journal of Sociology of Education, 4(1)
Kascak (2017). Communists, Humboldtians, neoliberals and dissidents: or the path to a post-communist homo oeconomicus. Journal of Education Policy, 32(2)
Landri (2018). Digital Governance of Education: Technology, Standards and Europeanization of Education. Bloomsbury
Neumann (2011). Negotiating power: Interviews with the policy elite - Stories from hungary lost between genres. European Educational Research Journal, 10(2)
Popkewitz (2023). Europe as the Exterior Interiorized in the Infrastructures of Policy. In Krejsler, Moos, School Policy Refom in Europe. Springer.
Sifakakis, Tsatsaroni, Sarakinioti, Kourou (2016). Governance and knowledge transformations in educational administration: Greek responses to global policies. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 48(1)
Viseu, Carvalho (2018). Think Tanks, Policy Networks and Education Governance: The Emergence of New Intra-national Spaces of Policy in Portugal. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 26(108)
Weber (2014). Comparative Philosophy and the Tertium: Comparing What with What, and in What Respect? Dao: A Journal of Comparative Philosophy, 13(2)
Wirthová (2022). Patterns of actorship in legitimation of educational changes: The role of transnational and local knowledge. European Educational Research Journal, 21(4)
Digitalisation In and Through Education as a Future Goal and as a Present Means for the Recovery of Europe
This presentation focuses on the role of digitalisation, education and its mutual entanglement in several versions of National Recovery and Resilience Plans (NRPs), as responses to the NextGenerationEU Plan (Landri, 2018). NRPs are normative documents that forecast and plan the future states of European societies. But in their articulations around various desires concerning the future, they significantly shape the present (Decuypere & Vanden Broeck, 2020). For interrogating comparatively the imaginaries of the future of education it projects and the politics of digitalisation that underpins it, we will use the concept of ‘sociotechnical imaginaries’ (Jasanoff & Kim, 2015). Sociotechnical imaginary, as collectively held and performed visions, is an analytical tool to capture the relationship between normativity of imagination and materiality of networks (Jasanoff & Kim, 2015, p. 19). It enables us to approach NRPs as materialisations of such imaginaries containing digital and educational desires (Popkewitz, 2020, 2023).
NRPs are well suited for comparative scrutiny to seek the differences and shared patterns of linking ideas about education and digitalisation, the discourses articulated thereby and the potential they afford to redraw existing boundaries (defining time, space, content and relations) in the education field (Bernstein, 2000; Decuypere & Simons, 2020). Methodologically, we read these artefacts from a social topology perspective, inverting our analytical gaze from the European Recovery Plan to the creations that it has induced (Decuypere & Lewis, 2023). We thus focus on how time (present-future relationships) and space (scale and boundaries of digitalisation) are involved in the formation of the social order imagined, figured and fixed. We pay special attention to spatial imaginaries of the scale, extension and intension of education and digitalisation that bypass administrative givens and that so far escaped the focus of critical scrutiny of spatial and temporal relations.
The dataset consists of the Czech, Greek and Italian NRPs. In these textual or hypertexted documents and attached materials (reports, press releases, etc) we will go in depth regarding the content, form, and structure of each NRP document to analyse the mutual positions and relations between education and digitalisation in the recovery of each country, and the contexts of where the “recovery” of and through education takes place. This paper will show how the desired role of education and digitalisation is shaped not only by local national traditions and imaginaries about themselves, but also by the need to “respond” to the common donor (the EC).
References:
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity (2nd revised edition). Rowman and Littlefield Publishers.
Decuypere, M., & Lewis, S. (2023). Topological genealogy: a methodology to research transnational digital governance in/through/as change. Journal of Education Policy, 38(1), 23–45. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.1995629
Decuypere, M., & Simons, M. (2020). Pasts and futures that keep the possible alive: Reflections on time, space, education and governing. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 640–652. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2019.1708327
Decuypere, M., & Vanden Broeck, P. (2020). Time and educational (re-)forms—Inquiring the temporal dimension of education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 602–612. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2020.1716449
Landri, P. (2018). Digital Governance of Education: Technology, Standards and Europeanization of Education. Bloomsbury Publishing PLC.
Popkewitz, T. S. (2020). The Impracticality of Practical Research: A History of Contemporary Sciences of Change That Conserve. University of Michigan Press. https://doi.org/10.3998/mpub.11354413
Popkewitz, T. S. (2023). Europe as the Exterior Interiorized in the Infrastructures of Policy. In J. B. Krejsler & L. Moos (Eds.), School Policy Refom in Europe: (pp. 281–302). Springer.
Actors of Recovery of Europe Through Education
This presentation introduces an exploratory study focused on the actors involved in the recovery of Europe through education, specifically those evoked by NextGenerationEU. Previous literature has shown interest in conceptualizing "recovery spaces" as spaces where actors - their resources, relationships, and visions - are central to understanding governance arrangements in post-disaster and crisis moments or to construct new visions for building back better (Borie & Fraser, 2023). Similarly, prior data indicated the reconfiguration of power relations in the making of national RRFs, for example, among financial and economic actors, institutional social affairs actors, EU civil servants, EU civil society organizations, member States, and the European Parliament (Vanhercke & Verdun, 2022).
Drawing on the network ethnography (Rowe, 2024) we take as its empirical object the National Recovery Plans of Portugal and Slovakia concerning the sections related to the digitization of education. In these countries’ plans, we focus on the reconfiguration of actor relations through discursive and intertextual references and relations that produce actors of recovery in Europe through education. More precisely, we aim to describe and understand who these actors of recovery are, how they emerged, how they received their agential positions, and what kind of actions are made possible.
Based on networked governance perspective (Ball & Junemann, 2012) we will map the actors invoked in two national contexts undergoing significant educational reforms incentivised also by NGEU to describe: which social worlds they belong to (political-administrative elite, government agencies, businesses, academia, curricular reformists); what are the reasons for their invocation (expert knowledge or brokerage, position, or role …) and what roles are expected to be performed (authors, receivers, implementers); what patterns of relationship between the actors can be observed, and what possibilities for change are imagined they could produce?
The data may contribute to illustrating how, in the European space and through the creation and implementation of NRPs, new relationships - collaboration, cooperation, partnership, but also competition - between governments and the private sector have strengthened (Cone et al., 2022; Grek and Landri, 2021). Additionally, we aim to discuss how the pursuit of "building back better" has driven the adoption at national scales of the digitization of education, where Ed-tech takes a central role - outside educational systems - in designing and delivering a digital future (Morris et al., 2022).
References:
Ball, Junemann (2012) Policy networks and new governance. In Networks, new governance and education (pp. 1-18). Policy Press.
Borie, Fraser (2023) The politics of expertise in building back better: Contrasting the co-production of reconstruction post-Irma in the Dutch and French Caribbean. Geoforum, 145.
Cone, Brøgger, Berghmans, et al. (2022) Pandemic Acceleration: Covid-19 and the emergency digitalization of European education. European Educational Research Journal 21(5).
Grek, Landri (2021) Education in Europe and the COVID-19 Pandemic. European Educational Research Journal 20(4).
Morris, Park, Auld (2022) Covid and the future of education: global agencies ‘building back better’, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 52:5.
Rowe (2024 Network Ethnography in Education: A literature review of network ethnography as a methodology and how it has been applied in critical policy studies. Analysing Education Policy, 136-156.
Vanhercke, Verdun (2022) The European Semester as Goldilocks: Macroeconomic Policy Coordination and the Recovery and Resilience Facility. JCMS: Journal of Common Market Studies, 60: 204–223.
Williamson, Hogan (2020) Commercialisation and Privatisation in/of Education in the Context of Covid-19. Brussels.
Zancajo, Verger, Bolea (2022) Digitalization and beyond: the effects of Covid-19 on post-pandemic educational policy and delivery in Europe. Policy and Society 41(1).
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 28 SES 14 B: Concepts of Temporality and Care in the Age of Uncertainty - Qualitative Research of Juvenile Politicization and (Post-)Digital Activism Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Juliane Engel Session Chair: Felicitas Macgilchrist Symposium |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Concepts of Temporality and Care in the Age of Uncertainty - Qualitative Research of Juvenile Politicization and (Post-)Digital Activism The symposium presents results of qualitative research on juvenile politicization on digital platforms in times of uncertainty. Articulations on politics by adolescents and young adults are examined empirically concerning implicit notions of relations of care (Magatti et al. 2019) and temporality (Aswani et al. 2018). We examine concepts of care relations and temporality and analyse transformation processes, especially against the backdrop of the current age of uncertainty, in which modernized societies question fundamental assumptions of development, transmission and continuity (Zilles et al. 2022; Adloff & Neckel 2019). Digital conditions (Stalder 2016) arguably create low-threshold opportunities for social and political participation (Grunert 2022) and transform the access to educational spaces (Jörissen 2020; Stahl & Literat 2022). In this regard, data suggests that adolescents and young adults increasingly use digital media for protest (Literat & Kligler-Vilenchik 2019; McLean & Fuller 2016). Nonetheless, social media also has to be considered in terms of its algorithmic curation based on economic interests, which presents the digital possibilities of connectivity, favours emotional and affective content (Papacharissi 2015) and may lead to discriminatory injustice in visibility - which has direct consequences for political activism online (Etter & Albu 2020; Neumayer & Rossi 2018) Therefore, the symposium examines political subjectification in the context of digital image platforms, taking into account both the algorithmic structuring as well as the applicable disadvantageous power asymmetries - especially concerning generational order (Liou & Literat 2020; Theodorou et al. 2023). In doing so, we focus on articulations on protest made by adolescents and young adults and analyse implicit political notions of future, present and past. Subsequently, we question the empirical data regarding its inherent utopian potential and concepts of care and temporality. The symposium aims to contribute to the understanding of the modes of political subjectification of adolescents and young adults with special regards to relations of social inequality and underlying concepts of (in)justice as they take shape under the conditions of late modernity and on social media platforms. Lastly, we examine how the socio-cultural arena, as it is generated via video and image platforms such as TikTok or Instagram, (co-)contours the (in)visibility and significance of certain articulations of care relations and logics of time in the context of the age of uncertainty. By illustrating how visibility and invisibility are shaped by these socio-cultural arenas, the symposium explores how they sculpt and structure discourse on care and temporality. Conclusively the symposium raises questions on the interconnectedness of digital and analogue spheres and their consideration in (educational) research concerning transformative and dynamic societies. In four lectures, the following questions will be addressed on the basis of four different qualitative research projects in which forms of youth protest in Germany, Spain, Brazil and Switzerland were examined. References Liou, A. & Literat, I. (2020). „We Need You to Listen to Us“: Youth Activist Perspectives on Intergenerational Dynamics and Adult Solidarity in Youth Movements. International Journal of Communication, (14), 4662-4682. Literat, I. & Kligler-Vilenchik, N. (2019). Youth collective political expression on social media: The role of affordances and memetic dimensions for voicing political views. New Media & Society, 21(9), 1988–2009. Magatti, M., Giaccardi, C., Martinelli, M. (2019). Social generativity: a relational paradigm for social change. In: Dörre, K., Rosa, H., Becker, K., Bose, S., Seyd, B. (eds) Große Transformation? Zur Zukunft moderner Gesellschaften. Springer VS. McLean, J. E., & Fuller, S. (2016). Action with(out) activism: understanding digital climate change action. International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 36(9/10), 578-595. Neumayer, C., & Rossi, L. (2018). Images of protest in social media: Struggle over visibility and visual narratives. New Media & Society, 20(11), 4293-4310. Papacharissi, Z. (2016). Affective publics and structures of storytelling: sentiment, events and mediality. Information, Communication & Society, 19(3), 307-324. Stalder, F. (2016). The Digital Condition. Suhrkamp. Stahl, C.C. & Literat, I. (2023). #GenZ on TikTok: the collective online self-Portrait of the social media generation. Journal of Youth Studies, 26(7), 925-946. Theodorou, E., Spyrou, S., & Christou, G. (2023). The Future is Now From Before: Youth Climate Activism and Intergenerational Justice. Journal of Childhood Studies, 48(1), 59-72. Presentations of the Symposium Political Utopias and Articulations of Care – Juvenile Climate Protest on Digital Media
The paper seeks to investigate the processes of political subjectivation among young individuals resulting from their engagement in digital image practices. The primary objective is to analyze how young people articulate and negotiate notions of (in)justice in the context of algorithmically structured political utopias and dystopias related to climate change. In particular, we examine concepts (and utopias) of care as they become central to the climate movement, such as transgenerational and transnational care as well as care for nature. We specifically explore how these different modes and concepts of care are articulated via digital media (Liou & Literat 2020). As the climate crisis can also be understood as a generational crisis, temporality and care, respectively generativity (Friberg 2021; King 2022), become closely linked within the activist’ discourse and refer to questions of continuity and transmission, especially within fast-moving digital realms that are mostly frequented by youth and young adults (Literat & Kligler-Vilenchik 2023).
Our theoretical framework draws on educational and youth theories, examining how digital image practices influence the thematization of the world and self. The research explores the articulation and negotiation of political ideas and ideals within algorithmically structured contexts, using qualitative analysis of juvenile climate policy articulations on digital platforms. This methodology allows for a nuanced exploration of how young individuals engage in political discourse online, taking into account the algorithmic structures that shape their interactions. By using a qualitative approach, the project aims to uncover the underlying orders of recognition and power dynamics associated with the articulation of political views in digital spaces. The primary data source for this study consists of climate policy articulations by young people on digital image and video platforms such as TikTok or Instagram.
The study shows how digital platforms structure political protest in relation to changing concepts of care and time. By understanding the dynamics of social and political participation within these digital spaces, the study aims to reveal opportunities and barriers to access educational spaces and contribute to a broader understanding of (post)digital orders and their implications for education and youth theory. This research therefore contributes to the broader discourse on (in)justice and utopias in an algorithmized society and in an age of uncertainty by presenting the perspectives of young individuals articulated within digital activist spaces.
References:
Friberg, A. (2021): On the need for (con)temporary utopias: Temporal reflections on the climate rhetoric of environmental youth movements. Time & Society, 31(1), 48-68.
Literat, I. & Kligler-Vilenchik, N. (2023): TikTok as a Key Platform for Youth Political Expression: Reflecting on the Opportunities and Stakes Involved. Social Media + Society, 9(1).
Liou, A. & Literat, I. (2020). „We Need You to Listen to Us”: Youth Activist Perspectives on Intergenerationale Dynamics and Adult Solidarity in Youth Movements. In. International Journal of Communication 14, 4662-4682.
King, V. (2022). Generative Verantwortung im Anthropozän. Psyche, 26(12), 1123–1146.
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Political Socialisation, the Internet and the Role of Humour: Young People’s Playful Digital Political Information and Communication
Young people spend their free time on the Internet. This is also the place where they inform themselves about politics, exchange ideas and spend leisure time. Whether the so called “mass media” have an influence on young people's political orientations and interests has been discussed since the 1970s. From today's perspective, media, including the internet, have a place as a fixed political socialization instance, alongside the family, peers and school. The talk examines the relationship between young people’s digital information and communication with politics, especially focusing on the role of humour. It looks firstly at how young people use digital tools and media to discuss, produce and inform themselves or others about politics, but also, what temporality has to do with that. Secondly, it asks what role humour plays in the digital political information and communication of young people, what function it has and what form it takes. This will be connected to the idea of playful caring about others – or not. The talk and its initial idea draw from the empirical material from a research project about politics, participation and biographies of young people in Swiss ("Biographical Experiences and political Engagement" (2023-2026)).
References:
Lütgens, J./Mengilli, Y. (2023): Counter–hegemonic Politics Between Coping and Performative Self-Contradictions. In: Batsleer, J./McMahon, G./Rowley, H. (Hg.): Reshaping youth participation: Manchester in a European Gaze. Emerald Publishing, 99-112. DOI: 10.1108/978-1-80043-358-820221006
McMahon, G./Liljeholm Hansson, S./Von Schwanenflügel/Lütgens, J./Ilardo, M. (2019): Participation Biographies. Meaning–making, Identity–work and the Self. In: Walther, A., Batsleer, J., Loncle, P./Pohl, A. (Hg.): Young People and the Struggle for Participation. Contested Practices, Power and Pedagogies in Public Spaces. London: Routledge, 161–175.
Care and Temporality in the Spanish Indignados Movement: The Case of the ‘Grandparents Movement’ iai@flautas and their Young Supporters.
The Spanish indignados movement has often been portrayed as a ’youth movement‘, organized by heretofore rather ‘apolitical’ young people. However, this categorization tends to ignore aspects of political continuities, historical memory, and intergenerational solidarity within the movement. The most telling examples of these aspects are the iaioflautas (in Catalan) or yayoflautas (in Spanish), older indignados activists who define themselves as ‘the generation that fought and achieved a better future for our sons and daughters’ (see their manifesto). This rhetoric of care for the younger generation on the one hand avoids the acerbic right-leftist divisions that characterize post-franquist politics; at the same time, it organizes a generational unit, in Mannheim’s sense. As the only ‘grandparents movement’ to emerge in the European Spring protests, it brings together very experienced activists, some of whom had already organized clandestine resistance under Franco as unionists or members of leftist parties, with political newcomers – older people who had never been politically active before but who can identify with the movement’s framing strategy of intergenerational care in the face of the precariousness of the younger generation. Thus, in recent years yay@ activists with very different backgrounds have regularly been at the frontline of occupations or other anti-austerity protests, marked as yayoflautas by their characteristic yellow vests – and the respective hashtag several times reached the status of trending topic in twitter.
Younger indignados activists organized digital literacy workshops for the yayos, teaching them the use of social media for mobilization. In exchange, yayos taught the younger activist forms of clandestine organization and subversion they had employed in their resistance against the Franco dictatorship. And, by passing on such repertoires of contention, the movement last but not least also endowed the younger activists with a political legacy…. Based on campaign material and life story interviews with yayoflautas activists and their younger supporters, this paper discusses intergenerational relationships within the indignados movement, particularly regarding the aspects of care and temporality in times of ‘wired citizenship’ (Herrera 2014).
References:
Herrera, L. (2014). Wired Citizenship. Youth Learning and Activism in the Middle East. Routledge.
Schwarz, Ch. (2022). Collective memory and intergenerational transmission in social movements: The “grandparents’ movement” iaioflautas, the indignados protests, and the Spanish transition. In: Memory Studies, 15(1), 102-119.
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 29 SES 14 A: Creativity, images and poetry in Arts and educational research Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Louise Phillips Paper Session |
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Analysis < > Affect: Arts Integration in Secondary Poetry Education Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:This research delves into the intricate intertwinements between analytical and affective approaches within the context of arts-integrated poetry education. Several researchers have emphasized the importance of integrating analytical and affective approaches, recognizing them as integral components of literary reading that mutually support each other (e.g., Felski, 2008; Xerri, 2013). Despite the acknowledgment of this symbiotic relationship, there is a notable gap in empirical studies that explore how this integration manifests within a classroom context. Furthermore, researchers point out an ambiguity between text-oriented and reader-oriented literature instruction and the ways in which different frameworks of literary theory influence teachers’ instruction (e.g., Pieper, 2020). Addressing this ambiguity is crucial to exploring alternative approaches to teaching literature that allow students to immerse themselves in literature without abandoning an analytical focus. This necessitates an approach to literature teaching that combines the analytical and the affective, acknowledging both the aesthetics of the literary text and its potential to influence and engage the reader (Felski, 2008). One pedagogical approach to combining analytical and affective approaches in poetry teaching is arts integration. Serving as a transdisciplinary teaching approach, arts integration provides innovative opportunities for teaching poetry in combination with other art forms, such as dance or photography. The goal is to attain equal emphasis on all included art forms or subjects (e.g., Sanz Camarero et al., 2023). Arts-based approaches to teaching poetry have been scarcely researched in secondary education, and scholars call for more research (see Jusslin & Höglund, 2021). Nevertheless, recent research in primary and secondary education implies that arts integrated literature teaching can have the potential to promote both analytical and affective approaches. Studies have indicated that working with art forms, such as dance and visual art, requires close reading of literary texts and enables the incorporation of students’ voices and experiences in the teaching (Curwood & Cowell, 2011; McCormick, 2011). Given these promising gains, arts integration might provide opportunities to focus simultaneously on analytical and affective approaches in secondary poetry education. Against this backdrop and a genuine wondering about what happens when the art forms of dance and photography are integrated with poetry teaching, this study aims to explore what this integration produces in terms of the relationship and possible friction between analytical and affective approaches in poetry education—and arts education more broadly. This exploration builds on empirical material of teaching that integrated poetry with dance and photography in upper secondary education in Finland. The study is theoretically grounded in postfoundational theories, which oppose binaries such as body/mind, human/nonhuman, matter/discourse. As such, postfoundational theories can offer valuable perspectives in exploring what is produced in the intertwinements of analytical and affective approaches during the arts-integrated poetry lessons. In this study, we explore how Deleuze and Guattari’s (1987/2013) concepts of smooth and striated spaces can offer opportunities to theoretically explore such intertwinements. Whereas an analytical approach to reading poetry can be understood as a striated space, which is bounded and guided by rules, (e.g., literary elements such as imagery and rhythm), an affective approach might signify the open and allowing perspective of a smooth space. Deleuze and Guattari (1987/2013) emphasize that these spaces exist only in mixture; a thought that might be productive for envisioning how the analytical and affective approaches to reading poetry might intertwine. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is methodologically grounded in post-qualitative inquiry (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023). Post-qualitative inquiry questions research as merely representational and the researcher as detached from the researched. Instead, it seeks to embrace the researchers’ and participants’ embodied engagements in the research process. In post-qualitative research, the research process does not necessarily start with predetermined, fixed research questions, but in curiosity (Lather & St. Pierre, 2013). This calls for an open approach to the research process, prioritizing theory and concepts over methods. Consequently, the study analytically follows the approach of thinking with theory (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023) and data that glows (MacLure, 2013) as analytical approaches. Thinking with theory, as proposed by Jackson and Mazzei (2023), involves putting theories to work in empirical material rather than focusing on the interpretation of material through systemic coding or the identification of themes. In this study, we engage with the theoretical concepts of smooth and striated spaces, developed by Deleuze and Guattari (1987/2013). The data for the study comprises video recordings of six lessons in an upper secondary literature classroom in Swedish-speaking Finland, as well as students' texts and researchers' embodied engagements. In the teaching, the researchers collaborated with a teacher in first language (L1) and literature education. During the lessons, the students worked with poems from the poetry collections “Strömsöborna” by Finnish poet Rosanna Fellman and "White Monkey" by the Finnish poet and author Adrian Perera (2017) through creative dance and visual work, specifically sketching and photography. When approaching the data, we followed the analytical approach proposed by MacLure (2013) known as data that glows. According to MacLure, the researcher does not stand outside the data, ready to categorize and calibrate. Instead, the data might resonate with the researcher in an embodied manner, affecting the body and the mind. This resonant connection is what MacLure refers to as the “glow”. Consequently, data is not seen as an inert and indifferent mass waiting to be coded, but rather as something that has its own ways of making itself intelligible to us. In the still ongoing analysis, we analyze moments of glow in the data to explore relationships and possible frictions between analytical and affective approaches when poetry is taught together with dance and visual arts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the presentation, we will share the results and discuss the implications that this research might have for poetry teaching, specifically, and arts integration and arts education more broadly. Focusing on both theory and practice, the study´s expected results aim to contribute knowledge about arts integration in poetry education. Specifically, it seeks to elaborate on how and if arts integration can offer support for the intricate intertwinements of analytical and affective aspects within literature teaching. While situated within a poetry educational context, the study also contributes to advancing the understanding of arts integration in secondary educational contexts more broadly. Current educational policies and scholarly initiatives (see e.g., Klausen & Mård, 2023) emphasize the importance of integrated education as a means to address the complex needs of contemporary education. In this context, considering arts integration as a crucial objective is essential. Additionally, the study contributes to the development of insights into how postfoundational theories and post-qualitative inquiry can be applied in literature education research, and arts educational research more broadly. References Curwood, J. S., & Cowell, L. L. H. (2011). iPoetry: Creating Space for New Literacies in the English Curriculum. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 55(2), 110–120. https://doi.org/10.1002/JAAL.00014 Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (2013). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. Bloomsbury Publishing (Original publication 1987). Felski, R. (2008). Uses of literature. Blackwell Publishing. Jackson, A., & Mazzei, L. (2023). Thinking with theory in qualitative research. Viewing data across multiple perspectives. 2nd Edition. Routledge. Jusslin, S., & Höglund, H. (2021). Arts‐based responses to teaching poetry: A literature review of dance and visual arts in poetry education. Literacy, 55(1), 39–51. https://doi.org/10.1111/lit.12236 Klausen, S.H., & Mård, N. (2023). (Eds.) Developing a didactic framework across and beyond school subjects. Cross- and Transcurricular teaching. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003367260 Lather, P., & St. Pierre, E. A. (2013). Post-qualitative research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26(6), 629–633. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2013.788752 MacLure, M. (2013). Researching without representation? Language and materiality in post-qualitative methodology. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26(6), 658–667. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2013.788755 Mazzei, L., & Jackson, A. (Ed.) (2024). Postfoundational approaches to qualitative inquiry. Routledge. McCormick, J. (2011). Transmediation in the Language Arts Classroom: Creating Contexts for Analysis and Ambiguity. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 54(8), 579–587. https://doi.org/10.1598/JAAL.54.8.3 Pieper, I. (2020). L1 education and the place of literature. In B. Green & P-O. Erixon (Eds), Rethinking L1 education in a global era. Understanding the (post)national L1 subjects in new and difficult times. Springer. Sanz Camarero, R., Ortiz-Revilla, J., & Greca, I.M. (2023). The place of the arts within integrated education. Arts Education Policy Review. https://doi.org/10.1080/10632913.2023.2260917 Xerri, D. (2013). Colluding in the ‘torture’ of poetry: Shared beliefs and assessment. English in Education, 47(2), 134–146. https://doi.org/10.1111/eie.12012 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Can the Images Be Another Thing? 1i2ADS/FBAUP, Portugal; 2i2ADS/FBAUP, Portugal Presenting Author:As part of the research project that took place between 2023 and 2024, entitled “[in]visible - [in]visibility of identities in Portuguese 1st grade elementary textbooks of Social & Environmental Studies after 1974”, we questioned the presence of a subliminal discourse inducing discriminatory values in the representations of images in these textbooks. The research focused on identifying these discriminatory contents that disseminate the naturalised values of a culture built in the West, heir to a colonial, patriarchal and racist past. By analysing the representations of identity in textbooks between 1974 and 2023 and building a critical reading archive based on this research, the project aimed to identify the impact of the information made (in)visible in these books (https://invisible.i2ads.up.pt/). The purpose of this communication is to question the possibility that images representing identities could be different, in defence of anti-discriminatory values. Based on a workshop held with students from the Master in Illustration, Edition and Print [MIEI], in the subject “Illustration Project”, at the Faculty of Fine Arts of the University of Porto [FBAUP] in February 2024, who experienced the possibilities of integrating these values into illustrations, the team proposes to present an analysis of the results of this session, in the context of the research carried out. The relation between the workshop images and the studied textbooks' pictures will be part of the presentation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A focus group was set up with MIEI students at the FBAUP, on a voluntary and informed basis, coordinated by their teacher designer and accompanied by members of the project team. The workshop took place while promoting the full freedom of each of the participants, without conditioning them on political or cultural values. The [in]visible team provided illustrations related to (un)representation of identities, and the task of the participants was to think about these images and illustrate the invisible characters. The work session was recorded, with each participant's authorisation. In the end, the participants answered a semi-structured survey with questions about the work process, any hesitations, decisions made, and reflections shared. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All the research in the [in]visible project is aimed at building an extended archive of the presence and absence of images of identities in Portuguese textbooks, continuing the study for textbooks in other subjects and school years, and extending it to the international field, in continuity with the actions already carried out in Argentina (“Congreso Internacional Territorios de la Educación Artística en Diálogo. Investigaciones, experiencias y desafios”, 2022), Brazil (“Encontro Internacional de Arte/Educacão · Grupos de Pesquisa ENREDE”, 2023), Cape Verde (“VII Encontro Internacional sobre Educação Artística”, 2021) and Mozambique (“VIII Encontro Internacional sobre Educação Artística”, 2023). Several communications and publications have already been presented from the study and the respective evaluation reports (https://invisible.i2ads.up.pt/?page_id=30). References DIAS, Margarida Dourado (2023). Proyecto [in]visible. In Gabriela Augustowsky & Damián Del Valle (Coord.), Territorios de la educación artística en diálogo (pp. 105-112). Ciudad Autónoma de Buenos Aires: Universidad Nacional de las Artes. ISBN 978-987-3946-28-8. https://formaciondocente.una.edu.ar/noticias/se-lanza-el-libro-territorios-de-la-educacion-artistica-en-dialogo_40418 DIAS, Margarida Dourado (2023). Naturalizing Attitudes on Others Through Images in Portuguese PrimaryTextbooks. Arts and Research in Education: Opening Perspectives. Proceedings of ECER 2022 NW 29: Research on Arts Education: Yerevan (online), Armenia, 44-50. http://hdl.handle.net/10256/23035 FUCHS, Eckhardt & BOCK, Annekatrin (Eds.) (2018). The Palgrave Handbook of Textbook Studies. Palgrave Macmillan. MAGALHÃES, Justino (2011). O Mural do Tempo. Manuais escolares em Portugal. Edições Colibri. MERLIN, Nora (2017). El poder de la imagen. In Colonización de la subjetividad. Los médios massivos em la época del biomercado (pp. 99–103). Letra Viva. MERLIN, Nora (2019). Colonización de la subjetividad y neoliberalismo. Revista GEARTE, 6(2), 272-285. http://dx.doi.org/10.22456/2357-9854.92906 RICHAUDEAU, François (1979). Conception et production de manuels scolaires. UNESCO. SERRA, Filipe M. (2005). A imagem nos manuais do ensino primário do Estado Novo. Cultura, 21, 151-176. SOVIČ, Anja, & HUS, Vlasta (2015). Gender stereotype analysis of the textbooks for young learners. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 186, 495-501. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.04.080, https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S187704281502340X SUI, Jiajia (2022). Gender Role of Characters in the Illustrations of Local and Introduced Edition Textbooks of College Portuguese Teaching in China. Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 13(6), 1232-1242. https://doi.org/10.17507/jltr.1306.11 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper What if We All Spread Our Ears Around the World? The Idea of a Community of Free Listeners in Becoming 1FBAUP/ESMAE/i2ADS, Portugal; 2FPCEUP/i2ADS, Portugal Presenting Author:We have turned this question into an essay on alterity in music, on how we can bend the boundaries of the sound we already know, and how we can now project it towards the infinite, the endless sound, and that which is yet to be known. It's about exposing an uneasy experience of thinking that inhabits and is present in a teacher - musician - researcher, and listener who hears voices that confirm the incompleteness of what he is made of when confronted with the infinity and materiality of sounds. So here are some fragments of this meditative discourse. Here are the most recent declarations-eruptions of this volcanic activity on his thinking, in which what is most clear is, above all, the emergence of what is said, not so much because of its truth, or even falsity, but much more because of what is said. falsity, but much more because of his desire for contact and wandering between concepts that project him onto the sonorous face of the Other. It's important to make it clear that the Other is not a threat, but a challenge, and this must be affirmed.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on long-standing research associated with post-doctoral studies, the idea of which is called 'infinite listening', we present here, for a collective comparison between peers, the substantive elements of this work. To showcase this work, we'd address a community of listeners in training - students of music, performance and the arts. The data collected from an extensive reading on the state of the art of listening, drawing on authors close to the post-structural, critical, and continental philosophy atmosphere (Rosa Braidotti, Gilles Deleuze, Karen Barad, Peter Pal Pelbart and Jacques Derrida, Adorno and Walter Benjamin). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This reflection leaves us with the idea that it's worth adding what we've already heard to what we haven't heard, in the hope of being able to remake - this is our micro utopia - the profile of existing music. To do this, we need to embrace the sound that has always been marginalised, by questioning the canons and endowing music - this is post-music - with the power of the multiple, of the porous and the strangeness that comes from sonic otherness and that can be rehearsed from a device - a war machine that we now call the aesthetic literacy of otherness. When we talk about post-music, we are talking about the previous futurity that it contains, because it is this that forces us to feel it as a negation of the finite. Post-music is a sonic case of excess because it is capable of being unfaithful to the culture and history that subtracts from it. When we talk now about the aesthetic literacy of alterity, we are at the epicentre of an epistemic hurricane because we know that no two listenings are the same. Because of this, we suspect that no two places of speech are the same either. If that's the case, why don't we propose plural ways of understanding the world and let ourselves get caught up in the one-way street of the hierarchical comfort of sameness? By fighting for the device of the aesthetic literacy of otherness, we are summoning all of us to an exercise of disobedience to the canon and affirming that listening is no longer just about obeying (listening in Latin means obeying, obeying). References Agawu, Kofi, L’imagination africaine em musique, Ed. Philarmonie de Paris, 2020 Bal, Mieke, Travelling concepts in Humanities: a rough guide, Ed. U. Toronto Press, 2002 Césaire, Aimé, Discurso sobre o colonialismo, Ed. Vs, Vilarinho das Cambas, (1950) 2022 Deleuze, Gilles & Guatarri, Felix, Mil Planaltos: Capitalismo e Esquizofrenia, Ed. Assírio & Alvim, Lisboa, 2007 Derrida, Jacques, A escritura e a Diferença, Ed. Perspetiva, S. Paulo, 2019 Derrida, Jacques, Sepcters of Marx, The State of the Debt, the Work of Mourning and the New international, Routledge, 1994 Fisher, Mark em Fantasmas da minha vida, Ed. Vs, 2020 Levinas, Emanuel, Totalidade e Infinito, Ed. 70, Lisboa, 1980 Quignard, Pascal, O Leitor, Ed. Sr. Teste, 2023 Quignard, Pascal, La haine de la musique, Ed. Gallimard, 2019 Quignard, Pascal, Todas as manhãs do mundo, Sr. Teste, 2022 Llansol, Maria Gabriela, LisboaLeipzig, O encontro inesperado do diverso e O ensaio de música, Ed Assírio & Alvim, Porto, 2014 Lopes, Silvina Rodrigues Lopes, O Nascer do Mundo Nas Suas Margens, Ed. Saguão, 2021 Kalinovski, Isabelle, La mélodie du monde, Ed. Philarmonie de Paris, 2023 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Early Childhood Children’s Creativity During Creative Play: Two Case Studies University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Early Childhood Education literature considers play as the most appropriate way to plan and promote learning and development. Moreover, we acknowledge the importance of the teacher’s role in children’s play (Loizou, Michaelides & Georgiou, 2019. Vygotsky, 1978) and in enhancing children’s learning focusing on creativity (Leggett,2017). Creative play, as another type of play, connects play with creativity and the arts and provides children with the right context to develop their creativity (Szekely, 2015). The purpose of this study was to show how a creative play program affects children’s creativity focusing on two case studies. Creativity theoretically is defined as an attitude or a habit (Sternberg, 2007) and as a transforming activity for children, which can lead to different ways of acting or thinking (Leggett,2017). Additionally, it is considered as the processes followed by children, such as generating ideas (Robson, 2014), or as the characteristics of the products created, such as originality (Glaveanu, 2011.Weisberg, 2015). In this study we are referring to creative play occurring at play areas in a pre-primary class, as specified by the Early Childhood Education Curriculum of Cyprus (2020). We concur with the definition of creative play ‘as a flow of actions’, where teachers and children ‘in the context of the arts’, participate ‘in the process of creation and creativity’ (Loizou & Loizou, K., 2022, p. 3-4). The research question guiding this study was: How does the implementation of a creative play program impact children’s creativity? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is qualitative research (Creswell,2007) and the participants were a boy and a girl, 6 and 5,5 years old. The two children were chosen as case studies based on observations focusing on their creativity development. Data was collected through four video recordings (326 minutes) of creative play at two play areas (the ‘Bakery’ and the ‘Toy Factory’), before and after children’s participation in a Creative Play Program implemented in their class. The Creative Play Program lasted for four months and included free/structured creative play in the two above mentioned play areas, Preparatory Structured Activities (P.S.A.) and Creativity Enhancing Structured Activities (C.E.S.A.) in different content areas. Parents agreed for their children’s participation and their anonymity was ensured. Consent and assent forms with a withdrawal option were signed and pseudonyms were used. Data was analysed using the Children’s Creativity Description Tool, that was created through theoretical thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Research on creativity highlights several variables that one can observe and describe during children’s creative play (e.g., creative process, creative product). Those were identified specific ‘themes and sub-themes, related to children’s creativity (e.g., transformations as a sub-theme of creative process) were noted. The Children’s Creativity Description Tool included the themes and sub-themes that emerged through the theoretical thematic analysis and was used to analyze the data from the two children. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings suggest that the Creative Play Program had a positive impact on the creativity of the two children, since the observed variables (e.g., motivation, originality) occurred more frequently after the implementation of the program. Specifically, findings show that the Creative Play Program positively affected children’s creative attitude during creative play (e.g., motivation), the creative processes they followed (e.g., idea generation) and their creations (e.g., originality of the products). Findings emphasized the importance of offering children the opportunity to participate in creative play experiences to explore and activate their creative potential. Also, specific Creative Mind Tools are highlighted, as activity strategies that children employ during their creative play, these include ‘Plan’, ‘Solve’ and ‘Connect’. Finally, this study underlines children’s Zone of Proximal Creative Development (ZPCD), in which they act during creative play. References Glăveanu, V. P. (2011). Children and creativity: A most (un)likely pair? Thinking Skills and Creativity 6(2), 122– 131. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2011.03.002 Leggett, N. (2017). Early Childhood Creativity: Challenging Educators in Their Role to Intentionally Develop Creative Thinking in Children. Early Childhood Education Journal, 45, 845–853. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-016-0836-4 Loizou, E., & Loizou, E. K. (2022). Creative play and the role of the teacher through the cultural-historical activity theory framework. International Journal of Early Years Education, 30(3), 527-541. https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2022.2065248 Loizou, E., Michaelides, A., & Georgiou, A. (2019). Early childhood teacher involvement in children’s socio-dramatic play: creative drama as a scaffolding tool. Early Child Development and Care, 189(4), 600-612. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2017.1336165 Robson, S. (2014). The Analysing Children's Creative Thinking framework: development of an observation‐led approach to identifying and analysing young children's creative thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 40(1), 121-134. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3033 Sternberg, R. J. (2007). Creativity as a habit. In A. Tan (Ed.), Creativity: a handbook for teachers (pp.3 –25). World Scientific. Szekely, G. (2015). Play and creativity in art teaching. Routledge. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: Development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. Weisberg, R. W. (2015). On the usefulness of “value” in the definition of creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 27(2), 111-124. https://doi.org/10.1080/10400419.2015.1030320 |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 14 D JS: Navigating Uncertainty in a (Post)Digital World: Open Learning Cultures and Resources for Teaching Sustainability in European Teacher Education Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Joanna Madalinska-Michalak Session Chair: Maria Kondratjuk Joint Symposium NW 06 and NW 30. Full details in NW 06, 06 SES 14 A JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 14 A: Young People’s future – between burn out and fire (Part 1 of 2 (5 nationalities)) Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Michael Paulsen Session Chair: Elin Sæther Symposium Part 1/2, to be continued in 30 SES 17 A |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Symposium Young People’s future – between burn out and fire (PART 1 of 2 (5 nationalities)) The symposium centers on how Young people imagine the future and what it implies for their present dealing with contemporary life in an age of environmental disaster. Through taking outset in students’ perspectives, the symposium seeks to nuance the understanding of student’s relation and imagination of themselves in relation to or as part of a sustainable future. Further it deals with what can be done educationally to support cultivation of young people’s future expectations in constructive ways, for instance through playful classrooms and/or other kinds of research and educational playspaces (Rousell & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, 2022) and/or more flourishing in our schools and the use of outdoor spaces. Central questions are: To what extend and how is it possible and desirable to support young people to foster hope and/or positive imaginations about the future? To what extend and how is it possible and desirable so educate young people of today to become eco-democratic citizens and creators of a life-friendly society of tomorrow? To what extend is such aims and democratic education in need of becoming rethought in connection with eco-democracy? (Lundmark, 1998; Pickering et. al, 2020). Thus, prepare the young generation to support and achieve diverse, democratic social, and ecologically just sustainable societies – living within the Earth's carrying capacity – eco-democracy might be an important perspective helpful to think of and understanding educational change, but also enacting change in educational practice supporting living and learning democracy, young people's contemporary and imaginary future. The papers present different angles on this. The aim of the symposium is therefore to bring the papers into a shared conversation about educational research that focuses on young people, their perspectives, and how to respond educationally to the challanges of growing up on a damaged planet, in an ecologically unsustainable society, where many, not least young people dream of something better, yet risk becoming depressed, apathetic or anxious about the future, in the Anthropocene age we now live in (Paulsen, et. al. 2022). References Lundmark, C. (1998). Eco-democracy: A green challenge to democratic theory and practice (thesis). Umeå: Umeå University. Paulsen, M., jagodzinski, J. & Hawke, S. (2022) (red.), Pedagogy in the Anthropocene: Re-Wilding Education for a New Earth. Palgrave Macmillan. Pickering, J., Bäckstrand, K. & Schlosberg, D. (2020) Rousell, D., & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A. (2022). Posthuman research playspaces: Climate child imaginaries. Taylor & Francis. Presentations of the Symposium The Potential of Including the Student Perspective in Sustainable Education
The world's current environmental and climate crises are shaping the future in which our children grow up, which makes knowledge about how primary schools can and should currently navigate in this a subject of both existential and societal friction. This paper investigates how students understand, experience and relate to climate and sustainability issues, and how this informs their view on sustainability education. Despite being the primary concern of education, the students’ perspectives often figure in the background of theory and research concerning sustainability education (Brückner et al., 2023; Payne, 1997; Rickinson, 2001). Therefore, this paper aims to place the student perspective in the foreground by drawing on ethnographic fieldwork at three different primary-level schools in Denmark that explicitly work with sustainability in their teaching and school development (CHORA, 2024). Based on ten focus group interviews with around 30 students in 5-6th grade, including participatory observation in different educational settings in and outside the classroom. These empirical findings are combined with focus group interviews using creative methods that explore different ways for the students to express their experiences of sustainability education, which led to several examples containing both local-global, here-and-now and future perspectives. Building on this, this paper presents key findings and themes on how students participate, perceive and experience sustainability education. To explore which frictions and potentials arise through students’ meaning-making processes, expressions of actions, and connection-making etc., with a particular interest in examples of how different forms of we-stories, are illustrating often taken-for-granted categories as e.g. we at this school, we as a group, or we as humans (Verlie 2019; Lehtonen et al., 2019; Gulløv & Højlund, 2015; Gilliam & Gulløv, 2022). Centering the student, motivates an examination of both the child, children and their context, and a curiosity towards different representations of sustainability that incapsulates and illustrates the entangled, transnational, and complex interconnectedness of the children’s world-building. Specifically, looking at examples of fire-fighting as a concern of the students, both in a symbolic and practical sense, as their descriptions, stories and illustrations about sustainability education connect and contain notions of flourishing nature and burning factories, this presentation will present a qualitative perspective on how to nuance the understanding of which different aspects and factors influence sustainability education and the student’s relation and imagination of themselves in relation to or as part of a sustainable future.
References:
Brückner, M., Lysgaard, J., & Elf, N. (2023). Dimensions of Quality in Environmental and Sustainability Education Research.
CHORA. (2024). 2030 SKOLER Verdensmålscertificering af uddannelsesinstitutioner. Retrieved 25th of January 2024 from https://chora2030.dk/verdensmaalscertificering-af-skoler/
Gilliam, L., & Gulløv, E. (2016). Children of the Welfare State: Civilising Practices in Schools, Childcare and Families (Vol. 57734). Pluto Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt1jktscx
Gilliam, L., & Gulløv, E. (2022). Children as potential - a window to cultural ideals, anxieties and conflicts. Children's geographies, 20(3), 311-323. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2019.1648760
Gulløv, E., & Højlund, S. (2015). Feltarbejde blandt børn : metodologi og etik i etnografisk børneforskning (1. udgave. ed.). Gyldendal.
Lehtonen, A., Salonen, A. O., & Cantell, H. (2019). Climate Change Education: A New Approach for a World of Wicked Problems. In Sustainability, Human Well-Being, and the Future of Education (pp. 339-374). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-78580-6_11
Payne, P. (1997). Embodiment and Environmental Education. Environmental Education Research, 3(2), 133-153. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350462970030203
Pink, S., & Morgan, J. (2013). Short-Term Ethnography: Intense Routes to Knowing: Short-Term Ethnography. Symbolic interaction, 36(3), 351-361. https://doi.org/10.1002/symb.66
Rickinson, M. (2001). Learners and Learning in Environmental Education: A critical review of the evidence. Environmental Education Research, 7(3), 207-320. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620120065230
Imagining Life-Friendly Co-Existence in an Anthropocene age: New hope
Many of the problems in the Anthropocene age we now live in – such as the climate crisis – seem rather depressing and unsolvable, due to prevailing political regimes and human folly (e.g. Scranton, 2015). It is, therefore, only natural that this situation gives rise to a plethora of hopelessness, anxiety, passivity, frustrations, as well as burn out and ignorance strategies among young people (Paulsen et. al. 2022). As argued by Marek Oziewicz (2022), contemporary youth predominantly (through media etc.) encounter dystopic narratives regarding the future of the planet and their own lives. In this paper three different types of future narratives and expectations are discussed: a) a dystopic vision where 'everything will collapse,' b) a technofix perspective wherein 'technical solutions will be developed to solve or at least mitigate the worst problems related to climate and ecological crisis,' and c) an outlook where 'we will develop new ways of living, more life-friendly, in partnership with the living world’. In line with Oziewicz (Ibid.) it is proposed that the third type is what we need most, but that it is only marginally cultivated and creatively engaged with by young people today (Nørreklit and Paulsen, 2023). On this background and based on posthuman educational research approaches (Rousell & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, 2022) the author of this paper have developed a solarpunk speculative cli-fi-roleplaying game, together with Sara Mosberg Iversen, which have been proto-tested with 12 young students, during four days in January 2024, as a potential educational tool to facilitate non-dystopic and life-friendly future imaginations, but also deep reflections on hope and the role of one’s expectations on one’s present engagement in the world. The paper discusses the results of the first testing of the game, in relation to the forementioned 3 types of narratives. By this the paper tries to add important aspects to present discussions about what role education can play in facilitating a transformation to a life-friendly future society. How can education support young people’s future?
References:
Scranton, R. (2015). Learning to die in the Anthropocene: Reflections on the end of a civilization. City Lights Publishers.
Nørreklit, L., & Paulsen, M. (2023). Life-friendly: who we are and who we want to be. Journal of Pragmatic Constructism, 13(1), 9-22
Oziewicz, M. (2022). Planetarianism now: On Anticipatory imagination, young people’s literature, and hope for the planet. In M. Paulsen et al. (Eds.) Pedagogy in the Anthropocene: Rewilding education for a new earth. Palgrave.
Paulsen, M., jagodzinski, J., & Hawke, S. (2022). A Critical Introduction. In M. Paulsen, J. jagodzinski, & S. Hawke (red.), Pedagogy in the Anthropocene: Re-Wilding Education for a New Earth. Palgrave Macmillan.
Rousell, D., & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A. (2022). Posthuman research playspaces: Climate child imaginaries. Taylor & Francis.
Meetings with More-than-human Other Perspectives in ESE
The Anthropocene is, among other things, an age of disentanglement, disenfranchisement, and of onto-epistemological isolation of the human from its surroundings. The polarization is manifest on multiple scales, to the point that we risk leaving young people feeling both hopelessly and helplessly alone against the troubles of our time. The importance of educating for the ability to not only tolerate, but to be active in both imagining and practicing acts of peaceful, mutually constitutive being-with (Haraway, 2008) cannot be understated. Experiences of interdependence and -connectedness is vital for human well-being, yet the paper also takes legitimate human experience of interdependency with nature as a necessary component of successful Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) (Lloro-Bidart & Banschbach, 2019). The aim of this presentation is to examine the potential of meetings between human learners and the more-than-human as part of ESE. More specifically, the paper discusses such meetings in ESE when structured as didactical perspective-taking, building on the critique of reductionism in perspective-taking by Iris Marion Young (1997) as part of the larger discussion on representations of nature in ESE. Importantly, if ESE is to be made to be an eco-democratic endeavour, then the question of the place and representation of the more-than-human becomes paramount (Vetlesen, 2023). While some degree of reduction in education is unavoidable, the paper contends that a less isolated, ahierarchal, interdependent awareness of “nature” in all its forms both is and can be represented in education. Following this, the paper argues for both the possibility and the necessity of respectful reduction as an approach when taking the perspective of more-than-human Others. Here it is suggested that the value of such respectful boundary-crossings between human and more-than-human may supersede the lack of perfect representation, given the potential of revealing previously unsensed entanglements and relationships. The paper further proposes didactical more-than-human perspective-taking as an avenue for of engendering ‘receptive-responsiveness’ to nature as described by Bonnett (2012). Childrens’ meetings with more-than-human Other perspectives may thus serve as an opportunity to broaden conceptions of whom and what to acknowledge as morally relevant, opening for imagining alternative ways for young people to envision their futures. The theoretical discussion will be contextualised with preliminary findings from ongoing empirical research on more-than-human perspective-taking practices in Norwegian secondary education.
References:
Bonnett, M. (2012). Environmental concern, moral education and our place in nature. Journal of Moral Education, 41(3), 285-300. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057240.2012.691643
Gehlbach, H., & Mu, N. (2023). How We Understand Others: A Theory of How Social Perspective Taking Unfolds. Review of General Psychology, 27(3), 282-302. https://doi.org/10.1177/10892680231152595
Haraway, D. J. (2008). When Species Meet. University of Minnesota Press.
Leopold, A. (1949). The Land Ethic. In A Sand County Almanac. Penguin Classics. (Reprinted from 2020)
Lloro-Bidart, T., & Banschbach, V. S. (2019). Introduction to Animals in Environmental Education: Whither Interdisciplinarity? In Animals in Environmental Education (pp. 1-16). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-98479-7_1
Vetlesen, A. J. (2023). Animal lives and why they matter. Routledge.
Young, I. M. (1997). Asymmetrical Reciprocity: On Moral Respect, Wonder and Enlarged Thought. Constellations, 3(3), 340-363. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8675.1997.tb00064.x
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 30 SES 14 B: P(art)icipatory Research: Exploring beyond-anthropocentric approaches to Education and Environmental Justice research Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Elsa Lee Session Chair: Elsa Lee Symposium |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Symposium P(art)icipatory Research: Exploring beyond-anthropocentric approaches to Education and Environmental Justice research Contemporary research affirms that we will soon arrive at the point of irreconcilable ecological breakdown. Yet today’s mainstream Environmental Education (EE) research focuses on economic growth with an inattention to the systemic causes of social and environmental injustices. The impact of (mis)education on environmental justice can be profoundly transformative, affecting the well-being and economic prospects of affected social groups. These impacts can be immediate and violent such as factory waste spills in low-income areas, or subtler, overlooked forms of slow violence that go unnoticed for long periods of time (Nixon, 2011). This slow violence is often overlooked because the critical lens of environmental justice is not yet widely applied in the public arena. Education for Environmental Justice is thus confronted with challenging habitual modes of epistemic and methodological approaches to research (Stein, 2019). The EEJ Reading and Research Collective approaches scholarly thinking through justice-oriented art-making practices and identifies themes in education and environmental justice to co-create research. The collective includes artists who respond to the research, either to further develop, re-interpret, or communicate what the readings and discussions elided and erased. Collaboratively, we interpret the links between art and readings as an ongoing process of research-as-creation. An key objective of this collective is to build a supportive community of early career and established researchers, which we recognise as critical to the sustainability of our collective futures. This proposed symposium engages the interplays between environmental justice and education. We will both explain our methods as a research group and share the way our individual studies connect environmental justice and education. In doing so, the symposium will increase understanding of education's role in establishing (and suppressing) environmental justice in civil society sectors transnationally.
We begin by summarising the ongoing literature review work of the collective emerging from our arts-based practice, then move into individual presentations showcasing the diversity of our work in environmental justice and education. Haley Perkins and Sarah Sharp will open the presentations by proposing that global environmental justice begins with epistemic justice. Using new-materialist philosophies of entanglement and relationality, they make a case for engaging with participatory creative activities using arts-based methods to enact a more just onto-epistemological shift towards sustainability. Next, Shingirayi Kandi and Ceri Holman engage UK-based youth perspectives. Kandi’s presentation will explore the effects, benefits, and challenges of outdoor learning in special schools for pupils with Complex, Severe, Profound, and Multiple Learning Disabilities (CSPMLD), and his ongoing research in primary special schools. Holman’s deliberative place-based pedagogy explores the tensions in Cumbria, England, among fossil fuel interests and the voices of young people in the community. She explores students’ learning and agency through relational positionality. Finally, Rosalie Mathie, based in Norway, will discuss the role of co-creative research methods for environmental justice-oriented education. A collection of examples are brought forward that encourage proactive participant engagement and co-development within academic and educational settings. Our discussant, Maria-Angelika Caceras (recently based in France, but with a history of working in Brazil), will comment on the submissions from the point of view of Indigenous epistemologies.
The long-term ambition of EEJ is to contribute to transforming education across multiple levels to address the burgeoning and socioeconomically differentiated problems arising from the impacts of what is (problematically) termed the Anthropocene. We hope that by sharing the mission and approach of the EEJ Reading and Research Collective, we can engage with a wider audience and explore the possibilities of such a practice while communicating the urgency of the messages that emerge from the interleaving of questions of environmental justice, art, and education.
References Nixon, R. (2011) Slow violence and the environmentalism of the poor. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press. Stein, S. (2019) ‘The Ethical and Ecological Limits of Sustainability: A Decolonial Approach to Climate Change in Higher Education’, Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 35(3), pp. 198–212. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1017/aee.2019.17. Presentations of the Symposium Entangled Environmental Education: Environmental Justice Begins with Epistemic Justice
This presentation begins by emphasising that Environmental Justice (EJ) in education begins with epistemic justice. Most Environmental Education (EE) in Europe is predominantly focused on scientific knowledge transmission about climate change and conservation. It perpetuates ideas of human exceptionalism by separating human activity from ‘nature’ by teaching about the environment rather than acknowledging how we live within it (Dunlop & Rushton, 2022b), resulting in inadequate pedagogic practices to address the challenges of the current ecological crisis (Taylor et al., 2020). Thus, we highlight the need for diversity in educational and research methods, focusing on international and intersectional views of EJ centred on challenging dominant narratives, power structures, and knowledge systems that perpetuate environmental injustices across the world, and within education (Zembylas, 2018). This presentation links issues of environmental (in)justice to the dominating epistemologies of the Global North, which are extensions of ongoing colonial practices that justify the exploitation of both people and nature and exclude different knowledge systems (Silva, 2014).
We approach this provocation by first summarising the preliminary findings from ongoing literature review work, informed by critical hermeneutic (Habermas, 1971) and decolonial frameworks (Collins, 2019; Maldonado-Torres, 2007). We will identify both the broad assumptions within contemporary EE practices in the Global North and nuances or gaps that are often overlooked in standard literature reviews. Next, we discuss the implications of these findings on education for environmental justice, and highlight identified openings for future transformative action in EE.
We then focus on one such opening for approaching epistemic justice in education, grounded in decolonial and feminist new-materialist philosophies of entanglement and relationality. Understanding ourselves as entangled entities, deconstructing human exceptionalism, and resisting anthropocentric philosophies which implicitly justify the exploitation and destruction of multi-species ecologies, could help us reimagine education within a changing world (Haraway, 2016). We demonstrate an example of pedagogy for epistemic justice that explores participatory creative activities using arts-based methods. This example proposes that creating stories with/in our local environments can intertwine physical landscapes with remembered and imagined ones to foster an understanding of entanglement. We will outline experiences of participating in mixed-media story-making as a way to understand ourselves as ‘entangled’ within the world in its affective state of becoming - knowing that our actions and futures are constantly engaged in relation with all else. This presentation will therefore contribute a proposal for beyond-anthropocentric pedagogies to enact the urgent onto-epistemological shift towards learning to live sustainability.
References:
Collins, P. H. (2019). Intersectionality as Critical Social Theory. Duke University Press.
Durham, NC.
Dunlop, & Rushton, E. A. C. (2022). Putting climate change at the heart of education: Is
England's strategy a placebo for policy? British Educational Research Journal, 48(6), 1083–1101. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3816
Habermas, J. (1971). Knowledge and Human Interests (Vol. 114).
Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble. Duke University Press.
Maldonado-Torres, N. (2007). On the Coloniality of Being. Cultural Studies, 21(2–3),
240–270.
Silva, D.F.D.. (2014). Toward a Black Feminist Poethics: The Quest(ion) of Blackness
Toward the End of the World. The Black Scholar, 44(2), 81–97.
Taylor, A., Pacini-Ketchabaw, V., Blaise, M., & Silova, I. (2020). Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Common Worlds Research Collective. Paper commissioned for the UNESCO Futures of Education report.
Zembylas. (2018). Decolonial possibilities in South African higher education : reconfiguring
humanising pedagogies as/with decolonising pedagogies. South African Journal of Education, 38(4), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.15700/saje.v38n4a1699
Embedding Outdoor Learning (OL) into Special School Culture - The Case Of SEND Primary Schools in East Anglia
Recently, there has been significant development in inclusive mainstream research (Hong et al., 2020), with individuals with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) not only involved in the research as participants but as researchers themselves too; however, little is still known about pupils with Complex Severe Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities (CSPMLD) who face a variety of additional learning challenges (de Haas et al., 2022 and require bespoke educational approaches, and outdoor learning is emerging as a potent methodology (Buli-Holmberg and Jeyaprathaban, 2016). The increasing importance of outdoor learning (OL) has been met with a myriad of studies extolling its benefits (Pierce and Maher, 2019; Prince and Diggory, 2023; Mann et al., 2021; Sekhri, 2019). Hence, I plan to explore the effects, benefits, and challenges, of OL in special schools for pupils with CSPMLD and the experiences of stakeholders involved. In their contribution, Sutherland and Legge (2016) state OL essentially occurs outdoors, as such, issues of environmental justice emerge with the use of the external environment to achieve OL. For example, how are the varying needs of CPSMLD students considered when designing and delivering OL? What are the injustices that emerge when we consider CPSMLD students in the outdoors?
My systematic literature reviews that in the context of special schools, OL in CSPMLD is still understudied especially in England, warranting more studies to be done in this area (Guardino, 2019). I plan to conduct case studies (Yazan, 2015) on two selected special schools. In these schools, I intend to conduct semi-structured interviews with school staff and parents/guardians/carers and participatory observations on pupils with CSPMLD. Then analyse the data drawing from Braun and Clarke (2006) thematic analysis. I will put my findings into the context of wider Europe, to show how special schools in England contrast and compare with CPSMLD education strategies in other parts of Europe.
References:
Buli-Holmberg, J., & Jeyaprathaban, S. (2016). Effective Practice in Inclusive and Special Needs Education. International Journal of Special Education, 31(1), 119–134. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ1099986
de Haas, C., Grace, J., Hope, J., & Nind, M. (2022). Doing Research Inclusively:
Understanding What It Means to Do Research with and Alongside People with Profound Intellectual Disabilities. Social Sciences, 11(4), 159. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci11040159
Guardino, C., Hall, K. W., Largo-Wight, E., & Hubbuch, C. (2019). Teacher and student perceptions of an outdoor classroom. Journal of Outdoor and Environmental Education, 22(2), 113–126. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42322-019-00033-7
Hong, S.-Y., Eum, J., Long, Y., Wu, C., & Welch, G. (2020). Typically Developing Preschoolers’ Behavior Toward Peers With Disabilities in Inclusive Classroom Contexts. Journal of Early Intervention, 42(1), 49–68. https://doi.org/10.1177/1053815119873071
Mann, J., Gray, T., Truong, S., Sahlberg, P., Bentsen, P., Passy, R., Ho, S., Ward, K., & Cowper, R. (2021). A Systematic Review Protocol to Identify the Key Benefits and Efficacy of Nature-Based Learning in Outdoor Educational Settings. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(3), 1199. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18031199
Pierce, S., & Maher, A. J. (2020). Physical activity among children and young people with intellectual disabilities in special schools: Teacher and learning support assistant perceptions. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 48(1), 37–44. https://doi.org/10.1111/bld.12301
Who pilots Spaceship Earth? Deliberative pedagogy for environmental and social justice
Socio-political action is insufficient for the climate crisis, partly due to its complexity and hegemonic norms. Young people’s futures will be especially impacted. Youth democratic engagement is often overlooked, despite the human right to express opinions and participate in political decision-making that affects them (UNCRC, 1989). The English school curriculum’s focus on subject mastery and assessment limits opportunities to learn extensively about climate, environmental and social justice, hindering more transformative learning and empowered engagement.
In his Operating Manual for Spaceship Earth (1969) Buckminster Fuller asked who should take responsibility for safeguarding the planet beyond countries’ individualistic ambitions. Recognising the twin impediments to cohesive governance of failing democracies (including lack of trust in governments and rising populism) and inadequate climate action, Willis (2020) suggests trying deliberative democracy. Ordinary people could help pilot Spaceship Earth. Increasingly, consensual decision-making on controversial subjects is being reached using citizens’ assemblies and juries, providing leaders with a clear mandate to act.
Could deliberative pedagogy similarly support young people’s learning, skills, and agency? This study introduces a local case study to school students (11- to 14-years-old) in Cumbria, England. Here the UK’s first deep coalmine for 30 years has been approved. Provoking vigorous public debate, it reveals pluralist perspectives on fossil fuels that embody economic, political, environmental, social, and cultural interests. Despite local, national, and global attention, young people have no forum in which to debate the coalmine’s meaning for them, their community, and futures. Using place-based deliberative pedagogy, students explore their relational positionality by analysing key narratives around the mine, collaborating on a review and recommendations for decision-makers. Through a capability approach lens, the research explores young people’s learning and agency as local and global citizens – or pilots. The implications of this approach within the wider European context will be discussed.
References:
Buckminster Fuller, R. (1969). Operating manual for spaceship earth. New York: EP Dutton.
Willis, R. (2020). Too hot to handle? The democratic challenge of climate change. Bristol: Bristol University Press.
The Role of Creative and co-developed research Methods to support Environmental Justice Oriented Education
Today, where environmental and social inequalities are prevalent globally, and the call for decolonising academia leads to pertinent ethical questioning, for example, questioning the inequalities and inequities that arise in research processes (Sempere, Aliyu, & Bollaert, 2022), the role creative and co-developed methods can take to ensure multiple voices are heard is of interest. There is a long history of creative and artistic methods in academia and education, however the Arts and Sciences still for many are divided, or in some cases, science is misusing art: “[…] to promote its hard-sell, to offer images that beautify its results, soften its impact and mask its collusion with corporations whose only interest in research is that it should ‘drive innovation’ (Ingold, 2018, p225). The role art has in education is also being interrogated, such as Biesta (2020) questioning the expressivist and instrumentalist ways art education can be practised that fall short of what he describes as being the ‘real educational work’, which he describes as “[..] bringing children and young people into dialogue with the world” (Biesta, 2020, p117).
Research that takes an active role in and for environmental justice can quickly lead us to question our responsibility as researchers. With this questioning comes the requirement, as Ingold (2018) critiques, for academic pursuit to ensure that the role of science as an ‘exporter of knowledge’, does not eclipse our societal duty of care and responsibility. This also demands us to understand why research is often done ‘on’ instead of ‘with’ participants, and within this understand in what context this is and is not appropriate.
With methodological roots in Action Research (Townsend, 2019) and Educational Design Research (McKenny & Reeves (2019), this presentation collates creative 'participatory' methods (such as Digital Stories, Artivisim, Photovoice, Community mapping and Visual-timelines), found in both educational and research contexts, that seek to engage participants as co-developers of research: Examples from Art Education (Duncum, 2017), Photovoice projects such as Harper et al (2017), Partners in Science from Willyard, Scudellari, and Nordling (2018), and Rodríguez-Labajos (2022) Artistic Activism literature synthesis, are presented to ignite reflection on ways to enable participants to take on proactive and empowered roles within research. From this the future of research concerning EEJ is critiqued and concludes by calling for the role of co-creative and co-developed methods in academia to not be underestimated.
References:
Biesta, G. (2020). Letting Art Teach: Art Education ‘after’Joseph Beuys Arnhem, The Netherlands.
Duncum, P. (2017). Engaging public space: Art education pedagogies for social justice. Social Justice and the Arts, 61-76.
Harper, K., Sands, C., Angarita Horowitz, D., Totman, M., Maitín, M., Rosado, J. S., ... & Alger, N. (2017). Food justice youth development: using Photovoice to study urban school food systems. Local Environment, 22(7), 791-808.
Ingold, T. (2018). From science to art and back again: The pendulum of an anthropologist. Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 43(3-4), 213-227.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting Educational Design Research: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.
Sempere, M. J. C., Aliyu, T., & Bollaert, C. (2022). Towards decolonising research ethics: from one-off review boards to decentralised north–south partnerships in an International Development Programme. Education Sciences, 12(4), 236.
Townsend, A. (2019). Who does action research and what responsibilities do they have to others?, Educational Action Research, 27:2, 149-151, DOI: 10.1080/09650792.2019.1582184
Rodríguez-Labajos, B. (2022). Artistic activism promotes three major forms of sustainability transformation. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability, 57, 101199.
Willyard, C., Scudellari, M., and Nordling, L., Partners in Science. Nature 562, 24–28 (2018)
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 31 SES 14 B JS: ***CANCELLED*** Joint Paper Session NW 27 and NW 31 Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Florence Ligozat Joint Paper Session NW 27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 14 B JS |
9:30 - 11:00 | 32 SES 14 A: Uncertainty and Responsibility: Exploring a manifold relationship in Higher Education Organizations Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Jörg Schwarz Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Symposium |
|
32. Organizational Education
Symposium Uncertainty and Responsibility: Exploring a Manifold Relationship in Higher Education Organizations Reducing uncertainty has always been one of the key achievements of organizations: They define goals and the ways to achieve them, they allocate resources and align the practices of their members with these objectives. They achieve this not least through a structure of roles and responsibilities that detaches their functioning from individuals and their peculiarities. In this way, organizations use responsibilities to create stability and predictability into an uncertain future. Of course, these organizational responsibilities are not necessarily congruent with the actual (causal) responsibility (Hart, 1968) of individual actors for certain organizational actions. Against the backdrop of an increasing complexity of social and technical systems in modernity, the very idea of attributing individual responsibility may seem outdated and even pre-modern (Besio, 2014). But nonetheless, for organizations there is unfolding room for practical negotiations on the attribution of effects to individual actors that can be made productive in limiting uncertainty – especially under the concept of “decision” (Brunsson, 1990). However, uncertainty seems to have grown to a challenging level: in times of multiple, overlapping crises of global proportions, uncertainty is no longer just a theoretical prerequisite of social practice in general, but an actual condition of everyday life that is perceptible to individual as well as organizational actors. Higher Education organizations are particularly affected by this development insofar as they find themselves in an ambivalent situation: On the one hand, orientation towards the future is inherent to them as a task and responsibility; on the other hand, they are particularly dependent on the reliability of future developments in connection with their concrete operations. As a symposium in network 32 at ECER 2024, we would like to explore the manifold relationships between uncertainty and responsibility in higher education organizations and their effects on organizational education. Generally, we believe that at least three forms of this relationship between uncertainty and responsibility in higher education organizations can be distinguished, that shall be explored in the symposium:
References Besio, C. (2014). Uncertainty and attribution of personal responsibility in organizations. Soziale Systeme, 19(2), 307–326. https://doi.org/10.1515/sosys-2014-0207 Brunsson, N. (1990). Deciding for responsibility and legitimation: Alternative interpretations of organizational decision-making. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 15(1), 47–59. https://doi.org/10.1016/0361-3682(90)90012-J Hart, H. L. A. (1968). Punishment and responsibility: essays in the philosophy of law. Oxford: Clarendon press. Presentations of the Symposium Understanding the Call for Decolonization as a Conduit for Creating Responsible and Responsive Higher Education Institutions in South Africa
The call for a decolonized higher education in 2015 (#RhodesMustFall) flagged that all was not well in higher education in South Africa. Student voices that initially petitioned for the eradication of the Western episteme in the curriculum soon included a call to decolonize university structures, including human resources and institutional processes, and culminated with a call to end university fees (#FeesMustFall). For many South African students, if they are lucky enough to make it to university, the start of a better life is enshrouded in debt, institutional alienation and exclusion, language challenges, and cultural intolerance. In this context, is it the responsibility of higher education to address historical legacies? This paper posits three responses. First, universities ought to be a public good. As such, it needs to be responsive to the needs of society, in terms of skills development, but also the values of citizenship. Second, as extensions of the democratic political economy, universities have the responsibility to mirror the values of this political disposition in their policies and practices, and third, given the political transition, higher education spaces are third spaces/ borderlands and are powerful in their ability to effect change. It is pivotal that universities use this power to demand transformation – for students and for society. The discussion contributes to the expanding discourse of decolonization in the Global South, as well as the debates around the role of higher education in the context of crises and neoliberalism.
References:
Anzaldúa, G. (1987). Borderlands/La Frontera: The New Mestiza. San Francisco, CA: Aunt Lute Books.
Gutiérrez, K.D. (2008). ‘Developing a sociocritical literacy in the third space’. Reading Research Quarterly 43, 148–164, https://doi.org/10.1598/RRQ.43.2.3
Jansen, J., & Walters, C. (2018). The Recent Crisis in South African Universities. International Higher Education, (96), 23–24
Jansen, J. & Walters, C. (2022). The Decolonization of Knowledge. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Govender, L., Naidoo, D. (2023). Decolonial insights for transforming the higher education curriculum in South Africa. Curriculum Perspectives 43(Suppl 1), 59–71. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41297-023-00200-3
Ndlovu-Gatsheni, S.J. (2021). ‘Internationalisation of higher education for pluriversity: a decolonial reflection’. Journal of the British Academy, 9(s1): 77–98.
Knowles, C., James, A., Khoza, L., Mtwa, Z., Roboji, M., & Shivambu, M. (2023). Problematising the South African Higher Education inequalities exposed during the Covid-19 pandemic: Students’ perspectives. Critical Studies in Teaching and Learning (CriSTaL), 11(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.14426/cristal.v11i1.668
Sayed, Y., Carrim, N., Badroodien, A., McDonald, Z., Singh, M. (2018) Learning to Teach in Post-Apartheid South Africa – ‘Student Teachers’ Encounters with Initial Teacher Education (Y Sayeded). Stellenbosch: African Sun Media.
University Social Responsibility in Times of Uncertainty: An Analysis of discursive positions in mission statements of German universities
In the context of multiple global crises and accelerated changes that we are facing, the relationship between university and society is also shifting. Consensuses that were thought to be secure and responsibilities that have long received little public attention are becoming more and more fragile: The discourse on fake news and post-truth is causing uncertainty among parts of the population about the resilience of knowledge and truth (Elven, 2022), digitalisation / AI is putting research and teaching infrastructure to the test (Pinheiro, Edelhard Tømte, Barman, Degn, & Geschwind, 2023) and the climate crisis is raising questions about the extent to which universities are still able to produce the knowledge they need or whether a fundamental reform of knowledge production is necessary (Schneidewind, Singer-Brodowski, & Augenstein, 2016). There is also a questioning of the self-image, task and role of science within the academic discourse - for example on the part of postcolonial studies (Seth, 2009).
On this backdrop, we currently are conducting a research project (funded by the German Research Foundation, project number 457876539), where we raise two core questions:
1. How do higher education institutions (HEI) position themselves in relation to these societal challenges, diverse demands and conflicting expectations? How do universities succeed - on an organizational level - in formulating a consistent concept of the universitys social responsibility?
2. How is this concept of social responsibility negotiated within the HEIs and how does the staff relate to it (e.g. accept, deny, negate constructively critize, …)? Which role does the social background of the staff play for relating and can we find systematic differences betweend different groups within the organization - especially between different generations of researchers?
In our contribution, we will present findings from the first step of the research project where we conducted a field-focussed discourse analysis of mission statements from German universities. For this investigation, we gathered mission statements from all universities in Germany (without universities for applied sciences and similar institutions; n=120). We analyzed these documents applying techniques of qualitative text analysis by Kuckartz (2014), suggestions for the methodization of discourse analysis (Diaz-Bone, 2006) and categorizing procedures in discourse analysis (Glasze, Husseini, & Mose, 2021).
In our presentation, we focus on uncertainties expressed in mission statements and related concepts of social responsibility. Based on these findings, we can shed light on the relationship between growing uncertainties in Europe and worldwide and the necessity to deal with social responsibility in HEIs.
References:
Diaz-Bone, R. (2006). Zur Methodologisierung der Foucaultschen Diskursanalyse. Historical Social Research / Historische Sozialforschung, 31(2), 243–274. Retrieved from https://www.jstor.org/stable/20762129
Elven, J. (2022). The Negotiation of Social Responsibility in Academia. An Analysis of Ethical Discourses on the March for Science at German Universities. Zeitschrift Für Diskursforschung, 10(1).
Glasze, G., Husseini, S., & Mose, J. (2021). Kodierende Verfahren in der Diskursforschung. In Handbuch Diskurs und Raum: Theorien und Methoden für die Humangeographie sowie die sozial- und kulturwissenschaftliche Raumforschung (pp. 293–314). Bielefeld: transcript. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783839432181
Kuckartz, U. (2014). Qualitative Text Analysis: A Guide to Methods, Practice and Using Software. London et al.: SAGE. Retrieved from https://books.google.com?id=9B2VAgAAQBAJ
Pinheiro, R., Edelhard Tømte, C., Barman, L., Degn, L., & Geschwind, L. (Eds.). (2023). Digital Transformations in Nordic Higher Education. Cham: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-27758-0
Schneidewind, U., Singer-Brodowski, M., & Augenstein, K. (2016). Transformative Science for Sustainability Transitions. In H. G. Brauch, Ú. Oswald Spring, J. Grin, & J. Scheffran (Eds.), Handbook on Sustainability Transition and Sustainable Peace (pp. 123–136). Cham: Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-43884-9_5
Seth, S. (2009). Putting knowledge in its place: Science, colonialism, and the postcolonial. Postcolonial Studies, 12(4), 373–388. https://doi.org/10.1080/13688790903350633
|
9:30 - 11:00 | 33 SES 14 A: Creating a Gallery of Hope: An Arts-based workshop Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Charlotte Clarke Research Worklshop |
|
33. Gender and Education
Research Workshop Creating a Gallery of Hope: An Arts-based workshop University of Sheffield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This workshop aligns with the research within the Gender and Education Network as part of the European Educational Research Association. More specifically it responds to the call; ‘Tackling crises and generating hope: including transforming intersectional gender relations through education’. The workshop is designed to ignite hope in those whose work considers the intersectionality between gender, disability and education. The aims of the workshop are two-fold; for attendees of the conference to practically explore the suitability for Arts-based methodology for educational research and to consider their positionality in relation to gender and school experience. The methods of this workshop are similar to those that I intend to use during my PhD and builds on those I used during my Masters and Bachelors projects. My research uses Arts-Based methodology to encourage Autistic women and girls to reflect on their school experiences.
My project is an important contribution to the field of educational research as it provides an alternative method of sharing and understanding lived experiences of Autistic women and girls. My PhD research works on the recommendations of my Undergraduate Dissertation (Clarke, 2020). The recommendations suggested that the women and girls with special educational needs, such as Autism, may experience school differently to their peers. This could be a result of masking (Happé, 2019, p.13). Masking is a term used to describe the act of consciously, or unconsciously, suppressing Autistic ways of being to socially conform to expected stereotypes within society (ibid). One of such stereotypes is the presentation of being a woman or girl. My previous research findings suggest that women and girls within the school environment are often described as passive and ‘silent’ (Hartman, 2006, p.82). This is reflected within current literature. My PhD research uses Arts-based methodology to explore the embodied nature of Autistic women and girls lived experiences of school. Similarly, the workshop that I will host at the European Conference of Educational Research will encourage attendees to reflect on their embodied experiences of school. More specifically, they will create Arts-based pieces to reflect their understanding of gender identity and consider how this may have influenced their school experience.
An Arts-Based methods workshop is both apt and pivotal to include within both my PhD research and at the ECER. Within my own research it provides an alternative method of sharing and gathering data from traditional, and often verbal techniques, such as interviews. This is important to consider when working with Autistic people given that additional communication needs are a key component of the Autistic lived experience (van Kessel and colleagues, 2019). By including this practical workshop as part of the ECER, I will introduce attendees to recognise the value of Arts-based methods for educational research. This includes the respectful nature of Arts-based research for appreciating the embodied nature of experiences. This is particularly important when working with disabled or other marginalised groups to explore their experiences of school. For example, women, girls and marginalised genders. Consequently, this workshop introduces an innovative methodological approach to working with Autistic people and exploring gendered experiences of school. It supports the growing body of research within Europe regarding the need for further contribution from Autistic people, particularly within ‘central and eastern Europe’ (Rolska and their colleagues, 2018). It responds to the Gender and Equality Strategy in an effort to provide academics with creative and alternative skills to ‘prevent and combat gender stereotypes and sexism’ (Council of Europe; Gender and Equality Commission, 2022, p.4) particularly within schools and educational research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This workshop aims to provide an opportunity for attendees of the ECER to practically engage with Arts-based research methods and to reflect on Arts-based methodology for educational research. The participants will be encouraged to think about the intersection between school experiences and gender. This will contribute to the growing work within the Gender and Education Network as part of the EERA. This workshop will last 90 minutes and asks the participants to create an original piece that represents their gendered school experience. The workshop will be split into 4 timeframes. As the chair of the workshop, I will use the first 15 minutes to present the key concepts of Arts-based research, discuss current discourse within the field, and explain how this methodological stance may apply to educational research. For example, projects that explore gender and disability. The second session of the workshop will last 50 minutes and will have two tasks. Task one provides time for the participants to practically engage with a method that contributes to Arts-based research. For example, through ‘literary’ (Leavy, 2018, p.4) means such as creating a poem or short-story or ‘visual arts’ through painting and collage. I will provide resources for participants to use to create such pieces, such as paper, collage material and pencils. ‘Loose parts’ objects (Anna, 2019) will be provided for manipulation and contribution of ‘performance’ based creations (Leavy, 2018, p.4), such as drama sketches. To allow participants time to freely explore the materials and methods they have chosen, I will allow them to dictate how much time they spend on task one before moving to task two. Task two will encourage the participant to reflect and think critically on how their piece reflects their gendered experience of school. 10 minutes will then be afforded to tidy the workshop area to respect the resources used and environment provided at the conference. I will host an opportunity for the participants to share their creations and experience of the workshop in the final 25 minutes. I will encourage attendees to share how their pieces reflect their gendered experiences and provide space for questions. I recognise that some Arts-based methods require ethical considerations for the attendees physical and emotional well-being. Therefore, physical opportunities such as dance methods will not be provided but will be discussed. Participants will be free to leave the session without reason when needed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This workshop is an important contribution to the ECER and the Gender and Education network as it responds to their call; ‘Tackling crises and generating hope: including transforming intersectional gender relations through education’. This workshop is anticipated to provide hope to academics currently working with Autistic pupils (van Kessel et al, 2019) and those of marginalised genders within Europe (Happé et al, 2019) by offering an opportunity to develop practical skills related to Arts-based research. It is hoped that the attendees will understand the value of Arts-based methodologies for educational research that considers embodied knowledge (Snowber, 2018) and intersections of gender and disability. This workshop will provide an opportunity for academics to critically reflect on their own positionality and use of methods to enable holistic experiences to be shared. Acting as the chair for this workshop will encourage my professional development as an Early Careers Researcher, more specifically my confidence in speaking to large groups of academics. In addition, I will be able to develop my understanding of how others interpret Arts-Based Research and the opportunity to practically engage in creative methods. This experience will be helpful for developing my own methodological stance and when considering the data gathering methods for my PhD research. This workshop is essential to the ECER as it provides an opportunity for the attendees to develop their academic and professional skills in relation to Arts-based research and critically consider their understanding of gender and own positionality. This opportunity will support my professional development as an Early Careers Researcher and add to the growing and critical work of the Gender and Education Network by responding to its call for ‘tackling crises and generating hope’. References Anna. (2019, March 26). Getting to grips with loose parts play. Retrieved from PACEY: https://www.pacey.org.uk/news-and-views/pacey-blog/2019/march-2019/getting-to-grips-with-loose-parts-play/ Carpenter, B., Happé, F., & Egerton, J. (2019). Where are all the Autsist girls? In Girls and Autism (pp. 1-17). Oxon: Routledge. Clarke, C (2020) The Good Girl. The University of Sheffield. Unpublished Dissertation. Council of Europe; Gender and Equality Commission. (2022). Activities and measures at the national level contributing to the achievement of the objectives of the Council of Europe Gender Equality Strategy 2018-2023. Council of Europe. Happé, F. (2019). Girls and Autism. Oxon: Routledge. Hartman, P. (2006). Loud on the inside: working-class girls, gender and literacy. Research in the teachings of English, 82-117. Leavy, P. (2018). Handbook of Arts-Based Research. New York: The Guilford Press. Roleska, M., Roman-Urrestarazu, A., Griffiths, S., V. Ruigrok, A., Holt, R., van Kessel, R., . . . Czabanowska, K. (2018). Autism and the right to education in the EU: policy mapping and scoping review of the United Kingdom, France, Poland and Spain. PLOS, 1-17. Snowber, C. Living, Moving and Dancing. In Leavy, P. (2018). Handbook of Arts-Based Research. New York: The Guilford Press. van Kessel, R., Walsh, S, Ruigrok, A., Holt, R., Yliherva, A., Kärna, E., . . . Roman-Urrestarazu, A. (2019). Autism and the right to education in the EU: policy mapping and scoping review of Nordic countries Denmark, Finland and Sweden. Molecular Autism, 1-15. |
9:30 - 11:00 | 34 SES 14 A: Political Socialization of Children in School Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Florian Monstadt Session Chair: Florian Monstadt Symposium |
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Symposium Political Socialization of Children in School Democracies all over the world are currently facing a variety of challenges. The rise of right-wing populist actors, particularly in Europe, and the associated erosion of democratic electorates or the establishment of autocratic systems, such as in Russia or China, reveal a glaring problem: the required diffuse support for democratic systems, as analysed by Easton (1975), is not as strong as assumed. In view of the strengthening of authoritarian regimes, e.g. through the election of Donald Trump, even Francis Fukuyama (2019) had to acknowledge that the triumph of liberal democracy is not a law of nature. In order to ensure the stability of democracies and to strengthen the acceptance of democratic values and human rights worldwide, democracies must address the question of how they manage to anchor democratic beliefs among their citizens. Friedrich Ebert's guiding principle "Democracy needs democrats" seems more relevant than ever. The central key to achieving this lies in the political education of children and young people. Research on political socialization has long focused primarily on adolescence and young adulthood as the formative phase for the development of political attitudes and identity (Abendschön, 2022). Even if political socialization can be understood as a lifelong process (Rippl, 2015), current research suggests that the foundation for the internalization of political and democratic beliefs and values is laid in childhood (Abendschön, 2010). While there are large-scale studies on the political attitudes of young people, such as the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 (Abs et al., 2024), there are still significant research gaps with regard to political socialization processes in childhood (Becher & Gläser, 2019). For example, it is still "open and controversial which orientations and skills are socialized at what time and in what way." (Abendschön, 2022, p. 644) Three major research gaps will be addressed and further closed during this symposium. The first paper, entitled "Democratic values as basic values of children. An analysis of the correlation for children in primary school." sheds light on the connection between basic values according to Schwartz's model and democratic values in children in elementary school. Particularly in adulthood, interesting results were found on the relationship between political values and the basic values of individuals (Schwartz et al., 2014). However, democratic values and beliefs were not considered, nor was this relationship investigated for children. The creation of synergies between the research areas of basic values and democratic values in childhood seems particularly promising, also for the design of political education programs in childhood. The second article entitled "Politics is only for men! - The impact of gender role attitudes on children's political interest, political knowledge, and political efficacy", focuses on possible influences of gender role attitudes on the political socialization of children at the beginning of lower secondary school. A large number of studies have repeatedly confirmed differences between girls and boys in terms of their political attitudes. Against this background, the study asks whether and how gender roles have an influence on children's political interest, knowledge and self-efficacy. The third article entitled "Implementing a short-term human rights education program in Greek primary schools to promote adjustment" links the empirical analysis of political socialization processes in childhood with practical implementation. An intervention on human rights values in childhood was carried out and empirically monitored in Greek elementary schools. This not only strengthened the children's political knowledge of democratic and human rights values, but also improved their emotional feelings and social behaviour. The results illustrate that human rights education not only has a positive effect on children's values, but also on their social perception and behaviour within the school. References Abendschön, S. (2010). Die Anfänge demokratischer Bürgerschaft: Sozialisation politischer und demokratischer Werte und Normen im jungen Kindesalter (1. Aufl). Nomos. Abendschön, S. (2022). Politische Bildung in Kindheit und Jugend. In H. Reinders, D. Bergs-Winkels, A. Prochnow, & I. Post (Eds.), Empirische Bildungsforschung (pp. 639–660). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Abs, H. J., Hahn-Laudenberg, K., Deimel, D., & Ziemes, J. F. (Eds.). (2024). ICCS 2022 Schulische Sozialisation und politische Bildung von 14-Jährigen im internationalen Vergleich (1. Auflage). Waxmann. Becher, A., & Gläser, E. (2019). Politisches Wissen von Grundschulkindern – die qualitative Studie „PoWi-Kids“. In A. Holzinger, S. Kopp-Sixt, S. Luttenberger, & D. Wohlhart (Eds.), Forschungsperspektiven und Entwicklungslinien. Waxmann. Easton, D. (1975). A Re-Assessment of the Concept of Political Support. British Journal of Political Science, 5(4), 435–457. Fukuyama, F., Hoffmann und Campe Verlag, & Rullkötter, B. (2019). Identität: Wie der Verlust der Würde unsere Demokratie gefährdet (Sonderausg. für die Landeszentralen für politische Bildung). Hoffmann und Campe. Rippl, S. (2015). Politische Sozialisation. In K. Hurrelmann, U. Bauer, M. Grundmann, & S. Walper (Eds.), Handbuch Sozialisationsforschung (8., vollständig überarbeitete Auflage, pp. 733–752). Beltz. Schwartz, S. H. et al. (2014). Basic Personal Values Underlie and Give Coherence to Political Values: A Cross National Study in 15 Countries. Political Behavior, 36(4), 899–930. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11109-013-9255-z Presentations of the Symposium Democratic Values as Basic Values of Children. An Analysis of the Correlation for Children in Primary School
The stability of democracies depends to a large extent on the development of democratic attitudes and values among their citizens (Easton, 1975). Childhood has emerged as an important phase in socialisation research (Döring, 2018). Although there are initial findings that democratic values and attitudes can already be observed in children, there is still a lack of empirical evidence in this regard (Abendschön, 2010). The research field of basic values has been researched more extensively in relation to childhood, but not with regard to a possible connection between basic values and democratic values.
In order to further close this research gap, more than 400 children in third and fourth grade in North Rhine-Westphalia in Germany were asked about their basic values and their democratic values and attitudes. The basic values were recorded using the Picture-based Value Survey for Children (PBVS-C; Döring et al., 2010) based on Schwartz's (2012) value model. In the case of democratic values, the focus was placed on five dimensions: Preference for democratic decision-making, equality, freedom of expression, acceptance of rules and renunciation of violence. Two central questions are addressed with the present study: 1. To what extent can correlations between basic values and democratic values and attitudes already be found in children? 2. Are there any indications of explanations for possible differences between the children with regard to their preference for democratic values?
The results indicate that children from the third grade onwards already have quite complex basic democratic values. They are already able to differentiate between different situations with regard to their evaluation of decision preferences. Furthermore, significant correlations can be identified between basic values and democratic values. In particular, the higher-order value dimensions "self-enhancement" and "self-transcendence" appear to play an important role in the preference for democratic values. Furthermore, there is a significant effect of the socioeconomic status. In addition, there are indications of possible influencing factors on children's democratic values. Both the person of the teacher and the opportunities for participation at class level seem to play an important role.
References:
Abendschön, S. (2010). Die Anfänge demokratischer Bürgerschaft: Sozialisation politischer und demokratischer Werte und Normen im jungen Kindesalter (1. Aufl). Nomos.
Döring, A. K. (2018). Measuring children’s values from around the world: Cross-cultural adaptations of the Picture-Based Value Survey for Children (PBVS-C). Studia Psychologica, 18(1), 49–59. https://doi.org/10.21697/sp.2018.18.1.03
Döring, A. K., Blauensteiner, A., Aryus, K., Drögekamp, L., & Bilsky, W. (2010). Assessing Values at an Early Age: The Picture-Based Value Survey for Children (PBVS–C). Journal of Personality Assessment, 92(5), 439–448. https://doi.org/10.1080/00223891.2010.497423
Easton, D. (1975). A Re-Assessment of the Concept of Political Support. British Journal of Political Science, 5(4), 435–457.
Schwartz, S. H. (2012). An Overview of the Schwartz Theory of Basic Values. Online Readings in Psychology and Culture, 2(1). https://doi.org/10.9707/2307-0919.1116
Politics is Only for Men! The Impact of Gender Role Attitudes on Children’s Political Interest, Political Knowledge, and Political Efficacy
Men and boys are more interested in politics (Fraile and Sánchez‐Vítores 2020), know more about politics (Abendschön and Tausendpfund 2017; Oberle 2012; Vollmar 2007) and have a greater political efficacy (Gidengil et al. 2008) than women and girls. This well-researched Gender Gap is as alarming and requires further investigation. One explanatory approach is provided by socialization theory, according to which boys and girls internalize different ideas about politics and their gender-specific roles within the political system during socialization processes (Bos et al. 2022). In line with their environmental influences, they familiarize themselves with politics as a male-dominated sphere and adapt their perspective accordingly. Following on from this approach it can be assumed that political gender role attitudes are crucial for the development of political interest, political knowledge, and political efficacy. This article therefore aims to investigate the relationships between these concepts, which are particularly relevant in democratic societies. The underlying research question is: Do political gender role attitudes have an impact on political interest, political knowledge, and political efficacy and, if so, how? Particular attention is paid to possible differences between girls and boys and between children with and without a migration background.
To take into account the complexity of the relationships, the analysis is based on structural equation models. This method allows the simultaneous consideration of several directed relationships (Aichholzer 2017, p. 9) and is therefore appropriate for addressing the research question. The data used originates from our research project on political socialization, in which almost 1,300 fifth-graders were surveyed. The data collection was conducted between October 2022 and February 2023 in a total of 20 schools using a specially developed paper questionnaire adapted to the age of the respondents. First results indicate that there are complex but interesting relationships between the concepts investigated. As suspected, the gender role attitudes have an effect, which, however, must be considered in a differentiated way regarding both the dependent variable and the comparison groups.
References:
References
Abendschön, Simone, and Markus Tausendpfund. 2017. Political Knowledge of Children and the Role of Sociostructural Factors. American Behavioral Scientist 61:204–221.
Aichholzer, Julian. 2017. Einführung in lineare Strukturgleichungsmodelle mit Stata. Wiesbaden, Heidelberg: Springer VS.
Bos, Angela L., Jill S. Greenlee, Mirya R. Holman, Zoe M. Oxley and Celeste J. Lay. 2022. This One’s for the Boys: How Gendered Political Socialization Limits Girls’ Political Ambition and Interest. American Political Science Review 116:484–501.
Fraile, Marta, and Irene Sánchez‐Vítores. 2020. Tracing the Gender Gap in Political Interest Over the Life Span: A Panel Analysis. Political Psychology 41:89–106.
Gidengil, Elisabeth, Janine Giles and Melanee Thomas. 2008. The Gender Gap in Self-Perceived Understanding of Politics in Canada and the United States. Politics & Gender 4:535–561.
Oberle, Monika, ed. 2012. Politisches Wissen über die Europäische Union. Subjektive und objektive Politikkenntnisse von Jugendlichen. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Vollmar, Meike. 2007. Politisches Wissen bei Kindern - nicht einfach nur ja oder nein. In Kinder und Politik. Politische Einstellungen von jungen Kindern im ersten Grundschuljahr, eds. Jan W. van Deth, Simone Abendschön, Julia Rathke and Meike Vollmar, 119-160. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Implementing a Short-Term Human Rights Education Program in Greek Primary Schools to Promote Adjustment
The active implementation of human rights at school seems to foster an inclusive environment based on democratic values (e.g., Bajaj et al., 2016. Stavrou et al., 2023). Studies show that the educational value of human rights is gradually recognized by both students and teachers shifting from traditional to more participatory and cooperative teaching methods. Although human rights education has different forms, there is currently a general research interest on its transformative nature (Bajaj, 2017. Tibbitts, 2017). Transformative human rights education describes learning about, through and for human rights. However, the evidence demonstrating its effectiveness at school is scarce (Bajaj, 2017). For example, little is known about its effect on children’s adjustment at school, which reflects their interpersonal relationships, school perceptions, school attitudes, and feelings at school (Vassilopoulos et al., 2018). Thus, the aim of the present study was the evaluation of a 12-session, short-term, school-based transformative human rights education program on children’s knowledge of human rights and their school adjustment. Specifically, it investigated whether the children’s perceptions of human rights, empathy, school liking, school avoidance and loneliness would change after the implementation of the program. Sample selection was based on the availability of the teachers who contributed as group facilitators. Research participants were 340 Greek primary school students, who were allocated in the intervention group (n = 187) and the control group (n = 153). Intervention group members participated in 12 weekly human rights education sessions with activities from the Compasito manual on human rights (Flowers et al., 2007). Control group members followed the official school curriculum and did not participate in any human rights education program. Research data were collected through a written questionnaire, measuring knowledge of human rights, interpersonal relationships with their teacher and peers, empathy, and perceptions, attitudes, and feelings towards school. The questionnaire was administered to all participants one week prior and one week after the termination of the program. A follow-up measurement was conducted four months later. Results were encouraging in the intervention group, showing an increase in the members’ knowledge of rights, emotional support from their teacher and peers, and school liking, as well as a decrease in school avoidance, and loneliness. On the other hand, control group members did not report any improvement over time. Human rights education seems beneficial to children and schools, enhancing adjustment through strong human bonds and engaging school environments. Benefits and further human rights education possibilities are discussed.
References:
Bajaj, M. (Ed.). (2017). Human rights education: Theory, research, praxis. University of Pennsylvania Press.
Bajaj, M., Cislaghi, B., & Mackie, G. (2016). Advancing transformative human rights education: Appendix D to the report of the global citizenship commission. Open Book Publishers.
Flowers, N., Santos, M. E. B., & Szelényi, Z. (2007). Compasito: Manual on human rights education for children. Council of Europe.
Stavrou, V., Brouzos, A., Vassilopoulos, S. P., & Koutras, V. (2023). Evaluating the impact of human rights education on the adjustment of Greek primary school students. International Journal of Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1002/ijop.12937
Tibbitts, F. L. (2017). Revisiting ‘emerging models of human rights education’. International Journal of Human Rights Education, 1(1), 2.
Vassilopoulos, S. P., Brouzos, A., & Koutsianou, A. (2018). Outcomes of a universal social and emotional learning (SEL) group for facilitating first-grade students' school adjustment. International Journal of School & Educational Psychology, 6(3), 223–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/21683603.2017.1327830
|
11:00 - 11:30 | Break 18: ECER Coffee Break |
11:30 - 13:00 | 01 SES 16 A: Understanding Middle Leaders’ Communicative Practices for Supporting Professional Learning: a Practice Perspective on Dialogue, Relationality and Responsivity (Part 2) Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Peter Grootenboer Session Chair: Peter Grootenboer Symposium Part 2/2, continued from 01 SES 14 A |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Part 2: Understanding Middle Leaders’ Communicative Practices for Supporting Professional Learning: a Practice Perspective on Dialogue, Relationality and Responsivity This symposium contributes to decades of international research designed to understand and improve leadership practices across educational sites. In times where uncertainty for educational development prevails, the work of a group of educators described as middle leaders, whose remit is largely to support professional learning, brings hope to teaching development. Scholarship shows that the study of educational leadership is predominantly focused on the work, characteristics, and practices of school principals (Gurr & Drysdale, 2013). Yet among the web of leadership practices (Nehez et al., 2022), the leading and development practices of middle leaders are less prominent as a dedicated focus of research (Forde et al., 2019). Across the globe, middle leaders are increasingly recruited to support site-based education development of teachers in primary and secondary schools, preschools, and universities (Grootenboer et al., 2020; Vangrieken et al., 2017). Site-based education development, a term coined by Kemmis et al. (2024), is a central notion for capturing the actual situatedness (needs and circumstances of practitioners) that influence the practices for leading professional learning. This symposium draws together research conducted in Australia, New Zealand and Sweden seeking to redress the more limited body of research focused on middle leadership, particularly as it relates to the productivity of communicative practices employed when middle leaders lead education development in their own settings. Middle leaders are variously defined across different educational jurisdictions and international contexts (Lipscomb et al., 2023); for example, they are known as first teachers or development leaders in Sweden, or instructional leaders, instructional teachers or middle leaders in Australia and New Zealand. Among their designated roles, it is generally understood that a main responsibility is to facilitate professional development and curriculum change initiatives (Rönnerman et al., 2018). In this symposium, presenters consider middle leaders as those educators responsible for leading, teaching, communicating and collaborating with teams of colleagues as they manage and facilitate professional development among their colleagues (Grootenboer et al., 2020). As previous research has shown, as middle leaders lead the learning of others, the framing and focus of their roles and responsibilities shift responsively across their leading practices requiring different relational intensities as they work alongside teaching colleagues and senior leadership (Edwards-Groves et al., 2023). This heightens the research attention needed to illuminate the sociality, so communicative interactional imperatives, of middle leading practices. Capitalising on the ‘practice turn’ in education (Kemmis et al., 2014), the papers in this symposium utilise practice theories to explore the nature and influence of middle leaders’ communicative practices as they engage in their leading work. Broad questions for the collection of papers consider the relationship between middle leading practices (what actually happens), the sociality (the intersubjective and interpersonal), the situatedness (the site-ontological responsiveness) and the enabling and constraining conditions (or practice architectures) which influence the day-to-day practices of middle leaders. Practice theories attend assiduously to the site in both existential and ontological terms as being sited (in actual places where things happen), not just as a location in an abstract and universal matrix of space-time (Kemmis et al., 2014, pp. 214-215). In this light, the papers aim to show how middle leaders leading the practice development of their colleagues recognise and respond to the local contingencies ‘at work’ in the site. This reciprocally requires a theory of practice that treats middle leading practices as situated, socially, dialogically, ontologically and temporally constituted. This view of practices is important for considering, as the papers in this symposium do, ways the communication practices enacted by middle leaders are comprised of practices that promote and embody dialogue, relationality and responsivity. References Edwards-Groves, C., et al. (2023). Middle leading practices of facilitation, mentoring and coaching for teacher development: A focus on intent and relationality. International Journal of Education Policy and Leadership, 19(1), 1-20. Forde, C., et al. (2019). Evolving policy paradigms of middle leadership in Scottish and Irish education: implications for middle leadership professional development. School Leadership & Management, 39 (3-4), 297-314. Grootenboer, P., Edwards-Groves, C. & Rönnerman, K. (2020). Middle Leadership in Schools: A practical guide for leading learning. Routledge. Gurr, D., & Drysdale, L. (2013). Middle‐level secondary school leaders: Potential, constraints and implications for leadership preparation and development. Journal of Educational Administration, 51(1), 55–71 Kemmis, S., et al. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer. Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. Nehez, J., Sülau, V., & Olin, A. (2022). A web of leading for professional learning: Leadership from a decentring perspective. Journal of educational administration and history, 55 (1), 23-38. Rönnerman, K., Edwards-Groves, C., & Grootenboer, P. (2018). Att leda från mitten - lärare driver professionell utveckling [trans: Leading from the middle - Teachers driving professional development]. Lärarförlaget. Vangrieken, L., et al. (2017). Teacher communities as a context for professional development: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 61, 47–59. Presentations of the Symposium “Co-leading” for School Improvement: The Complex Role of Middle Leaders
This paper presents critique of the development of “co-leading” (Spillane et al., 2008) practices among principals’ and teachers’ in a distributed model for school improvement initiative implemented in primary schools in a Swedish municipality. “Co-leading” is a collaborative practice whereby principals and teachers, as middle leaders (Rönnerman et al., 2018), work in a distributed leadership model for school improvement. “Co-leading”, recommended in the state public inquiry report The Trust Delegation (Bringselius, 2018), draws on the theoretical framework of distributed leadership which values the mutual execution of leading (Spillane, 2006). The notion of distribution argues for others than formal leaders to have authority to lead (Liljenberg, 2015) in orientations focused on ‘power-with’ rather than ‘power-over’ (Møller, 2002). “Co-leading” is built on a foundation of trust, openness, transparency, tolerance and reciprocal accountability which require genuine collaboration and communication between the leaders. Importantly, ‘accountability’ means recognising the mutual relationship between answerability, responsibility, and capacity-building (Hatch, 2013).
Over four years a distributed leadership model involving principals and teachers as “co-leaders” with site responsive assignments focused on leading school improvement was developed in the Stenungsund municipality. The project design, inspired by Ekholm’s (1989) infrastructure model based on Miles’ (1965) understanding of social life in organizations, involved principals and teachers as middle leaders being assigned tasks, responsibilities, and mandates to lead school-based activities for teachers’ professional learning. Critical reflection, evaluation, and analysis of participant feedback found that to make the distributed leadership practice work, requires leaders at all levels to take explicit accountability for their assignments. Lack of clear assignment descriptions tended to limit co-leaders work to simply passing on information and administration (Harris, 2014). Multiple dimensions of accountability were found, including:
• Individual teachers’ accountability for instructional development.
• Teaching staff’s collective accountability in educational practice development.
• Individual “co-leaders” accountability in collective developing an improvement area.
• “Co-leader” networks collective accountability in developing an improvement area.
• Networks coordinators’ accountability for the development of “co-leaders” learning and leading of teachers’ learning.
• Principals’ accountability in leading individual “co-leaders” and their network.
• Head of schools’ accountability in leading principals’ learning and leading.
Findings provide insight into ways the co-leader initiative has implications for designing professional learning through a systematic and collaborative process where co-leaders work together to develop mutual understandings of what reciprocal accountability must entail. Results also show that a successful distributed leadership practice including teachers builds capacity for middle leader development.
References:
Bringselius, L. (2018). Styra och leda med tillit – Forskning och praktik. SOU 2018:38. Utbildningsdepartementet, Stockholm.
Ekholm, M. (1989). Att organisera en skola. In, L. Svedberg & M. Zaar (Eds), Skolans själ (s. 17–36). Utbildningsförlaget.
Harris, A. (2014). Distributed leadership matters: Perspectives, Practicalities, and Potential. Corwin.
Hatch, T. (2013). Beneath the surface of accountability: Answerability, responsibility and capacity-building in recent education reforms in Norway. Journal of Educational Change, 14 (2), 113-138.
Liljenberg, M. (2015). Distributing leadership to establish developing and learning school organisations in the Swedish context. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(1), 152-170.
Miles, M. (1965). Planned Change and Organizational Health: Figure and Ground. Change Processes in the Public School, (p. 12–34). University of Oregon Press.
Møller, J. (2002). Democratic leadership in an age of managerial accountability. Improving Schools, 5(1), 11-20.
Rönnerman, K., Edwards-Groves, C., & Grootenboer, P. (2018). Att leda från mitten - lärare driver professionell utveckling [trans: Leading from the middle - Teachers driving professional development]. Lärarförlaget.
Spillane, J. (2006). Distributed leadership. Jossey-Bass
Spillane, J., Camburn, E., Pustejovsky, J., Pareja, A., & Lewis, G. (2008). Taking a Distributed Perspective: Epistemological and Methodological Trade-offs in Operationalizing the Leader-Plus Aspect. Journal of Educational Administration, 46(2), 189–213.
Dialogue Conferences for Promoting Knowledge Sharing and Engagement in Teacher Professional Learning
It is well established that middle leaders make a difference in school development (Edwards-Groves et al., 2019) but understanding their specific leading practices has remained less clear, particularly of those middle leaders who have both teaching and leading responsibilities in schools (Grootenboer et al., 2014, 2020). This paper examines the efficacy of dialogue conferences employed as a participatory approach to supporting middle leaders’ professional learning in a four-year research project investigating middle leaders practices in Australian schools. Dialogue conferences, also known as research circles or study circles, is a methodology rooted in Scandinavian traditions of democracy, collaboration and inclusion (Löfqvist et al., 2019; Rönnerman & Olin, 2012).
In this study, dialogue conferences involving middle leaders were used as a collaborative approach for determining the day-to-day practices middle leaders enact when supporting teaching change in their schools. The dialogue conferences had three interrelated purposes: i) member checking, ii) professional learning and dissemination, and iii) data gathering. In this presentation, we focus on the first and second purposes to discuss ways dialogic conferences created conditions which validated the work of middle leaders and simultaneously promoted robust engagement in professional conversations and extended knowledge about nature of middle leading roles and responsibilities.
Deductive thematic analysis, using the theory of practice architectures as an analytical framework, showed how participating in the dialogue conferences enabled middle leaders to enter and engage in a democratic dialogic space that valued different ideas, practices, experiences and opinions (Bahktin, 1981). Participants attributed value in the activities (guided, but not governed, by the researchers) that explored their understandings about their own leading practices; and, according to participants, to ‘challenge theoretical thinking’, ‘broaden understanding of professional practices’, ‘boost to confidence in using existing ideas about middle leading work’ and to ‘introduce a valuable new, expanded lexicon about middle leading practices’. To conclude, the dialogue conferences created cultural-discursive, material-economic and social-political arrangements that enabled middle leader participants to (a) extol the value of encouraging dialogue about their different leading practices; and (b) be reflexively encouraged the develop intersubjective understandings about their own ideas, presuppositions, knowledge and practices. Responding to Forde et al’s (2019) call for focused professional development for middle leaders, results demonstrate the value of dialogue conferences for rigorous intellectual engagement and knowledge generation.
References:
Bakhtin, M. (1981). The Dialogic Imagination: Four Essays by M.M. Bakhtin. M. Holquist (Ed). Trans. C. Emerson and M. Holquist. University of Texas Press. Edwards-Groves, C., Grootenboer, P., Hardy, I., & Rönnerman, K. (2019). Driving change from ‘the middle’: middle leading for site based educational development, School Leadership & Management, doi10.1080/13632434.2018.1525700
Forde, C., et al. (2019). Evolving policy paradigms of middle leadership in Scottish and Irish education: implications for middle leadership professional development. School Leadership & Management, 39 (3-4), 297-314.
Grootenboer, P., Edwards-Groves, & Rönnerman, K. (2014). Leading practice development: Voices from the middle. Professional Development in Education, 41(3), 508-526.
Grootenboer, P., Edwards-Groves, C. & Rönnerman, K. (2020). Middle Leadership in Schools. Routledge. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer.
Löfqvist, C., Månsson Lexell, M., Nilsson, M., & Iwarsson, S. (2019). Exploration of the research circle methodology for user involvement in research on home and health dynamics in old age. Journal of Housing for the Elderly, 33 (2), 85-102.
Rönnerman, K., & Olin, A. (2012). Research circles - enabling changes in site based educational development. Paper presented at the Australian Association of Research in Education, Sydney, December, 2012.
Convergences and Divergences Between Communication Practices in Middle leadership Research: Perspectives from Australia, New Zealand and Sweden
This paper critiques middle leadership research, in particular the research presented in this symposium, that address and account for ways the different communicative practices of middle leaders in Australia, New Zealand and Sweden align and disalign - converge and diverge. It contextualises and capitalises on the growing body of international middle leadership research the site-based conditions under which middle leaders work in the different jurisdictions. In particular, the paper discusses the concept of communicative space, and the practices that middle leaders employ, as a productive way to promote teacher professional learning in schools.
By drawing across the papers, remarks will be made about the need to understand the nature of how such a space is constituted as practice-in-action. In particular it aims to shed light on what space means in the creation of communicative spaces - as a practice architecture - which promote open productive dialogues, a notion often taken to be a catch-all phrase. It seeks to shed light on the importance of communication practices in middle leader work to extend beyond more common understandings of ‘collaborative learning’ (Fisher, 2013) and ‘communities of practices’ (Wenger, 2000). The discussion will highlight the nature of the spaces and the practices enacted by middle leaders, to consider how in the different international settings these spaces are created, nourished and sustained by the leading practices of middle leaders.
The critique will directly highlight how each of the papers from the different national contexts enable and constrain communication through the practices of middle leaders as examined in the research. Questions will be posed the presenting authors related to further research.
References:
Grootenboer, P., Edwards-Groves, C. & Rönnerman, K. (2020). Middle Leadership in Schools: A practical guide for leading learning. Routledge.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer.
Rönnerman, K., Edwards-Groves, C., & Grootenboer, P. (2018). Att leda från mitten - lärare driver professionell utveckling [trans: Leading from the middle - Teachers driving professional development]. Lärarförlaget.
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 02 SES 16 A: Skills Shortage in Europe Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Ida Kristina Kühn Research Workshop |
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Research Workshop Skills Shortage and Recruitment of Skilled Workers in the EU, UK, and Norway: Development of Local Human Capital or Immigration? 1Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 2ITB Bremen University, Germany; 3ITB Bremen University, Germany; 4ITB Bremen University, Germany; 5Leeds University Business School, UK; 6Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Skill mismatches and especially skill shortages present significant challenge for the socio-economic development of many EU countries and neighboring developed economies in the conditions of the post-pandemic recovery and degrading global geopolitical situation. Understanding of the nature of skill mismatch and skill shortages in the context of changing labour markets and their implications for labour migration is crucially important in seeking to deal with existing inadequacies by applying skills development, activation and matching, remuneration, changing work conditions and innovations at work (EC, 2020). According to the European Labour Authority (McGrath, 2021) skills shortages in the workforce affect as many as 28 occupations currently employing 14% of the total EU workforce, concerning STEM, healthcare, IT and communication, as well as transport, hospitality, retail, manufacturing and construction. Skill shortages are usually dealt by the labour market stakeholders and policy makers by investing in the development of the local human capital or relying on attracting of the migrant workers. Triandafyllidou (2017) claims that current skills shortages in the EU can be dealt with more effectively by a demand-led approach taking into consideration economic cycles of Member States, different economies and labour markets and long-term socio-demographic processes like ageing of societies, configuration of nuclear families without extended support networks, and participation of women in paid work. McGrath (2021) claims that most employees in shortage occupations in the EU have a medium level of qualification and the possibilities to compensate for skills shortages by employing migrants are limited by the shortage of such workers in origin countries. Despite of growing understanding of the role of immigration in the solution of skills shortages in the EU and neighboring developed countries, applied practices of immigration and integration of migrant workforce raise many issues of sustainability. Employing migrant workers is widely used to solve labour and skills shortages but is often based on short-term economic interests and lacks socio-economic sustainability. European Commission concern over reliance of sectors and enterprises in the EU on low skilled migrant workforce is because this is an unsustainable strategy that worsens the quality of work and life not only for migrants but also for the societies of host countries. Sustainability of international recruitment of migrants involves not only dignity of their work and employment but also development of their human capital by creating a pool of talent to be used also by countries of origin (EC, 2020). The EU New Pact on Migration (European Commission 2020) encourages the establishment of wide skills partnerships in the EU and third countries covering policies of education, economic development, public administration, sectoral development, research, energy, environmental protection and dealing with climate change. This document also stresses the importance of capacity building for VET and integration of returning migrants in both countries of origin and destination. This workshop seeks to discuss the implications of the skills shortage models of so called destination countries in Europe for the choices of economic stakeholders and policy makers between the investment in the development of local human capital and attracting migrant workforce. There are discussed the following research questions: 1) What are the common and specific features of skill matching and skills shortages in the countries? 2) How are the eventual skill mismatches and shortages regarded and treated by the enterprises, education and training providers and policy makers? 3) Tow what extent and how immigration and attracting foreign workforce is favored as solution of skill matching and shortage problems? It is based on the research executed in the framework of the EU Horizon 2020 programme project “Skill Partnerships for Sustainable and Just Migration Patterns (Skills4Justice) implemented in 2023-2026. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research study involves identification of the demand of qualifications in the sectors of economy and explanation of the reasons of existing shortages of qualifications, identification of the changes in the demand of skills in the selected occupations with the most important shortages of skilled workforce by applying work process analysis, research of availability of the free skilled workforce, disclosing capacities of the national system of qualifications, education and training providers to adjust the existing supply of qualifications to the changing demand, assessing the need to expand workforce by investing in the local HC or recruiting foreign labour. Exploration of the skills shortage model for recruitment of skilled workers is based on the collecting and analysis of the available official statistical data on the demand and supply of skills and qualifications, as well as conducting of qualitative research by interviewing representatives of employers (20 interviews per country), education and training institutions (15 interviews per country), national policy making institutions (5 interviews per country) in the involved countries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research study will disclose the key characteristics of the skill shortage models in the EU countries (Lithuania, Poland, Germany, Italy, France, Norway, UK) and will explain the related choices of policy and practice solutions between the investment in the development of the local human capital and attracting migrant workers. It will also elaborate on the sustainability of these solutions by referring to the challenges posed by the global demographic, socio-economic and geopolitical context. References European Commission (2020). Briefing paper EMN – JRC – DG Home Roundtable. EU labour migration policy: time to move from a skill-based to a sector-based framework? 5 November 2020 McGrath J (2021) Report on Labour Shortages and Surpluses November 2021. Brussels: European Labour Authority. Triandafyllidou A (2017) A Sectorial Approach to Labour Migration: Agriculture and Domestic Work. In M McAuliffe and M Klein Solomon (Conveners) (2017) Ideas to Inform International Cooperation on Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration. Geneva: IOM. Triandafyllidou A and Yeoh BSA (2023) Sustainability and Resilience in Migration Governance for a Post-pandemic World. Journal of Immigrant & Refugee Studies 21(1): 1-14. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 04 SES 16 A: Teacher Agency and Relevant Teacher Education in Contexts of Change and Diversity Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Natasa Pantic Session Chair: Gregor Ross Dørum Maxwell Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Teacher Agency and Relevant Teacher Education in Contexts of Change and Diversity Global trends of increasing inequalities, decreasing citizen participation, pandemics, climate or technological change all have a profound impact on education. At the same time education is a critical site for change-making that can empower citizens to shape their future, but also those of communities and societies. Educational literature and policies increasingly suggest that teachers can act as ‘agents of change’ for addressing the challenges, such as increasing diversity of student populations that result from migration flows, or those related to the spread of artificial intelligence. The idea that teachers can be key actors for leading and responding to change has reflected in the increasing number of empirical studies of teacher agency in relation to inclusion and social justice (Li & Ruppar, 2020; Pantić, 2017), school transformations (Reinius et al., 2022), climate change (Andrzejewski, 2016) and responses to pandemic (Ehren et al., 2021). These and other studies have started to show how teachers exercise agency for different purposes, pointing to the importance of relationships and collaboration, accounting for diversity of perspectives, opportunities for reflection. However, teachers’ capacity to act as agents of change is still under-researched, especially with regards to their impact on change and its mechanisms amidst other powerful influences. How do they make a difference that really matters to their students, professional and wider communities? And how can they be prepared and empowered to exercise agency to enact, shape or at times challenge change? Agency is often described as a slippery concept. Different philosophical, sociological, psychological and educational theories emphasise differently individual and social aspects of agency. Questions about the nature and purposes of change are at the heart of understanding teachers’ roles and ways of responding to various, often external, agendas. Studies begin to show how educators’ own understanding of change might position them as both agents of change and of continuity. For example, they might embrace or resist technological change depending on its impact on their practice and availability of support to develop relevant skills. Teacher agency is highly contextualised and dependant on other actors in complex institutional, political and cultural dynamics (Berliner, 2002; Vongalis-Macrow, 2007). Taking into account its relational and contextual nature, this symposium considers manifestations of teachers’ agency for different purposes and across different contexts, and its implications for teacher education and development, as follows: 1) The first paper considers interaction between teachers’ relational agency and structural conditions in three schools in Scotland, focusing on the patterns of teachers’ collaboration around support for migrant students. 2) The second paper considers the impact of the accessibility of artificial intelligence on Italian teachers’ agency focusing on their own beliefs, expectations, and fears. 3) The third paper highlights the importance of collaborative learning for development of teacher agency in Collaborative Action Research (CAR) programmes in six schools in Serbia. 4) The fourth paper considers the internationalisation of teacher education programmes in Sweden as a way of broadening student teachers’ perspectives that can make a difference towards addressing global challenges, such as diversity and inclusion. Together these papers aim to unpack the concept of teacher agency for change in relation to the different areas of change and relative to the specific opportunities and constrains afforded by different school and country contexts. Central to these considerations is the role of schools and educators in shaping rather than simply responding to and coping with change. The symposium also considers opportunities for teacher education and development to collectively, together with learners and other actors, shape the kind of education that reflects the needs of their communities and for learning across different school and policy contexts. References Li, L., & Ruppar, A. (2020). Conceptualizing teacher agency for inclusive education: A systematic and international review. Teacher Education and Special Education, 44(1), 42-59. doi:10.1177/0888406420926976 Pantić, N. (2017). An exploratory study of teacher agency for social justice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 66, 219–230. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.04.008 Ehren, M., Madrid, R., Romiti, S., Armstrong, P. W., Fisher, P., & McWhorter, D. L. (2021). Teaching in the COVID-19 era: Understanding the opportunities and barriers for teacher agency. Perspectives in Education, 39(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.18820/2519593X/pie.v39.i1.5 Reinius, H., Kaukinen, I., Korhonen, T., Juuti, K., & Hakkarainen, K. (2022). Teachers as transformative agents in changing school culture. Teaching and Teacher Education, 120, 103888. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103888 Presentations of the Symposium Connecting the Dots: Teachers’ Agency to Support Migrant Students in Scotland from Policies to Practice
This study aims to connect the dots between policies and practices in teachers' support for migrant students in Scotland. A universalist approach to integration of migrants in schools requires teachers to collaborate with specialists such as English as Additional language to support students withing the mainstream provision. In doing so they exercise a form of relational agency (Edwards, 2010) to mobilise the knowledge that exists within the school community. While contexts matter for the formation and dynamics of collaborative relationships and networks in schools, which contexts matter and how, however, often remains unestablished. Our study observes how teachers in three different schools collaborate with specialists to enact policy guidelines. The research questions are: 1) how the forms of teachers' collaboration reflect the policy arrangements within their school culture, and 2) in students’ perceptions.
The study is informed by the principles of inclusive pedagogy, which sees diversity as the norm. In particular, the principle of inclusive collaboration among teachers and school staff is used as an interpretative lens for interactions that underlie teachers’ relational agency (Pantic & Florian, 2015) to codify the intensity and nature of teachers' collaborations and networks supporting migrant students, especially in their interactions with specialists.
The study triangulates data collected with mixed methods, including social network and policy analysis, with qualitative fieldwork data collected in three schools in Scotland - Juniper, Beech, and Rowan (pseudonyms) - over the course of three years, from 2020 to 2023.
The findings show how schools operating in the same policy setting have taken different approaches to addressing student diversity in their internal policies and to inform their daily practice. Teachers in different schools have used specialist support, such as the English for Additional Language teacher, differently in ways that are more or less aligned to the principles of inclusive pedagogy. Findings also show that policies largely focus on academic learning, with little to no mention of socialization and a sense of belonging, which is also reflected in students’ perceptions. Migrant students are primarily seen as speakers of a different language, flattening the heterogeneity of the group. Overall, this study unveils teachers’ relational practices in the support of migrant students at the intersection between the prevailing approach in Scotland and school-specific cultures of collaboration.
References:
Edwards, P. A. (2010). Relational Agency: Working with Other Practitioners. In Being an Expert Professional Practitioner (pp. 61–79). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-3969-9_4
Pantić, N. & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry 6(3), 333-351.
Will Artificial Intelligence Empower or Hinder Teachers' Agency? An Exploratory Study of Primary School Teachers' beliefs
The recent global emergence of freely accessible Artificial Intelligence (AI) platforms has marked a radical turning point in the field of education as well. However, while some analysts magnify the potential beneficial effects of AI on student learning, others highlight the risk that AI may impoverish the social and emotional aspects of teaching and, more broadly, deprofessionalize teachers (Holmes, 2023; UNESCO, 2021). This tension also permeates research on AI in Education (AIED), which highlights the potential of such tools in promoting student learning (e.g., by providing personalized learning content and intelligent feedback), but overlooks the crucial role played by teachers in facilitating this enhancement (Lameras, 2022).
In light of this, it is pivotal to investigate the effects that the introduction of AI in schools has on teacher agency, as a key dimension of their professionalism. To this end, this contribution adopts a notion of agency as an ecological and relational dimension, which emerges through dialogue among actors within the structural and cultural context they are part of (Edwards, 2015; Pantić, 2015). In this sense, the literature emphasizes that teacher beliefs are instrumental in achieving professional agency (Priestley et al., 2015). Consequently, it is important to understand whether they also play a relevant role in shaping their approach to AI in education.
This theme has been investigated through an exploratory study that examined the perceptions and orientations of primary school teachers towards AI through two research questions:
- RQ1: What are the beliefs of primary school teachers regarding the use of AI in education?
- RQ2: What are their expectations and fears in this regard?
The study used a mixed methods approach through a survey that included both closed and open-ended questions directed at primary school teachers in Italy. The participants were a convenience sample, contacted through bulk email invitations, totaling 327 respondents. The quantitative data were processed through a descriptive analysis using SPSS, while the open responses were examined using thematic analysis supported by NVivo.
The analysis of the survey results offers an initial interesting overview of teachers' beliefs regarding the potential impact of AI on their professional agency. The findings and their related implications in terms of ethics, inclusion, and social justice will be presented and discussed during the symposium.
References:
Edwards, A. (2015). Recognising and realising teachers’ professional agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 779-784.
Holmes, W., & Kharkova, I. (2023). The Challenge of Artificial Intelligence. Anthem Publishing.
Lameras, P., & Arnab, S. (2021). Power to the teachers. An Exploratory Review on Artificial Intelligence in Education. Information, 13(1), 14.
Pantić, N. (2015). A model for study of teacher agency for social justice. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 759-778.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury.
UNESCO (2021). AI and Education: A guidance for policymakers. UNESCO Publishing.
Making Change within Limits: Investigating Teachers' Learning through Collaborative Action Research
Over the years, various approaches to addressing what teachers need to know and how they should be taught to address differences between learners have been promoted. With traditional in-service training proving ineffective, there's been a push for alternative methods of professional development (PD) (UNESCO, 2020). Effective PD, as suggested, should be school-based, collaborative, embedded in teachers' daily routines, and offer follow-up support (Bull & Buechler, 1997). This has led to the development of different forms of collaborative PD, including frequently used action research (Waitoller & Artiles, 2013). Action research, especially collaborative action research (CAR), has shown promise in enhancing teachers' sense of agency, redefining professional roles, and fostering competencies (Angelides et al., 2008; Jovanović et al., 2017). So, how come many teachers still report feeling unprepared or lacking confidence in addressing learning differences (Cochran-Smith et al., 2016), despite the promise and widespread implementation of CAR?
We aim to present a cross-case analysis of CAR in six primary and secondary schools in Serbia. The analysis explores how teachers and researchers perceive their learning through CAR, while also identifying system-level barriers to CAR as a PD.
Since May 2022, researchers and school practitioners in six schools in Serbia have collaborated to develop inclusive practices and foster inclusive school communities. They've utilised a CAR design involving planning, acting, observing, reflecting, and revising (Zuber-Skerritt, 1996). The planning phase included a two-day workshop devoted to situation analysis, problem definition, and collaborative planning of action research. The acting and observing stage is followed by joint reflection on the process and outcomes of CAR. The reflection process is further supported through communities of practice, which engaged participants from all six schools.
Six case studies, one from each school, will be prepared using various data sources - focus group discussions with school practitioners and researchers, research products (e.g., research plans), and written communication between practitioners and researchers. The cross-case analysis will be approached inductively using reflexive thematic analysis.
The findings will be discussed from a systemic perspective (Senge, 2020), attempting to identify patterns, system structures, and underlying beliefs that hinder the use of CAR as a tool for strengthening teachers’ competencies for inclusive education.
The work is part of the project “Enhanced Equal Access to and Completion of Pre-University Education for Children in Need of Additional Support in Education” implemented by UNICEF Serbia and Ministry of Education of the Republic of Serbia, supported by the Delegation of EU.
References:
Angelides, P., Georgiou, R., & Kyriakou, K. (2008). The implementation of a collaborative action research programme for developing inclusive practices: social learning in small internal networks. Educational Action Research, 16(4), 557–568.
Bull, B., & Buechler, B. (1997). Planning together: Professional development for teachers of all students. Indiana Education Policy Center.
Cochran-Smith, M., A. M. Villegas, L. Abrams, L. Chavez-Moreno, T. Mills, & R. Stern (2016). Research on Teacher Preparation: Charting the Landscape of a Sprawling Field. In D. Gitomer & C. Bell (eds.), Handbook of Research on Teaching (pp. 439–546). AERA.
Jovanović, O., Plazinić, L., Joksimović, J., Komlenac, J., & Pešikan, A. (2017). Developing the early warning system for identification of students at risk of dropping out using a collaborative action research process. Psihološka istraživanja, 20(1), 107-125. https://doi.org/10.5937/PsIstra1701107J
Senge, P. (2020). Commentary: Why practicing a system’s perspective is easier said than done. Applied Developmental Science, 24(1), 57–61.
UNESCO (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report. Inclusive teaching: preparing all teachers to teach all students. Available at:
Waitoller, F. R., & Artiles, A. J. (2013). A Decade of Professional Development Research for Inclusive Education: A Critical Review and Notes for a Research Program. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 319-356.
Internationalising Teacher Education: Interculturality, Internationalization, and the Construction of a Nationally-oriented Profession in Sweden
Internationalisation is now integrated into the policies and curricula of most universities in the world, and increasingly embedded within education courses. It is valued for contributing to the quality of education and for broadening students’ experiences during their studies (Beelen & Jones, 2015). But, initial teacher education programs are still nationally-oriented, and internationalisation questions are often marginalised (Alexiadou et.al., 2021; Bamberger & Yemini, 2022). Our presentation reports findings from a research that investigates internationalisation of initial teacher education in a Swedish university. We focus on dimensions of internationalisation from the perspectives of the curriculum for K4-6 and students. Our research questions are: (a) How does the teacher education curriculum engage with internationalisation? (b) What are the perceptions and experiences of teacher education students in relation to internationalisation?
Our empirical research consists of (a) content document analysis of the Primary Teacher Education programme curriculum; (b) review of core documents that frame teacher education in the specific university, and, (c) interviews with ten teacher education students.
Our analysis suggests that despite the aspirations in the university-level policies, internationalisation does not emerge as an apparent agenda at the syllabi level. Explicit references of internationalisation are quite scarce. There are however (a) student skills and attributes connected to internationalisation such as critical thinking and global citizenship, and (b) whole syllabi that deal with interculturality and inclusion (themes of social justice, democracy, diversity, multilingualism, human local and global ecosystems). Nevertheless, the syllabi appear to be mostly situated in local and national than global narratives, which reflects the dilemma of universities, and Teacher Education, in their internationalisation process: balancing between national/local needs and those from internationalisation agendas.
The students’ interviews suggest very positive attitudes towards further internationalisation of the curriculum. Students critique the relatively low engagement with internationalization questions, and propose that this could be better integrated into the pedagogical practice.
References:
Alexiadou, N., Kefala, Z., Rönnberg, L. 2021. Preparing education students for an international future? Connecting students' experience to institutional contexts. Journal of Studies in International Education, 25:4, 443-460.
Bamberger, A., Yemini, M. 2022. Internationalisation, teacher education and institutional identities: A comparative analysis. Teachers and Teaching 0:0, pages 1-19.
Beelen, J., & Jones, E. 2015. Redefining internationalisation at home. In A. Curaj, L. Matei, R. Pricopie, J. Salmi & P. Scott. (Eds.) The European higher education area. Between critical reflections and future policies (pp. 59–72). Springer Open.
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 04 SES 16 B: Teacher Training and Continuing Professional Development for Building Communities’ democratic languages and cultures; informing feedback-loops to policy to dismantle systemic-injustices (Part 2) Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hauwa Imam Session Chair: Hauwa Imam Symposium Part 2 continued from 04 SES 14 B |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Teacher Training and Continuing Professional Development for Building Communities’ democratic languages and cultures; informing feedback-loops to policy to dismantle systemic-injustices Both parts of this symposium address the professional challenge rapid new-deregulations of laws and standards, freeing people of human-rights (neoliberalism), have created systemic injustice, and the widest gap between the poorest and the richest since World War II. Mistrust leads to students, more than willing to work hard, dropping out of school without them or their families knowing what to do to earn a living. Children and families turn to begging at the limits of poverty and are vulnerable to recruitment into regimes of Violence, Uncertainty, Chaos and Ambiguity. To address the professional challenge in this first part of a larger symposium the following themes are addressed by perspectives from the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) including Iraq, Morocco, Palestine, and Syrian Refugees' experiences in Lebanon, Turkey and France of: 1. Authoritarian hierarchical top-down delivery of PISA driven curriculums in classrooms de-professionalize educators and administrators by removing their autonomy (Sahlberg, 2012). Reduced to transmitters of government ideology, teachers are prevented from culturally responsive lesson-planning using students’ baseline-assessments to inform differentiated learning-plans for success. This creates systemic injustice as students with the system's ‘right capital’ succeed and get richer and those without drop out of school to become beggars, or engage with risky business of trafficking of illegal goods and people, or fail at school and, in any case get poorer. 2. Capital of disadvantaged students with intersectionalities of discrimination, assessed using deficit models, is found wanting. Students’ marginalised capital remains unrecognised and no differentiated lesson-planning creates pathways to curriculum Intended Learning Outcomes. Rather, they are segregated/streamed to Special Education Needs and Disability/lower ability classrooms with low expectations. This perpetuates patterns of illiteracy and prevents accessing knowledge of community-building to stop neoliberalism and systemic injustice implemented by power of a person, not power of the law. Presenters offer culturally relevant responses to ways their Universities' Education Departments address the following question: 1. How and in what ways can University Schools of Education act as hubs to support a school to build a professional development community of practice. Each partner of our symposium addresses the question and our themes step by step. Step 1 The intricate challenges posed by climate change exacerbated by war and forced migration, significantly impact impoverished families, perpetuating social injustice and impeding sustainable development. The symposium partners draw on Dewey's Professional Educators and Administrators Committees for Empowerment (PEACE) to build Participation, Experience, Association, Communication, and Environment. This theoretical foundation employing action research methodology throughout the curriculum design, delves into the multifaceted consequences of climate change, war, forced migration and reaching the limits of poverty. The adverse effects, such as irregular rainfall patterns, prolonged droughts, and heightened temperatures for nationals and for new arrivals, directly jeopardise agricultural productivity—the linchpin of rural livelihoods. Lacking resources and knowledge to navigate these challenges, impoverished families face heightened vulnerability, further exacerbated by limited access to crucial information, technologies and transparent democratic policy for social justice. Consequently, children from these families often confront early school dropout, if schooling is even available, which amplifies cycles of poverty and social injustice. Step 2 Adapting ‘A Blueprint for Character Development for Evolution (ABCDE) to offer five stages drawing on social contract theory, to prepare teachers to recognise bias and reverse it when building community with teachers, students and families. Each partner incorporates diverse perspectives and community building using the frameworks and methodologies above, to reverse local inequality, and through powerful Higher Education networks, mainstream them in education systems to reverse g/local inequality. References Al-Abdullah, Y. & Papa, R. (2019). Higher Education for Displaced Syrian Refugees: The Case of Lebanon. In K. Arar, J.S. Brooks & I. Bogotch (Eds), Education, Immigration and Migration Emerald. Ball, S. (2004). Education policy and social class: Routledge. Darling-Hammond, L. (2004). Inequality and the Right to Learn: Access to Qualified Teachers in California’s Public Schools. Teachers College Record, 106(10), 1936–1966. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. MacMillan. European Commission. (2023). EU Soil Strategy for 2030. https://environment.ec.europa.eu/topics/soil-and-land/soil-strategy_en European Commission. (2022). Industry 5.00. https://research-andinnovation. ec.europa.eu/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/industry-50_en Hunter, D. (2022). Do Canadian school principals predict with data? BELMAS Annual Conference, July, Liverpool. Kant, I. (1790). The Science of Right. http://bit.ly/3JcZgnV Leal, F., & Saran, R. (2000). A dialogue on the Socratic dialogue. Ethics and Critical Philosophy Lewin, K. (1946). Action research and minority problems. Journal of Social Issues, 2(4), 34–46. Open Government Partnership. (2023). Global Summit. https://www.opengovpartnership.org Schön, D. (1984). The Reflective Practitioner. Basic Books. Smith, A. (1904). An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations 1776. https://bit.ly/3LjvWNo Stenhouse, L. (1983). The relevance of practice to theory. Curriculum Change: Promise and Practice, 22(3), 211-215. United Nations. (2016). Agenda 2030. Sustainable Development Goals https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/?menu=1300 UNESCO. (2022). Marrakech Framework for Action https://www.uil.unesco.org/en/marrakechframework-action USAID. (2021). Higher Education as a Central Actor in Self-Reliant Development: Program Framework. https://bit.ly/45JBkkU Presentations of the Symposium Iraqi Perspective: Teachers Training and Continuing Professional Development for Building Communities’ languages and cultures of democracy to dismantle systemic injustices
Refugees in Iraq have been the most complicated humanitarian crisis in the region, and has had an impact on all sectors of life. The areas most affected by the crisis are located in the north of the country, mainly around Mosul. This area has witnessed extremely harsh humanitarian crises for the last three decades after thousands of people were forced to flee their homes and villages for safety. Mosul has been the site of many conflicts across different fronts that have resulted in the displacement of thousands of families and the disruption of access to primary education for thousands of children. Most refugees are currently staying in refugee camps with minimum support and severe living conditions. Mosul and the surrounding areas were liberated from the terrorist groups but refugees are still in their camps with no foreseeable plan of returning home. Addressing the requirements of the support needed by people, mainly children, within such a context of uncertainty is challenging in the areas where the camps are. Thousands of children in the camps have been deprived of their rights to access education. The 1948 United Nations declaration of human rights clearly states in Article 26: ‘Everyone has the right to education’, but thousands of Iraqi refugee children are deprived of their basic education rights and are trapped in poverty with no hope for the future. Using the conceptual frameworks and theories of this symposium, lessons learned from the refugee crisis in Iraq are presented around how to effectively assess the needs of the refugees, establish a workable system to support their situation in all aspects of life, and achieve a sustainable education for them in new partnerships between Universities, school teachers, students and families.
References:
Brown, K. M., Benkovitz, J., Muttillo, A. J., & Urban, T. (2011). Leading schools of excellence and equity: Documenting effective strategies in closing achievement gaps. Teachers College Record, 113, 57–96.
Cole, J. (2012) ‘Iraq in 1939: British Alliance or Nationalist Neutrality toward the Axis?’ Britain and the World 5 (2) 204-222.
Dodge, T (2006) The British mandate in Iraq, 1920-1932. The Middle East Online: Series 2: Iraq 1914–1974.
Dogan, Serkan, et al (2017) ‘A glimpse at the intricate mosaic of ethnicities from Mesopotamia: Paternal lineages of the
Northern Iraqi Arabs, Kurds, Syriacs, Turkmens and Yazidis’, in PloS one 12 (11).
Garavini, G. (2019) The Rise and Fall of OPEC in the twentieth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Garfield, R. (1999) Morbidity and Mortality among Iraqi Children from 1990 through 1998: Assessing the Impact of the Gulf
War and Economic Sanctions.
Hatem Issa, J., Jamil, H. (2010) Overview of the Education System in Contemporary Iraq in European Journal of Social
Sciences, 14 (3) 360-368.
Ministry of Planning (2018) Iraq National Development Plan 2018-2022. Baghdad: High National Development Plan Development Planning Committee.
Wenner, J. and Campbell, T. (2017) The Theoretical and Empirical Basis of Teacher Leadership.
87 (1) pp. 134–171.
Morocco Perspective: Teachers Training and Continuing Professional Development for Building Communities’ languages and cultures of democracy to dismantle systemic injustices
In the rural regions of Morocco, the intricate challenges posed by climate change significantly impact impoverished families, perpetuating social injustice and impeding sustainable development. Drawing on Dewey's Professional Educators, and Administrators Committees for Empowerment (PEACE) to optimise Participation, Experience, Association, Communication, and Environment) framework as a theoretical foundation and employing action research methodology throughout the curriculum design, this study delves into the multifaceted consequences of climate change. The adverse effects, such as irregular rainfall patterns, prolonged droughts, and heightened temperatures, directly jeopardise agricultural productivity—the linchpin of rural livelihoods. Lacking resources and knowledge to navigate these challenges, impoverished families face heightened vulnerability, further exacerbated by limited access to crucial information and technologies. Consequently, children from these families often confront early school dropout, amplifying cycles of poverty and social injustice. The literature review incorporates diverse perspectives, with Leach's 2008 work providing a foundational understanding of the environmental context, Adger's 2006 emphasis on vulnerability and resilience, and Pelling and High's 2005 exploration of adaptive capacity and social capital. Blaikie's 2006 focus on community-based resource management and Gupta et al.'s 2010 tool for assessing institutional adaptive capacity contribute additional insights. To address these issues, the study advocates for building communities of practice that facilitate knowledge sharing among educators, community leaders, and families. Within an action research framework, University Education Department teacher training programs play a pivotal role in equipping educators with the skills to embed climate change resilience into the curriculum. Collaborative efforts involving teachers, communities, and families inform the curriculum, ensuring its contextual relevance and promoting sustainable practices. By fostering a sense of community and empowering educators, the study aims to enhance the adaptability of rural communities to climate change, simultaneously mitigating social injustices and breaking the cycle of early school dropout and poverty.
References:
Andalousi, S. (2022) Berries with the taste of misery: Shocking exploitation of Moroccan female workers. El-Estiklal Newspaper.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (2022) Near East and North African Regional Overview of Food Security and Nutrition; Trade as an Enabler For Food Security and Nutrition. Cairo https://www.fao.org/3/cc4773en/cc4773en.pdf
Morocco World News (2022) A Legacy of Abuse Continues for Moroccan Migrant Workers in Spain.
https://www.moroccoworldnews.com/2019/08/279532/abuse-moroccan-migrant-workers-spain .
Nuffic The Dutch Organisation for internationalization in education (2022). Primary and Secondary Education Morocco National curriculum https ://www.nuffic.nl/en/education-systems/morocco/primary-and-secondary-education
Open Government Morocco (2021) national Action Plan 2021-2023. The Kingdom of Morocco https://www.opengovpartnership.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Morocco_Action-
Plan_2021-2023_EN.pdf
Statista, (2023) Unemployment in Morocco in 2020 by gender and region.
https://www.statista.com/statistics/1292145/unemployment-rate-in-morocco-by-gender-and-region/
United Nations. (1948). Universal Declaration of Human Rights (General Assembly Resolution 217
A). Retrieved from http://www.un.org/en/universal-declarationhuman-rights/.
Taysum, A. and Zohri, A. (2023). Evaluative Policy Analysis Informing Framework Proposal to Micro-Credential Leaders of Lifelong Learning through King Mohammed VI African Institute, Marrakech Framework and 2030 Agenda, Journal of Groundwork Cases and Faculty of Judgement 2(2), 209-234.
Palestinian Perspective: Teachers Training and Continuing Professional Development for Building Communities’ languages and cultures of democracy to dismantle systemic injustices
School leadership refers to the persons or teams that guide, manage or lead education institutions at multiple educational levels (Pont, 2020). In Palestine, school leaders form a community of practice which aims to maximise the collaboration among them and exchange best practices to improve their professional growth, decision making and problem solving skills during and post crises. Education improves through effective school leaders. School leaders could improve the quality of thinking, learning and management as they can share multiple scenarios with teachers and students. In the Palestinian context, school leadership could be defined as a mixture of history, memory, educational and financial crises, the daily struggle against occupation, the desire of independence and several initiatives to make tangible changes in schools (Salha & Affouneh, 2023). School leaders face various challenges like workplace problems, and leading organisational change.
Data were gathered through interviews and questionnaires by a mixed method case study design, with the gathering of quantitative and qualitative data. Results, and integration are used to provide in-depth evidence for the investigated case. Specifically, the researcher of this present study used sequential design, as it began with qualitative data collection, which was analysed and used to construct the study questionnaire. It was then followed by qualitative data collection in order to strengthen the interpretation of the results of quantitative data analysis.
Findings revealed school leaders made significant differences in student learning and school improvement when granted autonomy to make decisions. School leaders acquired knowledge and skills in decentralisation as a new policy for education under uncertainty. Despite the lack of resources, Palestinian school leaders demonstrated trust in learning and teaching as national interest, and belief that community engagement is a main factor in school policy. In Palestine, School leadership is a goal and a tool, a goal that should promote and a tool to create community leaders and a community of practice. It could be difficult to lead schools in uncertain conditions, which is the usual case in Palestine. School leaders showed high flexibility to overcome several challenges to normalise emergencies and to manage crises. Designing a well-structured program of school leadership within University Education Departments, during and post crises is urgently needed to secure social justice, quality education and professional development. Adoption of decentralisation policy to empower school leaders to manage crises is recommended to engender their immediate response and learning through situational practices operationalising this symposium's frameworks and methodologies.
References:
Salha, S. & Affouneh, S. (2023). The State of Art of Educational Leadership in Palestine: The Two Faces of the Coin. In Kh. Arar et al., (Eds). Demystifying Educational Leadership and Administration in the Middle East and North Africa (1st ed, pp 153-165). Routledge. DOI: 10.4324/9781003334835-9.
Pont B. (2020). A literature review of school leadership policy reforms. Eur J Educ, 55: 154–168. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12398
Syrian Refugees Perspective: Teacher Training and Continuing Professional Development Building Communities’ languages and cultures of democracy to dismantle systemic injustices
Since the uprising in 2011 in Syria, the political regime implemented increasingly intolerant and brutal and violent practices. Migrating Syrians, fleeing from Syria for their lives as undocumented refugees, face rapidly changing bureaucracy which, as quicksand, offers no foundation for building a good life. Access to education for children and young adults operationalises ‘exclusion by inclusion’, with little incentive to study. Three important case studies, in Lebanon in Turkey and in France show how the lack of inclusive policies has led to the exclusion of Syrians in these two neighbouring countries and the European country equally.
In Lebanon, Turkey and France, Syrian refugees, like Palestinian refugees do not have equal access to education and the labour market. Virtual learning degree courses that may be accessible to Syrian and Palestinian refugees are useless with no pathways to a nation state's professions or teaching. This prevents Syrians and Palestinian refugees co-constructing public policy that supports diversity, equity and boosts inclusion.
Drawing on this symposium's framework as a theoretical foundation and employing action research methodology throughout the curriculum design, this study delves into the multifaceted consequences of culturally relevant challenges for Syrian refugees in these three cases. These include Violence, Uncertainty, Chaos, Ambiguity and war, a loss of home, a loss of good livelihood, a loss of family and cultural traditions, and forced migration with refugee undocumented status into nation states that do not honour the Syrian language, literacies and wisdom. This can erode memories and ABCDE offers communities the chance to reignite the powerful memories of a culture and language and build community to advocate for social justice with feedback-loops to policy makers. The PEACE can mobilise ABCDE with agendas to develop strategies with milestones, that can be monitored and evaluated to hold governments accountable, through open government partnerships, to script inclusionary policies for education and all ares of the quadruple helix to realise social justice. Step by step PEACE and ABCDE can be mainstreamed with Virtual Universities in the digital economy offering high quality Micro-Credential Modules for teacher training and Continuing Professional Development to build communities’ languages and cultures of democracy to dismantle systemic injustices.
References:
Al-Abdullah, Y. (2021). Facing the educational obstacles in the Northern Parisian Suburbs. The case of Allophone Syrian Dome Children in St Denis. Keynes et Mineurs en Mobilite, 6, 39-49.
Al-Abdullah, Y. & Papa, R. (2019). Higher Education for Displaced Syrian Refugees: The Case of Lebanon. In K. Arar, J.S. Brooks & I. Bogotch (Eds), Education, Immigration and Migration (Studies in Educational Administration). (pp. 169-189). Emerald Publishing Limited.
Adler, M. (1941). A Dialectic of Morals: Towards the Foundations of Political Philosophy. University of Notre Dame.
Ball, S. (2004). Education policy and social class: The selected works of Stephen J. Ball. Routledge.
Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. MacMillan.
Haidar-Baldwin, M., & Taysum, A. (2021). A contextualized policy analysis of Lebanese Education from the end of World War II 1944, to the dissolution of parliament in 2020. Journal of Groundwork Cases and Faculty of Judgement, 1(1), 72-93.
Open Government Partnership. (2023). Global Summit. https://www.opengovpartnership.org
Taysum, A. (2019). Education Policy as a Road Map to Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals. Emerald.
United Nations. (2016). Agenda 2030. Sustainable Development Goals
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/?menu=1300.
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 04 SES 16 C: Reconceptualising Learning Environments for Equitable and Inclusive Education Futures Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Magdalena Kohout-Diaz Session Chair: Manuela Heinz Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Reconceptualising Learning Environments for Equitable and Inclusive Education Futures Major global developments, such as climate change, migration, rising inequalities and demographic shifts, have contributed to the significant diversification of communities and classrooms (Cerna et al., 2021; International Organization for Migration, 2020; OECD, 2016, 2019). The increasing diversity has important implications for education systems, and policy efforts have, in many national contexts, begun to focus on “closing the gap”, in terms of academic outcomes, between students from majority and minority backgrounds (Howard, 2019). The UN’s Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4 calls on the education community to “ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all”. Learning environments play an important role in realizing the SDG 4 goals. However, little is known regarding equitable and inclusive learning environments and how these environments can manifest and link to educational outcomes in contemporary education. This symposium explores how, and to what extent, learning environments can contribute to creating more equitable and inclusive education futures for learners in formal education settings. Researchers from Australia, Ireland, the Netherlands and China draw on a range of theories and methodological approaches to interrogate how physical, psycho-social and pedagogical contexts in which learning occurs can support students to achieve their full educational potential and develop a sense of belonging and self-worth irrespective of their personal and social circumstances (Cerna et al. 2021). Our symposium will provide a preview of a selection of papers which will be part of a Special Issue to be published in the Learning Environments Research Journal in the last quarter of 2024. The first paper focuses on physical school spaces. It offers critical insights into how inclusion was prioritised from the outset in the design of vertical secondary schools, a new type of school in Australia. The authors combine capability and salutogenic theories in their conceptualisation of ‘inclusion and thriving’ to explore the diverse experiences of students. Challenges and trade-offs in achieving inclusive facilities for all are illuminated, providing valuable insights for future educational infrastructure development. The second paper explores ‘wellbeing’, a complex and contested concept which has gained growing attention in education and research in recent years. Using a participatory art-informed photovoice methodological approach, the author explores students’ perspectives and experiences of wellbeing, and of their schools’ wellbeing-related supports in Ireland. The third paper describes and discusses a university-wide teaching and learning initiative, developed in the Netherlands, which aims to create a more inclusive learning climate for all students. The ‘Mixed Classroom’ model, which was designed to enhance teachers’ and students’ diversity literacy and to stimulate meaningful interactions within classrooms, will be described and experiences with its implementation discussed. The fourth paper focuses on inclusive pedagogies and, specifically, teachers’ conceptions and skills regarding differentiated instructions in China. The authors of the study used a variety of quantitative tools as well as in-depth interviews to explore the relationships between student teachers’ conceptions of diversity, equity and inclusion, their behavioral intentions, and pedagogical practices. Drawing on their findings they make recommendations for strengthening teacher professional development for more inclusive pedagogical spaces. Following the four paper presentations, the lead editor of the special issue will discuss and interrogate theoretical perspectives and research findings to illustrate important areas for consideration, challenges and opportunities regarding the conceptualisation and realisation of safe, inclusive and equitable learning environments. Core strands of the learning environments literature as well as the most widely used learning environment measurement tools will be reviewed (Fraser, 2023) to identify and critically discuss how equity issues have been positioned and conceptualised in this body of work so far, and how these conceptualisations may benefit from further development and expansion in the future. References Cerna, L., Mezzanotte, C., Rutigliano, A., Brussino, O., Santiago, P., Borgonovi, F., & Guthrie, C. (2021). Promoting inclusive education for diverse societies: A conceptual framework. Fraser, B. J. (2023). The Evolution of the Field of Learning Environments Research. Education Sciences, 13(3), 257. Howard, T. C. (2019). Why race and culture matter in schools: Closing the achievement gap in America's classrooms. Teachers College Press. International Organization for Migration (IOM) (2020), World Migration Report 2020, http://file:///C:/Users/Mcbrien_J/Downloads/wmr_2020.pdf OECD (2019), Trends Shaping Education 2019, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://dx.doi.org/10.1787/trends_edu-2019-en. OECD (2016), Inequality, http://www.oecd.org/fr/social/inequality.htm. Presentations of the Symposium Aspirations for Inclusion and Thriving in Vertical Schools from a Salutogenic Design Perspective
Schools that remain unchanged for decades influence whether generations of young people feel included and can access educational entitlements. Physical spaces communicate who was imagined as inhabiting the spaces as learners and what kind of pedagogic choices and meaningful learning would happen. Attending to how inclusion was prioritised from the outset in the design of new vertical secondary schools can inform future builds. So too can attending to the lived experiences of students to understand how these inclusive aspirations were and were not yet being achieved.
For individuals and groups, particularly those identifying as a marginalised or minority group, living with disability, identifying as gender nonconforming, or someone from a non-majority cultural or religious background, infrastructure that may be largely considered ‘inclusive’ for most, may also be experienced as exclusionary for those who do not fit within the assumptions about what inclusive facilities require. To attend to diverse experiences, inclusion is uniquely conceptualised in this study as combining capability and salutogenic theories. Capability acknowledges that an individual’s right to choose a life they value is more likely to be achieved when people can be, feel, and do things to achieve those valued aspirations with the resources in their environment (Sen, 1985). The salutogenic potential of school environments (Antonovsky, 1996, Franz 2019) including ease of navigation within the built environment (comprehensibility), full participation (manageability), and links to purposeful life choices (meaningfulness) informed the data analysis.
Vertical schools, a new type of school in Australia, provide the context for this study. These multi-storey schools in urban settings occupy significantly smaller areas of land than traditional ‘horizontal’ schools. They differ sufficiently from traditional schools to require and enable new ways of thinking. Aspirations for inclusion that were designed into three vertical high schools from the outset are outlined alongside data from over 200 Year 8 students about their experiences as learners in these environments. Student annotated maps were analysed alongside architect and educational leader interviews in a qualitative thematic process. Particular attention was paid to data from students whose experience was not the same as others.
Inclusive environments were evident when they were authentic, made sense and were easy to manage. Aspects where students had to work harder to manage the learning or themselves in the environment resulted in students making trade-offs between competing aspects of wellbeing and inclusion, a challenge in achieving SDG4a, where facilities need to be inclusive for all.
References:
Antonovsky, A. (1996). The salutogenic model as a theory to guide health promotion. Health promotion international, 11(1), 11-18.
Franz, J. (2019). Designing ‘Space’for Student Wellbeing as Flourishing. School spaces for student wellbeing and learning: Insights from research and practice, 261-279.
Sen, A. (1985). Well-being, agency and freedom: The Dewey lectures 1984. The Journal of philosophy, 82(4), 169-221.
A Snapshot of Student Wellbeing: Exploring Students’ Wellbeing in First Year of Post-primary School in Ireland
Wellbeing is a multifaceted, complex and contested concept (Svane et al., 2019) that has gained increased attention and become more visible in education and research in recent years. With a greater focus on young persons’ wellbeing in Ireland (NCCA, 2021), this study supports efforts to nurture wellbeing in school by deepening our understanding of the multiple perspectives held by students regarding wellbeing. The participatory art-informed approach to this study aims to gain insights into the students’ perspectives and experiences of wellbeing, and into how young people perceive that their school supports their wellbeing.
Photovoice is used as a reflective tool for students to explore what supports their wellbeing in their school context and as a tool for collaboration with teachers and other stakeholders. The participatory approach in itself aims to foster wellbeing, relationships and connectedness. Consistent with one of the overarching purposes of arts-informed research, it is an explicit intention of this study to reach audiences such as parents, students, and management boards. First-year student wellbeing was explored using photos and narratives from 43 student participants. The data was analysed using thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006). The participatory study design aimed to strengthen student voice and agency throughout the research process; a Children’s Research Advisory Group (CRAG) was involved in each step of the research process including with presenting findings which informed their own school-improvement plan and wellbeing programme. Six students volunteered for the CRAG. The research explores the potential power of images to access young people’s emotional stories and experiences of wellbeing, agency and belonging in school and will support professional development of teachers both at individual and whole-school level.
This study demonstrates the significant and rich insights young people can provide when given voice. It highlights the impact relationships and connectedness have on student wellbeing and suggests areas for development that reflect student wellbeing in its complexity. The research concludes with recommendations regarding approaches that can assist schools in amplifying student voice, engendering greater agency, and contributing to decision making for an improved school environment.
References:
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design, Cambridge, Harvard University Press.
Byrne, D., Carthy, A. & Mc Gilloway, S. (2020). A review of the role of school-related factors in the promotion of student social and emotional wellbeing at post-primary level. Irish Educational Studies, 39, 439-455.
DES (2018). Wellbeing policy Statement and Framework for Practice 2018-2023. Dublin: DES.
Graham, A., Powell, M. A. & Truscott, J. (2016). Facilitating Student Well-Being: Relationships Do Matter. Educational Research, 58, 366-383.
Lundy, L. (2007). "Voice" is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33, 927-942.
NCCA (2021). Junior Cycle Wellbeing Guidelines 2021, Dublin, NCCA.
Smyth, E. & Darmody, (2021). Risk and protective factors in adolescent behaviour: The role of family, school and neighbourhood characteristics in (mis)behaviour among young people. ESRI Research Series. Dublin: ESRI.
Svane, D., Evans, N. & Carter, M. (2019). Wicked wellbeing: Examining the disconnect between the rhetoric and reality of wellbeing interventions in schools. Australian Journal of Education, 63, 209-231.
Wang, C. & Burris, M. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, Methodology, and Use for Participatory Needs Assessment. Health Education & Behavior, 24, 369-387.
Creating Equitable Learning Environments by Building on Differences in Higher Education: Design and Implementation of the Mixed Classroom Educational Model
Educational systems, including higher education, are not yet level playing fields (Taylor et al., 2020; UNESCO, 2020). Also, within the Dutch context, higher education is characterized by inequality in terms of access, study success and belonging. Students with minority identities drop out more often, study longer, have lower levels participation, and experience lower levels of belonging (Wekker et al., 2016; Waldring et al. 2020). They are underserved in the current education systems. It is urgent to make education more equitable.
However, Equity, Diversity and Inclusion approaches often focus on minority students. They aim to support them in closing gaps in terms of academic skills, and intend to familiarize them with the dominant university norms and codes (Essed, 2008). Inclusive education involves institutional transformation towards inclusive excellence, which is based on learning environments and pedagogies that are attuned to the varying needs, talents, and worldviews of every student, and brings out academic excellence in every student.
But building on diversity this way requires deep levels of awareness of teachers and institutions. It can be quite abstract to translate into practical teaching interventions (see also Salazar et al., 2010). It is not easy to establish inclusive classroom environments, especially in polarized times like these. Students in our universities do not always feel safe to express themselves, and sometimes experience microaggressions or racism in class (Waldring et al., 2020; Slootman et al., 2023). Teachers often feel unequipped to manage heated discussions (Müftügil-Yalcin et al., 2023).
The VU Mixed Classroom Educational Model provides a way to enhance an equitable learning environment that fosters inclusive excellence. Teachers in Higher Education can establish an inclusive learning environment by building on different perspectives and talents in the classroom. This can be a challenging process. In this article, we offer practical guidance by offering a vision, strategies, and examples of learning activities for various (online/offline, larger/smaller) classroom settings. We also explain the process of development and implementation. The model, developed at the Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, unpacks three phases in classroom dynamics that lead towards an end goal: creating inclusive learning environments to educate future academics and professionals who are capable of building on differences between themselves and others, using different perspectives in resolving complex problems.
References:
Essed, P. (2008). Cloning cultural homogeneity while talking diversity: Old wine in new bottles in Dutch organizations. Transforming Anthropology, 11(1), 2–12. https://doi.org/10.1525/tran.2002.11.1.2
Müftügil-Yalcin S, Brodsky NW, Slootman M, Das A, Ramdas S. Managing “Hot Moments” in Diverse Classrooms for Inclusive and Equitable Campuses. Education Sciences. 2023; 13(8):777. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13080777
Salazar M. C., Norton A. S., & Tuitt F. A. (2010). Weaving promising practices for inclusive excellence into the higher education classroom. To improve the Academy, 28(1), 208–226. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.2334-4822.2010.tb00604.x
Slootman, M., Korthals Altes, T., Domagała-Zyśk, E., Rodríguez-Ardura, I., & Stanojev, I. (2023). A handbook of e-inclusion. Building capacity for inclusive higher education in digital environment. Published Online. Accessible from https://einclusion.net/project-outputs/handbook-for-inclusive-digital-education/
Taylor, M., Turk, J. M., Chessman, H. M., & Espinosa, L. L. (2020). Race and ethnicity in higher education: 2020 supplement. Washington, DC: American Council on Education. http://www.equityinhighered.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/REHE-2020-final.pdf
UNESCO. (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all. Paris, UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373718
Waldring, I., Labeab, A., van den Hee, M., Crul, M., & Slootman, M. (2020). Belonging@VU. Amsterdam: VU
Wekker, G., Slootman, M. W., Icaza, R., Jansen, H., & Vazquez, R. (2016). Let’s do diversity. Report of the University of Amsterdam Diversity Commission. Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam.
Profiling Diversity Conceptions and Differentiated Instruction of Teachers in Chinese Teacher Education Programmes
In recent decades, there has been a global commitment to diversifying the teaching profession, to integrating diverse perspectives into curricula, and to establishing comprehensive diversity and equity plans (Keane et al., 2022). This trend is particularly pertinent due to the increasing diversity of student populations worldwide, including in relation to age, sexual orientation, physical and mental ability, socio-economic status, and political perspectives (Cerna et al., 2021). China, for instance, has witnessed a marked increase in student diversity, highlighting the prevalent issue of educational inequity.
Teachers are central to addressing equity challenges, necessitating a paradigm shift in teacher training programs (Florian & Camedda, 2020). However, many student teachers are insufficiently prepared to teach diverse student populations, primarily due to limited understanding and commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) (e.g., Chubbuck, 2007). Even those with positive DEI orientations often exhibit gaps between their conceptions, intentions, and actual practices (Lee, 2011). Additionally, teachers tend to rely on traditional teaching strategies rather than active and experiential approaches suitable for diverse classrooms (Mills & Ballantyne, 2016). Notably, teachers often lack proficiency in differentiated instruction, a crucial skill for addressing DEI issues and fostering equitable learning environments (Maulana et al., 2023).
To bridge these gaps, student teachers must develop a cohesive repertoire of DEI conceptions, behavioral intentions, and practices. However, the current research on the interrelationships between these teacher factors is insufficient (Mills & Ballantyne, 2016). It remains unclear how these factors can be nurtured in a consistent and mutually reinforcing manner, and how teacher education programmes can facilitate cost-effective training and comprehensive professional development.
This study investigates the connection between student teachers' diversity conceptions and their differentiated instruction practices in secondary education. It employs various instruments, including the Munroe Multicultural Attitude Scale Questionnaire (MASQUE), to assess conceptions towards diversity and inclusion. The My Teacher Questionnaire was used to evaluate differentiated instruction skills from students' perspectives (Maulana & Helms-Lorenz, 2016). In-depth interviews elicited student teachers' reflections on their teacher education experiences. The sample includes 192 student teachers and 1201 students from various Chinese teacher education programs. Multilevel SEM modeling explored associations between these teacher factors. Content analysis identified patterns in teacher education components influential for these teacher factors and teachers' recommendations for enhancement.
This study contributes to addressing educational inequity by emphasizing the alignment of teachers' conceptions with effective differentiated instruction to promote equitable learning environments, offering insights for reimagining teacher education programs.
References:
Cerna, L., Mezzanotte, C., Rutigliano, A., Brussino, O., Santiago, P., Borgonovi, F., & Guthrie, C. (2021). Promoting inclusive education for diverse societies: A conceptual framework.
Chubbuck, S. M. (2007). Socially just teaching and the complementarity of Ignatian pedagogy and critical pedagogy. Christian Higher Education, 6(3), 239-265.
Florian, L., & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4-8.
Keane, E., Heinz, M., & Mc Daid, R. (Eds.). (2022). Diversifying the Teaching Profession: Dimensions, Dilemmas and Directions for the Future. Taylor & Francis.
Lee, Y. A. (2011). What Does Teaching for Social Justice Mean to Teacher Candidates?. Professional Educator, 35(2), n2.
Maulana, R., & Helms-Lorenz, M. (2016). Observations and student perceptions of the quality of preservice teachers’ teaching behaviour: Construct representation and predictive quality. Learning Environments Research, 19(3), 335–357.
Maulana, R., Helms-Lorenz, M., Moorer, P., Smale-Jacobse, A., & Feng, X. (2023). Differentiated Instruction in Teaching from the International Perspective: Methodological and empirical insights. University of Groningen Press.
Mills, C., & Ballantyne, J. (2016). Social justice and teacher education: A systematic review of empirical work in the field. Journal of Teacher Education, 67(4), 263-276.
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 06 SES 16 B JS: Open Epistemologies. Open Science, Open Truth, Open Data and the Age of Uncertainty Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Christian Swertz Joint Sesion with NW 06 and NW 12. Full details in NW 12, 12 SES 16 JS |
11:30 - 13:00 | 07 SES 16 A: In/exclusion, Migration and Sustainability (Joint Special Call NW 04, 07, 30): Language barriers? Insights from Research on Migrant-ised Women in UK and Germany Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi Session Chair: Canê Çağlar Symposium |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium Language barriers? Insights from Research on Migrant-ised Women in UK and Germany Gender pay gap, unfavourable working conditions for mothers, and lack of all-day childcare facilities are examples of marginalised situations for women all over Europe. These inequalities are a social problem that have an impact at various levels, including their educational and career path, as women's skills and abilities are often not recognised. Similar situations occur with racialised people such as migrants and refugees, where their bodies and perspectives are excluded e.g. in political and academic spaces and discourses often wrongly marked as too personal, too emotional and too subjective (Kilomba 2016). Accordingly, women who are racialised are facing marginalising structures in the intersection of gender and race not only individually, but also structurally and institutionally. The research issue to be discussed here is how these discriminatory structures affect migrant-ised women in their everyday life, especially in their educational and career paths. By using the term ‘migrant-ised’ the authors highlight the complex process of migrant-isation, where (forcedly) moving people and their following generations are turned into migrants and acknowledges the institutionalised sociopolitical category of governance and power the terms migrant and migration are filled with (Worm 2023). Following this critical approach, the symposium aims to analyse the discriminatory structures migrant-ised women face due to the intersection of gender, race and class by centralising so far untold stories of migrant-ised women in educational research. The necessity of these often-excluded voices to be heard - especially in academic discourses - has derived from their value to detect and dismantle the faced discriminatory structures. The first paper presents findings from an ongoing research project with migrant women. Taking a (self-)critical look at the asymmetrical interview settings in terms of race, language, class and academic status, the researcher shows how including a joint research perspective can become. This is seen not only as an aspect of the data-production, but more so in the research process, as it can affect the whole research project and its output. This leads to new insights, enables new ways of tackling racism, gives way to politicisation, solidarisation and perhaps even to the educational process of gaining agency (Bildung). The second paper examines the intersection of language barriers, gender dynamics, and epistemic justice encountered by Arab women pursuing doctoral studies in the UK. The study, employing feminist theory, uses qualitative methods, including 15 semi-structured interviews, to explore the challenges of mastering English and the access to the academic discourse. Unveiling the unique pressures and biases faced by these women, the research highlights equity issues in academic leadership and mentorship and advocates for inclusive practices. The third paper aims to contribute to a reflexive perspective on the positionality of White and BIPOC researchers in European societies and focuses on challenges of researching racial injustice, highlighting the impact of researchers' social positioning and biases. It emphasises the importance of reflective practices, particularly in qualitative research, and advocates for increased participation of BIPOC researchers. The presentation centres on a study that examines the education of migrant and refugee students in Germany and highlights the tensions reflected in interactions between interview partners and the female migrant-ised researcher. Following the reflexive approaches the question of (language) barriers and the term migrant-ised will be critically discussed in the symposium considering the fact that even this term contributes to the wrong essentialisation of a homogenous and singular group and can be traced back to the national socio-political and historical differences of used terms like ethnicity and race between UK and Germany (Chadderton & Wischmann 2014). The terms and concepts used in these discussions involve the challenges and opportunities of integrating individuals in societal discourses in order to overcome exclusion. References Chadderton, C., & Wischmann, A. (2014). Racialised norms in apprenticeship systems in England and Germany. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 66(3), 330-347. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2014.917693 Kilomba, G. (2016). Plantation memories: Episodes of everyday racism (4. Aufl). Unrast. Worm, A. (2023). Migrantized Biographies. Reconstructing Life-Stories and Life-Histories as a Reflexive Approach in Migration Research. Historical Social Research, 48, 178198. https://doi.org/10.12759/HSR.48.2023.44 Presentations of the Symposium WITHDRAWN Bridging Language Barriers: Equity in Knowledge Access for Arab Female Doctoral Students in UK Academia
In the realm of higher education, the issue of language barriers among international students transcends mere linguistic challenges; it represents a multifaceted hurdle with profound implications for their academic journey. For Arab women pursuing doctoral studies in the UK, this challenge is particularly pronounced, as they grapple not only with mastering English as an additional language but also with navigating the intricacies of academic discourse and engaging in scholarly debates within a non-native linguistic and cultural context (Badwan, 2021).
This paper delves into the intricate relationship between language barriers, gender dynamics, and epistemic justice faced by Arab women doctoral students. Drawing on feminist theory (Bell, 2016) and epistemology of resistance (Medina, 2013), the study seeks to unravel the nuanced challenges these women encounter in accessing knowledge and participating in academic discourse within the British higher education landscape. Central to this exploration is the recognition of the intersectionality of gender, ethnicity, religion, and nationality, which further complicates their academic journey. Gendered expectations and cultural norms impose unique pressures on Arab women doctoral students, influencing their confidence levels, assertiveness in academic settings, and access to support networks. Stereotypes and biases rooted in ethnicity and gender may further marginalise these women, hindering their ability to fully participate and thrive within academic communities. Moreover, issues of equity in knowledge access loom large, with limited representation in academic leadership and research positions restricting their access to mentorship, funding opportunities, and institutional support (Okan, 2019).
To unpack these complexities, the study adopts a qualitative approach, gathering insights from semi-structured interviews with 15 Arab women doctoral students in British universities. Thematic analysis illuminates 3 key research questions surrounding language barriers, access to epistemic justice, and the gendered dimensions of their experiences. By providing a platform for these voices to be heard, the research sheds light on the intersecting challenges faced by international Arab women students and contributes to a deeper understanding of language barriers in doctoral education.
In advocating for inclusive practices, the paper calls for targeted interventions that transcend essentialism and coloniality in language (Gabriel & Tate, 2017). It underscores the importance of raising awareness, fostering solidarity, and promoting activism within academic communities to create a more just and accessible educational environment for all. Ultimately, by recognising and addressing the intersecting challenges faced by Arab women doctoral students, universities can take significant strides towards fostering a more equitable and inclusive academic landscape.
References:
Badwan, K. (2021). Language and Social (In)Justice. In K. Badwan [ed.]: Language in a Globalised World Social Justice Perspectives on Mobility and Contact. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-77087-7_9
Bell, L. (2016). Theoretical foundations for social justice education. In M. Adams & L. A. Bell [Eds.]: Teaching for diversity and social justice. (pp. 3–26). New York: Routledge.
Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Gabriel, D. (2021). Race, ethnicity and gendered educational intersections. Gender and Education, 33(,), pp. 791-797 https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2021.1967667
Gabriel, D., and S. A. Tate. 2017. Inside the Ivory Tower: Narratives of Women of Colour Surviving and Thriving in British Academia. London: Trentham Books.
Medina, J. (2013). The epistemology of Resistance. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Okan, Z. (2019). Language and Social Justice. In R. Papa [eds.]: Handbook on Promoting Social Justice in Education. Cham: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-74078-2_111-1
“Do you understand?” Narratives of Female Refugees: Stories of (Political) Agency and Solidarity
This paper presents insights into an ongoing research project with female migrants who came to Germany from the Middle East as adults, often mothers. Most of them are refugees. This project was planned as a ‘classic’ biographical study with aim to reconstruct experience of different societal groups in terms of education in transnational contexts. Even though the researcher is familiar and sensible for critical race and critical whiteness perspectives and the dilemma of voice in asymmetric interview-settings (in terms of race, language, class and academic status) and hence willing to reflect this, she was surprised by the way the “participants” turned the projects into their own political project.
The interviews were conceptualised as narrative interviews (Schütze 2012). These interviews are usually conducted between two people: the interviewer and the interviewee. This setting was the first thing that has been transformed, because many of the interviews were part of a larger group in the setting of a women’s project at a refugee support centre. The second thing was language. Most women wanted to speak German and did it, but they also switched to Arabic. Some interviews were solely in Arabic and were translated after transcription. Hence, the hegemony of German was not only addressed but relativized at least to some extent. Thirdly, the women became involved into the process of publication and hence to re-appropriate their stories.
The whole research process became a joint project within the context of a refugee initiative in Flensburg. From a Critical Race (Delgado et al. 2023) and Critical Whiteness (Applebaum 2016) point of view it is important to name and hear racial and with-it intersectional power structures also on the level of research (Chadderton 2012).
In this paper will be outlined, in which ways racial lines are tackled and at the same time politization and solidarization is practiced and bound back to biographies. This might open new perspectives on education or Bildung as process of gaining and maintaining agency (Wischmann 2018). Therefore, two of the (so far 8) interviews as (counter)stories (Solorzano and Yosso 2001) will be presented. The interviews are analysed with a reconstructive, narrative-analytical approach (Rosenthal 1993).
References:
Applebaum, B. (2016). Critical Whiteness Studies. In: Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Online verfügbar unter https://oxfordre.com/education/display/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.001.0001/acrefore-9780190264093-e-5?source=post_page---------------------------.
Chadderton, C. (2012). Problematising the role of the white researcher in social justice research. In: Ethnography and Education 7 (3), S. 363–380. DOI: 10.1080/17457823.2012.717203.
Delgado, R.; Stefancic, J.; Harris, Angela P. (2023): Critical race theory. An introduction. Fourth edition. New York: New York University Press (Critical America).
Rosenthal, Gabriele (1993): Reconstruction of life stories: principles of selection in generating stories for narrative biographical interviews. In: The narrative study of lives 1 (1), S. 59–91. Online verfügbar unter https://www.ssoar.info/ssoar/handle/document/5929.
Schütze, F. (2012). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. In: Oral history. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag.
Solorzano, D. G.; Yosso, T. J. (2001). Critical race and LatCrit theory and method: Counter-storytelling. In:International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education 14 (4), S. 471–495. DOI: 10.1080/09518390110063365.
Wischmann, A. (2018). The absence of ‘race’ in German discourses on Bildung. Rethinking Bildung with critical race theory. Race Ethnicity and Education, 21(4), 471-485. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2016.1248834
Reflecting Migrant-isation in Methodology - How Does Positionality Influence Data Acquisition and Research Outcomes?
Various research disciplines address social injustice using different methodologies. When analysing and approaching racial injustice, there is a relevant debate on how structures of injustice and racism are reproduced by White researchers (Scharathow 2014; Rühlmann 2023). While there is already knowledge about the role of researchers in qualitative studies and the significance of reflecting on the power dynamic they hold, it is a different context when the researchers themselves belong to a minority within academia (Karabulut 2022). Usually, researchers who are not BIPOC and come from 'educated' middle-class families (ibid.) are the norm. However, when researchers share the same social positioning as the individuals being studied, it raises questions such as how interviewees will react and what kind of information will be shared.
Additionally, it is important to determine the extent to which the data is evaluated, analysed, and interpreted. Creswell (2015) suggests that one criterion for qualitative research is reflecting on one's own subjective positioning. Therefore, it is important for researchers to be aware of the potential influence of their experiences, preconceptions, and beliefs, and to reflect on them. This is particularly relevant in research approaches such as Critical Whiteness Theory (e.g. Collins 2000, Kilomba 2016). Additionally, it is crucial for BIPOC researchers to conduct more research on topics relevant to BIPOC in order to broaden the discourse.
The presentation aims to initiate a discussion on how perspectives and positionality influence data acquisition, analysis, and research outcomes. To connect this reflexive approach to an ongoing study, we will introduce data from two research projects.
Addressing the practices and challenges associated with the education of migrant and refugee students, 18 qualitative semi-structured interviews with teachers and school leaders were conducted across six secondary schools in Germany. Newly arrived migrant students are usually placed in separate classes with a focus on rapidly acquiring German as an additional language for academic purposes. The data collected and interactions during data collection reflect a habitual inclination towards monolingualism. It highlights the complex and ambivalent positions of teachers, as well as their varied actions and reflections regarding the incorporation of students' multilingual competencies in the German classroom. The study reveals the challenges faced by educators in balancing linguistic diversity and the prevailing monolingual educational norms. The interactions of the interview partners with the female migrant-ised researcher mirror these tensions and shall be focused on in this paper. The second project focuses on high-achieving women's biographies.
References:
Creswell, J. W. (2015). 30 Essential skills for the qualitative researcher (1st ed.). Sage.
Hill Collins, P. (2000). Black Feminist Thought: Knowledge, Consciousness, and the Politics of Empowerment (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203900055
Karabulut, A. (2020). Rassismuserfahrungen von Schüler*innen: Institutionelle Grenzziehungen an Schulen. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Kilomba, G. (2016). Plantation memories: Episodes of everyday racism (4. Aufl). Unrast.
Rühlmann, L. (2023): Race, Language, and Subjectivation. A Raciolinguistic Perspective on Schooling Experiences in Germany. Springer: Wiesbaden
Scharathow, W. (2014). Vom Objekt zum Subjekt. Über erforderliche Reflexionen in der Migrations- und Rassismusforschung. In: Broden, A. & Mecheril, P. (2010): Rassismus bildet. Bielefeld: transcript Verlag. https://doi.org/10.14361/transcript.9783839414569.87
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 07 SES 16 B: *** CANCELLED *** Teachers of Colour, Minority & Indigenous Teachers and Teacher Mobility: Continuities and Futures in Educational Research Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Symposium |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium Teachers of Colour, Minority & Indigenous Teachers and Teacher Mobility: Continuities and Futures in Educational Research In the rapidly evolving landscape of education and growing educational inequalities, the need to maintain diversity and inclusive practices has never been more important. "Teachers of Colour, Minority and Indigenous Teachers: Continuities and Futures in Educational Research" is a symposium that aims to explore the diversity of staffrooms in shaping the educational landscape, addressing challenges such as (linguistic) racism, and fostering a more just and resilient future. Structural inequalities and the perpetuation of systems of power that maintain racial hierarchies in schools across Europe and beyond are a common starting point. Related, overarching questions focus on how institutional practices, policies and cultures within education systems contribute to the marginalisation or empowerment of minority teachers. In addition, counter-narratives that challenge dominant racial ideologies are explored by highlighting the voices of teachers who resist racial inequalities, thereby providing a broader understanding of how individuals navigate and challenge discriminatory practices. The symposium brings together four contributions to what has now become an important and wide-ranging field of educational research (see Gist & Bristol, 2022; Gutman et al., 2023). Each contribution addresses unique aspects of diversity within the teaching profession and its impact on the educational landscape: Paper 1 emphasises the importance of a diverse teaching workforce in actively challenging and unlearning stereotypical prejudices in South Africa. It examines how schools can become cultivated sites where diverse teachers and learners can serve as valuable opportunities and encounters for unlearning the epistemic damage of stereotypical biases and myths. Paper 2 explores the perceptions of minority pre-service teachers on the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) in Israeli teacher education. This aspect of diversity involves the intersection of technology and education, emphasizing the importance of considering the diversity of pre-service teachers when incorporating AI applications in teacher education programs. Paper 3 focuses on the biographical narratives of minority pre-service teachers who bring multilingualism into the classroom. On the one hand, it sheds light on the ambivalences that arise when they hardly distance themselves from the monoglossic language ideologies of the German school system. On the other hand, it highlights their potential to combat linguistic racism. Paper 4 investigates the impact of study abroad experiences on the perceptions of diversity and inclusion among in-service teachers in Japan. Findings reveal that while participants recognize alternative practices for inclusion, they struggle with effectively implementing change within the existing school culture, balancing their commitment to diversity with the pressure to conform to prevailing norms. Together, these four papers contribute to the broader conversation about the importance of teachers of colour, minority and indigenous teachers, and teacher mobility, in shaping a more inclusive and socially just education system in Europe and beyond. References Gist, C.D., & Bristol, T.J. (Eds.). (2022). Handbook on Teachers of Color and Indigenous Teachers. American Educational Research Association. Gutman, M., Jayusi, W., Beck, M., & Bekerman, Z. (Eds). (2023). To Be a Minority Teacher in a Foreign Culture. Empirical Evidence from an International Perspective. Springer. Presentations of the Symposium The Importance of Teacher Diversity for Unlearning Stereotypical Biases and Harm
The commitment by some historically ‘white’ schools in post-apartheid South Africa to retain their historical identity and privilege is especially evident in two discernible, yet inter-related paradigms. The more prominent one concerns the slow pace of learner diversity, while the other relates to the starkly neglected matter of teacher diversity. While historically excluded ‘black’ learners are kept at bay via the emergence of a new race-class discourse, ‘black’ teachers are excluded through an ambiguous language of ‘qualified, but incompetent’. Incompetency derives from one or several intersectional identity markers, which can include anything from culture, ethnicity, religion, sexuality, class, to qualification and knowledge, ultimately casting diverse teacher identities in images of mistrust. Of interest to this paper, on the one hand, is a seemingly a priori association of competence, as well as unquestioning trust coupled with ‘white’ teachers. While on the other hand, ‘black’ teachers are treated with suspicion and mistrust, not only because of their presumed incompetence, but because of who they are and the kinds of knowledge they stand to bring. What, therefore, is the role of schools in disrupting the binary between ‘white’-competence-trust’ and ‘black’-incompetence-mistrust? And how might schools become cultivated sites where diverse teacher and learner cohorts can serve as valuable opportunities and encounters for unlearning the epistemic harm of stereotypical biases and myths?
References:
Hunter, M. (2016). The Race for Education: Class, White Tone, and Desegregated Schooling in South Africa. Journal of Historical Sociology, 29 (3), 319–358
Ingersoll, R., May, H. & Collins, G. (2019). Recruitment, employment, retention and the minority teacher shortage. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 27(37), 1-37.
Kohli, R. & Pizarro, M. (2016) Fighting to educate our own: Teachers of color, relational accountability, and the struggle for racial justice. Equity & Excellence in Education, 49(1), 72–84.
Sleeter, C. E. (2001). Preparing teachers for culturally diverse schools research and the overwhelming presence of whiteness. Journal of Teacher Education, 52(2), 94–106.
Teeger, C. (2015). Ruptures in the Rainbow Nation: How Desegregated South African Schools Deal with Interpersonal and Structural Racism. Sociology of Education, 88 (3), 226–243.
WITHDRAWN Perceptions of Minority Pre-service Teachers in Academic Institution of the Integration of Artificial Intelligence (AI) Applications in the Teacher
During these days there is growing interest in the use of artificial intelligence (AI) applications in the education world (Celik, 2023; Păvăloaia & Necula, 2023). The academic institutions for teacher training carry out procedures for the integration of these applications in the teaching and learning of students. In this framework, the pre-service teachers at the academic institution who come from different sectors: Arab, Jewish, Christian, and ultra-Orthodox were exposed to practical lectures and workshops on the integration of AI applications in education. The research used a mixed method approach using qualitative and quantitative analysis. This paradigm calls for an in-depth examination of investigated phenomena through qualitative analysis but also enables data quantification to examine general trends through quantitative analysis. Two research tools were used: (1) a reflective protocol (2) a questionnaire regarding the dimensions of pre-service teachers' use of AI tools. The analysis of the study reveals six main categories: 1) the contribution of the exposure to AI applications; 2) AI applications and their use in teaching-learning; 3) reducing gaps between the students with the use of AI applications; 5) assessing the use of AI applications; 6) skills acquired with the use of AI applications. This research provides an understanding of the pre-service teachers from a multicultural academic institution's perception regarding the uses of AI in the early stages of their teaching, and its main uniqueness. In light of this, these findings help policymakers in teacher training in academic institutions from two main perspectives: policy aspects – it offers a comprehensive, wide, and multicultural perspective regarding the various ways in which students use AI applications and their perspective, and teacher training process and the scaffolding that students from a different background and culture need for establishing their role as future teachers in AI era.
References:
Celik, I. (2023). Towards Intelligent-TPACK: An empirical study on teachers’ professional knowledge to ethically integrate artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools into education. Computers in Human Behavior, 138, 107468.
Păvăloaia, V. D., & Necula, S. C. (2023). Artificial intelligence as a disruptive technology—a systematic literature review. Electronics, 12(5), 1102.
“My Multilingualism is Quite Advantageous” – Minority Pre-service Teachers Encounter Monoglossic Language Ideologies in German Schools
Research on minority (pre-service) teachers in Germany dates back to the first decade after the turn of the millennium (Lengyel & Rosen, 2015, p. 162). However, there is a lack of research in this area, which contrasts with education policy that has long since developed a strategy for recruiting minority teachers. According to education policy, minority teachers posses specific competencies due to their own or their families' migration experiences, and as such are bridge-builders, integration facilitators, etc., who contribute to reducing educational inequalities in the German school system. Migration researchers in educational science in Germany are critical of this ethnicization as it promotes stigmatization and deprofessionalization (see Goltsev et al., 2023, p. 128; Rosen & Jacob, 2023).
In a recent literature review on minority teachers in Germany, multilingualism was identified as one of four research foci (Rosen & Lengyel, 2023). This paper focuses on biographical perspectives towards monoglossic language ideologies (Thoma, 2022), building on an exploratory finding from this review that minority (student) teachers exhibit ambivalence towards multilingual language practices in school.
This paper uses biographical narrative interviews with plurilingual student teachers (n=10) to investigate the impact of past school experiences on their professional identities in relation to multilingualism. The research question is: What is the impact of past school experiences on student teachers' views of multilingual practices in future schools?
The Grounded Theory analysis (according to Charmaz, 2014) shows that the minority student teachers hold 'one-language-at-a-time monolingual ideologies' (Wei, 2018, p. 16): Because they believe that it was acceptable to be asked to act monolingually in their previous schooling and plan to continue to do so as teachers, they do not distance themselves from the monoglossic language ideologies of the German school system.
This is theorised in relation to the concept of linguicism (Skutnabb-Kangas, 2015) and a raciolinguistic perspective (Rosa & Flores, 2020), and discussed in relation to findings that consider students' perspectives. Here, studies show that multilingual students who have experienced that 'my teacher had an accent too' see themselves as legitimate members of a linguistically heterogeneous community (Putjata, 2019), pointing to the potential of multilingual minority teachers to combat linguistic racism.
References:
Lengyel, D. & Rosen, L. (2015). Diversity in the staff room – Ethnic minority student teachers’ perspectives on the recruitment of minority teachers. In Tertium Comparationis, 21(2), 161–184.
Putjata, G. (2019). Language in transnational education trajectories between the Soviet Union, Israel and Germany. In Diskurs Kindheits- und Jugendforschung 4, 390–404.
Rosa, J., & Flores, N. (2020). Reimagining Race and Language: From Raciolinguistic Ideologies to a Raciolinguistic Perspective. In H. Samy Alim et al. (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Language and Race (pp. 90-107). Oxford University Press.
Rosen, L. & Lengyel, D. (2023). Research on Minority Teachers in Germany. In M. Gutman et al. (eds.): To be a Minority Teacher in a Foreign Culture (pp. 107–123). Springer.
Rosen, Lisa & Jacob, Marita (2022). Diversity in the Teachers’ Lounge in Germany – Casting Doubt on the Statistical Category of “Migration Background”. In European Educational Research Journal, 21(2), 312-329.
Skutnabb‐Kangas, T. (2015). Linguicism. In Carol A. Chapelle (ed.), The encyclopedia of applied linguistics (pp. 1–6). Wiley.
Thoma, N. (2022). Biographical perspectives on language ideologies in teacher education. In Language and Education, 36(5), 419-436.
Wei, Li (2018). Translanguaging as a Practical Theory of Language. Applied Linguistics 39 (1), 9–30.
Are Global Perspectives Appreciated? How Teachers with Abroad Experience are Treated at Schools in Japan
The purpose of this paper is to examine the influence of the study abroad experience on teachers’ perceptions about diversity and inclusion at schools. It examines how these teachers are minoritized as outsiders who bring in unnecessary challenges to schools.
As a theoretical framework, this research adopted Functional Context Theory of Learning (Sticht, 1975). The theory regards learning as information processing, in which the learners actively look for information and use it to construct a meaningful interpretation of the world. These interpretations lead to the knowledge base, with which learners further interpretate new incoming information. In this research, the study abroad program, that are intended to build a global view, is predicted to change teachers’ way of processing information. Consequently, the teachers with study abroad experiences are hypothesized to have unique perspectives on the issues and challenges that schools are facing, including the diversity and inclusion issue.
In terms of methodology, in-service teachers in Japan who had participated in a four-week study abroad programme as part of their teacher education training programme between 2015 and 2020 were invited to complete a survey and follow-up interview. The survey and interviews focused on the participants' perceptions of diversity and inclusion issues in schools, as well as how they believed their views on these issues were treated among teachers.
As can be seen from the results, the returning teachers who took part in the study reported that they had experienced a unique struggle. Although they can see an alternative way of practicing inclusion at schools, they do not necessarily know an effective way to make changes in the current school culture. While they care about diversity and inclusion of students and teachers, they also feel their need to fit in to the current teachers’ culture by acting as if they care more about uniformity.
References:
Sticht, T. (1975). Reading for working: A functional literacy anthology. Alexandria: Human Resources Research Organization.
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 08 SES 16 A: Teachers' Health, Wellbeing and Working Conditions Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Context Matters: A Case Study of an Organizational Health Intervention to Improve Teachers' Working Conditions and Health Schwyz University of Teacher Education, Switzerland Presenting Author:The need for effective interventions to promote staff health in schools is undisputed in light of studies on the health situation of teachers. To date, however, workplace health promotion in schools has focused strongly on the individual, holistic health promotion at the organizational level is rare and the existing projects are rarely evaluated. In particular, there is a lack of prospective studies that record, analyze and explain the development processes of comprehensive, complex interventions on a longitudinal basis (Dadaczynski et al., 2015). The presented intervention study addresses this research gap by evaluating a participative organizational-level (OL) occupational health intervention (OHI) designed to improve working conditions and the health of teachers. The analyzed intervention is an offer for systemic workplace health promotion in which customized and targeted measures are derived and implemented in a participatory manner based on the results of a staff survey. The survey tool provides individuals with feedback on their personal values immediately after completing the survey. On the other hand, a report is generated for the individual schools/school units, including the Job-Stress-Index of the school (balance of demands and resources) and the positioning of organizational demands and resources in relation to the benchmarks of other schools. The need for action is indicated by a traffic light system (green, yellow, red). These organizational results are discussed in workshops with the whole school team aiming to interpret the results of the survey and to identify fields of action for health-promoting measures. The intervention follows a configurable intervention approach in which the measures are adapted to the needs of the individual schools. The naturally occurring variation in the implementation makes the evaluation challenging (Bauer & Jenny, 2014). The analytical framework of the study is based on Job Demands-Resources Theory (Bakker & Demerouti, 2014), which conceptualizes the background of the intervention that aims to reduce workplace demands and foster workplace resources in order to improve workplace health of teachers. On the other hand, the Framework for Evaluating Organizational-level Interventions (Nielsen & Randall, 2013) with the three basic elements (1) context, (2) process and (3) mental models of the actors involved (of the intervention and their work situation) is guiding structured description of the individual schools. The paper presentation will focus on the context of the intervention as previous research shows that the effects of an OHI depends on the context of the individual school. The effectiveness of organizational occupational health interventions is influenced by the preintervention health status and prior experience of the organization (Semmer, 2006). Schelvis et al. (2016) showed that lack of trust between leadership and staff, learned helplessness and high teacher independence impede the desired effects of an intervention. Facilitating contextual factors were competent leaders (Abildgaard et al., 2019), organizational resources such as collaboration and low initial stress, and the integration of the intervention into the existing strategy (Kliche et al., 2010). The presented paper aims to describe the context of the intervention in relation to the change in the Job-Stress-Index. We structure the description of the schools along the following questions: Who are the participants in the intervention? What is the reason for the participation in the intervention? What capacity does the organization have to conduct the intervention? What are the current challenges of the school? How is the intervention embedded in the school program and the school strategy? Did the intervention show the expected outcomes? Which hindering and facilitating factors in the context influenced intervention outcomes? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analyzed sample comprises a special education school (N= 123 of 145) with four departments (school, boarding school, administrative and leading personal and supporting staff) and a high school (N= 124 of 133) with ten teams (7 subjects, 1 boarding school, 2 support). The study applies a mixed-methods design by integrating several perspectives (school management, staff), qualitative approaches (document analysis, interviews with school leading teams and staff, observation of the workshops), a longitudinal online survey (baseline, + 12 months) and an electronic logbook documenting information derived from e-mails or phone calls with the schools. The paper presentation includes analysis of the relevant organizational documents (e.g. school program, school strategy, philosophy), the reports of the staff survey and the semi-structured interviews with the school leading team at the beginning of the intervention. The staff surveys were conducted in January 2023 and 2024 with the standardized survey instrument “Friendly Work Space Job-Stress-Analysis” (FWS JSA; JSA (fws-jobstressanalysis.ch)). The FWS JSA is based on scientifically validated scales and thus enables a psychometrically supported assessment that can also be used reliably and validly in research. Data from interviews were transcribed verbatim and embedded into MAXQDA (a software package for qualitative data analysis), together with the logbooks, relevant organizational documents and the reports on the results of the staff survey at the start of the intervention and one year later. Data are analyzed following the rules of qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings • Insight into Contextual Dynamics: The presentation aims to provide a deep understanding of the contextual factors influencing the effectiveness of organizational-level health interventions in schools. • Analysis of Hindering Factors: The presentation will delve into hindering factors within the contextual landscape. Understanding these factors is crucial for overcoming barriers to successful interventions. • Examination of Facilitating Factors: The study aims to identify facilitating factors like competent leadership, organizational resources, and strategic integration, which can positively influence intervention outcomes. Recognizing these factors can guide the development of supportive environments for health interventions. • Contributions to Intervention Science: The research intends to contribute to the field by addressing the scarcity of prospective studies on comprehensive, complex interventions in schools. This includes a focus on longitudinal processes, adding depth to the understanding of how interventions unfold over time. • Practical Implications for Educational Settings: The presentation aspires to provide practical implications for educators, administrators, and policymakers involved in school health promotion by offering evidence-based insights into designing effective, context-specific interventions. References Abildgaard, J. S., Nielsen, K., Wåhlin-Jacobsen, C. D., Maltesen, T., Christensen, K. B., & Holtermann, A. (2019). ‘Same, but different’: A mixed-methods realist evaluation of a cluster-randomized controlled participatory organizational intervention: Human Relations, 1–27. Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2014). Job demands–resources theory. In P. Y. Chen & C. L. Cooper (Hrsg.), Work and Wellbeing: Wellbeing, a complete reference guide, Volume III (S. 37–64). John Wiley & Sons. Bauer, G. F., & Jenny, G. J. (2014). From Fidelity to Figuration: Current and Emerging Approaches to Organizational Health Intervention Research. In G. F. Bauer & G. J. Jenny (Hrsg.), Salutogenic organizations and change. The concepts behind organizational health intervention research. Springer. Dadaczynski, K., Paulus, P., Nieskens, B., & Hundeloh, H. (2015). Gesundheit im Kontext von Bildung und Erziehung – Entwicklung, Umsetzung und Herausforderungen der schulischen Gesundheitsförderung in Deutschland. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 5(2), 197–218. Kliche, T., Hart, D., Kiehl, U., Wehmhöner, M., & Koch, U. (2010). (Wie) wirkt gesundheitsfördernde Schule?: Effekte des Kooperationsprojekts „gesund leben lernen“. Prävention und Gesundheitsförderung, 5(4), 377–388. Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical background and procedures. Approaches to qualitative research in mathematics education: Examples of methodology and methods, 365–380. Nielsen, K., & Randall, R. (2013). Opening the black box: Presenting a model for evaluating organizational-level interventions. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 22(5), 601–617. Schelvis, R. M. C., Wiezer, N. M., Blatter, B. M., van Genabeek, J. A. G. M., Oude Hengel, K. M., Bohlmeijer, E. T., & van der Beek, A. J. (2016). Evaluating the implementation process of a participatory organizational level occupational health intervention in schools. BMC Public Health, 16(1), 1212. Semmer, N. K. (2006). Job stress interventions and the organization of work. Scandinavian journal of work, environment & health, 32(6), 515–527. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Experiential Training for Teachers: A Cross-National Collaborative Initiative in Cultivating Wellbeing and Personal Development in Slovak Schools University of Exeter, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The current landscape of schools is marked by heightened uncertainty, with factors such as ongoing war conflicts, eco-anxiety, and economic crises significantly impacting the mental health and wellbeing of children and young people. Recognising the pivotal role of teachers in children and young people’s experiences in school, our research targets teachers and their own wellbeing. In order to successfully contribute to the mental health of children and young people, teachers themselves need to feel good in school and have relevant skills, not just knowledge, about developing mental health. Our research targets Slovakia, a country with a neglected education system that has not fully gone through the transformation to support the development of 21st century skills, since becoming an independent democratic country just over 30 years ago. 95% of teachers in Slovakia report experiencing stress in school and 25% find the school atmosphere harmful to their mental health (Durikova, 2021). When considering the mental health and wellbeing of children and young people in schools, it is therefore essential to start by examining teachers. What are the current wellbeing needs of teachers in Slovakia? What training do they need to facilitate positive wellbeing experiences in schools? To what extend could experiential training support the wellbeing of teachers in Slovakia? We emphasise an experiential approach to professional development in the area of mental health and wellbeing. Experience-based learning is pivotal to understanding one’s own and proximal others, and this underpins the whole-school approaches to wellbeing. We draw on Bronfenbrenner's ecological systems theory and conceptualises teachers as change agents within the microsystem of the educational environment. The framework highlights the interconnectedness of teachers, students, and the broader school community, illustrating how support networks contribute to effective teaching practices in the face of evolving challenges. Our understanding of wellbeing includes hedonic and eudaimonic elements to provide a comprehensive understanding of the factors influencing teachers' experiences. Hedonic aspects, focusing on positive emotions, and eudaimonic elements, emphasising purpose and personal growth, collectively shape the conceptualisation of wellbeing in school. Our study leverages cross-national collaboration, involving educators from Slovakia, the UK, and Ireland. By comparing experiences and strategies across diverse educational contexts, we aim to provide nuanced insights that can inform policies addressing mental health and wellbeing on an international scale.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted our research in three phases, employing multiple methods. Initially, we mapped the specific wellbeing needs of teachers in school. Our national survey posed multiple choice and open-ended questions directed at teachers and school psychologists in various school contexts in Slovakia, encompassing primary schools, gymnasiums, and high schools. We excluded third level educational organisations. A total of 1,055 educators responded to our survey and we analysed 884 full answers. Subsequently, we actively engaged a team of six teacher-researchers in co-creating the pilot experience-based training programme. Through series of online and in-person workshops held in Ireland, we collaboratively developed the pilot programme. The teacher-researchers, based in different locations in Slovakia, included one primary teacher, two high school teachers, two gymnasium teachers, and one school psychologist. We recorded the workshops and collected additional data through reflective journals and materials produced during the workshops. Finally, we tested the pilot programme at a two-day workshop in Slovakia. Fifteen participants took part in the testing, comprising three three primary school teachers, two high school teachers, three gymnasium teachers, four school psychologists, and three representatives from organisations under the Ministry of Education in Slovakia. We collected pre/post-survey data, recordings, and materials produced during the workshops. We adjusted the training programme based on participants’ feedback, and the final veresion was reviewed and approved by teacher-researchers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our survey reveals the importance of distinguishing between hedonic and eudemonic wellbeing, and considering group differences such as gender and years of service, when supporting specific wellbeing needs of teachers. Additionally, our findings underscore the significant role of relationships, both within and outside school, in teachers’ positive wellbeing in school. At the same time, one-third of respondents would not seek help from anyone if they are not feeling psychologically well in school. There may be various reasons for this, such as teachers relying on their own resilience, feeling unsafe talking about their feelings at work, having no one to turn to for help, not knowing how to articulate their wellbeing concerns, and so on. We are continuing to analyse the survey further to possibly identify indicators for this result. For now, the implication for our work is that developing interpersonal relationships and related skills is crucial for the psychological wellbeing of teachers in Slovakia. Our experiential training programme for teachers aims to address some of these results by enhancing self-awareness and communication skills. Feedback from the testing phase reveals the high effectiveness of the experiential approach, as it provides an opportunity for participants to experience and learn how to deal with unpleasant situations, among other personal developments. Participants suggest offering the programme on a voluntary basis. We have compiled a handbook with training activities for participants to use. Additionally, in collaboration with our pilot testing participants, we have compiled a list of recommendations that we shared with the Ministry of Education and relevant organisations in Slovakia. We have established a multinational partnership and are working on a long-term collaboration to promote mental health in schools in Central Europe. Our survey is currently distributed to teachers in Czech Republic. We meet regularly with teacher-researchers and partners while seeking additional research funding. References Bloom, B. S. (1956). Taxonomy of educational objectives: The classification of educational goals. New York: Longmans, Green. Briner, R., & Dewberry, C. (2007). Staff wellbeing is key to school success. London: Worklife Support Ltd. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Cohen, L., L. Manion, and K. Morrison. 2000. Research Methods in Education. 5th ed. London: Routledge. Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291-309. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 Ďuríková, K. (2021). Teacher Wellbeing Index Slovakia 2021. Konvalinka. https://eduworld.sk/___files/upload/Teacher_wellbeing_index_Slovakia_2021_20210531_090646.pdf Harding, S., Morris, R., Gunnell, D., Ford, T., Hollingworth, W., Tilling, K., Evans, R., Bell, S., Grey, J., Brockman, R., Campbell, R., Araya, R., Murphy, S., & Kidger, J. (2019). Is teachers' mental health and wellbeing associated with students' mental health and wellbeing? Journal of affective disorders, 242, 180–187. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2018.08.080 Kolb D. A. (1984). Experiential Learning: Experience As the Source of Learning and Development. New Jersey, NY: Prentice-Hall. Lowry, C., Leonard-Kane, R., Gibbs, B., Muller, L-M., Peacock, A., & Jani, A. (2022). Teachers: the forgotten health workforce. Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 115(4), 133-137. doi:10.1177/01410768221085692 McCuaig, L., Enright, E., Rossi, T., & Macdonald, D. (2021). Teachers as Health Workers: A Critical Understanding of the Health-Education Interface (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003247876 Niemiec, C. P., & Ryan, R. M. (2009). Autonomy, competence, and relatedness in the classroom: Applying self-determination theory to educational practice. Theory and Research in Education, 7(2), 133–144. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878509104318 Ryan, R.M., & Deci, E.L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being, American Psychologist, 55(1), 68-78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68 Scharmer, O. (2018). The Essentials of Theory U: Core Principles and Applications. United States: Berrett-Koehler Publishers. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Grasping the Complexity of Participation in Occupational Health Promotion in Schools: A Case Study from Switzerland Schwyz University of Teacher Education, Switzerland Presenting Author:There has been growing attention to developing effective interventions to improve teachers' occupational health (Agyapong et al., 2022). As teaching is a highly demanding profession, a significant percentage of teachers experience high stress levels and report poor occupational health (Sandmeier et al., 2017). Two approaches to improving teachers' occupational health are discussed in practice and literature. In practice, so far, most interventions have addressed the individual's responsibility to deal with workplace-related demands (Cann et al., 2023). Another approach that, to date, has been applied to a somewhat limited extent and, hence, has been seldom evaluated by research are organizational health interventions (OHIs) (Dadaczynski et al., 2015). This approach concentrates on changing the structural and social factors of the work environment, such as workload, leadership behavior, and relationships between colleagues. As part of the intervention, these factors are identified, discussed, and redesigned in a collective process, which is organized and guided by external coaches and leadership. Thus, an essential aspect of OHIs is employees' involvement and engagement in the intervention's implementation and change process. In public health literature, this process is referred to as stakeholder participation, which is "a conscious and intended effort made by individuals at a higher level in an organization to provide visible extra-role or role-expanding opportunities and enhanced control for individuals or groups at a lower level in the organization" (Nielsen & Randall, 2013, p. 605). In public health literature, stakeholder participation is vastly seen as a normative imperative, which implies that participation and, more specifically, a high level of involvement is preferable. This is argued on the grounds that a high level of participation ensures that the measurements meet the needs of the employees and, therefore, result in sustainable long-term changes (Rosskam, 2009). However, findings from public health research challenge this assumption. These findings indicate that a high level of participation does not necessarily result in better intervention outcomes and can sometimes lead to unintended adverse effects (Roodbari et al., 2022; Schelvis et al., 2016). These inconsistent findings can partly be explained by the complexity and diversity of participation in OHIs. Participation can be realized in various forms and settings and different approaches are used by practitioners (Abildgaard et al., 2020). Understanding the diversity of participation can help to understand why some interventions fail while others succeed. So far, the complexity of different forms of participation has seldom been systematically described, partly because convincing analytical frameworks were missing (Marent et al., 2012). Abildgaard and colleagues (2020), therefore, suggest describing different forms of participation along four dimensions: content, process, directness, and goal. These dimensions capture stakeholders' impact on intervention objectives (content), on the organization of intervention activities (process), the degree of involvement (directness), and the underlying justifications and objectives driving participation (goal). The analytical perspective by Abildgaard et al. (2020) forms the theoretical framework for a qualitative study to identify and describe different forms of participation in an organizational health intervention in schools. The study addresses the following questions:
RQ1: How can the analytical framework proposed by Abildgaard et al. (2020) be applied to describe and understand different forms of participation in OHIs within school settings? RQ2: Which forms of participation can be identified along the dimensions of content, process, directness, and goal in the schools? RQ3: What relationships can be observed between the organization of participation (process, directness), the actual participation of the stakeholders (content), and the objective of the participative process (goal)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a mixed-method longitudinal research project on the implementation of an organizational health intervention in schools in Switzerland. The intervention employs a tailored approach in which the needs of a school are identified by a staff survey. The survey provides immediate feedback to individuals on their results while also generating a report for each school or school unit. These results are then discussed in workshops with the whole school team, to interpret the results of the survey and to identify health-promoting measures. The workshops are led by school counsellors, who advise school leadership during the implementation of the intervention. The sample comprises six schools, varying according to size, type of school (education/special education), school level (primary, secondary, tertiary), and region. The first two cases involve two small primary schools in a rural area. In contrast, the third case is a large secondary school in an urban area, and the fourth, fifth, and sixth cases are a comprehensive school, a high school, and a special education school, respectively, all located in rural areas. The presentation will focus on selected data from the qualitative part of the project. Data was collected from October 2022 to March 2023, including observations of workshops and qualitative interviews. During the workshops, two to three members of the research team observed the organization of the workshops and stakeholders' participation. The observers wrote field notes, which were later transformed into protocols. Semi-structured qualitative interviews with school leadership and school counsellors were conducted to identify the goal of the participative process. The interviews were recorded with an audio device and transcribed verbatim. The protocols and transcripts were then embedded into MAXQDA and analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2015). The categories were based on the framework by Abildgaard et al. (2020). New inductive subcategories were developed during the coding process. Following a multiple case-design and based on previously developed categories and subcategories, descriptive and analytical case summaries were composed to identify different forms of participation and their interrelationships for each case. To analyze whether these patterns were also identifiable across the cases, the case summaries were then structured as comparative summaries for a cross-case analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings • The study provides an in-depth insight into different forms of participation in organizational health interventions in schools. • The presentation will demonstrate how the framework of Abildgaard et al. (2020) can be applied to a systematic evaluation of participation in organizational health interventions in schools. • The study shows how participation in organizational health interventions in schools can be organized. It provides an overview of possible design options, their advantages and disadvantages, and critical guidelines that support school leaders or school counselors in optimizing participation design. References Abildgaard, J. S., Hasson, H., von Thiele Schwarz, U., Løvseth, L. T., Ala-Laurinaho, A., & Nielsen, K. (2020). Forms of participation: The development and application of a conceptual model of participation in work environment interventions. Economic and Industrial Democracy, 41(3), 746–769. https://doi.org/10.1177/0143831X17743576 Agyapong, B., Obuobi-Donkor, G., Burback, L., & Wei, Y. (2022). Stress, Burnout, Anxiety and Depression among Teachers: A Scoping Review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(17). https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph191710706 Cann, R., Sinnema, C., Rodway, J., & Daly, A. J. (2023). What do we know about interventions to improve educator wellbeing? A systematic literature review. Journal of Educational Change. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-023-09490-w Dadaczynski, K., Paulus, P., Nieskens, B., & Hundeloh, H. (2015). Gesundheit im Kontext von Bildung und Erziehung – Entwicklung, Umsetzung und Herausforderungen der schulischen Gesundheitsförderung in Deutschland. [Health in the context of education and upbringing - development, implementation and challenges of school health promotion in Germany].Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 5(2), 197–218. Marent, B., Forster, R., & Nowak, P. (2012). Theorizing participation in health promotion: A literature review. Social Theory & Health, 10(2), 188–207. https://doi.org/10.1057/sth.2012.2 Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical background and procedures. Approaches to qualitative research in mathematics education: Examples of methodology and methods, 365–380. Nielsen, K., & Randall, R. (2013). Opening the black box: Presenting a model for evaluating organizational-level interventions. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 22(5), 601–617. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359432X.2012.690556 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.evalprogplan.2013.04.006 Roodbari, H., Axtell, C., Nielsen, K., & Sorensen, G. (2022). Organisational interventions to improve employees’ health and wellbeing: A realist synthesis. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 71(3), 1058–1081. https://doi.org/10.1111/apps.12346 Rosskam, E. (2018). Using Participatory Action Research Methodology to Improve Worker Health. In Unhealthy Work (p. 211–228). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315223421-15 Sandmeier, A., Kunz Heim, D., Windlin, D., & Krause, A. (2017). Negative Beanspruchung von Schweizer Lehrpersonen. Trends von 2006 bis 2014. [Negative stress on Swiss teachers. Trends from 2006 to 2014]. Schweizerische Zeitschrift Für Bildungswissenschaften, 39(1), 75–94. Schelvis, R. M. C., Wiezer, N. M., Blatter, B. M., van Genabeek, J. A. G. M., Oude Hengel, K. M., Bohlmeijer, E. T., & van der Beek, A. J. (2016). Evaluating the implementation process of a participatory organizational level occupational health intervention in schools. BMC Public Health, 16(1), 1212. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 09 SES 16 A: Investigating Teaching Quality and Student Outcomes Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Joe O'Hara Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Instructional Practice, Teacher Characteristics and Their Influence on Student Achievement in Science: A Study of TIMSS 2019 in Sweden University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:It has long been acknowledged that science skills play a crucial role in fostering economic development (Hanushek & Woessmann, 2012) and technological innovation (Varsakelis, 2006). Therefore, governments around the world are searching for ways to effectively enhance science education. Teachers and their instructional quality play an important role in student achievement and learning (Harris & Sass, 2011). It is also emphasized that teachers are one of the essential factors to enhance student skills and knowledge improvement (Harris & Sass, 2011). However, among several factors associated with students, teaching strategies, school, and home, teacher quality has an important role in student achievement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study uses Swedish TIMSS 2019 data focusing on the science domains of biology, chemistry, and physics in the eighth grade. In Sweden, approximately, 4000 8th graders and 200 classes participated in TIMSS 2019, which are taught by an average of 3 science subject-teachers in each class. The student questionnaire variable home educational resources was used as proxy of students’ socioeconomic status (SES). Teachers’ instructional practice, teacher’s years of teaching experience, completed level of formal education, and their major area of study were also selected from the teacher questionnaire data. The choice of the specific variables is justified by previous literature, indicating the influence of the included factors on student achievement. The analysis is carried out simultaneously at student and classroom levels through two-level modelling that is used to investigate the effect of instructional practice, teacher experience, and teacher qualifications on differences in student achievement in biology, chemistry, and physics, which vary because of the provision of home educational resources. The application of multilevel analysis accounts for the potential cluster effects and allows for the investigation of the proposed research questions at the student and classroom levels. The sampling weight was used to make sure that the weighted sample matches the actual sample size in Sweden. The data management was carried out in IBM SPSS Statistics 29 and the models were estimated by Mplus 8.6 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2017). All five plausible values were used. The two-level modelling technique was applied in a stepwise manner: • Firstly, a Confirmatory Factor Analysis was carried out to test the validity of the construct instructional practice (IP). • Next, a random slope-only model of the relationship between students’ family SES and their science achievement in each subject was run to test whether the relationship varies across different classrooms to decide upon the choice of the final model. • If the random slope was not statistically significant, the latent variable IP was related to science achievement in a two-level random intercept model, controlling for student and class-level contextual characteristics (teachers’ experience and education, and classroom SES composition). • If the random slope was significant, the compensatory effect of class-level factors on random slope was tested by regressing the random slope on the class-level factors in a two-level random intercept and random slope model. This was to account for the cross-level interaction between students’ family SES and their science achievement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The model fit indices suggested that the measurement model of Instructional practices fit the data well: X2(12) = 258.933, p = 0.00, RMSEA = .073 (90% CI = .065-.081), CFI = .946. SRMR = .033. Factor loading ranged from .45 to .71, indicating the measures of the latent constructs are valid and the measurement model can be established. In the second step, random-slope-only models using the five plausible values for students’ biology, chemistry, and physics achievements and home educational resources were carried out. The results showed a significant variance of the random slope indicating that the relationship between student science achievements (biology and physics) and their home educational resources vary significantly across different classrooms. Consequently, two-level random slope models using the data for biology and physics domains, and a two-level random intercept model using the data for chemistry domain were implemented. Interestingly, the results show that teachers' instructional practice has no significant influence on students’ achievement in biology, chemistry, and physics, when controlling for individual and classroom contextual characteristics. Teachers’ experience has a positively significant influence on biology achievement. However, it has no significant influence on chemistry and physics achievement at the eighth grade. In addition, teacher education and their major area of study had no significant influence on student achievement in the three domains of science. There are no significant relations between teachers’ experience, education, and classroom SES-composition and teachers’ instructional practice based on the Swedish TIMSS data. However, classroom SES-composition is a positively significant predictor of student achievement in all three domains. The results also show that teachers’ experience and their education are significantly correlated. References Act, S. E. (2010). Svensk författningssamling, Skollagen. [The Swedish Code of Statutes. Education Act] 2010: 800. Blömeke, S., Olsen, R. V., & Suhl, U. (2016). Relation of student achievement to the quality of their teachers and instructional quality. Teacher quality, instructional quality and student outcomes, 2, 21-50. Goe, L. (2007). The link between teacher quality and student outcomes: A research synthesis. National comprehensive center for teacher quality. Hanushek, E. A., & Woessmann, L. (2012). Do better schools lead to more growth? Cognitive skills, economic outcomes, and causation. Journal of Economic Growth, 17 (4), 267–321. Harris, D. N., & Sass, T. R. (2011). Teacher training, teacher quality and student achievement. Journal of public economics, 95(7-8), 798-812. Lee, S. W., & Lee, E. A. (2020). Teacher qualification matters: The association between cumulative teacher qualification and students’ educational attainment. International Journal of Educational Development, 77, 102218. Luschei, T.F., Jeong, D.W. (2018). Is teacher sorting a global phenomenon? Cross-national evidence on the nature and correlates of teacher quality opportunity gaps. Educational Researcher. 47 (9), 556–576. Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (1998). 1998-2017. MPlus user’s guide. Scheerens, J., & Blömeke, S. (2016). Integrating teacher education effectiveness research into educational effectiveness models. Educational research review, 18, 70-87. Kelly, D. L., Centurino, V. A. S., Martin, M. O., & Mullis, I. V. S. (2020). TIMSS 2019 encyclopedia: Education policy and curriculum in mathematics and science. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls. bc. edu/timss2019/encyclopedia.Toraman, Ç. (2019). Effective teacher characteristics. Asian Journal of Instruction, 7(1), 1-14. Varsakelis, N. C. (2006). Education, political institutions and innovative activity: A cross-country empirical investigation. Research Policy, 35(7), 1083–1090. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Teachers' Formal Qualifications and Instruction in Grade 4: Effects on Student Achievement in Grade 4 and 6 University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Effective teaching is a multifaceted endeavour influenced by various factors. It extends beyond the mere possession of subject knowledge and teaching experience and is intricately tied to teaching methods (Darling-Hammond, 1997; Hudson et al., 2021; Leino et al., 2022; Shulman, 1987; Wharton-McDonald et al., 1998). International large-scale assessments (ILSA) such as the Trends in Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) and Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) have been widely used to establish links between teachers and their students in mathematics (e.g., Toropova et al., 2019), science (e.g. Fauth et al., 2019) and in reading (e.g., Johansson et al., 2015; Myrberg et al. 2019). However, research on teacher effects has yielded conflicting and inconclusive findings (Blömeke & Olsen, 2019; Coenen et al., 2018; Goe, 2007), partly due to the diverse methodological approaches employed in various studies. A major contributing factor is the lack of comparability and precision in defining teacher competence and teaching quality indicators. Furthermore, significant variations exist among countries in terms of the length, structure, and content of teacher education and instruction, necessitating country-specific analyses with accurate information on these specific features. Investigating teacher effects on student achievement through large-scale data, such as PIRLS assessment data, presents distinct advantages. Firstly, large-scale assessments provide large samples, where whole classes of students are sampled, allowing comprehensive analysis of teacher effects across diverse student populations. Secondly, these assessments offer multiple measures for evaluating teachers and their teaching quality. However, a major challenge with ILSAs when estimating the impact of teachers on student outcomes is that we cannot account for students’ prior achievement. This complicates the task of isolating the direct influence of teachers on student learning outcomes. In the present study, we address this limitation by utilizing the Swedish PIRLS 2016 sample to which additional register information from earlier and later grades was added. This means that we are not only able to account for prior achievement but also investigate long-term teacher effects on student performance. More specifically we are investigating the relationships between teachers’ reading specializations and the short-term and long-term impact of teachers’ reading comprehension practices in grade 4 on student performance in the PIRLS assessment and students’ subject grade in Swedish in sixth grade. We make use of scores from PIRLS, students’ national test results in grade 3 as well as subject grade in Swedish in grade 6. Our research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study utilizes data from the Swedish sample in PIRLS 2016, comprising 4525 students and 214 teachers. Beyond the standard PIRLS assessment information, the Swedish dataset offers noteworthy extensions: information on students’ subject grades and national test scores. This unique feature allows us to access both earlier and later performance data for students. As a result, the current design possesses two features not commonly found in traditional PIRLS design. First, the current design includes students’ prior achievement in third grade, using national test results in Swedish. Second, we can study the effects of teacher characteristics and instruction in both the short and long term. Given that the PIRLS assessment takes place in fourth grade, we can analyze teacher effects in the short term, as students have had their PIRLS teachers for approximately 7-8 months. Additionally, by utilizing achievement data from grade 6, we can address the long-term effects of reading instruction and teacher specialization, considering that students in Sweden typically have had their teacher for 2.5 years in grade 6. As predictors we selected information on teachers’ specialization/s in reading pedagogy during teacher training, information about the time spent on language and reading instruction each week, as well as information about teachers’ classroom reading comprehension activities. As student outcomes, we selected students’ reading achievement in the PIRLS 2016 and Swedish achievement in grade 6. PIRLS 2016 was conducted both on paper and online and we use the scores from the paper-based assessment. Achievement in grade 6 was collected from subject grades, a letter scale ranging from F-A which, however, was converted to a numerical scale ranging from 0-5. Because teacher effects on student achievement can result from initial differences in student achievement rather than teacher competence, we controlled for students’ prior achievement in grade 3. This measure stems from national tests scores which are ranging from 0-18 points. The study employed a hierarchical design, treating students within classrooms as nested units. The study relied on multilevel regression to account for potential cluster effects that are due to the nature of the data (e.g., Hox, 2002). Sampling weights were used to account for the stratification. The main method was Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) with latent variables to investigate the relationships between the predictors and outcomes. We used Confirmatory Factor Analysis to model latent variables of specializations and reading comprehension activities. Data analysis employed SPSS 29 and Mplus version 8 software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings indicate a positive and significant relationship between teachers’ specializations in reading pedagogy and students’ Swedish grades (when controlling for prior achievement, β = .29 (.09), p< .01). This suggests that teachers with a specialization in reading pedagogy significantly influence student achievement, irrespective of students’ initial achievement level. However, this relationship does not extend to the PIRLS assessment results in grade 4. This discrepancy may be attributed to the fact that most students in Sweden have had their new teacher for only 7-8 months when the PIRLS assessment is administered. As a result, it is reasonable to assume that the short-term effects of the teacher may not be evident for achievement in PIRLS. Our initial investigations into the latent variable representing teachers’ reading comprehension activities did not reveal a significant relationship with the outcome variables. For this reason, we conducted further analyses to explore potential nonlinearities between reading comprehension activities and the two student outcomes, both with and without controlling for prior achievement. A significant curvilinear relationship was observed for teachers’ reading comprehension activities on PIRLS achievement and the Swedish grade. This implies that the relationship between reading comprehension activities and achievement was positive to a certain level, then declines. Further investigations of these relationships are needed. Limitations The teacher sample in PIRLS may not fully be representative of the entire teacher population in grade 4, however, the average years of teaching experience in our sample align with those of the total population. Another potential limitation could stem from ceiling effects within the measure of the prior achievement, as these may not adequately differentiate the highest performing students. However, the correlation to PIRLS achievement was relatively high. References Blömeke, S., & Olsen, R. V. (2019). Consistency of results regarding teacher effects across subjects, school levels, outcomes and countries. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 170-182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.09.018 Coenen, J., Cornelisz, I., Groot, W., Maassen van den Brink, H., & Van Klaveren, C. (2018). Teacher characteristics and their effects on student test scores: a systematic review. Journal of economic surveys, 32(3), 848-877. https://doi.org/10.1111/joes.12210 Darling-Hammond, L. (1997). What matters most: 21st-century teaching. The Education digest, 63(3), 4. Fauth, B., Decristan, J., Decker, A.-T., Büttner, G., Hardy, I., Klieme, E., & Kunter, M. (2019). The effects of teacher competence on student outcomes in elementary science education: The mediating role of teaching quality. Teaching and Teacher Education, 86, 102882. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102882 Goe, L. (2007). The link between teacher quality and student outcomes: A research synthesis. National comprehensive center for teacher quality. Hox, J. (2002). Multilevel Analysis: Techniques and Applications. Taylor and Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781410604118 Hudson, A. K., Moore, K. A., Han, B., Wee Koh, P., Binks-Cantrell, E., & Malatesha Joshi, R. (2021). Elementary Teachers’ Knowledge of Foundational Literacy Skills: A Critical Piece of the Puzzle in the Science of Reading. Reading research quarterly, 56(1), S287-S315. https://doi.org/10.1002/rrq.408 Johansson, S., Myrberg, E., & Rosén, M. (2015). Formal Teacher Competence and its Effect on Pupil Reading Achievement. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 59(5), 564-582. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2014.965787 Leino, K., Nissinen, K., & Sirén, M. (2022). Associations between teacher quality, instructional quality and student reading outcomes in Nordic PIRLS 2016 data. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 10(1), 25-30. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-022-00146-4 Myrberg, E., Johansson, S., & Rosén, M. (2019). The Relation between Teacher Specialization and Student Reading Achievement. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 63(5), 744-758. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1434826 Rutkowski, L., Gonzalez, E., Joncas, M., & von Davier, M. (2010). International Large-Scale Assessment Data: Issues in Secondary Analysis and Reporting. Educational researcher, 39(2), 142-151. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X10363170 Shulman, L. S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard educational review, 57(1), 1-22. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.57.1.j463w79r56455411 Toropova, A., Johansson, S., & Myrberg, E. (2019). The role of teacher characteristics for student achievement in mathematics and student perceptions of instructional quality. Education enquiry, 10(4), 275-299. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2019.1591844 Wharton-McDonald, R., Pressley, M., & Hampston, J. M. (1998). Literacy Instruction in Nine First-Grade Classrooms: Teacher Characteristics and Student Achievement. The Elementary school journal, 99(2), 101-128. https://doi.org/10.1086/461918 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Instructional Quality as Mediator and Moderator of the SES and Student Achievement Relationship. Insights from Swedish TIMSS 2019 Data University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:The relationship between student socioeconomic status (SES) and achievement is apparent in almost every educational system across the world. In the Nordic educational systems, although it may be weaker than other countries, SES is yet one of the strongest predictors of academic achievement (Sirin, 2005). Few studies, such as Myrberg & Rosén (2009), explore the direct and indirect effects of various factors on the relationship between SES and student achievement. Further investigation into these mechanisms is necessary, as SES is mostly used to control for selection bias (Gustafsson, Nilsen, & Hansen, 2018). Given the Nordic educational systems’ aim of increasing equity, an important apsect to investigate is to what degree teacher related factors influence the relationship between student SES and achievement. Previous studies have indicated that teachers account for a significant portion of variance in achievement between classrooms (Darling-Hammond, 2014). Indeed, there is a consensus that teachers are a crucial school factor, and their competence is the foundation of high-quality schools, instruction, and learning (Blömeke, Olsen & Suhl, 2016). Teacher competence (e.g., higher quality instruction, efficient classroom management etc.) positively affects student achievement (Kelcey et al., 2019) and overall may have a positive effect on reducing inequity in education (Wößmann, 2008). Specifically, an essential characteristic for effective teachers lies in their ability to deliver quality instruction, by explaining the content clearly and assessing student understanding of the subject matter (Ferguson, 2012). While instruction quality is related with student motivation, it has been documented to be positively related with student achievement in mathematics (Bergem, Nilsen & Scherer, 2016). This is an important aspect, especially in Sweden, where challenges arise due to the unequal distribution of well-qualified teachers across schools, leading to a widening achievement gap between schools and student groups (Yang Hansen & Gustafsson, 2019). Further, not many studies have investigated the effect that instructional quality has on the relationship between student SES and achievement in Nordic educational systems. Also, a limited number of studies have utilized representative International Large-Scale Assessment (ILSA) data in this context. Thus, the main objective of the present study is to investigate how instructional quality relate to equity in education. Specifically, the study focuses on how student perceptions of instructional quality may mediate or moderate the relationship between SES and eighth grade students’ math achievement in the Swedish educational system. This study is grounded in the Dynamic Model of Educational Effectiveness theory that explores factors influencing student outcomes across all school levels, which can be either equitably or inequitably distributed. The model acknowledges the nested structure of educational systems and the relationships among various factors at different levels. Specifically, the model refers to observable instructional behaviors of teachers in the classroom and includes eight instructional quality dimensions: orientation, structuring, questioning, teaching-modelling, application, time management, creating a learning environment, and classroom assessment (Creemers & Kyriakides, 2013). The research questions that guide the study are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses cross-sectional secondary questionnaire data, to examine the relationship of SES and students perceived instructional quality with their math achievement. Particularly, it used the Swedish grade 8 data from the TIMSS 2019 cycle with a sample size of N=3996 Swedish students. Teacher instructional quality was measured using questionnaire indicators, such as ‘My teacher is good at explaining mathematics’, ‘My teacher has clear answers to my questions’, ‘My teacher links new lessons to what I already know’ etc. These items were measured on a 4-point Likert scale ranging from “agree a lot” to “disagree a lot”. For measuring student SES, information on the number of books at home and students’ responses regarding their father’s and their mother’s education was used. The number of books at home variable has been identified in several studies to be highly correlated with TIMSS achievement (e.g. Wiberg, 2019). A measure of student mathematics achievement, represented by five plausible values for each student’s math performance on a continuous scale provided by the IEA, was utilized in the analysis through a multiple imputation technique. The method of confirmatory analysis was used to test whether the data fit the measurement models, and then there were built structural models based on an extensive literature review. Multilevel structural equation modelling techniques are employed in the study, as educational systems have an inherently multi-layered structure. Students are nested within classrooms, classrooms within schools, and the schools collectively form a national educational system. When individuals are clustered within natural occuring units (e.g., classrooms, schools, etc.), they share unique components that can affect their school performance. Therefore, multilevel models are essential for decomposing variance into its originating levels (Hox, 2002). The data analyses, which was conducted in SPSS 29 and Mplus 8, incorporated student weights, cluster, and the robust maximum likelihood estimator (MLR), while the model fit was assessed using both local and global fit indices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analyses have resulted in well-fitting measurement models for students’ SES and student perceived teachers’ instructional quality latent constructs. The structural models examining the direct and indirect effects of student perceived teachers’ instructional quality on math achievement resulted in an overall good model fit. Model results confirmed that both SES and student perceived instructional quality at student and classroom level significantly relate with math achievement, consistent with prior research. Also, it was found that there is a significant indirect effect of students’ SES to their math achievement through teachers’ instructional quality at the individual level. Further, it was tested the interaction effect of teachers’ instructional quality in a multilevel model. A random slope on the relation between SES and math achievement was specified and teachers’ instructional quality at classroom level was found to have a significant interaction effect on this relationship. While this study centers on teachers’ instruction quality and the connection between student SES and math achievement in Sweden, its results hold significance beyond the Swedish context. Concerns about educational equity and the importance of promoting effective teaching quality are prevalent across every democratic educational system. There is a global movement towards prioritizing equity in education (OECD, 2018), with a consistent emphasis on schooling as a key ‘equalizer’ among individuals of diverse backgrounds, crucial for countries adopting a preventative approach to economic inequality (Hanushek & Woessmann, 2015). Research on how teachers’ instruction quality influences the relationship of student socioeconomic background and academic performance sheds light on the on the pivotal role of teachers in addressing equity issues. Thus, further research is needed to examine how effective teaching contributes in fulfilling schools’ compensatory mission, mitigating the strong correlation between SES and achievement in Sweden and beyond. References Bergem, O. K., Nilsen, T., & Scherer, R. (2016). 7 Undervisningskvalitet i matematikk [7 Teaching quality in mathematics]. In Vi kan lykkes i realfag: Resultater og analyser fra TIMSS 2015, [We can succeed in science: Results and analyzes from TIMSS 2015] (pp. 120-136). Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. Blömeke, S., Olsen, R. V. & Suhl, U. (2016). Relation of Student Achievement to the Quality of Their Teachers and Instructional Quality. In T. Nilsen & J. E. Gustafsson (Eds.), Teacher Quality, Instructional Quality and Student Outcomes (pp. 21-50). Springer. Creemers, B., & Kyriakides, L. (2013). Using the Dynamic Model of Educational Effectiveness to Identify Stages of Effective Teaching: An Introduction to the Special Issue. The Journal of Classroom Interaction, 48(2), 4-10. Darling-Hammond, L. (2014). Strengthening teacher preparation: the holy grail of teacher education. Peabody Journal of Education, 89, 547–561. Ferguson, R.F. (2012). Can student surveys measure teaching quality? Phi Delta Kappa, 94(3), 24–28. Gustafsson, J. E., Nilsen, T., & Hansen, K. Y. (2018). School characteristics moderating the relation between student socio-economic status and mathematics achievement in grade 8. Evidence from 50 countries in TIMSS 2011. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 57, 16-30. Hanushek, E. A., & Woessmann, L. (2015). The knowledge capital of nations: education and the economics of growth. Cambridge: MIT Press. Hox, J. (2002). Multilevel analysis : Techniques and applications. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Kelcey, B., Hill, H. C., & Chin, M. J. (2019). Teacher mathematical knowledge, instructional quality, and student outcomes: a multilevel quantile mediation analysis. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 30(4), 398-431. Myrberg, E. & Rosén, M. (2009) Direct and indirect effects of parents´ education on reading achievement among third graders in Sweden. British Journal of Educational Psychology 79, no. 4, pp. 695-711. OECD. (2018). Equity in education: breaking down barriers to social mobility. OECD publishing: Paris. Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417–453. Wiberg, M. (2019). The relationship between TIMSS mathematics achievements, grades and national test scores. Education Inquiry, 10(4), 328–343. Woessmann, L. (2008). Efficiency and equity of European education and training policies. International Tax and Public Finance, 15, 199-230. Yang Hansen, K., & Gustafsson, J.-E. (2019). Identifying the key source of deteriorating educational equity in Sweden between 1998 and 2014 International journal of educational research, 93, 79-90. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 09 SES 16 B: Exploring Factors Influencing Academic Achievement and Motivation Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Mari-Pauliina Vainikainen Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Development of Cognitive Learning to Learn Competences, Learning-related Beliefs, and School Achievement Through the Nine-year Basic Education in Finland 1University of Helsinki, F, Finland; 2Tampere University, Finland; 3University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Learning to learn skills are fundamental cognitive, metacognitive, motivational, and affective resources to help reach a learning goal (James, 2023). Acquiring these skills and abilities is vital for lifelong learning in the 21st century. The Finnish Learning to Learn (L2L: Hautamäki, 2002; Vainikainen & Hautamäki, 2022) scales have been developed and utilised in national and regional assessments since the late 1990s. They cover general cognitive competences needed in different school subjects, such as reading comprehension, mathematical thinking skills, general thinking and reasoning skills, and problem-solving. This paper reports on a longitudinal L2L study, in which around 1000 children were followed through the nine-year basic education in Finland. Longitudinal studies can collect a broad range of information and provide unique insight into the importance of cognitive development in the early stages of education, identify connections between student abilities and academic achievement, and allow for adjustments to the pedagogical process throughout schooling. Studying the characteristics of stability and trends in the development of cognitive abilities in different age groups makes it possible to identify the weakest points and direct pedagogical efforts to increase the level of abilities and motivation (Metsämuuronen, J., & Tuohilampi, 2014). The level of development of cognitive abilities largely determines performance in mathematics and other subjects and seems to influence children's goal orientation in learning (Mägi et al., 2010; Williams, T., & Williams, K. 2010). Longitudinal assessments of them also make it possible to identify certain trends in the development of certain skills at different age periods, which must be taken into account in the diagnosis and evaluation of the learning process (Weinstein, 2015). The present study focuses on the development and changes in the cross-curricular cognitive competences and learning-related beliefs measured by the Finnish L2L scales. We also study how they are reflected on pupils’ school achievement as measured by grade point average (GPA). We aim at analysing how individual and group-level differences develop from when the pupils enter the formal education system until they complete basic education and move to the tracked upper secondary education. We answer the following questions: 1. How are the cognitive L2L competences, learning-related beliefs and school achievement connected and how do they influence each other over the years during basic education? 2. How stable are the individual and group-level trends observed in cognitive L2L competences, learning-related beliefs and school achievement throughout the school years? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A nine-years longitudinal L2L study was conducted in one large Finnish municipality starting in 16 randomly sampled schools with 744 first grade pupils. For the second measurement, 4 new schools were included, making the pupil-level sample size around 1000. Assessments were conducted during multiple occasions including the 1st, 4th, 6th, and 9th grade assessments reported in this paper. At the beginning of the first school year, the pupils completed a learning preparedness test. In the subsequent assessments, they completed mathematical thinking, reading comprehension, and general reasoning subscales of the Finnish learning-to-learn test, and answered questionnaires about their learning-related beliefs. In this paper, we used the subscale measuring pupils’ agency beliefs of effort based on Skinner’s action-control theory (1988). The pupils rated themselves in relation to presented statements on a 7-point Likert scale. For the cognitive test and GPA, we calculated a manifest average score over different domains/subjects for each measurement point. Learning-related beliefs were included in the models as latent factors. The 1st grade learning preparedness test was used in the model as a latent factor consisting of three subscores (analogical reasoning; visuo-spatial memory; following instructions and inductively reasoning the applied rule). We specified a cross-lagged panel model in Mplus 8 to study the interrelations of the 4th, 6th and 9th, grade cognitive competences, learning-related beliefs and GPA. In addition, we predicted the 4th grade variables by the latent 1st grade learning preparedness test score. Before specifying the full model, we tested measurement invariance of latent factors over time and groups by constraining factor loadings and intercepts stepwise and studying the change in fit indices. In general, we used RMSEA <.06, CFI and TLI <.95 (Kline, 2005) as criteria for a good model. We first ran the model in the full data, and after that we performed multiple-group comparisons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We first focused on studying the level of cognitive competences, learning-related beliefs and GPA over the years. As expected based on earlier literature, pupils’ cognitive competences considerably improved, but the level of learning-related beliefs declined from the 4th to the 9th grade. The cognitive differences between pupils observed when the pupils started their school path seemed relatively stable over time, as in the cross-lagged panel model (CFI= .984, TLI = .979, RMSEA = .0, 26, p < .001), the first grade learning preparedness test score predicted 4th grade performance very strongly (β=.82), and there was a relatively strong connection between the test scores of subsequent assessments as well. The first grade learning preparedness predicted fourth grade GPA (β=.44), and also GPA seemed to be very stable over the years. Learning-related beliefs, on the contrary, were on the fourth grade not predicted by learning preparedness, and their connection with the other variables in the model were weak. However, the connections strengthened over time when pupils’ self-evaluation skills improved and the overly positive evaluations declined by the sixth grade. Overall, learning-related beliefs seemed to be somewhat more connected with GPA than cognitive competences, perhaps indicating that pupils are to some extent rewarded for the effort they put in schoolwork regardless of the cognitive outcomes. We also found some cross-lagged effects over time, and in the next stage, we will focus on studying these in multiple-group analyses based on competence levels and gender. References Hautamäki, J., Arinen, P., Eronen, S., Hautamäki, A., Kupiainen, S., Lindblom, B., & Scheinin, P. (2002). Assessing learning-to-learn: A framework. National Board of Education, Evaluation 4/2002. James, M. (2023). Assessing and learning, and learning to learn. International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition), p. 10-20. https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-818630-5.09015-1. James, M. (2010). An overview of Educational Assessment. In: P. Peterson, E. Baker& B. McGaw (Eds.) International Encyclopedia of Education. Vol.3: 161-171. Oxford: Elsevier Marsh, H. W., Byrne, B. M., & Shavelson, R. J. (1988). A Multifaceted Academic Self-Concept: Its Hierarchical Structure and Its Relation to Academic Achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(4), 623–636. https://doi/10.1037/0022-0663.80.3.366 Metsämuuronen, J., & Tuohilampi, L. (2014). Changes in Achievement in and Attitude toward Mathematics of the Finnish Children from Grade 0 to 9—A Longitudinal Study. Journal of Educational and Developmental Psychology , 4(2), 145-169. https://doi.org/10.5539/jedp.v4n2p145 Mägi K, Lerkkanen M-K, Poikkeus, A-M, Rasku-Puttonen H & Kikas E (2010). Relations between achievement goal orientations and math achievement in primary grades: A follow-up study. Scandinavian Journal of educational Research, 54(3), 295‒312. Skinner, E. A., Chapman, M., & Baltes, P. B. (1988). Control, means-ends, and agency beliefs: A new conceptualization and its measurement during childhood. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54(1), 117–133. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.54.1.117 Vainikainen , M-P & Hautamäki , J 2022 , Three Studies on Learning to Learn in Finland :Anti-Flynn Effects 2001-2017 ' , Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research , vol. 66 , no. 1 , pp. 43-58 . https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1833240 Weinstein, C. E., Krause, J., Stano, N., Acee,T., Jaimie,K., Stano, N.(2015), Learning to Learn, 2015 International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences (Second Edition) p.712-719 Weinstein, C., Krause, J., Stano, N., Acee, T., Jaimie, R. (2015) Learning to Learn. International Encyclopedia of Education (Second Edition), p. 712-719 Williams, T., & Williams, K. (2010). Self-efficacy and performance in mathematics: Reciprocal determinism in 33 nations. Journal of Educational Psychology, 102(2), 453-466. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0017271 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Motivation Profiles as Explanatory Factors of Task Behaviour and Student Performance 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2University of Turku, Finland; 3Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Student’s effort and motivational factors behind it have an essential role in determing how students approach new tasks and perform in them (e.g., Kupiainen et al., 2014). Together, they affect the ability to apply the cognitive processes fundamental to identifying problems and designing and applying solutions (Kong & Abelson, 2019; Skinner ym., 1998). These processes have traditionally been measured and evaluated through self-reports and observation. While these methods undoubtedly have an important place in the human sciences, they have challenges regarding validity and large sample sizes. One solution to these challenges is that the technology's vast potential allows seamless data collection from individuals in digital environments without disrupting their natural activities (Wise & Gao, 2017). Hence, this paper focuses on investigating what time on task, number of trials, and use of problem-solving strategies in different tasks tell us about student performance and whether the results in different tasks are consistent with each other. The relations between these task behavior indicators are examined from the perspective of motivational profiles students may hold by examining whether the profiles differ in this matter. In this study, the focus is on students' control-related beliefs within the framework of Action-Control Theory (Skinner et al., 1988). According to the theory, perceived control encompasses beliefs about the relation of agents, means, and ends, shaping a student's perception of how school outcomes are achieved and the extent to which they are actively involved. These beliefs are found to be related to school achievement in to a varying degree and varying hindering or fostering effects. Accordingly, while some students with beliefs that have shown to positively predict school performance have done well, other students with similarly above average beliefs have done less well, highlighting the existence and importance of different combinations of beliefs when considering their association with motivational orientation and performance (Malmberg & Little, 2007). Treating time use as a measure of motivational investment in a task is grounded in Carroll's Model of School Learning (Carroll, 1989). According to the model, students vary in the time they need to learn, which in turn depends on students' aptitude for the task, their ability to understand instruction, and the quality of instruction. Higher aptitude corresponds to shorter learning times, while lower aptitude may require more effort. The time students ultimately invest in learning is composed of the time allocated for learning and the time students are willing to dedicate. The required time, the time spent, and the quality of instruction act as the determinants of the level of learning (Kupiainen et al., 2014). Computer-based assessment (CBA) research has confirmed that students' too short time on task indicates a lack of effort and task commitment (e.g., Wise & Gao, 2017). This results from reacting too quickly compared to the time needed for a proper task solution (Schnipke, 1995). This supports findings in problem-solving tasks, indicating that in every ability level longer response times positively correlate with correct answers as task difficulty increases (Goldhammer et al., 2014). The study delves into the diverse strategies individuals employ during problem-solving that guide the problem-solving process and ultimately influence how effectively they navigate problem-solving situations (Stubbart & Ramaprasad, 1990). Some problems may require multiple trials and inductive reasoning, while in other problems the most appropriate way is to test how individual variables affect the outcome, isolating the effect of other variables. CBA enables the exploration of these strategies by utilizing log data collected during tasks, which have been done in the past, particularly for studying the differentiation of the effect of variables in solving more complex problems (e.g., Greiff et al., 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses national longitudinal data for the academic year 2021-2022 (N = 8556) collected by the University of Tampere and the University of Helsinki in the framework of the DigiVOO project. This study does not use the longitudinal aspect but includes measures from three different measurement points. Motivational beliefs were assessed using Action-Control Theory Scales (e.g., Chapman et al., 1990), covering agency beliefs on ability and effort, control expectancy, and means-ends beliefs on various factors. Each scale included three items with a 7-point Likert-type scale (1 = not true at all, to 7 = very true). The success rate in problem-solving tasks was computed from the overall percentage of correct answers in programming tasks (code building and debugging) and a task measuring vary-one-thing-at-a-time (VOTAT) problem-solving strategies (Greiff et al., 2016). The programming tasks involved coding a robot to pick up a sock in a room with obstacles. The VOTAT-based task, Lilakki, required students to vary conditions for optimal plant growth. Task behavior indicators were derived from log data, including time on task measured in seconds and trials related to the number of completed items in programming tasks. Problem-solving strategies (VOTAT) in Lilakki were analyzed by calculating the relative percentage of used strategies from the overall number of trials in the task. General Point Average (GPA) reflected students' prior ability against the achievement in problem-solving tasks, incorporating grades in Finnish, mathematics, English, history, and chemistry. In this study, latent profile analysis (LPA) and multigroup structural equation modeling (SEM) will be conducted. LPA is used to identify subgroups of students based on their self-reports on the motivational measures. Fit indices for LPA are Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC), sample size adjusted BIC (SABIC), Akaike Information Criterion (AIC), Consistent Akaike Information Criterion (CAIC), Vuong-Lo-Mendel-Rubin likelihood ratio test (VLMR), adjusted VLMR, and Bootstrap Loglikelihood ratio test (BLRT) and entropy. In addition, the elbow plot method for AIC, CAIC, BIC, and SABIC is used, and the qualitative investigation is done against substantive theory and previous studies. In multigroup SEM, the MLR estimator will be used. The goodness of fit of the model will be assessed by the following fit indices: RMSEA (< 0.05 = good model, < 0.08 = acceptable model) and CFI & TLI (> 0.95 = good model, > 0.90 = acceptable model). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results concerning motivational profiles have been analyzed. Based on the fit indices, elbow method, and qualitative inspection, a 5-class solution in LPA was considered the best fit. The five motivational profiles are preliminarily named Avoidant, Normative, Mildly Agentic, Agentic, and Mixed. Students in the Agentic (Class 1) profile saw their effort and ability and control over school achievement most positively compared to believing that luck and ability would determine school outcomes. Thus, this profile was considered to have the most adaptive beliefs. Mildly agentic (Class 2) and Moderate (Class 3) reflected pattern demonstrated by Agentic students but moderately. Avoidant (Class 4) students had the lowest adaptive beliefs (i.e., beliefs about their ability, effort, and control as well as effort as a means for success) and attributed school outcomes to ability over other beliefs. In the Mixed profile (Class 5), students had one of the most positive adaptive beliefs with the Agentic profile. Similarly, they possessed the most positive means-ends beliefs on ability and luck. This profile is seen to indicate adaptive as well as maladaptive consequences to achievement (Malmberg & Little, 2007). In multigroup SEM, the hypothesis is that motivational profiles play a role in how task behavior indicators (time on task, trials and strategies), prior ability, and performance in problem-solving tasks are related to each other due to differences in their approaches to novel tasks (see Callan, et al., 2021; Skinner et al., 1998). In summary, this paper delves into the complex dynamics of effort, motivation, and cognitive processes during academic tasks, utilizing innovative technology for data collection. The findings provide novel insights into students' problem-solving strategies. References Callan, G. L., Rubenstein, L. D., Ridgley, L. M., Neumeister, K. S., & Finch, M. E. H. (2021). Selfregulated learning as a cyclical process and predictor of creative problem-solving. Educational Psychology, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2021.1913575 Carroll, J. B. (1989). The Carroll model: A 25-year retrospective and prospective view. Educational Researcher, 18, 26–31. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X018001026 Chapman, M., Skinner, E. A., & Baltes, P. B. (1990). Interpreting correlations between children’s perceived control and cognitive performance: Control, agency or means–ends beliefs. Developmental Psychology, 26, 246–253. https://doi.org/10.1037/0012-1649.26.2.246 Goldhammer, F., Naumann, J., Stelter, A., Klieme, E., Toth, K. & Roelke, H. (2014). The time on task effect in reading and problem solving is moderated by task difficulty and skill: Insights from a computerbased large-scale assessment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 106(3), 608–626. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0034716 Greiff, S., Niepel, C., Scherer, R., & Martin, R. (2016). Understanding students' performance in a computer based assessment of complex problem solving. An analysis of behavioral data from computer-generated log files. Computers in Human Behavior, 61, 36–46. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2016.02.095 Kong, S.-C. & Abelson, H. (2019). Computational Thinking Education. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-6528-7 Malmberg, L.-E., & Little, T. D. (2007). Profiles of ability, effort, and difficulty: Relationships with worldviews, motivation and adjustment. Learning and Instruction, 17(6), 739–754. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2007.09.014 Schnipke, D. L. (1995). Assessing speededness in computer-based tests using item response times. [Dissertation, John Hopkins University]. The Johns Hopkins University ProQuest Dissertations Publishing. Skinner, E. A., Chapman, M. & Baltes, P. B. (1988). Control, means-ends, and agency beliefs: A new conceptualization and its measurement during childhood. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 117–133. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.54.1.117 Skinner, E. A., Zimmer-Gembeck, M. J. & Connell, J. P. (1998). Individual differences and the development of perceived control. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 6(2–3), 1–220. https://doi.org/10.2307/1166220 Stubbart, C. I., & Ramaprasad, A. (1990). Conclusion: The evolution of strategic thinking. Teoksessa A. Huff (toim.), Mapping strategic thought. John Wiley and Sons. Wise, S. L., & Gao, L. (2017). A general approach to measuring test-taking effort on computer-based tests. Applied Measurement in Education, 30(4), 343–354. https://doi.org/10.1080/08957347.2017.1353992 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Does the Use of ICT at School Predict Lower Reading Literacy Scores? Multiple Group Analyses with PISA 2000-2022 Data Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Previous studies have shown that the use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in leisure time, and also at school, is related to lower level of school performance (Biagi & Loi, 2013; Gubbels, Swart, & Groen, 2020). Furthermore, data from the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) studies have indicated that higher levels of ICT use is related to lower scores in reading literacy both internationally and in Finland (OECD, 2011; Saarinen, 2020). Analyses of the PISA data from 2012 have also shown no significant improvements in student achievement in reading, mathematics or science in the countries that had invested heavily in ICT for education (OECD, 2015). These findings have sometimes been interpreted as an indication of the harmful effects of digitalisation of education. PISA results have shown a declining trend in many countries (OECD, 2023). The most recent decrease in PISA 2022 scores have been explained, at least in Finland, for example, by the excess use of ICT. On the other hand, mixed results have also been reported, and it is difficult to draw clear conclusions about the relationship between the use of digital technologies and learning (Harju, Koskinen, & Pehkonen, 2019). PISA studies have found that students who use computers moderately and for a variety of purposes have the highest levels of literacy (Leino et al. 2019, p. 94; OECD, 2011). The use of ICT in schools can be seen as a target of learning but also as a learning tool, which means that ICT can also be used as a mean to support students (Jaakkola, 2022). Based on previous research, there are some indications that the digital technology is used to differentiate teaching (Biagi & Loi 2013; Lintuvuori & Rämä, 2022; OECD 2011, pp. 20-21). This study will test the hypothesis that the use of ICT could be targeted especially to lower performing students. The research questions investigated in this study are: 1. How the use of ICT at school is related to students’ reading literacy scores in PISA? Do the levels of proficiency in reading literacy explain the relationship between ICT use and reading performance? 2. Does the student’s special educational needs (SEN) status explain the relationship between the ICT use and reading performance scores? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, we will use data from all eight PISA cycles, collected every three years between 2000–2022. We used the plausible values of reading literacy and the questions from ICT questionnaire related to the use of digital technology at school. In the first three cycles, it was simply asked how often the students used computers for schoolwork. We created dichotomously coded variables, comparing students selecting more seldom than once a month, 1–4 times a month, a few times every week, or almost every day to those who reported they never used computers at schools. From 2009 on, the questionnaires had longer scales measuring the different ways of using digital technology in schools, and indices of use of computers and digital devices for schoolwork were created based on them. We analysed the data using Mplus 8.0. Regression models were run for each data set separately, using the categories for computer use (years 2000–2006), the index for computer use (years 2009–2012) and the index for the use of digital devices (years 2015–2022) at school as predictors for reading literacy performance. The stratified two-stage sample design was acknowledged by taking into account school-level clustering and by using house weights that scale the final student weights to sum up to the sample size. First, we ran the analyses for the whole sample, then as multiple group analysis comparing the students at different reading proficiency levels 1–6. For the 2018 data, we performed multiple group analyses also using the information about students support needs according to the Finnish support model (no support, intensified support, special support). For comparing the coefficients between groups, we bootstrapped confidence intervals for the coefficients using 1000 replicates. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results from the cycles 2009–2018 showed that ICT use was negatively related to the reading literacy scores, and the effects were statistically significant. However, the ICT use explained only from one to three percent of the variation in reading literacy scores. By using the reading literacy proficiency levels, we examined whether these different levels of student performance explained negative effects of ICT use on reading literacy scores. On average, students at the lowest proficiency levels used ICT at school more than students at higher levels. However, when examined by performance level, the majority of the relationships between ICT use and reading scores remained statistically non-significant. Students with SEN used more ICT at school than other students and students’ SEN status explained the relationship between ICT use and reading literacy scores, and the relationship was negative and statistically significant. The results of this study suggest that the previous PISA results of the negative relationship between the use of ICT and student performance have often been interpreted as causal effect and thus, in a wrong way: instead of digitalisation causing the decline of performance, schools might use digital technology as a means of support for lower performing students and students with SEN. This, in turn, may at least partly explain the negative correlations between ICT use and student performance. So far, the analyses have been conducted with PISA 2000-2018 data. For this presentation, the same analyses will also be conducted with the most recent PISA 2022 data. The latest PISA results also reflect the impact of Covid-19. Furthermore, the pandemic might also have increased the use of ICT. It is important to explore the PISA 2022 results and the effect the effect of ICT use on reading performance. References Biagi, F. & Loi, M. (2013). Measuring ICT Use and Learning Outcomes: Evidence from recent econometric studies. European Journal of Education, 48(1), 28–42. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12016 Gubbels, J., Swart, N., & Groen, M. (2020). Everything in moderation: ICT and reading performance of Dutch 15-year-olds. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 8(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-020-0079-0 Harju, V., Koskinen, A., & Pehkonen, L. (2019). An exploration of longitudinal studies of digital learning. Educational Research, 61(4), 388–407. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1660586 Jaakkola, T., 2022. Tieto- ja viestintäteknologia oppimisen kohteena ja välineenä. In N. Hienonen, P. Nilivaara, M. Saarnio & M.-P. Vainikainen (Eds.), Laaja-alainen osaaminen koulussa. Ajattelijana ja oppijana kehittyminen (pp. 179–189). Gaudeamus. Leino, K., Ahonen, A., Hienonen, N., Hiltunen, J., Lintuvuori, M., Lähteinen, S., Lämsä, J., Nissinen, K., Nissinen, V., Puhakka, E., Pulkkinen, J., Rautopuro, J., Sirén, M., Vainikainen, M.-P. & Vettenranta, J. 2019. PISA 18 ensituloksia – Suomi parhaiden joukossa. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriön julkaisuja 2019:40. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriö. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-263-678-2 Lintuvuori, M. & Rämä, I., 2022. Oppimisen ja koulunkäynnin tuki - Selvitys opetuksen järjestäjien näkemyksistä tuen järjestelyistä kunnissa. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriön julkaisuja 6:2022. Ministry of Culture and Education. OECD. (2011). PISA 2009 Results: Students on Line: Digital Technologies and Performance (Volume VI). http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264112995-en OECD. (2015). Students, Computers and Learning: Making the Connection. OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264239555-en OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en. Saarinen, A. (2020). Equality in cognitive learning outcomes: The roles of educational practices. Kasvatustieteellisiä tutkimuksia 97. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-6713-2 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 10 SES 16 A: Symposium: Understanding Pedagogical Reasoning for Quality Education Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Lotte Schreuders Session Chair: Carlos De Aldama Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Understanding Pedagogical Reasoning for Quality Education Our education is continuously confronted with the challenges and opportunities of the rapidly changing society. Whether these changes concern technological developments, varying political landscapes, economic fluctuations, or global pandemics and war, they bring uncertainties to our students, teachers, teacher educators and other stakeholders in education. To aptly train teachers for their increasingly difficult teaching task, Fenstermacher (1986) already pointed out that the development of sound reasoning is vital in teacher education. More recently, Loughran (2019) described the importance of overtly articulating teachers’ pedagogical reasoning for teachers’ professionalism.
Teachers’ reasoning or pedagogical reasoning is broadly defined as the why underlying teachers’ educational practice. Research studying pedagogical reasoning therefore reveals the underlying thinking of teachers when making decisions during their teaching. The concept was originally described by Shulman (1987) as the pedagogical reasoning and action (PR&A) process where content knowledge (CK) is transformed to teachable elements. Through this process, the individual teacher uses as well as builds their professional knowledge. Since then, research has taken different perspectives towards this complex concept and investigated it in a variety of contexts, using a variety of conceptualisations and operationalizations.
In this symposium, we’ll take you through three recent papers involving pedagogical reasoning within varying contexts to highlight the importance yet complexity of the concept. First, a scoping review on the conceptualizations of pedagogical reasoning in publications between 2000 and July 2023 will be discussed by Lotte Schreuders (PhD Candidate, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands). Next, Ottavia Trevisan (PostDoc, University of Padova, Italy) and Anneke Smits (Professor, Windesheim University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands) will present their work on different qualities of preservice teachers’ pedagogical reasoning when confronting the complexity of the job through their internships. Finally, Bram Cabbeke (PhD candidate, University of Ghent, Belgium) will focus on the importance of PR in the context of technology integration by presenting a study focused on exploring how and when pre-service teachers adopt PR when collaboratively designing ICT-rich curriculum materials.
During the symposium, we wish to inform fellow researchers about the importance of pedagogical reasoning in education, especially in these times of uncertainty. We hope to inspire them to give more attention to this concept and join us in our quest to gain more insight into teachers’ PR. References Anderson, S. E., & Putman, R. S. (2023). Elementary special education teachers’ thinking while planning and implementing technology-integrated lessons. Education and Information Technologies, 28(8), 9459–9481. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-022-11358-0 Fenstermacher, G.D. (1986). Philosophy on research on teaching: Three aspects. In M. C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching (p. 37-49). New York: MacMillan. Heitink, M., Voogt, J., Verplanken, L., Van Braak, J., & Fisser, P. (2016). Teachers’ professional reasoning about their pedagogical use of technology. Computers and Education, 101, 70–83. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2016.05.009 Holmberg, J., Fransson, G., & Fors, U. (2018). Teachers’ pedagogical reasoning and reframing of practice in digital contexts. International Journal of Information and Learning Technology, 35(2), 130–142. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-09-2017-0084 Loughran, J. (2019). Pedagogical reasoning: the foundation of the professional knowledge of teaching. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 25(5), 523–535. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2019.1633294 Nilsson, P. (2009). From lesson plan to new comprehension: Exploring student teachers’ pedagogical reasoning in learning about teaching. European Journal of Teacher Education, 32(3), 239–258. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619760802553048 Shulman, L. S. (1987). Knowledge and Teaching: Foundations of the New Reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1). http://meridian.allenpress.com/her/article-pdf/57/1/1/2108782/haer_57_1_j463w79r56455411.pdf Presentations of the Symposium Conceptualisations of Pedagogical Reasoning: a Scoping Review
One way to gain a better understanding of teachers’ everyday practice is by studying teachers’ pedagogical reasoning (PR). Studying PR, or the thinking that underpins teachers’ practice, provides insights into the why underlying teachers’ informed decisions. The concept was originally described by Shulman (1987) as pedagogical reasoning and action (PR&A), a process where content knowledge (CK) is transformed to teachable elements through a cyclic process involving six steps: (1) comprehension, (2) transformation, (3) instruction, (4) evaluation, (5) reflection and (6) new comprehension. Since then, the concept of pedagogical reasoning has been used by many researchers in various research fields and educational contexts resulting in varying conceptualisations. In an attempt to untangle the current conceptual unclarity, this scoping review aims to provide a synthesis of the various conceptualisations of PR in literature between 2000 and 2023. A systematic search across four online databases (ERIC, PsychInfo, Scopus and Web of Science Core Collection) yielded 1,026 results on July 4th, 2023. After deduplication, the remaining publications (n = 549) were subjected to a title and abstract scan. Publications had to meet the following five criteria to be subjected to a full-text screening: (1) the publication was published between 2000 and on July 4th, 2023; (2) the publication appeared in a peer-reviewed journal; (3) the publication was written in English; (4) the publication had an explicit focus on professional or pedagogical reasoning and; (5) the publication focused on the professional or pedagogical reasoning of pre- and/or in-service teachers. From the remaining 148 publications, we were able to retrieve 146 which were subjected to a full-text screening. Here, a sixth inclusion criteria was applied to assess the relevance of the publications, namely: (6) the publication conceptualizes pedagogical reasoning.
During a preliminary analysis of the remaining 92 articles, we identified two main theoretical perspectives. The first stream defines PR as a cyclic process where teachers use knowledge to make a decision, reflect on the outcomes and expand their knowledge. With that, this stream often follows or builds upon the original work by Shulman (1987). The second stream separates reasoning from decision-making in their definitions and focus on the content, depth, or richness of PR. For example, the values to explain teachers’ favorite technology tools or the depth of reasoning required to stimulate students’ mathematical reasoning. During the symposium, we’ll discuss these theoretical perspectives, their differences, and implications for research in detail.
References:
Andrews-Larson, C., Johnson, E., Peterson, V., & Keller, R. (2021). Doing math with mathematicians to support pedagogical reasoning about inquiry-oriented instruction. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 24(2), 127–154. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-019-09450-3
Gotwalt, E. S. (2023). Putting the purpose in practice: Practice-based pedagogies for supporting teachers’ pedagogical reasoning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 122. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103975
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2016.05.009
Holmberg, J., Fransson, G., & Fors, U. (2018). Teachers’ pedagogical reasoning and reframing of practice in digital contexts. International Journal of Information and Learning Technology, 35(2), 130–142. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-09-2017-0084
Hughes, J. E., Cheah, Y. H., Shi, Y., & Hsiao, K. H. (2020). Preservice and inservice teachers’ pedagogical reasoning underlying their most-valued technology-supported instructional activities. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 36(4), 549–568. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcal.12425
Kavanagh, S. S., Conrad, J., & Dagogo-Jack, S. (2020). From rote to reasoned: Examining the role of pedagogical reasoning in practice-based teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 89. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102991
Loughran, J. (2019). Pedagogical reasoning: the foundation of the professional knowledge of teaching. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 25(5), 523–535. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2019.1633294
Shulman, L. S. (1987). Knowledge and Teaching: Foundations of the New Reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1).
Becoming Reasoning Teachers in Uncertain Times
This study targets the connection between preservice teachers' pedagogical reasoning quality and early indicators of reality shock during their field internships.
Teachers' pedagogical reasoning (PR&A) refers to their ability to make informed decisions about instructional strategies, content selection, and classroom management based on their knowledge, beliefs, and understanding of educational theory. It plays a crucial role in shaping their teaching practices and can greatly impact instruction effectiveness. We investigate this process when it first emerges in future teachers: at the time of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programs.
Reality shock refers to the disorientation and stress experienced by newly qualified teachers when they face the stark contrast between their teaching expectations and the actual challenges they encounter in the classroom. We argue that early indicators of reality shock are already visible in the late stages of ITE when preservice teachers perform field internships.
Field-based internships within ITE aim to bridge the theory-practice gap and potentially mitigate reality shock while fostering high-quality pedagogical reasoning in future teachers. Nevertheless, a gap remains in understanding the relationship between preservice teachers' PR&A quality and their experiences of reality shock precursors during internships.
The research aims to elucidate these connections. The overarching goal is to provide insights into how preservice teachers' PR&A quality correlates with their experiences of tension during internships. This will serve as a potential indicator of teaching quality and susceptibility to reality shock as they transition into the profession. By identifying and addressing this relationship, ITE institutes can refine their programs to better prepare future teachers. This will improve retention rates and teaching quality as teachers navigate demanding early career years.
Utilizing a qualitative methodology with convenience sampling (N=38), the study delves into preservice teachers' interpretations and descriptions of recent teaching experiences during their internships. The research uses a PR&A normative framework to appraise preservice teachers' reasoning quality through the dimensions of core concepts of the professions and pedagogical orientations.
Four distinct pedagogical reasoning quality profiles were identified: Naïve, Emerging, Evolving, and Substantiated. Each of these PR&A quality profiles displays different signs of reality shock precursors, as well as different coping strategies. The study underscores the need to customize ITE programs, addressing specifically the link between pedagogical reasoning development and reality-shock precursors. Developing awareness of reality-shock precursors and reasoning skills among preservice teachers could help them navigate the challenges of the early-career "survival stage".
References:
Blömeke, S., Hoth, J., Döhrmann, M., Busse, A., Kaiser, G., & König, J. (2015). Teacher change during induction: Development of beginning primary teachers’ knowledge, beliefs and performance. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 13(2), 287–308. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-015-9619-4
Hanna, F., Oostdam, R., Severiens, S. E., & Zijlstra, B. J. H. (2022). The development of the relationship between professional identity tensions and teacher identity: A quantitative longitudinal study among Dutch primary student teachers. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 75, 101199. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2022.101199
Loughran, J. (2019). Pedagogical reasoning: The foundation of the professional knowledge of teaching. Teachers and Teaching, 25(5), 523–535. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2019.1633294
Kvam, E. K., Roness, D., Ulvik, M., & Helleve, I. (2023). Newly qualified teachers: Tensions between needing support and being a resource. A qualitative study of newly qualified teachers in Norwegian upper secondary schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 127, 104090. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104090
Trevisan, O., & Smits, A. (2023). Probing the quality of preservice teachers’ pedagogical reasoning & action (PR&A) in internships. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 103983. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103983
Technology to the Rescue? Exploring Student-Teachers Pedagogical Reasoning when Collaboratively Designing ICT-Rich Curriculum Solutions to Authentic Pedagogical Problems
The rapidly changing educational landscape, characterized by superdiverse classrooms and rapid technological advancements, has underscored the imperative for teachers to attain adequate digital competences. Regarding this, the European DigCompEdu framework serves as an example of these growing digital competency demands. However, preparing student-teachers for technology integration is a complex endeavor, as students should learn that integrating technology in practice goes beyond the mere addition of a tool into an existing teaching activity, but requires making informed decisions about technology based on sound pedagogical reasoning (PR). However, little is known about students’ adoption of PR during their technology integration efforts. During this symposium, we wish to present a study focused on exploring the technology-related PR that student-teachers adopt when collaboratively designing ICT-rich learning materials.
A 10-week Teacher-Design-Team intervention was implemented at a Flemish teacher training institute during the academic year of 2021-2022. The intervention consisted of 7 sessions of 3-4 hours each (an introductory lesson, 5 design sessions, and a microteaching). Grouped in design teams of 3/4 students (N = 23), students designed ICT-rich curriculum solutions for authentic pedagogical problems experienced by an in-service mathematics teacher (context: secondary school). Throughout the sessions, design teams explored and determined which tools to use, brainstormed solutions, designed and developed materials, and tested, evaluated, and revised their materials.
A qualitative case study approach was employed to analyze the design talk of three design teams. In total, 56,5 hours of audio data were transcribed and analyzed. With the design talk of the TDT as the unit of analysis, this study applied three phases of coding: (a) identifying the design activity in which a technology-related design discussion (TRDD) emerged (analysis, design, develop, implement or evaluation); (b) discerning what type of reasoning was at the basis of a TRDD (pedagogical, practical, or external); and (c) coding the level of inquiry present in the TRDDs (no-depth; sharing ideas; collaborative).
At ECER, we aim to showcase how and when students engaged in PR. Overall, findings indicate that students engage in PR, but that the extent and depth of students’ PR in TRDDs (1) varies between design sessions and activities and (2) is often short-circuited by decision-making based on pragmatic or external reasons. The findings and implications of this study will inform (teacher) educators and researchers about the importance of PR in the context of technology integration.
References:
Farjon, D., Smits, A., & Voogt, J. (2019). Technology integration of pre-service teachers explained by attitudes and beliefs, competency, access, and experience. Computers and Education, 130 (November 2018), 81–93.
Niess, M. L., & Gillow-Wiles, H. (2017). Expanding teachers’ technological pedagogical reasoning with a systems pedagogical approach. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 33(3), 77–95
Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). Digital Competence of Educators. Edited by Yves Punie.
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 10 SES 16 B: Symposium: Shaping Minds, Empowering Educators Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Katharina Asbury Session Chair: Katharina Asbury Symposium |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Shaping Minds, Empowering Educators: Unveiling the Power of Teacher Mindsets from University to Service Shaping Minds, Empowering Educators: Unveiling the Power of Teacher Mindsets from University to Service Drawing on diverse educational landscapes, this symposium aims to contribute to research on teacher mindsets. As we dive into these research narratives, we'll navigate the territories where teacher beliefs, subject specificity, and mindset evolution converge across different countries. Theoretical Background Developed by Dweck (1999; 2006), mindset theory centers upon the motivational mechanisms associated with our beliefs about intelligence. When faced with challenges, this theory suggests that our mindset influences our drive to learn and persevere. Rooted in early attribution theory, it revolves around the notion that our implicit theories shape how we interpret events, like attributing the causes of failure (Yeager & Dweck, 2012). Dweck's theory distinguishes between growth and fixed mindsets, where growth mindsets foster incremental beliefs, such as intelligence being a journey, not a destination. Fixed mindsets, in contrast, are static beliefs about abilities. Research findings of mindset research have been transferred into many different areas, however an early focus of mindset research were educators’ mindsets and their possible advantages for students’ motivation and achievement, as well as their own mindset (Mueller & Dweck, 1998; Dweck, 2014; Yeager et al., 2022). Methodology and Research Aim While some progress has been made in attempting to understand the development of mindsets (Blackwell et al., 2007), the mindsets of educators at different stages of their careers remain critically underexplored. Additionally, while most mindset research focuses primarily on mindset alteration through interventions, little is also known about how mindsets can change in the absence of these interventions. Understanding how mindsets develop outside of specific interventions as well as exploring their connections with other important educational constructs, such as intercultural competences is also crucial. As classrooms have become more heterogeneous, this creates new challenges for teachers, and currently the links between the development of mindsets and intercultural competences in teacher education remain underexplored. This symposium will bridge the gaps in current mindset research by bringing together studies on both in-service and pre-service teachers. In the first contribution, development of mindsets in several subjects throughout university teacher education will be the main focus. In the second contribution, early childhood-in-service teachers’ perceptions of mindset theory is examined, laying a special focus in identifying support mechanisms that can help them fostering growth mindsets in their students. Lastly, preservice teachers’ mindsets and their connection with intercultural competences is emphasized; and enriched by qualitative exploration. By combining research on both pre-service and in-service teachers, we aim to close the current research gap in mindset research on development of mindsets during teacher education as well as their association with an important asset to face the challenges in modern classrooms, namely intercultural competence. Additionally, we include relevant research work on early childhood educators’ mindsets to address practical implications regarding the possibility to foster mindsets in the classroom. Conclusions This collection of research works provides valuable and unique insights into the dynamic nature of mindset development throughout various stages in teachers’ careers across different countries. The integration of three research works from different contexts, featuring both quantitative and qualitative strategies, enriches the understanding of teacher mindset evolution in Europe and beyond, highlighting its relevance from primary in-service teaching to tertiary teacher education. By doing so, we will be contributing to the dynamic research field of mindset research, placing a special focus on teacher mindsets. References Blackwell, L. S., Trzesniewski K. H., & Dweck, C. S. (2007). Implicit Theories of Intelligence Predict Achievement Across an Adolescent Transition: A Longitudinal Study and an Intervention. Child Development, 1(78), 246–263. Dweck C.S. (1999). Self-theories: Their Role in Motivation, Personality, and Development. Psychology Press. Dweck, C. S. (2006). Mindset: The new psychology of success. Random House. Dweck, C. (2014). Teachers mindsets. “Every student has something to teach me” Educational Horizons, 93 (2). Mueller, C., & Dweck, C. S. (1998). Praise for Intelligence Can Undermine Children's Motivation and Performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1 (75), 33–52. Yeager, D. S., Carroll, J. M., Buontempo, J., Cimpian, A., Woody, S., Crosnoe, R., Muller, C., Murray, J., Mhatre, P., Kersting, N., Hulleman, C., Kudym, M., Murphy, M., Duckworth, A. L., Walton, G. M., & Dweck, C. S. (2022). Teacher Mindsets Help Explain Where a Growth-Mindset Intervention Does and Doesn’t Work. Psychological Science, 33(1), 18–32 Presentations of the Symposium Changing Perspectives: Future Educators’ Development into Growth-Oriented Ability Beliefs
Teachers significantly influence student learning and motivation, with their beliefs playing a key role in shaping instructional behavior (Dweck et al., 2006; Hattie, 2023). Growth mindsets, emphasizing the malleability of abilities through effort, have been linked to better educational outcomes (Burnette et al., 2023). Field-specific ability beliefs (FABs) focus on the context-specificity of mindsets, assessing beliefs about the necessity of innate ability for success in a subject (Leslie et al., 2015). Most longitudinal mindset studies focus on the development of Growth Mindset in the context of an intervention (Yeager et al., 2022); there is a scarcity on research regarding the question how mindsets, especially field-specific mindsets, change in the absence of interventions; even more so related to teacher mindsets.
This study investigates the longitudinal development of FABs as well as Growth Mindset in 1,015 preservice teachers across 21 subjects over four years. Structural equation modeling and latent growth models were employed to analyze changes in both field-specific mindsets and general mindsets of intelligence. Pre-service teachers rated both their belief in the necessity of talent in their subject and their belief in the necessity of intelligence for academic success in general. Covariates were gender and prior achievement.
Overall, FABs decreased over four years, indicating a shift toward reduced emphasis on innate ability for success. STEM subjects (Science, Technology and Mathematics), in general, started with higher FABs and showed steeper declines compared to non-STEM subjects. Pre-service teachers in mathematics showed the strongest FABs at T1, but also the strongest decline. Physical education was the only subject where FABs increased over time. Gender influenced initial FABs, with men exhibiting stronger beliefs in innate ability at the start of teacher education. Growth mindset, on the other hand, showed a different trajectory throughout teacher training, with a decreasing curve at the first two years of university. After the third year we found a weak increase in growth mindset in most subjects, however, Physical Education showed once again a more complex pattern.
The findings highlight the dynamic nature of mindsets during teacher education. Results suggest that teacher university training may contribute to a shift towards a growth-perspective in specific subjects, but not in the mindset of intelligence. Subject-specific variations emphasize the need for tailored interventions and teacher training strategies. Overall, the study contributes valuable insights into the complex interplay between teacher beliefs, subject specificity, and mindset development during the crucial phase of teacher education.
References:
Burnette, J. L., Billingsley, J., Banks, G. C., Knouse, L. E., Hoyt, C. L., Pollack, J. M., & Simon, S. (2023). A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Growth Mindset Interventions: For Whom, How, and Why Might Such Interventions Work? Psychological Bulletin, 149 (3-4), 174-205.
Dweck, C. S. (2006). Mindset: The new psychology of success. Random House.
Hattie, John A. C. (2023): Visible Learning: The Sequel. A Synthesis of Over 2,100 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement. New York: Routledge
Kunter, M., Klusmann, U., Baumert, J., Richter, D., Voss, T., & Hachfeld, A. (2013). Professional competence of teachers: Effects on instructional quality and student development. Journal of Educational Psychology, 105(3), 805-820
Leslie, S.-J.; Cimpian, A.; Meyer, M.; Freeland, E. (2015). Expectations of brilliance underlie gender distributions across academic disciplines. Science, 347(6219), 262–265.
Empowering Early Childhood Eeachers to Foster Student’s Growth Mindsets
A growth mindset positively impacts academic achievement, motivation, and student’s agency for learning (Dweck, 2016). There is increasing evidence that students’ recognition of their capacity to learn using a growth mindset assists them to achieve greater success in learning in the primary and adolescent years (Claro et al., 2016; Good et al., 2003; Paunesku et al., 2015; Yeager et al., 2019). However, very few studies have researched how to support the development of student’s growth mindset in the early years. A limited understanding of the teaching of mindset theory as a metacognitive strategy in early childhood classrooms warrants further exploration. Developing student’s growth mindset in the early years may assist students to build effective learning strategies for future academic success. This study investigated the current perceptions that early childhood teachers have of mindset theory and devised principles to support them to incorporate the teaching of mindset theory and foster a growth mindset in students.
The theoretical framework for this study draws upon Deweyan pragmatism whereby knowledge is gained through interventions as connections between actions and consequences are made (Tashakkori, 2010). Design Based Research (DBR) was used in this study as a methodology for exploring an educational problem to understand how, when, and why educational innovations work in practice. Entrenched in practice, DBR considers the influence of place to produce theoretical and practical insights to extend knowledge and sustain innovative learning environments. Using a pragmatist paradigm this mixed methods study followed four stages of DBR (Brown, 1992; Collins, 1992) over 10 weeks to develop design principles in early childhood classrooms in one school in Western Australia. Two iterations were designed and examined with teachers of children aged 3.5–6.5 years. The participants recorded weekly video diaries to reflect on the principles. Three focus groups were conducted, at the beginning, middle, and end of the two iterations, allowing the researcher and teachers to collaboratively develop, refine, and reflect on the principles. Throughout the DBR process, design principles were developed by drawing on theory and the real world to address the research problem. This study’s contribution lies in the theoretical and practical grounding of the nine design principles which teachers found highly effective in assisting them to foster students’ growth mindsets for positive learning outcomes in early childhood contexts.
References:
Boylan, F., Barblett, L., & Knaus, M. (2018). Early childhood teachers’ perspectives of growth mindset: Developing agency in children. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 43(3), 16–24. https://doi.org/10.23965/AJEC.43.3.02
Brown, A. (1992). Design experiments: Theoretical and methodological challenges in creating complex interventions in classroom settings. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2), 141–178. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327809jls0202_2
Collins, A. (1992). Toward a design science of education. In E. Scanlon & T. O’Shea (Eds.), New directions in educational technology (pp. 15–22). Springer-Verlag.
Claro, S., Paunesku, D., & Dweck, C. S. (2016). Growth mindset tempers the effects of poverty on academic achievement. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 113(31), 8664–8668. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1608207113
Dweck, C. S. (2016). Mindset: The new psychology of success (updated edition). New York, USA: Random House.
Good, C., Aronson, J., & Inzlicht, M. (2003). Improving adolescents’ standardized test performance: An intervention to reduce the effects of stereotype threat. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 24, 645–662. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.appdev.2003.09.002
Tashakkori, A. (2010). SAGE handbook of mixed methods in social & behavioral research (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications.
Yeager, D.S., Hanselman, P., Walton, G.M. et al. (2019). A national experiment reveals where a growth mindset improves achievement. Nature 573, 364–369. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-019-1466-y
Finnish Student Teachers' Malleability Beliefs and Intercultural Competences
Recent findings reveal a significant achievement gap between native Finnish students and first- and second-generation immigrant students in Finnish education systems (Jahnukainen et al., 2019). This underscores an urgency for targeted research focusing on Finnish teachers’ intercultural competences. Intercultural competences refer to the attitudes, knowledge and skills that enable teachers to effectively interact within intercultural contexts (Perry & Southwell, 2011). Research in psychology on implicit beliefs has shed new light to the study of teachers' intercultural competences. Individuals with orientation towards incremental theory (i.e. growth mindset) believe that qualities and traits can be altered, while individuals oriented towards entity theory (i.e. fixed mindset) believe they remain stagnant (Dweck, 2010). As these orientations have been found to impact stereotyping, prejudice, and intergroup relations (Carr et al., 2012; Rattan & Georgeac, 2017), they are increasingly being found to be useful for examining intercultural competences as well. Research focused on in-service teachers in Finland shows how orientations towards these different theories strongly influence teaching practices and interactions with students as well as are associated with their intercultural competences (Rissanen & Kuusisto, 2023; Rissanen et al., 2023). However, currently the link between mindsets and development of intercultural competences remains unexplored within the territory of teacher education.
This study addresses this gap by utilizing mixed-methods research to explore Finnish student teachers’ malleability beliefs and intercultural competences. Survey data from student teachers (n=232) as well as semi-structured interviews (n=13) utilizing vignettes, was gathered to gain a more nuanced understanding of the relationship between implicit beliefs of malleability and intercultural competences. Findings based on statistical analysis of survey data found that student teachers were more oriented towards incremental theory mindsets which also correlated significantly with social justice beliefs. Enthusiasm for teaching culturally diverse groups was moderate, but those with more experience with diversity were more enthusiastic for teaching culturally diverse groups. Preliminary findings from qualitative analysis of interview data seem to indicate that student teachers are in fact more oriented toward growth mindset, and that these orientations may make them more inclined to favor teaching practices that align with culturally responsive pedagogical practices. Implications of findings will be discussed for intercultural competence research as well as teaching and teacher education.
References:
Carr, P. B., Rattan, A., & Dweck, C. S. (2012). Implicit theories shape intergroup relations. In Advances in Experimental Social Psychology (Vol. 45, pp. 127–165). Elsevier Science & Technology. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-394286-9.00003-2
Dweck, C. S. (2010). Even geniuses work hard. Educational Leadership, 68(1), 16–20.
Jahnukainen, M., Kalalahti, M., & Kivirauma, J. (2019). Oma paikka haussa: Maahanmuuttotaustaiset nuoret ja koulutus [Searching for a place of one’s own: Young people with an immigrant background and education]. Gaudeamus.
Perry, L. B., & Southwell, L. (2011). Developing intercultural understanding and skills: Models and approaches. Intercultural Education (London, England), 22(6), 453–466. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2011.644948
Rattan, A., & Georgeac, O. A. (2017). Understanding intergroup relations through the lens of implicit theories (mindsets) of malleability. Social and Personality Psychology Compass, 11(4), e12305-n/a. https://doi.org/10.1111/spc3.12305
Rissanen, I., & Kuusisto, E. (2023). The role of growth mindset in shaping teachers’ intercultural competencies: A study among Finnish teachers. British Educational Research Journal, doi: 10.1002/berj.3875.
Rissanen, I., Kuusisto, E., & McMullen, J. (2023). Identifying core beliefs of an intercultural educator: How polyculturalism and group malleability beliefs shape teachers’ pedagogical thinking and practice. Social Psychology of Education, 26(5), 1201–1225. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09785-z
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 10 SES 16 C: Social Justice and Teacher Preparation Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Deborah Heck Paper Session |
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper How Initial Teacher Education Prepares Teachers for Work on Discrimination, Racism, and Prejudices in Schools: a Systematic Review University of Stavanger, Norway Presenting Author:The task of preparing future teachers for diversity, equity and social justice is a challenging and complex task (Darling-Hammond & Bransford, 2005; Milner, 2010; Lucas et al., 2008). It is a task that Initial Teacher Education (ITE) programs continually strive for, but researchers often conclude that programs are not doing enough (e.g., Magogwe & Ketsitlile, 2015; Thomassen & Munthe, 2021). Our goal is that this review will be of help to teacher educators when developing future programs and interventions by providing a knowledge base of what ITE programs already do and what results they have achieved. We will also shed light on the various theoretical perspectives used when designing and discussing interventions (including courses).
Previous reviews on multicultural and anti-racist education in ITE have highlighted varying conceptualizations and methodological shortcomings in the existing studies, leading to inconclusive findings. They also highlighted the need for research to dig deeper to enhance our knowledge of how ITE can contribute to teaching for diversity, for social equity, and to address the emotional aspects of prejudice and racism. The current review is an attempt to dig deeper into the strategies used when attempting to prepare teacher candidates to work with diverse students in diverse contexts especially in the field of prejudice prevention and racism. Our study aims to analyze strategies, implementation approaches, and what they intend to achieve (intended or non-intended learning outcomes).
While our review has a broad focus encompassing multiculturalism, diversity education, prejudice, and social justice, there is an underlying connection with prior reviews like Hambacher and Ginn (2021) and Solano-Compas et al. (2020). This review acknowledges both the importance of challenging established beliefs and addressing race-related issues, aligning with the themes of awareness and discomfort; and also focusing on both pedagogical strategies aiming to modify beliefs, knowledge, and skills, aligning with the themes of orientations and pedagogical knowledge and skills, in a wider context. We aspire to contribute to the understanding of this domain, with implications for future research, policy, and practice in ITE.
In this review, we limited our focus to interventions within ITE that aim to prepare future teachers for work on discrimination, racism, and prejudices in school. More specifically, we will investigate the following research questions: 1) What are the main characteristics of the studies? 2) What are the main characteristics of the interventions (type – aim – duration – consequences)? 3) What similarities or differences are there in the studies’ educational approaches in terms of what they aimed at versus what they achieved? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to answer our research questions, we conducted a systematic review with a qualitative thematic synthesis. The method used in the article involves following the guidelines in the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA; Moher et al., 2009). The steps recommended by van Wesel et al. (2015) were followed in conducting this review: (a) literature search, (b) study identification, (c) data extraction/study coding, (d) study quality appraisal, and (e) thematic analysis. First, a priori inclusion /exclusion criteria were determined. Studies with the following characteristics were included: a) involving an ITE intervention (including workshops, courses, new curriculum with no such design limitations), b) to reduce prejudice, racism and discrimination, c) targeting preservice teachers, d) written in English, and e) published in a peer-reviewed journal. Exclusion criteria were thus related to intervention (i.e., a lack of intervention such as correlational studies just assessing preservice teachers attitudes on discrimination, racism in relation to some outcomes without any intervention were excluded), topic (i.e., without a focus on reducing prejudice, discrimination, and racism), target group (i.e., with a different target group such as teachers working in schools), and language (i.e., written in another language than English). We also excluded studies based on study type /e.g., not a primary empirical study such as reviews, meta-analyses, theoretical, conceptual papers). Then a comprehensive literature search was carried out in three databases: ERIC, PsycINFO, and SCOPUS. The identified studies were screened for their eligibility in a two-stage independent double screening process (i.e., screening on title and abstract and screening on full-text) using EPPI-Reviewer systematic review software (http://eppi.ioe.ac.uk/cms/). Detailed data were extracted for the eligible studies. First, the characteristics of the studies such as country, study design, data collection methods and of the interventions were extracted for descriptive purposes. Then the data synthesis involved a qualitative thematic synthesis (e.g., Bryman, 2016; Malterud, 2019). This entails (1) careful reading and coding of each study (2) to identify descriptive themes and then (3) to develop analytical themes by further abstracting the descriptive themes. The interventions in the included studies were first categorized according to their content, main topic (i.e., general multicultural/diversity, prejudice/racism, and social justice) and then based on their type (e.g., a course, program, field experience), aim (i.e., creating awareness, evoking emotions, building capacity/skills), duration, and consequences. Study quality was assessed using the Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT; Hong et al., 2018). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through a comprehensive literature search of peer reviewed articles in three databases, 1380 studies were identified and screened independently by two authors. After the two-stage abstract and full text screening, 103 studies were selected as eligible. We differentiated between studies that focused predominantly on general multicultural/diversity (44 studies), prejudice/racism (36 studies), and social justice (23 studies). Interventions were further categorized under four main categories: course (71 studies), program (23 studies), field experience (37 studies), and immersion experience (11 studies). Some of the interventions involved more than one category such as a course combined with a field experience. Among the 103 studies included, almost all (101 studies) aimed at creating “awareness” in addition to another outcome, while in 29 studies creating “awareness” was the only targeted outcome. Building “capacity” was the target outcome in 58% of the studies (60 studies) in addition to creating “awareness” and “emotions”. Lastly, creating “emotions” was a target in 24 studies. Of 103 included studies, only 10.7 % of the studies (11 studies) involved all three pedagogical outcomes as their target. This review identified a diverse range of intervention strategies, suggesting that a multifaceted approach is crucial for effective teacher preparation and equip them with the necessary skills and awareness for diverse classrooms. The emphasis on critical pedagogy, reflective practices, and racial literacy in recent studies suggests a growing acknowledgment of the importance of fostering critical thinking skills among pre-service teachers. The findings underscore the need for more comprehensive and sustained interventions to effectively provide future teachers with the awareness, skills, and emotional capacity to reduce racism, prejudice, and discrimination. These findings have implications for future research, policy, and practice in initial teacher education, emphasizing the importance of cultivating a critical mindset for addressing complex issues in the classroom and in schools effectively. References Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford university press. Darling-Hammond, L., & Bransford, J. (Eds.). (2005). Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do. Jossey-Bass. Hambacher, E., & Ginn, K. (2020). Race-visible teacher education: A review of the literature from 2002 to 2018. Journal of Teacher Education, 72(3), 329–341. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487120948045 Hong, Q. N., Pluye, P., Fàbregues, S., Bartlett, G., Boardman, F., Cargo, M., Dagenais, P., Gagnon, M-P-, Griffiths, F., Nicolau, B., O’Cathain, A., Rousseau, M-C., & Vedel, I. Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT), version 2018. Registration of Copyright (#1148552), Canadian Intellectual Property Office, Industry Canada. Lucas, T., Villegas, A. M., & Freedson-Gonzalez, M. (2008). Linguistically responsive teacher education: Preparing classroom teachers to teach english language learners. Journal of Teacher Education, 59(4), 361-373. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487108322110 Magogwe, J., Ketsitlile, L.E. (2015). Pre-service teachers’ preparedness for teaching multicultural students, Journal for Multicultural Education, 9(4), 276-288. doi: 10.1108/JME-11-2014-0040 Malterud, K. (2019). Qualitative metasynthesis: A research method for medicine and health sciences. Routledge. Milner, H. R. (2010). What does teacher education have to do with teaching? Implications for diversity studies. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 118-131. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347670 Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & Group, P. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. PLoS Medicine, 6(7), e1000097. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097 Solano-Campos, A., Hopkins, M., & Quaynor, L. (2020). Linguistically responsive teaching in preservice teacher education: A review of the literature through the lens of cultural-historical activity theory. Journal of Teacher Education, 71(2), 203-217. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487118808785 Thomassen, W., & Munthe, E. (2021) Educating Norwegian preservice teachers for the multicultural classroom – what knowledge do student teachers and mentor teachers express?, European Journal of Teacher Education, 44:2, 234-248. doi: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1758661 van Wesel, F., Boeije, H., & Alisic, E. (2015). Towards a method for synthesizing diverse evidence using hypotheses as common language. Quality & Quantity, 49(6), 2237-2249. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-014-0105-9 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Pre-service Teachers’ Education for Global Citizenship and Social Justice: Perspectives of Teacher Educators 1Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa; 2Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa Presenting Author:In the volatile, uncertain, complex and ambiguous world (“VUCA world”); in which we live (Tichnor-Wagner et al., 2019), the movement of diverse cultural, ethnic, religious, and linguistic groups has raised important and complex questions about citizenship, human rights, democracy and education (Banks, 2011). In this context, global citizenship education (GCE) has gained prominence not only in educational discourse (Davy, 2011; Goren & Yemin, 2016; Gaudelli, 2016; Pasby et al., 2020), but also in the agenda of several international organisations such as Oxfam and UNESCO, seeking to address key social issues of social justice, human rights, inequalities, discrimination and humanitarian and environmental crises. Linked to sustainable development (Agenda 2030), GCE is a transformative pedagogy that aims to empower individuals to understand, imagine and act in favour of a world with social and climate justice, peace, solidarity, equity, sustainability and international understanding (GENE, 2022). Based on a sense of belonging to a common humanity, it aims to contribute to building more just, inclusive and peaceful societies (UNESCO, 2018). Therefore, GCE stands out for its potential to contribute to a transformational and social justice agenda (Shultz, 2007; Tarozzi &Torres, 2016). However, the way in which GCE is materialised in curricula, school and teacher practices still requires attention and reflection (UNESCO, 2013). Although it is recognised that European universities play an important role in promoting GCE through teacher education programmes (GENE, 2017), teacher education practices in this field remain under-explored (Tarozzi & Mallon, 2019). Indeed, the way in which teacher education programmes are addressing GCE and social justice (SJ) in the preparation of future teachers (Cochran-Smith, 2020; Tarozzi & Mallon, 2019), alongside teacher educator’s professional development in this scope, is a scholarly concern (Mairi et al., 2023). This background reinforces our intention to understand how a public higher education institution in Portugal is developing a pre-service primary school teacher’s education for social justice and global citizenship. Bearing in mind that teacher educators play a key role in education (Cochran-Smith, 2003; Goodwin & Kosnik, 2013), by directly influencing the quality of student teachers’ preparation and, more indirectly, the learning outcomes of children and young people (Ping, Schellings & Beijard, 2018), it is paramount to investigate teacher educator’s understanding and teaching practices as regards education for global citizenship and social justice. This current paper presentation, which is part of an ongoing doctoral research project (SFH/BD/04942.2020), is based on the following research questions: a) How do teacher educators understand GCE and SJ?; b) What importance do they attach to the development of a GCE and SJ in pre-service teacher education programmes?; c) How are the curricular units/courses they teach contributing to such development? d) What factors do participants identify as facilitating or inhibiting the promotion of GCE and SJ in the preparation of pre-service teachers? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this research is part of a interpretative paradigm (Bogdan & Biklen, 1994), according to which the purpose of research is to understand the intentions and meanings - beliefs, opinions, perceptions, representations, perspectives, conceptions - that the subjects manifest in relation to others and the contexts with which they interact (Amado, 2014). A case study method is adopted (Yin, 2009) of three pre-service teachers’ education programmes at a public higher education institution in Portugal. Based on the premise that the real purpose of qualitative research is not “to count opinions or people, but on the contrary, to explore the spectrum of opinions, the different representations about the subject in question" (Bauer & Gaskell, 2002, p. 68), this study delves into the discourses of twelve teacher educators, all of them involved in those programmes. The data was gathered through semi-structured interviews, applied to twelve teacher educators in order to (i) collect teacher educators’ conceptions of GCE and SJ, (ii) understand the importance given to GCE and SJ in the programmes' curricula, and (iii) identify facilitating factors and constraints in the development of a GCE and JS oriented curriculum. Therefore, valuing the discourse of each participant and with the intent to develop a systematic and objective description of the meaning of the data (Schreier, 2013), several procedures were carried out: organizing and presenting the data; analysing it; discussing and interpreting the results, relating them to the literature review, the theoretical framework and the research questions (Mattar & Ramos, 2021). A thematic analysis was adopted to identify, interpret and report patterns, i.e. themes, within the data (Braun & Clarke, 2006), which were organised around the following themes: a) conceptions of education for GC and SJ; b) relevance of GCE and SJ in teacher education; c) competences to be favoured; d) dynamics and strategies mobilized in the development of GCE and SJ; e) facilitating factors. f) constraints. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results suggest that the teacher educators relate GCE and SJ essentially - with specific values and issues of sustainability, respect, diversity, inclusion, empathy, human rights, solidarity and equity. They see it as an educational approach that is relevant to the current context of interdependence, globalization and diversity. According to all the participants, GCE and SJ are intrinsically aligned, sharing values and principles. In terms of relevance, from a perspective of "thinking for the common good" and being able to contribute to the transformation of the world, GCE and SJ are extremely relevant in initial teacher education. The participants refer to the development of participation, cooperation, critical understanding of the world and a sense of agency for the exercise of active and responsible citizenship, skills that many teacher educators consider to be linked the mission of being a teacher in general. With regard to the dynamics and strategies mobilized in the development of GCE and SJ, the teacher educators report a variety of practices such as the analysis of articles and key documents, the discussion of films, the use of children’s literature, the construction of portfolios and the implementation of educational projects, some of which anchored in Challenge Based Learning methodologies. Collaborative and interdisciplinary work and the growing development of research by some of these teacher educators, especially in the field of teacher education for sustainability, are important factors that foster the development of these approaches. However, the scope and complexity of these approaches, something that the literature has been emphasizing (Davies, 2006; Oxley & Morris, 2013; Pasby et al., 2020), as well as the problematisation, practical implementation and evaluation of these processes, are some of the main challenges to overcome. Despite focusing on a specific national context, due to the worldwide discussion around GCE and SJ, the current piece of research may contribute to the professional development of teacher educators. References Amado, J. (2014). Manual de Investigação Qualitativa em Educação. Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra. Banks, J. A. (2011). Educating citizens in diverse societies. Intercultural Education, 22(4), 243-251. Bauer, M. W., & Gaskell, G. (2002). Pesquisa qualitativa com texto, imagem e som: Um manual prático (2ª Ed.) Editora Vozes. Cochran-Smith, M. (2003). Learning and unlearning: the education of teacher educators. Teaching and Teacher Education, 19(1), 5-28. Cochran-Smith, M. (2020). Teacher Education for Justice and Equity: 40 Years of Advocacy. Action in Teacher Education. 42(1), 49-59. Davies, L. (2006). Global Citizenship: Abstraction or Framework for Action?. Educational Review, Vol. 58(1) 5-25. GENE (2017) The State of Global Education in Europe 2017. Global Education Network Europe. Online. http://tinyurl.com/y62gbchh (accessed 10 April 2019). GENE (2022). The European Declaration on Global Education to 2050. The Dublin Declaration. Goodwin, A. L., & Kosnik, C. (2013). Quality teacher educators = quality teachers? Conceptualizing essencial domains of knowledge for those who teach teachers. Teacher Development, 17(3), 334-346. Goren, H. and Yemini, M. (2017) ‘Global citizenship education redefined – a systematic review of empirical studies on global citizenship education’. International Journal of Educational Research, 82, 170–83. Mairi, S. Gruber, J. Mercer, S. Schartner, A. Ybema, J. Young T. & Meer, C. (2023). Teacher educators’ perspectives on global citizenship education and multilingual competences, Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development. Oxley, L. & Morris, P. (2013) Global Citizenship: A Typology for Distinguishing its Multiple Conceptions, British Journal of Educational Studies, 61(3), 301-325, Pashby, K., Costa. M., Stein, S., & Andreotti, V., (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative Education, 56(2),144-164, Ping, C., Schellings, G. & Beijard, D. (2018). Teacher Educator’s Professional Learning: a Literature Review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 93-104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.06.003 Schreier, M. (2013). Qualitative content analysis. Sage. Shultz, L. (2007). Educating for global citizenship: Conflicting agendas and understandings’. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 53 (3), 248–58. Tarozzi, M. & Torres, C. A. (2016). Global Citizenship Education and the Crises of Multiculturalism: Comparative perspectives. Bloomsbury Academic Tarozzi, M. and Mallon, B. (2019). Educating teachers towards global citizenship: A comparative study in four European countries. London Review of Education, 17 (2), 112–125. Tichnor-Wagner, A. Parkhouse, H. Glazier, J. Cain & J. M. (2019). Becoming a Globally Competent Teacher. Association for Supervision & Curriculum Development. UNESCO (2013). Education Transform lives. Education for All Global Monitoring Report. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO (2018). Éducation à la citoyenneté mondiale: Pour une approche locale. Paris: UNESCO. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Educational Equity and Teacher Preparation in China: A Systematic Review of Empirical Studies 1KU Leuven; 2University of Amsterdam; 3China University of Political Science and Law Presenting Author:Increasingly wider income inequalities have caused severe educational disparities among students with different socioeconomic statuses. To address the problem, solutions have been suggested from perspectives such as school-level organization, student health, living conditions and so on. In this research, we focus on an emerging concept of preservice teachers' competence—equity-oriented teaching competence which can be understood as preservice teachers’ teaching beliefs, skills and practices that foreground equity and social justice (Blömeke et al., 2015; Cochran-Smith et al., 2016). Research has demonstrated the importance of preservice teachers’ equity-oriented teaching competence in promoting educational equity for socially minoritized students (e.g., Chubbuck, 2010; Gorski, 2017). Moreover, studies have shown the crucial role of initial teacher education in shaping preservice teachers’ teaching competence (e.g., Cochran‐Smith, 2010; Milner, 2010). However, most research regarding preservice teachers’ teaching competence and initial teacher education is conducted in Western contexts, which leaves the East, especially China, largely unexplored (for reviews, Liao et al., 2022; Liu et al., 2020). This research aims to bridge the gap between the East and West by conducting a systematic literature review of how initial teacher education prepares preservice teachers to engage with equity and social justice-related issues in China. More specifically, as equity and social justice are political topics situated in different social contexts (Dyches & Boyd, 2017), we first identified those concepts' understanding in Chinese scholarship. Secondly, we intended to grasp an overview of the empirical research trend of educational equity in teacher education in China. In other words, rather than following a specific theoretical framework to analyze selected empirical research articles, we want to know the research foci, design and findings of equity-related issues in teacher education studies in China. Therefore, the research questions that drive this study are as follows: 1) what is the understanding of equity and social justice in teacher education in the Chinese scholarship? 2) how does initial teacher education prepare preservice teachers to engage with equity-related issues in China? The objectives of this research lie in two aspects. First, it aims to recommend research gaps for future teacher education studies in China. Second, it is expected to provide implications for education policymakers and teacher training programs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We followed the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Review and Meta-analyses (PRISMA) guidelines and located articles published in both Chinese and English in peer-reviewed journals from multiple rounds of database screening. Particularly, we searched five databases (i.e., China National Knowledge Infrastructure, Wanfang Data, Eric-Ovid, Web of Science and Scopus) in December 2023 using three main criteria: 1) included keywords such as “equity”, “initial teacher education”, “preservice teachers” and “China” in the title, abstract and/or keywords; 2)empirical studies published in Chinese and English in peer-reviewed journals; 3) a focus on the preparation of preservice teachers in initial teacher education. It should be noted that articles concentrating on Hongkong, Macau and Taiwan are excluded in this review study as mainland China is our main research context. By applying search terms such as “equity” and “preservice teachers” in the 5 databases, it yielded a total of 2377 articles. In the first round of selection, we removed duplicates and applied criteria such as peer-reviewed journals for English publications and core journal articles for Chinese publications (Liu et al., 2020). It narrowed the pool to 927 articles. Then, in the following round of screening, we used other inclusion criteria like empirical research and research context, and we obtained 258 articles. In the last round of selection, we screened those articles by the criterion of preparation of preservice teachers in initial teacher education, which led to a final selection of 22 articles. To synthesize the evidence base, we adopted the thematic analysis approach with a combination of inductive and deductive methods. Specifically, we inductively analyzed the 22 articles and generated four themes according to their focused equity issues: socioeconomic issues, ethnic issues, disability issues and diversity in general. Then, we deductively grouped those articles into the four themes and identified other sub-categories in each theme: 1) implementing tailored teacher training programs for socioeconomic issues; 2) incorporating multicultural education for ethnic issues; 3) exploring preservice teachers’ understanding of and attitudes towards inclusive education for disability issues; 4) nurturing preservice teachers’ awareness and beliefs for all students. When articles were difficult to be grouped solely into one category, we sought to categorize them based on the most predominant theme (Morrison et al., 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this study, we aimed to contribute to the global research equilibrium of preservice teachers’ teaching competence and initial teacher education by focusing on one of the inadequately studied contexts—China. To gain a better understanding of equity and initial teacher education in Chinese scholarship, we conducted a systematic literature review of how initial teacher education prepares preservice teachers to engage with equity-related issues. Yet, the data analysis is still ongoing and we will provide the complete results in the ECER presentation. The expected findings from this research are shown as follows: 1) the complex characteristics of equity and social justice in the educational and sociopolitical system of China; 2) the various developmental status of different equity-related issues in China; 3) different measures and solutions in teacher education to deal with equity-related issues in education and society. Our research is expected to identify research gaps for future studies investigating education equity from the perspective of teacher education in China. It can provide implications for educational policies and teacher training programs. References Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond dichotomies. Zeitschrift Fur Psychologie-journal of Psychology, 223(1), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194 Chubbuck, S. M. (2010). Individual and structural orientations in socially just teaching: conceptualization, implementation, and collaborative effort. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(3), 197–210. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109359777 Cochran‐Smith, M. (2010). Toward a theory of teacher education for social justice. In Springer eBooks (pp. 445–467). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-2660-6_27 Cochran‐Smith, M., Ell, F., Grudnoff, L., Haigh, M., Hill, M., & Ludlow, L. H. (2016). Initial teacher education: What does it take to put equity at the center? Teaching and Teacher Education, 57, 67–78. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.03.006 Dyches, J., & Boyd, A. S. (2017). Foregrounding Equity in Teacher Education: Toward a model of Social Justice Pedagogical and content knowledge. Journal of Teacher Education, 68(5), 476–490. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487117705097 Gorski, P. C. (2017). Reaching and teaching students in poverty: Strategies for Erasing the Opportunity Gap, Second Edition. Teachers College Press. Liao, W., Wang, C., Zhou, J., Cui, Z., Sun, X., Bo, Y., Xu, M., & Qian, D. (2022). Effects of equity-oriented teacher education on preservice teachers: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103844. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103844 Liu, L., Colak, F. Z., & Ağırdağ, O. (2020). Characteristics, issues, and future directions in Chinese multicultural education: a review of selected research 2000–2018. Asia Pacific Education Review, 21(2), 279–294. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-020-09624-2 Milner, I. H. R. (2010). What does teacher education have to do with teaching? Implications for diversity studies. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 118–131. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347670 Morrison, K. A., Robbins, H., & Rose, D. G. (2008). Operationalizing Culturally Relevant Pedagogy: A Synthesis of Classroom-Based Research. Equity & Excellence in Education, 41(4), 433–452. https://doi.org/10.1080/10665680802400006 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 12 SES 16 A JS: Open Epistemologies. Open Science, Open Truth, Open Data and the Age of Uncertainty Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Paulina Korsnakova Session Chair: Christian Swertz Joint Sesion with NW 06 and NW 12. Full details in NW 12, 12 SES 16 JS |
|
12. Open Research in Education
Symposium Open Epistemologies. Open Science, Open Truth, Open Data and the Age of Uncertainty Open Science especially recent endeavours to archive and share research data on a large scale provoked a discussion of how research, as a search for knowledge – if not: truth – deals with data as an offset of this knowledge. The Symposium reflects on practices of sharing and reusing data and asks, first, exactly what knowledge it generates and, second, where this knowledge comes from in the process of scientific work. The first contribution discusses Open Science as a collection of related practices concerning access to data and resources as well as results and knowledge, methodologies and participatory research practices (Reichmann, 2017). This complexity evokes an epistemic discussion of the concept of open knowledge (Rubin 2021) and its implications for education and educational science against the background of a new practice of science through Open Science and its involvement in certainty and uncertainty as an epistemic question of research culture(s). The second contribution takes on a position of quantitative methods and methodology and discusses replication crisis versus opportunities of Open Research practices for quantitative analysis. While a re-use of data opens up great and economical opportunities for the generation of reliable knowledge (Krammer & Svencik, 2021), a light is shed on methodological and scientific-theoretical challenges in the re-use of data, like comparability and consistency of the constructs recorded. At the example of pracitices like HARKing (hypothesizing after the results are known; Kerr, 1998) possible threats to both value and validity of statistical hypothesis tests and thus of scientific findings are discussed. The third contribution takes the position for qualitative research and shows how formal data sharing standards of for instance findability, accessibility, interoperability and re-usabilty like the European commission framework FAIR in Horizon Europe (European Commission, n.d.) meet challenges concerning the distribution of the way, data was collected (Jesser, 2011) as well as processed and what role participants played in making sense of it. Data sharing will therefore be regarded in the light of standards for qualitative research (Strübing et al., 2018), opening the discussion for considering the whole process of knowledge construction in Open Science practices. In the fourth contribution Open Research practice in educational science is discussed against the background of data archiving, sharing, and re-use. Quantitative and qualitative data more and more has to meet requirements of scientific funders and journals (Logan, Hart, & Schatschneider, 2021). Data curators are introduced as players in the Open Research community supporting researchers in overcoming the discussed challenges of sharing data and in meeting Open Science standards. References European Commission. (n.d.). Open science. Retrieved 22 January 2024, from https://rea.ec.europa.eu/open-science_en Fecher, B.; Friesike, S. (2014). Open Science: One Term, Five Schools of Thought. In Opening Science by Sönke Bartling and Sascha Friesike. Springer, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-00026-8_2. Jesser, A. C. (2011). Archiving Qualitative Data: Infrastructure, Acquisition, Documentation, Distribution. Experiences from WISDOM, the Austrian Data Archive. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 12(3), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-12.3.1734 Kerr, N.L. (1998). HARKing: hypothesizing after the results are known. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 2(3), 196–217. Krammer, G. & Svecnik, E. (2021). Open Science als Beitrag zur Qualität in der Bildungsforschung. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 10(3), 263-278. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-020-00286-z Logan, J. A. R., Hart, S. A., & Schatschneider, C. (2021). Data Sharing in Education Science. AERA Open, 7, 23328584211006475. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584211006475 Reichmann, W. (2017). open Science between social structures and epistemic cultures. A Conceptual Complement from a Science Studies Perspective. TATuP, https://doi.org/10.14512/tatup.26.1-2.43 Rubin, M. (2023). Opening up open science to epistemic pluralism: Comment on Bazzoli (2022) and some additional thoughts.Critical Metascience.https://doi.org/10.31222/osf.io/dgzxa Strübing, J., Hirschauer, S., Ayaß, R., Krähnke, U., & Scheffer, T. (2018). Gütekriterien qualitativer Sozialforschung. Ein Diskussionsanstoß. Zeitschrift Für Soziologie, 47(2), 83–100. https://doi.org/10.1515/zfsoz-2018-1006 Presentations of the Symposium Knowledge, Uncertainty and Education in the Age of Open Science. Epistemological perspectives.
Open science can be understood as a collective term for various movements (Fecher & Friesike, 2014) that advocate for a cultural shift toward openness within the scientific system (Reichmann 2017). Practices related to openness such as open access, open data, open methodology, open peer review and open educational resources not only affect the dissemination of knowledge but also the production of knowledge (see Grabensteiner and Svecnik, Grabensteiner and Heers in this symposium) and the related establishment of insights and truth. These movements in the sciences are taking place in the context of a society that is more dependent than ever on robust scientific insights to deal with the uncertainty of today's world and the crisis of truth.
Against this background, questions arise such as:
- What concept of knowledge do open science practices presuppose?
- How important are openness and pluralism as epistemological principles in open science? (Leonelli 2022; Rubin, 2023)?
- What is the relationship between openness and uncertainty?
- What significance does an open view of knowledge have for education and educational science, which has the transfer of knowledge as its concern?
In light of this, the concept of knowledge in the context of open science and its implications for education and educational science will be discussed from a social perspective on knowledge.
References:
Fecher, B.; Friesike, S. (2014). Open Science: One Term, Five Schools of Thought. In Opening Science by Sönke Bartling and Sascha Friesike. Springer, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-00026-8_2.
Leonelli, S (2022): Open Science and Epistemic Diversity: Friends or Foes? In: Philos. sci. 89 (5), S. 991–1001. DOI: 10.1017/psa.2022.45.
Reichmann, W. (2017). open Science between social structures and epistemic cultures. A Conceptual Complement from a Science Studies Perspective. TATuP, https://doi.org/10.14512/tatup.26.1-2.43
Rubin, M. (2023). Opening up open science to epistemic pluralism: Comment on Bazzoli (2022) and some additional thoughts. Critical Metascience. https://doi.org/10.31222/osf.io/dgzxa
Better Research Findings and Knowledge Through Open Data?
The so-called "replication crisis" in (social) psychology a good 10 years ago showed how uncertain scientific findings can sometimes be. In many cases, it was not possible to replicate seemingly undisputed effects that had been published in high-ranking journals following peer review and taught in university studies (Open Science Collaboration, 2015). This phenomenon is not limited to psychology and resulted in the dictum ‘Why Most Published Research Findings Are False’ (Ioannidis, 2005) what can also be expected for educational research (Makel et al., 2021). This raises the question of how scientific knowledge can be improved and made more reliable. There are indications that Open Science, or more precisely its components Open Materials and Open Data, can make a significant contribution (e.g. Krammer & Svecnik, 2021).
Open data in particular can be seen as an opportunity to generate stable findings in educational research, but it also raises a number of related questions. For example, the sequence of theory - hypotheses - data collection - analysis and conclusion required as good practice in the classic NHST paradigm (Neyman & Pearson, 1928) is disrupted by the data basis already available. On the one hand, this threatens the validity of statistical hypothesis tests and, on the other hand, encourages HARKing (hypothesizing after the results are known; Kerr, 1998). Both endanger the value and validity of scientific findings. Furthermore, the re-use of data, among others, raises the question of comparability and consistency of the constructs recorded.
These and other questions of gaining knowledge through empirical research are discussed in the contribution.
References:
Ioannidis, J.P.A. (2005). Why Most Published Research Findings Are False. PLoS Medicine, 2(8), e124.
Kerr, N.L. (1998). HARKing: hypothesizing after the results are known. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 2(3), 196–217.
Krammer, G. & Svecnik, E. (2021). Open Science als Beitrag zur Qualität in der Bildungsforschung. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 10(3), 263-278. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-020-00286-z
Makel, M. C., Hodges, J., Cook, B. G., & Plucker, J. A. (2021). Both questionable and open research practices are prevalent in education research. Educational Researcher, 50(8), 493-504. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X211001356.
Neyman, J. & Pearson, E. S. (1928). On the use and interpretation of certain test criteria for purposes of statistical inference: part I. Biometrika 20A:1/2, 175-240. https://doi.org/10.2307/2331945
Open Science Collaboration (2015). Estimating the reproducibility of psychological science. Science. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aac4716.
Doing Openness: A Critical Discussion of Open criteria for Qualitative Research Practice
Open Science will be discussed along the methodological principles of Constructivist Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2006; Grabensteiner, 2023). Research processes as communicative endeavor will be distinguished from methodically guided knowledge construction through an interlinkage of theoretical sensitivity and data collection. Data sharing practices of Open Science ask for standards, focusing on research data to be findable, accessible, interoperable and re-usable, as for instance stated in the European commission framework FAIR in Horizon Europe (European Commission, n.d.). Beyond that there are criteria for scientific practices to meet standards. Strübing et al. (2018) propose appropriateness towards a specific subject matter, empirical saturation, theoretical depth, writing performance and originality (Strübing et al., 2018, p. 85f) as quality criteria. Discussing frameworks, both for data sharing and for data collection, the question arises, how data and knowledge are intertwined and in what way qualitative research practice challenges and enables Open Science simultaneously by meeting its own quality criteria. Jesser (Jesser, 2011) proposes two forms of data information to be shared and archived along with the data. First, meta-information “necessary to understand the content and structure of the dataset” (Jesser, 2011, p. 8) and second “context information”, meaning “institutional, theoretical and methodological background” (Jesser, 2011, p. 8). This enables insight into ways of data collection, data processing as well as reflections by researchers in the course of dealing with the dataset. Writing memos is already an established practice in qualitative research whereas haring them in order to make data accessible for secondary analysis is still in progress of becoming a standard. New forms of Open Science shed a light on data documentation practices, making way for qualitative research to contribute to customs of “openness” in qualitative and quantitative research. Up to the point where research participants are not only “voices” heard in the research process, but also contributors to knowledge construction. Borg et al. (Borg et al., 2012) show at the example of Co-Operative Inquiry, they develop different criteria of openness, being consensus, historicity (process of knowledge production), reflexivity (especially on asymmetries) and knowledge co-production (interaction with participants, giving something back) (Borg et al., 2012, p. 10ff). Applying those as standards in the process of data construction, shared data gain a further dimension of depth and saturation. Synopsis of standards for data sharing and documentation of knowledge construction processes shall inspire reflections on future Open Science practices considering the whole research process.
References:
Borg, M., Karlsson, B., Kim, H. S., & McCormack, B. (2012). Opening up for Many Voices in Knowledge Construction. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 13(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-13.1.1793
Charmaz, K. C. (2006). Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis. SAGE Publications Ltd.
European Commission. (n.d.). Open science. Retrieved 22 January 2024, from https://rea.ec.europa.eu/open-science_en
Grabensteiner, C. (2023). Medienbildung im Medienhandeln. Rekonstruktion relationaler Bildungsprozesse am Beispiel von Instant Messaging in Schulklassen. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-40699-8
Jesser, A. C. (2011). Archiving Qualitative Data: Infrastructure, Acquisition, Documentation, Distribution. Experiences from WISDOM, the Austrian Data Archive. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 12(3), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-12.3.1734
Strübing, J., Hirschauer, S., Ayaß, R., Krähnke, U., & Scheffer, T. (2018). Gütekriterien qualitativer Sozialforschung. Ein Diskussionsanstoß. Zeitschrift Für Soziologie, 47(2), 83–100. https://doi.org/10.1515/zfsoz-2018-1006
Data Archiving and Dissemination for Educational Research – Challenges and Benefits
As in other social science disciplines, in educational research, there is a growing demand for more transparency throughout the research cycle (van der Zee & Reich, 2018). Data archiving, sharing, and re-use are at the center of these discussions. Against this background, more and more educational data are made available for secondary analyses. This holds for quantitative but also more and more for qualitative data. Data sharing is also increasingly important to meet the requirements of scientific funders and journals (Logan, Hart, & Schatschneider, 2021). In order to provide high-quality data with re-use potential, data curators play a crucial role. This contribution will outline specific challenges that researchers face when sharing their data. It will elaborate on how data curators can support them in overcoming these challenges. In a final part, the benefits for researchers of sharing and having data professionally curated are outlined.
References:
Logan, J. A. R., Hart, S. A., & Schatschneider, C. (2021). Data Sharing in Education Science. AERA Open, 7, 23328584211006475. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584211006475
van der Zee, T., & Reich, J. (2018). Open Education Science. AERA Open, 4(3), 2332858418787466. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858418787466
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 13 SES 16 A: Technology, Competencies and Existence as Education Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Joris Vlieghe Paper Session |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Competencies and Capitalism: a critical study on the Competency-Based Educational Approach Extremadura University, Spain Presenting Author:The competency-based educational approach is a project that generates significant interest in global educational policy, as it is promoted by highly influential international organizations such as the OECD (Rychen, 2016) and UNESCO (2015), along with other supranational organizations like the EU (Council of the European Union, 2018) and OEI (2010). Since the 1990s, numerous countries worldwide have undertaken reforms in their national curriculum to introduce the competency-based approach at all educational levels (Anderson-Levitt & Gardinier, 2021). This educational approach interprets the learning process as the acquisition of a set of competencies necessary for students to overcome life situations (Levine & Patrick, 2019). Competence is defined as a combination and mobilization of knowledge, skills, and attitudes that enable individuals to confront problematic contexts (Le Deist & Winterton, 2005; Westera, 2001). However, the approach is not without its criticisms. Firstly, there is a lack of universal acceptance of the competency definition, with ambiguous interpretations contributing to the absence of a single model (Le et al., 2014; Westera, 2001). Furthermore, competencies and learning outcomes are often considered equivalent, leading to evaluative processes determining if students’ performance aligns with expected standards (Le et al., 2014); in other words, assessment is performative. Additionally, criticism arises regarding the influence of international organizations compelling countries to hastily implement policy reforms introducing competencies into their education systems, following global trends and causing these changes to become impositions (Krejsler, 2019; Díaz-Barriga, 2019). Despite the abundance of empirical material on the competency-based educational approach, it faces numerous criticisms due to the perceived tendency to impose a global educational agenda linking formative processes with economic needs (Preston, 2017; Tröhler, 2013). Therefore, Díaz-Barriga (2019) advocates for continuing conceptual studies on this approach to unravel its educational implications and contribute to knowledge in this field. This conceptual study aligns with the current that critiques the competency-based educational approach. We argue that the competency-based educational approach is an instrument of the capitalist system designed to connect educational processes with economic needs. The study aims to provide a comprehensive view of the competency-based educational approach. To achieve this, we will follow the trilateral analysis proposed by Barnett (2022) to understand the educational implications of any pedagogical project: the political, the epistemological, and the anthropological. International acceptance of the competency-based educational approach should not hinder the ongoing task of questioning its project, exploring the relationship between this approach and centers of power, and considering alternative approaches. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This work is theoretical-conceptual, based on an inquiry and critical review of academic literature on the study topic and with data extracted from reports and recommendations of international organizations such as the EU, OECD, and UNESCO. Social philosophy approach and critical education research are adopted to investigate the relationships between power, knowledge, and education (Barnett, 1994; Cohen et el., 2018), which involves adopting the competency-based educational approach. To organize the information and results obtained, we have relied on the interrogative framework proposed by R. Barnett (2022) to understand the global scope of any pedagogical project: (i) what precisely is the dominant concern that animates any such programme? (ii) What is the relationship between knowledge and the world that the programme is intended to promote? And (iii) what kind of human being is being sought through the education that the programme will offer?” (p. 127). These three questions will allow us to create a general theoretical framework to understand the consequences of interpreting educational processes as the competency-based educational approach does. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings (1) What exactly is the dominant concern that animates any such programme? UNESCO (2015), OECD (Reychen, 2016), and the EU (2018) concur in pointing out that the pedagogical project of competencies is the appropriate educational framework for young people to acquire the necessary skills to contribute to economic development in a socio-economic model based on sustainability. (2) What is the relationship between knowledge and the world that the programme is intended to promote? The pedagogy of the competency-based educational approach privileges procedural knowledge over conceptual, imposing a know-how that empowers students to overcome problematic contexts (Díaz-Barriga, 2019; Gimeno, 2012). However, Westera (2001) and Willbergh (2015) note that it is impossible to anticipate all possible situations that may arise beyond the classroom. For this reason, this pedagogical project is accused of being reductionist (Preston, 2017). (3) What kind of human being is being sought through the education that the programme will offer? The competency-based educational approach is linked to the need to train students to face socio-economic challenges. The “professional” is imposed as the “social ideal” that must be shaped from basic education (López-Goñi & Goñi-Zabala, 2015). In conclusion, the pedagogical program of the competency-based educational approach aims to generate human capital with the necessary skills to enter the job market and contribute to economic development, highlighting the relationship between this approach and the capitalist economic system. The influence of promoting organizations is so significant that countries join the competency trend, contributing to homogenizing the global educational landscape. This situation invites us to consider liberal and humanistic alternatives that value education as integral formation of the individual and an end in itself, as in the German concept of Bildung. References Barnett, R. (1994). The limits of competence: knowledge, higher education and society. Open University Press. Barnett, R. (2022). The Philosophy of Higher Education. Routledge. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education. Routledge. Council of the European Union. (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning1. Official Journal of the European Union, C 189, 1-13. Retrieved from https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/ES/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)&from=EN Díaz-Barriga, F. (2019). Evaluación de competencias en educación superior: experiencias en el contexto mexicano. RIEE. Revista Iberoamericana de Evaluación Educativa, 12(2), 49-66. https://doi.org/10.15366/riee2019.12.2.003 Gimeno, J. (2012). Tecnología y educación: ¿qué hay de nuevo? In Hoyos-Vásquez (Ed.), Filosofía de le educación (pp. 129-156). Trotta-CSIC. Krejsler, J. B. (2019). How a European ‘Fear of Falling Behind’ Discourse Co-Produces Global Standards: Exploring the inbound and outbound performativity of the transnational turn in European education policy. In C. Ydesen (ed.), The OECD’s historical rise in education: The formation of a global governing complex (pp. 245-267), Palgrave Macmillan. Le, C., Wolfe, R. & Steinberg, A. (2014). The past and the promise: Today’s competency education movement. Students at the Center: Competency Education Research Series. Boston. Jobs for the Future. Le Deist, F. D. & Winterton, J. (2005). What is competence? Human resource development international, 8(1), 27-46. https://doi.org/10.1080/1367886042000338227 Levine, E. & Patrick, S. (2019). What is competency-based education? An updated definition. Aurora Institute. López-Goñi, I. & Goñi-Zabala, J. (2015). Hacia un currículum guiado por las competencias. Propuesta para la acción. UPN. OEI. (2010). Metas educativas 2021: La educación que queremos para la generación de los bicentenarios. OEI. https://www.oei.es/historico/metas2021/metas2021.pdf Preston, J. (2017). Competence Based Education and Training (CBET) and the end of human learning: the existential threat of competency. Springer Rychen, D. S. (2016). Education 2030: Key competencies for the future (DeSeCo 2.0). OECD. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/education/2030/E2030-CONCEPTUAL-FRAMEWORK-KEY-COMPETENCIES-FOR-2030.pdf Tröhler, D. (2013). The OECD and Cold War Culture: thinking historically about PISA. En H. D. Meyer & A. Benavot (eds.), PISA, power, and policy: The emergence of global educational governance (pp. 141-161). Symposium Books Ltd. UNESCO. (2015). Education 2030. Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4. UNESCO. Westera, W. (2001). Competences in education: A confusion of tongues. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 33(1), 75-88. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270120625 Willbergh, I. (2015) The problems of ‘competence’ and alternatives from the Scandinavian perspective of Bildung. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(3), 334-354. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.1002112 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Existence as Educational: On the End(s) of Education. Victoria University, Australia Presenting Author:The question of how to live an ethical, meaningful, and purposeful life is one of the most fundamental issues in education. In Kemmis’ words, education is about ‘living well in a world worth living in’, and for Biesta, education is the ‘how’ of existence. This existential turn is certainly a welcome alternative to narrow conceptions of education as preparation for future employment. A deep challenge arises however, when attempting to determine how to live well or what it means to exist. This is not because these are difficult topics but because they seem to beg the question. An answer to the question of what is education is presumably the result of some educational enquiry and is therefore asking how we are to educate ourselves about education. As one attempt to explore this challenge, this paper takes a radical alternative. Instead of understanding education as about existence, it explores what it might look like for existence to be about education. I begin with a thought experiment that brings the existential question into sharp focus – imagine having one minute left to live. Clearly undesirable, I expect most would experience a crushing sense of anxiety. However, for the sake of argument, suppose you wanted to determine what you should do with the rest of the time you had left. Two immediate responses spring to mind. The first would be to do nothing, perhaps paralysed by indecision or an awareness of the meaninglessness of any decision. A second response might be to somehow quickly attempt to do that which you think, or feel is the most important thing that you must do before your time is up. And yet there are further ways to increase the existential angst. There is the question of determining which of those two responses is the best. And then the question of by what purpose or criteria such a decision is to be made. At this point, I would wager that anyone’s response would be that these are impossible tasks given only a minute left to live. Yet what is the difference between one minute and one year, or 100 years? What makes answering the question of what to do any more possible simply by extending the time available? I have framed the situation in terms of time because of the immediate resonance of its force upon our experience. However, this thought experiment draws attention to another equally taken for granted concept, perhaps even more fundamental than the nature of time. It is the presupposition of making any educational progress at all. Whether presented as one minute or 100 years, both cases betray an underlying assumption of something that can be done, with time simply being a limiting factor. In fact, we would not feel the pressure of time in constraining what we can do unless we already believed we can do something. Regardless of time, what reason do we have for thinking we can make any progress at all on questions such as what to do? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a theoretical contribution aimed at exploring the notion of existence as having an inherent educational aspect to it. It aims to provide conceptual distinctions that can help with educational research more broadly. To develop this argument, as mentioned above, I begin with a hypothetical situation of having one minute left to live. This allows me to ask the question of what the end(s) of our education is/are, both metaphorically and literally. To answer this question, I turn to the work of Biesta who provides an existential reading of education as subjectification. For Biesta, education is not about learning, but bringing about a desire to exist as a subject in the world. For Biesta, education is fundamentally an existential concern. Against a critical discussion of Biesta's work as background, I turn to an exploration of educational progress. I distinguish between three forms which I refer to as educational progressivism, educational nihilism, and educational invariance. I argue that the first two are unsatisfactory for the same reason, namely, an unwarranted use of education's relation to itself. Finally, I argue that the invariant position is not about progressing closer to any objective ideal and highlight how this avoids reduction into the first two positions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By way of conclusion, I bring together the lines of the argument to highlight how education is of significance to all human endeavors. Since every human endeavour such as philosophy, art, science, or theology seeks to provide a means of arriving at a position which is better off than some initial position, all these attempts can be understood as manifestations of the same logic of educational thinking. The educational invariance position argued for is instead not simply an alternative concept of education. Instead, its main consequence is in revealing the sense in which seeking out such alternatives is another example of the type of educational thinking being critiqued in this paper. In the end, it is the putting an end to attempts at proposing educational alternatives which allows us to avoid both the educational progressivist and nihilist positions. References Biesta, G. (2012). Becoming Public: public pedagogy, citizenship, and the public sphere. Social and Cultural Geography, 13(7), 683-697. Biesta, G. (2015). Beautiful Risk of Education. Routledge. Biesta, G. (2017). The Rediscovery of Teaching. Taylor and Francis. Biesta, G. (2021). World-centred education: A view for the present. Routledge. Coakley, S. (2013). God, Sexuality and the Self. Cambridge University Press. Deleuze, G. (1994). Difference and Repetition. Translated by Paul Patton. Columbia University Press. Deutsch, D. (1998). The Fabric of Reality. Penguin. Deutsch, D. (2011). The Beginning of Infinity. Explanations that transform the world. Penguin. Garcia, T. (2014). Form and object. Edinburgh University Press. Goff, P. (2023). Why? The Purpose of the Universe. Oxford University Press. Heidegger, M. (1962). Being and Time. Translated by John Maquarie and Edward Robinson. Harper Collins. Reimer, K. E., Kaukko, M., Windsor, S., Mahon, K., & Kemmis, S. (2023). Living Well in a World Worth Living in for All: Volume 1: Current Practices of Social Justice, Sustainability and Wellbeing (p. 244). Springer Nature. Lewis, D. (2013). Counterfactuals. Wiley. Levinas, E. (1979). Totality and Infinity: An essay on exteriority. Springer. Meillassoux, Q. (2010). After Finitude: An Essay on the necessity of contingency. Bloomsbury. Williamson, T. (2021). Philosophy of Philosophy. John Wiley and Sons. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 14 SES 16 A: Reporting Youth Experiences. Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Julia Steenwegen Paper Session |
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Play-Based Methods Evidencing Young Children's Experiences of Family Life University of Huddersfield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper will consider play-based methods utilised to explore young children's experiences of family life as means for documenting children's voices. Family is a universal concept and experience for children across national borders. Much of the research around family conducted with children focuses on family composition and membership (e.g. Castren and Widmer 2015, Mason and Tipper 2008), but less is known about family-as-activity (Clark and Kehily 2013) and as a verb (Morgan 2011) where the practices of and within the family provide meaning and insight into how families relate and not just who they are related to. This paper explores such practices from the standpoint of young children, aged 3 to 4 years old, focusing on what families do on a day-to-day basis, on the everyday and the mundane. The research took place in three early childhood settings in the North of England, UK. Through sensory play-based activities with loose-parts resources children engaged in recreating what they do with their families, activating conversations about family practice. Children’s sense of self within the family and their positioning was documented by developing 'I-poems' using the Listening Guide (Gilligan 2015). The research reported in this paper builds on existing early childhood practice and resources familiar to young children to offer novel ways of listening, documenting views and experiences. The research aim was to develop, test and disseminate innovative methods for listening to young children. This was achieved by enabling young children to articulate their understandings and experiences of family practice through play-based research methods and working in partnership with the participating early childhood settings to embed methods for listening to young children into practice alongside focus on (re)building partnerships with families following the Covid-19 pandemic. Children were supported to express views for themselves through play-based methods and a process of analysis foregrounding their voices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is informed by a qualitative participatory approach (Lomax 2020). The project utilised play with sensory and open-ended loose-parts resources to enable children to discuss (verbally and non-verbally) their understanding of family. Data was generated using play-based activities aiming to facilitate understanding of the experiences of family practice from a child’s perspective. Everyday activities that children partake in as part of/with their family were recreated as open-ended opportunities that engaged the children’s senses and activated conversations about what their families do. The conversations were audio-recorded and observation notes were made of children’s engagement. Children’s sense of self within the family and their positioning are illustrated through the ‘I-poems’ developed with verbal and non-verbal observational data during the play sessions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Emphasising the experiences and voices of children (in the widest sense possible) contributes to better understanding of how they position themselves within their families and family practice. The generated knowledge about children’s understandings of family practice will strengthen partnership working within settings by adding children’s perspectives, at a time when partnerships have been affected by limited contact during the Covid-19 pandemic. Through exploring children’s understandings of family practice, stronger home-setting partnerships could be fostered, benefiting children, families, and early childhood practitioners. The methods discussed offer an effective way for practitioners to incorporate more active listening using approaches, objects and activities that are readily available in settings, thus rendering the practice cost-effective at a time of financial strain. References Castren, A-M. and Widmer, E.D. (2015) Insiders and outsiders in stepfamilies: Adults’ and children’s views on family boundaries. Current Sociology. 63(1): 35-56. Clark, A. & Kehily, M. (2013) Home and family. In A. Clark (Ed.) Childhood in context. Bristol: Policy Press. Gilligan, C. (2015) The Listening Guide Method of Psychological Inquiry. Qualitative Psychology. 2(1): 69-77. Lomax, H. (2020) Multimodal Visual Methods for Seeing with Children. In E.J. White (Ed.) Seeing the world through children's eyes : Visual methodologies and approaches to research in the early years. BRILL. Mason, J. and Tipper, B. (2008) Being Related: How children define and create kinship. Childhood, 15(4): 441-460. Morgan, D.J. (2011) Rethinking Family Practices. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Unveiling Sources of Resilience: Examining Resources that Support Primary School Pupils in their Neighborhoods Erasmus University, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The ability of a child to overcome difficulties and maintain their wellbeing is in part dependent of the systems that they are part of (Masten, 2021), including the schools, the communities, and the neighborhoods that they live in. However, little research takes an interdisciplinary approach to understand which factors support children’s wellbeing. Therefore, this research takes a transformative approach and seeks to research and to find ways to implement change (Mertens, 2017). We seek to uncover the multifaceted resources within neighborhoods that positively influence the wellbeing. The study is motivated by critical gaps in the literature, notably the prevalence of deficit-based approaches, the overlooking of children's perspectives, and the limited exploration of neighborhood resources and the complex ways in which they interact in fostering wellbeing within the school and beyond. The neighborhoods in which children grow up impact their educational opportunities and may impede equality across their lifespan (Minh et al., 2017). At the same time, neighborhoods, which schools are a part of, may hold potential resources for children’s resilience (Ungar & Theron, 2020), or their capacity to adapt successfully to challenges (Masten & Barnes, 2018), and can possibly counter structural processes of inequality. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, children living in more cohesive and safer neighborhoods fared better than others in terms of physical and mental health (Robinette et al., 2021). After-school programs, community initiatives, and accessible meeting points can offer opportunities to offset possible threats to children's wellbeing and positively impact their educational outcomes. Overall, cohesive neighborhoods with a strong collective efficacy have a robust positive effect on children’s adjustment (Yule et al., 2019). Yet, our knowledge about which resources can be accessed and the ways through which these can be accessed remains rather limited with no in-depth explorations of how young people evaluate such resources. How the complex ecosystems surrounding a child may support their positive adjustment remains unclear with some significant gaps in the current state of the literature. First, research tends to take a deficit-based approach and focus on the ways in which children are disadvantaged. Second, the perspective of children and their own experience of the resources they rely on is mostly overlooked. And third, research investigating the resources that support children’s resilience, or their capability to overcome difficulty, tends to mainly focus on the interpersonal networks in their families from a psychological perspective, on the relationship between teachers and pupils from an educational perspective, or on the social capital accessible to them, from a sociological perspective. In this project, we hope to go beyond this fragmented state of the literature and explore the resources that children rely on in their networks from the children’s own perspective. The research question we hope to answer is: “Which factors in the neighborhood their school is embedded have the potential to positively impact the children’s wellbeing, from their own perspective”. The research adopts an asset-based lens, which marks a departure from conventional deficit-oriented paradigms. By examining neighborhoods through the eyes of the children themselves, the focus is on identifying and understanding the diverse resources and strengths present within their immediate social and physical environments that foster resilience. Central to the research question is the exploration of neighborhood and community factors which influence the capacity of children to overcome challenges. This extends beyond traditional educational perspectives and includes after-school programs, community initiatives, and accessible meeting points within the community. Our study seeks to uncover how these unconventional resources foster children's resilience and positively impact their educational outcomes and aspires to contribute to a transformative understanding of the ecosystems surrounding children in diverse and changing European cities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used At the heart of this study is the recognition of children's perspectives on what resources they rely on. The research values the often-overlooked voices of children in research on their wellbeing and educational pathways. As such, it aims to uncover a more comprehensive picture of the real-life factors which shape their wellbeing and educational journeys. By centering on the experiences and perceptions of the children, the study seeks to bridge existing gaps in understanding by foregoing a deficit-based approach, centering the children’s voice, and taking into account the neighborhood as an access point to a diversity of community resources. We amplify children’s voices by using a photovoice method, which means that children take active part in recording and reflecting on their lives and the neighborhoods through which they move through photos (Sarti et al., 2018). Researchers accompany the children in their walks around the school in small groups inviting interviews (Epstein, Stevens, Mc Keever, & Baruchel, 2008). Furthermore, we conduct participant-observation and informal interviews working with children in creating an exposition of their photos and walking through the area during sessions. The data gathering consists of four subsequent sessions (in April 2024)with 8-10 children aged 9-11 years in a primary school in highly diverse neighborhood (concerning social, economic, and cultural backgrounds in the Netherlands Children are contacted through the school and voluntarily take part in the project. We emphasize the importance of reciprocity and the participating children get the opportunity to acquire skills in the field of photography as well as conducting research. Children are invited to be involved in the interpretation of the material to increase validity of the results (Brydon-Miller, Greenwood, & Maguire, 2003). We use inductive content analysis of the data to identify recurring themes brought up by the children. Finally, the children are offered the opportunity to review the findings in a later stage and add context if they find it desirable. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research into the unequal outcomes of children with various backgrounds has long focused on the risk factors contributing to this inequality. Recent research endeavors, such as the current project, shift the focus rather on the richness of resources that are available in children’s networks. . The results (available in June 2024) from this explorative study encompass children’s own unique experiences ofthe resources available in the neighborhood surrounding their school. Insight into where the children like to come as well as which spaces they tend to avoid and whom they turn to with which queries and questions will open venture point between communities and schools. Previous research has indicated that many resources are available diverse communities and community members rely on them (Steenwegen&Clycq, 2023). However, these resources are not always recognized and valued in mainstream schooling. Simultaneously, community members have signaled that they find it difficult to establish strong working relationships with schools. The outcomes of this research project will highlight opportunities for strengthening resources of resilience for the benefit of all children. References Beese, S., Drumm, K., Wells-Yoakum, K., Postma, J., & Graves, J. M. (2023). Flexible Resources Key to Neighborhood Resilience for Children: A Scoping Review. In Children (Vol. 10, Issue 11). Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute (MDPI). https://doi.org/10.3390/children10111791 Brydon-Miller, M., Greenwood, D., & Maguire, P. (2003). Why action research?. Action research, 1(1), 9-28. Epstein, I., Stevens, B., McKeever, P., Baruchel, S., & Jones, H. (2008). Using puppetry to elicit children's talk for research. Nursing inquiry, 15(1), 49-56. Masten, A. S. (2021). Resilience in developmental systems: Principles, pathways, and protective processes in research and practice. In Multisystemic Resilience: Adaptation and Transformation in Contexts of Change (pp. 113–134). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190095888.003.0007 Masten, A. S., & Barnes, A. J. (2018). Resilience in children: Developmental perspectives. Children, 5(7). https://doi.org/10.3390/children5070098 Mertens, D. M. (2017). Transformative research: personal and societal. International Journal for Transformative Research, 4(1), 18–24. https://doi.org/10.1515/ijtr-2017-0001 Minh, A., Muhajarine, N., Janus, M., Brownell, M., & Guhn, M. (2017). A review of neighborhood effects and early child development: How, where, and for whom, do neighborhoods matter? In Health and Place (Vol. 46, pp. 155–174). Elsevier Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.healthplace.2017.04.012 Robinette, J. W., Bostean, G., Glynn, L. M., Douglas, J. A., Jenkins, B. N., Gruenewald, T. L., & Frederick, D. A. (2021). Perceived neighborhood cohesion buffers COVID-19 impacts on mental health in a United States sample. Social Science & Medicine, 285, 114269. Sarti, A., Schalkers, I., Bunders, J. F. G., & Dedding, C. (2018). Around the table with policymakers: Giving voice to children in contexts of poverty and deprivation. Action Research, 16(4), 396–413. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476750317695412 Ungar, M., & Theron, L. (2020). Resilience and mental health: how multisystemic processes contribute to positive outcomes. In The lancet. Psychiatry (Vol. 7, Issue 5, pp. 441–448). NLM (Medline). https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30434-1 Yule, K., Houston, J., & Grych, J. (2019). Resilience in Children Exposed to Violence: A Meta-analysis of Protective Factors Across Ecological Contexts. In Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review (Vol. 22, Issue 3, pp. 406–431). Springer New York LLC. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10567-019-00293-1 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 15 SES 16 A: Research on partnerships in education Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Karen Laing Paper Session |
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Exploring the effect of Living Lab School Initiatives on Students' Intrinsic Motivation, Self-Efficacy, and Civic Participation University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:This proposal is focused on open schooling initiatives and the implementation of the Living Lab (LL) methodology in the context of Science Education. It aims to encourage schools to collaborate with stakeholders in order to foster community well-being. This study focuses on analysing the projects undertaken by students when engaged in open schooling activities following principles of Living Lab methodology, by investigating how the type of prototype and stakeholder support influence students' degree of development in terms of their intrinsic motivation, self-efficacy, and civic engagement to participate in innovation communities. This investigation involved the participation of six nations, namely Croatia, Cyprus, France, Greece, Portugal, and Spain, each representing different educational systems. A total of 465 primary and secondary students took part in 20 projects that progressed to the Experimentation and Evaluation stages of the LL methodology. Students completed a questionnaire both before and after they carried out their projects. The data analysis revealed the three types of prototypes that students engaged in, namely (a) digital prototypes, (b) physical prototypes, and (c) services with real people. Analyses demonstrated significant impact of digital prototypes on students’ intrinsic motivation, self-efficacy, and civic engagement and the services involving real people had a notable impact on students' civic engagement. However, physical prototypes had no effect on the intrinsic motivation, self-efficacy, or civic engagement of students. The findings suggest that the development of digital prototypes within a LL project has the potential to make teaching and learning more engaging and motivating for students, improve their self-efficacy, and enhance their participation and involvement in civic-related issues by increasing students' engagement in identifying and resolving issues of public concern. Background: A Living Lab (LL) is a virtual or physical environment in which multiple stakeholders interact to address real-world issues and co-create solutions for societal concerns in the form of technologies, services, and products (Leminen & Westerlund, 2016). Open Schooling (OS) envisions that schools, in cooperation with other stakeholders, will become agents of community well-being by creating new partnerships in their local communities (Sotiriou et al, 2021). Such an approach incorporates a diverse group of participants and brings together schools, researchers, and community stakeholders to create a user-centered ecosystem for open innovation (Alonso & Wong, 2020). Despite the growing research interest of OS and LLs over the past several years, there are still many undiscovered aspects, especially when students from diverse cultural backgrounds co-operate with stakeholders coming from various organisations and professions in creating prototypes or implementing solutions to address real-world problems. Motivated students, willing to participate in OS research and co-creation activities, are essential for the functioning of a LL, given that the underlying philosophy is that participants’ ideas, experiences, and knowledge, as well as their everyday needs and wants, should be the starting point in innovation (Bergvall-Kareborn & Stahlbrost, 2009). The first phase of a LL project consists of brainstorming and identifying a community issue requiring attention, followed by the design and creation of a prototype (i.e., Exploration phase), experimentation and testing of their prototype (i.e., Experimentation phase), and evaluation of the product or service (i.e., Evaluation phase). Participants are thereby actively involved as “co-creators” of the product or service; they are involved from the earliest stages of the innovation process, and their experiences and preferences are incorporated into the design of the product or service (Dekker et al., 2020). However, effective co-creation depends on the selection and use of appropriate methodologies and procedures, since they may have a substantial impact on project outcomes (Steen et al., 2011). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Aims: We aimed to expand our knowledge on whether the type of prototype that students design and construct in the context of a LL project they engage with may be linked to their intrinsic motivation (inherent satisfaction in learning science for its own sake), self-efficacy (confidence in ability to succeed in science), and civic engagement (individual and collective actions designed to identify and address issues of public concern). Consequently, the following research questions were addressed: (1) What types of prototypes students’ develop when engaged in a LL project?, and (2) Which type of prototype is more likely to increase students' (i) intrinsic motivation, (ii) self-efficacy, and (iii) civic engagement? Methodology or Methods/ Research Instruments or Sources Used: Participants: Participants in this research were 465 students (224 males and 215 females, 26 N/A) aged 9–18 years (mean age in years: 12.62), from 20 schools in six countries (Croatia, Cyprus, France, Greece, Portugal, and Spain). During designing and implementing their LL project, students had the opportunity to create different types of prototypes to evaluate the applicability of their suggested solutions, identify their advantages and drawbacks and refine them accordingly. Tools and data collection Students’ Questionnaire: A 5-point Likert-scale questionnaire (adapted from Glynn et al., 2011) was administered to students before the school LL project and after completing the project. The questionnaire included 18 items pertaining to students' intrinsic motivation (IM), self-efficacy (SE), and civic engagement (CE). The calculation of Cronbach’s alpha revealed the value of .89, indicating that scale’s reliability was satisfactory. LL Project Reports: The types of prototypes participants created and tested were extracted from LL project reports that each school submitted after completing the LL project. Data analysis: Open coding analysis was used to identify the types of prototypes developed by students during the LL project. To identify the effects of prototype type on students’ intrinsic motivation, self-efficacy and civic engagement, paired-sample t-tests were conducted to compare students’ IM, SE, and CE. The three types of prototypes that were identified from the analysis of students’ LL projects refer to: (a) digital prototypes that pertained to the development of computer applications, websites, videos digital stories; (b) physical prototypes such as posters, flyers, food products, packages, etc.; and (c) services with real people which encompassed campaigns, petitions, workshops, provision of support for people in need. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings showed that the type of prototype students engage in affects in different ways their IM, SE, and CE. Specifically, digital prototypes appeared to facilitate students’ IM, SE, and CE in a significant way (p<.001). For the service with real people prototype, only students’ CE revealed statistically significant results (p<.05), whereas physical prototypes (p>.05) did not support students’ development in any direction. This outcome may be explained by the fact that the increasing usage of digital technology over the past several years, notably after the advent of the COVID-19 pandemic, has necessitated significant changes in educational institutions throughout the world. During this period, digital technology became an integral part of students' daily lives and had virtually replaced nearly every face-to-face activity (Papouli et al., 2020), thereby transforming the way students engage in activities and inherently influencing all facets of the student experience. The findings of this study suggest that the development of digital prototypes within a LL project has the potential to make teaching and learning more engaging and motivating for students, improve their self-efficacy, and enhance their participation and involvement in civic-related issues by increasing students' engagement in identifying and resolving issues of public concern. The findings have practical ramifications, since they can help researchers and educators in selecting the type of prototype for their students to engage with, when taking part in a LL school project, that could potentially foster their IM, SE, and CE. However, there is a need for a deeper understanding of the types and nature of prototypes developed by students, as well as how and why this process impacts on or is related to the development of their science attitudes and civic involvement. The results provide empirical backing for collaborative interactions between stakeholders involved in curriculum development and policymakers within the educational domain. References Alonso Curbelo, A., & Wong, M. (2020). Social Living Lab Methodology. Bergvall, B., & Stahlbrost, A. (2009). Living Lab: an open and citizen-centric approach for innovation. International journal of innovation and regional development, 1(4), 356-370. Dekker, R., Franco Contreras, J., & Meijer, A. (2020). The living lab as a methodology for public administration research. International Journal of Public Administration, 43(14), 1207-1217. Glynn, S.M., Brickman, P., Armstrong, N., & Taasoobzi,G.(2011). Science motivation questionnaire II: Validation with science majors and nonscience majors. Journal of research in science teaching, 48(10),1159-1176. Leminen, S., & Westerlund, M. (2016). A framework for understanding the different research avenues of living labs. International Journal of Technology Marketing, 11(4), 399-420. Papouli, E., Chatzifotiou, S., & Tsairidis, C. (2020). The use of digital technology at home during the COVID-19 outbreak: Views of social work students in Greece. Social Work Education, 39(8), 1107-1115. Sotiriou M, Sotiriou S and Bogner FX (2021) Developing a Self-Reflection Tool to Assess Schools’ Openness. Front. Educ. 6:714227. Steen, M., Manschot, M., & De Koning, N. (2011). Benefits of co-design in service design projects. International Journal of Design, 5(2). 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Exploring the Enabling Conditions for Successful District-University-School Partnerships in School Improvement: A Case Study from China 1Beijing Normal University, China; 2Tiangong University, China Presenting Author:The past decade has indeed witnessed ambitious attempts to reform education systems and drive change on a large scale (Fullan, 2009; Qian and Walker, 2020). In response to this trend, an increasing number of district educational departments are orchestrating partnerships between universities and schools to enhance teacher learning and elevate the quality of education. Previous studies have pinpointed the elements that contribute to a beneficial university-school partnership in improving schools (Calabrese & Tan, 2018; Fisher & Firestone, 2006; Peters, 2002; Farrell et al., 2022). These studies often focus on university academics collaborating with teachers in a specific discipline or research group to support teacher learning. However, questions remain about the practical realities and challenges schools encounter when they actively engage in and strive to involve more teachers in such top-down collaborations. How can schools be more effectively motivated to lead the reform process through institutional design? These issues are significant and warrant further investigation.
This study is grounded in a three-year District-University-School (DUS) collaboration project aimed at improving six selected underperforming schools. In this initiative, the District identified six schools with developmental potential within its jurisdiction and commissioned University B to design and implement the improvement project. Guided by research literature and ongoing dialogues between the district and university departments, the project's goal was to enhance middle-level leadership in schools to foster teacher learning and professional development, thereby contributing to overall school improvement. The university team comprised seven researchers and fourteen research assistants. Six researchers were paired to oversee the enhancement work of the project, with a senior professor providing overall planning and guidance. Each school was assigned two research assistants. During the study, the two authors collaborated on two school improvement projects using an identical approach. However, the two schools showed different levels of participation. One school ultimately led the entire school's teachers to actively participate in the school improvement, while the other school always only had the same individual teacher involved in this project. Therefore, we sought to answer the following questions: (1) What conditions can facilitate successful DUS collaboration? (2) Do the conditions for successful collaboration among DUS stakeholders differ from those in US partnerships?
Several key factors have been identified as crucial for successful university-school partnerships. Firstly, shared goals, common planning, mutual respect have been highlighted as essential elements of school-university partnerships (Borthwick et al., 2003). Additionally, the professional and personal learning elements, the degree of congruence between the perspectives of school-based mentors and teacher educators has been emphasized as a factor supporting effective partnership working (Kershner et al., 2013; Marsh, 2019). The importance of fostering research engagement in partnership schools through networking and value creation that foster equality in partnerships has also been highlighted as a means to promote effective university-school partnerships (Shinners, 2006; Maskit & Orland-Barak, 2015; Cornelissen et al., 2017). But currently, few studies have revealed what are the effective conditions for partnerships between schools and universities initiated from a regional top-down perspective. This article argues that in top-down District-University-School partnerships, the District, as a representative of the district government, can utilize its administrative authority and resources to facilitate collaboration between universities and schools for school improvement. However, this top-down approach may also undermine the school's confidence in the university, leading to tepid participation in the collaborative effort. In the DUS partnership context, successful cooperation is predicated on the university members' accurate assessment of the school's needs and strategic planning for teacher and school development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data Collection Since the project emphasizes research-informed practices, we have collected almost all the process data of the project's three-year progress. Due to the Covid-19, over the course of nearly a year, extensive communication occurred among the three parties with meetings frequently held in the District's meeting room. All the meetings had been recorded and transcribed. Subsequent to these meetings, the authors collected narrative texts from ten middle-level administrators across the two schools, who were invited to articulate their perspectives on the school culture and their personal visions and missions. Utilizing this data, the university members organized workshops to facilitate discussions with school staff about their visions for school improvement. The workshops had also been recorded and transcribed. Following the workshops, further interviews with the principals of each school were conducted. These activities enabled the authors to gain a deeper understanding of each school's needs and to pinpoint the key areas requiring enhancement. Between April 2021 and January 2023, the authors visited the schools bi-monthly and orchestrated a variety of activities to aid teachers in conducting action research. For instance, School S elected to focus on "Promoting students' holistic development in subject-based teaching," creating a cohort of 'seed teachers' that included both seasoned educators and motivated newcomers. The authors worked closely with these teachers to deepen their understanding of holistic development in subject-based learning and to collaboratively design lesson plans. During this period, 16 instructional videos were recorded, and data from interviews with 13 actively participating teachers were collected. School H, with its diverse student population, concentrated on the action research project "Promoting cultural integration in subject-based teaching." Although the authors participated in classroom observations and assisted teachers in refining their research proposals, their direct influence on instructional practices was limited. The materials collected included eight reflective journals from the school members dating back to the initial workshop, sixteen research proposals drafted by teachers, and insights from interviews with school members. Data analysis Thematic analysis, combining inductive and deductive logic (Braun & Clarke, 2006), was guided by Clarke and Hollingsworth's model (2002). Emergent information was expected from the data. Following Braun and Clarke's approach, initial codes and relevant themes were created, exemplified with quotes. Code validity was ensured through researcher triangulation. Codes were then grouped into themes, such as school leadership, district leadership and teacher educators’ factors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper contributes to global discussions on enhancing understanding of diverse practices and effective strategies in systematic school improvement across various cultural and educational contexts. (1) The principal's judgment determines whether the school genuinely wishes to take part in a DUS partnership program. The principal of School S took full advantage of the District's opportunity for improvement and made full use of the University's assistance to put his own educational philosophy into practice. However, it appears that the principal of School H’s perception of the project was limited to a research project and only needing to produce a research report. This enables us to consider if administrative habitus has an impact on this further. Although located in District D, this school is directly under the control of the city's Municipal Commission of Education, and its principal has the same rank as the district's education commissioner. This makes us consider D's dual role in the DUS partnership further. (2) In China, the District can leverage its administrative authority and resources to help universities and schools work together to improve schools. However, this top-down strategy can also cause the school to lose faith in the university. On the other hand, administrative logic will be incorporated into and even override academic logic in DUS partnerships that are established by District. (3) The foundation of trust is established when the school is willing to collaborate with the university. This is achieved through the precise diagnosis of the school's needs by university members. If the school does not cooperate at all, the university academics' attempts to improve the school will be like trying to cook without rice. This study explores the significant role played by the District in promoting school engagement and, based on this, proposes that the timing of different stakeholders' involvement is crucial. References Borthwick, A., Stirling, T., Nauman, A., & Cook, D. (2003). Achieving Successful School-University Collaboration. Urban Education, 38(3), 330-371. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using Thematic Analysis in Psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, 77-101. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a Model of Teacher Professional Growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18, 947–967. Chen,X.M., & An,C.(2022). How did Teachers Learn in Boundary Crossing Lesson Study in a Chinese Secondary School? Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 42(1),13-27. Cornelissen, F., McLellan, R., & Schofield, J. (2017). Fostering Research Engagement in Partnership Schools: Networking and Value Creation. Oxford Review of Education, 43(6), 695-717. Farrell,C.C., Penuel,W. R., Allen,A., Anderson,E.R., Bohannon,A.X., Coburn,C.E.&Brown,S. L.(2022).Learning at the Boundaries of Research and Practice: A Framework for Understanding Research-Practice Partnerships. Educational Researcher, 51 (3),197-208. Fullan M (2009). Large-scale Reform Comes of Age. Journal of Educational Change, 10: 101–113. Fisher,J.,&Firestone,W.(2006).Teacher Learning in a School-University Partnership: Exploring the Role of Social Trust and Teaching Efficacy Beliefs. The teacher college record,108(6),1155-1185. Henrick,E.C.,Cobb,P.,Penuel,W.R.,Jackson,K.&Clark,T.(2017).Assessing Research-Practice Partnerships: Five Dimensions of Effectiveness. William T.Grant Foundation. Kamler,E.,Szpara,M.,Dornisch,M.,Goubeaud,K.,Levine,G.,&Brechtel,S.(2009).Realities of a School-University Partnership: Focus on Leadership. Journal of school leadership,19(1),81-117. Kershner, R., Pedder, D., & Doddington, C. (2013). Professional Learning during a Schools-University Partnership Master of Education Course: Teachers’ Perspectives of their Learning Experiences. Teachers and Teaching, 19(1), 33-49. Marsh, B. (2019). Developing a Project within a School-University Partnership: Factors that Influence Effective Partnership Working. Research Papers in Education, 36(2), 233-256. Maskit, D. and Orland-Barak, L. (2015). University-School Partnerships: Student Teachers’ Evaluations across Nine Partnerships in Israel. Journal of Education for Teaching International Research and Pedagogy, 41(3), 285-306. Miller, A., Reyes, J., Wyttenbach, M., & Ezeugwu, G. (2022). The limits of the “system of schools” approach: superintendent perspectives on change efforts in U.S. catholic school systems. Journal of Educational Change, 24(4), 943-970. Peters,J.(2002).University-School Collaboration: Identifying Faulty Assumption. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education,30(3),229-242. Qian H.Y. and Walker A. (2020). System Reform in China: Mobilising and Sharing Resources across Schools. In: Harris A and Jones MS (eds) Leading and Transforming Education Systems: Evidence, Insights, Critiques and Reflections. Singapore: Springer, 33–46. Shinners, K. (2006). Follow the Leader. International Journal of Educational Management, 20(3), 206-214. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Partnership to Tackle the Effects of Socio-economic Inequality on Children’s Experiences of School Newcastle University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Education is a key driver of resilience against the backdrop of increasing uncertainty provoked by economic inequalities and enduring forms of social injustice. Education can offer hope, and a means to a prosperous future. Yet for many children living in poverty, school is a site in which economic inequalities are reproduced and children experience further exclusion and stigma as a result. Some 22.4% of European households with dependent children were at risk of poverty or social exclusion in 2022 (Eurostat 2023). In the UK, 29% of children (nine in every class of 30) are living in poverty (CPAG, 2023). Poverty has been exacerbated by multiple crises including the Covid-19 pandemic, creating inequalities in educational attainment and uncertain futures for families (JRF, 2023). The Cost of the School Day project (CoSD), developed by two charities, the Child Poverty Action Group (CPAG) and Children North East (CNE), aimed to understand the barriers and challenges faced by poor children during the school day and to use this evidence to help schools reduce costs and remove stigmatising practices to bring about a fair education for children living in poverty. The CoSD team developed partnerships with schools, local and national governments, and a range of organisations, bodies and charities in order to shape policy and practice. Starting with the assumption that all activity is ‘social/collective’ (Daniels, 2004, p.123) and governed by rules and divisions of labour (Engeström and Sannino, 2010, p. 6); this paper will analyse how the partnerships within the CoSD project worked (affordances and ‘contradictions’) and examine the relational aspects in engaging across the partnership (Rickinson and Edwards, 2021) and how this ultimately led to change, improving the lives of children, young people and their families and enabling them to thrive and succeed. The Cost of the School Day project (CoSD) is led by Child Poverty Action Group (CPAG), a UK based charity that campaigns to end child poverty in the UK. Most education in the UK is free of charge, but there are costs incurred in respect of meals, uniforms, travel and resources that can negatively impact upon the experience of education for children and young people. The project is based on Children North East’s ‘Poverty Proofing’ model, which has been shown to be effective in surfacing stigmatising practices which negatively impact children living in poverty and achieving change in schools (Mazzoli Smith & Todd, 2016; Mazzoli Smith & Todd, 2019). The CoSD team developed partnerships with schools, local and national governments, and a range of organisations, bodies and charities in order to shape policy and practice. For the purpose of this paper, we will be focussing on the partnership between the schools taking part and the Child Poverty Action Group. Cultural Historical Activity Theory (Engestrom) and the later work of Rickinson and Edwards on relational agency and the ‘relational features of evidence use’ (2021) were chosen as the theoretical approaches enabling us to understand the affordances that led to success as well as the challenges faced. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project team worked intensively with schools across three countries: England, Scotland and Wales. Within those countries, five geographical areas were chosen based on a range of criteria including: the local incidence of high child poverty; the potential for influence on local government; the spread of schools in geographically different locations (e.g. urban and rural); and in some cases, areas where some strategic partnerships were already in place. 55 schools took part. And the research team sought to understand how the processes adopted, and relationships/networks developed by the CoSD leads and practitioners impacted the CoSD programme. The research methodology was adapted in light of the Covid-19 pandemic and accompanying restrictions and included desk-based work; online interviewing; observation of the CoSD audits (online and in-person); and, as soon as was possible, in-person visits to case study schools to interview members of the school community e.g. pupils, staff (teaching and non-teaching), parents and governors. The research team sought and obtained ethical approval through their institution, Newcastle University, ethical review process. Researchers adopted the British Educational Research Association (BERA, 2018) ethical principles and acted reflexively to consider the ethical implications of their actions. Participants gave informed consent and researchers ensured that both adult and child participants were assured that their participation was entirely voluntarily and that if they did not wish to participate there would be no adverse consequences. Participants were given multiple opportunities to ask questions about the research and contact details both in school and with the research team if they had any further queries or if they changed their mind about participation. Data were analysed both inductively, in identifying codes, searching for themes and reviewing (Braun and Clarke, 2006), and secondly deductively in relation to Cultural Historical Activity Theory (Engeström and Sannino, 2010 and Daniels, 2004) and the later work of Edwards on ‘relational agency’ (2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Education policy in the UK is devolved to each country, and as a result the contexts, histories and starting points in each were very different for the CoSD national leads and practitioners in terms of working with schools and this impacted on how the project unfolded. The CoSD project could not have happened as it did without the involvement of multiple partners. These partnerships were easier to develop where existing relationships existed, and where CPAG had established a good reputation. Finding shared agendas and values helped people to work together, as did demonstrating a good understanding of the local context in which the project took place. This led to credibility and trust being developed, where information could be shared, and whereby partners could broker relationships with schools and facilitate the sharing of good practice. Where partnerships were not already existing, extra time was needed to establish the project. In terms of the partnership between the schools and the CoSD teams, trust was built through the positioning of the CoSD team as specialists in the field of child poverty, but was also established through the development of relations prior to an audit taking place, the processes in place to ensure that an audit ran smoothly and did not impact on the workload of staff and crucially in the way that the findings were presented to the school. From the practitioners’ perspectives they all commented that being physically present in school enabled them to build better relationships with the pupils and staff. The shared desire to improve the lives of families experiencing poverty was an important foundation for the audit process and a key feature of the partnership working. Nevertheless, funding constraints and historical ways of working sometimes got in the way of enacting significant change. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3: (2), 77-101. Eurostat (2023) Living conditions in Europe - poverty and social exclusion - Statistics Explained (europa.eu) CPAG (2023) Child poverty facts and figures | CPAG Daniels, H. (2004) Activity Theory, Discourse and Bernstein. Educational Review Vol 56, No. 2 Edwards, A (2006) Relational Agency: Learning to be a resourceful practitioner International Journal of Educational Research Vol 43 p168-182 Engeström, Y. and Sannino, A. (2010) Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges Educational Research Review Vol 5 Engeström, Y. and Sannino, A. (2021) From mediated actions to heterogenous coalitions: four generations of activity-theoretical studies of work and learning Mind, Culture and Activity 28(1) p4-23 JRF (2023) UK Poverty 2023: The essential guide to understanding poverty in the UK. York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation Mazzoli Smith, L. and Todd, L. (2019) Conceptualising poverty as a barrier to learning through ‘Poverty proofing the school day’: The genesis and impacts of stigmatisation. British Educational Research Journal Vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 356–371 Mazzoli Smith, L. & Todd, L. (2016) Poverty proofing the school day: Evaluation and development report (Newcastle, Research Centre for Learning and Teaching). Rickinson and Edwards (2021) The relational features of evidence use, Cambridge Journal of Education, 51:4, 509-526. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 16 SES 16 A: ***CANCELLED*** Instructional Design and Digital Training Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Philippe Gabriel Paper Session |
11:30 - 13:00 | 19 SES 16 A: Digital Play and Children’s Well-being Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Karen Murcia Panel Discussion |
|
19. Ethnography
Panel Discussion Digital Play and Children’s Well-being: Social, Material and Temporal Relations. 1Curtin University, Australia; 2Sheffield Hallam University, UK; 3University of Oulu, Finland; 4University of Cyprus Presenting Author:In a digitised world, understanding children’s well-being is increasingly complex as they play, engage and connect through digital play. Nurturing well-being is integral to humanity's hope for the future and requires attention and new knowledge about the impact of digital play experiences on children’s well-being. Through an international research collaboration, including case studies from, the United Kingdom, Cyprus, South Africa, and Australia we sought empirical evidence to answer the research question; how does digital play foster children’s well-being? This study is part of a larger study funded by the Lego Foundation and underpinned by the Responsible Innovation in Technology for Children (RITEC) (2021) child-centred framework. This framework identifies eight aspects of children’s well-being that digital play could potentially positively influence. Deep insights were gained from this study’s eco-culturally informed home visits and observations of participating children and families’ interaction around and with digital games over time.
The study adopted a range of qualitative methods, including in-person interviews and observations and family-led data generation and sharing, within a case study design. It was informed by ethnographic approaches and was semi-longitudinal. In total, 240 research visits were made to 50 families in the 4 countries, over a period of 14 months. Social network analysis methods, exploring why and how relationships were established and maintained in families where a digital game and device were introduced into the home, were conducted to better understand and map children’s play in a social context. Subsequently, deductive coding and thematic analysis of interview and video game playing transcripts, based on the elements of the RITEC framework, revealed some differences between countries in terms of how children interact socially during play sessions. However, in all countries, more social connections made by children during gameplay was associated with greater gains in well-being over time. Relations being understood as multifaceted and considered across the international case studies as social, material and temporal in nature. Social connection was identified as a key part of digital play for children. Digital play could provide a springboard for connecting with others as it was a way for children to both make new friends and spend time with important others. It is evident from the initial international cross-case that digital play can be a highly social activity, and children socialise both within and around the game play. There were a range of examples where digital play provided opportunities to collaborate, socialise, create, relate and connect with others. For some children, it provided opportunities to be part of gaming communities, both online and in person, which contributed to their social relationships, provided a sense of collective identity and a sense of belonging. At the same time, others played to take a break from social activities, giving them time and space to do things on their own.
Our panel discussion is a forum for the international partner investigators to share and provoke debate regarding how they observed and interpreted the influence of digital play on children’s well-being, focusing on social, material, and temporal relations. Some of the implications of significant geopolitical differences between the countries will be considered. Drawing from the various international case study families, converging evidence will be presented that suggests digital play can support children’s wellbeing by allowing them to meet specific psychological needs, including the need to connect with their peers and families. Social engagement through digital play can act as an important source of social connection for children who are constantly engaging with [more-than-human}, others as they negotiate social identity. References Ang, L. (1996). Living room wars: Rethinking media audiences for a postmodern world. Routledge. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1985). The general causality orientations scale: Self-determination in personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 19(2), 109-134. Eberle, S.G. (2014). The elements of play: Toward a philosophy and a definition of play. American Journal of Play 6(2), 214-233. Fielding, K., & Murcia, K. (2022). Research linking digital technologies to young children's creativity: An interpretive framework and systematic review. Issues in Educational Research, 32(1), 105-125. Gillen, J., Cameron, C. A., Tapanya, S., Pinto, G., Hancock, R., Young, S., & Gamannossi, B. A. (2007). ‘A day in the life’: Advancing a methodology for the cultural study of development and learning in early childhood. Early Child Development and Care, 177(2), 207-218. Hännikäinen, M. (2018). Values of well-being and togetherness in the early childhood education of younger children. In E. Johansson, & J. Einarsdottir (Eds.), Values in Early Childhood Education: Citizenship for Tomorrow (pp. 147-162). Routledge. Henricks, T. S. (2009). Orderly and disorderly play: A comparison. American Journal of Play, 2(1),12-40. Katz, E., Haas, H., & Gurevitch, M. (1973). On the use of the mass media for important things. American Sociological Review, 38(2), 164-181. Marsh, J., Plowman, L., Yamada-Rice, D., Bishop, J., Lahmar, J. and Scott, F. (2018). Play and creativity in young children’s use of tablet apps. British Journal of Educational Technology, 49(5), 870-882. Prinsloo, M. (2005). The new literacies as placed resources. Perspectives in Education, 23(4), 87-98. Scott, F. (2018b). Young children’s engagement with television and related media in the digital age (Unpublished PhD Thesis, University of Sheffield). Retrieved from http://etheses.whiterose.ac.uk/22928/ Stetsenko, A., & Ho, P. C. G. (2015). The serious joy and the joyful work of play: Children becoming agentive actors in co-authoring themselves and their world through play. International Journal of Early Childhood, 47(2), 221-234. UNESCO. (2019a). Digital Kids Asia-Pacific: Insights into Children’s Digital Citizenship—Full Report. UNESCO Bangkok and Paris. https://bangkok.unesco.org/content/digital-kids-asia-pacific-insights-childrens-digital-citizenship Responsible Innovation in Technology for Children. UNICEF Office of Research – Innocenti, Florence, 2022. Retrieved from https://www.unicef-irc.org/ritec Weisner, T. S. (2002). Ecocultural understanding of children's developmental pathways. Human Development, 45(4), 275-281. Chair Dr Liz Chesworth Sheffield Hallam University e.a.chesworth@sheffield.ac.uk |
11:30 - 13:00 | 22 SES 16 A: Policies and Best Practices on Researcher Well-being and Mental Health across Europe Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Gokce Gokalp Panel Discussion |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Panel Discussion Policies and Best Practices on Researcher Well-being and Mental Health across Europe 1Middle East Technical University, Turkiye; 2Erzincan Binali Yıldırım University, Türkiye; 3Institute of Occupational Health of RN Macedonia, WHOCC, GA2LEN CC, Allergy Center; 4Faculty of Medicine, Ss. Cyril and Methodius, University in Skopje, Macedonia; 5Leibniz Information Center for Science and Technology (TIB) Germany; 6University of Montenegro Presenting Author:According to a comparison of different occupational groups, academics rank among those with the highest levels of common mental problems: the prevalence of common psychological disorders estimated to be between 32% and 42% among academic employees and postgraduate students, compared to approximately 19% in the general population (Levecque, K. et.al.,2017). The recently experienced worldwide COVID-19 pandemic has also had significant effects on the working conditions in academia related to research, teaching and learning activities, worsening the pre-existing problem. There is significant literature on how researchers, in general, and early career researchers (ECR) in particular, are affected by the pandemic in terms of their research activity and environments, (academic) career development and prospects, and mental health and well-being. There are some reports which showed increase in job-loss fears, interrupted research and anxiety about the future (Woolston, 2020a) and seeking exit plans for leaving academia due to conditions caused by the pandemic (Woolston, 2020b). The 2021 OECD report on research precarity, examining the policies and practices used to attract the most talented to improve quality of science, highlighted the worsening working conditions of postdoctoral researchers and their detrimental effects on researcher’s well-being encouraging stakeholders to quickly implement actions to prevent a loss of research talent, emphasizing the importance of stengthening the well-being of researchers. In line with this, the World Health Organisation (WHO, 2013), the International Labour Organisation (ILO, 2017), Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD, 2021) and the European Commission (EC) have increasingly endorsed governments and organizations to include mental health among their top priorities in the past decade. Many European countries and higher education and research institutions are taking these concerns seriously and have been taking measures to both provide support and to put in place policies to address well being and mental health of researchers. While some countries are slowly developing policies and support infrastructures, there are others who have well established policies in place along with effective support initiatives and practices. Across Europe, under Cost-REMO Researcher Mental Health Cost Action, work is conducted related to the data based determination of well-being and mental health of researchers, identification and dissemination of best practices and raising awareness among policy makers. Particularly, the Action has built an international network of researchers from 41 European countries and several outside Europe to promote wellbeing and mental health within the research environment. The Researcher Mental Health and Well-Being Manifesto (2021) calls on stakeholders to act to foster mental health and wellbeing, reduce mental health stigma, and empower researchers to ensure well-being in their workplace. ReMO has built a network of researchers, practitioners and institutional stakeholders that support the objectives of the Manifesto through designing actions and initiatives to achieve impact at the policy, institutional, community and individual levels. As part of this work ReMO Cost Action has been coordinating a set of national briefs providing a background descriptionof the mental health and careers situation of researchers within national research environments throughout Europe to help offer critical reflections on how to leverage pan-European networks to advance dialogue on mental health and wellbeing policy across academia at all four levels identified above. With this panel discussion we aim to provide an opportunity to start the much needed conversation on policies and practices in place or lack thereof in relation to researchers’ well-being and mental health across Europe and within theEuropean Educational Research Association community. For the purposes of the panel discussion policy briefs from 4 different countries, namely Germany, Türkiye, Macedonia and Montenegro which differ from each other in significant ways will be presented to start the conversation on researcher well-being and mental health across Europe. References ILO. (2017). Mental Health in the workplace. Kismihók, G. et al. (2021). Researcher Mental Health and Well-being Manifesto. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.5788557 Levecque, K., et.al. (2017). Work organization and mental health problems in PhD students. Research Policy,46(4), 868-879. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2017.02.008 OECD. (2021). Reducing the precarity of academic research careers. https://doi.org/10.1787/0f8bd468-en WHO. (2013). “Investing in mental health: evidence for action”. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/87232 Woolston, C. (2020a). Pandemic darkens postdoc’s work and career hopes. Nature, 585, 309–312. https://www.nature.com/articles/d41586-020-02548-2 Woolston, C. (2020b). Seeking an'exit plan'for leaving academia amid coronavirus worries. Nature, 583(7817), 645-647. https://www.nature.com/articles/d41586-020-02029-6 Chair Gokce Gokalp, gokcegok2@gmail.com, Middle East Technical University |
11:30 - 13:00 | 22 SES 16 B: Inclusive Research Methodology: the What, the Why, and the How Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2] Session Chair: Elke Emmers Session Chair: Elke Emmers Symposium |
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Symposium Inclusive Research Methodology: the What, the Why, and the How Inclusive research within educational sciences has been less prominent than in social sciences in general (Seale et al., 2014). Inclusive research, encompassing participatory-, participatory action-, and emancipatory research (Nind, 2014), is defined by Walmsley and Johnson (2003) as: ‘Such research [that] involves people who may otherwise be seen as subjects for the research as instigators of ideas, research designers, interviewers, data analysts, authors, disseminators and users’ (p. 10). In short, in inclusive research the role of the researcher and researched is reevaluated throughout the entire research process. Through this evaluation of and increase in participant involvement, inclusive research can have positive effects on the validity of the research (Baxter et al., 2016; Sergeant et al., 2021; Walmsley et al., 2018). The added validity makes inclusive research methodology equipped for the aim of educational sciences: to broadly apply results to policy and practice (Creswell, 2012).
However, the implementation of inclusive research is not as straight forward as one might hope or as it is often portrayed (Todd, 2012). Inclusive research can be arranged in different ways, all with their own contestations such as who gets to participate, what is meant by active participation and not viewing participant involvement as a checklist (Nind, 2014). As Walmsley (2004) states: ‘There is a need for honesty, transparency, realism and detail when we report how we go about doing research inclusively; different contributions to research should be ‘named and described and recognized for what they are, not for what we wish they could be’ (Walmsley, 2004, p. 69). Making transparent which choices researchers make, based on what reasoning, can clarify the validity, value, and interpretation of the results of research in educational sciences. In this symposium, we not only make transparent which choices we made in our research and its effects on (the interpretation of) the results but also the challenges that occurred while (attempting) inclusive research, its ethical complexities, and reflections on further implementation. We constructed the following research question:
What are approaches to apply inclusive research methodology to (future-orientated) educational research?
To explore different approaches to apply inclusive research methodology we present three studies in which inclusive methodology is consciously employed and the process and effect hereof. In the first presentation, on Shaping Tomorrow: Inclusive Research for Transformative Education, we discuss the necessity of inclusive methodology, and engaged scholarship, through a study which incorporates student voices in a photovoice method. After which, in the second presentation, Facilitating Intercultural Competence Development among International Students, the choices for inclusive methodology and its limitations are explored while zooming in on the authors’ choice for using case study interviews. In the last presentation, Research with Teachers on Inclusive Higher Education, the effects of methodological choices on the interpretation of results in studies on inclusive higher education is presented while showcasing a tool which helps researchers in reflecting on and designing their own research.
The purpose of the symposium is an in-depth dialogue on various ways to implement inclusive methodology, rationale to implement specific approaches and how to deal with its complexities. After the symposium, participants’ have a sense of different inclusive research approaches, the complexities surrounding inclusive methodologies, tools for implementing inclusive methodologies as well as reflecting on existing research, and a deepened consideration of the importance of engaged scholarship within the educational sciences. References Baxter, S., Muir, D., Brereton, L., Allmark, C., Barber, C., Harris, L., Hodges, B., Khan, S., & Baird, W. (2016). Evaluating public involvement in research design and grant development: using a qualitative document analysis method to analyse an award scheme for researchers. Res Involv Engaged 2, 13–28. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Pearson Education, Inc Nind, M. (2014). What is Inclusive Research? London: Bloomsbury Seale, J., Nind, M., & Parsons, S. (2014). Inclusive research in education: contributions to method and debate. International Journal of Research & Method in Educatio, 37(4), 347–356. Sergeant, S. A. A. (2021). Working Together, Learning Together: Towards Universal Design for Research. [PhD Thesis - Research and graduation internal, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam]. Gompel&Svacina Uitgevers. Todd, L. 2012. Critical dialogue, critical methodology: bridging the research gap to young people's participation in evaluating children's services, Children's Geographies 10 (2), 187-200 Walmsley,, J. and Johnson,, K. (2003). Inclusive Research with People with Learning Disabilities: Past, Present and Futures, London: Jessica Kingsley. Walmsley, J. (2004). Inclusive learning disability research: the (nondisabled) researcher’s role, British Journal of Learning Disabilities 32, 65–71. Walmsley, J., Strnadová, I., & Johnson, K. (2018). The added value of inclusive research. Journal op Applied Research in intellectual Disabilities 31 (5), 751-759. Presentations of the Symposium Shaping Tomorrow: Inclusive Research for Transformative Education: Case Study on Photovoice for Enriched Perspectives on Collective Data Equity
In the educational sciences, the primary goal of research lies in its ability to generalize results to policy and practice (Creswell, 2012). Enhancing the generalizability of research outcomes can be achieved through the active involvement of citizens throughout the research data life cycle (Ramcharan et al., 2004). This approach establishes a meaningful connection between research and society, inherently embracing inclusivity by addressing societal challenges. This contribution delves into the vital significance of research approaches that involve active participation, which aim to bridge the divide between educational research and practice. The goal of this study is "engaged scholarship," which emphasizes active collaboration between students, teachers, researchers, and the general public. It specifically emphasizes critical pedagogy and action research (Cahnmann-Taylor & Siegesmund, 2017; Van der Vaart et al., 2018).
The approach taken in this study is demonstrated through a case study in higher education, with a specific emphasis on engaging and inclusive research through photovoice. The case study emphasizes both the methodological aspects of participatory research and the ethical complexities of conducting inclusive research, like data ownership and stigmatization, and the importance of considering how different ethnic and socio-economic backgrounds would conceptualize education in a different way. It also discusses the responsibilities and activities involved in collaborative research; specific precautions must be implemented to safeguard participants' privacy throughout the entire research project, such as “privacy by design” or “data equity (Gonzalez et al., 2022). Our focus is on promoting inclusiveness and actively involving a wide range of perspectives.
An in-depth analysis of the "Photovoice" case study (Wang & Burris, 1997) highlights the effectiveness of engaging and inclusive methods. Through the active participation of students as co-researchers, we are able to enrich their perspectives and foster a sense of ownership and empowerment, while also valuing and embracing diversity. The findings underscore the relationship between ethical considerations, empowerment, collective ownership, and collaborative creation. This study emphasizes the importance of using participatory and inclusive research methods to enhance meaningful connections and interactions in educational research.
In conclusion, this study adds to our understanding of the important connection between education and inclusive research, as well as the methods used in such research. The findings highlight the importance of embracing participatory and inclusive research methods for data collection and translation into educational practice. This approach fosters a strong synergy between education and research, ultimately leading to sustainable improvements in the educational landscape.
References:
Cahnmann-Taylor, M., & Siegesmund, R. (2017). Arts-based research in education. Routledge.
Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Pearson Education, Inc.
Gonzalez, N., Alberty, E., Brockman, S., Nguyen, T., Johnson, M., Bond, S., O’Connell, K., Corriveau, A., Shoji, M., & Streeter, M. (2022). Education-to-Workforce Indicator Framework: Using Data to Promote Equity and Economic Security for All. Mathematica. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED628916
Ramcharan, P., Grant, G., & Flynn, M. (2004). Emancipatory and participatory research: How far have we come. The international handbook of applied research in intellectual disabilities, 83-111.
Van der Vaart, G., van Hoven, B., & Huigen, P. P. (2018). Creative and arts-based research methods in academic research. Lessons from a participatory research project in the Netherlands. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung/Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 19(2), 30.
Withdrawn
Subpaper had to be withdrawn
References:
.
Reflection on Research with Teachers on Inclusive Higher Education in the Netherlands: Using an Inclusive Methodology Tool
Inclusive higher education is a matter of inclusive education and research. Inclusive research, in which participants actively contribute in every phase of the research process (Walmsley & Johnson, 2003) leads to the strengthening of the validity of the research (Sergeant et al., 2021). Inclusive research is therefore a point of attention for governments and universities in the Netherlands (OCW, 2020; VH, 2022).
However, the implementation of inclusive research methodology is in various ways complex there being no one-size-fits-all approach to achieve inclusion (Nind, 2014; Griffiths et al., 1998). To support educational researchers in their quest for creating valuable research which is applicable to practice, three academic research groups in the Netherlands designed an inclusive methodology tool: ‘The 3-Rs of inclusive research: reasons, rolls, and reflexivity’. The tool aims to get researchers to reflect, through an interactive and playful manner, on their own research and methodological choices herein. This all with an inclusive methodology lens and attention to the eventual societal relevance and aim of the research.
In this presentation, we showcase the tool’s implementation through studies in our academic group in which inclusive research methodology is, consciously and deliberately, applied in more and lesser matter. By employing honesty and transparency on the (inclusive) research methodologies and rationale behind the chosen methodology, the validity, value, and interpretation of the results is made clear (Walmsley, 2004). The studies consist of the following methodologies: a systematic literature review, surveys, interviews, and interventions, all on teachers’ understanding of inclusive higher education. The studies illustrate the need for reflection on one’s own methodologies through an inclusive methodology lens while also showing the complexity and nuances within applying inclusive methodologies.
By providing a tool on inclusive methodology and an example of how to implement it, we aim to give researchers the ability to implement this lens to their own research practices. In this presentation, we reflect on the usability of the tool for employing inclusive methodology and its use in our studies on inclusive higher education.
References:
Griffiths,, M. (1998), Educational Research for Social Justice: Getting Off the Fence, Buckingham: Open University Press.
Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap (2020). Nationaal acteplan voor meer diversiteit en inclusie in het hoger onderwijs en onderzoek. Geraadpleegd op 16 januari 2024, pdf (overheid.nl)
Nind, M. (2014). What is Inclusive Research? London: Bloomsbury
Sergeant, S. A. A. (2021). Working Together, Learning Together: Towards Universal Design for Research. [PhD Thesis - Research and graduation internal, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam]. Gompel&Svacina Uitgevers.
Vereniging van Hogescholen. (2022). Position Paper: samen werken aan inclusieve hogescholen met oog voor diversiteit. Geraadpleegd op 16 januari 2024, 085_044_08_PP_INCLUSIE_DEFDEFDEF.pdf (vereniginghogescholen.nl)
Walmsley,, J. and Johnson,, K. (2003). Inclusive Research with People with Learning Disabilities: Past, Present and Futures, London: Jessica Kingsley.
Walmsley, J. (2004). Inclusive learning disability research: the (nondisabled) researcher’s role, British Journal of Learning Disabilities 32: 65–71
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 23 SES 16 A: Europe Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Xavier Rambla Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Europeanisation of Social Inclusion Policies. A Comparison of Policy Transfer between France, Italy and Slovenia University of Strasbourg, France Presenting Author:The proposal compares public policies (Hassenteufel, 2005) of three European member States - France, Italy and Slovenia - at the crossroads of social inclusion and education. The study analyzes transformations of categorizations, legislation, actors, and knowledge in this policy area, and how these emerge in the three States, as well as how the European strategy linked to the paradigm of social investment is translated and enacted in national contexts. We give an explanation of the convergences and divergences in the implementation of the European strategy concerning social inclusion in education. Several research questions are addressed: how have discourses and institutions evolved and impacted these member States throughout Europeanisation? Who are the actors that participate in the enactment of these policies, as well as their transformation? How does the policy transfer of the European strategy impact on ongoing policies in France, Italy and Slovenia? To address these questions, we are inspired by political sociology, and, more precisely, the French sociology of public action and policy instruments (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2005). We take some concepts from the cognitive analysis of public action, such as the construction of public problems (Gusfield, 1981/2009 ; Cefaï, 1996), as well as from governmentality studies (Foucault, 2004 ; Tremain, 2005 ; Miller & Rose, 2008). We analyze how policy solutions to «public problems» are formulated at European level and then adapted and translated in France, Italy and Slovenia. Furthermore, we provide a sociology of actors in differentiating programmatic (Genieys & Hassenteufel, 2012), intermediate (Nay & Smith, 2002) and peripheral ones. This approach allows us to elaborate national maps of these distributed actors, as well as their differences and similarities from one country to another. Using also the theoretical framework of policy transfer developed by Dolowitz and Marsh (1996, 2000), we further discuss the extent of the European strategy in national policy spaces. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research work is based on different methods. First of all, we present a genealogy to better understand the similarities and differences in the enactment of social inclusion policies in education in the three countries. We thus use primary and secondary sources related to the field of education and welfare policies that refer to social inclusion and education. Laws, statistics, historical and official documents from the three countries and the European Union were analyzed. We enriched this corpus by interviews with some actors that were involved in policy changes. We also used network ethnography (Ball, 2016) to follow actors on the local, national and European scales. We created different maps of actors with the software Gephi, coupled with 31 interviews that helped us to better understand and explain policy networks in social inclusion in education. We also observed and analyzed several events and conferences related to this policy area. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings On the basis of the collected data, it is possible to reveal some similarities and differences in the Europeanisation of social inclusion policies in education in France, Italy and Slovenia. In adopting European standards, national solutions and responses vary. We conclude that what we observe in this policy area is not really a complete process of Europeanisation. We show the emergence and role of private actors, such as various associations financed by the European Union, as well as other international organizations, fundations, and philanthropists, in the process of implementation of diverse European ideas, programmes and projects. However, the sustainability, the coherence and the scaling-up of these European projects remains at stake, while State policies seem to remain predominantly autonomous from the European trends. References Ball, S. (2016). Following policy: networks, network ethnography and education policy mobilities. In Journal of Education Policy, pp. 1-18. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2015.1122232 Cefaï, D. (1996). La construction des problèmes publics. Définition de situation dans des arènes publiques. In Réseaux. Communication - Technologie - Société. Vol. 14, nº 75, pp. 43-66. DOI: https://doi.org/10.3406/reso.1996.3684 Dolowitz, D., & Marsh, D. (1996). Who Learns What from Whom: a Review of the Policy Transfer Literature. In Political Studies, vol. 44, issue 2, pp. 343-357. DOI : https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9248.1996.tb00334.x Dolowitz, D., & Marsh, D. (2000). Learning from Abroad: The Role of Policy Transfer in Contemporary Policy-Making. In Governance: An International Journal of Policy and Administration, Vol. 13, nº1, pp. 5-24. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1111/0952-1895.00121 Foucault, M. (2004). Sécurité, territoire, population. Cours au Collège de France. 1977-1978. Paris: Gallimard, Le Seuil Genieys, W., & Hassenteufel, P. (2012). Qui gouverne les politiques publiques? Par-delà de la sociologie des élites. In Gouvernement et action publique, Vol. 1, nº 2, pp. 89-115. DOI: 10.3917/gap.122.0089 Gusfield, J. (1981/2009) La culture des problèmes publics. L’alcool au volant: la production d’un ordre symbolique. Paris: Economica Hassenteufel, P. (2005). De la comparaison internationale à la comparaison transnationale. Les déplacements de la construction d’objets comparatifs en matière de politiques publiques. In Revue française de science politique, Vol. 55, nº1, pp. 113-132. DOI : 10.3917/rfsp.551.0113 Lascoumes, P., & Le Galès, P. (eds.), (2005). Gouverner par les instruments. Paris: Presses de Sciences Po Miller, P., & Rose, N. (2008). Governing the Present. Administering Economic, Social and Personal Life. Cambridge, Malden: Polity Press Nay, O., & Smith, A. (2002). Le gouvernement du compromis: courtiers et généralistes dans l’action publique. Paris: Economica Tremain, S. (ed.). (2005). Foucault and the Government of Disability. Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Exploring the Contribution of NGOs to European Education Governance through Social Network Analysis 1University of Verona, Italy; 2University of Verona, Italy Presenting Author:This presentation explores the characteristics of the envisioned networks of a Brussels-based NGO involved in shaping European education policy, and it contributes to the literature on interest groups active at the European level. Interest groups contribute to public policy shaping and decision-making within and across political domains at national and European levels (Bevir & Phillips, 2019). Hence, “the organisation, aggregation, articulation, and intermediation of societal interests that seek to shape public policies” (Beyers, Eising & Maloney, 2008, p. 1103) has received increased attention in European studies. Depending on normative frameworks and scholarly interests, different terms depict interest groups, especially non-state actors, across studies (Schoenefels, 2021). Interest groups interacting with EU institutions are “generally considered legitimate elements of EU governance” (Schoenefels, 2021, p. 586) and shall be listed in a Transparency Register. These encompass all organisational structures that mediate between public authorities and citizens through a democratic process to serve a general interest, like NGOs. NGOs specialise in a narrow policy domain or issue around which they can network and gather information (Costa & Müller, 2019), act as intermediary organisations (Ainsworth & Sened, 1993), and are perceived as independent “defenders of public interests” (Grant, 2001, p. 338, cited in Beyers et al., 2008). Since the start of the European integration process (1950s-1960s), interest groups have grown exponentially in Brussels, with a growing number of NGOs (Eising & Kohler-Koch, 2005). Expanding EU governance into new policy areas has stimulated the mobilisation of a more diverse set of interests. Accordingly, the potential for NGOs to influence decision-makers and policy outcomes in the EU has increased since the 2010s and with the establishment of the European Semester (Costa & Müller, 2019). Compared to other interest groups (e.g. business), NGOs may have more difficulties in mobilising and gaining access to EU policymaking (Dür & Matteo, 2016). However, they are well-represented in closed-access procedures involving the establishment of bodies within EU institutions and agencies gathering a limited number of stakeholders over a relatively long period – like European Commission expert groups and advisory committees (Arras & Beyers, 2020). Particularly, NGOs based in Brussels that are European or international in scope have privileged access to permanent European Commission expert groups (Rasmussen & Gross, 2015). According to the EU Transparency Register, in April 2023, there were 4,439 registered NGOs, networks and similar entities, of which 1,453 represented interests in education to some extent, and 393 had their headquarters in Belgium – typically in Brussels. Some of these NGOs surfaced in our previous analyses of European education network governance (Milana, Klatt, & Tronca, 2020) and on political mobilisation and agenda-setting in European adult learning (Milana, Mikeluc, 2023). Yet, dedicated attention to NGOs contributing to policy-shaping in European education is still spare. This study focuses on NGO1, a unique Brussels-based organisation representing a broad interest in education. Established upon the initiative of a few European networks and Brussels-based NGOs, in 2023 it comprised over 40 associate members, not-for-profit legal entities that are either European networks or federations of organisations from more than one country, half of whom have headquarters in Brussels. We adopted a structural interactionist approach (Tronca & Forsé, 2022) to understand how the actors involved in NGO1’s networks interacted, determining its network governance (Jones, Hesterly & Borgatti 1997). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Information was self-reported by NGO1 and collected through two surveys, enabling a Whole and a Personal Network Analysis (two types of Social Network Analysis), respectively. The first survey gathered data on the intra-organisational network of relations among NGO1’s members through two questions aimed at capturing, over the period 2019-2023, the presence of any collaborative activities (e.g., participation in working groups, writing of joint documents) among each pair of NGO1’s members. The second survey collected data on the inter-organisational network of relations held by an NGO behind its constituency through two more questions related to the same period: the first, a name generator, enabled the seizing of collaborative activities between NGO1 and any other organisation (including but not limited to its member organisations); the second, a name interrelator, enabled the identification of collaborations between each pair of the mentioned organisations. Both surveys were presented in person to staff from NGO1’s secretariat on 19 May 2023, and responses were returned by email on 24 June 2023. As with any self-reported information, there were limits to the data. Not all activities that occurred among its members may be known to NGO1’s secretariat. However, those known to NGO1’s secretariat can be considered the most visible in the Brussels bubble and constitute NGO1's perception of the structural dimension proper to its relational reality. Thanks to an exploratory analysis of NGO1’s intra-organisational and inter-organisational networks it was possible to investigate the overall social cohesion of each of these networks, the centrality of single organisations, and the presence of highly cohesive subgroups. As measures, we used ‘density’ to determine the level of social cohesion, the two connectivity measures of ‘local centrality’ (i.e., Degree and its normalised measure) and ‘global centrality’ (i.e., Betweenness and its normalised version, Freeman 1979) with their relative levels of centralisation (Ibid.), and the ‘cliques’ or indicators for highly cohesive subgroups (Wasserman & Faust, 1994). For each network (intra-organisational, inter-organisational), we started from a 1-mode matrix. The intra-organisational network included 42 member organisations (or nodes) while the inter-organisational network included 96 organisations (or nodes). For each network (intra-organisational, inter-organisational), we started from a 1-mode matrix. The intra-organisational network included 42 member organisations (or nodes). The inter-organisational network included 96 organisations. For each 1-mode matrix, one symmetric and binary matrix was obtained and used to produce one simple graph for each network. We used the Ucinet 6 software (Borgatti, Everett, & Freeman, 2002) to perform the analyses and the NetDraw software (Borgatti, 2002) to obtain the graphs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study's two types of Social Network Analysis (Whole and Personal Network Analysis) yielded a rather clear picture of NGO1’s network governance and collaborative networks. At the intra-organizational level, graph density is quite high, as it is 0.741, and it emerges that in the most relevant structural area of governance, only one-third of the actors are part of the NGO1’s board. A relevant number of cliques emerges, as many as 157, and a set of nodes (NGO1’s members) with great capacity to belong to multiple cliques. It is then noted that in a structural context where hierarchical phenomena are highly unlikely due to its high density: (i) there are nonetheless two particularly relevant actors, compared to all others, to the structural dimension of NGO1's governance; (ii) these two actors are not part of NGO1’s board. At the inter-organisational level, it emerges that the density of the simple graph is 0.216. This low-density level coincides with a high-level centralisation of the simple graph: for degree centrality: graph centralisation (as proportion, not percentage) = 0.801; for betweenness centrality: network centralisation index = 18.95%. This means it is a substantially hierarchised network, and analysing the organisations’ centrality level is extremely important. The analysis of the local and global levels of centrality of individual nodes brings to light different levels of node centrality, from the analysis of which it is observed, overall, that in particular three nodes that are European bodies tend to be very central. In sum: (i) while network governance, emerging from NGO1's intra-organisational network, is connected to a dense structure, within the network there are actors capable of playing a structural coordinating role; (ii) NGO1’s network of inter-organisational collaborations also appears, to some extent, characterised by a phenomenon of structural coordination, strongly connected to some specific attributive characteristics of the nodes. References Ainsworth, S., & Sened, I. (1993). The role of lobbyists: Entrepreneurs with two audiences. American Journal of Political Science, 37(3), 834–866. Arras, S., & Beyers, J. (2020). Access to European Union Agencies: Usual Suspects or Balanced Interest Representation in Open and Closed Consultations? Journal of Common Market Studies, 58(4), 836–855. Bevir, M., & Phillips, R. (Eds.) (2019). Decentering European Governance. London: Routledge. Beyers, J., Eising, R., & Maloney, W. (2008). Researching interest group politics in Europe and elsewhere: Much we study, little we know? West European Politics, 31(6), 1103–1128. Borgatti, S. P. (2002). NetDraw: Graph visualization software. Harvard, MA: Analytic Technologies. Borgatti, S. P., Everett, M. G., & Freeman, L. C. (2002). Ucinet 6 for windows: Software for social network analysis. Harvard, MA: Analytic Technologies. Costa, O., & Müller, P. (2019). Une Liaison Transnationale: Exploring the Role of NGOs in EU Foreign Policy-making on the ICC. Comparative European Politics, 17(5), 696–713. Dür, A. and Matteo, G. (2016). Insiders versus outsiders: Interest group politics in multilevel Europe. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Eising, R. and Kohler-Koch, B. (2005). ‘Interessenpolitik im europaischen Mehrebenensystem’, in Rainer Eising and Beate Kohler-Koch (eds), Interessenpolitik in Europa (pp.11–75). Baden-Baden: Nomos. Freeman, L.C. (1979). Centrality in social networks: Conceptual clarification. Social Networks, 1(3), 215–239. Grant, W. (2001). Civil Society and the Internal Democracy of Interest Groups, paper presented at the PSA Conference. Aberdeen: April. Jones, C., Hesterly, W.S., & Borgatti, S.P. (1997). A General Theory of Network Governance: Exchange Conditions and Social Mechanisms. The Academy of Management Review, 22(4), 911–945. Milana, M., Klatt, G., & Tronca, L. (2020). Towards a network governance of European lifelong learning: a structural analysis of Commission expert groups. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 39(1), 31–47. Milana, M., Mikulec, B. (2023). Setting the new European agenda for adult learning 2021-2030: Political mobilisation and the influence of advocacy coalitions. RELA -The European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 14(2), 205–228. Rasmussen, A. & Gross, V. (2015). Biased access? Exploring selection to advisory committees. European Political Science Review, 7(3), 343–72. Schoenefeld, J. J. (2021). Interest Groups, NGOs or Civil Society Organisations? The Framing of Non-State Actors in the EU. Voluntas, 32, 585–596. Tronca, L. & Forsé, M. (2022). Towards a Sociology of Reasonableness: Structure and Action in the Structural Interactionist Approach. Italian Sociological Review, 12(3), 1035–1063. Wasserman, S., & Faust, K. (1994). Social network analysis. Methods and applications. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Governing learning outcomes in the European Union 1Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona (UAB), Spain; 2Università di Urbino Carlo Bo, Italy Presenting Author:The paper will introduce the concepts, hypotheses and workplan for the analysis of interviews and documents on the official definition of learning outcomes in eight EU member states. The main goal is exploring in which ways the prevailing understandings of learning consider the life course of students, the intersectional inequalities that constrain their opportunities and the regional disparities within the Union. It is an initial and provisional output of the CLEAR Horizon- Europe research project (Grant Agreement N. 101061155). The paper will outline the main theoretical arguments that underpin an institutional analysis of learning outcomes and will introduce a few methodological considerations. The bulk of the literature on this theme focuses on the processes and outcomes of individual learning in schools and some other educational settings. However, the growing complexity of education and training strongly recommends considering how learning outcomes are defined in the different educational programmes that individuals undertake during their life. Although school performance is a milestone, other issues are also extremely relevant, not least the transition to higher education and VET, adult learning and qualifications frameworks (Parreira do Amaral et al, 2019; Benasso et al, 2022). An array of theoretical insights on the life course, policy design and implementation as well as space underpin our decision to focus on learning outcomes beyond the realm of individual schools and similar educational institutions. Firstly, the rich strand of life course research has convincingly argued that most themes of educational and social research require longitudinal or at least narrative approaches that take both institutional trajectories and subjective changes into account (Furlong, 2009; Mayer, 2009). While other outputs of the project will focus on subjective changes, in this paper we will explore how policymakers and educators construe the trajectories of 18- to- 29-year-olds in Europe. A key insight of this literature is that not only education, but also social protection and active labour market policies significantly contribute to pattern such trajectories (Walther, 2017). Secondly, we will draw on the growing strand of research that applies historical institutionalism to education policy (Emmenegger, 2021). Political scientists gather under this label a variety of studies that spell out the interests and the ideas whereby policy actors trigger changes amid several routines and normative orderings (i.e., institutions). This approach coincides with sociological approaches to structuration and morphogenesis (Archer, 2000) as well as with the concept of the politics of education in comparative education research (Dale, 2000; Steiner-Khamsi, 2009). Our main research questions will investigate the institutional trajectories that establish educational and employment opportunities through this lens (see below). Thirdly, our research will be particularly sensitive to space and territory. Several sociologists of education have proposed to include this dimension in the standard theoretical frameworks in the field (Ball, S.J.; Maguire, M.; Braun, A.; Hoskins, K.; Perryman, 2012; Robertson, S. & Dale, R., 2008). Our research will mostly inquire to what extent morphogenesis and similar concepts account for the social construction of regions (Löw, 2016) so much so that education and training influences the location of people in space and enacts process that delimit territories (Rambla and Scandurra, 2021). In a nutshell, these premises suggest the following research questions for our investigation:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper will discuss some preliminary findings of ongoing reviews of grey literature in sixteen European regions as well as the design of a survey addressed to experts in the eight EU member states where these regions are located. It is a small piece of a bigger research design that has adopted the following decisions. Sampling: The research will focus on diverse regions in terms of economic specialisation and recent trends (e.g., big cities, declining or stagnating localities, rural industrial districts and a few rural areas). In each region, the literature review will look for references to three branches of VET that correspond to different economic sectors. The survey has been circulated among experts in these areas too. Health services, the IT industry and the hospitality industry have been selected insofar as the socio-economic background of the labour forces is disparate in sectors, with a increasing presence of workers with a low-socioeconomic status and a higher prevalence of social vulnerability from the former to the latter. Literature review: The research consortium has looked for the prevailing definitions of learning outcomes in an array of official documents. School, adult, vocational and higher education have been included. Currently, the researchers are comparing the definition of learning in all these programmes across the countries and the regions. Survey: The survey proposes experts to ponder several scenarios of future education and training in their country and region. These scenarios have been designed so that the observed trends in both education and training systems and labour markets are noticed. At the same time, they give leeway for the interviewees to add their personal interpretation. Interviews: Although the paper will not discuss any interview, the research project foresees to interview about 100 professionals and 160 young adults who are enrolled in education and training programmes in the regions. Besides controlling for socio-economic background, gender and the meaningful ethnic markers in the region, the interviews will prioritise the youth that suffer from circumstances of social vulnerability. Research questions and methodology: Roughly, we expect to provide some clues on the definition of learning by means of the literature review. At the same time, the survey and a few conclusions of the literature review will shed light on the spatial dimension of adult learning in the EU. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our abstract can hardly mention any conclusions at this stage of project implementation. Instead, here we will only hint a few observations that some initial data suggest. • The official definitions of learning outcomes are biased so that the concerns of young adults with a lower socioeconomic background are not fully recognised by the current education and training systems in the EU. Thus, most baccalaureates are designed as a natural continuation of school trajectories while transitioning to VET entails an institutional rupture. Similarly, the ongoing endeavours to foster the validation of prior learning do not really implement full-fledged institutional systems beyond the core of regions that have developed large apprenticeships in Germany and the neighbouring countries. In a similar vein, the VET branches and economic sectors that endow workers with higher occupational positions such as health services draw on very clear, hierarchical and school-based definitions of learning. At the other extreme, a sector with a much more diverse labour force as the hospitality industry so far has established more blurred concepts of learning. • Cities and regions are not similarly cohesive across the European Union. Certainly, their socio-demographic and socio-economic structures make a big difference. But additionally, while some cities and regions are very visible realities for experts, in other locations policymakers and educators struggle with vague and evanescent notions of what is the relevant region for education and training policy. References Archer, M. (2000). Being Human. The Problem of Agency. Cambridge University Press. Ball, S.J.; Maguire, M.; Braun, A.; Hoskins, K.; Perryman, J. (2012). How Schools Do Policy. Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Routledge. Benasso, S.; Buillet, D.; Neves, T.; Parreira do Amaral, M. (Eds.), (2022) Landscapes of Lifelong Learning Policies across Europe Comparative Case Studies. Palgrave- Macmillan. Dale, R. (2000). Globalisation and Education: Demonstrating a “Common World Education Culture” or Locating a “Globally Structured Educational Agenda”? 427–448. Emmenegger, P. (2021). Agency in historical institutionalism: Coalitional work in the creation, maintenance, and change of institutions. Theory and Society, 50(4), 607–626. Furlong, A. (2009). Revisiting transitional metaphors: reproducing social inequalities under the conditions of late modernity. Journal of Education and Work, 22(5), 343–353. Löw, M. (2016). The Sociology of Space. Materiality, Social Structures, and Action. Palgrave Macmillan. Mayer, K. U. (2009). New Directions in Life Course Research. Mannheimer Zentrum Für Europäische Sozialforschung, 122. Parreira do Amaral, M.; Kovacheva, S.; Rambla, X. (2019). Lifelong Learning Policies for Young Adults in Europe. Navigating between Knowledge and Economy. Policy Press. Rambla, X.; Scandurra, R. (2021). Is the distribution of NEETs and early leavers from education and training converging across the regions of the European Union? European Societies, 23(5), 563–589. Archer, M. (2000). Being Human. The Problem of Agency. Cambridge University Press. Ball, S.J.; Maguire, M.; Braun, A.; Hoskins, K.; Perryman, J. (2012). How Schools Do Policy. Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-55783-4 Dale, R. (2000). Globalisation and Education: Demonstrating a “Common World Education Culture” or Locating a “Globally Structured Educational Agenda”? 427–448. Emmenegger, P. (2021). Agency in historical institutionalism: Coalitional work in the creation, maintenance, and change of institutions. Theory and Society, 50(4), 607–626. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11186-021-09433-5 Löw, M. (2016). The Sociology of Space. Materiality, Social Structures, and Action. Palgrave Macmillan. Mayer, K. U. (2009). New Directions in Life Course Research. Mannheimer Zentrum Für Europäische Sozialforschung, 122. Robertson, S., & Dale, R. (2008). ‘Making Europe’: state, space, strategy and subjectivities. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 6(3), 203–206. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2009). Knowledge-Based Regulation and the Politics of International Comparison. Nordisk Pedagogik, 29, 61–71. Walther, A. (2017). Support across life course regimes. A comparative model of social work as construction of social problems, needs, and rights. Journal of Social Work, 17(3), 277–301. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Challenges Narrated by Postdoctoral Researchers Working in Temporary Positions at Spanish Universities University of Almería, Spain Presenting Author:Neoliberal policies worldwide have shaped higher education systems, where regulations dictate the working environment. In the Spanish context, ANECA (Agencia Nacional de Evaluación de la Calidad y Acreditación/National Agency for Quality Assessment and Accreditation) is an external evaluation agency that determines the accreditation of the role of teaching staff working at public universities. This agency has established a system of three professional roles followed by 50 state universities, offering a progressive pathway towards a permanent position, including postdoc positions. Through a qualitative narrative study employing semi-structured interviews, this research explores the perceptions of professional identity and collective learning communities developed among 18 university teachers. This group of purposefully selected staff works in each of the three existing roles as they strive for a permanent position in a Spanish state university. The research results reveal a sense of distress among the participants due to the constant demands for accountability in publishing, which requires significant effort. Due to a long research path on many occasions with years working abroad, scholars are empowered to work in a community together, trying to develop a new working environment in which solidarity, gender rights, and the feeling of fighting for a balance in their mental health are shared goals. In a hostile external working environment, they desire long-term vocational and work-life stability, often at the expense of feeling empowered in their personal career development. The life narratives of early career professionals provide a unique perspective of a highly competitive system on the professional identity development of higher education teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Embracing a qualitative case study approach (Merriam, 1988), this study conducted 18 semi-structured interviews (Horton et al., 2004) with postdoc teaching staff actively seeking permanent university permanent positions. Following the conceptual approach of recognising professional identity as a developmental process throughout one’s career (DeCorse & Vogtle, 1997), an interview guide was employed to facilitate a narrative-based exploration of participants’ experiences from their undergraduate studies onwards. The research participants were purposefully selected (Coyne, 1997) based on their possession of the first ANECA (National Agency for Quality Assessment and Accreditation of Spain) accreditation and their more than five years tenure in academia. The participants were selected purposefully, considering criteria such as affiliation with the same university, a minimum of five years of experience, possession of a PhD, and active pursuit of a permanent position. The initial indicators evaluated at the start of the interviews included age group, gender, chronology of earned degrees, employment history, years of experience, and years in their current profession. The first author of this study was a visiting scholar at the institution and was assisted by two research students. Together, they sent invitation emails to all postdoc staff working in areas such as Health Sciences, Natural Sciences, Engineering, Humanities, and Economic Sciences, and they accepted their participation by signing a consent form. Data collection occurred between March and May 2023, with participants invited to a shared office within the health department. Tape recorders were utilised during the interviews, which involved two interviewers, and notes were taken to ensure comprehensive data capture. We decided to listen to the participants in pairs as we wanted to be sure that we were following the entire interview guide, and we decided that this situation would lead to a detailed discussion during the data analysis process. The thematic analysis (Gibbs, 2007) was applied to analyse the interview data by three rounds of shared coding of the entire data (Clarke et al., 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Within the Spanish academic landscape, our participants’ experiences reflect the profound impact of neoliberalism on their professional trajectories. As highlighted by scholars such as Carvalho and Rodrigues (2006), neoliberalism’s emphasis on market-driven social relations and the commodification of knowledge has penetrated the realm of education, creating formidable challenges for educators and teachers. The audit and ranking systems, as described by Berg et al. (2016), contribute to the production of anxiety and intensify competition among academic faculty members in Northern European universities, echoing the experiences faced by our participants. Furthermore, the neoliberal policies and financial constraints examined by Caretta et al. (2018) resonate with the challenges encountered by our informants, including the pressure of heightened competition and limited resources. The lack of protocols aligning individuals’ capabilities and competencies with available job positions, as highlighted by Di Paolo and Mañé (2016). Staff members have shared their narratives of a decade-long journey in which they often felt undervalued. All participants expressed a common sentiment that, upon acquiring the role of ayudante doctor, they finally gained the ability to choose the subjects they teach, coordinate within their areas of expertise, and participate in research teams. They also took on roles as tutors and mentors for master’s and PhD students. Participant 15 further highlights that while working abroad, she experienced greater autonomy in selecting the subjects she wanted to teach, emphasising the hierarchical and restricted nature of the Spanish system. The dichotomy between personal and professional values and the structural and power influences on workplace learning has been extensively discussed (Trede et al., 2012). As described by Cruess et al. (2019) and supported by Steinert et al. (2019), the identities of tertiary education teachers as professionals and researchers are well-recognised by universities. However, there needs to be more recognition of their identities as teachers. References Berg, L. D., Huijbens, E. H., & Larsen, H. G. (2016). Producing anxiety in the neoliberal university. The Canadian Geographer/le Géographe Canadien, 60(2), 168–180. Caretta, M. A., Drozdzewski, D., Jokinen, J. C., & Falconer, E. (2018). “Who can play this game?” The lived experiences of doctoral candidates and early career women in the neoliberal university. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 42(2), 261–275. Carvalho, L. F., & Rodrigues, J. (2006). On markets and morality: Revisiting fred hirsch. Review of Social Economy, 64(3), 331–348. Cruess, S. R., Cruess, R. L., & Steinert, Y. (2019). Supporting the development of a professional identity: General principles. Medical Teacher, 41(6), 641–649. Di Paolo, A., & Mañé, F. (2016). Misusing our talent? Overeducation, overskilling and skill underutilisation among Spanish PhD graduates. The Economic and Labour Relations Review, 27(4), 432–452. DeCorse, C. J. B., & Vogtle, S. P. (1997). In a complex voice: The contradictions of male elementary teachers’ career choice and professional identity. Journal of Teacher Education, 48(1), 37–46. Gibbs, G. R. (2007). Thematic coding and categorizing. Analyzing Qualitative Data, 703, 38–56. Horton, J., Macve, R., & Struyven, G. (2004). Qualitative research: Experiences in using semi-structured interviews. In C. Humphrey (Ed.), The real life guide to accounting research: A behind-the-scenes view of using qualitative research methods (pp. 339–357). CIMA Publ., ISBN 0-08-048992-3. - 2008. Merriam, S. B. (1988). Case study research in education: A qualitative approach. Jossey-Bass. Steinert, Y., O’Sullivan, P. S., & Irby, D. M. (2019). Strengthening teachers’ professional identities through faculty development. Academic Medicine, 94(7), 963–968 Trede, F., Macklin, R., & Bridges, D. (2012). Professional identity development: A review of the higher education literature. Studies in Higher Education, 37(3), 365–384. |
11:30 - 13:00 | 23 SES 16 C: ***CANCELLED*** Education and Democracy Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Ronni Laursen Paper Session |
11:30 - 13:00 | 27 SES 16 A: Optimal Learning Moments and Assessment Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Laura Tamassia Paper Session |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Are ”Optimal Learning Moments” Optimal for Learning? – Combining Experience Sampling and Pre-Post Test Design to Study Students’ Situational Engagement 1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:The aim of this study is to investigate the hypothesized relation of students’ situational engagement, conceptualized as optimal learning moments (Schneider et al., 2016), and science learning. Engagement in educational contexts has received increasing interest (Fredricks et al., 2019; Pöysä et al., 2020; Sinatra et al., 2015), and its role in learning and socio-emotional development seems evident (Finn & Zimmer, 2012). Enhancing students' engagement in sciences is crucial, as society will persistently require individuals capable of sustaining, advancing, and innovating key functions, including healthcare and technical infrastructure, in the future. However, motivation and interest in the study of natural sciences and technology among students have recently declined globally, and especially in Europe (OECD, 2016; Osborne & Dillon, 2008; Potvin & Hasni, 2014).
Engagement can be understood and defined in several ways, and the definition may depend, for example, on whether engagement is examined at the micro or macro-level. Micro-level engagement refers to a student's engagement to a specific situation, task, or activity, while macro-level engagement may refer to a student's engagement to a class, school, or society (Sinatra et al., 2015). In this study, engagement is examined at a micro-level, referring to a situationally varying construct. Furthermore, we employ a concept of optimal learning moment as a construct of situational engagement. Optimal learning moments are ought to occur when students experience interest and challenge in their task, and concurrently feel sufficiently skilled to perform the task (Schneider et al., 2016, 2020; Shernoff et al., 2003). Interest plays an important role in the manifestation of situational engagement, as it facilitates concentration on the present task and motivates the learner to engage cognitively, even in the face of challenging tasks (Hidi & Renninger, 2006; Schraw & Lehman, 2001). However, situational interest may not necessarily persist for long if the student perceives a lack of competence and necessary skills for completing the task. Therefore, it is important for situational engagement that the student perceives themselves as capable of effectively managing the assigned task, leveraging their knowledge, and applying their skills (Csikszentmihalyi, 1990). On the other hand, for the preservation of students’ interest and learning, it is crucial that the task also presents appropriate levels of challenge (Csikszentmihalyi, 1990; Shernoff et al., 2003). Such situations, characterized by high levels of interest, skill, and challenge, have been referred to as optimal learning moments because they are hypothesized to positively impact learning (Schneider et al., 2016). In this study, we define learning as a process in which a person acquires new skills, knowledge or understanding; whereas performance or achievement are considered as more stationary constructs, reflecting merely the state of a learning process (Gross, 2015).
In the present study, we combine students’ self-reported, real-time experience sampling method (ESM) data about situational engagement to pre and posttest scores measuring students’ academic performance and science learning. We conceptualize pretest performance as prior knowledge, posttest performance as learning outcome, and the change in performance as learning or learning progress. We investigate the relations between optimal learning moments, their components, and learning using mediation analyses. This approach allows us to examine the impact of optimal learning moments on learning outcomes while accounting for prior knowledge, and the mediating role of optimal learning moments and their components in the learning process. The research questions are: RQ1: How the components of optimal learning moments (interest, skill, and challenge) relate to students’ science learning? RQ2: How the optimal learning moments relate to students’ science learning? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study comprises two sub-studies. The data for sub-study 1 was collected during autumn 2019 and the data collection for the sub-study 2 is ongoing. The data collection will be finished in March 2024 and the analyses will be conducted during the spring 2024. In sub-study 1, the data was collected in Finnish upper secondary school physics classes. The participants (n = 148) were first year upper secondary school students from six classes. In each of the classes, the data collection was conducted during a study period of six or seven consecutive lessons (á 75 min). The study period focused on Newtonian mechanics. Students’ prior knowledge and learning outcomes were evaluated using a pre-posttest design. The exact same summative test served as both a pretest and a posttest, and it covered the topics of the study period. Data on students’ situational engagement was gathered using ESM (Zirkel et al., 2015). Students filled out an ESM questionnaire using their smartphones, three times during each science lesson in the study period. Thus, each student received 18 or 21 opportunities to answer the questionnaire, resulting in altogether 1800 ESM observations. In the questionnaire, situational engagement was measured as components of optimal learning moments, using the following questions: “Were you interested in what you were doing?”, “Did you feel skilled at what you were doing?”, and “Did you feel challenged by what you were doing?”. A four-point Likert scale with the response categories from 1 = ‘not at all’ to 4 = ‘very much’ was used. A situation was considered as an optimal learning moment if a student responded the option 3 or 4 to all the three questions. To answer RQ1, we first tested for a parallel linear mediation model, in which the effect of prior knowledge to learning outcomes is mediated by interest, skill, and challenge separately. And second, to answer RQ2, we tested a logistic mediation model, in which the effect of prior knowledge to learning outcomes is mediated by optimal learning moments. The ESM data of this study is hierarchical, meaning the situational observations are nested within students, thus a multilevel structural equation modelling (MSEM) framework was applied (Preacher et al., 2010). In sub-study 2, the study design itself is similar to sub-study 1, only having a slightly bigger sample (about 200 participants). The data is collected in upper secondary physics classes, during study periods focusing on climate change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Against our expectations, the results of sub-study 1 do not support the idea of optimal learning moments being optimal for learning. According to the parallel linear mediation analysis (RQ1; examining the mediating role of skill, interest, and challenge), prior knowledge was the strongest predictor of the learning outcome (β = .549, p < .001). Prior knowledge also predicted significantly all the components of the optimal learning moments: Students with high scores in the pretest experienced higher levels of interest (β = .230, p < .001) and skill (β = .239, p < .001), and lower levels of challenge (β = -.116, p < .001) during the study period, compared to the students with lower scores from the pretest. However, after accounting for the effects of prior knowledge in the model, none of these components appeared as a significant predictor of learning outcomes. According to logistic mediation analysis (RQ2; exploring the mediating role of optimal learning moments), prior knowledge was again the strongest predictor of the learning outcome (β = .589, p < .001), as expected. However, prior knowledge had no effect on the occurrence of optimal learning moments (β = .045, p = .282), nor had optimal learning moments an effect on learning outcomes after accounting for prior knowledge (β = -.004, p = .980), which was contradictory to the hypothesis (Schneider et al., 2016). Altogether, the results of sub-study 1 raise questions about the conceptualization and measurement of both situational engagement and learning. We expect the results from sub-study 2 to further clarify the relation between optimal learning moments and science learning. Based on the results we have gained so far, we see the need for further studies to examine the situational factors influencing learning, and to clarify the dynamic relations between situational affective factors and academic performance. References Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1990). Flow: The psychology of optimal experience. Harper Perennial. Finn, J. D., & Zimmer, K. S. (2012). Student Engagement: What Is It? Why Does It Matter? In S. L. Christenson, A. L. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Student Engagement (pp. 97–131). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-2018-7_5 Fredricks, J. A., Reschly, A. L., & Christenson, S. L. (2019). Handbook of Student Engagement Interventions. Elsevier. Gross, R. D. (2015). Psychology: The science of mind and behaviour (7th ed.). Hodder Education. Hidi, S., & Renninger, K. A. (2006). The four-phase model of interest development. Educational Psychologist, 41(2), 111–127. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15326985ep4102_4 OECD. (2016). PISA 2015 results (Volume I): Excellence and equity in education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264266490-en Osborne, J., & Dillon, J. (2008). Science education in Europe: Critical reflections (Vol. 13). The Nuffield Foundation. Potvin, P., & Hasni, A. (2014). Interest, motivation and attitude towards science and technology at K-12 levels: a systematic review of 12 years of educational research. Studies in Science Education, 50(1), 85–129. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2014.881626 Pöysä, S., Poikkeus, A.-M., Muotka, J., Vasalampi, K., & Lerkkanen, M.-K. (2020). Adolescents’ engagement profiles and their association with academic performance and situational engagement. Learning and Individual Differences, 82, 101922. Preacher, K. J., Zyphur, M. J., & Zhang, Z. (2010). A general multilevel SEM framework for assessing multilevel mediation. Psychological Methods, 15(3), 209–233. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0020141 Schneider, B., Krajcik, J., Lavonen, J., & Salmela-Aro, K. (2020). Learning Science: The Value of Crafting Engagement in Science Environments. Yale University Press. Schneider, B., Krajcik, J., Lavonen, J., Salmela-Aro, K., Broda, M., Spicer, J., Bruner, J., Moeller, J., Linnansaari, J., Juuti, K., & Viljaranta, J. (2016). Investigating optimal learning moments in U.S. and finnish science classes. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 53(3), 400–421. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21306 Schraw, G., & Lehman, S. (2001). Situational interest: A review of the literature and directions for future research. Educational Psychology Review, 13(1), 23–52. Shernoff, D. J., Csikszentmihalyi, M., Schneider, B., & Shernoff, E. S. (2003). Student engagement in high school classrooms from the perspective of flow theory. School Psychology Quarterly, 18(2), 158–176. https://doi.org/10.1521/scpq.18.2.158.21860 Sinatra, G. M., Heddy, B. C., & Lombardi, D. (2015). The Challenges of Defining and Measuring Student Engagement in Science. Educational Psychologist, 50(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2014.1002924 Zirkel, S., Garcia, J. A., & Murphy, M. C. (2015). Experience-sampling research methods and their potential for education research. Educational Researcher, 44(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X14566879 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Enhancing Design and Research Skills in Students: An Academic Inquiry of Integrating Project-Based Learning (PBL) Approach in History Lessons 1Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Astana, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in Uralsk, Kazakhstan; 3Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Almaty; 4Center for Educational Programmes, AEO “Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools”; 5Center for Pedagogical Measurements, AEO “Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools”; 6Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in Almaty Presenting Author:In the evolving landscape of education, there is a notable shift towards more engaging pedagogical methods to meet diverse student needs. Project-Based Learning (PBL) stands out as an exemplary model, embodying an experiential, collaborative, and interdisciplinary paradigm in education (Thomas, J.W., 2000). PBL not only instills problem-solving skills but also nurtures critical thinking, creativity, and research abilities through the formulation of research questions, case study methodologies, and small-scale studies within lessons (Tretten, R. and Zachariou, P., 1995). Project-based approaches play a pivotal role in cultivating profound understanding and meaningful learning experiences. They hold immense potential for developing higher-order thinking skills, fostering collaboration, and facilitating the application of knowledge in real-world contexts (Barron B., Schwartz D., Wai N., 1998). These methods exert a substantial impact on student motivation, engagement, and the cultivation of metacognitive skills. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) explores the concept of PBL in the history of Kazakhstan and its role in developing research skills for high school students (grades 11-12). Despite the implementation of innovative teaching methods at NIS, challenges persist in the effective integration of PBL in the classroom, coupled with difficulties faced by students in completing design and research tasks during lessons. The study is valuable as it identifies challenges and offers insights into how PBL-based research can benefit both teachers and students, proposing strategies for the systematic integration of PBL into history lessons in Kazakhstan. The research aims to enhance the methods of project-research teaching for NIS history teachers using the PBL method and to develop students' research skills. Specifically, it investigates how PBL affects students' development of various research skills, including media and information literacy, critical thinking, and design thinking, through the creation of research projects of different durations (short, medium, long). The research questions considered are:
Project-Based Learning, as a pedagogical methodology, steers students towards addressing complex, regionally specific problems or projects, contrasting with traditional memorization-based methods (Johnson, M., Smith, L., 2017). It champions active exploration, analysis, and construction, promoting individual-centered approaches that stimulate critical thinking, problem-solving, and creativity. The NIS program's curriculum aligns with the GCE AS Level 2021-23 programs, particularly in the subject of "History of Kazakhstan (Kazakhstan in the modern world)," with tasks for teaching based on PBL integrated into each chapter. The organizational and implementation structure of PBL in history lessons involves short-term, mid-term, and long-term research projects, each contributing distinctively to students' research skills and knowledge acquisition. Short-term research activities occur during lessons, addressing specific research questions, while mid-term projects, spanning 4-6 classes, allow students to delve into small-scale research endeavors. Long-term projects extend over 2 years, enabling students to engage in extensive project and research work outside the classroom under teacher supervision. This progression underscores the systematic development of research skills through varying project lengths. In conclusion, the strategic deployment of Project-Based Learning in history education, as evidenced in the NIS context, emerges as an invaluable method for cultivating multifaceted research skills and knowledge acquisition. This study contributes to the ongoing discourse on innovative pedagogical approaches, shedding light on the challenges and opportunities associated with PBL implementation in the history classroom, and offering practical insights for educators and curriculum developers. The focus on research questions and the systematic examination of the impact of PBL on various facets of student learning provides a robust foundation for future educational research endeavors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Methodology: The research design employed in this study is a mixed-methods approach, combining qualitative and quantitative data collection and analysis. The primary objective was to assess the impact of project-based learning (PBL) on the development of students' project and research skills within history classes. Participant Selection: To enhance the reliability of participant selection, students and teachers from the Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) in Astana, Almaty, Oral, Semey, and Shymkent were included in the study. The selection also considered the experience levels of teachers in using PBL for history education. This diverse participant pool aimed to provide a comprehensive perspective on the influence of PBL on media literacy, information literacy, and technology literacy skills in history education. Data Collection: Quantitative data were obtained through structured student surveys, ensuring reliability through mean scores and standard deviations. Qualitative data were gathered through interviews with students and teachers, employing open-ended questions that underwent coding and categorization for thematic analysis. This methodological combination sought to offer a thorough understanding of the research problem. Data Analysis: Quantitative analysis involved statistical methods, mean scores, and standard deviations, with ANOVA analysis to assess group differences. Survey results indicated that students perceive PBL as effective for understanding societal issues, enhancing media literacy skills, and integrating technology into history education. Qualitative analysis involved examining reports from the Centers for Pedagogical Measurements and Educational Programs and thematic analysis of interview responses. This qualitative approach provided deeper insights into the impact of PBL on design and research skill development. Comparison: Cross-comparison of qualitative responses from students and teachers identified areas of agreement and disagreement, enriching the understanding of the study. Triangulation of data collected through various instruments further bolstered the study's reliability. Ethical Considerations: Maintaining confidentiality, informed consent, and adherence to ethical principles were crucial aspects of the research process, ensuring the study's reliability and ethical integrity. These considerations protected participant integrity and contributed to the overall validity of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research, encompassing both quantitative and qualitative data, scrutinized Project-Based Learning's (PBL) positive impact on students' historical understanding and the development of investigative, critical, and creative thinking skills. Integrated into academic programs, PBL fosters an active learning environment, transcending knowledge acquisition into everyday life. Small-scale studies within PBL enable students to analyze societal issues, enhancing problem-solving abilities. To improve coursework quality, we recommend systematically incorporating PBL in Kazakhstan's 11th and 12th-grade history lessons. PBL Development Aligned with Textbook Objectives: The study highlights PBL's prevalence aligned with "History of Kazakhstan (Kazakhstan in the modern world)" textbooks' objectives. Emphasizing interdisciplinary research projects by integrating PBL into subjects like history, geography, economics, global perspectives, and project-based coursework promises to enhance students' research capabilities. Skill Development: Qualitative insights underscore PBL's pivotal role in nurturing critical thinking, problem-solving, inquiry, and collaborative skills, applicable across academic and professional domains. Small-scale research projects and in-class coursework significantly contribute to enhancing students' information and media literacy, critical, and creative thinking skills. Future emphasis on Approaches to Learning (ATL) skills in more extended projects and coursework is warranted. Information Literacy Skills: Emphasis should be placed on crafting references, citations, footnotes/endnotes, and bibliographies according to recognized conventions. Additionally, adept data processing and results reporting are crucial. Media Literacy Skills: Recommended is the cultivation of effective communication of information and ideas across diverse audiences through various media and formats. Students should refine abilities to locate, organize, analyze, evaluate, synthesize, and ethically use information from various sources, including digital platforms. Critical Thinking Skills: Imperative is the encouragement of drawing reasonable conclusions, considering ideas from multiple perspectives, and fostering flexible thinking through the development of opposing, contradictory, and complementary arguments. References Barron, B., Swartz, D., Vye, N., Moore, A., Petrosino, A., Zech, L., Bransford, J., & Cognition and Technology Group at Vanderbilt. (1998). Doing with understanding: Lessons from research on problems and project-based learning. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 7(3&4), 271-311. Brown, P. (2012). Enhancing Historical Understanding through PBL. History Education Quarterly, 45(4), 501-522. Buzina, I. (2005). Using the project method in history lessons. History of Kazakhstan: teaching at school, 1, 23-25. Clark, J., & Turner, S. (2018). Media Literacy and Historical Inquiry: The Role of PBL. The History Teacher, 51(2), 255-274. Gupta, R., & Patel, A. (2019). Integrating Technology Literacy in Historical PBL. Journal of History and Technology, 36(3), 305-323. Hmelo-Silver, C. E. (2004). Problem-Based Learning: What and How Do Students Learn? Educational Psychology Review, 16(3), 235-266. Johnson, M., & Smith, L. (2017). Fostering Critical Thinking in History Through PBL. The History Educator, 10(1), 45-64. Kolmos, A., et al. (2016). Fostering Critical Thinking in History Through PBL. Journal of Engineering Education, 105(3), 442-472. Peters, E., & Turner, R. (2016). Design Thinking and PBL in History Education. History Education International, 45(3), 333-351. Strobel, J., & van Barneveld, A. (2009). When Is PBL More Effective? A Meta-synthesis of Meta-analyses Comparing PBL to Conventional Classrooms. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 3(1), 44-58. Thomas, J. W. (2000). A Review of Research on Project-Based Learning. San Rafael, CA: Autodesk Foundation. Tretten, R. & Zachariou, P. (1995). Learning about project-based learning: Assessment of project-based learning in Tinkertech schools. San Rafael, CA: The Autodesk Foundation. Documents "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools" Educational Program of the AEO - NIS-Programme "History of Kazakhstan" subject. - Nur-Sultan, 2019 Methodological guide for compiling exam materials for External Summative Assessment on the subject "Kazakhstan in the Modern World" (grade 12). "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools" was approved and submitted for publication by the decision of the Methodological Council of the AEO ‘NIS’ on February 21, 2019, protocol No. 46 Analytical reports on the results of External Summative Assessment of 12th grade students of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools in 2018-2019, 2020-2021, 2021-2022, 2022-2023 academic years. - Astana, CPM AEO NIS, 2023 Instruction on organization and conduct of External Summative Assessment of Academic Achievements of Students of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, approved by the decision of AEO NIS dated December 14, 2015 (protocol No. 62) with amendments dated November 10, 2016. No. 53; 14.12.2017 No. 65; 22.08.2018 No. 48) 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Teachers Dealing with Formative Assessment Reforms: an Interplay Between Persons and Contexts 1LUMSA University of Rome; 2University of Ferrara; 3University of Trento; 4Autonomous Province of Trento Presenting Author:Introduction Assessment dramatically impacts students' learning outcomes and the quality of their involvement in school activities (Black & Wiliam, 1998; Schellekens et al., 2021). In the last 30 years, the concept of assessment has changed, and the discussion has focused on the distinction between "assessment for learning," "assessment of learning," and "assessment as learning" (Dann, 2014). In this proposal, we argue the three components of the assessment process should act according to an interdependent pattern. Each assessment approach connects to the other to maximize students' educational outcomes in both cognitive and non-cognitive domains (Van Der Vleuten et al., 2017). Combining different approaches or using one process instead of another may depend on different educational purposes. With the O.M. 172.04-12-2020 reform - "Periodic and final evaluation of students' learning in primary school" - the Italian primary school has adopted a new evaluation system. The new rules provide for the replacement of votes - expressed on an evaluation scale ranging from "0 to 10" - with descriptive judgments that indicate four levels of learning accomplishment: "in the initial phase," "basic," "intermediate," and "advanced." The O.M. 172.04-12-2020 formally assumed the perspective of assessment for learning. The reform places the pupils' learning process and outcomes at the center of evaluation and the design of teaching strategies to enhance them (Cerini, 2021). The assessment must improve learning and promote the construction of personal resources and skills (Clark, 2012), which go beyond the specific domains of curricular knowledge (Black et al., 2016). In more strictly cognitive and psychological terms, formative assessment, in addition to impacting learning outcomes, can positively color the school experience of pupils (Black et al., 2016) and could contribute, for example, to activate psychological resources (non-cognitive skills) such as resilience, hope, optimism and a self-efficacy; conscientiousness and open-mindedness; a motivation-oriented learning goal; internal and controllable causal attributions, autonomous motivation and positive academic self-concept (Gentile & Pisanu, 2023). However, once reform is approved, it is not fully obvious to expect a consistent change in teaching practices and teachers' conceptions. It is suitable for a realistic vision of the reform processes to consider a gap between the intentions of the legislator and the actual application problems that teachers face in implementing reforms (Gouëdard et al., 2020; Wiliam, 2018). Personal (Pan & Wiens, 2023) and contextual factors (Gouëdard et al., 2020) can hinder or facilitate these changes. According to Gentile et al. (2023), the following dimensions can play a crucial role: teachers' self-efficacy, beliefs about the general aims of teaching, openness to innovation, and the perception of the organizational climate of the school workplace. Regarding the evaluation reforms, the following factors could affect the teachers' receptivity: the assessment approaches (assessment for/of/as learning) and teachers' assessment literacy (Coombs et al., 2020). The study analyzes the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods Procedure A questionnaire was administered online through Google Forms at the end of the 2020-21 academic year (June 21, 2021 – July 11, 2021). The questionnaire administration was part of a larger project funded by the Italian Ministry of Education. The Ministry sent the link to the questionnaire to all potential respondents. Teachers participated according to their willingness. Before completing the questionnaire, participants were advised to read the informed consent carefully and give their authorization for data collection. Data were collected per the privacy law in force (D. Lgs 196/2003 and UE GDPR 679/2016). Participants Participants were 700 primary school teachers (female = 681, 97.29%). They were employed in 155 primary schools located in Tuscany (Italy). 28.29% of the sample was 56 years old or older, 43.29% was between 46 and 55, 24.57% was between 36 and 45, and the remaining 3.86% was equal to or lower than 35. Most participants were tenured teachers (n = 661), while 38 were substitute teachers. 51.29% possessed a high school diploma, 41% had a postgraduate degree, and 7.71% had higher degrees (i.e., Ph.D. or supplementary master's degrees). Participants declared themselves teachers for a mean of 21.34 years (SD = 9.97) and employed in their current school for 12.63 years (SD = 9.68). Measures We designed a self-report questionnaire comprising 101 items in which each respondent was encouraged to express their opinion on a series of statements. The statements were selected or adapted from validated international and national literature scales. We analyzed six dimensions: a) assessment practices, b) pupils' non-cognitive skills, c) levels of learning (e.g., initial, base, intermediate, advanced), d) teacher self-efficacy, e) assessment literacy, f) organizational climate, g) openness to innovation, and f) perception of teaching. Analysis strategy All analyses were conducted with R (Version 4.3.0; R Core Team, 2023). The data analytic strategy was conducted according to the following steps. First, we calculated one composite score for each construct by averaging their corresponding items. Descriptive statistics and reliability (Cronbach's alpha) were calculated for all the variables. Second, we analyzed the reciprocal relationship system among the factors associated with each dimension (RQ1). Third, we conducted a Principal Component Analysis (PCA) on assessment practices (RQ2). Finally, we examined the teachers' profiles connected to factors under study by the k-means calculation procedure (RQ3). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings RQ 1: What kind of relationship do teachers perceive between cognitive and non-cognitive learning in the context of the four levels of learning provided by the reform? Teachers associate a high perception of non-cognitive competence (social-emotional resources) with an Advanced Level of Learning (r = 0,33). The result is consistent with the literature: social-emotional competence predicts academic achievement. In contrast, the less intense the perception of pupils' social-emotional resources, the lower the attributed levels of learning (r = -0.13. This result raises an issue of equity. RQ 2: Is there a distinct degree of separation between the assessment approaches, or to some extent, can reciprocal relationships depend on specific evaluative purposes? Throughout the PCA procedure, we found and labeled three assessment general approaches: "student-centered assessment" (alpha = 0.88), "brief and continuous monitoring" (alpha = 0.79), and "summative assessment of learning" (alpha = 0.70). We observed an absence of clear boundaries between summative assessment, monitoring of/for learning, and student-centered assessment. For example, teachers use summative tools to gather information and communicate feedback (r = 0.53) or monitor pupils' learning for summative purposes (r = 0.48). The tool is important, but the purpose is more so. RQ 3: Are there differentiated profiles in primary teachers’ approaches to evaluation reform? Two profiles of teachers emerged from the research. In the first profile, we identified teachers who are more open to innovation and perceive their pupils to be more capable on a cognitive and socio-emotional level. More positive beliefs prevail in this cluster concerning the view of assessment, self-efficacy in teaching, and perceptions of teaching (N = 334). In the second profile, however, we found teachers less open to innovation, with pupils perceived to be less cognitively and socio-emotionally competent. Low perceptions of self-efficacy prevail in this cluster, and less positive meanings are attributed to assessment and teaching (N = 336). References Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and Classroom Learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7-74. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969595980050102 Black, P., Harrison, C., Lee, C., Marshall, B., & Wiliam, D. (2016). Working inside the Black Box: Assessment for Learning in the Classroom. Phi Delta Kappan, 86(1), 8-21. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172170408600105 Cerini, G. (2021). Atlante delle riforme (im)possibili. [Atlas of (im)possible educational reforms]. Tecnodid. Clark, I. (2010). Formative Assessment: 'There is nothing so practical as a good theory'. Australian Journal of Education, 54(3), 341–352. Clark, I. (2012). Formative Assessment: Assessment Is for Self-regulated Learning. Educational Psychology Review, 24(2), 205-249. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-011-9191-6 Coombs, A., DeLuca, C., & MacGregor, S. (2020). A person-centered analysis of teacher candidates’ approaches to assessment. Teaching and Teacher Education, 87, 102952. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102952 Dann, R. (2014). Assessment as learning: Blurring the boundaries of Assessment and learning for theory, policy and practice. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy and Practice, 21(2), 149–166. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2014.898128. Gentile, M., & Pisanu, F. (2023). Insegnare Educando. Promuovere a scuola le risorse psicosociali di chi apprendere: modelli, strategie, attività. UTET Università. Gentile, M., Cerni, T., Perinelli, E. & Pisanu, F. (2023). Analisi delle pratiche valutative e attuazione della riforma della valutazione nella scuola primaria: un’interazione tra persone e contesti. QTimes, 15(4), 258-274. DOI: 10.14668/QTimes_15420. Gouëdard, P., Pont, B., Hyttinen, S., & Huang, P. (2020). Curriculum reform: A literature review to support effective implementation (OECD Education Working Papers, Issue N. 329). OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/paper/efe8a48c-en Pan, H.-L. W., & Wiens, P. D. (2023). An Investigation of Receptivity to Curriculum Reform: Individual and Contextual Factors. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-023-00712-6 R Core Team (2023). R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing. R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria. https://www.R-project.org/. Schellekens, L. H., Bok, H. G. J., de Jong, L. H., van der Schaaf, M. F., Kremer, W. D. J., & van der Vleuten, C. P. M. (2021). A scoping review on the notions of Assessment as Learning (AaL), Assessment for Learning (AfL), and Assessment of Learning (AoL). Studies in Educational Evaluation, 71, Article 101094. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101094. Van Der Vleuten, C., Sluijsmans, D., & Joosten-Ten Brinke, D. (2017). Competence Assessment as Learner Support in Education. In (pp. 607-630). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-41713-4_28 Wiliam, D. (2018). Assessment for learning: meeting the challenge of implementation. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 25(6), 678-682. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2017.1401526 |
11:30 - 13:00 | 27 SES 16 B: The Role of Analysis in Teacher-Researcher Collaboration and Teacher Education Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor] Session Chair: Karim Hamza Session Chair: Martin Rothgangel Symposium |
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium The Role of Analysis in Teacher-Researcher Collaboration and Teacher Education The concept didactic analysis was introduced by Klafki (1995) as a central activity of teachers’ work. Klafki’s didactic analysis is made through five questions that a teacher should consider to determine the educative value (Bildungsinhalte) of the content. In that sense, the five questions may be thought of as a didactic model for teachers to use in didactic analysis (Jank & Meyer, 2006, p. 163; Wickman, 2014). Today, the concept didactic analysis is used generally to refer to the analytic work teachers do by recruiting a wide variety of different frameworks and models depending on the purpose of their analysis (Wickman et al, 2020). At the same time, researchers in didactics engage in scientific analysis of teaching. This analytic work is commonly performed with the aid of an analytic framework or tool which, moreover, usually needs to be explicitly described in detail in the communication of the research. To be able to conduct scientific analyses of teaching, didactics researchers need formalized and agreed upon models and frameworks for making sense of their data. Likewise, to be able to compare and discuss didactic analyses of teaching, teachers need formalized and agreed upon models and frameworks for making sense of their teaching (Jank & Meyer, 2006, p. 37). Thus, although analysis has a central function in both didactic research and in didactic practice (i.e., teaching), both didactics research and practice should benefit from a further exploration of the different meanings and uses of the concept. In this symposium, we are interested in the intersection of these two notions of analysis, didactic and scientific. The presentations in the symposium explore the roles of didactic and scientific analysis and how they take on different meanings in four European contexts of teacher-researcher collaborations and teacher education. The presentations raise questions as to what constitutes analysis, who conducts the analysis, and for what purpose. Joffredo-Le Brun demonstrates how teachers and researchers may jointly analyze a mathematics teaching device through the establishment of a so-called engineering dialogue, and investigates what analytic tools they use. Lidar and Lundqvist discuss the differential contributions made by teachers and researchers, respectively, in a collaborative, practice-close research project, and raise the issue of what level of systematic rigor that is required for something to be recognized as an analysis. In the context of teacher education, Hofmeister and Lenzen explore two kinds of didactic models – existing and emerging – that are invoked as tools for analysis in supervision interviews in physical education. Also in teacher education, Ligozat, Sales Cordeiro and Sudriès study the transposition practice of didactic analysis in the context of pre-service teachers’ (PTs’) work with lesson plans, by analyzing the work needed by PTs to take ownership over and adapt a didactic model provided by the teacher educators in order to be able to use it for didactic analysis. Considering the conference theme, “Education in an Age of Uncertainty”, with reforms such as shorter teacher education programs and the contested trust in teachers as professionals (Purinton, 2012), the status of the scientific base of the teaching profession may indeed be said to be uncertain. To establish a shared conceptual space and develop a common and international language of teachers, didactics has a significant role to play as a basis for teachers’ analytic work. In the symposium we extend our understanding of the role of analysis in two contexts in which didactics research and practice meet, and reach for a shared conceptual space between researchers, teachers and teacher educators. References Jank, W., & Meyer, H. (2006). Didaktiske modeller: grundbog i didaktik (Original title: Didaktische Modelle, 6th Ed). Cobenhagen: Hans Reitzels Forlag. Klafki, Wolfgang. (1995). Didactic analysis as the core of preparation of instruction (Didaktische Analyse als Kern der Unterrichtsvorbereitung), Journal of Curriculum Studies, 27(1), 13-30, DOI: 10.1080/0022027950270103 Purinton, T. (2012). Unlearning and relearning from medical education research: Teacher education research in the pursuit of teacher professionalism. Action in Teacher Education (Association of Teacher Educators), 34(4), 349-367. Wickman, P.-O. (2014). Teaching learning progressions: An international perspective. In N. G. Lederman & S. K. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education (2nd ed., pp. 145-163). New York: Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
The Potential and Challenges Involved in Collaborative Analyses within Teacher-Researcher Partnerships
This presentation seeks to illuminate various levels of analysis and explore the potential opportunities and challenges associated with analyses conducted in teacher-researcher collaborations. We will rapport on experiences from a collaborative project with the overarching goal of generating knowledge about how biology education could support the development of students' knowledge and action competence in the context of antibiotic resistance.
In the project, we undertook planning, implementation, and analysis of teaching and student learning in two iterations (Eriksson, Lidar & Lundqvist, in review). The teachers brought their practical experiences of science teaching, while researchers contributed with didactic theories and models. Insights gained from the initial round were utilized to refine instructional materials to enhance the learning conditions for students. The intention was to analyse students' learning using the method Practical Epistemological Analysis (PEA), a detailed approach for analyzing individuals' actions during the learning process (e.g., Wickman & Östman 2002). While analyses using PEA seemed viable, time constraints often hindered the analysis process, e.g. because the transcription of classroom interactions took too long time. The collaborative analysis with teachers was essential in the project, to enable adjustments before subsequent teaching sessions. Unable to sustain the PEA approach properly, we adopted what we termed ‘hybrid analyses’, involving the examination of video or audio recordings. Our discussions, though simplified and not consistently systematic, focused on identifying the problematic situations students encountered and how they proceeded in their learning processes.
In the iterative process, modifications were made based on the hybrid analyses and the teachers performed the adjusted teaching in other classes. Throughout this endeavor, we posed questions concerning whether our analyses were thorough enough or if we were merely engaging in reflections on teaching and learning. In the latter scenario, our efforts mirrored the continuous adjustments teachers routinely make in response to ongoing reflections in action. Additionally, we considered the specific contributions we, as researchers, brought to the overall process.
As we navigated through this stage, we discovered that both parties, with our distinct competencies, significantly contributed to the analyses. In this presentation, we will explore the various contributions made in this project and explore the level of systematic rigor required for the work to be recognized as an analysis.
References:
Eriksson, C., Lidar, M. & Lundqvist, E. (in review). Teaching development through analysis of students' learning of action competencies regarding antibiotic resistance. Nordina.
Wickman, P.-O. and Östman, L. (2002), Learning as discourse change: A sociocultural mechanism. Sci. Ed., 86: 601-623. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.10036
Production and Use of Didactic Models in Supervision Interviews in Physical Education
The supervision interview (SI) is a key training technique in teacher training, described as complex and rich where much is at stake for the professional development of future teachers (Vial & Caparros-Mencacci, 2007). Despite this marked importance in the literature, Brau-Antony (2010) points out that the SI is still a relatively unexplored subject of research, in physical education (PE) as in other disciplines.
By approaching the SI in physical education from a comparative angle (Leutenegger, Schubauer-Leoni & Amade-Escot, 2014) in our doctoral thesis work, we observe and question the co-construction of professional knowledge objects between cooperating teachers (CTs) and pre-service teachers (PSTs). This approach has enabled us to observe that the SI is a particular moment of training in the sense that it is both the place of use (transmission) and of construction of didactic models (Wickman, Hamza & Lundegard, 2020), in response to the various difficulties encountered by PSTs. Didactic models are defined by these authors as conceptual frameworks that can be used directly by teachers to reflect on didactic questions concerning learners and content. These models are diverse but commonly linked by the idea that they address a specific teaching-learning question. In this presentation, we describe this double movement by carrying the descriptors of the joint action framework in didactics (Ligozat, 2023) on twenty SI involving four CTs and four PSTs.
On the one hand, we observe that CTs use existing didactic models to support the analysis and/or the organization of their trainee’s teaching. In this first movement, the CTs put forward and discuss these existing didactic models with the PSTs, with the aim of getting the trainees to integrate them and use their dual function of analysis and design for their own practice. This is for instance the case with the double-loop intervention model in PE (Ubaldi & Olinger, 2006). On the other hand, we also observe that exchanges between CTs and PSTs sometimes result in the (re)construction of emerging models that have no equivalent in the existing literature. This is for instance the case of social roles in PE (observer, choreographer, coach, etc.) as key elements in student learning. Whether they already exist and are transmitted by the CTs, or are co-constructed during SI, didactic models are an aid for future teachers, in case they are used for reflecting on learning content, planning or teaching (Tiberghien, 2000).
References:
Brau-Antony, S. (2010). Analyse de l’activité d’un conseiller d’EPS. In D. Loizon (Ed.) Le conseil en formation : regards pluriels (pp.59-75). Canop, CRDP de Dijon.
Leutenegger, F., Amade-Escot, C. & Schubauer-Leoni, M. L. (Eds.). (2014). Interactions entre recherches en didactique (s) et formation des enseignants : Questions de didactique comparée. Presses Universitaires de Franche-Comté.
Ligozat, F. (2023). Comparative didactics. A reconstructive move from subject didactics in French-speaking educational research. In F. Ligozat, K. Klette & J. Almqvist (Eds.) Didactics in a changing world: European perspectives on teaching, learning and the curriculum (pp. 1-14). Springer International Publishing.
Tiberghien, A. (2000) Designing teaching situations in the secondary school. In R. Millar, J. Leach, & J. Osborne (Eds). Improving science education: The contribution of research (pp. 27-47). Open University Press.
Ubaldi, J.-L., & Olinger, J.-P. (2006). Des options collectives. In J.-L. Ubaldi (Ed.), L’EPS dans les classes difficiles (pp. 24-34). Éditions Revue EP.S.
Vial, M. & Caparros-Mencacci, N. (2007). L’accompagnement professionnel. Méthode à l’usage des praticiens exerçant une fonction éducative. De Boeck.
Wickman, P-O., Hamza, K. & Lundegård, I. (2020). Didactics and didactic models. Methodological approaches to STEM education research, 1, 34-49.
From a Co-disciplinary Didactic Model to the Didactic Analysis Performed by Pre-Service Teachers
This paper addresses the dual meaning of “didactic analysis” at the core of this symposium from the perspective of the lesson plans designed by primary school pre-service teachers (PTs) in Geneva, during the final year of their training at university.
In the French-speaking Didactics, the notion of “didactic analysis” is related to Didactic Engineering research in which the a priori analysis of the conditions for teaching a specific content supports the elaboration and proofing of learning situations in the classroom. Didactic analysis involves the elaboration of models for teaching, which embeds a range of high content-specific to low content-specific variables (Artigue, 2015). In teacher education, we may consider that didactic analysis is transposed as a knowledge content that is jointly (re)constructed by the teacher-trainer and the PTs in training courses. This consideration relies upon the Theory of Didactic Transposition about how a piece of knowledge becomes teachable to someone who does not master it yet (Chevallard, 1985/1991) and the Joint Action framework in Didactics that clarifies how this transposition process may occur in concrete teaching and learning actions (Ligozat, 2023).
In this paper, we try a characterization of the transposition of the practice of didactic analysis through the study of lesson plans elaborated by PTs. We focus on the didactic analysis carried out by primary school PTs when addressing the task of designing a co-disciplinary teaching unit, involving both scientific contents and literacy contents (reading comprehension) from a storybook for early graders. Co-disciplinary teaching challenges the usual didactic models elaborated from the perspective of a single subject because it addresses the understanding of a complex issue (Morin, 1990; also see Sudriès et al., 2023). To tackle this challenge, the teacher-trainer provided certain generic dimensions of a co-disciplinary didactic model (Llanos et al, 2021); on the other hand, the PTs had to take the ownership of the co-disciplinary model by adapting it to the specific constraints of the narrative story and the natural phenomenon involved in the storybook they have chosen. First results of the analysis of the lesson plans show that the PTs unequally use the co-disciplinary model; the balance between the two subjects is reached when respective disciplinary frames are brought in to disentangle complexity and make meanings of different components, before weaving meanings together to access to an enhanced understanding of the stakes of the storybook.
References:
Artigue, M. (2015). Perspectives on Design Research : The Case of Didactical Engineering. In A. Bikner-Ahsbahs, C. Knipping, & N. Presmeg (Éds.), Approaches to Qualitative Research in Mathematics Education : Examples of Methodology and Methods (p. 467 496). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-9181-6_17
Chevallard, Y. (1985). La transposition didactique : Du savoir savant au savoir enseigné. La Pensée Sauvage, Ed.
Ligozat, F. (2023). Comparative Didactics. A Reconstructive Move from Subject Didactics in French-Speaking Educational Research. In F. Ligozat, K. Klette, & J. Almqvist (Éds.), Didactics in a Changing World : European Perspectives on Teaching, Learning and the Curriculum (p. 35 54). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20810-2_3
Llanos, V. C., Otero, M. R., & Gazzola, M. P. (2021). A Co-Disciplinary Study and Research Path Within Two Groups of Pre-Service Mathematics Teacher Education. In B. Barquero, I. Florensa, P. Nicolás, & N. Ruiz-Munzón (Éds.), Extended Abstracts Spring 2019 (p. 47 57). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-76413-5_6
Morin, E. (1990). Introduction à la pensée complexe. Paris : ESF éditeur.
Sudriès, M., Ligozat, F., & Cross, D. (2023). Teaching and Learning the Chemical Reaction and the Global Warming Through the Carbon Cycle by a Co-Disciplinary Approach. ECER 2023 - Paper presented in Network 27 Didactic - Teaching and learning. University of Glasgow.
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 28 SES 16 B: Post-Platform Classrooms: Reimagining Digital Education Ecosystems Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Niels Kerssens Session Chair: Paolo Landri Symposium |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Post-Platform Classrooms: Reimagining Digital Education Ecosystems In recent years, European primary and secondary schools and classrooms have become increasingly dependent on Big Tech ecosystems and their promises to seamlessly interconnect physical devices, educational software and apps, and cloud services. With companies such as Google, Microsoft and Apple tightening their grip on classrooms’ transition into digital environments, Big Tech is asserting control over the material infrastructures, discursive framings, and economic logics undergirding educational digitalisation. As noted in recent scholarship (Kerssens & Van Dijck 2021), the notion of platformisation provides a useful conceptual tool to grasp the societal implications of this dynamic – namely the transformation of educational content, activities and processes to become part of a (corporate) platform ecosystem, including its economies (data) infrastructures and technical architectures (Srnicek 2016). Yet while the current scholarship on platformisation provides critical signposts for problematising the present, it offers little guidance for re-imagining digital education design beyond established platform logics (Macgilchrist et al. 2024). Looking at problematisations of platforms and platformisation in education research, the broad field of study encompassed under the sociologies of education provides fertile soil for critically analysing the roles and impact of digital technologies in/on educational ideas and materialities (Selwyn 2019). Through the analytical lens of platformisation, recent work has examined Big tech influence in public education (Kerssens, Nichols & Pangrazio 2023), including the power of corporate cloud companies in educational governance (Williamson et al. 2022). Other studies have examined specific platforms as new infrastructures for pedagogy (Perrotta et al. 2020). Another strand of research has examined how platformisation of schools affects the day-to-day relations of teachers and students and conceptions of teacher autonomy (Cone 2023). Yet as the monetary models, materialities, and embodied effects of Big Tech platform education come under increasing scholarly, political, and regulatory scrutiny, the apparent disaffection permeating much of the literature on platforms and platformisation begs the question of how and where to look for alternatives – both from a practical, administrative, and theoretical viewpoint. This question is, in turn, the starting point for the papers and discussions that form the present symposium proposal: What are the theoretical, empirical, and technical conditions for imagining and enacting alternative digital education ecosystems? And what role can sociologies of education play in affirming alternative approaches to and configurations of digitality, infrastructure, codes, and other related issues? With this symposium, we seek to give space for empirical presentations and theoretical frameworks that can nurture such forms of questioning of post-platform classrooms and thereby mobilise the European educational research community around the critical study of platformisation, and the prospects of imagining and developing alternative digital ecosystems. The symposium includes four papers, representing four different national perspectives (Catalunya, The Netherlands, Denmark, and Sweden) that explore possibilities for grounding digital education in other forms of pedagogical and sociological reasoning, infrastructural arrangements, and forms of governance that can challenge the status quo of the platform as the default for educational digitalisation.
References Cone, Lucas. 2023. "The platform classroom: troubling student configurations in a Danish primary school." Learning, Media and Technology 48 (1):52-64. Kerssens, Niels, T. Philip Nichols, and Luci Pangrazio. 2023. "Googlization(s) of education: intermediary work brokering platform dependence in three national school systems." Learning, Media and Technology: 1-14. Kerssens, Niels, and José van Dijck. 2021. "The platformization of primary education in The Netherlands." Learning, Media and Technology 46 (3):250-63. Macgilchrist, F., Jarke, J., Allert, H., and Pargman, T. 2024. “Design Beyond Design Thinking: Designing Postdigital Futures when Weaving Worlds with Others”. Postdigital Science and Education. Perrotta, Carlo, Kalervo N. Gulson, Ben Williamson, and Kevin Witzenberger. 2020. "Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom." Critical Studies in Education, 62 (1):97-113. Srnicek, Nick. 2016. Platform Capitalism. Polity Press. Selwyn, Neil. 2019. What is digital sociology?. John Wiley & Sons. Williamson, Ben, Kalervo N. Gulson, Carlo Perrotta, and Kevin Witzenberger. 2022. "Amazon and the new global connective architectures of education governance." Harvard Educational Review, 92 (2):231–56. Presentations of the Symposium The Limits of the Resistance to Commercial Platformisation of Education in Catalonia
This paper explores different dilemmas faced by the Education Administration and schools from Catalonia between “Googlification” of education (Kerssens & Van Dijck, 2022) and the search for alternatives. At the political level, during the pandemic, the Catalan Administration had to choose between improving Moodle – the main platform already used in schools despite getting little public investment – or facilitating the adoption of Google Classroom, which was offered to the administration free of charge (Jacovkis et al., 2023). Since both platforms were authorised, the final decision depended on each school. Therefore, principals faced the dilemma of adopting Google or keeping Moodle. In result, teachers from schools where principals decided to adopt only Google had no alternative: they could use Google or stop using a digital platform at all. Many teachers expressed great concerns regarding the use of Google’s educational ecosystem but felt pressured to adopt it.
We identify two sources of resistance to the use of the Google ecosystem in schools. One related to strong political positionings of school management boards and another started by families that demanded an alternative (Rivera-Vargas et al., 2024). A collaboration between family associations, principals, and the organisation XNET created and implemented an open-source suite called DD in some schools in Barcelona with the support of the city council. However, due to the combined effect of decisions made during the pandemic, a lack of financial support, and unrealistic technical expectations from teachers, the previous decisions became barriers. The initiative failed to provide a viable alternative.
The case of engaging digital ecosystems in Catalonia begs a series of questions that are key to understanding both the conditions of platformisation as the dominant arrangement of digital ecosystems globally as well as the situated possibility to imagine alternatives. To what extent were pedagogical reasons considered in the process of platformisation? How did Google Classroom attain a seemingly hegemonic position in recent efforts to materialise a digital education ecosystem in Catalonia? If not pedagogical, what are the logics and discourses driving discussions off school digitalisation? After responding to these questions, we argue that situating pedagogical elements at the center of the discussion can lower teachers’ technical expectations and make it possible to use a larger spectrum of digital technologies that can respond to specific pedagogical needs and amplify digital sovereignty in terms of infrastructure, data, and tools design.
References:
Jacovkis, J., Parcerisa, L., Calderón-Garrido, D., & Moreno-González, A. (2023). Plataformas y digitalización de la educación pública: Explorando su adopción en Cataluña. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 31.
Kerssens, N., & van Dijck J. (2022). Governed by edtech? Valuing pedagogical autonomy in a platform society. Harvard Educational Review, 92(2), 284-303.
Rivera-Vargas, P., Calderón-Garrido, D., Jacovkis, J. & Parcerisa. L. (2024). BigTech digital platforms in public schools. Concerns and confidence of students and families. NAER, Journal of new approaches in educational research. 13(1). In press
Co-designing a Public Digital Education Ecosystem for Primary Schools
In their transition to digital education, Dutch primary classrooms have become enormously dependent on Big Tech digital ecosystems of infrastructure and platform services, with far-reaching implications for schools’ control over the design of their online learning environments (Kerssens and Van Dijck 2022). To safeguard schools’ power to organize their digital classrooms “viable alternatives are required” (Veale 2022, 73). However, given the substantial costs and labor-intensive nature of developing alternatives to mainstream platforms, success may depend on collective responses to platformisation on national and sectoral levels of education. This paper discusses both strengths and limitations of such a cooperative response by the field of public education in the Netherlands.
First, it will discuss the strengths of its contribution to the development of a digital education ecosystem anchored in public values. Like many other European countries, public values form a cornerstone of the organisation of the Dutch education system. Also in their transition to digital education, schools are supported to safeguard public values, including social equity, meaningful human contact and institutional control over data and pedagogies. Equally important, values-based digitisation unfolds through advanced “cooperative responsibility” (Helberger et al. 2018) involving dynamic interactions and allocations of responsibilities between Dutch schools, sectoral organisations, and private edtech developers, supported by national government. Such collaborations are key for creating governance frameworks (e.g. trust agreements and normative standards) as fundamental support frames for developing open and interoperable digital platforms and infrastructure that meet public value requirements. Examples include the creation of digital services for sharing and reusing digital educational content, open technical standards for data interoperability between educational platforms, and an open AI language model.
Second, this paper discusses current limitations of the Dutch cooperative effort to effectively assemble these more or less isolated digital services and their governing frameworks into a coherent future digital education 'ecosystem'. To move towards the creation of a digital learning landscape for primary education dependent on the organizational power of schools rather than platform companies, the paper argues for enhancing forms of cooperative design in relation to its so far non-existent ‘architectural blueprint’. This plan for the design and construction of a public digital education ecosystem should specify its underpinning 'architecture of interoperability'. One which identifies and maps the (nature of) relationships between essential digital services, fundamental support frames based on the requirements of public education, and the responsibilities of schools, sectoral organisations, and private edtech developers.
References:
Helberger, Natali, Jo Pierson, and Thomas Poell. 2018. "Governing online platforms: From contested to cooperative responsibility." The Information Society 34 (1):1-14.
Kerssens, Niels, and José Van Dijck. 2022. "Governed by Edtech? Valuing Pedagogical Autonomy in a Platform Society." Harvard Educational Review 92 (2):284-303. doi: https://doi.org/10.17763/1943-5045-92.2.284.
Veale, M. (2022). Schools must resist big EdTech – but it won’t be easy. In: S. Livingstone & K. Pothong (Eds.), Education Data Futures: Critical, Regulatory and Practical Reflections. 5Rights Foundation; Digital Futures Commission.
What Counts as Pedagogy? A Research Agenda for Post-Platform Schooling
The pervasive involvement of technologies in education has raised questions about the authority of digital platforms in shaping the future of educational practices. Through datafied surveillance, predictive analytics, automated teaching, digital platforms exercise their power not only on the infrastructures of pedagogy, but also on the political configurations of what counts as pedagogical knowledge (Cone, 2023).
This paper aims at developing a research agenda to pursue alternatives to commercially driven logics underpinning current platformisation of education. In our proposal, this entails challenging habitual narrations of both humanism and technology-driven educational change to shift the focus from instrumental perspectives to collective and ethical stances (Pischetola, 2021). In relation to wonted assumptions of humanism, we argue, an ethical stance is characterised by its emphasis on the embodied and historical nature of digital education as something that requires situated judgements about the different forms of living that are coming into the world (Masschelein & Simons, 2015). Such judgments involve looking at the history of digital platforms and analysing both the materiality of what appears to be without material consequence – concepts, policies, tools, practices – and the discursivity of what appears to be fixed and passive – classroom settings, whiteboards. Pedagogy, in this view, becomes a posthuman practice directed toward drawing forth the forces at play in human becoming – rather than an attempt to realise certain pregiven ideas of becoming human (Biesta, 2011).
As for assumptions around technology-driven change, our proposal to begin from pedagogy and ethics pushes beyond discourses that place technology at the vanguard of educational innovation, as this ultimately replicates modern ontologies and colonial epistemologies (Karumbaiah & Brooks, 2021). At every appearance of a new technology, utopian and dystopian narratives emerge – listing benefits and dangers, opportunities and risks, potentials and limitations – and by so doing, they avoid addressing more complex issues of distributed oppression, institutional materialisations of power, and exacerbation of structural inequalities. Post-platform schooling, we suggest, can be imagined only by understanding digital platforms as part of an ecosystem made of human and material actors (Pischetola & Miranda, 2020), and by exploring how technologies can become environmental forces for affirmative political transformation (Zembylas, 2023).
On these grounds, a research agenda for post-platform education requires not merely investing in digital literacy, critical skills, and human empowerment, but also unveiling political and ethical stances that platforms present for education, with discussions about embodied intersubjectivity, responsibility, agency and justice.
References:
Biesta, G. (2011). Philosophy, Exposure, and Children: How to Resist the Instrumentalisation of Philosophy in Education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 45(2), 305–319.
Cone, L. (2023). Subscribing school: digital platforms, affective attachments, and cruel optimism in a Danish public primary school, Critical Studies in Education. DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2023.2269425
Karumbaiah, S. & Brooks, J. (2021). How Colonial Continuities Underlie Algorithmic Injustices in Education. Conference on Research in Equitable and Sustained Participation in Engineering, Computing, and Technology. Philadelphia, USA, 2021, pp. 1-6.
Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2015). Education in times of fast learning: the future of the school. Ethics and Education, 10(1), 84–95.
Pischetola, M. (2021). Re-imagining Digital Technology in Education through Critical and Neo-materialist Insights. Digital Education Review, 40 (2), 154-171.
Pischetola, M., Miranda, L. V. T. (2020). Systemic Thinking in Education and a Situated Perspective on Teaching. Ciência & Educação, 26 (31), 1-15.
Winner, L. (1980). Do Artifacts Have Politics? Daedalus, 109(1), 121–136
Zembylas, M. (2023). A decolonial approach to AI in higher education teaching and learning: Strategies for undoing the ethics of digital neocolonialism. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 25-37.
Contested Platforms: Parent Resistance Positions and Shadow Infrastructures
Digital platforms are often seen as given and established parts of educational systems, also in critical research questioning their impact (Nichol & Garcia, 2022). If we instead consider that frictions and resistance are integrally part of their process of becoming (Bowker & Star, 2000; Bates, 2019), new research possibilities open up for investigating counter-positions and unexpected effects of platformisation in education. In this paper, we explore how official platforms for home–school communication met resistance from parents and caretakers in Sweden.
The paper will analyse two empirical examples that demonstrate two different positions with regards to parent resistance – and forms of enacting frictions – vis-à-vis the platform-based school. First, based on analyses of media reporting, we discuss an initiative of programming-savvy parents in Stockholm who created an independent, open-source home–school communication app as a response to frustrations with the complexity and information exchange deficiencies of the formal parent communication platform (Skolplattform) issued to schools from a municipal level. While the parent initiative exposed a controversy about the citizen perspective on the platform issue, the municipal school organisation responded with a police report of a data breach by parent software developers that received international attention (Burgess, 2021). Second, based on free-text responses from a survey of more than 700 Swedish teachers conducted in the Nordic SOS project (sosproject.dtu.dk), we analyse how parents have been regularly excluded from platforms despite formal ambitions that they should be able to take part in their children's schooling (Swedish Education Act, 2010), but also explore how alternative ways to grant parents access are realised by teachers or ‘shadow IT’.
Through both examples we illustrate how attending to tensions and frictions makes visible the sociomaterial ‘shadow infrastructure of care’ that forms part of digitised welfare sectors today (e.g. Power et al., 2022), also in education (Zakharova & Jarke, 2022), where it replaces or complements official platforms that were supposed to constitute the home–school communication infrastructure. Shadow infrastructures therefore include the reparative work that both shadow IT and social agents do to fulfill ‘democratic purposes’ or rather the ‘coerced digital participation’ (Barassi, 2019) of welfare platformisation. Importantly, our study shows the extent to which processes of platformisation depend on such sociomaterial shadow infrastructures that can cover up or compensate for frictions around accessibility and participation, which in turn raises concerns about the implications of distributing core welfare services to permanent but non-resilient shadow infrastructures.
References:
Barassi, V. (2019). Datafied citizens in the age of coerced digital participation. Sociological Research Online 24(3), 414–429.
Bowker, G. C., & Star, S. L. (2000). Sorting Things out: Classification and its Consequences. MIT Press.
Burgess, M. (2021-11-04). These Parents Built a School App. Then the City Called the Cops. Wired.
Bates, J. (2019). The Politics of Data Friction. Journal of documentation 74(2), 412–429.
Nichols, T.P., & Garcia, A. (2022). Platform Studies in Education. Harvard Educational
Review, 92(2), 209–230.
Power, E. R., Wiesel, I., Mitchell, E., & Mee, K. J. (2022). Shadow Care Infrastructures: Sustaining Life in Post-Welfare Cities. Progress in Human Geography, 46(5), 1165–1184.
Swedish Education Act (2010). Skollagen 2010:800. Sveriges riksdag.
Zakharova, I., & Jarke, J. (2022). Educational Technologies as Matters of Care. Learning, Media and Technology, 47(1), 95–108.
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 30 SES 16 A: Time and Space in Climate Change. Meeting Current Uncertainties in Educational Theory and Research Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Saskia Terstegen Session Chair: Felicitas Macgilchrist Symposium |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Symposium Time and Space in Climate Change. Meeting Current Uncertainties in Educational Theory and Research Climate change is becoming one of the most pressing issues in the social sciences, because the certainty that the future is open and moldable is challenged deeply. Thus, social institutions especially in education are called upon to find new answers to these uncertainties. In natural sciences, this insecurities were processed through developing the term “Anthropocene”(Crutzen 2002), the “geological age of humans” (Yusoff & Gabrys 2011). This conceptual vehicle is being used to describe how specific natural events (like floodings or forest fires), global warming and its aftermath (like the loss of biodiversity) are intertwined with human activity on earth (Wallenhorst 2023). It has served for conveying the concerns of scientific communities about the fragility of the Earth's habitability, e.g. by identifying tipping points (Rockström et al., 2023). In social sciences, scholars have highlighted the importance of the cultural, social, discursive and political implications of climate change. In this context, we expect the focus on shifting notions of time and space as particularly insightful, as the following arguments have received little educational attention to date: For the Anthropocene, it was found that an "end-of-the-world" narrative is common in scientific discourse (Dürbeck 2018). This narrative conveys the impression that "our" world will soon come to an end and must be saved. Rooted in a dominant Western understanding of Modern Science, this perspective was firstly criticized in terms of its underlying anthropocentric understanding, which re-actualizes the category “man” and his fantasies of omnipotence over nature. The idea of an educated human subject who rewins control over nature through positive knowledge that brings adequate technical solutions was heartedly taken up also in the field of education, e.g. in theories of sustainable development. Hence, as suggested by feminist and post-human theories (Haraway 2015; McKagen 2018; Taylor & Hughes 2016), there is a need for spatial concepts that de-centralize the human and the notion of a “man” who finds solutions for global problems, putting forward the entanglement of human and non-human beings with nature instead. Secondly, postcolonial, Black and indigenous interrogations of the Anthropocene (Chakrabarty 2022; Mitchell & Chaudhury 2020; Yusoff 2018) have shown that the perceptibility of climate change has long been part of the present for certain groups of people around the world, who already have been dealing with natural events for some time. In fact, not everyone is equally affected by the consequences of climate change. Rather, social inequalities are perpetuated and consolidated here, particularly affecting people living in the so-called global south and especially children, women and people of color. This notion challenges the end-of-the-world-narrative mentioned above, which suggests that climate change is “suddenly” happening or in the near future yet to come. Hence, dealing with climate change is not urgent because it is increasingly noticeable for people who live in Europe, but because it has been shaping lives all over the world for many years. As a consequence, there is a need for analytical tools of future-making in education in order to develop notions of hope and creativity instead of apathy. In the symposium, we therefore ask: How can we conceptualize educational spaces in a way that integrates humans, non-humans and nature instead of hierarchizing man over nature? How can climate change be understood as a present and everyday phenomenon that shapes very distinct narratives, educational pathways, spaces and futures? References Chakrabarty, D. (2022). Das Klima der Geschichte im planetarischen Zeitalter. Berlin: Suhrkamp. Crutzen, P. J. (2002). Geology of mankind. Nature, 415, 23. Dürbeck, G. (2018). Narrative des Anthropozän – Systematisierung eines interdisziplinären Diskurses. Kulturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift, 3(1), 1-20. Haraway, D.J. (2015). Anthropocene, Capitalocene, Plantationocene, Chthulucene: Making Kin. Environmental Humanities, 6(1), 159-165. McKagen, E. L. (2018). The Stories We Tell: Toward a Feminist Narrative in the Anthropocene. SPECTRA, 6(2). Mitchell, A., & Chaudhury, A. (2020). Worlding beyond ‘the’ ‘end’ of ‘the world’: White apoca-lyptic visions and BIPOC futurisms. International Relations, 34(3), 309-332. Rockström, J. et al. (2023). Safe and just Earth system boundaries. Nature, 619, 102–111. https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-023-06083-8 Taylor, C. A. & Hughes, C. (2016). Posthuman research practices in education. Palgrave Macmillan. Wallenhorst, N. (2023). A Critical Theory for the Anthropocene. Springer. Yusoff, K., & Gabrys, J. (2011). Climate change and the imagination. WIREs Climate Change, 2(4), 516–534. Yusoff, K. (2018). A Billion Black Anthropocenes or None. University of Minnesota Press. Presentations of the Symposium Doing Research in the Anthropocene: Methodological Issues
Objectives: With reference to the concept of the Anthropocene, this paper inquires into the methodological foundations of investigating a decentered understanding of the subject. The attempt to overcome the binary logic of culture/society and nature inevitably leads to a paradox. On the one hand, human beings are part of nature, and on the other, science is a prototypical expression of the mastery of nature and - as is very evident in educational science - of the centering of the subject. In other words: Although the findings of the Enlightenment can be relativised, e.g. post-colonially, they are also achieved with Eurocentric methods (Spivak; Chakrabarty 2022).
Theoretical framework: Two theoretical concepts can be used to address the paradox of a critique of the Enlightenment and the simultaneous use of 'enlightened' and enlightening methods to discuss educational processes. The first concept is relational spatial theory (Löw 2001; Hummrich & Engel 2023), which, by focusing on the interrelationship of positioning and contexts, makes it possible to approach knowledge structures about educational processes that lie beyond universalistic understandings. The second concept refers to the importance of relational heuristics, in which structures and positions are considered as a multi-level system (Hummrich 2024). In both, the spatio-temporal positioning of research objects becomes clear.
Methodology: On the basis of selected reconstructive methods, the paper develops an understanding of epistemic violence and the capacity for reflection that is prototypically inscribed in qualitative research. This is because qualitative research has a long tradition of reflecting on the positioning of science, which can also provide meaningful impulses for research on educational processes in the Anthropocene.
Data sources: The data sources come from two research projects in which structures of the production of postcolonial order were reconstructed (e.g. interviews, group discussions, observations). They provide exemplary insights into the production of positioning in educational processes and into the traces of epistemic violence.
Results: The results of this discussion should contribute to a qualitative understanding of relational spatial orders in the production of science and scientificity. In doing so, the role of postcolonial critique is juxtaposed with a critical understanding of the dialectic of enlightenment, which on the one hand enables insights into the here and now of the production of subjectivity and sociality, and on the other hand discusses the necessity of systematic reflection on insights and their context of origin.
References:
Chakrabarty, D. (2022). Das Klima der Geschichte im planetarischen Zeitalter. Berlin: Suhrkamp.
Haraway, D.J. (2015). Anthropocene, Capitalocene, Plantationocene, Chthulucene: Making Kin. Environmental Humanities, 6(1), 159-165.
Hummrich, M. (2024). Critique of Universalism in Critical Theory and Postcolonial Theory. Paragrana Journal 1/2024
Hummrich, M. & Engel, J. (2023). Space. In. C. Wulf & N. Wallenhorst (ed.). Handbook of the Antropocene. Springer Nature, 985-992.
Löw, M. (2001). Raumsoziologie. Suhrkamp
McKagen, E. L. (2018). The Stories We Tell: Toward a Feminist Narrative in the Anthropocene. SPECTRA, 6(2).
Typology of Political Narratives in the Anthropocene Epoch
Objectives: This research is based on the observation that scientific knowledge about the bioclimatic context is insufficiently central to the public debate, which is saturated by different types of political narrative that regularly have nothing to do with the facts. We have produced a typology of political narratives in the Anthropocene epoch. The purpose of this typology is to help people make political judgements and to distinguish between facts (accessed through the mediation of scientific knowledge) and narratives (most of which are ineffective in containing the bioclimatic runaway of the Earth system). This is a major challenge for education.
Theoretical framework: The underlying theoretical framework is the new geological epoch we are entering, the Anthropocene, characterised by a lasting change in the conditions of habitability of the Earth for all living organisms and for human life in society. We are mobilising both biogeophysical and socio-political knowledge of the Anthropocene to produce an effective interpretative framework for reality.
Methodology: To assess these new narratives in terms of what they contribute to the human adventure or what they plan to do with it, we will use two analytical criteria. The first is scientific, based on current environmental knowledge. Our guide will be the scientific state of play on the planet, i.e. the research that has led to an international scientific consensus. The second criterion is political: we will focus on what deepens democracy rather than what weakens it. We will examine the political threat posed by the current environmental context.
Data sources: 300 documentary sources were categorised and analysed in an attempt to identify the six major political narratives of the Anthropocene.
Results: A deciphering of the six political narratives of the present day, which provide a possible breeding ground for de-democratic failure and/or ecological failure: the false narrative, according to which we are not sure that climate change is man-made; the Chinese narrative, according to which the end justifies the means; the Californian narrative, which holds out the prospect of techno-scientific salvation; the carefree-but-not-so-carefree narrative, which bases global change on each citizen's conversion to ecology; the perverse narrative, which wants to make everything fit at once; the alternative narrative, which postulates that only a democratic radicalism will enable us to live together on Earth.
References:
Dalby, S. (2016). Framing the Anthropocene: the good, the bad and the ugly. The Anthropocene Review, 3(1), pp. 33-51.
McCarthy, F. M. G. et al. (2023). The varved succession of Crawford Lake, Milton, Ontario, Canada as a candidate Global boundary Stratotype Section and Point for the Anthropocene series. The Anthropocene Review, 10(1) 146-176.
Mychajliw, A. M., Kemp, M. E., & Hadly, E. A. (2015). Using the Anthropocene as a teaching, communication and community engagement opportunity. The Anthropocene Review, 2(3), 267-278.
Rockström, J. et al. (2023). Safe and just Earth system boundaries. Nature, 619, 102-111.
Steffen, W. et al. (2018). Trajectories of the earth system in the Anthropocene, PNAS, 115 (33) 8252-8259.
Wallenhorst, N. (2022). Qui sauvera la planète ? Les technocrates, les autocrates ou les démocrates… Actes Sud.
Wallenhorst, N. (2023). A Critical Theory for the Anthropocene. Springer-Nature.
Wallenhorst, N., Wulf, C. (2023). Handbook of the Anthropocene. Springer-Nature.
Zalasiewicz, J. et al. (2014). When did the Anthropocene begin? A mid-twentieth century boundary level is stratigraphically optimal. Quaternary international, n°30, pp. 1-8.
Zalasiewicz, J., Williams, M., Haywood, A., Elis, M. (2011). The Anthropocene: A new epoch of geological time? Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, n°369, pp. 835-841.
Imagining Alternative Futures? Meeting Educational Uncertainties with Non-Hegemonic Concepts in Times of Climate Change
Objectives: While climate change research often prioritizes the present, recent efforts within Educational Sciences have highlighted the crucial link between different temporalities, social positionings and future visions (Kumpulainen et al., 2023; Spyrou et al., 2021). We argue that the prevalent discursive framings of climate futures lack spatio-temporal and ecological diversity insofar as they silence voices not included in the hegemonic frame of white, western representation (Whyte 2018). This challenges educational science to open up to such marginalized narratives, positionings as well as concepts of time (Facer 2023). Hence, our objective is to investigate alternative imaginations of climate futures (Yusoff & Gabrys 2011) by observing visual data created by marginalized young people.
Theoretical Framework: Our considerations are rooted in feminist, postcolonial and decolonial approaches to the Anthropocene and climate change (Haraway 2015; Whyte 2018) and hegemonic time concepts (Facer 2023). Importantly, this perspective moves beyond existing narratives of skepticism and denial and instead advocates for a shift towards fostering creative agency and imagination for a transformative and sustainable future through education (Mitchell & Chaudhury 2020).
Methodology & Data Sources: In our qualitative analysis, we use the methodological concepts of imagination and temporalities (Facer 2023; Yusoff & Gabrys 2011) to unveil alternative ideas about the future. This methodology also emphasizes the importance of embracing the emic knowledges and imaginations. The pictures and texts we analyze stem from the public media discourse on climate change. In our analysis of discourse in visual data (Traue 2013), we focus particularly on the construction of temporalities, generations and human-nature-relationships in climate future visions (Facer 2023; Leccardi, 2021).
Results: Overall, the paper contributes to the theoretical and methodological debate on integrating non-hegemonical, alternative future perspectives and imaginations into our educational frameworks. The paper unveils how hope and critique disrupt dominant end-of the-world-narratives and offers insights into shifting concepts of time and their potential for educational research.
References:
Facer, K. (2023). Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society, 1(1-2), 60-66.
Haraway, D.J. (2015). Anthropocene, Capitalocene, Plantationocene, Chthulucene: Making Kin. Environmental Humanities, 6(1), 159-165.
Kumpulainen, K., Wong, C.-C., Byman, J., Renlund, J., & Vadeboncoeur, J. A. (2023). Fostering children’s ecological imagination with augmented storying. The Journal of Environmental Education, 54(1), 33–45.
Mitchell, A., & Chaudhury, A. (2020). Worlding beyond ‘the’ ‘end’ of ‘the world’: White apocalyptic visions and BIPOC futurisms. International Relations, 34(3), 309-332.
Spyrou, S., Theodorou, E., & Christou, G. (2021). Crafting futures with hope: Young climate activists’ imaginaries in an age of crisis and uncertainty. Children & Society, 36(5), 731–746.
Traue B. (2013). Visuelle Diskursanalyse. Ein programmatischer Vorschlag zur Untersuchung von Sicht- und Sagbarkeiten im Medienwandel [Visual discourse analysis. A programmatic suggestion for the study of visibilities and sayabilities]. Zeitschrift Für Diskursforschung 1, 117-136.
Whyte, K. P. (2018). Indigenous science (fiction) for the Anthropocene: Ancestral dystopias and fantasies of climate change crises. Environment and Planning: Nature and Space, 1(1–2), 224–242.
Yusoff, K., & Gabrys, J. (2011). Climate change and the imagination. WIREs Climate Change, 2(4), 516–534.
Entering the Anthropocene through Time-Space Narratives of Children’s Ecological Imagination
Objective: In recent years, the ‘Anthropocene’ has become a gathering term to address constitutive concerns regarding Earth system epochal change across a complex and entangled web of material, philosophical, scientific, ethical, and political significances. At the same time, children of the Anthropocene remain relative marginalized from ongoing discussions. Importantly, there is little recognition of children’s perspectives or capacity to be agents of change and future-making, apart from activist youth. This study responds to this research gap by investigating educational approaches that position children into the roles of investigators, authors, and change agents rather than mere receivers of adult information and advice about the Anthropocene. It does so by focusing on time-space narratives of children’s ecological imagination through a novel mobile augmented story-crafting method (Kumpulainen et al., 2023).
Theoretical framework: Our inquiry is grounded on posthuman scholarship informed by ‘common worlds’ (Haraway, 2008, 2016), new materialism (Barad, 2003, 2007), and nomadic philosophies (Deleuze & Guatarri, 1987). Posthuman theorizing helps us generate knowledge on how children of the Anthropocene narrate their relations with the human and more-than-human world across time and space and the performative power of these narratives.
Methodology: Our methodological choices draw on post-qualitative approaches that allow us to attend to the time-space contexts of children’s ecological imagination through the mutual becoming of materialities, bodies, and atmospheres. Post-qualitative methodologies offer us creative means to study complex relational entanglements of human and nonhuman encounters shedding light on the contextual processes, events, and relationships (Byman, et al., 2023; Kumpulainen, et al., 2023; Renlund, et al., 2023).
Data sources: Our inquiry draws on empirical research material generated together with children (aged 7 to 9 years old) and their teachers in a Finnish elementary school by means of videos, observational field notes, children’s narrations of their stories, interviews, and children’s story artefacts.
Discussion: Our research results evidence the children’s narratives attuning into complex relational entanglements of affective, embodied, sensual, symbolic, and moral intensities of the Anthropocene that also question human exceptionalism. The narratives were entangled with the children’s past experiences and cultural knowledge, ongoing involvement and yet-to-accomplished goals, as well as hopes, worries and concerns. The children imagined possible futures that called for change and action, demonstrating relational agency and care. In all, our research provides insights into the importance of recognizing children of the Anthropocene as important stakeholders whose perspectives can enrich our relational imagining and acting for the future of the planet.
References:
Barad, K. (2003). Posthumanist performativity: Toward an understanding of how matter comes to matter. Signs, 28(3), 801–831.
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Byman, J., Kumpulainen, K., Renlund, J., Wong, C.-C., & Renshaw, P. (2023). Speculative spaces: Children exploring socio-ecological worlds with mythical nature spirits. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood
Deleuze G. & Guattari F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. University of Minnesota Press.
Haraway, D. (2008). When Species Meet. University of Minnesota Press.
Haraway D. (2016). Staying with the trouble: Making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press.
Kumpulainen, K., Wong, C.-C., Byman, J., Renlund, J., & Vadeboncoeur, J. A. (2023). Fostering children’s ecological imagination with augmented storying. The Journal of Environmental Education, 54(1), 33-45.
Kumpulainen, K., Byman, J. Renlund, J., & Wong, C. C. (2023). Dialogic learning with the ‘more-than-human world’: Insights from posthuman theorising. In C. Damşa, A. Rajala, G. Ritella, & J. Brouwer (Eds.), Re-theorizing learning and research methods in learning research (pp. 47-64). Routledge.
Renlund, J., Kumpulainen, K., Byman, J and Wong, C.-C. (2023). Rhizomatic patchworks: A postqualitative inquiry into the aesthetics of child-environment relations. Digital Culture & Education, 14(5)
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 30 SES 16 B: Teaching Green Transition: Exploring Qualities in Sustainability Education Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jonas Lysgaard Session Chair: Ásgeir Tryggvason Symposium |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Symposium Teaching Green Transition: Exploring Qualities in Sustainability Education This Symposium builds on the initial findings presented and discussed at ECER 2023 NW30 (Lysgaard & Elf, 2023). It is based on a large Danish research project and co-lab between different Danish educational institutions focusing on concepts of quality in sustainability education in primary and lower secondary education. The Symposium draws on international perspectives on quality to embed the findings within the larger field covered by NW30 and ensure that it adds to the body of knowledge within ESE research. The papers presented at this symposium draw on qualitative and quantitative inquiries into how concepts of quality are expressed and experienced within Danish primary schools in relationship to sustainability education. The aim of the symposium is motivated by what we identify as a potential to develop further and discuss conceptual challenges relating to the often very conflicting nature of how we can understand quality in ESE. We want to contribute further to discussions of ongoing theoretical and methodological challenges relating to how we can conceptualise quality and whose quality we are interested in. The symposium is guided by an interest in pragmatism (Dewey, 1913) that emphasizes the experiential and communicative nature of quality in education and teaching: Quality is experienced and appraised in specific communicative settings (e.g. problem-based teaching) by someone (e.g. student, teacher) about something (e.g. subject matter) in order to be the quality that it is; quality is thus not considered to be existing objectively, in itself (Wittek & Kvernbekk, 2011). Further, quality eludes satisfactory measurement by singular quantitative or qualitative processes (Berliner, 2005; Dahler-Larsen, 2019). Rather, quality must be inferred interpretatively and complementarily from qualitative and quantitative data analyses drawing on multiple and mixed methods (Stake, 1995). At the outset, the conceptual paper 1 situates the discussion of concepts of quality within the ESE field in relationship to the diverging but also overlapping traditions of Anglo-Saxon-inspired curriculum research and European continental notions of didactics. The paper serves to underline the need for empirical and conceptual critical examinations of how concepts of quality are leveraged within ESE research and practice. Paper 2 presents a qualitative approach that explores the perspectives of primary and secondary school students and how more knowledge about their experiences with sustainability education can inform and qualify a better understanding of what we call experienced quality. The ambition is to explore how investigating the students' perspectives and experiences can inform discussions of different qualities in sustainability education and the potential in how this can qualify the generation of knowledge about teaching green transition. Paper 3 builds on the discussions of quality by drawing on a quantitative data on Danish youth and their perceptions and understanding of sustainability issues and their own position in relation to these challenges. A specific focus is the relation, or lack of relation, between acquired knowledge and engagement in sustainability issues. The final paper presents a specific case for teaching on sustainability issues: the case of waste in teaching in lower secondary education. An important emphasis of this paper is the dilemmas that often show up in teaching. Here as part of relationship between the teachers’ efforts to develop interesting and engaging teaching focusing on waste and the formation of the pupils understanding of their own action and possibilities for partaking in wider sustainability practices. References Berliner, D. C. (2005). The Near Impossibility of Testing for Teacher Quality. Journal of Teacher Education, 56, 205-213. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0022487105275904 Dahler-Larsen, P. (2019). Quality: from plato to performance. Springer. Dewey, J. (1913). Interest and Effort in Education. Houghton Mifflin. Lysgaard, J. A. & Elf, N. (2023 August 25). Symposium; Approaches to ‘Quality’ in Environmental and Sustainability Education and Teaching. ECER 2023. Glasgow, Scotland. Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. Sage Publications, Inc. Wittek, A. & Kvernbekk, T. (2011) On the Problems of Asking for a Definition of Quality in Education, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 55:6, 671-684, DOI: 10.1080/00313831.2011.594618 Presentations of the Symposium Didactics and Curriculum Research in ESE practice. Foucault's Pendulum of Qualitites
This paper examines the different approaches within ESE teaching based on the entangled trajectories of Anglo-Saxon curriculum research positions and European continental didactic tradition (Buckler & Creech, 2014; Scott & Gough, 2003; Vare & Scott, 2007). Through a tracing of the positions within ESE and their epistemological, historical and regional influences, it is argued that these differences show up as a multifaceted landscape, more that as bi-polar positions. This both influence specific current conceptualizations of what can be considered quality in ESE teaching, but also highlights challenges in changing both implicit and explicit trajectories of thought and practice (Brückner, Lysgaard, & Elf, Forthcoming). By pointing towards the tensions between subject specificity, general ambitions and systemic ambitions of within and across different approaches to ESE education it is argued that there is more linking the different traditions than what separates them, but that tropes, blind spots and bald spots also develop according to the foundational approaches and that this can be seen as underlying factors in the rapid development of new concepts and understandings of quality in ESE research and practice.
References:
Brückner, M., Lysgaard, J. A., & Elf, N. (Forthcoming). Dimensions of Quality in Environmental and Sustainability education research Environmental Education Research.
Buckler, C., & Creech, H. (2014). Shaping the future we want: UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development; final report. Paris: UNESCO.
Scott, W., & Gough, S. (2003). Sustainable development and learning - Framing the issues: RoutledgeFarmer.
Vare, P., & Scott, B. (2007). Learning for a Change: Exploring the Relationship Between Education and Sustainable Development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 1(2).
Understanding Experienced Quality in Environmental and Sustainability Education focusing on the Student Perspective
This paper explores the perspectives of primary and secondary school students and how more knowledge about their experiences with sustainability education can inform and qualify a better understanding of what we call experienced quality as a contribution to the Environmental and Sustainability Education Research-field (ESE) (Brückner et al., Forthcoming; Elf, 2022). Based on a current scoping review, the ESE field reflects a variety of examples of quality concerning sustainability education (Brückner et al., forthcoming). Examining the diversity in different approaches and discussions of quality in relation to sustainability education, we argue that there is emphasis on studies focusing on mainly two dominating trends: Firstly, examples of quality representing an intended quality view e.g. the development of quality criteria building on values and norms such as ‘participation’ and ‘democratic decision making’ but also qualities in terms of acting, reflecting, communication, cooperation and teamwork (Breiting et al., 2005; Breiting & Wickenberg, 2010). Secondly, we also identified a range of examples stressing dimensions of documented quality (Brückner et al., forthcoming). These examples are of a more evaluative character, illustrating different cases of motivated initiatives with an emphasis on how different indicators, standards or criteria can ensure quality enhancement while being indicative of the implementation of an ESE process (Roberts, 2009; Rode & Michelsen, 2008; Singer-Brodowski et al., 2019). Examining the representations of the trends mentioned above of quality views, we identify a gap in studies representing experienced quality in ESE, and we especially see implications toward a lack of studies examining the student perspective (Brückner et al., forthcoming). Other researchers have previously pointed out that despite being the primary concern of education, the students’ perspectives often figure in the background of theory and research concerning sustainability education (Payne, 1997; Rickinson, 2001). Therefore, this paper aims to place the student perspective in the foreground by drawing on ethnographic fieldwork at three different primary-level schools in Denmark that explicitly work with sustainability in their teaching (CHORA, 2024). Based on focus group interviews with 30 students in 5-6th grade, including participatory observation, we present key findings and themes on how students participate, perceive and experience sustainability education (Gilliam & Gulløv, 2016, 2022; Gulløv & Højlund, 2015; Lehtonen et al., 2019; Verlie, 2019). The ambition is to explore how the students’ experiences can inform discussions of different qualities in sustainability education and the potential in how this can qualify the generation of knowledge about teaching green transition.
References:
Brückner, M., Lysgaard, J. A., & Elf, N. (Forthcoming). Dimensions of Quality in Environmental and Sustainability education research Environmental Education Research.
Buckler, C., & Creech, H. (2014). Shaping the future we want: UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development; final report. Paris: UNESCO.
Scott, W., & Gough, S. (2003). Sustainable development and learning - Framing the issues: RoutledgeFarmer.
Vare, P., & Scott, B. (2007). Learning for a Change: Exploring the Relationship Between Education and Sustainable Development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 1(2).
Perceptions and Beliefs of Danish Students in Lower Secondary Schools Towards Ecological Sustainability Issues
In this paper we aim at answering the following research questions: What perceptions and beliefs towards ecological sustainability issues do Danish students in lower secondary school express? Do they fear climate change, and do they belief in saving the planet? Do they know Fridays for future, and are they engaged in it? How do they think about and handle their smartphones? Significant results of these and similar questions will be presented from a data collection from 1267 students in November 2023. The results will be tested against common background variables such as gender and socio-economic background and their level of knowledge about ecological sustainability issues. A general high level of knowledge seems not to correlate with engagement. While fear for climate change is high, their belief in saving the planet is not much lower? Such seemingly contradictory results will be discussed in relations to findings in other studies (Gericke et al., 2019) and theoretical considerations (Ratinen & Uusiautti, 2020; Straume, 2020; Pooley & O’Connor, 2000)
References:
Gericke, N., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Berglund, T., & Olsson, D. (2019). The Sustainability Consciousness Questionnaire. Sustainable Development, 27(1), 35-49.
Pooley, J. A., & O’Connor, M. (2000). Environmental Education and Attitudes: Emotions and Beliefs are What is Needed. Environment and Behavior, 32(5), 711-723.
Ratinen, I., & Uusiautti, S. (2020). Finnish Students’ Knowledge of Climate Change Mitigation and Its Connection to Hope. Sustainability, 12(6), 2181.
Straume, I. S. (2020). What may we hope for? Education in times of climate change. Constellations, 27(3), 540-552.
Interest and Habit in Education for Green Transition: The case of Teaching About Waste in Lower-secondary School
This paper explores the teaching and learning of issues concerning waste, waste management and recycling in lower-secondary school as part of the broader aim of an education for green transition. Building on the claim that the notion of quality teaching is a combination of both successful and good teaching (Fenstermacher & Richardson, 2005) the question of the paper is how it is possible to balance these two when the topic of the lesson is waste. The paper discusses how teachers face dilemmas of creating interesting lessons about green transition and ‘green values’ on the one hand and supporting the formation of students’ ‘green behaviors’ or ‘green habits’ on the other hand. Analyzing and interpreting narratives from practicing teachers it is shown, how different school conditions are experienced as both enabling and constraining for the development of a ‘waste education’ (Jørgensen, Madsen & Læssøe, 2018). This is followed by a discussion of Dewey’s theory of interest (Dewey, 1913; Jonas, 2011) and theory of habit (Dewey, 1922; Tryggvason, Sund & Öhman, 2022) and their significance for understanding education for green transition in general and waste education in lower-secondary school in particular.
References:
Dewey, J. (1913). Interest and Effort in Education. Houghton Mifflin.
Dewey, J. (1922). Human Nature and Conduct: An Introduction to Social Psychology. Henry Holt.
Fenstermacher, G.D. & Richardson, V. (2005). On Making Determinations of Quality in Teaching. Teachers College Record, 107 (1), 186-213.
Jonas, M.E. (2011). Dewey’s Conception of Interest and its Significance for Teacher Education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 43 (2), 112-129.
Jørgensen, N.J., Madsen, K.D. & Læssøe, J. (2018). Waste in education: the potential of materiality and practice. Environmental Education Research, 24, 6, 807-817.
Tryggvason, A., Sund, L. & Öhman, J. (2022). Schooling and ESE: revisiting Stevenson’s gap from a pragmatist perspective. Environmental Education Research, 28 (8), 1237-1250.
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 32 SES 16 A: Campus Community Leadership Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Katharina Resch Session Chair: Claudia Fahrenwald Symposium |
|
32. Organizational Education
Symposium Campus-Community Partnerships as Inter-Organizational Learning Challenges Throughout their long history, higher education institutions (HEIs) have regularly been confronted with intensive discussions about their position in society. They have faced a fundamental paradigm shift about what they are expected to accomplish on an economic, social, and environmental level, how they are to be made more accountable to society, and which forms of relationships with partner organizations shape this transformation. Since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, many endeavours of HEIs have been subject to uncertain conditions due to limited access to partner organizations, reduced operating hours or other issues. These uncertainties have also affected the area of applied teaching, in which educators cooperate with external partners such as non-governmental organizations or schools in the framework of their courses (campus-community partnerships – CCPs). Unfortunately, in the aftermath of the pandemic, many active cooperations were reduced to a minimum. In addition, HEIs have been going through far-reaching processes of transformation in terms of their needed societal impact, which makes CCPs even more important (Fahrenwald et al. 2023). Applied coursework with community partners has multifold benefits for students and fosters civic engagement with mutual, inter-organizational learning. CCPs – defined as the specific cooperation of higher education institutions with community partners pursuing common goals by exploring a relevant societal problem to improve the living conditions in communities, regions, or cities – have proven to be relevant for innovative teaching, applied research and the third mission of universities (Butterfield & Soska 2004). Strategies must be identified, how to revitalize and maintain these cooperations after the pandemic, even if uncertainty remains in, by and between organizations. Against this background, the following questions arise to which degree these CCPs have been institutionalized and supported so far and which interorganizational learning challenges relate to this form of cooperation. Questions are discussed within the framework of societal transformation and uncertainty addressing the institutionalization of suitable framework conditions for the promotion of social innovation for CCPs. The first presentation explicates the existing organizational structures for CCPs in Germany on the basis of a nationwide survey with n=101 board members from HEI in 2023. This recent study sheds light on the level of institutionalisation of CCPs. The second presentation focusses on the perspectives of HEIs’ educational leaders on CCPs in Austria. In a nationwide, quantitative, cross-sectoral survey it succeeded in giving voice to a target group, which is hard to reach (top educational leaders). The third presentation shows a specific CCP between HEI and municipalities in Norway who collaborate across public sectors. The study shows how the campus-community partnership is organized and which benefits arise. The fourth presentation also shows a specific CCP between HEI and a region in Germany. Data from this longitudinal study is meaningful because it focuses on the perspectives and experiences of community partners in a yearlong study against the background that studies usually report on HEIs’ perspectives more often than those of community partners. All results from the four presentations are showcased within specific theoretical frameworks, as indicated in the abstracts, in order to highlight relevant organizational aspects. The symposium will analyse CCPs in the framework of organizational uncertainty and discuss innovative teaching perspectives between higher education institutions and community partners from three national perspectives (Austria – Germany – Norway). First, (1) all presentations explore the state-of-the art of campus-community partnerships in their country from recent, national data, and second, (2) they analyse these partnerships in the light of post-pandemic teaching conditions and as inter-organizational learning challenges. The symposium, thus, contributes to innovative teaching and better coordinated practice, and is at the same time based on empirical findings in all participating countries. References Butterfield, A. K. & Soska, T. M. (2004). University-Community Partnerships: An Introduction. S. 1-11. In: Soska, T. M. & Butterfield, A. K. (eds.). University-Community Partnerships. Universities in Civic Engagement. New York and London: Routledge. Fahrenwald, C., Resch, K., Rameder, P., Fellner, M., Slepcevic-Zach, P. & Knapp, M. (2023). Taking the Lead for Campus-Community-Partnerships in Austria. Frontiers in Education, 8:1206536. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1206536. Presentations of the Symposium Strategies and Organizational Structures for CCPs at Higher Education Institutions in Germany
Knowledge transfer is one of the main activities of Higher Education institutions (HEI) (Backhaus-Maul et al. 2024), which, however, does not only comprise cooperating with industry partners, but also with civil society and nonprofit organizations. The umbrella term – campus-community partnerships (CCP) means specific forms of cooperation (e.g. Service Learning, Community Research) between HEI and their communities to solve societal challenges. For the sustainable implementation of CCPs in HEI, change processes like organizational and personal development are needed (Gerholz et al. 2018). In the German speaking countries, we can observe CCPs as being ‘work in progress’ from an institutional point of view.
The aim of the current study ‘Strategies and organizational structures for CCP at Higher Education Institutions in Germany’, which is funded by the Transferfonds of the Research Institute Social Cohesion, is to investigate the current status of development regarding knowledge transfer and cooperation with civil society and nonprofit-organizations on the one hand and Science and German HEI on the other hand. A mixed-method design was chosen encompassing a survey deployed among boards of HEI and staff separately as well as content analysis of transfer mission statements and interviews. A total of n=101 board members from HEI nationwide participated in the survey conducted in 2023.
44,3 percent of them agreed or tended to agree, that in HEI’s mission statements CCP was taken into account as a form of knowledge transfer. In contrast, only one fourth (24, 7 percent) of the board members agreed/tended to agree to the statement that the institutionalization of CCP is advanced in Germany. Regarding aspects of institutionalizing CCPs, 10,9 percent of the board members reported the establishment of a position to coordinate CCP activities, whereas approximately one third of the participants (30,6 and 38,6 percent) announced giving incentives to lecturers and students. However, crosstabs revealed relationships between giving incentives to students and the variables of HEI type (Fisher-Freeman-Halton, n=70, p =.011) and research orientation of the HEI (Fisher-Freeman-Halton, n=67, p =.028) as well as between incentives for lecturers and registered students (Fisher-Freeman-Halton, n=72, p =.038). Furthermore, correlation analysis showed statistically significant relationships between the importance attached to CCPs as a form of knowledge transfer and the perceived degree of institutionalization (Spearmans ρ = .443, p < .001) as well as between the latter and the use of internal resources (Spearmans ρ = .635, p < .001).
References:
Backhaus-Maul, H., Fücker, S., Grimmig, M., Kamuf, V., Nuske, J. & Quent, M. (Eds.) (2024). Forschungsbasierter Wissenstransfer und gesellschaftlicher Zusammenhalt. Theorie, Empirie, Konzepte und Instrumente, Frankfurt/New York.
Gerholz, K.-H., Backhaus-Maul, H. & Rameder, P. (2018): Editorial: Civic Engagement in Higher Education Institutions in Europe. Journal for Higher Education Development, Vol. 13/ I. 2, 9-19.
Current Perspectives of Educational Leaders on Campus-Community Partnerships in Austria
Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) have been going through far-reaching processes of transformation in terms of their missions in teaching, research, and societal impact. Contrary to their previous understanding and mission, Austrian universities are now increasingly required to contribute evidence from research and teaching to meet social challenges and to cooperate with community partners (Resch et al. 2020). As a form of research-practice transfer activities, campus-community partnerships (CCPs) contribute to organizational innovative practice by involving civil society partner organizations in higher education (Rameder et al. 2019). This requires educational leadership on multiple levels, but especially within higher education management (Fassi et al., 2020).
Against this background, the questions arise to which degree these partnerships have been institutionalized and supported by educational leaders so far and who takes the lead for their initiation and maintenance. These questions are discussed on the basis of a recent empirical study (2024) with educational leaders in Austria, namely higher education management (rectorate, vice-rectorate). The study was performed as a quantitative, cross-sectoral, online survey with a target group, which is hard to reach due to time restraints and other high-profile management responsibilities. The findings with n=30 educational leaders reveal the level of awareness of participants for CCPs and the level of their implementation and support from a management level. The results are analysed in a cross-sectoral manner – throughout the four different types of higher education institutions in Austria. CCPs have, in principle, the potential for broader participation in social transformation processes in times of uncertainty; however, the establishment of CCPs, but also preparation and implementation of partnerships usually require a lot of resources. Cooperation between HEIs and community partners has so far been linked primarily to educators’ interest or commitment. In this respect, support services must be designed in a way that a culture of participation is sustainably promoted and institutionally anchored.
References:
Fassi, D., Landoni, P., Piredda, F. & Salvadeo, P. (Eds.) (2020). Universities as Drivers of Social Innovation. Theoretical Overview and Lessons from the "campUS" Research. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-31117-9
Rameder, P., Moder, C. M., Meyer, M., & Heinisch, M. (2019). Soziale Innovationen—Herausforderungen und Potenziale im Gesundheitsbereich. In Johannes Eurich, Markus Glatz-Schmallegger (Hrsg.), Soziale Dienste entwickeln. Innovative Ansätze in Diakonie und Caritas Ein Studien- und Arbeitsbuch (S. 129– 152). EVA Verlag.
Resch, K., Fellner, M., Fahrenwald, C., Slepcevic-Zach, P., Knapp, M., & Rameder, P. (2020). Embedding Social Innovation and Service Learning in Higher Education's Third Sector Policy Developments in Austria. In Frontiers in Education, 5(112), 1-5.
Campus-Community Partnership: Developing Multiprofessional Collaboration in an Intermunicipal Network to Accommodate the Needs of Children and Youth
This paper explores how key actors responsible for education, health, and social welfare in six municipalities in Norway collaborate across public sectors to accommodate the needs of children and youth in their region. The collaboration is organized as an intermunicipal network led by a network coordinator. The network was established due to two major national reforms that involve all three public sectors. These reforms imply changes that aim to improve collaboration across public sectors focusing on identifying and supporting vulnerable children from when they are born until they have finished upper secondary education. In this region, the leaders of municipalities decided to merge these two reforms which would enable identifying problems early and provide a more holistic approach to supporting children and youth in various life phases. To support the multiprofessional collaboration, a partnership with the local university college was established. The partnership includes support in terms of moderating meetings, coaching the network coordinator, providing professional development as well as establishing a joint language, and understanding that facilitate multi-professional collaboration. The following research questions guide our analysis:
1) How is the campus-community partnership organized?
2) What characterizes the emerging professional collaboration across public sectors and institutions?
3) What are mutual benefits from the campus-community partnership?
For the analysis, we apply theories on institutional work developed by Lawrence and Suddaby (2006). This concept can help illuminate how actors at different levels translate, share and develop joint knowledge as they put the children at the centre of attention. Translation as a theoretical concept is not only useful for analysing knowledge‐transfer processes, it also has the potential to guide deliberate interventions as part of institutional work in such processes to achieve various outcomes (Røvik, 2016). The analysis draws on data gathered by the means of observation of network meetings and semi-structured interviews with key actors involved in the campus-community partnership. Key findings show that support from the university college is essential to structure, moderate meetings and keep the focus on the children. Moreover, the discussions around interventions reflect appreciation of bringing in multiprofessional perspectives to create support not only for children, but also for their families.
References:
Lawrence, T. B. and Suddaby, R. (2006) Institutions and Institutional work. In Clegg, S.R., et al. (Eds.) Sage Handbook of Organization Studies (p. 215-254). Sage.
Røvik, K. A. (2016). Knowledge Transfer as Translation: Review and Elements of an Instrumental Theory. International Journal of Management Reviews, 18(3), 290-310.
Campus-Community Partnerships between the University and the Region – Perspectives of Regional Stakeholders within the Context of Innovation Labs
Campus-community partnerships (CCPs) aim to establish ‘sustainable, productive and meaningful relationships’ (Kmack et al., 2023, 6), in which knowledge and experience transfer and social engagement can take place in a mutually beneficial way (Slepcevic-Zach et al., 2023). Particularly in sustainable development, partnerships between universities and practitioners are seen as critical to the success of transformation processes (Leal Filho et al., 2023). Research in this context often focuses on the experiences, perspectives and learning processes of the academic staff or students involved. However, for a holistic picture of CCP, more research needs to focus on the community side and the involved practice partners.
Therefore, this paper presents empirical findings from a longitudinal study focusing on the perspectives and experiences of practice partners in a yearlong CCP study. The study used three innovation labs and organizational network consulting to support local network-building processes toward sustainable development. Following the idea of Dewey (Dewey, 1980), the programme sees uncertainty as a learning opportunity rather than a challenge. The innovation labs are conceived as a methodical form of exploring ‘the unknown’ (ibid.) together. Within the partnership programme, students from several master programmes played the role of novice-network consultants while stakeholders worked together on solutions for regional sustainable development. In this way, the partnerships between the university and the region aimed at a mutual professionalisation process.
Participating stakeholders (n = 32) from different fields (consumers, produces, administration and several others) were asked about their experiences within the innovation labs through image-based interviews before and after each event.
The results of the metaphor-oriented (Schmitt, 2017), triangulated (Brake, 2011) analysis of the interview material show that the actors imagine the partnership through path-related and collective metaphors (a train, a joint expedition, a rowing boat), but also through images that refer to risk and uncertainty along the shared path (a white-water rafting trip, climbing a mountain, crossing a river). (Heidelmann & Klös, 2023). The organizational educational consultants are imagined as someone (who sets the pace for rowing, as a hiking guide, as a stable bridge) who 'leads' (Klös & Heidelmann, 2023) the stakeholders on their way through the epistemic terrain of the unknown, rather than someone who merely transfers knowledge (Klös, 2023). Based on the results of a discourse-oriented analysis (Karl, 2007), the paper also discusses how the metaphorical concepts that structure stakeholders' narratives are linked to the discourse about the role of universities within CCPs.
References:
Dewey, J. (1980). The quest for certainty: A study of the relation of knowledge and action. Perigee Books.
Heidelmann, M.-A., & Klös, T. (2023). Optimierung des regionalen Wirtschaftskreislaufs: Das Potenzial organisationspädagogischen Wissens im Praxisfeld ländlicher Räume. In S. M. Weber, C. Fahrenwald, & A. Schröer (Eds.), Organisationen optimieren? Springer.
Karl, U. (2007). Metaphern als Spuren von Diskursen in biographischen Texten.
Klös, T., & Heidelmann, M.-A. (2023). Sustainability Leaders’ Perspectives on the Potential of Innovation Labs: Toward Collective Regional Leadership. In W. Leal Filho, A. Lange Salvia, E. Pallant, B. Choate, & K. Pearce (Eds.), Educating the Sustainability Leaders of the Future (pp. 659–679). Springer Natur.
Kmack, H., Pellino, D., & Fricke, I. (2023). Relationship, leadership, action: Evaluating the framework of a sustainable campus-community partnership. Community Development, 54(6), 828–845.
Leal Filho, W., Dibbern, T., Viera Trevisan, L., Coggo Cristofoletti, E., Dinis, M. A. P., Matandirotya, N., Sierra, J., Shulla, K., Buttriss, G., L’Espoir Decosta, P., Mbah, M. F., & Sanni, M. (2023). Mapping universities-communities partnerships in the delivery of the Sustainable Development Goals. Frontiers in Environmental Science, 11, 1246875.
Slepcevic-Zach, P., Fahrenwald, C., & Resch, K. (2023). Editorial: Campus-Community-Partnerships: Zukunftspartnerschaften zwischen Hochschule und Gesellschaft. https://doi.org/10.3217/ZFHE-18-02/01
|
11:30 - 13:00 | 33 SES 16 A: Transformative Pedagogies and Women's Well-Being Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Branislava Baranović Paper Session |
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Contributions of Feminist Pedagogy to Higher Education University of Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:We believe that adopting this vision implies a paradigm shift in education in the era of uncertainty, considering the constantly evolving world in which we find ourselves. Therefore, it represents a transformation towards a more hopeful model for the future. Feminist Pedagogy Paradigm Feminist pedagogy proposes a model that integrates society as a whole and everyone within it. It starts with the body, gender identity, and delves into economic, social, and political aspects. It is grounded in principles that view the world as an interaction between living and non-living entities, seeking to harmonize life in all its dimensions from a critical and constructive standpoint. Additionally, it aims to challenge preconceived ideas and view the world differently, placing itself in it in a completely different way to disidentify with what we have identified with. It opposes the hierarchical structuring of values from greater to lesser importance and from higher to lower value. Values associated with masculinity, such as ambition, power, success, conquest, and utility, are placed above values centered on relationships, experiences, desires, considered feminine. The latter, however, represent an essential source of cohesion for life and a higher degree of sustainability, such as the value of care (Donoso and Velasco, 2013). Implications of Feminist Pedagogy Therefore, applying feminist pedagogy implies a change in teaching-learning processes, in conceptual content about gender relations, in knowledge not subject to sexist distortion, in gender-unbiased teaching methodologies, in identifying cultural elements that tend to domination, in didactic strategies for change, and in the deconstruction of gender-crossed identities (Donoso-Vázquez, Montané, and Pessoa de Carvalho, 2014). Sometimes, mistakenly, this pedagogy can be understood only as a way to address gender-related issues. However, feminist pedagogy has demonstrated its ability to adapt to a constantly evolving reality, and any topic can be analyzed from this perspective by assuming a changing, diverse, heterogeneous, and constantly transforming reality: inclusive education, democracy, citizenship construction, cyber violence, diverse sexualities, pornography, current student pessimism, prevailing demotivation, nihilism, apathy. Feminist Pedagogy in Higher Education Feminist pedagogy in higher education aims to develop a critical perspective towards discrimination in students, helping them extract the gender-power cultural worldview and adopt an active/participatory position with responsibility for social changes (Gay and Kirkland, 2003; McLeod, 2000). In this sense, the basic principles of this pedagogy challenge normative university pedagogical practice (Wieler 2010), as they value experiential knowledge and reflectivity. The commitment to treating students as active agents and the role of the faculty as learners in the classroom destabilize the power dynamics between faculty and students (Gore 1992). It also seeks to address teaching as a form of activism, with the intention that students not only learn about the world but also desire to transform it for the common good (Jenny Louise-Lawrence, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on the process of reflection and literature review on feminist pedagogy carried out for the development of the course 'Orientation and Gender' at the Faculty of Education of the University of Barcelona, and within the research group in which the researchers actively participate, valuable practical conclusions have been derived that specify and apply this gender perspective in the context of the mentioned course This optative course is aimed at 2nd, 3rd, or 4th-year students in the Pedagogy degree and has been an integral part of the academic plan for over ten years. The course covers concepts related to gender, sexuality, care ethics, feminist political theory, sex-affective relationships, and gender-based violence. The work presented here represents the outcome of continuous and cumulative reflection over this period, demonstrating the commitment and constant evolution in the incorporation of feminist pedagogy approaches in the academic training offered at the mentioned faculty. General objective: Contribute to the systematized reflection on feminist pedagogy in education. Specific objectives: • Present illustrative practical cases that exemplify the implementation of this pedagogy in real situations. • Promote the generation of practical tools that contribute to the effective implementation of feminist pedagogical approaches in educational settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Some of the conclusions obtained in this process are as follows: • Understanding the teaching-learning process in a bidirectional manner, where the positions of both the teaching staff and the students are questioned, promoting the participation of the latter (hooks, 2021). This is achieved through initial agreements in class to cooperatively build the learning space and mutual responsibility in the educational process. • Advocating for students not to take on a passive and external role in educational issues but to assume an active and participatory position with responsibility for social changes. This involves changing beliefs, attitudes, and common practices, fostering self-inquiry (McLeod, 2000). In the classroom setting, this is materialized through the construction of a conducive space for debate and participation through small discussion groups. Evaluation is also encouraged through introspective exercises. • Transforming mandates established from a patriarchal and androcentric perspective. Inquiring into preconceived ideas that the school has not always managed to eliminate; with the aim of changing them, challenging dichotomies, and expanding moral, cognitive, and critical thinking about oppression (Markowitz, 2005). To achieve this, student stereotypes are investigated with the intention of analyzing and transforming them. In addition, theoretical lectures are combined with practical exercises to overcome the dichotomy between theory and practice, criticized by feminist pedagogues (for example, Jiménez-Cortés, 2021), and to be able to modify these previous conceptions in a more comprehensive way. • Understanding the body as an active part of learning, recognizing that corporeality is part of education (hooks, 2021). This is achieved without invalidating or hiding the affective aspect that may arise in classes, as well as using experiential methodologies. References Donoso-Vázquez, T., & Velasco-Martínez, A. (2013). ¿Por qué una propuesta de formación en perspectiva de género en el ámbito universitario?. Profesorado. Revista de currículum y formación de profesorado, 17(1), 71-88. http://www.ugr.es/local/recfpro/rev171ART5.pdf Donoso-Vázquez, T., Montané, A., & de Carvalho, M. E. P. (2014). Género y calidad en Educación Superior. Revista electrónica interuniversitaria de formación del profesorado, 17(3), 157-171. https://doi.org/10.6018/reifop.17.3.204121 Gay, G., & Kirkland, K. (2003). Developing cultural critical consciousness and self-reflection in preservice teacher education. Theory into practice, 42(3), 181-187. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4203_3 Gore, J. (1992). What we can do for you! What can “we” do for “you”? Struggling over empowerment in critical and feminist pedagogy. Feminisms and critical pedagogy, 54-73. Hooks, B. (2021). Enseñar a transgredir: La educación como práctica de la libertad. Capitán Swing Libros. Jiménez-Cortés, R. (2021). Diseño y desafíos metodológicos de la investigación feminista en ciencias sociales. Empiria. Revista De metodología De Ciencias Sociales, (50), 177–200. https://doi.org/10.5944/empiria.50.2021.30376 Louise-Lawrence, J. (2014). Feminist pedagogy in action: reflections from the front line of feminist activism-the feminist classroom. Enhancing learning in the social sciences, 6(1), 29-41. 10.11120/elss.2014.00022 Markowitz, L. (2005). Unmasking moral dichotomies: can feminist pedagogy overcome student resistance?. Gender and Education, 17(1), 39-55. https://doi.org/10.1080/0954025042000301294 McLeod, J. (2000). Subjectivity and schooling in a longitudinal study of secondary students. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 21(4), 501-521. https://doi.org/10.1080/713655367 Wieler, C. (2010). Embodying integral education in five dimensions. Integral education: New directions for higher learning, 289. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Handling the Crisis of the Second Half of Life: Empowering Women, Fostering Hope, and Transforming Intersectional Gender Relations through Education University of Warmia and Mazury in Olsztyn, Poland Presenting Author:In the contemporary landscape, the intersection of crises in the second half of life for women poses a significant obstacle to societal well-being and progress. This presentation aims to explore the transformative potential of education in addressing the multifaceted challenges faced by women during this critical phase, while simultaneously fostering hope and reshaping intersectional gender relations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research will employ a qualitative data collection techniques. The biographical method, grounded in the idea of exploring individuals' life stories and experiences, will be a central component of the qualitative aspect of the research. In-depth biographical interviews with a subset of participants will be conducted to elicit rich, detailed narratives about their educational experiences, challenges faced during the crisis of the second half of life, and the transformative impact of education. Open-ended questions will allow participants to share their unique perspectives, emphasizing the biographical method's focus on life stories. Participants will be encorged to share their life history narratives that encompass their educational journeys, personal challenges, and experiences during the crisis of the second half of life. We will explore turning points, critical events, and the role of education in shaping their perspectives and responses to the challenges they have faced. Then the thematic analysis will be applied to identify recurring themes and patterns within participants' life stories.Mezirow's transformative learning phases (disorienting dilemmas, critical reflection, exploration of options, making choices, and integrating new perspectives) will be implemented as analytical lenses to understand the transformative impact of education. Ethical issues will also be taken into consideration. All necessary conditions will be met, including getting informed consent from each participant, protecting participant privacy and anonymity when reporting and publishing results, and abiding by ethical standards for studies involving vulnerable groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is anticipated that the research will reveal a positive correlation between educational interventions and the empowerment of women during the crisis of the second half of life. I expect findings to indicate that education, when approached through an intersectional lens, has the potential to challenge and reshape traditional gender norms, fostering more equitable and inclusive relationships. I also want to identify key phases of transformative learning as conceptualized by Mezirow within participants' narratives, observing disorienting dilemmas, critical reflection, exploration of options, making choices, and integrating new perspectives as pivotal components of the transformative learning process. Participants may experience transformative learning differently based on their diverse backgrounds, intersectional identities, and educational journeys. I expect to find variations in the ways women navigate and internalize transformative processes. Based on my observations, I believe that educational interventions serve as powerful catalysts for positive change in the lives of women facing the crisis of the second half of life. Education emerges as a key tool for empowerment, hope-building, and the transformation of gender relations. Effective strategies must acknowledge and address the diverse identities and experiences of women, recognizing the interconnectedness of factors such as age, gender, socio-economic status, and cultural background. The integration of transformative learning principles in educational frameworks has the potential for societal and individual transformation. In conclusion, the research is expected to contribute valuable insights into the transformative potential of education in empowering women, fostering hope, and reshaping intersectional gender relations during the challenging phase of the second half of life. The anticipated outcomes and conclusions aim to inform future endeavors, policies, and practices that prioritize the transformative power of education in promoting gender equity and individual well-being. References Baerger, D., and D. McAdams. 1999. “Life Story Coherence and Its Relation to Psychological Well-Being.” Narrative Inquiry 9 (1): 69–96. Chamberlain, J., and D. Haaga. 2001. “Unconditional Self-Acceptance and Psychological Health.” Journal of Rational-Emotive and Cognitive Behavior Therapy 19 (3): 163–76. Chen, C. 2001. “Aging and Life Satisfaction.” Social Indicators Research 54 (1): 57–79. Grossbaum, M., and G. Bates. 2002. “Correlates of Psychological Well-Being at Midlife: The Role of Generativity, Agency and Communion, and Narrative Themes.” International Journal of Behavioral Development 26 (2): 120–27. Hershey, D., J. Jacobs-Lawson, and K. Neukam. 2002. “Influences of Age and Gender on Workers’ Goals for Retirement.” International Journal of Aging and Human Development 55 (2): 163–79. Hollis, J. 2005. Finding Meaning in the Second Half of Life: How to Finally, Really Grow Up, Gotham Books. Jokisaari, M. 2003. “Regret Appraisals, Age, and Subjective Well-Being.” Journal of Research in Personality 37 (6): 487–503. Mehlsen, M., M. Platz, and P. Fromholt. 2003. “Life Satisfaction Across the Life Course: Evaluations of the Most and Least Satisfying Decades of Life.” International Journal of Aging and Human Development 57 (3): 217–36. Meulemann, H. 2001. “Life Satisfaction from Late Adolescence to Mid-Life.” Journal of Happiness Studies 2 (4): 445–65. Mezirow, J. 1991. Transformative Dimensions of Adult Learning. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Mezirow, J. 1996. “Contemporary Paradigms of Learning.” Adult Education Quarterly, 46 (3), 158–172. Mezirow, J. 1997. Transformative Learning: Theory to Practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 74, 5-12. http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ace.7401 And many others. |
13:00 - 14:15 | 00 SES 15.5: EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet LERA Klaipėda University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The Lithuanian Educational Research Association (LERA) was founded on March 24th, 1998. The 25th anniversary of the LERA establishment was celebrated last year, 2023. LERA aims to unite Lithuanian educational research specialists, synergize their efforts in advancing academic research, promote innovative educational and developmental practices, and enhance relationships with international organizations. Annually, about 300 members join the LERA community and participate in 19 Networking activities. Since 2018, LERA has convened annual conferences, during which the latest research is presented and scientific and practical experience is shared. Since 2020, the Education Forum "Educology for Lithuania – Towards Research-Based Education" has been organized, to disseminate the results of educational research to the entire Lithuanian education community. 34 events have already been held, some of which have over 1000 views on the YouTube channel. In February 1999, LERA joined EERA as an Associate Member, and in 2000 was granted full membership. Since then, LERA members have been regular participants in EERA conferences as presenters, reviewers, or participants in EERA networking activities. LERA congratulates EERA on the 30th anniversary of its founding and is delighted to be part of the EERA community. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
13:00 - 14:15 | Break 19: ECER Lunch Break |
13:15 - 14:00 | 100 SES 16.5 - LC 2: Link Convenors Meeting Part 2 Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo Meeting |
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events Link Convenor Meeting - 2 Northumbria University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:. |
13:15 - 14:00 | 90 SES 16.5: reserved meet and greet Paper Session |
14:15 - 15:45 | 01 SES 17 A: Twisting the Practice Shock: Understanding the Interactive Dynamics Between Early Career Teachers and Their Work Place Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Geert Kelchtermans Session Chair: Anna Sullivan Symposium |
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Twisting the Practice Shock: Understanding the Interactive Dynamics Between Early Career Teachers and Their Work Place The transition of early career teachers into the teaching job has been a major topic of interest for researchers as well as policy makers over the past three decades. The transition has been described as challenging and posing particular problems (hence ‘practice shock’). As a consequence, in many countries specific support initiatives (professional development) have been set up. However, the issue has not been solved (Ingersoll & Strong, 2011). Both research and support initiatives have been criticized for not being effective and even counterproductive, due to the deficit approach they represent (early career teachers are most often conceived of as individual professionals lacking particular competencies which need to be remedied)(Kelchtermans, 2019). Furthermore, significant numbers of early career teachers continue to leave the profession only shortly after entering it, thus intensifying the teacher attrition and aggravating teacher shortage in many countries (see a.o. Craig, 2017). Both the insights from research and the practical experiences with support programs for early career teachers have shown that surviving the transition into the job and the immediate practice shock in relation to running one’s classes is only part of the issue. The challenges of the induction phase clearly go beyond teachers’ individual competencies in the classroom (i.e. classroom management, didactics and teaching skills). There is growing research evidence that the complexities of becoming a member of the school as an organization are at least as challenging, if not more: negotiating one’s position in the school team and the organizational culture of the school, dealing with the school leadership and different colleagues, carrying the burden of complex and time-consuming administrative work that comes with the responsibilities for one’s students. All this while at the same time developing expertise and sense of identity, keeping up moral commitment and dealing with the emotions and power processes that go with the job. In other words, to properly understand and conceptualize teacher induction, more research is necessary that seeks to unpack the complex interplay between the individual early career teacher and the working conditions (social, infrastructural, cultural, micropolitical). Furthermore, this research should also include more longitudinal methodological designs to document, analyze and understand these processes as they develop over time. All papers in this symposium aim at contributing to deeper understanding of the contextualized nature of teacher induction, conceiving of context both in its spatial and its temporal dimension. All of them make a contribution to unpacking the complexities of teacher induction and as such contribute to a more valid and appropriate knowledge base to design and implement induction support (professional development). The papers represent a wide variety of national contexts (Belgium, Czech Republic, Portugal, Sweden), as well as a diversity of theoretical and methodological approaches to teacher induction. At the same time they also exemplify cases of international collaboration. As a discussant, Anna Sullivan, not only brings yet another national perspective to the matter, but also her solid expertise, overviewing the international research (see a.o. Sullivan et al., 2019). References Craig, C. (2017). International teacher attrition: Multiperspective views. Teachers and Teaching, 23, 859-862. Ingersoll, R., & Strong, M. (2011). The impact of induction and mentoring programs for beginning teachers: A critical review of the research. Review of Educational Research, 81, 201–233. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311403323. Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early career teachers and their need for support: Thinking again. In: A. Sullivan et al., Attracting and keeping the best teachers. (pp. 83-98). Springer. Sullivan, A. et al. (2019). Attracting and keeping the best teachers. Issues and opportunities. Springer. Presentations of the Symposium Navigating and Negotiating Teachers’ Role in the Workplace. A Longitudinal Study in Portugal
Workplace conditions play a central role in teachers’ professional development as well as in their morale and career choice commitment. Research has shown the importance of space and place in the construction and negotiation of beginning teachers’ subjectivities (lisahunter, Rossi, Tinning, Flanagan, & Macdonald, 2011), and the role of micro-political literacy on new teachers’ professional development (Kelchtermans & Ballet, 2002). This paper draws on data from a longitudinal study carried out in Portugal with new teachers as they develop as teachers in the early years of teaching and beyond. Data were collected in different moments through email conversations and semi-structured interviews. A narrative approach (Kelchtermans, 1995; Clandinin, Pushor, & Orr, 2007; Elliott, 2003) was used. In total, 14 teachers participated in the study. Data reported in this paper were collected with the same teachers in different moments during their career and analysed according to a thematic analysis. The longitudinal design permitted to look beyond the very first experiences in the job -often framed as a ‘practice shock’- but reveal the complex ways in which the macro policy context and the micropolitics at school level impacted early career teachers’ experiences. Findings reveal how the shift in the macro context marked by an economic crisis and a shift from a teacher surplus to a teacher shortage led to changes at policy level in terms of school governance, school curriculum and teacher evaluation, which eventually had important consequences for teachers’ identities as well as their operation at the classroom level. Furthermore, the (changes in) the working conditions at the meso-level of the school as organisation were also found to be of crucial importance for a thorough understanding of the induction phase in teacher’s career. The findings deepen our understanding of the essentially relational nature of teaching: the relationships with students, parents and colleagues as well as the way leadership is enacted through social interactions. More in particular the study unpacks how teachers navigate the complexity of their workplace conditions and negotiate their roles as teachers as well as their identities.
The paper concludes with discussing a) the consequences for the design and enactment of induction support and professional development opportunities for teachers in their early career; b) how the findings contribute to a more refined and balanced understanding of the complex processes of turnover and teacher attrition in relation to the organisational working conditions.
References:
Clandinin, D. J., Pushor, D., & Orr, A. M. (2007). Navigating sites for narrative inquiry. Journal of Teacher Education, 58(1), 21–35.
Elliott, J. (2005). Using narrative in social research. Qualitative and quantitative approaches. London: Sage.
Kechtermans, G., & Ballet, K. (2002). Micropolitical literacy: Reconstructing a neglected dimension in teaching development. International Journal of Educational Research, 37, 755–767.
Kelchtermans, G. (1995) A utilização de biografias na formação de professores. Aprender, 18, 5-20
lisahunter, Rossi, T., Tinning, R., Flanagan, E., & Macdonald, D. (2011). Professional learning places and spaces: The staffroom as a site of beginning teacher induction and transition. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 39(1), 33–46.
Beyond the Reality Aftershock. Swedish Second-year Teachers’ Perspectives of Starting to Teach
Entering the job as early career teachers (ECTs) has often been described with dramatic metaphors such asbeing in a‘sink or swim‘ situation (Ulvik, Smith & Helleve, 2009), in which ECTs not only find their expertise challenged, but also often experience the ‘emotional rollercoaster’ (Lindqvist et al. 2021) of intense rewarding as well as troubling emotions simultaneously (Wu & Chen, 2018). Although many forms of induction support programs have been put in place, it remains unclear what happens in the time after the first practice shock. Hobson and Ashby (2012) describe reality aftershock, when the support systems end after the first year. In their second year teachers are confronted with the need to stand on their own feet. The aim of the study is to explore how beginning teachers deal with these structural changes in their second year to more fully understand the actual processes following teacher induction over time. Building on symbolic interactionism as the conceptual framework the study focuses on ECTs’ sense-making interactions within their professional context. Special attention is given to the role of emotions as conveyers of meaning and ‘messages’ of what is (morally) at stake in the reality aftershock. Interview data were collected from 23 beginning Swedish teachers at the end of their second year in the job. In line with the theoretical framework, Constructivist Grounded Theory (CGT) was used as a methodological approach for data-analysis, involving coding (initial, focused and theoretical coding), memo-writing and constant comparison to analyze the data (Charmaz 2014). The findings show that the second-year teachers draw on their experiences from the first year as biographical evidence that they have indeed survived the practice shock: “I have been there and ‘done’ it”. This operates as a resource for motivation and stamina to deal with the challenges of the second year. Beyond the agenda of agentic mastery of the daily challenges in the classroom practice, the analysis also shows how these experiences are also reflected in their developing self-understanding as teachers (Kelchtermans, 2009). Critical experiences in this process included classroom management, negotiating of the task perception, building functional and rewarding professional relationships with peers, and appropriate organizational working conditions facilitated by the school leadership. Finally, the findings demonstrate the interplay of the technical, moral and emotional dimensions of the teaching profession and the need to take these into account in the design and implementation of induction programs.
References:
Charmaz, K. (2013). Constructing Grounded Theory. London: Sage.
Hobson, A., & Ashby, P. (2012). Reality aftershock and how to avert it: Second-year teachers’ experiences of support for their professional development. Cambridge Journal of Education, 42(2), 177-196.
Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: self‐understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and practice, 15(2), 257-272.
Lindqvist, H., Weurlander, M., Wernerson, A., & Thornberg, R. (2023). The emotional journey of the beginning teacher: Phases and coping strategies. Research Papers in Education, 38(4), 615-635.
Ulvik, M., Smith, K., & Helleve, I. (2009). Novice in secondary school–the coin has two sides. Teaching and teacher education, 25(6), 835-842.
Wu, Z., & Chen, J. (2018). Teachers’ emotional experience: insights from Hong Kong primary schools. Asia Pacific Education Review, 19(4), 531-541.
Between Turnover and Comeback: a Czech Case-study on the Complexities of Agency and Context in Teacher Attrition and Retention
Much of the research on the high turnover rates during teacher induction assumes that teachers are retained or pushed out of the profession by a particular and static set of factors, either internal in the individual or external in the working conditions (Guarino et al., 2006). In our study we take a different approach, conceiving of turnover (or retention) as the outcome of a decision-making process that reflects the meaningful interactions between individual and context. While not denying the possible relevance of personal characteristics or formal working conditions, we assume that a proper understanding of teacher turnover requires the acknowledgement of ECTs‘ discretionary agentic competences of decision making.
The paper starts by building the case for this conceptualisation of attrition/retention drawing on the concept of interpretative negotiation that was developed in recent research on school development and educational innovation (Kelchtermans, 2017; Vermeir & Kelchtermans, 2021). Next, we present the findings of a longitudinal single case study of a Czech primary school teacher, who first decided to leave the profession, later reconsidered her choice and returned to the job, yet eventually left again over the time span of three years. Since this type of career dynamics over time in teacher induction has received only limited research attention (Grissom & Reiniger, 2012; Moyer, 2022), we purposefully selected this case study from a larger study, which reconstructs career trajectories of Czech primary school teachers who decided to quit teaching. The data for the case were collected in line with the narrative-biographical research tradition, drawing on multiple semi-structured interviews (Seidman, 2013), complemented by an interpretative analysis of relevant documents (teacher portfolio and school documentation). The data analysis consisted of reconstructing the career story around its key moments and phases, and subsequently elaborating the story through the lens of Kelchtermans’ personal interpretive framework (2009). In this specific case, an interplay between the task perception and self-esteem was found to create a vicious cycle of doubts, subsequently lowering the teacher’s job motivation. Negotiation between this teacher and the work conditions led to dissonance, and to an ambiguous relationship to the profession, causing her to quit and return repeatedly. In the discussion we address the consequences of these findings for future research and theory development on teacher attrition and retention during the induction phase, as well as for the necessary rethinking and redesign of effective support to prevent teacher attrition
References:
Guarino, C. M., Santibañez, L., & Daley, G. A. (2006). Teacher recruitment and retention: A review of the recent empirical literature. Review of Educational Research, 76(2), 173–208. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543076002173.
Grissom, J.A. & Reininger, M. (2012). Who Comes Back? A Longitudinal Analysis of the Reentry Behavior of Exiting Teachers. Education Finance and Policy, 7, 425–454.
Moyer, A. (2022). Has “Who Comes Back” Changed? Teacher Reentry 2000–2019. Educational Researcher, 51, 544-546.
Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’ Unpacking teacher attrition/retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching: Theory & Practice, 23, 961-977.
Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early Career Teachers and Their Need for Support: Thinking Again. In: Sullivan, A., Johnson, B., Simons, M. (eds) Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers. Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education, vol 16. Springer, Singapore.
Seidman, I. (2013). Interviewing as Qualitative Research: A Guide for Researchers in Education and the Social Sciences. New York: Teachers College Press
Vermeir, K. & Kelchtermans, G. (2022). Unpacking the support practices of educational advisors: congruency, loyalty, legitimacy, and urgency. Journal of Educational Change, 23, 473–495.
The School Matters: A Longitudinal Qualitative Study on Teacher Induction in Belgian Urban Schools
Over the last 10 years, we can observe an increased focus in teacher induction research on the importance of supporting early-career teachers (ECTs) for the organizational dimension of their work, especially in high-need schools (Johnson et al., 2012). Nevertheless, there is limited research that reveals the interaction between the ECT, the organization, and the urban context, and what this means for their overall induction process (März & Kelchtermans, 2020). Avoiding a deficit approach (Kelchtermans, 2019) and guided by the notions of resilience (individual) and working conditions (school and urban context), we followed the induction process of 8 ECTs over their first school year as they entered the teaching profession in an urban setting (i.e., Brussels). Following ECTs surrounded by diverse working conditions (e.g., different employment contracts, with some working full-time in a single organization, and others holding contracts in multiple schools), our paper addresses two research questions: 1) How do early-career teachers experience their socialization into the organizational dimension of teachers’ work; and 2) How can these experiences be explained in terms of the interplay between individual sense-making (agency) on the one hand and organizational working conditions (structure) on the other?
Data are being collected through multiple semi-structured narrative interviews (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000) in a three-year longitudinal qualitative design (of which the paper presents only the findings of year 1, with two interviews conducted at the beginning and the end of their first school year). The presentation of the findings will focus on the specific way in which the particular urban context as well as organizational working conditions impact the induction process of the ECTs and their retention/attrition.
References:
Clandinin, D., & Connelly, F. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. John Wiley & Sons.
Johnson, S., Kraft, M., & Papay, J. (2012). How context matters in high-need schools: The effects of teachers’ working conditions on their professional satisfaction and their students’ achievement. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 114(10), 1‑39. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811211401004
Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early career teachers and their need for support: Thinking again. In A. Sullivan et al. (Eds.), Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers. Issues and Opportunities (pp. 83‑99). Springer.
März, V., & Kelchtermans, G. (2020). The networking teacher in action: A qualitative analysis of early career teachers’ induction process. Teaching and Teacher Education, 87, 1‑15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102933
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 04 SES 17 A: Forced Migration, Disability and Education: The Role of Parents Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Session Chair: Olja Jovanović Milanović Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Forced Migration, Disability and Education: The Role of Parents The number of forcibly displaced persons has reached a new high in 2023, and currently there are more than 110 million refugees worldwide. Almost 40 % of those forcibly displaced are children (UNHCR, 2023). At the same time, the number of persons with disabilities is also growing. An estimated 1.3 billion people worldwide live with disabilities, which represents 16 % of the global population (WHO, 2022). Both persons with disabilities and refugees are very diverse populations. However, what they often have in common are the experiences of discrimination, exclusion, and inequality, which have so far been well documented. The above-mentioned heterogeneity within the groups of refugees and persons with disabilities also means that some persons belong simultaneously to both groups. This particular population is far less visible. In fact, the incidence of disabilities amongst refugees still remains unknown (Crock et al., 2017). Some reports suggest even that the incidence seems to be higher than in the general population (HelpAge International & Handicap International, 2014), but reliable statistical data remains unavailable. Refugees with disabilities often face discriminatory practices targeted generally against persons with disabilities and refugees, but they also experience specific oppression stemming from the interplay of these two characteristics. They may thus be left behind during flight or they may not survive the journey, they often lack access to mainstream assistance programmes and are in danger of being exposed to further protection risks, such as sexual and physical violence and harassment (Reilly, 2010). For refugees with disabilities, their journeys often take longer putting them at greater risk of attack and insecurity (Kett & Trani, 2010). When accessing education, one of the fundamental human rights building the cornerstone for the exercise of other human rights, refugees with disabilities face particular challenges as well. Yet in situations of acute crises of human displacement, persons with disabilities and their right to education remain largely forgotten (Crock et al., 2013). The proposed symposium aims to bring this partly invisible population to light while focusing on the role and experiences of displaced parents of children with disabilities while accessing the right to inclusive education within three different European contexts (Austria, United Kingdom and Germany). It uses the intersectional lens in order to bring not only the invisible cases of violations of the human right to (inclusive) education and the broader system failures to light, but also to highlight agency and resilience of individuals, who are often seen as vulnerable, and point out examples of good practice. References Crock, M., Ernst, C., & McCallum, R. (2013). Where Disability and Displacement Intersect: Asylum Seekers and Refugees with Disabilities. International Journal of Refugee Law, 24(4), 735–764. Crock, M., Saul, B., Smith-Khan, L., & McCallum, R. C. (2017). The legal protection of refugees with disabilities: Forgotten and invisible? Elgar studies in human rights. Edward Elgar Publishing. Handicap International. (2015). Disability in humanitarian context: Views from affected people and organisations. Handicap International. https://handicap-international.ch/sites/ch/files/documents/files/disability-humanitarian-context.pdf HelpAge International, & Handicap International. (2014). Hidden victims of the Syrian crisis: disabled, injured and older refugees. HelpAge International and Handicap International. Kett, M. & Trani, J.-F. (2010). Vulnerability and Disability in Darfour. Forced Migration Review 35, July, pp. 12–14. Reilly, R. (2010). Disabilities among refugees and conflict-affected populations. Forced Migration Review, 35(July), 8–10. UNHCR (2023). Global Trends: Forced Displacement in 2022. UNHCR. WHO (2022). Global report on health equity for persons with disabilities. WHO. Presentations of the Symposium Endeavours of Increasing the Involvement of Parents of Children with Special Educational Needs in the Forced Migration Context
The involvement of parents in their children’s education promotes the developmental skills of children, enhances the motivation to learn (Jasis & Mariott, 2010) and has a positive influence on the academic success of children (Park & Halloway, 2013). However, several factors play a role in the process of parental involvement and different parental backgrounds result in different understandings about the necessity and type of parental involvement. On the other hand, parents can be challenged by systemic barriers and their involvement can be curbed. The culprit can be the “school” itself as well as it may be difficult to access or ‘hard to reach’ (Crozier & Davies, 2007). This may be true for parents of children with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) (Lendrum et al., 2015). Research suggests that parents of children with SEND are infrequently asked or listed and are mainly reluctant to be involved.
On the other hand, another group whose involvement in school is highly expected but at the same time challenged, is parents who were forced to migrate and have just settled in the new country. Immigrant parents, mainly in the context of forced migration, face several barriers to be involved in school-based engagement or home-based support (Leong et al. 2019). Their engagement, both in home-based and in school-based activities, can be challenged due to several factors such as language barriers, cultural barriers, or unfamiliarity with the school system, even more so if their children have a disability (Subasi Singh et al. 2021). However, the involvement of immigrant parents suffers mainly from static notions of culture and norms of society. Such norms can put parents in a passive, recipient role and expect from them to adjust to the new education system and to adopt it, especially given recent trends towards right-wing leaning policies across Europe.
However, immigrant families bring new perspectives, different experiences, and expectations with them and their engagement can re-shape the norms about parental involvement and bring new insights to the school-parent relationship.
In this contribution, we will report endeavours of Viennese schools to involve parents from a forced migration background in the decision-making processes in the school of their children. Data is informed by head teachers and teachers and their reflections on the efforts to increase parents’ involvement.
References:
Crozier, G. & Davies, J. (2007). Hard to reach parents or hard to reach schools? A discussion of home-school relations, with particular reference to Bangladeshi and Pakistani parents.’ British Educational Research Journal, 33 (3), pp. 295–313.
Jasis, P. & D. Marriott.(2010). All for Our Children: Migrant Families and Parent Participation in an Alternative Education Program.” Journal of Latinos and Education, 9(2).
Lendrum, A., A. Barlow & N. Humphrey. (2015). Developing positive school–home relationships through structured conversations with parents of learners with special educational needs and disabilities. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 15(2)
Leong, A. D., S. C. Berzin and S.S. Hawkins. (2019). Immigrant Parent Involvement in Government Funded Early Childhood Education Programming: An Examination of FACES. Early Childhood Development and Care, 189 (12).
Park, S.& S D. Holloway. (2013). No Parent Left Behind: Predicting Parental Involvement
in Adolescents’ Education Within a Sociodemographically Diverse Population. The Journal of Educational Research, 106(2).
Subasi Singh, S., Pellech, C., Gutschik, A., Proyer, M., & O'Rourke, I. M. (2021). Intersectional Aspects of Education at the Nexus of Disability and Forced Migration: Perspectives of Parents, Educational Experts, and School Authorities in Greater Vienna. Education Sciences, 11(8), [423]. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11080423
Effective Parent-School Relationships for the Inclusion of Refugee Students: Values, Dialogues, and Voices
When Russia invaded Ukraine on 24th February 2022 a mass forced migration began (Unicef, 2022). Many teachers across Europe found themselves welcoming children seeking sanctuary to their classrooms with over two million children from Ukraine at the start of the war travelling to other countries in search of safety (Kruszewska and Lavrenova, 2022). By December 2022, 3.9 million children had left Ukraine to seek refuge in other countries (Unicef, 2022). By September 2022, 22,100 applications for school places in the United Kingdom had been made for children from Ukraine (DfE, 2022). Schools have been welcoming and including children and trying to learn the best way to support the newest members of their school communities.
This research explores what supports and what hinders the formation of effective parent-school relationships for the inclusion of refugee students and their families (Block et al., 2014). Through a series of semi-structured interviews with Ukrainian parents, we examine effective school-parent relationships for the inclusion of refugee families and children in education. Drawing on the voices of Ukrainian parents, we argue that recognising communication and relationships between schools and displaced parents turns on the formation of ongoing and inclusive dialogues. This, we contend, involves enacting shift from ‘monolingual cultures’ within schools (Sime, 2018), which compound isolation and exclusion, to multilingual cultures, which allows all students, parents, and members of staff to give voice to their differences. Indeed, we argue to the conclusion that what is needed between these parents and school staff is inclusive and attentive listening. Such listening, we will suggest, involves a willingness, not simply to hear others too often denigrated as deficit, but to also to listen to them with responsibility, that is, to prioritise the ability to respond to the other person before the ability to name, to classify, and to label them.
References:
Block, K., Cross, S. Riggs, E. and Gibbs, L. (2014) Supporting schools to create an inclusive environment for refugee students, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 18(12), 1337-1355.
Department for Education (DfE) (2022) School placements for children outside of the UK. Available at: https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/school-placements-for-children-from-outside-of-the-uk [accessed 25.01.24]
Kruszewska, A. & Lavrenova, M. (2022) The educational opportunities of Ukrainian children at the time of the Russian invasion: perspectives from teachers, Education 3-13, DOI: 10.1080/03004279.2022.2083211
Sime, D. (2018) Educating migrant and refugee pupils. In: Scottish Education. pp. 768-778. Eds. T.G.K. Bryce, W.M. Humes, D. Gillies and A. Kennedy, Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.
Unicef (2022) Humanitarian response for children outside of Ukraine. Available at Humanitarian Response for Children Outside of Ukraine Factsheet No. 12, December 2022.pdf (unicef.org) [accessed 25.01.24]
Aspirations of Ukrainian Refugee Parents for Their Children with Disabilities within the German Education System
Given the rather unsatisfactory situation in the general progress of implementing the right to inclusive education worldwide and the scarce resources and infrastructure in many countries, it is not surprising that also the specific group of refugees with disabilities, finding themselves on the intersection of multiple vulnerabilities, face various challenges when accessing their right to inclusive education worldwide (Smith-Khan & Crock, 2018), as well as in Germany (Deutsches Institut für Menschenrechte, 2016; Steigmann, 2020; Bacakova, 2023). These range from physical inaccessibility of school facilities (Refugee Law Project, 2014; Steigmann, 2020), missing and inadequate teacher training in inclusive education (Handicap International, 2015), the lack of even the most basic assistive devices ensuring reasonable accommodation as required by the CRPD (Smith-Khan & Crock, 2018) to stereotyping and stigmatising of children with disabilities and/or their families (Smith-Khan, 2013; HelpAge International & Handicap International, 2014; UNESCO, 2018). All these barriers prevail despite the increased funding of education in emergencies (UNESCO, 2020).
While it is essential to research and target the exclusion refugees with disabilities face, it is just as important to challenge the victim perspective and give space to the agency of maginalised population. This is why this proposed paper concentrates not on the discriminatory practices faced by Ukrainian refugee parents of children with disabilities in Germany when accessing education, but on their dreams and aspirations for their children, which have until now remained largely unknown. The paper will present part of a larger mixed-methods research project currently (2023-2024) conducted by a team lead by the author concentrating only on the results obtained from more than 300 Ukrainian refugee families with children with disabilities through an online survey offering first insights into the educational dreams these parents share.
References:
Deutsches Institut für Menschenrechte. (2016). Entwicklung der Menschenrechtssituation in Deutschland Juli 2016 – Juni 2017. Bericht an den Deutschen Bundestag gemäß § 2 Absatz 5 DIMRG. Deutsches Institut für Menschenrechte.
Handicap International. (2015). Disability in humanitarian context: Views from affected people and organisations. Handicap International. https://handicap-international.ch/sites/ch/files/documents/files/disability-humanitarian-context.pdf
HelpAge International, & Handicap International. (2014). Hidden victims of the Syrian crisis: disabled, injured and older refugees. HelpAge International and Handicap International.
Refugee Law Project. (2014). From the Frying Pan into the Fire: Psychosocial Challenges Faced by Vulnerable Refugee Women and Girls in Kampala. Refugee Law Project.
Smith-Khan, L. (2013). Overcoming barriers to education for refugees with disabilities. Migration Australia, 3, 63–67.
Smith-Khan, L., & Crock, M. (2018). Making Rights to Education Real for Refugees with Disabilities: Background paper prepared for the 2019 Global Education Monitoring Report. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000266058
Steigmann, F. (2020). Inclusive Education for Refugee Children With Disabilities in Berlin - The Decisive Role of Parental Support. Frontiers in Education, 5(529615), 1–15.
UNESCO. (2018). Migration, Displacement, and Education: Building Bridges, not Walls. UNESCO.
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 04 SES 17 B: Training Reflective Practitioners for a Sustainably Inclusive School Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Training Reflective Practitioners for a Sustainably Inclusive School 1 The challenge of inclusion and reflexivity Inclusion/exclusion, interculturality and equal opportunities are social and educational key challenges in Europe. The research project "pro-inclusive-reflective" presents aims to promote inclusion in the long term by focusing on how to deal with heterogeneity, especially the experience of foreignness, in the first phase of teacher training. Given the many contingencies in our society, the individual characteristics and symptoms of pupils and teachers alike, the challenges of supporting young people on their educational journey are enormous. This is only possible if teachers know how to deal reflexively with foreignness and fear of alterity in terms of culture, milieu, disability, or gender orientation. Accordingly, we pursued the following objectives: - promoting inclusion in schools, - increasing necessary competences of student teachers to deal with heterogeneity and disconcerting foreignness, - qualification of trainee teachers to supervise educational processes of future teachers, i.e. to become reflective practitioners dealing productively with their own alterity as well as the alterity of pupils and students. 2 Reflexivity as a necessary competence for teachers Our research is based on the approach of the reflective practitioner promoted by Donald Schön (1987). According to our experiences it seems important to articulate reflective work when encountering others. Especially according to the psychoanalytic approach (Lacan, 2004) which addresses the unconscious as a real confusion with arising affects, desires and passions during the process. Research on becoming a teacher as well as our own qualitative studies identifies recurring challenges for teacher candidates and their supervisors (Weber, 2008). Practice supervisors should be prepared to work with students on the following aspects: - applying and reflecting on differentiated approaches, - becoming aware of the relationship between knowledge and ignorance and developing an eye for their students' unique relationship to knowledge, - learning to deal with affects, resistance to alienation, their own desires and the desires and enjoyment of their students', - personal motivation to become a teacher and the matter of one's own style, - students' ideas about heterogeneity, educational equity and the specific needs of children and young people. 3 Aims of the training program for trainee teachers To supervise someone firstly requires a "commitment"; it requires a "yes" to singularity, to the alterity of the novice (Derrida, 2003). The training we have developed for reflective trainee teachers has the following aims. Participants - are aware of challenges that students face during their practice concerning alterity, - be able to verbalize and reflect on their own imaginary-narcissistic expectations, projections, and transfers onto students, - be aware of the importance of reflection when dealing with heterogeneity in a group or when designing inclusive settings, - can apply methods of solution-focused practical reflections to support students in developing their own teaching style - are aware of the importance of a psychoanalytic perspective, especially regarding action-determining phantasmas, structure of drives and unconscious resistance to alterity (e.g. social and cultural differences, disabilities, gender orientation) and are familiar with central concepts of psychodynamic/psychoanalytic educational work. - are aware of functions, tasks and ethical positioning of supervisors. Methodologically, the training will articulate psychoanalytic/depth psychological work on case studies of interactions between practice teachers and trainee teachers. 4 Process and purpose of the symposium: - Discussion the importance of reflexivity focusing on verbalization. - Working on the biographical-singular aspects, especially in the context of heterogeneity. - Illustrating psychoanalytically orientated case work and how it can promote reflexivity of trainee teachers. Discussion What do colleagues think about our approach? What experiences have they made on this topic? What challenges are they facing? Are there any international differences? References Derrida, J. (2003). Eine gewisse unmögliche Möglichkeit, vom Ereignis zu spreche. Merve. Lacan, J. (2004). Le Séminaire, Livre X, L’angoisse. Seuil. Pro-inklusive-reflective (2023). Module Coaching in Practicum: Reflexive Practicum for Inclusive Education. https://pro-inklusiv-reflexiv.eu/en/intellectual-outputs-2/ Schön, D. A. (1987). Educating the reflective practitioner. Jossey-Bass. Weber, J.-M. (2008). Le tutorat comme métier impossible et de l’impossible. ULP. Presentations of the Symposium Supporting School Practice as Translation Work that Reduces Uncertainty
Reflexivity is often emphasized in current teacher training, but the content is not always fully grasped and the conditions for the possibility of reflection in the sense of systematic reflection and analysis of school practice processes are not examined more closely. Practical support tends to focus on providing tips and tricks, thus creating a false sense of security. It often remains a pseudo-reflection, a mere linguistic duplication of existing ideas guiding action, if these are not linked to feelings and personal experience and are not linked to theories, translated into terms, or conceptually specified, which would be necessary for real reflection (cf. Hilzensauer, 2008).
The research project pro-inklusiv-reflexiv develops a concept for an accompanying internship course (“Praktikum”) in teacher’s training that focuses on promoting students' ability to become aware of the experiences and feelings associated with the internship and to express them in language. This translation work makes experience available and thus reduces uncertainty.
It serves the "primary task" (Rice, 1963) of promoting the subjectivation of students in the internship and thus initiating a process of reflexive professionalization.
The article reconstructs the easily disrupted path from pre-mentalizing to mentalizing thinking (Schultz-Venrath, 2013, p. 90ff.) based on scenes from internship seminars, paying particular attention to the emotional influencing factors.
The highly narcissistic vulnerability of students in educational and teaching situations that are so significant and demanding for their professional biographies, the omnipresent transference dynamics, a refusal to know as a collective attempt at defense, and the common students’ narratives about students as alien others are worked out in their function for the students' striving for security.
Finally, the contextual factors that inhibit and promote mentalization in school and university are discussed.
References:
Hilzensauer, W. (2008). Theoretische Zugänge und Methoden zur Reflexion des Lernens. Ein Diskussionsbeitrag. Bildungsforschung, 5(2). https://bildungsforschung.org/ojs/index.php/bildungsforschung/article/download/77/80/
Rice, A. K. (1963). The Enterprise and Its Environment. Tavistock.
Schultz-Venrath, U. (2013): Lehrbuch Mentalisieren. Klett-Cotta.
Case Analysis with Student Teachers: Reflecting on One's Own Actions and Unconscious Motives
From various qualitative research projects, we became aware of the ethical problems of mentoring trainee teachers (Weber, 2008; Pirone & Weber, 2018). Consciously or unconsciously, mentors are partly responsible for barriers in the training process of trainee teachers. For example, without being aware of it or intending it, the mentor uses the trainee teachers as a mirror of his own ideas and professional gestures. In fact, he wants to format the latter from the motives of reflection: "Do it the way I tell you and you will complete your traineeship". This is reminiscent of the sculptor Pygmalion who fell narcissistically in love with his statue.
This poses a number of challenges for the practice counsellors, which go beyond the didactic skills of the subject. From a psychoanalytic point of view, the question arises, how the practice counsellors position themselves as knowers and a "subject who knows" (Lacan 2011). Does they rather inscribe themselves in a discourse of the (authoritative) master, the scientist, the hysteric or the analyst who encourages the trainee to construct his singular knowledge of action? Considering trainee teachers as knowers, to what kind of role they are assigned to? How does a practice counsellor face his “otherness and how does he or she face the students and his "otherness" and how does he promote student teachers as singular subjects of desire?
Therefore, we have developed a framework that enables practising teachers to reflect on their conscious and unconscious ideas, desires, affects (e.g. jealousy, fear) and transference in complex and conflictual situations with trainee teachers. The group shares case studies, thus acting as a "echo chamber". They read case studies out lout and each participant the protagonist what part affectively touched them. For example which aspects of pleasure, desire, transference or discourse they noticed.
Ultimately, the practice teacher should also be able to verbalise and communicate their own style through this work. This includes positioning themselves ethically, asking themselves to what extent they can support the trainee teacher in their desire/enjoyment of becoming a teacher who may be confronted with the unfamiliar and the uncanny. It also involves being able to deal responsibly with the question of whether their trainee teacher is capable of accompanying pupils in their educational processes later on.
References:
Lacan, J. (2001). Le Séminaire, Livre VIII, Le transfert. Seuil.
Pirone, I. & Weber, J.-M. (2018). Comment être juste dans l'acte éducatif? Une question pour le sujet au-delà d'une compétence professionnelle de l'enseignant. Spirale – Revue de recherches en éducation, 61(1), 53–68.
Weber, J.-M. (2008). Le tutorat comme métier impossible et de l’impossible. ULP.
Capacity for Action in the Face of Uncertainty and Fear of the Unknown
Refugee pupils often attend inclusive classes, as many of them cannot be taught in mainstream classes due to their traumatic experiences (Rohr, 2020). There they meet adolescents who themselves have cognitive, physical and/or socio-emotional problems and who live in precarious family situations, too.
First-year students who complete their school practice in inclusive classes encounter a reality that is often alien to them, irritating, and frightening. They need support to be well equipped to meet the pedagogical, didactic, social, and emotional challenges. The practical module, which was developed and evaluated in the "proinrepra" project works at the “basic tool” - the person of the student. Everyone is born into an environment with different political, economic, cultural, and social (relationship) possibilities. Growing up, everyone has developed personal likes and dislikes, conscious (and unconscious) strategies for coping with conflicts and stress, values, ideas about themselves and others. And everyone is always striving to create, stabilize and optimize the highest possible subjective level of well-being and to avoid, prevent and minimize discomfort (Fonagy et al., 2002). These theories of depth psychology also apply to teachers, pupils, and the organization of relationships in inclusive classrooms.
In the seminar, the eight modules (summarized here in three topics) lead propaedeutically to a reflective and transfer-oriented supervision of the internship.
(1) I, as a prospective teacher, and my biographical history: Thematic tasks (experiences, action strategies, wishes etc.) are worked on and theory-based discussed.
(2) Focus on the individual pupil/student: We ask: " Why did pupils behave as they did in this situation? How they might have experienced themselves?” The aim is to come closer to understanding the student's subjectivity, motives, and resources. Through reflective dialogues the experiences of the placement are transformed into experiences that are available for later pedagogical situations. Teachers must realize that 'absolute' knowledge about a student can never be generated in any case discussions; one must be content with well-founded assumptions about a student's feelings and behavior and learn to endure and cope with the uncertainty that can be reduced but not eliminated.
This applies to (3) Focusing on oneself as a teacher and teacher-student interactions in the classroom: Workdiscussion-Protocols are written and discussed. Conscious and unconscious elements that help to shape the course of the interaction are to be uncovered and their significance recognized.
References:
Fonagy, P. Gergely, G., Jurist, E., Target, M. (2002). Affektregulierung, Mentalisierung und die Entwicklung des Selbst. Klett–Cotta.
Rohr, E. (2020). Flucht als Trennungserfahrung und der pädagogische Umgang mit unbegleiteten minderjährigen Geflüchteten. In D. Zimmermann, M. Wininger, & U. Finger-Trescher (Eds.) (2020). Migration, Flucht und Wandel. Jahrbuch für Psychoanalytische Pädagogik 27 (p. 107–122). Psychosozial.
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 04 SES 17 C: National Policies of Inclusion – International Perspectives Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Stephan Huber Session Chair: Stephan Huber Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium National Policies of Inclusion – International Perspectives National policies present rights, duties, and measures for policy action through messages framed by particular concepts. Research has shown how understandings of policy conceptualizations have changed over time with shifting policies and premises (Stenersen & Prøitz 2020). One of these concepts is the powerful movement towards inclusive schooling. Although countries have different historically developed educational contexts, resembling regulations for inclusive schooling have been implemented, and stakeholders have interpreted regulations leading to many variations (Badstieber & Moldenhauer, 2016). School principals play a major role in this chain of international guidelines, national and finally local implementation (Abrahamsen & Aas, 2019). However, due to different understandings of inclusion and variations in local contexts, the role of school leaders in this high-stake policy issue is unclear (Wermke & Prøitz, 2019). The first paper of this symposium analyses inclusion policies in Norway, where especially school leaders play a significant role in reform implementation (Moos et al., 2016). Article 24 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities requires signatory states to ensure ‘an inclusive education system at all levels’ – there are, however, variations in the wording of this article: The version ratified by Switzerland in 2014, for instance, replaces ‘inclusive’ with ‘integrative’. This means that children with disabilities are granted equal access to free, high-quality education in the primary and secondary schools in their community, but not necessarily in mainstream classrooms alongside their peers. Previous research has identified a lack of transparency regarding the implementation of national integration policy by the cantonal departments of education (Kronenberg, 2021) as well as significant differences among Swiss cantons in the legal regulations governing the structure and financing of integrative measures (Wicki, 2020; Wicki & Antognini, 2022). The second paper of this symposium explores the strategies employed by German-speaking cantons in Switzerland to redesign their school system in compliance with Swiss national integration policy and assesses their inclusiveness. Educational policy and legislation in Portugal have been, since the 70s, on a path to developing a more inclusive education system for all. The development of inclusive education systems requires a joined-up approach that includes not only a focus on “special” groups, but on developing inclusive curricula and pedagogies (including assessment), designed with learner diversity as a starting point, aiming at realising the rights of all learners to education in terms of access to, participation, and success in education. The third paper focuses on the legislation and policy developments in Portugal which intended to develop a national inclusive education system and presents an overview of the development of educational public policies towards inclusion. Recent research has increasingly focused on students’ and teachers' attitudes, perceptions, beliefs, and self-efficacy regarding diversity and inclusive education. The fourth paper focuses on the national application of questionnaires to teachers in Portugal, exploring their attitudes toward diversity, inclusive cultures, and practices, and identifying correlations and differences in attitudes considering various personal and professional variables. It draws on the broad definition of attitudes, encompassing perceptions, views, beliefs, feelings, and predispositions, as put forth by Van Mieghem et al. (2020). The research is situated within the context of Portuguese TEIP school clusters associated with the Includ-Ed Community Learning Program. This study, part of the LC4Inclusion project (PTDC/CED-EDG/4650/2021), aims to understand the development processes of Learning Communities and strategies used to combat inequality and promote inclusion and success. By bringing together four perspectives on the development and implementation of national educational policy in three different European countries, we hope to gain new insights into the challenges and opportunities regarding the promotion of inclusive education in Europe. References Stenersen, C. R., & Prøitz, T. S. (2022). Just a buzzword? The use of concepts and ideas in educational governance. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(2), 193-207. Badstieber, B. & Moldenhauer, A. (2016). Schulleitungshandeln in inklusionsorientierten Schulentwicklungsprozessen. In U. Böing & A. Köpfer (Eds.), Be-Hinderung der Teilhabe. Soziale, politische und institutionelle Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildungsräume (pp. 209 - 219). Julius Klinkhardt. Abrahamsen, H. N., & Aas, M. (2019). Mellomleder i skolen. Fagbokforlaget. Wermke, W., & Prøitz, T. S. (2019). Discussing the curriculum-Didaktik dichotomy and comparative conceptualisations of the teaching profession. Education enquiry, 10(4), 300-327. Moos, L., Nihlfors, E. & Paulsen, J. M. (2016). Nordic Superintendents: Agents in a Broken Chain. Springer International Publishing. Kronenberg, B. (2021): Sonderpädagogik in der Schweiz. Bern: SBFI und EDK. Wicki, M. (2020): Fact-Sheets regulatorische Rahmenbedingungen für heil- und sonderpädagogische Angebote in der Schweiz. Zürich: Interkantonale Hochschule für Heilpädagogik. Wicki, M. T. & Antognini, K. (2022). Effekte der regulatorischen Rahmenbedingungen auf die Förderquoten im Rahmen verstärkter sonderpädagogischer Massnahmen. Vierteljahresschrift für Heilpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete, 91(4), 300-316. Van Mieghem et al. (2020). An analysis of research on inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(6), 675-689. Presentations of the Symposium School Leaders’ Responsibilities for Inclusive Schooling in Norway
In Norway, inclusive schooling for all pupils is manifested in legislations with focus on learning environment. In the national curriculum it is written that “a generous and supportive learning environment is the basis for a positive culture where students are encouraged and stimulated for professional and social development” (Directorate for Education and Training, 2020). School principals are obliged to follow this law and have to justify their decisions based on the Education Act (Møller & Skedsmo, 2013). However, the exact role of school principals, their duties and responsibility regarding inclusive schooling is still underexplored (Badstieber, 2021). The study aims to analyze how school leaders´ responsibilities for inclusive schooling are depicted in policy documents in Norway regarding the implementation of inclusion policies since 1994 and how this is understood in the discourse on school leaders´ responsibilities in school leaders’ professional journals in Norway.
Due to the Salamanca Declaration and subsequent efforts for more inclusive school systems, the analysis of policy documents begins with the year 1994.
For the analysis of the documents Bowen’s content document analysis in the further development of Prøitz (2015) was used. For the first part, school laws and their guiding documents regarding inclusive education were investigated. The second part of the analysis worked with school leader union magazines, partially written by principals for principals. The document material shows how political implementations arrive in professional daily work life and how policies are understood and interpreted by principals and their associations. The material furthermore presents the interface between intentions and practice.
Preliminary results indicates that school leaders in Norway had to undertake increasing responsibilities for inclusive school settings over the years. It can be seen in more defined job descriptions regarding the development of competences of school staff, evaluations, and collaboration with other stakeholders. Even though the regulations for inclusion communicate a certain degree of autonomy, control from higher school authorities is increasing and school principals are made more accountable for their decisions. This is made clear through penalties, highly discussed in the union magazines, accompanied by suggestions from lawyers on how to interpret and deal with duties manifested in policies.
This study show how policies on inclusion at various times can imply for school leaders in the implementation of an inclusive school for all children.
References:
Abrahamsen, H. N., & Aas, M. (2019). Mellomleder i skolen. Fagbokforlaget.
Badstieber, B. (2021). Inklusion als Transformation?! Eine empirische Analyse der Rekontextualisierungsstrategien von Schulleitenden im Kontext schulischer Inklusion. Julius Klinkhardt.
Badstieber, B. & Moldenhauer, A. (2016). Schulleitungshandeln in inklusionsorientierten Schulentwicklungsprozessen. In U. Böing & A. Köpfer (Eds.), Be-Hinderung der Teilhabe. Soziale, politische und institutionelle Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildungsräume (pp. 209 - 219). Julius Klinkhardt.
Directorate for Education and Training (2020). Overordnet del: Prinsipper for skolens praksis. Læreplanverket for Kunnskapsløftet 2020. https://sokeresultat.udir.no/finn-lareplan.html?fltypefiltermulti=Kunnskapsl%C3%B8ftet%202020
Prøitz, T. S. (2015). Learning Outcomes as a Key Concept in Policy Documents throughout Policy Changes. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 59(3), 275-296. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2014.904418
Moos, L., Nihlfors, E. & Paulsen, J. M. (2016). Nordic Superintendents: Agents in a Broken Chain. Springer International Publishing.
Møller, J., & Skedsmo, G. (2013). Modernising education: New Public Management reform in the Norwegian education system. Journal of educational administration and history, 45(4), 336-353. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2013.822353
Stenersen, C. R., & Prøitz, T. S. (2022). Just a buzzword? The use of concepts and ideas in educational governance. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(2), 193-207. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1788153
Wermke, W., & Prøitz, T. S. (2019). Discussing the curriculum-Didaktik dichotomy and comparative conceptualisations of the teaching profession. Education enquiry, 10(4), 300-327. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2019.1618677
Integration or Inclusion? An Analysis of the Strategies Employed by Swiss Cantons to Comply with the UN CRPD
The research presented in this paper aims to identify similarities and differences in the cantonal approaches to the integration of children with ‘special educational needs’ in regular schools and to assess how inclusive these approaches are. This analysis forms part of a larger mixed-methods study on the development and management of integrative schools in Switzerland. It consists of a document analysis examining official programmes published by the 20 German-speaking cantons that outline their implementation of national ‘integrated special education’ legislation. Objectives were captured using the Index for Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2002); measures were recorded inductively, and their implementation – as outlined in the programmes – was coded as inclusive or segregated, consistent with UN terminology (2016).
The analysis reveals that inclusion, as conceptualised by the UN (cf. 2016) and operationalised by Booth & Ainscow (2002), is not widely pursued in Swiss special education programmes. Objectives focus heavily on cooperation, coordination, and individualised teaching, while broader approaches to inclusiveness, such as tackling all forms of discrimination, stigmatisation, and bullying, receive little to no attention. The programmes define student support measures mainly along diagnostic lines and try to match the various needs arising from disorders and disabilities (and from learning German as a second language) with appropriate assistance and accommodations. Overall, there is a moderate tendency towards inclusive, rather than segregated implementation, though most support measures are described as optionally inclusive, thus delegating the decision to lower-level educational authorities and leaving room for both inclusive and segregated implementations. Of the twenty cantons under study, one takes a consistently inclusive approach and another two that show similar consistency, albeit to a lesser extent. Overall, this document analysis shows great variety among the 20 cantons, with some striving to provide not just integrated support within the school but inclusive, needs-based support in the classroom. All cantons, however, maintain at least temporary segregation measures and, thus, fall short of providing a fully inclusive classroom setting.
The findings of this comprehensive analysis help to identify different political strategies in dealing with the requirements of national and international education policy. Whereas some cantons outline especial efforts towards a more inclusive mainstream education system, others have opted for a more pragmatic approach, trying to strike a balance between goal setting and realisable measures and often leaving many decisions to educational and political actors at the municipal level.
References:
Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. 2002. Index for Inclusion. Developing Learning and Participation in Schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education, United Kingdom.
United Nations Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. 2016. General Comment No. 4. (2016) on the Right to Inclusive Education.
Moving Towards Inclusive Educational Policies in Portugal
This presentation will focus on the legislation and policy developments in Portugal which intended to develop a national inclusive education system. Two main theories will support our analysis of the Portuguese context: 1) Bernstein’s claim that ‘curriculum, pedagogic practice, and modes of evaluation set the terms for the crucial encounters in the classroom context of teachers and pupils’ (Bernstein, 2003, p. 154); 2) Universal Design for Learning (CAST, 2018) and its principles of using multiple means of engagement, representation, action and expression. These will be used in the context of the recent international policies (e.g., United Nations, 2016; International Bureau of Education-UNESCO, 2016; UNESCO, 2017) to argue that inclusion in education means much more than mainstreaming learners with disabilities, and that it means changing education systems to remove barriers to learning that may be experienced by all learners. Considering inclusive education as a possibility for breaking cultural reproduction and for redistributing power, this presentation will map the Education for All and the inclusive education movements in Portugal. From the 1950s and 60s when a very selective system allowed only a minority of the population to attend education, and extremely low levels of literacy existed. Through to the mid-70s with an awareness of the selective and discriminatory character of education, along with an inflow of migrants from the countries colonised by Portugal (Marques et al., 2007). And, in 1986, through the Fundamental Law of the Education System, which organised schooling into Pre-School, Basic and Secondary Education. Basic education comprises three cycles: First Cycle (Grades 1–4); Second Cycle (Grades 5–6), and Third Cycle (Grades 7–9). Secondary Education includes Grades 10–12.
Through an opening of education to children and young people from lower social economic backgrounds (aiming to achieve education for all), and a parallel development of legislation from the late 1970s that expected the increasing presence of some learners with disabilities in mainstream schools (special/inclusive education movement), Portuguese policies have progressively moved towards inclusive education for all, expected to happen in mainstream schools.
References:
Bernstein, B., 2003. Class, Codes and Control, Volume V, The Structuring of Pedagogic Discourse. Routledge, London.
CAST. (2018). Universal design for learning guidelines version 2.2 (p. 2018). CAST.
International Bureau of Education-UNESCO, 2016. Reaching Out to All Learners: A Resource Pack for Supporting Inclusive Education. IBE-UNESCO, Geneva.
Marques, M.M., Valente-Rosa, M.J., Martins, J.L., 2007. School and diversity in a weak state: the Portuguese case. J. Ethnic Migrat. Stud. 33 (7), 1145–1168.
UNESCO, 2017. A Guide for Ensuring Inclusion and Equity in Education. UNESCO, Paris
United Nations, 2016. General Comment No. 4 (2016), Article 24: Right to Inclusive Education. UN Committee on the Rights of Persons With Disabilities (CRPD), pp. 1–24
Exploring Students and Teachers Attitudes Toward Diversity and Inclusive Education in Portugal
This paper presents findings from the LC4Inclusion project, exploring teacher attitudes towards diversity and inclusive education in Portugal. This study is significant as it delves into an under-researched area within the Portuguese context, examining attitudes across various dimensions and their implications for inclusive education. Recent studies have shifted their focus towards understanding the attitudes, perceptions, beliefs, and self-efficacy of students and teachers in relation to diversity and inclusive education (Guillemot, Lacroix & Nocus, 2022; Semião et al., 2023, Yada et al., 2022). This paper adopts the comprehensive perspective on attitudes, which includes perceptions, views, beliefs, feelings, and predispositions, as described by Van Mieghem et al. (2020).
The methodology employed a mixed-methods approach, utilizing an extensive component of questionnaires administered to teachers and students across 59 school clusters and 14 in depth case studies. The questionnaire, adapted from Semião et al. (in press) and based on the Index for Inclusion by Booth and Ainscow (2002), focused on three factors: Diversity and Inclusion, Classroom Practices, and Inclusive Cultures.
The study revealed overall positive attitudes towards inclusive education, with variations across different dimensions. Key findings include the influence of teaching level, with primary teachers displaying more favorable attitudes, and the impact of training on enhancing positive perceptions towards inclusion. Similarly for students, those attending elementary school presented significantly more favorable perceptions towards inclusion than those attending high school. Despite positive attitudes, the study identified areas for improvement, particularly in supporting diversity and catering to all students' learning needs. The results also highlighted a moderate level of self-reported knowledge about inclusive education among teachers. The study’s limitations include, the self-report nature of the data collection tool limits insights into how these attitudes translate into actual inclusive practices in schools.
In conclusion, inclusive education is a complex challenge that requires an integrated and collaborative approach. Communities of practice in educational settings can be an effective strategy for promoting inclusive education, allowing for the sharing of knowledge and resources, collaboration between teachers, professional development, and the creation of a sense of belonging and cohesion. However, to be effective, it is essential to create favorable conditions for their implementation and operation, including leadership committed to inclusive education, adequate time and resources, and training and support for teachers. The promotion of inclusive education is a fundamental challenge for Portuguese society, and communities of practice can be an important strategy for addressing it in a collaborative and reflective manner.
References:
Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for Inclusion: Developing learning and participation in schools. CSIE.
Guillemot, F., Lacroix, F., & Nocus, I. (2022). Teachers’ attitude towards inclusive education from 2000 to 2020. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 3.
Semião et al. (in press). Validação de um questionário sobre educação inclusiva. Revista Brasileira de Educação Especial.
Semião, D., Mogarro, M.J., Pinto, F.B., Martins, M.J.D., Santos, N., Sousa, O., Marchão, A., Freire, I.P., Lord, L., & Tinoca, L. (2023). Teachers’ Perspectives on Students’ Cultural Diversity: A Systematic Literature Review. Education Sciences, 13, 1215.
Van Mieghem et al. (2020). An analysis of research on inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(6), 675-689.
Yada, A., Leskinen, M., Savolainen, H., & Schwab, S. (2022). Meta-analysis of the relationship between teachers’ self-efficacy and attitudes toward inclusive education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109.
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 04 SES 17 D: Exploring Diverse Voices to Understand and Promote Inclusion Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kyriaki Messiou Session Chair: Patricia Shaw Symposium |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Exploring Diverse Voices to Understand and Promote Inclusion Inclusive education is a contested term with varied meanings attached to it. The term was endorsed 30 years ago, during the the World Conference on Special Needs Education. At that time, the term was mostly associated with those defined as having special educational needs. Gradually the term has become broader, focusing on all students. In a recent document by UNESCO (2020) this emphasis on all is reiterated by using the phrase “All means all”. The papers in this symposium are informed by theories of inclusion and theoretical understandings of voice. We adopt Ainscow’s (2007) broad concept of inclusion as an ongoing process of finding ways to reach out to all learners with a focus on their presence, participation, and achievement. We acknowledge that this is a challenging process that requires the involvement of all stakeholders, such as parents, teachers and children and young people. The symposium will focus on exploring the contributions and voices of different stakeholders to understand better notions of inclusion and identify ways to promote inclusive thinking and practices. By voice we refer to both verbal and nonverbal means of communication (Thomson, 2008), including silences (Lewis, 2010). Reay (2006) draws attention to the dangers of the collectiveness of voice. Here we emphasise the plurality of voices and focusing on exploring diversity of views amongst our participants, and amongst ourselves. It has been argued that voice can never be fully captured in research (Mazzei, 2009). Others have argued that participants’ voices in qualitative research may have been burdened with too much weight (St Pierre, 2009), going on to highlight that voice is just one source among many others that qualitative researchers should use in trying to make sense of complex phenomena. Starting with these positions the papers in this symposium bring to the fore diverse voices, including those of researchers. Studies carried out in various parts of the world have explored the roles of different stakeholders in the process of inclusion such as the role of teachers (e.g. Pantic and Florian, 2015), children (e.g.Black-Hawkins, Maguire and Kershner, 2021) and parents (e.g.Paseka and Schwab, 2020). Research participants take various roles in such studies ranging from being respondents to researchers’ agendas, to being more actively involved in the research process, including participants themselves setting the agendas of exploration. The symposium first explores how different stakeholders’ voices can be involved in research, and the ways in which different methodological approaches can inform developments in the field of inclusive education. At the same time, the role of researchers is also explored in efforts to understand and promote inclusion. This symposium will explore diverse perspectives, from studies in different countries: Austria, Cyprus, Denmark, England, Portugal, Spain and the Philippines. All studies in this symposium employed qualitative approaches focusing on gaining understandings from the participants’ perspectives. Two of the papers explore studies that were carried out in school contexts, whereas one of the studies is focusing on research with mothers. During the symposium we will explore the following questions: - How can understandings from diverse perspectives (parents, teachers and children and young people) facilitate understandings towards promoting inclusion? - How can we bring these perspectives together to promote inclusion? - What are the different roles of researchers in such endeavours? Understandings gained through the different contexts and studies will inform efforts towards greater understandings of the meanings of inclusion, and ways to develop further inclusive thinking and practices. References Ainscow, M. (2007) "From special education to effective schools for all: a review of progress so far." The SAGE handbook of special education: 146-159. Black-Hawkins, K. Maguire, L. and Kershner, R. (2021) Developing inclusive classroom communities: what matters to children?, Education 3-13, 50 (5) 577–59. Lewis, A., (2010) Silence in the context of “child voice”, Children and Society, 24, 14–23. Mazzei, L.A., (2009) An impossibly full voice. In: Jackson, A.Y., Mazzei, L.A. (Eds.), Voice in Qualitative Inquiry: Challenging Conventional, Interpretive, and Critical Conceptions in Qualitative Research. Routledge, London and New York, pp. 45–62. Pantić, N.and Florian, L. (2015) Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice, Education Inquiry, 6(3): 333-351. Reay, D., (2006) “I’m not seen as one of the clever children”: consulting primary school pupils about the social conditions of learning. Educational Review, 58 (2), 171–181. St Pierre, E.A., (2009) Afterword: decentering voice in qualitative inquiry. In: Jackson, A.Y., Mazzei, L.A. (Eds.), Voice in Qualitative Inquiry: Challenging Conventional, Interpretive, and Critical Conceptions in Qualitative Research. Routledge, London and New York, pp. 221–236. Thomson, P. (Ed.), (2008) Doing Visual Research With Children and Young People. Routledge, London. United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization. (2020) "Global education monitoring report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all." Presentations of the Symposium Doing Voice, Doing Family: Conceptualisations and Practices of Voice among transnational families from the Philippines
This paper is inspired by the developments in student voice and migration studies. Migration scholarship claims that children’s voices in decision-making processes of transnational families are often relegated to a secondary status (de los Reyes, 2020; Lam & Yeoh, 2019ab). Ironically, when adult-driven migration projects fail, children are forced to become adults (de los Reyes, 2020) and help in meeting their family’s economic needs through the gig economy. In the Philippines, these contradictions result to strained family relationships, lack of co-ownership of decisions, and lower academic resilience among left-behind children (henceforth, LBCs) (ECMI/AOS-Manila et al., 2004; Carandang et al., 2007, in Asis & Marave, 2013).
In student voice research, ‘voice’ is considered as a myriad of learners’ ways, whether verbal or non-verbal, of expressing their views and participation in dialogue, and in examining and providing solutions to issues that matter to them (Messiou, 2018; Fielding & McGregor, 2005; Cook-Sather, 2005). At the same time, the field of student voice research also considers voice as ‘dynamic and contextual’ (Messiou, 2023) which directs attention to the need to generate cultural accounts of thinking about and practicing ‘voice’, especially from non-western, and in the Global South.
Mobilising these developments in understanding ‘voice’ among families, this study asks the question, “what counts as ‘voice’ of children when families decide about migration and education of left-behind children?” Addressing this question is important because if opens up spaces for new thinking and ‘doing’ voice that takes into account various contexts where interaction among stakeholders happen. For example, what do migrant mothers from developing Southeast Asian countries such as the Philippines consider as expression of their children’s voice or as ways of listening to them? At the same time, what do left-behind children think as genuine expression of their voice and well-meaning ways of including them in family decision-making? By looking at conceptualisations and practices of ‘voice’ from the perspective of Filipina migrant mothers and their left-behind children, cultural and intergenerational perspectives on voice is offered.
To respond to the core and sub-questions above, this paper will use data from interviews with (1) 40 migrant Filipinas working as domestic workers in Hong Kong and Singapore, and as nursing professionals in the United Kingdom and Australia; and (2) 40 left-behind children (12-18 years old) based in the Philippines.
References:
Asis, M. M., & Ruiz-Marave, C. (2013). Leaving a legacy: Parental migration and school outcomes among young children in the Philippines. Asian and Pacific Migration Journal, 22(3), 349-375.
Carandang, M.L., Sison, B., & Carandang, C. F. A. (2007). Nawala ang ilaw ng tahanan: Case studies of families left behind by OFW mothers. Anvil.
Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, Presence, and Power: “Student Voice” in Educational Research and Reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359-390.
de los Reyes, E. J. Y. (2020). ‘Left-behind’to ‘get-ahead’? Youth futures in localities. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 18(2), 167-180.
Fielding, M. and McGregor, J. (2005). Deconstructing student voice: new spaces for dialogue or new opportunities for surveillance. American Educational Research Association (AERA), Canada.
Lam, T., & Yeoh, B. S. A. (2019a). Parental migration and disruptions in everyday life: reactions of LBCs in Southeast Asia. Journal of Ethnic & Migration Studies, 45(16), 3085–3104. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2018.1547022
Lam, T., & Yeoh, B. S. A. (2019b). Under one roof? LBCs's perspectives in negotiating relationships with absent and return-migrant parents. Population, Space and Place, 25(3). https://doi.org/10.1002/psp.2151
Messiou, K. (2023). The role of students’ voices in promoting inclusive education’. In Tierney, R.J., Rizvi, F., Erkican, K. (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education, vol. 9. Elsevier.
Inclusion and Equity in Education: The challenge of Teacher Professional Development
Ensuring inclusion and equity in education is a challenge. Although the main principle is straightforward ‘Every learner matters and matters equally’ (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization 2017) the efforts towards its achievement are complex (Messiou 2017). At the forefront of the complexities surrounding inclusion and equity in education is teacher professional development since, teachers, are considered the agents (Pantić and Florian 2015) who can support and sustain the equal valuing of all children in schools across the world (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 2018).
This study (Gerosimou and Messiou 2023) focuses on teacher professional development and more specifically it seeks to address the research question: ‘What areas should be considered in teacher professional development for promoting the equal valuing of all children?’ Based on the naturalist paradigm, the study followed a qualitative research approach, using a ‘collective type’ of case study research design. It was carried out in two primary schools in Cyprus and the participants were all the school staff in these two schools (i.e. two head teachers, forty-five teachers, three special teachers, two speech therapists, two school escorts). Qualitative methods were used: i.e. participant observations, critical incidents, informal conversational interviews, and semi-structured interviews.
The findings suggest that in order to encourage the equal valuing of all children, teachers’ professional development should address two areas: (a) the dominant value system, which represents a set of values that relate to a deficit way of thinking about children’s perceived abilities, immigrant status, and family background and (b) pedagogical strategies concerning individual children and the whole classroom, to address diversity. It is argued that these areas are intertwined in ways that influence and interact with each other.
Conceptualising teachers ‘professional development through this spectrum of interactions has implications for understanding and developing teacher professional development opportunities as a means of promoting inclusion and equity in schools (Gerosimou and Messiou 2023).
References:
Gerosimou E. and Messiou K.(2023) Thinking outside the ‘deficit box’: promoting the equal valuing of all children through teacher professional development, International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2023.2255608
Messiou, K. 2017. “Research in the Field of Inclusive Education: Time for a Rethink?.” International Journal of Inclusive Education 21 (2): 146–159. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 13603116.2016.1223184.
Pantić,Ν., and L. Florian.2015.“Developing Teachers as Agents of Inclusion and Social Justice.”Education Inquiry6 (3): 333–351.https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311.
OECD. 2018. Preparing Our Youth for an Inclusive and Sustainable World: The OECD PISA Global Competence Framework. Paris: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. https://www.oecd.org/education/Global-competency-for-an-inclusive-world.pdf
UNESCO. 2017. A Guide for Ensuring Inclusion and Equity in Education. Paris: UNESCO.
From Student Voice to Student-teacher Dialogues in Schools
Research involving schools is usually dominated by truths explored and brought to the surface by either university researchers, or those that are co-constructed between researchers and teachers. What is less common is having students in schools being part of such processes (Hadfield and Haw, 2001). Students’ voices, have been given a prominent role in research and in education, especially since the UN Convention of the Rights of the Child (1989), which was ratified by almost every country in the world. Student voice has been linked to active and meaningful participation, and having an active role in decision-making processes (Cook-Sather, 2006). Doing so in schools requires dialogues between teachers and students through which shared narratives (Lodge, 2005) and understandings are developed.
This presentation will draw from a set of interconnected studies, where university researchers worked collaborative with teachers and children and young people in schools. The first two studies were carried out in thirty-eight schools (primary and secondary) in five European countries (Austria, Denmark, England, Portugal and Spain) (Messiou and Ainscow, 2020) and had as a central feature student voice approaches (Cook-Sather, 2006) and student-teacher dialogues. The last study was carried out with a network of five primary schools in England and involved significant involvement by the research participants in decision-making processes, including setting the research agendas. All of this
Collaborative action research processes were employed in all studies that involve “different stakeholders functioning as co-researchers’ (p. 345, Mitchell, Reilly, & Logue, 2009). Teachers and school students took the role of co-researchers in the various school contexts (both primary and secondary school students). Data analysed from the various school contexts involved: lesson observations, planning meetings, training of student researchers and planning meetings between teachers and children, interviews with student researchers and interviews with teachers. ‘Group interpretive processes’ (Ainscow, Booth and Dyson, 2006) were used for analysis and interpretation. These processes established trustworthiness, using the member check approach recommended by Lincoln and Guba (1985).
Understandings gained through the analysis of the data in these studies highlight the importance of involving students and teachers in dialogues in schools. These can facilitate efforts towards inclusion by highlighting different possibilities about what is happening in schools, including details about learning and teaching. At the same time, challenges involved in this kind of research will be explored, such as issues of power between the various research participants and the researchers and how these can be addressed.
References:
Ainscow, M., T. Booth, and A. Dyson (2006). Improving Schools, Developing Inclusion. London: Routledge.
Cook-Sather, A. (2006) Sound, Presence, and Power: “Student Voice” in Educational Research and Reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359-390.
Hadfield, M. and Haw, K. (2001) ‘Voice’, young people and action research, Educational Action Research, 9:3, 485-502
Lincoln, Y. S. and Guba, E. G. (1985) Naturalistic Inquiry. London: SAGE.
Lodge, C. (2005). “From Hearing Voices to Engaging in Dialogue: Problematising Student Participation in School Improvement.” Journal of Educational Change 6: 125–146.
Messiou, K., and Ainscow, M. (2020) "Inclusive Inquiry: Student-teacher dialogue as a
means of promoting inclusion in schools." British Educational Research Journal 46 (3): 670- 687.
Mitchell, S.N., R.C. Reilly, and M.E. Logue. (2009) “Benefits of Collaborative Action Research for the Beginning Teacher.” Teaching and Teacher Education 25: 344–349.
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 04 SES 17 E: Teachers Experiencing Inclusion Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Kevin Davison Paper Session |
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Tensions & Contradictions: Exploring Post-Primary Teachers’ Perspectives and Experiences of Students with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) 1University of Galway, Ireland; 2Marino Institute of Education, Ireland Presenting Author:Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is a common neurodevelopmental condition, yet it was only within the last decade in Ireland that ADHD transitioned from being relatively unknown, to being the most frequent reason why Irish children attend mental health services (Carr-Fanning & Mc Guckin, 2018). However, those affected by ADHD often experience difficulties relating to the recognition of their condition, along with scepticism, stigma, and misdiagnosis (Adamis et al., 2019; Carr-Fanning & McGuckin, 2018). Furthermore, understanding and acceptance of the condition varies greatly among medical professionals and teachers alike, whose knowledge of ADHD generally may be very limited (Gavin & Mc Nicholas, 2018). Additionally, numerous gaps exist within the Irish body of research on ADHD (Lynch, 2016). Most studies are situated in the field of clinical psychology where quantitative methods of enquiry predominate (see: Adamis et al., 2023; O’Connor & McNicholas, 2020), while mixed and qualitative methods are underutilised. The same is true of international literature where quantitative surveys appear to be the preferred method for researching ADHD (Ewe, 2019). Few studies of ADHD have been conducted within the Irish educational context, and extant research has largely focused on primary education (see: Nolan et al., 2022), leaving a conspicuous dearth of ADHD enquiry among diagnosed adolescents (see: Lynch & Davison, 2022) and post-primary teachers in Ireland. Previous research with these populations has typically considered ADHD in conjunction with other additional needs (Barnes-Holmes et al., 2013), or through the perspectives of non-affected peers and the parents of diagnosed young adults (see: O’Driscoll et al., 2015). This paper therefore aims to explore the perspectives and experiences of post-primary teachers in Irish schools regarding students with ADHD. The rationale for this research not only stems from the gaps in Irish ADHD literature, but also from the fact that students with ADHD commonly experience poorer relationships with their teachers (Zendarski et al., 2020), and students with ADHD often feel less close to their teachers than other students (Ewe, 2019). However, strong student-teacher relationships can positively impact school engagement and improve academic outcomes (Valdebenito et al., 2022), while reducing behavioural issues. Therefore, by understanding post-primary teachers’ perspectives and experiences of students with ADHD, the insights gained could potentially improve the quality of teachers’ relationships with these students, which may subsequently result in more positive educational outcomes for adolescents affected by ADHD. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research examined the perspectives and experiences of Irish post-primary teachers regarding students diagnosed with ADHD and received university-level ethical approval. The study utilised a parallel mixed-methods research (MMR) design and was situated in the Interpretivist paradigm. Although a large portion of previous MMR is situated within positivist perspectives, there is a growing body of MMR research similarly situated in paradigms like Interpretivism, which is more traditionally associated with qualitative research (see: McChesney & Aldridge, 2019). The methodology consisted of an anonymous self-administered online questionnaire (n=239) to Irish post-primary teachers, containing both open and closed questions, and an optional semi-structured interview. Eight teachers agreed to participate in a follow-up interview. Interviews are rarely utilised in Irish research on ADHD and this facilitated a deeper exploration of teachers’ perspectives and experiences of students with ADHD. These instruments were developed by the authors of this paper and explored teachers’ views and opinions of ADHD, its impact in the classroom, and their experiences of diagnosed students. The instruments were piloted with post-primary teachers prior to use. Semi-structured interview data was analysed according to the thematic approach advocated by Braun and Clarke which included modifications based on Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2014). Each interview was transcribed verbatim, and pseudonyms were employed. Each transcript was coded line-by-line using gerunds, and memos were taken to record insights and observations while highlighting possible emerging patterns and connections between interviews (Charmaz, 2014). Codes were then sorted and grouped into a spreadsheet, and data from the interviews and questionnaire were extracted to illustrate the level of support for each emerging theme and subtheme. The strongest themes and subthemes were identified and then each underwent a process of refinement including visual mapping and final write-up. A total of 4 themes were developed, two of which are presented in this paper. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers reported that students with ADHD presented numerous challenges in the classroom which had a negative impact on teaching and learning, and they felt professionally ill-equipped to properly support their students. Although some participants identified positive elements related to teaching students with ADHD, most perceived these students as negatively impacting teaching and learning, both for themselves and for other students. Teachers reported that students with ADHD were challenging to manage and often described them as “bold” (misbehaving). Some also opined that students with ADHD use their diagnosis as an excuse for non-compliance and underperformance in the classroom. Teachers reported their initial teacher education did not prepare them for supporting students with ADHD, although more favourable opinions were expressed regarding the efficacy of continuing professional development in this regard. We posit that the negative perceptions of students with ADHD reported in this study largely stem from systemic issues within the Irish educational system, and a lack of knowledge and understanding of ADHD among practitioners. We argue there are multiple tensions and contradictions at play within the Irish educational system which may be impacting both teachers’ perspectives of students with ADHD and the inclusion of these students in the larger post-primary context. We believe that the concerns raised in this research will necessitate a collaborative and systems approach of diverse education stakeholders to effectively address educational inequities. References Adamis, D., Tatlow-Golden, M., Gavin, B. & McNicholas, F. (2019). General practitioners’ (GP) attitudes and knowledge about attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in Ireland. Irish Journal of Medical Science, 188, 231–239. doi.org/10.1007/s11845-018-1804-3 Barnes-Holmes, Y., Scanlon, G., Desmond, D., Shevlin, M. & Vahey, N. (2013). A study of transition from primary to post-primary school for pupils with special educational needs. National Council for Special Education. https://ncse.ie/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/Transitions_23_03_13.pdf Carr-Fanning, K. & McGuckin, C. (2018). The powerless or the empowered? Stakeholders’ experiences of diagnosis and treatment for attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in Ireland. Irish Journal of Psychological Medicine, 35, 203-212. doi:10.1017/ipm.2018.13 Charmaz, K. (2014) Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). Sage Publications. Ewe, L. P. (2019). ADHD symptoms and the teacher-student relationship: A systematic literature review. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 24(2), 136–155. doi:10.1080/13632752.2019.1597562 Gavin, B. & McNicholas, F. (2018). ADHD: science, stigma and service implications. Irish Journal of Psychological Medicine, 35(3), 169–172. https://doi-org.elib.tcd.ie/10.1017/ipm.2018.20 Lynch, A. (2016). Identifying knowledge gaps in ADHD research. Journal of Childhood & Developmental Disorders, 2(3), 1-3. doi:10.4172/2472-1786.100035 Lynch, A. & Davison, K. (2022). Gendered expectations on the recognition of ADHD in young women and educational implications. Irish Educational Studies. doi: 10.1080/03323315.2022.2032264 McChesney, K. & Aldridge, J. (2019). Weaving an interpretivist stance throughout mixed methods research. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 42(3), 225-238. doi: 10.1080/1743727X.2019.1590811 Nolan, C., Murphy, C. & Kelly, M. (2022). Using the IRAP to investigate gender biases towards ADHD and anxiety. The Psychological Record, 72, 111-117. doi.org/10.1007/s40732-021-00474-x O’Driscoll, C., Heary, C., Hennessy, E. & McKeague, L. (2015). Adolescents’ explanations for the exclusion of peers with mental health problems: An insight into stigma. Sage Publications. doi-org.elib.tcd.ie/10.1177/0743558414550246 O'Connor C, McNicholas F. (2020). What differentiates children with ADHD symptoms who do and do not receive a formal diagnosis? Results from a prospective longitudinal cohort study. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, 51(1), 138-150. doi: 10.1007/s10578-019-00917-1. PMID: 31385105. Valdebenito, S., Speyer, L., Murray, A.L., Ribeaud, D. & Eisner, M. (2022). Associations between student-teacher bonds and oppositional behavior against teachers in adolescence: A longitudinal analysis from ages 11 to 15. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 51, 1997–2007. doi.org/10.1007/s10964-022-01645-x Zendarski, N., Haebich, K., Bhide, S., Quek, J., Nicholson, J., Jacobs, K., Efron, D. & Scibberas, E. (2020). Student-teacher relationship quality in children with and without ADHD: A cross-sectional community based study. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 51, 275-284. doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2019.12.006 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teachers’ perceptions on Inclusive Education for children with Autism Spectrum Condition (ASC) in Cyprus University of Northampton, UK Presenting Author:An essential component of the 1999, Cyprus introduced legislation to promote the inclusion of children with disabilities, affirming their fundamental right to access mainstream education. This law established special education units (classes specifically for children with disabilities) within regular schools, offering individual and group support while promoting inclusion in regular classes. However, following an assessment carried out by a UN committee in 2017, it appeared that the existing legislation (Law 113(I)/99) did not respond effectively to the needs of children with disabilities. Then, with the guidance of experts from the European Organization for Special and Inclusive Education, the Ministry of Education, Sports and Youth of Cyprus (MOEC), in 2021, a new reform began to be planned, aiming at a new legislative framework that is Inclusive Education. This framework extends the right of children with disabilities, including those with Autism Spectrum Conditions (ASC), not simply to be in mainstream education, while emphasizing their fundamental right to be educated, to receive quality education. he existing legislation is a major step towards the integration of children with disabilities in mainstream schools and the alignment of the Cypriot education system with international practice (Angelides, Charalambous & Vrasida, 2004). However, there are still some important ideological controversies that concern the rhetoric of integration and the implementation of segregating practices (Liasidou, 2007a). Numerous researchers stress the importance of the exploration of teachers’ professional background and their attitudes and beliefs regarding inclusive education, for the successful adoption of an inclusive approach to education, as they are the eventual implementers of integration or inclusive practices (Symenidou & Phtiaka, 2009). The following research study investigates the views and attitudes of Cypriot teachers towards the policy of inclusive education of pupils with Autism Spectrum Condition (ASC) in mainstream schools. The purpose of the research is to conduct a valuation concerning teachers’ views and understanding of ASC, their perceptions and attitudes on the education of children with ASC and how the perceptions they have affect the implementation of inclusive education for children with ASC in mainstream schools. The sample of the research study consists mainly of primary school teachers, who teach in three schools with Special Education Units (SEU) and three schools without SEUs, in the Limassol district. The literature review led to the identification of an inequality in research undertaken on inclusive education of pupils with ASC in mainstream schools. The issue of inclusive education of students with ASC has been addressed only from a legal-administrative but also an organizational level. The educational and emotional aspects of the subject have so far not been addressed by the scientific Cypriot literature, which lacks research and empirical data. Furthermore, the connection between the challenges affecting children with ASC and the creation of an inclusive educational environment specifically for them has not yet been addressed in any consistent way and is something that needed to be explored. Most of the research undertaken in the Cypriot school set up to this day, is comprised of data collected for special needs in general, inclusion for children with disabilities or perceptions on inclusive education of children with disabilities, and none for ASC specifically. This has led to the need for further investigation of teachers’ perceptions regarding inclusive education of children with ASC, and to the present research study, which aims to fill the existing gap in the literature. Hence, I will be presenting the outcomes from the two phases of my research: initial quantitative data collection through questionnaires, followed by qualitative analysis through semi-structured interviews. The findings raised concerns about teachers' attitudes toward inclusive education for children with ASC, highlighting the need for its implementation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The objective of the present study is to conduct an explanatory case study regarding teachers’ perceptions on the education of children with ASD, the training of these teachers on the topic of inclusive education and their satisfaction with the implementation of inclusive education. To carry out scientific research, a necessary prerequisite is the development of a specific methodology in which this research will be conducted (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2007). The research questions of this study, provide the basis for the methodological paradigm chosen, and are the following: 1. What is the level of understanding of ASC by teachers? 2. How able are Cypriot teachers in assisting children with ASC in an inclusive educational setting without applying segregative practices? 3. How do the perceptions and attitudes of Cypriot educators on ASC, influence the effective implementation of inclusive education of children with ASC? The present research study had two phases. Α rigorous random sampling process was employed to select three primary schools with Special Education Units (SEUs) and an equivalent number of primary schools without SEUs in the Limassol district. The research sample consisted of teachers from these six selected schools. A comprehensive data collection approach involved the administration of questionnaires and subsequent interviews to explore the perceptions and views of the participants, in alignment with the research questions. The interviews were undertaken to provide further meaningful and in-depth information. The data underwent meticulous analysis, employing both descriptive statistics and appropriate inferential statistical methods. Statistical software tools, namely SPSS.IBM.25 and NVivo, were instrumental in executing the process of statistical analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The conclusions arising from the extensive exploration of the attitudes and perceptions of Cypriot teachers regarding the inclusive education of students with ASC were presented. The primary contribution of this study to the theoretical debate and the understanding of the attitudes and perceptions of educators was featured, after the acknowledgement of and the reflection on the limitations of the study. These have provided the formation of a comprehensive narrative of the study. The study has illuminated two critical dimensions of the attitudes of Cypriot teachers towards the inclusive education of children with ASC. The first one being the revelation that a majority of teachers display limited knowledge and hold misconceptions about ASC and differentiated teaching. This is coupled with the second dimension, which is the identification of anxiety and apprehension amongst teachers, concerning the inclusive education of children with ASC and the implementation of differentiated teaching practices. These underline a pressing need for broad and targeted teacher training programs in Cyprus, but also the necessity for the provision of structured support systems in the Cypriot education system, which include materials, staff, accessible resources and technical support. An essential revelation of the study is the prevailing segregative orientation within the Cypriot educational system, which undermines the principles of inclusive education. The existence of Special Schools, Special Education Units and special education teachers who take students out of their classrooms, are practices which contradict the vision toward an inclusive framework of education, creating an immense need for the critical evaluation of these systemic barriers in the Cypriot Education System. To conclude, the incorporation of the findings of the research study with the theoretical framework of the literature review, has created research which has contributed to the discussion on the inclusive education of children with ASC in Cyprus mainstream schools. References Angelides, P., Charalambous, C., & Vrasida, C. (2004). Reflections on policy and practice of inclusive education in pre-primary schools in Cyprus, European Journal of Special Needs Education, 18, (2), 211-223. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2007). Research methods in education. London: Routledge. Liasidou, A. (2007a). Inclusive education policies and the feasibility of educational change: the case of Cyprus, International Studies in Sociology of Education, 17, (4), 329-347. N. 113(I)/99. Integration of Children with Special Needs Act. Official Gazette of the Republic of Cyprus. (in Greek). |
14:15 - 15:45 | 07 SES 17 A: Why do Disadvantaged Learners (not) Engage in Learning? Motivations and Barriers to Participation in Lifelong Learning Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Jan Kalenda Session Chair: Jan Kalenda Symposium |
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium Why do Disadvantaged Learners (not) Engage in Learning? Motivations and Barriers to Participation in Lifelong Learning As lifelong learning is an important condition for employability, social inclusion and active citizenship, the European Council has been emphasizing the importance of adult learning for the last two decades (European Commission, 2001). Despite these predetermined goals, participation in adult learning remains highly unequal: those who are most in need of learning to improve knowledge and skills in a rapidly changing labor market are least likely to find their way into adult learning (Boeren, 2016; Desjardins, 2015). This participation behavior and its failure to be properly addressed by policies only increases the disparities between advantaged and disadvantaged adults. Research on causes of low participation rates among vulnerable adults points to the fact that much more than other groups of adults, disadvantaged adults face different types of barriers that prevent them from learning (e.g., Cross, 1981). Yet policies seeking to remove such barriers and thus aiming to minimize the threshold to adult education (e.g., reducing enrollment costs, organizing learning activities at alternative time points) seem to be failing in their purpose. One major difficulty with policies focusing on raising participation is that it shifts the responsibility to individual adults taking or not taking the initiative to participate. While an individual’s agency is not to be ignored, the decision-making process, particularly for disadvantaged adults, is a complex and sensitive phenomenon to comprehend (Boeren, 2016). Vulnerable adults are more likely to have experienced a problematic schooling trajectory often resulting in early dropout. Due to previous negative school experiences, these adults are more likely to have adverse self-perceptions as learners, low expectations of what can be achieved, fear and distrust of educational systems, preventing them from taking the step to undertake learning activities again at an adult age (Boeren, 2011; Cross, 1981; Darkenwald & Merriam, 1982; Goto & Martin, 2009; Rubenson, 2010; Vannieuwenhove & De Wever, 2022). In addition, adults differ in what Bourdieu (1984) calls their various forms of capital. Family, friends, school, and the work environment shape an individual’s frame of reference (“habitus”). Within this frame of reference, values are pushed forward, helping to determine what is considered important and what is within an individual’s possibilities. Consequently, interactions within the social context implicitly set boundaries for what is worth aspiring. Lower learning intentions therefore are not so much a conscious individual choice but rather the inherent consequence of socialization processes (Boeren, 2011; Bourdieu, 1984; Cross, 1981). Understanding sociopsychological hindering processes preventing disadvantaged adults from learning is crucial to gain a better insight in the participation gap between advantaged and disadvantaged adult learners. As research on this subject is challenging and scarce, the symposium aims to broadly illuminate the role of potentially obstructive sociopsychological (demand side of adult learning) and organizational factors (supply side) by bringing together recent empirical findings emerging from three diverse research projects, developing a European perspective on this topic. Specifically, Paper 1 by Ellen Boeren will examine long-term shifts in inequality patterns within the UK and Ireland. Paper 2, authored by Simon Broek, will investigate the relationship between learning culture and individual agency in the Netherlands. Finally, Bea Mertens' Paper 3 will delve into the dynamics of motivation and barriers affecting learning quality of disadvantaged adults in Belgium. Through the variety of theoretical lenses and methodological approaches used, the insights from the research projects represented in the symposium fuel an in-depth discussion on potential levers for participation necessary for both education providers and policy makers to be able to design appropriate interventions to enhance both supply and demand side of lifelong learning for disadvantaged adults. References Boeren, E. (2011). Participation in adult education: a bounded agency approach [Doctoral thesis in Educational Sciences]. Leuven: Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. Boeren, E. (2016). Lifelong learning participation in a changing policy context: an interdisciplinary theory. London: Palgrave-Macmillan. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: a social critique of the judgement of taste. Routledge. Cross, P. K. (1981). Adults as learners. Jossey-Bass. Darkenwald, G. G., & Merriam, S. B. (1982). Adult education: Foundations of practice. Harper & Row. Desjardins, R. (2015). Participation in adult education opportunities: Evidence from PIAAC and policy trends in selected countries - Background paper for the Education for All Global Monitoring Report. European Commission (2001) Making a European Area of Lifelong Learning a Reality. European Commission COM 678 final. Available at: http://aei.pitt.edu/42878/1/com2001_0678.pdf (accessed January, 2024). Goto, S. T., & Martin, C. (2009). Psychology of success: Overcoming barriers to pursuing further education. Journal of Continuing Higher Education, 57(1), 10–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/07377360902810744 Rubenson, K. (2010). Barriers to participation in adult education. In K. Rubenson (Ed.), Adult learning and education (pp. 234–239). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B0-12-370870-2/00007-X Van Nieuwenhove, L., & De Wever, B. (2022). Why are low-educated adults underrepresented in adult education? Studying the role of educational background in expressing learningneeds and barriers. Studies in Continuing Education, 44(1), 189–206. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2020.1865299 Presentations of the Symposium Investigating Trends in Participation in Adult Learning and Education: Evidence from 20 Years of UK Survey Data
This presentation will delve deeper into the characteristics of participants versus non-participants in adult learning with a specific focus on future learning intentions, motivations and barriers. Previous research has shown that participation in adult learning remains unequal (Boeren, 2016). Those with higher levels of qualifications, younger adults, and those in knowledge-intensive jobs are more likely to participate. But to what extent have participation patterns, including its drivers and barriers, among these groups remained static during the past 20 years?
This contribution to the symposium will introduce the audience to an ongoing adult education project, funded by the UK’s Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC): A UK-Ireland investigation into the statistical evidence-base underpinning adult learning and education policy-making. We will present a brief methodological overview of the Learning & Work Institute’s Adult Participation in Learning (APiL) survey, a representative cross-sectional survey with near-annual rounds of around 5,000 adults each, totalling around 100,000 for the period 2002 - 2023. The Learning & Work Institute is the UK’s leading non-partisan body generating policy-influence in adult education. Having introduced the audience to the methodological aspects of our research, we will present trend analyses on who did and did not participate during the last 20 years, including the characteristics of adults who indicated a likelihood to participate in the near future. The data also allow us to unpack the motivations (Boeren & Holford, 2016; Boshier & Collins, 1985) of participating adults and which barriers (Cross, 1981; Kalenda, Vaculíková, & Kočvarová, 2022) prevented others. Given our access to representative data for the period 2002 to 2023, we will not only discuss determinants of participation but specifically zoom in to patterns over time. Preliminary analyses of the data confirm a stubborn trend towards higher participation chances for younger and highly educated adults, those in full-time employment, coming from higher social class backgrounds. Additionally, while these socio-economic and socio-demographic background characteristics remain important predictors of future participation, adults’ current or recent participation status appears as the most powerful determinant of learning intentions. Analyses on trends in relation to motivations to participate and barriers preventing participation are ongoing at the time of submission. These will be finalised before the ECER conference and thus represent novel insights to the conference audience. The presentation will end with recommendations for future research, including the need for specialised longitudinal adult education data.
References:
Boeren, E. (2016). Lifelong learning participation in a changing policy context: an interdisciplinary theory. London: Palgrave-Macmillan.
Boeren, E., & Holford, J. (2016). Vocationalism Varies (a Lot):A 12-Country Multivariate Analysis of Participation in Formal Adult Learning. Adult Education Quarterly, 66(2), 120-142.
Boshier, R., & Collins, J. B. (1985). The Houle typology after twenty-two years: a large-scale empirical test. Adult Education Quarterly, 35(3), 113-130. doi:10.1177/0001848185035003001
Cross, K. P. (1981). Adults as learners: increasing participation and facilitating learning. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Kalenda, J., Vaculíková, J., & Kočvarová, I. (2022). Barriers to the participation of low-educated workers in non-formal education. Journal of Education and Work, 35(5), 455-469. doi:10.1080/13639080.2022.2091118
Project website: A UK-Ireland investigation into the statistical evidence-base underpinning adult learning and education policy-making. Online available at https://adultlearningpolicies.co.uk/
Are Policies Pushing the Right Buttons to Stimulate Adults to Learn? Monitoring Learning Culture and Individual Agency
This presentation will discuss results from a Dutch Research Council (NWO) funded study. The main research question relates to how learning cultures can be established that stimulate individual agency towards learning. The project contributes to a national monitoring approach to better evaluate whether policies do the right things in stimulating adults to learn.
The study took the human capability approach (Nussbaum, 2013; Sen, 1999) as starting point (Broek et al., 2023). In this approach, the focus is on whether persons have the freedom to choose adult learning as a valuable life option. The focus is hence less on whether adults participate, but on whether they are in the position to even consider participating in adult learning. The latter does say more about the effectiveness of policies being able to establish a learning culture that stimulates individual agency towards learning.
Literature review resulted in a theoretical framework concerning stimulating factors that make adults learn (Broek et al., 2023), focusing on ‘agency-factors’ (motivation, aspiration, self-confidence), ‘conversion-factors’ ((e.g. social, family, work, education background, institutions) and ‘results of adult learning’ (e.g. personal development, health, career). Furthermore, literature was explored to identify success factors in regional level learning environments (Broek, under review).
Monitoring therefore whether adults are in a position to learn, requires a methodological approach that allows analysing the whole person addressing the stimulating and hampering factors together and not separately. To allow this, while allowing quantification, a large-scale interview approach based on card-sorting methodology was tested (Cataldo et al., 1970; Conrad & Tucker, 2019). 30 organisations (e.g. training providers, libraries, municipalities, PES, social welfare organisations) and 70 adults were interviewed. The interviews took place in three distinct Dutch regions (Rotterdam, Achterhoek, Groningen).
The presentation will present how the learning culture interacts with personal agency-factors. It will cluster adult learners based on their profile of impacting factors and assess what interventions work best to stimulate the learning of those groups. Furthermore, reflections will be provided on the usability, strengths and weaknesses of applying card-sorting in social science research and explore the potential of scaling-up this methodology to be embedded in a national large-scale policy-monitoring instrument for lifelong learning.
The thematical and methodological explorations are relevant for other European countries willing to better understand what policy actions could motivate adults to learn. In April 2024, in the context of the Belgian Presidency, the study will facilitate a European workshop on this topic.
References:
Broek, S. D. (under review). Conditions for successful adult learning systems at local level: Creating a conducive socio-spatial environment for adults to engage in learning.
Broek, S. D., Linden, J. V. D., Kuijpers, M. A. C. T., & Semeijn, J. H. (2023). What makes adults choose to learn: Factors that stimulate or prevent adults from learning. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 29(2), 620–642. https://doi.org/10.1177/14779714231169684
Cataldo, E. F., Johnson, R. M., Kellstedt, L. A., & Milbrath, L. W. (1970). Card Sorting as a Technique for Survey Interviewing. Public Opinion Quarterly, 34(2), 202.
https://doi.org/10.1086/267790
Conrad, L. Y., & Tucker, V. M. (2019). Making it tangible: Hybrid card sorting within qualitative interviews. Journal of Documentation, 75(2), 397–416. https://doi.org/10.1108/JD-06-2018-0091
NRO. (2022). Leren Stimuleren! Een ontwikkelgerichte monitor voor meer LLO door versterkte eigen regie. | NRO. https://www.nro.nl/onderzoeksprojecten/leren-stimuleren-een-ontwikkelgerichte-monitor-voor-meer-llo-door-versterkte
Nussbaum, M. (2013). Creating capabilities: The human development approach (1. paperback ed). Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press.
Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom (1. Anchor Books ed). Anchor Books.
Unraveling Disadvantaged Adults’ Drivers and Barriers for Engaging in Learning: a Multidimensional Perspective
This presentation will elaborate on the quality of drivers and the role of barriers among low-educated adults participating in second-chance education (SCE). While research points at a Matthew effect in participation behavior, there is a subset of adults who, somewhat against the odds, decide to pursue further education through SCE, aiming to attain an ISCED level 3 degree (European Commission 2016). This degree is often required to have access to a range of jobs and to higher education or adults are being suspended from social assistance benefits if they cannot demonstrate enrollment in education. The quality of motivation for participating in SCE is therefore under pressure (Schuchart & Schimke, 2021; Windisch, 2016).
In addition, we lack understanding on the relationship between the quality of participation motivation and the quality of motivation to engage in concrete learning behaviors, ultimately leading to learning outcomes. When reasons underlying participation do not entirely originate from the learner themselves it is overly optimistic to assume that mere participation in SCE inevitably also results in optimal learning motivation. While in most cases, future aspirations that can be achieved by participating in education are a good predictor of successful achievement (Ryan & Deci, 2017), this does not always seem to hold true for disadvantaged minority groups. One possible explanation for this aspirations-achievement paradox is that minorities often have "abstract" mobility beliefs about the value of education for later success in life, but at the same time, they seem to have fewer positive beliefs about the more “concrete” learning processes (Mickelson, 1990; Phalet, 2004). These hindering beliefs seem to be the natural consequence of earlier erratic school experiences and have the potential to undermine the quality of drivers for learning.
The current study aims to gain a comprehensive insight into the interplay of drivers and barriers among participating disadvantaged adults, in order to better understand the often vulnerable motivational psychology of these learners. Based on the assumption that the quality of participation motivation is associated with the quality of motivation to engage in learning behaviors, this paper adopts a multidimensional theoretical view on the concept of motivation. Nineteen in-depth interviews probed the aspirations adult learners pursue by participating in SCE, on the one hand, and the drivers and barriers to engage in learning behavior on the other. Analyses are in a final stage and will therefore provide new insights that will be presented and discussed in this symposium.
References:
European Commission (2016) on Upskilling Pathways: New Opportunities for Adults (2016/C 484/01). Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=OJ:JOC_2016_484_R_0001 (accessed January, 2024)
Mickelson, R.-A. (1990) The attitude–achievement paradox among black adolescents, Sociology of Education, 63(1), 44–61. https://doi.org/10.2307/2112896
Phalet, K., Andriessen, I., & Lens, W. (2004). How future goals enhance motivation and learning in multicultural classrooms. Educational Psychology Review, 16(1), 59-89. https://doi.org/10.1023/B:EDPR.0000012345.71645.d4
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. New York, NY: Guilford Publishing.
Schuchart, C., & Schimke, B. (2022). Age and Social Background as Predictors of Dropout in Second Chance Education in Germany. Adult Education Quarterly, 72(3), 308-328. https://doi.org/10.1177/07417136211046960
Windisch, H.C. (2016). How to motivate adults with low literacy and numeracy skills to engage and persist in learning: A literature review of policy interventions. International Review of Education, 62(3), 279-297. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-016-9553-x
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 08 SES 17 A: Supporting School Communities in Difficult Times Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Lisa Paleczek Paper Session |
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Findings from a Large-scale Evaluation of a Low-intensity, Parenting Seminars Series in Australian Schools 1University of Adelaide, Australia; 2University of Queensland, Australia Presenting Author:The COVID-19 pandemic disrupted the normality of daily life for many children, their families, and schools, resulting in heightened levels of anxiety, depression, social isolation, and loneliness among young people (Deng et al., 2023; Ma et al., 2021; Racine et al., 2021). This poses a challenge on the school system. An integrated public health model of interventions is needed to address the problem and to safeguard the mental health and wellbeing of children. The Triple P – Positive Parenting Program is a multilevel system of parenting support with a strong evidence-base and wide international reach (Sanders, 2012, 2023; Sanders et al., 2014). The Level 2 (Triple P Seminar series) seem to be particularly relevant as it is designed as a brief, low intensity intervention that can be delivered universally (either in person or via telehealth), in schools, at low cost. The original Triple P seminar comprises three 90-120 minute seminars and has been found to be effective in changing parenting practices and improving child behavioural problems in many studies (e.g., Lee et al., 2022; Sanders et al., 2009; Sumargi et al., 2015). Two new seminars were developed to substitute two original seminars to cover the social and emotion wellbeing of children. The new series consist of three seminars – one focusing on general parenting skills (“The Power of Positive Parenting”), the other two focusing on helping children manage anxiety (“Helping Your Child to Manage Anxiety”) and (“Keeping your child safe from bullying”). Each seminar drew on content from more intensive clinical interventions targeting conduct problems (Sanders et al., 2009), anxiety disorders (Cobham et al., 2017) and peer victimization (Healy & Sanders, 2014). This study is the first large-scale, multi-site randomised controlled trial of a newly developed Triple P seminar series, tailored for the schools, as a response to the impacts of the pandemic. The evaluation employed an Incomplete Batched Stepped Wedge Cluster Randomised Trial Design, with 380 Australian primary schools, from the states of South Australia, Queensland, and Victoria, recruited and randomised in three batches. Within each batch, schools were randomly assigned to either start the intervention immediately or start in six weeks. The Triple P seminar series was delivered as Zoom webinars. Parents completed measures about a wide range of child and family outcomes, such as child social, emotional, and behavioural wellbeing, parenting practices, parental self-regulation, specific areas of parenting, and the home-school communication at baseline, six weeks after baseline, and 12 weeks after baseline. Data collection is currently underway with over 2,300 parents recruited from participating schools, and will be completed in February 2024. Interim data analyses revealed high levels of parental satisfaction with the online Triple P seminar series. Also, limited school clustering effect from the data was identified (average intra-cluster correlation < .01), which warranted further single-level data analyses. Final analysis will be conducted in Early 2024 with a Piecewise Latent Growth Curve Modelling approach on all intervention targeted outcomes. Given that the evaluation logic behind the current design is systematic replication. differences between batches and conditions will be examined through multigroup comparison. Findings from the final analysis will be presented at the European Conference on Educational Research 2024. We expect seeing positive changes in all intervention targeted child and family outcomes. The findings from this project will extend the current knowledge of the effectiveness of brief, low intensity, universally offered, prevention-focused, evidence-based parenting support seminars series that was adapted for the school priorities in a post pandemic world. The approach adopted is consistent with the multi-level conceptual model of evidence-based parenting support for educational settings as outlined by Sanders et al. (2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was funded by the Australian Government Department of Education through the Emerging Priorities Program. Ethics approval was granted by the University of Queensland (ID: 2022/HE001114), the University of Adelaide (ID: 37018), Monash University (ID: 36385), and relevant education authorities. A total of 380 Australian primary schools were recruited with 47 schools registered after the completion of randomisation. These schools were added to the last group of schools receive the intervention. About 77% of schools were public schools and another 15% were catholic schools. More than half of the schools have a size between 100 and 500 enrolments. In terms of socioeconomic status, about 41% of the schools were from the lowest 50%. Also, 18% of the schools were from outer regional to very remote areas. Over 2,300 parents participated with about 86% identified themselves as the mother. About three-quarters of parents have university degrees and 88% were in employment. Children that the parents reported on had a mean age of 7.94 years with similar number of boys and girls. The evaluation employed an Incomplete Batched Stepped Wedge Cluster Randomised Trial Design. Schools were recruited in three batches. Within each batch, schools were subsequently randomly allocated to: 1) receiving seminars immediately; or 2) receiving seminars 6 weeks later. The next batch starts six weeks after the previous batch starts. Random allocations were conducted on an ongoing basis throughout the trial via Minimisation to achieve the optimal balance of school characteristics between groups. A comprehensive measure battery was administered to track changes in a wide range of child and family outcomes, such as child social, emotional, and behavioural wellbeing, parenting practices, parental self-regulation, specific areas of parenting, and the home-school communication over time. Parent-report survey data were collected online at baseline (T1), post-intervention (T2; 6 weeks after T1), and follow-up (T3; 12 weeks after T1). Data collection is underway and will be completed by February 2024. Data analysis will be finished by May 2024. Findings from the final analysis will be presented at the European Conference on Educational Research 2024. After missing data analysis, following the Intention to Treat (ITT) principle, a Piecewise Latent Growth Curve Modelling approach on all intervention targeted outcomes. Given that the evaluation logic behind the current design is systematic replication. differences between batches and conditions will be examined through multigroup comparison. We expect seeing positive changes in all intervention targeted child and family outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings from this study will extend our current knowledge of the effects of evidence-based parenting support delivered through brief, universally offered, low intensity parenting seminars delivered in school settings. The approach adopted is consistent with the multi-level conceptual model of evidence-based parenting support for educational settings as outlined by Sanders et al. (2021). The model highlights the unique value of the school setting to help normalize and destigmatize parenting programs and thereby increase parental engagement and widen the reach of parenting programs. The intervention being tested builds on previous studies showing that a brief three session Triple P seminar series on positive parenting can be effective in changing parenting practices and in improving children’s behaviour and adjustment. It extends earlier work by concurrently addressing in the same program, parents’ concerns about their children’s behaviour problems, anxiety and peer relationships, particularly school bullying. As the seminar series is a low intensity intervention, it is expected that a minority of children and parents with more complex problems may require additional support. The interpretation of findings from this study need to consider the study’s relative strengths and limitations. Relative strengths include recruiting many schools and parents from diverse backgrounds. The outcome assessments used reliable, validated and change sensitive assessment tools, and an experimental design that enabled the program to be sequentially introduced across the school year. This variant of the stepped wedge design is particularly useful in evaluating programs in schools where systematic replication of intervention effects with schools servicing as their own controls rather than relying on randomisation of schools to different conditions. The relative weaknesses of the study include reliance of parents as the primary informant for gauging intervention effects. References Cobham, V. E., Filus, A., & Sanders, M. R. (2017). Working with parents to treat anxiety-disordered children: A proof of concept RCT evaluating Fear-less Triple P. Behavior Research and Therapy, 95, 128-138. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2017.06.004 Deng, J., Zhou, F., Hou, W., Heybati, K., Lohit, S., Abbas, U., Silver, Z., Wong, C. Y., Chang, O., Huang, E., Zuo, Q. K., Moskalyk, M., Ramaraju, H. B., & Heybati, S. (2023). Prevalence of mental health symptoms in children and adolescents during the COVID-19 pandemic: A meta-analysis. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1520(1), 53-73. https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.14947 Healy, K. L., & Sanders, M. R. (2014). Randomized controlled trial of a family intervention for children bullied by peers. Behavior Therapy, 45(6), 760-777. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.beth.2014.06.001 Lee, Y., Keown, L. J., & Sanders, M. R. (2022). The effectiveness of the Stepping Stones Triple P seminars for Korean families of a child with a developmental disability. Heliyon, 8(6), e09686. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2022.e09686 Ma, L., Mazidi, M., Li, K., Li, Y., Chen, S., Kirwan, R., Zhou, H., Yan, N., Rahman, A., Wang, W., & Wang, Y. (2021). Prevalence of mental health problems among children and adolescents during the COVID-19 pandemic: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Affective Disorders, 293, 78-89. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2021.06.021 Racine, N., McArthur, B. A., Cooke, J. E., Eirich, R., Zhu, J., & Madigan, S. (2021). Global Prevalence of Depressive and Anxiety Symptoms in Children and Adolescents During COVID-19: A Meta-analysis. JAMA Pediatrics, 175(11), 1142-1150. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapediatrics.2021.2482 Sanders, M. R. (2012). Development, evaluation, and multinational dissemination of the Triple P-Positive Parenting Program. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 8, 345-379. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-clinpsy-032511-143104 Sanders, M. R. (2023). The Triple P System of Evidence-Based Parenting Support: Past, Present, and Future Directions. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10567-023-00441-8 Sanders, M. R., Healy, K. L., Hodges, J., & Kirby, G. (2021). Delivering evidence-based parenting support in educational settings. Journal of Psychologists and Counsellors in Schools, 31(2), 205-220. https://doi.org/10.1017/jgc.2021.21 Sanders, M. R., Kirby, J. N., Tellegen, C. L., & Day, J. J. (2014). The Triple P-Positive Parenting Program: A systematic review and meta-analysis of a multi-level system of parenting support. Clinical Psychology Review, 34(4), 337-357. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2014.04.003 Sumargi, A., Sofronoff, K., & Morawska, A. (2015). A Randomized-Controlled Trial of the Triple P-Positive Parenting Program Seminar Series with Indonesian Parents. Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 46(5), 749-761. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10578-014-0517-8 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Assessing Test Anxiety in a Link with School Environment i Lower-Secondary Education Masaryk University, Czech Republic Presenting Author:As testing has been widely used in evaluative situations thorughout our educational system, it has also become a potent group of stressors that can highly influence pupils' well-being at school. Research on test anxiety has a long and fruitful history. The first studies concerning test anxiety were conducted as early as 1914 (Folin & Demis & Smillie, 1914) although the concept of test anxiety as such was not under its real name investigated until 1952 when Sarason nad Mandler (1952) published a series of studies on test anxiety and its relationship to academic performance. Test Anxiety can be shotrly desribed as a subjectively perceived condition of a mental discomfort associated with worries experienced before, during or after a test or exam (Cassady et al. 2002). It involves a set of physiologivcal, psychological and behavioral responses to a testing situation where one's perforamnce will be judged (Sieber et al. 1977). Contemporary instruments developed to assess test anxiety at schools usually work with two (or more) basic dimensions of test anxiety; cognitive dimension that represents negative thoughts about the test and consequnces of its failure, and dimension of autonomic reactions that includes diverse phyiological response to testing sitution (Cassady & Johnson, 2002; Wren & Benson, 2004). Researches indicated that around one third of pupils experience anxious feelings in testing situations and this condition may be found across all levels of education (McDonald, 2001) The purpose of our research was to measure the level of test anxiety in 8th and 9th grade of compulsory education in Czech schools (first two years of lower-secondary education), using Children Test Anxiety Scale (CTAS) and assess the mediating role of social, affective and cognitive indicators of school environment and other demographic variables. The aim was also to make a comparative report of how CTAS works in the environment of Czech schools in comparison to the original validational study Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The final assessment battery consisted of multiple standardised scales. To assess the level of test anxiety, we used Children Test Anxiety Scale (CTAS) which is 30-item scale developed by Wren & Benson (2004). The scale measures three primary factors of test anxiety; thoughts, autonomic reactions and off-task behaviour and reach high internal consistency. To assess the social, affective and cognitive indicators of school environment we adopted a self-report questionnaire which was used in Longitudinal research in secondary education project (LOSO) which measured 4 889 secondary school pupils from 276 classes in nearly all Flemish schools in Belgium. The questionnaire involves 8 subscales that each measure a different indicator; social integration, relationship with teachers, attitudes towards homework, learning interest, learning motivation, attitude to school institution, class attentiveness and school self-concept (Opdenakker&Damme, 2000). Additional demographic items were added to final questionnaire in order to obtain information about the respondents' gender, grade (8th or 9th), final school outcomes and highest education reached by their parents. finalised paper version questionnaire was physically distributed to 15 randomly chosen standard secondary schools in Moravia district of Czech Republic. The final sample consists of 744 secondary school pupils (395 boys/347 girls; 376 8th graders/368 9th graders). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All the used instruments were confirmed to reach high internal consistency and cross-item correlation within factors and subscales. Confirmatory factor analysis confirmed acceptable fit measures of 3 factor model of test anxiety scale. The factor analysis also revealed very similar results as found in the original validational study (Wren & Benson, 2004). Preliminary results indicate significant test anxiety differences based on gender and highest acquired education of parents. Multiple regression analysis showed substantial role of social integration of pupils, their learning motivation and classroom attentiveness as an indicator of lower test anxiety level. Further data analysis along with its concrete results will be presented in the conference. References - Cassady, J. & Johnson, R. (2002). Cognitive Test Anxiety and Academic Performance. Contemporary Educational Psychology 27(2), 270-296 - Folin, O., Denis, W. & Smillie, W.G. (1914). Some observationson ‘‘emotional glycosuria’’ in man. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 17(1), 519-520. - Sarason, S.B. & Mandler, G. (1952). Some correlates of test anxiety. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 47(1), 810-817 - McDonald, A. S. (2001) The Prevalence and Effects of Test Anxiety in School Children, Educational Psychology, 21(1), 89-101 - Wren, D. & Benson, J. (2004) Measuring test anxiety in children: Scale development and internal construct validation, Anxiety, Stress & Coping, 17(3), 227-240 - Sieber, J. E., O’Neil Jr., H. F., Tobias, S. (1977) Anxiety, Learning and Instruction. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. - Opdenakker, M. Ch. & Damme, J. V. (2000). Effects of Schools, Teaching Staff and Classes on Achievement and Well-Being in Secondary Education: Similarities and Differences Between School O....School Effectiveness and School Improvement 11(2), 165-196 |
14:15 - 15:45 | 09 SES 17 A: Understanding the Impact of COVID-19 on Student Well-being and Academic Performance Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Sarah Howie Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Do COVID-19 Infections Have Effects on Cognitive Abilities of Primary School Students? Results of a Representative Study in Burgenland, Austria 1University College of Teacher Education Burgenland, Austria; 2University of Oldenburg, Germany; 3Ludwig-Maximilians University München, Germany Presenting Author:The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on children's and adolescents' development is a topic that has been intensively studied in recent educational research. However, the focus is often on the consequences that school closures and class cancellations had for students (e.g., Betthäuser, Bach-Mortensen, & Engzell, 2023; Patrinos, Vegas, & Carter-Rau, 2022). The consequences that COVID-19 infections can have on affected children and adolescents have been described primarily in clinical studies. Although younger individuals are less likely to have symptomatic infections or severe infections, they may experience symptomatic consequences that are persistent even after recovery (Behnood et al., 2022; Lopez-Leon et al., 2022). The severity of persistent consequences has been linked to the severity of symptomatology during illness (e.g., Radtke, Ulyte, Puhan, & Kriemle, 2021). For adults, such associations have already been empirically demonstrated regarding cognitive impairments (Hampshire et al., 2021). Although many clinical studies examined the consequences of COVID-19 infections in children, there is a lack of studies presenting results that are representative of specific subpopulations and that allow comparisons of groups of children that have already recovered from COVID-19 with groups that have not yet been infected. The present study addresses these research desiderata and examines the question of whether primary school children who have recovered from COVID-19 show disadvantages in terms of their cognitive abilities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1,761 second- and third-grade students (49.9% girls, 50.1% boys) in the federal state of Burgenland, Austria, who had parental consent to participate were examined in June 2022 (32.3% of the population of students in the school year 2021/22, from 106 (63.1%) of the 168 elementary schools in Burgenland). In addition, students’ parents or legal guardians were surveyed (n=1,438). The key independent variable was whether the children had been infected with COVID-19 at the time of the survey. According to parents and students, this was the case for n=1,253 students, whereas n=508 students had not been infected by that time. In addition, we assessed whether the infection was symptomatic or asymptomatic, which symptoms occurred, and whether a physician was consulted due to the COVID-19 infection. In addition, characteristics of students' individual and family background were surveyed (including gender, language spoken at home, native language, parents' country of birth, parental education, etc.). We used standardized instruments of the federal state of Burgenland to weight the gathered data based on state statistics. As dependent variable, cognitive ability was assessed using the Cognitive Abilities Test (KFT 1-3; Heller & Geisler, 1983) (test duration: 60 minutes), which consists of four subtests: language comprehension, relation recognition, inductive reasoning and numerical thinking. For analysis, four groups were distinguished: children who had not been infected at the time of the survey (control group, n=502) and three recovery groups (RG): asymptomatically infected children (RG1, n=251), symptomatically infected children (RG2, n=850), and symptomatically infected children who had seen a medical doctor because of the illness (RG3, n=131). The doctor's visit is considered as an indicator of a situation that gave the parents reasons for concern. According to parents, 78 percent of recovered children had been infected with COVID-19 within the five months prior to data collection. The data of the three recovery groups were compared pairwise with those of the control group. Since small, but significant differences were found between the groups regarding immigrant background, native language and language spoken at home, an analysis of covariance was conducted controlling for these variables. Missing values were treated as Missing at Random and were multiply imputed (MICE, Buuren & Groothuis-Oudshoorn, 2011; CART Breiman, et al, 1984). Data were weighted using iterative proportional fitting (IPF; Deming & Stephan, 1940; Lomax & Norman, 2019) based on representative statistics from the federal state of Burgenland. All statistical tests were conducted with an error probability of p<.05. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding cognitive abilities, RG1 and RG3 showed a significantly lower test performance in numerical reasoning than the control group (RG1: F(1,748)=7.42**, p=.007, partial Eta²=.010; RG3: F(1,627)=9.18**, p=.003, partial Eta²=.014). Moreover, RG3 also performed significantly lower in language comprehension than the control group (F(1,627)=11.26***, p<.001, partial Eta²=.018). For relation recognition and inductive reasoning, RG3 performed, in tendency, lower than the control group (F(1,627)=3.57, p=.059, partial Eta²=.006; F(1,637)=3.19, p=.075, partial Eta²=.005). Our findings suggest negative cognitive effects of COVID-19 infections for two of the recovery groups distinguished in the present study. For the recovery group of symptomatically infected children who underwent medical treatment, the findings point more strongly into this direction. The identified effects are of small size. However, given the low prevalence of longer-lasting symptoms after the infection among children (Lopez-Leon et al., 2022), these effects may imply severe consequences for the cognitive functioning of the respective children. Further analyses using propensity score matching are planned to validate our findings obtained by covariance analysis. Beyond this, it has to be considered that the effects reported here emerged at a time when, for most children, the infection happened only a few weeks or months before the survey. The extent to which these effects persist is another important question. Therefore, our sample was re-assessed in June 2023 using the same test instrument to assess students' cognitive abilities. The results of this follow-up study will be available by spring 2024 and will be included in our paper. The findings will be discussed with reference to the medical research literature as a consequence of the impaired central functions (memory, attention) and with regard to consequences for targeted educational support of children after their COVID-19 infections. References Behnood, S. A., Shafran, R., Bennett, S. D., Zhang, A. X. D., O’Mahoney, L. L., Stephenson, T. J., . . . Swann, O. V. (2022). Persistent symptoms following SARS-CoV-2 infection amongst children and young people: A meta-analysis of controlled and uncontrolled studies. Journal of Infection, 84(2), 158–170. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jinf.2021.11.011 Betthäuser, B. A., Bach-Mortensen, A. M., & Engzell, P. (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Nature Human Behaviour, 7(3), 375–385. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-022-01506-4 Breiman, L., Friedman, J. H., Olshen, R. A., & Stone, C. J. (1984). CART: Classification and Regression Trees. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth. Buuren, S. van, & Groothuis-Oudshoorn, K. (2011). mice: Multivariate imputation by chained equations in R. Journal of Statistical Software, 45(3), 1–67. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v045.i03 Deming, W. E., & Stephan, F. F. (1940). On a least squares adjustment of a sampled frequency table when the expected marginal totals are known. The Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 11(4), 427–444. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177731829 Hampshire, A., Trender, W., Chamberlain, S. R., Jolly, A. E., Grant, J. E., Patrick, F., . . . Mehta, M. A. (2021). Cognitive deficits in people who have recovered from COVID-19. EClinicalMedicine, 39, 101044. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eclinm.2021.101044 Heller, K., & Geisler, H. J. (1983). Kognitiver Fähigkeitstest (Grundschulform). KFT 1–3. Weinheim: Beltz. Lomax, N., & Norman, P. (2016). Estimating population attribute values in a table: “Get me started in” Iterative Proportional Fitting. The Professional Geographer, 68(3), 451–461. https://doi.org/10.1080/00330124.2015.1099449 Lopez-Leon, S., Wegman-Ostrosky, T., Ayuzo del Valle, N. C., Perelman, C., Sepulveda, R., Rebolledo, P. A., . . . Villapol, S. (2022). Long-COVID in children and adolescents: A systematic review and meta-analyses. Scientific Reports, 12(1), 9950. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-13495-5 Patrinos, H. A., Vegas, E., & Carter-Rau, R. (2022). An analysis of COVID-19 student learning loss. The World Bank. https://doi.org/10.1596/1813-9450-10033 Radtke, T., Ulyte, A., Puhan, M. A., & Kriemler, S. (2021). Long-term symptoms after SARS-CoV-2 infection in children and adolescents. JAMA, 326(9), 869–871. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2021.11880 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper School Environments Pre- and Post- Pandemic: Exploring the Irish Context Using TIMSS and PIRLS Data Educational Research Centre, Ireland Presenting Author:The influence of the school environment on pupils’ educational outcomes has long been established (Kutsyuruba et al., 2015; Mullis et al., 2013). Having a safe, structured and encouraging learning environment is associated with higher achievement and improved wellbeing (Cohen et al., 2009; Mullis et al., 2019; Thapa et al., 2013). Therefore, research on the school environment is important as it can have practical implications for educational policy. International large-scale assessments such as the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) and the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS), which are based on nationally representative samples of pupils at the target grade at the time of the assessment, allow researchers to examine aspects of the school environment from different perspectives. Factors such as school climate and school safety and discipline can be examined in both studies. The study cycles that are of particular focus in this paper are TIMSS 2019 and PIRLS 2021. These cycles can be seen as bookending the 2019/20 and 2020/21 academic years, during which extended periods of nationwide school closures occurred in Ireland as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. These closures resulted in disruption to in-person teaching and learning and a transition to remote learning, which could potentially have impacted the school environment in the longer term. Due to the unprecedented disruption in education that occurred between the administrations of TIMSS 2019 and PIRLS 2021, these data, stemming from school principals, class teachers, pupils, and parents/guardians, present a key opportunity to examine whether school environments in Ireland differed substantially between these time points. While we cannot infer causation when comparing cross-sectional datasets such as these, the nationally representative findings may help us to better understand the school landscape in the wake of the nationwide closures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This analysis uses data from two studies: TIMSS 2019 and PIRLS 2021. Each study involved a representative sample of pupils in Ireland for the year the study was conducted, with 4,582 pupils in 150 schools taking part in TIMSS 2019 and 4,663 pupils in 148 schools taking part in PIRLS 2021. For TIMSS, pupils in Grade 4 were assessed on mathematics and science, while for PIRLS, pupils at the start of Grade 5 were assessed on reading literacy. In PIRLS 2021, the decision was made in Ireland (and 13 other countries) to move from spring to autumn testing because of the nationwide closures in the academic year 2020/21; therefore, pupils who participated in PIRLS in 2021 were approximately six months older than those who participated in TIMSS 2019. Context questionnaires were completed by participating pupils, their parents/guardians, school principals, and class teachers. Data on questionnaire items relating to school climate and school safety and discipline that were common to both the TIMSS 2019 and PIRLS 2021 assessments, along with pupils’ home resources for learning (as a proxy for socioeconomic status) and achievement, were analysed. School climate indices included parents’ perceptions of their child’s school, schools’ emphasis on academic success, teacher job satisfaction, and pupils’ sense of belonging at school. School safety and discipline indices included school discipline, school safety and order, and bullying. The analysis was conducted in three phases using the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) International Database Analyzer (IDB Analyzer) (IEA, 2023). Initially, individual items comprising each index were examined. Secondly, the relationship of the indices with achievement was examined (mathematics and science for TIMSS and reading for PIRLS) with a follow-up analysis that also took pupils’ home resources for learning into account. Finally, hierarchical linear regression models were constructed to examine the extent to which the indices of interest explained achievement in each subject. In each instance, two models were tested: first, a model with only the school environment indices, and second, a model that included both the school environment indices and the home resources for learning index. The use of the IEA IDB Analyzer allowed for the adjustment of regression estimates for sampling error due to the clustered sampling design of TIMSS and PIRLS via the use of the replicate weights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results point to a picture of overall stability in the school environments in Ireland between TIMSS 2019 and PIRLS 2021. In terms of school climate, the proportion of parents who were very satisfied with their child’s school remained high, ranging from 77% in 2019 to 80% in 2021. Fewer pupils in 2021 had teachers who reported that their school placed a very high or high emphasis on academic success, but, these differences were slight. Also, teacher job satisfaction was largely stable between 2019 and 2021. For example, at index level, over half of pupils were taught by teachers who reported being very satisfied in both studies, while the proportion whose teachers were less than satisfied remained small (10% in 2019 and 8% in 2021).There was a small decrease in the proportion of pupils whose teachers reported being often content with their profession as a teacher and those whose teachers very often found their work full of meaning and purpose. School safety and discipline was also relatively unchanged in the bullying and the safe and orderly school indices. In the regression models, more frequent bullying was associated with lower achievement even after home resources for learning were accounted for. Higher sense of school belonging was associated with higher achievement in all subjects when only school environment indices were included. However, in 2019 it was not significant after home resources for learning were accounted for, whereas it remained significant after they were accounted for in 2021. This may suggest an increased importance of school belonging for other student outcomes post-pandemic, which should be monitored and examined further. Overall, the stability observed in relation to the school environment pre- and post-pandemic may be viewed as positive considering the significant disruption and challenges brought on by the pandemic and associated school closures in Ireland. References Cohen, J., McCabe, E. M., Michelli, N. M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers College Record, 111(1), 180–213. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146810911100108 IEA. (2023). Help manual for the IEA IDB Analyzer (Version 5.0). https://www.iea.nl Kutsyuruba, B., Klinger, D. A., & Hussain, A. (2015). Relationships among school climate, school safety, and student achievement and well-being: A review of the literature. Review of Education, 3(2), 103–135. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3043 Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., & Foy, P. (2013). The impact of reading ability on TIMSS mathematics and science achievement at the fourth grade: An analysis by item reading demands. In M. O. Martin & I. V. S. Mullis (Eds.), TIMSS and PIRLS 2011: Relationships among reading, mathematics, and science achievement at the fourth grade—Implications for early learning (pp. 67–108). TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center, Lynch School of Education, Boston College, and International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2019). PIRLS 2021 assessment frameworks. TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center, Lynch School of Education, Boston College, and International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S., & Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A review of school climate research. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 357–385. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313483907 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Children At Risk: Association Between PIRLS Reading Achievement and Student Well-Being in Finland University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Being able to read can be seen as the foundation of a functioning democracy enabling learning, equal participation in society, and a condition for a healthy and successful life (European Commission, 2023; EDUFI, 2021). Reading performance is closely linked with other areas of academic performance, and there is a strong association between student well-being in school and reading performance (European Commission, 2023). Moreover, the danger of failing to meet academic or social expectations or to complete school with a basic level of academic proficiency has been termed “at-risk” (e.g. Novosel et al., 2012). In Finland, the trends in students’ academic well-being (e.g. Helenius & Kivimäki, 2023; Read et al., 2022) and learning performance (e.g. Mullis et al., 2023; OECD, 2023) have been descending in the last decade. For example, Grade 4 students’ performance in reading has decreased from 2011 to 2021 as evidenced by the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) (Mullis et al., 2023). The performance in reading declined by two points from 2011 to 2016 and by 17 points from 2016 to 2021. When examining the international reading benchmarks, the percentage of advanced achievers has dropped from 18% to 14% during this period. Meanwhile, the percentage of students at the low or below benchmark has doubled from 8% to 16%. We define these students as “students at risk”. They are in danger of not achieving adequate reading proficiency which is crucial for their learning success or failure in subsequent school years. As for student well-being, the latest School Health Promotion Study (Helenius & Kivimäki, 2023) shows that more than one third of girls and one in five boys felt that their health was average or poor in Finland. The study also reports that experiences of physical threats and bullying have recently increased. Furthermore, school burnout has increased for a long time, especially among girls (Read et al., 2022). Student well-being in school can be considered as a condition that enables positive learning outcomes but also as an outcome of successful learning and students’ satisfaction with their school experiences (Morinaj & Hascher, 2022). Student well-being in school consists of positive attitudes to school, enjoyment in school, positive academic self-concept, the absence of worries, physical complaints, and social problems in school, which can be used as indicators of well-being (Hascher, 2003). In PIRLS, student well-being is indirectly measured by several indicators – such as school belonging, academic self-concept, experience of bullying, and absenteeism (Reynolds et al., 2024). PIRLS 2021 data was collected during the COVID-19 pandemic, but then there were no school closures in Finland. However, one year before these students’ schooling was disrupted, and they spent eight weeks in distance learning. Lerkkanen et al. (2022) showed that the Finnish students’ development in reading was slower from Grade 2 to 4 in the COVID sample compared to the pre-COVID sample. Previous research has detected the association between student well-being and learning performance but also the need for further examining this relation and the role of other factors associated with reading achievement, e.g. socioeconomic background (e.g. Bücker et al., 2018; Nilsen et al., 2022). For example, Manu et al. (2023) focused on the role of gender and parental education, and Torppa et al. (2022) the effects of the home literacy environment on the development of Finnish children’s reading comprehension. In this study, we ask the following research questions, using the PIRLS reading assessment data from 2011 to 2021: 1) How has students’ well-being in school changed, if any, from 2011 to 2021? 2) How do students’ socioeconomic background and well-being factors predict the risk of low academic achievement in reading? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study is based on the three cycles of curriculum-based PIRLS assessment in Finland. The data includes the 4th graders who participated in PIRLS 2011 (N = 4,640), PIRLS 2016 (N = 4,896), and PIRLS 2021 (N = 7,018). In this study, we use school climate and safety, students’ attitudes, and absenteeism as indicators of well-being. School climate and safety include the scales of Students’ Sense of School Belonging (3 items) and Bullying (6 items). Students’ attitudes include the scales of Students Like Reading (5 items) and Students Confident in Reading (7 items). These four-point scales are from PIRLS student questionnaires. From each scale, we selected those items that were the same in all three cycles of PIRLS assessment. Absenteeism was asked of students (in years 2016 and 2021, not asked in 2011) by a single item reporting how often they are absent from school. As an indicator of student’s socioeconomic background, we used Home Socioeconomic Status and Home Resources for Learning scales, and Parents’ Educational Level separately. The data was analysed by using various statistical methods. To answer the second research question, binary logistic regression analysis was applied. The low achievement benchmark (cut point 474) was used as a binary response. Students’ socioeconomic background and well-being factors were used as explanatory variables. This analysis was conducted separately for each of the three PIRLS data sets. Five plausible values representing students’ proficiency in reading (see von Davier et al., 2023) were used in the analyses. A two-stage sampling design used in the PIRLS assessment (von Davier et al., 2023) was considered in the analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the Finnish 4th grade students’ well-being was relatively good. Examination of the trends of means showed that there are some changes in students’ well-being from 2011 to 2021. After 2011, students’ sense of school belonging increased, and bullying first decreased from 2011 to 2016 but increased again from 2016 to 2021. From 2011 to 2021, both students liking reading and confidence in reading decreased. The preliminary results of logistic regression showed that there were significant associations between bullying, student confident in reading, student socioeconomic background, parents’ educational level, absenteeism, gender, and low achievement in reading. In all three cycles of PIRLS (2011, 2016, and 2021), the predictive factors for the risk of low academic achievement in reading were the students’ low degree of confidence in their own reading ability, lower socioeconomic background, parents’ low educational level (in 2021 even below higher education), and gender (boy). In PIRLS 2016 and 2021 datasets, the frequency of absences from school (once a week) also predicts the risk of low academic achievement in reading. Being subjected to bullying about weekly was a risk factor in PIRLS 2021 dataset. When identifying at-risk students in reading, the results suggest that family background, especially the educational background of parents, has become more important, as has bullying. In Finland, however, about 5% of the students experienced bullying about weekly. In addition, the students’ confidence in their own reading ability seems to be a strong predictor of reading achievement. Furthermore, the gender gap in reading achievement has remained rather large favouring girls for a long time in Finland. It also seems that the factors predicting the risk of low academic achievement in reading are linked to each other. This study supports earlier research on the meaning of students’ well-being and socioeconomic background to learning. References Bücker, S., et al. (2018). Subjective well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 74, 83–94. EDUFI. (2023). National Literacy Strategy 2030: Finland - the most multiliterate country in the world in 2030. Finnish National Agency for Education. https://www.oph.fi/sites/default/files/documents/National_literacy_strategy_2030.pdf European Commission. (2023). Children’s reading competence and well-being in the EU – An EU comparative analysis of the PIRLS results. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/820665 Hascher, T. (2003). Well-being in school – why students need social support. In P. Mayring & C. von Rhöneck (Eds.), Learning emotions – the influence of affective factors on classroom learning (pp. 127–142). Bern u.a Lang. Helenius, J., & Kivimäki, H. (2023). Well-being of children and young people – School Health Promotion study 2023. Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare, Statistical Report 50/2023. https://urn.fi/URN:NBN:fi-fe20230913124233 Lerkkanen, M.-K., et al. (2022). Reading and math skills development among Finnish primary school children before and after COVID-19 school closure. Reading and Writing, 36, 263–288. Manu, M., et al. (2023). Reading development from kindergarten to age 18: The role of gender and parental education. Reading Research Quarterly, 58(4), 505-538. Morinaj, J., & Hascher, T. (2022). On the relationship between student well-being and academic achievement: A longitudinal study among secondary school students in Switzerland. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 230(3), 201–214. Mullis, I. V. S., et al. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.tr2103.kb5342 Nilsen, T., Kaarstein, H., & Lehre, A. C. (2022). Trend analyses of TIMSS 2015 and 2019: school factors related to declining performance in mathematics. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 10(1), 1–19. Novosel, L., et al. (2012). At-risk learners. In N. M. Seel (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the science of learning (pp. 348–350). Springer. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Read, S., Hietajärvi, L. & Salmela-Aro, K. (2022). School burnout trends and sociodemographic factors in Finland 2006–2019. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 57, 1659–1669. Reynolds, K.A., et al. (2024). Aspects of student well-being and reading achievement in PIRLS 2021 (PIRLS Insights). Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. Torppa, M., et al. (2022). Long-term effects of the home literacy environment on reading development: Familial risk for dyslexia as a moderator. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 215, Article 105314. von Davier, M., et al. (Eds.). (2023). Methods and Procedures: PIRLS 2021 Technical Report. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://pirls2021.org/methods |
14:15 - 15:45 | 09 SES 17 B: Investigating Gender Disparities in Academic Skills and Vocational Interests Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Petra Grell Paper Session |
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Towards Understanting Gen Z’s Vocational Interests: Sex and Year Effects 1University of Bucharest, Romania; 2University of Bucharest, Romania Presenting Author:Future of Jobs Report 2023 projected the possible job creation and displacements for the next 4 years, revealing a great increase in all the domains in which AI knowledge and skills will be most wanted and used (ex AI and Machine Learning Specialists, Sustainability Specialists, Business Intelligence Analysts, Information Security Analysts) whereas other domains will decrease in their demand for employees (Administrative and Executive Secretaries, Data Entry Clerks, Bank Tellers and Related Clerks) (World Economic Forum, 2023).
In these times of uncertainty and challenge, the selection of an academic path with the potential to lead to a successful career brings a complex decision-making process for adolescents. The achievement in career choices and job performance is significantly shaped by vocational interests (Rounds & Su, 2014). In this context, obtaining a clear understanding of the vocational interests of high school students belonging to Generation Z (born between 1997 and 2008) would prove particularly valuable. A substantial number of these students make decisions about their college majors during the 10th and 11th grade. If their chosen path aligns with their vocational interests, it is likely to enhance their motivation to complete college (Nye, Prasad, & Rounds, 2021), in a period when Higher education is confronted with serious drop-out rates (Eurostat Statistics, 2022). This latter source reveals that in 2022, the proportion of early leavers from education and training (ages between 18 and 24) in the EU ranged from 2.3% in Croatia to 15.6% in Romania.
According to a recent national survey in Romania focusing on Generation Z, it was found that 76% of respondents identified a passion for their work as the primary motivating factor in their job search (Romanian Business Leaders, 2022). This indicates that, for this demographic, vocational interests take precedence over financial compensation when considering employment opportunities.
As all the previous generations, Gen Z has its distinct futures, being described as more pragmatical and future-oriented compared with the more idealistic Millennials (Twenge, 2020, p. 231). Being born in a digitalized and tech world, vocational interests have also changed, as the current generation is interested in more fields of activity than the previous with an increased interest in information technologies (Roganova & Lanovenko, 2020).
Interests are defined as a cognitive and motivational factor encompassing both engagement and participation in specific content areas. The effectiveness of interest lies in its capacity to generate a rewarding experience through the information search process (Renninger & Hidi,, 2020). Interests have a significant influence on career choices and academic achievement (Hoff, Song, Wee, Phan, & Rounds, 2020), (Stoll, et al., 2020). This is why the present research endeavors to explore the patterns or clusters of interests within the Generation Z adolescent demographic.
A key objective of the study is to ascertain whether distinct patterns of interests emerge among the cohort based on factors such as the year of the examination, age, or gender. This multifaceted approach seeks to provide a nuanced understanding of the intricate interplay between vocational interests and demographic variables, contributing valuable insights to the broader discourse on college domain decisions among adolescents. Therefore, this research aims to address the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quantitative approach will be further employed for the current study. The selected variables include gender, and the year of the testing as independent variables, while the dependent variables comprise the 34 interest scales assessed in the Jackson Vocational Interest Survey (JVIS). The data collection took place between 2012 and 2023 at a career counseling center in Bucharest, Romania. The participants were evaluated as part of the counseling process they have acquired as a service of the center. The participants completed the test on a dedicated online platform under the guidance of a counselor. The sample for this study was derived by extracting data from the centers' database, adhering to specific inclusion criteria. The inclusion/exclusion criteria comprised individuals with a date of birth falling within the range of 1997 to 2007, aligning with the generational interval of Generation Z - 1997 - 2012 (Twenge, 2020). Additionally, participants included in the study were required to be between 16 and 17 years old at the time of taking the test, and specifically, they needed to be enrolled in high school. By implementing these criteria, the study ensures a targeted focus on the Generation Z cohort during their adolescent years, meaning being born between 1997 -2007 to meet the age criteria. Applying the specified criteria resulted in a sample size of 1047 participants, with 580 females and 467 males included in the study. The data was collected using the Jackson Vocational Interest Survey (JVIS). JVIS scores in a number of 34 interest scales. The interest scales are categorized into two primary groups: Work Roles scales (such as Performing Arts, Life Science, Law, Social Sciences, Elementary Education, Finance, Business, etc.) and Work Styles scales (such as Accountability, Stamina, Independence, Planfulness, Supervision, etc.). (Iliescu, Livinti, 2007). Each interest scale is evaluated on a scale ranging from 1 to 99 points. The data analysis will be based on a statistical approach and between the methods proposed to be used we mention: descriptive statistics, frequencies (to describe different variables), mean-level comparison (to compare the three subgroups by year and interest scales' scores), ANOVA (when comparing the 34 interest scales' scores across and between subcohorts), mixed-ANOVA (when adding the gender variable). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect our statistical analysis to reveal a complex depiction of the highest and lowest interests scales among the population of 16th-17th years old, demonstrating the multifaced nature of vocational interests. We anticipate that individuals in subgroups before and after the Covid pandemic might exhibit higher scores in scales measuring aspects of the working environment, reflecting the potential influence of significant external events on individuals' perceptions and preferences. While we do not expect to observe sex differences in vocational interests overall, we anticipate potential variations in the Writing and Academia scales, where females may score higher. Given that vocational interests play a pivotal role in both career success and subjective well-being (Harris & Rottinghaus, 2017), comprehending the trends in vocational interests among Generation Z adolescents holds significant implications. This understanding can serve as a foundation for crafting improved educational policies, including enhancements in career counseling and higher educational offerings. Additionally, insights into the vocational preferences of this demographic can inform adjustments within the future job market, facilitating a more tailored and responsive approach to meet the evolving needs and aspirations of Generation Z as they navigate their educational and professional journeys. References World Economic Forum. (2023). Future of Jobs Report 2023. https://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_Future_of_Jobs_2023.pdf Harris, K. L., & Rottinghaus, P. (2017). Vocational interest and personal style patterns: Exploring subjective well-being using the strong interest inventory. Journal of Career Assessment, 203–218. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/1069072715621009 Hoff, K. A., Song, Q., Wee, C., Phan, W., & Rounds, J. (2020). Interest fit and job satisfaction: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 123. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2020.103503 Katja, P., & Hell, B. (2020). Stability and change in vocational interests from late childhood to early adolescence. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 121. doi:10.1016/j.jvb.2020.103462 Romanian Business Leaders, (2022). Raport public, https://mailchi.mp/9c64de820779/raport-insights-pulsez-2022?utm_source=mailchimp&utm_medium=Landing+page&utm_campaign=studiu Retrieved from https://izidata.ro/. Renninger, K. A., & Hidi,, S. (2020). To Level the Playing Field, Develop Interest. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 7(1), 10-18. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/2372732219864705 Roganova, A., & Lanovenko, Y. (2020). Transformation of interests and motivation to learn of Generation Z. Herald of Kiev Institute of Business and Technology, 44-49. doi:https://doi.org/10.37203/kibit.2020.44.06 Stoll, G., Einarsdóttir, S., Song, Q., Ondish, P., Sun, o., & Rounds, J. (2020). The Roles of Personality Traits and Vocational Interests in Explaining What People Want Out of Life. Journal of Research in Personality, 86. doi:10.1016/j.jrp.2020.103939 Twenge, J. M. (2020). Generația internetului. București: Baroque books and art. Iliescu,D, Livinti, R (trad) (2007), Jackson Vocational Interest Survey - Manual Tehnic si Interpretativ, Cluj-Napoca, Ed. Sinapsis. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Evaluation of Policy Factors Influencing the Youth's Choice of Teaching Profession: A Pseudo-Panel Data Approach The University of Tokyo, Japan Presenting Author:Recent empirical research in the social sciences has emphasized the importance of causal inference. However, causal inference is challenging when using observational data, primarily cross-sectional, even if it includes relevant variable information, as in international and large-scale educational surveys. The difficulty is more pronounced when the variable of interest, such as a national-level policy, is systemic. This paper demonstrates that by using pseudo-panel data derived from repeated cross-sectional data, we can obtain findings relevant to policy-making, thereby mitigating some of the challenges in causal inference, particularly biases from unobserved confounding factors. The specific topic addressed in this paper is the assessment of policy factors related to the youth's choice to teach. In general, improving the availability and quality of teacher personnel is a universal and important issue for public education policy (OECD 2018). These research areas concerning the choice of teaching career and teacher supply have been interdisciplinary in education (educational policy studies, sociology of education, educational psychology, etc.) and economics (economics of education, labor economics). In particular, empirical research on the basic issues of "who chooses to teach" and "what factors increase the number of people who want to teach" has been conducted in many countries. While educational and psychological research have pointed out the importance of psychological factors, work environment factors have not been recognized as the main factors influencing career choice (Watt et al. 2017). On the other hand, empirical studies in the economics of education and labor economics have focused exclusively on the impact of salary levels as a policy variable on entry and exit from the workforce and have partially argued for its contribution (Corcoran et al. 2004; Dolton 1990; Manski 1987). Moreover, Japan, where the presenter is from, has historically excelled in maintaining high-quality teachers, as evidenced by their high competency (Hanushek et al. 2019) and low turnover rates, compared to other countries. However, recent years have seen a growing trend among young people to avoid teaching careers. Japan now faces challenges similar to many countries experiencing a structural teacher shortage. Public debates often cite the relatively inferior work environment of teaching compared to other white-collar jobs as a factor in this avoidance. Yet, substantial evidence is lacking to inform policy priorities in this area. In this study, we position and extend the groundbreaking recent studies that have used PISA student-level data to analyze the youth’s choice of teaching profession (Park & Byun 2015; Han 2018) as important prior work. We differ from that study in terms of methodology, using pseudo-panel data composed of subpopulations of countries as units; we apply a cross-classified hierarchical model to ask "Which policy factors" promote "whose" entry into the teaching profession among young people? We specifically focus on policy factors related to the working environment, namely, the relative salary level of teachers compared to other professions and the workload of teachers (working hours, number of students per teacher, and time spent on non-teaching tasks). Applying a cross-classified hierarchical model to the pseudo-panel data, we respond to the question of "which policy factors" encourage "whom" of young people to enter the teaching profession, addressing both causal inference (controlling for time-invariant confounders) and policy relevance (heterogeneity of policy effects). The cross-classified model, which sets up the random effects/coefficients in two types of units, country, and subpopulation, has a major advantage in that it allows for different policy implications for each country. To further increase the robustness of our model, we are expanding it into a semiparametric model (infinite mixture model) that does not rely on a multivariate normal distribution for random effects and coefficients. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used One problem with existing quantitative empirical studies of the choice of teaching profession and teacher supply is their weak consideration of causal inferences (especially in addressing unobserved confounding factors). This paper attempts to address these problems through an analysis using pseudo-panel data. Pioneering studies based on pseudo-panel data in education (but different from the topic of this paper) include Gustafsson (2008, 2013), who applied them to data from large-scale international surveys, and the ideas in this paper also rely on them. In this paper, we use student-level data from OECD member countries in the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) as data related to teacher choice. PISA survey data are usually used in empirical analyses with academic achievement as the outcome variable, but they have already been used in several studies of career choices because they include questions on items related to occupations in which students expect to be employed at age 30 (Park & Byun 2015; Han 2018; Han et al. 2018, 2020). Existing studies often rely on cross-section data from a specific time period. In contrast, our analysis uses pseudo-panel data compiled from multiple time points. As each PISA survey targets different respondents (15-year-old students from each country at each time point), it does not constitute individual-level panel data. However, by reorganizing this data into a subpopulation-based panel format, incorporating multiple attribute information, we can exploit the benefits of panel data, such as controlling for time-invariant confounding factors. In creating the pseudo-panel data, subpopulations were defined based on information about gender, parental occupation (whether the parent's occupation was in teaching or not), and cognitive ability (subdivided into 10 groups based on PISA scores). The aspiration rate of primary and secondary education teachers within each subpopulation is used as the dependent variable to clarify which policy factors related to the working environment each youth group strongly responds to, influencing their choice or rejection of the teaching profession. Policy factors concerning the working environment include 1) salary level, 2) teacher-student ratio, 3) working hours, and 4) the amount of non-teaching tasks, focusing on the national and temporal levels. The data on policy factors are based on country and time units. These data are analyzed using Bayesian cross-classified parametric/semi-parametric hierarchical models. By employing a cross-classified hierarchical model, we can assume that the effects of policy factors vary between countries and subpopulations, allowing us to obtain policy-relevant insights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By utilizing Bayesian cross-classified hierarchical models on pseudo-panel data regarding the youth’s choice of teaching profession, we could analyze the impact of various policy factors related to the working environment. This approach allowed us to control for time-invariant confounding factors and clarify heterogeneity in the effects of each policy factor across different subpopulations and countries. Regarding overall trends, enhancing the working environment appears to motivate female students to choose teaching as a profession more than male students. Specifically, improvements in relative salary, student-teacher ratios, and reduced working hours significantly encourage highly qualified individuals to enter the teaching field. Concerning the effect's magnitude, we observed that a one standard deviation improvement in these factors increases the proportion of students aspiring to teach by 0 to 2 percentage points. However, for high-ability male students whose parents are not teachers, we found no significant incentive to pursue a career in teaching. While it is difficult to summarize the differences in policy effects across countries, focusing on Japan, which is the primary concern of the presenter, we find the relative salary level and relative working hours compared to other occupations have a stronger impact. Similarly, the analysis results can point to specific characteristics in other countries. These findings contrast with previous research in education and psychology on the choice of the teaching profession, which often underestimates the role of extrinsic factors due to the analogical application of motivational theories of learning. Our findings reveal that the working environment plays a crucial role in influencing young people's decisions to enter the teaching profession and in determining the overall supply of teachers. Moreover, they identify which policy factors will affect the quality of teacher supply. References Bryk, A. S., and S. W. Raudenbush (2002) Hierarchical Linear Models: Applications and Data Analysis Methods, Sage Publications. Condon, P. D. (2020) Bayesian Hierarchical Models with Applications Using R, 2nd edition, CRC Press. Corcoran, S. P., W. N. Evans, and R. M. Schwab (2004) “Women, the Labor Market, and the Declining Relative Quality of Teachers,” Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 23(3): 449-470. Dolton, P. J. (1990), “The Economics of UK Teacher Supply: The Graduate's Decision,” The Economic Journal, 100: 91–104. Gustafsson, J. (2008) “Effects of International Comparative Studies on Educational Quality on the Quality of Educational Research,” European Educational Research Journal, 7(1):1-17. Gustafsson, J. (2013) “Causal Inference in Educational Effectiveness Research: A Comparison of Three Methods to Investigate Effects of Homework on Student Achievement,” School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 24(3): 275-295. Han, S. W. (2018) “Who Expects to Become a Teacher? The Role of Educational Accountability Policies in International Perspective,” Teaching and Teacher Education, 75:141–152. Han, S. W., F. Borgonovi, and S. Guerriero, (2018) “What Motivates High School Students to Want to Be Teachers? The Role of Salary, Working Conditions, and Societal Evaluations About Occupations in a Comparative Perspective,” American Educational Research Journal, 55(1): 3–39. Han, S. W., F. Borgonovi, and S. Guerriero (2020) "Why Don’t More Boys Want to Become Teachers? The Effect of a Gendered Profession on Students’ Career Expectations," International Journal of Educational Research, 103:101645. Hanushek, E. A., J. F. Kain, and S. G. Rivkin (2004) “Why Public Schools Lose Teachers”, Journal of Human Resources, 39(2): 326–354. Hanushek, E. A., M. Piopiunik, and S. Wiederhold (2019) “The Value of Smarter Teachers: International Evidence on Teacher Cognitive Skills and Student Performance,” Journal of Human Resources, 54(4), 857-899 Kleinman, K. P. and J. G. Ibrahim (1998) “A Semiparametric Bayesian Approach to the Random Effects Model," Biometrics, 54:921-938. Manski, C. F. (1987) “Teachers Ability, Earnings, and the Decision to Become a Teacher: Evidence from the National Longitudinal Study of the High School Class of 1972,'' in D. A. Wise ed., Public Sector Payrolls, University of Chicago Press. OECD(2018) Effective Teacher Policies: Insight from PISA, OECD Publishing. Park, H., and S. Y. Byun (2015) “Why Some Countries Attract More High-Ability Young Students to Teaching: Cross-National Comparisons of Students’ Expectation of Becoming a Teacher,” Comparative Education Review, 59(3): 523–549. Watt, H. M. G., P. W. Richardson, and K. Smith eds. (2017) Global Perspectives on Teacher Motivation, Cambridge University Press. |
14:15 - 15:45 | 13 SES 17 A: Toward a Weak Ontology of/for Education: A Symposium Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Anne Phelan Session Chair: Gunnlaugur Magnússon Symposium |
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium Toward a Weak Ontology of/for Education: A Symposium This symposium was provoked by and constitutes a response to Emile Bojesen’s critique of the humanist legacy in education.
In his book, Forms of Education: Rethinking Educational Experience Against and Outside the Humanist Legacy, Bojesen (2020) argues that in embracing humanism’s values of rectitude (i.e. self-sufficiency; autonomy; rationality) and redemption (i.e. moral and intellectual improvement; harmonization of the individual and the social order), as foundational, education (as in schooling) becomes nothing more than an means to “social hygiene and economic productivity” (p. 45). He makes a compelling case for a broader understanding of education as “a multitude of experience which are perceived and interpreted – in the service of the perpetual formation (and deformation) of non-stable subjects” (p. 5). While sympathetic to Bojesen’s perspective, it does beg the following questions: If all experience is educational, what differentiates education from life? Are there any specifically educational commitments that can guide educators who wish to abandon the humanist legacy? Without recourse to some ‘foundation,’ are educators not left with the problem of adequately justifying our values and practices? The author offers a rich repertoire of concepts that begin to affirm educational experience – ‘passive education’ connoting ‘restrained’ or ‘non-impositional’ relations between individuals who ‘let the other be’ (p. 106); and, ‘conversation’ envisioned as the ‘fluid movement of thought’ among speakers (p. 114) being two examples. In doing so, Bojesen’s work takes an unexpected ontological turn and it is this turn that the papers in this symposium wish to examine and extend.
Embracing Bojesen’s concerns and inspired by Stephen White’s (2000) assertion that it is possible to develop ‘positive’ or ‘affirmative’ accounts of life without abandoning a critique of foundationalism, we wish to propose ‘a weak ontology’ of education. An ontological turn implies a greater awareness and interrogation of taken-for-granted conceptions – of education and the educated person – in the modern West. What distinguishes this ‘weak’ characterization of education from a ‘strong’ version, is that it enables us to articulate some educational commitments while appreciating that the latter are contestable and contingent; they cannot be “fully disentangled from an interpretation of present historical circumstances” (p. 10-11). Significantly, however, these commitments a) are key to how we articulate the meaning of our lives, individually and collectively; b) are intertwined with questions of identity and history; and c) offer parameters within which to think ‘education’ and its relation to the human subject.
Set against present circumstances – a neoliberal preoccupation with progress, hyper-individualism, and performativity – symposium papers identify and explore three ontological commitments: 1) the ‘event’, that the unexpected occurs in life and human subjects have a capacity for radical novelty; 2) ‘inclination’, that the existence of others summons ethical and political responsibility in each of us; and 3) ‘conversation’, that humans subjects are distinct and in need of making ourselves understood and this requires relentless, collective engagement. Each commitment is borne of an existential reality but with historical dimension. A weak ontology of/for education hinges on these realities and schooling becomes one site of their contingent negotiation. Therefore, what it means to be human and to be educated are always in play; they are, in Biesta’s (2206) terms, “radically open question[s]” (p. 4, 5). In summary, each paper presentation engages Bojesen’s (2021) critique of the humanist legacy while attempting to affirm and sustain educational formulations. Respectively, presenters (from Australia, Canada, Denmark, England and Scotland) draw upon ontological sources – the event (Badiou), inclination (Cavarero), and conversation (Blanchot) – examining their value for rethinking education in our time. The session concludes with a commentary by Discussant, Dr. Gunnlaugur Magnusson, Uppsala University. References Biesta, G. (2006). Beyond learning: Democratic education for a human future. Paradigm Publishers. Bojesen, E. (2021). Forms of Education: Rethinking educational experience against and outside the humanist legacy. Routledge. White, S. K. (2000). Sustaining Affirmation: The Strengths of Weak Ontology in Political Theory. Princeton University Press. Presentations of the Symposium Momentary Events: A Faithful (Educational) Concern for the ‘Here and Now’
Worldwide, schooling has for decades been criticized for its Enlightenment heritage and how it links education to a rationalistic logic of progress (Korsgaard, 2024). Much of what goes on in schools is – as a result of this logic – pre-determined, planned and measured against certain objective standards. The upshot is that school as a form of education reflects the ordinary and everyday realm (Badiou, 2001) and has become largely a matter of socialization and qualification (Biesta, 2020). As such, students’ experience is confined to taken-for-granted understandings about themselves (i.e. seemingly coherent identities), the world (i.e. rule-based order) and the meaning of life (i.e. pursuit of personal interests such as individual success) (Ruti, 2012). Following Bojesen (2020) this is one of the reasons why it is necessary to encourage and support teachers to create free spaces in which “plural speech between non-stable subjects” can become possible (p. 115).
Against this backdrop, we posit and examine a second sphere of human existence – the extraordinary – that exists in schools but often goes unnoticed. The domain of the extraordinary is that of unexpected and disruptive events which, when they happen in education, reveal its historical and antagonistic character (Badiou, 2001), its “incompleteness or cracks'' and disturbs its “taken-for-granted coordinates” (Taubman, 2010, p. 197). Being faithful to such disruption – or to the intrusion of events – has educational potential, we argue, as it can dislodge us from ordinary life, make the impossible possible and enable teachers and students to perceive and engage reality – including the different subject matters that inform their perception and engagement – in ways that can resist or suspend the above-mentioned logic of progress. Put simply, a perspective that wasn’t evident becomes available.
Trying to grasp the enigmatic ‘truth’ that is attached to the event is, we suggest, an educational process par excellence. It means that teachers and students in collaboration seek to put the different pieces together “bit by bit, by [their] fidelity to the event” (Ruti, 2012, p. 90). In such a faithful (educational) process the teacher and the students find themselves occupied in the ‘here and now’, studying the event without any interference from the logic of progress. In other words, they allow themselves – as un-stable subjects – to be ‘captured’ in space and time, in the present moment, without losing their sense of the past and future (Vlieghe and Zamojski, 2017).
References:
Badiou, A. 2001. Ethics: An Essay on the Understanding of Evil. Translated by Peter Hallward. Verso.
Biesta, G. (2020). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89-104.
Bojesen, E. (2021). Forms of Education: Rethinking educational experience against and outside the humanist legacy. Routledge.
Korsgaard, M. T. (2024). Retuning Education: Bildung and Exemplarity Beyond the Logic of Progress. Rotuledge (forthcoming)
Ruti, M. (2012). The Singularity of Being: Lacan and the Immortal Within. Fordham University Press.
Taubman, P. M. 2010. Alain Badiou, Jacques Lacan and the Ethics of Teaching. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 42 (2): 196-212.
Vlieghe, J. and Zamojski, P. (2017). The event, the messianic and the affirmation of life. A post-critical perspective on education with Agamben and Badiou. Policy Futures in Education, 15(7-8): 849-860.
From Rectitude to Inclination: Two Postural Ontologies
Schooling in the neoliberal era relies on an ethic of competitive individualism that has been characterized as a “theology of the individual” (Sennett, 1998, p. 105). Deploying the performative resources of data and evidence, and enabled by the pervasive reach of digital technology, neoliberalism restages the time-honoured strategy of ‘divide and rule,’ as it pits individuals and institutions against each other through logics of competition. This competitive logic relies on an ontology of rectitude – of right-thinking and right-acting, self-sufficient and self-supporting, autonomous and responsible, individuals, standing on their own two feet – that, in turn, draws on a deep-rooted intellectual lineage: “the figure of the righteous-erect man, as a model of virtue, traverses the entire history of philosophy” (Cavarero, 2021a).
In the face of this destructive individualism, our challenge as educators is to find “new ways of relating that contest the damaging structures of institutionalized individualism and neoliberal forms of individualism” (Layton, 2020, p. 71). This paper engages with this challenge by drawing on the work of Italian philosopher, Adriana Cavarero. Specifically, the paper draws on her geometries of rectitude and inclination, “two postural paradigms referring to two different models of subjectivity, two theaters for questioning the human condition in terms of autonomy or independence, two styles of thought, two languages: the first relates to individualistic ontology, the second to a relational ontology” (2016, p. 10).
For educators, an ethics of rectitude seems to give license to an unforgiving form of competitive individualism that goes hand in hand with, and is exploited by, the sort of hierarchical management structures and authoritarian leadership practices experienced by many teachers in schools. By contrast, an ethics of inclination foregrounds our co-dependency and suggests “that what gives life to politics, intended in terms of an embodied democracy, is an interacting plurality that displays its ontological and relational status through the material uniqueness of resonating singular voices” (Cavarero, 2021b, p. 178). Cavarero’s notion of inclination thus offers conceptual, ethical and political resources for resisting rectitude, i.e. for thinking seriously about interdependence, relationality and care, and for seeking to create ways, individually and collectively, for realising these notions within our practices and our institutions. As such, inclination is characterized by an (‘weak’) ‘altruistic’ ontology – in the sense of being ethical and in the more literal sense of being ‘other’-oriented (Cavarero, 2000, p. 87) – that contrasts with the (‘strong’) rigid, individualistic ontology of rectitude.
References:
Cavarero, A. (2000). Relating narratives: Storytelling and selfhood (P. Kottman, Trans.). New York: Routledge.
Cavarero, A. (2016). Inclinations: A critique of rectitude. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Cavarero, A. (2021a). Scenes of inclination. In T. J. Huzar & C. Woodford (Eds.), Toward a feminist ethics of nonviolence (pp. 33-45). New York: Fordham University Press.
Cavarero, A. (2021b). Coda. In T. J. Huzar & C. Woodford (Eds.), Toward a feminist ethics of nonviolence (pp. 177-186). New York: Fordham University Press.
Layton, L. (2020). Toward a social psychoanalysis: Culture, character, and normative unconscious processes.
New York: Routledge.
Sennett, R. (1998). The corrosion of character: The personal consequences of work in the new capitalism. New
York: Norton.
‘What Comes into Our Minds?’’: A Conversational and Thoughtful Response to Bojesen.
This paper offers a study group’s collaborative response to and a possible exemplification of Emile Bojesen’s (2021) conceptualization of ‘conversation’ in relation to ‘education’. Conversation “exceeds dialogue and dialectic” (p.114), he writes, specifically resisting development-focused forms often promoted in discourses of education. Instead, Bojesen draws on Blanchot’s (1969) notion of ‘plural speech’ to favour a more anarchistic formulation: conversation as movement of thought through discontinuity, uncertainty and without intended outcome. This form of conversing begins from a point of uncertainty into the unknown; perhaps the ‘intention’, if any, is one of destabilisation, “a disestablishment of the subject and the scientific framing of research” (p.114).
In exploring the potential fruitfulness and constraints of Bojesen’s (2021) ideas, we look to the plurality and free association underpinning Blanchot’s (1969) notion of conversation. We begin from the uncertainty of a unified response to Bojesen, and continue with what comes into our minds when engaged with issues such as the humanist legacy, (de)formation, conversation, and un-stable subjects, and what they might mean for our understandings of this thing we habitually refer to as ‘education’. Process? Status? Institution? We strive to “hear what is new and different in what the author [here Bojesen] says as opposed to simply hearing what we want to hear or expect in advance” (Fink, 2007, p. 10). Such attentiveness lets us float with utterances and see what will happen when we converse and think with them. Our conversation thus takes unpredictable pathways; it is an explorative ‘essai’, an effort of calligraphic weaving of thoughts to grasp at an idea.
Conceptualizing conversation in this way is, as Bojesen (2021) suggests, an attempt to construct ‘other’ spaces within existing school formations: spaces not regulated by pre-determined means and ends, but rather particular situations in which we “with our own distinct interests, and in a manner where our forms of knowledge, including our embodied knowledge, contribute to a movement of thought that does not have to be externally validated or approved” (p. 125). For it seems meaningless to speak of plurality if this is framed by a powerful dictum of usefulness and logics of growth, progress, and development. We find in Bojesen’s work a strong defence of concrete situations and present moments, in which life enriching ‘educational’ possibilities and life-enhancing friendly relationships can emerge, ‘freed’ from authoritative masters and political (instrumental) restraints and released from desires for rectitude or dreams of redemption.
References:
Blanchot, M. (1969). L'entretien infini (Vol. 6). Gallimard.
Bojesen, E. (2021). Forms of Education: Rethinking educational experience against and outside the humanist legacy. Routledge.
Fink, B. (2007). Fundamental of Psychoanalytical Technique: A Lacanian Approach for Practitioners. W.W. Norton & Company.
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 19 SES 17 A: Innovation, leadership, and global economy Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Dennis Beach Paper Session |
|
19. Ethnography
Paper Innovation Laboratory for Educational Spaces in Motion University College for Teacher Education, Vienna/Krems, Austria Presenting Author:The project “Innovation Laboratory for Educational Spaces in Motion” reported on in this paper is being set up and operated by a team from the Vienna University of Technology in order to focus on the importance of the topic of spatiality in educational processes. In a broad-based three-year cooperation process (09/2021-09/2024), new models of creative thinking, action and design spaces are being created in Vienna's largest urban social housing area, the Per-Albin-Hansson housing estate. For this, three innovation labs (“School Lab”, “Neighbourhood Lab”, “Bus Lab”) were developed in a participatory manner, implemented and tested by several “innovation programmes”. By means of these intergenerational and multicultural space programmes, pupils from the surrounding schools and residents of all ages are invited to participate in the joint research and design process as experts on their neighbourhood and their everyday lives. The emerging synergies and specific spatial affordances are intended to serve as a model for planning practice in architecture as well as educational programmes. As a member of the scientific advisory board I will give an insight into the scientific monitoring (cf. Schäfer-Walkmann 2018, 648; Luchte 2005, 189) of a specific aspect of this project: the work of architecture students with children and adolescents from the housing estate. The objective of this part of the project lies on two levels: 1. analysis of how young people engage with their spatial environment (school, neighbourhood, etc.) and 2. the acquisition of skills by architecture students in dealing with people for whom they may plan and build in the future after becoming professionals. The second aspect, the professional development of architecture students through this special course, in which they are involved in innovation programmes, is particularly emphasised in the presentation. I will refer to two of the programmes in which the architecture students worked with children and teenagers who live and attend school in the Per-Albin-Hansson Housing estate: a) learning activities with pupils on the subject of "space" which took place in in a secondary school (“School Lab”), and b) the so called "Summer Cinema", which took place in a central public space of the neighbourhood (“Neighbourhood Lab”). The underlying research questions are: Which learning processes took place among the students of architecture according to project's aims? Which structures and framework conditions support or hinder the achievement of the objectives of the project? In what way do the innovation labs provide the basis for new developments? Ad a) “School Lab”: Master's students of architecture at the Vienna University of Technology were (in cooperation with student teachers of a University College for Teacher Educatione) planning and realising activities with 10–14-year-old pupils. As part of their learning about school buildings through the direct collaboration with the “users” of a school they should make first hand experiences and raise awareness of the importance of "space as the third pedagogue". Ad b) “Neighbourhood Lab”: The “Summer Cinema” took place in two vacant business premises in a small shopping centre in the centre of the housing estate that function as a work and project space for the project and are open to local residents. They form the spatial basis and creative platform for educationally relevant test settings and innovation programmes. Running a free cinema like this offered multidimensional experiences and insights about how the residents (young and old) appropriated the space. It quickly became apparent that the source of new learned knowledge was on the cinema as a collective, multidimensional event. So not only the space in front of the screen played a role, but also the spaces behind and next to the projected surfaces. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project “Innovation Lab” (with its various forms “School Lab”, “Neighbourhood Lab”, “Bus Lab”) can be assigned to the concept of Real-World-Laboratories. According to this research approach the term “laboratory” is understood as “a ‘shared working space’ in which there is no harsh distinction between inside and outside, a place where one starts reconstruction, innovating and inspiring one’s surroundings in a practical manner” (Wanner et al. 2018, 95). The two innovation programmes reported on must therefore be seen in this special "learning environment" (Singer-Brodowski et al. 2018, 24) in which they are embedded. In order to analyse the learning processes of the architecture students, the support they received from the innovation lab and the quality of the lab's services themselves (“School Lab” and “Neighbourhood Lab”), the design of the accompanying scientific research followed the principles and procedures of qualitative-empirical research. Following Creswell (2007, 37) we pursued “an emerging qualitative approach to inquiry, the collection of data in a natural setting sensitive to the people and places under study´, and data analysis that is inductive and establishes patterns or themes”. Several sources of information were collected for the case studies through observation, interviews and visual material. The observations covered the implementation of the activities with the participating children and adolescents as well as the preparation and follow-up phases. Photos were taken during the activities at the school and at the Summer Cinema. Group and individual interviews were then conducted with the architecture (and teacher) students. The interviews were completely transcribed and analysed using a category-based content analysis (Mayring 2014). This content analysis was systematically related to the observational work. It was characterised by an inductive process in which the participants (e.g. students) had the opportunity to collaborate and thus help shape the topics and questions that emerged from the research process. The interdisciplinary research team, which consisted of four social scientists, finally focused on case analyses in following the assumption that "generalisability can always be identified from the particular" (Breidenstein et al. 2015, 139). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project has not yet been finalised, but some preliminary findings have already been drawn up. On the one hand, the activities in the "School Lab" demonstrate the different knowledge and approaches of the architecture students and student teachers. While the architecture students were not directly perceived by the pupils as "pedagogical staff" but rather as "coming from life", the student teachers were more able to take a step back in their concrete actions e.g. in order to act in a more gender-sensitive manner. On the other hand, the added value of developing a common language and ideas between architects and teachers became clear. Such a cross-fertilisation would have a lasting effect on architects' planning ideas as well as on the way in which teachers recognise the importance of this topic in their teaching. The fact that students of both subjects have had the opportunity to gain such experience during their studies is considered very valuable by the participants. The organisation of the Summer Cinema in the "Neighbourhood Lab" revealed also a number of interesting aspects that provide valuable insights into the different needs of the various stakeholder groups (younger children, teenagers, parents, older residents of the neighbourhood, people with a migration background, etc.) and the extent to which these can be satisfied by offers such as this. In the course of the programme, the organisers (i.e the students) succeeded in creating networks and supporting relationships. Additionally, it also became clear how much their own attitudes and life experiences were reflected in their way of acting – for example, it makes a big difference in which neighbourhood they grew up in. Overall, the scientific monitoring was also able to work out which structures and conditions of the operators of the innovation labs have supported the respective innovation projects well. References Breidenstein, G., Hirschauer, S., Kalthoff, H., & Nieswand, B. (2015). Ethnografie. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838544977 Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative Inquiry & Research Design. Sage Luchte, K. (2005). Wissenschaftliche Begleitung als empirische Forschung und Beratung. Report (28)1, 189–195 Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative content analysis: theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution. Klagenfurt. https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-395173 Schäfer-Walkmann, S. (2018). Wissenschaftliche Begleitung. Sozialwirtschaft, 648–652. https://doi.org/10.5771/9783845279060-648 Singer-Brodowski, M., Beecroft, R., & Parodi, O. (2018). Learning in Real-World Laboratories: A Systematic Impulse for Discussion. GAIA – Ecological Perspectives for Science and Society, 27(1), 23–27. https://doi.org/10.14512/gaia.27.s1.7 Wanner, M., Hilger, A., Westerkowski, J., Rose, M., Stelzer, F., & Schäpke, N. (2018). Towards a Cyclical Concept of Real-World Laboratories. DisP – The Planning Review, 54(2), 94–114. https://doi.org/10.1080/02513625.2018.1487651 19. Ethnography
Paper An Ethnographic Study of Bangladeshi Primary Headteachers and Their Leadership of School Improvement Initiatives. University of the West of, United Kingdom Presenting Author:School improvement has been the focus of much research within literature from the global north, with researchers explicating the challenges that arise for school leaders seeking to further school improvement within centralised systems of educational governance (Bernhardt, 2017; Day, Sammons and Gorge, 2022; Leithwood, Harris and Hopkins, 2019). Much less research has been undertaken into the leadership of school improvement in new and emerging countries (Moroosi, 2019), with even fewer research insights specifically offered into school improvement in Bangladesh. Here, recent research identifies educational challenges related to insufficient funding (Sarker, Wu, and Hossin, 2019), class sizes (Milon, 2016), teacher training (Salahuddin, Khan, and Rahman, 2013) and the role of school managing committees in supporting school improvement initiatives (Sehrawat and Roy, 2021). Until now, little research attention has been paid to the role of the headteacher in Bangladesh in furthering school improvement. Thus, this presentation reports on an ethnographic study of the experiences of three Bangladeshi primary headteachers, working in government schools, as they sought to lead school improvement initiatives. A newly independent country in 1971, Bangladesh has a population of 171 million and is the eighth most populous country in the world. Since the launch of the first primary education development plan in 1997, Bangladesh has evidenced an increasingly ‘strong track record’ of growth and development in its Primary education system (The World Bank, 2023). Four cycles of development planning have since been implemented to: strengthen school infrastructure; introduce curriculum textbooks; train teachers and school leaders; and establish systems of governance at the national, regional and local levels (Asian Development Bank, 2023). The third Primary Education Development Plan (Directorate of Primary Education, 2015) introduced the requirement for a School Learning Improvement Plan, which sought to increase school-level and community involvement in leadership of school improvement - a move towards a more decentralised model of school leadership (Mousumi and Kusakabe, 2021). It is in this context, with the improvement focus shifting towards local management of schools (and increasing responsibility for school improvement located with the headteacher), that this presentation offers insights into the experiences of the participant headteachers as they sought to navigate contested leadership spaces in pursuit of such improvement. Educational ethnography was selected as the research methodology. This allowed the researcher to spend extended periods observing the actions and interactions of the headteachers and their stakeholders so as to ‘throw light on the issues’ (Hammersley and Atkinson, 2007, p.3) that were the focus of inquiry. Thus, the research questions to be addressed in this presentation are:
In response to the first question, data were thematically analysed drawing out the challenges and opportunities related to headteacher leadership of school improvement. Foucauldian theory (Foucault, 1982) informed data analysis in relation to the second research question, shedding light on how these school leaders navigated contested leadership spaces in pursuit of locally managed school improvement initiatives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted educational ethnography as the research methodology (Hammersley, 2018), with naturalistic data (Erlandson, 1993) collected through ethnographic observation and informal conversations. As Hammersley and Atkinson (2007, p. 3) note, ethnography: “Usually involves the researcher participating, overtly or covertly, in people's daily lives for an extended period of time, watching what happens, listening to what is said, and/or asking questions through formal and informal interviews." The researcher (previously a Bangladeshi headteacher) was a participant observer, both insider and outsider (Gelir, 2021) in the research sites. Three distinct schools (all in Dhaka City) with different characteristics were selected for the research. At the time of data collection, School A had 20 teachers and 918 students. Its female headteacher had 15 years of experience in school leadership. School B was located outside of the urban area of Dhaka, serving a population of low-income families. At the time of data collection, School B had 453 students and 9 teachers. Its male headteacher had 20 years of experience in school leadership. School C was located in suburban area of Dhaka, serving a population of largely migrant families. At the time of data collection, School C had 520 students and 9 teachers. Its female headteacher had 14 years of experience in school leadership. A convenience and opportunistic sampling strategy was adopted to recruit, and the schools were known to the researcher. The schools were selected because of their differing demographic and headteacher reported experience of working with the school managing committee. Data were collected in the form of field notes from observations and conversations over three a month-period. To triangulate the findings, additional data were collected through informal conversations (Swain and King, 2022) with individuals interested in school improvement activities in these schools - parents, teachers, members of school managing committees, education officers and local community leaders. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings offer unique insights into headteacher leadership of school improvement initiatives in a country where educational systems and school governance are still relatively new. Within this system, the participant headteachers were tasked with reconciling bureaucratic and systemic challenges with local accountability and stakeholder involvement in school leadership processes. Thus, data informing the first research question reveals a nuanced understanding of the challenges and opportunities related to school improvement in these Bangladeshi primary schools. The headteachers experienced a number of systemic and local challenges in their quest for improvement, including funding and infrastructure limitations, and teacher demotivation. The role of school managing committees and education officers as well as parental engagement in support of the drive for school improvement were identified as both challenge and opportunity. With respect to the second question, extracts from observations and conversations with key stakeholders will be used to explore how the participant headteachers navigated the challenges of leading school improvement initiatives and how they experienced the instruments of disciplinary power (Foucault, 1977) as they engaged with school stakeholders in doing so. References Asian Development Bank (2023). Bangladesh: Supporting Fourth Primary Education Development Program. Available: https://www.adb.org/projects/50192-002/main (Accessed 18 December, 2023). Bernhardt, V. (2017). Data Analysis for Continuous School Improvement. London: Routledge. Day, C., Sammons, P. & Gorge. K. (2022). Successful School Leadership. Reading: Education Development Trust. Directorate of Primary Education (2015). Third Primary Education Development Program (PEDP-3) – Revised. Available: PEDP-3 Brief (Revised).pdf (portal.gov.bd) (Accessed 18 December, 2023). Erlandson, D. A., Harris, E. L., Skipper, B. L. & Allen, S. D. (1993). Doing Naturalistic Inquiry: A guide to methods. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications. Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and Punish. London: Penguin. Gelir, I. (2021), ‘Can insider be outsider? Doing an ethnographic research in a familiar setting’. Ethnography and Education, 16(2), pp. 226-242. Hammersley, M., (2018). ‘What is ethnography? Can it survive? Should it?’. Ethnography and Education, 13(1), pp.1-17. Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2007). Ethnography: Principles in Practice (3rd ed.). London: Routledge. Leithwood, K., Harris, A. & Hopkins, D. (2020). ‘Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited’. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), pp. 5-22. Mousumi, M.A. & Kusakabe, T. (2021). ‘School education system in Bangladesh’ in Sarangapani, P. M. & Pappu, R. (Eds) Handbook of Education Systems in South Asia. Singapore: Springer Nature. Milon, R.K. (2016). ‘Challenges of teaching English at the rural primary schools in Bangladesh: Some recommendations’. ELK Asia Pacific Journal of Social Sciences, 2(3), pp.1-9. Moorosi (2019), ‘Introduction and setting the scene’ in Moorosi, P. & Bush, T. (Eds.). Preparation and Development of School Leaders in Africa. Sydney: Bloomsbury Publishing. Salahuddin, A.N.M., Khan, M.M.R. & Rahman, M.A. (2013). ‘Challenges of implementing English curriculum at rural primary schools of Bangladesh’. The International Journal of Social Sciences, 7(1), pp.34-51. Sarker, M.N.I., Wu, M. & Hossin, M.A. (2019). ‘Economic effect of school dropout in Bangladesh’. International Journal of Information and Education Technology, 9(2), pp.136-142. Swain, J. & King, B. (2022). ‘Using informal conversations in qualitative research’ International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21, DOI: 10.1177/16094069221085056. The World Bank (2023). The World Bank in Bangladesh https://www.worldbank.org/en/country/bangladesh/overview (Accessed 18 December, 2023). |
14:15 - 15:45 | 23 SES 17 A: Europe Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2] Session Chair: Sverker Lindblad Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Politics of Time in Higher Education: An Example of the European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:In late-modern societies, haste seems to have become a defining feature of people's lives. We regulate our activities and use of time from waking up to going to bed according to clocks. In economic terms, time is a resource that we allocate to commodities (De Serpa, 1971), and according to the principle of economic optimisation, a rational individual is expected to maximise his utility for a given unit of time. Closely linked to this phenomenon are two social processes central to the late modern era, namely acceleration processes and colonization of the future. By acceleration, Hartmut Rosa (2013) refers to the increased tempo of social life that emerges from the self-feeding cycle of technological and social acceleration, as well as the acceleration of the pace of life. On the other hand, Barbara Adam and Chris Groves (2007) describe colonisation of the future as the way in which we increasingly seek to control the future from the present by subordinating it to our current needs and wants. This study explores the problems of time in higher education theory, policy and practice, in particular from the perspective of the aforementioned processes. Acceleration processes have proven to be relevant in the context of education (Gibbs et al., 2014), with universities racing against the clock and each other to produce more research, degrees and other key performance outputs within increasingly tight timeframes. This materializes in increased time pressures as experienced by both higher education employees (Berg & Seeber, 2016) and students (Mahon, 2021). The value and processual uncertainty of academic work and learning seems to be reduced to the fastest possible realisation of the productivity and utility dreams we have invested in the future for the benefit of the present. These temporal challenges of higher education have many symptomatic consequences for late-modern societies. Firstly, the need to achieve more in less time can endorse corrupted working cultures and damage academic virtues (Kidd, 2023). Moreover, they place higher education students in an unequal position in relation to the completion of their studies, considering their diverse backgrounds and life circumstances (Bennett & Burke, 2018). Solutions to these problems have been proposed through a critical deconstruction and redefinition of the Western linear conception of time (i.e., Bennett & Burke, 2018) and also through temporal resistance movements, like slow scholarship (Berg & Seeber, 2016; Mountz et al., 2015) and slow education (Wear et al., 2015), which emphasise the sufficient allocation of time for academic activities. In the context of the current presentation, the European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System (ECTS) is investigated as an important case example of educational policy instruments with accelerative tendencies. Being the main academic credit system of the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), ECTS credits tie the achievement of learning outcomes to a certain amount of study time spent, and thus serve as a key instrument for educational acceleration (Sarauw, 2023). As such, credits represent a time-based learning currency that strictly links the workload of studying and successful learning to the time spent studying. In relation to this setting, the current research project specifically addresses two questions: 1) What is the role of time in education in relation to the contemporary time pressures of higher education, and 2) what the contribution of academic credit systems like the ECTS to these temporal challenges is. The project involves both theoretical research and an empirical phase. The current presentation concerns the matter mainly from the perspectives of educational and time theory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The first phase of this project focused on the relationship of a linear time conception to time pressures in higher education and to education as an activity (Impola, 2023). Drawing on both philosophy of time and education, the main argument was that, although education is by nature an uncertain and open activity, it nevertheless takes place in a linear-temporal framework: In education we are oriented towards some future aims in terms of growth and learning, the possibility of which is built on past experiences and can only be realised through goal-oriented action in the present. Instead of alternative, nonlinear theorisations of time, this project outlines ways to alleviate the speeding-up tendencies of contemporary higher education systems by development of such temporal structures for education that enable finding a suitable pace for studies in respect to this linear framework. This could be achieved for example by rethinking and developing more reasonable and equitable workload determination practices in higher education. In respect to this framework, ECTS plays a key role, because it is based on the idea of estimating the time-based workload of studies in the degree plans. Officially, one ECTS credit corresponds to 25-30 hours and 60 credits to 1500-1800 hours of student work per year (European Commission, 2015; Wagenaar, 2019). In the second phase of this project this rationale is deconstructed to point out both practical and theoretical challenges that are present in ECTS. The practical challenges stem from the difficulty of measuring students' time uses across different life situations and education contexts uniformly, especially as students' real study time does not directly correspond to the study time as estimated in ECTS (Souto-Iglesias & Baeza Romero, 2018). Moreover, time spent studying and students’ perceived workload are different things, and they affect academic performance differently (Barbosa et al., 2018). These challenges contribute also to theory-level problems, which relate to the nature of ECTS as an academic currency that defines a time-based value for studies. This study demonstrates some key problems related to this analogy, which have to do especially with the highly context-specific regulation practices of the value of this key educational currency of EHEA. The diversity of higher education programs is not only difficult to be coherently represented by a single temporal formula, but different educational-political motives can also encourage differing regulatory strategies, like overloading the credits to preserve educational excellence or underloading them to promote faster credit accumulation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings If successful, this research can present ways to navigate the time pressures of globalizing educational marketplace, which stem from both acceleration processes and the desires to realise our future-oriented needs in the present. In contrast to the late-modern social scientific criticism, the current project operates from the viewpoint that these strategies do not necessarily have to involve total deconstruction and reformulation of the linear time consciousness which seems to be the basis of nearly all socially coordinated processes of the late-modern societies (Impola, 2023). Instead, we should be able to embrace the slowness, uncertainty and risk present in education (Biesta, 2015) and learn to find an appropriate rhythm for education, which means sufficient speed and slowing down at each moment, rather than overprioritizing either over the other (Kidd, 2023; Wear et al., 2015). At the level of educational policy, we need to rethink our practices on credit systems such as ECTS. To this end, the research project has produced a new model of student workload, which is divided into externally determined and student’s internal experience of workload and the factors that influence these (Publication under review). The model allows us to better understand the tensions between the estimated and actual student workloads and to relate them appropriately to each other. One of the main implications of the model is that it clarifies the role of ECTS as a supportive educational planning tool for course and curriculum design work, instead of a becoming a temporal-normative framework for judging progression in studies. At best, credits can be used to design degrees with relatively evenly distributed workloads that ensure that students have sufficient time to complete their studies, while student’s experience of workload and learning are each measured according to their own suitable measures, instead of credit accumulation being used as their proxy. References Adam, B., & Groves, C. (2007). Future matters: Action, knowledge, ethics (Vol. 3). Brill. Barbosa, J., Silva, Á., Ferreira, M. A., & Severo, M. (2018). Do reciprocal relationships between academic workload and self-regulated learning predict medical freshmen’s achievement? A longitudinal study on the educational transition from secondary school to medical school. Advances in Health Sciences Education, 23, 733-748. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10459-018-9825-2 Bennett, A., & Burke, P. J. (2018). Re/conceptualising time and temporality: an exploration of time in higher education. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 39(6), 913-925. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2017.1312285 Berg, M., & Seeber, B. K. (2016). The slow professor: Challenging the culture of speed in the academy. University of Toronto Press. Biesta, G. J. (2015). Beautiful risk of education. Routledge. DeSerpa, A. C. (1971). A theory of the economics of time. The economic journal, 81(324), 828-846. https://doi.org/10.2307/2230320 European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, (2015). ECTS users' guide 2015, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/87192 Gibbs, P., Ylijoki, O. H., Guzmán-Valenzuela, C., & Barnett, R. (Eds.). (2014). Universities in the flux of time: An exploration of time and temporality in university life. Routledge. Impola, J. T. (2023). Reconsidering Newtonian Temporality in the Context of Time Pressures of Higher Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-023-09879-3 Kidd, I. J. (2023). Corrupted temporalities,‘cultures of speed’, and the possibility of collegiality. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 55(3), 330-342. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2021.2017883 Mahon, Á. (2021). Towards a Higher Education: Contemplation, Compassion, and the Ethics of Slowing Down. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 53(5), 448-458. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2019.1683826 Mountz, A., Bonds, A., Mansfield, B., Loyd, J., Hyndman, J., Walton-Roberts, M., ... & Curran, W. (2015). For slow scholarship: A feminist politics of resistance through collective action in the neoliberal university. ACME: An International Journal for Critical Geographies, 14(4), 1235-1259. Retrieved 30.1.2024 from https://acme-journal.org/index.php/acme/article/view/1058 Rosa, H. (2013). Social acceleration: A new theory of modernity. Columbia University Press. Sarauw, L. L. (2023). Time Matters in Higher Education: How the ECTS Changes Ideas of Desired Student Conduct. Higher Education Policy, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-023-00302-7 Souto-Iglesias, A., & Baeza_Romero, M. T. (2018). A probabilistic approach to student workload: empirical distributions and ECTS. Higher Education, 76(6), 1007-1025. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0244-3 Wagenaar, R. (2019). A History of ECTS, 1989-2019: Developing a World Standard for Credit Transfer and Accumulation in Higher Education. Retrieved 30.1.2024 from https://hdl.handle.net/11370/f7d5a0e2-3218-4c66-b11d-b4d106c039c5 Wear, D., Zarconi, J., Kumagai, A., & Cole-Kelly, K. (2015). Slow medical education. Academic Medicine, 90(3), 289-293. DOI: 10.1097/ACM.0000000000000581 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Contemporary Revival of Social Democracy: Was Danish Education Policy Ever Neoliberal? 1Danish School of Education, Aarhus University; 2Aalborg University, Denmark Presenting Author:Over the previous decades, education policy research has built up a narrative of the proliferation of neoliberalism across most parts of the world (Cannella & Koro-Ljungberg, 2017; Krejsler & Moos, 2021; Marginson, 2006; Mintz, 2021). The narrative has gained so much strength that neoliberalism is often referred to as a self-evident phenomenon. However, in the process, neoliberalism as an ideological category sometimes appear to have become more an obstacle than an analytically fruitful category. In some cases, it is unclear how the concept of neoliberalism is defined, and in particular how it is delineated from other categories. In other cases, the strong narrative implies blind spots concerning empirical changes that cannot be sufficiently described with the category of neoliberalism. In this paper, we ask whether this narrative holds: To what extend is education policy across the Western world distinctively neoliberal? We approach this question by presenting three separate cases of contemporary education policy from Denmark, ranging from primary and lower secondary school to upper secondary school and higher education, thus encompassing the most central educational institutions in the Danish context. We analyze the three policies in terms of the policy ideologies embedded in them by drawing on various conceptualizations of neoliberalism and social democracy. Based on our analysis, we raise a discussion of whether Danish education policy is neoliberal after all. By asking this question, we open up two alternatives to the narrative of the spread proliferation of neoliberalism. The first alternative is that neoliberalism never spread as widely and deeply as education policy research has indicated, thus implying that education policy research has drawn stronger conclusions of neoliberalism in policy than what the empirical reality warrants. This alternative could be enforced by the conflation of neoliberalism and New Public Management, as empirical signs of the latter are also often interpreted as signs of the spread of neoliberalism, and much more widespread. The second alternative is that neoliberalism has spread, but is currently diminishing, thus implying that neoliberalism has proven itself more fragile than previously assumed. This alternative stresses the need for a renewed policy research that explores whether this trend is more widespread than what can be concluded based on our study. We use these discussions to raise a research agenda of analyzing policy ideologies in contemporary education policy in contextually sensitive ways. In the paper, we outline the policy ideologies through which we analyze our cases of contemporary education policy, including a conceptualization of social democracy as a theory of justice (Platz, 2022), as well as three conceptualizations of neoliberalism, encompassing a governmentality conceptualization (Ball & Grimaldi, 2021; Foucault, 2009; Rose, 1999), a Marxist conceptualization (Harvey, 2011), and a conceptualization based on intellectual streams (Cahill & Konings, 2017). We juggle these three conceptualizations alongside each other in our analysis in order to accommodate the diversity in understandings of neoliberalism characterizing previous policy analysis. With our inclusion of three policy cases, we aim to study indications of cross-cutting trends rather than analyzing each policy in depth on its own terms. After the analysis, we discuss the shared trends across the three policies and their implications for education policy research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used methodology of reading and categorizing case examples of policies through these concepts. The Theory of justice concept of social democracy (Platz, 2022) entails that we categorize policy elements as social democratic if they promote an equal distribution of both rights and work. The Foucauldian concept of neoliberalism (Foucault, 2009; Rose, 1999) entails that we categorize policy elements as neoliberal if they encourage a competitive or entrepreneurial self of the governed subjects. The Marxist concept of neoliberalism (Harvey, 2011) entails that we categorize policy elements as neoliberal if they produce inequality (or maintain existing inequalities) in society. The Intellectual streams concept of neoliberalism (Cahill & Konings, 2017) entails that we categorize policy elements as neoliberal if they promote a minimization of the state and markets as a dominant organizational principle of society. In our analysis, we are cautious not to interpret empirical signs of ‘new public management’ instruments and/or human capital thinking as signs of neoliberalism per se. While some of the principles behind new public management overlap with intellectual streams found in neoliberalism (for example the promotion of market-type mechanisms) as well as subjectivizing discourses, others cannot be ascribed neoliberal thinking per se. Furthermore, we argue against the idea that the commodification and capitalization of education captured in the term ‘human capital’ necessarily is neoliberal. We can merely look back in time to when national governments first and foremost prioritized a general increase in the educational level of their populations (Henry et al., 2001: 99) to see how human capital theory has not always been about commodification and individualization, but instead has been configured as a highly collective effort to strengthen the nation in a geopolitical race related to security (Bürgi & Tröhler, 2018). Human capital can thus both be adapted to neoliberal and social democratic ideologies (and probably many more). The policy cases selected for analysis represent three different sectors of the Danish education system: Primary school, upper secondary school, and higher education. The cases were selected to display different aspects of the social democratic ideology currently permeating Danish education policy. The policies all represent recent policies, proposed between 2021 and 2023. They represent a combination of policy proposals made by the government and adopted policies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The three policies are mainly shaped by social democratic influences, including: a desire for social, occupational, and geographical equality; a glorification of vocational work; an approach to the distribution of students in educational tracks as a collective state issue; corrections of the market mechanisms; and a centralized economic engineering aimed at adjusting higher education provision in line with the needs of society. The social democratic influences are however complemented by traces of neoliberalism, such as a liberation of schools from state regulation and the promotion of private actors in the public school system. The analysis thus underscores that neoliberal elements, such as allowing private operators to play a role in schools, are incorporated into the system, but within the constraints of not conflicting with overarching social democratic values. Importantly, schools are viewed as crucial institutions for fulfilling state objectives, prioritizing economic regulation, promoting a vocational labor ethos, cultivating social justice, and addressing inequality over market-driven dynamics and potential disparities. References Ball, S. J., & Grimaldi, E. (2021). Neoliberal education and the neoliberal digital classroom. Learning, Media and Technology, , 1-15. 10.1080/17439884.2021.1963980 Bürgi, R., & Tröhler, D. (2018). Producing the 'Right Kind of People'. The OECD Education Indicators in the 1960s. In S. Lindblad, D. Pettersson, & T. S. Popkewitz (Eds.), Education by the Numbers and the Making of Society: the expertise of international assessments (pp. 75-91). Routledge. Cahill, D., & Konings, M. (2017). Neoliberalism. Polity. Cannella, G. S., & Koro-Ljungberg, M. (2017). Neoliberalism in Higher Education: Can We Understand? Can We Resist and Survive? Can We Become Without Neoliberalism? Cultural Studies, Critical Methodologies, 17(3), 155-162. https://doi.org/10.1177/1532708617706117 Foucault, M. (2009). Biopolitikkens fødsel : forelæsninger på Collège De France, 1978-1979 (1. udgave. ed.). Hans Reitzel. Harvey, D. (2011). A brief history of neoliberalism (Reprint. ed.). Oxford University Press. Henry, M., Lingard, B., Rizvi, F., & Taylor, S. (2001). The OECD, globalisation and education policy. IAU. Krejsler, J. B., & Moos, L. (2021). Danish – and Nordic – School Policy: Its Anglo-American Connections and Influences. Springer International Publishing. 10.1007/978-3-030-66629-3_7 Marginson, S. (2006). Dynamics of national and global competition in higher education. Higher Education, 52(1), 1-39. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-004-7649-x Mintz, B. (2021). Neoliberalism and the Crisis in Higher Education: The Cost of Ideology. The American journal of economics and sociology, 80(1), 79-112. https://doi.org/10.1111/ajes.12370 Platz, J. v. (2022). Social Democracy. In C. M. Melenovsky (Ed.), The Routledge Handbook of Philosophy, Politics, and Economics (pp. 300-313). Taylor & Francis Group. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780367808983-29 Rose, N. (1999). Powers of freedom : reframing political thought. Cambridge University Press. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper From Qualifications To Skills In European VET Policy BIBB, Germany Presenting Author:For many decades the vocational education and training sector has profoundly evolved. Research-based scenarios on its past and further development oscilliate its anchoring between educational system and labour market and requirements(Cedefop 2023; Mottweiler; Le Mouillour, Annen 2022). At the crossroads of both perspectives lie qualifications and skills. Individual learning paths and professional careers are less and less linear, and digital, energy and environmental transformations are calling for greater efforts in terms of training and its flexibility. Those arguments and furthermore are mirrored in the European VET policy. The increase in the number of decisions and agreements reached at European level since the Treaty of Rome and the development of European instruments for vocational education and training (European Qualifications Framework, ESCO classification, recommendation on micro-certifications, to name but three) are all signs of change. This on-going research work sets out to trace how European decisions, recommendations and declarations have shaped the understanding of qualifications at European level, to the point of making them an almost marginal element in favour of a European discourse moving from competences to skills. The European discourse on qualifications has shifted over the course of European programmes, European agendas (Education and Training 2010, Education and Training 2020, Education and Training 2030) and recommendations from the sphere of governance by the national or regional competent authorities to the individualisation and flexibilisation of pathways, methods of acquiring skills and qualifications. At the level of Member States their initiating power illustrated with the declarations issued during the respective Council Presidency testifies the shif: While lifelong learning in the Copenhagen Declaration (2002) was focusing on the removal of systemic barriers in the vocational education and training systems of the Member States. The Bruges Communiqué (2010) calls for the learners to be able to transfer their learning outcomes (and no longer their qualifications). The 2020 Osnabrück Declaration focuses on individuals and organisations. The European strategic frame set up with the Barcelona European Council, back in 2002, also acknowledges the shift and pushes it further. The 2009 strategic framework for European cooperation in education and Training (council 2009) focuses on qualifications, meanwhile the newest strategic framework for European cooperation in VET « Education and Training 2030 » (council 2021) barely mentions qualifications, employability and personal development are at the forefront of the European agenda. It therefore seems legitimate to open up the debate on the issues associated with qualifications and skills, an aspect that has so far received very little attention. Using a discursive institutionalism approach (Schmidt 2010) as an analysis frame, the paper traces and identifies the evolution of ideas and discourses at the macro-policy level of the European level. It examines how the discourse has shifted from qualifications to skills and which challenges are arising. The challenges will be further analysed and exemplified in the context of two systems of vocational education and training (Germany, France) and their policy in-take of the European initiative on micro-credentials. Both systems are enshrined in different traditions in terms of governance and understanding of education and training (Rözer/van de Werfhorst 2020; Pilz 2016; Möbius/Verdier 1997). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this paper is based on two different methods of analysis: firstly, a document analyses of documents published by the European Commission, the Council and the European agency for VET (decisions, resolutions, communications, recommendations) which form the macro-policy framework and those defining the instruments. Secondly, documents by national VET stakeholders issued either during European consultation processes or issued as opinion are evaluated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The lifelong learning approach is not new to the discourse on VET, but it is undergoing a revival in the European context, particularly to meet the challenges of digital, technological and environmental change. VET is thus faced with expectations in terms of ambivalent functionality between flexibility and stability, qualifications between legitimacy and legibility. Since the 1970s, education policies and, by the same token, vocational training have been seen as an instrument of economic development at both national and European level, if we recall the Lisbon Declaration (2000). It would seem, then, that qualifications linked to regulated professions appear to be anachronistic in a new world in constant need of adaptation. Private certification providers, particularly in CVET, would be able to offer alternative, often digital, qualifications that meet immediate economic needs. The European discourse has moved on from the transparency of qualifications, to the transparency of learning outcomes, to the transparency of competences and, more recently, to the transparency of skills, to a degree of disaggregation that seems difficult to reconcile with the functions of qualifications. It may seem surprising that the European Union refer to the learning outcomes approach while overlooking the concept of qualifications. This might be explained partly by the legal limitations on the European Union's action in the field of vocational training and partly by the regulatory nature of qualifications. Until now, education and training systems, as well as their content and adjustment, have remained under the authority of national states. However, collective decisions taken at European level are becoming increasingly important. A new aspect completes this picture. The range of training courses on offer is being digitised, and instruments such as ESCO, Europass and micro-certifications are being driven by the need to be interoperable and digital. References CEDEFOP (2023): The future of vocational education and training in Europe: synthesis report. Luxembourg. Brockmann, M.; Clarke, L.; Winch, C. (Hg.) (2011): Knowledge, skills and competence in the European Labour Market. London: Routledge. Council (2021): Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030). ET 2021-2030, C 66/1 - C 66/21 Council (2009): Council conclusions of 12 May 2009 on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training (‘ET 2020’). ET 2020. In: Official Journal of the European Union, C 119/2 - C 119/10 Council (2022): Council Recommendation of 16 June 2022 on a European approach to micro-credentials for lifelong learning and employability. In: Official Journal of the European Union, C 243/10 - C 243/25 Möbius, M.; Verdier, E. (1997): La construction des diplômes professionnels en Allemagne et en France: des dispositifs institutionnels de coordination. In: Martine Möbius und Eric Verdier (Hg.): Les diplômes professionnels en Allemagne et en France. Conception et jeux d'acteurs. Paris: L'Harmattan, S. 277–304. Mottweiler, H.; Le Mouillour, I.; Annen, S. (2022): New forms of European VET governance in the interplay between the European Labour Market and VET Policy? A governance analysis of the EU-ropean taxonomy of skills, competences, qualifications and occupations (ESCO). In: Nägele, C.; Kersh, N.; Stalder, B. E. (Hrsg.): Trends in vocational education and training research, Vol. V. Proceedings of the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), Vocational Education and Training Network (VETNET), S. 121-132 Pilz, M. (2016): Typologies in Comparative Vocational Education: Existing Models and a New Approach. In: Vocations and Learning 9, S. 295-314 Schmidt, V. A. (2010): Taking ideas and discourse seriously: explain change through discursive institutionalism as the fourth ‘new institutionalism’. In: European Political Science Review (2), S. 1–25. Rözer, J.; Van de Werfhorst, H. G.: Three Worlds of Vocational Education: Specialized and General Craftsmanship in France, Germany, and The Netherlands. In: European Sociological Review 36 (2020) 5, S. 780-797 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Organising a European Educational Research Area by Research Conversations: Research Fronts and Intellectual Traditions in the European Educational Research Journal. /University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:The purpose is to describe and analyse research publications to capture nodes and nets in conversations that are part in organizing the European Educational Research Area. After a broad mapping of research publications, the focus is on analysing articles in the European Educational Research Journal. EERJ has Europeanization of educational research as – collaboration and sharing thoughts – been a main theme for over 20 years (Lawn, 2002; 2009). Given this, which research fronts and intellectual traditions are at work in the EERJ publications and how are these publications organising themselves in nodes and nets? Answers to such questions are vital in order to understand different tendencies in European Educational research and as a basis for international research cooperation. This research is based on analyses of the interplay between intellectual traditions and the societal structuring of research (c.f. Whitley, 2000) and actor—network theory (Callon et al, 1991) and an understanding of research referencing as ways of organising research fields (Czarniawska, 2022). A combination of bibliometric (Garfield, 1979) and interpretative analyses are used in empirical analyses of e.g. teacher education (Lindblad et al, 2023) and international comparisons of research organizing (Gross et al, in print) in terms of links between publications in the making of research networks. First a broad overview: By means of Harzing’s Publish or Perish (Harzing.com) search engine we identified (2024-01-15) almost one thousand EERJ papers published 2002-2023 who in sum were cited more than 38 000 times. Then, we turned to Web of Science (https://webofscience.help.clarivate.com/en-us) for more specific information about the EERJ publications 2017-2023. Analyses of links between publications are carried out by means of VosViewer (Van Eck & Waltman, 2000) in order to understand how these publications are organised by, and organising, this research field. EERJ is included in WoS since 2017 and so far 350 publications are part of the WoS database. Explorative analyses identified different networks with central nodes in terms of research fronts as well as intellectual traditions. Cooperation in research over geopolitical contexts was also identified and discussed in relation to matters of Europeanization and research communication. Intellectual traditions were structured in different dimensions – referring to for instance from cultural sociology to actor-network theory, and from curriculum theory to systems theory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on bibliometric resources and different ways of relating publications to each other (Garfield, 1979). Data sources were obtained by Web of Science. At the WoS there were (Jan 15, 2024) identified 278703 publications categorised as educational research presented in 946 sources such as scientific journals. The development of this research field is described over national affiliations of researchers and over time. The EERJ was included in the WoS in 2017 which contains 350 articles with 10830 cited sources. Data from WoS were transformed into text-files and further analysed in VosViewer where links between publications are in focus for cluster analysis to explore how the EERJ publications are organized by and organising educational research. Intellectual traditions are identified by co-citation of different references and research fronts by bibliographic coupling between publications. How the research is organized over space is analysed by clustering intellectual traditions and research fronts over countries and regions. A selection of central nodes is subject to narrative analyses of texts in order to understand the dynamics of referencing in the making of recognized contributions in the EERJ field of study, Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As expected by previous studies the overall educational research field is in Web of Science dominated by Anglo-Saxon research in terms of research affiliation, publication sources, and language. However, the EERJ differs to this with larger shares of publications outside the Anglo-Saxon context and in terms of cooperation in publishing activities. A set of eight research front networks are identified and presented by the explorative analyses in two dimensions. These are interpreted by induction as follows with central nodes in the networks as follows: - One from studies of internationalization and globalisation (for instance Dobbins & Kwiek, 2017) to matters of education and Bildung (Smeyers, 2019) as examples of distant networks and nodes) - One from studies of higher education (Cotton et al, 2017) to analyses of communication systems. (Vanderstraetern, 2021) These two dimensions and their four networks are structuring the field of research fronts. The other four networks are operating in the space given by these structuring dimensions. The cluster analyses of intellectual traditions did also result in eight clusters in two dimensions, but structured in three different ways: - One from organization theory (Meyer & Rowan, 1977) to curriculum theory and didactics (Klafki, 1985) To this vertical dimension is added two horizontal slopes with different directions: - One from cultural sociology (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990) to history (Lawn, 2012) and actor-network theory (Latour, 2007) - One from sociology of education (Bernstein, 2000) to systems theory (Luhmann & Schorr, 2002) By means of these analyses we see how this research is organising itself in different kinds of intellectual traditions. A general conclusion is that the EERJ is in practice moving towards Europeanization of educational research in terms of recognition of and cooperation in research. Implications of this in terms of research conversations over world regions are discussed. References Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control, and identity: Theory, research, critique (Vol. 5). Rowman & Littlefield. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J. C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture (Vol. 4). Sage. Callon, M., Courtial, J. P., & Laville, F. (1991). Co-word analysis as a tool for describing the network of interactions between basic and technological research: The case of polymer chemsitry. Scientometrics, 22, 155-205. Czarniawska, B. (2022): On reflective referencing. In How to Write Differently (pp. 108-118). Edward Elgar Publishing. Gross, B., Keiner, E., Lindblad, S., Samuelsson, K., & Popkewitz, T. (in print): Nodes and Nets in Educational Research Communication and Organization – an International Mapping of Educational Research Publication. To be published in Global Perspectives on Educational Research. Dobbins, M., & Kwiek, M. (2017). Europeanisation and globalisation in higher education in Central and Eastern Europe: 25 years of changes revisited (1990–2015). European Educational Research Journal, 16(5), 519-528 Garfield, E. (1979). Citation indexing. Wiley. Klafki, W. (1985). Neue Studien zur Bildungstheorie und Didaktik: Beitrage zur kritisch-konstruktiven Didaktik. Latour, B. (2007). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor-network-theory. Oup Oxford. Lawn, M. (2002). A European Research Area? European Educational Research Journal, 1(1), 139-140. Radtke, F. O. (2009). Lawn, M. (2014). Transnational lives in European educational research. European Educational Research Journal, 13(4), 481-492. Luhmann, N. & Schorr, KE: Reflexionsprobleme im Erziehungssystem. In Hauptwerke der Pädagogik (pp. 269-271). Brill Schöningh. Meyer, J. W., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutionalized organizations: Formal structure as myth and ceremony. American journal of sociology, 83(2), 340-363. Smeyers, P. (2019). How to characterize research and scholarship that matters for the educational field?. European Educational Research Journal, 18(5), 622-635. Van Eck, Nees Jan., & Waltman, Ludo. (2010). Software survey: VOSviewer, a computer program for bibliometric mapping. Scientometrics, 84(2), 523-538. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-009-0146-3 Whitley, Richard. (2000). The intellectual and social organization of the sciences. Oxford University Press |
14:15 - 15:45 | 23 SES 17 B: Education Governance Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1] Session Chair: Tae Hee Choi Paper Session |
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper (un)Democratic Practices in School Governance, Managerialism and the Somatic Norm: silencing, civilising and illusionary Staffordshire University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Nationally and internationally, the leadership and organisation of education have altered significantly through the provision of market technologies and rationalities in the form of competition, choice or performativity, and managerialism (Gunter et al., 2016). At an organisational level, technocracy is privileged concurrently with the hollowing out of traditional stakeholder school governance models to make way for private management takeover of public entities (Verger and Curran, 2016). In England, these trends are illustrated by the rise of academy trusts, akin to Friskolor in Sweden (Simkins et al., 2019): publicly funded legal entities controlled by boards of trustees with discretion over strategy and finance. Furthermore, the professionalisation of school governance, perfecting technologies of rational self-management (Wilkins, 2019a), alongside the marketisation of education, promulgated by successive national Governments, have placed democratic principles, empowerment and participation, secondary to market principles. Thus, creating a democratic deficit, with a focus on skill-over-stake (Allen, 2018). The active removal of stakeholders denigrates localism and its voice (Simkins and Woods, 2014). These policy changes disadvantage social groups, such as parents or community members of low socioeconomic status, women and non-white Others (Hetherington and Forrester, forthcoming). While academy trusts operate independently of local government, in England, expansion, and acquisition opportunities, for example, are determined by their performance and subsequent, position in a notional hierarchy (Hetherington and Forster, 2023). Therefore, corporatised entities, such as schools nationally and internationally, have strong incentives to model themselves in the image of businesses to maximize precision governance. This includes limiting the practice of deliberative democracy by restricting who gets to perform and engage in governance (Hetherington and Forester, 2023). However, some schools do maintain a commitment to both technical-managerial and democratic priorities owing to their sponsorship model and develop tensions and contestation in achieving both (Wilkins, 2019b). Those restricting access to governance, to secure brand advantage, are referred to by Puwar (2001:652) as the somatic norm. The somatic norm is “the corporeal imagination of power as naturalised in the body of white, male, upper/middle-class bodies”; naturalised in the neoliberal inculcation of institutional leadership with power, knowledge, and capability. With an embodied somatic norm model of educational leadership, comes expectations of civility and social norms. The standards of civility are set by the somatic norm, which also determines breaches or not, of the bounds of civility, by those who engage in practices (Calhoun, 2015), such as governance. For powerless or excluded groups, the disenfranchised, such as women, refugees, those who are from an ethnic minority or whose first language is not English or who are from a low socio-economic group, the bounds of civility are founded on a ‘contract’ whether that be racial (Puwar, 2001) or gendered (Caravantes and Lombardo, 2024), which has demarcated spaces for those corporealities. For Puwar (2001) and others, there are choices, to remain silent with the burden of invisibility or incivility. In this research, complex issues are empirically and conceptually explored through an investigation of the Co-operative Academies Trust (CAT), an edu-business sponsored by the Co-op Group, with a specific focus on how democracy is performed, transformed, and translated in the power dynamic between governance and the parent body as participants in decision-making. The CAT is legally bound by its sponsor to adhere to international values of co-operativism (ICA, 2020), including a commitment to democracy. Conceptually, political theories demonstrate how power is configured within these relations to privilege certain positions and discourses over others. The research is significant internationally, given the tension between the neoliberal imperative and the democratic deficit associated with governance currently (Hardin, 2014), and the concurrent tension with democratic practices associated with co-operative values (Wilkins, 2019b). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopted a socially critical perspective. Significantly, challenging the power dynamics within social structures, such as governance, the role of parents in governance and the type of democracy that is evidenced in this role. Furthermore, the research challenges the distribution of power and resource (Raffo et al, 2010), through voice and the lived experiences of individuals, families and communities (Boronski and Hassan, 2015). For a socially critical paradigm, the most appropriate methodological choice is a critical ethno-case study (Parker-Jenkins, 2016; Kincheloe and McLaren, 2000). The exploration of the CAT model and the engagement and role of parent stakeholders as decision-makers, or agents of consequence, within a Co-operative Academy in an area of high deprivation in England, is an instrumental case (Punch, 2014). The generalisability of the atypical produces conceptualising generalisability (Yin, 2014): new concepts as a consequence of analysis, or by developing propositions, that allow for future research and become the output of the research (Punch 2014; Bryman, 2012; Basit, 2010). The case study known as ‘City Academy’ maintains its criticality by focusing on the power relationship between the organisation and its stakeholders. Ethnographic/case study methods were employed in the triangulation of a documentary review of the organisation’s documentation (Atkinson and Coffey, 2011), specifically; the CAT website, strategic plan, governance policy, including the scheme of delegation, the Articles of Association and funding agreement, with semi-structured interviews and a focus group (Bryman, 2012) of 5 parents from the Parent Forum. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with the director of the trust, the principal, the chair of governors, and 3 parent governors. Purposive sampling of those involved in semi-structured interviews provided a “typical” insight (Flick, 2020) to capture participants’ voice. However, sampling for the focus group was opportunistic. Verbatim transcription of interviews was completed (Mauthner and Doucet, 1998). Data were coded and processed using NVivo software (Jackson and Bazeley, 2019). A priori codes were initially identified from the research questions and first data readings, for example, ‘parent’, and ‘democratic events’. Subsequent emerging analytical codes were identified from more in-depth analysis, such as ‘decision-making’ or ‘deliberation’. Staffordshire University’s ethical principles and the guidelines of the British Educational Research Association (BERA) (2018) were adhered to; ethical approval was granted for the study. Bourdieu’s social field theory was further utilised to provide a second-layer analysis of the power dynamic between governing body members and parents participating in potentially democratic opportunities, formally or informally. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Considering the Euro-prevalence of both neoliberal regimes (Grimaldi et al, 2016) and educational leadership models based on the somatic norm (Hetherington and Forrester, forthcoming), this research is of both national and international significance. Parent representatives are typically not representative of the wider community. The Local Governing Body (LGB) is raced and classed in multiple ways, (Kulz, 2021; Reay et al., 2007); policy implementation is particularly impactful on social groups such as parents or community members of low socioeconomic status, women and non-white Others. Furthermore, the perception of deliberative democracy from parent representatives tends to be overshadowed by an accepted illusion of democracy, achieved with engineered consent (Locatelli, 2020). Significantly, ‘anti-democratic’ practices emerge as a system of norms relating to structural, agentic, moral and political expectations of civil behaviour, or a ‘civilising’ process, reinforcing the somatic norms’ power and positionality. Ultimately, civilising and establishing the bounds of civility, the somatic norm renders the activities in the public space as gendered, raced and racialised; it is exclusionary in democratic terms. Furthermore, parents are ‘silenced’ when not conforming to privileged speech patterns (Curato et al., 2017) and prohibited from further deliberation. Finally, neoliberal school governance is unscathed, despite espoused commitments to values of co-operatvism and democracy, through the strategic co-option of carefully selected ‘trusted’ parent governors who privilege technocracy and upward accountability. It is contested that the revisioning of school governance to embrace a non-gendered, non- classed and non-racialised deliberative democratic system could be established, with individuals subject to proposed policy not expected to follow with blind deference but have secured access to mutual justification (Lafont, 2021). Upholding co-operative values, nationally and internationally, in deliberative democratic systems, through municipalism foundations (Caravantes and Lombardo, 2024) has the potential to challenge the control of educational leadership under new post-neoliberal sponsorship models. References Caravantes, P. and Lombardo, E. (2024) Feminist democratic innovations in policy and politics, Policy & Politics, XX(XX): 1–23, DOI: 10.1332/03055736Y2023D000000009 Curato, N., Dryzek, J.S., Ercan, S.A., Hendriks, C.M. and Niemeyer, S. (2017) ‘Twelve Key Findings in Deliberative Democracy Research’, Daedalus, 146:3, pp.28-38. Grimaldi, E., Landri, P. and Serpieri, R., 2016. NPM and the reculturing of the Italian education system: The making of new fields of visibility. In New public management and the reform of education (pp. 96-110). Routledge. Gunter, H., Grimaldi, E., Hall, D., and Serpieri, R. (2016) ‘NPM and Educational Reform in Europe’, in Courtney, S., McGinity, R and Gunter, H. (eds) Educational Leadership: Theorising Professional Practice in Neoliberal Times. Oxford: Routledge. Hetherington, J. E., and Forrester, G. (2023). Brand advantage, risk mitigation, and the illusion of democracy: Approaches to school governance. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432231194852 ICA (2020) What is a co-operative? International Cooperative Alliance. Available at: https://www.ica.coop/en/cooperatives/what-is-a-cooperative (accessed 7 March 2023). Kulz, C. (2021) ‘Everyday erosions: neoliberal political rationality, democratic decline and the Multi-Academy Trust’, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(1), pp.66-81. Puwar, N., 2001. The racialised somatic norm and the senior civil service. Sociology, 35(3), pp.651-670. Simkins T, Coldron J, Crawford M and Maxwell B (2019) Emerging schooling landscapes in England: How primary system leaders are responding to new school groupings. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 47(3): 331–348. Verger, A. and Curran, M. (2016) The dissemination and adoption of NPM ideas in Catalan education: A cultural political economy approach. In New Public Management and the Reform of Education (pp. 111-124). Routledge. Wilkins, A. (2019a) ‘Technologies in rational self-management: Interventions in the ‘responsibilisation’ of school governors’ in Allan, J. Harwood, V. and Jørgensen, C.R. (eds) World Yearbook of Education 2020: Schooling, Governance, and Inequalities. Routledge: London and New York. 99-112. Wilkins, A. (2019b) ‘Wither democracy? The rise of epistocracy and monopoly in school governance’. In Riddle, S. and Apple, M. (eds) Re-imaging Education for democracy. Routledge: London. Wilkins, A., Collet-Sabé, J., Gobby, B. and Hangartner, J., 2019. Translations of new public management: a decentred approach to school governance in four OECD countries. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 17(2), pp.147-160. Woods P and Simkins T (2014) Understanding the local: Themes and Issues in the experience of structural reform in England. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 42(3): 324–340. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Towards Education as a Global Common Good? A Multivocal Critique of UNESCO’s Discourse on the Commons Università della Svizzera, Switzerland Presenting Author:As one of several organisations jostling for influence in the global governance of education, UNESCO is not only aptly positioned to promote its ideal global education landscape, but also holds a vested interest in doing so. In recent years, the organisation has advanced a vision of education predicated on the idea of the commons. In this view, education serves a global common good and should thus be protected by institutional arrangements that bind peoples and communities closer together (UNESCO 2015, UNESCO 2021). In its publications, UNESCO advocates for a commoningapproach, supporting the emergence of modes of collectivity and social relations around shared values and a perceived common future. While rooted in the ideal of shared values and requiring collaborative participation, the commons remain, as Means et al. (2019) describe it, “always a divided and contested terrain”. The global governance of education is itself contested, with various organisations vying for influence and legitimacy in this space (Robertson 2022). UNESCO’s promotion of a global common good perspective on education thus occurs in a complex and competitive landscape of ideas, actors, and interests. This paper critically examines UNESCO’s construction of a commons approach to global education through a multivocal analysis of its 2021 report “A new social contract for education: imagining our futures together”. Through this novel form of analysis, we show how UNESCO constructs the commons by referring implicitly to a specific addressee, what we call the “global reader”, articulated as part of a global community bound by shared values, collective futures and faced with a common set of global crises. A particular subjectivity is thus implied by the text through the construction of a “we”, an undefined community which readers are expected to relate to. We question to what extent this community of global readers exists and consider its implications for a global commons approach to education.
With the migration of education policy beyond state boundaries and the increasing engagement of international organisations in education agenda setting, a “global project of education reform” (Ball Junemann and Santori 2017) has developed. Studies have explored how and under what conditions global education policy and reform travel to different domestic contexts. While promoted as a “global” endeavour, the norms and agendas of international organisations like UNESCO are ultimately distributed and implemented unevenly in local policy contexts (Mundy et al. 2016). By highlighting how policy ideas are received and interpreted by the report’s addressees, this study shifts attention from national or local policy to a more affective, individual perspective. The collaborative analysis and shared critique bring to light how the report is interpreted by its readers. Ultimately, the report is addressed to readers making up the ‘global community’- it is directed towards a “we”- intended to represent individuals and communities making up a common humanity. Hence, an inquiry into how addressees of the report take in its language and ideas is important. Our policy analysis moves beyond the study of how global education policies are received and implemented by relevant governments and policy stakeholders to underscore how they are digested and interpreted by individual readers irrespective of national, regional borders and differences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to critically examine UNESCO’s construction of education and the commons, we developed and tested a multivocal qualitative analysis of the 2021 report on “A new social contract”. We draw on Lund and Suthers’ (2018) Multivocal Analysis Approach (MVA), which relies on collaboration between researchers of different theoretical and methodological traditions working in parallel on a shared research project. Through dialogue, inter-subjective meaning making and the co-construction of interpretations, the different “voices” emanating from the participating researchers are harnessed for a richer analysis and towards the production of new knowledge. Accordingly, we brought together a group of seven researchers from geographically and socially diverse backgrounds to construct a dialogical analysis of the report. As a group of international researchers, we saw ourselves as possible variations of the “global” reader and through a shared methodology, conceptualized our different perceptions of the report as a way to gain a specific epistemic advantage. This multivocal approach exposes how the idea of the “global” is taken up through a diversity of perspectives. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our collaborative inquiry draws on and engages with scholarship advancing critical approaches to the global governance of education (Mundy et al. 2016, Robertson 2022, Vander, Doussen Toucan 2017). As suggested in the literature, while promoted as a “global” endeavour, the norms and agendas of UNESCO are ultimately distributed and implemented unevenly when met with domestic policy frames (Mundy et al 2016). Through our multivocal analysis, we investigate whether this unevenness is also apparent in how the policy is perceived and received by readers. In our view, implicit references to a “global reader” are problematic, as they assume that the report is digested in the same way by all. Accordingly, we argue that problematizing this starting point is crucial to advance whether a global commons approach to education can indeed be manifested, and if so, how this might be achieved. By exposing the “global reader” implied by UNESCO policies, this study invites a discussion on which alternative models of subjectivity and intersubjective dialogue can generate power to support the reframing of education as a global common good. References Lund, K., & Suthers, D. (2018). Multivocal analysis: Multiple perspectives in analyzing interaction. In International handbook of the learning sciences (pp. 455-464). Routledge. Mundy, K., Green, A., Lingard, B., & Verger, A. (Eds.). (2016). Handbook of global education policy. John Wiley & Sons. Robertson, S. L. (2022). Guardians of the Future: International Organisations, Anticipatory Governance and Education. Global Society, 36(2), 188-205. UNESCO 2021, International Commission on the Futures of Education, Re-imaging our futures together: a new social contract for education. VanderDussen Toukan, E. (2018). Educating citizens of ‘the global’: Mapping textual constructs of UNESCO’s global citizenship education 2012–2015. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 13(1), 51-64.’ 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Privatisation of Schooling Captured on Social Media : Selling education amid uncertainty and keeping schooling as a public good 1University of Southampton, United Kingdom; 2Tribhuvan University, Nepal; 3Shenzhen Technology University; 4Education University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:Under neoliberal educational governance, many schools are subject to the global discourse of school choice and competition, and thus market themselves (DiMartino & Jessen, 2018). Schools aim to persuade potential customers (parents and students) of the value of their education. Greater enrollment of students can yield higher income, while inadequate enrollment can force the school to lose income or close. For instance, UK schools with low inspection scores risk further downgrades or school closure, so they publicise themselves to avoid losing their students. While it is understandable that schools need to consider their survival and prosperity, such entrepreneurial acts, and resultant hierarchy among schools, often have a negative impact on schooling and students, e.g., reproducing the existing inequitable structure, marginalisation of disadvantaged students, or mission drift (e.g., pursuing profit at the cost of genuine student learning) (Chiu & Walker, 2007; You & Choi, 2023). School competition and marketing occur across the globe, especially in the contexts of change and uncertainty. Some leaders of state-funded schools (aided schools) in Hong Kong partly in response to the public’s equation of the private with quality, turned themselves partly private collecting fees (e.g., Hong Kong’s direct subsidy schools) (Zhou et al, 2015). In Nepal, private schools teach in English, which parents perceive to be superior to public schools’ lessons in native Nepali, and became more popular than public schools (Choi & Poudel, 2024). Schools in both regions use social media to build their image and recruit potential students. However, past studies have not documented schools’ marketing strategies on social media, their effectiveness or impact on schooling. Nor did they investigate their interactions with socio-historical contexts (Choi, 2022; Takayama, 2012). So this study begins to address these research gaps. Informed by privatisation studies (e.g., You & Choi, 2023), marketing studies (e.g., Khan & Qureshi, 2010), and a comparative thematic analysis of Facebook posts of 18 case schools in Hong Kong and Nepal in the 2022-23 academic year, this study examines how the schools appeal to the potential local customers. Using the contrasting case contexts of Hong Kong (epitome of neoliberal educational system) and Nepal (democratic polity that prioritises social justice in governance), we explicate localised enactment of school privatisation via marketing. Past studies categorised schools’ marketing activities by audience and directness (Khan & Querishi, 2010) or audience and marketing aspects (Chen, 2008). While such studies provide a good foundation of broader marketing, they lack in-depth understanding of schools’ online marketing, which differs to other face-to-face marketing, e.g., immediate responses from the stakeholders, unbound by time or space, but mediated by digital literacy and resources. Nor did they study their potential impact on schooling as public good. To shed light on these phenomena, this study analysed Facebook posts (most widely used by schools) by schools and by parents. The following research questions guided this study: 1. What contents are prioritised in schools’ online marketing via Facebook posts? 2. To what degree do schools’ Facebook posts show neoliberal ideology (e.g., school choice, entrepreneurialism)? 3. What other factors affect their posting type and content? Understanding the answers to these questions will help understand the political manoeuvres in which schools engage in this digital era in order to take the delicate balance between the neoliberal entrepreneurship and providing education as a public good. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative approach for data collection and analysis. Qualitative study enables us to explore issues around people’s and institutions’ practices (Creswell & Poth, 2016). We draw on the empirical data on school marketing in Hong Kong and Nepal, focusing on the schools’ use of Facebook. The selected schools adopt Facebook as one main social media platform to distribute information, form their public image, and connect with the public. To trial the data collection and analysis, we first collected data in Hong Kong in 2020, then in Nepal in 2022. We purposively selected 18 schools that follow the national curriculum across school types, prestige groups, and mediums of instruction: 9 Hong Kong schools (two government schools, four aided schools, and three direct subsidy scheme [DSS] schools) and 9 Nepal schools (seven public schools and two private schools). We gathered schools’ Facebook accounts,their posts, responses to posts, emojis, likes, comments, and any other relevant information. We used thematic analysis both inductively and deductively to identify, analyse and report patterns or themes within data we gathered from the schools’ Facebook posts (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Thus, while guided by the research questions and relevant literature, we were also open to exploring any emergent themes. For instance, in understanding schools’ neoliberal positioning, the literature which looks into key manifestations of neoliberalism in schooling, e.g., entrepreneurship, change of student-teacher/school-community relationship to customer and service providers, etc. (Ho, Lu & Bryant, 2021) was referenced in creating the coding book, as well as being open for any new themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings showed that schools' Facebook posts in both Hong Kong and Nepal reflect the neoliberal logic of competition and commercialisation, both directly and indirectly. Some schools were more actively presenting entrepreneurial selves, conducting diverse business transactions in selling their education or brand and working with educational businesses. For instance, some hired a toy company to create and sell their school souvenirs. While some took such neoliberal identity of their own initiative, presenting themselves as innovative and entrepreneurial, others were positioned as such by outsiders. For instance, the Hong Kong government positions schools as service providers rather than educational institutes (e.g., “The Vice Principal…received the Education Bureau’s Outstanding Customer Service Award.”). In general, however, the schools’ social media posts will show business as usual, but schools participate in the competition among schools mostly reporting their positive features. Such practice was observed both in public and private schools. The commercialisation of schooling was more obvious in Hong Kong—perhaps reflecting its long history of the privatisation of education (Bates et al, 2021). While these schools’ social media partially reflect neoliberal practice, others promote the public good nature of schooling. Irrespective of their fee-collecting status, they promote equality and diversity (e.g., [School name] strives to develop multicultural education and cultivate our students’ multicultural values and global horizons…”). As well as of their initiative, such a motion originates from the government and other stakeholders (e.g., “[Student names] were awarded the Harmony Scholarships Scheme, organised by the Home Affairs Department, [which] recognises students’ participation in… activities promoting racial harmony”). The findings show that the discourses that bring out different identities of schools (entrepreneurs vs. protectors of social justice) coexist and govern schools, and point to the need to investigate the nuanced influence of neoliberalism on schooling as a public good. References Bates, A. Choi, T.-H. & Kim, Y. (2021) Outsourcing education services in South Korea, England and Hong Kong: a discursive institutionalist analysis, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 51(2), 259-277, DOI: 10.1080/03057925.2019.1614431 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Chen, L. H. (2008). Internationalization or international marketing? Two frameworks for understanding international students’ choice of Canadian universities. Journal of Marketing for Higher Education, 18(1), 1-33. Choi, T. H. (2022). Path-dependency and path-shaping in translation of borrowed policy: outsourcing of teaching in public schools in Hong Kong and South Korea. International Journal of Comparative Education and Development, 24(3/4), 144-159. Choi, T. H., & Poudel, P. P. (2024). Enactment of English medium instruction in under-resourced educational contexts: A case of multilingual public secondary schools in Nepal. System, 103223. Chiu, M. M., & Walker, A. (2007). Leadership for social justice in Hong Kong schools: Addressing mechanisms of inequality. Journal of Educational Administration, 45(6), 724-739. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications. Davidson, H. (2023, April 25). Hong Kong: some schools face closure as birthrate and exodus take toll. The Guardian. https://www.theguardian.com/world/2023/apr/25/hong-kong-some-schools-face-closure-as-birthrate-and-exodus-take-toll DiMartino, C., & Jessen, S. B. (2018). Selling schools: the marketing of public education. Teachers Colledge Press. Ho, C.S.M., Lu, J. & Bryant, D.A. (2021). Understanding teacher entrepreneurial behaviour in schools: Conceptualization and empirical investigation. Journal of Educational Change 22, 535–564. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-020-09406-y Khan, S. N., & Qureshi, I. M. (2010). Impact of promotion on students’ enrolment: A case of private schools in Pakistan. International Journal of Marketing Studies, 2(2), 267-274. Takayama, K. (2012). Exploring the interweaving of contrary currents: transnational policy enactment and path-dependent policy implementation in Australia and Japan. Comparative Education, 48(4), 505-523. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2012.721631 Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Zancajo, A. (2016). The privatization of education: A political economy of global education reform. Teachers College Press. You, Y. & Choi, T.-H. (2023). The halted neoliberalising of public schools: policy trajectories of two ‘failed’ privatisation reforms in South Korea and China, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, DOI: 10.1080/03057925.2023.2254215 Zhou, Y., Wong, Y. L., & Li, W. (2015). Educational choice and marketization in Hong Kong: the case of direct subsidy scheme schools. Asia Pacific Education Review, 16, 627-636. |
14:15 - 15:45 | 28 SES 17 A: (Un)Making (In)Equitable EdTech Futures in Schools Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Felicitas Macgilchrist Session Chair: Rebecca Eynon Symposium |
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium (Un)Making (In)Equitable EdTech Futures in Schools Public schooling has been considered an institution for shaping the future since its inauguration. Whether as an institution for creating national identities or, for enabling equality and social mobility, schooling is oriented to a sense of futurity. In recent decades, digital technology, in particular, digital educational technology (EdTech) has been woven into promises of better educational futures. Decades of educational research have shown, however, that schooling reproduces existing (structural) inequalities. Examining the algorithms, structures and infrastructures of digital technologies, recent studies argue that these systems reformat pedagogical priorities with implications for increasing discrimination, injustice and inequity (Zakhavora & Jarke, 2023; Perrotta et al., 2020). Further studies have proposed critical interventions with technology to alleviate inequalities and promote justice (Choi & Cristal, 2021; Swist & Gulson, 2023). The question that still requires systematic investigation is how, despite often well-intentioned efforts to alleviate inequalities, ‘persistent and pernicious inequalities’ (Facer & Selywn, 2021: 7) are reproduced and/or interrupted through technology use in schools. These inequalities make certainties for young people, by opening up some futures and foreclosing others. This panel thus draws on ethnographic research to ask: How is the uptake of digital technology reproducing, reconfiguring and/or alleviating relations of inequality in schools?
Ethnographic research, with its ‘arts of noticing’ in today’s ‘capitalist ruins’ (Tsing, 2015), offers a promising methodological approach to EdTech’s futures-making entanglements, since it enables researchers to spend time in the field, embedded in the practices, relations, tensions and ambiguities of everyday life with technology in schools (Alirezabeigi et al., 2020). Participant observation, accompanied by thick descriptions, enables scholars to trace the patterns of practices and the ‘rich points’ in which confusing, surprising or unexpected moments give insight into participants’ perspectives, expectations and hopes for the future. Although ethnographic explorations of digital technologies, education and inequality are emerging, these are currently based primarily in the US, with few studies of European or other contexts (Rafalow, 2020; Watkins et al., 2018). Given the situated and contextual unfolding of both schooling and of relations of inequality, there is a risk in assuming that these findings are relevant around the world. Research in further local settings aims to elaborate a more nuanced understanding of how data flows and other technologies reproduce, reconfigure and/or alleviate inequalities (Murris et al., 2023).
The chair opens the symposium by highlighting the key issues noted above, and by reflecting on the challenges of this kind of research when “new” technologies hint at moments of possibility and futures otherwise, and yet structural inequalities are historically sedimented in public education. The first paper presents a systematic review of recent international research on digital technology, schooling and inequality. Three ethnographic case studies then each highlight a central theme emerging from varied methods including participant observation, interviews, and workshops with students and teachers in Germany, Mexico, Sweden and the UK to explore how technology and inequality are interwoven in everyday school practices. Each study includes schools at different positions in the local opportunity structure, i.e., more privileged/ well-resourced schools and historically marginalised/ poorly-resourced schools. With a shared relational sociomaterial/sociotechnical theoretical perspective, the papers explore the constitution of inequality through practices of waiting and maintenance, through the intensification of work, and through the shifting of pedagogical relations between teachers and students. Through these situated analyses, the papers also speak to broader issues such as temporal bordering, distraction, opportunity, trust, validity, surveillance, communication, temporal frictions and local collective action for social justice. The discussant responds to the individual papers and reflects on overarching themes in the making and unmaking of in/equitable edtech futures in today’s schools. References Alirezabeigi, S., Masschelein, J., & Decuypere, M. (2020). Investigating digital doings through breakdowns. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(2), 193-207. Choi, M., & Cristol, D. (2021). Digital citizenship with intersectionality lens. Theory into Practice, 60(4), 361-370. Facer, K. & Selwyn, N. (2021). Digital Technology and the Futures of Education: Towards ‘Non-Stupid’ Optimism. The Futures of Education initiative UNESCO. Murris, K., Scott, F., Stjerne Thomsen, B., Dixon, K., Giorza, T., Peers, J., & Lawrence, C. (2023). Researching digital inequalities in children’s play with technology in South Africa. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(3), 542-555. Perrotta, C., Gulson, K. N., Williamson, B., & Witzenberger, K. (2020). Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 97-113. Rafalow, M. H. (2020). Digital Divisions. University of Chicago Press. Swist, T., & Gulson, K. N. (2023). Instituting socio-technical education futures. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(2), 181-186. Tsing, A. L. (2015). The Mushroom at the End of the World. Princeton University Press. Watkins, S. C., Cho, A., Lombana-Bermudez, A., Shaw, V., Vickery, J. R., & Weinzimmer, L. (2018). The Digital Edge. New York University Press. Zakharova, I., & Jarke, J. (2023). Do Predictive Analytics Dream of Risk-Free Education? Postdigital Science and Education, online first. Presentations of the Symposium WITHDRAWN Conceptualising the Relationships between Digital Technologies, Equity and Teaching and Learning in Secondary Schools: Mapping the Research Landscape
In many education systems digital technologies are seen as an important way to address educational inequity. Yet despite this enduring emphasis on equity in policy and popular discourse, the research evidence is complex to navigate. It is multifaceted, wide ranging and relatively disparate.
This paper presents a systematic thematic (as opposed to meta-analytic) review of the peer-reviewed academic literature that explores the relationships between technology, equity, and teaching and learning in secondary schools, identifying 73 studies from the Global North based on an initial review of 15,000 abstracts from three academic databases (Google Scholar, Scopus, and EBSCO Host).
The thematic analysis of all 73 included studies identified four overlapping themes:
1. Digital equity: work that provides an increasingly nuanced understanding of the constituent aspects of the ‘digital divide’ (Dolan, 2016), that has implications for the learning experiences of secondary school pupils (Robinson, et al., 2018), that have intensified and reconfigured during the pandemic (Greenhow et al. 2021)
2. Data driven systems: work that addresses the equity implications of the use of algorithmic systems in education, including growing concerns about the multiple ways that these systems can lead to unjust practices and outcomes along different social axes (Baker and Hawn, 2021)
3. Socio-technical interactions: work that examines the equity implications of the relationships between technology, teachers, pupils, and school administration, including how schools in wealthier areas tend to use technology differently to schools in less well-off areas (Rafalow and Puckett, 2022)
4. Equity-orientated pedagogies: work that attempts to make learning environments more equitable, including digital access schemes (Adhikari et al., 2017); the fostering of digital and data literacies (Choi and Cristol, 2021); and the use of Universal Design for Learning (Griggs and Moore, 2023)
The paper presents a synthesis of these themes, and highlights important gaps in the evidence base: a need for greater clarity in the definitions of equity; a need for greater attention to the underpinning logic, biases and accountability structures in commercial EdTech products; and a need for richer, context-specific understandings of how and for what purpose technologies are employed in the learning experiences of secondary school pupils, especially outside of the U.S. We suggest the need for an explicit focus on the ways in which complex patterns of digital inequity, algorithmic bias, and interactions between teachers, pupils and technologies can exacerbate existing social and educational inequities or, indeed, create new ones in specific school contexts.
References:
Adhikari, J., Scogings, C., Mathrani, A. & Sofat, I. (2017). Evolving digital divides in information literacy and learning outcomes: A BYOD journey. International Journal of Information and Learning Technology 34, 290–306.
Baker, R.S & Hawn, A. (2022). Algorithmic Bias in Education. Int J Artif Intell Educ 32, 1052–1092.
Choi, M. & Cristol, D. (2021). Digital citizenship with intersectionality lens: Towards participatory democracy driven digital citizenship education. Theory Into Practice 60, 361–370.
Dolan, J.E. (2016). Splicing the divide: A review of research on the evolving digital divide among K-12 students. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 48, 16–37.
Greenhow, C., Lewin, C. & Staudt Willet, K.B., (2021). The educational response to Covid-19 across two countries. Technology, Pedagogy & Education 30, 7–25.
Griggs, N. & Moore, R. (2023). Removing Systemic Barriers for Learners with Diverse Identities: Antiracism, UD for Learning, and Edpuzzle. J Spec Educ Technol 38, 15–22.
Rafalow, M.H. & Puckett, C. (2022). Sorting Machines: Digital Technology and Categorical Inequality in Education. Educational Researcher 51, 274–278.
Robinson, L., Wiborg, Ø. & Schulz, J. (2018). Interlocking Inequalities: Digital Stratification Meets Academic Stratification. American Behavioral Scientist 62, 1251–1272.
When EdTech Makes Us Wait. Temporal Bordering and Inequalities in European Classrooms
Digital infrastructures and EdTech in schools participate in renegotiating the social fabric of schools. They differentiate, categorize and hierarchize (Rafalow & Puckett 2022) actors in digital education practices. One overlooked dimension of the relationship between EdTech and inequalities is the way in which digital education practices create temporal borders between actors. Therefore, in this paper, we zoom in on practices of waiting. We make use of the double meaning of the German verb ‘warten’, in which both the waiting for something (in the sense of pausing; Warten) and the maintenance of something (in the sense of preventive measures to avert breakdown; Wartung) are inscribed.
Based on a year of ethnographic research in six schools (three in Germany and three in Sweden) the paper draws links between ‘warten’ practices, EdTech, and social inequality. It asks: Which practices of ‘warten’ (as waiting/maintenance) can be observed in the sociotechnical infrastructure of German and Swedish schools and to what extent are social inequalities negotiated in these practices?
The paper draws on two perspectives on ‘warten’: First, an infrastructure studies perspective, which does not consider digital infrastructures as stable entities, but as fragile assemblages of practices, objects, policies, and actors (Star 1999) that need to constantly be sustained, maintained, or repaired. Different temporalities are inscribed in these practices, and for this paper, the concept of maintenance-as-waiting (Schabacher 2021) is particularly relevant. Second, the conceptualization of waiting as part of temporal bordering from critical border studies and migration studies (Andersson, 2014). In this literature, "waiting is the feeling that one is not fully in command of one's life" (Khosravi 2017, p. 81). Digital infrastructures and EdTech in schools give rise to practices of ‘warten’ in the double sense (Warten/Wartung; waiting/maintenance) – and temporal bordering sensitizes us to the unequal ways in which different actors are affected by these practices.
Our analysis shows that while ‘warten’ is a central aspect of everyday school life shaped by digital technologies in European countries, it affects different people unevenly. As digital infrastructures and EdTech materialize as actors of temporal bordering, they evaluate the time of certain people in school as more valuable and important than that of others – forcing some to wait or to practise maintenance-as-waiting. By laying out differences and similarities between and within the German and Swedish contexts in relation to ‘warten’, this paper offers thick descriptions and deep insight into the state of European digital classrooms.
References:
Andersson, R. (2014). Time and the Migrant Other: European Border Controls and the Temporal Economics of Illegality. American Anthropologist, 116(4), 795–809.
Khosravi, S. (2017). Precarious Lives: Waiting and Hope in Iran. University of Pennsylvania Press.
Rafalow, M. H., & Puckett, C. (2022). Sorting Machines: Digital Technology and Categorical Inequality in Education. Educational Researcher, 51(4), 274–278.
Schabacher, G. (2021). Time and Technology: The Temporalities of Care. In Media Infrastructures and the Politics of Digital Time (S. 55–76). Amsterdam University Press.
Star, S. L. (1999). The Ethnography of Infrastructure. American Behavioral Scientist, 43(3), 377–391.
Global Time Platforms and Local Arrangements in Teachers’ Work Intensification in Sweden and Mexico: Tensions and Frictions
The focus of this paper is how teachers’ work is regulated and materialised through the relational arrangements of digital technologies. In particular, we pay attention to temporal aspects of work through the issue of work intensification as the generated effect of complex sociotechnical and affective arrangements, which include the experiences and self-regulation of subjects managing time pressure demands (Creagh et al., 2023) and exploitation of emotional labour as part of today’s performative work life (Zafra, 2017). Decisive for how this is played out, are the resources in teachers’ work and positions of teacher labour within different school systems, issues that have become a concern in policy (e.g., Education International, 2023; UNESCO, 2024) often suggesting that teachers be released from work burdens to secure the teacher labour workforce.
Based on a sociomaterial understanding of work and as part of a larger international research project, we set out to explore and mirror the issue of work intensification through the Swedish and the Mexican case. Methodologically we draw on thick school ethnographic descriptions consisting of field note observations, interviews, diaries and logbooks, and platform mapping. Actor-network theory (Latour, 2005) and the concept of jumping scales (Barad, 2007) were used to relationally analyse the local–global arrangements that concentrate teachers’ work time and produce work intensification, yet also to highlight the resistance and interruptions to such forces. Analytically, we focus on the sociomaterial time-ordering devices in teachers’ work to sync or counteract temporal frictions and tensions exemplified by (digital and analog) documentation of completed work tasks and calendar coordination (Wajcman, 2019). Our analyses show that work intensification is enacted in Sweden and Mexico through political and teachers’ unions pressures, demands of platform technologies and communication operating on a 24/7 timescale and continuous and yet unpredictable work events of control and care in everyday work.
Discussions on teachers’ work often problematised the tensions between global and local demands of work performativity and argued that the global neoliberal agendas won over local demands, de-nationalising and de-regulating teachers’ work (e.g. Robertson, 2013). Our argument, however, is that there are still very powerful local forces speaking to collective work and social justice issues beyond individual well-being and employment discourses (Supiot, 2023) that shape teachers’ work, that are made visible as we mirror our different local cases and their global entanglements.
References:
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of
Matter and Meaning. Duke University Press.
Creagh, S., Thompson, G., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Hogan, A. (2023). Workload, Work Intensification and Time Poverty for Teachers and School Leaders: A Systematic Research Synthesis. Educational Review.
Education International. (2021). The Global Report on the Status of Teachers.
Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network Theory.
Oxford University Press.
Robertson, S. (2013). Teachers’ Work, Denationalisation, and Transformations in the Field of Symbolic Control: A Comparative Account. In J. Levin & J. Ozga (eds.). World Yearbook of Education 2013 (pp. 77–96). Routledge.
Supiot, A. (2023). El trabajo ya no es lo que fue. Cómo pensarlo de nuevo en un mundo que cambió. Siglo XXI Editores.
UNESCO - ITFT (2024). Global Report on Teachers. Addressing Teacher Shortages.
Wajcman, J. (2019). How Silicon Valley sets Time. New Media & Society, 21(6), 1272-1289.
Zafra, R. (2017). El entusiasmo. Precariedad y trabajo creativo en la era digital. Anagrama.
Pedagogical Relationships and the Use of EdTech: Implications for Equity and Future Design
Studies have highlighted how EdTech may be reconfiguring pedagogical and social relationships. For example, the use of dashboards influences how teachers understand their students and the students see themselves (Jarke & Macgilchrist, 2021); the use of EdTech platforms can encode expectations of what a learner should be and how they should act (Decuypere, 2019) and Google Classroom can shape the role of teachers (Perrotta et al., 2021). Concurrently, research shows that schools with less resources may tend to resort to more automated versions of EdTech (Zeide, 2017) which may have implications for learning and teaching relations (Saltman, 2016). This presentation adds to this emerging area.
Drawing on in-depth data from ethnographic research in three secondary schools in England, which takes a relational socio-technical approach, this paper focuses on the ways in which the increasing use of digital technologies in schools is changing student-teacher relations, and the implications this has for educational and social equity. We combine the findings from participatory classroom observation (40 classes per school), interviews with students and teachers (40 per school), futures workshops with students (2 per school) and “socio-technical audits” of key EdTech platforms (Gleason & Heath, 2021).
We focus on three themes and tensions in our data that raise questions for pedagogic relations: distraction and opportunity, (dis)trust and validity, and surveillance and communication. We show how the underlying logics – i.e. the design choices and pedagogical assumptions embedded within EdTech - come together with the varied structural and cultural conditions that students and teachers encounter in each school and how these have varied implications for educational equity. We show how the “hidden curriculum” along with the potential biases of EdTech, can shape teacher agency, how students think about themselves, their relationships to others, and the expectations society has for them (Biesta, 2016); and demonstrate how this has implications for the reproduction and reconfiguration of inequity.
Viewing the future as a process of emergence from current school practices (Facer, 2013), our findings highlight the significant inequities in schools in England, and how the current EdTech on offer can often be inadequate. Although the implications of EdTech are never straightforward, we argue that stakeholders should be demanding and reimagining “better” EdTech, that fits with broader educational purposes (Biesta, 2016) and are “explicitly designed to address issues of equity” (Facer & Selwyn, 2021:143) to support pedagogical relations that enable positive social change.
References:
Biesta, G. (2016). Beyond Learning: Democratic Education for a Human Future. Taylor & Francis.
Decuypere, M. (2019). Researching educational apps: ecologies, technologies, subjectivities and learning regimes. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(4), 414-429.
Facer, K. & Selwyn, N. (2021). Digital Technology and the Futures of Education: Towards ‘Non-Stupid’ Optimism. The Futures of Education initiative UNESCO.
Facer, K. (2013). The problem of the future and the possibilities of the present in education research. International Journal of Educational Research, 61, 135-143.
Gleason, B., & Heath, M. K. (2021). Injustice embedded in Google Classroom and Google Meet: A techno-ethical audit of remote educational technologies. Italian Journal of Educational Technology, 29(2), 26-41.
Jarke, J. & Macgilchrist, F. (2021). Dashboard stories: How narratives told by predictive analytics reconfigure roles, risk and sociality in education. Big Data & Society, 8(1).
Perrotta, C. Gulson, K., Williamson, B. & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom, Critical Studies in Education, 62:1, 97-113
Saltman, K. J. (2016). Corporate Schooling Meets Corporate Media: Standards, Testing, and Technophilia. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies 38(2): 105–23.
Zeide, E. (2017). The structural consequences of big data-driven education. Big Data, 5(2):164-172.
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 30 SES 17 A: Young People’s future – between burn out and fire (Part 2 of 2 (5 nationalities)) Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Michael Paulsen Session Chair: Michael Paulsen Panel Discussion Part 2/2, continued from 30 SES 14 A |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Symposium Young People’s future – between burn out and fire (PART 2 of 2 (5 nationalities)) The symposium centers on how Young people imagine the future and what it implies for their present dealing with contemporary life in an age of environmental disaster. Through taking outset in students’ perspectives, the symposium seeks to nuance the understanding of student’s relation and imagination of themselves in relation to or as part of a sustainable future. Further it deals with what can be done educationally to support cultivation of young people’s future expectations in constructive ways, for instance through playful classrooms and/or other kinds of research and educational playspaces (Rousell & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, 2022) and/or more flourishing in our schools and the use of outdoor spaces. Central questions are: To what extend and how is it possible and desirable to support young people to foster hope and/or positive imaginations about the future? To what extend and how is it possible and desirable so educate young people of today to become eco-democratic citizens and creators of a life-friendly society of tomorrow? To what extend is such aims and democratic education in need of becoming rethought in connection with eco-democracy? (Lundmark, 1998; Pickering et. al, 2020). Thus, prepare the young generation to support and achieve diverse, democratic social, and ecologically just sustainable societies – living within the Earth's carrying capacity – eco-democracy might be an important perspective helpful to think of and understanding educational change, but also enacting change in educational practice supporting living and learning democracy, young people's contemporary and imaginary future. The papers present different angles on this. The aim of the symposium is therefore to bring the papers into a shared conversation about educational research that focuses on young people, their perspectives, and how to respond educationally to the challanges of growing up on a damaged planet, in an ecologically unsustainable society, where many, not least young people dream of something better, yet risk becoming depressed, apathetic or anxious about the future, in the Anthropocene age we now live in (Paulsen, et. al. 2022). References Lundmark, C. (1998). Eco-democracy: A green challenge to democratic theory and practice (thesis). Umeå: Umeå University. Paulsen, M., jagodzinski, J. & Hawke, S. (2022) (red.), Pedagogy in the Anthropocene: Re-Wilding Education for a New Earth. Palgrave Macmillan. Pickering, J., Bäckstrand, K. & Schlosberg, D. (2020) Rousell, D., & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A. (2022). Posthuman research playspaces: Climate child imaginaries. Taylor & Francis. Presentations of the Symposium Eco-Love: Enabling Relational, Epistemological, and Ecological Healing
Defining love from an ecological rather than anthropocentric perspective may facilitate the interspecies collaborations and relational epistemologies needed to face and address the Anthropocene. Definitions of love in the fields of psychology, sociology, cultural studies, philosophy, science, and theology almost always centralize human experiences of love. In doing so, they reinforce environmentally-problematic assumptions of human exceptionalism and isolation. In Western countries, scholars note that younger generations increasingly experience love as a selfish, anxiety-ridden, depressive, narcissistic, cynical, and consumeristic phenomena. Along with increased human suffering, contemporary experiences of love are linked to unecological behaviour, such as heightened consumerism, reduced empathy, and potentially reduced morality. This crisis in love and belonging walks hand-in-hand with critical environmental crises. Hope for both could be found, in part, by enabling young people to understand and begin to experience, what I call, eco-love. Eco-love, as a perspective, takes the stance that the world is fundamentally loving, that despite danger, suffering, evil, and other contrasts to love, a radiance of light and love runs through everything, whether newts, aspen trees, stars, or starfish. Eco-love may result in actions that can be viewed as loving, such as communities of trees that feed and protect their young, but it is not defined by actions. From an eco-love perspective, water, trees, insects, soil, and sunlight are oriented toward supporting planetary wellbeing, including human wellbeing. The Beech Trees near my home, for example, offer neighbouring humans care, commitment, protection, and promote physical and mental wellbeing, while also attracting humans with beauty, comfort, and sensual pleasure. The park itself is evidence of complex, enduring, and mutual bonds between humans and trees. Eco-love overlaps with but is broader than the gift worldview articulated by Robin Wall Kimmerer and others. Educational experiences that work to foster bonding, intimacy, companionship, and other elements of love between humans and their more-than-human kin have potential to ease the crises of both. Furthermore, interspecies eco-love appears to expand ways of knowing in intriguing and provocative ways. For example, the growing practice of intuitive interspecies communication appears to be enabled by eco-love and is now being used to collaborate with more-than-humans in veterinary clinics, on farms, in wildlife sanctuaries, and in developing government land practices. Comprehending eco-love enables epistemologies, collaborations, and healing that may be otherwise inaccessible.
References:
Gerhardt, S. (2010). The selfish society. London: Simon & Schuster.
Han, B-C. (2017). The agony of Eros. MIT.
Kimmerer, R. W. (2013). Braiding sweetgrass. Milkweed Editions.
Kuchta, E. C. (2022). The epistemological possibilities of love: Relearning the love of land.
Pedagogy in the Anthropocene. Eds. M. Paulsen, J. Jagodzinski, & S. H. Mackenzie, S.
H. Palgrave. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-030-90980-2
Kuchta, E. C. (2023). Knowing the unknowable; Visions of troubled lands. Journal of
Contemplative and Holistic Education: Vol. 1: Iss. 1, Article 6. DOI: https://doi.org/
10.25035/jche.01.01.06
Kuo, M. (2015). How might contact with nature promote human health? Promising mechanisms
and a possible central pathway. Frontiers in Psychology 6 (2015): 1093,
https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2015.01093.
Kuokunannen, R. (2008). Reshaping the university: Responsibility, Indigenous epistemes, and
the logic of the gift. UBC Press. https://www.ubcpress.ca/reshaping-the-university
Lewis, T., Amini, F., & Lannon, R. (2000). A General Theory of Love. Vintage.
Martin, A. M. (2019). The Routledge Handbook of Love in Philosophy (1st edition.). Routledge.
https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315645209
Narvaez, D. (2024). Returning to evolved nestedness, wellbeing, and mature human nature, an
ecological imperative. Review of General Psychology. Jan. 2024 Vol. 0(0) pp. 1-23. DOI:
10.1177/10892680231224035
Oord, J. T. (2010). Defining Love: A Philosophical, Scientific, and Theological Engagement.
Brazos Press.
Towards Flourishing For All: Can Forest School Help?
The aim of this presentation is to explore how Forest School (FS), as experienced by the staff of one Irish primary school, offers a pedagogical path to move from policy framework to pedagogical practice, towards flourishing for all. Irish education policy (Department of Education, 2023) sets out a vision of flourishing school communities, predicated upon progressive pedagogy and democratic, inclusive, playful classrooms. This vision is embedded within our Education for Sustainable development strategy (ESD to 2030) (Government of Ireland, 2022), the goal of which is to build a more just and sustainable world through five priority actions across the education system. However, enacting this vision in our classrooms remains a challenge. In Ireland, nature as a learning environment remains peripheral and undervalued (Kilkelly et al., 2016), despite compelling international evidence of the benefits of spending time with(in) nature as part of formal education (Kuo et al., 2019; UNESCO, 2015) and the knowledge that human flourishing is inextricably linked with the Earth’s living systems (The Care Collective, 2020; UNESCO, 2015). Successful implementation of the policy framework requires a review the primacy of the indoor classroom, as the normative site of learning in our schools (Waite, 2013) towards a view local nature as an equally valued learning environment and co-teaching partner (Blenkinsop & Beeman, 2010; Jickling et al., 2018). FS, a progressive nature-based pedagogy premised on the idea that flourishing must comprise mutually reciprocal benefit for all sentient beings offers possibilities toward meeting this challenge, based on the findings of a study of seven staff who participated in FS in one Dublin school. FS is about a group of learners and teachers spending one day a week across the seasons in a local woodland or park, during formal schooling. Learning is integrated with curriculum requirements and protocols to ensure safe experiential learning with(in) nature are provided. (IFSA, n.d.; Harding, 2021). Data comprised focus groups, staff review meetings, and reflection sheets, collected over 22 FS sessions during 2019-2020. Inductive thematic analysis sets out how FS promoted connection to nature; offered a distinctive space for social and emotional development, employed novel pedagogical routines and enabled a broader expression of teacher identity. These findings were facilitated by being with(in) nature and a collaborative culture that included the FSL. FS offers a novel and accessible pedagogy which enables public policy to be enacted, towards flourishing in our schools.
References:
Blenkinsop, S., & Beeman, C. (2010). The world as co-teacher: Learning to work with a peerless colleague. Trumpeter, 26(3), 26–39.
Department of Education (2023) Primary Curriculum Framework . 2023-Primary-Framework-ENG-screen.pdf (curriculumonline.ie)
Government of Ireland (2022) ESD to 2030. gov.ie - National Strategy on Education for Sustainable Development in Ireland (www.gov.ie)
Harding, N. (Ed.). (2021). Growing a Forest School. Carlisle: Forest School Association.
IFSA. (n.d.). www.irishforestschoolassociation.ie (accessed 16 January 2021).
Jickling, B., Blenkinsop, S., Timmerman, N., & Sitka-Sage, M. (2018). (Eds.). Wild pedagogies. Palgrave Studies in Educational Futures.
Kilkelly, U., Lynch, H., Moore, A., O'Connell, A., & Field, S. (2016). Children and the outdoors: Contact with the outdoors and natural heritage among children aged 5 to 12: current trends, benefits, barriers and research requirements. The Heritage Council.
Kuo, M., Barnes, M., & Jordan, C. (2019). Do experiences with nature promote learning? Converging evidence of a cause-and-effect relationship. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 305.1-9. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00305
The Care Collective. (2020). The care manifesto. Verso.
UNESCO. (2015). Rethinking education: Towards a global common good? UNESCO Publishing. Retrieved from https://en.unesco.org/news/rethinking-education-towards-global-common-good
Waite, S. (2013). Knowing your place in the world: how place and culture support and obstruct educational aims. Cambridge Journal of Education, 43(4), 413-433.
https://doi-org.dcu.idm.oclc.org/10.1080/0305764X.2013.792787
Towards an Eco-democratic Education: For, In, or Through Education
The ecological and social crises we face, and a need for Eco-Social-Cultural-change toward living in an ecologically and socially just society are intriguing questions for education (Blenkinsop and Fettes, 2023). In this paper, I set up a discussion about if, then what, and how the concept and meaning of eco-democracy might contribute for, in and through education, and implications that it might have for future research. If the purpose of education is to prepare the younger generation to support diverse, democratic, social, and ecologically just and sustainable societies then eco-democracy might be an important conversation for educational change, including questions of change in educational practices supporting uncertain tomorrows, young people's contemporary and imaginary future. The question is: What could eco-democracy mean for how to think about and enact public education whilst working towards an ecologically sustainable and just society where all living beings can flourish? The discussion builds on assumptions that to enact change education needs to be transformed (Jickling, et al, 2018; Paulsen, 2022). If considering the well-being of the whole community, more-than-humans included, and the right of mutually beneficial flourishing, the question that democracy seeks to answer -- how we should live together? - has to be re-thought. Accepting an ecocentric worldview has implications for democratic values such as participating, having a voice, liberty (freedom), and equality (Lundmark, 1998). The idea of a space for change and adaptation to new problem situations, the need for stabilizing forces, and rules necessary in democratic processes, as well as tools that make it possible to evaluate (Petersson, 1999) must then also include the more- than-human. To elucidate and explore eco-democracy for, in, and with education I draw on philosophical and theoretical work such as Bateson, 2000; Shiva, 2005; Macy, 2021; Martusewicz, 2020; Pickering et. al 2020; and put them in conversation with how (eco) democracy emerges in educational research focusing on environmental crises. Preliminary findings through a literature review are that democracy is mentioned in the context of more ecocentric worldviews but seems to be loosely defined. Eco-democratic education as such is seldom explicitly mentioned, nor is fostering eco-democratic citizens or enacting eco-democracy in teaching practice.There appears to be work to be done to re-think axiological, ontological, and epistemological assumptions that educational that will push the boundaries of education in search of an eco-democracy (Orr, 2020; Payne and Hart, 2020).
References:
Bateson, G. (2000). Steps to an ecology of mind. University of Chicago Press.
Fettes, M & Blenkinsop, S. (2023). Education as the Practice of Eco-Social-Cultural Change. Palgrave Macmillan Cham.
Jickling, B., Blenkinsop, S., Timmerman, N., & Sitka-Sage, M. (2018). (Eds.). Wild pedagogies.Palgrave Studies in Educational Futures.
Lundmark, C. (1998). Eco-democracy: A green challenge to democratic theory and practice (thesis). Umeå: Umeå University.
Martusewicz, R.A., Edmundson, J. & Lupinacci, J. (2020). Ecojustice education: toward diverse, democratic, and sustainable communities. (Third edition.) London: Routledge.
Macy, J. (2021). World as lover, world as self. Parallax Press.
Orr, D.W.(2020) Democracy and the (missing) politics in
environmental education, The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 270-279,
Payne, P. G. & Hart, P. (2020) Environmental education, democracy, Thunberg, and XR, The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 263-269,
Paulsen, M., jagodzinski, J. & Hawke, S. (2022) (red.), Pedagogy in the Anthropocene: Re-Wilding Education for a New Earth. Palgrave Macmillan.
Petersson, O. (1999). Samhällskonsten. Stockholm: SNS Förlag
Pickering, J., Bäckstrand, K. & Schlosberg, D. (2020)
Between environmental and ecological democracy: theory and practice at the democracy environment nexus, Journal of Environmental Policy & Planning, 22(1), 1-15,
Shiva, V. (2005). Earth Democracy: Justice, Sustainability, and Peace. South End Press.
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 30 SES 17 B: Framing Sustainability and Global Citizenship in Higher Education: Value-Creating Perspectives and Pedagogical Implications Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1] Session Chair: Namrata Sharma Panel Discussion |
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Panel Discussion Framing Sustainability and Global Citizenship in Higher Education: Value-Creating Perspectives and Pedagogical Implications 1State University of New York, USA; 2Soka University, Japan; 3Universidad de Alcalá, Spain; 4University of Bologna, Italy Presenting Author:Panel Proposal In this session scholars explore the theory and practice of global citizenship education, with a special focus on the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and the 2030 Agenda for sustainability. The objective of the session is to introduce new paradigms, perspectives and practices in higher education in the field of global citizenship education. The presentations purposefully address educational institutions and curriculum development from across different countries which share a common ethical perspective. Soka or value-creating education is an approach to curriculum developed in twentieth century Japan. The panel explores key terms and definitions being used by faculty in classrooms in relation to teaching for global citizenship and sustainability at Soka institutions and Soka-informed curriculum, including terms such as happiness, peace, sustainability, hope, and service. Overall, scholars in this session explore several converging themes within their respective presentations:
Structure of the session: The chairperson will introduce the session, followed by three presentations, and a discussion led by an expert in the field (listed as the final presenter). Paper 1 An intercultural approach to the curriculum and learning for sustainability and global citizenship Abstract: This paper is based on the question, "how can we integrate sustainability and inclusion into university teaching and learning?" Arguing the relevance of education for global, social and ecological justice, the author will share from research work and teaching for an intercultural approach to education, and the use of value-creating global citizenship education as a pedagogical approach to learning (Sharma 2020). Paper 2 Active learning for global citizenship and sustainability: Case studies at Soka University, Japan Abstract: Global issues such as the climate emergency makes it essential to teach social justice and sustainability, for example, through education for sustainable development and global citizenship. However, researchers and teachers are struggling to develop effective pedagogical methods and contents (Goren and Yemini, 2017). This presentation shares examples of two case studies at Soka University. The first is a cross-university global citizenship program aiming to develop students with three core competencies – spirit, skills, and service. The second is a class at the Faculty of Economics that promotes active student learning through engaging with sustainability issues on campus and in the community. Paper 3 Rediscovering purpose and value creation in higher education for social change at the University of Alcalá, Spain Abstract: In the current societal landscape marked by a crisis of values, this paper addresses the crucial reevaluation of university education’s purpose. Beyond skill acquisition, the proposal is to give meaning to higher education through an understanding of the individual’s role in constructing their own personal values connected to social justice and sustainability. Exploring hedonic and eudaimonia theories, and viewing happiness as an emergent structure, we advocate a transformative education approach. Through the analysis of the work carried out in teacher training, we illustrate how educators can comprehend their role as agents of social change, creating value in their lives and transforming society. References •Bamber, P. (Ed.). (2019). Teacher education for sustainable development and global citizenship. New York: Routledge. •Bourn, D. and Tarozzi, M. (Eds.). (2023). Pedagogy of hope for global social justice: Sustainable futures for people and planet. London: Bloomsbury. •Goren, H., and Yemini, M. (2017). Global citizenship education redefined – A systematic review of empirical studies on global citizenship education. International Journal of Education Research, 82, 170 – 183. •Horey, D., Fortune, T., Nicolacopoulos, T., Kashima, E., and Mathisen, B. (2018). Global citizenship and higher education: A scoping review of the empirical evidence. Journal of Studies in International Education, 22(5), 472–492. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315318786443 •Ikeda, D. (2019). The founding spirit of Soka University: Selected writings of Daisaku Ikeda. Tokyo: Soka Education Research Institute. •Ikeda, D. (2021). The light of learning: Selected writings on education. Santa Monica, CA: Middleway Press. •Iyengar, R., and Caman, O.K. (2022). Rethinking education for sustainable development: Research, policy and practice. London: Bloomsbury. •Makiguchi, T. ([1930–1934] 1981–1988). Makiguchi Tsunesaburo zenshu [The complete works of Makiguchi Tsunesaburo] (Vols. 1–10). Tokyo: Daisan Bunmeisha. •Scoffham, S., and Rawlinson, S. (2022). Sustainability education: A classroom guide. London: Bloomsbury. •Sharma, N. (2020). Value-creating global citizenship education for sustainable development: Strategies and approaches. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-58062-9 •Sharma, N. (2021). Gandhi, value creation, and global education: Intercultural perspectives on education for citizenship. In M. Kumar, and T. Welikala (Eds.), Teaching and learning in higher education: The context of being, interculturality and new knowledge systems (pp. 237–247). Bingley: Emerald Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-80043-006-820211018 •UNESCO. (2019). Global citizenship education. Paris: UNESCO. •UNESCO. (2020). Education for sustainable development: A roadmap. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802 •UNESCO. (2022). Where do we stand on education for sustainable development and global citizenship education. UNESCO: Paris. Chair Namrata Sharma, DrNamrataSharma@gmail.com, State University of New York, USA |
14:15 - 15:45 | 32 SES 17 A: The Power of Uncertainty - Condition, Practice of Potential for Organizational Democracy? Analyzing intended Openings in European Institutional Settings. Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Session Chair: Pauliina Jääskeläinen Symposium |
|
32. Organizational Education
Symposium The Power of Uncertainty - Condition, Practice or Potential for Organizational Democracy? Analyzing Intended Openings in European Institutional Settings Uncertainty can be understood as an organizational practice of control, dealing with uncertainy in “high reliability organizations”, as Weick & Sutcliffe (2001) put it – and to learn how to manage the unexpected. Moreover, uncertainty can be understood not only as a condition or a mode of organizing, but as an epistemological and ontological foundation of our times. As Dewey’s notion of uncertainty (1929) is explicitly linked to a call for democratizing societies as well as (self-)organizing and democratizing organizations in society (1927/2012), it is a relevant foundation for organizational democratization understood as democracy as becoming. Starting with experience is core for Dewey – which involves the experience of existential uncertainty (Dewey 1964; 1969) the symposium is interested in the question, how to organize aesthetic experience, embodied transformation and democracy as becoming. Creative democracy in organizing can still be seen as a “task before us”, as Dewey (1991) puts it. So how does a positive relation to uncertainty contribute to conceptualizing alternative strategies of organizing democracy-as-becoming? How can integrative and democratic creative (Follett 1923; 1924) education support organizational democratization? What is the role of listening, relationality, embodiment and aesthetic transformation? The European Horizon 2020 project “AECED” – Transforming Education for Democracy through Aesthetic and Embodied Learning, Responsive Pedagogies and Democracy-as-becoming” is exploring the relation between aesthetic and embodied learning, responsive pedagogies and democracy as becoming. It connects to different institutional contexts in educational fields and different European countries. Based on its Participatory Action Research (PAR) strategy (Bryman 2012), the project with six national partners works with a democracy-as-becoming approach to support individual and collective learning, organizational democratization and epistemic transformation. Based on an innovative aesthetic and embodied pedagogical framework, project has established associated frameworks and guides to pedagogical practice, that support responsive pedagogies for education for democracy and democracy as becoming. How do the different projects relate to partners in collaboration, how does collaboration happen in the diagnosis of a problem and in the development of a solution? The case studies operate within complex institutional settings and different stakeholders of different layers of institutionalized power. How does contexts like the municipality in Lisbon, Portugal, the GOOD network of NGOs in Croatia, the ministry of education in Latvia, the Multi-Academy Trust in England, or a commoning social movement relate to the vision of organizational democracy and democracy as becoming? What are the uncertainties in reaching out and relating to them, what are the challenges of democratizing and what are the strategies of uncertainty to be found here? Will partners try to frame democratization as a need of qualification in times of a VUCA world? Will they argue for controlling uncertainty by specific perspectives on mindful education as a functional claim? Will they transform and open up in and “into the open” themselves? And in which way will such institutionalized settings allow for de-institutionalization, for de-hierarchization, for de-alienation – and democratization- as-becoming? The symposium is interested in the dynamics established (Basit 2010) in this participatory research settings and the (power-)dynamics in cocreating change in practice (Kemmis & McTaggart 2014). From this exploratory journey, we will relate and reflect the potentials of theorizing organizational, institutional, embodied and discursive dynamics of “democracy-as-(de)-institutionalizing-becoming”, in the sense, that normalized, societally and instititutionally established regimes of power and knowledge become experienced, reflected upon and questioned – and in this sense “enlightened” – maybe into a Foucauldian “not to be governed like this” (Weber & Maurer 2006). References Bennett, Nathan; Lemoine, G. James (2014): What VUCA Really Means for You. Harvard Business Review. Nr. 92, 1/2 Dewey, J. (1927). The Public and Its Problems: An Essay in Political Inquiry. Edited and with an Introduction by Melvin L. Rogers. (2012). Published by: Penn State University Press. https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.5325/j.ctt7v1gh. Dewey, J. (1929): The Quest for Certainty. A Study of the Relation of Knowledge and Action (Gifford Lectures 1929) New York. Putnam. Dewey, J. (1964). Demokratie und Erziehung: Eine Einleitung in die philosophische Pädagogik. Münster: Westermann. Dewey, J. (1969). The ethics of democracy. In J. A. Boydston (Ed.), The early works, 1882-1898. Volume 1. 1882-1888 (pp. 227-249). Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press. (Original work published 1888). Dewey, J. (1991). Creative democracy- the task before us. In J. A. Boydston (Ed.), The later works, 1925-1953. Volume 14: 1939-1941 (pp. 224-230). Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press. (Original work published 1939). Follett, M. P. (1924/2013). Creative experience. Longmans, Green and company. Follett, M. P. (1925/2013). The Giving of Orders, in Metcalf, H. C., & Urwick, L. (2004). Dynamic Administration: The Collected Papers of Mary Parker Follett. Routledge, pp. 50-70. Göhlich, M. et al (2016): Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205–215. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/330957539_Research_Memorandum_Organizational_Education Weick, K. E., & Sutcliffe, K. M. (2001). Managing the unexpected: Assuring high performance in an age of complexity. Jossey-Bass. Presentations of the Symposium Uncertainty in Nurturing and Researching Democracy-as-becoming: Challenges Impacting the Dimensions of Holistic Democracy and Implications for Understanding Uncertainties and PAR
The purpose of this paper is to explore uncertainty as a feature of democracy-as-becoming and the implications for nurturing and researching democracy-as-becoming, based on our work as partners in AECED – a 3-year research project funded by Horizon Europe/UKRI with the purpose of enhancing and transforming aesthetic and embodied learning for democracy, conducted through 19 cases in six countries using participatory action research (PAR). We (the UK partner) are conducting cases in professional learning and secondary education.
For the project, the principles of democracy-as-becoming are defined as the dimensions of holistic democracy: power sharing, transforming dialogue, holistic learning and relational well-being (Woods 2021). Democracy-as-becoming is, as Montesquieu described democratic equality, “a possibility in need of nurturing care” (Dallmayr 2017: 6). Such nurturing care can lead to democratic relations that activate discovery and freshness of seeing, possibilities for change and creativity, and an experiencing of the passion of the possible (Docherty 2006; see also Woods et al 2023). Yet democracy can also bring great disappointments and uncertainties that pervade the aesthetic and embodied experience of democratic relations.
The paper explores the ways in which democracy-as-becoming is subject to uncertainties. It examines challenges that affect the dimensions of democracy-as-becoming and shape uncertainties – challenges such as the ‘complexity conundrum’ in which volatility and complexity create perpetual uncertainty and ambiguity (Varney 2024: 41); dissonances between, on the one hand, democracy and, on the other hand, conflicting organisational rationalities and endemic power inequalities (Woods 2011, Woods 2019); the need for “unlearning certain mindsets, dispositions and behaviours” that are barriers to democratic relations and discourses (Nanwani 2024: 95); and the limitation of viewing social practices, such as leadership, solely in terms of actions rather than as embodied, relational phenomena (Payne and Jääskeläinen 2024).
The purpose is not to discover how to eliminate uncertainties, as this is impossible. Rather, it is to understand better the nature of uncertainties distinctive to democracy-as-becoming, what we can learn about democracy-as-becoming by embracing (being with) uncertainty and how we might explore the ways in which participants and researchers in PAR experience uncertainty. The paper will pay particular attention to the value of arts-based and embodied methods of research and reflection in helping to embrace uncertainty through surfacing complexities and fostering flexibility, shared curiosity, transparency and openness to the knowledge and experience of all (Culshaw 2023). We will draw on our experiences of participatory data generation and reflection in the UK cases.
References:
Culshaw, S. (2023) Using arts-based and embodied methods to research leadership in education, in Woods et al (2023a).
Dallmayr, F. (2017) Democracy to Come, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Nanwani,S. K. (2024) Teacher Discourses, in O’Hair et al (2024)
O’Hair, M. J., Woods, P. A. & O’Hair, D. (Eds.) (2024) Communication and Education: Promoting Peace and Democracy in Times of Crisis and Conflict, Wiley-Blackwell.
Payne, H. & Jääskeläinen, P. (2023) Embodied leadership: a perspective on reciprocal body movement, in Woods et al (2023a).
Varney, S. (2024) The Dynamic Patterning of Peace and Democracy, in O’Hair et al (2024)
Woods, P. A. (2011) Transforming Education Policy, Sage.
Woods, P. A. (2019) School organisation: Authority, status and love as an integrative pow¬er. In M. Connolly, et al (Eds.), International Handbook on school organization. Sage.
Woods, P. A. (2021) Democratic Leadership, in R. Papa (ed), [Oxford] Encyclopaedia of Educational Administration, Oxford University Press.
Woods, P. A., Roberts, A., Tian, M. & Youngs, H. (Eds.) (2023a) Handbook on leadership in education, Elgar.
Woods, P. A., Culshaw, S., Smith, K., Jarvis, J., Payne, H. & Roberts, A. (2023b) Nurturing Change, Professional Development in Education, 49:4, 600-619.
Arts-based and Embodied Learning for Experiencing Democracy-as-Becoming and Navigating through Uncertainty
This paper analyses some of the findings of the participatory action research (PAR) conducted within the Horizon Europe project AECED “Transforming Education for Democracy through Aesthetic and Embodied Learning, Responsive Pedagogies and Democracy-as-becoming” in three secondary schools of Latvia. The PAR is designed to enable experiencing democracy-as-becoming by embedding the drama sketch learning method into pedagogical practice and to study the individual and collective growth of all its participants. Addressing schools as learning organisations, we initiate multi-level collaboration among the school headmasters, teachers, students, external experts, researchers and schools (OECD, 2016) to achieve sustainable improvements in the democratization of schools. This is a complex task in today’s unstable world including educational systems where uncertainty has become an inescapable feature of it.
Hasinoff and Mandzuk suggest that traditional scientific principles can no longer be relied on to manage complex problems. Instead, they offer sensemaking as an approach best to navigate the dilemmas that arise in complex adaptive systems like education institutions in uncertainty (Hasinoff & Mandzuk, 2018). Some scholars consider sensemaking a cognitive process (Starbuck & Milliken, 1988). However, it is also argued that sensemaking is a social process (Maitlis & Christianson, 2014) or a social psychological process (Hasinoff & Mandzuk, 2018) because of individuals’ being embedded in a socio-material context.
From the perspective of the Horizon Europe project AECED, we could interpret sensemaking in uncertainty as a more complex process that is based not only on cognitive and affective but also on the embodied side of human living, learning and interaction. Studies on body-mind connection reveal the inevitable role embodiment plays as a source and means for knowing, thinking, understanding, experiencing emotions, feeling, learning, and wellbeing (Payne, 2019). Our previous research showed that arts-based and embodied learning promotes democratic leadership (Woods, 2021) facilitating power sharing, holistic learning, relational wellbeing and transformative dialogue among the participants of the collaborative processes of collage-creation (Woods et al., 2021) and drama (Oganisjana et al., 2021). This phenomenon is explained by the opening of the participants of creative processes to each other, to the situation they find themselves in and to the problems to be solved with enhanced levels of mutual trust, self-confidence and willingness to co-think, co-understand, co-work and co-create. Thus, arts-based and embodied learning not only creates a ground for experiencing democracy as a process of becoming but also assists learners and pedagogues in collective sensemaking and navigating through uncertain and challenging situations.
References:
1. Hasinoff, S. & Mandzuk, D. (2018). Navigating Uncertainty: Sensemaking for Educational Leaders. Boston: Brill.
2. Maitlis, S., & Christianson, M. (2014). Sensemaking in organisations: Taking stock and moving forward. The Academy of Management Annals, 8(1), 57-125.
3. OECD. (2016). What makes a school a learning organisation? A guide for policy makers, school leaders and teachers. OECD Better Policies for Better Lives. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/school-learning-organisation.pdf
4. Oganisjana, K., Steina, A., & Ozols, R. (2021). Action Research Trials (Arts) – Evaluation Report. Latvia. ENABLES. University of Hertfordshire. https://www.herts.ac.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0003/340437/4.B.2_Drama-and-improvisation_ARTs-report.pdf
5. Starbuck, W.H., & Milliken, F. J. (1988). Executives; perceptual filters: Whay they notice and how they make sense. In D. C. Hambrick (Ed.), The Executive Effect: Concepts and Methods for Studying Top Managers (pp. 35–65). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
6. Payne, H. (2019). Thought Piece: Embodiment, learning and wellbeing. LINK, 4(1), University of Hertfordshire. https://www.herts.ac.uk/link/volume-4,-issue-1/embodiment,-learning-and-wellbeing
7. Woods, P. A. (2021) Democratic Leadership, in R. Papa (ed), [Oxford] Encyclopaedia of Educational Administration, Oxford University Press.
8. Woods, P. A., Culshaw, S., Smith, K., Jarvis, J., Payne, H. and Roberts, A. (2021) Nurturing Change: Processes and outcomes of workshops using collage and gesture to foster aesthetic qualities and capabilities for distributed leadership, Professional Development in Education.
Decision-Making In Virtual Classrooms: A Case For Organizational Democracy In Teacher Education For Democracy?
Organizational democracy in education emphasizes participatory decision-making processes, involving teachers, students, and other stakeholders in shaping educational policies and practices. In teacher education, organizational democracy involves decision-making that empower them to contribute to the design and improvement of educational programs. This concept underscores the importance of co creating with teachers and educators to foster democratic values and equip them with the knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary to promote democratic principles within students and learning community. This approach fits into the ongoing discussion about education and the common good, questioning how education itself can be understood as “common” and as a promoter of common goods (Bollier, 2018; Velicu & Garcia -Lopez, 2020). Analyzing organizational democracy involves examining various dimensions to understand how democratic principles are embedded within the organizational structure and culture. The AECED project aims to develop a prototype of a pedagogical framework and guides to practice that encourages the development of activities based on arts-based embodied methods to provide experiences of democracy-as-becoming. The Portuguese case will carry out 4 of the case studies of the project based on the development of an online training course for teachers and educators who, using a Participatory Action-Research (PAR) methodology (Cornish, et al. 2023), will test the framework and guide in early years, primary and vocational education. In this paper we will present a set of data relating to the initial findings on the perceptions of teachers and educators that participated in the online course about the organizational transformation before the implementation and development of the activities, based on the pedagogical framework and guides of AECED project. Our aim was to identify perceptions about the organizational transformation on the following dimensions: transformative dialogue, power sharing, holistic learning, relational well-being, collaborative decision-making, shared leadership, innovation, and Creativity; Conflict Resolution and Inclusivity and Diversity. By examining these dimensions, researchers and organizations can gain insights into organizational democracy and identify areas for improvement or refinement.
References:
Bollier, D. (2018). The Social Artist - on The commons - Patenting - Enclosure - Power. (J. Clark, Entrevistador) Obtido de https://ccmj.org/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/The-Commons-David-Bollier-2018.pdf
Cornish, F., Breton, N., Moreno-Tabarez, U. et al. (2023). Participatory action research. Nat Rev Methods Primers 3, 34 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1038/s43586-023-00214-1 Etherington, K. (2004). Becoming a Reflexive Researcher.
Cornish, F., Breton, N., Moreno-Tabarez, U. et al. (2023). Participatory action research. Nat Rev Methods Primers 3, 34 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1038/s43586-023-00214-1 Etherington, K. (2004). Becoming a Reflexive Researcher.
Fleetwood-Smith, R., Tischler, V. & Robson, D. (2022) Using creative, sensory and embodied research methods when working with people with dementia: a method story, Arts & Health, 14:3, 263-279, DOI: 10.1080/17533015.2021.1974064
Katzman, E. (2015). Embodied Reflexivity: Knowledge and the Body in Professional Practice. 10.1007/978-3-319-00140-1_10.
Kelly, M. & de Vries-Erich, J. & Helmich, E. & Dornan, T.& King, N. (2017). Embodied Reflexivity in Qualitative Analysis: A Role for Selfies. 10.17169/fqs-18.2.2701.
Velicu, I., & Garcia-Lopez, G. (2018). Thinking the Commons through Ostrom and Butler: Boundness and Vulnerability. Theory, Culture and Society, 35 (6), 55-73. doi:10.1177/0263276418757315
Social Togetherness, Peer-Governance & Care -Economy: The Pattern Language of Commoning – contributing to a three fold notion of organizational democratization
Within a world of multiple crisis and uncertainties, present critiques of modern institutions like the school and the university question inherent epistemes of education, still belonging to an ‘industrial age’. Claiming to move ‘beyond’ such dysfunctional rationalities (Ball & Collet-Sabé 2021), Commoning is regarded as a potential toward organizational democratization (Collet-Sabé & Ball 2022:12). Commoning refers to a threefold notion of (organizational) democracy. Adressing social togetherness, peer governance and care-economy, it refers to an onto-epistemological potential, which may support transforming our given institutions (like schools, universities and others) towards the Common Good.
With it´s alternative imaginary of alternative patterns of organizing, Commoning and Commoning Education suspends, neutralizes and inverts the given onto-epistemology. Suggested by the commoning activists Helfrich and Bollier (2020), this potentials of “co-producing and commoning a different episteme” (Collet-Sabé & Ball 2022) for organizational education materializes and methodizes in the Pattern Language of Commoning (PLC), developed by Silke Helfrich.
Based on the experiences of more than 400 interviewees from social movement organizations, the PLC card deck condenses into 33 patterns, which each include illustrations, problem questions, short descriptions, examples, and connection patterns. Patterns in general can be understood as a tool that promote life and a free, fair, and sustainable world. Containing proven experiential knowledge, patterns describe the essence of successful solutions to problems that may occur in comparable contexts. The complex interplay between context, problem, and solution is critical; thus, these three elements are never isolated from each other (Helfrich & Bollier 2020).
Offering a new frame of reference “among people and between people and the world” (Helfrich & Bollier, 2020, 78), the PLC has been created in order to facilitate patterns of problem solving (cf. Leitner 2015, 33) to promote ethical and process- and relationship-oriented attitudes and stances (cf. Helfrich & Petzold 2021). Suggesting a “best practice” to use, the patterns have a hypothetical character (cf. Alexander & Ishikawa et al 1995).
From an organizational education perspective, the PLC may contribute to the learning in, of, and between organizations (cf. Göhlich et al 2018; Weber 2020). In which ways does PLC in the practice of PLC card deck users contribute to ‘re-inventing’ existing organizations (Laloux 2015)? In order to learn more about the empirical use of this new praxis of organizing, the paper will present the empirical findings of an online survey realized with card deck users of the PLC in the german speaking world.
References:
Alexander, C.; Ishikawa, S., Silverstein, M., Jacobson, M., Fiksfahl-King, I.; Angel, S. (1995): Eine Muster-Sprache. A Pattern Language. Städte, Gebäude, Konstruktion. Wien: Löcker Verlag.
Ball, S. J. & Collet-Sabé, J. (2021): Against School. an epistemological critique Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. 1 July 2021. DOI:10.1080/01596306.2021.1947780 Corpus ID: 237777989
Castoriadis, Cornelius (1975). Gesellschaft als imaginäre Institution. Entwurf einer politischen Philosophie, Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Collet-Sabé, J. & Ball, S. J. (2022): Beyond School. The challenge of co-producing and commoning a different episteme for education. In: Journal of Education Policy. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/02680939.2022.2157890
Foucault, M. (1981): Archäologie des Wissens. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp.
Göhlich, M.; Novotný, P.: Revsbæk, L.; Schröer, A.; Weber, S. M.; Yi, B. J. (2018): Research Memorandum Organizational Education. In: Studia Paedagogica. 23 (2), pp. 205–215.
Helfrich, S. &. Bollier, D. (2020): Frei, Fair & Lebendig. Bielefeld: transcript.
Helfrich, S. &. Petzold, J. (2021): Commoning oder wie Transformation gelingt. Auftakt einer Mustersprache. Neudenau/Eberswalde.
Leitner, H. (2015): Mit Mustern arbeiten. In: S. Helfrich, D. Bollier & Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung (Eds.): Die Welt der Commons. Bielefeld: transcript, 27-35.
Laloux, F. (2015): Reinventing Organizations. München: Vahlen Verlag.
|
14:15 - 15:45 | 33 SES 17 A: The Value of Margaret Archers Critical Realism for Researching Intersecting Gender Injustices in Higher Education. Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor] Session Chair: Andrea Abbas Session Chair: Branislava Baranović Symposium |
|
33. Gender and Education
Symposium The Value of Margaret Archers Critical Realism for Researching Intersecting Gender Injustices in Higher Education. The three papers in this symposium illustrate the value of Margaret Archer's theoretical contribution for their studies of Higher education in Europe and internationally. We demonstrate how Archer has provided a conceptual framework that can be used to generate critical analyses of intersecting gender inequalities that are specific to the existing social and cultural context and the forms of intersectional inequalities studied. The papers focus on genders and disability in UK Higher Education, genders and sexualities in Croatia and international humanities and social science academics who start work in the UK, with some movement to working in Europe and internationally. Archer died in 2023. She is renowned in the field of critical realism. She is the author, editor and contributor to numerous books in the field of critical realism (see Centre for Social Ontology, 2024, for a full list) Some of her works were translated into Italian, Spanish and Japanese. Her theoretical concepts are widely used by critical realist scholars but also in education, business and management, health, sociology, psychology, environmental studies and more (e.g. Alderson, 2021; Case, 2012; Thorpe, 2019). She is perhaps best known for her theorization of agency and for the concept of morphogenesis which is what our papers focus on (see especially, Archer, 2007, 2012, 2014). In this, she built upon and was in discussion with the critical realist work of her colleagues (e.g. Bhaskar 1990; Sayer, 2010). In three empirical and theoretical studies, Archer described how enacting agency was becoming compulsory as each generation’s educational, employment, home, social and cultural contexts were becoming more unique and there was not an appropriate blue-print for life to be passed on from natal contexts (Archer, 2012). She proposed that life projects (people's plans around their central concerns) and the process of decision-making (through reflexivity) were becoming more central to shaping individual lives and generating transforming social and cultural structures. Although as a dialectical process, it is important to note that agency and decision-making take place in the context of current social and cultural conditions, which does shape and facilitate different types of decision-making. Archer categorised different forms of reflexivity that underpin peoples’ decisions regarding when and how to enact different forms of agency (Archer, 2003)). Some forms of reflexivity and decision-making reproduce society and individual lives in similar forms over time (morphostasis) others transform lives compared to previous generations and play a role in changing culture and society (morphogenesis). In developing her articulation of the concept of morphogenesis, Archer (1982, 2014) distinguished her thinking from other theoreticians concerned with increasing individualisation in societies. She took issue with Antony Giddens (1986) notion of structuration, and, post-structuralist and post-modern conceptualisations of individualisation that were associated with a breaking down of social structure (e.g. Beck and Beck-Gernsheim, 2002). She also believed that Bourdieu’s (e.g., 1998) notion of habitus was only suitable for describing reproduction (Archer, 2012). Therefore, she developed concepts that could capture how phenomena, culture and social structures emerged from materially diverse and structurally differentiated dialectical processes of mutation and change, that included individuals' agencies. The intersectional identities and structural processes of transformation and stasis, we find in decision-making in higher education contexts are conceptualised as emergent from the complex set of causal mechanisms and relationships embedded in the different contexts of higher education we have studied. References Alderson, Priscilla. (2021) Health, Illness and Neoliberalism: An Example of Critical Realism as a Research Resource. Journal of critical realism 20.5: 542-556. Archer, Margaret S. (1982) Morphogenesis versus Structuration: On Combining Structure and Action, The British Journal of Sociology, 33.4: 455-483. Archer, Margaret S. (2007) Making Our Way through the World: Human Reflexivity and Social Mobility. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Archer, Margaret S (2012) The Reflexive Imperative in Late Modernity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Archer, Margaret S. (2014) Structure, Agency, and the Internal Conversation. Beck, Beck-Gernsheim, and Beck-Gernsheim, Elisabeth. Individualization: Institutionalized Individualism and Its Social and Political Consequences. London; Thousand Oaks, Calif.: SAGE. Bhaskar, Roy (2008) A Realist Theory of Science, London: Verso Bourdieu, Pierre. (1998) Practical Reason: On the Theory of Action. Cambridge: Polity Press. Case, Jennifer M.. (2013) Researching Student Learning in Higher Education: A Social Realist Approach. United Kingdom, Taylor & Francis. Giddens, Anthony. (1986) The Constitution of Society: Outline of the Theory of Structuration. First paperback. Cambridge, England; Malden, Mass.: Polity Press. Sayer, R. Andrew. (2010) Method in Social Science: A Realist Approach. Rev. 2nd. Abingdon: Routledge. The Centre for Social Ontoloty, Margaret Archer, Publications https://socialontology.org/people/margaret-archer/publications/ Thorpe, Anthony. (2019) Educational Leadership Development and Women: Insights from Critical Realism. International Journal of Leadership in Education 22.2: 135-148. Presentations of the Symposium The Morphogenesis of the British Social Model of Disability: From ‘Oppositional Device’ to a Policy Instrument for Neoliberal Universities.
This paper uses Margaret Archer’s theory of social morphogenesis/morphostasis which explains the temporal interaction between and within structure, culture and agency that brings about the transformation or reproduction of society (Archer, 1995). This theory is utilized to explain the changing function of the social model of disability. The claim is that the social model, which began as an ‘oppositional device’ (Beckett and Campbell, 2015) for the emancipation of disabled people, has been repurposed in higher education as a policy tool for reinforcing a neoliberal system.
The “British social model” of disability (Shakespeare 2014, p.1) was developed in the 1960’s and 1970’s by the disability rights movement (DRM). Disability activists from the DRM challenged the cultural emergent properties of the past which saw disability as a medicalised individual problem or “personal tragedy” (Oliver and Barnes, 2012, p.20), and reconceptualised disability as the social construction of an oppressive society. Originating as a causal relationship at the socio-cultural level (Archer, 1995), the social model framework eventually “took on a life of its own” (Oliver, 2013) becoming a component within the Cultural System (Archer, 1995) with causal powers that bolstered the disability rights movement, underpinned national and international disability rights legislation and was a force for change in the UK (Hunt, 2019). Over time, the social model became commonly recognised as having limitations (Shakespeare, 2004; Oliver, 2013) and a wider human rights model of disability was endorsed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) (2022).
Despite its recognised limitations, higher education institutions in the UK currently allege that they are taking a social model approach, both in policy and in their aspirations (Office for Students (OfS), 2020; Williams et al., 2019). However, the research underpinning this paper suggests that the extent that policies based on the social model can be effective in universities is constrained by structural, agential and cultural factors inherent in a marketised higher education sector. This paper uses Margaret Archer’s (1995) theory to highlight and explain the mechanisms over time that led to the appropriation of the social model for neoliberal purposes. It also considers to what extent policies based on the social model, a component of the current cultural system, are interacting with agents to reproduce ongoing constraints on disabled staff and students that are empirically evidenced by wide-ranging, persistent and embedded barriers in higher education.
References:
Archer, M., 1995. Realist social theory: the morphogenetic approach. Cambridge: Cambridge university Press.
Beckett, A.E., Campbell, T., 2015. The social model of disability as an oppositional device. Disability and Society, 30(2), pp. 270-284.
Hunt, J., 2019. No Limits. The Disabled People’s Movement - A radical history. Great Britain: TBR Imprint.
Office for Students, 2020. Effective Practice Advice [Online]. s.l.:Office for Students. Available from: https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/advice-and-guidance/promoting-equal-opportunities/effective-practice/disabled-students/advice/ [Accessed 24 January 2024].
Oliver, M., Barnes, C., 2012. The New Politics of Disablement. 2nd ed. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
Oliver, M., 2013. The social model of disability: thirty years on. Disability and Society, 28(7), pp. 1024-1027.
Shakespeare, T., 2004. The Social Model of Disability [Online]. s.l:Academia.edu. Available from: http://www.academia.edu/5144537/The_social_model_of_disability [Accessed 25 January 2024].
Shakespeare, T., 2014. Disability Rights and Wrongs Revisited. 2nd ed. Oxford: Routledge.
United Nations, 2022. Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disability (CRPD)[Online]. New York: United Nations. Available from: https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html [Accessed 25 January 2024].
Williams, M., Pollard, E., Takala, H., Houghton, A., 2019. Review of Support for Disabled Students in Higher Education in England. Report to the Office for Students by the Institute for Employment Studies and Researching Equity, Access and Participation. [Online]. Brighton: IES and REAP. Available from: https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/media/a8152716-870b-47f2-8045-fc30e8e599e5/review-of-support-for-disabled-students-in-higher-education-in-england.pdf [Accessed 25 January 2024].
LGBTQ+ Students – How to Choose a University and Navigate Through University Life?
Following the European strategic documents on gender and sexuality rights (European Commisson, 2023), Croatia has taken measures to improve the rights of LGBTQ+ persons, e.g. the right to a life partnership, adoption of children, etc. (NN 98/19). Despite progress at the legal level, Croatian society is still permeated with traditional and patriarchal values, especially when it comes to the LGBTQ+ community, who have been confronted with sterotypes, prejudices and various forms of discrimination (Pikić and Jugović, 2006; Puzić et al. 2020; Štambuk, 2022), even in the area of higher education, which is the subject of our research.
The research was conducted in 2019 with 2 focus groups consisting of 11 LGBTQ+ students from two universities (the oldest and largest and the new and small) as part of a large project. In order to understand LGBTQ+ students as active human agents, whose properties and powers emerge from their relations and interactions with their environment, while also maintaining relative agential autonomy from their social context, we draw on Archer's social realist theory (1995, 2003) and its elaboration and application in educational research (Case, 2015; Clegg, 2016; Williams, 2012). The research is focused on the morphogenesis of students agency conditioned by the structural and cultural characteristics of students natal and university contexts. The aim of the research is to interrogate the ways in which universities offer enablements and constraints for the exercising students agency. Students internal conversation or deliberations on which university to enter and how to act within structural and cultural conditions of the university context show that LGBTQ+ students chose liberal and tolerant universities where they feel more accepted and free, with diverse contents and opportunities that allow them a more fulfilling and successful study experience and social life as LGBTQ+ persons, compared to their natal environment. Although the universities offer students more agential opportunities, the conditions for the morphogenesis of LGBTQ+ students' agency are still constrained. The universities need to enlarge their efforts to facilitate and support the development of full individual potential and free expression of gender and sexuality identities of LGBTQ+ students, if higher education is to be a place of equal opportunities for all individuals regardless of their gender and sexuality or any other characteristic that involves inequality.
References:
1. Archer, S. Margaret (1995) Realist social theory: The morphogenetic approach. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
2. Archer, S. Margaret (2003) Structure, agency and the internal conversation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
3. European Commission (2023) Progress report on the implementation of the LGBTIQ Equality Strategy 2020-2025. Publications Office of the European Union.
4. Jannifer M. Case (2015) A social realist perspective on student learning in higher education: the morphogenesis of agency. Higher Education Research & Development. Volume 34, Issue 5.
5. Law on Life Partnership of Persons of the Same Sex. NN 98/19.
6. Pikić, Aleksandra and Ivana Jugović (2006) Violence against lesbians, gays and bisexuals in Croatia: research report. Zagreb: Biblioteka Kontra, Knjiga 2.
7. Puzić, Saša; N. Baketa; B. Baranović; M. Gregurović; T. Matković; M. Mornar; I. Odak and J. Šabić (2020) On Underrepresented and Vulnerable Groups of Students: Contributions to the Enhancement of the Social Dimension of Higher Education in Croatia. Zagreb: Institute for Social Research in Zagreb.
8. Štambuk, Marina (2022) Let's support inclusive education - building a safe future"
Zagreb/Rijeka: The Lesbian Organization Rijeka "LORI" and Rainbow Family.
9. Williams, Kevin (2012) Rethinking ‘Learning’ in Higher Education. Journal of Critical Realism. Volume 11, Issue 3.
An Exploration of Gender and Morphogenesis Through the Gendered Life Projects of International Academics in Social Sciences and Humanities.
We illustrate how Archer's (2003, 2007, 2012) notion of morphogenesis and critical realist ideas around agency, culture and structure, frame a biographical and longitudinal study of academics’ careers. This positions the research as addressing the wider issues of universities’ roles in generating (in)justices across society (Alderson, 2021).
We studied 14 academics in social sciences and humanities, through a life-grid methodology and a series of four biographical interviews with each participant, over eleven years. This focus is on the biographical data from seven academics who were born outside the UK and who were from Eastern, Northern and Western Europe, North America and Asia and who had a range of intersecting gender identities.
We sought to understand the impact of the 2010 new funding regime for UK undergraduate degrees on universities’ capacity for generating greater justice. In increasingly internationalised and globalised societies, where geographically mobile students are more numerous, it is important to consider the way the system does (not) empower international staff to facilitate a process through which current international injustices, for example, regarding unequal national participation and success in knowledge production, can be addressed (Kim, 2017). Our research is based on the notion that to address such injustices a diverse social science and humanities academic workforce is needed. These disciplines are at the foreground of tackling injustices and inequalities but to address global and national problems diverse staff need to participate in the creation of knowledge, development of teaching and in administrating and leading universities (Ahmed, 2021; Bhopal, 2016; Blackmore, 2022; Dolmage, 2018; Lipton, 2020; McLean et al, 2019; Walker, 2010). In the UK, where this study is set, a growing international workforce provides opportunities for generating justice through their work (e.g. Eslava, 2020 on teaching). However, as we show there are contradictions between the international (and sometimes national) call for greater collaboration across institutions and countries and the institutionally and nationally competitive agendas associated with league tables and these targets associated with the neo-liberal funding models (Kim, 2017).
Studying the decisions and actions of academics reveals whether universities are moving towards or away from social justice (Galaz-Fontes et al, 2016). The Archer-informed analysis provides a lens and a language which draws out the process as enacted by the academics and also facilitates articulation of the way that the different levels of the university and society can produce emergent environments, relationships and artefacts that overall hinder efforts towards global justice.
References:
Alderson, Priscilla. (2021) Health, Illness and Neoliberalism: An Example of Critical Realism as a Research Resource. Journal of critical realism 20.5: 542-556.
Ahmed, Sara, (2021) Complaint!, Durham, USA: Duke University Press
Bhopal, Kalwant. (2016) The Experiences of Black and Minority Ethnic Academics: A Comparative Study of the Unequal Academy. Abingdon, Oxon; New York, N.Y.: Routledge, Routledge Research in Higher Education.
Blackmore, Jill. (2022) Governing Knowledge in the Entrepreneurial University: A Feminist Account of Structural, Cultural and Political Epistemic Injustice. Critical Studies in Education 63.5: 622-639. Print.
Eslava, Luis. (2020) The Teaching of (Another) International Law: Critical Realism and the Question of Agency and Structure. Law Teacher 54.3 (2020): 368-385.
Galaz-Fontes, J.F., Arimoto, A., Teichler, U., Brennan, J. (2016). Biographies and Careers Throughout Academic Life: Introductory Comments Biographies and Careers Throughout Academic Life: Introductory Comments. In: Biographies and Careers throughout Academic Life. The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective, vol 16. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-27493-5_1
Kim, Terri. (2017) Academic Mobility, Transnational Identity Capital, and Stratification under Conditions of Academic Capitalism. Higher education 73.6 (2017): 981-997..
Lipton, Briony. (2020) Academic Women in Neoliberal Times. Cham: Springer International Publishing: Imprint: Palgrave Macmillan, Palgrave Studies in Gender and Education.
|
15:45 - 16:15 | Break 20: ECER Coffee Break |
16:15 - 17:15 | 00 SES 18 A: EERA Keynote Panel Location: Room B205 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Session Chair: Costas Constantinou Keynote Panel |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion EERA Keynote Panel 1University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 2Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece; 3University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 4UAB, Spain; 5Open University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:. References . Chair . |
16:15 - 17:15 | 00 SES 18 B: EERJ Moot Location: Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1] Session Chair: Sotiria Grek EERJ Moot |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper The age of the Teacherbot: Artificial Intelligence as the new educational disruption 1CNR-IRPPS, Italy; 2University of Melbourne, Australia; 3University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Teaching has always been considered a crucial aspect of the quality of school and students’ academic achievements. As the grammar of schooling and its forms are increasing in complexity, substantial restructuring of the work of teachers is required. Teaching is a dynamic and partly unpredictable work, but its dynamism has accelerated. New educational reforms, the need to expand the work outside the classroom, and the heterogeneity of the demands on teachers translate into a new working landscape. While teaching is usually described as human-to-human interaction, the success of generative artificial intelligence has provoked a new impulse to accelerate further changes to the profession. The release of ChatGPT in 2022 by Open AI has led to the prediction of a new disruption in education in which teaching and learning are destined to be profoundly reconfigured. ChaptGPT has shown a capacity to generate human text-like by drawing on Large Language Models, such that may mean the instigation of new scenarios for teaching, testing and education more widely. While for some AI is destined to change education profoundly, others raise concerns about the risks of an uncritical acceptance of this tendency. By focusing on these current transformations, this Moot intends to provoke a debate among educational scholars on these new frontiers of change in teaching as a profession. After an introduction to the theme, the Moot will invite participants to address the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . Chair Sotiria Grek |
17:15 - 17:30 | Break 21: ECER Break |
17:30 - 18:00 | 00 SES 19: Closing Ceremony ECER 2024 Location: Room B205 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor] Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Session Chair: Helen Phtiaka Closing Ceremony |
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events ECER Closing Ceremony Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway Presenting Author:An opportunity for us to take a look back at ECER 2024, Nicosia, bid farewell to all ECER 2024 participants, offer our sincere thanks to the local organisers in Nicosia and share a look forward to ECER 2025. |